{"id":1,"verse_id":"GEN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The translation assumes that the form translated “beginning” is in the absolute state rather than the construct (“in the beginning of,” or “when God created”). In other words, the clause in v. 1 is a main clause, v. 2 has three clauses that are descriptive and supply background information, and v. 3 begins the narrative sequence proper. The referent of the word “beginning” has to be defined from the context since there is no beginning or ending with God. sn In the beginning . The verse refers to the beginning of the world as we know it; it affirms that it is entirely the product of the creation of God. But there are two ways that this verse can be interpreted: (1) It may be taken to refer to the original act of creation with the rest of the events on the days of creation completing it. This would mean that the disjunctive clauses of v. 2 break the sequence of the creative work of the first day. (2) It may be taken as a summary statement of what the chapter will record, that is, vv. 3-31 are about God’s creating the world as we know it. If the first view is adopted, then we have a reference here to original creation; if the second view is taken, then Genesis itself does not account for the original creation of matter. To follow this view does not deny that the Bible teaches that God created everything out of nothing (cf. John 1:3 ) – it simply says that Genesis is not making that affirmation. This second view presupposes the existence of pre-existent matter, when God said, “Let there be light.” The first view includes the description of the primordial state as part of the events of day one. The following narrative strongly favors the second view, for the “heavens/sky” did not exist prior to the second day of creation (see v. 8 ) and “earth/dry land” did not exist, at least as we know it, prior to the third day of creation (see v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":2,"verse_id":"GEN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The English verb “create” captures well the meaning of the Hebrew term in this context. The verb בָּרָא ( bara ’) always describes the divine activity of fashioning something new, fresh, and perfect. The verb does not necessarily describe creation out of nothing (see, for example, v. 27 , where it refers to the creation of man); it often stresses forming anew, reforming, renewing (see Ps 51:10 ; Isa 43:15, 65:17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":3,"verse_id":"GEN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “the entire universe”; or “the sky and the dry land.” This phrase is often interpreted as a merism, referring to the entire ordered universe, including the heavens and the earth and everything in them. The “heavens and the earth” were completed in seven days (see Gen 2:1 ) and are characterized by fixed laws (see Jer 33:25 ). “Heavens” refers specifically to the sky, created on the second day (see v. 8 ), while “earth” refers specifically to the dry land, created on the third day (see v. 10 ). Both are distinct from the sea/seas (see v. 10 and Exod 20:11 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":4,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) at the beginning of v. 2 gives background information for the following narrative, explaining the state of things when “God said…” (v. 3 ). Verse one is a title to the chapter, v. 2 provides information about the state of things when God spoke, and v. 3 begins the narrative per se with the typical narrative construction ( vav [ ו ] consecutive followed by the prefixed verbal form). (This literary structure is paralleled in the second portion of the book: Gen 2:4 provides the title or summary of what follows, 2:5-6 use disjunctive clause structures to give background information for the following narrative, and 2:7 begins the narrative with the vav consecutive attached to a prefixed verbal form.) Some translate 1:2 a “and the earth became,” arguing that v. 1 describes the original creation of the earth, while v. 2 refers to a judgment that reduced it to a chaotic condition. Verses 3 ff. then describe the re-creation of the earth. However, the disjunctive clause at the beginning of v. 2 cannot be translated as if it were relating the next event in a sequence. If v. 2 were sequential to v. 1 , the author would have used the vav consecutive followed by a prefixed verbal form and the subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":5,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"That is, what we now call “the earth.” The creation of the earth as we know it is described in vv. 9-10 . Prior to this the substance which became the earth (= dry land) lay dormant under the water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":6,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Traditional translations have followed a more literal rendering of “waste and void.” The words describe a condition that is without form and empty. What we now know as “the earth” was actually an unfilled mass covered by water and darkness. Later תֹהוּ ( tohu ) and בֹּהוּ ( bohu ), when used in proximity, describe a situation resulting from judgment ( Isa 34:11 ; Jer 4:23 ). Both prophets may be picturing judgment as the reversal of creation in which God’s judgment causes the world to revert to its primordial condition. This later use of the terms has led some to conclude that Gen 1:2 presupposes the judgment of a prior world, but it is unsound method to read the later application of the imagery (in a context of judgment) back into Gen 1:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":7,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew term תְּהוֹם ( tÿhom , “deep”) refers to the watery deep, the salty ocean – especially the primeval ocean that surrounds and underlies the earth (see Gen 7:11 ). sn The watery deep . In the Babylonian account of creation Marduk killed the goddess Tiamat (the salty sea) and used her carcass to create heaven and earth. The form of the Hebrew word for “deep” is distinct enough from the name “Tiamat” to deny direct borrowing; however, it is possible that there is a polemical stress here. Ancient Israel does not see the ocean as a powerful deity to be destroyed in creation, only a force of nature that can be controlled by God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":8,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"The traditional rendering “Spirit of God” is preserved here, as opposed to a translation like “wind from/breath of God” (cf. NRSV) or “mighty wind” (cf. NEB), taking the word “God” to represent the superlative. Elsewhere in the OT the phrase refers consistently to the divine spirit that empowers and energizes individuals (see Gen 41:38 ; Exod 31:3; 35:31 ; Num 24:2 ; 1 Sam 10:10; 11:6; 19:20, 23 ; Ezek 11:24 ; 2 Chr 15:1; 24:20 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":9,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew verb has been translated “hovering” or “moving” (as a bird over her young, see Deut 32:11 ). The Syriac cognate term means “to brood over; to incubate.” How much of that sense might be attached here is hard to say, but the verb does depict the presence of the Spirit of God moving about mysteriously over the waters, presumably preparing for the acts of creation to follow. If one reads “mighty wind” (cf. NEB) then the verse describes how the powerful wind begins to blow in preparation for the creative act described in vv. 9-10 . (God also used a wind to drive back the flood waters in Noah’s day. See Gen 8:1 .)","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/7"}
{"id":10,"verse_id":"GEN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A2/8"}
{"id":11,"verse_id":"GEN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The prefixed verb form with the vav ( ו ) consecutive introduces the narrative sequence. Ten times in the chapter the decree of God in creation will be so expressed. For the power of the divine word in creation, see Ps 33:9 , John 1:1-3 , 1 Cor 8:6 , and Col 1:16 . sn God said . By speaking, God brings the world into existence. The efficacious nature of the word of the Lord is a prominent theme in this chapter. It introduces the Law, the words and commandments from the Lord that must be obeyed. The ten decrees of God in this chapter anticipate the ten words in the Decalogue ( Exod 20:2-17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":12,"verse_id":"GEN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"“Let there be” is the short jussive form of the verb “to be”; the following expression “and there was” is the short preterite form of the same verb. As such, יְהִי ( yÿhi ) and וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ) form a profound wordplay to express both the calling into existence and the complete fulfillment of the divine word.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":13,"verse_id":"GEN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “And God saw the light, that it was good.” The verb “saw” in this passage carries the meaning “reflected on,” “surveyed,” “concluded,” “noted.” It is a description of reflection of the mind – it is God’s opinion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":14,"verse_id":"GEN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The Hebrew word טוֹב ( tov ) in this context signifies whatever enhances, promotes, produces, or is conducive for life. It is the light that God considers “good,” not the darkness. Whatever is conducive to life in God’s creation is good, for God himself is good, and that goodness is reflected in all of his works.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":15,"verse_id":"GEN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"The verb “separate, divide” here explains how God used the light to dispel the darkness. It did not do away with the darkness completely, but made a separation. The light came alongside the darkness, but they are mutually exclusive – a theme that will be developed in the Gospel of John (cf. John 1:5 ). sn The idea of separation is critical to this chapter. God separated light from darkness, upper water from lower water, day from night, etc. The verb is important to the Law in general. In Leviticus God separates between clean and unclean, holy and profane ( Lev 10:10, 11:47 and 20:24 ); in Exodus God separates the Holy Place from the Most Holy Place ( Exod 26:33 ). There is a preference for the light over the darkness, just as there will be a preference for the upper waters, the rain water which is conducive to life, over the sea water.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":16,"verse_id":"GEN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “he called to,” meaning “he named.” sn God called . Seven times in this chapter naming or blessing follows some act of creation. There is clearly a point being made beyond the obvious idea of naming. In the Babylonian creation story Enuma Elish, naming is equal to creating. In the Bible the act of naming, like creating, can be an indication of sovereignty (see 2 Kgs 23:34 ). In this verse God is sovereign even over the darkness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":17,"verse_id":"GEN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and the darkness he called night.” The words “he called” have not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":18,"verse_id":"GEN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Another option is to translate, “Evening came, and then morning came.” This formula closes the six days of creation. It seems to follow the Jewish order of reckoning time: from evening to morning. Day one started with the dark, continued through the creation of light, and ended with nightfall. Another alternative would be to translate, “There was night and then there was day, one day.” sn The first day . The exegetical evidence suggests the word “day” in this chapter refers to a literal twenty-four hour day. It is true that the word can refer to a longer period of time (see Isa 61:2 , or the idiom in 2:4 , “in the day,” that is, “when”). But this chapter uses “day,” “night,” “morning,” “evening,” “years,” and “seasons.” Consistency would require sorting out how all these terms could be used to express ages. Also, when the Hebrew word יוֹם ( yom ) is used with a numerical adjective, it refers to a literal day. Furthermore, the commandment to keep the sabbath clearly favors this interpretation. One is to work for six days and then rest on the seventh, just as God did when he worked at creation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":19,"verse_id":"GEN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The Hebrew word refers to an expanse of air pressure between the surface of the sea and the clouds, separating water below from water above. In v. 8 it is called “sky.” sn An expanse . In the poetic texts the writers envision, among other things, something rather strong and shiny, no doubt influencing the traditional translation “firmament” (cf. NRSV “dome”). Job 37:18 refers to the skies poured out like a molten mirror. Dan 12:3 and Ezek 1:22 portray it as shiny. The sky or atmosphere may have seemed like a glass dome. For a detailed study of the Hebrew conception of the heavens and sky, see L. I. J. Stadelmann, The Hebrew Conception of the World (AnBib), 37-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":20,"verse_id":"GEN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the waters from the waters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":21,"verse_id":"GEN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the expanse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":22,"verse_id":"GEN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"This statement indicates that it happened the way God designed it, underscoring the connection between word and event.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":23,"verse_id":"GEN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Though the Hebrew word can mean “heaven,” it refers in this context to “the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":24,"verse_id":"GEN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"When the waters are collected to one place, dry land emerges above the surface of the receding water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":25,"verse_id":"GEN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “earth,” but here the term refers to the dry ground as opposed to the sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":26,"verse_id":"GEN.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The Hebrew construction employs a cognate accusative, where the nominal object (“vegetation”) derives from the verbal root employed. It stresses the abundant productivity that God created. sn Vegetation . The Hebrew word translated “vegetation” ( דֶּשֶׁא , deshe ’) normally means “grass,” but here it probably refers more generally to vegetation that includes many of the plants and trees. In the verse the plants and the trees are qualified as self-perpetuating with seeds, but not the word “vegetation,” indicating it is the general term and the other two terms are sub-categories of it. Moreover, in vv. 29 and 30 the word vegetation/grass does not appear. The Samaritan Pentateuch adds an “and” before the fruit trees, indicating it saw the arrangement as bipartite (The Samaritan Pentateuch tends to eliminate asyndetic constructions).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":27,"verse_id":"GEN.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"The conjunction “and” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation to clarify the relationship of the clauses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":28,"verse_id":"GEN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The language describing the cosmos, which reflects a prescientific view of the world, must be interpreted as phenomenal, describing what appears to be the case. The sun and the moon are not in the sky (below the clouds), but from the viewpoint of a person standing on the earth, they appear that way. Even today we use similar phenomenological expressions, such as “the sun is rising” or “the stars in the sky.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":29,"verse_id":"GEN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The text has “for signs and for seasons and for days and years.” It seems likely from the meanings of the words involved that “signs” is the main idea, followed by two categories, “seasons” and “days and years.” This is the simplest explanation, and one that matches vv. 11-13 . It could even be rendered “signs for the fixed seasons, that is [explicative vav ( ו )] days and years.” sn Let them be for signs . The point is that the sun and the moon were important to fix the days for the seasonal celebrations for the worshiping community.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":30,"verse_id":"GEN.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “and the stars.” Now the term “stars” is added as a third object of the verb “made.” Perhaps the language is phenomenological, meaning that the stars appeared in the sky from this time forward.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":31,"verse_id":"GEN.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the lights mentioned in the preceding verses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":32,"verse_id":"GEN.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The Hebrew text again uses a cognate construction (“swarm with swarms”) to emphasize the abundant fertility. The idea of the verb is one of swift movement back and forth, literally swarming. This verb is used in Exod 1:7 to describe the rapid growth of the Israelite population in bondage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":33,"verse_id":"GEN.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The Hebrew text uses the Polel form of the verb instead of the simple Qal; it stresses a swarming flight again to underscore the abundant fruitfulness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":34,"verse_id":"GEN.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"For the first time in the narrative proper the verb “create” ( בָּרָא , bara ’) appears. (It is used in the summary statement of v. 1 .) The author wishes to underscore that these creatures – even the great ones – are part of God’s perfect creation. The Hebrew term תַנִּינִם ( tanninim ) is used for snakes ( Exod 7:9 ), crocodiles ( Ezek 29:3 ), or other powerful animals ( Jer 51:34 ). In Isa 27:1 the word is used to describe a mythological sea creature that symbolizes God’s enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":35,"verse_id":"GEN.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"While the translation “blessed” has been retained here for the sake of simplicity, it would be most helpful to paraphrase it as “God endowed them with fruitfulness” or something similar, for here it refers to God’s giving the animals the capacity to reproduce. The expression “blessed” needs clarification in its different contexts, for it is one of the unifying themes of the Book of Genesis. The divine blessing occurs after works of creation and is intended to continue that work – the word of blessing guarantees success. The word means “to enrich; to endow,” and the most visible evidence of that enrichment is productivity or fruitfulness. See C. Westermann, Blessing in the Bible and the Life of the Church (OBT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":36,"verse_id":"GEN.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"There are three groups of land animals here: the cattle or livestock (mostly domesticated), things that creep or move close to the ground (such as reptiles or rodents), and the wild animals (all animals of the field). The three terms are general classifications without specific details.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":37,"verse_id":"GEN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"The Hebrew word is אָדָם (’ adam ), which can sometimes refer to man, as opposed to woman. The term refers here to humankind, comprised of male and female. The singular is clearly collective (see the plural verb, “[that] they may rule” in v. 26 b) and the referent is defined specifically as “male and female” in v. 27 . Usage elsewhere in Gen 1-11 supports this as well. In 5:2 we read: “Male and female he created them, and he blessed them and called their name ‘humankind’ ( אָדָם ).” The noun also refers to humankind in 6:1, 5-7 and in 9:5-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A26/2"}
{"id":38,"verse_id":"GEN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"The two prepositions translated “in” and “according to” have overlapping fields of meaning and in this context seem to be virtually equivalent. In 5:3 they are reversed with the two words. The word צֶלֶם ( tselem , “image”) is used frequently of statues, models, and images – replicas (see D. J. A. Clines, “The Etymology of Hebrew selem ,” JNSL 3 [1974]: 19-25). The word דְּמוּת ( dÿmut , “likeness”) is an abstract noun; its verbal root means “to be like; to resemble.” In the Book of Genesis the two terms describe human beings who in some way reflect the form and the function of the creator. The form is more likely stressing the spiritual rather than the physical. The “image of God” would be the God-given mental and spiritual capacities that enable people to relate to God and to serve him by ruling over the created order as his earthly vice-regents. sn In our image, after our likeness . Similar language is used in the instructions for building the tabernacle. Moses was told to make it “according to the pattern” he was shown on the mount ( Exod 25:9, 10 ). Was he shown a form, a replica, of the spiritual sanctuary in the heavenly places? In any case, what was produced on earth functioned as the heavenly sanctuary does, but with limitations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A26/3"}
{"id":39,"verse_id":"GEN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.26","text":"Following the cohortative (“let us make”), the prefixed verb form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result (see Gen 19:20; 34:23 ; 2 Sam 3:21 ). God’s purpose in giving humankind his image is that they might rule the created order on behalf of the heavenly king and his royal court. So the divine image, however it is defined, gives humankind the capacity and/or authority to rule over creation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A26/4"}
{"id":40,"verse_id":"GEN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.26","text":"The MT reads “earth”; the Syriac reads “wild animals” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A26/5"}
{"id":41,"verse_id":"GEN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “creep” (also in v. 28 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A26/6"}
{"id":42,"verse_id":"GEN.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"The Hebrew text has the article prefixed to the noun ( הָאָדָם , ha ’ adam ). The article does not distinguish man from woman here (“the man” as opposed to “the woman”), but rather indicates previous reference (see v. 26 , where the noun appears without the article). It has the same function as English “the aforementioned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":43,"verse_id":"GEN.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"The third person suffix on the particle אֵת (’ et ) is singular here, but collective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":44,"verse_id":"GEN.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"As in v. 22 the verb “bless” here means “to endow with the capacity to reproduce and be fruitful,” as the following context indicates. As in v. 22 , the statement directly precedes the command “be fruitful and multiply.” The verb carries this same nuance in Gen 17:16 (where God’s blessing of Sarai imparts to her the capacity to bear a child); Gen 48:16 (where God’s blessing of Joseph’s sons is closely associated with their having numerous descendants); and Deut 7:13 (where God’s blessing is associated with fertility in general, including numerous descendants). See also Gen 49:25 (where Jacob uses the noun derivative in referring to “blessings of the breast and womb,” an obvious reference to fertility) and Gen 27:27 (where the verb is used of a field to which God has given the capacity to produce vegetation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":45,"verse_id":"GEN.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “and God said.” For stylistic reasons “God” has not been repeated here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":46,"verse_id":"GEN.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Elsewhere the Hebrew verb translated “subdue” means “to enslave” ( 2 Chr 28:10 ; Neh 5:5 ; Jer 34:11, 16 ), “to conquer,” ( Num 32:22, 29 ; Josh 18:1 ; 2 Sam 8:11 ; 1 Chr 22:18 ; Zech 9:13 ; and probably Mic 7:19 ), and “to assault sexually” ( Esth 7:8 ). None of these nuances adequately meets the demands of this context, for humankind is not viewed as having an adversarial relationship with the world. The general meaning of the verb appears to be “to bring under one’s control for one’s advantage.” In Gen 1:28 one might paraphrase it as follows: “harness its potential and use its resources for your benefit.” In an ancient Israelite context this would suggest cultivating its fields, mining its mineral riches, using its trees for construction, and domesticating its animals.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":47,"verse_id":"GEN.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"The text uses הִנֵּה ( hinneh ), often archaically translated “behold.” It is often used to express the dramatic present, the immediacy of an event – “Look, this is what I am doing!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":48,"verse_id":"GEN.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"The phrase “I give” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":49,"verse_id":"GEN.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"The Hebrew text again uses הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) for the sake of vividness. It is a particle that goes with the gesture of pointing, calling attention to something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":50,"verse_id":"GEN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"See the note on the phrase “the heavens and the earth” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":51,"verse_id":"GEN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “and all the host of them.” Here the “host” refers to all the entities and creatures that God created to populate the world.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":52,"verse_id":"GEN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “on/in the seventh day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":53,"verse_id":"GEN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “his work which he did [or “made”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":54,"verse_id":"GEN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The Hebrew term שָׁבַּת ( shabbat ) can be translated “to rest” (“and he rested”) but it basically means “to cease.” This is not a rest from exhaustion; it is the cessation of the work of creation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":55,"verse_id":"GEN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The verb is usually translated “and sanctified it.” The Piel verb קִדֵּשׁ ( qiddesh ) means “to make something holy; to set something apart; to distinguish it.” On the literal level the phrase means essentially that God made this day different. But within the context of the Law, it means that the day belonged to God; it was for rest from ordinary labor, worship, and spiritual service. The day belonged to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":56,"verse_id":"GEN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “God.” The pronoun (“he”) has been employed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":57,"verse_id":"GEN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “for on it he ceased from all his work which God created to make.” The last infinitive construct and the verb before it form a verbal hendiadys, the infinitive becoming the modifier – “which God creatively made,” or “which God made in his creating.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":58,"verse_id":"GEN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The Hebrew phrase אֵלֶּה תּוֹלְדֹת (’ elle tolÿdot ) is traditionally translated as “these are the generations of” because the noun was derived from the verb “beget.” Its usage, however, shows that it introduces more than genealogies; it begins a narrative that traces what became of the entity or individual mentioned in the heading. In fact, a good paraphrase of this heading would be: “This is what became of the heavens and the earth,” for what follows is not another account of creation but a tracing of events from creation through the fall and judgment (the section extends from 2:4 through 4:26 ). See M. H. Woudstra, “The Toledot of the Book of Genesis and Their Redemptive-Historical Significance,” CTJ 5 (1970): 184-89. sn The expression this is the account of is an important title used throughout the Book of Genesis, serving as the organizing principle of the work. It is always a heading, introducing the subject matter that is to come. From the starting point of the title, the narrative traces the genealogy or the records or the particulars involved. Although some would make the heading in 2:4 a summary of creation ( 1:1 –2:3), that goes against the usage in the book. As a heading it introduces the theme of the next section, the particulars about this creation that God made. is not a simple parallel account of creation; rather, beginning with the account of the creation of man and women, the narrative tells what became of that creation. As a beginning, the construction of 2:4-7 forms a fine parallel to the construction of 1:1-3 . The subject matter of each תּוֹלְדֹת ( tolÿdot , “this is the account of”) section of the book traces a decline or a deterioration through to the next beginning point, and each is thereby a microcosm of the book which begins with divine blessing in the garden, and ends with a coffin in Egypt. So, what became of the creation? Gen 2:4 – 4:26 will explain that sin entered the world and all but destroyed God’s perfect creation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":59,"verse_id":"GEN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"See the note on the phrase “the heavens and the earth” in 1:1 . sn This is the only use of the Hebrew noun תּוֹלְדֹת ( tolÿdot ) in the book that is not followed by a personal name (e.g., “this is the account of Isaac”). The poetic parallelism reveals that even though the account may be about the creation, it is the creation the Lord God made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":60,"verse_id":"GEN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"See the note on the phrase “the heavens and the earth” in 1:1 ; the order here is reversed, but the meaning is the same.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":61,"verse_id":"GEN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “Now every sprig of the field before it was.” The verb forms, although appearing to be imperfects, are technically preterites coming after the adverb טֶּרֶם ( terem ). The word order (conjunction + subject + predicate) indicates a disjunctive clause, which provides background information for the following narrative (as in 1:2 ). Two negative clauses are given (“before any sprig…”, and “before any cultivated grain” existed), followed by two causal clauses explaining them, and then a positive circumstantial clause is given – again dealing with water as in 1:2 (water would well up).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":62,"verse_id":"GEN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The first term, שִׂיחַ ( siakh ), probably refers to the wild, uncultivated plants (see Gen 21:15 ; Job 30:4,7 ); whereas the second, עֵשֶׂב (’ esev ), refers to cultivated grains. It is a way of saying: “back before anything was growing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":63,"verse_id":"GEN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"The two causal clauses explain the first two disjunctive clauses: There was no uncultivated, general growth because there was no rain, and there were no grains because there was no man to cultivate the soil. sn The last clause in v. 5 , “and there was no man to cultivate the ground,” anticipates the curse and the expulsion from the garden ( Gen 3:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":64,"verse_id":"GEN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The conjunction vav ( ו ) introduces a third disjunctive clause. The Hebrew word אֵד (’ ed ) was traditionally translated “mist” because of its use in Job 36:27 . However, an Akkadian cognate edu in Babylonian texts refers to subterranean springs or waterways. Such a spring would fit the description in this context, since this water “goes up” and waters the ground.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":65,"verse_id":"GEN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “was going up.” The verb is an imperfect form, which in this narrative context carries a customary nuance, indicating continual action in past time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":66,"verse_id":"GEN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"The perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the same nuance as the preceding verb. Whenever it would well up, it would water the ground.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":67,"verse_id":"GEN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"The Hebrew word אֲדָמָה (’ adamah ) actually means “ground; fertile soil.” sn Here is an indication of fertility. The water would well up from the earth ( אֶרֶץ , ’ erets ) and water all the surface of the fertile soil ( אֲדָמָה ). It is from that soil that the man ( אָדָם , ’ adam ) was made ( Gen 2:7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":68,"verse_id":"GEN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “fashioned.” The prefixed verb form with vav ( ו ) consecutive initiates narrative sequence. The Hebrew word יָצַר ( yatsar ) means “to form” or “to fashion,” usually by plan or design (see the related noun יֵצֶר [ yetser ] in Gen 6:5 ). It is the term for an artist’s work (the Hebrew term יוֹצֵר [ yotser ] refers to a potter; see Jer 18:2-4 .) sn Various traditions in the ancient Near East reflect this idea of creation. Egyptian drawings show a deity turning little people off of the potter’s wheel with another deity giving them life. In the Bible humans are related to the soil and return to it (see 3:19 ; see also Job 4:19, 20:9 ; and Isa 29:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":69,"verse_id":"GEN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The line literally reads “And Yahweh God formed the man, soil, from the ground.” “Soil” is an adverbial accusative, identifying the material from which the man was made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":70,"verse_id":"GEN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew word נְשָׁמָה ( nÿshamah , “breath”) is used for God and for the life imparted to humans, not animals (see T. C. Mitchell, “The Old Testament Usage of Nÿshama ,” VT 11 [1961]: 177-87). Its usage in the Bible conveys more than a breathing living organism ( נֶפֶשׁ חַיַּה , nefesh khayyah ). Whatever is given this breath of life becomes animated with the life from God, has spiritual understanding ( Job 32:8 ), and has a functioning conscience ( Prov 20:27 ). sn Human life is described here as consisting of a body (made from soil from the ground) and breath (given by God). Both animals and humans are called “a living being” ( נֶפֶשׁ חַיַּה ) but humankind became that in a different and more significant way.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":71,"verse_id":"GEN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being”) is often translated “soul,” but the word usually refers to the whole person. The phrase נֶפֶשׁ חַיַּה ( nefesh khayyah , “living being”) is used of both animals and human beings (see 1:20, 24, 30; 2:19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":72,"verse_id":"GEN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Traditionally “garden,” but the subsequent description of this “garden” makes it clear that it is an orchard of fruit trees. sn The Lord God planted an orchard . Nothing is said of how the creation of this orchard took place. A harmonization with chap. might lead to the conclusion that it was by decree, prior to the creation of human life. But the narrative sequence here in chap. suggests the creation of the garden followed the creation of the man. Note also the past perfect use of the perfect in the relative clause in the following verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":73,"verse_id":"GEN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “from the east” or “off east.” sn One would assume this is east from the perspective of the land of Israel, particularly since the rivers in the area are identified as the rivers in those eastern regions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":74,"verse_id":"GEN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"The perfect verbal form here requires the past perfect translation since it describes an event that preceded the event described in the main clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":75,"verse_id":"GEN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “ground,” referring to the fertile soil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":76,"verse_id":"GEN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “desirable of sight [or “appearance”].” The phrase describes the kinds of trees that are visually pleasing and yield fruit that is desirable to the appetite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":77,"verse_id":"GEN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"The verse ends with a disjunctive clause providing a parenthetical bit of information about the existence of two special trees in the garden.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":78,"verse_id":"GEN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"In light of Gen 3:22 , the construction “tree of life” should be interpreted to mean a tree that produces life-giving fruit (objective genitive) rather than a living tree (attributive genitive). See E. O. James, The Tree of Life (SHR); and R. Marcus, “The Tree of Life in Proverbs,” JBL 62 (1943): 117-20.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":79,"verse_id":"GEN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"The expression “tree of the knowledge of good and evil” must be interpreted to mean that the tree would produce fruit which, when eaten, gives special knowledge of “good and evil.” Scholars debate what this phrase means here. For a survey of opinions, see G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:62-64. One view is that “good” refers to that which enhances, promotes, and produces life, while “evil” refers to anything that hinders, interrupts or destroys life. So eating from this tree would change human nature – people would be able to alter life for better (in their thinking) or for worse. See D. J. A. Clines, “The Tree of Knowledge and the Law of Yahweh,” VT 24 (1974): 8-14; and I. Engnell, “‘Knowledge’ and ‘Life’ in the Creation Story,” Wisdom in Israel and in the Ancient Near East [VTSup], 103-19. Another view understands the “knowledge of good and evil” as the capacity to discern between moral good and evil. The following context suggests the tree’s fruit gives one wisdom (see the phrase “capable of making one wise” in 3:6 , as well as the note there on the word “wise”), which certainly includes the capacity to discern between good and evil. Such wisdom is characteristic of divine beings, as the serpent’s promise implies ( 3:5 ) and as 3:22 makes clear. (Note, however, that this capacity does not include the ability to do what is right.) God prohibits man from eating of the tree. The prohibition becomes a test to see if man will be satisfied with his role and place, or if he will try to ascend to the divine level. There will be a time for man to possess moral discernment/wisdom, as God reveals and imparts it to him, but it is not something to be grasped at in an effort to become “a god.” In fact, the command to be obedient was the first lesson in moral discernment/wisdom. God was essentially saying: “Here is lesson one – respect my authority and commands. Disobey me and you will die.” When man disobeys, he decides he does not want to acquire moral wisdom God’s way, but instead tries to rise immediately to the divine level. Once man has acquired such divine wisdom by eating the tree’s fruit ( 3:22 ), he must be banned from the garden so that he will not be able to achieve his goal of being godlike and thus live forever, a divine characteristic ( 3:24 ). Ironically, man now has the capacity to discern good from evil ( 3:22 ), but he is morally corrupted and rebellious and will not consistently choose what is right.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":80,"verse_id":"GEN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"The disjunctive clause (note the construction conjunction + subject + predicate) introduces an entire paragraph about the richness of the region in the east.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":81,"verse_id":"GEN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The Hebrew active participle may be translated here as indicating past durative action, “was flowing,” or as a present durative, “flows.” Since this river was the source of the rivers mentioned in vv. 11-14 , which appear to describe a situation contemporary with the narrator, it is preferable to translate the participle in v. 10 with the present tense. This suggests that Eden and its orchard still existed in the narrator’s time. According to ancient Jewish tradition, Enoch was taken to the Garden of Eden, where his presence insulated the garden from the destructive waters of Noah’s flood. See Jub. 4:23-24.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":82,"verse_id":"GEN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"The imperfect verb form has the same nuance as the preceding participle. (If the participle is taken as past durative, then the imperfect would be translated “was dividing.”)","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":83,"verse_id":"GEN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “branches”; Heb “heads.” Cf. NEB “streams”; NASB “rivers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A10/5"}
{"id":84,"verse_id":"GEN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “it is that which goes around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":85,"verse_id":"GEN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":86,"verse_id":"GEN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The Hebrew term translated “pearls” may be a reference to resin (cf. NIV “aromatic resin”) or another precious stone (cf. NEB, NASB, NRSV “bdellium”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":87,"verse_id":"GEN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “onyx.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":88,"verse_id":"GEN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “it is that which goes around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":89,"verse_id":"GEN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “Asshur” (so NEB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":90,"verse_id":"GEN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The Hebrew verb נוּחַ ( nuakh , translated here as “placed”) is a different verb than the one used in 2:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":91,"verse_id":"GEN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Traditionally translated “the Garden of Eden,” the context makes it clear that the garden (or orchard) was in Eden (making “Eden” a genitive of location).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":92,"verse_id":"GEN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “to work it and to keep it.” sn Note that man’s task is to care for and maintain the trees of the orchard. Not until after the fall, when he is condemned to cultivate the soil, does this task change.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":93,"verse_id":"GEN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The imperfect verb form probably carries the nuance of permission (“you may eat”) since the man is not being commanded to eat from every tree. The accompanying infinitive absolute adds emphasis: “you may freely eat,” or “you may eat to your heart’s content.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":94,"verse_id":"GEN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"The word “fruit” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied as the direct object of the verb “eat.” Presumably the only part of the tree the man would eat would be its fruit (cf. 3:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":95,"verse_id":"GEN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The disjunctive clause here indicates contrast: “but from the tree of the knowledge….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":96,"verse_id":"GEN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The negated imperfect verb form indicates prohibition, “you must not eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":97,"verse_id":"GEN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “in the very day, as soon as.” If one understands the expression to have this more precise meaning, then the following narrative presents a problem, for the man does not die physically as soon as he eats from the tree. In this case one may argue that spiritual death is in view. If physical death is in view here, there are two options to explain the following narrative: (1) The following phrase “You will surely die” concerns mortality which ultimately results in death (a natural paraphrase would be, “You will become mortal”), or (2) God mercifully gave man a reprieve, allowing him to live longer than he deserved.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":98,"verse_id":"GEN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “dying you will die.” The imperfect verb form here has the nuance of the specific future because it is introduced with the temporal clause, “when you eat…you will die.” That certainty is underscored with the infinitive absolute, “you will surely die.” sn The Hebrew text (“dying you will die”) does not refer to two aspects of death (“dying spiritually, you will then die physically”). The construction simply emphasizes the certainty of death, however it is defined. Death is essentially separation. To die physically means separation from the land of the living, but not extinction. To die spiritually means to be separated from God. Both occur with sin, although the physical alienation is more gradual than instant, and the spiritual is immediate, although the effects of it continue the separation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":99,"verse_id":"GEN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “The being of man by himself is not good.” The meaning of “good” must be defined contextually. Within the context of creation, in which God instructs humankind to be fruitful and multiply, the man alone cannot comply. Being alone prevents the man from fulfilling the design of creation and therefore is not good.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":100,"verse_id":"GEN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Traditionally “helper.” The English word “helper,” because it can connote so many different ideas, does not accurately convey the connotation of the Hebrew word עֵזֶר (’ ezer ). Usage of the Hebrew term does not suggest a subordinate role, a connotation which English “helper” can have. In the Bible God is frequently described as the “helper,” the one who does for us what we cannot do for ourselves, the one who meets our needs. In this context the word seems to express the idea of an “indispensable companion.” The woman would supply what the man was lacking in the design of creation and logically it would follow that the man would supply what she was lacking, although that is not stated here. See further M. L. Rosenzweig, “A Helper Equal to Him,” Jud 139 (1986): 277-80.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":101,"verse_id":"GEN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"The Hebrew expression כְּנֶגְדּוֹ ( kÿnegdo ) literally means “according to the opposite of him.” Translations such as “suitable [for]” (NASB, NIV), “matching,” “corresponding to” all capture the idea. (Translations that render the phrase simply “partner” [cf. NEB, NRSV], while not totally inaccurate, do not reflect the nuance of correspondence and/or suitability.) The man’s form and nature are matched by the woman’s as she reflects him and complements him. Together they correspond. In short, this prepositional phrase indicates that she has everything that God had invested in him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":102,"verse_id":"GEN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “fashioned.” To harmonize the order of events with the chronology of chapter one, some translate the prefixed verb form with vav ( ו ) consecutive as a past perfect (“had formed,” cf. NIV) here. (In chapter one the creation of the animals preceded the creation of man; here the animals are created after the man.) However, it is unlikely that the Hebrew construction can be translated in this way in the middle of this pericope, for the criteria for unmarked temporal overlay are not present here. See S. R. Driver, A Treatise on the Use of the Tenses in Hebrew , 84-88, and especially R. Buth, “Methodological Collision between Source Criticism and Discourse Analysis,” Biblical Hebrew and Discourse Linguistics , 138-54. For a contrary viewpoint see IBHS 552-53 §33.2.3 and C. J. Collins, “The Wayyiqtol as ‘Pluperfect’: When and Why,” TynBul 46 (1995): 117-40.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":103,"verse_id":"GEN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The imperfect verb form is future from the perspective of the past time narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":104,"verse_id":"GEN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Here for the first time the Hebrew word אָדָם (’ adam ) appears without the article, suggesting that it might now be the name “Adam” rather than “[the] man.” Translations of the Bible differ as to where they make the change from “man” to “Adam” (e.g., NASB and NIV translate “Adam” here, while NEB and NRSV continue to use “the man”; the KJV uses “Adam” twice in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":105,"verse_id":"GEN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “there was not found a companion who corresponded to him.” The subject of the third masculine singular verb form is indefinite. Without a formally expressed subject the verb may be translated as passive: “one did not find = there was not found.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":106,"verse_id":"GEN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “And the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on the man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":107,"verse_id":"GEN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “and he slept.” In the sequence the verb may be subordinated to the following verb to indicate a temporal clause (“while…”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":108,"verse_id":"GEN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Traditionally translated “rib,” the Hebrew word actually means “side.” The Hebrew text reads, “and he took one from his sides,” which could be rendered “part of his sides.” That idea may fit better the explanation by the man that the woman is his flesh and bone.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":109,"verse_id":"GEN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “closed up the flesh under it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A21/4"}
{"id":110,"verse_id":"GEN.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"The Hebrew verb is בָּנָה ( banah , “to make, to build, to construct”). The text states that the Lord God built the rib into a woman. Again, the passage gives no indication of precisely how this was done.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":111,"verse_id":"GEN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"The Hebrew term הַפַּעַם ( happa ’ am ) means “the [this] time, this place,” or “now, finally, at last.” The expression conveys the futility of the man while naming the animals and finding no one who corresponded to him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":112,"verse_id":"GEN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"The Hebrew text is very precise, stating: “of this one it will be said, ‘woman’.” The text is not necessarily saying that the man named his wife – that comes after the fall ( Gen 3:20 ). sn Some argue that naming implies the man’s authority or ownership over the woman here. Naming can indicate ownership or authority if one is calling someone or something by one’s name and/or calling a name over someone or something (see 2 Sam 12:28 ; 2 Chr 7:14 ; Isa 4:1 ; Jer 7:14; 15:16 ), especially if one is conquering and renaming a site. But the idiomatic construction used here (the Niphal of קָרָא , qara ’, with preposition lamed [ לְ , lÿ ]) does not suggest such an idea. In each case where it is used, the one naming discerns something about the object being named and gives it an appropriate name (See 1 Sam 9:9 ; 2 Sam 18:18 ; Prov 16:21 ; Isa 1:26; 32:5; 35:8; 62:4, 12 ; Jer 19:6 ). Adam is not so much naming the woman as he is discerning her close relationship to him and referring to her accordingly. He may simply be anticipating that she will be given an appropriate name based on the discernible similarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":113,"verse_id":"GEN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “from” (but see v. 22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":114,"verse_id":"GEN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"This statement, introduced by the Hebrew phrase עַל־כֵּן (’ al-ken , “therefore” or “that is why”), is an editorial comment, not an extension of the quotation. The statement is describing what typically happens, not what will or should happen. It is saying, “This is why we do things the way we do.” It links a contemporary (with the narrator) practice with the historical event being narrated. The historical event narrated in v. 23 provides the basis for the contemporary practice described in v. 24 . That is why the imperfect verb forms are translated with the present tense rather than future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":115,"verse_id":"GEN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"The imperfect verb form has a habitual or characteristic nuance. For other examples of עַל־כֵּן (’ al-ken , “therefore, that is why”) with the imperfect in a narrative framework, see Gen 10:9; 32:32 (the phrase “to this day” indicates characteristic behavior is in view); Num 21:14, 27 ; 1 Sam 5:5 (note “to this day”); 19:24 (perhaps the imperfect is customary here, “were saying”); 2 Sam 5:8 . The verb translated “leave” ( עָזָב , ’ azab ) normally means “to abandon, to forsake, to leave behind, to discard,” when used with human subject and object (see Josh 22:3 ; 1 Sam 30:13 ; Ps 27:10 ; Prov 2:17 ; Isa 54:6; 60:15; 62:4 ; Jer 49:11 ). Within the context of the ancient Israelite extended family structure, this cannot refer to emotional or geographical separation. The narrator is using hyperbole to emphasize the change in perspective that typically overtakes a young man when his thoughts turn to love and marriage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":116,"verse_id":"GEN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.24","text":"The perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the same habitual or characteristic nuance as the preceding imperfect. The verb is traditionally translated “cleaves [to]”; it has the basic idea of “stick with/to” (e.g., it is used of Ruth resolutely staying with her mother-in-law in Ruth 1:14 ). In this passage it describes the inseparable relationship between the man and the woman in marriage as God intended it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A24/3"}
{"id":117,"verse_id":"GEN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “and they become one flesh.” The perfect with vav consecutive carries the same habitual or characteristic nuance as the preceding verbs in the verse. The retention of the word “flesh” ( בָּשָׂר , basar ) in the translation often leads to improper or incomplete interpretations. The Hebrew word refers to more than just a sexual union. When they unite in marriage, the man and woman bring into being a new family unit ( הָיָה + לְ , hayah + lamed preposition means “become”). The phrase “one flesh” occurs only here and must be interpreted in light of v. 23 . There the man declares that the woman is bone of his bone and flesh of his flesh. To be one’s “bone and flesh” is to be related by blood to someone. For example, the phrase describes the relationship between Laban and Jacob ( Gen 29:14 ); Abimelech and the Shechemites ( Judg 9:2 ; his mother was a Shechemite); David and the Israelites ( 2 Sam 5:1 ); David and the elders of Judah ( 2 Sam 19:12 ); and David and his nephew Amasa ( 2 Sam 19:13 , see 2 Sam 17:2 ; 1 Chr 2:16-17 ). The expression “one flesh” seems to indicate that they become, as it were, “kin,” at least legally (a new family unit is created) or metaphorically. In this first marriage in human history, the woman was literally formed from the man’s bone and flesh. Even though later marriages do not involve such a divine surgical operation, the first marriage sets the pattern for how later marriages are understood and explains why marriage supersedes the parent-child relationship.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A24/4"}
{"id":118,"verse_id":"GEN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “And the two of them were naked, the man and his wife.” sn Naked . The motif of nakedness is introduced here and plays an important role in the next chapter. In the Bible nakedness conveys different things. In this context it signifies either innocence or integrity, depending on how those terms are defined. There is no fear of exploitation, no sense of vulnerability. But after the entrance of sin into the race, nakedness takes on a negative sense. It is then usually connected with the sense of vulnerability, shame, exploitation, and exposure (such as the idea of “uncovering nakedness” either in sexual exploitation or in captivity in war).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":119,"verse_id":"GEN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"The imperfect verb form here has a customary nuance, indicating a continuing condition in past time. The meaning of the Hebrew term בּוֹשׁ ( bosh ) is “to be ashamed, to put to shame,” but its meaning is stronger than “to be embarrassed.” The word conveys the fear of exploitation or evil – enemies are put to shame through military victory. It indicates the feeling of shame that approximates a fear of evil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":120,"verse_id":"GEN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The chapter begins with a disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + predicate) that introduces a new character and a new scene in the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":121,"verse_id":"GEN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The Hebrew word עָרוּם (’ arum ) basically means “clever.” This idea then polarizes into the nuances “cunning” (in a negative sense, see Job 5:12; 15:5 ), and “prudent” in a positive sense ( Prov 12:16, 23; 13:16; 14:8, 15, 18; 22:3; 27:12 ). This same polarization of meaning can be detected in related words derived from the same root (see Exod 21:14 ; Josh 9:4 ; 1 Sam 23:22 ; Job 5:13 ; Ps 83:3 ). The negative nuance obviously applies in , where the snake attempts to talk the woman into disobeying God by using half-truths and lies. sn There is a wordplay in Hebrew between the words “naked” ( עֲרוּמִּים , ’ arummim ) in 2:25 and “shrewd” ( עָרוּם , ’ arum ) in 3:1 . The point seems to be that the integrity of the man and the woman is the focus of the serpent’s craftiness. At the beginning they are naked and he is shrewd; afterward, they will be covered and he will be cursed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":122,"verse_id":"GEN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “animals of the field.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":123,"verse_id":"GEN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Indeed that God said.” The beginning of the quotation is elliptical and therefore difficult to translate. One must supply a phrase like “is it true”: “Indeed, [is it true] that God said.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":124,"verse_id":"GEN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “you must not eat from all the tree[s] of the orchard.” After the negated prohibitive verb, מִכֹּל ( mikkol , “from all”) has the meaning “from any.” Note the construction in Lev 18:26 , where the statement “you must not do from all these abominable things” means “you must not do any of these abominable things.” See Lev 22:25 and Deut 28:14 as well.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A1/7"}
{"id":125,"verse_id":"GEN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"There is a notable change between what the Lord God had said and what the woman says. God said “you may freely eat” (the imperfect with the infinitive absolute, see 2:16 ), but the woman omits the emphatic infinitive, saying simply “we may eat.” Her words do not reflect the sense of eating to her heart’s content.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":126,"verse_id":"GEN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The Hebrew construction is פֶּן ( pen ) with the imperfect tense, which conveys a negative purpose: “lest you die” = “in order that you not die.” By stating the warning in this way, the woman omits the emphatic infinitive used by God (“you shall surely die,” see 2:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":127,"verse_id":"GEN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The response of the serpent includes the infinitive absolute with a blatant negation equal to saying: “Not – you will surely die” ( לֹא מוֹת תִּמֻתען , lo ’ mot tÿmutun ). The construction makes this emphatic because normally the negative particle precedes the finite verb. The serpent is a liar, denying that there is a penalty for sin (see John 8:44 ). sn Surely you will not die . Here the serpent is more aware of what the Lord God said than the woman was; he simply adds a blatant negation to what God said. In the account of Jesus’ temptation Jesus is victorious because he knows the scripture better than Satan ( Matt 4:1-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":128,"verse_id":"GEN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “you will have understanding.” This obviously refers to the acquisition of the “knowledge of good and evil,” as the next statement makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":129,"verse_id":"GEN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or perhaps “like God, knowing.” It is unclear how the plural participle translated “knowing” is functioning. On the one hand, יֹדְעֵי ( yodÿ ’ e ) could be taken as a substantival participle functioning as a predicative adjective in the sentence. In this case one might translate: “You will be, like God himself, knowers of good and evil.” On the other hand, it could be taken as an attributive adjective modifying אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ). In this case אֱלֹהִים has to be taken as a numerical plural referring to “gods,” “divine beings,” for if the one true God were the intended referent, a singular form of the participle would almost certainly appear as a modifier. Following this line of interpretation, one could translate, “You will be like divine beings who know good and evil.” The following context may favor this translation, for in 3:22 God says to an unidentified group, “Look, the man has become like one of us , knowing good and evil.” It is probable that God is addressing his heavenly court (see the note on the word “make” in 1:26 ), the members of which can be called “gods” or “divine beings” from the ancient Israelite perspective. (We know some of these beings as messengers or “angels.”) An examination of parallel constructions shows that a predicative understanding (“you will be, like God himself, knowers of good and evil,” cf. NIV, NRSV) is possible, but rare (see Gen 27:23 , where “hairy” is predicative, complementing the verb “to be”). The statistical evidence strongly suggests that the participle is attributive, modifying “divine beings” (see Ps 31:12 ; Isa 1:30; 13:14; 16:2; 29:5; 58:11 ; Jer 14:9; 20:9; 23:9; 31:12; 48:41; 49:22 ; Hos 7:11 ; Amos 4:11 ). In all of these texts, where a comparative clause and accompanying adjective/participle follow a copulative (“to be”) verb, the adjective/participle is attributive after the noun in the comparative clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":130,"verse_id":"GEN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “And the woman saw.” The clause can be rendered as a temporal clause subordinate to the following verb in the sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":131,"verse_id":"GEN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “that the tree was good for food.” The words “produced fruit that was” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":132,"verse_id":"GEN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"The Hebrew word תַּאֲוָה ( ta ’ avah , translated “attractive” here) actually means “desirable.” This term and the later term נֶחְמָד ( nekhmad , “desirable”) are synonyms. sn Attractive ( Heb “desirable”) …desirable . These are different words in Hebrew. The verbal roots for both of these forms appear in Deut 5:21 in the prohibition against coveting. Strong desires usually lead to taking.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":133,"verse_id":"GEN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “that good was the tree for food, and that desirable it was to the eyes, and desirable was the tree to make one wise.” On the connection between moral wisdom and the “knowledge of good and evil,” see the note on the word “evil” in 2:9 . sn Desirable for making one wise . The quest for wisdom can follow the wrong course, as indeed it does here. No one can become like God by disobeying God. It is that simple. The Book of Proverbs stresses that obtaining wisdom begins with the fear of God that is evidenced through obedience to his word. Here, in seeking wisdom, Eve disobeys God and ends up afraid of God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":134,"verse_id":"GEN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.6","text":"The pronoun “it” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied (here and also after “ate” at the end of this verse) for stylistic reasons. sn She took…and ate it . The critical word now discloses the disobedience: “[she] ate.” Since the Lord God had said, “You shall not eat,” the main point of the divine inquisition will be, “Did you eat,” meaning, “did you disobey the command?” The woman ate, being deceived by the serpent ( 1 Tim 2:14 ), but then the man ate, apparently willingly when the woman gave him the fruit (see Rom 5:12, 17-19 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A6/5"}
{"id":135,"verse_id":"GEN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The Hitpael participle of הָלָךְ ( halakh , “to walk, to go”) here has an iterative sense, “moving” or “going about.” While a translation of “walking about” is possible, it assumes a theophany, the presence of the Lord God in a human form. This is more than the text asserts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":136,"verse_id":"GEN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The expression is traditionally rendered “cool of the day,” because the Hebrew word רוּחַ ( ruakh ) can mean “wind.” U. Cassuto ( Genesis: From Adam to Noah , 152-54) concludes after lengthy discussion that the expression refers to afternoon when it became hot and the sun was beginning to decline. J. J. Niehaus ( God at Sinai [SOTBT], 155-57) offers a different interpretation of the phrase, relating יוֹם ( yom , usually understood as “day”) to an Akkadian cognate umu (“storm”) and translates the phrase “in the wind of the storm.” If Niehaus is correct, then God is not pictured as taking an afternoon stroll through the orchard, but as coming in a powerful windstorm to confront the man and woman with their rebellion. In this case קוֹל יְהוָה ( qol yÿhvah , “sound of the Lord ”) may refer to God’s thunderous roar, which typically accompanies his appearance in the storm to do battle or render judgment (e.g., see ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":137,"verse_id":"GEN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb used here is the Hitpael, giving the reflexive idea (“they hid themselves”). In v. 10 , when Adam answers the Lord , the Niphal form is used with the same sense: “I hid.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":138,"verse_id":"GEN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The Hebrew verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “to call”) followed by the preposition אֶל־ or לְ (’ el- or lÿ , “to, unto”) often carries the connotation of “summon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":139,"verse_id":"GEN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":140,"verse_id":"GEN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “your sound.” If one sees a storm theophany here (see the note on the word “time” in v. 8 ), then one could translate, “your powerful voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":141,"verse_id":"GEN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “and he said.” The referent (the Lord God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":142,"verse_id":"GEN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The Hebrew construction in this sentence uses an independent nominative absolute (formerly known as a casus pendens ). “The woman” is the independent nominative absolute; it is picked up by the formal subject, the pronoun “she” written with the verb (“she gave”). The point of the construction is to throw the emphasis on “the woman.” But what makes this so striking is that a relative clause has been inserted to explain what is meant by the reference to the woman: “whom you gave me.” Ultimately, the man is blaming God for giving him the woman who (from the man’s viewpoint) caused him to sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":143,"verse_id":"GEN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"The words “some fruit” here and the pronoun “it” at the end of the sentence are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":144,"verse_id":"GEN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The use of the demonstrative pronoun is enclitic, serving as an undeclined particle for emphasis. It gives the sense of “What in the world have you done?” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":145,"verse_id":"GEN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"This verb (the Hiphil of נָשָׁא , nasha ) is used elsewhere of a king or god misleading his people into false confidence ( 2 Kgs 18:29 = 2 Chr 32:15 = Isa 36:14 ; 2 Kgs 19:10 = Isa 37:10 ), of an ally deceiving a partner ( Obad 7 ), of God deceiving his sinful people as a form of judgment ( Jer 4:10 ), of false prophets instilling their audience with false hope ( Jer 29:8 ), and of pride and false confidence producing self-deception ( Jer 37:9; 49:16 ; Obad 3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":146,"verse_id":"GEN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The Hebrew word translated “cursed,” a passive participle from אָרָר (’ arar ), either means “punished” or “banished,” depending on how one interprets the following preposition. If the preposition is taken as comparative, then the idea is “cursed [i.e., punished] are you above [i.e., more than] all the wild beasts.” In this case the comparative preposition reflects the earlier comparison: The serpent was more shrewd than all others, and so more cursed than all others. If the preposition is taken as separative (see the note on the word “ground” in 4:11 ), then the idea is “cursed and banished from all the wild beasts.” In this case the serpent is condemned to isolation from all the other animals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":147,"verse_id":"GEN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “go”; “walk,” but in English “crawl” or “slither” better describes a serpent’s movement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":148,"verse_id":"GEN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The Hebrew word translated “hostility” is derived from the root אֵיב (’ ev , “to be hostile, to be an adversary [or enemy]”). The curse announces that there will be continuing hostility between the serpent and the woman. The serpent will now live in a “battle zone,” as it were.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":149,"verse_id":"GEN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “he will attack [or “bruise”] you [on] the head.” The singular pronoun and verb agree grammatically with the collective singular noun “offspring.” For other examples of singular verb and pronominal forms being used with the collective singular “offspring,” see Gen 16:10; 22:17; 24:60 . The word “head” is an adverbial accusative, locating the blow. A crushing blow to the head would be potentially fatal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":150,"verse_id":"GEN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “but you will…”; or “as they attack your head, you will attack their heel.” The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) is understood as contrastive. Both clauses place the subject before the verb, a construction that is sometimes used to indicate synchronic action (see Judg 15:14 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":151,"verse_id":"GEN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “you will attack him [on] the heel.” The verb (translated “attack”) is repeated here, a fact that is obscured by some translations (e.g., NIV “crush…strike”). The singular pronoun agrees grammatically with the collective singular noun “offspring.” For other examples of singular verb and pronominal forms being used with the collective singular “offspring,” see Gen 16:10; 22:17; 24:60 . The word “heel” is an adverbial accusative, locating the blow. A bite on the heel from a poisonous serpent is potentially fatal. sn The etiological nature of v. 15 is apparent, though its relevance for modern western man is perhaps lost because we rarely come face to face with poisonous snakes. Ancient Israelites, who often encountered snakes in their daily activities (see, for example, Eccl 10:8 ; Amos 5:19 ), would find the statement quite meaningful as an explanation for the hostility between snakes and humans. (In the broader ancient Near Eastern context, compare the Mesopotamian serpent omens. See H. W. F. Saggs, The Greatness That Was Babylon , 309.) This ongoing struggle, when interpreted in light of v. 15 , is a tangible reminder of the conflict introduced into the world by the first humans’ rebellion against God. Many Christian theologians (going back to Irenaeus) understand v. 15 as the so-called protevangelium , supposedly prophesying Christ’s victory over Satan (see W. Witfall, “ Genesis 3:15 – a Protevangelium?” CBQ 36 [1974]: 361-65; and R. A. Martin, “The Earliest Messianic Interpretation of Genesis 3:15 ,” JBL 84 [1965]: 425-27). In this allegorical approach, the woman’s offspring is initially Cain, then the whole human race, and ultimately Jesus Christ, the offspring ( Heb “seed”) of the woman (see Gal 4:4 ). The offspring of the serpent includes the evil powers and demons of the spirit world, as well as those humans who are in the kingdom of darkness (see John 8:44 ). According to this view, the passage gives the first hint of the gospel. Satan delivers a crippling blow to the Seed of the woman (Jesus), who in turn delivers a fatal blow to the Serpent (first defeating him through the death and resurrection [ 1 Cor 15:55-57 ] and then destroying him in the judgment [ Rev 12:7-9; 20:7-10 ]). However, the grammatical structure of Gen 3:15 b does not suggest this view. The repetition of the verb “attack,” as well as the word order, suggests mutual hostility is being depicted, not the defeat of the serpent. If the serpent’s defeat were being portrayed, it is odd that the alleged description of his death comes first in the sentence. If he has already been crushed by the woman’s “Seed,” how can he bruise his heel? To sustain the allegorical view, v. 15 b must be translated in one of the following ways: “he will crush your head, even though you attack his heel” (in which case the second clause is concessive) or “he will crush your head as you attack his heel” (the clauses, both of which place the subject before the verb, may indicate synchronic action).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A15/6"}
{"id":152,"verse_id":"GEN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"The imperfect verb form is emphasized and intensified by the infinitive absolute from the same verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":153,"verse_id":"GEN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “your pain and your conception,” suggesting to some interpreters that having a lot of children was a result of the judgment (probably to make up for the loss through death). But the next clause shows that the pain is associated with conception and childbirth. The two words form a hendiadys (where two words are joined to express one idea, like “good and angry” in English), the second explaining the first. “Conception,” if the correct meaning of the noun, must be figurative here since there is no pain in conception; it is a synecdoche, representing the entire process of childbirth and child rearing from the very start. However, recent etymological research suggests the noun is derived from a root הרר ( hrr ), not הרה ( hrh ), and means “trembling, pain” (see D. Tsumura, “A Note on הרוֹן ( Gen 3,16 ),” Bib 75 [1994]: 398-400). In this case “pain and trembling” refers to the physical effects of childbirth. The word עִצְּבוֹן (’ itsÿvon , “pain”), an abstract noun related to the verb ( עָצַב , ’ atsav ), includes more than physical pain. It is emotional distress as well as physical pain. The same word is used in v. 17 for the man’s painful toil in the field.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":154,"verse_id":"GEN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “and toward your husband [will be] your desire.” The nominal sentence does not have a verb; a future verb must be supplied, because the focus of the oracle is on the future struggle. The precise meaning of the noun תְּשׁוּקָה ( tÿshuqah , “desire”) is debated. Many interpreters conclude that it refers to sexual desire here, because the subject of the passage is the relationship between a wife and her husband, and because the word is used in a romantic sense in Song 7:11 HT ( 7:10 ET). However, this interpretation makes little sense in Gen 3:16 . First, it does not fit well with the assertion “he will dominate you.” Second, it implies that sexual desire was not part of the original creation, even though the man and the woman were told to multiply. And third, it ignores the usage of the word in Gen 4:7 where it refers to sin’s desire to control and dominate Cain. (Even in Song of Songs it carries the basic idea of “control,” for it describes the young man’s desire to “have his way sexually” with the young woman.) In Gen 3:16 the Lord announces a struggle, a conflict between the man and the woman. She will desire to control him, but he will dominate her instead. This interpretation also fits the tone of the passage, which is a judgment oracle. See further Susan T. Foh, “What is the Woman’s Desire?” WTJ 37 (1975): 376-83.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":155,"verse_id":"GEN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"The Hebrew verb מָשַׁל ( mashal ) means “to rule over,” but in a way that emphasizes powerful control, domination, or mastery. This also is part of the baser human nature. The translation assumes the imperfect verb form has an objective/indicative sense here. Another option is to understand it as having a modal, desiderative nuance, “but he will want to dominate you.” In this case, the Lord simply announces the struggle without indicating who will emerge victorious. sn This passage is a judgment oracle. It announces that conflict between man and woman will become the norm in human society. It does not depict the NT ideal, where the husband sacrificially loves his wife, as Christ loved the church, and where the wife recognizes the husband’s loving leadership in the family and voluntarily submits to it. Sin produces a conflict or power struggle between the man and the woman, but in Christ man and woman call a truce and live harmoniously ( Eph 5:18-32 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":156,"verse_id":"GEN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Since there is no article on the word, the personal name is used, rather than the generic “the man” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":157,"verse_id":"GEN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The idiom “listen to the voice of” often means “obey.” The man “obeyed” his wife and in the process disobeyed God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":158,"verse_id":"GEN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"The Hebrew phrase בַּעֲבוּרֶךָ ( ba ’ avurekha ) is more literally translated “on your account” or “because of you.” The idiomatic “thanks to you” in the translation tries to capture the point of this expression.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":159,"verse_id":"GEN.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The Hebrew term עֵשֶׂב (’ esev ), when referring to human food, excludes grass (eaten by cattle) and woody plants like vines.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":160,"verse_id":"GEN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The expression “the sweat of your brow” is a metonymy, the sweat being the result of painful toil in the fields.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":161,"verse_id":"GEN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “Adam”; however, the Hebrew term has the definite article here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":162,"verse_id":"GEN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"The explanatory clause gives the reason for the name. Where the one doing the naming gives the explanation, the text normally uses “saying”; where the narrator explains it, the explanatory clause is typically used.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":163,"verse_id":"GEN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.20","text":"The explanation of the name forms a sound play (paronomasia) with the name. “Eve” is חַוָּה ( khavvah ) and “living” is חַי ( khay ). The name preserves the archaic form of the verb חָיָה ( khayah , “to live”) with the middle vav ( ו ) instead of yod ( י ). The form חַי ( khay ) is derived from the normal form חַיָּה ( khayyah ). Compare the name Yahweh ( יְהוָה ) explained from הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”) rather than from הַוָה ( havah ). The biblical account stands in contrast to the pagan material that presents a serpent goddess hawwat who is the mother of life. See J. Heller, “Der Name Eva,” ArOr 26 (1958): 636-56; and A. F. Key, “The Giving of Proper Names in the OT,” JBL 83 (1964): 55-59.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A20/4"}
{"id":164,"verse_id":"GEN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"The particle הֵן ( hen ) introduces a foundational clause, usually beginning with “since, because, now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":165,"verse_id":"GEN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"The infinitive explains in what way the man had become like God: “knowing good and evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":166,"verse_id":"GEN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “and now, lest he stretch forth.” Following the foundational clause, this clause forms the main point. It is introduced with the particle פֶּן ( pen ) which normally introduces a negative purpose, “lest….” The construction is elliptical; something must be done lest the man stretch forth his hand. The translation interprets the point intended.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A22/4"}
{"id":167,"verse_id":"GEN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The verb is the Piel preterite of שָׁלַח ( shalakh ), forming a wordplay with the use of the same verb (in the Qal stem) in v. 22 : To prevent the man’s “sending out” his hand, the Lord “sends him out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":168,"verse_id":"GEN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The verb with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is made subordinate to the next verb forming a temporal clause. This avoids any tautology with the previous verse that already stated that the Lord expelled the man.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":169,"verse_id":"GEN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Or “placed in front.” Directions in ancient Israel were given in relation to the east rather than the north.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":170,"verse_id":"GEN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"The Hebrew word is traditionally transliterated “the cherubim.” sn Angelic sentries ( Heb “cherubim”). The cherubim in the Bible seem to be a class of angels that are composite in appearance. Their main task seems to be guarding. Here they guard the way to the tree of life. The curtain in the tabernacle was to be embroidered with cherubim as well, symbolically guarding the way to God. (See in addition A. S. Kapelrud, “The Gates of Hell and the Guardian Angels of Paradise,” JAOS 70 [1950]: 151-56; and D. N. Freedman and M. P. O’Connor, TDOT 7:307-19.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":171,"verse_id":"GEN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “the flame of the sword that turns round and round.” The noun “flame” is qualified by the genitive of specification, “the sword,” which in turn is modified by the attributive participle “whirling.” The Hitpael of the verb “turn” has an iterative function here, indicating repeated action. The form is used in Job 37:12 of swirling clouds and in Judg 7:13 of a tumbling roll of bread. Verse 24 depicts the sword as moving from side to side to prevent anyone from passing or as whirling around, ready to cut to shreds anyone who tries to pass.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%203%3A24/4"}
{"id":172,"verse_id":"GEN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) introduces a new episode in the ongoing narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":173,"verse_id":"GEN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the man knew,” a frequent euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":174,"verse_id":"GEN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “she conceived.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":175,"verse_id":"GEN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Here is another sound play (paronomasia) on a name. The sound of the verb קָנִיתִי ( qaniti , “I have created”) reflects the sound of the name Cain in Hebrew ( קַיִן , qayin ) and gives meaning to it. The saying uses the Qal perfect of קָנָה ( qanah ). There are two homonymic verbs with this spelling, one meaning “obtain, acquire” and the other meaning “create” (see Gen 14:19, 22 ; Deut 32:6 ; Ps 139:13 ; Prov 8:22 ). The latter fits this context very well. Eve has created a man.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":176,"verse_id":"GEN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “with the Lord .” The particle אֶת־ (’ et ) is not the accusative/object sign, but the preposition “with” as the ancient versions attest. Some take the preposition in the sense of “with the help of” (see BDB 85 s.v. אֵת ; cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV), while others prefer “along with” in the sense of “like, equally with, in common with” (see Lev 26:39 ; Isa 45:9 ; Jer 23:28 ). Either works well in this context; the latter is reflected in the present translation. Some understand אֶת־ as the accusative/object sign and translate, “I have acquired a man – the Lord .” They suggest that the woman thought (mistakenly) that she had given birth to the incarnate Lord , the Messiah who would bruise the Serpent’s head. This fanciful suggestion is based on a questionable allegorical interpretation of Gen 3:15 (see the note there on the word “heel”). sn Since Exod 6:3 seems to indicate that the name Yahweh ( יְהוָה , yÿhvah , translated Lord ) was first revealed to Moses (see also Exod 3:14 ), it is odd to see it used in quotations in Genesis by people who lived long before Moses. This problem has been resolved in various ways: (1) Source critics propose that Exod 6:3 is part of the “P” (or priestly) tradition, which is at odds with the “J” (or Yahwistic) tradition. (2) Many propose that “name” in Exod 6:3 does not refer to the divine name per se, but to the character suggested by the name. God appeared to the patriarchs primarily in the role of El Shaddai, the giver of fertility, not as Yahweh, the one who fulfills his promises. In this case the patriarchs knew the name Yahweh, but had not experienced the full significance of the name. In this regard it is possible that Exod 6:3 b should not be translated as a statement of denial, but as an affirmation followed by a rhetorical question implying that the patriarchs did indeed know God by the name of Yahweh, just as they knew him as El Shaddai. D. A. Garrett, following the lead of F. Andersen, sees Exod 6:2-3 as displaying a paneled A/B parallelism and translates them as follows: (A) “I am Yahweh.” (B) “And I made myself known to Abraham…as El Shaddai.” (A') “And my name is Yahweh”; (B') “Did I not make myself known to them?” (D. A. Garrett, Rethinking Genesis , 21). However, even if one translates the text this way, the Lord ’s words do not necessarily mean that he made the name Yahweh known to the fathers. God is simply affirming that he now wants to be called Yahweh (see Exod 3:14-16 ) and that he revealed himself in prior times as El Shaddai. If we stress the parallelism with B, the implied answer to the concluding question might be: “Yes, you did make yourself known to them – as El Shaddai!” The main point of the verse would be that El Shaddai, the God of the fathers, and the God who has just revealed himself to Moses as Yahweh are one and the same. (3) G. J. Wenham suggests that pre-Mosaic references to Yahweh are the product of the author/editor of Genesis, who wanted to be sure that Yahweh was identified with the God of the fathers. In this regard, note how Yahweh is joined with another divine name or title in Gen 9:26-27; 14:22; 15:2, 8; 24:3, 7, 12, 27, 42, 48; 27:20; 32:9 . The angel uses the name Yahweh when instructing Hagar concerning her child’s name, but the actual name (Ishma-el, “El hears”) suggests that El, not Yahweh, originally appeared in the angel’s statement ( 16:11 ). In her response to the angel Hagar calls God El, not Yahweh ( 16:13 ). In 22:14 Abraham names the place of sacrifice “Yahweh Will Provide” (cf. v. 16 ), but in v. 8 he declares, “God will provide.” God uses the name Yahweh when speaking to Jacob at Bethel ( 28:13 ) and Jacob also uses the name when he awakens from the dream ( 28:16 ). Nevertheless he names the place Beth-el (“house of El”). In 31:49 Laban prays, “May Yahweh keep watch,” but in v. 50 he declares, “God is a witness between you and me.” Yahweh’s use of the name in 15:7 and 18:14 may reflect theological idiom, while the use in 18:19 is within a soliloquy. (Other uses of Yahweh in quotations occur in 16:2, 5; 24:31, 35, 40, 42, 44, 48, 50, 51, 56; 26:22, 28-29; 27:7, 27; 29:32-35; 30:24, 30; 49:18 . In these cases there is no contextual indication that a different name was originally used.) For a fuller discussion of this proposal, see G. J. Wenham, “The Religion of the Patriarchs,” Essays on the Patriarchal Narratives , 189-93.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":177,"verse_id":"GEN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “And she again gave birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":178,"verse_id":"GEN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “and Abel was a shepherd of the flock, and Cain was a worker of the ground.” The designations of the two occupations are expressed with active participles, רֹעֵה ( ro ’ eh , “shepherd”) and עֹבֵד (’ oved , “worker”). Abel is occupied with sheep, whereas Cain is living under the curse, cultivating the ground.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":179,"verse_id":"GEN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “And it happened at the end of days.” The clause indicates the passing of a set period of time leading up to offering sacrifices.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":180,"verse_id":"GEN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The Hebrew term מִנְחָה ( minkhah , “offering”) is a general word for tribute, a gift, or an offering. It is the main word used in for the dedication offering. This type of offering could be comprised of vegetables. The content of the offering (vegetables, as opposed to animals) was not the critical issue, but rather the attitude of the offerer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":181,"verse_id":"GEN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “But Abel brought, also he….” The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) stresses the contrast between Cain’s offering and Abel’s.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":182,"verse_id":"GEN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Two prepositional phrases are used to qualify the kind of sacrifice that Abel brought: “from the firstborn” and “from the fattest of them.” These also could be interpreted as a hendiadys: “from the fattest of the firstborn of the flock.” Another option is to understand the second prepositional phrase as referring to the fat portions of the sacrificial sheep. In this case one may translate, “some of the firstborn of his flock, even some of their fat portions” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). sn Here are two types of worshipers – one (Cain) merely discharges a duty at the proper time, while the other (Abel) goes out of his way to please God with the first and the best.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":183,"verse_id":"GEN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"The Hebrew verb שָׁעָה ( sha ’ ah ) simply means “to gaze at, to have regard for, to look on with favor [or “with devotion”].” The text does not indicate how this was communicated, but it indicates that Cain and Abel knew immediately. Either there was some manifestation of divine pleasure given to Abel and withheld from Cain (fire consuming the sacrifice?), or there was an inner awareness of divine response.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":184,"verse_id":"GEN.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “and it was hot to Cain.” This Hebrew idiom means that Cain “burned” with anger.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":185,"verse_id":"GEN.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “And his face fell.” The idiom means that the inner anger is reflected in Cain’s facial expression. The fallen or downcast face expresses anger, dejection, or depression. Conversely, in the high priestly blessing speaks of the Lord lifting up his face and giving peace.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":186,"verse_id":"GEN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The introduction of the conditional clause with an interrogative particle prods the answer from Cain, as if he should have known this. It is not a condemnation, but an encouragement to do what is right.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":187,"verse_id":"GEN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult, because only one word occurs, שְׂאֵת ( sÿ ’ et ), which appears to be the infinitive construct from the verb “to lift up” ( נָאָשׂ , na ’ as ). The sentence reads: “If you do well, uplifting.” On the surface it seems to be the opposite of the fallen face. Everything will be changed if he does well. God will show him favor, he will not be angry, and his face will reflect that. But more may be intended since the second half of the verse forms the contrast: “If you do not do well, sin is crouching….” Not doing well leads to sinful attack; doing well leads to victory and God’s blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":188,"verse_id":"GEN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The Hebrew term translated “crouching” ( רֹבֵץ , rovets ) is an active participle. Sin is portrayed with animal imagery here as a beast crouching and ready to pounce (a figure of speech known as zoomorphism). An Akkadian cognate refers to a type of demon; in this case perhaps one could translate, “Sin is the demon at the door” (see E. A. Speiser, Genesis [AB], 29, 32-33).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":189,"verse_id":"GEN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “and toward you [is] its desire, but you must rule over it.” As in Gen 3:16 , the Hebrew noun “desire” refers to an urge to control or dominate. Here the desire is that which sin has for Cain, a desire to control for the sake of evil, but Cain must have mastery over it. The imperfect is understood as having an obligatory sense. Another option is to understand it as expressing potential (“you can have [or “are capable of having”] mastery over it.”). It will be a struggle, but sin can be defeated by righteousness. In addition to this connection to , other linguistic and thematic links between chaps. 3 and 4 are discussed by A. J. Hauser, “Linguistic and Thematic Links Between Genesis 4:1-6 and –3,” JETS 23 (1980): 297-306.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":190,"verse_id":"GEN.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The MT has simply “and Cain said to Abel his brother,” omitting Cain’s words to Abel. It is possible that the elliptical text is original. Perhaps the author uses the technique of aposiopesis , “a sudden silence” to create tension. In the midst of the story the narrator suddenly rushes ahead to what happened in the field. It is more likely that the ancient versions (Samaritan Pentateuch, LXX, Vulgate, and Syriac), which include Cain’s words, “Let’s go out to the field,” preserve the original reading here. After writing אָחִיו (’ akhiyv , “his brother”), a scribe’s eye may have jumped to the end of the form בַּשָּׂדֶה ( basadeh , “to the field”) and accidentally omitted the quotation. This would be an error of virtual homoioteleuton. In older phases of the Hebrew script the sequence יו ( yod-vav ) on אָחִיו is graphically similar to the final ה ( he ) on בַּשָּׂדֶה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":191,"verse_id":"GEN.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “arose against” (in a hostile sense).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":192,"verse_id":"GEN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “The one guarding my brother [am] I?” sn Am I my brother’s guardian? Cain lies and then responds with a defiant rhetorical question of his own in which he repudiates any responsibility for his brother. But his question is ironic, for he is responsible for his brother’s fate, especially if he wanted to kill him. See P. A. Riemann, “Am I My Brother’s Keeper?” Int 24 (1970): 482-91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":193,"verse_id":"GEN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The word “voice” is a personification; the evidence of Abel’s shed blood condemns Cain, just as a human eyewitness would testify in court. For helpful insights, see G. von Rad, Biblical Interpretations in Preaching ; and L. Morris, “The Biblical Use of the Term ‘Blood,’” JTS 6 (1955/56): 77-82.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":194,"verse_id":"GEN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “cursed are you from the ground.” As in Gen 3:14 , the word “cursed,” a passive participle from אָרָר (’ arar ), either means “punished” or “banished,” depending on how one interprets the following preposition. If the preposition is taken as indicating source, then the idea is “cursed (i.e., punished) are you from [i.e., “through the agency of”] the ground” (see v. 12 a). If the preposition is taken as separative, then the idea is “cursed and banished from the ground.” In this case the ground rejects Cain’s efforts in such a way that he is banished from the ground and forced to become a fugitive out in the earth (see vv. 12 b, 14).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":195,"verse_id":"GEN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":196,"verse_id":"GEN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “it will not again ( תֹסֵף , tosef ) give ( תֵּת , tet ),” meaning the ground will no longer yield. In translation the infinitive becomes the main verb, and the imperfect verb form becomes adverbial.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":197,"verse_id":"GEN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “its strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":198,"verse_id":"GEN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.12","text":"Two similar sounding synonyms are used here: נָע וָנָד ( na ’ vanad , “a wanderer and a fugitive”). This juxtaposition of synonyms emphasizes the single idea. In translation one can serve as the main description, the other as a modifier. Other translation options include “a wandering fugitive” and a “ceaseless wanderer” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A12/4"}
{"id":199,"verse_id":"GEN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The primary meaning of the Hebrew word עָוֹן (’ avon ) is “sin, iniquity.” But by metonymy it can refer to the “guilt” of sin, or to “punishment” for sin. The third meaning applies here. Just before this the Lord announces the punishment for Cain’s actions, and right after this statement Cain complains of the severity of the punishment. Cain is not portrayed as repenting of his sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":200,"verse_id":"GEN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “great is my punishment from bearing.” The preposition מִן ( min , “from”) is used here in a comparative sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":201,"verse_id":"GEN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “from upon the surface of the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":202,"verse_id":"GEN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"The Hebrew term לָכֵן ( lakhen , “therefore”) in this context carries the sense of “Okay,” or “in that case then I will do this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":203,"verse_id":"GEN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “sign”; “reminder.” The term “sign” is not used in the translation because it might imply to an English reader that God hung a sign on Cain. The text does not identify what the “sign” was. It must have been some outward, visual reminder of Cain’s special protected status.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":204,"verse_id":"GEN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “knew,” a frequent euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":205,"verse_id":"GEN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “she conceived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":206,"verse_id":"GEN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “according to the name of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":207,"verse_id":"GEN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “and Irad fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":208,"verse_id":"GEN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “father.” In this passage the word “father” means “founder,” referring to the first to establish such lifestyles and occupations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":209,"verse_id":"GEN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"The word “keep” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation. Other words that might be supplied instead are “tend,” “raise” (NIV), or “have” (NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":210,"verse_id":"GEN.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"The traditional rendering here, “who forged” (or “a forger of”) is now more commonly associated with counterfeit or fraud (e.g., “forged copies” or “forged checks”) than with the forging of metal. The phrase “heated metal and shaped [it]” has been used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":211,"verse_id":"GEN.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"The Hebrew term יֶלֶד ( yeled ) probably refers to a youthful warrior here, not a child.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":212,"verse_id":"GEN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “knew,” a frequent euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":213,"verse_id":"GEN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “offspring.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":214,"verse_id":"GEN.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"The word “people” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation. The construction uses a passive verb without an expressed subject. “To call was begun” can be interpreted to mean that people began to call.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":215,"verse_id":"GEN.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “call in the name.” The expression refers to worshiping the Lord through prayer and sacrifice (see Gen 12:8; 13:4; 21:33; 26:25 ). See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:116.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":216,"verse_id":"GEN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “book” or “roll.” Cf. NIV “written account”; NRSV “list.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":217,"verse_id":"GEN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “generations.” See the note on the phrase “this is the account of” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":218,"verse_id":"GEN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"The Hebrew text has אָדָם (’ adam ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":219,"verse_id":"GEN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “him.” The Hebrew text uses the third masculine singular pronominal suffix on the accusative sign. The pronoun agrees grammatically with its antecedent אָדָם (’ adam ). However, the next verse makes it clear that אָדָם is collective here and refers to “humankind,” so it is preferable to translate the pronoun with the English plural.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":220,"verse_id":"GEN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"The Hebrew word used here is אָדָם (’ adam ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":221,"verse_id":"GEN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “and Adam lived 130 years.” In the translation the verb is subordinated to the following verb, “and he fathered,” and rendered as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":222,"verse_id":"GEN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “The days of Adam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":223,"verse_id":"GEN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “he fathered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":224,"verse_id":"GEN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":225,"verse_id":"GEN.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “all the days of Adam which he lived”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":226,"verse_id":"GEN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “he fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":227,"verse_id":"GEN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “he fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":228,"verse_id":"GEN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Here and in vv. 10, 13, 16, 19 the word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":229,"verse_id":"GEN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “and Enoch walked with God, after he became the father of Methuselah, [for] 300 years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":230,"verse_id":"GEN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":231,"verse_id":"GEN.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"The Hebrew construction has the negative particle אֵין (’ en , “there is not,” “there was not”) with a pronominal suffix, “he was not.” Instead of saying that Enoch died, the text says he no longer was present.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":232,"verse_id":"GEN.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":233,"verse_id":"GEN.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.29","text":"The Hebrew verb יְנַחֲמֵנוּ ( yÿnakhamenu ) is from the root נָחָם ( nakham ), which means “to comfort” in the Piel verbal stem. The letters נ ( nun ) and ח ( heth ) pick up the sounds in the name “Noah,” forming a paronomasia on the name. They are not from the same verbal root, and so the connection is only by sound. Lamech’s sentiment reflects the oppression of living under the curse on the ground, but also expresses the hope for relief in some way through the birth of Noah. His words proved to be ironic but prophetic. The relief would come with a new beginning after the flood. See E. G. Kraeling, “The Interpretations of the Name Noah in Genesis 5:29 ,” JBL 48 (1929): 138-43.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A29/2"}
{"id":234,"verse_id":"GEN.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":235,"verse_id":"GEN.5.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":5,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.32","text":"Heb “Noah.” The pronoun (“he”) has been employed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%205%3A32/1"}
{"id":236,"verse_id":"GEN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"The Hebrew text has the article prefixed to the noun. Here the article indicates the generic use of the word אָדָם (’ adam ): “humankind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":237,"verse_id":"GEN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"This disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) is circumstantial to the initial temporal clause. It could be rendered, “with daughters being born to them.” For another example of such a disjunctive clause following the construction וַיְהִיכִּי ( vayÿhiki , “and it came to pass when”), see 2 Sam 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":238,"verse_id":"GEN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"The pronominal suffix is third masculine plural, indicating that the antecedent “humankind” is collective.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":239,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The verb form יָדוֹן ( yadon ) only occurs here. Some derive it from the verbal root דִּין ( din , “to judge”) and translate “strive” or “contend with” (so NIV), but in this case one expects the form to be יָדִין ( yadin ). The Old Greek has “remain with,” a rendering which may find support from an Arabic cognate (see C. Westermann, Genesis , 1:375). If one interprets the verb in this way, then it is possible to understand רוּחַ ( ruakh ) as a reference to the divine life-giving spirit or breath, rather than the Lord ’s personal Spirit. E. A. Speiser argues that the term is cognate with an Akkadian word meaning “protect” or “shield.” In this case, the Lord ’s Spirit will not always protect humankind, for the race will suddenly be destroyed (E. A. Speiser, “YDWN, Gen. 6:3 ,” JBL 75 [1956]: 126-29).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":240,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":241,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"The form בְּשַׁגַּם ( bÿshagam ) appears to be a compound of the preposition בְּ ( beth , “in”), the relative שֶׁ ( she , “who” or “which”), and the particle גַּם ( gam , “also, even”). It apparently means “because even” (see BDB 980 s.v. שֶׁ ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":242,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “he”; the plural pronoun has been used in the translation since “man” earlier in the verse has been understood as a collective (“humankind”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":243,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “flesh.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/5"}
{"id":244,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.3","text":"See the note on “they” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/6"}
{"id":245,"verse_id":"GEN.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “his days will be 120 years.” Some interpret this to mean that the age expectancy of people from this point on would be 120, but neither the subsequent narrative nor reality favors this. It is more likely that this refers to the time remaining between this announcement of judgment and the coming of the flood.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A3/7"}
{"id":246,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"The Hebrew word נְפִילִים ( nÿfilim ) is simply transliterated here, because the meaning of the term is uncertain. According to the text, the Nephilim became mighty warriors and gained great fame in the antediluvian world. The text may imply they were the offspring of the sexual union of the “sons of God” and the “daughters of humankind” (v. 2 ), but it stops short of saying this in a direct manner. The Nephilim are mentioned in the OT only here and in Num 13:33 , where it is stated that they were giants (thus KJV, TEV, NLT “giants” here). The narrator observes that the Anakites of Canaan were descendants of the Nephilim. Certainly these later Anakite Nephilim could not be descendants of the antediluvian Nephilim (see also the following note on the word “this”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":247,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"This observation is parenthetical, explaining that there were Nephilim even after the flood. If all humankind, with the exception of Noah and his family, died in the flood, it is difficult to understand how the postdiluvian Nephilim could be related to the antediluvian Nephilim or how the Anakites of Canaan could be their descendants (see Num 13:33 ). It is likely that the term Nephilim refers generally to “giants” (see HALOT 709 s.v. נְפִילִים ) without implying any ethnic connection between the antediluvian and postdiluvian varieties.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":248,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “were entering to,” referring euphemistically to sexual intercourse here. The Hebrew imperfect verbal form draws attention to the ongoing nature of such sexual unions during the time before the flood.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":249,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “and they gave birth to them.” The masculine plural suffix “them” refers to the “sons of God,” to whom the “daughters of humankind” bore children. After the Qal form of the verb יָלָד ( yalad , “to give birth”) the preposition לְ ( lÿ , “to”) introduces the father of the child(ren). See Gen 16:1, 15; 17:19, 21; 21:2-3, 9; 22:23; 24:24, 47; 25:2 , etc.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":250,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.4","text":"The parenthetical/explanatory clause uses the word הַגִּבֹּרִים ( haggibborim ) to describe these Nephilim. The word means “warriors; mighty men; heroes.” The appositional statement further explains that they were “men of renown.” The text refers to superhuman beings who held the world in their power and who lived on in ancient lore outside the Bible. See E. A. Speiser, Genesis (AB), 45-46; C. Westermann, Genesis , 1:379-80; and Anne D. Kilmer, “The Mesopotamian Counterparts of the Biblical Nephilim ,” Perspectives on Language and Text , 39-43.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/5"}
{"id":251,"verse_id":"GEN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “men of name” (i.e., famous men).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A4/6"}
{"id":252,"verse_id":"GEN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The noun יֵצֶר ( yetser ) is related to the verb יָצָר ( yatsar , “to form, to fashion [with a design]”). Here it refers to human plans or intentions (see Gen 8:21 ; 1 Chr 28:9; 29:18 ). People had taken their God-given capacities and used them to devise evil. The word יֵצֶר ( yetser ) became a significant theological term in Rabbinic literature for what might be called the sin nature – the evil inclination (see also R. E. Murphy, “Yeser in the Qumran Literature,” Bib 39 [1958]: 334-44).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":253,"verse_id":"GEN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"The related verb הָשָׁב ( hashav ) means “to think, to devise, to reckon.” The noun (here) refers to thoughts or considerations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":254,"verse_id":"GEN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “his heart” (referring to collective “humankind”). The Hebrew term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) frequently refers to the seat of one’s thoughts (see BDB 524 s.v. לֵב ). In contemporary English this is typically referred to as the “mind.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":255,"verse_id":"GEN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “all the day.” sn The author of Genesis goes out of his way to emphasize the depth of human evil at this time. Note the expressions “ every inclination,” “ only evil,” and “ all the time.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A5/6"}
{"id":256,"verse_id":"GEN.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “was grieved”; “was sorry.” In the Niphal stem the verb נָחָם ( nakham ) can carry one of four semantic meanings, depending on the context: (1) “to experience emotional pain or weakness,” “to feel regret,” often concerning a past action (see Exod 13:17 ; Judg 21:6, 15 ; 1 Sam 15:11, 35 ; Job 42:6 ; Jer 31:19 ). In several of these texts כִּי ( ki , “because”) introduces the cause of the emotional sorrow. (2) Another meaning is “to be comforted” or “to comfort oneself” (sometimes by taking vengeance). See Gen 24:67; 38:12 ; 2 Sam 13:39 ; Ps 77:3 ; Isa 1:24 ; Jer 31:15 ; Ezek 14:22; 31:16; 32:31 . (This second category represents a polarization of category one.) (3) The meaning “to relent from” or “to repudiate” a course of action which is already underway is also possible (see Judg 2:18 ; 2 Sam 24:16 = 1 Chr 21:15 ; Pss 90:13; 106:45 ; Jer 8:6; 20:16; 42:10 ). (4) Finally, “to retract” (a statement) or “to relent or change one’s mind concerning,” “to deviate from” (a stated course of action) is possible (see Exod 32:12, 14 ; 1 Sam 15:29 ; Ps 110:4 ; Isa 57:6 ; Jer 4:28; 15:6; 18:8, 10; 26:3, 13, 19 ; Ezek 24:14 ; Joel 2:13-14 ; Am 7:3, 6 ; Jonah 3:9-10; 4:2 ; Zech 8:14 ). See R. B. Chisholm, “Does God ‘Change His Mind’?” BSac 152 (1995): 388. The first category applies here because the context speaks of God’s grief and emotional pain (see the following statement in v. 6 ) as a result of a past action (his making humankind). For a thorough study of the word נָחָם , see H. Van Dyke Parunak, “A Semantic Survey of NHM ,” Bib 56 (1975): 512-32.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":257,"verse_id":"GEN.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “and he was grieved to his heart.” The verb עָצָב (’ atsav ) can carry one of three semantic senses, depending on the context: (1) “to be injured” ( Ps 56:5 ; Eccl 10:9 ; 1 Chr 4:10 ); (2) “to experience emotional pain”; “to be depressed emotionally”; “to be worried” ( 2 Sam 19:2 ; Isa 54:6 ; Neh 8:10-11 ); (3) “to be embarrassed”; “to be offended” (to the point of anger at another or oneself); “to be insulted” ( Gen 34:7; 45:5 ; 1 Sam 20:3, 34 ; 1 Kgs 1:6 ; Isa 63:10 ; Ps 78:40 ). This third category develops from the second by metonymy. In certain contexts emotional pain leads to embarrassment and/or anger. In this last use the subject sometimes directs his anger against the source of grief (see especially Gen 34:7 ). The third category fits best in Gen 6:6 because humankind’s sin does not merely wound God emotionally. On the contrary, it prompts him to strike out in judgment against the source of his distress (see v. 7 ). The verb וַיִּתְעַצֵּב ( vayyit ’ atsev ), a Hitpael from עָצָב , alludes to the judgment oracles in Gen 3:16-19 . Because Adam and Eve sinned, their life would be filled with pain; but sin in the human race also brought pain to God. The wording of v. 6 is ironic when compared to Gen 5:29 . Lamech anticipated relief ( נָחָם , nakham ) from their work ( מַעֲשֶׂה , ma ’ aseh ) and their painful toil ( עִצְּבֹן , ’ itsÿvon ), but now we read that God was sorry ( נָחָם , nakham ) that he had made ( עָשָׂה , ’ asah ) humankind for it brought him great pain ( עָצָב , ’ atsav ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":258,"verse_id":"GEN.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The text simply has “from man to beast, to creatures, and to birds of the air.” The use of the prepositions עַד … מִן ( min... ’ ad ) stresses the extent of the judgment in creation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":259,"verse_id":"GEN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) is contrastive here: God condemns the human race, but he is pleased with Noah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":260,"verse_id":"GEN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"The Hebrew expression “find favor [in the eyes of]” is an idiom meaning “to be an object of another’s favorable disposition or action,” “to be a recipient of another’s favor, kindness, mercy.” The favor/kindness is often earned, coming in response to an action or condition (see Gen 32:5; 39:4 ; Deut 24:1 ; 1 Sam 25:8 ; Prov 3:4 ; Ruth 2:10 ). This is the case in Gen 6:8 , where v. 9 gives the basis (Noah’s righteous character) for the divine favor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":261,"verse_id":"GEN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “in the eyes of,” an anthropomorphic expression for God’s opinion or decision. The Lord saw that the whole human race was corrupt, but he looked in favor on Noah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":262,"verse_id":"GEN.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The Hebrew term תָּמִים ( tamim , “blameless”) is used of men in Gen 17:1 (associated with the idiom “walk before,” which means “maintain a proper relationship with,” see 24:40 ); Deut 18:13 (where it means “blameless” in the sense of not guilty of the idolatrous practices listed before this; see Josh 24:14 ); Pss 18:23, 26 (“blameless” in the sense of not having violated God’s commands); 37:18 (in contrast to the wicked); 101:2, 6 (in contrast to proud, deceitful slanderers; see 15:2 ); Prov 2:21; 11:5 (in contrast to the wicked); 28:10 ; Job 12:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":263,"verse_id":"GEN.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “Noah was a godly man, blameless in his generations.” The singular “generation” can refer to one’s contemporaries, i.e., those living at a particular point in time. The plural “generations” can refer to successive generations in the past or the future. Here, where it is qualified by “his” (i.e., Noah’s), it refers to Noah’s contemporaries, comprised of the preceding generation (his father’s generation), those of Noah’s generation, and the next generation (those the same age as his children). In other words, “his generations” means the generations contemporary with him. See BDB 190 s.v. דוֹר .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":264,"verse_id":"GEN.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “Noah.” The proper name has been replaced with the pronoun in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":265,"verse_id":"GEN.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.9","text":"The construction translated “walked with” is used in Gen 5:22, 24 (see the note on this phrase in 5:22 ) and in 1 Sam 25:15 , where it refers to David’s and Nabal’s men “rubbing shoulders” in the fields. Based on the use in 1 Sam 25:15 , the expression seems to mean “live in close proximity to,” which may, by metonymy, mean “maintain cordial relations with.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A9/5"}
{"id":266,"verse_id":"GEN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":267,"verse_id":"GEN.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Apart from Gen 6:11-12 , the Niphal form of this verb occurs in Exod 8:20 HT ( 8:24 ET), where it describes the effect of the swarms of flies on the land of Egypt; Jer 13:7 and 18:4 , where it is used of a “ruined” belt and “marred” clay pot, respectively; and Ezek 20:44 , where it describes Judah’s morally “corrupt” actions. The sense “morally corrupt” fits well in Gen 6:11 because of the parallelism (note “the earth was filled with violence”). In this case “earth” would stand by metonymy for its sinful inhabitants. However, the translation “ruined” works just as well, if not better. In this case humankind’s sin is viewed has having an adverse effect upon the earth. Note that vv. 12 b-13 make a distinction between the earth and the living creatures who live on it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":268,"verse_id":"GEN.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":269,"verse_id":"GEN.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"The Hebrew word translated “violence” refers elsewhere to a broad range of crimes, including unjust treatment ( Gen 16:5 ; Amos 3:10 ), injurious legal testimony ( Deut 19:16 ), deadly assault ( Gen 49:5 ), murder ( Judg 9:24 ), and rape ( Jer 13:22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":270,"verse_id":"GEN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “God saw how corrupt the earth was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":271,"verse_id":"GEN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"The repetition in the text (see v. 11 ) emphasizes the point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":272,"verse_id":"GEN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “flesh.” Since moral corruption is in view here, most modern western interpreters understand the referent to be humankind. However, the phrase “all flesh” is used consistently of humankind and the animals in Gen 6-9 ( 6:17, 19; 7:15-16, 21; 8:17; 9:11, 15-17 ), suggesting that the author intends to picture all living creatures, humankind and animals, as guilty of moral failure. This would explain why the animals, not just humankind, are victims of the ensuing divine judgment. The OT sometimes views animals as morally culpable ( Gen 9:5 ; Exod 21:28-29 ; Jonah 3:7-8 ). The OT also teaches that a person’s sin can contaminate others (people and animals) in the sinful person’s sphere (see the story of Achan, especially Josh 7:10 ). So the animals could be viewed here as morally contaminated because of their association with sinful humankind.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":273,"verse_id":"GEN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “had corrupted its way.” The third masculine singular pronominal suffix on “way” refers to the collective “all flesh.” The construction “corrupt one’s way” occurs only here (though Ezek 16:47 uses the Hiphil in an intransitive sense with the preposition בְּ [ bet , “in”] followed by “ways”). The Hiphil of שָׁחָת ( shakhat ) means “to ruin, to destroy, to corrupt,” often as here in a moral/ethical sense. The Hebrew term דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) here refers to behavior or moral character, a sense that it frequently carries (see BDB 203 s.v. דֶּרֶךְ 6.a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":274,"verse_id":"GEN.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “the end of all flesh is coming [or “has come”] before me.” (The verb form is either a perfect or a participle.) The phrase “end of all flesh” occurs only here. The term “end” refers here to the end of “life,” as v. 3 and the following context (which describes how God destroys all flesh) make clear. The statement “the end has come” occurs in Ezek 7:2, 6 , where it is used of divine judgment. The phrase “come before” occurs in Exod 28:30, 35; 34:34 ; Lev 15:14 ; Num 27:17 ; 1 Sam 18:13, 16 ; 2 Sam 19:8; 20:8 ; 1 Kgs 1:23, 28, 32 ; Ezek 46:9 ; Pss 79:11 (groans come before God); 88:3 (a prayer comes before God); 100:2; 119:170 (prayer comes before God); Lam 1:22 (evil doing comes before God); Esth 1:19; 8:1; 9:25 ; 1 Chr 16:29 . The expression often means “have an audience with” or “appear before.” But when used metaphorically, it can mean “get the attention of” or “prompt a response.” This is probably the sense in Gen 6:13 . The necessity of ending the life of all flesh on earth is an issue that has gotten the attention of God. The term “end” may even be a metonymy for that which has prompted it – violence (see the following clause).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":275,"verse_id":"GEN.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"The participle, especially after הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) has an imminent future nuance. The Hiphil of שָׁחָת ( shakhat ) here has the sense “to destroy” (in judgment). Note the wordplay involving this verb in vv. 11-13 : The earth is “ruined” because all flesh has acted in a morally “corrupt” manner. Consequently, God will “destroy” all flesh (the referent of the suffix “them”) along with the ruined earth. They had ruined themselves and the earth with violence, and now God would ruin them with judgment. For other cases where “earth” occurs as the object of the Hiphil of שָׁחָת , see 1 Sam 6:5 ; 1 Chr 20:1 ; Jer 36:29; 51:25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":276,"verse_id":"GEN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"A transliteration of the Hebrew term yields “gopher ( גֹּפֶר , gofer ) wood” (so KJV, NAB, NASB). While the exact nature of the wood involved is uncertain (cf. NLT “resinous wood”), many modern translations render the Hebrew term as “cypress” (so NEB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":277,"verse_id":"GEN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"The Hebrew term כָּפָר ( kafar , “to cover, to smear” [= to caulk]) appears here in the Qal stem with its primary, nonmetaphorical meaning. The Piel form כִּפֶּר ( kipper ), which has the metaphorical meaning “to atone, to expiate, to pacify,” is used in Levitical texts (see HALOT 493-94 s.v. כפר ). Some authorities regard the form in v. 14 as a homonym of the much more common Levitical term (see BDB 498 s.v. כָּפָר ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":278,"verse_id":"GEN.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “300 cubits long, 50 cubits wide, and 30 cubits high.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about 18 inches (45 cm) long.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":279,"verse_id":"GEN.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “a cubit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":280,"verse_id":"GEN.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “to a cubit you shall finish it from above.” The idea is that Noah was to leave an 18-inch opening from the top for a window for light.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":281,"verse_id":"GEN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"The Hebrew construction uses the independent personal pronoun, followed by a suffixed form of הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) and the a participle used with an imminent future nuance: “As for me, look, I am going to bring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":282,"verse_id":"GEN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “the flood, water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":283,"verse_id":"GEN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.17","text":"The verb שָׁחָת ( shakhat , “to destroy”) is repeated yet again, only now in an infinitival form expressing the purpose of the flood.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A17/3"}
{"id":284,"verse_id":"GEN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.17","text":"The Hebrew construction here is different from the previous two; here it is רוּחַ חַיִּים ( ruakh khayyim ) rather than נֶפֶשׁ הַיָּה ( nefesh khayyah ) or נִשְׁמַת חַיִּים ( nishmat khayyim ). It refers to everything that breathes.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A17/4"}
{"id":285,"verse_id":"GEN.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"The Hebrew verb וַהֲקִמֹתִי ( vahaqimoti ) is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive (picking up the future sense from the participles) from קוּם ( qum , “to rise up”). This may refer to the confirmation or fulfillment of an earlier promise, but it is more likely that it anticipates the unconditional promise made to humankind following the flood (see Gen 9:9, 11, 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":286,"verse_id":"GEN.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"The perfect verb form with vav ( ו ) consecutive is best understood as specific future, continuing God’s description of what will happen (see vv. 17-18 a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":287,"verse_id":"GEN.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “from all life, from all flesh, two from all you must bring.” The disjunctive clause at the beginning of the verse (note the conjunction with prepositional phrase, followed by two more prepositional phrases in apposition and then the imperfect verb form) signals a change in mood from announcement (vv. 17-18 ) to instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":288,"verse_id":"GEN.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"The Piel infinitive construct לְהַחֲיוֹת ( lÿhakhayot , here translated as “to keep them alive”) shows the purpose of bringing the animals into the ark – saving life. The Piel of this verb means here “to preserve alive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":289,"verse_id":"GEN.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “to keep alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":290,"verse_id":"GEN.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"The verb is a direct imperative: “And you, take for yourself.” The form stresses the immediate nature of the instruction; the pronoun underscores the directness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":291,"verse_id":"GEN.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “from all food,” meaning “some of every kind of food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":292,"verse_id":"GEN.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.21","text":"Or “will be eaten.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A21/3"}
{"id":293,"verse_id":"GEN.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “and gather it to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A21/4"}
{"id":294,"verse_id":"GEN.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “according to all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":295,"verse_id":"GEN.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"The last clause seems redundant: “and thus ( כֵּן , ken ) he did.” It underscores the obedience of Noah to all that God had said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":296,"verse_id":"GEN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “for you I see [as] godly before me in this generation.” The direct object (“you”) is placed first in the clause to give it prominence. The verb “to see” here signifies God’s evaluative discernment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":297,"verse_id":"GEN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “seven pairs” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":298,"verse_id":"GEN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “a male and his female” (also a second time at the end of this verse). The terms used here for male and female animals ( אִישׁ , ’ ish ) and אִשָּׁה , ’ ishah ) normally refer to humans.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":299,"verse_id":"GEN.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “seven pairs” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":300,"verse_id":"GEN.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Here (and in v. 9 ) the Hebrew text uses the normal generic terms for “male and female” ( זָכָר וּנְקֵבָה , zakhar unÿqevah ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":301,"verse_id":"GEN.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “to keep alive offspring.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":302,"verse_id":"GEN.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “for seven days yet,” meaning “after [or “in”] seven days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":303,"verse_id":"GEN.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The Hiphil participle מַמְטִיר ( mamtir , “cause to rain”) here expresses the certainty of the act in the imminent future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":304,"verse_id":"GEN.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “according to all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":305,"verse_id":"GEN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “Now Noah was.” The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + predicate nominative after implied “to be” verb) provides background information. The age of Noah receives prominence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":306,"verse_id":"GEN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and the flood was water upon.” The disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) is circumstantial/temporal in relation to the preceding clause. The verb הָיָה ( hayah ) here carries the nuance “to come” (BDB 225 s.v. הָיָה ). In this context the phrase “come upon” means “to engulf.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":307,"verse_id":"GEN.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) is causal here, explaining why Noah and his family entered the ark.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":308,"verse_id":"GEN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “two two” meaning “in twos.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":309,"verse_id":"GEN.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The Hebrew text of vv. 8-9 a reads, “From the clean animal[s] and from the animal[s] which are not clean and from the bird[s] and everything that creeps on the ground, two two they came to Noah to the ark, male and female.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":310,"verse_id":"GEN.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “Noah”; the pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":311,"verse_id":"GEN.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “came upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":312,"verse_id":"GEN.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"The Hebrew term תְּהוֹם ( tÿhom , “deep”) refers to the watery deep, the salty ocean – especially the primeval ocean that surrounds and underlies the earth (see Gen 1:2 ). sn The watery deep . The same Hebrew term used to describe the watery deep in Gen 1:2 ( תְּהוֹם , tihom ) appears here. The text seems to picture here subterranean waters coming from under the earth and contributing to the rapid rise of water. The significance seems to be, among other things, that in this judgment God was returning the world to its earlier condition of being enveloped with water – a judgment involving the reversal of creation. On Gen 7:11 see G. F. Hasel, “The Fountains of the Great Deep,” Origins 1 (1974): 67-72; idem, “The Biblical View of the Extent of the Flood,” Origins 2 (1975): 77-95.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":313,"verse_id":"GEN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":314,"verse_id":"GEN.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “On that very day Noah entered, and Shem and Ham and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and the wife of Noah, and the three wives of his sons with him into the ark.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":315,"verse_id":"GEN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"The verb “entered” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":316,"verse_id":"GEN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “every bird, every wing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":317,"verse_id":"GEN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “two two” meaning “in twos.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":318,"verse_id":"GEN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":319,"verse_id":"GEN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “Those that went in, male and female from all flesh they went in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":320,"verse_id":"GEN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “and the waters were great and multiplied exceedingly.” The first verb in the sequence is וַיִּגְבְּרוּ ( vayyigbÿru , from גָּבַר , gavar ), meaning “to become great, mighty.” The waters did not merely rise; they “prevailed” over the earth, overwhelming it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":321,"verse_id":"GEN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":322,"verse_id":"GEN.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and the waters were great exceedingly, exceedingly.” The repetition emphasizes the depth of the waters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":323,"verse_id":"GEN.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":324,"verse_id":"GEN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “rose fifteen cubits.” Since a cubit is considered by most authorities to be about eighteen inches, this would make the depth 22.5 feet. This figure might give the modern reader a false impression of exactness, however, so in the translation the phrase “fifteen cubits” has been rendered “more than twenty feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":325,"verse_id":"GEN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “the waters prevailed fifteen cubits upward and they covered the mountains.” Obviously, a flood of twenty feet did not cover the mountains; the statement must mean the flood rose about twenty feet above the highest mountain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":326,"verse_id":"GEN.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":327,"verse_id":"GEN.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “everything which [has] the breath of the spirit of life in its nostrils from all which is in the dry land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":328,"verse_id":"GEN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":329,"verse_id":"GEN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “wiped away” (cf. NRSV “blotted out”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":330,"verse_id":"GEN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “from man to animal to creeping thing and to the bird of the sky.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":331,"verse_id":"GEN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.23","text":"The Hebrew verb שָׁאָר ( sha ’ ar ) means “to be left over; to survive” in the Niphal verb stem. It is the word used in later biblical texts for the remnant that escapes judgment. See G. F. Hasel, “Semantic Values of Derivatives of the Hebrew Root só ’ r ,” AUSS 11 (1973): 152-69.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%207%3A23/4"}
{"id":332,"verse_id":"GEN.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The Hebrew word translated “remembered” often carries the sense of acting in accordance with what is remembered, i.e., fulfilling covenant promises (see B. S. Childs, Memory and Tradition in Israel [SBT], especially p. 34).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":333,"verse_id":"GEN.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “to pass over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":334,"verse_id":"GEN.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Some (e.g., NIV) translate the preterite verb forms in this verse as past perfects (e.g., “had been closed”), for it seems likely that the sources of the water would have stopped before the waters receded.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":335,"verse_id":"GEN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"The construction combines a Qal preterite from שׁוּב ( shuv ) with its infinitive absolute to indicate continuous action. The infinitive absolute from הָלָךְ ( halakh ) is included for emphasis: “the waters returned…going and returning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":336,"verse_id":"GEN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “the waters.” The pronoun (“they”) has been employed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":337,"verse_id":"GEN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive with the preterite here describes the consequence of the preceding action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":338,"verse_id":"GEN.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “on the mountains of Ararat.” Obviously a boat (even one as large as the ark) cannot rest on multiple mountains. Perhaps (1) the preposition should be translated “among,” or (2) the plural “mountains” should be understood in the sense of “mountain range” (see E. A. Speiser, Genesis [AB], 53). A more probable option (3) is that the plural indicates an indefinite singular, translated “one of the mountains” (see GKC 400 §124. o ). sn Ararat is the Hebrew name for Urartu, the name of a mountainous region located north of Mesopotamia in modern day eastern Turkey. See E. M. Yamauchi, Foes from the Northern Frontier (SBA), 29-32; G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:184-85; C. Westermann, Genesis , 1:443-44.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":339,"verse_id":"GEN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “the waters were going and lessening.” The perfect verb form הָיָה ( hayah ) is used as an auxiliary verb with the infinitive absolute חָסוֹר ( khasor , “lessening”), while the infinitive absolute הָלוֹךְ ( halokh ) indicates continuous action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":340,"verse_id":"GEN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “could be seen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":341,"verse_id":"GEN.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"The introductory verbal form וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ) , traditionally rendered “and it came to pass,” serves as a temporal indicator and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":342,"verse_id":"GEN.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “opened the window in the ark which he had made.” The perfect tense (“had made”) refers to action preceding the opening of the window, and is therefore rendered as a past perfect. Since in English “had made” could refer to either the ark or the window, the order of the phrases was reversed in the translation to clarify that the window is the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":343,"verse_id":"GEN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “and it went out, going out and returning.” The Hebrew verb יָצָא ( yatsa ’), translated here “flying,” is modified by two infinitives absolute indicating that the raven went back and forth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":344,"verse_id":"GEN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Noah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":345,"verse_id":"GEN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"The Hebrew text adds “from him.” This has not been translated for stylistic reasons, because it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":346,"verse_id":"GEN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"The Hebrew verb קָלָל ( qalal ) normally means “to be light, to be slight”; it refers here to the waters receding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":347,"verse_id":"GEN.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The words “still covered” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":348,"verse_id":"GEN.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Noah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":349,"verse_id":"GEN.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the dove) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":350,"verse_id":"GEN.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and he brought it to himself to the ark.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":351,"verse_id":"GEN.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"The clause introduced by vav ( ו ) consecutive is translated as a temporal clause subordinated to the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":352,"verse_id":"GEN.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"The deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) draws attention to the olive leaf. It invites readers to enter into the story, as it were, and look at the olive leaf with their own eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":353,"verse_id":"GEN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The word “again” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":354,"verse_id":"GEN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “it did not again return to him still.” For a study of this section of the flood narrative, see W. O. E. Oesterley, “The Dove with the Olive Leaf (Gen VIII 8–11),” ExpTim 18 (1906/07): 377-78.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":355,"verse_id":"GEN.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb In the six hundred and first year.” Since this refers to the six hundred and first year of Noah’s life, the word “Noah’s” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":356,"verse_id":"GEN.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “and saw and look.” As in v. 11 , the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) invites readers to enter into the story, as it were, and look at the dry ground with their own eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":357,"verse_id":"GEN.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"In v. 13 the ground ( הָאֲדָמָה , ha ’ adamah ) is dry; now the earth ( הָאָרֶץ , ha ’ arets ) is dry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":358,"verse_id":"GEN.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"The words “bring out” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":359,"verse_id":"GEN.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Following the Hiphil imperative, “bring out,” the three perfect verb forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive carry an imperatival nuance. For a discussion of the Hebrew construction here and the difficulty of translating it into English, see S. R. Driver, A Treatise on the Use of the Tenses in Hebrew , 124-25.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":360,"verse_id":"GEN.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “and let them swarm in the earth and be fruitful and multiply on the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":361,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The Lord “smelled” ( וַיָּרַח , vayyarakh ) a “soothing smell” ( רֵיחַ הַנִּיהֹחַ , reakh hannihoakh ). The object forms a cognate accusative with the verb. The language is anthropomorphic. The offering had a sweet aroma that pleased or soothed. The expression in signifies that God accepts the offering with pleasure, and in accepting the offering he accepts the worshiper.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":362,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “and the Lord said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":363,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “in his heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":364,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.21","text":"Here the Hebrew word translated “curse” is קָלָל ( qalal ), used in the Piel verbal stem.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/4"}
{"id":365,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.21","text":"The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) can be used in a concessive sense (see BDB 473 s.v. כִּי ), which makes good sense in this context. Its normal causal sense (“for”) does not fit the context here very well.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/5"}
{"id":366,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “the inclination of the heart of humankind.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/6"}
{"id":367,"verse_id":"GEN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “from his youth.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A21/7"}
{"id":368,"verse_id":"GEN.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “yet all the days of the earth.” The idea is “[while there are] yet all the days of the earth,” meaning, “as long as the earth exists.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":369,"verse_id":"GEN.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “seed,” which stands here by metonymy for the time when seed is planted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":370,"verse_id":"GEN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “and fear of you and dread of you will be upon every living creature of the earth and upon every bird of the sky.” The suffixes on the nouns “fear” and “dread” are objective genitives. The animals will fear humans from this time forward.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":371,"verse_id":"GEN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “into your hand are given.” The “hand” signifies power. To say the animals have been given into the hands of humans means humans have been given authority over them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":372,"verse_id":"GEN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “every moving thing that lives for you will be for food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":373,"verse_id":"GEN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The words “I gave you” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":374,"verse_id":"GEN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"The perfect verb form describes the action that accompanies the declaration.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":375,"verse_id":"GEN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “only.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":376,"verse_id":"GEN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":377,"verse_id":"GEN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “its life, its blood.” The second word is in apposition to the first, explaining what is meant by “its life.” Since the blood is equated with life, meat that had the blood in it was not to be eaten.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":378,"verse_id":"GEN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.4","text":"The words “in it” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn You must not eat meat with its life…in it . Because of the carnage produced by the flood, people might conclude that life is cheap and therefore treat it lightly. But God will not permit them to kill or even to eat anything with the lifeblood still in it, serving as a reminder of the sanctity of life.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A4/4"}
{"id":379,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Again the text uses apposition to clarify what kind of blood is being discussed: “your blood, [that is] for your life.” See C. L. Dewar, “The Biblical Use of the Term ‘Blood,’” JTS 4 (1953): 204-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":380,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The word “punishment” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification. The verb דָּרָשׁ ( darash ) means “to require, to seek, to ask for, to exact.” Here it means that God will exact punishment for the taking of a life. See R. Mawdsley, “Capital Punishment in Gen. 9:6 ,” CentBib 18 (1975): 20-25.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":381,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “from the hand of,” which means “out of the hand of” or “out of the power of” and is nearly identical in sense to the preposition מִן ( min ) alone.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":382,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “and from the hand of the man.” The article has a generic function, indicating the class, i.e., humankind.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/4"}
{"id":383,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “of the man.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/5"}
{"id":384,"verse_id":"GEN.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “from the hand of a man, his brother.” The point is that God will require the blood of someone who kills, since the person killed is a relative (“brother”) of the killer. The language reflects Noah’s situation (after the flood everyone would be part of Noah’s extended family), but also supports the concept of the brotherhood of humankind. According to the Genesis account the entire human race descended from Noah.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A5/6"}
{"id":385,"verse_id":"GEN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “the blood of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":386,"verse_id":"GEN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “by man,” a generic term here for other human beings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":387,"verse_id":"GEN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":388,"verse_id":"GEN.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to Noah and to his sons with him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":389,"verse_id":"GEN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “I, look, I confirm.” The particle הִנְנִי ( hinni ) used with the participle מֵקִים ( meqim ) gives the sense of immediacy or imminence, as if to say, “Look! I am now confirming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":390,"verse_id":"GEN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"The three pronominal suffixes (translated “you,” “your,” and “you”) are masculine plural. As v. 8 indicates, Noah and his sons are addressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":391,"verse_id":"GEN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"The verbal repetition is apparently for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":392,"verse_id":"GEN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The verb וַהֲקִמֹתִי ( vahaqimoti ) is a perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive and should be translated with the English present tense, just as the participle at the beginning of the speech was (v. 9 ). Another option is to translate both forms with the English future tense (“I will confirm”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":393,"verse_id":"GEN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":394,"verse_id":"GEN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":395,"verse_id":"GEN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “and all flesh will not be cut off again by the waters of the flood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":396,"verse_id":"GEN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “sign.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":397,"verse_id":"GEN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “between me and between you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":398,"verse_id":"GEN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.12","text":"The words “a covenant” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A12/4"}
{"id":399,"verse_id":"GEN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.12","text":"The Hebrew term עוֹלָם (’ olam ) means “ever, forever, lasting, perpetual.” The covenant would extend to subsequent generations.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A12/5"}
{"id":400,"verse_id":"GEN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The translation assumes that the perfect verbal form is used rhetorically, emphasizing the certainty of the action. Other translation options include “I have placed” (present perfect; cf. NIV, NRSV) and “I place” (instantaneous perfect; cf. NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":401,"verse_id":"GEN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"The perfect verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here has the same aspectual function as the preceding perfect of certitude.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":402,"verse_id":"GEN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The temporal indicator ( וְהָיָה , vÿhayah , conjunction + the perfect verb form), often translated “it will be,” anticipates a future development.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":403,"verse_id":"GEN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “which [is] between me and between you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":404,"verse_id":"GEN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":405,"verse_id":"GEN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “to destroy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":406,"verse_id":"GEN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":407,"verse_id":"GEN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"The translation assumes that the infinitive לִזְכֹּר ( lizkor , “to remember”) here expresses the result of seeing the rainbow. Another option is to understand it as indicating purpose, in which case it could be translated, “I will look at it so that I may remember.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":408,"verse_id":"GEN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":409,"verse_id":"GEN.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “was scattered.” The verb פָּצָה ( patsah , “to scatter” [Niphal, “to be scattered”]) figures prominently in story of the dispersion of humankind in chap. .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":410,"verse_id":"GEN.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Or “Noah, a man of the soil, was the first to plant a vineyard”; Heb “and Noah, a man of the ground, began and he planted a vineyard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":411,"verse_id":"GEN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The Hebrew verb גָּלָה ( galah ) in the Hitpael verbal stem ( וַיִּתְגַּל , vayyitggal ) means “to uncover oneself” or “to be uncovered.” Noah became overheated because of the wine and uncovered himself in the tent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":412,"verse_id":"GEN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Some would translate “had sexual relations with,” arguing that Ham committed a homosexual act with his drunken father for which he was cursed. However, the expression “see nakedness” usually refers to observation of another’s nakedness, not a sexual act (see Gen 42:9, 12 where “nakedness” is used metaphorically to convey the idea of “weakness” or “vulnerability”; Deut 23:14 where “nakedness” refers to excrement; Isa 47:3 ; Ezek 16:37 ; Lam 1:8 ). The following verse (v. 23 ) clearly indicates that visual observation, not a homosexual act, is in view here. In Lev 20:17 the expression “see nakedness” does appear to be a euphemism for sexual intercourse, but the context there, unlike that of Gen 9:22 , clearly indicates that in that passage sexual contact is in view. The expression “see nakedness” does not in itself suggest a sexual connotation. Some relate Gen 9:22 to Lev 18:6-11, 15-19 , where the expression “uncover [another’s] nakedness” (the Piel form of גָּלָה , galah ) refers euphemistically to sexual intercourse. However, Gen 9:22 does not say Ham “uncovered” the nakedness of his father. According to the text, Noah uncovered himself; Ham merely saw his father naked. The point of the text is that Ham had no respect for his father. Rather than covering his father up, he told his brothers. Noah then gave an oracle that Ham’s descendants, who would be characterized by the same moral abandonment, would be cursed. describes that greater evil of the Canaanites (see vv. 24-28 ). sn Saw the nakedness . It is hard for modern people to appreciate why seeing another’s nakedness was such an abomination, because nakedness is so prevalent today. In the ancient world, especially in a patriarchal society, seeing another’s nakedness was a major offense. (See the account in Herodotus, Histories 1.8-13, where a general saw the nakedness of his master’s wife, and one of the two had to be put to death.) Besides, Ham was not a little boy wandering into his father’s bedroom; he was over a hundred years old by this time. For fuller discussion see A. P. Ross, “The Curse of Canaan,” BSac 137 (1980): 223-40.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":413,"verse_id":"GEN.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"The word translated “garment” has the Hebrew definite article on it. The article may simply indicate that the garment is definite and vivid in the mind of the narrator, but it could refer instead to Noah’s garment. Did Ham bring it out when he told his brothers?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":414,"verse_id":"GEN.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “their faces [were turned] back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":415,"verse_id":"GEN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “his wine,” used here by metonymy for the drunken stupor it produced.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":416,"verse_id":"GEN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “he knew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":417,"verse_id":"GEN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"The Hebrew verb עָשָׂה (’ asah , “to do”) carries too general a sense to draw the conclusion that Ham had to have done more than look on his father’s nakedness and tell his brothers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":418,"verse_id":"GEN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “a servant of servants” ( עֶבֶד עֲבָדִים , ’ eved ’ avadim ), an example of the superlative genitive. It means Canaan will become the most abject of slaves.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A25/3"}
{"id":419,"verse_id":"GEN.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “blessed be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":420,"verse_id":"GEN.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “a slave to him”; the referent (Shem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":421,"verse_id":"GEN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “may God enlarge Japheth.” The words “territory and numbers” are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn There is a wordplay (paronomasia) on the name Japheth . The verb יַפְתְּ ( yaft , “may he enlarge”) sounds like the name יֶפֶת ( yefet , “Japheth”). The name itself suggested the idea. The blessing for Japheth extends beyond the son to the descendants. Their numbers and their territories will be enlarged, so much so that they will share in Shem’s territories. Again, in this oracle, Noah is looking beyond his immediate family to future generations. For a helpful study of this passage and the next chapter, see T. O. Figart, A Biblical Perspective on the Race Problem , 55-58.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":422,"verse_id":"GEN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"In this context the prefixed verbal form is a jussive (note the distinct jussive forms both before and after this in vv. 26 and 27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":423,"verse_id":"GEN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The title אֵלֶּה תּוֹלְדֹת (’ elle tolÿdot , here translated as “This is the account”) here covers 10:1 – 11:9 , which contains the so-called Table of Nations and the account of how the nations came to be dispersed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":424,"verse_id":"GEN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"It appears that the Table of Nations is a composite of at least two ancient sources: Some sections begin with the phrase “the sons of” ( בְּנֵי , bÿne ) while other sections use “begot” ( יָלָד , yalad ). It may very well be that the “sons of” list was an old, “bare bones” list that was retained in the family records, while the “begot” sections were editorial inserts by the writer of Genesis, reflecting his special interests. See A. P. Ross, “The Table of Nations in – Its Structure,” BSac 137 (1980): 340-53; idem, “The Table of Nations in – Its Content,” BSac 138 (1981): 22-34.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":425,"verse_id":"GEN.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Most of the MT mss read “Dodanim” here, but 1 Chr 1:7 has “Rodanim,” perhaps referring to the island of Rhodes. But the Qere reading in 1 Chr 1:7 suggests “Dodanim.” Dodona is one of the most ancient and revered spots in ancient Greece.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":426,"verse_id":"GEN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “fathered.” Embedded within Cush’s genealogy is an account of Nimrod, a mighty warrior. There have been many attempts to identify him, but none are convincing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":427,"verse_id":"GEN.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"The Hebrew word for “hunt” is צַיִד ( tsayid ), which is used on occasion for hunting men ( 1 Sam 24:12 ; Jer 16:16 ; Lam 3:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":428,"verse_id":"GEN.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Another option is to take the divine name here, לִפְנֵי יִהוָה ( lifne yÿhvah , “before the Lord [YHWH]”), as a means of expressing the superlative degree. In this case one may translate “Nimrod was the greatest hunter in the world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":429,"verse_id":"GEN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “beginning.” E. A. Speiser, Genesis (AB), 67, suggests “mainstays,” citing Jer 49:35 as another text where the Hebrew noun is so used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":430,"verse_id":"GEN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “Babylon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":431,"verse_id":"GEN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.10","text":"No such place is known in Shinar (i.e., Babylonia). Therefore some have translated the Hebrew term כַלְנֵה ( khalneh ) as “all of them,” referring to the three previous names (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A10/5"}
{"id":432,"verse_id":"GEN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"The subject of the verb translated “went” is probably still Nimrod. However, it has also been interpreted that “Ashur went,” referring to a derivative power.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":433,"verse_id":"GEN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “Asshur.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":434,"verse_id":"GEN.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “and Resen between Nineveh and Calah; it [i.e., Calah] is the great city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":435,"verse_id":"GEN.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “fathered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":436,"verse_id":"GEN.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Several commentators prefer to reverse the order of the words to put this clause after the next word, since the Philistines came from Crete (where the Caphtorites lived). But the table may suggest migration rather than lineage, and the Philistines, like the Israelites, came through the Nile Delta region of Egypt. For further discussion of the origin and migration of the Philistines, see D. M. Howard, “Philistines,” Peoples of the Old Testament World , 232.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":437,"verse_id":"GEN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":438,"verse_id":"GEN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Some see a reference to “Hittites” here (cf. NIV), but this seems unlikely. See the note on the phrase “sons of Heth” in Gen 23:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":439,"verse_id":"GEN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":440,"verse_id":"GEN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":441,"verse_id":"GEN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “as you go.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":442,"verse_id":"GEN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “as you go.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A19/4"}
{"id":443,"verse_id":"GEN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “And to Shem was born.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":444,"verse_id":"GEN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “whose older brother was Japheth.” Some translations render Japheth as the older brother, understanding the adjective הַגָּדוֹל ( haggadol , “older”) as modifying Japheth. However, in Hebrew when a masculine singular definite attributive adjective follows the sequence masculine singular construct noun + proper name, the adjective invariably modifies the noun in construct, not the proper name. Such is the case here. See Deut 11:7 ; Judg 1:13; 2:7; 3:9; 9:5 ; 2 Kgs 15:35 ; 2 Chr 27:3 ; Neh 3:30 ; Jer 13:9; 36:10 ; Ezek 10:19; 11:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":445,"verse_id":"GEN.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"The MT reads “Mash”; the LXX and 1 Chr 1:17 read “Meshech.” sn Uz, Hul, Gether, and Mash . Little is known about these descendants of Aram.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":446,"verse_id":"GEN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":447,"verse_id":"GEN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"The MT reads “Arphaxad fathered Shelah”; the LXX reads “Arphaxad fathered Cainan, and Cainan fathered Sala [= Shelah].” The LXX reading also appears to lie behind Luke 3:35-36 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":448,"verse_id":"GEN.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"The expression “the earth was divided” may refer to dividing the land with canals, but more likely it anticipates the division of languages at Babel (). The verb פָּלָג ( palag , “separate, divide”) is used in Ps 55:9 for a division of languages.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":449,"verse_id":"GEN.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Heb “fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":450,"verse_id":"GEN.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “as you go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":451,"verse_id":"GEN.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Or “separated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":452,"verse_id":"GEN.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “one lip and one [set of] words.” The term “lip” is a metonymy of cause, putting the instrument for the intended effect. They had one language. The term “words” refers to the content of their speech. They had the same vocabulary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":453,"verse_id":"GEN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":454,"verse_id":"GEN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Or perhaps “from the east” (NRSV) or “in the east.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":455,"verse_id":"GEN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “in the land of Shinar.” sn Shinar is the region of Babylonia.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":456,"verse_id":"GEN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “a man to his neighbor.” The Hebrew idiom may be translated “to each other” or “one to another.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":457,"verse_id":"GEN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"The speech contains two cohortatives of exhortation followed by their respective cognate accusatives: “let us brick bricks” ( נִלְבְּנָה לְבֵנִים , nilbbÿnah lÿvenim ) and “burn for burning” ( נִשְׂרְפָה לִשְׂרֵפָה , nisrÿfah lisrefah ). This stresses the intensity of the undertaking; it also reflects the Akkadian text which uses similar constructions (see E. A. Speiser, Genesis [AB], 75-76).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":458,"verse_id":"GEN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “bitumen” (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":459,"verse_id":"GEN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.3","text":"The disjunctive clause gives information parenthetical to the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A3/4"}
{"id":460,"verse_id":"GEN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"A translation of “heavens” for שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) fits this context because the Babylonian ziggurats had temples at the top, suggesting they reached to the heavens, the dwelling place of the gods.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":461,"verse_id":"GEN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"The form וְנַעֲשֶׂה ( vÿna ’ aseh , from the verb עשׂה , “do, make”) could be either the imperfect or the cohortative with a vav ( ו ) conjunction (“and let us make…”). Coming after the previous cohortative, this form expresses purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":462,"verse_id":"GEN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"The Hebrew particle פֶּן ( pen ) expresses a negative purpose; it means “that we be not scattered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":463,"verse_id":"GEN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “the sons of man.” The phrase is intended in this polemic to portray the builders as mere mortals, not the lesser deities that the Babylonians claimed built the city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":464,"verse_id":"GEN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"The Hebrew text simply has בָּנוּ ( banu ), but since v. 8 says they left off building the city, an ingressive idea (“had started building”) should be understood here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":465,"verse_id":"GEN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “and one lip to all of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":466,"verse_id":"GEN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “and now.” The foundational clause beginning with הֵן ( hen ) expresses the condition, and the second clause the result. It could be rendered “If this…then now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":467,"verse_id":"GEN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “all that they purpose to do will not be withheld from them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":468,"verse_id":"GEN.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"The cohortatives mirror the cohortatives of the people. They build to ascend the heavens; God comes down to destroy their language. God speaks here to his angelic assembly. See the notes on the word “make” in 1:26 and “know” in 3:5 , as well as Jub. 10:22-23, where an angel recounts this incident and says “And the Lord our God said to us…. And the Lord went down and we went down with him. And we saw the city and the tower which the sons of men built.” On the chiastic structure of the story, see G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:235.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":469,"verse_id":"GEN.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “they will not hear, a man the lip of his neighbor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":470,"verse_id":"GEN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The infinitive construct לִבְנֹת ( livnot , “building”) here serves as the object of the verb “they ceased, stopped,” answering the question of what they stopped doing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":471,"verse_id":"GEN.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The verb has no expressed subject and so can be rendered as a passive in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":472,"verse_id":"GEN.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":473,"verse_id":"GEN.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The word “other” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":474,"verse_id":"GEN.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"The reading of the MT is followed in vv. 11-12 ; the LXX reads, “And [= when] Arphaxad had lived thirty-five years, [and] he fathered [= became the father of] Cainan. And after he fathered [= became the father of] Cainan, Arphaxad lived four hundred and thirty years and fathered [= had] [other] sons and daughters, and [then] he died. And [= when] Cainan had lived one hundred and thirty years, [and] he fathered [= became the father of] Sala [= Shelah]. And after he fathered [= became the father of] Sala [= Shelah], Cainan lived three hundred and thirty years and fathered [= had] [other] sons and daughters, and [then] he died.” See also the note on “Shelah” in Gen 10:24 ; the LXX reading also appears to lie behind Luke 3:35-36 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":475,"verse_id":"GEN.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “upon the face of Terah his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":476,"verse_id":"GEN.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “And the days of Terah were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":477,"verse_id":"GEN.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “Terah”; the pronoun has been substituted for the proper name in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":478,"verse_id":"GEN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The call of Abram begins with an imperative לֶךְ־לְךָ ( lekh-lÿkha , “go out”) followed by three cohortatives (v. 2 a) indicating purpose or consequence (“that I may” or “then I will”). If Abram leaves, then God will do these three things. The second imperative (v. 2 b, literally “and be a blessing”) is subordinated to the preceding cohortatives and indicates God’s ultimate purpose in calling and blessing Abram. On the syntactical structure of vv. 1-2 see R. B. Chisholm, “Evidence from Genesis,” A Case for Premillennialism , 37. For a similar sequence of volitive forms see Gen 45:18 . sn It would be hard to overestimate the value of this call and this divine plan for the theology of the Bible. Here begins God’s plan to bring redemption to the world. The promises to Abram will be turned into a covenant in Gen 15 and 22 (here it is a call with conditional promises) and will then lead through the Bible to the work of the Messiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":479,"verse_id":"GEN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"The initial command is the direct imperative ( לֶךְ , lekh ) from the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ). It is followed by the lamed preposition with a pronominal suffix ( לְךָ , lÿkha ) emphasizing the subject of the imperative: “ you leave.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":480,"verse_id":"GEN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"The three first person verbs in v. 2 a should be classified as cohortatives. The first two have pronominal suffixes, so the form itself does not indicate a cohortative. The third verb form is clearly cohortative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":481,"verse_id":"GEN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"Or “I will make you famous.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":482,"verse_id":"GEN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “and be a blessing.” The verb form הְיֵה ( hÿyeh ) is the Qal imperative of the verb הָיָה ( hayah ). The vav ( ו ) with the imperative after the cohortatives indicates purpose or consequence. What does it mean for Abram to “be a blessing”? Will he be a channel or source of blessing for others, or a prime example of divine blessing? A similar statement occurs in Zech 8:13 , where God assures his people, “You will be a blessing,” in contrast to the past when they “were a curse.” Certainly “curse” here does not refer to Israel being a source of a curse, but rather to the fact that they became a curse-word or byword among the nations, who regarded them as the epitome of an accursed people (see 2 Kgs 22:19 ; Jer 42:18; 44:8, 12, 22 ). Therefore the statement “be a blessing” seems to refer to Israel being transformed into a prime example of a blessed people, whose name will be used in blessing formulae, rather than in curses. If the statement “be a blessing” is understood in the same way in Gen 12:2 , then it means that God would so bless Abram that other nations would hear of his fame and hold him up as a paradigm of divine blessing in their blessing formulae.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A2/4"}
{"id":483,"verse_id":"GEN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The Piel cohortative has as its object a Piel participle, masculine plural. Since the Lord binds himself to Abram by covenant, those who enrich Abram in any way share in the blessings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":484,"verse_id":"GEN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"In this part of God’s statement there are two significant changes that often go unnoticed. First, the parallel and contrasting participle מְקַלֶּלְךָ ( mÿqallelkha ) is now singular and not plural. All the versions and a few Masoretic mss read the plural. But if it had been plural, there would be no reason to change it to the singular and alter the parallelism. On the other hand, if it was indeed singular, it is easy to see why the versions would change it to match the first participle. The MT preserves the original reading: “the one who treats you lightly.” The point would be a contrast with the lavish way that God desires to bless many. The second change is in the vocabulary. The English usually says, “I will curse those who curse you.” But there are two different words for curse here. The first is קָלַל ( qalal ), which means “to be light” in the Qal , and in the Piel “to treat lightly, to treat with contempt, to curse.” The second verb is אָרַר (’ arar ), which means “to banish, to remove from the blessing.” The point is simple: Whoever treats Abram and the covenant with contempt as worthless God will banish from the blessing. It is important also to note that the verb is not a cohortative, but a simple imperfect. Since God is binding himself to Abram, this would then be an obligatory imperfect: “but the one who treats you with contempt I must curse .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":485,"verse_id":"GEN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Theoretically the Niphal can be translated either as passive or reflexive/reciprocal. (The Niphal of “bless” is only used in formulations of the Abrahamic covenant. See Gen 12:2; 18:18; 28:14 .) Traditionally the verb is taken as passive here, as if Abram were going to be a channel or source of blessing. But in later formulations of the Abrahamic covenant (see Gen 22:18; 26:4 ) the Hitpael replaces this Niphal form, suggesting a translation “will bless [i.e., “pronounce blessings on”] themselves [or “one another”].” The Hitpael of “bless” is used with a reflexive/reciprocal sense in Deut 29:18 ; Ps 72:17 ; Isa 65:16 ; Jer 4:2 . Gen 12:2 predicts that Abram will be held up as a paradigm of divine blessing and that people will use his name in their blessing formulae. For examples of blessing formulae utilizing an individual as an example of blessing see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":486,"verse_id":"GEN.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “just as the Lord said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":487,"verse_id":"GEN.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"The disjunctive clause (note the pattern conjunction + subject + implied “to be” verb) is parenthetical, telling the age of Abram when he left Haran.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":488,"verse_id":"GEN.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “was the son of five years and seventy year[s].” sn Terah was 70 years old when he became the father of Abram, Nahor, and Haran ( Gen 11:26 ). Terah was 205 when he died in Haran ( 11:32 ). Abram left Haran at the age of 75 after his father died. Abram was born when Terah was 130. Abram was not the firstborn – he is placed first in the list of three because of his importance. The same is true of the list in Gen 10:1 (Shem, Ham and Japheth). Ham was the youngest son ( 9:24 ). Japheth was the older brother of Shem ( 10:21 ), so the birth order of Noah’s sons was Japheth, Shem, and Ham.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":489,"verse_id":"GEN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “the son of his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":490,"verse_id":"GEN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"For the semantic nuance “acquire [property]” for the verb עָשָׂה (’ asah ), see BDB 795 s.v. עָשָׂה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":491,"verse_id":"GEN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “went out to go.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":492,"verse_id":"GEN.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “terebinth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":493,"verse_id":"GEN.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “as far as the place of Shechem, as far as the oak of Moreh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":494,"verse_id":"GEN.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.6","text":"The disjunctive clause gives important information parenthetical in nature – the promised land was occupied by Canaanites.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A6/4"}
{"id":495,"verse_id":"GEN.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"The same Hebrew term זֶרַע ( zera ’) may mean “seed” (for planting), “offspring” (occasionally of animals, but usually of people), or “descendants” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":496,"verse_id":"GEN.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abram) has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":497,"verse_id":"GEN.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":498,"verse_id":"GEN.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “he called in the name of the Lord .” The expression refers to worshiping the Lord through prayer and sacrifice (see Gen 4:26; 13:4; 21:33; 26:25 ). See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:116, 281.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":499,"verse_id":"GEN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"The Hebrew verb נָסַע ( nasa ’) means “to journey”; more specifically it means to pull up the tent and move to another place. The construction here uses the preterite of this verb with its infinitive absolute to stress the activity of traveling. But it also adds the infinitive absolute of הָלַךְ ( halakh ) to stress that the traveling was continually going on. Thus “Abram journeyed, going and journeying” becomes “Abram continually journeyed by stages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":500,"verse_id":"GEN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “the South [country].” sn Negev is the name for the southern desert region in the land of Canaan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":501,"verse_id":"GEN.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"The Hebrew verb גּוּר ( gur ), traditionally rendered “to sojourn,” means “to stay for a while.” The “stranger” (traditionally “sojourner”) is one who is a temporary resident, a visitor, one who is passing through. Abram had no intention of settling down in Egypt or owning property. He was only there to wait out the famine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":502,"verse_id":"GEN.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “heavy in the land.” The words “in the land,” which also occur at the beginning of the verse in the Hebrew text, have not been repeated here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":503,"verse_id":"GEN.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “drew near to enter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":504,"verse_id":"GEN.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) is deictic here; it draws attention to the following fact.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":505,"verse_id":"GEN.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “a woman beautiful of appearance are you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":506,"verse_id":"GEN.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"The Piel of the verb חָיָה ( khayah , “to live”) means “to keep alive, to preserve alive,” and in some places “to make alive.” See D. Marcus, “The Verb ‘to Live’ in Ugaritic,” JSS 17 (1972): 76-82.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":507,"verse_id":"GEN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":508,"verse_id":"GEN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “go well” can encompass a whole range of favorable treatment, but the following clause indicates it means here that Abram’s life will be spared.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":509,"verse_id":"GEN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “and my life will live.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A13/4"}
{"id":510,"verse_id":"GEN.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “and the woman.” The word also means “wife”; the Hebrew article can express the possessive pronoun (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §86). Here the proper name (Abram) has been used in the translation instead of a possessive pronoun (“his”) for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":511,"verse_id":"GEN.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"The Hebrew term וַתֻּקַּח ( vattuqqakh , “was taken”) is a rare verbal form, an old Qal passive preterite from the verb “to take.” It is pointed as a Hophal would be by the Masoretes, but does not have a Hophal meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":512,"verse_id":"GEN.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “house of Pharaoh.” The word “house” refers to the household in general, more specifically to the royal harem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":513,"verse_id":"GEN.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “and there was to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":514,"verse_id":"GEN.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"The cognate accusative adds emphasis to the verbal sentence: “he plagued with great plagues,” meaning the Lord inflicted numerous plagues, probably diseases (see Exod 15:26 ). The adjective “great” emphasizes that the plagues were severe and overwhelming.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":515,"verse_id":"GEN.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The demonstrative pronoun translated “this” adds emphasis: “What in the world have you done to me?” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":516,"verse_id":"GEN.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive here expresses consequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":517,"verse_id":"GEN.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “to me for a wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":518,"verse_id":"GEN.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “Look, your wife!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":519,"verse_id":"GEN.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":520,"verse_id":"GEN.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Or “the South [country]” (also in v. 3 ). sn Negev is the name for the southern desert region in the land of Canaan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":521,"verse_id":"GEN.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “And Abram went up from Egypt, he and his wife and all which was his, and Lot with him, to the Negev.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":522,"verse_id":"GEN.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “heavy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":523,"verse_id":"GEN.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"This parenthetical clause, introduced by the vav ( ו ) disjunctive (translated “now”), provides information necessary to the point of the story.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":524,"verse_id":"GEN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “on his journeys”; the verb and noun combination means to pick up the tents and move from camp to camp.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":525,"verse_id":"GEN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":526,"verse_id":"GEN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"The words “he returned” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":527,"verse_id":"GEN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “where his tent had been.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":528,"verse_id":"GEN.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “to the place of the altar which he had made there in the beginning” (cf. Gen 12:7-8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":529,"verse_id":"GEN.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “he called in the name of the Lord .” The expression refers to worshiping the Lord through prayer and sacrifice (see Gen 4:26; 12:8; 21:33; 26:25 ). See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:116, 281.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":530,"verse_id":"GEN.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “was going.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":531,"verse_id":"GEN.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"The Hebrew idiom is “to Lot…there was,” the preposition here expressing possession.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":532,"verse_id":"GEN.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"The potential nuance for the perfect tense is necessary here, and supported by the parallel clause that actually uses “to be able.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":533,"verse_id":"GEN.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"The infinitive construct לָשֶׁבֶת ( lashevet , from יָשַׁב , yashav ) explains what it was that the land could not support: “the land could not support them to live side by side.” See further J. C. de Moor, “Lexical Remarks Concerning Yahad and Yahdaw,” VT 7 (1957): 350-55.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":534,"verse_id":"GEN.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"The same infinitive occurs here, serving as the object of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":535,"verse_id":"GEN.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The Hebrew term רִיב ( riv ) means “strife, conflict, quarreling.” In later texts it has the meaning of “legal controversy, dispute.” See B. Gemser, “The rîb – or Controversy – Pattern in Hebrew Mentality,” Wisdom in Israel and in the Ancient Near East [VTSup], 120-37.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":536,"verse_id":"GEN.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"This parenthetical clause, introduced with the vav ( ו ) disjunctive (translated “now”), again provides critical information. It tells in part why the land cannot sustain these two bedouins, and it also hints of the danger of weakening the family by inner strife.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":537,"verse_id":"GEN.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “men, brothers [are] we.” Here “brothers” describes the closeness of the relationship, but could be misunderstood if taken literally, since Abram was Lot’s uncle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":538,"verse_id":"GEN.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The words “you go” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons both times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":539,"verse_id":"GEN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “lifted up his eyes and saw.” The expression draws attention to the act of looking, indicating that Lot took a good look. It also calls attention to the importance of what was seen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":540,"verse_id":"GEN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “plain”; Heb “circle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":541,"verse_id":"GEN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"The words “he noticed” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":542,"verse_id":"GEN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.10","text":"This short temporal clause (preposition + Piel infinitive construct + subjective genitive + direct object) is strategically placed in the middle of the lavish descriptions to sound an ominous note. The entire clause is parenthetical in nature. Most English translations place the clause at the end of v. 10 for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A10/5"}
{"id":543,"verse_id":"GEN.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “Lot traveled.” The proper name has not been repeated in the translation at this point for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":544,"verse_id":"GEN.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “a man from upon his brother.” sn Separated from each other . For a discussion of the significance of this event, see L. R. Helyer, “The Separation of Abram and Lot: Its Significance in the Patriarchal Narratives,” JSOT 26 (1983): 77-88.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":545,"verse_id":"GEN.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “the cities of the plain”; Heb “[the cities of] the circle,” referring to the “circle” or oval area of the Jordan Valley.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":546,"verse_id":"GEN.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Here is another significant parenthetical clause in the story, signaled by the vav ( וו ) disjunctive (translated “now”) on the noun at the beginning of the clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":547,"verse_id":"GEN.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “men.” However, this is generic in sense; it is unlikely that only the male residents of Sodom were sinners.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":548,"verse_id":"GEN.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “wicked and sinners against the Lord exceedingly.” The description of the sinfulness of the Sodomites is very emphatic. First, two nouns are used to form a hendiadys: “wicked and sinners” means “wicked sinners,” the first word becoming adjectival. The text is saying these were no ordinary sinners; they were wicked sinners, the type that cause pain for others. Then to this phrase is added “against the Lord ,” stressing their violation of the laws of heaven and their culpability. Finally, to this is added מְאֹד ( mÿ ’ od , “exceedingly,” translated here as “extremely”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":549,"verse_id":"GEN.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “and the Lord said to Abram after Lot separated himself from with him.” The disjunctive clause at the beginning of the verse signals a new scene.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":550,"verse_id":"GEN.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “lift up your eyes and see.” sn Look . Earlier Lot “looked up” (v. 10 ), but here Abram is told by God to do so. The repetition of the expression ( Heb “lift up the eyes”) here underscores how the Lord will have the last word and actually do for Abram what Abram did for Lot – give him the land. It seems to be one of the ways that God rewards faith.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":551,"verse_id":"GEN.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “for all the land which you see to you I will give it and to your descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":552,"verse_id":"GEN.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"The translation “can be counted” (potential imperfect) is suggested by the use of יוּכַל ( yukhal , “is able”) in the preceding clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":553,"verse_id":"GEN.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"The connective “and” is not present in the Hebrew text; it has been supplied for purposes of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":554,"verse_id":"GEN.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The Hitpael form הִתְהַלֵּךְ ( hithallekh ) means “to walk about”; it also can carry the ideas of moving about, traversing, going back and forth, or living in an area. It here has the connotation of traversing the land to survey it, to look it over.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":555,"verse_id":"GEN.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “the land to its length and to its breadth.” This phrase has not been included in the translation because it is somewhat redundant (see the note on the word “throughout” in this verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":556,"verse_id":"GEN.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “he came and lived.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":557,"verse_id":"GEN.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Or “terebinths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":558,"verse_id":"GEN.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"The sentence begins with the temporal indicator וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ) followed by “in the days of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":559,"verse_id":"GEN.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “king of Goyim.” The Hebrew term גּוֹיִם ( goyim ) means “nations,” but a number of modern translations merely transliterate the Hebrew (cf. NEB “Goyim”; NIV, NRSV “Goiim”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":560,"verse_id":"GEN.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “made war.” sn Went to war . The conflict here reflects international warfare in the Early and Middle Bronze periods. The countries operated with overlords and vassals. Kings ruled over city states, or sometimes a number of city states (i.e., nations). Due to their treaties, when one went to war, those confederate with him joined him in battle. It appears here that it is Kedorlaomer’s war, because the western city states have rebelled against him (meaning they did not send products as tribute to keep him from invading them).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":561,"verse_id":"GEN.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “all these,” referring only to the last five kings named. The referent has been specified as “these last five kings” in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":562,"verse_id":"GEN.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"The Hebrew verb used here means “to join together; to unite; to be allied.” It stresses close associations, especially of friendships, marriages, or treaties.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":563,"verse_id":"GEN.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The sentence simply begins with “twelve years”; it serves as an adverbial accusative giving the duration of their bondage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":564,"verse_id":"GEN.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"This is another adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":565,"verse_id":"GEN.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew verb נָכָה ( nakhah ) means “to attack, to strike, to smite.” In this context it appears that the strike was successful, and so a translation of “defeated” is preferable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":566,"verse_id":"GEN.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “they returned and came to En Mishpat (that is, Kadesh).” The two verbs together form a verbal hendiadys, the first serving as the adverb: “they returned and came” means “they came again.” Most English translations do not treat this as a hendiadys, but translate “they turned back” or something similar. Since in the context, however, “came again to” does not simply refer to travel but an assault against the place, the present translation expresses this as “attacked…again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":567,"verse_id":"GEN.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":568,"verse_id":"GEN.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Or “Goyim.” See the note on the word “nations” in 14:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":569,"verse_id":"GEN.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “against.” The word “fought” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":570,"verse_id":"GEN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “Now the Valley of Siddim [was] pits, pits of tar.” This parenthetical disjunctive clause emphasizes the abundance of tar pits in the area through repetition of the noun “pits.” sn The word for “tar” (or “bitumen”) occurs earlier in the story of the building of the tower in Babylon (see Gen 11:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":571,"verse_id":"GEN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “they were defeated there.” After a verb of motion the Hebrew particle שָׁם ( sham ) with the directional heh ( שָׁמָּה , shammah ) can mean “into it, therein” (BDB 1027 s.v. שָׁם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":572,"verse_id":"GEN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “the rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":573,"verse_id":"GEN.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the four victorious kings, see v. 9 ) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":574,"verse_id":"GEN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “Lot the son of his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":575,"verse_id":"GEN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":576,"verse_id":"GEN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Lot) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":577,"verse_id":"GEN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.12","text":"This disjunctive clause is circumstantial/causal, explaining that Lot was captured because he was living in Sodom at the time.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A12/4"}
{"id":578,"verse_id":"GEN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “the fugitive.” The article carries a generic force or indicates that this fugitive is definite in the mind of the speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":579,"verse_id":"GEN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “terebinths.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":580,"verse_id":"GEN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “a brother”; or “a relative”; or perhaps “an ally.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A13/4"}
{"id":581,"verse_id":"GEN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “possessors of a treaty with.” Since it is likely that the qualifying statement refers to all three (Mamre, Eshcol, and Aner) the words “all these” have been supplied in the translation to make this clear.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":582,"verse_id":"GEN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.13","text":"This parenthetical disjunctive clause explains how Abram came to be living in their territory, but it also explains why they must go to war with Abram.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A13/6"}
{"id":583,"verse_id":"GEN.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “his brother,” by extension, “relative.” Here and in v. 16 the more specific term “nephew” has been used in the translation for clarity. Lot was the son of Haran, Abram’s brother ( Gen 11:27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":584,"verse_id":"GEN.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The verb וַיָּרֶק ( vayyareq ) is a rare form, probably related to the word רֵיק ( req , “to be empty”). If so, it would be a very figurative use: “he emptied out” (or perhaps “unsheathed”) his men. The LXX has “mustered” (cf. NEB). E. A. Speiser ( Genesis [AB], 103-4) suggests reading with the Samaritan Pentateuch a verb diq , cognate with Akkadian deku , “to mobilize” troops. If this view is accepted, one must assume that a confusion of the Hebrew letters ד ( dalet ) and ר ( resh ) led to the error in the traditional Hebrew text. These two letters are easily confused in all phases of ancient Hebrew script development. The present translation is based on this view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":585,"verse_id":"GEN.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"The words “the invaders” have been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":586,"verse_id":"GEN.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “night” as an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":587,"verse_id":"GEN.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":588,"verse_id":"GEN.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “he divided himself…he and his servants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":589,"verse_id":"GEN.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “left.” Directions in ancient Israel were given in relation to the east rather than the north.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":590,"verse_id":"GEN.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"The word “stolen” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":591,"verse_id":"GEN.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"The phrase “the rest of “ has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":592,"verse_id":"GEN.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":593,"verse_id":"GEN.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":594,"verse_id":"GEN.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"The parenthetical disjunctive clause significantly identifies Melchizedek as a priest as well as a king. sn It is his royal priestly status that makes Melchizedek a type of Christ: He was identified with Jerusalem, superior to the ancestor of Israel, and both a king and a priest. Unlike the normal Canaanites, this man served “God Most High” ( אֵל עֶלְיוֹן , ’ el ’ elyon ) – one sovereign God, who was the creator of all the universe. Abram had in him a spiritual brother.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":595,"verse_id":"GEN.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"The preposition לְ ( lamed ) introduces the agent after the passive participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":596,"verse_id":"GEN.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Some translate “possessor of heaven and earth” (cf. NASB). But cognate evidence from Ugaritic indicates that there were two homonymic roots ָקנָה ( qanah ), one meaning “to create” (as in Gen 4:1 ) and the other “to obtain, to acquire, to possess.” While “possessor” would fit here, “creator” is the more likely due to the collocation with “heaven and earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":597,"verse_id":"GEN.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"The terms translated “heaven” and “earth” are both objective genitives after the participle in construct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":598,"verse_id":"GEN.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “blessed be.” For God to be “blessed” means that is praised. His reputation is enriched in the world as his name is praised.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":599,"verse_id":"GEN.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Melchizedek) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A20/3"}
{"id":600,"verse_id":"GEN.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Abram takes an oath, raising his hand as a solemn gesture. The translation understands the perfect tense as having an instantaneous nuance: “Here and now I raise my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":601,"verse_id":"GEN.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"The words “and vow” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":602,"verse_id":"GEN.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"The oath formula is elliptical, reading simply: “…if I take.” It is as if Abram says, “[May the Lord deal with me] if I take,” meaning, “I will surely not take.” The positive oath would add the negative adverb and be the reverse: “[God will deal with me] if I do not take,” meaning, “I certainly will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":603,"verse_id":"GEN.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"The Hebrew text adds the independent pronoun (“I”) to the verb form for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":604,"verse_id":"GEN.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"The words “I will take nothing” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":605,"verse_id":"GEN.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “except only what the young men have eaten.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":606,"verse_id":"GEN.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “your reward [in] great abundance.” When the phrase הַרְבּה מְאֹדֵ ( harbeh mÿod ) follows a noun it invariably modifies the noun and carries the nuance “very great” or “in great abundance.” (See its use in Gen 41:49 ; Deut 3:5 ; Josh 22:8 ; 2 Sam 8:8; 12:2 ; 1 Kgs 4:29; 10:10-11 ; 2 Chr 14:13; 32:27 ; Jer 40:12 .) Here the noun “reward” is in apposition to “shield” and refers by metonymy to God as the source of the reward. Some translate here “your reward will be very great” (cf. NASB, NRSV), taking the statement as an independent clause and understanding the Hiphil infinitive absolute as a substitute for a finite verb. However, the construction הַרְבּה מְאֹדֵ is never used this way elsewhere, where it either modifies a noun (see the texts listed above) or serves as an adverb in relation to a finite verb (see Josh 13:1 ; 1 Sam 26:21 ; 2 Sam 12:30 ; 2 Kgs 21:16 ; 1 Chr 20:2 ; Neh 2:2 ). sn Abram has just rejected all the spoils of war, and the Lord promises to reward him in great abundance . In walking by faith and living with integrity he cannot lose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":607,"verse_id":"GEN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"The Hebrew text has אֲדֹנָי יֱהוִה (’ adonay yehvih , “Master, Lord ”). Since the tetragrammaton ( YHWH ) usually is pointed with the vowels for the Hebrew word אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “master”) to avoid pronouncing the divine name, that would lead in this place to a repetition of אֲדֹנָי . So the tetragrammaton is here pointed with the vowels for the word אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “God”) instead. That would produce the reading of the Hebrew as “Master, God” in the Jewish textual tradition. But the presence of “Master” before the holy name is rather compelling evidence that the original would have been “Master, Lord ,” which is rendered here “sovereign Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":608,"verse_id":"GEN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"The vav ( ו ) disjunctive at the beginning of the clause is circumstantial, expressing the cause or reason.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":609,"verse_id":"GEN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “I am going.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":610,"verse_id":"GEN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “the son of the acquisition of my house.” sn For the custom of designating a member of the household as heir , see C. H. Gordon, “Biblical Customs and the Nuzu Tablets,” Biblical Archaeologist Reader , 2:21-33.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A2/4"}
{"id":611,"verse_id":"GEN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.2","text":"The pronoun is anaphoric here, equivalent to the verb “to be” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 23, §115).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A2/5"}
{"id":612,"verse_id":"GEN.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “And Abram said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":613,"verse_id":"GEN.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"The construction uses הֵן ( hen ) to introduce the foundational clause (“since…”), and וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh ) to introduce the main clause (“then look…”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":614,"verse_id":"GEN.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “is inheriting me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A3/3"}
{"id":615,"verse_id":"GEN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The disjunctive draws attention to God’s response and the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , translated “look”) mirrors Abram’s statement in v. 3 and highlights the fact that God responded to Abram.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":616,"verse_id":"GEN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The subject of the verb is the demonstrative pronoun, which can be translated “this one” or “this man.” That the Lord does not mention him by name is significant; often in ancient times the use of the name would bring legitimacy to inheritance and adoption cases.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":617,"verse_id":"GEN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “inherit you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":618,"verse_id":"GEN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"The Hebrew כִּי־אִם ( ki- ’ im ) forms a very strong adversative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":619,"verse_id":"GEN.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":620,"verse_id":"GEN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The nonconsecutive vav ( ו ) is on a perfect verbal form. If the composer of the narrative had wanted to show simple sequence, he would have used the vav consecutive with the preterite. The perfect with vav conjunctive (where one expects the preterite with vav consecutive) in narrative contexts can have a variety of discourse functions, but here it probably serves to highlight Abram’s response to God’s promise. For a detailed discussion of the vav + perfect construction in Hebrew narrative, see R. Longacre, “ Weqatal Forms in Biblical Hebrew Prose: A Discourse-modular Approach,” Biblical Hebrew and Discourse Linguistics , 50-98. The Hebrew verb אָמַן (’ aman ) means “to confirm, to support” in the Qal verbal stem. Its derivative nouns refer to something or someone that/who provides support, such as a “pillar,” “nurse,” or “guardian, trustee.” In the Niphal stem it comes to mean “to be faithful, to be reliable, to be dependable,” or “to be firm, to be sure.” In the Hiphil, the form used here, it takes on a declarative sense: “to consider something reliable [or “dependable”].” Abram regarded the God who made this promise as reliable and fully capable of making it a reality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":621,"verse_id":"GEN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":622,"verse_id":"GEN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “and he reckoned it to him.” The third feminine singular pronominal suffix refers back to Abram’s act of faith, mentioned in the preceding clause. On third feminine singular pronouns referring back to verbal ideas see GKC 440-41 §135. p . Some propose taking the suffix as proleptic, anticipating the following feminine noun (“righteousness”). In this case one might translate: “and he reckoned it to him – [namely] righteousness.” See O. P. Robertson, “ Genesis 15:6 : A New Covenant Exposition of an Old Covenant Text,” WTJ 42 (1980): 259-89.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":623,"verse_id":"GEN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.6","text":"Or “righteousness”; or “evidence of steadfast commitment.” The noun is an adverbial accusative. The verb translated “considered” ( Heb “reckoned”) also appears with צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “righteousness”) in Ps 106:31 . Alluding to the events recorded in , the psalmist notes that Phinehas’ actions were “credited to him as righteousness for endless generations to come.” Reference is made to the unconditional, eternal covenant with which God rewarded Phinehas’ loyalty ( Num 25:12-13 ). So צְדָקָה seems to carry by metonymy the meaning “loyal, rewardable behavior” here, a nuance that fits nicely in , where God responds to Abram’s faith by formally ratifying his promise to give Abram and his descendants the land. (See R. B. Chisholm, “Evidence from Genesis,” A Case for Premillennialism , 40.) In Phoenician and Old Aramaic inscriptions cognate nouns glossed as “correct, justifiable conduct” sometimes carry this same semantic nuance ( DNWSI 2:962). sn This episode is basic to the NT teaching of Paul on justification (). Paul weaves this passage and together, for both use this word. Paul explains that for the one who believes in the Lord , like Abram, God credits him with righteousness but does not credit his sins against him because he is forgiven. Justification does not mean that the believer is righteous; it means that God credits him with righteousness, so that in the records of heaven (as it were) he is declared righteous. See M. G. Kline, “Abram’s Amen,” WTJ 31 (1968): 1-11.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A6/4"}
{"id":624,"verse_id":"GEN.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “And he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":625,"verse_id":"GEN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Here the vav carries adversative force and is translated “but.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":626,"verse_id":"GEN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":627,"verse_id":"GEN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.8","text":"See note on the phrase “sovereign Lord ” in 15:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A8/3"}
{"id":628,"verse_id":"GEN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.8","text":"Or “how.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A8/4"}
{"id":629,"verse_id":"GEN.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":630,"verse_id":"GEN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":631,"verse_id":"GEN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “in the middle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":632,"verse_id":"GEN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “to meet its neighbor.” sn For discussion of this ritual see G. F. Hasel, “The Meaning of the Animal Rite in ,” JSOT 19 (1981): 61-78.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":633,"verse_id":"GEN.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “a deep sleep fell on Abram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":634,"verse_id":"GEN.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “and look, terror, a great darkness was falling on him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":635,"verse_id":"GEN.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"The Hebrew construction is emphatic, with the Qal infinitive absolute followed by the imperfect from יָדַע ( yada ’, “know”). The imperfect here has an obligatory or imperatival force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":636,"verse_id":"GEN.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"The Hebrew word גֵּר ( ger , “sojourner, stranger”) is related to the verb גּוּר ( gur , “to sojourn, to stay for awhile”). Abram’s descendants will stay in a land as resident aliens without rights of citizenship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":637,"verse_id":"GEN.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “in a land not theirs.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A13/3"}
{"id":638,"verse_id":"GEN.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “and they will serve them and they will oppress them.” The verb עִנּוּ , (’ innu , a Piel form from עָנָה , ’ anah , “to afflict, to oppress, to treat harshly”), is used in Exod 1:11 to describe the oppression of the Israelites in Egypt.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A13/4"}
{"id":639,"verse_id":"GEN.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"The participle דָּן ( dan , from דִּין , din ) is used here for the future: “I am judging” = “I will surely judge.” The judgment in this case will be condemnation and punishment. The translation “execute judgment on” implies that the judgment will certainly be carried out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":640,"verse_id":"GEN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"The vav with the pronoun before the verb calls special attention to the subject in contrast to the preceding subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":641,"verse_id":"GEN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “in a good old age.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":642,"verse_id":"GEN.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (“your descendants”) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":643,"verse_id":"GEN.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “is not yet complete.” sn The sin of the Amorites has not yet reached its limit . The justice of God is apparent. He will wait until the Amorites are fully deserving of judgment before he annihilates them and gives the land to Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A16/3"}
{"id":644,"verse_id":"GEN.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “these pieces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":645,"verse_id":"GEN.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":646,"verse_id":"GEN.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"The perfect verbal form is understood as instantaneous (“I here and now give”). Another option is to understand it as rhetorical, indicating certitude (“I have given” meaning it is as good as done, i.e., “I will surely give”). sn To your descendants I give this land . The Lord here unconditionally promises that Abram’s descendants will possess the land, but he does not yet ratify his earlier promises to give Abram a multitude of descendants and eternal possession of the land. The fulfillment of those aspects of the promise remain conditional (see Gen 17:1-8 ) and are ratified after Abraham offers up his son Isaac (see Gen 22:1-19 ). For a fuller discussion see R. B. Chisholm, “Evidence from Genesis,” A Case for Premillennialism , 35-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":647,"verse_id":"GEN.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"The words “the land” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":648,"verse_id":"GEN.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Each of the names in the list has the Hebrew definite article, which is used here generically for the class of people identified.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":649,"verse_id":"GEN.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"The disjunctive clause signals the beginning of a new episode in the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":650,"verse_id":"GEN.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"The Hebrew term שִׁפְחָה ( shifkhah , translated “servant” here and in vv. 2, 3, 5, 6, and 8 ) refers to a menial female servant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":651,"verse_id":"GEN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “look.” The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) introduces the foundational clause for the imperative to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":652,"verse_id":"GEN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “enter to.” The expression is a euphemism for sexual relations (also in v. 4 ). sn The Hebrew expression translated have sexual relations with does not convey the intimacy of other expressions, such as “so and so knew his wife.” Sarai simply sees this as the social custom of having a child through a surrogate. For further discussion see C. F. Fensham, “The Son of a Handmaid in Northwest Semitic,” VT 19 (1969): 312-21.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":653,"verse_id":"GEN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “perhaps I will be built from her.” Sarai hopes to have a family established through this surrogate mother.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":654,"verse_id":"GEN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “listened to the voice of,” which is an idiom meaning “obeyed.” sn Abram did what Sarai told him . This expression was first used in Gen 3:17 of Adam’s obeying his wife. In both cases the text highlights weak faith and how it jeopardized the plan of God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":655,"verse_id":"GEN.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “at the end of ten years, to live, Abram.” The prepositional phrase introduces the temporal clause, the infinitive construct serves as the verb, and the name “Abram” is the subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":656,"verse_id":"GEN.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “the Egyptian, her female servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":657,"verse_id":"GEN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “entered to.” See the note on the same expression in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":658,"verse_id":"GEN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Or “she conceived” (also in v. 5 )","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":659,"verse_id":"GEN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “and she saw that she was pregnant and her mistress was despised in her eyes.” The Hebrew verb קָלַל ( qalal ) means “to despise, to treat lightly, to treat with contempt.” In Hagar’s opinion Sarai had been demoted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":660,"verse_id":"GEN.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “my wrong is because of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":661,"verse_id":"GEN.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “I placed my female servant in your bosom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":662,"verse_id":"GEN.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":663,"verse_id":"GEN.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “I was despised in her eyes.” The passive verb has been translated as active for stylistic reasons. Sarai was made to feel supplanted and worthless by Hagar the servant girl.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A5/4"}
{"id":664,"verse_id":"GEN.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “me and you.” sn May the Lord judge between you and me . Sarai blamed Abram for Hagar’s attitude, not the pregnancy. Here she expects to be vindicated by the Lord who will prove Abram responsible. A colloquial rendering might be, “God will get you for this.” It may mean that she thought Abram had encouraged the servant girl in her elevated status.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A5/5"}
{"id":665,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"The clause is introduced with the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ), introducing a foundational clause for the coming imperative: “since…do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":666,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “in your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":667,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “what is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":668,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Hagar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/4"}
{"id":669,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.6","text":"In the Piel stem the verb עָנָה (’ anah ) means “to afflict, to oppress, to treat harshly, to mistreat.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/5"}
{"id":670,"verse_id":"GEN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “and she fled from her presence.” The referent of “her” (Sarai) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A6/6"}
{"id":671,"verse_id":"GEN.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “the messenger of the Lord .” Some identify the angel of the Lord as the preincarnate Christ because in some texts the angel is identified with the Lord himself. However, it is more likely that the angel merely represents the Lord ; he can speak for the Lord because he is sent with the Lord ’s full authority. In some cases the angel is clearly distinct from the Lord (see Judg 6:11-23 ). It is not certain if the same angel is always in view. Though the proper name following the noun “angel” makes the construction definite, this may simply indicate that a definite angel sent from the Lord is referred to in any given context. It need not be the same angel on every occasion. Note the analogous expression “the servant of the Lord ,” which refers to various individuals in the OT (see BDB 714 s.v. עֶבֶד ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":672,"verse_id":"GEN.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “And the angel of the Lord found her near the spring of water in the desert, near the spring on the way to Shur.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":673,"verse_id":"GEN.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “from the presence of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":674,"verse_id":"GEN.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"The imperative וְהִתְעַנִּי ( vÿhit ’ anni ) is the Hitpael of עָנָה (’ anah , here translated “submit”), the same word used for Sarai’s harsh treatment of her. Hagar is instructed not only to submit to Sarai’s authority, but to whatever mistreatment that involves. God calls for Hagar to humble herself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":675,"verse_id":"GEN.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “The Lord ’s angel said, ‘I will greatly multiply your descendants….” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":676,"verse_id":"GEN.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “cannot be numbered because of abundance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":677,"verse_id":"GEN.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) focuses on her immediate situation: “Here you are pregnant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":678,"verse_id":"GEN.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"The active participle refers here to something that is about to happen.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":679,"verse_id":"GEN.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “affliction,” which must refer here to Hagar’s painful groans of anguish. sn This clause gives the explanation of the name Ishmael , using a wordplay. Ishmael’s name will be a reminder that “God hears” Hagar’s painful cries.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A11/4"}
{"id":680,"verse_id":"GEN.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “His hand will be against everyone.” The “hand” by metonymy represents strength. His free-roaming life style would put him in conflict with those who follow social conventions. There would not be open warfare, only friction because of his antagonism to their way of life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":681,"verse_id":"GEN.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “And the hand of everyone will be against him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":682,"verse_id":"GEN.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “opposite, across from.” Ishmael would live on the edge of society (cf. NASB “to the east of”). Some take this as an idiom meaning “be at odds with” (cf. NRSV, NLT) or “live in hostility toward” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A12/4"}
{"id":683,"verse_id":"GEN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “God of my seeing.” The pronominal suffix may be understood either as objective (“who sees me,” as in the translation) or subjective (“whom I see”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":684,"verse_id":"GEN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “after one who sees me.” sn For a discussion of Hagar’s exclamation, see T. Booij, “Hagar’s Words in Genesis 16:13 b,” VT 30 (1980): 1-7.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":685,"verse_id":"GEN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"The verb does not have an expressed subject and so is rendered as passive in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":686,"verse_id":"GEN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “look.” The words “it is located” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A14/3"}
{"id":687,"verse_id":"GEN.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “and Abram called the name of his son whom Hagar bore, Ishmael.” sn Whom Abram named Ishmael . Hagar must have informed Abram of what the angel had told her. See the note on the name “Ishmael” in 16:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":688,"verse_id":"GEN.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"The disjunctive clause gives information that is parenthetical to the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":689,"verse_id":"GEN.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “the son of eighty-six years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":690,"verse_id":"GEN.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.16","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “for Abram.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons; it is somewhat redundant given the three occurrences of Abram’s name in this and the previous verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2016%3A16/3"}
{"id":691,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “the son of ninety-nine years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":692,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “appeared to Abram and said to him.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) and the final phrase “to him” has been left untranslated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":693,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"The name אֵל שַׁדַּי (’ el shadday , “El Shaddai”) has often been translated “God Almighty,” primarily because Jerome translated it omnipotens (“all powerful”) in the Latin Vulgate. There has been much debate over the meaning of the name. For discussion see W. F. Albright, “The Names Shaddai and Abram ,” JBL 54 (1935): 173-210; R. Gordis, “The Biblical Root sdy-sd ,” JTS 41 (1940): 34-43; and especially T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 69-72. Shaddai/El Shaddai is the sovereign king of the world who grants, blesses, and judges. In the Book of Genesis he blesses the patriarchs with fertility and promises numerous descendants. Outside Genesis he both blesses/protects and takes away life/happiness. The patriarchs knew God primarily as El Shaddai ( Exod 6:3 ). While the origin and meaning of this name are uncertain (see discussion below) its significance is clear. The name is used in contexts where God appears as the source of fertility and life. In Gen 17:1-8 he appeared to Abram, introduced himself as El Shaddai, and announced his intention to make the patriarch fruitful. In the role of El Shaddai God repeated these words (now elevated to the status of a decree) to Jacob ( 35:11 ). Earlier Isaac had pronounced a blessing on Jacob in which he asked El Shaddai to make Jacob fruitful ( 28:3 ). Jacob later prayed that his sons would be treated with mercy when they returned to Egypt with Benjamin ( 43:14 ). The fertility theme is not as apparent here, though one must remember that Jacob viewed Benjamin as the sole remaining son of the favored and once-barren Rachel (see 29:31; 30:22-24; 35:16-18 ). It is quite natural that he would appeal to El Shaddai to preserve Benjamin’s life, for it was El Shaddai’s miraculous power which made it possible for Rachel to give him sons in the first place. In 48:3 Jacob, prior to blessing Joseph’s sons, told him how El Shaddai appeared to him at Bethel (see ) and promised to make him fruitful. When blessing Joseph on his deathbed Jacob referred to Shaddai (we should probably read “El Shaddai,” along with a few Hebrew mss , the Samaritan Pentateuch, the LXX, and Syriac) as the one who provides abundant blessings, including “blessings of the breast and womb” ( 49:25 ). (The direct association of the name with “breasts” suggests the name might mean “the one of the breast” [i.e., the one who gives fertility], but the juxtaposition is probably better explained as wordplay. Note the wordplay involving the name and the root שָׁדַד , shadad , “destroy”] in Isa 13:6 and in Joel 1:15 .) Outside Genesis the name Shaddai (minus the element “El” [“God”]) is normally used when God is viewed as the sovereign king who blesses/protects or curses/brings judgment. The name appears in the introduction to two of Balaam’s oracles ( Num 24:4, 16 ) of blessing upon Israel. Naomi employs the name when accusing the Lord of treating her bitterly by taking the lives of her husband and sons ( Ruth 1:20-21 ). In Ps 68:14 ; Isa 13:6 ; and Joel 1:15 Shaddai judges his enemies through warfare, while Ps 91:1 depicts him as the protector of his people. (In Ezek 1:24 and 10:5 the sound of the cherubs’ wings is compared to Shaddai’s powerful voice. The reference may be to the mighty divine warrior’s battle cry which accompanies his angry judgment.) Finally, the name occurs 31 times in the Book of Job. Job and his “friends” assume that Shaddai is the sovereign king of the world ( 11:7; 37:23 a) who is the source of life ( 33:4 b) and is responsible for maintaining justice ( 8:3; 34:10-12; 37:23 b). He provides abundant blessings, including children ( 22:17-18; 29:4-6 ), but he can also discipline, punish, and destroy ( 5:17; 6:4; 21:20; 23:16 ). It is not surprising to see the name so often in this book, where the theme of God’s justice is primary and even called into question ( 24:1; 27:2 ). The most likely proposal is that the name means “God, the one of the mountain” (an Akkadian cognate means “mountain,” to which the Hebrew שַׁד , shad , “breast”] is probably related). For a discussion of proposed derivations see T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 70-71. The name may originally have depicted God as the sovereign judge who, in Canaanite style, ruled from a sacred mountain. Isa 14:13 and Ezek 28:14, 16 associate such a mountain with God, while Ps 48:2 refers to Zion as “Zaphon,” the Canaanite Olympus from which the high god El ruled. (In the Canaanite god El may be in view. Note that Isaiah pictures pagan kings as taunting the king of Babylon, suggesting that pagan mythology may provide the background for the language and imagery.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":694,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.1","text":"Or “Live out your life.” The Hebrew verb translated “walk” is the Hitpael; it means “to walk back and forth; to walk about; to live out one’s life.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/4"}
{"id":695,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.1","text":"Or “in my presence.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/5"}
{"id":696,"verse_id":"GEN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.1","text":"There are two imperatives here: “walk…and be blameless [or “perfect”].” The second imperative may be purely sequential (see the translation) or consequential: “walk before me and then you will be blameless.” How one interprets the sequence depends on the meaning of “walk before”: (1) If it simply refers in a neutral way to serving the Lord , then the second imperative is likely sequential. (2) But if it has a positive moral connotation (“serve me faithfully”), then the second imperative probably indicates purpose (or result). For other uses of the idiom see 1 Sam 2:30, 35 and 12:2 (where it occurs twice).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A1/6"}
{"id":697,"verse_id":"GEN.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative indicates consequence. If Abram is blameless, then the Lord will ratify the covenant. Earlier the Lord ratified part of his promise to Abram (see Gen 15:18-21 ), guaranteeing him that his descendants would live in the land. But the expanded form of the promise, which includes numerous descendants and eternal possession of the land, remains to be ratified. This expanded form of the promise is in view here (see vv. 2 b, 4-8). See the note at Gen 15:18 and R. B. Chisholm, “Evidence from Genesis,” A Case for Premillennialism , 35-54.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":698,"verse_id":"GEN.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “I will multiply you exceedingly, exceedingly.” The repetition is emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":699,"verse_id":"GEN.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “And Abram fell on his face.” This expression probably means that Abram sank to his knees and put his forehead to the ground, although it is possible that he completely prostrated himself. In either case the posture indicates humility and reverence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":700,"verse_id":"GEN.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “God spoke to him, saying.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":701,"verse_id":"GEN.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":702,"verse_id":"GEN.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “is” ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":703,"verse_id":"GEN.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “will your name be called.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":704,"verse_id":"GEN.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.5","text":"The perfect verbal form is used here in a rhetorical manner to emphasize God’s intention.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A5/3"}
{"id":705,"verse_id":"GEN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"This verb starts a series of perfect verbal forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive to express God’s intentions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":706,"verse_id":"GEN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “exceedingly, exceedingly.” The repetition is emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":707,"verse_id":"GEN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “and I will make you into nations, and kings will come out from you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":708,"verse_id":"GEN.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"The verb קוּם ( qum , “to arise, to stand up”) in the Hiphil verbal stem means “to confirm, to give effect to, to carry out” (i.e., a covenant or oath; see BDB 878-79 s.v. קוּם ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":709,"verse_id":"GEN.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Or “as an eternal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":710,"verse_id":"GEN.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “to be to you for God and to your descendants after you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A7/3"}
{"id":711,"verse_id":"GEN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"The verbal root is גּוּר ( gur , “to sojourn, to reside temporarily,” i.e., as a resident alien). It is the land in which Abram resides, but does not yet possess as his very own.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":712,"verse_id":"GEN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Or “as an eternal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":713,"verse_id":"GEN.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"The imperfect tense could be translated “you shall keep” as a binding command; but the obligatory nuance (“must”) captures the binding sense better.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":714,"verse_id":"GEN.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “my covenant.” The Hebrew word בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) can refer to (1) the agreement itself between two parties (see v. 7 ), (2) the promise made by one party to another (see vv. 2-3, 7 ), (3) an obligation placed by one party on another, or (4) a reminder of the agreement. In vv. 9-10 the word refers to a covenantal obligation which God gives to Abraham and his descendants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":715,"verse_id":"GEN.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “This is my covenant that you must keep between me and you and your descendants after you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":716,"verse_id":"GEN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “sign.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":717,"verse_id":"GEN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “the son of eight days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":718,"verse_id":"GEN.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The emphatic construction employs the Niphal imperfect tense (collective singular) and the Niphal infinitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":719,"verse_id":"GEN.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “my covenant.” Here in v. 13 the Hebrew word בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) refers to the outward, visible sign, or reminder, of the covenant. For the range of meaning of the term, see the note on the word “requirement” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":720,"verse_id":"GEN.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “an eternal.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":721,"verse_id":"GEN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"The disjunctive clause calls attention to the “uncircumcised male” and what will happen to him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":722,"verse_id":"GEN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “that person will be cut off.” The words “that person” have not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn The meaning of “cut off” has been discussed at great length. An entire tractate in the Mishnah is devoted to this subject (tractate Keritot ). Being ostracized from the community is involved at the least, but it is not certain whether this refers to the death penalty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":723,"verse_id":"GEN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “he has broken my covenant.” The noun בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) here refers to the obligation required by God in conjunction with the covenantal agreement. For the range of meaning of the term, see the note on the word “requirement” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":724,"verse_id":"GEN.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “[As for] Sarai your wife, you must not call her name Sarai, for Sarah [will be] her name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":725,"verse_id":"GEN.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “she will become nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":726,"verse_id":"GEN.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “peoples.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":727,"verse_id":"GEN.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “And he fell on his face and laughed and said in his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":728,"verse_id":"GEN.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.17","text":"The imperfect verbal form here carries a potential nuance, as it expresses the disbelief of Abraham.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A17/3"}
{"id":729,"verse_id":"GEN.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “to the son of a hundred years.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A17/4"}
{"id":730,"verse_id":"GEN.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “the daughter of ninety years.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A17/6"}
{"id":731,"verse_id":"GEN.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"The wish is introduced with the Hebrew particle לוּ ( lu ), “O that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":732,"verse_id":"GEN.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Or “live with your blessing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":733,"verse_id":"GEN.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “will call his name Isaac.” The name means “he laughs,” or perhaps “may he laugh” (see the note on the word “laughed” in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":734,"verse_id":"GEN.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “as an eternal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":735,"verse_id":"GEN.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"Heb “And I will multiply him exceedingly, exceedingly.” The repetition is emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":736,"verse_id":"GEN.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.20","text":"For a discussion of the Hebrew word translated “princes,” see E. A. Speiser, “Background and Function of the Biblical Nasi ’,” CBQ 25 (1963): 111-17.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A20/3"}
{"id":737,"verse_id":"GEN.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “And when he finished speaking with him, God went up from Abraham.” The sequence of pronouns and proper names has been modified in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn God went up from him . The text draws attention to God’s dramatic exit and in so doing brings full closure to the scene.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":738,"verse_id":"GEN.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “Ishmael his son and all born in his house and all bought with money, every male among the men of the house of Abraham.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":739,"verse_id":"GEN.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “circumcised the flesh of their foreskin.” The Hebrew expression is somewhat pleonastic and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":740,"verse_id":"GEN.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “the son of ninety-nine years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":741,"verse_id":"GEN.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin” (also in v. 25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":742,"verse_id":"GEN.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “the son of thirteen years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":743,"verse_id":"GEN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":744,"verse_id":"GEN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Or “terebinths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":745,"verse_id":"GEN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"The disjunctive clause here is circumstantial to the main clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":746,"verse_id":"GEN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.1","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “entrance” is an adverbial accusative of place.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A1/4"}
{"id":747,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":748,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “lifted up his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":749,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “and saw, and look.” The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) draws attention to what he saw. The drawn-out description focuses the reader’s attention on Abraham’s deliberate, fixed gaze and indicates that what he is seeing is significant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":750,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"The Hebrew preposition עַל (’ al ) indicates the three men were nearby, but not close by, for Abraham had to run to meet them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":751,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.2","text":"The pronoun “them” has been supplied in the translation for clarification. In the Hebrew text the verb has no stated object.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/5"}
{"id":752,"verse_id":"GEN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.2","text":"The form וַיִּשְׁתַּחוּ ( vayyishtakhu , “and bowed low”) is from the verb הִשְׁתַּחֲוָה ( hishtakhavah , “to worship, bow low to the ground”). It is probably from a root חָוָה ( khavah ), though some derive it from שָׁחָה ( shakhah ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A2/6"}
{"id":753,"verse_id":"GEN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"The MT has the form אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “Master”) which is reserved for God. This may reflect later scribal activity. The scribes, knowing it was the Lord , may have put the proper pointing with the word instead of the more common אֲדֹנִי (’ adoni , “my master”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":754,"verse_id":"GEN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “do not pass by from upon your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":755,"verse_id":"GEN.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The imperative after the jussive indicates purpose here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":756,"verse_id":"GEN.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"The word “all” has been supplied in the translation because the Hebrew verb translated “wash” and the pronominal suffix on the word “feet” are plural, referring to all three of the visitors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":757,"verse_id":"GEN.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"The Qal cohortative here probably has the nuance of polite request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":758,"verse_id":"GEN.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “a piece of bread.” The Hebrew word לֶחֶם ( lekhem ) can refer either to bread specifically or to food in general. Based on Abraham’s directions to Sarah in v. 6 , bread was certainly involved, but v. 7 indicates that Abraham had a more elaborate meal in mind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":759,"verse_id":"GEN.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “strengthen your heart.” The imperative after the cohortative indicates purpose here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":760,"verse_id":"GEN.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “so that you may refresh yourselves, after [which] you may be on your way – for therefore you passed by near your servant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A5/4"}
{"id":761,"verse_id":"GEN.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"The word “take” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text the sentence lacks a verb other than the imperative “hurry.” The elliptical structure of the language reflects Abraham’s haste to get things ready quickly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":762,"verse_id":"GEN.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “the young man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":763,"verse_id":"GEN.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"The construction uses the Piel preterite, “he hurried,” followed by the infinitive construct; the two probably form a verbal hendiadys: “he quickly prepared.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":764,"verse_id":"GEN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":765,"verse_id":"GEN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"The words “the food” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text the verb has no stated object.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":766,"verse_id":"GEN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"The disjunctive clause is a temporal circumstantial clause subordinate to the main verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":767,"verse_id":"GEN.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) often accompanies a gesture of pointing or a focused gaze.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":768,"verse_id":"GEN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (one of the three men introduced in v. 2 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Some English translations have specified the referent as the Lord (cf. RSV, NIV) based on vv. 1, 13 , but the Hebrew text merely has “he said” at this point, referring to one of the three visitors. Aside from the introductory statement in v. 1 , the incident is narrated from Abraham’s point of view, and the suspense is built up for the reader as Abraham’s elaborate banquet preparations in the preceding verses suggest he suspects these are important guests. But not until the promise of a son later in this verse does it become clear who is speaking. In v. 13 the Hebrew text explicitly mentions the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":769,"verse_id":"GEN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"The Hebrew construction is emphatic, using the infinitive absolute with the imperfect tense. sn I will surely return . If Abraham had not yet figured out who this was, this interchange would have made it clear. Otherwise, how would a return visit from this man mean Sarah would have a son?","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":770,"verse_id":"GEN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “as/when the time lives” or “revives,” possibly referring to the springtime.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":771,"verse_id":"GEN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “and there will be ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ) a son for Sarah.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A10/4"}
{"id":772,"verse_id":"GEN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.10","text":"This is the first of two disjunctive parenthetical clauses preparing the reader for Sarah’s response (see v. 12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A10/5"}
{"id":773,"verse_id":"GEN.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":774,"verse_id":"GEN.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “it had ceased to be for Sarah [after] a way like women.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":775,"verse_id":"GEN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":776,"verse_id":"GEN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"It has been suggested that this word should be translated “conception,” not “pleasure.” See A. A. McIntosh, “A Third Root ‘adah in Biblical Hebrew,” VT 24 (1974): 454-73.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":777,"verse_id":"GEN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"The word “too” has been added in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":778,"verse_id":"GEN.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “Why, this?” The demonstrative pronoun following the interrogative pronoun is enclitic, emphasizing the Lord ’s amazement: “Why on earth did Sarah laugh?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":779,"verse_id":"GEN.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"The Hebrew construction uses both הַאַף ( ha ’ af ) and אֻמְנָם (’ umnam ): “Indeed, truly, will I have a child?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":780,"verse_id":"GEN.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"The Hebrew verb פָּלָא ( pala ’) means “to be wonderful, to be extraordinary, to be surpassing, to be amazing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":781,"verse_id":"GEN.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “And he said, ‘No, but you did laugh.’” The referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":782,"verse_id":"GEN.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “And the men arose from there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":783,"verse_id":"GEN.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “toward the face of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A16/2"}
{"id":784,"verse_id":"GEN.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.16","text":"The disjunctive parenthetical clause sets the stage for the following speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A16/3"}
{"id":785,"verse_id":"GEN.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.16","text":"The Piel of שָׁלַח ( shalakh ) means “to lead out, to send out, to expel”; here it is used in the friendly sense of seeing the visitors on their way.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A16/4"}
{"id":786,"verse_id":"GEN.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"The active participle here refers to an action that is imminent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":787,"verse_id":"GEN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “And Abraham.” The disjunctive clause is probably causal, giving a reason why God should not hide his intentions from Abraham. One could translate, “Should I hide from Abraham what I am about to do, seeing that Abraham will surely become a great and powerful nation?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":788,"verse_id":"GEN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"The infinitive absolute lends emphasis to the finite verb that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":789,"verse_id":"GEN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Theoretically the Niphal can be translated either as passive or reflexive/reciprocal. (The Niphal of “bless” is only used in formulations of the Abrahamic covenant. See Gen 12:2; 18:18; 28:14 .) Traditionally the verb is taken as passive here, as if Abram were going to be a channel or source of blessing. But in later formulations of the Abrahamic covenant (see Gen 22:18; 26:4 ) the Hitpael replaces this Niphal form, suggesting a translation “will bless [i.e., “pronounce blessings upon”] themselves [or “one another”].” The Hitpael of “bless” is used with a reflexive/reciprocal sense in Deut 29:18 ; Ps 72:17 ; Isa 65:16 ; Jer 4:2 . Gen 18:18 (like 12:2 ) predicts that Abraham will be held up as a paradigm of divine blessing and that people will use his name in their blessing formulae. For examples of blessing formulae utilizing an individual as an example of blessing see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":790,"verse_id":"GEN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “For I have known him.” The verb יָדַע ( yada ’) here means “to recognize and treat in a special manner, to choose” (see Amos 3:2 ). It indicates that Abraham stood in a special covenantal relationship with the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":791,"verse_id":"GEN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “and they will keep.” The perfect verbal form with vav consecutive carries on the subjective nuance of the preceding imperfect verbal form (translated “so that he may command”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":792,"verse_id":"GEN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.19","text":"The infinitive construct here indicates manner, explaining how Abraham’s children and his household will keep the way of the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A19/3"}
{"id":793,"verse_id":"GEN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “bring on.” The infinitive after לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) indicates result here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A19/4"}
{"id":794,"verse_id":"GEN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “spoke to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A19/5"}
{"id":795,"verse_id":"GEN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “the outcry of Sodom,” which apparently refers to the outcry for divine justice from those (unidentified persons) who observe its sinful ways.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":796,"verse_id":"GEN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “heavy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":797,"verse_id":"GEN.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"The cohortative indicates the Lord ’s resolve. sn I must go down . The descent to “see” Sodom is a bold anthropomorphism, stressing the careful judgment of God. The language is reminiscent of the Lord going down to see the Tower of Babel in Gen 11:1-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":798,"verse_id":"GEN.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “[if] according to the outcry that has come to me they have done completely.” Even the Lord , who is well aware of the human capacity to sin, finds it hard to believe that anyone could be as bad as the “outcry” against Sodom and Gomorrah suggests.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":799,"verse_id":"GEN.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “And the men turned from there.” The word “two” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied here for clarity. Gen 19:1 mentions only two individuals (described as “angels”), while Abraham had entertained three visitors ( 18:2 ). The implication is that the Lord was the third visitor, who remained behind with Abraham here. The words “from there” are not included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":800,"verse_id":"GEN.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":801,"verse_id":"GEN.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"An ancient Hebrew scribal tradition reads “but the Lord remained standing before Abraham.” This reading is problematic because the phrase “standing before” typically indicates intercession, but the Lord would certainly not be interceding before Abraham.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":802,"verse_id":"GEN.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “lift up,” perhaps in the sense of “bear with” (cf. NRSV “forgive”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":803,"verse_id":"GEN.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Or “ruler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":804,"verse_id":"GEN.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here and in vv. 30, 31, 32 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":805,"verse_id":"GEN.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"The disjunctive clause is a concessive clause here, drawing out the humility as a contrast to the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":806,"verse_id":"GEN.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"The Hebrew verb שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “to destroy”) was used earlier to describe the effect of the flood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":807,"verse_id":"GEN.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “because of five.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":808,"verse_id":"GEN.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":809,"verse_id":"GEN.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"The construction is a verbal hendiadys – the preterite (“he added”) is combined with an adverb “yet” and an infinitive “to speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":810,"verse_id":"GEN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":811,"verse_id":"GEN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “let it not be hot to the Lord .” This is an idiom which means “may the Lord not be angry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":812,"verse_id":"GEN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.30","text":"After the jussive, the cohortative indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A30/3"}
{"id":813,"verse_id":"GEN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":814,"verse_id":"GEN.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":815,"verse_id":"GEN.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “And the Lord went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":816,"verse_id":"GEN.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.33","text":"The infinitive construct (“speaking”) serves as the direct object of the verb “finished.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A33/2"}
{"id":817,"verse_id":"GEN.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “to his place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2018%3A33/3"}
{"id":818,"verse_id":"GEN.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"The disjunctive clause is temporal here, indicating what Lot was doing at the time of their arrival.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":819,"verse_id":"GEN.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “sitting in the gate of Sodom.” The phrase “the gate of Sodom” has been translated “the city’s gateway” for stylistic reasons. sn The expression sitting in the city’s gateway may mean that Lot was exercising some type of judicial function (see the use of the idiom in 2 Sam 19:8 ; Jer 26:10; 38:7; 39:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":820,"verse_id":"GEN.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"The imperatives have the force of invitation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":821,"verse_id":"GEN.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"These two verbs form a verbal hendiadys: “you can rise up early and go” means “you can go early.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":822,"verse_id":"GEN.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"The Hebrew verb פָּצַר ( patsar , “to press, to insist”) ironically foreshadows the hostile actions of the men of the city (see v. 9 , where the verb also appears). The repetition of the word serves to contrast Lot to his world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":823,"verse_id":"GEN.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The verb שָׁכַב ( shakhav ) means “to lie down, to recline,” that is, “to go to bed.” Here what appears to be an imperfect is a preterite after the adverb טֶרֶם ( terem ). The nuance of potential (perfect) fits well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":824,"verse_id":"GEN.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and the men of the city, the men of Sodom, surrounded the house, from the young to the old, all the people from the end [of the city].” The repetition of the phrase “men of” stresses all kinds of men.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":825,"verse_id":"GEN.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and said to him.” This is redundant in English and has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":826,"verse_id":"GEN.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The Hebrew verb יָדַע ( yada ’, “to know”) is used here in the sense of “to lie with” or “to have sex with” (as in Gen 4:1 ). That this is indeed the meaning is clear from Lot’s warning that they not do so wickedly, and his willingness to give them his daughters instead. sn The sin of the men of Sodom is debated. The fact that the sin involved a sexual act (see note on the phrase “have sex” in 19:5 ) precludes an association of the sin with inhospitality as is sometimes asserted (see W. Roth, “What of Sodom and Gomorrah? Homosexual Acts in the Old Testament,” Explor 1 [1974]: 7-14). The text at a minimum condemns forced sexual intercourse, i.e., rape. Other considerations, though, point to a condemnation of homosexual acts more generally. The narrator emphasizes the fact that the men of Sodom wanted to have sex with men: They demand that Lot release the angelic messengers (seen as men) to them for sex, and when Lot offers his daughters as a substitute they refuse them and attempt to take the angelic messengers by force. In addition the wider context of the Pentateuch condemns homosexual acts as sin (see, e.g., Lev 18:22 ). Thus a reading of this text within its narrative context, both immediate and broad, condemns not only the attempted rape but also the attempted homosexual act.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":827,"verse_id":"GEN.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “may my brothers not act wickedly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":828,"verse_id":"GEN.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “who have not known.” Here this expression is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":829,"verse_id":"GEN.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “according to what is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":830,"verse_id":"GEN.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “shadow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A8/3"}
{"id":831,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “approach out there” which could be rendered “Get out of the way, stand back!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":832,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “to live as a resident alien.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":833,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “and he has judged, judging.” The infinitive absolute follows the finite verbal form for emphasis. This emphasis is reflected in the translation by the phrase “dares to judge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/3"}
{"id":834,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.9","text":"The verb “to do wickedly” is repeated here (see v. 7 ). It appears that whatever “wickedness” the men of Sodom had intended to do to Lot’s visitors – probably nothing short of homosexual rape – they were now ready to inflict on Lot.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/4"}
{"id":835,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “and they pressed against the man, against Lot, exceedingly.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/5"}
{"id":836,"verse_id":"GEN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “and they drew near.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A9/6"}
{"id":837,"verse_id":"GEN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “the men,” referring to the angels inside Lot’s house. The word “inside” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":838,"verse_id":"GEN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"The Hebrew text adds “their hand.” These words have not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":839,"verse_id":"GEN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “to them into the house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":840,"verse_id":"GEN.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “from the least to the greatest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":841,"verse_id":"GEN.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the men of Sodom outside the door) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":842,"verse_id":"GEN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “the men,” referring to the angels inside Lot’s house. The word “visitors” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":843,"verse_id":"GEN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “Yet who [is there] to you here?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":844,"verse_id":"GEN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"The words “Do you have” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":845,"verse_id":"GEN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “a son-in-law and your sons and your daughters and anyone who (is) to you in the city.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A12/4"}
{"id":846,"verse_id":"GEN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “the place.” The Hebrew article serves here as a demonstrative.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A12/5"}
{"id":847,"verse_id":"GEN.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"The Hebrew participle expresses an imminent action here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":848,"verse_id":"GEN.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “for their outcry.” The words “about this place” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":849,"verse_id":"GEN.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The repetition of the divine name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun “he” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":850,"verse_id":"GEN.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"The Hebrew active participle expresses an imminent action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":851,"verse_id":"GEN.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “and he was like one taunting in the eyes of his sons-in-law.” These men mistakenly thought Lot was ridiculing them and their lifestyle. Their response illustrates how morally insensitive they had become.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A14/3"}
{"id":852,"verse_id":"GEN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “When dawn came up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":853,"verse_id":"GEN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “who are found.” The wording might imply he had other daughters living in the city, but the text does not explicitly state this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":854,"verse_id":"GEN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Or “with the iniquity [i.e., punishment] of the city” (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":855,"verse_id":"GEN.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Lot) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":856,"verse_id":"GEN.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “in the compassion of the Lord to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":857,"verse_id":"GEN.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “brought him out and placed him.” The third masculine singular suffixes refer specifically to Lot, though his wife and daughters accompanied him (see v. 17 ). For stylistic reasons these have been translated as plural pronouns (“them”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A16/3"}
{"id":858,"verse_id":"GEN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Or “one of them”; Heb “he.” Several ancient versions (LXX, Vulgate, Syriac) read the plural “they.” See also the note on “your” in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":859,"verse_id":"GEN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “escape.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":860,"verse_id":"GEN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “look” signifies an intense gaze, not a passing glance. This same verb is used later in v. 26 to describe Lot’s wife’s self-destructive look back at the city.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":861,"verse_id":"GEN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.17","text":"Or “in the plain”; Heb “in the circle,” referring to the “circle” or oval area of the Jordan Valley.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A17/4"}
{"id":862,"verse_id":"GEN.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Or “my lords.” See the following note on the problem of identifying the addressee here. The Hebrew term is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":863,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"The second person pronominal suffixes are singular in this verse (note “your eyes,” “you have made great,” and “you have acted”). Verse 18 a seems to indicate that Lot is addressing the angels, but the use of the singular and the appearance of the divine title “Lord” ( אֲדֹנָי , ’ adonay ) in v. 18 b suggests he is speaking to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":864,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “in your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":865,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “you made great your kindness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/3"}
{"id":866,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.19","text":"The infinitive construct explains how God has shown Lot kindness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/5"}
{"id":867,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “lest.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/6"}
{"id":868,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.19","text":"The Hebrew verb דָּבַק ( davaq ) normally means “to stick to, to cleave, to join.” Lot is afraid he cannot outrun the coming calamity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/7"}
{"id":869,"verse_id":"GEN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"19.19","text":"The perfect verb form with vav consecutive carries the nuance of the imperfect verbal form before it.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A19/8"}
{"id":870,"verse_id":"GEN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"The Hebrew word עִיר (’ ir ) can refer to either a city or a town, depending on the size of the place. Given that this place was described by Lot later in this verse as a “little place,” the translation uses “town.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":871,"verse_id":"GEN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “Look, this town is near to flee to there. And it is little.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":872,"verse_id":"GEN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “Let me escape to there.” The cohortative here expresses Lot’s request.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":873,"verse_id":"GEN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “Is it not little?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A20/4"}
{"id":874,"verse_id":"GEN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “my soul will live.” After the cohortative the jussive with vav conjunctive here indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A20/5"}
{"id":875,"verse_id":"GEN.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “And he said, ‘Look, I will grant.’” The order of the clauses has been rearranged for stylistic reasons. The referent of the speaker (“he”) is somewhat ambiguous: It could be taken as the angel to whom Lot has been speaking (so NLT; note the singular references in vv. 18-19 ), or it could be that Lot is speaking directly to the Lord here. Most English translations leave the referent of the pronoun unspecified and maintain the ambiguity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":876,"verse_id":"GEN.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “I have lifted up your face [i.e., shown you favor] also concerning this matter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":877,"verse_id":"GEN.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.21","text":"The negated infinitive construct indicates either the consequence of God’s granting the request (“I have granted this request, so that I will not”) or the manner in which he will grant it (“I have granted your request by not destroying”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A21/3"}
{"id":878,"verse_id":"GEN.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “Be quick! Escape to there!” The two imperatives form a verbal hendiadys, the first becoming adverbial.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":879,"verse_id":"GEN.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “Therefore the name of the city is called Zoar.” The name of the place, צוֹעַר ( tso ’ ar ) apparently means “Little Place,” in light of the wordplay with the term “little” ( מִצְעָר , mits ’ ar ) used twice by Lot to describe the town (v. 20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":880,"verse_id":"GEN.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"The juxtaposition of the two disjunctive clauses indicates synchronic action. The first action (the sun’s rising) occurred as the second (Lot’s entering Zoar) took place. The disjunctive clauses also signal closure for the preceding scene.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":881,"verse_id":"GEN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"The disjunctive clause signals the beginning of the next scene and highlights God’s action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":882,"verse_id":"GEN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Or “burning sulfur” (the traditional “fire and brimstone”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":883,"verse_id":"GEN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “from the Lord from the heavens.” The words “It was sent down” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn The text explicitly states that the sulfur and fire that fell on Sodom and Gomorrah was sent down from the sky by the Lord . What exactly this was, and how it happened, can only be left to intelligent speculation, but see J. P. Harland, “The Destruction of the Cities of the Plain,” BA 6 (1943): 41-54.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A24/3"}
{"id":884,"verse_id":"GEN.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Or “and all the plain”; Heb “and all the circle,” referring to the “circle” or oval area of the Jordan Valley.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":885,"verse_id":"GEN.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “and the vegetation of the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":886,"verse_id":"GEN.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Lot) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":887,"verse_id":"GEN.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to look intently; to gaze” (see 15:5 ). sn Longingly . Lot’s wife apparently identified with the doomed city and thereby showed lack of respect for God’s provision of salvation. She, like her daughters later, had allowed her thinking to be influenced by the culture of Sodom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":888,"verse_id":"GEN.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"The words “and went” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":889,"verse_id":"GEN.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “upon the face of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":890,"verse_id":"GEN.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Or “all the land of the plain”; Heb “and all the face of the land of the circle,” referring to the “circle” or oval area of the Jordan Valley.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":891,"verse_id":"GEN.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “And he saw, and look, the smoke of the land went up like the smoke of a furnace.” sn It is hard to imagine what was going on in Abraham’s mind, but this brief section in the narrative enables the reader to think about the human response to the judgment. Abraham had family in that area. He had rescued those people from the invasion. That was why he interceded. Yet he surely knew how wicked they were. That was why he got the number down to ten when he negotiated with God to save the city. But now he must have wondered, “What was the point?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A28/3"}
{"id":892,"verse_id":"GEN.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"The construction is a temporal clause comprised of the temporal indicator, an infinitive construct with a preposition, and the subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":893,"verse_id":"GEN.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"Or “of the plain”; Heb “of the circle,” referring to the “circle” or oval area of the Jordan Valley.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":894,"verse_id":"GEN.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “remembered,” but this means more than mental recollection here. Abraham’s request ( Gen 18:23-32 ) was that the Lord not destroy the righteous with the wicked. While the requisite minimum number of righteous people (ten, v. 32 ) needed for God to spare the cities was not found, God nevertheless rescued the righteous before destroying the wicked. sn God showed Abraham special consideration because of the covenantal relationship he had established with the patriarch. Yet the reader knows that God delivered the “righteous” (Lot’s designation in 2 Pet 2:7 ) before destroying their world – which is what he will do again at the end of the age.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A29/3"}
{"id":895,"verse_id":"GEN.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “the overthrow when [he] overthrew.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A29/5"}
{"id":896,"verse_id":"GEN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.31","text":"Heb “and the firstborn said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A31/1"}
{"id":897,"verse_id":"GEN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.31","text":"Or perhaps “on earth,” in which case the statement would be hyperbolic; presumably there had been some men living in the town of Zoar to which Lot and his daughters had initially fled.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A31/2"}
{"id":898,"verse_id":"GEN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.31","text":"Heb “to enter upon us.” This is a euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A31/3"}
{"id":899,"verse_id":"GEN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “drink wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":900,"verse_id":"GEN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “and we will lie down.” The cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive is subordinated to the preceding cohortative and indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A32/2"}
{"id":901,"verse_id":"GEN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.32","text":"Or “that we may preserve.” Here the cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates their ultimate goal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A32/3"}
{"id":902,"verse_id":"GEN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “and we will keep alive from our father descendants.” sn For a discussion of the cultural background of the daughters’ desire to preserve our family line see F. C. Fensham, “The Obliteration of the Family as Motif in the Near Eastern Literature,” AION 10 (1969): 191-99.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A32/4"}
{"id":903,"verse_id":"GEN.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.33","text":"Heb “drink wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A33/1"}
{"id":904,"verse_id":"GEN.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.33","text":"Heb “the firstborn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A33/2"}
{"id":905,"verse_id":"GEN.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.33","text":"Heb “and the firstborn came and lied down with her father.” The expression “lied down with” here and in the following verses is a euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A33/3"}
{"id":906,"verse_id":"GEN.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.34","text":"Heb “the firstborn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A34/1"}
{"id":907,"verse_id":"GEN.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.34","text":"Heb “Look, I lied down with my father. Let’s make him drink wine again tonight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A34/2"}
{"id":908,"verse_id":"GEN.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.34","text":"Heb “And go, lie down with him and we will keep alive from our father descendants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A34/3"}
{"id":909,"verse_id":"GEN.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"Heb “drink wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":910,"verse_id":"GEN.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"Heb “lied down with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":911,"verse_id":"GEN.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.37","text":"Heb “the firstborn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2019%3A37/1"}
{"id":912,"verse_id":"GEN.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Or “the South [country]”; Heb “the land of the Negev.” sn Negev is the name for the southern desert region in the land of Canaan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":913,"verse_id":"GEN.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and he sojourned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":914,"verse_id":"GEN.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":915,"verse_id":"GEN.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “Look, you [are] dead.” The Hebrew construction uses the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) with a second person pronominal particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) with by the participle. It is a highly rhetorical expression.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":916,"verse_id":"GEN.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and she is owned by an owner.” The disjunctive clause is causal or explanatory in this case.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":917,"verse_id":"GEN.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":918,"verse_id":"GEN.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Apparently Abimelech assumes that God’s judgment will fall on his entire nation. Some, finding the reference to a nation problematic, prefer to emend the text and read, “Would you really kill someone who is innocent?” See E. A. Speiser, Genesis (AB), 149.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":919,"verse_id":"GEN.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":920,"verse_id":"GEN.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “and she, even she.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":921,"verse_id":"GEN.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “with the integrity of my heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":922,"verse_id":"GEN.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “with the integrity of your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":923,"verse_id":"GEN.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “and I, even I, kept you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":924,"verse_id":"GEN.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “therefore.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A6/3"}
{"id":925,"verse_id":"GEN.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Or “for,” if the particle is understood as causal (as many English translations do) rather than asseverative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":926,"verse_id":"GEN.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.7","text":"After the preceding jussive (or imperfect), the imperative with vav conjunctive here indicates result. sn He will pray for you that you may live . Abraham was known as a man of God whose prayer would be effectual. Ironically and sadly, he was also known as a liar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A7/3"}
{"id":927,"verse_id":"GEN.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “if there is not you returning.” The suffix on the particle becomes the subject of the negated clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A7/4"}
{"id":928,"verse_id":"GEN.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.7","text":"The imperfect is preceded by the infinitive absolute to make the warning emphatic.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A7/5"}
{"id":929,"verse_id":"GEN.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “And Abimelech rose early in the morning and he summoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":930,"verse_id":"GEN.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) followed by the preposition לְ ( lamed ) means “to summon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":931,"verse_id":"GEN.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “And he spoke all these things in their ears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":932,"verse_id":"GEN.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “the men.” This has been replaced by the pronoun “they” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A8/4"}
{"id":933,"verse_id":"GEN.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “How did I sin against you that you have brought on me and on my kingdom a great sin?” The expression “great sin” refers to adultery. For discussion of the cultural background of the passage, see J. J. Rabinowitz, “The Great Sin in Ancient Egyptian Marriage Contracts,” JNES 18 (1959): 73, and W. L. Moran, “The Scandal of the ‘Great Sin’ at Ugarit,” JNES 18 (1959): 280-81.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":934,"verse_id":"GEN.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “Deeds which should not be done you have done to me.” The imperfect has an obligatory nuance here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":935,"verse_id":"GEN.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “And Abimelech said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":936,"verse_id":"GEN.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “What did you see that you did this thing?” The question implies that Abraham had some motive for deceiving Abimelech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":937,"verse_id":"GEN.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “Because I said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":938,"verse_id":"GEN.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “over the matter of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":939,"verse_id":"GEN.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “but also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":940,"verse_id":"GEN.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"The Hebrew verb is plural. This may be a case of grammatical agreement with the name for God, which is plural in form. However, when this plural name refers to the one true God, accompanying predicates are usually singular in form. Perhaps Abraham is accommodating his speech to Abimelech’s polytheistic perspective. (See GKC 463 §145. i .) If so, one should translate, “when the gods made me wander.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":941,"verse_id":"GEN.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “This is your loyal deed which you can do for me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":942,"verse_id":"GEN.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “took and gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":943,"verse_id":"GEN.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “In the [place that is] good in your eyes live!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":944,"verse_id":"GEN.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “Look, it is for you a covering of the eyes, for all who are with you, and with all, and you are set right.” The exact meaning of the statement is unclear. Apparently it means that the gift of money somehow exonerates her in other people’s eyes. They will not look on her as compromised (see G. J. Wenham, Genesis [WBC] , 2:74).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":945,"verse_id":"GEN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"In the Hebrew text the clause begins with “because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":946,"verse_id":"GEN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb had completely closed up every womb.” In the Hebrew text infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis. sn The Lord had closed up every womb . This fact indicates that Sarah was in Abimelech’s household for weeks or months before the dream revelation was given ( 20:6-7 ). No one in his household could have children after Sarah arrived on the scene.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":947,"verse_id":"GEN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “because of.” The words “he took” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2020%3A18/3"}
{"id":948,"verse_id":"GEN.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “and the Lord did.” The divine name has not been repeated here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":949,"verse_id":"GEN.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “spoken.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":950,"verse_id":"GEN.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Or “she conceived.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":951,"verse_id":"GEN.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “the one born to him, whom Sarah bore to him, Isaac.” The two modifying clauses, the first introduced with an article and the second with the relative pronoun, are placed in the middle of the sentence, before the name Isaac is stated. They are meant to underscore that this was indeed an actual birth to Abraham and Sarah in fulfillment of the promise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":952,"verse_id":"GEN.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “Isaac his son, the son of eight days.” The name “Isaac” is repeated in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":953,"verse_id":"GEN.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The parenthetical disjunctive clause underscores how miraculous this birth was. Abraham was 100 years old. The fact that the genealogies give the ages of the fathers when their first son is born shows that this was considered a major milestone in one’s life (G. J. Wenham, Genesis [WBC], 2:80).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":954,"verse_id":"GEN.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “Laughter God has made for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":955,"verse_id":"GEN.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The words “about this” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":956,"verse_id":"GEN.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":957,"verse_id":"GEN.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"The perfect form of the verb is used here to describe a hypothetical situation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":958,"verse_id":"GEN.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":959,"verse_id":"GEN.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":960,"verse_id":"GEN.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"The Piel participle used here is from the same root as the name “Isaac.” In the Piel stem the verb means “to jest; to make sport of; to play with,” not simply “to laugh,” which is the meaning of the verb in the Qal stem. What exactly Ishmael was doing is not clear. Interpreters have generally concluded that the boy was either (1) mocking Isaac (cf. NASB, NIV, NLT) or (2) merely playing with Isaac as if on equal footing (cf. NAB, NRSV). In either case Sarah saw it as a threat. The same participial form was used in Gen 19:14 to describe how some in Lot’s family viewed his attempt to warn them of impending doom. It also appears later in Gen 39:14, 17 , where Potiphar accuses Joseph of mocking them. sn Mocking . Here Sarah interprets Ishmael’s actions as being sinister. Ishmael probably did not take the younger child seriously and Sarah saw this as a threat to Isaac. Paul in Gal 4:29 says that Ishmael persecuted Isaac. He uses a Greek word that can mean “to put to flight; to chase away; to pursue” and may be drawing on a rabbinic interpretation of the passage. In Paul’s analogical application of the passage, he points out that once the promised child Isaac (symbolizing Christ as the fulfillment of God’s promise) has come, there is no room left for the slave woman and her son (who symbolize the Mosaic law).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":961,"verse_id":"GEN.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “drive out.” The language may seem severe, but Sarah’s maternal instincts sensed a real danger in that Ishmael was not treating Isaac with the proper respect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":962,"verse_id":"GEN.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “and the word was very wrong in the eyes of Abraham on account of his son.” The verb רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’) often refers to what is morally or ethically “evil.” It usage here suggests that Abraham thought Sarah’s demand was ethically (and perhaps legally) wrong.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":963,"verse_id":"GEN.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “Let it not be evil in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":964,"verse_id":"GEN.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “listen to her voice.” The idiomatic expression means “obey; comply.” Here her advice, though harsh, is necessary and conforms to the will of God. Later (see ), when Abraham has other sons, he sends them all away as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":965,"verse_id":"GEN.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"The imperfect verbal form here draws attention to an action that is underway.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":966,"verse_id":"GEN.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Or perhaps “will be named”; Heb “for in Isaac offspring will be called to you.” The exact meaning of the statement is not clear, but it does indicate that God’s covenantal promises to Abraham will be realized through Isaac, not Ishmael.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":967,"verse_id":"GEN.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “and Abraham rose up early in the morning and he took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":968,"verse_id":"GEN.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “bread,” although the term can be used for food in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":969,"verse_id":"GEN.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “He put upon her shoulder, and the boy [or perhaps, “and with the boy”], and he sent her away.” It is unclear how “and the boy” relates syntactically to what precedes. Perhaps the words should be rearranged and the text read, “and he put [them] on her shoulder and he gave to Hagar the boy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A14/3"}
{"id":970,"verse_id":"GEN.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “she went and wandered.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A14/4"}
{"id":971,"verse_id":"GEN.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.14","text":"Or “desert,” although for English readers this usually connotes a sandy desert like the Sahara rather than the arid wasteland of this region with its sparse vegetation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A14/5"}
{"id":972,"verse_id":"GEN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “threw,” but the child, who was now thirteen years old, would not have been carried, let alone thrown under a bush. The exaggerated language suggests Ishmael is limp from dehydration and is being abandoned to die. See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 2:85.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":973,"verse_id":"GEN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":974,"verse_id":"GEN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “I will not look on the death of the child.” The cohortative verbal form (note the negative particle אַל ,’ al ) here expresses her resolve to avoid the stated action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":975,"verse_id":"GEN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “and she lifted up her voice and wept” (that is, she wept uncontrollably). The LXX reads “he” (referring to Ishmael) rather than “she” (referring to Hagar), but this is probably an attempt to harmonize this verse with the following one, which refers to the boy’s cries.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A16/4"}
{"id":976,"verse_id":"GEN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “What to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":977,"verse_id":"GEN.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “And God opened her eyes and she saw a well of water.” The referent (Hagar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":978,"verse_id":"GEN.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “And his mother took for him a wife from the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":979,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “And now swear to me by God here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":980,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “my offspring and my descendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":981,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"The word “land” refers by metonymy to the people in the land.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":982,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.23","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to stay, to live, to sojourn” as a temporary resident without ownership rights.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/4"}
{"id":983,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.23","text":"Or “kindness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/5"}
{"id":984,"verse_id":"GEN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “According to the loyalty which I have done with you, do with me and with the land in which you are staying.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A23/6"}
{"id":985,"verse_id":"GEN.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “I swear.” No object is specified in the Hebrew text, but the content of the oath requested by Abimelech is the implied object.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":986,"verse_id":"GEN.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The Hebrew verb used here means “to argue; to dispute”; it can focus on the beginning of the dispute (as here), the dispute itself, or the resolution of a dispute ( Isa 1:18 ). Apparently the complaint was lodged before the actual oath was taken.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":987,"verse_id":"GEN.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “concerning the matter of the well of water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":988,"verse_id":"GEN.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"The Hebrew verb used here means “to steal; to rob; to take violently.” The statement reflects Abraham’s perspective.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":989,"verse_id":"GEN.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “and also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":990,"verse_id":"GEN.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":991,"verse_id":"GEN.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “What are these?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":992,"verse_id":"GEN.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"Heb “that it be for me for a witness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":993,"verse_id":"GEN.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “that is why he called that place.” Some translations render this as an impersonal passive, “that is why that place was called.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":994,"verse_id":"GEN.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":995,"verse_id":"GEN.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “arose and returned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A32/2"}
{"id":996,"verse_id":"GEN.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.33","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A33/1"}
{"id":997,"verse_id":"GEN.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.33","text":"Heb “he called there in the name of the Lord .” The expression refers to worshiping the Lord through prayer and sacrifice (see Gen 4:26; 12:8; 13:4; 26:25 ). See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:116, 281.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A33/3"}
{"id":998,"verse_id":"GEN.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":999,"verse_id":"GEN.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":1000,"verse_id":"GEN.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":1001,"verse_id":"GEN.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “which I will say to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A2/5"}
{"id":1002,"verse_id":"GEN.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “Abraham rose up early in the morning and saddled his donkey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":1003,"verse_id":"GEN.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “he arose and he went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":1004,"verse_id":"GEN.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “lifted up his eyes and saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":1005,"verse_id":"GEN.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “And Abraham.” The proper name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“he”) for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":1006,"verse_id":"GEN.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"The Hebrew verb is masculine plural, referring to the two young servants who accompanied Abraham and Isaac on the journey.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":1007,"verse_id":"GEN.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"The disjunctive clause (with the compound subject preceding the verb) may be circumstantial and temporal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":1008,"verse_id":"GEN.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.5","text":"This Hebrew word literally means “to bow oneself close to the ground.” It often means “to worship.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A5/4"}
{"id":1009,"verse_id":"GEN.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and said.” This is redundant and has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":1010,"verse_id":"GEN.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “Here I am” (cf. Gen 22:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":1011,"verse_id":"GEN.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Here is the fire and the wood.’” The referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here and in the following verse the order of the introductory clauses and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A7/3"}
{"id":1012,"verse_id":"GEN.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “will see for himself.” The construction means “to look out for; to see to it; to provide.” sn God will provide is the central theme of the passage and the turning point in the story. Note Paul’s allusion to the story in Rom 8:32 (“how shall he not freely give us all things?”) as well as H. J. Schoeps, “The Sacrifice of Isaac in Paul’s Theology,” JBL 65 (1946): 385-92.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":1013,"verse_id":"GEN.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “in order to slaughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":1014,"verse_id":"GEN.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “Do not extend your hand toward the boy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":1015,"verse_id":"GEN.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Do not extend…’”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the context for clarity. The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":1016,"verse_id":"GEN.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “lifted his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":1017,"verse_id":"GEN.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “and saw, and look.” The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) draws attention to what Abraham saw and invites the audience to view the scene through his eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":1018,"verse_id":"GEN.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"22.13","text":"The translation follows the reading of the MT; a number of Hebrew mss , the LXX, Syriac, and Samaritan Pentateuch read “one” ( אֶחָד , ’ ekhad ) instead of “behind him” ( אַחַר , ’ akhar ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A13/3"}
{"id":1019,"verse_id":"GEN.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “Abraham”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A13/4"}
{"id":1020,"verse_id":"GEN.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “the Lord sees” ( יְהוָה יִרְאֶה , yÿhvah yir ’ eh , traditionally transliterated “Jehovah Jireh”; see the note on the word “provide” in v. 8 ). By so naming the place Abraham preserved in the memory of God’s people the amazing event that took place there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":1021,"verse_id":"GEN.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “By myself I swear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":1022,"verse_id":"GEN.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “the oracle of the Lord .” The phrase refers to a formal oracle or decree from the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":1023,"verse_id":"GEN.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"The use of the infinitive absolute before the finite verbal form (either an imperfect or cohortative) emphasizes the certainty of the blessing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":1024,"verse_id":"GEN.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Here too the infinitive absolute is used for emphasis before the following finite verb (either an imperfect or cohortative). sn I will greatly multiply . The Lord here ratifies his earlier promise to give Abram a multitude of descendants. For further discussion see R. B. Chisholm, “Evidence from Genesis,” A Case for Premillennialism , 35-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":1025,"verse_id":"GEN.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"The Hebrew term זֶרַע ( zera ’) occurring here and in v. 18 may mean “seed” (for planting), “offspring” (occasionally of animals, but usually of people), or “descendants” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":1026,"verse_id":"GEN.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “inherit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A17/4"}
{"id":1027,"verse_id":"GEN.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “gate,” which here stands for a walled city. To break through the gate complex would be to conquer the city, for the gate complex was the main area of defense (hence the translation “stronghold”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A17/5"}
{"id":1028,"verse_id":"GEN.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"In the Hebrew text this causal clause comes at the end of the sentence. The translation alters the word order for stylistic reasons. sn Because you have obeyed me . Abraham’s obedience brought God’s ratification of the earlier conditional promise (see Gen 12:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":1029,"verse_id":"GEN.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Traditionally the verb is taken as passive (“will be blessed”) here, as if Abraham’s descendants were going to be a channel or source of blessing to the nations. But the Hitpael is better understood here as reflexive/reciprocal, “will bless [i.e., pronounce blessings on] themselves/one another” (see also Gen 26:4 ). Elsewhere the Hitpael of the verb “to bless” is used with a reflexive/reciprocal sense in Deut 29:18 ; Ps 72:17 ; Isa 65:16 ; Jer 4:2 . Gen 12:2 predicts that Abram will be held up as a paradigm of divine blessing and that people will use his name in their blessing formulae. For examples of blessing formulae utilizing an individual as an example of blessing see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 . Earlier formulations of this promise (see Gen 12:2; 18:18 ) use the Niphal stem. (See also Gen 28:14 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":1030,"verse_id":"GEN.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “and they arose and went together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":1031,"verse_id":"GEN.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “and Abraham stayed in Beer Sheba. This has been translated as a relative clause for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":1032,"verse_id":"GEN.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"In the Hebrew text the sentence begins with הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) which draws attention to the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":1033,"verse_id":"GEN.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The disjunctive clause gives information that is important but parenthetical to the narrative. Rebekah would become the wife of Isaac ( Gen 24:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":1034,"verse_id":"GEN.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “And the years of Sarah were one hundred years and twenty years and seven years, the years of the life of Sarah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":1035,"verse_id":"GEN.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “Sarah.” The proper name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“she”) for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":1036,"verse_id":"GEN.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"149-50). They would have been carried out in the presence of the corpse, probably in Sarah’s tent. So Abraham came in to mourn; then he rose up to go and bury his dead (v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":1037,"verse_id":"GEN.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “And Abraham arose from upon the face of his dead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":1038,"verse_id":"GEN.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Some translate the Hebrew term “Heth” as “Hittites” here (also in vv. 5, 7, 10, 16, 18, 20 ), but this gives the impression that these people were the classical Hittites of Anatolia. However, there is no known connection between these sons of Heth, apparently a Canaanite group (see Gen 10:15 ), and the Hittites of Asia Minor. See H. A. Hoffner, Jr., “Hittites,” Peoples of the Old Testament World , 152-53.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":1039,"verse_id":"GEN.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “a resident alien and a settler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":1040,"verse_id":"GEN.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “give,” which is used here as an idiom for “sell” (see v. 9 ). The idiom reflects the polite bartering that was done in the culture at the time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":1041,"verse_id":"GEN.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.4","text":"Or “possession.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A4/3"}
{"id":1042,"verse_id":"GEN.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.4","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction expresses purpose.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A4/4"}
{"id":1043,"verse_id":"GEN.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “bury my dead out of my sight.” The last phrase “out of my sight” has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A4/5"}
{"id":1044,"verse_id":"GEN.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “answered Abraham saying to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":1045,"verse_id":"GEN.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “Hear us, my lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":1046,"verse_id":"GEN.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “prince of God.” The divine name may be used here as a means of expressing the superlative, “mighty prince.” The word for “prince” probably means “tribal chief” here. See M. H. Gottstein, “ Nasi ’ ‘ elohim ( Gen 23:6 ),” VT 3 (1953) 298-99; and D. W. Thomas, “Consideration of Some Unusual Ways of Expressing the Superlative in Hebrew,” VT 3 (1953) 215-16.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A6/2"}
{"id":1047,"verse_id":"GEN.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.6","text":"The phrase “to prevent you” has been added in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A6/3"}
{"id":1048,"verse_id":"GEN.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “to the people of the land” (also in v. 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":1049,"verse_id":"GEN.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “If it is with your purpose.” The Hebrew noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) here has the nuance “purpose” or perhaps “desire” (see BDB 661 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":1050,"verse_id":"GEN.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “bury my dead out of my sight.” The last phrase “out of my sight” has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":1051,"verse_id":"GEN.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.8","text":"Or “hear me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A8/3"}
{"id":1052,"verse_id":"GEN.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “intercede for me with.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A8/4"}
{"id":1053,"verse_id":"GEN.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “give.” This is used here (also a second time later in this verse) as an idiom for “sell”; see the note on the word “grant” in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":1054,"verse_id":"GEN.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “in your presence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":1055,"verse_id":"GEN.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":1056,"verse_id":"GEN.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Or perhaps “Hittite,” but see the note on the name “Heth” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":1057,"verse_id":"GEN.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “ears.” By metonymy the “ears” stand for the presence or proximity (i.e., within earshot) of the persons named.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":1058,"verse_id":"GEN.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “give.” The perfect tense has here a present nuance; this is a formal, legally binding declaration. Abraham asked only for a burial site/cave within the field; Ephron agrees to sell him the entire field.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":1059,"verse_id":"GEN.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"The Hebrew text adds “to you I give [i.e., sell] it.” This is redundant in English and has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":1060,"verse_id":"GEN.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “in the presence of the sons of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":1061,"verse_id":"GEN.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":1062,"verse_id":"GEN.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":1063,"verse_id":"GEN.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"After the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction expresses purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":1064,"verse_id":"GEN.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"The word “worth” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":1065,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “listened to Ephron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":1066,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “and Abraham weighed out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":1067,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “to Ephron.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/3"}
{"id":1068,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/4"}
{"id":1069,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “that he had spoken.” The referent (Ephron) has been specified here in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/5"}
{"id":1070,"verse_id":"GEN.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “passing for the merchant.” The final clause affirms that the measurement of silver was according to the standards used by the merchants of the time.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A16/6"}
{"id":1071,"verse_id":"GEN.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “And it was conveyed.” The recipient, Abraham (mentioned in the Hebrew text at the beginning of v. 18 ) has been placed here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":1072,"verse_id":"GEN.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “his city”; the referent (Ephron) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn See G. M. Tucker, “The Legal Background of ,” JBL 85 (1966):77-84; and M. R. Lehmann, “Abraham’s Purchase of Machpelah and Hittite Law,” BASOR 129 (1953): 15-18.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":1073,"verse_id":"GEN.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “possession of a grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":1074,"verse_id":"GEN.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":1075,"verse_id":"GEN.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “Abraham.” The proper name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“he”) for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":1076,"verse_id":"GEN.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"The Hebrew term זָקֵן ( zaqen ) may refer to the servant who is oldest in age or senior in authority (or both).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":1077,"verse_id":"GEN.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":1078,"verse_id":"GEN.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “because you must not take.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":1079,"verse_id":"GEN.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “for to my country and my relatives you must go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":1080,"verse_id":"GEN.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “and take.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":1081,"verse_id":"GEN.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “to go after me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":1082,"verse_id":"GEN.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"In the Hebrew text the construction is emphatic; the infinitive absolute precedes the imperfect. However, it is difficult to reflect this emphasis in an English translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":1083,"verse_id":"GEN.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “guard yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":1084,"verse_id":"GEN.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"The introductory clause “And Abraham said to him” has been moved to the end of the opening sentence of direct discourse in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":1085,"verse_id":"GEN.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Or “the land of my birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":1086,"verse_id":"GEN.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “and who spoke to me and who swore to me, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":1087,"verse_id":"GEN.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Or “his messenger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":1088,"verse_id":"GEN.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “before you and you will take.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A7/4"}
{"id":1089,"verse_id":"GEN.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “ to go after you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":1090,"verse_id":"GEN.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “and he swore to him concerning this matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":1091,"verse_id":"GEN.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “and every good thing of his master was in his hand.” The disjunctive clause is circumstantial, explaining that he took all kinds of gifts to be used at his discretion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":1092,"verse_id":"GEN.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “and he arose and went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":1093,"verse_id":"GEN.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.10","text":"The words “the region of” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn Aram Naharaim means in Hebrew “Aram of the Two Rivers,” a region in northern Mesopotamia.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A10/3"}
{"id":1094,"verse_id":"GEN.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “well of water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":1095,"verse_id":"GEN.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “at the time of evening.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":1096,"verse_id":"GEN.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “make it happen before me today.” Although a number of English translations understand this as a request for success in the task (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV) it is more likely that the servant is requesting an omen or sign from God (v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":1097,"verse_id":"GEN.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “act in loyal love with” or “show kindness to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":1098,"verse_id":"GEN.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “the spring of water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":1099,"verse_id":"GEN.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “the men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":1100,"verse_id":"GEN.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “And let the young woman to whom I say, ‘Lower your jar that I may drink,’ and she says, ‘Drink and I will also give your camels water,’ – her you have appointed for your servant, for Isaac, and by it I will know that you have acted in faithfulness with my master.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":1101,"verse_id":"GEN.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “Look, Rebekah was coming out!” Using the participle introduced with הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator dramatically transports the audience back into the event and invites them to see Rebekah through the servant’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":1102,"verse_id":"GEN.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “Look, Rebekah was coming out – [she] who was born to Bethuel, the son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, the brother of Abraham – and her jug [was] on her shoulder.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A15/2"}
{"id":1103,"verse_id":"GEN.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “And the young woman was very good of appearance, a virgin, and a man she had not known.” Some argue that the Hebrew noun translated “virgin” ( בְּתוּלָה , bÿtulah ) is better understood in a general sense, “young woman” (see Joel 1:8 , where the word appears to refer to one who is married). In this case the circumstantial clause (“and a man she had not known”) would be restrictive, rather than descriptive. If the term actually means “virgin,” one wonders why the circumstantial clause is necessary (see Judg 21:12 as well). Perhaps the repetition emphasizes her sexual purity as a prerequisite for her role as the mother of the covenant community.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":1104,"verse_id":"GEN.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “and the servant.” The word “Abraham’s” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":1105,"verse_id":"GEN.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “and she hurried and lowered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":1106,"verse_id":"GEN.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “when she had finished giving him a drink.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":1107,"verse_id":"GEN.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “and she hurried and emptied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":1108,"verse_id":"GEN.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “to know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":1109,"verse_id":"GEN.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"The Hebrew term צָלָה ( tsalah ), meaning “to make successful” in the Hiphil verbal stem, is a key term in the story (see vv. 40, 42, 56 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":1110,"verse_id":"GEN.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"The words “and gave them to her” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":1111,"verse_id":"GEN.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Whose daughter are you?’” The order of the introductory clause has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":1112,"verse_id":"GEN.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “whom she bore to Nahor.” The referent (Milcah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":1113,"verse_id":"GEN.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “and she said, ‘We have plenty of both straw and feed.’” The order of the introductory clause has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":1114,"verse_id":"GEN.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb The words “for you” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":1115,"verse_id":"GEN.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “his faithfulness and his commitment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":1116,"verse_id":"GEN.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “As for me – in the way the Lord led me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A27/2"}
{"id":1117,"verse_id":"GEN.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.27","text":"Here “house” is an adverbial accusative of termination.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A27/3"}
{"id":1118,"verse_id":"GEN.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A27/4"}
{"id":1119,"verse_id":"GEN.24.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.28","text":"Heb “according to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A28/1"}
{"id":1120,"verse_id":"GEN.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"The parenthetical disjunctive clause introduces the audience to Laban, who will eventually play an important role in the unfolding story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":1121,"verse_id":"GEN.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.30","text":"Heb “And it was when he saw the nose ring and the bracelets on the arms of his sister.” The word order is altered in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A30/1"}
{"id":1122,"verse_id":"GEN.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.30","text":"Heb “and when he heard the words of Rebekah his sister, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A30/2"}
{"id":1123,"verse_id":"GEN.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.30","text":"Heb “and look, he was standing.” The disjunctive clause with the participle following the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) invites the audience to view the scene through Laban’s eyes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A30/3"}
{"id":1124,"verse_id":"GEN.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “and he said.” The referent (Laban) has been specified and the words “to him” supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":1125,"verse_id":"GEN.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.31","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A31/3"}
{"id":1126,"verse_id":"GEN.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “the man”; the referent (Abraham’s servant) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A32/1"}
{"id":1127,"verse_id":"GEN.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.32","text":"Some translations (e.g., NEB, NASB, NRSV) understand Laban to be the subject of this and the following verbs or take the subject of this and the following verbs as indefinite (referring to an unnamed servant; e.g., NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A32/2"}
{"id":1128,"verse_id":"GEN.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “and [one] gave.” The verb without an expressed subject may be translated as passive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A32/3"}
{"id":1129,"verse_id":"GEN.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “and water to wash his feet and the feet of the men who were with him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A32/4"}
{"id":1130,"verse_id":"GEN.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.33","text":"Heb “and food was placed before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A33/1"}
{"id":1131,"verse_id":"GEN.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.33","text":"Heb “my words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A33/2"}
{"id":1132,"verse_id":"GEN.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.33","text":"Some ancient textual witnesses have a plural verb, “and they said.” tn Heb “and he said, ‘Speak.’” The referent (Laban) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A33/3"}
{"id":1133,"verse_id":"GEN.24.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.35","text":"Heb “great.” In this context the statement refers primarily to Abraham’s material wealth, although reputation and influence are not excluded.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A35/1"}
{"id":1134,"verse_id":"GEN.24.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.35","text":"Heb “and he.” The referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A35/2"}
{"id":1135,"verse_id":"GEN.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.36","text":"Heb “to my master.” This has been replaced by the pronoun “him” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A36/1"}
{"id":1136,"verse_id":"GEN.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.36","text":"Heb “after her old age.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A36/2"}
{"id":1137,"verse_id":"GEN.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.36","text":"Heb “and he.” The referent (the servant’s master, Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A36/3"}
{"id":1138,"verse_id":"GEN.24.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.38","text":"Heb “but to the house of my father you must go and to my family and you must take a wife for my son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A38/1"}
{"id":1139,"verse_id":"GEN.24.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.39","text":"The imperfect is used here in a modal sense to indicate desire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A39/1"}
{"id":1140,"verse_id":"GEN.24.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.39","text":"Heb “after me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A39/2"}
{"id":1141,"verse_id":"GEN.24.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.40","text":"The verb is the Hitpael of הָלַךְ ( halakh ), meaning “live one’s life” (see Gen 17:1 ). The statement may simply refer to serving the Lord or it may have a more positive moral connotation (“serve faithfully”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A40/1"}
{"id":1142,"verse_id":"GEN.24.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.41","text":"Heb “my oath” (twice in this verse). From the Hebrew perspective the oath belonged to the person to whom it was sworn (Abraham), although in contemporary English an oath is typically viewed as belonging to the person who swears it (the servant).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A41/1"}
{"id":1143,"verse_id":"GEN.24.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.42","text":"Heb “if you are making successful my way on which I am going.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A42/1"}
{"id":1144,"verse_id":"GEN.24.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.42","text":"The words “may events unfold as follows” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A42/2"}
{"id":1145,"verse_id":"GEN.24.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.43","text":"Heb “the spring of water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A43/1"}
{"id":1146,"verse_id":"GEN.24.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.43","text":"Heb “and it will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A43/2"}
{"id":1147,"verse_id":"GEN.24.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.45","text":"Heb “As for me, before I finished speaking to my heart.” The adverb טֶרֶם ( terem ) indicates the verb is a preterite; the infinitive that follows is the direct object.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A45/1"}
{"id":1148,"verse_id":"GEN.24.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.45","text":"Heb “Look, Rebekah was coming out.” As in 24:15 , the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) is used here for dramatic effect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A45/2"}
{"id":1149,"verse_id":"GEN.24.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.47","text":"Heb “whom Milcah bore to him.” The referent (Nahor) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A47/1"}
{"id":1150,"verse_id":"GEN.24.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.48","text":"Heb “daughter.” Rebekah was actually the granddaughter of Nahor, Abraham’s brother. One can either translate the Hebrew term בַּת ( bat ) as “daughter,” in which case the term אָח (’ akh ) must be translated more generally as “relative” rather than “brother” (cf. NASB, NRSV) or one can translate בַּת as “granddaughter,” in which case אָח may be translated “brother” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A48/1"}
{"id":1151,"verse_id":"GEN.24.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.49","text":"Heb “and I will turn to the right or to the left.” The expression apparently means that Abraham’s servant will know where he should go if there is no further business here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A49/1"}
{"id":1152,"verse_id":"GEN.24.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.50","text":"Heb “From the Lord the matter has gone out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A50/1"}
{"id":1153,"verse_id":"GEN.24.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.50","text":"Heb “We are not able to speak to you bad or good.” This means that Laban and Bethuel could not say one way or the other what they wanted, for they viewed it as God’s will.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A50/2"}
{"id":1154,"verse_id":"GEN.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.51","text":"Following the imperatives, the jussive with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A51/1"}
{"id":1155,"verse_id":"GEN.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.51","text":"Heb “as the Lord has spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A51/2"}
{"id":1156,"verse_id":"GEN.24.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.53","text":"Heb “the servant”; the noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A53/1"}
{"id":1157,"verse_id":"GEN.24.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.54","text":"Heb “And they ate and drank, he and the men who [were] with him and they spent the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A54/1"}
{"id":1158,"verse_id":"GEN.24.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.54","text":"Heb “Send me away to my master.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A54/2"}
{"id":1159,"verse_id":"GEN.24.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.55","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Rebekah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A55/1"}
{"id":1160,"verse_id":"GEN.24.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.56","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial, indicating a reason for the preceding request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A56/1"}
{"id":1161,"verse_id":"GEN.24.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.56","text":"After the preceding imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A56/2"}
{"id":1162,"verse_id":"GEN.24.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.57","text":"Heb “and we will ask her mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A57/1"}
{"id":1163,"verse_id":"GEN.24.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.58","text":"The imperfect verbal form here has a modal nuance, expressing desire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A58/1"}
{"id":1164,"verse_id":"GEN.24.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.60","text":"Heb “and said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A60/1"}
{"id":1165,"verse_id":"GEN.24.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.60","text":"Heb “become thousands of ten thousands.” sn May you become the mother of thousands of ten thousands . The blessing expresses their prayer that she produce children and start a family line that will greatly increase (cf. Gen 17:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A60/2"}
{"id":1166,"verse_id":"GEN.24.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":60,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.60","text":"Heb “gate,” which here stands for a walled city. In an ancient Near Eastern city the gate complex was the main area of defense (hence the translation “stronghold”). A similar phrase occurs in Gen 22:17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A60/3"}
{"id":1167,"verse_id":"GEN.24.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.61","text":"Heb “And she arose, Rebekah and her female servants, and they rode upon camels and went after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A61/1"}
{"id":1168,"verse_id":"GEN.24.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.61","text":"Heb “the servant”; the word “Abraham’s” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A61/2"}
{"id":1169,"verse_id":"GEN.24.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.62","text":"The disjunctive clause switches the audience’s attention to Isaac and signals a new episode in the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A62/1"}
{"id":1170,"verse_id":"GEN.24.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":62,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.62","text":"Heb “from the way of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A62/2"}
{"id":1171,"verse_id":"GEN.24.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":62,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.62","text":"This disjunctive clause is explanatory.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A62/4"}
{"id":1172,"verse_id":"GEN.24.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":62,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.62","text":"Or “the South [country].” sn Negev is the name for the southern desert region in the land of Canaan.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A62/5"}
{"id":1173,"verse_id":"GEN.24.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.63","text":"Heb “Isaac”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A63/1"}
{"id":1174,"verse_id":"GEN.24.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.63","text":"The meaning of this Hebrew term is uncertain (cf. NASB, NIV “to meditate”; NRSV “to walk”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A63/2"}
{"id":1175,"verse_id":"GEN.24.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":63,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.63","text":"Heb “at the turning of the evening.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A63/3"}
{"id":1176,"verse_id":"GEN.24.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":63,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.63","text":"Heb “And he lifted up his eyes.” This idiom emphasizes the careful look Isaac had at the approaching caravan.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A63/4"}
{"id":1177,"verse_id":"GEN.24.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":63,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.63","text":"Heb “and look.” The clause introduced by the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) invites the audience to view the scene through Isaac’s eyes.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A63/5"}
{"id":1178,"verse_id":"GEN.24.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.64","text":"Heb “lifted up her eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A64/1"}
{"id":1179,"verse_id":"GEN.24.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.65","text":"Heb “and she said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A65/1"}
{"id":1180,"verse_id":"GEN.24.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.65","text":"Heb “the servant.” The word “Abraham’s” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A65/2"}
{"id":1181,"verse_id":"GEN.24.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":65,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.65","text":"Heb “and the servant said.” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A65/3"}
{"id":1182,"verse_id":"GEN.24.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.67","text":"Heb “her”; the referent has been specified here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A67/1"}
{"id":1183,"verse_id":"GEN.24.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":67,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.67","text":"Heb “Rebekah”; here the proper name was replaced by the pronoun (“her”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A67/2"}
{"id":1184,"verse_id":"GEN.24.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":67,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.67","text":"Heb “and he took Rebekah and she became his wife and he loved her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A67/3"}
{"id":1185,"verse_id":"GEN.24.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":24,"verse":67,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.67","text":"Heb “after his mother.” This must refer to Sarah’s death.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2024%3A67/4"}
{"id":1186,"verse_id":"GEN.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Or “took.” sn Abraham had taken another wife . These events are not necessarily in chronological order following the events of the preceding chapter. They are listed here to summarize Abraham’s other descendants before the narrative of his death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":1187,"verse_id":"GEN.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “And Abraham added and took.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A1/2"}
{"id":1188,"verse_id":"GEN.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Or “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":1189,"verse_id":"GEN.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “the sons of the concubines who [belonged] to Abraham.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":1190,"verse_id":"GEN.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “And he sent them away from upon Isaac his son, while he was still living, eastward to the land of the east.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":1191,"verse_id":"GEN.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “and these are the days of the years of the lifetime of Abraham that he lived.” The normal genealogical formula is expanded here due to the importance of the life of Abraham.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":1192,"verse_id":"GEN.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “old and full.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":1193,"verse_id":"GEN.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “And he was gathered to his people.” In the ancient Israelite view he joined his deceased ancestors in Sheol, the land of the dead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":1194,"verse_id":"GEN.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"See the note on the phrase “sons of Heth” in Gen 23:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":1195,"verse_id":"GEN.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"The meaning of this line is not easily understood. The sons of Ishmael are listed here “by their names” and “according to their descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":1196,"verse_id":"GEN.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"Or “tribal chieftains.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":1197,"verse_id":"GEN.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “And these are the days of the years of Ishmael.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":1198,"verse_id":"GEN.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “And he was gathered to his people.” In the ancient Israelite view he joined his deceased ancestors in Sheol, the land of the dead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":1199,"verse_id":"GEN.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (Ishmael’s descendants) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":1200,"verse_id":"GEN.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “which is by the face of,” or near the border. The territory ran along the border of Egypt.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A18/2"}
{"id":1201,"verse_id":"GEN.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “as you go.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A18/3"}
{"id":1202,"verse_id":"GEN.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “he fell.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A18/5"}
{"id":1203,"verse_id":"GEN.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “upon the face of all his brothers.” This last expression, obviously alluding to the earlier oracle about Ishmael ( Gen 16:12 ), could mean that the descendants of Ishmael lived in hostility to others or that they lived in a territory that was opposite the lands of their relatives. While there is some ambiguity about the meaning, the line probably does give a hint of the Ishmaelite-Israelite conflicts to come.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A18/6"}
{"id":1204,"verse_id":"GEN.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"Heb “And Isaac was the son of forty years when he took Rebekah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":1205,"verse_id":"GEN.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"The Hebrew verb עָתַר (’ atar ), translated “prayed [to]” here, appears in the story of God’s judgment on Egypt in which Moses asked the Lord to remove the plagues. The cognate word in Arabic means “to slaughter for sacrifice,” and the word is used in Zeph 3:10 to describe worshipers who bring offerings. Perhaps some ritual accompanied Isaac’s prayer here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":1206,"verse_id":"GEN.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"The Hebrew word used here suggests a violent struggle that was out of the ordinary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":1207,"verse_id":"GEN.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “If [it is] so, why [am] I this [way]?” Rebekah wanted to know what was happening to her, but the question itself reflects a growing despair over the struggle of the unborn children.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A22/2"}
{"id":1208,"verse_id":"GEN.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"Heb “And her days were filled to give birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":1209,"verse_id":"GEN.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.24","text":"Heb “look!” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the audience to view the scene as if they were actually present at the birth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A24/2"}
{"id":1210,"verse_id":"GEN.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “all of him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A25/2"}
{"id":1211,"verse_id":"GEN.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “And they called his name Esau.” The name “Esau” ( עֵשָׂו , ’ esav ) is not etymologically related to שֵׂעָר ( se ’ ar ), but it draws on some of the sounds.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A25/4"}
{"id":1212,"verse_id":"GEN.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"The disjunctive clause describes an important circumstance accompanying the birth. Whereas Esau was passive at birth, Jacob was active.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":1213,"verse_id":"GEN.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “And he called his name Jacob.” Some ancient witnesses read “they called his name Jacob” (see v. 25 ). In either case the subject is indefinite. sn The name Jacob is a play on the Hebrew word for “heel” ( עָקֵב , ’ aqev ). The name (since it is a verb) probably means something like “may he protect,” that is, as a rearguard, dogging the heels. It did not have a negative connotation until Esau redefined it. This name was probably chosen because of the immediate association with the incident of grabbing the heel. After receiving such an oracle, the parents would have preserved in memory almost every detail of the unusual births.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A26/2"}
{"id":1214,"verse_id":"GEN.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “the son of sixty years.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A26/3"}
{"id":1215,"verse_id":"GEN.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “knowing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":1216,"verse_id":"GEN.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"The disjunctive clause juxtaposes Jacob with Esau and draws attention to the striking contrasts. In contrast to Esau, a man of the field, Jacob was civilized, as the phrase “living in tents” signifies. Whereas Esau was a skillful hunter, Jacob was calm and even-tempered ( תָּם , tam ), which normally has the idea of “blameless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":1217,"verse_id":"GEN.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “the taste of game was in his mouth.” The word for “game,” “venison” is here the same Hebrew word as “hunter” in the last verse. Here it is a metonymy, referring to that which the hunter kills.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":1218,"verse_id":"GEN.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.28","text":"The disjunctive clause juxtaposes Rebekah with Jacob and draws attention to the contrast. The verb here is a participle, drawing attention to Rebekah’s continuing, enduring love for her son.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A28/2"}
{"id":1219,"verse_id":"GEN.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.30","text":"The rare term לָעַט ( la ’ at ), translated “feed,” is used in later Hebrew for feeding animals (see Jastrow, 714). If this nuance was attached to the word in the biblical period, then it may depict Esau in a negative light, comparing him to a hungry animal. Famished Esau comes in from the hunt, only to enter the trap. He can only point at the red stew and ask Jacob to feed him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A30/1"}
{"id":1220,"verse_id":"GEN.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.30","text":"The verb has no expressed subject and so is given a passive translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A30/2"}
{"id":1221,"verse_id":"GEN.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “today.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A31/1"}
{"id":1222,"verse_id":"GEN.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “And what is this to me, a birthright?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":1223,"verse_id":"GEN.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.33","text":"Heb “Swear to me today.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A33/1"}
{"id":1224,"verse_id":"GEN.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.33","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2025%3A33/2"}
{"id":1225,"verse_id":"GEN.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “in addition to the first famine which was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":1226,"verse_id":"GEN.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":1227,"verse_id":"GEN.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"The Hebrew verb גּוּר ( gur ) means “to live temporarily without ownership of land.” Abraham’s family will not actually possess the land of Canaan until the Israelite conquest hundreds of years later.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":1228,"verse_id":"GEN.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"After the imperative “stay” the two prefixed verb forms with prefixed conjunction here indicate consequence. sn I will be with you and I will bless you . The promise of divine presence is a promise to intervene to protect and to bless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":1229,"verse_id":"GEN.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.3","text":"The Hebrew term זֶרַע ( zera ’) occurring here and in v. 18 may mean “seed” (for planting), “offspring” (occasionally of animals, but usually of people), or “descendants” depending on the context. sn To you and to your descendants . The Abrahamic blessing will pass to Isaac. Everything included in that blessing will now belong to the son, and in turn will be passed on to his sons. But there is a contingency involved: If they are to enjoy the full blessings, they will have to obey the word of the Lord . And so obedience is enjoined here with the example of how well Abraham obeyed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A3/3"}
{"id":1230,"verse_id":"GEN.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.3","text":"The Hiphil stem of the verb קוּם ( qum ) here means “to fulfill, to bring to realization.” For other examples of this use of this verb form, see Lev 26:9 ; Num 23:19 ; Deut 8:18; 9:5 ; 1 Sam 1:23 ; 1 Kgs 6:12 ; Jer 11:5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A3/4"}
{"id":1231,"verse_id":"GEN.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “the oath which I swore.” sn The solemn promise I made . See Gen 15:18-20; 22:16-18 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A3/5"}
{"id":1232,"verse_id":"GEN.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “your descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":1233,"verse_id":"GEN.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Traditionally the verb is taken as passive (“will be blessed”) here, as if Abraham’s descendants were going to be a channel or source of blessing to the nations. But the Hitpael is better understood here as reflexive/reciprocal, “will bless [i.e., pronounce blessings on] themselves/one another” (see also Gen 22:18 ). Elsewhere the Hitpael of the verb “to bless” is used with a reflexive/reciprocal sense in Deut 29:18 ; Ps 72:17 ; Isa 65:16 ; Jer 4:2 . Gen 12:2 predicts that Abram will be held up as a paradigm of divine blessing and that people will use his name in their blessing formulae. For examples of blessing formulae utilizing an individual as an example of blessing see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 . Earlier formulations of this promise (see Gen 12:2; 18:18 ) use the Niphal stem. (See also Gen 28:14 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":1234,"verse_id":"GEN.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"The words “All this will come to pass” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":1235,"verse_id":"GEN.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “listened to my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":1236,"verse_id":"GEN.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “lest.” The words “for he thought to himself” are supplied because the next clause is written with a first person pronoun, showing that Isaac was saying or thinking this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":1237,"verse_id":"GEN.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “kill me on account of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A7/3"}
{"id":1238,"verse_id":"GEN.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":1239,"verse_id":"GEN.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “and it happened when the days were long to him there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":1240,"verse_id":"GEN.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “look, Isaac.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the audience to view the scene through Abimelech’s eyes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A8/3"}
{"id":1241,"verse_id":"GEN.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.8","text":"Or “fondling.” sn The Hebrew word מְצַחֵק ( mÿtsakheq ), from the root צָחַק ( tsakhaq , “laugh”), forms a sound play with the name “Isaac” right before it. Here it depicts an action, probably caressing or fondling, that indicated immediately that Rebekah was Isaac’s wife, not his sister. Isaac’s deception made a mockery of God’s covenantal promise. Ignoring God’s promise to protect and bless him, Isaac lied to protect himself and acted in bad faith to the men of Gerar.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A8/4"}
{"id":1242,"verse_id":"GEN.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “Surely, look!” See N. H. Snaith, “The meaning of Hebrew ‘ ak ,” VT 14 (1964): 221-25.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":1243,"verse_id":"GEN.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “Because I said, ‘Lest I die on account of her.’” Since the verb “said” probably means “said to myself” (i.e., “thought”) here, the direct discourse in the Hebrew statement has been converted to indirect discourse in the translation. In addition the simple prepositional phrase “on account of her” has been clarified in the translation as “to get her” (cf. v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":1244,"verse_id":"GEN.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “What is this you have done to us?” The Hebrew demonstrative pronoun “this” adds emphasis: “What in the world have you done to us?” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":1245,"verse_id":"GEN.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":1246,"verse_id":"GEN.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.10","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to lie down.” Here the expression “lie with” or “sleep with” is euphemistic for “have sexual relations with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A10/3"}
{"id":1247,"verse_id":"GEN.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “strikes.” Here the verb has the nuance “to harm in any way.” It would include assaulting the woman or killing the man.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":1248,"verse_id":"GEN.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.11","text":"The use of the infinitive absolute before the imperfect makes the construction emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A11/2"}
{"id":1249,"verse_id":"GEN.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “a hundredfold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":1250,"verse_id":"GEN.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"This final clause explains why Isaac had such a bountiful harvest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":1251,"verse_id":"GEN.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “great.” In this context the statement refers primarily to Isaac’s material wealth, although reputation and influence are included.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":1252,"verse_id":"GEN.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “and he went, going and becoming great.” The construction stresses that his growth in possessions and power continued steadily.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":1253,"verse_id":"GEN.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “and there was to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":1254,"verse_id":"GEN.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “possessions of sheep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":1255,"verse_id":"GEN.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “possessions of cattle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A14/3"}
{"id":1256,"verse_id":"GEN.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.14","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “became jealous” refers here to intense jealousy or envy that leads to hostile action (see v. 15 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A14/4"}
{"id":1257,"verse_id":"GEN.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “and the Philistines stopped them up and filled them with dirt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":1258,"verse_id":"GEN.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “Go away from us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":1259,"verse_id":"GEN.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “and he camped in the valley of Gerar and he lived there.” sn This valley was actually a wadi (a dry river bed where the water would flow in the rainy season, but this would have been rare in the Negev). The water table under it would have been higher than in the desert because of water soaking in during the torrents, making it easier to find water when digging wells. However, this does not minimize the blessing of the Lord , for the men of the region knew this too, but did not have the same results.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":1260,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “he returned and dug,” meaning “he dug again” or “he reopened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":1261,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “that they dug.” Since the subject is indefinite, the verb is translated as passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":1262,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “and the Philistines had stopped them up.” This clause explains why Isaac had to reopen them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/3"}
{"id":1263,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/4"}
{"id":1264,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the wells) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/5"}
{"id":1265,"verse_id":"GEN.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “called names to them according to the names that his father called them.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A18/6"}
{"id":1266,"verse_id":"GEN.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “living.” This expression refers to a well supplied by subterranean streams (see Song 4:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":1267,"verse_id":"GEN.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “quarreled” describes a conflict that often has legal ramifications.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":1268,"verse_id":"GEN.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A20/2"}
{"id":1269,"verse_id":"GEN.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “and he called the name of the well.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A20/3"}
{"id":1270,"verse_id":"GEN.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (Isaac’s servants) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":1271,"verse_id":"GEN.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “and he called its name.” The referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":1272,"verse_id":"GEN.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":1273,"verse_id":"GEN.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.22","text":"Heb “and he called its name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A22/2"}
{"id":1274,"verse_id":"GEN.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “and he went up from there”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":1275,"verse_id":"GEN.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “called in the name of.” The expression refers to worshiping the Lord through prayer and sacrifice (see Gen 4:26; 12:8; 13:4; 21:33 ). See G. J. Wenham, Genesis (WBC), 1:116.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":1276,"verse_id":"GEN.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “and they dug there, the servants of Isaac, a well.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A25/2"}
{"id":1277,"verse_id":"GEN.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"The disjunctive clause supplies pertinent supplemental information. The past perfect is used because the following narrative records the treaty at Beer Sheba. Prior to this we are told that Isaac settled in Beer Sheba; presumably this treaty would have allowed him to do that. However, it may be that he settled there and then made the treaty by which he renamed the place Beer Sheba. In this case one may translate “Now Abimelech came to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":1278,"verse_id":"GEN.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.26","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A26/2"}
{"id":1279,"verse_id":"GEN.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.26","text":"Many modern translations render the Hebrew term מֵרֵעַ ( merea ’) as “councillor” or “adviser,” but the term may not designate an official position but simply a close personal friend.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A26/3"}
{"id":1280,"verse_id":"GEN.26.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.27","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial, expressing the reason for his question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A27/1"}
{"id":1281,"verse_id":"GEN.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"The infinitive absolute before the verb emphasizes the clarity of their perception.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A28/1"}
{"id":1282,"verse_id":"GEN.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.28","text":"Heb “And we said, ‘Let there be.’” The direct discourse in the Hebrew text has been rendered as indirect discourse in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A28/2"}
{"id":1283,"verse_id":"GEN.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.28","text":"The pronoun “us” here is inclusive – it refers to the Philistine contingent on the one hand and Isaac on the other.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A28/3"}
{"id":1284,"verse_id":"GEN.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.28","text":"The pronoun “us” here is exclusive – it refers to just the Philistine contingent (the following “you” refers to Isaac).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A28/4"}
{"id":1285,"verse_id":"GEN.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.28","text":"The translation assumes that the cohortative expresses their request. Another option is to understand the cohortative as indicating resolve: “We want to make.’”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A28/5"}
{"id":1286,"verse_id":"GEN.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"The oath formula is used: “if you do us harm” means “so that you will not do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A29/1"}
{"id":1287,"verse_id":"GEN.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.29","text":"Heb “touched.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A29/2"}
{"id":1288,"verse_id":"GEN.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.29","text":"Heb “and just as we have done only good with you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A29/3"}
{"id":1289,"verse_id":"GEN.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.29","text":"Heb “and we sent you away.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A29/4"}
{"id":1290,"verse_id":"GEN.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.29","text":"The Philistine leaders are making an observation, not pronouncing a blessing, so the translation reads “you are blessed” rather than “may you be blessed” (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A29/5"}
{"id":1291,"verse_id":"GEN.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.30","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A30/1"}
{"id":1292,"verse_id":"GEN.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.30","text":"Heb “and they ate and drank.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A30/2"}
{"id":1293,"verse_id":"GEN.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Heb “and they got up early and they swore an oath, a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A31/1"}
{"id":1294,"verse_id":"GEN.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.31","text":"Heb “and they went from him in peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A31/2"}
{"id":1295,"verse_id":"GEN.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “and they said to him, ‘We have found water.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A32/1"}
{"id":1296,"verse_id":"GEN.26.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.34","text":"The sentence begins with the temporal indicator (“and it happened”), making this clause subordinate to the next.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A34/1"}
{"id":1297,"verse_id":"GEN.26.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.34","text":"Heb “the son of forty years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A34/2"}
{"id":1298,"verse_id":"GEN.26.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.34","text":"Heb “took as a wife.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A34/3"}
{"id":1299,"verse_id":"GEN.26.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":26,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.35","text":"Heb “And they were [a source of ] bitterness in spirit to Isaac and to Rebekah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2026%3A35/1"}
{"id":1300,"verse_id":"GEN.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"The clause begins with the temporal indicator (“and it happened”), making it subordinate to the main clause that follows later in the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":1301,"verse_id":"GEN.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “and his eyes were weak from seeing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":1302,"verse_id":"GEN.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “greater” (in terms of age).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A1/3"}
{"id":1303,"verse_id":"GEN.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Esau) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A1/4"}
{"id":1304,"verse_id":"GEN.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Isaac) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":1305,"verse_id":"GEN.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) here introduces a logically foundational statement, upon which the coming instruction will be based.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":1306,"verse_id":"GEN.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “I do not know the day of my death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A2/3"}
{"id":1307,"verse_id":"GEN.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"The Hebrew word is to be spelled either צַיִד ( tsayid ) following the marginal reading ( Qere ), or צֵידָה ( tsedah ) following the consonantal text ( Kethib ). Either way it is from the same root as the imperative צוּדָה ( tsudah , “hunt down”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":1308,"verse_id":"GEN.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative (with the prefixed conjunction) indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":1309,"verse_id":"GEN.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “so that my soul may bless you.” The use of נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) as the subject emphasizes that the blessing will be made with all Isaac’s desire and vitality. The conjunction “so that” closely relates the meal to the blessing, suggesting that this will be a ritual meal in conjunction with the giving of a formal blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":1310,"verse_id":"GEN.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"The disjunctive clause (introduced by a conjunction with the subject, followed by the predicate) here introduces a new scene in the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":1311,"verse_id":"GEN.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"The LXX adds here “to his father,” which may have been accidentally omitted in the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":1312,"verse_id":"GEN.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative (with the prefixed conjunction) indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":1313,"verse_id":"GEN.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"The cohortative, with the prefixed conjunction, also expresses logical sequence. See vv. 4, 19, 27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":1314,"verse_id":"GEN.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.7","text":"In her report to Jacob, Rebekah plays down Isaac’s strong desire to bless Esau by leaving out נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”), but by adding the phrase “in the presence of the Lord, ” she stresses how serious this matter is.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A7/3"}
{"id":1315,"verse_id":"GEN.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “listen to my voice.” The Hebrew idiom means “to comply; to obey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":1316,"verse_id":"GEN.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “to that which I am commanding you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":1317,"verse_id":"GEN.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative (with the prefixed conjunction) indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":1318,"verse_id":"GEN.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive. It carries forward the tone of instruction initiated by the command to “go…and get” in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":1319,"verse_id":"GEN.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.10","text":"The form is the perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it carries the future nuance of the preceding verbs of instruction, but by switching the subject to Jacob, indicates the expected result of the subterfuge.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A10/2"}
{"id":1320,"verse_id":"GEN.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “so that.” The conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A10/3"}
{"id":1321,"verse_id":"GEN.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, ‘Look, Esau my brother is a hairy man, but I am a smooth [skinned] man.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":1322,"verse_id":"GEN.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “Perhaps my father will feel me and I will be in his eyes like a mocker.” The Hebrew expression “I will be in his eyes like” means “I would appear to him as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":1323,"verse_id":"GEN.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “upon me your curse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":1324,"verse_id":"GEN.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “only listen to my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":1325,"verse_id":"GEN.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The words “the goats” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":1326,"verse_id":"GEN.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “his mother.” This has been replaced by the pronoun “she” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":1327,"verse_id":"GEN.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"In the Hebrew text the object (“the skins of the young goats”) precedes the verb. The disjunctive clause draws attention to this key element in the subterfuge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":1328,"verse_id":"GEN.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.16","text":"The word “hands” probably includes the forearms here. How the skins were attached is not specified in the Hebrew text; cf. NLT “she made him a pair of gloves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A16/2"}
{"id":1329,"verse_id":"GEN.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"Heb “gave…into the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":1330,"verse_id":"GEN.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":1331,"verse_id":"GEN.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “get up and sit.” This may mean simply “sit up,” or it may indicate that he was to get up from his couch and sit at a table.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":1332,"verse_id":"GEN.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “so that your soul may bless me.” These words, though not reported by Rebekah to Jacob (see v. 7 ) accurately reflect what Isaac actually said to Esau (see v. 4 ). Perhaps Jacob knew more than Rebekah realized, but it is more likely that this was an idiom for sincere blessing with which Jacob was familiar. At any rate, his use of the precise wording was a nice, convincing touch.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":1333,"verse_id":"GEN.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “What is this?” The enclitic pronoun “this” adds emphasis to the question, which is comparable to the English rhetorical question, “How in the world?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":1334,"verse_id":"GEN.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “you hastened to find.” In translation the infinitive becomes the main verb and the first verb becomes adverbial.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A20/2"}
{"id":1335,"verse_id":"GEN.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “caused to meet before me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":1336,"verse_id":"GEN.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Because the Lord your God….’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A20/4"}
{"id":1337,"verse_id":"GEN.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative (with prefixed conjunction) indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":1338,"verse_id":"GEN.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “Are you this one, Esau, my son, or not?” On the use of the interrogative particle here, see BDB 210 s.v. הֲ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A21/2"}
{"id":1339,"verse_id":"GEN.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"Heb “and he blessed him.” The referents of the pronouns “he” (Isaac) and “him” (Jacob) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":1340,"verse_id":"GEN.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":1341,"verse_id":"GEN.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.25","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A25/1"}
{"id":1342,"verse_id":"GEN.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.25","text":"Heb “Bring near to me and I will eat of the wild game, my son.” Following the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A25/2"}
{"id":1343,"verse_id":"GEN.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.25","text":"Heb “so that my soul may bless you.” The presence of נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) as subject emphasizes Isaac’s heartfelt desire to do this. The conjunction indicates that the ritual meal must be first eaten before the formal blessing may be given.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A25/3"}
{"id":1344,"verse_id":"GEN.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.25","text":"Heb “and he brought”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A25/4"}
{"id":1345,"verse_id":"GEN.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.25","text":"Heb “and he drank”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A25/5"}
{"id":1346,"verse_id":"GEN.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":1347,"verse_id":"GEN.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “and he smelled the smell”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A27/2"}
{"id":1348,"verse_id":"GEN.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A27/3"}
{"id":1349,"verse_id":"GEN.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Heb “and from the dew of the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":1350,"verse_id":"GEN.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.28","text":"Heb “and from the fatness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A28/2"}
{"id":1351,"verse_id":"GEN.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.29","text":"Heb “and be.” The verb is an imperative, which is used rhetorically in this oracle of blessing. It is an invitation to exercise authority his brothers and indicates that he is granted such authority by the patriarch of the family. Furthermore, the blessing enables the recipient to accomplish this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A29/1"}
{"id":1352,"verse_id":"GEN.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.29","text":"The Hebrew word is גְבִיר ( gevir , “lord, mighty one”). The one being blessed will be stronger and therefore more powerful than his brother. See Gen 25:23 . The feminine form of this rare noun means “mistress” or “queen-mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A29/2"}
{"id":1353,"verse_id":"GEN.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.29","text":"Following the imperative, the prefixed verbal form (which is either an imperfect or a jussive) with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A29/3"}
{"id":1354,"verse_id":"GEN.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.30","text":"The use of the infinitive absolute before the finite form of the verb makes the construction emphatic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A30/1"}
{"id":1355,"verse_id":"GEN.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.30","text":"Heb “the presence of Isaac his father.” The repetition of the proper name (“Isaac”) was","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A30/2"}
{"id":1356,"verse_id":"GEN.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.30","text":"Heb “and Esau his brother came from his hunt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A30/3"}
{"id":1357,"verse_id":"GEN.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.31","text":"Heb “and he said to his father”; the referent of “he” (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity, while the words “his father” have been replaced by the pronoun “him” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A31/1"}
{"id":1358,"verse_id":"GEN.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.31","text":"Or “arise” (i.e., sit up).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A31/2"}
{"id":1359,"verse_id":"GEN.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.31","text":"Heb “so that your soul may bless me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A31/3"}
{"id":1360,"verse_id":"GEN.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A32/1"}
{"id":1361,"verse_id":"GEN.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘I [am] your son, your firstborn.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A32/2"}
{"id":1362,"verse_id":"GEN.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “and Isaac trembled with a great trembling to excess.” The verb “trembled” is joined with a cognate accusative, which is modified by an adjective “great,” and a prepositional phrase “to excess.” All of this is emphatic, showing the violence of Isaac’s reaction to the news.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A33/1"}
{"id":1363,"verse_id":"GEN.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “Who then is he who hunted game and brought [it] to me so that I ate from all before you arrived and blessed him?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A33/2"}
{"id":1364,"verse_id":"GEN.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.34","text":"The temporal clause is introduced with the temporal indicator and has the infinitive as its verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A34/1"}
{"id":1365,"verse_id":"GEN.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.34","text":"Heb “and he yelled [with] a great and bitter yell to excess.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A34/2"}
{"id":1366,"verse_id":"GEN.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.35","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (Isaac) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A35/1"}
{"id":1367,"verse_id":"GEN.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.35","text":"Or “took”; “received.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A35/2"}
{"id":1368,"verse_id":"GEN.27.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.36","text":"Heb “Is he not rightly named Jacob?” The rhetorical question, since it expects a positive reply, has been translated as a declarative statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A36/1"}
{"id":1369,"verse_id":"GEN.27.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.38","text":"Heb “Bless me, me also, my father.” The words “my father” have not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A38/1"}
{"id":1370,"verse_id":"GEN.27.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.38","text":"Heb “and Esau lifted his voice and wept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A38/2"}
{"id":1371,"verse_id":"GEN.27.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.39","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A39/1"}
{"id":1372,"verse_id":"GEN.27.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.39","text":"Heb “from the fatness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A39/2"}
{"id":1373,"verse_id":"GEN.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.41","text":"Or “bore a grudge against” (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV). The Hebrew verb שָׂטַם ( satam ) describes persistent hatred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A41/1"}
{"id":1374,"verse_id":"GEN.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.41","text":"Heb “because of the blessing which his father blessed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A41/2"}
{"id":1375,"verse_id":"GEN.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.41","text":"Heb “said in his heart.” The expression may mean “said to himself.” Even if this is the case, v. 42 makes it clear that he must have shared his intentions with someone, because the news reached Rebekah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A41/3"}
{"id":1376,"verse_id":"GEN.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.41","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A41/4"}
{"id":1377,"verse_id":"GEN.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.41","text":"The cohortative here expresses Esau’s determined resolve to kill Jacob.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A41/5"}
{"id":1378,"verse_id":"GEN.27.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.42","text":"Heb “and the words of Esau her older son were told to Rebekah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A42/1"}
{"id":1379,"verse_id":"GEN.27.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.42","text":"Heb “she sent and called for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A42/2"}
{"id":1380,"verse_id":"GEN.27.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.42","text":"Heb “is consoling himself with respect to you to kill you.” The only way Esau had of dealing with his anger at the moment was to plan to kill his brother after the death of Isaac.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A42/3"}
{"id":1381,"verse_id":"GEN.27.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.43","text":"Heb “listen to my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A43/1"}
{"id":1382,"verse_id":"GEN.27.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.43","text":"Heb “arise, flee.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A43/2"}
{"id":1383,"verse_id":"GEN.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.44","text":"Heb “a few days.” Rebekah probably downplays the length of time Jacob will be gone, perhaps to encourage him and assure him that things will settle down soon. She probably expects Esau’s anger to die down quickly. However, Jacob ends up being gone twenty years and he never sees Rebekah again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A44/1"}
{"id":1384,"verse_id":"GEN.27.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.45","text":"The words “stay there” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A45/1"}
{"id":1385,"verse_id":"GEN.27.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.45","text":"Heb “and I will send and I will take you from there.” The verb “send” has no object in the Hebrew text; one must be supplied in the translation. Either “someone” or “a message” could be supplied, but since in those times a message would require a messenger, “someone” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A45/2"}
{"id":1386,"verse_id":"GEN.27.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.45","text":"If Jacob stayed, he would be killed and Esau would be forced to run away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A45/3"}
{"id":1387,"verse_id":"GEN.27.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.46","text":"Heb “loathe my life.” The Hebrew verb translated “loathe” refers to strong disgust (see Lev 20:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A46/1"}
{"id":1388,"verse_id":"GEN.27.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.46","text":"Some translate the Hebrew term “Heth” as “Hittites” here (see also Gen 23:3 ), but this gives the impression that these people were the classical Hittites of Anatolia. However, there is no known connection between these sons of Heth, apparently a Canaanite group (see Gen 10:15 ), and the Hittites of Asia Minor. See H. A. Hoffner, Jr., “Hittites,” Peoples of the Old Testament World , 152-53.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A46/2"}
{"id":1389,"verse_id":"GEN.27.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":27,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.46","text":"Heb “If Jacob takes a wife from the daughters of Heth, like these, from the daughters of the land, why to me life?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2027%3A46/3"}
{"id":1390,"verse_id":"GEN.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “you must not take a wife from the daughters of Canaan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":1391,"verse_id":"GEN.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “Arise! Go!” The first of the two imperatives is adverbial and stresses the immediacy of the departure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":1392,"verse_id":"GEN.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “El Shaddai.” See the extended note on the phrase “sovereign God” in Gen 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":1393,"verse_id":"GEN.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “and make you fruitful and multiply you.” See Gen 17:6, 20 for similar terminology.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":1394,"verse_id":"GEN.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.3","text":"The perfect verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here indicates consequence. The collocation הָיָה + preposition לְ ( hayah + lÿ ) means “become.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A3/3"}
{"id":1395,"verse_id":"GEN.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “an assembly of peoples.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A3/4"}
{"id":1396,"verse_id":"GEN.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “and may he give to you the blessing of Abraham, to you and to your offspring with you.” The name “Abraham” is an objective genitive here; this refers to the blessing that God gave to Abraham.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":1397,"verse_id":"GEN.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.4","text":"The words “the land” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A4/2"}
{"id":1398,"verse_id":"GEN.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “the land of your sojournings,” that is, the land where Jacob had been living as a resident alien, as his future descendants would after him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A4/3"}
{"id":1399,"verse_id":"GEN.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “to take for himself from there a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":1400,"verse_id":"GEN.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.6","text":"The infinitive construct with the preposition and the suffix form a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A6/2"}
{"id":1401,"verse_id":"GEN.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “you must not take a wife from the daughters of Canaan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A6/3"}
{"id":1402,"verse_id":"GEN.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":1403,"verse_id":"GEN.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “the daughters of Canaan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":1404,"verse_id":"GEN.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “evil in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A8/3"}
{"id":1405,"verse_id":"GEN.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “took for a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":1406,"verse_id":"GEN.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “the place.” The article may indicate simply that the place is definite in the mind of the narrator. However, as the story unfolds the place is transformed into a holy place. See A. P. Ross, “Jacob’s Vision: The Founding of Bethel,” BSac 142 (1985): 224-37.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":1407,"verse_id":"GEN.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “and he spent the night there because the sun had gone down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":1408,"verse_id":"GEN.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “he took from the stones of the place,” which here means Jacob took one of the stones (see v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":1409,"verse_id":"GEN.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “and he put [it at] the place of his head.” The text does not actually say the stone was placed under his head to serve as a pillow, although most interpreters and translators assume this. It is possible the stone served some other purpose. Jacob does not seem to have been a committed monotheist yet (see v. 20-21 ) so he may have believed it contained some spiritual power. Note that later in the story he anticipates the stone becoming the residence of God (see v. 22 ). Many cultures throughout the world view certain types of stones as magical and/or sacred. See J. G. Fraser, Folklore in the Old Testament , 231-37.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A11/4"}
{"id":1410,"verse_id":"GEN.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “lay down.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A11/5"}
{"id":1411,"verse_id":"GEN.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “and dreamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":1412,"verse_id":"GEN.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “and look.” The scene which Jacob witnessed is described in three clauses introduced with הִנֵּה ( hinneh ). In this way the narrator invites the reader to witness the scene through Jacob’s eyes. J. P. Fokkelman points out that the particle goes with a lifted arm and an open mouth: “There, a ladder! Oh, angels! and look, the Lord himself” ( Narrative Art in Genesis [SSN], 51-52).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A12/2"}
{"id":1413,"verse_id":"GEN.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.12","text":"The Hebrew noun סֻלָּם ( sullam , “ladder, stairway”) occurs only here in the OT, but there appears to be an Akkadian cognate simmiltu (with metathesis of the second and third consonants and a feminine ending) which has a specialized meaning of “stairway, ramp.” See H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena (SBLDS), 34. For further discussion see C. Houtman, “What Did Jacob See in His Dream at Bethel? Some Remarks on Genesis 28:10-22 ,” VT 27 (1977): 337-52; J. G. Griffiths, “The Celestial Ladder and the Gate of Heaven,” ExpTim 76 (1964/65): 229-30; and A. R. Millard, “The Celestial Ladder and the Gate of Heaven,” ExpTim 78 (1966/67): 86-87.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A12/3"}
{"id":1414,"verse_id":"GEN.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “the God of your father Abraham and the God of Isaac.” The Hebrew word for “father” can typically be used in a broader sense than the English word, in this case referring to Abraham (who was Jacob’s grandfather). For stylistic reasons and for clarity, the words “your father” are supplied with “Isaac” in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":1415,"verse_id":"GEN.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"The Hebrew term אֶרֶץ (’ erets ) can mean “[the] earth,” “land,” “region,” “piece of ground,” or “ground” depending on the context. Here the term specifically refers to the plot of ground on which Jacob was lying, but at the same time this stands by metonymy for the entire land of Canaan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":1416,"verse_id":"GEN.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"This is the same Hebrew word translated “ground” in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":1417,"verse_id":"GEN.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"The verb is singular in the Hebrew; Jacob is addressed as the representative of his descendants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":1418,"verse_id":"GEN.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.14","text":"Theoretically the Niphal stem can be translated either as passive or reflexive/reciprocal. (The Niphal of “bless” is only used in formulations of the Abrahamic covenant. See Gen 12:2; 18:18; 28:14 .) Traditionally the verb is taken as passive here, as if Jacob were going to be a channel or source of blessing. But in other formulations of the Abrahamic covenant (see Gen 22:18; 26:4 ) the Hitpael replaces this Niphal form, suggesting a translation “will bless (i.e., pronounce blessings upon) themselves/one another.” The Hitpael of “bless” is used with a reflexive/reciprocal sense in Deut 29:18 ; Ps 72:17 ; Isa 65:16 ; Jer 4:2 . Gen 28:14 predicts that Jacob will be held up as a paradigm of divine blessing and that people will use his name in their blessing formulae (see Gen 12:2 and 18:18 as well, where Abram/Abraham receives this promise). For examples of blessing formulae utilizing an individual as an example of blessing see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A14/3"}
{"id":1419,"verse_id":"GEN.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “Look, I [am] with you.” The clause is a nominal clause; the verb to be supplied could be present (as in the translation) or future, “Look, I [will be] with you” (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":1420,"verse_id":"GEN.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “woke up from his sleep.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":1421,"verse_id":"GEN.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":1422,"verse_id":"GEN.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “and he got up early…and he took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":1423,"verse_id":"GEN.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":1424,"verse_id":"GEN.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.18","text":"See the note on this phrase in v. 11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A18/3"}
{"id":1425,"verse_id":"GEN.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “standing stone.” sn Sacred stone . Such a stone could be used as a boundary marker, a burial stone, or as a shrine. Here the stone is intended to be a reminder of the stairway that was “erected” and on which the Lord “stood.” (In Hebrew the word translated “sacred stone” is derived from the verb translated “erected” in v. 12 and “stood” in v. 13 . Since the top of the stairway reached the heavens where the Lord stood, Jacob poured oil on the top of the stone. See C. F. Graesser, “Standing Stones in Ancient Palestine,” BA 35 (1972): 34-63; and E. Stockton, “Sacred Pillars in the Bible,” ABR 20 (1972): 16-32.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A18/4"}
{"id":1426,"verse_id":"GEN.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"The name Bethel means “house of God” in Hebrew (see v. 17 ). map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":1427,"verse_id":"GEN.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “bread,” although the term can be used for food in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":1428,"verse_id":"GEN.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “and I return in peace to the house of my father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":1429,"verse_id":"GEN.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"The disjunctive clause structure (conjunction + noun/subject) is used to highlight the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":1430,"verse_id":"GEN.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.22","text":"The infinitive absolute is used before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A22/2"}
{"id":1431,"verse_id":"GEN.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “and all which you give to me I will surely give a tenth of it to you.” The disjunctive clause structure (conjunction + noun/object) highlights this statement as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2028%3A22/3"}
{"id":1432,"verse_id":"GEN.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “and Jacob lifted up his feet.” This unusual expression suggests that Jacob had a new lease on life now that God had promised him the blessing he had so desperately tried to gain by his own efforts. The text portrays him as having a new step in his walk.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":1433,"verse_id":"GEN.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “the land of the sons of the east.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":1434,"verse_id":"GEN.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “and he saw, and look.” As in Gen 28:12-15 , the narrator uses the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) here and in the next clause to draw the reader into the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":1435,"verse_id":"GEN.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “and look, there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":1436,"verse_id":"GEN.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.2","text":"The disjunctive clause (introduced by the noun with the prefixed conjunction) provides supplemental information that is important to the story.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A2/3"}
{"id":1437,"verse_id":"GEN.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the shepherds) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":1438,"verse_id":"GEN.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":1439,"verse_id":"GEN.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “and they said, ‘We know.’” The word “him” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the translation several introductory clauses throughout this section have been placed after the direct discourse they introduce for stylistic reasons as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":1440,"verse_id":"GEN.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “and he said to them, ‘Is there peace to him?’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":1441,"verse_id":"GEN.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A6/2"}
{"id":1442,"verse_id":"GEN.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":1443,"verse_id":"GEN.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “the day is great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A7/2"}
{"id":1444,"verse_id":"GEN.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “water the sheep and go and pasture [them].” The verbal forms are imperatives, but Jacob would hardly be giving direct orders to someone else’s shepherds. The nuance here is probably one of advice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A7/3"}
{"id":1445,"verse_id":"GEN.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"The perfect verbal forms with the vav ( ו ) consecutive carry on the sequence begun by the initial imperfect form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":1446,"verse_id":"GEN.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “was a shepherdess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":1447,"verse_id":"GEN.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “Laban, the brother of his mother” (twice in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":1448,"verse_id":"GEN.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “Jacob.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A10/2"}
{"id":1449,"verse_id":"GEN.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “drew near, approached.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A10/3"}
{"id":1450,"verse_id":"GEN.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “Laban, the brother of his mother.” The text says nothing initially about the beauty of Rachel. But the reader is struck by the repetition of “Laban the brother of his mother.” G. J. Wenham is no doubt correct when he observes that Jacob’s primary motive at this stage is to ingratiate himself with Laban ( Genesis [WBC], 2:231).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A10/4"}
{"id":1451,"verse_id":"GEN.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “and he lifted up his voice and wept.” The idiom calls deliberate attention to the fact that Jacob wept out loud.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":1452,"verse_id":"GEN.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “declared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":1453,"verse_id":"GEN.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “that he [was] the brother of her father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":1454,"verse_id":"GEN.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":1455,"verse_id":"GEN.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “and he told to Laban all these things.” This might mean Jacob told Laban how he happened to be there, but Laban’s response (see v. 14 ) suggests “all these things” refers to what Jacob had previously told Rachel (see v. 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":1456,"verse_id":"GEN.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “indeed, my bone and my flesh are you.” The expression sounds warm enough, but the presence of “indeed” may suggest that Laban had to be convinced of Jacob’s identity before permitting him to stay. To be one’s “bone and flesh” is to be someone’s blood relative. For example, the phrase describes the relationship between Abimelech and the Shechemites ( Judg 9:2 ; his mother was a Shechemite); David and the Israelites ( 2 Sam 5:1 ); David and the elders of Judah ( 2 Sam 19:12 ,); and David and his nephew Amasa ( 2 Sam 19:13 , see 2 Sam 17:2 ; 1 Chr 2:16-17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":1457,"verse_id":"GEN.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A14/2"}
{"id":1458,"verse_id":"GEN.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “a month of days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A14/3"}
{"id":1459,"verse_id":"GEN.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"The verb is the perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; the nuance in the question is deliberative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":1460,"verse_id":"GEN.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “my brother.” The term “brother” is used in a loose sense; actually Jacob was Laban’s nephew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A15/2"}
{"id":1461,"verse_id":"GEN.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “and to Laban [there were] two daughters.” The disjunctive clause (introduced here by a conjunction and a prepositional phrase) provides supplemental material that is important to the story. Since this material is parenthetical in nature, vv. 16-17 have been set in parentheses in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":1462,"verse_id":"GEN.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “and the eyes of Leah were tender.” The disjunctive clause (introduced here by a conjunction and a noun) continues the parenthesis begun in v. 16 . It is not clear what is meant by “tender” (or “delicate”) eyes. The expression may mean she had appealing eyes (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT), though some suggest that they were plain, not having the brightness normally expected. Either way, she did not measure up to her gorgeous sister.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":1463,"verse_id":"GEN.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “and Rachel was beautiful of form and beautiful of appearance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":1464,"verse_id":"GEN.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “Jacob loved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":1465,"verse_id":"GEN.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “Better my giving her to you than my giving her to another man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A19/1"}
{"id":1466,"verse_id":"GEN.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “in exchange for Rachel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":1467,"verse_id":"GEN.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “because of his love for her.” The words “was so great” are supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A20/3"}
{"id":1468,"verse_id":"GEN.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “and Jacob said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":1469,"verse_id":"GEN.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “my days are fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":1470,"verse_id":"GEN.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “and I will go in to her.” The verb is a cohortative; it may be subordinated to the preceding request, “that I may go in,” or it may be an independent clause expressing his desire. The verb “go in” in this context refers to sexual intercourse (i.e., the consummation of the marriage).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A21/3"}
{"id":1471,"verse_id":"GEN.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":1472,"verse_id":"GEN.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “and it happened in the evening that he took Leah his daughter and brought her.” sn His daughter Leah . Laban’s deception of Jacob by giving him the older daughter instead of the younger was God’s way of disciplining the deceiver who tricked his older brother. D. Kidner says this account is “the very embodiment of anti-climax, and this moment a miniature of man’s disillusion, experienced from Eden onwards” ( Genesis [TOTC] , 160). G. von Rad notes, “That Laban secretly gave the unloved Leah to the man in love was, to be sure, a monstrous blow, a masterpiece of shameless treachery…It was certainly a move by which he won for himself far and wide the coarsest laughter” ( Genesis [OTL], 291).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":1473,"verse_id":"GEN.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “to him”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A23/2"}
{"id":1474,"verse_id":"GEN.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A23/3"}
{"id":1475,"verse_id":"GEN.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “and Laban gave to her Zilpah his female servant, to Leah his daughter [for] a servant.” This clause gives information parenthetical to the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":1476,"verse_id":"GEN.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “and it happened in the morning that look, it was Leah.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the reader to view the scene through Jacob’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":1477,"verse_id":"GEN.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":1478,"verse_id":"GEN.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb What is this you have done to me?” The use of the pronoun “this” is enclitic, adding emphasis to the question: “What in the world have you done to me?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A25/3"}
{"id":1479,"verse_id":"GEN.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “and Laban said, ‘It is not done so in our place.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A26/1"}
{"id":1480,"verse_id":"GEN.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “to give the younger.” The words “daughter” and “in marriage” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A26/2"}
{"id":1481,"verse_id":"GEN.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “fulfill the period of seven of this one.” The referent of “this one” has been specified in the translation as “my older daughter” for clarity. sn Bridal week . An ancient Hebrew marriage ceremony included an entire week of festivities (cf. Judg 14:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A27/1"}
{"id":1482,"verse_id":"GEN.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “this other one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A27/2"}
{"id":1483,"verse_id":"GEN.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “and we will give to you also this one in exchange for labor which you will work with me, still seven other years.” sn In exchange for seven more years of work . See C. H. Gordon, “The Story of Jacob and Laban in the Light of the Nuzi Tablets,” BASOR 66 (1937): 25-27; and J. Van Seters, “Jacob’s Marriages and Ancient Near Eastern Customs: A Reassessment,” HTR 62 (1969): 377-95.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A27/3"}
{"id":1484,"verse_id":"GEN.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “and Jacob did so.” The words “as Laban said” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A28/1"}
{"id":1485,"verse_id":"GEN.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A28/2"}
{"id":1486,"verse_id":"GEN.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “the seven of this one.” The referent of “this one” has been specified in the translation as Leah to avoid confusion with Rachel, mentioned later in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A28/3"}
{"id":1487,"verse_id":"GEN.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “and he gave to him Rachel his daughter for him for a wife.” The referent of the pronoun “he” (Laban) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A28/4"}
{"id":1488,"verse_id":"GEN.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"Heb “and Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his female servant, for her for a servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A29/1"}
{"id":1489,"verse_id":"GEN.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A30/1"}
{"id":1490,"verse_id":"GEN.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “went in also to Rachel.” The expression “went in to” in this context refers to sexual intercourse, i.e., the consummation of the marriage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A30/2"}
{"id":1491,"verse_id":"GEN.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Laban) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A30/3"}
{"id":1492,"verse_id":"GEN.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.31","text":"Heb “hated.” The rhetorical device of overstatement is used (note v. 30 , which says simply that Jacob loved Rachel more than he did Leah) to emphasize that Rachel, as Jacob’s true love and the primary object of his affections, had an advantage over Leah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A31/1"}
{"id":1493,"verse_id":"GEN.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.31","text":"Heb “he opened up her womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A31/2"}
{"id":1494,"verse_id":"GEN.29.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.32","text":"Or “Leah conceived” (also in vv. 33, 34, 35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A32/1"}
{"id":1495,"verse_id":"GEN.29.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.32","text":"Heb “looked on my affliction.” sn Leah’s explanation of the name Reuben reflects a popular etymology, not an exact one. The name means literally “look, a son.” Playing on the Hebrew verb “look,” she observes that the Lord has “looked” with pity on her oppressed condition. See further S. R. Driver, Genesis, 273.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A32/3"}
{"id":1496,"verse_id":"GEN.29.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.33","text":"Heb “hated.” See the note on the word “unloved” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A33/1"}
{"id":1497,"verse_id":"GEN.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.34","text":"Heb “will be joined to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2029%3A34/1"}
{"id":1498,"verse_id":"GEN.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “Rachel.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“she”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":1499,"verse_id":"GEN.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":1500,"verse_id":"GEN.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “and the anger of Jacob was hot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":1501,"verse_id":"GEN.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “who has withheld from you the fruit of the womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":1502,"verse_id":"GEN.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “go in to.” The expression “go in to” in this context refers to sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":1503,"verse_id":"GEN.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with the conjunction indicates the immediate purpose of the proposed activity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":1504,"verse_id":"GEN.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.3","text":"The word “children” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A3/3"}
{"id":1505,"verse_id":"GEN.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “upon my knees.” This is an idiomatic way of saying that Bilhah will be simply a surrogate mother. Rachel will adopt the child as her own.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A3/4"}
{"id":1506,"verse_id":"GEN.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “and I will be built up, even I, from her.” The prefixed verbal form with the conjunction is subordinated to the preceding prefixed verbal form and gives the ultimate purpose for the proposed action. The idiom of “built up” here refers to having a family (see Gen 16:2 , as well as Ruth 4:11 and BDB 125 s.v. בָנָה ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A3/5"}
{"id":1507,"verse_id":"GEN.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “and she”; the referent (Rachel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":1508,"verse_id":"GEN.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “went in to.” The expression “went in to” in this context refers to sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":1509,"verse_id":"GEN.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"Or “Bilhah conceived” (also in v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":1510,"verse_id":"GEN.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “and she bore for Jacob a son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":1511,"verse_id":"GEN.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “and also he has heard my voice.” The expression means that God responded positively to Rachel’s cry and granted her request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":1512,"verse_id":"GEN.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Or “therefore.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":1513,"verse_id":"GEN.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “and she became pregnant again and Bilhah, the servant of Rachel, bore a second son for Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":1514,"verse_id":"GEN.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “[with] a mighty struggle I have struggled with my sister, also I have prevailed.” The phrase “mighty struggle” reads literally “struggles of God.” The plural participle “struggles” reflects the ongoing nature of the struggle, while the divine name is used here idiomatically to emphasize the intensity of the struggle. See J. Skinner, Genesis (ICC), 387.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":1515,"verse_id":"GEN.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “she took her servant Zilpah and gave her.” The verbs “took” and “gave” are treated as a hendiadys in the translation: “she gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":1516,"verse_id":"GEN.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “and Zilpah, the servant of Leah, bore for Jacob a son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":1517,"verse_id":"GEN.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.11","text":"The statement in the Kethib (consonantal text) appears to mean literally “with good fortune,” if one takes the initial בְּ ( bet ) as a preposition indicating accompaniment. The Qere (marginal reading) means “good fortune has arrived.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A11/1"}
{"id":1518,"verse_id":"GEN.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “and Zilpah, the servant of Leah, bore a second son for Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":1519,"verse_id":"GEN.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"The Hebrew statement apparently means “with my happiness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":1520,"verse_id":"GEN.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.13","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A13/2"}
{"id":1521,"verse_id":"GEN.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “during the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":1522,"verse_id":"GEN.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “and she said to her”; the referent of the pronoun “she” (Leah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A15/1"}
{"id":1523,"verse_id":"GEN.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “therefore.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A15/2"}
{"id":1524,"verse_id":"GEN.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “lie down.” The expression “lie down with” in this context (here and in the following verse) refers to sexual intercourse. The imperfect verbal form has a permissive nuance here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A15/3"}
{"id":1525,"verse_id":"GEN.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “must come in to me.” The imperfect verbal form has an obligatory nuance here. She has acquired him for the night and feels he is obligated to have sexual relations with her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":1526,"verse_id":"GEN.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “I have surely hired.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verbal form for emphasis. The name Issachar (see v. 18 ) seems to be related to this expression.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A16/2"}
{"id":1527,"verse_id":"GEN.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.16","text":"This is the same Hebrew verb ( שָׁכַב , shakhav ) translated “sleep with” in v. 15 . In direct discourse the more euphemistic “sleep with” was used, but here in the narrative “marital relations” reflects more clearly the emphasis on sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A16/3"}
{"id":1528,"verse_id":"GEN.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “listened to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":1529,"verse_id":"GEN.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Or “she conceived” (also in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":1530,"verse_id":"GEN.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “and she bore for Jacob a fifth son,” i.e., this was the fifth son that Leah had given Jacob.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A17/3"}
{"id":1531,"verse_id":"GEN.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “God has given my reward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":1532,"verse_id":"GEN.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"The words “as a wife” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for clarity (cf. v. 9 ). sn Leah seems to regard the act of giving her servant Zilpah to her husband as a sacrifice, for which (she believes) God is now rewarding her with the birth of a son.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":1533,"verse_id":"GEN.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “and she bore a sixth son for Jacob,” i.e., this was the sixth son that Leah had given Jacob.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":1534,"verse_id":"GEN.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “remembered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A22/1"}
{"id":1535,"verse_id":"GEN.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “and God listened to her and opened up her womb.” Since “God” is the subject of the previous clause, the noun has been replaced by the pronoun “he” in the translation for stylistic reasons","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":1536,"verse_id":"GEN.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"Or “conceived.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":1537,"verse_id":"GEN.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.23","text":"Heb “my reproach.” A “reproach” is a cutting taunt or painful ridicule, but here it probably refers by metonymy to Rachel’s barren condition, which was considered shameful in this culture and was the reason why she was the object of taunting and ridicule.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A23/2"}
{"id":1538,"verse_id":"GEN.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"The perfect verbal form is translated as a past perfect because Rachel’s giving birth to Joseph preceded Jacob’s conversation with Laban.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":1539,"verse_id":"GEN.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.25","text":"The imperatival form here expresses a request. sn For Jacob to ask to leave would mean that seven more years had passed. Thus all Jacob’s children were born within the range of seven years of each other, with Joseph coming right at the end of the seven years.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A25/2"}
{"id":1540,"verse_id":"GEN.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.25","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A25/3"}
{"id":1541,"verse_id":"GEN.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.25","text":"Heb “to my place and to my land.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A25/4"}
{"id":1542,"verse_id":"GEN.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “give my wives and my children, for whom I have served you.” In one sense Laban had already “given” Jacob his two daughters as wives ( Gen 29:21, 28 ). Here Jacob was asking for permission to take his own family along with him on the journey back to Canaan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A26/1"}
{"id":1543,"verse_id":"GEN.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.26","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A26/2"}
{"id":1544,"verse_id":"GEN.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “for you, you know my service [with] which I have served you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A26/3"}
{"id":1545,"verse_id":"GEN.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.27","text":"The words “please stay here” have been supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A27/1"}
{"id":1546,"verse_id":"GEN.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.27","text":"Or perhaps “I have grown rich and the Lord has blessed me” (cf. NEB). See J. Finkelstein, “An Old Babylonian Herding Contract and Genesis 31:38 f.,” JAOS 88 (1968): 34, n. 19.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A27/2"}
{"id":1547,"verse_id":"GEN.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.28","text":"Heb “set your wage for me so I may give [it].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A28/1"}
{"id":1548,"verse_id":"GEN.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.29","text":"Heb “and he said to him, ‘You know how I have served you.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons, and the referent of the pronoun “he” (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A29/1"}
{"id":1549,"verse_id":"GEN.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.29","text":"Heb “and how your cattle were with me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A29/2"}
{"id":1550,"verse_id":"GEN.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.30","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A30/1"}
{"id":1551,"verse_id":"GEN.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A30/2"}
{"id":1552,"verse_id":"GEN.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “and it has broken out with respect to abundance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A30/3"}
{"id":1553,"verse_id":"GEN.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “at my foot.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A30/4"}
{"id":1554,"verse_id":"GEN.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “How long [until] I do, also I, for my house?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A30/5"}
{"id":1555,"verse_id":"GEN.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.31","text":"Heb “and he said.” The referent (Laban) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A31/1"}
{"id":1556,"verse_id":"GEN.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.31","text":"The negated imperfect verbal form has an obligatory nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A31/2"}
{"id":1557,"verse_id":"GEN.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.31","text":"The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A31/3"}
{"id":1558,"verse_id":"GEN.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.31","text":"Heb “If you do for me this thing.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A31/4"}
{"id":1559,"verse_id":"GEN.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.31","text":"Heb “I will return, I will tend,” an idiom meaning “I will continue tending.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A31/5"}
{"id":1560,"verse_id":"GEN.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “pass through.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A32/1"}
{"id":1561,"verse_id":"GEN.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.32","text":"Or “every black lamb”; Heb “and every dark sheep among the lambs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A32/2"}
{"id":1562,"verse_id":"GEN.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “and the spotted and speckled among the goats.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A32/3"}
{"id":1563,"verse_id":"GEN.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “and it will be my wage.” The referent collective singular pronoun (“it) has been specified as “these animals” in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A32/4"}
{"id":1564,"verse_id":"GEN.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “will answer on my behalf.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A33/1"}
{"id":1565,"verse_id":"GEN.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “on the following day,” or “tomorrow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A33/2"}
{"id":1566,"verse_id":"GEN.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “when you come concerning my wage before you.” sn Only the wage we agreed on . Jacob would have to be considered completely honest here, for he would have no control over the kind of animals born; and there could be no disagreement over which animals were his wages.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A33/3"}
{"id":1567,"verse_id":"GEN.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “every one which is not speckled and spotted among the lambs and dark among the goats, stolen it is with me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A33/4"}
{"id":1568,"verse_id":"GEN.30.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.34","text":"Heb “and Laban said, ‘Good, let it be according to your word.’” On the asseverative use of the particle לוּ ( lu ) here, see HALOT 521 s.v. לוּ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A34/1"}
{"id":1569,"verse_id":"GEN.30.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.35","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Laban) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A35/1"}
{"id":1570,"verse_id":"GEN.30.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.35","text":"Heb “and he gave [them] into the hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A35/2"}
{"id":1571,"verse_id":"GEN.30.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.36","text":"Heb “and he put a journey of three days between himself and Jacob.” sn Three days’ traveling distance from Jacob . E. A. Speiser observes, “Laban is delighted with the terms, and promptly proceeds to violate the spirit of the bargain by removing to a safe distance all the grown animals that would be likely to produce the specified spots” ( Genesis [AB], 238). Laban apparently thought that by separating out the spotted, striped, and dark colored animals he could minimize the production of spotted, striped, or dark offspring that would then belong to Jacob.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A36/1"}
{"id":1572,"verse_id":"GEN.30.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.36","text":"The disjunctive clause (introduced by the vav with subject) is circumstantial/temporal; Laban removed the animals while Jacob was taking care of the rest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A36/2"}
{"id":1573,"verse_id":"GEN.30.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.39","text":"The Hebrew verb used here can mean “to be in heat” (see v. 38 ) or “to mate; to conceive; to become pregnant.” The latter nuance makes better sense in this verse, for the next clause describes them giving birth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A39/1"}
{"id":1574,"verse_id":"GEN.30.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.39","text":"Heb “the sheep.” The noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“they”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A39/2"}
{"id":1575,"verse_id":"GEN.30.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.40","text":"Heb “and he set the faces of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A40/1"}
{"id":1576,"verse_id":"GEN.30.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.41","text":"Heb “and at every breeding-heat of the flock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A41/1"}
{"id":1577,"verse_id":"GEN.30.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.42","text":"Heb “he did not put [them] in.” The referent of the [understood] direct object, “them,” has been specified as “the branches” in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A42/1"}
{"id":1578,"verse_id":"GEN.30.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.42","text":"Heb “were for Laban.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A42/2"}
{"id":1579,"verse_id":"GEN.30.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.43","text":"Heb “the man”; Jacob’s name has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A43/1"}
{"id":1580,"verse_id":"GEN.30.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":30,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.43","text":"Heb “and there were to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2030%3A43/2"}
{"id":1581,"verse_id":"GEN.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and he heard the words of the sons of Laban, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A1/1"}
{"id":1582,"verse_id":"GEN.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and from that which belonged to our father he has gained all this wealth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A1/3"}
{"id":1583,"verse_id":"GEN.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “and Jacob saw the face of Laban, and look, he was not with him as formerly.” Jacob knew from the expression on Laban’s face that his attitude toward him had changed – Jacob had become persona non grata .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":1584,"verse_id":"GEN.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"Or perhaps “ancestors” (so NRSV), although the only “ancestors” Jacob had there were his grandfather Abraham and his father Isaac.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":1585,"verse_id":"GEN.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “sent and called for Rachel and for Leah.” Jacob did not go in person, but probably sent a servant with a message for his wives to meet him in the field.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":1586,"verse_id":"GEN.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “the field.” The word is an adverbial accusative, indicating that this is where Jacob wanted them to meet him. The words “to come to” are supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A4/2"}
{"id":1587,"verse_id":"GEN.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “to his flock.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A4/3"}
{"id":1588,"verse_id":"GEN.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “I see the face of your father, that he is not toward me as formerly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":1589,"verse_id":"GEN.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “with all my strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":1590,"verse_id":"GEN.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"This rare verb means “to make a fool of” someone. It involves deceiving someone so that their public reputation suffers (see Exod 8:25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":1591,"verse_id":"GEN.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"In the protasis (“if” section) of this conditional clause, the imperfect verbal form has a customary nuance – whatever he would say worked to Jacob’s benefit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":1592,"verse_id":"GEN.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “speckled” (twice this verse). The word “animals” (after the first occurrence of “speckled”) and “offspring” (after the second) have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. The same two terms (“animals” and “offspring”) have been supplied after the two occurrences of “streaked” later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A8/2"}
{"id":1593,"verse_id":"GEN.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.10","text":"The sentence begins with the temporal indicator, “and it happened at the time of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A10/1"}
{"id":1594,"verse_id":"GEN.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “in the time of the breeding of the flock I lifted up my eyes and I saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A10/2"}
{"id":1595,"verse_id":"GEN.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “going up on,” that is, mounting for intercourse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A10/3"}
{"id":1596,"verse_id":"GEN.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “lift up (now) your eyes and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":1597,"verse_id":"GEN.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “going up on,” that is, mounting for intercourse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":1598,"verse_id":"GEN.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":1599,"verse_id":"GEN.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “arise, leave!” The first imperative draws attention to the need for immediate action. sn Leave this land immediately . The decision to leave was a wise one in view of the changed attitude in Laban and his sons. But more than that, it was the will of God. Jacob needed to respond to God’s call – the circumstances simply made it easier.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A13/4"}
{"id":1600,"verse_id":"GEN.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"The two nouns may form a hendiadys, meaning “a share in the inheritance” or “a portion to inherit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":1601,"verse_id":"GEN.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “and he devoured, even devouring.” The infinitive absolute (following the finite verb here) is used for emphasis. sn He sold us and…wasted our money . The precise nature of Rachel’s and Leah’s complaint is not entirely clear. Since Jacob had to work to pay for them, they probably mean that their father has cheated Jacob and therefore cheated them as well. See M. Burrows, “The Complaint of Laban’s Daughters,” JAOS 57 (1937): 250-76.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":1602,"verse_id":"GEN.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “our money.” The word “money” is used figuratively here; it means the price paid for Leah and Rachel. A literal translation (“our money”) makes it sound as if Laban wasted money that belonged to Rachel and Leah, rather than the money paid for them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A15/2"}
{"id":1603,"verse_id":"GEN.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “and Jacob arose and he lifted up his sons and his wives on to the camels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":1604,"verse_id":"GEN.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “drove,” but this is subject to misunderstanding in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":1605,"verse_id":"GEN.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “and he led away all his cattle and all his moveable property which he acquired, the cattle he obtained, which he acquired in Paddan Aram to go to Isaac his father to the land of Canaan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":1606,"verse_id":"GEN.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.19","text":"This disjunctive clause (note the pattern conjunction + subject + verb) introduces a new scene. In the English translation it may be subordinated to the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A19/1"}
{"id":1607,"verse_id":"GEN.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.19","text":"Or “household gods.” Some translations merely transliterate the Hebrew term תְּרָפִים ( tÿrafim ) as “teraphim,” which apparently refers to household idols. Some contend that possession of these idols guaranteed the right of inheritance, but it is more likely that they were viewed simply as protective deities. See M. Greenberg, “Another Look at Rachel’s Theft of the Teraphim,” JBL 81 (1962): 239-48.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A19/2"}
{"id":1608,"verse_id":"GEN.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “stole the heart of,” an expression which apparently means “to deceive.” The repetition of the verb “to steal” shows that Jacob and Rachel are kindred spirits. Any thought that Laban would have resigned himself to their departure was now out of the question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A20/1"}
{"id":1609,"verse_id":"GEN.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “fleeing,” which reflects Jacob’s viewpoint.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":1610,"verse_id":"GEN.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “and he fled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":1611,"verse_id":"GEN.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “he arose and crossed.” The first verb emphasizes that he wasted no time in getting across.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A21/2"}
{"id":1612,"verse_id":"GEN.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “the river”; the referent (the Euphrates) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A21/3"}
{"id":1613,"verse_id":"GEN.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “he set his face.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A21/4"}
{"id":1614,"verse_id":"GEN.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.22","text":"Heb “and it was told to Laban on the third day that Jacob had fled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A22/1"}
{"id":1615,"verse_id":"GEN.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “his brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":1616,"verse_id":"GEN.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":1617,"verse_id":"GEN.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “and he pursued after him a journey of seven days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A23/3"}
{"id":1618,"verse_id":"GEN.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “drew close to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A23/4"}
{"id":1619,"verse_id":"GEN.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.24","text":"Heb “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A24/1"}
{"id":1620,"verse_id":"GEN.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.24","text":"Heb “watch yourself,” which is a warning to be on guard against doing something that is inappropriate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A24/2"}
{"id":1621,"verse_id":"GEN.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.24","text":"Heb “lest you speak with Jacob from good to evil.” The precise meaning of the expression, which occurs only here and in v. 29 , is uncertain. Since Laban proceeded to speak to Jacob at length, it cannot mean to maintain silence. Nor does it seem to be a prohibition against criticism (see vv. 26-30 ). Most likely it refers to a formal pronouncement, whether it be a blessing or a curse. Laban was to avoid saying anything to Jacob that would be intended to enhance him or to harm him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A24/3"}
{"id":1622,"verse_id":"GEN.31.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.25","text":"Heb “and Jacob pitched his tent in the hill country, and Laban pitched with his brothers in the hill country of Gilead.” The juxtaposition of disjunctive clauses (note the pattern conjunction + subject + verb in both clauses) indicates synchronism of action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A25/1"}
{"id":1623,"verse_id":"GEN.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.26","text":"Heb “and you have stolen my heart.” This expression apparently means “to deceive” (see v. 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A26/1"}
{"id":1624,"verse_id":"GEN.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.26","text":"Heb “and you have led away my daughters like captives of a sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A26/2"}
{"id":1625,"verse_id":"GEN.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “Why did you hide in order to flee?” The verb “hide” and the infinitive “to flee” form a hendiadys, the infinitive becoming the main verb and the other the adverb: “flee secretly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A27/1"}
{"id":1626,"verse_id":"GEN.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “and steal me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A27/2"}
{"id":1627,"verse_id":"GEN.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “And [why did] you not tell me so I could send you off with joy and with songs, with a tambourine and with a harp?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A27/3"}
{"id":1628,"verse_id":"GEN.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.28","text":"Heb “my sons and my daughters.” Here “sons” refers to “grandsons,” and has been translated “grandchildren” since at least one granddaughter, Dinah, was involved. The order has been reversed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A28/1"}
{"id":1629,"verse_id":"GEN.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.29","text":"Heb “there is to my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A29/1"}
{"id":1630,"verse_id":"GEN.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.29","text":"Heb “watch yourself,” which is a warning to be on guard against doing something that is inappropriate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A29/2"}
{"id":1631,"verse_id":"GEN.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.29","text":"Heb “from speaking with Jacob from good to evil.” The precise meaning of the expression, which occurs only here and in v. 24 , is uncertain. See the note on the same phrase in v. 24 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A29/3"}
{"id":1632,"verse_id":"GEN.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.30","text":"Heb “and now.” The words “I understand that” have been supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A30/1"}
{"id":1633,"verse_id":"GEN.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.30","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the perfect verbal form to emphasize the certainty of the action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A30/2"}
{"id":1634,"verse_id":"GEN.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.30","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the perfect verbal form to emphasize the degree of emotion involved.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A30/3"}
{"id":1635,"verse_id":"GEN.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “and Jacob answered and said to Laban, ‘Because I was afraid.’” This statement is a not a response to the question about Laban’s household gods that immediately precedes, but to the earlier question about Jacob’s motivation for leaving so quickly and secretly (see v. 27 ). For this reason the words “I left secretly” are supplied in the translation to indicate the connection to Laban’s earlier question in v. 27 . Additionally the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse have been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A31/1"}
{"id":1636,"verse_id":"GEN.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “for I said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A31/2"}
{"id":1637,"verse_id":"GEN.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “lest you steal your daughters from with me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A31/3"}
{"id":1638,"verse_id":"GEN.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “With whomever you find your gods, he will not live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A32/1"}
{"id":1639,"verse_id":"GEN.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A32/2"}
{"id":1640,"verse_id":"GEN.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “recognize for yourself what is with me and take for yourself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A32/3"}
{"id":1641,"verse_id":"GEN.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.32","text":"The disjunctive clause (introduced here by a vav [ ו ] conjunction) provides supplemental material that is important to the story. Since this material is parenthetical in nature, it has been placed in parentheses in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A32/4"}
{"id":1642,"verse_id":"GEN.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.33","text":"No direct object is specified for the verb “find” in the Hebrew text. The words “the idols” have been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A33/1"}
{"id":1643,"verse_id":"GEN.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “and he went out from the tent of Leah and went into the tent of Rachel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A33/2"}
{"id":1644,"verse_id":"GEN.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.34","text":"The “camel’s saddle” was probably some sort of basket-saddle, a cushioned saddle with a basket bound on. Cf. NAB “inside a camel cushion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A34/1"}
{"id":1645,"verse_id":"GEN.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.34","text":"The disjunctive clause (introduced by a vav [ ו ] conjunction) provides another parenthetical statement necessary to the storyline.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A34/2"}
{"id":1646,"verse_id":"GEN.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.34","text":"The word “them” has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A34/3"}
{"id":1647,"verse_id":"GEN.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Rachel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A35/1"}
{"id":1648,"verse_id":"GEN.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “let it not be hot in the eyes of my lord.” This idiom refers to anger, in this case as a result of Rachel’s failure to stand in the presence of her father as a sign of respect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A35/2"}
{"id":1649,"verse_id":"GEN.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “I am unable to rise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A35/3"}
{"id":1650,"verse_id":"GEN.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “the way of women is to me.” This idiom refers to a woman’s menstrual period.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A35/4"}
{"id":1651,"verse_id":"GEN.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.35","text":"The word “thoroughly” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A35/5"}
{"id":1652,"verse_id":"GEN.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.36","text":"Heb “it was hot to Jacob.” This idiom refers to anger.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A36/1"}
{"id":1653,"verse_id":"GEN.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.36","text":"Heb “and Jacob answered and said to Laban, ‘What is my sin?’” The proper name “Jacob” has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation and the order of the introductory clause and direct discourse rearranged for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A36/2"}
{"id":1654,"verse_id":"GEN.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.36","text":"Heb “What is my sin that you have hotly pursued after me.” The Hebrew verb translated “pursue hotly” is used elsewhere of soldiers chasing defeated enemies ( 1 Sam 17:53 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A36/3"}
{"id":1655,"verse_id":"GEN.31.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.37","text":"Heb “what did you find from all the goods of your house?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A37/1"}
{"id":1656,"verse_id":"GEN.31.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.37","text":"Heb “your relatives.” The word “relatives” has not been repeated in the translation here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A37/2"}
{"id":1657,"verse_id":"GEN.31.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.37","text":"Heb “that they may decide between us two.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A37/3"}
{"id":1658,"verse_id":"GEN.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.39","text":"The imperfect verbal form indicates that this was a customary or typical action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A39/1"}
{"id":1659,"verse_id":"GEN.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.39","text":"Heb “from my hand you exacted it.” The imperfect verbal form again indicates that this was a customary or typical action. The words “for every missing animal” are supplied in the translation for clarity; the following clause in Hebrew, “stolen by day or stolen by night,” probably means “stolen by wild beasts” and refers to the same animals “torn by wild beasts” in the previous clause, although it may refer to animals stolen by people. The translation used here, “missing,” is ambiguous enough to cover either eventuality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A39/2"}
{"id":1660,"verse_id":"GEN.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.40","text":"Or “by drought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A40/1"}
{"id":1661,"verse_id":"GEN.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.40","text":"Heb “frost, ice,” though when contrasted with the חֹרֶב ( khorev , “drought, parching heat”) of the day, “piercing cold” is more appropriate as a contrast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A40/2"}
{"id":1662,"verse_id":"GEN.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.40","text":"Heb “and my sleep fled from my eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A40/3"}
{"id":1663,"verse_id":"GEN.31.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.41","text":"Heb “this to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A41/1"}
{"id":1664,"verse_id":"GEN.31.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.41","text":"Heb “served you,” but in this accusatory context the meaning is more “worked like a slave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A41/2"}
{"id":1665,"verse_id":"GEN.31.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.42","text":"Heb “the fear of Isaac,” that is, the one whom Isaac feared and respected. For further discussion of this title see M. Malul, “More on pahad yitschaq ( Gen. 31:42,53 ) and the Oath by the Thigh,” VT 35 (1985): 192-200.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A42/1"}
{"id":1666,"verse_id":"GEN.31.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.42","text":"Heb “My oppression and the work of my hands God saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A42/2"}
{"id":1667,"verse_id":"GEN.31.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.43","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A43/1"}
{"id":1668,"verse_id":"GEN.31.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.43","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A43/2"}
{"id":1669,"verse_id":"GEN.31.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.43","text":"Heb “children.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A43/3"}
{"id":1670,"verse_id":"GEN.31.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.43","text":"Heb “but to my daughters what can I do to these today?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A43/4"}
{"id":1671,"verse_id":"GEN.31.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.44","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A44/1"}
{"id":1672,"verse_id":"GEN.31.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.44","text":"The verb הָיָה ( hayah ) followed by the preposition לְ ( lÿ ) means “become.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A44/2"}
{"id":1673,"verse_id":"GEN.31.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.44","text":"Heb “and it will become a witness between me and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A44/3"}
{"id":1674,"verse_id":"GEN.31.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.46","text":"Heb “Jacob”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A46/1"}
{"id":1675,"verse_id":"GEN.31.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.48","text":"Heb “a witness between me and you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A48/1"}
{"id":1676,"verse_id":"GEN.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “and Mizpah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A49/1"}
{"id":1677,"verse_id":"GEN.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “between me and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A49/3"}
{"id":1678,"verse_id":"GEN.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “for we will be hidden, each man from his neighbor.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A49/4"}
{"id":1679,"verse_id":"GEN.31.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.50","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A50/1"}
{"id":1680,"verse_id":"GEN.31.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.50","text":"Heb “between me and you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A50/2"}
{"id":1681,"verse_id":"GEN.31.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.51","text":"Heb “and Laban said to Jacob, ‘Behold this heap and behold the pillar which I have set between men and you.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A51/1"}
{"id":1682,"verse_id":"GEN.31.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.52","text":"Heb “This pile is a witness and the pillar is a witness, if I go past this pile to you and if you go past this pile and this pillar to me for harm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A52/1"}
{"id":1683,"verse_id":"GEN.31.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.53","text":"The God of Abraham and the god of Nahor . The Hebrew verb translated “judge” is plural, suggesting that Laban has more than one “god” in mind. The Samaritan Pentateuch and the LXX, apparently in an effort to make the statement monotheistic, have a singular verb. In this case one could translate, “May the God of Abraham and the God of Nahor, the God of their father, judge between us.” However, Laban had a polytheistic world view, as evidenced by his possession of household idols (cf. 31:19 ). The translation uses “God” when referring to Abraham’s God, for Genesis makes it clear that Abraham worshiped the one true God. It employs “god” when referring to Nahor’s god, for in the Hebrew text Laban refers to a different god here, probably one of the local deities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A53/1"}
{"id":1684,"verse_id":"GEN.31.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.53","text":"Heb “by the fear of his father Isaac.” See the note on the word “fears” in v. 42 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A53/2"}
{"id":1685,"verse_id":"GEN.31.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.54","text":"The construction is a cognate accusative with the verb, expressing a specific sacrifice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A54/1"}
{"id":1686,"verse_id":"GEN.31.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.54","text":"Heb “bread, food.” Presumably this was a type of peace offering, where the person bringing the offering ate the animal being sacrificed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A54/2"}
{"id":1687,"verse_id":"GEN.31.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.55","text":"Heb “and Laban got up early in the morning and he kissed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A55/2"}
{"id":1688,"verse_id":"GEN.31.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.55","text":"Heb “his sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A55/3"}
{"id":1689,"verse_id":"GEN.31.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":31,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.55","text":"Heb “to his place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2031%3A55/4"}
{"id":1690,"verse_id":"GEN.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “and Jacob said when he saw them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":1691,"verse_id":"GEN.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":1692,"verse_id":"GEN.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":1693,"verse_id":"GEN.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"Or “I am sending.” The form is a preterite with the vav consecutive; it could be rendered as an English present tense – as the Hebrew perfect/preterite allows – much like an epistolary aorist in Greek. The form assumes the temporal perspective of the one who reads the message.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":1694,"verse_id":"GEN.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"The words “this message” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":1695,"verse_id":"GEN.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “If Esau comes to one camp and attacks it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":1696,"verse_id":"GEN.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘If Esau comes to one camp and attacks it.” The Hebrew verb אָמַר (’ amar ) here represents Jacob’s thought or reasoning, and is therefore translated “he thought.” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A8/2"}
{"id":1697,"verse_id":"GEN.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “the surviving camp will be for escape.” The word “escape” is a feminine noun. The term most often refers to refugees from war.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A8/3"}
{"id":1698,"verse_id":"GEN.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":1699,"verse_id":"GEN.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “the one who said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":1700,"verse_id":"GEN.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “I will cause good” or “I will treat well [or “favorably”].” The idea includes more than prosperity, though that is its essential meaning. Here the form is subordinated to the preceding imperative and indicates purpose or result. Jacob is reminding God of his promise in the hope that God will honor his word.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A9/3"}
{"id":1701,"verse_id":"GEN.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “the loving deeds and faithfulness” (see 24:27, 49 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":1702,"verse_id":"GEN.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “you have done with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A10/2"}
{"id":1703,"verse_id":"GEN.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “for with my staff.” The Hebrew word מַקֵל ( maqel ), traditionally translated “staff,” has been rendered as “walking stick” because a “staff” in contemporary English refers typically to the support personnel in an organization.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A10/3"}
{"id":1704,"verse_id":"GEN.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “this Jordan.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A10/4"}
{"id":1705,"verse_id":"GEN.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"The imperative has the force of a prayer here, not a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":1706,"verse_id":"GEN.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"The “hand” here is a metonymy for “power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":1707,"verse_id":"GEN.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “from the hand of my brother, from the hand of Esau.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A11/3"}
{"id":1708,"verse_id":"GEN.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “for I am afraid of him, lest he come.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A11/4"}
{"id":1709,"verse_id":"GEN.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “But you, you said.” One of the occurrences of the pronoun “you” has been left untranslated for stylistic reasons. sn Some commentators have thought this final verse of the prayer redundant, but it actually follows the predominant form of a lament in which God is motivated to act. The primary motivation Jacob can offer to God is God’s promise, and so he falls back on that at the end of the prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":1710,"verse_id":"GEN.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.12","text":"Or “will certainly deal well with you.” The infinitive absolute appears before the imperfect, underscoring God’s promise to bless. The statement is more emphatic than in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A12/2"}
{"id":1711,"verse_id":"GEN.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.12","text":"The form is the perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, carrying the nuance of the preceding verb forward.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A12/3"}
{"id":1712,"verse_id":"GEN.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “which cannot be counted because of abundance.” The imperfect verbal form indicates potential here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A12/4"}
{"id":1713,"verse_id":"GEN.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":1714,"verse_id":"GEN.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “and he took from that which was going into his hand,” meaning that he took some of what belonged to him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":1715,"verse_id":"GEN.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “and he put them in the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A16/1"}
{"id":1716,"verse_id":"GEN.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “a herd, a herd, by itself,” or “each herd by itself.” The distributive sense is expressed by repetition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A16/2"}
{"id":1717,"verse_id":"GEN.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “the first”; this has been specified as “the servant leading the first herd” in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":1718,"verse_id":"GEN.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “to whom are you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A17/2"}
{"id":1719,"verse_id":"GEN.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “and to whom are these before you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A17/3"}
{"id":1720,"verse_id":"GEN.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it has the nuance of an imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":1721,"verse_id":"GEN.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.18","text":"The words “they belong” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A18/2"}
{"id":1722,"verse_id":"GEN.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “to your servant, to Jacob.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A18/3"}
{"id":1723,"verse_id":"GEN.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “to my lord, to Esau.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A18/4"}
{"id":1724,"verse_id":"GEN.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “and look, also he [is] behind us.” The referent of the pronoun “he” (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A18/5"}
{"id":1725,"verse_id":"GEN.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “And he commanded also the second, also the third, also all the ones going after the herds, saying: ‘According to this word you will speak when you find him.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":1726,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “and look, your servant Jacob [is] behind us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":1727,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “for he said.” The referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew word מַקֵל ( maqel ), traditionally represents Jacob’s thought or reasoning, and is therefore translated “thought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/2"}
{"id":1728,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “I will appease his face.” The cohortative here expresses Jacob’s resolve. In the Book of Leviticus the Hebrew verb translated “appease” has the idea of removing anger due to sin or guilt, a nuance that fits this passage very well. Jacob wanted to buy Esau off with a gift of more than five hundred and fifty animals.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/3"}
{"id":1729,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “with a gift going before me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/4"}
{"id":1730,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “I will see his face.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/5"}
{"id":1731,"verse_id":"GEN.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “Perhaps he will lift up my face.” In this context the idiom refers to acceptance.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A20/6"}
{"id":1732,"verse_id":"GEN.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “and the gift passed over upon his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A21/1"}
{"id":1733,"verse_id":"GEN.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.21","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial/temporal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A21/2"}
{"id":1734,"verse_id":"GEN.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “and he arose in that night and he took.” The first verb is adverbial, indicating that he carried out the crossing right away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":1735,"verse_id":"GEN.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"The Hebrew term used here is יֶלֶד ( yeled ) which typically describes male offspring. Some translations render the term “children” but this is a problem because by this time Jacob had twelve children in all, including one daughter, Dinah, born to Leah ( Gen 30:21 ). Benjamin, his twelfth son and thirteenth child, was not born until later ( Gen 35:16-19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":1736,"verse_id":"GEN.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"Heb “and he sent across what he had.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":1737,"verse_id":"GEN.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “until the rising of the dawn.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A24/3"}
{"id":1738,"verse_id":"GEN.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":1739,"verse_id":"GEN.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A25/2"}
{"id":1740,"verse_id":"GEN.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.25","text":"Or “injured”; traditionally “touched.” The Hebrew verb translated “struck” has the primary meanings “to touch; to reach; to strike.” It can, however, carry the connotation “to harm; to molest; to injure.” God’s “touch” cripples Jacob – it would be comparable to a devastating blow.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A25/3"}
{"id":1741,"verse_id":"GEN.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A26/1"}
{"id":1742,"verse_id":"GEN.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.26","text":"Heb “dawn has arisen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A26/2"}
{"id":1743,"verse_id":"GEN.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.26","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘I will not let you go.’” The referent of the pronoun “he” (Jacob) has been specified for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A26/3"}
{"id":1744,"verse_id":"GEN.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “and he said to him.” The referent of the pronoun “he” (the man who wrestled with Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A27/1"}
{"id":1745,"verse_id":"GEN.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “and he said.” The referent of the pronoun “he” (the man who wrestled with Jacob) has been specified for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A28/1"}
{"id":1746,"verse_id":"GEN.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.29","text":"The question uses the enclitic pronoun “this” to emphasize the import of the question.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A29/2"}
{"id":1747,"verse_id":"GEN.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Why is it that you ask my name?’” The referent of the pronoun “he” (the man who wrestled with Jacob) has been specified for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A29/3"}
{"id":1748,"verse_id":"GEN.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.29","text":"The verb here means that the Lord endowed Jacob with success; he would be successful in everything he did, including meeting Esau.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A29/4"}
{"id":1749,"verse_id":"GEN.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A29/5"}
{"id":1750,"verse_id":"GEN.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.30","text":"The word “explaining” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A30/2"}
{"id":1751,"verse_id":"GEN.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.30","text":"Or “because.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A30/3"}
{"id":1752,"verse_id":"GEN.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “and my soul [= life] has been preserved.” sn I have survived . It was commonly understood that no one could see God and live ( Gen 48:16 ; Exod 19:21, 24:10 ; and Judg 6:11, 22 ). On the surface Jacob seems to be saying that he saw God and survived. But the statement may have a double meaning, in light of his prayer for deliverance in v. 11 . Jacob recognizes that he has survived his encounter with God and that his safety has now been guaranteed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A30/5"}
{"id":1753,"verse_id":"GEN.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “shone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":1754,"verse_id":"GEN.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.31","text":"The disjunctive clause draws attention to an important fact: He may have crossed the stream, but he was limping.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A31/3"}
{"id":1755,"verse_id":"GEN.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.32","text":"Or “because the socket of Jacob’s hip was struck.” Some translations render this as an impersonal passive. On the translation of the word “struck” see the note on this term in v. 25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2032%3A32/2"}
{"id":1756,"verse_id":"GEN.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “and Jacob lifted up his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A1/1"}
{"id":1757,"verse_id":"GEN.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.1","text":"Or “and look, Esau was coming.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the reader to view the scene through Jacob’s eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A1/2"}
{"id":1758,"verse_id":"GEN.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":1759,"verse_id":"GEN.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “until his drawing near unto his brother.” The construction uses the preposition with the infinitive construct to express a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":1760,"verse_id":"GEN.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":1761,"verse_id":"GEN.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “lifted up his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A5/2"}
{"id":1762,"verse_id":"GEN.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A5/3"}
{"id":1763,"verse_id":"GEN.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.5","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to be gracious; to show favor”; here it carries the nuance “to give graciously.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A5/4"}
{"id":1764,"verse_id":"GEN.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and the female servants drew near, they and their children and they bowed down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":1765,"verse_id":"GEN.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":1766,"verse_id":"GEN.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “Who to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A8/2"}
{"id":1767,"verse_id":"GEN.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “all this camp which I met.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A8/3"}
{"id":1768,"verse_id":"GEN.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A8/4"}
{"id":1769,"verse_id":"GEN.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “and Jacob said, ‘No, please.’” The words “take them” have been supplied in the translation for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse rearranged for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":1770,"verse_id":"GEN.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.10","text":"The form is the perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, expressing a contingent future nuance in the “then” section of the conditional sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A10/2"}
{"id":1771,"verse_id":"GEN.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.10","text":"The verbal form is the preterite with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, indicating result here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A10/3"}
{"id":1772,"verse_id":"GEN.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “for therefore I have seen your face like seeing the face of God and you have accepted me.” sn This is an allusion to the preceding episode ( 32:22-31 ) in which Jacob saw the face of God and realized his prayer was answered.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A10/4"}
{"id":1773,"verse_id":"GEN.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “blessing.” It is as if Jacob is trying to repay what he stole from his brother twenty years earlier.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":1774,"verse_id":"GEN.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.11","text":"Or “gracious,” but in the specific sense of prosperity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A11/2"}
{"id":1775,"verse_id":"GEN.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “all.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A11/3"}
{"id":1776,"verse_id":"GEN.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “and he urged him and he took.” The referent of the first pronoun in the sequence (“he”) has been specified as “Jacob” in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A11/4"}
{"id":1777,"verse_id":"GEN.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":1778,"verse_id":"GEN.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “let us travel and let us go.” The two cohortatives are used in combination with the sense, “let’s travel along, get going, be on our way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":1779,"verse_id":"GEN.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":1780,"verse_id":"GEN.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “weak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A13/2"}
{"id":1781,"verse_id":"GEN.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “and the sheep and the cattle nursing [are] upon me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A13/3"}
{"id":1782,"verse_id":"GEN.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “and I, I will move along according to my leisure at the foot of the property which is before me and at the foot of the children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":1783,"verse_id":"GEN.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"The cohortative verbal form here indicates a polite offer of help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":1784,"verse_id":"GEN.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Why this?’” The referent of the pronoun “he” (Jacob) has been specified for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A15/2"}
{"id":1785,"verse_id":"GEN.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “I am finding favor in the eyes of my lord.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A15/3"}
{"id":1786,"verse_id":"GEN.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “returned on his way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":1787,"verse_id":"GEN.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"The disjunctive clause contrasts Jacob’s action with Esau’s.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":1788,"verse_id":"GEN.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “why he called.” One could understand “Jacob” as the subject of the verb, but it is more likely that the subject is indefinite, in which case the verb is better translated as passive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A17/3"}
{"id":1789,"verse_id":"GEN.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “in front of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":1790,"verse_id":"GEN.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"The words “he bought it” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text v. 19 is one long sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":1791,"verse_id":"GEN.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.19","text":"The Hebrew word קְשִׂיטָה ( qÿsitah ) is generally understood to refer to a unit of money, but the value is unknown. (However, cf. REB, which renders the term as “sheep”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A19/2"}
{"id":1792,"verse_id":"GEN.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “God, the God of Israel.” Rather than translating the name, a number of modern translations merely transliterate it from the Hebrew as “El Elohe Israel” (cf. NIV, NRSV, REB). It is not entirely clear how the name should be interpreted grammatically. One option is to supply an equative verb, as in the translation: “The God of Israel [is] God.” Another interpretive option is “the God of Israel [is] strong [or “mighty”].” Buying the land and settling down for a while was a momentous step for the patriarch, so the commemorative naming of the altar is significant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":1793,"verse_id":"GEN.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “went out to see.” The verb “to see,” followed by the preposition בְּ ( bÿ ), here has the idea of “look over.” The young girl wanted to meet these women and see what they were like.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A1/1"}
{"id":1794,"verse_id":"GEN.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A1/2"}
{"id":1795,"verse_id":"GEN.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “and he took her and lay with her.” The suffixed form following the verb appears to be the sign of the accusative instead of the preposition, but see BDB 1012 s.v. שָׁכַב .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":1796,"verse_id":"GEN.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.2","text":"The verb עָנָה (’ anah ) in the Piel stem can have various shades of meaning, depending on the context: “to defile; to mistreat; to violate; to rape; to shame; to afflict.” Here it means that Shechem violated or humiliated Dinah by raping her.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A2/2"}
{"id":1797,"verse_id":"GEN.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “his soul stuck to [or “joined with”],” meaning Shechem became very attached to Dinah emotionally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":1798,"verse_id":"GEN.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “and he spoke to the heart of the young woman,” which apparently refers in this context to tender, romantic speech ( Hos 2:14 ). Another option is to translate the expression “he reassured the young woman” (see Judg 19:3 , 2 Sam 19:7 ; cf. NEB “comforted her”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A3/2"}
{"id":1799,"verse_id":"GEN.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “Take for me this young woman for a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":1800,"verse_id":"GEN.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"The two disjunctive clauses in this verse (“Now Jacob heard…and his sons were”) are juxtaposed to indicate synchronic action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":1801,"verse_id":"GEN.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Shechem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A5/2"}
{"id":1802,"verse_id":"GEN.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"Heb “went out to Jacob to speak with him.” The words “about Dinah” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":1803,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “when they heard.” The words “the news” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":1804,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “the men.” This sounds as if a new group has been introduced into the narrative, so it has been translated as “they” to indicate that it refers to Jacob’s sons, mentioned in the first part of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/2"}
{"id":1805,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.7","text":"The Hebrew verb עָצַב (’ atsav ) can carry one of three semantic nuances depending on the context: (1) “to be injured” ( Ps 56:5 ; Eccl 10:9 ; 1 Chr 4:10 ); (2) “to experience emotional pain; to be depressed emotionally; to be worried” ( 2 Sam 19:2 ; Isa 54:6 ; Neh 8:10-11 ); (3) “to be embarrassed; to be insulted; to be offended” (to the point of anger at another or oneself; Gen 6:6; 45:5 ; 1 Sam 20:3, 34 ; 1 Kgs 1:6 ; Isa 63:10 ; Ps 78:40 ). This third category develops from the second by metonymy. In certain contexts emotional pain leads to embarrassment and/or anger. In this last use the subject sometimes directs his anger against the source of grief (see especially Gen 6:6 ). The third category fits best in Gen 34:7 because Jacob’s sons were not merely wounded emotionally. On the contrary, Shechem’s action prompted them to strike out in judgment against the source of their distress.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/3"}
{"id":1806,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Shechem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/4"}
{"id":1807,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “a disgraceful thing he did against Israel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/5"}
{"id":1808,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “by lying with the daughter of Jacob.” The infinitive here explains the preceding verb, indicating exactly how he had disgraced Jacob. The expression “to lie with” is a euphemism for sexual relations, or in this case, sexual assault.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/6"}
{"id":1809,"verse_id":"GEN.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “and so it should not be done.” The negated imperfect has an obligatory nuance here, but there is also a generalizing tone. The narrator emphasizes that this particular type of crime (sexual assault) is especially reprehensible.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A7/7"}
{"id":1810,"verse_id":"GEN.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “Shechem my son, his soul is attached to your daughter.” The verb means “to love” in the sense of being emotionally attached to or drawn to someone. This is a slightly different way of saying what was reported earlier (v. 3 ). However, there is no mention here of the offense. Even though Hamor is speaking to Dinah’s brothers, he refers to her as their daughter (see v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":1811,"verse_id":"GEN.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “form marriage alliances with us.” sn Intermarry with us . This includes the idea of becoming allied by marriage. The incident foreshadows the temptations Israel would eventually face when they entered the promised land (see Deut 7:3 ; Josh 23:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":1812,"verse_id":"GEN.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “Give your daughters to us, and take our daughters for yourselves.” In the translation the words “let…marry” and “as wives” are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A9/2"}
{"id":1813,"verse_id":"GEN.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"The imperfect verbal form has a permissive nuance here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":1814,"verse_id":"GEN.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A10/2"}
{"id":1815,"verse_id":"GEN.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.10","text":"The verb seems to carry the basic meaning “travel about freely,” although the substantival participial form refers to a trader (see E. A. Speiser, “The Verb sh£r in Genesis and Early Hebrew Movements,” BASOR 164 [1961]: 23-28); cf. NIV, NRSV “trade in it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A10/3"}
{"id":1816,"verse_id":"GEN.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Dinah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":1817,"verse_id":"GEN.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “whatever you say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A11/2"}
{"id":1818,"verse_id":"GEN.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.11","text":"Or “pay.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A11/3"}
{"id":1819,"verse_id":"GEN.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “Make very great upon me the bride price and gift.” The imperatives are used in a rhetorical manner. Shechem’s point is that he will pay the price, no matter how expensive it might be.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":1820,"verse_id":"GEN.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.12","text":"The cohortative expresses Shechem’s resolve to have Dinah as his wife.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A12/2"}
{"id":1821,"verse_id":"GEN.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A12/3"}
{"id":1822,"verse_id":"GEN.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Shechem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":1823,"verse_id":"GEN.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “we are not able to do this thing, to give.” The second infinitive is in apposition to the first, explaining what they are not able to do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":1824,"verse_id":"GEN.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.14","text":"The Hebrew word translated “disgrace” usually means “ridicule; taunt; reproach.” It can also refer to the reason the condition of shame or disgrace causes ridicule or a reproach.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A14/2"}
{"id":1825,"verse_id":"GEN.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"Heb “if you are like us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":1826,"verse_id":"GEN.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.15","text":"The infinitive here explains how they would become like them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A15/2"}
{"id":1827,"verse_id":"GEN.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"The perfect verbal form with the vav ( ו ) consecutive introduces the apodosis of the conditional sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":1828,"verse_id":"GEN.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.16","text":"The words “to marry” (and the words “as wives” in the following clause) are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A16/2"}
{"id":1829,"verse_id":"GEN.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “listen to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":1830,"verse_id":"GEN.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.17","text":"The perfect verbal form with the vav ( ו ) consecutive introduces the apodosis of the conditional sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A17/2"}
{"id":1831,"verse_id":"GEN.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “daughter.” Jacob’s sons call Dinah their daughter, even though she was their sister (see v. 8 ). This has been translated as “sister” for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A17/3"}
{"id":1832,"verse_id":"GEN.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.18","text":"Heb “and their words were good in the eyes of Hamor and in the eyes of Shechem son of Hamor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A18/1"}
{"id":1833,"verse_id":"GEN.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.19","text":"Heb “doing the thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A19/1"}
{"id":1834,"verse_id":"GEN.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.19","text":"Heb “Jacob’s daughter.” The proper name “Dinah” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A19/2"}
{"id":1835,"verse_id":"GEN.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.19","text":"The Hebrew verb כָּבֵד ( kaved ), translated “was…important,” has the primary meaning “to be heavy,” but here carries a secondary sense of “to be important” (that is, “heavy” in honor or respect).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A19/3"}
{"id":1836,"verse_id":"GEN.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.19","text":"The parenthetical disjunctive clause explains why the community would respond to him (see vv. 20-24 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A19/4"}
{"id":1837,"verse_id":"GEN.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “wide on both hands,” that is, in both directions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":1838,"verse_id":"GEN.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.21","text":"The words “to marry” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A21/2"}
{"id":1839,"verse_id":"GEN.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “when every one of our males is circumcised.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":1840,"verse_id":"GEN.34.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.23","text":"The words “If we do so” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A23/1"}
{"id":1841,"verse_id":"GEN.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.24","text":"Heb “all those going out the gate of his city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A24/1"}
{"id":1842,"verse_id":"GEN.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.24","text":"Heb “listened to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A24/2"}
{"id":1843,"verse_id":"GEN.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.24","text":"Heb “all those going out the gate of his city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A24/3"}
{"id":1844,"verse_id":"GEN.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.25","text":"Heb “a man his sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A25/1"}
{"id":1845,"verse_id":"GEN.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.25","text":"Heb “and they came upon the city, [which was] secure.” In this case “secure” means the city was caught unprepared and at peace, not expecting an attack.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A25/2"}
{"id":1846,"verse_id":"GEN.34.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.27","text":"Heb “came upon the slain.” Because of this statement the preceding phrase “Jacob’s sons” is frequently taken to mean the other sons of Jacob besides Simeon and Levi, but the text does not clearly affirm this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A27/1"}
{"id":1847,"verse_id":"GEN.34.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.27","text":"Heb “because they violated their sister.” The plural verb is active in form, but with no expressed subject, it may be translated passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A27/2"}
{"id":1848,"verse_id":"GEN.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.28","text":"Heb “and what was in the city and what was in the field they took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A28/1"}
{"id":1849,"verse_id":"GEN.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “they took captive and they plundered,” that is, “they captured as plunder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A29/1"}
{"id":1850,"verse_id":"GEN.34.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.30","text":"The traditional translation is “troubled me” (KJV, ASV), but the verb refers to personal or national disaster and suggests complete ruin (see Josh 7:25 , Judg 11:35 , Prov 11:17 ). The remainder of the verse describes the “trouble” Simeon and Levi had caused.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A30/1"}
{"id":1851,"verse_id":"GEN.34.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.30","text":"In the causative stem the Hebrew verb בָּאַשׁ ( ba ’ ash ) means “to cause to stink, to have a foul smell.” In the contexts in which it is used it describes foul smells, stenches, or things that are odious. Jacob senses that the people in the land will find this act terribly repulsive. See P. R. Ackroyd, “The Hebrew Root באשׁ ,” JTS 2 (1951): 31-36.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A30/2"}
{"id":1852,"verse_id":"GEN.34.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.30","text":"Jacob speaks in the first person as the head and representative of the entire family.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A30/3"}
{"id":1853,"verse_id":"GEN.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.31","text":"Heb “but they said.” The referent of “they” (Simeon and Levi) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2034%3A31/1"}
{"id":1854,"verse_id":"GEN.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.1","text":"Heb “arise, go up.” The first imperative gives the command a sense of urgency.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A1/1"}
{"id":1855,"verse_id":"GEN.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.1","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A1/2"}
{"id":1856,"verse_id":"GEN.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"Heb “which are in your midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":1857,"verse_id":"GEN.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “let us arise and let us go up.” The first cohortative gives the statement a sense of urgency.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A3/1"}
{"id":1858,"verse_id":"GEN.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.3","text":"The cohortative with the prefixed conjunction here indicates purpose or consequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A3/2"}
{"id":1859,"verse_id":"GEN.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “day of distress.” See Ps 20:1 which utilizes similar language.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A3/3"}
{"id":1860,"verse_id":"GEN.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “in the way in which I went.” Jacob alludes here to God’s promise to be with him (see Gen 28:20 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A3/4"}
{"id":1861,"verse_id":"GEN.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"Heb “in their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":1862,"verse_id":"GEN.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.4","text":"Or “terebinth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A4/4"}
{"id":1863,"verse_id":"GEN.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “and they journeyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":1864,"verse_id":"GEN.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “and the fear of God was upon the cities which were round about them.” The expression “fear of God” apparently refers (1) to a fear of God (objective genitive; God is the object of their fear). (2) But it could mean “fear from God,” that is, fear which God placed in them (cf. NRSV “a terror from God”). Another option (3) is that the divine name is used as a superlative here, referring to “tremendous fear” (cf. NEB “were panic-stricken”; NASB “a great terror”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A5/2"}
{"id":1865,"verse_id":"GEN.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":1866,"verse_id":"GEN.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.6","text":"Heb “and Jacob came to Luz which is in the land of Canaan – it is Bethel – he and all the people who were with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A6/2"}
{"id":1867,"verse_id":"GEN.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.7","text":"Heb “revealed themselves.” The verb נִגְלוּ ( niglu ), translated “revealed himself,” is plural, even though one expects the singular form with the plural of majesty. Perhaps אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) is here a numerical plural, referring both to God and the angelic beings that appeared to Jacob. See the note on the word “know” in Gen 3:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A7/2"}
{"id":1868,"verse_id":"GEN.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.8","text":"“and he called its name.” There is no expressed subject, so the verb can be translated as passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A8/2"}
{"id":1869,"verse_id":"GEN.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.8","text":"Or “Allon Bacuth,” if one transliterates the Hebrew name (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). An oak tree was revered in the ancient world and often designated as a shrine or landmark. This one was named for the weeping (mourning) occasioned by the death of Deborah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A8/3"}
{"id":1870,"verse_id":"GEN.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “and he called his name Israel.” The referent of the pronoun “he” (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The name Israel means “God fights” (although some interpret the meaning as “he fights [with] God”). See Gen 32:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":1871,"verse_id":"GEN.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"The name אֵל שַׁדַּי (’ el shadday , “El Shaddai”) has often been translated “God Almighty,” primarily because Jerome translated it omnipotens (“all powerful”) in the Latin Vulgate. There has been much debate over the meaning of the name. For discussion see W. F. Albright, “The Names Shaddai and Abram ,” JBL 54 (1935): 173-210; R. Gordis, “The Biblical Root sdy-sd ,” JTS 41 (1940): 34-43; and especially T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 69-72. Shaddai/El Shaddai is the sovereign king of the world who grants, blesses, and judges. In the Book of Genesis he blesses the patriarchs with fertility and promises numerous descendants. Outside Genesis he both blesses/protects and takes away life/happiness. The patriarchs knew God primarily as El Shaddai ( Exod 6:3 ). While the origin and meaning of this name are uncertain its significance is clear. The name is used in contexts where God appears as the source of fertility and life. For a fuller discussion see the note on “sovereign God” in Gen 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":1872,"verse_id":"GEN.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.11","text":"Heb “A nation and a company of nations will be from you and kings from your loins will come out.” sn A nation…will descend from you . The promise is rooted in the Abrahamic promise (see ). God confirms what Isaac told Jacob (see Gen 28:3-4 ). Here, though, for the first time Jacob is promised kings as descendants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A11/2"}
{"id":1873,"verse_id":"GEN.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.12","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “gave” refers to the Abrahamic promise of the land. However, the actual possession of that land lay in the future. The decree of the Lord made it certain; but it has the sense “promised to give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A12/1"}
{"id":1874,"verse_id":"GEN.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.12","text":"Heb “and to your offspring after you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A12/2"}
{"id":1875,"verse_id":"GEN.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “went up from upon him in the place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A13/1"}
{"id":1876,"verse_id":"GEN.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.14","text":"Heb “and Jacob set up a sacred pillar in the place where he spoke with him, a sacred pillar of stone” (see the notes on the term “sacred stone” in Gen 28:18 ). This passage stands parallel to Gen 28:18-19 , where Jacob set up a sacred stone, poured oil on it, and called the place Bethel. Some commentators see these as two traditions referring to the same event, but it is more likely that Jacob reconsecrated the place in fulfillment of the vow he had made here earlier. In support of this is the fact that the present narrative alludes to and is built on the previous one.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A14/1"}
{"id":1877,"verse_id":"GEN.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.14","text":"The verb נָסַךְ ( nasakh ) means “to pour out, to make libations,” and the noun נֶסֶךְ ( nesekh ) is a “drink-offering,” usually of wine or of blood. The verb יָצַק ( yatsaq ) means “to pour out,” often of anointing oil, but of other elements as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A14/2"}
{"id":1878,"verse_id":"GEN.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.15","text":"The name Bethel means “house of God” in Hebrew. map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A15/2"}
{"id":1879,"verse_id":"GEN.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.16","text":"Heb “and there was still a stretch of the land to go to Ephrath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A16/1"}
{"id":1880,"verse_id":"GEN.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.16","text":"Normally the verb would be translated “she gave birth,” but because that obviously had not happened yet, it is better to translate the verb as ingressive, “began to give birth” (cf. NIV) or “went into labor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A16/2"}
{"id":1881,"verse_id":"GEN.35.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.17","text":"The construction uses a Hiphil infinitive, which E. A. Speiser classifies as an elative Hiphil. The contrast is with the previous Piel: there “she had hard labor,” and here, “her labor was at its hardest.” Failure to see this, Speiser notes, has led to redundant translations and misunderstandings ( Genesis [AB], 273).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A17/1"}
{"id":1882,"verse_id":"GEN.35.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.18","text":"Heb “in the going out of her life, for she was dying.” Rachel named the child with her dying breath.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A18/1"}
{"id":1883,"verse_id":"GEN.35.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.18","text":"The disjunctive clause is contrastive. sn His father called him Benjamin . There was a preference for giving children good or positive names in the ancient world, and “son of my suffering” would not do (see the incident in 1 Chr 4:9-10 ), because it would be a reminder of the death of Rachel (in this connection, see also D. Daube, “The Night of Death,” HTR 61 [1968]: 629-32). So Jacob named him Benjamin , which means “son of the [or “my”] right hand.” The name Benjamin appears in the Mari texts. There have been attempts to connect this name to the resident tribe listed at Mari, “sons of the south” (since the term “right hand” can also mean “south” in Hebrew), but this assumes a different reading of the story. See J. Muilenburg, “The Birth of Benjamin,” JBL 75 (1956): 194-201.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A18/3"}
{"id":1884,"verse_id":"GEN.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.20","text":"Heb “standing stone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A20/1"}
{"id":1885,"verse_id":"GEN.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.20","text":"Or perhaps “it is known as” (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A20/2"}
{"id":1886,"verse_id":"GEN.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.22","text":"Heb “and Reuben went and lay with.” The expression “lay with” is a euphemism for having sexual intercourse. sn Reuben’s act of having sexual relations with Bilhah probably had other purposes than merely satisfying his sexual desire. By having sex with Bilhah, Reuben (Leah’s oldest son) would have prevented Bilhah from succeeding Rachel as the favorite wife, and by sleeping with his father’s concubine he would also be attempting to take over leadership of the clan – something Absalom foolishly attempted later on in Israel’s history ( 2 Sam 16:21-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A22/1"}
{"id":1887,"verse_id":"GEN.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.27","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of location.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A27/1"}
{"id":1888,"verse_id":"GEN.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.27","text":"The name “Kiriath Arba” is in apposition to the preceding name, “Mamre.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A27/2"}
{"id":1889,"verse_id":"GEN.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.27","text":"The Hebrew verb גּוּר ( gur ), traditionally rendered “to sojourn,” refers to temporary settlement without ownership rights.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A27/3"}
{"id":1890,"verse_id":"GEN.35.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.28","text":"Heb “And the days of Isaac were one hundred and eighty years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A28/1"}
{"id":1891,"verse_id":"GEN.35.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.29","text":"Heb “and Isaac expired and died and he was gathered to his people.” In the ancient Israelite view he joined his deceased ancestors in Sheol, the land of the dead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A29/1"}
{"id":1892,"verse_id":"GEN.35.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":35,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.29","text":"Heb “old and full of years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2035%3A29/2"}
{"id":1893,"verse_id":"GEN.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"Heb “from the daughters of Canaan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":1894,"verse_id":"GEN.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.2","text":"Heb “daughter,” but see Gen 36:24-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A2/2"}
{"id":1895,"verse_id":"GEN.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “from before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":1896,"verse_id":"GEN.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “land of their settlements.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":1897,"verse_id":"GEN.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"Traditionally “Mount Seir,” but in this case the expression בְּהַר שֵׂעִיר ( bÿhar se ’ ir ) refers to the hill country or highlands of Seir.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":1898,"verse_id":"GEN.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.12","text":"Or “grandsons” (NIV); “descendants” (NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A12/1"}
{"id":1899,"verse_id":"GEN.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"Or “grandsons” (NIV); “descendants” (NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":1900,"verse_id":"GEN.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “daughter,” but see Gen 36:24-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A14/1"}
{"id":1901,"verse_id":"GEN.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.15","text":"Or “clan leaders” (so also throughout this chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A15/1"}
{"id":1902,"verse_id":"GEN.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.15","text":"Or “sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A15/2"}
{"id":1903,"verse_id":"GEN.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"36.16","text":"The Samaritan Pentateuch omits the name “Korah” (see v. 11 and 1 Chr 1:36 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A16/1"}
{"id":1904,"verse_id":"GEN.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.16","text":"Or “grandsons” (NIV); “descendants” (NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A16/2"}
{"id":1905,"verse_id":"GEN.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.17","text":"Or “grandsons” (NIV); “descendants” (NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A17/1"}
{"id":1906,"verse_id":"GEN.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Or “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":1907,"verse_id":"GEN.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “Hemam”; this is probably a variant spelling of “Homam” ( 1 Chr 1:39 ); cf. NRSV, NLT “Heman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":1908,"verse_id":"GEN.36.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.23","text":"This name is given as “Shephi” in 1 Chr 1:40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A23/1"}
{"id":1909,"verse_id":"GEN.36.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.24","text":"The meaning of this Hebrew term is uncertain; Syriac reads “water” and Vulgate reads “hot water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A24/1"}
{"id":1910,"verse_id":"GEN.36.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.25","text":"Heb “sons,” but since a daughter is included in the list, the word must be translated “children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A25/1"}
{"id":1911,"verse_id":"GEN.36.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.26","text":"Heb “Dishan,” but this must be either a scribal error or variant spelling, since “Dishan” is mentioned in v. 28 (see also v. 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A26/1"}
{"id":1912,"verse_id":"GEN.36.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.31","text":"Or perhaps “before any Israelite king ruled over [them].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A31/1"}
{"id":1913,"verse_id":"GEN.36.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.37","text":"Typically the Hebrew expression “the River” refers to the Euphrates River, but it is not certain whether that is the case here. Among the modern English versions which take this as a reference to the Euphrates are NASB, NCV, NRSV, CEV, NLT. Cf. NAB, TEV “Rehoboth-on-the-River.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A37/1"}
{"id":1914,"verse_id":"GEN.36.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"36.39","text":"Most mss of the MT read “Hadar” here; “Hadad” is the reading found in some Hebrew mss , the Samaritan Pentateuch, and Syriac (cf. also 1 Chr 1:50 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A39/1"}
{"id":1915,"verse_id":"GEN.36.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.39","text":"The name of the city is given as “Pai” in 1 Chr 1:50 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A39/2"}
{"id":1916,"verse_id":"GEN.36.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":36,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.43","text":"Or perhaps “territories”; Heb “dwelling places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2036%3A43/1"}
{"id":1917,"verse_id":"GEN.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.1","text":"Heb “the land of the sojournings of his father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A1/1"}
{"id":1918,"verse_id":"GEN.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “a son of seventeen years.” The word “son” is in apposition to the name “Joseph.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":1919,"verse_id":"GEN.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.2","text":"Or “tending”; Heb “shepherding” or “feeding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A2/2"}
{"id":1920,"verse_id":"GEN.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.2","text":"Or perhaps “a helper.” The significance of this statement is unclear. It may mean “now the lad was with,” or it may suggest Joseph was like a servant to them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A2/3"}
{"id":1921,"verse_id":"GEN.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “and he [was] a young man with the sons of Bilhah and with the sons of Zilpah, the wives of his father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A2/4"}
{"id":1922,"verse_id":"GEN.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “their bad report.” The pronoun is an objective genitive, specifying that the bad or damaging report was about the brothers. sn Some interpreters portray Joseph as a tattletale for bringing back a bad report about them [i.e., his brothers], but the entire Joseph story has some of the characteristics of wisdom literature. Joseph is presented in a good light – not because he was perfect, but because the narrative is showing how wisdom rules. In light of that, this section portrays Joseph as faithful to his father in little things, even though unpopular – and so he will eventually be given authority over greater things.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A2/5"}
{"id":1923,"verse_id":"GEN.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.3","text":"The disjunctive clause provides supplemental information vital to the story. It explains in part the brothers’ animosity toward Joseph. sn The statement Israel loved Joseph more than all his sons brings forward a motif that played an important role in the family of Isaac – parental favoritism. Jacob surely knew what that had done to him and his brother Esau, and to his own family. But now he showers affection on Rachel’s son Joseph.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A3/1"}
{"id":1924,"verse_id":"GEN.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.3","text":"Heb “a son of old age was he to him.” This expression means “a son born to him when he [i.e., Jacob] was old.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A3/2"}
{"id":1925,"verse_id":"GEN.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.3","text":"It is not clear what this tunic was like, because the meaning of the Hebrew word that describes it is uncertain. The idea that it was a coat of many colors comes from the Greek translation of the OT. An examination of cognate terms in Semitic suggests it was either a coat or tunic with long sleeves (cf. NEB, NRSV), or a tunic that was richly embroidered (cf. NIV). It set Joseph apart as the favored one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A3/3"}
{"id":1926,"verse_id":"GEN.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A4/1"}
{"id":1927,"verse_id":"GEN.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “of his brothers.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A4/2"}
{"id":1928,"verse_id":"GEN.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A4/3"}
{"id":1929,"verse_id":"GEN.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “speak to him for peace.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A4/4"}
{"id":1930,"verse_id":"GEN.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A5/1"}
{"id":1931,"verse_id":"GEN.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “dreamed a dream.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A5/2"}
{"id":1932,"verse_id":"GEN.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.5","text":"The construction uses a hendiadys, “they added to hate,” meaning they hated him even more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A5/4"}
{"id":1933,"verse_id":"GEN.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “hear this dream which I dreamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":1934,"verse_id":"GEN.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"All three clauses in this dream report begin with וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and look”), which lends vividness to the report. This is represented in the translation by the expression “there we were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":1935,"verse_id":"GEN.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.7","text":"The verb means “to bow down to the ground.” It is used to describe worship and obeisance to masters.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A7/2"}
{"id":1936,"verse_id":"GEN.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “Ruling, will you rule over us, or reigning, will you reign over us?” The statement has a poetic style, with the two questions being in synonymous parallelism. Both verbs in this statement are preceded by the infinitive absolute, which lends emphasis. It is as if Joseph’s brothers said, “You don’t really think you will rule over us, do you? You don’t really think you will have dominion over us, do you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":1937,"verse_id":"GEN.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.8","text":"This construction is identical to the one in Gen 37:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A8/2"}
{"id":1938,"verse_id":"GEN.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “And he dreamed yet another dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":1939,"verse_id":"GEN.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Look.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse have been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons. Both clauses of the dream report begin with הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), which lends vividness to the report.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A9/2"}
{"id":1940,"verse_id":"GEN.37.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.10","text":"Heb “Coming, will we come, I and your mother and your brothers, to bow down to you to the ground?” The verb “come” is preceded by the infinitive absolute, which lends emphasis. It is as if Jacob said, “You don’t really think we will come…to bow down…do you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A10/2"}
{"id":1941,"verse_id":"GEN.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.11","text":"Heb “kept the word.” The referent of the Hebrew term “word” has been specified as “what Joseph said” in the translation for clarity, and the words “in mind” have been supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A11/2"}
{"id":1942,"verse_id":"GEN.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.13","text":"The text uses an interrogative clause: “Are not your brothers,” which means “your brothers are.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A13/1"}
{"id":1943,"verse_id":"GEN.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Here I am.’” The referent of the pronoun “he” (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A13/3"}
{"id":1944,"verse_id":"GEN.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A14/1"}
{"id":1945,"verse_id":"GEN.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A14/2"}
{"id":1946,"verse_id":"GEN.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A14/3"}
{"id":1947,"verse_id":"GEN.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A14/4"}
{"id":1948,"verse_id":"GEN.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.15","text":"Heb “and he [i.e., Joseph] went to Shechem.” The referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A15/1"}
{"id":1949,"verse_id":"GEN.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.15","text":"Heb “and a man found him and look, he was wandering in the field.” By the use of וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and look”), the narrator invites the reader to see the action through this unnamed man’s eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A15/2"}
{"id":1950,"verse_id":"GEN.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.16","text":"The imperative in this sentence has more of the nuance of a request than a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A16/1"}
{"id":1951,"verse_id":"GEN.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “they traveled from this place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":1952,"verse_id":"GEN.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"Heb “and they”; the referent (Joseph’s brothers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":1953,"verse_id":"GEN.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “Look, this master of dreams is coming.” The brothers’ words have a sarcastic note and indicate that they resent his dreams.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":1954,"verse_id":"GEN.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.20","text":"The Hebrew word can sometimes carry the nuance “evil,” but when used of an animal it refers to a dangerous wild animal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A20/1"}
{"id":1955,"verse_id":"GEN.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.20","text":"Heb “what his dreams will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A20/2"}
{"id":1956,"verse_id":"GEN.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":1957,"verse_id":"GEN.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A21/3"}
{"id":1958,"verse_id":"GEN.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “we must not strike him down [with respect to] life.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A21/4"}
{"id":1959,"verse_id":"GEN.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “and Reuben said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A22/1"}
{"id":1960,"verse_id":"GEN.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.22","text":"The words “Reuben said this” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A22/3"}
{"id":1961,"verse_id":"GEN.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A22/4"}
{"id":1962,"verse_id":"GEN.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “from their hands” (cf. v. 21 ). This expression has been translated as “them” here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A22/5"}
{"id":1963,"verse_id":"GEN.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.23","text":"Heb “Joseph”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A23/1"}
{"id":1964,"verse_id":"GEN.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.24","text":"The disjunctive clause gives supplemental information that helps the reader or hearer to picture what happened.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A24/1"}
{"id":1965,"verse_id":"GEN.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.25","text":"Heb “lifted up their eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A25/1"}
{"id":1966,"verse_id":"GEN.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.25","text":"Heb “and they saw and look.” By the use of וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and look”), the narrator invites the reader to see the event through the eyes of the brothers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A25/2"}
{"id":1967,"verse_id":"GEN.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.25","text":"Heb “and their camels were carrying spices, balm, and myrrh, going to go down to Egypt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A25/3"}
{"id":1968,"verse_id":"GEN.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “let not our hand be upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A27/1"}
{"id":1969,"verse_id":"GEN.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “listened.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A27/2"}
{"id":1970,"verse_id":"GEN.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.28","text":"Heb “they drew and they lifted up.” The referent (Joseph’s brothers) has been specified in the translation for clarity; otherwise the reader might assume the Midianites had pulled Joseph from the cistern (but cf. NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A28/2"}
{"id":1971,"verse_id":"GEN.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.28","text":"Heb “Joseph” (both here and in the following clause); the proper name has been replaced both times by the pronoun “him” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A28/3"}
{"id":1972,"verse_id":"GEN.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.28","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Ishmaelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A28/4"}
{"id":1973,"verse_id":"GEN.37.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.29","text":"Heb “and look, Joseph was not in the cistern.” By the use of וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and look”), the narrator invites the reader to see the situation through Reuben’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A29/1"}
{"id":1974,"verse_id":"GEN.37.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.32","text":"Heb “and they sent the special tunic and they brought [it] to their father.” The text as it stands is problematic. It sounds as if they sent the tunic on ahead and then came and brought it to their father. Some emend the second verb to a Qal form and read “and they came.” In this case, they sent the tunic on ahead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A32/1"}
{"id":1975,"verse_id":"GEN.37.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.34","text":"Heb “and put sackcloth on his loins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A34/1"}
{"id":1976,"verse_id":"GEN.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.35","text":"Heb “arose, stood”; which here suggests that they stood by him in his time of grief.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A35/1"}
{"id":1977,"verse_id":"GEN.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.35","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘Indeed I will go down to my son mourning to Sheol.’” Sheol was viewed as the place where departed spirits went after death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A35/2"}
{"id":1978,"verse_id":"GEN.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.35","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A35/3"}
{"id":1979,"verse_id":"GEN.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.36","text":"The disjunctive clause formally signals closure for this episode of Joseph’s story, which will be resumed in .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A36/1"}
{"id":1980,"verse_id":"GEN.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"37.36","text":"The MT spells the name of the merchants as מְדָנִים ( mÿdanim , “Medanites”) rather than מִדְיָנִים ( midyanim , “Midianites”) as in v. 28 . It is likely that the MT is corrupt at this point, with the letter yod ( י ) being accidentally omitted. The LXX, Vulgate, Samaritan Pentateuch, and Syriac read “Midianites” here. Some prefer to read “Medanites” both here and in v. 28 , but Judg 8:24 , which identifies the Midianites and Ishmaelites, favors the reading “Midianites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A36/2"}
{"id":1981,"verse_id":"GEN.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.36","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2037%3A36/3"}
{"id":1982,"verse_id":"GEN.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.1","text":"Heb “went down from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A1/1"}
{"id":1983,"verse_id":"GEN.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.1","text":"Heb “and he turned aside unto.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A1/2"}
{"id":1984,"verse_id":"GEN.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.1","text":"Heb “a man, an Adullamite.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A1/3"}
{"id":1985,"verse_id":"GEN.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “a man, a Canaanite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":1986,"verse_id":"GEN.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “and his name was Shua.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A2/2"}
{"id":1987,"verse_id":"GEN.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “and he took her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A2/3"}
{"id":1988,"verse_id":"GEN.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"Or “she conceived” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":1989,"verse_id":"GEN.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"38.3","text":"Some mss read this verb as feminine, “she called,” to match the pattern of the next two verses. But the MT, “he called,” should probably be retained as the more difficult reading. tn Heb “and he called his name.” The referent (Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A3/2"}
{"id":1990,"verse_id":"GEN.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “and she added again and she gave birth.” The first verb and the adverb emphasize that she gave birth once more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A5/1"}
{"id":1991,"verse_id":"GEN.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.5","text":"Or “and he [i.e., Judah] was in Kezib when she gave birth to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A5/2"}
{"id":1992,"verse_id":"GEN.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.6","text":"Heb “and Judah took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A6/1"}
{"id":1993,"verse_id":"GEN.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “go to.” The expression is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A8/1"}
{"id":1994,"verse_id":"GEN.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.8","text":"The imperative with the prefixed conjunction here indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A8/2"}
{"id":1995,"verse_id":"GEN.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “offspring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":1996,"verse_id":"GEN.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “would not be his,” that is, legally speaking. Under the levirate system the child would be legally considered the child of his deceased brother.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A9/2"}
{"id":1997,"verse_id":"GEN.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.9","text":"The construction shows that this was a repeated practice and not merely one action. sn The text makes it clear that the purpose of the custom was to produce an heir for the deceased brother. Onan had no intention of doing that. But he would have sex with the girl as much as he wished. He was willing to use the law to gratify his desires, but was not willing to do the responsible thing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A9/3"}
{"id":1998,"verse_id":"GEN.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “he went to.” This expression is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A9/4"}
{"id":1999,"verse_id":"GEN.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “he spoiled [his semen] to the ground.” Onan withdrew prematurely and ejaculated on the ground to prevent his brother’s widow from becoming pregnant.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A9/5"}
{"id":2000,"verse_id":"GEN.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":2001,"verse_id":"GEN.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":2002,"verse_id":"GEN.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “Otherwise he will die, also he, like his brothers.” sn I don’t want him to die like his brothers . This clause explains that Judah had no intention of giving Shelah to Tamar for the purpose of the levirate marriage. Judah apparently knew the nature of his sons, and feared that God would be angry with the third son and kill him as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":2003,"verse_id":"GEN.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “and he went up to the shearers of his sheep, he and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":2004,"verse_id":"GEN.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.13","text":"Heb “And it was told to Tamar, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A13/1"}
{"id":2005,"verse_id":"GEN.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.13","text":"The active participle indicates the action was in progress or about to begin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A13/2"}
{"id":2006,"verse_id":"GEN.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “because,” connecting this sentence to what precedes. For stylistic reasons the words “she did this” are supplied in the translation and a new sentence begun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":2007,"verse_id":"GEN.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.14","text":"Heb “she saw that Shelah had grown up, but she was not given to him as a wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A14/2"}
{"id":2008,"verse_id":"GEN.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Heb “he reckoned her for a prostitute,” which was what Tamar had intended for him to do. She obviously had some idea of his inclinations, or she would not have tried this risky plan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":2009,"verse_id":"GEN.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “I will go to you.” The imperfect verbal form probably indicates his desire here. The expression “go to” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":2010,"verse_id":"GEN.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “until you send.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":2011,"verse_id":"GEN.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"Heb “and he went to her.” This expression is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":2012,"verse_id":"GEN.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.19","text":"Heb “and she arose and left,” the first verb in the pair emphasizing that she wasted no time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A19/1"}
{"id":2013,"verse_id":"GEN.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “sent by the hand of his friend.” Here the name of the friend (“Hirah”) has been included in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":2014,"verse_id":"GEN.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “to receive the pledge from the woman’s hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A20/2"}
{"id":2015,"verse_id":"GEN.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Judah’s friend Hirah the Adullamite) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A20/3"}
{"id":2016,"verse_id":"GEN.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.21","text":"Heb “the men of her place,” that is, who lived at the place where she had been.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A21/1"}
{"id":2017,"verse_id":"GEN.38.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.23","text":"The words “the things” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A23/1"}
{"id":2018,"verse_id":"GEN.38.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.23","text":"Heb “we will become contemptible.” The Hebrew word בּוּז ( buz ) describes the contempt that a respectable person would have for someone who is worthless, foolish, or disreputable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A23/2"}
{"id":2019,"verse_id":"GEN.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.24","text":"Heb “it was told to Judah, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A24/1"}
{"id":2020,"verse_id":"GEN.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.24","text":"Or “has been sexually promiscuous.” The verb may refer here to loose or promiscuous activity, not necessarily prostitution.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A24/2"}
{"id":2021,"verse_id":"GEN.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.24","text":"Heb “and also look, she is with child by prostitution.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A24/3"}
{"id":2022,"verse_id":"GEN.38.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.25","text":"Heb “she was being brought out and she sent.” The juxtaposition of two clauses, both of which place the subject before the predicate, indicates synchronic action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A25/1"}
{"id":2023,"verse_id":"GEN.38.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.25","text":"Heb “who these to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A25/2"}
{"id":2024,"verse_id":"GEN.38.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.25","text":"Or “ recognize; note.” This same Hebrew verb ( נָכַר , nakhar ) is used at the beginning of v. 26 , where it is translated “recognized.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A25/3"}
{"id":2025,"verse_id":"GEN.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.26","text":"Traditionally “more righteous”; cf. NCV, NRSV, NLT “more in the right.” sn She is more upright than I . Judah had been irresponsible and unfaithful to his duty to see that the family line continued through the levirate marriage of his son Shelah. Tamar fought for her right to be the mother of Judah’s line. When she was not given Shelah and Judah’s wife died, she took action on her own to ensure that the line did not die out. Though deceptive, it was a desperate and courageous act. For Tamar it was within her rights; she did nothing that the law did not entitle her to do. But for Judah it was wrong because he thought he was going to a prostitute. See also Susan Niditch, “The Wronged Woman Righted: An Analysis of ,” HTR 72 (1979): 143-48.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A26/1"}
{"id":2026,"verse_id":"GEN.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.26","text":"Heb “and he did not add again to know her.” Here “know” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A26/2"}
{"id":2027,"verse_id":"GEN.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.28","text":"The word “child” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A28/1"}
{"id":2028,"verse_id":"GEN.38.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.29","text":"Heb “Look, his brother came out.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the reader to view the scene through the midwife’s eyes. The words “before him” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A29/1"}
{"id":2029,"verse_id":"GEN.38.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":38,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.29","text":"Heb “How you have made a breach for yourself!” The Hebrew verb translated “make a breach” frequently occurs, as here, with a cognate accusative. The event provided the meaningful name Perez, “he who breaks through.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2038%3A29/2"}
{"id":2030,"verse_id":"GEN.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.1","text":"The disjunctive clause resumes the earlier narrative pertaining to Joseph by recapitulating the event described in 37:36 . The perfect verbal form is given a past perfect translation to restore the sequence of the narrative for the reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A1/1"}
{"id":2031,"verse_id":"GEN.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.1","text":"Heb “from the hand of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A1/3"}
{"id":2032,"verse_id":"GEN.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “and he was a prosperous man.” This does not mean that Joseph became wealthy, but that he was successful in what he was doing, or making progress in his situation (see 24:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A2/1"}
{"id":2033,"verse_id":"GEN.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “and he was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A2/2"}
{"id":2034,"verse_id":"GEN.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.3","text":"The Hebrew text adds “in his hand,” a phrase not included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A3/1"}
{"id":2035,"verse_id":"GEN.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.4","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A4/2"}
{"id":2036,"verse_id":"GEN.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.4","text":"Heb “put into his hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A4/3"}
{"id":2037,"verse_id":"GEN.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “and it was from then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A5/1"}
{"id":2038,"verse_id":"GEN.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Potiphar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A5/2"}
{"id":2039,"verse_id":"GEN.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “in the house and in the field.” The word “both” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A5/4"}
{"id":2040,"verse_id":"GEN.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Potiphar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A6/1"}
{"id":2041,"verse_id":"GEN.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “hand.” This is a metonymy for being under the control or care of Joseph.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A6/3"}
{"id":2042,"verse_id":"GEN.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “did not know.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A6/4"}
{"id":2043,"verse_id":"GEN.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “handsome of form and handsome of appearance.” The same Hebrew expressions were used in Gen 29:17 for Rachel.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A6/6"}
{"id":2044,"verse_id":"GEN.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.7","text":"Heb “she lifted up her eyes toward,” an expression that emphasizes her deliberate and careful scrutiny of him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A7/1"}
{"id":2045,"verse_id":"GEN.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.7","text":"Heb “lie with me.” Here the expression “lie with” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse. sn The story of Joseph and Potiphar’s wife has long been connected with the wisdom warnings about the strange woman who tries to seduce the young man with her boldness and directness (see Prov 5-7 , especially 7:6-27 ). This is part of the literary background of the story of Joseph that gives it a wisdom flavor. See G. von Rad, God at Work in Israel , 19-35; and G. W. Coats, “The Joseph Story and Ancient Wisdom: A Reappraisal,” CBQ 35 (1973): 285-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A7/2"}
{"id":2046,"verse_id":"GEN.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A8/1"}
{"id":2047,"verse_id":"GEN.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A8/2"}
{"id":2048,"verse_id":"GEN.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.8","text":"The word “here” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A8/3"}
{"id":2049,"verse_id":"GEN.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “hand.” This is a metonymy for being under the control or care of Joseph.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A8/4"}
{"id":2050,"verse_id":"GEN.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.9","text":"The nuance of potential imperfect fits this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A9/1"}
{"id":2051,"verse_id":"GEN.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"The verse begins with the temporal indicator, followed by the infinitive construct with the preposition כְּ ( kÿ ). This clause could therefore be taken as temporal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":2052,"verse_id":"GEN.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “listen to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A10/2"}
{"id":2053,"verse_id":"GEN.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “to lie beside her to be with her.” Here the expression “to lie beside” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A10/3"}
{"id":2054,"verse_id":"GEN.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.11","text":"Heb “and it was about this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A11/1"}
{"id":2055,"verse_id":"GEN.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.11","text":"Heb “the men of the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A11/2"}
{"id":2056,"verse_id":"GEN.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “he fled and he went out.” The construction emphasizes the point that Joseph got out of there quickly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A12/1"}
{"id":2057,"verse_id":"GEN.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.14","text":"The verb has no expressed subject, and so it could be treated as a passive (“a Hebrew man was brought in”; cf. NIV). But it is clear from the context that her husband brought Joseph into the household, so Potiphar is the apparent referent here. Thus the translation supplies “my husband” as the referent of the unspecified pronominal subject of the verb (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A14/1"}
{"id":2058,"verse_id":"GEN.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.14","text":"Heb “to make fun of us.” The verb translated “to humiliate us” here means to hold something up for ridicule, or to toy with something harmfully. Attempted rape would be such an activity, for it would hold the victim in contempt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A14/3"}
{"id":2059,"verse_id":"GEN.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.14","text":"Heb “he came to me to lie with me.” Here the expression “lie with” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A14/4"}
{"id":2060,"verse_id":"GEN.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"39.14","text":"Heb “and I cried out with a loud voice.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A14/5"}
{"id":2061,"verse_id":"GEN.39.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.15","text":"Heb “that I raised.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A15/1"}
{"id":2062,"verse_id":"GEN.39.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.17","text":"Heb “and she spoke to him according to these words, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A17/1"}
{"id":2063,"verse_id":"GEN.39.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.17","text":"Heb “came to me to make fun of me.” The statement needs no explanation because of the connotations of “came to me” and “to make fun of me.” See the note on the expression “humiliate us” in v. 14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A17/3"}
{"id":2064,"verse_id":"GEN.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.19","text":"Heb “and when his master heard the words of his wife which she spoke to him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A19/1"}
{"id":2065,"verse_id":"GEN.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.19","text":"Heb “according to these words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A19/2"}
{"id":2066,"verse_id":"GEN.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.19","text":"Heb “did to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A19/3"}
{"id":2067,"verse_id":"GEN.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.19","text":"Heb “his anger burned.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A19/4"}
{"id":2068,"verse_id":"GEN.39.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.20","text":"Heb “the house of roundness,” suggesting that the prison might have been a fortress or citadel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A20/1"}
{"id":2069,"verse_id":"GEN.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.21","text":"Heb “and he extended to him loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A21/1"}
{"id":2070,"verse_id":"GEN.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.21","text":"Or “the chief jailer” (also in the following verses).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A21/2"}
{"id":2071,"verse_id":"GEN.39.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.22","text":"Heb “all which they were doing there, he was doing.” This probably means that Joseph was in charge of everything that went on in the prison.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A22/1"}
{"id":2072,"verse_id":"GEN.39.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.23","text":"Heb “was not looking at anything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A23/1"}
{"id":2073,"verse_id":"GEN.39.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":39,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.23","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2039%3A23/2"}
{"id":2074,"verse_id":"GEN.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.1","text":"248). Nehemiah held this post in Persia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A1/1"}
{"id":2075,"verse_id":"GEN.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"The Hebrew word סָרִיס ( saris ), used here of these two men and of Potiphar (see 39:1 ), normally means “eunuch.” But evidence from Akkadian texts shows that in early times the title was used of a court official in general. Only later did it become more specialized in its use.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":2076,"verse_id":"GEN.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “they were days in custody.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A4/2"}
{"id":2077,"verse_id":"GEN.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “dreamed a dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":2078,"verse_id":"GEN.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “a man his dream in one night.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A5/2"}
{"id":2079,"verse_id":"GEN.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “a man according to the interpretation of his dream.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A5/3"}
{"id":2080,"verse_id":"GEN.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.6","text":"The verb זָעַף ( za ’ af ) only occurs here and Dan 1:10 . It means “to be sick, to be emaciated,” probably in this case because of depression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A6/1"}
{"id":2081,"verse_id":"GEN.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “why are your faces sad today?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":2082,"verse_id":"GEN.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.8","text":"Heb “a dream we dreamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A8/1"}
{"id":2083,"verse_id":"GEN.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.8","text":"The word “them” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A8/2"}
{"id":2084,"verse_id":"GEN.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.9","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and he said to him.” This has not been translated because it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A9/1"}
{"id":2085,"verse_id":"GEN.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.11","text":"Heb “the cup of Pharaoh.” The pronoun “his” has been used here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A11/1"}
{"id":2086,"verse_id":"GEN.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “the three branches [are].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":2087,"verse_id":"GEN.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “Pharaoh will lift up your head.” This Hebrew idiom usually refers to restoring dignity, office, or power. It is comparable to the modern saying “someone can hold his head up high.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A13/1"}
{"id":2088,"verse_id":"GEN.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “according to the former custom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A13/2"}
{"id":2089,"verse_id":"GEN.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “but you have remembered me with you.” The perfect verbal form may be used rhetorically here to emphasize Joseph’s desire to be remembered. He speaks of the action as already being accomplished in order to make it clear that he expects it to be done. The form can be translated as volitional, expressing a plea or a request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":2090,"verse_id":"GEN.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.14","text":"This perfect verbal form with the prefixed conjunction (and the two that immediately follow) carry the same force as the preceding perfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A14/2"}
{"id":2091,"verse_id":"GEN.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “deal with me [in] kindness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A14/3"}
{"id":2092,"verse_id":"GEN.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.14","text":"The verb זָכַר ( zakhar ) in the Hiphil stem means “to cause to remember, to make mention, to boast.” The implication is that Joseph would be pleased for them to tell his story and give him the credit due him so that Pharaoh would release him. Since Pharaoh had never met Joseph, the simple translation of “cause him to remember me” would mean little.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A14/4"}
{"id":2093,"verse_id":"GEN.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “house.” The word “prison” has been substituted in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A14/5"}
{"id":2094,"verse_id":"GEN.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.15","text":"The verb גָּנַב ( ganav ) means “to steal,” but in the Piel / Pual stem “to steal away.” The idea of “kidnap” would be closer to the sense, meaning he was stolen and carried off. The preceding infinitive absolute underscores the point Joseph is making.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A15/1"}
{"id":2095,"verse_id":"GEN.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.16","text":"Heb “that [the] interpretation [was] good.” The words “the first dream” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A16/1"}
{"id":2096,"verse_id":"GEN.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.16","text":"Or “three wicker baskets.” The meaning of the Hebrew noun חֹרִי ( khori , “white bread, cake”) is uncertain; some have suggested the meaning “wicker” instead. Comparison with texts from Ebla suggests the meaning “pastries made with white flour” (M. Dahood, “Eblaite h¬a-rí and Genesis 40,16 h£o„rî ,” BN 13 [1980]: 14-16).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A16/2"}
{"id":2097,"verse_id":"GEN.40.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.18","text":"Heb “the three baskets [are].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A18/1"}
{"id":2098,"verse_id":"GEN.40.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.19","text":"Heb “Pharaoh will lift up your head from upon you.” Joseph repeats the same expression from the first interpretation (see v. 13 ), but with the added words “from upon you,” which allow the statement to have a more literal and ominous meaning – the baker will be decapitated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A19/1"}
{"id":2099,"verse_id":"GEN.40.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.20","text":"The translation puts the verb in quotation marks because it is used rhetorically here and has a double meaning. With respect to the cup bearer it means “reinstate” (see v. 13 ), but with respect to the baker it means “decapitate” (see v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A20/1"}
{"id":2100,"verse_id":"GEN.40.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.21","text":"Heb “his cupbearing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A21/1"}
{"id":2101,"verse_id":"GEN.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.22","text":"Heb “had interpreted for them.” sn The dreams were fulfilled exactly as Joseph had predicted , down to the very detail. Here was confirmation that Joseph could interpret dreams and that his own dreams were still valid. It would have been a tremendous encouragement to his faith, but it would also have been a great disappointment to spend two more years in jail.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A22/1"}
{"id":2102,"verse_id":"GEN.40.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":40,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.23","text":"The wayyiqtol verbal form here has a reiterative or emphasizing function.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2040%3A23/1"}
{"id":2103,"verse_id":"GEN.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.1","text":"Heb “two years, days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A1/1"}
{"id":2104,"verse_id":"GEN.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.1","text":"Heb “was dreaming.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A1/2"}
{"id":2105,"verse_id":"GEN.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “And look, he was standing by the Nile, and look, from the Nile were coming up seven cows, attractive of appearance and fat of flesh.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the audience to see the dream through Pharaoh’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A2/1"}
{"id":2106,"verse_id":"GEN.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “And look, seven other cows were coming up after them from the Nile, bad of appearance and thin of flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A3/1"}
{"id":2107,"verse_id":"GEN.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “the Nile.” This has been replaced by “the river” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":2108,"verse_id":"GEN.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “coming up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A5/1"}
{"id":2109,"verse_id":"GEN.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “fat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":2110,"verse_id":"GEN.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “And look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A6/1"}
{"id":2111,"verse_id":"GEN.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.7","text":"Heb “And look, a dream.” sn Pharaoh’s two dreams, as explained in the following verses, pertained to the economy of Egypt. Because of the Nile River, the land of Egypt weathered all kinds of famines – there was usually grain in Egypt, and if there was grain and water the livestock would flourish. These two dreams, however, indicated that poverty would overtake plenty and that the blessing of the herd and the field would cease.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A7/1"}
{"id":2112,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “his spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":2113,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “he sent and called,” which indicates an official summons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/2"}
{"id":2114,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.8","text":"The Hebrew term חַרְטֹם ( khartom ) is an Egyptian loanword ( hyr-tp ) that describes a class of priests who were skilled in such interpretations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/3"}
{"id":2115,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.8","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular (though the Samaritan Pentateuch reads the plural). If retained, the singular must be collective for the set of dreams. Note the plural pronoun “them,” referring to the dreams, in the next clause. However, note that in v. 15 Pharaoh uses the singular to refer to the two dreams. In vv. 17-24 Pharaoh seems to treat the dreams as two parts of one dream (see especially v. 22 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/4"}
{"id":2116,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"41.8","text":"“there was no interpreter.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/5"}
{"id":2117,"verse_id":"GEN.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “for Pharaoh.” The pronoun “him” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A8/6"}
{"id":2118,"verse_id":"GEN.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.9","text":"Heb “sins, offenses.” He probably refers here to the offenses that landed him in prison (see 40:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A9/1"}
{"id":2119,"verse_id":"GEN.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.11","text":"Heb “and we dreamed a dream in one night, I and he, each according to the interpretation of his dream we dreamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A11/1"}
{"id":2120,"verse_id":"GEN.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Or “slave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":2121,"verse_id":"GEN.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “a servant to the captain of the guards.” On this construction see GKC 419-20 §129. c .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A12/2"}
{"id":2122,"verse_id":"GEN.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.12","text":"The words “our dreams” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A12/3"}
{"id":2123,"verse_id":"GEN.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “and he interpreted for us our dreams, each according to his dream he interpreted.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A12/4"}
{"id":2124,"verse_id":"GEN.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “interpreted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A13/1"}
{"id":2125,"verse_id":"GEN.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Pharaoh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A13/2"}
{"id":2126,"verse_id":"GEN.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the baker) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A13/3"}
{"id":2127,"verse_id":"GEN.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.14","text":"Heb “and Pharaoh sent and called,” indicating a summons to the royal court.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A14/1"}
{"id":2128,"verse_id":"GEN.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “dreamed a dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A15/1"}
{"id":2129,"verse_id":"GEN.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “there is no one interpreting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A15/2"}
{"id":2130,"verse_id":"GEN.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A15/3"}
{"id":2131,"verse_id":"GEN.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “you hear a dream to interpret it,” which may mean, “you only have to hear a dream to be able to interpret it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A15/4"}
{"id":2132,"verse_id":"GEN.41.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.16","text":"Heb “not within me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A16/1"}
{"id":2133,"verse_id":"GEN.41.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.16","text":"Heb “God will answer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A16/2"}
{"id":2134,"verse_id":"GEN.41.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.16","text":"The expression שְׁלוֹם פַּרְעֹה ( shÿlom par ’ oh ) is here rendered “the welfare of Pharaoh” because the dream will be about life in his land. Some interpret it to mean an answer of “peace” – one that will calm his heart, or give him the answer that he desires (cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A16/3"}
{"id":2135,"verse_id":"GEN.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.17","text":"Heb “In my dream look, I was standing.” The use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) here (and also in vv. 18, 19, 22, 23 ) invites the hearer (within the context of the narrative, Joseph; but in the broader sense the reader or hearer of the Book of Genesis) to observe the scene through Pharaoh’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A17/1"}
{"id":2136,"verse_id":"GEN.41.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.18","text":"Heb “and look, from the Nile seven cows were coming up, fat of flesh and attractive of appearance, and they grazed in the reeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A18/1"}
{"id":2137,"verse_id":"GEN.41.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.19","text":"Heb “And look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A19/1"}
{"id":2138,"verse_id":"GEN.41.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.19","text":"The word “cows” is supplied here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A19/2"}
{"id":2139,"verse_id":"GEN.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.20","text":"Heb “the seven first fat cows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A20/1"}
{"id":2140,"verse_id":"GEN.41.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.21","text":"Heb “when they went inside them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A21/1"}
{"id":2141,"verse_id":"GEN.41.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.21","text":"Heb “it was not known.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A21/2"}
{"id":2142,"verse_id":"GEN.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “and I saw in my dream and look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A22/1"}
{"id":2143,"verse_id":"GEN.41.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.23","text":"Heb “And look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A23/1"}
{"id":2144,"verse_id":"GEN.41.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.24","text":"The words “all this” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A24/1"}
{"id":2145,"verse_id":"GEN.41.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.24","text":"Heb “and there was no one telling me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A24/2"}
{"id":2146,"verse_id":"GEN.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.25","text":"Heb “the dream of Pharaoh is one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A25/1"}
{"id":2147,"verse_id":"GEN.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.25","text":"Heb “declared.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A25/2"}
{"id":2148,"verse_id":"GEN.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.25","text":"The active participle here indicates what is imminent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A25/3"}
{"id":2149,"verse_id":"GEN.41.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.26","text":"Heb “one dream it is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A26/1"}
{"id":2150,"verse_id":"GEN.41.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.27","text":"Heb “are.” Another option is to translate, “There will be seven years of famine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A27/1"}
{"id":2151,"verse_id":"GEN.41.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.28","text":"Heb “it is the word that I spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A28/1"}
{"id":2152,"verse_id":"GEN.41.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.30","text":"The perfect with the vav consecutive continues the time frame of the preceding participle, which has an imminent future nuance here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A30/1"}
{"id":2153,"verse_id":"GEN.41.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.30","text":"The Hebrew verb כָּלָה ( kalah ) in the Piel stem means “to finish, to destroy, to bring an end to.” The severity of the famine will ruin the land of Egypt.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A30/2"}
{"id":2154,"verse_id":"GEN.41.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.31","text":"Heb “known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A31/1"}
{"id":2155,"verse_id":"GEN.41.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.31","text":"Or “heavy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A31/2"}
{"id":2156,"verse_id":"GEN.41.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.32","text":"Heb “and concerning the repeating of the dream to Pharaoh two times.” The Niphal infinitive here is the object of the preposition; it is followed by the subjective genitive “of the dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A32/1"}
{"id":2157,"verse_id":"GEN.41.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.32","text":"Heb “established.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A32/2"}
{"id":2158,"verse_id":"GEN.41.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.32","text":"The clause combines a participle and an infinitive construct: God “is hurrying…to do it,” meaning he is going to do it soon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A32/3"}
{"id":2159,"verse_id":"GEN.41.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.33","text":"Heb “let Pharaoh look.” The jussive form expresses Joseph’s advice to Pharaoh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A33/1"}
{"id":2160,"verse_id":"GEN.41.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.33","text":"Heb “a man discerning and wise.” The order of the terms is rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A33/2"}
{"id":2161,"verse_id":"GEN.41.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.33","text":"Heb “and let him set him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A33/3"}
{"id":2162,"verse_id":"GEN.41.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.34","text":"The imperfect verbal form has an obligatory nuance here. The Samaritan Pentateuch has a jussive form here, “and let [Pharaoh] do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A34/1"}
{"id":2163,"verse_id":"GEN.41.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.34","text":"Heb “and let him appoint.” The jussive form expresses Joseph’s advice to Pharaoh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A34/2"}
{"id":2164,"verse_id":"GEN.41.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.34","text":"Heb “appointees.” The noun is a cognate accusative of the preceding verb. Since “appoint appointees” would be redundant in English, the term “officials” was used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A34/3"}
{"id":2165,"verse_id":"GEN.41.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.34","text":"Heb “and he shall collect a fifth of the land of Egypt.” The language is figurative (metonymy); it means what the land produces, i.e., the harvest.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A34/4"}
{"id":2166,"verse_id":"GEN.41.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.35","text":"Heb “all the food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A35/1"}
{"id":2167,"verse_id":"GEN.41.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.35","text":"Heb “under the hand of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A35/2"}
{"id":2168,"verse_id":"GEN.41.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.35","text":"Heb “[for] food in the cities.” The noun translated “food” is an adverbial accusative in the sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A35/3"}
{"id":2169,"verse_id":"GEN.41.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.35","text":"The perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the same force as the sequence of jussives before it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A35/4"}
{"id":2170,"verse_id":"GEN.41.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.36","text":"Heb “and the land will not be cut off in the famine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A36/1"}
{"id":2171,"verse_id":"GEN.41.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.37","text":"Heb “and the matter was good in the eyes of Pharaoh and in the eyes of all his servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A37/1"}
{"id":2172,"verse_id":"GEN.41.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.38","text":"Heb “like this,” but the referent could be misunderstood to be a man like that described by Joseph in v. 33 , rather than Joseph himself. For this reason the proper name “Joseph” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A38/1"}
{"id":2173,"verse_id":"GEN.41.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.38","text":"The rhetorical question expects the answer “No, of course not!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A38/2"}
{"id":2174,"verse_id":"GEN.41.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.39","text":"Heb “as discerning and wise.” The order has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A39/1"}
{"id":2175,"verse_id":"GEN.41.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.40","text":"Heb “and at your mouth (i.e., instructions) all my people will kiss.” G. J. Wenham translates this “shall kowtow to your instruction” ( Genesis [WBC], 2:395). Although there is some textual support for reading “will be judged, ruled by you,” this is probably an attempt to capture the significance of this word. Wenham lists a number of references where individuals have tried to make connections with other words or expressions – such as a root meaning “order themselves” lying behind “kiss,” or an idiomatic idea of “kiss” meaning “seal the mouth,” and so “be silent and submit to.” See K. A. Kitchen, “The Term Nsq in Genesis 41:40 ,” ExpTim 69 (1957): 30; D. S. Sperling, “ Genesis 41:40 : A New Interpretation,” JANESCU 10 (1978): 113-19.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A40/1"}
{"id":2176,"verse_id":"GEN.41.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.40","text":"Heb “only the throne, I will be greater than you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A40/2"}
{"id":2177,"verse_id":"GEN.41.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.41","text":"The translation assumes that the perfect verbal form is descriptive of a present action. Another option is to understand it as rhetorical, in which case Pharaoh describes a still future action as if it had already occurred in order to emphasize its certainty. In this case one could translate “I have placed” or “I will place.” The verb נָתַן ( natan ) is translated here as “to place in authority [over].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A41/1"}
{"id":2178,"verse_id":"GEN.41.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.42","text":"The Hebrew word שֵׁשׁ ( shesh ) is an Egyptian loanword that describes the fine linen robes that Egyptian royalty wore. The clothing signified Joseph’s rank.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A42/1"}
{"id":2179,"verse_id":"GEN.41.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.43","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Pharaoh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A43/1"}
{"id":2180,"verse_id":"GEN.41.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.43","text":"Heb “and he caused him to ride in the second chariot which was his.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A43/2"}
{"id":2181,"verse_id":"GEN.41.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.43","text":"The verb form appears to be a causative imperative from a verbal root meaning “to kneel.” It is a homonym of the word “bless” (identical in root letters but not related etymologically).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A43/3"}
{"id":2182,"verse_id":"GEN.41.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.44","text":"Heb “apart from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A44/1"}
{"id":2183,"verse_id":"GEN.41.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.44","text":"Heb “no man,” but here “man” is generic, referring to people in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A44/2"}
{"id":2184,"verse_id":"GEN.41.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.44","text":"The idiom “lift up hand or foot” means “take any action” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A44/3"}
{"id":2185,"verse_id":"GEN.41.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.45","text":"1262).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A45/1"}
{"id":2186,"verse_id":"GEN.41.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.45","text":"Heb “and he passed through.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A45/4"}
{"id":2187,"verse_id":"GEN.41.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.46","text":"Heb “a son of thirty years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A46/1"}
{"id":2188,"verse_id":"GEN.41.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.46","text":"Heb “when he stood before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A46/2"}
{"id":2189,"verse_id":"GEN.41.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.46","text":"Heb “went out from before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A46/3"}
{"id":2190,"verse_id":"GEN.41.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.46","text":"Heb “and he passed through all the land of Egypt”; this phrase is interpreted by JPS to mean that Joseph “emerged in charge of the whole land.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A46/4"}
{"id":2191,"verse_id":"GEN.41.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.47","text":"Heb “brought forth by handfuls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A47/1"}
{"id":2192,"verse_id":"GEN.41.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.48","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A48/1"}
{"id":2193,"verse_id":"GEN.41.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.48","text":"Heb “all the food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A48/2"}
{"id":2194,"verse_id":"GEN.41.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.48","text":"Heb “of the seven years which were in the land of Egypt and placed food in the cities.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A48/3"}
{"id":2195,"verse_id":"GEN.41.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.49","text":"Heb “and Joseph gathered grain like the sand of the sea, multiplying much.” To emphasize the vast amount of grain he stored up, the Hebrew text modifies the verb “gathered” with an infinitive absolute and an adverb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A49/1"}
{"id":2196,"verse_id":"GEN.41.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.50","text":"Heb “before the year of the famine came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A50/1"}
{"id":2197,"verse_id":"GEN.41.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.50","text":"Heb “gave birth for him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A50/2"}
{"id":2198,"verse_id":"GEN.41.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.51","text":"The word “saying” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A51/2"}
{"id":2199,"verse_id":"GEN.41.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.51","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A51/3"}
{"id":2200,"verse_id":"GEN.41.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.52","text":"The word “saying” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A52/2"}
{"id":2201,"verse_id":"GEN.41.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.52","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A52/3"}
{"id":2202,"verse_id":"GEN.41.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.54","text":"Heb “began to arrive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A54/1"}
{"id":2203,"verse_id":"GEN.41.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.55","text":"Heb “to all Egypt.” The name of the country is used by metonymy for the inhabitants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A55/1"}
{"id":2204,"verse_id":"GEN.41.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.56","text":"Or “over the entire land”; Heb “over all the face of the earth.” The disjunctive clause is circumstantial-temporal to the next clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A56/1"}
{"id":2205,"verse_id":"GEN.41.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.56","text":"The MT reads “he opened all that was in [or “among”] them.” The translation follows the reading of the LXX and Syriac versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A56/2"}
{"id":2206,"verse_id":"GEN.41.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":41,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.57","text":"Heb “all the earth,” which refers here (by metonymy) to the people of the earth. Note that the following verb is plural in form, indicating that the inhabitants of the earth are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2041%3A57/1"}
{"id":2207,"verse_id":"GEN.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.1","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A1/1"}
{"id":2208,"verse_id":"GEN.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.1","text":"Heb “Jacob.” Here the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A1/2"}
{"id":2209,"verse_id":"GEN.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “and buy for us from there.” The word “grain,” the direct object of “buy,” has been supplied for clarity, and the words “from there” have been omitted in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A2/1"}
{"id":2210,"verse_id":"GEN.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.2","text":"Following the imperatives, the prefixed verbal form with prefixed vav expresses purpose of result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A2/2"}
{"id":2211,"verse_id":"GEN.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.2","text":"The imperfect tense continues the nuance of the verb before it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A2/3"}
{"id":2212,"verse_id":"GEN.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “But Benjamin, the brother of Joseph, Jacob did not send with his brothers.” The disjunctive clause highlights the contrast between Benjamin and the other ten.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":2213,"verse_id":"GEN.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.4","text":"The Hebrew verb אָמַר (’ amar , “to say”) could also be translated “thought” (i.e., “he said to himself”) here, giving Jacob’s reasoning rather than spoken words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A4/2"}
{"id":2214,"verse_id":"GEN.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.4","text":"The Hebrew noun אָסוֹן (’ ason ) is a rare word meaning “accident, harm.” Apart from its use in these passages it occurs in Exodus 21:22-23 of an accident to a pregnant woman. The term is a rather general one, but Jacob was no doubt thinking of his loss of Joseph.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A4/3"}
{"id":2215,"verse_id":"GEN.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “encounters.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A4/4"}
{"id":2216,"verse_id":"GEN.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “in the midst of the coming ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A5/1"}
{"id":2217,"verse_id":"GEN.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"The disjunctive clause either introduces a new episode in the unfolding drama or provides the reader with supplemental information necessary to understanding the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":2218,"verse_id":"GEN.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.6","text":"The word “faces” is an adverbial accusative, so the preposition has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A6/3"}
{"id":2219,"verse_id":"GEN.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A7/2"}
{"id":2220,"verse_id":"GEN.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.7","text":"The verb is denominative, meaning “to buy grain”; the word “food” could simply be the direct object, but may also be an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A7/3"}
{"id":2221,"verse_id":"GEN.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.9","text":"Heb “to see the nakedness of the land you have come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A9/2"}
{"id":2222,"verse_id":"GEN.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"Heb “and they said to him.” In context this is best understood as an exclamation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":2223,"verse_id":"GEN.42.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.12","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘No, for the nakedness of the land you have come to see.’” The order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A12/1"}
{"id":2224,"verse_id":"GEN.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.13","text":"Heb “twelve [were] your servants, brothers [are] we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A13/1"}
{"id":2225,"verse_id":"GEN.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.13","text":"Heb “today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A13/2"}
{"id":2226,"verse_id":"GEN.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.13","text":"Heb “and the one is not.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A13/3"}
{"id":2227,"verse_id":"GEN.42.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.14","text":"Heb “to you, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A14/1"}
{"id":2228,"verse_id":"GEN.42.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.15","text":"Heb “[By] the life of Pharaoh.” sn As surely as Pharaoh lives . Joseph uses an oath formula to let the brothers know the certainty of what he said. There is some discussion in the commentaries on swearing by the life of Pharaoh, but since the formulation here reflects the Hebrew practice, it would be hard to connect the ideas exactly to Egyptian practices. Joseph did this to make the point in a way that his Hebrew brothers would understand. See M. R. Lehmann, “Biblical Oaths,” ZAW 81 (1969): 74-92.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A15/1"}
{"id":2229,"verse_id":"GEN.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “send from you one and let him take.” After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A16/1"}
{"id":2230,"verse_id":"GEN.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.16","text":"The disjunctive clause is here circumstantial-temporal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A16/2"}
{"id":2231,"verse_id":"GEN.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “bound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A16/3"}
{"id":2232,"verse_id":"GEN.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.16","text":"The words “to see” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A16/4"}
{"id":2233,"verse_id":"GEN.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “the truth [is] with you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A16/5"}
{"id":2234,"verse_id":"GEN.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.18","text":"Heb “Do this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A18/1"}
{"id":2235,"verse_id":"GEN.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.18","text":"After the preceding imperative, the imperative with vav ( ו ) can, as here, indicate logical sequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A18/2"}
{"id":2236,"verse_id":"GEN.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.19","text":"Heb “bound in the house of your prison.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A19/1"}
{"id":2237,"verse_id":"GEN.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.19","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial-temporal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A19/2"}
{"id":2238,"verse_id":"GEN.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.19","text":"Heb “[for] the hunger of your households.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A19/3"}
{"id":2239,"verse_id":"GEN.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.20","text":"The imperfect here has an injunctive force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A20/1"}
{"id":2240,"verse_id":"GEN.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.20","text":"After the injunctive imperfect, this imperfect with vav indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A20/2"}
{"id":2241,"verse_id":"GEN.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.20","text":"The Niphal form of the verb has the sense of “to be faithful; to be sure; to be reliable.” Joseph will test his brothers to see if their words are true.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A20/3"}
{"id":2242,"verse_id":"GEN.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.20","text":"Heb “and they did so.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A20/4"}
{"id":2243,"verse_id":"GEN.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.21","text":"Heb “a man to his neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A21/1"}
{"id":2244,"verse_id":"GEN.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.21","text":"Or “we are guilty”; the Hebrew word can also refer to the effect of being guilty, i.e., “we are being punished for guilt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A21/2"}
{"id":2245,"verse_id":"GEN.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.21","text":"Heb “the distress of his soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A21/3"}
{"id":2246,"verse_id":"GEN.42.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.22","text":"Heb “and also his blood, look, it is required.” God requires compensation, as it were, from those who shed innocent blood (see Gen 9:6 ). In other words, God exacts punishment for the crime of murder.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A22/1"}
{"id":2247,"verse_id":"GEN.42.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.23","text":"The disjunctive clause provides supplemental information that is important to the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A23/1"}
{"id":2248,"verse_id":"GEN.42.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.23","text":"“was listening.” The brothers were not aware that Joseph could understand them as they spoke the preceding words in their native language.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A23/2"}
{"id":2249,"verse_id":"GEN.42.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.23","text":"Heb “for [there was] an interpreter between them.” On the meaning of the word here translated “interpreter” see HALOT 590 s.v. מֵלִיץ and M. A. Canney, “The Hebrew melis (Prov IX 12; Gen XLII 2-3),” AJSL 40 (1923/24): 135-37.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A23/3"}
{"id":2250,"verse_id":"GEN.42.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.24","text":"Heb “and he turned to them and spoke to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A24/1"}
{"id":2251,"verse_id":"GEN.42.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.24","text":"Heb “took Simeon.” This was probably done at Joseph’s command, however; the grand vizier of Egypt would not have personally seized a prisoner.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A24/2"}
{"id":2252,"verse_id":"GEN.42.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.24","text":"Heb “and he bound him.” See the note on the preceding verb “taken.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A24/3"}
{"id":2253,"verse_id":"GEN.42.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.25","text":"Heb “and they filled.” The clause appears to be elliptical; one expects “Joseph gave orders to fill…and they filled.” See GKC 386 §120. f .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A25/1"}
{"id":2254,"verse_id":"GEN.42.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.25","text":"Heb “and he did for them so.” Joseph would appear to be the subject of the singular verb. If the text is retained, the statement seems to be a summary of the preceding, more detailed statement. However, some read the verb as plural, “and they did for them so.” In this case the statement indicates that Joseph’s subordinates carried out his orders. Another alternative is to read the singular verb as passive (with unspecified subject), “and this was done for them so” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A25/2"}
{"id":2255,"verse_id":"GEN.42.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.26","text":"Heb “and they went from there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A26/1"}
{"id":2256,"verse_id":"GEN.42.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.27","text":"Heb “and the one.” The article indicates that the individual is vivid in the mind of the narrator, yet it is not important to identify him by name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A27/1"}
{"id":2257,"verse_id":"GEN.42.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.27","text":"Heb “at the lodging place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A27/2"}
{"id":2258,"verse_id":"GEN.42.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.27","text":"Heb “and look, it [was] in the mouth of his sack.” By the use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), the narrator invites the reader to look through the eyes of the character and thereby draws attention to the money.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A27/3"}
{"id":2259,"verse_id":"GEN.42.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.28","text":"Heb “and their heart went out.” Since this expression is used only here, the exact meaning is unclear. The following statement suggests that it may refer to a sudden loss of emotional strength, so “They were dismayed” adequately conveys the meaning (cf. NRSV); NIV has “Their hearts sank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A28/1"}
{"id":2260,"verse_id":"GEN.42.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.28","text":"Heb “and they trembled, a man to his neighbor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A28/2"}
{"id":2261,"verse_id":"GEN.42.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.28","text":"Heb “What is this God has done to us?” The demonstrative pronoun (“this”) adds emphasis to the question.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A28/3"}
{"id":2262,"verse_id":"GEN.42.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.30","text":"Heb “made us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A30/1"}
{"id":2263,"verse_id":"GEN.42.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.30","text":"The words “if we were” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A30/2"}
{"id":2264,"verse_id":"GEN.42.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.32","text":"Heb “twelve [were] we, brothers, sons of our father [are] we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A32/1"}
{"id":2265,"verse_id":"GEN.42.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.32","text":"Heb “the one is not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A32/2"}
{"id":2266,"verse_id":"GEN.42.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.32","text":"Heb “today.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A32/3"}
{"id":2267,"verse_id":"GEN.42.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.33","text":"The word “grain” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A33/1"}
{"id":2268,"verse_id":"GEN.42.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.34","text":"After the imperative, the cohortative with prefixed vav indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A34/1"}
{"id":2269,"verse_id":"GEN.42.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.34","text":"Heb “that you are not spies, that you are honest men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A34/2"}
{"id":2270,"verse_id":"GEN.42.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.36","text":"Heb “is not.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A36/1"}
{"id":2271,"verse_id":"GEN.42.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.36","text":"Heb “is not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A36/2"}
{"id":2272,"verse_id":"GEN.42.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.36","text":"The nuance of the imperfect verbal form is desiderative here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A36/3"}
{"id":2273,"verse_id":"GEN.42.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.37","text":"The nuance of the imperfect verbal form is permissive here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A37/1"}
{"id":2274,"verse_id":"GEN.42.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.37","text":"Heb “my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A37/2"}
{"id":2275,"verse_id":"GEN.42.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.38","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A38/1"}
{"id":2276,"verse_id":"GEN.42.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":42,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.38","text":"Heb “to Sheol,” the dwelling place of the dead.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2042%3A38/4"}
{"id":2277,"verse_id":"GEN.43.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.1","text":"The disjunctive clause gives supplemental information that is important to the storyline.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A1/1"}
{"id":2278,"verse_id":"GEN.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.3","text":"The infinitive absolute with the finite verb stresses the point. The primary meaning of the verb is “to witness; to testify.” It alludes to Joseph’s oath, which was tantamount to a threat or warning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A3/1"}
{"id":2279,"verse_id":"GEN.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.3","text":"The idiom “see my face” means “have an audience with me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A3/2"}
{"id":2280,"verse_id":"GEN.43.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.4","text":"Heb “if there is you sending,” that is, “if you send.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A4/1"}
{"id":2281,"verse_id":"GEN.43.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.6","text":"The verb may even have a moral connotation here, “Why did you do evil to me?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A6/1"}
{"id":2282,"verse_id":"GEN.43.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.6","text":"The infinitive construct here explains how they brought trouble on Jacob.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A6/2"}
{"id":2283,"verse_id":"GEN.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.7","text":"The word “us” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A7/1"}
{"id":2284,"verse_id":"GEN.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.7","text":"The infinitive absolute with the perfect verbal form emphasizes that Joseph questioned them thoroughly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A7/2"}
{"id":2285,"verse_id":"GEN.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.7","text":"Heb “and we told to him according to these words.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A7/4"}
{"id":2286,"verse_id":"GEN.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"43.7","text":"The infinitive absolute emphasizes the imperfect verbal form, which here is a historic future (that is, future from the perspective of a past time).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A7/5"}
{"id":2287,"verse_id":"GEN.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"43.7","text":"Once again the imperfect verbal form is used as a historic future (that is, future from the perspective of past time).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A7/6"}
{"id":2288,"verse_id":"GEN.43.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.8","text":"Heb “and we will rise up and we will go.” The first verb is adverbial and gives the expression the sense of “we will go immediately.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A8/1"}
{"id":2289,"verse_id":"GEN.43.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.8","text":"After the preceding cohortatives, the prefixed verbal form (either imperfect or cohortative) with the prefixed conjunction here indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A8/2"}
{"id":2290,"verse_id":"GEN.43.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.9","text":"The pronoun before the first person verbal form draws attention to the subject and emphasizes Judah’s willingness to be personally responsible for the boy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A9/1"}
{"id":2291,"verse_id":"GEN.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.10","text":"Heb “we could have returned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A10/1"}
{"id":2292,"verse_id":"GEN.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.12","text":"Heb “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A12/1"}
{"id":2293,"verse_id":"GEN.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.12","text":"Heb “take back in your hand.” The imperfect verbal form probably has an injunctive or obligatory force here, since Jacob is instructing his sons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A12/2"}
{"id":2294,"verse_id":"GEN.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “arise, return,” meaning “get up and go back,” or “go back immediately.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A13/1"}
{"id":2295,"verse_id":"GEN.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “El Shaddai.” See the extended note on the phrase “sovereign God” in Gen 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A14/1"}
{"id":2296,"verse_id":"GEN.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “release to you.” After the jussive this perfect verbal form with prefixed vav ( ו ) probably indicates logical consequence, as well as temporal sequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A14/2"}
{"id":2297,"verse_id":"GEN.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “if I am bereaved I am bereaved.” With this fatalistic sounding statement Jacob resolves himself to the possibility of losing both Benjamin and Simeon.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A14/4"}
{"id":2298,"verse_id":"GEN.43.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.15","text":"Heb “they arose and went down to Egypt.” The first verb has an adverbial function and emphasizes that they departed right away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A15/1"}
{"id":2299,"verse_id":"GEN.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “the man.” This has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun “he” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A17/1"}
{"id":2300,"verse_id":"GEN.43.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.18","text":"Heb “over the matter of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A18/1"}
{"id":2301,"verse_id":"GEN.43.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.18","text":"Heb “in the beginning,” that is, at the end of their first visit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A18/2"}
{"id":2302,"verse_id":"GEN.43.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.18","text":"Heb “to roll himself upon us and to cause himself to fall upon us.” The infinitives here indicate the purpose (as viewed by the brothers) for their being brought to Joseph’s house.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A18/3"}
{"id":2303,"verse_id":"GEN.43.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.18","text":"The word “take” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A18/4"}
{"id":2304,"verse_id":"GEN.43.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.20","text":"The infinitive absolute is used for emphasis before the finite verbal form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A20/1"}
{"id":2305,"verse_id":"GEN.43.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.20","text":"Heb “in the beginning” (see the note on the phrase “last time” in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A20/2"}
{"id":2306,"verse_id":"GEN.43.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.21","text":"Heb “in its weight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A21/1"}
{"id":2307,"verse_id":"GEN.43.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.21","text":"Heb “brought it back in our hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A21/2"}
{"id":2308,"verse_id":"GEN.43.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.23","text":"Heb “and he said, ‘peace to you.’” Here the statement has the force of “everything is fine,” or perhaps even “calm down.” The referent of “he” (the man in charge of Joseph’ household) has been specified in the translation for clarity, and the order of the introductory clause and the direct discourse has been rearranged for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A23/1"}
{"id":2309,"verse_id":"GEN.43.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.23","text":"Heb “your money came to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A23/3"}
{"id":2310,"verse_id":"GEN.43.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.24","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A24/1"}
{"id":2311,"verse_id":"GEN.43.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.25","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct after the preposition, followed by the subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A25/1"}
{"id":2312,"verse_id":"GEN.43.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.25","text":"The action precedes the action of preparing the gift, and so must be translated as past perfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A25/2"}
{"id":2313,"verse_id":"GEN.43.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.25","text":"Heb “eat bread.” The imperfect verbal form is used here as a historic future (future from the perspective of the past).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A25/3"}
{"id":2314,"verse_id":"GEN.43.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.26","text":"Heb “into the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A26/1"}
{"id":2315,"verse_id":"GEN.43.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.27","text":"Heb “concerning peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A27/1"}
{"id":2316,"verse_id":"GEN.43.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.28","text":"Heb “and they bowed low and they bowed down.” The use of synonyms here emphasizes the brothers’ humility.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A28/1"}
{"id":2317,"verse_id":"GEN.43.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.29","text":"Heb “and he lifted his eyes.” The referent of “he” (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A29/1"}
{"id":2318,"verse_id":"GEN.43.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.30","text":"Heb “for his affection boiled up concerning his brother.” The same expression is used in 1 Kgs 3:26 for the mother’s feelings for her endangered child.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A30/1"}
{"id":2319,"verse_id":"GEN.43.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.30","text":"Heb “and he sought to weep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A30/2"}
{"id":2320,"verse_id":"GEN.43.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.31","text":"Heb “and he controlled himself and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A31/1"}
{"id":2321,"verse_id":"GEN.43.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.32","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (Joseph’s brothers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A32/1"}
{"id":2322,"verse_id":"GEN.43.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.32","text":"Or “disgraceful.” The Hebrew word תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “abomination”) describes something that is loathsome or off-limits. For other practices the Egyptians considered disgusting, see Gen 46:34 and Exod 8:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A32/2"}
{"id":2323,"verse_id":"GEN.43.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.32","text":"Heb “and they set for him by himself, and for them by themselves, and for the Egyptians who were eating with him by themselves, for the Egyptians are not able to eat food with the Hebrews, for it is an abomination for the Egyptians.” The imperfect verbal form in the explanatory clause is taken as habitual in force, indicating a practice that was still in effect in the narrator’s time. sn That the Egyptians found eating with foreigners disgusting is well-attested in extra-biblical literature by writers like Herodotus, Diodorus, and Strabo.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A32/3"}
{"id":2324,"verse_id":"GEN.43.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.33","text":"Heb “the firstborn according to his birthright and the youngest according to his youth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A33/1"}
{"id":2325,"verse_id":"GEN.43.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.34","text":"Heb “and he lifted up portions from before his face to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A34/1"}
{"id":2326,"verse_id":"GEN.43.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":43,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.34","text":"Heb “and they drank and were intoxicated with him” (cf. NIV “drank freely with him”; NEB “grew merry”; NRSV “were merry”). The brothers were apparently relaxed and set at ease, despite Joseph’s obvious favoritism toward Benjamin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2043%3A34/2"}
{"id":2327,"verse_id":"GEN.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.2","text":"The imperfect verbal form is used here to express Joseph’s instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A2/1"}
{"id":2328,"verse_id":"GEN.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “and he did according to the word of Joseph which he spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A2/2"}
{"id":2329,"verse_id":"GEN.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “the morning was light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A3/1"}
{"id":2330,"verse_id":"GEN.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “and the men were sent off, they and their donkeys.” This clause, like the preceding one, has the subject before the verb, indicating synchronic action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A3/2"}
{"id":2331,"verse_id":"GEN.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.4","text":"Heb “they left the city, they were not far,” meaning “they had not gone very far.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A4/1"}
{"id":2332,"verse_id":"GEN.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.4","text":"Heb “and Joseph said.” This clause, like the first one in the verse, has the subject before the verb, indicating synchronic action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A4/2"}
{"id":2333,"verse_id":"GEN.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.4","text":"Heb “arise, chase after the men.” The first imperative gives the command a sense of urgency.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A4/3"}
{"id":2334,"verse_id":"GEN.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.4","text":"After the imperative this perfect verbal form with vav consecutive has the same nuance of instruction. In the translation it is subordinated to the verbal form that follows (also a perfect with vav consecutive): “and overtake them and say,” becomes “when you overtake them, say.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A4/4"}
{"id":2335,"verse_id":"GEN.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “Is this not what my master drinks from.” The word “cup” is not in the Hebrew text, but is obviously the referent of “this,” and so has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A5/1"}
{"id":2336,"verse_id":"GEN.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “and he, divining, divines with it.” The infinitive absolute is emphatic, stressing the importance of the cup to Joseph.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A5/2"}
{"id":2337,"verse_id":"GEN.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “you have caused to be evil what you have done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A5/3"}
{"id":2338,"verse_id":"GEN.44.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.6","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the man who was in charge of Joseph’s household) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A6/1"}
{"id":2339,"verse_id":"GEN.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb “Why does my lord speak according to these words?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A7/1"}
{"id":2340,"verse_id":"GEN.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb “according to this thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A7/2"}
{"id":2341,"verse_id":"GEN.44.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.9","text":"Heb “The one with whom it is found from your servants.” Here “your servants” (a deferential way of referring to the brothers themselves) has been translated by the pronoun “us” to avoid confusion with Joseph’s servants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A9/1"}
{"id":2342,"verse_id":"GEN.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “Also now, according to your words, so it is.” As the next statement indicates, this does mean that he will do exactly as they say. He does agree with them the culprit should be punished, but not as harshly as they suggest. Furthermore, the innocent parties will not be punished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A10/1"}
{"id":2343,"verse_id":"GEN.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “The one with whom it is found will become my slave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A10/2"}
{"id":2344,"verse_id":"GEN.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.10","text":"The words “the rest of” have been supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A10/3"}
{"id":2345,"verse_id":"GEN.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.10","text":"The Hebrew word נָקִי ( naqi ) means “acquitted,” that is, free of guilt and the responsibility for it. sn The rest of you will be free . Joseph’s purpose was to single out Benjamin to see if the brothers would abandon him as they had abandoned Joseph. He wanted to see if they had changed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A10/4"}
{"id":2346,"verse_id":"GEN.44.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.11","text":"Heb “and they hurried and they lowered.” Their speed in doing this shows their presumption of innocence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A11/1"}
{"id":2347,"verse_id":"GEN.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the man who was in charge of Joseph’s household) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A12/1"}
{"id":2348,"verse_id":"GEN.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.14","text":"The disjunctive clause here provides supplemental information.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A14/2"}
{"id":2349,"verse_id":"GEN.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.15","text":"Heb “What is this deed you have done?” The demonstrative pronoun (“this”) adds emphasis to the question. A literal translation seems to contradict the following statement, in which Joseph affirms that he is able to divine such matters. Thus here the emotive force of the question has been reflected in the translation, “What did you think you were doing?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A15/1"}
{"id":2350,"verse_id":"GEN.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.15","text":"Heb “[is] fully able to divine,” meaning that he can find things out by divination. The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis, stressing his ability to do this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A15/2"}
{"id":2351,"verse_id":"GEN.44.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.16","text":"The imperfect verbal form here indicates the subject’s potential.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A16/1"}
{"id":2352,"verse_id":"GEN.44.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.16","text":"The Hitpael form of the verb צָדֵק ( tsadeq ) here means “to prove ourselves just, to declare ourselves righteous, to prove our innocence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A16/2"}
{"id":2353,"verse_id":"GEN.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.17","text":"The words “the rest of” have been supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A17/1"}
{"id":2354,"verse_id":"GEN.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “up” (reflecting directions from their point of view – “up” to Canaan; “down” to Egypt).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A17/2"}
{"id":2355,"verse_id":"GEN.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “Please my lord, let your servant speak a word into the ears of my lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A18/1"}
{"id":2356,"verse_id":"GEN.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “and let not your anger burn against your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A18/2"}
{"id":2357,"verse_id":"GEN.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “and a small boy of old age,” meaning that he was born when his father was elderly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A20/1"}
{"id":2358,"verse_id":"GEN.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the boy just mentioned) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A20/2"}
{"id":2359,"verse_id":"GEN.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “he, only he, to his mother is left.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A20/3"}
{"id":2360,"verse_id":"GEN.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.21","text":"The cohortative after the imperative indicates purpose here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A21/1"}
{"id":2361,"verse_id":"GEN.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.21","text":"Heb “that I may set my eyes upon him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A21/2"}
{"id":2362,"verse_id":"GEN.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the boy’s father, i.e., Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A22/1"}
{"id":2363,"verse_id":"GEN.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.22","text":"The last two verbs are perfect tenses with vav consecutive. The first is subordinated to the second as a conditional clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A22/2"}
{"id":2364,"verse_id":"GEN.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.26","text":"The direct object is not specified in the Hebrew text, but is implied; “there” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A26/1"}
{"id":2365,"verse_id":"GEN.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “go down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A26/2"}
{"id":2366,"verse_id":"GEN.44.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.27","text":"Heb “that two sons my wife bore to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A27/1"}
{"id":2367,"verse_id":"GEN.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “went forth from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A28/1"}
{"id":2368,"verse_id":"GEN.44.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.29","text":"The construction uses a perfect verbal form with the vav consecutive to introduce the conditional clause and then another perfect verbal form with a vav consecutive to complete the sentence: “if you take…then you will bring down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A29/1"}
{"id":2369,"verse_id":"GEN.44.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.29","text":"Heb “evil/calamity.” The term is different than the one used in the otherwise identical statement recorded in v. 31 (see also 42:38 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A29/3"}
{"id":2370,"verse_id":"GEN.44.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.29","text":"Heb “to Sheol,” the dwelling place of the dead.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A29/4"}
{"id":2371,"verse_id":"GEN.44.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.30","text":"Heb “his life is bound up in his life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A30/1"}
{"id":2372,"verse_id":"GEN.44.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.31","text":"Heb “when he sees that there is no boy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A31/1"}
{"id":2373,"verse_id":"GEN.44.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.32","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A32/1"}
{"id":2374,"verse_id":"GEN.44.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.34","text":"The Hebrew text has “lest I see,” which expresses a negative purpose – “I cannot go up lest I see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A34/1"}
{"id":2375,"verse_id":"GEN.44.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":44,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.34","text":"Heb “the calamity which would find my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2044%3A34/2"}
{"id":2376,"verse_id":"GEN.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “all the ones standing beside him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A1/1"}
{"id":2377,"verse_id":"GEN.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A1/2"}
{"id":2378,"verse_id":"GEN.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “and he gave his voice in weeping,” meaning that Joseph could not restrain himself and wept out loud.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A2/1"}
{"id":2379,"verse_id":"GEN.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “and the Egyptians heard and the household of Pharaoh heard.” Presumably in the latter case this was by means of a report.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A2/2"}
{"id":2380,"verse_id":"GEN.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “let there not be anger in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A5/1"}
{"id":2381,"verse_id":"GEN.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.6","text":"Heb “the famine [has been] in the midst of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A6/1"}
{"id":2382,"verse_id":"GEN.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.7","text":"Heb “to make you a remnant.” The verb, followed here by the preposition לְ ( lÿ ), means “to make.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A7/2"}
{"id":2383,"verse_id":"GEN.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.7","text":"The infinitive gives a second purpose for God’s action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A7/3"}
{"id":2384,"verse_id":"GEN.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.8","text":"Heb “a father.” The term is used here figuratively of one who gives advice, as a father would to his children.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A8/1"}
{"id":2385,"verse_id":"GEN.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “hurry and go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A9/1"}
{"id":2386,"verse_id":"GEN.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.10","text":"The perfect verbal form with vav consecutive here expresses instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A10/1"}
{"id":2387,"verse_id":"GEN.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.11","text":"The verb כּוּל ( kul ) in the Pilpel stem means “to nourish, to support, to sustain.” As in 1 Kgs 20:27 , it here means “to supply with food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A11/1"}
{"id":2388,"verse_id":"GEN.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.12","text":"Heb “And, look, your eyes see and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that my mouth is the one speaking to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A12/1"}
{"id":2389,"verse_id":"GEN.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.13","text":"The perfect verbal form with the vav consecutive here expresses instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A13/1"}
{"id":2390,"verse_id":"GEN.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.13","text":"Heb “and hurry and bring down my father to here.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A13/2"}
{"id":2391,"verse_id":"GEN.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.16","text":"Heb “and the sound was heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A16/1"}
{"id":2392,"verse_id":"GEN.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.16","text":"Heb “was good in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A16/2"}
{"id":2393,"verse_id":"GEN.45.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.17","text":"Heb “and go! Enter!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A17/1"}
{"id":2394,"verse_id":"GEN.45.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.18","text":"After the imperatives in vv. 17-18 a, the cohortative with vav indicates result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A18/1"}
{"id":2395,"verse_id":"GEN.45.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.18","text":"After the cohortative the imperative with vav states the ultimate goal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A18/2"}
{"id":2396,"verse_id":"GEN.45.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.18","text":"Heb “fat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A18/3"}
{"id":2397,"verse_id":"GEN.45.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.19","text":"The words “to say” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A19/1"}
{"id":2398,"verse_id":"GEN.45.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.20","text":"Heb “let not your eye regard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A20/1"}
{"id":2399,"verse_id":"GEN.45.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.21","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel did so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A21/1"}
{"id":2400,"verse_id":"GEN.45.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.21","text":"Heb “according to the mouth of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A21/2"}
{"id":2401,"verse_id":"GEN.45.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.22","text":"Heb “to all of them he gave, to each one, changes of outer garments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A22/1"}
{"id":2402,"verse_id":"GEN.45.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.22","text":"Heb “changes of outer garments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A22/2"}
{"id":2403,"verse_id":"GEN.45.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.23","text":"Heb “according to this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A23/1"}
{"id":2404,"verse_id":"GEN.45.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.24","text":"Heb “do not be stirred up in the way.” The verb means “stir up.” Some understand the Hebrew verb רָגָז ( ragaz , “to stir up”) as a reference to quarreling (see Prov 29:9 , where it has this connotation), but in Exod 15:14 and other passages it means “to fear.” This might refer to a fear of robbers, but more likely it is an assuring word that they need not be fearful about returning to Egypt. They might have thought that once Jacob was in Egypt, Joseph would take his revenge on them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A24/1"}
{"id":2405,"verse_id":"GEN.45.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.25","text":"Heb “and they entered the land of Canaan to their father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A25/1"}
{"id":2406,"verse_id":"GEN.45.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.26","text":"Heb “and his heart was numb.” Jacob was stunned by the unbelievable news and was unable to respond.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A26/1"}
{"id":2407,"verse_id":"GEN.45.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":45,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.27","text":"Heb “and they spoke to him all the words of Joseph which he had spoke to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2045%3A27/1"}
{"id":2408,"verse_id":"GEN.46.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.1","text":"Heb “and Israel journeyed, and all that was his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A1/1"}
{"id":2409,"verse_id":"GEN.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.2","text":"Heb “in visions of the night.” The plural form has the singular meaning, probably as a plural of intensity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A2/1"}
{"id":2410,"verse_id":"GEN.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “the God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A3/1"}
{"id":2411,"verse_id":"GEN.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “and I, I will bring you up, also bringing up.” The independent personal pronoun before the first person imperfect verbal form draws attention to the speaker/subject, while the infinitive absolute after the imperfect strongly emphasizes the statement: “I myself will certainly bring you up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A4/1"}
{"id":2412,"verse_id":"GEN.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “and Joseph will put his hand upon your eyes.” This is a promise of peaceful death in Egypt with Joseph present to close his eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A4/2"}
{"id":2413,"verse_id":"GEN.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “arose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A5/1"}
{"id":2414,"verse_id":"GEN.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “and they took their livestock and their possessions which they had acquired in the land of Canaan and they went to Egypt, Jacob and all his offspring with him.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A6/1"}
{"id":2415,"verse_id":"GEN.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.7","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with him” here. This is omitted in the translation because it is redundant in English style (note the same phrase earlier in the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A7/1"}
{"id":2416,"verse_id":"GEN.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"46.13","text":"The MT reads “Puvah” (cf. Num 26:23 ); the Samaritan Pentateuch and Syriac read “Puah” (cf. 1 Chr 7:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A13/1"}
{"id":2417,"verse_id":"GEN.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"46.13","text":"The MT reads “Iob,” but the Samaritan Pentateuch and some LXX mss read “Jashub” (see Num 26:24 ; 1 Chr 7:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A13/2"}
{"id":2418,"verse_id":"GEN.46.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.15","text":"Heb “all the lives of his sons and his daughters, thirty-three.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A15/1"}
{"id":2419,"verse_id":"GEN.46.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"46.16","text":"The MT reads “Ziphion,” but see Num 26:15 , the Samaritan Pentateuch and the LXX, all of which read “Zephon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A16/1"}
{"id":2420,"verse_id":"GEN.46.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.23","text":"This name appears as “Shuham” in Num 26:42 . The LXX reads “Hashum” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A23/1"}
{"id":2421,"verse_id":"GEN.46.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.26","text":"Heb “All the people who went with Jacob to Egypt, the ones who came out of his body, apart from the wives of the sons of Jacob, all the people were sixty-six.” sn The number sixty-six includes the seventy-one descendants (including Dinah) listed in vv. 8-25 minus Er and Onan (deceased), and Joseph, Manasseh, and Ephraim (already in Egypt).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A26/1"}
{"id":2422,"verse_id":"GEN.46.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.27","text":"The LXX reads “nine sons,” probably counting the grandsons of Joseph born to Ephraim and Manasseh (cf. 1 Chr 7:14-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A27/1"}
{"id":2423,"verse_id":"GEN.46.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.27","text":"Heb “And the sons of Joseph who were born to him in Egypt were two people; all the people belonging to the house of Jacob who came to Egypt were seventy.” sn The number seventy includes Jacob himself and the seventy-one descendants (including Dinah, Joseph, Manasseh, and Ephraim) listed in vv. 8-25 , minus Er and Onan (deceased). The LXX gives the number as “seventy-five” (cf. Acts 7:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A27/2"}
{"id":2424,"verse_id":"GEN.46.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.28","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A28/1"}
{"id":2425,"verse_id":"GEN.46.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.28","text":"Heb “to direct before him to Goshen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A28/2"}
{"id":2426,"verse_id":"GEN.46.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.29","text":"Heb “and he appeared to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A29/1"}
{"id":2427,"verse_id":"GEN.46.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.30","text":"Heb “after my seeing your face that you are still alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A30/1"}
{"id":2428,"verse_id":"GEN.46.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.31","text":"Heb “tell Pharaoh and say to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A31/1"}
{"id":2429,"verse_id":"GEN.46.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.32","text":"Heb “feeders of sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A32/1"}
{"id":2430,"verse_id":"GEN.46.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.32","text":"Heb “for men of livestock they are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A32/2"}
{"id":2431,"verse_id":"GEN.46.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.34","text":"Heb “your servants are men of cattle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A34/1"}
{"id":2432,"verse_id":"GEN.46.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":46,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.34","text":"Heb “is an abomination.” The Hebrew word תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “abomination”) describes something that is loathsome or off-limits. For other practices the Egyptians considered disgusting, see Gen 43:32 and Exod 8:22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2046%3A34/3"}
{"id":2433,"verse_id":"GEN.47.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.1","text":"Heb “Look they [are] in the land of Goshen.” Joseph draws attention to the fact of their presence in Goshen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A1/1"}
{"id":2434,"verse_id":"GEN.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.2","text":"Heb “and from the whole of his brothers he took five men and presented them before Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A2/1"}
{"id":2435,"verse_id":"GEN.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A3/1"}
{"id":2436,"verse_id":"GEN.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “both we and our fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A3/2"}
{"id":2437,"verse_id":"GEN.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.4","text":"Heb “to sojourn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A4/1"}
{"id":2438,"verse_id":"GEN.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.4","text":"Heb “for there.” The Hebrew uses a causal particle to connect what follows with what precedes. The translation divides the statement into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A4/2"}
{"id":2439,"verse_id":"GEN.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.6","text":"Heb “men of skill.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A6/1"}
{"id":2440,"verse_id":"GEN.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.6","text":"Heb “make them rulers.” sn Put them in charge of my livestock . Pharaoh is, in effect, offering Joseph’s brothers jobs as royal keepers of livestock, a position mentioned often in Egyptian inscriptions, because the Pharaohs owned huge herds of cattle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A6/2"}
{"id":2441,"verse_id":"GEN.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “caused him to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A7/1"}
{"id":2442,"verse_id":"GEN.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “How many are the days of the years of your life?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A8/1"}
{"id":2443,"verse_id":"GEN.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “the days of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A9/1"}
{"id":2444,"verse_id":"GEN.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “sojournings.” Jacob uses a term that depicts him as one who has lived an unsettled life, temporarily residing in many different places.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A9/2"}
{"id":2445,"verse_id":"GEN.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “the days of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A9/3"}
{"id":2446,"verse_id":"GEN.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.9","text":"The Hebrew word רַע ( ra ’) can sometimes mean “evil,” but that would give the wrong connotation here, where it refers to pain, difficulty, and sorrow. Jacob is thinking back through all the troubles he had to endure to get to this point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A9/4"}
{"id":2447,"verse_id":"GEN.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “and they have not reached the days of the years of my fathers in the days of their sojournings.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A9/5"}
{"id":2448,"verse_id":"GEN.47.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.10","text":"Heb “from before Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A10/1"}
{"id":2449,"verse_id":"GEN.47.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.11","text":"Heb “a possession,” or “a holding.” Joseph gave them a plot of land with rights of ownership in the land of Goshen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A11/1"}
{"id":2450,"verse_id":"GEN.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.13","text":"The verb לַהַה ( lahah , = לָאָה , la ’ ah ) means “to faint, to languish”; it figuratively describes the land as wasting away, drooping, being worn out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A13/1"}
{"id":2451,"verse_id":"GEN.47.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.14","text":"Or “in exchange.” On the use of the preposition here see BDB 90 s.v. בְּ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A14/1"}
{"id":2452,"verse_id":"GEN.47.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.14","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A14/2"}
{"id":2453,"verse_id":"GEN.47.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.15","text":"Heb “all Egypt.” The expression is a metonymy and refers to all the people of Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A15/1"}
{"id":2454,"verse_id":"GEN.47.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.15","text":"The imperfect verbal form has a deliberative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A15/2"}
{"id":2455,"verse_id":"GEN.47.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.16","text":"The word “food” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A16/1"}
{"id":2456,"verse_id":"GEN.47.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.16","text":"On the use of the preposition here see BDB 90 s.v. בְּ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A16/2"}
{"id":2457,"verse_id":"GEN.47.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.17","text":"The definite article is translated here as a possessive pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A17/1"}
{"id":2458,"verse_id":"GEN.47.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.18","text":"Heb “my.” The expression “my lord” occurs twice more in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A18/1"}
{"id":2459,"verse_id":"GEN.47.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.19","text":"After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav here indicates consequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A19/1"}
{"id":2460,"verse_id":"GEN.47.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.19","text":"After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav here indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A19/3"}
{"id":2461,"verse_id":"GEN.47.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.19","text":"The disjunctive clause structure ( vav [ ו ] + subject + negated verb) highlights the statement and brings their argument to a conclusion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A19/4"}
{"id":2462,"verse_id":"GEN.47.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.20","text":"The Hebrew text connects this clause with the preceding one with a causal particle ( כִּי , ki ). The translation divides the clauses into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A20/1"}
{"id":2463,"verse_id":"GEN.47.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.20","text":"The Hebrew text adds “upon them.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A20/2"}
{"id":2464,"verse_id":"GEN.47.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.21","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A21/1"}
{"id":2465,"verse_id":"GEN.47.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"47.21","text":"The MT reads “and the people he removed to the cities,” which does not make a lot of sense in this context. The Samaritan Pentateuch and the LXX read “he enslaved them as slaves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A21/2"}
{"id":2466,"verse_id":"GEN.47.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.23","text":"The perfect verbal form with the vav consecutive is equivalent to a command here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A23/1"}
{"id":2467,"verse_id":"GEN.47.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.24","text":"The words “the crop” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A24/1"}
{"id":2468,"verse_id":"GEN.47.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.25","text":"Heb “we find favor in the eyes of my lord.” Some interpret this as a request, “may we find favor in the eyes of my lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A25/1"}
{"id":2469,"verse_id":"GEN.47.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.26","text":"On the term translated “statute” see P. Victor, “A Note on Hoq in the Old Testament,” VT 16 (1966): 358-61.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A26/1"}
{"id":2470,"verse_id":"GEN.47.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.26","text":"The words “which is in effect” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A26/2"}
{"id":2471,"verse_id":"GEN.47.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.28","text":"Heb “the days of the years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A28/1"}
{"id":2472,"verse_id":"GEN.47.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.29","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A29/1"}
{"id":2473,"verse_id":"GEN.47.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.29","text":"Or “deal with me in faithful love.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A29/3"}
{"id":2474,"verse_id":"GEN.47.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.30","text":"Heb “lie down.” Here the expression “lie down” refers to death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A30/1"}
{"id":2475,"verse_id":"GEN.47.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A30/2"}
{"id":2476,"verse_id":"GEN.47.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jacob) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A31/1"}
{"id":2477,"verse_id":"GEN.47.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.31","text":"Heb “swear on oath to me.” The words “that you will do so” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A31/2"}
{"id":2478,"verse_id":"GEN.47.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A31/3"}
{"id":2479,"verse_id":"GEN.47.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.31","text":"Heb “swore on oath to him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A31/4"}
{"id":2480,"verse_id":"GEN.47.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":47,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"47.31","text":"The MT reads מִטָּה ( mittah , “bed, couch”). The LXX reads the word as מַטֶּה ( matteh , “staff, rod”) and interprets this to mean that Jacob bowed down in worship while leaning on the top of his staff. The LXX reading was used in turn by the writer of the Letter to the Hebrews ( Heb 11:21 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2047%3A31/6"}
{"id":2481,"verse_id":"GEN.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “and one said.” With no expressed subject in the Hebrew text, the verb can be translated with the passive voice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A1/1"}
{"id":2482,"verse_id":"GEN.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “and one told and said.” The verbs have no expressed subject and can be translated with the passive voice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A2/1"}
{"id":2483,"verse_id":"GEN.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “Look, your son Joseph.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A2/2"}
{"id":2484,"verse_id":"GEN.48.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.3","text":"Heb “El Shaddai.” See the extended note on the phrase “sovereign God” in Gen 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A3/1"}
{"id":2485,"verse_id":"GEN.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.4","text":"Heb “Look, I am making you fruitful.” The participle following הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) has the nuance of a certain and often imminent future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A4/1"}
{"id":2486,"verse_id":"GEN.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.4","text":"The perfect verbal form with vav consecutive carries on the certain future idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A4/2"}
{"id":2487,"verse_id":"GEN.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.4","text":"The Hebrew text adds “after you,” which has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A4/3"}
{"id":2488,"verse_id":"GEN.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.4","text":"The Hebrew word אֲחֻזָּה (’ akhuzzah ), translated “possession,” describes a permanent holding in the land. It is the noun form of the same verb ( אָחַז , ’ akhaz ) that was used for the land given to them in Goshen ( Gen 47:27 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A4/4"}
{"id":2489,"verse_id":"GEN.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.6","text":"Or “you fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A6/1"}
{"id":2490,"verse_id":"GEN.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “called” or “named.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A6/2"}
{"id":2491,"verse_id":"GEN.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.7","text":"Heb “upon me, against me,” which might mean something like “to my sorrow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A7/1"}
{"id":2492,"verse_id":"GEN.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A7/2"}
{"id":2493,"verse_id":"GEN.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A9/1"}
{"id":2494,"verse_id":"GEN.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Joseph’s father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A9/2"}
{"id":2495,"verse_id":"GEN.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.9","text":"The cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose after the imperative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A9/3"}
{"id":2496,"verse_id":"GEN.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “heavy.” sn The disjunctive clause provides supplemental information that is important to the story. The weakness of Israel’s sight is one of several connections between this chapter and . Here there are two sons, and it appears that the younger is being blessed over the older by a blind old man. While it was by Jacob’s deception in chap. , here it is with Jacob’s full knowledge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A10/1"}
{"id":2497,"verse_id":"GEN.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A10/2"}
{"id":2498,"verse_id":"GEN.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (Joseph’s sons) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A10/3"}
{"id":2499,"verse_id":"GEN.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Joseph’s father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A10/4"}
{"id":2500,"verse_id":"GEN.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.11","text":"On the meaning of the Hebrew verb פָּלַל ( palal ) here, see E. A. Speiser, “The Stem pll in Hebrew,” JBL 82 (1963): 301-6. Speiser argues that this verb means “to estimate” as in Exod 21:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A11/1"}
{"id":2501,"verse_id":"GEN.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.11","text":"Heb “your face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A11/2"}
{"id":2502,"verse_id":"GEN.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.11","text":"Heb “offspring.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A11/3"}
{"id":2503,"verse_id":"GEN.48.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.12","text":"Heb “and Joseph brought them out from with his knees.” The two boys had probably been standing by Israel’s knees when being adopted and blessed. The referent of the pronoun “his” (Israel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A12/1"}
{"id":2504,"verse_id":"GEN.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “and Joseph took the two of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A13/1"}
{"id":2505,"verse_id":"GEN.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “and he brought near to him.” The referents of the pronouns “he” and “him” (Joseph and his father respectively) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A13/2"}
{"id":2506,"verse_id":"GEN.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.14","text":"The disjunctive clause is circumstantial-concessive here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A14/1"}
{"id":2507,"verse_id":"GEN.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “shepherded me.” The verb has been translated as an English noun for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A15/1"}
{"id":2508,"verse_id":"GEN.48.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.16","text":"The verb גָּאַל ( ga ’ al ) has the basic idea of “protect” as a near relative might do. It is used for buying someone out of bondage, marrying a deceased brother’s widow, paying off debts, avenging the family, and the like. The meanings of “deliver, protect, avenge” are most fitting when God is the subject (see A. R. Johnson, “The Primary Meaning of √ גאל ,” Congress Volume: Copenhagen, 1953 [VTSup], 67-77).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A16/2"}
{"id":2509,"verse_id":"GEN.48.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.16","text":"Or “be recalled through them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A16/3"}
{"id":2510,"verse_id":"GEN.48.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.17","text":"Heb “it was bad in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A17/1"}
{"id":2511,"verse_id":"GEN.48.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.19","text":"Heb “fullness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A19/1"}
{"id":2512,"verse_id":"GEN.48.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.20","text":"The pronoun is singular in the Hebrew text, apparently elevating Ephraim as the more prominent of the two. Note, however, that both are named in the blessing formula that follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A20/1"}
{"id":2513,"verse_id":"GEN.48.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.20","text":"Or “pronounce a blessing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A20/2"}
{"id":2514,"verse_id":"GEN.48.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.21","text":"The pronouns translated “you,” “you,” and “your” in this verse are plural in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A21/1"}
{"id":2515,"verse_id":"GEN.48.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.22","text":"The pronouns translated “your” and “you” in this verse are singular in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A22/1"}
{"id":2516,"verse_id":"GEN.48.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":48,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.22","text":"The Hebrew word שְׁכֶם ( shÿkhem ) could be translated either as “mountain slope” or “shoulder, portion,” or even taken as the proper name “Shechem.” Jacob was giving Joseph either (1) one portion above his brothers, or (2) the mountain ridge he took from the Amorites, or (3) Shechem. The ambiguity actually allows for all three to be the referent. He could be referring to the land in Shechem he bought in Gen 33:18-19 , but he mentions here that it was acquired by warfare, suggesting that the events of 34:25-29 are in view (even though at the time he denounced it, 34:30 ). Joseph was later buried in Shechem ( Josh 24:32 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2048%3A22/2"}
{"id":2517,"verse_id":"GEN.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.1","text":"After the imperative, the cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A1/1"}
{"id":2518,"verse_id":"GEN.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.1","text":"The expression “in the future” ( אַחֲרִית הַיָּמִים , ’ akharit hayyamim , “in the end of days”) is found most frequently in prophetic passages; it may refer to the end of the age, the eschaton, or to the distant future. The contents of some of the sayings in this chapter stretch from the immediate circumstances to the time of the settlement in the land to the coming of Messiah. There is a great deal of literature on this chapter, including among others C. Armerding, “The Last Words of Jacob: ,” BSac 112 (1955): 320-28; H. Pehlke, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of Genesis 49:1-28 ” (Th.D. dissertation, Dallas Theological Seminary, 1985); and B. Vawter, “The Canaanite Background of ,” CBQ 17 (1955): 1-18.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A1/2"}
{"id":2519,"verse_id":"GEN.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.4","text":"The Hebrew noun פַּחַז ( pakhaz ) only occurs here in the OT. A related verb occurs twice in the prophets ( Jer 23:32 ; Zeph 3:4 ) for false prophets inventing their messages, and once in Judges for unscrupulous men bribed to murder ( Judg 9:4 ). It would describe Reuben as being “frothy, boiling, turbulent” as water. The LXX has “run riot,” the Vulgate has “poured out,” and Tg. Onq. has “you followed your own direction.” It is a reference to Reuben’s misconduct in , but the simile and the rare word invite some speculation. H. Pehlke suggests “destructive like water,” for Reuben acted with pride and presumption; see his “An Exegetical and Theological Study of Genesis 49:1-28 ” (Th.D. dissertation, Dallas Theological Seminary, 1985).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A4/1"}
{"id":2520,"verse_id":"GEN.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.4","text":"Heb “Do not excel!” The Hiphil of the verb יָתַר ( yatar ) has this meaning only here. The negated jussive is rhetorical here. Rather than being a command, it anticipates what will transpire. The prophecy says that because of the character of the ancestor, the tribe of Reuben would not have the character to lead (see 1 Chr 5:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A4/2"}
{"id":2521,"verse_id":"GEN.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.4","text":"The last verb is third masculine singular, as if for the first time Jacob told the brothers, or let them know that he knew. For a discussion of this passage see S. Gevirtz, “The Reprimand of Reuben,” JNES 30 (1971): 87-98.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A4/4"}
{"id":2522,"verse_id":"GEN.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.5","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word מְכֵרָה ( mÿkherah ) is uncertain. It has been rendered (1) “habitations”; (2) “merchandise”; (3) “counsels”; (4) “swords”; (5) “wedding feasts.” If it is from the verb כָּרַת ( karat ) and formed after noun patterns for instruments and tools ( maqtil, miqtil form), then it would refer to “knives.” Since the verb is used in Exod 4:25 for circumcision, the idea would be “their circumcision knives,” an allusion to the events of (see M. J. Dahood, “‘MKRTYHM’ in Genesis 49,5 ,” CBQ 23 [1961]: 54-56). Another explanation also connects the word to the events of as a reference to the intended “wedding feast” for Dinah which could take place only after the men of Shechem were circumcised (see D. W. Young, “A Ghost Word in the Testament of Jacob ( Gen 49:5 )?” JBL 100 [1981]: 335-422).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A5/1"}
{"id":2523,"verse_id":"GEN.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.6","text":"The Hebrew text reads “my glory,” but it is preferable to repoint the form and read “my liver.” The liver was sometimes viewed as the seat of the emotions and will (see HALOT 456 s.v. II כָּבֵד ) for which the heart is the modern equivalent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A6/1"}
{"id":2524,"verse_id":"GEN.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.10","text":"Or perhaps “from his descendants,” taking the expression “from between his feet” as a euphemism referring to the genitals. In this case the phrase refers by metonymy to those who come forth from his genitals, i.e., his descendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A10/1"}
{"id":2525,"verse_id":"GEN.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.10","text":"The Hebrew form שִׁילֹה ( shiloh ) is a major interpretive problem. There are at least four major options (with many variations and less likely alternatives): (1) Some prefer to leave the text as it is, reading “Shiloh” and understanding it as the place where the ark rested for a while in the time of the Judges. (2) By repointing the text others arrive at the translation “until the [or “his”] ruler comes,” a reference to a Davidic ruler or the Messiah. (3) Another possibility that does not require emendation of the consonantal text, but only repointing, is “until tribute is brought to him” (so NEB, JPS, NRSV), which has the advantage of providing good parallelism with the following line, “the nations will obey him.” (4) The interpretation followed in the present translation, “to whom it [belongs]” (so RSV, NIV, REB), is based on the ancient versions. Again, this would refer to the Davidic dynasty or, ultimately, to the Messiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A10/2"}
{"id":2526,"verse_id":"GEN.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.10","text":"“and to him [will be] the obedience of the nations.” For discussion of this verse see J. Blenkinsopp, “The Oracle of Judah and the Messianic Entry,” JBL 80 (1961): 55-64; and E. M. Good, “The ‘Blessing’ on Judah,” JBL 82 (1963): 427-32.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A10/3"}
{"id":2527,"verse_id":"GEN.49.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.11","text":"The perfect verbal form is used rhetorically, describing coming events as though they have already taken place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A11/1"}
{"id":2528,"verse_id":"GEN.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.12","text":"Some translate these as comparatives, “darker than wine…whiter than milk,” and so a reference to his appearance (so NEB, NIV, NRSV). But if it is in the age of abundance, symbolized by wine and milk, then the dark (i.e., red or perhaps dull) eyes would be from drinking wine, and the white teeth from drinking milk.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A12/1"}
{"id":2529,"verse_id":"GEN.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.13","text":"The verb שָׁכַן ( shakhan ) means “to settle,” but not necessarily as a permanent dwelling place. The tribal settlements by the sea would have been temporary and not the tribe’s territory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A13/1"}
{"id":2530,"verse_id":"GEN.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.13","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A13/2"}
{"id":2531,"verse_id":"GEN.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.15","text":"The verb forms in this verse (“sees,” “will bend,” and “[will] become”) are preterite; they is used in a rhetorical manner, describing the future as if it had already transpired.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A15/1"}
{"id":2532,"verse_id":"GEN.49.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.16","text":"Or “govern.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A16/2"}
{"id":2533,"verse_id":"GEN.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"49.19","text":"Heb “heel.” The MT has suffered from misdivision at this point. The initial mem on the first word in the next verse should probably be taken as a plural ending on the word “heel.” sn In Hebrew the name Gad ( גָּד , gad ) sounds like the words translated “raided” ( יְגוּדֶנּוּ , yÿgudennu ) and “marauding bands” ( גְּדוּד , gÿdud ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A19/1"}
{"id":2534,"verse_id":"GEN.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “from Asher,” but the initial mem ( מ ) of the MT should probably be moved to the end of the preceding verse and taken as a plural ending on “heel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A20/1"}
{"id":2535,"verse_id":"GEN.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.20","text":"The Hebrew word translated “rich,” when applied to products of the ground, means abundant in quantity and quality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A20/2"}
{"id":2536,"verse_id":"GEN.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.20","text":"The word translated “delicacies” refers to foods that were delightful, the kind fit for a king.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A20/3"}
{"id":2537,"verse_id":"GEN.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.21","text":"Heb “a doe set free.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A21/1"}
{"id":2538,"verse_id":"GEN.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.21","text":"Heb “the one who gives words of beauty.” The deer imagery probably does not continue into this line; Naphtali is the likely antecedent of the substantival participle, which is masculine, not feminine, in form. If the animal imagery is retained from the preceding line, the image of a talking deer is preposterous. For this reason some read the second line “the one who bears beautiful fawns,” interpreting אִמְרֵי (’ imre ) as a reference to young animals, not words (see HALOT 67 s.v. * אִמֵּר ). sn Almost every word in the verse is difficult. Some take the imagery to mean that Naphtali will be swift and agile (like a doe ), and be used to take good messages (reading “words of beauty”). Others argue that the tribe was free-spirited ( free running ), but then settled down with young children.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A21/2"}
{"id":2539,"verse_id":"GEN.49.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.22","text":"The Hebrew text appears to mean “[is] a son of fruitfulness.” The second word is an active participle, feminine singular, from the verb פָּרָה ( parah , “to be fruitful”). The translation “bough” is employed for בֵּן ( ben , elsewhere typically “son”) because Joseph is pictured as a healthy and fruitful vine growing by the wall. But there are difficulties with this interpretation. The word “son” nowhere else refers to a plant and the noun translated “branches” ( Heb “daughters”) in the third line is a plural form whereas its verb is singular. In the other oracles of an animal is used for comparison and not a plant, leading some to translate the opening phrase בֵּן פָּרָה ( ben parah , “fruitful bough”) as “wild donkey” (JPS, NAB). Various other interpretations involving more radical emendation of the text have also been offered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A22/1"}
{"id":2540,"verse_id":"GEN.49.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.22","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A22/2"}
{"id":2541,"verse_id":"GEN.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.23","text":"The verb forms in vv. 23-24 are used in a rhetorical manner, describing future events as if they had already taken place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A23/1"}
{"id":2542,"verse_id":"GEN.49.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.24","text":"Heb “the arms of his hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A24/1"}
{"id":2543,"verse_id":"GEN.49.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.24","text":"Heb “from there,” but the phrase should be revocalized and read “from [i.e., because of] the name of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A24/2"}
{"id":2544,"verse_id":"GEN.49.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.24","text":"Or “Stone.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A24/3"}
{"id":2545,"verse_id":"GEN.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.25","text":"Heb “and he will help you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A25/1"}
{"id":2546,"verse_id":"GEN.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.25","text":"Heb “Shaddai.” See the note on the title “sovereign God” in Gen 17:1 . The preposition אֵת (’ et ) in the Hebrew text should probably be emended to אֵל (’ el , “God”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A25/2"}
{"id":2547,"verse_id":"GEN.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.25","text":"Heb “and he will bless you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A25/3"}
{"id":2548,"verse_id":"GEN.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.26","text":"Heb “have prevailed over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A26/1"}
{"id":2549,"verse_id":"GEN.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.26","text":"One could interpret the phrase הוֹרַי ( horay ) to mean “my progenitors” (literally, “the ones who conceived me”), but the masculine form argues against this. It is better to emend the text to הַרֲרֵי ( harare , “mountains of”) because it forms a better parallel with the next clause. In this case the final yod ( י ) on the form is a construct plural marker, not a pronominal suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A26/2"}
{"id":2550,"verse_id":"GEN.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.26","text":"For further discussion of this passage, see I. Sonne, “ Genesis 49:24-26 ,” JBL 65 (1946): 303-6.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A26/3"}
{"id":2551,"verse_id":"GEN.49.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.28","text":"Heb “All these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A28/1"}
{"id":2552,"verse_id":"GEN.49.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.28","text":"Heb “and he blessed them, each of whom according to his blessing, he blessed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A28/2"}
{"id":2553,"verse_id":"GEN.49.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.29","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and he said to them,” which is not included in the translation because it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A29/1"}
{"id":2554,"verse_id":"GEN.49.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.29","text":"Heb “I am about to be gathered” The participle is used here to describe what is imminent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A29/2"}
{"id":2555,"verse_id":"GEN.49.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.32","text":"Some translate the Hebrew term “Heth” as “Hittites” here (see also Gen 23:3 ), but this gives the impression that these people were the classical Hittites of Anatolia. However, there is no known connection between these sons of Heth, apparently a Canaanite group (see Gen 10:15 ), and the Hittites of Asia Minor. See H. A. Hoffner, Jr., “Hittites,” Peoples of the Old Testament World , 152-53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A32/1"}
{"id":2556,"verse_id":"GEN.49.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":49,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.33","text":"Heb “was gathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2049%3A33/1"}
{"id":2557,"verse_id":"GEN.50.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.1","text":"Heb “fell on.” The expression describes Joseph’s unrestrained sorrow over Jacob’s death; he probably threw himself across the body and embraced his father.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A1/1"}
{"id":2558,"verse_id":"GEN.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “his servants the physicians.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A2/1"}
{"id":2559,"verse_id":"GEN.50.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.3","text":"Heb “and forty days were fulfilled for him, for thus are fulfilled the days of embalming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A3/1"}
{"id":2560,"verse_id":"GEN.50.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.3","text":"Heb “wept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A3/2"}
{"id":2561,"verse_id":"GEN.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “weeping.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A4/1"}
{"id":2562,"verse_id":"GEN.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “the house of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A4/2"}
{"id":2563,"verse_id":"GEN.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “in the ears of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A4/3"}
{"id":2564,"verse_id":"GEN.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.5","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A5/1"}
{"id":2565,"verse_id":"GEN.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.5","text":"The imperfect verbal form here has the force of a command.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A5/2"}
{"id":2566,"verse_id":"GEN.50.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.6","text":"Heb “he made you swear on oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A6/1"}
{"id":2567,"verse_id":"GEN.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.7","text":"Or “dignitaries”; Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A7/1"}
{"id":2568,"verse_id":"GEN.50.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.9","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A9/1"}
{"id":2569,"verse_id":"GEN.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.10","text":"Heb “and they mourned there [with] very great and heavy mourning.” The cognate accusative, as well as the two adjectives and the adverb, emphasize the degree of their sorrow.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A10/2"}
{"id":2570,"verse_id":"GEN.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.11","text":"Heb “this is heavy mourning for Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A11/1"}
{"id":2571,"verse_id":"GEN.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.11","text":"The verb has no expressed subject and so it may be translated as passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A11/2"}
{"id":2572,"verse_id":"GEN.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.15","text":"The imperfect tense could be a simple future; it could also have a desiderative nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A15/1"}
{"id":2573,"verse_id":"GEN.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.15","text":"The infinitive absolute makes the statement emphatic, “repay in full.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A15/2"}
{"id":2574,"verse_id":"GEN.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.15","text":"Or “evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A15/3"}
{"id":2575,"verse_id":"GEN.50.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.16","text":"The verb means “command,” but they would hardly be commanding him. It probably means they sent their father’s instructions to Joseph.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A16/1"}
{"id":2576,"verse_id":"GEN.50.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.17","text":"Heb “and Joseph wept when they spoke to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A17/1"}
{"id":2577,"verse_id":"GEN.50.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.19","text":"Heb “For am I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A19/1"}
{"id":2578,"verse_id":"GEN.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “you devised against me evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A20/1"}
{"id":2579,"verse_id":"GEN.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “God devised it for good in order to do, like this day, to preserve alive a great nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A20/2"}
{"id":2580,"verse_id":"GEN.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “spoke to their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A21/1"}
{"id":2581,"verse_id":"GEN.50.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.22","text":"Heb “he and the house of his father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A22/1"}
{"id":2582,"verse_id":"GEN.50.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.23","text":"Heb “saw Ephraim, the children of the third.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A23/1"}
{"id":2583,"verse_id":"GEN.50.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.23","text":"Heb “they were born on the knees of Joseph.” This expression implies their adoption by Joseph, which meant that they received an inheritance from him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A23/2"}
{"id":2584,"verse_id":"GEN.50.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.24","text":"The verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) means “to visit,” i.e., to intervene for blessing or cursing; here Joseph announces that God would come to fulfill the promises by delivering them from Egypt. The statement is emphasized by the use of the infinitive absolute with the verb: “God will surely visit you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A24/1"}
{"id":2585,"verse_id":"GEN.50.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.24","text":"The words “to give” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A24/2"}
{"id":2586,"verse_id":"GEN.50.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.26","text":"Heb “son of a hundred and ten years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A26/1"}
{"id":2587,"verse_id":"GEN.50.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GEN","chapter":50,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.26","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Genesis%2050%3A26/2"}
{"id":2588,"verse_id":"EXO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “now these” or “and these.” The vav ( ו ) disjunctive marks a new beginning in the narrative begun in Genesis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":2589,"verse_id":"EXO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The expression בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל ( bÿne yisra ’ el , “sons of Israel”) in most places refers to the nation as a whole and can be translated “Israelites,” although traditionally it has been rendered “the children of Israel” or “the sons of Israel.” Here it refers primarily to the individual sons of the patriarch Israel, for they are named. But the expression is probably also intended to indicate that they are the Israelites (cf. Gen 29:1 , “eastern people,” or “easterners,” lit., “sons of the east”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":2590,"verse_id":"EXO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “a man and his house.” Since this serves to explain “the sons of Israel,” it has the distributive sense. So while the “sons of Israel” refers to the actual sons of the patriarch, the expression includes their families (cf. NIV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":2591,"verse_id":"EXO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The word נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is often translated “soul.” But the word refers to the whole person, the body with the soul, and so “life” or “person” is frequently a better translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":2592,"verse_id":"EXO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The expression in apposition to נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) literally says “those who went out from the loins of Jacob.” This distinguishes the entire company as his direct descendants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":2593,"verse_id":"EXO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and Joseph was in Egypt” (so ASV). The disjunctive word order in Hebrew draws attention to the fact that Joseph, in contrast to his brothers, did not come to Egypt at the same time as Jacob.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":2594,"verse_id":"EXO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The text simply uses the vav ( ו ) consecutive with the preterite, “and Joseph died.” While this construction shows sequence with the preceding verse, it does not require that the death follow directly the report of that verse. In fact, readers know from the record in Genesis that the death of Joseph occurred after a good number of years. The statement assumes the passage of time in the natural course of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":2595,"verse_id":"EXO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The verse has a singular verb, “and Joseph died, and all his brothers, and all that generation.” Typical of Hebrew style the verb need only agree with the first of a compound subject. sn Since the deaths of “Joseph and his brothers and all that generation” were common knowledge, their mention must serve some rhetorical purpose. In contrast to the flourishing of Israel, there is death. This theme will appear again: In spite of death in Egypt, the nation flourishes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":2596,"verse_id":"EXO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":2597,"verse_id":"EXO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The disjunctive vav marks a contrast with the note about the deaths of the first generation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":2598,"verse_id":"EXO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Using מְאֹד ( mÿ ’ od ) twice intensifies the idea of their becoming strong (see GKC 431-32 §133. k ). sn The text is clearly going out of its way to say that the people of Israel flourished in Egypt. The verbs פָּרָה ( parah , “be fruitful”), שָׁרַץ ( sharats , “swarm, teem”), רָבָה ( ravah , “multiply”), and עָצַם (’ atsam , “be strong, mighty”) form a literary link to the creation account in Genesis. The text describes Israel’s prosperity in the terms of God’s original command to be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth, to show that their prosperity was by divine blessing and in compliance with the will of God. The commission for the creation to fill the earth and subdue it would now begin to materialize through the seed of Abraham.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":2599,"verse_id":"EXO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The relative clause comes last in the verse in Hebrew. It simply clarifies that the new king had no knowledge about Joseph. It also introduces a major theme in the early portion of Exodus, as a later Pharaoh will claim not to know who Yahweh is. The Lord , however, will work to make sure that Pharaoh and all Egypt will know that he is the true God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":2600,"verse_id":"EXO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “arose.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":2601,"verse_id":"EXO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":2602,"verse_id":"EXO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) introduces the foundational clause for the exhortation to follow by drawing the listeners’ attention to the Israelites. In other words, the exhortation that follows is based on this observation. The connection could be rendered “since, because,” or the like.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":2603,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The verb is the Hitpael cohortative of חָכַם ( khakam , “to be wise”). This verb has the idea of acting shrewdly, dealing wisely. The basic idea in the word group is that of skill. So a skillful decision is required to prevent the Israelites from multiplying any more. sn Pharaoh’s speech invites evaluation. How wise did his plans prove to be?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":2604,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The word פֶּן ( pen ) expresses fear or precaution and can also be translated “lest” or “else” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 75-76, §461).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":2605,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The verb can be translated simply “will multiply,” but since Pharaoh has already indicated that he is aware they were doing that, the nuance here must mean to multiply all the more, or to continue to multiply. Cf. NIV “will become even more numerous.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":2606,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"The words וְהָיָה כִּי ( vÿhayah ki ) introduce a conditional clause – “if” (see GKC 335 §112. y ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":2607,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “and [lest] he [Israel] also be joined to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":2608,"verse_id":"EXO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “and go up from.” All the verbs coming after the particle פֶּן ( pen , “otherwise, lest” in v. 10 ) have the same force and are therefore parallel. These are the fears of the Egyptians. This explains why a shrewd policy of population control was required. They wanted to keep Israel enslaved; they did not want them to become too numerous and escape.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A10/6"}
{"id":2609,"verse_id":"EXO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “princes of work.” The word שָׂרֵי ( sare , “princes”) has been translated using words such as “ruler,” “prince,” “leader,” “official,” “chief,” “commander,” and “captain” in different contexts. It appears again in 2:14 and 18:21 and 25 . Hebrew מַס ( mas ) refers to a labor gang organized to provide unpaid labor, or corvée ( Deut 20:11 ; Josh 17:13 ; 1 Kgs 9:15, 21 ). The entire phrase has been translated “foremen,” which combines the idea of oversight and labor. Cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “taskmasters”; NIV “slave masters”; NLT “slave drivers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":2610,"verse_id":"EXO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “over them”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":2611,"verse_id":"EXO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"The form is a preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, וַיִּבֶן ( vayyiven ). The sequence expressed in this context includes the idea of result.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":2612,"verse_id":"EXO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Egyptians) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":2613,"verse_id":"EXO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The imperfect tenses in this verse are customary uses, expressing continual action in past time (see GKC 315 §107. e ). For other examples of כַּאֲשֶׁר ( ka ’ asher ) with כֵּן ( ken ) expressing a comparison (“just as…so”) see Gen 41:13 ; Judg 1:7 ; Isa 31:4 . sn Nothing in the oppression caused this, of course. Rather, the blessing of God ( Gen 12:1-3 ) was on Israel in spite of the efforts of Egypt to hinder it. According to God had foretold that there would be this period of oppression ( עָנָה [’ anah ] in Gen 15:13 ). In other words, God had decreed and predicted both their becoming a great nation and the oppression to show that he could fulfill his promise to Abraham in spite of the bondage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":2614,"verse_id":"EXO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “they felt a loathing before/because of”; the referent (the Egyptians) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":2615,"verse_id":"EXO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “the Egyptians.” For stylistic reasons this has been replaced by the pronoun “they” in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":2616,"verse_id":"EXO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “with rigor, oppression.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":2617,"verse_id":"EXO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The preposition bet ( ב ) in this verse has the instrumental use: “by means of” (see GKC 380 §119. o ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":2618,"verse_id":"EXO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “and in all service.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":2619,"verse_id":"EXO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"The line could be more literally translated, “All their service in which they served them [was] with rigor.” This takes the referent of בָּהֶם ( bahem ) to be the Egyptians. The pronoun may also resume the reference to the kinds of service and so not be needed in English: “All their service in which they served [was] with rigor.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":2620,"verse_id":"EXO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “and the king of Egypt said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":2621,"verse_id":"EXO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “who the name of the first [was] Shiphrah, and the name of the second [was] Puah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":2622,"verse_id":"EXO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The verse starts with the verb that began the last verse; to read it again seems redundant. Some versions render it “spoke” in v. 15 and “said” in v. 16 . In effect, Pharaoh has been delayed from speaking while the midwives are named.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":2623,"verse_id":"EXO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"The form is the Piel infinitive construct serving in an adverbial clause of time. This clause lays the foundation for the next verb, the Qal perfect with a vav consecutive: “when you assist…then you will observe.” The latter carries an instructional nuance (= the imperfect of instruction), “you are to observe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":2624,"verse_id":"EXO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “at the birthstool” (cf. ASV, NASB, NRSV), but since this particular item is not especially well known today, the present translation simply states “at the delivery.” Cf. NIV “delivery stool.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":2625,"verse_id":"EXO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"The last form וָחָיָה ( vakhaya ) in the verse is unusual; rather than behaving as a III- Hey form, it is written as a geminate but without the daghesh forte in pause (GKC 218 §76. i ). In the conditional clause, following the parallel instruction (“kill him”), this form should be rendered “she may live” or “let her live.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":2626,"verse_id":"EXO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “and they [fem. pl.] feared”; the referent (the midwives) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":2627,"verse_id":"EXO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The verb is the Piel preterite of חָיָה ( khaya , “to live”). The Piel often indicates a factitive nuance with stative verbs, showing the cause of the action. Here it means “let live, cause to live.” The verb is the exact opposite of Pharaoh’s command for them to kill the boys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":2628,"verse_id":"EXO.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) followed by the lamed ( ל ) preposition has here the nuance of “summon.” The same construction is used later when Pharaoh summons Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":2629,"verse_id":"EXO.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"The second verb in Pharaoh’s speech is a preterite with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. It may indicate a simple sequence: “Why have you done…and (so that you) let live?” It could also indicate that this is a second question, “Why have you done …[why] have you let live?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":2630,"verse_id":"EXO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Hebrew women) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":2631,"verse_id":"EXO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “before the midwife comes to them (and) they give birth.” The perfect tense with the vav consecutive serves as the apodosis to the preceding temporal clause; it has the frequentative nuance (see GKC 337-38 §112. oo ). sn The point of this brief section is that the midwives respected God above the king. They simply followed a higher authority that prohibited killing. Fearing God is a basic part of the true faith that leads to an obedient course of action and is not terrified by worldly threats. There probably was enough truth in what they were saying to be believable, but they clearly had no intention of honoring the king by participating in murder, and they saw no reason to give him a straightforward answer. God honored their actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":2632,"verse_id":"EXO.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The verb וַיֵּיטֶב ( vayyetev ) is the Hiphil preterite of יָטַב ( yatav ). In this stem the word means “to cause good, treat well, treat favorably.” The vav ( ו ) consecutive shows that this favor from God was a result of their fearing and obeying him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":2633,"verse_id":"EXO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The temporal indicator וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ) focuses attention on the causal clause and lays the foundation for the main clause, namely, “God made households for them.” This is the second time the text affirms the reason for their defiance, their fear of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":2634,"verse_id":"EXO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “families”; Heb “houses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":2635,"verse_id":"EXO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The substantive כֹּל ( kol ) followed by the article stresses the entirety – “all sons” or “all daughters” – even though the nouns are singular in Hebrew (see GKC 411 §127. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":2636,"verse_id":"EXO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"The form includes a pronominal suffix that reiterates the object of the verb: “every son…you will throw it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":2637,"verse_id":"EXO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"The first imperfect has the force of a definite order, but the second, concerning the girls, could also have the nuance of permission, which may fit better. Pharaoh is simply allowing the girls to live. sn Verse 22 forms a fitting climax to the chapter, in which the king continually seeks to destroy the Israelite strength. Finally, with this decree, he throws off any subtlety and commands the open extermination of Hebrew males. The verse forms a transition to the next chapter, in which Moses is saved by Pharaoh’s own daughter. These chapters show that the king’s efforts to destroy the strength of Israel – so clearly a work of God – met with failure again and again. And that failure involved the efforts of women, whom Pharaoh did not consider a threat.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":2638,"verse_id":"EXO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “house.” In other words, the tribe of Levi.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":2639,"verse_id":"EXO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “went and took”; NASB “went and married.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":2640,"verse_id":"EXO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “a daughter of Levi.” The word “daughter” is used in the sense of “descendant” and connects the new account with Pharaoh’s command in 1:22 . The words “a woman who was” are added for clarity in English. sn The first part of this section is the account of hiding the infant (vv. 1-4 ). The marriage, the birth, the hiding of the child, and the positioning of Miriam, are all faith operations that ignore the decree of Pharaoh or work around it to preserve the life of the child.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":2641,"verse_id":"EXO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “conceived” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":2642,"verse_id":"EXO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"A preterite form with the vav consecutive can be subordinated to a following clause. What she saw stands as a reason for what she did: “when she saw…she hid him three months.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":2643,"verse_id":"EXO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"After verbs of perceiving or seeing there are frequently two objects, the formal accusative (“she saw him”) and then a noun clause that explains what it was about the child that she perceived (“that he was healthy”). See GKC 365 §117. h .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":2644,"verse_id":"EXO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “fine” ( טוֹב , tov ). The construction is parallel to phrases in the creation narrative (“and God saw that it was good,” Gen 1:4, 10, 12, 17, 21, 25, 31 ). B. Jacob says, “She looked upon her child with a joy similar to that of God upon His creation ( Gen 1.4 ff.)” ( Exodus , 25).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":2645,"verse_id":"EXO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “stood.” The verb is the Hitpael preterite of יָצַב ( yatsav ), although the form is anomalous and perhaps should be spelled as in the Samaritan Pentateuch (see GKC 193 §71). The form yields the meaning of “take a stand, position or station oneself.” His sister found a good vantage point to wait and see what might become of the infant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":2646,"verse_id":"EXO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “to know”; many English versions have “to see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":2647,"verse_id":"EXO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"The verb is a Niphal imperfect; it should be classified here as a historic future, future from the perspective of a point in a past time narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":2648,"verse_id":"EXO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “bathe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":2649,"verse_id":"EXO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"The word here is אָמָה (’ amah ), which means “female slave.” The word translated “attendants” earlier in the verse is נַעֲרֹת ( na ’ arot , “young women”), possibly referring here to an assortment of servants and companions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":2650,"verse_id":"EXO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"The verb is preterite, third person feminine singular, with a pronominal suffix, from לָקַח ( laqakh , “to take”). The form says literally “and she took it,” and retains the princess as the subject of the verb.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":2651,"verse_id":"EXO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and she opened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":2652,"verse_id":"EXO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The grammatical construction has a pronominal suffix on the verb as the direct object along with the expressed object: “and she saw him, the child.” The second object defines the previous pronominal object to avoid misunderstanding (see GKC 425 §131. m ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":2653,"verse_id":"EXO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"The text has נַעַר ( na ’ ar , “lad, boy, young man”), which in this context would mean a baby boy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":2654,"verse_id":"EXO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"This clause is introduced with a disjunctive vav and the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold” in the KJV). The particle in this kind of clause introduces the unexpected – what Pharaoh’s daughter saw when she opened the basket: “and look, there was a baby boy crying.” The clause provides a parenthetical description of the child as she saw him when she opened the basket and does not advance the narrative. It is an important addition, however, for it puts readers in the position of looking with her into the basket and explains her compassion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":2655,"verse_id":"EXO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"The verb could be given a more colloquial translation such as “she felt sorry for him.” But the verb is stronger than that; it means “to have compassion, to pity, to spare.” What she felt for the baby was strong enough to prompt her to spare the child from the fate decreed for Hebrew boys. Here is part of the irony of the passage: What was perceived by many to be a womanly weakness – compassion for a baby – is a strong enough emotion to prompt the woman to defy the orders of Pharaoh. The ruler had thought sparing women was safe, but the midwives, the Hebrew mother, the daughter of Pharaoh, and Miriam, all work together to spare one child – Moses (cf. 1 Cor 1:27-29 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":2656,"verse_id":"EXO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The object of the verb “get/summon” is “a woman.” But מֵינֶקֶת ( meneqet , “nursing”), the Hiphil participle of the verb יָנַק ( yanaq , “to suck”), is in apposition to it, clarifying what kind of woman should be found – a woman, a nursing one. Of course Moses’ mother was ready for the task.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":2657,"verse_id":"EXO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"The form וְתֵינִק ( vÿteniq ) is the Hiphil imperfect/jussive, third feminine singular, of the same root as the word for “nursing.” It is here subordinated to the preceding imperfect (“shall I go”) and perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive (“and summon”) to express the purpose: “in order that she may.” sn No respectable Egyptian woman of this period would have undertaken the task of nursing a foreigner’s baby, and so the suggestion by Miriam was proper and necessary. Since she was standing a small distance away from the events, she was able to come forward when the discovery was made.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":2658,"verse_id":"EXO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “Go” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “Go ahead”; TEV “Please do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":2659,"verse_id":"EXO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb קָרָא ( qara ’, “called”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":2660,"verse_id":"EXO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The verb is the Hiphil imperative of the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ), and so is properly rendered “cause to go” or “take away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":2661,"verse_id":"EXO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The possessive pronoun on the noun “wage” expresses the indirect object: “I will pay wages to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":2662,"verse_id":"EXO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"The verb is the preterite of גָּדַל ( gadal ), and so might be rendered “and he became great.” But the context suggests that it refers to when he was weaned and before he was named, perhaps indicating he was three or four years old (see Gen 21:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":2663,"verse_id":"EXO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The idiomatic expression literally reads: “and he was to her for a son.” In this there are two prepositions lamed. The first expresses possession: “he was to her” means “she had.” The second is part of the usage of the verb: הָיָה ( haya ) with the lamed ( ל ) preposition means “to become.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":2664,"verse_id":"EXO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the next and main idea of the verse. This is the second use of this verb in the chapter. In v. 10 the verb had the sense of “when he began to grow” or “when he got older,” but here it carries the nuance of “when he had grown up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":2665,"verse_id":"EXO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “brothers.” This term does not require them to be literal siblings, or even close family members. It simply refers to fellow Hebrews, people with whom Moses has begun to feel close ties of kinship. They are “brothers” in a broad sense, ultimately fellow members of the covenant community.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":2666,"verse_id":"EXO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ a , “to see”) followed by the preposition bet ( ב ) can indicate looking on something as an overseer, or supervising, or investigating. Here the emphasis is on Moses’ observing their labor with sympathy or grief. It means more than that he simply saw the way his fellow Hebrews were being treated (cf. 2:25 ). sn This journey of Moses to see his people is an indication that he had become aware of his destiny to deliver them. This verse says that he looked on their oppression; the next section will say that the Lord looked on it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":2667,"verse_id":"EXO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.11","text":"The verb מַכֶּה ( makkeh ) is the Hiphil participle of the root נָכָה ( nakha ). It may be translated “strike, smite, beat, attack.” It can be used with the sense of killing (as in the next verse, which says Moses hid the body), but it does not necessarily indicate here that the Egyptian killed the Hebrew.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A11/6"}
{"id":2668,"verse_id":"EXO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “brothers.” This kinship term is used as a means of indicating the nature of Moses’ personal concern over the incident, since the appositional clause adds no new information.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A11/7"}
{"id":2669,"verse_id":"EXO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"The text literally says, “and he turned thus and thus” ( וַיִּפֶן כֹּה וָכֹה , vayyifen koh vakhoh ). It may indicate that he turned his gaze in all directions to ascertain that no one would observe what he did. Or, as B. Jacob argues, it may mean that he saw that there was no one to do justice and so he did it himself ( Exodus , 37-38, citing Isa 59:15-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":2670,"verse_id":"EXO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “he saw that there was no man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":2671,"verse_id":"EXO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “him”; for stylistic reasons the referent has been specified as “the body.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":2672,"verse_id":"EXO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The preterite with the vav consecutive is subordinated to the main idea of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":2673,"verse_id":"EXO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “the second day” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":2674,"verse_id":"EXO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The deictic particle is used here to predicate existence, as in “here were” or “there were.” But this use of הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) indicates also that what he encountered was surprising or sudden – as in “Oh, look!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":2675,"verse_id":"EXO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"The word רָשָׁע ( rasha ’ ) is a legal term, meaning the guilty. This guilty man rejects Moses’ intervention for much the same reason Pharaoh will later ( 5:2 ) – he does not recognize his authority. Later Pharaoh will use this term to declare himself as in the wrong ( 9:27 ) and God in the right.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":2676,"verse_id":"EXO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.13","text":"This is the third use of the verb נָכָה ( nakha ) in the passage; here it is the Hiphil imperfect. It may be given a progressive imperfect nuance – the attack was going on when Moses tried to intervene.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A13/5"}
{"id":2677,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “And he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":2678,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “Who placed you for a man, a ruler and a judge over us?” The pleonasm does not need to be translated. For similar constructions see Lev 21:9 ; Judg 6:8 ; 2 Sam 1:13 ; Esth 7:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":2679,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The line reads “[is it] to kill me you are planning?” The form אֹמֵר (’ omer ) is the active participle used verbally; it would literally be “[are you] saying,” but in this context it conveys the meaning of “thinking, planning.” The Qal infinitive then serves as the object of this verbal form – are you planning to kill me?","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":2680,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “the Egyptian.” Here the Hebrew article functions in an anaphoric sense, referring back to the individual Moses killed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":2681,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.14","text":"The verb form is “and he said.” But the intent of the form is that he said this within himself, and so it means “he thought, realized, said to himself.” The form, having the vav consecutive, is subordinated to the main idea of the verse, that he was afraid.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/5"}
{"id":2682,"verse_id":"EXO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.14","text":"The term הַדָּבָר ( haddavar , “the word [thing, matter, incident]”) functions here like a pronoun to refer in brief to what Moses had done. For clarity this has been specified in the translation with the phrase “what I did.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A14/6"}
{"id":2683,"verse_id":"EXO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The form with the vav consecutive is here subordinated to the main idea that Pharaoh sought to punish Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":2684,"verse_id":"EXO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb הַדָּבָר ( haddavar , “the word [thing, matter, incident]”) functions here like a pronoun to refer in brief to what Moses had done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":2685,"verse_id":"EXO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive with the preterite shows result – as a result of Pharaoh’s search for him, he fled.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":2686,"verse_id":"EXO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.15","text":"The verb reads “and he sat” or “and he lived.” To translate it “he sat by a well” would seem anticlimactic and unconnected. It probably has the same sense as in the last clause, namely, that he lived in Midian, and he lived near a well, which detail prepares for what follows.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A15/5"}
{"id":2687,"verse_id":"EXO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.15","text":"The word has the definite article, “the well.” Gesenius lists this use of the article as that which denotes a thing that is yet unknown to the reader but present in the mind under the circumstances (GKC 407-8 §126. q-r ). Where there was a well, people would settle, and as R. A. Cole says it, for people who settled there it was “the well” ( Exodus [TOTC], 60).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A15/6"}
{"id":2688,"verse_id":"EXO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The preterites describing their actions must be taken in an ingressive sense, since they did not actually complete the job. Shepherds drove them away, and Moses watered the flocks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":2689,"verse_id":"EXO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The object “water” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":2690,"verse_id":"EXO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"This also has the ingressive sense, “began to fill,” but for stylistic reasons is translated simply “fill” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":2691,"verse_id":"EXO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The definite article here is the generic use; it simply refers to a group of shepherds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":2692,"verse_id":"EXO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The actions of the shepherds are subordinated to the main statement about what Moses did. sn The verb is וַיְגָרְשׁוּם ( vaygorshum ). Some shepherds came and drove the daughters away. The choice of this verb in the narrative has a tie with the name of Moses’ first son, Gershom. Moses senses very clearly that he is a sojourner in a strange land – he has been driven away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":2693,"verse_id":"EXO.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The verb means “to go, to come, to enter.” In this context it means that they returned to their father, or came home.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":2694,"verse_id":"EXO.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"The sentence uses a verbal hendiadys construction: מִהַרְתֶּן בֹּא ( miharten bo ’, “you have made quick [to] come”). The finite verb functions as if it were an adverb modifying the infinitive, which becomes the main verb of the clause. sn Two observations should be made at this point. First, it seems that the oppression at the well was a regular part of their routine because their father was surprised at their early return, and their answer alluded to the shepherds rather automatically. Secondly, the story is another meeting-at-the-well account. Continuity with the patriarchs is thereby kept in the mind of the reader (cf. Gen 24; 29:1-12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":2695,"verse_id":"EXO.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “from the hand of the shepherds” (so NASB); NAB “saved us from the interference of the shepherds.” Most recent English versions translate simply “from the shepherds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":2696,"verse_id":"EXO.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The construction is emphatic with the use of the perfect tense and its infinitive absolute: דָלָה דָּלֹה ( daloh dalah ). B. Jacob says, “They showed their enthusiasm through the use of the infinitive absolute – And think of that, he even drew water for us; a man did this for us girls” ( Exodus , 41).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":2697,"verse_id":"EXO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “And he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":2698,"verse_id":"EXO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"The conjunction vav ( ו ) joins Reuel’s question to what the daughters said as logically following with the idea, “If he has done all that you say, why is he not here for me to meet?” (see GKC 485 §154. b ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":2699,"verse_id":"EXO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"This uses the demonstrative pronoun as an enclitic, for emphasis (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118). The question reads more literally, “Why [is] this [that] you left him?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":2700,"verse_id":"EXO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"The imperfect tense coming after the imperative indicates purpose.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":2701,"verse_id":"EXO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “bread,” i.e., “food.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A20/5"}
{"id":2702,"verse_id":"EXO.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “and Moses was willing” to stay with Reuel. The Talmud understood this to mean that he swore, and so when it came time to leave he had to have a word from God and permission from his father-in-law ( Exod 4:18-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":2703,"verse_id":"EXO.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"The words “in marriage” are implied, and have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":2704,"verse_id":"EXO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is subordinated to the next clause, which reports the naming and its motivation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":2705,"verse_id":"EXO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “and he called”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":2706,"verse_id":"EXO.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"The verse begins with the temporal indicator “And it was” (cf. KJV, ASV “And it came to pass”). This has been left untranslated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":2707,"verse_id":"EXO.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “in those many days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":2708,"verse_id":"EXO.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":2709,"verse_id":"EXO.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.23","text":"“They cried out” is from זָעַק ( za ’ aq ), and “desperate cry” is from שַׁוְעָה ( shava ’ h ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A23/5"}
{"id":2710,"verse_id":"EXO.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “and God saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":2711,"verse_id":"EXO.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “and God knew” ( יָדַע , yada ’). The last clause contains a widely used verb for knowing, but it leaves the object unexpressed within the clause, so as to allow all that vv. 23-24 have described to serve as the compelling content of God’s knowing. (Many modern English versions supply an object for the verb following the LXX, which reads “knew them .”) The idea seems to be that God took personal knowledge of, noticed, or regarded them. In other passages the verb “know” is similar in meaning to “save” or “show pity.” See especially Gen 18:21 , Ps 1:6; 31:7 , and Amos 3:2 . Exodus has already provided an example of the results of not knowing in 1:8 (cf. 5:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":2712,"verse_id":"EXO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “west of the desert,” taking אַחַר (’ akhar , “behind”) as the opposite of עַל־פְּנֵי (’ al-pÿne , “on the face of, east of”; cf. Gen 16:12; 25:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":2713,"verse_id":"EXO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The verb וַיֵּרָא ( vayyera ’) is the Niphal preterite of the verb “to see.” For similar examples of רָאָה ( ra ’ ah ) in Niphal where the subject “appears,” that is, allows himself to be seen, or presents himself, see Gen 12:7; 35:9; 46:29 ; Exod 6:3; and 23:17 . B. Jacob notes that God appears in this way only to individuals and never to masses of people; it is his glory that appears to the masses ( Exodus , 49).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":2714,"verse_id":"EXO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Gesenius rightly classifies this as a bet ( ב ) essentiae (GKC 379 §119. i ); it would then indicate that Yahweh appeared to Moses “ as a flame.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":2715,"verse_id":"EXO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “And he saw.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":2716,"verse_id":"EXO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.2","text":"The text again uses the deictic particle with vav , וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh ), traditionally rendered “and behold.” The particle goes with the intense gaze, the outstretched arm, the raised eyebrow – excitement and intense interest: “look, over there.” It draws the reader into the immediate experience of the subject.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A2/6"}
{"id":2717,"verse_id":"EXO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.2","text":"The construction uses the suffixed negative אֵינֶנּוּ (’ enennu ) to convey the subject of the passive verb: “It was not” consumed. This was the amazing thing, for nothing would burn faster in the desert than a thornbush on fire.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A2/7"}
{"id":2718,"verse_id":"EXO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “And Moses said.” The implication is that Moses said this to himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":2719,"verse_id":"EXO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The construction uses the cohortative אָסֻרָה־נָּא (’ asura-nna ’) followed by an imperfect with vav ( וְאֶרְאֶה , vÿ ’ er ’ eh ) to express the purpose or result (logical sequence): “I will turn aside in order that I may see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":2720,"verse_id":"EXO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “great.” The word means something extraordinary here. In using this term Moses revealed his reaction to the strange sight and his anticipation that something special was about to happen. So he turned away from the flock to investigate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":2721,"verse_id":"EXO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"The verb is an imperfect. Here it has the progressive nuance – the bush is not burning up.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":2722,"verse_id":"EXO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) is subordinated as a temporal clause to the main point of the verse, that God called to him. The language is anthropomorphic, as if God’s actions were based on his observing what Moses did.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":2723,"verse_id":"EXO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki , “that”) introduces the noun clause that functions as the direct object of the verb “saw” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 81, §490).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":2724,"verse_id":"EXO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “And he said”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":2725,"verse_id":"EXO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “And he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":2726,"verse_id":"EXO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"The causal clause includes within it a typical relative clause, which is made up of the relative pronoun, then the independent personal pronoun with the participle, and then the preposition with the resumptive pronoun. It would literally be “which you are standing on it,” but the relative pronoun and the resumptive pronoun are combined and rendered, “on which you are standing.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":2727,"verse_id":"EXO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The clause uses the Hiphil infinitive construct with a preposition after the perfect tense: יָרֵא מֵהַבִּיט ( yare ’ mehabbit , “he was afraid from gazing”) meaning “he was afraid to gaze.” The preposition min ( מִן ) is used before infinitives after verbs like the one to complete the verb (see BDB 583 s.v. 7 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":2728,"verse_id":"EXO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The use of the infinitive absolute with the perfect tense intensifies the statement: I have surely seen – there is no doubt that I have seen and will do something about it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":2729,"verse_id":"EXO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The Hiphil infinitive with the suffix is לְהַצִּילוֹ ( lÿhatsilo , “to deliver them”). It expresses the purpose of God’s coming down. The verb itself is used for delivering or rescuing in the general sense, and snatching out of danger for the specific.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":2730,"verse_id":"EXO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “to a land good and large”; NRSV “to a good and broad land.” In the translation the words “that is both” are supplied because in contemporary English “good and” combined with any additional descriptive term can be understood as elative (“good and large” = “very large”; “good and spacious” = “very spacious”; “good and ready” = “very ready”). The point made in the Hebrew text is that the land to which they are going is both good (in terms of quality) and large (in terms of size).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":2731,"verse_id":"EXO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"This vibrant description of the promised land is a familiar one. Gesenius classifies “milk and honey” as epexegetical genitives because they provide more precise description following a verbal adjective in the construct state (GKC 418-19 §128. x ). The land is modified by “flowing,” and “flowing” is explained by the genitives “milk and honey.” These two products will be in abundance in the land, and they therefore exemplify what a desirable land it is. The language is hyperbolic, as if the land were streaming with these products.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":2732,"verse_id":"EXO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Each people group is joined to the preceding by the vav conjunction, “and.” Each also has the definite article, as in other similar lists ( 3:17; 13:5; 34:11 ). To repeat the conjunction and article in the translation seems to put more weight on the list in English than is necessary to its function in identifying what land God was giving the Israelites.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":2733,"verse_id":"EXO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) focuses attention on what is being said as grounds for what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":2734,"verse_id":"EXO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The word is a technical term for the outcry one might make to a judge. God had seen the oppression and so knew that the complaints were accurate, and so he initiated the proceedings against the oppressors (B. Jacob, Exodus , 59).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":2735,"verse_id":"EXO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “seen the oppression with which the Egyptians oppress them.” The word for the oppression is now לַחַץ ( lakhats ), which has the idea of pressure with the oppression – squeezing, pressuring – which led to its later use in the Semitic languages for torture. The repetition in the Hebrew text of the root in the participle form after this noun serves to stress the idea. This emphasis has been represented in the translation by the expression “seen how severely the Egyptians oppress them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":2736,"verse_id":"EXO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The verse has a sequence of volitives. The first form is the imperative לְכָה ( lÿkha , “go”). Then comes the cohortative/imperfect form with the vav ( ו ), “and I will send you” or more likely “that I may send you” ( וְאֶשְׁלָחֲךָ , vÿ ’ eshlakhakha ), which is followed by the imperative with the vav , “and bring out” or “that you may bring out” ( וְהוֹצֵא , vÿhotse ’). The series of actions begins with Moses going. When he goes, it will be the Lord who sends him, and if the Lord sends him, it will be with the purpose of leading Israel out of Egypt. sn These instructions for Moses are based on the preceding revelation made to him. The deliverance of Israel was to be God’s work – hence, “I will send you.” When God commissioned people, often using the verb “to send,” it indicated that they went with his backing, his power, and his authority. Moses could not have brought Israel out without this. To name this incident a commissioning, then, means that the authority came from God to do the work (compare John 3:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":2737,"verse_id":"EXO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “And Moses said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":2738,"verse_id":"EXO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"The imperfect tense אֵלֵךְ (’ elekh ) carries the modal nuance of obligatory imperfect, i.e., “that I should go.” Moses at this point is overwhelmed with the task of representing God, and with his personal insufficiency, and so in honest humility questions the choice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":2739,"verse_id":"EXO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “And he said”; the word “replied” clarifies for English readers that speaker is God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":2740,"verse_id":"EXO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) has the asseverative use here, “surely, indeed,” which is frequently found with oaths (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §449). The imperfect tense אֶהְיֶה (’ ehyeh ) could be rendered as the future tense, “I will be” or the present tense “I am” with you. The future makes the better sense in this case, since the subject matter is the future mission. But since it is a stative verb, the form will also lend itself nicely to explaining the divine name – he is the One who is eternally present – “I am with you always.” sn Here is the introduction of the main motif of the commission, which will be the explanation of the divine name. It will make little difference who the servant is or what that servant’s abilities might be, if God is present. The mention of God’s presence is not a simple catch-phrase; it represents abundant provisions to the believer (see below on v. 14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":2741,"verse_id":"EXO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"The verb תַּעַבְדוּן ( ta ’ avdun , “you will serve”) is one of the foremost words for worship in the Torah. Keeping the commandments and serving Yahweh usually sum up the life of faith; the true worshiper seeks to obey him. The highest title anyone can have in the OT is “the servant of Yahweh.” The verb here could be rendered interpretively as “worship,” but it is better to keep it to the basic idea of serving because that emphasizes an important aspect of worship, and it highlights the change from Israel’s serving Egypt, which has been prominent in the earlier chapters. The words “and they” are supplied to clarify for English readers that the subject of the verb is plural (Moses and the people), unlike the other second person forms in vv. 10 and 12 , which are singular. sn This sign is also a promise from God – “you will serve God on this mountain.” It is given to Moses here as a goal, but a goal already achieved because it was a sign from God. Leading Israel out of Egypt would not be completed until they came to this mountain and served God. God does not give Moses details of what will take place on the road to Sinai, but he does give him the goal and glimpses of the defeat of Pharaoh. The rest will require Moses and the people to trust in this God who had a plan and who had the power to carry it out.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":2742,"verse_id":"EXO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “And Moses said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":2743,"verse_id":"EXO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) in this clause introduces the foundation for what comes later – the question. Moses is saying, “Suppose I do all this and they ask this question – what should I say?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":2744,"verse_id":"EXO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"The imperfect tense here has a deliberative nuance (“should”), for Moses is wondering what would be best to say when the Israelites want proof of the calling.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":2745,"verse_id":"EXO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The verb form used here is אֶהְיֶה (’ ehyeh ), the Qal imperfect, first person common singular, of the verb הָיָה ( haya , “to be”). It forms an excellent paronomasia with the name. So when God used the verb to express his name, he used this form saying, “ I am .” When his people refer to him as Yahweh, which is the third person masculine singular form of the same verb, they say “he is.” Some commentators argue for a future tense translation, “I will be who I will be,” because the verb has an active quality about it, and the Israelites lived in the light of the promises for the future. They argue that “ I am ” would be of little help to the Israelites in bondage. But a translation of “I will be” does not effectively do much more except restrict it to the future. The idea of the verb would certainly indicate that God is not bound by time, and while he is present (“ I am ”) he will always be present, even in the future, and so “ I am ” would embrace that as well (see also Ruth 2:13 ; Ps 50:21 ; Hos 1:9 ). The Greek translation of the OT used a participle to capture the idea, and several times in the Gospels Jesus used the powerful “I am” with this significance (e.g., John 8:58 ). The point is that Yahweh is sovereignly independent of all creation and that his presence guarantees the fulfillment of the covenant (cf. Isa 41:4; 42:6, 8; 43:10-11; 44:6; 45:5-7 ). Others argue for a causative Hiphil translation of “I will cause to be,” but nowhere in the Bible does this verb appear in Hiphil or Piel . A good summary of the views can be found in G. H. Parke-Taylor, Yahweh , the Divine Name in the Bible . See among the many articles: B. Beitzel, “ Exodus 3:14 and the Divine Name: A Case of Biblical Paronomasia,” TJ 1 (1980): 5-20; C. D. Isbell, “The Divine Name ehyeh as a Symbol of Presence in Israelite Tradition,” HAR 2 (1978): 101-18; J. G. Janzen, “What’s in a Name? Yahweh in and the Wider Biblical Context,” Int 33 (1979): 227-39; J. R. Lundbom, “God’s Use of the Idem per Idem to Terminate Debate,” HTR 71 (1978): 193-201; A. R. Millard, “ Yw and Yhw Names,” VT 30 (1980): 208-12; and R. Youngblood, “A New Occurrence of the Divine Name ‘I AM,’” JETS 15 (1972): 144-52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":2746,"verse_id":"EXO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “Thus you shall say” (also in the following verse). The word “must” in the translation conveys the instructional and imperatival force of the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":2747,"verse_id":"EXO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The repetition of “generation” in this expression serves as a periphrasis for the superlative: “to the remotest generation” (GKC 432 §133. l ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":2748,"verse_id":"EXO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the sequential vav ( ו ) linking the nuance to the imperative that precedes it. Since the imperative calls for immediate action, this form either carries the same emphasis, or instructs action that immediately follows it. This applies likewise to “say,” which follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":2749,"verse_id":"EXO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"The form is the Niphal perfect of the verb “to see.” See the note on “appeared” in 3:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":2750,"verse_id":"EXO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"The verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) has traditionally been rendered “to visit.” This only partially communicates the point of the word. When God “visited” someone, it meant that he intervened in their lives to change their circumstances or their destiny. When he visited the Amalekites, he destroyed them ( 1 Sam 15:2 ). When he visited Sarah, he provided the long awaited child ( Gen 21:1 ). It refers to God’s active involvement in human affairs for blessing or for cursing. Here it would mean that God had begun to act to deliver the Israelites from bondage and give them the blessings of the covenant. The form is joined here with the infinitive absolute to underscore the certainty – “I have indeed visited you.” Some translate it “remember”; others say “watch over.” These do not capture the idea of intervention to bless, and often with the idea of vengeance or judgment on the oppressors. If God were to visit what the Egyptians did, he would stop the oppression and also bring retribution for it. The nuance of the perfect tense could be a perfect of resolve (“I have decided to visit”), or an instantaneous perfect ( “I hereby visit”), or a prophetic perfect (“I have visited” = “I will visit”). The infinitive absolute reinforces the statement (so “carefully”), the rendering “attended to” attempts to convey the ideas of personal presence, mental awareness, and action, as when a nurse or physician “attends” a patient. sn The same word was used in the same kind of construction at the end of Genesis (50:24) when Joseph promised, “God will surely visit you” (but there the imperfect tense with the infinitive absolute). Here is another link to the patriarchal narratives. This work of Moses would be interpreted as a fulfillment of Joseph’s prophecy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":2751,"verse_id":"EXO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.16","text":"The second object for the verb is the passive participle הֶעָשׂוּי ( he ’ asuy ). To say that God has visited the oppression (or “attended to” it) affirms that God has decided to judge the oppressing people as he blesses Israel.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A16/5"}
{"id":2752,"verse_id":"EXO.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “And I said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":2753,"verse_id":"EXO.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"See the note on this list in 3:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":2754,"verse_id":"EXO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “And they will listen”; the referent (the elders) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":2755,"verse_id":"EXO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"This is the combination of the verb שָׁמַע ( shama ’) followed by לְקֹלֶךָ ( lÿqolekha ), an idiomatic formation that means “listen to your voice,” which in turn implies a favorable response.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":2756,"verse_id":"EXO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"The verb נִקְרָה ( niqra ) has the idea of encountering in a sudden or unexpected way (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 25).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":2757,"verse_id":"EXO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"The form used here is the cohortative of הָלַךְ ( halakh ). It could be a resolve, but more likely before Pharaoh it is a request. sn Was this a deceptive request if they were not planning on coming back? Since no one knows what the intent was, that question is not likely to be resolved. The request may have been intended to test the waters, so to speak – How did Pharaoh feel about the Israelites? Would he let them go and worship their God as they saw fit? In any case, it gave him the opportunity to grant to the Israelites a permission that other groups are known to have received (N. M. Sarna, Exodus [JPSTC], 19).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":2758,"verse_id":"EXO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.18","text":"Here a cohortative with a vav ( ו ) follows a cohortative; the second one expresses purpose or result: “let us go…in order that we may.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A18/5"}
{"id":2759,"verse_id":"EXO.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"After verbs of perception, as with “I know” here, the object may be a noun clause introduced with the particle כִּי ( ki ) – “I know that….” Gesenius observes that the object clause may have a kind of accusative and an infinitive construction (especially after נָתַן [ natan ] with the idea of “allow”): “he will not permit you to go” (see GKC 491 §157. b , n. 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":2760,"verse_id":"EXO.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “and not with a mighty hand.” This expression ( וְלֹא בְּיָד חֲזָקָה , vÿlo ’ vÿyad khazaqa ) is unclear, since v. 20 says that God will stretch out his hand and do his wonders. Some have taken v. 19 b to refer to God’s mighty hand also, meaning that the king would not let them go unless a mighty hand compels him (NIV). The expression “mighty hand” is used of God’s rescuing Israel elsewhere ( Exod 6:1, 13:9, 32:11 ; but note also Num 20:20 ). This idea is a rather general interpretation of the words; it owes much to the LXX, which has “except by a mighty hand,” though “and not with” does not have the meaning of “except” or “unless” in other places. In view of these difficulties, others have suggested that v. 19 b means “strong [threats]” from the Israelites (as in 4:24 ff. and 5:3 ; see B. Jacob, Exodus , 81). This does not seem as convincing as the first view. Another possibility is that the phrase conveys Pharaoh’s point of view and intention; the Lord knows that Pharaoh plans to resist letting the Israelites go, regardless of the exercise of a strong hand against him (P. Addinall, “Exodus III 19B and the Interpretation of Biblical Narrative,” VT 49 [1999]: 289-300; see also the construction “and not with” in Num 12:8 ; 1 Sam 20:15 and elsewhere). If that is the case, v. 20 provides an ironic and pointed contradiction to Pharaoh’s plans as the Lord announces the effect that his hand will have. At any rate, Pharaoh will have to be forced to let Israel go.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":2761,"verse_id":"EXO.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"The word נִפְלְאֹתַי ( niflÿ ’ otay ) does not specify what the intervention will be. As the text unfolds it will be clear that the plagues are intended. Signs and portents could refer to things people might do, but “wonders” only God could do. The root refers to that which is extraordinary, surpassing, amazing, difficult to comprehend. See Isa 9:6 ; Gen 18:14 ; Ps 139:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":2762,"verse_id":"EXO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.” This idiom usually means that someone will be treated well by the observer. It is unlikely that it means here that the Egyptians will like the Hebrews. Rather, it means that the Egyptians will give things to the Hebrews free – gratis (see 12:35-36 ). Not only will God do mighty works to make the king yield, but also he will work in the minds of the Egyptian people so that they will be favorably disposed to give Israel wealth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":2763,"verse_id":"EXO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"The temporal indicator (here future) with the particle ki ( וְהָיָה כִּי , vÿhaya ki ) introduces a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":2764,"verse_id":"EXO.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “a woman,” one representing all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":2765,"verse_id":"EXO.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “from the sojourner.” Both the “neighbor” and the “sojourner” (“one who happens to be staying in her house”) are feminine. The difference between them seems to be primarily that the second is temporary, “a lodger” perhaps or “visitor,” while the first has permanent residence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":2766,"verse_id":"EXO.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “vessels of silver and vessels of gold.” These phrases both use genitives of material, telling what the vessels are made of.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":2767,"verse_id":"EXO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “and Moses answered and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":2768,"verse_id":"EXO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “What if.” The use of הֵן ( hen ) is unusual here, introducing a conditional idea in the question without a following consequence clause (see Exod 8:22 HT [ 8:26 ET]; Jer 2:10 ; 2 Chr 7:13 ). The Greek has “if not” but adds the clause “what shall I say to them?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":2769,"verse_id":"EXO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “listen to my voice,” so as to respond positively.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":2770,"verse_id":"EXO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “rod” (KJV, ASV); NCV, CEV “walking stick”; NLT “shepherd’s staff.” sn The staff appears here to be the shepherd’s staff that he was holding. It now will become the instrument with which Moses will do the mighty works, for it is the medium of the display of the divine power (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 27; also, L. Shalit, “How Moses Turned a Staff into a Snake and Back Again,” BAR 9 [1983]: 72-73).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":2771,"verse_id":"EXO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":2772,"verse_id":"EXO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The word חֵיק ( kheq ), often rendered “bosom,” refers to the front of the chest and a fold in the garment there where an item could be placed for carrying (see Prov 6:27; 16:33; 21:14 ). So “into your robe” should be understood loosely here and in v. 7 as referring to the inside of the top front of Moses’ garment. The inside chest pocket of a jacket is a rough modern equivalent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":2773,"verse_id":"EXO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) points out the startling or amazing sight as if the reader were catching first glimpse of it with Moses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":2774,"verse_id":"EXO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) points out the startling or amazing sight as if the reader were catching first glimpse of it with Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":2775,"verse_id":"EXO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “it returned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":2776,"verse_id":"EXO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “like his flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":2777,"verse_id":"EXO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “and it will be if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":2778,"verse_id":"EXO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of,” meaning listen so as to respond appropriately.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":2779,"verse_id":"EXO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"The nuance of this perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive will be equal to the imperfect of possibility – “they may believe.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":2780,"verse_id":"EXO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “believe the voice of the latter sign,” so as to understand and accept the meaning of the event.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":2781,"verse_id":"EXO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “and it will be if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":2782,"verse_id":"EXO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “listen to your voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":2783,"verse_id":"EXO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"The verb form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it functions then as the equivalent of the imperfect tense – here as an imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":2784,"verse_id":"EXO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The word בִּי ( bi ) is a particle of entreaty; it seeks permission to speak and is always followed by “my lord” or “my Lord.” Often rendered “please,” it is “employed in petitions, complaints and excuses” (W. H. C. Propp, –18 [AB], 213).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":2785,"verse_id":"EXO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"The designation in Moses’ address is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ), a term of respect and deference such as “lord, master, sir” but pointed as it would be when it represents the tetragrammaton. B. Jacob says since this is the first time Moses spoke directly to Yahweh, he did so hesitatingly ( Exodus , 87).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":2786,"verse_id":"EXO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.10","text":"When a noun clause is negated with לֹא ( lo ’), rather than אֵין (’ en ), there is a special emphasis, since the force of the negative falls on a specific word (GKC 479 §152. d ). The expression “eloquent man” is אִישׁ דְּבָרִים (’ ish dÿvarim , “a man of words”). The genitive may indicate a man characterized by words or a man who is able to command or control words. Moses apparently is resigned to the fact that he can do the signs, but he knows the signs have to be explained.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A10/4"}
{"id":2787,"verse_id":"EXO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “also from yesterday also from three days ago” or “neither since yesterday nor since before that” is idiomatic for “previously” or “in the past.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A10/5"}
{"id":2788,"verse_id":"EXO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.10","text":"The two expressions are כְבַד־פֶּה ( khÿvad peh , “heavy of mouth”), and then כְבַד לָשׁוֹן ( khÿvad lashon , “heavy of tongue”). Both use genitives of specification, the mouth and the tongue being what are heavy – slow. “Mouth” and “tongue” are metonymies of cause. Moses is saying that he has a problem speaking well. Perhaps he had been too long at the other side of the desert, or perhaps he was being a little dishonest. At any rate, he has still not captured the meaning of God’s presence. See among other works, J. H. Tigay, “‘Heavy of Mouth’ and ‘Heavy of Tongue’: On Moses’ Speech Difficulty,” BASOR 231 (1978): 57-67.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A10/6"}
{"id":2789,"verse_id":"EXO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The verb שִׂים ( sim ) means “to place, put, set”; the sentence here more precisely says, “Who put a mouth into a man?” sn The argumentation by Moses is here met by Yahweh’s rhetorical questions. They are intended to be sharp – it is reproof for Moses. The message is twofold. First, Yahweh is fully able to overcome all of Moses’ deficiencies. Second, Moses is exactly the way that God intended him to be. So the rhetorical questions are meant to prod Moses’ faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":2790,"verse_id":"EXO.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"The form is the imperfect tense. While it could be taken as a future (“what you will say”), an obligatory imperfect captures the significance better (“what you must say” or “what you are to say”). Not even the content of the message will be left up to Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":2791,"verse_id":"EXO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “And he said”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":2792,"verse_id":"EXO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"The word בִּי ( bi ) is a particle of entreaty; it seeks permission to speak and is always followed by “Lord” or “my Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":2793,"verse_id":"EXO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"The text has simply שְׁלַח־נָא בְּיַד־תִּשְׁלָח ( shÿlakh-na ’ bÿyad tishlakh , “send by the hand you will send”). This is not Moses’ resignation to doing God’s will – it is his final attempt to avoid the call. It carries the force of asking God to send someone else. This is an example of an independent relative clause governed by the genitive: “by the hand of – whomever you will send” (see GKC 488-89 §155. n ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":2794,"verse_id":"EXO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “and the anger of Yahweh burned against.” sn Moses had not dared openly to say “except me” when he asked God to send whomever he wanted to send. But God knew that is what he meant. Moses should not have resisted the call or pleaded such excuses or hesitated with such weak faith. Now God abandoned the gentle answer and in anger brought in a form of retribution. Because Moses did not want to do this, he was punished by not having the honor of doing it alone. His reluctance and the result are like the refusal of Israel to enter the land and the result they experienced (see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 49-50).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":2795,"verse_id":"EXO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “Is not” or perhaps “Is [there] not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":2796,"verse_id":"EXO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.14","text":"The construction uses the Piel infinitive absolute and the Piel imperfect to express the idea that he spoke very well: דַבֵּר יְדַבֵּר ( dabber yÿdabber ). sn Now Yahweh, in condescending to Moses, selects something that Moses (and God) did not really need for the work. It is as if he were saying: “If Moses feels speaking ability is so necessary (rather than the divine presence), then that is what he will have.” Of course, this golden-tongued Aaron had some smooth words about how the golden calf was forged!","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A14/4"}
{"id":2797,"verse_id":"EXO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.14","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) with the participle points to the imminent future; it means “he is about to come” or “here he is coming.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A14/5"}
{"id":2798,"verse_id":"EXO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “I will help you speak.” The independent pronoun puts emphasis (“as for me”) on the subject (“I”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":2799,"verse_id":"EXO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “and will help him speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":2800,"verse_id":"EXO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"The word “both” is supplied to convey that this object (“you”) and the subject of the next verb (“you must do”) are plural in the Hebrew text, referring to Moses and Aaron. In 4:16 “you” returns to being singular in reference to Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":2801,"verse_id":"EXO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.15","text":"The imperfect tense carries the obligatory nuance here as well. The relative pronoun with this verb forms a noun clause functioning as the direct object of “I will teach.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A15/4"}
{"id":2802,"verse_id":"EXO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The word “he” represents the Hebrew independent pronoun, which makes the subject emphatic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":2803,"verse_id":"EXO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The phrase “as if” is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":2804,"verse_id":"EXO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “and it will be [that] he , he will be to you for a mouth,” or more simply, “ he will be your mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":2805,"verse_id":"EXO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “he will be to you for a mouth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A16/4"}
{"id":2806,"verse_id":"EXO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.16","text":"The phrase “as if” is supplied for clarity. The word “you” represents the Hebrew independent pronoun, which makes the subject emphatic. sn Moses will be like God to Aaron, giving him the words to say, inspiring him as God would inspire a prophet. The whole process had now been removed one step. Instead of God speaking to Moses and Moses telling the people, Aaron would be the speaker for a while. But God was still going to work through Moses.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A16/5"}
{"id":2807,"verse_id":"EXO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"The two verbs form a verbal hendiadys, the second verb becoming adverbial in the translation: “and he went and he returned” becomes “and he went back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":2808,"verse_id":"EXO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"There is a sequence here with the two cohortative forms: אֵלְכָה נָּא וְאָשׁוּבָה (’ elÿkhah nna ’ vÿ ’ ashuva ) – “let me go in order that I may return.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":2809,"verse_id":"EXO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A18/4"}
{"id":2810,"verse_id":"EXO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.18","text":"This verb is parallel to the preceding cohortative and so also expresses purpose: “let me go that I may return…and that I may see.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A18/5"}
{"id":2811,"verse_id":"EXO.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"The text has two imperatives, “Go, return”; if these are interpreted as a hendiadys (as in the translation), then the second is adverbial.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":2812,"verse_id":"EXO.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “And Moses took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":2813,"verse_id":"EXO.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"The verb would literally be rendered “and returned”; however, the narrative will record other happenings before he arrived in Egypt, so an ingressive nuance fits here – he began to return, or started back.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":2814,"verse_id":"EXO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “And Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":2815,"verse_id":"EXO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"The construction may involve a verbal hendiadys using the two infinitive forms: “when you go to return” ( בְּלֶכְתְּךָ לָשׁוּב , bÿlekhtÿkha lashuv ). The clause is temporal, subordinated to the instruction to do the signs. Therefore, its focus cannot be on going to return, i.e., preparing or beginning to return.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":2816,"verse_id":"EXO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"The two verb forms in this section are the imperative ( רְאֵה , rÿ ’ eh ) followed by the perfect with the vav ( וַעֲשִׂיתָם , va ’ asitam ). The second could be coordinated and function as a second command: “see…and [then] do”; or it could be subordinated logically: “see…so that you do.” Some commentators who take the first option suggest that Moses was supposed to contemplate these wonders before doing them before Pharaoh. That does not seem as likely as the second interpretation reflected in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":2817,"verse_id":"EXO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “in your power”; Heb “in your hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A21/4"}
{"id":2818,"verse_id":"EXO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “strengthen” (in the sense of making stubborn or obstinate). The text has the expression וַאֲנִי אֲחַזֵּק אֶת־לִבּוֹ ( va ’ ani ’ akhazzeq ’ et-libbo ), “I will make strong his will,” or “I will strengthen his resolve,” recognizing the “heart” as the location of decision making (see Prov 16:1, 9 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A21/5"}
{"id":2819,"verse_id":"EXO.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"The sequence of the instruction from God uses the perfect tense with vav ( ו ), following the preceding imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":2820,"verse_id":"EXO.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"The text uses the imperative, “send out” ( שַׁלַּח , shallakh ) followed by the imperfect or jussive with the vav ( ו ) to express purpose.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":2821,"verse_id":"EXO.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"The Piel infinitive serves as the direct object of the verb, answering the question of what Pharaoh would refuse to do. The command and refusal to obey are the grounds for the announcement of death for Pharaoh’s son.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":2822,"verse_id":"EXO.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.23","text":"The construction is very emphatic. The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) gives it an immediacy and a vividness, as if God is already beginning to act. The participle with this particle has the nuance of an imminent future act, as if God is saying, “I am about to kill.” These words are not repeated until the last plague.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A23/3"}
{"id":2823,"verse_id":"EXO.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Or “at a lodging place” or “at an inn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":2824,"verse_id":"EXO.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “to his feet.” The referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The LXX has “and she fell at his feet” and then “the blood of the circumcision of my son stood.” But it is clear that she caused the foreskin to touch Moses’ feet, as if the one were a substitution for the other, taking the place of the other (see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 60).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":2825,"verse_id":"EXO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":2826,"verse_id":"EXO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"Or “Therefore.” The particle אָז (’ az ) here is not introducing the next item in a series of events. It points back to the past (“at that time,” see Gen 4:26 ) or to a logical connection (“therefore, consequently”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":2827,"verse_id":"EXO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.26","text":"The Hebrew simply has לַמּוּלֹת ( lammulot , “to the circumcision[s]”). The phrase explains that the saying was in reference to the act of circumcision. Some scholars speculate that there was a ritual prior to marriage from which this event and its meaning derived. But it appears rather that if there was some ancient ritual, it would have had to come from this event. The difficulty is that the son is circumcised, not Moses, making the comparative mythological view untenable. Moses had apparently not circumcised Eliezer. Since Moses was taking his family with him, God had to make sure the sign of the covenant was kept. It may be that here Moses sent them all back to Jethro ( 18:2 ) because of the difficulties that lay ahead.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A26/3"}
{"id":2828,"verse_id":"EXO.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “And Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":2829,"verse_id":"EXO.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"S. R. Driver considers that this verse is a continuation of vv. 17 and 18 and that Aaron met Moses before Moses started back to Egypt ( Exodus , 33). The first verb, then, might have the nuance of a past perfect: Yahweh had said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":2830,"verse_id":"EXO.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “and kissed him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A27/3"}
{"id":2831,"verse_id":"EXO.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"This verb and the last one in the verse are rendered with the past perfect nuance because they refer to what the Lord had done prior to Moses’ telling Aaron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":2832,"verse_id":"EXO.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “And Aaron spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":2833,"verse_id":"EXO.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"The LXX (Greek OT) has “and they rejoiced,” probably reading וַיִּשְׂמְחוּ ( vayyismÿkhu ) instead of what the MT reading, וַיִּשְׂמְעוּ ( vayyismÿ ’ u , “and they heard”). To rejoice would have seemed a natural response of the people at the news, and the words sound similar in Hebrew. tn The form is the preterite with the vav consecutive, “and they heard.” It clearly is a temporal clause subordinate to the following verbs that report how they bowed and worshiped. But it is also in sequence to the preceding: they believed, and then they bowed when they heard.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":2834,"verse_id":"EXO.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.31","text":"Or “intervened for.” The word פָּקַד ( paqad ) has traditionally been translated “visited,” which is open to many interpretations. It means that God intervened in the life of the Israelites to bless them with the fulfillment of the promises. It says more than that he took notice of them, took pity on them, or remembered them. He had not yet fulfilled the promises, but he had begun to act by calling Moses and Aaron. The translation “attended to” attempts to capture that much.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A31/2"}
{"id":2835,"verse_id":"EXO.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.31","text":"The verb וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲוּוּ ( vayyishtakhavu ) is usually rendered “worshiped.” More specifically, the verbal root חָוָה ( khava ) in the hishtaphel stem means “to cause oneself to be low to the ground.” While there is nothing wrong with giving it a general translation of “worship,” it may be better in a passage like this to take it in conjunction with the other verb (“bow”) as a verbal hendiadys, using it as an adverb to that verb. The implication is certainly that they prayed, or praised, and performed some other aspect of worship, but the text may just be describing it from their posture of worship. With this response, all the fears of Moses are swept aside – they believed and they were thankful to God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%204%3A31/3"}
{"id":2836,"verse_id":"EXO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “Yahweh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":2837,"verse_id":"EXO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"The form שַׁלַּח ( shallakh ), the Piel imperative, has been traditionally translated “let [my people] go.” The Qal would be “send”; so the Piel “send away, release, dismiss, discharge.” B. Jacob observes, “If a person was dismissed through the use of this verb, then he ceased to be within the power or sphere of influence of the individual who had dismissed him. He was completely free and subsequently acted entirely on his own responsibility” ( Exodus , 115).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":2838,"verse_id":"EXO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “Yahweh.” This is a rhetorical question, expressing doubt or indignation or simply a negative thought that Yahweh is nothing (see erotesis in E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 944-45). Pharaoh is not asking for information (cf. 1 Sam 25:5-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":2839,"verse_id":"EXO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The relative pronoun introduces the consecutive clause that depends on the interrogative clause (see GKC 318-19 §107. u ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":2840,"verse_id":"EXO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"The imperfect tense here receives the classification of obligatory imperfect. The verb שָׁמַע ( shama ’) followed by “in the voice of” is idiomatic; rather than referring to simple audition – “that I should hear his voice” – it conveys the thought of listening that issues in action – “that I should obey him.” sn The construction of these clauses is similar to (ironically) the words of Moses: “Who am I that I should go?” ( 3:11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":2841,"verse_id":"EXO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"The Piel infinitive construct here has the epexegetical usage with lamed ( ל ); it explains the verb “obey.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":2842,"verse_id":"EXO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The word “journey” is an adverbial accusative telling the distance that Moses wanted the people to go. It is qualified by “three days.” It is not saying that they will be gone three days, but that they will go a distance that will take three days to cover (see Gen 31:22-23 ; Num 10:33; 33:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":2843,"verse_id":"EXO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The purpose clause here is formed with a second cohortative joined with a vav ( ו ): “let us go…and let us sacrifice.” The purpose of the going was to sacrifice. sn Where did Moses get the idea that they should have a pilgrim feast and make sacrifices? God had only said they would serve Him in that mountain. In the OT the pilgrim feasts to the sanctuary three times a year incorporated the ideas of serving the Lord and keeping the commands. So the words here use the more general idea of appearing before their God. They would go to the desert because there was no homeland yet. Moses later spoke of the journey as necessary to avoid offending Egyptian sensibilities ( 8:25-26 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":2844,"verse_id":"EXO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “And Pharaoh said.” This is not the kind of thing that Pharaoh is likely to have said to Moses, and so it probably is what he thought or reasoned within himself. Other passages (like Exod 2:14; 3:3 ) show that the verb “said” can do this. (See U. Cassuto, Exodus , 67.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":2845,"verse_id":"EXO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “and Pharaoh commanded on that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":2846,"verse_id":"EXO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The Greek has “scribes” for this word, perhaps thinking of those lesser officials as keeping records of the slaves and the bricks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":2847,"verse_id":"EXO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The phrase “who were” is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":2848,"verse_id":"EXO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The construction is a verbal hendiadys: לֹא תֹאסִפוּן לָתֵת ( lo ’ to ’ sifun latet , “you must not add to give”). The imperfect tense acts adverbially, and the infinitive becomes the main verb of the clause: “you must no longer give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":2849,"verse_id":"EXO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"The expression “for making bricks” is made of the infinitive construct followed by its cognate accusative: לִלְבֹּן הַלְּבֵנִים ( lilbon hallÿvenim ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":2850,"verse_id":"EXO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “as yesterday and three days ago” or “as yesterday and before that.” This is idiomatic for “as previously” or “as in the past.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":2851,"verse_id":"EXO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"The jussive יֵלְכוּ ( yelÿkhu ) and its following sequential verb would have the force of decree and not permission or advice. He is telling them to go and find straw or stubble for the bricks.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":2852,"verse_id":"EXO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The verb is the Qal imperfect of שִׂים ( sim , “place, put”). The form could be an imperfect of instruction: “You will place upon them the quota.” Or, as here, it may be an obligatory imperfect: “You must place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":2853,"verse_id":"EXO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “yesterday and three days ago” or “yesterday and before that” is idiomatic for “previously” or “in the past.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":2854,"verse_id":"EXO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Or “loafers.” The form נִרְפִּים ( nirpim ) is derived from the verb רָפָה ( rafah ), meaning “to be weak, to let oneself go.” They had been letting the work go, Pharaoh reasoned, and being idle is why they had time to think about going to worship.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":2855,"verse_id":"EXO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “let the work be heavy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":2856,"verse_id":"EXO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"The text has וְיַעֲשׂוּ־בָהּ ( vÿya ’ asu-vah , “and let them work in it”) or the like. The jussive forms part of the king’s decree that the men not only be required to work harder but be doing it: “Let them be occupied in it.” sn For a discussion of this whole section, see K. A. Kitchen, “From the Brickfields of Egypt,” TynBul 27 (1976): 137-47.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":2857,"verse_id":"EXO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “went out and spoke to the people saying.” Here “the people” has been specified as “the Israelites” for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":2858,"verse_id":"EXO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"The construction uses the negative particle combined with a subject suffix before the participle: אֵינֶנִּי נֹתֵן (’ enenni noten , “there is not I – giving”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":2859,"verse_id":"EXO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The independent personal pronoun emphasizes that the people were to get their own straw, and it heightens the contrast with the king. “ You – go get.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":2860,"verse_id":"EXO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The tense in this section could be translated as having the nuance of possibility: “wherever you may find it,” or the nuance of potential imperfect: “wherever you are able to find any.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":2861,"verse_id":"EXO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The verb וַיָּפֶץ ( vayyafets ) is from the hollow root פּוּץ ( puts ) and means “scatter, spread abroad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":2862,"verse_id":"EXO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “pressed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":2863,"verse_id":"EXO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"כַּלּוּ ( kallu ) is the Piel imperative; the verb means “to finish, complete” in the sense of filling up the quota.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":2864,"verse_id":"EXO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The quotation is introduced with the common word לֵאמֹר ( le ’ mor , “saying”) and no mention of who said the question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":2865,"verse_id":"EXO.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"The imperfect tense should be classified here with the progressive imperfect nuance, because the harsh treatment was a present reality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":2866,"verse_id":"EXO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “[they] are saying to us,” the line can be rendered as a passive since there is no expressed subject for the participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":2867,"verse_id":"EXO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) draws attention to the action reflected in the passive participle מֻכִּים ( mukkim ): “look, your servants are being beaten.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":2868,"verse_id":"EXO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"The word rendered “fault” is the basic OT verb for “sin” – וְחָטָאת ( vÿkhata ’ t ). The problem is that it is pointed as a perfect tense, feminine singular verb. Some other form of the verb would be expected, or a noun. But the basic word-group means “to err, sin, miss the mark, way, goal.” The word in this context seems to indicate that the people of Pharaoh – the slave masters – have failed to provide the straw. Hence: “fault” or “they failed.” But, as indicated, the line has difficult grammar, for it would literally translate: “and you [fem.] sin your people.” Many commentators (so GKC 206 §74. g ) wish to emend the text to read with the Greek and the Syriac, thus: “you sin against your own people” (meaning the Israelites are his loyal subjects).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":2869,"verse_id":"EXO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “And he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":2870,"verse_id":"EXO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “loafers.” The form נִרְפִּים ( nirpim ) is derived from the verb רָפָה ( rafah ), meaning “to be weak, to let oneself go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":2871,"verse_id":"EXO.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"The text has two imperatives: “go, work.” They may be used together to convey one complex idea (so a use of hendiadys): “go back to work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":2872,"verse_id":"EXO.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"The imperfect תִּתֵּנּוּ ( tittennu ) is here taken as an obligatory imperfect: “you must give” or “you must produce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":2873,"verse_id":"EXO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The common Hebrew verb translated “saw,” like the common English verb for seeing, is also used to refer to mental perception and understanding, as in the question “See what I mean?” The foremen understood how difficult things would be under this ruling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":2874,"verse_id":"EXO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"The text has the sign of the accusative with a suffix and then a prepositional phrase: אֹתָם בְּרָע (’ otam bÿra ’), meaning something like “[they saw] them in trouble” or “themselves in trouble.” Gesenius shows a few examples where the accusative of the reflexive pronoun is represented by the sign of the accusative with a suffix, and these with marked emphasis (GKC 439 §135. k ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":2875,"verse_id":"EXO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.19","text":"The clause “when they were told” translates לֵאמֹר ( le ’ mor ), which usually simply means “saying.” The thing that was said was clearly the decree that was given to them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A19/3"}
{"id":2876,"verse_id":"EXO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"The foremen vented their anger on Moses and Aaron. The two jussives express their desire that the evil these two have caused be dealt with. “May Yahweh look on you and may he judge” could mean only that God should decide if Moses and Aaron are at fault, but given the rest of the comments it is clear the foremen want more. The second jussive could be subordinated to the first – “so that he may judge [you].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":2877,"verse_id":"EXO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “you have made our aroma stink.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":2878,"verse_id":"EXO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":2879,"verse_id":"EXO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “in the eyes of his servants.” This phrase is not repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A21/4"}
{"id":2880,"verse_id":"EXO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “to put a sword in their hand to kill us.” The infinitive construct with the lamed ( לָתֶת , latet ) signifies the result (“so that”) of making the people stink. Their reputation is now so bad that Pharaoh might gladly put them to death. The next infinitive could also be understood as expressing result: “put a sword in their hand so that they can kill us.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A21/5"}
{"id":2881,"verse_id":"EXO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “and Moses returned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":2882,"verse_id":"EXO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"The designation in Moses’ address is “Lord” ( אֲדֹנָי , ’ adonay ) – the term for “lord” or “master” but pointed as it would be when it represents the tetragrammaton.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":2883,"verse_id":"EXO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.22","text":"The verb is הֲרֵעֹתָה ( hare ’ otah ), the Hiphil perfect of רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’). The word itself means “to do evil,” and in this stem “to cause evil” – but evil in the sense of pain, calamity, trouble, or affliction, and not always in the sense of sin. Certainly not here. That God had allowed Pharaoh to oppose them had brought greater pain to the Israelites. sn Moses’ question is rhetorical; the point is more of a complaint or accusation to God, although there is in it the desire to know why. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 139) comments that such frank words were a sign of the man’s closeness to God. God never has objected to such bold complaints by the devout. He then notes how God was angered by his defenders in the book of Job rather than by Job’s heated accusations.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A22/4"}
{"id":2884,"verse_id":"EXO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.22","text":"The demonstrative pronoun serves for emphasis in the question (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118). This second question continues Moses’ bold approach to God, more chiding than praying. He is implying that if this was the result of the call, then God had no purpose calling him (compare Jeremiah’s similar complaint in ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A22/5"}
{"id":2885,"verse_id":"EXO.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"The Hebrew construction is emphatic: וְהַצֵּל לֹא־הִצַּלְתָּ ( vÿhatsel lo ’ -hitsalta ). The verb נָצַל ( natsal ) means “to deliver, rescue” in the sense of plucking out, even plundering. The infinitive absolute strengthens both the idea of the verb and the negative. God had not delivered this people at all.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":2886,"verse_id":"EXO.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “your people.” The pronoun (“them”) has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons here, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%205%3A23/3"}
{"id":2887,"verse_id":"EXO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The expression “with a strong hand” ( וּבְיָד חֲזָקָה , uvÿyad khazaqah ) could refer (1) to God’s powerful intervention (“compelled by my strong hand”) or (2) to Pharaoh’s forceful pursuit (“he will forcefully drive them out”). In Exod 3:20 God has summarized what his hand would do in Egypt, and that is probably what is intended here, as he promises that Moses will see what God will do. All Egypt ultimately desired that Israel be released ( 12:33 ), and when they were released Pharaoh pursued them to the sea, and so in a sense drove them out – whether that was his intention or not. But ultimately it was God’s power that was the real force behind it all. U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 74) considers that it is unlikely that the phrase would be used in the same verse twice with the same meaning. So he thinks that the first “strong hand” is God’s, and the second “strong hand” is Pharaoh’s. It is true that if Pharaoh acted forcefully in any way that contributed to Israel leaving Egypt it was because God was acting forcefully in his life. So in an understated way, God is saying that when forced by God’s strong hand, Pharaoh will indeed release God’s people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":2888,"verse_id":"EXO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “and he will forcefully drive them out of his land,” if the second occurrence of “strong hand” refers to Pharaoh’s rather than God’s (see the previous note). sn In Exod 12:33 the Egyptians were eager to send (release) Israel away in haste, because they all thought they were going to die.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":2889,"verse_id":"EXO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “And God spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":2890,"verse_id":"EXO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The preposition bet ( ב ) in this construction should be classified as a bet essentiae , a bet of essence (see also GKC 379 §119. i ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":2891,"verse_id":"EXO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"The traditional rendering of the title as “Almighty” is reflected in LXX and Jerome. But there is still little agreement on the etymology and exact meaning of אֵל־שַׁדַּי (’ el-shadday ). Suggestions have included the idea of “mountain God,” meaning the high God, as well as “the God with breasts.” But there is very little evidence supporting such conclusions and not much reason to question the ancient versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":2892,"verse_id":"EXO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"The noun שְׁמִי ( shÿmi , “my name,” and “Yahweh” in apposition to it), is an adverbial accusative, specifying how the patriarchs “knew” him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":2893,"verse_id":"EXO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “Yahweh,” traditionally rendered in English as “the Lord .” The phrase has been placed in quotation marks in the translation to indicate it represents the tetragrammaton.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":2894,"verse_id":"EXO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"The statement refers to the making of the covenant with Abraham ( and following) and confirming it with the other patriarchs. The verb הֲקִמֹתִי ( haqimoti ) means “set up, establish, give effect to, conclude” a covenant agreement. The covenant promised the patriarchs a great nation, a land – Canaan, and divine blessing. They lived with those promises, but now their descendants were in bondage in Egypt. God’s reference to the covenant here is meant to show the new revelation through redemption will start to fulfill the promises and show what the reality of the name Yahweh is to them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":2895,"verse_id":"EXO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “the land of their sojournings.” The noun מְגֻרִים ( mÿgurim ) is a reminder that the patriarchs did not receive the promises. It is also an indication that those living in the age of promise did not experience the full meaning of the name of the covenant God. The “land of their sojournings” is the land of Canaan where the family lived ( גּרוּ , garu ) as foreigners, without owning property or having the rights of kinship with the surrounding population.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":2896,"verse_id":"EXO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The addition of the independent pronoun אֲנִי (’ ani , “I”) emphasizes the fact that it was Yahweh himself who heard the cry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":2897,"verse_id":"EXO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “And also I have heard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":2898,"verse_id":"EXO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"The form is the Hiphil participle מַעֲבִדִים ( ma ’ avidim , “causing to serve”). The participle occurs in a relative clause that modifies “the Israelites.” The clause ends with the accusative “them,” which must be combined with the relative pronoun for a smooth English translation. So “who the Egyptians are enslaving them,” results in the translation “whom the Egyptians are enslaving.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":2899,"verse_id":"EXO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"As in Exod 2:24 , this remembering has the significance of God’s beginning to act to fulfill the covenant promises.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":2900,"verse_id":"EXO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “from under the burdens of” (so KJV, NASB); NIV “from under the yoke of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":2901,"verse_id":"EXO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “from labor of them.” The antecedent of the pronoun is the Egyptians who have imposed slave labor on the Hebrews.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":2902,"verse_id":"EXO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “from under the burdens of” (so KJV, NASB); NIV “from under the yoke of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":2903,"verse_id":"EXO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “which I raised my hand to give it.” The relative clause specifies which land is their goal. The bold anthropomorphism mentions part of an oath-taking ceremony to refer to the whole event and reminds the reader that God swore that he would give the land to them. The reference to taking an oath would have made the promise of God sure in the mind of the Israelite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":2904,"verse_id":"EXO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “and Moses spoke thus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":2905,"verse_id":"EXO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “to Moses.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":2906,"verse_id":"EXO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"The Hebrew מִקֹּצֶּר רוּחַ ( miqqotser ruakh ) means “because of the shortness of spirit.” This means that they were discouraged, dispirited, and weary – although some have also suggested it might mean impatient. The Israelites were now just not in the frame of mind to listen to Moses.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":2907,"verse_id":"EXO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The form וִישַׁלַּח ( vishallakh ) is the Piel imperfect or jussive with a sequential vav; following an imperative it gives the imperative’s purpose and intended result. They are to speak to Pharaoh, and (so that as a result) he will release Israel. After the command to speak, however, the second clause also indirectly states the content of the speech (cf. Exod 11:2; 14:2, 15; 25:2 ; Lev 16:2; 22:2 ). As the next verse shows, Moses doubts that what he says will have the intended effect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":2908,"verse_id":"EXO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “And Moses spoke before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":2909,"verse_id":"EXO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"The final clause begins with a disjunctive vav ( ו ), a vav on a nonverb form – here a pronoun. It introduces a circumstantial causal clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":2910,"verse_id":"EXO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “and [since] I am of uncircumcised lips.” The “lips” represent his speech (metonymy of cause). The term “uncircumcised” makes a comparison between his speech and that which Israel perceived as unacceptable, unprepared, foreign, and of no use to God. The heart is described this way when it is impervious to good impressions ( Lev 26:41 ; Jer 9:26 ) and the ear when it hears imperfectly ( Jer 6:10 ). Moses has here returned to his earlier claim – he does not speak well enough to be doing this.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":2911,"verse_id":"EXO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “And Yahweh spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":2912,"verse_id":"EXO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"The term וַיְצַוֵּם ( vayÿtsavvem ) is a Piel preterite with a pronominal suffix on it. The verb צָוָה ( tsavah ) means “to command” but can also have a much wider range of meanings. In this short summary statement, the idea of giving Moses and Aaron a commission to Israel and to Pharaoh indicates that come what may they have their duty to perform.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":2913,"verse_id":"EXO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"The expression is literally “the house of their fathers.” This expression means that the household or family descended from a single ancestor. It usually indicates a subdivision of a tribe, that is, a clan, or the subdivision of a clan, that is, a family. Here it refers to a clan (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 46).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":2914,"verse_id":"EXO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “descendants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":2915,"verse_id":"EXO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “families,” and so throughout the genealogy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A14/4"}
{"id":2916,"verse_id":"EXO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":2917,"verse_id":"EXO.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “took for a wife” (also in vv. 23, 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":2918,"verse_id":"EXO.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “heads of the fathers” is taken as an abbreviation for the description of “households” in v. 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":2919,"verse_id":"EXO.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Or “by their hosts” or “by their armies.” Often translated “hosts” (ASV, NASB) or “armies” (KJV), צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) is a military term that portrays the people of God in battle array. In contemporary English, “regiment” is perhaps more easily understood as a force for battle than “company” (cf. NAB, NRSV) or “division” (NIV, NCV, NLT), both of which can have commercial associations. The term also implies an orderly departure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":2920,"verse_id":"EXO.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"The beginning of this temporal clause does not follow the normal pattern of using the preterite of the main verb after the temporal indicator and prepositional phrase, but instead uses a perfect tense following the noun in construct: וַיְהִי בְּיוֹם דִּבֶּר ( vayÿhi bÿyom dibber ). See GKC 422 §130. d . This verse introduces a summary (vv. 28-30 ) of the conversation that was interrupted when the genealogy began.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":2921,"verse_id":"EXO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses saying.” This has been simplified in the translation as “he said to him” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":2922,"verse_id":"EXO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"The verb is דַּבֵּר ( dabber ), the Piel imperative. It would normally be translated “speak,” but in English that verb does not sound as natural with a direct object as “tell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":2923,"verse_id":"EXO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"The clause begins with אֵת כָּל־אֲשֶׁר (’ et kol- ’ asher ) indicating that this is a noun clause functioning as the direct object of the imperative and providing the content of the commanded speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":2924,"verse_id":"EXO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.29","text":"דֹּבֵר ( dover ) is the Qal active participle; it functions here as the predicate in the noun clause: “that I [am] telling you.” This one could be rendered, “that I am speaking to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A29/4"}
{"id":2925,"verse_id":"EXO.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"See note on Exod 6:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":2926,"verse_id":"EXO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"The word “like” is added for clarity, making explicit the implied comparison in the statement “I have made you God to Pharaoh.” The word אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) is used a few times in the Bible for humans (e.g., Pss 45:6; 82:1 ), and always clearly in the sense of a subordinate to GOD – they are his representatives on earth. The explanation here goes back to 4:16 . If Moses is like God in that Aaron is his prophet, then Moses is certainly like God to Pharaoh. Only Moses, then, is able to speak to Pharaoh with such authority, giving him commands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":2927,"verse_id":"EXO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The word נְבִיאֶךָ ( nÿvi ’ ekha , “your prophet”) recalls 4:16 . Moses was to be like God to Aaron, and Aaron was to speak for him. This indicates that the idea of a “prophet” was of one who spoke for God, an idea with which Moses and Aaron and the readers of Exodus are assumed to be familiar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":2928,"verse_id":"EXO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"The imperfect tense here should have the nuance of instruction or injunction: “you are to speak.” The subject is singular (Moses) and made emphatic by the presence of the personal pronoun “ you .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":2929,"verse_id":"EXO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"The phrase translated “everything I command you” is a noun clause serving as the direct object of the verb “speak.” The verb in the clause ( אֲצַוֶּךָ , ’ atsavvekha ) is the Piel imperfect. It could be classified as a future: “everything that I will command you.” A nuance of progressive imperfect also fits well: “everything that I am commanding you.” sn The distinct emphasis is important. Aaron will speak to the people and Pharaoh what Moses tells him, and Moses will speak to Aaron what God commands him. The use of “command” keeps everything in perspective for Moses’ position.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":2930,"verse_id":"EXO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"The form is וְשִׁלַּח ( vÿshillakh ), a Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive. Following the imperfects of injunction or instruction, this verb continues the sequence. It could be taken as equal to an imperfect expressing future (“and he will release”) or subordinate to express purpose (“to release” = “in order that he may release”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":2931,"verse_id":"EXO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The clause begins with the emphatic use of the pronoun and a disjunctive vav ( ו ) expressing the contrast “But as for me, I will harden.” They will speak, but God will harden. sn The imperfect tense of the verb קָשָׁה ( qasha ) is found only here in these “hardening passages.” The verb (here the Hiphil for “I will harden”) summarizes Pharaoh’s resistance to what God would be doing through Moses – he would stubbornly resist and refuse to submit; he would be resolved in his opposition. See R. R. Wilson, “The Hardening of Pharaoh’s Heart,” CBQ 41 (1979): 18-36.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":2932,"verse_id":"EXO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"The form beginning the second half of the verse is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, הִרְבֵּיתִי ( hirbeti ). It could be translated as a simple future in sequence after the imperfect preceding it, but the logical connection is not obvious. Since it carries the force of an imperfect due to the sequence, it may be subordinated as a temporal clause to the next clause that begins in v. 4 . That maintains the flow of the argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":2933,"verse_id":"EXO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and Pharaoh will not listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":2934,"verse_id":"EXO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “put my hand into.” The expression is a strong anthropomorphism to depict God’s severest judgment on Egypt. The point is that neither the speeches of Moses and Aaron nor the signs that God would do will be effective. Consequently, God would deliver the blow that would destroy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":2935,"verse_id":"EXO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"See the note on this term in 6:26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":2936,"verse_id":"EXO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The emphasis on sequence is clear because the form is the perfect tense with the vav consecutive. sn The use of the verb “to know” ( יָדַע , yada ’) underscores what was said with regard to 6:3 . By the time the actual exodus took place, the Egyptians would have “known” the name Yahweh, probably hearing it more than they wished. But they will know – experience the truth of it – when Yahweh defeats them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":2937,"verse_id":"EXO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “And Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":2938,"verse_id":"EXO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “said to Moses and Aaron, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":2939,"verse_id":"EXO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The verb is תְּנוּ ( tÿnu ), literally “give.” The imperative is followed by an ethical dative that strengthens the subject of the imperative: “ you give a miracle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":2940,"verse_id":"EXO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and throw it.” The direct object, “it,” is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":2941,"verse_id":"EXO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"The form is the jussive יְהִי ( yÿhi ). Gesenius notes that frequently in a conditional clause, a sentence with a protasis and apodosis, the jussive will be used. Here it is in the apodosis (GKC 323 §109. h ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":2942,"verse_id":"EXO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The clause begins with the preterite and the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it is here subordinated to the next clause as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":2943,"verse_id":"EXO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “and Aaron threw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":2944,"verse_id":"EXO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"The noun used here is תַּנִּין ( tannin ), and not the word for “serpent” or “snake” used in chap. . This noun refers to a large reptile, in some texts large river or sea creatures ( Gen 1:21 ; Ps 74:13 ) or land creatures ( Deut 32:33 ). This wonder paralleled Moses’ miracle in 4:3 when he cast his staff down. But this is Aaron’s staff, and a different miracle. The noun could still be rendered “snake” here since the term could be broad enough to include it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":2945,"verse_id":"EXO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"The חַרְטֻּמִּים ( kharttummim ) seem to have been the keepers of Egypt’s religious and magical texts, the sacred scribes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":2946,"verse_id":"EXO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"The term בְּלַהֲטֵיהֶם ( bÿlahatehem ) means “by their secret arts”; it is from לוּט ( lut , “to enwrap”). The Greek renders the word “by their magic”; Tg. Onq. uses “murmurings” and “whispers,” and other Jewish sources “dazzling display” or “demons” (see further B. Jacob, Exodus , 253-54). They may have done this by clever tricks, manipulation of the animals, or demonic power. Many have suggested that Aaron and the magicians were familiar with an old trick in which they could temporarily paralyze a serpent and then revive it. But here Aaron’s snake swallows up their snakes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":2947,"verse_id":"EXO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The verb is plural, but the subject is singular, “a man – his staff.” This noun can be given a distributive sense: “each man threw down his staff.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":2948,"verse_id":"EXO.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"This phrase translates the Hebrew word חָזַק ( khazaq ); see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53. sn For more on this subject, see B. Jacob, Exodus , 241-49. S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 53) notes that when this word ( חָזַק ) is used it indicates a will or attitude that is unyielding and firm, but when כָּבֵד ( kaved ) is used, it stresses the will as being slow to move, unimpressionable, slow to be affected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":2949,"verse_id":"EXO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “unresponsive” (so HALOT 456 s.v. I כָּבֵד ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":2950,"verse_id":"EXO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"The Piel infinitive construct לְשַׁלַּח ( lÿshallakh ) serves as the direct object of מֵאֵן ( me ’ en ), telling what Pharaoh refuses (characteristic perfect) to do. The whole clause is an explanation (like a metonymy of effect) of the first clause that states that Pharaoh’s heart is hard.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":2951,"verse_id":"EXO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"The clause begins with הִנֵּה ( hinneh ); here it provides the circumstances for the instruction for Moses – he is going out to the water so go meet him. A temporal clause translation captures the connection between the clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":2952,"verse_id":"EXO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"The instruction to Moses continues with this perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive following the imperative. The verb means “to take a stand, station oneself.” It seems that Pharaoh’s going out to the water was a regular feature of his day and that Moses could be there waiting to meet him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":2953,"verse_id":"EXO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.15","text":"The verb תִּקַּח ( tiqqakh ), the Qal imperfect of לָקַח ( laqakh ), functions here as the imperfect of instruction, or injunction perhaps, given the word order of the clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A15/4"}
{"id":2954,"verse_id":"EXO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.15","text":"The final clause begins with the noun and vav disjunctive, which singles this instruction out for special attention – “now the staff…you are to take.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A15/5"}
{"id":2955,"verse_id":"EXO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"The form לֵאמֹר ( le ’ mor ) is the Qal infinitive construct with the lamed ( ל ) preposition. It is used so often epexegetically that it has achieved idiomatic status – “saying” (if translated at all). But here it would make better sense to take it as a purpose infinitive. God sent him to say these words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":2956,"verse_id":"EXO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"The imperfect tense with the vav ( וְיַעַבְדֻנִי , vÿya ’ avduni ) following the imperative is in volitive sequence, showing the purpose – “that they may serve me.” The word “serve” ( עָבַד , ’ avad ) is a general term to include religious observance and obedience.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":2957,"verse_id":"EXO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"The final עַד־כֹּה (’ ad-koh , “until now”) narrows the use of the perfect tense to the present perfect: “you have not listened.” That verb, however, involves more than than mere audition. It has the idea of responding to, hearkening, and in some places obeying; here “you have not complied” might catch the point of what Moses is saying, while “listen” helps to maintain the connection with other uses of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":2958,"verse_id":"EXO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.16","text":"Or “complied” ( שָׁמַעְתָּ , shama ’ ta ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A16/4"}
{"id":2959,"verse_id":"EXO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"The construction using הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) before the participle (here the Hiphil participle מַכֶּה , makkeh ) introduces a futur instans use of the participle, expressing imminent future, that he is about to do something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":2960,"verse_id":"EXO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"The definite article here has the generic use, indicating the class – “fish” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §92).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":2961,"verse_id":"EXO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"The verb לָאָה ( la ’ a ), here in the Niphal perfect with a vav consecutive, means “be weary, impatient.” The Niphal meaning is “make oneself weary” in doing something, or “weary (strenuously exert) oneself.” It seems always to indicate exhausted patience (see BDB 521 s.v.). The term seems to imply that the Egyptians were not able to drink the red, contaminated water, and so would expend all their energy looking for water to drink – in frustration of course.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":2962,"verse_id":"EXO.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “irrigation rivers” of the Nile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":2963,"verse_id":"EXO.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"The imperfect tense with vav ( ו ) after the imperative indicates the purpose or result: “in order that they [the waters] be[come] blood.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":2964,"verse_id":"EXO.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “in all.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A19/4"}
{"id":2965,"verse_id":"EXO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “And he raised”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":2966,"verse_id":"EXO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Gesenius calls the preposition on “staff” the בְּ ( bet ) instrumenti , used to introduce the object (GKC 380-81 §119. q ). This construction provides a greater emphasis than an accusative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":2967,"verse_id":"EXO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.20","text":"The text could be rendered “in the sight of,” or simply “before,” but the literal idea of “before the eyes of” may stress how obvious the event was and how personally they were witnesses of it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A20/4"}
{"id":2968,"verse_id":"EXO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"The first clause in this verse begins with a vav disjunctive, introducing a circumstantial clause to the statement that the water stank. The vav ( ו ) consecutive on the next verb shows that the smell was the result of the dead fish in the contaminated water. The result is then expressed with the vav beginning the clause that states that they could not drink it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":2969,"verse_id":"EXO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"The preterite could be given a simple definite past translation, but an ingressive past would be more likely, as the smell would get worse and worse with the dead fish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":2970,"verse_id":"EXO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “and there was blood.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":2971,"verse_id":"EXO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “thus, so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":2972,"verse_id":"EXO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"The vav consecutive on the preterite introduces the outcome or result of the matter – Pharaoh was hardened.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":2973,"verse_id":"EXO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “and the heart of Pharaoh became hard.” This phrase translates the Hebrew word חָזַק ( khazaq ; see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53). In context this represents the continuation of a prior condition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A22/3"}
{"id":2974,"verse_id":"EXO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “to them”; the referents (Moses and Aaron) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A22/4"}
{"id":2975,"verse_id":"EXO.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"The text has וְלֹא־שָׁת לִבּוֹ גַּם־לָזֹאת ( vÿlo ’ -shat libbo gam-lazo ’ t ), which literally says, “and he did not set his heart also to this.” To “set the heart” to something would mean “to consider it.” This Hebrew idiom means that he did not pay attention to it, or take it to heart (cf. 2 Sam 13:20 ; Ps 48:13; 62:10 ; Prov 22:17; 24:32 ). Since Pharaoh had not been affected by this, he did not consider it or its implications further.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":2976,"verse_id":"EXO.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"The text literally has “and seven days were filled.” Seven days gave Pharaoh enough time to repent and release Israel. When the week passed, God’s second blow came.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":2977,"verse_id":"EXO.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"This is a temporal clause made up of the preposition, the Hiphil infinitive construct of נָכָה ( nakhah ), הַכּוֹת ( hakkot ), followed by the subjective genitive YHWH. Here the verb is applied to the true meaning of the plague: Moses struck the water, but the plague was a blow struck by God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":2978,"verse_id":"EXO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"The construction here uses the deictic particle and the participle to convey the imminent future: “I am going to plague/about to plague.” The verb נָגַף ( nagaf ) means “to strike, to smite,” and its related noun means “a blow, a plague, pestilence” or the like. For Yahweh to say “I am about to plague you” could just as easily mean “I am about to strike you.” That is why these “plagues” can be described as “blows” received from God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":2979,"verse_id":"EXO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “plague all your border with frogs.” The expression “all your border” is figurative for all the territory of Egypt and the people and things that are within the borders (also used in Exod 10:4, 14, 19; 13:7 ). sn This word for frogs is mentioned in the OT only in conjunction with this plague (here and Pss 78:45, 105:30 ). R. A. Cole ( Exodus [TOTC], 91) suggests that this word “frogs” ( צְפַרְדְּעִים , tsÿfardÿ ’ im ) may be an onomatopoeic word, something like “croakers”; it is of Egyptian origin and could be a Hebrew attempt to write the Arabic dofda .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":2980,"verse_id":"EXO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Here again is the generic use of the article, designating the class – frogs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":2981,"verse_id":"EXO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"The noun is singular, a collective. B. Jacob notes that this would be the more natural way to refer to the frogs ( Exodus , 260).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":2982,"verse_id":"EXO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “thus, so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":2983,"verse_id":"EXO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) followed by the lamed ( ל ) preposition has the meaning “to summon . ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":2984,"verse_id":"EXO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"The verb הַעְתִּירוּ ( ha ’ tiru ) is the Hiphil imperative of the verb עָתַר (’ atar ). It means “to pray, supplicate,” or “make supplication” – always addressed to God. It is often translated “entreat” to reflect that it is a more urgent praying.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":2985,"verse_id":"EXO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"This form is the jussive with a sequential vav that provides the purpose of the prayer: pray…that he may turn away the frogs. sn This is the first time in the conflict that Pharaoh even acknowledged that Yahweh existed. Now he is asking for prayer to remove the frogs and is promising to release Israel. This result of the plague must have been an encouragement to Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":2986,"verse_id":"EXO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"The form is the Piel cohortative וַאֲשַׁלְּחָה ( va ’ ashallÿkhah ) with the vav ( ו ) continuing the sequence from the request and its purpose. The cohortative here stresses the resolve of the king: “and (then) I will release.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":2987,"verse_id":"EXO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.8","text":"Here also the imperfect tense with the vav ( ו ) shows the purpose of the release: “that they may sacrifice.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A8/5"}
{"id":2988,"verse_id":"EXO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The expression הִתְפָּאֵר עָלַי ( hitpa ’ er ’ alay ) is problematic. The verb would be simply translated “honor yourself” or “deck yourself with honor.” It can be used in the bad sense of self-exaltation. But here it seems to mean “have the honor or advantage over me” in choosing when to remove the frogs. The LXX has “appoint for me.” Moses is doing more than extending a courtesy to Pharaoh; he is giving him the upper hand in choosing the time. But it is also a test, for if Pharaoh picked the time it would appear less likely that Moses was manipulating things. As U. Cassuto puts it, Moses is saying “my trust in God is so strong you may have the honor of choosing the time” ( Exodus , 103).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":2989,"verse_id":"EXO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “destroyed”; Heb “to cut off the frogs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":2990,"verse_id":"EXO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"The phrase “so that” is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":2991,"verse_id":"EXO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “survive, remain.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":2992,"verse_id":"EXO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “And he said”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":2993,"verse_id":"EXO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"“It will be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":2994,"verse_id":"EXO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “according to your word” (so NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":2995,"verse_id":"EXO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The verb צָעַק ( tsa ’ aq ) is used for prayers in which people cry out of trouble or from danger. U. Cassuto observes that Moses would have been in real danger if God had not answered this prayer ( Exodus , 103).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":2996,"verse_id":"EXO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “over the matter of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":2997,"verse_id":"EXO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"The verb is an unusual choice if it were just to mean “brought on.” It is the verb שִׂים ( sim , “place, put”). S. R. Driver thinks the thought is “appointed for Pharaoh” as a sign ( Exodus , 64). The idea of the sign might be too much, but certainly the frogs were positioned for the instruction of the stubborn king.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":2998,"verse_id":"EXO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “according to the word of Moses” (so KJV, NASB). Just as Moses had told Pharaoh “according to your word” (v. 10 ), now the Lord does “according to the word” of Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":2999,"verse_id":"EXO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “and the frogs died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":3000,"verse_id":"EXO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “and they piled them.” For clarity the translation supplies the referent “the Egyptians” as the ones who were piling the frogs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":3001,"verse_id":"EXO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"The word “heaps” is repeated: חֳמָרִם הֳמָרִם ( khomarim khomarim ). The repetition serves to intensify the idea to the highest degree – “countless heaps” (see GKC 396 §123. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":3002,"verse_id":"EXO.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The word רְוָחָה ( rÿvakhah ) means “respite, relief.” BDB 926 relates it to the verb רָוַח ( ravakh , “to be wide, spacious”). There would be relief when there was freedom to move about.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":3003,"verse_id":"EXO.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"וְהַכְבֵּד ( vÿhakhbed ) is a Hiphil infinitive absolute, functioning as a finite verb. The meaning of the word is “to make heavy,” and so stubborn, sluggish, indifferent. It summarizes his attitude and the outcome, that he refused to keep his promises.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":3004,"verse_id":"EXO.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, meaning “and it will be.” When הָיָה ( hayah ) is followed by the lamed ( ל ) proposition, it means “become.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":3005,"verse_id":"EXO.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"The noun is כִּנִּים ( kinnim ). The insect has been variously identified as lice, gnats, ticks, flies, fleas, or mosquitoes. “Lice” follows the reading in the Peshitta and Targum (and so Josephus, Ant. 2.14.3 [2.300]). Greek and Latin had “gnats.” By “gnats” many commentators mean “mosquitoes,” which in and around the water of Egypt were abundant (and the translators of the Greek text were familiar with Egypt). Whatever they were they came from the dust and were troublesome to people and animals.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":3006,"verse_id":"EXO.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “man,” but in the generic sense of “humans” or “people” (also in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":3007,"verse_id":"EXO.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the main clause as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":3008,"verse_id":"EXO.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “and the magicians did so.” sn The report of what the magicians did (or as it turns out, tried to do) begins with the same words as the report about the actions of Moses and Aaron – “and they did so” (vv. 17 and 18 ). The magicians copy the actions of Moses and Aaron, leading readers to think momentarily that the magicians are again successful, but at the end of the verse comes the news that “they could not.” Compared with the first two plagues, this third plague has an important new feature, the failure of the magicians and their recognition of the source of the plague.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":3009,"verse_id":"EXO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “and the magicians said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":3010,"verse_id":"EXO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"The word “finger” is a bold anthropomorphism (a figure of speech in which God is described using human characteristics). sn The point of the magicians’ words is clear enough. They knew they were beaten and by whom. The reason for their choice of the word “finger” has occasioned many theories, none of which is entirely satisfying. At the least their statement highlights that the plague was accomplished by God with majestic ease and effortlessness. Perhaps the reason that they could not do this was that it involved producing life – from the dust of the ground, as in Genesis 2:7 . The creative power of God confounded the magic of the Egyptians and brought on them a loathsome plague.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":3011,"verse_id":"EXO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “and the heart of Pharaoh became hard.” This phrase translates the Hebrew word חָזַק ( khazaq ; see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53). In context this represents the continuation of a prior condition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A19/3"}
{"id":3012,"verse_id":"EXO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The construction uses the predicator of nonexistence – אֵין (’ en , “there is not”) – with a pronominal suffix prior to the Piel participle. The suffix becomes the subject of the clause. Heb “but if there is not you releasing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":3013,"verse_id":"EXO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Here again is the futur instans use of the participle, now Qal with the meaning “send”: הִנְנִי מַשְׁלִיחַ ( hinni mashliakh , “here I am sending”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":3014,"verse_id":"EXO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"The word עָרֹב (’ arov ) means “a mix” or “swarm.” It seems that some irritating kind of flying insect is involved. Ps 78:45 says that the Egyptians were eaten or devoured by them. Various suggestions have been made over the years: (1) it could refer to beasts or reptiles; (2) the Greek took it as the dog-fly, a vicious blood-sucking gadfly, more common in the spring than in the fall; (3) the ordinary house fly, which is a symbol of Egypt in Isa 7:18 (Hebrew זְבוּב , zÿvuv ); and (4) the beetle, which gnaws and bites plants, animals, and materials. The fly probably fits the details of this passage best; the plague would have greatly intensified a problem with flies that already existed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":3015,"verse_id":"EXO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.21","text":"Or perhaps “the land where they are” (cf. NRSV “the land where they live”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A21/4"}
{"id":3016,"verse_id":"EXO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Or “distinguish.” וְהִפְלֵיתִי ( vÿhifleti ) is the Hiphil perfect of פָּלָה ( palah ). The verb in Hiphil means “to set apart, make separate, make distinct.” God was going to keep the flies away from Goshen – he was setting that apart. The Greek text assumed that the word was from פָּלֵא ( pale ’), and translated it something like “I will marvelously glorify.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":3017,"verse_id":"EXO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"The relative clause modifies the land of Goshen as the place “in which my people are dwelling.” But the normal word for “dwelling” is not used here. Instead, עֹמֵד (’ omed ) is used, which literally means “standing.” The land on which Israel stood was spared the flies and the hail.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":3018,"verse_id":"EXO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.22","text":"Or “of the earth” (KJV, ASV, NAB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A22/3"}
{"id":3019,"verse_id":"EXO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"The word in the text is פְדֻת ( pÿdut , “redemption”). This would give the sense of making a distinction by redeeming Israel. The editors wish to read פְלֻת ( pÿlut ) instead – “a separation, distinction” to match the verb in the preceding verse. For another view, see G. I. Davies, “The Hebrew Text of Exodus VIII 19 [English 23]: An Emendation,” VT 24 (1974): 489-92.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":3020,"verse_id":"EXO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “this sign will be tomorrow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":3021,"verse_id":"EXO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “and there came a….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":3022,"verse_id":"EXO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “heavy,” or “severe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":3023,"verse_id":"EXO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"Here, and in the next phrase, the word “house” has to be taken as an adverbial accusative of termination.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":3024,"verse_id":"EXO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.24","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A24/4"}
{"id":3025,"verse_id":"EXO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"8.24","text":"Concerning the connection of “the land was ruined” with the preceding, S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 68) suggests reading with the LXX, Smr, and Peshitta; this would call for adding a conjunction before the last clause to make it read, “into the house of Pharaoh, and into his servants’ houses, and into all the land of Egypt; and the land was…” tn The Hebrew word תִּשָּׁחֵת ( tishakhet ) is a strong word; it is the Niphal imperfect of שָׁחַת ( shakhat ) and is translated “ruined.” If the classification as imperfect stands, then it would have to be something like a progressive imperfect (the land was being ruined); otherwise, it may simply be a preterite without the vav ( ו ) consecutive. The verb describes utter devastation. This is the verb that is used in Gen 13:10 to describe how Yahweh destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah. Swarms of flies would disrupt life, contaminate everything, and bring disease.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A24/5"}
{"id":3026,"verse_id":"EXO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"The clause is a little unusual in its formation. The form נָכוֹן ( nakhon ) is the Niphal participle from כּוּן ( kun ), which usually means “firm, fixed, steadfast,” but here it has a rare meaning of “right, fitting, appropriate.” It functions in the sentence as the predicate adjective, because the infinitive לַעֲשּׂוֹת ( la ’ asot ) is the subject – “to do so is not right.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":3027,"verse_id":"EXO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"This translation has been smoothed out to capture the sense. The text literally says, “for the abomination of Egypt we will sacrifice to Yahweh our God.” In other words, the animals that Israel would sacrifice were sacred to Egypt, and sacrificing them would have been abhorrent to the Egyptians.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":3028,"verse_id":"EXO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.26","text":"An “abomination” is something that is off-limits, something that is tabu. It could be translated “detestable” or “loathsome.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A26/3"}
{"id":3029,"verse_id":"EXO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “if we sacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians [or “of Egypt”] before their eyes.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A26/5"}
{"id":3030,"verse_id":"EXO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.26","text":"The interrogative clause has no particle to indicate it is a question, but it is connected with the conjunction to the preceding clause, and the meaning of these clauses indicate it is a question (GKC 473 §150. a ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A26/6"}
{"id":3031,"verse_id":"EXO.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"The verb נֵלֵךְ ( nelekh ) is a Qal imperfect of the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ). Here it should be given the modal nuance of obligation: “we must go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":3032,"verse_id":"EXO.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"This clause is placed first in the sentence to stress the distance required. דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh ) is an adverbial accusative specifying how far they must go. It is in construct, so “three days” modifies it. It is a “journey of three days,” or, “a three day journey.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":3033,"verse_id":"EXO.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.27","text":"The form is the perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows in the sequence: we must go…and then [must] sacrifice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A27/3"}
{"id":3034,"verse_id":"EXO.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.27","text":"The form is the imperfect tense. It could be future: “as he will tell us,” but it also could be the progressive imperfect if this is now what God is telling them to do: “as he is telling us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A27/4"}
{"id":3035,"verse_id":"EXO.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"This form, a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, is equivalent to the imperfect tense that precedes it. However, it must be subordinate to the preceding verb to express the purpose. He is not saying “I will release…and you will sacrifice,” but rather “I will release…that you may sacrifice” or even “to sacrifice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":3036,"verse_id":"EXO.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.28","text":"The construction is very emphatic. First, it uses a verbal hendiadys with a Hiphil imperfect and the Qal infinitive construct: לֹא־תַרְחִיקוּ לָלֶכֶת ( lo ’ tarkhiqu lalekhet , “you will not make far to go”), meaning “you will not go far.” But this prohibition is then emphasized with the additional infinitive absolute הַרְחֵק ( harkheq ) – “you will in no wise go too far.” The point is very strong to safeguard the concession.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A28/3"}
{"id":3037,"verse_id":"EXO.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.28","text":"“Do” has been supplied here to convey that this somewhat unexpected command is tacked onto Pharaoh’s instructions as his ultimate concern, which Moses seems to understand as such, since he speaks about it immediately (v. 29 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A28/4"}
{"id":3038,"verse_id":"EXO.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"The deictic particle with the participle usually indicates the futur instans nuance: “I am about to…,” or “I am going to….” The clause could also be subordinated as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":3039,"verse_id":"EXO.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"The verb תָּלַל ( talal ) means “to mock, deceive, trifle with.” The construction in this verse forms a verbal hendiadys. The Hiphil jussive אַל־יֹסֵף (’ al-yosef , “let not [Pharaoh] add”) is joined with the Hiphil infinitive הָתֵל ( hatel , “to deceive”). It means: “Let not Pharaoh deceive again.” Changing to the third person in this warning to Pharaoh is more decisive, more powerful.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":3040,"verse_id":"EXO.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.29","text":"The Piel infinitive construct after lamed ( ל ) and the negative functions epexegetically, explaining how Pharaoh would deal falsely – “by not releasing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A29/3"}
{"id":3041,"verse_id":"EXO.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “according to the word of Moses” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":3042,"verse_id":"EXO.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"This phrase translates the Hebrew word כָּבֵד ( kaved ); see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":3043,"verse_id":"EXO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"The object “them” is implied in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":3044,"verse_id":"EXO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"עוֹד (’ od ), an adverb meaning “yet, still,” can be inflected with suffixes and used as a predicator of existence, with the nuance “to still be, yet be” (T. O. Lambdin, Introduction to Biblical Hebrew , 171-72, §137). Then, it is joined here with the Hiphil participle מַחֲזִיק ( makhaziq ) to form the sentence “you are still holding them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":3045,"verse_id":"EXO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"The form used here is הוֹיָה ( hoyah ), the Qal active participle, feminine singular, from the verb “to be.” This is the only place in the OT that this form occurs. Ogden shows that this form is appropriate with the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) to stress impending divine action, and that it conforms to the pattern in these narratives where five times the participle is used in the threat to Pharaoh ( 7:17; 8:2; 9:3, 14; 10:4 ). See G. S. Ogden, “Notes on the Use of הויה in Exodus IX. 3,” VT 17 (1967): 483-84.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":3046,"verse_id":"EXO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The word דֶּבֶר ( dever ) is usually translated “pestilence” when it applies to diseases for humans. It is used only here and in Ps 78:50 for animals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":3047,"verse_id":"EXO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"160-61).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":3048,"verse_id":"EXO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The verb פָּלָה ( palah ) in Hiphil means “to set apart, make separate, make distinct.” See also Exod 8:22 (18 HT); 11:7; 33:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":3049,"verse_id":"EXO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"There is a wordplay in this section. A pestilence – דֶּבֶר ( dever ) – will fall on Egypt’s cattle, but no thing – דָּבָר ( davar ) – belonging to Israel would die. It was perhaps for this reason that the verb was changed in v. 1 from “say” to “speak” ( דִּבֶּר , dibber ). See U. Cassuto, Exodus , 111.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":3050,"verse_id":"EXO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"The lamed preposition indicates possession: “all that was to the Israelites” means “all that the Israelites had.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":3051,"verse_id":"EXO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “and Yahweh set.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":3052,"verse_id":"EXO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “this thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":3053,"verse_id":"EXO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":3054,"verse_id":"EXO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “on the morrow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":3055,"verse_id":"EXO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"The word “all” clearly does not mean “all” in the exclusive sense, because subsequent plagues involve cattle. The word must denote such a large number that whatever was left was insignificant for the economy. It could also be taken to mean “all [kinds of] livestock died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":3056,"verse_id":"EXO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “of Egypt.” The place is put by metonymy for the inhabitants.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":3057,"verse_id":"EXO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “Pharaoh sent.” The phrase “representatives to investigate” is implied in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":3058,"verse_id":"EXO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and the heart of Pharaoh was hardened.” This phrase translates the Hebrew word כָּבֵד ( kaved ; see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53). In context this represents the continuation of a prior condition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":3059,"verse_id":"EXO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"This word פִּיחַ ( piakh ) is a hapax legomenon , meaning “soot”; it seems to be derived from the verb פּוּחַ ( puakh , “to breathe, blow”). The “furnace” ( כִּבְשָׁן , kivshan ) was a special kiln for making pottery or bricks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":3060,"verse_id":"EXO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"The verb זָרַק ( zaraq ) means “to throw vigorously, to toss.” If Moses tosses the soot into the air, it will symbolize that the disease is falling from heaven.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":3061,"verse_id":"EXO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “before the eyes of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A8/4"}
{"id":3062,"verse_id":"EXO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"The word שְׁחִין ( shÿkhin ) means “boils.” It may be connected to an Arabic cognate that means “to be hot.” The illness is associated with Job ( Job 2:7-8 ) and Hezekiah ( Isa 38:21 ); it has also been connected with other skin diseases described especially in the Law. The word connected with it is אֲבַעְבֻּעֹת (’ ava ’ bu ’ ot ); this means “blisters, pustules” and is sometimes translated as “festering.” The etymology is debated, whether from a word meaning “to swell up” or “to overflow” (W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:359).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":3063,"verse_id":"EXO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"This phrase translates the Hebrew word חָזַק ( khazaq ); see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":3064,"verse_id":"EXO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":3065,"verse_id":"EXO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The expression “all my plagues” points to the rest of the plagues and anticipates the proper outcome. Another view is to take the expression to mean the full brunt of the attack on the Egyptian people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":3066,"verse_id":"EXO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “to your heart.” The expression is unusual, but it may be an allusion to the hard heartedness of Pharaoh – his stubbornness and blindness (B. Jacob, Exodus , 274).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":3067,"verse_id":"EXO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The verb is the Qal perfect שָׁלַחְתִּי ( shalakhti ), but a past tense, or completed action translation does not fit the context at all. Gesenius lists this reference as an example of the use of the perfect to express actions and facts, whose accomplishment is to be represented not as actual but only as possible. He offers this for Exod 9:15 : “I had almost put forth” (GKC 313 §106. p ). Also possible is “I should have stretched out my hand.” Others read the potential nuance instead, and render it as “I could have…” as in the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":3068,"verse_id":"EXO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"The verb כָּחַד ( kakhad ) means “to hide, efface,” and in the Niphal it has the idea of “be effaced, ruined, destroyed.” Here it will carry the nuance of the result of the preceding verbs: “I could have stretched out my hand…and struck you…and (as a result) you would have been destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":3069,"verse_id":"EXO.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"The first word is a very strong adversative, which, in general, can be translated “but, howbeit”; BDB 19 s.v. אוּלָם suggests for this passage “but in very deed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":3070,"verse_id":"EXO.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"The form הֶעֱמַדְתִּיךָ ( he ’ emadtikha ) is the Hiphil perfect of עָמַד (’ amad ). It would normally mean “I caused you to stand.” But that seems to have one or two different connotations. S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 73) says that it means “maintain you alive.” The causative of this verb means “continue,” according to him. The LXX has the same basic sense – “you were preserved.” But Paul bypasses the Greek and writes “he raised you up” to show God’s absolute sovereignty over Pharaoh. Both renderings show God’s sovereign control over Pharaoh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":3071,"verse_id":"EXO.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.16","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct הַרְאֹתְךָ ( har ’ otÿkha ) is the purpose of God’s making Pharaoh come to power in the first place. To make Pharaoh see is to cause him to understand, to experience God’s power.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A16/3"}
{"id":3072,"verse_id":"EXO.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “in order to declare my name.” Since there is no expressed subject, this may be given a passive translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A16/4"}
{"id":3073,"verse_id":"EXO.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"מִסְתּוֹלֵל ( mistolel ) is a Hitpael participle, from a root that means “raise up, obstruct.” So in the Hitpael it means to “raise oneself up,” “elevate oneself,” or “be an obstructionist.” See W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:363; U. Cassuto, Exodus , 116.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":3074,"verse_id":"EXO.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The infinitive construct with lamed here is epexegetical; it explains how Pharaoh has exalted himself – “by not releasing the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":3075,"verse_id":"EXO.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"הִנְנִי מַמְטִיר ( hinÿni mamtir ) is the futur instans construction, giving an imminent future translation: “Here – I am about to cause it to rain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":3076,"verse_id":"EXO.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “which not was like it in Egypt.” The pronoun suffix serves as the resumptive pronoun for the relative particle: “which…like it” becomes “the like of which has not been.” The word “hail” is added in the translation to make clear the referent of the relative particle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":3077,"verse_id":"EXO.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"The form הִוָּסְדָה ( hivvasdah ) is perhaps a rare Niphal perfect and not an infinitive (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 117).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":3078,"verse_id":"EXO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"The object “instructions” is implied in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":3079,"verse_id":"EXO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"הָעֵז ( ha ’ ez ) is the Hiphil imperative from עוּז (’ uz , “to bring into safety” or “to secure”). Although there is no vav ( ו ) linking the two imperatives, the second could be subordinated by virtue of the meanings. “Send to bring to safety.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":3080,"verse_id":"EXO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “man, human.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A19/3"}
{"id":3081,"verse_id":"EXO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “[who] may be found.” The verb can be the imperfect of possibility.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A19/4"}
{"id":3082,"verse_id":"EXO.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The text has “the one fearing.” The singular expression here and throughout vv. 20-21 refers to all who fit the description.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":3083,"verse_id":"EXO.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The Hebrew text again has the singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":3084,"verse_id":"EXO.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “put to his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":3085,"verse_id":"EXO.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “the heavens” (also in the following verse). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":3086,"verse_id":"EXO.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"The jussive with the conjunction ( וִיהִי , vihi ) coming after the imperative provides the purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":3087,"verse_id":"EXO.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “on man and on beast.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":3088,"verse_id":"EXO.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.22","text":"The noun refers primarily to cultivated grains. But here it seems to be the general heading for anything that grows from the ground, all vegetation and plant life, as opposed to what grows on trees.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A22/4"}
{"id":3089,"verse_id":"EXO.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the next clause in view of the emphasis put on the subject, Yahweh, by the disjunctive word order of that clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":3090,"verse_id":"EXO.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"By starting the clause with the subject (an example of disjunctive word order) the text is certainly stressing that Yahweh alone did this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":3091,"verse_id":"EXO.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.23","text":"The expression נָתַן קֹלֹת ( natan qolot ) literally means “gave voices” (also “voice”). This is a poetic expression for sending the thunder. Ps 29:3 talks about the “voice of Yahweh” – the God of glory thunders!","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A23/3"}
{"id":3092,"verse_id":"EXO.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"The verb is the common preterite וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ), which is normally translated “and there was” if it is translated at all. The verb הָיָה ( hayah ), however, can mean “be, become, befall, fall, fall out, happen.” Here it could be simply translated “there was hail,” but the active “hail fell” fits the point of the sequence better.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":3093,"verse_id":"EXO.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"The form מִתְלַקַּחַת ( mitlaqqakhat ) is a Hitpael participle; the clause reads, “and fire taking hold of itself in the midst of the hail.” This probably refers to lightning flashing back and forth. See also Ezek 1:4 . God created a great storm with flashing fire connected to it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":3094,"verse_id":"EXO.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “very heavy” or “very severe.” The subject “the hail” is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":3095,"verse_id":"EXO.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.24","text":"A literal reading of the clause would be “which there was not like it in all the land of Egypt.” The relative pronoun must be joined to the resumptive pronoun: “which like it (like which) there had not been.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A24/4"}
{"id":3096,"verse_id":"EXO.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"The exact expression is “from man even to beast.” R. J. Williams lists this as an example of the inclusive use of the preposition מִן ( min ) to be rendered “both…and” ( Hebrew Syntax , 57, §327).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":3097,"verse_id":"EXO.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “all the cultivated grain of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":3098,"verse_id":"EXO.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"The word רָשָׁע ( rasha ’) can mean “ungodly, wicked, guilty, criminal.” Pharaoh here is saying that Yahweh is right, and the Egyptians are not – so they are at fault, guilty. S. R. Driver says the words are used in their forensic sense (in the right or wrong standing legally) and not in the ethical sense of morally right and wrong ( Exodus , 75).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":3099,"verse_id":"EXO.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"The expression וְרַב מִהְיֹת ( vÿrav mihyot , “[the mighty thunder and hail] is much from being”) means essentially “more than enough.” This indicates that the storm was too much, or, as one might say, “It is enough.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":3100,"verse_id":"EXO.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.28","text":"The last clause uses a verbal hendiadys: “you will not add to stand,” meaning “you will no longer stay.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A28/3"}
{"id":3101,"verse_id":"EXO.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"כְּצֵאתִי ( kÿtse ’ ti ) is the Qal infinitive construct of יָצָא ( yatsa ’); it functions here as the temporal clause before the statement about prayer. sn There has been a good deal of speculation about why Moses would leave the city before praying. Rashi said he did not want to pray where there were so many idols. It may also be as the midrash in Exodus Rabbah 12:5 says that most of the devastation of this plague had been outside in the fields, and that was where Moses wished to go.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":3102,"verse_id":"EXO.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"The verse begins with the disjunctive vav to mark a strong contrastive clause to what was said before this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":3103,"verse_id":"EXO.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"The adverb טֶרֶם ( terem , “before, not yet”) occurs with the imperfect tense to give the sense of the English present tense to the verb negated by it (GKC 314-15 §107. c ). Moses is saying that he knew that Pharaoh did not really stand in awe of God, so as to grant Israel’s release, i.e., fear not in the religious sense but “be afraid of” God – fear “before” him (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 76).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":3104,"verse_id":"EXO.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"A disjunctive vav introduces the two verses that provide parenthetical information to the reader. Gesenius notes that the boldness of such clauses is often indicated by the repetition of nouns at the beginning (see GKC 452 §141. d ). Some have concluded that because they have been put here rather than back after v. 25 or 26, they form part of Moses’ speech to Pharaoh, explaining that the crops that were necessary for humans were spared, but those for other things were destroyed. This would also mean that Moses was saying there is more that God can destroy (see B. Jacob, Exodus , 279).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":3105,"verse_id":"EXO.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"The unusual forms נֻכָּתָה ( nukkatah ) in v. 31 and נֻכּוּ ( nukku ) in v. 32 are probably to be taken as old Qal passives. There are no attested Piel uses of the root.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":3106,"verse_id":"EXO.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"The words “by the hail” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied from context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":3107,"verse_id":"EXO.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.31","text":"Heb “was in the ear” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “had headed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A31/4"}
{"id":3108,"verse_id":"EXO.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"The word כֻּסֶּמֶת ( kussemet ) is translated “spelt”; the word occurs only here and in Isa 28:25 and Ezek 4:9 . Spelt is a grain closely allied to wheat. Other suggestions have been brought forward from the study of Egyptian crops (see a brief summary in W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:363-64).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":3109,"verse_id":"EXO.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “for they are late.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":3110,"verse_id":"EXO.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"The clause beginning with the preterite and vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the next, and main clause – that he hardened his heart again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":3111,"verse_id":"EXO.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"The construction is another verbal hendiadys: וַיֹּסֶף לַחֲטֹּא ( vayyosef lakhatto ’), literally rendered “and he added to sin.” The infinitive construct becomes the main verb, and the Hiphil preterite becomes adverbial. The text is clearly interpreting as sin the hardening of Pharaoh’s heart and his refusal to release Israel. At the least this means that the plagues are his fault, but the expression probably means more than this – he was disobeying Yahweh God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":3112,"verse_id":"EXO.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.34","text":"This phrase translates the Hebrew word כָּבֵד ( kaved ); see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 53.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A34/3"}
{"id":3113,"verse_id":"EXO.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"The verb about Pharaoh’s heart in v. 35 is וַיֶּחֱזַק ( vayyekhezaq ), a Qal preterite: “and it was hardened” or “strengthened to resist.” This forms the summary statement of this stage in the drama. The verb used in v. 34 to report Pharaoh’s response was וַיַּכְבֵּד ( vayyakhbed ), a Hiphil preterite: “and he hardened [his heart]” or made it stubborn. The use of two descriptions of Pharaoh’s heart in close succession, along with mention of his servants’ heart condition, underscores the growing extent of the problem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":3114,"verse_id":"EXO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “and Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":3115,"verse_id":"EXO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"The verb is שִׁתִי ( shiti , “I have put”); it is used here as a synonym for the verb שִׂים ( sim ). Yahweh placed the signs in his midst, where they will be obvious.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":3116,"verse_id":"EXO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “in his midst.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":3117,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"The expression is unusual: תְּסַפֵּר בְּאָזְנֵי ( tÿsapper bÿ ’ ozne , “[that] you may declare in the ears of”). The clause explains an additional reason for God’s hardening the heart of Pharaoh, namely, so that the Israelites can tell their children of God’s great wonders. The expression is highly poetic and intense – like Ps 44:1 , which says, “we have heard with our ears.” The emphasis would be on the clear teaching, orally, from one generation to another.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":3118,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"The verb הִתְעַלַּלְתִּי ( hit ’ allalti ) is a bold anthropomorphism. The word means to occupy oneself at another’s expense, to toy with someone, which may be paraphrased with “mock.” The whole point is that God is shaming and disgracing Egypt, making them look foolish in their arrogance and stubbornness (W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:366-67). Some prefer to translate it as “I have dealt ruthlessly” with Egypt (see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 123).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":3119,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “of Egypt.” The place is put by metonymy for the inhabitants.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":3120,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.2","text":"The word “about” is supplied to clarify this as another object of the verb “declare.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/4"}
{"id":3121,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “put” or “placed.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/5"}
{"id":3122,"verse_id":"EXO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.2","text":"The form is the perfect tense with vav consecutive, וִידַעְתֶּם ( vida ’ tem , “and that you might know”). This provides another purpose for God’s dealings with Egypt in the way that he was doing. The form is equal to the imperfect tense with vav ( ו ) prefixed ; it thus parallels the imperfect that began v. 2 – “that you might tell.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A2/6"}
{"id":3123,"verse_id":"EXO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"The verb is מֵאַנְתָּ ( me ’ anta ), a Piel perfect. After “how long,” the form may be classified as present perfect (“how long have you refused), for it describes actions begun previously but with the effects continuing. (See GKC 311 §106. g-h ). The use of a verb describing a state or condition may also call for a present translation (“how long do you refuse”) that includes past, present, and potentially future, in keeping with the question “how long.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":3124,"verse_id":"EXO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The clause is built on the use of the infinitive construct to express the direct object of the verb – it answers the question of what Pharaoh was refusing to do. The Niphal infinitive construct (note the elision of the ה [ hey ] prefix after the preposition [see GKC 139 §51. l ]) is from the verb עָנָה (’ anah ). The verb in this stem would mean “humble oneself.” The question is somewhat rhetorical, since God was not yet through humbling Pharaoh, who would not humble himself. The issue between Yahweh and Pharaoh is deeper than simply whether or not Pharaoh will let the Israelites leave Egypt.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":3125,"verse_id":"EXO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"הִנְנִי ( hinni ) before the active participle מֵבִיא ( mevi ’) is the imminent future construction: “I am about to bring” or “I am going to bring” – precisely, “here I am bringing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":3126,"verse_id":"EXO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"One of the words for “locusts” in the Bible is אַרְבֶּה (’ arbeh ), which comes from רָבָה ( ravah , “to be much, many”). It was used for locusts because of their immense numbers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":3127,"verse_id":"EXO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “within your border.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":3128,"verse_id":"EXO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The verbs describing the locusts are singular because it is a swarm or plague of locusts. This verb ( וְכִסָּה , vÿkhissah , “cover”) is a Piel perfect with a vav consecutive; it carries the same future nuance as the participle before it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":3129,"verse_id":"EXO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “eye,” an unusual expression (see v. 15 ; Num 22:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":3130,"verse_id":"EXO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"The text has לִרְאֹת וְלֹא יוּכַל ( vÿlo ’ yukhal lir ’ ot , “and he will not be able to see”). The verb has no expressed subjects. The clause might, therefore, be given a passive translation: “so that [it] cannot be seen.” The whole clause is the result of the previous statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":3131,"verse_id":"EXO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.5","text":"הַנִּשְׁאֶרֶת ( hannish ’ eret ) parallels (by apposition) and adds further emphasis to the preceding two words; it is the Niphal participle, meaning “that which is left over.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A5/5"}
{"id":3132,"verse_id":"EXO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The relative pronoun אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) is occasionally used as a comparative conjunction (see GKC 499 §161. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":3133,"verse_id":"EXO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “which your fathers have not seen, nor your fathers’ fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":3134,"verse_id":"EXO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"The Hebrew construction מִיּוֹם הֱיוֹתָם ( miyyom heyotam , “from the day of their being”). The statement essentially says that no one, even the elderly, could remember seeing a plague of locusts like this. In addition, see B. Childs, “A Study of the Formula, ‘Until This Day,’” JBL 82 (1963).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":3135,"verse_id":"EXO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":3136,"verse_id":"EXO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “snare” ( מוֹקֵשׁ , moqesh ), a word used for a trap for catching birds. Here it is a figure for the cause of Egypt’s destruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":3137,"verse_id":"EXO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"With the adverb טֶרֶם ( terem ), the imperfect tense receives a present sense: “Do you not know?” (See GKC 481 §152. r ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":3138,"verse_id":"EXO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"The question is literally “who and who are the ones going?” ( מִי וָמִי הַהֹלְכִים , mi vami haholÿkhim ). Pharaoh’s answer to Moses includes this rude question, which was intended to say that Pharaoh would control who went. The participle in this clause, then, refers to the future journey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":3139,"verse_id":"EXO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “we have a pilgrim feast ( חַג , khag ) to Yahweh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":3140,"verse_id":"EXO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"The context of Moses’ list of young and old, sons and daughters, and the contrast with the word for strong “men” in v. 11 indicates that טַפְּכֶם ( tappÿkhem ), often translated “little ones” or “children,” refers to dependent people, noncombatants in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":3141,"verse_id":"EXO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":3142,"verse_id":"EXO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “before your face.” sn The “trouble” or “evil” that is before them could refer to the evil that they are devising – the attempt to escape from Egypt. But that does not make much sense in the sentence – why would he tell them to take heed or look out about that? U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 126) makes a better suggestion. He argues that Pharaoh is saying, “Don’t push me too far.” The evil, then, would be what Pharaoh was going to do if these men kept making demands on him. This fits the fact that he had them driven out of his court immediately. There could also be here an allusion to Pharaoh’s god Re’ , the sun-deity and head of the pantheon; he would be saying that the power of his god would confront them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":3143,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “not thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":3144,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"The word is הַגְּבָרִים ( haggÿvarim , “the strong men”), a word different from the more general one that Pharaoh’s servants used (v. 7 ). Pharaoh appears to be conceding, but he is holding hostages. The word “only” has been supplied in the translation to indicate this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":3145,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"The suffix on the sign of the accusative refers in a general sense to the idea contained in the preceding clause (see GKC 440-41 §135. p ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":3146,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “you are seeking.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":3147,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (Moses and Aaron) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/5"}
{"id":3148,"verse_id":"EXO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.11","text":"The verb is the Piel preterite, third person masculine singular, meaning “and he drove them out.” But “Pharaoh” cannot be the subject of the sentence, for “Pharaoh” is the object of the preposition. The subject is not specified, and so the verb can be treated as passive.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A11/6"}
{"id":3149,"verse_id":"EXO.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) is unexpected here. BDB 91 s.v. (the note at the end of the entry) says that in this case it can only be read as “with the locusts,” meaning that the locusts were thought to be implicit in Moses’ lifting up of his hand. However, BDB prefers to change the preposition to לְ ( lamed ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":3150,"verse_id":"EXO.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"The noun עֵשֶּׂב (’ esev ) normally would indicate cultivated grains, but in this context seems to indicate plants in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":3151,"verse_id":"EXO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"The clause begins וַיהוָה ( va ’ adonay [ vayhvah ], “Now Yahweh….”). In contrast to a normal sequence, this beginning focuses attention on Yahweh as the subject of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":3152,"verse_id":"EXO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"The verb נָהַג ( nahag ) means “drive, conduct.” It is elsewhere used for driving sheep, leading armies, or leading in processions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":3153,"verse_id":"EXO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and all the night.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":3154,"verse_id":"EXO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.13","text":"The text does not here use ordinary circumstantial clause constructions; rather, Heb “the morning was, and the east wind carried the locusts.” It clearly means “when it was morning,” but the style chosen gives a more abrupt beginning to the plague, as if the reader is in the experience – and at morning, the locusts are there!","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A13/4"}
{"id":3155,"verse_id":"EXO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.13","text":"The verb here is a past perfect, indicting that the locusts had arrived before the day came.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A13/5"}
{"id":3156,"verse_id":"EXO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “border.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":3157,"verse_id":"EXO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"This is an interpretive translation. The clause simply has כָּבֵד מְאֹד ( kaved mÿ ’ od ), the stative verb with the adverb – “it was very heavy.” The description prepares for the following statement about the uniqueness of this locust infestation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":3158,"verse_id":"EXO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “after them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":3159,"verse_id":"EXO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “and they covered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":3160,"verse_id":"EXO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “eye,” an unusual expression (see v. 5 ; Num 22:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":3161,"verse_id":"EXO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"The verb is וַתֶּחְשַׁךְ ( vattekhshakh , “and it became dark”). The idea is that the ground had the color of the swarms of locusts that covered it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":3162,"verse_id":"EXO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"The Piel preterite וַיְמַהֵר ( vaymaher ) could be translated “and he hastened,” but here it is joined with the following infinitive construct to form the hendiadys. “He hurried to summon” means “He summoned quickly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":3163,"verse_id":"EXO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":3164,"verse_id":"EXO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “and he went out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":3165,"verse_id":"EXO.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Or perhaps “sea wind,” i.e., a wind off the Mediterranean.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":3166,"verse_id":"EXO.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"The Hebrew name here is יַם־סוּף ( Yam Suf ), sometimes rendered “Reed Sea” or “Sea of Reeds.” The word סוּף is a collective noun that may have derived from an Egyptian name for papyrus reeds. Many English versions have used “Red Sea,” which translates the name that ancient Greeks used: ejruqrav qalavssa ( eruqra qalassa ). sn The name Red Sea is currently applied to the sea west of the Arabian Peninsula. The northern fingers of this body of water extend along the west and east sides of the Sinai Peninsula and are presently called the Gulf of Suez and the Gulf of Aqaba or the Gulf of Eilat. In ancient times the name applied to a much larger body of water, including the Arabian Sea and the Persian Gulf (C. Houtman, Exodus , 1:109-10). See also Num 14:25; 21:4 ; Deut 1:40; 2:1 ; Judg 11:16 ; 1 Kgs 9:26 ; Jer 49:21 . The sea was deep enough to drown the entire Egyptian army later (and thus no shallow swamp land). God drives the locusts to their death in the water. He will have the same power over Egyptian soldiers, for he raised up this powerful empire for a purpose and soon will drown them in the sea. The message for the Israelites is that God will humble all who refuse to submit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":3167,"verse_id":"EXO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “the sky” (also in the following verse). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":3168,"verse_id":"EXO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.21","text":"The Hebrew term מוּשׁ ( mush ) means “to feel.” The literal rendering would be “so that one may feel darkness.” The image portrays an oppressive darkness; it was sufficiently thick to possess the appearance of substance, although it was just air (B. Jacob, Exodus , 286).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A21/4"}
{"id":3169,"verse_id":"EXO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"The construction is a variation of the superlative genitive: a substantive in the construct state is connected to a noun with the same meaning (see GKC 431 §133. i ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":3170,"verse_id":"EXO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “a man…his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":3171,"verse_id":"EXO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"The perfect tense in this context requires the somewhat rare classification of a potential perfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":3172,"verse_id":"EXO.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “dependents.” The term is often translated “your little ones,” but as mentioned before ( 10:10 ), this expression in these passages takes in women and children and other dependents. Pharaoh will now let all the people go, but he intends to detain the cattle to secure their return.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":3173,"verse_id":"EXO.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"B. Jacob ( Exodus , 287) shows that the intent of Moses in using גַּם ( gam ) is to make an emphatic rhetorical question. He cites other samples of the usage in Num 22:33 ; 1 Sam 17:36 ; 2 Sam 12:14 , and others. The point is that if Pharaoh told them to go and serve Yahweh, they had to have animals to sacrifice. If Pharaoh was holding the animals back, he would have to make some provision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":3174,"verse_id":"EXO.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “give into our hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":3175,"verse_id":"EXO.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"The form here is וְעָשִּׂינוּ ( vÿ ’ asinu ), the Qal perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive – “and we will do.” But the verb means “do” in the sacrificial sense – prepare them, offer them. The verb form is to be subordinated here to form a purpose or result clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":3176,"verse_id":"EXO.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"This is the obligatory imperfect nuance. They were obliged to take the animals if they were going to sacrifice, but more than that, since they were not coming back, they had to take everything.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":3177,"verse_id":"EXO.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"The same modal nuance applies to this verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":3178,"verse_id":"EXO.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.26","text":"Heb “from it,” referring collectively to the livestock.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A26/3"}
{"id":3179,"verse_id":"EXO.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"The expression is לֵךְ מֵעָלָי ( lekh me ’ alay , “go from on me”) with the adversative use of the preposition, meaning from being a trouble or a burden to me (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 84; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 51, §288).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":3180,"verse_id":"EXO.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"Heb “add to see my face.” The construction uses a verbal hendiadys: “do not add to see” ( אַל־תֹּסֶף רְאוֹת , ’ al-toseph rÿ ’ ot ), meaning “do not see again.” The phrase “see my face” means “come before me” or “appear before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":3181,"verse_id":"EXO.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.28","text":"The construction is בְּיוֹם רְאֹתְךָ ( bÿyom rÿ ’ otÿkha ), an adverbial clause of time made up of the prepositional phrase, the infinitive construct, and the suffixed subjective genitive. “In the day of your seeing” is “when you see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A28/3"}
{"id":3182,"verse_id":"EXO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “Thus you have spoken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":3183,"verse_id":"EXO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"This is a verbal hendiadys construction: “I will not add again [to] see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":3184,"verse_id":"EXO.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"The expression כְּשַּׂלְּחוֹ כָּלָה ( kÿsallÿkho kalah ) is difficult. It seems to say, “as/when he releases [you] altogether.” The LXX has “and when he sends you forth with everything.” Tg. Onq. and modern translators make kala adverbial, “completely” or “altogether.” B. S. Childs follows an emendation to read, “as one sends away a bride” ( Exodus [OTL], 130). W. C. Kaiser prefers the view of Yaron that would render it “in the manner of one’s sending away a kallah [a slave purchased to be one’s daughter-in-law]” (“Exodus,” EBC 2:370). The last two readings call for revising the vocalization and introducing a rare word into the narrative. The simplest approach is to follow a meaning “when he releases [you] altogether,” i.e., with all your people and your livestock.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":3185,"verse_id":"EXO.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"The words are emphatic: גָּרֵשׁ יְגָרֵשׁ ( garesh yÿgaresh ). The Piel verb means “to drive out, expel.” With the infinitive absolute it says that Pharaoh “will drive you out vigorously.” He will be glad to be rid of you – it will be a total expulsion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":3186,"verse_id":"EXO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “Speak now in the ears of the people.” The expression is emphatic; it seeks to ensure that the Israelites hear the instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":3187,"verse_id":"EXO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The verb translated “request” is וְיִשְׁאֲלוּ ( vÿyish ’ alu ), the Qal jussive: “let them ask.” This is the point introduced in Exod 3:22 . The meaning of the verb might be stronger than simply “ask”; it might have something of the idea of “implore” (see also its use in the naming of Samuel, who was “asked” from Yahweh [ 1 Sam 1:20 ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":3188,"verse_id":"EXO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"“each man is to request from his neighbor and each woman from her neighbor.” sn Here neighbor refers to Egyptian neighbors, who are glad to see them go ( 12:33 ) and so willingly give their jewelry and vessels.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":3189,"verse_id":"EXO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":3190,"verse_id":"EXO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the servants of Pharaoh and in the eyes of the people.” In the translation the word “Egyptian” has been supplied to clarify that the Egyptians and not the Israelites are meant here. sn The presence of this clause about Moses, which is parenthetical in nature, further indicates why the Egyptians gave rather willingly to the Israelites. They were impressed by Moses’ miracles and his power with Pharaoh. Moses was great in stature – powerful and influential.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":3191,"verse_id":"EXO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “about the middle of the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":3192,"verse_id":"EXO.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “which like it there has never been.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":3193,"verse_id":"EXO.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “and like it it will not add.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":3194,"verse_id":"EXO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":",” JNSL 11 [1983]: 75).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":3195,"verse_id":"EXO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “against man or beast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":3196,"verse_id":"EXO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"The verb פָּלָה ( palah ) in Hiphil means “to set apart, make separate, make distinct.” See also Exod 8:22 (18 HT); 9:4; 33:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":3197,"verse_id":"EXO.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “that are at your feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":3198,"verse_id":"EXO.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":3199,"verse_id":"EXO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “and Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":3200,"verse_id":"EXO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":3201,"verse_id":"EXO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “and they will take for them a man a lamb.” This is clearly a distributive, or individualizing, use of “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":3202,"verse_id":"EXO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"The שֶּׂה ( seh ) is a single head from the flock, or smaller cattle, which would include both sheep and goats.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":3203,"verse_id":"EXO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “according to the house of their fathers.” The expression “house of the father” is a common expression for a family. sn The Passover was to be a domestic institution. Each lamb was to be shared by family members.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":3204,"verse_id":"EXO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “house” (also at the beginning of the following verse).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A3/4"}
{"id":3205,"verse_id":"EXO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"The clause uses the comparative min ( מִן ) construction: יִמְעַט הַבַּיִת מִהְיֹת מִשֶּׂה ( yim ’ at habbayit mihyot miseh , “the house is small from being from a lamb,” or “too small for a lamb”). It clearly means that if there were not enough people in the household to have a lamb by themselves, they should join with another family. For the use of the comparative, see GKC 430 §133. c .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":3206,"verse_id":"EXO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “he and his neighbor”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":3207,"verse_id":"EXO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “who is near to his house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":3208,"verse_id":"EXO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.4","text":"The construction uses a perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive after a conditional clause: “if the household is too small…then he and his neighbor will take.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A4/5"}
{"id":3209,"verse_id":"EXO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “[every] man according to his eating.” sn The reference is normally taken to mean whatever each person could eat. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 299) suggests, however, that the reference may not be to each individual person’s appetite, but to each family. Each man who is the head of a household was to determine how much his family could eat, and this in turn would determine how many families shared the lamb.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A4/6"}
{"id":3210,"verse_id":"EXO.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The construction has: “[The] lamb…will be to you.” This may be interpreted as a possessive use of the lamed , meaning, “[the] lamb…you have” (your lamb) for the Passover. In the context instructing the people to take an animal for this festival, the idea is that the one they select, their animal, must meet these qualifications.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":3211,"verse_id":"EXO.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"The Hebrew word תָּמִים ( tamim ) means “perfect” or “whole” or “complete” in the sense of not having blemishes and diseases – no physical defects. The rules for sacrificial animals applied here (see Lev 22:19-21 ; Deut 17:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":3212,"verse_id":"EXO.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"The idiom says “a son of a year” ( בֶּן־שָׁנָה , ben shanah ), meaning a “yearling” or “one year old” (see GKC 418 §128. v ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":3213,"verse_id":"EXO.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Because a choice is being given in this last clause, the imperfect tense nuance of permission should be used. They must have a perfect animal, but it may be a sheep or a goat. The verb’s object “it” is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":3214,"verse_id":"EXO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"The text has וְהָיָה לָכֶם לְמִשְׁמֶרֶת ( vÿhaya lakem lÿmishmeret , “and it will be for you for a keeping”). This noun stresses the activity of watching over or caring for something, probably to keep it in its proper condition for its designated use (see 16:23, 32-34 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":3215,"verse_id":"EXO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “all the assembly of the community.” This expression is a pleonasm. The verse means that everyone will kill the lamb, i.e., each family unit among the Israelites will kill its animal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":3216,"verse_id":"EXO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “between the two evenings” or “between the two settings” ( בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם , ben ha ’ arbayim ). This expression has had a good deal of discussion. (1) Tg. Onq. says “between the two suns,” which the Talmud explains as the time between the sunset and the time the stars become visible. More technically, the first “evening” would be the time between sunset and the appearance of the crescent moon, and the second “evening” the next hour, or from the appearance of the crescent moon to full darkness (see Deut 16:6 – “at the going down of the sun”). (2) Saadia, Rashi, and Kimchi say the first evening is when the sun begins to decline in the west and cast its shadows, and the second evening is the beginning of night. (3) The view adopted by the Pharisees and the Talmudists ( b. Pesahim 61a) is that the first evening is when the heat of the sun begins to decrease, and the second evening begins at sunset, or, roughly from 3-5 p.m. The Mishnah ( m. Pesahim 5:1) indicates the lamb was killed about 2:30 p.m. – anything before noon was not valid. S. R. Driver concludes from this survey that the first view is probably the best, although the last view was the traditionally accepted one ( Exodus , 89-90). Late afternoon or early evening seems to be intended, the time of twilight perhaps.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":3217,"verse_id":"EXO.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “this night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":3218,"verse_id":"EXO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “your loins girded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":3219,"verse_id":"EXO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"The meaning of פֶּסַח ( pesakh ) is debated. (1) Some have tried to connect it to the Hebrew verb with the same radicals that means “to halt, leap, limp, stumble.” See 1 Kgs 18:26 where the word describes the priests of Baal hopping around the altar; also the crippled child in 2 Sam 4:4 . (2) Others connect it to the Akkadian passahu , which means “to appease, make soft, placate”; or (3) an Egyptian word to commemorate the harvest (see J. B. Segal, The Hebrew Passover , 95-100). The verb occurs in Isa 31:5 with the connotation of “to protect”; B. S. Childs suggests that this was already influenced by the exodus tradition ( Exodus [OTL], 183, n. 11). Whatever links there may or may not have been that show an etymology, in it is describing Yahweh’s passing over or through.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":3220,"verse_id":"EXO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"The verb וְעָבַרְתִּי ( vÿ ’ avarti ) is a Qal perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive, announcing the future action of God in bringing judgment on the land. The word means “pass over, across, through.” This verb provides a contextual motive for the name “Passover.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":3221,"verse_id":"EXO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “this night.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":3222,"verse_id":"EXO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"The verb נָכָה ( nakhah ) means “to strike, smite, attack”; it does not always mean “to kill,” but that is obviously its outcome in this context. This is also its use in 2:12 , describing how Moses killed the Egyptian and buried him in the sand.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":3223,"verse_id":"EXO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “from man and to beast.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A12/4"}
{"id":3224,"verse_id":"EXO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.12","text":"The phrase אֶעֱשֶׂה שְׁפָטִים (’ e ’ eseh shÿfatim ) is “I will do judgments.” The statement clearly includes what had begun in Exod 6:1 . But the statement that God would judge the gods of Egypt is appropriately introduced here (see also Num 33:4 ) because with the judgment on Pharaoh and the deliverance from bondage, Yahweh would truly show himself to be the one true God. Thus, “I am Yahweh” is fitting here (see B. Jacob, Exodus , 312).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A12/5"}
{"id":3225,"verse_id":"EXO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Both of the verbs for seeing and passing over are perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutives: וּפָסַחְתִּי … וְרָאִיתִי ( vÿra ’ iti...ufasakhti ); the first of these parallel verb forms is subordinated to the second as a temporal clause. See Gesenius’s description of perfect consecutives in the protasis and apodosis (GKC 494 §159. g ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":3226,"verse_id":"EXO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"The meaning of the verb is supplied in part from the near context of seeing the sign and omitting to destroy, as well as the verb at the start of verse 12 “pass through, by, over.” Isa 31:5 says, “Just as birds hover over a nest, so the Lord who commands armies will protect Jerusalem. He will protect and deliver it; as he passes over he will rescue it.” The word does not occur enough times to enable one to delineate a clear meaning. It is probably not the same word as “to limp” found in 1 Kgs 18:21, 26 , unless there is a highly developed category of meaning there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":3227,"verse_id":"EXO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"The word “plague” ( נֶגֶף , negef ) is literally “a blow” or “a striking.” It usually describes a calamity or affliction given to those who have aroused God’s anger, as in Exod 30:12 ; Num 8:19; 16:46, 47 ; Josh 22:17 (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 92-93).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":3228,"verse_id":"EXO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “for destruction.” The form מַשְׁחִית ( mashkhit ) is the Hiphil participle of שָׁחַת ( shakhat ). The word itself is a harsh term; it was used to describe Yahweh’s destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah ( Gen 13:10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A13/4"}
{"id":3229,"verse_id":"EXO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.13","text":"בְּהַכֹּתִי ( bÿhakkoti ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct from נָכָה ( nakhah ), with a preposition prefixed and a pronominal suffix added to serve as the subjective genitive – the subject of this temporal clause. It is also used in 12:12 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A13/5"}
{"id":3230,"verse_id":"EXO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “and this day will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":3231,"verse_id":"EXO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"The expression “will be for a memorial” means “will become a memorial.” sn The instruction for the unleavened bread (vv. 14-20 ) begins with the introduction of the memorial ( זִכָּרוֹן [ zikkaron ] from זָכַר [ zakhar ]). The reference is to the fifteenth day of the month, the beginning of the Feast of Unleavened Bread. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 315) notes that it refers to the death blow on Egypt, but as a remembrance had to be held on the next day, not during the night. He also notes that this was the origin of “the Day of the Lord ” (“the Day of Yahweh”), which the prophets predicted as the day of the divine battle. On it the enemy would be wiped out. For further information, see B. S. Childs, Memory and Tradition in Israel (SBT). The point of the word “remember” in Hebrew is not simply a recollection of an event, but a reliving of it, a reactivating of its significance. In covenant rituals “remembrance” or “memorial” is designed to prompt God and worshiper alike to act in accordance with the covenant. Jesus brought the motif forward to the new covenant with “this do in remembrance of me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":3232,"verse_id":"EXO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The verb וְחַגֹּתֶם ( vÿkhaggotem ), a perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive to continue the instruction, is followed by the cognate accusative חַג ( khag ), for emphasis. As the wording implies and the later legislation required, this would involve a pilgrimage to the sanctuary of Yahweh.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":3233,"verse_id":"EXO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.14","text":"Two expressions show that this celebration was to be kept perpetually: the line has “for your generations, [as] a statute forever.” “Generations” means successive generations (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 94). עוֹלָם ( ’olam ) means “ever, forever, perpetual” – no end in sight.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A14/4"}
{"id":3234,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"This expression is an adverbial accusative of time. The feast was to last from the 15th to the 21st of the month.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":3235,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Or “you will eat.” The statement stresses their obligation – they must eat unleavened bread and avoid all leaven.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":3236,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"The etymology of מַצּוֹת ( matsot , “unleavened bread,” i.e., “bread made without yeast”) is uncertain. Suggested connections to known verbs include “to squeeze, press,” “to depart, go out,” “to ransom,” or to an Egyptian word “food, cake, evening meal.” For a more detailed study of “unleavened bread” and related matters such as “yeast” or “leaven,” see A. P. Ross, NIDOTTE 4:448-53.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":3237,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.15","text":"The particle serves to emphasize, not restrict here (B. S. Childs, Exodus [OTL], 183, n. 15).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/4"}
{"id":3238,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “every eater of leavened bread.” The participial phrase stands at the beginning of the clause as a casus pendens , that is, it stands grammatically separate from the sentence. It names a condition, the contingent occurrences of which involve a further consequence (GKC 361 §116. w ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/5"}
{"id":3239,"verse_id":"EXO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.15","text":"The verb וְנִכְרְתָה ( vÿnikhrÿtah ) is the Niphal perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it is a common formula in the Law for divine punishment. Here, in sequence to the idea that someone might eat bread made with yeast, the result would be that “that soul [the verb is feminine] will be cut off.” The verb is the equivalent of the imperfect tense due to the consecutive; a translation with a nuance of the imperfect of possibility (“may be cut off”) fits better perhaps than a specific future. There is the real danger of being cut off, for while the punishment might include excommunication from the community, the greater danger was in the possibility of divine intervention to root out the evildoer (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 94). Gesenius lists this as the use of a perfect with a vav consecutive after a participle (a casus pendens ) to introduce the apodosis (GKC 337 §112. mm ). sn In Lev 20:3, 5-6 , God speaks of himself as cutting off a person from among the Israelites. The rabbis mentioned premature death and childlessness as possible judgments in such cases, and N. M. Sarna comments that “one who deliberately excludes himself from the religious community of Israel cannot be a beneficiary of the covenantal blessings” ( Exodus [JPSTC], 58).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A15/6"}
{"id":3240,"verse_id":"EXO.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “all/every work will not be done.” The word refers primarily to the work of one’s occupation. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 322) explains that since this comes prior to the fuller description of laws for Sabbaths and festivals, the passage simply restricts all work except for the preparation of food. Once the laws are added, this qualification is no longer needed. Gesenius translates this as “no manner of work shall be done” (GKC 478-79 §152. b ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":3241,"verse_id":"EXO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “on the bone of this day.” The expression means “the substance of the day,” the day itself, the very day (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 95).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":3242,"verse_id":"EXO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"The word is “armies” or “divisions” (see Exod 6:26 and the note there; cf. also 7:4 ). The narrative will continue to portray Israel as a mighty army, marching forth in its divisions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":3243,"verse_id":"EXO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"See Exod 12:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":3244,"verse_id":"EXO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"“month” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":3245,"verse_id":"EXO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"“Seven days” is an adverbial accusative of time (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 12, §56).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":3246,"verse_id":"EXO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"The term is נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), often translated “soul.” It refers to the whole person, the soul within the body. The noun is feminine, agreeing with the feminine verb “be cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":3247,"verse_id":"EXO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"Or “alien”; or “stranger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":3248,"verse_id":"EXO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “draw out and take.” The verb has in view the need “to draw out” a lamb or goat selected from among the rest of the flock.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":3249,"verse_id":"EXO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"The Hebrew noun is singular and can refer to either a lamb or a goat. Since English has no common word for both, the phrase “a lamb or young goat” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":3250,"verse_id":"EXO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.21","text":"The word “animals” is added to avoid giving the impression in English that the Passover festival itself is the object of “kill.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A21/3"}
{"id":3251,"verse_id":"EXO.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"The Greek and the Vulgate translate סַף ( saf , “basin”) as “threshold.” W. C. Kaiser reports how early traditions grew up about the killing of the lamb on the threshold (“Exodus,” EBC 2:376).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":3252,"verse_id":"EXO.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “and you, you shall not go out, a man from the door of his house.” This construction puts stress on prohibiting absolutely everyone from going out.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A22/3"}
{"id":3253,"verse_id":"EXO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"The first of the two clauses begun with perfects and vav consecutives may be subordinated to form a temporal clause: “and he will see…and he will pass over,” becomes “when he sees…he will pass over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":3254,"verse_id":"EXO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.23","text":"Here the form is the Hiphil participle with the definite article. Gesenius says this is now to be explained as “the destroyer” although some take it to mean “destruction” (GKC 406 §126. m , n. 1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A23/2"}
{"id":3255,"verse_id":"EXO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.23","text":"“you” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A23/3"}
{"id":3256,"verse_id":"EXO.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"The verb used here and at the beginning of v. 24 is שָׁמַר ( shamar ); it can be translated “watch, keep, protect,” but in this context the point is to “observe” the religious customs and practices set forth in these instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":3257,"verse_id":"EXO.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"Heb “what is this service to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":3258,"verse_id":"EXO.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"The verb means “to strike, smite, plague”; it is the same verb that has been used throughout this section ( נָגַף , nagaf ). Here the construction is the infinitive construct in a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":3259,"verse_id":"EXO.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.27","text":"The two verbs form a verbal hendiadys: “and the people bowed down and they worshiped.” The words are synonymous, and so one is taken as the adverb for the other.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A27/3"}
{"id":3260,"verse_id":"EXO.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"Heb “went away and did as the Lord had commanded Moses and Aaron, so they did.” The final phrase “so they did,” which is somewhat redundant in English, has been represented in the translation by the adverb “exactly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":3261,"verse_id":"EXO.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.29","text":"The verse begins with the temporal indicator וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ), often translated “and it came to pass.” Here it could be left untranslated: “In the middle of the night Yahweh attacked.” The word order of the next and main clause furthers the emphasis by means of the vav disjunctive on the divine name preceding the verb. The combination of these initial and disjunctive elements helps to convey the suddenness of the attack, while its thoroughness is stressed by the repetition of “firstborn” in the rest of the verse, the merism (“from the firstborn of Pharaoh…to the firstborn of the captive”), and the mention of cattle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A29/2"}
{"id":3262,"verse_id":"EXO.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Heb “arose,” the verb קוּם ( qum ) in this context certainly must describe a less ceremonial act. The entire country woke up in terror because of the deaths.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":3263,"verse_id":"EXO.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.30","text":"The noun is an adverbial accusative of time – “ in the night” or “ at night.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A30/2"}
{"id":3264,"verse_id":"EXO.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Pharaoh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":3265,"verse_id":"EXO.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.31","text":"The urgency in Pharaoh’s words is caught by the abrupt use of the imperatives – “get up, go” ( קוּמוּ צְּאוּ , qumu tsÿ ’ u ), and “go, serve” ( וּלְכוּ עִבְדוּ , ulÿkhu ’ ivdu ) and “take” and “leave/go” ( וָלֵכוּ … קְחוּ , qÿkhu...valekhu ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A31/2"}
{"id":3266,"verse_id":"EXO.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “as you have said.” The same phrase also occurs in the following verse. sn It appears from this clause that Pharaoh has given up attempting to impose restrictions as he had earlier. With the severe judgment on him for his previous refusals he should now know that these people are no longer his subjects, and he is no longer sovereign. As Moses had insisted, all the Israelites would leave, and with all their possessions, to worship Yahweh.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A31/3"}
{"id":3267,"verse_id":"EXO.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"The form is the Piel perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive ( וּבֵרַכְתֶּם , uverakhtem ); coming in the sequence of imperatives this perfect tense would be volitional – probably a request rather than a command. sn Pharaoh probably meant that they should bless him also when they were sacrificing to Yahweh in their religious festival – after all, he might reason, he did let them go (after divine judgment). To bless him would mean to invoke good gifts from God for him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A32/1"}
{"id":3268,"verse_id":"EXO.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.33","text":"The verb used here ( חָזַק , khazaq ) is the same verb used for Pharaoh’s heart being hardened. It conveys the idea of their being resolved or insistent in this – they were not going to change.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A33/1"}
{"id":3269,"verse_id":"EXO.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.33","text":"The phrase uses two construct infinitives in a hendiadys, the first infinitive becoming the modifier.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A33/2"}
{"id":3270,"verse_id":"EXO.12.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.34","text":"The imperfect tense after the adverb טֶרֶם ( terem ) is to be treated as a preterite: “before it was leavened,” or “before the yeast was added.” See GKC 314-15 §107. c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A34/1"}
{"id":3271,"verse_id":"EXO.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"The verbs “had done” and then “had asked” were accomplished prior to the present narrative (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 99). The verse begins with disjunctive word order to introduce the reminder of earlier background information.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":3272,"verse_id":"EXO.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.35","text":"Heb “from Egypt.” Here the Hebrew text uses the name of the country to represent the inhabitants (a figure known as metonymy).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A35/2"}
{"id":3273,"verse_id":"EXO.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.36","text":"The holy name (“Yahweh,” represented as “the Lord ” in the translation) has the vav disjunctive with it. It may have the force: “Now it was Yahweh who gave the people favor….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A36/1"}
{"id":3274,"verse_id":"EXO.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.36","text":"The verb וַיַּשְׁאִלוּם ( vayyash ’ ilum ) is a Hiphil form that has the root שָׁאַל ( sha ’ al ), used earlier in Qal with the meaning “requested” ( 12:35 ). The verb here is frequently translated “and they lent them,” but lending does not fit the point. What they gave the Israelites were farewell gifts sought by demanding or asking for them. This may exemplify a “permissive” use of the Hiphil stem, in which “the Hiphil designates an action that is agreeable to the object and allowed by the subject” (B. T. Arnold and J. H. Choi, A Guide to Biblical Hebrew Syntax , 52).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A36/3"}
{"id":3275,"verse_id":"EXO.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.37","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel journeyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A37/1"}
{"id":3276,"verse_id":"EXO.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.37","text":"The word for “men” ( הַגְּבָרִים , haggÿvarim ) stresses their hardiness and capability – strong men, potential soldiers – in contrast with the word that follows and designates noncombatants. sn There have been many attempts to calculate the population of the exodus group, but nothing in the text gives the exact number other than the 600,000 people on foot who were men. Estimates of two million people are very large, especially since the Bible says there were seven nations in the land of Canaan mightier than Israel. It is probably not two million people (note, the Bible never said it was – this is calculated by scholars). But attempts to reduce the number by redefining the word “thousand” to mean clan or tribe or family unit have not been convincing, primarily because of all the tabulations of the tribes in the different books of the Bible that have to be likewise reduced. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 347) rejects the many arguments and calculations as the work of eighteenth century deists and rationalists, arguing that the numbers were taken seriously in the text. Some writers interpret the numbers as inflated due to a rhetorical use of numbers, arriving at a number of 60,000 or so for the men here listed (reducing it by a factor of ten), and insisting this is a literal interpretation of the text as opposed to a spiritual or allegorical approach (see R. Allen, “Numbers,” EBC 2:686-96; see also G. Mendenhall, “The Census Lists of Numbers 1 and 26 ,” JBL 77 [1958]: 52-66). This proposal removes the “embarrassingly” large number for the exodus, but like other suggestions, lacks completely compelling evidence. For a more extensive discussion of the large numbers used to describe the Israelites in their wilderness experience, see the note on “46,500” in Num 1:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A37/3"}
{"id":3277,"verse_id":"EXO.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.37","text":"For more on this word see 10:10 and 24 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A37/4"}
{"id":3278,"verse_id":"EXO.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"The “mixed multitude” ( עֵרֶב רַב , ’ erev rav ) refers to a great “swarm” (see a possible cognate in 8:21 [17]) of folk who joined the Israelites, people who were impressed by the defeat of Egypt, who came to faith, or who just wanted to escape Egypt (maybe slaves or descendants of the Hyksos). The expression prepares for later references to riffraff who came along.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":3279,"verse_id":"EXO.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “and very much cattle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":3280,"verse_id":"EXO.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.39","text":"Heb “and also.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A39/2"}
{"id":3281,"verse_id":"EXO.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.39","text":"The verb is עָשׂוּ (’ asu , “they made”); here, with a potential nuance, it is rendered “they could [not] prepare.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A39/3"}
{"id":3282,"verse_id":"EXO.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.42","text":"There is some ambiguity in לֵיל שִׁמֻּרִים הוּא לַיהוָה ( lel shimmurim hu’ la’adonay [ layhveh ]). It is likely that this first clause means that Yahweh was on watch for Israel to bring them out, as the next clause says. He was protecting his people (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 102). Then, the night of vigil will be transferred to Israel, who now must keep it “to” him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A42/1"}
{"id":3283,"verse_id":"EXO.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.42","text":"“and so” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A42/2"}
{"id":3284,"verse_id":"EXO.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.42","text":"Heb “this night is for Yahweh a vigil for all Israelites for their generations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A42/3"}
{"id":3285,"verse_id":"EXO.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.43","text":"This taken in the modal nuance of permission, reading that no foreigner is permitted to share in it (apart from being a member of the household as a circumcised slave [v. 44 ] or obeying v. 48 , if a free individual).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A43/2"}
{"id":3286,"verse_id":"EXO.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.43","text":"This is the partitive use of the bet ( ב ) preposition, expressing that the action extends to something and includes the idea of participation in it (GKC 380 §119. m ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A43/3"}
{"id":3287,"verse_id":"EXO.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.48","text":"Both the participle “foreigner” and the verb “lives” are from the verb גּוּר ( gur ), which means “to sojourn, to dwell as an alien.” This reference is to a foreigner who settles in the land. He is the protected foreigner; when he comes to another area where he does not have his clan to protect him, he must come under the protection of the Law, or the people. If the “resident alien” is circumcised, he may participate in the Passover (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 104).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A48/1"}
{"id":3288,"verse_id":"EXO.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.48","text":"The infinitive absolute functions as the finite verb here, and “every male” could be either the object or the subject (see GKC 347 §113. gg and 387 §121. a ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A48/2"}
{"id":3289,"verse_id":"EXO.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.48","text":"אֶזְרָח (’ ezrakh ) refers to the native-born individual, the native Israelite as opposed to the “stranger, alien” (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 104); see also W. F. Albright, Archaeology and the Religion of Israel , 127, 210.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A48/3"}
{"id":3290,"verse_id":"EXO.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.49","text":"Heb “one law will be to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A49/1"}
{"id":3291,"verse_id":"EXO.12.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":12,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.50","text":"Heb “did as the Lord had commanded Moses and Aaron, so they did.” The final phrase “so they did,” which is somewhat redundant in English, has been represented in the translation by the adverb “exactly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2012%3A50/1"}
{"id":3292,"verse_id":"EXO.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":3293,"verse_id":"EXO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"The verb “sanctify” is the Piel imperative of קָדַשׁ ( qadash ). In the Qal stem it means “be holy, be set apart, be distinct,” and in this stem “sanctify, set apart.” sn Here is the central principle of the chapter – the firstborn were sacred to God and must be “set apart” (the meaning of the verb “sanctify”) for his use.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":3294,"verse_id":"EXO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"The word פֶּטֶּר ( petter ) means “that which opens”; this construction literally says, “that which opens every womb,” which means “the first offspring of every womb.” Verses 12 and 15 further indicate male offspring.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":3295,"verse_id":"EXO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “to me it.” The preposition here expresses possession; the construction is simply “it [is, belongs] to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":3296,"verse_id":"EXO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"The form is the infinitive absolute of זָכַר ( zakhar , “remember”). The use of this form in place of the imperative (also found in the Decalogue with the Sabbath instruction) stresses the basic meaning of the root word, everything involved with remembering (emphatic imperative, according to GKC 346 §113. bb ). The verb usually implies that there will be proper action based on what was remembered. sn There is a pattern in the arrangement of vv. 3-10 and 11-16 . Both sections contain commands based on the mighty deliverance as reminders of the deliverance. “With a mighty hand” occurs in vv. 3, 9, 14, 16 . An explanation to the son is found in vv. 8 and 14 . The emphases “sign on your hand” and “between your eyes” are part of the conclusions to both halves (vv. 9, 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":3297,"verse_id":"EXO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “from a house of slaves.” “House” is obviously not meant to be literal; it indicates a location characterized by slavery, a land of slaves, as if they were in a slave house. Egypt is also called an “iron-smelting furnace” ( Deut 4:20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":3298,"verse_id":"EXO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “from this” [place].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":3299,"verse_id":"EXO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"The verb is a Niphal imperfect; it could be rendered “must not be eaten” in the nuance of the instruction or injunction category, but permission fits this sermonic presentation very well – nothing with yeast may be eaten.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":3300,"verse_id":"EXO.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The word הַיּוֹם ( hayyom ) means literally “the day, today, this day.” In this sentence it functions as an adverbial accusative explaining when the event took place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":3301,"verse_id":"EXO.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"The form is the active participle, functioning verbally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":3302,"verse_id":"EXO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “and it will be when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":3303,"verse_id":"EXO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"See notes on Exod 3:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":3304,"verse_id":"EXO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"The verb is וְעָבַדְתָּ ( vÿ ’ avadta ), the Qal perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. It is the equivalent of the imperfect tense of instruction or injunction; it forms the main point after the temporal clause – “when Yahweh brings you out…then you will serve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":3305,"verse_id":"EXO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.5","text":"The object is a cognate accusative for emphasis on the meaning of the service – “you will serve this service.” W. C. Kaiser notes how this noun was translated “slavery” and “work” in the book, but “service” or “ceremony” for Yahweh. Israel was saved from slavery to Egypt into service for God as remembered by this ceremony (“Exodus,” EBC 2:383).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A5/4"}
{"id":3306,"verse_id":"EXO.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “Seven days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":3307,"verse_id":"EXO.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"The imperfect tense functions with the nuance of instruction or injunction. It could also be given an obligatory nuance: “you must eat” or “you are to eat.” Some versions have simply made it an imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":3308,"verse_id":"EXO.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"The phrase “there is to be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":3309,"verse_id":"EXO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The imperfect has the nuance of instruction or injunction again, but it could also be given an obligatory nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":3310,"verse_id":"EXO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"The construction is an adverbial accusative of time, answering how long the routine should be followed (see GKC 374 §118. k ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":3311,"verse_id":"EXO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Or “visible to you” (B. Jacob, Exodus , 366).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":3312,"verse_id":"EXO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The form is the Hiphil perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, carrying the sequence forward: “and you will declare to your son.” sn A very important part of the teaching here is the manner in which the memory of the deliverance will be retained in Israel – they were to teach their children the reasons for the feast, as a binding law forever. This will remind the nation of its duties to Yahweh in gratitude for the great deliverance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":3313,"verse_id":"EXO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “day, saying.” “Tell…saying” is redundant, so “saying” has not been included in the translation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":3314,"verse_id":"EXO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"“it is” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":3315,"verse_id":"EXO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.8","text":"The text uses זֶה ( zeh ), which Gesenius classifies as the use of the pronoun to introduce a relative clause after the preposition (GKC 447 §138. h ) – but he thinks the form is corrupt. B. S. Childs, however, sees no reason to posit a corruption in this form ( Exodus [OTL], 184).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A8/4"}
{"id":3316,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"That is, this ceremony.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":3317,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “for a sign.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/3"}
{"id":3318,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “for a memorial.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/4"}
{"id":3319,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “between your eyes” (KJV and ASV both similar); the same expression occurs in v. 16 . sn That these festivals and consecrations were to be signs and memorials is akin to the expressions used in the book of Proverbs ( Prov 3:3 , “bind them around your neck…write them on your heart”). The people were to use the festivals as outward and visible tokens to remind them to obey what the Law required.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/5"}
{"id":3320,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.9","text":"The purpose of using this ceremony as a sign and a memorial is that the Law might be in their mouth. The imperfect tense, then, receives the classification of final imperfect in the purpose clause.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/6"}
{"id":3321,"verse_id":"EXO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"13.9","text":"This causal clause gives the reason for what has just been instructed. Because Yahweh delivered them from bondage, he has the strongest claims on their life.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A9/8"}
{"id":3322,"verse_id":"EXO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"The form is a perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, functioning as the equivalent of an imperfect of instruction or injunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":3323,"verse_id":"EXO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “every year,” or “year after year.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":3324,"verse_id":"EXO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “and it will be when Yahweh brings (will bring) you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":3325,"verse_id":"EXO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"The verb וּנְתָנָהּ ( unÿtanah ) is the Qal perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; this is in sequence to the preceding verb, and forms part of the protasis, the temporal clause. The main clause is the instruction in the next verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":3326,"verse_id":"EXO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The unusual choice of words in this passage reflects the connection with the deliverance of the firstborn in the exodus when the Lord passed over the Israelites ( 12:12, 23 ). Here the Law said, “you will cause to pass over ( וְהַעֲבַרְתָּ , vÿha ’ avarta ) to Yahweh.” The Hiphil perfect with the vav ( ו ) provides the main clause after the temporal clauses. Yahweh here claimed the firstborn as his own. The remarkable thing about this is that Yahweh did not keep the firstborn that was dedicated to him, but allowed the child to be redeemed by his father. It was an acknowledgment that the life of the child belonged to God as the one redeemed from death, and that the child represented the family. Thus, the observance referred to the dedication of all the redeemed to God. sn It was once assumed by some scholars that child sacrifice lay behind this text in the earlier days, but that the priests and prophets removed those themes. Apart from the fact that there is absolutely no evidence for anything like that, the Law forbade child sacrifice, and always used child sacrifice as the sample of what not to do in conformity with the pagans (e.g., Deut 12:31 ). Besides, how absurd would it be for Yahweh to redeem the firstborn from death and then ask Israel to kill them. See further B. Jacob, Exodus , 371.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":3327,"verse_id":"EXO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “every opener of a womb,” that is, the firstborn from every womb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":3328,"verse_id":"EXO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"The descriptive noun שֶׁגֶר ( sheger ) is related to the verb “drop, cast”; it refers to a newly born animal that is dropped or cast from the womb. The expression then reads, “and all that first open [the womb], the casting of a beast.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":3329,"verse_id":"EXO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “that is to you.” The preposition expresses possession.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A12/4"}
{"id":3330,"verse_id":"EXO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.12","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “the males to Yahweh.” It indicates that the Lord must have them, or they belong to the Lord .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A12/5"}
{"id":3331,"verse_id":"EXO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and every opener [of a womb].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":3332,"verse_id":"EXO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"The verb תִּפְדֶּה ( tifdeh ), the instructional imperfect, refers to the idea of redemption by paying a cost. This word is used regularly of redeeming a person, or an animal, from death or servitude (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 109).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":3333,"verse_id":"EXO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"The conditional clause uses an imperfect tense; this is followed by a perfect tense with the vav consecutive providing the obligation or instruction. The owner might not redeem the donkey, but if he did not, he could not keep it, he had to kill it by breaking its neck (so either a lamb for it, or the donkey itself). The donkey could not be killed by shedding blood because that would make it a sacrifice, and that was not possible with this kind of animal. See G. Brin, “The Firstling of Unclean Animals,” JQR 68 (1977): 1-15.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":3334,"verse_id":"EXO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and every firstborn of man among your sons.” The addition of “man” is clearly meant to distinguish firstborn humans from animals. sn One was to sacrifice the firstborn animals to Yahweh, but the children were to be redeemed by their fathers. The redemption price was five shekels ( Num 18:15-16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":3335,"verse_id":"EXO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “tomorrow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":3336,"verse_id":"EXO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “and it will be when your son will ask you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":3337,"verse_id":"EXO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.14","text":"The question is cryptic; it simply says, “What is this?” but certainly refers to the custom just mentioned. It asks, “What does this mean?” or “Why do we do this?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A14/4"}
{"id":3338,"verse_id":"EXO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.14","text":"The expression is “with strength of hand,” making “hand” the genitive of specification. In translation “strength” becomes the modifier, because “hand” specifies where the strength was. But of course the whole expression is anthropomorphic for the power of God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A14/5"}
{"id":3339,"verse_id":"EXO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “house of slaves.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A14/6"}
{"id":3340,"verse_id":"EXO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “dealt hardly in letting us go” or “made it hard to let us go” (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 110). The verb is the simple Hiphil perfect הִקְשָׁה ( hiqshah , “he made hard”); the infinitive construct לְשַׁלְּחֵנוּ ( lÿshallÿkhenu, “to release us”) could be taken epexegetically, meaning “he made releasing us hard.” But the infinitive more likely gives the purpose or the result after the verb “hardened himself.” The verb is figurative for “be stubborn” or “stubbornly refuse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":3341,"verse_id":"EXO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"The text uses “man” and “beast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":3342,"verse_id":"EXO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"The form is the active participle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":3343,"verse_id":"EXO.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"The word is טוֹטָפֹת ( totafot , “frontlets”). The etymology is uncertain, but the word denotes a sign or an object placed on the forehead (see m. Shabbat 6:1). The Gemara interprets it as a band that goes from ear to ear. In the Targum to 2 Sam 1:10 it is an armlet worn by Saul (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 110). These bands may have resembled the Egyptian practice of wearing as amulets “forms of words written on folds of papyrus tightly rolled up and sewn in linen” (W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:384).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":3344,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The construction for this temporal clause is the temporal indicator with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, the Piel infinitive construct with a preposition, and then the subjective genitive “Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":3345,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"The word “way” is an adverbial accusative, providing the location for the verb “lead”; it is in construct so that “land of the Philistines” is a genitive of either indirect object (“to the land”) or location (“in” or “through” the land).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":3346,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.17","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) introduces a concessive clause here (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §448).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/6"}
{"id":3347,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “thought.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/7"}
{"id":3348,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"13.17","text":"Before a clause this conjunction פֶּן ( pen ) expresses fear or precaution (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 75-76, §461). It may be translated “lest, else,” or “what if.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/8"}
{"id":3349,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"13.17","text":"יִנָּחֵם ( yinnakhem ) is the Niphal imperfect of נָחַם ( nakham ); it would normally be translated “repent” or “relent.” This nontheological usage gives a good illustration of the basic meaning of having a change of mind or having regrets.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/9"}
{"id":3350,"verse_id":"EXO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A17/10"}
{"id":3351,"verse_id":"EXO.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The Hebrew term יַם־סוּף ( Yam Suf ) cannot be a genitive (“wilderness of the Red Sea”) because it follows a noun that is not in construct; instead, it must be an adverbial accusative, unless it is simply joined by apposition to “the wilderness” – the way to the wilderness [and] to the Red Sea (B. S. Childs, Exodus [OTL], 217). sn The translation of this name as “Red Sea” comes from the sea’s Greek name in the LXX and elsewhere. The Red Sea on today’s maps is farther south, below the Sinai Peninsula. But the title Red Sea in ancient times may very well have covered both the Gulf of Suez and the Gulf of Aqaba (see Deut 1:1 ; 1 Kgs 9:26 ). The name “Sea of Reeds” in various English versions (usually in the form of a marginal note) and commentaries reflects the meaning of the Hebrew word סוּף a word for reedy water plants ( Exod 2:3, 5 ; Isa 19:6 ; Jonah 2:6 [Eng. v. 5 ]) that may have a connection with an Egyptian word used for papyrus and other marsh plants. On this basis some have taken the term Yam Suph as perhaps referring to Lake Menzaleh or Lake Ballah, which have abundant reeds, north of the extension of the Red Sea on the western side of Sinai. Whatever exact body of water is meant, it was not merely a marshy swamp that the people waded through, but a body of water large enough to make passage impossible without divine intervention, and deep enough to drown the Egyptian army. Lake Menzaleh has always been deep enough to preclude passage on foot (E. H. Merrill, Kingdom of Priests , 66). Among the many sources dealing with the geography, see B. F. Batto, “The Reed Sea: Requiescat in Pace,” JBL 102 (1983): 27-35; M. Waxman, “I Miss the Red Sea,” Conservative Judaism 18 (1963): 35-44; G. Coats, “The Sea Tradition in the Wilderness Theme: A Review,” JSOT 12 (1979): 2-8; and K. A. Kitchen, On the Reliability of the Old Testament , 261-63.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":3352,"verse_id":"EXO.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"The term חֲמֻשִׁים ( khamushim ) is placed first for emphasis; it forms a circumstantial clause, explaining how they went up. Unfortunately, it is a rare word with uncertain meaning. Most translations have something to do with “in battle array” or “prepared to fight” if need be (cf. Josh 1:14; 4:12 ). The Targum took it as “armed with weapons.” The LXX had “in the fifth generation.” Some have opted for “in five divisions.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":3353,"verse_id":"EXO.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joseph) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":3354,"verse_id":"EXO.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “solemnly swear, saying” (so NASB). The construction uses the Hiphil infinitive absolute with the Hiphil perfect to stress that Joseph had made them take a solemn oath to carry his bones out of Egypt. “Saying” introduces the content of what Joseph said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":3355,"verse_id":"EXO.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.19","text":"The form is a Hiphil perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows in the sequence of the imperfect tense before it, and so is equal to an imperfect of injunction (because of the solemn oath). Israel took Joseph’s bones with them as a sign of piety toward the past and as a symbol of their previous bond with Canaan (B. Jacob, Exodus , 380).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A19/4"}
{"id":3356,"verse_id":"EXO.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"The infinitive construct here indicates the result of these manifestations – “so that they went” or “could go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":3357,"verse_id":"EXO.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"These are adverbial accusatives of time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":3358,"verse_id":"EXO.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"The two imperfects follow the imperative and therefore express purpose. The point in the verses is that Yahweh was giving the orders for the direction of the march and the encampment by the sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":3359,"verse_id":"EXO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “and Pharaoh will say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":3360,"verse_id":"EXO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"The expression has also been translated “the desert has shut [the way] for them,” and more freely “[the Israelites are] hemmed in by the desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":3361,"verse_id":"EXO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"In this place the verb חָזַק ( hazaq ) is used; it indicates that God would make Pharaoh’s will strong or firm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":3362,"verse_id":"EXO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"The form is וְאִכָּבְדָה ( vÿ ’ ikkavÿda ), the Niphal cohortative; coming after the perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutives expressing the future, this cohortative indicates the purpose of the hardening and chasing. Yahweh intended to gain glory by this final and great victory over the strength of Pharaoh. There is irony in this expression since a different form of the word was used frequently to describe Pharaoh’s hard heart. So judgment will not only destroy the wicked – it will reveal the glory and majesty of the sovereignty of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":3363,"verse_id":"EXO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.4","text":"This is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive. But it announces the fulfillment of an long standing purpose – that they might know.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A4/3"}
{"id":3364,"verse_id":"EXO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “and they did so.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A4/4"}
{"id":3365,"verse_id":"EXO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “and it was told.” The present translation uses “reported,” since this involves information given to a superior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":3366,"verse_id":"EXO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"The verb must be given a past perfect translation because the fleeing occurred before the telling.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":3367,"verse_id":"EXO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “and they said.” The referent (the king and his servants) is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":3368,"verse_id":"EXO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.5","text":"The question literally is “What is this we have done?” The demonstrative pronoun is used as an enclitic particle for emphasis (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A5/4"}
{"id":3369,"verse_id":"EXO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “released Israel.” By metonymy the name of the nation is used collectively for the people who constitute it (the Israelites).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A5/5"}
{"id":3370,"verse_id":"EXO.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “bound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":3371,"verse_id":"EXO.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “his people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":3372,"verse_id":"EXO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The passive participle of the verb “to choose” means that these were “choice” or superb chariots.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":3373,"verse_id":"EXO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “every chariot of Egypt.” After the mention of the best chariots, the meaning of this description is “all the other chariots.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":3374,"verse_id":"EXO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"The word שָׁלִשִׁם ( shalishim ) means “officers” or some special kind of military personnel. At one time it was taken to mean a “three man chariot,” but the pictures of Egyptian chariots only show two in a chariot. It may mean officers near the king, “men of the third rank” (B. Jacob, Exodus , 394). So the chariots and the crew represented the elite. See the old view by A. E. Cowley that linked it to a Hittite word (“A Hittite Word in Hebrew,” JTS 21 [1920]: 326), and the more recent work by P. C. Craigie connecting it to Egyptian “commander” (“An Egyptian Expression in the Song of the Sea: Exodus XV.4,” VT 20 [1970]: 85).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":3375,"verse_id":"EXO.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “with a high hand”; the expression means “defiantly,” “boldly,” or “with confidence.” The phrase is usually used for arrogant sin and pride, the defiant fist, as it were. The image of the high hand can also mean the hand raised to deliver a blow ( Job 38:15 ). So the narrative here builds tension between these two resolute forces.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":3376,"verse_id":"EXO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"The disjunctive vav introduces a circumstantial clause here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":3377,"verse_id":"EXO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “drew near.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":3378,"verse_id":"EXO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “lifted up their eyes,” an expression that indicates an intentional and careful looking – they looked up and fixed their sights on the distance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":3379,"verse_id":"EXO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"The construction uses הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) with the participle, traditionally rendered “and behold, the Egyptians were marching after them.” The deictic particle calls attention in a dramatic way to what was being seen. It captures the surprise and the sudden realization of the people.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":3380,"verse_id":"EXO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.10","text":"The verb “feared” is intensified by the adverb מְאֹד ( mÿ ’ od ): “they feared greatly” or “were terrified.” In one look their defiant boldness seems to have evaporated.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A10/5"}
{"id":3381,"verse_id":"EXO.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The demonstrative pronoun has the enclitic use again, giving a special emphasis to the question (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":3382,"verse_id":"EXO.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"The Hebrew term לְהוֹצִּיאָנוּ ( lÿhotsi ’ anu ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct with a suffix, “to bring us out.” It is used epexegetically here, explaining the previous question.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":3383,"verse_id":"EXO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “Is not this the word that we spoke to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":3384,"verse_id":"EXO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “better for us to serve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":3385,"verse_id":"EXO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.12","text":"Since Hebrew does not use quotation marks to indicate the boundaries of quotations, there is uncertainty about whether the Israelites’ statement in Egypt includes the end of v. 12 or consists solely of “leave us alone so that we can serve the Egyptians.” In either case, the command to Moses to leave them alone rested on the assumption, spoken or unspoken, that serving Egypt would be less risky than what Moses was proposing. Now with the Egyptian army on the horizon, the Israelites are sure that their worst predictions are about to take place.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A12/4"}
{"id":3386,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The use of אַל (’ al ) with the jussive has the force of “stop fearing.” It is a more immediate negative command than לֹא ( lo ’) with the imperfect (as in the Decalogue).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":3387,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"The force of this verb in the Hitpael is “to station oneself” or “stand firm” without fleeing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":3388,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"The form is an imperative with a vav ( ו ). It could also be rendered “stand firm and you will see ” meaning the result, or “stand firm that you may see ” meaning the purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":3389,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “victory” (NAB) or “deliverance” (NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/4"}
{"id":3390,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “do,” i.e., perform or accomplish.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":3391,"verse_id":"EXO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.13","text":"The construction uses a verbal hendiadys consisting of a Hiphil imperfect (“you will not add”) and a Qal infinitive construct with a suffix (“to see them”) – “you will no longer see them.” Then the clause adds “again, for ever.” sn U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 164) notes that the antithetical parallelism between seeing salvation and seeing the Egyptians, as well as the threefold repetition of the word “see” cannot be accidental; so too the alliteration of the last three words beginning with ayin ( ע ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A13/6"}
{"id":3392,"verse_id":"EXO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"The word order places emphasis on “the Lord ” ( Heb “Yahweh”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":3393,"verse_id":"EXO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The imperfect tense needs to be interpreted in contrast to all that Yahweh will be doing. It may be given a potential imperfect nuance (as here), or it may be obligatory to follow the command to stand firm: “you must be still.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":3394,"verse_id":"EXO.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The text literally says, “speak to the Israelites that they may journey.” The intent of the line, using the imperative with the subordinate jussive or imperfect expressing purpose is that the speaking is the command to move.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":3395,"verse_id":"EXO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"The conjunction plus pronoun (“and you”) is emphatic – “and as for you” – before the imperative “lift up.” In contrast, v. 17 begins with “and as for me, I….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":3396,"verse_id":"EXO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"The imperfect (or jussive) with the vav ( ו ) is sequential, coming after the series of imperatives instructing Moses to divide the sea; the form then gives the purpose (or result) of the activity – “that they may go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":3397,"verse_id":"EXO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"הִנְנִי ( hinni ) before the participle gives it the force of a futur instans participle, meaning “I am about to harden” or “I am going to harden” their heart.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":3398,"verse_id":"EXO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"The form again is the imperfect tense with vav ( ו ) to express the purpose or the result of the hardening. The repetition of the verb translated “come” is interesting: Moses is to divide the sea in order that the people may cross, but God will harden the Egyptians’ hearts in order that they may follow.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":3399,"verse_id":"EXO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"For the comments on this verb see the discussion in v. 4 . God would get glory by defeating Egypt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":3400,"verse_id":"EXO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.17","text":"Or “I will get glory over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A17/4"}
{"id":3401,"verse_id":"EXO.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"The construction is unusual in that it says, “And Egypt will know.” The verb is plural, and so “Egypt” must mean “the Egyptians.” The verb is the perfect tense with the vav consecutive, showing that this recognition or acknowledgment by Egypt will be the result or purpose of the defeat of them by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":3402,"verse_id":"EXO.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"The form is בְּהִכָּבְדִי ( bÿhikkavÿdi ), the Niphal infinitive construct with a preposition and a suffix. For the suffix on a Niphal, see GKC 162-63 §61. c . The word forms a temporal clause in the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":3403,"verse_id":"EXO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"The two nouns “cloud” and “darkness” form a nominal hendiadys: “and it was the cloud and the darkness” means “and it was the dark cloud.” Perhaps this is what the Egyptians saw, preventing them from observing Moses and the Israelites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":3404,"verse_id":"EXO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “this to this”; for the use of the pronouns in this reciprocal sense of “the one to the other,” see GKC 448 §139. e , n. 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A20/2"}
{"id":3405,"verse_id":"EXO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"14.20","text":"The LXX reads very differently at the end of this verse: “and there was darkness and blackness and the night passed.” B. S. Childs ( Exodus [OTL], 218) summarizes three proposals: (1) One takes the MT as it stands and explains it along the lines of the Targum and Jewish exegesis, that there was one cloud that was dark to one group and light to the other. (2) Another tries to reconstruct a verb from the noun “darkness” or make some use of the Greek verb. (3) A third seeks a different meaning for the verb “lit,” “gave light” by comparative philology, but no consensus has been reached. Given that there is no easy solution apart from reconstructing the text, and given that the MT can be interpreted as it is, the present translation follows the MT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A20/3"}
{"id":3406,"verse_id":"EXO.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “drove the sea back” (NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV). The verb is simply the Hiphil of הָלַךְ ( halakh , “to walk, go”). The context requires that it be interpreted along the lines of “go back, go apart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":3407,"verse_id":"EXO.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"The clause literally reads, “and the waters [were] for them a wall.” The word order in Hebrew is disjunctive, with the vav ( ו ) on the noun introducing a circumstantial clause. sn S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 119), still trying to explain things with natural explanations, suggests that a northeast wind is to be thought of (an east wind would be directly in their face he says), such as a shallow ford might cooperate with an ebb tide in keeping a passage clear. He then quotes Dillmann about the “wall” of water: “A very summary poetical and hyperbolical (xv. 8) description of the occurrence, which at most can be pictured as the drying up of a shallow ford, on both sides of which the basin of the sea was much deeper, and remained filled with water.” There is no way to “water down” the text to fit natural explanations; the report clearly shows a miraculous work of God making a path through the sea – a path that had to be as wide as half a mile in order for the many people and their animals to cross between about 2:00 a.m. and 6:00 a.m. (W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:389). The text does not say that they actually only started across in the morning watch, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":3408,"verse_id":"EXO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"The night was divided into three watches of about four hours each, making the morning watch about 2:00-6:00 a.m. The text has this as “the watch of the morning,” the genitive qualifying which of the night watches was meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":3409,"verse_id":"EXO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"This particular verb, שָׁקַף ( shaqaf ) is a bold anthropomorphism: Yahweh looked down. But its usage is always with some demonstration of mercy or wrath. S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 120) suggests that the look might be with fiery flashes to startle the Egyptians, throwing them into a panic. Ps 77:17-19 pictures torrents of rain with lightning and thunder.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":3410,"verse_id":"EXO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “camp.” The same Hebrew word is used in Exod 14:20 . Unlike the English word “camp,” it can be used of a body of people at rest (encamped) or on the move.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A24/3"}
{"id":3411,"verse_id":"EXO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A24/4"}
{"id":3412,"verse_id":"EXO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.24","text":"The verb הָמַם ( hamam ) means “throw into confusion.” It is used in the Bible for the panic and disarray of an army before a superior force ( Josh 10:10 ; Judg 4:15 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A24/5"}
{"id":3413,"verse_id":"EXO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"The word in the text is וַיָּסַר ( vayyasar ), which would be translated “and he turned aside” with the sense perhaps of removing the wheels. The reading in the LXX, Smr, and Syriac suggests a root אָסַר (’ asar , “to bind”). The sense here might be “clogged – presumably by their sinking in the wet sand” (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 120).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":3414,"verse_id":"EXO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"The clause is וַיְנַהֲגֵהוּ בִּכְבֵדֻת ( vaynahagehu bikhvedut ). The verb means “to drive a chariot”; here in the Piel it means “cause to drive.” The suffix is collective, and so the verbal form can be translated “and caused them to drive.” The idea of the next word is “heaviness” or “hardship”; it recalls the previous uses of related words to describe Pharaoh’s heart. Here it indicates that the driving of the crippled chariots was with difficulty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":3415,"verse_id":"EXO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.25","text":"The cohortative has the hortatory use here, “Let’s flee.” Although the form is singular, the sense of it is plural and so hortatory can be used. The form is singular to agree with the singular subject, “Egypt,” which obviously means the Egyptian army. The word for “flee” is used when someone runs from fear of immanent danger and is a different word than the one used in 14:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A25/3"}
{"id":3416,"verse_id":"EXO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.25","text":"The form is the Niphal participle; it is used as the predicate here, that is, the verbal use: “the Lord is fighting.” This corresponds to the announcement in v. 14 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A25/4"}
{"id":3417,"verse_id":"EXO.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"The verb, “and they will return,” is here subordinated to the imperative preceding it, showing the purpose of that act.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":3418,"verse_id":"EXO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"The Hebrew term לְאֵיתָנוֹ ( lÿ ’ etano ) means “to its place,” or better, “to its perennial state.” The point is that the sea here had a normal level, and now when the Egyptians were in the sea on the dry ground the water would return to that level.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":3419,"verse_id":"EXO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “at the turning of the morning”; NASB, NIV, TEV, CEV “at daybreak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":3420,"verse_id":"EXO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.27","text":"The clause begins with the disjunctive vav ( ו ) on the noun, signaling either a circumstantial clause or a new beginning. It could be rendered, “Although the Egyptians…Yahweh…” or “as the Egyptians….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A27/3"}
{"id":3421,"verse_id":"EXO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.27","text":"The verb means “shake out” or “shaking off.” It has the significance of “throw downward.” See Neh 5:13 or Job 38:13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A27/4"}
{"id":3422,"verse_id":"EXO.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “that was coming after them into the sea.” The referent of “them” (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":3423,"verse_id":"EXO.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “not was left among them as much as one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":3424,"verse_id":"EXO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"The Hebrew term וַיּוֹשַׁע ( vayyosha ’) is the key summation of the chapter, and this part of the book: “So Yahweh saved Israel.” This is the culmination of all the powerful works of God through these chapters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":3425,"verse_id":"EXO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “the hand,” with “hand” being a metonymy for power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":3426,"verse_id":"EXO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.30","text":"The participle “dead” is singular, agreeing in form with “Egypt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A30/3"}
{"id":3427,"verse_id":"EXO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive introduces a clause that is subordinate to the main points that the verse is making.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":3428,"verse_id":"EXO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “the great hand,” with “hand” being a metonymy for work or power. The word play using “hand” contrasts the Lord’s hand/power at work on behalf of the Israelites with the hand/power of Egypt that would have killed them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":3429,"verse_id":"EXO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “did, made.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A31/3"}
{"id":3430,"verse_id":"EXO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “and the people feared.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A31/4"}
{"id":3431,"verse_id":"EXO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.31","text":"The verb is the Hiphil preterite of אָמַן (’ aman ). sn S. R. Driver says that the belief intended here is not simply a crediting of a testimony concerning a person or a thing, but a laying firm hold morally on a person or a thing ( Exodus , 122). Others take the Hiphil sense to be declarative, and that would indicate a considering of the object of faith trustworthy or dependable, and therefore to be acted on. In this passage it does not mean that here they came to faith, but that they became convinced that he would save them in the future.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2014%3A31/5"}
{"id":3432,"verse_id":"EXO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"The verb is יָשִׁיר ( yashir ), a normal imperfect tense form. But after the adverb “then” this form is to be treated as a preterite (see GKC 314-15 §107. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":3433,"verse_id":"EXO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “and they said, saying.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A1/3"}
{"id":3434,"verse_id":"EXO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.1","text":"The form is the singular cohortative, expressing the resolution of Moses to sing the song of praise (“I will” being stronger than “I shall”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A1/4"}
{"id":3435,"verse_id":"EXO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.1","text":"This causal clause gives the reason for and summary of the praise. The Hebrew expression has כִּי־גָּאֹה גָּאָה ( ki ga ’ oh ga ’ ah ). The basic idea of the verb is “rise up loftily” or “proudly.” But derivatives of the root carry the nuance of majesty or pride (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 132). So the idea of the perfect tense with its infinitive absolute may mean “he is highly exalted” or “he has done majestically” or “he is gloriously glorious.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A1/5"}
{"id":3436,"verse_id":"EXO.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “Yah.” Moses’ poem here uses a short form of the name Yahweh, traditionally rendered in English by “the LORD.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":3437,"verse_id":"EXO.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"The word וְזִמְרָת ( vÿzimrat ) is problematic. It probably had a suffix yod ( י ) that was accidentally dropped because of the yod ( י ) on the divine name following. Most scholars posit another meaning for the word. A meaning of “power” fits the line fairly well, forming a hendiadys with strength – “strength and power” becoming “strong power.” Similar lines are in Isa 12:2 and Ps 118:14 . Others suggest “protection” or “glory.” However, there is nothing substantially wrong with “my song” in the line – only that it would be a nicer match if it had something to do with strength.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":3438,"verse_id":"EXO.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"The word נָוָה ( navah ) occurs only here. It may mean “beautify, adorn” with praises (see BDB 627 s.v.). See also M. Dahood, “ Exodus 15:2 : ‘anwehu and Ugaritic snwt ,” Bib 59 (1979): 260-61; and M. Klein, “The Targumic Tosefta to Exodus 15:2 ,” JJS 26 (1975): 61-67; and S. B. Parker, “ Exodus 15:2 Again,” VT 21 (1971): 373-79.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":3439,"verse_id":"EXO.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “man of war” (so KJV, ASV). “Warrior” is now the preferred translation since “man of war” is more commonly known today as a warship. The expression indicates that Yahweh is one who understands how to fight and defeat the enemy. The word “war” modifies “man” to reveal that Yahweh is a warrior. Other passages use similar descriptions: Isa 42:13 has “man of wars”; Ps 24:8 has “mighty man of battle.” See F. Cross, “The Divine Warrior in Israel’s Early Cult,” Biblical Motifs , 11-30.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":3440,"verse_id":"EXO.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “Yahweh is his name.” As throughout, the name “Yahweh” is rendered as “the Lord ” in the translation, as is typically done in English translations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":3441,"verse_id":"EXO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Gesenius notes that the sign of the accusative, often omitted in poetry, is not found in this entire song (GKC 363 §117. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":3442,"verse_id":"EXO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The word is a substantive, “choice, selection”; it is here used in the construct state to convey an attribute before a partitive genitive – “the choice of his officers” means his “choice officers” (see GKC 417 §128. r ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":3443,"verse_id":"EXO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"The form is a Qal passive rather than a Pual, for there is not Piel form or meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":3444,"verse_id":"EXO.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"The verb form is יְכַסְיֻמוּ ( yÿkhasyumu ) is the Piel preterite. Normally a vav ( ו ) consecutive is used with the preterite, but in some ancient poems the form without the vav appears, as is the case frequently in this poem. That such an archaic form is used should come as no surprise, because the word also uses the yod ( י ) of the root (GKC 214 §75. dd ), and the archaic suffix form (GKC 258 §91 .l ). These all indicate the antiquity of the poem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":3445,"verse_id":"EXO.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The parasynonyms here are תְּהֹמֹת ( tÿhomot , “deep, ocean depths, deep waters”) and מְצוֹלֹת ( mÿtsolot , “the depths”); S. R. Driver says properly the “gurgling places” ( Exodus , 134).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":3446,"verse_id":"EXO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The form נֶאְדָּרִי ( ne ’ dari ) may be an archaic infinitive with the old ending i , used in place of the verb and meaning “awesome.” Gesenius says that the vowel ending may be an old case ending, especially when a preposition is inserted between the word and its genitive (GKC 253 §90. l ), but he suggests a reconstruction of the form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":3447,"verse_id":"EXO.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Here, and throughout the song, these verbs are the prefixed conjugation that may look like the imperfect but are actually historic preterites. This verb is to “overthrow” or “throw down” – like a wall, leaving it in shattered pieces.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":3448,"verse_id":"EXO.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.7","text":"The form קָמֶיךָ ( qamekha ) is the active participle with a pronominal suffix. The participle is accusative, the object of the verb, but the suffix is the genitive of nearer definition (see GKC 358 §116. i ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A7/3"}
{"id":3449,"verse_id":"EXO.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.7","text":"The verb is the prefixed conjugation, the preterite, without the consecutive vav ( ו ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A7/6"}
{"id":3450,"verse_id":"EXO.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"The word “heap” describes the walls of water. The waters, which are naturally fluid, stood up as though they were a heap, a mound of earth. Likewise, the flowing waters deep in the ocean solidified – as though they were turned to ice (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 175).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":3451,"verse_id":"EXO.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"The form is נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”). But this word refers to the whole person, the body and the soul, or better, a bundle of appetites in a body. It therefore can figuratively refer to the desires or appetites ( Deut 12:15; 14:26; 23:24 ). Here, with the verb “to be full” means “to be satisfied”; the whole expression might indicate “I will be sated with them” or “I will gorge myself.” The greedy appetite was to destroy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":3452,"verse_id":"EXO.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.9","text":"The verb רִיק ( riq ) means “to be empty” in the Qal, and in the Hiphil “to empty.” Here the idea is to unsheathe a sword.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A9/3"}
{"id":3453,"verse_id":"EXO.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.9","text":"The verb is יָרַשׁ ( yarash ), which in the Hiphil means “to dispossess” or “root out.” The meaning “destroy” is a general interpretation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A9/4"}
{"id":3454,"verse_id":"EXO.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"“But” has been supplied here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":3455,"verse_id":"EXO.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Here “and” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":3456,"verse_id":"EXO.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"The verb may have the idea of sinking with a gurgling sound, like water going into a whirlpool (R. A. Cole, Exodus [TOTC], 124; S. R. Driver, Exodus , 136). See F. M. Cross and D. N. Freedman, “The Song of Miriam,” JNES 14 (1955): 243-47.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":3457,"verse_id":"EXO.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"The question is of course rhetorical; it is a way of affirming that no one is comparable to God. See C. J. Labuschagne, The Incomparability of Yahweh in the Old Testament , 22, 66-67, and 94-97.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":3458,"verse_id":"EXO.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.11","text":"S. R. Driver suggests “praiseworthy acts” as the translation ( Exodus , 137).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A11/3"}
{"id":3459,"verse_id":"EXO.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"The verb is the prefixed conjugation, the preterite without the vav consecutive. The subject, the “earth,” must be inclusive of the sea, or it may indicate the grave or Sheol; the sea drowned them. Some scholars wish to see this as a reference to Dathan and Abiram, and therefore evidence of a later addition or compilation. It fits this passage well, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":3460,"verse_id":"EXO.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"The verbs in the next two verses are perfect tenses, but can be interpreted as a prophetic perfect, looking to the future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":3461,"verse_id":"EXO.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"The particle זוּ ( zu ) is a relative pronoun, subordinating the next verb to the preceding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":3462,"verse_id":"EXO.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.13","text":"This verb seems to mean “to guide to a watering-place” (See Ps 23:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A13/3"}
{"id":3463,"verse_id":"EXO.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"This verb is a prophetic perfect, assuming that the text means what it said and this song was sung at the Sea. So all these countries were yet to hear of the victory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":3464,"verse_id":"EXO.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"The word properly refers to “pangs” of childbirth. When the nations hear, they will be terrified.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":3465,"verse_id":"EXO.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.14","text":"The verb is again a prophetic perfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A14/3"}
{"id":3466,"verse_id":"EXO.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"This is a prophetic perfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":3467,"verse_id":"EXO.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"This verb is imperfect tense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":3468,"verse_id":"EXO.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"The two words can form a nominal hendiadys, “a dreadful fear,” though most English versions retain the two separate terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":3469,"verse_id":"EXO.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"The form is an imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":3470,"verse_id":"EXO.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.16","text":"The adjective is in construct form and governs the noun “arm” (“arm” being the anthropomorphic expression for what God did). See GKC 428 §132. c .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A16/3"}
{"id":3471,"verse_id":"EXO.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.16","text":"Clauses beginning with עַד (’ ad ) express a limit that is not absolute, but only relative, beyond which the action continues (GKC 446-47 §138. g ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A16/5"}
{"id":3472,"verse_id":"EXO.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.16","text":"The verb קָנָה ( qanah ) here is the verb “acquire, purchase,” and probably not the homonym “to create, make” (see Gen 4:1 ; Deut 32:6 ; and Prov 8:22 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A16/6"}
{"id":3473,"verse_id":"EXO.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"The verb is imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":3474,"verse_id":"EXO.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.17","text":"The verb is perfect tense, referring to Yahweh’s previous choice of the holy place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A17/3"}
{"id":3475,"verse_id":"EXO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"The verb עָנָה (’ ana ) normally means “to answer,” but it can be used more technically to describe antiphonal singing in Hebrew and in Ugaritic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":3476,"verse_id":"EXO.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"The verb form is unusual; the normal expression is with the Qal, which expresses that they journeyed. But here the Hiphil is used to underscore that Moses caused them to journey – and he is following God. So the point is that God was leading Israel to the bitter water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":3477,"verse_id":"EXO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"The infinitive construct here provides the direct object for the verb “to be able,” answering the question of what they were not able to do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":3478,"verse_id":"EXO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.23","text":"The causal clause here provides the reason for their being unable to drink the water, as well as a clear motivation for the name.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A23/3"}
{"id":3479,"verse_id":"EXO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.23","text":"The עַל־כֵּן (’ al-ken ) formula in the Pentateuch serves to explain to the reader the reason for the way things were. It does not necessarily mean here that Israel named the place – but they certainly could have.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A23/5"}
{"id":3480,"verse_id":"EXO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “one called its name,” the expression can be translated as a passive verb if the subject is not expressed.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A23/6"}
{"id":3481,"verse_id":"EXO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"The verb וַיִּלֹנוּ ( vayyillonu ) from לוּן ( lun ) is a much stronger word than “to grumble” or “to complain.” It is used almost exclusively in the wilderness wandering stories, to describe the rebellion of the Israelites against God (see also Ps 59:14-15 ). They were not merely complaining – they were questioning God’s abilities and motives. The action is something like a parliamentary vote of no confidence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":3482,"verse_id":"EXO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"The imperfect tense here should be given a potential nuance: “What can we drink?” since the previous verse reports that they were not able to drink the water. sn It is likely that Moses used words very much like this when he prayed. The difference seems to lie in the prepositions – he cried “to” Yahweh, but the people murmured “against” Moses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":3483,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"The verb is וַיּוֹרֵהוּ ( vayyorehu , “and he showed him”). It is the Hiphil preterite from יָרָה ( yarah ), which has a basic meaning of “to point, show, direct.” It then came to mean “to teach”; it is the verb behind the noun “Law” ( תּוֹרָה , torah ). sn U. Cassuto notes that here is the clue to the direction of the narrative: Israel needed God’s instruction, the Law, if they were going to enjoy his provisions ( Exodus , 184).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":3484,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.25","text":"Or “a [piece of] wood” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV); NLT “a branch.” sn S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 143) follows some local legends in identifying this tree as one that is supposed to have – even to this day – the properties necessary for making bitter water sweet. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 436) reports that no such tree has ever been found, but then he adds that this does not mean there was not such a bush in the earlier days. He believes that here God used a natural means (“showed, instructed”) to sweeten the water. He quotes Ben Sira as saying God had created these things with healing properties in them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/2"}
{"id":3485,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/3"}
{"id":3486,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “there he”; the referent (the Lord) is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/4"}
{"id":3487,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “for him” (referring to Israel as a whole).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/5"}
{"id":3488,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.25","text":"This translation interprets the two nouns as a hendiadys: “a statute and an ordinance” becomes “a binding ordinance.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/6"}
{"id":3489,"verse_id":"EXO.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"15.25","text":"The verb נִסָּהוּ ( nissahu , “and he tested him [them]”) is from the root נָסָה ( nasah ). The use of this word in the Bible indicates that there is question, doubt, or uncertainty about the object being tested. sn The whole episode was a test from God. He led them there through Moses and let them go hungry and thirsty. He wanted to see how great their faith was.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A25/7"}
{"id":3490,"verse_id":"EXO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"The construction uses the infinitive absolute and the imperfect tense of שָׁמַע ( shama ’). The meaning of the verb is idiomatic here because it is followed by “to the voice of Yahweh your God.” When this is present, the verb is translated “obey.” The construction is in a causal clause. It reads, “If you will diligently obey.” Gesenius points out that the infinitive absolute in a conditional clause also emphasizes the importance of the condition on which the consequence depends (GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":3491,"verse_id":"EXO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"The word order is reversed in the text: “and the right in his eyes you do,” or, “[if] you do what is right in his eyes.” The conditional idea in the first clause is continued in this clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":3492,"verse_id":"EXO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “give ear.” This verb and the next are both perfect tenses with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; they continue the sequence of the original conditional clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A26/3"}
{"id":3493,"verse_id":"EXO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.26","text":"The substantive כָּל־ ( kol , “all of”) in a negative clause can be translated “none of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A26/4"}
{"id":3494,"verse_id":"EXO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.26","text":"The form is רֹפְאֶךָ ( rofÿ ’ ekha ), a participle with a pronominal suffix. The word is the predicate after the pronoun “I”: “ I [am] your healer .” The suffix is an objective genitive – the Lord heals them. sn The name I Yahweh am your healer comes as a bit of a surprise. One might expect, “I am Yahweh who heals your water,” but it was the people he came to heal because their faith was weak. God lets Israel know here that he can control the elements of nature to bring about a spiritual response in Israel (see ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2015%3A26/6"}
{"id":3495,"verse_id":"EXO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"The sentence begins with a preterite and vav ( ו ) consecutive, which can be subordinated to the next clause with the preterite and vav consecutive. Here it has been treated as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":3496,"verse_id":"EXO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"The word is often rendered “congregation” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), but the modern perception of a congregation is not exactly what is in mind in the desert. Another possible rendering is “community” (NAB, NIV, NCV, TEV) or “assembly.” The Hebrew word is used of both good and bad groups ( Judg 14:8 ; Ps 1:5; 106:17-18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":3497,"verse_id":"EXO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.1","text":"The form in the text is לְצֵאתָם ( lÿtse ’ tam , “after their going out”). It clearly refers to their deliverance from Egypt, and so it may be vividly translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A1/4"}
{"id":3498,"verse_id":"EXO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Or “community” or “assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":3499,"verse_id":"EXO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"The text reads: מִי־יִתֵּן מוּתֵנוּ ( mi-yitten mutenu , “who will give our dying”) meaning “If only we had died.” מוּתֵנוּ is the Qal infinitive construct with the suffix. This is one way that Hebrew expresses the optative with an infinitive construct. See R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 91-92, §547.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":3500,"verse_id":"EXO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"The form is a Qal infinitive construct used in a temporal clause, and the verb “when we ate” has the same structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":3501,"verse_id":"EXO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.3","text":"לְהָמִית ( lÿhamit ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct showing purpose. The people do not trust the intentions or the plan of their leaders and charge Moses with bringing everyone out to kill them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A3/4"}
{"id":3502,"verse_id":"EXO.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"The particle הִנְנִי ( hinni ) before the active participle indicates the imminent future action: “I am about to rain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":3503,"verse_id":"EXO.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"This verb and the next are the Qal perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutives; they follow the sequence of the participle, and so are future in orientation. The force here is instruction – “they will go out” or “they are to go out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":3504,"verse_id":"EXO.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"The verb in the purpose/result clause is the Piel imperfect of נָסָה ( nasah ), אֲנַסֶּנוּ (’ anassenu ) – “in order that I may prove them [him].” The giving of the manna will be a test of their obedience to the detailed instructions of God as well as being a test of their faith in him (if they believe him they will not gather too much). In chap. the people will test God, showing that they do not trust him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":3505,"verse_id":"EXO.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “and it will be on the sixth day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":3506,"verse_id":"EXO.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"The text simply has “evening, and you will know.” Gesenius notes that the perfect tense with the vav consecutive occurs as the apodosis to temporal clauses or their equivalents. Here the first word implies the idea “[when it becomes] evening” or simply “[in the] evening” (GKC 337-38 §112. oo ). sn Moses is very careful to make sure that they know it is Yahweh who has brought them out, and it will be Yahweh who will feed them. They are going to be convinced of this now.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":3507,"verse_id":"EXO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “morning, and you will see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":3508,"verse_id":"EXO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"The form is a Qal infinitive construct with a preposition and a suffix. It forms an adverbial clause, usually of time, but here a causal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":3509,"verse_id":"EXO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"The words “as for us” attempt to convey the force of the Hebrew word order, which puts emphasis on the pronoun: “and we – what?” The implied answer to the question is that Moses and Aaron are nothing, merely the messengers. The next verse repeats the question to further press the seriousness of what the Israelites are doing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":3510,"verse_id":"EXO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"“You will know this” has been added to make the line smooth. Because of the abruptness of the lines in the verse, and the repetition with v. 7 , B. S. Childs (Exodus [OTL], 273) thinks that v. 8 is merely a repetition by scribal error – even though the versions render it as the MT has it. But B. Jacob ( Exodus , 447) suggests that the contrast with vv. 6 and 7 is important for another reason – there Moses and Aaron speak, and it is smooth and effective, but here only Moses speaks, and it is labored and clumsy. “We should realize that Moses had properly claimed to be no public speaker.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":3511,"verse_id":"EXO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Here again is an infinitive construct with the preposition forming a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":3512,"verse_id":"EXO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.8","text":"The words “as for us” attempt to convey the force of the Hebrew word order, which puts emphasis on the pronoun: “and we – what?” The implied answer to the question is that Moses and Aaron are nothing, merely the messengers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A8/3"}
{"id":3513,"verse_id":"EXO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.8","text":"The word order is “not against us [are] your murmurings.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A8/4"}
{"id":3514,"verse_id":"EXO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Or “congregation” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV); the same word occurs in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":3515,"verse_id":"EXO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"The verb means “approach, draw near.” It is used in the Torah of drawing near for religious purposes. It is possible that some sacrifice was involved here, but no mention is made of that.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":3516,"verse_id":"EXO.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “and it was as Aaron spoke.” The construction uses the temporal indicator and then the Piel infinitive construct followed by the subjective genitive “Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":3517,"verse_id":"EXO.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"The verb is the Niphal perfect of the verb “to see” – “it was seen.” But the standard way of translating this form is from the perspective of Yahweh as subject – “he appeared.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":3518,"verse_id":"EXO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “during the evenings”; see Exod 12:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":3519,"verse_id":"EXO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"The verb means “to be sated, satisfied”; in this context it indicates that they would have sufficient bread to eat – they would be full.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":3520,"verse_id":"EXO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.12","text":"The form is a Qal perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it is in sequence with the imperfect tenses before it, and so this is equal to an imperfect nuance. But, from the meanings of the words, it is clear that this will be the outcome of their eating the food, a divinely intended outcome.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A12/4"}
{"id":3521,"verse_id":"EXO.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “and [the dew…] went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":3522,"verse_id":"EXO.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated as a temporal clause to the main clause; since that clause calls special attention to what was there after the dew evaporated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":3523,"verse_id":"EXO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"The preterite with vav consecutive is here subordinated to the next verb as a temporal clause. The main point of the verse is what they said.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":3524,"verse_id":"EXO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":3525,"verse_id":"EXO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"The text has: מָן הוּא כִּי לאֹ יָדְעוּ מַה־הוּא ( man hu ’ ki lo ’ yadÿ ’ u mah hu ’). From this statement the name “manna” was given to the substance. מָן for “what” is not found in Hebrew, but appears in Syriac as a contraction of ma den , “what then?” In Aramaic and Arabic man is “what?” The word is used here apparently for the sake of etymology. B. S. Childs ( Exodus [OTL], 274) follows the approach that any connections to words that actually meant “what?” are unnecessary, for it is a play on the name (whatever it may have been) and therefore related only by sound to the term being explained. This, however, presumes that a substance was known prior to this account – a point that Deuteronomy does not seem to allow. S. R. Driver says that it is not known how early the contraction came into use, but that this verse seems to reflect it ( Exodus , 149). Probably one must simply accept that in the early Israelite period man meant “what?” There seems to be sufficient evidence to support this. See EA 286,5; UT 435; DNWSI 1:157.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":3526,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “the thing that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":3527,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"The perfect tense could be taken as a definite past with Moses now reporting it. In this case a very recent past. But in declaring the word from Yahweh it could be instantaneous, and receive a present tense translation – “here and now he commands you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":3528,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.16","text":"The form is the plural imperative: “Gather [you] each man according to his eating.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/3"}
{"id":3529,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “for a head.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/5"}
{"id":3530,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.16","text":"The word “number” is an accusative that defines more precisely how much was to be gathered (see GKC 374 §118. h ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/6"}
{"id":3531,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"16.16","text":"Traditionally “souls.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/7"}
{"id":3532,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “will take.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/8"}
{"id":3533,"verse_id":"EXO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"16.16","text":"“lives” has been supplied.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A16/9"}
{"id":3534,"verse_id":"EXO.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is subordinated here as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":3535,"verse_id":"EXO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"The address now is for “man” ( אִישׁ , ’ ish ), “each one”; here the instruction seems to be focused on the individual heads of the households.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":3536,"verse_id":"EXO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Or “some of it,” “from it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":3537,"verse_id":"EXO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “men”; this usage is designed to mean “some” (see GKC 447 §138. h , n. 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":3538,"verse_id":"EXO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"The verb וַיָּרֻם ( vayyarum ) is equivalent to a passive – “it was changed” – to which “worms” is added as an accusative of result (GKC 388-89 §121. d , n. 2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":3539,"verse_id":"EXO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “morning by morning.” This is an example of the repetition of words to express the distributive sense; here the meaning is “every morning” (see GKC 388 §121. c ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":3540,"verse_id":"EXO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"The perfect tenses here with vav ( ו ) consecutives have the frequentative sense; they function in a protasis-apodosis relationship (GKC 494 §159. g ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":3541,"verse_id":"EXO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “and it happened/was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":3542,"verse_id":"EXO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"This construction is an exception to the normal rule for the through 10 taking the object numbered in the plural. Here it is “two of the omer” or “the double of the omer” (see GKC 433 §134. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":3543,"verse_id":"EXO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “for one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A22/3"}
{"id":3544,"verse_id":"EXO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.22","text":"The word suggests “the ones lifted up” above others, and therefore the rulers or the chiefs of the people.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A22/4"}
{"id":3545,"verse_id":"EXO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.22","text":"Or “congregation” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A22/5"}
{"id":3546,"verse_id":"EXO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"The noun שַׁבָּתוֹן ( shabbaton ) has the abstract ending on it: “resting, ceasing.” The root word means “cease” from something, more than “to rest.” The Law would make it clear that they were to cease from their normal occupations and do no common work.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":3547,"verse_id":"EXO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.23","text":"The technical expression is now used: שַׁבַּת־קֹדֶשׁ ( s habbat-qodesh , “a holy Sabbath”) meaning a “cessation of/for holiness” for Yahweh. The rest was to be characterized by holiness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A23/2"}
{"id":3548,"verse_id":"EXO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.23","text":"The two verbs in these objective noun clauses are desiderative imperfects – “bake whatever you want to bake.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A23/3"}
{"id":3549,"verse_id":"EXO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.23","text":"The word “today” is implied from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A23/4"}
{"id":3550,"verse_id":"EXO.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “in the field” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NCV, NRSV); NAB, NIV, NLT “on the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":3551,"verse_id":"EXO.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"The verb is plural, and so it is addressed to the nation and not to Moses. The perfect tense in this sentence is the characteristic perfect, denoting action characteristic, or typical, of the past and the present.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":3552,"verse_id":"EXO.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “remain, a man where he is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":3553,"verse_id":"EXO.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “Let not anyone go” (see GKC 445 §138. d ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A29/3"}
{"id":3554,"verse_id":"EXO.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.31","text":"Hebrew מָן ( man ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A31/2"}
{"id":3555,"verse_id":"EXO.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “like seed of coriander, white, its taste was.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A31/3"}
{"id":3556,"verse_id":"EXO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.32","text":"Heb “This is the thing that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A32/1"}
{"id":3557,"verse_id":"EXO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.32","text":"Heb “for keeping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A32/2"}
{"id":3558,"verse_id":"EXO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.32","text":"Heb “according to your generations” (see Exod 12:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A32/3"}
{"id":3559,"verse_id":"EXO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.32","text":"In this construction after the particle expressing purpose or result, the imperfect tense has the nuance of final imperfect, equal to a subjunctive in the classical languages.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A32/4"}
{"id":3560,"verse_id":"EXO.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.34","text":"“for keeping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A34/2"}
{"id":3561,"verse_id":"EXO.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.36","text":"The words “omer” and “ephah” are transliterated Hebrew words. The omer is mentioned only in this passage. (It is different from a “homer” [cf. Ezek 45:11-14 ].) An ephah was a dry measure whose capacity is uncertain: “Quotations given for the ephah vary from ca. 45 to 20 liters” (C. Houtman, Exodus , 2:340-41). sn The point of this chapter, with all its instructions and reports included, is God’s miraculous provision of food for his people. This is a display of sovereign power that differs from the display of military power. Once again the story calls for faith, but here it is faith in Yahweh to provide for his people. The provision is also a test to see if they will obey the instructions of God. explains this. The point, then, is that God provides for the needs of his people that they may demonstrate their dependence on him by obeying him. The exposition of this passage must also correlate to . God’s providing manna from heaven to meet the needs of his people takes on new significance in the application that Jesus makes of the subject to himself. There the requirement is the same – will they believe and obey? But at the end of the event John explains that they murmured about Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2016%3A36/1"}
{"id":3562,"verse_id":"EXO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Or “congregation” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":3563,"verse_id":"EXO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"The text says that they journeyed “according to their journeyings.” Since the verb form (and therefore the derived noun) essentially means to pull up the tent pegs and move along, this verse would be saying that they traveled by stages, or, from place to place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":3564,"verse_id":"EXO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.1","text":"The disjunctive vav introduces a parenthetical clause that is essential for this passage – there was no water.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A1/5"}
{"id":3565,"verse_id":"EXO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.1","text":"Here the construction uses a genitive after the infinitive construct for the subject: “there was no water for the drinking of the people” (GKC 353-54 §115. c ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A1/6"}
{"id":3566,"verse_id":"EXO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"The verb וַיָּרֶב ( vayyarev ) is from the root רִיב ( riv ); it forms the basis of the name “Meribah.” The word means “strive, quarrel, be in contention” and even “litigation.” A translation “quarrel” does not appear to capture the magnitude of what is being done here. The people have a legal dispute – they are contending with Moses as if bringing a lawsuit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":3567,"verse_id":"EXO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"The imperfect tense with the vav ( ו ) follows the imperative, and so it carries the nuance of the logical sequence, showing purpose or result. This may be expressed in English as “give us water so that we may drink,” but more simply with the English infinitive, “give us water to drink.” sn One wonders if the people thought that Moses and Aaron had water and were withholding it from the people, or whether Moses was able to get it on demand. The people should have come to Moses to ask him to pray to God for water, but their action led Moses to say that they had challenged God (B. Jacob, Exodus , 476).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":3568,"verse_id":"EXO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.2","text":"In this case and in the next clause the imperfect tenses are to be taken as progressive imperfects – the action is in progress.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A2/3"}
{"id":3569,"verse_id":"EXO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.2","text":"The verb נָסָה ( nasah ) means “to test, tempt, try, prove.” It can be used of people simply trying to do something that they are not sure of (such as David trying on Saul’s armor), or of God testing people to see if they will obey (as in testing Abraham, Gen 22:1 ), or of people challenging others (as in the Queen of Sheba coming to test Solomon), and of the people in the desert in rebellion putting God to the test. By doubting that God was truly in their midst, and demanding that he demonstrate his presence, they tested him to see if he would act. There are times when “proving” God is correct and required, but that is done by faith (as with Gideon); when it is done out of unbelief, then it is an act of disloyalty.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A2/4"}
{"id":3570,"verse_id":"EXO.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"The verbs and the pronouns in this verse are in the singular because “the people” is singular in form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":3571,"verse_id":"EXO.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"The demonstrative pronoun is used as the enclitic form for special emphasis in the question; it literally says, “why is this you have brought us up?” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":3572,"verse_id":"EXO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"The preposition lamed ( ל ) is here specification, meaning “with respect to” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 49, §273).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":3573,"verse_id":"EXO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “they are almost ready to stone me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":3574,"verse_id":"EXO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"The perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive almost develops an independent force; this is true in sentences where it follows an expression of time, as here (see GKC 334 §112. x ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":3575,"verse_id":"EXO.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"“Pass over before” indicates that Moses is the leader who goes first, and the people follow him. In other words, לִפְנֵי ( lifney ) indicates time and not place here (B. Jacob, Exodus , 477-78).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":3576,"verse_id":"EXO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"The construction uses הִנְנִי עֹמֵד ( hinni ’ omed ) to express the futur instans or imminent future of the verb: “I am going to be standing.” sn The reader has many questions when studying this passage – why water from a rock, why Horeb, why strike the rock when later only speak to it, why recall the Nile miracles, etc. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 479-80) says that all these are answered when it is recalled that they were putting God to the test. So water from the rock, the most impossible thing, cleared up the question of his power. Doing it at Horeb was significant because there Moses was called and told he would bring them to this place. Since they had doubted God was in their midst, he would not do this miracle in the camp, but would have Moses lead the elders out to Horeb. If people doubt God is in their midst, then he will choose not to be in their midst. And striking the rock recalled striking the Nile; there it brought death to Egypt, but here it brought life to Israel. There could be little further doubting that God was with them and able to provide for them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":3577,"verse_id":"EXO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “by” (NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":3578,"verse_id":"EXO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"The form is a Hiphil perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows the future nuance of the participle and so is equivalent to an imperfect tense nuance of instruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":3579,"verse_id":"EXO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.6","text":"These two verbs are also perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutive: “and [water] will go out…and [the people] will drink.” But the second verb is clearly the intent or the result of the water gushing from the rock, and so it may be subordinated. sn The presence of Yahweh at this rock enabled Paul to develop a midrashic lesson, an analogical application: Christ was present with Israel to provide water for them in the wilderness. So this was a Christophany. But Paul takes it a step further to equate the rock with Christ, for just as it was struck to produce water, so Christ would be struck to produce rivers of living water. The provision of bread to eat and water to drink provided for Paul a ready analogy to the provisions of Christ in the gospel ( 1 Cor 10:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A6/4"}
{"id":3580,"verse_id":"EXO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A6/5"}
{"id":3581,"verse_id":"EXO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and Amalek came”; NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV “the Amalekites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":3582,"verse_id":"EXO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Or “fought with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":3583,"verse_id":"EXO.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"This could be rendered literally “choose men for us.” But the lamed ( ל ) preposition probably indicates possession, “our men,” and the fact that Joshua was to choose from Israel, as well as the fact that there is no article on “men,” indicates he was to select some to fight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":3584,"verse_id":"EXO.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"The line in Hebrew reads literally: And Joshua did as Moses had said to him, to fight with Amalek. The infinitive construct is epexegetical, explaining what Joshua did that was in compliance with Moses’ words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":3585,"verse_id":"EXO.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"The two verbs in the temporal clauses are by וְהָיָה כַּאֲשֶׁר ( vÿhaya ka ’ asher , “ as long as ” or, “and it was that whenever”). This indicates that the two imperfect tenses should be given a frequentative translation, probably a customary imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":3586,"verse_id":"EXO.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “lower.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":3587,"verse_id":"EXO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Literally “now the hands of Moses,” the disjunctive vav ( ו ) introduces a circumstantial clause here – of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":3588,"verse_id":"EXO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"The term used here is the adjective כְּבֵדִים ( kÿvedim ). It means “heavy,” but in this context the idea is more that of being tired. This is the important word that was used in the plague stories: when the heart of Pharaoh was hard, then the Israelites did not gain their freedom or victory. Likewise here, when the staff was lowered because Moses’ hands were “heavy,” Israel started to lose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":3589,"verse_id":"EXO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “from this, one, and from this, one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":3590,"verse_id":"EXO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"The word “steady” is אֱמוּנָה (’ emuna ) from the root אָמַן (’ aman ). The word usually means “faithfulness.” Here is a good illustration of the basic idea of the word – firm, steady, reliable, dependable. There may be a double entendre here; on the one hand it simply says that his hands were stayed so that Israel might win, but on the other hand it is portraying Moses as steady, firm, reliable, faithful. The point is that whatever God commissioned as the means or agency of power – to Moses a staff, to the Christians the Spirit – the people of God had to know that the victory came from God alone.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":3591,"verse_id":"EXO.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The verb means “disabled, weakened, prostrated.” It is used a couple of times in the Bible to describe how man dies and is powerless (see Job 14:10 ; Isa 14:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":3592,"verse_id":"EXO.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":3593,"verse_id":"EXO.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “mouth of the sword.” It means as the sword devours – without quarter (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 159).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":3594,"verse_id":"EXO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"The presence of the article does not mean that he was to write this in a book that was existing now, but in one dedicated to this purpose (book, meaning scroll). See GKC 408 §126. s .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":3595,"verse_id":"EXO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"The Hebrew word is “place,” meaning that the events were to be impressed on Joshua.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":3596,"verse_id":"EXO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “in the ears of Joshua.” The account should be read to Joshua.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":3597,"verse_id":"EXO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.14","text":"The construction uses the infinitive absolute and the imperfect tense to stress the resolution of Yahweh to destroy Amalek. The verb מָחָה ( makhah ) is often translated “blot out” – but that is not a very satisfactory image, since it would not remove completely what is the object. “Efface, erase, scrape off” (as in a palimpsest, a manuscript that is scraped clean so it can be reused) is a more accurate image.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A14/4"}
{"id":3598,"verse_id":"EXO.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"The line here is very difficult. The Hebrew text has כִּי־יָד עַל־כֵּס יָהּ ( ki yad ’ al kes yah , “for a hand on the throne of Yah”). If the word is “throne” (and it is not usually spelled like this), then it would mean Moses’ hand was extended to the throne of God, showing either intercession or source of power. It could not be turned to mean that the hand of Yah was taking an oath to destroy the Amalekites. The LXX took the same letters, but apparently saw the last four ( כסיה ) as a verbal form; it reads “with a secret hand.” Most scholars have simply assumed that the text is wrong, and כֵּס should be emended to נֵס ( nes ) to fit the name, for this is the pattern of naming in the OT with popular etymologies – some motif of the name must be found in the sentiment. This would then read, “My hand on the banner of Yah.” It would be an expression signifying that the banner, the staff of God, should ever be ready at hand when the Israelites fight the Amalekites again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":3599,"verse_id":"EXO.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"This clause beginning with כִּי ( ki ) answers the question of what Jethro had heard; it provides a second, explanatory noun clause that is the object of the verb – “he heard (1) all that God had done… (2) that he had brought….” See R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 81, §490.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":3600,"verse_id":"EXO.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":3601,"verse_id":"EXO.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The referent (Moses) and the verb have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":3602,"verse_id":"EXO.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Now is given the etymological explanation of the name of Moses’ other son, Eliezer ( אֱלִיעֶזֶר , ’ eli ’ ezer ), which means “my God is a help.” The sentiment that explains this name is אֱלֹהֵי אָבִי בְּעֶזְרִי (’ elohe ’ avi bÿ ’ ezri , “the God of my father is my help”). The preposition in the sentiment is the bet ( ב ) essentiae (giving the essence – see GKC 379 §119. i ). Not mentioned earlier, the name has become even more appropriate now that God has delivered Moses from Pharaoh again. The word for “help” is a common word in the Bible, first introduced as a description of the woman in the Garden. It means to do for someone what he or she cannot do for himself or herself. Samuel raised the “stone of help” (Ebenezer) when Yahweh helped Israel win the battle ( 1 Sam 7:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":3603,"verse_id":"EXO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":3604,"verse_id":"EXO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"This is an adverbial accusative that defines the place (see GKC 373-74 §118. g ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":3605,"verse_id":"EXO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"A rare word, “weariness” of the hardships.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":3606,"verse_id":"EXO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “found them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":3607,"verse_id":"EXO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Here “how” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":3608,"verse_id":"EXO.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The word חָדָה ( khada ) is rare, occurring only in Job 3:6 and Ps 21:6 , although it is common in Aramaic. The LXX translated it “he shuddered.” U. Cassuto suggests that that rendering was based on the midrashic interpretation in b. Sanhedrin 94b , “he felt cuts in his body” – a wordplay on the verb ( Exodus , 215-16).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":3609,"verse_id":"EXO.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"This is a common form of praise. The verb בָּרוּךְ ( barukh ) is the Qal passive participle of the verb. Here must be supplied a jussive, making this participle the predicate: “May Yahweh be blessed.” The verb essentially means “to enrich”; in praise it would mean that he would be enriched by the praises of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":3610,"verse_id":"EXO.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “from under the hand of the Egyptians.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":3611,"verse_id":"EXO.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"The end of this sentence seems not to have been finished, or it is very elliptical. In the present translation the phrase “he has destroyed them” is supplied. Others take the last prepositional phrase to be the completion and supply only a verb: “[he was] above them.” U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 216) takes the word “gods” to be the subject of the verb “act proudly,” giving the sense of “precisely ( כִּי , ki ) in respect of these things of which the gods of Egypt boasted – He is greater than they ( עֲלֵיהֶם , ‘alehem ).” He suggests rendering the clause, “excelling them in the very things to which they laid claim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":3612,"verse_id":"EXO.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"The verb is “and he took” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). It must have the sense of getting the animals for the sacrifice. The Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate have “offered.” But Cody argues because of the precise wording in the text Jethro did not offer the sacrifices but received them (A. Cody, “ Exodus 18,12 : Jethro Accepts a Covenant with the Israelites,” Bib 49 [1968]: 159-61).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":3613,"verse_id":"EXO.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"The word לֶחֶם ( lekhem ) here means the sacrifice and all the foods that were offered with it. The eating before God was part of covenantal ritual, for it signified that they were in communion with the Deity, and with one another.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":3614,"verse_id":"EXO.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “and it was/happened on the morrow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":3615,"verse_id":"EXO.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “what is this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":3616,"verse_id":"EXO.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"The form is לִדְרֹשׁ ( lidrosh ), the Qal infinitive construct giving the purpose. To inquire of God would be to seek God’s will on a matter, to obtain a legal decision on a matter, or to settle a dispute. As a judge Moses is speaking for God, but as the servant of Yahweh Moses’ words will be God’s words. The psalms would later describe judges as “gods” because they made the right decisions based on God’s Law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":3617,"verse_id":"EXO.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Or “thing,” “matter,” “issue.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":3618,"verse_id":"EXO.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.16","text":"The verb שָׁפַט ( shafat ) means “to judge”; more specifically, it means to make a decision as an arbiter or umpire. When people brought issues to him, Moses decided between them. In the section of laws in Exodus after the Ten Commandments come the decisions, the מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishppatim ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A16/2"}
{"id":3619,"verse_id":"EXO.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.16","text":"The “decrees” or “statutes” were definite rules, stereotyped and permanent; the “laws” were directives or pronouncements given when situations arose. S. R. Driver suggests this is another reason why this event might have taken place after Yahweh had given laws on the mountain ( Exodus , 165).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A16/3"}
{"id":3620,"verse_id":"EXO.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “the thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":3621,"verse_id":"EXO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"The verb means “to fall and fade” as a leaf ( Ps 1:3 ). In Ps 18:45 it is used figuratively of foes fading away, failing in strength and courage (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 166). Here the infinitive absolute construction heightens the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":3622,"verse_id":"EXO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Gesenius lists the specialized use of the comparative min ( מ ) where with an adjective the thought expressed is that the quality is too difficult for the attainment of a particular aim (GKC 430 §133. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":3623,"verse_id":"EXO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Here “a burden” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":3624,"verse_id":"EXO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “hear my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":3625,"verse_id":"EXO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"The line reads “Be you to the people before God.” He is to be their representative before God. This is introducing the aspect of the work that only Moses could do, what he has been doing. He is to be before God for the people, to pray for them, to appeal on their behalf. Jethro is essentially saying, I understand that you cannot delegate this to anyone else, so continue doing it (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 219-20).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":3626,"verse_id":"EXO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.19","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; following the imperative it will be instruction as well. Since the imperative preceding this had the idea of “continue to be” as you are, this too has that force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A19/3"}
{"id":3627,"verse_id":"EXO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “words”; KJV, ASV “the causes”; NRSV “cases”; NLT “questions.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A19/4"}
{"id":3628,"verse_id":"EXO.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"The perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) continues the sequence of instruction for Moses. He alone was to be the mediator, to guide them in the religious and moral instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":3629,"verse_id":"EXO.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"The verb and its following prepositional phrase form a relative clause, modifying “the way.” The imperfect tense should be given the nuance of obligatory imperfect – it is the way they must walk.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":3630,"verse_id":"EXO.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"This last part is parallel to the preceding: “work” is also a direct object of the verb “make known,” and the relative clause that qualifies it also uses an obligatory imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":3631,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"The construction uses the independent pronoun for emphasis, and then the imperfect tense “see” ( חָזָה , khazah ) – “and you will see from all….” Both in Hebrew and Ugaritic expressions of “seeing” are used in the sense of choosing ( Gen 41:33 ). See U. Cassuto, Exodus , 220.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":3632,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"The expression is אַנְשֵׁי־חַיִל (’ anshe khayil , “capable men”). The attributive genitive is the word used in expressions like “mighty man of valor.” The word describes these men as respected, influential, powerful people, those looked up to by the community as leaders, and those who will have the needs of the community in mind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":3633,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.21","text":"The description “fearers of God” uses an objective genitive. It describes them as devout, worshipful, obedient servants of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/3"}
{"id":3634,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.21","text":"The expression “men of truth” ( אַנְשֵׁי אֱמֶת , ’ anshe ’ emet ) indicates that these men must be seekers of truth, who know that the task of a judge is to give true judgment (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 220). The word “truth” includes the ideas of faithfulness or reliability, as well as factuality itself. It could be understood to mean “truthful men,” men whose word is reliable and true.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/4"}
{"id":3635,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “haters of bribes.” Here is another objective genitive, one that refers to unjust gain. To hate unjust gain is to reject and refuse it. Their decisions will not be swayed by greed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/5"}
{"id":3636,"verse_id":"EXO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “over them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A21/6"}
{"id":3637,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, making it equivalent to the imperfect of instruction in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":3638,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “in every time,” meaning “in all normal cases” or “under normal circumstances.” The same phrase occurs in v. 26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":3639,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “great thing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":3640,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “thing.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/4"}
{"id":3641,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.22","text":"The vav here shows the result or the purpose of the instructions given.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/5"}
{"id":3642,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.22","text":"The expression וְהָקֵל מֵעָלֶיךָ ( vÿhaqel me ’ aleykha ) means literally “and make it light off yourself.” The word plays against the word for “heavy” used earlier – since it was a heavy or burdensome task, Moses must lighten the load.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/6"}
{"id":3643,"verse_id":"EXO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"18.22","text":"Here “the burden” has been supplied.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A22/7"}
{"id":3644,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"The form is a Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it carries the same nuance as the preceding imperfect in the conditional clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":3645,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive now appears in the apodosis of the conditional sentence – “if you do this…then you will be able.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":3646,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “to stand.” B. Jacob ( Exodus , 501) suggests that there might be a humorous side to this: “you could even do this standing up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/3"}
{"id":3647,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.23","text":"Literally “this people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/4"}
{"id":3648,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.23","text":"The verb is the simple imperfect, “will go,” but given the sense of the passage a potential nuance seems in order.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/5"}
{"id":3649,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “his place.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/6"}
{"id":3650,"verse_id":"EXO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “in peace.” sn See further T. D. Weinshall, “The Organizational Structure Proposed by Jethro to Moses ( Ex. 18:17 ),” Public Administration in Israel and Abroad 12 (1972): 9-13; and H. Reviv, “The Traditions Concerning the Inception of the Legal System in Israel: Significance and Dating,” ZAW 94 (1982): 566-75.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A23/7"}
{"id":3651,"verse_id":"EXO.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"The idiom “listen to the voice of” means “obey, comply with, heed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":3652,"verse_id":"EXO.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"This verb and the verb in the next clause are imperfect tenses. In the past tense narrative of the verse they must be customary, describing continuous action in past time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":3653,"verse_id":"EXO.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"The verb וַיְשַׁלַּח ( vayshallakh ) has the same root and same stem used in the passages calling for Pharaoh to “release” Israel. Here, in a peaceful and righteous relationship, Moses sent Jethro to his home.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":3654,"verse_id":"EXO.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jethro) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":3655,"verse_id":"EXO.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.27","text":"The prepositional phrase included here Gesenius classifies as a pleonastic dativus ethicus to give special emphasis to the significance of the occurrence in question for a particular subject (GKC 381 §119. s ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2018%3A27/3"}
{"id":3656,"verse_id":"EXO.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct followed by the subjective genitive to form a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":3657,"verse_id":"EXO.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “on this day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A1/3"}
{"id":3658,"verse_id":"EXO.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"The form is a preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive, “and they journeyed.” It is here subordinated to the next clause as a temporal clause. But since the action of this temporal clause preceded the actions recorded in v. 1 , a translation of “after” will keep the sequence in order. Verse 2 adds details to the summary in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":3659,"verse_id":"EXO.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “and Moses went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":3660,"verse_id":"EXO.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"This expression is normally translated as “Israelites” in this translation, but because in this place it is parallel to “the house of Jacob” it seemed better to offer a fuller rendering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":3661,"verse_id":"EXO.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The figure compares the way a bird would teach its young to fly and leave the nest with the way Yahweh brought Israel out of Egypt. The bird referred to could be one of several species of eagles, but more likely is the griffin-vulture. The image is that of power and love.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":3662,"verse_id":"EXO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “listen to my voice.” The construction uses the imperfect tense in the conditional clause, preceded by the infinitive absolute from the same verb. The idiom “listen to the voice of” implies obedience, not just mental awareness of sound.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":3663,"verse_id":"EXO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The verb is a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it continues the idea in the protasis of the sentence: “and [if you will] keep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":3664,"verse_id":"EXO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.5","text":"The lamed preposition expresses possession here: “to me” means “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A5/3"}
{"id":3665,"verse_id":"EXO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.5","text":"The noun is סְגֻלָּה ( sÿgullah ), which means a special possession. Israel was to be God’s special possession, but the prophets will later narrow it to the faithful remnant. All the nations belong to God, but Israel was to stand in a place of special privilege and enormous responsibility. See Deut 7:6; 14:2; 26:18 ; Ps 135:4 ; and Mal 3:17 . See M. Greenburg, “Hebrew s ÿ gulla: Akkadian sikiltu , ” JAOS 71 (1951): 172ff.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A5/4"}
{"id":3666,"verse_id":"EXO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Or “for me” (NIV, NRSV), or, if the lamed ( ל ) preposition has a possessive use, “my kingdom” (so NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":3667,"verse_id":"EXO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"The construction “a kingdom of priests” means that the kingdom is made up of priests. W. C. Kaiser (“Exodus,” EBC 2:417) offers four possible renderings of the expression: 1) apposition, viz., “kings, that is, priests; 2) as a construct with a genitive of specification, “royal priesthood”; 3) as a construct with the genitive being the attribute, “priestly kingdom”; and 4) reading with an unexpressed “and” – “kings and priests.” He takes the latter view that they were to be kings and priests. (Other references are R. B. Y. Scott, “A Kingdom of Priests (Exodus xix. 6),” OTS 8 [1950]: 213-19; William L. Moran, “A Kingdom of Priests,” The Bible in Current Catholic Thought , 7-20). However, due to the parallelism of the next description which uses an adjective, this is probably a construct relationship. This kingdom of God will be composed of a priestly people. All the Israelites would be living wholly in God’s service and enjoying the right of access to him. And, as priests, they would have the duty of representing God to the nations, following what they perceived to be the duties of priests – proclaiming God’s word, interceding for people, and making provision for people to find God through atonement (see Deut 33:9,10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":3668,"verse_id":"EXO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"They are also to be “a holy nation.” They are to be a nation separate and distinct from the rest of the nations. Here is another aspect of their duty. It was one thing to be God’s special possession, but to be that they had to be priestly and holy. The duties of the covenant will specify what it would mean to be a holy nation. In short, they had to keep themselves free from everything that characterized pagan people (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 171). So it is a bilateral covenant: they received special privileges but they must provide special services by the special discipline. See also H. Kruse, “ Exodus 19:5 and the Mission of Israel,” North East Asian Journal of Theology 24/25 (1980): 239-42.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":3669,"verse_id":"EXO.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"The verb is an imperfect. The people are not being presumptuous in stating their compliance – there are several options open for the interpretation of this tense. It may be classified as having a desiderative nuance: “we are willing to do” or, “we will do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":3670,"verse_id":"EXO.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"The construction uses the deictic particle and the participle to express the imminent future, what God was about to do. Here is the first announcement of the theophany.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":3671,"verse_id":"EXO.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “the thickness of the cloud”; KJV, ASV, NASB, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT “in a thick cloud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":3672,"verse_id":"EXO.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.9","text":"Since “and also in you” begins the clause, the emphasis must be that the people would also trust Moses . See Exod 4:1-9, 31; 14:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A9/3"}
{"id":3673,"verse_id":"EXO.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"This verb is a Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it continues the force of the imperative preceding it. This sanctification would be accomplished by abstaining from things that would make them defiled or unclean, and then by ritual washings and ablutions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":3674,"verse_id":"EXO.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"The form is a perfect 3cpl with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. It is instructional as well, but now in the third person it is like a jussive, “let them wash, make them wash.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":3675,"verse_id":"EXO.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"The verb is a Hiphil perfect (“make borders”) with vav ( ו ) consecutive, following the sequence of instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":3676,"verse_id":"EXO.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"The Niphal imperative (“guard yourselves, take heed to yourselves”) is followed by two infinitives construct that provide the description of what is to be avoided – going up or touching the mountain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":3677,"verse_id":"EXO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":3678,"verse_id":"EXO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"The nuance here is permissive imperfect, “they may go up.” The ram’s horn would sound the blast to announce that the revelation period was over and it was permitted then to ascend the mountain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":3679,"verse_id":"EXO.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “do not go near a woman”; NIV “Abstain from sexual relations.” sn B. Jacob ( Exodus , 537) notes that as the people were to approach him they were not to lose themselves in earthly love. Such separations prepared the people for meeting God. Sinai was like a bride, forbidden to anyone else. Abstinence was the spiritual preparation for coming into the presence of the Holy One.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":3680,"verse_id":"EXO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “and it was on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":3681,"verse_id":"EXO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “heavy” ( כָּבֵד , kaved ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":3682,"verse_id":"EXO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.16","text":"Literally “strong” ( חָזָק , khazaq ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A16/3"}
{"id":3683,"verse_id":"EXO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.16","text":"The word here is שֹׁפָר ( shofar ), the normal word for “horn.” This word is used especially to announce something important in a public event (see 1 Kgs 1:34 ; 2 Sam 6:15 ). The previous word used in the context (v. 16 ) was יֹבֵל ( yovel , “ram’s horn”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A16/4"}
{"id":3684,"verse_id":"EXO.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"This is the same word translated “trembled” above (v. 16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":3685,"verse_id":"EXO.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"The active participle הוֹלֵךְ ( holekh ) is used to add the idea of “continually” to the action of the sentence; here the trumpet became very loud – continually. See GKC 344 §113. u .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":3686,"verse_id":"EXO.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"The two verbs here (“spoke” and “answered”) are imperfect tenses; they emphasize repeated action but in past time. The customary imperfect usually is translated “would” or “used to” do the action, but here continuous action in past time is meant. S. R. Driver translates it “kept speaking” and “kept answering” ( Exodus , 172).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":3687,"verse_id":"EXO.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.19","text":"The text simply has בְּקוֹל ( bÿqol ); it could mean “with a voice” or it could mean “in thunder” since “voice” was used in v. 16 for thunder. In this context it would be natural to say that the repeated thunderings were the voice of God – but how is that an answer? Deut 4:12 says that the people heard the sound of words. U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 232-33) rightly comments, “He was answering him with a loud voice so that it was possible for Moses to hear His words clearly in the midst of the storm.” He then draws a parallel from Ugaritic where it tells that one of the gods was speaking in a loud voice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A19/3"}
{"id":3688,"verse_id":"EXO.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"The imperative הָעֵד ( ha ’ ed ) means “charge” them – put them under oath, or solemnly warn them. God wished to ensure that the people would not force their way past the barriers that had been set out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":3689,"verse_id":"EXO.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “and fall”; NAB “be struck down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":3690,"verse_id":"EXO.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"The verb יִפְרֹץ ( yifrots ) is the imperfect tense from פָּרַץ ( parats , “to make a breach, to break through”). The image of Yahweh breaking forth on them means “work destruction” (see 2 Sam 6:8 ; S. R. Driver, Exodus , 174).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":3691,"verse_id":"EXO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"The construction is emphatic: “because you – you solemnly warned us.” Moses’ response to God is to ask how they would break through when God had already charged them not to. God knew them better than Moses did.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":3692,"verse_id":"EXO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “sanctify it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":3693,"verse_id":"EXO.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Most English translations have “I am Yahweh your God.” But the preceding chapters have again and again demonstrated how he made himself known to them. Now, the emphasis is on “I am your God” – and what that would mean in their lives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":3694,"verse_id":"EXO.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"The suffix on the verb is second masculine singular. It is this person that will be used throughout the commandments for the whole nation. God addresses them all as his people, but he addresses them individually for their obedience. The masculine form is not, thereby, intended to exclude women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":3695,"verse_id":"EXO.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “the house of slaves” meaning “the land of slavery.” sn By this announcement Yahweh declared what he had done for Israel by freeing them from slavery. Now they are free to serve him. He has a claim on them for gratitude and obedience. But this will not be a covenant of cruel slavery and oppression; it is a covenant of love, as God is saying “I am yours, and you are mine.” This was the sovereign Lord of creation and of history speaking, declaring that he was their savior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A2/4"}
{"id":3696,"verse_id":"EXO.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"The possession is expressed here by the use of the lamed ( ל ) preposition and the verb “to be”: לֹא־יִהְיֶה לְךָ ( lo ’ yihyeh lÿkha , “there will not be to you”). The negative with the imperfect expresses the emphatic prohibition; it is best reflected with “you will not” and has the strongest expectation of obedience (see GKC 317 §107. o ). As an additional way of looking at this line, U. Cassuto suggests that the verb is in the singular in order to say that they could not have even one other god, and the word “gods” is plural to include any gods ( Exodus , 241).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":3697,"verse_id":"EXO.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"The expression עַל־פָּנָי (’ al-panay ) has several possible interpretations. S. R. Driver suggests “in front of me,” meaning obliging me to behold them, and also giving a prominence above me ( Exodus , 193-94). W. F. Albright rendered it “You shall not prefer other gods to me” ( From the Stone Age to Christianity , 297, n. 29). B. Jacob ( Exodus , 546) illustrates it with marriage: the wife could belong to only one man while every other man was “another man.” They continued to exist but were not available to her. The point is clear from the Law, regardless of the specific way the prepositional phrase is rendered. God demands absolute allegiance, to the exclusion of all other deities. The preposition may imply some antagonism, for false gods would be opposed to Yahweh. U. Cassuto adds that God was in effect saying that anytime Israel turned to a false god they had to know that the Lord was there – it is always in his presence, or before him ( Exodus , 241).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":3698,"verse_id":"EXO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"A פֶּסֶל ( pesel ) is an image that was carved out of wood or stone. The Law was concerned with a statue that would be made for the purpose of worship, an idol to be venerated, and not any ordinary statue.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":3699,"verse_id":"EXO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"The word תְּמוּנָה ( tÿmunah ) refers to the mental pattern from which the פֶּסֶל ( pesel ) is constructed; it is a real or imagined resemblance. If this is to stand as a second object to the verb, then the verb itself takes a slightly different nuance here. It would convey “you shall not make an image, neither shall you conceive a form” for worship (B. Jacob, Exodus , 547). Some simply make the second word qualify the first: “you shall not make an idol in the form of…” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":3700,"verse_id":"EXO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Here the phrase “of anything” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":3701,"verse_id":"EXO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “under the earth” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A4/4"}
{"id":3702,"verse_id":"EXO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"The combination of these two verbs customarily refers to the worship of pagan deities (e.g., Deut 17:3: 30:17 ; Jer 8:2 ; see J. J. Stamm and M. E. Andrew, The Ten Commandments in Recent Research [SBT], 86). The first verb is לאֹ־תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶה ( lo ’ tishtakhaveh ), now to be classified as a hishtaphel imperfect from חָוָה ( khavah ; BDB 1005 s.v. שׁחה ), “to cause oneself to be low to the ground.” It is used of the true worship of God as well. The second verb is וְלֹא תָעָבְדֵם ( vÿlo ’ to ’ ovdem ). The two could be taken as a hendiadys: “you will not prostrate yourself to serve them.” In an interesting side comment U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 242) offers an explanation of the spelling of the second verb: he suggests that it was spelled with the qamets khatuf vowel to show contempt for pagan worship, as if their conduct does not even warrant a correct spelling of the word “serve.” Gesenius says that the forms like this are anomalous, but he wonders if they were pointed as if the verb was a Hophal with the meaning “you shall not allow yourself to be brought to worship them” (GKC 161 §60. b ). But this is unlikely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":3703,"verse_id":"EXO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"Verses 5 and 6 are very concise, and the word פָּקַד ( paqad ) is difficult to translate. Often rendered “visiting,” it might here be rendered “dealing with” in a negative sense or “punishing,” but it describes positive attention in 13:19 . When used of God, it essentially means that God intervenes in the lives of people for blessing or for cursing. Some would simply translate the participle here as “punishing” the children for the sins of the fathers (cf. Lev 18:25 ; Isa 26:21 ; Jer 29:32; 36:31 ; Hos 1:4 ; Amos 3:2 ). That is workable, but may not say enough. The verse may indicate that those who hate Yahweh and do not keep his commandments will repeat the sins their fathers committed and suffer for them. Deut 24:16 says that individuals will die for their own sins and not their father’s sins (see also Deut 7:10 and ). It may have more to do with patterns of sin being repeated from generation to generation; if the sin and the guilt were not fully developed in the one generation, then left unchecked they would develop and continue in the next. But it may also indicate that the effects of the sins of the fathers will be experienced in the following generations, especially in the case of Israel as a national entity (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 243). God is showing here that his ethical character is displayed in how he deals with sin and righteousness, all of which he describes as giving strong motivation for loyalty to him and for avoiding idolatry. There is a justice at work in the dealings of God that is not present in the pagan world.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":3704,"verse_id":"EXO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.5","text":"The Hebrew word for “generations” is not found in v. 5 or 6. The numbers are short for a longer expression, which is understood as part of the description of the children already mentioned (see Deut 7:9 , where “generation” [ דּוֹר , dor ] is present and more necessary, since “children” have not been mentioned).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A5/4"}
{"id":3705,"verse_id":"EXO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.5","text":"This is an important qualification to the principle. The word rendered “reject” is often translated “hate” and carries with it the idea of defiantly rejecting and opposing God and his word. Such people are doomed to carry on the sins of their ancestors and bear guilt with them.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A5/5"}
{"id":3706,"verse_id":"EXO.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Literally “doing loyal love” ( עֹשֶׂה חֶסֶד , ’ oseh khesed ). The noun refers to God’s covenant loyalty, his faithful love to those who belong to him. These are members of the covenant, recipients of grace, the people of God, whom God will preserve and protect from evil and its effects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":3707,"verse_id":"EXO.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “to thousands” or “to thousandth.” After “tenth,” Hebrew uses cardinal numbers for ordinals also. This statement is the antithesis of the preceding line. The “thousands” or “thousandth [generation]” are those who love Yahweh and keep his commands. These are descendants from the righteous, and even associates with them, who benefit from the mercy that God extends to his people. S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 195) says that this passage teaches that God’s mercy transcends his wrath; in his providence the beneficial consequences of a life of goodness extend indefinitely further than the retribution that is the penalty for persisting in sin. To say that God’s loyal love extends to thousands of generations or the thousandth generation is parallel to saying that it endures forever (). See also Exod 34:7 ; Deut 5:10; 7:9 ; Ps 18:51; Jer 32:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":3708,"verse_id":"EXO.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Or “use” (NCV, TEV); NIV, CEV, NLT “misuse”; NRSV “make wrongful use of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":3709,"verse_id":"EXO.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"שָׁוְא ( shav ’, “vain”) describes “unreality.” The command prohibits use of the name for any idle, frivolous, or insincere purpose (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 196). This would include perjury, pagan incantations, or idle talk. The name is to be treated with reverence and respect because it is the name of the holy God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":3710,"verse_id":"EXO.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.7","text":"Or “leave unpunished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A7/3"}
{"id":3711,"verse_id":"EXO.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"The text uses the infinitive absolute זָכוֹר ( zakhor ) for the commandment for the Sabbath day, which is the sign of the Sinaitic Covenant. The infinitive absolute functions in place of the emphatic imperative here (see GKC 346 §113. bb ); the absolute stresses the basic verbal idea of the root – remembering. The verb includes the mental activity of recalling and pondering as well as the consequent actions for such remembering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":3712,"verse_id":"EXO.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"The word “Sabbath” is clearly connected to the verb שָׁבַת ( shavat , “to cease, desist, rest”). There are all kinds of theories as to the origin of the day, most notably in the Babylonian world, but the differences are striking in so far as the pagan world had these days filled with magic. Nevertheless, the pagan world does bear witness to a tradition of a regular day set aside for special sacrifices. See, for example, H. W. Wolff, “The Day of Rest in the Old Testament,” LTQ 7 (1972): 65-76; H. Routtenberg, “The Laws of Sabbath: Biblical Sources,” Dor le Dor 6 (1977): 41-43, 99-101, 153-55, 204-6; G. Robinson, “The Idea of Rest in the OT and the Search for the Basic Character of Sabbath,” ZAW 92 (1980): 32-42; and M. Tsevat, “The Basic Meaning of the Biblical Sabbath,” ZAW 84 (1972): 447-59.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":3713,"verse_id":"EXO.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"The Piel infinitive construct provides the purpose of remembering the Sabbath day – to set it apart, to make it distinct from the other days. Verses 9 and 10 explain in part how this was to be done. To set this day apart as holy taught Israel the difference between the holy and the profane, that there was something higher than daily life. If an Israelite bent down to the ground laboring all week, the Sabbath called his attention to the heavens, to pattern life after the Creator (B. Jacob, Exodus , 569-70).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":3714,"verse_id":"EXO.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"The text has simply “six days,” but this is an adverbial accusative of time, answering how long they were to work (GKC 374 §118. k ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":3715,"verse_id":"EXO.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"The imperfect tense has traditionally been rendered as a commandment, “you will labor.” But the point of this commandment is the prohibition of work on the seventh day. The permission nuance of the imperfect works well here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":3716,"verse_id":"EXO.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"This is the occupation, or business of the work week.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":3717,"verse_id":"EXO.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"The phrase “on it” has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":3718,"verse_id":"EXO.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The verb כַּבֵּד ( kabbed ) is a Piel imperative; it calls for people to give their parents the respect and honor that is appropriate for them. It could be paraphrased to say, give them the weight of authority that they deserve. Next to God, parents were to be highly valued, cared for, and respected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":3719,"verse_id":"EXO.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “that your days may be long.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":3720,"verse_id":"EXO.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"The verb רָצַח ( ratsakh ) refers to the premeditated or accidental taking of the life of another human being; it includes any unauthorized killing (it is used for the punishment of a murderer, but that would not be included in the prohibition). This commandment teaches the sanctity of all human life. See J. H. Yoder, “ Exodus 20,13 : ‘Thou Shalt Not Kill’,” Int 34 (1980): 394-99; and A. Phillips, “Another Look at Murder,” JJS 28 (1977): 105-26.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":3721,"verse_id":"EXO.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “answer” as in a court of law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":3722,"verse_id":"EXO.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"The expression עֵד שָׁקֶר (’ ed shaqer ) means “a lying witness” (B. S. Childs, Exodus [OTL], 388). In this verse the noun is an adverbial accusative, “you will not answer as a lying witness.” The prohibition is against perjury. While the precise reference would be to legal proceedings, the law probably had a broader application to lying about other people in general (see Lev 5:1 ; Hos 4:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":3723,"verse_id":"EXO.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"The verb חָמַד ( khamad ) focuses not on an external act but on an internal mental activity behind the act, the motivation for it. The word can be used in a very good sense ( Ps 19:10; 68:16 ), but it has a bad connotation in contexts where the object desired is off limits. This command is aimed at curtailing the greedy desire for something belonging to a neighbor, a desire that leads to the taking of it or the attempt to take it. It was used in the story of the Garden of Eden for the tree that was desired.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":3724,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"The participle is used here for durative action in the past time (GKC 359 §116. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":3725,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"The verb “to see” ( רָאָה , ra ’ ah ) refers to seeing with all the senses, or perceiving. W. C. Kaiser suggests that this is an example of the figure of speech called zeugma because the verb “saw” yokes together two objects, one that suits the verb and the other that does not. So, the verb “heard” is inserted here to clarify (“Exodus,” EBC 2:427).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":3726,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.18","text":"The verb “saw” is supplied here because it is expected in English (see the previous note on “heard”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/3"}
{"id":3727,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.18","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated as a temporal clause to the following clause, which receives the prominence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/4"}
{"id":3728,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.18","text":"The meaning of נוּעַ ( nua ’) is “to shake, sway to and fro” in fear. Compare Isa 7:2 – “and his heart shook…as the trees of the forest shake with the wind.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/5"}
{"id":3729,"verse_id":"EXO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “and they stood from/at a distance.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A18/6"}
{"id":3730,"verse_id":"EXO.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"The verb is a Piel imperative. In this context it has more of the sense of a request than a command. The independent personal pronoun “you” emphasizes the subject and forms the contrast with God’s speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":3731,"verse_id":"EXO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"נַסּוֹת ( nassot ) is the Piel infinitive construct; it forms the purpose of God’s coming with all the accompanying phenomena. The verb can mean “to try, test, prove.” The sense of “prove” fits this context best because the terrifying phenomena were intended to put the fear of God in their hearts so that they would obey. In other words, God was inspiring them to obey, not simply testing to see if they would.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":3732,"verse_id":"EXO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"The suffix on the noun is an objective genitive, referring to the fear that the people would have of God (GKC 439 §135. m ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":3733,"verse_id":"EXO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.20","text":"The negative form לְבִלְתִּי ( lÿvilti ) is used here with the imperfect tense (see for other examples GKC 483 §152. x ). This gives the imperfect the nuance of a final imperfect: that you might not sin. Others: to keep you from sin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A20/3"}
{"id":3734,"verse_id":"EXO.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “and they stood”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":3735,"verse_id":"EXO.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “and Yahweh said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":3736,"verse_id":"EXO.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"The direct object of the verb must be “gods of silver.” The prepositional phrase modifies the whole verse to say that these gods would then be alongside the one true God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":3737,"verse_id":"EXO.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “neither will you make for you gods of gold.” sn U. Cassuto explains that by the understanding of parallelism each of the halves apply to the whole verse, so that “with me” and “for you” concern gods of silver or gods of gold ( Exodus , 255).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":3738,"verse_id":"EXO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"Gesenius lists this as one of the few places where the noun in construct seems to be indefinite in spite of the fact that the genitive has the article. He says בְּכָל־הַמָּקוֹם ( bÿkhol-hammaqom ) means “in all the place, sc. of the sanctuary, and is a dogmatic correction of “in every place” ( כָּל־מָקוֹם , kol-maqom ). See GKC 412 §127. e .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":3739,"verse_id":"EXO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.24","text":"The verb is זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”), but in the Hiphil especially it can mean more than remember or cause to remember (remind) – it has the sense of praise or honor. B. S. Childs says it has a denominative meaning, “to proclaim” ( Exodus [OTL], 447). The point of the verse is that God will give Israel reason for praising and honoring him, and in every place that occurs he will make his presence known by blessing them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A24/4"}
{"id":3740,"verse_id":"EXO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “them” referring to the stones.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":3741,"verse_id":"EXO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “of hewn stones.” Gesenius classifies this as an adverbial accusative – “you shall not build them (the stones of the altar) as hewn stones.” The remoter accusative is in apposition to the nearer (GKC 372 §117. kk ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":3742,"verse_id":"EXO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.25","text":"The verb is a preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive. It forms the apodosis in a conditional clause: “if you lift up your tool on it…you have defiled it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A25/3"}
{"id":3743,"verse_id":"EXO.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “uncovered” (so ASV, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":3744,"verse_id":"EXO.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"The verbs in both the conditional clause and the following ruling are imperfect tense: “If you buy…then he will serve.” The second imperfect tense (the ruling) could be taken either as a specific future or an obligatory imperfect. Gesenius explains how the verb works in the conditional clauses here (see GKC 497 §159. bb ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":3745,"verse_id":"EXO.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.2","text":"The adverb חִנָּם ( hinnam ) means “gratis, free”; it is related to the verb “to be gracious, show favor” and the noun “grace.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A2/5"}
{"id":3746,"verse_id":"EXO.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"The tense is imperfect, but in the conditional clause it clearly refers to action that is anterior to the action in the next clause. Heb “if he comes in single, he goes out single,” that is, “if he came in single, he will go out single.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":3747,"verse_id":"EXO.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “with his back” meaning “alone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":3748,"verse_id":"EXO.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.3","text":"The phrase says, “if he was the possessor of a wife”; the noun בַּעַל ( ba ’ al ) can mean “possessor” or “husband.” If there was a wife, she shared his fortunes or his servitude; if he entered with her, she would accompany him when he left.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A3/3"}
{"id":3749,"verse_id":"EXO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The imperfect with the infinitive absolute means that the declaration is unambiguous, that the servant will clearly affirm that he wants to stay with the master. Gesenius says that in a case like this the infinitive emphasizes the importance of the condition on which some consequence depends (GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":3750,"verse_id":"EXO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Or taken as a desiderative imperfect, it would say, “I do not want to go out free.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":3751,"verse_id":"EXO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The word is הָאֱלֹהִים ( ha ’ elohim ). S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 211) says the phrase means “to God,” namely the nearest sanctuary in order that the oath and the ritual might be made solemn, although he does say that it would be done by human judges. That the reference is to Yahweh God is the view also of F. C. Fensham, “New Light on Exodus 21:7 and 22:7 from the Laws of Eshnunna,” JBL 78 (1959): 160-61. Cf. also ASV, NAB, NASB, NCV, NRSV, NLT. Others have made a stronger case that it refers to judges who acted on behalf of God; see C. Gordon, “ אלהים in its Reputed Meaning of Rulers, Judges,” JBL 54 (1935): 134-44; and A. E. Draffkorn, “Ilani/Elohim,” JBL 76 (1957): 216-24; cf. KJV, NIV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":3752,"verse_id":"EXO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"Or “till his life’s end” (as in the idiom: “serve him for good”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":3753,"verse_id":"EXO.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"The word אָמָה (’ amah ) refers to a female servant who would eventually become a concubine or wife; the sale price included the amount for the service as well as the bride price (see B. Jacob, Exodus , 621). The arrangement recognized her honor as an Israelite woman, one who could be a wife, even though she entered the household in service. The marriage was not automatic, as the conditions show, but her treatment was safeguarded come what may. The law was a way, then, for a poor man to provide a better life for a daughter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":3754,"verse_id":"EXO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “and if unpleasant ( רָעָה , ra ’ ah ) in the eyes of her master.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":3755,"verse_id":"EXO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"The verb יָעַד ( ya ’ ad ) does not mean “betroth, espouse” as some of the earlier translations had it, but “to designate.” When he bought the girl, he designated her for himself, giving her and her family certain expectations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":3756,"verse_id":"EXO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"The verb is a Hiphil perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive from פָדָה ( padah , “to redeem”). Here in the apodosis the form is equivalent to an imperfect: “let someone redeem her” – perhaps her father if he can, or another. U. Cassuto says it can also mean she can redeem herself and dissolve the relationship ( Exodus , 268).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":3757,"verse_id":"EXO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “he has no authority/power,” for the verb means “rule, have dominion.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A8/4"}
{"id":3758,"verse_id":"EXO.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Or “after the manner of” (KJV, ASV); NRSV “shall deal with her as with a daughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":3759,"verse_id":"EXO.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"“wife” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":3760,"verse_id":"EXO.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"The translation of “food” does not quite do justice to the Hebrew word. It is “flesh.” The issue here is that the family she was to marry into is wealthy, they ate meat. She was not just to be given the basic food the ordinary people ate, but the fine foods that this family ate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":3761,"verse_id":"EXO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"The construction uses a Hiphil participle in construct with the noun for “man” (or person as is understood in a law for the nation): “the one striking [of] a man.” This is a casus pendens (independent nominative absolute); it indicates the condition or action that involves further consequence (GKC 361 §116. w ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":3762,"verse_id":"EXO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"The Hebrew word וָמֵת ( vamet ) is a Qal perfect with vav consecutive; it means “and he dies” and not “and killed him” (which require another stem). Gesenius notes that this form after a participle is the equivalent of a sentence representing a contingent action (GKC 333 §112. n ). The word shows the result of the action in the opening participle. It is therefore a case of murder or manslaughter.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":3763,"verse_id":"EXO.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “if he does not lie in wait” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":3764,"verse_id":"EXO.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “and God brought into his hand.” The death is unintended, its circumstances outside human control.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":3765,"verse_id":"EXO.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"The word עָרְמָה (’ ormah ) is problematic. It could mean with prior intent, which would be connected with the word in Prov 8:5, 12 which means “understanding” (or “prudence” – fully aware of the way things are). It could be connected also to an Arabic word for “enemy” which would indicate this was done with malice or evil intentions (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 270). The use here seems parallel to the one in Josh 9:4 , an instance involving intentionality and clever deception.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":3766,"verse_id":"EXO.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “a stealer of a man,” thus “anyone stealing a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":3767,"verse_id":"EXO.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Literally “and he is found in his hand” (KJV and ASV both similar), being not yet sold.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":3768,"verse_id":"EXO.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"The form is a Piel participle from קָלַל ( qalal ), meaning in Qal “be light,” in Piel “treat lightly, curse, revile, declare contemptible, treat shamefully.” (See its use in Lev 19:14 ; Josh 24:9 ; Judg 9:26-28 ; 1 Sam 3:13; 17:43 ; 2 Sam 16:5-13 ; Prov 30:10-11 ; Eccl 7:21-22; 10:20 .) It is opposite of “honor” ( כָּבֵד , kaved ; Qal “be heavy”; Piel “honor,” as in 20:12 ) and of “bless.” This verse then could refer to any act contrary to the commandment to honor the parents. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 640) cites parallels in Sumerian where people were severely punished for publicly disowning their parents. “21:15, 17 taken together evoke the picture of parents who, physically and verbally, are forcibly turned out of the house (cf. Prov. 19:26 )” (C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:148).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":3769,"verse_id":"EXO.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “falls to bed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":3770,"verse_id":"EXO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"“and then” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":3771,"verse_id":"EXO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"The verb is a Hitpael perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows the sequence of the imperfect before it – “if he gets up and walks about.” This is proof of recovery.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":3772,"verse_id":"EXO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.19","text":"The imperfect tense carries a nuance of obligatory imperfect because this is binding on the one who hit him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A19/3"}
{"id":3773,"verse_id":"EXO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the injured person) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A19/4"}
{"id":3774,"verse_id":"EXO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.19","text":"The word appears to be the infinitive from the verb “to sit” with a meaning of “his sitting down”; some suggest it is from the verb “to rest” with a meaning “cease.” In either case the point in the context must mean compensation is due for the time he was down.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A19/5"}
{"id":3775,"verse_id":"EXO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “so that he”; the words “or she” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":3776,"verse_id":"EXO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “under his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":3777,"verse_id":"EXO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “will be avenged” (how is not specified).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":3778,"verse_id":"EXO.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “if he”; the referent (the servant struck and injured in the previous verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":3779,"verse_id":"EXO.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the owner of the injured servant) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":3780,"verse_id":"EXO.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"This last clause is a free paraphrase of the Hebrew, “for he is his money” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “his property.” It seems that if the slave survives a couple of days, it is probable that the master was punishing him and not intending to kill him. If he then dies, there is no penalty other than that the owner loses the slave who is his property – he suffers the loss.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":3781,"verse_id":"EXO.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"This line has occasioned a good deal of discussion. It may indicate that the child was killed, as in a miscarriage; or it may mean that there was a premature birth. The latter view is taken here because of the way the whole section is written: (1) “her children come out” reflects a birth and not the loss of children, (2) there is no serious damage, and (3) payment is to be set for any remuneration. The word אָסוֹן (’ ason ) is translated “serious damage.” The word was taken in Mekilta to mean “death.” U. Cassuto says the point of the phrase is that neither the woman or the children that are born die ( Exodus , 275). But see among the literature on this: M. G. Kline, “ Lex Talionis and the Human Fetus,” JETS 20 (1977): 193-201; W. House, “Miscarriage or Premature Birth: Additional Thoughts on Exodus 21:22-25 ,” WTJ 41 (1978): 108-23; S. E. Loewenstamm, “Exodus XXI 22-25,” VT 27 (1977): 352-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":3782,"verse_id":"EXO.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"The word בִּפְלִלִים ( biflilim ) means “with arbitrators.” The point then seems to be that the amount of remuneration for damages that was fixed by the husband had to be approved by the courts. S. R. Driver mentions an alternative to this unusual reading presented by Budde, reading בנפלים as “untimely birth” ( Exodus , 219). See also E. A. Speiser, “The Stem PLL in Hebrew,” JBL 82 (1963): 301-6.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":3783,"verse_id":"EXO.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"The form וְשִׁחֲתָהּ ( vÿshikhatah ) is the Piel perfect with the vav ( ל ) consecutive, rendered “and destroys it.” The verb is a strong one, meaning “to ruin, completely destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":3784,"verse_id":"EXO.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the male or female servant) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":3785,"verse_id":"EXO.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the male or female servant) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":3786,"verse_id":"EXO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.28","text":"Traditionally “ox,” but “bull” would also be suitable. The term may refer to one of any variety of large cattle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A28/2"}
{"id":3787,"verse_id":"EXO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “and he dies”; KJV “that they die”; NAB, NASB “to death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A28/3"}
{"id":3788,"verse_id":"EXO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.28","text":"The text uses סָקוֹל יִסָּקֵל ( saqol yissaqel ), a Qal infinitive absolute with a Niphal imperfect. The infinitive intensifies the imperfect, which here has an obligatory nuance or is a future of instruction.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A28/4"}
{"id":3789,"verse_id":"EXO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"The Hophal perfect has the idea of “attested, testified against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":3790,"verse_id":"EXO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “he was not keeping it” or perhaps guarding or watching it (referring to the ox).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":3791,"verse_id":"EXO.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the ox) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":3792,"verse_id":"EXO.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the owner) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A31/2"}
{"id":3793,"verse_id":"EXO.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “according to this judgment it shall be done to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A31/3"}
{"id":3794,"verse_id":"EXO.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the owner) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":3795,"verse_id":"EXO.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"The verb is a Piel imperfect from שָׁלַם ( shalam ); it has the idea of making payment in full, making recompense, repaying. These imperfects could be given a future tense translation as imperfects of instruction, but in the property cases an obligatory imperfect fits better – this is what he is bound or obliged to do – what he must do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":3796,"verse_id":"EXO.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.34","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A34/2"}
{"id":3797,"verse_id":"EXO.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.34","text":"Here the term “animal” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A34/3"}
{"id":3798,"verse_id":"EXO.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.35","text":"Literally “its silver” or “silver for it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A35/1"}
{"id":3799,"verse_id":"EXO.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.35","text":"Heb “divide the dead.” The noun “ox” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A35/2"}
{"id":3800,"verse_id":"EXO.21.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":21,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.36","text":"The construction now uses the same Piel imperfect (v. 34 ) but adds the infinitive absolute to it for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2021%3A36/1"}
{"id":3801,"verse_id":"EXO.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"The imperfect tense here has the nuance of obligatory imperfect – he must pay back.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":3802,"verse_id":"EXO.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.1","text":"בָּקַר ( baqar ) and צֹאן ( tso ’ n ) are the categories to which the ox and the sheep belonged, so that the criminal had some latitude in paying back animals.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A1/4"}
{"id":3803,"verse_id":"EXO.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “found” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":3804,"verse_id":"EXO.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"The word בַּמַּחְתֶּרֶת ( bammakhteret ) means “digging through” the walls of a house (usually made of mud bricks). The verb is used only a few times and has the meaning of dig in (as into houses) or row hard (as in Jonah 1:13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":3805,"verse_id":"EXO.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.2","text":"The text has “there is not to him bloods.” When the word “blood” is put in the plural, it refers to bloodshed, or the price of blood that is shed, i.e., blood guiltiness. sn This law focuses on what is reasonable defense against burglary. If someone killed a thief who was breaking in during the night, he was not charged because he would not have known it was just a thief, but if it happened during the day, he was guilty of a crime, on the assumption that in daylight the thief posed no threat to the homeowner’s life and could be stopped and made to pay restitution.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A2/3"}
{"id":3806,"verse_id":"EXO.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"The words “a thief” have been added for clarification. S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 224) thinks that these lines are out of order, since some of them deal with killing the thief and then others with the thief making restitution, but rearranging the clauses is not a necessary way to bring clarity to the paragraph. The idea here would be that any thief caught alive would pay restitution.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":3807,"verse_id":"EXO.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The construction uses a Niphal infinitive absolute and a Niphal imperfect: if it should indeed be found. Gesenius says that in such conditional clauses the infinitive absolute has less emphasis, but instead emphasizes the condition on which some consequence depends (see GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":3808,"verse_id":"EXO.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “in his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":3809,"verse_id":"EXO.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"The verb בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “graze”) as a denominative from the word “livestock” is not well attested. So some have suggested that with slight changes this verse could be read: “If a man cause a field or a vineyard to be burnt, and let the burning spread, and it burnt in another man’s field” (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 225).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":3810,"verse_id":"EXO.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"The phrase “his livestock” is supplied from the next clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":3811,"verse_id":"EXO.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “if a fire goes out and finds”; NLT “if a fire gets out of control.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":3812,"verse_id":"EXO.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"This is a Hiphil participle of the verb “to burn, kindle” used substantivally. This is the one who caused the fire, whether by accident or not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":3813,"verse_id":"EXO.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The word usually means “vessels” but can have the sense of household goods and articles. It could be anything from jewels and ornaments to weapons or pottery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":3814,"verse_id":"EXO.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “to keep.” Here “safekeeping,” that is, to keep something secure on behalf of a third party, is intended.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":3815,"verse_id":"EXO.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A7/3"}
{"id":3816,"verse_id":"EXO.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":3817,"verse_id":"EXO.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Here again the word used is “the gods,” meaning the judges who made the assessments and decisions. In addition to other works, see J. R. Vannoy, “The Use of the Word ha’elohim in Exodus 21:6 and 22:7,8 ,” The Law and the Prophets , 225-41.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":3818,"verse_id":"EXO.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"The phrase “to see” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":3819,"verse_id":"EXO.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.8","text":"The line says “if he has not stretched out his hand.” This could be the oath formula, but the construction here would be unusual, or it could be taken as “whether” (see W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:438). U. Cassuto ( Exodus , 286) does not think the wording can possibly fit an oath; nevertheless, an oath would be involved before God (as he takes it instead of “judges”) – if the man swore, his word would be accepted, but if he would not swear, he would be guilty.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A8/4"}
{"id":3820,"verse_id":"EXO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “concerning every kind [thing] of trespass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":3821,"verse_id":"EXO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"The text simply has “this is it” ( הוּא זֶה , hu ’ zeh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":3822,"verse_id":"EXO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.9","text":"Again, or “God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A9/3"}
{"id":3823,"verse_id":"EXO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.9","text":"This kind of clause Gesenius calls an independent relative clause – it does not depend on a governing substantive but itself expresses a substantival idea (GKC 445-46 §138. e ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A9/4"}
{"id":3824,"verse_id":"EXO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.9","text":"The verb means “to be guilty” in Qal; in Hiphil it would have a declarative sense, because a causative sense would not possibly fit.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A9/5"}
{"id":3825,"verse_id":"EXO.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"The form is a Niphal participle from the verb “to break” – “is broken,” which means harmed, maimed, or hurt in any way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":3826,"verse_id":"EXO.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"This verb is frequently used with the meaning “to take captive.” The idea here then is that raiders or robbers have carried off the animal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":3827,"verse_id":"EXO.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “there is no one seeing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A10/3"}
{"id":3828,"verse_id":"EXO.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"The construct relationship שְׁבֻעַת יְהוָה ( shÿvu ’ at yÿhvah , “the oath of Yahweh”) would require a genitive of indirect object, “an oath [to] Yahweh.” U. Cassuto suggests that it means “an oath by Yahweh” ( Exodus , 287). The person to whom the animal was entrusted would take a solemn oath to Yahweh that he did not appropriate the animal for himself, and then his word would be accepted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":3829,"verse_id":"EXO.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Both with this verb “stolen” and in the next clauses with “torn in pieces,” the text uses the infinitive absolute construction with less than normal emphasis; as Gesenius says, in conditional clauses, an infinitive absolute stresses the importance of the condition on which some consequence depends (GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":3830,"verse_id":"EXO.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"The word עֵד (’ ed ) actually means “witness,” but the dead animal that is returned is a silent witness, i.e., evidence. The word is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":3831,"verse_id":"EXO.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “if a man asks [an animal] from his neighbor” (see also Exod 12:36 ). The ruling here implies an animal is borrowed, and if harm comes to it when the owner is not with it, the borrower is liable. The word “animal” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":3832,"verse_id":"EXO.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man who borrowed the animal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":3833,"verse_id":"EXO.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Literally “it came with/for its hire,” this expression implies that the owner who hired it out and was present was prepared to take the risk, so there would be no compensation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":3834,"verse_id":"EXO.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"This is the word בְּתוּלָה ( bÿtulah ); it describes a young woman who is not married or a young woman engaged to be married; in any case, she is presumed to be a virgin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":3835,"verse_id":"EXO.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.16","text":"Or “pledged” for marriage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A16/3"}
{"id":3836,"verse_id":"EXO.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.16","text":"The verb מָהַר ( mahar ) means “pay the marriage price,” and the related noun is the bride price. B. Jacob says this was a proposal gift and not a purchase price ( Exodus , 700). This is the price paid to her parents, which allowed for provision should there be a divorce. The amount was usually agreed on by the two families, but the price was higher for a pure bride from a noble family. Here, the one who seduces her must pay it, regardless of whether he marries her or not.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A16/4"}
{"id":3837,"verse_id":"EXO.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “lies with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":3838,"verse_id":"EXO.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “not to Yahweh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":3839,"verse_id":"EXO.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"The verb חָרַם ( kharam ) means “to be devoted” to God or “to be banned.” The idea is that it would be God’s to do with as he liked. What was put under the ban was for God alone, either for his service or for his judgment. But it was out of human control. Here the verb is saying that the person will be utterly destroyed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":3840,"verse_id":"EXO.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Or “oppress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":3841,"verse_id":"EXO.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Or “alien,” both here and in 23:9 . This individual is a resident foreigner; he lives in the land but, aside from provisions such as this, might easily be without legal rights.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":3842,"verse_id":"EXO.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"The verb “afflict” is a Piel imperfect from עָנָה (’ anah ); it has a wide range of meanings: “afflict, oppress, humiliate, rape.” These victims are at the mercy of the judges, businessmen, or villains. The righteous king and the righteous people will not mistreat them (see Isa 1:17 ; Job 31:16, 17, 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":3843,"verse_id":"EXO.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The accusative here is the masculine singular pronoun, which leads S. R. Driver to conclude that this line is out of place, even though the masculine singular can be used in places like this ( Exodus , 232). U. Cassuto says its use is to refer to certain classes ( Exodus , 292).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":3844,"verse_id":"EXO.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Here again and with “cry” the infinitive absolute functions with a diminished emphasis (GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":3845,"verse_id":"EXO.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.23","text":"Here is the normal use of the infinitive absolute with the imperfect tense to emphasize the verb: “I will surely hear,” implying, “I will surely respond.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A23/3"}
{"id":3846,"verse_id":"EXO.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"“any of” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":3847,"verse_id":"EXO.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “set.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A25/3"}
{"id":3848,"verse_id":"EXO.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"The construction again uses the infinitive absolute with the verb in the conditional clause to stress the condition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":3849,"verse_id":"EXO.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"The clause uses the preposition, the infinitive construct, and the noun that is the subjective genitive – “at the going in of the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":3850,"verse_id":"EXO.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “his skin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":3851,"verse_id":"EXO.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Literally the text reads, “In what can he lie down?” The cloak would be used for a covering at night to use when sleeping. The garment, then, was the property that could not be taken and not given back – it was the last possession. The modern idiom of “the shirt off his back” gets at the point being made here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":3852,"verse_id":"EXO.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “and it will be.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A27/3"}
{"id":3853,"verse_id":"EXO.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"The two verbs in this verse are synonyms: קָלַל ( qalal ) means “to treat lightly, curse,” and אָרַר (’ arar ) means “to curse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":3854,"verse_id":"EXO.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"The word אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) is “gods” or “God.” If taken as the simple plural, it could refer to the human judges, as it has in the section of laws; this would match the parallelism in the verse. If it was taken to refer to God, then the idea of cursing God would be more along the line of blasphemy. B. Jacob says that the word refers to functioning judges, and that would indirectly mean God, for they represented the religious authority, and the prince the civil authority ( Exodus , 708).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":3855,"verse_id":"EXO.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"The expressions are unusual. U. Cassuto renders them: “from the fullness of your harvest and from the outflow of your presses” ( Exodus , 294). He adds the Hittite parallel material to show that the people were to bring the offerings on time and not let them overlap, because the firstfruits had to be eaten first by the priest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":3856,"verse_id":"EXO.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.31","text":"Or “by wild animals.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2022%3A31/2"}
{"id":3857,"verse_id":"EXO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “take up, lift, carry” ( נָשָׂא , nasa ’). This verb was also used in the prohibition against taking “the name of Yahweh in vain.” Sometimes the object of this verb is physical, as in Jonah 1:12 and 15 . Used in this prohibition involving speech, it covers both originating and repeating a lie.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":3858,"verse_id":"EXO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.1","text":"Or “a groundless report” (see Exod 20:7 for the word שָׁוְא , shav ’).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A1/3"}
{"id":3859,"verse_id":"EXO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “do not put your hand” (cf. KJV, ASV); NASB “join your hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A1/4"}
{"id":3860,"verse_id":"EXO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.1","text":"The word “wicked” ( רָשָׁע , rasha ’) refers to the guilty criminal, the person who is doing something wrong. In the religious setting it describes the person who is not a member of the covenant and may be involved in all kinds of sin, even though there is the appearance of moral and spiritual stability.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A1/5"}
{"id":3861,"verse_id":"EXO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.1","text":"The word חָמָס ( khamas ) often means “violence” in the sense of social injustices done to other people, usually the poor and needy. A “malicious” witness would do great harm to others. See J. W. McKay, “Exodus 23:1-43, 6-8: A Decalogue for Administration of Justice in the City Gate,” VT 21 (1971): 311-25.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A1/6"}
{"id":3862,"verse_id":"EXO.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"The word רָבִּים ( rabbim ), here rendered “crowd,” is also used infrequently to refer to the “mighty,” people of importance in society ( Job 35:9 ; cf. Lev 19:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":3863,"verse_id":"EXO.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"For any individual to join a group that is bent on acting wickedly would be a violation of the Law and would incur personal responsibility.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":3864,"verse_id":"EXO.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “you will not answer in a lawsuit to turn after the crowd to turn.” The form translated “agrees with” ( Heb “to turn after”) is a Qal infinitive construct from נָטָה ( natah ); the same root is used at the end of the verse but as a Hiphil infinitive construct, “to pervert [justice].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A2/3"}
{"id":3865,"verse_id":"EXO.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"The point here is one of false sympathy and honor, the bad sense of the word הָדַר ( hadar ; see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 237).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":3866,"verse_id":"EXO.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “meet” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":3867,"verse_id":"EXO.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"The construction uses the imperfect tense (taken here as an obligatory imperfect) and the infinitive absolute for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":3868,"verse_id":"EXO.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"The line reads “you will cease to forsake him” – refrain from leaving your enemy without help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":3869,"verse_id":"EXO.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"The law is emphatic here as well, using the infinitive absolute and the imperfect of instruction (or possibly obligation). There is also a wordplay here: two words עָזַב (’ azav ) are used, one meaning “forsake” and the other possibly meaning “arrange” based on Arabic and Ugaritic evidence (see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 297-98).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":3870,"verse_id":"EXO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Or “stay away from,” or “have nothing to do with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":3871,"verse_id":"EXO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “a false matter,” this expression in this context would have to be a case in law that was false or that could only be won by falsehood.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":3872,"verse_id":"EXO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.7","text":"The two clauses probably should be related: the getting involved in the false charge could lead to the death of an innocent person (so, e.g., Naboth in 1 Kgs 21:10-13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A7/3"}
{"id":3873,"verse_id":"EXO.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “blinds the open-eyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":3874,"verse_id":"EXO.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"The verb means “to crush.” S. R. Driver notes that in this context this would probably mean with an unfair judgment in the courts ( Exodus , 239).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":3875,"verse_id":"EXO.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “soul, life” – “you know what it feels like.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":3876,"verse_id":"EXO.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “and six years”; this is an adverbial accusative telling how long they can work their land. The following references to years and days in vv. 10-12 function similarly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":3877,"verse_id":"EXO.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “and the seventh year”; an adverbial accusative with a disjunctive vav ( ו ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":3878,"verse_id":"EXO.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “living thing/creature/beast of the field.” A general term for animals, usually wild animals, including predators (cf. v. 29 ; Gen 2:19-20 ; Lev 26:22 ; Deut 7:22 ; 1 Sam 17:46 ; Job 5:22-23 ; Ezek 29:5; 34:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":3879,"verse_id":"EXO.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “alien,” or “resident foreigner.” Such an individual would have traveled out of need and depended on the goodwill of the people around him. The rendering “hired help” assumes that the foreigner is mentioned in this context because he is working for an Israelite and will benefit from the Sabbath rest, along with his employer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":3880,"verse_id":"EXO.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"The verb is וְיִּנָּפֵשׁ ( vÿyyinnafesh ); it is related to the word usually translated “soul” or “life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":3881,"verse_id":"EXO.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"The phrase “to do” is added; in Hebrew word order the line says, “In all that I have said to you you will watch yourselves.” The verb for paying attention is a Niphal imperfect with an imperatival force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":3882,"verse_id":"EXO.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “honor,” Hiphil of זָכַר ( zakhar ). See also Exod 20:25 ; Josh 23:7 ; Isa 26:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":3883,"verse_id":"EXO.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “mouth.” sn See also Ps 16:4 , where David affirms his loyalty to God with this expression.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":3884,"verse_id":"EXO.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"The expression rendered “three times” is really “three feet,” or “three foot-beats.” The expression occurs only a few times in the Law. The expressing is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":3885,"verse_id":"EXO.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"This is the word תָּחֹג ( takhog ) from the root חָגַג ( khagag ); it describes a feast that was accompanied by a pilgrimage. It was first used by Moses in his appeal that Israel go three days into the desert to hold such a feast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":3886,"verse_id":"EXO.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":3887,"verse_id":"EXO.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":3888,"verse_id":"EXO.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"The verb is a Niphal imperfect; the nuance of permission works well here – no one is permitted to appear before God empty ( Heb “and they will not appear before me empty”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":3889,"verse_id":"EXO.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"The words “you are also to observe” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":3890,"verse_id":"EXO.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"An infinitive construct with a preposition and a pronominal suffix is used to make a temporal clause: “in the going in of the year.” The word “year” is the subjective genitive, the subject of the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":3891,"verse_id":"EXO.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.16","text":"An infinitive construct with a preposition and a pronominal suffix is used to make a temporal clause: “in the ingathering of you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A16/3"}
{"id":3892,"verse_id":"EXO.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “gathered in your labors.” This is a metonymy of cause put for the effect. “Labors” are not gathered in, but what the labors produced – the harvest.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A16/4"}
{"id":3893,"verse_id":"EXO.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Adverbial accusative of time: “three times” becomes “at three times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":3894,"verse_id":"EXO.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Here the divine Name reads in Hebrew הָאָדֹן יְהוָה ( ha ’ adon yÿhvah ), which if rendered according to the traditional scheme of “ Lord ” for “Yahweh” would result in “Lord Lord .” A number of English versions therefore render this phrase “Lord God ,” and that convention has been followed here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":3895,"verse_id":"EXO.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"The verb is תִּזְבַּח ( tizbbakh ), an imperfect tense from the same root as the genitive that qualifies the accusative “blood”: “you will not sacrifice the blood of my sacrifice.” The verb means “to slaughter”; since one cannot slaughter blood, a more general translation is required here. But if the genitive is explained as “my blood-sacrifice” (a genitive of specification; like “the evil of your doings” in Isa 1:16 ), then a translation of sacrifice would work (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 304).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":3896,"verse_id":"EXO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.20","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) with the active participle indicates imminent future, something God is about to do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A20/2"}
{"id":3897,"verse_id":"EXO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “protect you in the way.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A20/4"}
{"id":3898,"verse_id":"EXO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.20","text":"The form is the Hiphil perfect of the verb כּוּן ( kun , “to establish, prepare”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A20/5"}
{"id":3899,"verse_id":"EXO.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"The infinitive absolute here does not add as great an emphasis as normal, but emphasizes the condition that is being set forth (see GKC 342-43 §113. o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":3900,"verse_id":"EXO.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “will cut them off” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":3901,"verse_id":"EXO.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"The Hebrew is מַצֵּבֹתֵיהֶם ( matsevotehem , “their standing stones”); these long stones were erected to represent the abode of the numen or deity. They were usually set up near the altar or the high place. To destroy these would be to destroy the centers of Canaanite worship in the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":3902,"verse_id":"EXO.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.24","text":"Both verbs are joined with their infinitive absolutes to provide the strongest sense to these instructions. The images of the false gods in Canaan were to be completely and utterly destroyed. This could not be said any more strongly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A24/2"}
{"id":3903,"verse_id":"EXO.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"The perfect tense, masculine plural, with vav ( ו ) consecutive is in sequence with the preceding: do not bow down to them, but serve Yahweh. It is then the equivalent of an imperfect of instruction or injunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":3904,"verse_id":"EXO.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.25","text":"The LXX reads “and I will bless” to make the verb conform with the speaker, Yahweh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A25/2"}
{"id":3905,"verse_id":"EXO.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Or “abort”; Heb “cast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":3906,"verse_id":"EXO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"The word for “terror” is אֵימָתִי (’ emati ); the word has the thought of “panic” or “dread.” God would make the nations panic as they heard of the exploits and knew the Israelites were drawing near. U. Cassuto thinks the reference to “hornets” in v. 28 may be a reference to this fear, an unreasoning dread, rather than to another insect invasion ( Exodus , 308). Others suggest it is symbolic of an invading army or a country like Egypt or literal insects (see E. Neufeld, “Insects as Warfare Agents in the Ancient Near East,” Or 49 [1980]: 30-57).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":3907,"verse_id":"EXO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “kill.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":3908,"verse_id":"EXO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.27","text":"The text has “and I will give all your enemies to you [as] a back.” The verb of making takes two accusatives, the second being the adverbial accusative of product (see GKC 371-72 §117. ii , n. 1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A27/3"}
{"id":3909,"verse_id":"EXO.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “and I will send.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":3910,"verse_id":"EXO.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “the beast of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":3911,"verse_id":"EXO.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"The repetition expresses an exceptional or super-fine quality (see GKC 396 §123. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":3912,"verse_id":"EXO.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"The form is a perfect tense with vav consecutive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":3913,"verse_id":"EXO.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.31","text":"In the Hebrew Bible “the River” usually refers to the Euphrates (cf. NASB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT). There is some thought that it refers to a river Nahr el Kebir between Lebanon and Syria. See further W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:447; and G. W. Buchanan, The Consequences of the Covenant (NovTSup), 91-100.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A31/2"}
{"id":3914,"verse_id":"EXO.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"The idea of the “snare” is to lure them to judgment; God is apparently warning about contact with the Canaanites, either in worship or in business. They were very syncretistic, and so it would be dangerous to settle among them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":3915,"verse_id":"EXO.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “And he;” the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":3916,"verse_id":"EXO.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"The verb is a perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it and the preceding perfect tense follow the imperative, and so have either a force of instruction, or, as taken here, are the equivalent of an imperfect tense (of permission).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":3917,"verse_id":"EXO.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":3918,"verse_id":"EXO.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.2","text":"Now the imperfect tense negated is used; here the prohibition would fit (“they will not come near”), or the obligatory (“they must not”) in which the subjects are obliged to act – or not act in this case.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A2/3"}
{"id":3919,"verse_id":"EXO.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.3","text":"The text simply has “one voice” ( קוֹל אֶחָד , qol ’ ekhad ); this is an adverbial accusative of manner, telling how the people answered – “ in one voice,” or unanimously (see GKC 375 §118. q ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A3/3"}
{"id":3920,"verse_id":"EXO.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.3","text":"The verb is the imperfect tense ( נַעֲשֶׂה , na ’ aseh ), although the form could be classified as a cohortative. If the latter, they would be saying that they are resolved to do what God said. If it is an imperfect, then the desiderative would make the most sense: “we are willing to do.” They are not presumptuously saying they are going to do all these things.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A3/4"}
{"id":3921,"verse_id":"EXO.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"The two preterites quite likely form a verbal hendiadys (the verb “to get up early” is frequently in such constructions). Literally it says, “and he got up early [in the morning] and he built”; this means “early [in the morning] he built.” The first verb becomes the adverb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":3922,"verse_id":"EXO.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"“under.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":3923,"verse_id":"EXO.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"The verb “arranged” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied to clarify exactly what Moses did with the twelve stones.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":3924,"verse_id":"EXO.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.4","text":"The thing numbered is found in the singular when the number is plural – “twelve standing-stone.” See GKC 433 §134. f . The “standing-stone” could be a small piece about a foot high, or a huge column higher than men. They served to commemorate treaties (), or visions () or boundaries, or graves. Here it will function with the altar as a place of worship.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A4/4"}
{"id":3925,"verse_id":"EXO.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"The construct has “young men of the Israelites,” and so “Israelite” is a genitive that describes them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":3926,"verse_id":"EXO.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"The verbs and their respective accusatives are cognates. First, they offered up burnt offerings (see ), which is וַיַּעֲלוּ עֹלֹת ( vayya ’ alu ’ olot ); then they sacrificed young bulls as peace sacrifices (), which is in Hebrew וַיִּזְבְּחוּ זְבָחִים ( vayyizbÿkhu zÿvakhim ). In the first case the cognate accusative is the direct object; in the second it is an adverbial accusative of product. See on this covenant ritual H. M. Kamsler, “The Blood Covenant in the Bible,” Dor le Dor 6 (1977): 94-98; E. W. Nicholson, “The Covenant Ritual in Exodus 24:3-8 ,” VT 32 (1982): 74-86.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":3927,"verse_id":"EXO.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"The noun “book” would be the scroll just written containing the laws of chaps. 20-23 . On the basis of this scroll the covenant would be concluded here. The reading of this book would assure the people that it was the same that they had agreed to earlier. But now their statement of willingness to obey would be more binding, because their promise would be confirmed by a covenant of blood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":3928,"verse_id":"EXO.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “read it in the ears of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":3929,"verse_id":"EXO.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"A second verb is now added to the people’s response, and it is clearly an imperfect and not a cohortative, lending support for the choice of desiderative imperfect in these commitments – “we want to obey.” This was their compliance with the covenant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":3930,"verse_id":"EXO.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Given the size of the congregation, the preposition might be rendered here “toward the people” rather than on them (all).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":3931,"verse_id":"EXO.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"The verse begins with “and Moses went up, and Aaron….” This verse may supply the sequel to vv. 1-2 . At any rate, God was now accepting them into his presence. sn This next section is extremely interesting, but difficult to interpret. For some of the literature, see: E. W. Nicholson, “The Interpretation of Exodus 24:9-11 ,” VT 24 (1974): 77-97; “The Antiquity of the Tradition in Exodus 24:9-11 ,” VT 26 (1976): 148-60; and T. C. Vriezen, “The Exegesis of Exodus 24:9-11 ,” OTS 17 (1967): 24-53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":3932,"verse_id":"EXO.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.10","text":"Or “tiles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A10/3"}
{"id":3933,"verse_id":"EXO.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “and like the body of heaven for clearness.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven” or “sky” depending on the context; here, where sapphire is mentioned (a blue stone) “sky” seems more appropriate, since the transparent blueness of the sapphire would appear like the blueness of the cloudless sky.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A10/4"}
{"id":3934,"verse_id":"EXO.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “he did not stretch out his hand,” i.e., to destroy them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":3935,"verse_id":"EXO.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"The verb is חָזָה ( khazah ); it can mean “to see, perceive” or “see a vision” as the prophets did. The LXX safeguarded this by saying, “appeared in the place of God.” B. Jacob says they beheld – prophetically, religiously ( Exodus , 746) – but the meaning of that is unclear. The fact that God did not lay a hand on them – to kill them – shows that they saw something that they never expected to see and live. Some Christian interpreters have taken this to refer to a glorious appearance of the preincarnate Christ, the second person of the Trinity. They saw the brilliance of this manifestation – but not the detail. Later, Moses will still ask to see God’s glory – the real presence behind the phenomena.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":3936,"verse_id":"EXO.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"Or “namely”; or “that is to say.” The vav ( ו ) on the noun does not mean that this is in addition to the tablets of stone; the vav is explanatory. Gesenius has “to wit”; see GKC 484-85 §154. a , n. 1(b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":3937,"verse_id":"EXO.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.12","text":"The last word of the verse is לְהוֹרֹתָם ( lÿhorotam ), the Hiphil infinitive construct of יָרָה ( yarah ). It serves as a purpose clause, “to teach them,” meaning “I am giving you this Law and these commands in order that you may teach them.” This duty to teach the Law will be passed especially to parents ( Deut 6:6-9, 20-25 ) and to the tribe of Levi as a whole ( Deut 33:9-10 ; Mal 2:1-9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A12/4"}
{"id":3938,"verse_id":"EXO.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “and he arose” meaning “started to go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":3939,"verse_id":"EXO.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":3940,"verse_id":"EXO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) calls attention to the presence of Aaron and Hur to answer the difficult cases that might come up.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":3941,"verse_id":"EXO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “issues to resolve.” The term is simply דְּבָרִים ( dÿvarim , “words, things, matters”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":3942,"verse_id":"EXO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.14","text":"The imperfect tense here has the nuance of potential imperfect. In the absence of Moses and Joshua, Aaron and Hur will be available. sn Attention to the preparation for Moses’ departure contributes to the weight of the guilt of the faithless Israelites (chap. ) and of Aaron, to whom Moses had delegated an important duty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A14/3"}
{"id":3943,"verse_id":"EXO.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":3944,"verse_id":"EXO.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “to the eyes of” which could mean in their opinion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":3945,"verse_id":"EXO.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"The verb is a preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive; here, the second clause, is subordinated to the first preterite, because it seems that the entering into the cloud is the dominant point in this section of the chapter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":3946,"verse_id":"EXO.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"The verb is וְיִקְחוּ ( vÿyiqkhu ), the Qal imperfect or jussive with vav ; after the imperative “speak” this verb indicates the purpose or result: “speak…that they may take” and continues with the force of a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":3947,"verse_id":"EXO.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"The “offering” ( תְּרוּמָה , tÿrumah ) is perhaps better understood as a contribution since it was a freewill offering. There is some question about the etymology of the word. The traditional meaning of “heave-offering” derives from the idea of “elevation,” a root meaning “to be high” lying behind the word. B. Jacob says it is something sorted out of a mass of material and designated for a higher purpose ( Exodus , 765). S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 263) corrects the idea of “heave-offering” by relating the root to the Hiphil form of that root, herim , “to lift” or “take off.” He suggests the noun means “what is taken off” from a larger mass and so designated for sacred purposes. The LXX has “something taken off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":3948,"verse_id":"EXO.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.2","text":"The verb יִדְּבֶנּוּ ( yiddÿvennu ) is related to the word for the “freewill offering” ( נְדָבָה , nÿdavah ). The verb is used of volunteering for military campaigns ( Judg 5:2, 9 ) and the willing offerings for both the first and second temples (see 1 Chr 29:5, 6, 9, 14, 17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A2/3"}
{"id":3949,"verse_id":"EXO.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.2","text":"The pronoun is plural.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A2/4"}
{"id":3950,"verse_id":"EXO.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"The pronoun is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":3951,"verse_id":"EXO.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"The meaning of the word תְּחָשִׁים ( tÿkhashim ) is debated. The Arabic tuhas or duhas is a dolphin, and so some think a sea animal is meant – something like a dolphin or porpoise (cf. NASB; ASV “sealskins”; NIV “hides of sea cows”). Porpoises are common in the Red Sea; their skins are used for clothing by the bedouin. The word has also been connected to an Egyptian word for “leather” ( ths ); see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 265. Some variation of this is followed by NRSV (“fine leather”) and NLT (“fine goatskin leather”). Another suggestion connects this word to an Akkadian one that describes a precious stone that is yellow or ornge and also leather died with the color of this stone (N. M. Sarna, Exodus [JPSTC], 157-58).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":3952,"verse_id":"EXO.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"The verb is a perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows in the sequence initiated by the imperative in v. 2 and continues with the force of a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":3953,"verse_id":"EXO.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"The word here is מִקְדּשׁ ( miqdash ), “a sanctuary” or “holy place”; cf. NLT “sacred residence.” The purpose of building it is to enable Yahweh to reside ( וְשָׁכַנְתִּי , vÿshakhanti ) in their midst. U. Cassuto reminds the reader that God did not need a place to dwell, but the Israelites needed a dwelling place for him, so that they would look to it and be reminded that he was in their midst ( Exodus , 327).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":3954,"verse_id":"EXO.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"The pronoun is singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":3955,"verse_id":"EXO.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.9","text":"The pronoun is plural.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A9/3"}
{"id":3956,"verse_id":"EXO.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"The word “ark” has long been used by English translations to render אָרוֹן (’ aron ), the word used for the wooden “box,” or “chest,” made by Noah in which to escape the flood and by the Israelites to furnish the tabernacle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":3957,"verse_id":"EXO.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"The size is two and a half cubits long, a cubit and a half wide, and a cubit and a half high. The size in feet and inches is estimated on the assumption that the cubit inches (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 267).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":3958,"verse_id":"EXO.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"The verbs throughout here are perfect tenses with the vav ( ו ) consecutives. They are equal to the imperfect tense of instruction and/or injunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":3959,"verse_id":"EXO.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"Here the verb is an imperfect tense; for the perfect sequence to work the verb would have to be at the front of the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":3960,"verse_id":"EXO.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.11","text":"The word זֵר ( zer ) is used only in Exodus and seems to describe something on the order of a crown molding, an ornamental border running at the top of the chest on all four sides. There is no indication of its appearance or function.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A11/3"}
{"id":3961,"verse_id":"EXO.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"The noun is כַּפֹּרֶת ( kapporet ), translated “atonement lid” or “atonement plate.” The traditional translation “mercy-seat” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) came from Tyndale in 1530 and was also used by Luther in 1523. The noun is formed from the word “to make atonement.” The item that the Israelites should make would be more than just a lid for the ark. It would be the place where atonement was signified. The translation of “covering” is probably incorrect, for it derives from a rare use of the verb, if the same verb at all (the evidence shows “cover” is from another root with the same letters as this). The value of this place was that Yahweh sat enthroned above it, and so the ark essentially was the “footstool.” Blood was applied to the lid of the box, for that was the place of atonement (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 269-270).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":3962,"verse_id":"EXO.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"After verbs of making or producing, the accusative (like “gold” here) may be used to express the material from which something is made (see GKC 371 §117. hh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":3963,"verse_id":"EXO.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"The evidence suggests that the cherubim were composite angelic creatures that always indicated the nearness of God. So here images of them were to be crafted and put on each end of the ark of the covenant to signify that they were there. describes four cherubim as each having human faces, four wings, and parts of different animals for their bodies. Traditions of them appear in the other cultures as well. They serve to guard the holy places and to bear the throne of God. Here they were to be beaten out as part of the lid.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":3964,"verse_id":"EXO.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"The text now shifts to use an imperative with the vav ( ו ) conjunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":3965,"verse_id":"EXO.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"The use of זֶה ( zeh ) repeated here expresses the reciprocal ideas of “the one” and “the other” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 26, §132).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":3966,"verse_id":"EXO.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"The verb means “overshadowing, screening” in the sense of guarding (see 1 Kgs 8:7 ; 1 Chr 28:18 ; see also the account in Gen 3:24 ). The cherubim then signify two things here: by their outstretched wings they form the throne of God who sits above the ark (with the Law under his feet), and by their overshadowing and guarding they signify this as the place of atonement where people must find propitiation to commune with God. Until then they are barred from his presence. See U. Cassuto, Exodus , 330-35.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":3967,"verse_id":"EXO.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.20","text":"Heb “their faces a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A20/2"}
{"id":3968,"verse_id":"EXO.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.20","text":"Heb “the faces of the cherubim will be” (“the cherubim” was moved to the preceding clause for smoother English).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A20/3"}
{"id":3969,"verse_id":"EXO.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.22","text":"The verb is placed here in the text: “and I will speak”; it has been moved in this translation to be closer to the direct object clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A22/2"}
{"id":3970,"verse_id":"EXO.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"“Gold” is an adverbial accusative of material.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":3971,"verse_id":"EXO.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":3972,"verse_id":"EXO.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “which [are] to four of its feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A26/2"}
{"id":3973,"verse_id":"EXO.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “houses”; NAB, NASB “holders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":3974,"verse_id":"EXO.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"The verb is a Niphal perfect with vav consecutive, showing here the intended result: “so that [the table] might be lifted up [by them].” The noun “the table” is introduced by what looks like the sign of the accusative, but here it serves to introduce or emphasize the nominative (see GKC 365 §117. i ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":3975,"verse_id":"EXO.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Or “a deep gold dish.” The four nouns in this list are items associated with the table and its use.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":3976,"verse_id":"EXO.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.29","text":"Or “cups” (NAB, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A29/2"}
{"id":3977,"verse_id":"EXO.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.29","text":"The expression “for pouring out offerings” represents Hebrew אֲשֶׁר יֻסַּךְ בָּהֵן (’ asher yussakh bahen ). This literally says, “which it may be poured out with them,” or “with which [libations] may be poured out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A29/3"}
{"id":3978,"verse_id":"EXO.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.31","text":"The word is מְנֹרָה ( mÿnorah ) – here in construct to a following genitive of material. The main piece was one lampstand, but there were seven lamps on the shaft and its branches. See E. Goodenough, “The Menorah among the Jews of the Roman World,” HUCA 23 (1950/51): 449-92.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A31/2"}
{"id":3979,"verse_id":"EXO.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “will be from/of it”; the referent (“the same piece” of wrought metal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A31/4"}
{"id":3980,"verse_id":"EXO.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “from the sides of it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":3981,"verse_id":"EXO.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “from the second side.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A32/2"}
{"id":3982,"verse_id":"EXO.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.33","text":"The text uses “one” again; “the one…the one” means “the one…and the next” in the distributive sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A33/1"}
{"id":3983,"verse_id":"EXO.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.33","text":"Heb “thus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A33/2"}
{"id":3984,"verse_id":"EXO.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.35","text":"For clarity the phrase “the first” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A35/1"}
{"id":3985,"verse_id":"EXO.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.35","text":"For clarity the phrase “the next” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A35/2"}
{"id":3986,"verse_id":"EXO.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.35","text":"For clarity the phrase “the third” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A35/3"}
{"id":3987,"verse_id":"EXO.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.36","text":"Heb “will be from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A36/1"}
{"id":3988,"verse_id":"EXO.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.37","text":"The word for “lamps” is from the same root as the lampstand, of course. The word is נֵרוֹת ( nerot ). This probably refers to the small saucer-like pottery lamps that are made very simply with the rim pinched over to form a place to lay the wick. The bowl is then filled with olive oil as fuel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A37/1"}
{"id":3989,"verse_id":"EXO.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.37","text":"The translation “set up on” is from the Hebrew verb “bring up.” The construction is impersonal, “and he will bring up,” meaning “one will bring up.” It may mean that people were to fix the lamps on to the shaft and the branches, rather than cause the light to go up (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 277).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A37/2"}
{"id":3990,"verse_id":"EXO.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.37","text":"This is a Hiphil perfect with vav consecutive, from אוֹר (’ or , “light”), and in the causative, “to light, give light.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A37/3"}
{"id":3991,"verse_id":"EXO.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.38","text":"“are to be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A38/2"}
{"id":3992,"verse_id":"EXO.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.39","text":"Heb “a talent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A39/1"}
{"id":3993,"verse_id":"EXO.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.39","text":"The text has “he will make it” or “one will make it.” With no expressed subject it is given a passive translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A39/2"}
{"id":3994,"verse_id":"EXO.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.40","text":"The text uses two imperatives: “see and make.” This can be interpreted as a verbal hendiadys, calling for Moses and Israel to see to it that they make these things correctly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A40/1"}
{"id":3995,"verse_id":"EXO.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.40","text":"The participle is passive, “caused to see,” or, “shown.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2025%3A40/2"}
{"id":3996,"verse_id":"EXO.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"The word order in Hebrew thrusts the direct object to the front for particular emphasis. After the first couple of pieces of furniture are treated (chap. ), attention turns to the tabernacle itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":3997,"verse_id":"EXO.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.1","text":"This is for the adverbial accusative explaining how the dwelling place is to be made.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A1/3"}
{"id":3998,"verse_id":"EXO.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.1","text":"The construction is difficult in this line because of the word order. “Cherubim” is an adverbial accusative explaining how they were to make the curtains. And מַעֲשֵׂה חֹשֵׁב ( ma ’ aseh khoshev ) means literally “work of a designer”; it is in apposition to “cherubim.” The Hebrew participle means “designer” or “deviser” so that one could render this “of artistic designs in weaving” (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 280-81). B. Jacob says that it refers to “artistic weavers” ( Exodus , 789).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A1/5"}
{"id":3999,"verse_id":"EXO.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “one” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":4000,"verse_id":"EXO.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “twenty-eight cubits” long and “four cubits” wide.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":4001,"verse_id":"EXO.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"This is the active participle, not the passive. It would normally be rendered “joining together.” The Bible uses the active because it has the result of the sewing in mind, namely, that every curtain accompanies another (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 348).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":4002,"verse_id":"EXO.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “a woman to her sister,” this form of using nouns to express “one to another” is selected because “curtains” is a feminine noun (see GKC 448 §139. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":4003,"verse_id":"EXO.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.3","text":"The phrase “the other” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A3/3"}
{"id":4004,"verse_id":"EXO.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Here “loops” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":4005,"verse_id":"EXO.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “a woman to her sister.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":4006,"verse_id":"EXO.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “one”; KJV “it shall be one tabernacle”; NRSV “that the tabernacle may be one whole”; NLT “a single unit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":4007,"verse_id":"EXO.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “you will make them”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A7/3"}
{"id":4008,"verse_id":"EXO.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “one”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":4009,"verse_id":"EXO.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “one”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":4010,"verse_id":"EXO.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Literally “cubit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":4011,"verse_id":"EXO.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"See the note on this phrase in Exod 25:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":4012,"verse_id":"EXO.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"There is debate whether the word הַקְּרָשִׁים ( haqqÿrashim ) means “boards” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB) or “frames” (NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV) or “planks” (see Ezek 27:6 ) or “beams,” given the size of them. The literature on this includes M. Haran, “The Priestly Image of the Tabernacle,” HUCA 36 (1965): 192; B. A. Levine, “The Description of the Tabernacle Texts of the Pentateuch,” JAOS 85 (1965): 307-18; J. Morgenstern, “The Ark, the Ephod, and the Tent,” HUCA 17 (1942/43): 153-265; 18 (1943/44): 1-52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":4013,"verse_id":"EXO.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.15","text":"“Wood” is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A15/2"}
{"id":4014,"verse_id":"EXO.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.15","text":"The plural participle “standing” refers to how these items will be situated; they will be vertical rather than horizontal (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 354).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A15/3"}
{"id":4015,"verse_id":"EXO.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “the frame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":4016,"verse_id":"EXO.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.17","text":"Or “being joined each to the other.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A17/2"}
{"id":4017,"verse_id":"EXO.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “on the south side southward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":4018,"verse_id":"EXO.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"The clause is repeated to show the distributive sense; it literally says, “and two bases under the one frame for its two projections.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":4019,"verse_id":"EXO.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Or “westward” (toward the sea).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":4020,"verse_id":"EXO.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “they will be for the two corners.” This is the last clause of the verse, moved forward for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":4021,"verse_id":"EXO.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.30","text":"The noun is מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ), often translated “judgment” or “decision” in other contexts. In those settings it may reflect its basic idea of custom, which here would be reflected with a rendering of “prescribed norm” or “plan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A30/1"}
{"id":4022,"verse_id":"EXO.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Although translated “curtain” (traditionally “veil,” so ASV, NAB, NASB) this is a different word from the one used earlier of the tent curtains, so “special curtain” is used. The word פָרֹכֶת ( farokhet ) seems to be connected with a verb that means “to shut off” and was used with a shrine. This curtain would form a barrier in the approach to God (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 289).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A31/1"}
{"id":4023,"verse_id":"EXO.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.31","text":"The verb is the third masculine singular form, but no subject is expressed. It could be translated “one will make” or as a passive. The verb means “to make,” but probably has the sense of embroidering both here and in v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A31/2"}
{"id":4024,"verse_id":"EXO.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “put it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A32/1"}
{"id":4025,"verse_id":"EXO.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.32","text":"This clause simply says “and their hooks gold,” but is taken as a circumstantial clause telling how the veil will be hung.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A32/2"}
{"id":4026,"verse_id":"EXO.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “on four silver bases.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A32/3"}
{"id":4027,"verse_id":"EXO.26.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.33","text":"The traditional expression is “within the veil,” literally “into the house (or area) of the (special) curtain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A33/1"}
{"id":4028,"verse_id":"EXO.26.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.33","text":"Or “the Holy of Holies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A33/2"}
{"id":4029,"verse_id":"EXO.26.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.36","text":"The word רֹקֵם ( roqem ) refers to someone who made cloth with colors. It is not certain, however, whether the colors were woven into the fabric on the loom or applied with a needle; so “embroiderer” should be understood as an approximation (cf. HALOT 1290-91 s.v. רקם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A36/2"}
{"id":4030,"verse_id":"EXO.26.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":26,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.37","text":"“will be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2026%3A37/1"}
{"id":4031,"verse_id":"EXO.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"The article on this word identifies this as the altar, meaning the main high altar on which the sacrifices would be made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":4032,"verse_id":"EXO.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"The dimensions are five cubits by five cubits by three cubits high.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":4033,"verse_id":"EXO.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “four”; this refers to four sides. S. R. Driver says this is an archaism that means there were four equal sides ( Exodus , 291).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A1/3"}
{"id":4034,"verse_id":"EXO.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “and three cubits its height.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A1/4"}
{"id":4035,"verse_id":"EXO.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"The text has “to all its vessels.” This is the lamed ( ל ) of inclusion according to Gesenius, meaning “all its utensils” (GKC 458 §143. e ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":4036,"verse_id":"EXO.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"The noun מִכְבָּר ( mikhbar ) means “a grating”; it is related to the word that means a “sieve.” This formed a vertical support for the ledge, resting on the ground and supporting its outer edge (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 292).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":4037,"verse_id":"EXO.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"The verb is the verb “to be,” here the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. It is “and it will be” or “that it may be,” or here “that it may come” halfway up.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":4038,"verse_id":"EXO.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “to the half of the altar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":4039,"verse_id":"EXO.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"The verb is a Hophal perfect with vav consecutive: וְהוּבָא ( vÿhuva ’, “and it will be brought”). The particle אֶת (’ et ) here introduces the subject of the passive verb (see a similar use in 21:28 , “and its flesh will not be eaten”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":4040,"verse_id":"EXO.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"The construction is the infinitive construct with bet ( ב ) preposition: “in carrying it.” Here the meaning must be that the poles are not left in the rings, but only put into the rings when they carried it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":4041,"verse_id":"EXO.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"The verb is used impersonally; it reads “just as he showed you.” This form then can be made a passive in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":4042,"verse_id":"EXO.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “thus they will make.” Here too it could be given a passive translation since the subject is not expressed. But “they” would normally refer to the people who will be making this and so can be retained in the translation. sn Nothing is said about the top of the altar. Some commentators suggest, in view of the previous instruction for making an altar out of earth and stone, that when this one was to be used it would be filled up with dirt clods and the animal burnt on the top of that. If the animal was burnt inside it, the wood would quickly burn. A number of recent scholars think this was simply an imagined plan to make a portable altar after the pattern of Solomon’s – but that is an unsatisfactory suggestion. This construction must simply represent a portable frame for the altar in the courtyard, an improvement over the field altar. The purpose and function of the altar are not in question. Here worshipers would make their sacrifices to God in order to find forgiveness and atonement, and in order to celebrate in worship with him. No one could worship God apart from this; no one could approach God apart from this. So too the truths that this altar communicated form the basis and center of all Christian worship. One could word an applicable lesson this way: Believers must ensure that the foundation and center of their worship is the altar, i.e., the sacrificial atonement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":4043,"verse_id":"EXO.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Or “enclosure” (TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":4044,"verse_id":"EXO.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “south side southward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":4045,"verse_id":"EXO.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.9","text":"Or “curtains.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A9/3"}
{"id":4046,"verse_id":"EXO.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":4047,"verse_id":"EXO.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “and thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":4048,"verse_id":"EXO.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"Here the phrase “there will be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":4049,"verse_id":"EXO.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The word literally means “shoulder.” The next words, “of the gate,” have been supplied here and in v. 15 . The east end would contain the courtyard’s entry with a wall of curtains on each side of the entry (see v. 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":4050,"verse_id":"EXO.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"Here “will be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":4051,"verse_id":"EXO.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “shoulder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":4052,"verse_id":"EXO.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"Here the phrase “there will be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":4053,"verse_id":"EXO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"The text uses the passive participle here: they are to “be filleted with silver” or “bound round” with silver.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":4054,"verse_id":"EXO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"Here the phrase “are to be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":4055,"verse_id":"EXO.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “a hundred cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":4056,"verse_id":"EXO.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “fifty.” The text has “and the width fifty [cubits] with fifty.” This means that it is fifty cubits wide on the western end and fifty cubits wide on the eastern end.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A18/2"}
{"id":4057,"verse_id":"EXO.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.18","text":"Here “hangings” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A18/3"}
{"id":4058,"verse_id":"EXO.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.18","text":"Here the phrase “is to be” has been supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A18/4"}
{"id":4059,"verse_id":"EXO.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “to all”; for use of the preposition lamed ( ל ) to show inclusion (all belonging to) see GKC 458 §143. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":4060,"verse_id":"EXO.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"Here “used” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":4061,"verse_id":"EXO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"The form is the imperfect tense with the vav showing a sequence with the first verb: “you will command…that they take.” The verb “take, receive” is used here as before for receiving an offering and bringing it to the sanctuary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":4062,"verse_id":"EXO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “lamp,” which must be a collective singular here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A20/2"}
{"id":4063,"verse_id":"EXO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"The verb is unusual; it is the Hiphil infinitive construct of עָלָה (’ alah ), with the sense here of “to set up” to burn, or “to fix on” as in Exod 25:37 , or “to kindle” (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 370).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":4064,"verse_id":"EXO.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"The LXX has mistakenly rendered this name “the tent of the testimony.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":4065,"verse_id":"EXO.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"The verb is the Hiphil imperative of the root קָרַב ( qarav , “to draw near”). In the present stem the word has religious significance, namely, to present something to God, like an offering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":4066,"verse_id":"EXO.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.1","text":"This entire clause is a translation of the Hebrew לְכַהֲנוֹ־לִי ( lÿkhahano-li , “that he might be a priest to me”), but the form is unusual. The word means “to be a priest” or “to act as a priest.” The etymology of the word for priest, כֹּהֵן ( kohen ), is uncertain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A1/3"}
{"id":4067,"verse_id":"EXO.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"The expression is לְכָבוֹד וּלְתִפְארֶת ( lÿkhavod ulÿtif ’ aret , “for glory and for beauty”). W. C. Kaiser (“Exodus,” EBC 2:465), quoting the NIV’s “to give him dignity and honor,” says that these clothes were to exalt the office of the high priest as well as beautify the worship of God (which explains more of what the text has than the NIV rendering). The meaning of the word “glory” has much to do with the importance of the office, to be sure, but in Exodus the word has been used also for the brilliance of the presence of Yahweh, and so the magnificence of these garments might indeed strike the worshiper with the sense of the exaltation of the service.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":4068,"verse_id":"EXO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “And you, you will speak to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":4069,"verse_id":"EXO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “wise of heart.” The word for “wise” ( חַכְמֵי , khakhme , the plural construct form) is from the word group that is usually translated “wisdom, wise, be wise,” but it has as its basic meaning “skill” or “skillful.” This is the way it is used in 31:3, 6 and 35:10 etc. God gave these people “wisdom” so that they would know how to make these things. The “heart” for the Hebrews is the locus of understanding, the mind and the will. To be “wise of heart” or “wise in heart” means that they had the understanding to do skillful work, they were talented artisans and artists.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":4070,"verse_id":"EXO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.3","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; after the instruction to speak to the wise, this verb, equal to an imperfect, will have the force of purpose.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A3/4"}
{"id":4071,"verse_id":"EXO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.3","text":"Or “to sanctify him” (ASV) or “to consecrate him” (KJV, NASB, NRSV). It is the garments that will set Aaron apart, or sanctify him, not the workers. The expression could be taken to mean “for his consecration” (NIV) since the investiture is part of his being set apart for service.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A3/5"}
{"id":4072,"verse_id":"EXO.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"The word תָּשְׁבֵּץ ( tashbets ), which describes the tunic and which appears only in this verse, is related to a verb (also rare) of the same root in 28:39 that describes making the tunic. Their meaning is uncertain (see the extended discussion in C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:473-75). A related noun describes gold fasteners and the “settings,” or “mountings,” for precious stones ( 28:11, 13, 14, 20, 25; 36:18; 39:6, 13, 16, 18 ; cf. Ps 45:14 ). The word “fitted” in 28:4 reflects the possibility that “the tunic is to be shaped by sewing, … so that it will fit tightly around the body” (C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:475).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A4/3"}
{"id":4073,"verse_id":"EXO.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “and they.” The word “artisans” is supplied as the referent of the pronoun, a connection that is clearer in Hebrew than in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":4074,"verse_id":"EXO.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “receive” or “take.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":4075,"verse_id":"EXO.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Here the Pual perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive provides the purpose clause (equal to a final imperfect); the form follows the use of the active participle, “attached” or more Heb “joining.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":4076,"verse_id":"EXO.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"This is the rendering of the word חֵשֶׁב ( kheshev ), cognate to the word translated “designer” in v. 6 . Since the entire ephod was of the same material, and this was of the same piece, it is unclear why this is singled out as “artistically woven.” Perhaps the word is from another root that just describes the item as a “band.” Whatever the connection, this band was to be of the same material, and the same piece, as the ephod, but perhaps a different pattern (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 301). It is this sash that attaches the ephod to the priest’s body, that is, at the upper border of the ephod and clasped together at the back.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":4077,"verse_id":"EXO.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “from it” but meaning “of one [the same] piece”; the phrase “the ephod” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":4078,"verse_id":"EXO.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Although this is normally translated “Israelites,” here a more literal translation is clearer because it refers to the names of the twelve tribes – the actual sons of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":4079,"verse_id":"EXO.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"This is in apposition to the direct object of the verb “engrave.” It further defines how the names were to be engraved – six on one and the other six on the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":4080,"verse_id":"EXO.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “according to their begettings” (the major word in the book of Genesis). What is meant is that the names would be listed in the order of their ages.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A10/2"}
{"id":4081,"verse_id":"EXO.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “you will mount them” (NRSV similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":4082,"verse_id":"EXO.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “rosettes,” shield-like frames for the stones. The Hebrew word means “to plait, checker.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":4083,"verse_id":"EXO.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “a breastpiece of decision” ( חֹשֶׁן מִשְׁפָּט , khoshen mishpat ; so NAB). The first word, rendered “breastpiece,” is of uncertain etymology. This item was made of material similar to the ephod. It had four rows of three gems on it, bearing the names of the tribes. In it were the urim and thummim. J. P. Hyatt refers to a similar object found in the Egyptian reliefs, including even the twisted gold chains used to hang it from the priest ( Exodus [NCBC], 282).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":4084,"verse_id":"EXO.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “four.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":4085,"verse_id":"EXO.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"“when” is added for clarification (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 375).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":4086,"verse_id":"EXO.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.16","text":"The word זֶרֶת ( zeret ) is half a cubit; it is often translated “span.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A16/3"}
{"id":4087,"verse_id":"EXO.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"For clarity the words “the number of” have been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":4088,"verse_id":"EXO.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"The phrase translated “the engravings of a seal” is an adverbial accusative of manner here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A21/2"}
{"id":4089,"verse_id":"EXO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “give, put.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":4090,"verse_id":"EXO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Here “upper” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":4091,"verse_id":"EXO.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"Here “the other” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":4092,"verse_id":"EXO.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.25","text":"Here “them” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A25/2"}
{"id":4093,"verse_id":"EXO.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.26","text":"Here “other” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A26/1"}
{"id":4094,"verse_id":"EXO.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.27","text":"Here “more” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A27/1"}
{"id":4095,"verse_id":"EXO.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.30","text":"Or “judgment” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV). The term is מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ), the same word that describes the breastpiece that held the two objects. Here it is translated “decisions” since the Urim and Thummim contained in the breastpiece represented the means by which the Lord made decisions for the Israelites. The high priest bore the responsibility of discerning the divine will on matters of national importance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A30/2"}
{"id":4096,"verse_id":"EXO.28.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.31","text":"The מְעִיל ( mÿ ’ il ), according to S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 307), is a long robe worn over the ephod, perhaps open down the front, with sleeves. It is made of finer material than ordinary cloaks because it was to be worn by people in positions of rank.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A31/1"}
{"id":4097,"verse_id":"EXO.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.32","text":"Heb “mouth” or “opening” ( פִּי , pi ; in construct).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A32/1"}
{"id":4098,"verse_id":"EXO.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.32","text":"The “mouth of its head” probably means its neck; it may be rendered “the opening for the head,” except the pronominal suffix would have to refer to Aaron, and that is not immediately within the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A32/2"}
{"id":4099,"verse_id":"EXO.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.32","text":"Or “woven work” (KJV, ASV, NASB), that is, “the work of a weaver.” The expression suggests that the weaving was from the fabric edges itself and not something woven and then added to the robe. It was obviously intended to keep the opening from fraying.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A32/3"}
{"id":4100,"verse_id":"EXO.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.32","text":"The expression כְּפִי תַחְרָא ( kÿfi takhra ’) is difficult. It was early rendered “like the opening of a coat of mail.” It occurs only here and in the parallel 39:23 . Tg. Onq. has “coat of mail.” S. R. Driver suggests “a linen corselet,” after the Greek ( Exodus , 308). See J. Cohen, “A Samaritan Authentication of the Rabbinic Interpretation of kephi tahra’ ,” VT 24 (1974): 361-66.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A32/4"}
{"id":4101,"verse_id":"EXO.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.32","text":"The verb is the Niphal imperfect, here given the nuance of potential imperfect. Here it serves in a final clause (purpose/result), introduced only by the negative (see GKC 503-4 §165. a ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A32/5"}
{"id":4102,"verse_id":"EXO.28.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.33","text":"The text repeats the idea: “you will make for its hem…all around its hem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A33/2"}
{"id":4103,"verse_id":"EXO.28.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.34","text":"The words “the pattern is to be” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A34/1"}
{"id":4104,"verse_id":"EXO.28.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.35","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the robe) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A35/1"}
{"id":4105,"verse_id":"EXO.28.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.35","text":"The form is a Piel infinitive construct with the lamed ( ל ) preposition: “to minister” or “to serve.” It may be taken epexegetically here, “while serving,” although S. R. Driver takes it as a purpose, “in order that he may minister” ( Exodus , 308). The point then would be that he dare not enter into the Holy Place without wearing it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A35/2"}
{"id":4106,"verse_id":"EXO.28.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.36","text":"The word צִּיץ ( tsits ) seems to mean “a shining thing” and so here a plate of metal. It originally meant “flower,” but they could not write on a flower. So it must have the sense of something worn openly, visible, and shining. The Rabbinic tradition says it was two fingers wide and stretched from ear to ear, but this is an attempt to give details that the Law does not give (see B. Jacob, Exodus , 818).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A36/1"}
{"id":4107,"verse_id":"EXO.28.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.36","text":"Heb “the engravings of a seal”; this phrase is an adverbial accusative of manner.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A36/2"}
{"id":4108,"verse_id":"EXO.28.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.37","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows the same at the beginning of the verse. Since the first verb is equal to the imperfect of instruction, this could be as well, but it is more likely to be subordinated to express the purpose of the former.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A37/1"}
{"id":4109,"verse_id":"EXO.28.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.37","text":"Heb “it will be,” an instruction imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A37/2"}
{"id":4110,"verse_id":"EXO.28.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.38","text":"The construction “the iniquity of the holy things” is difficult. “Holy things” is explained in the passage by all the gifts the people bring and consecrate to Yahweh. But there will inevitably be iniquity involved. U. Cassuto explains that Aaron “will atone for all the transgressions committed in connection with the order of the service, the purity of the consecrated things, or the use of the holy gifts, for the declaration engraved on the plate will prove that everything was intended to be holy to the Lord , and if aught was done irregularly, the intention at least was good” ( Exodus , 385).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A38/1"}
{"id":4111,"verse_id":"EXO.28.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.38","text":"The clause reads: “according to/by all the gifts of their holiness.” The genitive is an attributive genitive, the suffix on it referring to the whole bound construction – “their holy gifts.” The idea of the line is that the people will consecrate as holy things gifts they bring to the sanctuary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A38/2"}
{"id":4112,"verse_id":"EXO.28.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.38","text":"This clause is the infinitive construct with the lamed preposition, followed by the prepositional phrase: “for acceptance for them.” This infinitive provides the purpose or result of the act of wearing the dedicatory frontlet – that they will be acceptable.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A38/3"}
{"id":4113,"verse_id":"EXO.28.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.39","text":"It is difficult to know how to translate וְשִׁבַּצְּתָּ ( vÿshibbatsta ); it is a Piel perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, and so equal to the imperfect of instruction. Some have thought that this verb describes a type of weaving and that the root may indicate that the cloth had something of a pattern to it by means of alternate weaving of the threads. It was the work of a weaver ( 39:27 ) and not so detailed as certain other fabrics ( 26:1 ), but it was more than plain weaving (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 310). Here, however, it may be that the fabric is assumed to be in existence and that the action has to do with sewing (C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:475, 517).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A39/1"}
{"id":4114,"verse_id":"EXO.28.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.41","text":"Heb “fill their hand.” As a result of this installation ceremony they will be officially designated for the work. It seems likely that the concept derives from the notion of putting the priestly responsibilities under their control (i.e., “filling their hands” with work). See note on the phrase “ordained seven days” in Lev 8:33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A41/2"}
{"id":4115,"verse_id":"EXO.28.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.41","text":"Traditionally “sanctify them” (KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A41/3"}
{"id":4116,"verse_id":"EXO.28.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.42","text":"Heb “naked flesh” (so NAB, NRSV); KJV “nakedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A42/1"}
{"id":4117,"verse_id":"EXO.28.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.42","text":"Heb “be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A42/2"}
{"id":4118,"verse_id":"EXO.28.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.43","text":"The construction for this temporal clause is the infinitive construct with the temporal preposition bet ( ב ) and the suffixed subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A43/1"}
{"id":4119,"verse_id":"EXO.28.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.43","text":"This construction is also the temporal clause with the infinitive construct and the temporal preposition bet ( ב ) and the suffixed subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A43/2"}
{"id":4120,"verse_id":"EXO.28.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.43","text":"The text has וְלאֹ־יִשְׂאוּ עָוֹן וָמֵתוּ ( vÿlo ’ -yis ’ u ’ avon vametu ). The imperfect tense here introduces a final clause, yielding a purpose or result translation (“in order that” or “so that”). The last verb is the perfect tense with the vav consecutive, and so it too is equal to a final imperfect – but it would show the result of bearing the iniquity. The idea is that if they approached the holy things with a lack of modesty, perhaps like the pagans who have nakedness and sexuality as part of the religious ritual, they would pollute the holy things, and it would be reckoned to them for iniquity and they would die.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A43/3"}
{"id":4121,"verse_id":"EXO.28.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":28,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.43","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2028%3A43/4"}
{"id":4122,"verse_id":"EXO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “the thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":4123,"verse_id":"EXO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.1","text":"Literally: “take one bull, a ‘son’ of the herd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A1/3"}
{"id":4124,"verse_id":"EXO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.1","text":"The word תָּמִים ( tamim ) means “perfect.” The animals could not have diseases or be crippled or blind (see ). The requirement was designed to ensure that the people would give the best they had to Yahweh. The typology pointed to the sinless Messiah who would fulfill all these sacrifices in his one sacrifice on the cross.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A1/4"}
{"id":4125,"verse_id":"EXO.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"Or “anointed” (KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":4126,"verse_id":"EXO.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.2","text":"The “fine flour” is here an adverbial accusative, explaining the material from which these items were made. The flour is to be finely sifted, and from the wheat, not the barley, which was often the material used by the poor. Fine flour, no leaven, and perfect animals, without blemishes, were to be gathered for this service.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A2/3"}
{"id":4127,"verse_id":"EXO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"The verb קָרַב ( qarav ) in the Hiphil means to “bring near” to the altar, or, to offer something to God. These gifts will, therefore, be offered to him for the service of this ritual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":4128,"verse_id":"EXO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “and with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":4129,"verse_id":"EXO.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Here too the verb is Hiphil (now imperfect) meaning “bring near” the altar. The choice of this verb indicates that they were not merely being brought near, but that they were being formally presented to Yahweh as the offerings were.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":4130,"verse_id":"EXO.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"The Hiphil of לָבַשׁ ( lavash , “to clothe”) will take double accusatives; so the sign of the accusative is with Aaron, and then with the articles of clothing. The translation will have to treat Aaron as the direct object and the articles as indirect objects, because Aaron receives the prominence in the verse – you will clothe Aaron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":4131,"verse_id":"EXO.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"The verb used in this last clause is a denominative verb from the word for ephod. And so “ephod the ephod on him” means “fasten as an ephod the ephod on him” (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 316).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":4132,"verse_id":"EXO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Hebrew has both the objective pronoun “them” and the names “Aaron and his sons.” Neither the LXX nor Leviticus 8:13 has “Aaron and his sons,” suggesting that this may have been a later gloss in the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":4133,"verse_id":"EXO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “and you will fill the hand” and so “consecrate” or “ordain.” The verb draws together the individual acts of the process.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":4134,"verse_id":"EXO.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"The verb is singular, agreeing with the first of the compound subject – Aaron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":4135,"verse_id":"EXO.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"The phrase “rest of” has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":4136,"verse_id":"EXO.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"S. R. Driver suggests that this is the appendix or an appendix, both here and in v. 22 ( Exodus , 320). “The surplus, the appendage of liver, found with cow, sheep, or goat, but not with humans: Lobus caudatus” ( HALOT 453 s.v. יֹתֶרֶת ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":4137,"verse_id":"EXO.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “turn [them] into sweet smoke” since the word is used for burning incense. sn The giving of the visceral organs and the fat has received various explanations. The fat represented the best, and the best was to go to God. If the animal is a substitute, then the visceral organs represent the will of the worshiper in an act of surrender to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":4138,"verse_id":"EXO.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “burn with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":4139,"verse_id":"EXO.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “turn to sweet smoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":4140,"verse_id":"EXO.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.18","text":"The word אִשֶּׁה (’ isheh ) has traditionally been translated “an offering made with fire” or the like, because it appears so obviously connected with fire. But further evidence from Ugaritic suggests that it might only mean “a gift” (see Milgrom, Leviticus 1-16 , 161).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A18/3"}
{"id":4141,"verse_id":"EXO.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Here “it” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":4142,"verse_id":"EXO.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"The verb in this instance is Qal and not Piel, “to be holy” rather than “sanctify.” The result of all this ritual is that Aaron and his sons will be set aside and distinct in their life and their service.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":4143,"verse_id":"EXO.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"S. R. Driver suggests that this is the appendix or an appendix, both here and in v. 13 ( Exodus , 320). “The surplus, the appendage of liver, found with cow, sheep, or goat, but not with humans: Lobus caudatus” ( HALOT 453 s.v. יֹתֶרֶת ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":4144,"verse_id":"EXO.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “filling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A22/2"}
{"id":4145,"verse_id":"EXO.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “the whole” or “the all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":4146,"verse_id":"EXO.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “palms.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A24/2"}
{"id":4147,"verse_id":"EXO.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.24","text":"The “wave offering” is תְּנוּפָה ( tÿnufah ); it is, of course, cognate with the verb, but an adverbial accusative rather than the direct object. In this seems to be a sacrificial gesture of things that are for the priests – but they present them first to Yahweh and then receive them back from him. So the waving is not side to side, but forward to Yahweh and then back to the priest. Here it is just an induction into that routine, since this is the ordination of the priests and the gifts are not yet theirs. So this will all be burned on the altar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A24/3"}
{"id":4148,"verse_id":"EXO.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"“turn to sweet smoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":4149,"verse_id":"EXO.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"“them” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":4150,"verse_id":"EXO.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"The construction is an infinitive construct with a lamed ( ל ) preposition. The form simply means “for anointing,” but it serves to express the purpose or result of their inheriting the sacred garments.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A29/1"}
{"id":4151,"verse_id":"EXO.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.29","text":"This form is a Piel infinitive construct with a lamed ( ל ) preposition. It literally reads “for filling the hands,” the idiom used throughout this chapter for ordination or installation. Here too it has a parallel use of purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A29/2"}
{"id":4152,"verse_id":"EXO.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “after him”; NCV, NLT “after Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A30/1"}
{"id":4153,"verse_id":"EXO.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.30","text":"The text just has the relative pronoun and the imperfect tense. It could be translated “who comes/enters.” But the context seems to indicate that this would be when he first comes to the tent to begin his tenure as High Priest, and so a temporal clause makes this clear. “First” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A30/2"}
{"id":4154,"verse_id":"EXO.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.30","text":"“Seven days” is an adverbial accusative of time. The ritual of ordination is to be repeated for seven days, and so they are to remain there in the court in full dress.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A30/3"}
{"id":4155,"verse_id":"EXO.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.31","text":"Or “boil” (see Lev 8:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A31/1"}
{"id":4156,"verse_id":"EXO.29.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.33","text":"The clause is a relative clause modifying “those things,” the direct object of the verb “eat.” The relative clause has a resumptive pronoun: “which atonement was made by them” becomes “by which atonement was made.” The verb is a Pual perfect of כִּפֵּר ( kipper , “to expiate, atone, pacify”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A33/1"}
{"id":4157,"verse_id":"EXO.29.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.33","text":"The Hebrew word is “stranger, alien” ( זָר , zar ). But in this context it means anyone who is not a priest (see S. R. Driver, Exodus , 324).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A33/2"}
{"id":4158,"verse_id":"EXO.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.34","text":"Or “ordination offerings” ( Heb “fillings”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A34/1"}
{"id":4159,"verse_id":"EXO.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.34","text":"The verb in the conditional clause is a Niphal imperfect of יָתַר ( yatar ); this verb is repeated in the next clause (as a Niphal participle) as the direct object of the verb “you will burn” (a Qal perfect with a vav [ ו ] consecutive to form the instruction).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A34/2"}
{"id":4160,"verse_id":"EXO.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.34","text":"Heb “burn with fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A34/3"}
{"id":4161,"verse_id":"EXO.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.34","text":"The verb is a Niphal imperfect negated. It expresses the prohibition against eating this, but in the passive voice: “it will not be eaten,” or stronger, “it must not be eaten.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A34/4"}
{"id":4162,"verse_id":"EXO.29.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.35","text":"Heb “you will fill their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A35/1"}
{"id":4163,"verse_id":"EXO.29.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.35","text":"The “seven days” is the adverbial accusative explaining that the ritual of the filling should continue daily for a week. Leviticus makes it clear that they are not to leave the sanctuary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A35/2"}
{"id":4164,"verse_id":"EXO.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.36","text":"The construction uses a genitive: “a bull of the sin offering,” which means, a bull that is designated for a sin (or better, purification) offering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A36/1"}
{"id":4165,"verse_id":"EXO.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.36","text":"The verb is וְחִטֵּאתָ ( vÿhitte ’ ta ), a Piel perfect of the word usually translated “to sin.” Here it may be interpreted as a privative Piel (as in Ps 51:7 [9]), with the sense of “un-sin” or “remove sin.” It could also be interpreted as related to the word for “sin offering,” and so be a denominative verb. It means “to purify, cleanse.” The Hebrews understood that sin and contamination could corrupt and pollute even things, and so they had to be purged.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A36/3"}
{"id":4166,"verse_id":"EXO.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.36","text":"The construction is a Piel infinitive construct in an adverbial clause. The preposition bet ( ב ) that begins the clause could be taken as a temporal preposition, but in this context it seems to express the means by which the altar was purged of contamination – “in your making atonement” is “by [your] making atonement.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A36/4"}
{"id":4167,"verse_id":"EXO.29.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.37","text":"Once again this is an adverbial accusative of time. Each day for seven days the ritual at the altar is to be followed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A37/1"}
{"id":4168,"verse_id":"EXO.29.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.37","text":"The construction is the superlative genitive: “holy of holies,” or “most holy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A37/2"}
{"id":4169,"verse_id":"EXO.29.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.38","text":"The verb is “you will do,” “you will make.” It clearly refers to offering the animals on the altar, but may emphasize all the preparation that was involved in the process.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A38/1"}
{"id":4170,"verse_id":"EXO.29.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.39","text":"Heb “between the two evenings” or “between the two settings” ( בֵּין הָעַרְבָּיִם , ben ha ’ arbayim ). This expression has had a good deal of discussion. (1) Tg. Onq. says “between the two suns,” which the Talmud explains as the time between the sunset and the time the stars become visible. More technically, the first “evening” would be the time between sunset and the appearance of the crescent moon, and the second “evening” the next hour, or from the appearance of the crescent moon to full darkness (see Deut 16:6 – “at the going down of the sun”). (2) Saadia, Rashi, and Kimchi say the first evening is when the sun begins to decline in the west and cast its shadows, and the second evening is the beginning of night. (3) The view adopted by the Pharisees and the Talmudists ( b. Pesahim 61a) is that the first evening is when the heat of the sun begins to decrease, and the second evening begins at sunset, or, roughly from 3-5 p.m. The Mishnah ( m. Pesahim 5:1) indicates the lamb was killed about 2:30 p.m. – anything before noon was not valid. S. R. Driver concludes from this survey that the first view is probably the best, although the last view was the traditionally accepted one ( Exodus , 89-90). Late afternoon or early evening seems to be intended, the time of twilight perhaps.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A39/1"}
{"id":4171,"verse_id":"EXO.29.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.40","text":"The phrase “of an ephah” has been supplied for clarity (cf. Num 28:5 ). The ephah was a commonly used dry measure whose capacity is now uncertain: “Quotations given for the ephah vary from ca. 45 to 20 liters” (C. Houtman, Exodus , 2:340-41).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A40/1"}
{"id":4172,"verse_id":"EXO.29.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.40","text":"“Hin” is a transliterated Hebrew word that seems to have an Egyptian derivation. The amount of liquid measured by a hin is uncertain: “Its presumed capacity varies from about 3,5 liters to 7,5 liters” (C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:550).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A40/2"}
{"id":4173,"verse_id":"EXO.29.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.42","text":"The translation has “regular” instead of “continually,” because they will be preparing this twice a day.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A42/1"}
{"id":4174,"verse_id":"EXO.29.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.42","text":"The relative clause identifies the place in front of the Tent as the place that Yahweh would meet Moses. The main verb of the clause is אִוָּעֵד (’ ivva ’ ed ), a Niphal imperfect of the verb יָעַד ( ya ’ ad ), the verb that is cognate to the name “tent of meeting” – hence the name. This clause leads into the next four verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A42/2"}
{"id":4175,"verse_id":"EXO.29.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.43","text":"The verb now is a Niphal perfect from the same root, with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. It simply continues the preceding verb, announcing now that he would meet the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A43/1"}
{"id":4176,"verse_id":"EXO.29.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.43","text":"Or “will be sanctified by my glory” (KJV and ASV both similar). sn The tabernacle, as well as the priests and the altar, will be sanctified by the power of Yahweh’s presence. The reference here is to when Yahweh enters the sanctuary in all his glory (see Exod 40:34 f.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A43/2"}
{"id":4177,"verse_id":"EXO.29.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.44","text":"This verse affirms the same point as the last, but now with an active verb: “I will set apart as holy” (or “I will sanctify”). This verse, then, probably introduces the conclusion of the chapter: “So I will….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A44/1"}
{"id":4178,"verse_id":"EXO.29.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":29,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.45","text":"The verb has the root שָׁכַן ( shakan ), from which came the word for the dwelling place, or sanctuary, itself ( מִשְׁכָּן , mishkan ). It is also used for the description of “the Shekinah glory.” God is affirming that he will reside in the midst of his people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2029%3A45/1"}
{"id":4179,"verse_id":"EXO.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"The expression is מִזְבֵּחַ מִקְטַר קְטֹרֶת ( mizbeakh miqtar qÿtoret ), either “an altar, namely an altar of incense,” or “an altar, [for] burning incense.” The second noun is “altar of incense,” although some suggest it is an active noun meaning “burning.” If the former, then it is in apposition to the word for “altar” (which is not in construct). The last noun is “incense” or “sweet smoke.” It either qualifies the “altar of incense” or serves as the object of the active noun. B. Jacob says that in order to designate that this altar be used only for incense, the Torah prepared the second word for this passage alone. It specifies the kind of altar this is ( Exodus , 828).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":4180,"verse_id":"EXO.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.1","text":"This is an adverbial accusative explaining the material used in building the altar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A1/3"}
{"id":4181,"verse_id":"EXO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “a cubit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":4182,"verse_id":"EXO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “two cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":4183,"verse_id":"EXO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “its horns from it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A2/3"}
{"id":4184,"verse_id":"EXO.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “roof.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":4185,"verse_id":"EXO.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “its walls around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":4186,"verse_id":"EXO.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “and make for it border gold around.” The verb is a consecutive perfect. See Exod 25:11 , where the ark also has such a molding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A3/3"}
{"id":4187,"verse_id":"EXO.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “And it”; this refers to the rings collectively in their placement on the box, and so the word “rings” has been used to clarify the referent for the modern reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":4188,"verse_id":"EXO.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “for houses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A4/3"}
{"id":4189,"verse_id":"EXO.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"The text uses a cognate accusative (“incense”) with the verb “to burn” or “to make into incense/sweet smoke.” Then, the noun “sweet spices” is added in apposition to clarify the incense as sweet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":4190,"verse_id":"EXO.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"The Hebrew is בְּהֵיטִיבוֹ ( bÿhetivo ), a Hiphil infinitive construct serving in a temporal clause. The Hebrew verb means “to make good” and so in this context “to fix” or “to dress.” This refers to cleansing and trimming the lamps.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":4191,"verse_id":"EXO.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"The word “atonements” (plural in Hebrew) is a genitive showing the result or product of the sacrifice made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":4192,"verse_id":"EXO.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.11","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying.” This full means for introducing a quotation from the Lord is used again in 30:17, 22; 31:1; and 40:1 . It appears first in 6:10 . Cynthia L. Miller discusses its use in detail ( The Representation of Speech in Biblical Hebrew Narrative , 373-86).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A11/2"}
{"id":4193,"verse_id":"EXO.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"The expression is “when you take [lift up] the sum [head] of the Israelites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":4194,"verse_id":"EXO.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"The form is לִפְקֻדֵיהֶם ( lifqudehem , “according to those that are numbered of/by them”) from the verb פָּקַד ( paqad , “to visit”). But the idea of this word seems more to be that of changing or determining the destiny, and so “appoint” and “number” become clear categories of meaning for the word. Here it simply refers to the census, but when this word is used for a census it often involves mustering an army for a military purpose. Here there is no indication of a war, but it may be laying down the principle that when they should do this, here is the price. B. Jacob ( Exodus , 835) uses as a good illustration, showing that the warrior was essentially a murderer, if he killed anyone in battle. For this reason his blood was forfeit; if he survived he must pay a כֹּפֶר ( kofer ) because every human life possesses value and must be atoned for. The payment during the census represented a “presumptive ransom” so that they could not be faulted for what they might do in war.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":4195,"verse_id":"EXO.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.12","text":"The “ransom” is כֹּפֶר ( kofer ), a word related to words translated “atone” and “atonement.” Here the noun refers to what is paid for the life. The idea is that of delivering or redeeming by a substitute – here the substitute is the money. If they paid the amount, their lives would be safe (W. C. Kaiser, Jr., “Exodus,” EBC 2:473).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A12/3"}
{"id":4196,"verse_id":"EXO.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.12","text":"The temporal clause uses a preposition, an infinitive construct, and then an accusative. The subject is supplied: “in numbering them” means “when [you] number them.” The verb could also be rendered “when you muster them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A12/4"}
{"id":4197,"verse_id":"EXO.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.13","text":"Or “contribution” ( תְּרוּמָה , tÿrumah ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A13/4"}
{"id":4198,"verse_id":"EXO.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.15","text":"Or “pay more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A15/1"}
{"id":4199,"verse_id":"EXO.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.15","text":"The form is לָתֵת ( latet ), the Qal infinitive construct with the lamed preposition. The infinitive here is explaining the preceding verbs. They are not to increase or diminish the amount “in paying the offering.” The construction approximates a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A15/2"}
{"id":4200,"verse_id":"EXO.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “the silver of the atonements.” The genitive here is the result (as in “sheep of slaughter”) telling what the money will be used for (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 11, §44).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":4201,"verse_id":"EXO.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.16","text":"The infinitive could be taken in a couple of ways here. It could be an epexegetical infinitive: “making atonement.” Or it could be the infinitive expressing result: “so that atonement will be made for your lives.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A16/4"}
{"id":4202,"verse_id":"EXO.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":4203,"verse_id":"EXO.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “and its stand bronze.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":4204,"verse_id":"EXO.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.18","text":"The form is the adverb “there” with the directive qamets-he ( ָה ) .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A18/3"}
{"id":4205,"verse_id":"EXO.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"That is, from water from it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":4206,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"The form is an infinitive construct with the temporal preposition bet ( ב ), and a suffixed subjective genitive: “in their going in,” or, whenever they enter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":4207,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.20","text":"“Water” is an adverbial accusative of means, and so is translated “with water.” Gesenius classifies this with verbs of “covering with something.” But he prefers to emend the text with a preposition (see GKC 369 §117. y , n. 1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/2"}
{"id":4208,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.20","text":"The verb is a Qal imperfect with a nuance of final imperfect. The purpose/result clause here is indicated only with the conjunction: “and they do not die.” But clearly from the context this is the intended result of their washing – it is in order that they not die.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/3"}
{"id":4209,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.20","text":"Here, too, the infinitive is used in a temporal clause construction. The verb נָגַשׁ ( nagash ) is the common verb used for drawing near to the altar to make offerings – the official duties of the priest.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/4"}
{"id":4210,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.20","text":"The text uses two infinitives construct: “to minister to burn incense”; the first is the general term and expresses the purpose of the drawing near, and the second infinitive is epexegetical, explaining the first infinitive.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/5"}
{"id":4211,"verse_id":"EXO.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"30.20","text":"The translation “as an offering made by fire” is a standard rendering of the one word in the text that appears to refer to “fire.” Milgrom and others contend that it simply means a “gift” ( Leviticus 1-16 , 161).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A20/6"}
{"id":4212,"verse_id":"EXO.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “and [then] they will wash.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A21/1"}
{"id":4213,"verse_id":"EXO.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.21","text":"The verb is “it will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A21/2"}
{"id":4214,"verse_id":"EXO.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “for his seed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A21/3"}
{"id":4215,"verse_id":"EXO.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.21","text":"Or “for generations to come”; it literally is “to their generations.” sn The symbolic meaning of washing has been taught throughout the ages. This was a practical matter of cleaning hands and feet, but it was also symbolic of purification before Yahweh. It was an outward sign of inner spiritual cleansing, or forgiveness. Jesus washed the disciples feet () to show this same teaching; he asked the disciples if they knew what he had done (so it was more than washing feet). In this passage the theological points for the outline would be these: I. God provides the means of cleansing; II. Cleansing is a prerequisite for participating in the worship, and III. (Believers) priests must regularly appropriate God’s provision of cleansing.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A21/4"}
{"id":4216,"verse_id":"EXO.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":4217,"verse_id":"EXO.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"The construction uses the imperative “take,” but before it is the independent pronoun to add emphasis to it. After the imperative is the ethical dative (lit. “to you”) to stress the task to Moses as a personal responsibility: “and you, take to yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":4218,"verse_id":"EXO.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.23","text":"Heb “spices head.” This must mean the chief spices, or perhaps the top spice, meaning fine spices or choice spices. See Song 4:14 ; Ezek 27:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A23/2"}
{"id":4219,"verse_id":"EXO.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.23","text":"Or “500 shekels.” Verse 24 specifies that the sanctuary shekel was the unit for weighing the spices. The total of 1500 shekels for the four spices is estimated at between 77 and 100 pounds, or 17 to 22 kilograms, depending on how much a shekel weighed (C. Houtman, Exodus , 3:576).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A23/3"}
{"id":4220,"verse_id":"EXO.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"The words “all weighed” are added for clarity in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":4221,"verse_id":"EXO.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.24","text":"Or “a hin.” A hin of oil is estimated at around one gallon (J. Durham, Exodus [WBC], 3:406).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A24/2"}
{"id":4222,"verse_id":"EXO.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":4223,"verse_id":"EXO.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.25","text":"The word “oil” is an adverbial accusative, indicating the product that results from the verb (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , §52).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A25/2"}
{"id":4224,"verse_id":"EXO.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.25","text":"The somewhat rare words rendered “a perfumed compound” are both associated with a verbal root having to do with mixing spices and other ingredients to make fragrant ointments. They are used with the next phrase, “the work of a perfumer,” to describe the finished oil as a special mixture of aromatic spices and one requiring the knowledge and skills of an experienced maker.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A25/3"}
{"id":4225,"verse_id":"EXO.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.29","text":"The verb is a Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive; in this verse it is summarizing or explaining what the anointing has accomplished. This is the effect of the anointing (see Exod 29:36 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A29/1"}
{"id":4226,"verse_id":"EXO.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.29","text":"This is the superlative genitive again, Heb “holy of holies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A29/2"}
{"id":4227,"verse_id":"EXO.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.29","text":"See Exod 29:37 ; as before, this could refer to anything or anyone touching the sanctified items.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A29/3"}
{"id":4228,"verse_id":"EXO.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.30","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive follows the imperfect of instruction; it may be equal to the instruction, but more likely shows the purpose or result of the act.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A30/1"}
{"id":4229,"verse_id":"EXO.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.32","text":"Without an expressed subject, the verb may be treated as a passive. Any common use, as in personal hygiene, would be a complete desecration.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A32/1"}
{"id":4230,"verse_id":"EXO.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “a stranger,” meaning someone not ordained a priest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A33/1"}
{"id":4231,"verse_id":"EXO.30.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.34","text":"The construction is “take to you,” which could be left in that literal sense, but more likely the suffix is an ethical dative, stressing the subject of the imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A34/1"}
{"id":4232,"verse_id":"EXO.30.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.34","text":"The word “spice is repeated here, suggesting that the first three formed half of the ingredient and this spice the other half – but this is conjecture (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 400).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A34/5"}
{"id":4233,"verse_id":"EXO.30.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"30.34","text":"Heb “of each part there will be an equal part.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A34/6"}
{"id":4234,"verse_id":"EXO.30.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.35","text":"This is an accusative of result or product.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A35/1"}
{"id":4235,"verse_id":"EXO.30.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.35","text":"The word is in apposition to “incense,” further defining the kind of incense that is to be made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A35/2"}
{"id":4236,"verse_id":"EXO.30.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.35","text":"The word מְמֻלָּח ( mÿmullakh ), a passive participle, is usually taken to mean “salted.” Since there is no meaning like that for the Pual form, the word probably should be taken as “mixed,” as in Rashi and Tg. Onq. Seasoning with salt would work if it were food, but since it is not food, if it means “salted” it would be a symbol of what was sound and whole for the covenant. Some have thought that it would have helped the incense burn quickly with more smoke.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A35/3"}
{"id":4237,"verse_id":"EXO.30.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":30,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.38","text":"Or to smell it, to use for the maker’s own pleasure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2030%3A38/1"}
{"id":4238,"verse_id":"EXO.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":4239,"verse_id":"EXO.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “called by name.” This expression means that the person was specifically chosen for some important task (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 342). See the expression with Cyrus in Isa 45:3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":4240,"verse_id":"EXO.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “and in all work”; “all” means “all kinds of” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A3/3"}
{"id":4241,"verse_id":"EXO.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"The expression is לַחְשֹׁב מַחֲשָׁבֹת ( lakhshov makhashavot , “to devise devices”). The infinitive emphasizes that Bezalel will be able to design or plan works that are artistic or skillful. He will think thoughts or devise the plans, and then he will execute them in silver or stone or whatever other material he uses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":4242,"verse_id":"EXO.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"The expression uses the independent personal pronoun (“and I”) with the deictic particle (“behold”) to enforce the subject of the verb – “and I, indeed I have given.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":4243,"verse_id":"EXO.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “and in the heart of all that are wise-hearted I have put wisdom.” sn The verse means that there were a good number of very skilled and trained artisans that could come to do the work that God wanted done. But God’s Spirit further endowed them with additional wisdom and skill for the work that had to be done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A6/2"}
{"id":4244,"verse_id":"EXO.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.6","text":"The form is a perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive. The form at this place shows the purpose or the result of what has gone before, and so it is rendered “that they may make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A6/3"}
{"id":4245,"verse_id":"EXO.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “all the vessels of the tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":4246,"verse_id":"EXO.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “and Yahweh said ( אָמַר , ’ amar ) to Moses, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":4247,"verse_id":"EXO.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.13","text":"Or “your sanctifier.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A13/2"}
{"id":4248,"verse_id":"EXO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"This clause is all from one word, a Piel plural participle with a third, feminine suffix: מְחַלְלֶיהָ ( mÿkhalleha , “defilers of it”). This form serves as the subject of the sentence. The word חָלַל ( khalal ) is the antonym of קָדַשׁ ( qadash , “to be holy”). It means “common, profane,” and in the Piel stem “make common, profane” or “defile.” Treating the Sabbath like an ordinary day would profane it, make it common.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":4249,"verse_id":"EXO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.14","text":"This is the asseverative use of כִּי ( ki ) meaning “surely, indeed,” for it restates the point just made (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §449).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A14/2"}
{"id":4250,"verse_id":"EXO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “the one who does.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A14/3"}
{"id":4251,"verse_id":"EXO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.14","text":"“any” has been supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A14/4"}
{"id":4252,"verse_id":"EXO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.14","text":"Literally “her” (a feminine pronoun agreeing with “soul/life,” which is grammatically feminine).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A14/5"}
{"id":4253,"verse_id":"EXO.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time, indicating that work may be done for six days out of the week.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":4254,"verse_id":"EXO.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.15","text":"The form is a Niphal imperfect; it has the nuance of permission in this sentence, for the sentence is simply saying that the six days are work days – that is when work may be done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A15/2"}
{"id":4255,"verse_id":"EXO.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.15","text":"The expression is שַׁבַּת שַׁבָּתוֹן ( shabbat shabbaton ), “a Sabbath of entire rest,” or better, “a sabbath of complete desisting” (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 404). The second noun, the modifying genitive, is an abstract noun. The repetition provides the superlative idea that complete rest is the order of the day.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A15/3"}
{"id":4256,"verse_id":"EXO.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"The expression again forms an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":4257,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.1","text":"The meaning of this verb is properly “caused shame,” meaning cause disappointment because he was not coming back (see also Judg 5:28 for the delay of Sisera’s chariots [S. R. Driver, Exodus , 349]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/2"}
{"id":4258,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.1","text":"The infinitive construct with the lamed ( ל ) preposition is used here epexegetically, explaining the delay of Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/3"}
{"id":4259,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/4"}
{"id":4260,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.1","text":"The imperative means “arise.” It could be serving here as an interjection, getting Aaron’s attention. But it might also have the force of prompting him to get busy.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/5"}
{"id":4261,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"32.1","text":"The plural translation is required here (although the form itself could be singular in meaning) because the verb that follows in the relative clause is a plural verb – that they go before us).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/6"}
{"id":4262,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"32.1","text":"The text has “this Moses.” But this instance may find the demonstrative used in an earlier deictic sense, especially since there is no article with it.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/7"}
{"id":4263,"verse_id":"EXO.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"32.1","text":"The interrogative is used in an indirect question (see GKC 443-44 §137. c ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A1/8"}
{"id":4264,"verse_id":"EXO.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"This “all” is a natural hyperbole in the narrative, for it means the large majority of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":4265,"verse_id":"EXO.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Here “the gold” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":4266,"verse_id":"EXO.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “from their hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":4267,"verse_id":"EXO.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.4","text":"The verb looks similar to יָצַר ( yatsar ), “to form, fashion” by a plan or a design. That is the verb used in Gen 2:7 for Yahweh God forming the man from the dust of the ground. If it is here, it is the reverse, a human – the dust of the ground – trying to form a god or gods. The active participle of this verb in Hebrew is “the potter.” A related noun is the word יֵצֶּר ( yetser ), “evil inclination,” the wicked designs or intent of the human heart ( Gen 6:5 ). But see the discussion by B. S. Childs ( Exodus [OTL], 555-56) on a different reading, one that links the root to a hollow verb meaning “to cast out of metal” (as in 1 Kgs 7:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A4/3"}
{"id":4268,"verse_id":"EXO.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.4","text":"The word could be singular here and earlier; here it would then be “this is your god, O Israel.” However, the use of “these” indicates more than one god was meant by the image. But their statement and their statue, although they do not use the holy name, violate the first two commandments.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A4/5"}
{"id":4269,"verse_id":"EXO.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"The preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is subordinated as a temporal clause to the next preterite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":4270,"verse_id":"EXO.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"The word “this” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":4271,"verse_id":"EXO.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.5","text":"“Before it” means before the deity in the form of the calf. Aaron tried to redirect their worship to Yahweh, but the people had already broken down the barrier and were beyond control (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 413).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A5/3"}
{"id":4272,"verse_id":"EXO.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “called.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A5/4"}
{"id":4273,"verse_id":"EXO.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"The second infinitive is an infinitive absolute. The first is an infinitive construct with a lamed ( ל ) preposition, expressing the purpose of their sitting down. The infinitive absolute that follows cannot take the preposition, but with the conjunction follows the force of the form before it (see GKC 340 §113. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":4274,"verse_id":"EXO.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.6","text":"The form is לְצַחֵק ( lÿtsakheq ), a Piel infinitive construct, giving the purpose of their rising up after the festal meal. On the surface it would seem that with the festival there would be singing and dancing, so that the people were celebrating even though they did not know the reason. W. C. Kaiser says the word means “drunken immoral orgies and sexual play” (“Exodus,” EBC 2:478). That is quite an assumption for this word, but is reflected in some recent English versions (e.g., NCV “got up and sinned sexually”; TEV “an orgy of drinking and sex”). The word means “to play, trifle.” It can have other meanings, depending on its contexts. It is used of Lot when he warned his sons-in-law and appeared as one who “mocked” them; it is also used of Ishmael “playing” with Isaac, which Paul interprets as mocking; it is used of Isaac “playing” with his wife in a manner that revealed to Abimelech that they were not brother and sister, and it is used by Potiphar’s wife to say that her husband brought this slave Joseph in to “mock” them. The most that can be gathered from these is that it is playful teasing, serious mocking, or playful caresses. It might fit with wild orgies, but there is no indication of that in this passage, and the word does not mean it. The fact that they were festive and playing before an idol was sufficient.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A6/2"}
{"id":4275,"verse_id":"EXO.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"The two imperatives could also express one idea: “get down there.” In other words, “Make haste to get down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":4276,"verse_id":"EXO.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"The verb is a perfect tense, reflecting the present perfect nuance: “they have turned aside” and are still disobedient. But the verb is modified with the adverb “quickly” (actually a Piel infinitive absolute). It has been only a matter of weeks since they heard the voice of God prohibiting this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":4277,"verse_id":"EXO.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “and behold” or “and look.” The expression directs attention in order to persuade the hearer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":4278,"verse_id":"EXO.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"The imperative, from the word “to rest” ( נוּחַ , nuakh ), has the sense of “leave me alone, let me be.” It is a directive for Moses not to intercede for the people. B. S. Childs ( Exodus [OTL], 567) reflects the Jewish interpretation that there is a profound paradox in God’s words. He vows the severest punishment but then suddenly conditions it on Moses’ agreement. “Let me alone that I may consume them” is the statement, but the effect is that he has left the door open for intercession. He allows himself to be persuaded – that is what a mediator is for. God could have slammed the door (as when Moses wanted to go into the promised land). Moreover, by alluding to the promise to Abraham God gave Moses the strongest reason to intercede.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":4279,"verse_id":"EXO.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"S. R. Driver ( Exodus , 351) draws on Arabic to show that the meaning of this verb ( חָלָה , khalah ) was properly “make sweet the face” or “stroke the face”; so here “to entreat, seek to conciliate.” In this prayer, Driver adds, Moses urges four motives for mercy: 1) Israel is Yahweh’s people, 2) Israel’s deliverance has demanded great power, 3) the Egyptians would mock if the people now perished, and 4) the oath God made to the fathers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":4280,"verse_id":"EXO.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"The question is rhetorical; it really forms an affirmation that is used here as a reason for the request (see GKC 474 §150. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":4281,"verse_id":"EXO.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “speak, saying.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A12/2"}
{"id":4282,"verse_id":"EXO.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.12","text":"The word “evil” means any kind of life-threatening or fatal calamity. “Evil” is that which hinders life, interrupts life, causes pain to life, or destroys it. The Egyptians would conclude that such a God would have no good intent in taking his people to the desert if now he destroyed them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A12/3"}
{"id":4283,"verse_id":"EXO.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.12","text":"The form is a Piel infinitive construct from כָּלָה ( kalah , “to complete, finish”) but in this stem, “bring to an end, destroy.” As a purpose infinitive this expresses what the Egyptians would have thought of God’s motive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A12/4"}
{"id":4284,"verse_id":"EXO.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.12","text":"The verb “repent, relent” when used of God is certainly an anthropomorphism. It expresses the deep pain that one would have over a situation. Earlier God repented that he had made humans ( Gen 6:6 ). Here Moses is asking God to repent/relent over the judgment he was about to bring, meaning that he should be moved by such compassion that there would be no judgment like that. J. P. Hyatt observes that the Bible uses so many anthropomorphisms because the Israelites conceived of God as a dynamic and living person in a vital relationship with people, responding to their needs and attitudes and actions ( Exodus [NCBC], 307). See H. V. D. Parunak, “A Semantic Survey of NHM ,” Bib 56 (1975): 512-32.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A12/5"}
{"id":4285,"verse_id":"EXO.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “your seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":4286,"verse_id":"EXO.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"“about” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":4287,"verse_id":"EXO.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A13/3"}
{"id":4288,"verse_id":"EXO.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"The disjunctive vav ( ו ) serves here as a circumstantial clause indicator.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":4289,"verse_id":"EXO.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":4290,"verse_id":"EXO.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “the sound of the answering of might,” meaning it is not the sound of shouting in victory (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 418).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A18/2"}
{"id":4291,"verse_id":"EXO.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “the sound of the answering of weakness,” meaning the cry of the defeated (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 415).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A18/3"}
{"id":4292,"verse_id":"EXO.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “answering in song” (a play on the twofold meaning of the word).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A18/4"}
{"id":4293,"verse_id":"EXO.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “and the anger of Moses burned hot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":4294,"verse_id":"EXO.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Here “it” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":4295,"verse_id":"EXO.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.20","text":"Here “it” has been supplied. sn Pouring the ashes into the water running from the mountain in the brook ( Deut 9:21 ) and making them drink it was a type of the bitter water test that tested the wife suspected of unfaithfulness. Here the reaction of the people who drank would indicate guilt or not (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 419).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A20/2"}
{"id":4296,"verse_id":"EXO.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “that on evil it is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":4297,"verse_id":"EXO.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.24","text":"Here “it” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A24/1"}
{"id":4298,"verse_id":"EXO.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"The word is difficult to interpret. There does not seem to be enough evidence to justify the KJV’s translation “naked.” It appears to mean something like “let loose” or “lack restraint” ( Prov 29:18 ). The idea seems to be that the people had broken loose, were undisciplined, and were completely given over to their desires.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":4299,"verse_id":"EXO.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.25","text":"The last two words of the verse read literally “for a whispering among those who rose up against them.” The foes would have mocked and derided them when they heard that they had abandoned the God who had led them out of Egypt (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 354).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A25/2"}
{"id":4300,"verse_id":"EXO.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.26","text":"“come” is not in the text, but has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A26/1"}
{"id":4301,"verse_id":"EXO.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.26","text":"S. R. Driver suggests that the command was tersely put: “Who is for Yahweh? To me!” ( Exodus , 354).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A26/2"}
{"id":4302,"verse_id":"EXO.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “put.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A27/1"}
{"id":4303,"verse_id":"EXO.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.27","text":"The two imperatives form a verbal hendiadys: “pass over and return,” meaning, “go back and forth” throughout the camp.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A27/2"}
{"id":4304,"verse_id":"EXO.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.27","text":"The phrases have “and kill a man his brother, and a man his companion, and a man his neighbor.” The instructions were probably intended to mean that they should kill leaders they knew to be guilty because they had been seen or because they failed the water test – whoever they were.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A27/3"}
{"id":4305,"verse_id":"EXO.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “did according to the word of Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A28/1"}
{"id":4306,"verse_id":"EXO.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A28/2"}
{"id":4307,"verse_id":"EXO.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “Your hand was filled.” The phrase “fill your hands” is a familiar expression having to do with commissioning and devotion to a task that is earlier used in 28:41; 29:9, 29, 33, 35 . This has usually been explained as a Qal imperative. S. R. Driver explains it “Fill your hand today,” meaning, take a sacrifice to God and be installed in the priesthood ( Exodus , 355). But it probably is a Piel perfect, meaning “they have filled your hands today,” or, “your hand was filled today.” This was an expression meant to say that they had been faithful to God even though it turned them against family and friends – but God would give them a blessing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A29/1"}
{"id":4308,"verse_id":"EXO.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.29","text":"The text simply has “and to give on you today a blessing.” Gesenius notes that the infinitive construct seems to be attached with a vav ( ו ; like the infinitive absolute) as the continuation of a previous finite verb. He reads the verb “fill” as an imperative: “fill your hand today…and that to bring a blessing on you, i.e., that you may be blessed” (see GKC 351 §114. p ). If the preceding verb is taken as perfect tense, however, then this would also be perfect – “he has blessed you today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A29/2"}
{"id":4309,"verse_id":"EXO.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “and it was on the morrow and Moses said to the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A30/1"}
{"id":4310,"verse_id":"EXO.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.30","text":"The text uses a cognate accusative: “you have sinned a great sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A30/2"}
{"id":4311,"verse_id":"EXO.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.30","text":"The form אֲכַפְּרָה (’ akhappÿrah ) is a Piel cohortative/imperfect. Here with only a possibility of being successful, a potential imperfect nuance works best.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A30/3"}
{"id":4312,"verse_id":"EXO.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"As before, the cognate accusative is used; it would literally be “this people has sinned a great sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":4313,"verse_id":"EXO.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.32","text":"The apodosis is not expressed; it would be understood as “good.” It is not stated because of the intensity of the expression (the figure is aposiopesis, a sudden silence). It is also possible to take this first clause as a desire and not a conditional clause, rendering it “Oh that you would forgive!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A32/1"}
{"id":4314,"verse_id":"EXO.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.32","text":"The word “wipe” is a figure of speech indicating “remove me” (meaning he wants to die). The translation “blot” is traditional, but not very satisfactory, since it does not convey complete removal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A32/2"}
{"id":4315,"verse_id":"EXO.32.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.34","text":"Heb “behold, look.” Moses should take this fact into consideration.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A34/1"}
{"id":4316,"verse_id":"EXO.32.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":32,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.35","text":"The verse is difficult because of the double reference to the making of the calf. The NJPS’s translation tries to reconcile the two by reading “for what they did with the calf that Aaron had made.” B. S. Childs ( Exodus [OTL], 557) explains in some detail why this is not a good translation based on syntactical grounds; he opts for the conclusion that the last three words are a clumsy secondary addition. It seems preferable to take the view that both are true, Aaron is singled out for his obvious lead in the sin, but the people sinned by instigating the whole thing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2032%3A35/1"}
{"id":4317,"verse_id":"EXO.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.1","text":"The two imperatives underscore the immediacy of the demand: “go, go up,” meaning “get going up” or “be on your way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A1/1"}
{"id":4318,"verse_id":"EXO.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.1","text":"Or “the land which I swore.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A1/2"}
{"id":4319,"verse_id":"EXO.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A1/3"}
{"id":4320,"verse_id":"EXO.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"This verse seems to be a continuation of the command to “go up” since it begins with “to a land….” The intervening clauses are therefore parenthetical or relative. But the translation is made simpler by supplying the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":4321,"verse_id":"EXO.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"This is a strong adversative here, “but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":4322,"verse_id":"EXO.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.3","text":"The clause is “lest I consume you.” It would go with the decision not to accompany them: “I will not go up with you…lest I consume (destroy) you in the way.” The verse is saying that because of the people’s bent to rebellion, Yahweh would not remain in their midst as he had formerly said he would do. Their lives would be at risk if he did.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A3/3"}
{"id":4323,"verse_id":"EXO.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"Or “bad news” (NAB, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":4324,"verse_id":"EXO.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"The verse simply begins “And Yahweh said.” But it is clearly meant to be explanatory for the preceding action of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":4325,"verse_id":"EXO.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.5","text":"The construction is formed with a simple imperfect in the first half and a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) in the second half. Heb “[in] one moment I will go up in your midst and I will destroy you.” The verse is certainly not intended to say that God was about to destroy them. That, plus the fact that he has announced he will not go in their midst, leads most commentators to take this as a conditional clause: “If I were to do such and such, then….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A5/2"}
{"id":4326,"verse_id":"EXO.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.5","text":"The Hebrew text also has “from on you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A5/3"}
{"id":4327,"verse_id":"EXO.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.5","text":"The form is the cohortative with a vav ( ו ) following the imperative; it therefore expresses the purpose or result: “strip off…that I may know.” The call to remove the ornaments must have been perceived as a call to show true repentance for what had happened. If they repented, then God would know how to deal with them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A5/4"}
{"id":4328,"verse_id":"EXO.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.5","text":"This last clause begins with the interrogative “what,” but it is used here as an indirect interrogative. It introduces a noun clause, the object of the verb “know.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A5/5"}
{"id":4329,"verse_id":"EXO.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.7","text":"Heb “and Moses took.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A7/2"}
{"id":4330,"verse_id":"EXO.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.7","text":"The infinitive absolute is used here as an adverb (see GKC 341 §113. h ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A7/4"}
{"id":4331,"verse_id":"EXO.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.7","text":"The clause begins with “and it was,” the perfect tense with the vav conjunction. The imperfect tenses in this section are customary, describing what used to happen (others describe the verbs as frequentative). See GKC 315 §107. e .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A7/5"}
{"id":4332,"verse_id":"EXO.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"33.7","text":"The form is the Piel participle. The seeking here would indicate seeking an oracle from Yahweh or seeking to find a resolution for some difficulty (as in 2 Sam 21:1 ) or even perhaps coming with a sacrifice. B. Jacob notes that the tent was even here a place of prayer, for the benefit of the people ( Exodus , 961). It is not known how long this location was used.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A7/6"}
{"id":4333,"verse_id":"EXO.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"The clause is introduced again with “and it was.” The perfect tense here with the vav ( ו ) is used to continue the sequence of actions that were done repeatedly in the past (see GKC 331-32 §112. e ). The temporal clause is then formed with the infinitive construct of יָצָא ( yatsa ’), with “Moses” as the subjective genitive: “and it was according to the going out of Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":4334,"verse_id":"EXO.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.8","text":"Or “rise up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A8/2"}
{"id":4335,"verse_id":"EXO.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.8","text":"The subject of this verb is specified with the individualizing use of “man”: “and all Israel would station themselves, each person (man) at the entrance to his tent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A8/3"}
{"id":4336,"verse_id":"EXO.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.8","text":"The perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) continues the sequence of the customary imperfect. The people “would gaze” (after) Moses until he entered the tent.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A8/4"}
{"id":4337,"verse_id":"EXO.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.8","text":"This is a temporal clause using an infinitive construct with a suffixed subject.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A8/5"}
{"id":4338,"verse_id":"EXO.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “and it was when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A9/1"}
{"id":4339,"verse_id":"EXO.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A9/2"}
{"id":4340,"verse_id":"EXO.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.9","text":"Both verbs, “stand” and “speak,” are perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A9/3"}
{"id":4341,"verse_id":"EXO.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"All the main verbs in this verse are perfect tenses continuing the customary sequence (see GKC 337 §112. kk ). The idea is that the people would get up (rise) when the cloud was there and then worship, meaning in part bow down. When the cloud was not there, there was access to seek God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":4342,"verse_id":"EXO.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"“Face to face” is circumstantial to the action of the verb, explaining how they spoke (see GKC 489-90 §156. c ). The point of this note of friendly relationship with Moses is that Moses was “at home” in this tent speaking with God. Moses would derive courage from this when he interceded for the people (B. Jacob, Exodus , 966).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":4343,"verse_id":"EXO.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.11","text":"The verb in this clause is a progressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A11/2"}
{"id":4344,"verse_id":"EXO.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A11/3"}
{"id":4345,"verse_id":"EXO.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"The Hiphil imperative is from the same verb that has been used before for bringing the people up from Egypt and leading them to Canaan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":4346,"verse_id":"EXO.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"That is, “chosen you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":4347,"verse_id":"EXO.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"The prayer uses the Hiphil imperative of the verb “to know.” “Cause me to know” is “show me, reveal to me, teach or inform me.” Moses wanted to know more of God’s dealings with people, especially after all that has happened in the preceding chapter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":4348,"verse_id":"EXO.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.13","text":"The imperfect tense of the verb “to know” with the vav follows the imperative of this root, and so this indicates the purpose clause (final imperfect): “in order that I may know you.” S. R. Driver summarizes it this way: that I may understand what your nature and character is, and shape my petitions accordingly, so that I may find grace in your sight, and my future prayers may be answered ( Exodus , 361).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A13/2"}
{"id":4349,"verse_id":"EXO.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.13","text":"The purpose clause simply uses the imperfect, “that I may find.” But since he already has found favor in God’s eyes, he is clearly praying that it be so in the future as well as now.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A13/3"}
{"id":4350,"verse_id":"EXO.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.13","text":"The verb “see” (an imperative) is a request for God to acknowledge Israel as his people by providing the divine leadership needed. So his main appeal will be for the people and not himself. To underscore this, he repeats “see” the way the section opened.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A13/4"}
{"id":4351,"verse_id":"EXO.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":4352,"verse_id":"EXO.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.14","text":"The phrase “with you” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A14/3"}
{"id":4353,"verse_id":"EXO.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent ( Moses ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":4354,"verse_id":"EXO.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.15","text":"The construction uses the active participle to stress the continual going of the presence: if there is not your face going.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A15/2"}
{"id":4355,"verse_id":"EXO.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.15","text":"“with us” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A15/3"}
{"id":4356,"verse_id":"EXO.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “from this.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A15/4"}
{"id":4357,"verse_id":"EXO.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"The verb in this place is a preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive, judging from the pointing. It then follows in sequence the verb “you have found favor,” meaning you stand in that favor, and so it means “I have known you” and still do (equal to the present perfect). The emphasis, however, is on the results of the action, and so “I know you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":4358,"verse_id":"EXO.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent ( Moses ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":4359,"verse_id":"EXO.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":4360,"verse_id":"EXO.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.19","text":"The expression “make proclamation in the name of Yahweh” (here a perfect tense with vav [ ו ] consecutive for future) means to declare, reveal, or otherwise make proclamation of who Yahweh is. The “name of Yahweh” (rendered “the name of the Lord ” throughout) refers to his divine attributes revealed to his people, either in word or deed. What will be focused on first will be his grace and compassion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A19/3"}
{"id":4361,"verse_id":"EXO.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"In view of the use of the verb “can, be able to” in the first clause, this imperfect tense is given a potential nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":4362,"verse_id":"EXO.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.20","text":"Gesenius notes that sometimes a negative statement takes the place of a conditional clause; here it is equal to “if a man sees me he does not live” (GKC 498 §159. gg ). The other passages that teach this are Gen 32:30 ; Deut 4:33, 5:24, 26 ; Judg 6:22, 13:22 , and Isa 6:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A20/2"}
{"id":4363,"verse_id":"EXO.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"The deictic particle is used here simply to call attention to a place of God’s knowing and choosing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":4364,"verse_id":"EXO.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “and you will,” or interpretively, “where you will.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A21/2"}
{"id":4365,"verse_id":"EXO.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.22","text":"The circumstantial clause is simply, “my hand [being] over you.” This protecting hand of Yahweh represents a fairly common theme in the Bible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A22/2"}
{"id":4366,"verse_id":"EXO.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.22","text":"The construction has a preposition with an infinitive construct and a suffix: “while [or until] I pass by” ( Heb “in the passing by of me”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A22/3"}
{"id":4367,"verse_id":"EXO.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.23","text":"The plural “my backs” is according to Gesenius an extension plural (compare “face,” a dual in Hebrew). The word denotes a locality in general, but that is composed of numerous parts (see GKC 397 §124. b ). W. C. Kaiser says that since God is a spirit, the meaning of this word could just as easily be rendered “after effects” of his presence (“Exodus,” EBC 2:484). As S. R. Driver says, though, while this may indicate just the “afterglow” that he leaves behind him, it was enough to suggest what the full brilliancy of his presence must be ( Exodus , 363; see also Job 26:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A23/1"}
{"id":4368,"verse_id":"EXO.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.23","text":"The Niphal imperfect could simply be rendered “will not be seen,” but given the emphasis of the preceding verses, it is more binding than that, and so a negated obligatory imperfect fits better: “it must not be seen.” It would also be possible to render it with a potential imperfect tense: “it cannot be seen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2033%3A23/2"}
{"id":4369,"verse_id":"EXO.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.1","text":"The imperative is followed by the preposition with a suffix expressing the ethical dative; it strengthens the instruction for Moses. Interestingly, the verb “cut out, chisel, hew,” is the same verb from which the word for a “graven image” is derived – פָּסַל ( pasal ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A1/2"}
{"id":4370,"verse_id":"EXO.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.1","text":"The perfect tense with vav consecutive makes the value of this verb equal to an imperfect tense, probably a simple future here. sn Nothing is said of how God was going to write on these stone tablets at this point, but in the end it is Moses who wrote the words. This is not considered a contradiction, since God is often credited with things he has people do in his place. There is great symbolism in this command – if ever a command said far more than it actually said, this is it. The instruction means that the covenant had been renewed, or was going to be renewed, and that the sanctuary with the tablets in the ark at its center would be built (see Deut 10:1 ). The first time Moses went up he was empty-handed; when he came down he smashed the tablets because of the Israelites’ sin. Now the people would see him go up with empty tablets and be uncertain whether he would come back with the tablets inscribed again (B. Jacob, Exodus , 977-78).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A1/3"}
{"id":4371,"verse_id":"EXO.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"The form is a Niphal participle that means “be prepared, be ready.” This probably means that Moses was to do in preparation what the congregation had to do back in Exod 19:11-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":4372,"verse_id":"EXO.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent has been specified here and the name “Moses,” which occurs later in this verse, has been replaced with the pronoun (“he”), both for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":4373,"verse_id":"EXO.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.4","text":"The line reads “and Moses got up early in the morning and went up.” These verbs likely form a verbal hendiadys, the first one with its prepositional phrase serving in an adverbial sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A4/3"}
{"id":4374,"verse_id":"EXO.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"Some commentaries wish to make Moses the subject of the second and the third verbs, the first because he was told to stand there and this verb suggests he did it, and the last because it sounds like he was worshiping Yahweh (cf. NASB). But it is clear from v. 6 that Yahweh was the subject of the last clause of v. 5 – v. 6 tells how he did it. So if Yahweh is the subject of the first and last clauses of v. 5 , it seems simpler that he also be the subject of the second. Moses took his stand there, but God stood by him (B. Jacob, Exodus , 981; U. Cassuto, Exodus , 439). There is no reason to make Moses the subject in any of the verbs of v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":4375,"verse_id":"EXO.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"Here is one of the clearest examples of what it means “to call on the name of the Lord,” as that clause has been translated traditionally ( וַיִּקְרָא בְשֵׁם יְהוָה , vayyiqra ’ vÿshem yÿhvah ). It seems more likely that it means “to make proclamation of Yahweh by name.” Yahweh came down and made a proclamation – and the next verses give the content of what he said. This cannot be prayer or praise; it is a proclamation of the nature or attributes of God (which is what his “name” means throughout the Bible). Attempts to make Moses the subject of the verb are awkward, for the verb is repeated in v. 6 with Yahweh clearly doing the proclaiming.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":4376,"verse_id":"EXO.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.6","text":"See Exod 33:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A6/3"}
{"id":4377,"verse_id":"EXO.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"That is, “for thousands of generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":4378,"verse_id":"EXO.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"The first two verbs form a hendiadys: “he hurried…he bowed,” meaning “he quickly bowed down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":4379,"verse_id":"EXO.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” two times here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":4380,"verse_id":"EXO.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “it is.” Hebrew uses the third person masculine singular pronoun here in agreement with the noun “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A9/2"}
{"id":4381,"verse_id":"EXO.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Here again is a use of the futur instans participle; the deictic particle plus the pronoun precedes the participle, showing what is about to happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":4382,"verse_id":"EXO.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.10","text":"The verb here is בָּרָא ( bara ’, “to create”). The choice of this verb is to stress that these wonders would be supernaturally performed, for the verb is used only with God as the subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A10/2"}
{"id":4383,"verse_id":"EXO.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"The covenant duties begin with this command to “keep well” what is being commanded. The Hebrew expression is “keep for you”; the preposition and the suffix form the ethical dative, adding strength to the imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":4384,"verse_id":"EXO.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.11","text":"Again, this is the futur instans use of the participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A11/2"}
{"id":4385,"verse_id":"EXO.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"The exact expression is “take heed to yourself lest you make.” It is the second use of this verb in the duties, now in the Niphal stem. To take heed to yourself means to watch yourself, be sure not to do something. Here, if they failed to do this, they would end up making entangling treaties.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":4386,"verse_id":"EXO.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"Or “images of Asherah”; ASV, NASB “their Asherim”; NCV “their Asherah idols.” sn Asherah was a leading deity of the Canaanite pantheon, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. She was commonly worshiped at shrines in or near groves of evergreen trees, or, failing that, at places marked by wooden poles. These were to be burned or cut down ( Deut 12:3; 16:21 ; Judg 6:25, 28, 30 ; 2 Kgs 18:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":4387,"verse_id":"EXO.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “bow down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":4388,"verse_id":"EXO.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"The sentence begins simply “lest you make a covenant”; it is undoubtedly a continuation of the imperative introduced earlier, and so that is supplied here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":4389,"verse_id":"EXO.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.15","text":"The verb is a perfect with a vav consecutive. In the literal form of the sentence, this clause tells what might happen if the people made a covenant with the inhabitants of the land: “Take heed…lest you make a covenant…and then they prostitute themselves…and sacrifice…and invite…and you eat.” The sequence lays out an entire scenario.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A15/2"}
{"id":4390,"verse_id":"EXO.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.15","text":"The verb זָנָה ( zanah ) means “to play the prostitute; to commit whoredom; to be a harlot” or something similar. It is used here and elsewhere in the Bible for departing from pure religion and engaging in pagan religion. The use of the word in this figurative sense is fitting, because the relationship between God and his people is pictured as a marriage, and to be unfaithful to it was a sin. This is also why God is described as a “jealous” or “impassioned” God. The figure may not be merely a metaphorical use, but perhaps a metonymy, since there actually was sexual immorality at the Canaanite altars and poles.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A15/3"}
{"id":4391,"verse_id":"EXO.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.15","text":"There is no subject for the verb. It could be rendered “and one invites you,” or it could be made a passive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A15/4"}
{"id":4392,"verse_id":"EXO.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"In the construction this verb would follow as a possible outcome of the last event, and so remain in the verbal sequence. If the people participate in the festivals of the land, then they will intermarry, and that could lead to further involvement with idolatry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":4393,"verse_id":"EXO.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.18","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A18/1"}
{"id":4394,"verse_id":"EXO.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.18","text":"The words “do this” have been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A18/2"}
{"id":4395,"verse_id":"EXO.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.19","text":"Heb “everything that opens the womb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A19/1"}
{"id":4396,"verse_id":"EXO.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.19","text":"Here too: everything that “opens [the womb].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A19/2"}
{"id":4397,"verse_id":"EXO.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.19","text":"The verb basically means “that drops a male.” The verb is feminine, referring to the cattle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A19/3"}
{"id":4398,"verse_id":"EXO.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.20","text":"Heb “and the one that opens [the womb of] the donkey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A20/1"}
{"id":4399,"verse_id":"EXO.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.20","text":"The form is the adverb “empty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A20/3"}
{"id":4400,"verse_id":"EXO.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":4401,"verse_id":"EXO.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.21","text":"Or “cease” (i.e., from the labors).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A21/2"}
{"id":4402,"verse_id":"EXO.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.21","text":"The imperfect tense expresses injunction or instruction.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A21/4"}
{"id":4403,"verse_id":"EXO.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"The imperfect tense means “you will do”; it is followed by the preposition with a suffix to express the ethical dative to stress the subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":4404,"verse_id":"EXO.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.22","text":"The expression is “the turn of the year,” which is parallel to “the going out of the year,” and means the end of the agricultural season.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A22/2"}
{"id":4405,"verse_id":"EXO.34.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.23","text":"“Three times” is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A23/1"}
{"id":4406,"verse_id":"EXO.34.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.23","text":"Heb “all your males.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A23/2"}
{"id":4407,"verse_id":"EXO.34.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.23","text":"Here the divine name reads in Hebrew הָאָדֹן יְהוָה ( ha ’ adon yÿhvah ), which if rendered according to the traditional scheme of “ Lord ” for “Yahweh” would result in “Lord Lord .” A number of English versions therefore render this phrase “Lord God ,” and that convention has been followed here. sn The title “Lord” is included here before the divine name (translated “ God ” here; see Exod 23:17 ), perhaps to form a contrast with Baal (which means “lord” as well) and to show the sovereignty of Yahweh. But the distinct designation “the God of Israel” is certainly the point of the renewed covenant relationship.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A23/3"}
{"id":4408,"verse_id":"EXO.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.24","text":"The verb is a Hiphil imperfect of יָרַשׁ ( yarash ), which means “to possess.” In the causative stem it can mean “dispossess” or “drive out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A24/1"}
{"id":4409,"verse_id":"EXO.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.24","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct with a preposition and a suffixed subject to form the temporal clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A24/3"}
{"id":4410,"verse_id":"EXO.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.24","text":"The expression “three times” is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A24/4"}
{"id":4411,"verse_id":"EXO.34.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.27","text":"Once again the preposition with the suffix follows the imperative, adding some emphasis to the subject of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A27/1"}
{"id":4412,"verse_id":"EXO.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.28","text":"These too are adverbial in relation to the main clause, telling how long Moses was with Yahweh on the mountain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A28/1"}
{"id":4413,"verse_id":"EXO.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.28","text":"Heb “the ten words,” though “commandments” is traditional.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A28/2"}
{"id":4414,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.29","text":"The temporal clause is composed of the temporal indicator (“and it happened”), followed by the temporal preposition, infinitive construct, and subjective genitive (“Moses”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/2"}
{"id":4415,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.29","text":"The second clause begins with “and/now”; it is a circumstantial clause explaining that the tablets were in his hand. It repeats the temporal clause at the end.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/3"}
{"id":4416,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “in the hand of Moses.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/4"}
{"id":4417,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.29","text":"The temporal clause parallels the first temporal clause; it uses the same infinitive construct, but now with a suffix referring to Moses.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/5"}
{"id":4418,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “and Moses.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/6"}
{"id":4419,"verse_id":"EXO.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"34.29","text":"The word קָרַן ( qaran ) is derived from the noun קֶרֶן ( qeren ) in the sense of a “ray of light” (see Hab 3:4 ). Something of the divine glory remained with Moses. The Greek translation of Aquila and the Latin Vulgate convey the idea that he had horns, the primary meaning of the word from which this word is derived. Some have tried to defend this, saying that the glory appeared like horns or that Moses covered his face with a mask adorned with horns. But in the text the subject of the verb is the skin of Moses’ face (see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 449).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A29/7"}
{"id":4420,"verse_id":"EXO.34.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.30","text":"This clause is introduced by the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ); it has the force of pointing to something surprising or sudden.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A30/1"}
{"id":4421,"verse_id":"EXO.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.33","text":"Heb “and Moses finished”; the clause is subordinated as a temporal clause to the next clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A33/1"}
{"id":4422,"verse_id":"EXO.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.33","text":"The Piel infinitive construct is the object of the preposition; the whole phrase serves as the direct object of the verb “finished.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A33/2"}
{"id":4423,"verse_id":"EXO.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.33","text":"Throughout this section the actions of Moses and the people are frequentative. The text tells what happened regularly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A33/3"}
{"id":4424,"verse_id":"EXO.34.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.34","text":"The construction uses a infinitive construct for the temporal clause; it is prefixed with the temporal preposition: “and in the going in of Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A34/1"}
{"id":4425,"verse_id":"EXO.34.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.34","text":"The temporal clause begins with the temporal preposition “until,” followed by an infinitive construct with the suffixed subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A34/2"}
{"id":4426,"verse_id":"EXO.34.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.34","text":"The form is the Pual imperfect, but since the context demands a past tense here, in fact a past perfect tense, this is probably an old preterite form without a vav consecutive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A34/3"}
{"id":4427,"verse_id":"EXO.34.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.35","text":"Now the perfect tense with vav consecutive is subordinated to the next clause, “Moses returned the veil….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A35/1"}
{"id":4428,"verse_id":"EXO.34.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.35","text":"Verbs of seeing often take two accusatives. Here, the second is the noun clause explaining what it was about the face that they saw.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A35/2"}
{"id":4429,"verse_id":"EXO.34.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":34,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.35","text":"Heb “with him”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2034%3A35/3"}
{"id":4430,"verse_id":"EXO.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.1","text":"Heb “to do them”; this is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A1/1"}
{"id":4431,"verse_id":"EXO.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"This is an adverbial accusative of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":4432,"verse_id":"EXO.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.2","text":"The word is קֹדֶשׁ ( qodesh , “holiness”). S. R. Driver suggests that the word was transposed, and the line should read: “a sabbath of entire rest, holy to Jehovah” ( Exodus , 379). But the word may simply be taken as a substitution for “holy day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A2/2"}
{"id":4433,"verse_id":"EXO.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “dwelling places”; KJV, ASV “habitations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A3/2"}
{"id":4434,"verse_id":"EXO.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “from with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":4435,"verse_id":"EXO.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.5","text":"“Heart” is a genitive of specification, clarifying in what way they might be “willing.” The heart refers to their will, their choices.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A5/2"}
{"id":4436,"verse_id":"EXO.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.5","text":"The verb has a suffix that is the direct object, but the suffixed object is qualified by the second accusative: “let him bring it, an offering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A5/3"}
{"id":4437,"verse_id":"EXO.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.5","text":"The phrase is literally “the offering of Yahweh”; it could be a simple possessive, “Yahweh’s offering,” but a genitive that indicates the indirect object is more appropriate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A5/4"}
{"id":4438,"verse_id":"EXO.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.7","text":"See the note on this phrase in Exod 25:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A7/1"}
{"id":4439,"verse_id":"EXO.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.9","text":"Heb “and stones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A9/1"}
{"id":4440,"verse_id":"EXO.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.9","text":"Heb “filling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A9/2"}
{"id":4441,"verse_id":"EXO.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “wise of heart”; here also “heart” would be a genitive of specification, showing that there were those who could make skillful decisions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":4442,"verse_id":"EXO.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"In Hebrew style all these items are typically connected with a vav ( ו ) conjunction, but English typically uses commas except between the last two items in a series or between items in a series that are somehow related to one another. The present translation follows contemporary English style in lists such as this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":4443,"verse_id":"EXO.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.14","text":"“for” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A14/1"}
{"id":4444,"verse_id":"EXO.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A21/1"}
{"id":4445,"verse_id":"EXO.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.21","text":"The verb means “lift up, bear, carry.” Here the subject is “heart” or will, and so the expression describes one moved within to act.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A21/2"}
{"id":4446,"verse_id":"EXO.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “his spirit made him willing.” The verb is used in Scripture for the freewill offering that people brought ().","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A21/3"}
{"id":4447,"verse_id":"EXO.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.21","text":"Literally “the garments of holiness,” the genitive is the attributive genitive, marking out what type of garments these were.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A21/4"}
{"id":4448,"verse_id":"EXO.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.22","text":"The expression in Hebrew is “men on/after the women,” meaning men with women, to ensure that it was clear that the preceding verse did not mean only men. B. Jacob takes it further, saying that the men came after the women because the latter had taken the initiative ( Exodus , 1017).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A22/1"}
{"id":4449,"verse_id":"EXO.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.22","text":"Heb “all gold utensils.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A22/2"}
{"id":4450,"verse_id":"EXO.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.22","text":"The verb could be translated “offered,” but it is cognate with the following noun that is the wave offering. This sentence underscores the freewill nature of the offerings people made. The word “came” is supplied from v. 21 and v. 22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A22/3"}
{"id":4451,"verse_id":"EXO.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.23","text":"The text uses a relative clause with a resumptive pronoun for this: “who was found with him,” meaning “with whom was found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A23/1"}
{"id":4452,"verse_id":"EXO.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.23","text":"The conjunction in this verse is translated “or” because the sentence does not intend to say that each person had all these things. They brought what they had.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A23/2"}
{"id":4453,"verse_id":"EXO.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.23","text":"See the note on this phrase in Exod 25:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A23/3"}
{"id":4454,"verse_id":"EXO.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.23","text":"Here “them” has been supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A23/4"}
{"id":4455,"verse_id":"EXO.35.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.24","text":"This translation takes “offering” as an adverbial accusative explaining the form or purpose of their bringing things. It could also be rendered as the direct object, but that would seem to repeat without much difference what had just been said.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A24/1"}
{"id":4456,"verse_id":"EXO.35.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.24","text":"Here “it” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A24/3"}
{"id":4457,"verse_id":"EXO.35.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.25","text":"Heb “wisdom of heart,” which means that they were skilled and could make all the right choices about the work.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A25/1"}
{"id":4458,"verse_id":"EXO.35.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.26","text":"The text simply uses a prepositional phrase, “with/in wisdom.” It seems to be qualifying “the women” as the relative clause is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A26/1"}
{"id":4459,"verse_id":"EXO.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.27","text":"Heb “and stones of the filling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A27/1"}
{"id":4460,"verse_id":"EXO.35.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.29","text":"Heb “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A29/1"}
{"id":4461,"verse_id":"EXO.35.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.29","text":"Here “them” has been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A29/2"}
{"id":4462,"verse_id":"EXO.35.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.30","text":"Heb “called by name” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV). This expression means that the person was specifically chosen for some important task (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 342). See the expression with Cyrus in Isa 45:3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A30/1"}
{"id":4463,"verse_id":"EXO.35.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.33","text":"Heb “to set.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A33/1"}
{"id":4464,"verse_id":"EXO.35.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.33","text":"Heb “in every work of thought,” meaning, every work that required the implementation of design or plan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A33/2"}
{"id":4465,"verse_id":"EXO.35.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.35","text":"The expression “wisdom of heart,” or “wisdom in heart,” means artistic skill. The decisions and plans they make are skilled. The expression forms a second accusative after the verb of filling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A35/1"}
{"id":4466,"verse_id":"EXO.35.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.35","text":"The expression “all the work” means “all kinds of work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A35/2"}
{"id":4467,"verse_id":"EXO.35.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.35","text":"Here “They are” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A35/3"}
{"id":4468,"verse_id":"EXO.35.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.35","text":"Heb “doers of all work.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A35/4"}
{"id":4469,"verse_id":"EXO.35.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":35,"verse":35,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"35.35","text":"Heb “designers of designs.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2035%3A35/5"}
{"id":4470,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “wise of [in] heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/1"}
{"id":4471,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “wisdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/2"}
{"id":4472,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “understanding, discernment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/3"}
{"id":4473,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.1","text":"The relative clause includes this infinitive clause that expresses either the purpose or the result of God’s giving wisdom and understanding to these folk.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/4"}
{"id":4474,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"36.1","text":"This noun is usually given an interpretive translation. B. Jacob renders the bound relationship as “the holy task” or “the sacred task” ( Exodus , 1019). The NIV makes it “constructing,” so read “the work of constructing the sanctuary.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/5"}
{"id":4475,"verse_id":"EXO.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"36.1","text":"The first word of the verse is a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it is singular because it agrees with the first of the compound subject. The sentence is a little cumbersome because of the extended relative clause in the middle.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A1/6"}
{"id":4476,"verse_id":"EXO.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) plus the preposition “to” – “to call to” someone means “to summon” that person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":4477,"verse_id":"EXO.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.2","text":"Here there is a slight change: “in whose heart Yahweh had put skill.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A2/2"}
{"id":4478,"verse_id":"EXO.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.2","text":"Or “whose heart was willing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A2/3"}
{"id":4479,"verse_id":"EXO.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"In the Hebrew text the infinitive “to do it” comes after “sanctuary”; it makes a smoother rendering in English to move it forward, rather than reading “brought for the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":4480,"verse_id":"EXO.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “in the morning, in the morning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A3/2"}
{"id":4481,"verse_id":"EXO.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “a man, a man from his work”; or “each one from his work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":4482,"verse_id":"EXO.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"The construction uses the verbal hendiadys: מַרְבִּים לְהָבִיא ( marbim lÿhavi ’) is the Hiphil participle followed (after the subject) by the Hiphil infinitive construct. It would read, “they multiply…to bring,” meaning, “they bring more” than is needed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":4483,"verse_id":"EXO.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “for the service” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A5/2"}
{"id":4484,"verse_id":"EXO.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.5","text":"The last clause is merely the infinitive with an object – “to do it.” It clearly means the skilled workers are to do it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A5/3"}
{"id":4485,"verse_id":"EXO.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"The verse simply reads, “and Moses commanded and they caused [a voice] to cross over in the camp.” The second preterite with the vav may be subordinated to the first clause, giving the intent (purpose or result).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":4486,"verse_id":"EXO.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A6/2"}
{"id":4487,"verse_id":"EXO.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.6","text":"The verse ends with the infinitive serving as the object of the preposition: “from bringing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A6/3"}
{"id":4488,"verse_id":"EXO.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"This part of the sentence comes from the final verb, the Hiphil infinitive – leave over, meaning, have more than enough (see BDB 451 s.v. יָתַר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":4489,"verse_id":"EXO.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “for all the work, to do it.” sn This lengthy section ( 35:1-36:7 ) forms one of the most remarkable sections in the book. Here there is a mixture of God’s preparation of people to do the work and their willingness to give and to serve. It not only provides insight into this renewed community of believers, but it also provides a timeless message for the church. The point is clear enough: In response to God’s commission, and inspired by God’s Spirit, the faithful and willing people rally to support and participate in the Lord ’s work.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A7/2"}
{"id":4490,"verse_id":"EXO.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.10","text":"The verb is singular since it probably is referring to Bezalel, but since he would not do all the work himself, it may be that the verbs could be given a plural subject: “they joined.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A10/1"}
{"id":4491,"verse_id":"EXO.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.10","text":"The words “the other” have been supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A10/2"}
{"id":4492,"verse_id":"EXO.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"Heb “one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":4493,"verse_id":"EXO.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “eleven curtains he made them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A14/1"}
{"id":4494,"verse_id":"EXO.36.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.18","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct from the verb “to be” to express this purpose clause: “to be one,” or, “so that it might be a unit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A18/1"}
{"id":4495,"verse_id":"EXO.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.19","text":"See the note on this phrase in Exod 25:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A19/1"}
{"id":4496,"verse_id":"EXO.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.20","text":"There is debate whether the word הַקְּרָשִׁים ( haqqÿrashim ) means “boards” or “frames” or “planks” (see Ezek 27:6 ) or “beams,” given the size of them. The literature on this includes M. Haran, “The Priestly Image of the Tabernacle,” HUCA 36 (1965): 192; B. A. Levine, “The Description of the Tabernacle Texts of the Pentateuch,” JAOS 85 (1965): 307-18; J. Morgenstern, “The Ark, the Ephod, and the Tent,” HUCA 17 (1942/43): 153-265; 18 (1943/44): 1-52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A20/1"}
{"id":4497,"verse_id":"EXO.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.20","text":"“Wood” is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A20/2"}
{"id":4498,"verse_id":"EXO.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.20","text":"The plural participle “standing” refers to how these items will be situated; they will be vertical rather than horizontal (U. Cassuto, Exodus , 354).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A20/3"}
{"id":4499,"verse_id":"EXO.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “the frame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":4500,"verse_id":"EXO.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “the one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A21/2"}
{"id":4501,"verse_id":"EXO.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “two hands to the one frame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":4502,"verse_id":"EXO.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “joined one to one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A22/2"}
{"id":4503,"verse_id":"EXO.36.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.24","text":"The clause is repeated to show the distributive sense; it literally says, “and two bases under the one frame for its two projections.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A24/1"}
{"id":4504,"verse_id":"EXO.36.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.26","text":"Heb “under the one frame” again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A26/1"}
{"id":4505,"verse_id":"EXO.36.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.29","text":"This is the last phrase of the verse, moved forward for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A29/1"}
{"id":4506,"verse_id":"EXO.36.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.29","text":"This difficult verse uses the perfect tense at the beginning, and the second clause parallels it with יִהְיוּ ( yihyu ), which has to be taken here as a preterite without the consecutive vav ( ו ). The predicate “finished” or “completed” is the word תָּמִּים ( tammim ); it normally means “complete, sound, whole,” and related words describe the sacrifices as without blemish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A29/2"}
{"id":4507,"verse_id":"EXO.36.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.34","text":"Literally “houses”; i.e., places to hold the bars.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A34/1"}
{"id":4508,"verse_id":"EXO.36.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.35","text":"The verb is simply “he made” but as in Exod 26:31 it probably means that the cherubim were worked into the curtain with the yarn, and so embroidered on the curtain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A35/1"}
{"id":4509,"verse_id":"EXO.36.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.36","text":"Heb “and their hooks gold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A36/1"}
{"id":4510,"verse_id":"EXO.36.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":36,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.38","text":"The word is “their heads”; technically it would be “their capitals” (so ASV, NAB, NRSV). The bands were bands of metal surrounding these capitals just beneath them. These are not mentioned in Exod 26:37 , and it sounds like the posts are to be covered with gold. But the gradation of metals is what is intended: the posts at the entrance to the Most Holy Place are all of gold; the posts at the entrance to the tent are overlaid with gold at the top; and the posts at the entrance to the courtyard are overlaid with silver at the top (S. R. Driver, Exodus , 387, citing Dillmann without reference).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2036%3A38/1"}
{"id":4511,"verse_id":"EXO.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"Or “molding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":4512,"verse_id":"EXO.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.3","text":"“that he put” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A3/1"}
{"id":4513,"verse_id":"EXO.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.3","text":"This is taken as a circumstantial clause; the clause begins with the conjunction vav.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A3/2"}
{"id":4514,"verse_id":"EXO.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “and he made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":4515,"verse_id":"EXO.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “from/at [the] end, from this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":4516,"verse_id":"EXO.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.8","text":"The repetition of the expression indicates it has the distributive sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A8/2"}
{"id":4517,"verse_id":"EXO.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"The construction is a participle in construct followed by the genitive “wings” – “spreaders of wings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":4518,"verse_id":"EXO.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.9","text":"“The cherubim” has been placed here instead of in the second clause to produce a smoother translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A9/2"}
{"id":4519,"verse_id":"EXO.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “and their faces a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A9/3"}
{"id":4520,"verse_id":"EXO.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “to the atonement lid were the faces of the cherubim.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A9/4"}
{"id":4521,"verse_id":"EXO.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.16","text":"The suffixes on these could also indicate the indirect object (see Exod 25:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A16/1"}
{"id":4522,"verse_id":"EXO.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “from it”; the referent (“the same piece” of wrought metal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":4523,"verse_id":"EXO.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “the one branch.” But the repetition of “one…one” means here one after another, or the “first” and then the “next.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":4524,"verse_id":"EXO.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “thus for six branches….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A19/2"}
{"id":4525,"verse_id":"EXO.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"As in Exod 26:35 , the translation of “first” and “next” and “third” is interpretive, because the text simply says “under two branches” in each of three places.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":4526,"verse_id":"EXO.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “were from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A22/1"}
{"id":4527,"verse_id":"EXO.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.24","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the lampstand) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A24/1"}
{"id":4528,"verse_id":"EXO.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.25","text":"Heb “from it were its horns,” meaning that they were made from the same piece.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A25/1"}
{"id":4529,"verse_id":"EXO.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “roof.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A26/1"}
{"id":4530,"verse_id":"EXO.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “its walls around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A26/2"}
{"id":4531,"verse_id":"EXO.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “and he made for it border gold around.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A26/3"}
{"id":4532,"verse_id":"EXO.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “and he made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A27/1"}
{"id":4533,"verse_id":"EXO.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “for houses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2037%3A27/3"}
{"id":4534,"verse_id":"EXO.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “its horns were from it,” meaning from the same piece.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":4535,"verse_id":"EXO.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the altar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A7/1"}
{"id":4536,"verse_id":"EXO.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “south side southward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":4537,"verse_id":"EXO.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"While this verse could be translated as an independent sentence, it is probably to be subordinated as a circumstantial clause in line with Exod 27:10-12 , as well as v. 12 of this passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":4538,"verse_id":"EXO.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"Here the phrase “the hangings were” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":4539,"verse_id":"EXO.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"The phrase “there were” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":4540,"verse_id":"EXO.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"The text simply has “their posts ten and their bases ten”; this may be added here as a circumstantial clause with the main sentence in order to make sense out of the construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":4541,"verse_id":"EXO.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.13","text":"The text simply says “seventy-five feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A13/1"}
{"id":4542,"verse_id":"EXO.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"The word literally means “shoulder.” The next words, “of the gate,” have been supplied here. The east end contained the courtyard’s entry with a wall of curtains on each side of the entry (see v. 15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":4543,"verse_id":"EXO.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Heb “from this and from this” (cf, 17:12; 25:19; 26:13; 32:15 ; Josh 8:22, 33 ; 1 Kgs 10:19-20 ; Ezek 45:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":4544,"verse_id":"EXO.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “they were banded with silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":4545,"verse_id":"EXO.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"This word is different from the word for hangings; it has more of the idea of a screen, shielding or securing the area.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":4546,"verse_id":"EXO.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.21","text":"The Hebrew word is פְּקוּדֵי ( pÿqude ), which in a slavishly literal way would be “visitations of” the tabernacle. But the word often has the idea of “numbering” or “appointing” as well. Here it is an accounting or enumeration of the materials that people brought, so the contemporary term “inventory” is a close approximation. By using this Hebrew word there is also the indication that whatever was given, i.e., appointed for the tabernacle, was changed forever in its use. This is consistent with this Hebrew root, which does have a sense of changing the destiny of someone (“God will surely visit you”). The list in this section will also be tied to the numbering of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A21/1"}
{"id":4547,"verse_id":"EXO.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.21","text":"The same verb is used here, but now in the Pual perfect tense, third masculine singular. A translation “was numbered” or “was counted” works. The verb is singular because it refers to the tabernacle as a unit. This section will list what made up the tabernacle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A21/2"}
{"id":4548,"verse_id":"EXO.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.21","text":"Heb “at/by the mouth of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A21/3"}
{"id":4549,"verse_id":"EXO.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.21","text":"The noun is “work” or “service.” S. R. Driver explains that the reckonings were not made for the Levites, but that they were the work of the Levites, done by them under the direction of Ithamar ( Exodus , 393).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A21/4"}
{"id":4550,"verse_id":"EXO.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"38.21","text":"Heb “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A21/5"}
{"id":4551,"verse_id":"EXO.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.24","text":"These words form the casus pendens , or independent nominative absolute, followed by the apodosis beginning with the vav ( ו ; see U. Cassuto, Exodus , 469).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A24/1"}
{"id":4552,"verse_id":"EXO.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.24","text":"Heb “and it was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A24/2"}
{"id":4553,"verse_id":"EXO.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.26","text":"Heb “upward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A26/2"}
{"id":4554,"verse_id":"EXO.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.26","text":"The phrase “in all” has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A26/3"}
{"id":4555,"verse_id":"EXO.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.28","text":"Here the word “shekels” is understood; about 45 pounds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2038%3A28/1"}
{"id":4556,"verse_id":"EXO.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.3","text":"The verb is the infinitive that means “to do, to work.” It could be given a literal rendering: “to work [them into] the blue….” Weaving or embroidering is probably what is intended.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A3/1"}
{"id":4557,"verse_id":"EXO.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “from it” or the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A5/1"}
{"id":4558,"verse_id":"EXO.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.6","text":"Or “as seals are engraved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A6/1"}
{"id":4559,"verse_id":"EXO.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.7","text":"Or “attached.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A7/1"}
{"id":4560,"verse_id":"EXO.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"That is, they set in mountings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":4561,"verse_id":"EXO.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.14","text":"The phrase “the number of” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A14/1"}
{"id":4562,"verse_id":"EXO.39.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.16","text":"Here “upper” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A16/1"}
{"id":4563,"verse_id":"EXO.39.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.18","text":"Here “other” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A18/1"}
{"id":4564,"verse_id":"EXO.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.19","text":"Here “other” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A19/1"}
{"id":4565,"verse_id":"EXO.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.19","text":"Heb “homeward side.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A19/2"}
{"id":4566,"verse_id":"EXO.39.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.20","text":"Here “more” has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A20/1"}
{"id":4567,"verse_id":"EXO.39.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.24","text":"The word is simply “twined” or “twisted.” It may refer to the twisted linen that so frequently is found in these lists; or, it may refer to the yarn twisted. The LXX reads “fine twined linen.” This is not found in the text of Exod 28:33 , except in Smr and LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A24/1"}
{"id":4568,"verse_id":"EXO.39.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.26","text":"The words “there was” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A26/1"}
{"id":4569,"verse_id":"EXO.39.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.26","text":"The infinitive “to minister” is present; “to be used” is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A26/2"}
{"id":4570,"verse_id":"EXO.39.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.34","text":"See the note on this phrase in Exod 25:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A34/1"}
{"id":4571,"verse_id":"EXO.39.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.34","text":"Or “shielding” (NIV); NASB “the screening veil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A34/2"}
{"id":4572,"verse_id":"EXO.39.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.37","text":"Possibly meaning “pure gold lampstand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A37/1"}
{"id":4573,"verse_id":"EXO.39.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.40","text":"Heb “utensils, vessels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A40/1"}
{"id":4574,"verse_id":"EXO.39.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.41","text":"The form is the infinitive construct; it means the clothes to be used “to minister” in the holy place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A41/1"}
{"id":4575,"verse_id":"EXO.39.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.43","text":"Or “examined” (NASB, TEV); NCV “looked closely at.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A43/1"}
{"id":4576,"verse_id":"EXO.39.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":39,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.43","text":"The deictic particle draws attention to what he saw in such a way as to give the reader Moses’ point of view and a sense of his pleasure: “and behold, they…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2039%3A43/2"}
{"id":4577,"verse_id":"EXO.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.1","text":"Heb “and Yahweh spoke to Moses, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A1/2"}
{"id":4578,"verse_id":"EXO.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “you will raise,” an imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":4579,"verse_id":"EXO.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “and you will set in order its setting” or “arrange its arrangement.” See 25:29-30 for items that belonged on the table.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A4/1"}
{"id":4580,"verse_id":"EXO.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “give” (also four additional times in vv. 6-8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":4581,"verse_id":"EXO.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":4582,"verse_id":"EXO.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A10/1"}
{"id":4583,"verse_id":"EXO.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"The verb is “bring near,” or “present,” to Yahweh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":4584,"verse_id":"EXO.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"The verb is also “bring near” or “present.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":4585,"verse_id":"EXO.40.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.21","text":"Heb “set up,” if it includes more than the curtain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A21/1"}
{"id":4586,"verse_id":"EXO.40.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.21","text":"Or “shielding” (NIV); Heb “the veil of the covering” (cf. KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A21/2"}
{"id":4587,"verse_id":"EXO.40.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.23","text":"Heb uses a cognate accusative construction, “he arranged the arrangement.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A23/1"}
{"id":4588,"verse_id":"EXO.40.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.30","text":"Heb “there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A30/1"}
{"id":4589,"verse_id":"EXO.40.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.32","text":"The construction is the infinitive construct with the temporal preposition and the suffixed subjective genitive. This temporal clause indicates that the verb in the preceding verse was frequentative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A32/1"}
{"id":4590,"verse_id":"EXO.40.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.32","text":"This is another infinitive construct in a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A32/2"}
{"id":4591,"verse_id":"EXO.40.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.32","text":"In this explanatory verse the verb is a customary imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A32/3"}
{"id":4592,"verse_id":"EXO.40.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.36","text":"The construction uses the Niphal infinitive construct to form the temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A36/1"}
{"id":4593,"verse_id":"EXO.40.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.36","text":"The imperfect tense in this context describes a customary action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A36/2"}
{"id":4594,"verse_id":"EXO.40.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.37","text":"The clause uses the Niphal infinitive construct in the temporal clause: “until the day of its being taken up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A37/1"}
{"id":4595,"verse_id":"EXO.40.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.38","text":"Here is another imperfect tense of the customary nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A38/1"}
{"id":4596,"verse_id":"EXO.40.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EXO","chapter":40,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.38","text":"Heb “to the eyes of all”; KJV, ASV, NASB “in the sight of all”; NRSV “before the eyes of all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Exodus%2040%3A38/2"}
{"id":4597,"verse_id":"LEV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “And he (the Lord ) called ( וַיִּקְרָא , vayyiqra ’) to Moses and the Lord spoke ( וַיְדַבֵּר , vayÿdabber ) to him from the tent of meeting.” The MT assumes “ Lord ” in the first clause but places it in the second clause (after “spoke”). This is somewhat awkward, especially in terms of English style; most English versions reverse this and place “ Lord ” in the first clause (right after “called”). The Syriac version does the same. sn The best explanation for the MT of Lev 1:1 arises from its function as a transition from to . The first clause, “And he (the Lord ) called to Moses,” links v. 1 back to Exod 40:35 , “But Moses was not able to enter into the tent of meeting because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of the Lord had filled the tabernacle” (cf. J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:134). Exod 40:36-38 is a parenthetical explanation of the ongoing function of the cloud in leading the people through the wilderness. Since Moses could not enter the tent of meeting, the Lord “called” to him “from” the tent of meeting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":4598,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"“When” here translates the MT’s כִּי ( ki , “if, when”), which regularly introduces main clauses in legislative contexts (see, e.g., Lev 2:1, 4; 4:2 , etc.) in contrast to אִם (’ im , “if”), which usually introduces subordinate sections (see, e.g., Lev 1:3, 10, 14; 2:5, 7, 14; 4:3, 13 , etc.; cf. כִּי in Exod 21:2 and 7 as opposed to אִם in vv. 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, and 11 ). sn Lev 1:1-2 serves as a heading for Lev 1-3 (i.e., the basic regulations regarding the presentation of the burnt, grain, and peace offerings) and, at the same time, leads directly into the section on “burnt offerings” in Lev 1:3 . In turn, Lev 1:3-17 divides into three subsections, all introduced by אִם “if” ( Lev 1:3-9, 10-13, and 14-17 , respectively). Similar patterns are discernible throughout Lev 1:2-6:7 [5:26 HT].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":4599,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “a man, human being” ( אָדָם , ’ adam ), which in this case refers to any person among “mankind,” male or female, since women could also bring such offerings (see, e.g., Lev 12:6-8; 15:29-30 ; cf. HALOT 14 s.v. I אָדָם ); cf. NIV “any of you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":4600,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"The verb “presents” is cognate to the noun “offering” in v. 2 and throughout the book of Leviticus (both from the root קרב [ qrb ]). One could translate the verb “offers,” but this becomes awkward and, in fact, inaccurate in some passages. For example, in Lev 9:9 this verb is used for the presenting or giving of the blood to Aaron so that he could offer it to the Lord . The blood is certainly not being “offered” as an offering to Aaron there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":4601,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"The whole clause reads more literally, “A human being ( אָדָם , ’ adam ), if he brings from among you an offering to the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":4602,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"The shift to the second person plural verb here corresponds to the previous second person plural pronoun “among you .” It is distinct from the regular pattern of third person singular verbs throughout the rest of Lev 1-3 . This too labels Lev 1:1-2 as an introduction to all of Lev 1-3 , not just the burnt offering regulations in (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:146; cf. note 3 above).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":4603,"verse_id":"LEV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “from the domesticated animal, from the herd, and from the flock.” It is clear from the subsequent division between animals from the “herd” ( בָּקָר , baqar , in Lev 1:3-9 ) and the “flock” ( צֹאן , tso ’ n ; see Lev 1:10-13 ) that the term for “domesticated animal” ( בְּהֵמָה , bÿhemah ) is a general term meant to introduce the category of pastoral quadrupeds. The stronger disjunctive accent over בְּהֵמָה in the MT as well as the lack of a vav ( ו ) between it and בָּקָר also suggest בְּהֵמָה is an overall category that includes both “herd” and “flock” quadrupeds. sn The bird category ( Lev 1:14-17 ) is not included in this introduction because bird offerings were, by and large, concessions to the poor (cf., e.g., Lev 5:7-10; 12:8; 14:21-32 ) and, therefore, not considered to be one of the primary categories of animal offerings.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":4604,"verse_id":"LEV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “door” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “doorway” (likewise throughout the book of Leviticus). The translation “door” or “doorway” may suggest a framed door in a casing to the modern reader, but here the term refers to the entrance to a tent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":4605,"verse_id":"LEV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The NIV correctly has “it” in the text, referring to the acceptance of the animal (cf., e.g., RSV, NEB, NLT), but “he” in the margin, referring to the acceptance of the offerer (cf. ASV, NASB, JB). The reference to a “flawless male” in the first half of this verse suggests that the issue here is the acceptability of the animal to make atonement on behalf of the offerer ( Lev 1:4 ; cf. NRSV “for acceptance in your behalf”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":4606,"verse_id":"LEV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"“To make atonement” is the standard translation of the Hebrew term כִּפֶּר , ( kipper ); cf. however TEV “as a sacrifice to take away his sins” (CEV similar). The English word derives from a combination of “at” plus Middle English “one[ment],” referring primarily to reconciliation or reparation that is made in order to accomplish reconciliation. The primary meaning of the Hebrew verb, however, is “to wipe [something off (or on)]” (see esp. the goal of the sin offering, , “to purge” the tabernacle from impurities), but in some cases it refers metaphorically to “wiping away” anything that might stand in the way of good relations by bringing a gift (see, e.g., Gen 32:20 [21 HT], “to appease; to pacify” as an illustration of this). The translation “make atonement” has been retained here because, ultimately, the goal of either purging or appeasing was to maintain a proper relationship between the Lord (who dwelt in the tabernacle) and Israelites in whose midst the tabernacle was pitched (see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:689-710 for a full discussion of the Hebrew word meaning “to make atonement” and its theological significance).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":4607,"verse_id":"LEV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent (the offerer) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The LXX has “they” rather than “he,” suggesting that the priests, not the offerer, were to slaughter the bull (cf. the notes on vv. 6 a and 9a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":4608,"verse_id":"LEV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the son of the herd”; cf. KJV “bullock”; NASB, NIV “young bull.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":4609,"verse_id":"LEV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"“Splash” (cf. NAB) or “dash” (cf. NRSV) is better than “sprinkle,” which is the common English translation of this verb ( זָרַק , zaraq ; see, e.g., KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT). “Sprinkle” is not strong enough (contrast נָזָה [ nazah ], which does indeed mean “to sprinkle” or “to splatter”; cf. Lev 4:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":4610,"verse_id":"LEV.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent (the offerer) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The LXX and Smr have “they” rather than “he” in both halves of this verse, suggesting that the priests, not the offerer, were to skin and cut the carcass of the bull into pieces (cf. the notes on vv. 5 a and 9a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":4611,"verse_id":"LEV.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Tg. Onq. have plural “priests” here (cf. 1:5, 8 ) rather than the MT singular “priest” (cf. NAB). The singular “priest” would mean (1) Aaron, the (high) priest, or (2) the officiating priest, as in Lev 1:9 (cf. 6:10 [3 HT], etc.). “The sons of Aaron” is probably a textual corruption caused by conflation with Lev 1:5, 8 (cf. the remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 13).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":4612,"verse_id":"LEV.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"A few Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Tg. Onq. have the conjunction “and” before “the head,” which would suggest the rendering “and the head and the suet” rather than the rendering of the MT here, “with the head and the suet.” sn “Suet” is the specific term used for the hard, fatty tissues found around the kidneys of sheep and cattle. A number of modern English versions have simplified this to “fat” (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":4613,"verse_id":"LEV.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “on the wood, which is on the fire, which is on the altar.” Cf. NIV “on the burning wood”; NLT “on the wood fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":4614,"verse_id":"LEV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Finally, he”; the referent (the offerer) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Once again, the MT assigns the preparation of the offering (here the entrails and legs) to the offerer because it did not bring him into direct contact with the altar, but reserves the actual placing of the sacrifice on the altar for the officiating priest (cf. the notes on vv. 5 a and 6a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":4615,"verse_id":"LEV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “toward the altar,” but the so-called locative ה ( hey ) attached to the word for “altar” can indicate the place where something is or happens (GKC 250 §90. d and GKC 373-74 §118. g ; cf. also J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:161). This is a standard way of expressing “on/at the altar” with the verb “to offer up in smoke” (Hiphil of קָטַר [ qatar ]; cf. also Exod 29:13, 18, 25 ; Lev 1:9, 13, 15, 17; 2:2 , etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":4616,"verse_id":"LEV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"A few Hebrew mss and possibly the Leningrad B19a ms itself (the basis of the BHS Hebrew text of the MT), under an apparent erasure, plus Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Tg. Ps.-J. suggest that Hebrew הוּא ( hu ’, translated as “it is”) should be added here as in vv. 13 and 17 . Whether or not the text should be changed, the meaning is the same as in vv. 13 and 17 , so it has been included in the translation here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":4617,"verse_id":"LEV.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “And if from the flock is his offering, from the sheep or from the goats, for a burnt offering.” Here “flock” specifies the broad category, with “sheep or goats” giving specific examples.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":4618,"verse_id":"LEV.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent (the offerer) has been specified in the translation for clarity (so also in v. 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":4619,"verse_id":"LEV.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “from the [category] ‘bird.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":4620,"verse_id":"LEV.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “from the sons of the pigeon,” referring either to “young pigeons” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT) or “various species of pigeon” (contrast J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:168, with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 14).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":4621,"verse_id":"LEV.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The action here seems to involve both a twisting action, breaking the neck of the bird and severing its vertebrae, as well as pinching or nipping the skin to sever the head from the main body. Cf. NASB, NRSV “wring off its head”; NAB “snap its head loose”; NLT “twist off its head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":4622,"verse_id":"LEV.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Many English versions have “it” here, referring to the head of the bird, which the priest immediately tossed on the altar fire. However, “it” could be misunderstood to refer to the bird’s body, so “head” is repeated in the present translation for clarity. As the following lines show, certain things needed to be done to the body of the bird before it could be placed on the altar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":4623,"verse_id":"LEV.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent (apparently still the priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":4624,"verse_id":"LEV.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"This translation (“remove its entrails by [cutting off] its tail feathers”) is based on the discussion in J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:169-71, although he translates, “remove its crissum by its feathers.” Others possibilities include “its crop with its contents” ( Tg. Onq. , cf. NIV, NRSV; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 23) or “its crop with its feathers” (LXX, NASB, RSV; “crop” refers to the enlarged part of a bird’s gullet that serves a pouch for the preliminary maceration of food).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":4625,"verse_id":"LEV.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"The pronoun “them” here is feminine singular in Hebrew and refers collectively to the entrails and tail wing which have been removed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":4626,"verse_id":"LEV.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “he shall not divide it.” Several Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, and Syriac have a vav on the negative, yielding the translation, “ but he shall not divide it into two parts.” Cf. NIV “not severing it completely” (NRSV similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":4627,"verse_id":"LEV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew term for “choice wheat flour” ( סֹלֶת , selet ) is often translated “fine flour” (cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NCV), but it refers specifically to wheat as opposed to barley (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 10). Moreover, the translation “flour” might be problematic, since the Hebrew term may designate the “grits” rather than the more finely ground “flour” (see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:179 as opposed to Levine, 10, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 30).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":4628,"verse_id":"LEV.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. The syntax is strange here and might suggest that it was the offerer who scooped out a handful of the grain offering for the memorial portion (G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 66), but based on v. 9 below it should be understood that it was the priest who performed this act (see, e.g., NRSV “After taking from it a handful of the choice flour and oil…the priest shall…”; see also J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:177, 181 and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 30).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":4629,"verse_id":"LEV.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The words “it is” have been supplied. See the notes on Lev 1:9 and 2:3 . There is no text critical problem here, but the syntax suggests the same translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":4630,"verse_id":"LEV.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “…is to Aaron and to his sons.” The preposition “to” ( לְ , lamed ) indicates ownership. Cf. NAB, NASB, NIV and other English versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":4631,"verse_id":"LEV.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “it is” ( הוּא , hu ’) are not in the MT, but are supplied for the sake of translation into English. The Syriac also for translational reasons adds it between “most holy” and “from the gifts” (cf. 1:13, 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":4632,"verse_id":"LEV.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “holy of holies”; KJV, NASB “a thing most holy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":4633,"verse_id":"LEV.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The insertion of the words “it must be made of” is justified by the context and the expressed words “it shall be made of” in vv. 7 and 8 below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":4634,"verse_id":"LEV.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “and.” Here the conjunction vav ( ו ) has an alternative sense (“or”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":4635,"verse_id":"LEV.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"The Hebrew word מְשֻׁחִים ( mÿshukhim ) translated here as “smeared” is often translated “anointed” in other contexts. Cf. TEV “brushed with olive oil” (CEV similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":4636,"verse_id":"LEV.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"There is no vav ( ו , “and”) in the MT at the beginning of v. 6 and the verb is pointed as an infinite absolute. The present translation has rendered it as an imperative (see GKC 346 §113. bb ) and, therefore, the same for the following vav consecutive perfect verb (cf. NIV “Crumble it and pour oil on it”; cf. also NRSV, NEB, NLT, and J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:185, but note the objections to this rendering in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 26). The LXX seems to suggest adding a vav (“and”) and pointing the verb as a consecutive perfect, which yields “and you shall break it in pieces” (cf. the BHS textual note; Hartley, 26, prefers the LXX rendering).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":4637,"verse_id":"LEV.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “a grain offering of a pan”; cf. KJV “fryingpan”; NAB “pot”; CEV “pan with a lid on it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":4638,"verse_id":"LEV.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"There are several person, gender, and voice verb problems in this verse. First, the MT has “And you shall bring the grain offering,” but the LXX and Qumran have “he” rather than “you” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:185). Second, the MT has “which shall be made” (i.e., the 3rd person masculine Niphal passive verb which, in fact, does not agree with its feminine subject, מִנְחָה , minkhah , “grain offering”), while the LXX has “which he shall make” (3rd person Qal), thus agreeing with the LXX 3rd person verb at the beginning of the verse (see above). Third, the MT has a 3rd person vav consecutive verb “and he shall present it to the priest,” which agrees with the LXX but is not internally consistent with the 2nd person verb at the beginning of the verse in the MT. The BHS editors conjecture that the latter might be repointed to an imperative verb yielding “present it to the priest.” This would require no change of consonants and corresponds to the person of the first verb in the MT. This solution has been tentatively accepted here (cf. also J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 26-27), even though it neither resolves the gender problem of the second verb nor fits the general grammatical pattern of the chapter in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":4639,"verse_id":"LEV.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew verb הֵרִים ( herim , “to take up”; cf. NAB “lift”) is commonly used for setting aside portions of an offering (see, e.g., Lev 4:8-10 and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 4:335-36). A number of English versions employ the more normal English idiom “take out” here (e.g., NIV, NCV); cf. NRSV “remove.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":4640,"verse_id":"LEV.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The words “it is” ( הוּא , hu ’) both here and in vv. 10 and 16 are not in the MT, but are assumed. (cf. vv. 2 b and 3b and the notes there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":4641,"verse_id":"LEV.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"See the note on “it is” in v. 9 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":4642,"verse_id":"LEV.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “Every grain offering which you offer to the Lord must not be made leavened.” The noun “leaven” is traditional in English versions (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), but “yeast” is more commonly used today.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":4643,"verse_id":"LEV.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"A few Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, and Tg. Ps.-J. have the verb “present” rather than “offer up in smoke,” but the MT is clearly correct. One could indeed present leavened and honey sweetened offerings as first fruit offerings, which were not burned on the altar (see v. 12 and the note there), but they could not be offered up in fire on the altar. Cf. the TEV’s ambiguous “you must never use yeast or honey in food offered to the Lord.” tn Heb “for all leaven and all honey you must not offer up in smoke from it a gift to the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":4644,"verse_id":"LEV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “from upon your grain offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":4645,"verse_id":"LEV.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The translation of this whole section of the clause is difficult. Theoretically, it could describe one, two, or three different ways of preparing first ripe grain offerings (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 27). The translation here takes it as a description of only one kind of prepared grain. This is suggested by the fact that v. 16 uses only one term “crushed bits” ( גֶּרֶשׂ , geres ) to refer back to the grain as it is prepared in v. 14 (a more technical translation is “groats”; see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:178, 194). Cf. NAB “fresh grits of new ears of grain”; NRSV “coarse new grain from fresh ears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":4646,"verse_id":"LEV.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"See the note on “it is” in 2:9 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":4647,"verse_id":"LEV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “if a male if a female, perfect he shall present it before the Lord .” The “or” in the present translation (and most other English versions) is not present in the Hebrew text here, but see v. 6 below.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":4648,"verse_id":"LEV.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"See the remarks on Lev 1:3-5 above for some of the details of translation here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":4649,"verse_id":"LEV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent (the person presenting the offering) has been specified in the translation for clarity (cf. the note on Lev 1:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":4650,"verse_id":"LEV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “and all the fat on the entrails.” The fat layer that covers the entrails as a whole (i.e., “that covers the entrails”) is different from the fat that surrounds and adheres to the various organs (“on the entrails,” i.e., surrounding them; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:205-7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":4651,"verse_id":"LEV.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and the protruding lobe on the liver on the kidneys he shall remove it.” Cf. NRSV “the appendage of the liver”; NIV “the covering of the liver” (KJV “the caul above the liver”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":4652,"verse_id":"LEV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “on the fire – [it is] a gift of a soothing aroma to the Lord ” (see Lev 1:13 b, 17b, and the note on 1:9 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":4653,"verse_id":"LEV.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “a male or female without defect he shall present it”; cf. NLT “must have no physical defects.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":4654,"verse_id":"LEV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"See the note on this term at 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":4655,"verse_id":"LEV.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “and the protruding lobe on the liver on the kidneys he shall remove it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":4656,"verse_id":"LEV.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “food, a gift to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":4657,"verse_id":"LEV.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “and the protruding lobe on the liver on the kidneys he shall remove it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":4658,"verse_id":"LEV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The words “This is” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied due to requirements of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":4659,"verse_id":"LEV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “for your generations”; NAB “for your descendants”; NLT “for you and all your descendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":4660,"verse_id":"LEV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “all fat and all blood you must not eat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":4661,"verse_id":"LEV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “And a person, when he sins in straying.” The English translation of “by straying” ( בִּשְׁגָגָה [ bishgagah ] literally, “in going astray; in making an error”) varies greatly, but almost all suggest that this term refers to sins that were committed by mistake or done not knowing that the particular act was sinful (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:228-29). See, e.g., LXX “involuntarily”; Tg. Onq. “by neglect”; KJV “through ignorance”; ASV, RSV, NJPS “unwittingly”; NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “unintentionally”; NAB, NEB “inadvertently”; NCV “by accident.” However, we know from Num 15:27-31 that committing a sin “by straying” is the opposite of committing a sin “defiantly” (i.e., בְּיַד רָמָה [ bÿyad ramah ] “with a raised hand,” v. 30 ). In the latter case the person, as it were, raises his fist in presumptuous defiance against the Lord . Thus, he “blasphemes” the Lord and has “despised” his word, for which he should be “cut off from among his people” ( Num 15:30-31 ). One could not bring an offering for such a sin. The expression here in Lev 4:2 combines “by straying” with the preposition “from” which fits naturally with “straying” (i.e., “straying from” the Lord ’s commandments). For sins committed “by straying” from the commandments ( throughout) or other types of transgressions ( Lev 5:1-6 ) there was indeed forgiveness available through the sin offering. See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:94-95.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":4662,"verse_id":"LEV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"This is an emphatic use of the preposition מִן ( min ; see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 56-57, §325).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":4663,"verse_id":"LEV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"The “when” clause ( כִּי , ki ) breaks off here before its resolution, thus creating an open-ended introduction to the following subsections, which are introduced by “if” ( אִם [’ im ] vv. 3, 13, 27, 32 ). Also, the last part of the verse reads literally, “which must not be done and does from one from them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":4664,"verse_id":"LEV.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “the anointed priest” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). This refers to the high priest (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":4665,"verse_id":"LEV.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “to the guilt of the people”; NRSV “thus bringing guilt on the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":4666,"verse_id":"LEV.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “and he shall offer on his sin which he sinned, a bull, a son of the herd, flawless.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":4667,"verse_id":"LEV.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “from the blood of the bull” (and similarly throughout this chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":4668,"verse_id":"LEV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The Hebrew verb וְהִזָּה ( vÿhizzah , Hiphil of נָזָה , nazah ) does indeed mean “sprinkle” or “splatter.” Contrast the different Hebrew verb meaning “splash” in Lev 1:5 ( זָרָק , zaraq ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":4669,"verse_id":"LEV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “of the blood.” The relative pronoun (“it”) has been used in the translation here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":4670,"verse_id":"LEV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"The particle here translated “toward” usually serves as a direct object indicator or a preposition meaning “with.” With the verb of motion it probably means “toward,” “in the direction of” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:234; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 60); cf. NAB, CEV.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":4671,"verse_id":"LEV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"The Hebrew term פָּרֹכֶת ( parokhet ) is usually translated “veil” (e.g., ASV, NAB, NASB) or “curtain” (e.g., NIV, NRSV), but it seems to have stretched not only in front of but also over the top of the ark of the covenant which stood behind and under it inside the most holy place (see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 3:687-89).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":4672,"verse_id":"LEV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “all the fat of the bull of the sin offering he shall take up from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":4673,"verse_id":"LEV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"The MT has here the preposition עַל (’ al , “on, upon” [i.e., “which covers on the entrails,” as awkward in Hebrew as it is in English]), but Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Targums read אֶת (’ et ), which is what would be expected (i.e., “which covers the entrails”; cf. Lev 3:3, 9, 14 ). It may have been mistakenly inserted here under the influence of “on ( עַל ) the entrails” at the end of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":4674,"verse_id":"LEV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “and all the fat on the entrails.” The fat layer that covers the entrails as a whole (i.e., “that covers the entrails”) is different from the fat that surrounds and adheres to the various organs (“on the entrails,” i.e., surrounding them; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:205-7).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":4675,"verse_id":"LEV.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “and the protruding lobe on the liver on the kidneys he shall remove it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":4676,"verse_id":"LEV.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “taken up from”; KJV, ASV “taken off from”; NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “removed.” See the notes on Lev 3:3-4 above (cf. also 3:9-10, 14-15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":4677,"verse_id":"LEV.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"All of v. 11 is a so-called casus pendens (also known as an extraposition or a nominative absolute), which means that it anticipates the next verse, being the full description of “all (the rest of) the bull” (lit. “all the bull”) at the beginning of v. 12 (actually after the first verb of the verse; see the next note below).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":4678,"verse_id":"LEV.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “And he (the offerer) shall bring out all the bull to from outside to the camp to a clean place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":4679,"verse_id":"LEV.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “a clean place,” but referring to a place that is ceremonially clean. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":4680,"verse_id":"LEV.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “the pouring out [place] of fatty ash.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A12/4"}
{"id":4681,"verse_id":"LEV.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “burn with fire.” This expression is somewhat redundant in English, so the translation collocates “fire” with “wood,” thus “a wood fire.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A12/5"}
{"id":4682,"verse_id":"LEV.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “strays”; KJV “sin through ignorance.” The verb “strays” here is the verbal form of the noun in the expression “by straying” (see the note on Lev 4:2 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":4683,"verse_id":"LEV.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “is concealed from the eyes of”; NASB, NRSV, NLT “escapes the notice of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":4684,"verse_id":"LEV.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “and they do one from all the commandments of the Lord which must not be done” (cf. v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":4685,"verse_id":"LEV.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “and the sin which they committed on it becomes known”; KJV “which they have sinned against it.” The Hebrew עָלֶיהָ (’ aleha , “on it”) probably refers back to “one of the commandments” in v. 13 (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:243).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":4686,"verse_id":"LEV.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and he shall slaughter.” The singular verb seems to refer to an individual who represents the whole congregation, perhaps one of the elders referred to at the beginning of the verse, or the officiating priest (cf. v. 21 ). The LXX and Syriac make the verb plural, referring to “the elders of the congregation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":4687,"verse_id":"LEV.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “the anointed priest” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). This refers to the high priest (cf. TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":4688,"verse_id":"LEV.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The words “in the blood” are not repeated in the Hebrew text at this point, but must be supplied in the English translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":4689,"verse_id":"LEV.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"The Hebrew verb וְהִזָּה ( vÿhizzah , Hiphil of נָזָה , nazah ) does indeed mean “sprinkle” or “splatter.” Contrast the different Hebrew verb translated “splash” in Lev 1:5 ( זָרָק , zaraq ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":4690,"verse_id":"LEV.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"The MT reads literally, “and the priest shall dip his finger from the blood and sprinkle seven times.” This is awkward. Compare v. 6 , which has literally, “and the priest shall dip his finger in the blood and sprinkle from the blood seven times.” The MT appears to be corrupt by haplography (i.e., assuming v. 6 to be the correct form, in v. 17 the scribe skipped from “his finger” to “from the blood,” thus missing “in the blood”) and metathesis (i.e., this also resulted in a text where “from the blood” stands before “sprinkle” rather than after it; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 47).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":4691,"verse_id":"LEV.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.17","text":"See the note on v. 6 above.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A17/4"}
{"id":4692,"verse_id":"LEV.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. Based on the parallel statement in 4:10 and 4:31 , it is the priest who performs this action rather than the person who brought the offering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":4693,"verse_id":"LEV.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “take up all its fat from it”; NASB “shall remove all its fat from it.” sn See the full discussion of the fat regulations in Lev 4:8-9 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":4694,"verse_id":"LEV.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fat) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Only the fat is meant here, since the “rest” of the bull is mentioned in v. 21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":4695,"verse_id":"LEV.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to them” or “it shall be forgiven to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":4696,"verse_id":"LEV.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “And he shall bring out the bull to from outside to the camp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":4697,"verse_id":"LEV.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"This section begins with the relative pronoun אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) which usually means “who” or “which,” but here means “whenever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":4698,"verse_id":"LEV.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"See the Lev 4:2 note on “straying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":4699,"verse_id":"LEV.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “and does one from all the commandments of the Lord his God which must not be done”; cf. NRSV “ought not to be done”; NIV “does what is forbidden in any of the commands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A22/3"}
{"id":4700,"verse_id":"LEV.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “or his sin which he sinned in it is made known to him”; NAB “if he learns of the sin he committed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":4701,"verse_id":"LEV.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Lev 4:22 b-23a is difficult. The present translation suggests that there are two possible legal situations envisioned, separated by the Hebrew אוֹ (’ o , “or”) at the beginning of v. 23 . Lev 4:22 b refers to any case in which the leader readily admits his guilt (i.e., “pleads guilty”), whereas v. 23 a refers to cases where the leader is convicted of his guilt by legal action (“his sin…is made known to him”). See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:95-96; Lev 4:27-28 ; and esp. the notes on Lev 5:1 below.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":4702,"verse_id":"LEV.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “a he-goat of goats, a male without defect”; cf. NLT “with no physical defects.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A23/3"}
{"id":4703,"verse_id":"LEV.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"The LXX has a plural form here and also for the same verb later in the verse. See the note on Lev 1:5 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":4704,"verse_id":"LEV.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. Based on the parallel statements in 4:10 and 4:31 , it is the priest who performs this action rather than the person who brought the offering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":4705,"verse_id":"LEV.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “from.” In this phrase the preposition מִן ( min ) may be referring to the reason or cause (“on account of, because of”; GKC 383 §119. z ). As J. E. Hartley ( Leviticus [WBC], 47) points out, “from” may refer to the removal of the sin, but is an awkward expression. Hartley also suggests that the phrasing might be “an elliptical expression for יְכַפֵּר עַל־לְטַהֵר אֶת־מִן , ‘he will make expiation for…to cleanse…from…,’ as in 16:30 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A26/3"}
{"id":4706,"verse_id":"LEV.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A26/4"}
{"id":4707,"verse_id":"LEV.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “an individual from the people of the land”; cf. NASB “anyone of the common people” (KJV, ASV both similar); NAB “a private person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":4708,"verse_id":"LEV.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “If one person sins by straying, from the people of the land.” See Lev 4:2 for a note on “straying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":4709,"verse_id":"LEV.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “by doing it, one from the commandments of the Lord which must not be done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A27/3"}
{"id":4710,"verse_id":"LEV.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “or his sin which he sinned is made known to him”; cf. NCV “when that person learns about his sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":4711,"verse_id":"LEV.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.28","text":"Lev 4:27 b-28a is essentially the same as 4:22 b-23a (see the notes there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A28/2"}
{"id":4712,"verse_id":"LEV.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “a she-goat of goats, a female without defect”; NAB “an unblemished she-goat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A28/3"}
{"id":4713,"verse_id":"LEV.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “on his sin.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A28/4"}
{"id":4714,"verse_id":"LEV.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"The LXX has a plural form here (see v. 24 above and the note on Lev 1:5 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":4715,"verse_id":"LEV.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A31/2"}
{"id":4716,"verse_id":"LEV.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"Heb “Then he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here “he” refers to the offerer rather than the priest (contrast the clauses before and after).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":4717,"verse_id":"LEV.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.35","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%204%3A35/3"}
{"id":4718,"verse_id":"LEV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “And a person when he sins.” Most English versions translate this as the protasis of a conditional clause: “if a person sins” (NASB, NIV). sn The same expression occurs in Lev 4:2 where it introduces sins done “by straying unintentionally from any of the commandments of the Lord which must not be done” (see the notes there). Lev 5:1-13 is an additional section of sin offering regulations directed at violations other than those referred to by this expression in Lev 4:2 (see esp. 5:1-6 ), and expanding on the offering regulations for the common person in Lev 4:27-35 with concessions to the poor common person ( 5:7-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":4719,"verse_id":"LEV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The words “against one who fails to testify” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied to make sense of the remark about the “curse” (“imprecation” or “oath”; cf. ASV “adjuration”; NIV “public charge”) for the modern reader. For the interpretation of this verse reflected in the present translation see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:292-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":4720,"verse_id":"LEV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"The words “what had happened” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":4721,"verse_id":"LEV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and hears a voice of curse, and he is a witness or he saw or he knew, if he does not declare.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":4722,"verse_id":"LEV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and he shall bear his iniquity.” The rendering “bear the punishment (for the iniquity)” reflects the use of the word “iniquity” to refer to the punishment for iniquity (cf. NRSV, NLT “subject to punishment”). It is sometimes referred to as the consequential use of the term (cf. Lev 5:17; 7:18; 10:17 ; etc.).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A1/5"}
{"id":4723,"verse_id":"LEV.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"The insertion of the words “when there is” is a reflection of the few Hebrew mss , Smr, and LXX that have כִּי ( ki , “when, if”; cf. vv. 3 and esp. 4) rather than the MT’s אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “who”). Many English versions render this as a conditional clause (“if”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":4724,"verse_id":"LEV.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The word “ceremonially” has been supplied in the translation to clarify that the uncleanness involved is ritual or ceremonial in nature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":4725,"verse_id":"LEV.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “and it is hidden from him,” meaning that the person who contracted the ceremonial uncleanness was not aware at the time what had happened, but later found out that he had become ceremonially unclean. This same phrase occurs again in both vv. 3 and 4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":4726,"verse_id":"LEV.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “or if he touches uncleanness of mankind to any of his uncleanness which he becomes unclean in it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":4727,"verse_id":"LEV.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “to speak thoughtlessly”; cf. NAB “rashly utters an oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":4728,"verse_id":"LEV.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “and is guilty to one from these,” probably referring here to any of “these” things about which one might swear a thoughtless oath (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 45), with the word “oath” supplied in the translation for clarity. Another possibility is that “to one from these” is a dittography from v. 5 (cf. the note on v. 5 a), and that v. 4 ends with “and is guilty” like vv. 2 and 3 (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:300).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":4729,"verse_id":"LEV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and it shall happen when he becomes guilty to one from these,” referring to any of “these” possible transgressions in Lev 5:1-4 . Tg. Onq. , the original Greek translation, and the Latin Vulgate omit this clause, possibly due to homoioteleuton because of the repetition of “to one from these” from the end of v. 4 in v. 5 a (cf. the note on v. 4 b). sn What all the transgressions in Lev 5:1-4 have in common is that the time is past for handling the original situation properly (i.e., testifying in court, following purity regulations, or fulfilling an oath), so now the person has become guilty and needs to follow corrective sacrificial procedures.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":4730,"verse_id":"LEV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “which he sinned on it”; cf. ASV “confess that wherein he hath sinned”; NCV “must tell how he sinned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":4731,"verse_id":"LEV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"In this context the word for “guilt” ( אָשָׁם , ’ asham ) refers to the “penalty” for incurring guilt, the so-called consequential אָשָׁם (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:303; cf. the note on Lev 5:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":4732,"verse_id":"LEV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"See the note on 4:26 regarding the use of מִן ( min ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":4733,"verse_id":"LEV.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “and if his hand does not reach enough of a flock animal” (see the note on v. 11 below). The term translated “animal from the flock” ( שֶׂה , seh ) is often translated “lamb” (e.g., KJV, NASB, NIV, NCV) or “sheep” (e.g., NRSV, TEV, NLT), but it clearly includes either a sheep or a goat here (cf. v. 6 ), referring to the smaller pasture animals as opposed to the larger ones (i.e., cattle; cf. 4:3 ). Some English versions use the more generic “animal” (e.g., NAB, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":4734,"verse_id":"LEV.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “and he shall bring his guilt which he sinned,” which is an abbreviated form of Lev 5:6 , “and he shall bring his [penalty for] guilt to the Lord for his sin which he committed.” The words “for his sin” have been left out in v. 7 , and “to the Lord ” has been moved so that it follows the mention of the birds.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":4735,"verse_id":"LEV.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"See the note on Lev 1:14 above.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":4736,"verse_id":"LEV.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “he.” The subject (“he”) refers to the priest here, not the offerer who presented the birds to the priest (cf. v. 8 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":4737,"verse_id":"LEV.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “he shall not divide [it]” (see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:305).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":4738,"verse_id":"LEV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The Hebrew verb וְהִזָּה ( vÿhizzah , Hiphil of נָזָה , nazah ) does indeed mean “sprinkle” or “splatter” (cf. Lev 4:6, 17 ). Contrast “splash” in Lev 1:5 , etc. ( זָרָק , zaraq ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":4739,"verse_id":"LEV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “the remainder in the blood.” The Heb. preposition “in” ( בְּ , bÿ ) is used here to mean “some among” a whole collection of something.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":4740,"verse_id":"LEV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"The word “bird” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":4741,"verse_id":"LEV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"See the note on 4:26 with regard to מִן , min .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":4742,"verse_id":"LEV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A10/5"}
{"id":4743,"verse_id":"LEV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “and if his hand does not reach [or is not sufficient] to”; cf. NASB “if his means are insufficient for.” The expression is the same as that in Lev 5:7 above except for the verb: נָשַׂג ( nasag , “to collect, to reach, to be sufficient”) is used here, but נָגַע ( nagah , “to touch, to reach”) is used in v. 7 . Smr has the former in both v. 7 and 11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":4744,"verse_id":"LEV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"See the note on Lev 1:14 above (cf. also 5:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":4745,"verse_id":"LEV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “and he shall bring his offering which he sinned.” Like the similar expression in v. 7 above (see the note there), this is an abbreviated form of Lev 5:6 , “and he shall bring his [penalty for] guilt to the Lord for his sin which he committed.” Here the words “to the Lord for his sin” have been left out, and “his [penalty for] guilt” has been changed to “his offering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":4746,"verse_id":"LEV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.11","text":"See the note on Lev 2:1 above.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A11/5"}
{"id":4747,"verse_id":"LEV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “from one from these,” referring to the four kinds of violations of the law delineated in Lev 5:1-4 (see the note on Lev 5:5 above and cf. Lev 4:27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":4748,"verse_id":"LEV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":4749,"verse_id":"LEV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and it”; the referent (the remaining portion of the offering) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":4750,"verse_id":"LEV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and it shall be to the priest like the grain offering,” referring to the rest of the grain that was not offered on the altar (cf. the regulations in Lev 2:3, 10 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A13/5"}
{"id":4751,"verse_id":"LEV.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “trespasses a trespass” (verb and direct object from the same Hebrew root, מַעַל , ma ’ al ); cf. NIV “commits a violation.” The word refers to some kind of overstepping of the boundary between that which is common (i.e., available for common use by common people) and that which is holy (i.e., to be used only for holy purposes because it has been consecrated to the Lord , see further below). See the note on Lev 10:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":4752,"verse_id":"LEV.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"See Lev 4:2 above for a note on “straying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":4753,"verse_id":"LEV.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.15","text":"Here the word for “guilt” ( אָשָׁם , ’ asham ) refers to the “penalty” for incurring guilt, the so-called consequential use of אָשָׁם (’ asham ; see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:303).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A15/4"}
{"id":4754,"verse_id":"LEV.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “in your valuation, silver of shekels, in the shekel of the sanctuary.” The translation offered here suggests that, instead of a ram, the guilt offering could be presented in the form of money (see, e.g., NRSV; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:326-27). Others still maintain the view that it refers to the value of the ram that was offered (see, e.g., NIV “of the proper value in silver, according to the sanctuary shekel”; also NAB, NLT; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 72-73, 81). sn The sanctuary shekel was about 10 grams (= ca. two fifths of an ounce; J. E. Shepherd, NIDOTTE 4:237-38).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A15/5"}
{"id":4755,"verse_id":"LEV.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.15","text":"The word for “guilt offering” (sometimes translated “reparation offering”) is the same as “guilt” earlier in the verse (rendered there “[penalty for] guilt”). One can tell which is intended only by the context. sn The primary purpose of the guilt offering was to “atone” (see the note on Lev 1:4 above) for “trespassing” on the Lord ’s “holy things” (see later in this verse) or the property of others in the community ( Lev 6:1-7 [5:20-26 HT]; 19:20-22 ; Num 5:5-10 ). It was closely associated with reconsecration of the Lord ’s sacred things or his sacred people (see, e.g., Lev 14:12-18 ; Num 6:11 b-12). Moreover, there was usually an associated reparation made for the trespass, including restitution of that which was violated plus one fifth of its value as a fine ( Lev 5:16; 6:5 [5:24 HT]). See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 1:557-66.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A15/6"}
{"id":4756,"verse_id":"LEV.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “and which he sinned from the holy thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":4757,"verse_id":"LEV.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":4758,"verse_id":"LEV.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “and does one from all of the commandments of the Lord which must not be done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":4759,"verse_id":"LEV.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"The words “at the time” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":4760,"verse_id":"LEV.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “and he did not know, and he shall be guilty and he shall bear his iniquity” (for the rendering “bear his punishment [for iniquity]”) see the note on Lev 5:1 .) This portion of v. 17 is especially difficult. The translation offered here suggests (as in many other English versions) that the offender did not originally know that he had violated the Lord ’s commandments, but then came to know it and dealt with it accordingly (cf. the corresponding sin offering section in Lev 5:1-4 ). Another possibility is that it refers to a situation where a person suspects that he violated something although he does not recollect it. Thus, he brings a guilt offering for his suspected violation (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:331-34, 361-63). See also R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 1:561-62.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":4761,"verse_id":"LEV.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"The statement here is condensed. See the full expression in 5:15 and the note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":4762,"verse_id":"LEV.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “on his straying which he strayed.” See the note on Lev 4:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":4763,"verse_id":"LEV.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV and NASB both similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%205%3A18/4"}
{"id":4764,"verse_id":"LEV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “trespasses a trespass” (verb and direct object from the same Hebrew root מַעַל , ma ’ al ). See the note on 5:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":4765,"verse_id":"LEV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “neighbor” (ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NASB “companion”; TEV “a fellow-Israelite.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":4766,"verse_id":"LEV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “has extorted his neighbor”; ASV “oppressed”; NRSV “defrauded.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":4767,"verse_id":"LEV.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “and swears on falsehood”; cf. CEV “deny something while under oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":4768,"verse_id":"LEV.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “on one from all which the man shall do to sin in them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":4769,"verse_id":"LEV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “and it shall happen, when he sins and becomes guilty,” which is both resumptive of the previous (vv. 2-3 ) and the conclusion to the protasis (cf. “then” introducing the next clause as the apodosis). In this case, “becomes guilty” (cf. NASB, NIV) probably refers to his legal status as one who has been convicted of a crime in court; thus the translation “he is found guilty.” See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 1:559-61.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":4770,"verse_id":"LEV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “that had been held in trust with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":4771,"verse_id":"LEV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “or from all which he swears on it to falsehood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":4772,"verse_id":"LEV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “in its head.” This refers “the full amount” in terms of the “principal,” the original item or amount obtained illegally (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:338; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 84).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":4773,"verse_id":"LEV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “to whom it is to him he shall give it in the day of his being guilty.” The present translation is based on the view that he has been found guilty through the legal process (see the note on v. 4 above; cf., e.g., TEV and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 33-34). Others translate the latter part as “in the day he offers his guilt [reparation] offering” (e.g., NIV and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 73, 84), or “in the day he realizes his guilt” (e.g., NRSV and J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:319, 338).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":4774,"verse_id":"LEV.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"The words “into silver shekels” are supplied here. See the full expression in Lev 5:15 , and compare 5:18 . Cf. NRSV “or its equivalent”; NLT “or the animal’s equivalent value in silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":4775,"verse_id":"LEV.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":4776,"verse_id":"LEV.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “on one from all which he does to become guilty in it”; NAB “whatever guilt he may have incurred.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":4777,"verse_id":"LEV.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “It is the burnt offering on the hearth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":4778,"verse_id":"LEV.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “in it.” In this context “in it” apparently refers to the “hearth” which was on top of the altar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":4779,"verse_id":"LEV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The exact nature of this article of the priest’s clothing is difficult to determine. Cf. KJV, ASV “breeches”; NAB “drawers”; NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “undergarments”; NCV “underclothes”; CEV “underwear”; TEV “shorts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":4780,"verse_id":"LEV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “he shall lift up the fatty ashes which the fire shall consume the burnt offering on the altar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":4781,"verse_id":"LEV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “it,” referring the “fatty ashes” as a single unit.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":4782,"verse_id":"LEV.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The word “ceremonially” has been supplied in the translation to clarify that the uncleanness of the place involved is ritual or ceremonial in nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":4783,"verse_id":"LEV.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “in it,” apparently referring to the “hearth” which was on top of the altar (cf. the note on v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":4784,"verse_id":"LEV.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “offering it, the sons of Aaron.” The verb is a Hiphil infinitive absolute, which is used here in place of the finite verb as either a jussive (GKC 346 §113. cc , “let the sons of Aaron offer”) or more likely an injunctive in light of the verbs that follow (Joüon 2:430 §123. v , “the sons of Aaron shall/must offer”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":4785,"verse_id":"LEV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. The “he” refers to the officiating priest. A similar shift between singular and plural occurs in Lev 1:7-9 , but see the note on Lev 1:7 and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 89 for the possibility of textual corruption.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":4786,"verse_id":"LEV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “shall take up from it with his hand some of the choice wheat flour of the grain offering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":4787,"verse_id":"LEV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.15","text":"Smr reading, which includes the locative ה ( hey , translated “on” the altar), is preferred here. This is the normal construction with the verb “offer up in smoke” in Lev 1-7 (see the note on Lev 1:9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A15/4"}
{"id":4788,"verse_id":"LEV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “and he shall offer up in smoke [on] the altar a soothing aroma, its memorial portion, to the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A15/5"}
{"id":4789,"verse_id":"LEV.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “It must not be baked leavened” (cf. Lev 2:11 ). The noun “leaven” is traditional in English versions (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), but “yeast” is more commonly used today.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":4790,"verse_id":"LEV.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “holiness of holinesses [or holy of holies] it is”; cf. NAB “most sacred.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":4791,"verse_id":"LEV.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Or “a perpetual regulation”; cf. NASB “a permanent ordinance”; NRSV “as their perpetual due.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":4792,"verse_id":"LEV.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “for your generations”; cf. NIV “for the generations to come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":4793,"verse_id":"LEV.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “touches them”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. In this context “them” must refer to the “gifts” of the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A18/3"}
{"id":4794,"verse_id":"LEV.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.18","text":"Or “anyone/anything that touches them shall become holy” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:443-56). The question is whether this refers to the contagious nature of holy objects (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) or whether it simply sets forth a demand that anyone who touches the holy gifts of the Lord must be a holy person (cf. CEV). See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:900-902.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A18/4"}
{"id":4795,"verse_id":"LEV.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"For the rendering “choice wheat flour” see the note on Lev 2:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":4796,"verse_id":"LEV.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"The term rendered here “well soaked” (see, e.g., NRSV; the Hebrew term is מֻרְבֶּכֶת , murbbekhet ) occurs only three times (here; 7:12 , and 1 Chr 23:29 ), and is sometimes translated “well-mixed” (e.g., NIV, NCV, NLT; NASB “well stirred”; NAB “well kneaded”). The meaning is uncertain (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:399-400), but in Lev 7:12 it stands parallel to already prepared grain offerings either “mixed” (the Hebrew term is בְּלוּלֹת ( bÿlulot ), not מֻרְבֶּכֶת as in Lev 6:21 [ 6:14 HT]) or anointed with oil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":4797,"verse_id":"LEV.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “broken bits [?] of a grain offering of pieces,” but the meaning of the Hebrew term rendered here “broken bits” ( תֻּפִינֵי , tufiney ) is quite uncertain. Some take it from the Hebrew verb “to break up, to crumble” ( פַּת [ pat ]; e.g., the Syriac, NAB, NIV, NLT “broken” pieces) and others from “to bake” ( אָפַה , ’ afah ; e.g., NRSV “baked pieces”). For a good summary of other proposed options, see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 90. Compare Lev 2:5-6 for the general regulations regarding this manner of grain offering. Similar but less problematic terminology is used there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":4798,"verse_id":"LEV.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “And the anointed priest under him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":4799,"verse_id":"LEV.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “holiness of holinesses [or holy of holies] it is.” Cf. NAB “most sacred”; CEV “very sacred”; TEV “very holy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":4800,"verse_id":"LEV.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “on the garment”; NCV “on any clothes”; CEV “on the clothes of the priest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":4801,"verse_id":"LEV.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"The translation “you must wash” is based on the MT as it stands (cf. NASB, NIV). Smr, LXX, Syriac, Tg. Ps.-J. , and the Vulgate have a third person masculine singular passive form (Pual), “[the garment] must be washed” (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT). This could also be supported from the verbs in the following verse, and it requires only a repointing of the Hebrew text with no change in consonants. See the remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 90 and J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:404.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":4802,"verse_id":"LEV.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Heb “it”; the words “that vessel” are supplied in the translation to clarify the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":4803,"verse_id":"LEV.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “holiness of holinesses [or holy of holies] it is” (also in 7:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":4804,"verse_id":"LEV.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “burned with fire,” an expression which is sometimes redundant in English, but here means “burned up,” “burned up entirely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":4805,"verse_id":"LEV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the officiating priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity. This priest was responsible for any actions involving direct contact with the altar (e.g., the splashing of the blood).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":4806,"verse_id":"LEV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"See the note on Lev 1:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":4807,"verse_id":"LEV.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “then he.” This pronoun refers to the offerer, who was responsible for slaughtering the animal. Contrast v. 2 above and v. 5 below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":4808,"verse_id":"LEV.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"See the notes on Lev 3:3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":4809,"verse_id":"LEV.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"See the note on Lev 1:9 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":4810,"verse_id":"LEV.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “holiness of holinesses [or holy of holies] it is”; NAB “most sacred”; TEV “very holy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":4811,"verse_id":"LEV.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “like the sin offering like the guilt offering, one law to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":4812,"verse_id":"LEV.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and” rather than “or” (cf. also the next “or”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":4813,"verse_id":"LEV.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and all made in the pan”; cf. KJV “fryingpan”; NAB “deep-fried in a pot.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":4814,"verse_id":"LEV.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “a man like his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":4815,"verse_id":"LEV.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"This “he” pronoun refers to the offerer. Smr and LXX have plural “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":4816,"verse_id":"LEV.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “for a thank offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":4817,"verse_id":"LEV.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"See the notes on Lev 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":4818,"verse_id":"LEV.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"See the note on Lev 6:21 [ 6:14 HT].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":4819,"verse_id":"LEV.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “choice wheat flour well soaked ring-shaped loaves.” See the note on Lev 2:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A12/4"}
{"id":4820,"verse_id":"LEV.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The rendering “this [grain] offering” is more literally “his offering,” but it refers to the series of grain offerings listed just previously in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":4821,"verse_id":"LEV.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"The words “which regularly accompany” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for clarity. sn The translation “[which regularly accompany]…” is based on the practice of bringing bread (and wine) to eat with the portions of the peace offering meat eaten by the priests and worshipers (see v. 14 and Num 15:1-13 ). This was in addition to the memorial portion of the unleavened bread that was offered to the Lord on the altar (cf. Lev 2:2, 9 , and the note on 7:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":4822,"verse_id":"LEV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Here the Hebrew text reads “offering” ( קָרְבָּן , qorbban ), not “grain offering” ( מִנְחָה , minkhah ), but in this context the term refers once again to the list in 7:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":4823,"verse_id":"LEV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"The term rendered “contribution offering” is תְּרוּמָה ( tÿrumah ), which generally refers to that which is set aside from the offerings to the Lord as prebends for the officiating priests (cf. esp. Lev 7:28-34 and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 4:335-37). Cf. TEV “as a special contribution.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":4824,"verse_id":"LEV.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"In the verse “his” refers to the offerer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":4825,"verse_id":"LEV.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"For the distinction between votive and freewill offerings see the note on Lev 22:23 and the literature cited there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":4826,"verse_id":"LEV.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “and on the next day and the left over from it shall be eaten.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":4827,"verse_id":"LEV.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “burned with fire,” an expression which is sometimes redundant in English, but here means “burned up,” “burned up entirely” (likewise in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":4828,"verse_id":"LEV.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “desecrated,” or “defiled,” or “forbidden.” For this difficult term see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:422. Cf. NIV “it is impure”; NCV “it will become unclean”; NLT “will be contaminated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":4829,"verse_id":"LEV.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “his iniquity he shall bear” (cf. Lev 5:1 ); NIV “will be held responsible”; NRSV “shall incur guilt”; TEV “will suffer the consequences.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":4830,"verse_id":"LEV.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"The word “ceremonially” has been supplied in the translation both here and in the following sentence to clarify that the uncleanness involved is ritual or ceremonial in nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":4831,"verse_id":"LEV.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"The Hebrew has simply “the flesh,” but this certainly refers to “clean” flesh in contrast to the unclean flesh in the first half of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":4832,"verse_id":"LEV.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “and his unclean condition is on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":4833,"verse_id":"LEV.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “carcass,” referring to the carcass of an animal that has died on its own, not the carcass of an animal slaughtered for sacrifice or killed by wild beasts. This has been clarified in the translation by supplying the phrase “of natural causes”; cf. NAB, TEV “that has died a natural death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":4834,"verse_id":"LEV.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “shall be used for any work”; cf. NIV, NLT “may be used for any other purpose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":4835,"verse_id":"LEV.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “and any blood you must not eat in any of your dwelling places, to the bird and to the animal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":4836,"verse_id":"LEV.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.30","text":"Heb “on the breast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A30/1"}
{"id":4837,"verse_id":"LEV.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.30","text":"Many Hebrew mss and some versions (esp. the LXX) limit the offerings in the last part of this verse to the fat portions, specifically, the fat and the fat lobe of the liver (see the BHS footnote). The verse is somewhat awkward in Hebrew but nevertheless correct. tn Heb “the breast to wave it, a wave offering before the Lord .” Other possible translations are “to elevate the breast [as] an elevation offering before the Lord ” (cf. NRSV) or “to present the breast [as] a presentation offering before the Lord .” See J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 91, J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:430-31, 461-72, and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 3:63-67.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A30/2"}
{"id":4838,"verse_id":"LEV.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"Older English versions (e.g., KJV, ASV) translate this Hebrew term ( תְּרוּמָה , tÿrumah ) “heave offering,” derived from the idea of “to raise, to lift” found in the verbal root (cf. NAB “a raised offering”). “Contribution offering” is a better English rendering because it refers to something “taken out from” (i.e., “lifted up from”; cf. the Hebrew term הֵרִים ( herim ) in, e.g., Lev 2:9; 4:8 , etc.) the offering as a special contribution to the specific priest who presided over the offering procedures in any particular instance (see the next verse and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 4:335-37). Cf. TEV “as a special contribution”; NCV, NLT “as a gift.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":4839,"verse_id":"LEV.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Or “a perpetual regulation”; cf. NASB “as their due forever”; NRSV “as a perpetual due”; NLT “their regular share.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":4840,"verse_id":"LEV.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Heb “the day he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":4841,"verse_id":"LEV.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.35","text":"Heb “in the day of he presented them to serve as priests to the Lord .” The grammar here is relatively unusual. First, the verb “presented” appears to be in the perfect rather than the infinitive (but see GKC 531), the latter being normal in such temporal expressions. Second, the active verb form appears to be used as a passive plural (“they were presented”). However, if it is translated active and singular then Moses would be the subject: “on the day he [Moses] offered them [Aaron and his sons].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A35/2"}
{"id":4842,"verse_id":"LEV.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Heb “the day he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":4843,"verse_id":"LEV.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Heb “which the Lord commanded to give to them in the day he anointed them from the children of Israel.” Thus v. 36 is tied syntactically to v. 35 (see the note there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":4844,"verse_id":"LEV.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.36","text":"Heb “for your generations”; cf. NIV “for the generations to come”; TEV “for all time to come.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A36/3"}
{"id":4845,"verse_id":"LEV.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.37","text":"In the MT only “the grain offering” lacks a connecting ו ( vav ). However, many Hebrew , Smr, LXX, Syriac, and some mss of Tg. Onq. have the ו ( vav ) on “the grain offering” as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%207%3A37/2"}
{"id":4846,"verse_id":"LEV.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “on him”; the referent (Aaron) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":4847,"verse_id":"LEV.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “girded him with the sash” (so NASB); NCV “tied the cloth belt around him.” sn The sash fastened the tunic around the waist ( Exod 28:4, 39; 29:9; 39:29 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":4848,"verse_id":"LEV.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “girded him with.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A7/7"}
{"id":4849,"verse_id":"LEV.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Although usually thought to be a “turban” (and so translated by the majority of English versions) this object might be only a “turban-like headband” wound around the forehead area ( HALOT 624 s.v. מִצְנֶפֶת ). sn The turban consisted of wound-up linen (cf. Exod 28:4, 37, 39; 29:6; 39:31 ; Lev 16:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":4850,"verse_id":"LEV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The MT has here “sash” (singular), but the context is clearly plural and Smr has it in the plural. tn Heb “girded them with sashes” (so NAB, NASB); NRSV “fastened sashes around them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":4851,"verse_id":"LEV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “wrapped headdresses to them”; cf. KJV “bonnets”; NASB, TEV “caps”; NIV, NCV “headbands”; NAB, NLT “turbans.” sn Notice that the priestly garments of Aaron’s sons are quite limited compared to those of Aaron himself, the high priest (cf. vv. 7-9 above). The terms for “tunic” and “sash” are the same but not the headgear (cf. Exod 28:40; 29:8-9; 39:27-29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":4852,"verse_id":"LEV.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"The verb is the Piel of חָטָא ( khata ’, “to sin”) and means “to de-sin” the altar. This verse is important for confirming the main purpose of the sin offering, which was to decontaminate the tabernacle and its furniture from any impurities. See the note on Lev 4:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":4853,"verse_id":"LEV.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.15","text":"Similar to v. 10 above, “and consecrated it” refers to the effect of the blood manipulation earlier in the verse. The goal here was to consecrate the altar in order that it might become a place on which it would be appropriate “to make atonement” before the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A15/3"}
{"id":4854,"verse_id":"LEV.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Again, Aaron probably performed the slaughter and collected the fat parts (v. 16 a), but Moses presented it all on the altar (v. 16 b; cf. the note on v. 15 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":4855,"verse_id":"LEV.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “toward the altar” (see the note on Lev 1:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":4856,"verse_id":"LEV.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “he burned with fire,” an expression which is sometimes redundant in English, but here means “burned up,” “burned up entirely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":4857,"verse_id":"LEV.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Aaron probably did the slaughtering (cf. the notes on Lev 8:15-16 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":4858,"verse_id":"LEV.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Again, Aaron probably cut the ram up into parts (v. 20 a), but Moses presented them on the altar (v. 20 b; cf. the note on v. 15 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":4859,"verse_id":"LEV.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “cut it into its parts.” One could translate here, “quartered it” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:133; cf. Lev 1:6, 12 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":4860,"verse_id":"LEV.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Again, Aaron probably did the washing (v. 21 a), but Moses presented the portions on the altar (v. 21 b; cf. the note on v. 15 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":4861,"verse_id":"LEV.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"See Lev 1:9, 13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":4862,"verse_id":"LEV.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"For “ordination offering” see Lev 7:37","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":4863,"verse_id":"LEV.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Again, Aaron probably did the slaughtering (cf. the notes on Lev 8:15-16 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":4864,"verse_id":"LEV.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “on the lobe of the ear of Aaron, the right one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":4865,"verse_id":"LEV.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.23","text":"The term for “big toe” ( בֹּהֶן , bohen ) is the same as that for “thumb.” It refers to the larger appendage on either the hand or the foot.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A23/3"}
{"id":4866,"verse_id":"LEV.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"See Lev 3:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":4867,"verse_id":"LEV.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"See Lev 8:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":4868,"verse_id":"LEV.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.25","text":"See Lev 7:32-34 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A25/3"}
{"id":4869,"verse_id":"LEV.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"See Lev 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":4870,"verse_id":"LEV.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “and he waved.” The subject of the verb “he waved” is Aaron, but Aaron’s sons also performed the action (see “Aaron and his sons” just previously). See the similar shifts from Moses to Aaron as the subject of the action above (vv. 15, 16, 19, 20, 23 ), and esp. the note on Lev 8:15 . In the present translation this is rendered as an adjectival clause (“who waved”) to indicate that the referent is not Moses but Aaron and his sons. Cf. CEV “who lifted it up”; NAB “whom he had wave” (with “he” referring to Moses here).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":4871,"verse_id":"LEV.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “toward the altar” (see the note on Lev 1:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":4872,"verse_id":"LEV.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Several major ancient versions have the passive form of the verb (see BHS v. 31 note c; cf. Lev 8:35; 10:13 ). In that case we would translate, “just as I was commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":4873,"verse_id":"LEV.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “but the remainder in the flesh and in the bread”; NAB, CEV “what is left over”; NRSV “what remains.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":4874,"verse_id":"LEV.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “because seven days he shall fill your hands”; KJV “for seven days shall he consecrate you”; CEV “ends seven days from now.” sn It is apparent that the term for “ordination offering” ( מִלֻּאִים , millu ’ im ; cf. Lev 7:37 and the note there) is closely related to the expression “he shall fill (Piel מִלֵּא , mille ’) your hands” in this verse. Some derive the terminology from the procedure in Lev 8:27-28 , but the term for “hands” there is actually “palms.” It seems more likely that it derives from the notion of putting the priestly responsibilities (or possibly its associated prebends) under their control (i.e., “filling their hands” with authority; see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:538-39). The command “to keep the charge of the Lord ” in v. 35 and the expression “by the hand of Moses” (i.e., under the authoritative hand of Moses, v. 36 ) may also support this interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":4875,"verse_id":"LEV.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “just as he has done” (cf. the note on v. 33 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":4876,"verse_id":"LEV.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “the Lord has commanded to do” (cf. the note on v. 33 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":4877,"verse_id":"LEV.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Heb “by the hand of” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":4878,"verse_id":"LEV.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “called to”; CEV, NLT “called together.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":4879,"verse_id":"LEV.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “a he-goat of goats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":4880,"verse_id":"LEV.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and a calf and a lamb, sons of a year, flawless”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “without blemish”; NASB, NIV “without defect”; NLT “with no physical defects.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":4881,"verse_id":"LEV.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The verb is either a prophetic perfect (“will appear to you”) as in the MT (cf. IBHS §30.5.1.e; so many English versions), or a futurum instans participle (“is going to appear to you”) as in the LXX and several other versions (see the BHS footnote; cf. IBHS 627 §37.6f). In either case, the point is that Moses was anticipating that the Lord would indeed appear to them on this day (cf. vv. 6, 22-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":4882,"verse_id":"LEV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “to the faces of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":4883,"verse_id":"LEV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “which the Lord commanded you shall/should do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":4884,"verse_id":"LEV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “and the glory of the Lord will appear,” but the construction with the simple vav ( ו ) plus the imperfect/jussive ( וְיֵרָא , vÿyera ’; literally, “and he will appear”) suggests purpose in this context, not just succession of events (i.e., “so that he might appear”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":4885,"verse_id":"LEV.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Instead of “on behalf of the people,” the LXX has “on behalf of your house” as in the Hebrew text of Lev 16:6, 11, 17 . Many commentaries follow the LXX here (e.g., J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:578; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 118) as do a few English versions (e.g., NAB), but others argue that, as on the Day of Atonement (), the offerings of the priests also effected the people, even though there was still the need to have special offerings made on behalf of the people as reflected in the second half of the verse (e.g., B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 56).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":4886,"verse_id":"LEV.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":4887,"verse_id":"LEV.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “he burned with fire,” an expression which is sometimes redundant in English, but here means “burned up,” “burned up entirely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":4888,"verse_id":"LEV.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"For smoothness in the English translation, “his” was used in place of “Aaron’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":4889,"verse_id":"LEV.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"The verb is a Hiphil form of מָצָא , matsa ’, “to find” (i.e., causative, literally “to cause to find,” but here the meaning is “to hand to” or “pass to”; see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 117-18, and J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:581-82). The distinction between this verb and “presented” in v. 9 above (see the note there) is that in v. 9 Aaron’s sons held the bowl while Aaron manipulated some of the blood at the altar, while here in v. 12 they simply handed the bowl to him so he could splash all the blood around on the altar (Milgrom, 581).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":4890,"verse_id":"LEV.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"For “splashed” (also in v. 18 ) see the note on Lev 1:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":4891,"verse_id":"LEV.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"See the note on v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":4892,"verse_id":"LEV.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and the burnt offering they handed to him to its parts and the head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":4893,"verse_id":"LEV.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The expression “and performed a decontamination rite [with] it” reads literally in the MT, “and decontaminated [with] it.” The verb is the Piel of חטא ( kht ’, Qal = “to sin”), which means “to decontaminate, purify” (i.e., “to de-sin”; see the note on Lev 8:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":4894,"verse_id":"LEV.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"The term “standard regulation” ( מִשְׁפָּט , mishpat ) here refers to the set of regulations for burnt offering goats in Lev 1:10-13 . Cf. KJV “according to the manner”; ASV, NASB “according to the ordinance”; NIV, NLT “in the prescribed way”; CEV “in the proper way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":4895,"verse_id":"LEV.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"See the note on Lev 9:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":4896,"verse_id":"LEV.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “And the fat from the ox and from the ram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":4897,"verse_id":"LEV.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"The text here has only the participle “the cover” or “that which covers,” which is elliptical for “the fat which covers the entrails” (see Lev 3:3, 9, 14; 7:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":4898,"verse_id":"LEV.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The plural “they” refers to the sons of Aaron (cf. v. 18 ). The LXX, Smr, and Syriac have singular “he,” referring to Aaron alone as in the latter half of the verse (the singular is followed here by NLT). Cf. NCV “Aaron’s sons put them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":4899,"verse_id":"LEV.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “from to the faces of the Lord .” The rendering here is based on the use of “my faces” and “your faces” referring to the very “presence” of the Lord in Exod 33:14-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":4900,"verse_id":"LEV.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “fell on their faces.” Many English versions and commentaries render here “shouted for joy” (e.g., NIV; cf. NCV, NLT) or “shouted joyfully,” but the fact the people “fell on their faces” immediately afterward suggests that they were frightened as, for example, in Exod 19:16 b; 20:18-21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":4901,"verse_id":"LEV.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Although it has been used elsewhere in this translation as an English variation from the ubiquitous use of vav in Hebrew, in this instance “then” as a rendering for vav is intended to show that the Nadab and Abihu catastrophe took place on the inauguration day described in . The tragic incident in happened in close temporal connection to the Lord ’s fire that consumed the offerings at the end of . Thus, for example, the “sin offering” male goat referred to in Lev 10:16-19 is the very one referred to in Lev 9:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":4902,"verse_id":"LEV.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"The expression “strange fire” ( אֵשׁ זָרָה , ’ esh zarah ) seems imprecise (cf. NAB “profane fire”; NIV “unauthorized fire”; NRSV “unholy fire”; NLT “a different kind of fire”) and has been interpreted numerous ways (see the helpful summary in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 132-33). The infraction may have involved any of the following or a combination thereof: (1) using coals from someplace other than the burnt offering altar (i.e., “unauthorized coals” according to J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:598; cf. Lev 16:12 and cf. “unauthorized person” אִישׁ זָר (’ ish zar ) in Num 16:40 [ 17:5 HT], NASB “layman”), (2) using the wrong kind of incense (cf. the Exod 30:9 regulation against “strange incense” קְטֹרֶת זָרָה ( qÿtoreh zarah ) on the incense altar and the possible connection to Exod 30:34-38 ), (3) performing an incense offering at an unprescribed time (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 59), or (4) entering the Holy of Holies at an inappropriate time ( Lev 16:1-2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":4903,"verse_id":"LEV.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"See the note on 9:24 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":4904,"verse_id":"LEV.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"The Niphal verb of the Hebrew root קָדַשׁ ( qadash ) can mean either “to be treated as holy” (so here, e.g., BDB 873 s.v. קָּדַשׁ , LXX, NASB, and NEB) or “to show oneself holy” (so here, e.g., HALOT 1073 s.v. קדשׁ nif.1, NIV, NRSV, NLT; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:595, 601-3; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 133-34). The latter rendering seems more likely here since, in the immediate context, the Lord himself had indeed shown himself to be holy by the way he responded to the illegitimate incense offering of Nadab and Abihu. They had not treated the Lord as holy, so the Lord acted on his own behalf to show that he was indeed holy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":4905,"verse_id":"LEV.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"In this context the Niphal of the Hebrew root כָּבֵד ( kaved ) can mean “to be honored” (e.g., NASB and NIV here), “be glorified” (ASV, NRSV and NLT here), or “glorify oneself, show one’s glory” (cf. NAB; e.g., specifically in this verse HALOT 455 s.v. כבד nif.3; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:595, 603-4; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 126, 134). Comparing this clause with the previous one (see the note above), the point may be that when the Lord shows himself to be holy as he has done in 10:1-2 , this results in him being honored (i.e., reverenced, feared, treated with respect) among the people. This suggests the passive rendering. It is possible, however, that one should use the reflexive rendering here as in the previous clause. If so, the passage means that the Lord showed both his holiness and his glory in one outbreak against Nadab and Abihu.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":4906,"verse_id":"LEV.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Smr has “you must not” ( לֹא , lo ’) rather than the MT’s “do not” ( אַל , ’ al ; cf. the following negative לֹא , lo ’, in the MT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":4907,"verse_id":"LEV.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “do not let free your heads.” Some have taken this to mean, “do not take off your headgear” (cf. NAB, NASB), but it probably also involves leaving one’s hair unkempt as a sign of mourning (see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:608-9; cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":4908,"verse_id":"LEV.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “shall weep [for] the burning which the Lord has burned”; NIV “may mourn for those the Lord has destroyed by fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":4909,"verse_id":"LEV.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “a perpetual statute for your generations”; NAB “a perpetual ordinance”; NRSV “a statute forever”; NLT “a permanent law.” The Hebrew grammar here suggests that the last portion of v. 9 functions as both a conclusion to v. 9 and an introduction to vv. 10-11 . It is a pivot clause, as it were. Thus, it was a “perpetual statute” to not drink alcoholic beverages when ministering in the tabernacle, but it was also a “perpetual statue” to distinguish between holy and profane and unclean and clean (v. 10 ) as well as to teach the children of Israel all such statutes (v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":4910,"verse_id":"LEV.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “and,” but regarding the translation “as well as,” see the note at the end of v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":4911,"verse_id":"LEV.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “by the hand of” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":4912,"verse_id":"LEV.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “statute” (cf. 10:9, 11 ); cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “due”; NIV “share”; NLT “regular share.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":4913,"verse_id":"LEV.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"For the rendering of the Hebrew אִשֶׁה (’ isheh ) as “gift” rather than “offering [made] by fire,” see the note on Lev 1:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":4914,"verse_id":"LEV.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"The word “ceremonially” has been supplied in the translation to clarify that the cleanness of the place specified is ritual or ceremonial in nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":4915,"verse_id":"LEV.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “but behold, it had been burnt” (KJV and NASB both similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":4916,"verse_id":"LEV.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “Behold!” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":4917,"verse_id":"LEV.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “Behold!” (so KJV, ASV, NASB); NRSV “See.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":4918,"verse_id":"LEV.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “today they presented their sin offering and their burnt offering before the Lord , and like these things have happened to me, and (if) I had eaten sin offering today would it be good in the eyes of the Lord ?” The idiom “would it be good in the eyes of [the Lord ]” has been translated “would [the Lord ] have been pleased.” Cf. NRSV “would it have been agreeable to the Lord?”; CEV, NLT “Would the Lord have approved?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":4919,"verse_id":"LEV.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “it was good in his eyes” (an idiom). Cf. KJV “he was content”; NLT “he approved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":4920,"verse_id":"LEV.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “the animal,” but as a collective plural, and so throughout this chapter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":4921,"verse_id":"LEV.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “every divider of hoof and cleaver of the cleft of hooves”; KJV, ASV “parteth the hoof, and is clovenfooted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":4922,"verse_id":"LEV.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “bringer up of the cud” (a few of the ancient versions include the conjunction “and,” but it does not appear in the MT). The following verses make it clear that both dividing the hoof and chewing the cud were required; one of these conditions would not be enough to make the animal suitable for eating without the other.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":4923,"verse_id":"LEV.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “this,” but as a collective plural (see the following context).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":4924,"verse_id":"LEV.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “because a chewer of the cud it is” (see also vv. 5 and 6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":4925,"verse_id":"LEV.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and hoof there is not dividing” (see also vv. 5 and 6 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":4926,"verse_id":"LEV.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"See the note on Lev 11:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":4927,"verse_id":"LEV.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"The meaning and basic rendering of this clause is quite certain, but the verb for “chewing” the cud here is not the same as the preceding verses, where the expression is “to bring up the cud” (see the note on v. 3 above). It appears to be a cognate verb for the noun “cud” ( גֵּרָה , gerah ) and could mean either “to drag up” (i.e., from the Hebrew Qal of גָרָר [ garar ] meaning “to drag,” referring to the dragging the cud up and down between the stomach and mouth of the ruminant animal; so J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:647, 653) or “to chew” (i.e., from the Hebrew Niphal [or Qal B] of גָרָר used in a reciprocal sense; so J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 149, and compare BDB 176 s.v. גָרַר , “to chew,” with HALOT 204 s.v. גרר qal.B, “to ruminate”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":4928,"verse_id":"LEV.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “all which have fin and scale” (see also vv. 10 and 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":4929,"verse_id":"LEV.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “in the water, in the seas and in the streams” (see also vv. 10 and 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":4930,"verse_id":"LEV.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"For zoological remarks on the following list of birds see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:662-64; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 159-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":4931,"verse_id":"LEV.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “and the buzzard to its kind” (see also vv. 16 and 19 for the same expression “of any kind”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":4932,"verse_id":"LEV.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “every crow to its kind.” Many English versions (e.g., KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) render this as “raven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":4933,"verse_id":"LEV.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Literally, “the daughter of the wasteland.” Various proposals for the species of bird referred to here include “owl” (KJV), “horned owl” (NIV, NCV), and “ostrich” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":4934,"verse_id":"LEV.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “the one walking on four” (cf. vv. 21-23 and 27-28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":4935,"verse_id":"LEV.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “which to it are lower legs from above to its feet” (reading the Qere “to it” rather than the Kethib “not”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":4936,"verse_id":"LEV.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"For entomological remarks on the following list of insects see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:665-66; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 160-61.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":4937,"verse_id":"LEV.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “and to these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":4938,"verse_id":"LEV.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “to all” (cf. the note on v. 24 ). This and the following verses develop more fully the categories of uncleanness set forth in principle in vv. 24-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":4939,"verse_id":"LEV.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “divides hoof and cleft it does not cleave”; KJV “divideth the hoof, and is not clovenfooted”; NLT “divided but unsplit hooves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":4940,"verse_id":"LEV.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.26","text":"See the note on Lev 11:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A26/3"}
{"id":4941,"verse_id":"LEV.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “the one walking on four.” Compare Lev 11:20-23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":4942,"verse_id":"LEV.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"For zoological analyses of the list of creatures in vv. 29-30 , see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:671-72; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 161-62.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":4943,"verse_id":"LEV.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “And all which it shall fall on it from them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":4944,"verse_id":"LEV.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “in water it shall be brought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":4945,"verse_id":"LEV.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “And any earthenware vessel which shall fall from them into its midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":4946,"verse_id":"LEV.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “all which is in its midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":4947,"verse_id":"LEV.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"Heb “which water comes on it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":4948,"verse_id":"LEV.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"Heb “any drink which may be drunk”; NASB “any liquid which may be drunk”; NLT “any beverage that is in such an unclean container.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":4949,"verse_id":"LEV.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.34","text":"This half of the verse assumes that the unclean carcass has fallen into the food or drink (cf. v. 33 and also vv. 35-38 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A34/3"}
{"id":4950,"verse_id":"LEV.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “be unclean.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":4951,"verse_id":"LEV.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “a spring and a cistern collection of water”; NAB, NIV “for collecting water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A36/1"}
{"id":4952,"verse_id":"LEV.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “And if there falls from their carcass on any seed of sowing which shall be sown.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":4953,"verse_id":"LEV.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.39","text":"This word for “animal” refers to land animal quadrupeds, not just any beast that dwells on the land (cf. 11:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A39/1"}
{"id":4954,"verse_id":"LEV.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “which is food for you” or “which is for you to eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":4955,"verse_id":"LEV.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.42","text":"Heb “goes” (KJV, ASV “goeth”); NIV “moves about”; NLT “slither along.” The same Hebrew term is translated “walks” in the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A42/1"}
{"id":4956,"verse_id":"LEV.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.42","text":"Heb “until all multiplying of legs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A42/2"}
{"id":4957,"verse_id":"LEV.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.43","text":"Heb “by any of the swarming things that swarm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A43/1"}
{"id":4958,"verse_id":"LEV.11.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.45","text":"Heb “to be to you for a God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A45/1"}
{"id":4959,"verse_id":"LEV.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.46","text":"Heb “for all the creatures.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2011%3A46/2"}
{"id":4960,"verse_id":"LEV.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “produces seed” (Hiphil of זָרַע , zara ’; used only elsewhere in Gen 1:11-12 for plants “producing” their own “seed”), referring to the process of childbearing as a whole, from conception to the time of birth (H. D. Preuss, TDOT 4:144; cf. J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 164-65; and J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:742-43). Smr and LXX have Niphal “be impregnated” (see, e.g., Num 5:28 ); note KJV “If a woman have conceived seed” (cf. ASV, NAB, NRSV; also NIV, NLT “becomes pregnant”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":4961,"verse_id":"LEV.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “as the days of the menstrual flow [nom.] of her menstruating [q. inf.] she shall be unclean” (R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 1:925-26; the verb appears only in this verse in the OT). Cf. NASB “as in the days of her menstruation”; NLT “during her menstrual period”; NIV “during her monthly period.” sn See Lev 15:19-24 for the standard purity regulations for a woman’s menstrual period.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":4962,"verse_id":"LEV.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “and in….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":4963,"verse_id":"LEV.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"This rendering, “the flesh of his foreskin,” is literal. Based on Lev 15:2-3 , one could argue that the Hebrew word for “flesh” here ( בָּשָׂר , basar ) is euphemistic for the male genitals and therefore translate “the foreskin of his member” (see, e.g., J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:748). A number of English versions omit this reference to the foreskin and mention only circumcision, presumably for euphemistic reasons (cf. NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":4964,"verse_id":"LEV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “sit, dwell” ( יָשָׁב , yashav ) normally means “to sit, to dwell”), but here it means “to remain, to stay” in the same condition for a period of time (cf., e.g., Gen 24:55 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":4965,"verse_id":"LEV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “in bloods of purification” or “purifying” or “purity”; NASB “in the blood of her purification”; NRSV “her time of blood purification.” See the following note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":4966,"verse_id":"LEV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"The initial seven days after the birth of a son were days of blood impurity for the woman as if she were having her menstrual period. Her impurity was contagious during this period, so no one should touch her or even furniture on which she has sat or reclined ( Lev 15:19-23 ), lest they too become impure. Even her husband would become impure for seven days if he had sexual intercourse with her during this time ( Lev 15:24 ; cf. 18:19 ). The next thirty-three days were either “days of purification, purifying” or “days of purity,” depending on how one understands the abstract noun טֹהֳרָה ( toharah , “purification, purity”) in this context. During this time the woman could not touch anything holy or enter the sanctuary, but she was no longer contagious like she had been during the first seven days. She could engage in normal everyday life, including sexual intercourse, without fear of contaminating anyone else (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 73-74; cf. J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:749-50). Thus, in a sense, the thirty-three days were a time of blood “purity” (cf. the present translation) as compared to the previous seven days of blood “impurity,” but they were also a time of blood “purification” (or “purifying”) as compared to the time after the thirty-three days, when the blood atonement had been made and she was pronounced “clean” by the priest (see vv. 6-8 below). In other words, the thirty-three day period was a time of “blood” (flow), but this was “pure blood,” as opposed to the blood of the first seven days.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":4967,"verse_id":"LEV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “on purity blood.” The preposition here is עַל (’ al ) rather than בְּ ( bÿ , as it is in the middle of v. 4 ), but no doubt the same meaning is intended.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":4968,"verse_id":"LEV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"For clarification of the translation here, see the notes on vv. 2-4 above. sn The doubling of the time after the birth of a female child is puzzling (see the remarks in J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:750-51; and G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 188). Some have argued, for example, that it derives from the relative status of the sexes, or a supposed longer blood flow for the birth of a woman, or even to compensate for the future menstrual periods of the female just born. Perhaps there is a better explanation. First, a male child must be circumcised on the eighth day, so the impurity of the mother could not last beyond the first seven days lest it interfere with the circumcision rite. A female child, of course, was not circumcised, so the impurity of the mother would not interfere and the length of the impure time could be extended further. Second, it would be natural to expect that the increased severity of the blood flow after childbirth, as compared to that of a woman’s menstrual period, would call for a longer period of impurity than the normal seven days of the menstrual period impurity (compare Lev 15:19 with 15:25-30 ). Third, this suggests that the fourteen day impurity period for the female child would have been more appropriate, and the impurity period for the birth of a male child had to be shortened. Fourth, not only the principle of multiples of seven but also multiples of forty applies to this reckoning. Since the woman’s blood discharge after bearing a child continues for more than seven days, her discharge keeps her from contact with sacred things for a longer period of time in order to avoid contaminating the tabernacle (note Lev 15:31 ). This ended up totaling forty days for the birth of a male child (seven plus thirty-three) and a corresponding doubling of the second set of days for the woman (fourteen plus sixty-six). See R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:368-70. The fact that the offerings were the same for either a male or a female infant (vv. 6-8 ) suggests that the other differences in the regulations are not due to the notion that a male child had greater intrinsic value than a female child (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 169).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":4969,"verse_id":"LEV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “And when” (so KJV, NASB). Many recent English versions leave the conjunction untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":4970,"verse_id":"LEV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “a lamb the son of his year”; KJV “a lamb of the first year” (NRSV “in its first year”); NAB “a yearling lamb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":4971,"verse_id":"LEV.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “and he” (i.e., the priest mentioned at the end of v. 6 ). The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":4972,"verse_id":"LEV.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “she will be[come] pure.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":4973,"verse_id":"LEV.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “from her source [i.e., spring] of blood,” possibly referring to the female genital area, not just the “flow of blood” itself (as suggested by J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:761). Cf. ASV “from the fountain of her blood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A7/4"}
{"id":4974,"verse_id":"LEV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “If her hand cannot find the sufficiency of a sheep.” Many English versions render this as “lamb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":4975,"verse_id":"LEV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “from the sons of the pigeon,” referring either to “young pigeons” or “various species of pigeon” (contrast J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:168, with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 14; cf. Lev 1:14 and esp. 5:7-10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":4976,"verse_id":"LEV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Or “she will be[come] pure.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":4977,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “A man, if [or when] he has….” The term for “a man, human being” ( אָדָם , ’ adam ; see the note on Lev 1:2 ) in this case refers to any person among “mankind,” male or female, since either could be afflicted with infections on the skin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":4978,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Some of the terms for disease or symptoms of disease in this chapter present difficulties for the translator. Most modern English versions render the Hebrew term שְׂאֵת ( sÿ ’ et ) as “swelling,” which has been retained here (see the explanation in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 189). Some have argued that “ deeper ( עָמֹק , ’ amoq ) than the skin of his body” in v. 3 means that “this sore was lower than the surrounding skin” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:773), in which case “swelling” would be an inappropriate translation of שְׂאֵת in v. 2 . Similarly, שְׂאֵת also occurs in v. 19 , and then v. 20 raises the issue of whether or not it appears to be “lower ( שָׁפָל , shafal ) than the skin” (cf. also 14:37 for a mark on the wall of a house), which may mean that the sore sinks below the surface of the skin rather than protruding above it as a swelling would (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 76-77). Thus, one could translate here, for example, “discoloration” (so Milgrom and II שְׂאֵת “spot, blemish on the skin” in HALOT 1301 s.v. II שְׂאֵת ) or “local inflammation, boil, mole” (so Levine). However, one could interpret “lower” as “deeper,” i.e., visibly extending below the surface of the skin into the deeper layers as suggested by J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 188, 192. “Swelling” often extends deeply below the surface of the skin, it is certainly a common symptom of skin diseases, and the alternation of these two terms (i.e., “deeper” and “lower”) in vv. 25-26 below shows that they both refer to the same phenomenon (see also the note on v. 20 below), so it is retained in the present translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":4979,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"The etymology and meaning of this term is unknown. It could mean “scab” (KJV, ASV, NASB) or possibly “rash” (NIV, NLT), “flaking skin,” or an “eruption” (NRSV) of some sort.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":4980,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “shiny spot” or “white spot,” but to render this term “white spot” in this chapter would create redundancy in v. 4 where the regular term for “white” occurs alongside this word for “bright spot.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/4"}
{"id":4981,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “in the skin of his flesh” as opposed to the head or the beard (v. 29 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/5"}
{"id":4982,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “a mark [or stroke; or plague] of disease.” In some places in this context (vv. 2, 3 ) it could be translated “a contagious skin disease.” Although the Hebrew term צָרָעַת ( tsara ’ at ) rendered here “diseased” is translated in many English versions as “leprosy,” it does not refer to Hanson’s disease, which is the modern technical understanding of the term “leprosy” ( HALOT 1057 s.v. צָרְעַת a). There has been much discussion of the proper meaning of the term and the disease(s) to which it may refer (see, e.g., J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:774-76, 816-26; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 187-89; and the literature cited by them). The further description of the actual condition in the text suggests that the regulations are concerned with any kind of infectious diseases that are observable on the surface of the skin and, in addition to that, penetrate below the surface of the skin (vv. 3-4 ) or spread further across the surface of the skin (vv. 5-8 ). It is true that, in the OT, the term “disease” is often associated specifically with white “scaly” skin diseases that resemble the wasting away of the skin after death (see Milgrom who, in fact, translates “scale disease”; cf., e.g., Exod 4:6-7 and Num 12:9-12 , esp. v. 12 ), but here it appears to be a broader term for any skin disease that penetrates deep or spreads far on the body. Scaly skin diseases would be included in this category, but also other types. Thus, a “swelling,” “scab,” or “bright spot” on the skin might be a symptom of disease, but not necessarily so. In this sense, “diseased” is a technical term. The term “infection” can apply to any “mark” on the skin whether it belongs to the category of “disease” or not (compare and contrast v. 3 , where the “infection” is not “diseased,” with v. 4 , where the “infection” is found to be “diseased”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/6"}
{"id":4983,"verse_id":"LEV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"13.2","text":"Or “it shall be reported to Aaron the priest.” This alternative rendering may be better in light of the parallel use of the same expression in Lev 14:2 , where the priest had to go outside the camp in order to inspect the person who had been diseased. Since the rendering “he shall be brought to Aaron the priest” might confuse matters there, this expression should be rendered “it shall be reported” both here in 13:2 (cf. also v. 9 ) and in 14:2 . See, however, the further note on 14:2 below, where it is argued that the diseased person would still need to “be brought” to the priest even if this happened outside the camp. Most English versions retain the idea of the afflicted person being “brought” to the priest for inspection.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A2/7"}
{"id":4984,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see the infection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":4985,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"There is no “if” expressed, but the contrast between the priestly finding in this verse and the next verse clearly implies it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":4986,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “and the appearance of the infection is deep ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , “deeper than”) the skin of the his flesh.” See the note on v. 20 below.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":4987,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"For the translation “diseased infection” see the note on v. 2 above. Cf. TEV “a dreaded skin disease”; NIV “an infectious skin disease”; NLT “a contagious skin disease.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":4988,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.3","text":"The pronoun “it” here refers to the “infection,” not the person who has the infection (cf. the object of “examine” at the beginning of the verse).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/5"}
{"id":4989,"verse_id":"LEV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “he shall make him unclean.” The verb is the Piel of טָמֵא ( tame ’) “to be unclean.” Here it is a so-called “declarative” Piel (i.e., “to declare unclean”), but it also implies that the person is put into the category of actually being “unclean” by the pronouncement itself (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 175; cf. the corresponding opposite in v. 6 below).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A3/6"}
{"id":4990,"verse_id":"LEV.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “and if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":4991,"verse_id":"LEV.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “and deep is not its appearance from the skin”; cf. NAB “does not seem to have penetrated below the skin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":4992,"verse_id":"LEV.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “and the priest will shut up the infection seven days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":4993,"verse_id":"LEV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":4994,"verse_id":"LEV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “the infection has stood in his eyes”; ASV “if in his eyes the plague be at a stay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":4995,"verse_id":"LEV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Although there is no expressed “and” at the beginning of this clause, there is in the corresponding clause of v. 6 , so it should be assumed here as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":4996,"verse_id":"LEV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “a second seven days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A5/4"}
{"id":4997,"verse_id":"LEV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"That is, at the end of the second set of seven days referred to at the end of v. 5 , a total of fourteen days after the first appearance before the priest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":4998,"verse_id":"LEV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":4999,"verse_id":"LEV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “he shall make him clean.” The verb is the Piel of טָהֵר ( taher , “to be clean”). Here it is a so-called “declarative” Piel (i.e., “to declare clean”), but it also implies that the person is put into the category of being “clean” by the pronouncement itself (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 176; cf. the corresponding opposite in v. 3 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":5000,"verse_id":"LEV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.6","text":"On the term “scab” see the note on v. 2 above. Cf. NAB “it was merely eczema”; NRSV “only an eruption”; NLT “only a temporary rash.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A6/4"}
{"id":5001,"verse_id":"LEV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “and he shall wash his clothes.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A6/5"}
{"id":5002,"verse_id":"LEV.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “And if spreading [infinitive absolute] it spreads [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":5003,"verse_id":"LEV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The “it” is not expressed but is to be understood. It refers to the “infection” (cf. the note on v. 2 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":5004,"verse_id":"LEV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":5005,"verse_id":"LEV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’, cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":5006,"verse_id":"LEV.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “When there is an infection of disease in a man.” The term for “a man; a human being” ( אָדָם , ’ adam ; see the note on Lev 1:2 and cf. v. 2 above) refers to any person among “mankind,” male or female. For the rendering “diseased infection” see the note on v. 2 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":5007,"verse_id":"LEV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see.” The pronoun “it” is unexpressed, but it should be assumed and it refers to the infection (cf. the note on v. 8 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":5008,"verse_id":"LEV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":5009,"verse_id":"LEV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and rawness [i.e., something living] of living flesh is in the swelling”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “quick raw flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":5010,"verse_id":"LEV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The term rendered here “chronic” is a Niphal participle meaning “grown old” ( HALOT 448 s.v. II ישׁן nif.2). The idea is that this is an old enduring skin disease that keeps on developing or recurring.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":5011,"verse_id":"LEV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “in the skin of his flesh” as opposed to the head or the beard (v. 29 ; cf. v. 2 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":5012,"verse_id":"LEV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’, cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":5013,"verse_id":"LEV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":5014,"verse_id":"LEV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “And if spreading [infinitive absolute] it spreads out [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":5015,"verse_id":"LEV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “all the skin of the infection,” but see v. 4 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":5016,"verse_id":"LEV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “to all the appearance of the eyes of the priest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":5017,"verse_id":"LEV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see.” The pronoun “it” is unexpressed, but it should be assumed and it refers to the infection (cf. the note on v. 8 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":5018,"verse_id":"LEV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":5019,"verse_id":"LEV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “he shall pronounce the infection clean,” but see v. 4 above. Also, this is another use of the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher ; cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":5020,"verse_id":"LEV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “all of him has turned white, and he is clean.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":5021,"verse_id":"LEV.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “and in the day of there appears in it living flesh.” Some English versions render this as “open sores” (cf. NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":5022,"verse_id":"LEV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see the living flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":5023,"verse_id":"LEV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’; cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":5024,"verse_id":"LEV.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “Or if/when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":5025,"verse_id":"LEV.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “the living flesh returns and is turned/changed to white.” The Hebrew verb “returns” is שׁוּב ( shuv ), which often functions adverbially when combined with a second verb as it is here (cf. “and is turned”) and, in such cases, is usually rendered “again” (see, e.g., GKC 386-87 §120. g ). Another suggestion is that here שׁוּב means “to recede” (cf., e.g., 2 Kgs 20:9 ), so one could translate “the raw flesh recedes and turns white.” This would mean that the new “white” skin “has grown over” the raw flesh (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 79).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":5026,"verse_id":"LEV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":5027,"verse_id":"LEV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":5028,"verse_id":"LEV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “the priest shall pronounce the infection clean,” but see v. 4 above. Also, this is another use of the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher , cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":5029,"verse_id":"LEV.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb (MT) reads, “And flesh if/when there is in it, in its skin, a boil.” Smr has only “in it,” not “in its skin,” and a few medieval Hebrew mss as well as the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate have only “in its skin” (cf. v. 24 below), not “in it.” It does not effect the meaning of the verse, but one is tempted to suggest that “in it” ( בוֹ , vo ) was added in error as a partial dittography from the beginning of “in its skin” ( בְעֹרוֹ , vÿ ’ oro ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":5030,"verse_id":"LEV.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Some English versions translate “it shall be shown to [or “be seen by”] the priest,” taking the infection to be the subject of the verb (e.g., KJV, NASB, RSV, NRSV). Based on the Hebrew grammar there is no way to be sure which is intended.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":5031,"verse_id":"LEV.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see.” The pronoun “it” is unexpressed, but it should be assumed and it refers to the infection (cf. the note on v. 8 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":5032,"verse_id":"LEV.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":5033,"verse_id":"LEV.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “and behold its appearance is low ( שָׁפָל , shafal ) ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , “lower than”) the skin.” Compare “deeper” in v. 3 above where, however, a different word is used ( עָמֹק , ’ amoq ), and see the note on “swelling” in v. 1 above (cf. J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 192; note that, contrary to the MT, Tg. Onq. has עָמֹק in this verse as well as v. 4 ). The alternation of these two terms (i.e., “deeper” and “lower”) in vv. 25-26 below shows that they both refer to the same phenomenon. Some have argued that “this sore was lower than the surrounding skin” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:773, 788), in which case “swelling” would be an inappropriate translation of שְׂאֵת ( sÿ ’ et ) in v. 19 . It seems unlikely, however, that the surface of a “boil” would sink below the surface of the surrounding skin. The infectious pus etc. that makes up a boil normally causes swelling.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A20/3"}
{"id":5034,"verse_id":"LEV.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.20","text":"The declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’, cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A20/4"}
{"id":5035,"verse_id":"LEV.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “It is an infection of disease. In the boil it has broken out.” For the rendering “diseased infection” see the note on v. 2 above.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A20/5"}
{"id":5036,"verse_id":"LEV.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":5037,"verse_id":"LEV.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":5038,"verse_id":"LEV.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and the priest will shut him up seven days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":5039,"verse_id":"LEV.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “and if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":5040,"verse_id":"LEV.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “is indeed spreading.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":5041,"verse_id":"LEV.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.22","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’, cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A22/3"}
{"id":5042,"verse_id":"LEV.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “and if under it the bright spot stands, it has not spread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":5043,"verse_id":"LEV.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher , cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":5044,"verse_id":"LEV.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “Or a body, if there is in its skin a burn of fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":5045,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":5046,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":5047,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “and its appearance is deep ‘from’ [comparative מִן ( min ) meaning ‘deeper than’] the skin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/3"}
{"id":5048,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “it is a disease. In the burn it has broken out.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/4"}
{"id":5049,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.25","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’; cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/5"}
{"id":5050,"verse_id":"LEV.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.25","text":"For the rendering “diseased infection” see the note on v. 2 above.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A25/6"}
{"id":5051,"verse_id":"LEV.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":5052,"verse_id":"LEV.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “and indeed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A26/2"}
{"id":5053,"verse_id":"LEV.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and low it is not ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , “lower than”) the skin.” See the note on v. 20 above. Cf. TEV “not deeper than the surrounding skin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A26/3"}
{"id":5054,"verse_id":"LEV.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and the priest will shut him up seven days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A26/4"}
{"id":5055,"verse_id":"LEV.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “is indeed spreading.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":5056,"verse_id":"LEV.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"For the rendering “diseased infection” see the note on v. 2 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":5057,"verse_id":"LEV.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “and if under it the bright spot stands, it has not spread in the skin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":5058,"verse_id":"LEV.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher ; cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":5059,"verse_id":"LEV.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Heb “And a man or a woman if there is in him an infection in head or in beard.” sn The shift here is from diseases that are on the (relatively) bare skin of the body to the scalp area of the male or female head or the bearded area of the male face.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":5060,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see the infection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":5061,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.30","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/2"}
{"id":5062,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.30","text":"Heb “its appearance is deep ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , “deeper than”) the skin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/3"}
{"id":5063,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.30","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָמֵא ( tame ’; cf. the note on v. 3 above).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/4"}
{"id":5064,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.30","text":"The exact identification of this disease is unknown. Cf. KJV “dry scall”; NASB “a scale”; NIV, NCV, NRSV “an itch”; NLT “a contagious skin disease.” For a discussion of “scall” disease in the hair, which is a crusty scabby disease of the skin under the hair that also affects the hair itself, see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 192-93, and J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:793-94. The Hebrew word rendered “scall” ( נֶתֶק , neteq ) is related to a verb meaning “to tear; to tear out; to tear apart.” It may derive from the scratching and/or the tearing out of the hair or the scales of the skin in response to the itching sensation caused by the disease.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/5"}
{"id":5065,"verse_id":"LEV.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.30","text":"Heb “It is scall. It is the disease of the head or the beard.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A30/6"}
{"id":5066,"verse_id":"LEV.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Heb “and behold there is not its appearance deep ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , meaning “deeper than”) the skin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":5067,"verse_id":"LEV.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.31","text":"Heb “and the priest will shut up the infection of the scall seven days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A31/2"}
{"id":5068,"verse_id":"LEV.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":5069,"verse_id":"LEV.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “and the appearance of the scall is not deep ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , meaning “deeper than”) the skin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":5070,"verse_id":"LEV.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"The shaving is done by the one who has the infection. Although KJV, ASV have the passive “he shall be shaven” here, most modern English versions have the reflexive “shall shave himself” (so NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":5071,"verse_id":"LEV.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “but the scall shall he not shave” (so KJV, ASV); NIV “except for the diseased area.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":5072,"verse_id":"LEV.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “and the priest will shut up the scall a second seven days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":5073,"verse_id":"LEV.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":5074,"verse_id":"LEV.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.34","text":"Heb “and its appearance is not deep ‘from’ (comparative מִן , min , meaning “deeper than”) the skin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A34/2"}
{"id":5075,"verse_id":"LEV.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.34","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher , cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A34/3"}
{"id":5076,"verse_id":"LEV.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.35","text":"Heb “And if spreading (infinitive absolute) it spreads further (finite verb).” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A35/1"}
{"id":5077,"verse_id":"LEV.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.36","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A36/1"}
{"id":5078,"verse_id":"LEV.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.36","text":"Heb “the priest shall not search to the reddish yellow hair.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A36/2"}
{"id":5079,"verse_id":"LEV.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.36","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the affected person) is specified in the translation for clarity (likewise in the following verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A36/3"}
{"id":5080,"verse_id":"LEV.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.37","text":"Heb “and if in his eyes the infection has stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A37/1"}
{"id":5081,"verse_id":"LEV.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.37","text":"This is the declarative Piel of the verb טָהֵר ( taher , cf. the note on v. 6 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A37/2"}
{"id":5082,"verse_id":"LEV.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.39","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A39/1"}
{"id":5083,"verse_id":"LEV.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.39","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A39/2"}
{"id":5084,"verse_id":"LEV.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.39","text":"Heb “he,” but the regulation applies to a man or a woman (v. 38 a). In the translation “the person” is used to specify the referent more clearly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A39/3"}
{"id":5085,"verse_id":"LEV.13.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.40","text":"Heb “And a man, when his head is rubbed bare, he is bald-headed.” The translation offered here, referring to the back of the head (i.e., the area from the top of the head sloping backwards), is based on the contrast between this condition and that of the following verse. See also B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 82.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A40/1"}
{"id":5086,"verse_id":"LEV.13.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.41","text":"Heb “And if from the front edge of his face, his head is rubbed bare.” See the note on v. 40 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A41/1"}
{"id":5087,"verse_id":"LEV.13.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.41","text":"The rendering “balding in front” corresponds to the location of the bareness at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A41/2"}
{"id":5088,"verse_id":"LEV.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.43","text":"Heb “and the priest shall see it” (cf. KJV). The MT has “him/it” which some take to refer to the person as a whole (i.e., “him”; see, e.g., J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:770; NIV, NRSV, etc.), while others take it as a reference to the “infection” ( נֶגַע , nega ’) in v. 42 (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 172, 177). Smr has “her/it,” which would probably refer to “disease” ( צָרַעַת , tsara ’ at ) in v. 42 . The general pattern in the chapter suggests that “it,” either the infection or the disease, is the object of the examination (see, e.g., v. 3 above and v. 50 below).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A43/1"}
{"id":5089,"verse_id":"LEV.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.43","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A43/2"}
{"id":5090,"verse_id":"LEV.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.43","text":"Heb “like appearance of disease of skin of flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A43/3"}
{"id":5091,"verse_id":"LEV.13.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.44","text":"Or perhaps translate, “His infection [is] on his head,” as a separate independent sentence (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV). There is no causal expression in the Hebrew text connecting these two clauses, but the logical relationship between them seems to be causal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A44/1"}
{"id":5092,"verse_id":"LEV.13.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.45","text":"Heb “And the diseased one who in him is the infection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A45/1"}
{"id":5093,"verse_id":"LEV.13.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.45","text":"Heb “and his head shall be unbound, and he shall cover on [his] mustache.” Tearing one’s clothing, allowing the hair to hang loose rather than bound up in a turban, and covering the mustache on the upper lip are all ways of expressing shame, grief, or distress (cf., e.g., Lev 10:6 and Micah 3:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A45/2"}
{"id":5094,"verse_id":"LEV.13.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.46","text":"Heb “All the days which the infection is in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A46/1"}
{"id":5095,"verse_id":"LEV.13.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.47","text":"Heb “And the garment, if there is in it a mark of disease.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A47/1"}
{"id":5096,"verse_id":"LEV.13.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.47","text":"Heb “in a wool garment or in a linen garment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A47/2"}
{"id":5097,"verse_id":"LEV.13.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.48","text":"Heb “in any handiwork of skin” (cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV); most other modern English versions have “leather.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A48/2"}
{"id":5098,"verse_id":"LEV.13.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.49","text":"Heb “and the infection is.” This clause is conditional in force, and is translated as such by almost all English versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A49/1"}
{"id":5099,"verse_id":"LEV.13.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.50","text":"Heb “And the priest shall see the infection and he shall shut up the infection seven days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A50/1"}
{"id":5100,"verse_id":"LEV.13.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.51","text":"Heb “to all which the leather was made into a handiwork.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A51/1"}
{"id":5101,"verse_id":"LEV.13.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.53","text":"Heb “And if the priest sees and behold”; NASB “and indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A53/1"}
{"id":5102,"verse_id":"LEV.13.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.54","text":"Heb “a second seven days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A54/1"}
{"id":5103,"verse_id":"LEV.13.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.55","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A55/1"}
{"id":5104,"verse_id":"LEV.13.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.55","text":"Heb “the infection has not changed its eye.” Smr has “its/his eyes,” as in vv. 5 and 37 , but here it refers to the appearance of the article of cloth or leather, unlike vv. 5 and 37 where there is a preposition attached and it refers to the eyes of the priest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A55/2"}
{"id":5105,"verse_id":"LEV.13.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.55","text":"The terms “back side” and “front side” are the same as those used in v. 42 for the “back or front bald area” of a man’s head. The exact meaning of these terms when applied to articles of cloth or leather is uncertain. It could refer, for example, to the inside versus the outside of a garment, or the back versus the front side of an article of cloth or leather. See J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:814, for various possibilities.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A55/3"}
{"id":5106,"verse_id":"LEV.13.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.56","text":"Heb “And if the priest saw and behold….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A56/1"}
{"id":5107,"verse_id":"LEV.13.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.56","text":"Heb “and he shall tear it from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A56/2"}
{"id":5108,"verse_id":"LEV.13.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.57","text":"Heb “And if”; NIV, NCV “But if”; NAB “If, however.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A57/1"}
{"id":5109,"verse_id":"LEV.13.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.58","text":"Heb “and the infection turns aside from them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A58/1"}
{"id":5110,"verse_id":"LEV.13.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":13,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.59","text":"These are declarative Piel forms of the verbs טָהֵר ( taher ) and טָמֵא ( tame ’) respectively (cf. the notes on vv. 3 and 6 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2013%3A59/2"}
{"id":5111,"verse_id":"LEV.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “and.” Here KJV, ASV use a semicolon; NASB begins a new sentence with “Now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":5112,"verse_id":"LEV.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"The alternative rendering, “when it is reported to the priest” may be better in light of the fact that the priest had to go outside the camp. Since he or she had been declared “unclean” by a priest ( Lev 13:3 ) and was, therefore, required to remain outside the camp ( 13:46 ), the formerly diseased person could not reenter the camp until he or she had been declared “clean” by a priest (cf. Lev 13:6 for “declaring clean.”). See especially J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:831, who supports this rendering both here and in Lev 13:2 and 9 . B. A. Levine, however, prefers the rendering in the text ( Leviticus [JPSTC], 76 and 85). It is the most natural meaning of the verb (i.e., “to be brought” from בּוֹא [ bo ’, “to come”] in the Hophal stem, which means “to be brought” in all other occurrences in Leviticus other than 13:2, 9, and 14:2 ; see only 6:30; 10:18; 11:32; and 16:27 ), it suits the context well in 13:2 , and the rendering “to be brought” is supported by 13:7 b, “he shall show himself to the priest a second time.” Although it is true that the priest needed to go outside the camp to examine such a person, the person still needed to “be brought” to the priest there. The translation of vv. 2-3 employed here suggests that v. 2 introduces the proceeding and then v. 3 goes on to describe the specific details of the examination and purification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":5113,"verse_id":"LEV.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “and he shall be brought to the priest and the priest shall go out to from outside to the camp and the priest shall see [it].” The understood “it” refers to the skin infection itself (see the note on 13:3 above). The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":5114,"verse_id":"LEV.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “And behold, the diseased infection has been healed from the diseased person.” The expression “diseased infection” has been translated as simply “infection” to avoid redundancy here in terms of English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":5115,"verse_id":"LEV.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The term rendered here “crimson fabric” consists of two Hebrew words and means literally, “crimson of worm” (in this order only in Lev 14:4, 6, 49, 51, 52 and Num 19:6 ; for the more common reverse order, “worm of crimson,” see, e.g., the colored fabrics used in making the tabernacle, Exod 25:4 , etc.). This particular “worm” is an insect that lives on the leaves of palm trees, the eggs of which are the source for a “crimson” dye used to color various kinds of cloth (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 86). That a kind of dyed “fabric” is intended, not just the dye substance itself, is made certain by the dipping of it along with the other ritual materials listed here into the blood and water mixture for sprinkling on the person being cleansed ( Lev 14:6 ; cf. also the burning of it in the fire of the red heifer in Num 19:6 ). Both the reddish color of cedar wood and the crimson colored fabric seem to correspond to the color of blood and may, therefore, symbolize either “life,” which is in the blood, or the use of blood to “make atonement” (see, e.g., Gen 9:4 and Lev 17:11 ). See further the note on v. 7 below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":5116,"verse_id":"LEV.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.4","text":"The MT reads literally, “And the priest shall command and he shall take.” Clearly, the second verb (“and he shall take”) contains the thrust of the priest’s command, which suggests the translation “that he take” (cf. also v. 5 a). Since the priest issues the command here, he cannot be the subject of the second verb because he cannot be commanding himself to “take” up these ritual materials. Moreover, since the ritual is being performed “for the one being cleansed,” the antecedent of the pronoun “he” cannot refer to him. The LXX, Smr, and Syriac versions have the third person plural here and in v. 5 a, which corresponds to other combinations with the verb וְצִוָּה ( vÿtsivvah ) “and he (the priest) shall command” in this context (see Lev 13:54; 14:36, 40 ). This suggests an impersonal (i.e., “someone shall take” and “someone shall slaughter,” respectively) or perhaps even passive rendering of the verbs in 14:4, 5 (i.e., “there shall be taken” and “there shall be slaughtered,” respectively). The latter option has been chosen here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A4/3"}
{"id":5117,"verse_id":"LEV.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “the one cleansing himself” (i.e., Hitpael participle of טָהֵר , taher , “to be clean”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A4/4"}
{"id":5118,"verse_id":"LEV.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “And the priest shall command and he shall slaughter.” See the note on “be taken up” (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":5119,"verse_id":"LEV.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “into a vessel of clay over living water.” The expression “living [i.e., ‘fresh’] water” (cf. Lev 14:50; 15:13 ; Num 19:17 ) refers to water that flows. It includes such water sources as artesian wells ( Gen 26:19 ; Song of Songs 4:15 ), springs ( Jer 2:13 , as opposed to cisterns; cf. 17:13 ), and flowing streams ( Zech 14:8 ). In other words, this is water that has not stood stagnant as, for example, in a sealed-off cistern. sn Although there are those who argue that the water and the blood rites are separate (e.g., E. S. Gerstenberger, Leviticus [OTL], 175-76), it is usually agreed that v. 5 b refers to the slaughtering of the bird in such a way that its blood runs into the bowl, which contained fresh water (see, e.g., N. H. Snaith, Leviticus and Numbers [NCBC], 74; G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 208; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:836-38; cf. esp. Lev 14:51 b, “and dip them in the blood of the slaughtered bird and in the fresh water”). This mixture of blood and water was then to be sprinkled on the person being cleansed from the disease.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":5120,"verse_id":"LEV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “the live bird he [i.e., the priest] shall take it.” Although the MT has no ו ( vav , “and”) at the beginning of this clause, a few medieval Hebrew mss and Smr have one and the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate translate as if it is there. The “but” in the present translation reflects this text critical background, the object-first word order in the clause with the resumptive pronoun at the end, and the obvious contrast between the slaughtered bird in v. 5 and the live bird in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":5121,"verse_id":"LEV.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “the one cleansing himself” (i.e., Hitpael participle of טָהֵר [ taher , “to be clean”]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":5122,"verse_id":"LEV.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “and he shall make him clean.” The verb is the Piel of טָהֵר ( taher , “to be clean”), here used as a so-called “declarative” Piel (i.e., “to declare clean”; cf. 13:6 , etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":5123,"verse_id":"LEV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “the one cleansing himself” (i.e., Hitpael participle of טָהֵר [ taher , “to be clean”]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":5124,"verse_id":"LEV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “and he shall be clean” (so ASV). The end result of the ritual procedures in vv. 4-7 and the washing and shaving in v. 8 a is that the formerly diseased person has now officially become clean in the sense that he can reenter the community (see v. 8 b; contrast living outside the community as an unclean diseased person, Lev 13:46 ). There are, however, further cleansing rituals and pronouncements for him to undergo in the tabernacle as outlined in vv. 10-20 (see Qal “be[come] clean” in vv. 9 and 20 , Piel “pronounce clean” in v. 11 , and Hitpael “the one being cleansed” in vv. 11, 14, 17, 18, and 19 ). Obviously, in order to enter the tabernacle he must already “be clean” in the sense of having access to the community.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":5125,"verse_id":"LEV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “And it shall be on the seventh day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":5126,"verse_id":"LEV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “and he shall be clean” (see the note on v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":5127,"verse_id":"LEV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"The subject “he” probably refers to the formerly diseased person in this case (see the notes on Lev 1:5 a, 6a, and 9a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":5128,"verse_id":"LEV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"This term is often rendered “fine flour,” but it refers specifically to wheat as opposed to barley (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 10) and, although the translation “flour” is used here, it may indicate “grits” rather than finely ground flour (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:179; see the note on Lev 2:1 ). The unit of measure is most certainly an “ephah” even though it is not stated explicitly (see, e.g., Num 28:5 ; cf. 15:4, 6, 8 ), and three-tenths of an ephah would amount to about a gallon, or perhaps one-third of a bushel (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 196; Milgrom, 845). Since the normal amount of flour for a lamb is one-tenth of an ephah ( Num 28:4-5 ; cf. 15:4 ), three-tenths is about right for the three lambs offered in Lev 14:10-20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":5129,"verse_id":"LEV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"A “log” ( לֹג , log ) of oil is about one-sixth of a liter, or one-third of a pint, or two-thirds of a cup.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":5130,"verse_id":"LEV.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The MT here is awkward to translate into English. It reads literally, “and the priest who pronounces clean (Piel participle of טָהֵר , taher ) shall cause to stand (Hiphil of עָמַד , ’ amad ) the man who is cleansing himself (Hitpael participle of טָהֵר ) and them” (i.e., the offerings listed in v. 10 ; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity). Alternatively, the Piel of טָהֵר could be rendered “who performs the cleansing/purification” (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:827), perhaps even as a technical term for one who holds the office of “purification priest” (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 87). It is probably better, however, to retain the same meaning here as in v. 7 above (see the note there regarding the declarative Piel use of this verb).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":5131,"verse_id":"LEV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “And the priest shall take the one lamb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":5132,"verse_id":"LEV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"See the note on Lev 5:15 above. The primary purpose of the “guilt offering” ( אָשָׁם , ’ asham ) was to “atone” ( כִּפֶּר , kipper , “to make atonement,” see v. 18 below and the note on Lev 1:4 ) for “trespassing” on the Lord ’s “holy things,” whether sacred objects or sacred people. It is, therefore, closely associated with the reconsecration of the Lord ’s holy people as, for example, here and in the case of the corpse contaminated Nazirite ( Num 6:11 b-12). Since the nation of Israel was “a kingdom of priests and a holy nation” to the Lord ( Exod 19:6 ; cf. the blood splashed on all the people in Exod 24:8 ), the skin diseased person was essentially a member of the “holy nation” who had been expelled from the community. Therefore, he or she had been desecrated and the guilt offering was essential to restoring him or her to the community. In fact, the manipulation of blood and oil in the guilt offering ritual procedure for the healed person (see vv. 14-18 below) is reminiscent of that employed for the ordination offering in the consecration of the holy Aaronic priests of the nation ( Exod 29:19-21 ; Lev 8:22-30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":5133,"verse_id":"LEV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “wave them [as] a wave offering before the Lord ” (NAB similar). See the note on Lev 7:30 and the literature cited there. Other possible translations include “elevate them [as] an elevation offering before the Lord ” (cf. NRSV) or “present them [as] a presentation offering before the Lord .” To be sure, the actual physical “waving” of a male lamb seems unlikely, but some waving gesture may have been performed in the presentation of the offering (cf. also the “waving” of the Levites as a “wave offering” in Num 8:11 , etc.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":5134,"verse_id":"LEV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “And he shall slaughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":5135,"verse_id":"LEV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “in the place which.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":5136,"verse_id":"LEV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"Since the priest himself presents this offering as a wave offering (v. 12 ), it would seem that the offering is already in his hands and he would, therefore, be the one who slaughtered the male lamb in this instance rather than the offerer. Smr and LXX make the second verb “to slaughter” plural rather than singular, which suggests that it is to be taken as an impersonal passive (see J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:852).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":5137,"verse_id":"LEV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “the guilt offering, it [is] to the Lord .” Regarding the “guilt offering,” see the note on Lev 5:15 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A13/6"}
{"id":5138,"verse_id":"LEV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “and the priest shall put [literally ‘give’] on the lobe of the ear of the one being cleansed, the right one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":5139,"verse_id":"LEV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The term for “big toe” ( בֹּהֶן , bohen ) is the same as that for “thumb.” It refers to the larger appendage on either the hand or the foot.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":5140,"verse_id":"LEV.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “And the priest…shall pour on the left hand of the priest.” As the Rabbis observe, the repetition of “priest” as the expressed subject of both verbs in this verse may suggest that two priests were involved in this ritual (see m. Nega’im 14:8, referred to by J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:852), but the seemingly unnecessary repetition of “priest” in several verses throughout the chapter argues against this (see esp. vv. 3, 14, 18, 20, 24, and 26 ). Moreover, in this case, “priest” may be repeated to avoid confusing the priest’s hand with that of the one being cleansed (cf. v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":5141,"verse_id":"LEV.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “his right finger from the oil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":5142,"verse_id":"LEV.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “on his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":5143,"verse_id":"LEV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Heb “and the remainder in the oil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":5144,"verse_id":"LEV.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “do [or “make”] the sin offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":5145,"verse_id":"LEV.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “And after[ward] he [i.e., the offerer] shall slaughter.” The LXX adds “the priest” as the subject of the verb (as do several English versions, e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT), but the offerer is normally the one who does the actually slaughtering of the sacrificial animal (cf. the notes on Lev 1:5 a, 6a, and 9a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":5146,"verse_id":"LEV.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “cause to go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":5147,"verse_id":"LEV.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “and his hand does not reach”; NAB, NRSV “and cannot afford so much (afford these NIV).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":5148,"verse_id":"LEV.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"See the notes on v. 10 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":5149,"verse_id":"LEV.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “from the sons of the pigeon,” referring either to “young pigeons” or “various species of pigeon” (contrast J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:168 with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 14; cf. Lev 1:14 and esp. 5:7-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":5150,"verse_id":"LEV.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “which his hand reaches”; NRSV “such as (which NIV) he can afford.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":5151,"verse_id":"LEV.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “and one shall be a sin offering and the one a burnt offering.” The versions struggle with whether or not “one” should or should not have the definite article in its two occurrences in this verse (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB all have the English definite article with both). The MT has the first without and the second with the article.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":5152,"verse_id":"LEV.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"Heb “to the doorway of”; KJV, ASV “unto the door of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":5153,"verse_id":"LEV.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “and the priest shall wave them.” In the present translation “priest” is not repeated a second time in the verse for stylistic reasons. With regard to the “waving” of the “wave offering,” see the note on v. 12 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":5154,"verse_id":"LEV.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “and the priest shall put [literally ‘give’] on the lobe of the ear of the one being cleansed, the right one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":5155,"verse_id":"LEV.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"The term for “big toe” ( בֹּהֶן , bohen ) is the same as that for “thumb.” It refers to the larger appendage on either the hand or the foot.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":5156,"verse_id":"LEV.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “And from the oil the priest shall pour out on the left hand of the priest.” Regarding the repetition of “priest” in this verse see the note on v. 15 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":5157,"verse_id":"LEV.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “and the priest shall sprinkle with his right finger from the oil which is on his left hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":5158,"verse_id":"LEV.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “on his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":5159,"verse_id":"LEV.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “on the hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":5160,"verse_id":"LEV.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A29/2"}
{"id":5161,"verse_id":"LEV.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “the one from the turtledoves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":5162,"verse_id":"LEV.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “from which his hand reaches.” The repetition of virtually the same expression at the beginning of v. 31 in the MT is probably due to dittography (cf. the LXX and Syriac). However, the MT may be retained if it is understood as “one of the turtledoves or young pigeons that are within his means – whichever he can afford” (see J. Milgrom’s translation in Leviticus [AB], 1:828, contra his commentary, 862; cf. REB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":5163,"verse_id":"LEV.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “and the one a burnt offering on the grain offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":5164,"verse_id":"LEV.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"Heb “This is the law of who in him [is] a diseased infection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":5165,"verse_id":"LEV.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.32","text":"Heb “who his hand does not reach in his purification”; NASB “whose means are limited for his cleansing”; NIV “who cannot afford the regular offerings for his cleansing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A32/2"}
{"id":5166,"verse_id":"LEV.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"Heb “which I am giving” (so NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A34/1"}
{"id":5167,"verse_id":"LEV.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.34","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A34/2"}
{"id":5168,"verse_id":"LEV.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.34","text":"Heb “in the house of the land of your possession” (KJV and ASV both similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A34/3"}
{"id":5169,"verse_id":"LEV.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Heb “who to him the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A35/1"}
{"id":5170,"verse_id":"LEV.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “And the priest shall command and they shall clear the house.” The second verb (“and they shall clear”) states the thrust of the priest’s command, which suggests the translation “ that they clear” (cf. also vv. 4 a and 5a above), and for the impersonal passive rendering of the active verb (“that the house be cleared”) see the note on v. 4 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":5171,"verse_id":"LEV.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “to see the infection”; KJV “to see the plague”; NASB “to look at the mark (mildew NCV).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A36/2"}
{"id":5172,"verse_id":"LEV.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “all which [is] in the house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A36/3"}
{"id":5173,"verse_id":"LEV.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “and after thus.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A36/5"}
{"id":5174,"verse_id":"LEV.14.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.37","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A37/1"}
{"id":5175,"verse_id":"LEV.14.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.37","text":"For “yellowish green and reddish” see Lev 13:49 . The Hebrew term translated “eruptions” occurs only here and its meaning is uncertain. For a detailed summary of the issues and views see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:870. The suggestions include, among others: (1) “depressions” from Hebrew שׁקע (“sink”) or קער as the root of the Hebrew term for “bowl” (LXX, Targums, NAB, NASB, NIV; see also B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 90), (2) “streaks” (ASV, NJPS), (3) and “eruptions” as a loan-word from Egyptian sqr r rwtj (“eruption; rash”); cf. Milgrom, 870; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 198-99. The latter view is taken here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A37/2"}
{"id":5176,"verse_id":"LEV.14.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.37","text":"The Hebrew term קִיר ( qir ,“wall”) refers to the surface of the wall in this case, which normally consisted of a coating of plaster made of limestone and sand (see HALOT 1099 s.v. קִיר 1.a; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:871; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 199).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A37/3"}
{"id":5177,"verse_id":"LEV.14.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.38","text":"Heb “and he shall shut up the house seven days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A38/1"}
{"id":5178,"verse_id":"LEV.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.39","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “If the mark has indeed spread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A39/1"}
{"id":5179,"verse_id":"LEV.14.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.40","text":"Heb “and the priest shall command and they shall pull out the stones which in them is the infection, and they shall cast them.” The second and third verbs (“they shall pull out” and “they shall throw”) state the thrust of the priest’s command, which suggests the translation “ that they pull out…and throw” (cf. also vv. 4 a, 5a, and 36a above), and for the impersonal passive rendering of the active verb (“be pulled and thrown”) see the note on v. 4 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A40/1"}
{"id":5180,"verse_id":"LEV.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.41","text":"Or, according to the plurality of the verb in Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Targums, “Then the house shall be scraped” (cf. NAB, NLT, and the note on v. 40 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A41/1"}
{"id":5181,"verse_id":"LEV.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “from house all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A41/2"}
{"id":5182,"verse_id":"LEV.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “dust” (so KJV) or “rubble”; NIV “the material”; NLT “the scrapings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A41/3"}
{"id":5183,"verse_id":"LEV.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “which they have scraped off.” The MT term קִיר ( qir , “wall” from קָצָה , qatsah , “to cut off”; BDB 892), the original Greek does not have this clause, Smr has הקיצו (with uncertain meaning), and the BHS editors and HALOT 1123-24 s.v. I קצע hif.a suggest emending the verb to הִקְצִעוּ ( hiqtsi ’ u , see the same verb at the beginning of this verse; cf. some Greek mss , Syriac, and the Targums). The emendation seems reasonable and is accepted by many commentators, but the root קָצָה ( qatsah , “to cut off”) does occur in the Bible ( 2 Kgs 10:32 ; Hab 2:10 ) and in postbiblical Hebrew (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 179, notes 41c and 43d; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:873; cf. also קָצַץ , qatsats , “to cut off”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A41/4"}
{"id":5184,"verse_id":"LEV.14.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.42","text":"Heb “and bring into under the stones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A42/1"}
{"id":5185,"verse_id":"LEV.14.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.43","text":"Heb “after he has pulled out the stones, and after scraping (variant form of the Hiphil infinitive construct, GKC 531) the house, and after being replastered (Niphal infinitive construct).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A43/1"}
{"id":5186,"verse_id":"LEV.14.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.44","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “If he sees that the mark has indeed spread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A44/1"}
{"id":5187,"verse_id":"LEV.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.45","text":"Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Tg. Ps.-J. have the plural verb, perhaps suggesting a passive translation, “The house…shall be torn down” (cf. NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT, and see the note on v. 4 b above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A45/1"}
{"id":5188,"verse_id":"LEV.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.45","text":"Once again, Smr, LXX, and Syriac have the plural verb, perhaps to be rendered passive, “shall be brought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A45/2"}
{"id":5189,"verse_id":"LEV.14.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.46","text":"Heb “the one who comes into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A46/1"}
{"id":5190,"verse_id":"LEV.14.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.46","text":"Heb “he,” referring to the priest (see v. 38 ). The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A46/2"}
{"id":5191,"verse_id":"LEV.14.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.48","text":"Heb “And if the priest entering [infinitive absolute] enters [finite verb]” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A48/1"}
{"id":5192,"verse_id":"LEV.14.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.48","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “and the mark has not indeed spread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A48/2"}
{"id":5193,"verse_id":"LEV.14.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.49","text":"The pronoun “he” refers to the priest mentioned in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A49/1"}
{"id":5194,"verse_id":"LEV.14.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.49","text":"Regarding these ritual materials, see the note on v. 4 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A49/2"}
{"id":5195,"verse_id":"LEV.14.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.49","text":"Regarding the Piel of חָטָא ( khata ’, cf. v. 52 ) meaning to “decontaminate” or “perform a decontamination,” see the notes on Lev 8:15 and 9:15 . sn In Lev 8:15 , for example, the “sin offering” is used to “decontaminate” the burnt offering altar. As argued above (see the note on v. 7 above), these ritual materials and the procedures performed with them do not constitute a “sin offering” (contrast vv. 19 and 31 above). In fact, no sin offering was required for the purification of a house.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A49/3"}
{"id":5196,"verse_id":"LEV.14.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.50","text":"See the note on v. 5 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A50/1"}
{"id":5197,"verse_id":"LEV.14.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.53","text":"Heb “to from outside to the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A53/1"}
{"id":5198,"verse_id":"LEV.14.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.54","text":"Heb “and for the scall”; NASB “a scale”; NIV “any infectious skin disease.” Cf. Lev 13:29-37 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A54/1"}
{"id":5199,"verse_id":"LEV.14.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.57","text":"Heb “to teach in the day of the unclean and in the day of the clean.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A57/1"}
{"id":5200,"verse_id":"LEV.14.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":14,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.57","text":"Heb “This is the law of the disease.” Some English versions specify this as “skin disease” (e.g., NIV, NLT), but then have to add “and (+ infectious NLT) mildew” (so NIV) because a house would not be infected with a skin disease. sn For an explanation of the term “disease” see Lev 13:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2014%3A57/2"}
{"id":5201,"verse_id":"LEV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “Man man.” The reduplication is a way of saying “any man” (cf. Lev 17:3; 22:18 , etc.; see the distributive repetition of the noun in GKC 395-96 §123. c ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":5202,"verse_id":"LEV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"The term “discharge” actually means “to flow,” whether referring to a full flow as at a spring of water ( Ps 78:20 and parallels) or in reference to the promised land as “a land flowing with milk and honey” ( Exod 3:8 and parallels).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":5203,"verse_id":"LEV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “man, man when there is a discharge from his flesh.” The repetition of the word “man” is distributive, meaning “any [or “every”] man” (GKC 395-96 §123. c ). It is well-recognized that the term “flesh” (i.e., “body”) in this chapter refers regularly and euphemistically to the male and female genital members or areas of the body ( HALOT 164 s.v. בָּשָׂר 5.b; see also, e.g., B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 93). The euphemism has been retained in this translation since it is, in fact, intended in the Hebrew text. Some English versions partially remove the euphemism (e.g., NAB “from his private parts”; NRSV “from his member”) while some remove it completely (e.g., NLT “a genital discharge”; TEV “from his penis”; CEV “with an infected penis”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":5204,"verse_id":"LEV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"The LXX has “this the law of his uncleanness…” (cf. v. 32 and compare, e.g., 13:59; 14:2, 56 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":5205,"verse_id":"LEV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “it is his uncleanness,” but the last clause recapitulates the effect of the first clause in this verse, both of which introduce the regulations for such uncleanness in the following verses. In other words, whether his discharge flows from his penis or is blocked in it, he is still unclean and must proceed according to the following regulations (vv. 4 ff).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A3/3"}
{"id":5206,"verse_id":"LEV.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “All the bed which the man with a discharge sits on it shall be unclean”; cf. NLT “Any bedding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":5207,"verse_id":"LEV.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “and all the vessel which he sits on it shall be unclean”; NASB “everything on which he sits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":5208,"verse_id":"LEV.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “And a man who touches in his bed”; NLT “touch the man’s bedding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":5209,"verse_id":"LEV.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “he shall wash his clothes and bathe in water and be unclean until the evening” (cf. also vv. 6-8, 10-11 , etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":5210,"verse_id":"LEV.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “And the one who touches in the flesh.” In this instance, “flesh” (or “body”) probably refers literally to any part of the body, not the genitals specifically (see the discussion in J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:914).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":5211,"verse_id":"LEV.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “And if the man with a discharge spits in the clean one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":5212,"verse_id":"LEV.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"The Hebrew term for “means of riding” is a cognate noun from the verb “ride” later in this verse. It refers to anything on which one may ride without the feet touching the ground including, for example, a saddle, a (saddle) blanket, or a seat on a chariot (see, e.g., J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:916).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":5213,"verse_id":"LEV.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “which shall be under him.” The verb is perhaps a future perfect, “which shall have been.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":5214,"verse_id":"LEV.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the previously mentioned items which were under the unclean person) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":5215,"verse_id":"LEV.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “And all who the man with the discharge touches in him and his hands he has not rinsed in water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":5216,"verse_id":"LEV.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"The Hebrew term כְּלִי ( kÿli ) can mean “vessel” (v. 12 a) or “utensil, implement, article” (v. 12 b). An article of clay would refer to a vessel or container of some sort, while one made of wood would refer to some kind of tool or instrument.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":5217,"verse_id":"LEV.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"For the expression “fresh water” see the note on Lev 14:5 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":5218,"verse_id":"LEV.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “from the sons of the pigeon,” referring either to “young pigeons” or “various species of pigeon” (contrast J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:168 with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 14; cf. Lev 1:14 and esp. 5:7-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":5219,"verse_id":"LEV.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"The MT has the Qal form of the verb בּוֹא ( bo ’) “to come” here, but the LXX (followed generally by the Syriac and Tg. Ps.-J. ) reflects the Hiphil form of the same verb, “to bring” as in v. 29 below. In v. 29 , however, there is no additional clause “and give them to the priest,” so the Hiphil is necessary in that context while it is not necessary here in v. 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":5220,"verse_id":"LEV.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “and the priest shall make them one a sin offering and the one a burnt offering.” See the note on Lev 1:3 regarding the “burnt offering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":5221,"verse_id":"LEV.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “And the priest.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":5222,"verse_id":"LEV.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “from”; see the note on 4:26 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A15/4"}
{"id":5223,"verse_id":"LEV.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “And a man when a lying of seed goes out from him”; KJV, ASV “any man’s seed of copulation”; NIV, NRSV, TEV, NLT “an emission of semen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":5224,"verse_id":"LEV.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “and he shall bathe all his flesh in water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":5225,"verse_id":"LEV.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “And a woman who a man lies with her a lying of seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":5226,"verse_id":"LEV.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"See the note on Lev 15:2 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":5227,"verse_id":"LEV.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “blood shall be her discharge in her flesh.” The term “flesh” here refers euphemistically to the female sexual area (cf. the note on v. 2 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":5228,"verse_id":"LEV.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"See the note on Lev 12:2 and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 1:925-27.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":5229,"verse_id":"LEV.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “and if on the bed it ( הוּא , hu ’) is or on the vessel which she sits on it, when he touches it….” The translation and meaning of this verse is a subject of much debate in the commentaries (see the summary in J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:938-40). It is difficult to determine what הוּא refers to, whether it means “he” referring to the one who does the touching, “it” for the furniture or the seat in v. 22 , “she” referring to the woman herself (see Smr היא rather than הוא ), or perhaps anything that was lying on the furniture or the bed of vv. 21-22 . The latter view is taken here (cf. J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 202).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":5230,"verse_id":"LEV.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"The MT accent suggest that “when he touches it” goes with the preceding line, but it seems to be better to take it as an introduction to what follows (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 202).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":5231,"verse_id":"LEV.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “and if a man indeed lies with her and her menstrual impurity is on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":5232,"verse_id":"LEV.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “And a woman when the flow of her blood flows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":5233,"verse_id":"LEV.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “in not the time of her menstruation or when it flows on her menstruation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A25/2"}
{"id":5234,"verse_id":"LEV.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"See the note on v. 5 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":5235,"verse_id":"LEV.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"Heb “And if…” Although this clause is parallel to v. 13 above, it begins with וְאִם ( vÿ ’ im , “and if”) here rather than וְכִי ( vÿkhi , “and when/if”) there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":5236,"verse_id":"LEV.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"Heb “from the sons of the pigeon,” referring either to “young pigeons” or “various species of pigeon” (contrast J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:168 with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 14; cf. Lev 1:14 and esp. 5:7-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":5237,"verse_id":"LEV.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “And the priest shall make the one a sin offering and the one a burnt offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":5238,"verse_id":"LEV.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “And the priest.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A30/2"}
{"id":5239,"verse_id":"LEV.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “And you shall.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NCV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":5240,"verse_id":"LEV.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “and they.” Here the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) indicates a negative purpose (“lest,” so NAB, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":5241,"verse_id":"LEV.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"Heb “and who a lying of seed goes out from him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":5242,"verse_id":"LEV.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.32","text":"Heb “to become unclean in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A32/2"}
{"id":5243,"verse_id":"LEV.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"Heb “and the one with a discharge, his discharge to the male and the female.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":5244,"verse_id":"LEV.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.33","text":"Heb “and for a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2015%3A33/2"}
{"id":5245,"verse_id":"LEV.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “in their drawing near to the faces of the Lord .” The rendering here relies on the use of this expression for the very “presence” of God in Exod 33:14-15 and in the Lev 9:24-10:2 passage, where the Nadab and Abihu catastrophe referred to here is narrated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":5246,"verse_id":"LEV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “into the holy place from house to the veil-canopy.” In this instance, the Hebrew term “the holy place” refers to “the most holy place” (lit. “holy of holies”), since it is the area “inside the veil-canopy” (cf. Exod 26:33-34 ). The Hebrew term פָּרֹכֶת ( parokhet ) is usually translated “veil” or “curtain,” but it seems to have stretched not only in front of but also over the top of the ark of the covenant which stood behind and under it inside the most holy place, and thus formed more of a canopy than simply a curtain (see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 3:687-89).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":5247,"verse_id":"LEV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “to the faces of the atonement plate.” The exact meaning of the Hebrew term כַּפֹּרֶת ( kapporet ) here rendered “atonement plate” is much debated. The traditional “ mercy seat” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) does not suit the cognate relationship between this term and the Piel verb כִּפֶּר ( kipper , “to make atonement, to make expiation”). The translation of the word should also reflect the fact that the most important atonement procedures on the Day of Atonement were performed in relation to it. Since the Lord would “appear in the cloud over the atonement plate,” and since it was so closely associated with the ark of the covenant (the ark being his “footstool”; cf. 1 Chr 28:2 and Ps 132:7-8 ), one could take it to be the place of his throne at which he accepts atonement. See J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:1014; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 234-35; and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:691, 699. Cf. NIV “the atonement cover”; NCV “the lid on the Ark”; NLT “the Ark’s cover – the place of atonement.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":5248,"verse_id":"LEV.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “with a bull, a son of the herd.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":5249,"verse_id":"LEV.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “shall be on his flesh.” As in many instances in , the term “flesh” or “body” here is euphemistic for the male genitals (J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1017, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 222; cf. the note on Lev 15:2 ), which the priest must be careful not to expose during such ritual procedures (see Exod 20:26 with 28:42-43 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":5250,"verse_id":"LEV.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “and in a turban of linen he shall wrap.” sn The turban consisted of wound up linen (cf. Exod 28:4, 37, 39; 29:6; 39:31 ; Lev 16:4 ). It is usually thought to be a “turban,” but it might be only a “turban-like headband” wound around the forehead area ( HALOT 624 s.v. מִצְנֶפֶת ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A4/4"}
{"id":5251,"verse_id":"LEV.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “and he shall bathe….”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A4/5"}
{"id":5252,"verse_id":"LEV.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “And he shall take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":5253,"verse_id":"LEV.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “he-goats of goats”; CEV “two goats, both of them males.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":5254,"verse_id":"LEV.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “the two he-goats,” referred to as “two he-goats of goats” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":5255,"verse_id":"LEV.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “and Aaron shall give lots on the two he-goats.” See the note on Lev 8:8 for the priestly casting of lots in Israel and the explanation in B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 102, on Lev 16:8-9 . J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:1019-20, suggests, however, that the expression here signifies that, the lots having been cast, the priest was to literally “place” ( Heb “give”) the one marked “for the Lord ” on the head of the goat to be sacrificed and the one marked “for Azazel” on the head of the one to be released in the wilderness in order to avoid confusing them later in the ritual sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":5256,"verse_id":"LEV.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term עֲזָאזֵל (’ aza ’ zel , four times in the OT, all of them in this chapter; vv. 8, 10 [2 times], and 26) is much debated. There are three or perhaps four major views (see the summaries and literature cited in J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1020-21; B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 102; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 237-38; D. P. Wright, The Disposal of Impurity [SBLDS], 21-25; M. V. Van Pelt and W. C. Kaiser, NIDOTTE 3:362-63; and M. S. Moore, NIDOTTE 4:421-22). (1) Some derive the term from a combination of the Hebrew word עֵז (’ ez , “goat”; i.e., the word for “goats” in v. 5 ) and אָזַל (’ azal , “to go away”), meaning “the goat that departs” or “scapegoat” (cf., e.g., the LXX and KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT). This meaning suits the ritual practice of sending the so-called “scapegoat” away into the wilderness (vv. 10, 21-22, 26 ). Similarly, some derive the term from Arabic ’ azala (“to banish, remove”), meaning “entire removal” as an abstract concept (see BDB 736 s.v. עֲזָאזֵל ). (2) Some see the term as a description of the wilderness area to which the goat was dispatched, deriving it somehow from Arabic ’ azazu (“rough ground”) or perhaps עָזָז , (’ azaz, “to be strong, fierce”). (3) The most common view among scholars today is that it is the proper name of a particular demon (perhaps even the Devil himself) associated with the wilderness desert regions. Levine has proposed that it may perhaps derive from a reduplication of the ז ( zayin ) in עֵז combined with אֵל (’ el , “mighty”), meaning “mighty goat.” The final consonantal form of עֲזָאזֵל would have resulted from the inversion of the א ( aleph ) with the second ז . He makes the point that the close association between עֵז and שְׂעִירִים ( shÿ ’ irim ), which seems to refer to “goat-demons” of the desert in Lev 17:7 (cf. Isa 13:21 , etc.), should not be ignored in the derivation of Azazel, although the term ultimately became the name of “the demonic ruler of the wilderness.” The latter view is supported by the parallel between the one goat “for ( לְ , lamed preposition) the Lord ” and the one “for ( לְ ) Azazel” here in v. 8 . The rendering as a proper name has been tentatively accepted here (cf. ASV, NAB, NRSV, TEV, CEV). Perhaps a play on words between the proper name and the term for “goat” has occurred so that the etymology has become obscure. Even if a demon or the demonic realm is the source for the name, however, there is no intention here of appeasing the demons. The goal is to remove the impurity and iniquity from the community in order to avoid offending the Lord and the repercussions of such (see esp. vv. 21-22 and cf. Lev 15:31 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":5257,"verse_id":"LEV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “which the lot has gone up on it for the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":5258,"verse_id":"LEV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"The LXX has “he shall stand it” (cf. v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":5259,"verse_id":"LEV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “to make atonement on it to send it away to Azazel toward the wilderness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":5260,"verse_id":"LEV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and he shall take the fullness of the censer, coals of fire, from on the altar from to the faces of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":5261,"verse_id":"LEV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and the fullness of the hollow of his two hands, finely ground fragrant incense.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":5262,"verse_id":"LEV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and he shall bring from house to the veil-canopy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":5263,"verse_id":"LEV.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"The text here has only “above the testimony,” but this is surely a shortened form of “above the ark of the testimony” (see Exod 25:22 etc.; cf. Lev 16:2 ). The term “testimony” in this expression refers to the ark as the container of the two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments written on them (see Exod 25:16 with Deut 10:1, 5 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":5264,"verse_id":"LEV.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “and he will not die,” but it is clear that the purpose for the incense cloud was to protect the priest from death in the presence of the Lord (cf. vv. 1-2 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":5265,"verse_id":"LEV.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “on the faces of the atonement plate toward the east.” Some have taken this to mean that the ark was stationed just behind the veil-canopy on the eastern side of the most holy place. Thus, the high priest would need to enter and walk toward the west end of the most holy place and then turn eastward in order to face the ark and sprinkle the blood in an eastward direction. The rendering here, however, requires that the ark was stationed on the western end, or perhaps in the middle of the area, so that as the priest entered he was already facing the ark and would sprinkle the blood on the eastern face of the atonement plate, in a westward direction (see, e.g., J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 239 versus J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1032).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":5266,"verse_id":"LEV.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “and he shall bring its blood into from house to the veil-canopy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":5267,"verse_id":"LEV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “And.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative or even inferential force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":5268,"verse_id":"LEV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “to all their sins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":5269,"verse_id":"LEV.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “And all man shall not be in the tent of meeting.” The term for “a man, human being” ( אָדָם , ’ adam ; see the note on Lev 1:2 ) refers to any person among “mankind,” male or female.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":5270,"verse_id":"LEV.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “And.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) indicates the sequence of events here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":5271,"verse_id":"LEV.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “And he shall take.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":5272,"verse_id":"LEV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “and he shall purify it and he shall consecrate it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":5273,"verse_id":"LEV.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “And he shall finish from atoning the holy place.” In this case, the “holy place” etc. are direct objects of the verb “to atone” (cf. v. 33 a below). In this case, therefore, the basic meaning of the verb (i.e., “to purge” or “wipe clean”) comes to the forefront. When the prepositions עַל (’ al ) or בֲּעַד ( ba ’ ad ) occur with the verb כִּפֶּר ( kipper ) the purging is almost always being done “for” or “on behalf of” priests or people (see the note on Lev 1:4 as well as R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:698, the literature cited there, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 110, for more details).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":5274,"verse_id":"LEV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “transgressions to all their sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":5275,"verse_id":"LEV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “and he shall give them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":5276,"verse_id":"LEV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.21","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term עִתִּי (’ itti ) is uncertain. It is apparently related to עֵת (’ et , “time”), and could perhaps mean either that he has been properly “appointed” (i.e., designated) for the task (e.g., NIV and NRSV) or “ready” (e.g., NASB and NEB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A21/3"}
{"id":5277,"verse_id":"LEV.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The Hebrew term rendered “inaccessible” derives from a root meaning “to cut off” (cf. NAB “an isolated region”). Another possible translation would be “infertile land” (see HALOT 187 s.v. * גָּזֵּר and cf. NRSV “a barren region”; NLT “a desolate land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":5278,"verse_id":"LEV.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “and he [the man (standing) ready, v. 21 ] shall send the goat away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":5279,"verse_id":"LEV.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “And Aaron shall enter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":5280,"verse_id":"LEV.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Heb “And he shall make atonement.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":5281,"verse_id":"LEV.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"Heb “on behalf of himself and on behalf of the people.” After “on behalf of himself” the LXX adds the expected “and on behalf of his household” (cf. vv. 6, 11, and 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":5282,"verse_id":"LEV.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “And the fat of the sin offering he is to offer up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":5283,"verse_id":"LEV.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"For “Azazel” see the note on v. 8 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":5284,"verse_id":"LEV.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “he shall bring into from outside to the camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":5285,"verse_id":"LEV.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “they shall burn with fire”; KJV “burn in the fire.” Because “to burn with fire” is redundant in contemporary English the present translation simply has “must be burned up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A27/2"}
{"id":5286,"verse_id":"LEV.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “And it [feminine] shall be for you a perpetual statute.” Verse 34 begins with the same clause except for the missing demonstrative pronoun “this” here in v. 29 . The LXX has “this” in both places and it suits the sense of the passage, although both the verb and the pronoun are sometimes missing in this clause elsewhere in the book (see, e.g., Lev 3:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":5287,"verse_id":"LEV.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “you shall humble your souls.” The verb “to humble” here refers to various forms of self-denial, including but not limited to fasting (cf. Ps 35:13 and Isa 58:3, 10 ). The Mishnah ( m. Yoma 8:1) lists abstentions from food and drink, bathing, using oil as an unguent to moisten the skin, wearing leather sandals, and sexual intercourse (cf. 2 Sam 12:16-17, 20 ; see the remarks in J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1054; B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 109; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 242).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":5288,"verse_id":"LEV.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “and all work you shall not do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A29/3"}
{"id":5289,"verse_id":"LEV.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “the native and the sojourner who sojourns.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A29/4"}
{"id":5290,"verse_id":"LEV.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"The phrase “from all your sins” could go with the previous clause as the verse is rendered here (see, e.g., B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 109, and J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1011), or it could go with the following clause (i.e., “you shall be clean from all your sins before the Lord ”; see the MT accents as well as J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 221, and recent English versions, e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":5291,"verse_id":"LEV.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"See the note on v. 29 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":5292,"verse_id":"LEV.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.31","text":"Compare v. 29 a above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A31/2"}
{"id":5293,"verse_id":"LEV.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.32","text":"Heb “And the priest whom he shall anointed him and whom he shall fill his hand to act as priest under his father.” Imperfect active verbs are often used as passives (see, e.g., v. 27 above and the note on Lev 14:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A32/1"}
{"id":5294,"verse_id":"LEV.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “to atone” (also later in this verse); see the note on “purifying the holy place” in 16:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":5295,"verse_id":"LEV.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “the sanctuary of the holy place.” Although this is the only place this expression occurs in the OT, it clearly refers to the innermost shrine behind the veil-canopy, where the ark of the covenant was located.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A33/2"}
{"id":5296,"verse_id":"LEV.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “and the tent of meeting and the alter he shall atone.” The repetition of the verb כִּפֶּר ( kipper , “to atone”) at the beginning and end of the sequence appears to be strange, but the MT accents suggest that only “the Most Holy Place” goes with the verb at the beginning of the verse. Of course, the purging of “the Most Holy Place” has been the main emphasis of this chapter from the start (see vv. 2-3 and 11-17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A33/3"}
{"id":5297,"verse_id":"LEV.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.33","text":"At this point in the verse the verb כִּפֶּר ( kipper , “to make atonement”) takes its object with the preposition עַל (’ al , “for”; literally, “upon”; contrast the first part of the verse and cf. the notes on Lev 1:4 and 16:20 above).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A33/4"}
{"id":5298,"verse_id":"LEV.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “And this shall be for you to a statute of eternity” (cf. v. 29 a above). cf. NASB “a permanent statute”; NIV “a lasting ordinance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":5299,"verse_id":"LEV.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “from”; see note on 4:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A34/2"}
{"id":5300,"verse_id":"LEV.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “one [feminine] in the year.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A34/3"}
{"id":5301,"verse_id":"LEV.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.34","text":"The MT of Lev 16:34 b reads literally, “and he did just as the Lord had commanded Moses.” This has been retained here in spite of the fact that it suggests that Aaron immediately performed the rituals outlined in (see, e.g., J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 224 and 243; J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:1059; note that Aaron was the one to whom Moses was to speak the regulations in this chapter, v. 2 ). The problem is that the chapter presents these procedures as regulations for “the tenth day of the seventh month” and calls for their fulfillment at that time ( Lev 16:29 ; cf. Lev 23:26-32 and the remarks in P. J. Budd, Leviticus [NCBC], 237), not during the current (first) month ( Exod 40:2 ; note also that they left Sinai in the second month, long before the next seventh month, Num 10:11 ). The LXX translates, “once in the year it shall be done as the Lord commanded Moses,” attaching “once in the year” to this clause rather than the former one, and rendering the verb as passive, “it shall be done” (cf. NAB, NIV, etc.). We have already observed the passive use of active verbs in this context (see the note on v. 32 above). The RSV (cf. also the NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT) translates, “And Moses did as the Lord commanded him,” ignoring the fact that the name Moses in the Hebrew text has the direct object indicator. Passive verbs, however, regularly take subjects with direct object indicators (see, e.g., v. 27 above). The NIV renders it “And it was done, as the Lord commanded Moses,” following the LXX passive translation. The NASB translates, “And just as the Lord had commanded Moses, so he did,” transposing the introductory verb to the end of the sentence and supplying “so” in order to make it fit the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2016%3A34/4"}
{"id":5302,"verse_id":"LEV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"The complex wording of vv. 3-4 requires stating “blood guilt” at the beginning of v. 3 even though it is not mentioned until the middle of v. 4 . The Hebrew text has simply “blood,” but in this case it refers to the illegitimate shedding of animal blood, similar to the shedding of the blood of an innocent human being ( Deut 19:10 , etc.). In order for it to be legitimate the animal must be slaughtered at the tabernacle and its blood handled by the priests in the prescribed way (see, e.g., Lev 1:5; 3:2, 17; 4:5-7; 7:26-27 , etc.; cf. vv. 10-16 below for more details).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":5303,"verse_id":"LEV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “Man man.” The reduplication is way of saying “any man” (cf. Lev 15:2; 22:18 , etc.). See the note on Lev 15:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":5304,"verse_id":"LEV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"The original LXX adds “or the sojourners who sojourn in your midst” (cf. Lev 16:29 , etc., and note esp. 17:8, 10, and 13 below).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":5305,"verse_id":"LEV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “or who slaughters from outside to the camp.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":5306,"verse_id":"LEV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Smr and LXX add after “tent of meeting” the following: “to make it a burnt offering or a peace offering to the Lord for your acceptance as a soothing aroma, and slaughters it outside, and at the doorway of the tent of meeting has not brought it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":5307,"verse_id":"LEV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Smr includes the suffix “it,” which is needed in any case in the translation to conform to English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":5308,"verse_id":"LEV.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “So that which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":5309,"verse_id":"LEV.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “on the faces of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":5310,"verse_id":"LEV.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"For the translation “splash” see the note on Lev 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":5311,"verse_id":"LEV.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"The LXX adds “all around” (i.e., Hebrew סָבִיב [ saviv , “all around”]), which is normal for this overall construction (see, e.g., Lev 1:5; 3:8 , etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":5312,"verse_id":"LEV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “sacrifice.” This has been translated as “offer” for stylistic reasons to avoid the redundancy of “sacrifice their sacrifices.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":5313,"verse_id":"LEV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"On “goat demons” of the desert regions see the note on Lev 16:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":5314,"verse_id":"LEV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “which they are committing harlotry after them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A7/3"}
{"id":5315,"verse_id":"LEV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A7/4"}
{"id":5316,"verse_id":"LEV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “Man, man.” The repetition of the word “man” is distributive, meaning “any [or “every”] man” (GKC 395-96 §123. c ; cf. Lev 15:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":5317,"verse_id":"LEV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and.” Here the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) has an alternative sense (“or”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":5318,"verse_id":"LEV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “from the sojourner who sojourns.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":5319,"verse_id":"LEV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate have “your” (plural) rather than “their.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":5320,"verse_id":"LEV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “causes to go up.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A8/5"}
{"id":5321,"verse_id":"LEV.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “to make it,” meaning “to make the sacrifice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":5322,"verse_id":"LEV.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"For remarks on the “cut off” penalty see the note on v. 4 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":5323,"verse_id":"LEV.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “And man, man.” The repetition of the word “man” is distributive, meaning “any (or every) man” (GKC 395-96 §123. c ; cf. Lev 15:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":5324,"verse_id":"LEV.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “from the sojourner who sojourns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":5325,"verse_id":"LEV.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.10","text":"The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate have “your” (plural) rather than “their.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A10/3"}
{"id":5326,"verse_id":"LEV.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “I will give my faces against [literally “in”] the soul/person/life [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh , feminine] who eats the blood and I will cut it [i.e., that נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ] off from the midst of its people.” The uses of נֶפֶשׁ in this and the following verse are most significant for the use of animal blood in Israel’s sacrificial system. Unfortunately, it is a most difficult word to translate accurately and consistently, and this presents a major problem for the rendering of these verses (see, e.g., G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 244-45). No matter which translation of נֶפֶשׁ one uses here, it is important to see that both man and animal have נֶפֶשׁ and that this נֶפֶשׁ is identified with the blood. See the further remarks on v. 11 below. On the “cutting off” penalty see the note on v. 4 above. In this instance, God takes it on himself to “cut off” the person (i.e., extirpation).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A10/4"}
{"id":5327,"verse_id":"LEV.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “the life of the flesh.” Here “flesh” stands for “every living thing,” that is, all creatures (cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT “every creature”; CEV “every living creature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":5328,"verse_id":"LEV.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “for the soul/life ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ) of the flesh, it is in the blood” (cf. the note of v. 10 above and v. 14 below). Although most modern English versions begin a new sentence in v. 11 , “For the life of the flesh is in the blood” (see, e.g., NJPS, NASB, NIV, NRSV), the כִּי ( ki , “for, because”) at the beginning of the verse suggests continuation from v. 10 , as the rendering here indicates (see, e.g., NEB, NLT; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 261; and G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 239). sn This verse is a well-known crux interpretum for blood atonement in the Bible. The close association between the blood and “the soul/life [ נֶפֶשׁ ] of the flesh [ בָּשָׂר , basar ]” (v. 11 a) begins in Gen 9:2-5 (if not Gen 4:10-11 ), where the Lord grants man the eating of meat (i.e., the “flesh” of animals) but also issues a warning: “But flesh [ בָּשָׂר ] with its soul/life [ נֶפֶשׁ ], [which is] its blood, you shall not eat” (cf. G. J. Wenham, Genesis [WBC], 1:151 and 193). Unfortunately, the difficulty in translating נֶפֶשׁ consistently (see the note on v. 10 above) obscures the close connection between the (human) “person” in v. 10 and “the life” (of animals, 2 times) and “your (human) lives” in v. 11 , all of which are renderings of נֶפֶשׁ . The basic logic of the passage is that (a) no נֶפֶשׁ should eat the blood when he eats the בָּשָׂר of an animal (v. 10 ) because (b) the נֶפֶשׁ of בָּשָׂר is identified with the blood that flows through and permeates it (v. 11 a), and (c) the Lord himself has assigned (i.e., limited the use of) animal blood, that is, animal נֶפֶשׁ , to be the instrument or price of making atonement for the נֶפֶשׁ of people (v. 11 b). See the detailed remarks and literature cited in R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:693-95, 697-98.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":5329,"verse_id":"LEV.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “And I myself have given it to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":5330,"verse_id":"LEV.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “for the blood, it by ( בְּ , bet preposition, “in”] the life makes atonement.” The interpretation of the preposition is pivotal here. Some scholars have argued that it is a bet of exchange; that is, “the blood makes atonement in exchange for the life [of the slaughtered animal]” (see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:694-95, 697 for analysis and criticism of this view). It is more likely that, as in the previous clause (“your lives”), “life/soul” ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ) here refers to the person who makes the offering, not the animal offered. The blood of the animal makes atonement for the person who offers it either “by means of” (instrumental bet ) the “life/soul” of the animal, which it symbolizes or embodies (the meaning of the translation given here); or perhaps the blood of the animal functions as “the price” ( bet of price) for ransoming the “life/soul” of the person.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A11/4"}
{"id":5331,"verse_id":"LEV.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “all/any person from you shall not eat blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":5332,"verse_id":"LEV.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “and the sojourner, the one sojourning in your midst, shall not eat blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":5333,"verse_id":"LEV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “from the house of Israel” as in vv. 3, 8, and 10 , but the LXX agrees with the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":5334,"verse_id":"LEV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “from the sojourner who sojourns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":5335,"verse_id":"LEV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"The LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, and certain mss of Smr have “your” (plural) rather than “their” (cf. v. 10 above).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":5336,"verse_id":"LEV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “[wild] game of animal.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A13/4"}
{"id":5337,"verse_id":"LEV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.13","text":"That is, it must be a clean animal, not an unclean animal (cf. ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A13/5"}
{"id":5338,"verse_id":"LEV.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “for the life/soul ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh) of all flesh, its blood in its life/soul ( נֶפֶשׁ ) it is.” The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate leave out “in its life/soul,” which would naturally yield “for the life of all flesh, its blood it is” (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 261, 263). The present translation is something of an oversimplification, but the meaning is basically the same in any case. Cf. NRSV “For the life of every creature – its blood is its life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":5339,"verse_id":"LEV.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “of all flesh” (also later in this verse). See the note on “every living thing” in v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":5340,"verse_id":"LEV.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"For remarks on the “cut off” penalty see the note on v. 4 above.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":5341,"verse_id":"LEV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “And any soul” ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":5342,"verse_id":"LEV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “carcass,” referring to the carcass of an animal that has died on its own, not the carcass of an animal slaughtered for sacrifice or killed by wild beasts. This has been clarified in the translation by supplying the phrase “of natural causes”; cf. NAB “that died of itself”; TEV “that has died a natural death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":5343,"verse_id":"LEV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “in the native or in the sojourner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A15/3"}
{"id":5344,"verse_id":"LEV.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"The words “his clothes” are not in the Hebrew text, but are repeated in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":5345,"verse_id":"LEV.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “and he shall bear his iniquity.” The rendering “bear the punishment for the iniquity” reflects the use of the word “iniquity” to refer to the punishment for iniquity. This is sometimes referred to as the consequential use of the term (cf. Lev 5:17; 7:18; 10:17 ; etc.). sn For the interpretation of this verse reflected in the present translation, see the remarks on Lev 5:1 in J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:292-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":5346,"verse_id":"LEV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “As the work [or “deed”] of the land of Egypt, which you were dwelling in it, you must not do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":5347,"verse_id":"LEV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “and as the work [or “deed”] of the land of Canaan which I am bringing you to there, you must not do.” The participle “I am bringing” is inceptive; the Lord is “about to” bring them into the land of Canaan, as opposed to their having dwelt previously in the land of Egypt (see the first part of the verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":5348,"verse_id":"LEV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “and you shall not walk.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":5349,"verse_id":"LEV.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “My regulations you shall do”; KJV, NASB “my judgments”; NRSV “My ordinances”; NIV, TEV “my laws.” sn The Hebrew term translated “regulation” ( מִשְׁפָּט , mishpat ) refers to the set of regulations about to be set forth in the following chapters (cf. Lev 19:37; 20:22; 25:18; 26:46 ). Note especially the thematic and formulaic relationships between the introduction here in Lev 18:1-5 and the paraenesis in Lev 20:22-26 , both of which refer explicitly to the corrupt nations and the need to separate from them by keeping the Lord ’s regulations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":5350,"verse_id":"LEV.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “and my statutes you shall keep [or “watch; guard”] to walk in them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":5351,"verse_id":"LEV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “And you shall keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":5352,"verse_id":"LEV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “which the man shall do them and shall live in them.” The term for “a man, human being; mankind” ( אָדָם , ’ adam ; see the note on Lev 1:2 ) in this case refers to any person among “mankind,” male or female. The expression וָחַי ( vakhay , “and shall live”) looks like the adjective “living” so it is written וְחָיָה ( vÿkhayah ) in Smr, but the MT form is simply the same verb written as a double ayin verb (see HALOT 309 s.v. חיה qal and GKC 218 §76. i ; cf. Lev 25:35 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":5353,"verse_id":"LEV.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “Man, man shall not draw near to any flesh ( שְׁאֵר , shÿ ’ er ) of his body/flesh ( בָּשָׂר , basar ).” The repetition of the word “man” is distributive, meaning “any (or “every”) man” (GKC 395-96 §123. c ; cf. Lev 15:2 ). The two words for “flesh” are combined to refer to emphasize the physical familial relatedness (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 282, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 119).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":5354,"verse_id":"LEV.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “to uncover [her] nakedness” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), which is clearly euphemistic for sexual intercourse (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 282, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 119). This expression occurs a number of times in the following context and is generally translated “have sexual intercourse with [someone],” although in the case of the father mentioned in the following verse the expression may be connected to the shame or disgrace that would belong to the father whose wife’s sexuality is violated by his son. See the note on the word “mother” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":5355,"verse_id":"LEV.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"The verbal negative here is the same as that used in the Ten Commandments ( Exod 20:4-5, 7, 13-17 ). It suggests permanent prohibition rather than a simple negative command and could, therefore, be rendered “must not” here and throughout the following section as it is in vv. 3-4 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":5356,"verse_id":"LEV.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “The nakedness of your father and [i.e., even] the nakedness of your mother you shall not uncover.” sn Commentators suggest that the point of referring to the father’s nakedness is that the mother’s sexuality belongs to the father and is forbidden to the son on that account (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 120, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 294). The expression may, however, derive from the shame of nakedness when exposed. If one exposes his mother’s nakedness to himself it is like openly exposing the father’s nakedness (cf. Gen 9:22-23 with the background of Gen 2:25 and 3:7, 21 ). The same essential construction is used in v. 10 where the latter explanation makes more sense than the former.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":5357,"verse_id":"LEV.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “the nakedness of your father she is.” See the note on v. 7 above. This law refers to another wife of the man’s father, who is not that man’s mother. The laws in the Pentateuch sometimes assume the possibility that a man may have more than one wife (cf., e.g., Deut 21:15-17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":5358,"verse_id":"LEV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":5359,"verse_id":"LEV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “born of house or born of outside.” CEV interprets as “whether you grew up together or not” (cf. also TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":5360,"verse_id":"LEV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Several medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, and Syriac have “her nakedness” rather than “their nakedness,” thus agreeing with singular “sister” at the beginning of the verse. tn For a smooth English translation “either of” was added.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":5361,"verse_id":"LEV.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “The nakedness of the daughter of your father’s wife born of your father, she is your sister; you must not uncover her nakedness.” That is, a half sister, the daughter of the man’s father by another wife, who is not the man’s mother, is to be considered a true sister. Therefore, the man must not have sexual intercourse with her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":5362,"verse_id":"LEV.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate all read “because she is the flesh of your father,” like the MT of v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":5363,"verse_id":"LEV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “you must not draw near to his wife.” In the context this refers to approaching one’s aunt to have sexual intercourse with her, so this has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":5364,"verse_id":"LEV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"As in v. 12 (see the note there), some mss and versions have “because she is your aunt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":5365,"verse_id":"LEV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “You must not uncover the nakedness of both a woman and her daughter; the daughter of her son and the daughter of her daughter you must not take to uncover her nakedness.” Translating “her” as “them” provides consistency in the English. In this kind of context, “take” means to “take in marriage” (cf. also v. 18 ). The LXX and Syriac have “their nakedness,” referring to the nakedness of the woman’s granddaughters, rather than the nakedness of the woman herself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":5366,"verse_id":"LEV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “they are her flesh.” The LXX reads “your” here (followed by NRSV). If the LXX reading were followed by the present translation, the result would be “They are closely related to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":5367,"verse_id":"LEV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"The term rendered “lewdness” almost always carries a connotation of cunning, evil device, and divisiveness (cf. HALOT 272 s.v. I זִמָּה 2, “infamy”), and is closely associated with sexual and religious infidelity (cf., e.g., Lev 19:29; 20:14 ; Job 31:11 ; Jer 13:27 ; Ezek 16:27; 22:9 ). Recent English versions differ on how they handle this: NAB “would be shameful”; CEV “would make you unclean”; NIV “wickedness”; NLT “horrible wickedness”; NRSV “depravity”; TEV “incest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":5368,"verse_id":"LEV.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Or “as a concubine”; Heb “And a woman to her sister you shall not take to be a second wife [or “to be a concubine”].” According to HALOT 1059 s.v. III צרר , the infinitive “to be a second wife” ( לִצְרֹר , litsror ) is a denominative verb from II צָרָה A (“concubine; second wife”), which, in turn, derives from II צר “to treat with hostility” (cf. J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 283, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 122).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":5369,"verse_id":"LEV.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “on her in her life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":5370,"verse_id":"LEV.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “in the menstruation of her impurity”; NIV “during the uncleanness of her monthly period.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":5371,"verse_id":"LEV.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “And to the wife of your fellow citizen you shall not give your layer for seed.” The meaning of “your layer” ( שְׁכָבְתְּךָ , shÿkhavtÿkha ) is uncertain (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 122, “you shall not place your layer of semen”; but cf. also J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 283, and the literature cited there for the rendering, “you shall not give your penis for seed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":5372,"verse_id":"LEV.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “And from your seed you shall not give to cause to pass over to Molech.” Smr (cf. also the LXX) has “to cause to serve” rather than “to cause to pass over.” For detailed remarks on Molech and Molech worship see N. H. Snaith, Leviticus and Numbers (NCBC), 87-88; P. J. Budd, Leviticus (NCBC), 259-60; and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 333-37, and the literature cited there. It could refer to either human sacrifice or a devotion of children to some sort of service of Molech, perhaps of a sexual sort (cf. Lev 20:2-5 ; 2 Kgs 23:10 , etc.). The inclusion of this prohibition against Molech worship here may be due to some sexual connection of this kind, or perhaps simply to the lexical link between זֶרַע ( zera ’) meaning “seed, semen” in v. 20 but “offspring” in v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":5373,"verse_id":"LEV.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “and you shall not profane.” Regarding “profane,” see the note on Lev 10:10 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":5374,"verse_id":"LEV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “And with a male you shall not lay [as the] lyings of a woman” (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 123). The specific reference here is to homosexual intercourse between males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":5375,"verse_id":"LEV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"The Hebrew term תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , rendered “detestable act”) refers to the repugnant practices of foreigners, whether from the viewpoint of other peoples toward the Hebrews (e.g., Gen 43:32; 46:34 ; Exod 8:26 ) or of the Lord toward other peoples (see esp. Lev 18:26-27, 29-30 ). It can also designate, as here, detestable acts that might be perpetrated by the native peoples (it is used again in reference to homosexuality in Lev 20:13 ; cf. also its use for unclean food, Deut 14:3 ; idol worship, Isa 41:24 ; remarriage to a former wife who has been married to someone else in between, Deut 24:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":5376,"verse_id":"LEV.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"See the note on v. 20 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":5377,"verse_id":"LEV.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “to copulate with it” (cf. Lev 20:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":5378,"verse_id":"LEV.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.23","text":"The Hebrew term תֶּבֶל ( tevel , “perversion”) derives from the verb “to mix; to confuse” and therefore refers to illegitimate mixtures of species or violation of the natural order of things.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A23/3"}
{"id":5379,"verse_id":"LEV.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “which I am sending away (Piel participle of שָׁלַח [ shalakh , “to send”]) from your faces.” The rendering here takes the participle as anticipatory of the coming conquest events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":5380,"verse_id":"LEV.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “And.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative or even inferential force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":5381,"verse_id":"LEV.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “and I have visited its [punishment for] iniquity on it.” See the note on Lev 17:16 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":5382,"verse_id":"LEV.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “And you shall keep, you.” The latter emphatic personal pronoun “you” is left out of a few medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":5383,"verse_id":"LEV.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “the native and the sojourner”; NIV “The native-born and the aliens”; NAB “whether natives or resident aliens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":5384,"verse_id":"LEV.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “for all these abominations the men of the land who were before you have done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":5385,"verse_id":"LEV.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “And the land will not vomit you out in your defiling it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":5386,"verse_id":"LEV.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"The MT reads the singular “nation” and is followed by ASV, NASB, NRSV; the LXX, Syriac, and Targum have the plural “nations” (cf. v. 24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":5387,"verse_id":"LEV.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “to not do from the statutes of the detestable acts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":5388,"verse_id":"LEV.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “and you will not.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":5389,"verse_id":"LEV.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “A man his mother and his father you [plural] shall fear.” The LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, and certain Targum mss reverse the order, “his father and his mother.” The term “fear” is subject to misunderstanding by the modern reader, so “respect” has been used in the translation. Cf. NAB, NRSV “revere”; NASB “reverence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":5390,"verse_id":"LEV.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “for your acceptance”; cf. NIV, NLT “it will be accepted on your behalf.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":5391,"verse_id":"LEV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “from the following day” ( HALOT 572 s.v. מָחֳרָת 2.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":5392,"verse_id":"LEV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “shall be burned with fire”; KJV “shall be burnt in the fire.” Because “to burn with fire” is redundant in contemporary English the present translation simply has “must be burned up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":5393,"verse_id":"LEV.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “And if being eaten [infinitive absolute] it is eaten [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":5394,"verse_id":"LEV.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Or “desecrated,” or “defiled,” or “forbidden.” For this difficult term see J. Milgrom, Leviticus (AB), 1:422, on Lev 7:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":5395,"verse_id":"LEV.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"See the note on Lev 17:16 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":5396,"verse_id":"LEV.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “the holiness of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A8/3"}
{"id":5397,"verse_id":"LEV.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “And in your harvesting the harvest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":5398,"verse_id":"LEV.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “you shall not complete the corner of your field to harvest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":5399,"verse_id":"LEV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “And you shall not deal severely with your vineyard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":5400,"verse_id":"LEV.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “you shall not deal falsely a man with his fellow citizen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":5401,"verse_id":"LEV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “And you shall not swear to the falsehood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":5402,"verse_id":"LEV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “and you shall not profane”; NAB “thus profaning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":5403,"verse_id":"LEV.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “You shall not oppress your neighbor and you shall not rob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":5404,"verse_id":"LEV.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “hold back with you”; perhaps “hold back for yourself” (cf. NRSV “keep for yourself”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":5405,"verse_id":"LEV.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “You shall not curse a deaf [person] and before a blind [person] you shall not put a stumbling block.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":5406,"verse_id":"LEV.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “And you shall fear.” Many English versions (e.g., KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV) regard the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) as adversative in force here (“but”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":5407,"verse_id":"LEV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Smr has the singular rather than the plural “you” of the MT, which brings this verb form into line with the ones surrounding it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":5408,"verse_id":"LEV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “You shall not do injustice in judgment” (NASB similar); cf. NIV “do not pervert justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":5409,"verse_id":"LEV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “You shall not lift up faces of poor [people] and you shall not honor faces of great.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":5410,"verse_id":"LEV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “In righteousness you shall judge your fellow citizen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A15/4"}
{"id":5411,"verse_id":"LEV.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"The term רָכִיל ( rakhil ) is traditionally rendered “slanderer” here (so NASB, NIV, NRSV; see also J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 304, 316), but the exact meaning is uncertain (see the discussion in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 129). It is sometimes related to I רָכַל (“to go about as a trader [or “merchant”]”; BDB 940 s.v. רָכַל ), and taken to refer to cutthroat business dealings, but there may be a II רָכַל , the meaning of which is dubious ( HALOT 1237 s.v. II * רכל ). Some would render it “to go about as a spy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":5412,"verse_id":"LEV.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “You shall not stand on the blood of your neighbor.” This part of the verse is also difficult to interpret. The rendering here suggests that one will not allow a neighbor to be victimized, whether in court (cf. v. 15 ) or in any other situation (see the discussion in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 129).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":5413,"verse_id":"LEV.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “and you will not lift up on him sin.” The meaning of the line is somewhat obscure. It means either (1) that one should rebuke one’s neighbor when he sins lest one also becomes guilty, which is the way it is rendered here (see NIV, NRSV, NEB, JB; see also B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 129-30, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 303, and the discussion on pp. 316-17), or (2) one may rebuke one’s neighbor without incurring sin just as long as he does not hate him in his heart (see the first part of the verse; cf. NASB, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":5414,"verse_id":"LEV.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “and you shall not retain [anger?].” This line seems to refer to the retaining or maintaining of some vengeful feelings toward someone. Compare the combination of the same terms for taking vengeance and maintaining wrath against enemies in Nahum 1:2 (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 305).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":5415,"verse_id":"LEV.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “Your animals, you shall not cross-breed two different kinds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":5416,"verse_id":"LEV.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “you shall not cause to go up on you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":5417,"verse_id":"LEV.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “And a man when he lies with a woman the lying of seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":5418,"verse_id":"LEV.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “on his sin which he has sinned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":5419,"verse_id":"LEV.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “there shall be forgiveness to him” or “it shall be forgiven to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":5420,"verse_id":"LEV.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “from his sin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A22/3"}
{"id":5421,"verse_id":"LEV.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “tree of food”; KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV “trees for food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":5422,"verse_id":"LEV.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “you shall circumcise its fruit [as] its foreskin,” taking the fruit to be that which is to be removed and, therefore, forbidden. Since the fruit is uncircumcised it is forbidden (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 306, and esp. B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 131-32).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":5423,"verse_id":"LEV.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “it shall be to you uncircumcised.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A23/3"}
{"id":5424,"verse_id":"LEV.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"See B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 132, where the translation reads “set aside for jubilation”; a special celebration before the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":5425,"verse_id":"LEV.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “to add to you its produce.” The rendering here assumes that the point of this clause is simply that finally being allowed to eat the fruit in the fifth year adds the fruit of the tree to their harvest. Some take the verb to be from אָסַף (’ asaf , “to gather”) rather than יָסַף ( yasaf , “to add; to increase”), rendering the verse, “to gather to you the produce” (E. S. Gerstenberger, Leviticus [OTL], 260, and see the versions referenced in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 306). Others take it to mean that by following the regulations given previously they will honor the Lord so that the Lord will cause the trees to increase the amount of fruit they would normally produce (Hartley, 303, 306; cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":5426,"verse_id":"LEV.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “You shall not eat on the blood.” See the extensive remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 319-20, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 132-33. The LXX has “on the mountains,” suggesting that this is a prohibition against illegitimate places and occasions of worship, not the eating of blood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":5427,"verse_id":"LEV.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “You shall not practice divination and you shall not practice soothsaying”; cf. NRSV “practice augury or witchcraft.” For suggestions regarding the practices involved see B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 133, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 320.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":5428,"verse_id":"LEV.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “and you [singular] shall not ruin the corner of your [singular] beard.” Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Tg. Ps.-J. have the plural pronouns (i.e., “you” and “your” plural) rather than the singular of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":5429,"verse_id":"LEV.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “And slash for the soul you shall not give.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul, person, life”) can sometimes refer to a “dead person” (cf. Lev 21:1, 5; 22:5 ). See J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 306, 320-21.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":5430,"verse_id":"LEV.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “and a writing of incision you shall not give in you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":5431,"verse_id":"LEV.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “to make her practice harlotry.” Some recent English versions regard this as religious or temple prostitution (cf. TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":5432,"verse_id":"LEV.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “and the land become full of lewdness.” Regarding the term “lewdness,” see the note on Lev 18:17 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":5433,"verse_id":"LEV.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.33","text":"Heb “And when a sojourner sojourns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A33/1"}
{"id":5434,"verse_id":"LEV.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.34","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A34/1"}
{"id":5435,"verse_id":"LEV.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"That is, liquid capacity ( HALOT 640 s.v. מְשׂוּרָה ). Cf. ASV, NIV, NRSV, TEV “quantity”; NAB, NASB “capacity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":5436,"verse_id":"LEV.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"Heb “balances of righteousness,” and so throughout this sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":5437,"verse_id":"LEV.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.37","text":"Heb “And you shall keep all my statutes and all my regulations and you shall do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 22:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2019%3A37/1"}
{"id":5438,"verse_id":"LEV.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “or from the sojourner who sojourns”; NAB “an alien residing in Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":5439,"verse_id":"LEV.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “his seed” (so KJV, ASV); likewise in vv. 3-4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":5440,"verse_id":"LEV.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"Regarding Molech and Molech worship see the note on Lev 18:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":5441,"verse_id":"LEV.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.2","text":"This is not the most frequently-used Hebrew verb for stoning (see instead סָקַל , saqal ), but a word that refers to the action of throwing, slinging, or pelting someone with stones ( רָגָם , ragam ; see HALOT 1187 s.v. רגם qal.a, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 136).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A2/4"}
{"id":5442,"verse_id":"LEV.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “And I, I shall give my faces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":5443,"verse_id":"LEV.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “for the sake of defiling my sanctuary and to profane my holy name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":5444,"verse_id":"LEV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “And if shutting [infinitive absolute] they shut [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":5445,"verse_id":"LEV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “from that man” (so ASV); NASB “disregard that man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":5446,"verse_id":"LEV.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"The adjective “spiritual” has been supplied in the translation to clarify that this is not a reference to literal prostitution, but figuratively compares idolatry to prostitution.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":5447,"verse_id":"LEV.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “to commit harlotry after Molech.” The translation employs “worshiping” here for clarity (cf. NAB, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT). On the “cut off” penalty see the note on Lev 7:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":5448,"verse_id":"LEV.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"See the note on the phrase “familiar spirits” in Lev 19:31 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":5449,"verse_id":"LEV.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “And you shall keep my statutes and you shall do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 22:31 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":5450,"verse_id":"LEV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “If a man a man who.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":5451,"verse_id":"LEV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “makes light of his father and his mother.” Almost all English versions render this as some variation of “curses his father or mother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":5452,"verse_id":"LEV.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “And a man who.” The syntax here and at the beginning of the following verses elliptically mirrors that of v. 9 , which justifies the rendering as a conditional clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":5453,"verse_id":"LEV.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"The reading of the LXX minuscule mss has been followed here (see the BHS footnote a-a). The MT has a dittography, repeating “a man who commits adultery with the wife of” (see the explanation in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 328). The duplication found in the MT is reflected in some English versions, e.g., KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":5454,"verse_id":"LEV.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"See the note on v. 9 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":5455,"verse_id":"LEV.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The Hebrew term תֶּבֶל ( tevel , “perversion”) derives from the verb “to mix; to confuse” (cf. KJV, ASV “they have wrought confusion”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":5456,"verse_id":"LEV.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “[as the] lyings of a woman.” The specific reference here is to homosexual intercourse between males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":5457,"verse_id":"LEV.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “And a man who takes a woman and her mother.” The Hebrew verb “to take” in this context means “to engage in sexual intercourse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":5458,"verse_id":"LEV.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"Regarding “lewdness,” see the note on Lev 18:17 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":5459,"verse_id":"LEV.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “in fire they shall burn him and them.” The active plural verb sometimes requires a passive translation (GKC 460 §144. f , g ), esp. when no active plural subject has been expressed in the context. The present translation specifies “burned to death” because the traditional rendering “burnt with fire” (KJV, ASV; NASB “burned with fire”) could be understood to mean “branded” or otherwise burned, but not fatally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A14/3"}
{"id":5460,"verse_id":"LEV.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"See the note on Lev 18:20 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":5461,"verse_id":"LEV.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “takes.” The verb “to take” in this context means “to engage in sexual intercourse,” though some English versions translate it as “marry” (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":5462,"verse_id":"LEV.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"Regarding the “cut off” penalty, see the note on Lev 7:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":5463,"verse_id":"LEV.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.17","text":"See the note on Lev 17:16 above.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A17/3"}
{"id":5464,"verse_id":"LEV.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “and the two of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":5465,"verse_id":"LEV.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “his flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":5466,"verse_id":"LEV.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"See the note on Lev 17:16 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":5467,"verse_id":"LEV.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “takes.” The verb “to take” in this context means “to engage in sexual intercourse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":5468,"verse_id":"LEV.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “And you shall keep all my statutes and all my regulations and you shall do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 22:31 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":5469,"verse_id":"LEV.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":5470,"verse_id":"LEV.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"One medieval Hebrew ms , Smr, and all the major ancient versions have the plural “nations.” Some English versions retain the singular (e.g., KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV); others have the plural “nations” (e.g., NAB, NIV) and still others translate as “people” (e.g., TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":5471,"verse_id":"LEV.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Here and with the same phrase in v. 26 , the LXX adds “all,” resulting in the reading “all the peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":5472,"verse_id":"LEV.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “And you shall distinguish.” The verb is the same as “set apart” at the end of the previous verse. The fact that God had “set them apart” from the other peoples roundabout them called for them to “distinguish between” the clean and the unclean, etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":5473,"verse_id":"LEV.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"The word “creatures” has been supplied in the translation to make it clear that the following relative clause modifies the animal, bird, or creeping thing mentioned earlier, and not the ground itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":5474,"verse_id":"LEV.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"20.25","text":"The MT has “to defile,” but Smr, LXX, and Syriac have “to uncleanness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A25/3"}
{"id":5475,"verse_id":"LEV.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"Smr, LXX, Syriac, and some Targum mss have the relative pronoun אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “who, which”), rather than the MT’s כִּי ( ki , “for, because, that”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":5476,"verse_id":"LEV.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.27","text":"See the note on the phrase “familiar spirit” in Lev 19:31 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A27/2"}
{"id":5477,"verse_id":"LEV.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.27","text":"This is not the most frequently-used Hebrew verb for stoning, but a word that refers to the action of throwing, slinging, or pelting someone with stones (see the note on v. 2 above). Smr and LXX have “you [plural] shall pelt them with stones.” sn At first glance Lev 20:27 appears to be out of place but, on closer examination, one could argue that it constitutes the back side of an envelope around the case laws in 20:9-21 , with Lev 20:6 forming the front of the envelope (note also that execution of mediums and spiritists by stoning in v. 27 is not explicitly stated in v. 6 ). This creates a chiastic structure: prohibition against mediums and spiritists (vv. 6 and 27 ), variations of the holiness formula (vv. 7 and 25-26 ), and exhortations to obey the Lord ’s statutes (and judgments; vv. 8 and 22-24 ). Again, in the middle are the case laws (vv. 9-21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2020%3A27/3"}
{"id":5478,"verse_id":"LEV.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul, person, life”) can sometimes refer to a “dead person” (cf. Lev 19:28 above and the literature cited there).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":5479,"verse_id":"LEV.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “no one,” but “priest” has been used in the translation to clarify that these restrictions are limited to the priests, not to the Israelites in general (note the introductory formula, “say to the priests, the sons of Aaron”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":5480,"verse_id":"LEV.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"The MT has “in his peoples,” but Smr, LXX, Syriac, Targum, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “in his people,” referring to the Israelites as a whole.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":5481,"verse_id":"LEV.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “except for his flesh, the one near to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":5482,"verse_id":"LEV.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Cf. v. 2 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":5483,"verse_id":"LEV.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “He shall not defile himself a husband in his peoples, to profane himself.” The meaning of the line is disputed, but it appears to prohibit a priest from burying any relative by marriage (as opposed to the blood relatives of vv. 2-3 ), including his wife (compare B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 142-43 with J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 343, 348).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":5484,"verse_id":"LEV.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (priests, see the beginning of v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":5485,"verse_id":"LEV.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “and in their body they shall not [cut] slash[es]” (cf. Lev 19:28 ). The context connects these sorts of mutilations with mourning rites (cf. Lev 19:27-28 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":5486,"verse_id":"LEV.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"Smr and all early versions have the plural adjective “holy” rather than the MT singular noun “holiness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":5487,"verse_id":"LEV.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “A wife harlot and profaned they shall not take.” The structure of the verse (e.g., “wife” at the beginning of the two main clauses) suggests that “harlot and profaned” constitutes a hendiadys, meaning “a wife defiled by harlotry” (see the explanation in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 143, as opposed to that in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 343, 348; cf. v. 14 below). Cf. NASB “a woman who is profaned by harlotry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":5488,"verse_id":"LEV.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A7/3"}
{"id":5489,"verse_id":"LEV.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.7","text":"The pronoun “he” in this clause refers to the priest, not the former husband of the divorced woman.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A7/4"}
{"id":5490,"verse_id":"LEV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The three previous second person references in this verse are all singular, but this reference is plural. By adding “all” this grammatical distinction is preserved in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":5491,"verse_id":"LEV.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"See the note on “burned to death” in 20:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":5492,"verse_id":"LEV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"The adjective “high” has been supplied in the translation for clarity, as in many English versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":5493,"verse_id":"LEV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “and he has filled his hand.” For this expression see the note on Lev 8:33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":5494,"verse_id":"LEV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Regarding these signs of mourning see the note on Lev 10:6 . His head had been anointed (v. 10 a) so it must not be unkempt (v. 10 b), and his garments were special priestly garments (v. 10 a) so he must not tear them (v. 10 b). In the translation “garments” has been employed rather than “clothes” to suggest that the special priestly garments are referred to here; cf. NRSV “nor tear his vestments.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":5495,"verse_id":"LEV.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Although the MT has “persons” (plural), the LXX and Syriac have the singular “person” corresponding to the singular adjectival participle “dead” (cf. also Num 6:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":5496,"verse_id":"LEV.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “And he, a wife in her virginity he shall take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":5497,"verse_id":"LEV.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “take.” In context this means “take as wife,” i.e., “marry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":5498,"verse_id":"LEV.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"The MT has literally, “from his peoples,” but Smr, LXX, Syriac, Targum, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “from his people,” referring to the Israelites as a whole.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":5499,"verse_id":"LEV.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"The MT has literally, “in his peoples,” but Smr, LXX, Syriac, Targum, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “in his people,” referring to the Israelites as a whole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":5500,"verse_id":"LEV.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “to their generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":5501,"verse_id":"LEV.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “who in him is a flaw”; cf. KJV, ASV “any blemish”; NASB, NIV “a defect.” The rendering “physical flaw” is used to refer to any birth defect or physical injury of the kind described in the following verses (cf. the same Hebrew word also in Lev 24:19-20 ). The same term is used for “flawed” animals, which must not be offered to the Lord in Lev 22:20-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":5502,"verse_id":"LEV.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) in this context is asseverative, indicating absolutely certainty (GKC 498 §159. ee ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":5503,"verse_id":"LEV.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.18","text":"Lexically, the Hebrew term חָרֻם ( kharum ) seems to refer to a split nose or perhaps any number of other facial defects ( HALOT 354 s.v. II חרם qal; cf. G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 292, n. 7); cf. KJV, ASV “a flat nose”; NASB “a disfigured face.” The NJPS translation is “a limb too short” as a balance to the following term which means “extended, raised,” and apparently refers to “a limb too long” (see the explanation in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 146).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A18/2"}
{"id":5504,"verse_id":"LEV.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “who there is in him a broken leg or a broken arm,” or perhaps “broken foot or broken hand.” The Hebrew term רֶגֶל ( regel ) is commonly rendered “foot,” but it can also refer to the “leg,” and the Hebrew יָד ( yad ) is most often translated “hand,” but can also refer to the “[fore]arm” (as opposed to כַּף , kaf , “palm of the hand” or “hand”). See HALOT 386 s.v. יָד and 1184 s.v. רֶגֶל respectively (cf. the NJPS translation). In this context, these terms probably apply to any part of the limb that was broken, including hand and the foot. B. A. Levine ( Leviticus [JPSTC], 146) points out that such injuries often did not heal properly in antiquity because they were not properly set and, therefore, remained a “physical flaw” permanently.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":5505,"verse_id":"LEV.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “thin”; cf. NAB “weakly.” This could refer to either an exceptionally small (i.e., dwarfed) man (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 146) or perhaps one with a “withered limb” (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 342, 344).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":5506,"verse_id":"LEV.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"The term rendered “spot” derives from a root meaning “mixed” or “confused” (cf. NAB “walleyed”). It apparently refers to any kind of marked flaw in the eye that can be seen by others. Smr, Syriac, Tg. Onq. , and Tg. Ps.-J. have plural “his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":5507,"verse_id":"LEV.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"The exact meaning and medical reference of the terms rendered “festering eruption” and “feverish rash” is unknown, but see the translations and remarks in B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 146; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 342, 344, 349-50; and R. K. Harrison, NIDOTTE 1:890 and 2:461.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":5508,"verse_id":"LEV.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Or “shall approach” (see HALOT 670 s.v. נגשׁ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":5509,"verse_id":"LEV.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “And.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":5510,"verse_id":"LEV.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “And.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) introduces a concluding statement for all the preceding material.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":5511,"verse_id":"LEV.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"The words “these things” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":5512,"verse_id":"LEV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “holy things,” which means the “holy offerings” in this context, as the following verses show. The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":5513,"verse_id":"LEV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “from the holy things of the sons of Israel, and they shall not profane my holy name, which they are consecrating to me.” The latter (relative) clause applies to the “the holy things of the sons of Israel” (the first clause), not the Lord ’s name (i.e., the immediately preceding clause). The clause order in the translation has been rearranged to indicate this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":5514,"verse_id":"LEV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “To your generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":5515,"verse_id":"LEV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"The Piel (v. 2 ) and Hiphil (v. 3 ) forms of the verb קָדַשׁ ( qadash ) appear to be interchangeable in this context. Both mean “to consecrate” ( Heb “make holy [or “sacred”]”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":5516,"verse_id":"LEV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “and his impurity [is] on him”; NIV “is ceremonially unclean”; NAB, NRSV “while he is in a state of uncleanness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":5517,"verse_id":"LEV.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “Man man.” The reduplication is a way of saying “any man” (cf. Lev 15:2; 17:3 , etc.), but with a negative command it means “No man” (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 147).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":5518,"verse_id":"LEV.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “And the one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":5519,"verse_id":"LEV.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “in all unclean of a person/soul”; for the Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) meaning “a [dead] person,” see the note on Lev 19:28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A4/4"}
{"id":5520,"verse_id":"LEV.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “or a man who goes out from him a lying of seed.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A4/5"}
{"id":5521,"verse_id":"LEV.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “which there shall be uncleanness to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":5522,"verse_id":"LEV.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"The Hebrew term for “person” here is אָדָם ( adam , “human being”), which could either a male or a female person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":5523,"verse_id":"LEV.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “to all his impurity.” The phrase refers to the impurity of the person whom the man touches to become unclean (see the previous clause). To clarify this, the translation uses “that person’s” rather than “his.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":5524,"verse_id":"LEV.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “a carcass,” referring to the carcass of an animal that has died on its own, not the carcass of an animal slaughtered for sacrifice or killed by wild beasts. This has been clarified in the translation by supplying the phrase “of natural causes”; cf. NAB “that has died of itself”; TEV “that has died a natural death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":5525,"verse_id":"LEV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “and they will not lift up on it sin.” The pronoun “it” (masculine) apparently refers to any item of food that belongs to the category of “holy offerings” (see above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":5526,"verse_id":"LEV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “and die in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":5527,"verse_id":"LEV.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “No stranger” (so KJV, ASV), which refers here to anyone other than the Aaronic priests. Some English versions reverse the negation and state positively: NIV “No one outside a priest’s family”; NRSV “Only a member of a priestly family”; CEV “Only you priests and your families.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":5528,"verse_id":"LEV.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “A resident [ תּוֹשָׁב ( toshav ) from יָשַׁב ( yashav , “to dwell, to reside”)] of a priest.” The meaning of the term is uncertain. It could refer to a “guest” (NIV) or perhaps “bound servant” (NRSV; see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 149). In the translation “lodger” was used instead of “boarder” precisely because a boarder would be provided meals with his lodging, the very issue at stake here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":5529,"verse_id":"LEV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “and a priest, if he buys a person, the property of his silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":5530,"verse_id":"LEV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the person whom the priest has purchased) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":5531,"verse_id":"LEV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “eat it”; the referent (the holy offerings) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":5532,"verse_id":"LEV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A11/4"}
{"id":5533,"verse_id":"LEV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “and the [slave] born of his house, they shall eat in his food.” The LXX, Syriac, Tg. Onq. , Tg. Ps.-J. , and some mss of Smr have plural “ones born,” which matches the following plural “they” pronoun and the plural form of the verb.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A11/5"}
{"id":5534,"verse_id":"LEV.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “And a daughter of a priest, if she is to a man, a stranger” (cf. the note on v. 10 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":5535,"verse_id":"LEV.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “she in the contribution of the holy offerings shall not eat.” For “contribution [offering]” see the note on Lev 7:14 and the literature cited there. Cf. NCV “the holy offerings”; TEV, NLT “the sacred offerings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":5536,"verse_id":"LEV.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “to”; the words “live in” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":5537,"verse_id":"LEV.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “and seed there is not to her and she returns to the house of her father as her youth.” The mention of having “no children” appears to imply that her children, if she had any, should support her; this is made explicit by NLT’s “and has no children to support her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":5538,"verse_id":"LEV.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “And a man, if he eats a holy thing in error” (see the Lev 4:2 not on “straying,” which is the term rendered “by mistake” here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":5539,"verse_id":"LEV.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Contextually, “They” could refer either to the people (v. 14 a; cf. NRSV “No one”) or the priests (v. 14 b; cf. NIV “The priests”), but the latter seems more likely (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 356, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 150). The priests were responsible to see that the portions of the offerings that were to be consumed by the priests as prebends did not become accessible to the people. Mistakes in this matter (cf. v. 14 ) would bring “guilt” on the people, requiring punishment (v. 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":5540,"verse_id":"LEV.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"The Hebrew verb הֵרִים ( herim , rendered “contribute” here) is commonly used for setting aside portions of an offering (see, e.g., Lev 4:8-10 and R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 4:335-36).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":5541,"verse_id":"LEV.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “the holy offerings of the sons of Israel which they contribute to the Lord .” The subject “they” here refers to the Israelites (“the sons of Israel”) which is the most immediate antecedent. To make this clear, the present translation has “the holy offerings which the Israelites contribute to the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A15/3"}
{"id":5542,"verse_id":"LEV.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “iniquity of guilt”; NASB “cause them to bear punishment for guilt.” The Hebrew word עָוֹן (’ avon , “iniquity”) can designate either acts of iniquity or the penalty (i.e., punishment) for such acts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":5543,"verse_id":"LEV.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “Man, man.” The reduplication is a way of saying “any man” (cf. Lev 15:2; 17:3 , etc.; see the distributive repetition of the noun in GKC 395-96 §123. c ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":5544,"verse_id":"LEV.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “and from the foreigner [singular] in Israel.” Some medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate add “who resides” after “foreigner”: “the foreigner who resides in Israel” (cf., e.g., Lev 20:2 above).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":5545,"verse_id":"LEV.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “for your acceptance.” See Lev 1:3-4 above and the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":5546,"verse_id":"LEV.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “all which in it [is] a flaw.” Note that the same term is used for physical flaws of people in Lev 21:17-24 . Cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV “blemish”; NASB, NIV, TEV “defect”; NLT “with physical defects.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":5547,"verse_id":"LEV.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “not for acceptance shall it be for you”; NIV “it will not be accepted on your behalf” (NRSV and NLT both similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":5548,"verse_id":"LEV.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"The meaning of the expression לְפַלֵּא־נֶדֶר ( lÿfalle ’ -neder ) rendered here “for a special votive offering” is much debated. Some take it as an expression for fulfilling a vow, “to fulfill a vow” (e.g., HALOT 927-28 s.v. פלא piel and NASB; cf. NAB, NRSV “in fulfillment of a vow”) or, alternatively, “to make a vow” or “for making a vow” ( HALOT 928 s.v. פלא piel [II פלא ]). Perhaps it refers to the making a special vow, from the verb פָלַא ( pala ’, “to be wonderful, to be remarkable”); cf. J. Milgrom, Numbers (JPSTC), 44. B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 151 and 193, suggests that this is a special term for “setting aside a votive offering” (related to פָלָה [ palah , “to set aside”]). In general, the point of the expression seems to be that this sacrifice arises as a special gift to God out of special circumstances in the life of the worshiper.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":5549,"verse_id":"LEV.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “for acceptance”; NAB “if it is to find acceptance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":5550,"verse_id":"LEV.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “all/any flaw shall not be in it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A21/3"}
{"id":5551,"verse_id":"LEV.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Or perhaps “a wart” (cf. NIV; HALOT 383 s.v. יַבֶּלֶת , but see the remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 358).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":5552,"verse_id":"LEV.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “And an ox.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":5553,"verse_id":"LEV.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “and stunted” (see HALOT 1102 s.v. I קלט ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":5554,"verse_id":"LEV.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “And from the hand of a son of a foreigner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":5555,"verse_id":"LEV.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “for their being ruined [is] in them, flaw is in them”; NRSV “are mutilated, with a blemish in them”; NIV “are deformed and have defects.” The MT term מָשְׁחָתָם ( moshkhatam , “their being ruined”) is a Muqtal form (= Hophal participle) from שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “to ruin”). Smr has plural בהם משׁחתים (“deformities in them”; cf. the LXX translation). The Qumran Leviticus scroll (11QpaleoLev) has תימ הם […], in which case the restored participle would appear to be the same as Smr, but there is no בְּ ( bet ) preposition before the pronoun, yielding “they are deformed” (see D. N. Freedman and K. A. Mathews, The Paleo-Hebrew Leviticus Scroll , 41 and the remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 358).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":5556,"verse_id":"LEV.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"The words “the care of” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied. Although many modern English versions render “with its mother” (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), the literal phrase “under its mother” refers to the young animal nursing from its mother. Cf. KJV, ASV “it shall be seven days under the dam,” which would probably be misunderstood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":5557,"verse_id":"LEV.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “for an offering of a gift.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":5558,"verse_id":"LEV.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “And an ox or a sheep, it and its son, you shall not slaughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":5559,"verse_id":"LEV.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “in one day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":5560,"verse_id":"LEV.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “for your acceptance” (see the notes on Lev 1:3-4 and 22:19 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":5561,"verse_id":"LEV.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “On that day”; NIV, NCV “that same day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":5562,"verse_id":"LEV.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “from it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":5563,"verse_id":"LEV.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “And you shall keep my commandments and you shall do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 20:8 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":5564,"verse_id":"LEV.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.33","text":"Heb “to be to you for God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2022%3A33/1"}
{"id":5565,"verse_id":"LEV.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “these are them, my appointed times.” sn The term מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , rendered “appointed time” here) can refer to either a time or place of meeting. See the note on “tent of meeting” ( אֹהֶל מוֹעֵד , ’ ohel mo ’ ed ) in Lev 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":5566,"verse_id":"LEV.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"This is a superlative expression, emphasizing the full and all inclusive rest of the Sabbath and certain festival times throughout the chapter (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 155). Cf. ASV “a sabbath of solemn rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":5567,"verse_id":"LEV.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “between the two evenings,” perhaps designating the time between the setting of the sun and the true darkness of night. Cf. KJV, ASV “at even”; NAB “at the evening twilight.” sn See B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 156, for a full discussion of the issues raised in this verse. The rabbinic tradition places the slaughter of Passover offerings between approximately 3:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. , not precisely at twilight. Moreover, the term פֶּסַח ( pesakh ) may mean “protective offering” rather than “Passover offering,” although they amount to about the same thing in the historical context of the exodus from Egypt (see Exod 11-12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":5568,"verse_id":"LEV.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “to this month.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":5569,"verse_id":"LEV.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “work of service”; KJV “servile work”; NASB “laborious work”; TEV “daily work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":5570,"verse_id":"LEV.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “and you harvest its harvest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":5571,"verse_id":"LEV.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “the sheaf of the first of your harvest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":5572,"verse_id":"LEV.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “for your acceptance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":5573,"verse_id":"LEV.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “And you shall make in the day of your waving the sheaf.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":5574,"verse_id":"LEV.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “a flawless lamb, a son of its year”; KJV “of the first year”; NLT “a year-old male lamb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":5575,"verse_id":"LEV.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “wine, one fourth of the hin.” A pre-exilic hin is about 3.6 liters (= ca. 1 quart), so one fourth of a hin would be about one cup.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A13/4"}
{"id":5576,"verse_id":"LEV.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “until the bone of this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":5577,"verse_id":"LEV.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":5578,"verse_id":"LEV.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “seven Sabbaths, they shall be complete.” The disjunctive accent under “Sabbaths” precludes the translation “seven complete Sabbaths” (as NASB, NIV; cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT). The text is somewhat awkward, which may explain why the LXX tradition is confused here, either adding “you shall count” again at the end of the verse, or leaving out “they shall be,” or keeping “they shall be” and adding “to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":5579,"verse_id":"LEV.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “and.” In the translation “then” is supplied to clarify the sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":5580,"verse_id":"LEV.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Smr, LXX, Syriac, Tg. Onq. , and Tg. Ps.-J. insert the word חַלּוֹת ( khallot , “loaves”; cf. Lev 2:4 and the note there). Even though “loaves” is not explicit in the MT, the number “two” suggests that these are discrete units, not just a measure of flour, so “loaves” should be assumed even in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":5581,"verse_id":"LEV.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “with leaven.” The noun “leaven” is traditional in English versions (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), but “yeast” is more commonly used today.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":5582,"verse_id":"LEV.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “And you shall present on the bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":5583,"verse_id":"LEV.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “seven flawless lambs, sons of a year.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":5584,"verse_id":"LEV.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “and one bull, a son of a herd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A18/3"}
{"id":5585,"verse_id":"LEV.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"23.18","text":"Smr and LXX add “flawless.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A18/4"}
{"id":5586,"verse_id":"LEV.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “and their grain offering.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A18/5"}
{"id":5587,"verse_id":"LEV.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “And you shall make.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":5588,"verse_id":"LEV.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “a he-goat of goats.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A19/2"}
{"id":5589,"verse_id":"LEV.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Smr and LXX have the Hebrew article on “lambs.” The syntax of this verse is difficult. The object of the verb (two lambs) is far removed from the verb itself (shall wave) in the MT, and the preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”), rendered “along with” in this verse, is also added to the far removed subject (literally, “upon [the] two lambs”; see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 159). It is clear, however, that the two lambs and the loaves (along with their associated grain and drink offerings) constituted the “wave offering,” which served as the prebend “for the priest.” Burnt and sin offerings (vv. 18-19 a) were not included in this (see Lev 7:11-14, 28-36 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":5590,"verse_id":"LEV.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “And you shall proclaim [an assembly] in the bone of this day; a holy assembly it shall be to you” (see the remarks in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 160, and the remarks on the LXX rendering in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 367).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":5591,"verse_id":"LEV.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":5592,"verse_id":"LEV.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “And when you harvest the harvest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":5593,"verse_id":"LEV.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “you shall not complete the corner of your field in your harvest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A22/2"}
{"id":5594,"verse_id":"LEV.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “a memorial of loud blasts.” Although the term for “horn” does not occur here, allowing for the possibility that vocal “shouts” of acclamation are envisioned (see P. J. Budd, Leviticus [NCBC], 325), the “blast” of the shofar (a trumpet made from a ram’s “horn”) is most likely what is intended. On this occasion, the loud blasts on the horn announced the coming of the new year on the first day of the seventh month (see the explanations in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 387, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 160).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":5595,"verse_id":"LEV.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have adversative force here (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":5596,"verse_id":"LEV.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “Surely the tenth day” or perhaps “Precisely the tenth day.” The Hebrew adverbial particle אַךְ (’ akh ) is left untranslated by most recent English versions; cf. however NASB “On exactly the tenth day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":5597,"verse_id":"LEV.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “you shall humble your souls.” See the note on Lev 16:29 above.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A27/3"}
{"id":5598,"verse_id":"LEV.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “in the bone of this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":5599,"verse_id":"LEV.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “on you [plural]”; cf. NASB, NRSV “on your behalf.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A28/2"}
{"id":5600,"verse_id":"LEV.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"The particular כִּי ( ki ) is taken in an asseverative sense here (“Indeed,” see the NJPS translation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":5601,"verse_id":"LEV.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “it [i.e., that person; literally “soul,” feminine] shall be cut off from its peoples [plural]”; NLT “from the community.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":5602,"verse_id":"LEV.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “And any person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":5603,"verse_id":"LEV.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.30","text":"See HALOT 3 s.v. I אבד hif. Cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “destroy”; CEV “wipe out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A30/2"}
{"id":5604,"verse_id":"LEV.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “its people” (“its” is feminine to agree with “person,” literally “soul,” which is feminine in Hebrew; cf. v. 29 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A30/3"}
{"id":5605,"verse_id":"LEV.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":5606,"verse_id":"LEV.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “you shall rest your Sabbath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":5607,"verse_id":"LEV.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"The rendering “booths” (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV) is probably better than the traditional “tabernacles” in light of the meaning of the term סֻכָּה ( sukkah , “hut, booth”), but “booths” are frequently associated with trade shows and craft fairs in contemporary American English. The nature of the celebration during this feast (see the following verses) as a commemoration of the wanderings of the Israelites after they left Egypt suggests that a translation like “temporary shelters” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":5608,"verse_id":"LEV.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"Heb “work of service”; KJV “servile work”; NASB “laborious work”; TEV “daily work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":5609,"verse_id":"LEV.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.36","text":"The Hebrew term עֲצֶרֶת (’ atseret ) “solemn assembly [day]” derives from a root associated with restraint or closure. It could refer either to the last day as “closing assembly” day of the festival (e.g., NIV) or a special day of restraint expressed in a “solemn assembly” (e.g., NRSV); cf. NLT “a solemn closing assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A36/1"}
{"id":5610,"verse_id":"LEV.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.37","text":"The LXX has “[their] burnt offerings, and their sacrifices, and their drink offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A37/1"}
{"id":5611,"verse_id":"LEV.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.37","text":"Heb “a matter of a day in its day”; NAB “as prescribed for each day”; NRSV, NLT “each on its proper day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A37/2"}
{"id":5612,"verse_id":"LEV.23.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.38","text":"Heb “from to separation.” See BDB 94 s.v. בַּד 1.e for an explanation of this phrase. This phrase is repeated in front of each of the four items in this verse in the Hebrew text, but these have not been translated into English for stylistic reasons. Cf. KJV, NASB “besides”; NRSV “apart from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A38/1"}
{"id":5613,"verse_id":"LEV.23.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.39","text":"Heb “Surely on the fifteenth day.” The Hebrew adverbial particle אַךְ (’ akh ) is left untranslated by most recent English versions; however, cf. NASB “On exactly the fifteenth day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A39/1"}
{"id":5614,"verse_id":"LEV.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.40","text":"Heb “fruit of majestic trees,” but the following terms and verses define what is meant by this expression. For extensive remarks on the celebration of this festival in history and tradition see B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 163; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 389-90; and P. J. Budd, Leviticus (NCBC), 328-29.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A40/1"}
{"id":5615,"verse_id":"LEV.23.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.41","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A41/1"}
{"id":5616,"verse_id":"LEV.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.42","text":"Heb “in the huts” (again at the end of this verse and in v. 43 ), perhaps referring to temporary shelters (i.e., huts) made of the foliage referred to in v. 40 (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 389).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2023%3A42/1"}
{"id":5617,"verse_id":"LEV.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “and let them take.” The simple vav ( ו ) on the imperfect/jussive form of the verb לָקַח ( laqakh , “to take”) following the imperative (“Command”) indicates a purpose clause (“to bring…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":5618,"verse_id":"LEV.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “to cause to ascend a lamp continually.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":5619,"verse_id":"LEV.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"The Hebrew term פָּרֹכֶת ( parokhet ) is usually translated “veil” or “curtain,” but it seems to have stretched not only in front of but also over the top of the ark of the covenant which stood behind and under it inside the most holy place (see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 3:687-89).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":5620,"verse_id":"LEV.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"Several medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, and the LXX add “and his sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":5621,"verse_id":"LEV.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “for your generations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A3/3"}
{"id":5622,"verse_id":"LEV.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Alternatively, “pure [gold] lampstand,” based on Exod 25:31 , etc., where the term for “gold” actually appears (see NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT, and the remarks in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 395, etc.). However, in Lev 24:4 the adjective “pure” is feminine, corresponding to “lampstand,” not an assumed noun “gold” (contrast Exod 25:31 ), and the “table” in v. 6 was overlaid with gold, but was not made of pure gold. Therefore, it is probably better to translate “[ceremonially] pure lampstand” (v. 4 ) and “[ceremonially] pure table” (v. 6 ); see NEB; cf. KJV, ASV; B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 164-65; and G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 307.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":5623,"verse_id":"LEV.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “and bake it twelve loaves”; KJV, NAB, NASB “cakes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":5624,"verse_id":"LEV.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.5","text":"The words “of flour” are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn See the note on Lev 5:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A5/3"}
{"id":5625,"verse_id":"LEV.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “six of the row.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":5626,"verse_id":"LEV.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"This is not just any “incense” ( קְטֹרֶת , qÿtoret ; R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 3:913-16), but specifically “frankincense” ( לְבֹנָה , lÿvonah ; R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:756-57).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":5627,"verse_id":"LEV.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “on [ עַל , ’ al ] the row,” probably used distributively, “on each row” (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 395-96). Perhaps the frankincense was placed “with” or “along side of” each row, not actually on the bread itself, and was actually burned as incense to the Lord (cf. NIV “Along [Alongside CEV] each row”; NRSV “with each row”; NLT “near each row”; B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 165). This particular preposition can have such a meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":5628,"verse_id":"LEV.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “In the day of the Sabbath, in the day of the Sabbath.” The repetition is distributive. A few medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, and the Syriac delete the second occurrence of the expression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":5629,"verse_id":"LEV.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Aaron) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A8/2"}
{"id":5630,"verse_id":"LEV.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.8","text":"The word “portion” is supplied in the translation here for clarity, to specify what “this” refers to.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A8/3"}
{"id":5631,"verse_id":"LEV.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Or “a perpetual regulation”; NRSV “a perpetual due.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":5632,"verse_id":"LEV.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “And.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":5633,"verse_id":"LEV.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “the Israelite man,” but Smr has no article, and the point is that there was a conflict between the man of mixed background and a man of full Israelite descent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":5634,"verse_id":"LEV.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"The verb rendered “misused” means literally “to bore through, to pierce” ( HALOT 719 s.v. נקב qal); it is from נָקַב ( naqav ), not קָבַב ( qavav ; see the participial form in v. 16 a). Its exact meaning here is uncertain. The two verbs together may form a hendiadys, “he pronounced by cursing blasphemously” (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 166), the idea being one of the following: (1) he pronounced the name “Yahweh” in a way or with words that amounted to “some sort of verbal aggression against Yahweh himself” (E. S. Gerstenberger, Leviticus [OTL], 362), (2) he pronounced a curse against the man using the name “Yahweh” (N. H. Snaith, Leviticus and Numbers [NCBC], 110; G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 311), or (3) he pronounced the name “Yahweh” and thereby blasphemed, since the “Name” was never to be pronounced (a standard Jewish explanation). In one way or another, the offense surely violated Exod 20:7 , one of the ten commandments, and the same verb for cursing is used explicitly in Exod 22:28 (27 HT) prohibition against “cursing” God. For a full discussion of these and related options for interpreting this verse see P. J. Budd, Leviticus (NCBC), 335-36; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 408-9; and Levine, 166.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":5635,"verse_id":"LEV.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"The words “until they were able” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":5636,"verse_id":"LEV.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"The Hebrew here is awkward. A literal reading would be something like the following: “And they placed him in custody to give a clear decision [ HALOT 976 s.v. פרשׁ qal] for themselves on the mouth of the Lord .” In any case, they were apparently waiting for a direct word from the Lord regarding this matter (see vv. 13 ff).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":5637,"verse_id":"LEV.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"The words “to death” are supplied in the translation as a clarification; they are clearly implied from v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":5638,"verse_id":"LEV.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “And.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":5639,"verse_id":"LEV.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “And if a man strikes any soul [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ] of mankind.” The idiom seems to derive from the idea of striking a fatal blow to the very “life” (literally, “soul”) of a human being, not just landing a blow on their body ( HALOT 698 s.v. נכה hif.2). On the difficult of the meaning and significance of the term נֶפֶשׁ see the notes on Lev 17:10-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":5640,"verse_id":"LEV.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “And one who strikes a soul of an animal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":5641,"verse_id":"LEV.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “soul under soul.” Cf. KJV “beast for beast”; NCV “must give…another animal to take its place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":5642,"verse_id":"LEV.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “gives a flaw in”; KJV, ASV “cause a blemish in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":5643,"verse_id":"LEV.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Or “neighbor” (so NAB, NASB, NIV); TEV, NLT “another person.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":5644,"verse_id":"LEV.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “in the man [ אָדָם , ’ adam ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":5645,"verse_id":"LEV.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “just as he inflicts an injury…it must be inflicted on him.” The referent (“that same injury”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":5646,"verse_id":"LEV.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “and,” but here the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) is adversative, contrasting the consequences of beating an animal to death with those of beating a person to death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":5647,"verse_id":"LEV.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “a regulation of one”; KJV, ASV “one manner of law”; NASB “one standard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":5648,"verse_id":"LEV.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “the land shall rest a Sabbath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":5649,"verse_id":"LEV.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “its produce,” but the feminine pronoun “its” probably refers to the “land” (a feminine noun in Hebrew; cf. v. 2 ), not the “field” or the “vineyard,” both of which are normally masculine nouns (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 170).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":5650,"verse_id":"LEV.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “and in the seventh year a Sabbath of complete rest shall be to the land.” The expression “a Sabbath of complete rest” is superlative, emphasizing the full and all inclusive rest of the seventh year of the sabbatical cycle. Cf. ASV “a sabbath of solemn rest”; NAB “a complete rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":5651,"verse_id":"LEV.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “and.” Here the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) has an alternative sense (“or”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":5652,"verse_id":"LEV.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “consecrated, devoted, forbidden” ( נָזִיר , nazir ). The same term is used for the “consecration” of the “Nazirite” (and his hair, Num 6:2, 18 , etc.), a designation which, in turn, derives from the very same root.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":5653,"verse_id":"LEV.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"The word “produce” is not in the Hebrew text but is implied; cf. NASB “the sabbath products.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":5654,"verse_id":"LEV.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"A “resident who stays” would be a foreign person who was probably residing as another kind of laborer in the household of a landowner (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 170-71). See v. 35 below.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":5655,"verse_id":"LEV.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"The words “for you” are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":5656,"verse_id":"LEV.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “And you shall count off for yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":5657,"verse_id":"LEV.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “seven years seven times.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":5658,"verse_id":"LEV.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “and they shall be for you, the days of the seven Sabbaths of years, forty-nine years.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A8/3"}
{"id":5659,"verse_id":"LEV.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “the year of the fifty years,” or perhaps “the year, fifty years” (GKC 435 §134. o , note 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":5660,"verse_id":"LEV.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV “liberty”; TEV, CEV “freedom.” The characteristics of this “release” are detailed in the following verses. For substantial summaries and bibliography on the biblical and ancient Near Eastern material regarding such a “release” see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 427-34, and B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 270-74.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":5661,"verse_id":"LEV.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “A jubilee that shall be to you.” Although there has been some significant debate about the original meaning of the Hebrew word translated “jubilee” ( יוֹבֵל , yovel ; see the summary in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 434), the term most likely means “ram” and can refer also to a “ram’s horn.” The fiftieth year would, therefore, be called the “jubilee” because of the associated sounding of the “ram’s horn” (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 172, and the literature cited there).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":5662,"verse_id":"LEV.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “you [plural] shall return, a man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A10/4"}
{"id":5663,"verse_id":"LEV.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “you shall not sow and you shall not…and you shall not….” sn See v. 5 above and the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":5664,"verse_id":"LEV.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"That is, the produce of the land (fem.; cf. v. 7 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":5665,"verse_id":"LEV.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “you [plural] shall return, a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":5666,"verse_id":"LEV.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “sell a sale.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":5667,"verse_id":"LEV.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.14","text":"Or “to one of your countrymen” (NIV); NASB “to your friend.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A14/2"}
{"id":5668,"verse_id":"LEV.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.14","text":"The Hebrew infinitive absolute קָנֹה ( qanoh , “buying”) substitutes for the finite verb here in sequence with the previous finite verb “sell” at the beginning of the verse (see GKC 345 §113. z ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A14/3"}
{"id":5669,"verse_id":"LEV.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “do not oppress a man his brother.” Here “brother” does not refer only to a sibling, but to a fellow Israelite.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A14/4"}
{"id":5670,"verse_id":"LEV.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “in the number of years after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":5671,"verse_id":"LEV.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"The words “that are left” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied. sn The purchaser is actually buying only the crops that the land will produce until the next jubilee, since the land will revert to the original owner at that time. The purchaser, therefore, is not actually buying the land itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":5672,"verse_id":"LEV.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “To the mouth of the many years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":5673,"verse_id":"LEV.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “to the mouth of the few years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A16/2"}
{"id":5674,"verse_id":"LEV.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “a number of produce”; the words “years of” are implied. As an alternative this could be translated “a number of harvests” (cf. NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A16/3"}
{"id":5675,"verse_id":"LEV.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “And you shall not oppress a man his fellow citizen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":5676,"verse_id":"LEV.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “And you shall keep and do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 20:8 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":5677,"verse_id":"LEV.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “and you shall dwell on the land to security.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A18/2"}
{"id":5678,"verse_id":"LEV.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “eat to satisfaction”; KJV, ASV “ye shall eat your fill.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":5679,"verse_id":"LEV.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"Heb “and it [i.e., the land] shall make the produce.” The Hebrew term וְעָשָׂת ( vÿ ’ asat , “and it shall make”) is probably an older third feminine singular form of the verb (GKC 210 §75. m ). Smr has the normal form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":5680,"verse_id":"LEV.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.21","text":"Smr and LXX have “its produce” (cf. 25:3, 7 , etc.) rather than “the produce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A21/2"}
{"id":5681,"verse_id":"LEV.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “the produce,” referring to “the produce” of the sixth year of v. 21 . The words “sixth year” are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":5682,"verse_id":"LEV.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “until the ninth year, until bringing [in] its produce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A22/2"}
{"id":5683,"verse_id":"LEV.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.23","text":"The term rendered “without reclaim” means that the land has been bought for the full price and is, therefore, not subject to reclaim under any circumstances. This was not to be done with land in ancient Israel (contrast the final full sale of houses in v. 30 ; see the evidence cited in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 174).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A23/1"}
{"id":5684,"verse_id":"LEV.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.23","text":"That is, the Israelites were strangers and residents who were attached to the Lord ’s household. They did not own the land. Note the parallel to the “priest’s lodger” in Lev 22:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A23/2"}
{"id":5685,"verse_id":"LEV.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"Heb “And in all the land of your property.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":5686,"verse_id":"LEV.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.24","text":"Heb “right of redemption you shall give to the land”; NAB “you must permit the land to be redeemed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A24/2"}
{"id":5687,"verse_id":"LEV.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “the sale of his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A25/1"}
{"id":5688,"verse_id":"LEV.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “and his hand reaches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":5689,"verse_id":"LEV.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “and he finds as sufficiency of its redemption.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A26/2"}
{"id":5690,"verse_id":"LEV.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “and he shall calculate its years of sale.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":5691,"verse_id":"LEV.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “and return the excess.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":5692,"verse_id":"LEV.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “And if his hand has not found sufficiency of returning.” Although some versions take this to mean that he has not made enough to regain the land (e.g., NASB, NRSV; see also B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 176), the combination of terms in Hebrew corresponds to the portion of v. 27 that refers specifically to refunding the money (cf. v. 27 ; see NIV and G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 315).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":5693,"verse_id":"LEV.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “his sale.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A28/2"}
{"id":5694,"verse_id":"LEV.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “will be in the hand of.” This refers to the temporary control of the one who purchased its produce until the next year of jubilee, at which time it would revert to the original owner.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A28/3"}
{"id":5695,"verse_id":"LEV.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “it shall go out” (so KJV, ASV; see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 176).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A28/4"}
{"id":5696,"verse_id":"LEV.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the original owner of the land) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A28/5"}
{"id":5697,"verse_id":"LEV.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “a house of a residence of a walled city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":5698,"verse_id":"LEV.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “shall be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A29/2"}
{"id":5699,"verse_id":"LEV.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “of its sale.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A29/3"}
{"id":5700,"verse_id":"LEV.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “days its right of redemption shall be” (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 176).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A29/4"}
{"id":5701,"verse_id":"LEV.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.30","text":"Heb “until fulfilling to it a complete year.’","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A30/1"}
{"id":5702,"verse_id":"LEV.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.30","text":"Heb “the house which [is] in the city which to it [is] a wall.” The Kethib has לֹא ( lo ’, “no, not”) rather than לוֹ ( lo , “to it”) which is the Qere .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A30/2"}
{"id":5703,"verse_id":"LEV.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.30","text":"See the note on v. 23 above.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A30/3"}
{"id":5704,"verse_id":"LEV.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “And the houses of the villages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A31/1"}
{"id":5705,"verse_id":"LEV.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “which there is not to them a wall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A31/2"}
{"id":5706,"verse_id":"LEV.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “on the field.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A31/3"}
{"id":5707,"verse_id":"LEV.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “And.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":5708,"verse_id":"LEV.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “the houses of the cities of their property.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A32/2"}
{"id":5709,"verse_id":"LEV.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.33","text":"Heb “And which he shall redeem from the Levites shall go out, sale of house and city, his property in the jubilee.” Although the end of this verse is clear, the first part is notoriously difficult. There are five main views. (1) The first clause of the verse actually attaches to the previous verse, and refers to the fact that their houses retain a perpetual right of redemption (v. 32 b), “which any of the Levites may exercise” (v. 33 a; J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 418, 421). (2) It refers to property that one Levite sells to another Levite, which is then redeemed by still another Levite (v. 33 a). In such cases, the property reverts to the original Levite owner in the jubilee year (v. 33 b; G. J. Wenham, Leviticus [NICOT], 321). (3) It refers to houses in a city that had come to be declared as a Levitical city but had original non-Levitical owners. Once the city was declared to belong to the Levites, however, an owner could only sell his house to a Levite, and he could only redeem it back from a Levite up until the time of the first jubilee after the city was declared to be a Levitical city. In this case the first part of the verse would be translated, “Such property as may be redeemed from the Levites” (NRSV, NJPS). At the first jubilee, however, all such houses became the property of the Levites (v. 33 b; P. J. Budd, Leviticus [NCBC], 353). (4) It refers to property “which is appropriated from the Levites” (not “ redeemed from the Levites,” v. 33 a) by those who have bought it or taken it as security for debts owed to them by Levites who had fallen on bad times. Again, such property reverts back to the original Levite owners at the jubilee (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 177). (5) It simply refers to the fact that a Levite has the option of redeeming his house (i.e., the prefix form of the verb is taken to be subjunctive, “may or might redeem”), which he had to sell because he had fallen into debt or perhaps even become destitute. Even if he never gained the resources to do so, however, it would still revert to him in the jubilee year. The present translation is intended to reflect this latter view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A33/1"}
{"id":5710,"verse_id":"LEV.25.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.34","text":"Heb “And.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A34/1"}
{"id":5711,"verse_id":"LEV.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.35","text":"It is not clear to whom this refers. It is probably broader than “sibling” (cf. NRSV “any of your kin”; NLT “any of your Israelite relatives”) but some English versions take it to mean “fellow Israelite” (so TEV; cf. NAB, NIV “countrymen”) and others are ambiguous (cf. CEV “any of your people”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A35/1"}
{"id":5712,"verse_id":"LEV.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “and his hand slips with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A35/2"}
{"id":5713,"verse_id":"LEV.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “strengthen”; NASB “sustain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A35/3"}
{"id":5714,"verse_id":"LEV.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.35","text":"The form וָחַי ( vakhay , “and shall live”) looks like the adjective “living,” but the MT form is simply the same verb written as a double ayin verb (see HALOT 309 s.v. חיה qal, and GKC 218 §76. i ; cf. Lev 18:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A35/4"}
{"id":5715,"verse_id":"LEV.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “a foreigner and resident,” which is probably to be combined (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 170-71).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A35/5"}
{"id":5716,"verse_id":"LEV.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.36","text":"The meaning of the terms rendered “interest” and “profit” is much debated (see the summaries in P. J. Budd, Leviticus [NCBC], 354-55 and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 178). Verse 37 , however, suggests that the first refers to a percentage of money and the second percentage of produce (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 421).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A36/1"}
{"id":5717,"verse_id":"LEV.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.36","text":"In form the Hebrew term וְחֵי ( vÿkhey , “shall live”) is the construct plural noun (i.e., “the life of”), but here it is used as the finite verb (cf. v. 35 and GKC 218 §76. i ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A36/2"}
{"id":5718,"verse_id":"LEV.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.37","text":"Heb “your money” and “your food.” With regard to “interest” and “profit” see the note on v. 36 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A37/1"}
{"id":5719,"verse_id":"LEV.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.38","text":"Heb “to be to you for a God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A38/1"}
{"id":5720,"verse_id":"LEV.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.39","text":"Heb “you shall not serve against him service of a slave.” A distinction is being made here between the status of slave and indentured servant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A39/1"}
{"id":5721,"verse_id":"LEV.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.40","text":"See the note on Lev 25:6 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A40/1"}
{"id":5722,"verse_id":"LEV.25.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.41","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have adversative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A41/1"}
{"id":5723,"verse_id":"LEV.25.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.41","text":"Heb “may go out from you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A41/2"}
{"id":5724,"verse_id":"LEV.25.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.41","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A41/3"}
{"id":5725,"verse_id":"LEV.25.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.42","text":"Or perhaps reflexive Niphal rather than passive, “they shall not sell themselves [as in] a slave sale.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A42/1"}
{"id":5726,"verse_id":"LEV.25.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.43","text":"Heb “You shall not rule in him in violence”; cf. NASB “with severity”; NIV “ruthlessly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A43/1"}
{"id":5727,"verse_id":"LEV.25.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.44","text":"Heb “And your male slave and your female slave.” Smr has these as plural terms, “slaves,” not singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A44/1"}
{"id":5728,"verse_id":"LEV.25.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.44","text":"Heb “ from the nations which surround you, from them you shall buy male slave and female slave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A44/2"}
{"id":5729,"verse_id":"LEV.25.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.45","text":"The word “slaves” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A45/1"}
{"id":5730,"verse_id":"LEV.25.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.45","text":"Heb “family which is” (i.e., singular rather than plural).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A45/2"}
{"id":5731,"verse_id":"LEV.25.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.46","text":"Heb “and your brothers, the sons of Israel, a man in his brother you shall not rule in him in violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A46/1"}
{"id":5732,"verse_id":"LEV.25.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.47","text":"Heb “And if the hand of a foreigner and resident with you reaches” (cf. v. 26 for this idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A47/1"}
{"id":5733,"verse_id":"LEV.25.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.47","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A47/2"}
{"id":5734,"verse_id":"LEV.25.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.47","text":"Heb “offshoot, descendant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A47/3"}
{"id":5735,"verse_id":"LEV.25.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.48","text":"Heb “right of redemption shall be to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A48/1"}
{"id":5736,"verse_id":"LEV.25.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.49","text":"Heb “the son of his uncle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A49/1"}
{"id":5737,"verse_id":"LEV.25.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.49","text":"Heb “or from the remainder of his flesh from his family.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A49/2"}
{"id":5738,"verse_id":"LEV.25.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.49","text":"The LXX, followed by the Syriac, actually has “if,” which is not in the MT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A49/3"}
{"id":5739,"verse_id":"LEV.25.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.50","text":"Heb “the years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A50/1"}
{"id":5740,"verse_id":"LEV.25.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.50","text":"Heb “as days of a hired worker he shall be with him.” For this and the following verses see the explanation in P. J. Budd, Leviticus (NCBC), 358-59.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A50/2"}
{"id":5741,"verse_id":"LEV.25.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.51","text":"Heb “to the mouth of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A51/1"}
{"id":5742,"verse_id":"LEV.25.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.52","text":"Heb “but if a little remains in the years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A52/1"}
{"id":5743,"verse_id":"LEV.25.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.53","text":"Heb “be with him”; the referent (the one who bought him) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A53/1"}
{"id":5744,"verse_id":"LEV.25.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.53","text":"Heb “As a hired worker year in year.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A53/2"}
{"id":5745,"verse_id":"LEV.25.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.53","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (the one who bought him) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A53/3"}
{"id":5746,"verse_id":"LEV.25.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.54","text":"Heb “And if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A54/1"}
{"id":5747,"verse_id":"LEV.25.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.54","text":"Heb “go out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A54/2"}
{"id":5748,"verse_id":"LEV.25.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":25,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.55","text":"Heb “because to me the sons of Israel are servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2025%3A55/1"}
{"id":5749,"verse_id":"LEV.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “on.” The “sculpted stone” appears to be some sort of stone with images carved into (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 181, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 449).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":5750,"verse_id":"LEV.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “and my sanctuary you shall fear.” Cf. NCV “respect”; CEV “honor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":5751,"verse_id":"LEV.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “and my commandments you shall keep and do them.” This appears to be a kind of verbal hendiadys, where the first verb is a modifier of the action of the second verb (see GKC 386 §120. d , although שָׁמַר [ shamar , “to keep”] is not cited there; cf. Lev 20:8; 25:18 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":5752,"verse_id":"LEV.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":5753,"verse_id":"LEV.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “the tree of the field will give its fruit.” As a collective singular this has been translated as plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":5754,"verse_id":"LEV.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “will reach for you the vintage season.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":5755,"verse_id":"LEV.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":5756,"verse_id":"LEV.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “to satisfaction”; KJV, ASV, NASB “to the full.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A5/3"}
{"id":5757,"verse_id":"LEV.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have resultative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":5758,"verse_id":"LEV.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “and there will be no one who terrifies.” The words “to sleep” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":5759,"verse_id":"LEV.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “harmful animal,” singular, but taken here as a collective plural (so almost all English versions).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A6/3"}
{"id":5760,"verse_id":"LEV.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “no sword”; the words “of war” are supplied in the translation to indicate what the metaphor of the sword represents.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A6/4"}
{"id":5761,"verse_id":"LEV.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “to the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":5762,"verse_id":"LEV.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “cause to arise,” but probably used here for the Lord ’s intention of confirming or maintaining the covenant commitment made at Sinai. Cf. KJV “establish”; NASB “will confirm”; NAB “carry out”; NIV “will keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":5763,"verse_id":"LEV.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “old [produce] growing old.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":5764,"verse_id":"LEV.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “and old from the presence of new you will bring out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":5765,"verse_id":"LEV.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"LXX codexes Vaticanus and Alexandrinus have “my covenant” rather than “my tabernacle.” Cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV “my dwelling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":5766,"verse_id":"LEV.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “and my soul [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ] will not abhor you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A11/2"}
{"id":5767,"verse_id":"LEV.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “from being to them slaves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":5768,"verse_id":"LEV.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"In other words, to walk as free people and not as slaves. Cf. NIV “with (+ your CEV, NLT) heads held high”; NCV “proudly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":5769,"verse_id":"LEV.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “And if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":5770,"verse_id":"LEV.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “and do not do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":5771,"verse_id":"LEV.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “to not do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":5772,"verse_id":"LEV.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Or “I also” (see HALOT 76 s.v. אַף 6.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":5773,"verse_id":"LEV.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “soul.” These expressions may refer either to the physical effects of consumption and fever as the rendering in the text suggests (e.g., J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 452, 454, “diminishing eyesight and loss of appetite”), or perhaps the more psychological effects, “which exhausts the eyes” because of anxious hope “and causes depression” ( Heb “causes soul [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ] to pine away”), e.g., B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 185.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":5774,"verse_id":"LEV.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have causal force here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A16/3"}
{"id":5775,"verse_id":"LEV.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.16","text":"That is, “your enemies will eat” the produce that grows from the sown seed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A16/4"}
{"id":5776,"verse_id":"LEV.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “And if until these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":5777,"verse_id":"LEV.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “I will add to discipline you seven [times] on your sins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":5778,"verse_id":"LEV.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “the tree of the land will not give its fruit.” The collective singular has been translated as a plural. Tg. Onq. , some medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, LXX, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “the field” as in v. 4 , rather than “the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":5779,"verse_id":"LEV.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “hostile with me,” but see the added preposition בְּ ( bet ) on the phrase “in hostility” in v. 24 and 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":5780,"verse_id":"LEV.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “your blow, stroke”; cf. TEV “punishment”; NLT “I will inflict you with seven more disasters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":5781,"verse_id":"LEV.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Heb “the animal of the field.” This collective singular has been translated as a plural. The expression “animal of the field” refers to a wild (i.e., nondomesticated) animal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":5782,"verse_id":"LEV.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.22","text":"The words “of your children” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A22/2"}
{"id":5783,"verse_id":"LEV.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.22","text":"Heb “and diminish you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A22/3"}
{"id":5784,"verse_id":"LEV.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “And if in these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":5785,"verse_id":"LEV.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “with me,” but see the added preposition בְּ ( bet ) on the phrase “in hostility” in vv. 24 and 27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A23/2"}
{"id":5786,"verse_id":"LEV.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “and I myself will also strike you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":5787,"verse_id":"LEV.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “vengeance of covenant”; cf. NAB “the avenger of my covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":5788,"verse_id":"LEV.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) has a concessive force in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A25/2"}
{"id":5789,"verse_id":"LEV.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “in hand of enemy,” but Tg. Ps.-J. and Tg. Neof. have “in the hands of your enemies” (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 454).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A25/3"}
{"id":5790,"verse_id":"LEV.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"Heb “When I break to you staff of bread” (KJV, ASV, and NASB all similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":5791,"verse_id":"LEV.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.26","text":"Heb “they will return your bread in weight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A26/2"}
{"id":5792,"verse_id":"LEV.26.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.27","text":"Heb “And if in this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A27/1"}
{"id":5793,"verse_id":"LEV.26.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.27","text":"Heb “with me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A27/2"}
{"id":5794,"verse_id":"LEV.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"Heb “in rage of hostility with you”; NASB “with wrathful hostility”; NRSV “I will continue hostile to you in fury”; CEV “I’ll get really furious.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A28/1"}
{"id":5795,"verse_id":"LEV.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"Heb “and the flesh of your daughters you will eat.” The phrase “you will eat” has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A29/1"}
{"id":5796,"verse_id":"LEV.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.30","text":"The translation reflects the Hebrew wordplay “your corpses…the corpses of your idols.” Since idols, being lifeless, do not really have “corpses,” the translation uses “dead bodies” for people and “lifeless bodies” for the idols.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A30/2"}
{"id":5797,"verse_id":"LEV.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.30","text":"Heb “and my soul will abhor you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A30/3"}
{"id":5798,"verse_id":"LEV.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Heb “And I will give your cities a waste”; NLT “make your cities desolate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A31/1"}
{"id":5799,"verse_id":"LEV.26.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.33","text":"Heb “and I will empty sword” (see HALOT 1228 s.v. ריק 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A33/1"}
{"id":5800,"verse_id":"LEV.26.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.34","text":"There are two Hebrew roots רָצָה ( ratsah ), one meaning “to be pleased with; to take pleasure” ( HALOT 1280-81 s.v. רצה ; cf. “enjoy” in NASB, NIV, NRSV, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 452), and the other meaning “to restore” ( HALOT 1281-82 s.v. II רצה ; cf. NAB “retrieve” and B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 189).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A34/1"}
{"id":5801,"verse_id":"LEV.26.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.35","text":"Heb “it shall rest which it did not rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A35/1"}
{"id":5802,"verse_id":"LEV.26.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.36","text":"Heb “And.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A36/1"}
{"id":5803,"verse_id":"LEV.26.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.37","text":"Heb “and.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) is used in a concessive sense here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A37/1"}
{"id":5804,"verse_id":"LEV.26.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.37","text":"The term rendered “to stand up” is a noun, not an infinitive. It occurs only here and appears to designate someone who would take a powerful stand for them against their enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A37/2"}
{"id":5805,"verse_id":"LEV.26.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.39","text":"Heb “in” (so KJV, ASV; also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A39/1"}
{"id":5806,"verse_id":"LEV.26.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.39","text":"Heb “fathers’” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A39/2"}
{"id":5807,"verse_id":"LEV.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.40","text":"Heb “And.” Many English versions take this to be a conditional clause (“if…”) though there is no conditional particle (see, e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV; but see the very different rendering in B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 190). The temporal translation offered here (“when”) takes into account the particle אָז (’ az , “then”), which occurs twice in v. 41 . The obvious contextual contrast between vv. 39 and 40 is expressed by “however” in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A40/1"}
{"id":5808,"verse_id":"LEV.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.40","text":"Heb “in their trespassing which they trespassed in me.” See the note on Lev 5:15 , although the term is used in a more technical sense there in relation to the “guilt offering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A40/2"}
{"id":5809,"verse_id":"LEV.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.40","text":"Heb “and also which they walked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A40/3"}
{"id":5810,"verse_id":"LEV.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.40","text":"Heb “with me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A40/4"}
{"id":5811,"verse_id":"LEV.26.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.41","text":"Heb “or then,” although the LXX has “then” and the Syriac “and then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A41/1"}
{"id":5812,"verse_id":"LEV.26.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.41","text":"Heb “and then they make up for.” On the verb “make up for” see the note on v. 34 above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A41/2"}
{"id":5813,"verse_id":"LEV.26.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.42","text":"Heb “my covenant with Abraham I will remember.” The phrase “I will remember” has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A42/1"}
{"id":5814,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.43","text":"Heb “from them.” The preposition “from” refers here to the agent of the action (J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 455).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/1"}
{"id":5815,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.43","text":"The jussive form of the verb with the simple vav ( ו ) here calls for a translation that expresses purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/2"}
{"id":5816,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.43","text":"The verb is the Hophal infinitive construct with the third feminine singular suffix (GKC 182 §67. y ; cf. v. 34 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/3"}
{"id":5817,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.43","text":"Heb “from them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/4"}
{"id":5818,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.43","text":"Heb “because and in because,” a double expression, which is used only here and in Ezek 13:10 (without the vav ) for emphasis (GKC 492 §158. b ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/5"}
{"id":5819,"verse_id":"LEV.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"26.43","text":"Heb “and their soul has abhorred.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A43/6"}
{"id":5820,"verse_id":"LEV.26.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.45","text":"Heb “covenant of former ones.” sn For similar expressions referring back to the ancestors who refused to follow the stipulations of the Mosaic covenant see, for example, Deut 19:14 , Jer 11:10 , and Ps 79:8 (see B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 192, and J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 471).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A45/1"}
{"id":5821,"verse_id":"LEV.26.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.46","text":"Heb “gave” (so NLT); KJV, ASV, NCV “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A46/1"}
{"id":5822,"verse_id":"LEV.26.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":26,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.46","text":"Heb “by the hand of” (so KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2026%3A46/2"}
{"id":5823,"verse_id":"LEV.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Cf. the note on Lev 22:21 . Some take this as an expression for fulfilling a vow, “to fulfill a vow” (e.g., HALOT 927-28 s.v. פלא piel and NASB; cf. NRSV “in fulfillment of a vow”) or, alternatively, “to make a vow” or “for making a vow” ( HALOT 928 s.v. פלא piel [II פלא ]). Perhaps it refers to the making a special vow, from the verb פָלָא ( pala ’, “to be wonderful; to be remarkable”), cf. Milgrom, Numbers [JPSTC], 44. B. A. Levine, Leviticus (JPSTC), 151 and 193, suggests that this is a special term for “setting aside a votive offering” (related to פָלָה , palah , “to set aside”). In general, the point of the expression seems to be that this sacrifice is a special gift to God that arose out of special circumstances in the life of the worshiper.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":5824,"verse_id":"LEV.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “in your valuation, persons to the Lord ,” but “in your valuation” is a frozen form and, therefore, the person (“your”) does not figure into the translation (see J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 73). Instead of offering a person to the Lord one could redeem that person with the appropriate amount of money delineated in the following verses (see the note on Lev 5:15 above and the explanation in Hartley, 480-81).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":5825,"verse_id":"LEV.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “your conversion value shall be [for] the male.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":5826,"verse_id":"LEV.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “from a son of twenty years and until a son of sixty years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":5827,"verse_id":"LEV.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"See the note on Lev 5:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":5828,"verse_id":"LEV.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “five shekels silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":5829,"verse_id":"LEV.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “and the priest shall cause him to be valued.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":5830,"verse_id":"LEV.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “on the mouth which the hand of the one who vowed reaches.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":5831,"verse_id":"LEV.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “which they may present from it an offering.” The plural active verb is sometimes best rendered in the passive (GKC 460 §144. f , g ). Some medieval Hebrew mss , Smr, a ms of the Targum, and the Vulgate all have the singular verb instead (cf. similarly v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":5832,"verse_id":"LEV.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “from it.” The masculine suffix “it” here is used for the feminine in the MT, but one medieval Hebrew ms , some mss of Smr, the LXX, and the Syriac have the feminine. The referent (this kind of animal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":5833,"verse_id":"LEV.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “it and its substitute.” The referent (the original animal offered) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":5834,"verse_id":"LEV.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “and the priest shall cause it to be valued.” See the note on v. 8 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":5835,"verse_id":"LEV.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “And if redeeming [infinitive absolute] he redeems it [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p . The referent of “he” (the person who made the vow) and “it” (the animal) have both been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":5836,"verse_id":"LEV.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “on,” meaning “on top of, in addition to” (likewise in v. 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":5837,"verse_id":"LEV.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The expression “it shall stand” may be a technical term for “it shall be legally valid”; cf. NLT “assessment will be final.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":5838,"verse_id":"LEV.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “and it shall be to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":5839,"verse_id":"LEV.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"Heb “a conversion value shall be to the mouth of its seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":5840,"verse_id":"LEV.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.16","text":"Heb “seed of a homer of barley in fifty shekels of silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A16/2"}
{"id":5841,"verse_id":"LEV.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"Heb “from the year of the jubilee.” For the meaning of “jubilee,” see the note on Lev 25:10 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":5842,"verse_id":"LEV.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “And if.” The Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav , “and”) can be considered to have adversative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":5843,"verse_id":"LEV.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “the silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A18/2"}
{"id":5844,"verse_id":"LEV.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “And if redeeming [infinitive absolute] he redeems [finite verb] the field, the one who consecrated it.” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":5845,"verse_id":"LEV.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “the silver of the conversion value.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":5846,"verse_id":"LEV.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “and it shall rise to him.” See HALOT 1087 s.v. קום 7 for the rendering offered here, but see also the note on the end of v. 14 above (cf. J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC], 476, 478).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A19/3"}
{"id":5847,"verse_id":"LEV.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “and if he sells.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":5848,"verse_id":"LEV.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “When it goes out” (cf. Lev 25:25-34 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":5849,"verse_id":"LEV.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “like the field of the permanent dedication.” The Hebrew word חֵרֶם ( kherem ) is a much discussed term. In this and the following verses it refers in a general way to the fact that something is permanently devoted to the Lord and therefore cannot be redeemed (cf. v. 20 b). See J. A. Naudé, NIDOTTE 2:276-77; N. Lohfink, TDOT 5:180-99, esp. pp. 184, 188, and 198-99; and the numerous explanations in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus (WBC), 483-85.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A21/2"}
{"id":5850,"verse_id":"LEV.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “to the priest it shall be his property.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A21/3"}
{"id":5851,"verse_id":"LEV.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"Heb “his field of purchase,” which is to be distinguished from his own ancestral “landed property” (cf. v. 16 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":5852,"verse_id":"LEV.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"Heb “give” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":5853,"verse_id":"LEV.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.25","text":"See the note on Lev 5:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A25/1"}
{"id":5854,"verse_id":"LEV.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.26","text":"Heb “to the Lord it is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A26/1"}
{"id":5855,"verse_id":"LEV.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “And if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":5856,"verse_id":"LEV.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “in” or “by.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A27/2"}
{"id":5857,"verse_id":"LEV.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Heb “Surely, any permanently dedicated [thing] which a man shall permanently dedicate to the Lord .” The Hebrew term חֵרֶם ( kherem ) refers to things that are devoted permanently to the Lord (see the note on v. 21 above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":5858,"verse_id":"LEV.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.29","text":"Heb “permanently dedicated from among men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A29/1"}
{"id":5859,"verse_id":"LEV.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.30","text":"On the “tithe” system in Israel, see R. E. Averbeck, NIDOTTE 2:1035-55 and esp. pp. 1041-42 on Lev 27:30-33 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A30/1"}
{"id":5860,"verse_id":"LEV.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.31","text":"Heb “And if redeeming [infinitive absolute] a man redeems [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A31/1"}
{"id":5861,"verse_id":"LEV.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.31","text":"Heb “its one fifth on it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A31/2"}
{"id":5862,"verse_id":"LEV.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the owner of the animal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A33/1"}
{"id":5863,"verse_id":"LEV.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “And if exchanging [infinitive absolute] he exchanges it [finite verb].” For the infinitive absolute used to highlight contrast rather than emphasis see GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A33/2"}
{"id":5864,"verse_id":"LEV.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “it and its substitute.” The referent (the original animal offered) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A33/3"}
{"id":5865,"verse_id":"LEV.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “it shall be and its substitute shall be holy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A33/4"}
{"id":5866,"verse_id":"LEV.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LEV","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.34","text":"Most of the commentaries and English versions translate, “which the Lord commanded Moses for the children of Israel.” The preposition אֶל (’ el ), however, does not usually mean “for.” In this book it is commonly used when the Lord commands Moses “to speak [un]to” a person or group of persons (see, e.g., Lev 1:2; 4:2 , etc.). The translation “to tell” here reflects this pattern in the book of Leviticus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Leviticus%2027%3A34/1"}
{"id":5867,"verse_id":"NUM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The book begins with the vav ( ו ) consecutive and the preterite, “and he spoke.” This does not indicate that the book is a continuation of the previous material, for in that case certain other books in the canon would have to be linked with the writings of other people just because they followed them. This form is simply the narrative verb; the conjunction need not be translated. The verb should not be limited to a literary formula, but does indicate the divine source of the command for Moses. God was speaking to Moses throughout the wilderness wanderings from the tent, and so the ideas are from him, and not from the “will of man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":5868,"verse_id":"NUM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct of יָצַא ( yatsa ’, “to go out”), with a suffix serving as the subjective genitive, and the lamed preposition providing the temporal indication: “according to the going out of them.” The Israelites are clearly intended as the subject.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":5869,"verse_id":"NUM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":5870,"verse_id":"NUM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “saying.” A new sentence was started here in the English translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A1/10"}
{"id":5871,"verse_id":"NUM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The construction is literally “lift up the head[s],” ( שְׂאוּ אֶת־רֹאשׁ , sÿ ’ u ’ et-ro ’ sh ). This idiom for taking a census occurs elsewhere ( Exod 30:12 ; Lev 5:24; Num 1:24 ; etc.). The idea is simply that of counting heads to arrive at the base for the standing army. This is a different event than the one recorded in Exod 30:11-16 , which was taken for a different purpose altogether. The verb is plural, indicating that Moses had help in taking the census.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":5872,"verse_id":"NUM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Smr lacks the Hebrew word “all” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":5873,"verse_id":"NUM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the congregation of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":5874,"verse_id":"NUM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"The tribe ( מַטֶּה , matteh or שֵׁבֶט , shevet ) is the main category. The family groups or clans ( מִשְׁפְּחֹת , mishpÿkhot ) and the households or families ( בֵּית אֲבֹת , bet ’ avot ) were sub-divisions of the tribe.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":5875,"verse_id":"NUM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"This clause simply has “in/with the number of the names of every male with respect to their skulls [individually].” Counting heads, or every skull, simply meant that each person was to be numbered in the census. Except for the Levites, no male was exempt from the count.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":5876,"verse_id":"NUM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The verb ( פָּקַד , paqad ) means “to visit, appoint, muster, number.” The word is a common one in scripture. It has as its basic meaning the idea of “determining the destiny” of someone, by appointing, mustering, or visiting. When God “visits,” it is a divine intervention for either blessing or cursing. Here it is the taking of a census for war (see G. André, Determining the Destiny [ConBOT], 16).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":5877,"verse_id":"NUM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The construction uses the participle “going out” followed by the noun “army.” It describes everyone “going out in a military group,” meaning serving in the army. It was the duty of every able-bodied Israelite to serve in this “peoples” army. There were probably exemptions for the infirm or the crippled, but every male over twenty was chosen. For a discussion of warfare, see P. C. Craigie, The Problem of War in the Old Testament , and P. D. Miller, “The Divine Council and the Prophetic Call to War,” VT 18 (1968): 100-107.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":5878,"verse_id":"NUM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The text simply has “from twenty years old and higher.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":5879,"verse_id":"NUM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":5880,"verse_id":"NUM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"The noun ( צָבָא , tsava ’) means “army” or “military group.” But the word can also be used for nonmilitary divisions of labor ( Num 4:3 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":5881,"verse_id":"NUM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “and with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":5882,"verse_id":"NUM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The construction uses the noun in a distributive sense: “a man, a man for a tribe,” meaning a man for each tribe.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":5883,"verse_id":"NUM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"The clause expresses a distributive function, “a man” means “each man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":5884,"verse_id":"NUM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the house of his fathers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":5885,"verse_id":"NUM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The verb is עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”). It literally then is, “who will stand with you.” They will help in the count, but they will also serve as leaders as the camp moves from place to place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":5886,"verse_id":"NUM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The preposition lamed ( ל ) prefixed to the name could be taken in the sense of “from,” but could also be “with regard to” (specification).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":5887,"verse_id":"NUM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"There is a textual difficulty with this verb. The Greek form uses r and not d, giving the name Ra‘oul. There is even some variation in the Hebrew traditions, but BHS (following the Leningrad codex of a.d. 1008) has preferred the name Deuel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":5888,"verse_id":"NUM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The form has a Kethib-Qere problem, but the sentence calls for the Qere, the passive participle in the construct – “the called of….” These men were God’s choice, and not Moses’, or their own choice. He announced who they would be, and then named them. So they were truly “called” ( קָרָא , qara ’). The other reading is probably due to a copyist’s error.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":5889,"verse_id":"NUM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"The word is נָשִׂיא ( nasi ’, “exalted one, prince, leader”). Cf. KJV, ASV, NAB “princes.” These were men apparently revered or respected in their tribes, and so the clear choice to assist Moses with the leadership. See further, E. A. Speiser, “Background and Function of the Biblical na„sÃþá ,” CBQ 25 (1963): 111-17.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":5890,"verse_id":"NUM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “exalted ones of the tribes of their fathers.” The earlier group of elders was chosen by Moses at the advice of his father-in-law. This group represents the few leaders of the tribes that were chosen by God, a more literate group apparently, who were the forerunners of the שֹׁטְּרִים ( shottÿrim ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":5891,"verse_id":"NUM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"The Hebrew text has אַלְפֵי (’ alfey, “thousands of”). There is some question over this reading in the MT, however. The community groups that have these leaders were larger tribes, but there is little certainty about the size of the divisions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":5892,"verse_id":"NUM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of the root קָהַל ( qahal ), meaning “to call, assemble”; the related noun is an “assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":5893,"verse_id":"NUM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"The LXX adds “of the second year.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":5894,"verse_id":"NUM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"The verb is the Hitpael preterite form וַיִּתְיַלְדוּ ( vayyityaldu ) . The cognate noun תּוֹלְדוֹת ( tolÿdot ) is the word that means “genealogies, family records, records of ancestry.” The root is יָלַד ( yalad , “to bear, give birth to”). Here they were recording their family connections, and not, of course, producing children. The verbal stem seems to be both declarative and reflexive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":5895,"verse_id":"NUM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “those numbered of them.” The form is פְּקֻדֵיהֶם ( pÿqudehem ), the passive participle with the pronominal suffix. This indicates that the number came to 46,500, but it specifically refers to “those numbered.” This expression occurs frequently throughout the book of Numbers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":5896,"verse_id":"NUM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Some witnesses have omitted “those that were numbered of them,” to preserve the literary pattern of the text. The omission is supported by the absence of the expression in the Greek as well as in some MT mss. Most modern commentators follow this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":5897,"verse_id":"NUM.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"The LXX has vv. 24-35 after v. 37 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":5898,"verse_id":"NUM.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"The verse does not have the preposition, only “the descendants of Naphtali.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A42/1"}
{"id":5899,"verse_id":"NUM.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"The construction uses both the passive participle הַפְּקֻדִים ( happÿqudim ) and the verb פָּקַד ( paqad ), giving a literal translation of “these were the numbered ones, whom Moses and Aaron numbered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A44/1"}
{"id":5900,"verse_id":"NUM.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.44","text":"Heb “they were one man for the house of his fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A44/2"}
{"id":5901,"verse_id":"NUM.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.45","text":"Literally the text has, “and all the numbered of the Israelites were according to their families.” The verb in the sentence is actually without a complement (see v. 46 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A45/1"}
{"id":5902,"verse_id":"NUM.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.47","text":"The vav ( ו ) on this word indicates a disjunction with the previous sequence of reports. It may be taken as a contrastive clause, translated “but” or “however.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A47/1"}
{"id":5903,"verse_id":"NUM.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.47","text":"The construction is unexpected, for Levites would be from the tribe of Levi. The note seems more likely to express that all these people were organized by tribal lineage, and so too the Levites, according to the tribe of their fathers – individual families of Levites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A47/2"}
{"id":5904,"verse_id":"NUM.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.47","text":"The form in the text is הָתְפָּקְדוּ ( hotpaqÿdu ); if this is correct, then it is an isolated instance of the reflexive of the Qal of פָּקַד ( paqad ) . Some, however, explain the form as the Hitpael without the doubling of the middle letter and with a compensatory lengthening of the vowel before it (G. B. Gray, Numbers [ICC] , 10).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A47/3"}
{"id":5905,"verse_id":"NUM.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"Heb “had spoken to Moses, saying.” The infinitive construct of אָמַר (’ amar ), sometimes rendered “saying” in older English translations, does not need to be translated, but can be taken simply as the indicator of direct discourse. Most recent English translations, including the present one, leave the form untranslated for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A48/1"}
{"id":5906,"verse_id":"NUM.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.49","text":"The construction has literally, “only the tribe of Levi you shall not number.” The Greek text rendered the particle אַךְ (’ akh ) forcefully with “see to it that” or “take care that.” For the uses of this form, see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 65, §388-89.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A49/2"}
{"id":5907,"verse_id":"NUM.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.49","text":"Heb “lift up their head.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A49/3"}
{"id":5908,"verse_id":"NUM.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.49","text":"Heb “in the midst of the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A49/4"}
{"id":5909,"verse_id":"NUM.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.50","text":"The same verb translated “number” ( פָּקַד , paqad ) is now used to mean “appoint” ( הַפְקֵד , hafqed ), which focuses more on the purpose of the verbal action of numbering people. Here the idea is that the Levites were appointed to take care of the tabernacle. On the use of this verb with the Levites’ appointment, see M. Gertner, “The Masorah and the Levites,” VT 10 (1960): 252.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A50/1"}
{"id":5910,"verse_id":"NUM.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.50","text":"The Hebrew name used here is מִשְׁכַּן הָעֵדֻת ( mishkan ha ’ edut ) . The tabernacle or dwelling place of the Lord was given this name because it was here that the tablets of the Law were kept. The whole shrine was therefore a reminder ( הָעֵדוּת , a “warning sign” or “testimony”) of the stipulations of the covenant. For the ancient Near Eastern customs of storing the code in the sanctuaries, see M. G. Kline, Treaty of the Great King , 14-19, and idem, The Structure of Biblical Authority, 35-36. Other items were in the ark in the beginning, but by the days of Solomon only the tablets were there ( 1 Kgs 8:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A50/2"}
{"id":5911,"verse_id":"NUM.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.50","text":"The imperfect tense here is an obligatory imperfect telling that they are bound to do this since they are appointed for this specific task.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A50/3"}
{"id":5912,"verse_id":"NUM.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.50","text":"The addition of the pronoun before the verb is emphatic – they are the ones who are to attend to the tabernacle. The verb used is שָׁרַת ( sharat ) in the Piel, indicating that they are to serve, minister to, attend to all the details about this shrine.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A50/4"}
{"id":5913,"verse_id":"NUM.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.50","text":"Heb “the tabernacle.” The pronoun (“it”) was used in the translation here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A50/5"}
{"id":5914,"verse_id":"NUM.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.51","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct with the temporal preposition; the “tabernacle” is then the following genitive. Literally it is “and in the moving of the tabernacle,” meaning, “when the tabernacle is supposed to be moved,” i.e., when people are supposed to move it. The verb נָסָע ( nasa ’) means “pull up the tent pegs and move,” or more simply, “journey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A51/1"}
{"id":5915,"verse_id":"NUM.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.51","text":"Here we have the parallel construction using the infinitive construct in a temporal adverbial clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A51/2"}
{"id":5916,"verse_id":"NUM.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.51","text":"Heb “raise it up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A51/3"}
{"id":5917,"verse_id":"NUM.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.51","text":"The word used here is זָר ( zar ), normally translated “stranger” or “outsider.” It is most often used for a foreigner, an outsider, who does not belong in Israel, or who, although allowed in the land, may be viewed with suspicion. But here it seems to include even Israelites other than the tribe of Levi.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A51/4"}
{"id":5918,"verse_id":"NUM.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.53","text":"Instead of “wrath” the Greek text has “sin,” focusing the emphasis on the human error and not on the wrath of God. This may have been a conscious change to explain the divine wrath. tn Heb “so that there be no wrath on.” In context this is clearly the divine anger, so “the Lord ’s” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A53/1"}
{"id":5919,"verse_id":"NUM.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.53","text":"The main verb of the clause is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, וְשָׁמְרוּ ( vÿshamÿru ) meaning they “shall guard, protect, watch over, care for.” It may carry the same obligatory nuance as the preceding verbs because of the sequence. The object used with this is the cognate noun מִשְׁמֶרֶת ( mishmeret ): “The Levites must care for the care of the tabernacle.” The cognate intensifies the construction to stress that they are responsible for this care.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A53/2"}
{"id":5920,"verse_id":"NUM.1.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":1,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.54","text":"The LXX adds “and Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%201%3A54/1"}
{"id":5921,"verse_id":"NUM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “a man by his own standard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":5922,"verse_id":"NUM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The imperfect tense is to be taken in the nuance of instruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":5923,"verse_id":"NUM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “of/for the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":5924,"verse_id":"NUM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"The Hebrew expression מִנֶּגֶד ( minneged ) means “from before” or “opposite; facing” and “at some distance” or “away from the front of” (see BDB 617 s.v. נֶגֶד 2.c. a ; DCH 5:603-4 s.v. 3 .b).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":5925,"verse_id":"NUM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The sentence begins with a vav ( ו ) on a word that is not a finite verb, indicating a new section begins here. The verbal form is a participle with the article used substantivally, with the meaning “and/now those camping.” Many English versions employ a finite verb; cf. KJV “on the east side…shall they of the standard of the camp of Judah pitch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":5926,"verse_id":"NUM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The two synonyms might seem to be tautological, but this is fairly common and therefore acceptable in Hebrew prose (cf. Exod 26:18; 38:13 ; etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":5927,"verse_id":"NUM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The sentence actually has “[those camping…are] the standard of the camp of Judah according to their divisions.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":5928,"verse_id":"NUM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “will be.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":5929,"verse_id":"NUM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The expression “and his divisions and those numbered of them” is somewhat tautological. The words are synonyms used for statistical purposes, and so neither should be simply deleted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":5930,"verse_id":"NUM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “by him” [i.e., Judah].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":5931,"verse_id":"NUM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"This part has been supplied; the text simply has “the tribe of Zebulun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":5932,"verse_id":"NUM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The verb is נָסָע ( nasa ’): “to journey, travel, set out,” and here, “to move camp.” Judah will go first, or, literally, at the head of the nation, when they begin to travel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":5933,"verse_id":"NUM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Here and throughout the line is literally “[under] the standard of the camp of Reuben…according to their divisions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":5934,"verse_id":"NUM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “and the tribe of Gad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":5935,"verse_id":"NUM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"The Leningrad codex, upon which BHS is based, has “Reuel” here. In reading “Deuel” the translation presented above follows many medieval Hebrew manuscripts, Smr, and the Latin Vulgate. Cf. Num 1:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":5936,"verse_id":"NUM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The Hebrew expression is עַל־יָדוֹ (’ al-yado , “upon his hand”). This clearly refers to a specifically designated place for each man.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":5937,"verse_id":"NUM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Here too the Hebrew text simply has “and the tribe of Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":5938,"verse_id":"NUM.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"The Hebrew text has “and the tribe of Naphtali.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":5939,"verse_id":"NUM.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.” So also in v. 34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":5940,"verse_id":"NUM.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"The Hebrew word is כֵּן ( ken , “thus, so”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":5941,"verse_id":"NUM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The construction is וְאֵלֶּה תּוֹלְדֹת ( vÿ ’ elleh tolÿdot ), which was traditionally translated “now these are the generations,” much as it was translated throughout the book of Genesis. The noun can refer to records, stories, genealogies, names, and accounts of people. Here it is the recorded genealogical list with assigned posts included. Like Genesis, it is a heading of a section, and not a colophon as some have suggested. It is here similar to Exodus: “these are the names of.” R. K. Harrison, Numbers (WEC), 62, insists that it is a colophon and should end chapter , but if that is followed in the Pentateuch, it creates difficulty throughout the narratives. See the discussion by A. P. Ross, Creation and Blessing , 69-74.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":5942,"verse_id":"NUM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The expression in the Hebrew text (“in the day of”) is idiomatic for “when.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":5943,"verse_id":"NUM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The verb מָשַׁח ( mashakh ) means “to anoint”; here the form modifies the “priests.” The service of consecration was carried out with anointing oil ( Exod 30:30 ). The verb is used for the anointing of kings as well as priests in the OT, and so out of that derived the technical title “Messiah” for the coming ideal king – the “Anointed One.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":5944,"verse_id":"NUM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"In this verse the expression is in a relative clause: “who he filled their hand” means “whose hands he filled,” or “whom he consecrated.” The idiomatic expression used here is from ; it literally is “he filled their hand” ( מִלֵּא יָדָם , mille ’ yadam ). In the ordination service Moses placed some of the meat from the sacrifice in the hand of the ordinand, and this signified what he was going to be about – having his hand full, or being consecrated to the priesthood. There is some evidence that this practice or expression was also known in Mesopotamia. In modern ordination services a NT or a Bible may be placed in the ordinand’s hand – it is what the ministry will be about.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":5945,"verse_id":"NUM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The form is an infinitival construction for the word for the priest, showing the purpose for the filling of the hands.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":5946,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb form is the preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive, literally “and Nadab died.” Some commentators wish to make the verb a past perfect, rendering it “and Nadab had died,” but this is not necessary. In tracing through the line from Aaron it simply reports that the first two sons died. The reference is to the event recorded in where the sons brought “strange” or foreign” fire to the sanctuary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":5947,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"This initial clause is omitted in one Hebrew ms , Smr, and the Vulgate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":5948,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The form בְּהַקְרִבָם ( bÿhaqrivam ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct functioning as a temporal clause: “when they brought near,” meaning, “when they offered.” The verb קָרַב ( qarav ) is familiar to students of the NT because of “corban” in Mark 7:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":5949,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “prohibited.” See HALOT 279 s.v. זָר 3.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":5950,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.4","text":"The expression אֵשׁ זָרָה (’ esh zarah , “strange fire”) seems imprecise and has been interpreted numerous ways (see the helpful summary in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC 4], 132-33). The infraction may have involved any of the following or a combination thereof: (1) using coals from some place other than the burnt offering altar (i.e., “unauthorized coals” according to J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:598; cf. Lev 16:12 and cf. “unauthorized person” [ אִישׁ זָר , ’ ish zar ] in Num 16:40 [ 17:5 HT], NASB “layman”), (2) using the wrong kind of incense (cf. the Exod 30:9 regulation against “strange incense” [ קְטֹרֶת זָרָה , qÿtoret zarah ] on the incense altar and the possible connection to Exod 30:34-38 ), (3) performing an incense offering at an unprescribed time (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 59), or (4) entering the Holy of Holies at an inappropriate time ( Lev 16:1-2 ). sn This event is narrated in Lev 10:1-7 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/5"}
{"id":5951,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb is the Piel preterite from the root כָּהַן ( kahan ): “to function as a priest” or “to minister.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/7"}
{"id":5952,"verse_id":"NUM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"3.4","text":"The expression “in the presence of” can also mean “during the lifetime of” (see Gen 11:28 ; see also BDB 818 s.v. פָּנֶה II.7.a; cf. NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A4/8"}
{"id":5953,"verse_id":"NUM.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The verb literally means “make it [the tribe] stand” ( וְהַעֲמַדְתָּ אֹתוֹ , vÿha ’ amadta ’ oto ). The verb is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it will take the same imperative nuance as the form before it, but follow in sequence (“and then”). This refers to the ceremonial presentation in which the tribe would take its place before Aaron, that is, stand before him and await their assignments. The Levites will function more like a sacred guard than anything else, for they had to protect and care for the sanctuary when it was erected and when it was transported (see J. Milgrom, Studies in Levitical Terminology , 8-10).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":5954,"verse_id":"NUM.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"The verb וְשֵׁרְתוּ ( vÿsherÿtu ) is the Piel perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it carries the same volitional force as the preceding verb forms, but may here be subordinated in the sequence to express the purpose or result of the preceding action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":5955,"verse_id":"NUM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The Hebrew text uses the perfect tense of שָׁמַר ( shamar ) with a vav ( ו ) consecutive to continue the instruction of the preceding verse. It may be translated “and they shall keep” or “they must/are to keep,” but in this context it refers to their appointed duties. The verb is followed by its cognate accusative – “they are to keep his keeping,” or as it is often translated, “his charge.” This would mean whatever Aaron needed them to do. But the noun is also used for the people in the next phrase, and so “charge” cannot be the meaning here. The verse is explaining that the Levites will have duties to perform to meet the needs of Aaron and the congregation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":5956,"verse_id":"NUM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The form is the Qal infinitive construct from עָבַד (’ avad , “to serve, to work”); it is taken here as a verbal noun and means “by (or in) serving” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 36, §195). This explains the verb “keep [his charge].” Here too the form is followed by a cognate accusative; they will be there to “serve the service” or “work the work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":5957,"verse_id":"NUM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct (epexegetically) followed by its cognate accusative. It would convey “to serve the service of the tabernacle,” but more simply it may be rendered as “serving.” Their spiritual and practical service is to serve. sn The Levites had the duty of taking care of all the tabernacle and its furnishings, especially in times when it was to be moved. But they were also appointed to be gate-keepers ( 2 Kgs 22:4 ; 1 Chr 9:19 ) in order to safeguard the purity of the place and the activities that went on there. Their offices seem to have then become hereditary in time ( 1 Sam 1:3 ); they even took on more priestly functions, such as pronouncing the benediction ( Deut 10:8 ). See further R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 348-49.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":5958,"verse_id":"NUM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The verb וְנָתַתָּה ( vÿnatattah ) is normally “give.” Here, though, the context refers to the assignment of the Levites to the priests for their duties. The form is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, continuing the sequence for the imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":5959,"verse_id":"NUM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"This emphasis is derived from the simple repetition of the passive participle, נְתוּנִם נְתוּנִם ( nÿtunim nÿtunim ). See GKC 396 §123. e . The forms serve as the predicate with the subject pronoun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":5960,"verse_id":"NUM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"The Hebrew text simply has the preposition, “from the Israelites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":5961,"verse_id":"NUM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The LXX includes the following words here: “and all things pertaining to the altar and within the veil.” Cf. Num 18:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":5962,"verse_id":"NUM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The word is זָר ( zar ), usually rendered “stranger, foreigner, pagan.” But in this context it simply refers to anyone who is not a Levite or a priest, an unauthorized person or intruder in the tabernacle. That person would be put to death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":5963,"verse_id":"NUM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) here carries its deictic force, calling attention to the fact that is being declared. It is underscoring the fact that the Lord himself chose Levi.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":5964,"verse_id":"NUM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Literally “in the place of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":5965,"verse_id":"NUM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The form הַכֹּתִי ( hakkoti ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct of the verb נָכָה ( nakhah , “to strike, smite, attack”). Here, after the idiomatic “in the day of,” the form functions in an adverbial clause of time – “when I destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":5966,"verse_id":"NUM.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.” So also in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":5967,"verse_id":"NUM.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “you are to/shall number them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":5968,"verse_id":"NUM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “at the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":5969,"verse_id":"NUM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"The Pual perfect may be given the past perfect translation in this sentence because the act of commanding preceded the act of numbering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":5970,"verse_id":"NUM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The word “sons of” does at the outset refer to the sons of Levi. But as the listing continues the expression refers more to the family groups of the various descendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":5971,"verse_id":"NUM.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The vav ( ו ) disjunctive on the noun at the beginning of the verse here signals a greater emphasis on the individual rather than another item in the numbering of the clans.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":5972,"verse_id":"NUM.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “a father’s house.” So also in vv. 30,35 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":5973,"verse_id":"NUM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The disjunctive vav ( ו ) here introduces a new section, listing the various duties of the clan in the sanctuary. The Gershonites had a long tradition of service here. In the days of David Asaph and his family were prominent as musicians. Others in the clan controlled the Temple treasuries. But in the wilderness they had specific oversight concerning the tent structure, which included the holy place and the holy of holies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":5974,"verse_id":"NUM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"The phrases in this verse seem to be direct objects without verbs. BHS suggests deleting the sign of the accusative (for which see P. P. Saydon, “Meanings and Uses of the Particle אֵת ,” VT 14 [1964]: 263-75).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":5975,"verse_id":"NUM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “for all the service of it [them].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":5976,"verse_id":"NUM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"The construction here is a little different. The Hebrew text uses the participle in construct plural: שֹׁמְרֵי ( shomÿrey , literally “keepers of”). The form specifies the duties of the 8,600 Kohathites. The genitive that follows this participle is the cognate מִשְׁמֶרֶת ( mishmeret ) that has been used before. So the expression indicates that they were responsible for the care of this part of the cult center. There is no reason to delete one of the forms (as does J. A. Paterson, Numbers , 42), for the repetition stresses the central importance of their work.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":5977,"verse_id":"NUM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"The verb is יְשָׁרְתוּ ( yÿsharÿtu , “they will serve/minister”). The imperfect tense in this place, however, probably describes what the priests would do, what they used to do. The verb is in a relative clause: “which they would serve with them,” which should be changed to read “with which they would serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":5978,"verse_id":"NUM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"The word is literally “its [their] service.” It describes all the implements that were there for the maintenance of these things.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":5979,"verse_id":"NUM.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"The Hebrew construction has “the leader of the leaders of” ( וּנְשִׂיא נְשִׂיאֵי , unÿsi ’ nÿsi ’ ey ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":5980,"verse_id":"NUM.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “the keepers of the responsibility” ( שֹׁמְרֵי מִשְׁמֶרֶת , shomÿrey mishmeret ). The participle is a genitive specifying the duty to which he was appointed (thing possessed); its cognate genitive emphasizes that their responsibility was over the holy place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A32/2"}
{"id":5981,"verse_id":"NUM.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"The Hebrew text has “these they the families of Merari.” The independent personal pronoun has an anaphoric use, somewhat equivalent to the copula “and” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 23, §115).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":5982,"verse_id":"NUM.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.36","text":"Heb “and all their service.” This could possibly be a hendiadys: “and all their working tools.” However, the parallel with v. 26 suggests this is a separate phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A36/1"}
{"id":5983,"verse_id":"NUM.3.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.38","text":"In some Hebrew mss and Smr “and Aaron” is not in the verse. The omission arose probably by scribal error with such repetitious material that could easily give rise to variant traditions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A38/1"}
{"id":5984,"verse_id":"NUM.3.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.38","text":"Here again the verb and its cognate noun are used: keeping the keep, or keeping charge over, or taking responsibility for the care of, or the like.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A38/2"}
{"id":5985,"verse_id":"NUM.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.39","text":"Here again the Hebrew has “at the mouth of,” meaning in accordance with what the Lord said. So also in v. 51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A39/1"}
{"id":5986,"verse_id":"NUM.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.39","text":"The total is a rounded off number; it does not duplicate the precise total of 22,300. Some modern scholars try to explain it by positing an error in v. 28 , suggesting that “six” should be read as “three” ( שֵׁשׁ [ shesh ] as שָׁלֹשׁ [ shalosh ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A39/2"}
{"id":5987,"verse_id":"NUM.3.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.40","text":"The verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’ , “take”) has here the sense of collect, take a census, or register the names.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A40/1"}
{"id":5988,"verse_id":"NUM.3.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.41","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it carries forward the instructions from the preceding verse. The verb “take” now has the sense of appointing or designating the Levites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A41/1"}
{"id":5989,"verse_id":"NUM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.47","text":"The verb again is the perfect tense in sequence; the meaning of “take” may be interpreted here with the sense of “collect.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A47/1"}
{"id":5990,"verse_id":"NUM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.47","text":"The idea is expressed simply by repetition: “take five, five, shekels according to the skull.” They were to collect five shekels for each individual.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A47/2"}
{"id":5991,"verse_id":"NUM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.47","text":"The verb form now is the imperfect of instruction or legislation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A47/3"}
{"id":5992,"verse_id":"NUM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.47","text":"Heb “them,” referring to the five shekels.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%203%3A47/4"}
{"id":5993,"verse_id":"NUM.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “lift up the head.” The form נָשֹׂא ( naso ’) is the Qal infinitive absolute functioning here as a pure verb form. This serves to emphasize the basic verbal root idea (see GKC 346 §113. bb ). sn The census of chapter was to register all male Levites from a month old and up. It arranged the general duties of each of the tribes. The second census of Levites now will focus on those between 30 and 50 years of age, those who were actually in service. These are the working Levites. The duties here will be more specific for each of the families. The Kohathites, although part of the ordinary ministry of Levites, were a special group chosen to handle the most holy furnishings. J. Milgrom shows three aspects of their service: (1) skilled labor ( מְלָאכָה , mÿla ’ khah ) or “work,” (2) physical labor ( עֲבֹדָה , ‘avodah ) or “service,” and (3) assisting the priests ( שָׁרֵת , sharet ) or “ministering” (see his Studies in Levitical Terminology , 1:60-70).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":5994,"verse_id":"NUM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The word “company” is literally “host, army” ( צָבָא , tsava ’). The repetition of similar expressions makes the translation difficult: Heb “all [who] come to the host to do work in the tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":5995,"verse_id":"NUM.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “the holy of holies,” or “the holy of the holy things” ( קֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים , qodesh haqqodashim ). The context indicates that this refers to all the sacred furnishings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":5996,"verse_id":"NUM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive construct in an adverbial clause of time; literally it says “in the journeying of the camp.” The genitive in such constructions is usually the subject. Here the implication is that people would be preparing to transport the camp and its equipment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":5997,"verse_id":"NUM.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The exact meaning of the Hebrew word here is difficult to determine. The term תַּחַשׁ ( takhash ) has been translated “badgers’ [skins]” by KJV. ASV has “sealskin” while RSV uses “goatskin”; NEB and NASB have “porpoise skin,” and NIV has “hides of sea cows.” This is close to “porpoise,” and seems influenced by the Arabic. The evidence is not strong for any of these meanings, and some of the suggestions would be problematic. It is possible the word is simply used for “fine leather,” based on the Egyptian ths . This has been followed by NRSV (“fine leather”) and NLT (“fine goatskin leather”) along with the present translation. See further HALOT 1720-21 s.v. תַּחַשׁ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":5998,"verse_id":"NUM.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The Greek has “violet” instead of blue. This is also the case in vv. 8, 10, and 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":5999,"verse_id":"NUM.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The “pole” or “bar” ( מוֹט , mot ) is of a different style than the poles used for transporting the ark. It seems to be a flexible bar carried by two men with the implements being transported tied to the bar. The NEB suggests the items were put in a bag and slung over the bar, but there is no indication of the manner.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":6000,"verse_id":"NUM.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The Greek text has “and he must place the cover upon the altar” instead of “and they must take away the ashes from the altar.” The verb is the Piel form; its nuance seems to be privative, i.e., stating that the object is deprived of the material – the ashes are removed. This is the main altar in the courtyard.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":6001,"verse_id":"NUM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"For this passage the Greek and Smr have a substantial addition concerning the purple cloth for the laver and its base, and a further covering of skin (see D. W. Gooding, “On the Use of the LXX for Dating Midrashic Elements in the Targums,” JTS 25 [1974]: 1-11).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":6002,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"The verb form is the Piel perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it continues the future sequence, but in this verse forms a subordinate clause to the parallel sequential verb to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":6003,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"The Piel infinitive construct with the preposition serves as the direct object of the preceding verbal form, answering the question of what it was that they finished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":6004,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “after this.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":6005,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.15","text":"The form is the Qal infinitive construct from נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift, carry”); here it indicates the purpose clause after the verb “come.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/4"}
{"id":6006,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.15","text":"The imperfect tense may be given the nuance of negated instruction (“they are not to”) or negated obligation (“they must not”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/5"}
{"id":6007,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.15","text":"Here the article expresses the generic idea of any holy thing (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §92).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/6"}
{"id":6008,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.15","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, following the imperfect tense warning against touching the holy thing. The form shows the consequence of touching the holy thing, and so could be translated “or they will die” or “lest they die.” The first is stronger.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/7"}
{"id":6009,"verse_id":"NUM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"4.15","text":"The word מַשָּׂא ( massa ’) is normally rendered “burden,” especially in prophetic literature. It indicates the load that one must carry, whether an oracle, or here the physical responsibility.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A15/8"}
{"id":6010,"verse_id":"NUM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"This is supplied to the line to clarify “appointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":6011,"verse_id":"NUM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":6012,"verse_id":"NUM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"The word order is different in the Hebrew text: Do this…and they will live. Consequently, the verb “and they will live” is a perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive to express the future consequence of “doing this” for them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":6013,"verse_id":"NUM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive continues the instruction for Aaron.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":6014,"verse_id":"NUM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"The distributive sense is obtained by the repetition, “a man” and “a man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":6015,"verse_id":"NUM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"In the Hebrew text the verse has as the subject “they,” but to avoid confusion the antecedent has been clarified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":6016,"verse_id":"NUM.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"The two forms are the infinitive construct and then the noun: “to serve and for the burden.” They are to serve and they are to take the responsibility. The infinitive is explaining the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":6017,"verse_id":"NUM.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"This whole clause is not in the Greek text; it is likely missing due to homoioteleuton.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":6018,"verse_id":"NUM.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"The work of these people would have been very demanding, since the size and weight of the various curtains and courtyard hangings would have been great. For a detailed discussion of these, see the notes in the book of Exodus on the construction of the items.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":6019,"verse_id":"NUM.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"The term “whether” is supplied to introduce the enumerated parts of the explanatory phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":6020,"verse_id":"NUM.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"Here again is the use of the noun “burden” in the sense of the loads they were to carry (see the use of carts in Num 7:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":6021,"verse_id":"NUM.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.27","text":"The expression is literally “upon/at the mouth of” ( עַל־פִּי , ’ al-pi ); it means that the work of these men would be under the direct orders of Aaron and his sons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A27/3"}
{"id":6022,"verse_id":"NUM.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.27","text":"Or “burden.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A27/4"}
{"id":6023,"verse_id":"NUM.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"Or “the direction” (NASB, TEV); Heb “under/by the hand of.” The word “hand” is often used idiomatically for “power” or “authority.” So also in vv. 33, 37, 45, 48 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":6024,"verse_id":"NUM.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Heb “you shall assign by names the vessels of the responsibility of their burden.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":6025,"verse_id":"NUM.4.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.47","text":"The text multiplies the vocabulary of service here in the summary. In the Hebrew text the line reads literally: “everyone who came to serve the service of serving, and the service of burden.” The Levites came into service in the shrine, and that involved working in the sanctuary as well as carrying it from one place to the next.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A47/1"}
{"id":6026,"verse_id":"NUM.4.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.49","text":"The verb is the simple perfect tense – “he numbered them.” There is no expressed subject; therefore, the verb can be rendered as a passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A49/1"}
{"id":6027,"verse_id":"NUM.4.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.49","text":"Or “his burden.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A49/2"}
{"id":6028,"verse_id":"NUM.4.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":4,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.49","text":"The passive form simply reads “those numbered by him.” Because of the cryptic nature of the word, some suggest reading a preterite, “and they were numbered.” This is supported by the Greek, Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate. It would follow in the emendation that the relative pronoun be changed to “just as” ( כַּאֲשֶׁר , ka ’ asher ). The MT is impossible the way it stands; it can only be rendered into smooth English by adding something that is missing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%204%3A49/3"}
{"id":6029,"verse_id":"NUM.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"The construction uses the Piel imperative followed by this Piel imperfect/jussive form; it is here subordinated to the preceding volitive, providing the content of the command. The verb שָׁלַח ( shalakh ) in this verbal stem is a strong word, meaning “expel, put out, send away, or release” (as in “let my people go”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":6030,"verse_id":"NUM.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"The word is נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), which usually simply means “[whole] life,” i.e., the soul in the body, the person. But here it must mean the corpse, the dead person, since that is what will defile (although it was also possible to become unclean by touching certain diseased people, such as a leper).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":6031,"verse_id":"NUM.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The imperfect tense functions here as a final imperfect, expressing the purpose of putting such folks outside the camp. The two preceding imperfects (repeated for emphasis) are taken here as instruction or legislation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":6032,"verse_id":"NUM.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"The perfect tense is here given a past perfect nuance to stress that the word of the Lord preceded the obedience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":6033,"verse_id":"NUM.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The verse simply says “any sin of a man,” but the genitive could mean that it is any sin that a man would commit (subjective genitive), or one committed against a man (objective genitive). Because of the similarity with Lev 5:22, the subjective is better. The sin is essentially “missing the mark” which is the standard of the Law of the Lord . The sin is not in this case accidental or inadvertent. It means here simply failing to live up to the standard of the Lord . Since both men and women are mentioned in the preceding clause, the translation uses “people” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":6034,"verse_id":"NUM.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The verb is מַעַל ( ma ’ al ), which means to “defraud, violate, trespass against,” or “to deal treacherously, do an act of treachery.” In doing any sin that people do, the guilty have been unfaithful to the Lord , and therefore must bring him a sacrifice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":6035,"verse_id":"NUM.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"The word used here for this violation is אָשָׁם (’ asham ). It can be translated “guilt, to be guilty”; it can also be used for the reparation offering. The basic assumption here is that the individual is in a state of sin – is guilty. In that state he or she feels remorse for the sin and seeks forgiveness through repentance. See further P. P. Saydon, “Sin Offering and Trespass Offering,” CBQ 8 (1946): 393-98; H. C. Thompson, “The Significance of the Term ’Asham in the Old Testament,” TGUOS 14 (1953): 20-26.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":6036,"verse_id":"NUM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The verb is the Hitpael perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive from the verb יָדָה ( yadah ), which in this stem means “acknowledge, confess sin,” but in the Hiphil (primarily) it means “praise, give thanks.” In both cases one is acknowledging something, either the sin, or the person and work of the Lord . Here the verb comes in the apodosis: “when…then he must confess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":6037,"verse_id":"NUM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect of שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”). Here it has the sense of “repay” with the word “reparation” (traditionally rendered “guilt offering,” but now is understood to refer to what was defrauded). The Levitical rulings called for the guilty to restore what was taken, if it could be made right, and pay a fifth more as a surcharge.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":6038,"verse_id":"NUM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"This is now the third use of אָשָׁם (’ asham ); the first referred to “guilt,” the second to “reparation,” and now “wronged.” The idea of “guilt” lies behind the second two uses as well as the first. In the second “he must repay his guilt” (meaning what he is guilty of); and here it can also mean “the one against whom he is guilty of sinning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":6039,"verse_id":"NUM.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The editors of BHS prefer to follow the Greek, Syriac, and Latin and not read “for the Lord ” here, but read a form of the verb “to be” instead. But the text makes more sense as it stands: The payment is to be made to the Lord for the benefit of the priests.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":6040,"verse_id":"NUM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The Hebrew word תְּרוּמָה ( tÿrumah ) seems to be a general word for any offering that goes to the priests (see J. Milgrom, Studies in Cultic Theology and Terminology [SJLA 36] , 159-72).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":6041,"verse_id":"NUM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and a man lies with her with the emission of semen.” This makes it clear that there was adultery involved, so that the going astray is going astray morally. The indication in the text is that if she had never behaved suspiciously the sin might not have been detected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":6042,"verse_id":"NUM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The sign of the accusative אֹתָהּ (’ otah ) is probably to be repointed to the preposition with the suffix, אִתָּהּ (’ ittah ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":6043,"verse_id":"NUM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and it is concealed from the eyes of her husband.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":6044,"verse_id":"NUM.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The Hebrew text has the construct case, “spirit of jealousy.” The word “spirit” here has the sense of attitude, mood, feelings. The word קִנְאָה ( qin ’ ah ) is the genitive of attribute, modifying what kind of feelings they are. The word means either “zeal” or “jealousy,” depending on the context. It is a passionate feeling to guard or protect an institution or relationship. It can also express strong emotional possessiveness such as envy and coveting. Here there is a feeling of jealousy, but no proof of infidelity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":6045,"verse_id":"NUM.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"The word is now used in the Piel stem; the connotation is certainly “suspicious,” for his jealousy seems now to have some basis, even if it is merely suspicion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":6046,"verse_id":"NUM.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"The noun clause begins with the conjunction and the pronoun; here it is forming a circumstantial clause, either temporal or causal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":6047,"verse_id":"NUM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"All the conditions have been laid down now for the instruction to begin – if all this happened, then this is the procedure to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":6048,"verse_id":"NUM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"The Hebrew word is “jealousy,” which also would be an acceptable translation here. But since the connotation is that suspicion has been raised about the other person, “suspicion” seems to be a better rendering in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":6049,"verse_id":"NUM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"The word “remembering” is זִכָּרוֹן ( zikkaron ); the meaning of the word here is not so much “memorial,” which would not communicate much, but the idea of bearing witness before God concerning the charges. The truth would come to light through this ritual, and so the attestation would stand. This memorial would bring the truth to light. It was a somber occasion, and so no sweet smelling additives were placed on the altar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":6050,"verse_id":"NUM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.15","text":"The final verbal form, מַזְכֶּרֶת ( mazkeret ), explains what the memorial was all about – it was causing iniquity to be remembered.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A15/4"}
{"id":6051,"verse_id":"NUM.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of the word “to stand.” It could be rendered “station her,” but that sounds too unnatural. This is a meeting between an accused person and the Judge of the whole earth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":6052,"verse_id":"NUM.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"This is probably water taken from the large bronze basin in the courtyard. It is water set apart for sacred service. “Clean water” (so NEB) does not capture the sense very well, but it does have the support of the Greek that has “pure running water.” That pure water would no doubt be from the bronze basin anyway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":6053,"verse_id":"NUM.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “from.” The preposition is used here with a partitive sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":6054,"verse_id":"NUM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"The expression has been challenged. The first part, “bitter water,” has been thought to mean “water of contention” (so NEB), but this is not convincing. It has some support in the versions which read “contention” and “testing,” no doubt trying to fit the passage better. N. H. Snaith ( Leviticus and Numbers [NCB], 129) suggests from an Arabic word that it was designed to cause an abortion – but that would raise an entirely different question, one of who the father of a child was. And that has not been introduced here. The water was “bitter” in view of the consequences it held for her if she was proven to be guilty. That is then enforced by the wordplay with the last word, the Piel participle הַמְאָרֲרִים ( ham ’ ararim ). The bitter water, if it convicted her, would pronounce a curse on her. So she was literally holding her life in her hands. sn This ancient ritual seems to have functioned like a lie detector test, with all the stress and tension involved. It can be compared to water tests in the pagan world, with the exception that in Israel it was stacked more toward an innocent verdict. It seems to have been a temporary provision, for this is the only place that it appears, and no provision is made for its use later. It may have served as a didactic force, warning more than actually legislating. No provision is made in it for a similar charge to be brought against the man, but in the case of the suspicion of the woman the man would be very hesitant to demand this test given the harshness on false witnessing in Israel. The passage remains a rather strange section of the Law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":6055,"verse_id":"NUM.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The word “other” is implied, since the woman would not be guilty of having sexual relations with her own husband.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":6056,"verse_id":"NUM.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"The pronoun is emphatic – “but you, if you have gone astray.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":6057,"verse_id":"NUM.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"This is an example of the rhetorical device known as aposiopesis, or “sudden silence.” The sentence is broken off due to the intensity or emphasis of the moment. The reader is left to conclude what the sentence would have said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":6058,"verse_id":"NUM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “the priest will say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":6059,"verse_id":"NUM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"This interpretation takes the two nouns as a hendiadys. The literal wording is “the Lord make you a curse and an oath among the people.” In what sense would she be an oath? The point of the whole passage is that the priest is making her take an oath to see if she has been sinful and will be cursed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":6060,"verse_id":"NUM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.21","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct with the preposition to form an adverbial clause: “in the giving of the Lord …,” meaning, “if and when the Lord makes such and such to happen.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A21/5"}
{"id":6061,"verse_id":"NUM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.21","text":"TEV takes the expression “your thigh” as a euphemism for the genitals: “cause your genital organs to shrink.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A21/6"}
{"id":6062,"verse_id":"NUM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. It could be taken as a jussive following the words of the priest in the previous section, but it is more likely to be a simple future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":6063,"verse_id":"NUM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “fall away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":6064,"verse_id":"NUM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"The word “amen” carries the idea of “so be it,” or “truly.” The woman who submits to this test is willing to have the test demonstrate the examination of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":6065,"verse_id":"NUM.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “will be free”; the words “of ill effects” have been supplied as a clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":6066,"verse_id":"NUM.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Heb “law of jealousies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":6067,"verse_id":"NUM.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.31","text":"The word “iniquity” can also mean the guilt for the iniquity as well as the punishment of consequences for the iniquity. These categories of meanings grew up through figurative usage (metonymies). Here the idea is that if she is guilty then she must “bear the consequences.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%205%3A31/2"}
{"id":6068,"verse_id":"NUM.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The formula is used here again: “a man or a woman – when he takes.” The vow is open to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":6069,"verse_id":"NUM.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"The vow is considered special in view of the use of the verb יַפְלִא ( yafli ’), the Hiphil imperfect of the verb “to be wonderful, extraordinary.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":6070,"verse_id":"NUM.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct followed by the cognate accusative: “to vow a vow.” This intensifies the idea that the vow is being taken carefully.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":6071,"verse_id":"NUM.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"The name of the vow is taken from the verb that follows; נָזַר ( nazar ) means “to consecrate oneself,” and so the Nazirite is a consecrated one. These are folks who would make a decision to take an oath for a time or for a lifetime to be committed to the Lord and show signs of separation from the world. Samuel was to be a Nazirite, as the fragment of the text from Qumran confirms – “he will be a נָזִיר ( nazir ) forever” ( 1 Sam 1:22 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":6072,"verse_id":"NUM.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.2","text":"The form of the verb is an Hiphil infinitive construct, forming the wordplay and explanation for the name Nazirite. The Hiphil is here an internal causative, having the meaning of “consecrate oneself” or just “consecrate to the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A2/5"}
{"id":6073,"verse_id":"NUM.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The operative verb now will be the Hiphil of נָזַר ( nazar ); the consecration to the Lord meant separation from certain things in the world. The first will be wine and strong drink – barley beer (from Akkadian sikaru , a fermented beer). But the second word may be somewhat wider in its application than beer. The Nazirite, then, was to avoid all intoxicants as a sign of his commitment to the Lord . The restriction may have proved a hardship in the daily diet of the one taking the vow, but it spoke a protest to the corrupt religious and social world that used alcohol to excess.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":6074,"verse_id":"NUM.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"The “vinegar” ( חֹמֶץ , homets ) is some kind of drink preparation that has been allowed to go sour.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":6075,"verse_id":"NUM.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"This word occurs only here. It may come from the word “to water, to be moist,” and so refer to juice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":6076,"verse_id":"NUM.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “dried” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":6077,"verse_id":"NUM.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"This word also is rare, occurring only here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":6078,"verse_id":"NUM.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The parallel expression in v. 8 (“all the days of his separation”) lacks the word “vow.” This word is also absent in v. 5 in a few medieval Hebrew manuscripts. The presence of the word in v. 5 may be due to dittography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":6079,"verse_id":"NUM.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":6080,"verse_id":"NUM.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"The word “holy” here has the sense of distinct, different, set apart.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":6081,"verse_id":"NUM.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.5","text":"The Piel infinitive absolute functions as a verb in this passage; the Piel carries the sense of “grow lengthy” or “let grow long.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A5/5"}
{"id":6082,"verse_id":"NUM.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"The Hebrew verb is simply “enter, go,” no doubt with the sense of go near.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":6083,"verse_id":"NUM.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"The Hebrew has נֶפֶשׁ מֵת ( nefesh met ), literally a “dead person.” But since the word נֶפֶשׁ can also be used for animals, the restriction would be for any kind of corpse. Death was very much a part of the fallen world, and so for one so committed to the Lord , avoiding all such contamination would be a witness to the greatest separation, even in a family.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":6084,"verse_id":"NUM.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The vav ( ו ) conjunction at the beginning of the clause specifies the cases of corpses that are to be avoided, no matter how painful it might be.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":6085,"verse_id":"NUM.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct with the preposition and the suffixed subjective genitive – “in the dying of them” – to form the adverbial clause of time. sn The Nazirite would defile himself, i.e., ruin his vow, by contacting their corpses. Jesus’ hard saying in Matt 8:22 , “let the dead bury their own dead,” makes sense in the light of this passage – Jesus was calling for commitment to himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":6086,"verse_id":"NUM.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"The word “separation” here is metonymy of adjunct – what is on his head is long hair that goes with the vow.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":6087,"verse_id":"NUM.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.7","text":"The genitive could perhaps be interpreted as possession, i.e., “the vow of his God,” but it seems more likely that an objective genitive would be more to the point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A7/4"}
{"id":6088,"verse_id":"NUM.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The construction uses the imperfect tense followed by the infinitive absolute, יָמוּת מֵת ( yamut met ). Because the verb is in a conditional clause, the emphasis that is to be given through the infinitive must stress the contingency. The point is “if someone dies – unexpectedly.” The next words underscore the suddenness of this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":6089,"verse_id":"NUM.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it continues the idea within the conditional clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":6090,"verse_id":"NUM.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The imperfect tense in this verse is still instructional rather than a simple future. The translations can vary, but the point that it is directive must be caught.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":6091,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The traditional translation of חַטָּאת ( khatta ’ t ) is “sin offering,” but it is more precise to render it “purification offering” (as with the other names of sacrifices) to show the outcome, not the cause of the offering (see ). Besides, this offering was made for ritual defilements (for which no confession was required) as well as certain sins (for which a confession of sin was required). This offering restored the person to the ritual state of purity by purifying the area into which he would be going.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":6092,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"The repetition of “the one…and the one” forms the distributive sense of “the one…and the other.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":6093,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"The burnt offering () reflects the essence of atonement: By this sacrifice the worshiper was completely surrendering to God, and God was completely accepting the worshiper.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":6094,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.11","text":"The verb וְכִפֶּר ( vÿkhipper ) is the Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive. The meaning of the verb is “to expiate, pacify, atone.” It refers to the complete removal of the barrier of fellowship between the person and God, and the total acceptance of that person into his presence. The idea of “to cover,” often linked to this meaning, is derived from a homonym, and not from this word and its usage.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/4"}
{"id":6095,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.11","text":"The verb “to sin” has a wide range of meanings, beginning with the idea of “missing the way or the goal.” In view of the nature of this case – the prescribed ritual without confession – the idea is more that he failed to keep the vow’s stipulations in this strange circumstance than that he committed intentional sin.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/5"}
{"id":6096,"verse_id":"NUM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.11","text":"The verb simply means “to consecrate,” but because it refers to a vow that was interrupted, it must here mean to “reconsecrate.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A11/6"}
{"id":6097,"verse_id":"NUM.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"The same idea is to be found now in the use of the word נָזַר ( nazar ), which refers to a recommitment after the vow was interrupted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":6098,"verse_id":"NUM.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"The necessity of bringing the reparation offering was due to the reinstatement into the vow that had been interrupted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":6099,"verse_id":"NUM.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “will fall”; KJV “shall be lost”; ASV, NASB, NRSV “shall be void.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":6100,"verse_id":"NUM.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"The similar expression in v. 9 includes the word “head” (i.e., “his consecrated head”). The LXX includes this word in v. 12 as well.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":6101,"verse_id":"NUM.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"The Hebrew text has “he/one shall bring him”; since there is no expressed subject, this verb should be taken in the passive sense – “he shall be brought.” Since the context suggests an obligatory nuance, the translation “he must be brought” has been used. Some scholars solve the problem by emending the Hebrew text here, but there is no manuscript evidence to support the emendation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":6102,"verse_id":"NUM.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “he shall offer his offering” – the object is a cognate accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":6103,"verse_id":"NUM.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"The suffixes in the MT are plural in this verse, whereas in v. 17 they are singular. This seems to be a matter of stylistic choice, referring to whomever may be taking the vow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":6104,"verse_id":"NUM.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"“all these” is supplied as the object.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":6105,"verse_id":"NUM.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “make.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":6106,"verse_id":"NUM.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"The “peace offering” is usually written as “a sacrifice of peace” ( זֶבַח שְׁלָמִים , zevakh shÿlamim ). The word “sacrifice” is related to the word “to slaughter,” and so indicates that this is a bloody offering in celebration of peace with God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":6107,"verse_id":"NUM.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Some versions simply interpret this to say that he shaves his hair, for it is the hair that is the sign of the consecration to God. But the text says he shaves his consecrated head. The whole person is obviously consecrated to God – not just the head. But the symbolic act of cutting the hair shows that the vow has been completed (see Acts 21:23-24 ). The understanding of the importance of the hair in the ancient world has been the subject of considerable study over the years (see R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 436; and J. A. Thompson, “Numbers,” New Bible Commentary: Revised , 177).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":6108,"verse_id":"NUM.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “which is under the peace offering.” The verse does not mean that the hair had to be put under that sacrifice and directly on the fire.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A18/3"}
{"id":6109,"verse_id":"NUM.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"The line does not include the word “head”; it literally has “after the consecrating of himself his consecrated [head].” The infinitive construct is here functioning in the temporal clause with the suffix as the subject and the object following.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":6110,"verse_id":"NUM.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"The imperfect tense here would then have the nuance of permission. It is not an instruction at this point; rather, the prohibition has been lifted and the person is free to drink wine.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":6111,"verse_id":"NUM.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Actually, “law” here means a whole set of laws, the basic rulings on this topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":6112,"verse_id":"NUM.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “whatever else his hand is able to provide.” The imperfect tense has the nuance of potential imperfect – “whatever he can provide.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":6113,"verse_id":"NUM.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “according to the vow that he vows, so he must do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A21/3"}
{"id":6114,"verse_id":"NUM.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":6115,"verse_id":"NUM.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"The Piel imperfect has the nuance of instruction. The particle “thus” explains that the following oracle is the form to use.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":6116,"verse_id":"NUM.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.23","text":"Here is the only use of the verb אָמַר (’ amar ) as an infinitive absolute; it functions as a verb form, an imperative or an imperfect of instruction. Several commentators have attempted to emend the text to get around the difficulty, but such emendations are unnecessary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A23/3"}
{"id":6117,"verse_id":"NUM.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"The short blessing uses the jussive throughout, here the Piel jussive with a pronominal suffix. While the jussive has quite a range of nuances, including wish, desire, prayer, or greeting, the jussives here are stronger. The formal subject of the verb is the Lord , and the speaker pronouncing the blessing is the priest, notably after emerging from the holy of holies where atonement has been made. The Lord says in this passage that when the priest says this, then the Lord will bless them. The jussive then is an oracle, not a wish or a prayer. It is a declaration of what the Lord imparts. It is as binding and sure as a patriarchal blessing which once said officially could not be taken back. The priest here is then pronouncing the word of the Lord , declaring to the congregation the outcome of the atonement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":6118,"verse_id":"NUM.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"The verb “to keep” concerns the divine protection of the people; its basic meaning is “to exercise great care over,” “to guard,” or “to give attention to” (see TWOT 2:939). No doubt the priestly blessing informed the prayer and promise that makes up , for the verb occurs six times in the eight verses. So in addition to the divine provision (“bless” basically means “enrich” in a number of ways) there is the assurance of divine protection.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":6119,"verse_id":"NUM.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Whereas the first line of the blessing had three Hebrew words, the second has five, and the third has seven. In this second line and the following third, the blessing takes the form of an emblem followed by the truth. For the Lord to make his face shine on them would mean to be gracious to them. M. Noth rightly calls this image of the shining face “a figure of speech for benevolence and favour” ( Numbers [OTL], 59); see, for example, Pss 4:7; 31:17; 44:4; 67:2; 80:4, 8, 20; 119:135 ; Dan 9:17 ). The image may have its inspiration in the theophanies. The picture is of divine favor – the beaming face of a parent for his beloved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":6120,"verse_id":"NUM.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"The last line of the blessing also has first the image and then the parallel interpretation – for God to lift up his face is for God to give peace. The idea of the fallen face is one of anger (see Gen 4:6,7 ); and the idea of the hidden face is that of withholding support, favor, or peace (see Deut 31:18 ; Ps 30:8 ; Ps 44:25 ). If God lifts his face toward his people, it means he has given them peace – peace, prosperity, completeness, health, safety, general well-being, and the like.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":6121,"verse_id":"NUM.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"The idea of their putting the name of Yahweh on the people is somewhat problematic. The pronouncing of the name of Yahweh in this context over the people was taken to be the effectual means of blessings. “Putting the name on them” is an expression that emphasizes the truth that he is their God and they are his people or that having his name is having his blessing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":6122,"verse_id":"NUM.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The construction of this line begins with the temporal indicator (traditionally translated “and it came to pass”) and then after the idiomatic “in the day of” (= “when”) uses the Piel infinitive construct from כָּלָה ( kalah ). The infinitive is governed by the subjective genitive, “Moses,” the formal subject of the clause. The object of the infinitive is the second infinitive, “to set up” ( לְהָקִים , lÿhaqim ). This infinitive, the Hiphil , serves as the direct object, answering the question of what it was that Moses completed. The entire clause is an adverbial clause of time. sn This chapter belongs chronologically after Lev 8:11 , because Aaron and his sons were not yet made the celebrants and officiants of the new shrine (completed in Exodus). Here then chapters 7-9 are actually earlier than chapters 1-6 , and form a supplement by adding information not found in Exodus and Leviticus. The first verse here recapitulates the first act of Moses in consecrating the shrine ( Exod 30:23-31 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":6123,"verse_id":"NUM.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":6124,"verse_id":"NUM.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"The form is the Qal active participle from the verb “to stand” ( עָמַד , ’ amad ). The form describes these leaders as “the ones standing over [the ones numbered].” The expression, along with the clear indication of the first census in chapter , shows that this was a supervisory capacity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":6125,"verse_id":"NUM.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “and they brought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":6126,"verse_id":"NUM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The object is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":6127,"verse_id":"NUM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; following the imperative, this could be given an independent volitive translation (“they shall be”), but more fittingly a subordinated translation expressing the purpose of receiving the gifts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":6128,"verse_id":"NUM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"The sentence uses the infinitive construct expressing purpose, followed by its cognate accusative: “[that they may be] for doing the work of” (literally, “serving the service of”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":6129,"verse_id":"NUM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"The noun אִישׁ (’ ish ) is in apposition to the word “Levites,” and is to be taken in a distributive sense: “to the Levites, [to each] man according to his service.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":6130,"verse_id":"NUM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.5","text":"The expression כְּפִי ( kÿfi ) is “according to the mouth of.” Here, it would say “according to the mouth of his service,” which would mean “what his service calls for.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A5/5"}
{"id":6131,"verse_id":"NUM.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":6132,"verse_id":"NUM.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The verb is the imperfect tense, but it describes their customary activity – they had to carry, they used to carry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":6133,"verse_id":"NUM.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “upon them,” meaning “their duty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":6134,"verse_id":"NUM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The verse begins with the preterite and vav ( ו ) consecutive: “and they offered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":6135,"verse_id":"NUM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"The direct object, “gifts,” is implied but not actually stated in the Hebrew text. It has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":6136,"verse_id":"NUM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"The sign of the accusative here must indicate an adverbial accusative and not the direct object; they offered their gifts for the dedication of the altar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":6137,"verse_id":"NUM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.10","text":"The adverbial clause uses the Niphal infinitive construct as the main verb. The word is the well-known מָשַׁח ( mashakh , “to anoint, smear”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A10/5"}
{"id":6138,"verse_id":"NUM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “offered,” but this is redundant and has been translated as “presented” for stylistic reasons. The same phrase occurs in vv. 11 and 12 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A10/6"}
{"id":6139,"verse_id":"NUM.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"The distributive sense is achieved by repetition: “one leader for the day, one leader for the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":6140,"verse_id":"NUM.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The word “shekels” has been supplied in the translation for clarity. So also in vv. 19, 20, 25, 26, 31, 32, 37, 38, 43, 44, 49, 50, 55, 56, 60, 62, 66, 68, 73, 74, 79, 85, 86 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":6141,"verse_id":"NUM.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"The phrase “presented an offering” is not found in the Hebrew text at this point but has been supplied to clarify what action is being done. The same phrase is absent from the Hebrew text in the following verses which tell who makes the offerings ( 7:30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":6142,"verse_id":"NUM.7.89","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":89,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.89","text":"The adverbial clause of time is constructed with the infinitive construct of the verb “to enter” ( בּוֹא , bo ’) with the preposition and with the subjective genitive that follows serving as the subject of the clause. The verse is strategic in the structure of the book: At the completion of the dedication with the offerings Moses received more revelation from the Lord in the tent. This verse therefore lays the foundation for what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A89/1"}
{"id":6143,"verse_id":"NUM.7.89","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":89,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.89","text":"The MT is obscure here, simply giving the purpose infinitive and the prepositional phrase (“with him”). But the following clause using the Hitpael of the same verb, introducing a reflexive sense: “then he heard the voice speaking with him.” The Greek clarified it by inserting “Lord” after the word “voice.” The editor of BHS favors emendation of the form to a Piel participle rather than the Hitpael of the MT (reading מְדַבֵּר [ mÿdabber ] instead of מִדַּבֵּר [ middabber ], the Hitpael with assimilation). Most commentators agree with the change, assuming there was a mistaken pointing in the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A89/2"}
{"id":6144,"verse_id":"NUM.7.89","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":89,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.89","text":"The Hebrew word כַּפֹּרֶת ( kapporet ) has been traditionally rendered “mercy seat,” but since the ark is the footstool (see ), this translation is somewhat misleading. The word is etymologically connected to the verb “to make atonement.” A technical translation would be “place of atonement” or “propitiatory”; a more common translation would be “cover, lid” – provided that the definition “to cover” does not get transferred to the verb “to atone,” for that idea belongs to a homonym. See also Exod 25:17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A89/3"}
{"id":6145,"verse_id":"NUM.7.89","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":7,"verse":89,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.89","text":"The cherubim are the carved forms of the angels attached to the ark. They indicate the guarding role of this order of angels in the holy of holies. They were also embroidered on the curtains. For basic material see ZPEB 1:788-90, and R. K. Harrison, ISBE 1:642-43.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%207%3A89/4"}
{"id":6146,"verse_id":"NUM.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"The verb is עָלָה (’ alah ). The Hiphil infinitive construct functions in a temporal clause. The idea of arranging the lamps on the lampstand certainly involved raising the lamps and placing them on the tops of each shaft and branch. Some have taken the idea to mean cause the flame to go up, or light the lamps.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":6147,"verse_id":"NUM.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"The imperfect tense forms part of the instruction, and so the translation has to indicate that. The instruction would seem obvious, but the light was to shine in the area immediately in front of the lampstand, so that it would illumine the way and illumine the table that was across the room (hence, “in front of”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":6148,"verse_id":"NUM.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"The Hebrew text literally has “and this is the work of the lampstand,” but that rendering does not convey the sense that it is describing how it was made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":6149,"verse_id":"NUM.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"The verb טָהַר ( tahar ) means that Moses was “to purify” or “to make ceremonially clean” the Levites so that they could enter the sanctuary and do the work prescribed for them. Whatever is “unclean” is not permitted in the sanctuary at all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":6150,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Or, more literally, “and thus you shall do.” The verb is the imperfect tense of instruction or legislation. Here it introduces the procedures to be followed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":6151,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"The genitive in this expression indicates the purpose of the water – it is for their purification. The expression is literally “the waters of sin.” The word “purification” is the same as for the “sin/purification offering” – חַטָּאת ( khatta ’ at ). This water seems to have been taken from the main laver and is contrasted with the complete washing of the priests in Lev 8:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":6152,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) of sequence. This verb, and those to follow, has the force of a jussive since it comes after the imperative. Here the instruction is for them to remove the hair from their bodies (“flesh”). There is no indication that this was repeated (as the Egyptian priests did every few days). It seems to have been for this special occasion only. A similar requirement was for the leper ( Lev 14:7-9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":6153,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “flesh.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":6154,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “let/have them wash”; the priests were given new clothes ( Lev 8:13 ), but the Levites simply washed their own.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/5"}
{"id":6155,"verse_id":"NUM.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.7","text":"The verb is a reflexive (or possibly passive) in this verse, indicating the summary of the process. The ritual steps that have been prescribed will lead to this conclusion. The verb could be treated as a final imperfect (being a perfect with vav [ ו ] consecutive), and so translated “that they may….” The major difference here is that the ritual made the Levites “clean,” whereas the ritual for the priests made them “holy” or “sanctified” ( Lev 8:12 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A7/6"}
{"id":6156,"verse_id":"NUM.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"The Hebrew text actually has “wave the Levites as a wave offering.” The wave offering was part of the ritual of the peace offering and indicated the priest’s portion being presented to God in a lifted, waving motion for all to see. The Levites were going to be in the sanctuary to serve the Lord and assist the priests. It is unclear how Moses would have presented them as wave offerings, but the intent is that they would be living sacrifices, as Paul would later say in Rom 12:1 for all Christians.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":6157,"verse_id":"NUM.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"The construction emphasizes the spiritual service of the Levites, using the infinitive construct of עָבַד (’ avad ) followed by its cognate accusative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":6158,"verse_id":"NUM.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The clause begins with a vav ( ו ) on the noun “the Levites,” indicating a disjunctive clause. Here it is clearly a subordinate clause prior to the instruction for Moses, and so translated as a circumstantial clause of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":6159,"verse_id":"NUM.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"The imperative is from the verb “to do; to make,” but in the sentence it clearly means to sacrifice the animals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":6160,"verse_id":"NUM.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The Greek text adds the Lord here: “before the Lord , before Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":6161,"verse_id":"NUM.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive on the perfect tense not only carries the nuance of instruction forward to this clause, but also marks this clause out as a summary of what has taken place, i.e., by doing all this ritual Moses will have separated the Levites from the people for God’s own possession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":6162,"verse_id":"NUM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The imperfect tense could also be given the nuance of the imperfect of permission: “the Levites may go in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":6163,"verse_id":"NUM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “to serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":6164,"verse_id":"NUM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.15","text":"The two verbs in the rest of this verse are perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutive constructions, making them equal to the imperfect. Some commentators try to get around the difficulty of repetition by making these future perfects, “and you will have cleansed,” as opposed to a summary statement, “for thus you will cleanse….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A15/3"}
{"id":6165,"verse_id":"NUM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"8.15","text":"The Greek text adds “before the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A15/4"}
{"id":6166,"verse_id":"NUM.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"As before, the emphasis is obtained by repeating the passive participle: “given, given to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":6167,"verse_id":"NUM.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “as substitutes” for all the firstborn of the Israelites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":6168,"verse_id":"NUM.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"The idiomatic “on the day of” precedes the infinitive construct of נָכָה ( nakhah ) to form the temporal clause: “in the day of my striking…” becomes “when I struck.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":6169,"verse_id":"NUM.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The verb is the Hitpael of חָטָּא ( khatta ’). In this stem the meaning of the root “to sin” is likely to be connected to the noun “sin/purification” offering in a denominative sense, although some would take it as a privative usage, “to remove sin.” The idea is clear enough: They performed all the ritual in order to purify themselves ceremonially.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":6170,"verse_id":"NUM.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"The Hebrew text has “this [is that] which [pertains] to the Levites.” “This is what concerns the Levites, meaning, the following rulings are for them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":6171,"verse_id":"NUM.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"The age of twenty-five indicated in v. 24 should be compared with the age of thirty indicated in Num 4:3,23,30 . In order to harmonize the numbers given in chapter with the number given in Num 8:24 the LXX (and perhaps its Hebrew Vorlage ) has thirty in all of these references. See further G. J. Wenham, Numbers (TOTC 4), 97-98.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":6172,"verse_id":"NUM.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"The infinitive is לִצְבֹא ( litsvo ’), related to the word for “host, army, company,” and so “to serve as a company.” The meaning is strengthened by the cognate accusative following it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":6173,"verse_id":"NUM.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect of שָׁרַת ( sharat , “to serve, minister”). Here the form has the vav ( ו ) consecutive, and so is equal to the imperfect tense stressing permission. After the Levites reached the age of retirement, they were permitted to assist the others, but were not permitted to do the work themselves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":6174,"verse_id":"NUM.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “brothers,” but the meaning in this context is “fellow Levites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":6175,"verse_id":"NUM.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “you shall do, make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%208%3A26/3"}
{"id":6176,"verse_id":"NUM.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The temporal clause is formed with the infinitive construct of יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “to go out; to leave”). This verse indicates that a full year had passed since the exodus and the original Passover; now a second ruling on the Passover is included at the beginning of the second year. This would have occurred immediately after the consecration of the tabernacle, in the month before the census at Sinai.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":6177,"verse_id":"NUM.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"The verb is simply “to do; to make” ( עָשָׂה [’ asah ] in the jussive). It must have the idea here of “to perform; to keep; to observe” the ritual of the Passover.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":6178,"verse_id":"NUM.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"The Greek text uses a plural here but the singular in vv. 7 and 13 ; the Smr uses the plural in all three places.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":6179,"verse_id":"NUM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"The literal Hebrew expression is “between the evenings” (so also in vv. 5, 11 ). Sunset is certainly one evening; the other may refer to the change in the middle of the afternoon to the late afternoon, or the beginning of dusk. The idea is probably just at twilight, or dusk (see R. B. Allen, TWOT 2:694).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":6180,"verse_id":"NUM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The two verbs in this verse are identical; they are imperfects of instruction. The English translation has been modified for stylistic variation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":6181,"verse_id":"NUM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"The two words in this last section are standard “Torah” words. The word חֹק ( khoq ) is a binding statute, something engraved and monumental. The word מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) means “judgment, decision,” but with a more general idea of “custom” at its core. The verse is making it very clear that the Passover had to follow the custom and form that was legislated in Egypt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":6182,"verse_id":"NUM.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “spoke to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":6183,"verse_id":"NUM.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"The infinitive construct functions as the direct object of the preceding verb (a Hebrew complementary usage), answering the question of what he said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":6184,"verse_id":"NUM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The LXX omits this first clause; it also omits “at twilight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":6185,"verse_id":"NUM.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"In the Hebrew text the noun has no definite article, and so it signifies “some” or “certain” men.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":6186,"verse_id":"NUM.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"The meaning, of course, is to be ceremonially unclean, and therefore disqualified from entering the sanctuary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":6187,"verse_id":"NUM.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “a human corpse” (so NAB, NKJV). So also in v.7; cf. v. 10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":6188,"verse_id":"NUM.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"This clause begins with the vav ( ו ) conjunction and negative before the perfect tense. Here is the main verb of the sentence: They were not able to observe the Passover. The first part of the verse provides the explanation for their problem.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":6189,"verse_id":"NUM.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"The verb is simply “stand,” but in the more general sense of waiting to hear the answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":6190,"verse_id":"NUM.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"The cohortative may be subordinated to the imperative: “stand…[that I] may hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":6191,"verse_id":"NUM.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"This sense is conveyed by the repetition of “man” – “if a man, a man becomes unclean.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":6192,"verse_id":"NUM.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive functions as the equivalent of an imperfect tense. In the apodosis of this conditional sentence, the permission nuance fits well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":6193,"verse_id":"NUM.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The disjunctive vav ( ו ) signals a contrastive clause here: “but the man” on the other hand….","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":6194,"verse_id":"NUM.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"The verb חָדַל ( khadal ) means “to cease; to leave off; to fail.” The implication here is that it is a person who simply neglects to do it. It does not indicate that he forgot, but more likely that he made the decision to leave it undone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":6195,"verse_id":"NUM.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.13","text":"The word for “sin” here should be interpreted to mean the consequences of his sin (so a metonymy of effect). Whoever willingly violates the Law will have to pay the consequences.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A13/4"}
{"id":6196,"verse_id":"NUM.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The words translated “resident foreigner” and “live” are from the same Hebrew root, גּוּר ( gur ), traditionally translated “to sojourn.” The “sojourner” who “sojourns” is a foreigner, a resident alien, who lives in the land as a temporary resident with rights of land ownership.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":6197,"verse_id":"NUM.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"The verb is the simple perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. It is therefore the equivalent to the imperfect that comes before it. The desiderative imperfect fits this usage well, since the alien is not required to keep the feast, but may indeed desire to do so.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":6198,"verse_id":"NUM.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"The Hebrew text has “there will be to you,” which is the way of expressing possession in Hebrew. Since this is legal instruction, the imperfect tense must be instruction or legislation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":6199,"verse_id":"NUM.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “you must have one statute.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A14/4"}
{"id":6200,"verse_id":"NUM.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.14","text":"The conjunction is used here to specify the application of the law: “and for the resident foreigner, and for the one…” indicates “both for the resident foreigner and the one who….”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A14/5"}
{"id":6201,"verse_id":"NUM.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “and/now on the day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":6202,"verse_id":"NUM.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"The construction uses the temporal expression with the Hiphil infinitive construct followed by the object, the tabernacle. “On the day of the setting up of the tabernacle” leaves the subject unstated, and so the entire clause may be expressed in the passive voice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":6203,"verse_id":"NUM.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.15","text":"The imperfect tense in this and the next line should be classified as a customary imperfect, stressing incomplete action but in the past time – something that used to happen, or would happen.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A15/6"}
{"id":6204,"verse_id":"NUM.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “like the appearance of fire.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A15/7"}
{"id":6205,"verse_id":"NUM.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"The MT lacks the words “by day,” but a number of ancient versions have this reading (e.g., Greek, Syriac, Tg. Ps.-J. , Latin Vulgate).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":6206,"verse_id":"NUM.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"The verb in this initial temporal clause is the Niphal infinitive construct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":6207,"verse_id":"NUM.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “in the place where it settled there”; the relative clause modifies the noun “place,” and the resumptive adverb completes the related idea – “which it settled there” means “where it settled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":6208,"verse_id":"NUM.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “at the mouth of” (so also in vv. 20, 23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":6209,"verse_id":"NUM.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “all the days of – that the cloud settled over the tabernacle.” “All” is the adverbial accusative of time telling how long they camped in one spot – all. The word is then qualified by the genitive of the thing measured – “all of the days” – and this in turn is qualified by a noun clause functioning as a genitive after “days of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":6210,"verse_id":"NUM.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"This is the same Hebrew expression that was used earlier for the Levites “keeping their charge” or more clearly, “fulfilling their obligations” to take care of the needs of the people and the sanctuary. It is a general expression using שָׁמַר ( shamar ) followed by its cognate noun מִשְׁמֶרֶת ( mishmeret ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":6211,"verse_id":"NUM.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The sentence uses וְיֵשׁ ( vÿyesh ) followed by a noun clause introduced with אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) to express an existing situation; it is best translated as an adverbial clause of time: “and it was when the cloud was….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":6212,"verse_id":"NUM.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"The word “number” is in apposition to the word “days” to indicate that their stay was prolonged for quite a few days.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":6213,"verse_id":"NUM.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A20/3"}
{"id":6214,"verse_id":"NUM.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The construction is the same in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":6215,"verse_id":"NUM.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"“Only” is supplied to reflect the contrast between the two verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":6216,"verse_id":"NUM.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"The construction in this half of the verse uses two vav ( ו ) consecutive clauses. The first is subordinated to the second as a temporal clause: “when…then….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":6217,"verse_id":"NUM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The MT has אוֹ־יָמִים (’ o-yamim ). Most translators use “or a year” to interpret this expression in view of the sequence of words leading up to it, as well as in comparison with passages like Judg 17:10 and 1 Sam 1:3 and 27:7 . See also the uses in Gen 40:4 and 1 Kgs 17:15 . For the view that it means four months, see F. S. North, “Four Month Season of the Hebrew Bible,” VT 11 (1961): 446-48.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":6218,"verse_id":"NUM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"In the Hebrew text this sentence has a temporal clause using the preposition with the Hiphil infinitive construct of אָרַךְ (’ arakh ) followed by the subjective genitive, “the cloud.” But this infinitive is followed by the infinitive construct לִשְׁכֹּן ( lishkon ), the two of them forming a verbal hendiadys: “the cloud made long to stay” becomes “the cloud prolonged its stay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":6219,"verse_id":"NUM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “and they would not journey”; the clause can be taken adverbially, explaining the preceding verbal clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":6220,"verse_id":"NUM.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":6221,"verse_id":"NUM.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"The Hebrew text uses what is called the “ethical dative” – “make [ for ] you two trumpets.” It need not be translated, but can simply be taken to underscore the direct imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":6222,"verse_id":"NUM.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"The imperfect tense is again instruction or legislation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":6223,"verse_id":"NUM.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “and they shall be for you for assembling,” which is the way of expressing possession. Here the intent concerns how Moses was to use them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A2/4"}
{"id":6224,"verse_id":"NUM.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated as a temporal clause to the following similar verbal construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":6225,"verse_id":"NUM.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The verb תָקַע ( taqa ’) means “to strike, drive, blow a trumpet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":6226,"verse_id":"NUM.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “the assembly shall assemble themselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":6227,"verse_id":"NUM.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “they shall assemble themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":6228,"verse_id":"NUM.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The word for an alarm is תְּרוּעָה ( tÿru ’ ah ). The root verb of this word means “to give a blast on the trumpet.” It may also on occasion mean “give a shout” in battle ( Josh 6:10 ). In this passage it must refer to the sound of the trumpet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":6229,"verse_id":"NUM.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “the camps that are camping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":6230,"verse_id":"NUM.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive functions as the equivalent of the imperfect tense. Here the emphasis is on the start of the journey.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":6231,"verse_id":"NUM.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The MT does not mention the departures of the northerly and westerly tribes. The Greek text completes the description by adding them, making a full schedule of the departure of the groups of tribes. The Greek is not likely to be original, however, since it carries all the signs of addition to complete the text, making a smooth, full reading. The MT is to be preferred; it apparently used two of the groups to give the idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":6232,"verse_id":"NUM.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"The Hebrew text has “they shall blow an alarm”; the sentence without a formal subject should be taken as a passive idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":6233,"verse_id":"NUM.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"There is no expressed subject in the initial temporal clause. It simply says, “and in the assembling the assembly.” But since the next verb is the second person of the verb, that may be taken as the intended subject here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":6234,"verse_id":"NUM.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Both the “adversary” and “opposes” come from the same root: צָרַר ( tsarar ), “to hem in, oppress, harass,” or basically, “be an adversary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":6235,"verse_id":"NUM.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"The Niphal perfect in this passage has the passive nuance and not a reflexive idea – the Israelites would be spared because God remembered them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":6236,"verse_id":"NUM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The conjunction may be taken as explicative or epexegetical, and so rendered “namely; even; that is,” or it may be taken as emphatic conjunction, and translated “especially.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":6237,"verse_id":"NUM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"The vav ( ו ) is taken here in its alternative use and translated “or.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":6238,"verse_id":"NUM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"The form is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. After the instruction imperfects, this form could be given the same nuance, or more likely, subordinated as a purpose or result clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":6239,"verse_id":"NUM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"The verb “to be” ( הָיָה , hayah ) has the meaning “to become” when followed by the preposition lamed ( ל ) .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":6240,"verse_id":"NUM.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Smr inserts a lengthy portion from Deut 1:6-8 , expressing the command for Israel to take the land from the Amorites. tn The expression is difficult; it is מִשְׁכַּן הָעֵדֻת ( mishkan ha ’ edut ). The reference is to the sacred shrine that covered the ark with the commandments inside. NEB renders the expression as “tabernacle of the Token”; NAB has “the dwelling of the commandments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":6241,"verse_id":"NUM.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":6242,"verse_id":"NUM.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":6243,"verse_id":"NUM.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “carrying the sanctuary,” a metonymy of whole for parts, representing all the holy objects that were located in the sanctuary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":6244,"verse_id":"NUM.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"The verb is the third person plural form; without an expressed subject it is treated as a passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":6245,"verse_id":"NUM.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “against their coming.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":6246,"verse_id":"NUM.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"The MT uses a word that actually means “assembler,” so these three tribes made up a strong rear force recognized as the assembler of all the tribes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":6247,"verse_id":"NUM.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Or “journeyings of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":6248,"verse_id":"NUM.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"The verb is the preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive. But in this sentence it should be subordinated as a temporal clause to the preceding statement, even though it follows it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":6249,"verse_id":"NUM.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.29","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of the root “to be good” ( יָטַב , yatav ); it may be translated “treat well, deal favorably, generously with.” Here it is a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) following the imperative, showing a sequence in the verbal ideas.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A29/3"}
{"id":6250,"verse_id":"NUM.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.29","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “has spoken good” for Israel.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A29/4"}
{"id":6251,"verse_id":"NUM.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Hobab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":6252,"verse_id":"NUM.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":6253,"verse_id":"NUM.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.31","text":"The form with אַל־נָא (’ al-na ’) is a jussive; negated it stresses a more immediate request, as if Hobab is starting to leave, or at least determined to leave.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A31/2"}
{"id":6254,"verse_id":"NUM.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.31","text":"In the Hebrew text the expression is more graphic: “you will be for us for eyes.” Hobab was familiar with the entire Sinai region, and he could certainly direct the people where they were to go. The text does not record Hobab’s response. But the fact that Kenites were in Canaan as allies of Judah ( Judg 1:16 ) would indicate that he gave in and came with Moses. The first refusal may simply be the polite Semitic practice of declining first so that the appeal might be made more urgently.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A31/3"}
{"id":6255,"verse_id":"NUM.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “and it shall be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":6256,"verse_id":"NUM.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"The phrase “a journey of three days” is made up of the adverbial accusative qualified with the genitives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":6257,"verse_id":"NUM.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"The scribes sensed that there was a dislocation with vv. 34-36 , and so they used the inverted letters nun ( נ ) as brackets to indicate this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":6258,"verse_id":"NUM.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.34","text":"The adverbial clause of time is composed of the infinitive construct with a temporal preposition and a suffixed subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2010%3A34/2"}
{"id":6259,"verse_id":"NUM.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"The temporal clause uses the Hitpoel infinitive construct from אָנַן (’ anan ). It is a rare word, occurring in Lam 3:39 . With this blunt introduction the constant emphasis of obedience to the word of the Lord found throughout the first ten chapters suddenly comes to an end. It is probable that the people were tired of moving for several days, the excitement of the new beginning died out quickly in the “great and terrible wilderness.” Resentment, frustration, discomfort – whatever it all involved – led to complaining and not gratitude.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":6260,"verse_id":"NUM.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “it was evil in the ears of the Lord .” The word רַע ( ra ’) is a much stronger word than “displeased” would suggest. The bold anthropomorphism shows that what the Lord heard was painful to him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":6261,"verse_id":"NUM.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.1","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the next verb as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A1/4"}
{"id":6262,"verse_id":"NUM.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.1","text":"The common Hebrew expression uses the verb חָרָה ( harah , “to be hot, to burn, to be kindled”). The subject is אַפּוֹ (’ appo ), “his anger” or more literally, his nose, which in this anthropomorphic expression flares in rage. The emphasis is superlative – “his anger raged.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A1/5"}
{"id":6263,"verse_id":"NUM.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.1","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive does not simply show sequence in the verbs, but here expresses the result of the anger of the Lord for their complaining. With such a response to the complaining, one must conclude that it was unreasonable. There had been no long deprivation or endured suffering; the complaining was early and showed a rebellious spirit.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A1/6"}
{"id":6264,"verse_id":"NUM.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":6265,"verse_id":"NUM.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The name תַּבְעֵרָה ( tav ’ erah ) is given to the spot as a commemorative of the wilderness experience. It is explained by the formula using the same verbal root, “to burn.” Such naming narratives are found dozens of times in the OT, and most frequently in the Pentateuch. The explanation is seldom an exact etymology, and so in the literature is called a popular etymology. It is best to explain the connection as a figure of speech, a paronomasia, which is a phonetic wordplay that may or may not be etymologically connected. Usually the name is connected to the explanation by a play on the verbal root – here the preterite explaining the noun. The significance of commemorating the place by such a device is to “burn” it into the memory of Israel. The narrative itself would be remembered more easily by the name and its motif. The namings in the wilderness wanderings remind the faithful of unbelief, and warn us all not to murmur as they murmured. See further A. P. Ross, “Paronomasia and Popular Etymologies in the Naming Narrative of the Old Testament,” Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge, 1982.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":6266,"verse_id":"NUM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"The mixed multitude (or “rabble,” so NASB, NIV, NRSV; NLT “foreign rabble”) is the translation of an unusual word, הֲָאסַפְסֻף ( ha ’ safsuf ). It occurs in the Hebrew Bible only here. It may mean “a gathering of people” from the verb אָסַף (’ asaf ), yielding the idea of a mixed multitude (in line with Exod 12:38 ). But the root is different, and so no clear connection can be established. Many commentators therefore think the word is stronger, showing contempt through a word that would be equivalent to “riff-raff.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":6267,"verse_id":"NUM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"The Hebrew simply uses the cognate accusative, saying “they craved a craving” ( הִתְאַוּוּ תַּאֲוָה , hit ’ avvu ta ’ vah ), but the context shows that they had this strong craving for food. The verb describes a strong desire, which is not always negative ( Ps 132:13-14 ). But the word is a significant one in the Torah; it was used in the garden story for Eve’s desire for the tree, and it is used in the Decalogue in the warning against coveting ( Deut 5:21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":6268,"verse_id":"NUM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"The Greek and the Latin versions read “and they sat down” for “and they returned,” involving just a change in vocalization (which they did not have). This may reflect the same expression in Judg 20:26 . But the change does not improve this verse. tn The Hebrew text uses a verbal hendiadys here, one word serving as an adverb for the other. It literally reads “and they returned and they wept,” which means they wept again. Here the weeping is put for the complaint, showing how emotionally stirred up the people had become by the craving. The words throughout here are metonymies. The craving is a metonymy of cause, for it would have then led to expressions (otherwise the desires would not have been known). And the weeping is either a metonymy of effect, or of adjunct, for the actual complaints follow.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":6269,"verse_id":"NUM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"The Hebrew expresses the strong wish or longing idiomatically: “Who will give us flesh to eat?” It is a rhetorical expression not intended to be taken literally, but merely to give expression to the longing they had. See GKC 476 §151. a .1.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":6270,"verse_id":"NUM.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"The perfect tense here expresses the experience of a state of mind. sn As with all who complain in such situations, their memory was selective. It was their bitter cries to the Lord from the suffering in bondage that God heard and answered. And now, shortly after being set free, their memory of Egypt is for things they do not now have. It is also somewhat unlikely that they as slaves had such abundant foods in Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":6271,"verse_id":"NUM.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"The imperfect tense would here be the customary imperfect, showing continual or incomplete action in past time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":6272,"verse_id":"NUM.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"The adverb “freely” is from the word חָנַן ( khanan , “to be gracious”), from which is derived the noun “grace.” The word underscores the idea of “free, without cost, for no reason, gratis.” Here the simple sense is “freely,” without any cost. But there may be more significance in the choice of the words in this passage, showing the ingratitude of the Israelites to God for His deliverance from bondage. To them now the bondage is preferable to the salvation – this is what angered the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":6273,"verse_id":"NUM.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “our souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":6274,"verse_id":"NUM.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “before our eyes,” meaning that “we see nothing except this manna.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":6275,"verse_id":"NUM.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “And its taste was like the taste of fresh olive oil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":6276,"verse_id":"NUM.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The temporal clause is constructed of the infinitive construct from יָרָד ( yarad ) with a temporal preposition, followed by the subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":6277,"verse_id":"NUM.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “came down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":6278,"verse_id":"NUM.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"The participle “weeping” is functioning here as the noun in the accusative case, an adverbial accusative of state. It is explicative of the object.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":6279,"verse_id":"NUM.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “it was evil in the eyes of Moses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":6280,"verse_id":"NUM.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “to be evil”). Moses laments (with the rhetorical question) that God seems to have caused him evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":6281,"verse_id":"NUM.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The infinitive construct with the preposition is expressing the result of not finding favor with God (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 12-13, §57). What Moses is claiming is that because he has been given this burden God did not show him favor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":6282,"verse_id":"NUM.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"The verb means “to beget, give birth to.” The figurative image from procreation completes the parallel question, first the conceiving and second the giving birth to the nation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":6283,"verse_id":"NUM.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"The word אֹמֵן (’ omen ) is often translated “nurse,” but the form is a masculine form and would better be rendered as a “foster parent.” This does not work as well, though, with the יֹנֵק ( yoneq ), the “sucking child.” The two metaphors are simply designed to portray the duty of a parent to a child as a picture of Moses’ duty for the nation. The idea that it portrays God as a mother pushes it too far (see M. Noth, Numbers [OTL] , 86-87).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":6284,"verse_id":"NUM.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “from where to me flesh?” which means “from where will I have meat?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":6285,"verse_id":"NUM.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"The cohortative coming after the imperative stresses purpose (it is an indirect volitive).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":6286,"verse_id":"NUM.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"The word order shows the emphasis: “I am not able, I by myself, to bear all this people.” The infinitive לָשֵׂאת ( lase ’ t ) serves as the direct object of the verb. The expression is figurative, for bearing or carrying the people means being responsible for all their needs and cares.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":6287,"verse_id":"NUM.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"The subject of the verb “heavy” is unstated; in the context it probably refers to the people, or the burden of caring for the people. This responsibility was turning out to be a heavier responsibility than Moses anticipated. Alone he was totally inadequate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":6288,"verse_id":"NUM.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The participle expresses the future idea of what God is doing, or what he is going to be doing. Moses would rather be killed than be given a totally impossible duty over a people that were not his.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":6289,"verse_id":"NUM.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"The imperative of הָרַג ( harag ) is followed by the infinitive absolute for emphasis. The point is more that the infinitive adds to the emphasis of the imperative mood, which would be immediate compliance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":6290,"verse_id":"NUM.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “my own ruin” (NIV). The word “trouble” here probably refers to the stress and difficulty of caring for a complaining group of people. The suffix on the noun would be objective, perhaps stressing the indirect object of the noun – trouble for me. The expression “on my trouble” ( בְּרָעָתִי , bÿra ’ ati ) is one of the so-called tiqqune sopherim , or “emendations of the scribes.” According to this tradition the original reading in v. 15 was [to look] “on your evil” ( בְּרָעָתֶךָ , bÿra ’ atekha ), meaning “the calamity that you bring about” for Israel. However, since such an expression could be mistakenly thought to attribute evil to the Lord, the ancient scribes changed it to the reading found in the MT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":6291,"verse_id":"NUM.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"The “officials” ( שֹׁטְּרִים , shottÿrim ) were a group of the elders who seem to have had some administrative capacities. The LXX used the word “scribes.” For further discussion, see R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel, 69-70.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":6292,"verse_id":"NUM.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"The imperfect tense here is to be classified as a final imperfect, showing the result of this action by God. Moses would be relieved of some of the responsibility when these others were given the grace to understand and to resolve cases.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":6293,"verse_id":"NUM.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"The Hitpael is used to stress that they are to prepare for a holy appearance. The day was going to be special and so required their being set apart for it. But it is a holy day in the sense of the judgment that was to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":6294,"verse_id":"NUM.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “in the ears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":6295,"verse_id":"NUM.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"Possibly this could be given an optative translation, to reflect the earlier one: “O that someone would give….” But the verb is not the same; here it is the Hiphil of the verb “to eat” – “who will make us eat” (i.e., provide meat for us to eat).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":6296,"verse_id":"NUM.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.18","text":"The word “life” is not in the text. The expression is simply “it was for us,” or “we had good,” meaning “we had it good,” or “life was good.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A18/4"}
{"id":6297,"verse_id":"NUM.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “a month of days.” So also in v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":6298,"verse_id":"NUM.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"The expression לְזָרָה ( lÿzarah ) has been translated “ill” or “loathsome.” It occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible. The Greek text interprets it as “sickness.” It could be nausea or vomiting (so G. B. Gray, Numbers [ICC], 112) from overeating.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":6299,"verse_id":"NUM.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.20","text":"The use of the demonstrative pronoun here (“why is this we went out …”) is enclitic, providing emphasis to the sentence: “Why in the world did we ever leave Egypt?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A20/4"}
{"id":6300,"verse_id":"NUM.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “the people who I am in their midst,” i.e., among whom I am.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":6301,"verse_id":"NUM.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"The Hebrew sentence stresses the number. The sentence begins “600,000….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":6302,"verse_id":"NUM.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"The word order places the object first here: “Meat I will give them.” This adds to the contrast between the number and the statement of the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":6303,"verse_id":"NUM.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.21","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, carrying the sequence from the preceding imperfect tense. However, this verb may be subordinated to the preceding to express a purpose clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A21/4"}
{"id":6304,"verse_id":"NUM.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Or “will happen” (TEV); KJV “shall come to pass unto thee.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":6305,"verse_id":"NUM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “on him”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":6306,"verse_id":"NUM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"The temporal clause is introduced by the temporal indicator וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi ), which need not be translated. It introduces the time of the infinitive as past time narrative. The infinitive construct is from נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”). The figurative expression of the Spirit resting upon them indicates the temporary indwelling and empowering by the Spirit in their lives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":6307,"verse_id":"NUM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.25","text":"The text may mean that these men gave ecstatic utterances, much like Saul did when the Spirit came upon him and he made the same prophetic utterances (see 1 Sam 10:10-13 ). But there is no strong evidence for this (see K. L. Barker, “Zechariah,” EBC 7:605-6). In fact there is no consensus among scholars as to the origin and meaning of the verb “prophesy” or the noun “prophet.” It has something to do with speech, being God’s spokesman or spokeswoman or making predictions or authoritative utterances or ecstatic utterances. It certainly does mean that the same Holy Spirit, the same divine provision that was for Moses to enable him to do the things that God had commanded him to do, was now given to them. It would have included wisdom and power with what they were saying and doing – in a way that was visible and demonstrable to the people! The people needed to know that the same provision was given to these men, authenticating their leadership among the clans. And so it could not simply be a change in their understanding and wisdom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A25/3"}
{"id":6308,"verse_id":"NUM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.25","text":"The final verb of the clause stresses that this was not repeated: “they did not add” is the literal rendering of וְלֹא יָסָפוּ ( vÿlo ’ yasafu ). It was a one-time spiritual experience associated with their installation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A25/4"}
{"id":6309,"verse_id":"NUM.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"The form of the word is the passive participle כְּתֻבִים ( kÿtuvim , “written”). It is normally taken to mean “among those registered,” but it is not clear if that means they were to be among the seventy or not. That seems unlikely since there is no mention of the seventy being registered, and vv. 24-25 says all seventy went out and prophesied. The registration may be to eldership, or the role of the officer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":6310,"verse_id":"NUM.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"The article indicates that the “young man” was definite in the mind of the writer, but indefinite in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":6311,"verse_id":"NUM.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"The form is the Piel participle מְשָׁרֵת ( mÿsharet ), meaning “minister, servant, assistant.” The word has a loftier meaning than the ordinary word for slave.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":6312,"verse_id":"NUM.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"The verb is בָּחַר ( bakhar , “to choose”); here the form is the masculine plural participle with a suffix, serving as the object of the preposition מִן ( min ). It would therefore mean “[one of] his chosen men,” or “[one of] his choice men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":6313,"verse_id":"NUM.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A28/3"}
{"id":6314,"verse_id":"NUM.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"The Piel participle מְקַנֵּא ( mÿqanne ’) serves as a verb here in this interrogative sentence. The word means “to be jealous; to be envious.” That can be in a good sense, such as with the translation “zeal,” or it can be in a negative sense as here. Joshua’s apparent “zeal” is questioned by Moses – was he zealous/envious for Moses sake, or for some other reason?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":6315,"verse_id":"NUM.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"The optative is expressed by the interrogative clause in Hebrew, “who will give….” Moses expresses here the wish that the whole nation would have that portion of the Spirit. The new covenant, of course, would turn Moses’ wish into a certainty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":6316,"verse_id":"NUM.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"The verb means “burst forth” or “sprang up.” See the ways it is used in Gen 33:12 , Judg 16:3, 14 ; Isa 33:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":6317,"verse_id":"NUM.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.31","text":"Or “left them fluttering.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A31/4"}
{"id":6318,"verse_id":"NUM.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “two cubits.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about eighteen inches (45 cm) in length.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A31/5"}
{"id":6319,"verse_id":"NUM.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “rose up, stood up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":6320,"verse_id":"NUM.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.32","text":"The verb (a preterite) is followed by the infinitive absolute of the same root, to emphasize the action of spreading out the quail. Although it is hard to translate the expression, it indicates that they spread these quail out all over the area. The vision of them spread all over was evidence of God’s abundant provision for their needs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A32/3"}
{"id":6321,"verse_id":"NUM.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"The verb is a prefixed conjugation, normally an imperfect tense. But coming after the adverb טֶּרֶם ( terem ) it is treated as a preterite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":6322,"verse_id":"NUM.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"The words “different food” are implied, and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":6323,"verse_id":"NUM.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The preposition bet ( בְּ ) has the adversative sense here, “[speak] against” (see also its use for hostile speech in 21:5, 7 ). Speaking against is equal to the murmuring throughout the wilderness period. The verb of the sentence is וַתְּדַבֵּר ( vattÿdabber ), the feminine form of the verb. This indicates that Miriam was the main speaker for the two, the verb agreeing with the first of the compound subject. sn It may be that Miriam was envious of the Cushite woman Moses married. And, in view of the previous chapter’s content about others being given a portion of the Spirit to share in the leadership role, she may have seen this as her chance finally to become just as important in the nation as her younger brother. After all, she safeguarded his birth and early years (). But there are two issues here – the reason she gives (“does the Lord only speak through Moses?”), and the reason the text gives (the Cushite woman).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":6324,"verse_id":"NUM.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"The Hebrew text has הַכֻּשִׁית ( hakkushit , “the Cushite”) as the modifier of “woman.” The Greek text interpreted this correctly as “Ethiopian.” The word Cush in the Bible can describe the Cassites, east of Babylon of the later period ( Gen 10:18 ), or Ethiopia ( Isa 20:3 ; Nah 3:5 ; et al). Another suggestion is that it would refer to Cushan of Hab 3:7 , perhaps close to Midian, and so the area Moses had been. This would suggest it could be Zipporah – but the Bible does not identify the Cushite as Zipporah. The most natural understanding would be that it refers to an Egyptian/Ethiopian woman. The text does not say when Moses married this woman, or what Miriam’s problem with her was. It is clear that it was a racial issue, by virtue of the use of “Cushite.” Whether she was of darker skin than the Hebrews would be hard to say, since the Bible gives no further detail. Neither does it say if this is a second wife, or a woman Moses married since Zipporah went home ( Exod 18:2 ). These do not seem to be the issues the text wishes to elaborate on; it is simply stating that this woman was the occasion for a deeper challenge.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":6325,"verse_id":"NUM.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “taken.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A1/4"}
{"id":6326,"verse_id":"NUM.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Now the text changes to use a plural form of the verb. The indication is that Miriam criticized the marriage, and then the two of them raised questions about his sole leadership of the nation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":6327,"verse_id":"NUM.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The use of both רַק and אַךְ ( raq and ’ akh ) underscore the point that the issue is Moses’ uniqueness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":6328,"verse_id":"NUM.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"There is irony in the construction in the text. The expression “speak through us” also uses דִּבֵּר + בְּ ( dibber + bÿ ). They ask if God has not also spoken through them, after they have spoken against Moses. Shortly God will speak against them – their words are prophetic, but not as they imagined. sn The questions are rhetorical. They are affirming that God does not only speak through Moses, but also speaks through them. They see themselves as equal with Moses. The question that was asked of the earlier presumptuous Moses – “Who made you a ruler over us?” – could also be asked of them. God had not placed them as equals with Moses. The passage is relevant for today when so many clamor for equal authority and leadership with those whom God has legitimately called.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":6329,"verse_id":"NUM.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The spelling of the word is a Kethib-Qere reading with only a slight difference between the two. tn The word עָנָו (’ anav ) means “humble.” The word may reflect a trustful attitude (as in Pss 25:9, 37:11 ), but perhaps here the idea of “more tolerant” or “long-suffering.” The point is that Moses is not self-assertive. God singled out Moses and used him in such a way as to show that he was a unique leader. For a suggestion that the word means “miserable,” see C. Rogers, “Moses: Meek or Miserable?” JETS 29 (1986): 257-63. sn Humility is a quality missing today in many leaders. Far too many are self-promoting, or competitive, or even pompous. The statement in this passage would have been difficult for Moses to write – and indeed, it is not impossible that an editor might have added it. One might think that for someone to claim to be humble is an arrogant act. But the statement is one of fact – he was not self-assertive (until when he strikes the rock).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":6330,"verse_id":"NUM.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":6331,"verse_id":"NUM.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"The form of this construction is rare: נְבִיאֲכֶם ( nÿvi ’ akhem ) would normally be rendered “your prophet.” The singular noun is suffixed with a plural pronominal suffix. Some commentators think the MT has condensed “a prophet” with “to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":6332,"verse_id":"NUM.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"The Hebrew syntax is difficult here. “The Lord” is separated from the verb by two intervening prepositional phrases. Some scholars conclude that this word belongs with the verb at the beginning of v. 6 (“And the Lord spoke”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":6333,"verse_id":"NUM.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"The word “faithful” is נֶאֱמָן ( ne ’ eman ), the Niphal participle of the verb אָמַן (’ aman ). This basic word has the sense of “support, be firm.” In the Niphal it describes something that is firm, reliable, dependable – what can be counted on. It could actually be translated “trustworthy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":6334,"verse_id":"NUM.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"The emphasis of the line is clear enough – it begins literally “mouth to mouth” I will speak with him. In human communication this would mean equality of rank, but Moses is certainly not equal in rank with the Lord . And yet God is here stating that Moses has an immediacy and directness with communication with God. It goes beyond the idea of friendship, almost to that of a king’s confidant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":6335,"verse_id":"NUM.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"The word מַרְאֶה ( mar ’ eh ) refers to what is seen, a vision, an appearance. Here it would have the idea of that which is clearly visible, open, obvious.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":6336,"verse_id":"NUM.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"The word “form” ( תְּמוּנָה , tÿmunah ) means “shape, image, form.” The Greek text took it metaphorically and rendered it “the glory of the Lord .” This line expresses even more the uniqueness of Moses. The elders saw God on one special occasion ( Exod 24:10 ), and the people never ( Deut 4:12, 15 ), but Moses has direct and familiar contact with God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":6337,"verse_id":"NUM.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"The disjunctive vav ( ו ) is here introducing a circumstantial clause of time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":6338,"verse_id":"NUM.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"There is no verb “became” in this line. The second half of the line is introduced with the particle הִנֵה ( hinneh , “look, behold”) in its archaic sense. This deictic use is intended to make the reader focus on Miriam as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":6339,"verse_id":"NUM.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “turned to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A10/4"}
{"id":6340,"verse_id":"NUM.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"The expression בִּי אֲדֹנִי ( bi ’ adoni , “O my lord”) shows a good deal of respect for Moses by Aaron. The expression is often used in addressing God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":6341,"verse_id":"NUM.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"The words “its mother” and “its flesh” are among the so-called tiqqune sopherim , or “emendations of the scribes.” According to this tradition the text originally had here “ our mother” and “ our flesh,” but the ancient scribes changed these pronouns from the first person to the third person. Apparently they were concerned that the image of Moses’ mother giving birth to a baby with physical defects of the sort described here was somehow inappropriate, given the stature and importance of Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":6342,"verse_id":"NUM.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Some scholars emend אֵל (’ el , “God”) to עַל (’ al , “no”). The effect of this change may be seen in the NAB: “‘Please, not this! Pray, heal her!’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":6343,"verse_id":"NUM.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"The form is intensified by the infinitive absolute, but here the infinitive strengthens not simply the verbal idea but the conditional cause construction as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":6344,"verse_id":"NUM.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"The clause has the Niphal infinitive construct after a temporal preposition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":6345,"verse_id":"NUM.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"The verse starts with the vav ( ו ) consecutive on the verb: “and….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":6346,"verse_id":"NUM.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"The imperfect tense with the conjunction is here subordinated to the preceding imperative to form the purpose clause. It can thus be translated “send…to investigate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":6347,"verse_id":"NUM.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"The participle here should be given a future interpretation, meaning “which I am about to give” or “which I am going to give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":6348,"verse_id":"NUM.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “one man one man of the tribe of his fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":6349,"verse_id":"NUM.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":6350,"verse_id":"NUM.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “heads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":6351,"verse_id":"NUM.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Some scholars emend “tribe” to “sons.” Cf. Num 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":6352,"verse_id":"NUM.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the next verb of the same formation to express a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":6353,"verse_id":"NUM.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The instructions had them first go up into the southern desert of the land, and after passing through that, into the hill country of the Canaanites. The text could be rendered “into the Negev” as well as “through the Negev.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":6354,"verse_id":"NUM.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The form is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; the word therefore carries the volitional mood of the preceding imperatives. It may be either another imperative, or it may be subordinated as a purpose clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":6355,"verse_id":"NUM.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “see the land, what it is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":6356,"verse_id":"NUM.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The verb is the Hitpael perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive, from the root חָזַק ( khazaq , “to be strong”). Here it could mean “strengthen yourselves” or “be courageous” or “determined.” See further uses in 2 Sam 10:12 ; 1 Kgs 20:22 ; 1 Chr 19:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":6357,"verse_id":"NUM.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “Now the days were the days of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":6358,"verse_id":"NUM.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"The MT has the singular, but the ancient versions and Smr have the plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":6359,"verse_id":"NUM.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the following clause. The first verse gave the account of their journey over the whole land; this section focuses on what happened in the area of Hebron, which would be the basis for the false report.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":6360,"verse_id":"NUM.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"The word is related etymologically to the verb for “slip, slide, bend, totter.” This would fit the use very well. A pole that would not bend would be hard to use to carry things, but a pole or stave that was flexible would serve well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":6361,"verse_id":"NUM.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"The verb is rendered as a passive because there is no expressed subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":6362,"verse_id":"NUM.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.24","text":"Or “Wadi Eshcol.” The translation “brook” is too generous; the Hebrew term refers to a river bed, a ravine or valley through which torrents of rain would rush in the rainy season; at other times it might be completely dry.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A24/2"}
{"id":6363,"verse_id":"NUM.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.24","text":"The word “Eshcol” is drawn from the Hebrew expression concerning the “cluster of grapes.” The word is probably retained in the name Burj Haskeh, two miles north of Damascus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A24/3"}
{"id":6364,"verse_id":"NUM.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"The construction literally has “and they went and they entered,” which may be smoothed out as a verbal hendiadys, the one verb modifying the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":6365,"verse_id":"NUM.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “They brought back word”; the verb is the Hiphil preterite of שׁוּב ( shuv ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A26/3"}
{"id":6366,"verse_id":"NUM.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “told him and said.” The referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":6367,"verse_id":"NUM.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"The relative clause modifies “the land.” It is constructed with the relative and the verb: “where you sent us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":6368,"verse_id":"NUM.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"The word ( אֶפֶס , ’ efes ) forms a very strong adversative. The land was indeed rich and fruitful, but….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":6369,"verse_id":"NUM.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “the people who are living in the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":6370,"verse_id":"NUM.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Heb “by the side [hand] of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":6371,"verse_id":"NUM.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"The construction is emphatic, using the cohortative with the infinitive absolute to strengthen it: עָלֹה נַעֲלֶה (’ aloh na ’ aleh , “let us go up”) with the sense of certainty and immediacy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":6372,"verse_id":"NUM.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.30","text":"The perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive brings the cohortative idea forward: “and let us possess it”; it may also be subordinated to form a purpose or result idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A30/2"}
{"id":6373,"verse_id":"NUM.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.30","text":"Here again the confidence of Caleb is expressed with the infinitive absolute and the imperfect tense: יָכוֹל נוּכַל ( yakhol nukhal ), “we are fully able” to do this. The verb יָכַל ( yakhal ) followed by the preposition lamed means “to prevail over, to conquer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A30/3"}
{"id":6374,"verse_id":"NUM.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"The vav ( ו ) disjunctive on the noun at the beginning of the clause forms a strong adversative clause here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":6375,"verse_id":"NUM.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Or “an evil report,” i.e., one that was a defamation of the grace of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":6376,"verse_id":"NUM.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “which we passed over in it”; the pronoun on the preposition serves as a resumptive pronoun for the relative, and need not be translated literally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":6377,"verse_id":"NUM.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.32","text":"The verb is the feminine singular participle from אָכַל (’ akhal ); it modifies the land as a “devouring land,” a bold figure for the difficulty of living in the place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A32/3"}
{"id":6378,"verse_id":"NUM.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “in its midst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A32/5"}
{"id":6379,"verse_id":"NUM.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"The Greek version uses gigantes (“giants”) to translate “the Nephilim,” but it does not retain the clause “the sons of Anak are from the Nephilim.” sn The Nephilim are the legendary giants of antiquity. They are first discussed in Gen 6:4 . This forms part of the pessimism of the spies’ report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":6380,"verse_id":"NUM.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “in our eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":6381,"verse_id":"NUM.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “in their eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":6382,"verse_id":"NUM.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"The two verbs “lifted up their voice and cried” form a hendiadys; the idiom of raising the voice means that they cried aloud.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":6383,"verse_id":"NUM.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"There are a number of things that the verb “to weep” or “wail” can connote. It could reflect joy, grief, lamentation, or repentance, but here it reflects fear, hopelessness, or vexation at the thought of coming all this way and being defeated by the Canaanite armies. See Judg 20:23, 26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":6384,"verse_id":"NUM.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"The Hebrew verb “to murmur” is לוּן ( lun ). It is a strong word, signifying far more than complaining or grumbling, as some of the modern translations have it. The word is most often connected to the wilderness experience. It is paralleled in the literature with the word “to rebel.” The murmuring is like a parliamentary vote of no confidence, for they no longer trusted their leaders and wished to choose a new leader and return. This “return to Egypt” becomes a symbol of their lack of faith in the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":6385,"verse_id":"NUM.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"The optative is expressed by לוּ ( lu ) and then the verb, here the perfect tense מַתְנוּ ( matnu ) – “O that we had died….” Had they wanted to die in Egypt they should not have cried out to the Lord to deliver them from bondage. Here the people became consumed with the fear and worry of what lay ahead, and in their panic they revealed a lack of trust in God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":6386,"verse_id":"NUM.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":6387,"verse_id":"NUM.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":6388,"verse_id":"NUM.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"The verb is נָתַן ( natan , “to give”), but this verb has quite a wide range of meanings in the Bible. Here it must mean “to make,” “to choose,” “to designate” or the like.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":6389,"verse_id":"NUM.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.4","text":"The word “head” ( רֹאשׁ , ro ’ sh ) probably refers to a tribal chief who was capable to judge and to lead to war (see J. R. Bartlett, “The Use of the Word רֹאשׁ as a Title in the Old Testament,” VT 19 [1969]: 1-10).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A4/3"}
{"id":6390,"verse_id":"NUM.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.4","text":"The form is a cohortative with a vav ( ו ) prefixed. After the preceding cohortative this could also be interpreted as a purpose or result clause – in order that we may return.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A4/4"}
{"id":6391,"verse_id":"NUM.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “before all the assembly of the congregation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":6392,"verse_id":"NUM.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The repetition of the adverb מְאֹד ( mÿ ’ od ) is used to express this: “very, very [good].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":6393,"verse_id":"NUM.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"The subjective genitives “milk and honey” are symbols of the wealth of the land, second only to bread. Milk was a sign of such abundance ( Gen 49:12 ; Isa 7:21,22 ). Because of the climate the milk would thicken quickly and become curds, eaten with bread or turned into butter. The honey mentioned here is the wild honey (see Deut 32:13 ; Judg 14:8-9 ). It signified sweetness, or the finer things of life ( Ezek 3:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":6394,"verse_id":"NUM.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “their shade.” The figure compares the shade from the sun with the protection from the enemy. It is also possible that the text is alluding to their deities here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":6395,"verse_id":"NUM.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “said to stone them with stones.” The verb and the object are not from the same root, but the combination nonetheless forms an emphasis equal to the cognate accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":6396,"verse_id":"NUM.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"The vav ( ו ) on the noun “glory” indicates a strong contrast, one that interrupts their threatened attack.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":6397,"verse_id":"NUM.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"The Greek, Syriac, and Tg. Ps.-J. have “in the cloud over the tent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":6398,"verse_id":"NUM.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The verb נָאַץ ( na ’ ats ) means “to condemn, spurn” (BDB 610 s.v.). Coats suggests that in some contexts the word means actual rejection or renunciation ( Rebellion in the Wilderness , 146, 7). This would include the idea of distaste.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":6399,"verse_id":"NUM.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The verb “to believe” (root אָמַן , ’ aman ) has the basic idea of support, dependability for the root. The Hiphil has a declarative sense, namely, to consider something reliable or dependable and to act on it. The people did not trust what the Lord said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":6400,"verse_id":"NUM.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"The Greek version has “death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":6401,"verse_id":"NUM.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The construction is unusual in that we have here a perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive with no verb before it to establish the time sequence. The context requires that this be taken as a vav ( ו ) consecutive. It actually forms the protasis for the next verse, and would best be rendered “when … then they will say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":6402,"verse_id":"NUM.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"The singular participle is to be taken here as a collective, representing all the inhabitants of the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":6403,"verse_id":"NUM.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"“Face to face” is literally “eye to eye.” It only occurs elsewhere in Isa 52:8 . This expresses the closest communication possible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":6404,"verse_id":"NUM.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect of מוּת ( mut ), וְהֵמַתָּה ( vÿhemattah ). The vav ( ו ) consecutive makes this also a future time sequence verb, but again in a conditional clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":6405,"verse_id":"NUM.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “as one man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":6406,"verse_id":"NUM.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The form in the text is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ), the word that is usually used in place of the tetragrammaton. It is the plural form with the pronominal suffix, and so must refer to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":6407,"verse_id":"NUM.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"The expression is רַב־חֶסֶד ( rav khesed ) means “much of loyal love,” or “faithful love.” Some have it “totally faithful,” but that omits the aspect of his love.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":6408,"verse_id":"NUM.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"Or “rebellion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":6409,"verse_id":"NUM.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.18","text":"The infinitive absolute emphasizes the verbal activity of the imperfect tense, which here serves as a habitual imperfect. Negated it states what God does not do; and the infinitive makes that certain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A18/3"}
{"id":6410,"verse_id":"NUM.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"The verb סְלַח־נָא ( selakh-na ’), the imperative form, means “forgive” (see Ps 130:4 ), “pardon,” “excuse.” The imperative is of course a prayer, a desire, and not a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":6411,"verse_id":"NUM.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"The construct unit is “the greatness of your loyal love.” This is the genitive of specification, the first word being the modifier.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":6412,"verse_id":"NUM.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “forgiven according to your word.” The direct object, “them,” is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":6413,"verse_id":"NUM.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"The verb נָסָה ( nasah ) means “to test, to tempt, to prove.” It can be used to indicate things are tried or proven, or for testing in a good sense, or tempting in the bad sense, i.e., putting God to the test. In all uses there is uncertainty or doubt about the outcome. Some uses of the verb are positive: If God tests Abraham in Genesis 22:1 , it is because there is uncertainty whether he fears the Lord or not; if people like Gideon put out the fleece and test the Lord , it is done by faith but in order to be certain of the Lord ’s presence. But here, when these people put God to the test ten times, it was because they doubted the goodness and ability of God, and this was a major weakness. They had proof to the contrary, but chose to challenge God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":6414,"verse_id":"NUM.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"“Ten” is here a round figure, emphasizing the complete testing. But see F. V. Winnett, The Mosaic Tradition , 121-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":6415,"verse_id":"NUM.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “listened to my voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":6416,"verse_id":"NUM.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"The word אִם (’ im ) indicates a negative oath formula: “if” means “they will not.” It is elliptical. In a human oath one would be saying: “The Lord do to me if they see …,” meaning “they will by no means see.” Here God is swearing that they will not see the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":6417,"verse_id":"NUM.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":6418,"verse_id":"NUM.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"The figure is aposiopesis, or sudden silence. The main verb is deleted from the line, “how long…this evil community.” The intensity of the emotion is the reason for the ellipsis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":6419,"verse_id":"NUM.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"The word נְאֻם ( nÿ ’ um ) is an “oracle.” It is followed by the subjective genitive: “the oracle of the Lord ” is equal to saying “the Lord says.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":6420,"verse_id":"NUM.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “in my ears.” sn They had expressed the longing to have died in the wilderness, and not in war. God will now give them that. They would not say to God “your will be done,” so he says to them, “your will be done” (to borrow from C. S. Lewis).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A28/3"}
{"id":6421,"verse_id":"NUM.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Or “your corpses” (also in vv. 32, 33 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":6422,"verse_id":"NUM.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"The relative pronoun “which” is joined with the resumptive pronoun “in it” to form a smoother reading “where.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":6423,"verse_id":"NUM.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"The Hebrew text uses the anthropomorphic expression “I raised my hand” in taking an oath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":6424,"verse_id":"NUM.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “to cause you to dwell; to cause you to settle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A30/3"}
{"id":6425,"verse_id":"NUM.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Or “plunder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":6426,"verse_id":"NUM.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":6427,"verse_id":"NUM.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"The word is “shepherds.” It means that the people would be wilderness nomads, grazing their flock on available land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":6428,"verse_id":"NUM.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “you shall bear your whoredoms.” The imagery of prostitution is used throughout the Bible to reflect spiritual unfaithfulness, leaving the covenant relationship and following after false gods. Here it is used generally for their rebellion in the wilderness, but not for following other gods.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A33/2"}
{"id":6429,"verse_id":"NUM.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.33","text":"The infinitive is from תָּמַם ( tamam ), which means “to be complete.” The word is often used to express completeness in a good sense – whole, blameless, or the like. Here and in v. 35 it seems to mean “until your deaths have been completed.” See also Gen 47:15 ; Deut 2:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A33/3"}
{"id":6430,"verse_id":"NUM.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"Heb “you shall bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A34/1"}
{"id":6431,"verse_id":"NUM.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.34","text":"The phrase refers to the consequences of open hostility to God, or perhaps abandonment of God. The noun תְּנוּאָה ( tÿnu ’ ah ) occurs in Job 33:10 (perhaps). The related verb occurs in Num 30:6 HT ( 30:5 ET) and 32:7 with the sense of “disallow, discourage.” The sense of the expression adopted in this translation comes from the meticulous study of R. Loewe, “Divine Frustration Exegetically Frustrated,” Words and Meanings , 137-58.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A34/2"}
{"id":6432,"verse_id":"NUM.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"The verb is the Hiphil infinitive construct with a lamed ( ל ) preposition from the root יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “to bring out”). The use of the infinitive here is epexegetical, that is, explaining how they caused the people to murmur.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":6433,"verse_id":"NUM.14.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.38","text":"The Hebrew text uses the preposition “from,” “some of” – “from those men.” The relative pronoun is added to make a smoother reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A38/1"}
{"id":6434,"verse_id":"NUM.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.39","text":"The preterite here is subordinated to the next preterite to form a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A39/1"}
{"id":6435,"verse_id":"NUM.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.39","text":"The word אָבַל (’ aval ) is rare, used mostly for mourning over deaths, but it is used here of mourning over bad news (see also Exod 33:4 ; 1 Sam 15:35; 16:1 ; etc.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A39/2"}
{"id":6436,"verse_id":"NUM.14.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.40","text":"The verb וַיַּשְׁכִּמוּ ( vayyashkimu ) is often found in a verbal hendiadys construction: “They rose early…and they went up” means “they went up early.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A40/1"}
{"id":6437,"verse_id":"NUM.14.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.40","text":"The Hebrew text says literally “the top of the hill,” but judging from the location and the terrain it probably means the heights of the hill country.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A40/2"}
{"id":6438,"verse_id":"NUM.14.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.40","text":"The verb is simply “said,” but it means the place that the Lord said to go up to in order to fight.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A40/3"}
{"id":6439,"verse_id":"NUM.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.41","text":"The line literally has, “Why is this [that] you are transgressing….” The demonstrative pronoun is enclitic; it brings the force of “why in the world are you doing this now?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A41/1"}
{"id":6440,"verse_id":"NUM.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A41/2"}
{"id":6441,"verse_id":"NUM.14.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.42","text":"This verb could also be subordinated to the preceding: “that you be not smitten.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A42/1"}
{"id":6442,"verse_id":"NUM.14.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.44","text":"N. H. Snaith compares Arabic ’ afala (“to swell”) and gafala (“reckless, headstrong”; Leviticus and Numbers [NCB], 248). The word עֹפֶל (’ ofel ) means a “rounded hill” or a “tumor.” The idea behind the verb may be that of “swelling,” and so “act presumptuously.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A44/1"}
{"id":6443,"verse_id":"NUM.14.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.44","text":"The disjunctive vav ( ו ) here introduces a circumstantial clause; the most appropriate one here would be the concessive “although.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A44/2"}
{"id":6444,"verse_id":"NUM.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.45","text":"Heb “came down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A45/1"}
{"id":6445,"verse_id":"NUM.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.45","text":"The verb used here means “crush by beating,” or “pounded” them. The Greek text used “cut them in pieces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A45/2"}
{"id":6446,"verse_id":"NUM.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.45","text":"The name “Hormah” means “destruction”; it is from the word that means “ban, devote” for either destruction or temple use.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2014%3A45/3"}
{"id":6447,"verse_id":"NUM.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “the land of your habitations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":6448,"verse_id":"NUM.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"The Hebrew participle here has the futur instans use of the participle, expressing that something is going to take place. It is not imminent, but it is certain that God would give the land to Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":6449,"verse_id":"NUM.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The three words at the beginning of this verse are all etymologically related: “the one who offers his offering shall offer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":6450,"verse_id":"NUM.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “for the one lamb,” but it clearly means “for each lamb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":6451,"verse_id":"NUM.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"The text changes from direct address here to the third person form of the verb. If the MT is correct, then to make a smooth translation it would need to be made a passive (in view of the fact that no subject is expressed).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":6452,"verse_id":"NUM.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “according to thus shall it be done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":6453,"verse_id":"NUM.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"The word גּוּר ( gur ) was traditionally translated “to sojourn,” i.e., to live temporarily in a land. Here the two words are from the root: “if a sojourner sojourns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":6454,"verse_id":"NUM.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “in your midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":6455,"verse_id":"NUM.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.14","text":"The Hebrew text just has “to your generations,” but it means in the future.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A14/3"}
{"id":6456,"verse_id":"NUM.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.14","text":"The imperfect tenses must reflect the responsibility to comply with the law, and so the classifications of instruction or obligation may be applied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A14/4"}
{"id":6457,"verse_id":"NUM.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"The word “apply” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":6458,"verse_id":"NUM.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Or “a statute forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":6459,"verse_id":"NUM.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “as you, as [so] the alien.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":6460,"verse_id":"NUM.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"The relative clause is literally, “which I am causing you to enter there.” The final adverb is resumptive, and must be joined with the relative pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":6461,"verse_id":"NUM.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"The verse has a temporal clause that actually continues or supplements the temporal clause of the preceding verse. It is made up of the temporal indicator, the infinitive construct with the preposition, and the suffixed subjective genitive: “and it shall be when you eat.” Here it is translated simply “and eat” since the temporal element was introduced in the last verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":6462,"verse_id":"NUM.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"This is the תְּרוּמָה ( tÿrumah ), the “raised offering” or “heave offering” (cf. KJV, ASV). It may simply be called a “contribution” (so NAB). The verb of the sentence is from the same root: “you shall lift up/raise up.” It was to be an offering separated from the rest and raised up to the Lord in the sight of all. It was designed to remind the Israelites that the produce and the land belonged to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":6463,"verse_id":"NUM.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Or “the first of your dough.” The phrase is not very clear. N. H. Snaith thinks it means a batch of loaves from the kneading trough – the first batch of the baking ( Leviticus and Numbers [NCB], 251).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":6464,"verse_id":"NUM.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"The verb is the plural imperfect; the sin discussed here is a sin committed by the community, or the larger part of the community.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":6465,"verse_id":"NUM.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":6466,"verse_id":"NUM.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"The idea of לִשְׁגָגָה ( lishgagah ) seems to be that of “inadvertence” or “without intent.” The text gives no indication of how this offense might be committed, or what it might include. It probably describes any transgressions done in ignorance of the Law that involved a violation of tabernacle procedure or priestly protocol or social misdemeanor. Even though it was done unintentionally, it was still a violation and called for ritual purification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":6467,"verse_id":"NUM.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “[away] from the eyes of the community.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":6468,"verse_id":"NUM.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive ( וְכִפֶּר , vÿkhipper ) to continue the instruction of the passage: “the priest shall make atonement,” meaning the priest is to make atonement for the sin (thus the present translation). This verb means “to expiate,” “to atone for,” “to pacify.” It describes the ritual events by which someone who was separated from the holy Lord God could find acceptance into his presence through the sacrificial blood of the substitutionary animal. See and Num 17:6-15.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":6469,"verse_id":"NUM.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Again, rather than translate literally “and it shall be forgiven [to] them” (all the community), one could say, “they (all the community) will be forgiven.” The meaning is the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":6470,"verse_id":"NUM.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"The Hebrew text has וְאִם־נֶפֶשׁ אַחַת ( vÿ ’ im-nefesh ’ akhat ), sometime translated “and if any soul.” But the word describes the whole person, the soul in the body; it refers here to the individual who sins.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":6471,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":6472,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.30","text":"The sin is described literally as acting “with a high hand” – בְּיָד רָמָה ( bÿyad ramah ). The expression means that someone would do something with deliberate defiance, with an arrogance in spite of what the Lord said. It is as if the sinner was about to attack God, or at least lifting his hand against God. The implication of the expression is that it was done in full knowledge of the Law (especially since this contrasts throughout with the sins of ignorance). Blatant defiance of the word of the Lord is dealt with differently. For similar expressions, see Exod 14:8 and Num 33:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/2"}
{"id":6473,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.30","text":"The verb occurs only in the Piel ; it means “to blaspheme,” “to revile.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/3"}
{"id":6474,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.30","text":"The word order in the Hebrew text places “Yahweh” first for emphasis – it is the Lord such a person insults.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/4"}
{"id":6475,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/5"}
{"id":6476,"verse_id":"NUM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.30","text":"The clause begins with “and” because the verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. As discussed with Num 9:13 , to be cut off could mean excommunication from the community, death by the community, or death by divine intervention.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A30/6"}
{"id":6477,"verse_id":"NUM.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"The verb בָּזָה ( bazah , “to despise”) means to treat something as worthless, to treat it with contempt, to look down the nose at something as it were.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":6478,"verse_id":"NUM.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"The verb פָּרַר ( parar , “to break”) can mean to nullify, break, or violate a covenant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":6479,"verse_id":"NUM.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A31/3"}
{"id":6480,"verse_id":"NUM.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.31","text":"The construction uses the Niphal imperfect with the modifying Niphal infinitive absolute. The infinitive makes the sentence more emphatic. If the imperfect tense is taken as an instruction imperfect, then the infinitive makes the instruction more binding. If it is a simple future, then the future is certain. In either case, there is no exclusion from being cut off.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A31/4"}
{"id":6481,"verse_id":"NUM.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"The preterite of the verb “to be” is here subordinated to the next, parallel verb form, to form a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":6482,"verse_id":"NUM.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.35","text":"The sentence begins with the emphatic use of the infinitive absolute with the verb in the Hophal imperfect: “he shall surely be put to death.” Then, a second infinitive absolute רָגוֹם ( ragom ) provides the explanatory activity – all the community is to stone him with stones. The punishment is consistent with other decrees from God (see Exod 31:14,15; 35:2 ). Moses had either forgotten such, or they had simply neglected to (or were hesitant to) enact them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A35/1"}
{"id":6483,"verse_id":"NUM.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.36","text":"Heb “stoned him with stones, and he died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A36/1"}
{"id":6484,"verse_id":"NUM.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.38","text":"The construction uses the imperative followed by perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutives. The first perfect tense may be translated as the imperative, but the second, being a third common plural form, has to be subordinated as a purpose clause, or as the object of the preceding verb: “speak…and say…that they make.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A38/1"}
{"id":6485,"verse_id":"NUM.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.39","text":"Heb “seek out, look into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A39/1"}
{"id":6486,"verse_id":"NUM.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.39","text":"This last clause is a relative clause explaining the influence of the human heart and physical sight. It literally says, “which you go whoring after them.” The verb for “whoring” may be interpreted to mean “act unfaithfully.” So, the idea is these influences lead to unfaithful activity: “after which you act unfaithfully.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A39/2"}
{"id":6487,"verse_id":"NUM.15.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":15,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.40","text":"This clause also serves as a purpose/result clause of the preceding – “in order that you may remember….” But because the line is so long, it is simpler to make this a separate sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2015%3A40/1"}
{"id":6488,"verse_id":"NUM.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"The MT reading is plural (“the sons of Reuben”); the Smr and LXX have the singular (“the son of Reuben”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":6489,"verse_id":"NUM.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"In the Hebrew text there is no object for the verb “took.” The translation presented above supplies the word “men.” However, it is possible that the MT has suffered damage here. The LXX has “and he spoke.” The Syriac and Targum have “and he was divided.” The editor of BHS suggests that perhaps the MT should be emended to “and he arose.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":6490,"verse_id":"NUM.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “princes” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":6491,"verse_id":"NUM.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"These men must have been counselors or judges of some kind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":6492,"verse_id":"NUM.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “men of name,” or “men of renown.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":6493,"verse_id":"NUM.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"The meaning of רַב־לָכֶם ( rab-lakhem ) is something like “you have assumed far too much authority.” It simply means “much to you,” perhaps “you have gone to far,” or “you are overreaching yourselves” (M. Noth, Numbers [OTL], 123). He is objecting to the exclusiveness of the system that Moses has been introducing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":6494,"verse_id":"NUM.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “fell on his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":6495,"verse_id":"NUM.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":6496,"verse_id":"NUM.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “his congregation” or “his community.” The expression is unusual, but what it signifies is that Korah had set up a rival “Israel” with himself as leader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":6497,"verse_id":"NUM.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect. There is no imperfect tense before this, which makes the construction a little difficult. If the vav ( ו ) is classified as a consecutive, then the form would stand alone as an equivalent to the imperfect, and rendered as a modal nuance such as “would you [now] seek,” or as a progressive imperfect, “are you seeking.” This latter nuance can be obtained by treating it as a regular perfect tense, with an instantaneous nuance: “do you [now] seek.” sn Moses discerned correctly the real motivation for the rebellion. Korah wanted to be the high priest because he saw how much power there was in the spiritual leadership in Israel. He wanted something like a general election with himself as the candidate and his supporters promoting him. The great privilege of being a Levite and serving in the sanctuary was not enough for him – the status did not satisfy him. Korah gave no rebuttal. The test would be one of ministering with incense. This would bring them into direct proximity with the Lord . If God honored Korah as a ministering priest, then it would be settled. But Moses accuses them of rebellion against the Lord , because the Lord had chosen Aaron to be the priest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":6498,"verse_id":"NUM.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “Moses sent to summon.” The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) followed by the lamed ( ל ) preposition does not mean “call to” but “summon.” This is a command performance; for them to appear would be to submit to Moses’ authority. This they will not do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":6499,"verse_id":"NUM.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"The imperfect tense נַעֲלֶה ( na ’ aleh ) expresses their unwillingness to report: “we are not willing,” or “we will not.” The verb means “to go up.” It is used in the sense of appearing before an authority or a superior (see, e.g., Gen 46:31 ; Deut 25:7 ; Judg 4:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":6500,"verse_id":"NUM.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"The question is rhetorical. It was not a small thing to them – it was a big thing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":6501,"verse_id":"NUM.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"The modern scholar who merely sees these words as belonging to an earlier tradition about going up to the land of Canaan that flows with milk and honey misses the irony here. What is happening is that the text is showing how twisted the thinking of the rebels is. They have turned things completely around. Egypt was the land flowing with milk and honey, not Canaan where they will die. The words of rebellion are seldom original, and always twisted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":6502,"verse_id":"NUM.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"The verb הִשְׂתָּרֵר ( histarer ) is the Hitpael infinitive absolute that emphasizes the preceding תִשְׂתָּרֵר ( tistarer ), the Hitpael imperfect tense (both forms having metathesis). The verb means “to rule; to act like a prince; to make oneself a prince.” This is the only occurrence of the reflexive for this verb. The exact nuance is difficult to translate into English. But they are accusing Moses of seizing princely power for himself, perhaps making a sarcastic reference to his former status in Egypt. The rebels here are telling Moses that they had discerned his scheme, and so he could not “hoodwink” them (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":6503,"verse_id":"NUM.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Here אַף (’ af ) has the sense of “in addition.” It is not a common use.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":6504,"verse_id":"NUM.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “will you bore out the eyes of these men?” The question is “Will you continue to mislead them?” (or “hoodwink” them). In Deut 16:19 it is used for taking a bribe; something like that kind of deception is intended here. They are simply stating that Moses is a deceiver who is misleading the people with false promises.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":6505,"verse_id":"NUM.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"The verb means “to turn toward”; it is a figurative expression that means “to pay attention to” or “to have regard for.” So this is a prayer against Dathan and Abiram.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":6506,"verse_id":"NUM.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “and take, a man, his censer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":6507,"verse_id":"NUM.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"This verb and the following one are both perfect tenses with vav ( ו ) consecutives. Following the imperative they carry the same force, but in sequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":6508,"verse_id":"NUM.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"This clause is clearly foundational for the clause that follows, the appearance of the Lord ; therefore it should be subordinated to the next as a temporal clause (one preterite followed by another preterite may be so subordinated).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":6509,"verse_id":"NUM.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"The verb is הִבָּדְלוּ ( hibbadÿlu ), the Niphal imperative of בָּדַל ( badal ). This is the same word that was just used when Moses reminded the Levites that they had been separated from the community to serve the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":6510,"verse_id":"NUM.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"The expression “the God of the spirits of all humanity [flesh]” is somewhat difficult. The Hebrew text says אֱלֹהֵי הָרוּחֹת לְכָל־בָּשָׂר (’ elohey harukhot lÿkhol-basar ). This expression occurs in Num 27:16 again. It also occurs in some postbiblical texts, a fact which has prompted some scholars to conclude that it is a late addition. The words clearly show that Moses is interceding for the congregation. The appeal in the verse is that it is better for one man to die for the whole nation than the whole nation for one man (see also John 11:50 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":6511,"verse_id":"NUM.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.22","text":"The verb is the Qal imperfect יֶחֱטָא ( yekheta ’); it refers to the sinful rebellion of Korah, but Moses is stating something of a principle: “One man sins, and will you be angry….” A past tense translation would assume that this is a preterite use of the imperfect (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A22/3"}
{"id":6512,"verse_id":"NUM.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The motif of “going up” is still present; here the Hebrew text says “go up” (the Niphal imperative – “go up yourselves”) from their tents, meaning, move away from them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":6513,"verse_id":"NUM.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “rose up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":6514,"verse_id":"NUM.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"The word רָשָׁע ( rasha ’) has the sense of a guilty criminal. The word “wicked” sometimes gives the wrong connotation. These men were opposing the Lord , and so were condemned as criminals – they were guilty. The idea of “wickedness” therefore applies in that sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":6515,"verse_id":"NUM.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"The preposition bet ( בְּ ) in this line is causal – “on account of their sins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A26/2"}
{"id":6516,"verse_id":"NUM.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"The verb נִצָּבִים ( nitsavim ) suggests a defiant stance, for the word is often used in the sense of taking a stand for or against something. It can also be somewhat neutral, having the sense of positioning oneself for a purpose.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":6517,"verse_id":"NUM.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Heb “in this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":6518,"verse_id":"NUM.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"The Hebrew text simply has כִּי־לֹא מִלִּבִּי ( ki-lo ’ millibbi , “for not from my heart”). The heart is the center of the will, the place decisions are made (see H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament ). Moses is saying that the things he has done have not come “from the will of man” so to speak – and certainly not from some secret desire on his part to seize power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":6519,"verse_id":"NUM.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “if like the death of every man they die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":6520,"verse_id":"NUM.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"The noun is פְּקֻדָּה ( pÿquddah , “appointment, visitation”). The expression refers to a natural death, parallel to the first expression.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":6521,"verse_id":"NUM.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"The verb בָּרָא ( bara ’) is normally translated “create” in the Bible. More specifically it means to fashion or make or do something new and fresh. Here the verb is joined with its cognate accusative to underscore that this will be so different everyone will know it is of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":6522,"verse_id":"NUM.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"The figures are personifications. But they vividly describe the catastrophe to follow – which was very much like a mouth swallowing them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":6523,"verse_id":"NUM.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.30","text":"The word is “life” or “lifetime”; it certainly means their lives – they themselves. But the presence of this word suggest more. It is an accusative specifying the state of the subject – they will go down alive to Sheol.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A30/3"}
{"id":6524,"verse_id":"NUM.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.30","text":"The word “Sheol” in the Bible can be used four different ways: the grave, the realm of the departed [wicked] spirits or Hell, death in general, or a place of extreme danger (one that will lead to the grave if God does not intervene). The usage here is certainly the first, and very likely the second as well. A translation of “pit” would not be inappropriate. Since they will go down there alive, it is likely that they will sense the deprivation and the separation from the land above. See H. W. Robinson, Inspiration and Revelation in the Old Testament ; N. J. Tromp, Primitive Conceptions of Death and the Netherworld in the Old Testament (BibOr 21), 21-23; and A. Heidel, The Gilgamesh Epic, especially ch. .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A30/4"}
{"id":6525,"verse_id":"NUM.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"The initial temporal clause is standard: It begins with the temporal indicator “and it was,” followed here by the Piel infinitive construct with the preposition and the subjective genitive suffix. “And it happened when he finished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":6526,"verse_id":"NUM.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.31","text":"The infinitive construct with the preposition lamed ( ל ) functions here as the direct object of the preceding infinitive. It tells what he finished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A31/2"}
{"id":6527,"verse_id":"NUM.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":6528,"verse_id":"NUM.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A34/2"}
{"id":6529,"verse_id":"NUM.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “lest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A34/3"}
{"id":6530,"verse_id":"NUM.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.35","text":"For a discussion of the fire of the Lord , see J. C. H. Laughlin, “The Strange Fire of Nadab and Abihu,” JBL 95 (1976): 559-65.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A35/1"}
{"id":6531,"verse_id":"NUM.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.37","text":"Heb “say to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A37/1"}
{"id":6532,"verse_id":"NUM.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.37","text":"The verb is the jussive with a vav ( ו ) coming after the imperative; it may be subordinated to form a purpose clause (“that he may pick up”) or the object of the imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A37/2"}
{"id":6533,"verse_id":"NUM.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.37","text":"The Hebrew text just has “fire,” but it would be hard to conceive of this action apart from the idea of coals of fire.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A37/3"}
{"id":6534,"verse_id":"NUM.16.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.38","text":"The expression is “in/by/against their life.” That they sinned against their life means that they brought ruin to themselves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A38/1"}
{"id":6535,"verse_id":"NUM.16.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.38","text":"The form is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive . But there is no expressed subject for “and they shall make them,” and so it may be treated as a passive (“they shall [must] be made”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A38/2"}
{"id":6536,"verse_id":"NUM.16.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.40","text":"Heb “from the seed of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A40/1"}
{"id":6537,"verse_id":"NUM.16.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.40","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A40/2"}
{"id":6538,"verse_id":"NUM.16.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.42","text":"The temporal clause is constructed with the temporal indicator (“and it was”) followed by the Niphal infinitive construct and preposition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A42/1"}
{"id":6539,"verse_id":"NUM.16.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.42","text":"The verse uses וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and behold”). This is the deictic particle – it is used to point things out, suddenly calling attention to them, as if the reader were there. The people turned to look toward the tent – and there is the cloud!","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A42/2"}
{"id":6540,"verse_id":"NUM.16.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.45","text":"Heb “they fell on their faces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A45/1"}
{"id":6541,"verse_id":"NUM.16.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.47","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A47/1"}
{"id":6542,"verse_id":"NUM.16.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":16,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.47","text":"Or “had spoken” (NASB); NRSV “had ordered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2016%3A47/2"}
{"id":6543,"verse_id":"NUM.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “receive from them a rod, a rod from the house of a father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":6544,"verse_id":"NUM.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “from every leader of them according to their fathers’ house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":6545,"verse_id":"NUM.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “one rod for the head of their fathers’ house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":6546,"verse_id":"NUM.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect of נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”), and so “to set at rest, lay, place, put.” The form with the vav ( ו ) consecutive continues the instruction of the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":6547,"verse_id":"NUM.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"The Hebrew text simply reads “the covenant” or “the testimony.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":6548,"verse_id":"NUM.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “a rod for one leader, a rod for one leader.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":6549,"verse_id":"NUM.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":6550,"verse_id":"NUM.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"The name of the tent now attests to the centrality of the ark of the covenant. Instead of the “tent of meeting” ( מוֹעֵד , mo ’ ed ) we now find the “the tent of the testimony” ( הָעֵדֻת , ha ’ edut ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":6551,"verse_id":"NUM.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Here too the deictic particle (“and behold”) is added to draw attention to the sight in a vivid way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":6552,"verse_id":"NUM.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"The words “at them” are not in the Hebrew text, but they have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":6553,"verse_id":"NUM.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"The verb means “to finish; to complete” and here “to bring to an end.” It is the imperfect following the imperative, and so introduces a purpose clause (as a final imperfect).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":6554,"verse_id":"NUM.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"This is another final imperfect in a purpose clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":6555,"verse_id":"NUM.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"The use of הֵן ( hen ) and the perfect tense in the nuance of a prophetic perfect expresses their conviction that they were bound to die – it was certain (see GKC 312-13 §106. n ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":6556,"verse_id":"NUM.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"The verse stresses the completeness of their death: “will we be consumed by dying” ( הַאִם תַּמְנוּ לִגְוֹעַ , ha ’ im tamnu ligvoa ’).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":6557,"verse_id":"NUM.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “your father’s house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":6558,"verse_id":"NUM.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"The clause is a circumstantial clause because the disjunctive vav ( ו ) is on a nonverb to start the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":6559,"verse_id":"NUM.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Now the sentence uses the Niphal perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive from the same root לָוָה ( lavah ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":6560,"verse_id":"NUM.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"The word is “stranger, alien,” but it can also mean Israelites here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":6561,"verse_id":"NUM.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"The clause is a purpose clause, and the imperfect tense a final imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":6562,"verse_id":"NUM.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “taken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":6563,"verse_id":"NUM.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"The infinitive construct in this sentence is from עָבַד (’ avad ), and so is the noun that serves as its object: to serve the service.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":6564,"verse_id":"NUM.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"This is an uncommon root. It may be connected to the word “anoint” as here (see RSV). But it may also be seen as an intended parallel to “perpetual due” (see Gen 47:22 ; Exod 29:28 ; Lev 6:11 [HT]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":6565,"verse_id":"NUM.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “from the fire.” It probably refers to those parts that were not burned.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":6566,"verse_id":"NUM.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"This form may be classified as a perfect of resolve – he has decided to give them to them, even though this is a listing of what they will receive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":6567,"verse_id":"NUM.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"The “ban” ( חֵרֶם , kherem ) in Hebrew describes that which is exclusively the Lord ’s, either for his sanctuary use, or for his destruction. It seems to refer to an individual’s devoting something freely to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":6568,"verse_id":"NUM.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"The construction uses the infinitive absolute and the imperfect tense of the verb “to redeem” in order to stress the point – they were to be redeemed. N. H. Snaith suggests that the verb means to get by payment what was not originally yours, whereas the other root גָאַל ( ga ’ al ) means to get back what was originally yours ( Leviticus and Numbers [NCB], 268).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":6569,"verse_id":"NUM.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Or “throw, toss.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":6570,"verse_id":"NUM.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"The phrase “of property” is supplied as a clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":6571,"verse_id":"NUM.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive construct of the verb “to bear” with the lamed ( ל ) preposition to express the result of such an action. “To bear their sin” would mean that they would have to suffer the consequences of their sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":6572,"verse_id":"NUM.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"The verse begins with the perfect tense of עָבַד (’ avad ) with vav ( ו ) consecutive, making the form equal to the instructions preceding it. As its object the verb has the cognate accusative “service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":6573,"verse_id":"NUM.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Levites) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A23/3"}
{"id":6574,"verse_id":"NUM.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.23","text":"The Hebrew text uses both the verb and the object from the same root to stress the point: They will not inherit an inheritance. The inheritance refers to land.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A23/4"}
{"id":6575,"verse_id":"NUM.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"The classification of the perfect tense here too could be the perfect of resolve, since this law is declaring what will be their portion – “I have decided to give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":6576,"verse_id":"NUM.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"In the Hebrew text the verb has no expressed subject (although the “Israelites” is certainly intended), and so it can be rendered as a passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":6577,"verse_id":"NUM.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"The verb in this clause is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it has the same force as an imperfect of instruction: “when…then you are to offer up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":6578,"verse_id":"NUM.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"The verb is חָשַׁב ( khashav , “to reckon; to count; to think”); it is the same verb used for “crediting” Abram with righteousness. Here the tithe of the priests will be counted as if it were a regular tithe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":6579,"verse_id":"NUM.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “fullness,” meaning the fullness of the harvest, i.e., a full harvest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":6580,"verse_id":"NUM.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"The construction is “every raised offering of the Lord ”; the genitive here is probably to be taken as a genitive of worth – the offering that is due the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":6581,"verse_id":"NUM.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"Or “its hallowed thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":6582,"verse_id":"NUM.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"The wording of this verse is confusing; it may be that it is addressed to the priests, telling them how to deal with the offerings of the Levites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":6583,"verse_id":"NUM.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"The clause begins with the infinitive construct with its preposition and suffixed subject serving to indicate the temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":6584,"verse_id":"NUM.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it functions as the equivalent of the imperfect of permission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":6585,"verse_id":"NUM.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"The final clause could also be rendered “in order that you do not die.” The larger section can also be interpreted differently; rather than take it as a warning, it could be taken as an assurance that when they do all of this they will not be profaning it and so will not die (R. K. Harrison, Numbers [WEC], 253).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":6586,"verse_id":"NUM.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “speak to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":6587,"verse_id":"NUM.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"The line literally reads, “speak to the Israelites that [and] they bring [will bring].” The imperfect [or jussive] is subordinated to the imperative either as a purpose clause, or as the object of the instruction – speak to them that they bring, or tell them to bring.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":6588,"verse_id":"NUM.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"The color is designated as red, although the actual color would be a tanned red-brown color for the animal (see the usage in Isa 1:18 and Song 5:10 ). The reddish color suggested the blood of ritual purification; see J. Milgrom, “The Paradox of the Red Cow (),” VT 31 (1981): 62-72.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":6589,"verse_id":"NUM.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “wherein there is no defect.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A2/5"}
{"id":6590,"verse_id":"NUM.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"The clause is a little ambiguous. It reads “and he shall slaughter it before him.” It sounds as if someone else will kill the heifer in the priest’s presence. Since no one is named as the subject, it may be translated as a passive. Some commentators simply interpret that Eleazar was to kill the animal personally, but that is a little forced for “before him.” The Greek text gives a third person plural sense to the verb; the Vulgate follows that reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":6591,"verse_id":"NUM.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it functions here as the equivalent of the imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":6592,"verse_id":"NUM.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Again, the verb has no expressed subject, and so is given a passive translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":6593,"verse_id":"NUM.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The imperfect tense is third masculine singular, and so again the verb is to be made passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":6594,"verse_id":"NUM.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"The sequence continues with the perfect tense and vav ( ו ) consecutive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":6595,"verse_id":"NUM.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “his flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":6596,"verse_id":"NUM.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"This is the imperfect of permission.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":6597,"verse_id":"NUM.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “it will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":6598,"verse_id":"NUM.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"The expression לְמֵי נִדָּה ( lÿme niddah ) is “for waters of impurity.” The genitive must designate the purpose of the waters – they are for cases of impurity, and so serve for cleansing or purifying, thus “water of purification.” The word “impurity” can also mean “abhorrent” because it refers to so many kinds of impurities. It is also called a purification offering; Milgrom notes that this is fitting because the sacrificial ritual involved transfers impurity from the purified to the purifier (pp. 62-72).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":6599,"verse_id":"NUM.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"The form is the participle with the article functioning as a substantive: “the one who touches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":6600,"verse_id":"NUM.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “the dead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":6601,"verse_id":"NUM.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"The expression is full: לְכָל־נֶפֶשׁ אָדָם ( lÿkhol-nefesh ’ adam ) – of any life of a man, i.e., of any person.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":6602,"verse_id":"NUM.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.11","text":"The verb is a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it follows only the participle used as the subject, but since the case is hypothetical and therefore future, this picks up the future time. The adjective “ceremonially” is supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A11/4"}
{"id":6603,"verse_id":"NUM.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"The verb is the Hitpael of חָטָא ( khata ’), a verb that normally means “to sin.” But the Piel idea in many places is “to cleanse; to purify.” This may be explained as a privative use (“to un-sin” someone, meaning cleanse) or denominative (“make a sin offering for someone”). It is surely connected to the purification offering, and so a sense of purify is what is wanted here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":6604,"verse_id":"NUM.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"The word order gives the classification and then the condition: “a man, when he dies….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":6605,"verse_id":"NUM.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"The expression for “in the open field” is literally “upon the face of the field” ( עַל־פְּנֵי הַשָּׂדֶה , ’ al pÿne hassadeh ). This ruling is in contrast now to what was contacted in the tent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":6606,"verse_id":"NUM.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “a dead body”; but in contrast to the person killed with a sword, this must refer to someone who died of natural causes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":6607,"verse_id":"NUM.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"The verb is the perfect tense, third masculine plural, with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. The verb may be worded as a passive, “ashes must be taken,” but that may be too awkward for this sentence. It may be best to render it with a generic “you” to fit the instruction of the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":6608,"verse_id":"NUM.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The word “heifer” is not in the Hebrew text, but it is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":6609,"verse_id":"NUM.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Here too the verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; rather than make this passive, it is here left as a direct instruction to follow the preceding one. For the use of the verb נָתַן ( natan ) in the sense of “pour,” see S. C. Reif, “A Note on a Neglected Connotation of ntn ,” VT 20 (1970): 114-16.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":6610,"verse_id":"NUM.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.17","text":"The expression is literally “living water.” Living water is the fresh, flowing spring water that is clear, life-giving, and not the collected pools of stagnant or dirty water.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A17/4"}
{"id":6611,"verse_id":"NUM.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"The construction uses a simple Piel of חָטָא ( khata ’, “to purify”) with a pronominal suffix – “he shall purify him.” Some commentators take this to mean that after he sprinkles the unclean then he must purify himself. But that would not be the most natural way to read this form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":6612,"verse_id":"NUM.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"The form has the conjunction with it: וּמַזֵּה ( umazzeh ). The conjunction subordinates the following as the special law. It could literally be translated “and this shall be…that the one who sprinkles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":6613,"verse_id":"NUM.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"The Hebrew text stresses this idea by use of apposition: “the Israelites entered, the entire community, the wilderness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":6614,"verse_id":"NUM.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"The verb is רִיב ( riv ); it is often used in the Bible for a legal complaint, a law suit, at least in form. But it can also describe a quarrel, or strife, like that between Abram’s men and Lot’s men in . It will be the main verb behind the commemorative name Meribah, the place where the people strove with God. It is a far more serious thing than grumbling – it is directed, intentional, and well-argued. For further discussion, see J. Limburg, “The Root ‘rib’ and the Prophetic Lawsuit Speeches,” JBL 88 (1969): 291-304.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":6615,"verse_id":"NUM.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and they said, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":6616,"verse_id":"NUM.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"The particle לוּ ( lu ) indicates the optative nuance of the line – the wishing or longing for death. It is certainly an absurdity to want to have died, but God took them at their word and they died in the wilderness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":6617,"verse_id":"NUM.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “and why….” The conjunction seems to be recording another thing that the people said in their complaint against Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":6618,"verse_id":"NUM.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"The clause uses the infinitive construct with the lamed ( ל ) preposition. The clause would be a result clause in this sentence: “Why have you brought us here…with the result that we will all die?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":6619,"verse_id":"NUM.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “and why.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":6620,"verse_id":"NUM.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Here also the infinitive construct (Hiphil) forms the subordinate clause of the preceding interrogative clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":6621,"verse_id":"NUM.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive, following the two imperatives in the verse. Here is the focus of the instruction for Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":6622,"verse_id":"NUM.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “give.” The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive, as are the next two in the verse. These are not now equal to the imperatives, but imperfects, showing the results of speaking to the rock: “speak…and it will…and so you will….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":6623,"verse_id":"NUM.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"The word is הַמֹּרִים ( hammorim , “the rebels”), but here as a vocative: “you rebels.” It was a harsh address, although well-earned.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":6624,"verse_id":"NUM.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"The word order and the emphasis of the tense are important to this passage. The word order is “from this rock must we bring out to you water?” The emphasis is clearly on “from this rock!” The verb is the imperfect tense; it has one of the modal nuances here, probably obligatory – “must we do this?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":6625,"verse_id":"NUM.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Or “to sanctify me.” sn The verb is the main word for “believe, trust.” It is the verb that describes the faith in the Word of the Lord that leads to an appropriate action. Here God says that Moses did not believe him, meaning that what he did showed more of Moses than of what God said. Moses had taken a hostile stance toward the people, and then hit the rock twice. This showed that Moses was not satisfied with what God said, but made it more forceful and terrifying, thus giving the wrong picture of God to the people. By doing this the full power and might of the Lord was not displayed to the people. It was a momentary lack of faith, but it had to be dealt with.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":6626,"verse_id":"NUM.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A12/3"}
{"id":6627,"verse_id":"NUM.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.12","text":"There is debate as to exactly what the sin of Moses was. Some interpreters think that the real sin might have been that he refused to do this at first, but that fact has been suppressed from the text. Some think the text was deliberately vague to explain why they could not enter the land without demeaning them. Others simply, and more likely, note that in Moses there was unbelief, pride, anger, impatience – disobedience.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A12/4"}
{"id":6628,"verse_id":"NUM.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"The form is unusual – it is the Niphal preterite, and not the normal use of the Piel / Pual stem for “sanctify/sanctified.” The basic idea of “he was holy” has to be the main idea, but in this context it refers to the fact that through judging Moses God was making sure people ensured his holiness among them. The word also forms a wordplay on the name Kadesh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":6629,"verse_id":"NUM.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “And Moses sent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":6630,"verse_id":"NUM.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A14/4"}
{"id":6631,"verse_id":"NUM.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":6632,"verse_id":"NUM.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"The verb רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’) means “to act or do evil.” Evil here is in the sense of causing pain or trouble. So the causative stem in our passage means “to treat wickedly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":6633,"verse_id":"NUM.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"The word could be rendered “angel” or “messenger.” Some ambiguity may be intended in this report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":6634,"verse_id":"NUM.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"The Hebrew text uses הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) to emphasize the “here and now” aspect of the report to Edom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":6635,"verse_id":"NUM.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “your border.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":6636,"verse_id":"NUM.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"The request is expressed by the use of the cohortative, “let us pass through.” It is the proper way to seek permission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":6637,"verse_id":"NUM.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “borders.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A17/3"}
{"id":6638,"verse_id":"NUM.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"The imperfect tense here has the nuance of prohibition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":6639,"verse_id":"NUM.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “to meet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":6640,"verse_id":"NUM.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"The Hebrew text uses singular pronouns, “I” and “my,” but it is the people of Israel that are intended, and so it may be rendered in the plural. Similarly, Edom speaks in the first person, probably from the king. But it too could be rendered “we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":6641,"verse_id":"NUM.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “to meet him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":6642,"verse_id":"NUM.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “with many [heavy] people and with a strong hand.” The translation presented above is interpretive, but that is what the line means. It was a show of force, numbers and weapons, to intimidate the Israelites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":6643,"verse_id":"NUM.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Again the passage uses apposition: “the Israelites, the whole community.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":6644,"verse_id":"NUM.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"The verb is in the second person plural form, and so it is Moses and Aaron who rebelled, and so now because of that Aaron first and then Moses would die without going into the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":6645,"verse_id":"NUM.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":6646,"verse_id":"NUM.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"The word “priestly” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":6647,"verse_id":"NUM.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “will be gathered”; this is a truncated form of the usual expression “gathered to his ancestors,” found in v. 24 . The phrase “to his ancestors” is supplied in the translation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":6648,"verse_id":"NUM.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"Heb “eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":6649,"verse_id":"NUM.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Or “the south”; “Negev” has become a technical name for the southern desert region and is still in use in modern times.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":6650,"verse_id":"NUM.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"The Hebrew text uses a cognate accusative with the verb: They vowed a vow. The Israelites were therefore determined with God’s help to defeat Arad.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":6651,"verse_id":"NUM.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"The Hebrew text has the infinitive absolute and the imperfect tense of נָתַן ( natan ) to stress the point – if you will surely/indeed give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":6652,"verse_id":"NUM.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":6653,"verse_id":"NUM.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.2","text":"On the surface this does not sound like much of a vow. But the key is in the use of the verb for “utterly destroy” – חָרַם ( kharam ). Whatever was put to this “ban” or “devotion” belonged to God, either for his use, or for destruction. The oath was in fact saying that they would take nothing from this for themselves. It would simply be the removal of what was alien to the faith, or to God’s program.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A2/4"}
{"id":6654,"verse_id":"NUM.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Smr, Greek, and Syriac add “into his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":6655,"verse_id":"NUM.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"In the Hebrew text the verb has no expressed subject, and so here too is made passive. The name “Hormah” is etymologically connected to the verb “utterly destroy,” forming the popular etymology (or paronomasia, a phonetic wordplay capturing the significance of the event).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":6656,"verse_id":"NUM.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"The “Red Sea” is the general designation for the bodies of water on either side of the Sinai peninsula, even though they are technically gulfs from the Red Sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":6657,"verse_id":"NUM.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “the soul of the people,” expressing the innermost being of the people as they became frustrated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":6658,"verse_id":"NUM.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “our souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":6659,"verse_id":"NUM.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"The Israelites’ opinion about the manna was clear enough – “worthless.” The word used is קְלֹקֵל ( qÿloqel , “good for nothing, worthless, miserable”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":6660,"verse_id":"NUM.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “fiery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":6661,"verse_id":"NUM.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The designation of the serpents/ snakes is נְחָשִׁים ( nÿkhashim ), which is similar to the word for “bronze” ( נְחֹשֶׁת , nÿkhoshet ). This has led some scholars to describe the serpents as bronze in color. The description of them as fiery indicates they were poisonous. Perhaps the snake in question is a species of adder.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":6662,"verse_id":"NUM.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"The verb is the Hiphil jussive with a vav ( ו ) consecutive from the verb סוּר ( sur ); after the imperative this form may be subordinated to become a purpose clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":6663,"verse_id":"NUM.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The word order is slightly different in Hebrew: “and it shall be anyone who is bitten when he looks at it he shall live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":6664,"verse_id":"NUM.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “the rising of the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":6665,"verse_id":"NUM.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Or “border.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":6666,"verse_id":"NUM.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"The ancient versions show a wide variation here: Smr has “Waheb on the Sea of Reeds,” the Greek version has “he has set Zoob on fire and the torrents of Arnon.” Several modern versions treat the first line literally, taking the two main words as place names: Waheb and Suphah. This seems most likely, but then there would then be no subject or verb. One would need something like “the Israelites marched through.” The KJV, following the Vulgate, made the first word a verb and read the second as “Red Sea” – “what he did in the Red Sea.” But subject of the passage is the terrain. D. L. Christensen proposed emending the first part from אֶת וָהֵב (’ et vahev ) to אַתָּה יְהוָה (’ attah yehvah, “the Lord came”). But this is subjective. See his article “ Num 21:14-15 and the Book of the Wars of Yahweh,” CBQ 36 (1974): 359-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":6667,"verse_id":"NUM.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"There are many variations in this text, but the MT reading of something like “the descent of the torrents/valleys” is preferable, since it is describing the topography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":6668,"verse_id":"NUM.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"The words “they traveled” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied here because of English style. The same phrase is supplied at the end of v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":6669,"verse_id":"NUM.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"After the adverb “then” the prefixed conjugation has the preterite force. For the archaic constructions, see D. N. Freedman, “Archaic Forms in Early Hebrew Poetry,” ZAW 72 (1960): 101-7. The poem shows all the marks of being ancient.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":6670,"verse_id":"NUM.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Or perhaps as a place name, “Jeshimon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":6671,"verse_id":"NUM.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Smr and the LXX have “words of peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":6672,"verse_id":"NUM.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"The Hebrew text uses the singular in these verses to match the reference to “Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":6673,"verse_id":"NUM.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Smr has “by the King’s way I will go. I will not turn aside to the right or the left.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":6674,"verse_id":"NUM.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “Sihon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":6675,"verse_id":"NUM.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":6676,"verse_id":"NUM.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"The clause begins with a preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive, but may be subordinated to the next preterite as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":6677,"verse_id":"NUM.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"The Hebrew text has “Israel,” but the verb is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":6678,"verse_id":"NUM.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “with the edge of the sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":6679,"verse_id":"NUM.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “its daughters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":6680,"verse_id":"NUM.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"Meaning, “rebuilt and restored.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":6681,"verse_id":"NUM.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.28","text":"Some scholars emend to בָּלְעָה ( bal ’ ah ), reading “and devoured,” instead of בַּעֲלֵי ( ba ’ aley , “its lords”); cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV. This emendation is closer to the Greek and makes a better parallelism, but the MT makes good sense as it stands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A28/1"}
{"id":6682,"verse_id":"NUM.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"The first verb is difficult. MT has “we shot at them.” The Greek has “their posterity perished” (see GKC 218 §76. f ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":6683,"verse_id":"NUM.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.30","text":"The relative pronoun “which” ( אֲשֶׁר , ’ asher ) posed a problem for the ancient scribes here, as indicated by the so-called extraordinary point ( punta extraordinaria ) over the letter ר ( resh ) of אֲשֶׁר . Smr and the LXX have “fire” ( אֵשׁ , ’ esh ) here (cf. NAB, NJB, RSV, NRSV). Some modern scholars emend the word to שֹׁאָה ( sho ’ ah , “devastation”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A30/2"}
{"id":6684,"verse_id":"NUM.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":6685,"verse_id":"NUM.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “Moses sent to spy out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":6686,"verse_id":"NUM.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A32/2"}
{"id":6687,"verse_id":"NUM.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.33","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A33/1"}
{"id":6688,"verse_id":"NUM.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.35","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Og) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A35/1"}
{"id":6689,"verse_id":"NUM.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.35","text":"Heb “no remnant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2021%3A35/2"}
{"id":6690,"verse_id":"NUM.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"The verse begins with the vav ( ו ) consecutive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":6691,"verse_id":"NUM.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":6692,"verse_id":"NUM.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.1","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A1/4"}
{"id":6693,"verse_id":"NUM.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The word is simply “company,” but in the context he must mean a vast company – a horde of people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":6694,"verse_id":"NUM.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “by the river”; in most contexts this expression refers to the Euphrates River (cf. NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":6695,"verse_id":"NUM.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “in the land of Amaw” (cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV); traditionally “in the land of the sons of his people.” The LXX has “by the river of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":6696,"verse_id":"NUM.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “eye.” So also in v. 11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A5/4"}
{"id":6697,"verse_id":"NUM.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"The two lines before this verse begin with the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ), and so they lay the foundation for these imperatives. In view of those circumstances, this is what should happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":6698,"verse_id":"NUM.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “people.” So also in vv. 10, 17, 41 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":6699,"verse_id":"NUM.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"The construction uses the imperfect tense אוּכַל (’ ukhal , “I will be able”) followed by the imperfect tense נַכֶּה ( nakkeh , “we will smite/attack/defeat”). The second verb is clearly the purpose or the result of the first, even though there is no conjunction or particle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":6700,"verse_id":"NUM.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"The verb is the Piel imperfect of בָּרַךְ ( barakh ), with the nuance of possibility: “whomever you may bless.” The Pual participle מְבֹרָךְ ( mÿvorakh ) serves as the predicate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":6701,"verse_id":"NUM.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":6702,"verse_id":"NUM.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"The verb לִין ( lin ) means “to lodge, spend the night.” The related noun is “a lodge” – a hotel of sorts. Balaam needed to consider the offer. And after darkness was considered the best time for diviners to consult with their deities. Balaam apparently knows of the Lord ; he testifies to this effect in 22:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":6703,"verse_id":"NUM.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"In this passage the text differs slightly; here it is “the nation that comes out,” using the article on the noun, and the active participle in the attributive adjective usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":6704,"verse_id":"NUM.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Here the infinitive construct is used to express the object or complement of the verb “to be able” (it answers the question of what he will be able to do).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":6705,"verse_id":"NUM.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive. It either carries the force of an imperfect tense, or it may be subordinated to the preceding verbs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":6706,"verse_id":"NUM.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"The two verbs are negated imperfects; they have the nuance of prohibition: You must not go and you must not curse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":6707,"verse_id":"NUM.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"The word בָּרוּךְ ( barukh ) is the Qal passive participle, serving here as the predicate adjective after the supplied verb “to be.” The verb means “enrich,” in any way, materially, spiritually, physically. But the indication here is that the blessing includes the promised blessing of the patriarchs, a blessing that gave Israel the land. See further, C. Westermann, Blessing in the Bible and the Life of the Church (OBT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":6708,"verse_id":"NUM.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"The LXX adds “to your lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":6709,"verse_id":"NUM.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"The main verb is the Piel perfect, “he has refused.” This is followed by two infinitives. The first ( לְתִתִּי , lÿtitti ) serves as a complement or direct object of the verb, answering the question of what he refused to do – “to give me.” The second infinitive ( לַהֲלֹךְ , lahalokh ) provides the object for the preceding infinitive: “to grant me to go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":6710,"verse_id":"NUM.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “rose up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":6711,"verse_id":"NUM.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"The construction is a verbal hendiadys. It uses the Hiphil preterite of the verb “to add” followed by the Qal infinitive “to send.” The infinitive becomes the main verb, and the preterite an adverb: “he added to send” means “he sent again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":6712,"verse_id":"NUM.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “than these.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":6713,"verse_id":"NUM.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"The infinitive construct is the object of the preposition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":6714,"verse_id":"NUM.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"The construction uses the Piel infinitive כַּבֵּד ( kabbed ) to intensify the verb, which is the Piel imperfect/cohortative אֲכַבֶּדְךָ (’ akhabbedkha ). The great honor could have been wealth, prestige, or position.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":6715,"verse_id":"NUM.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":6716,"verse_id":"NUM.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":6717,"verse_id":"NUM.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"In this case “lodge” is not used, but “remain, reside” ( שְׁבוּ , shÿvu ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":6718,"verse_id":"NUM.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"This clause is also a verbal hendiadys: “what the Lord might add to speak,” meaning, “what more the Lord might say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":6719,"verse_id":"NUM.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"The word is שָׂטָן ( satan , “to be an adversary, to oppose”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":6720,"verse_id":"NUM.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The word has the conjunction “and” on the noun, indicating this is a disjunctive vav ( ו ), here serving as a circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":6721,"verse_id":"NUM.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"The word means a “narrow place,” having the root meaning “to be deep.” The Greek thought it was in a field in a narrow furrow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":6722,"verse_id":"NUM.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “a wall on this side, and a wall on that side.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":6723,"verse_id":"NUM.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “he added to beat her,” another verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":6724,"verse_id":"NUM.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"The optative clause is introduced with the particle לוּ ( lu ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":6725,"verse_id":"NUM.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Here the Hiphil perfect is preceded by the Hiphil infinitive absolute for emphasis in the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":6726,"verse_id":"NUM.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “to do thus to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":6727,"verse_id":"NUM.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"The Hishtaphel verb חָוָה ( khavah ) – שָׁחָה ( shakhah ) with metathesis – has a basic idea of “bow oneself low to the ground,” and perhaps in some cases the idea of “coil up.” This is the normal posture of prayer and of deep humility in the ancient religious world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":6728,"verse_id":"NUM.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.32","text":"Heb “your way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A32/1"}
{"id":6729,"verse_id":"NUM.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.32","text":"The verb יָרַט ( yarat ) occurs only here and in Job 16:11 . Balaam is embarking on a foolish mission with base motives. The old rendering “perverse” is still acceptable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A32/2"}
{"id":6730,"verse_id":"NUM.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.33","text":"Many commentators consider אוּלַי (’ ulay , “perhaps”) to be a misspelling in the MT in place of לוּלֵי ( luley , “if not”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A33/1"}
{"id":6731,"verse_id":"NUM.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.34","text":"The verb is the cohortative from “return”: I will return [me].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A34/3"}
{"id":6732,"verse_id":"NUM.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.35","text":"The imperfect tense here can be given the nuance of permission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A35/1"}
{"id":6733,"verse_id":"NUM.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.35","text":"The Hebrew word order is a little more emphatic than this: “but only the word which I speak to you, it you shall speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A35/2"}
{"id":6734,"verse_id":"NUM.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.37","text":"The emphatic construction is made of the infinitive absolute and the perfect tense from the verb שָׁלַח ( shalakh , “to send”). The idea must be more intense than something like, “Did I not certainly send.” Balak is showing frustration with Balaam for refusing him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A37/1"}
{"id":6735,"verse_id":"NUM.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.38","text":"The verb is אוּכַל (’ ukhal ) in a question – “am I able?” But emphasizing this is the infinitive absolute before it. So Balaam is saying something like, “Can I really say anything?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A38/1"}
{"id":6736,"verse_id":"NUM.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.38","text":"The Piel infinitive construct (without the preposition) serves as the object of the verb “to be able.” The whole question is rhetorical – he is saying that he will not be able to say anything God does not allow him to say.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A38/2"}
{"id":6737,"verse_id":"NUM.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.38","text":"The imperfect tense is here taken as an obligatory imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2022%3A38/3"}
{"id":6738,"verse_id":"NUM.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"The Hebrew text has “on the altar,” but since there were seven of each animal and seven altars, the implication is that this means on each altar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":6739,"verse_id":"NUM.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"The verb הִתְיַצֵּב ( hityatsev ) means “to take a stand, station oneself.” It is more intentional than simply standing by something. He was to position himself by the sacrifice as Balaam withdrew to seek the oracle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":6740,"verse_id":"NUM.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “and the word of what he shows me.” The noun is in construct, and so the clause that follows functions as a noun clause in the genitive. The point is that the word will consist of divine revelation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":6741,"verse_id":"NUM.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. This clause is dependent on the clause that precedes it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":6742,"verse_id":"NUM.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The relative pronoun is added here in place of the conjunction to clarify that Balaam is speaking to God and not vice versa.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":6743,"verse_id":"NUM.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":6744,"verse_id":"NUM.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “and thus you shall speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":6745,"verse_id":"NUM.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"The Hebrew text draws the vividness of the scene with the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) – Balaam returned, and there he was , standing there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":6746,"verse_id":"NUM.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Balaam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":6747,"verse_id":"NUM.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “took up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":6748,"verse_id":"NUM.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.7","text":"The passage calls for a past tense translation; since the verb form is a prefixed conjugation, this tense should be classified as a preterite without the vav ( ו ). Such forms do occur, especially in the ancient poetic passages.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A7/3"}
{"id":6749,"verse_id":"NUM.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"The figure is erotesis, a rhetorical question. He is actually saying he cannot curse them because God has not cursed them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":6750,"verse_id":"NUM.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"The imperfect tense should here be classified as a potential imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":6751,"verse_id":"NUM.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “him,” but here it refers to the Israelites (Israel).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":6752,"verse_id":"NUM.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"The verb could also be taken as a reflexive – Israel does not consider itself as among the nations, meaning, they consider themselves to be unique.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":6753,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"The question is again rhetorical; it means no one can count them – they are innumerable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":6754,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"The perfect tense can also be classified as a potential nuance. It does not occur very often, but does occur several times.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":6755,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “and as a number, the fourth part of Israel.” The noun in the MT is not in the construct state, and so it should be taken as an adverbial accusative, forming a parallel with the verb “count.” The second object of the verse then follows, “the fourth part of Israel.” Smr and the LXX have “and who has numbered” ( וּמִסְפָּר , umispar ), making this colon more parallel to the preceding one. The editor of BHS prefers this reading.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/4"}
{"id":6756,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.10","text":"The use of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) for the subject of the verb stresses the personal nature – me.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/5"}
{"id":6757,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “my latter end.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/7"}
{"id":6758,"verse_id":"NUM.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A10/8"}
{"id":6759,"verse_id":"NUM.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The Hebrew text uses הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) here to stress the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":6760,"verse_id":"NUM.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"The construction is emphatic, using the perfect tense and the infinitive absolute to give it the emphasis. It would have the force of “you have done nothing but bless,” or “you have indeed blessed.” The construction is reminiscent of the call of Abram and the promise of the blessing in such elaborate terms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":6761,"verse_id":"NUM.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “he answered and said.” The referent (Balaam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":6762,"verse_id":"NUM.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"The verb שָׁמַר ( shamar ) means “to guard, watch, observe” and so here with a sense of “be careful” or even “take heed” (so KJV, ASV). The nuance of the imperfect tense would be obligatory: “I must be careful” – to do what? to speak what the Lord has put in my mouth. The infinitive construct “to speak” is therefore serving as the direct object of שָׁמַר .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":6763,"verse_id":"NUM.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.12","text":"The clause is a noun clause serving as the direct object of “to speak.” It begins with the sign of the accusative, and then the relative pronoun that indicates the whole clause is the accusative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A12/3"}
{"id":6764,"verse_id":"NUM.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “he brought him”; the referents (Balak and Balaam) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":6765,"verse_id":"NUM.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Some scholars do not translate this word as “Pisgah,” but rather as a “lookout post” or an “elevated place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":6766,"verse_id":"NUM.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “and he built.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A14/3"}
{"id":6767,"verse_id":"NUM.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Balaam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":6768,"verse_id":"NUM.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"The verse uses כֹּה ( koh ) twice: “Station yourself here …I will meet [the Lord ] there .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":6769,"verse_id":"NUM.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":6770,"verse_id":"NUM.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Balaam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":6771,"verse_id":"NUM.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “he.” The antecedent has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":6772,"verse_id":"NUM.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “took up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":6773,"verse_id":"NUM.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.18","text":"The verb probably means “pay attention” in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A18/3"}
{"id":6774,"verse_id":"NUM.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “son of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":6775,"verse_id":"NUM.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.19","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of קוּם ( qum , “to cause to rise; to make stand”). The meaning here is more of the sense of fulfilling the promises made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A19/2"}
{"id":6776,"verse_id":"NUM.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “I have received [to] bless.” The infinitive is the object of the verb, telling what he received. Balaam was not actually commanded to bless, but was given the word of blessing so that he was given a divine decree that would bless Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":6777,"verse_id":"NUM.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.20","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of שׁוּב ( shuv ), meaning “to cause to return.” He cannot return God’s word to him, for it has been given, and it will be fulfilled.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A20/3"}
{"id":6778,"verse_id":"NUM.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"These could be understood as impersonal and so rendered “no one has discovered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":6779,"verse_id":"NUM.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.21","text":"The word means “wrong, misery, trouble.” It can mean the idea of “disaster” as well, for that too is trouble. Here it is parallel to “iniquity” and so has the connotation of something that would give God reason to curse them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A21/3"}
{"id":6780,"verse_id":"NUM.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.21","text":"The people are blessed because God is their king. In fact, the shout of acclamation is among them – they are proclaiming the Lord God as their king. The word is used normally for the sound of the trumpet, but also of battle shouts, and then here acclamation. This would represent their conviction that Yahweh is king. On the usage of this Hebrew word see further BDB 929-30 s.v. תְּרוּעָה ; HALOT 1790-91 s.v.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A21/4"}
{"id":6781,"verse_id":"NUM.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"The form is the Hiphil participle from יָצַא ( yatsa ’) with the object suffix. He is the one who brought them out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":6782,"verse_id":"NUM.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Or “in Jacob.” But given the context the meaning “against” is preferable. The words describe two techniques of consulting God; the first has to do with observing omens in general (“enchantments”), and the second with casting lots or arrows of the like (“divinations” [ Ezek 21:26 ]). See N. H. Snaith, Leviticus and Numbers (NCB), 295-96.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":6783,"verse_id":"NUM.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.23","text":"The form is the preposition “like, as” and the word for “time” – according to the time, about this time, now.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A23/2"}
{"id":6784,"verse_id":"NUM.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.23","text":"The Niphal imperfect here carries the nuance of obligation – one has to say in amazement that God has done something marvelous or “it must be said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A23/3"}
{"id":6785,"verse_id":"NUM.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.23","text":"The words “look at” are not in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A23/4"}
{"id":6786,"verse_id":"NUM.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"The pronoun “their” has been supplied for clarity; it is not present in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":6787,"verse_id":"NUM.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"The verb is preceded by the infinitive absolute: “you shall by no means curse” or “do not curse them at all.” He brought him to curse, and when he tried to curse there was a blessing. Balak can only say it would be better not to bother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":6788,"verse_id":"NUM.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.25","text":"The same construction now works with “nor bless them at all.” The two together form a merism – “don’t say anything.” He does not want them blessed, so Balaam is not to do that, but the curse isn’t working either.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A25/2"}
{"id":6789,"verse_id":"NUM.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":6790,"verse_id":"NUM.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.26","text":"This first clause, “all that the Lord speaks” – is a noun clause functioning as the object of the verb that comes at the end of the verse. It is something of an independent accusative case, since it is picked up with the sign of the accusative: “all that the Lord speaks, it I must do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A26/2"}
{"id":6791,"verse_id":"NUM.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “be pleasing in the eyes of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":6792,"verse_id":"NUM.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Or perhaps as a place name, “Jeshimon” (cf. 21:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":6793,"verse_id":"NUM.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “it was good in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":6794,"verse_id":"NUM.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “as time after time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A1/3"}
{"id":6795,"verse_id":"NUM.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.1","text":"The word נְחָשִׁים ( nÿkhashim ) means “omens,” or possibly “auguries.” Balaam is not even making a pretense now of looking for such things, because they are not going to work. God has overruled them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A1/4"}
{"id":6796,"verse_id":"NUM.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.1","text":"The idiom signifies that he had a determination and resolution to look out over where the Israelites were, so that he could appreciate more their presence and use that as the basis for his expressing of the oracle.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A1/5"}
{"id":6797,"verse_id":"NUM.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “living according to their tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":6798,"verse_id":"NUM.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “and he took up his oracle and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":6799,"verse_id":"NUM.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"The word נְאֻם ( nÿ ’ um ) is an “oracle.” It is usually followed by a subjective genitive, indicating the doer of the action. The word could be rendered “says,” but this translations is more specific.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":6800,"verse_id":"NUM.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.3","text":"The Greek version reads “the one who sees truly.” The word has been interpreted in both ways, “shut” or “open.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A3/3"}
{"id":6801,"verse_id":"NUM.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"The phrase “flat on the ground” is supplied in the translation for clarity. The Greek version interprets the line to mean “falling asleep.” It may mean falling into a trance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":6802,"verse_id":"NUM.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"The last colon simply has “falling, but opened eyes.” The falling may simply refer to lying prone; and the opened eyes may refer to his receiving a vision. See H. E. Freeman, An Introduction to the Old Testament Prophets , 37-41.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":6803,"verse_id":"NUM.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Here מָה ( mah ) has an exclamatory sense: “How!” (see Gen 28:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":6804,"verse_id":"NUM.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “as valleys they spread forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":6805,"verse_id":"NUM.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"Or “rows of palms.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":6806,"verse_id":"NUM.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"For this colon the LXX has “a man shall come out of his seed.” Cf. the Syriac Peshitta and Targum.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":6807,"verse_id":"NUM.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “many.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":6808,"verse_id":"NUM.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “they will devour nations,” their adversaries.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":6809,"verse_id":"NUM.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"On the usage of this word see HALOT 517 s.v. לָבִיא .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":6810,"verse_id":"NUM.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"The construction is emphatic, using the infinitive absolute with the perfect tense for “bless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":6811,"verse_id":"NUM.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “flee to your place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":6812,"verse_id":"NUM.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “I am not able to go beyond.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":6813,"verse_id":"NUM.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":6814,"verse_id":"NUM.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “from my heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A13/3"}
{"id":6815,"verse_id":"NUM.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"The construction is the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) suffixed followed by the active participle. This is the futur instans use of the participle, to express something that is about to happen: “I am about to go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":6816,"verse_id":"NUM.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “in the latter days.” For more on this expression, see E. Lipinski, “ באחרית הימים dans les textes préexiliques,” VT 20 (1970): 445-50.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":6817,"verse_id":"NUM.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “and he took up his oracle and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":6818,"verse_id":"NUM.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":6819,"verse_id":"NUM.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.17","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive; it is equal to the imperfect expressing the future. The verb דָּרַךְ ( darakh ), related to the noun “way, road,” seems to mean something like tread on, walk, march.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A17/3"}
{"id":6820,"verse_id":"NUM.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.17","text":"The word is literally “corners,” but may refer to the corners of the head, and so “skull.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A17/5"}
{"id":6821,"verse_id":"NUM.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"24.17","text":"The MT reads “shatter, devastate.” Smr reads קֹדְקֹד ( qodqod , “head; crown; pate”). Smr follows Jer 48:45 which appears to reflect Num 24:17 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A17/6"}
{"id":6822,"verse_id":"NUM.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Or, understanding the Hebrew word for “city” as a place name, “of Ir” (cf. NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":6823,"verse_id":"NUM.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Balaam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":6824,"verse_id":"NUM.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “and he lifted up his oracle and said.” So also in vv. 21, 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":6825,"verse_id":"NUM.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “Nevertheless Cain will be wasted; how long will Asshur take you captive?” Cain was believed to be the ancestor of the Kenites. The NAB has “yet destined for burning, even as I watch, are your inhabitants.” Asshur may refer to a north Arabian group of people of Abrahamic stock ( Gen 25:3 ), and not the Assyrian empire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":6826,"verse_id":"NUM.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Because there is no parallel line, some have thought that it dropped out (see de Vaulx, Les Nombres , 296).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":6827,"verse_id":"NUM.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"The MT is difficult. The Kittim refers normally to Cyprus, or any maritime people to the west. W. F. Albright proposed emending the line to “islands will gather in the north, ships from the distant sea” (“The Oracles of Balaam,” JBL 63 [1944]: 222-23). Some commentators accept that reading as the original state of the text, since the present MT makes little sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":6828,"verse_id":"NUM.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"Or perhaps “Assyria” (so NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":6829,"verse_id":"NUM.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.24","text":"Or “it will end in utter destruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A24/3"}
{"id":6830,"verse_id":"NUM.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":6831,"verse_id":"NUM.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"This first preterite is subordinated to the next as a temporal clause; it is not giving a parallel action, but the setting for the event.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A1/2"}
{"id":6832,"verse_id":"NUM.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"The verb simply says “they called,” but it is a feminine plural. And so the women who engaged in immoral acts with Hebrew men invited them to their temple ritual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":6833,"verse_id":"NUM.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"The verb is “yoked” to Baal-peor. The word is unusual, and may suggest the physical, ritual participation described below. It certainly shows that they acknowledge the reality of the local god. sn The evidence indicates that Moab was part of the very corrupt Canaanite world, a world that was given over to the fertility ritual of the times.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":6834,"verse_id":"NUM.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “in the sun.” This means in broad daylight.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A4/3"}
{"id":6835,"verse_id":"NUM.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “slay – a man his men.” The imperative is plural, and so “man” is to be taken collectively as “each of you men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":6836,"verse_id":"NUM.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"The verse begins with the deictic particle וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh ), pointing out the action that was taking place. It stresses the immediacy of the action to the reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":6837,"verse_id":"NUM.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Or “to his family”; or “to his clan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":6838,"verse_id":"NUM.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “before the eyes of Moses and before the eyes of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A6/3"}
{"id":6839,"verse_id":"NUM.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.6","text":"The vav ( ו ) at the beginning of the clause is a disjunctive because it is prefixed to the nonverbal form. In this context it is best interpreted as a circumstantial clause, stressing that this happened “while” people were weeping over the sin.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A6/4"}
{"id":6840,"verse_id":"NUM.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"The first clause is subordinated to the second because both begin with the preterite verbal form, and there is clearly a logical and/or chronological sequence involved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":6841,"verse_id":"NUM.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"The word קֻבָּה ( qubbah ) seems to refer to the innermost part of the family tent. Some suggest it was in the tabernacle area, but that is unlikely. S. C. Reif argues for a private tent shrine (“What Enraged Phinehas? A Study of Numbers 25:8 ,” JBL 90 [1971]: 200-206).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":6842,"verse_id":"NUM.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “and he thrust the two of them the Israelite man and the woman to her belly [lower abdomen].” Reif notes the similarity of the word with the previous “inner tent,” and suggests that it means Phinehas stabbed her in her shrine tent, where she was being set up as some sort of priestess or cult leader. Phinehas put a quick end to their sexual immorality while they were in the act.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":6843,"verse_id":"NUM.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “he was zealous with my zeal.” The repetition of forms for “zeal” in the line stresses the passion of Phinehas. The word “zeal” means a passionate intensity to protect or preserve divine or social institutions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":6844,"verse_id":"NUM.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"The word for “zeal” now occurs a third time. While some English versions translate this word here as “jealousy” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV), it carries the force of God’s passionate determination to defend his rights and what is right about the covenant and the community and parallels the “zeal” that Phinehas had just demonstrated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":6845,"verse_id":"NUM.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":6846,"verse_id":"NUM.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Here too the grammar expresses an imminent future by using the particle הִנְנִי ( hinni ) before the participle נֹתֵן ( noten ) – “here I am giving,” or “I am about to give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":6847,"verse_id":"NUM.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Or “my pledge of friendship” (NAB), or “my pact of friendship” (NJPS). This is the designation of the leadership of the priestly ministry. The terminology is used again in the rebuke of the priests in .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":6848,"verse_id":"NUM.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"The motif is reiterated here. Phinehas was passionately determined to maintain the rights of his God by stopping the gross sinful perversions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":6849,"verse_id":"NUM.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “a father’s house.” So also in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":6850,"verse_id":"NUM.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":6851,"verse_id":"NUM.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"The form is the infinitive absolute used in place of a verb here; it clearly is meant to be an instruction for Israel. The idea is that of causing trouble, harassing, vexing Midian. The verb is repeated as the active participle in the line, and so the punishment is talionic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":6852,"verse_id":"NUM.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"This is the same word as that translated “treachery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":6853,"verse_id":"NUM.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"The MT has also “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":6854,"verse_id":"NUM.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":6855,"verse_id":"NUM.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “everyone who goes out in the army in Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":6856,"verse_id":"NUM.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity (also in v. 62 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":6857,"verse_id":"NUM.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":6858,"verse_id":"NUM.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"“Number the people” is added here to the text for a smooth reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":6859,"verse_id":"NUM.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"The Hebrew text has no preposition here, but one has been supplied in the translation for clarity. Cf. vv. 23, 30, 31, 32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":6860,"verse_id":"NUM.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"The MT has “and the sons of Pallu.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":6861,"verse_id":"NUM.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Or “company” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); Heb “congregation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":6862,"verse_id":"NUM.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"This is “Zohar” in Exod 6:15 and Gen 46:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":6863,"verse_id":"NUM.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"The MT of Gen 46:16 reads this as “Ezbon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":6864,"verse_id":"NUM.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"The Greek version and Smr have “Ad[d]i,” probably by confusion of letters.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":6865,"verse_id":"NUM.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Gen 46:16 and the LXX here read “Arodi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":6866,"verse_id":"NUM.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Smr and the Greek version have “Hamuel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":6867,"verse_id":"NUM.26.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.39","text":"With the exception of a few manuscripts the MT has Shephupham . The spelling in the translation above is supported by Smr and the ancient versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A39/1"}
{"id":6868,"verse_id":"NUM.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.40","text":"The LXX has Adar . Cf. 1 Chr 8:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A40/1"}
{"id":6869,"verse_id":"NUM.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.40","text":"“From Ard” is not in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A40/2"}
{"id":6870,"verse_id":"NUM.26.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.46","text":"Also mentioned in 1 Chr 7:30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A46/1"}
{"id":6871,"verse_id":"NUM.26.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.54","text":"Heb “to many you will multiply his inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A54/1"}
{"id":6872,"verse_id":"NUM.26.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.54","text":"Heb “to a few you will lessen his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A54/2"}
{"id":6873,"verse_id":"NUM.26.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":54,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.54","text":"Heb “according to those that were numbered of him,” meaning, in accordance with the number of people in his clan.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A54/3"}
{"id":6874,"verse_id":"NUM.26.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.56","text":"Heb “divided.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A56/1"}
{"id":6875,"verse_id":"NUM.26.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.59","text":"Heb “who she bore him to Levi.” The verb has no expressed subject. Either one could be supplied, such as “her mother,” or it could be treated as a passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A59/1"}
{"id":6876,"verse_id":"NUM.26.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.61","text":"The expression אֵשׁ זָרָה (’ esh zarah , “strange fire”) seems imprecise and has been interpreted numerous ways (see the helpful summary in J. E. Hartley, Leviticus [WBC 4], 132-33). The infraction may have involved any of the following or a combination thereof: (1) using coals from some place other than the burnt offering altar (i.e., “unauthorized coals” according to J. Milgrom, Leviticus [AB], 1:598; cf. Lev 16:12 and cf. “unauthorized person” [ אִישׁ זָר , ’ ish zar ] in Num 16:40 [ 17:5 HT], NASB “layman”), (2) using the wrong kind of incense (cf. the Exod 30:9 regulation against “strange incense” [ קְטֹרֶת זָרָה , qÿtoret zarah ] on the incense altar and the possible connection to Exod 30:34-38 ), (3) performing an incense offering at an unprescribed time (B. A. Levine, Leviticus [JPSTC], 59), or (4) entering the Holy of Holies at an inappropriate time ( Lev 16:1-2 ). sn This event is narrated in Lev 10:1-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A61/1"}
{"id":6877,"verse_id":"NUM.26.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.63","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A63/1"}
{"id":6878,"verse_id":"NUM.26.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":26,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.64","text":"“who had been” is added to clarify the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2026%3A64/1"}
{"id":6879,"verse_id":"NUM.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"The phrase “of the families of Manasseh” is absent from the Latin Vulgate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":6880,"verse_id":"NUM.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"This clause begins with a vav ( ו ) on a pronoun, marking it out as a disjunctive vav. In this context it fits best to take it as a circumstantial clause introducing concession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":6881,"verse_id":"NUM.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “in the midst of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":6882,"verse_id":"NUM.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"The word order is emphatic: “but in/on account of his own sins he died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":6883,"verse_id":"NUM.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"That is, the possession of land, or property, among the other families of their tribe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":6884,"verse_id":"NUM.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"The word is “brothers,” but this can be interpreted more loosely to relatives. So also in v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":6885,"verse_id":"NUM.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “[the daughters of Zelophehad] speak right” (using the participle דֹּבְרֹת [ dovÿrot ] with כֵּן [ ken ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":6886,"verse_id":"NUM.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute with the imperfect tense. The imperfect is functioning as the imperfect of instruction, and so the infinitive strengthens the force of the instruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":6887,"verse_id":"NUM.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.7","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, from the root עָבַר (’ avar , “to pass over”). Here it functions as the equivalent of the imperfect of instruction: “and you shall cause to pass,” meaning, “transfer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A7/3"}
{"id":6888,"verse_id":"NUM.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “a man, if he dies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":6889,"verse_id":"NUM.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"The expression is חֻקַּת מִשְׁפָּט ( khuqqat mishpat , “a statute of judgment”), which means it is a fixed enactment that determines justice. It is one which is established by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":6890,"verse_id":"NUM.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"The Greek version adds “which is Mount Nebo.” This is a typical scribal change to harmonize two passages. sn The area is in the mountains of Moab; Deut 34:1 more precisely identifies it as Mount Nebo.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":6891,"verse_id":"NUM.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.12","text":"The imperative could be subordinated to the first to provide a purpose clause, although a second instruction fits well enough.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A12/3"}
{"id":6892,"verse_id":"NUM.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.12","text":"This perfect tense would best be classified as a perfect of resolve: “which I have decided to give.” God had not yet given the land to them, but it was certain he would.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A12/4"}
{"id":6893,"verse_id":"NUM.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"The first verb is a perfect tense with a vav ( ו ) consecutive, and the second verb is also. In such parallel clauses, the first may be subordinated, here as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":6894,"verse_id":"NUM.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":6895,"verse_id":"NUM.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “was gathered.” The phrase “to his ancestors” is elided in the Hebrew text, but is an implied repetition from the beginning of the verse, and has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A13/3"}
{"id":6896,"verse_id":"NUM.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The preposition on the relative pronoun has the force of “because of the fact that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":6897,"verse_id":"NUM.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"The verb is the second masculine plural form.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":6898,"verse_id":"NUM.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A14/3"}
{"id":6899,"verse_id":"NUM.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"Heb “flesh”; cf. NAB, NIV “all mankind”; NCV “all people”; NLT “all living things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":6900,"verse_id":"NUM.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.16","text":"This is the same verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) that is used throughout the book for the aspect of “numbering” the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A16/2"}
{"id":6901,"verse_id":"NUM.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"The Hebrew text has the conjunction with the negated imperfect tense, “and it will not be.” This clause should be subordinated to the preceding to form a result clause, and the imperfect then function as a final imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":6902,"verse_id":"NUM.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"Or “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":6903,"verse_id":"NUM.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"This could be translated “position him,” or “have him stand,” since it is the causative stem of the verb “to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":6904,"verse_id":"NUM.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect of צִוָּה ( tsivvah , literally “to command”). The verb has a wide range of meanings, and so here in this context the idea of instructing gives way to a more general sense of commissioning for duty. The verb in sequence is equal to the imperfect of instruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":6905,"verse_id":"NUM.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “in their eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A19/3"}
{"id":6906,"verse_id":"NUM.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"The verb is simply “give,” but in this context giving some of Moses’ honor to Joshua in the presence of the people is essentially passing the leadership to him, or delegating the authority to him with the result that people would follow him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":6907,"verse_id":"NUM.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.20","text":"The Greek, Syriac, and Vulgate read “glory” for this form that occurs only here in the Pentateuch. Elsewhere it is rendered “majesty, splendor” (see Ps 96:6 ). It could even be “vitality” here. The authority being transferred here is both spiritual and civil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A20/2"}
{"id":6908,"verse_id":"NUM.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “hear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":6909,"verse_id":"NUM.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"The passage simply has “and he will ask,” but Eleazar is clearly the subject now.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":6910,"verse_id":"NUM.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “ask.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A21/2"}
{"id":6911,"verse_id":"NUM.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “mouth,” meaning what he will say.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A21/4"}
{"id":6912,"verse_id":"NUM.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":6913,"verse_id":"NUM.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"Heb “spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":6914,"verse_id":"NUM.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.23","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2027%3A23/2"}
{"id":6915,"verse_id":"NUM.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “and say to them.” These words have not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":6916,"verse_id":"NUM.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"Th sentence begins with the accusative “my offering.” It is suspended at the beginning as an independent accusative to itemize the subject matter. The second accusative is the formal object of the verb. It could also be taken in apposition to the first accusative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":6917,"verse_id":"NUM.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.2","text":"The construction uses the imperfect tense expressing instruction, followed by the infinitive construct used to express the complement of direct object.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A2/3"}
{"id":6918,"verse_id":"NUM.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “between the evenings” meaning between dusk and dark.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":6919,"verse_id":"NUM.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “the one lamb,” but it is meant to indicate for “each lamb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":6920,"verse_id":"NUM.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"The word שֵׁכָר ( shekhar ) is often translated “strong drink.” It can mean “barley beer” in the Akkadian cognate, and also in the Hebrew Bible when joined with the word for wine. English versions here read “wine” (NAB, TEV, CEV); “strong wine” (KJV); “fermented drink” (NIV, NLT); “strong drink” (ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":6921,"verse_id":"NUM.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “as the grain offering of the morning and as its drink offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":6922,"verse_id":"NUM.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"The words “you must offer” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied. They have been supplied in the translation to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":6923,"verse_id":"NUM.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “the burnt offering of the Sabbath by its Sabbath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":6924,"verse_id":"NUM.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “of your months.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":6925,"verse_id":"NUM.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"The word “include” is not in the Hebrew text but is implied. It is supplied in the translation to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":6926,"verse_id":"NUM.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “a month in its month.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":6927,"verse_id":"NUM.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “one kid of the goats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":6928,"verse_id":"NUM.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “any work [of] service”; this means any occupational work, that is, the ordinary service.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":6929,"verse_id":"NUM.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “unblemished they will be to you.” So also in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":6930,"verse_id":"NUM.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “afflict yourselves”; NAB “mortify yourselves”; NIV, NRSV “deny yourselves.” sn The verb seems to mean “humble yourself.” There is no explanation given for it. In the days of the prophets fasting seems to be associated with it (see Isa 58:3-5 ), and possibly the symbolic wearing of ashes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":6931,"verse_id":"NUM.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Heb “they shall be to you without blemish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":6932,"verse_id":"NUM.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"The words “you must offer” are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":6933,"verse_id":"NUM.29.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":29,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.40","text":"Heb “Moses.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2029%3A40/2"}
{"id":6934,"verse_id":"NUM.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “heads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":6935,"verse_id":"NUM.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “This is the word which.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A1/3"}
{"id":6936,"verse_id":"NUM.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"The legal construction states the class to which the law applies, and then lays down the condition: “men [man] – if….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":6937,"verse_id":"NUM.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"The Hebrew text uses a cognate accusative construction to express this: “a man if he vows a vow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":6938,"verse_id":"NUM.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.2","text":"The expression is “swear an oath” ( הִשָּׁבַע שְׁבֻעָה , hishava ’ shÿvu ’ ah ). The vow ( נֵדֶר , neder ) was a promise to donate something of oneself or one’s substance to the Lord . The solemn oath seals the vow before the Lord , perhaps with sacrifice. The vocabulary recalls Abraham’s treaty with Abimelech and the naming of Beer Sheba with the word (see ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A2/3"}
{"id":6939,"verse_id":"NUM.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.2","text":"The Hebrew text has לֶאְסֹר אִסָּר ( le ’ sor ’ issar ), meaning “to take a binding obligation.” This is usually interpreted to mean a negative vow, i.e., the person attempts to abstain from something that is otherwise permissible. It might involve fasting, or abstaining from marital sex, but it might also involve some goal to be achieved, and the abstaining from distractions until the vow is fulfilled (see ). The נֶדֶר ( neder ) may have been more for religious matters, and the אִסָּר more for social concerns, but this cannot be documented with certainty.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A2/4"}
{"id":6940,"verse_id":"NUM.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “according to all that goes out of his mouth.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A2/5"}
{"id":6941,"verse_id":"NUM.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"The qualification comes at the end of the verse, and simply says “in her youth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":6942,"verse_id":"NUM.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"The Hebrew text just has “in her father’s house” and not “who is still living,” but that is the meaning of the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":6943,"verse_id":"NUM.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"The intent of this expression is that he does not object to the vow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":6944,"verse_id":"NUM.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"The verb קוּם ( qum ) is best translated “stand” here, but the idea with it is that what she vows is established as a genuine oath with the father’s approval (or acquiescence).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":6945,"verse_id":"NUM.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"The idiom is “in the day of,” but it is used in place of a preposition before the infinitive construct with its suffixed subjective genitive. The clause is temporal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":6946,"verse_id":"NUM.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"The Hebrew “all will not stand” is best rendered “none will stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":6947,"verse_id":"NUM.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.5","text":"The verb has often been translated “forgive” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV, NLT), but that would suggest a sin that needed forgiving. The idea of “release from obligation” is better; the idea is like that of having a debt “forgiven” or “retired.” In other words, she is free from the vow she had made. The Lord will not hold the woman responsible to do what she vowed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A5/3"}
{"id":6948,"verse_id":"NUM.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “and her vows are upon her.” It may be that the woman gets married while her vows are still unfulfilled.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":6949,"verse_id":"NUM.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"The Hebrew text indicates that this would be some impetuous vow that she uttered with her lips, a vow that her husband, whether new or existing, would not approve of. Several translate it “a binding obligation rashly uttered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":6950,"verse_id":"NUM.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect with a vav ( ו ) consecutive from the verb פָּרַר ( parar , “to annul”). The verb functions here as the equivalent of an imperfect tense; here it is the apodosis following the conditional clause – if this is the case, then this is what will happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":6951,"verse_id":"NUM.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “which [she is] under it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":6952,"verse_id":"NUM.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"The Hebrew text says her vow “shall stand against her.” In other words, she must fulfill, or bear the consequences of, whatever she vowed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":6953,"verse_id":"NUM.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"The verb is the imperfect tense in the conditional clause. It is intensified with the infinitive absolute, which would have the force of saying that he nullified them unequivocally, or he made them null and void.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":6954,"verse_id":"NUM.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb whatever proceeds from her lips.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":6955,"verse_id":"NUM.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"The sentence uses the infinitive construct לְעַנֹּת ( lÿ ’ annot , “to afflict”), which is the same word used in the instructions for the day of atonement in which people are to afflict themselves (their souls). The case here may be that the woman would take a religious vow on such an occasion to humble herself, to mortify her flesh, to abstain from certain things, perhaps even sexual relations within marriage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":6956,"verse_id":"NUM.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.13","text":"Heb “or her husband can nullify.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A13/2"}
{"id":6957,"verse_id":"NUM.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"The sentence uses the infinitive absolute to strengthen the idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":6958,"verse_id":"NUM.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “between.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":6959,"verse_id":"NUM.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"The imperative is followed by its cognate accusative to stress this vengeance. The Midianites had attempted to destroy Israel with their corrupt pagan practices, and now will be judged. The accounts indicate that the effort by Midian was calculated and evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":6960,"verse_id":"NUM.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"The Niphal imperative, literally “arm yourselves,” is the call to mobilize the nation for war. It is followed by the jussive, “and they will be,” which would then be subordinated to say “that they may be.” The versions changed the verb to a Hiphil, but that is unnecessary: “arm some of yourselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":6961,"verse_id":"NUM.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A3/2"}
{"id":6962,"verse_id":"NUM.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"The Hebrew text uses the idiom that these “were in his hand,” meaning that he had the responsibility over them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":6963,"verse_id":"NUM.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “burned with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A10/1"}
{"id":6964,"verse_id":"NUM.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.10","text":"The ban applied to the encampments and forts of this group of Midianite tribes living in the region of Moab.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A10/2"}
{"id":6965,"verse_id":"NUM.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Or “steppes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":6966,"verse_id":"NUM.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":6967,"verse_id":"NUM.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.12","text":"Again this expression, “the Jordan of Jericho,” is used. It describes the intended location along the Jordan River, the Jordan next to or across from Jericho. map For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A12/3"}
{"id":6968,"verse_id":"NUM.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect of the word חָיָה ( khayah , “to live”). In the Piel stem it must here mean “preserve alive,” or “allow to live,” rather than make alive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":6969,"verse_id":"NUM.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “every male among the little ones.” sn The command in holy war to kill women and children seems in modern times a terrible thing to do (and it was), and something they ought not to have done. But this criticism fails to understand the situation in the ancient world. The entire life of the ancient world was tribal warfare. God’s judgment is poured out on whole groups of people who act with moral abandonment and in sinful pursuits. See E. J. Young, My Servants, the Prophets , 24; and J. W. Wenham, The Enigma of Evil .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":6970,"verse_id":"NUM.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “every woman who has known [a] man by lying with a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A17/2"}
{"id":6971,"verse_id":"NUM.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"Or “girls.” The Hebrew indicates they would be female children, making the selection easy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":6972,"verse_id":"NUM.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “who have not known [a] man by lying with a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":6973,"verse_id":"NUM.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.26","text":"The idiom here is “take up the head,” meaning take a census, or count the totals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A26/1"}
{"id":6974,"verse_id":"NUM.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.28","text":"The verb is the Hiphil, “you shall cause to be taken up.” The perfect with vav ( ו ) continues the sequence of the instructions. This raised offering was to be a tax of one-fifth of one percent for the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A28/1"}
{"id":6975,"verse_id":"NUM.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A32/1"}
{"id":6976,"verse_id":"NUM.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “had plundered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A32/2"}
{"id":6977,"verse_id":"NUM.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.38","text":"The word “numbered” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A38/1"}
{"id":6978,"verse_id":"NUM.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.40","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A40/1"}
{"id":6979,"verse_id":"NUM.31.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.42","text":"Heb “the men who were fighting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A42/1"}
{"id":6980,"verse_id":"NUM.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “to Moses”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A49/1"}
{"id":6981,"verse_id":"NUM.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “lifted up the head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A49/2"}
{"id":6982,"verse_id":"NUM.31.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.49","text":"Heb “in our hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A49/3"}
{"id":6983,"verse_id":"NUM.31.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.50","text":"Heb “our souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A50/1"}
{"id":6984,"verse_id":"NUM.31.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.54","text":"The Hebrew text does not repeat the word “commanders” here, but it is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A54/1"}
{"id":6985,"verse_id":"NUM.31.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":31,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.54","text":"The purpose of the offering was to remind the Lord to remember Israel. But it would also be an encouragement for Israel as they remembered the great victory.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2031%3A54/2"}
{"id":6986,"verse_id":"NUM.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “the place was a place of/for cattle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A1/2"}
{"id":6987,"verse_id":"NUM.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Smr and the LXX have Sibmah . Cf. v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":6988,"verse_id":"NUM.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"Cf. Baal-meon in v. 38 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":6989,"verse_id":"NUM.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect of נָכָה ( nakhah ), a term that can mean “smite, strike, attack, destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":6990,"verse_id":"NUM.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":6991,"verse_id":"NUM.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"The verb is the Hiphil jussive from עָבַר (’ avar , “to cross over”). The idea of “cause to cross” or “make us cross” might be too harsh, but “take across” with the rest of the nation is what they are trying to avoid.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":6992,"verse_id":"NUM.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.5","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A5/3"}
{"id":6993,"verse_id":"NUM.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"The vav ( ו ) is a vav disjunctive prefixed to the pronoun; it fits best here as a circumstantial clause, “while you stay here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":6994,"verse_id":"NUM.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “heart.” So also in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":6995,"verse_id":"NUM.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive is here subordinated to the parallel yet chronologically later verb in the next clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":6996,"verse_id":"NUM.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"The infinitive construct here with lamed ( ל ) is functioning as a result clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":6997,"verse_id":"NUM.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.9","text":"The Lord had not given it yet, but was going to give it. Hence, the perfect should be classified as a perfect of resolve.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A9/3"}
{"id":6998,"verse_id":"NUM.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"The clause is difficult; it means essentially that “they have not made full [their coming] after” the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":6999,"verse_id":"NUM.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"The sentence begins with “if they see….” This is the normal way for Hebrew to express a negative oath – “they will by no means see….” The sentence is elliptical; it is saying something like “[May God do so to me] if they see,” meaning they won’t see. Of course here God is taking the oath, which is an anthropomorphic act. He does not need to take an oath, and certainly could not swear by anyone greater, but it communicates to people his resolve.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":7000,"verse_id":"NUM.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"32.11","text":"The LXX adds “those knowing bad and good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A11/3"}
{"id":7001,"verse_id":"NUM.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.11","text":"The words “to give” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A11/4"}
{"id":7002,"verse_id":"NUM.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":7003,"verse_id":"NUM.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"The verb is difficult to translate, since it has the idea of “complete, finish” ( תָּמָם , tamam ). It could be translated “consumed” in this passage (so KJV, ASV); NASB “was destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":7004,"verse_id":"NUM.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"The construction uses a verbal hendiadys with the verb “to add” serving to modify the main verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":7005,"verse_id":"NUM.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.15","text":"Heb “and you will destroy all this people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A15/2"}
{"id":7006,"verse_id":"NUM.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “our little ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A16/1"}
{"id":7007,"verse_id":"NUM.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"The MT has חֻשִׁים ( khushim ); the verbal root is חוּשׁ ( khush , “to make haste” or “hurry”). But in light of the Greek and Latin Vulgate the Hebrew should probably be emended to חֲמֻשִׁים ( hamushim ), a qal passive participle meaning “in battle array.” See further BDB 301 s.v. I חוּשׁ , BDB 332 s.v. חֲמֻשִׁים ; HALOT 300 s.v. I חושׁ , חישׁ ; HALOT 331 s.v. I חמשׁ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":7008,"verse_id":"NUM.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “from before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A17/2"}
{"id":7009,"verse_id":"NUM.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":7010,"verse_id":"NUM.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":7011,"verse_id":"NUM.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"The nuance of the perfect tense here has to be the future perfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":7012,"verse_id":"NUM.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “that which goes out/has gone out of your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A24/1"}
{"id":7013,"verse_id":"NUM.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “and the land is subdued before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A29/1"}
{"id":7014,"verse_id":"NUM.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “that which the Lord has spoken to your servants, thus we will do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":7015,"verse_id":"NUM.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.32","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A32/1"}
{"id":7016,"verse_id":"NUM.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.33","text":"Heb “the land with its cities in the borders of the cities of the land all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A33/1"}
{"id":7017,"verse_id":"NUM.32.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.38","text":"Heb “called names.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A38/1"}
{"id":7018,"verse_id":"NUM.32.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":32,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.40","text":"Heb “in it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2032%3A40/1"}
{"id":7019,"verse_id":"NUM.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A1/2"}
{"id":7020,"verse_id":"NUM.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “their goings out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":7021,"verse_id":"NUM.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A2/2"}
{"id":7022,"verse_id":"NUM.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “morrow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":7023,"verse_id":"NUM.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “with a high hand”; the expression means “defiantly; boldly” or “with confidence.” The phrase is usually used for arrogant sin and pride, the defiant fist, as it were. The image of the high hand can also mean the hand raised to deliver the blow ( Job 38:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":7024,"verse_id":"NUM.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “in the eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A3/3"}
{"id":7025,"verse_id":"NUM.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"So many medieval Hebrew manuscripts, Smr, Syriac, and Latin Vulgate. Other witnesses have “from before Hahiroth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":7026,"verse_id":"NUM.33.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.38","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A38/1"}
{"id":7027,"verse_id":"NUM.33.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.45","text":"Iim is a shortened form of the name Iye-abarim mentioned in v. 44 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A45/1"}
{"id":7028,"verse_id":"NUM.33.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.48","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A48/1"}
{"id":7029,"verse_id":"NUM.33.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.48","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A48/2"}
{"id":7030,"verse_id":"NUM.33.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.52","text":"The Hebrew text repeats the verb “you will destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A52/1"}
{"id":7031,"verse_id":"NUM.33.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":33,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.54","text":"Heb “of your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2033%3A54/1"}
{"id":7032,"verse_id":"NUM.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Or “command.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":7033,"verse_id":"NUM.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “this is the land that will fall to you as an inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A2/2"}
{"id":7034,"verse_id":"NUM.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"The expression refers to the corner or extremity of the Negev, the South.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":7035,"verse_id":"NUM.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Or “the Ascent of Scorpions” ( עַקְרַבִּים [’ aqrabbim ] means “scorpions” in Hebrew).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":7036,"verse_id":"NUM.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “its going forth,” or the way it runs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A4/2"}
{"id":7037,"verse_id":"NUM.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"The word for west is simply “sea,” because the sea is west of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":7038,"verse_id":"NUM.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"Or “to the entrance to Hamath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":7039,"verse_id":"NUM.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Or “the Sea of Galilee” (so NLT); NCV, TEV, CEV “Lake Galilee.” sn The word means “harp.” The lake (or sea) of Galilee was so named because it is shaped somewhat like a harp.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":7040,"verse_id":"NUM.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":7041,"verse_id":"NUM.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"The infinitive forms the direct object of what the Lord commanded. It actually means “to give,” but without an expressed subject may be made passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":7042,"verse_id":"NUM.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.” So also a little later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":7043,"verse_id":"NUM.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":7044,"verse_id":"NUM.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"The verb can be translated simply as “divide,” but it has more the idea of allocate as an inheritance, the related noun being “inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":7045,"verse_id":"NUM.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.18","text":"This sense is created by repetition: “one leader, one leader from the tribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A18/1"}
{"id":7046,"verse_id":"NUM.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.18","text":"The sentence simply uses לִנְחֹל ( linkhol , “to divide, apportion”). It has been taken already to mean “allocate as an inheritance.” Here “assist” may be added since Joshua and Eleazar had the primary work.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2034%3A18/2"}
{"id":7047,"verse_id":"NUM.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.1","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A1/2"}
{"id":7048,"verse_id":"NUM.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"The verb is the perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive: “command…and they will give,” or “that they give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":7049,"verse_id":"NUM.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.2","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A2/2"}
{"id":7050,"verse_id":"NUM.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"Heb “one thousand cubits.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about eighteen inches (45 cm) in length, so this would be a distance of 1,500 feet or 500 yards (675 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":7051,"verse_id":"NUM.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"The verb is the Qal perfect of מָדַד ( madad , “to measure”). With its vav ( ו ) consecutive it carries the same instructional force as the imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":7052,"verse_id":"NUM.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “two thousand cubits” (also three more times in this verse). This would be a distance of 3,000 feet or 1,000 yards (1,350 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A5/2"}
{"id":7053,"verse_id":"NUM.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"The “manslayer” is the verb “to kill” in a participial form, providing the subject of the clause. The verb means “to kill”; it can mean accidental killing, premeditated killing, or capital punishment. The clause uses the infinitive to express purpose or result: “to flee there the manslayer,” means “so that the manslayer may flee there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":7054,"verse_id":"NUM.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":7055,"verse_id":"NUM.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.16","text":"the verb is the preterite of “die.” The sentence has :“if…he strikes him and he dies.” The vav ( ו ) consecutive is showing the natural result of the blow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A16/1"}
{"id":7056,"verse_id":"NUM.35.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.19","text":"The participle גֹּאֵל ( go ’ el ) is the one who protects the family by seeking vengeance for a crime. This is the same verb used for levirate marriages and other related customs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A19/1"}
{"id":7057,"verse_id":"NUM.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.20","text":"The Hebrew text is more vivid: “by lying in wait.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A20/1"}
{"id":7058,"verse_id":"NUM.35.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.25","text":"Heb “in it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A25/1"}
{"id":7059,"verse_id":"NUM.35.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.28","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A28/1"}
{"id":7060,"verse_id":"NUM.35.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.29","text":"Heb “a statute of judgment” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A29/1"}
{"id":7061,"verse_id":"NUM.35.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.30","text":"Heb “ at the mouth of”; the metonymy stresses it is at their report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A30/1"}
{"id":7062,"verse_id":"NUM.35.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.30","text":"The verb should be given the nuance of imperfect of potentiality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A30/2"}
{"id":7063,"verse_id":"NUM.35.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":35,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.32","text":"Heb “the priest.” The Greek and the Syriac have “high priest.” The present translation, along with many English versions, uses “high priest” as a clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2035%3A32/1"}
{"id":7064,"verse_id":"NUM.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.1","text":"The expression is “the heads of the fathers by the family of the Gileadites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A1/1"}
{"id":7065,"verse_id":"NUM.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.1","text":"The Greek and the Syriac add “and before Eleazar the priest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A1/2"}
{"id":7066,"verse_id":"NUM.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A1/3"}
{"id":7067,"verse_id":"NUM.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"The infinitive construct “to give” serves here as the complement or object of the verb, answering what the Lord had commanded Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":7068,"verse_id":"NUM.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"“Men” is understood; it says “to one from the sons of the tribes of the Israelites for a wife,” or if he has her for a wife.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":7069,"verse_id":"NUM.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “which they will be to them,” meaning, to those who have them, i.e., the marriages.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A3/2"}
{"id":7070,"verse_id":"NUM.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"The verb הָיָה ( hayah ) is most often translated “to be,” but it can also mean “to happen, to take place, to come to pass,” etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":7071,"verse_id":"NUM.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “the tribe of our fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A4/2"}
{"id":7072,"verse_id":"NUM.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":7073,"verse_id":"NUM.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A5/2"}
{"id":7074,"verse_id":"NUM.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “the word that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":7075,"verse_id":"NUM.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.6","text":"The idiom again is “let them be for wives for….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A6/2"}
{"id":7076,"verse_id":"NUM.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “to the one who is good in their eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A6/3"}
{"id":7077,"verse_id":"NUM.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “turned aside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":7078,"verse_id":"NUM.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"The subject is “Israelites” and the verb is plural to agree with it, but the idea is collective as the word for “man” indicates: “so that the Israelites may possess – [each] man the inheritance of his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":7079,"verse_id":"NUM.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.11","text":"They married in the family as they were instructed. But the meaning of דּוֹד ( dod ) is not necessarily restricted to “uncle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A11/1"}
{"id":7080,"verse_id":"NUM.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"Heb “by the hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":7081,"verse_id":"NUM.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.13","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A13/2"}
{"id":7082,"verse_id":"NUM.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NUM","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.13","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Numbers%2036%3A13/3"}
{"id":7083,"verse_id":"DEU.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “These are the words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":7084,"verse_id":"DEU.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “to all Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":7085,"verse_id":"DEU.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “on the other side of the Jordan.” This would appear to favor authorship by someone living on the west side of the Jordan, that is, in Canaan, whereas the biblical tradition locates Moses on the east side (cf. v. 5 ). However the Hebrew phrase בְּעֵבֶר הַיּרְדֵּן ( bÿ ’ ever hayyrÿden ) is a frozen form meaning “Transjordan,” a name appropriate from any geographical vantage point. To this day, one standing east of the Jordan can describe himself as being in Transjordan.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":7086,"verse_id":"DEU.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew term מוֹל ( mol ) may also mean “in front of” or “near” (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":7087,"verse_id":"DEU.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew term בֵּין ( ben ) may suggest “in the area of.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":7088,"verse_id":"DEU.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “in” or “on.” Here there is a contrast between the ordinary time of eleven days (v. 2 ) and the actual time of forty years, so “not until” brings out that vast disparity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":7089,"verse_id":"DEU.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “according to all which.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":7090,"verse_id":"DEU.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “when he struck [or “smote”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":7091,"verse_id":"DEU.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “who lived.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":7092,"verse_id":"DEU.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “who lived.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":7093,"verse_id":"DEU.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “this instruction”; KJV, NIV, NRSV “this law”; TEV “God’s laws and teachings.” The Hebrew noun תוֹרָה ( torah ) is derived from the verb יָרָה ( yarah , “to teach”) and here it refers to the Book of Deuteronomy, not the Pentateuch as a whole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":7094,"verse_id":"DEU.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “lived”; “dwelled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":7095,"verse_id":"DEU.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “turn”; NAB “Leave here”; NIV, TEV “Break camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":7096,"verse_id":"DEU.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “go (to).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":7097,"verse_id":"DEU.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “its dwelling places.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":7098,"verse_id":"DEU.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the Arabah” (so ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":7099,"verse_id":"DEU.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “I have placed before you the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":7100,"verse_id":"DEU.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “the Lord .” Since the Lord is speaking, it is preferable for clarity to supply the first person pronoun in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":7101,"verse_id":"DEU.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “swore” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). This refers to God’s promise, made by solemn oath, to give the patriarchs the land.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":7102,"verse_id":"DEU.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 11, 21, 35 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":7103,"verse_id":"DEU.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “their seed after them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":7104,"verse_id":"DEU.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “multiplied you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":7105,"verse_id":"DEU.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":7106,"verse_id":"DEU.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “may he bless you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":7107,"verse_id":"DEU.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The Hebrew verb נְבֹנִים ( nÿvonim , from בִּין [ bin ]) is a Niphal referring to skill or intelligence (see T. Fretheim, NIDOTTE 1:652-53).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":7108,"verse_id":"DEU.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “selected”; Heb “took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":7109,"verse_id":"DEU.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “you.” A number of English versions treat the remainder of this verse and v. 17 as direct discourse rather than indirect discourse (cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":7110,"verse_id":"DEU.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “brothers.” The term “brothers” could, in English, be understood to refer to siblings, so “fellow citizens” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":7111,"verse_id":"DEU.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"The Hebrew word צֶדֶק ( tsedeq , “fairly”) carries the basic idea of conformity to a norm of expected behavior or character, one established by God himself. Fair judgment adheres strictly to that norm or standard (see D. Reimer, NIDOTTE 3:750).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":7112,"verse_id":"DEU.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “between a man and his brother.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":7113,"verse_id":"DEU.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “his stranger” or “his sojourner”; NAB, NIV “an alien”; NRSV “resident alien.” The Hebrew word גֵּר ( ger ) commonly means “foreigner.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":7114,"verse_id":"DEU.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “you,” and throughout the verse (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":7115,"verse_id":"DEU.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “the small,” but referring to social status, not physical stature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":7116,"verse_id":"DEU.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The Hebrew participle has an imminent future sense here, although many English versions treat it as a present tense (“is giving us,” NAB, NIV, NRSV) or a predictive future (“will give us,” NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":7117,"verse_id":"DEU.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun (“he”) has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid repetition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":7118,"verse_id":"DEU.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “has given you the land” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":7119,"verse_id":"DEU.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “the thing was good in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":7120,"verse_id":"DEU.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Or “selected” (so NIV, NRSV, TEV); Heb “took.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":7121,"verse_id":"DEU.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Or “the Wadi Eshcol” (so NAB). sn The Eshcol Valley is a verdant valley near Hebron, still famous for its viticulture (cf. Num 13:22-23 ). The Hebrew name “Eshcol” means “trestle,” that is, the frame on which grape vines grow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":7122,"verse_id":"DEU.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"The Hebrew text includes “in their hand,” which is unnecessary and somewhat redundant in English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":7123,"verse_id":"DEU.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord your God.” To include “the mouth” would make for odd English style. The mouth stands by metonymy for the Lord’s command, which in turn represents the Lord himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":7124,"verse_id":"DEU.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “in your tents,” that is, privately.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":7125,"verse_id":"DEU.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “have caused our hearts to melt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":7126,"verse_id":"DEU.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “greater.” Many English versions understand this to refer to physical size or strength rather than numbers (cf. “stronger,” NAB, NIV, NRSV; “bigger,” NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":7127,"verse_id":"DEU.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Or “as the sky.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":7128,"verse_id":"DEU.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “we have seen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A28/4"}
{"id":7129,"verse_id":"DEU.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “the sons of the Anakim.” sn Anakites were giant people ( Num 13:33 ; Deut 2:10, 21; 9:2 ) descended from a certain Anak whose own forefather Arba founded the city of Kiriath Arba, i.e., Hebron ( Josh 21:11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A28/5"}
{"id":7130,"verse_id":"DEU.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Heb “do not tremble and do not be afraid.” Two synonymous commands are combined for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":7131,"verse_id":"DEU.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"The Hebrew participle indicates imminent future action here, though some English versions treat it as a predictive future (“will go ahead of you,” NCV; cf. also TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":7132,"verse_id":"DEU.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.30","text":"Heb “according to all which he did for you in Egypt before your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A30/2"}
{"id":7133,"verse_id":"DEU.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun (“him”) has been employed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":7134,"verse_id":"DEU.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"Heb “and swore,” i.e., made an oath or vow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":7135,"verse_id":"DEU.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.35","text":"Heb “Not a man among these men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A35/1"}
{"id":7136,"verse_id":"DEU.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” The pronoun (“me”) has been employed in the translation, since it sounds strange to an English reader for the Lord to speak about himself in third person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A36/2"}
{"id":7137,"verse_id":"DEU.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.38","text":"Heb “the one who stands before you”; NAB “your aide”; TEV “your helper.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A38/1"}
{"id":7138,"verse_id":"DEU.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.38","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the land) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A38/2"}
{"id":7139,"verse_id":"DEU.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Heb “would be a prey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A39/1"}
{"id":7140,"verse_id":"DEU.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"The Hebrew pronoun is plural, as are the following verbs, indicating that Moses and the people are addressed (note v. 41 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A40/1"}
{"id":7141,"verse_id":"DEU.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.40","text":"Heb “the Reed Sea.” “Reed” is a better translation of the Hebrew סוּף ( suf ), traditionally rendered “red.” The name “Red Sea” is based on the LXX which referred to it as ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης ( eruqra\" qalassh\" , “red sea”). Nevertheless, because the body of water in question is known in modern times as the Red Sea, this term was used in the translation. The part of the Red Sea in view here is not the one crossed in the exodus but its eastern arm, now known as the Gulf of Eilat or Gulf of Aqaba.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A40/2"}
{"id":7142,"verse_id":"DEU.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.43","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord .” See note at 1:26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A43/1"}
{"id":7143,"verse_id":"DEU.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"Heb “in that hill country,” repeating the end of v. 43 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A44/1"}
{"id":7144,"verse_id":"DEU.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.44","text":"Heb “came out to meet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A44/2"}
{"id":7145,"verse_id":"DEU.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.45","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” The pronoun (“he”) has been employed in the translation here for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A45/1"}
{"id":7146,"verse_id":"DEU.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.45","text":"Heb “did not hear your voice and did not turn an ear to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A45/2"}
{"id":7147,"verse_id":"DEU.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.46","text":"Heb “like the days which you lived.” This refers to the rest of the forty-year period in the desert before Israel arrived in Moab.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%201%3A46/1"}
{"id":7148,"verse_id":"DEU.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Reed Sea.” See note on the term “Red Sea” in Deut 1:40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":7149,"verse_id":"DEU.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “command” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “charge the people as follows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":7150,"verse_id":"DEU.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “brothers”; NAB “your kinsmen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":7151,"verse_id":"DEU.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb includes “with silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":7152,"verse_id":"DEU.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew text does not have the first person pronoun; it has been supplied for purposes of English style (the Lord is speaking here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":7153,"verse_id":"DEU.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “all the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":7154,"verse_id":"DEU.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “he has.” This has been converted to first person in the translation in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":7155,"verse_id":"DEU.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “known” (so ASV, NASB); NAB “been concerned about.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":7156,"verse_id":"DEU.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the Lord your God has.” This has been replaced in the translation by the first person pronoun (“I”) in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":7157,"verse_id":"DEU.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “brothers”; NRSV “our kin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":7158,"verse_id":"DEU.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “the way of the Arabah” (so ASV); NASB, NIV “the Arabah road.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":7159,"verse_id":"DEU.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Most modern English versions, beginning with the ASV (1901), regard vv. 10-12 as parenthetical to the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":7160,"verse_id":"DEU.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “we crossed the Wadi Zered.” This has been translated as “we did so” for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":7161,"verse_id":"DEU.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “from the middle of.” Although many recent English versions leave this expression untranslated, the point seems to be that these soldiers did not die in battle but “within the camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":7162,"verse_id":"DEU.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “and it was when they were eliminated, all the men of war, to die from the midst of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":7163,"verse_id":"DEU.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the Rephaites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":7164,"verse_id":"DEU.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the Ammonites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":7165,"verse_id":"DEU.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “Caphtor”; the modern name of the island of Crete is used in the translation for clarity (cf. NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":7166,"verse_id":"DEU.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “under heaven” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":7167,"verse_id":"DEU.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “from before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":7168,"verse_id":"DEU.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Heb “in the way in the way” ( בַּדֶּרֶךְ בַּדֶּרֶךְ , baderekh baderekh ). The repetition lays great stress on the idea of resolute determination to stick to the path. IBHS 116 §7.2.3c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":7169,"verse_id":"DEU.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":7170,"verse_id":"DEU.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “and water for silver give to me so that I may drink.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":7171,"verse_id":"DEU.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"The translation follows the LXX in reading the first person pronoun. The MT, followed by many English versions, has a second person masculine singular pronoun, “your.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":7172,"verse_id":"DEU.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “hardened his spirit” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NIV “made his spirit stubborn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A30/2"}
{"id":7173,"verse_id":"DEU.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “made his heart obstinate” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “made his heart defiant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A30/3"}
{"id":7174,"verse_id":"DEU.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “into your hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A30/4"}
{"id":7175,"verse_id":"DEU.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":7176,"verse_id":"DEU.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"The translation follows the Qere or marginal reading; the Kethib (consonantal text) has the singular, “his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":7177,"verse_id":"DEU.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “all his people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A33/2"}
{"id":7178,"verse_id":"DEU.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"Heb “every city of men.” This apparently identifies the cities as inhabited.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":7179,"verse_id":"DEU.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.34","text":"Heb “under the ban” ( נַחֲרֵם , nakharem ). The verb employed is חָרַם ( kharam , usually in the Hiphil) and the associated noun is חֵרֶם ( kherem ). See J. Naudé, NIDOTTE , 2:276-77, and, for a more thorough discussion, Susan Niditch, War in the Hebrew Bible , 28-77. sn Divine judgment refers to God’s designation of certain persons, places, and things as objects of his special wrath and judgment because, in his omniscience, he knows them to be impure and hopelessly unrepentant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A34/2"}
{"id":7180,"verse_id":"DEU.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “the city in the wadi.” This enigmatic reference may refer to Ar or, more likely, to Aroer itself. Epexegetically the text might read, “From Aroer…, that is, the city in the wadi.” See D. L. Christensen, –11 (WBC), 49.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%202%3A36/2"}
{"id":7181,"verse_id":"DEU.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “turned and went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":7182,"verse_id":"DEU.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":7183,"verse_id":"DEU.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":7184,"verse_id":"DEU.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “was left to him.” The final phrase “to him” is redundant in English and has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":7185,"verse_id":"DEU.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “high walls and barred gates” (NLT); Heb “high walls, gates, and bars.” Since “bars” could be understood to mean “saloons,” the qualifying adjective “locking” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":7186,"verse_id":"DEU.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The Hebrew term פְּרָזִי ( pÿraziy ) refers to rural areas, at the most “unwalled villages” (KJV, NASB “unwalled towns”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":7187,"verse_id":"DEU.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “we put them under the ban” ( נַחֲרֵם , nakharem ). See note at 2:34 . sn The divine curse . See note on this phrase in Deut 2:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":7188,"verse_id":"DEU.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “city of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":7189,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “Behold” ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":7190,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The Hebrew term עֶרֶשׂ (’ eres ), traditionally translated “bed” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) is likely a basaltic (volcanic) stone sarcophagus of suitable size to contain the coffin of the giant Rephaite king. Its iron-like color and texture caused it to be described as an iron container. See A. Millard, “King Og’s Iron Bed: Fact or Fancy?” BR 6 (1990): 16-21, 44; cf. also NEB “his sarcophagus of basalt”; TEV, CEV “his coffin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":7191,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “of iron-colored basalt.” See note on the word “sarcophagus” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":7192,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “nine cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 in (45 cm) for the standard cubit, this would be 13.5 ft (4.1 m) long.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/5"}
{"id":7193,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “four cubits.” This would be 6 ft (1.8 m) wide.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/6"}
{"id":7194,"verse_id":"DEU.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “by the cubit of man.” This probably refers to the “short” or “regular” cubit of approximately 18 in (45 cm).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A11/7"}
{"id":7195,"verse_id":"DEU.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The words “the territory extending” are not in the Hebrew text; they are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn Aroer . See note on this term in Deut 2:36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":7196,"verse_id":"DEU.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity (also in vv. 20, 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":7197,"verse_id":"DEU.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “from Chinnereth.” The words “the sea of” have been supplied in the translation as a clarification. sn Chinnereth . This is another name for the Sea of Galilee, so called because its shape is that of a harp (the Hebrew term for “harp” is כִּנּוֹר , kinnor ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":7198,"verse_id":"DEU.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term אַשְׁדֹּת (’ ashdot ) is unclear. It is usually translated either “slopes” (ASV, NAB, NIV) or “watershed” (NEB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":7199,"verse_id":"DEU.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “your brothers, the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":7200,"verse_id":"DEU.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The words “you must fight” are not present in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":7201,"verse_id":"DEU.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “gives your brothers rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":7202,"verse_id":"DEU.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” The translation uses the pronoun (“he”) for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":7203,"verse_id":"DEU.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “which you are crossing over there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":7204,"verse_id":"DEU.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “Lord Lord. ” The phrase אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה (’ adonay yÿhvih ) is customarily rendered by Jewish tradition as “Lord God .” Cf. NIV, TEV, NLT “Sovereign Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":7205,"verse_id":"DEU.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “your servant.” The pronoun is used in the translation to clarify that Moses is speaking of himself, since in contemporary English one does not usually refer to oneself in third person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":7206,"verse_id":"DEU.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “your strong hand” (so NIV), a symbol of God’s activity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":7207,"verse_id":"DEU.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The article is retained in the translation (“ the Lebanon,” cf. also NAB, NRSV) to indicate that a region (rather than the modern country of Lebanon) is referred to here. Other recent English versions accomplish this by supplying “mountains” after “Lebanon” (TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":7208,"verse_id":"DEU.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” For stylistic reasons the pronoun (“he”) has been used in the translation here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":7209,"verse_id":"DEU.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “much to you” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":7210,"verse_id":"DEU.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “lift your eyes to the west, north, south, and east and see with your eyes.” The translation omits the repetition of “your eyes” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":7211,"verse_id":"DEU.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “command”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “charge Joshua.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":7212,"verse_id":"DEU.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"These technical Hebrew terms ( חֻקִּים [ khuqqim ] and מִשְׁפָּטִים [ mishpatim ]) occur repeatedly throughout the Book of Deuteronomy to describe the covenant stipulations to which Israel had been called to subscribe (see, in this chapter alone, vv. 1, 5, 6, 8 ). The word חֻקִּים derives from the verb חֹק ( khoq , “to inscribe; to carve”) and מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishpatim ) from שָׁפַט ( shafat , “to judge”). They are virtually synonymous and are used interchangeably in Deuteronomy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":7213,"verse_id":"DEU.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 31, 37 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":7214,"verse_id":"DEU.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “commanding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":7215,"verse_id":"DEU.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The LXX and Syriac read “to Baal Peor,” that is, the god worshiped at that place; see note on the name “Beth Peor” in Deut 3:29 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":7216,"verse_id":"DEU.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":7217,"verse_id":"DEU.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “ followed the Baal of Peor ” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV), referring to the pagan god Baal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":7218,"verse_id":"DEU.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “in the midst of” (so ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":7219,"verse_id":"DEU.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “it is wisdom and understanding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":7220,"verse_id":"DEU.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “wise and understanding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":7221,"verse_id":"DEU.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “pure”; or “fair”; Heb “righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":7222,"verse_id":"DEU.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"The Hebrew phrase הַתּוֹרָה הַזֹּאת ( hattorah hazzo ’ t ), in this context, refers specifically to the Book of Deuteronomy. That is, it is the collection of all the חֻקִּים ( khuqqim , “statutes,” 4:1 ) and מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishpatim , “ordinances,” 4:1 ) to be included in the covenant text. In a full canonical sense, of course, it pertains to the entire Pentateuch or Torah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":7223,"verse_id":"DEU.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “place before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":7224,"verse_id":"DEU.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “watch yourself and watch your soul carefully.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":7225,"verse_id":"DEU.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The text begins with “(the) day (in) which.” In the Hebrew text v. 10 is subordinate to v. 11 , but for stylistic reasons the translation treats v. 10 as an independent clause, necessitating the omission of the subordinating temporal phrase at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":7226,"verse_id":"DEU.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 4:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":7227,"verse_id":"DEU.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “my words.” See v. 13 ; in Hebrew the “ten commandments” are the “ten words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":7228,"verse_id":"DEU.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “a mountain burning with fire as far as the heart of the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":7229,"verse_id":"DEU.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “darkness, cloud, and heavy cloud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":7230,"verse_id":"DEU.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The words “was heard” are supplied in the translation to avoid the impression that the voice was seen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":7231,"verse_id":"DEU.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “the ten words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":7232,"verse_id":"DEU.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “to which you are crossing over to possess it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":7233,"verse_id":"DEU.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “give great care to your souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":7234,"verse_id":"DEU.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The words “I say this” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text v. 16 is subordinated to “Be careful” in v. 15 , but this makes for an unduly long sentence in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":7235,"verse_id":"DEU.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “creeping thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":7236,"verse_id":"DEU.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “under the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":7237,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “lest you lift up your eyes.” In the Hebrew text vv. 16-19 are subordinated to “Be careful” in v. 15 , but this makes for an unduly long sentence in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":7238,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":7239,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “all the host of heaven.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":7240,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.19","text":"In the Hebrew text the verbal sequence in v. 19 is “lest you look up…and see…and be seduced…and worship them…and serve them.” However, the first two actions are not prohibited in and of themselves. The prohibition pertains to the final three actions. The first two verbs describe actions that are logically subordinate to the following actions and can be treated as temporal or circumstantial: “lest, looking up…and seeing…, you are seduced.” See Joüon 2:635 §168. h .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/4"}
{"id":7241,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.19","text":"Or “allotted.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/5"}
{"id":7242,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.19","text":"Or “nations.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/6"}
{"id":7243,"verse_id":"DEU.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “under all the heaven.” sn The OT views the heavenly host as God’s council, which surrounds his royal throne ready to do his bidding (see 1 Kgs 22:19 ). God has given this group, sometimes called the “sons of God” (cf. Job 1:6; 38:7 ; Ps 89:6 ), jurisdiction over the nations. See Deut 32:8 (LXX). Some also see this assembly as the addressee in . While God delegated his council to rule over the nations, he established a theocratic government over Israel and ruled directly over his chosen people via the Mosaic covenant. See v. 20 , as well as Deut 32:9 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A19/7"}
{"id":7244,"verse_id":"DEU.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"A כּוּר ( kur ) was not a source of heat but a crucible (“iron-smelting furnace”) in which precious metals were melted down and their impurities burned away (see I. Cornelius, NIDOTTE 2:618-19); cf. NAB “that iron foundry, Egypt.” The term is a metaphor for intense heat. Here it refers to the oppression and suffering Israel endured in Egypt. Since a crucible was used to burn away impurities, it is possible that the metaphor views Egypt as a place of refinement to bring Israel to a place of submission to divine sovereignty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":7245,"verse_id":"DEU.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “to be his people of inheritance.” The Lord compares his people to valued property inherited from one’s ancestors and passed on to one’s descendants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":7246,"verse_id":"DEU.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 4:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":7247,"verse_id":"DEU.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"The Hebrew text includes “(as) an inheritance,” or “(as) a possession.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":7248,"verse_id":"DEU.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “this.” The translation uses “that” to avoid confusion; earlier in the verse Moses refers to Transjordan as “this land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":7249,"verse_id":"DEU.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 4:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":7250,"verse_id":"DEU.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":7251,"verse_id":"DEU.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"The juxtaposition of the Hebrew terms אֵשׁ (’ esh , “fire”) and קַנָּא ( qanna ’, “jealous”) is interesting in light of Deut 6:15 where the Lord is seen as a jealous God whose anger bursts into a destructive fire. For God to be “jealous” means that his holiness and uniqueness cannot tolerate pretended or imaginary rivals. It is not petty envy but response to an act of insubordination that must be severely judged (see H. Peels, NIDOTTE 3:937-40).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":7252,"verse_id":"DEU.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “have grown old in the land,” i.e., been there for a long time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":7253,"verse_id":"DEU.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “a form of anything.” Cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, TEV “an idol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":7254,"verse_id":"DEU.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"The infinitive construct is understood here as indicating the result, not the intention, of their actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":7255,"verse_id":"DEU.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"Or “be destroyed”; KJV “utterly perish”; NLT “will quickly disappear”; CEV “you won’t have long to live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":7256,"verse_id":"DEU.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.26","text":"Or “be completely” (so NCV, TEV). It is not certain here if the infinitive absolute indicates the certainty of the following action (cf. NIV) or its degree.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A26/3"}
{"id":7257,"verse_id":"DEU.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “you will be left men (i.e., few) of number.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":7258,"verse_id":"DEU.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Or “mind and being.” See Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":7259,"verse_id":"DEU.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 4:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":7260,"verse_id":"DEU.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “he will not drop you,” i.e., “will not abandon you” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A31/2"}
{"id":7261,"verse_id":"DEU.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.31","text":"Or “will not.” The translation understands the imperfect verbal form to have an added nuance of capability here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A31/3"}
{"id":7262,"verse_id":"DEU.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"The Hebrew term אָדָם (’ adam ) may refer either to Adam or, more likely, to “man” in the sense of the human race (“mankind,” “humankind”). The idea here seems more universal in scope than reference to Adam alone would suggest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":7263,"verse_id":"DEU.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.32","text":"The verb is not present in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation for clarification. The challenge has both temporal and geographical dimensions. The people are challenged to (1) inquire about the entire scope of past history and (2) conduct their investigation on a worldwide scale.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A32/2"}
{"id":7264,"verse_id":"DEU.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"The translation assumes the reference is to Israel’s God in which case the point is this: God’s intervention in Israel’s experience is unique in the sense that he has never intervened in such power for any other people on earth. The focus is on the uniqueness of Israel’s experience. Some understand the divine name here in a generic sense, “a god,” or “any god.” In this case God’s incomparability is the focus (cf. v. 35 , where this theme is expressed).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":7265,"verse_id":"DEU.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “tried to go to take for himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A34/2"}
{"id":7266,"verse_id":"DEU.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “by testings.” The reference here is the judgments upon Pharaoh in the form of plagues. See Deut 7:19 (cf. v. 18 ) and 29:3 (cf. v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A34/3"}
{"id":7267,"verse_id":"DEU.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “by strong hand and by outstretched arm.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A34/4"}
{"id":7268,"verse_id":"DEU.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"Heb “and his words you heard from the midst of the fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":7269,"verse_id":"DEU.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"The concept of love here is not primarily that of emotional affection but of commitment or devotion. This verse suggests that God chose Israel to be his special people because he loved the patriarchs (Abraham, Isaac, Jacob) and had promised to bless their descendants. See as well Deut 7:7-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":7270,"verse_id":"DEU.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.37","text":"The LXX, Smr, Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate read a third person masculine plural suffix for the MT’s 3rd person masculine singular, “his descendants.” Cf. Deut 10:15 . Quite likely the MT should be emended in this instance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A37/2"}
{"id":7271,"verse_id":"DEU.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.38","text":"Heb “(as) an inheritance,” that is, landed property that one can pass on to one’s descendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A38/1"}
{"id":7272,"verse_id":"DEU.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.40","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A40/1"}
{"id":7273,"verse_id":"DEU.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.42","text":"Heb “the slayer who slew his neighbor without knowledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A42/1"}
{"id":7274,"verse_id":"DEU.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.42","text":"Heb “yesterday and a third (day).” The point is that there was no animosity between the two parties at the time of the accident and therefore no motive for the killing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A42/2"}
{"id":7275,"verse_id":"DEU.4.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.44","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel” (likewise in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A44/1"}
{"id":7276,"verse_id":"DEU.4.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.48","text":"The words “their territory extended” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text vv. 47-49 are all one sentence, but for the sake of English style and readability the translation divides the text into two sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A48/1"}
{"id":7277,"verse_id":"DEU.4.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":4,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.49","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term אַשְׁדֹּת (’ ashdot ) is unclear. It is usually translated either “slopes” (ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) or “watershed” (NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%204%3A49/2"}
{"id":7278,"verse_id":"DEU.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and Moses called to all Israel and he said to them”; NAB, NASB, NIV “Moses summoned (convened NRSV) all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":7279,"verse_id":"DEU.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":7280,"verse_id":"DEU.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":7281,"verse_id":"DEU.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “there must not be for you other gods.” The expression “for you” indicates possession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":7282,"verse_id":"DEU.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “upon my face,” or “before me” ( עַל־פָּנָיַ , ’ al-panaya ). Some understand this in a locative sense: “in my sight.” The translation assumes that the phrase indicates exclusion. The idea is that of placing any other god before the Lord in the sense of taking his place. Contrary to the view of some, this does not leave the door open for a henotheistic system where the Lord is the primary god among others. In its literary context the statement must be taken in a monotheistic sense. See, e.g., 4:39; 6:13-15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":7283,"verse_id":"DEU.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “an image, any likeness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":7284,"verse_id":"DEU.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “under the earth” (so ASV, NASB, NRSV); NCV “below the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":7285,"verse_id":"DEU.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"In the Hebrew text the form is a participle, which is subordinated to what precedes. For the sake of English style, the translation divides this lengthy verse into two sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":7286,"verse_id":"DEU.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “who hate” (so NAB, NIV, NLT). Just as “to love” ( אָהַב , ’ ahav ) means in a covenant context “to choose, obey,” so “to hate” ( שָׂנֵא , sane ’) means “to reject, disobey” (cf. the note on the word “loved” in Deut 4:37 ; see also 5:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":7287,"verse_id":"DEU.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “visiting the sin of fathers upon sons and upon a third (generation) and upon a fourth (generation) of those who hate me.” God sometimes punishes children for the sins of a father (cf. Num 16:27, 32 ; Josh 7:24-25 ; 2 Sam 21:1-9 ). On the principle of corporate solidarity and responsibility in OT thought see J. Kaminsky, Corporate Responsibility in the Hebrew Bible (JSOTSup). In the idiom of the text, the father is the first generation and the “sons” the second generation, making grandsons the third and great-grandsons the fourth. The reference to a third and fourth generation is a way of emphasizing that the sinner’s punishment would last throughout his lifetime. In this culture, where men married and fathered children at a relatively young age, it would not be unusual for one to see his great-grandsons. In an Aramaic tomb inscription from Nerab dating to the seventh century b.c., Agbar observes that he was surrounded by “children of the fourth generation” as he lay on his death bed (see ANET 661). The language of the text differs from Exod 34:7 , the sons are the first generation, the grandsons (literally, “sons of the sons”) the second, great-grandsons the third, and great-great-grandsons the fourth. One could argue that formulation in Deut 5:9 (see also Exod 20:50) is elliptical/abbreviated or that it suffers from textual corruption (the repetition of the words “sons” would invite accidental omission).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":7288,"verse_id":"DEU.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"This theologically rich term ( חֶסֶד , khesed ) describes God’s loyalty to those who keep covenant with him. Sometimes it is used synonymously with בְּרִית ( bÿrit , “covenant”; Deut 7:9 ), and sometimes interchangeably with it ( Deut 7:12 ). See H.-J. Zobel, TDOT 5:44-64.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":7289,"verse_id":"DEU.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"By a slight emendation ( לַאֲלּוּפִים [ la ’ allufim ] for לַאֲלָפִים [ la ’ alafim ]) “clans” could be read in place of the MT reading “thousands.” However, no ms or versional evidence exists to support this emendation. tn Another option is to understand this as referring to “thousands (of generations) of those who love me” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). See Deut 7:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":7290,"verse_id":"DEU.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “love.” See note on the word “reject” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":7291,"verse_id":"DEU.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “take up the name of the Lord your God to emptiness”; KJV “take the name of the Lord thy God in vain.” The idea here is not cursing or profanity in the modern sense of these terms but rather the use of the divine Name for unholy, mundane purposes, that is, for meaningless (the Hebrew term is שָׁוְא ) and empty ends. In ancient Israel this would include using the Lord’s name as a witness in vows one did not intend to keep.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":7292,"verse_id":"DEU.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “who takes up his name to emptiness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":7293,"verse_id":"DEU.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “to make holy,” that is, to put to special use, in this case, to sacred purposes (cf. vv. 13-15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":7294,"verse_id":"DEU.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"There is some degree of paronomasia (wordplay) here: “the seventh ( הַשְּׁבִיעִי , hashÿvi ’ i ) day is the Sabbath ( שַׁבָּת , shabbat ).” Otherwise, the words have nothing in common, since “Sabbath” is derived from the verb שָׁבַת ( shavat , “to cease”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":7295,"verse_id":"DEU.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “in your gates”; NRSV, CEV “in your towns”; TEV “in your country.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":7296,"verse_id":"DEU.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “by a strong hand and an outstretched arm,” the hand and arm symbolizing divine activity and strength. Cf. NLT “with amazing power and mighty deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":7297,"verse_id":"DEU.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “keep” (so KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":7298,"verse_id":"DEU.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The imperative here means, literally, “regard as heavy” ( כַּבֵּד , kabbed ). The meaning is that great importance must be ascribed to parents by their children.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":7299,"verse_id":"DEU.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “He” in 5:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":7300,"verse_id":"DEU.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Traditionally “kill” (so KJV, ASV, RSV, NAB). The verb here ( רָצַח , ratsakh ) is generic for homicide but in the OT both killing in war and capital punishment were permitted and even commanded ( Deut 13:5, 9; 20:13, 16-17 ), so the technical meaning here is “murder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":7301,"verse_id":"DEU.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “your neighbor.” Clearly this is intended generically, however, and not to be limited only to those persons who live nearby (frequently the way “neighbor” is understood in contemporary contexts). So also in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":7302,"verse_id":"DEU.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"The Hebrew verb used here ( חָמַד , khamad ) is different from the one translated “crave” ( אָוַה , ’ avah ) in the next line. The former has sexual overtones (“lust” or the like; cf. Song of Sol 2:3 ) whereas the latter has more the idea of a desire or craving for material things.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":7303,"verse_id":"DEU.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “your neighbor’s.” See note on the term “fellow man” in v. 19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":7304,"verse_id":"DEU.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “your neighbor’s.” The pronoun is used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":7305,"verse_id":"DEU.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “or anything that is your neighbor’s.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A21/4"}
{"id":7306,"verse_id":"DEU.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “and he added no more” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NLT “This was all he said at that time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":7307,"verse_id":"DEU.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the words spoken by the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":7308,"verse_id":"DEU.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “his glory and his greatness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":7309,"verse_id":"DEU.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “this day we have seen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":7310,"verse_id":"DEU.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “who is there of all flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":7311,"verse_id":"DEU.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “the Lord our God.” See note on “He” in 5:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":7312,"verse_id":"DEU.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “He” in 5:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":7313,"verse_id":"DEU.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Heb “keep” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":7314,"verse_id":"DEU.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Heb “commandment.” The MT actually has the singular ( הַמִּצְוָה , hammitsvah ), suggesting perhaps that the following terms ( חֻקִּים [ khuqqim ] and מִשְׁפָּטִים [ mishpatim ]) are in epexegetical apposition to “commandment.” That is, the phrase could be translated “the entire command, namely, the statutes and ordinances.” This would essentially make מִצְוָה ( mitsvah ) synonymous with תּוֹרָה ( torah ), the usual term for the whole collection of law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":7315,"verse_id":"DEU.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.31","text":"Heb “to possess it” (so KJV, ASV); NLT “as their inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A31/2"}
{"id":7316,"verse_id":"DEU.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.33","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A33/1"}
{"id":7317,"verse_id":"DEU.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.33","text":"Heb “may prolong your days”; NAB “may have long life”; TEV “will continue to live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%205%3A33/2"}
{"id":7318,"verse_id":"DEU.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “commandment.” The word מִצְוָה ( mitsvah ) again is in the singular, serving as a comprehensive term for the whole stipulation section of the book. See note on the word “commandments” in 5:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":7319,"verse_id":"DEU.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “where you are going over to possess it” (so NASB); NRSV “that you are about to cross into and occupy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":7320,"verse_id":"DEU.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Here the terms are not the usual חֻקִּים ( khuqqim ) and מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishpatim ; as in v. 1 ) but חֻקֹּת ( khuqqot , “statutes”) and מִצְוֹת ( mitsot , “commandments”). It is clear that these terms are used interchangeably and that their technical precision ought not be overly stressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":7321,"verse_id":"DEU.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “commanding.” For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, “giving” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":7322,"verse_id":"DEU.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “may multiply greatly” (so NASB, NRSV); the words “in number” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":7323,"verse_id":"DEU.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 10, 18, 23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":7324,"verse_id":"DEU.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “the Lord, our God, the Lord , one.” (1) One option is to translate: “The Lord is our God, the Lord alone” (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT). This would be an affirmation that the Lord was the sole object of their devotion. This interpretation finds support from the appeals to loyalty that follow (vv. 5, 14 ). (2) Another option is to translate: “The Lord is our God, the Lord is unique.” In this case the text would be affirming the people’s allegiance to the Lord, as well as the Lord’s superiority to all other gods. It would also imply that he is the only one worthy of their worship. Support for this view comes from parallel texts such as Deut 7:9 and 10:17 , as well as the use of “one” in Song 6:8-9 , where the starstruck lover declares that his beloved is unique (literally, “one,” that is, “one of a kind”) when compared to all other women. sn Verses 4-5 constitute the so-called Shema (after the first word שְׁמַע , shÿma ’, “hear”), widely regarded as the very heart of Jewish confession and faith. When Jesus was asked what was the greatest commandment of all, he quoted this text ( Matt 22:37-38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":7325,"verse_id":"DEU.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The verb אָהַב (’ ahav , “to love”) in this setting communicates not so much an emotional idea as one of covenant commitment. To love the Lord is to be absolutely loyal and obedient to him in every respect, a truth Jesus himself taught (cf. John 14:15 ). See also the note on the word “loved” in Deut 4:37 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":7326,"verse_id":"DEU.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “heart.” In OT physiology the heart ( לֵב , לֵבָב ; levav, lev ) was considered the seat of the mind or intellect, so that one could think with one’s heart. See A. Luc, NIDOTTE 2:749-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":7327,"verse_id":"DEU.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “soul”; “being.” Contrary to Hellenistic ideas of a soul that is discrete and separate from the body and spirit, OT anthropology equated the “soul” ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ) with the person himself. It is therefore best in most cases to translate נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) as “being” or the like. See H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 10-25; D. Fredericks, NIDOTTE 3:133-34.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":7328,"verse_id":"DEU.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “repeat” (so NLT). If from the root I שָׁנַן ( shanan ), the verb means essentially to “engrave,” that is, “to teach incisively” (Piel); note NAB “Drill them into your children.” Cf. BDB 1041-42 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":7329,"verse_id":"DEU.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “as you are away on a journey” (cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT); NAB “at home and abroad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":7330,"verse_id":"DEU.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “out of the house of slavery” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":7331,"verse_id":"DEU.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “from the gods.” The demonstrative pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":7332,"verse_id":"DEU.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “lest the anger of the Lord your God be kindled against you and destroy you from upon the surface of the ground.” Cf. KJV, ASV “from off the face of the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":7333,"verse_id":"DEU.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “the commandments of the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":7334,"verse_id":"DEU.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute before the finite verb to emphasize the statement. The imperfect verbal form is used here with an obligatory nuance that can be captured in English through the imperative. Cf. NASB, NRSV “diligently keep (obey NLT).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":7335,"verse_id":"DEU.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “upright.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":7336,"verse_id":"DEU.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on the word “his” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":7337,"verse_id":"DEU.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “your son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":7338,"verse_id":"DEU.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “to your son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":7339,"verse_id":"DEU.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “by a strong hand.” The image is that of a warrior who, with weapon in hand, overcomes his enemies. The Lord is commonly depicted as a divine warrior in the Book of Deuteronomy (cf. 5:15; 7:8; 9:26; 26:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":7340,"verse_id":"DEU.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on the word “his” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":7341,"verse_id":"DEU.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “house,” referring to the entire household.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":7342,"verse_id":"DEU.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “the Lord our God.” See note on the word “his” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":7343,"verse_id":"DEU.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"The term “commandment” ( מִצְוָה , mitsvah ), here in the singular, refers to the entire body of covenant stipulations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":7344,"verse_id":"DEU.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “as he has commanded us” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":7345,"verse_id":"DEU.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":7346,"verse_id":"DEU.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"In the Hebrew text the infinitive absolute before the finite verb emphasizes the statement. The imperfect has an obligatory nuance here. Cf. ASV “shalt (must NRSV) utterly destroy them”; CEV “must destroy them without mercy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":7347,"verse_id":"DEU.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “covenant” (so NASB, NRSV); TEV “alliance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":7348,"verse_id":"DEU.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"That is, “set apart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":7349,"verse_id":"DEU.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":7350,"verse_id":"DEU.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “treasured” (so NIV, NRSV); NLT “his own special treasure.” The Hebrew term סְגֻלָּה ( sÿgullah ) describes Israel as God’s choice people, those whom he elected and who are most precious to him (cf. Exod 19:4-6 ; Deut 14:2; 26:18 ; 1 Chr 29:3 ; Ps 135:4 ; Eccl 2:8 Mal 3:17 ). See E. Carpenter, NIDOTTE 3:224.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":7351,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “the Lord ’s.” See note on “He” in 7:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":7352,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"For the verb אָהַב (’ ahav , “to love”) as a term of choice or election, see note on the word “loved” in Deut 4:37 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":7353,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “oath.” This is a reference to the promises of the so-called “Abrahamic Covenant” (cf. Gen 15:13-16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":7354,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “swore on oath.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":7355,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 12, 13 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/5"}
{"id":7356,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “by a strong hand” (NAB similar); NLT “with such amazing power.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/6"}
{"id":7357,"verse_id":"DEU.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “hand” (so KJV, NRSV), a metaphor for power or domination.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A8/8"}
{"id":7358,"verse_id":"DEU.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “the God.” The article here expresses uniqueness; cf. TEV “is the only God”; NLT “is indeed God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":7359,"verse_id":"DEU.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “who keeps covenant and loyalty.” The syndetic construction of בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) and חֶסֶד ( khesed ) should be understood not as “covenant” plus “loyalty” but as an adverbial construction in which חֶסֶד (“loyalty”) modifies the verb שָׁמַר ( shamar , “keeps”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":7360,"verse_id":"DEU.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"For the term “hate” as synonymous with rejection or disobedience see note on the word “reject” in Deut 5:9 (cf. NRSV “reject”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":7361,"verse_id":"DEU.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “he will not hesitate concerning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":7362,"verse_id":"DEU.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “will keep with you the covenant and loyalty.” On the construction used here, see v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":7363,"verse_id":"DEU.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “which he swore on oath.” The relative pronoun modifies “covenant,” so one could translate “will keep faithfully the covenant (or promise) he made on oath to your ancestors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":7364,"verse_id":"DEU.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “will bless the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":7365,"verse_id":"DEU.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “devour” (so NRSV); KJV, NAB, NASB “consume.” The verbal form (a perfect with vav consecutive) is understood here as having an imperatival or obligatory nuance (cf. the instructions and commands that follow). Another option is to take the statement as a continuation of the preceding conditional promises and translate “and you will destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":7366,"verse_id":"DEU.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Or “serve” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":7367,"verse_id":"DEU.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “recalling, you must recall.” The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute before the finite verb for emphasis. Cf. KJV, ASV “shalt well remember.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":7368,"verse_id":"DEU.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “testings” (so NAB), a reference to the plagues. See note at 4:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":7369,"verse_id":"DEU.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “the strong hand and outstretched arm.” See 4:34 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":7370,"verse_id":"DEU.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":7371,"verse_id":"DEU.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The meaning of the term translated “hornets” ( צִרְעָה , tsir ’ ah ) is debated. Various suggestions are “discouragement” ( HALOT 1056-57 s.v.; cf. NEB, TEV, CEV “panic”; NCV “terror”) and “leprosy” (J. H. Tigay, Deuteronomy [JPSTC], 360, n. 33; cf. NRSV “the pestilence”), as well as “hornet” (BDB 864 s.v.; cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT). The latter seems most suitable to the verb שָׁלַח ( shalakh , “send”; cf. Exod 23:28 ; Josh 24:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":7372,"verse_id":"DEU.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “the remnant and those who hide themselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":7373,"verse_id":"DEU.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 7:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":7374,"verse_id":"DEU.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “he will confuse them (with) great confusion.” The verb used here means “shake, stir up” (see Ruth 1:19 ; 1 Sam 4:5 ; 1 Kgs 1:45 ; Ps 55:2 ); the accompanying cognate noun refers to confusion, unrest, havoc, or panic ( 1 Sam 5:9, 11; 14:20 ; 2 Chr 15:5 ; Prov 15:16 ; Isa 22:5 ; Ezek 7:7; 22:5 ; Amos 3:9 ; Zech 14:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":7375,"verse_id":"DEU.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “you will destroy their name from under heaven” (cf. KJV); NRSV “blot out their name from under heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":7376,"verse_id":"DEU.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"The Hebrew word תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “abhorrent; detestable”) describes anything detestable to the Lord because of its innate evil or inconsistency with his own nature and character. Frequently such things (or even persons) must be condemned to annihilation ( חֵרֶם , kherem ) lest they become a means of polluting or contaminating others (cf. Deut 13:17; 20:17-18 ). See M. Grisanti, NIDOTTE 4:315.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":7377,"verse_id":"DEU.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “come under the ban” (so NASB); NRSV “be set apart for destruction.” The same phrase occurs again at the end of this verse. sn The Hebrew word translated an object of divine wrath ( חֵרֶם , kherem ) refers to persons or things placed under God’s judgment, usually to the extent of their complete destruction. See note on the phrase “divine judgment” in Deut 2:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":7378,"verse_id":"DEU.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"Or “like it is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":7379,"verse_id":"DEU.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.26","text":"This Hebrew verb ( שָׁקַץ , shaqats ) is essentially synonymous with the next verb ( תָעַב , ta ’ av ; cf. תּוֹעֵבָה , to ’ evah ; see note on the word “abhorrent” in v. 25 ), though its field of meaning is more limited to cultic abomination (cf. Lev 11:11, 13 ; Ps 22:25 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A26/3"}
{"id":7380,"verse_id":"DEU.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “detesting you must detest and abhorring you must abhor.” Both verbs are preceded by a cognate infinitive absolute indicating emphasis.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%207%3A26/4"}
{"id":7381,"verse_id":"DEU.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The singular term ( מִצְוָה , mitsvah ) includes the whole corpus of covenant stipulations, certainly the book of Deuteronomy at least (cf. Deut 5:28; 6:1, 25; 7:11; 11:8, 22; 15:5; 17:20; 19:9; 27:1; 30:11; 31:5 ). The plural ( מִצְוֹת , mitsot ) refers to individual stipulations (as in vv. 2, 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":7382,"verse_id":"DEU.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NASB). For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, “giving” has been used in the translation (likewise in v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":7383,"verse_id":"DEU.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “multiply” (so KJV, NASB, NLT); NIV, NRSV “increase.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":7384,"verse_id":"DEU.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 16, 18 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":7385,"verse_id":"DEU.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":7386,"verse_id":"DEU.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “manna which you and your ancestors did not know.” By popular etymology the word “manna” comes from the Hebrew phrase מָן הוּא ( man hu ’), i.e., “What is it?” ( Exod 16:15 ). The question remains unanswered to this very day. Elsewhere the material is said to be “white like coriander seed” with “a taste like honey cakes” ( Exod 16:31 ; cf. Num 11:7 ). Modern attempts to associate it with various desert plants are unsuccessful for the text says it was a new thing and, furthermore, one that appeared and disappeared miraculously ( Exod 16:21-27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":7387,"verse_id":"DEU.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “in order to make known to you.” In the Hebrew text this statement is subordinated to what precedes, resulting in a very long sentence in English. The translation makes this statement a separate sentence for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":7388,"verse_id":"DEU.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “the man,” but in a generic sense, referring to the whole human race (“mankind” or “humankind”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":7389,"verse_id":"DEU.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.3","text":"The Hebrew term may refer to “food” in a more general sense (cf. CEV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A3/4"}
{"id":7390,"verse_id":"DEU.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “just as a man disciplines his son.” The Hebrew text reflects the patriarchal idiom of the culture.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":7391,"verse_id":"DEU.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “the commandments of the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":7392,"verse_id":"DEU.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “by walking in his ways.” The “ways” of the Lord refer here to his moral standards as reflected in his commandments. The verb “walk” is used frequently in the Bible (both OT and NT) for one’s moral and ethical behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":7393,"verse_id":"DEU.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “wadis.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":7394,"verse_id":"DEU.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The Hebrew term may refer to “food” in a more general sense (cf. NASB, NCV, NLT) or “bread” in particular (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":7395,"verse_id":"DEU.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The words “be sure” are not in the Hebrew text; vv. 12-14 are part of the previous sentence. For stylistic reasons a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 12 in the translation and the words “be sure” repeated from v. 11 to indicate the connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":7396,"verse_id":"DEU.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “flaming serpents”; KJV, NASB “fiery serpents”; NAB “saraph serpents.” This figure of speech (metonymy) probably describes the venomous and painful results of snakebite. The feeling from such an experience would be like a burning fire ( שָׂרָף , saraf ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":7397,"verse_id":"DEU.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “the one who brought out for you water.” In the Hebrew text this continues the preceding sentence, but the translation begins a new sentence here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":7398,"verse_id":"DEU.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “in order to humble you and in order to test you.” See 8:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":7399,"verse_id":"DEU.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"For stylistic reasons a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 17 in the translation and the words “be careful” supplied to indicate the connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":7400,"verse_id":"DEU.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “my strength and the might of my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":7401,"verse_id":"DEU.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Smr and Lucian add “Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob,” the standard way of rendering this almost stereotypical formula (cf. Deut 1:8; 6:10; 9:5, 27; 29:13; 30:20; 34:4 ). The MT’s harder reading presumptively argues for its originality, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":7402,"verse_id":"DEU.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “if forgetting, you forget.” The infinitive absolute is used for emphasis; the translation indicates this with the words “at all” (cf. KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":7403,"verse_id":"DEU.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “so you will perish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":7404,"verse_id":"DEU.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":7405,"verse_id":"DEU.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “fortified to the heavens” (so NRSV); NLT “cities with walls that reach to the sky.” This is hyperbole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":7406,"verse_id":"DEU.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “great and tall.” Many English versions understand this to refer to physical size or strength rather than numbers (cf. “strong,” NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":7407,"verse_id":"DEU.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":7408,"verse_id":"DEU.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “uprightness of your heart” (so NASB, NRSV). The Hebrew word צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “righteousness”), though essentially synonymous here with יֹשֶׁר ( yosher , “uprightness”), carries the idea of conformity to an objective standard. The term יֹשֶׁר has more to do with an inner, moral quality (cf. NAB, NIV “integrity”). Neither, however, was grounds for the Lord ’s favor. As he states in both vv. 4-5 , the main reason he allowed Israel to take this land was the sinfulness of the Canaanites who lived there (cf. Gen 15:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":7409,"verse_id":"DEU.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":7410,"verse_id":"DEU.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":7411,"verse_id":"DEU.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “stiff-necked” (so KJV, NAB, NIV). sn The Hebrew word translated stubborn means “stiff-necked.” The image is that of a draft animal that is unsubmissive to the rein or yoke and refuses to bend its neck to draw the load. This is an apt description of OT Israel ( Exod 32:9; 33:3, 5; 34:9 ; Deut 9:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":7412,"verse_id":"DEU.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"By juxtaposing the positive זְכֹר ( zekhor , “remember”) with the negative אַל־תִּשְׁכַּח (’ al-tishÿkakh , “do not forget”), Moses makes a most emphatic plea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":7413,"verse_id":"DEU.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the Lord ” (likewise in the following verse with both “him” and “he”). See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":7414,"verse_id":"DEU.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “in the mountain.” The demonstrative pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":7415,"verse_id":"DEU.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “according to all the words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":7416,"verse_id":"DEU.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “the Lord ” (likewise at the beginning of vv. 12, 13 ). See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":7417,"verse_id":"DEU.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “a casting.” The MT reads מַסֵּכָה ( massekhah , “a cast thing”) but some mss and Smr add עֵגֶל (’ egel , “calf”), “a molten calf” or the like ( Exod 32:8 ). Perhaps Moses here omits reference to the calf out of contempt for it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":7418,"verse_id":"DEU.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “stiff-necked.” See note on the word “stubborn” in 9:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":7419,"verse_id":"DEU.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “leave me alone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":7420,"verse_id":"DEU.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “from under heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":7421,"verse_id":"DEU.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “the mountain.” The translation uses a pronoun for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":7422,"verse_id":"DEU.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"On the phrase “metal calf,” see note on the term “metal image” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":7423,"verse_id":"DEU.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":7424,"verse_id":"DEU.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"The Hebrew text includes “from upon my two hands,” but as this seems somewhat obvious and redundant, it has been left untranslated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":7425,"verse_id":"DEU.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “the anger and the wrath.” Although many English versions translate as two terms, this construction is a hendiadys which serves to intensify the emotion (cf. NAB, TEV “fierce anger”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":7426,"verse_id":"DEU.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":7427,"verse_id":"DEU.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “Aaron.” The pronoun is used in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":7428,"verse_id":"DEU.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “your sin.” This is a metonymy in which the effect (sin) stands for the cause (the metal calf).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":7429,"verse_id":"DEU.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “burned it with fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":7430,"verse_id":"DEU.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":7431,"verse_id":"DEU.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord your God,” that is, against the commandment that he had spoken.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":7432,"verse_id":"DEU.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":7433,"verse_id":"DEU.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"The Hebrew text includes “when I prostrated myself.” Since this is redundant, it has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":7434,"verse_id":"DEU.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":7435,"verse_id":"DEU.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” See note on “he” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":7436,"verse_id":"DEU.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “Lord Lord ” ( אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה , ’ adonay yÿhvih ). The phrase is customarily rendered by Jewish tradition as “Lord God ” ( אֲדֹנָי אֱלֹהִים , ’ adonay ’ elohim ). See also the note on the phrase “Lord God ” in Deut 3:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":7437,"verse_id":"DEU.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “your inheritance”; NLT “your special (very own NRSV) possession.” Israel is compared to landed property that one would inherit from his ancestors and pass on to his descendants.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":7438,"verse_id":"DEU.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “you have redeemed in your greatness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A26/4"}
{"id":7439,"verse_id":"DEU.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “by your strong hand.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A26/5"}
{"id":7440,"verse_id":"DEU.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"The MT reads only “the land.” Smr supplies עַם (’ am , “people”) and LXX and its dependents supply “the inhabitants of the land.” The truncated form found in the MT is adequate to communicate the intended meaning; the words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":7441,"verse_id":"DEU.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “your inheritance.” See note at v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":7442,"verse_id":"DEU.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “an outstretched arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":7443,"verse_id":"DEU.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “chest” (so NIV, CEV); NLT “sacred chest”; TEV “wooden box.” This chest was made of acacia wood; it is later known as the ark of the covenant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":7444,"verse_id":"DEU.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":7445,"verse_id":"DEU.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “according to the former writing.” See note on the phrase “the same words” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":7446,"verse_id":"DEU.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “ten words.” The “Ten Commandments” are known in Hebrew as the “Ten Words,” which in Greek became the “Decalogue.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":7447,"verse_id":"DEU.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":7448,"verse_id":"DEU.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A4/5"}
{"id":7449,"verse_id":"DEU.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"That is, among the other Israelite tribes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":7450,"verse_id":"DEU.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 10:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":7451,"verse_id":"DEU.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “before” (so KJV, ASV); NAB, NRSV “at the head of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":7452,"verse_id":"DEU.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"After the imperative these subordinated jussive forms (with prefixed vav ) indicate purpose or result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":7453,"verse_id":"DEU.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 15, 22 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":7454,"verse_id":"DEU.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 10:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":7455,"verse_id":"DEU.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “to walk in all his ways” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV); NAB “follow his ways exactly”; NLT “to live according to his will.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":7456,"verse_id":"DEU.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 10:4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":7457,"verse_id":"DEU.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “heart and soul” or “heart and being”; NCV “with your whole being.” See note on the word “being” in Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A12/4"}
{"id":7458,"verse_id":"DEU.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NASB, NRSV). For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, “giving” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":7459,"verse_id":"DEU.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 10:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":7460,"verse_id":"DEU.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “take delight to love.” Here again the verb אָהַב (’ ahav , “love”), juxtaposed with בָחַר ( bakhar , “choose”), is a term in covenant contexts that describes the Lord ’s initiative in calling the patriarchal ancestors to be the founders of a people special to him (cf. the note on the word “loved” in Deut 4:37 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":7461,"verse_id":"DEU.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"The Hebrew text includes “after them,” but it is redundant in English style and has not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":7462,"verse_id":"DEU.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “circumcise the foreskin of” (cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV). Reference to the Abrahamic covenant prompts Moses to recall the sign of that covenant, namely, physical circumcision ( Gen 17:9-14 ). Just as that act signified total covenant obedience, so spiritual circumcision (cleansing of the heart) signifies more internally a commitment to be pliable and obedient to the will of God (cf. Deut 30:6 ; Jer 4:4; 9:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":7463,"verse_id":"DEU.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “your neck do not harden again.” See note on the word “stubborn” in Deut 9:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":7464,"verse_id":"DEU.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “who executes justice for” (so NAB, NRSV); NLT “gives justice to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":7465,"verse_id":"DEU.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “your praise.” The pronoun is subjective and the noun “praise” is used here metonymically for the object of their praise (the Lord).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":7466,"verse_id":"DEU.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":7467,"verse_id":"DEU.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"This collocation of technical terms for elements of the covenant text lends support to its importance and also signals a new section of paraenesis in which Moses will exhort Israel to covenant obedience. The Hebrew term מִשְׁמָרוֹת ( mishmarot , “obligations”) sums up the three terms that follow – חֻקֹּת ( khuqot ), מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishppatim ), and מִצְוֹת ( mitsot ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":7468,"verse_id":"DEU.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “that not.” The words “I am speaking” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":7469,"verse_id":"DEU.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “who have not known and who have not seen the discipline of the Lord.” The collocation of the verbs “know” and “see” indicates that personal experience (knowing by seeing) is in view. The term translated “discipline” (KJV, ASV “chastisement”) may also be rendered “instruction,” but vv. 2 b-6 indicate that the referent of the term is the various acts of divine judgment the Israelites had witnessed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":7470,"verse_id":"DEU.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"The words “which revealed” have been supplied in the translation to show the logical relationship between the terms that follow and the divine judgments. In the Hebrew text the former are in apposition to the latter.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":7471,"verse_id":"DEU.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “his strong hand and his stretched-out arm.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":7472,"verse_id":"DEU.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"In the Hebrew text vv. 2-7 are one long sentence. For stylistic reasons the English translation divides the passage into three sentences. To facilitate this stylistic decision the words “They did not see” are supplied at the beginning of both v. 3 and v. 5 , and “I am speaking” at the beginning of v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":7473,"verse_id":"DEU.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “his signs and his deeds which he did” (NRSV similar). The collocation of “signs” and “deeds” indicates that these acts were intended to make an impression on observers and reveal something about God’s power (cf. v. 2 b). The word “awesome” has been employed to bring out the force of the word “signs” in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":7474,"verse_id":"DEU.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “Reed Sea.” “Reed Sea” (or “Sea of Reeds”) is a more accurate rendering of the Hebrew expression יָם סוּף ( yam suf ), traditionally translated “Red Sea.” See note on the term “Red Sea” in Exod 13:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":7475,"verse_id":"DEU.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":7476,"verse_id":"DEU.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and the Lord destroyed them to this day” (cf. NRSV); NLT “he has kept them devastated to this very day.” The translation uses the verb “annihilated” to indicate the permanency of the action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":7477,"verse_id":"DEU.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"See note on these same words in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":7478,"verse_id":"DEU.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Or “the descendant of Reuben”; Heb “son of Reuben.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":7479,"verse_id":"DEU.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “in the midst of all Israel” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV); NASB “among all Israel.” In the Hebrew text these words appear at the end of the verse, but they are logically connected with the verbs. To make this clear the translation places the phrase after the first verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":7480,"verse_id":"DEU.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “their houses,” referring to all who lived in their household. Cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “households.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":7481,"verse_id":"DEU.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “and all the substance which was at their feet.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A6/5"}
{"id":7482,"verse_id":"DEU.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"On the addition of these words in the translation see note on “They did not see” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":7483,"verse_id":"DEU.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “the commandment.” The singular מִצְוָה ( mitsvah , “commandment”) speaks here as elsewhere of the whole corpus of covenant stipulations in Deuteronomy (cf. 6:1, 25; 7:11; 8:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":7484,"verse_id":"DEU.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NASB, NRSV). For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, “giving” has been used in the translation (likewise in vv. 13, 27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":7485,"verse_id":"DEU.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “which you are crossing over there to possess it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":7486,"verse_id":"DEU.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":7487,"verse_id":"DEU.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “you are going there to possess it”; NASB “into which you are about to cross to possess it”; NRSV “that you are crossing over to occupy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":7488,"verse_id":"DEU.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “with your foot” (so NASB, NLT). There is a two-fold significance to this phrase. First, Egypt had no rain so water supply depended on human efforts at irrigation. Second, the Nile was the source of irrigation waters but those waters sometimes had to be pumped into fields and gardens by foot-power, perhaps the kind of machinery (Arabic shaduf ) still used by Egyptian farmers (see C. Aldred, The Egyptians , 181). Nevertheless, the translation uses “by hand,” since that expression is the more common English idiom for an activity performed by manual labor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":7489,"verse_id":"DEU.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “which you are crossing over there to possess it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":7490,"verse_id":"DEU.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “rain of heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":7491,"verse_id":"DEU.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “seeks.” The statement reflects the ancient belief that God (Baal in Canaanite thinking) directly controlled storms and rainfall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":7492,"verse_id":"DEU.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “the eyes of the Lord your God are continually on it” (so NIV); NASB, NRSV “always on it.” sn Constantly attentive to it. This attention to the land by the Lord is understandable in light of the centrality of the land in the Abrahamic covenant (cf. Gen 12:1, 7; 13:15; 15:7, 16, 18; 17:8; 26:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":7493,"verse_id":"DEU.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “if hearing, you will hear.” The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute to emphasize the verbal idea. The translation renders this emphasis with the word “close.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":7494,"verse_id":"DEU.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Again, the Hebrew term אָהַב (’ ahav ) draws attention to the reciprocation of divine love as a condition or sign of covenant loyalty (cf. Deut 6:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":7495,"verse_id":"DEU.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “heart and soul” or “heart and being.” See note on the word “being” in Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":7496,"verse_id":"DEU.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"The words “he promises” do not appear in the Hebrew text but are needed in the translation to facilitate the transition from the condition (v. 13 ) to the promise and make it clear that the Lord is speaking the words of vv. 14-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":7497,"verse_id":"DEU.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “the rain of your land.” In this case the genitive (modifying term) indicates the recipient of the rain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":7498,"verse_id":"DEU.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “grass in your field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":7499,"verse_id":"DEU.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “Watch yourselves lest your heart turns and you turn aside and serve other gods and bow down to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":7500,"verse_id":"DEU.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “will become hot”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “will be kindled”; NAB “will flare up”; NIV, NLT “will burn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":7501,"verse_id":"DEU.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":7502,"verse_id":"DEU.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “be destroyed”; NAB, NIV “will soon perish.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":7503,"verse_id":"DEU.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “heart and soul” or “heart and being.” See note on the word “being” in Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":7504,"verse_id":"DEU.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"On the Hebrew term טוֹטָפֹת ( totafot , “reminders”), cf. Deut 6:4-9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":7505,"verse_id":"DEU.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “as you are away on a journey” (cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT); NAB “at home and abroad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":7506,"verse_id":"DEU.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “like the days of the heavens upon the earth,” that is, forever.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":7507,"verse_id":"DEU.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “this commandment.” See note at Deut 5:30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":7508,"verse_id":"DEU.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “commanding you to do it.” For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, “giving” has been used in the translation and “to do it” has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":7509,"verse_id":"DEU.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “walk in all his ways” (so KJV, NIV); TEV “do everything he commands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":7510,"verse_id":"DEU.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":7511,"verse_id":"DEU.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “the sole of your foot walks.” The placing of the foot symbolizes conquest and dominion, especially on land or on the necks of enemies (cf. Deut 1:36 ; Ps 7:13 ; Isa 63:3 Hab 3:19 ; Zech 9:13 ). See E. H. Merrill, NIDOTTE 1:992.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":7512,"verse_id":"DEU.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “the after sea,” that is, the sea behind one when one is facing east, which is the normal OT orientation. Cf. ASV “the hinder sea.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":7513,"verse_id":"DEU.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “listen to,” that is, obey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":7514,"verse_id":"DEU.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “do not listen to,” that is, do not obey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":7515,"verse_id":"DEU.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “the commandments of the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":7516,"verse_id":"DEU.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “am commanding” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A28/3"}
{"id":7517,"verse_id":"DEU.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “walk after”; NIV “by following”; NLT “by worshiping.” This is a violation of the first commandment, the most serious of the covenant violations ( Deut 5:6-7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A28/4"}
{"id":7518,"verse_id":"DEU.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":7519,"verse_id":"DEU.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.30","text":"The MT plural “oaks” ( אֵלוֹנֵי , ’ eloney ) should probably be altered (with many Greek texts) to the singular “oak” ( אֵלוֹן , ’ elon ; cf. NRSV) in line with the only other occurrence of the phrase ( Gen 12:6 ). The Syriac, Tg. Ps.-J. read mmrá , confusing this place with the “oaks of Mamre” near Hebron ( Gen 13:18 ). Smr also appears to confuse “Moreh” with “Mamre” (reading mwr ’, a combined form), adding the clarification mwl shkm (“near Shechem”) apparently to distinguish it from Mamre near Hebron.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2011%3A30/3"}
{"id":7520,"verse_id":"DEU.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":7521,"verse_id":"DEU.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “you must be careful to obey in the land the Lord , the God of your fathers, has given you to possess all the days which you live in the land.” This adverbial statement modifies “to obey,” not “to possess,” so the order in the translation has been rearranged to make this clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":7522,"verse_id":"DEU.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “destroying you must destroy”; KJV “Ye shall utterly (surely ASV) destroy”; NRSV “must demolish completely.” The Hebrew infinitive absolute precedes the verb for emphasis, which is reflected in the translation by the words “by all means.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":7523,"verse_id":"DEU.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":7524,"verse_id":"DEU.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Some scholars, on the basis of v. 11 , emend the MT reading שִׁכְנוֹ ( shikhno , “his residence”) to the infinitive construct לְשָׁכֵן ( lÿshakhen , “to make [his name] to dwell”), perhaps with the 3rd person masculine singular sf לְשַׁכְּנוֹ ( lÿshakÿno , “to cause it to dwell”). Though the presupposed noun שֵׁכֶן ( shekhen ) is nowhere else attested, the parallel here with שַׁמָּה ( shammah , “there”) favors retaining the MT as it stands.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":7525,"verse_id":"DEU.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “heave offerings of your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":7526,"verse_id":"DEU.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “and your houses,” referring to entire households. The pronouns “you” and “your” are plural in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":7527,"verse_id":"DEU.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":7528,"verse_id":"DEU.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":7529,"verse_id":"DEU.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":7530,"verse_id":"DEU.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":7531,"verse_id":"DEU.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":7532,"verse_id":"DEU.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"In the Hebrew text vv. 10-11 are one long, complex sentence. For stylistic reasons the translation divides this into two sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":7533,"verse_id":"DEU.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “and it will be (to) the place where the Lord your God chooses to cause his name to dwell you will bring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":7534,"verse_id":"DEU.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “heave offerings of your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":7535,"verse_id":"DEU.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":7536,"verse_id":"DEU.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “within your gates” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “who belongs to your community.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":7537,"verse_id":"DEU.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “offer burnt offerings.” The expression “do so” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":7538,"verse_id":"DEU.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “only in all the desire of your soul you may sacrifice and eat flesh according to the blessing of the Lord your God which he has given to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":7539,"verse_id":"DEU.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “gates” (so KJV, NASB; likewise in vv. 17, 18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":7540,"verse_id":"DEU.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":7541,"verse_id":"DEU.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"See note at Deut 12:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":7542,"verse_id":"DEU.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “in all the sending forth of your hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":7543,"verse_id":"DEU.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “for my soul desires to eat meat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":7544,"verse_id":"DEU.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “according to all the desire of your soul you may eat meat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":7545,"verse_id":"DEU.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":7546,"verse_id":"DEU.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 12:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":7547,"verse_id":"DEU.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “gates” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “in your own community.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A21/3"}
{"id":7548,"verse_id":"DEU.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord .” The LXX adds “your God” to create the common formula, “the Lord your God.” The MT is preferred precisely because it does not include the stereotyped formula; thus it more likely preserves the original text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":7549,"verse_id":"DEU.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"Again, to complete a commonly attested wording the LXX adds after “choose” the phrase “to place his name there.” This shows insensitivity to deliberate departures from literary stereotypes. The MT reading is to be preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":7550,"verse_id":"DEU.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Heb “on the altar of the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":7551,"verse_id":"DEU.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"Heb “dwell in their land” (so NASB). In the Hebrew text vv. 29-30 are one long sentence. For stylistic reasons the translation divides it into two.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":7552,"verse_id":"DEU.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “you must not do thus to/for the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":7553,"verse_id":"DEU.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.31","text":"See note on this term at Deut 7:25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A31/2"}
{"id":7554,"verse_id":"DEU.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “every abomination of the Lord .” See note on the word “his” in v. 27 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A31/3"}
{"id":7555,"verse_id":"DEU.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.32","text":"This verse highlights a phenomenon found throughout Deuteronomy, but most especially in chap. , namely, the alternation of grammatical singular and plural forms of the pronoun (known as Numeruswechsel in German scholarship). Critical scholarship in general resolves the “problem” by suggesting varying literary traditions – one favorable to the singular pronoun and the other to the plural – which appear in the (obviously rough) redacted text at hand. Even the ancient versions were troubled by the lack of harmony of grammatical number and in this verse, for example, offered a number of alternate readings. The MT reads “Everything I am commanding you (plural) you (plural) must be careful to do; you (singular) must not add to it nor should you (singular) subtract form it.” Smr, LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate suggest singular for the first two pronouns but a few Smr mss propose plural for the last two. What both ancient and modern scholars tend to overlook, however, is the covenantal theological tone of the Book of Deuteronomy, one that views Israel as a collective body (singular) made up of many individuals (plural). See M. Weinfeld, –11 (AB), 15-16; J. A. Thompson, Deuteronomy (TOTC), 21-23.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2012%3A32/2"}
{"id":7556,"verse_id":"DEU.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “or a dreamer of dreams” (so KJV, ASV, NASB). The difference between a prophet ( נָבִיא , navi ’) and one who foretells by dreams ( חֹלֵם אוֹ , ’ o kholem ) was not so much one of office – for both received revelation by dreams (cf. Num 12:6 ) – as it was of function or emphasis. The prophet was more a proclaimer and interpreter of revelation whereas the one who foretold by dreams was a receiver of revelation. In later times the role of the one who foretold by dreams was abused and thus denigrated as compared to that of the prophet (cf. Jer 23:28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":7557,"verse_id":"DEU.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"The expression אוֹת אוֹ מוֹפֵת (’ ot ’ o mofet ) became a formulaic way of speaking of ways of authenticating prophetic messages or other works of God (cf. Deut 28:46 ; Isa 20:3 ). The NT equivalent is the Greek term σημεῖον ( shmeion ), a sign performed (used frequently in the Gospel of John, cf. 2:11, 18; 20:30-31 ). They could, however, be counterfeited or (as here) permitted to false prophets by the Lord as a means of testing his people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":7558,"verse_id":"DEU.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “or dreamer of dreams.” See note on this expression in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":7559,"verse_id":"DEU.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":7560,"verse_id":"DEU.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “all your heart and soul” (so NRSV, CEV, NLT); or “heart and being” (NCV “your whole being”). See note on the word “being” in Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":7561,"verse_id":"DEU.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “or dreamer of dreams.” See note on this expression in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":7562,"verse_id":"DEU.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “your midst” (so NAB, NRSV). The severity of the judgment here (i.e., capital punishment) is because of the severity of the sin, namely, high treason against the Great King. Idolatry is a violation of the first two commandments ( Deut 5:6-10 ) as well as the spirit and intent of the Shema ( Deut 6:4-5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":7563,"verse_id":"DEU.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “your brother, the son of your mother.” In a polygamous society it was not rare to have half brothers and sisters by way of a common father and different mothers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":7564,"verse_id":"DEU.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"In the Hebrew text these words are in the form of a brief quotation: “entice you secretly saying, ‘Let us go and serve other gods.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":7565,"verse_id":"DEU.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":7566,"verse_id":"DEU.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “which you have not known, you or your fathers.” (cf. KJV, ASV; on “fathers” cf. v. 18 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A6/4"}
{"id":7567,"verse_id":"DEU.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Or “land” (so NIV, NCV); the same Hebrew word can be translated “land” or “earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":7568,"verse_id":"DEU.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with the words “without fail” (cf. NIV “you must certainly put him to death”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":7569,"verse_id":"DEU.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “to put him to death,” but this is misleading in English for such an action would leave nothing for the others to do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":7570,"verse_id":"DEU.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “men, sons of Belial.” The Hebrew term בְּלִיַּעַל ( bÿliyya ’ al ) has the idea of worthlessness, without morals or scruples ( HALOT 133-34 s.v.). Cf. NAB, NRSV “scoundrels”; TEV, CEV “worthless people”; NLT “worthless rabble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":7571,"verse_id":"DEU.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"The LXX and Tg read “your” for the MT’s “their.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":7572,"verse_id":"DEU.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"The translation understands the relative clause as a statement by Moses, not as part of the quotation from the evildoers. See also v. 2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":7573,"verse_id":"DEU.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Theodotian adds “in Israel,” perhaps to broaden the matter beyond the local village.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":7574,"verse_id":"DEU.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, indicated in the translation by the words “by all means.” Cf. KJV, NASB “surely”; NIV “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":7575,"verse_id":"DEU.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Or “put under divine judgment. The Hebrew word ( חֵרֶם , kherem ) refers to placing persons or things under God’s judgment, usually to the extent of their complete destruction.Though primarily applied against the heathen, this severe judgment could also fall upon unrepentant Israelites (cf. the story of Achan in ). See also the note on the phrase “divine judgment” in Deut 2:34 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":7576,"verse_id":"DEU.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “street.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":7577,"verse_id":"DEU.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “mound”; NAB “a heap of ruins.” The Hebrew word תֵּל ( tel ) refers to this day to a ruin represented especially by a built-up mound of dirt or debris (cf. Tel Aviv, “mound of grain”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":7578,"verse_id":"DEU.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “anything that has been put under the divine curse”; Heb “anything of the ban” (cf. NASB). See note on the phrase “divine judgment” in Deut 2:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":7579,"verse_id":"DEU.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":7580,"verse_id":"DEU.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"The LXX and Smr add “and good” to bring the phrase in line with a familiar cliché (cf. Deut 6:18 ; Josh 9:25 ; 2 Kgs 10:3 ; 2 Chr 14:1 ; etc.). This is an unnecessary and improper attempt to force a text into a preconceived mold.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":7581,"verse_id":"DEU.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord your God.” See note on the word “him” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":7582,"verse_id":"DEU.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “sons” (so NASB); TEV, NLT “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":7583,"verse_id":"DEU.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “set apart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":7584,"verse_id":"DEU.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “The Lord .” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":7585,"verse_id":"DEU.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “treasured.” The Hebrew term סְגֻלָּה ( sÿgullah ) describes Israel as God’s choice people, those whom he elected and who are most precious to him (cf. Exod 19:4-6 ; Deut 14:2; 26:18 ; 1 Chr 29:3 ; Ps 135:4 ; Eccl 2:8 Mal 3:17 ). See E. Carpenter, NIDOTTE 3:224. sn The Hebrew term translated “select” (and the whole verse) is reminiscent of the classic covenant text ( Exod 19:4-6 ) which describes Israel’s entry into covenant relationship with the Lord . Israel must resist paganism and its trappings precisely because she is a holy people elected by the Lord from among the nations to be his instrument of world redemption (cf. Deut 7:6; 26:18 ; Ps 135:4 ; Mal 3:17 ; Titus 2:14 ; 1 Pet 2:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":7586,"verse_id":"DEU.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"The Hebrew word תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “forbidden; abhorrent”) describes anything detestable to the Lord because of its innate evil or inconsistency with his own nature and character. See note on the word “abhorrent” in Deut 7:25 . Cf. KJV “abominable”; NIV “detestable”; NRSV “abhorrent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":7587,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term אַיָּל (’ ayyal ) may refer to a type of deer (cf. Arabic ’ ayyal ). Cf. NAB “the red deer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":7588,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term צְבִי ( tsÿvi ) is sometimes rendered “roebuck” (so KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":7589,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term יַחְמוּר ( yakhmur ) may refer to a “fallow deer”; cf. Arabic yahmur (“deer”). Cf. NAB, NIV, NCV “roe deer”; NEB, NRSV, NLT “roebuck.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":7590,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term דִּישֹׁן ( dishon ) is a hapax legomenon . Its referent is uncertain but the animal is likely a variety of antelope (cf. NEB “white-rumped deer”; NIV, NRSV, NLT “ibex”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/4"}
{"id":7591,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term תְּאוֹ ( tÿ ’ o ; a variant is תּוֹא , to ’) could also refer to another species of antelope. Cf. NEB “long-horned antelope”; NIV, NRSV “antelope.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/5"}
{"id":7592,"verse_id":"DEU.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.5","text":"The Hebrew term זֶמֶר ( zemer ) is another hapax legomenon with the possible meaning “wild sheep.” Cf. KJV, ASV “chamois”; NEB “rock-goat”; NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “mountain sheep.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A5/6"}
{"id":7593,"verse_id":"DEU.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"The Hebrew text includes “among the animals.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":7594,"verse_id":"DEU.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The Hebrew term שָׁפָן ( shafan ) may refer to the “coney” (cf. KJV, NIV) or hyrax (“rock badger,” cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":7595,"verse_id":"DEU.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"The MT lacks (probably by haplography) the phrase וְשֹׁסַע שֶׁסַע פַּרְסָה ( vÿshosa ’ shesa ’ parsah , “and is clovenfooted,” i.e., “has parted hooves”), a phrase found in the otherwise exact parallel in Lev 11:7 . The LXX and Smr attest the longer reading here. The meaning is, however, clear without it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":7596,"verse_id":"DEU.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"NEB “the griffon-vulture.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":7597,"verse_id":"DEU.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"The Hebrew term פֶּרֶס ( peres ) describes a large vulture otherwise known as the ossifrage (cf. KJV). This largest of the vultures takes its name from its habit of dropping skeletal remains from a great height so as to break the bones apart.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":7598,"verse_id":"DEU.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"The Hebrew term עָזְנִיָּה (’ ozniyyah ) may describe the black vulture (so NIV) or it may refer to the osprey (so NAB, NRSV, NLT), an eagle-like bird subsisting mainly on fish.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":7599,"verse_id":"DEU.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The Hebrew term is דַּיָּה ( dayyah ). This, with the previous two terms ( רָאָה [ ra ’ ah ] and אַיָּה [’ ayyah ]), is probably a kite of some species but otherwise impossible to specify.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":7600,"verse_id":"DEU.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Or “owl.” The Hebrew term בַּת הַיַּעֲנָה ( bat hayya ’ anah ) is sometimes taken as “ostrich” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT), but may refer instead to some species of owl (cf. KJV “owl”; NEB “desert-owl”; NIV “horned owl”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":7601,"verse_id":"DEU.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"The Hebrew term תַּחְמָס ( takhmas ) is either a type of owl (cf. NEB “short-eared owl”; NIV “screech owl”) or possibly the nighthawk (so NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":7602,"verse_id":"DEU.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"The Hebrew term נֵץ ( nets ) may refer to the falcon or perhaps the hawk (so NEB, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":7603,"verse_id":"DEU.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"The Hebrew term תִּנְשֶׁמֶת ( tinshemet ) may refer to a species of owl (cf. ASV “horned owl”; NASB, NIV, NLT “white owl”) or perhaps even to the swan (so KJV); cf. NRSV “water hen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":7604,"verse_id":"DEU.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The Hebrew term קָאַת ( qa ’ at ) may also refer to a type of owl (NAB, NIV, NRSV “desert owl”) or perhaps the pelican (so KJV, NASB, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":7605,"verse_id":"DEU.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"The MT reads the Niphal (passive) for expected Qal (“you [plural] must not eat”); cf. Smr, LXX. However, the harder reading should stand.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":7606,"verse_id":"DEU.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “gates” (also in vv. 27, 28, 29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":7607,"verse_id":"DEU.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, indicated in the translation by the words “be certain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":7608,"verse_id":"DEU.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"This refers to wine in the early stages of fermentation. In its later stages it becomes wine ( יַיִן , yayin ) in its mature sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":7609,"verse_id":"DEU.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “He” in 14:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":7610,"verse_id":"DEU.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"The Hebrew text includes “way is so far from you that you are unable to carry it because the.” These words have not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons, because they are redundant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":7611,"verse_id":"DEU.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “bind the silver in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":7612,"verse_id":"DEU.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"The Hebrew term שְׁמִטָּת ( shÿmittat ), a derivative of the verb שָׁמַט ( shamat , “to release; to relinquish”), refers to the cancellation of the debt and even pledges for the debt of a borrower by his creditor. This could be a full and final remission or, more likely, one for the seventh year only. See R. Wakely, NIDOTTE 4:155-60. Here the words “of debts” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied. Cf. NAB “a relaxation of debts”; NASB, NRSV “a remission of debts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":7613,"verse_id":"DEU.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “his neighbor,” used idiomatically to refer to another person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":7614,"verse_id":"DEU.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “his neighbor and his brother.” The words “his brother” may be a scribal gloss identifying “his neighbor” (on this idiom, see the preceding note) as a fellow Israelite (cf. v. 3 ). In this case the conjunction before “his brother” does not introduce a second category, but rather has the force of “that is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":7615,"verse_id":"DEU.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “your brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":7616,"verse_id":"DEU.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"After the phrase “the Lord ” many mss and versions add “your God” to complete the usual full epithet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":7617,"verse_id":"DEU.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “surely.” Note however, that the use is rhetorical, for the next verse attaches a condition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":7618,"verse_id":"DEU.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":7619,"verse_id":"DEU.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to possess.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":7620,"verse_id":"DEU.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “if listening you listen to the voice of.” The infinitive absolute is used for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “carefully.” The idiom “listen to the voice” means “obey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":7621,"verse_id":"DEU.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 15:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":7622,"verse_id":"DEU.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “by being careful to do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":7623,"verse_id":"DEU.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NASB); NAB “which I enjoin you today.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A5/4"}
{"id":7624,"verse_id":"DEU.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “one of your brothers” (so NASB); NAB “one of your kinsmen”; NRSV “a member of your community.” See the note at v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":7625,"verse_id":"DEU.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":7626,"verse_id":"DEU.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “withdraw your hand.” Cf. NIV “hardhearted or tightfisted” (NRSV and NLT similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A7/3"}
{"id":7627,"verse_id":"DEU.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “from your needy brother.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A7/4"}
{"id":7628,"verse_id":"DEU.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute before both verbs. The translation indicates the emphasis with the words “be sure to” and “generously,” respectively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":7629,"verse_id":"DEU.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “whatever his need that he needs for himself.” This redundant expression has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":7630,"verse_id":"DEU.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “your eye.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":7631,"verse_id":"DEU.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “your needy brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":7632,"verse_id":"DEU.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “give” (likewise in v. 10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A9/3"}
{"id":7633,"verse_id":"DEU.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “it will be a sin to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A9/4"}
{"id":7634,"verse_id":"DEU.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “by all means.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":7635,"verse_id":"DEU.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “your heart must not be grieved in giving to him.” The LXX and Orig add, “you shall surely lend to him sufficient for his need,” a suggestion based on the same basic idea in v. 8 . Such slavish adherence to stock phrases is without warrant in most cases, and certainly here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":7636,"verse_id":"DEU.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “make sure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":7637,"verse_id":"DEU.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “your brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":7638,"verse_id":"DEU.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “your brother, a Hebrew (male) or Hebrew (female).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":7639,"verse_id":"DEU.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “him.” The singular pronoun occurs throughout the passage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A12/3"}
{"id":7640,"verse_id":"DEU.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.12","text":"The Hebrew text includes “from you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A12/4"}
{"id":7641,"verse_id":"DEU.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “generously.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":7642,"verse_id":"DEU.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the indentured servant introduced in v. 12 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":7643,"verse_id":"DEU.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “go out from.” The imperfect verbal form indicates the desire of the subject here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":7644,"verse_id":"DEU.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"The Hebrew term מִשְׁנֶה ( mishneh , “twice”) could mean “equivalent to” (cf. NRSV) or, more likely, “double” (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT). The idea is that a hired worker would put in only so many hours per day whereas a bondslave was available around the clock.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":7645,"verse_id":"DEU.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “sanctify” ( תַּקְדִּישׁ , taqdish ), that is, put to use on behalf of the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":7646,"verse_id":"DEU.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “the Lord.” The translation uses a pronoun for stylistic reasons. See note on “he” in 15:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":7647,"verse_id":"DEU.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “any evil blemish”; NASB “any (+ other NAB, TEV) serious defect.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":7648,"verse_id":"DEU.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “in your gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":7649,"verse_id":"DEU.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"The LXX adds ἐν σοί ( en soi , “among you”) to make clear that the antecedent is the people and not the animals. That is, the people, whether ritually purified or not, may eat such defective animals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":7650,"verse_id":"DEU.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “in the month Abib.” The demonstrative “that” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":7651,"verse_id":"DEU.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":7652,"verse_id":"DEU.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “sacrifice the Passover” (so NASB). The word “animal” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":7653,"verse_id":"DEU.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":7654,"verse_id":"DEU.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “leaven must not be seen among you in all your border.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":7655,"verse_id":"DEU.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “remain all night until the morning” (so KJV, ASV). This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":7656,"verse_id":"DEU.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":7657,"verse_id":"DEU.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “the Passover.” The translation uses a pronoun to avoid redundancy in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":7658,"verse_id":"DEU.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"The MT reading אֶל (’ el , “unto”) before “the place” should, following Smr, Syriac, Targums, and Vulgate, be omitted in favor of ב ( bet ; בַּמָּקוֹם , bammaqom ), “in the place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":7659,"verse_id":"DEU.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":7660,"verse_id":"DEU.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"The rules that governed the Passover meal are found in Exod 12:1-51 , and Deut 16:1-8 . The word translated “cook” ( בָּשַׁל , bashal ) here is translated “boil” in other places (e.g. Exod 23:19 , 1 Sam 2:13-15 ). This would seem to contradict Exod 12:9 where the Israelites are told not to eat the Passover sacrifice raw or boiled. However, 2 Chr 35:13 recounts the celebration of a Passover feast during the reign of Josiah, and explains that the people “cooked ( בָּשַׁל , bashal ) the Passover sacrifices over the open fire.” The use of בָּשַׁל ( bashal ) with “fire” ( אֵשׁ , ’ esh ) suggests that the word could be used to speak of boiling or roasting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":7661,"verse_id":"DEU.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"The words “on that day” are not in the Hebrew text; they are supplied in the translation for clarification (cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":7662,"verse_id":"DEU.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “the seven weeks.” The translation uses a pronoun to avoid redundancy in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":7663,"verse_id":"DEU.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"The Hebrew phrase חַג שָׁבֻעוֹת ( khag shavu ’ ot ) is otherwise known in the OT ( Exod 23:16 ) as קָצִיר ( qatsir , “harvest”) and in the NT as πεντηχοστή ( penthcosth , “Pentecost”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":7664,"verse_id":"DEU.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “the sufficiency of the offering of your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":7665,"verse_id":"DEU.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":7666,"verse_id":"DEU.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":7667,"verse_id":"DEU.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":7668,"verse_id":"DEU.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"The Hebrew phrase חַג הַסֻּכֹּת ( khag hassukot , “festival of huts” or “festival of shelters”) is traditionally known as the Feast of Tabernacles. The rendering “booths” (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV) is now preferable to the traditional “tabernacles” (KJV, ASV, NIV) in light of the meaning of the term סֻכָּה ( sukkah , “hut; booth”), but “booths” are frequently associated with trade shows and craft fairs in contemporary American English. Clearer is the English term “shelters” (so NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT), but this does not reflect the temporary nature of the living arrangement. This feast was a commemoration of the wanderings of the Israelites after they left Egypt, suggesting that a translation like “temporary shelters” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":7669,"verse_id":"DEU.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “when you gather in your threshing-floor and winepress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":7670,"verse_id":"DEU.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “in your gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":7671,"verse_id":"DEU.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":7672,"verse_id":"DEU.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":7673,"verse_id":"DEU.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “in all the work of your hands” (so NASB, NIV); NAB, NRSV “in all your undertakings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":7674,"verse_id":"DEU.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":7675,"verse_id":"DEU.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “a man must give according to the gift of his hand.” This has been translated as second person for stylistic reasons, in keeping with the second half of the verse, which is second person rather than third.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":7676,"verse_id":"DEU.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"The Hebrew term וְשֹׁטְרִים ( vÿshoterim ), usually translated “officers” (KJV, NCV) or “officials” (NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), derives from the verb שֹׁטֵר ( shoter , “to write”). The noun became generic for all types of public officials. Here, however, it may be appositionally epexegetical to “judges,” thus resulting in the phrase, “judges, that is, civil officers,” etc. Whoever the שֹׁטְרִים are, their task here consists of rendering judgments and administering justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":7677,"verse_id":"DEU.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":7678,"verse_id":"DEU.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “with judgment of righteousness”; ASV, NASB “with righteous judgment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":7679,"verse_id":"DEU.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “twist, overturn”; NRSV “subverts the cause.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":7680,"verse_id":"DEU.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Or “innocent”; NRSV “those who are in the right”; NLT “the godly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":7681,"verse_id":"DEU.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “justice, justice.” The repetition is emphatic; one might translate as “pure justice” or “unadulterated justice” (cf. NLT “true justice”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":7682,"verse_id":"DEU.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “an Asherah, any tree.” sn Sacred Asherah pole . This refers to a tree (or wooden pole) dedicated to the worship of Asherah, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. See also Deut 7:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":7683,"verse_id":"DEU.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “to the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 16:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":7684,"verse_id":"DEU.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"The Hebrew word תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “an abomination”; cf. NAB) describes persons, things, or practices offensive to ritual or moral order. See M. Grisanti, NIDOTTE 4:314-18; see also the note on the word “abhorrent” in Deut 7:25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":7685,"verse_id":"DEU.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":7686,"verse_id":"DEU.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “does the evil in the eyes of the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":7687,"verse_id":"DEU.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"The MT reads “and to the sun,” thus including the sun, the moon, and other heavenly spheres among the gods. However, Theodotion and Lucian read “or to the sun,” suggesting perhaps that the sun and the other heavenly bodies are not in the category of actual deities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":7688,"verse_id":"DEU.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “which I have not commanded you.” The words “to worship” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":7689,"verse_id":"DEU.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “an abomination” ( תּוֹעֵבָה ); see note on the word “offensive” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":7690,"verse_id":"DEU.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":7691,"verse_id":"DEU.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “stone them with stones so that they die” (KJV similar); NCV “throw stones at that person until he dies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":7692,"verse_id":"DEU.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “the hand of the witnesses.” This means the two or three witnesses are to throw the first stones (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":7693,"verse_id":"DEU.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “the hand of all the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":7694,"verse_id":"DEU.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “between blood and blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":7695,"verse_id":"DEU.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “between claim and claim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":7696,"verse_id":"DEU.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “between blow and blow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":7697,"verse_id":"DEU.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":7698,"verse_id":"DEU.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"17.8","text":"Several Greek recensions add “to place his name there,” thus completing the usual formula to describe the central sanctuary (cf. Deut 12:5, 11, 14, 18; 16:6 ). However, the context suggests that the local Levitical towns, and not the central sanctuary, are in mind.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A8/5"}
{"id":7699,"verse_id":"DEU.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “who acts presumptuously not to listen” (cf. NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":7700,"verse_id":"DEU.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, indicated in the translation by the words “without fail.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":7701,"verse_id":"DEU.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “your brothers,” but not referring to siblings (cf. NIV “your brother Israelites”; NLT “a fellow Israelite”). The same phrase also occurs in v. 20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":7702,"verse_id":"DEU.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “your brothers.” See the preceding note on “fellow citizens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A15/3"}
{"id":7703,"verse_id":"DEU.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “in order to multiply horses.” The translation uses “do so” in place of “multiply horses” to avoid redundancy (cf. NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":7704,"verse_id":"DEU.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “must not multiply” (cf. KJV, NASB); NLT “must not take many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":7705,"verse_id":"DEU.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Or “instruction.” The LXX reads here τὸ δευτερονόμιον τοῦτο ( to deuteronomion touto , “this second law”). From this Greek phrase the present name of the book, “Deuteronomy” or “second law” (i.e., the second giving of the law), is derived. However, the MT’s expression מִשְׁנֶה הַתּוֹרָה הַזֹּאת ( mishneh hattorah hazzo ’ t ) is better rendered “copy of this law.” Here the term תּוֹרָה ( torah ) probably refers only to the book of Deuteronomy and not to the whole Pentateuch.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":7706,"verse_id":"DEU.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"The Hebrew term סֵפֶר ( sefer ) means a “writing” or “document” and could be translated “book” (so KJV, ASV, TEV). However, since “book” carries the connotation of a modern bound book with pages (an obvious anachronism) it is preferable to render the Hebrew term “scroll” here and elsewhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":7707,"verse_id":"DEU.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Heb “upon his kingship.” Smr supplies כִּסֵא ( kise ’, “throne”) so as to read “upon the throne of his kingship.” This overliteralizes what is a clearly understood figure of speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":7708,"verse_id":"DEU.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"The MT places the terms “priests” and “Levites” in apposition, thus creating an epexegetical construction in which the second term qualifies the first, i.e., “Levitical priests.” This is a way of asserting their legitimacy as true priests. The Syriac renders “to the priest and to the Levite,” making a distinction between the two, but one that is out of place here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":7709,"verse_id":"DEU.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “he” (and throughout the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":7710,"verse_id":"DEU.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “brothers,” but not referring to actual siblings. Cf. NASB “their countrymen”; NRSV “the other members of the community.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":7711,"verse_id":"DEU.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “judgment”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “the priest’s due.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":7712,"verse_id":"DEU.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “the firstfruits of your…” (so NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":7713,"verse_id":"DEU.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Smr and some Greek texts add “before the Lord your God” to bring the language into line with a formula found elsewhere ( Deut 10:8 ; 2 Chr 29:11 ). This reading is not likely to be original, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":7714,"verse_id":"DEU.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “the name of the Lord. ” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":7715,"verse_id":"DEU.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “according to all the desire of his soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":7716,"verse_id":"DEU.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “sojourning.” The verb used here refers to living temporarily in a place, not settling down.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":7717,"verse_id":"DEU.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Presumably this would not refer to a land inheritance, since that was forbidden to the descendants of Levi (v. 1 ). More likely it referred to some family possessions (cf. NIV, NCV, NRSV, CEV) or other private property (cf. NLT “a private source of income”), or even support sent by relatives (cf. TEV “whatever his family sends him”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":7718,"verse_id":"DEU.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “who passes his son or his daughter through the fire.” The expression “pass…through the fire” is probably a euphemism for human sacrifice (cf. NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT). See also Deut 12:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":7719,"verse_id":"DEU.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a diviner of divination” ( קֹסֵם קְסָמִים , qosem qÿsamim ). This was a means employed to determine the future or the outcome of events by observation of various omens and signs (cf. Num 22:7; 23:23 ; Josh 13:22 ; 1 Sam 6:2; 15:23; 28:8 ; etc.). See M. Horsnell, NIDOTTE 3:945-51.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":7720,"verse_id":"DEU.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “one who causes to appear” ( מְעוֹנֵן , mÿ ’ onen ). Such a practitioner was thought to be able to conjure up spirits or apparitions (cf. Lev 19:26 ; Judg 9:37 ; 2 Kgs 21:6 ; Isa 2:6; 57:3 ; Jer 27:9 ; Mic 5:11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":7721,"verse_id":"DEU.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a seeker of omens” ( מְנַחֵשׁ , mÿnakhesh ). This is a subset of divination, one illustrated by the use of a “divining cup” in the story of Joseph ( Gen 44:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A10/4"}
{"id":7722,"verse_id":"DEU.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a doer of sorcery” ( מְכַשֵּׁף , mikhashef ). This has to do with magic or the casting of spells in order to manipulate the gods or the powers of nature (cf. Lev 19:26-31 ; 2 Kgs 17:15 b-17; 21:1-7 ; Isa 57:3, 5 ; etc.). See M. Horsnell, NIDOTTE 2:735-38.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A10/5"}
{"id":7723,"verse_id":"DEU.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “a binder of binding” ( חֹבֵר חָבֶר , khover khaver ). The connotation is that of immobilizing (“binding”) someone or something by the use of magical words (cf. Ps 58:6 ; Isa 47:9, 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":7724,"verse_id":"DEU.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “asker of a [dead] spirit” ( שֹׁאֵל אוֹב , sho ’ el ’ ov ). This is a form of necromancy (cf. Lev 19:31; 20:6 ; 1 Sam 28:8, 9 ; Isa 8:19; 19:3; 29:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":7725,"verse_id":"DEU.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “a knowing [or “familiar”] [spirit]” ( יִדְּעֹנִי , yiddÿ ’ oniy ), i.e., one who is expert in mantic arts (cf. Lev 19:31; 20:6, 27 ; 1 Sam 28:3, 9 ; 2 Kgs 21:6 ; Isa 8:19; 19:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":7726,"verse_id":"DEU.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “a seeker of the dead.” This is much the same as “one who conjures up spirits” (cf. 1 Sam 28:6-7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A11/4"}
{"id":7727,"verse_id":"DEU.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “these abhorrent things.” The repetition is emphatic. For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, the same term used earlier in the verse has been translated “detestable” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":7728,"verse_id":"DEU.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"The translation understands the Hebrew participial form as having an imminent future sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":7729,"verse_id":"DEU.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"The MT expands here on the usual formula by adding “from among you” (cf. Deut 17:15; 18:18 ; Smr; a number of Greek texts). The expansion seems to be for the purpose of emphasis, i.e., the prophet to come must be not just from Israel but an Israelite by blood. tn “from your brothers,” but not referring to actual siblings. Cf. NAB “from among your own kinsmen”; NASB “from your countrymen”; NRSV “from among your own people.” A similar phrase occurs in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":7730,"verse_id":"DEU.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"The Hebrew text uses the collective singular in this verse: “my God…lest I die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":7731,"verse_id":"DEU.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “will seek from him”; NAB “I myself will make him answer for it”; NRSV “will hold accountable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":7732,"verse_id":"DEU.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the prophet mentioned in v. 18 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":7733,"verse_id":"DEU.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Or “commanded” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":7734,"verse_id":"DEU.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":7735,"verse_id":"DEU.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “know the word which the Lord has not spoken.” The issue here is not understanding the meaning of the message, but distinguishing a genuine prophetic word from a false one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":7736,"verse_id":"DEU.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “the Lord ’s.” See note on the word “his” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":7737,"verse_id":"DEU.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “the word,” but a predictive word is in view here. Cf. NAB “his oracle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":7738,"verse_id":"DEU.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “does not happen or come to pass.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":7739,"verse_id":"DEU.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “the Lord has.” See note on the word “his” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A22/4"}
{"id":7740,"verse_id":"DEU.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “that is the word which the Lord has not spoken.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2018%3A22/5"}
{"id":7741,"verse_id":"DEU.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":7742,"verse_id":"DEU.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “border.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":7743,"verse_id":"DEU.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and this is the word pertaining to the one who kills who flees there and lives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":7744,"verse_id":"DEU.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “who strikes his neighbor without knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":7745,"verse_id":"DEU.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “yesterday and a third (day)” (likewise in v. 6 ). The point is that there was no animosity between the two parties at the time of the accident and therefore no motive for the killing. Cf. NAB “had previously borne no malice”; NRSV “had not been at enmity before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":7746,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “his neighbor” (so NAB, NIV); NASB “his friend.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":7747,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “and he raises his hand with the iron.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":7748,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “the iron slips off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/3"}
{"id":7749,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “finds.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/4"}
{"id":7750,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “his neighbor.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/5"}
{"id":7751,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the person responsible for his friend’s death) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/6"}
{"id":7752,"verse_id":"DEU.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “and live.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A5/7"}
{"id":7753,"verse_id":"DEU.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “and overtake him, for the road is long.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":7754,"verse_id":"DEU.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “smite with respect to life,” that is, fatally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":7755,"verse_id":"DEU.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “no judgment of death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":7756,"verse_id":"DEU.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":7757,"verse_id":"DEU.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “he said to give to your ancestors.” The pronoun has been used in the translation instead for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":7758,"verse_id":"DEU.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “all this commandment.” This refers here to the entire covenant agreement of the Book of Deuteronomy as encapsulated in the Shema ( Deut 6:4-5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":7759,"verse_id":"DEU.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “commanding”; NAB “which I enjoin on you today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":7760,"verse_id":"DEU.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “innocent blood must not be shed.” The Hebrew phrase דָּם נָקִי ( dam naqiy ) means the blood of a person to whom no culpability or responsibility adheres because what he did was without malice aforethought ( HALOT 224 s.v דָּם 4.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":7761,"verse_id":"DEU.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and blood will be upon you” (cf. KJV, ASV); NRSV “thereby bringing bloodguilt upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":7762,"verse_id":"DEU.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “his neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":7763,"verse_id":"DEU.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “rises against him and strikes him fatally.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":7764,"verse_id":"DEU.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"The גֹאֵל הַדָּם ( go ’ el haddam , “avenger of blood”) would ordinarily be a member of the victim’s family who, after due process of law, was invited to initiate the process of execution (cf. Num 35:16-28 ). See R. Hubbard, NIDOTTE 1:789-94.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":7765,"verse_id":"DEU.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “border.” Cf. NRSV “You must not move your neighbor’s boundary marker.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":7766,"verse_id":"DEU.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “which they set off from the beginning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":7767,"verse_id":"DEU.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.14","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to possess it.” This phrase has been left untranslated to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A14/3"}
{"id":7768,"verse_id":"DEU.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “rise up” (likewise in v. 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":7769,"verse_id":"DEU.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “may stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":7770,"verse_id":"DEU.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “violent” ( חָמָס , khamas ). This is a witness whose motivation from the beginning is to do harm to the accused and who, therefore, resorts to calumny and deceit. See I. Swart and C. VanDam, NIDOTTE 2:177-80.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":7771,"verse_id":"DEU.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Or “rebellion.” Rebellion against God’s law is in view (cf. NAB “of a defection from the law”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":7772,"verse_id":"DEU.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"The appositional construction (“before the Lord , that is, before the priests and judges”) indicates that these human agents represented the Lord himself, that is, they stood in his place (cf. Deut 16:18-20; 17:8-9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":7773,"verse_id":"DEU.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “his brother” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":7774,"verse_id":"DEU.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “you will burn out” ( בִּעַרְתָּ , bi ’ arta ). Like a cancer, unavenged sin would infect the whole community. It must, therefore, be excised by the purging out of its perpetrators who, presumably, remained unrepentant (cf. Deut 13:6; 17:7, 12; 21:21; 22:21-22, 24; 24:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":7775,"verse_id":"DEU.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “horse and chariot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":7776,"verse_id":"DEU.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":7777,"verse_id":"DEU.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “and he will say to the people.” Cf. NIV, NCV, CEV “the army”; NRSV, NLT “the troops.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":7778,"verse_id":"DEU.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Or “to save you” (so KJV, NASB, NCV); or “to deliver you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":7779,"verse_id":"DEU.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “people” (also in vv. 8, 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":7780,"verse_id":"DEU.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “Who [is] the man” (also in vv. 6, 7, 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":7781,"verse_id":"DEU.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"The Hebrew term חָנַךְ ( khanakh ) occurs elsewhere only with respect to the dedication of Solomon’s temple ( 1 Kgs 8:63 = 2 Chr 7:5 ). There it has a religious connotation which, indeed, may be the case here as well. The noun form ( חָנֻכָּה , khanukah ) is associated with the consecration of the great temple altar ( 2 Chr 7:9 ) and of the postexilic wall of Jerusalem ( Neh 12:27 ). In Maccabean times the festival of Hanukkah was introduced to celebrate the rededication of the temple following its desecration by Antiochus IV Epiphanes (1 Macc 4:36-61).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":7782,"verse_id":"DEU.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “another man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A5/4"}
{"id":7783,"verse_id":"DEU.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “Who [is] the man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":7784,"verse_id":"DEU.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “his brother’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":7785,"verse_id":"DEU.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “melted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":7786,"verse_id":"DEU.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to the people,” but this phrase has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":7787,"verse_id":"DEU.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “princes of hosts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":7788,"verse_id":"DEU.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “if it answers you peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":7789,"verse_id":"DEU.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “become as a vassal and will serve you.” The Hebrew term translated slaves ( מַס , mas ) refers either to Israelites who were pressed into civil service, especially under Solomon (1 Kgs 5:27; 9:15, 21; 12:18), or (as here) to foreigners forced as prisoners of war to become slaves to Israel. The Gibeonites exemplify this type of servitude ( Josh 9:3-27 ; cf. Josh 16:10; 17:13 ; Judg 1:28, 30-35 ; Isa 31:8 ; Lam 1:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":7790,"verse_id":"DEU.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “to your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":7791,"verse_id":"DEU.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"The antecedent of the relative pronoun is “cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":7792,"verse_id":"DEU.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “any breath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":7793,"verse_id":"DEU.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation seeks to reflect with “utterly.” Cf. CEV “completely wipe out.” sn The Hebrew verb refers to placing persons or things so evil and/or impure as to be irredeemable under God’s judgment, usually to the extent of their complete destruction. See also the note on the phrase “the divine judgment” in Deut 2:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":7794,"verse_id":"DEU.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"20.17","text":"The LXX adds “Girgashites” here at the end of the list in order to list the full (and usual) complement of seven (see note on “seven” in Deut 7:1 ). sn Jebusite . These people inhabited the hill country, particularly in and about Jerusalem (cf. Num 13:29 ; Josh 15:8 ; 2 Sam 5:6; 24:16 ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A17/7"}
{"id":7795,"verse_id":"DEU.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “to do according to all their abominations which they do for their gods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":7796,"verse_id":"DEU.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “to fight against it to capture it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":7797,"verse_id":"DEU.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “you must not destroy its trees by chopping them with an iron” (i.e., an ax).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":7798,"verse_id":"DEU.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “you may eat from them.” The direct object is not expressed; the word “fruit” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":7799,"verse_id":"DEU.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “to go before you in siege.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A19/4"}
{"id":7800,"verse_id":"DEU.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “however, a tree which you know is not a tree for food you may destroy and cut down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":7801,"verse_id":"DEU.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “[an] enclosure.” The term מָצוֹר ( matsor ) may refer to encircling ditches or to surrounding stagings. See R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 238.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":7802,"verse_id":"DEU.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “slain [one].” The term חָלָל ( khalal ) suggests something other than a natural death (cf. Num 19:16; 23:24 ; Jer 51:52 ; Ezek 26:15; 30:24; 31:17-18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":7803,"verse_id":"DEU.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to possess it,” but this has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":7804,"verse_id":"DEU.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “struck,” but in context a fatal blow is meant; cf. NLT “who committed the murder.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":7805,"verse_id":"DEU.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “surrounding the slain [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":7806,"verse_id":"DEU.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “slain [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":7807,"verse_id":"DEU.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"The combination “a wadi with flowing water” is necessary because a wadi ( נַחַל , nakhal ) was ordinarily a dry stream or riverbed. For this ritual, however, a perennial stream must be chosen so that there would be fresh, rushing water.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":7808,"verse_id":"DEU.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “the priests, the sons of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":7809,"verse_id":"DEU.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “in the name of the Lord .” See note on Deut 10:8 . The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":7810,"verse_id":"DEU.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “by their mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":7811,"verse_id":"DEU.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “every controversy and every blow.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A5/4"}
{"id":7812,"verse_id":"DEU.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “slain [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":7813,"verse_id":"DEU.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “wadi,” a seasonal watercourse through a valley.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":7814,"verse_id":"DEU.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “our eyes.” This is a figure of speech known as synecdoche in which the part (the eyes) is put for the whole (the entire person).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":7815,"verse_id":"DEU.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “seen”; the implied object (the crime committed) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":7816,"verse_id":"DEU.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “Atone for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":7817,"verse_id":"DEU.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “and do not place innocent blood in the midst of your people Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":7818,"verse_id":"DEU.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “in the eyes of” (so ASV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":7819,"verse_id":"DEU.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “gives him into your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":7820,"verse_id":"DEU.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “the prisoners.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":7821,"verse_id":"DEU.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “she is to…remove the clothing of her captivity” (cf. NASB); NRSV “discard her captive’s garb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":7822,"verse_id":"DEU.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “sit”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “remain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":7823,"verse_id":"DEU.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “go unto,” a common Hebrew euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A13/3"}
{"id":7824,"verse_id":"DEU.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates by the words “in any case.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":7825,"verse_id":"DEU.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.14","text":"The Hebrew text includes “for money.” This phrase has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A14/3"}
{"id":7826,"verse_id":"DEU.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.14","text":"Or perhaps “must not enslave her” (cf. ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); Heb “[must not] be tyrannical over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A14/4"}
{"id":7827,"verse_id":"DEU.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “one whom he loves and one whom he hates.” For the idea of שָׂנֵא ( sane ’, “hate”) meaning to be rejected or loved less (cf. NRSV “disliked”), see Gen 29:31, 33 ; Mal 1:2-3 . Cf. A. Konkel, NIDOTTE 3:1256-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":7828,"verse_id":"DEU.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “both the one whom he loves and the one whom he hates.” On the meaning of the phrase “one whom he loves and one whom he hates” see the note on the word “other” earlier in this verse. The translation has been simplified for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":7829,"verse_id":"DEU.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “when he causes his sons to inherit what is his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":7830,"verse_id":"DEU.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “the hated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":7831,"verse_id":"DEU.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"See note on the word “other” in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":7832,"verse_id":"DEU.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “measure of two.” The Hebrew expression פִּי שְׁנַיִם ( piy shÿnayim ) suggests a two-thirds split; that is, the elder gets two parts and the younger one part. Cf. 2 Kgs 2:9 ; Zech 13:8 . The practice is implicit in Isaac’s blessing of Jacob ( Gen 25:31-34 ) and Jacob’s blessing of Ephraim ( Gen 48:8-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":7833,"verse_id":"DEU.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “his generative power” ( אוֹן , ’ on ; cf. HALOT 22 s.v.). Cf. NAB “the first fruits of his manhood”; NRSV “the first issue of his virility.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A17/3"}
{"id":7834,"verse_id":"DEU.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “and he does not listen to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":7835,"verse_id":"DEU.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"The LXX and Smr read “to the men,” probably to conform to this phrase in v. 21 . However, since judicial cases were the responsibility of the elders in such instances (cf. Deut 19:12; 21:3, 6; 25:7-8 ) the reading of the MT is likely original and correct here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":7836,"verse_id":"DEU.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"The Hebrew term בִּעַרְתָּה ( bi ’ artah ), here and elsewhere in such contexts (cf. Deut 13:5; 17:7, 12; 19:19; 21:9 ), suggests God’s anger which consumes like fire (thus בָעַר , ba ’ ar , “to burn”). See H. Ringgren, TDOT 2:203-4.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":7837,"verse_id":"DEU.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Some LXX traditions read הַנִּשְׁאָרִים ( hannish ’ arim , “those who remain”) for the MT’s יִשְׂרָאֵל ( yisra ’ el , “Israel”), understandable in light of Deut 19:20 . However, the more difficult reading found in the MT is more likely original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":7838,"verse_id":"DEU.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":7839,"verse_id":"DEU.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates by “make certain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":7840,"verse_id":"DEU.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “hung,” but this could convey the wrong image in English (hanging with a rope as a means of execution). Cf. NCV “anyone whose body is displayed on a tree.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":7841,"verse_id":"DEU.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “you must not see,” but, if translated literally into English, the statement is misleading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":7842,"verse_id":"DEU.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “brother’s” (also later in this verse). In this context it is not limited to one’s siblings, however; cf. NAB “your kinsman’s.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":7843,"verse_id":"DEU.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “hide yourself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":7844,"verse_id":"DEU.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.1","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with the words “without fail.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A1/4"}
{"id":7845,"verse_id":"DEU.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “your brother” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":7846,"verse_id":"DEU.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “is not.” The idea of “residing” is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":7847,"verse_id":"DEU.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “and you do not know him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A2/3"}
{"id":7848,"verse_id":"DEU.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the ox or sheep mentioned in v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A2/4"}
{"id":7849,"verse_id":"DEU.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “your brother” (also in v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":7850,"verse_id":"DEU.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “you must not hide yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":7851,"verse_id":"DEU.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “you must not see.” See note at 22:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":7852,"verse_id":"DEU.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “and (must not) hide yourself from them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":7853,"verse_id":"DEU.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “be sure.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":7854,"verse_id":"DEU.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “help him to lift them up.” In keeping with English style the singular is used in the translation, and the referent (“the animal”) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A4/4"}
{"id":7855,"verse_id":"DEU.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “a man’s clothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":7856,"verse_id":"DEU.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"The Hebrew term תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “offense”) speaks of anything that runs counter to ritual or moral order, especially (in the OT) to divine standards. Cross-dressing in this covenant context may suggest homosexuality, fertility cult ritual, or some other forbidden practice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":7857,"verse_id":"DEU.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “and the mother sitting upon the chicks or the eggs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":7858,"verse_id":"DEU.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “sons,” used here in a generic sense for offspring.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":7859,"verse_id":"DEU.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation seeks to reflect with “be sure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":7860,"verse_id":"DEU.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Or “a parapet” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); KJV “a battlement”; NLT “a barrier.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":7861,"verse_id":"DEU.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “that you not place bloodshed in your house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":7862,"verse_id":"DEU.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “set apart.” The verb קָדַשׁ ( qadash ) in the Qal verbal stem (as here) has the idea of being holy or being treated with special care. Some take the meaning as “be off-limits, forfeited,” i.e., the total produce of the vineyard, both crops and grapes, have to be forfeited to the sanctuary (cf. Exod 29:37; 30:29 ; Lev 6:18, 27 ; Num 16:37-38 ; Hag 2:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":7863,"verse_id":"DEU.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"The Hebrew term שַׁעַטְנֵז ( sha ’ atnez ) occurs only here and in Lev 19:19 . HALOT 1610-11 s.v. takes it to be a contraction of words ( שַׁשׁ [ shash , “headdress”] + עַטְנַז [’ atnaz , “strong”]). BDB 1043 s.v. שַׁעַטְנֵז offers the translation “mixed stuff” (cf. NEB “woven with two kinds of yarn”; NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “woven together”). The general meaning is clear even if the etymology is not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":7864,"verse_id":"DEU.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “twisted threads” ( גְּדִלִים , gÿdilim ) appears to be synonymous with צִיצִת ( tsitsit ) which, in Num 15:38 , occurs in a passage instructing Israel to remember the covenant. Perhaps that is the purpose of the tassels here as well. Cf. KJV, ASV “fringes”; NAB “twisted cords.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":7865,"verse_id":"DEU.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “goes to her,” a Hebrew euphemistic idiom for sexual relations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":7866,"verse_id":"DEU.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “hate.” See note on the word “other” in Deut 21:15 . Cf. NAB “comes to dislike”; NASB “turns against”; TEV “decides he doesn’t want.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":7867,"verse_id":"DEU.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “deeds of things”; NRSV “makes up charges against her”; NIV “slanders her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":7868,"verse_id":"DEU.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “brings against her a bad name”; NIV “gives her a bad name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":7869,"verse_id":"DEU.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “drew near to her.” This is another Hebrew euphemism for having sexual relations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":7870,"verse_id":"DEU.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “hated.” See note on the word “other” in Deut 21:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":7871,"verse_id":"DEU.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “they will spread the garment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":7872,"verse_id":"DEU.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “discipline.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":7873,"verse_id":"DEU.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “for he”; the referent (the man who made the accusation) has been specified in the translation to avoid confusion with the young woman’s father, the last-mentioned male.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":7874,"verse_id":"DEU.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “brought forth a bad name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":7875,"verse_id":"DEU.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"The Hebrew term נְבָלָה ( nÿvalah ) means more than just something stupid. It refers to a moral lapse so serious as to jeopardize the whole covenant community (cf. Gen 34:7 ; Judg 19:23; 20:6, 10 ; Jer 29:23 ). See C. Pan, NIDOTTE 3:11-13. Cf. NAB “she committed a crime against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":7876,"verse_id":"DEU.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “burn.” See note on Deut 21:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":7877,"verse_id":"DEU.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “lying with” (so KJV, NASB), a Hebrew idiom for sexual relations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":7878,"verse_id":"DEU.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “a woman married to a husband.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":7879,"verse_id":"DEU.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “burn.” See note on the phrase “purge out” in Deut 21:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A22/3"}
{"id":7880,"verse_id":"DEU.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “finds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":7881,"verse_id":"DEU.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “lies with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":7882,"verse_id":"DEU.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “humbled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":7883,"verse_id":"DEU.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":7884,"verse_id":"DEU.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “burn.” See note on the phrase “purge out” in Deut 21:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":7885,"verse_id":"DEU.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “found,” also in vv. 27, 28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":7886,"verse_id":"DEU.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “lay with” here refers to a forced sexual relationship, as the accompanying verb “seized” ( חָזַק , khazaq ) makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":7887,"verse_id":"DEU.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “the man who lay with her, only him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A25/3"}
{"id":7888,"verse_id":"DEU.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"Heb “his neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":7889,"verse_id":"DEU.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man who attacked the woman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":7890,"verse_id":"DEU.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “lies with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":7891,"verse_id":"DEU.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “take.” In context this refers to marriage, as in the older English expression “take a wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":7892,"verse_id":"DEU.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “uncover his father’s skirt” (so ASV, NASB). This appears to be a circumlocution for describing the dishonor that would come to a father by having his own son share his wife’s sexuality (cf. NAB, NIV “dishonor his father’s bed”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2022%3A30/4"}
{"id":7893,"verse_id":"DEU.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “bruised by crushing,” which many English versions take to refer to crushed testicles (NAB, NRSV, NLT); TEV “who has been castrated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":7894,"verse_id":"DEU.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “cut off with respect to the penis”; KJV, ASV “hath his privy member cut off”; English versions vary in their degree of euphemism here; cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV, NLT “penis”; NASB “male organ”; NCV “sex organ”; CEV “private parts”; NIV “emasculated by crushing or cutting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":7895,"verse_id":"DEU.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “a person born of an illegitimate marriage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":7896,"verse_id":"DEU.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “enter the assembly of the Lord. ” The phrase “do so” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":7897,"verse_id":"DEU.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"The Hebrew term translated “ever” ( עַד־עוֹלָם , ’ ad- ’ olam ) suggests that “tenth generation” (vv. 2, 3 ) also means “forever.” However, in the OT sense “forever” means not “for eternity” but for an indeterminate future time. See A. Tomasino, NIDOTTE 3:346.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":7898,"verse_id":"DEU.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “enter the assembly of the Lord. ” The phrase “do so” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":7899,"verse_id":"DEU.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “hired against you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":7900,"verse_id":"DEU.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “the Lord your God changed.” The phrase “the Lord your God” has not been included in the translation here for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy. Moreover, use of the pronoun “he” could create confusion regarding the referent (the Lord or Balaam).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":7901,"verse_id":"DEU.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"The verb אָהַב (’ ahav , “love”) here and commonly elsewhere in the Book of Deuteronomy speaks of God’s elective grace toward Israel. See note on the word “loved” in Deut 4:37 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":7902,"verse_id":"DEU.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":7903,"verse_id":"DEU.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “sojourner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":7904,"verse_id":"DEU.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “evil.” The context makes clear that this is a matter of ritual impurity, not moral impurity, so it is “evil” in the sense that it disbars one from certain religious activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":7905,"verse_id":"DEU.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “nocturnal happening.” The Hebrew term קָרֶה ( qareh ) merely means “to happen” so the phrase here is euphemistic (a “night happening”) for some kind of bodily emission such as excrement or semen. Such otherwise normal physical functions rendered one ritually unclean whether accidental or not. See Lev 15:16-18; 22:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":7906,"verse_id":"DEU.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “so that one may go outside there.” This expression is euphemistic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":7907,"verse_id":"DEU.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “sit.” This expression is euphemistic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":7908,"verse_id":"DEU.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “with it”; the referent (the spade mentioned at the beginning of the verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":7909,"verse_id":"DEU.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “what comes from you,” a euphemism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":7910,"verse_id":"DEU.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “give [over] your enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":7911,"verse_id":"DEU.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “nakedness of a thing”; NLT “any shameful thing.” The expression עֶרְוַת דָּבָר (’ ervat davar ) refers specifically to sexual organs and, by extension, to any function associated with them. There are some aspects of human life that are so personal and private that they ought not be publicly paraded. Cultically speaking, even God is offended by such impropriety (cf. Gen 9:22-23 ; Lev 18:6-12, 16-19; 20:11, 17-21 ). See B. Seevers, NIDOTTE 3:528-30.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":7912,"verse_id":"DEU.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"The Hebrew text includes “from his master,” but this would be redundant in English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":7913,"verse_id":"DEU.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":7914,"verse_id":"DEU.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sacred prostitute” here ( קְדֵשָׁה [ qÿdeshah ], from קַדֵשׁ [ qadesh , “holy”]; cf. NIV “shrine prostitute”; NASB “cult prostitute”; NRSV, TEV, NLT “temple prostitute”) refers to the pagan fertility cults that employed female and male prostitutes in various rituals designed to evoke agricultural and even human fecundity (cf. Gen 38:21-22 ; 1 Kgs 14:24; 15:12; 22:47 ; 2 Kgs 23:7 ; Hos 4:14 ). The Hebrew term for a regular, noncultic (i.e., “secular”) female prostitute is זוֹנָה ( zonah ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":7915,"verse_id":"DEU.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":7916,"verse_id":"DEU.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.17","text":"The male cultic prostitute was called קָדֵשׁ ( qadesh ; see note on the phrase “sacred prostitute” earlier in this verse). The colloquial Hebrew term for a “secular” male prostitute (i.e., a sodomite) is the disparaging epithet כֶּלֶב ( kelev , “dog”) which occurs in the following verse (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A17/3"}
{"id":7917,"verse_id":"DEU.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A17/4"}
{"id":7918,"verse_id":"DEU.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Here the Hebrew term זוֹנָה ( zonah ) refers to a noncultic (i.e., “secular”) female prostitute; see note on the phrase “sacred prostitute” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":7919,"verse_id":"DEU.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “of a dog.” This is the common Hebrew term for a noncultic (i.e., “secular”) male prostitute. See note on the phrase “sacred male prostitute” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":7920,"verse_id":"DEU.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “to your brother” (likewise in the following verse). Since this is not limited to actual siblings, “fellow Israelite” is used in the translation (cf. NAB, NASB “countrymen”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":7921,"verse_id":"DEU.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":7922,"verse_id":"DEU.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which is reflected in the translation by “surely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":7923,"verse_id":"DEU.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “and it will be a sin to you”; NIV, NCV, NLT “be guilty of sin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A21/3"}
{"id":7924,"verse_id":"DEU.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “grapes according to your appetite, your fullness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":7925,"verse_id":"DEU.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “in your container”; NAB, NIV “your basket.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2023%3A24/2"}
{"id":7926,"verse_id":"DEU.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “nakedness of a thing.” The Hebrew phrase עֶרְוַת דָּבָר (’ ervat davar ) refers here to some gross sexual impropriety (see note on “indecent” in Deut 23:14 ). Though the term usually has to do only with indecent exposure of the genitals, it can also include such behavior as adultery (cf. Lev 18:6-18; 20:11, 17, 20-21 ; Ezek 22:10; 23:29 ; Hos 2:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":7927,"verse_id":"DEU.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":7928,"verse_id":"DEU.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “hates.” See note on the word “other” in Deut 21:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":7929,"verse_id":"DEU.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “writes her a document of divorce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":7930,"verse_id":"DEU.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “to return to take her to be his wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":7931,"verse_id":"DEU.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “cause the land to sin” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":7932,"verse_id":"DEU.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “go out with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":7933,"verse_id":"DEU.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"For the MT’s reading Piel שִׂמַּח ( simmakh , “bring joy to”), the Syriac and others read שָׂמַח ( samakh , “enjoy”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":7934,"verse_id":"DEU.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “from his brothers, from the sons of Israel.” The terms “brothers” and “sons of Israel” are in apposition; the second defines the first more specifically.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":7935,"verse_id":"DEU.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Or “and enslaves him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":7936,"verse_id":"DEU.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “that thief.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":7937,"verse_id":"DEU.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “burn.” See note on the word “purge” in Deut 19:19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A7/4"}
{"id":7938,"verse_id":"DEU.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “to watch carefully and to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":7939,"verse_id":"DEU.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “his pledge.” This refers to something offered as pledge of repayment, i.e., as security for the debt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":7940,"verse_id":"DEU.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “his pledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":7941,"verse_id":"DEU.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “may not lie down in his pledge.” What is in view is the use of clothing as guarantee for the repayment of loans, a matter already addressed elsewhere ( Deut 23:19-20; 24:6 ; cf. Exod 22:25-26 ; Lev 25:35-37 ). Cf. NAB “you shall not sleep in the mantle he gives as a pledge”; NRSV “in the garment given you as the pledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":7942,"verse_id":"DEU.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation seeks to reflect with “by all means.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":7943,"verse_id":"DEU.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Or “righteous” (so NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":7944,"verse_id":"DEU.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “your brothers,” but not limited only to actual siblings; cf. NASB “your (+ own NAB) countrymen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":7945,"verse_id":"DEU.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “who are in your land in your gates.” The word “living” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":7946,"verse_id":"DEU.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “sons” (so NASB; twice in this verse). Many English versions, including the KJV, read “children” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":7947,"verse_id":"DEU.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “in the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":7948,"verse_id":"DEU.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “of your hands.” This law was later applied in the story of Ruth who, as a poor widow, was allowed by generous Boaz to glean in his fields ( Ruth 2:1-13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":7949,"verse_id":"DEU.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “knock down after you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":7950,"verse_id":"DEU.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “glean after you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":7951,"verse_id":"DEU.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":7952,"verse_id":"DEU.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the judges) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A1/2"}
{"id":7953,"verse_id":"DEU.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “declare to be just”; KJV, NASB “justify the righteous”; NAB, NIV “acquitting the innocent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A1/3"}
{"id":7954,"verse_id":"DEU.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “declare to be evil”; NIV “condemning the guilty (+ party NAB).”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A1/4"}
{"id":7955,"verse_id":"DEU.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “and it will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":7956,"verse_id":"DEU.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “if the evil one is a son of smiting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":7957,"verse_id":"DEU.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “according to his wickedness, by number.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A2/3"}
{"id":7958,"verse_id":"DEU.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the judge) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":7959,"verse_id":"DEU.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “Forty blows he may strike him”; however, since the judge is to witness the punishment (v. 2 ) it is unlikely the judge himself administered it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":7960,"verse_id":"DEU.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “your brothers” but not limited only to an actual sibling; cf. NAB) “your kinsman”; NRSV, NLT “your neighbor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A3/3"}
{"id":7961,"verse_id":"DEU.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “an.” By implication this is one’s own animal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":7962,"verse_id":"DEU.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “take her as wife”; NRSV “taking her in marriage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":7963,"verse_id":"DEU.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “and it will be that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":7964,"verse_id":"DEU.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “the firstborn.” This refers to the oldest male child.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":7965,"verse_id":"DEU.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “want to take his sister-in-law, then his sister in law.” In the second instance the pronoun (“she”) has been used in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":7966,"verse_id":"DEU.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “build the house of his brother”; TEV “refuses to give his brother a descendant”; NLT “refuses to raise up a son for his brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":7967,"verse_id":"DEU.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “called,” i.e., “known as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":7968,"verse_id":"DEU.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":7969,"verse_id":"DEU.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"Cf. NIV, NCV “The Family of the Unsandaled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":7970,"verse_id":"DEU.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “a man and his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":7971,"verse_id":"DEU.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “shameful parts.” Besides the inherent indelicacy of what she has done, the woman has also threatened the progenitive capacity of the injured man. The level of specificity given this term in modern translations varies: “private parts” (NAB, NIV, CEV); “genitals” (NASB, NRSV, TEV); “sex organs” (NCV); “testicles” (NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":7972,"verse_id":"DEU.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “a stone and a stone.” The repetition of the singular noun here expresses diversity, as the following phrase indicates. See IBHS 116 §7.2.3c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":7973,"verse_id":"DEU.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “a large and a small,” but since the issue is the weight, “a heavy and a light one” conveys the idea better in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A13/2"}
{"id":7974,"verse_id":"DEU.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “an ephah and an ephah.” An ephah refers to a unit of dry measure roughly equivalent to five U.S. gallons (just under 20 liters). On the repetition of the term to indicate diversity, see IBHS 116 §7.2.3c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":7975,"verse_id":"DEU.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Or “just”; Heb “righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":7976,"verse_id":"DEU.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"The Hebrew term translated here “abhorrent” ( תּוֹעֵבָה , to ’ evah ) speaks of attitudes and/or behaviors so vile as to be reprehensible to a holy God. See note on the word “abhorrent” in Deut 7:25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":7977,"verse_id":"DEU.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “what Amalek” (so NAB, NRSV). Here the individual ancestor, the namesake of the tribe, is cited as representative of the entire tribe at the time Israel was entering Canaan. Consistent with this, singular pronouns are used in v. 18 and the singular name appears again in v. 19 . Since readers unfamiliar with the tribe of Amalekites might think this refers to an individual, the term “Amalekites” and the corresponding plural pronouns have been used throughout these verses (cf. NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":7978,"verse_id":"DEU.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “ the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":7979,"verse_id":"DEU.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to possess it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":7980,"verse_id":"DEU.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.19","text":"Or “from beneath the sky.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2025%3A19/3"}
{"id":7981,"verse_id":"DEU.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “and it will come to pass that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":7982,"verse_id":"DEU.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":7983,"verse_id":"DEU.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"For the MT reading “your God,” certain LXX mss have “my God,” a contextually superior rendition followed by some English versions (e.g., NAB, NASB, TEV). Perhaps the text reflects dittography of the kaf ( כ ) at the end of the word with the following preposition כִּי ( ki ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":7984,"verse_id":"DEU.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"The Syriac adds “your God” to complete the usual formula.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":7985,"verse_id":"DEU.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “swore on oath.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A3/3"}
{"id":7986,"verse_id":"DEU.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 7, 15 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A3/4"}
{"id":7987,"verse_id":"DEU.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":7988,"verse_id":"DEU.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Though the Hebrew term אָבַד (’ avad ) generally means “to perish” or the like ( HALOT 2-3 s.v.; BDB 1-2 s.v.; cf. KJV “a Syrian ready to perish”), a meaning “to go astray” or “to be lost” is also attested. The ambivalence in the Hebrew text is reflected in the versions where LXX Vaticanus reads ἀπέβαλεν ( apebalen , “lose”) for a possibly metathesized reading found in Alexandrinus, Ambrosianus, ἀπέλαβεν ( apelaben , “receive”); others attest κατέλειπεν ( kateleipen , “leave, abandon”). “Wandering” seems to suit best the contrast with the sedentary life Israel would enjoy in Canaan (v. 9 ) and is the meaning followed by many English versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":7989,"verse_id":"DEU.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A5/3"}
{"id":7990,"verse_id":"DEU.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “sojourned there few in number.” The words “with a household” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A5/4"}
{"id":7991,"verse_id":"DEU.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” See note on “he” in 26:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":7992,"verse_id":"DEU.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “by a powerful hand and an extended arm.” These are anthropomorphisms designed to convey God’s tremendously great power in rescuing Israel from their Egyptian bondage. They are preserved literally in many English versions (cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":7993,"verse_id":"DEU.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in 26:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":7994,"verse_id":"DEU.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Or “household” (so NASB, NIV, NLT); Heb “house” (so KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":7995,"verse_id":"DEU.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb includes “the tithes of.” This has not been included in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":7996,"verse_id":"DEU.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"The terms “Levite, resident foreigner, orphan, and widow” are collective singulars in the Hebrew text (also in v. 13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":7997,"verse_id":"DEU.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “gates.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A12/3"}
{"id":7998,"verse_id":"DEU.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “the sacred thing.” The term הַקֹּדֶשׁ ( haqqodesh ) likely refers to an offering normally set apart for the Lord but, as a third-year tithe, given on this occasion to people in need. Sometimes this is translated as “the sacred portion” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV), but that could sound to a modern reader as if a part of the house were being removed and given away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":7999,"verse_id":"DEU.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “according to all your commandment that you commanded me.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":8000,"verse_id":"DEU.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “the Lord my God.” See note on “he” in 26:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":8001,"verse_id":"DEU.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Or “mind and being”; cf. NCV “with your whole being”; TEV “obey them faithfully with all your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":8002,"verse_id":"DEU.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “so that.” Verses 18-19 are one sentence in the Hebrew text, but the translation divides it into three sentences for stylistic reasons. The first clause in verse 19 gives a result of the preceding clause. When Israel keeps God’s law, God will bless them with fame and honor (cf. NAB “he will then raise you high in praise and renown and glory”; NLT “And if you do, he will make you greater than any other nation”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":8003,"verse_id":"DEU.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “for praise and for a name and for glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A19/2"}
{"id":8004,"verse_id":"DEU.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “and to be.” A new sentence was started here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2026%3A19/3"}
{"id":8005,"verse_id":"DEU.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “the whole commandment.” See note at 5:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":8006,"verse_id":"DEU.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “commanding”; NAB “which I enjoin on you today” (likewise in v. 10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":8007,"verse_id":"DEU.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":8008,"verse_id":"DEU.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “plaster” (so KJV, ASV; likewise in v. 4 ). In the translation “cover” has been used for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":8009,"verse_id":"DEU.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":8010,"verse_id":"DEU.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Smr reads “Mount Gerizim” for the MT reading “Mount Ebal” to justify the location of the Samaritan temple there in the postexilic period. This reading is patently self-serving and does not reflect the original. In the NT when the Samaritan woman of Sychar referred to “this mountain” as the place of worship for her community she obviously had Gerizim in mind (cf. John 4:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":8011,"verse_id":"DEU.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of the Lord your God.” Here “listen” (NAB “hearken”) means “obey” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":8012,"verse_id":"DEU.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"The word “tribes” has been supplied here and in the following verse in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":8013,"verse_id":"DEU.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “Israelite man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":8014,"verse_id":"DEU.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “man,” but in a generic sense here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":8015,"verse_id":"DEU.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"The Hebrew term translated here “abhorrent” ( תּוֹעֵבָה , to ’ evah ) speaks of attitudes and/or behaviors so vile as to be reprehensible to a holy God. See note on the word “abhorrent” in Deut 7:25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":8016,"verse_id":"DEU.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “craftsman’s hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A15/3"}
{"id":8017,"verse_id":"DEU.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.15","text":"Or “So be it!” The term is an affirmation expressing agreement with the words of the Levites.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A15/4"}
{"id":8018,"verse_id":"DEU.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"The Levites speak again at this point; throughout this pericope the Levites pronounce the curse and the people respond with “Amen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":8019,"verse_id":"DEU.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.16","text":"The Hebrew term קָלָה ( qalah ) means to treat with disdain or lack of due respect (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV “dishonors”; NLT “despises”). It is the opposite of כָּבֵד ( kaved , “to be heavy,” that is, to treat with reverence and proper deference). To treat a parent lightly is to dishonor him or her and thus violate the fifth commandment ( Deut 5:16 ; cf. Exod 21:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A16/2"}
{"id":8020,"verse_id":"DEU.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “who lies with” (so NASB, NRSV); also in vv. 22, 23 . This is a Hebrew idiom for having sexual relations (cf. NIV “who sleeps with”; NLT “who has sexual intercourse with”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":8021,"verse_id":"DEU.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.20","text":"See note at Deut 22:30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A20/2"}
{"id":8022,"verse_id":"DEU.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “he uncovers his father’s skirt” (NASB similar). See note at Deut 22:30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":8023,"verse_id":"DEU.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “lies with any animal” (so NASB, NRSV). “To lie with” is a Hebrew euphemism for having sexual relations with someone (or in this case, some animal).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":8024,"verse_id":"DEU.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Or “strikes down” (so NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":8025,"verse_id":"DEU.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":8026,"verse_id":"DEU.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “commanding”; NAB “which I enjoin on you today” (likewise in v. 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":8027,"verse_id":"DEU.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “come upon you and overtake you” (so NASB, NRSV); NIV “come upon you and accompany you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":8028,"verse_id":"DEU.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Or “in the country” (so NAB, NIV, NLT). This expression also occurs in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":8029,"verse_id":"DEU.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":8030,"verse_id":"DEU.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “who rise up against” (so NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":8031,"verse_id":"DEU.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “way” (also later in this verse and in v. 25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":8032,"verse_id":"DEU.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” Because English would not typically reintroduce the proper name following a relative pronoun (“he will bless…the Lord your God is giving”), the pronoun (“he”) has been employed here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":8033,"verse_id":"DEU.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “the commandments of the Lord your God.” See note on “he” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":8034,"verse_id":"DEU.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “and walk in his ways” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":8035,"verse_id":"DEU.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “the name of the Lord is called over you.” The Hebrew idiom indicates ownership; see 2 Sam 12:28 ; Isa 4:1 , as well as BDB 896 s.v. קָרָא Niph. 2.d.(4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":8036,"verse_id":"DEU.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “will give you a lot of children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":8037,"verse_id":"DEU.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “the Lord .” See note on “he” in 28:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":8038,"verse_id":"DEU.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 36, 64 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":8039,"verse_id":"DEU.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “all the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":8040,"verse_id":"DEU.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “the Lord your God’s.” See note on “he” in 28:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":8041,"verse_id":"DEU.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “commanding” (so NRSV); NASB “which I charge you today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":8042,"verse_id":"DEU.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “from all the words which I am commanding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":8043,"verse_id":"DEU.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “in order to serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":8044,"verse_id":"DEU.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “do not hear the voice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":8045,"verse_id":"DEU.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “and overtake you” (so NIV, NRSV); NAB, NLT “and overwhelm you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A15/2"}
{"id":8046,"verse_id":"DEU.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":8047,"verse_id":"DEU.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “the curse, the confusion, and the rebuke” (NASB and NIV similar); NRSV “disaster, panic, and frustration.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":8048,"verse_id":"DEU.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “in all the stretching out of your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A20/2"}
{"id":8049,"verse_id":"DEU.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"28.20","text":"For the MT first person common singular suffix (“me”), the LXX reads either “Lord” (Lucian) or third person masculine singular suffix (“him”; various codices). The MT’s more difficult reading probably represents the original text. tn Heb “the evil of your doings wherein you have forsaken me”; CEV “all because you rejected the Lord.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A20/3"}
{"id":8050,"verse_id":"DEU.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “will cause pestilence to cling to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":8051,"verse_id":"DEU.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “The Lord. ” See note on “he” in 28:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":8052,"verse_id":"DEU.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.22","text":"Or perhaps “consumption” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV). The term is from a verbal root that indicates a weakening of one’s physical strength (cf. NAB “wasting”; NIV, NLT “wasting disease”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A22/2"}
{"id":8053,"verse_id":"DEU.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “hot fever”; NIV “scorching heat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A22/3"}
{"id":8054,"verse_id":"DEU.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.22","text":"Or “drought” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A22/4"}
{"id":8055,"verse_id":"DEU.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"The MT reads “Your.” The LXX reads “Heaven will be to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":8056,"verse_id":"DEU.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Or “heavens” (also in the following verse). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":8057,"verse_id":"DEU.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"The meaningless MT reading זַעֲוָה ( za ’ avah ) is clearly a transposition of the more commonly attested Hebrew noun זְוָעָה ( zÿva ’ ah , “terror”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":8058,"verse_id":"DEU.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.28","text":"Heb “heart” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A28/1"}
{"id":8059,"verse_id":"DEU.28.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.29","text":"Heb “you will not cause your ways to prosper.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A29/1"}
{"id":8060,"verse_id":"DEU.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.30","text":"For MT reading שָׁגַל ( shagal , “ravish; violate”), the Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate presume the less violent שָׁכַב ( shakhav , “lie with”). The unexpected counterpart to betrothal here favors the originality of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A30/1"}
{"id":8061,"verse_id":"DEU.28.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.32","text":"Heb “and there will be no power in your hand”; NCV “there will be nothing you can do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A32/1"}
{"id":8062,"verse_id":"DEU.28.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.36","text":"The LXX reads the plural “kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A36/1"}
{"id":8063,"verse_id":"DEU.28.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.40","text":"Heb “your olives will drop off” ( נָשַׁל , nashal ), referring to the olives dropping off before they ripen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A40/1"}
{"id":8064,"verse_id":"DEU.28.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.42","text":"The Hebrew term denotes some sort of buzzing or whirring insect; some have understood this to be a type of locust (KJV, NIV, CEV), but other insects have also been suggested: “buzzing insects” (NAB); “the cricket” (NASB); “the cicada” (NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A42/1"}
{"id":8065,"verse_id":"DEU.28.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.43","text":"Heb “the foreigner.” This is a collective singular and has therefore been translated as plural; this includes the pronouns in the following verse, which are also singular in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A43/1"}
{"id":8066,"verse_id":"DEU.28.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.45","text":"Heb “commanded”; NAB, NIV, TEV “he gave you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A45/1"}
{"id":8067,"verse_id":"DEU.28.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.46","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the curses mentioned previously) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A46/1"}
{"id":8068,"verse_id":"DEU.28.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.46","text":"Heb “seed” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A46/2"}
{"id":8069,"verse_id":"DEU.28.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.48","text":"Heb “lack of everything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A48/1"}
{"id":8070,"verse_id":"DEU.28.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.48","text":"Heb “he” (also later in this verse). The pronoun is a collective singular referring to the enemies (cf. CEV, NLT). Many translations understand the singular pronoun to refer to the Lord (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A48/2"}
{"id":8071,"verse_id":"DEU.28.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.49","text":"Heb “from the end of the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A49/1"}
{"id":8072,"verse_id":"DEU.28.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.49","text":"Some translations understand this to mean “like an eagle swoops down” (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), comparing the swift attack of an eagle to the attack of the Israelites’ enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A49/2"}
{"id":8073,"verse_id":"DEU.28.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.51","text":"Heb “it” (so NRSV), a collective singular referring to the invading nation (several times in this verse and v. 52 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A51/1"}
{"id":8074,"verse_id":"DEU.28.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.51","text":"Heb “increase of herds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A51/2"}
{"id":8075,"verse_id":"DEU.28.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.51","text":"Heb “growth of flocks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A51/3"}
{"id":8076,"verse_id":"DEU.28.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.52","text":"Heb “gates,” also in vv. 55, 57 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A52/1"}
{"id":8077,"verse_id":"DEU.28.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.53","text":"Heb “the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NRSV); NASB “the offspring of your own body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A53/1"}
{"id":8078,"verse_id":"DEU.28.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.53","text":"Heb “siege and stress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A53/2"}
{"id":8079,"verse_id":"DEU.28.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.55","text":"Heb “besiege,” redundant with the noun “siege.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A55/1"}
{"id":8080,"verse_id":"DEU.28.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.56","text":"The LXX adds σφόδρα ( sfodra , “very”) to bring the description into line with v. 54 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A56/1"}
{"id":8081,"verse_id":"DEU.28.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.56","text":"Heb “delicateness and tenderness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A56/2"}
{"id":8082,"verse_id":"DEU.28.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.57","text":"Heb includes “that which comes out from between her feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A57/1"}
{"id":8083,"verse_id":"DEU.28.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.57","text":"Heb “her sons that she will bear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A57/2"}
{"id":8084,"verse_id":"DEU.28.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":57,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.57","text":"Heb includes “in her need for everything.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A57/3"}
{"id":8085,"verse_id":"DEU.28.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.58","text":"Heb “If you are not careful to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A58/1"}
{"id":8086,"verse_id":"DEU.28.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.60","text":"Heb “will cling to you” (so NIV); NLT “will claim you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A60/2"}
{"id":8087,"verse_id":"DEU.28.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.61","text":"The Hebrew term תּוֹרָה ( torah ) can refer either (1) to the whole Pentateuch or, more likely, (2) to the book of Deuteronomy or even (3) only to this curse section of the covenant text. “Scroll” better reflects the actual document, since “book” conveys the notion of a bound book with pages to the modern English reader. Cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV “the book of this law”; NIV, NLT “this Book of the Law”; TEV “this book of God’s laws and teachings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A61/1"}
{"id":8088,"verse_id":"DEU.28.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.62","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A62/1"}
{"id":8089,"verse_id":"DEU.28.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":62,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.62","text":"Heb “have not listened to the voice of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A62/2"}
{"id":8090,"verse_id":"DEU.28.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.63","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” See note on “he” in 28:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A63/1"}
{"id":8091,"verse_id":"DEU.28.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":28,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.66","text":"Heb “you will not be confident in your life.” The phrase “from one day to the next” is implied by the following verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2028%3A66/1"}
{"id":8092,"verse_id":"DEU.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"The Hebrew text includes “to your eyes,” but this is redundant in English style (cf. the preceding “you have seen”) and is omitted in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":8093,"verse_id":"DEU.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “testings.” This is a reference to the plagues; see note at 4:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":8094,"verse_id":"DEU.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “a heart to know, eyes to see and ears to hear” (NASB similar); NAB, NRSV “a mind to understand, or eyes to see, or ears to hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":8095,"verse_id":"DEU.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"The Hebrew text includes “on you.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":8096,"verse_id":"DEU.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"The Hebrew text includes “from on your feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":8097,"verse_id":"DEU.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"The LXX reads “that he is the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":8098,"verse_id":"DEU.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":8099,"verse_id":"DEU.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “your heads, your tribes.” The Syriac presupposes either “heads of your tribes” or “your heads, your judges,” etc. (reading שֹׁפְטֵכֶם [ shofÿtekhem ] for שִׁבְטֵיכֶם [ shivtekhem ]). Its comparative difficulty favors the originality of the MT reading. Cf. KJV “your captains of your tribes”; NRSV “the leaders of your tribes”; NLT “your tribal leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":8100,"verse_id":"DEU.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “your.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":8101,"verse_id":"DEU.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “for you to pass on into the covenant of the Lord your God and into his oath, which the Lord your God is cutting with you today.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":8102,"verse_id":"DEU.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “in order to establish you today to him for a people and he will be to you for God.” Verses 10-13 are one long sentence in Hebrew. The translation divides this into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":8103,"verse_id":"DEU.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":8104,"verse_id":"DEU.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"This is interpreted by some English versions as a reference to generations not yet born (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":8105,"verse_id":"DEU.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"The Hebrew term שִׁקּוּץ ( shiquts ) refers to anything out of keeping with the nature and character of Yahweh and therefore to be avoided by his people Israel. It is commonly used with or as a synonym for תּוֹעֵבָה ( to ’ evah , “detestable, abhorrent”; 2 Kgs 23:13 ; Jer 16:18 ; Ezek 5:11; 7:20; 11:18, 21 ; see note on the term “abhorrent” in Deut 7:25 ). See M. Grisanti, NIDOTTE 4:243-46.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":8106,"verse_id":"DEU.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"The Hebrew text includes “which were with them.” Verses 16-17 constitute a parenthetical comment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":8107,"verse_id":"DEU.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “yielding fruit poisonous and wormwood.” The Hebrew noun לַעֲנָה ( la ’ anah ) literally means “wormwood” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB), but is used figuratively for anything extremely bitter, thus here “fruit poisonous and bitter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":8108,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the subject of the warning in v. 18 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/1"}
{"id":8109,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “in his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/2"}
{"id":8110,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.19","text":"Or “invokes a blessing on himself.” A formalized word of blessing is in view, the content of which appears later in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/3"}
{"id":8111,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/4"}
{"id":8112,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “thus destroying.” For stylistic reasons the translation begins a new sentence here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/5"}
{"id":8113,"verse_id":"DEU.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “the watered with the parched.” The word “ground” is implied. The exact meaning of the phrase is uncertain although it appears to be figurative. This appears to be a proverbial observation employing a figure of speech (a merism) suggesting totality. That is, the Israelite who violates the letter and even spirit of the covenant will harm not only himself but everything he touches – “the watered and the parched.” Cf. CEV “you will cause the rest of Israel to be punished along with you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A19/6"}
{"id":8114,"verse_id":"DEU.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “the wrath of the Lord and his zeal.” The expression is a hendiadys, a figure in which the second noun becomes adjectival to the first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":8115,"verse_id":"DEU.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “smoke,” or “smolder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A20/2"}
{"id":8116,"verse_id":"DEU.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “the entire oath.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A20/3"}
{"id":8117,"verse_id":"DEU.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.20","text":"Or “will lie in wait against him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A20/4"}
{"id":8118,"verse_id":"DEU.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “blot out his name from under the sky.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A20/5"}
{"id":8119,"verse_id":"DEU.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “set him apart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":8120,"verse_id":"DEU.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “for evil”; NAB “for doom”; NASB “for adversity”; NIV “for disaster”; NRSV “for calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":8121,"verse_id":"DEU.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “will say and see.” One expects a quotation to appear, but it seems to be omitted. To avoid confusion in the translation, the verb “will say” is omitted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":8122,"verse_id":"DEU.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “the anger and the wrath.” This construction is a hendiadys intended to intensify the emotion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":8123,"verse_id":"DEU.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “this great burning of anger”; KJV “the heat of this great anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":8124,"verse_id":"DEU.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “did not assign to them”; NASB, NRSV “had not allotted to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A26/1"}
{"id":8125,"verse_id":"DEU.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “the entire curse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A27/1"}
{"id":8126,"verse_id":"DEU.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"Heb “sons” (so NASB); KJV, ASV, NIV, NRSV “children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2029%3A29/1"}
{"id":8127,"verse_id":"DEU.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “the blessing and the curse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":8128,"verse_id":"DEU.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “and you bring (them) back to your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":8129,"verse_id":"DEU.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “sons” (so NASB); KJV, ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":8130,"verse_id":"DEU.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"Or “heart and soul” (also in vv. 6, 10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":8131,"verse_id":"DEU.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “according to all.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A2/3"}
{"id":8132,"verse_id":"DEU.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":8133,"verse_id":"DEU.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “are at the farthest edge of the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":8134,"verse_id":"DEU.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on the second occurrence of the word “he” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":8135,"verse_id":"DEU.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “fathers” (also later in this verse and in vv. 9, 20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":8136,"verse_id":"DEU.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “circumcise” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “will give you and your descendents obedient hearts.” See note on the word “cleanse” in Deut 10:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":8137,"verse_id":"DEU.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “seed” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":8138,"verse_id":"DEU.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “the Lord your God.” See note on the second occurrence of the word “he” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A6/3"}
{"id":8139,"verse_id":"DEU.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “commanding”; NAB “which I now enjoin on you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":8140,"verse_id":"DEU.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"The MT reads “hand” (singular). Most versions read the plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":8141,"verse_id":"DEU.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “the fruit of your womb” (so NAB, NIV); NRSV “of your body.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A9/2"}
{"id":8142,"verse_id":"DEU.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “return and.” The Hebrew verb is used idiomatically here to indicate the repetition of the following action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A9/3"}
{"id":8143,"verse_id":"DEU.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.9","text":"The Hebrew text includes “for good.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A9/4"}
{"id":8144,"verse_id":"DEU.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “to the Lord your God.” See note on the second occurrence of the word “he” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":8145,"verse_id":"DEU.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.11","text":"Heb “commanding”; NAB “which I enjoin on you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A11/1"}
{"id":8146,"verse_id":"DEU.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":8147,"verse_id":"DEU.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"A number of LXX mss insert before this verse, “if you obey the commandments of the Lord your God,” thus translating אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) as “which” and the rest as “I am commanding you today, to love,” etc., “then you will live,” etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":8148,"verse_id":"DEU.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “which you are going there to possess it.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A16/2"}
{"id":8149,"verse_id":"DEU.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “your heart,” as a metonymy for the person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":8150,"verse_id":"DEU.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":8151,"verse_id":"DEU.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “to go there to possess it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":8152,"verse_id":"DEU.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"The words “I also call on you” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text vv. 19-20 are one long sentence, which the translation divides into two.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":8153,"verse_id":"DEU.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “he is your life and the length of your days to live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2030%3A20/2"}
{"id":8154,"verse_id":"DEU.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"31.1","text":"For the MT reading וַיֵּלֶךְ ( vayyelekh , “he went”), the LXX and Qumran have וַיְכַל ( vaykhal , “he finished”): “So Moses finished speaking,” etc. The difficult reading of the MT favors its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A1/1"}
{"id":8155,"verse_id":"DEU.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"In the MT this refers to the words that follow (cf. NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":8156,"verse_id":"DEU.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Or “am no longer able to lead you” (NIV, NLT); Heb “am no longer able to go out and come in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":8157,"verse_id":"DEU.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"The Hebrew text includes “and said to him.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":8158,"verse_id":"DEU.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A7/2"}
{"id":8159,"verse_id":"DEU.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “Moses.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A10/1"}
{"id":8160,"verse_id":"DEU.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.10","text":"The Hebrew term שְׁמִטָּה ( shÿmittah ), a derivative of the verb שָׁמַט ( shamat , “to release; to relinquish”), refers to the procedure whereby debts of all fellow Israelites were to be canceled. Since the Feast of Tabernacles celebrated God’s own deliverance of and provision for his people, this was an appropriate time for Israelites to release one another. See note on this word at Deut 15:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A10/2"}
{"id":8161,"verse_id":"DEU.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.10","text":"The Hebrew phrase הַסֻּכּוֹת [ חַג ] ([ khag ] hassukot , “[festival of] huts” [or “shelters”]) is traditionally known as the Feast of Tabernacles. See note on the name of the festival in Deut 16:13 . sn For the regulations on this annual festival see Deut 16:13-15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A10/3"}
{"id":8162,"verse_id":"DEU.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “before all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":8163,"verse_id":"DEU.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"The phrase “this law” is not in the Hebrew text, but English style requires an object for the verb here. Other translations also supply the object which is otherwise implicit (cf. NIV “who do not know this law”; TEV “who have never heard the Law of the Lord your God”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":8164,"verse_id":"DEU.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"The LXX reads “by the door of the tent” in line with v. 10 but also, perhaps, as a reflection of its tendency to avoid over-familiarity with Yahweh and his transcendence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":8165,"verse_id":"DEU.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “tent of assembly” ( מוֹעֵד אֹהֶל , ’ ohel mo ’ ed ); this is not always the same as the tabernacle, which is usually called מִשְׁכָּן ( mishkan , “dwelling-place”), a reference to its being invested with God’s presence. The “tent of meeting” was erected earlier than the tabernacle and was the place where Yahweh occasionally appeared, especially to Moses (cf. Exod 18:7-16; 33:7-11 ; Num 11:16, 24, 26; 12:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A14/2"}
{"id":8166,"verse_id":"DEU.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “I will command him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A14/3"}
{"id":8167,"verse_id":"DEU.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “and the pillar of cloud.” This phrase was not repeated in the translation; a relative clause was used instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":8168,"verse_id":"DEU.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “lie down with your fathers” (so NASB); NRSV “ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":8169,"verse_id":"DEU.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they,” which is necessary in any case in the translation because of contemporary English style. The third person singular also occurs in the Hebrew text twice more in this verse, three times in v. 17 , once in v. 18 , five times in v. 20 , and four times in v. 21 . Each time it is translated as third person plural for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A16/2"}
{"id":8170,"verse_id":"DEU.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A16/3"}
{"id":8171,"verse_id":"DEU.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.16","text":"Or “abandon” (TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A16/4"}
{"id":8172,"verse_id":"DEU.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A16/5"}
{"id":8173,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “on that day.” This same expression also appears later in the verse and in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":8174,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/2"}
{"id":8175,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “find,” “encounter.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/3"}
{"id":8176,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/4"}
{"id":8177,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/5"}
{"id":8178,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “evils.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/6"}
{"id":8179,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “me.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “us,” which is necessary in any case in the translation because of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/7"}
{"id":8180,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/8"}
{"id":8181,"verse_id":"DEU.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “me.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “us,” which is necessary in any case in the translation because of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A17/9"}
{"id":8182,"verse_id":"DEU.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":8183,"verse_id":"DEU.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":8184,"verse_id":"DEU.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A20/1"}
{"id":8185,"verse_id":"DEU.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “his.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “their.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":8186,"verse_id":"DEU.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A20/3"}
{"id":8187,"verse_id":"DEU.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “and are satisfied.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A20/4"}
{"id":8188,"verse_id":"DEU.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “he.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “they.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A20/5"}
{"id":8189,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “Then it will come to pass that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":8190,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/2"}
{"id":8191,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/3"}
{"id":8192,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “his.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “their.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/4"}
{"id":8193,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “it will not be forgotten from the mouth of his seed.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/5"}
{"id":8194,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “his.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “their.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/6"}
{"id":8195,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “which he is doing.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/7"}
{"id":8196,"verse_id":"DEU.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “him.” Smr, LXX, and the Targums read the plural “them.” See note on the first occurrence of “they” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A21/8"}
{"id":8197,"verse_id":"DEU.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “he.” Since the pronoun could be taken to refer to Moses, the referent has been specified as “the Lord ” in the translation for clarity. See also the note on the word “you” later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":8198,"verse_id":"DEU.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"The LXX reads, “as the Lord promised them, and he will be with you.” This relieves the problem of Moses apparently promising to be with Joshua as the MT reads on the surface (“I will be with you”). However, the reading of the LXX is clearly an attempt to clarify an existing obscurity and therefore is unlikely to reflect the original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":8199,"verse_id":"DEU.31.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.25","text":"Heb “Moses.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A25/1"}
{"id":8200,"verse_id":"DEU.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “stiffness of neck” (cf. KJV, NAB, NIV). See note on the word “stubborn” in Deut 9:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A27/1"}
{"id":8201,"verse_id":"DEU.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “How much more after my death?” The Hebrew text has a sarcastic rhetorical question here; the translation seeks to bring out the force of the question.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A27/2"}
{"id":8202,"verse_id":"DEU.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.29","text":"The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis, which the translation indicates with “totally.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A29/1"}
{"id":8203,"verse_id":"DEU.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.29","text":"Heb “do the evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A29/2"}
{"id":8204,"verse_id":"DEU.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.29","text":"Heb “the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2031%3A29/3"}
{"id":8205,"verse_id":"DEU.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"Or “mist,” “light drizzle.” In some contexts the term appears to refer to light rain, rather than dew.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":8206,"verse_id":"DEU.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Smr and Tg read “in the name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":8207,"verse_id":"DEU.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"The LXX reads Θεός ( qeos , “God”) for the MT’s “Rock.” sn The Hebrew term depicts God as a rocky summit where one may find safety and protection. Within a covenantal context it serves as a reminder to the people that their God has committed himself to their protection in return for their allegiance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":8208,"verse_id":"DEU.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Or “just” (KJV, NAB, NRSV, NLT) or “righteous” (NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":8209,"verse_id":"DEU.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"The 3rd person masculine singular שָׁחַת ( shakhat ) is rendered as 3rd person masculine plural by Smr, a reading supported by the plural suffix on מוּם ( mum , “defect”) as well as the plural of בֵּן ( ben , “sons”). tn Heb “have acted corruptly” (so NASB, NIV, NLT); NRSV “have dealt falsely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":8210,"verse_id":"DEU.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “(they are) not his sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":8211,"verse_id":"DEU.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “defect” (so NASB). This highly elliptical line suggests that Israel’s major fault was its failure to act like God’s people; in fact, they acted quite the contrary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A5/3"}
{"id":8212,"verse_id":"DEU.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “twisted,” “crooked.” See Ps 18:26 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A5/4"}
{"id":8213,"verse_id":"DEU.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Or “treat” (TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":8214,"verse_id":"DEU.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"The Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate read 2nd person masculine singular whereas the MT has 2nd person masculine plural. The former is preferred, the latter perhaps being a misreading ( בִּינוּ [ binu ] for בִּינָה [ binah ]). Both the preceding (“remember”) and following (“ask”) imperatives are singular forms in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":8215,"verse_id":"DEU.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “generation and generation.” The repetition of the singular noun here singles out each of the successive past generations. See IBHS 116 §7.2.3b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A7/2"}
{"id":8216,"verse_id":"DEU.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"The Hebrew term עֶליוֹן (’ elyon ) is an abbreviated form of the divine name El Elyon , frequently translated “God Most High” (so here NCV, CEV) or something similar. This full name (or epithet) occurs only in , though the two elements are parallel in Ps 73:11; 107:11 ; etc. Here it is clear that Elyon has to do with the nations in general whereas in v. 9 , by contrast, Yahweh relates specifically to Israel. See T. Fretheim, NIDOTTE 1:400-401. The title depicts God as the sovereign ruler of the world, who is enthroned high above his dominion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":8217,"verse_id":"DEU.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “the sons of man” (so NASB); or “the sons of Adam” (so KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A8/2"}
{"id":8218,"verse_id":"DEU.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.” The idea, perhaps, is that Israel was central to Yahweh’s purposes and all other nations were arranged and distributed according to how they related to Israel. See S. R. Driver, Deuteronomy (ICC), 355-56. For the MT יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּנֵי ( bÿney yisra ’ el , “sons of Israel”) a Qumran fragment has “sons of God,” while the LXX reads ἀγγέλων θεοῦ ( angelwn qeou , “angels of God”), presupposing בְּנֵי אֵל ( bÿney ’ el ) or בְּנֵי אֵלִים ( beney ’ elim ). “Sons of God” is undoubtedly the original reading; the MT and LXX have each interpreted it differently. MT assumes that the expression “sons of God” refers to Israel (cf. Hos. 1:10 ), while LXX has assumed that the phrase refers to the angelic heavenly assembly ( Pss 29:1; 89:6 ; cf. as well ). The phrase is also attested in Ugaritic, where it refers to the high god El’s divine assembly. According to the latter view, which is reflected in the translation, the Lord delegated jurisdiction over the nations to his angelic host (cf. Dan. 10:13-21 ), while reserving for himself Israel, over whom he rules directly. For a defense of the view taken here, see M. S. Heiser, “ Deuteronomy 32:8 and the Sons of God,” BSac 158 (2001): 52-74.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A8/3"}
{"id":8219,"verse_id":"DEU.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “the portion of his inheritance.” The LXX and Smr add “Israel” and BHS suggests the reconstruction: “The Lord ’s allotment is Jacob, the portion of his inheritance is Israel” (cf. NAB). While providing good parallelism, it destroys a fine chiastic structure: “allotment” (a), “his people” (b), “Jacob (b’), and “inheritance” (a’).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":8220,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “he.” The referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":8221,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.10","text":"The reference is to “his people/Jacob” (cf. v. 9 ), that is, Israel (using a collective singular). The singular pronouns are replaced by plural ones throughout vv. 10-14 by some English versions as an aid to the modern reader (cf. NAB, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/2"}
{"id":8222,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “in an empty, howling wasteland.” The word “howling” is derived from a verbal root that typically refers to the wailing of mourners. Here it likely refers to the howling of desert animals, or perhaps to the howling wind, in which case one may translate, “in an empty, windy wasteland.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/3"}
{"id":8223,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “was surrounding him.” The distinctive form of the suffix on this verb form indicates that the verb is an imperfect, not a preterite. As such it draws attention to God’s continuing care during the period in view. See A. F. Rainey, “The Ancient Hebrew Prefix Conjugation in the Light of Amarnah Canaanite,” Hebrew Studies 27 (1986): 15-16.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/4"}
{"id":8224,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “he gave him understanding.” The form of the suffix on this verb form indicates that the verb is a preterite, not an imperfect. As such it simply states the action factually. See A. F. Rainey, “The Ancient Hebrew Prefix Conjugation in the Light of Amarnah Canaanite,” Hebrew Studies 27 (1986): 15-16.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/5"}
{"id":8225,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"32.10","text":"The distinctive form of the suffix on this verb form indicates that the verb is an imperfect, not a preterite. As such it draws attention to God’s continuing protection during the period in view. See A. F. Rainey, “The Ancient Hebrew Prefix Conjugation in the Light of Amarnah Canaanite,” Hebrew Studies 27 (1986): 15-16.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/6"}
{"id":8226,"verse_id":"DEU.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “the little man.” The term אִישׁוֹן (’ ishon ) means literally “little man,” perhaps because when one looks into another’s eyes he sees himself reflected there in miniature. See A. Harman, NIDOTTE 1:391.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A10/7"}
{"id":8227,"verse_id":"DEU.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"The prefixed verbal form is an imperfect, indicating habitual or typical behavior. The parallel verb (cf. “hovers” in the next line) is used in the same manner.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":8228,"verse_id":"DEU.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":8229,"verse_id":"DEU.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.11","text":"The form of the suffix on this and the following verb forms (cf. “lifted him up”) indicates that the verbs are preterites, not imperfects. As such they simply state the action factually. The use of the preterite here suggests that the preceding verb (cf. “spread out”) is preterite as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A11/3"}
{"id":8230,"verse_id":"DEU.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"The distinctive form of the suffix on this verb form indicates that the verb is an imperfect, not a preterite. As such it draws attention to God’s continuing guidance during the period in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":8231,"verse_id":"DEU.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"The form of the suffix on this verbal form indicates that the verb is a preterite, not an imperfect. As such it simply states the action factually. Note as well the preterites with vav ( ו ) consecutive that follow in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":8232,"verse_id":"DEU.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “he made him suck honey from the rock.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":8233,"verse_id":"DEU.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “oil,” but this probably refers to olive oil; see note on the word “rock” at the end of this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A13/3"}
{"id":8234,"verse_id":"DEU.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “flinty.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A13/4"}
{"id":8235,"verse_id":"DEU.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"To make the continuity of the referent clear, some English versions substitute “Jacob” here (NAB, NRSV) while others replace “Jeshurun” with “Israel” (NCV, CEV, NLT) or “the Lord’s people” (TEV). sn Jeshurun is a term of affection derived from the Hebrew verb יָשַׁר ( yashar , “be upright”). Here it speaks of Israel “in an ideal situation, with its ‘uprightness’ due more to God’s help than his own efforts” (M. Mulder, TDOT 6:475).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":8236,"verse_id":"DEU.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"32.15","text":"The LXX reads the third person masculine singular (“he”) for the MT second person masculine singular (“you”), but such alterations are unnecessary in Hebrew poetic texts where subjects fluctuate frequently and without warning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A15/2"}
{"id":8237,"verse_id":"DEU.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “with strange (things).” The Vulgate actually supplies diis (“gods”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A16/1"}
{"id":8238,"verse_id":"DEU.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “abhorrent (things)” (cf. NRSV). A number of English versions understand this as referring to “idols” (NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV), while NLT supplies “acts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A16/2"}
{"id":8239,"verse_id":"DEU.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":8240,"verse_id":"DEU.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"The Hebrew text is corrupt here; the translation follows the suggestion offered in HALOT 1477 s.v. שׁיה . Cf. NASB, NLT “You neglected”; NIV “You deserted”; NRSV “You were unmindful of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":8241,"verse_id":"DEU.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “I will hide my face from them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":8242,"verse_id":"DEU.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “sons” (so NAB, NASB); TEV “unfaithful people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A20/2"}
{"id":8243,"verse_id":"DEU.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “what is not a god,” or a “nondeity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A21/2"}
{"id":8244,"verse_id":"DEU.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “their empty (things).” The Hebrew term used here to refer pejoratively to the false gods is הֶבֶל ( hevel , “futile” or “futility”), used frequently in Ecclesiastes (e.g., Eccl 1:1 , “Futile! Futile!” laments the Teacher, “Absolutely futile! Everything is futile!”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A21/3"}
{"id":8245,"verse_id":"DEU.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “what is not a people,” or a “nonpeople.” The “nonpeople” ( לֹא־עָם , lo ’ - ’ am ) referred to here are Gentiles who someday would become God’s people in the fullest sense (cf. Hos 1:9; 2:23 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A21/4"}
{"id":8246,"verse_id":"DEU.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “a foolish nation” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV); NIV “a nation that has no understanding”; NLT “I will provoke their fury by blessing the foolish Gentiles.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A21/5"}
{"id":8247,"verse_id":"DEU.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"Or “to the lowest depths of the earth”; cf. NAB “to the depths of the nether world”; NIV “to the realm of death below”; NLT “to the depths of the grave.” sn Sheol refers here not to hell and hell-fire – a much later concept – but to the innermost parts of the earth, as low down as one could get. The parallel with “the foundations of the mountains” makes this clear (cf. Pss 9:17; 16:10; 139:8 ; Isa 14:9, 15 ; Amos 9:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":8248,"verse_id":"DEU.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"Heb “upon them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":8249,"verse_id":"DEU.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.24","text":"The Hebrew term קֶטֶב ( qetev ) is probably metaphorical here for the sting of a disease ( HALOT 1091-92 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A24/1"}
{"id":8250,"verse_id":"DEU.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"A verb is omitted here in the Hebrew text; for purposes of English style one suitable to the context is supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":8251,"verse_id":"DEU.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.26","text":"The LXX reads “I said I would scatter them.” This reading is followed by a number of English versions (e.g., KJV, ASV, NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A26/1"}
{"id":8252,"verse_id":"DEU.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A27/1"}
{"id":8253,"verse_id":"DEU.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “lest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A27/2"}
{"id":8254,"verse_id":"DEU.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “Our hand is high.” Cf. NAB “Our own hand won the victory.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A27/3"}
{"id":8255,"verse_id":"DEU.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.30","text":"The words “man” and “of them” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A30/1"}
{"id":8256,"verse_id":"DEU.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “sold them” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A30/2"}
{"id":8257,"verse_id":"DEU.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “their,” but the referent (enemies) is specified in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":8258,"verse_id":"DEU.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.32","text":"Heb “vine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A32/1"}
{"id":8259,"verse_id":"DEU.32.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.34","text":"Verses 34-35 appear to be a quotation of the Lord and so the introductory phrase “says the Lord ” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A34/1"}
{"id":8260,"verse_id":"DEU.32.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.35","text":"Heb “prepared things,” “impending things.” See BDB 800 s.v. עָתִיד .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A35/1"}
{"id":8261,"verse_id":"DEU.32.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.36","text":"The translation understands the verb in the sense of “be grieved, relent” (cf. HALOT 689 s.v. נחם hitp 2); cf. KJV, ASV “repent himself”; NLT “will change his mind.” Another option is to translate “will show compassion to” (see BDB 637 s.v. נחם ); cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A36/1"}
{"id":8262,"verse_id":"DEU.32.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.39","text":"Verses 39-42 appear to be a quotation of the Lord and so the introductory phrase “says the Lord ” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A39/1"}
{"id":8263,"verse_id":"DEU.32.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.39","text":"Heb “deliver from” (so NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A39/2"}
{"id":8264,"verse_id":"DEU.32.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.41","text":"Heb “judgment.” This is a metonymy, a figure of speech in which the effect (judgment) is employed as an instrument (sword, spear, or the like), the means, by which it is brought about.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A41/1"}
{"id":8265,"verse_id":"DEU.32.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.41","text":"The Hebrew term שָׂנֵא ( sane ’, “hate”) in this covenant context speaks of those who reject Yahweh’s covenant overtures, that is, who disobey its stipulations (see note on the word “rejecting” in Deut 5:9 ; also see Deut 7:10 ; 2 Chr 19:2 ; Ps 81:15; 139:20-21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A41/2"}
{"id":8266,"verse_id":"DEU.32.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.42","text":"Or “head” (the same Hebrew word can mean “head” in the sense of “leader, chieftain” or “head” in the sense of body part).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A42/1"}
{"id":8267,"verse_id":"DEU.32.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.44","text":"Heb “Hoshea” (so KJV, ASV), another name for the same individual (cf. Num 13:8, 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A44/1"}
{"id":8268,"verse_id":"DEU.32.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.49","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A49/2"}
{"id":8269,"verse_id":"DEU.32.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.50","text":"In the Hebrew text the forms translated “you will die…and join” are imperatives, but the actions in view cannot really be commanded. The imperative is used here in a rhetorical, emphatic manner to indicate the certainty of Moses’ death on the mountain. On the rhetorical use of the imperative see IBHS 572 §34.4c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A50/1"}
{"id":8270,"verse_id":"DEU.32.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.50","text":"Heb “be gathered to your people.” The same phrase occurs again later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A50/2"}
{"id":8271,"verse_id":"DEU.32.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.51","text":"The use of the plural (“you”) in the Hebrew text suggests that Moses and Aaron are both in view here, since both had rebelled at some time or other, if not at Meribah Kadesh then elsewhere (cf. Num 20:24; 27:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A51/1"}
{"id":8272,"verse_id":"DEU.32.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":32,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.51","text":"Heb “did not esteem me holy.” Cf. NIV “did not uphold my holiness”; NLT “failed to demonstrate my holiness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2032%3A51/2"}
{"id":8273,"verse_id":"DEU.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Or “rose like the sun” (NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":8274,"verse_id":"DEU.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “to him.” The LXX reads “to us” ( לָנוּ [ lanu ] for לָמוֹ [ lamo ]), the reading of the MT is acceptable since it no doubt has in mind Israel as a collective singular. tn Heb “him”; the referent (Israel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A2/2"}
{"id":8275,"verse_id":"DEU.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.2","text":"Or “he shone forth” (NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A2/3"}
{"id":8276,"verse_id":"DEU.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"33.2","text":"With slight alteration ( מִמְרִבַת קָדֵשׁ [ mimrivat qadesh ] for the MT’s מֵרִבְבֹת קֹדֶשׁ [ merivvot qodesh ]) the translation would be “from Meribah Kadesh” (cf. NAB, NLT; see Deut 32:51 ). However, the language of holy war in the immediate context favors the reading of the MT, which views the Lord as accompanied by angelic hosts.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A2/4"}
{"id":8277,"verse_id":"DEU.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"33.2","text":"The mispointed Hebrew term אֵשְׁדָּת (’ eshdat ) should perhaps be construed as אֵשְׁהַת (’ eshhat ) with Smr.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A2/5"}
{"id":8278,"verse_id":"DEU.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “peoples.” The apparent plural form is probably a misunderstood singular (perhaps with a pronominal suffix) with enclitic mem ( ם ). See HALOT 838 s.v. עַם B.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":8279,"verse_id":"DEU.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “his holy ones.” The third person masculine singular suffix of the Hebrew MT is problematic in light of the second person masculine singular suffix on בְּיָדֶךָ ( bÿyadekha , “your hands”). The LXX versions by Lucian and Origen read, therefore, “the holy ones.” The LXX version by Theodotion and the Vulgate, however, presuppose third masculine singular suffix on בְּיָדָיו ( bÿyadayv , “his hands”), and thus retain “his holy ones.” The efforts to bring pronominal harmony into the line is commendable but unnecessary given the Hebrew tendency to be untroubled by such grammatical inconsistencies. However, the translation harmonizes the first pronoun with the second so that the referent (the Lord) is clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":8280,"verse_id":"DEU.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “hands.” For the problem of the pronoun see note on the term “holy ones” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A3/3"}
{"id":8281,"verse_id":"DEU.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.3","text":"The Hebrew term תֻּכּוּ ( tuku , probably Pual perfect of תָּכָה , takhah ) is otherwise unknown. The present translation is based on the reference to feet and, apparently, receiving instruction in God’s words (cf. KJV, ASV). Other options are as follows: NIV “At your feet they all bow down” (cf. NCV, CEV); NLT “They follow in your steps” (cf. NAB, NASB); NRSV “they marched at your heels.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A3/4"}
{"id":8282,"verse_id":"DEU.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.3","text":"The singular verbal form in the Hebrew text (lit. “he lifts up”) is understood in a distributive manner, focusing on the action of each individual within the group.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A3/5"}
{"id":8283,"verse_id":"DEU.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"The Hebrew term תּוֹרָה ( torah ) here should be understood more broadly as instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":8284,"verse_id":"DEU.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “he was king.” The present translation avoids the sudden shift in person and the mistaken impression that Moses is the referent by specifying the referent as “the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":8285,"verse_id":"DEU.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and [not] may his men be few” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":8286,"verse_id":"DEU.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"The words “the blessing” are supplied in the translation for clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":8287,"verse_id":"DEU.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “godly man.” The reference is probably to Moses as representative of the whole tribe of Levi.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A8/2"}
{"id":8288,"verse_id":"DEU.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “smash the sinews [or “loins,” so many English versions].” This part of the body was considered to be center of one’s strength (cf. Job 40:16 ; Ps 69:24 ; Prov 31:17 ; Nah 2:2, 11 ). See J. H. Tigay, Deuteronomy (JPSTC), 325.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":8289,"verse_id":"DEU.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":8290,"verse_id":"DEU.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “between his shoulders.” This suggests the scene in John 13:23 with Jesus and the Beloved Disciple.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":8291,"verse_id":"DEU.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “from the harvest of the heavens.” The referent appears to be good crops produced by the rain that falls from the sky.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":8292,"verse_id":"DEU.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “goings forth of the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":8293,"verse_id":"DEU.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “and from the harvest of the yield of.” This has been simplified in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A14/2"}
{"id":8294,"verse_id":"DEU.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “the moon.” Many English versions regard this as a reference to “months” (“moons”) rather than the moon itself (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A14/3"}
{"id":8295,"verse_id":"DEU.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “head” or “top.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":8296,"verse_id":"DEU.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"The expression “him who resided in the bush” is frequently understood as a reference to the appearance of the Lord to Moses at Sinai from a burning bush (so NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT; cf. Exod 2:2-6; 3:2, 4 ). To make this reference clear the word “burning” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":8297,"verse_id":"DEU.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"Or “acceptable”; Heb “righteous” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":8298,"verse_id":"DEU.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “suck.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A19/2"}
{"id":8299,"verse_id":"DEU.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “of the sand” (so NRSV, NLT); CEV “the sandy beach.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A19/3"}
{"id":8300,"verse_id":"DEU.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “forehead,” picturing Gad attacking prey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":8301,"verse_id":"DEU.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"The Hebrew term מְחֹקֵק ( mÿkhoqeq ; Poel participle of חָקַק , khaqaq , “to inscribe”) reflects the idea that the recorder of allotments (the “ruler”) is able to set aside for himself the largest and best. See E. H. Merrill, Deuteronomy (NAC), 444-45.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":8302,"verse_id":"DEU.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “covered in” (if from the root סָפַן , safan ; cf. HALOT 764-65 s.v. ספן qal).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A21/2"}
{"id":8303,"verse_id":"DEU.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “heads” (in the sense of chieftains).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A21/3"}
{"id":8304,"verse_id":"DEU.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.25","text":"The words “of your gates” have been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent of “bars.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A25/1"}
{"id":8305,"verse_id":"DEU.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.26","text":"Or “(who) rides (on) the heavens” (cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT). This title depicts Israel’s God as sovereign over the elements of the storm (cf. Ps 68:33 ). The use of the phrase here may be polemical; Moses may be asserting that Israel’s God, not Baal (called the “rider of the clouds” in the Ugaritic myths), is the true divine king (cf. v. 5 ) who controls the elements of the storm, grants agricultural prosperity, and delivers his people from their enemies. See R. B. Chisholm, Jr., “The Polemic against Baalism in Israel’s Early History and Literature,” BSac 151 (1994): 275.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A26/2"}
{"id":8306,"verse_id":"DEU.33.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.27","text":"Heb “and from under, arms of perpetuity.” The words “you” and “his” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Some have perceived this line to be problematic and have offered alternative translations that differ significantly from the present translation: “He spread out the primeval tent; he extended the ancient canopy” (NAB); “He subdues the ancient gods, shatters the forces of old” (NRSV). These are based on alternate meanings or conjectural emendations rather than textual variants in the mss and versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A27/1"}
{"id":8307,"verse_id":"DEU.33.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.28","text":"Heb “all alone.” The idea is that such vital resources as water will some day no longer need protection because God will provide security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A28/1"}
{"id":8308,"verse_id":"DEU.33.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.28","text":"Or “skies.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A28/2"}
{"id":8309,"verse_id":"DEU.33.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":33,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.28","text":"Or perhaps “drizzle, showers.” See note at Deut 32:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2033%3A28/3"}
{"id":8310,"verse_id":"DEU.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Or “western” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); Heb “latter,” a reference to the Mediterranean Sea (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":8311,"verse_id":"DEU.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “seed” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":8312,"verse_id":"DEU.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.4","text":"The Hebrew text includes “with your eyes,” but this is redundant in English and is left untranslated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A4/2"}
{"id":8313,"verse_id":"DEU.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"Smr and some LXX mss read “they buried him,” that is, the Israelites. The MT reads “he buried him,” meaning in the context that “the Lord buried him.” This understanding, combined with the statement at the end of the verse that Moses’ burial place is unknown, gave rise to traditions during the intertestamental period that are reflected in the NT in Jude 9 and in OT pseudepigraphic works like the Assumption of Moses .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":8314,"verse_id":"DEU.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Or “dimmed.” The term could refer to dull appearance or to dimness caused by some loss of visual acuity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":8315,"verse_id":"DEU.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “sap.” That is, he was still in possession of his faculties or liveliness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A7/2"}
{"id":8316,"verse_id":"DEU.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “to,” “with respect to.” In the Hebrew text vv. 10-12 are one long sentence. For stylistic reasons the translation divides this into two, using the verb “he did” at the beginning of v. 11 and “he displayed” at the beginning of v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":8317,"verse_id":"DEU.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “strong hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":8318,"verse_id":"DEU.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DEU","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.12","text":"The Hebrew text of v. 12 reads literally, “with respect to all the strong hand and with respect to all the awesome greatness which Moses did before the eyes of all Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Deuteronomy%2034%3A12/2"}
{"id":8319,"verse_id":"JOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Get up!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":8320,"verse_id":"JOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “this Jordan”; the word “River” has been supplied in the translation for clarity (likewise in v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":8321,"verse_id":"JOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Cross over this Jordan, you and all these people, to the land that I am giving to them, to the children of Israel.” The final phrase, “to the children of Israel,” is probably a later scribal addition specifying the identity of “these people/them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":8322,"verse_id":"JOS.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Every place on which the sole of your foot walks, to you I have given it, as I said to Moses.” The second person pronouns in vv. 3-4 are plural, indicating that all the people are addressed here. The verbal form נְתַתִּיו ( nÿtattiv , “I have given it”) is probably a perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of the action. Another option is to translate, “I have already assigned it.” In this case the verb would probably refer to the Lord ’s decree to Abraham that he would give this land to his descendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":8323,"verse_id":"JOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “all the land of the Hittites.” The expression “the land of the Hittites” does not refer to Anatolia (modern Turkey), where the ancient Hittite kingdom of the second millennium b.c. was located, but rather to Syria, the “Hatti land” mentioned in inscriptions of the first millennium b.c. (see HALOT 1:363). The phrase is omitted in the LXX and may be a scribal addition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":8324,"verse_id":"JOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the Great Sea,” the typical designation for the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":8325,"verse_id":"JOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “From the wilderness and this Lebanon even to the great river, the River Euphrates, all the land of the Hittites, even to the great sea [at] the place where the sun sets, your territory will be.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":8326,"verse_id":"JOS.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “A man will not stand before you.” The second person pronouns in this verse are singular, indicating Joshua is the addressee.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":8327,"verse_id":"JOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “For you will cause these people to inherit the land that I swore to their fathers to give to them.” The pronoun “them” at the end of the verse refers to either the people or to the fathers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":8328,"verse_id":"JOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “Only be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":8329,"verse_id":"JOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “so you can be careful to do.” The use of the infinitive לִשְׁמֹר ( lishmor , “to keep”) after the imperatives suggests that strength and bravery will be necessary for obedience. Another option is to take the form לִשְׁמֹר as a vocative lamed ( ל ) with imperative (see Isa 38:20 for an example of this construction), which could be translated, “Indeed, be careful!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":8330,"verse_id":"JOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “commanded you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":8331,"verse_id":"JOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “be wise,” but the word can mean “be successful” by metonymy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":8332,"verse_id":"JOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “in all which you go.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":8333,"verse_id":"JOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “mouth.” sn This law scroll must not leave your lips. The ancient practice of reading aloud to oneself as an aid to memorization is in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":8334,"verse_id":"JOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “read it in undertones,” or “recite it quietly” (see HALOT 1:237).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":8335,"verse_id":"JOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “be careful to do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":8336,"verse_id":"JOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “you will make your way prosperous.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":8337,"verse_id":"JOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “and be wise,” but the word can mean “be successful” by metonymy.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":8338,"verse_id":"JOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Have I not commanded you?” The rhetorical question emphasizes the importance of the following command by reminding the listener that it is being repeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":8339,"verse_id":"JOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or perhaps, “don’t get discouraged!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":8340,"verse_id":"JOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “in all which you go.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":8341,"verse_id":"JOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":8342,"verse_id":"JOS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “to enter to possess the land which the Lord your God is giving to you to possess it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":8343,"verse_id":"JOS.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “remember the word which Moses, the Lord ’s servant, commanded you.” sn This command can be found in Deut 3:18-20 . In vv. 13-15 Joshua paraphrases the command, as the third person reference to Moses in v. 14 indicates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":8344,"verse_id":"JOS.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “is providing rest for you and is giving to you this land.” sn “This land” refers to the trans-Jordanian lands allotted to these tribes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":8345,"verse_id":"JOS.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “But you must cross over armed for battle before your brothers, all [you] mighty men of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":8346,"verse_id":"JOS.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “Then you may return to the land of your possession and possess it, that which Moses, the Lord ’s servant, gave to you beyond the Jordan toward the rising of the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":8347,"verse_id":"JOS.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “listened to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":8348,"verse_id":"JOS.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “Only.” Here and in v. 18 this word qualifies what precedes (see also v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":8349,"verse_id":"JOS.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “any man who rebels against your mouth and does not listen to your words, to all which you command us, will be put to death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":8350,"verse_id":"JOS.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “Only.” Here and in v. 17 this word qualifies what precedes (see also v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":8351,"verse_id":"JOS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Joshua, son of Nun, sent from Shittim two men, spies, secretly, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":8352,"verse_id":"JOS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “go, see the land, and Jericho.” map For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":8353,"verse_id":"JOS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “they went and entered the house of a woman, a prostitute, and her name was Rahab, and they slept there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":8354,"verse_id":"JOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":8355,"verse_id":"JOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “men have come here tonight from the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":8356,"verse_id":"JOS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and the king of Jericho sent to Rahab, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":8357,"verse_id":"JOS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “bring out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":8358,"verse_id":"JOS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The idiom “come to” ( בוֹא אֶל , bo ’ ’ el ) probably has sexual connotations here, as it often does elsewhere when a man “comes to” a woman. If so, the phrase could be translated “your clients.” The instructions reflect Rahab’s perspective as to the identity of the men.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":8359,"verse_id":"JOS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “the ones who came to your house” ( Heb “who came to your house”) may be a euphemistic scribal addition designed to blur the sexual connotation of the preceding words.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":8360,"verse_id":"JOS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “The woman took the two men and hid him.” The third masculine singular pronominal suffix on “hid” has to be a scribal error (see GKC §135. p ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":8361,"verse_id":"JOS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “the men came to me.” See the note on this phrase in v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":8362,"verse_id":"JOS.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “And the gate was to be shut in the darkness and the men went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":8363,"verse_id":"JOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “arranged in rows by her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":8364,"verse_id":"JOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Another way to translate vv. 6-7 would be, “While she took them up to the roof and hid them…, the king’s men tried to find them….” Both of the main clauses have the subject prior to the predicate, perhaps indicating simultaneous action. (On the grammatical point, see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 42, §235.) In this case Rahab moves the Israelite spies from the hiding place referred to in v. 4 to a safer and less accessible hiding place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":8365,"verse_id":"JOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":8366,"verse_id":"JOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “And the men chased after them [on] the road [leading to] the Jordan to the fords.” The text is written from the perspective of the king’s men. As far as they were concerned, they were chasing the spies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":8367,"verse_id":"JOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “And they shut the gate after – as soon as the ones chasing after them went out.” The expressions “after” and “as soon as” may represent a conflation of alternate readings.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":8368,"verse_id":"JOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":8369,"verse_id":"JOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Rahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":8370,"verse_id":"JOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “to them.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":8371,"verse_id":"JOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “has given the land to you.” Rahab’s statement uses the Hebrew perfect, suggesting certitude.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":8372,"verse_id":"JOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “terror of you has fallen upon us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":8373,"verse_id":"JOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “melting away because of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":8374,"verse_id":"JOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Both of these statements are actually subordinated to “I know” in the Hebrew text, which reads, “I know that the Lord …and that terror of you…and that all the inhabitants….”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":8375,"verse_id":"JOS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and what you did to the two Amorite kings who were beyond the Jordan, Sihon and Og, how you annihilated them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":8376,"verse_id":"JOS.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “And we heard and our heart[s] melted and there remained no longer breath in a man because of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":8377,"verse_id":"JOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “Now, swear to me by the Lord .” sn To swear an oath in the Lord ’s name would make the Lord the witness and guarantor of the promise attached to the oath. If the person making the oath should go back on the promise, the Lord would judge him for breaking the contract.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":8378,"verse_id":"JOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “with the house of my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":8379,"verse_id":"JOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “true sign,” that is, “an inviolable token or pledge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":8380,"verse_id":"JOS.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “our lives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":8381,"verse_id":"JOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The second person pronoun is masculine plural, indicating that Rahab’s entire family is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":8382,"verse_id":"JOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “Our lives in return for you to die.” If the lives of Rahab’s family are not spared, then the spies will pay for the broken vow with their own lives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":8383,"verse_id":"JOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “If you do not report this matter of ours.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":8384,"verse_id":"JOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “allegiance and faithfulness.” These virtual synonyms are joined in the translation as “unswerving allegiance” to emphasize the degree of promised loyalty.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":8385,"verse_id":"JOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.14","text":"The second person pronoun is feminine singular, referring specifically to Rahab.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A14/5"}
{"id":8386,"verse_id":"JOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Rahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":8387,"verse_id":"JOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"The phrase “by a rope” is omitted in the LXX. It may be a later clarifying addition. If original, the omission in the LXX is likely due to an error of homoioarcton. A scribe’s or translator’s eye could have jumped from the initial ב ( bet ) in the phrase בַּחֶבֶל ( bakhevel , “with a rope”) to the initial ב on the immediately following בְּעַד ( bÿ ’ ad , “through”) and accidentally omitted the intervening letters.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":8388,"verse_id":"JOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “For her house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":8389,"verse_id":"JOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"These explanatory statements are omitted in the LXX and probably represent a later scribal addition.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":8390,"verse_id":"JOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “Go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":8391,"verse_id":"JOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “so that the pursuers might not meet you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":8392,"verse_id":"JOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “the pursuers.” The object (“you”) is not in the Hebrew text but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":8393,"verse_id":"JOS.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “We are free from this oath of yours which you made us swear.” The words “unless the following conditions are met” are not in the Hebrew text, but are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":8394,"verse_id":"JOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “Look! We are about to enter the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":8395,"verse_id":"JOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “the cord of this red thread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":8396,"verse_id":"JOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and your father and your mother and your brothers and all the house of your father gather to yourself to the house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":8397,"verse_id":"JOS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “Anyone who goes out from the doors of your house to the outside, his blood is on his head. We are innocent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":8398,"verse_id":"JOS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “But anyone who is with you in the house, his blood is on our head if a hand should be on him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":8399,"verse_id":"JOS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “and if you report this matter of ours.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":8400,"verse_id":"JOS.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “According to your words, so it [will be].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":8401,"verse_id":"JOS.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “she sent them away and they went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":8402,"verse_id":"JOS.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “they went and came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":8403,"verse_id":"JOS.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “the pursuers.” The object (“them”) is added for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":8404,"verse_id":"JOS.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “the ones chasing them.” This has been rendered as “their pursuers” in the translation to avoid redundancy with the preceding clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":8405,"verse_id":"JOS.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “The pursuers looked in all the way and did not find [them].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":8406,"verse_id":"JOS.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"The words “the river,” though not in the Hebrew text, are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":8407,"verse_id":"JOS.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “Surely the Lord has given into our hand all the land.” The report by the spies uses the Hebrew perfect, suggesting certitude.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":8408,"verse_id":"JOS.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “are melting away because of us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":8409,"verse_id":"JOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “And Joshua arose early in the morning and he and the Israelites left Shittim and came to the Jordan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":8410,"verse_id":"JOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The words “the river,” though not in the Hebrew text, have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":8411,"verse_id":"JOS.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “set out from your place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":8412,"verse_id":"JOS.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “march.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":8413,"verse_id":"JOS.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “But there should be a distance between you and it, about two thousand cubits in measurement.” sn The precise distance is uncertain, but the measurement designated אַמָּה (’ ammah , “cubit”) was probably equivalent to approximately eighteen inches (one and one-half feet, or 45 cm) in length.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":8414,"verse_id":"JOS.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “do not approach it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":8415,"verse_id":"JOS.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":8416,"verse_id":"JOS.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or more literally, “to exalt you in the eyes of all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":8417,"verse_id":"JOS.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “the edge of the waters of the Jordan.” The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":8418,"verse_id":"JOS.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “stand in the Jordan.” Here the repetition of the word “Jordan” would be redundant according to contemporary English style, so it was not included in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":8419,"verse_id":"JOS.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":8420,"verse_id":"JOS.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “Lord”; or “Master.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":8421,"verse_id":"JOS.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “the soles of the feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":8422,"verse_id":"JOS.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “Lord”; or “Master.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":8423,"verse_id":"JOS.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “rest in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":8424,"verse_id":"JOS.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “the waters of the Jordan, the waters descending from above, will be cut off so that they will stand in one pile.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":8425,"verse_id":"JOS.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The verb, though not in the Hebrew, is added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":8426,"verse_id":"JOS.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “dipped into the edge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":8427,"verse_id":"JOS.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “and the Jordan overflows all its banks all the days of harvest.” sn The lengthy description of the priests’ arrival at the Jordan and the parenthetical reminder that the Jordan was at flood stage delay the climax of the story and add to its dramatic buildup.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":8428,"verse_id":"JOS.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “the waters descending from above stood still.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":8429,"verse_id":"JOS.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “they stood in one pile very far away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":8430,"verse_id":"JOS.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “the [waters] descending toward the sea of the Arabah (the Salt Sea) were completely cut off.” sn The Salt Sea is an ancient name for the Dead Sea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":8431,"verse_id":"JOS.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":8432,"verse_id":"JOS.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “and all Israel was crossing over on dry ground until all the nation had finished crossing the Jordan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":8433,"verse_id":"JOS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “And when all the nation had finished crossing the Jordan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":8434,"verse_id":"JOS.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “the feet of the priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":8435,"verse_id":"JOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “that this may be”; the referent of “this” (the twelve stones) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":8436,"verse_id":"JOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “in order that this might be a sign among you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":8437,"verse_id":"JOS.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “were cut off from before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":8438,"verse_id":"JOS.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “how the waters descending from above stood still.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":8439,"verse_id":"JOS.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Here “also” has been supplied in the translation to make it clear (as indicated by v. 20 ) that these are not the same stones the men took from the river bed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":8440,"verse_id":"JOS.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “in the presence of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":8441,"verse_id":"JOS.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “men equipped for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":8442,"verse_id":"JOS.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “for war.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":8443,"verse_id":"JOS.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":8444,"verse_id":"JOS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “feared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":8445,"verse_id":"JOS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “all the days of his life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":8446,"verse_id":"JOS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “had feared.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":8447,"verse_id":"JOS.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Traditionally, “the ark of the testimony,” another name for the ark of the covenant. The Hebrew term עֵדוּת (’ edut , “testimony” or “witness”) here refers to the Mosaic covenant and the body of stipulations contained within it (see HALOT 2:791).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":8448,"verse_id":"JOS.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “and the soles of the feet of the priests were brought up to the dry land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":8449,"verse_id":"JOS.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “and the waters of the Jordan returned to their place and went as formerly over their banks.” sn Verses 15-18 give a more detailed account of the priests’ crossing that had been briefly described in v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":8450,"verse_id":"JOS.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":8451,"verse_id":"JOS.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “these,” referring specifically to the twelve stones mentioned in vv. 3-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":8452,"verse_id":"JOS.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “What are these stones?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":8453,"verse_id":"JOS.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “make known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":8454,"verse_id":"JOS.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “crossed this Jordan”; the word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":8455,"verse_id":"JOS.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “just as the Lord your God did to the Red Sea when he dried [it] up before us while we crossed over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":8456,"verse_id":"JOS.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “in order that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":8457,"verse_id":"JOS.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Or “peoples.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":8458,"verse_id":"JOS.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “know the hand of the Lord that it is strong.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":8459,"verse_id":"JOS.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%204%3A24/4"}
{"id":8460,"verse_id":"JOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Another textual tradition has, “while we crossed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":8461,"verse_id":"JOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “their heart[s] melted and there was no longer in them breathe because of the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":8462,"verse_id":"JOS.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “return, circumcise the sons of Israel a second time.” The Hebrew term שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”) is used here in an adverbial sense to indicate the repetition of an action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":8463,"verse_id":"JOS.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “Gibeath Haaraloth.” This name means “Hill of the Foreskins.” Many modern translations simply give the Hebrew name, although an explanatory note giving the meaning of the name is often included. sn The name given to the place, Hill of the Foreskins was an obvious reminder of this important event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":8464,"verse_id":"JOS.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “All the people who went out from Egypt, the males, all the men of war, died in the desert in the way when they went out from Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":8465,"verse_id":"JOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":8466,"verse_id":"JOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":8467,"verse_id":"JOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “all the people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":8468,"verse_id":"JOS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “all the nation, the men of war who went out from Egypt, who did not listen to the voice of the Lord , came to an end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":8469,"verse_id":"JOS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Some Hebrew mss , as well as the Syriac version, support this reading. Most ancient witnesses read “us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":8470,"verse_id":"JOS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “flowing with.” sn The word picture a land rich in milk and honey depicts the land as containing many grazing areas (which would produce milk ) and flowering plants (which would support the bees that produced honey ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":8471,"verse_id":"JOS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “their sons he raised up in their place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":8472,"verse_id":"JOS.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":8473,"verse_id":"JOS.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “rolled away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":8474,"verse_id":"JOS.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":8475,"verse_id":"JOS.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “on this same day.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":8476,"verse_id":"JOS.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “the day after, when they ate.” The present translation assumes this means the day after the Passover, though it is possible it refers to the day after they began eating the land’s produce.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":8477,"verse_id":"JOS.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel had no more manna.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":8478,"verse_id":"JOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":8479,"verse_id":"JOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":8480,"verse_id":"JOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “he lifted up his eyes and looked. And look, a man was standing in front of him, and his sword was drawn in his hand.” The verb הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) invites the reader to view the scene through Joshua’s eyes. By calling the stranger “a man,” the author reflects Joshua’s perspective. The text shortly reveals his true identity (vv. 14-15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":8481,"verse_id":"JOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “Are you for us or for our enemies?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":8482,"verse_id":"JOS.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “He said, “Neither.” An alternative reading is לוֹ ( lo , “[He said] to him”; cf. NEB). This reading is supported by many Hebrew mss , as well as the LXX and Syriac versions. The traditional reading of the MT ( לֹא , lo ’, “no, neither”) is probably the product of aural confusion (the two variant readings sound the same in Hebrew). Although followed by a number of modern translations (cf. NIV, NRSV), this reading is problematic, for the commander of the Lord ’s army would hardly have declared himself neutral.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":8483,"verse_id":"JOS.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “Joshua fell on his face to the ground and bowed down.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%205%3A14/4"}
{"id":8484,"verse_id":"JOS.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":8485,"verse_id":"JOS.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “was shutting and shut up.” HALOT 2:743 paraphrases, “blocking [any way of access] and blocked [against any who would leave].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":8486,"verse_id":"JOS.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “there was no one going out and there was no one coming in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":8487,"verse_id":"JOS.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “I have given into your hand Jericho.” The Hebrew verb נָתַתִּי ( natatti , “I have given”) is probably best understood as a perfect of certitude, indicating the certainty of the action. The Hebrew pronominal suffix “your” is singular, being addressed to Joshua as the leader and representative of the nation. To convey to the modern reader what is about to happen and who is doing it, the translation “I am about to defeat Jericho for you” has been used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":8488,"verse_id":"JOS.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “and go around the city, all [you] men of war, encircling the city one time.” The Hebrew verb וְסַבֹּתֶם ( vÿsabbotem , “and go around”) is plural, being addressed to the whole army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":8489,"verse_id":"JOS.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “rams’ horns, trumpets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":8490,"verse_id":"JOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “and it will be at the sounding of the horn, the ram’s horn, when you hear the sound of the ram’s horn.” The text of Josh 6:5 seems to be unduly repetitive, so for the sake of English style and readability, it is best to streamline the text here. The reading in the Hebrew looks like a conflation of variant readings, with the second (“when you hear the sound of the ram’s horn”) being an interpolation that assimilates the text to verse 20 (“when the army heard the sound of the horn”). Note that the words “when you hear the sound of the ram's horn” do not appear in the LXX of verse 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":8491,"verse_id":"JOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “all the people will shout with a loud shout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":8492,"verse_id":"JOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “fall in its place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":8493,"verse_id":"JOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “and the people will go up, each man straight ahead.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":8494,"verse_id":"JOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"An alternative reading is “and they said.” In this case the subject is indefinite and the verb should be translated as passive, “[the army] was told.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":8495,"verse_id":"JOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":8496,"verse_id":"JOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “pass by.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":8497,"verse_id":"JOS.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “when Joshua spoke to the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":8498,"verse_id":"JOS.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":8499,"verse_id":"JOS.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “the shout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":8500,"verse_id":"JOS.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “do not let a word come out of your mouths.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":8501,"verse_id":"JOS.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “the shout.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":8502,"verse_id":"JOS.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “the shout.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A10/5"}
{"id":8503,"verse_id":"JOS.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “and he made the ark of the Lord go around the city, encircling one time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":8504,"verse_id":"JOS.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “and they entered the camp and spent the night in the camp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":8505,"verse_id":"JOS.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “Joshua rose early in the morning and the priests picked up the ark of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":8506,"verse_id":"JOS.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “On the seventh day they rose early, when the dawn ascended.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":8507,"verse_id":"JOS.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “and they went around the city according to this manner seven times, only on that day they went around the city seven times.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":8508,"verse_id":"JOS.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":8509,"verse_id":"JOS.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “the shout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":8510,"verse_id":"JOS.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “for the Lord has given to you the city.” The verbal form is a perfect, probably indicating certitude here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":8511,"verse_id":"JOS.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “dedicated to the Lord .” sn To make the city set apart for the Lord would involve annihilating all the people and animals and placing its riches in the Lord ’s treasury (vv. 19, 21, 24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":8512,"verse_id":"JOS.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “messengers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":8513,"verse_id":"JOS.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “Only you keep [away] from what is set apart [to the Lord ] so that you might not, as you are setting [it] apart, take some of what is set apart [to the Lord ] and make the camp of Israel set apart [to destruction by the Lord ] and bring trouble on it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":8514,"verse_id":"JOS.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “it is holy to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":8515,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “and the people shouted and they blew the rams’ horns.” The initial statement (“and the people shouted”) seems premature, since the verse goes on to explain that the battle cry followed the blowing of the horns. The statement has probably been accidentally duplicated from what follows. It is omitted in the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":8516,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":8517,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “the sound of the horn.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":8518,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “they shouted with a loud shout.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/4"}
{"id":8519,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “fell in its place.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/5"}
{"id":8520,"verse_id":"JOS.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “and the people went up into the city, each one straight ahead, and they captured the city.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A20/6"}
{"id":8521,"verse_id":"JOS.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “all which was in the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":8522,"verse_id":"JOS.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “the house of the woman, the prostitute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":8523,"verse_id":"JOS.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “and bring out from there the woman and all who belong to her as you swore on oath to her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":8524,"verse_id":"JOS.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “placed them outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":8525,"verse_id":"JOS.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":8526,"verse_id":"JOS.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “the treasury of the house of the Lord .” Technically the Lord did not have a “house” yet, so perhaps this refers to the tabernacle using later terminology.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":8527,"verse_id":"JOS.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “kept alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":8528,"verse_id":"JOS.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb the house of her father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":8529,"verse_id":"JOS.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.25","text":"Or “among the Israelites”; Heb “in the midst of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A25/3"}
{"id":8530,"verse_id":"JOS.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.25","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A25/4"}
{"id":8531,"verse_id":"JOS.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Normally the Hiphil of שָׁבַע ( shava ’) has a causative sense (“make [someone] take an oath”; see Josh 2:17, 20 ), but here (see also Josh 23:7 ) no object is stated or implied. If Joshua is calling divine judgment down upon the one who attempts to rebuild Jericho, then “make a solemn appeal [to God as judge]” or “pronounce a curse” would be an appropriate translation. However, the tone seems stronger. Joshua appears to be announcing the certain punishment of the violator. 1 Kgs 16:34 , which records the fulfillment of Joshua’s prediction, supports this. Casting Joshua in a prophetic role, it refers to Joshua’s statement as the “word of the Lord ” spoken through Joshua.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":8532,"verse_id":"JOS.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “rises up and builds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":8533,"verse_id":"JOS.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"The LXX omits “Jericho.” It is probably a scribal addition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":8534,"verse_id":"JOS.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.26","text":"The Hebrew phrase אָרוּר לִפְנֵי יְהוָה (’ arur lifney yÿhvah , “cursed [i.e., condemned] before the Lord ”) also occurs in 1 Sam 26:19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A26/4"}
{"id":8535,"verse_id":"JOS.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “With his firstborn he will lay its foundations and with his youngest he will erect its gates.” The Hebrew verb יַצִּיב ( yatsiv , “he will erect”) is imperfect, not jussive, suggesting Joshua’s statement is a prediction, not an imprecation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A26/5"}
{"id":8536,"verse_id":"JOS.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “and the report about him was in all the land.” The Hebrew term אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “land”) may also be translated “earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":8537,"verse_id":"JOS.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “But the sons of Israel were unfaithful with unfaithfulness concerning what was set apart [to the Lord ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":8538,"verse_id":"JOS.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"1 Chr 2:6 lists a “Zimri” (but no Zabdi) as one of the five sons of Zerah (cf. also 1 Chr 7:17, 18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":8539,"verse_id":"JOS.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “took from what was set apart [to the Lord ].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":8540,"verse_id":"JOS.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “the anger of the Lord burned against the sons of Israel.” sn This incident illustrates well the principle of corporate solidarity and corporate guilt. The sin of one man brought the Lord ’s anger down upon the entire nation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":8541,"verse_id":"JOS.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":8542,"verse_id":"JOS.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"For the location of Bethel see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":8543,"verse_id":"JOS.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “and they returned to Joshua and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":8544,"verse_id":"JOS.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “Don’t let all the people go up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":8545,"verse_id":"JOS.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “Let about two thousand men or about three thousand men go up to defeat Ai.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":8546,"verse_id":"JOS.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “all the people for they are small.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A3/4"}
{"id":8547,"verse_id":"JOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The meaning and correct translation of the Hebrew word שְׁבָרִים ( shÿvarim ) is uncertain. The translation “fissures” is based on usage of the plural form of the noun in Ps 60:4 HT ( 60:2 ET), where it appears to refer to cracks in the earth caused by an earthquake. Perhaps deep ravines or gorges are in view, or the word is a proper noun (“all the way to Shebarim”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":8548,"verse_id":"JOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Or “army’s.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":8549,"verse_id":"JOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and the heart of the people melted and became water.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":8550,"verse_id":"JOS.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":8551,"verse_id":"JOS.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and fell on his face to the ground before the ark of the Lord until evening, he and the elders of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":8552,"verse_id":"JOS.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":8553,"verse_id":"JOS.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “turned [the] back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":8554,"verse_id":"JOS.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and cut off our name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":8555,"verse_id":"JOS.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “What will you do for your great name?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":8556,"verse_id":"JOS.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":8557,"verse_id":"JOS.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “Why are you falling on your face?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":8558,"verse_id":"JOS.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “They have violated my covenant which I commanded them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":8559,"verse_id":"JOS.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “what was set apart [to the Lord ].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":8560,"verse_id":"JOS.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “and also they have stolen, and also they have lied, and also they have placed [them] among their items.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":8561,"verse_id":"JOS.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “they turn [the] back before their enemies because they are set apart [to destruction by the Lord ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":8562,"verse_id":"JOS.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"The second person pronoun is plural in Hebrew, indicating these words are addressed to the entire nation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":8563,"verse_id":"JOS.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “what is set apart [to destruction by the Lord ] from your midst.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":8564,"verse_id":"JOS.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “what is set apart [to destruction by the Lord ] [is] in your midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":8565,"verse_id":"JOS.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “remove what is set apart [i.e., to destruction by the Lord ] from your midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":8566,"verse_id":"JOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “by your tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":8567,"verse_id":"JOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “takes forcefully, seizes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":8568,"verse_id":"JOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “houses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":8569,"verse_id":"JOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “by men.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":8570,"verse_id":"JOS.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “with what was set apart [to the Lord ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":8571,"verse_id":"JOS.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “burned with fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":8572,"verse_id":"JOS.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “by tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":8573,"verse_id":"JOS.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"See the note on “Zabdi” in 1 Chr 7:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":8574,"verse_id":"JOS.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “and he selected Zabdi.” The Lord is the apparent subject. The LXX supports reading a passive (Niphal) form here, as does the immediate context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":8575,"verse_id":"JOS.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Zabdi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":8576,"verse_id":"JOS.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “by men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":8577,"verse_id":"JOS.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “give glory to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":8578,"verse_id":"JOS.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “like this and like this I did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":8579,"verse_id":"JOS.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “Shinar,” a reference to Babylon (cf. Gen 10:10; 11:2; 14:1 ). Many modern translations retain the Hebrew name “Shinar” (cf. NEB, NRSV) but some use the more familiar “Babylon” (cf. NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":8580,"verse_id":"JOS.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “shekels.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":8581,"verse_id":"JOS.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “Look, [it was] hidden in his tent, and the silver was beneath it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":8582,"verse_id":"JOS.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “poured out,” probably referring to the way the silver pieces poured out of their container.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":8583,"verse_id":"JOS.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “Trouble” The name is “Achor” in Hebrew, which means “disaster” or “trouble” (also in v. 26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":8584,"verse_id":"JOS.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Or “trouble.” The word is “achor” in Hebrew (also in the following clause).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":8585,"verse_id":"JOS.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “and they burned them with fire and they stoned them with stones.” These words are somewhat parenthetical in nature and are omitted in the LXX; they may represent a later scribal addition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":8586,"verse_id":"JOS.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “to this day.” The phrase “to this day” is omitted in the LXX and may represent a later scribal addition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":8587,"verse_id":"JOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Or perhaps “and don’t get discouraged!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":8588,"verse_id":"JOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “Take with you all the people of war and arise, go up against Ai!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":8589,"verse_id":"JOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “I have given into our hand.” The verbal form, a perfect, is probably best understood as a perfect of certitude, indicating the certainty of the action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":8590,"verse_id":"JOS.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":8591,"verse_id":"JOS.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"“And Joshua and all the people of war arose to go up [against] Ai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":8592,"verse_id":"JOS.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":8593,"verse_id":"JOS.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “come out after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":8594,"verse_id":"JOS.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “from the ambush.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":8595,"verse_id":"JOS.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “take possession of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":8596,"verse_id":"JOS.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":8597,"verse_id":"JOS.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “I have commanded you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":8598,"verse_id":"JOS.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “the place of ambush.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":8599,"verse_id":"JOS.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":8600,"verse_id":"JOS.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and they stayed between Bethel and Ai, west of Ai.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":8601,"verse_id":"JOS.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “in the midst of the people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":8602,"verse_id":"JOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “summoned, mustered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":8603,"verse_id":"JOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":8604,"verse_id":"JOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":8605,"verse_id":"JOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":8606,"verse_id":"JOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “them” (referring to “the people” in the previous clause, which requires a plural pronoun). Since the translation used “army” in the previous clause, a singular pronoun (“it”) is required in English.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A10/5"}
{"id":8607,"verse_id":"JOS.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “All the people of war who were with him went up and approached and came opposite the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":8608,"verse_id":"JOS.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “and the valley [was] between them and Ai.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":8609,"verse_id":"JOS.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":8610,"verse_id":"JOS.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Some Hebrew mss read, “spent the night in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":8611,"verse_id":"JOS.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “When the king of Ai saw, the men of Ai hurried and rose early and went out to meet Israel for battle, he and all his people at the meeting place before the Arabah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":8612,"verse_id":"JOS.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":8613,"verse_id":"JOS.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “All the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":8614,"verse_id":"JOS.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Some textual witnesses read “the city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":8615,"verse_id":"JOS.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “were summoned”; or “were mustered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":8616,"verse_id":"JOS.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"The LXX omits the words “or Bethel.” map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":8617,"verse_id":"JOS.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “who did not go out after Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":8618,"verse_id":"JOS.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the city of Ai) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":8619,"verse_id":"JOS.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “and ran.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":8620,"verse_id":"JOS.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “and they saw, and look.” The Hebrew term הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) draws attention to the scene and invites the audience to view the events from the perspective of the men of Ai.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":8621,"verse_id":"JOS.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “and there was not in them hands to flee here or there.” The Hebrew term יָדַיִם ( yadayim , “hands”) is idiomatic for “strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":8622,"verse_id":"JOS.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “and that the smoke of the city ascended.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":8623,"verse_id":"JOS.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “and these went out from the city to meet them and they were for Israel in the middle, some on this side, and others on the other side.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":8624,"verse_id":"JOS.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “residents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":8625,"verse_id":"JOS.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “in the field, in the desert in which they chased them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":8626,"verse_id":"JOS.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “and all of them fell by the edge of the sword until they were destroyed.” The LXX omits the words, “and all of them fell by the edge of the sword.” They may represent a later scribal addition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":8627,"verse_id":"JOS.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":8628,"verse_id":"JOS.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “Joshua did not draw back his hand which held out the curved sword until he had annihilated all the residents of Ai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":8629,"verse_id":"JOS.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord which he commanded Joshua.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":8630,"verse_id":"JOS.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “and made it a permanent mound, a desolation, to this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":8631,"verse_id":"JOS.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “on a tree until evening.” The words “leaving him exposed” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":8632,"verse_id":"JOS.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “to this day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A29/3"}
{"id":8633,"verse_id":"JOS.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “as it is written in the scroll of the law of Moses, an altar of whole stones on which no one had wielded iron.” The expression “whole stones” refers to stones in their natural condition, i.e., not carved or shaped artificially with tools (“wielded iron”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":8634,"verse_id":"JOS.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":8635,"verse_id":"JOS.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “and he wrote there on the stones a duplicate of the law of Moses which he wrote before the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":8636,"verse_id":"JOS.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “All Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":8637,"verse_id":"JOS.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":8638,"verse_id":"JOS.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “like the resident alien, like the citizen.” The language is idiomatic, meaning that both groups were treated the same, at least in this instance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A33/3"}
{"id":8639,"verse_id":"JOS.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “as Moses, the Lord ’s servant, commanded to bless the people, Israel, formerly.” sn Moses’ earlier instructions are found in Deut 11:29 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A33/4"}
{"id":8640,"verse_id":"JOS.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Or “afterward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":8641,"verse_id":"JOS.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “There was not a word from all which Moses commanded that Joshua did not read aloud.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":8642,"verse_id":"JOS.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “walked in their midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%208%3A35/2"}
{"id":8643,"verse_id":"JOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “When all the kings who were beyond the Jordan heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":8644,"verse_id":"JOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":8645,"verse_id":"JOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “all the coast of the Great Sea.” The “Great Sea” was the typical designation for the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":8646,"verse_id":"JOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “in front of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":8647,"verse_id":"JOS.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “they gathered together to fight against Joshua and Israel [with] one mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":8648,"verse_id":"JOS.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":8649,"verse_id":"JOS.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “and they went and [?].” The root and meaning of the verb form יִצְטַיָּרוּ ( yitstayyaru ) are uncertain. The form is most likely a corruption of יִצְטַיָּדוּ ( yitstayyadu ), read by some Hebrew mss and ancient versions, from the root צוּד ( tsud , “take provisions,” BDB 845 s.v. II צוד ) which also occurs in v. 11 . Note NRSV “they went and prepared provisions”; cf. NEB “They went and disguised themselves”; NIV “they went as a delegation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":8650,"verse_id":"JOS.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “all the bread of their provisions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":8651,"verse_id":"JOS.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “moldy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":8652,"verse_id":"JOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “in our midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":8653,"verse_id":"JOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “we are your servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":8654,"verse_id":"JOS.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Or “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":8655,"verse_id":"JOS.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":8656,"verse_id":"JOS.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “the report about him, all that he did in Egypt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":8657,"verse_id":"JOS.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “your servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":8658,"verse_id":"JOS.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “in the day we went out to come to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":8659,"verse_id":"JOS.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Or “moldy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":8660,"verse_id":"JOS.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “took.” This probably means they tasted some of the food to make sure it was stale.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":8661,"verse_id":"JOS.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “but they did not ask the mouth of the Lord .” This refers to seeking the Lord’s will and guidance through an oracle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":8662,"verse_id":"JOS.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Or “assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":8663,"verse_id":"JOS.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “Joshua made peace with them and made a treaty with them to let them live, and the leaders of the community swore an oath to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":8664,"verse_id":"JOS.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “At the end of three days, after they made the treaty with them, they heard that they were neighbors to them and in their midst they were living.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":8665,"verse_id":"JOS.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “by the Lord God of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":8666,"verse_id":"JOS.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Or “grumbled against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":8667,"verse_id":"JOS.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “to them by….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":8668,"verse_id":"JOS.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “touch.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":8669,"verse_id":"JOS.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “This is what we will do to them, keeping them alive so there will not be upon us anger concerning the oath which we swore to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":8670,"verse_id":"JOS.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “and the leaders said to them.” The LXX omits the words “and the leaders said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":8671,"verse_id":"JOS.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive construction in the Hebrew text suggests that the narrative resumes at this point. The LXX reads here, “and they will be,” understanding what follows to be a continuation of the leaders’ words rather than a comment by the narrator.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":8672,"verse_id":"JOS.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “as the leaders said to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":8673,"verse_id":"JOS.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":8674,"verse_id":"JOS.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “deceive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":8675,"verse_id":"JOS.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “live in our midst?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A22/4"}
{"id":8676,"verse_id":"JOS.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “Now you are cursed and a servant will not be cut off from you, woodcutters and water carriers for the house of my God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":8677,"verse_id":"JOS.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “your servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":8678,"verse_id":"JOS.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “we were very afraid.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":8679,"verse_id":"JOS.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “so now, look, we are in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":8680,"verse_id":"JOS.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “according to what is good and according to what is upright in your eyes to do us, do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":8681,"verse_id":"JOS.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “And he did to them so and he rescued them from the hand of the sons of Israel and they did not kill them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":8682,"verse_id":"JOS.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “and Joshua made them in that day woodcutters and water carriers for the community, and for the altar of the Lord to this day at the place which he chooses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":8683,"verse_id":"JOS.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":8684,"verse_id":"JOS.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":8685,"verse_id":"JOS.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “as he had done to Jericho and to its king, so he did to Ai and to its king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":8686,"verse_id":"JOS.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “and how.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":8687,"verse_id":"JOS.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"This statement is subordinated to v. 1 in the Hebrew text, which reads literally, “When Adoni-Zedek…they feared greatly.” The subject of the plural verb at the beginning of v. 2 is probably the residents of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":8688,"verse_id":"JOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “Come up to me and help me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":8689,"verse_id":"JOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “and they camped against Gibeon and fought against it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":8690,"verse_id":"JOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “do not let your hand drop from us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":8691,"verse_id":"JOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “your servants!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":8692,"verse_id":"JOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “have gathered against us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":8693,"verse_id":"JOS.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “And Joshua went up from Gilgal, he and all the people of war with him, and all the brave warriors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":8694,"verse_id":"JOS.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “I have given them into your hand.” The verbal form is a perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":8695,"verse_id":"JOS.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “and not a man [or “one”] of them will stand before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":8696,"verse_id":"JOS.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “Joshua came upon them suddenly, all the night he went up from Gilgal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":8697,"verse_id":"JOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “caused to panic.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":8698,"verse_id":"JOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “he.” The referent is probably Israel (mentioned at the end of the previous sentence in the verse; cf. NIV, NRSV), but it is also possible that the Lord should be understood as the referent (cf. NASB “and He slew them with a great slaughter at Gibeon”), or even Joshua (cf. NEB “and Joshua defeated them utterly in Gibeon”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":8699,"verse_id":"JOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “struck them down with a great striking down.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":8700,"verse_id":"JOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “ascent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":8701,"verse_id":"JOS.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “on the descent of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":8702,"verse_id":"JOS.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “heaven” (also in v. 13 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":8703,"verse_id":"JOS.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “Then Joshua spoke to the Lord in the day the Lord placed the Amorites before the sons of Israel and he said in the eyes of Israel.” It is uncertain whether the phrase “before the sons of Israel” modifies the verb “placed” (as in the present translation, “delivered the Amorites over to the Israelites”) or the verb “spoke” (“Joshua spoke to the Lord before the sons of Israel in the day the Lord delivered over the Amorites”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":8704,"verse_id":"JOS.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “Is it not written down in the Scroll of the Upright One.” Many modern translations render, “the Scroll [or Book] of Jashar,” leaving the Hebrew name “Jashar” (which means “Upright One”) untranslated. sn The Scroll of the Upright One was apparently an ancient Israelite collection of songs and prayers (see also 2 Sam 1:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":8705,"verse_id":"JOS.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and did not hurry to set [for] about a full day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":8706,"verse_id":"JOS.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “these five kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":8707,"verse_id":"JOS.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “and appoint by it men to guard them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":8708,"verse_id":"JOS.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “But [as for] you, don’t stand still, chase after your enemies and attack them from the rear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":8709,"verse_id":"JOS.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “enter into.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":8710,"verse_id":"JOS.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “has given them into your hand.” The verbal form is a perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of the action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":8711,"verse_id":"JOS.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “When Joshua and the sons of Israel finished defeating them with a very great defeat until they were destroyed (now the survivors escaped to the fortified cities).” In the Hebrew text the initial temporal clause (“when Joshua…finished”) is subordinated to v. 21 (“the whole army returned”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":8712,"verse_id":"JOS.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “all the people returned to the camp, to Joshua [at] Makkedah [in] peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":8713,"verse_id":"JOS.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “No man.” The lamed ( ל ) prefixed to אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) is probably dittographic (note the immediately preceding יִשְׂרָאֵל [ isra ’ el ] which ends in lamed , ל ); cf. the LXX.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":8714,"verse_id":"JOS.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “no man sharpened [or perhaps, “pointed”] his tongue against the sons of Israel.” Cf. NEB “not a man of the Israelites suffered so much as a scratch on his tongue,” which understands “sharpened” as “scratched” (referring to a minor wound). Most modern translations understand the Hebrew expression “sharpened his tongue” figuratively for opposition or threats against the Israelites.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":8715,"verse_id":"JOS.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “these five kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":8716,"verse_id":"JOS.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “they did so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":8717,"verse_id":"JOS.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “these five kings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":8718,"verse_id":"JOS.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.23","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A23/3"}
{"id":8719,"verse_id":"JOS.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “Joshua.” The translation has replaced the proper name with the pronoun (“he”) because a repetition of the proper name here would be redundant according to English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":8720,"verse_id":"JOS.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “Draw near.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":8721,"verse_id":"JOS.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “drew near.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A24/3"}
{"id":8722,"verse_id":"JOS.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Or perhaps “and don’t get discouraged!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":8723,"verse_id":"JOS.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Heb “struck them down and killed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":8724,"verse_id":"JOS.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “to this very day.” The words “They remain” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":8725,"verse_id":"JOS.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":8726,"verse_id":"JOS.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “Libnah.” Repetition of the proper name here would be redundant according to English style, so the pronoun (“it”) has been employed in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":8727,"verse_id":"JOS.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":8728,"verse_id":"JOS.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A30/2"}
{"id":8729,"verse_id":"JOS.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “He”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A30/3"}
{"id":8730,"verse_id":"JOS.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “encamped against it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":8731,"verse_id":"JOS.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":8732,"verse_id":"JOS.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":8733,"verse_id":"JOS.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Heb “they encamped against it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":8734,"verse_id":"JOS.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":8735,"verse_id":"JOS.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.37","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A37/1"}
{"id":8736,"verse_id":"JOS.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"Heb “He”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":8737,"verse_id":"JOS.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.39","text":"Heb “he”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A39/2"}
{"id":8738,"verse_id":"JOS.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.39","text":"Heb “He”; the implied subject may be Israel, or Joshua (as the commanding general of the army).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A39/3"}
{"id":8739,"verse_id":"JOS.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.40","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A40/1"}
{"id":8740,"verse_id":"JOS.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"Heb “and Joshua struck them down, from Kadesh Barnea even to Gaza, and all the land of Goshen, even to Gibeon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":8741,"verse_id":"JOS.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.42","text":"Heb “at one time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2010%3A42/1"}
{"id":8742,"verse_id":"JOS.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":8743,"verse_id":"JOS.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “he sent to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":8744,"verse_id":"JOS.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “and to the kings who [are] from the north in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":8745,"verse_id":"JOS.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “Chinneroth,” a city and plain located in the territory of Naphtali in Galilee (BDB 490 s.v. כִּנֶּרֶת , כִּנֲרוֹת ). sn Kinnereth was a city in Galilee located near the Sea of Galilee ( Deut 3:17 ). The surrounding region also became known by this name ( 1 Kgs 15:20 ; cf. Matt 14:34 ), and eventually even the lake itself ( Josh 12:3 ; cf. Luke 5:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":8746,"verse_id":"JOS.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The verb “came” is supplied in the translation (see v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":8747,"verse_id":"JOS.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":8748,"verse_id":"JOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “They and all their camps with them came out, a people as numerous as the sand which is on the edge of the sea in multitude, and [with] horses and chariots very numerous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":8749,"verse_id":"JOS.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “and came and camped together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":8750,"verse_id":"JOS.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “burn with fire”; the words “with fire” are redundant in English and have not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":8751,"verse_id":"JOS.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “Joshua and all the people of war with him came upon them at the Waters of Merom suddenly and fell upon them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":8752,"verse_id":"JOS.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":8753,"verse_id":"JOS.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew name “Misrephoth Maim” is perhaps “lime-kilns by the water” (see HALOT 2:641).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":8754,"verse_id":"JOS.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “burned with fire”; the words “with fire” are redundant in English and have not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":8755,"verse_id":"JOS.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":8756,"verse_id":"JOS.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “formerly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":8757,"verse_id":"JOS.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “and they struck down all life which was in it with the edge of the sword, annihilating.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":8758,"verse_id":"JOS.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “burned with fire”; the words “with fire” are redundant in English and have not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":8759,"verse_id":"JOS.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “and he struck them down with the edge of the sword, he annihilated them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":8760,"verse_id":"JOS.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “standing on their mounds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":8761,"verse_id":"JOS.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":8762,"verse_id":"JOS.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “but all the people they struck down with the edge of the sword until they destroyed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":8763,"verse_id":"JOS.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “As the Lord commanded Moses his servant, so Moses commanded Joshua, and Joshua acted accordingly; he did not turn aside a thing from all which the Lord commanded Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":8764,"verse_id":"JOS.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “Joshua took all this land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":8765,"verse_id":"JOS.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":8766,"verse_id":"JOS.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “and struck them down and killed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":8767,"verse_id":"JOS.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “made war with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":8768,"verse_id":"JOS.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “for many days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":8769,"verse_id":"JOS.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"The LXX omits this parenthetical note, which may represent a later scribal addition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":8770,"verse_id":"JOS.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “the whole they took in battle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":8771,"verse_id":"JOS.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “for from the Lord it was to harden their heart[s] to meet for the battle with Israel, in order to annihilate them, so that they would receive no mercy, in order annihilate them, as the Lord commanded Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":8772,"verse_id":"JOS.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “went and cut off the Anakites from the hill country.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":8773,"verse_id":"JOS.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “and from all the hill country of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":8774,"verse_id":"JOS.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":8775,"verse_id":"JOS.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “according to all which the Lord said to Moses.” The translation assumes this refers to the promise of the land (see 1:3 ). Another possibility is that it refers to the Lord’s instructions, in which case the phrase could be translated, “just as the Lord had instructed Moses” (so NLT; cf. also NIV “had directed Moses”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":8776,"verse_id":"JOS.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “and Joshua gave it for an inheritance to Israel according to their allotted portions by their tribes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2011%3A23/3"}
{"id":8777,"verse_id":"JOS.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “and took possession of their land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":8778,"verse_id":"JOS.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “beyond the Jordan, toward the rising of the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":8779,"verse_id":"JOS.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Or perhaps, “reigned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":8780,"verse_id":"JOS.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The MT reads here, “and the middle of the valley,” but the reading “the city in the middle of valley” can be reconstructed on the basis of Josh 13:9, 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":8781,"verse_id":"JOS.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The words “his kingdom included” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":8782,"verse_id":"JOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “from the remnant of the Rephaites.” sn The Rephaites were apparently an extremely tall ethnic group. See Deut 2:10-11, 20; 3:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":8783,"verse_id":"JOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Or perhaps “who reigned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":8784,"verse_id":"JOS.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “gave it for a possession.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":8785,"verse_id":"JOS.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “Joshua gave it to the tribes of Israel as a possession according to their allotted portions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":8786,"verse_id":"JOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Or “the foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":8787,"verse_id":"JOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"The words “the land of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":8788,"verse_id":"JOS.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":8789,"verse_id":"JOS.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":8790,"verse_id":"JOS.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":8791,"verse_id":"JOS.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":8792,"verse_id":"JOS.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":8793,"verse_id":"JOS.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “was old, coming into the days.” This expression, referring to advancing in years, also occurs in the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":8794,"verse_id":"JOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “the Shihor”; the word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":8795,"verse_id":"JOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “in front of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":8796,"verse_id":"JOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “it is reckoned to the Canaanites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":8797,"verse_id":"JOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “the five lords of the Philistines, the Gazaite, the Ashdodite, the Ashkelonite, the Gathite, and the Ekronite, and the Avvites.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":8798,"verse_id":"JOS.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Or “from Teman.” The phrase is especially problematic if taken with what follows, as the traditional verse division suggests. For further discussion see T. C. Butler, Joshua (WBC), 146.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":8799,"verse_id":"JOS.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “all the land of the Canaanites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":8800,"verse_id":"JOS.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"The reading “Arah” assumes a slight emendation of the Hebrew vowel pointing. The MT reads, “and a cave,” or “and Mearah” (if one understands the word as a proper noun).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":8801,"verse_id":"JOS.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “which belongs to the Sidonians.” map For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A4/4"}
{"id":8802,"verse_id":"JOS.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “and the land of the Gebalites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":8803,"verse_id":"JOS.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “the entrance to Hamath.” Most modern translations take the phrase “Lebo Hamath” to be a proper name, but often provide a note with the alternative, where “Hamath” is the proper name and לְבוֹא ( lÿvo ’) is taken to mean “entrance to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":8804,"verse_id":"JOS.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew name “Misrephoth Maim” is perhaps “lime-kilns by the water” (see HALOT 2:641).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":8805,"verse_id":"JOS.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “only you, assign it by lots to Israel as an inheritance as I commanded you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":8806,"verse_id":"JOS.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “now apportion this land as an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":8807,"verse_id":"JOS.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The MT reads “with him,” which is problematic, since the reference would be to the other half of the tribe of Manasseh (not the half mentioned in v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":8808,"verse_id":"JOS.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “received their inheritance, which Moses had assigned to them beyond the Jordan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":8809,"verse_id":"JOS.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The words “their territory started” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":8810,"verse_id":"JOS.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The words “their territory also included” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":8811,"verse_id":"JOS.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “from the remnant of the Rephaites.” sn The Rephaites were apparently an extremely tall ethnic group. See Deut 2:10-11, 20; 3:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":8812,"verse_id":"JOS.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “dispossessed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":8813,"verse_id":"JOS.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “dispossess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":8814,"verse_id":"JOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":8815,"verse_id":"JOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “did not assign an inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":8816,"verse_id":"JOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"That is, “their source of food and life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":8817,"verse_id":"JOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “offerings made by fire.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A14/4"}
{"id":8818,"verse_id":"JOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “promised” ( Heb “spoke”). sn For the background of this observation, see Deut 18:1-2 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A14/5"}
{"id":8819,"verse_id":"JOS.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “assigned to the sons of Reuben.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":8820,"verse_id":"JOS.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “their territory was from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":8821,"verse_id":"JOS.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The words “it encompassed” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":8822,"verse_id":"JOS.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “princes of Sihon, inhabitants of the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":8823,"verse_id":"JOS.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Or “diviner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":8824,"verse_id":"JOS.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “Balaam son of Beor, the omen-reader, the Israelites killed with the sword, along with their slain ones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":8825,"verse_id":"JOS.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “This is the inheritance of the sons of Reuben by their clans, the cities and their towns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":8826,"verse_id":"JOS.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “assigned to the tribe of Gad, to the sons of Gad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":8827,"verse_id":"JOS.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “and half of the land of the sons of Ammon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":8828,"verse_id":"JOS.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “in front of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":8829,"verse_id":"JOS.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"The words “Their territory ran” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":8830,"verse_id":"JOS.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Or “it included in the valley, Beth Haram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":8831,"verse_id":"JOS.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “This is the inheritance of the sons of Gad by their clans, the cities and their towns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":8832,"verse_id":"JOS.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Heb “assigned to the half-tribe of Manasseh, and it belonged to the half-tribe of Manasseh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":8833,"verse_id":"JOS.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"The words “their territory started at” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":8834,"verse_id":"JOS.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “These are [the lands] which Moses gave as an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":8835,"verse_id":"JOS.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “beyond the Jordan, east of Jericho.” The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied to clarify the meaning. map For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":8836,"verse_id":"JOS.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “Moses did not assign an inheritance.” The word “land” has been supplied in the translation to clarify what the inheritance consisted of.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":8837,"verse_id":"JOS.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"That is, “their source of food and life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":8838,"verse_id":"JOS.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Or “as he promised”; Heb “as he spoke to.” sn For the background of this observation, see Deut 18:1-2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":8839,"verse_id":"JOS.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “These are [the lands] which the sons of Israel received as an inheritance in the land of Canaan, which Eleazar the priest, Joshua son of Nun, and the heads of the fathers of the tribes assigned as an inheritance to the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":8840,"verse_id":"JOS.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “By lot was their inheritance, as the Lord had commanded by Moses, to the nine tribes and the half-tribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":8841,"verse_id":"JOS.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Or “assigned an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":8842,"verse_id":"JOS.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Or “no inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":8843,"verse_id":"JOS.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “in their midst.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":8844,"verse_id":"JOS.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “and they did not assign a portion to the Levites in the land, except cities [in which] to live and their pastures for their cattle and property.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":8845,"verse_id":"JOS.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “Just as the Lord had commanded Moses, so the sons of Israel did, and they divided up the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":8846,"verse_id":"JOS.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “You know the word which the Lord spoke to Moses, the man of God, because of me and because of you in Kadesh Barnea.” sn On this incident at Kadesh Barnea see Num 14:30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":8847,"verse_id":"JOS.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “and I brought back to him a word just as [was] in my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":8848,"verse_id":"JOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":8849,"verse_id":"JOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “went up with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":8850,"verse_id":"JOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “made the heart[s] of the people melt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":8851,"verse_id":"JOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “I filled up after the Lord my God,” an idiomatic statement meaning that Caleb remained loyal to the Lord .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A8/4"}
{"id":8852,"verse_id":"JOS.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “swore an oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":8853,"verse_id":"JOS.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “on which your foot has walked.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":8854,"verse_id":"JOS.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “will belong to you for an inheritance, and to your sons forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":8855,"verse_id":"JOS.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “like my strength then, like my strength now, for battle and for going out and coming in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":8856,"verse_id":"JOS.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “are there and large, fortified cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":8857,"verse_id":"JOS.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Or “will dispossess.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":8858,"verse_id":"JOS.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “Joshua blessed him and gave Hebron to Caleb son of Jephunneh as an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":8859,"verse_id":"JOS.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “Therefore Hebron belongs to Caleb son of Jephunneh for an inheritance to this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":8860,"verse_id":"JOS.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “And he was the great man among the Anakites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":8861,"verse_id":"JOS.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “The lot was to the tribe of the sons of Judah by their clans to the border of Edom, the wilderness of Zin toward the south, southward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":8862,"verse_id":"JOS.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “Their southern border was from the end of the Salt Sea, from the tongue that faces to the south.” sn The Salt Sea is another name for the Dead Sea (also in v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":8863,"verse_id":"JOS.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":8864,"verse_id":"JOS.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"Or “the Ascent of Scorpions” ( עַקְרַבִּים [’ aqrabbim ] means “scorpions” in Hebrew).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":8865,"verse_id":"JOS.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Traditionally “the Brook of Egypt,” although a number of recent translations have “the Wadi of Egypt” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":8866,"verse_id":"JOS.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The translation follows the LXX at this point. The MT reads, “This will be your southern border.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":8867,"verse_id":"JOS.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":8868,"verse_id":"JOS.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":8869,"verse_id":"JOS.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “the border on the northern side was from the tongue of the sea, from the end of the Jordan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":8870,"verse_id":"JOS.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “ascent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":8871,"verse_id":"JOS.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":8872,"verse_id":"JOS.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “the Great Sea,” the typical designation for the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":8873,"verse_id":"JOS.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “this was the border of the sons of Judah round about, by their clans.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":8874,"verse_id":"JOS.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “To Caleb son of Jephunneh he gave a portion in the midst of the sons of Judah according to the mouth [i.e., command] of the Lord to Joshua, Kiriath Arba (the father of Anak), it is Hebron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":8875,"verse_id":"JOS.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Or “dispossessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":8876,"verse_id":"JOS.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “he went up against the inhabitants of Debir.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":8877,"verse_id":"JOS.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"“Caleb’s brother” may refer either to Othniel or to Kenaz. If Kenaz was the brother of Caleb, Othniel is Caleb’s nephew.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":8878,"verse_id":"JOS.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Caleb) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":8879,"verse_id":"JOS.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Acsah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":8880,"verse_id":"JOS.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “him.” The referent of the pronoun could be Othniel, in which case the translation would be, “she incited him [Othniel] to ask her father for a field.” This is problematic, however, for Acsah, not Othniel, makes the request in v. 19 . The LXX has “he [Othniel] urged her to ask her father for a field.” This appears to be an attempt to reconcile the apparent inconsistency and probably does not reflect the original text. If Caleb is understood as the referent of the pronoun, the problem disappears. For a fuller discussion of the issue, see P. G. Mosca, “Who Seduced Whom? A Note on Joshua 15:18 // Judges 1:14 ,” CBQ 46 (1984): 18-22. This incident is also recorded in Judg 1:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":8881,"verse_id":"JOS.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Elsewhere this Hebrew word ( בְּרָכָה , bÿrakhah ) is often translated “blessing,” but here it refers to a gift (as in Gen 33:11 ; 1 Sam 25:27; 30:26 ; and 2 Kgs 5:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":8882,"verse_id":"JOS.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “This is the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Judah by their clans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":8883,"verse_id":"JOS.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “and the cities were at the end of the tribe of the sons of Judah, at the border of Edom, to the south.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":8884,"verse_id":"JOS.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":8885,"verse_id":"JOS.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"The total number of names in the list is thirty-six, not twenty-nine. Perhaps (1) some of the names are alternatives (though the text appears to delineate clearly such alternative names here and elsewhere, see vv. 8, 9, 10, 13, 25 b) or (2), more likely, later scribes added to a list originally numbering twenty-nine and failed to harmonize the concluding summary statement with the expanded list.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":8886,"verse_id":"JOS.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"The words “these cities were” have been supplied for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":8887,"verse_id":"JOS.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.33","text":"Or “the foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A33/2"}
{"id":8888,"verse_id":"JOS.15.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.45","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A45/1"}
{"id":8889,"verse_id":"JOS.15.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.47","text":"See the note on this place name in 15:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A47/1"}
{"id":8890,"verse_id":"JOS.15.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.47","text":"Heb “the Great Sea,” the typical designation for the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A47/2"}
{"id":8891,"verse_id":"JOS.15.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.48","text":"The words “These cities were” have been supplied in the translation for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A48/1"}
{"id":8892,"verse_id":"JOS.15.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.52","text":"Some Hebrew mss and some mss of the LXX read “Rumah” in place of “Dumah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A52/1"}
{"id":8893,"verse_id":"JOS.15.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.61","text":"The words “These cities were” have been supplied for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A61/1"}
{"id":8894,"verse_id":"JOS.15.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":15,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.63","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2015%3A63/1"}
{"id":8895,"verse_id":"JOS.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":8896,"verse_id":"JOS.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “The lot went out to the sons of Joseph from the Jordan [at] Jericho to the waters of Jericho to the east, the desert going up from Jericho into the hill country of Bethel.” map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":8897,"verse_id":"JOS.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the southern border) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":8898,"verse_id":"JOS.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"In the Hebrew text the place name “Luz” has the directive ending, indicating that the border went from Bethel to Luz. Elsewhere Luz and Bethel appear to be names for the same site (cf. Judg 1:23 ), but here they appear to be distinct. Note that the NIV translates “from Bethel (that is, Luz)” here, following the reading of the LXX, εἰς Βαιθηλ Λουζα ( eis Baiqhl Louza , “from Bethel [Luz]”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":8899,"verse_id":"JOS.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Or “received their inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":8900,"verse_id":"JOS.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “The territory of the sons of Ephraim was for their clans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":8901,"verse_id":"JOS.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":8902,"verse_id":"JOS.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":8903,"verse_id":"JOS.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “This is the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":8904,"verse_id":"JOS.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “and the cities set apart for the sons of Ephraim in the midst of the inheritance of the sons of Manasseh, all the cities and their towns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":8905,"verse_id":"JOS.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Ephraimites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":8906,"verse_id":"JOS.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “and the lot belonged to the tribe of Manasseh, for he was the firstborn of Joseph.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":8907,"verse_id":"JOS.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “to Makir, the firstborn of Manasseh, the father of Gilead, for he was a man of war.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":8908,"verse_id":"JOS.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “Gilead and Bashan belonged to him.” sn On the assignment of Manasseh’s territory in Gilead and Bashan, see Josh 13:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":8909,"verse_id":"JOS.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “and it belonged to the sons of Manasseh who remained.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":8910,"verse_id":"JOS.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “The Lord commanded Moses to assign to us an inheritance in the midst of our brothers.” Since Zelophehad had no sons, “brothers” must refer to their uncles, as the next sentence makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":8911,"verse_id":"JOS.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “he.” The referent is probably Joshua, although Eleazar is mentioned first in the preceding list.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":8912,"verse_id":"JOS.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and he assigned to them in accordance with the mouth [i.e., command] of the Lord an inheritance in the midst of the brothers of their father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":8913,"verse_id":"JOS.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “and the allotted portions of Manasseh fell out ten.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":8914,"verse_id":"JOS.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":8915,"verse_id":"JOS.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “in front of”; perhaps “east of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":8916,"verse_id":"JOS.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “these cities belonged to Ephraim in the midst of the cities of Manasseh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":8917,"verse_id":"JOS.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Manasseh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":8918,"verse_id":"JOS.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (their territory) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":8919,"verse_id":"JOS.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":8920,"verse_id":"JOS.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “the third [is] Napheth”; or “Napheth-dor.” The meaning of the Hebrew phrase is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":8921,"verse_id":"JOS.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “Beth Shean and its surrounding towns, Ibleam and its surrounding towns, the residents of Dor and its surrounding towns, the residents of En Dor and its surrounding towns, the residents of Taanach and its surrounding towns, the residents of Megiddo and its surrounding towns, three of Nepheth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":8922,"verse_id":"JOS.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “sons”; “men” has been used in the translation because the context involves the conquest of cities; therefore, warriors (hence males) would be in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":8923,"verse_id":"JOS.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Or “were determined.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":8924,"verse_id":"JOS.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “Why have you given me as an inheritance one lot and one portion, though I am a great people until [the time] which, until now the Lord has blessed me?” The construction עַד אֲשֶׁר־עַד־כֹּה (’ ad- ’ asher- ’ ad-koh , “until [the time] which, until now”) is extremely awkward. An emendation of the first עַד (’ ad ) to עַל (’ al ) yields a more likely reading: “for until now” (see HALOT 2:787).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":8925,"verse_id":"JOS.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “If you are a great people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":8926,"verse_id":"JOS.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “the hill country,” which must here include the hill country of Ephraim and the forest regions mentioned in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":8927,"verse_id":"JOS.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “and there are iron chariots among all the Canaanites who live in the land of the valley, to those who are in Beth Shean and its daughters and to those who are in the Valley of Jezreel.” Regarding the translation “chariots with iron-rimmed wheels” see Y. Yadin, The Art of Warfare in Biblical Lands , 255 and R. Drews, “The ‘Chariots of Iron’ of Joshua and Judges,” JSOT 45 (1989): 15-23.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":8928,"verse_id":"JOS.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":8929,"verse_id":"JOS.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “the hill country,” which must here include the hill country of Ephraim and the forest regions mentioned in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":8930,"verse_id":"JOS.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “and its limits will be yours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":8931,"verse_id":"JOS.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “the tent of assembly.” sn On the tent of meeting see Exod 33:7-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":8932,"verse_id":"JOS.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “and the land was subdued before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":8933,"verse_id":"JOS.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “there were left among the sons of Israel who had not divided up their inheritance seven tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":8934,"verse_id":"JOS.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “How long are you putting off entering and possessing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":8935,"verse_id":"JOS.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Or “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":8936,"verse_id":"JOS.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “I will send them so they may arise and walk about in the land and describe it in writing according to their inheritance and come to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":8937,"verse_id":"JOS.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “portions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":8938,"verse_id":"JOS.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":8939,"verse_id":"JOS.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “the house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":8940,"verse_id":"JOS.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Or “the priesthood of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":8941,"verse_id":"JOS.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Or “inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":8942,"verse_id":"JOS.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “went and passed through.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":8943,"verse_id":"JOS.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “and the lot came up for the tribe of the sons of Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":8944,"verse_id":"JOS.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “and the territory of their allotment went out between the sons of Judah and the sons of Joseph.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":8945,"verse_id":"JOS.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":8946,"verse_id":"JOS.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":8947,"verse_id":"JOS.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “sons,” here referring to the tribe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":8948,"verse_id":"JOS.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Or “side.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":8949,"verse_id":"JOS.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Or “ascent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":8950,"verse_id":"JOS.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “to the tongue of the Salt Sea to the north, to the end of the Jordan to the south.” The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":8951,"verse_id":"JOS.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “This was the inheritance of the sons of Benjamin by its borders round about, by their clans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":8952,"verse_id":"JOS.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “the sons,” here referring to the tribe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":8953,"verse_id":"JOS.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":8954,"verse_id":"JOS.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":8955,"verse_id":"JOS.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"The word “city” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":8956,"verse_id":"JOS.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":8957,"verse_id":"JOS.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"The structure of this list presents problems. In v. 28 no conjunction appears before “Haeleph” or “Kiriath” in the Hebrew text. This suggests they should be compounded with the preceding names, yielding “Zelah Haeleph” and “Gibeah Kiriath” respectively. This results in a list of only twelve cities, however, while the summary statement (v. 28 ) gives the number fourteen. One should note, however, that the city lists in chap. do not consistently use the conjunction before the name of each city. See also Josh 19:7 , where no conjunction appears before “Rimmon,” but the summary assumes that Ain and Rimmon are distinct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":8958,"verse_id":"JOS.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “This is the inheritance of the sons of Benjamin.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":8959,"verse_id":"JOS.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “and the second lot came out for Simeon, for the tribe of the sons of Simeon by their clans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":8960,"verse_id":"JOS.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and they had in their inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":8961,"verse_id":"JOS.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"The MT has “and Sheba” listed after “Beer Sheba.” The LXX suggests “Shema.” The Hebrew text appears to be corrupt, since the form “Sheba” duplicates the latter part of the preceding name. If Sheba (or Shema) is retained, the list numbers fourteen, one more than the number given in the concluding summary (v. 6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":8962,"verse_id":"JOS.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “this was the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Simeon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":8963,"verse_id":"JOS.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “from the portion of the sons of Judah was the inheritance of the sons of Simeon for the portion of the sons of Judah was too large for them, and the sons of Simeon received an inheritance in the midst of their inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":8964,"verse_id":"JOS.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and the third lot came up for the sons of Zebulun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":8965,"verse_id":"JOS.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Or “inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":8966,"verse_id":"JOS.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “in front of”; perhaps “east of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":8967,"verse_id":"JOS.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “eastward toward the rising of the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":8968,"verse_id":"JOS.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":8969,"verse_id":"JOS.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “Kattah, Nahalal, Shimron, Idalah, and Bethlehem, twelve cities and their towns.” The words “their territory included” and “in all they had” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":8970,"verse_id":"JOS.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “this is the inheritance of the sons of Zebulun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":8971,"verse_id":"JOS.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “the fourth lot came out for the sons of Issachar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":8972,"verse_id":"JOS.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Or “their inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":8973,"verse_id":"JOS.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “this was the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Issachar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":8974,"verse_id":"JOS.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “and the fifth lot came out for the tribe of the sons of Asher.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":8975,"verse_id":"JOS.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":8976,"verse_id":"JOS.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Some Hebrew mss read “Abdon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":8977,"verse_id":"JOS.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":8978,"verse_id":"JOS.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":8979,"verse_id":"JOS.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"The words “in all they had” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":8980,"verse_id":"JOS.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.31","text":"Heb “this was the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Asher.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A31/1"}
{"id":8981,"verse_id":"JOS.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “the sixth lot came out for the sons of Naphtali, for the sons of Naphtali.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":8982,"verse_id":"JOS.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.33","text":"Heb “and their border was from Heleph, from the oak of Zaanannim, and Adami Nekeb, and Jabneel to Lakkum.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A33/1"}
{"id":8983,"verse_id":"JOS.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.33","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A33/2"}
{"id":8984,"verse_id":"JOS.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.34","text":"The MT reads “Judah, the Jordan”; the LXX omits “Judah.” Perhaps there was a town named Judah, distinct from the tribe of Judah, located near the northern end of the Jordan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A34/1"}
{"id":8985,"verse_id":"JOS.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":8986,"verse_id":"JOS.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.38","text":"The words “in all they had” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A38/2"}
{"id":8987,"verse_id":"JOS.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.39","text":"Heb “this was the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Naphtali.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A39/1"}
{"id":8988,"verse_id":"JOS.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.40","text":"Heb “the seventh lot came out for the sons of Dan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A40/1"}
{"id":8989,"verse_id":"JOS.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.47","text":"Heb “the territory of the sons of Dan went out from them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A47/1"}
{"id":8990,"verse_id":"JOS.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.47","text":"Heb “Leshem.” The pronoun (“it”) has replaced the name “Leshem” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A47/2"}
{"id":8991,"verse_id":"JOS.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.47","text":"Heb “according to the name of their father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A47/3"}
{"id":8992,"verse_id":"JOS.19.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.48","text":"Heb “this was the inheritance of the tribe of the sons of Dan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A48/1"}
{"id":8993,"verse_id":"JOS.19.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.49","text":"Heb “an inheritance in their midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A49/1"}
{"id":8994,"verse_id":"JOS.19.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.51","text":"Heb “the leaders of the fathers of the tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A51/1"}
{"id":8995,"verse_id":"JOS.19.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":19,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.51","text":"Heb “at the entrance of the tent of assembly.” sn On the tent of meeting see Exod 33:7-11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2019%3A51/2"}
{"id":8996,"verse_id":"JOS.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘Set aside for yourselves.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":8997,"verse_id":"JOS.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Or “asylum.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":8998,"verse_id":"JOS.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “so that the one who kills, taking life accidentally without knowledge, may flee there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":8999,"verse_id":"JOS.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the one who accidentally kills another, cf. v. 2 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":9000,"verse_id":"JOS.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “and speak into the ears of the elders of that city his words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":9001,"verse_id":"JOS.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “and they should gather him into the city to themselves, give to him a place, and he will live with them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":9002,"verse_id":"JOS.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “for without knowledge he killed his neighbor, and he was not hating him prior to that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":9003,"verse_id":"JOS.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Or “live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":9004,"verse_id":"JOS.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “until he stands before the assembly for judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":9005,"verse_id":"JOS.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “until the death of the high priest who is in those days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A6/3"}
{"id":9006,"verse_id":"JOS.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “may return and enter his city and his house, the city from which he escaped.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A6/4"}
{"id":9007,"verse_id":"JOS.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “set apart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":9008,"verse_id":"JOS.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":9009,"verse_id":"JOS.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “set aside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":9010,"verse_id":"JOS.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"The Hebrew text reads simply “the cities.” The words “for refuge” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":9011,"verse_id":"JOS.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “and not die by the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":9012,"verse_id":"JOS.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “until he stands before the assembly.” The words “at least” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":9013,"verse_id":"JOS.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “came out for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":9014,"verse_id":"JOS.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “and it belonged to the sons of Aaron, from the Kohathite clans, from the sons of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":9015,"verse_id":"JOS.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"The words “they assigned” are supplied for clarification (also in vv. 23, 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":9016,"verse_id":"JOS.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The name “Gath Rimmon” is problematic here, for it appears in the preceding list of Danite cities. The LXX reads “Iebatha”; 1 Chr 6:55 HT ( 6:70 ET) reads “Bileam.” Most modern translations retain the name “Gath Rimmon,” however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":9017,"verse_id":"JOS.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"The words “they assigned” and “the following cities” are supplied for clarification (also in v. 34 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":9018,"verse_id":"JOS.21.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.36","text":"21:36-37 are accidentally omitted from a number of significant Hebrew mss . They are, however, found in some Hebrew mss , the LXX and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A36/1"}
{"id":9019,"verse_id":"JOS.21.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.41","text":"Heb “in the midst of the possession of the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A41/1"}
{"id":9020,"verse_id":"JOS.21.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.42","text":"Heb “these cities were city [by] city, and its grazing areas [were] around it; so [it was] for all these cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A42/1"}
{"id":9021,"verse_id":"JOS.21.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.43","text":"Heb “which he had sworn to give to their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A43/1"}
{"id":9022,"verse_id":"JOS.21.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.43","text":"Or “possessed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A43/2"}
{"id":9023,"verse_id":"JOS.21.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.44","text":"Heb “gave them rest all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A44/1"}
{"id":9024,"verse_id":"JOS.21.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.44","text":"Heb “according to all he swore to their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A44/2"}
{"id":9025,"verse_id":"JOS.21.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.44","text":"Heb “not a man stood from before them from all their enemies.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A44/3"}
{"id":9026,"verse_id":"JOS.21.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.45","text":"Heb “the house of Israel.” Cf. NCV “the Israelites”; TEV “the people of Israel”; CEV, NLT “Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A45/1"}
{"id":9027,"verse_id":"JOS.21.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":21,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.45","text":"Heb “not a word from all the good word which the Lord spoke to the house of Israel fell; the whole came to pass.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2021%3A45/2"}
{"id":9028,"verse_id":"JOS.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “You have kept all which Moses, the Lord ’s servant, commanded you, and you have listened to my voice, to all which I commanded you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":9029,"verse_id":"JOS.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “your brothers” (also in vv. 4, 7 ), but this does not refer to siblings or necessarily even to relatives. It refers to the Israelites of the remaining tribes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":9030,"verse_id":"JOS.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “these many days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":9031,"verse_id":"JOS.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “you have kept the charge of the command of the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":9032,"verse_id":"JOS.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “has given rest to your brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":9033,"verse_id":"JOS.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “tents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":9034,"verse_id":"JOS.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “the land of your possession.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":9035,"verse_id":"JOS.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “But be very careful to do the commandment and the law which Moses, the Lord ’s servant, commanded you, to love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":9036,"verse_id":"JOS.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “walk in all his paths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":9037,"verse_id":"JOS.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":9038,"verse_id":"JOS.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “hug him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A5/4"}
{"id":9039,"verse_id":"JOS.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.5","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A5/5"}
{"id":9040,"verse_id":"JOS.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “blessed.” However, see v. 8 , where rewards are given.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":9041,"verse_id":"JOS.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “and they went to their tents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":9042,"verse_id":"JOS.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “to their tents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":9043,"verse_id":"JOS.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “blessed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":9044,"verse_id":"JOS.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “return to your tents with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":9045,"verse_id":"JOS.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “very many cattle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":9046,"verse_id":"JOS.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “very much clothing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":9047,"verse_id":"JOS.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “returned and went from the sons of Israel, from Shiloh which is in the land of Canaan, to go to the land of Gilead, to the land of their possession.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":9048,"verse_id":"JOS.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “and they went to Geliloth of the Jordan which is in the land of Canaan, and the sons of Reuben, the sons of Gad, and the half-tribe of Manasseh built there an altar near the Jordan, an altar great with respect to appearance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":9049,"verse_id":"JOS.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel heard, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":9050,"verse_id":"JOS.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “toward the front of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":9051,"verse_id":"JOS.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “to go up against them for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":9052,"verse_id":"JOS.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “ten leaders with him, one leader, one leader for a paternal house, for all the tribes of Israel, and each a head of the house of their father, they belong to the clans of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":9053,"verse_id":"JOS.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “What is this unfaithfulness with which you have been unfaithful against the God of Israel, turning today from after the Lord , when you built for yourselves an altar, rebelling today against the Lord ?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":9054,"verse_id":"JOS.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “Was the sin of Peor too insignificant for us, from which we have not made purification to this day? And there was a plague in the assembly of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":9055,"verse_id":"JOS.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “you are turning back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":9056,"verse_id":"JOS.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “he will be angry with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":9057,"verse_id":"JOS.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “the land of your possession.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":9058,"verse_id":"JOS.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “the land of the possession of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A19/3"}
{"id":9059,"verse_id":"JOS.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “where the dwelling place of the Lord resides.” sn The phrase where the Lord himself lives refers to the tabernacle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A19/4"}
{"id":9060,"verse_id":"JOS.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “and take for yourselves in our midst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A19/5"}
{"id":9061,"verse_id":"JOS.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “and us to you rebel.” The reading of the MT, the accusative sign with suffix ( וְאֹתָנוּ , vÿ ’ otanu ), is problematic with the verb “rebel” ( מָרַד , marad ). Many Hebrew mss correctly read the negative particle אַל (’ al ) for the preposition אֶל (’ el , “to”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A19/6"}
{"id":9062,"verse_id":"JOS.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “Is it not [true that] Achan son of Zerah was unfaithful with unfaithfulness concerning what was set apart [to the Lord ] and against all the assembly of Israel there was anger?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":9063,"verse_id":"JOS.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"The second half of the verse reads literally, “and he [was] one man, he did not die for his sin.” There are at least two possible ways to explain this statement: (1) One might interpret the statement to mean that Achan was not the only person who died for his sin. In this case it could be translated, “and he was not the only one to die because of his sin.” (2) Another option, the one reflected in the translation, is to take the words וְהוּא אִישׁ אֶחָד ( vÿhu ’ ’ ish ’ ekhad , “and he [was] one man”) as a concessive clause and join it with what precedes. The remaining words ( לֹא גָוַע בַּעֲוֹנוֹ , lo ’ gava ’ ba ’ avono ) must then be taken as a rhetorical question (“Did he not die for his sin?”). Taking the last sentence as interrogative is consistent with the first part of the verse, a rhetorical question introduced with the interrogative particle. The present translation has converted these rhetorical questions into affirmative statements to bring out more clearly the points they are emphasizing. For further discussion, see T. C. Butler, Joshua (WBC), 240.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":9064,"verse_id":"JOS.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “answered and spoke to the heads of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":9065,"verse_id":"JOS.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “he knows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":9066,"verse_id":"JOS.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “if in rebellion or if in unfaithfulness against the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A22/3"}
{"id":9067,"verse_id":"JOS.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “do not save us.” The verb form is singular, being addressed to either collective Israel or the Lord himself. The LXX translates in the third person.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A22/4"}
{"id":9068,"verse_id":"JOS.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “by building.” The prepositional phrase may be subordinated to what precedes, “if in unfaithfulness…by building.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":9069,"verse_id":"JOS.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “or if to offer up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":9070,"verse_id":"JOS.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “or if to make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A23/3"}
{"id":9071,"verse_id":"JOS.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.23","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A23/4"}
{"id":9072,"verse_id":"JOS.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “the Lord , he will seek.” Perhaps this is a self-imprecation in an oath, “may the Lord himself punish us.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A23/5"}
{"id":9073,"verse_id":"JOS.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “Surely, from worry concerning a matter we have done this, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":9074,"verse_id":"JOS.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “What is there to you and to the Lord God of Israel?” The rhetorical question is sarcastic in tone and anticipates a response, “Absolutely none!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":9075,"verse_id":"JOS.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “You have no portion in the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":9076,"verse_id":"JOS.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “fearing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":9077,"verse_id":"JOS.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “but it is a witness between us and you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":9078,"verse_id":"JOS.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “to do the service of the Lord before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":9079,"verse_id":"JOS.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.27","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A27/3"}
{"id":9080,"verse_id":"JOS.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “You have no portion in the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A27/4"}
{"id":9081,"verse_id":"JOS.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"The words “such a thing” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":9082,"verse_id":"JOS.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":9083,"verse_id":"JOS.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “but it is a witness between us and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A28/3"}
{"id":9084,"verse_id":"JOS.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":9085,"verse_id":"JOS.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad, and the sons of Manasseh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":9086,"verse_id":"JOS.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “it was good in their eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":9087,"verse_id":"JOS.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad, and the sons of Manasseh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":9088,"verse_id":"JOS.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “because you were not unfaithful with this unfaithfulness against the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A31/2"}
{"id":9089,"verse_id":"JOS.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.31","text":"On the use of אָז in a logical sense, see Waltke-O’Connor, Hebrew Syntax , 667.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A31/3"}
{"id":9090,"verse_id":"JOS.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “the hand (i.e., power) of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A31/4"}
{"id":9091,"verse_id":"JOS.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.32","text":"Heb “and Phinehas…returned from the sons of Reuben and from the sons of Gad, from the land of Gilead to the land of Canaan, to the sons of Israel. And they brought back to them a word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A32/1"}
{"id":9092,"verse_id":"JOS.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.33","text":"Heb “and the word was good in the eyes of the sons of Israel and the sons of Israel blessed God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A33/1"}
{"id":9093,"verse_id":"JOS.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.33","text":"Heb “and they did not speak about going up against them for battle to destroy the land in which the sons of Reuben and the sons of Gad were living.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A33/2"}
{"id":9094,"verse_id":"JOS.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “a witness between us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2022%3A34/1"}
{"id":9095,"verse_id":"JOS.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":9096,"verse_id":"JOS.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “the Lord had given rest to Israel from their enemies all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":9097,"verse_id":"JOS.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “was old, coming into the days.” This expression, referring to advancing in years, also occurs in the following verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A1/3"}
{"id":9098,"verse_id":"JOS.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “for the Lord your God, he [is] the one who fights for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":9099,"verse_id":"JOS.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “I have assigned by lots to you these remaining nations as an inheritance for your tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":9100,"verse_id":"JOS.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “the Great Sea,” the typical designation for the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":9101,"verse_id":"JOS.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “from the Jordan and all the nations which I cut off and the Great Sea [at] the place where the sun sets.” The relationship of the second half of the verse, which mentions nations already conquered, to the first half, which speaks of “remaining nations,” is difficult to understand.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A4/3"}
{"id":9102,"verse_id":"JOS.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “from before you.” This has not been included in the translation because it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":9103,"verse_id":"JOS.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Or “take possession of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":9104,"verse_id":"JOS.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":9105,"verse_id":"JOS.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “Be strong so you can be careful to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":9106,"verse_id":"JOS.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":9107,"verse_id":"JOS.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “and in the name of their gods you must not invoke and you must not make solemn declarations.” The words “and you must not make solemn declarations” are omitted in the LXX and may represent a later scribal addition to elucidate the immediately preceding command. The Hiphil of שָׁבַע ( shava ’) without an object occurs only here and in Josh 6:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":9108,"verse_id":"JOS.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.7","text":"Or “serve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A7/3"}
{"id":9109,"verse_id":"JOS.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “hug.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":9110,"verse_id":"JOS.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":9111,"verse_id":"JOS.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “not a man has stood before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":9112,"verse_id":"JOS.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “chases a thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":9113,"verse_id":"JOS.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “for the Lord your God, he [is] the one who fights for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":9114,"verse_id":"JOS.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “as he said to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A10/3"}
{"id":9115,"verse_id":"JOS.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “Watch carefully yourselves so as to love the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":9116,"verse_id":"JOS.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “and hug.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":9117,"verse_id":"JOS.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “the remnant of the these nations, these nations that are with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":9118,"verse_id":"JOS.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “and go into them, and they into you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A12/3"}
{"id":9119,"verse_id":"JOS.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “be a trap and a snare to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":9120,"verse_id":"JOS.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":9121,"verse_id":"JOS.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “thorns in your eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":9122,"verse_id":"JOS.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “perish.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A13/4"}
{"id":9123,"verse_id":"JOS.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “go the way of all the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":9124,"verse_id":"JOS.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":9125,"verse_id":"JOS.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “one word from all these words which the Lord your God spoke to you has not fallen, the whole has come to pass for you, one word from it has not fallen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A14/3"}
{"id":9126,"verse_id":"JOS.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “and it will be as every good word which the Lord your God spoke to you has come to pass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":9127,"verse_id":"JOS.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “so the Lord will bring every injurious [or “evil”] word [or “thing”] upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":9128,"verse_id":"JOS.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “when you violate the covenant of the Lord your God which he commanded you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":9129,"verse_id":"JOS.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “and you walk and serve other gods and bow down to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":9130,"verse_id":"JOS.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.16","text":"Or “perish.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2023%3A16/3"}
{"id":9131,"verse_id":"JOS.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":9132,"verse_id":"JOS.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “the river,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":9133,"verse_id":"JOS.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “the river,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":9134,"verse_id":"JOS.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"Or “through.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":9135,"verse_id":"JOS.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “I gave to Esau Mount Seir to possess it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":9136,"verse_id":"JOS.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “by that which I did in its midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":9137,"verse_id":"JOS.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the fathers) has been specified in the translation for clarity (see the previous verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":9138,"verse_id":"JOS.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Or “put darkness between you and the Egyptians.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":9139,"verse_id":"JOS.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “and he brought over them the sea and covered them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":9140,"verse_id":"JOS.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “your eyes saw.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A7/4"}
{"id":9141,"verse_id":"JOS.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A7/5"}
{"id":9142,"verse_id":"JOS.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Or “took possession of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":9143,"verse_id":"JOS.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “arose and fought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":9144,"verse_id":"JOS.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “sent and called.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A9/2"}
{"id":9145,"verse_id":"JOS.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.9","text":"Or “to curse.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A9/3"}
{"id":9146,"verse_id":"JOS.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"The infinitive absolute follows the finite verb in the Hebrew text and indicates continuation or repetition of the action. Balaam pronounced several oracles of blessing over Israel (see Num 23-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":9147,"verse_id":"JOS.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “blessing.” Balaam’s “blessings” were actually prophecies of how God would prosper Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":9148,"verse_id":"JOS.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A10/3"}
{"id":9149,"verse_id":"JOS.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":9150,"verse_id":"JOS.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"Or perhaps, “citizens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":9151,"verse_id":"JOS.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Traditionally, “the hornet” (so KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV) but the precise meaning of the Hebrew word is uncertain (cf. NEB “panic”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":9152,"verse_id":"JOS.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"The LXX has “twelve,” apparently understanding this as a reference to Amorite kings west of the Jordan (see Josh 5:1 , rather than the trans-Jordanian Amorite kings Sihon and Og (see Josh 2:10; 9:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":9153,"verse_id":"JOS.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “and it drove them out from before you, the two kings of the Amorites, not by your sword and not by your bow.” The words “I gave you the victory” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":9154,"verse_id":"JOS.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Or perhaps, “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":9155,"verse_id":"JOS.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"The words “the produce of” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":9156,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":9157,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “and serve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/3"}
{"id":9158,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “your fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/4"}
{"id":9159,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/5"}
{"id":9160,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “the river,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity; see v. 3 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/6"}
{"id":9161,"verse_id":"JOS.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “and serve.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A14/7"}
{"id":9162,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “if it is bad in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":9163,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.15","text":"Or “to serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/2"}
{"id":9164,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.15","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/3"}
{"id":9165,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “your fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/4"}
{"id":9166,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.15","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/5"}
{"id":9167,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “the river,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity; see v. 3 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/6"}
{"id":9168,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/7"}
{"id":9169,"verse_id":"JOS.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"24.15","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A15/8"}
{"id":9170,"verse_id":"JOS.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":9171,"verse_id":"JOS.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"Or “can serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":9172,"verse_id":"JOS.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “of the house of slavery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":9173,"verse_id":"JOS.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “for the Lord our God, he is the one who brought up us and our fathers from the land of Egypt, from the house of slaves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A17/2"}
{"id":9174,"verse_id":"JOS.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.17","text":"Or “great signs.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A17/3"}
{"id":9175,"verse_id":"JOS.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “and he guarded us in all the way in which we walked and among all the peoples through whose midst we passed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A17/4"}
{"id":9176,"verse_id":"JOS.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":9177,"verse_id":"JOS.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":9178,"verse_id":"JOS.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “you are not able to serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":9179,"verse_id":"JOS.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.19","text":"In the Hebrew text both the divine name ( אֱלֹהִים , ’ elohim ) and the adjective ( קְדֹשִׁים , qÿdoshim , “holy”) are plural. Normally the divine name, when referring to the one true God, takes singular modifiers, but this is a rare exception where the adjective agrees grammatically with the honorific plural noun. See GKC §124. i and IBHS 122.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A19/4"}
{"id":9180,"verse_id":"JOS.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “lift up” or “take away.” sn This assertion obviously needs qualification, for the OT elsewhere affirms that God does forgive. Joshua is referring to the persistent national rebellion against the Mosaic covenant that eventually cause God to decree unconditionally the nation’s exile.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A19/5"}
{"id":9181,"verse_id":"JOS.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Or “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":9182,"verse_id":"JOS.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"Or “and serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":9183,"verse_id":"JOS.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.20","text":"The words “against you” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A20/3"}
{"id":9184,"verse_id":"JOS.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “bring you to an end.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A20/4"}
{"id":9185,"verse_id":"JOS.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “after he did good for you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A20/5"}
{"id":9186,"verse_id":"JOS.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is emphatic. Another option is to take it as explanatory, “No, for we will….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":9187,"verse_id":"JOS.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":9188,"verse_id":"JOS.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “You are witnesses against yourselves that you have chosen for yourselves the Lord to serve him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":9189,"verse_id":"JOS.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"The words “Joshua said” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":9190,"verse_id":"JOS.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “bend your heart toward.” The term לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) probably here refers to the people’s volition or will.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":9191,"verse_id":"JOS.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":9192,"verse_id":"JOS.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “and listen to his voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":9193,"verse_id":"JOS.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":9194,"verse_id":"JOS.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “a statute and a judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":9195,"verse_id":"JOS.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “all the words of the Lord which he spoke with us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":9196,"verse_id":"JOS.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.27","text":"Or “lest,” “so that you might not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A27/2"}
{"id":9197,"verse_id":"JOS.24.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.28","text":"Heb “And Joshua sent the people away, each to his inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A28/1"}
{"id":9198,"verse_id":"JOS.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"Heb “after these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":9199,"verse_id":"JOS.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.30","text":"Heb “in the territory of his inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A30/1"}
{"id":9200,"verse_id":"JOS.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":9201,"verse_id":"JOS.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “all the days of Joshua and all the days of the elders who outlived him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A31/2"}
{"id":9202,"verse_id":"JOS.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “who knew all the work of the Lord which he had done for Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A31/3"}
{"id":9203,"verse_id":"JOS.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “one hundred qesitahs.” The Hebrew word קְשִׂיטָה ( qesitah ) is generally understood to refer to a unit of money, but the value and/or weight is unknown. The word occurs only here and in Gen 33:19 and Job 42:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A32/1"}
{"id":9204,"verse_id":"JOS.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “and they became for the sons of Joseph an inheritance.” One might think “bones” is the subject of the verb “they became,” but the verb is masculine, while “bones” is feminine. The translation follows the emendation suggested in the BHS note, which appeals to the Syriac and Vulgate for support. The emended reading understands “the part (of the field)” as the subject of the verb “became.” The emended verb is feminine singular; this agrees with “the part” (of the field), which is feminine in Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A32/2"}
{"id":9205,"verse_id":"JOS.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOS","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.33","text":"Heb “in Gibeah of Phinehas, his son, which had been given to him in the hill country of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joshua%2024%3A33/1"}
{"id":9206,"verse_id":"JDG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “asked” ( שָׁאַל , sha ’ al ) refers here to consulting the Lord through a prophetic oracle; cf. NAB “consulted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":9207,"verse_id":"JDG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “Who should first go up for us against the Canaanites to attack them?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":9208,"verse_id":"JDG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Judah should go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":9209,"verse_id":"JDG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew exclamation הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally, “Behold”), translated “Be sure of this,” draws attention to the following statement. The verb form in the following statement (a Hebrew perfect, indicating completed action from the standpoint of the speaker) emphasizes the certainty of the event. Though it had not yet taken place, the Lord speaks of it as a “done deal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":9210,"verse_id":"JDG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Judah said to Simeon, his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":9211,"verse_id":"JDG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Come up with me into our allotted land and let us attack the Canaanites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":9212,"verse_id":"JDG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “I.” The Hebrew pronoun is singular, agreeing with the collective singular “Judah” earlier in the verse. English style requires a plural pronoun here, however.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":9213,"verse_id":"JDG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “Judah went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":9214,"verse_id":"JDG.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":9215,"verse_id":"JDG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Elsewhere this verb usually carries the sense of “to gather; to pick up; to glean,” but “lick up” seems best here in light of the peculiar circumstances described by Adoni-Bezek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":9216,"verse_id":"JDG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The words “food scraps” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":9217,"verse_id":"JDG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “Just as I did, so God has repaid me.” Note that the phrase “to them” has been supplied in the translation to clarify what is meant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":9218,"verse_id":"JDG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":9219,"verse_id":"JDG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":9220,"verse_id":"JDG.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “they went from there against the inhabitants of Debir.” The LXX reads the verb as “they went up,” which suggests that the Hebrew text translated by the LXX read וַיַּעַל ( vayya ’ al ) rather than the MT’s וַיֵּלֶךְ ( vayyelekh ). It is possible that this is the text to be preferred in v. 11 . Cf. Josh 15:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":9221,"verse_id":"JDG.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"“Caleb’s younger brother” may refer to Othniel or to Kenaz (in which case Othniel was Caleb’s nephew; so CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":9222,"verse_id":"JDG.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Caleb) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":9223,"verse_id":"JDG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Acsah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":9224,"verse_id":"JDG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “him.” The pronoun could refer to Othniel, in which case one would translate, “she incited him [Othniel] to ask her father for a field.” This is problematic, however, for Acsah, not Othniel, makes the request in v. 15 . The LXX has “he [Othniel] urged her to ask her father for a field.” This appears to be an attempt to reconcile the apparent inconsistency and probably does not reflect the original text. If Caleb is understood as the referent of the pronoun, the problem disappears. For a fuller discussion of the issue, see P. G. Mosca, “Who Seduced Whom? A Note on Joshua 15:18 // Judges 1:14 ,” CBQ 46 (1984): 18-22. The translation takes Caleb to be the referent, specified as “her father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":9225,"verse_id":"JDG.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Elsewhere the Hebrew word בְרָכָה ( vÿrakhah ) is often translated “blessing,” but here it refers to a gift (as in Gen 33:11 ; 1 Sam 25:27; 30:26 ; and 2 Kgs 5:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":9226,"verse_id":"JDG.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Some translations regard the expressions “springs of water” ( גֻּלֹּת מָיִם , gullot mayim ) and “springs” ( גֻּלֹּת ) as place names here (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":9227,"verse_id":"JDG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Part of the Greek ms tradition lacks the words “of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":9228,"verse_id":"JDG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “[to] the Desert of Judah in the Negev, Arad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":9229,"verse_id":"JDG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"The phrase “of Judah” is supplied here in the translation. Some ancient textual witnesses read, “They went and lived with the Amalekites.” This reading, however, is probably influenced by 1 Sam 15:6 (see also Num 24:20-21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":9230,"verse_id":"JDG.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “Judah went with Simeon, his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":9231,"verse_id":"JDG.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the city of Zephath) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":9232,"verse_id":"JDG.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “The men of Judah captured Gaza and its surrounding territory, Ashkelon and its surrounding territory, and Ekron and its surrounding territory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":9233,"verse_id":"JDG.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “seized possession of”; or “occupied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":9234,"verse_id":"JDG.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Several textual witnesses support the inclusion of this verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":9235,"verse_id":"JDG.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Regarding the translation “chariots with iron-rimmed wheels,” see Y. Yadin, The Art of Warfare in Biblical Lands , 255, and the article by R. Drews, “The ‘Chariots of Iron’ of Joshua and Judges,” JSOT 45 (1989): 15-23.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":9236,"verse_id":"JDG.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “they gave to Caleb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":9237,"verse_id":"JDG.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":9238,"verse_id":"JDG.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “house.” This is a metonymy for the warriors from the tribe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":9239,"verse_id":"JDG.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":9240,"verse_id":"JDG.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":9241,"verse_id":"JDG.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":9242,"verse_id":"JDG.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":9243,"verse_id":"JDG.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":9244,"verse_id":"JDG.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “The men of Manasseh did not conquer Beth Shan and its surrounding towns, Taanach and its surrounding towns, the people living in Dor and its surrounding towns, the people living in Ibleam and its surrounding towns, or the people living in Megiddo and its surrounding towns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":9245,"verse_id":"JDG.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.27","text":"Or “were determined.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A27/3"}
{"id":9246,"verse_id":"JDG.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “in this land.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A27/4"}
{"id":9247,"verse_id":"JDG.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Heb “the people living in Kitron and the people living in Nahalol.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":9248,"verse_id":"JDG.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":9249,"verse_id":"JDG.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.31","text":"Heb “The men of Asher did not conquer the people living in Acco, the people living in Sidon, Ahlab, Acco, Helbah, Aphek, or Rehob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A31/2"}
{"id":9250,"verse_id":"JDG.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.33","text":"Heb “the people living in Beth Shemesh or the people living in Beth Anath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A33/1"}
{"id":9251,"verse_id":"JDG.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.33","text":"The term “Canaanites” is supplied here both for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A33/2"}
{"id":9252,"verse_id":"JDG.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"Heb “come down into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":9253,"verse_id":"JDG.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.35","text":"Or “were determined.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A35/1"}
{"id":9254,"verse_id":"JDG.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.35","text":"Or “Mount Heres”; the term הַר ( har ) means “mount” or “mountain” in Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A35/2"}
{"id":9255,"verse_id":"JDG.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.35","text":"Heb “Whenever the hand of the tribe of Joseph was heavy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A35/3"}
{"id":9256,"verse_id":"JDG.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.36","text":"Or “the Ascent of Scorpions” ( עַקְרַבִּים [’ aqrabbim ] means “scorpions” in Hebrew).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A36/1"}
{"id":9257,"verse_id":"JDG.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"Or “Amorite territory started at the Pass of the Scorpions at Sela and then went on up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%201%3A36/2"}
{"id":9258,"verse_id":"JDG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “the land that I had sworn to your fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":9259,"verse_id":"JDG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “their altars.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":9260,"verse_id":"JDG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “you have not listened to my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":9261,"verse_id":"JDG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “What is this you have done?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":9262,"verse_id":"JDG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “And I also said.” The use of the perfect tense here suggests that the messenger is recalling an earlier statement (see Josh 23:12-13 ). However, some translate, “And I also say,” understanding the following words as an announcement of judgment upon those gathered at Bokim.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":9263,"verse_id":"JDG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “If you disobey” are supplied in the translation for clarity. See Josh 23:12-13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":9264,"verse_id":"JDG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the Canaanites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":9265,"verse_id":"JDG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word צִדִּים ( tsiddim ) is uncertain in this context. It may be related to an Akkadian cognate meaning “snare.” If so, a more literal translation would be “they will become snares to you.” Normally the term in question means “sides,” but this makes no sense here. On the basis of Num 33:55 some suggest the word for “thorns” has been accidentally omitted. If this word is added, the text would read, “they will become [thorns] in your sides” (cf. NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":9266,"verse_id":"JDG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “their gods will become a snare to you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":9267,"verse_id":"JDG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “lifted their voices and wept.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":9268,"verse_id":"JDG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “sent away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":9269,"verse_id":"JDG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “the Israelites went each to his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":9270,"verse_id":"JDG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “served”; or “followed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":9271,"verse_id":"JDG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or perhaps “elders,” which could be interpreted to mean “leaders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":9272,"verse_id":"JDG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “all the days of Joshua and all the days of the old men who outlived him, who had seen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":9273,"verse_id":"JDG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the great work of the Lord which he had done for Israel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":9274,"verse_id":"JDG.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":9275,"verse_id":"JDG.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “in the territory of his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":9276,"verse_id":"JDG.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “All that generation were gathered to their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":9277,"verse_id":"JDG.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “arose after them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":9278,"verse_id":"JDG.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “that did not know the Lord or the work which he had done for Israel.” The expressions “personally experienced” and “seen” are interpretive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":9279,"verse_id":"JDG.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":9280,"verse_id":"JDG.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “serving”; or “following.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":9281,"verse_id":"JDG.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":9282,"verse_id":"JDG.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “bowed before” (the same expression occurs in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":9283,"verse_id":"JDG.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Some English translations simply transliterate the plural Hebrew term (“Ashtaroth,” cf. NAB, NASB), pluralize the transliterated Hebrew singular form (“Ashtoreths,” cf. NIV), or use a variation of the name (“Astartes,” cf. NRSV). sn The Ashtars were local manifestations of the goddess Astarte.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":9284,"verse_id":"JDG.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “The Lord ’s anger burned [or “raged”] against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":9285,"verse_id":"JDG.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “robbers who robbed them.” (The verb שָׁסָה [ shasah ] appears twice in the verse.) sn The expression robbers who plundered them is a derogatory reference to the enemy nations, as the next line indicates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":9286,"verse_id":"JDG.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “sold them into the hands of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":9287,"verse_id":"JDG.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"The word “attacks” is supplied in the translation both for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":9288,"verse_id":"JDG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The expression “to fight” is interpretive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":9289,"verse_id":"JDG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the Lord ’s hand was against them for harm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":9290,"verse_id":"JDG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “just as he had said and just as he had sworn to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":9291,"verse_id":"JDG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “they experienced great distress.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":9292,"verse_id":"JDG.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or more traditionally, “judges” (also in vv. 17, 18 [3x], 19). Since these figures carried out more than a judicial function, also serving as rulers and (in several instances) as military commanders, the translation uses the term “leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":9293,"verse_id":"JDG.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “and they delivered them from the hand of the ones robbing them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":9294,"verse_id":"JDG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “did not listen to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":9295,"verse_id":"JDG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “bowed before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":9296,"verse_id":"JDG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “way [of life].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":9297,"verse_id":"JDG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":9298,"verse_id":"JDG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “…walked, obeying the Lord ’s commands. They did not do this.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A17/5"}
{"id":9299,"verse_id":"JDG.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":9300,"verse_id":"JDG.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"The phrase “for them” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":9301,"verse_id":"JDG.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “the ones oppressing them and afflicting them.” The synonyms “oppressing” and “afflicting” are joined together in the translation as “harsh oppressors” to emphasize the cruel character of their enemies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":9302,"verse_id":"JDG.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the next generation) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":9303,"verse_id":"JDG.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The verb שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return; to turn”) is sometimes translated “turn back” here, but it is probably used in an adverbial sense, indicating that the main action (“act wickedly”) is being repeated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":9304,"verse_id":"JDG.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “their fathers.” sn The statement the next generation would again act more wickedly than the previous one must refer to the successive sinful generations after Joshua, not Joshua’s godly generation (cf. vv. 7, 17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":9305,"verse_id":"JDG.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “serving [them]”; or “following [them].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":9306,"verse_id":"JDG.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “drop.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A19/5"}
{"id":9307,"verse_id":"JDG.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “The Lord ’s anger burned [or “raged”] against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":9308,"verse_id":"JDG.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “Because this nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":9309,"verse_id":"JDG.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “my covenant which I commanded their fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":9310,"verse_id":"JDG.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “and has not listened to my voice.” The expression “to not listen to [God’s] voice” is idiomatic here for disobeying him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":9311,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"The words “Joshua left those nations” are interpretive. The Hebrew text of v. 22 simply begins with “to test.” Some subordinate this phrase to “I will no longer remove” (v. 21 ). In this case the Lord announces that he has now decided to leave these nations as a test for Israel. Another possibility is to subordinate “to test” to “He said” (v. 20 ; see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 111). In this case the statement recorded in vv. 20 b-21 is the test in that it forces Israel to respond either positively (through repentance) or negatively to the Lord ’s declaration. A third possibility (the one reflected in the present translation) is to subordinate “to test” to “left unconquered” (v. 21 ). In this case the Lord recalls that Joshua left these nations as a test. Israel has failed the test (v. 20 ), so the Lord announces that the punishment threatened earlier ( Josh 23:12-13 ; see also Judg 2:3 ) will now be implemented. As B. G. Webb ( Judges [JSOTSup], 115) observes, “The nations which were originally left as a test are now left as a punishment.” This view best harmonizes v. 23 , which explains that the Lord did not give all the nations to Joshua, with v. 22 . (For a grammatical parallel, where the infinitive construct of נָסָה [ nasah ] is subordinated to the perfect of עָזַב [’ azav ], see 2 Chr 32:31 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":9312,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"The Hebrew text includes the phrase “by them,” but this is somewhat redundant in English and has been omitted from the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":9313,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"The words “I [i.e., the Lord ] wanted to see” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":9314,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":9315,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “way [of life].”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/5"}
{"id":9316,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.22","text":"“The words “marked out by” are interpretive.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/6"}
{"id":9317,"verse_id":"JDG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “fathers.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A22/7"}
{"id":9318,"verse_id":"JDG.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"The words “this is why” are interpretive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":9319,"verse_id":"JDG.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “quickly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":9320,"verse_id":"JDG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “did not know the wars of Canaan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":9321,"verse_id":"JDG.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The Hebrew syntax of v. 2 is difficult. The Hebrew text reads literally, “only in order that the generations of the Israelites might know, to teach them war – only those who formerly did not know them.” sn The stated purpose for leaving the nations ( to teach the subsequent generations…how to conduct holy war ) seems to contradict 2:22 and 3:4 , which indicate the nations were left to test Israel’s loyalty to the Lord . However, the two stated purposes can be harmonized. The willingness of later generations to learn and engage in holy war would measure their allegiance to the Lord (see B. G. Webb, Judges [JSOTSup], 114-15).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":9322,"verse_id":"JDG.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The words “These were the nations,” though not present in the Hebrew text, are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":9323,"verse_id":"JDG.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “the entrance to Hamath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":9324,"verse_id":"JDG.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “to know if they would hear the commands of the Lord which he commanded their fathers by the hand of Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":9325,"verse_id":"JDG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “to their sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":9326,"verse_id":"JDG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “served”; or “followed” (this term occurs in the following verse as well).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":9327,"verse_id":"JDG.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":9328,"verse_id":"JDG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “The Lord ’s anger burned (or raged) against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":9329,"verse_id":"JDG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “sold them into the hands of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":9330,"verse_id":"JDG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “Cushan the Doubly Wicked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":9331,"verse_id":"JDG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “they served Cushan-Rishathaim.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":9332,"verse_id":"JDG.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":9333,"verse_id":"JDG.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":9334,"verse_id":"JDG.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"“Caleb’s younger brother” may refer to Othniel or to Kenaz (in which case Othniel is Caleb’s nephew).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":9335,"verse_id":"JDG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “was on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":9336,"verse_id":"JDG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “his hand was strong against Cushan-Rishathaim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":9337,"verse_id":"JDG.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord ” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":9338,"verse_id":"JDG.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “strengthened Eglon…against Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":9339,"verse_id":"JDG.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “and he gathered to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":9340,"verse_id":"JDG.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “the Israelites served Eglon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":9341,"verse_id":"JDG.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the Lord .” This has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":9342,"verse_id":"JDG.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"The phrase, which refers to Ehud, literally reads “bound/restricted in the right hand,” apparently a Hebrew idiom for a left-handed person. See Judg 20:16 , where 700 Benjaminites are described in this way. Perhaps the Benjaminites purposely trained several of their young men to be left-handed warriors by restricting the use of the right hand from an early age so the left hand would become dominant. Left-handed men would have a distinct military advantage, especially when attacking city gates. See B. Halpern, “The Assassination of Eglon: The First Locked-Room Murder Mystery,” BRev 4 (1988): 35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":9343,"verse_id":"JDG.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “The Israelites sent by his hand an offering to Eglon, king of Moab.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":9344,"verse_id":"JDG.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"The Hebrew term גֹּמֶד ( gomed ) denotes a unit of linear measure, perhaps a cubit (the distance between the elbow and the tip of the middle finger – approximately 18 inches [45 cm]). Some suggest it is equivalent to the short cubit (the distance between the elbow and the knuckles of the clenched fist – approximately 13 inches [33 cm]) or to the span (the distance between the end of the thumb and the end of the little finger in a spread hand – approximately 9 inches [23 cm]). See BDB 167 s.v.; HALOT 196 s.v.; B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 142.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":9345,"verse_id":"JDG.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “the tribute payment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":9346,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “returned” (i.e., to Eglon’s palace).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":9347,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"The words “when he reached” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Hebrew text simply reads “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":9348,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “idols.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":9349,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"The words “to Eglon” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":9350,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eglon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/5"}
{"id":9351,"verse_id":"JDG.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “Hush!”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A19/6"}
{"id":9352,"verse_id":"JDG.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “cool.” This probably refers to a room with latticed windows which allowed the breeze to pass through. See B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 144.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":9353,"verse_id":"JDG.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “word of [i.e., from] God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":9354,"verse_id":"JDG.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “throne.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":9355,"verse_id":"JDG.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Eglon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":9356,"verse_id":"JDG.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ehud) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":9357,"verse_id":"JDG.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The Hebrew text has “and he went out to the [?].” The meaning of the Hebrew word פַּרְשְׁדֹנָה ( parshÿdonah ) which occurs only here in the OT, is uncertain. The noun has the article prefixed and directive suffix. The word may be a technical architectural term, indicating the area into which Ehud moved as he left the king and began his escape. In this case Ehud is the subject of the verb “went out.” The present translation omits the clause, understanding it as an ancient variant of the first clause in v. 23 . Some take the noun as “back,” understand “sword” (from the preceding clause) as the subject, and translate “the sword came out his [i.e., Eglon’s] back.” But this rendering is unlikely since the Hebrew word for “sword” ( חֶרֶב , kherev ) is feminine and the verb form translated “came out” ( וַיֵּצֵא , vayyetse ’) is masculine. (One expects agreement in gender when the subject is supplied from the preceding clause. See Ezek 33:4, 6 .) See B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 146-48, for discussion of the options.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":9358,"verse_id":"JDG.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Again the precise meaning of the Hebrew word, used only here in the OT, is uncertain. Since it is preceded by the verb “went out” and the next clause refers to Ehud closing doors, the noun is probably an architectural term referring to the room (perhaps a vestibule; see HALOT 604 s.v. מִסְדְּרוֹן ) immediately outside the king’s upper chamber. As v. 24 indicates, this vestibule separated the upper room from an outer room where the king's servants were waiting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":9359,"verse_id":"JDG.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":9360,"verse_id":"JDG.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “covering his feet” (i.e., with his outer garments while he relieves himself).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":9361,"verse_id":"JDG.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"The Hebrew expression translated “well-ventilated inner room” may refer to the upper room itself or to a bathroom attached to or within it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":9362,"verse_id":"JDG.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The words “the doors” are supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":9363,"verse_id":"JDG.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “See, their master, fallen to the ground, dead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":9364,"verse_id":"JDG.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “When he arrived.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":9365,"verse_id":"JDG.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"That is, “mustered an army.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":9366,"verse_id":"JDG.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “now he was before them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A27/3"}
{"id":9367,"verse_id":"JDG.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “for the Lord has given your enemies, Moab, into your hand.” The verb form (a Hebrew perfect, indicating completed action from the standpoint of the speaker) emphasizes the certainty of the event. Though it had not yet taken place, the Lord speaks of it as a “done deal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":9368,"verse_id":"JDG.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":9369,"verse_id":"JDG.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.28","text":"Or “against Moab,” that is, so as to prevent the Moabites from crossing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A28/3"}
{"id":9370,"verse_id":"JDG.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Heb “They struck Moab that day – about ten thousand men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":9371,"verse_id":"JDG.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Ehud) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":9372,"verse_id":"JDG.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"Heb “was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":9373,"verse_id":"JDG.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “did evil in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":9374,"verse_id":"JDG.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the Lord sold them into the hands of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":9375,"verse_id":"JDG.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “King Jabin of Hazor, a Canaanite ruler.” map For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":9376,"verse_id":"JDG.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “Harosheth of the Pagan Nations”; cf. KJV “Harosheth of the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":9377,"verse_id":"JDG.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Sisera) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":9378,"verse_id":"JDG.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Regarding the translation “chariots with iron-rimmed wheels,” see Y. Yadin, The Art of Warfare in Biblical Lands , 255, and the article by R. Drews, “The ‘Chariots of Iron’ of Joshua and Judges,” JSOT 45 (1989): 15-23.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":9379,"verse_id":"JDG.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “with strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":9380,"verse_id":"JDG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “ a woman, a prophetess.” In Hebrew idiom the generic “woman” sometimes precedes the more specific designation. See GKC 437-38 §135. b .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":9381,"verse_id":"JDG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “she was.” The pronoun refers back to the nominative absolute “Deborah.” Hebrew style sometimes employs such resumptive pronouns when lengthy qualifiers separate the subject from the verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":9382,"verse_id":"JDG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “judging.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":9383,"verse_id":"JDG.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"That is, “consider legal disputes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":9384,"verse_id":"JDG.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":9385,"verse_id":"JDG.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “for judgment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":9386,"verse_id":"JDG.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “sent and summoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":9387,"verse_id":"JDG.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “horde”; “multitude.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":9388,"verse_id":"JDG.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “honor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":9389,"verse_id":"JDG.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “on [account of (?)] the way which you are walking.” Another option is to translate, “due to the way you are going about this.” In this case direct reference is made to Barak’s hesitancy as the reason for his loss of glory.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":9390,"verse_id":"JDG.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “for into the hands of a woman the Lord will sell Sisera.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":9391,"verse_id":"JDG.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “went up at his feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":9392,"verse_id":"JDG.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “separated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":9393,"verse_id":"JDG.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “pitched his tent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":9394,"verse_id":"JDG.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “and they told Sisera.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":9395,"verse_id":"JDG.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “Sisera.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":9396,"verse_id":"JDG.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “summoned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":9397,"verse_id":"JDG.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “Arise!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":9398,"verse_id":"JDG.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The verb form (a Hebrew perfect, indicating completed action from the standpoint of the speaker) emphasizes the certainty of the event. Though it had not yet taken place, the Lord speaks of it as a “done deal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":9399,"verse_id":"JDG.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “Has the Lord not gone out before you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":9400,"verse_id":"JDG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “caused to panic.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":9401,"verse_id":"JDG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"The Hebrew text also includes the phrase “before Barak.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":9402,"verse_id":"JDG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “got down from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":9403,"verse_id":"JDG.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":9404,"verse_id":"JDG.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “was left.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":9405,"verse_id":"JDG.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":9406,"verse_id":"JDG.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “for there was peace between.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":9407,"verse_id":"JDG.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “Turn aside” (also a second time later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":9408,"verse_id":"JDG.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Sisera) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":9409,"verse_id":"JDG.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “took a tent peg and put a hammer in her hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":9410,"verse_id":"JDG.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “and it went into the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":9411,"verse_id":"JDG.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “and exhausted.” Another option is to understand this as a reference to the result of the fatal blow. In this case, the phrase could be translated, “and he breathed his last.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":9412,"verse_id":"JDG.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “he went to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":9413,"verse_id":"JDG.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “fallen, dead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":9414,"verse_id":"JDG.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “The hand of the Israelites became more and more severe against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":9415,"verse_id":"JDG.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":9416,"verse_id":"JDG.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “Jabin king of Canaan.” The proper name and title have been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":9417,"verse_id":"JDG.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"The words “this victory song” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":9418,"verse_id":"JDG.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew expression בִּפְרֹעַ פְּרָעוֹת ( bifroa ’ pÿra ’ ot ) is uncertain. Numerous proposals are offered by commentators. (For a survey of opinions, see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 223-27.) The next line refers to the people who responded to Barak’s summons to war, so a reference to the leaders who issued the summons would provide a natural poetic parallel. In v. 9 the leaders ( חוֹקְקֵי , khoqÿqey ) of the people and these same volunteers stand in poetic parallelism, so it is reasonable to assume that the difficult Hebrew term פְּרַעוֹת ( pÿra ’ ot , v. 2 a) is synonymous with חוֹקְקֵי ( khoqÿqey ) of v. 9 (see Lindars, 227).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":9419,"verse_id":"JDG.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “I, to the Lord , I, I will sing!” The first singular personal pronoun is used twice, even though a first person finite verbal form is employed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":9420,"verse_id":"JDG.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “make music.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":9421,"verse_id":"JDG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":9422,"verse_id":"JDG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":9423,"verse_id":"JDG.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “quaked.” The translation assumes the form נָזֹלּוּ ( nazollu ) from the root זָלַל ( zalal , “to quake”; see HALOT 272 s.v. II זלל ). The LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Targum also understood the word this way. (See Isa 63:19 and 64:2 for other occurrences of this form.) Some understand here the verb נָזַל ( nazul , “to flow [with torrents of rain water]”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":9424,"verse_id":"JDG.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “this one of Sinai.” The phrase is a divine title, perhaps indicating that the Lord rules from Sinai.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":9425,"verse_id":"JDG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"The translation assumes the form אֳרְחוֹת (’ orÿkhot , “caravans”) rather than אֳרָחוֹת (’ orakhot , “roadways”) because it makes a tighter parallel with “travelers” in the next line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":9426,"verse_id":"JDG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Or “ceased.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":9427,"verse_id":"JDG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “Ones walking on paths.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":9428,"verse_id":"JDG.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew noun פְרָזוֹן ( fÿrazon ) is uncertain. Some understand the meaning as “leaders” or “those living in rural areas.” The singular noun appears to be collective (note the accompanying plural verb). For various options see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 237-38.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":9429,"verse_id":"JDG.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “ceased.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":9430,"verse_id":"JDG.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"The translation assumes that the verb is an archaic second feminine singular form. Though Deborah is named as one of the composers of the song (v. 1 ), she is also addressed within it (v. 12 ). Many take the verb as first person singular, “I arose” (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":9431,"verse_id":"JDG.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “mother.” The translation assumes that the image portrays Deborah as a protector of the people. It is possible that the metaphor points to her prophetic role. Just as a male prophet could be called “father,” so Deborah, a prophetess, is called “mother” (B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 239).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":9432,"verse_id":"JDG.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Or “warriors.” The Hebrew text reads literally, “He chose God/gods new.” Some take “Israel” as the subject of the verb, “gods” as object, and “new” as an adjective modifying “gods.” This yields the translation, “(Israel) chose new gods.” In this case idolatry is the cause of the trouble alluded to in the context. The present translation takes “God” as subject of the verb and “new” as substantival, referring to the new leaders raised up by God (see v. 9 a). For a survey of opinions and a defense of the present translation, see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 239-40.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":9433,"verse_id":"JDG.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The translation of this difficult line is speculative because the second word, לָחֶם ( lakhem ), appears only here. The line in the Hebrew text literally reads, “Then [?] gates.” Interpretations and emendations of the Hebrew text abound (see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 239-40). The translation assumes a repointing of the form as a Qal participle לֹחֵם ( lokhem ) from the verbal root לָחַם ( lakham , “fight”) and understands a substantival use (“fighter”). “Fighter” is a collective reference to the military leaders or warriors mentioned in the preceding line and in v. 9 . (For other occurrences of the Qal of לָחַם , see Pss 35:1; 56:2-3 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":9434,"verse_id":"JDG.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “A shield, it could not be seen, nor a spear.” The translation assumes that the Hebrew particle אִם (’ im ) introduces an oath of denial (see GKC 472 §149. e ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":9435,"verse_id":"JDG.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.8","text":"Traditionally “forty thousand,” but this may be an instance where Hebrew term אֶלֶף (’ elef ) refers to a military unit. This is the view assumed by the translation (“forty military units”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A8/4"}
{"id":9436,"verse_id":"JDG.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The words “went out” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":9437,"verse_id":"JDG.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word מִדִּין ( middin , “saddle blankets”) in this context is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":9438,"verse_id":"JDG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The word “Hear” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":9439,"verse_id":"JDG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word is uncertain. Some translate “those who distribute the water” ( HALOT 344 s.v. חצץ pi). For other options see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 246-47.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":9440,"verse_id":"JDG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Or perhaps “repeat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":9441,"verse_id":"JDG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"See the note on the term “warriors” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":9442,"verse_id":"JDG.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “take captive your captives.” (The Hebrew text uses a cognate accusative here.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":9443,"verse_id":"JDG.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"This probably refers to those who responded to the call for war. They were “survivors” of the Canaanite oppression (see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 250).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":9444,"verse_id":"JDG.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The translation assumes a repointing of the verb as a perfect or imperfect/preterite form of יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”). The form as pointed in the MT appears to be from רָדָה ( radah , “to rule”). See GKC 188 §69. g . The same form, translated “came down,” occurs in the next line as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":9445,"verse_id":"JDG.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.13","text":"The translation assumes the preposition ב ( bet ) prefixed to “warriors” has the force of “in the capacity of.” For this use of the preposition, see GKC 379 §119. i .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A13/5"}
{"id":9446,"verse_id":"JDG.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “From Ephraim their root in Amalek” (the words “they came” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons). Because of the difficulty of the MT, many prefer to follow one of the ancient versions or emend the text. For various proposals see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 252-53. The present translation repoints שָׁרְשָׁם ( shorsham , traditionally translated “their root”) as a Piel verb form with enclitic mem ( ם ). The preposition ב ( bet ) on עֲמָלֵק (’ amaleq ) introduces the object (see Job 31:12 for an example of the construction). Ephraim’s territory encompassed the hill country of the Amalekites ( Judg 12:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":9447,"verse_id":"JDG.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"The words “They follow” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":9448,"verse_id":"JDG.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"The word “came” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":9449,"verse_id":"JDG.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.14","text":"Or possibly “who carry.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A14/4"}
{"id":9450,"verse_id":"JDG.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “Issachar.” The words “the men of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":9451,"verse_id":"JDG.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “was true to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":9452,"verse_id":"JDG.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “at his feet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":9453,"verse_id":"JDG.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “great was.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A15/4"}
{"id":9454,"verse_id":"JDG.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"5.15","text":"The great majority of Hebrew mss have “resolves of heart,” but a few mss read “searchings of heart,” which is preferable in light of v. 16 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A15/5"}
{"id":9455,"verse_id":"JDG.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word מִשְׁפְּתַיִם ( mishpÿtayim ) is uncertain. Some understand the word to mean “campfires.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":9456,"verse_id":"JDG.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “whistling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":9457,"verse_id":"JDG.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “listening to the pipe playing for the flocks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":9458,"verse_id":"JDG.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “lived” or “settled down.” sn Apparently the people of Gilead remained on the other side of the river and did not participate in the battle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":9459,"verse_id":"JDG.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “Dan, why did he live as a resident alien, ships.” The verb גּוּר ( gur ) usually refers to taking up residence outside one’s native land. Perhaps the Danites, rather than rallying to Barak, were content to move to the Mediterranean coast and work in the shipyards. For further discussion, see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 262.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":9460,"verse_id":"JDG.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “lived.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":9461,"verse_id":"JDG.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “lived” or “settled down.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A17/4"}
{"id":9462,"verse_id":"JDG.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.17","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word מִפְרָץ ( mifrats ) is uncertain, but the parallelism (note “seacoast”) suggests “harbors.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A17/5"}
{"id":9463,"verse_id":"JDG.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “Zebulun was a people which despised its life even unto death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":9464,"verse_id":"JDG.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “Naphtali was on the heights of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":9465,"verse_id":"JDG.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":9466,"verse_id":"JDG.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"The contrastive conjunction “but” is interpretive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":9467,"verse_id":"JDG.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “from heaven.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":9468,"verse_id":"JDG.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"The MT takes “the stars” with what follows rather than with the first colon of v. 20 . But for metrical reasons it seems better to move the atnach and read the colon as indicated in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":9469,"verse_id":"JDG.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.20","text":"The words “in the heavens” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A20/3"}
{"id":9470,"verse_id":"JDG.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Possibly “the ancient river,” but it seems preferable in light of the parallel line (which has a verb) to emend the word (attested only here) to a verb ( קָדַם , qadam ) with pronominal object suffix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":9471,"verse_id":"JDG.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"This line is traditionally taken as the poet-warrior’s self-exhortation, “March on, my soul, in strength!” The present translation (a) takes the verb (a second feminine singular form) as addressed to Deborah (cf. v. 12 ), (b) understands נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) in its well-attested sense of “throat; neck” (cf. Jonah 2:6 ), (c) takes the final yod ( י ) on נַפְשִׁי ( nafshiy ) as an archaic construct indicator (rather than a suffix), and (d) interprets עֹז (’ oz , “strength”) as an attributive genitive (literally, “necks of strength,” i.e., “strong necks”). For fuller discussion and various proposals, see B. Lindars, Judges 1-5 , 270-71.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":9472,"verse_id":"JDG.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The MT as it stands has a singular noun, but if one moves the prefixed mem ( מ ) from the beginning of the next word to the end of סוּס ( sus ), the expected plural form is achieved. Another possibility is to understand an error of scribal haplography here, in which case the letter mem should appear in both places.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":9473,"verse_id":"JDG.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"The words “the ground” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":9474,"verse_id":"JDG.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “galloped, galloped.” The repetition is for emphasis and is more appropriately indicated in English with an adverb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":9475,"verse_id":"JDG.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “Curse Meroz.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":9476,"verse_id":"JDG.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"The adjective “angelic” is interpretive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":9477,"verse_id":"JDG.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “Curse, cursing.” The Hebrew construction is emphatic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A23/3"}
{"id":9478,"verse_id":"JDG.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “[to] curse.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A23/4"}
{"id":9479,"verse_id":"JDG.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “to the help of the Lord ” (the same Hebrew phrase occurs in the following line). Another option is to read “to aid the Lord ’s cause.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A23/5"}
{"id":9480,"verse_id":"JDG.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Or “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":9481,"verse_id":"JDG.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Or “for mighty ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":9482,"verse_id":"JDG.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The adjective “left” is interpretive, based on the context. Note that the next line pictures Jael holding the hammer with her right hand.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":9483,"verse_id":"JDG.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"The verb used here is from the same root as the noun “hammer” in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":9484,"verse_id":"JDG.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “head.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":9485,"verse_id":"JDG.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.26","text":"The phrase “his head” (an implied direct object) is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A26/4"}
{"id":9486,"verse_id":"JDG.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “she pierced his temple.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A26/5"}
{"id":9487,"verse_id":"JDG.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “he fell.” The same Hebrew expression occurs two more times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":9488,"verse_id":"JDG.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “and he lay.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":9489,"verse_id":"JDG.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “chariots.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":9490,"verse_id":"JDG.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Or “princesses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":9491,"verse_id":"JDG.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “Are they not finding, dividing the plunder?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":9492,"verse_id":"JDG.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “a womb or two for each man.” The words “to rape” are interpretive. The Hebrew noun translated “girl” means literally “womb” (BDB 933 s.v. I. רַחַם ), but in this context may refer by extension to the female genitalia. In this case the obscene language of Sisera’s mother alludes to the sexual brutality which typified the aftermath of battle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A30/2"}
{"id":9493,"verse_id":"JDG.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “the plunder of dyed cloth is for Sisera.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A30/3"}
{"id":9494,"verse_id":"JDG.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “the plunder of embroidered cloth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A30/4"}
{"id":9495,"verse_id":"JDG.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.30","text":"The translation assumes an emendation of the noun (“plunder”) to a participle, “plunderer.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A30/5"}
{"id":9496,"verse_id":"JDG.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Heb “But may those who love him be like the going forth of the sun in its strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":9497,"verse_id":"JDG.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":9498,"verse_id":"JDG.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “gave them into the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":9499,"verse_id":"JDG.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “the hand of Midian.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":9500,"verse_id":"JDG.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “The hand of Midian was strong against Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":9501,"verse_id":"JDG.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Or possibly “secret storage places.” The Hebrew word occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":9502,"verse_id":"JDG.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “Whenever Israel sowed seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":9503,"verse_id":"JDG.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “Midian, Amalek, and the sons of the east would go up, they would go up against him.” The translation assumes that וְעָלוּ ( vÿ ’ alu ) is dittographic (note the following עָלָיו , ’ alayv ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":9504,"verse_id":"JDG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “They encamped against them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":9505,"verse_id":"JDG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":9506,"verse_id":"JDG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “the crops of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":9507,"verse_id":"JDG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “They left no sustenance in Israel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":9508,"verse_id":"JDG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.4","text":"The words “they took away” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A4/5"}
{"id":9509,"verse_id":"JDG.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “came up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":9510,"verse_id":"JDG.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “numerous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":9511,"verse_id":"JDG.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “To them and to their camels there was no number.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":9512,"verse_id":"JDG.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “destroy.” The translation “devour” carries through the imagery of a locust plague earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":9513,"verse_id":"JDG.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “the Lord ”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":9514,"verse_id":"JDG.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “a man, a prophet.” Hebrew idiom sometimes puts a generic term before a more specific designation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":9515,"verse_id":"JDG.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"Some ancient witnesses read “from the land of Egypt.” מֵאֶרֶץ ( me ’ erets , “from the land [of]”) could have been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton (note the following מִמִּצְרַיִם [ mimmitsrayim , “from Egypt”]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":9516,"verse_id":"JDG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “hand” (also a second time later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":9517,"verse_id":"JDG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “Do not fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":9518,"verse_id":"JDG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “you have not listened to my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":9519,"verse_id":"JDG.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The adjective “angelic” is interpretive. sn The Lord ’s angelic messenger is also mentioned in Judg 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":9520,"verse_id":"JDG.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “Now Gideon his son…” The Hebrew circumstantial clause (note the pattern vav [ ו ] + subject + predicate) breaks the narrative sequence and indicates that the angel’s arrival coincided with Gideon’s threshing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":9521,"verse_id":"JDG.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “beating out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":9522,"verse_id":"JDG.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “Midian.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A11/5"}
{"id":9523,"verse_id":"JDG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “But my lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":9524,"verse_id":"JDG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “all this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":9525,"verse_id":"JDG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":9526,"verse_id":"JDG.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “Go in this strength of yours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":9527,"verse_id":"JDG.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “the hand of Midian.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":9528,"verse_id":"JDG.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gideon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":9529,"verse_id":"JDG.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Note the switch to אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “Lord”). Gideon seems aware that he is speaking to someone other than, and superior to, the messenger, whom he addressed as אֲדֹנִי (’ adoniy , “my lord”) in v. 13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":9530,"verse_id":"JDG.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “with what.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":9531,"verse_id":"JDG.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “in my father’s house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A15/4"}
{"id":9532,"verse_id":"JDG.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":9533,"verse_id":"JDG.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “You will strike down Midian as one man.” The idiom “as one man” emphasizes the collective unity of a group (see Judg 20:8, 11 ). Here it may carry the force, “as if they were just one man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":9534,"verse_id":"JDG.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gideon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":9535,"verse_id":"JDG.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “If I have found favor in your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":9536,"verse_id":"JDG.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “perform for me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A17/3"}
{"id":9537,"verse_id":"JDG.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"The Hebrew text adds “to you,” but this has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":9538,"verse_id":"JDG.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “and I will bring out my gift.” The precise nuance of the Hebrew word מִנְחָה ( minkhah , “gift”) is uncertain in this context. It may refer to a gift offered as a sign of goodwill or submission. In some cases it is used of a gift offered to appease someone whom the offerer has offended. The word can also carry a sacrificial connotation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":9539,"verse_id":"JDG.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “a kid from among the goats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":9540,"verse_id":"JDG.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"The words “the food” are not in the Hebrew text (an implied direct object). They are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":9541,"verse_id":"JDG.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “Take the meat…and put [it] on this rock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":9542,"verse_id":"JDG.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “and he did so.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":9543,"verse_id":"JDG.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “extended the tip of the staff which was in his hand and touched the meat and unleavened bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":9544,"verse_id":"JDG.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “went from his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":9545,"verse_id":"JDG.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":9546,"verse_id":"JDG.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “Gideon.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":9547,"verse_id":"JDG.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.22","text":"Or “Ah!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A22/3"}
{"id":9548,"verse_id":"JDG.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.22","text":"The Hebrew text reads אֲדֹנַי יְהוִה (’ adonay yÿhvih , “Lord [the same title used in v. 15 ], Lord”) .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A22/4"}
{"id":9549,"verse_id":"JDG.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “Peace to you.” For a similar use of this idiom to introduce a reassuring word, see Gen 43:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":9550,"verse_id":"JDG.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “The Lord is peace.” Gideon’s name for the altar plays on the Lord ’s reassuring words to him, “Peace to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":9551,"verse_id":"JDG.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Or “Take a bull from your father’s herd, the second one, the one seven years old.” Apparently Gideon would need the bulls to pull down the altar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":9552,"verse_id":"JDG.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Possibly “in a row” or “in a layer,” perhaps referring to the arrangement of the stones used in the altar’s construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":9553,"verse_id":"JDG.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “men from among his servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":9554,"verse_id":"JDG.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":9555,"verse_id":"JDG.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “so he did it at night.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A27/3"}
{"id":9556,"verse_id":"JDG.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Heb “look!” The narrator uses this word to invite his audience/readers to view the scene through the eyes of the men.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":9557,"verse_id":"JDG.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “each one to his neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":9558,"verse_id":"JDG.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “this thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":9559,"verse_id":"JDG.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “they inquired and searched.” The synonyms are joined to emphasize the care with which they conducted their inquiry.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":9560,"verse_id":"JDG.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “and said.” Perhaps the plural subject is indefinite. If so, it could be translated, “they were told.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A29/4"}
{"id":9561,"verse_id":"JDG.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “and let him die.” The jussive form with vav after the imperative is best translated as a purpose clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":9562,"verse_id":"JDG.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “to all who stood against him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":9563,"verse_id":"JDG.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “Do you fight for Baal?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A31/2"}
{"id":9564,"verse_id":"JDG.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “fights for him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A31/3"}
{"id":9565,"verse_id":"JDG.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “fight for himself.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A31/5"}
{"id":9566,"verse_id":"JDG.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “for he pulled down his altar.” The subject of the verb, if not Gideon, is indefinite (in which case a passive translation is permissible).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A31/6"}
{"id":9567,"verse_id":"JDG.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “He called him on that day Jerub-Baal.” The name means, at least by popular etymology, “Let Baal fight!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":9568,"verse_id":"JDG.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “Midian, Amalek, and the sons of the east.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":9569,"verse_id":"JDG.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.33","text":"The words “the Jordan River” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A33/2"}
{"id":9570,"verse_id":"JDG.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “clothed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":9571,"verse_id":"JDG.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.34","text":"That is, “mustered an army.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A34/2"}
{"id":9572,"verse_id":"JDG.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “Abiezer was summoned after him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A34/3"}
{"id":9573,"verse_id":"JDG.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Heb “and he also was summoned after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":9574,"verse_id":"JDG.6.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.36","text":"More literally, “you are about to deliver Israel by my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A36/1"}
{"id":9575,"verse_id":"JDG.6.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.36","text":"The words “then give me a sign as proof” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A36/2"}
{"id":9576,"verse_id":"JDG.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.37","text":"Heb “all the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A37/1"}
{"id":9577,"verse_id":"JDG.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.37","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A37/2"}
{"id":9578,"verse_id":"JDG.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.37","text":"Heb “you will deliver Israel by my hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A37/3"}
{"id":9579,"verse_id":"JDG.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.38","text":"Heb “And it was so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A38/1"}
{"id":9580,"verse_id":"JDG.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.38","text":"Heb “dew dripped from the fleece – a bowl full of water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A38/2"}
{"id":9581,"verse_id":"JDG.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “Let your anger not rage at me, so that I might speak only this once.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A39/1"}
{"id":9582,"verse_id":"JDG.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “let the fleece alone be dry, while dew is on all the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A39/2"}
{"id":9583,"verse_id":"JDG.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"Heb “God did so that night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%206%3A40/1"}
{"id":9584,"verse_id":"JDG.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “and all the people who were with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":9585,"verse_id":"JDG.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “Midian.” The LXX reads “and Amalek” (cf. v. 12; 6:33 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":9586,"verse_id":"JDG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the people who are with you are too numerous for me to give Midian into their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":9587,"verse_id":"JDG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “might glorify itself against me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":9588,"verse_id":"JDG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “my hand has delivered me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":9589,"verse_id":"JDG.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “call into the ears of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":9590,"verse_id":"JDG.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “afraid and shaking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":9591,"verse_id":"JDG.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Many interpreters reject the MT reading “and leave Mount Gilead” for geographical reasons. A possible alternative, involving rather radical emendation of the Hebrew text, would be, “So Gideon tested them” (i.e., thinned the ranks in this manner).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":9592,"verse_id":"JDG.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “people.” The translation uses “men” because warriors are in view, and in ancient Israelite culture these would be only males. (This is also the case in vv. 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 .)","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A3/4"}
{"id":9593,"verse_id":"JDG.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “turned around, back.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A3/5"}
{"id":9594,"verse_id":"JDG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “too many people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":9595,"verse_id":"JDG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “test them for you there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":9596,"verse_id":"JDG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “he should go with you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":9597,"verse_id":"JDG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb also has “to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A4/4"}
{"id":9598,"verse_id":"JDG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “he should not go.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A4/5"}
{"id":9599,"verse_id":"JDG.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":9600,"verse_id":"JDG.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “Everyone who laps with his tongue from the water, as a dog laps, put him by himself, as well as the one who gets down on his knees to drink.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":9601,"verse_id":"JDG.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “with their hands to their mouths,” This makes no sense in light of v. 5 , which distinguishes between dog-like lappers (who would not use their hands to drink) and those who kneel (who would use their hands). It seems likely that the words “with their hands to their mouths” have been misplaced from v. 6 . They fit better at the end of v. 5 or v. 6 . Perhaps these words were originally a marginal scribal note which was later accidentally inserted into the text in the wrong place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":9602,"verse_id":"JDG.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":9603,"verse_id":"JDG.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “you.” The Hebrew pronoun is masculine plural, probably referring to the entire army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":9604,"verse_id":"JDG.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"The Hebrew pronoun here is singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":9605,"verse_id":"JDG.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “All the people should go, each to his place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":9606,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “The people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":9607,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"The words “who were chosen” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":9608,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"The Hebrew text has “in their hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":9609,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gideon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":9610,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “tents.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/5"}
{"id":9611,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “Midian.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/6"}
{"id":9612,"verse_id":"JDG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.8","text":"The Hebrew text adds “him” (i.e., Gideon).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A8/7"}
{"id":9613,"verse_id":"JDG.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Gideon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":9614,"verse_id":"JDG.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “Go down against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":9615,"verse_id":"JDG.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"The Hebrew verbal form is a perfect, emphasizing the certainty of the promise.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":9616,"verse_id":"JDG.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “your hands will be strengthened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":9617,"verse_id":"JDG.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “to the edge of the ones in battle array who were in the camp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":9618,"verse_id":"JDG.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “Midian, Amalek, and the sons of the east were falling in the valley like locusts in great number.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":9619,"verse_id":"JDG.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “And Gideon came, and, look, a man was relating to his friend a dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":9620,"verse_id":"JDG.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man mentioned in the previous clause) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":9621,"verse_id":"JDG.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “Look!” The repetition of this interjection, while emphatic in Hebrew, would be redundant in the English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A13/3"}
{"id":9622,"verse_id":"JDG.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “It came to the tent and struck it and it fell. It turned it upside down and the tent fell.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A13/4"}
{"id":9623,"verse_id":"JDG.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":9624,"verse_id":"JDG.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “This can be nothing but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":9625,"verse_id":"JDG.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “he bowed down” or “worshiped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":9626,"verse_id":"JDG.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":9627,"verse_id":"JDG.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “the jars.” The noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“them”) in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn They hid the torches inside the earthenware jars to disguise their approach and to keep the torches from being extinguished by the breeze.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":9628,"verse_id":"JDG.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":9629,"verse_id":"JDG.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “Gideon went, along with the hundred men who were with him, to the edge of the camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":9630,"verse_id":"JDG.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “that were in their hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":9631,"verse_id":"JDG.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “in order to blow [them].” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":9632,"verse_id":"JDG.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “each in his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":9633,"verse_id":"JDG.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “fled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":9634,"verse_id":"JDG.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “the Lord set the sword of each one against his friend.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":9635,"verse_id":"JDG.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"MT has “and throughout the camp,” but the conjunction (“and”) is due to dittography and should be dropped. Compare the ancient versions, which lack the conjunction here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":9636,"verse_id":"JDG.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.22","text":"The words “they went” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A22/3"}
{"id":9637,"verse_id":"JDG.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “Midian.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":9638,"verse_id":"JDG.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “to meet Midian.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":9639,"verse_id":"JDG.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “capture before them the waters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":9640,"verse_id":"JDG.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":9641,"verse_id":"JDG.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “And all the men of Ephraim were summoned.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A24/4"}
{"id":9642,"verse_id":"JDG.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “they captured the waters.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A24/5"}
{"id":9643,"verse_id":"JDG.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"The Hebrew text repeats the verb “executed.” This has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":9644,"verse_id":"JDG.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “Midian.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":9645,"verse_id":"JDG.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “beyond the Jordan.” The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation for clarity (also in 8:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%207%3A25/4"}
{"id":9646,"verse_id":"JDG.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “by not summoning us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":9647,"verse_id":"JDG.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “gleanings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":9648,"verse_id":"JDG.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “What was I able to do compared to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":9649,"verse_id":"JDG.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “Then their spirits relaxed from against him, when he spoke this word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":9650,"verse_id":"JDG.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “And Gideon arrived at the Jordan, crossing over, he and the three hundred men who were with him, exhausted and chasing.” The English past perfect (“had crossed”) is used because this verse flashes back chronologically to an event that preceded the hostile encounter described in vv. 1-3 . (Note that 7:25 assumes Gideon had already crossed the Jordan.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":9651,"verse_id":"JDG.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Or perhaps, “sell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":9652,"verse_id":"JDG.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “people.” The translation uses “men” because these were warriors and in ancient Israelite culture would have been exclusively males.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":9653,"verse_id":"JDG.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “who are at my feet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":9654,"verse_id":"JDG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Or perhaps, “sell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":9655,"verse_id":"JDG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “Are the palms of Zebah and Zalmunna now in your hand, that we should give to your army bread?” Perhaps the reference to the kings’ “palms” should be taken literally. The officials of Succoth may be alluding to the practice of mutilating prisoners or enemy corpses (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 155). sn The officials of Succoth are hesitant to give (or sell) food to Gideon’s forces because they are not sure of the outcome of the battle. Perhaps they had made an alliance with the Midianites which demanded their loyalty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":9656,"verse_id":"JDG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “Therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":9657,"verse_id":"JDG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":9658,"verse_id":"JDG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"This is apparently a rare instrumental use of the Hebrew preposition אֵת (’ et , note the use of ב [ bet ] in v. 16 ). Some, however, argue that אֵת more naturally indicates accompaniment (“together with”). In this case Gideon envisions threshing their skin along with thorns and briers, just as the stalks and grain are intermingled on the threshing floor. See C. F. Burney, Judges , 229-30.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":9659,"verse_id":"JDG.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “and spoke to them in the same way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":9660,"verse_id":"JDG.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “The men of Penuel answered him just as the men of Succoth answered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":9661,"verse_id":"JDG.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “said to.” The translation “threatened” is interpretive, but is clearly indicated by the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":9662,"verse_id":"JDG.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":9663,"verse_id":"JDG.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “safely.” Heb “in peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":9664,"verse_id":"JDG.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “About fifteen thousand [in number] were all the ones remaining from the army of the sons of the east. The fallen ones were a hundred and twenty thousand [in number], men drawing the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":9665,"verse_id":"JDG.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “the ones living in tents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":9666,"verse_id":"JDG.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “and attacked the army, while the army was secure.” The Hebrew term בֶטַח ( vetakh , “secure”) probably means the army was undefended (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 156), not suspecting an attack at that time and place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":9667,"verse_id":"JDG.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gideon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":9668,"verse_id":"JDG.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Or “routed”; Heb “caused to panic.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":9669,"verse_id":"JDG.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Or “ascent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":9670,"verse_id":"JDG.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “from the men of Succoth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":9671,"verse_id":"JDG.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “wrote down for him the officials of Succoth and its elders, seventy-seven men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":9672,"verse_id":"JDG.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “Look!” The words “what I have” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":9673,"verse_id":"JDG.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “Are the palms of Zebah and Zalmunna now in your hand, that we should give to your exhausted men bread?” sn Gideon changes their actual statement (see v. 6 ) by saying exhausted men rather than “army.” In this way he emphasizes the crisis his men were facing and highlights the insensitivity of the men of Succoth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":9674,"verse_id":"JDG.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":9675,"verse_id":"JDG.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"The translation follows the reading of several ancient versions (LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate) in assuming the form וַיָּדָשׁ ( vayyadash ) from the verb דּוֹשׁ ( dosh , “thresh”) as in v. 7 . The MT reads instead the form וַיֹּדַע ( vayyoda ’, “make known”), a Hiphil form of יָדַע ( yadah ). In this case one could translate, “he used them [i.e., the thorns and briers] to teach the men of Succoth a lesson.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":9676,"verse_id":"JDG.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “Where are?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":9677,"verse_id":"JDG.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “each one like the appearance of sons of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":9678,"verse_id":"JDG.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"The words “I swear” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":9679,"verse_id":"JDG.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Or “Arise!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":9680,"verse_id":"JDG.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “did not draw his sword for he was afraid.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":9681,"verse_id":"JDG.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The words “to Gideon” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":9682,"verse_id":"JDG.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Or “Arise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":9683,"verse_id":"JDG.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “for as the man is his strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":9684,"verse_id":"JDG.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “arose and killed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A21/4"}
{"id":9685,"verse_id":"JDG.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":9686,"verse_id":"JDG.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":9687,"verse_id":"JDG.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “Give to me, each one, an earring from his plunder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":9688,"verse_id":"JDG.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Midianites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":9689,"verse_id":"JDG.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “We will indeed give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":9690,"verse_id":"JDG.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"In the LXX the subject of this verb is singular, referring to Gideon rather than to the Israelites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":9691,"verse_id":"JDG.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “pendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":9692,"verse_id":"JDG.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “the ornaments which were on the necks of their camels.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A26/3"}
{"id":9693,"verse_id":"JDG.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “made it into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":9694,"verse_id":"JDG.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “Israel” (a collective singular).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A27/3"}
{"id":9695,"verse_id":"JDG.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.27","text":"The words “by worshiping it” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A27/4"}
{"id":9696,"verse_id":"JDG.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “Midian was humbled before the Israelites, and they no longer lifted their heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":9697,"verse_id":"JDG.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “in the days of Gideon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":9698,"verse_id":"JDG.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “went and lived in his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":9699,"verse_id":"JDG.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Heb “Gideon had seventy sons who went out from his thigh, for he had many wives.” The Hebrew word יָרֵךְ ( yarekh , “thigh”) is a euphemism here for the penis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":9700,"verse_id":"JDG.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":9701,"verse_id":"JDG.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “remember.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":9702,"verse_id":"JDG.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “did not do loyalty with,” or “did not act faithfully toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":9703,"verse_id":"JDG.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":9704,"verse_id":"JDG.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “to all the extended family of the house of the father of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":9705,"verse_id":"JDG.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “Speak into the ears of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":9706,"verse_id":"JDG.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “What good is it to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":9707,"verse_id":"JDG.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “your bone and your flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":9708,"verse_id":"JDG.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":9709,"verse_id":"JDG.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “into the ears of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":9710,"verse_id":"JDG.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and all these words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":9711,"verse_id":"JDG.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “Their heart was inclined after Abimelech.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A3/4"}
{"id":9712,"verse_id":"JDG.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “our brother.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A3/5"}
{"id":9713,"verse_id":"JDG.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “empty and reckless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":9714,"verse_id":"JDG.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “and they followed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":9715,"verse_id":"JDG.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “his brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":9716,"verse_id":"JDG.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The word “legitimate” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":9717,"verse_id":"JDG.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “remained.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":9718,"verse_id":"JDG.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"The translation assumes that the form in the Hebrew text ( מֻצָּב , mutsav ) is a corruption of an original מַצֵּבָה ( matsevah , “pillar”). The reference is probably to a pagan object of worship (cf. LXX).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":9719,"verse_id":"JDG.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “And they reported to Jotham.” The subject of the plural verb is indefinite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":9720,"verse_id":"JDG.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “He lifted his voice and called and said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":9721,"verse_id":"JDG.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “Going they went, the trees.” The precise emphatic force of the infinitive absolute (“Going”) is not entirely clear. Perhaps here it indicates determination, as in Gen 31:30 , where one might translate, “You have insisted on going away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":9722,"verse_id":"JDG.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to anoint [with oil] over them a king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":9723,"verse_id":"JDG.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “Rule over us!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":9724,"verse_id":"JDG.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “Should I stop my abundance, with which they honor gods and men, and go to sway over the trees?” The negative sentence in the translation reflects the force of the rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":9725,"verse_id":"JDG.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Or “and rule over us!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":9726,"verse_id":"JDG.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “Should I stop my sweetness and my good fruit and go to sway over the trees? The negative sentence in the translation reflects the force of the rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":9727,"verse_id":"JDG.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Or “and rule over us!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":9728,"verse_id":"JDG.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “Should I stop my wine, which makes happy gods and men, and go to sway over the trees?” The negative sentence in the translation reflects the force of the rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":9729,"verse_id":"JDG.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “and rule over us!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":9730,"verse_id":"JDG.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “are about to anoint [with oil].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":9731,"verse_id":"JDG.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “in my shade.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":9732,"verse_id":"JDG.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “If not.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":9733,"verse_id":"JDG.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":9734,"verse_id":"JDG.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “if according to the deeds of his hands you have done to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":9735,"verse_id":"JDG.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “threw his life out in front,” that is, “exposed himself to danger.” The MT form מִנֶּגֶד ( minneged , “from before”) should probably be read as מִנֶּגְדּוֹ ( minnegdo , “from before him”); haplography of vav has likely occurred here in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":9736,"verse_id":"JDG.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":9737,"verse_id":"JDG.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “have risen up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":9738,"verse_id":"JDG.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":9739,"verse_id":"JDG.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"The word “legitimate” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":9740,"verse_id":"JDG.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “your brother.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A18/4"}
{"id":9741,"verse_id":"JDG.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":9742,"verse_id":"JDG.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “then rejoice in Abimelech, and may he also rejoice in you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":9743,"verse_id":"JDG.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “fled and ran away and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":9744,"verse_id":"JDG.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “from before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":9745,"verse_id":"JDG.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “his brother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":9746,"verse_id":"JDG.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “commanded” ( שָׂרַר , sarar ), which appears only here in Judges, differs from the ones employed earlier in this chapter ( מָשַׁל [ mashal ] and מָלַךְ [ malakh ]). sn Abimelech commanded Israel. Perhaps while ruling as king over the city-state of Shechem, Abimelech also became a leader of the Israelite tribal alliance (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 175).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":9747,"verse_id":"JDG.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “an evil spirit.” A nonphysical, spirit being is in view, like the one who volunteered to deceive Ahab ( 1 Kgs 22:21 ). The traditional translation, “evil spirit,” implies the being is inherently wicked, perhaps even demonic, but this is not necessarily the case. The Hebrew adjective רָעַה ( ra ’ ah ) can have a nonethical sense, “harmful; dangerous; calamitous.” When modifying רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) it may simply indicate that the being in view causes harm to the object of God’s judgment. G. F. Moore ( Judges [ICC], 253) here refers to a “mischief-making spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":9748,"verse_id":"JDG.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “The leaders of Shechem were disloyal.” The words “he made” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":9749,"verse_id":"JDG.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “their brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":9750,"verse_id":"JDG.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “so that the violence done to the seventy sons of Jerub-Baal might come, and their blood might be placed on Abimelech, their brother, who murdered them, and upon the leaders of Shechem, who strengthened his hands to murder his brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":9751,"verse_id":"JDG.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “set against him bandits.” sn Putting bandits in the hills . This piracy certainly interrupted or discouraged trade, and probably deprived Abimelech of tariffs or tribute. See C. F. Burney, Judges , 277; G. F. Moore, Judges (ICC), 253.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":9752,"verse_id":"JDG.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “on the tops of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":9753,"verse_id":"JDG.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “It was told to Abimelech.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A25/3"}
{"id":9754,"verse_id":"JDG.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “trusted in him.” Here the verb probably describes more than a mental attitude. It is likely that the Shechemites made an alliance with Gaal and were now trusting him for protection in return for their loyalty (and probably tribute).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":9755,"verse_id":"JDG.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “vineyards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":9756,"verse_id":"JDG.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “stomped” or “trampled.” This refers to the way in which the juice was squeezed out in the wine vats by stepping on the grapes with one’s bare feet. For a discussion of grape harvesting in ancient Israel, see O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 110-14.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":9757,"verse_id":"JDG.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":9758,"verse_id":"JDG.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “and Zebul his appointee.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":9759,"verse_id":"JDG.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Abimelech) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":9760,"verse_id":"JDG.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":9761,"verse_id":"JDG.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “in my hand.” sn If only these men were under my command . One might assume from v. 26 b that the men were already at his disposal, but perhaps that was not one of the terms of the agreement. Another possibility is that v. 26 is a general summary statement, with vv. 27-29 then detailing how the alliance with Gaal came about.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":9762,"verse_id":"JDG.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “said to Abimelech.” On the other hand, the preposition ל ( lamed ) prefixed to the proper name may be vocative (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 178). If so, one could translate, “He boasted, ‘Abimelech…’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A29/3"}
{"id":9763,"verse_id":"JDG.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “Make numerous.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A29/4"}
{"id":9764,"verse_id":"JDG.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.29","text":"The words “for battle” are interpretive.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A29/5"}
{"id":9765,"verse_id":"JDG.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"Heb “his anger burned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":9766,"verse_id":"JDG.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"The form בְּתָרְמָה ( bÿtarmah ) in the Hebrew text, which occurs only here, has traditionally been understood to mean “secretly” or “with deception.” If this is correct, it is derived from II רָמָה ( ramah , “to deceive”). Some interpreters object, pointing out that this would imply Zebul was trying to deceive Abimelech, which is clearly not the case in this context. But this objection is unwarranted. If retained, the phrase would refer instead to deceptive measures used by Zebul to avoid the suspicion of Gaal when he dispatched the messengers from Shechem. The present translation assumes an emendation to “in Arumah” ( בָּארוּמָה , ba ’ rumah ), a site mentioned in v. 41 as the headquarters of Abimelech. Confusion of alef and tav in archaic Hebrew script, while uncommon, is certainly not unimaginable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":9767,"verse_id":"JDG.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Heb “Look!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":9768,"verse_id":"JDG.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"The participle, as used here, suggests Gaal and his brothers are in the process of arriving, but the preceding verses imply they have already settled in. Perhaps Zebul uses understatement to avoid the appearance of negligence on his part. After all, if he made the situation sound too bad, Abimelech, when he was informed, might ask why he had allowed this rebellion to reach such a stage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":9769,"verse_id":"JDG.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.31","text":"The words “to rebel” are interpretive. The precise meaning of the Hebrew verb צוּר ( tsur ) is unclear here. It is best to take it in the sense of “to instigate; to incite; to provoke” (see Deut 2:9, 19 and R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 178).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A31/4"}
{"id":9770,"verse_id":"JDG.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “arise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":9771,"verse_id":"JDG.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “you and the people who are with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":9772,"verse_id":"JDG.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.32","text":"The words “outside the city” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A32/3"}
{"id":9773,"verse_id":"JDG.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Heb “Look! He and the people who are with him will come out to you, and you will do to him what your hand finds [to do].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":9774,"verse_id":"JDG.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"Heb “and all the people who were with him arose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":9775,"verse_id":"JDG.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"Heb “four heads.” The words “they divided into” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":9776,"verse_id":"JDG.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"Heb “the people” (also in vv. 38, 43, 48 ). These were warriors, so “men” has been used in the translation, since in ancient Israelite culture soldiers would have been exclusively males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":9777,"verse_id":"JDG.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.36","text":"Heb “the shadow on the hills you are seeing, like men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A36/2"}
{"id":9778,"verse_id":"JDG.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Heb “navel.” On the background of the Hebrew expression “the navel of the land,” see R. G. Boling, Judges (AB), 178-79.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":9779,"verse_id":"JDG.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.37","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A37/2"}
{"id":9780,"verse_id":"JDG.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.37","text":"Some English translations simply transliterated this as a place name ( Heb “Elon-meonenim”); cf. NAB, NRSV.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A37/3"}
{"id":9781,"verse_id":"JDG.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “is your mouth that says.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A38/1"}
{"id":9782,"verse_id":"JDG.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A38/2"}
{"id":9783,"verse_id":"JDG.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.38","text":"Or “despised.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A38/3"}
{"id":9784,"verse_id":"JDG.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.39","text":"Heb “So Gaal went out before the leaders of Shechem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A39/1"}
{"id":9785,"verse_id":"JDG.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.40","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gaal) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A40/1"}
{"id":9786,"verse_id":"JDG.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.40","text":"The word “Shechemites” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A40/2"}
{"id":9787,"verse_id":"JDG.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"Heb “stayed.” Some scholars revise the vowel pointing on this verb from that of the MT, resulting in the translation “and he returned to.” The Lucianic recension of the LXX understands the word in this way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":9788,"verse_id":"JDG.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.41","text":"Heb “drove…out from dwelling in Shechem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A41/2"}
{"id":9789,"verse_id":"JDG.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"Heb “the people”; the referent (the Shechemites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A42/1"}
{"id":9790,"verse_id":"JDG.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.42","text":"Heb “And they told Abimelech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A42/2"}
{"id":9791,"verse_id":"JDG.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.43","text":"Heb “his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A43/1"}
{"id":9792,"verse_id":"JDG.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.43","text":"Heb “And he saw and, look, the people were coming out of the city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A43/2"}
{"id":9793,"verse_id":"JDG.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.43","text":"Heb “he arose against them and struck them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A43/3"}
{"id":9794,"verse_id":"JDG.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.44","text":"Or possibly, “the unit that was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A44/1"}
{"id":9795,"verse_id":"JDG.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.44","text":"Heb “stood [at].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A44/2"}
{"id":9796,"verse_id":"JDG.9.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.45","text":"Or “destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A45/1"}
{"id":9797,"verse_id":"JDG.9.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.45","text":"Heb “sowed it with salt.” sn The spreading of salt over the city was probably a symbolic act designed to place the site under a curse, deprive it of fertility, and prevent any future habitation. The practice is referred to outside the Bible as well. For example, one of the curses in the Aramaic Sefire treaty states concerning Arpad: “May Hadad sow in them salt and weeds, and may it not be mentioned again!” See J. A. Fitzmyer, The Aramaic Inscriptions of Sefire (BibOr), 15, 53. Deut 29:23 , Jer 17:6 , and Zeph 2:9 associate salt flats or salty regions with infertility and divine judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A45/2"}
{"id":9798,"verse_id":"JDG.9.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.46","text":"Apparently this rare word refers here to the most inaccessible area of the temple, perhaps the inner sanctuary or an underground chamber. It appears only here and in 1 Sam 13:6 , where it is paired with “cisterns” and refers to subterranean or cave-like hiding places.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A46/2"}
{"id":9799,"verse_id":"JDG.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.47","text":"Heb “and it was told to Abimelech.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A47/1"}
{"id":9800,"verse_id":"JDG.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.47","text":"Heb “were assembled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A47/2"}
{"id":9801,"verse_id":"JDG.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.48","text":"Heb “his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A48/1"}
{"id":9802,"verse_id":"JDG.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.48","text":"Heb “Abimelech.” The proper name has been replaced with the pronoun (“he”) due to considerations of English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A48/2"}
{"id":9803,"verse_id":"JDG.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.48","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A48/3"}
{"id":9804,"verse_id":"JDG.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.48","text":"Heb “he lifted it and put [it].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A48/4"}
{"id":9805,"verse_id":"JDG.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.48","text":"Heb “What you have seen me do, quickly do like me.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A48/5"}
{"id":9806,"verse_id":"JDG.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.49","text":"The words “the branches” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A49/1"}
{"id":9807,"verse_id":"JDG.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.49","text":"Heb “they kindled over them the stronghold with fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A49/2"}
{"id":9808,"verse_id":"JDG.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.49","text":"Or “men,” but the word seems to have a more general sense here, as the conclusion to the sentence suggests.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A49/3"}
{"id":9809,"verse_id":"JDG.9.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.50","text":"Or “went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A50/1"}
{"id":9810,"verse_id":"JDG.9.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.50","text":"Heb “he camped near Thebez and captured it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A50/2"}
{"id":9811,"verse_id":"JDG.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.51","text":"Or “strong.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A51/1"}
{"id":9812,"verse_id":"JDG.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.51","text":"Or “fortress.” The same Hebrew term occurs once more in this verse and twice in v. 52 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A51/2"}
{"id":9813,"verse_id":"JDG.9.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.53","text":"Heb “Abimelech’s.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun “his” in the translation in keeping with conventions of English narrative style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A53/2"}
{"id":9814,"verse_id":"JDG.9.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.54","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “and said to him.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A54/1"}
{"id":9815,"verse_id":"JDG.9.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.54","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “concerning me.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A54/2"}
{"id":9816,"verse_id":"JDG.9.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.55","text":"Heb “each to his own place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A55/1"}
{"id":9817,"verse_id":"JDG.9.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.56","text":"Heb “seventy brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A56/1"}
{"id":9818,"verse_id":"JDG.9.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":9,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.57","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%209%3A57/1"}
{"id":9819,"verse_id":"JDG.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The word “death” has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":9820,"verse_id":"JDG.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":9821,"verse_id":"JDG.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “a man of Issachar.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":9822,"verse_id":"JDG.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":9823,"verse_id":"JDG.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “they call them Havvoth Jair to this day – which are in the land of Gilead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":9824,"verse_id":"JDG.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":9825,"verse_id":"JDG.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “served;” or “followed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":9826,"verse_id":"JDG.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":9827,"verse_id":"JDG.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “the gods of Syria, the gods of Sidon, the gods of Moab, the gods of the Ammonites, and the gods of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A6/5"}
{"id":9828,"verse_id":"JDG.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “serve”; or “follow.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A6/6"}
{"id":9829,"verse_id":"JDG.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Or “the Lord ’s anger burned [or “raged”] against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":9830,"verse_id":"JDG.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “sold them into the hands of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":9831,"verse_id":"JDG.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “shattered and crushed.” The repetition of similar sounding synonyms ( רָעַץ [ ra ’ ats ] and רָצַץ [ ratsats ]) is for emphasis; רָצַץ appears in the Polel, adding further emphasis to the affirmation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":9832,"verse_id":"JDG.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"The phrase שְׁמֹנֶה עֶשְׂרֵה שָׁנָה ( shemoneh ’ esreh shanah ) could be translated “eighteen years,” but this would be difficult after the reference to “that year.” It is possible that v. 8 b is parenthetical, referring to an eighteen year long period of oppression east of the Jordan which culminated in hostilities against all Israel (including Judah, see v. 9 ) in the eighteenth year. It is simpler to translate the phrase as an ordinal number, though the context does not provide the point of reference. (See Gen 14:4-5 and R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 191-92.) In this case, the following statement specifies which “Israelites” are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":9833,"verse_id":"JDG.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “the house of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":9834,"verse_id":"JDG.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “Israel experienced great distress.” Perhaps here the verb has the nuance “hemmed in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":9835,"verse_id":"JDG.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “served”; or “followed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":9836,"verse_id":"JDG.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"The translation follows the LXX which reads “Midian”; the Hebrew text has “Maon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":9837,"verse_id":"JDG.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"The words “Did I not deliver you” are interpretive. The Hebrew text simply reads, “Is it not from Egypt…when they oppressed you?” Perhaps the incomplete sentence reflects the Lord ’s frustration.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":9838,"verse_id":"JDG.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":9839,"verse_id":"JDG.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “served”; or “followed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":9840,"verse_id":"JDG.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “in your time of trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":9841,"verse_id":"JDG.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “according to all whatever is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":9842,"verse_id":"JDG.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “from their midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":9843,"verse_id":"JDG.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Or “served”; or “followed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":9844,"verse_id":"JDG.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “And his spirit grew short [i.e., impatient] with the suffering of Israel.” The Hebrew noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) also appears as the subject of the verb קָצַר ( qatsar ) in Num 21:4 (the Israelites grow impatient wandering in the wilderness), Judg 16:16 (Samson grows impatient with Delilah’s constant nagging), and Zech 11:8 (Zechariah grows impatient with the three negligent “shepherds”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":9845,"verse_id":"JDG.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Or “were summoned;” or “were mustered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":9846,"verse_id":"JDG.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “the people, the officers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":9847,"verse_id":"JDG.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “Who is the man who will begin fighting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":9848,"verse_id":"JDG.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “Now he was the son of a woman, a prostitute, and Gilead fathered Jephthah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":9849,"verse_id":"JDG.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “bore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":9850,"verse_id":"JDG.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “in the house of our father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":9851,"verse_id":"JDG.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “fled from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":9852,"verse_id":"JDG.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":9853,"verse_id":"JDG.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “Empty men joined themselves to Jephthah and went out with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":9854,"verse_id":"JDG.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “When the Ammonites fought with Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":9855,"verse_id":"JDG.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":9856,"verse_id":"JDG.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “went to take Jephthah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":9857,"verse_id":"JDG.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “to Jephthah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":9858,"verse_id":"JDG.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “Did you not hate me and make me leave?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":9859,"verse_id":"JDG.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “therefore”; “even so.” For MT לָכֵן ( lakhen , “therefore”) the LXX has an opposite reading, “not so,” which seems to be based on the Hebrew words לֹא כֵן ( lo ’ khen ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":9860,"verse_id":"JDG.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “we have returned to you.” For another example of שׁוּב אֶל ( shuv ’ el ) in the sense of “give allegiance to,” see 1 Kgs 12:27 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":9861,"verse_id":"JDG.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “leader of us and all who live in Gilead.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A8/4"}
{"id":9862,"verse_id":"JDG.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"“All right” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":9863,"verse_id":"JDG.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “places them before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":9864,"verse_id":"JDG.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.9","text":"Some translate the final statement as a question, “will I really be your leader?” An affirmative sentence is preferable. Jephthah is repeating the terms of the agreement in an official manner. In v. 10 the leaders legally agree to these terms.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A9/3"}
{"id":9865,"verse_id":"JDG.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “The Lord will be the one who hears between us.” For the idiom שָׁמַע בַּיִן ( shama ’ bayin , “to hear between”), see Deut 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":9866,"verse_id":"JDG.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “spoke all his words.” This probably refers to the “words” recorded in v. 9 . Jephthah repeats the terms of the agreement at the Lord ’s sanctuary, perhaps to ratify the contract or to emphasize the Gileadites’ obligation to keep their part of the bargain. Another option is to translate, “Jephthah conducted business before the Lord in Mizpah.” In this case, the statement is a general reference to the way Jephthah ruled. He recognized the Lord ’s authority and made his decisions before the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":9867,"verse_id":"JDG.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “What to me and to you that…?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":9868,"verse_id":"JDG.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Or “took”; or “seized.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":9869,"verse_id":"JDG.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “he” (a collective singular).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":9870,"verse_id":"JDG.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “from the Arnon to the Jabbok and to the Jordan.” The word “River” has been supplied in the translation with “Arnon” and “Jabbok,” because these are less familiar to modern readers than the Jordan.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":9871,"verse_id":"JDG.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.13","text":"The translation assumes a singular suffix (“[return] it”); the Hebrew text has a plural suffix (“[return] them”), which, if retained, might refer to the cities of the land.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A13/4"}
{"id":9872,"verse_id":"JDG.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “take”; or “seize.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":9873,"verse_id":"JDG.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “For when they went up from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":9874,"verse_id":"JDG.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Or “went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":9875,"verse_id":"JDG.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “me.” (Collective Israel is the speaker.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":9876,"verse_id":"JDG.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “did not listen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":9877,"verse_id":"JDG.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “Also to the king of Moab he sent, but he was unwilling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":9878,"verse_id":"JDG.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Israel; the pronoun in the Hebrew text represents a collective singular) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":9879,"verse_id":"JDG.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":9880,"verse_id":"JDG.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “to my place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":9881,"verse_id":"JDG.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “Sihon.” The proper name (“Sihon”) has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“he”) because of English style; a repetition of the proper name here would be redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":9882,"verse_id":"JDG.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “all his people” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":9883,"verse_id":"JDG.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"That is, took as its own possession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":9884,"verse_id":"JDG.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “from the Arnon to the Jabbok, and from the desert to the Jordan.” The word “River” has been supplied in the translation with “Arnon” and “Jabbok,” because these are less familiar to modern readers than the Jordan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":9885,"verse_id":"JDG.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “Now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":9886,"verse_id":"JDG.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Or “dispossessed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":9887,"verse_id":"JDG.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “will you dispossess him [i.e., Israel; or possibly “it,” i.e., the territory]?” There is no interrogative marker in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A23/3"}
{"id":9888,"verse_id":"JDG.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “Is it not so that what Chemosh your god causes you to possess, you possess, and all whom the Lord our God dispossesses before us we will possess?” Jephthah speaks of Chemosh as if he is on a par with the Lord God of Israel. This does not necessarily mean that Jephthah is polytheistic or that he recognizes the Lord as only a local deity. He may simply be assuming the Ammonite king’s perspective for the sake of argument. Other texts, as well as the extrabiblical Mesha inscription, associate Chemosh with Moab, while Milcom is identified as the god of the Ammonites. Why then does Jephthah refer to Chemosh as the Ammonite god? Ammon had likely conquered Moab and the Ammonite king probably regarded himself as heir of all territory formerly held by Moab. Originally Moab had owned the disputed territory (cf. Num 21:26-29 ), meaning that Chemosh was regarded as the god of the region (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 203-4). Jephthah argues that Chemosh had long ago relinquished claim to the area (by allowing Sihon to conquer it), while the Lord had long ago established jurisdiction over it (by taking it from Sihon and giving it to Israel). Both sides should abide by the decisions of the gods which had stood firm for three hundred years.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":9889,"verse_id":"JDG.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"The Hebrew grammatical constructions of all three rhetorical questions indicate emphasis, which “really” and “dare to” are intended to express in the translation. sn Jephthah argues that the Ammonite king should follow the example of Balak , who, once thwarted in his attempt to bring a curse on Israel, refused to attack Israel and returned home ( Num 22-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":9890,"verse_id":"JDG.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “sinned against you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":9891,"verse_id":"JDG.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":9892,"verse_id":"JDG.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “did not listen to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":9893,"verse_id":"JDG.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “Jephthah’s words which he sent to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":9894,"verse_id":"JDG.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “was on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":9895,"verse_id":"JDG.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “passed through.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":9896,"verse_id":"JDG.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “From Mizpah in Gilead he passed through [to] the Ammonites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A29/3"}
{"id":9897,"verse_id":"JDG.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “the one coming out, who comes out from.” The text uses a masculine singular participle with prefixed article, followed by a relative pronoun and third masculine singular verb. The substantival masculine singular participle הַיּוֹצֵא ( hayyotse ’, “the one coming out”) is used elsewhere of inanimate objects (such as a desert [ Num 21:13 ] or a word [ Num 32:24 ]) or persons ( Jer 5:6; 21:9; 38:2 ). In each case context must determine the referent. Jephthah may have envisioned an animal meeting him, since the construction of Iron Age houses would allow for an animal coming through the doors of a house (see R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 208). But the fact that he actually does offer up his daughter indicates the language of the vow is fluid enough to encompass human beings, including women. He probably intended such an offering from the very beginning, but he obviously did not expect his daughter to meet him first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":9898,"verse_id":"JDG.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"The language is fluid enough to include women and perhaps even animals, but the translation uses the masculine pronoun because the Hebrew form is grammatically masculine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":9899,"verse_id":"JDG.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"Some translate “or,” suggesting that Jephthah makes a distinction between humans and animals. According to this view, if a human comes through the door, then Jephthah will commit him/her to the Lord ’s service, but if an animal comes through the doors, he will offer it up as a sacrifice. However, it is far more likely that the Hebrew construction ( vav [ ו ] + perfect) specifies how the subject will become the Lord ’s, that is, by being offered up as a sacrifice. For similar constructions, where the apodosis of a conditional sentence has at least two perfects (each with vav ) in sequence, see Gen 34:15-16 ; Exod 18:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":9900,"verse_id":"JDG.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “passed over to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":9901,"verse_id":"JDG.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “with a very great slaughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":9902,"verse_id":"JDG.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “The Ammonites were humbled before the Israelites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":9903,"verse_id":"JDG.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"Heb “Look! His daughter was coming out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":9904,"verse_id":"JDG.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"Heb “with tambourines and dancing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":9905,"verse_id":"JDG.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “you have brought me very low,” or “you have knocked me to my knees.” The infinitive absolute precedes the verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":9906,"verse_id":"JDG.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “You are among [or “like”] those who trouble me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A35/2"}
{"id":9907,"verse_id":"JDG.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “I opened my mouth to the Lord and I am not able to return.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A35/3"}
{"id":9908,"verse_id":"JDG.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.36","text":"The conjunction “since” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A36/1"}
{"id":9909,"verse_id":"JDG.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “you opened your mouth to the Lord , do to me according to [what] went out from your mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A36/2"}
{"id":9910,"verse_id":"JDG.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.36","text":"Or “has given you vengeance against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A36/3"}
{"id":9911,"verse_id":"JDG.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “Let this thing be done for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":9912,"verse_id":"JDG.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “Leave me alone for two months so I can go and go down on the hills and weep over my virginity – I and my friends.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A37/2"}
{"id":9913,"verse_id":"JDG.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “he sent her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A38/1"}
{"id":9914,"verse_id":"JDG.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “on the hills.” The words “as she walked” are supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A38/2"}
{"id":9915,"verse_id":"JDG.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “She had never known a man.” Some understand this to mean that her father committed her to a life of celibacy, but the disjunctive clause (note the vav + subject + verb pattern) more likely describes her condition at the time the vow was fulfilled. (See G. F. Moore, Judges [ICC], 302-3; C. F. Burney, Judges , 324.) She died a virgin and never experienced the joys of marriage and motherhood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A39/1"}
{"id":9916,"verse_id":"JDG.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “There was a custom in Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":9917,"verse_id":"JDG.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “From days to days,” a Hebrew idiom for “annually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A40/1"}
{"id":9918,"verse_id":"JDG.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “go to commemorate.” The rare Hebrew verb תָּנָה ( tanah , “to tell; to repeat; to recount”) occurs only here and in 5:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A40/2"}
{"id":9919,"verse_id":"JDG.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.40","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “in the year.” This is redundant (note “every year” at the beginning of the verse) and has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2011%3A40/3"}
{"id":9920,"verse_id":"JDG.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “the men of Ephraim were summoned [or “were mustered”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":9921,"verse_id":"JDG.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “cross over to fight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":9922,"verse_id":"JDG.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “calling”; or “summoning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":9923,"verse_id":"JDG.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “Your house we will burn over you with fire.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A1/4"}
{"id":9924,"verse_id":"JDG.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb A man of great strife I was and my people and the Ammonites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":9925,"verse_id":"JDG.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":9926,"verse_id":"JDG.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “you were no deliverer.” Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the LXX has “no one was helping.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":9927,"verse_id":"JDG.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “I put my life in my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":9928,"verse_id":"JDG.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “crossed over to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":9929,"verse_id":"JDG.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.3","text":"The Hebrew adds “against me” here. This is redundant in English and has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A3/4"}
{"id":9930,"verse_id":"JDG.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “because they said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":9931,"verse_id":"JDG.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “Refugees of Ephraim are you, O Gilead, in the midst of Ephraim and in the midst of Manasseh.” The LXX omits the entire second half of the verse (beginning with “because”). The words כִּי אָמְרוּ פְּלִיטֵי אֶפְרַיִם ( ki ’ amru pÿlitey ’ efrayim , “because they said, ‘Refugees of Ephraim’”) may have been accidentally copied from the next verse (cf. כִּי יֹאמְרוּ פְּלִיטֵי אֶפְרַיִם , ki yo ’ mÿru pelitey ’ efrayim ) and the following words (“you, O Gilead…Manasseh”) then added in an attempt to make sense of the verse. See G. F. Moore, Judges (ICC), 307-8, and C. F. Burney, Judges , 327. If the Hebrew text is retained, then the Ephraimites appear to be insulting the Gileadites by describing them as refugees who are squatting on Ephraim’s and Manasseh’s land. The present translation assumes that “Ephraim” is a genitive of location after “refugees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":9932,"verse_id":"JDG.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":9933,"verse_id":"JDG.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “against Ephraim,” that is, so as to prevent Ephraim from crossing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":9934,"verse_id":"JDG.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"The Hebrew text has a plural form here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":9935,"verse_id":"JDG.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “say to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":9936,"verse_id":"JDG.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “and could not prepare to speak.” The precise meaning of יָכִין ( yakhin ) is unclear. Some understand it to mean “was not careful [to say it correctly]”; others emend to יָכֹל ( yakhol , “was not able [to say it correctly]”) or יָבִין ( yavin , “did not understand [that he should say it correctly]”), which is read by a few Hebrew mss .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":9937,"verse_id":"JDG.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":9938,"verse_id":"JDG.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “Jephthah the Gileadite.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":9939,"verse_id":"JDG.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"The Hebrew text has “in the cities of Gilead.” The present translation has support from some ancient Greek textual witnesses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":9940,"verse_id":"JDG.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":9941,"verse_id":"JDG.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":9942,"verse_id":"JDG.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “thirty daughters he sent off outside.” Another option is to translate, “He arranged for his thirty daughters…” It is not clear if he had more than the “thirty daughters” mentioned in the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":9943,"verse_id":"JDG.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “and thirty daughters he brought for his sons from the outside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":9944,"verse_id":"JDG.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (Ibzan) has been specified in the translation for clarity and for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":9945,"verse_id":"JDG.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.9","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A9/4"}
{"id":9946,"verse_id":"JDG.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “Ibzan.” The pronoun “he” is used in the translation in keeping with English style, which tends to use a proper name first in a sentence followed by a pronoun rather than vice versa.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":9947,"verse_id":"JDG.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":9948,"verse_id":"JDG.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “…led Israel. He led Israel for ten years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":9949,"verse_id":"JDG.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":9950,"verse_id":"JDG.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":9951,"verse_id":"JDG.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “and had not given birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":9952,"verse_id":"JDG.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"The adjective “angelic” is interpretive (also in vv. 6, 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":9953,"verse_id":"JDG.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “Look, you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":9954,"verse_id":"JDG.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “eat anything unclean.” Certain foods were regarded as ritually “unclean” (see ). Eating such food made one ritually “contaminated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":9955,"verse_id":"JDG.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Another option is to translate, “you are already pregnant and will have a son.” The earlier reference to her being infertile (v. 3 ) suggests that her conception is still future, but it is possible that the earlier statement only reflects her perspective (as far as she is concerned, she is infertile). According to this interpretation, in v. 5 the angel reveals the truth to her – actually she has recently conceived and is now pregnant (see the translation in R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 217). Usage favors this interpretation. The predicate adjective הָרָה ( harah , “[be/become] pregnant”) elsewhere has a past ( 1 Sam 4:19 ) or present ( Gen 16:11; 38:25 ; 2 Sam 11:5 ) translation value. (The usage in Isa 7:14 is debated, but a present translation is definitely possible there.) A final, but less likely possibility, is that she miraculously conceived during the angel’s speech, sometime between his statements recorded in vv. 3 and 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":9956,"verse_id":"JDG.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “a razor should not go up on his head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":9957,"verse_id":"JDG.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “set apart to God.” Traditionally the Hebrew term נָזִיר ( nazir ) has been translated “Nazirite.” The word is derived from the verb נָזַר ( nazar , “to dedicate; to consecrate; to set apart”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":9958,"verse_id":"JDG.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A5/4"}
{"id":9959,"verse_id":"JDG.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “The man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":9960,"verse_id":"JDG.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “His appearance was like the appearance of the messenger of God, very awesome.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":9961,"verse_id":"JDG.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"See the note on the word “son” in 13:5 , where this same statement occurs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":9962,"verse_id":"JDG.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “eat anything unclean.” Certain foods were regarded as ritually “unclean” (see ). Eating such food made one ritually “contaminated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":9963,"verse_id":"JDG.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Traditionally “a Nazirite.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":9964,"verse_id":"JDG.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and said.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":9965,"verse_id":"JDG.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":9966,"verse_id":"JDG.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “come to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":9967,"verse_id":"JDG.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"13.8","text":"The LXX has “enlighten,” understanding the Hebrew to read וִיאִירֵנוּ ( vi ’ irenu , “to give light”) rather than the reading of the MT, וְיוֹרֵנוּ ( vÿyorenu , “to teach”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A8/4"}
{"id":9968,"verse_id":"JDG.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “what we should do for.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A8/5"}
{"id":9969,"verse_id":"JDG.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “God listened to the voice of Manoah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":9970,"verse_id":"JDG.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":9971,"verse_id":"JDG.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and said to him.” This phrase has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":9972,"verse_id":"JDG.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “Look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":9973,"verse_id":"JDG.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":9974,"verse_id":"JDG.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":9975,"verse_id":"JDG.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “the woman.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":9976,"verse_id":"JDG.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “I [am].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":9977,"verse_id":"JDG.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “Now, [when] your word comes [to pass].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":9978,"verse_id":"JDG.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “what will be the child’s rule [i.e., way of life] and his work?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":9979,"verse_id":"JDG.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":9980,"verse_id":"JDG.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “To everything I said to the woman she should pay attention.” The Hebrew word order emphasizes “to everything,” probably because Manoah’s wife did not tell her husband everything the angel had said to her (cf. vv. 3-5 with v. 7 ). If she had, Manoah probably would not have been so confused about the child’s mission.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":9981,"verse_id":"JDG.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “eat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":9982,"verse_id":"JDG.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “eat anything unclean.” Certain foods were regarded as ritually “unclean” (see ). Eating such food made one ritually “contaminated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":9983,"verse_id":"JDG.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “Please allow us to detain you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":9984,"verse_id":"JDG.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “so we can prepare before you a young goat of the goats.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":9985,"verse_id":"JDG.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “If you detain me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":9986,"verse_id":"JDG.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"The words “he said this” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Manoah should have known from these words that the messenger represented the Lord . In the preceding narrative the narrator has informed the reader that the visitor is the Lord ’s messenger, but Manoah and his wife did not perceive this. In vv. 5 and 7 the angel refers to “God” ( אֱלֹהִים , ’ elohim ), not the Lord ( יְהוַה , yÿhvah ). Manoah’s wife calls the visitor “a man sent from God” and “God’s messenger” (v. 6 ), while Manoah prays to the “Lord” ( אֲדוֹנָי , ’ adonay ) and calls the visitor “a man sent from God” (v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":9987,"verse_id":"JDG.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “Who your name? For [when] your word comes [to pass], we will honor you.” Manoah apparently gets tongue-tied and uses the wrong pronoun (“who” instead of “what”). He starts to say, “Who are you?” But then he switches to “your name” as if he began the sentence with “what.” See R. G. Boling, Judges (AB), 222.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":9988,"verse_id":"JDG.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “Why do you ask for my name, for it is incomprehensible?” The Hebrew adjective פִּלְאִי ( pile ’ iy , “wonderful, incomprehensible”) refers to what is in a category of its own and is beyond full human understanding. Note the use of this word in Ps 139:6 , where God’s knowledge is described as incomprehensible and unattainable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":9989,"verse_id":"JDG.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “Doing an extraordinary deed while Manoah and his wife were watching.” The subject of the participle is missing. The translation assumes that the phrase “the Lord ’s messenger” was lost by homoioteleuton. If the text originally read לַיהוָה מַלְאַךְ יְהוָה ( layhavah mal ’ akh yÿhvah ), the scribe’s eye could have jumped from the first יְהוָה to the second, accidentally omitting two of the three words. Later the conjunction וּ ( shureq ) would have been added to the following מַפְלִא ( mafli ’) for syntactical reasons. Another possibility is that a pronominal subject ( הוּא , hu ’) has been lost in the MT due to haplography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":9990,"verse_id":"JDG.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “in the flame from the altar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":9991,"verse_id":"JDG.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “on their faces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":9992,"verse_id":"JDG.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Or “seen God.” Some take the Hebrew term אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) as the divine name (“God”) here, but this seems unlikely since v. 21 informs us that Manoah realized this was the Lord ’s messenger, not God himself. Of course, he may be exaggerating for the sake of emphasis. Another option, the one followed in the translation, understands Manoah to be referring to a lesser deity. The term אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) is sometimes used of an individual deity other than the Lord (see BDB 43 s.v. 2 .a). One cannot assume that Manoah was a theologically sophisticated monotheist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":9993,"verse_id":"JDG.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “our hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":9994,"verse_id":"JDG.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “the woman.” For clarity this has been specified in the translation as “Manoah’s wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":9995,"verse_id":"JDG.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.24","text":"The name appears to mean “sun-like” or “solar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A24/2"}
{"id":9996,"verse_id":"JDG.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.24","text":"Traditionally, “blessed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A24/3"}
{"id":9997,"verse_id":"JDG.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Or “move him to action”; or “stir him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":9998,"verse_id":"JDG.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “and he saw a woman in Timnah, one of the daughters of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":9999,"verse_id":"JDG.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “and he went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":10000,"verse_id":"JDG.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “I have seen a woman in Timnah, one of the daughters of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":10001,"verse_id":"JDG.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “my.” The singular may seem strange, since the introduction to the quotation attributes the words to his father and mother. But Samson’s father apparently speaks for both himself and his wife. However, the Lucianic recension of the LXX and the Syriac Peshitta have a second person pronoun here (“you”), and this may represent the original reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":10002,"verse_id":"JDG.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “Is there not among the daughters of your brothers or among all my people a woman that you have to go to get a wife among the uncircumcised Philistines?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":10003,"verse_id":"JDG.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"“Her” is first in the Hebrew word order for emphasis. Samson wanted this Philistine girl, no one else. See C. F. Burney, Judges , 357.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":10004,"verse_id":"JDG.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “because she is right in my eyes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A3/4"}
{"id":10005,"verse_id":"JDG.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “this was from the LORD.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":10006,"verse_id":"JDG.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “for an opportunity he was seeking from the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":10007,"verse_id":"JDG.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"The MT reads, “Samson went down with his father and mother to Timnah. When they approached…” Verse 6 b states that Samson did not tell his parents about his encounter with the lion (vv. 5 b-6a), but v. 5 a gives the impression they would have seen the entire episode. One could assume that Samson separated from his parents prior to the lion’s attack, but the Hebrew text does not indicate this. It seems more likely that the words “with his father and his mother” were accidentally copied into the text, perhaps under the influence of v. 4 a, where the same phrase appears. An original singular verb (“he approached”) may have been changed to the plural form (“they approached”) after the words “his father and his mother” were accidentally added to the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":10008,"verse_id":"JDG.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “and look, a young lion of the lions was roaring to meet him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":10009,"verse_id":"JDG.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “rushed on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":10010,"verse_id":"JDG.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “him” or “it”; the referent (the lion) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":10011,"verse_id":"JDG.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “and there was nothing in his hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A6/3"}
{"id":10012,"verse_id":"JDG.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “He went down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":10013,"verse_id":"JDG.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “She was the right one in the eyes of Samson.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":10014,"verse_id":"JDG.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “get.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":10015,"verse_id":"JDG.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “and look, a swarm of bees…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":10016,"verse_id":"JDG.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “went.” Samson apparently went home to his parents before going to Timnah for the marriage. Seeing and tasting the honey appears to encourage Manoah to go with his son to Timnah. Perhaps both Samson and his father viewed the honey as a good omen of future blessing. Possibly Samson considered it a symbol of sexual pleasure or an aphrodisiac. Note the use of honey imagery in Song 4:11 and 5:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":10017,"verse_id":"JDG.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “And his father went down to the woman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":10018,"verse_id":"JDG.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “[wedding] feast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":10019,"verse_id":"JDG.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “the young men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":10020,"verse_id":"JDG.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “When they saw him, they gave him thirty companions and they were with him.” Instead of כִּרְאוֹתָם ( kir ’ otam , “when they saw”) some ancient witnesses (e.g., some mss of the LXX) assume the reading בְּיִרְאָתָם ( bÿyir ’ atam , “because they feared”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":10021,"verse_id":"JDG.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “If you really can tell it to me [during] the seven days of the feast and you find [its answer].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":10022,"verse_id":"JDG.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “changes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":10023,"verse_id":"JDG.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “you are unable to tell me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":10024,"verse_id":"JDG.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “Give your riddle so we can hear it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":10025,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The MT reads “seventh.” In Hebrew there is a difference of only one letter between the words רְבִיעִי ( rÿvi ’ i , “fourth”) and שְׁבִיעִי ( shÿvi ’ i , “seventh”). Some ancient textual witnesses (e.g., LXX and the Syriac Peshitta) read “fourth,” here, which certainly harmonizes better with the preceding verse (cf. “for three days”) and with v. 17 . Another option is to change שְׁלֹשֶׁת ( shÿloshet , “three”) at the end of v. 14 to שֵׁשֶׁת ( sheshet , “six”), but the resulting scenario does not account as well for v. 17 , which implies the bride had been hounding Samson for more than one day.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":10026,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “Entice your husband so that he might tell us the riddle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":10027,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “lest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":10028,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"The Hebrew text expands the statement: “burn up with fire.” The words “with fire” are redundant in English and have been omitted from the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":10029,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/5"}
{"id":10030,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"14.15","text":"The translation assumes the Hebrew form הֲלֹם ( halom , “here,” attested in five Hebrew mss and supported by the Targum), instead of the inexplicable הֲלֹא ( halo ’), a negative particle with interrogative particle prefixed to it.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/6"}
{"id":10031,"verse_id":"JDG.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"14.15","text":"For discussion of this difficult form, see C. F. Burney, Judges , 364.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A15/7"}
{"id":10032,"verse_id":"JDG.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":10033,"verse_id":"JDG.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “only”; or “simply.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":10034,"verse_id":"JDG.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “the sons of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":10035,"verse_id":"JDG.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “Should I tell you?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A16/4"}
{"id":10036,"verse_id":"JDG.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":10037,"verse_id":"JDG.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “the seven days [during] which they held the party.” This does not mean she cried for the entire seven days; v. 15 indicates otherwise. She cried for the remainder of the seven day period, beginning on the fourth day.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":10038,"verse_id":"JDG.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “because she forced him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":10039,"verse_id":"JDG.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “she told the riddle to the sons of her people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A17/4"}
{"id":10040,"verse_id":"JDG.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “equipment”; or “gear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":10041,"verse_id":"JDG.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “changes [of clothes].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":10042,"verse_id":"JDG.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “he went up to his father’s house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":10043,"verse_id":"JDG.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “to his companion who had been his attendant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":10044,"verse_id":"JDG.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “Samson visited his wife with a young goat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":10045,"verse_id":"JDG.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.1","text":"The words “to her father” are supplied in the translation (see the end of the verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A1/3"}
{"id":10046,"verse_id":"JDG.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “I will go to my wife in the bedroom.” The Hebrew idiom בּוֹא אֶל ( bo ’ ’ el , “to go to”) often has sexual connotations. The cohortative form used by Samson can be translated as indicating resolve (“I want to go”) or request (“let me go”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A1/4"}
{"id":10047,"verse_id":"JDG.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “saying, I said.” The first person form of אָמַר (’ amar , “to say”) sometimes indicates self-reflection. The girl’s father uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":10048,"verse_id":"JDG.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “hating, you hated.” Once again the girl’s father uses the infinitive absolute for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":10049,"verse_id":"JDG.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “Is her younger sister not better than her? Let her [i.e., the younger sister] be yours instead of her [i.e., Samson’s ‘bride’]).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":10050,"verse_id":"JDG.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the (original) LXX has the singular “to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":10051,"verse_id":"JDG.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “I am innocent this time from the Philistines when I do with them harm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":10052,"verse_id":"JDG.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Traditionally, “foxes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":10053,"verse_id":"JDG.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “He turned tail to tail and placed one torch between the two tails in the middle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":10054,"verse_id":"JDG.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “He set fire to the torches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":10055,"verse_id":"JDG.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Or “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":10056,"verse_id":"JDG.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “and they said.” The subject of the plural verb is indefinite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":10057,"verse_id":"JDG.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Timnite) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":10058,"verse_id":"JDG.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Samson) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A6/4"}
{"id":10059,"verse_id":"JDG.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.6","text":"The Hebrew text expands the statement with the additional phrase “burned with fire.” The words “with fire” are redundant in English and have been omitted from the translation for stylistic reasons. Some textual witnesses read “burned…her father’s house,” perhaps under the influence of 14:15 . On the other hand, the shorter text may have lost this phrase due to haplography.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A6/5"}
{"id":10060,"verse_id":"JDG.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"The Niphal of נָקָם ( naqam , “to avenge, to take vengeance”) followed by the preposition ב ( bet ) has the force “to get revenge against.” See 1 Sam 18:25 ; Jer 50:15 ; Ezek 25:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":10061,"verse_id":"JDG.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “and afterward I will stop.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":10062,"verse_id":"JDG.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “He struck them, calf on thigh, [with] a great slaughter.” The precise meaning of the phrase “calf on thigh” is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":10063,"verse_id":"JDG.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Or “camped in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":10064,"verse_id":"JDG.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Or “spread out.” The Niphal of נָטָשׁ ( natash ) has this same sense in 2 Sam 5:18, 22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":10065,"verse_id":"JDG.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “come up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":10066,"verse_id":"JDG.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Philistines) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":10067,"verse_id":"JDG.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Or “swear to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":10068,"verse_id":"JDG.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “meet [with hostility]”; “harm.” In light of v. 13 , “kill” is an appropriate translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":10069,"verse_id":"JDG.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “No,” meaning that they will not harm him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":10070,"verse_id":"JDG.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “rushed on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":10071,"verse_id":"JDG.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “burned with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":10072,"verse_id":"JDG.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “his bonds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A14/3"}
{"id":10073,"verse_id":"JDG.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “he found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":10074,"verse_id":"JDG.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “fresh,” i.e., not decayed and brittle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":10075,"verse_id":"JDG.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “he reached out his hand and took it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":10076,"verse_id":"JDG.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.15","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with it.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A15/4"}
{"id":10077,"verse_id":"JDG.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"The precise meaning of the second half of the line ( חֲמוֹר חֲמֹרָתָיִם , khamor khamoratayim ) is uncertain. The present translation assumes that the phrase means, “a heap, two heaps” and refers to the heaps of corpses littering the battlefield. Other options include: (a) “I have made donkeys of them” (cf. NIV; see C. F. Burney, Judges , 373, for a discussion of this view, which understands a denominative verb from the noun “donkey”); (b) “I have thoroughly skinned them” (see HALOT 330 s.v. IV cj. חמר , which appeals to an Arabic cognate for support); (c) “I have stormed mightily against them,” which assumes the verb חָמַר ( khamar , “to ferment; to foam; to boil up”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":10078,"verse_id":"JDG.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “from his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":10079,"verse_id":"JDG.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “you have placed into the hand of your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":10080,"verse_id":"JDG.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “the uncircumcised,” which in context refers to the Philistines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":10081,"verse_id":"JDG.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"The word translated “basin” refers to a circular-shaped depression in the land’s surface.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":10082,"verse_id":"JDG.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":10083,"verse_id":"JDG.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “named it”; the referent (the spring) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":10084,"verse_id":"JDG.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":10085,"verse_id":"JDG.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “in the days of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":10086,"verse_id":"JDG.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “and he went in to her.” The idiom בּוֹא אֶל ( bo ’ ’ el , “to go to”) often has sexual connotations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":10087,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “To the Gazites, saying.” A verb is missing from the MT; some ancient Greek witnesses add “it was reported.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":10088,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “And they surrounded.” The rest of the verse suggests that “the town” is the object, not “the house.” Though the Gazites knew Samson was in the town, apparently they did not know exactly where he had gone. Otherwise, they would could have just gone into or surrounded the house and would not have needed to post guards at the city gate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":10089,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “and they lay in wait for him all night in the city gate.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":10090,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “were silent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":10091,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/5"}
{"id":10092,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.2","text":"The words “He will not leave” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/6"}
{"id":10093,"verse_id":"JDG.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “until the light of the morning.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A2/7"}
{"id":10094,"verse_id":"JDG.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “And Samson lay until the middle of the night and arose in the middle of the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":10095,"verse_id":"JDG.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “with the bar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":10096,"verse_id":"JDG.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “which is upon the face of Hebron.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":10097,"verse_id":"JDG.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “subdue him in order to humiliate him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":10098,"verse_id":"JDG.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “how you can be subdued in order to be humiliated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":10099,"verse_id":"JDG.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “moist.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":10100,"verse_id":"JDG.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"The word refers to a bowstring, probably made from animal tendons. See Ps 11:2 ; Job 30:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":10101,"verse_id":"JDG.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “And the ones lying in wait were sitting for her.” The grammatically singular form וְהָאֹרֵב ( vÿha ’ orev ) is collective here, referring to the rulers as a group (so also in v. 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":10102,"verse_id":"JDG.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “are upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":10103,"verse_id":"JDG.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “when it smells fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":10104,"verse_id":"JDG.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “His strength was not known.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A9/4"}
{"id":10105,"verse_id":"JDG.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"See Gen 31:7 ; Exod 8:29 [ 8:25 HT]; Job 13:9 ; Isa 44:20 ; Jer 9:4 for other uses of this Hebrew word (II תָּלַל , talal ), which also occurs in v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":10106,"verse_id":"JDG.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “with which no work has been done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":10107,"verse_id":"JDG.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “are upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":10108,"verse_id":"JDG.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “And the ones lying in wait were sitting in the bedroom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":10109,"verse_id":"JDG.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the ropes) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":10110,"verse_id":"JDG.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “head” (also in the following verse). By metonymy the head is mentioned in the Hebrew text in place of the hair on it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":10111,"verse_id":"JDG.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “with the web.” For a discussion of how Delilah did this, see C. F. Burney, Judges , 381, and G. F. Moore, Judges (ICC), 353-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":10112,"verse_id":"JDG.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “are upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":10113,"verse_id":"JDG.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"The MT of vv. 13 b-14a reads simply, “He said to her, ‘If you weave the seven braids of my head with the web.’ And she fastened with the pin and said to him.” The additional words in the translation, “and secure it with the pin, I will become weak and be like any other man.’ 16:14 So she made him go to sleep, wove the seven braids of his hair into the fabric on the loom,” which without doubt represent the original text, are supplied from the ancient Greek version. (In both vv. 13 b and 14a the Greek version has “to the wall” after “with the pin,” but this is an interpretive addition that reflects a misunderstanding of ancient weaving equipment. See G. F. Moore, Judges [ICC], 353-54.) The Hebrew textual tradition was accidentally shortened during the copying process. A scribe’s eye jumped from the first instance of “with the web” to the second, causing him to leave out inadvertently the intervening words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":10114,"verse_id":"JDG.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.14","text":"The Hebrew adds, “from his sleep.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A14/3"}
{"id":10115,"verse_id":"JDG.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “when your heart is not with me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":10116,"verse_id":"JDG.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “forced him with her words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":10117,"verse_id":"JDG.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “and his spirit was short [i.e., impatient] to the point of death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":10118,"verse_id":"JDG.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “all his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":10119,"verse_id":"JDG.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “a razor has not come upon my head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":10120,"verse_id":"JDG.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “set apart to God.” Traditionally the Hebrew term נָזִיר ( nazir ) has been translated “Nazirite.” The word is derived from the verb נָזַר ( nazar , “to dedicate; to consecrate; to set apart”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A17/3"}
{"id":10121,"verse_id":"JDG.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “from the womb of my mother.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A17/4"}
{"id":10122,"verse_id":"JDG.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “I.” The referent has been made more specific in the translation (“my head”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A17/5"}
{"id":10123,"verse_id":"JDG.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “all his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":10124,"verse_id":"JDG.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “she sent and summoned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":10125,"verse_id":"JDG.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"The translation follows the Qere , לִי ( li , “to me”) rather than the Kethib , לָהּ ( lah , “to her”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":10126,"verse_id":"JDG.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “all his heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A18/4"}
{"id":10127,"verse_id":"JDG.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “on her knees.” The expression is probably euphemistic for sexual intercourse. See HALOT 160-61 s.v. בֶּרֶךְ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":10128,"verse_id":"JDG.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “she called for a man and she shaved off.” The point seems to be that Delilah acted through the instrumentality of the man. See J. A. Soggin, Judges (OTL), 254.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":10129,"verse_id":"JDG.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “head.” By metonymy the hair of his head is meant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":10130,"verse_id":"JDG.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “She began to humiliate him.” Rather than referring to some specific insulting action on Delilah’s part after Samson’s hair was shaved off, this statement probably means that she, through the devious actions just described, began the process of Samson’s humiliation which culminates in the following verses.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A19/4"}
{"id":10131,"verse_id":"JDG.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “are upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":10132,"verse_id":"JDG.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"The Hebrew adds, “from his sleep.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":10133,"verse_id":"JDG.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “and said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A20/3"}
{"id":10134,"verse_id":"JDG.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “I will go out as before.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A20/4"}
{"id":10135,"verse_id":"JDG.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “the hair of his head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":10136,"verse_id":"JDG.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Most interpret this as a reference to Samson, but this seems premature, since v. 25 suggests he was not yet standing before them. Consequently some prefer to see this statement as displaced and move it to v. 25 (see C. F. Burney, Judges , 387). It seems more likely that the pronoun refers to an image of Dagon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":10137,"verse_id":"JDG.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"Heb “multiplied our dead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":10138,"verse_id":"JDG.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “When their heart was good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":10139,"verse_id":"JDG.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A25/2"}
{"id":10140,"verse_id":"JDG.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “the pillars upon which the house is founded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":10141,"verse_id":"JDG.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":10142,"verse_id":"JDG.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"The Hebrew has אֲדֹנָי יֱהֹוִה (’ adonay yehovih , “Lord Yahweh”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":10143,"verse_id":"JDG.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"Heb “so I can get revenge with one act of vengeance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":10144,"verse_id":"JDG.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “the pillars upon which the house was founded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":10145,"verse_id":"JDG.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"Heb “he stretched out with strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":10146,"verse_id":"JDG.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"Heb “And the ones whom he killed in his death were many more than he killed in his life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":10147,"verse_id":"JDG.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “and all the house of his father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":10148,"verse_id":"JDG.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “and lifted him up and brought up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A31/2"}
{"id":10149,"verse_id":"JDG.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.31","text":"Traditionally, “judged.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2016%3A31/3"}
{"id":10150,"verse_id":"JDG.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"The words “You know” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":10151,"verse_id":"JDG.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “taken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":10152,"verse_id":"JDG.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A2/3"}
{"id":10153,"verse_id":"JDG.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.2","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement, “but now I am giving it back to you,” appears at the end of v. 3 and is spoken by the mother. But v. 4 indicates that she did not give the money back to her son. Unless the statement is spoken by the woman to the LORD, it appears to be misplaced and fits much better in v. 2 . It may have been accidentally omitted from a manuscript, written in the margin, and then later inserted in the wrong place in another manuscript.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A2/4"}
{"id":10154,"verse_id":"JDG.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.2","text":"Traditionally, “bless.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A2/5"}
{"id":10155,"verse_id":"JDG.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “dedicating, I dedicate.” In this case the emphatic infinitive absolute lends a mood of solemnity to the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":10156,"verse_id":"JDG.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “to the LORD from my hand for my son to make a carved image and cast metal image.” She cannot mean that she is now taking the money from her hand and giving it back to her son so he can make an image. Verses 4-6 indicate she took back the money and used a portion of it to hire a silversmith to make an idol for her son to use. The phrase “a carved image and cast metal image” is best taken as referring to two idols (see 18:17-18 ), even though the verb at the end of v. 4 , וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi , “and it was [in the house of Micah]”), is singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":10157,"verse_id":"JDG.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “his mother.” The pronoun (“she”) has been substituted for the noun (“mother”) in the translation because of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":10158,"verse_id":"JDG.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"The Hebrew text has “and gave it.” The referent (the pieces of silver) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":10159,"verse_id":"JDG.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and it was in Micah’s house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":10160,"verse_id":"JDG.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":10161,"verse_id":"JDG.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “and he filled the hand of one of his sons and he became his priest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A5/3"}
{"id":10162,"verse_id":"JDG.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “Each was doing what was right in his [own] eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":10163,"verse_id":"JDG.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":10164,"verse_id":"JDG.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “There was a young man from Bethlehem of Judah, from the tribe of Judah, and he was a Levite, and he was temporarily residing there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":10165,"verse_id":"JDG.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “He came to the Ephraimite hill country, to Micah’s house, making his way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":10166,"verse_id":"JDG.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “And I am going to reside in a place I can find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":10167,"verse_id":"JDG.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “father.” “Father” is here a title of honor that suggests the priest will give advice and protect the interests of the family, primarily by divining God’s will in matters, perhaps through the use of the ephod. (See R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 257; also Gen 45:8 , where Joseph, who was a diviner and interpreter of dreams, is called Pharaoh’s “father,” and 2 Kgs 6:21; 13:14 , where a prophet is referred to as a “father.” Note also 2 Kgs 8:9 , where a king identifies himself as a prophet’s “son.” One of a prophet’s main functions was to communicate divine oracles. Cf. 2 Kgs 8:9 ff.; 13:14-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":10168,"verse_id":"JDG.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"The Hebrew text expands with the phrase: “and the Levite went.” This only makes sense if taken with “to live” in the next verse. Apparently “the Levite went” and “the Levite agreed” are alternative readings which have been juxtaposed in the text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":10169,"verse_id":"JDG.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “the young man became like one of his sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":10170,"verse_id":"JDG.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “filled the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":10171,"verse_id":"JDG.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “do good for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":10172,"verse_id":"JDG.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":10173,"verse_id":"JDG.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “because there had not fallen to them by that day in the midst of the tribes of Israel an inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":10174,"verse_id":"JDG.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “The Danites sent from their tribe five men, from their borders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":10175,"verse_id":"JDG.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “men, sons of strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":10176,"verse_id":"JDG.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “They came to the Ephraimite hill country, to Micah’s house, and spent the night there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":10177,"verse_id":"JDG.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Or “When they were near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":10178,"verse_id":"JDG.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “voice.” This probably means that “his speech was Judahite [i.e., southern] like their own, not Israelite [i.e., northern]” (R. G. Boling, Judges [AB], 263).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":10179,"verse_id":"JDG.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “turned aside.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":10180,"verse_id":"JDG.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “What [is there] to you here?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A3/4"}
{"id":10181,"verse_id":"JDG.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “He said to them, ‘Such and such Micah has done for me.’” Though the statement is introduced and presented, at least in part, as a direct quotation (note especially “for me”), the phrase “such and such” appears to be the narrator’s condensed version of what the Levite really said.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":10182,"verse_id":"JDG.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “Ask God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":10183,"verse_id":"JDG.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “so we can know if our way on which we are going will be successful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":10184,"verse_id":"JDG.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “in peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":10185,"verse_id":"JDG.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “In front of the LORD is your way in which you are going.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":10186,"verse_id":"JDG.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Or “went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":10187,"verse_id":"JDG.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “who were in its midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":10188,"verse_id":"JDG.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “according to the custom of the Sidonians.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":10189,"verse_id":"JDG.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “and there was no one humiliating anything in the land, one taking possession [by] force.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A7/4"}
{"id":10190,"verse_id":"JDG.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “and a thing there was not to them with men.” Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the LXX and Symmachus read “Syria” here rather than the MT’s “men.” This reading presupposes a Hebrew Vorlage אֲרָם (’ aram , “Aram,” i.e., Arameans) rather than the MT reading אָדָם (’ adam ). This reading is possibly to be preferred over the MT.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A7/5"}
{"id":10191,"verse_id":"JDG.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “They came to their brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":10192,"verse_id":"JDG.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":10193,"verse_id":"JDG.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “What you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":10194,"verse_id":"JDG.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “Arise, and let us go up against them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":10195,"verse_id":"JDG.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the LXX adds “we entered and walked around in the land as far as Laish and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":10196,"verse_id":"JDG.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “But you are inactive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":10197,"verse_id":"JDG.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.9","text":"Or “be lazy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A9/4"}
{"id":10198,"verse_id":"JDG.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “to go”; “to enter”; “to possess.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A9/5"}
{"id":10199,"verse_id":"JDG.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “When you enter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":10200,"verse_id":"JDG.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “you will come to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":10201,"verse_id":"JDG.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “broad of hands,” an idiom meaning “wide on both sides.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":10202,"verse_id":"JDG.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a place where there is no lack of anything that is in the earth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A10/4"}
{"id":10203,"verse_id":"JDG.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “They journeyed from there, from the tribe of the Danites, from Zorah and from Eshtaol, six hundred men, equipped with weapons of war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":10204,"verse_id":"JDG.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Or “Mahaneh Dan”; the Hebrew term “Mahaneh” means “camp [of].” Many English versions retain the transliterated Hebrew expression, but cf. CEV “Dan’s Camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":10205,"verse_id":"JDG.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “behind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":10206,"verse_id":"JDG.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the LXX lacks the phrase “of Laish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":10207,"verse_id":"JDG.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":10208,"verse_id":"JDG.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “turned aside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":10209,"verse_id":"JDG.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “Micah’s house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":10210,"verse_id":"JDG.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “they asked him concerning peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A15/3"}
{"id":10211,"verse_id":"JDG.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “And the six hundred men, equipped with the weapons of war…from the sons of Dan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":10212,"verse_id":"JDG.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “went up, went in there, took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":10213,"verse_id":"JDG.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “six hundred men, equipped with the weapons of war.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":10214,"verse_id":"JDG.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “These went into Micah’s house and took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":10215,"verse_id":"JDG.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"See the note on the word “adviser” in 17:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":10216,"verse_id":"JDG.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “Is it better for you to be priest for the house of one man or for you to be priest for a tribe, for a clan in Israel?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":10217,"verse_id":"JDG.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “and went into the midst of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":10218,"verse_id":"JDG.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “They turned and went and put the children, the cattle, and the possessions in front of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":10219,"verse_id":"JDG.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “the men who were in the houses near Micah’s house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":10220,"verse_id":"JDG.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Danites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":10221,"verse_id":"JDG.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “What is this you say to me, ‘What to you?’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":10222,"verse_id":"JDG.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “bitter in spirit.” This phrase is used in 2 Sam 17:8 of David and his warriors, who are compared to a bear robbed of her cubs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":10223,"verse_id":"JDG.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “and you will gather up your life and the life of your house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":10224,"verse_id":"JDG.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":10225,"verse_id":"JDG.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “they were stronger than he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":10226,"verse_id":"JDG.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Danites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":10227,"verse_id":"JDG.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"The Hebrew adds “with fire.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons, because it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":10228,"verse_id":"JDG.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “it.” The Hebrew pronoun is feminine singular here, referring to the “city” (a grammatically feminine singular noun) mentioned in v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":10229,"verse_id":"JDG.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":10230,"verse_id":"JDG.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “and a thing there was not to them with men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":10231,"verse_id":"JDG.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “it.” The Hebrew pronoun is feminine singular here, referring to the “city” (a grammatically feminine singular noun) mentioned in v. 27 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":10232,"verse_id":"JDG.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “They”; the referent (the Danites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A28/5"}
{"id":10233,"verse_id":"JDG.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “They called the name of the city Dan, after the name of Dan their father, who had been born to Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":10234,"verse_id":"JDG.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “erected for themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":10235,"verse_id":"JDG.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":10236,"verse_id":"JDG.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.30","text":"Several ancient textual witnesses, including some LXX mss and the Vulgate, support the reading “Moses” ( מֹשֶׁה , mosheh ) here. Many Hebrew mss have a nun ( נ ) suspended above the name between the first two letters ( מנשׁה ), suggesting the name Manasseh ( מְנַשֶּׁה , mÿnasheh ). This is probably a scribal attempt to protect Moses’ reputation. For discussion, see G. F. Moore, Judges (ICC), 401-2.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A30/3"}
{"id":10237,"verse_id":"JDG.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A30/4"}
{"id":10238,"verse_id":"JDG.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “they set up for themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":10239,"verse_id":"JDG.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “the carved image that Micah had made.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A31/2"}
{"id":10240,"verse_id":"JDG.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “the house of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2018%3A31/3"}
{"id":10241,"verse_id":"JDG.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “a man, a Levite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":10242,"verse_id":"JDG.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A1/3"}
{"id":10243,"verse_id":"JDG.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and his concubine.” The pronoun (“she”) has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":10244,"verse_id":"JDG.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Or “was unfaithful to him.” Many have understood the Hebrew verb וַתִּזְנֶה ( vattizneh ) as being from זָנָה ( zanah , “to be a prostitute”), but it may be derived from a root meaning “to be angry; to hate” attested in Akkadian (see HALOT 275 s.v. II זנה ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":10245,"verse_id":"JDG.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “went from him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":10246,"verse_id":"JDG.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “arose and came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":10247,"verse_id":"JDG.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “to speak to her heart to bring her back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":10248,"verse_id":"JDG.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Or “young man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":10249,"verse_id":"JDG.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “he was happy to meet him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A3/4"}
{"id":10250,"verse_id":"JDG.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “and he arose to go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":10251,"verse_id":"JDG.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “Sustain your heart [with] a bit of food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":10252,"verse_id":"JDG.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “And they sat and ate, the two of them together, and they drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":10253,"verse_id":"JDG.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “Be willing and spend the night so that your heart might be good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":10254,"verse_id":"JDG.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “and the man arose to go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":10255,"verse_id":"JDG.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “his father-in-law persuaded him and he again spent the night there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":10256,"verse_id":"JDG.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “Sustain your heart.” He is once more inviting him to stay for a meal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":10257,"verse_id":"JDG.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “Wait until the declining of the day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":10258,"verse_id":"JDG.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “the man arose to go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":10259,"verse_id":"JDG.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Or “young man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":10260,"verse_id":"JDG.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “the day is sinking to become evening.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A9/3"}
{"id":10261,"verse_id":"JDG.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.9","text":"Or “declining.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A9/4"}
{"id":10262,"verse_id":"JDG.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “for your way and go to your tent.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A9/5"}
{"id":10263,"verse_id":"JDG.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and he arose and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":10264,"verse_id":"JDG.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “to the front of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":10265,"verse_id":"JDG.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":10266,"verse_id":"JDG.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"19.10","text":"Some ancient witnesses add “and his servant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A10/4"}
{"id":10267,"verse_id":"JDG.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “and the day was descending greatly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":10268,"verse_id":"JDG.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “young man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":10269,"verse_id":"JDG.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “turn aside” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":10270,"verse_id":"JDG.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “who are not from the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":10271,"verse_id":"JDG.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Or “young man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":10272,"verse_id":"JDG.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “we will enter one of the places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":10273,"verse_id":"JDG.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “and they passed by and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":10274,"verse_id":"JDG.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “which belongs to Benjamin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":10275,"verse_id":"JDG.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “they turned aside there to enter to spend the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":10276,"verse_id":"JDG.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “and he entered and sat down, and there was no one receiving them into the house to spend the night.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":10277,"verse_id":"JDG.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “And look, an old man was coming from his work, from the field in the evening.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":10278,"verse_id":"JDG.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “And the men of the place were Benjaminites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":10279,"verse_id":"JDG.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “the man, the traveler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":10280,"verse_id":"JDG.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Levite) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":10281,"verse_id":"JDG.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":10282,"verse_id":"JDG.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “I went to Bethlehem in Judah, but [to] the house of the LORD I am going.” The Hebrew text has “house of the LORD,” which might refer to the shrine at Shiloh. The LXX reads “to my house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A18/3"}
{"id":10283,"verse_id":"JDG.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"By calling his concubine the old man’s “female servant,” the Levite emphasizes their dependence on him for shelter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":10284,"verse_id":"JDG.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"Some Hebrew mss and ancient witnesses read the singular, “your servant,” which would refer to the Levite. If one retains the plural, then both the Levite and his wife are in view. In either case the pronominal suffix emphasizes their dependence on the old man for shelter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":10285,"verse_id":"JDG.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “Peace to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":10286,"verse_id":"JDG.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “ate and drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":10287,"verse_id":"JDG.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “they were making their heart good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":10288,"verse_id":"JDG.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “and look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":10289,"verse_id":"JDG.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “the men of the city, men, the sons of wickedness.” The phrases are in apposition; the last phrase specifies what type of men they were. It is not certain if all the men of the city are in view, or just a group of troublemakers. In 20:5 the town leaders are implicated in the crime, suggesting that all the men of the city were involved. If so, the implication is that the entire male population of the town were good-for-nothings.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A22/3"}
{"id":10290,"verse_id":"JDG.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.22","text":"The Hitpael verb form appears to have an iterative force here, indicating repeated action.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A22/4"}
{"id":10291,"verse_id":"JDG.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “so we can know him.” On the surface one might think they simply wanted to meet the visitor and get to know him, but their hostile actions betray their double-talk. The old man, who has been living with them long enough to know what they are like, seems to have no doubts about the meaning of their words (see v. 23 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A22/5"}
{"id":10292,"verse_id":"JDG.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the visiting Levite) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":10293,"verse_id":"JDG.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “what is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":10294,"verse_id":"JDG.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Levite) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":10295,"verse_id":"JDG.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “and he caused [her] to go outside to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":10296,"verse_id":"JDG.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “knew,” in the sexual sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A25/3"}
{"id":10297,"verse_id":"JDG.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"The Hebrew term here translated “master,” is plural. The plural indicates degree here and emphasizes the Levite’s absolute sovereignty over the woman.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":10298,"verse_id":"JDG.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “The woman came at the turning of the morning and fell at the door of the house of the man where her master was until the light.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":10299,"verse_id":"JDG.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"The Hebrew term here translated “master,” is plural. The plural indicates degree here and emphasizes the Levite’s absolute sovereignty over the woman.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":10300,"verse_id":"JDG.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “And the man took her on the donkey and arose and went to his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":10301,"verse_id":"JDG.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “he carved her up by her bones into twelve pieces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":10302,"verse_id":"JDG.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “and he sent her through all the territory of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":10303,"verse_id":"JDG.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"The words “the sight” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":10304,"verse_id":"JDG.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.30","text":"Heb “from the day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A30/2"}
{"id":10305,"verse_id":"JDG.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.30","text":"Codex Alexandrinus (A) of the (original) LXX has the following additional words: “And he instructed the men whom he sent out, ‘Thus you will say to every male Israelite: “There has never been anything like this from the day the Israelites left Egypt till the present day.”’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2019%3A30/3"}
{"id":10306,"verse_id":"JDG.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “went out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A1/3"}
{"id":10307,"verse_id":"JDG.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and the assembly was convened as one man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A1/4"}
{"id":10308,"verse_id":"JDG.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “the cornerstones”; or “the supports.” The word is used of leaders in only three other texts – 1 Sam 14:38 ; Isa 19:13 ; Zech 10:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":10309,"verse_id":"JDG.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The words “which numbered” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":10310,"verse_id":"JDG.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “The man, the Levite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":10311,"verse_id":"JDG.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":10312,"verse_id":"JDG.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “which belongs to Benjamin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":10313,"verse_id":"JDG.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “arose against me and surrounded against me the house at night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":10314,"verse_id":"JDG.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “her”; the referent is more naturally stated in English as “the pieces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":10315,"verse_id":"JDG.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “throughout all the territory of the inheritance of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":10316,"verse_id":"JDG.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “a wicked and disgraceful [thing].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A6/3"}
{"id":10317,"verse_id":"JDG.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “Look, all of you sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":10318,"verse_id":"JDG.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “give for yourselves a word and advice here.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":10319,"verse_id":"JDG.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “as one man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":10320,"verse_id":"JDG.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “to his tent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":10321,"verse_id":"JDG.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “turn aside.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":10322,"verse_id":"JDG.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “against her by lot.” The verb “we will go up” ( נַעֲלֶה , na ’ aleh ) has probably been accidentally omitted before “against her” ( עָלֶיהָ , ’ aleha ). sn As the lot dictates . The Israelite soldiers intended to cast lots to determine which tribe would lead the battle charge (see v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":10323,"verse_id":"JDG.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":10324,"verse_id":"JDG.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “to do at their arrival in Geba of Benjamin according to all the disgraceful [thing] which he [collective = “Benjamin”] did in Israel.” Here “Geba” must be an error for “Gibeah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":10325,"verse_id":"JDG.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “gathered at the city as one man, united.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":10326,"verse_id":"JDG.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The MT reads the plural, but surely the singular (which is supported by the LXX and Vulgate) is preferable here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":10327,"verse_id":"JDG.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “What is this wicked thing which happened among you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":10328,"verse_id":"JDG.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “the men, sons of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":10329,"verse_id":"JDG.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “and burn away wickedness from Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":10330,"verse_id":"JDG.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “assembled from the cities at Gibeah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":10331,"verse_id":"JDG.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “besides from the ones living in Gibeah they mustered seven hundred choice men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":10332,"verse_id":"JDG.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “And from all this people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":10333,"verse_id":"JDG.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “seven hundred choice men, bound/restricted in the right hand.” On the significance of the idiom, “bound/restricted in the right hand,” see the translator’s note on 3:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":10334,"verse_id":"JDG.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"“at a single hair and not miss.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":10335,"verse_id":"JDG.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “a man of war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":10336,"verse_id":"JDG.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":10337,"verse_id":"JDG.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “They arose and went up to Bethel and asked God, and the Israelites said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":10338,"verse_id":"JDG.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “Who should go up for us first for battle against the sons of Benjamin?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A18/3"}
{"id":10339,"verse_id":"JDG.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “encamped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":10340,"verse_id":"JDG.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “the men of Israel.” The noun phrase has been replaced by the pronoun (“they”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":10341,"verse_id":"JDG.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “The sons of Benjamin came out of Gibeah and they struck down in Israel that day twenty-two thousand men to the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":10342,"verse_id":"JDG.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “The people, the men of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":10343,"verse_id":"JDG.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Or “encouraged one another.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":10344,"verse_id":"JDG.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “I” (collective singular).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":10345,"verse_id":"JDG.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “approach for battle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":10346,"verse_id":"JDG.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “my brother” (collective singular).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A23/3"}
{"id":10347,"verse_id":"JDG.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “Go up against him” (collective singular).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A23/4"}
{"id":10348,"verse_id":"JDG.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “drew near to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":10349,"verse_id":"JDG.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “And Benjamin went out to meet them from Gibeah the second day, and they struck down among the sons of Israel eighteen thousand men to the ground, all of these were wielding the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":10350,"verse_id":"JDG.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “and all the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":10351,"verse_id":"JDG.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “went up and came [to].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":10352,"verse_id":"JDG.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.26","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A26/3"}
{"id":10353,"verse_id":"JDG.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.26","text":"Traditionally, “fasted.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A26/4"}
{"id":10354,"verse_id":"JDG.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.26","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A26/5"}
{"id":10355,"verse_id":"JDG.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “standing before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":10356,"verse_id":"JDG.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “I” (collective singular).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A28/2"}
{"id":10357,"verse_id":"JDG.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “my brother” (collective singular).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A28/3"}
{"id":10358,"verse_id":"JDG.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “I” (collective singular).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A28/4"}
{"id":10359,"verse_id":"JDG.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “him” (collective singular).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A28/5"}
{"id":10360,"verse_id":"JDG.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “the third day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":10361,"verse_id":"JDG.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “went out to meet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":10362,"verse_id":"JDG.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “and they were drawn away from the city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":10363,"verse_id":"JDG.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “from the army wounded ones.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A31/3"}
{"id":10364,"verse_id":"JDG.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.31","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A31/4"}
{"id":10365,"verse_id":"JDG.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.31","text":"The words “they struck down” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A31/5"}
{"id":10366,"verse_id":"JDG.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.32","text":"Or “run away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A32/1"}
{"id":10367,"verse_id":"JDG.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.32","text":"Heb “him” (collective singular).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A32/2"}
{"id":10368,"verse_id":"JDG.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “heavy”; or “severe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":10369,"verse_id":"JDG.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “And they did not know that touching against them was disaster.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A34/2"}
{"id":10370,"verse_id":"JDG.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.35","text":"Heb “And the sons of Israel struck down in Benjamin that day 25,100 men, all of these wielding the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A35/1"}
{"id":10371,"verse_id":"JDG.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.36","text":"Heb “gave place to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A36/1"}
{"id":10372,"verse_id":"JDG.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “hurried and put off [their hiding place].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":10373,"verse_id":"JDG.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “the men hiding in ambush.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A37/2"}
{"id":10374,"verse_id":"JDG.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.37","text":"Or “deployed.” The verb normally means “to lead” or “to draw.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A37/3"}
{"id":10375,"verse_id":"JDG.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.38","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the men hiding in ambush) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A38/1"}
{"id":10376,"verse_id":"JDG.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “turned in the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A39/1"}
{"id":10377,"verse_id":"JDG.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “And Benjamin began to strike down wounded ones among the men of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A39/2"}
{"id":10378,"verse_id":"JDG.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.39","text":"The words “they struck down” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A39/3"}
{"id":10379,"verse_id":"JDG.20.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.40","text":"Heb “Benjamin turned after him and, look, the whole city went up toward the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A40/1"}
{"id":10380,"verse_id":"JDG.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.41","text":"Or “were terrified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A41/1"}
{"id":10381,"verse_id":"JDG.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.41","text":"Heb “disaster touched against them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A41/2"}
{"id":10382,"verse_id":"JDG.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “clung to”; or “stuck close.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A42/1"}
{"id":10383,"verse_id":"JDG.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “and those from the cities were striking them down in their midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A42/2"}
{"id":10384,"verse_id":"JDG.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.43","text":"The translation assumes the reading מִנּוֹחָה ( minnokhah , “from Nohah”; cf. 1 Chr 8:2 ) rather than the MT’s מְנוּחָה ( mÿnukhah , “resting place”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A43/1"}
{"id":10385,"verse_id":"JDG.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.43","text":"Heb “tread down, walk on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A43/2"}
{"id":10386,"verse_id":"JDG.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.43","text":"Heb “unto the opposite of Gibeah toward the east.” Gibeah cannot be correct here, since the Benjaminites retreated from there toward the desert and Rimmon (see v. 45 ). A slight emendation yields the reading “Geba.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A43/3"}
{"id":10387,"verse_id":"JDG.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.45","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the rest [of the Benjaminites]) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A45/1"}
{"id":10388,"verse_id":"JDG.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.45","text":"Heb “and they”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A45/2"}
{"id":10389,"verse_id":"JDG.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.45","text":"Heb “gleaned.” The word is an agricultural term which pictures Israelites picking off the Benjaminites as easily as one picks grapes from the vine.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A45/3"}
{"id":10390,"verse_id":"JDG.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.45","text":"Heb “stuck close after them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A45/4"}
{"id":10391,"verse_id":"JDG.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.46","text":"Heb “So all the ones who fell from Benjamin were twenty-five thousand men, wielding the sword, in that day, all of these men of strength.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A46/2"}
{"id":10392,"verse_id":"JDG.20.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.48","text":"Heb “to the sons of Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A48/1"}
{"id":10393,"verse_id":"JDG.20.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.48","text":"The translation is based on the reading מֵעִיר מְתִים ( me ’ ir mÿtim , “from a city of men,” i.e., “an inhabited city”), rather than the reading מֵעִיר מְתֹם ( me ’ ir mÿtom , “from a city of soundness”) found in the Leningrad Codex (L).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A48/2"}
{"id":10394,"verse_id":"JDG.20.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":20,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.48","text":"Heb “Also all the cities that were found they set on fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2020%3A48/3"}
{"id":10395,"verse_id":"JDG.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":10396,"verse_id":"JDG.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “and they lifted up their voice[s] and wept with great weeping.” Both the cognate accusative בְּכִי ( bekhi , “weeping”) and the attributive adjective גָדוֹל ( gadol , “great”) emphasize their degree of sorrow.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":10397,"verse_id":"JDG.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":10398,"verse_id":"JDG.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Or “peace offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":10399,"verse_id":"JDG.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “A great oath there was concerning the one who did not go up before the Lord at Mizpah, saying, ‘He must surely be put to death.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":10400,"verse_id":"JDG.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Or “felt sorry for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":10401,"verse_id":"JDG.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “cut off one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":10402,"verse_id":"JDG.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “What should we do for them, for the remaining ones, concerning wives?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":10403,"verse_id":"JDG.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “Look, no one had come to the camp from Jabesh Gilead to the assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":10404,"verse_id":"JDG.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Or “when the people were mustered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":10405,"verse_id":"JDG.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “and look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":10406,"verse_id":"JDG.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “men, sons of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":10407,"verse_id":"JDG.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":10408,"verse_id":"JDG.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “the edge of the sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":10409,"verse_id":"JDG.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “And this is the thing that you will do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":10410,"verse_id":"JDG.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “every woman who is familiar with the bed of a male.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":10411,"verse_id":"JDG.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.11","text":"Some Greek witnesses (notably Codex Vaticanus [B]) add the words, “‘But the virgins you should keep alive.’ And they did so.” These additional words, which probably represent the original Hebrew text, can be retroverted: וְאֶת־הַבְּתוּלוֹת תְּחַיּוּ וַיַּעֲשׂוּ כֵן ( ve ’ et-habbÿtulot tÿkhayyu vayya ’ asu khen ). It is likely that a scribe’s eye jumped from the vav ( ו ) on וְאֶת ( vÿ ’ et ) to the initial vav of v. 11 , accidentally leaving out the intervening letters. The present translation is based on this reconstruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A11/3"}
{"id":10412,"verse_id":"JDG.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “who had not known a man with respect to the bed of a male.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":10413,"verse_id":"JDG.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “And all the assembly sent and spoke to the sons of Benjamin who were at the cliff of Rimmon and they proclaimed to them peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":10414,"verse_id":"JDG.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":10415,"verse_id":"JDG.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “but they did not find for them enough.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":10416,"verse_id":"JDG.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “felt sorry for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":10417,"verse_id":"JDG.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “had made a gaping hole in.” The narrator uses imagery that compares Israel to a wall that has been breached.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":10418,"verse_id":"JDG.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":10419,"verse_id":"JDG.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “What should we do for the remaining ones concerning wives?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":10420,"verse_id":"JDG.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"The Hebrew text has “and they said” at the beginning of the verse. For stylistic reasons the translation treats v. 17 as a continuation of the remarks of the leaders in v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":10421,"verse_id":"JDG.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “An inheritance for the remnant belonging to Benjamin, and a tribe from Israel will not be wiped away.” The first statement lacks a verb. Some prefer to emend the text to read, “How can an inheritance remain for the remnant of Benjamin?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":10422,"verse_id":"JDG.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “But we are not able to give to them wives from our daughters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":10423,"verse_id":"JDG.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “is cursed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A18/2"}
{"id":10424,"verse_id":"JDG.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":10425,"verse_id":"JDG.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “and look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":10426,"verse_id":"JDG.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “and look, when.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":10427,"verse_id":"JDG.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “in the dances.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":10428,"verse_id":"JDG.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"The (original) LXX and Vulgate read “to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":10429,"verse_id":"JDG.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"The words “and let them be” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":10430,"verse_id":"JDG.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “for we did not take each his wife in battle.” sn Through battle . This probably refers to the battle against Jabesh Gilead, which only produced four hundred of the six hundred wives needed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A22/3"}
{"id":10431,"verse_id":"JDG.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.22","text":"This sentence is not in the Hebrew text. It is supplied in the translation to clarify the logic of the statement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A22/4"}
{"id":10432,"verse_id":"JDG.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “You did not give to them, now you are guilty.” The MT as it stands makes little sense. It is preferable to emend לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) to לוּא ( lu ’, “if”). This particle introduces a purely hypothetical condition, “If you had given to them [but you didn’t].” See G. F. Moore, Judges (ICC), 453-54.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A22/5"}
{"id":10433,"verse_id":"JDG.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “did so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":10434,"verse_id":"JDG.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “And they took wives according to their number from the dancing girls whom they abducted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":10435,"verse_id":"JDG.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “went and returned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":10436,"verse_id":"JDG.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “inheritance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A23/4"}
{"id":10437,"verse_id":"JDG.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “and lived in them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A23/5"}
{"id":10438,"verse_id":"JDG.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “his inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":10439,"verse_id":"JDG.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JDG","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “Each was doing what was right in his [own] eyes.” sn Each man did what he considered to be right . The Book of Judges closes with this note, which summarizes the situation of the Israelite tribes during this period.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Judges%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":10440,"verse_id":"RUT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the days of the judging of the judges.” The LXX simply reads “when the judges judged,” and Syriac has “in the days of the judges.” Cf. NASB “in the days when the judges governed (ruled NRSV).” sn Many interpreters, reading this statement in the light of the Book of Judges which describes a morally corrupt period, assume that the narrator is painting a dark backdrop against which Ruth’s exemplary character and actions will shine even more brightly. However, others read this statement in the light of the book’s concluding epilogue which traces the full significance of the story to the time of David, the chosen king of Judah ( 4:18-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":10441,"verse_id":"RUT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the land.” The phrase “of Judah” is supplied in the translation to clarify the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":10442,"verse_id":"RUT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “to live temporarily.” The verb גּוּר ( gur , “sojourn”) may refer to (1) temporary dwelling in a location ( Deut 18:6 ; Judg 17:7 ) or (2) permanent dwelling in a location ( Judg 5:17 ; Ps 33:8 ). When used of a foreign land, it can refer to (1) temporary dwelling as a visiting foreigner ( Gen 12:10; 20:1; 21:34 ; 2 Kgs 8:1-2 ; Jer 44:14 ) or (2) permanent dwelling as a resident foreigner ( Gen 47:4 ; Exod 6:4 ; Num 15:14 ; Deut 26:5 ; 2 Sam 4:3 ; Jer 49:18,33; 50:40 ; Ezek 47:22-23 ). Although Naomi eventually returned to Judah, there is some ambiguity whether or not Elimelech intended the move to make them permanent resident foreigners. Cf. NASB “to sojourn” and NIV “to live for a while,” both of which imply the move was temporary, while “to live” (NCV, NRSV, NLT) is more neutral about the permanence of the relocation. sn Some interpreters view Elimelech’s departure from Judah to sojourn in Moab as lack of faith in the covenant God of Israel to provide for his family’s needs in the land of promise; therefore his death is consequently viewed as divine judgment. Others note that God never prohibited his people from seeking food in a foreign land during times of famine but actually sent his people to a foreign land during a famine in Canaan on at least one occasion as an act of deliverance ( Gen 37-50 ). In this case, Elimelech’s sojourn to Moab was an understandable act by a man concerned for the survival of his family, perhaps even under divine approval, so their death in Moab was simply a tragedy, a bad thing that happened to a godly person.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":10443,"verse_id":"RUT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “he and his wife and his two sons.” The LXX omits “two.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":10444,"verse_id":"RUT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and the name of his wife [was] Naomi.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn The name Naomi ( נָעֳמִי , na ’ omi ) is from the adjective נֹעַם ( noam , “pleasant, lovely”) and literally means “my pleasant one” or “my lovely one.” Her name will become the subject of a wordplay in 1:20-21 when she laments that she is no longer “pleasant” but “bitter” because of the loss of her husband and two sons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":10445,"verse_id":"RUT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and the name[s] of his two sons [were] Mahlon and Kilion.” sn The name Mahlon ( מַחְלוֹן , makhlon ) is from מָלָה ( malah , “to be weak, sick”) and Kilion ( כִליוֹן , khilyon ) is from כָלָה ( khalah , “to be frail”). The rate of infant mortality was so high during the Iron Age that parents typically did not name children until they survived infancy and were weaned. Naomi and Elimelech might have named their two sons Mahlon and Kilion to reflect their weak condition in infancy due to famine – which eventually prompted the move to Moab where food was abundant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":10446,"verse_id":"RUT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “[They were] Ephrathites.” Ephrathah is a small village ( Ps 132:6 ) in the vicinity of Bethlehem ( Gen 35:16 ), so close in proximity that it is often identified with the larger town of Bethlehem ( Gen 35:19; 48:7 ; Ruth 4:11 ; Mic 5:2 [ MT 5:1 ]; HALOT 81 s.v. אֶפְרָתָה ); see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 64. The designation “Ephrathites” might indicate that they were residents of Ephrathah. However, the adjectival form אֶפְרָתִים ( ephratim , “Ephrathites”) used here elsewhere refers to someone from the clan of Ephrath (cf. 1 Chr 4:4 ) which lived in the region of Bethlehem: “Now David was the son of an Ephrathite from Bethlehem in Judah whose name was Jesse” ( 1 Sam 17:12 ; cf. Mic 5:2 [ MT 5:1 ]). So it is more likely that the virtually identical expression here – “Ephrathites from Bethlehem in Judah” – refers to the clan of Ephrath in Bethlehem (see R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth [NICOT], 91).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":10447,"verse_id":"RUT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and were there”; KJV “continued there”; NRSV “remained there”; TEV “were living there.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":10448,"verse_id":"RUT.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “And Elimelech, the husband of Naomi, died.” The vav ( ו ) functions in a consecutive sense (“then”), but the time-frame is not explicitly stated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":10449,"verse_id":"RUT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “they.” The verb rd person masculine plural referring to Naomi’s sons, as the translation indicates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":10450,"verse_id":"RUT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “and they lifted up for themselves Moabite wives.” When used with the noun “wife,” the verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift up, carry, take”) forms the idiom “to take a wife,” that is, to marry (BDB 673 s.v. Qal.3.d; 2 Chr 11:21; 13:21; 24:3 ; Ezra 9:2,12; 10:44 ; Neh 13:25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":10451,"verse_id":"RUT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the name of the one [was] Orpah and the name of the second [was] Ruth.” sn The name Orpah ( עָרְפָּה , ’ orpah ) is from the noun עֹרֶף (’ oref , “back of the neck”) and the related verb (“to turn one’s back”). The name Ruth ( רוּת , rut ) is from the noun רְעוּת ( rÿ ’ ut , “friendship”), derived from the root רֵעַ ( rea ’, “friend, companion”). Ironically, Orpah will eventually turn her back on Naomi, while Ruth will display extraordinary friendship as her life-long companion (see 1:14 ). Since they seem to mirror the most definitive action of these women, perhaps they designate character types (as is the case with the name Mara in 1:21 and Peloni Almoni in 4:2 ) rather than their original birth names.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":10452,"verse_id":"RUT.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and the two of them also died, Mahlon and Kilion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":10453,"verse_id":"RUT.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The term יֶלֶד ( yeled , “offspring”), from the verb יָלַד ( yalad , “to give birth to”), is used only here of a married man. By shifting to this word from the more common term בֵּן ( ben , “son”; see vv. 1-5 a) and then using it in an unusual manner, the author draws attention to Naomi’s loss and sets up a verbal link with the story’s conclusion (cf. 4:16 ). Although grown men, they were still her “babies” (see E. F. Campbell, Ruth [AB], 56; F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 66).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":10454,"verse_id":"RUT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “and she arose, along with her daughters-in-law, and she returned from the region of Moab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":10455,"verse_id":"RUT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “in the region of Moab”; KJV, NRSV “in the country of Moab.” Since this is a repetition of the phrase found earlier in the verse, it has been shortened to “in Moab” in the present translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":10456,"verse_id":"RUT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “had visited” or “taken note of.” The basic meaning of פָּקַד ( paqad ) is “observe, examine, take note of” (T. F. Williams, NIDOTTE 3:658), so it sometimes appears with זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”; Pss 8:4 []; 106:4 ; Jer 14:10; 15:15 ; Hos 8:13; 9:9 ) and רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”; Exod 4:31 ; Ps 80:14 []; NIDOTTE 3:659). It often emphasizes the cause/effect response to what is seen ( NIDOTTE 3:659). When God observes people in need, it is glossed “be concerned about, care for, attend to, help” ( Gen 21:1; 50:24, 25 ; Exod 4:31 ; Ruth 1:6 ; 1 Sam 2:21 ; Jer 15:15 ; Zeph 2:7 ; Zech 10:3 b; NIDOTTE 3:661). When humans are the subject, it sometimes means “to visit” needy people to bestow a gift ( Judg 15:1 ; 1 Sam 17:18 ). Because it has such a broad range of meanings, its use here has been translated variously: (1) “had visited” (KJV, ASV, NASV, RSV; so BDB 823-24 s.v. פָּקַד ); (2) “had considered” (NRSV) and “had taken note of” (TNK; so HALOT 955-57 s.v. פקד ); and (3) “had come to the aid of” (NIV), “had blessed” (TEV), and “had given” (CEV; so NIDOTTE 3:657). When God observed the plight of his people, he demonstrated his concern by benevolently giving them food.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":10457,"verse_id":"RUT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “by giving to them food.” The translation “reversing the famine and providing abundant crops” attempts to clarify the referent of לֶחֶם ( lekhem , “food”) as “crops” and highlights the reversal of the famine that began in v. 1 . The infinitive construct לָתֵת לָהֶם לָחֶם ( latet lahem lakhem ) may denote (1) purpose: “[he visited his people] to give them food” or (2) complementary sense explaining the action of the main verb: “[he visited his people] by giving them food.” The term לֶחֶם ( lakhem ) here refers to agricultural fertility, the reversal of the famine in v. 1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":10458,"verse_id":"RUT.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “and she went out from the place she had been, and her two daughters-in-law with her, and they went on the way to return to the land of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":10459,"verse_id":"RUT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “each to the house of her mother.” Naomi’s words imply that it is more appropriate for the two widows to go home to their mothers, rather than stay with their mother-in-law (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 75).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":10460,"verse_id":"RUT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The MT ( Kethib ) has the imperfect יַעֲשֶׂה ( ya ’ aseh , “[the Lord ] will do”), but the marginal reading ( Qere ) has the shortened jussive form יַעַשׂ ( ya ’ as , “may [the Lord ] do”), which is more probable in this prayer of blessing. Most English versions adopt the jussive form (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, JPS, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":10461,"verse_id":"RUT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “do with you”; NRSV “deal kindly with you”; NLT “reward you for your kindness.” The pronominal suffix “you” appears to be a masculine form, but this is likely a preservation of an archaic dual form (see E. F. Campbell, Ruth [AB], 65; F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 75-76).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":10462,"verse_id":"RUT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “the dead” (so KJV, NRSV); NLT “your husbands.” This refers to their deceased husbands.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":10463,"verse_id":"RUT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “devotion as you have done with the dead and with me.” The noun חֶסֶד ( khesed , “devotion”) is a key thematic term in the book of Ruth (see 2:20; 3:10 ). G. R. Clark suggests that חֶסֶד “is not merely an attitude or an emotion; it is an emotion that leads to an activity beneficial to the recipient”; an act of חֶסֶד is “a beneficent action performed, in the context of a deep and enduring commitment between two persons or parties, by one who is able to render assistance to the needy party who in the circumstances is unable to help him – or herself” ( The Word Hesed in the Hebrew Bible [JSOTSup], 267). HALOT 336-37 s.v. II חֶסֶד defines the word as “loyalty” or “faithfulness.” Other appropriate glosses might be “commitment” and “devotion.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":10464,"verse_id":"RUT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “may the Lord give to you, and find rest, each [in] the house of her husband.” The syntax is unusual, but following the jussive (“may he give”), the imperative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive (“and find”) probably indicates the purpose or consequence of the preceding action: “May he enable you to find rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":10465,"verse_id":"RUT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “rest.” While the basic meaning of מְנוּחָה ( mÿnukhah ) is “rest,” it often refers to “security,” such as provided in marriage (BDB 629-30 s.v.; HALOT 600 s.v.). Thus English versions render it in three different but related ways: (1) the basic sense: “rest” (KJV, ASV, NASV, NIV); (2) the metonymical cause/effect sense: “security” (NRSV, NJPS, REB, NLT, GW); and (3) the referential sense: “home” (RSV, TEV, CEV, NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":10466,"verse_id":"RUT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “in the house of her husband” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “your husband.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":10467,"verse_id":"RUT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “they lifted their voice[s] and wept” (KJV, ASV, NASB all similar). This refers to loud weeping characteristic of those mourning a tragedy ( Judg 21:2 ; 2 Sam 13:36 ; Job 2:12 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":10468,"verse_id":"RUT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) here has the force of “no, on the contrary” (see Gen 31:26 ; Ps 44:22 ; HALOT 470 s.v. II כִּי 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":10469,"verse_id":"RUT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Or perhaps “we want to” (so NCV, CEV, NLT), if the imperfect is understood in a modal sense indicating desire.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":10470,"verse_id":"RUT.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “Why would you want to come with me?” Naomi’s rhetorical question expects a negative answer. The phrase “to Judah” is added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":10471,"verse_id":"RUT.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “Do I still have sons in my inner parts that they might become your husbands?” Again Naomi’s rhetorical question expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":10472,"verse_id":"RUT.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Verse 12 b contains the protasis (“if” clause) of a conditional sentence, which is completed by the rhetorical questions in v. 13 . For a detailed syntactical analysis, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 78-79.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":10473,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “For them would you wait until they were grown?” Some understand הֲלָהֵן ( halahen ) as an interrogative he ( ה ) with an Aramaic particle meaning “therefore” (see GKC 301 §103. b .2 [n. 4]; cf. ASV, NASB), while others understand the form to consist of an interrogative he , the preposition ל ( lamed , “for”), and an apparent third person feminine plural pronominal suffix (CEV, NLT “for them”). The feminine suffix is problematic, for its antecedent is the hypothetical “sons” mentioned at the end of v. 12 . For this reason some emend the form to הלתם (“for them,” a third person masculine plural suffix). R. L. Hubbard raises the possibility that the nunated suffix is an archaic Moabite masculine dual form ( Ruth [NICOT], 111, n. 31). In any case, Naomi’s rhetorical question expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":10474,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “For them would you hold yourselves back so as not to be for a man?” Again Naomi’s rhetorical question expects a negative answer. The verb עָגַן (’ agan , “hold back”; cf. KJV, ASV “stay”; NRSV “refrain”) occurs only here in the OT. For discussion of its etymology and meaning, see HALOT 785-86 s.v. עגן , and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 79-80.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":10475,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"The negative is used here in an elliptical manner for emphasis (see HALOT 48 s.v. I אַל ; GKC 479-80 §152. g ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":10476,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “No, my daughters.” Naomi is not answering the rhetorical questions she has just asked. In light of the explanatory clause that follows, it seems more likely that she is urging them to give up the idea of returning with her. In other words, the words “no, my daughters” complement the earlier exhortation to “go back.” To clarify this, the words “you must not return with me” are added in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":10477,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “bitterness to me.” The term מָרַר ( marar ) can refer to emotional bitterness: “to feel bitter” ( 1 Sam 30:6 ; 2 Kgs 4:27 ; Lam 1:4 ) or a grievous situation: “to be in bitter circumstances” ( Jer 4:18 ) (BDB 600 s.v.; HALOT 638 s.v. I מרר ). So the expression מַר־לִי ( mar-li ) can refer to emotional bitterness (KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NJPS, CEV, NLT) or a grievous situation (cf. NRSV, NAB, NCV, CEV margin). Although Naomi and her daughters-in-law had reason for emotional grief, the issue at hand was Naomi’s lamentable situation, which she did not want them to experience: being a poor widow in a foreign land.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":10478,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “for there is bitterness to me exceedingly from you.” The clause כִּי־מַר־לִי מְאֹד מִכֶּם ( ki-mar-li me ’ od mikkem ) is notoriously difficult to interpret. It has been taken in three different ways: (1) “For I am very bitter for me because of you,” that is, because of your widowed condition (cf. KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV, NJB, REB, JB, TEV). This does not fit well, however, with the following statement (“for the LORD has attacked me”) nor with the preceding statement (“You must not return with me”). (2) “For I am far more bitter than for you” (cf. NASB, NIV, NJPS, NEB, CEV, NLT). This does not provide an adequate basis, however, for the preceding statement (“You must not return with me”). (3) “For my bitterness is too much for you [to bear]” (cf. NAB, NRSV, NCV, CEV margin). This is preferable because it fits well with both the preceding and following statements. These three options reflect the three ways the preposition מן may be taken here: (1) causal: “because of, on account of” (BDB 580 s.v. מִן 2.f; HALOT 598 s.v. מִן 6), not that Orpah and Ruth were the cause of her calamity, but that Naomi was grieved because they had become widows; (2) comparative: “more [bitter] than you” (BDB 581 s.v. 6 .a; HALOT 598 s.v. 5 b), meaning that Naomi’s situation was more grievous than theirs – while they could remarry, her prospects were much more bleak; and (3) elative, describing a situation that is too much for a person to bear: “too [bitter] for you” (BDB 581 s.v. 6 .d; HALOT 598 s.v. 5 a; IBHS 267 §14.4f; e.g., Gen 4:13 ; Exod 18:18 ; Deut 17:8 ; 1 Kgs 19:17 ), meaning that Naomi’s plight was too bitter for her daughters-in-law to share. While all three options are viable, the meaning adopted must fit two criteria: (1) The meaning of this clause ( 1:13 b) must provide the grounds for Naomi’s emphatic rejection of the young women’s refusal to separate themselves from her ( 1:13 a); and (2) it must fit the following clause: “for the hand of the LORD has gone out against me” ( 1:13 c). The first and second options do not provide adequate reasons for sending her daughters-in-law back home, nor do they fit her lament that the LORD had attached her (not them); however, the third option (elative sense) fits both criteria. Naomi did not want her daughters-in-law to share her sad situation, that is, to be poor, childless widows in a foreign land with no prospect for marriage. If they accompanied her back to Judah, they would be in the same kind of situation in which she found herself in Moab. If they were to find the “rest” (security of home and husband) she wished for them, it would be in Moab, not in Judah. The Lord had already deprived her of husband and sons. She could do nothing for them in this regard because she had no more sons to give them as husbands, and she was past the age of child-bearing to raise up new husbands for them in the future – as if they could wait that long anyway ( 1:13 a). For a discussion of these three options and defense of the approach adopted here, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 80-81.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/6"}
{"id":10479,"verse_id":"RUT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “for the hand of the Lord has gone out against me” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV all similar). The expression suggests opposition and hostility, perhaps picturing the Lord as the Divine Warrior who is bringing calamity upon Naomi. See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 113.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A13/7"}
{"id":10480,"verse_id":"RUT.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “they lifted their voice[s] and wept” (so NASB; see v. 9 ). The expression refers to loud weeping employed in mourning tragedy ( Judg 21:2 ; 2 Sam 13:36 ; Job 2:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":10481,"verse_id":"RUT.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The LXX adds, “and she returned to her people” (cf. TEV “and went back home”). Translating the Greek of the LXX back to Hebrew would read a consonantal text of ותשׁב אל־עמה . Most dismiss this as a clarifying addition added under the influence of v. 15 , but this alternative reading should not be rejected too quickly. It is possible that a scribe’s eye jumped from the initial vav on ותשׁב (“and she returned”) to the initial vav on the final clause ( וְרוּת [ vÿrut ], “and Ruth”), inadvertently leaving out the intervening words, “and she returned to her people.” Or a scribe’s eye could have jumped from the final he on לַחֲמוֹתָהּ ( lakhamotah , “to her mother-in-law”) to the final he on עַמָּהּ (’ ammah , “her people”), leaving out the intervening words, “and she returned to her people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":10482,"verse_id":"RUT.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The clause is disjunctive. The word order is conjunction + subject + verb, highlighting the contrast between the actions of Orpah and Ruth. sn Orpah is a literary foil for Ruth. Orpah is a commendable and devoted person (see v. 8 ); after all she is willing to follow Naomi back to Judah. However, when Naomi bombards her with good reasons why she should return, she relents. But Ruth is special. Despite Naomi’s bitter tirade, she insists on staying. Orpah is a good person, but Ruth is beyond good – she possesses an extra measure of devotion and sacrificial love that is uncommon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":10483,"verse_id":"RUT.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Naomi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":10484,"verse_id":"RUT.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “gods” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, CEV, NLT), if the plural form is taken as a numerical plural. However, it is likely that Naomi, speaking from Orpah’s Moabite perspective, uses the plural of majesty of the Moabite god Chemosh. For examples of the plural of majesty being used of a pagan god, see BDB 43 s.v. אֱלֹהִים 1.d. Note especially 1 Kgs 11:33 , where the plural form is used of Chemosh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":10485,"verse_id":"RUT.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “do not urge me to abandon you to turn back from after you.” Most English versions, following the lead of the KJV, use “leave” here. The use of עזב (“abandon”) reflects Ruth’s perspective. To return to Moab would be to abandon Naomi and to leave her even more vulnerable than she already is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":10486,"verse_id":"RUT.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “Thus may the Lord do to me and thus may he add…” The construction וְכֹה יֹסִיף … כֹּה יַעֲשֶׂה ( koh ya ’ aseh...vÿkhoh yosif , “May he do thus…and may he do even more so…!”) is an oath formula of self-imprecation (e.g., 1 Sam 3:17; 14:44; 20:13; 25:22 ; 2 Sam 3:9,35; 19:14 ; 1 Kgs 2:23 ; 2 Kgs 6:31 ). In this formula the exact curse is understood but not expressed (GKC 472 §149. d ; BDB 462 s.v. כֹּה 1.b). In ancient Near Eastern imprecations, when the curse was so extreme, it was not uttered because it was unspeakably awful: “In the twelve uses of this formula, the calamity which the speaker invokes is never named, since OT culture (in keeping with the rest of the ancient Near East) accorded such power to the spoken word” (F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 82). Ruth here pronounces a curse upon herself, elevating the preceding promise to a formal, unconditional level. If she is not faithful to her promise, she agrees to become an object of divine judgment. As in other occurrences of this oath/curse formula, the specific punishment is not mentioned. As Bush explains, the particle כִּי ( ki ) here is probably asseverative (“indeed, certainly”) and the statement that follows expresses what underscores the seriousness of her promise by invoking divine judgment, as it were, if she does otherwise. Of course, the Lord would not have been obligated to judge her if she had abandoned Naomi – this is simply an ancient idiomatic way of expressing her commitment to her promise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":10487,"verse_id":"RUT.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “certainly death will separate me and you.” Ruth’s vow has been interpreted two ways: (1) Not even death will separate her from Naomi – because they will be buried next to one another (e.g., NRSV, NCV; see E. F. Campbell, Ruth [AB], 74-75). However, for the statement to mean, “Not even death will separate me and you,” it would probably need to be introduced by אִם (’ im , “if”) or negated by לֹא ( lo ’, “not”; see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 83). (2) Nothing except death will separate her from Naomi (e.g., KJV, ASV, RSV, NASB, NIV, TEV, NJPS, REB, NLT, GW; see Bush, 83). The particle כִּי introduces the content of the vow, which – if violated – would bring about the curse uttered in the preceding oath (BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.c; e.g., Gen 42:16 ; Num 14:22 ; 1 Sam 20:3; 26:16; 29:6 ; 2 Sam 3:35 ; 1 Kgs 2:23 ; Isa 49:18 ). Some suggest that כּי is functioning as an asseverative (“indeed, certainly”) to express what the speaker is determined will happen (Bush, 83; see 1 Sam 14:44 ; 2 Sam 3:9 ; 1 Kgs 2:23; 19:2 ). Here כִּי probably functions in a conditional sense: “if” or “if…except, unless” (BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.b). So her vow may essentially mean “if anything except death should separate me from you!” The most likely view is (2): Ruth is swearing that death alone will separate her from Naomi. sn Ruth’s devotion to Naomi is especially apparent here. Instead of receiving a sure blessing and going home (see v. 8 ), Ruth instead takes on a serious responsibility and subjects herself to potential divine punishment. Death, a power beyond Ruth’s control, will separate the two women, but until that time Ruth will stay by Naomi’s side and she will even be buried in the same place as Naomi.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":10488,"verse_id":"RUT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Naomi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":10489,"verse_id":"RUT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":10490,"verse_id":"RUT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “she ceased speaking to her.” This does not imply that Naomi was completely silent toward Ruth. It simply means that Naomi stopped trying to convince her to go back to Moab (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 84-85).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":10491,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"The suffix “them” appears to be masculine, but it is probably an archaic dual form (E. F. Campbell, Ruth [AB], 65; F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 75-76).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":10492,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":10493,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The temporal indicator וַיְהִי ( vayÿhi , “and it was”) here introduces a new scene.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":10494,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":10495,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “because of them” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “excited to see them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":10496,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “they said,” but the verb form is third person feminine plural, indicating that the women of the village are the subject.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/6"}
{"id":10497,"verse_id":"RUT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “Is this Naomi?” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV). The question here expresses surprise and delight because of the way Naomi reacts to it (F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 92).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A19/7"}
{"id":10498,"verse_id":"RUT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “said.” For stylistic reasons the present translation employs “replied” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":10499,"verse_id":"RUT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The third person feminine plural form of the pronominal suffix indicates the women of the village (see v. 19 ) are the addressees.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":10500,"verse_id":"RUT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “Shaddai”; traditionally “the Almighty.” The etymology and meaning of this divine name is uncertain. It may be derived from: (1) שָׁדַד ( shadad , “to be strong”), cognate to Arabic sdd , meaning “The Strong One” or “Almighty”; (2) שָׁדָה ( shadah , “mountain”), cognate to Akkadian shadu , meaning “The Mountain Dweller” or “God of the Mountains”; (3) שָׁדַד ( shadad , “to devastate”) and שַׁד ( shad , “destroyer”), Akkadian Shedum , meaning “The Destroyer” or “The Malevolent One”; or (4) שֶׁ ( she , “who”) plus דִּי ( diy , “sufficient”), meaning “The One Who is Sufficient” or “All-Sufficient One” ( HALOT 1420-22 s.v. שַׁדַּי , שַׁדָּי ). In terms of use, Shaddai (or El Shaddai) is presented as the sovereign king/judge of the world who grants life/blesses and kills/judges. In Genesis he blesses the patriarchs with fertility and promises numerous descendants. Outside Genesis he blesses/protects and also takes away life/happiness. In light of Naomi’s emphasis on God’s sovereign, malevolent deprivation of her family, one can understand her use of this name for God. For discussion of this divine name, see T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 69-72.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A20/5"}
{"id":10501,"verse_id":"RUT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “caused me to be very bitter”; NAB “has made it very bitter for me.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A20/6"}
{"id":10502,"verse_id":"RUT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “but empty the Lord has brought me back.” The disjunctive clause structure ( vav + adverb + verb + subject) highlights the contrast between her former condition and present situation. Cf. TEV “has brought me back without a thing.” sn Empty-handed. This statement is highly ironic, for ever-loyal Ruth stands by her side even as she speaks these words. These words reflect Naomi’s perspective, not the narrator’s, for Ruth will eventually prove to be the one who reverses Naomi’s plight and “fills” her “emptiness.” Naomi’s perspective will prove to be inaccurate and the women will later correct Naomi’s faulty view of Ruth’s value (see 4:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":10503,"verse_id":"RUT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"The disjunctive clause structure ( vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) here introduces either an attendant circumstance (“when the Lord has opposed me”) or an explanation (“seeing that the Lord has opposed me”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":10504,"verse_id":"RUT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.21","text":"The LXX reads “humbled me” here, apparently understanding the verb as a Piel ( עָנָה , ’ anah ) from a homonymic root meaning “afflict.” However, עָנָה (“afflict”) never introduces its object with בְּ ( bet ); when the preposition בְּ is used with this verb, it is always adverbial (“in, with, through”). To defend the LXX reading one would have to eliminate the preposition. tn Heb “has testified against me” (KJV, ASV both similar); NAB “has pronounced against me.” The idiom עָנַה בִי (’ anah viy , “testify against”) is well attested elsewhere in legal settings (see BDB 773 s.v. עָנָה Qal.3.a; HALOT 852 s.v. I ענה qal.2). Naomi uses a legal metaphor and depicts the Lord as testifying against her in court.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A21/4"}
{"id":10505,"verse_id":"RUT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “brought disaster upon me”; NIV “brought misfortune (calamity NRSV) upon me”; NLT “has sent such tragedy.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A21/6"}
{"id":10506,"verse_id":"RUT.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “and Naomi returned, and Ruth the Moabitess, her daughter-in-law, with her, the one who returned from the region of Moab.” sn This summarizing statement provides closure to the first part of the story. By highlighting Ruth’s willingness to return with Naomi, it also contrasts sharply with Naomi’s remark about being empty-handed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":10507,"verse_id":"RUT.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"The pronoun appears to be third person masculine plural in form, but it is probably an archaic third person dual form (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 94).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":10508,"verse_id":"RUT.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"This statement, introduced with a disjunctive structure ( vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) provides closure for the previous scene, while at the same time making a transition to the next scene, which takes place in the barley field. The reference to the harvest also reminds the reader that God has been merciful to his people by replacing the famine with fertility. In the flow of the narrative the question is now, “Will he do the same for Naomi and Ruth?” sn The barley harvest began in late March. See O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 91.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":10509,"verse_id":"RUT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The disjunctive clause (note the vav [ ו ] + prepositional phrase structure) provides background information essential to the following narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":10510,"verse_id":"RUT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) is מוֹדַע ( moda ’, “relative”), while the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has מְיֻדָּע ( miyudda ’, “friend”). The textual variant was probably caused by orthographic confusion between consonantal מְיֻדָּע and מוֹדַע . Virtually all English versions follow the marginal reading ( Qere ), e.g., KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “kinsman”; NIV, NCV, NLT “relative.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":10511,"verse_id":"RUT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “and [there was] to Naomi a relative, to her husband, a man mighty in substance, from the clan of Elimelech, and his name [was] Boaz.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":10512,"verse_id":"RUT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The cohortative here (“Let me go”) expresses Ruth’s request. Note Naomi’s response, in which she gives Ruth permission to go to the field.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":10513,"verse_id":"RUT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Following the preceding cohortative, the cohortative with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":10514,"verse_id":"RUT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “anyone in whose eyes I may find favor” (ASV, NIV similar). The expression אֶמְצָא־חֵן בְּעֵינָיו (’ emtsa ’ -khen bÿ ’ enayv , “to find favor in the eyes of [someone]”) appears in Ruth 2:2, 10, 13 . It is most often used when a subordinate or servant requests permission for something from a superior (BDB 336 s.v. חֵן ). Ruth will play the role of the subordinate servant, seeking permission from a landowner, who then could show benevolence by granting her request to glean in his field behind the harvest workers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":10515,"verse_id":"RUT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Naomi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":10516,"verse_id":"RUT.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":10517,"verse_id":"RUT.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and she went and entered [a field] and gleaned in the field behind the harvesters.” Cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV “the reapers”; TEV “the workers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":10518,"verse_id":"RUT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “and look”; NIV, NRSV “Just then.” The narrator invites the audience into the story, describing Boaz’s arrival as if it were witnessed by the audience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":10519,"verse_id":"RUT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":10520,"verse_id":"RUT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “said to.” Context indicates that the following expression is a greeting, the first thing Boaz says to his workers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":10521,"verse_id":"RUT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “said to him.” For stylistic reasons “replied” is used in the present translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":10522,"verse_id":"RUT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “said to.” Since what follows is a question, “asked” is appropriate in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":10523,"verse_id":"RUT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “young man.” Cf. NAB “overseer”; NIV, NLT “foreman.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":10524,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “said.” What follows is a question, so “asked” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":10525,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"On the use of the perfect with vav consecutive after the cohortative, see IBHS 530 §32.2.2b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":10526,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “May I glean and gather among the bundles behind the harvesters?” Others translate, “May I glean and gather [grain] in bundles behind the harvesters?” (cf. NAB; see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 117). For discussion of the terminology and process of harvesting, see O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 59-61.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":10527,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “and she came and she has persisted.” The construction וַתָּבוֹא וַתַעֲמוֹד ( vattavo ’ vata ’ amod ) forms a dependent temporal sequence: “since she came, she has persisted.” Because עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand, remain, persist”; BDB 764 s.v. עָמַד ; HALOT 840-42 s.v. עמד ) has a broad range of meanings, וַתַעֲמוֹד has been understood in various ways: (1) Ruth had stood all morning waiting to receive permission from Boaz to glean in his field: “she has stood (here waiting)”; (2) Ruth had remained in the field all morning: “she has remained here” (NAB, NASB, NCV); and (3) Ruth had worked hard all morning: “she has worked steadily” (REB), “she has been working” (TEV, CEV), “she has been on her feet (all morning)” (JPS, NJPS, NRSV). For discussion, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 118-19.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":10528,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “and she came and she stood, from then, the morning, and until now, this, her sitting [in] the house a little.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is awkward and the meaning uncertain. For discussion see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 118-19.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":10529,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “except this.” The function and meaning of the demonstrative adjective זֶה ( zeh , “this”) is difficult: (1) MT accentuation joins זֶה with שִׁבְתָּהּ ( shivtah , “this her sitting”), suggesting that זֶה שִׁבְתָּהּ functions as subject complement (see BDB 261 s.v. זֶה 2.a and Josh 9:12 ). (2) Others suggest that זֶה functions as an emphasizing adverb of time (“just now”; BDB 261 s.v. 4 .h) and connect it with עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) to form the idiom עַתָּה זֶה ( zeh ’ attah , “now, just now”; BDB 261 s.v. 4 .h; GKC 442-43 §136. d ; see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 118-19). The entire line is translated variously: KJV “until now, (+ save ASV) that she tarried a little in the house”; NASB “she has been sitting in the house for a little while”; NIV “except for a short rest in the shelter”; NJPS “she has rested but little in the hut”; “her sitting (= resting) in the house (has only been) for a moment.” A paraphrase would be: “She came and has kept at it (= gleaning) from this morning until now, except for this: She has been sitting in the hut only a little while.” The clause as a whole is an exceptive clause: “except for this….”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":10530,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT vocalizes consonantal שבתה as שִׁבְתָּהּ ( shivtah , “her sitting”; Qal infinitive construct from יָשַׁב ( yashav ), “to sit” + 3rd person feminine singular suffix), apparently taking the 3rd person feminine singular suffix as a subjective genitive: “she sat [in the hut only a little while]” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV, REB, TEV, NCV, NJPS). On the other hand, LXX κατέπαυσεν (“she rested”) reflects the vocalization שָׁבְתָה ( shavtah , “she rested”; Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular from שָׁבַת ( shavat ), “to rest”): “she rested [in the hut only a little while]” (so RSV, NRSV, NAB, CEV, NJB, JPS). The MT reading is more difficult and is therefore probably original. tn Heb “and she came and she stood, from then, the morning, and until now, this, her sitting [in] the house a little.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is awkward here and the meaning uncertain. F. W. Bush ( Ruth, Esther [WBC], 118-19) takes עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”) in the sense “to stay, remain,” connects זֶה ( zeh , “this”) with the preceding עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) as an emphasizing adverb of time (“just now”), and emends שִׁבְתָּהּ הַבַּיִת ( shivtah habbayit , “her sitting [in] the house”) to שָׁבְתָה ( shavtah , “she rested”), omitting הַבַּיִת ( habbayit ) as dittographic. Another option is to translate, “She came and has stood here from this morning until now. She’s been sitting in the house for a short time.” According to this view the servant has made Ruth wait to get permission from Boaz. It is difficult, however, to envision a “house” being in the barley field.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/7"}
{"id":10531,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"2.7","text":"Several English versions (NAB, NEB, RSV, NRSV, JB, CEV) suggest deleting MT הַבַּיִת ( habbayit , lit. “the house”) due to dittography with בתה in שִׁבְתָּהּ ( shivtah ) which precedes; however, several ancient textual witnesses support the MT (medieval Hebrew manuscripts, Syriac, Targum). The LXX reading ἐν τῷ ἀργῷ ( en tw argw , “in the field”) probably does not represent an alternate Hebrew textual tradition, but merely the translator’s attempt to smooth out a difficult Hebrew text. tn “[in] the house.” The noun הַבַּיִת (lit. “the house”) functions as an adverbial accusative of location, and probably refers to a “hut, shelter,” providing shade for workers in the field, such as those still used by harvesters in modern Israel (H. A. Hoffner, TDOT 2:111-15). This kind of structure is probably referred to using different terms in Isaiah 1:8 , “like a shelter ( כְּסֻכָּה , kÿsukkah ) in a vineyard, like a hut ( כִּמְלוּנָה , kimlunah ) in a field of melons.” Some translations render הַבַּיִת ( habbayit ) literally as “the house” (KJV, NKJV, NASB), while others nuance it as “the shelter” (NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/8"}
{"id":10532,"verse_id":"RUT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “a little while.” The adjective מְעָט ( me ’ at ) functions in a temporal sense (“a little while”; e.g., Job 24:24 ) or a comparative sense (“a little bit”); see BDB 589-90 s.v. The foreman’s point is that Ruth was a hard worker who only rested a short time.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A7/9"}
{"id":10533,"verse_id":"RUT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “Have you not heard?” The idiomatic, negated rhetorical question is equivalent to an affirmation (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 119, and GKC 474 §150. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":10534,"verse_id":"RUT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “my daughter.” This form of address is a mild form of endearment, perhaps merely rhetorical. It might suggest that Boaz is older than Ruth, but not necessarily significantly so. A few English versions omit it entirely (e.g., TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":10535,"verse_id":"RUT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The switch from the negative particle אַל (’ al , see the preceding statement, “do not leave”) to לֹא ( lo ’) may make this statement more emphatic. It may indicate that the statement is a policy applicable for the rest of the harvest (see v. 21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":10536,"verse_id":"RUT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “and thus you may stay close with.” The imperfect has a permissive nuance here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":10537,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “let your eyes be upon” (KJV, NASB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":10538,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “they.” The verb is masculine plural, indicating that the male workers are the subject here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":10539,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “and go after them.” The pronominal suffix (“them”) is feminine plural, indicating that the female workers are referred to here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":10540,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Male servants are in view here, as the masculine plural form of the noun indicates (cf. KJV, NAB, NRSV “the young men”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":10541,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “Have I not commanded the servants not to touch [i.e., “harm”] you?” The idiomatic, negated rhetorical question is equivalent to an affirmation (see v. 8 ). The perfect is either instantaneous, indicating completion of the action concurrent with the statement (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 107, 121-22, who translates, “I am herewith ordering”) or emphatic/rhetorical, indicating the action is as good as done.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":10542,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.9","text":"The juxtaposition of two perfects, each with vav consecutive, here indicates a conditional sentence (see GKC 337 §112. kk ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/6"}
{"id":10543,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “vessels (so KJV, NAB, NRSV), receptacles”; NCV “water jugs.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/7"}
{"id":10544,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “drink [some] of that which” (KJV similar); in the context “water” is implied.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/8"}
{"id":10545,"verse_id":"RUT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"2.9","text":"The imperfect here either indicates characteristic or typical activity, or anterior future, referring to a future action (drawing water) which logically precedes another future action (drinking).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A9/9"}
{"id":10546,"verse_id":"RUT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":10547,"verse_id":"RUT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “she fell upon her face and bowed to the ground” (KJV, NASB similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":10548,"verse_id":"RUT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “Why do I find favor in your eyes…?” The expression מָצַא חֵן בְּעֵינֶי ( matsa ’ khen bÿ ’ eney , “to find favor in the eyes of [someone]”) is often characterized by the following features: (1) A subordinate or servant is requesting permission for something from a superior (master, owner, king). (2) The granting of the request is not a certainty but dependent on whether or not the superior is pleased with the subordinate to do so. (3) The granting of the request by the superior is an act of kindness or benevolence; however, it sometimes reciprocates loyalty previously shown by the subordinate to the superior (e.g., Gen 30:27; 32:6; 33:8, 10, 15; 34:11; 39:4; 47:25, 29; 50:4 ; Num 32:5 ; Deut 24:1 ; 1 Sam 1:18; 16:22; 20:3, 29; 27:3 ; 2 Sam 14:22; 16:4 ; 1 Kgs 11:19 ; Esth 5:8; 7:3 ; BDB 336 s.v. חֵן ). While Boaz had granted her request for permission to glean in his field, she is amazed at the degree of kindness he had shown – especially since she had done nothing, in her own mind, to merit such a display. However, Boaz explains that she had indeed shown kindness to him indirectly through her devotion to Naomi (v. 11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":10549,"verse_id":"RUT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “Why do I find favor in your eyes by [you] recognizing me.” The infinitive construct with prefixed לְ ( lamed ) here indicates manner (“by”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":10550,"verse_id":"RUT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and I am a foreigner.” The disjunctive clause (note the pattern vav + subject + predicate nominative) here has a circumstantial (i.e., concessive) function (“even though”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A10/5"}
{"id":10551,"verse_id":"RUT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “answered and said to her” (so NASB). For stylistic reasons this has been translated as “replied to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":10552,"verse_id":"RUT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “it has been fully reported to me.” The infinitive absolute here emphasizes the following finite verb from the same root. Here it emphasizes either the clarity of the report or its completeness. See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 153, n. 6. Most English versions tend toward the nuance of completeness (e.g., KJV “fully been shewed”; NAB “a complete account”; NASB, NRSV “All that you have done”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":10553,"verse_id":"RUT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"The vav ( ו ) consecutive construction here has a specifying function. This and the following clause elaborate on the preceding general statement and explain more specifically what she did for her mother-in-law.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":10554,"verse_id":"RUT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “yesterday and the third day.” This Hebrew idiom means “previously, in the past” ( Exod 5:7,8,14 ; Exod 21:29,36 ; Deut 4:42; 19:4,6 ; Josh 3:4 ; 1 Sam 21:5 ; 2 Sam 3:17 ; 1 Chr 11:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":10555,"verse_id":"RUT.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “repay your work”; KJV, ASV “recompense thy work.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive of prayer (note the jussive form in the next clause).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":10556,"verse_id":"RUT.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “may your wages be complete”; NCV “May your wages be paid in full.” The prefixed verbal form is a distinct jussive form, indicating that this is a prayer for blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":10557,"verse_id":"RUT.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “under whose wings you have sought shelter”; NIV, NLT “have come to take refuge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":10558,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “I am finding favor in your eyes.” In v. 10 , where Ruth uses the perfect, she simply states the fact that Boaz is kind. Here the Hebrew text switches to the imperfect, thus emphasizing the ongoing attitude of kindness displayed by Boaz. Many English versions treat this as a request: KJV “Let me find favour in thy sight”; NAB “May I prove worthy of your kindness”; NIV “May I continue to find favor in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":10559,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “my master”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “my lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":10560,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “comforted” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":10561,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “spoken to the heart of.” As F. W. Bush points out, the idiom here means “to reassure, encourage” ( Ruth, Esther [WBC], 124).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":10562,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.13","text":"Ruth here uses a word ( שִׁפְחָה , shifkhah ) that describes the lowest level of female servant (see 1 Sam 25:41 ). Note Ruth 3:9 where she uses the word אָמָה (’ amah ), which refers to a higher class of servant.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/5"}
{"id":10563,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.13","text":"The imperfect verbal form of הָיָה ( hayah ) is used here. F. W. Bush shows from usage elsewhere that the form should be taken as future ( Ruth, Esther [WBC], 124-25).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/6"}
{"id":10564,"verse_id":"RUT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.13","text":"The disjunctive clause (note the pattern vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) is circumstantial (or concessive) here (“even though”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A13/7"}
{"id":10565,"verse_id":"RUT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “eat” (so KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":10566,"verse_id":"RUT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “your portion”; NRSV “your morsel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":10567,"verse_id":"RUT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The Hebrew verb צָבַט ( tsavat ) occurs only here in the OT. Cf. KJV, ASV “he reached her”; NASB “he served her”; NIV “he offered her”; NRSV “he heaped up for her.” For discussion of its meaning, including the etymological evidence, see BDB 840 s.v.; R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 174; and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 125-26.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":10568,"verse_id":"RUT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “and she ate and she was satisfied and she had some left over” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":10569,"verse_id":"RUT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “commanded” (so KJV, NASB, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":10570,"verse_id":"RUT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “even between”; NCV “even around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":10571,"verse_id":"RUT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “do not humiliate her”; cf. KJV “reproach her not”; NASB “do not insult her”; NIV “don’t embarrass her.” This probably refers to a verbal rebuke which would single her out and embarrass her (see v. 16 ). See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 176-77, and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 126.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":10572,"verse_id":"RUT.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis. Here שָׁלַל ( shalal , “pull out”) is a homonym of the more common Hebrew verb meaning “to plunder.” An Arabic cognate is used of drawing a sword out of a scabbard (see BDB 1021 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":10573,"verse_id":"RUT.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “do not rebuke her” (so NASB, NRSV); CEV “don’t speak harshly to her”; NLT “don’t give her a hard time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":10574,"verse_id":"RUT.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “she beat out” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT). Ruth probably used a stick to separate the kernels of grain from the husks. See O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 63.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":10575,"verse_id":"RUT.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “there was an ephah.” An ephah was a dry measure, equivalent to one-tenth of a homer (see HALOT 43 s.v. אֵיפָה ). An ephah was equivalent to a “bath,” a liquid measure. Jars labeled “bath” found at archaeological sites in Israel could contain approximately 5.8 gallons, or one-half to two-thirds of a bushel. Thus an ephah of barley would have weighed about 29 to 30 pounds (just over 13 kg). See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 179. sn This was a huge amount of barley for one woman to gather in a single day. It testifies both to Ruth’s industry and to Boaz’s generosity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":10576,"verse_id":"RUT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"MT vocalizes ותרא as the Qal verb וַתֵּרֶא ( vattere ’, “and she saw”), consequently of “her mother-in-law” as subject and “what she gathered” as the direct object: “her mother-in-law saw what she gathered.” A few medieval Hebrew mss (also reflected in Syriac and Vulgate) have the Hiphil וַתַּרְא ( vattar ’, “and she showed”), consequently taking “her mother-in-law” as the direct object and “what she gathered” as the double direct-object: “she showed her mother-in-law what she had gathered” (cf. NAB, TEV, CEV, NLT). Although the latter has the advantage of making Ruth the subject of all the verbs in this verse, it would be syntactically difficult. For one would expect the accusative sign אֶת (’ et ) before “her mother-in-law” if it were the direct object of a Hiphil verb in a sentence with a double direct object introduced by the accusative sign אֶת , e.g., “to show (Hiphil of רָאָה , ra ’ ah ) your servant (direct object marked by accusative sign אֶת ) your greatness (double direct object marked by accusative sign אֶת ) ( Deut 3:24 ). Therefore the MT reading is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":10577,"verse_id":"RUT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “that which”; the referent (how much grain) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":10578,"verse_id":"RUT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":10579,"verse_id":"RUT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and she brought out and gave to her that which she had left over from her being satisfied.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":10580,"verse_id":"RUT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “said to her.” Since what follows is a question, the translation uses “asked her” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":10581,"verse_id":"RUT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “blessed” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV). The same expression occurs in the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":10582,"verse_id":"RUT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":10583,"verse_id":"RUT.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Many English versions translate this statement, “May he [Boaz] be blessed by the Lord , who has not abandoned his loyalty to the living and dead.” In this case the antecedent of אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “who”) would be the immediately preceding “the Lord .” However, this understanding of the construction is not accurate. The antecedent of אֲשֶׁר is Boaz, not the Lord . Elsewhere when אֲשֶׁר follows the blessing formula בָּרוּךְ ( barukh , Qal passive participle) + proper name/pronoun, it always introduces the reason the recipient of the blessing deserves a reward. (For this reason one could analyze אֲשֶׁר as a causal conjunction in this construction.) If אֲשֶׁר refers to the Lord here, then this verse, unlike others using the construction, gives no such reason for the recipient being blessed. 2 Sam 2:5 , which provides the closest structural parallel to Ruth 2:20 , supports this interpretation: בְּרֻכִים אַתֶּם לַיהוָה אֲשֶׁר עֲשִׂיתֶם הַחֶסֶד הַזֶּה עִם־אֲדֹנֵיכֶם עִם־שָׁאוּל , “May you [plural] be blessed by the Lord , you who [plural]/because you [plural] have extended such kindness to your master Saul.” Here אֲשֶׁר refers back to the second plural pronoun אַתֶּם (’ atem , “you”) in the formula, as the second plural verb עֲשִׂיתֶם (’ asitem ) after אֲשֶׁר indicates. Though יְהוָה ( yÿhvah ) is in closer proximity to אֲשֶׁר , it is not the antecedent. The evidence suggests that Ruth 2:20 should be translated and interpreted as follows: “May he [Boaz] be blessed by the Lord , he who [i.e., Boaz]/because he [i.e., Boaz] has not abandoned his loyalty to the living and dead.” Cf. NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT. See B. A. Rebera, “Yahweh or Boaz? Ruth 2.20 Reconsidered,” BT 36 (1985): 317-27, and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 134-36. By caring for the impoverished widows’ physical needs, Boaz had demonstrated loyalty to both the living (the impoverished widows) and the dead (their late husbands). See R. B. Chisholm, From Exegesis to Exposition , 72.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":10584,"verse_id":"RUT.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “to the living and the dead” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":10585,"verse_id":"RUT.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"The Hebrew term גָּאַל ( ga ’ al ) is sometimes translated “redeemer” here (NIV “one of our kinsman-redeemers”; NLT “one of our family redeemers”). In this context Boaz, as a “redeemer,” functions as a guardian of the family interests who has responsibility for caring for the widows of his deceased kinsmen.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":10586,"verse_id":"RUT.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"On the force of the phrase גָּם כִּי ( gam ki ) here, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 138-39.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":10587,"verse_id":"RUT.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “with the servants who are mine you may stay close.” The imperfect has a permissive nuance here. The word “servants” is masculine plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":10588,"verse_id":"RUT.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “until they have finished all the harvest which is mine”; NIV “until they finish harvesting all my grain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":10589,"verse_id":"RUT.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Naomi uses the feminine form of the word “servant” (as Boaz did earlier, see v. 8 ), in contrast to Ruth’s use of the masculine form in the preceding verse. Since she is concerned for Ruth’s safety, she may be subtly reminding Ruth to stay with the female workers and not get too close to the men.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":10590,"verse_id":"RUT.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “and they will not harm you in another field”; NRSV “otherwise you might be bothered in another field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":10591,"verse_id":"RUT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":10592,"verse_id":"RUT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “and she stayed close with”; NIV, NRSV, CEV “stayed close to”; NCV “continued working closely with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":10593,"verse_id":"RUT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “and she lived with her mother-in-law” (so NASB). Some interpret this to mean that she lived with her mother-in-law while working in the harvest. In other words, she worked by day and then came home to Naomi each evening. Others understand this to mean that following the harvest she stayed at home each day with Naomi and no longer went out looking for work (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 140). Others even propose that she lived away from home during this period, but this seems unlikely. A few Hebrew mss (so also Latin Vulgate) support this view by reading, “and she returned to her mother-in-law.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":10594,"verse_id":"RUT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The phrase “sometime later” does not appear in Hebrew but is supplied to mark the implicit shift in time from the events in chapter .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":10595,"verse_id":"RUT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “My daughter, should I not seek for you a resting place so that it may go well for you [or which will be good for you]?” The idiomatic, negated rhetorical question is equivalent to an affirmation (see 2:8-9 ) and has thus been translated in the affirmative (so also NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":10596,"verse_id":"RUT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “Is not Boaz our close relative, with whose female servants you were?” The idiomatic, negated rhetorical question is equivalent to an affirmation (see Ruth 2:8-9; 3:1 ) and has thus been translated in the affirmative (so also NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":10597,"verse_id":"RUT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “look, he is winnowing the barley threshing floor tonight.” sn Winnowing the threshed grain involved separating the kernels of grain from the straw and chaff. The grain would be thrown into the air, allowing the wind to separate the kernels (see O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 65-66). The threshing floor itself was usually located outside town in a place where the prevailing west wind could be used to advantage (Borowski, 62-63).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":10598,"verse_id":"RUT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The perfect with prefixed vav ( ו ) consecutive here introduces a series of instructions. See GKC 335 §112. aa for other examples of this construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":10599,"verse_id":"RUT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"For the meaning of the verb סוּךְ ( sukh ), see HALOT 745-46 s.v. II סוך , and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 150. Cf. NAB, NRSV “anoint yourself”; NIV “perfume yourself”; NLT “put on perfume.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":10600,"verse_id":"RUT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has the singular שִׂמְלֹתֵךְ ( simlotekh , “your outer garment”), while the marginal reading ( Qere ) has the plural שִׂמְלֹתַיִךְ ( simlotayikh ) which might function as a plural of number (“your outer garments”) or a plural of composition (“your outer garment [composed of several parts]).” tn Heb “and put your outer garment on yourself”; NAB “put on your best attire.” The noun שִׂמְלָה ( simlah ) may refer to clothes in general (see R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth [NICOT], 197, n. 7) or a long outer garment (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 150-51). Mourners often wore mourning clothes and refrained from washing or using cosmetics ( Gen 38:14, 19 ; 2 Sam 12:20; 14:2 ), so Ruth’s attire and appearance would signal that her period of mourning was over and she was now available for remarriage (see Bush, 152).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":10601,"verse_id":"RUT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has וְיָרַדְתִּי ( vÿyaradtiy , “then I will go down”; Qal perfect 1st person common singular), while the marginal reading ( Qere ) is וְיָרַדְתְּ ( vÿyaradt , “then you go down”; Qal perfect 2nd person feminine singular) which makes more much sense in context. It is possible that the Kethib preserves an archaic spelling of the 2nd person feminine singular form (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 144-45).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":10602,"verse_id":"RUT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “until he finishes eating and drinking”; NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV “until he has finished.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A3/5"}
{"id":10603,"verse_id":"RUT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and let it be when he lies down”; NAB “But when he lies down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":10604,"verse_id":"RUT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Some define the noun מַרְגְּלוֹת ( margÿlot ) as “the place for the feet” (see HALOT 631 s.v.; cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), but in Dan 10:6 the word refers to the legs, or “region of the legs.” For this reason “legs” or “lower body” is the preferred translation (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 152). Because “foot” is sometimes used euphemistically for the genitals, some feel that Ruth uncovered Boaz’s genitals. For a critique of this view see Bush, 153. While Ruth and Boaz did not actually have a sexual encounter at the threshing floor, there is no doubt that Ruth’s actions are symbolic and constitute a marriage proposal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":10605,"verse_id":"RUT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has וְשָׁכָבְתִּי ( vÿshakhavtiy , “then I will lie down”; Qal perfect 1st person common singular), while the marginal reading ( Qere ) is וְשָׁכָבְתְּ ( vÿshakhavt , “then you lie down”; Qal perfect 2nd person feminine singular) which makes more sense. It is possible that the Kethib preserves an archaic spelling of the 2nd person feminine singular form (see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 144-45).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":10606,"verse_id":"RUT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"The words “beside him” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons; cf. NLT “lie down there.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":10607,"verse_id":"RUT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.4","text":"The disjunctive clause structure ( vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) highlights this final word of instruction or signals the conclusion of the instructions.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A4/5"}
{"id":10608,"verse_id":"RUT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “she said to her.” The referents (Ruth and Naomi) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":10609,"verse_id":"RUT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The Hebrew imperfect is used, even though Naomi’s instructions appear to be concluded. The imperfect can sometimes express actions which although (strictly speaking) are already finished, yet are regarded as still lasting into the present, or continuing to operate in it (GKC 316 §107. h ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":10610,"verse_id":"RUT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"The MT ( Kethib ) lacks the preposition אֵלַי (’ elay , “to me”) which is attested in the marginal reading ( Qere ). Many medieval Hebrew mss agree with the marginal reading ( Qere ) by including the phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":10611,"verse_id":"RUT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “everything which you are saying I will do.” The Hebrew word order emphasizes Ruth’s intention to follow Naomi’s instructions to the letter.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":10612,"verse_id":"RUT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “and she did according to all which her mother-in-law commanded her” (NASB similar). Verse 6 is a summary statement, while the following verses (vv. 7-15 ) give the particulars.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":10613,"verse_id":"RUT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “and Boaz ate and drank and his heart was well and he went to lie down at the end of the heap”; NAB “at the edge of the sheaves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":10614,"verse_id":"RUT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":10615,"verse_id":"RUT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"See the note on the word “legs” in v. 4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":10616,"verse_id":"RUT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.7","text":"The words “beside him” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. Cf. TEV “at his feet”; CEV “near his feet.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A7/5"}
{"id":10617,"verse_id":"RUT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “trembled, shuddered”; CEV, NLT “suddenly woke up.” Perhaps he shivered because he was chilled.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":10618,"verse_id":"RUT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb לָפַת ( lafat ) occurs only here, Job 6:18 , and Judg 16:29 (where it seems to mean “grab hold of”). Here the verb seems to carry the meaning “bend, twist, turn,” like its Arabic cognate (see HALOT 533 s.v. לפת , and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 163).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":10619,"verse_id":"RUT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, NASB). The narrator invites the reader to view the situation through Boaz’s eyes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":10620,"verse_id":"RUT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “[at] his legs.” See the note on the word “legs” in v. 4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":10621,"verse_id":"RUT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"When Boaz speaks, he uses the feminine form of the pronoun, indicating that he knows she is a woman.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":10622,"verse_id":"RUT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Here Ruth uses אָמָה (’ amah ), a more elevated term for a female servant than שִׁפְחָה ( shifkhah ), the word used in 2:13 . In , where Ruth has just arrived from Moab and is very much aware of her position as a foreigner (v. 10 ), she acknowledges Boaz’s kindness and emphasizes her own humility by using the term שִׁפְחָה , though she admits that she does not even occupy that lowly position on the social scale. However, here in chap. , where Naomi sends her to Boaz to seek marriage, she uses the more elevated term אָמָה to describe herself because she is now aware of Boaz’s responsibility as a close relative of her deceased husband and she wants to challenge him to fulfill his obligation. In her new social context she is dependent on Boaz (hence the use of אָמָה ), but she is no mere שִׁפְחָה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":10623,"verse_id":"RUT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “and spread your wing [or skirt] over your servant.” Many medieval Hebrew mss have the plural/dual “your wings” rather than the singular “your wing, skirt.” The latter is more likely here in the context of Ruth’s marriage proposal. In the metaphorical account in Ezek 16:8 , God spreads his skirt over naked Jerusalem as an act of protection and as a precursor to marriage. Thus Ruth’s words can be taken, in effect, as a marriage proposal (and are so translated here; cf. TEV “So please marry me”). See F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 164-65.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":10624,"verse_id":"RUT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “for you are a גֹאֵל [ go ’ el ],” sometimes translated “redeemer” (cf. NIV “a kinsman-redeemer”; NLT “my family redeemer”). In this context Boaz, as a “redeemer,” functions as a guardian of the family interests who has responsibility for caring for the widows of his deceased kinsmen. For a discussion of the legal background, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 166-69. sn By proposing marriage, Ruth goes beyond the letter of Naomi’s instructions (see v. 4 , where Naomi told Ruth that Boaz would tell her what to do). Though she is more aggressive than Naomi told her to be, she is still carrying out the intent of Naomi’s instructions, which were designed to lead to marriage.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":10625,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “blessed” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":10626,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “my daughter.” This form of address is a mild form of endearment, perhaps merely rhetorical. A few English versions omit it entirely (e.g., TEV, CEV). The same expression occurs in v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":10627,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “latter [act of] devotion”; NRSV “this last instance of your loyalty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":10628,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “you have made the latter act of devotion better than the former”; NIV “than that which you showed earlier.” sn Greater than what you did before . Ruth’s former act of devotion was her decision to remain and help Naomi. The latter act of devotion is her decision to marry Boaz to provide a child to carry on her deceased husband’s (and Elimelech’s) line and to provide for Naomi in her old age (see Ruth 4:5, 10, 15 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":10629,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “by not going after the young men” (NASB similar); TEV “You might have gone looking for a young man.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/5"}
{"id":10630,"verse_id":"RUT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “whether poor or rich” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); the more common English idiom reverses the order (“rich or poor”; cf. NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT). sn Whether rich or poor . This statement seems to indicate that Ruth could have married anyone. However, only by marrying a גֹּאֵל ( go ’ el , “family guardian”; traditionally “redeemer”) could she carry on her dead husband’s line and make provision for Naomi.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A10/6"}
{"id":10631,"verse_id":"RUT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “do not fear” (so NASB); NRSV “do not be afraid.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":10632,"verse_id":"RUT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “everything which you are saying I will do for you.” The Hebrew word order emphasizes Boaz’s intention to fulfill Ruth’s request. As in v. 5 , the Hebrew imperfect is used (note “you are saying”), even though Ruth’s request appears to be concluded. According to GKC 316 §107. h , the imperfect can sometimes “express actions, etc., which although, strictly speaking, they are already finished, are regarded as still lasting on into the present time, or continuing to operate in it.” The imperfect אֶעֱשֶׂה (’ e ’ eseh ) could be translated “I will do” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), but since there are legal complications which must first be resolved, it is better to take the form as indicating Boaz’s desire or intention, if the legal matters can be worked out.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":10633,"verse_id":"RUT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “all the gate of the town,” which by metonymy could refer to everyone in town (NIV “All my fellow townsmen”; NLT “everyone in town”), or only to the leaders and prominent citizens of the community (Boaz’s peers) who transacted business and made legal decisions at the town gate (NRSV “all the assembly of my people”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":10634,"verse_id":"RUT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “woman of strong character” (cf. NIV “woman of noble character”). The same phrase is used in Prov 31:10 to describe the ideal wife. emphasizes the ideal wife’s industry, her devotion to her family, and her concern for others, characteristics which Ruth had demonstrated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A11/4"}
{"id":10635,"verse_id":"RUT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The sequence כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי אִם ( ki ’ omnam ki ’ im ; Kethib ) occurs only here in the OT, as does the sequence כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי ( Qere ). It is likely that כִּי אִם is dittographic (note the preceding sequence כִּי אָמְנָם ). The translation assumes that the original text was simply the otherwise unattested וְעַתָּה כִּי אָמְנָם , with אָמְנָם and כִּי both having an asseverative (or emphatic) function.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":10636,"verse_id":"RUT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Sometimes translated “redeemer” (also later in this verse). See the note on the phrase “guardian of the family interests” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":10637,"verse_id":"RUT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “if he redeems you”; NIV “if he wants to redeem”; NRSV “if he will act as next-of-kin for you.” The verb גֹּאֵל ( go ’ el ) here refers generally to fulfilling his responsibilities as a guardian of the family interests. In this case it specifically entails marrying Ruth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":10638,"verse_id":"RUT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “good” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “well and good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":10639,"verse_id":"RUT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “let him redeem” (so NIV); NLT “then let him marry you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":10640,"verse_id":"RUT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “but if he does not want to redeem you, then I will redeem you, I, [as] the Lord lives” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":10641,"verse_id":"RUT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has the singular מַרְגְּלָתַו ( margÿlatav , “his leg”), while the marginal reading ( Qere ) has the plural מַרְגְּלוֹתָיו ( margÿlotayv , “his legs”). tn Heb “[at] his legs.” See the note on the word “legs” in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":10642,"verse_id":"RUT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “and she arose before a man could recognize his companion”; NRSV “before one person could recognize another”; CEV “before daylight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":10643,"verse_id":"RUT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “and he said” (so KJV, NASB, NIV). Some translate “he thought [to himself]” (cf. NCV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":10644,"verse_id":"RUT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “let it not be known that the woman came [to] the threshing floor” (NASB similar). The article on הָאִשָּׁה ( ha ’ ishah , “the woman”) is probably dittographic (note the final he on the preceding verb בָאָה [ va ’ ah , “she came”]).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":10645,"verse_id":"RUT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “cloak” (so NAB, NRSV, NLT); CEV “cape.” The Hebrew noun occurs only here and in Isa 3:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":10646,"verse_id":"RUT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “which [is] upon you”; NIV, NRSV “you are wearing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":10647,"verse_id":"RUT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “and she gripped it tightly and he measured out six of barley and placed upon her.” The unit of measure is not indicated in the Hebrew text, although it would probably have been clear to the original hearers of the account. Six ephahs, the equivalent of 180-300 pounds, is clearly too heavy, especially if carried in a garment. Six omers (an omer being a tenth of an ephah) seems too little, since this would have amounted to six-tenths of an ephah, less than Ruth had gleaned in a single day (cf. 2:17 ). Thus a seah (one third of an ephah) may be in view here; six seahs would amount to two ephahs, about 60 pounds (27 kg). See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 222, and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 178.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":10648,"verse_id":"RUT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"The MT preserves the 3rd person masculine singular form וַיָּבֹא ( vayyavo ’, “then he went”; cf. ASV, NAB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT), while many medieval mss (supported by the Syriac and Vulgate) have the 3rd person feminine singular form וַתָּבֹא ( vattavo ’, “then she went”; cf. KJV, NASB, TEV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":10649,"verse_id":"RUT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Naomi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":10650,"verse_id":"RUT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “said.” Since what follows is a question, the present translation uses “asked” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":10651,"verse_id":"RUT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “Who are you?” In this context Naomi is clearly not asking for Ruth’s identity. Here the question has the semantic force “Are you his wife?” See R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 223-24, and F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 184-85.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":10652,"verse_id":"RUT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Ruth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":10653,"verse_id":"RUT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The MT ( Kethib ) lacks the preposition אֵלַי (’ elay , “to me”) which is attested in the marginal reading ( Qere ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":10654,"verse_id":"RUT.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Naomi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":10655,"verse_id":"RUT.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “sit”; KJV “Sit still”; NAB “Wait here”; NLT “Just be patient.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":10656,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"The disjunctive clause structure (note the pattern vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) here signals the beginning of a new scene.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":10657,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Sometimes translated “redeemer.” See the note on the phrase “guardian of the family interests” in 3:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":10658,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “look, the guardian was passing by of whom Boaz had spoken.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":10659,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “turn aside” (so KJV, NASB); NIV, TEV, NLT “Come over here.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":10660,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “a certain one”; KJV, ASV “such a one.” The expression פְלֹנִי אַלְמֹנִי ( pÿloni ’ almoni ) is not the name of the nearest relative, but an idiom which literally means “such and such” or “a certain one” (BDB 811-12 s.v. פְלֹנִי ), which is used when one wishes to be ambiguous ( 1 Sam 21:3 ; 2 Kgs 6:8 ). Certainly Boaz would have known his relative’s name, especially in such a small village, and would have uttered his actual name. However the narrator refuses to record his name in a form of poetic justice because he refused to preserve Mahlon’s “name” (lineage) by marrying his widow (see 4:5, 9-10 ). This close relative, who is a literary foil for Boaz, refuses to fulfill the role of family guardian. Because he does nothing memorable, he remains anonymous in a chapter otherwise filled with names. His anonymity contrasts sharply with Boaz’s prominence in the story and the fame he attains through the child born to Ruth. Because the actual name of this relative is not recorded, the translation of this expression is difficult since contemporary English style expects either a name or title. This is usually supplied in modern translations: “friend” (NASB, NIV, RSV, NRSV, NLT), “so-and-so” (JPS, NJPS). Perhaps “Mr. So-And-So!” or “Mr. No-Name!” makes the point. For discussion see Adele Berlin, Poetics and Interpretation of Biblical Narrative , 99-101; R. L. Hubbard, Jr., Ruth (NICOT), 233-35; F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 196-97. In the present translation “John Doe” is used since it is a standard designation for someone who is a party to legal proceedings whose true name is unknown.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":10661,"verse_id":"RUT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “and he turned aside” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “And he went over.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A1/6"}
{"id":10662,"verse_id":"RUT.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “and he took ten men from the elders of the town.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":10663,"verse_id":"RUT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note on the phrase “guardian of the family interests” in 3:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":10664,"verse_id":"RUT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The perfect form of the verb here describes as a simple fact an action that is underway (cf. NIV, NRSV, CEV, NLT); NAB “is putting up for sale.” sn Naomi…is selling . The nature of the sale is uncertain. Naomi may have been selling the property rights to the land, but this seems unlikely in light of what is known about ancient Israelite property laws. It is more likely that Naomi, being a woman, held only the right to use the land until the time of her remarriage or death (F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 202-4). Because she held this right to use of the land, she also had the right to buy it back from the its current owner. (This assumes that Elimelech sold the land prior to going to Moab.) Since she did not possess the means to do so, however, she decided to dispose of her rights in the matter. She was not selling the land per se, but disposing of the right to its redemption and use, probably in exchange for room and board with the purchaser (Bush, 211-15). If this is correct, it might be preferable to translate, “Naomi is disposing of her rights to the portion of land,” although such a translation presumes some knowledge of ancient Israelite property laws.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":10665,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “and I said [or perhaps, “thought to myself”], ‘I will [or “must”] uncover your ear, saying’”; NAB “So I thought I would inform you”; NIV “I thought I should bring the matter to your attention.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":10666,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The phrase “before those sitting here and before the leaders of my people” appears to refer to the leaders who were specially chosen as witnesses (v. 2 ) and the larger group of community leaders standing by. It is possible, however, that the phrases “before those sitting here” and “before the leaders of my people” are appositional and that both refer to the ten leaders mentioned in v. 2 (cf. NLT “in the presence of these witnesses”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":10667,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “if you will redeem, redeem” (KJV, NASB, NRSV all similar); NCV “If you want to buy back the land, then buy it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":10668,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “but if he will not redeem, tell me.” Most English versions emend the third person verb form (“he”) to the second person form because Boaz is addressing the closer relative. But it is possible that he briefly addresses the witnesses and refers to the closer relative in the third person. See J. M. Sasson, Ruth , 118.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/4"}
{"id":10669,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.4","text":"Following the imperative, the prefixed verb form with vav indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/5"}
{"id":10670,"verse_id":"RUT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “for there is no one besides you to redeem, and I am after you” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A4/6"}
{"id":10671,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “in the day”; NASB, NIV “On the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":10672,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “from the hand of Naomi” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":10673,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"The MT וּמֵאֵת ( ume ’ et ) may be understood in two ways: (1) “and from” ( vav conjunction “and,” plus preposition מִן [ min ] “from,” plus definite direct object marker אֵת ) parallel to the preceding מִיַד ( miyyad , “from [the hand of]”), suggesting the field would be purchased from Naomi and from Ruth; or (2) “and” ( vav [ ו ] conjunction “and,” plus enclitic mem [ ם ], plus direct object marker [ אֵת ]) introducing the second part of the acquisition: the nearest kinsman would be acquiring the field and Ruth (for discussion see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther [WBC], 202). However, the BHS editors suggest reading גם את־ (“as well as…”; emphatic particle גם [“also”] and the definite direct object marker אֵת ) introducing the second part of the acquisition: He would be acquiring the field and Ruth. This alternate reading is reflected in the Vulgate reading quoque (“and also”) and supported by parallel usage in v. 9 , “I am acquiring the field from Naomi, and also ( גָּם אֵת־ , gam ’ et ) Ruth the Moabitess the wife of the deceased.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":10674,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"4.5","text":"The MT ( Kethib ) reads קָנִיתִי ( qaniti , “I acquire,” Qal perfect 1st person common singular): “When you acquire the field from the hand of Naomi, I acquire Ruth the Moabitess…” However, the marginal reading ( Qere ) is קָנִיתָה ( qanitah , “you acquire,” Qal perfect 2nd person masculine singular, reflected in 2nd person masculine singular forms in Greek, Latin, Aramaic, and Syriac): “When you acquire the field from the hand of Naomi, you must also acquire Ruth the Moabitess…” The Qere is probably original because the Kethib is too difficult syntactically and contextually, while the Qere makes perfect sense: (1) Boaz stated in 3:13 that the nearest kinsman had the first right to acquire Ruth if he wanted to do so, and only the Qere reading here presents him with that option; and (2) Boaz announces in 4:9-10 that he was acquiring the field and Ruth as a package deal in 4:9-10 , and only the Qere reading here presents the nearest kinsman with the same package deal. The Kethib probably arose by a scribe trying to harmonize 4:5 with the 1st person common singular form in 4:9-10 without fully understanding the ploy of Boaz in 4:5 . See F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 216-17.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/5"}
{"id":10675,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"4.5","text":"The presence of two difficult textual problems in this line (see two preceding notes) has produced a combination of four different ways in which this line can be rendered: (1) “When you acquire the field from Naomi, you must acquire [it] from Ruth the Moabitess the wife of the deceased” (KJV, NKJV); (2) “When you acquire the field from Naomi and from Ruth the Moabitess, you must acquire the wife of the deceased” (JPS, NJPS, NIV); (3) “When you acquire the field from Naomi, you must also acquire Ruth the Moabitess the wife of the deceased” (NASB, NCV, TEV, RSV, NRSV, NLT); and (4) “When you acquire the field from Naomi, then I acquire Ruth the Moabitess the wife of the deceased” (REB). The third option is adopted here. sn Our deceased relative . This refers to Mahlon, viewed as Elimelech’s heir.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/6"}
{"id":10676,"verse_id":"RUT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “in order to raise up the name of the deceased over his inheritance” (NASB similar); NRSV “to maintain the dead man’s name on his inheritance.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A5/7"}
{"id":10677,"verse_id":"RUT.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “redeem for yourself, you, my right of redemption for I am unable to redeem.” sn Here it appears that the acquisition of Ruth along with the land was an obligatory package deal (“When you acquire the field from Naomi, you must also acquire Ruth…”). On the other hand, Boaz viewed marriage to Ruth as voluntary in 3:13 (“If he does not want to redeem you, I will redeem you”), and presented the acquisition of the field as voluntary in 4:4 (“If you want to exercise your right…but if not, tell me!”). Initially, Boaz makes the transaction appear to be a mere land deal in 4:4 . When the nearest relative jumped at the land offer, Boaz confronted him with the attendant social/family obligation of marrying Ruth to raise up an heir for the deceased to inherit this very land. By conducting the transaction in public where the close relative would need to save face, Boaz forced him either to reject the offer entirely or to include Ruth in the deal – but he could not take the land and reject Ruth. Either way, Ruth would be cared for and Elimelech’s line continued. But if he took Ruth, the acquisition of the land would be more economically burdensome than beneficial, so he yielded his purchase option to Boaz. For discussion, see F. W. Bush, Ruth, Esther (WBC), 229-33.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":10678,"verse_id":"RUT.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “and this formerly in Israel concerning redemption and concerning a transfer to ratify every matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":10679,"verse_id":"RUT.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “a man removed his sandal and gave [it] to his companion”; NASB “gave it to another”; NIV, NRSV, CEV “to the other.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":10680,"verse_id":"RUT.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “the legal witness”; KJV “a testimony”; ASV, NASB “the manner (form NAB) of attestation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":10681,"verse_id":"RUT.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The LXX adds “and gave it to him” (cf. TEV, CEV), which presupposes the reading ויתן לו . This seems to be a clarifying addition (see v. 7 ), but it is possible the scribe’s eye jumped from the final vav ( ו ) on נַעֲלוֹ ( na ’ alo , “his sandal”) to the final vav ( ו ) on לוֹ ( lo , “to him”), accidentally omitting the intervening letters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":10682,"verse_id":"RUT.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “in order to raise up the name of the deceased over his inheritance” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":10683,"verse_id":"RUT.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “be cut off” (so NASB, NRSV); NAB “may not perish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":10684,"verse_id":"RUT.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and from the gate of his place” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “from the court of his birth place”; NIV “from the town records.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":10685,"verse_id":"RUT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Following the jussive, the imperative with prefixed vav indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":10686,"verse_id":"RUT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"The phrase וַעֲשֵׂה־חַיִל ( va ’ aseh-khayil , literally, “do strength”) has been variously translated: (1) financial prosperity: “may you become rich” (TEV), “may you be a rich man” (CEV), “may you achieve wealth” (NASB), “may you prosper” (NKJV, NJPS); (2) social prominence: “may you become powerful” (NCV), “may you have standing” (NIV), “may you be great” (NLT), “may you do well” (NAB); (3) reproductive fertility: “may you produce children” (NRSV); and (4) social activity: “may you do a worthy deed” (REB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":10687,"verse_id":"RUT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “and call a name.” This statement appears to be elliptical. Usually the person named and the name itself follow this expression. Perhaps וּקְרָא־שֵׁם ( uqÿra ’ -shem ) should be emended to וְיִקָּרֵא־שֵׁם ( vÿyiqqare ’ -shem ), “and your name will be called out,” that is, “perpetuated” (see Gen 48:16 , cf. also Ruth 4:14 b). The omission of the suffix with “name” could be explained as virtual haplography (note the letter bet [ ב ], which is similar to kaf [ כ ], at the beginning of the next word). The same explanation could account for the omission of the prefixed yod ( י ) on the verb “call” ( yod [ י ] and vav [ ו ] are similar in appearance). Whether one reads the imperative (the form in the MT) or the jussive (the emended form), the construction indicates purpose or result following the earlier jussive “may he make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":10688,"verse_id":"RUT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A11/4"}
{"id":10689,"verse_id":"RUT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “your house” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":10690,"verse_id":"RUT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “and may your house be like the house of Perez, whom Tamar bore to Judah, from the offspring whom the Lord gives to you from this young woman.” sn Perez is an appropriate comparison here, because (1) he was an ancestor of Boaz, (2) he was born to Tamar by a surrogate father (Judah) after the death of her husband, and (3) he had an unbroken line of male descendants extending over several generations (see vv. 18-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":10691,"verse_id":"RUT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “from the seed” (KJV, ASV both similar); NASB, NIV “through the offspring”; NRSV “through the children.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":10692,"verse_id":"RUT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “and Boaz took Ruth and she became his wife and he went in to her.” Here the phrase “went in to her” (so NASB) is a euphemism for having sexual relations (cf. NCV); NLT “When he slept with her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":10693,"verse_id":"RUT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “gave her conception” (so KJV); NRSV “made her conceive”; NLT “enabled her to become pregnant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":10694,"verse_id":"RUT.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note on the phrase “guardian of the family interests” in 3:9 . As the following context indicates, the child is referred to here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":10695,"verse_id":"RUT.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The “guardian” is the subject of the verb, as the next verse makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":10696,"verse_id":"RUT.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “may his name be called [i.e., “perpetuated”; see Gen 48:16 ] in Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":10697,"verse_id":"RUT.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and he will become for you a restorer of life and a sustainer of your old age” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":10698,"verse_id":"RUT.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “who, she”; KJV “which is better to thee.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":10699,"verse_id":"RUT.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “breast”; KJV, NRSV “in her bosom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":10700,"verse_id":"RUT.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “his nurse,” but this refers to a dry nurse, not a medical attendant. Cf. NIV “and cared for him”; TEV “and took (+ good CEV) care of him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":10701,"verse_id":"RUT.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The name “Obed” means “one who serves,” perhaps anticipating how he would help Naomi (see v. 15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":10702,"verse_id":"RUT.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"RUT","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Or “generations” (so KJV, NASB); NIV, NLT “family line.” sn The concluding genealogy demonstrates that the prayers of blessing made earlier were fulfilled. Boaz’s line did become like the line of Perez, and both Boaz and Obed became famous. God’s blessing upon Ruth and Boaz extended beyond their lifetime and immediate family, for their great descendant, David, became the greatest of Israel’s kings, and his descendant in turn, Jesus the Messiah, became greater still.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ruth%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":10703,"verse_id":"1SA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The translation follows the MT. The LXX reads “a man from Ramathaim, a Zuphite”; this is followed by a number of recent English translations. It is possible the MT reading צוֹפִים ( tsofim ) arose from dittography of the mem ( מ ) at the beginning of the following word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":10704,"verse_id":"1SA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “from days to days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":10705,"verse_id":"1SA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The exact sense of the Hebrew word אַפָּיִם (’ appayim , “two faces”) is not certain here. It is most likely used with the preceding expression (“one portion of two faces”) to mean a portion double than normally received. Although evidence for this use of the word derives primarily from Aramaic rather than from Hebrew usage, it provides an understanding that fits the context here better than other suggestions for the word do. The meaning “double” is therefore adopted in the present translation. Other possibilities for the meaning of the word include the following: “heavily” (cf. Vulg., tristis ) and “worthy” or “choice” (cf. KJV and Targum). Some scholars have followed the LXX here, emending the word to אֶפֶס (’ efes ) and translating it as “but” or “however.” This seems unnecessary. The translators of the LXX may simply have been struggling to make sense of the word rather than following a Hebrew text that was different from the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":10706,"verse_id":"1SA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “for Hannah he loved.” Repetition of the proper name would seem redundant in contemporary English, so the pronoun (“her”) has been used here for clarity. The translation also adds the adverb “especially” to clarify the meaning of the text. Without this addition one might get the impression that only Hannah, not Peninnah, was loved by her husband. But the point of the text is that Hannah was his favorite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":10707,"verse_id":"1SA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and the Lord had closed her womb.” So also in v. 6 . The disjunctive clause provides supplemental information that is pertinent to the story.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":10708,"verse_id":"1SA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “and her rival wife grieved her, even [with] grief so as to worry her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":10709,"verse_id":"1SA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The MT has a masculine form of the verb here יַעֲשֶׂה ( ya ’ aseh , “he used to do”); the subject in that case would presumably be Elkanah. But this leads to an abrupt change of subject in the following part of the verse, where the subject is the rival wife who caused Hannah anxiety. In light of v. 6 one expects the statement of v. 7 to refer to the ongoing actions of the rival wife: “she used to behave in this way year after year.” Some scholars have proposed retaining the masculine form but changing the vocalization of the verb so as to read a Niphal rather than a Qal (i.e., יֵעֲשֶׂה , ye ’ aseh , “so it used to be done”). But the problem here is lack of precedent for such a use of the Niphal of this verb. It seems best in light of the context to understand the reference to be to Hannah’s rival Peninnah and to read here, with the Syriac Peshitta, a feminine form of the verb (“she used to do”). In the translation the referent (Peninnah) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":10710,"verse_id":"1SA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Hannah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":10711,"verse_id":"1SA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (Peninnah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":10712,"verse_id":"1SA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “why is your heart displeased?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":10713,"verse_id":"1SA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The LXX adds “and stood before the Lord,” but this is probably a textual expansion due to the terseness of the statement in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":10714,"verse_id":"1SA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or perhaps, “on his throne.” See Joüon 2:506-7 §137.f.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":10715,"verse_id":"1SA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “she [was in] bitterness of soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":10716,"verse_id":"1SA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “and weeping, she was weeping.” The infinitive absolute emphasizes the extent of her sorrow. The imperfect verbal form emphasizes the continuation of the action in past time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":10717,"verse_id":"1SA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “if looking you look.” The expression can refer, as here, to looking favorably upon another, in this case with compassion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":10718,"verse_id":"1SA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “handmaid.” The use of this term (translated two more times in this verse and once each in vv. 16, 17 simply as “servant” for stylistic reasons) is an expression of humility.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":10719,"verse_id":"1SA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “seed of men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":10720,"verse_id":"1SA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “a razor will not go up upon his head.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":10721,"verse_id":"1SA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “before.” Many medieval Hebrew manuscripts read “to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":10722,"verse_id":"1SA.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “Eli.” The pronoun (“he”) has been used in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":10723,"verse_id":"1SA.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “No.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":10724,"verse_id":"1SA.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “daughter of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":10725,"verse_id":"1SA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Several medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac Peshitta lack the words “and got something to eat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":10726,"verse_id":"1SA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “Elkanah knew his wife.” The Hebrew expression is a euphemism for sexual relations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":10727,"verse_id":"1SA.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “because from the Lord I asked him.” The name “Samuel” sounds like the Hebrew verb translated “asked.” The explanation of the meaning of the name “Samuel” that is provided in v. 20 is not a strict etymology. It seems to suggest that the first part of the name is derived from the Hebrew root שׁאל ( sh ’ l , “to ask”), but the consonants do not support this. Nor is it likely that the name comes from the root שׁמא ( shm ’, “to hear”), for the same reason. It more probably derives from שֶׁם ( shem , “name”), so that “Samuel” means “name of God.” Verse 20 therefore does not set forth a linguistic explanation of the meaning of the name, but rather draws a parallel between similar sounds. This figure of speech is known as paronomasia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":10728,"verse_id":"1SA.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The disjunctive clause is contrastive here. The words “with them” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":10729,"verse_id":"1SA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “what is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":10730,"verse_id":"1SA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “establish his word.” This apparently refers to the promise inherent in Eli’s priestly blessing (see v. 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":10731,"verse_id":"1SA.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"The Hebrew term translated “container” may denote either a clay storage jar (cf. CEV “a clay jar full of wine”) or a leather container (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV “a skin of wine”; NCV “a leather bag filled with (full of TEV) wine.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":10732,"verse_id":"1SA.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “and the boy was a boy.” If the MT is correct the meaning apparently is that the boy was quite young at the time of these events. On the other hand, some scholars have suspected a textual problem, emending the text to read either “and the boy was with them” (so LXX) or “and the boy was with her” (a conjectural emendation). In spite of the difficulty it seems best to stay with the MT here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A24/3"}
{"id":10733,"verse_id":"1SA.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “he,” apparently referring to Samuel (but cf. CEV “Elkanah”). A few medieval manuscripts and some ancient versions take the verb as plural (cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":10734,"verse_id":"1SA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “prayed and said.” This is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":10735,"verse_id":"1SA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “my mouth opens wide against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":10736,"verse_id":"1SA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “for I rejoice in your deliverance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":10737,"verse_id":"1SA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The LXX has “and there is none righteous like our God.” The Hebrew term translated “rock” refers to a rocky cliff where one can seek refuge from enemies. Here the metaphor depicts God as a protector of his people. Cf. TEV “no protector like our God”; CEV “We’re safer with you than on a high mountain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":10738,"verse_id":"1SA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “proudly, proudly.” If MT is original, the repetition of the word is for emphasis, stressing the arrogance of those addressed. However, a few medieval Hebrew manuscripts and some other textual witnesses do not reflect the repetition, suggesting that the Hebrew text may be dittographic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":10739,"verse_id":"1SA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The MT ( Qere ) reads “and by him actions are weighed.” The translation assumes that reading of the Qere וְלוֹ ( vÿlo , “and by him”), which is supported by many medieval Hebrew mss , is correct, rather than the reading of the Kethib וְלוֹא ( vÿlo ’, “and not”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":10740,"verse_id":"1SA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Against BHS but with the MT, the preposition ( עַד , ’ ad ) should be taken with what follows rather than with what precedes. For this sense of the preposition see Job 25:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":10741,"verse_id":"1SA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “languishes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":10742,"verse_id":"1SA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “Sheol”; NAB “the nether world”; CEV “the world of the dead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":10743,"verse_id":"1SA.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “lowly”; Heb “insignificant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":10744,"verse_id":"1SA.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The imperfect verbal form, which is parallel to the participle in the preceding line, is best understood here as indicating what typically happens.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":10745,"verse_id":"1SA.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “a seat of honor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":10746,"verse_id":"1SA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “guards the feet of.” The expression means that God watches over and protects the godly in all of their activities and movements. The imperfect verbal forms in v. 9 are understood as indicating what is typically true. Another option is to translate them with the future tense. See v. 10 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":10747,"verse_id":"1SA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading the plural (“his holy ones”) rather than the singular (“his holy one”) of the Kethib .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":10748,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in this line and in the next two lines are understood as indicating what is typically true. Another option is to translate them with the future tense. See v. 10 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":10749,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The present translation follows the Qere , many medieval Hebrew manuscripts, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate in reading the plural (“his adversaries,” similarly many other English versions) rather than the singular (“his adversary”) of the Kethib .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":10750,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"The Hebrew preposition here has the sense of “from within.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":10751,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in this and the next line are understood as indicating what is anticipated and translated with the future tense, because at the time of Hannah’s prayer Israel did not yet have a king.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":10752,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “the horn,” here a metaphor for power or strength. Cf. NCV “make his appointed king strong”; NLT “increases the might of his anointed one.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/5"}
{"id":10753,"verse_id":"1SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"2.10","text":"The LXX greatly expands v. 10 with an addition that seems to be taken from Jer 9:23-24 . sn The anointed one is the anticipated king of Israel, as the preceding line makes clear.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A10/6"}
{"id":10754,"verse_id":"1SA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “with [or “before”] the face of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":10755,"verse_id":"1SA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “sons of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":10756,"verse_id":"1SA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “they did not know the Lord .” The verb here has the semantic nuance “recognize the authority of.” Eli’s sons obviously knew who the Lord was; they served in his sanctuary. But they did not recognize his moral authority.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":10757,"verse_id":"1SA.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “the habit of the priests with the people [was this].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":10758,"verse_id":"1SA.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “to all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":10759,"verse_id":"1SA.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “living.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":10760,"verse_id":"1SA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss (“no”) rather than the Kethib and MT, which read “to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":10761,"verse_id":"1SA.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “the men,” which is absent from one medieval Hebrew ms , a Qumran ms , and the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":10762,"verse_id":"1SA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":10763,"verse_id":"1SA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"The MT has a masculine verb here, but in light of the context the reference must be to Hannah. It is possible that the text of the MT is incorrect here (cf. the ancient versions), in which case the text should be changed to read either a passive participle or better, the third feminine singular of the verb. If the MT is correct here, perhaps the masculine is to be understood in a nonspecific and impersonal way, allowing for a feminine antecedent. In any case, the syntax of the MT is unusual here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":10764,"verse_id":"1SA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":10765,"verse_id":"1SA.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “with the Lord .” Cf. NAB, TEV “in the service of the Lord”; NIV, NRSV, NLT “in the presence of the Lord”; CEV “at the Lord’s house in Shiloh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":10766,"verse_id":"1SA.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “to all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":10767,"verse_id":"1SA.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “lie with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":10768,"verse_id":"1SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"For “these” the LXX has “of the Lord” ( κυρίου , kuriou ), perhaps through the influence of the final phrase of v. 24 (“the people of the Lord ”). Somewhat less likely is the view that the MT reading is due to a distorted dittography of the first word of v. 24 . The Vulgate lacks the word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":10769,"verse_id":"1SA.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “no.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":10770,"verse_id":"1SA.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (Eli’s sons) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":10771,"verse_id":"1SA.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “desired.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":10772,"verse_id":"1SA.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":10773,"verse_id":"1SA.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"Heb “to your father’s” (also in vv. 28, 30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":10774,"verse_id":"1SA.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Eli’s ancestor, i.e., Aaron) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":10775,"verse_id":"1SA.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"The MT has a plural “you” here, but the LXX and a Qumran ms have the singular. The singular may be the correct reading; the verb “you have honored” later in the verse is singular even in the MT. However, it is more probable that the Lord here refers to Eli and his sons. Note the plural in the second half of the verse (“you have made yourselves fat”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":10776,"verse_id":"1SA.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"Heb “which I commanded, dwelling place.” The noun is functioning as an adverbial accusative in relation to the verb. Since God’s dwelling place/sanctuary is in view, the pronoun “my” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":10777,"verse_id":"1SA.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":10778,"verse_id":"1SA.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “walk about before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A30/2"}
{"id":10779,"verse_id":"1SA.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “may it be far removed from me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A30/3"}
{"id":10780,"verse_id":"1SA.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “chop off your arm.” The arm here symbolizes strength and activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":10781,"verse_id":"1SA.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A31/2"}
{"id":10782,"verse_id":"1SA.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “you will see [the] trouble of [the] dwelling place.” Since God’s dwelling place/sanctuary is in view, the pronoun is supplied in the translation (see v. 29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":10783,"verse_id":"1SA.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “in all which he does good with Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A32/2"}
{"id":10784,"verse_id":"1SA.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.32","text":"The LXX and a Qumran manuscript have the first person pronoun “my” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A32/3"}
{"id":10785,"verse_id":"1SA.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A32/4"}
{"id":10786,"verse_id":"1SA.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"The LXX, a Qumran ms , and a few old Latin mss have the third person pronominal suffix “his” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":10787,"verse_id":"1SA.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “to cause your eyes to fail.” Elsewhere this verb, when used of eyes, refers to bloodshot eyes resulting from weeping, prolonged staring, or illness (see Lev 26:16 ; Pss 69:3; 119:82 ; Lam 2:11; 4:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A33/2"}
{"id":10788,"verse_id":"1SA.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “and to cause your soul grief.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A33/3"}
{"id":10789,"verse_id":"1SA.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “and all the increase of your house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A33/4"}
{"id":10790,"verse_id":"1SA.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"2.33","text":"The text is difficult. The MT literally says “they will die [as] men.” Apparently the meaning is that they will be cut off in the prime of their life without reaching old age. The LXX and a Qumran ms , however, have the additional word “sword” (“they will die by the sword of men”). This is an easier reading (cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT), but that fact is not in favor of its originality.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A33/5"}
{"id":10791,"verse_id":"1SA.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"Heb “and this to you [is] the sign which will come to both of your sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":10792,"verse_id":"1SA.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.35","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A35/1"}
{"id":10793,"verse_id":"1SA.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.35","text":"Heb “and he will walk about before my anointed one all the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A35/2"}
{"id":10794,"verse_id":"1SA.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “a piece of silver” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":10795,"verse_id":"1SA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “before Eli.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":10796,"verse_id":"1SA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":10797,"verse_id":"1SA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":10798,"verse_id":"1SA.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"The Hebrew text adds “so that” here, formally connecting this clause with the next.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":10799,"verse_id":"1SA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “fulfill.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":10800,"verse_id":"1SA.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The MT has וְהִגַּדְתִּי לוֹ ( vÿhiggadti lo ). The verb is Hiphil perfect 1st person common singular, and apparently the conjunction should be understood as vav consecutive (“I will say to him”). But the future reference makes more sense if Samuel is the subject. This would require dropping the final י ( yod) and reading the 2nd person masculine singular וְהִגַּדְתָּ ( vÿhiggadta) . Although there is no external evidence to support it, this reading has been adopted in the present translation. The alternative is to understand the MT to mean “I said to him,” but for this we would expect the preterite with vav consecutive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":10801,"verse_id":"1SA.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The translation understands the preposition to have a causal sense. However, the preposition could also be understood as the beth pretii , indicating in a broad sense the price attached to this action. So GKC 380 §119. p .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":10802,"verse_id":"1SA.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"The translation follows the LXX θεόν ( qeon , “God”) rather than the MT לָהֶם ( lahem , “to them”). The MT seems to mean “they were bringing a curse on themselves” (cf. ASV, NASB). But this meaning is problematic in part because the verb qll means “to curse,” not “to bring a curse on,” and in part because it takes an accusative object rather than the equivalent of a dative. This is one of the so-called tiqqune sopherim , or “emendations of the scribes.” Why would the ancient copyists alter the original statement about Eli’s sons cursing God to the less objectionable statement that they brought a curse on themselves ? Some argue that the scribes were concerned that such a direct and blasphemous affront against God could occur without an immediate response of judgment from God. Therefore they changed the text by deleting two letters א and י ( alef and yod ) from the word for “God,” with the result that the text then read “to them.” If this ancient scribal claim is accepted as accurate, it implies that the MT here is secondary. The present translation follows the LXX ( κακολογοῦντες θεόν , kakologounte\" qeon ) and a few mss of the Old Latin in reading “God” rather than the MT “to them.” Cf. also NAB, NRSV, NLT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":10803,"verse_id":"1SA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":10804,"verse_id":"1SA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “So God will do to you and thus he will add.” The verbal forms in this pronouncement are imperfects, not jussives, but the statement has the force of a curse or warning. One could translate, “May God do to you and thus may he add.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":10805,"verse_id":"1SA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":10806,"verse_id":"1SA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “what is good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":10807,"verse_id":"1SA.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “and he did not cause to fall from all his words to the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":10808,"verse_id":"1SA.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"The LXX has a lengthy addition here: “And Samuel was acknowledged to be a prophet of the Lord in all Israel, from one end to the other. Eli was very old and, as for his sons, their way kept getting worse and worse before the Lord .” The Hebraic nature of the Greek syntax used here suggests that the LXX translator was accurately rendering a Hebrew variant and not simply expanding the text on his own initiative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":10809,"verse_id":"1SA.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"The chapter division at this point is inappropriate. 1 Sam 4:1 a is best understood as the conclusion to chap. rather than the beginning of chap. .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":10810,"verse_id":"1SA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “and the word of Samuel was.” The present translation understands Samuel to be the speaker of the divine word (“Samuel” is a subjective genitive in this case), although the statement could mean that he was the recipient of the divine word (“Samuel” is an objective genitive in this case) who in turn reported it to Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":10811,"verse_id":"1SA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “and Israel went out to meet the Philistines for battle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":10812,"verse_id":"1SA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the stone, the help.” The second noun is in apposition to the first one and apparently is the name by which the stone was known. Contrast the expression used in 5:1 and 7:12 , where the first word lacks the definite article, unlike 4:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":10813,"verse_id":"1SA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “to meet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":10814,"verse_id":"1SA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"The MT has וַתִּטֹּשׁ ( vattittosh ), from the root נטשׁ ( ntsh ). This verb normally means “to leave,” “to forsake,” or “to permit,” but such an idea does not fit this context very well. Many scholars have suspected that the text originally read either וַתֵּט ( vattet , “and it spread out”), from the root נטה ( nth) , or וַתִּקֶשׁ ( vattiqesh , “and it grew fierce”), from the root קשׂה ( qsh ). The former suggestion is apparently supported by the LXX ἔκλινεν ( eklinen , “it inclined”) and is adopted in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":10815,"verse_id":"1SA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":10816,"verse_id":"1SA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the Philistines, and they killed.” The pronoun “they” has been translated as a relative pronoun (“who”) to make it clear to the English reader that the Philistines were the ones who did the killing.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":10817,"verse_id":"1SA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":10818,"verse_id":"1SA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":10819,"verse_id":"1SA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “and it will come in our midst and it will save.” After the cohortative (see “let’s take”), the prefixed verbal forms with the prefixed conjunction indicate purpose or result. The translation understands the ark to be the subject of the third masculine singular verbs, although it is possible to understand the Lord as the subject. In the latter case, one should translate, “when he is with us, he will save us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":10820,"verse_id":"1SA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":10821,"verse_id":"1SA.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “shouted [with] a great shout.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":10822,"verse_id":"1SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The Hebrew text has a direct quote, “because they said, ‘Gods have come to the camp.’” Even though the verb translated “have come” is singular, the following subject should be taken as plural (“gods”), as v. 8 indicates. Some emend the verb to a plural form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":10823,"verse_id":"1SA.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and they fled, each to his tents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":10824,"verse_id":"1SA.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or perhaps, “the same day.” On this use of the demonstrative pronoun see Joüon 2:532 §143.f.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":10825,"verse_id":"1SA.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Read with many medieval Hebrew mss , the Qere , and much versional evidence יַד ( yad , “hand”) rather than MT יַךְ ( yakh ) .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":10826,"verse_id":"1SA.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “his heart was trembling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":10827,"verse_id":"1SA.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “and the man came to report in the city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":10828,"verse_id":"1SA.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “the sound of the cry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":10829,"verse_id":"1SA.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “the sound of this commotion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":10830,"verse_id":"1SA.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “were set” or “were fixed,” i.e., without vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":10831,"verse_id":"1SA.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":10832,"verse_id":"1SA.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":10833,"verse_id":"1SA.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Eli) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":10834,"verse_id":"1SA.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":10835,"verse_id":"1SA.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “and she did not set her heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":10836,"verse_id":"1SA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The LXX adds “they entered the temple of Dagon and saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":10837,"verse_id":"1SA.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “only Dagon was left.” We should probably read the word גֵּו ( gev , “back”) before Dagon, understanding it to have the sense of the similar word גְּוִיָּה ( gÿviyyah , “body”). This variant is supported by the following evidence: The LXX has ἡ ῥάχις ( Jh rJacis , “the back” or “trunk”); the Syriac Peshitta has wegusmeh (“and the body of”); the Targum has gupyeh (“the body of”); the Vulgate has truncus (“the trunk of,” cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT). On the strength of this evidence the present translation employs the phrase “Dagon’s body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":10838,"verse_id":"1SA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “the hand of the Lord was heavy upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":10839,"verse_id":"1SA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":10840,"verse_id":"1SA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The LXX and Vulgate add the following: “And mice multiplied in their land, and the terror of death was throughout the entire city.” tn Or “tumors” (so ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NCV “growths on their skin”; KJV “emerods”; NAB “hemorrhoids.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":10841,"verse_id":"1SA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":10842,"verse_id":"1SA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “for his hand is severe upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":10843,"verse_id":"1SA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “and they sent and gathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":10844,"verse_id":"1SA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “the hand of the Lord was against the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":10845,"verse_id":"1SA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “and he struck the men of the city from small and to great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":10846,"verse_id":"1SA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"See the note on this term in v. 6 . Cf. KJV “and they had emerods in their secret parts.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":10847,"verse_id":"1SA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":10848,"verse_id":"1SA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":10849,"verse_id":"1SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “and they sent and gathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":10850,"verse_id":"1SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":10851,"verse_id":"1SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":10852,"verse_id":"1SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “panic.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":10853,"verse_id":"1SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “the hand of God was very heavy there.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A11/5"}
{"id":10854,"verse_id":"1SA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":10855,"verse_id":"1SA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":10856,"verse_id":"1SA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The LXX adds “and their land swarmed with mice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":10857,"verse_id":"1SA.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The LXX and a Qumran ms add “the covenant of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":10858,"verse_id":"1SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “your mice.” A Qumran ms has simply “the mice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":10859,"verse_id":"1SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “Perhaps he will lighten his hand from upon you and from upon your gods and from upon your land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":10860,"verse_id":"1SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “like Egypt and Pharaoh hardened their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":10861,"verse_id":"1SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":10862,"verse_id":"1SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “and they sent them away and they went.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":10863,"verse_id":"1SA.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “and the men did so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":10864,"verse_id":"1SA.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"A few Hebrew mss and the LXX read “villages; the large rock…[is witness] until this very day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":10865,"verse_id":"1SA.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":10866,"verse_id":"1SA.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"The number 50,070 is surprisingly large, although it finds almost unanimous textual support in the MT and in the ancient versions. Only a few medieval Hebrew mss lack “50,000,” reading simply “70” instead. However, there does not seem to be sufficient external evidence to warrant reading 70 rather than 50,070, although that is done by a number of recent translations (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). The present translation (reluctantly) follows the MT and the ancient versions here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":10867,"verse_id":"1SA.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “he” or “it”; the referent here (the ark) has been specified in the translation for clarity (cf. also NIV, CEV, NLT). Others, however, take the referent to be the Lord himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":10868,"verse_id":"1SA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":10869,"verse_id":"1SA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “house” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":10870,"verse_id":"1SA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “mourned after”; NIV “mourned and sought after”; KJV, NRSV “lamented after”; NAB “turned to”; NCV “began to follow…again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":10871,"verse_id":"1SA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “the Ashtarot” (plural; also in the following verse). The words “images of” are supplied for clarity. sn The Semitic goddess Astarte was associated with love and war in the ancient Near East. The presence of Ashtarot in Israel is a sign of pervasive pagan and idolatrous influences; hence Samuel calls for their removal. See 1 Sam 31:10 , where the Philistines deposit the armor of the deceased Saul in the temple of the Ashtarot, and 1 Kgs 11:5, 33 ; 2 Kgs 23:13 , where Solomon is faulted for worshiping the Ashtarot.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":10872,"verse_id":"1SA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Following imperatives, the jussive verbal form with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":10873,"verse_id":"1SA.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":10874,"verse_id":"1SA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":10875,"verse_id":"1SA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “judged”; NAB “began to judge”; TEV “settled disputes among.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":10876,"verse_id":"1SA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “don’t stop.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":10877,"verse_id":"1SA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"The LXX reads “your God” rather than the MT’s “our God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":10878,"verse_id":"1SA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"After the negated jussive, the prefixed verbal form with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":10879,"verse_id":"1SA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “a lamb of milk”; NAB “an unweaned lamb”; NIV “a suckling lamb”; NCV “a baby lamb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":10880,"verse_id":"1SA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “approached for battle against Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":10881,"verse_id":"1SA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":10882,"verse_id":"1SA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT “Jeshanah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":10883,"verse_id":"1SA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":10884,"verse_id":"1SA.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “judged” (also in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":10885,"verse_id":"1SA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":10886,"verse_id":"1SA.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Or perhaps “settled disputes for” (cf. NLT “would hear cases there”; NRSV “administered justice there”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":10887,"verse_id":"1SA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “walk in” (also in v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":10888,"verse_id":"1SA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “and they turned aside after unjust gain and took bribes and perverted justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":10889,"verse_id":"1SA.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “judge” (also in v. 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":10890,"verse_id":"1SA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":10891,"verse_id":"1SA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “Listen to the voice of the people, to all which they say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":10892,"verse_id":"1SA.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “according to all the deeds which they have done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":10893,"verse_id":"1SA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and now, listen to their voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":10894,"verse_id":"1SA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the imperative for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":10895,"verse_id":"1SA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and tell them the manner of the king who will rule over them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":10896,"verse_id":"1SA.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The numbers of v. 12 are confused in the Greek and Syriac versions. For “fifties” the LXX has “hundreds.” The Syriac Peshitta has “heads of thousands and heads of hundreds and heads of fifties and heads of tens,” perhaps reflecting influence from Deut 1:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":10897,"verse_id":"1SA.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Or “eunuchs” (so NAB); NIV “officials”; KJV, NASB, NRSV, NLT “officers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":10898,"verse_id":"1SA.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"The LXX adds “because you have chosen for yourselves a king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":10899,"verse_id":"1SA.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “and the people refused to listen to the voice of Samuel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":10900,"verse_id":"1SA.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “and go out before us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":10901,"verse_id":"1SA.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “and Samuel heard all the words of the people and he spoke them into the ears of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":10902,"verse_id":"1SA.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “listen to their voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":10903,"verse_id":"1SA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “became lost.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":10904,"verse_id":"1SA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and arise, go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":10905,"verse_id":"1SA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"The Syriac Peshitta includes the following words: “So Saul arose and went out. He took with him one of the boys and went out to look for his father’s donkeys.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":10906,"verse_id":"1SA.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":10907,"verse_id":"1SA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":10908,"verse_id":"1SA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “our way on which we have gone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":10909,"verse_id":"1SA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":10910,"verse_id":"1SA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “our way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":10911,"verse_id":"1SA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “your word is good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":10912,"verse_id":"1SA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The MT has “him” ( אֹתוֹ , ’ oto ) here, in addition to the “him” at the end of the verse. The ancient versions attest to only one occurrence of the pronoun, although it is possible that this is due to translation technique rather than to their having a Hebrew text with the pronoun used only once. The present translation assumes textual duplication in the MT and does not attempt to represent the pronoun twice. However, for a defense of the MT here, with the suggested translation “for him just now – you will find him,” see S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 72-73.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":10913,"verse_id":"1SA.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “to meet them.” This may indicate purpose on Samuel’s part. The next sentence indicates that the meeting was by design, not just an accident.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":10914,"verse_id":"1SA.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “uncovered the ear of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":10915,"verse_id":"1SA.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “anoint.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":10916,"verse_id":"1SA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “responded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":10917,"verse_id":"1SA.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “all that is in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":10918,"verse_id":"1SA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “do not fix your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":10919,"verse_id":"1SA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “and all the house of your father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":10920,"verse_id":"1SA.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “took and brought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":10921,"verse_id":"1SA.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “he” (also in v. 25 ); the referent (Samuel) has been specified in both places in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":10922,"verse_id":"1SA.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"This statement is absent in the LXX (with the exception of Origen), an Old Latin ms , and the Syriac Peshitta.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":10923,"verse_id":"1SA.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"The words “Samuel then said” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":10924,"verse_id":"1SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":10925,"verse_id":"1SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Samuel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":10926,"verse_id":"1SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “Is it not that the Lord has anointed you?” The question draws attention to the fact and is a rhetorical way of affirming the Lord’s choice of Saul. The translation reflects the rhetorical force of the question.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":10927,"verse_id":"1SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"That is, “anointed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":10928,"verse_id":"1SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"10.1","text":"The MT reads simply “Is it not that the Lord has anointed you over his inheritance for a leader?” The translation follows the LXX. The MT apparently suffers from parablepsis, whereby a scribe’s eye jumped from the first occurrence of the expression “the Lord has anointed you” to the second occurrence of this expression at the end of v. 1 . This mistake caused the accidental omission of the intervening material in the LXX, which appears to preserve the original Hebrew text here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A1/5"}
{"id":10929,"verse_id":"1SA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":10930,"verse_id":"1SA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Or “sentries.” Some translate “outpost” (NIV) or “garrison” (NAB, NRSV, NLT) here (see 1 Sam 13:3 ). The noun is plural in the Hebrew text, but the LXX and other ancient witnesses read a singular noun here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":10931,"verse_id":"1SA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":10932,"verse_id":"1SA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “turned his shoulder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":10933,"verse_id":"1SA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “God turned for him another heart”; NAB, NRSV “gave him another heart”; NIV, NCV “changed Saul’s heart”; TEV “gave Saul a new nature”; CEV “made Saul feel like a different person.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":10934,"verse_id":"1SA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Two medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, and the Syriac Peshitta have the singular “he” (in which case the referent would be Saul alone). tn Heb “they”; the referents (Saul and his servant) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":10935,"verse_id":"1SA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":10936,"verse_id":"1SA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":10937,"verse_id":"1SA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":10938,"verse_id":"1SA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “And we saw that they were not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":10939,"verse_id":"1SA.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"In the LXX and Vulgate the pronoun “you” is singular, referring specifically to Saul. In the MT it is plural, including Saul’s servant as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":10940,"verse_id":"1SA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":10941,"verse_id":"1SA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “hand” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":10942,"verse_id":"1SA.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate in reading לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) rather than the MT לוֹ ( lo ; “to him”). Some witnesses combine the variants, resulting in a conflated text. For example, a few medieval Hebrew mss have לֹא לוֹ ( lo lo ’; “to him, ‘No.’”). A few others have לֹא לִי ( li lo ’; “to me, ‘No.’”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":10943,"verse_id":"1SA.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “baggage” (so many English versions); KJV “stuff”; TEV “supplies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":10944,"verse_id":"1SA.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “the regulation of the kingship.” This probably refers to the regulations pertaining to kingship given to Moses (see Deut 17:14-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":10945,"verse_id":"1SA.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “sons of worthlessness” (see 2:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":10946,"verse_id":"1SA.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"In place of the MT (“and it was like one being silent”) the LXX has “after about a month,” taking the expression with the first part of the following chapter rather than with 10:27 . Some Hebrew support for this reading appears in the corrected hand of a Qumran ms of Samuel, which has here “about a month.” However, it seems best to stay with the MT here even though it is difficult.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":10947,"verse_id":"1SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"and Josephus ( Ant. 6.68-71) attest to a longer form of text at this point. The addition explains Nahash’s practice of enemy mutilation, and by so doing provides a smoother transition to the following paragraph than is found in the MT. The NRSV adopts this reading, with the following English translation: “Now Nahash, king of the Ammonites, had been grievously oppressing the Gadites and the Reubenites. He would gouge out the right eye of each of them and would not grant Israel a deliverer. No one was left of the Israelites across the Jordan whose right eye Nahash, king of the Ammonites, had not gouged out. But there were seven thousand men who had escaped from the Ammonites and had entered Jabesh-gilead.” This reading should not be lightly dismissed; it may in fact provide a text superior to that of the MT and the ancient versions. But the external evidence for it is so limited as to induce caution; the present translation instead follows the MT. However, for a reasonable case for including this reading in the text see the discussions in P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 199, and R. W. Klein, 1 Samuel (WBC), 103.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":10948,"verse_id":"1SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “went up and camped”; NIV, NRSV “went up and besieged.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":10949,"verse_id":"1SA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “to Gibeah of Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":10950,"verse_id":"1SA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “lifted their voice and wept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":10951,"verse_id":"1SA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Or perhaps, “his oxen.” On this use of the definite article see Joüon 2:506-7 §137.f.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":10952,"verse_id":"1SA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “the matters of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":10953,"verse_id":"1SA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “yoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":10954,"verse_id":"1SA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “like one man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":10955,"verse_id":"1SA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The LXX and two Old Latin mss read 600,000 here, rather than the MT’s 300,000.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":10956,"verse_id":"1SA.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"The second masculine plural forms in this quotation indicate that Nahash and his army are addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":10957,"verse_id":"1SA.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “according to all that is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":10958,"verse_id":"1SA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “Ammon.” By metonymy the name “Ammon” is used collectively for the soldiers in the Ammonite army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":10959,"verse_id":"1SA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “and there in Gilgal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":10960,"verse_id":"1SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “Look, I have listened to your voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":10961,"verse_id":"1SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “to all which you said to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":10962,"verse_id":"1SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “and I have installed a king over you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":10963,"verse_id":"1SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “anointed [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":10964,"verse_id":"1SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"The words “tell me” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":10965,"verse_id":"1SA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “anointed [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":10966,"verse_id":"1SA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “that you have not found anything in my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":10967,"verse_id":"1SA.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 7, 8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":10968,"verse_id":"1SA.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “and I will enter into judgment with you” (NRSV similar); NAB “and I shall arraign you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":10969,"verse_id":"1SA.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “all the just actions which he has done with you and with your fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":10970,"verse_id":"1SA.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “sold” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “he allowed them to fall into the clutches of Sisera”; NLT “he let them be conquered by Sisera.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":10971,"verse_id":"1SA.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":10972,"verse_id":"1SA.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “captain of the host of Hazor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":10973,"verse_id":"1SA.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":10974,"verse_id":"1SA.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “the Ashtarot” (plural). The words “images of” are supplied in both vv. 3 and 4 for clarity. sn The Semitic goddess Astarte was associated with love and war in the ancient Near East. See the note on the same term in 7:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":10975,"verse_id":"1SA.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":10976,"verse_id":"1SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"The MT has “Bedan” ( בְּדָן ) here (cf. KJV, NASB, CEV). But a deliverer by this name is not elsewhere mentioned in the OT. The translation follows the LXX and the Syriac Peshitta in reading “Barak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":10977,"verse_id":"1SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"In the ancient versions there is some confusion with regard to these names, both with regard to the particular names selected for mention and with regard to the order in which they are listed. For example, the LXX has “Jerub-Baal, Barak, Jephthah, and Samuel.” But the Targum has “Gideon, Samson, Jephthah, and Samuel,” while the Syriac Peshitta has “Deborah, Barak, Gideon, Jephthah, and Samson.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":10978,"verse_id":"1SA.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “and you listen to his voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":10979,"verse_id":"1SA.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord .” So also in v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":10980,"verse_id":"1SA.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The words “all will be well” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":10981,"verse_id":"1SA.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":10982,"verse_id":"1SA.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"The LXX reads “your king” rather than the MT’s “your fathers.” The latter makes little sense here. Some follow MT, but translate “as it was against your fathers.” See P. K. McCarter, 1 Samuel (AB), 212.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":10983,"verse_id":"1SA.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “for we have added to all our sins an evil [thing] by asking for ourselves a king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":10984,"verse_id":"1SA.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “you have done all this evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":10985,"verse_id":"1SA.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Or “useless” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “nothing”; NASB “futile”; TEV “are not real.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":10986,"verse_id":"1SA.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “on account of his great name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":10987,"verse_id":"1SA.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"The MT does not have “thirty.” A number appears to have dropped out of the Hebrew text here, since as it stands the MT (literally, “a son of a year”) must mean that Saul was only one year old when he began to reign! The KJV, attempting to resolve this, reads “Saul reigned one year,” but that is not the normal meaning of the Hebrew text represented by the MT. Although most LXX mss lack the entire verse, some Greek mss have “thirty years” here (while others have “one year” like the MT). The Syriac Peshitta has Saul’s age as twenty-one. But this seems impossible to harmonize with the implied age of Saul’s son Jonathan in the following verse. Taking into account the fact that in v. 2 Jonathan was old enough to be a military leader, some scholars prefer to supply in v. 1 the number forty (cf. ASV, NASB). The present translation (“thirty”) is a possible but admittedly uncertain proposal based on a few Greek mss and followed by a number of English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, NLT). Other English versions simply supply ellipsis marks for the missing number (e.g., NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":10988,"verse_id":"1SA.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"The MT has “two years” here. If this number is to be accepted as correct, the meaning apparently would be that after a lapse of two years at the beginning of Saul’s reign, he then went about the task of consolidating an army as described in what follows (cf. KJV, ASV, CEV). But if the statement in v. 1 is intended to be a comprehensive report on the length of Saul’s reign, the number is too small. According to Acts 13:21 Saul reigned for forty years. Some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, NLT), taking this forty to be a round number, add it to the “two years” of the MT and translate the number in 2 Sam 13:1 as “forty-two years.” While this is an acceptable option, the present translation instead replaces the MT’s “two” with the figure “forty.” Admittedly the textual evidence for this decision is weak, but the same can be said of any attempt to restore sense to this difficult text (note the ellipsis marks at this point in NAB, NRSV). The Syriac Peshitta lacks this part of v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":10989,"verse_id":"1SA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":10990,"verse_id":"1SA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “at Gibeah of Benjamin.” The words “in the territory” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":10991,"verse_id":"1SA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Or perhaps “struck down the Philistine official.” See the note at 1 Sam 10:5 . Cf. TEV “killed the Philistine commander.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":10992,"verse_id":"1SA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “blew the ram’s horn in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":10993,"verse_id":"1SA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The words “this message” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":10994,"verse_id":"1SA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “stinks.” The figurative language indicates that Israel had become repulsive to the Philistines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":10995,"verse_id":"1SA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “were summoned after.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":10996,"verse_id":"1SA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Many English versions (e.g., KJV, NASB, NRSV, TEV) read “30,000” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":10997,"verse_id":"1SA.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Or perhaps “vaults.” This rare term also occurs in Judg 9:46, 49 . Cf. KJV “high places”; ASV “coverts”; NAB “caverns”; NASB “cellars”; NIV, NCV, TEV “pits”; NRSV, NLT “tombs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":10998,"verse_id":"1SA.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":10999,"verse_id":"1SA.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"This apparently refers to the instructions given by Samuel in 1 Sam 10:8 . If so, several years had passed. On the relationship between chs. 10 and 13 , see V. P. Long, The Art of Biblical History (FCI), 201-23.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":11000,"verse_id":"1SA.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “dispersed from upon him”; NAB, NRSV “began to slip away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":11001,"verse_id":"1SA.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “to bless him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":11002,"verse_id":"1SA.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “dispersed from upon me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":11003,"verse_id":"1SA.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":11004,"verse_id":"1SA.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “I forced myself” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV, CEV); NAB “So in my anxiety I offered”; NIV “I felt compelled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":11005,"verse_id":"1SA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “kept.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":11006,"verse_id":"1SA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":11007,"verse_id":"1SA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"This verb form, as well as the one that follows (“appointed”), indicates completed action from the standpoint of the speaker. This does not necessarily mean that the Lord had already conducted his search and made his choice, however. The forms may be used for rhetorical effect to emphasize the certainty of the action. The divine search for a new king is as good as done, emphasizing that the days of Saul’s dynasty are numbered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":11008,"verse_id":"1SA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “according to his heart.” The idiomatic expression means to be like-minded with another, as its use in 1 Sam 14:7 indicates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":11009,"verse_id":"1SA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":11010,"verse_id":"1SA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"The LXX and two Old Latin mss include the following words here: “on his way. And the rest of the people went up after Saul to meet the warring army. When they arrived from Gilgal….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":11011,"verse_id":"1SA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “at Gibeah of Benjamin.” The words “in the territory” are supplied in the translation for clarity (likewise in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":11012,"verse_id":"1SA.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"The juxtaposition of disjunctive clauses in v.16 indicates synchronic action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":11013,"verse_id":"1SA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The translation follows the LXX (“their sickle”) here, rather than the MT “plowshares,” which is due to dittography from the word earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":11014,"verse_id":"1SA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “the price was.” The meaning of the Hebrew word פְּצִירָה ( pÿtsirah ) is uncertain. This is the only place it occurs in the OT. Some propose the meaning “sharpening,” but “price” is a more likely meaning if the following term refers to a weight (see the following note on the word “shekel”). See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 238.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":11015,"verse_id":"1SA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"This word, which appears only here in the OT, probably refers to a stone weight. Stones marked פִּים ( pim ) have been found in excavations of Palestinian sites. The average weight of such stones is 0.268 ounces, which is equivalent to about two-thirds of a shekel. This probably refers to the price charged by the Philistines for the services listed. See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 238; DNWSI 2:910; and G. I. Davies, Ancient Hebrew Inscriptions , 259.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":11016,"verse_id":"1SA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and for a third, a pick.” The Hebrew text suffers from haplography at this point. The translation follows the textual reconstruction offered by P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 235.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":11017,"verse_id":"1SA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “the servant who was carrying his military equipment” (likewise in vv. 6, 7, 12, 13, 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":11018,"verse_id":"1SA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “bearing.” Many English versions understand this verb to mean “wearing” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":11019,"verse_id":"1SA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “act.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":11020,"verse_id":"1SA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":11021,"verse_id":"1SA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “Look, I am with you, according to your heart.” See the note at 13:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":11022,"verse_id":"1SA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “Look!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":11023,"verse_id":"1SA.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":11024,"verse_id":"1SA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “the two of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":11025,"verse_id":"1SA.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “a thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":11026,"verse_id":"1SA.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"The perfect verbal form is used rhetorically here to express Jonathan’s certitude. As far as he is concerned, the victory is as good as won and can be described as such.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":11027,"verse_id":"1SA.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “and they fell before Jonathan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":11028,"verse_id":"1SA.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “and the one carrying his equipment was killing after him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":11029,"verse_id":"1SA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “fell upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":11030,"verse_id":"1SA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “and it was by the fear of God.” The translation understands this to mean that God was the source or cause of the fear experienced by the Philistines. This seems to be the most straightforward reading of the sentence. It is possible, however, that the word “God” functions here simply to intensify the accompanying word “fear,” in which one might translate “a very great fear” (cf. NAB, NRSV). It is clear that on some occasions that the divine name carries such a superlative nuance. For examples see Joüon 2:525 §141.n.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":11031,"verse_id":"1SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “at Gibeah of Benjamin.” The words “in the territory” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":11032,"verse_id":"1SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “saw, and look!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":11033,"verse_id":"1SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “the crowd melted and went, even here.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":11034,"verse_id":"1SA.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “and they mustered the troops, and look!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":11035,"verse_id":"1SA.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Heb “the ark of God.” It seems unlikely that Saul would call for the ark, which was several miles away in Kiriath-jearim (see 1 Sam 7:2 ). The LXX and an Old Latin ms have “ephod” here, a reading which harmonizes better with v. 3 and fits better with the verb “bring near” (see 1 Sam 23:9; 30:7 ) and with the expression “withdraw your hand” in v.19. This reading is followed in the present translation (cf. NAB, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":11036,"verse_id":"1SA.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"Heb “for the ark of God was in that day, and the sons of Israel.” The translation follows the text of some Greek manuscripts. See the previous note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":11037,"verse_id":"1SA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Or perhaps “until.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":11038,"verse_id":"1SA.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “and look, there was”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":11039,"verse_id":"1SA.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “the sword of a man against his companion, a very great panic.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A20/2"}
{"id":11040,"verse_id":"1SA.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “and the Hebrews were to the Philistines formerly, who went up with them in the camp all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":11041,"verse_id":"1SA.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"The LXX includes the following words: “And all the people were with Saul, about ten thousand men. And the battle extended to the entire city on mount Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":11042,"verse_id":"1SA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “all the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":11043,"verse_id":"1SA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “the surface of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":11044,"verse_id":"1SA.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “and the army entered the forest, and look!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":11045,"verse_id":"1SA.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “and there was no one putting his hand to his mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":11046,"verse_id":"1SA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “and he returned his hand to his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":11047,"verse_id":"1SA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"The translation follows the Qere and several medieval Hebrew mss in reading “gleamed,” rather than the Kethib , “saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":11048,"verse_id":"1SA.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “your father surely put the army under an oath.” The infinitive absolute is used before the finite verb to emphasize the solemn nature of the oath.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":11049,"verse_id":"1SA.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"The LXX reads “saw.” See v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":11050,"verse_id":"1SA.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading “and they rushed greedily upon,” rather than the Kethib , “and they did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":11051,"verse_id":"1SA.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.32","text":"The translation reads with the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss הַשָּׁלָל ( hashalal , “the spoil”) rather than following the Kethib reading, שָׁלָל ( shalal , “spoil”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A32/2"}
{"id":11052,"verse_id":"1SA.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “You have acted deceptively.” In this context the verb refers to violating an agreement, in this case the dietary and sacrificial regulations of the Mosaic law. The verb form is second masculine plural; apparently Saul here addresses those who are eating the animals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":11053,"verse_id":"1SA.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"Heb “and all the army brought near, each his ox by his hand, and they slaughtered there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A34/1"}
{"id":11054,"verse_id":"1SA.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “plunder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":11055,"verse_id":"1SA.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “until the light of the morning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A36/2"}
{"id":11056,"verse_id":"1SA.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “and there will not be left among them a man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A36/3"}
{"id":11057,"verse_id":"1SA.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.36","text":"Heb “all that is good in your eyes.” So also in v. 40 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A36/4"}
{"id":11058,"verse_id":"1SA.14.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.38","text":"Heb “know and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A38/1"}
{"id":11059,"verse_id":"1SA.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.39","text":"Heb “and there was no one answering from all the army.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A39/1"}
{"id":11060,"verse_id":"1SA.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “to the Lord God of Israel: ‘Give what is perfect.’” The Hebrew textual tradition has accidentally omitted several words here. The present translation follows the LXX (as do several English versions, cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV). See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 247-48, and R. W. Klein, 1 Samuel (WBC), 132. sn The Urim and Thummim were used for lot casting in ancient Israel. Their exact identity is uncertain; they may have been specially marked stones drawn from a bag. See Exod 28:30 ; Lev 8:8 , and Deut 33:8 , as well as the discussion in R. W. Klein, 1 Samuel (WBC), 140.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A41/1"}
{"id":11061,"verse_id":"1SA.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.41","text":"Heb “went out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A41/2"}
{"id":11062,"verse_id":"1SA.14.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.42","text":"The LXX includes the following words: “Whomever the Lord will indicate by the lot, let him die! And the people said to Saul, ‘It is not this word.’ But Saul prevailed over the people, and they cast lots between him and between Jonathan his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A42/1"}
{"id":11063,"verse_id":"1SA.14.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.43","text":"Heb “Look, I, I will die.” Apparently Jonathan is acquiescing to his anticipated fate of death. However, the words may be taken as sarcastic (“Here I am about to die!”) or as a question, “Must I now die?” (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A43/1"}
{"id":11064,"verse_id":"1SA.14.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.44","text":"Heb “So God will do and so he will add, surely you will certainly die, Jonathan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A44/1"}
{"id":11065,"verse_id":"1SA.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.45","text":"Heb “and he did not die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A45/1"}
{"id":11066,"verse_id":"1SA.14.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.46","text":"Heb “to their place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A46/1"}
{"id":11067,"verse_id":"1SA.14.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.47","text":"Heb “his,” which could refer to Israel or to Saul.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A47/1"}
{"id":11068,"verse_id":"1SA.14.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.47","text":"The translation follows the LXX (“he was delivered”), rather than the MT, which reads, “he acted wickedly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A47/2"}
{"id":11069,"verse_id":"1SA.14.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.48","text":"Heb “plunderers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A48/1"}
{"id":11070,"verse_id":"1SA.14.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":14,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.51","text":"1 Chr 9:35-36 indicates that Jeiel (= Abiel?) had two sons (among others) named Ner and Kish (see also 1 Sam 9:1 and 1 Chr 8:30 , where some Greek manuscripts include the name Ner, though it is absent in the Hebrew text). If this Kish was the father of Saul and Ner was the father of Abner, then Saul and Abner were cousins. However, according to 1 Chr 8:33 and 9:39 , Ner, not Abiel, was the father of Kish. In this case, Kish and Abner were brothers and Abner was Saul’s uncle. The simplest solution to the problem is to see two men named Kish in the genealogy: Abiel (Jeiel) was the father of Ner and Kish I. Ner was the father of Abner and Kish II. Kish II was the father of Saul. The Kish mentioned in 1 Sam 9:1 was the father of Saul (v.2) and must be identified as Kish II. In this case the genealogy is “gapped,” with Ner being omitted. Abiel was the grandfather of Kish II.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2014%3A51/1"}
{"id":11071,"verse_id":"1SA.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “to the voice of the words of the Lord ” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":11072,"verse_id":"1SA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “what Amalek did to Israel, how he placed against him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":11073,"verse_id":"1SA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Israel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":11074,"verse_id":"1SA.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Or perhaps “don’t take pity on” (cf. CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":11075,"verse_id":"1SA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “caused the people to hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":11076,"verse_id":"1SA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":11077,"verse_id":"1SA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"The LXX has the plural here, “cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":11078,"verse_id":"1SA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The translation follows the LXX and Vulgate which assume a reading וַיָּאָרֶב ( vayya ’ arev , “and he set an ambush,” from the root ארב [’ rv ] with quiescence of alef ) rather than the MT, which has וַיָּרֶב ( vayyareb , “and he contended,” from the root ריב [ ryv ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":11079,"verse_id":"1SA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"That is, “the dry stream bed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":11080,"verse_id":"1SA.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The translation follows the Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate which assume a reading אֶסִפְךָ (’ esfÿka , “I sweep you away,” from the root ספה [ sfh ]) rather than the MT אֹסִפְךָ (’ osifÿka , “I am gathering you,” from the root אסף [’ sf ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":11081,"verse_id":"1SA.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “[as] you enter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":11082,"verse_id":"1SA.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “all the people.” For clarity “Agag’s” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":11083,"verse_id":"1SA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here. We should probably read וְהַמַּשְׂמַנִּים ( vÿhammasmannim , “the fat ones”) rather than the MT וְהַמִּשְׂנִים ( vÿhammisnim , “the second ones”). However, if the MT is retained, the sense may be as the Jewish commentator Kimchi supposed: the second-born young, thought to be better than the firstlings. (For discussion see S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 123-24.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":11084,"verse_id":"1SA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":11085,"verse_id":"1SA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.9","text":"The MT has here the very odd form נְמִבְזָה ( nÿmivzah) , but this is apparently due to a scribal error. The translation follows instead the Niphal participle נִבְזָה ( nivzah ) .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A9/3"}
{"id":11086,"verse_id":"1SA.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “and look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":11087,"verse_id":"1SA.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “and he turned and crossed over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":11088,"verse_id":"1SA.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.12","text":"At the end of v. 12 the LXX and one Old Latin ms include the following words not found in the MT: “to Saul. And behold, he was offering as a burnt offering to the Lord the best of the spoils that he had brought from the Amalekites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A12/3"}
{"id":11089,"verse_id":"1SA.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “to Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":11090,"verse_id":"1SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"The words “if that is the case” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":11091,"verse_id":"1SA.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “they brought them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":11092,"verse_id":"1SA.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Or perhaps “be quiet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":11093,"verse_id":"1SA.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading the singular (“he said”) rather than the plural (“they said”) of the Kethib . tn Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":11094,"verse_id":"1SA.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":11095,"verse_id":"1SA.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “journey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":11096,"verse_id":"1SA.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"The translation follows the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Targum in reading the second person singular suffix (“you”) rather than the third person plural suffix of the MT (“they”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":11097,"verse_id":"1SA.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “listened to the voice of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":11098,"verse_id":"1SA.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “you have done what is evil in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":11099,"verse_id":"1SA.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “listened to the voice of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":11100,"verse_id":"1SA.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “journey.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":11101,"verse_id":"1SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “as [in] listening to the voice of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":11102,"verse_id":"1SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":11103,"verse_id":"1SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “listening.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A22/3"}
{"id":11104,"verse_id":"1SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.22","text":"The expression “is better” is understood here by ellipsis (see the immediately preceding statement).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A22/4"}
{"id":11105,"verse_id":"1SA.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Or “from [being].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":11106,"verse_id":"1SA.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":11107,"verse_id":"1SA.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “and your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":11108,"verse_id":"1SA.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “he,” but Saul is clearly the referent. A Qumran ms and the LXX include the name “Saul” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":11109,"verse_id":"1SA.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"Heb “splendor,” used here by metonymy as a title for the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":11110,"verse_id":"1SA.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.29","text":"Or perhaps “does not lie.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A29/2"}
{"id":11111,"verse_id":"1SA.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":11112,"verse_id":"1SA.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"The MT reading מַעֲדַנֹּת ( ma ’ adannot , literally, “bonds,” used here adverbially, “in bonds”) is difficult. The word is found only here and in Job 38:31 . Part of the problem lies in determining the root of the word. Some scholars have taken it to be from the root ענד (’ nd , “to bind around”), but this assumes a metathesis of two of the letters of the root. Others take it from the root עדן (’ dn ) with the meaning “voluptuously,” but this does not seem to fit the context. It seems better to understand the word to be from the root מעד ( m ’ d , “to totter” or “shake”). In that case it describes the fear that Agag experienced in realizing the mortal danger that he faced as he approached Samuel. This is the way that the LXX translators understood the word, rendering it by the Greek participle τρέμον ( tremon , “trembling”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":11113,"verse_id":"1SA.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.32","text":"Heb “and Agag said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A32/2"}
{"id":11114,"verse_id":"1SA.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.32","text":"The text is difficult here. With the LXX, two Old Latin mss , and the Syriac Peshitta it is probably preferable to delete סָר ( sar , “is past”) of the MT; it looks suspiciously like a dittograph of the following word מַר ( mar , “bitter”). This further affects the interpretation of Agag’s comment. In the MT he comes to Samuel confidently assured that the danger is over (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV “Surely the bitterness of death is past,” along with NLT, CEV). However, it seems more likely that Agag realized that his fortunes had suddenly taken a turn for the worse and that the clemency he had enjoyed from Saul would not be his lot from Samuel. The present translation thus understands Agag to approach not confidently but in the stark realization that his death is imminent (“Surely death is bitter!”). Cf. NAB “So it is bitter death!”; NRSV “Surely this is the bitterness of death”; TEV “What a bitter thing it is to die!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A32/3"}
{"id":11115,"verse_id":"1SA.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.35","text":"That is, Samuel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2015%3A35/1"}
{"id":11116,"verse_id":"1SA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"The Lucianic recension of the Old Greek translation includes the following words: “And the Lord said to Samuel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":11117,"verse_id":"1SA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":11118,"verse_id":"1SA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “for I have seen among his sons for me a king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":11119,"verse_id":"1SA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":11120,"verse_id":"1SA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “say”; KJV, NRSV “name”; NIV “indicate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":11121,"verse_id":"1SA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":11122,"verse_id":"1SA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":11123,"verse_id":"1SA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"In the MT the verb is singular (“he said”), but the translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss and ancient versions in reading the plural (“they said”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":11124,"verse_id":"1SA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Samuel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":11125,"verse_id":"1SA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":11126,"verse_id":"1SA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “said”; the words “to himself” are implied, given the secrecy surrounding Samuel’s mission to Bethlehem (v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":11127,"verse_id":"1SA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “his anointed one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A6/4"}
{"id":11128,"verse_id":"1SA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “don’t look toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":11129,"verse_id":"1SA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “for not that which the man sees.” The translation follows the LXX, which reads, “for not as man sees does God see.” The MT has suffered from homoioteleuton or homoioarcton. See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 274.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":11130,"verse_id":"1SA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “to the eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":11131,"verse_id":"1SA.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “and caused him to pass before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":11132,"verse_id":"1SA.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “he” (also in v. 9 ); the referent (Samuel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":11133,"verse_id":"1SA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “caused to pass by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":11134,"verse_id":"1SA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “caused seven of his sons to pass before Samuel.” This could be taken as referring to seven sons in addition to the three mentioned before this, but 1 Sam 17:12 says Jesse had eight sons, not eleven. 1 Chr 2:13-15 lists only seven sons, including David. However, 1 Chr 27:18 mentions an additional son, named Elihu.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":11135,"verse_id":"1SA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jesse) has been specified in the translation both here and in v. 12 for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":11136,"verse_id":"1SA.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and he sent and brought him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":11137,"verse_id":"1SA.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Or “an injurious spirit”; cf. NLT “a tormenting spirit.” The phrase need not refer to an evil, demonic spirit. The Hebrew word translated “evil” may refer to the character of the spirit or to its effect upon Saul. If the latter, another translation option might be “a mischief-making spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":11138,"verse_id":"1SA.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “and he will play with his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":11139,"verse_id":"1SA.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “and it will be better for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":11140,"verse_id":"1SA.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":11141,"verse_id":"1SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":11142,"verse_id":"1SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":11143,"verse_id":"1SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “mighty man of valor and a man of war.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":11144,"verse_id":"1SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “discerning of word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A18/4"}
{"id":11145,"verse_id":"1SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “a man of form.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A18/5"}
{"id":11146,"verse_id":"1SA.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “a kid of the goats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":11147,"verse_id":"1SA.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":11148,"verse_id":"1SA.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “he loved him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":11149,"verse_id":"1SA.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “Let David stand before me, for he has found favor in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":11150,"verse_id":"1SA.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “would turn aside from upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":11151,"verse_id":"1SA.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"The content of –18, which includes the David and Goliath story, differs considerably in the LXX as compared to the MT, suggesting that this story circulated in ancient times in more than one form. The LXX for chs. –18 is much shorter than the MT, lacking almost half of the material (39 of a total of 88 verses). Many scholars (e.g., McCarter, Klein) think that the shorter text of the LXX is preferable to the MT, which in their view has been expanded by incorporation of later material. Other scholars (e.g., Wellhausen, Driver) conclude that the shorter Greek text (or the Hebrew text that underlies it) reflects an attempt to harmonize certain alleged inconsistencies that appear in the longer version of the story. Given the translation characteristics of the LXX elsewhere in this section, it does not seem likely that these differences are due to deliberate omission of these verses on the part of the translator. It seems more likely that the Greek translator has faithfully rendered here a Hebrew text that itself was much shorter than the MT in these chapters. Whether or not the shorter text represented by the LXX is to be preferred over the MT in –18 is a matter over which textual scholars are divided. For a helpful discussion of the major textual issues in this unit see D. Barthélemy, D. W. Gooding, J. Lust, and E. Tov, The Story of David and Goliath (OBO). Overall it seems preferable to stay with the MT, at least for the most part. However, the major textual differences between the LXX and the MT will be mentioned in the notes that accompany the translation so that the reader may be alert to the major problem passages.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":11152,"verse_id":"1SA.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “camps.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":11153,"verse_id":"1SA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “the men of Israel” (so KJV, NASB); NAB, NIV, NRSV “the Israelites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":11154,"verse_id":"1SA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “to meet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":11155,"verse_id":"1SA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":11156,"verse_id":"1SA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “the man of the space between the two [armies].” See v. 23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":11157,"verse_id":"1SA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “his height was six cubits and a span” (cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV). A cubit was approximately eighteen inches, a span nine inches. So, according to the Hebrew tradition, Goliath was about nine feet, nine inches tall (cf. NIV, CEV, NLT “over nine feet”; NCV “nine feet, four inches”; TEV “nearly 3 metres”). However, some Greek witnesses, Josephus, and a manuscript of 1 Samuel from Qumran read “four cubits and a span” here, that is, about six feet, nine inches (cf. NAB “six and a half feet”). This seems more reasonable; it is likely that Goliath’s height was exaggerated as the story was retold. See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 286, 291.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":11158,"verse_id":"1SA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading “wood,” rather than the “arrow” (the reading of the Kethib ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":11159,"verse_id":"1SA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Goliath) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":11160,"verse_id":"1SA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"The Hebrew text adds “and said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":11161,"verse_id":"1SA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"The translation follows the ancient versions in reading “choose,” (from the root בחר , bkhr ), rather than the MT. The verb in MT ( ברה , brh ) elsewhere means “to eat food”; the sense of “to choose,” required here by the context, is not attested for this root. The MT apparently reflects an early scribal error.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":11162,"verse_id":"1SA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"Following the imperative, the prefixed verbal form (either an imperfect or jussive) with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose/result here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":11163,"verse_id":"1SA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Following the imperative, the cohortative verbal form indicates purpose/result here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":11164,"verse_id":"1SA.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":11165,"verse_id":"1SA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Some mss of the LXX lack vv. 12-31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":11166,"verse_id":"1SA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":11167,"verse_id":"1SA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"The translation follows the Lucianic recension of the LXX and the Syriac Peshitta in reading “in years,” rather than MT “among men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":11168,"verse_id":"1SA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":11169,"verse_id":"1SA.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “was going and returning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":11170,"verse_id":"1SA.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “run.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":11171,"verse_id":"1SA.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “officer of the thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":11172,"verse_id":"1SA.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “and your brothers, observe with respect to welfare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":11173,"verse_id":"1SA.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “and their pledge take.” This probably refers to some type of confirmation that the goods arrived safely. See R. W. Klein, 1 Samuel (WBC), 177. Cf. NIV “bring back some assurance”; NCV “some proof to show me they are all right”; NLT “bring me back a letter from them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A18/3"}
{"id":11174,"verse_id":"1SA.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “all the men of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":11175,"verse_id":"1SA.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Heb “to a guard”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “with a keeper”; NIV “with a shepherd.” Since in contemporary English “guard” sounds like someone at a military installation or a prison, the present translation uses “to someone else who would watch over it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":11176,"verse_id":"1SA.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"Or “entrenchment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":11177,"verse_id":"1SA.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “the guard of the equipment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":11178,"verse_id":"1SA.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “according to these words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":11179,"verse_id":"1SA.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Or “fled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":11180,"verse_id":"1SA.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “he is coming up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":11181,"verse_id":"1SA.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “and turns aside humiliation from upon Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":11182,"verse_id":"1SA.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":11183,"verse_id":"1SA.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “according to this word, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A27/2"}
{"id":11184,"verse_id":"1SA.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":11185,"verse_id":"1SA.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.28","text":"Heb “the anger of Eliab became hot.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A28/2"}
{"id":11186,"verse_id":"1SA.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.28","text":"Heb “the wickedness of your heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A28/3"}
{"id":11187,"verse_id":"1SA.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.29","text":"Heb “Is it not [just] a word?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A29/1"}
{"id":11188,"verse_id":"1SA.17.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.30","text":"Heb “and spoke according to this word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A30/1"}
{"id":11189,"verse_id":"1SA.17.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.30","text":"Heb “the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A30/2"}
{"id":11190,"verse_id":"1SA.17.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.31","text":"Heb “he took him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A31/1"}
{"id":11191,"verse_id":"1SA.17.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.32","text":"Heb “Let not the heart of a man fall upon him.” The LXX reads “my lord,” instead of “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A32/1"}
{"id":11192,"verse_id":"1SA.17.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.36","text":"The LXX includes here the following words not found in the MT: “Should I not go and smite him, and remove today reproach from Israel? For who is this uncircumcised one?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A36/1"}
{"id":11193,"verse_id":"1SA.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.37","text":"Or “Go, and may the Lord be with you” (so NASB, NCV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A37/1"}
{"id":11194,"verse_id":"1SA.17.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.39","text":"Heb “he had not tested.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A39/1"}
{"id":11195,"verse_id":"1SA.17.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.40","text":"This Hebrew word occurs only here and its exact meaning is not entirely clear. It refers to a receptacle of some sort and apparently was a common part of a shepherd’s equipment. Here it serves as a depository for the stones that David will use in his sling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A40/1"}
{"id":11196,"verse_id":"1SA.17.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.41","text":"Most LXX mss lack v. 41 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A41/1"}
{"id":11197,"verse_id":"1SA.17.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.44","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss have “the earth” here, instead of the MT’s “the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A44/1"}
{"id":11198,"verse_id":"1SA.17.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.48","text":"Most LXX mss lack the second half of v. 48 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A48/1"}
{"id":11199,"verse_id":"1SA.17.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.50","text":"Most LXX mss lack v. 50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A50/1"}
{"id":11200,"verse_id":"1SA.17.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.50","text":"Verse 50 is a summary statement; v. 51 gives a more detailed account of how David killed the Philistine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A50/2"}
{"id":11201,"verse_id":"1SA.17.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.51","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Goliath) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A51/1"}
{"id":11202,"verse_id":"1SA.17.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.51","text":"Most LXX mss lack the words “drew it from its sheath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A51/2"}
{"id":11203,"verse_id":"1SA.17.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.52","text":"Heb “arose and cried out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A52/1"}
{"id":11204,"verse_id":"1SA.17.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.52","text":"Most of the LXX ms tradition has here “Gath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A52/2"}
{"id":11205,"verse_id":"1SA.17.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.54","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A54/1"}
{"id":11206,"verse_id":"1SA.17.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.54","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Goliath) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A54/2"}
{"id":11207,"verse_id":"1SA.17.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.55","text":"Most LXX mss lack 17:55 – 18:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A55/1"}
{"id":11208,"verse_id":"1SA.17.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":17,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.58","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2017%3A58/1"}
{"id":11209,"verse_id":"1SA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":11210,"verse_id":"1SA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “the soul of Jonathan was bound with the soul of David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":11211,"verse_id":"1SA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “like his [own] soul.” sn On the nature of Jonathan’s love for David, see J. A. Thompson, “The Significance of the Verb Love in the David-Jonathan Narratives in 1 Samuel,” VT 24 (1974): 334-38.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":11212,"verse_id":"1SA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":11213,"verse_id":"1SA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “like his [own] soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":11214,"verse_id":"1SA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “it was good in the eyes of all the people and also in the eyes of the servants of Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":11215,"verse_id":"1SA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “them.” The masculine plural pronoun apparently refers to the returning soldiers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":11216,"verse_id":"1SA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “with tambourines, with joy, and with three-stringed instruments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":11217,"verse_id":"1SA.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “said.” So also in vv. 11, 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":11218,"verse_id":"1SA.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"The Hebrew text adds here “with his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":11219,"verse_id":"1SA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":11220,"verse_id":"1SA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “an officer of a thousand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":11221,"verse_id":"1SA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “and he went out and came in before the people.” See v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A13/3"}
{"id":11222,"verse_id":"1SA.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “in all his ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":11223,"verse_id":"1SA.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Much of the ms evidence for the LXX lacks vv. 17-19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":11224,"verse_id":"1SA.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “son of valor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":11225,"verse_id":"1SA.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “Who are my relatives, the clan of my father?” The term חַי ( khay ), traditionally understood as “my life,” is here a rare word meaning “family, kinfolk” (see HALOT 309 s.v. III חַי ). The phrase “clan of my father” may be a scribal gloss explaining the referent of this rare word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":11226,"verse_id":"1SA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “the matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":11227,"verse_id":"1SA.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"The final sentence of v. 21 is absent in most LXX mss .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":11228,"verse_id":"1SA.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “in the ears of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":11229,"verse_id":"1SA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “the king’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":11230,"verse_id":"1SA.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “and it was acceptable in the eyes of David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":11231,"verse_id":"1SA.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “the days were not fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":11232,"verse_id":"1SA.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “arose and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":11233,"verse_id":"1SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “saw and knew.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":11234,"verse_id":"1SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “Saul’s.” In the translation the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":11235,"verse_id":"1SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":11236,"verse_id":"1SA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “of David.” In the translation the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":11237,"verse_id":"1SA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"The final sentence of v. 29 is absent in most LXX mss . tn Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":11238,"verse_id":"1SA.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Verse 30 is absent in most LXX mss .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":11239,"verse_id":"1SA.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “delighted greatly in David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":11240,"verse_id":"1SA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “seeking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":11241,"verse_id":"1SA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “stay in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":11242,"verse_id":"1SA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and hide yourself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":11243,"verse_id":"1SA.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “when I see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":11244,"verse_id":"1SA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “spoke good with respect to David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":11245,"verse_id":"1SA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":11246,"verse_id":"1SA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “and he put his life into his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":11247,"verse_id":"1SA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “and Saul listened to the voice of Jonathan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":11248,"verse_id":"1SA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “and he was before him as before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":11249,"verse_id":"1SA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “and he struck them down with a great blow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":11250,"verse_id":"1SA.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “[was] to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":11251,"verse_id":"1SA.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"The Hebrew text adds here “with his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":11252,"verse_id":"1SA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and he drove the spear into the wall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":11253,"verse_id":"1SA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “fled and escaped.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":11254,"verse_id":"1SA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “your life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":11255,"verse_id":"1SA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “teraphim” (also a second time in this verse and once in v. 16 ). These were statues that represented various deities. According to 2 Kgs 23:24 they were prohibited during the time of Josiah’s reform movement in the seventh century. The idol Michal placed under the covers was of sufficient size to give the mistaken impression that David lay in the bed, thus facilitating his escape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":11256,"verse_id":"1SA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"The exact meaning of the Hebrew word כָּבִיר ( kavir ) is uncertain; it is found in the Hebrew Bible only here and in v. 16 . It probably refers to a quilt made of goat’s hair, perhaps used as a fly net while one slept. See HALOT 458 s.v. * כָּבִיר . Cf. KJV, TEV “pillow”; NLT “cushion”; NAB, NRSV “net.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":11257,"verse_id":"1SA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “at the place of its head.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":11258,"verse_id":"1SA.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “Send me away! Why should I kill you?” The question has the force of a threat in this context. See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 325, 26.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":11259,"verse_id":"1SA.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “he” (also in v. 23 ). the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":11260,"verse_id":"1SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “and he fell down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":11261,"verse_id":"1SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and he came and said before Jonathan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":11262,"verse_id":"1SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “What is my guilt?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":11263,"verse_id":"1SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jonathan) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":11264,"verse_id":"1SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The translation follows the Qere , many medieval Hebrew mss , and the ancient versions in reading “he will not do,” rather than the Kethib of the MT (“do to him”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":11265,"verse_id":"1SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “without uncovering my ear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":11266,"verse_id":"1SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"The LXX and the Syriac Peshitta lack the word “again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":11267,"verse_id":"1SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":11268,"verse_id":"1SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “said,” that is, to himself. So also in v. 25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":11269,"verse_id":"1SA.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “whatever your soul says, I will do for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":11270,"verse_id":"1SA.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “and I must surely sit with the king to eat.” The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":11271,"verse_id":"1SA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “to run.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":11272,"verse_id":"1SA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":11273,"verse_id":"1SA.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":11274,"verse_id":"1SA.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “know that the evil is completed from with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":11275,"verse_id":"1SA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “and you must do loyalty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":11276,"verse_id":"1SA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “for into a covenant of the Lord you have brought your servant with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":11277,"verse_id":"1SA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “and if there is in me guilt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":11278,"verse_id":"1SA.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “the Lord God of Israel.” On the basis of the Syriac version, many reconstruct the text to read “[is] my witness,” which may have fallen out of the text by homoioarcton (an error which is entirely possible if עֵד , ’ ed , “witness,” immediately followed ַָדוִד , “David,” in the original text).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":11279,"verse_id":"1SA.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “and uncover your ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":11280,"verse_id":"1SA.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “uncover your ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":11281,"verse_id":"1SA.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “in peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":11282,"verse_id":"1SA.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “cut.” The object of the verb (“covenant”) must be supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":11283,"verse_id":"1SA.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"The word order is different in the Hebrew text, which reads “and Jonathan cut with the house of David, and the Lord will seek from the hand of the enemies of David.” The translation assumes that the main clauses of the verse have been accidentally transposed in the course of transmission. The first part of the verse (as it stands in MT) belongs with v. 17 , while the second part of the verse actually continues v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":11284,"verse_id":"1SA.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “for [with] the love of his [own] life he loved him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":11285,"verse_id":"1SA.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “you will do [something] a third time.” The translation assumes an emendation of the verb from שִׁלַּשְׁתָּ ( shillashta , “to do a third time”) to שִׁלִּישִׁית ( shillishit , “[on the] third [day]”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":11286,"verse_id":"1SA.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “you must go down greatly.” See Judg 19:11 for the same idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":11287,"verse_id":"1SA.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “on the day of the deed.” This probably refers to the incident recorded in 19:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":11288,"verse_id":"1SA.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “from you and here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":11289,"verse_id":"1SA.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “from you and onward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":11290,"verse_id":"1SA.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “the Lord [is] between me and between you forever.” The translation assumes that the original text read עֵד עַד־עוֹלָם (’ ed ’ ad- ’ olam ), “a witness forever,” with the noun “a witness” accidentally falling out of the text by haplography. See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 338.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":11291,"verse_id":"1SA.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “and Jonathan arose.” Instead of MT’s וַיָּקָם ( vayyaqam , “and he arose”; from the hollow verbal root קוּם , qum ), the translation assumes a reading וַיִּקַדֵּם ( vayyiqaddem , “and he was in front of”; from the verbal root קדם , qdm ). See P. K. McCarter, I Samuel (AB), 338.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":11292,"verse_id":"1SA.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “and Abner sat at the side of Saul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":11293,"verse_id":"1SA.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"The words “about it” are not present in the Hebrew text, although they are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":11294,"verse_id":"1SA.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “said,” that is, to himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":11295,"verse_id":"1SA.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"Heb “send me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":11296,"verse_id":"1SA.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.29","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A29/2"}
{"id":11297,"verse_id":"1SA.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.29","text":"Heb “be released [from duty].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A29/3"}
{"id":11298,"verse_id":"1SA.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss include the words “his son” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":11299,"verse_id":"1SA.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “son of a perverse woman of rebelliousness.” But such an overly literal and domesticated translation of the Hebrew expression fails to capture the force of Saul’s unrestrained reaction. Saul, now incensed and enraged over Jonathan’s liaison with David, is actually hurling very coarse and emotionally charged words at his son. The translation of this phrase suggested by Koehler and Baumgartner is “bastard of a wayward woman” ( HALOT 796 s.v. עוה ), but this is not an expression commonly used in English. A better English approximation of the sentiments expressed here by the Hebrew phrase would be “You stupid son of a bitch!” However, sensitivity to the various public formats in which the Bible is read aloud has led to a less startling English rendering which focuses on the semantic value of Saul’s utterance (i.e., the behavior of his own son Jonathan, which he viewed as both a personal and a political betrayal [= “traitor”]). But this concession should not obscure the fact that Saul is full of bitterness and frustration. That he would address his son Jonathan with such language, not to mention his apparent readiness even to kill his own son over this friendship with David (v. 33 ), indicates something of the extreme depth of Saul’s jealousy and hatred of David.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":11300,"verse_id":"1SA.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “all the days that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":11301,"verse_id":"1SA.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"The words “some men” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":11302,"verse_id":"1SA.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “a son of death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A31/3"}
{"id":11303,"verse_id":"1SA.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.33","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jonathan) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A33/1"}
{"id":11304,"verse_id":"1SA.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.33","text":"Heb “knew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A33/2"}
{"id":11305,"verse_id":"1SA.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “for he was upset concerning David for his father had humiliated him.” The referent of the pronoun “him” is not entirely clear, but the phrase “concerning David” suggests that it refers to David, rather than Jonathan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":11306,"verse_id":"1SA.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.36","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jonathan) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A36/1"}
{"id":11307,"verse_id":"1SA.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “called after” (also in v. 38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":11308,"verse_id":"1SA.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “knew the matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A39/1"}
{"id":11309,"verse_id":"1SA.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.41","text":"The translation follows the LXX in reading “the mound,” rather than the MT’s “the south.” It is hard to see what meaning the MT reading “from beside the south” would have as it stands, since such a location lacks specificity. The NIV treats it as an elliptical expression, rendering the phrase as “from the south side of the stone (rock NCV).” This is perhaps possible, but it seems better to follow the LXX rather than the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A41/1"}
{"id":11310,"verse_id":"1SA.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.41","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A41/2"}
{"id":11311,"verse_id":"1SA.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2020%3A42/2"}
{"id":11312,"verse_id":"1SA.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “trembled to meet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":11313,"verse_id":"1SA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “let not a man know anything about the matter [for] which I am sending you and [about] which I commanded you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":11314,"verse_id":"1SA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":11315,"verse_id":"1SA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"The Hebrew expression here refers to a particular, but unnamed, place. It occurs in the OT only here, in 2 Kgs 6:8 , and in Ruth 4:1 , where Boaz uses it to refer to Naomi’s unnamed kinsman-redeemer. A contracted form of the expression appears in Dan 8:13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":11316,"verse_id":"1SA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “under your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":11317,"verse_id":"1SA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":11318,"verse_id":"1SA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “have kept themselves from women” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “haven’t had sexual relations recently”; NLT “have not slept with any women recently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":11319,"verse_id":"1SA.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “servants’.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":11320,"verse_id":"1SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “placed these matters in his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":11321,"verse_id":"1SA.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “in their eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":11322,"verse_id":"1SA.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “in their hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":11323,"verse_id":"1SA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":11324,"verse_id":"1SA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “bitter of soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":11325,"verse_id":"1SA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":11326,"verse_id":"1SA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “go forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":11327,"verse_id":"1SA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":11328,"verse_id":"1SA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “and Saul heard that David and the men who were with him were known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":11329,"verse_id":"1SA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The MT has “to all of you.” If this reading is correct, we have here an example of a prepositional phrase functioning as the equivalent of a dative of advantage, which is not impossible from a grammatical point of view. However, the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate all have “and.” A conjunction rather than a preposition should probably be read on the front of this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":11330,"verse_id":"1SA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “officers of a thousand and officers of a hundred.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":11331,"verse_id":"1SA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “uncovers my ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":11332,"verse_id":"1SA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “by giving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":11333,"verse_id":"1SA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “rises up against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":11334,"verse_id":"1SA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “set a matter against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":11335,"verse_id":"1SA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “small or great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":11336,"verse_id":"1SA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":11337,"verse_id":"1SA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “their hand is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":11338,"verse_id":"1SA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “to extend their hand to harm.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":11339,"verse_id":"1SA.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"The number is confused in the Greek ms tradition. The LXX, with the exception of the Lucianic recension, has the number 305. The Lucianic recension, along with a couple of Old Latin mss , has the number 350.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":11340,"verse_id":"1SA.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"The translation follows the LXX, which reads “I am guilty,” rather than the MT, which has “I have turned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":11341,"verse_id":"1SA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Or “the one who.” This may refer specifically to Saul, in which case David acknowledges that Abiathar’s life is endangered because of his allegiance to David. The translation assumes that the statement is more generalized, meaning that any enemy of Abiathar is an enemy of David. In other words, David promises that he will protect Abiathar with his very own life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":11342,"verse_id":"1SA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “and struck them down with a great blow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":11343,"verse_id":"1SA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “an ephod went down in his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":11344,"verse_id":"1SA.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"The MT reading (“God has alienated him into my hand”) in v. 7 is a difficult and uncommon idiom. The use of this verb in Jer 19:4 is somewhat parallel, but not entirely so. Many scholars have therefore suspected a textual problem here, emending the word נִכַּר ( nikkar , “alienated”) to סִכַּר ( sikkar , “he has shut up [i.e., delivered]”). This is the idea reflected in the translations of the Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate, although it is not entirely clear whether they are reading something different from the MT or are simply paraphrasing what for them too may have been a difficult text. The LXX has “God has sold him into my hands,” apparently reading מַכַר ( makar , “sold”) for MT’s נִכַּר . The present translation is a rather free interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":11345,"verse_id":"1SA.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “with two gates and a bar.” Since in English “bar” could be understood as a saloon, it has been translated as an attributive: “two barred gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":11346,"verse_id":"1SA.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “So Saul mustered all his army for battle to go down to Keilah to besiege against David and his men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":11347,"verse_id":"1SA.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “Saul was planning the evil against him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":11348,"verse_id":"1SA.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “seeking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":11349,"verse_id":"1SA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “they went where they went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":11350,"verse_id":"1SA.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":11351,"verse_id":"1SA.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":11352,"verse_id":"1SA.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":11353,"verse_id":"1SA.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “strengthened his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":11354,"verse_id":"1SA.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “to all the desire of your soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":11355,"verse_id":"1SA.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “know and see.” The expression is a hendiadys. See also v. 23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":11356,"verse_id":"1SA.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “his place where his foot is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A22/2"}
{"id":11357,"verse_id":"1SA.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “established.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":11358,"verse_id":"1SA.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “I will search him out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A23/2"}
{"id":11359,"verse_id":"1SA.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “to search.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":11360,"verse_id":"1SA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “to search [for].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":11361,"verse_id":"1SA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “upon the face of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":11362,"verse_id":"1SA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.2","text":"Or “the region of the Rocks of the Mountain Goats,” if this expression is understood as a place name (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A2/3"}
{"id":11363,"verse_id":"1SA.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “to cover his feet,” an idiom (euphemism) for relieving oneself (cf. NAB “to ease nature”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":11364,"verse_id":"1SA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":11365,"verse_id":"1SA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “the heart of David struck him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":11366,"verse_id":"1SA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":11367,"verse_id":"1SA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":11368,"verse_id":"1SA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “went on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":11369,"verse_id":"1SA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “it had pity,” apparently with the understood subject being “my eye,” in accordance with a common expression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":11370,"verse_id":"1SA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":11371,"verse_id":"1SA.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “there is not in my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":11372,"verse_id":"1SA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “lifted his voice and wept.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":11373,"verse_id":"1SA.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Or “righteous” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “you are in the right”; NLT “are a better man than I am.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":11374,"verse_id":"1SA.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “by the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":11375,"verse_id":"1SA.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":11376,"verse_id":"1SA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “and David swore an oath to Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":11377,"verse_id":"1SA.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"The LXX reads “Maon” here instead of “Paran,” perhaps because the following account of Nabal is said to be in Maon (v. 2 ). This reading is followed by a number of English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT). The MT, however, reads “Paran,” a location which would parallel this portion of David’s life with that of the nation Israel which also spent time in Paran ( Num 10:12 ). Also, the desert of Paran was on the southern border of Judah’s territory and would be the most isolated location for hiding from Saul.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":11378,"verse_id":"1SA.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":11379,"verse_id":"1SA.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “good of insight”; KJV “of good understanding”; NAB, NIV, TEV “intelligent”; NRSV “clever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":11380,"verse_id":"1SA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “David”; for stylistic reasons the pronoun has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":11381,"verse_id":"1SA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"Or “young men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":11382,"verse_id":"1SA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “and David said to the young men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A5/3"}
{"id":11383,"verse_id":"1SA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “and inquire concerning him in my name in regard to peace.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A5/4"}
{"id":11384,"verse_id":"1SA.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"The text is difficult here. The MT and most of the early versions support the reading לֶחָי ( lekhai , “to life,” or “to the one who lives”). Some of the older English versions (KJV, ASV; cf. NKJV) took the expression to mean “to him who lives (in prosperity),” but this translation requires reading a good deal into the words. While the expression could have the sense of “Long life to you!” (cf. NIV, NJPS) or perhaps “Good luck to you!” this seems somewhat redundant in light of the salutation that follows in the context. The Latin Vulgate has fratribus meis (“to my brothers”), which suggests that Jerome understood the Hebrew word to have an alef that is absent in the MT (i.e., לֶאֱחָי , le ’ ekhay ). Jerome’s plural, however, remains a problem, since in the context David is addressing a single individual, namely Nabal, and not a group. However, it is likely that the Vulgate witnesses to a consonantal Hebrew text that is to be preferred here, especially if the word were to be revocalized as a singular rather than a plural. While it is impossible to be certain about this reading, the present translation essentially follows the Vulgate in reading “my brother” (so also NJB; cf. NAB, RSV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":11385,"verse_id":"1SA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss in reading בָּאנוּ ( ba ’ nu , “we have come”) rather than the MT’s בָּנוּ ( banu , “we have built”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":11386,"verse_id":"1SA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"This refers to the ten servants sent by David.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":11387,"verse_id":"1SA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “whatever your hand will find.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A8/3"}
{"id":11388,"verse_id":"1SA.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":11389,"verse_id":"1SA.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “bless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":11390,"verse_id":"1SA.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “all the days we walked about with them when we were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":11391,"verse_id":"1SA.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “all his house” (so ASV, NRSV); NAB, NLT “his whole family.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":11392,"verse_id":"1SA.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “he is a son of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":11393,"verse_id":"1SA.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “skins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":11394,"verse_id":"1SA.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":11395,"verse_id":"1SA.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “Thus God will do to the enemies of David and thus he will add.” Most of the Old Greek ms tradition has simply “David,” with no reference to his enemies. In OT imprecations such as the one found in v. 22 it is common for the speaker to direct malediction toward himself as an indication of the seriousness with which he regards the matter at hand. In other words, the speaker invites on himself dire consequences if he fails to fulfill the matter expressed in the oath. However, in the situation alluded to in v. 22 the threat actually does not come to fruition due to the effectiveness of Abigail’s appeal to David in behalf of her husband Nabal. Instead, David is placated through Abigail’s intervention. It therefore seems likely that the reference to “the enemies of David” in the MT of v. 22 is the result of a scribal attempt to deliver David from the implied consequences of this oath. The present translation follows the LXX rather than the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":11396,"verse_id":"1SA.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “one who urinates against a wall” (also in v. 34 ); KJV “any that pisseth against the wall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A22/2"}
{"id":11397,"verse_id":"1SA.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “and foolishness is with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A25/1"}
{"id":11398,"verse_id":"1SA.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “my lord’s servants, whom you sent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A25/2"}
{"id":11399,"verse_id":"1SA.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “blessing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":11400,"verse_id":"1SA.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “are walking at the feet of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":11401,"verse_id":"1SA.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV “bundle”; NLT “treasure pouch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":11402,"verse_id":"1SA.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.30","text":"Heb “according to all which he spoke, the good concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A30/1"}
{"id":11403,"verse_id":"1SA.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.30","text":"Heb “appoint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A30/2"}
{"id":11404,"verse_id":"1SA.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “and this will not be for you for staggering and for stumbling of the heart of my lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A31/1"}
{"id":11405,"verse_id":"1SA.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “and the Lord will do well for my lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A31/2"}
{"id":11406,"verse_id":"1SA.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “blessed” (also in vv. 33, 39 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":11407,"verse_id":"1SA.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.33","text":"Heb “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A33/1"}
{"id":11408,"verse_id":"1SA.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A35/1"}
{"id":11409,"verse_id":"1SA.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “your voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A35/2"}
{"id":11410,"verse_id":"1SA.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “I have lifted up your face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A35/3"}
{"id":11411,"verse_id":"1SA.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.36","text":"Heb “and the heart of Nabal was good upon him”; NASB, NRSV “Nabal’s heart was merry within him”; NIV “he was in high spirits”; NCV, TEV “was in a good mood”; CEV “was very drunk and feeling good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A36/1"}
{"id":11412,"verse_id":"1SA.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.36","text":"Heb “and she did not tell him a thing, small or large.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A36/2"}
{"id":11413,"verse_id":"1SA.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.37","text":"Heb “when the wine had gone out from Nabal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A37/1"}
{"id":11414,"verse_id":"1SA.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.37","text":"Heb “and his heart died within him and he became a stone.” Cf. TEV, NLT “stroke”; CEV “heart attack.” For an alternative interpretation than that presented above, see Marjorie O’Rourke Boyle, “The Law of the Heart: The Death of a Fool (),” JBL 120 (2001): 401-27, who argues that a medical diagnosis is not necessary here. Instead, the passage makes a connection between the heart and the law; Nabal dies for his lawlessness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A37/2"}
{"id":11415,"verse_id":"1SA.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.39","text":"Heb “who has argued the case of my insult from the hand of Nabal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A39/1"}
{"id":11416,"verse_id":"1SA.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.39","text":"Heb “his servant he has held back from evil, and the evil of Nabal the Lord has turned back on his head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A39/2"}
{"id":11417,"verse_id":"1SA.25.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.41","text":"Heb “Here is your maidservant, for a lowly servant to wash.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A41/1"}
{"id":11418,"verse_id":"1SA.25.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.42","text":"Heb “going at her feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A42/1"}
{"id":11419,"verse_id":"1SA.25.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":25,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.43","text":"Heb “taken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2025%3A43/1"}
{"id":11420,"verse_id":"1SA.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “upon the face of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":11421,"verse_id":"1SA.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":11422,"verse_id":"1SA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “and David sent scouts and he knew that Saul had certainly come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":11423,"verse_id":"1SA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Here “the spear” almost certainly refers to Saul’s own spear, which according to the previous verse was stuck into the ground beside him as he slept. This is reflected in a number of English versions: TEV, CEV “his own spear”; NLT “that spear.” Cf. NIV, NCV “my spear,” in which case Abishai refers to his own spear rather than Saul’s, but this is unlikely since (1) Abishai would probably not have carried a spear along since such a weapon would be unwieldy when sneaking into the enemy camp; and (2) this would not explain the mention of Saul’s own spear stuck in the ground beside him in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":11424,"verse_id":"1SA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “let me strike him with the spear and into the ground one time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":11425,"verse_id":"1SA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “anointed” (also in vv. 11, 16, 23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":11426,"verse_id":"1SA.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “Not good [is] this thing which you have done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":11427,"verse_id":"1SA.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “you are sons of death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":11428,"verse_id":"1SA.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “What in my hand [is] evil?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":11429,"verse_id":"1SA.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “may he smell.” The implication is that Saul should seek to appease God, for such divine instigation to evil would a sign of God’s disfavor. For a fuller discussion of this passage see R. B. Chisholm, Jr., “Does God Deceive?” BSac 155 (1998): 19-21.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":11430,"verse_id":"1SA.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “but if the sons of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A19/2"}
{"id":11431,"verse_id":"1SA.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “the calling [one],” which apparently refers to a partridge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":11432,"verse_id":"1SA.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “my life was valuable in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":11433,"verse_id":"1SA.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “and I have erred very greatly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":11434,"verse_id":"1SA.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “and the Lord returns to the man his righteousness and his faithfulness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":11435,"verse_id":"1SA.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “your life was great this day in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":11436,"verse_id":"1SA.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “may my life be great in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A24/2"}
{"id":11437,"verse_id":"1SA.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":11438,"verse_id":"1SA.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.25","text":"Heb “you will certainly do and also you will certainly be able.” The infinitive absolutes placed before the finite verbal forms lend emphasis to the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2026%3A25/2"}
{"id":11439,"verse_id":"1SA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “said to his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":11440,"verse_id":"1SA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “a man and his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":11441,"verse_id":"1SA.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “the number of the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":11442,"verse_id":"1SA.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “days.” The plural of the word “day” is sometimes used idiomatically to refer specifically to a year. In addition to this occurrence in v. 7 see also 1 Sam 1:3, 21; 2:19; 20:6 ; Lev 25:29 ; Judg 17:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":11443,"verse_id":"1SA.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “from where you come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":11444,"verse_id":"1SA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":11445,"verse_id":"1SA.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"The translation follows the LXX ( ἐπι τίνα , epi tina ) and Vulgate ( in quem ) which assume אֶל מִי (’ el mi , “to whom”) rather than the MT אַל (’ al , “not”). The MT makes no sense here. Another possibility is that the text originally had אַן (’ an , “where”), which has been distorted in the MT to אַל . Cf. the Syriac Peshitta and the Targum, which have “where.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":11446,"verse_id":"1SA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":11447,"verse_id":"1SA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":11448,"verse_id":"1SA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “he really stinks.” The expression is used figuratively here to describe the rejection and ostracism that David had experienced as a result of Saul’s hatred of him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":11449,"verse_id":"1SA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"27.12","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss lack the preposition “in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A12/3"}
{"id":11450,"verse_id":"1SA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “permanently.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2027%3A12/4"}
{"id":11451,"verse_id":"1SA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “their camps.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":11452,"verse_id":"1SA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"The translation follows the LXX ( εἰς πόλεμον , eis polemon ) and a Qumran ms מלחמה במלחמה ([ m ] lkhmh ) bammilkhamah (“in the battle”) rather than the MT’s בַמַּחֲנֶה ( bammakhaneh , “in the camp”; cf. NASB). While the MT reading is not impossible here, and although admittedly it is the harder reading, the variant fits the context better. The MT can be explained as a scribal error caused in part by the earlier occurrence of “camp” in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":11453,"verse_id":"1SA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “the guardian for my head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":11454,"verse_id":"1SA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":11455,"verse_id":"1SA.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “in Ramah, even in his city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":11456,"verse_id":"1SA.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"The Hebrew term translated “mediums” actually refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits (see 2 Kgs 21:6 ). In v. 7 the witch of Endor is called the owner of a ritual pit. See H. Hoffner, “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew ’ OñBù ,” JBL 86 (1967): 385-401. Here the term refers by metonymy to the owner of such a pit (see H. A. Hoffner, TDOT 1:133).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":11457,"verse_id":"1SA.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “he was afraid, and his heart was very terrified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":11458,"verse_id":"1SA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “an owner of a ritual pit.” See the note at v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":11459,"verse_id":"1SA.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “Use divination for me with the ritual pit and bring up for me the one whom I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":11460,"verse_id":"1SA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “how he has cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":11461,"verse_id":"1SA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"See the note at v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":11462,"verse_id":"1SA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A9/3"}
{"id":11463,"verse_id":"1SA.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “in a great voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":11464,"verse_id":"1SA.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “gods.” The modifying participle (translated “coming up”) is plural, suggesting that underworld spirits are the referent. But in the following verse Saul understands the plural word to refer to a singular being. The reference is to the spirit of Samuel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":11465,"verse_id":"1SA.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"Heb “just as he said by my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":11466,"verse_id":"1SA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":11467,"verse_id":"1SA.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “And the Lord will give also Israel along with you into the hand of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":11468,"verse_id":"1SA.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"With the exception of the Lucianic recension, the LXX has here “and tomorrow you and your sons with you will fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":11469,"verse_id":"1SA.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A19/3"}
{"id":11470,"verse_id":"1SA.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “also there was no strength in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":11471,"verse_id":"1SA.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A20/2"}
{"id":11472,"verse_id":"1SA.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “listened to your voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":11473,"verse_id":"1SA.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “listened to your words that you spoke to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A21/2"}
{"id":11474,"verse_id":"1SA.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss in reading וַיִּפְצְרוּ ( vayyiftseru , “and they pressed”; from the root פצר , psr ) rather than the MT’s וַיִּפְרְצוּ ( vayyifretsu , “and they broke forth”; from the root פרצ , prs ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":11475,"verse_id":"1SA.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “he listened to their voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":11476,"verse_id":"1SA.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.24","text":"Heb “a calf of the stall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2028%3A24/2"}
{"id":11477,"verse_id":"1SA.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “camps.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":11478,"verse_id":"1SA.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “passing by with respect to hundreds and thousands.” This apparently describes a mustering of troops for the purpose of inspection and readiness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":11479,"verse_id":"1SA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “these days or these years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":11480,"verse_id":"1SA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “from the day of his falling [away] until this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":11481,"verse_id":"1SA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “and the leaders of the Philistines said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":11482,"verse_id":"1SA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “so that he might not become.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":11483,"verse_id":"1SA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.4","text":"Or perhaps, “our men.” On this use of the demonstrative pronoun see Joüon 2:532 §143.e.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A4/3"}
{"id":11484,"verse_id":"1SA.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “in dances.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":11485,"verse_id":"1SA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “it is good in my eyes.” Cf. v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":11486,"verse_id":"1SA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “your going forth and your coming in.” The expression is a merism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A6/2"}
{"id":11487,"verse_id":"1SA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A6/3"}
{"id":11488,"verse_id":"1SA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “eyes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A6/4"}
{"id":11489,"verse_id":"1SA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A6/5"}
{"id":11490,"verse_id":"1SA.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":11491,"verse_id":"1SA.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “and you must not do evil in the eyes of the leaders of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A7/2"}
{"id":11492,"verse_id":"1SA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “I know that you are good in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":11493,"verse_id":"1SA.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"The LXX and a couple of Old Latin mss include here the following words: “and you shall go to the place that I have appointed you. Don’t place an evil thing in your heart, for you are good before me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":11494,"verse_id":"1SA.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “when you get up early in the morning and you have light, go.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A10/2"}
{"id":11495,"verse_id":"1SA.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “to go in the morning to return.” With the exception of Origen and the Lucianic recension, the Old Greek tradition lacks the phrase “in the morning.” The Syriac Peshitta also omits it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":11496,"verse_id":"1SA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":11497,"verse_id":"1SA.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “and David and his men came to the city, and look, it was burned with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":11498,"verse_id":"1SA.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":11499,"verse_id":"1SA.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “lifted up their voice and wept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":11500,"verse_id":"1SA.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “until there was no longer in them strength to weep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A4/3"}
{"id":11501,"verse_id":"1SA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":11502,"verse_id":"1SA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “said to stone him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":11503,"verse_id":"1SA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “for bitter was the soul of all the people, each one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A6/3"}
{"id":11504,"verse_id":"1SA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “stood.” So also in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":11505,"verse_id":"1SA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “his spirit returned to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":11506,"verse_id":"1SA.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":11507,"verse_id":"1SA.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":11508,"verse_id":"1SA.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “because of all the large plunder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A16/2"}
{"id":11509,"verse_id":"1SA.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “who rode on camels and fled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":11510,"verse_id":"1SA.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “David.” The pronoun (“he”) has been substituted for the proper name in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":11511,"verse_id":"1SA.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “there was nothing missing to them, from the small even unto the great, and unto sons and daughters, and from loot even unto all which they had taken for themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":11512,"verse_id":"1SA.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “David.” The pronoun (“him”) has been substituted for the proper name in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A21/1"}
{"id":11513,"verse_id":"1SA.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “with me.” The singular is used rather than the plural because the group is being treated as a singular entity, in keeping with Hebrew idiom. It is not necessary to read “with us,” rather than the MT “with me,” although the plural can be found here in a few medieval Hebrew mss . See also the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate, although these versions may simply reflect an understanding of the idiom as found in the MT rather than a different textual reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A22/1"}
{"id":11514,"verse_id":"1SA.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"This clause is difficult in the MT. The present translation accepts the text as found in the MT and understands this clause to be elliptical, with an understood verb such as “look” or “consider.” On the other hand, the LXX seems to reflect a slightly different Hebrew text, reading “after” where the MT has “my brothers.” The Greek translation yields the following translation: “You should not do this after the Lord has delivered us.” Although the Greek reading should be taken seriously, it seems better to follow the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":11515,"verse_id":"1SA.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"Heb “a statute and a judgment.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":11516,"verse_id":"1SA.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “blessing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A26/1"}
{"id":11517,"verse_id":"1SA.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.27","text":"This sentence is not in the Hebrew text. It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A27/1"}
{"id":11518,"verse_id":"1SA.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.27","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2030%3A27/2"}
{"id":11519,"verse_id":"1SA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “stuck close after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":11520,"verse_id":"1SA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A2/2"}
{"id":11521,"verse_id":"1SA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “and the battle was heavy against Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":11522,"verse_id":"1SA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “the shooters, men with the bow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A3/2"}
{"id":11523,"verse_id":"1SA.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “fallen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":11524,"verse_id":"1SA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity (likewise in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":11525,"verse_id":"1SA.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1SA","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"The translation follows the MT, which vocalizes the verb as a Qal. The LXX, however, treats the verb as a Hiphil, “they brought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Samuel%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":11526,"verse_id":"2SA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man mentioned at the beginning of v. 2 ) has been specified in the translation to avoid confusion as to who fell to the ground.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":11527,"verse_id":"2SA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “he fell to the ground and did obeisance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":11528,"verse_id":"2SA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “What was the word?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":11529,"verse_id":"2SA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “from the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":11530,"verse_id":"2SA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “fell and died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":11531,"verse_id":"2SA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"In v. 2 he is called simply a “man.” The word used here in v. 5 (so also in vv. 6, 13, 15 ), though usually referring to a young man or servant, may in this context designate a “fighting” man, i.e., a soldier.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":11532,"verse_id":"2SA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Instead of the MT “who was recounting this to him, ‘How do you know that Saul and his son Jonathan are dead?’” the Syriac Peshitta reads “declare to me how Saul and his son Jonathan died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":11533,"verse_id":"2SA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The Syriac Peshitta and one ms of the LXX lack the words “who was telling him this” of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":11534,"verse_id":"2SA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The present translation reads with the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss “and I said,” rather than the Kethib which has “and he said.” See the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate, all of which have the first person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":11535,"verse_id":"2SA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"As P. K. McCarter ( II Samuel [AB], 59) points out, the Polel of the verb מוּת ( mut , “to die”) “refers to dispatching or ‘finishing off’ someone already wounded and near death.” Cf. NLT “put me out of my misery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":11536,"verse_id":"2SA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “the dizziness has seized me.” On the meaning of the Hebrew noun translated “dizziness,” see P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 59-60. The point seems to be that he is unable to kill himself because he is weak and disoriented.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":11537,"verse_id":"2SA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The Hebrew text here is grammatically very awkward ( Heb “because all still my life in me”). Whether the broken construct phrase is due to the fact that the alleged speaker is in a confused state of mind as he is on the verge of dying, or whether the MT has sustained corruption in the transmission process, is not entirely clear. The former seems likely, although P. K. McCarter understands the MT to be the result of conflation of two shorter forms of text (P. K. McCarter, II Samuel [AB], 57, n. 9). Early translators also struggled with the verse, apparently choosing to leave part of the Hebrew text untranslated. For example, the Lucianic recension of the LXX lacks “all,” while other witnesses (namely, one medieval Hebrew ms , codices A and B of the LXX, and the Syriac Peshitta) lack “still.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":11538,"verse_id":"2SA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “after his falling”; NAB “could not survive his wound”; CEV “was too badly wounded to live much longer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":11539,"verse_id":"2SA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The MT lacks the definite article, but this is likely due to textual corruption. It is preferable to read the alef ( א ) of אֶצְעָדָה (’ ets ’ adah ) as a ה ( he ) giving הַצְּעָדָה ( hatsÿ ’ adah ). There is no reason to think that the soldier confiscated from Saul’s dead body only one of two or more bracelets that he was wearing (cf. NLT “one of his bracelets”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":11540,"verse_id":"2SA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The present translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading “his garments,” rather than “his garment,” the reading of the Kethib .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":11541,"verse_id":"2SA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The Hebrew word used here refers to a foreigner whose social standing was something less than that of native residents of the land, but something more than that of a nonresident alien who was merely passing through.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":11542,"verse_id":"2SA.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “young men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":11543,"verse_id":"2SA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “be taught the bow.” The reference to “the bow” is very difficult here. Some interpreters (e.g., S. R. Driver, P. K. McCarter, Jr.) suggest deleting the word from the text (cf. NAB, TEV), but there does not seem to be sufficient evidence for doing so. Others (cf. KJV) understand the reference to be elliptical, meaning “ the use of the bow.” The verse would then imply that with the deaths of Saul and Jonathan having occurred, a period of trying warfare is about to begin, requiring adequate preparation for war on the part of the younger generation. Various other views may also be found in the secondary literature. However, it seems best to understand the word here to be a reference to the name of a song (i.e., “The Bow”), most likely the poem that follows in vv. 19-27 (cf. ASV, NASB, NRSV, CEV, NLT); NIV “this lament of the bow.” To make this clear the words “the song of” are supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":11544,"verse_id":"2SA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Instead of the MT’s “fields of grain offerings” the Lucianic recension of the LXX reads “your high places are mountains of death.” Cf. the Old Latin montes mortis (“mountains of death”) .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":11545,"verse_id":"2SA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"This is the only biblical occurrence of the Niphal of the verb גָּעַל ( ga ’ al ). This verb usually has the sense of “to abhor” or “loathe.” But here it seems to refer to the now dirty and unprotected condition of a previously well-maintained instrument of battle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":11546,"verse_id":"2SA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"It is preferable to read here Hebrew מָשׁוּחַ ( mashuakh ) with many Hebrew mss , rather than מָשִׁיחַ ( mashiakh ) of the MT. Although the Syriac Peshitta understands the statement to pertain to Saul, the point here is not that Saul is not anointed. Rather, it is the shield of Saul that lies discarded and is no longer anointed. In ancient Near Eastern practice a warrior’s shield that was in normal use would have to be anointed regularly in order to ensure that the leather did not become dry and brittle. Like other warriors of his day Saul would have carefully maintained his tools of trade. But now that he is dead, the once-cared-for shield of the mighty warrior lies sadly discarded and woefully neglected, a silent but eloquent commentary on how different things are now compared to the way they were during Saul’s lifetime.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":11547,"verse_id":"2SA.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form is used here to indicate repeated past action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":11548,"verse_id":"2SA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “beloved and dear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":11549,"verse_id":"2SA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “he said.” The referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":11550,"verse_id":"2SA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The expression “the cities of Hebron” is odd; we would expect the noun to be in the singular, if used at all. Although the Syriac Peshitta has the expected reading “in Hebron,” the MT is clearly the more difficult reading and should probably be retained here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":11551,"verse_id":"2SA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":11552,"verse_id":"2SA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “and they told David.” The subject appears to be indefinite, allowing one to translate the verb as passive with David as subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":11553,"verse_id":"2SA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":11554,"verse_id":"2SA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “loyalty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":11555,"verse_id":"2SA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “loyalty and devotion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":11556,"verse_id":"2SA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “will do with you this good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":11557,"verse_id":"2SA.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “let your hands be strong.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":11558,"verse_id":"2SA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The MT here reads “the Ashurite,” but this is problematic if it is taken to mean “the Assyrian.” Ish-bosheth’s kingdom obviously was not of such proportions as to extend to Assyria. The Syriac Peshitta renders the word as “the Geshurite,” while the Targum has “of the house of Ashur.” We should probably emend the Hebrew text to read “the Geshurite.” The Geshurites lived in the northeastern part of the land of Palestine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":11559,"verse_id":"2SA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":11560,"verse_id":"2SA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “And the number of the days in which David was king in Hebron over the house of Judah was seven years and six months.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":11561,"verse_id":"2SA.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “play.” What is in view here is a gladiatorial contest in which representative groups of soldiers engage in mortal combat before the watching armies. Cf. NAB “perform for us”; NASB “hold (have NRSV) a contest before us”; NLT “put on an exhibition of hand-to-hand combat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":11562,"verse_id":"2SA.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “let them arise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":11563,"verse_id":"2SA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “and they grabbed each one the head of his neighbor with his sword in the side of his neighbor and they fell together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":11564,"verse_id":"2SA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The meaning of the name “Helkath Hazzurim” (so NIV; KJV, NASB, NRSV similar) is not clear. BHK relates the name to the Hebrew term for “side,” and this is reflected in NAB “the Field of the Sides”; the Greek OT revocalizes the Hebrew to mean something like “Field of Adversaries.” Cf. also TEV, NLT “Field of Swords”; CEV “Field of Daggers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":11565,"verse_id":"2SA.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “servants.” So also elsewhere.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":11566,"verse_id":"2SA.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “young men.” So also elsewhere.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":11567,"verse_id":"2SA.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “Why should I strike you to the ground?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":11568,"verse_id":"2SA.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “lift.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":11569,"verse_id":"2SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Asahel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":11570,"verse_id":"2SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “the.” The article functions here as a possessive pronoun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":11571,"verse_id":"2SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Asahel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":11572,"verse_id":"2SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Abner) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":11573,"verse_id":"2SA.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “and they stand.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A23/5"}
{"id":11574,"verse_id":"2SA.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “were gathered together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":11575,"verse_id":"2SA.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"The Hebrew verb נַעֲלָה ( na ’ alah ) used here is the Niphal perfect 3rd person masculine singular of עָלָה (’ alah , “to go up”). In the Niphal this verb “is used idiomatically, of getting away from so as to abandon…especially of an army raising a siege…” (see S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 244).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":11576,"verse_id":"2SA.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":11577,"verse_id":"2SA.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “they no longer chased after Israel and they no longer fought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":11578,"verse_id":"2SA.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":11579,"verse_id":"2SA.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"Heb “and they went, all the Bitron.” The meaning of the Hebrew word “Bitron,” which is used only here in the OT, is disputed. The translation above follows BDB 144 s.v. בִּתְרוֹן in taking the word to be a proper name of an area east of the Jordan. A different understanding was advocated by W. R. Arnold, who took the word to refer to the forenoon or morning; a number of modern scholars and translations have adopted this view (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, CEV, NLT). See W. R. Arnold, “The Meaning of בתרון ,” AJSL 28 (1911-1912): 274-83. In this case one could translate “and they traveled all morning long.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":11580,"verse_id":"2SA.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":11581,"verse_id":"2SA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The Hebrew text does not have the word “son.” So also in vv. 3-5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":11582,"verse_id":"2SA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":11583,"verse_id":"2SA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":11584,"verse_id":"2SA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “was strengthening himself.” The statement may have a negative sense here, perhaps suggesting that Abner was overstepping the bounds of political propriety in a self-serving way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":11585,"verse_id":"2SA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The Hebrew of the MT reads simply “and he said,” with no expressed subject for the verb. It is not likely that the text originally had no expressed subject for this verb, since the antecedent is not immediately clear from the context. We should probably restore to the Hebrew text the name “Ish-bosheth.” See a few medieval Hebrew mss , Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion, and Vulgate. Perhaps the name was accidentally omitted by homoioarcton. Note that both the name Ishbosheth and the following preposition אֶל (’ el ) begin with the letter alef .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":11586,"verse_id":"2SA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “come to”; KJV, NRSV “gone in to”; NAB “been intimate with”; NIV “sleep with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":11587,"verse_id":"2SA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “I do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":11588,"verse_id":"2SA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":11589,"verse_id":"2SA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “and you have laid upon me the guilt of the woman today.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":11590,"verse_id":"2SA.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “So will God do to Abner and so he will add to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":11591,"verse_id":"2SA.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “has sworn to David.” The LXX, with the exception of the recension of Origen, adds “in this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":11592,"verse_id":"2SA.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ish-bosheth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":11593,"verse_id":"2SA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The Hebrew text adds here, “on his behalf.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":11594,"verse_id":"2SA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.” So also in vv. 13, 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":11595,"verse_id":"2SA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “and behold, my hand is with you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":11596,"verse_id":"2SA.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The words “when you come to see my face,” though found in the Hebrew text, are somewhat redundant given the similar expression in the earlier part of the verse. The words are absent from the Syriac Peshitta.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":11597,"verse_id":"2SA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “to Ish-bosheth son of Saul saying.” To avoid excessive sibilance (especially when read aloud) the translation renders “saying” as “with this demand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":11598,"verse_id":"2SA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “whom I betrothed to myself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":11599,"verse_id":"2SA.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “sent and took her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":11600,"verse_id":"2SA.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"In 1 Sam 25:44 this name appears as “Palti.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":11601,"verse_id":"2SA.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “Go, return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":11602,"verse_id":"2SA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “the word of Abner was with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":11603,"verse_id":"2SA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “you were seeking David to be king over you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":11604,"verse_id":"2SA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The present translation follows the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate in reading “I will save,” rather than the MT “he saved.” The context calls for the 1st person common singular imperfect of the verb rather than the 3rd person masculine singular perfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":11605,"verse_id":"2SA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “from the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":11606,"verse_id":"2SA.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “into the ears of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":11607,"verse_id":"2SA.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “also Abner went to speak into the ears of David in Hebron.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":11608,"verse_id":"2SA.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “all which was good in the eyes of Israel and in the eyes of all the house of Benjamin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":11609,"verse_id":"2SA.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"After the cohortatives, the prefixed verbal form with the prefixed conjunction indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":11610,"verse_id":"2SA.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “And look, the servants of David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":11611,"verse_id":"2SA.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":11612,"verse_id":"2SA.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “Look, Abner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":11613,"verse_id":"2SA.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"The LXX adds “in peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":11614,"verse_id":"2SA.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “your going out and your coming in.” The expression is a merism. It specifically mentions the polar extremities of the actions but includes all activity in between the extremities as well, thus encompassing the entirety of one’s activities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":11615,"verse_id":"2SA.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “and he struck him down there [in] the stomach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":11616,"verse_id":"2SA.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “and he [i.e., Abner] died on account of the blood of Asahel his [i.e., Joab’s] brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":11617,"verse_id":"2SA.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Heb “and may they whirl over.” In the Hebrew text the subject of the plural verb is unexpressed. The most likely subject is Abner’s “shed blood” (v. 28 ), which is a masculine plural form in Hebrew. The verb חוּל ( khul , “whirl”) is used with the preposition עַל (’ al ) only here and in Jer 23:19; 30:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":11618,"verse_id":"2SA.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.29","text":"has “of Joab” rather than “of his father” read by the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A29/2"}
{"id":11619,"verse_id":"2SA.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.29","text":"Heb “the house of Joab.” However, it is necessary to specify that David’s curse is aimed at Joab’s male descendants; otherwise it would not be clear that “one who works at the spindle” refers to a man doing woman’s work rather than a woman.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A29/3"}
{"id":11620,"verse_id":"2SA.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.29","text":"Heb “and may there not be cut off from the house of Joab.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A29/4"}
{"id":11621,"verse_id":"2SA.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.29","text":"The expression used here is difficult. The translation “one who works at the spindle” follows a suggestion of S. R. Driver that the expression pejoratively describes an effeminate man who, rather than being a mighty warrior, is occupied with tasks that are normally fulfilled by women (S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 250-51; cf. NAB “one unmanly”; TEV “fit only to do a woman’s work”; CEV “cowards”). But P. K. McCarter, following an alleged Phoenician usage of the noun to refer to “crutches,” adopts a different view. He translates the phrase “clings to a crutch,” seeing here a further description of physical lameness ( II Samuel [AB], 118). Such an idea fits the present context well and is followed by NIV, NCV, and NLT, although the evidence for this meaning is questionable. According to DNWSI 2:915-16, the noun consistently refers to a spindle in Phoenician, as it does in Ugaritic (see UT 468).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A29/5"}
{"id":11622,"verse_id":"2SA.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Heb “was walking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":11623,"verse_id":"2SA.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “lifted up his voice and wept.” The expression is a verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":11624,"verse_id":"2SA.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.34","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew manuscripts and several ancient versions in reading “your hands,” rather than “your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A34/1"}
{"id":11625,"verse_id":"2SA.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.34","text":"lacks the words “all the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A34/2"}
{"id":11626,"verse_id":"2SA.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.35","text":"Heb “Thus God will do to me and thus he will add.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A35/1"}
{"id":11627,"verse_id":"2SA.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.36","text":"Heb “it was good in their eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A36/1"}
{"id":11628,"verse_id":"2SA.3.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.37","text":"Heb “from the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A37/1"}
{"id":11629,"verse_id":"2SA.3.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.38","text":"Heb “a leader and a great one.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A38/1"}
{"id":11630,"verse_id":"2SA.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.39","text":"Heb “are hard from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A39/1"}
{"id":11631,"verse_id":"2SA.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.39","text":"Heb “May the Lord repay the doer of the evil according to his evil” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%203%3A39/2"}
{"id":11632,"verse_id":"2SA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"and the LXX mistakenly read “Mephibosheth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":11633,"verse_id":"2SA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “his hands went slack.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":11634,"verse_id":"2SA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The present translation, “Saul’s son had two men,” is based on the reading “to the son of Saul,” rather than the MT’s “the son of Saul.” The context requires the preposition to indicate the family relationship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":11635,"verse_id":"2SA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “until this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":11636,"verse_id":"2SA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “and was lame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":11637,"verse_id":"2SA.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"For the MT’s וְהֵנָּה ( vÿhennah , “and they,” feminine) read וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and behold”). See the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Targum.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":11638,"verse_id":"2SA.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “and they struck him down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":11639,"verse_id":"2SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"After the concluding disjunctive clause at the end of v. 6 , the author now begins a more detailed account of the murder and its aftermath.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":11640,"verse_id":"2SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ish-bosheth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":11641,"verse_id":"2SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “they struck him down and killed him.” The expression is a verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":11642,"verse_id":"2SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “and they removed his head.” The Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate lack these words.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":11643,"verse_id":"2SA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"4.7","text":"The Lucianic Greek recension lacks the words “his head.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A7/5"}
{"id":11644,"verse_id":"2SA.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":11645,"verse_id":"2SA.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and he was like a bearer of good news in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":11646,"verse_id":"2SA.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “on his bed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":11647,"verse_id":"2SA.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"See HALOT 146 s.v. II בער . Some derive the verb from a homonym meaning “to burn; to consume.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":11648,"verse_id":"2SA.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The antecedent of the pronoun “them” (which is not present in the Hebrew text, but implied) is not entirely clear. Presumably it is the corpses that were hung and not merely the detached hands and feet; cf. NIV “hung the (their NRSV, NLT) bodies”; the alternative is represented by TEV “cut off their hands and feet, which they hung up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":11649,"verse_id":"2SA.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"mistakenly reads “Mephibosheth” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":11650,"verse_id":"2SA.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"The LXX adds “the son of Ner” by conformity with common phraseology elsewhere.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":11651,"verse_id":"2SA.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.12","text":"Some mss of the LXX lack the phrase “in Hebron.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%204%3A12/4"}
{"id":11652,"verse_id":"2SA.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “look we are your bone and your flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":11653,"verse_id":"2SA.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “you were the one leading out and the one leading in Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":11654,"verse_id":"2SA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":11655,"verse_id":"2SA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “and the king, David, cut for them a covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":11656,"verse_id":"2SA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":11657,"verse_id":"2SA.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":11658,"verse_id":"2SA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":11659,"verse_id":"2SA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The Hebrew text has “he” rather than “the Jebusites.” The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. In the Syriac Peshitta and some mss of the Targum the verb is plural rather than singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":11660,"verse_id":"2SA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"has the Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular שָׂנְאָה ( sanÿ ’ ah , “hated”), the subject of which would be “the soul of David.” The difference is minor and the translation adopted above works for either the Kethib or the Qere .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":11661,"verse_id":"2SA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term has been debated. For a survey of various views, see P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 139-40. sn If a water tunnel is in view here, it is probably the so-called Warren’s Shaft that extends up from Hezekiah’s tunnel. It would have provided a means for surprise attack against the occupants of the city of David. The LXX seems not to understand the reference here, translating “by the water shaft” as “with a small knife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":11662,"verse_id":"2SA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “the house.” TEV takes this as a reference to the temple (“the Lord’s house”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":11663,"verse_id":"2SA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"and the LXX lack the word “God,” probably due to harmonization with the more common biblical phrase “the Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":11664,"verse_id":"2SA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord God of hosts” (KJV, NASB); NIV, NLT “the Lord God Almighty”; CEV “the Lord (+ God NCV) All-Powerful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":11665,"verse_id":"2SA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"The translation assumes that the disjunctive clause is circumstantial-causal, giving the reason for David’s success.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":11666,"verse_id":"2SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":11667,"verse_id":"2SA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “a house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":11668,"verse_id":"2SA.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":11669,"verse_id":"2SA.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “all the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":11670,"verse_id":"2SA.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The infinitive absolute lends emphasis to the following verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":11671,"verse_id":"2SA.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"The name means “Lord of the outbursts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":11672,"verse_id":"2SA.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Philistines) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":11673,"verse_id":"2SA.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"For “idols” the LXX and Vulgate have “gods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":11674,"verse_id":"2SA.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"The words “what to do” are not in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":11675,"verse_id":"2SA.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"The words “this time” are not in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":11676,"verse_id":"2SA.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A23/3"}
{"id":11677,"verse_id":"2SA.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.23","text":"Some translate as “balsam trees” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NJB, NLT); cf. KJV, NKJV, ASV “mulberry trees”; NAB “mastic trees”; NEB, REB “aspens.” The exact identification of the type of tree or plant is uncertain.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A23/4"}
{"id":11678,"verse_id":"2SA.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “camp” (so NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":11679,"verse_id":"2SA.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “from Gibeon until you enter Gezer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":11680,"verse_id":"2SA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"The translation understands the verb to be a defective spelling of וַיְּאֱסֹף ( vayyÿ ’ esof ) due to quiescence of the letter א ( alef ). The root therefore is אסף (’ sf , “to gather”). The Masoretes, however, pointed the verb as וַיֹּסֶף ( vayyosef ), understanding it to be a form of יָסַף ( yasaf , “to add”). This does not fit the context, which calls for a verb of gathering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":11681,"verse_id":"2SA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “chosen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":11682,"verse_id":"2SA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “arose and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":11683,"verse_id":"2SA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “from,” but the following context indicates they traveled to this location.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":11684,"verse_id":"2SA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"This is another name for Kiriath-jearim (see 1 Chr 13:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":11685,"verse_id":"2SA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"The MT has here a double reference to the name ( שֵׁם שֵׁם , shem shem ). Many medieval Hebrew mss in the first occurrence point the word differently and read the adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”). This is also the understanding of the Syriac Peshitta (Syr., taman ). While this yields an acceptable understanding to the text, it is more likely that the MT dittographic here. The present translation therefore reads שֵׁם only once.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":11686,"verse_id":"2SA.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “lifted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":11687,"verse_id":"2SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “all the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":11688,"verse_id":"2SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “were celebrating before the Lord with all woods of fir” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). If the text is retained, the last expression must be elliptical, referring to musical instruments made from fir wood. But it is preferable to emend the text in light of 1 Chr 13:8 , which reads “were celebrating before the Lord with all strength and with songs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":11689,"verse_id":"2SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “with zithers [?] and with harps.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":11690,"verse_id":"2SA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"That is, “sistrums” (so NAB, NIV); ASV, NASB, NRSV, CEV, NLT “castanets.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":11691,"verse_id":"2SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"1 Chr 13:9 has “Kidon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":11692,"verse_id":"2SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “steadied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":11693,"verse_id":"2SA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “and Uzzah reached out toward the ark of God and grabbed it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":11694,"verse_id":"2SA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “and the anger of the Lord burned against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":11695,"verse_id":"2SA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":11696,"verse_id":"2SA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “there.” Since this same term occurs later in the verse it is translated “on the spot” here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":11697,"verse_id":"2SA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.7","text":"The phrase “his negligence” is absent from the LXX.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A7/4"}
{"id":11698,"verse_id":"2SA.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “because the Lord broke out [with] a breaking out [i.e., an outburst] against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":11699,"verse_id":"2SA.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “house,” both here and in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":11700,"verse_id":"2SA.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “and it was told to David, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":11701,"verse_id":"2SA.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":11702,"verse_id":"2SA.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “and David was dancing with all his strength before the Lord , and David was girded with a linen ephod.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":11703,"verse_id":"2SA.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “all the house of Israel.” A few medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac Peshitta lack the words “the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":11704,"verse_id":"2SA.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “the shophar” (the ram’s horn trumpet).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":11705,"verse_id":"2SA.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The Hebrew text adds “in her heart.” Cf. CEV “she was disgusted (+ with him TEV)”; NLT “was filled with contempt for him”; NCV “she hated him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":11706,"verse_id":"2SA.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"The Syriac Peshitta lacks “in its place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":11707,"verse_id":"2SA.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “to all the people, to all the throng of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":11708,"verse_id":"2SA.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"The Hebrew word used here אֶשְׁפָּר (’ espar ) is found in the OT only here and in the parallel passage found in 1 Chr 16:3 . Its exact meaning is uncertain, although the context indicates that it was a food of some sort (cf. KJV “a good piece of flesh”; NRSV “a portion of meat”). The translation adopted here (“date cake”) follows the lead of the Greek translations of the LXX, Aquila, and Symmachus (cf. NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":11709,"verse_id":"2SA.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “and all the people went, each to his house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":11710,"verse_id":"2SA.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “and David returned to bless his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":11711,"verse_id":"2SA.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “David.” The name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":11712,"verse_id":"2SA.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “honored.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":11713,"verse_id":"2SA.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “one of the foolish ones.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A20/4"}
{"id":11714,"verse_id":"2SA.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “all his house”; CEV “anyone else in your family.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":11715,"verse_id":"2SA.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “and I will shame myself still more than this and I will be lowly in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":11716,"verse_id":"2SA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “house” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":11717,"verse_id":"2SA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":11718,"verse_id":"2SA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"The translation understands the disjunctive clause in v. 1 b as circumstantial-causal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":11719,"verse_id":"2SA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Several medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac Peshitta lack this word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":11720,"verse_id":"2SA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “all that is in your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":11721,"verse_id":"2SA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “in a tent and in a dwelling.” The expression is a hendiadys, using two terms to express one idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":11722,"verse_id":"2SA.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “Did I speak a word?” In the Hebrew text the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":11723,"verse_id":"2SA.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “tribes” (so KJV, NASB, NCV), but the parallel passage in 1 Chr 17:6 has “judges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":11724,"verse_id":"2SA.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “whom I commanded to shepherd” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":11725,"verse_id":"2SA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “and from after the sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":11726,"verse_id":"2SA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":11727,"verse_id":"2SA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and I will make for you a great name like the name of the great ones who are in the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":11728,"verse_id":"2SA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “plant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":11729,"verse_id":"2SA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “shaken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":11730,"verse_id":"2SA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “the sons of violence.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":11731,"verse_id":"2SA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":11732,"verse_id":"2SA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"In the Hebrew text the verb is apparently perfect with vav consecutive, which would normally suggest a future sense (“he will declare”; so the LXX, ἀπαγγελεῖ [ apangelei ]). But the context seems instead to call for a present or past nuance (“he declares” or “he has declared”). The synoptic passage in 1 Chr 17:10 has וָאַגִּד ( va ’ aggid , “and I declared”). The construction used in 2 Sam 7:11 highlights this important statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":11733,"verse_id":"2SA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":11734,"verse_id":"2SA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “house,” but used here in a metaphorical sense, referring to a royal dynasty. Here the Lord ’s use of the word plays off the literal sense that David had in mind as he contemplated building a temple for the Lord . To reflect this in the English translation the adjective “dynastic” has been supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A11/4"}
{"id":11735,"verse_id":"2SA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb , “when your days are full and you lie down with your ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":11736,"verse_id":"2SA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “your seed after you who comes out from your insides.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":11737,"verse_id":"2SA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “and I will establish the throne of his kingdom permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":11738,"verse_id":"2SA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “before you.” A few medieval Hebrew mss read instead “before me,” which makes better sense contextually. (See also the LXX and the Syriac Peshitta.) The MT reading is probably the result of dittography (note the כ [ kaf ] at the beginning of the next form), with the extra כ then being interpreted as a pronominal suffix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":11739,"verse_id":"2SA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":11740,"verse_id":"2SA.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “according to all these words and according to all this revelation, so Nathan said to David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":11741,"verse_id":"2SA.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":11742,"verse_id":"2SA.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and this was small in your eyes, O Lord God, so you spoke concerning the house of your servant for a distance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":11743,"verse_id":"2SA.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and this [is] the law of man”; KJV “is this the manner of man, O Lord God?”; NAB “this too you have shown to man”; NRSV “May this be instruction for the people, O Lord God!” This part of the verse is very enigmatic; no completely satisfying solution has yet been suggested. The present translation tries to make sense of the MT by understanding the phrase as a question that underscores the uniqueness of God’s dealings with David as described here. The parallel passage in 1 Chr 17:17 reads differently (see the note there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":11744,"verse_id":"2SA.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “and you know your servant.” The verb here refers to recognizing another in a special way and giving them special treatment (see 1 Chr 17:18 ). Some English versions take this to refer to the Lord’s knowledge of David himself: CEV “you know my thoughts”; NLT “know what I am really like.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":11745,"verse_id":"2SA.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “for the sake of your word and according to your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":11746,"verse_id":"2SA.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “to make known, your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":11747,"verse_id":"2SA.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “in all which we heard with our ears.” The phrase translated “in all” בְּכֹל ( bÿkhol ) should probably be emended to “according to all” כְּכֹל ( kÿkhol ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":11748,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “a nation, one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":11749,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “whose God” or “because God.” In the Hebrew text this clause is subordinated to what precedes. The clauses are separated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":11750,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"The verb is plural in Hebrew, agreeing grammatically with the divine name, which is a plural of degree.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":11751,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “redeem.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/4"}
{"id":11752,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “and to do for you [plural form] the great [thing] and awesome [things] for your land.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/5"}
{"id":11753,"verse_id":"2SA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “from Egypt, nations and their gods.” The LXX has “nations and tents,” which reflects a mistaken metathesis of letters in אֶלֹהָיו ( e ’ lohav , “its gods”) and אֹהָלָיו (’ ohalav , “its tents”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A23/6"}
{"id":11754,"verse_id":"2SA.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “and you established for yourself your people Israel for yourself for a people permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":11755,"verse_id":"2SA.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “and now, O Lord God, the word which you spoke concerning your servant and concerning his house, establish permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":11756,"verse_id":"2SA.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “as you have spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":11757,"verse_id":"2SA.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “and your name might be great permanently.” Following the imperative in v. 23 b, the prefixed verbal form with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":11758,"verse_id":"2SA.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “saying.” The words “as people” are supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":11759,"verse_id":"2SA.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “the house.” See the note on “dynastic house” in the following verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A26/3"}
{"id":11760,"verse_id":"2SA.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “have uncovered the ear of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":11761,"verse_id":"2SA.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “a house.” This maintains the wordplay from v. 11 (see the note on the word “house” there) and is continued in v. 29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A27/2"}
{"id":11762,"verse_id":"2SA.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “has found his heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A27/3"}
{"id":11763,"verse_id":"2SA.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Heb “the God.” The article indicates uniqueness here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":11764,"verse_id":"2SA.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"The translation understands the prefixed verb form as a jussive, indicating David’s wish/prayer. Another option is to take the form as an imperfect and translate “your words are true.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":11765,"verse_id":"2SA.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.28","text":"Heb “and you have spoken to your servant this good thing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A28/3"}
{"id":11766,"verse_id":"2SA.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Heb “house” (again later in this verse). See the note on “dynastic house” in v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":11767,"verse_id":"2SA.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"Or “permanently”; cf. NLT “it is an eternal blessing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":11768,"verse_id":"2SA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “the bridle of one cubit.” Many English versions treat this as a place name because the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:1 reads “Gath” (which is used by NLT here). It is possible that “the bridle of one cubit” is to be understood as “the token of surrender,” referring to the Philistine’s defeat rather than a specific place (cf. TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":11769,"verse_id":"2SA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “from the hand [i.e., control] of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":11770,"verse_id":"2SA.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “and he measured [with] two [lengths] of rope to put to death and [with] the fullness of the rope to keep alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":11771,"verse_id":"2SA.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “and the Moabites were servants of David, carriers of tribute.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":11772,"verse_id":"2SA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"The LXX has ἐπιστῆσαι ( episthsai , “cause to stand”). See the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":11773,"verse_id":"2SA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":11774,"verse_id":"2SA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"The MT does not have the name “Euphrates” in the text. It is supplied in the margin ( Qere ) as one of ten places where the Masoretes believed that something was “to be read although it was not written” in the text as they had received it. The ancient versions (LXX, Syriac Peshitta, Vulgate) include the word. See also the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":11775,"verse_id":"2SA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"The LXX has “one thousand chariots and seven thousand charioteers,” a reading adopted in the text of the NIV. See the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":11776,"verse_id":"2SA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “and David cut the hamstrings of all the chariot horses, and he left from them a hundred chariot horses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":11777,"verse_id":"2SA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":11778,"verse_id":"2SA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Or “wherever he went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":11779,"verse_id":"2SA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":". For a reconstruction of this poorly preserved Qumran text see E. C. Ulrich, Jr., The Qumran Text of Samuel and Josephus (HSM), 45-48. For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":11780,"verse_id":"2SA.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “Betah” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV), but the name should probably be corrected to “Tebah.” See the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":11781,"verse_id":"2SA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The name is spelled “Tou” in the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:9 . NIV adopts the spelling “Tou” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":11782,"verse_id":"2SA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “Toi.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":11783,"verse_id":"2SA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"The name appears as “Hadoram” in the parallel text in 1 Chr 18:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":11784,"verse_id":"2SA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “to ask concerning him for peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":11785,"verse_id":"2SA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “and to bless him because he fought with Hadadezer and defeated him, for Hadadezer was a man of battles with Toi.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":11786,"verse_id":"2SA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “and in his hand were items of silver and items of gold and items of bronze.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A10/5"}
{"id":11787,"verse_id":"2SA.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “also them King David made holy to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":11788,"verse_id":"2SA.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “with the silver and the gold that he had dedicated from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":11789,"verse_id":"2SA.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":11790,"verse_id":"2SA.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"The present translation follows the MT; a few Hebrew mss along with the LXX and Syriac read “Edom” (cf. 2 Sam 8:14 and 1 Chr 18:11 ). Many modern English versions read “Edom” here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":11791,"verse_id":"2SA.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “and from the plunder of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":11792,"verse_id":"2SA.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “made a name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":11793,"verse_id":"2SA.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"So NASB, NCV; NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “Edomites” (see the note on “Aram” in v. 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":11794,"verse_id":"2SA.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"The words “he defeated” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":11795,"verse_id":"2SA.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The MT is repetitious here: “He placed in Edom garrisons; in all Edom he placed garrisons.” The Vulgate lacks “in all Edom”; most of the Greek tradition (with the exception of the Lucianic recension and the recension of Origen) and the Syriac Peshitta lack “he placed garrisons.” The MT reading appears here to be the result of a conflation of variant readings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":11796,"verse_id":"2SA.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “and David was doing what is just and fair for all his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":11797,"verse_id":"2SA.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “was over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":11798,"verse_id":"2SA.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Here Ahimelech is called “the son of Abiathar,” but NCV, CEV, and REB reverse this to conform with 1 Sam 22:20 . Most recent English versions (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) retain the order found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":11799,"verse_id":"2SA.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"The translation follows the Syriac Peshitta, Targum, and Vulgate in reading “over,” rather than the simple conjunction that appears in MT. See also the parallel passage in 1 Chr 18:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":11800,"verse_id":"2SA.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":11801,"verse_id":"2SA.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":11802,"verse_id":"2SA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":11803,"verse_id":"2SA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “sent and took him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":11804,"verse_id":"2SA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":11805,"verse_id":"2SA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “he fell on his face and bowed down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":11806,"verse_id":"2SA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “Look, your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":11807,"verse_id":"2SA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and you will eat food over my table continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":11808,"verse_id":"2SA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Mephibosheth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":11809,"verse_id":"2SA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “What is your servant, that you turn to a dead dog which is like me?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":11810,"verse_id":"2SA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":11811,"verse_id":"2SA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"The Hebrew text implies, but does not actually contain, the words “its produce” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":11812,"verse_id":"2SA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"The words “it will be,” though present in the MT, are absent from the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":11813,"verse_id":"2SA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “and he will eat it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A10/4"}
{"id":11814,"verse_id":"2SA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “eating.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":11815,"verse_id":"2SA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “my table.” But the first person reference to David is awkward here since the quotation of David’s words has already been concluded in v. 10 ; nor does the “my” refer to Ziba, since the latter part of v. 11 does not seem to be part of Ziba’s response to the king. The ancient versions are not unanimous in the way that they render the phrase. The LXX has “the table of David” ( τῆς τραπέζης Δαυιδ , th\" trapezh\" Dauid ); the Syriac Peshitta has “the table of the king” ( patureh demalka ’); the Vulgate has “your table” ( mensam tuam ). The present translation follows the LXX.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":11816,"verse_id":"2SA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":11817,"verse_id":"2SA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “reigned in his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":11818,"verse_id":"2SA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “do loyalty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":11819,"verse_id":"2SA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “did loyalty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":11820,"verse_id":"2SA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “and David sent to console him by the hand of his servants concerning his father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":11821,"verse_id":"2SA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “Is David honoring your father in your eyes when he sends to you ones consoling?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":11822,"verse_id":"2SA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “Is it not to explore the city and to spy on it and to overthrow it [that] David has sent his servants to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":11823,"verse_id":"2SA.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “and he cut their robes in the middle unto their buttocks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":11824,"verse_id":"2SA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the messengers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":11825,"verse_id":"2SA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"The words “what had happened” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":11826,"verse_id":"2SA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":11827,"verse_id":"2SA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “that they were a stench [i.e., disgusting] with David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":11828,"verse_id":"2SA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “the Ammonites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":11829,"verse_id":"2SA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “Arameans of Beth Rehob and Arameans of Zobah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":11830,"verse_id":"2SA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"Or perhaps “the men of Tob.” The ancient versions (the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate) understand the name to be “Ish-tob.” It is possible that “Ish” is dittographic and that we should read simply “Tob,” a reading adopted by a number of recent English versions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":11831,"verse_id":"2SA.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"The words “the news” and “to meet them” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":11832,"verse_id":"2SA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “and Joab saw that the face of the battle was to him before and behind and he chose from all the best in Israel and arranged to meet Aram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":11833,"verse_id":"2SA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":11834,"verse_id":"2SA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “he arranged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":11835,"verse_id":"2SA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":11836,"verse_id":"2SA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “if Aram is stronger than me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":11837,"verse_id":"2SA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “if the sons of Ammon are stronger than you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":11838,"verse_id":"2SA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “and the Lord will do what is good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":11839,"verse_id":"2SA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and the army which was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":11840,"verse_id":"2SA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “and Joab returned from against the sons of Ammon and entered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":11841,"verse_id":"2SA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":11842,"verse_id":"2SA.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “were gathered together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":11843,"verse_id":"2SA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “and Hadadezer sent and brought out Aram which is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":11844,"verse_id":"2SA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “from beyond the River.” The name “Euphrates” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":11845,"verse_id":"2SA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “was before them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":11846,"verse_id":"2SA.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":11847,"verse_id":"2SA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “horsemen” (so KJV, NASB, NCV, NRSV, NLT) but the Lucianic recension of the LXX reads “foot soldiers,” as does the parallel text in 1 Chr 19:18 . Cf. NAB, NIV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":11848,"verse_id":"2SA.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “the servants of Hadadezer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":11849,"verse_id":"2SA.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “and they served them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":11850,"verse_id":"2SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Codex Leningrad (B19A), on which BHS is based, has here “messengers” ( הַמַּלְאכִים , hammal ’ khim ), probably as the result of contamination from the occurrence of that word in v. 4 . The present translation follows most Hebrew mss and the ancient versions, which read “kings” ( הַמֶּלָאכִים , hammela ’ kim ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":11851,"verse_id":"2SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “go out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":11852,"verse_id":"2SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “and his servants with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":11853,"verse_id":"2SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A1/4"}
{"id":11854,"verse_id":"2SA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.1","text":"The disjunctive clause contrasts David’s inactivity with the army’s activity. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A1/5"}
{"id":11855,"verse_id":"2SA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “on the roof of the house of the king.” So also in vv. 8, 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":11856,"verse_id":"2SA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The disjunctive clause highlights this observation and builds the tension of the story.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":11857,"verse_id":"2SA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the messenger) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":11858,"verse_id":"2SA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and David sent messengers and he took her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":11859,"verse_id":"2SA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “he lay with her” (so NASB, NRSV); TEV “he made love to her”; NIV, CEV, NLT “he slept with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":11860,"verse_id":"2SA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"The parenthetical disjunctive clause further heightens the tension by letting the reader know that Bathsheba, having just completed her menstrual cycle, is ripe for conception. See P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 286. Since she just had her period, it will also be obvious to those close to the scene that Uriah, who has been away fighting, cannot be the father of the child.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":11861,"verse_id":"2SA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “concerning the peace of Joab and concerning the peace of the people and concerning the peace of the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":11862,"verse_id":"2SA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “and wash your feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":11863,"verse_id":"2SA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “and there went out after him the gift of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":11864,"verse_id":"2SA.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The Lucianic recension of the Old Greek translation lacks the word “all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":11865,"verse_id":"2SA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “and lay.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":11866,"verse_id":"2SA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “as you live and as your soul lives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":11867,"verse_id":"2SA.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"On the chronology involved here see P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 287.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":11868,"verse_id":"2SA.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “the valiant men.” This refers in context to the strongest or most valiant defenders of the city Joab and the Israelite army were besieging, so the present translation uses “the best enemy soldiers” for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":11869,"verse_id":"2SA.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “some of the people from the servants of David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":11870,"verse_id":"2SA.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “Joab sent and related to David all the matters of the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":11871,"verse_id":"2SA.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “and came out to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":11872,"verse_id":"2SA.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “but we were on them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":11873,"verse_id":"2SA.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"The translation follows the Qere (“your servants”) rather than the Kethib (“your servant”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":11874,"verse_id":"2SA.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “let not this matter be evil in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":11875,"verse_id":"2SA.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “according to this and according to this the sword devours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":11876,"verse_id":"2SA.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “overthrow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A25/3"}
{"id":11877,"verse_id":"2SA.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.25","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “with these words.” They are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A25/4"}
{"id":11878,"verse_id":"2SA.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “for her lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":11879,"verse_id":"2SA.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “David sent and gathered her to his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":11880,"verse_id":"2SA.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “and the thing which David had done was evil in the eyes of the Lord .” Note the verbal connection with v. 25 . Though David did not regard the matter as evil, the Lord certainly did.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":11881,"verse_id":"2SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, and the Syriac Peshitta add “the prophet.” The words are included in a few modern English version (e.g., TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":11882,"verse_id":"2SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":11883,"verse_id":"2SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Nathan) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":11884,"verse_id":"2SA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.1","text":"The Hebrew text repeats “to him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A1/4"}
{"id":11885,"verse_id":"2SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “his sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":11886,"verse_id":"2SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"The three Hebrew imperfect verbal forms in this sentence have a customary nuance; they describe past actions that were repeated or typical.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":11887,"verse_id":"2SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “from his morsel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":11888,"verse_id":"2SA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “and on his chest [or perhaps, “lap”] it would lay.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A3/4"}
{"id":11889,"verse_id":"2SA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “came to the rich man.” In the translation “arrived at the rich man’s home” has been used for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":11890,"verse_id":"2SA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “and he refused to take from his flock and from his herd to prepare [a meal] for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":11891,"verse_id":"2SA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “who had come to him” (also a second time later in this verse). The word “visit” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":11892,"verse_id":"2SA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “and prepared.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":11893,"verse_id":"2SA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “the man doing this [is] a son of death.” See 1 Sam 20:31 for another use of this expression, which must mean “he is as good as dead” or “he deserves to die,” as 1 Sam 20:32 makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":11894,"verse_id":"2SA.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"With the exception of the Lucianic recension, the Old Greek translation has here “sevenfold” rather than “fourfold,” a reading that S. R. Driver thought probably to be the original reading (S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 291). However, Exod 22:1 [21:37 HT] specifies fourfold repayment for a stolen sheep, which is consistent with 2 Sam 12:6 . Some mss of the Targum and the Syriac Peshitta exaggerate the idea to “fortyfold.” tn Heb “the lamb he must repay fourfold because he did this thing and because he did not have compassion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":11895,"verse_id":"2SA.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":11896,"verse_id":"2SA.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “and the wives of your lord into your chest [or “lap”].” The words “I put” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":11897,"verse_id":"2SA.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"So the Qere ; the Kethib has “his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":11898,"verse_id":"2SA.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “to you for a wife.” This expression also occurs at the end of v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":11899,"verse_id":"2SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “raise up against you disaster.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":11900,"verse_id":"2SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NRSV); NCV, TEV, CEV “family.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":11901,"verse_id":"2SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Or “friend.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":11902,"verse_id":"2SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “will lie with” (so NIV, NRSV); TEV “will have intercourse with”; CEV, NLT “will go to bed with.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A11/4"}
{"id":11903,"verse_id":"2SA.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “in the eyes of this sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A11/5"}
{"id":11904,"verse_id":"2SA.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “and before the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":11905,"verse_id":"2SA.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “removed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":11906,"verse_id":"2SA.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"The MT has here “because you have caused the enemies of the Lord to treat the Lord with such contempt.” This is one of the so-called tiqqune sopherim , or “emendations of the scribes.” According to this ancient tradition, the scribes changed the text in order to soften somewhat the negative light in which David was presented. If that is the case, the MT reflects the altered text. The present translation departs from the MT here. Elsewhere the Piel stem of this verb means “treat with contempt,” but never “cause someone to treat with contempt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":11907,"verse_id":"2SA.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “and the Lord struck the child…and he was ill.” It is necessary to repeat “the child” in the translation to make clear who became ill, since “the Lord struck the child that Uriah’s wife had borne to David, and he became very ill” could be understood to mean that David himself became ill.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":11908,"verse_id":"2SA.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “sought” or “searched for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":11909,"verse_id":"2SA.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “and David fasted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":11910,"verse_id":"2SA.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"The three Hebrew verbs that follow in this verse are perfects with prefixed vav . They may describe repeated past actions or actions which accompanied David’s praying and fasting.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":11911,"verse_id":"2SA.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “to our voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":11912,"verse_id":"2SA.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “he will do harm.” The object is not stated in the Hebrew text. The statement may be intentionally vague, meaning that he might harm himself or them!","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":11913,"verse_id":"2SA.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “David.” The name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“he”) for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":11914,"verse_id":"2SA.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"For the MT בַּעֲבוּר ( ba ’ avur , “for the sake of”) we should probably read בְּעוֹד ( bÿ ’ od , “while”). See the Lucianic Greek recension, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Targum.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":11915,"verse_id":"2SA.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":11916,"verse_id":"2SA.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “Who knows?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":11917,"verse_id":"2SA.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “and he lay with her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":11918,"verse_id":"2SA.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity. While some translations render the pronoun as third person plural (“they”), implying that both David and Bathsheba together named the child, it is likely that the name “Solomon,” which is related to the Hebrew word for “peace” (and may be derived from it) had special significance for David, who would have regarded the birth of a second child to Bathsheba as a confirming sign that God had forgiven his sin and was at peace with him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":11919,"verse_id":"2SA.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “him,” referring to the child.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A24/3"}
{"id":11920,"verse_id":"2SA.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"Heb “people.” So also in vv. 29, 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":11921,"verse_id":"2SA.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Part of the Greek tradition wrongly understands Hebrew מַלְכָּם ( malkam , “their king”) as a proper name (“Milcom”). Some English versions follow the Greek here, rendering the phrase “the crown of Milcom” (so NRSV; cf. also NAB, CEV). TEV takes this as a reference not to the Ammonite king but to “the idol of the Ammonite god Molech.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":11922,"verse_id":"2SA.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.30","text":"Heb “and its weight [was] a talent of gold.” The weight of this ornamental crown was approximately 75 lbs (34 kg). See P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 313.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A30/2"}
{"id":11923,"verse_id":"2SA.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “brought out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":11924,"verse_id":"2SA.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.31","text":"Heb “and so he would do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A31/2"}
{"id":11925,"verse_id":"2SA.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2012%3A31/3"}
{"id":11926,"verse_id":"2SA.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “Amnon the son of David loved her.” The following verse indicates the extreme nature of his infatuation, so the translation uses “madly in love” here. sn Amnon was the half-brother of Tamar; Absalom was her full blood-brother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":11927,"verse_id":"2SA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “and there was distress to Amnon so that he made himself sick.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":11928,"verse_id":"2SA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “and he said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":11929,"verse_id":"2SA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"An more idiomatic translation might be “Why are you of all people…?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":11930,"verse_id":"2SA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"This verb is used in the Hitpael stem only in this chapter of the Hebrew Bible. With the exception of v. 2 it describes not a real sickness but one pretended in order to entrap Tamar. The Hitpael sometimes, as here, describes the subject making oneself appear to be of a certain character. On this use of the stem, see GKC 149-50 §54. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":11931,"verse_id":"2SA.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “in his sight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":11932,"verse_id":"2SA.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “the cakes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":11933,"verse_id":"2SA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “from upon me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":11934,"verse_id":"2SA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss have “and they removed everyone” (Hiphil preterite with vav consecutive 3cp, rather than Qal preterite with vav consecutive 3cp).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":11935,"verse_id":"2SA.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “lie with me” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV); NCV “come and have sexual relations with me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":11936,"verse_id":"2SA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and you will be like one of the fools.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":11937,"verse_id":"2SA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “Now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":11938,"verse_id":"2SA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “to her voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":11939,"verse_id":"2SA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “and he humiliated her and lay with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":11940,"verse_id":"2SA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “and Amnon hated her with very great hatred.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":11941,"verse_id":"2SA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “for greater was the hatred with which he hated her than the love with which he loved her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":11942,"verse_id":"2SA.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “No, because this great evil is [worse] than the other which you did with me, by sending me away.” Perhaps the broken syntax reflects her hysteria and outrage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":11943,"verse_id":"2SA.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “send this [one] from upon me to the outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":11944,"verse_id":"2SA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The Hebrew expression used here ( כְּתֹנֶת פַּסִּים , kÿtonet passim ) is found only here and in Gen 37:3, 23, 32 . Hebrew פַּס ( pas ) can refer to the palm of the hand or the sole of the foot; here the idea is probably that of a long robe reaching to the feet and having sleeves reaching to the wrists. The notion of a “coat of many colors” (KJV, ASV “garment of divers colors”), a familiar translation for the phrase in Genesis, is based primarily on the translation adopted in the LXX χιτῶνα ποικίλον ( citona poikilion ) and does not have a great deal of support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":11945,"verse_id":"2SA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Amnon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":11946,"verse_id":"2SA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"The Hebrew verb is a perfect with nonconsecutive vav , probably indicating an action (locking the door) that complements the preceding one (pushing her out the door).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":11947,"verse_id":"2SA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “Don’t set your heart to this thing!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":11948,"verse_id":"2SA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The LXX and part of the Old Latin tradition include the following addition to v. 21 , also included in some English versions (e.g., NAB, NRSV, CEV): “But he did not grieve the spirit of Amnon his son, because he loved him, since he was his firstborn.” Note David’s attitude toward his son Adonijah in 1 Kgs 1:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":11949,"verse_id":"2SA.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":11950,"verse_id":"2SA.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “your servant has sheepshearers.” The phrase “your servant” also occurs at the end of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":11951,"verse_id":"2SA.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Absalom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":11952,"verse_id":"2SA.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"ויצפר ( vayyitspar , “and he pressed”) rather than the MT וַיִּפְרָץ ( vayyiprats , “and he broke through”). This emended reading seems also to underlie the translations of the LXX ( καὶ ἐβιάσατο , kai ebiasato ), the Syriac Peshitta ( we ’ alseh ), and Vulgate ( cogeret eum ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":11953,"verse_id":"2SA.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A25/3"}
{"id":11954,"verse_id":"2SA.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A25/4"}
{"id":11955,"verse_id":"2SA.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and not.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":11956,"verse_id":"2SA.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “when good is the heart of Amnon with wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":11957,"verse_id":"2SA.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “and become sons of valor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":11958,"verse_id":"2SA.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “it was placed on the mouth of Absalom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":11959,"verse_id":"2SA.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Amnon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":11960,"verse_id":"2SA.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"Heb “behind him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":11961,"verse_id":"2SA.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.36","text":"Heb “and they lifted their voice and wept.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A36/1"}
{"id":11962,"verse_id":"2SA.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.36","text":"Heb “with a great weeping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A36/2"}
{"id":11963,"verse_id":"2SA.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.37","text":"The Hebrew text leaves the word “David” to be inferred. The Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate add the word “David.” Most of the Greek tradition includes the words “King David” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A37/1"}
{"id":11964,"verse_id":"2SA.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.39","text":"in reading רוּחַ הַמֶּלֶךְ ( ruakh hammelekh , “the spirit of the king”) rather than the MT דָּוִד הַמֶּלֶךְ ( david hammelekh , “David the king”). The understanding reflected in the translation above is that David, though alienated during this time from his son Absalom, still had an abiding love and concern for him. He longed for reconciliation with him. A rather different interpretation of the verse supposes that David’s interest in taking military action against Absalom grew slack with the passing of time, and this in turn enabled David’s advisers to encourage him toward reconciliation with Absalom. For the latter view, see P. K. McCarter, II Samuel (AB), 344, and cf. CEV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A39/1"}
{"id":11965,"verse_id":"2SA.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.39","text":"Heb “was consoled over Amnon, because he was dead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2013%3A39/2"}
{"id":11966,"verse_id":"2SA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “the heart of the king was upon.” The Syriac Peshitta adds the verb ’ ethre ’ i (“was reconciled”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":11967,"verse_id":"2SA.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"The Hebrew Hitpael verbal form here indicates pretended rather than genuine action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":11968,"verse_id":"2SA.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “these many days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":11969,"verse_id":"2SA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “put the words in her mouth” (so NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":11970,"verse_id":"2SA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss in reading וַתַּבֹא ( vattavo ’, “and she went”) rather than the MT וַתֹּאמֶר ( vatto ’ mer , “and she said”). The MT reading shows confusion with וַתֹּאמֶר later in the verse. The emendation suggested here is supported by the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, some mss of the Targum, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":11971,"verse_id":"2SA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"The word “me” is left to be inferred in the Hebrew text; it is present in the Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":11972,"verse_id":"2SA.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “What to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":11973,"verse_id":"2SA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Here and elsewhere (vv. 7, 12, 15 a, 17, 19) the woman uses a term which suggests a lower level female servant. She uses the term to express her humility before the king. However, she uses a different term in vv. 15 b-16. See the note at v. 15 for a discussion of the rhetorical purpose of this switch in terminology.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":11974,"verse_id":"2SA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “in exchange for the life.” The Hebrew preposition בְּ ( bÿ , “in”) here is the so-called bet pretii , or bet ( בְּ ) of price, defining the value attached to someone or something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":11975,"verse_id":"2SA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":11976,"verse_id":"2SA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The words “in that case” are not in the Hebrew text, but may be inferred from the context. They are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":11977,"verse_id":"2SA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “let the king remember.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":11978,"verse_id":"2SA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “of your son.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":11979,"verse_id":"2SA.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “he devises plans for the one banished from him not to be banished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":11980,"verse_id":"2SA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The LXX ( ὄψεταί με , opsetai me ) has misunderstood the Hebrew יֵרְאֻנִי ( yerÿ ’ uni , Piel perfect, “they have made me fearful”), taking the verb to be a form of the verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”) rather than the verb יָרֵא ( yare ’, “to fear”). The fact that the Greek translators were working with an unvocalized Hebrew text (i.e., consonants only) made them very susceptible to this type of error.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":11981,"verse_id":"2SA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Here and in v. 16 the woman refers to herself as the king’s אָמָה (’ amah ), a term that refers to a higher level female servant toward whom the master might have some obligation. Like the other term, this word expresses her humility, but it also suggests that the king might have some obligation to treat her in accordance with the principles of justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":11982,"verse_id":"2SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":11983,"verse_id":"2SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Or “will.” The imperfect verbal form can have either an indicative or modal nuance. The use of “perhaps” in v. 15 b suggests the latter here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":11984,"verse_id":"2SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “in order to deliver his maid.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":11985,"verse_id":"2SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “destroy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A16/4"}
{"id":11986,"verse_id":"2SA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “from the inheritance of God.” The expression refers to the property that was granted to her family line in the division of the land authorized by God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A16/5"}
{"id":11987,"verse_id":"2SA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “Is the hand of Joab with you in all this?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":11988,"verse_id":"2SA.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “to know all that is in the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":11989,"verse_id":"2SA.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss have “you” rather than “I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":11990,"verse_id":"2SA.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":11991,"verse_id":"2SA.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"The present translation reads with the Qere “your” rather than the MT “his.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":11992,"verse_id":"2SA.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":11993,"verse_id":"2SA.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “turn aside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":11994,"verse_id":"2SA.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “turned aside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":11995,"verse_id":"2SA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “Like Absalom there was not a handsome man in all Israel to boast exceedingly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":11996,"verse_id":"2SA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “there was not in him a blemish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":11997,"verse_id":"2SA.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “for it was heavy upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":11998,"verse_id":"2SA.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “two hundred shekels.” The modern equivalent would be about three pounds (1.4 kg).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":11999,"verse_id":"2SA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “and there were born.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":12000,"verse_id":"2SA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"The LXX adds here the following words: “And she became a wife to Rehoboam the son of Solomon and bore to him Abia.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":12001,"verse_id":"2SA.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"The LXX adds here the following words: “And the servants of Absalom burned them up. And the servants of Joab came to him, rending their garments. They said….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":12002,"verse_id":"2SA.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"The word “Joab’s” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":12003,"verse_id":"2SA.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":12004,"verse_id":"2SA.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “he.” Joab, acting on behalf of the king, may be the implied subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":12005,"verse_id":"2SA.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Absalom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A33/2"}
{"id":12006,"verse_id":"2SA.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “Absalom.” For stylistic reasons the name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2014%3A33/3"}
{"id":12007,"verse_id":"2SA.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “acquired for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":12008,"verse_id":"2SA.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “to run ahead of him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":12009,"verse_id":"2SA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “your servant.” So also in vv. 8, 15, 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":12010,"verse_id":"2SA.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “good and straight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":12011,"verse_id":"2SA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “Who will make me?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":12012,"verse_id":"2SA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “a complaint and a judgment.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":12013,"verse_id":"2SA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Absalom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":12014,"verse_id":"2SA.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “stole the heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":12015,"verse_id":"2SA.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “the men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":12016,"verse_id":"2SA.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"The MT has here “forty,” but this is presumably a scribal error for “four.” The context will not tolerate a period of forty years prior to the rebellion of Absalom. The Lucianic Greek recension ( τέσσαρα ἔτη , tessara ete ), the Syriac Peshitta (’ arba ’ sanin ), and Vulgate ( post quattuor autem annos ) in fact have the expected reading “four years.” Most English translations follow the versions in reading “four” here, although some (e.g. KJV, ASV, NASB, NKJV), following the MT, read “forty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":12017,"verse_id":"2SA.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “for your servant vowed a vow.” The formal court style of referring to one’s self in third person (“your servant”) has been translated here as first person for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":12018,"verse_id":"2SA.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":12019,"verse_id":"2SA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Absalom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":12020,"verse_id":"2SA.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":12021,"verse_id":"2SA.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “being invited and going naively and they did not know anything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":12022,"verse_id":"2SA.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Traditionally, “counselor,” but this term is more often associated with psychological counseling today, so “adviser” was used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":12023,"verse_id":"2SA.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “Absalom sent for Ahithophel the Gilonite, the adviser of David, from his city, from Giloh, while he was sacrificing.” It is not entirely clear who (Absalom or Ahithophel) was offering the sacrifices.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":12024,"verse_id":"2SA.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “the heart of the men of Israel is with Absalom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":12025,"verse_id":"2SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":12026,"verse_id":"2SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “Arise!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":12027,"verse_id":"2SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “let’s flee.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A14/3"}
{"id":12028,"verse_id":"2SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “thrust.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A14/4"}
{"id":12029,"verse_id":"2SA.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “and strike the city with the edge of the sword.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A14/5"}
{"id":12030,"verse_id":"2SA.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “according to all that my lord the king will choose, behold your servants!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":12031,"verse_id":"2SA.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “and all his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":12032,"verse_id":"2SA.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “women, concubines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":12033,"verse_id":"2SA.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “and they stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":12034,"verse_id":"2SA.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":12035,"verse_id":"2SA.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “crossing over near his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":12036,"verse_id":"2SA.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “crossing over near the face of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":12037,"verse_id":"2SA.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"The word “new” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation to make it clear that David refers to Absalom, not himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":12038,"verse_id":"2SA.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":12039,"verse_id":"2SA.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “brothers,” but see v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":12040,"verse_id":"2SA.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “loyal love and truth.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":12041,"verse_id":"2SA.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “be with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A20/3"}
{"id":12042,"verse_id":"2SA.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “whether for death or for life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":12043,"verse_id":"2SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “Come and cross over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":12044,"verse_id":"2SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “crossed over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":12045,"verse_id":"2SA.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “all the little ones.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A22/3"}
{"id":12046,"verse_id":"2SA.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “with a great voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":12047,"verse_id":"2SA.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “crossing over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":12048,"verse_id":"2SA.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “crossing near the face of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A23/3"}
{"id":12049,"verse_id":"2SA.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “crossing from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":12050,"verse_id":"2SA.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “as [is] good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":12051,"verse_id":"2SA.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"The Greek tradition understands the Hebrew word as an imperative (“see”). Most Greek mss have ἴδετε ( idete ); the Lucianic recension has βλέπε ( blepe ). It could just as well be taken as a question: “Don’t you see what is happening?” The present translation takes the word as a question, with the implication that Zadok is a priest and not a prophet (i.e., “seer”) and therefore unable to know what the future holds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":12052,"verse_id":"2SA.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “And Ahimaaz your son, and Jonathan the son of Abiathar, two of your sons, with you.” The pronominal suffix on the last word is plural, referring to Zadok and Abiathar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A27/2"}
{"id":12053,"verse_id":"2SA.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"The pronoun is plural, referring to Zadok and Abiathar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":12054,"verse_id":"2SA.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":", part of the Greek tradition, the Syriac Peshitta, Targum, and Vulgate uldavid in reading “and to David,” rather than MT וְדָוִד ( vÿdavid , “and David”). As Driver points out, the Hebrew verb הִגִּיד ( higgid , “he related”) never uses the accusative for the person to whom something is told (S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 316).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":12055,"verse_id":"2SA.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":12056,"verse_id":"2SA.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"Heb “cross over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":12057,"verse_id":"2SA.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.35","text":"Heb “Will not Zadok and Abiathar the priests be there with you?” The rhetorical question draws attention to the fact that Hushai will not be alone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A35/1"}
{"id":12058,"verse_id":"2SA.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.35","text":"Heb “from the house of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A35/2"}
{"id":12059,"verse_id":"2SA.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.36","text":"Heb “and you must send by their hand to me every word which you hear.” Both of the second person verb forms are plural with Zadok, Abiathar, and Hushai being the understood subjects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2015%3A36/1"}
{"id":12060,"verse_id":"2SA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “a hundred summer fruit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":12061,"verse_id":"2SA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “What are these to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":12062,"verse_id":"2SA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading וְהַלֶּחֶם ( vÿhallekhem , “and the bread”) rather than וּלְהַלֶּחֶם ( ulÿhallekhem , “and to the bread”) of the Kethib . The syntax of the MT is confused here by the needless repetition of the preposition, probably taken from the preceding word.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":12063,"verse_id":"2SA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"The Hebrew text adds “to drink.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":12064,"verse_id":"2SA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":12065,"verse_id":"2SA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":12066,"verse_id":"2SA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “my father’s.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":12067,"verse_id":"2SA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “came to.” The form of the verb in the MT is odd. Some prefer to read וַיַּבֹא ( vayyavo ’), preterite with vav consecutive) rather than וּבָא ( uva ’), apparently perfect with vav ), but this is probably an instance where the narrative offline vÿqatal construction introduces a new scene.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":12068,"verse_id":"2SA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “And look, from there a man was coming out from the clan of the house of Saul and his name was Shimei son of Gera, continually going out and cursing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":12069,"verse_id":"2SA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “man of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":12070,"verse_id":"2SA.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “has brought back upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":12071,"verse_id":"2SA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “What to me and to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":12072,"verse_id":"2SA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “who came out from my entrails.” David’s point is that is his own son, his child whom he himself had fathered, was now wanting to kill him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":12073,"verse_id":"2SA.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here. It is probably preferable to read with the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate בְּעוֹנִי ( bÿ ’ onyi , “on my affliction”) rather than the Kethib of the MT בָּעַוֹנִי ( ba ’ avoni , “on my wrongdoing”). While this Kethib reading is understandable as an objective genitive (i.e., “the wrong perpetrated upon me”), it does not conform to normal Hebrew idiom for this idea. The Qere of the MT בְּעֵינֵי ( bÿ ’ eni , “on my eyes”), usually taken as synecdoche to mean “my tears,” does not commend itself as a likely meaning. The Hebrew word is one of the so-called tiqqune sopherim , or “emendations of the scribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":12074,"verse_id":"2SA.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and the Lord will restore to me good in place of his curse this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":12075,"verse_id":"2SA.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “and he cursed and threw stones, opposite him, pelting [them] with dirt.” The offline vÿqatal construction in the last clause indicates an action that was complementary to the action described in the preceding clause. He simultaneously threw stones and dirt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":12076,"verse_id":"2SA.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":12077,"verse_id":"2SA.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “and all the people, the men of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":12078,"verse_id":"2SA.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":12079,"verse_id":"2SA.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “to Absalom.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun “him” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":12080,"verse_id":"2SA.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “No for with the one whom the Lord has chosen, and this people, and all the men of Israel, I will be and with him I will stay.” The translation follows the Qere and several medieval Hebrew mss in reading לוֹ ( lo , “[I will be] to him”) rather than the MT לֹא ( lo ’, “[I will] not be”), which makes very little sense here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":12081,"verse_id":"2SA.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “Just as I served before your father, so I will be before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":12082,"verse_id":"2SA.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “go to”; NAB “have (+ sexual NCV) relations with”; TEV “have intercourse with”; NLT “Go and sleep with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":12083,"verse_id":"2SA.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “and the hands of all who are with you will be strengthened.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":12084,"verse_id":"2SA.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “went to”; NAB “he visited his father’s concubines”; NIV “lay with his father’s concubines”; TEV “went in and had intercourse with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":12085,"verse_id":"2SA.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “And the advice of Ahithophel which he advised in those days was as when one inquires of the word of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":12086,"verse_id":"2SA.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “So was all the advice of Ahithophel, also to David, also to Absalom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2016%3A23/2"}
{"id":12087,"verse_id":"2SA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “and I will come upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":12088,"verse_id":"2SA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “exhausted and slack of hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":12089,"verse_id":"2SA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “like the returning of all, the man whom you are seeking.” The LXX reads differently: “And I will return all the people to you the way a bride returns to her husband, except for the life of the one man whom you are seeking.” The other early versions also struggled with this verse. Modern translations are divided as well: the NAB, NRSV, REB, and NLT follow the LXX, while the NASB and NIV follow the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":12090,"verse_id":"2SA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “all of the people will be safe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":12091,"verse_id":"2SA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":12092,"verse_id":"2SA.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"In the MT the verb is singular, but in the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate it is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":12093,"verse_id":"2SA.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “what is in his mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":12094,"verse_id":"2SA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “Not good is the advice which Ahithophel has advised at this time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":12095,"verse_id":"2SA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"The LXX (with the exception of the recensions of Origen and Lucian) repeats the description as follows: “Just as a female bear bereft of cubs in a field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":12096,"verse_id":"2SA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “that he falls on them [i.e., Absalom’s troops] at the first [encounter]; or “that some of them [i.e., Absalom’s troops] fall at the first [encounter].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":12097,"verse_id":"2SA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":12098,"verse_id":"2SA.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":12099,"verse_id":"2SA.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “send quickly and tell David saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":12100,"verse_id":"2SA.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Or “wilderness” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":12101,"verse_id":"2SA.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"That is, “cross over the Jordan River.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":12102,"verse_id":"2SA.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “swallowed up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A16/4"}
{"id":12103,"verse_id":"2SA.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Heb “they”; the referents (Absalom’s men) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":12104,"verse_id":"2SA.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":12105,"verse_id":"2SA.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “they”; the referents (Ahimaaz and Jonathan) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":12106,"verse_id":"2SA.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “the water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":12107,"verse_id":"2SA.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “for thus Ahithophel has devised against you.” The expression “thus” is narrative shorthand, referring to the plan outlined by Ahithophel (see vv. 1-3 ). The men would surely have outlined the plan in as much detail as they had been given by the messenger.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A21/3"}
{"id":12108,"verse_id":"2SA.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text here or in v. 24 , but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":12109,"verse_id":"2SA.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"The Greek recensions of Origen and Lucian have here “house” for “grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":12110,"verse_id":"2SA.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “come to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":12111,"verse_id":"2SA.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":12112,"verse_id":"2SA.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"The MT adds “roasted grain” וְקָלִי ( vÿqali ) at the end of v. 28 , apparently accidentally repeating the word from its earlier occurrence in this verse. With the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and an Old Latin ms the translation deletes this second occurrence of the word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":12113,"verse_id":"2SA.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.29","text":"Heb “cheese of the herd,” probably referring to cheese from cow’s milk (rather than goat’s milk).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A29/1"}
{"id":12114,"verse_id":"2SA.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.29","text":"Or “wilderness” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2017%3A29/2"}
{"id":12115,"verse_id":"2SA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “the people said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":12116,"verse_id":"2SA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “march out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":12117,"verse_id":"2SA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “they will not place to us heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":12118,"verse_id":"2SA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.3","text":"The translation follows the LXX (except for the Lucianic recension), Symmachus, and Vulgate in reading אָתָּה (’ atta , “you”) rather than MT עָתָּה (’ atta , “now”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A3/4"}
{"id":12119,"verse_id":"2SA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “servants” (also in v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":12120,"verse_id":"2SA.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “the.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":12121,"verse_id":"2SA.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “the donkey.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":12122,"verse_id":"2SA.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “between the sky and the ground.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":12123,"verse_id":"2SA.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"lacks the word “one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":12124,"verse_id":"2SA.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “Why did you not strike him down there to the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":12125,"verse_id":"2SA.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “ten [shekels] of silver.” This would have been about 4 ounces (114 grams) of silver by weight.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":12126,"verse_id":"2SA.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “and a girdle” (so KJV); NIV “a warrior’s belt”; CEV “a special belt”; NLT “a hero’s belt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":12127,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading וְלוּ ( vÿlu , “and if”) rather than MT וְלֹא ( vÿlo ’, “and not”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":12128,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “weighing out in my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":12129,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “a thousand [shekels] of silver.” This would have been about 25 pounds (11.4 kg) of silver by weight.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":12130,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “extend my hand against.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/4"}
{"id":12131,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “in our ears.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/5"}
{"id":12132,"verse_id":"2SA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"18.12","text":"The Hebrew text is very difficult here. The MT reads מִי ( mi , “who”), apparently yielding the following sense: “Show care, whoever you might be , for the youth Absalom.” The Syriac Peshitta reads li (“for me”), the Hebrew counterpart of which may also lie behind the LXX rendering μοι ( moi , “for me”). This reading seems preferable here, since it restores sense to the passage and most easily explains the rise of the variant.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A12/6"}
{"id":12133,"verse_id":"2SA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"The translation follows the Qere, many medieval Hebrew mss , and a number of the ancient versions in reading בְנַפְשִׁי ( vÿnafshi , “against my life”) rather than the MT בְנַפְשׁוֹ ( vÿnafsho , “against his life”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":12134,"verse_id":"2SA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “stood aloof.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":12135,"verse_id":"2SA.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"There is a play on the word “heart” here that is difficult to reproduce in English. Literally the Hebrew text says “he took three spears in his hand and thrust them into the heart of Absalom while he was still alive in the heart of the oak tree.” This figure of speech involves the use of the same word in different senses and is known as antanaclasis. It is illustrated in the familiar saying from the time of the American Revolution: “If we don’t hang together, we will all hang separately.” The present translation understands “heart” to be used somewhat figuratively for “chest” (cf. TEV, CEV), which explains why Joab’s armor bearers could still “kill” Absalom after he had been stabbed with three spears through the “heart.” Since trees do not have “chests” either, the translation uses “middle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":12136,"verse_id":"2SA.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “the shophar” (the ram’s horn trumpet).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":12137,"verse_id":"2SA.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “and all Israel fled, each to his tent.” In this context this refers to the supporters of Absalom (see vv. 6-7, 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":12138,"verse_id":"2SA.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “and.” This disjunctive clause (conjunction + subject + verb) describes an occurrence that preceded the events just narrated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":12139,"verse_id":"2SA.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “a pillar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":12140,"verse_id":"2SA.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “that the Lord has vindicated him from the hand of his enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":12141,"verse_id":"2SA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “but this day you will not bear good news.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":12142,"verse_id":"2SA.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"The words “but he said” are not in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":12143,"verse_id":"2SA.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":12144,"verse_id":"2SA.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “the two gates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":12145,"verse_id":"2SA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “good news is in his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":12146,"verse_id":"2SA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the runner) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":12147,"verse_id":"2SA.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “I am seeing the running of the first one like the running of Ahimaaz.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":12148,"verse_id":"2SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “Peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":12149,"verse_id":"2SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “delivered over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":12150,"verse_id":"2SA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “lifted their hand against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":12151,"verse_id":"2SA.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “And look, the Cushite came and the Cushite said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":12152,"verse_id":"2SA.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “for the Lord has vindicated you today from the hand of all those rising against you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A31/2"}
{"id":12153,"verse_id":"2SA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “and all those rising against you for evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":12154,"verse_id":"2SA.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.33","text":"One medieval Hebrew ms , some mss of the LXX, and the Vulgate lack this repeated occurrence of “my son” due to haplography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A33/2"}
{"id":12155,"verse_id":"2SA.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.33","text":"The Lucianic Greek recension and Syriac Peshitta lack this repeated occurrence of “my son” due to haplography.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2018%3A33/3"}
{"id":12156,"verse_id":"2SA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “with a great voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":12157,"verse_id":"2SA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":12158,"verse_id":"2SA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “today.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":12159,"verse_id":"2SA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":", and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading לוּ ( lu , “if”) rather than MT לֹא ( lo ’, “not”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":12160,"verse_id":"2SA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The Lucianic Greek recension and Syriac Peshitta lack “today.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":12161,"verse_id":"2SA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “and speak to the heart of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":12162,"verse_id":"2SA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “all the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":12163,"verse_id":"2SA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Israel” (see 18:16-17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":12164,"verse_id":"2SA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “had fled, each to his tent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A8/3"}
{"id":12165,"verse_id":"2SA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “over us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":12166,"verse_id":"2SA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"The LXX includes the following words at the end of v. 11 : “And what all Israel was saying came to the king’s attention.” The words are misplaced in the LXX from v. 12 (although the same statement appears there in the LXX as well).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":12167,"verse_id":"2SA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":12168,"verse_id":"2SA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"The Hebrew text adds “to his house” (= palace), but the phrase, which also appears earlier in the verse, is probably accidentally repeated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":12169,"verse_id":"2SA.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “my bone and my flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":12170,"verse_id":"2SA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “my bone and my flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":12171,"verse_id":"2SA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “Thus God will do to me and thus he will add.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":12172,"verse_id":"2SA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"The referent of “he” is not entirely clear: cf. NCV “David”; TEV “David’s words”; NRSV, NLT “Amasa.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":12173,"verse_id":"2SA.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":12174,"verse_id":"2SA.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":12175,"verse_id":"2SA.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “the king.” The pronoun (“him”) has been used in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":12176,"verse_id":"2SA.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “youth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":12177,"verse_id":"2SA.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “rushed into.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":12178,"verse_id":"2SA.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Though this verb in the MT rd person masculine singular, it should probably be read as 2nd person masculine singular. It is one of fifteen places where the Masoretes placed a dot over each of the letters of the word in question in order to call attention to their suspicion of the word. Their concern in this case apparently had to do with the fact that this verb and the two preceding verbs alternate from third person to second and back again to third. Words marked in this way in Hebrew manuscripts or printed editions are said to have puncta extrordinaria , or “extraordinary points.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":12179,"verse_id":"2SA.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":12180,"verse_id":"2SA.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":12181,"verse_id":"2SA.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “what to me and to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":12182,"verse_id":"2SA.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “swore to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":12183,"verse_id":"2SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":12184,"verse_id":"2SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “in peace.” So also in v. 31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":12185,"verse_id":"2SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Mephibosheth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A24/3"}
{"id":12186,"verse_id":"2SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “done his feet.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A24/4"}
{"id":12187,"verse_id":"2SA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “done.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A24/5"}
{"id":12188,"verse_id":"2SA.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":12189,"verse_id":"2SA.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":12190,"verse_id":"2SA.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the servant) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":12191,"verse_id":"2SA.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A27/2"}
{"id":12192,"verse_id":"2SA.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":12193,"verse_id":"2SA.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “and you placed your servant among those who eat at your table.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":12194,"verse_id":"2SA.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “to cry out to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A28/3"}
{"id":12195,"verse_id":"2SA.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"Heb “take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":12196,"verse_id":"2SA.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.30","text":"Heb “in peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A30/2"}
{"id":12197,"verse_id":"2SA.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.31","text":"The MT reading אֶת־בַיַּרְדֵּן (’ et-vayyarden , “in the Jordan”) is odd syntactically. The use of the preposition after the object marker אֶת (’ et ) is difficult to explain. Graphic confusion is likely in the MT; the translation assumes the reading מִיַּרְדֵּן ( miyyarden , “from the Jordan”). Another possibility is to read the definite article on the front of “Jordan” ( הַיַּרְדֵּן , hayyarden ; “the Jordan”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A31/1"}
{"id":12198,"verse_id":"2SA.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":12199,"verse_id":"2SA.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":12200,"verse_id":"2SA.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":12201,"verse_id":"2SA.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"Heb “Like a little your servant will cross the Jordan with the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":12202,"verse_id":"2SA.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.37","text":"Heb “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A37/1"}
{"id":12203,"verse_id":"2SA.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.39","text":"Heb “to his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A39/1"}
{"id":12204,"verse_id":"2SA.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.40","text":"The MT in this instance alone spells the name with final ן ( nun , “Kimhan”) rather than as elsewhere with final ם ( mem , “Kimham”). As in most other translations, the conventional spelling (with ם ) has been used here to avoid confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A40/1"}
{"id":12205,"verse_id":"2SA.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.40","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A40/2"}
{"id":12206,"verse_id":"2SA.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.40","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading the Hiphil verb הֶעֱבִירוּ ( he ’ eviru , “they caused to pass over”) rather than the Qal verb וַיְעֱבִרוּ ( vay ’ ÿviru , “they crossed over”) of the MT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A40/3"}
{"id":12207,"verse_id":"2SA.19.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.42","text":"Heb “from the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A42/1"}
{"id":12208,"verse_id":"2SA.19.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":19,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.43","text":"The translation understands the verb in a desiderative sense, indicating the desire but not necessarily the completed action of the party in question. It is possible, however, that the verb should be given the more common sense of accomplished action, in which case it means here “Why have you cursed us?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2019%3A43/1"}
{"id":12209,"verse_id":"2SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “a man of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":12210,"verse_id":"2SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"The expression used here יְמִינִי ( yÿmini ) is a short form of the more common “Benjamin.” It appears elsewhere in 1 Sam 9:4 and Esth 2:5 . Cf. 1 Sam 9:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":12211,"verse_id":"2SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “the shophar” (the ram’s horn trumpet). So also v. 22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A1/3"}
{"id":12212,"verse_id":"2SA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"20.1","text":"The MT reads לְאֹהָלָיו ( lÿ ’ ohalav , “to his tents”). For a similar idiom, see 19:9 . An ancient scribal tradition understands the reading to be לְאלֹהָיו ( le ’ lohav , “to his gods”). The word is a tiqqun sopherim , and the scribes indicate that they changed the word from “gods” to “tents” so as to soften its theological implications. In a consonantal Hebrew text the change involved only the metathesis of two letters.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A1/4"}
{"id":12213,"verse_id":"2SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “went up from after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":12214,"verse_id":"2SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":12215,"verse_id":"2SA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":12216,"verse_id":"2SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":12217,"verse_id":"2SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and he placed them in a guarded house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":12218,"verse_id":"2SA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “he did not come to them”; NAB “has no further relations with them”; NIV “did not lie with them”; TEV “did not have intercourse with them”; NLT “would no longer sleep with them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":12219,"verse_id":"2SA.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"The present translation follows the Masoretic accentuation, with the major mark of disjunction (i.e., the atnach ) placed at the word “days.” However, some scholars have suggested moving the atnach to “Judah” a couple of words earlier. This would yield the following sense: “Three days, and you be present here with them.” The difference in meaning is slight, and the MT is acceptable as it stands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":12220,"verse_id":"2SA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “find.” The perfect verbal form is unexpected with the preceding word “otherwise.” We should probably read instead the imperfect. Although it is possible to understand the perfect here as indicating that the feared result is thought of as already having taken place (cf. BDB 814 s.v. פֶּן 2), it is more likely that the perfect is simply the result of scribal error. In this context the imperfect would be more consistent with the following verb וְהִצִּיל ( vÿhitsil , “and he will get away”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":12221,"verse_id":"2SA.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":12222,"verse_id":"2SA.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Amasa) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":12223,"verse_id":"2SA.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “and he did not repeat concerning him, and he died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A10/3"}
{"id":12224,"verse_id":"2SA.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “takes delight in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":12225,"verse_id":"2SA.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Amasa) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":12226,"verse_id":"2SA.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man who spoke up in v. 11 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":12227,"verse_id":"2SA.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “Amasa.” For stylistic reasons the name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A12/3"}
{"id":12228,"verse_id":"2SA.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Amasa) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":12229,"verse_id":"2SA.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Sheba) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":12230,"verse_id":"2SA.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"In keeping with the form of the name in v. 15 , the translation deletes the “and” found in the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":12231,"verse_id":"2SA.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"20.14","text":"The translation follows the Qere , many medieval Hebrew mss , and the ancient versions in reading וַיִּקָּהֲלוּ ( vayyiqqahalu , “and they were gathered together”) rather than the Kethib of the MT וַיִּקְלֻהוּ ( vayyiqluhu , “and they cursed him”). The Kethib is the result of metathesis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A14/3"}
{"id":12232,"verse_id":"2SA.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “they.” The following context makes it clear that this refers to Joab and his army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":12233,"verse_id":"2SA.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"The LXX has here ἐνοοῦσαν ( enoousan , “were devising”), which apparently presupposes the Hebrew word מַחֲשָׁבִים ( makhashavim ) rather than the MT מַשְׁחִיתִם ( mashkhitim , “were destroying”). With a number of other scholars Driver thinks that the Greek variant may preserve the original reading, but this seems to be an unnecessary conclusion (but see S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 346).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":12234,"verse_id":"2SA.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “a city and a mother.” The expression is a hendiadys, meaning that this city was an important one in Israel and had smaller cities dependent on it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":12235,"verse_id":"2SA.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “Far be it, far be it from me.” The expression is clearly emphatic, as may be seen in part by the repetition. P. K. McCarter, however, understands it to be coarser than the translation adopted here. He renders it as “I’ll be damned if…” ( II Samuel [AB], 426, 429), which (while it is not a literal translation) may not be too far removed from the way a soldier might have expressed himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":12236,"verse_id":"2SA.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “lifted his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":12237,"verse_id":"2SA.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “Look!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":12238,"verse_id":"2SA.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":12239,"verse_id":"2SA.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (Joab’s men) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":12240,"verse_id":"2SA.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “his tents.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A22/3"}
{"id":12241,"verse_id":"2SA.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “Adoram” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV, CEV), but see 1 Kgs 4:6; 5:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":12242,"verse_id":"2SA.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “was over the forced labor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":12243,"verse_id":"2SA.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “priest for David.” KJV (“a chief ruler about David”) and ASV (“chief minister unto David”) regarded this office as political.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":12244,"verse_id":"2SA.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “sought the face of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":12245,"verse_id":"2SA.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “and the house of bloodshed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":12246,"verse_id":"2SA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “swore an oath to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":12247,"verse_id":"2SA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"After the preceding imperfect verbal form, the subordinated imperative indicates purpose/result. S. R. Driver comments, “…the imper. is used instead of the more normal voluntative, for the purpose of expressing with somewhat greater force the intention of the previous verb” (S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 350).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":12248,"verse_id":"2SA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"The translation follows the Qere and several medieval Hebrew mss in reading לָנוּ ( lanu , “to us”) rather than the MT לִי ( li , “to me”). But for a contrary opinion see S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 53, 350.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":12249,"verse_id":"2SA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":12250,"verse_id":"2SA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “and he said”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A4/3"}
{"id":12251,"verse_id":"2SA.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The exact nature of this execution is not altogether clear. The verb יָקַע ( yaqa ’) basically means “to dislocate” or “alienate.” In Gen 32:26 it is used of the dislocation of Jacob’s thigh. Figuratively it can refer to the removal of an individual from a group (e.g., Jer 6:8 ; Ezek 23:17 ) or to a type of punishment the specific identity of which is uncertain (e.g., here and Num 25:4 ); cf. NAB “dismember them”; NIV “to be killed and exposed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":12252,"verse_id":"2SA.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The LXX reads “at Gibeon on the mountain of the Lord ” (cf. 21:9 ). The present translation follows the MT, although a number of recent English translations follow the LXX reading here (e.g., NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":12253,"verse_id":"2SA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The MT reads “Michal” here, but two Hebrew manuscripts read “Merab,” along with some LXX manuscripts. Cf. 1 Sam 18:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":12254,"verse_id":"2SA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"The translation follows the Qere and several medieval Hebrew mss in reading שְׁבַעְתָּם ( shÿva ’ tam , “the seven of them”) rather than MT שִׁבַעְתִּים ( shiva ’ tim , “seventy”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":12255,"verse_id":"2SA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":12256,"verse_id":"2SA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.9","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading בִּתְחִלַּת ( bithkhillat , “in the beginning”) rather than MT תְחִלַּת ( tÿkhillat , “beginning of”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A9/3"}
{"id":12257,"verse_id":"2SA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “until water was poured on them from the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":12258,"verse_id":"2SA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":12259,"verse_id":"2SA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":12260,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “David.” For stylistic reasons the name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":12261,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “the bones of Saul and the bones of Jonathan his son.” See also v. 13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":12262,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “lords.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":12263,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “stolen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":12264,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"21.12","text":"Against the MT, this word is better read without the definite article. The MT reading is probably here the result of wrong word division, with the letter ה ( he ) belonging with the preceding word שָׁם ( sham ) as the he directive (i.e., שָׁמָּה , samah , “to there”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/5"}
{"id":12265,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “had hung them.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/6"}
{"id":12266,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “in the day.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/7"}
{"id":12267,"verse_id":"2SA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “Philistines.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A12/8"}
{"id":12268,"verse_id":"2SA.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":12269,"verse_id":"2SA.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss have here כְּכֹל ( kÿkhol , “according to all”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":12270,"verse_id":"2SA.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “was entreated.” The verb is an example of the so-called niphal tolerativum , with the sense that God allowed himself to be supplicated through prayer (cf. GKC 137 §51. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":12271,"verse_id":"2SA.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “his servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":12272,"verse_id":"2SA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"This name has the definite article and may be intended to refer to a group of people rather than a single individual with this name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":12273,"verse_id":"2SA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"This is the only occurrence of this Hebrew word in the OT. Its precise meaning is therefore somewhat uncertain. As early as the LXX the word was understood to refer to a “spear,” and this seems to be the most likely possibility. Some scholars have proposed emending the text of 2 Sam 21:16 to כוֹבַעוֹ ( khova ’ o ; “his helmet”), but in spite of the fact that the word “helmet” appears in 1 Sam 17:5 , there is not much evidence for reading that word here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":12274,"verse_id":"2SA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Either the word “shekels” should be supplied here, or the Hebrew word מִשְׁקַל ( mishqal , “weight”) right before “bronze” is a corrupted form of the word for shekel. If the latter is the case the problem probably resulted from another occurrence of the word מִשְׁקַל just four words earlier in the verse. sn Three hundred bronze shekels would have weighed about 7.5 pounds (3.4 kg).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":12275,"verse_id":"2SA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.16","text":"The Hebrew text reads simply “a new [thing],” prompting one to ask “A new what ?” Several possibilities have been proposed to resolve the problem: perhaps a word has dropped out of the Hebrew text here; or perhaps the word “new” is the result of misreading a different, less common, word; or perhaps a word (e.g., “sword,” so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, CEV, NLT) is simply to be inferred. The translation generally follows the latter possibility, while at the same time being deliberately nonspecific (“weapon”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A16/4"}
{"id":12276,"verse_id":"2SA.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “Jaare-Oregim,” but the second word, which means “weavers,” is probably accidentally included. It appears at the end of the verse. The term is omitted in the parallel account in 1 Chr 20:5 , which has simply “Jair.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":12277,"verse_id":"2SA.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “a man of stature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":12278,"verse_id":"2SA.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “they fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":12279,"verse_id":"2SA.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “his servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":12280,"verse_id":"2SA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":12281,"verse_id":"2SA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “in the day,” or “at the time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":12282,"verse_id":"2SA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A1/4"}
{"id":12283,"verse_id":"2SA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “and from the hand of Saul.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A1/5"}
{"id":12284,"verse_id":"2SA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Traditionally “is my rock”; CEV “mighty rock”; TEV “is my protector.” This metaphor pictures God as a rocky, relatively inaccessible summit, where one would be able to find protection from enemies. See 1 Sam 23:25, 28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":12285,"verse_id":"2SA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Traditionally “my fortress”; TEV “my strong fortress”; NCV “my protection.” sn My stronghold. David often found safety in such strongholds. See 1 Sam 22:4-5; 24:22 ; 2 Sam 5:9, 17; 23:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":12286,"verse_id":"2SA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"The translation (along with many English versions, e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) follows the LXX in reading אֱלֹהִי (’ elohi , “my God”) rather than MT’s אֱלֹהֵי (’ elohe , “the God of”). See Ps 18:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":12287,"verse_id":"2SA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Or “in whom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":12288,"verse_id":"2SA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “the horn of my salvation,” or “my saving horn.” sn Though some see “horn” as referring to a horn-shaped peak of a hill, or to the “horns” of an altar where one could find refuge, it is more likely that the horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ). In the ancient Near East powerful warrior-kings would sometimes compare themselves to a goring bull that uses its horns to kill its enemies. For examples, see P. Miller, “El the Warrior,” HTR 60 (1967): 422-25, and R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 135-36. 2 Sam 22:3 uses the metaphor of the horn in a slightly different manner. Here the Lord himself is compared to a horn. He is to the psalmist what the horn is to the ox, a source of defense and victory.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":12289,"verse_id":"2SA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.3","text":"The parallel version of the song in does not include this last line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A3/4"}
{"id":12290,"verse_id":"2SA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"In this song of thanksgiving, where David recalls how the Lord delivered him, the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense (cf. CEV “I prayed”), not an imperfect (as in many English versions).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":12291,"verse_id":"2SA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “worthy of praise, I cried out [to] the Lord .” Some take מְהֻלָּל ( mÿhullal , “worthy of praise”) with what precedes and translate, “the praiseworthy one,” or “praiseworthy.” However, the various epithets in vv. 1-2 have the first person pronominal suffix, unlike מְהֻלָּל . If one follows the traditional verse division and takes מְהֻלָּל with what follows, it is best understood as substantival and as appositional to יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “Yahweh”), resulting in “[to the] praiseworthy one I cried out, [to the] Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":12292,"verse_id":"2SA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"The noun נַחַל ( nakhal ) usually refers to a river or stream, but in this context the plural form likely refers to the currents of the sea (see vv. 15-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":12293,"verse_id":"2SA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"The noun בְלִיַּעַל ( bÿliyya ’ al ) is used here as an epithet for death. Elsewhere it is a common noun meaning “wickedness, uselessness” (see HALOT 133-34 s.v. בְּלִיַּעַל ). It is often associated with rebellion against authority and other crimes that result in societal disorder and anarchy. The phrase “man/son of wickedness” refers to one who opposes God and the order he has established. The term becomes an appropriate title for death, which, through human forces, launches an attack against God’s chosen servant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":12294,"verse_id":"2SA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. (Note the perfect verbal form in the parallel/preceding line.) The verb בָּעַת ( ba ’ at ) sometimes by metonymy carries the nuance “frighten,” but the parallelism (note “engulfed” in the preceding line) favors the meaning “overwhelm” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":12295,"verse_id":"2SA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"“Sheol,” personified here as David’s enemy, is the underworld, place of the dead in primitive Hebrew cosmology.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":12296,"verse_id":"2SA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “surrounded me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":12297,"verse_id":"2SA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “confronted me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":12298,"verse_id":"2SA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"In this poetic narrative the two prefixed verbal forms in v. 7 a are best understood as preterites indicating past tense, not imperfects. Note the use of the vav consecutive with the prefixed verbal form that follows in v. 7 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":12299,"verse_id":"2SA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “from his temple.” Verse 10 , which pictures God descending from the sky, indicates that the heavenly, not earthly, temple is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":12300,"verse_id":"2SA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “and my cry for help [entered] his ears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A7/3"}
{"id":12301,"verse_id":"2SA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"The earth heaved and shook. The imagery pictures an earthquake, in which the earth’s surface rises and falls. The earthquake motif is common in Old Testament theophanies of God as warrior and in ancient Near eastern literary descriptions of warring gods and kings. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 160-62.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":12302,"verse_id":"2SA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Ps 18:7 reads “the roots of the mountains.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":12303,"verse_id":"2SA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the three prefixed verbal forms with vav consecutive in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":12304,"verse_id":"2SA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “within” or “[from] within.” For a discussion of the use of the preposition בְּ ( bet ) here, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 163-64.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":12305,"verse_id":"2SA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Or “in his anger.” The noun אַף (’ af ) can carry the abstract meaning “anger,” but the parallelism (note “from his mouth”) suggests the more concrete meaning “nose” here (most English versions, “nostrils”). See also v. 16 , “the powerful breath of your nose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":12306,"verse_id":"2SA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “fire from his mouth devoured.” In this poetic narrative the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the two perfect verbal forms in the verse. sn For other examples of fire as a weapon in Old Testament theophanies and ancient Near Eastern portrayals of warring gods and kings, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 165-67.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A9/3"}
{"id":12307,"verse_id":"2SA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “coals burned from him.” Perhaps the psalmist pictures God’s fiery breath igniting coals (see Job 41:21 ), which he then hurls as weapons (see Ps 120:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A9/4"}
{"id":12308,"verse_id":"2SA.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"The verb נָטָה ( natah ) can carry the sense “[to cause to] bend; [to cause to] bow down” (see HALOT 693 s.v. נָטָה ). For example, Gen 49:15 pictures Issachar as a donkey that “bends” its shoulder or back under a burden (cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV “He bowed the heavens”; NAB “He inclined the heavens”). Here the Lord causes the sky, pictured as a dome or vault, to bend or sink down as he descends in the storm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":12309,"verse_id":"2SA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Or “rode upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":12310,"verse_id":"2SA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “a cherub” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV); NIV “the cherubim” (plural); TEV “his winged creature”; CEV “flying creatures.” sn A winged angel. Cherubs, as depicted in the Old Testament, possess both human and animal (lion, ox, and eagle) characteristics (see Ezek 1:10; 10:14, 21; 41:18 ). They are pictured as winged creatures ( Exod 25:20; 37:9 ; 1 Kgs 6:24-27 ; Ezek 10:8, 19 ) and serve as the very throne of God when the ark of the covenant is in view ( Pss 80:1; 99:1 ; see Num 7:89 ; 1 Sam 4:4 ; 2 Sam 6:2 ; 2 Kgs 19:15 ). The picture of the Lord seated on the cherubs suggests they might be used by him as a vehicle, a function they carry out in Ezek 1:22-28 (the “living creatures” mentioned here are identified as cherubs in Ezek 10:20 ). In Ps 18:10 the image of a cherub serves to personify the wind (see the next line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":12311,"verse_id":"2SA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"The translation follows very many medieval Hebrew mss in reading וַיֵּדֶא ( vayyÿde ’, “and he glided”; cf. NIV “soared”; NCV “raced”) rather than MT וַיֵּרָא ( vayyera ’, “and he appeared,” so NASB, CEV). See as well the Syriac Peshitta, Targum, Vulgate, and the parallel version in Ps 18:10 , which preserves the original reading (see the note there).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":12312,"verse_id":"2SA.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “he made darkness around him coverings.” The parallel text in Ps 18:11 reads “he made darkness his hiding place around him, his covering.” 2 Sam 22:12 omits “his hiding place” and pluralizes “covering.” Ps 18:11 may include a conflation of synonyms (“his hiding place” and “his covering” ) or 2 Sam 22:12 may be the result of haplography/homoioarcton. Note that three successive words in Ps 18:11 begin with the letter ס ( samek ): סִתְרוֹ סְבִיבוֹתָיו סֻכָּתוֹ ( sitro sÿvyvotav sukkato ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":12313,"verse_id":"2SA.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “a sieve of water, clouds of clouds.” The form חַשְׁרַת ( khashrat ) is a construct of חַשְׁרָה ( khashrah , “sieve”), which occurs only here in the OT. A cognate Ugaritic noun means “sieve,” and a related verb חשׁר (“to sift”) is attested in postbiblical Hebrew and Aramaic (see HALOT 363 s.v. * חשׁר ). The phrase חַשְׁרַת־מַיִם ( khashrat-mayim ) means literally “a sieve of water.” It pictures the rain clouds as a sieve through which the rain falls to the ground. (See F. M. Cross and D. N. Freedman, Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry , 146, note 33.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":12314,"verse_id":"2SA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"The parallel text in Ps 18:12 reads “from the brightness in front of him his clouds came, hail and coals of fire.” The Lucianic family of texts within the Greek tradition of 2 Sam 22:13 seems to assume the underlying Hebrew text: מִנֹּגַהּ נֶגְדּוֹ עָבְרוּ בָּרָד וְגַחֲלֵי אֵשׁ ( minnogah negdo ’ avru barad vÿgakhale ’ esh , “from the brightness in front of him came hail and coals of fire”) which is the basis for the present translation. The textual situation is perplexing and the identity of the original text uncertain. The verbs עָבְרוּ (’ avÿru ; Ps 18:12 ) and בָּעֲרוּ ( ba ’ aru , 2 Sam 22:13 ) appear to be variants involving a transposition of the first two letters. The noun עָבָיו (’ avav , “his clouds”; Ps 18:12 ) may be virtually dittographic (note the following עָבְרוּ ), or it could have accidentally dropped from the text of 2 Sam 22:13 by virtual haplography (note the preceding בָּעֲרוּ [ ba ’ aru ], which might have originally read עָבְרוּ ). The term בָּרָד ( barad , “hail”; Ps 18:12 ) may be virtually dittographic (note the preceding עָבְרוּ ), or it could have dropped from 2 Sam 22:13 by virtual haplography (note the preceding בָּעֲרוּ , which might have originally read עָבְרוּ ). For a fuller discussion of the text, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 74-76.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":12315,"verse_id":"2SA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"The shortened theme vowel indicates that the prefixed verbal form is a preterite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":12316,"verse_id":"2SA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “the Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":12317,"verse_id":"2SA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “offered his voice.” In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the preterite form in the preceding line. The text of Ps 18:13 adds at this point, “hail and coals of fire.” These words are probably accidentally added from v. 12 b; they do not appear in 2 Sam 22:14 . sn Thunder is a common motif in Old Testament theophanies and in ancient Near Eastern portrayals of the storm god and warring kings. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 179-83.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":12318,"verse_id":"2SA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “sent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":12319,"verse_id":"2SA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"The pronominal suffixes on the verbs “scattered” and “routed” (see the next line) refer to David’s enemies. Some argue that the suffixes refer to the arrows, in which case one might translate “shot them far and wide” and “made them move noisily,” respectively. They argue that the enemies have not been mentioned since v. 4 and are not again mentioned until v. 17 . However, usage of the verbs פוּץ ( puts , “scatter”) and הָמַם ( hamam , “rout”) elsewhere in Holy War accounts suggests the suffixes refer to enemies. Enemies are frequently pictured in such texts as scattered and/or routed (see Exod 14:24; 23:27 ; Num 10:35 ; Josh 10:10 ; Judg 4:15 ; 1 Sam 7:10; 11:11 ; Ps 68:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":12320,"verse_id":"2SA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Or “channels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":12321,"verse_id":"2SA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Or “foundations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":12322,"verse_id":"2SA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.16","text":"The noun is derived from the verb גָעַר ( nag ’ ar ) which is often understood to mean “rebuke.” In some cases it is apparent that scolding or threatening is in view (see Gen 37:10 ; Ruth 2:16 ; Zech 3:2 ). However, in militaristic contexts this translation is inadequate, for the verb refers in this setting to the warrior’s battle cry, which terrifies and paralyzes the enemy. See A. Caquot, TDOT 3:53, and note the use of the verb in Pss 68:30; 106:9 ; and Nah 1:4 , as well as the related noun in Job 26:11 ; Pss 9:5; 76:6; 104:7 ; Isa 50:2; 51:20; 66:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A16/3"}
{"id":12323,"verse_id":"2SA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “blast of the breath” (literally, “breath of breath”) employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A16/4"}
{"id":12324,"verse_id":"2SA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “stretched.” Perhaps “his hand” should be supplied by ellipsis (see Ps 144:7 ). In this poetic narrative context the three prefixed verbal forms in this verse are best understood as preterites indicating past tense, not imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":12325,"verse_id":"2SA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “mighty waters.” The waters of the sea symbolize the psalmist’s powerful enemies, as well as the realm of death they represent (see v. 5 and Ps 144:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":12326,"verse_id":"2SA.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"The singular refers either to personified death or collectively to the psalmist’s enemies. The following line, which refers to “those [plural] who hate me,” favors the latter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":12327,"verse_id":"2SA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"The same verb is translated “trapped” in v. 6 . In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not imperfect. Cf. NAB, NCV, TEV, NLT “attacked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":12328,"verse_id":"2SA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “became my support.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":12329,"verse_id":"2SA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “delighted in me” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":12330,"verse_id":"2SA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":12331,"verse_id":"2SA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “according to my righteousness.” As vv. 22-25 make clear, David refers here to his unwavering obedience to God’s commands. He explains that the Lord was pleased with him and willing to deliver him because he had been loyal to God and obedient to his commandments. Ancient Near Eastern literature contains numerous parallels. A superior (a god or king) would typically reward a subject (a king or the servant of a king, respectively) for loyalty and obedience. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 211-13.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":12332,"verse_id":"2SA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.21","text":"The unreduced Hiphil prefixed verbal form appears to be an imperfect, in which case the psalmist would be generalizing. However, both the preceding and following contexts (see especially v. 25 ) suggest he is narrating his experience. Despite its unreduced form, the verb is better taken as a preterite. For other examples of unreduced Hiphil preterites, see Pss 55:14 a; 68:9 a, 10b; 80:8 a; 89:43 a; 107:38 b; 116:6 b.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A21/3"}
{"id":12333,"verse_id":"2SA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “according to the purity of my hands he repaid to me.” Hands suggest activity and behavior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A21/4"}
{"id":12334,"verse_id":"2SA.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “for I have kept the ways of the Lord .” The phrase “ways of the Lord ” refers here to the “conduct required” by the Lord (see HALOT 232 s.v. דֶרֶךְ ). In the Lord ’s “ways” are associated with his covenantal demands (see vv. 4, 9-10 ). See also Ps 119:3 (cf. vv. 1, 4 ), as well as Deut 8:6; 10:12; 11:22; 19:9; 26:17; 28:9; 30:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":12335,"verse_id":"2SA.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “I have not acted wickedly from my God.” The statement is elliptical, the idea being, “I have not acted wickedly and, in so doing, departed from my God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":12336,"verse_id":"2SA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “for all his regulations are before me.” The term מִשְׁפָּטָו ( mishpatav , “his regulations”) refers to God’s covenantal requirements, especially those which the king is responsible to follow (cf Deut 17:18-20 ). See also Pss 19:9 (cf vv. 7-8 ); 89:30; 147:20 (cf v. 19 ), as well as the numerous uses of the term in .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":12337,"verse_id":"2SA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “and his rules, I do not turn aside from it.” Ps 18:22 reads, “and his rules I do not turn aside from me.” The prefixed verbal form is probably an imperfect; David here generalizes about his loyalty to God’s commands. The Lord ’s “rules” are the stipulations of the covenant which the king was responsible to obey (see Ps 89:31 ; cf v. 30 and Deut 17:18-20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":12338,"verse_id":"2SA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “from my sin,” that is, from making it my own in any way. Leading a “blameless” life meant that the king would be loyal to God’s covenant, purge the government and society of evil and unjust officials, and reward loyalty to the Lord (see ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":12339,"verse_id":"2SA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “according to my righteousness.” See v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":12340,"verse_id":"2SA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “according to my purity before his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":12341,"verse_id":"2SA.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 26-30 draw attention to God’s characteristic actions. Based on his experience, the psalmist generalizes about God’s just dealings with people (vv. 26-28 ) and about the way in which God typically empowers him on the battlefield (vv. 29-30 ). The Hitpael stem is used in vv. 26-27 in a reflexive resultative (or causative) sense. God makes himself loyal, etc. in the sense that he conducts or reveals himself as such. On this use of the Hitpael stem, see GKC 149-50 §54. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":12342,"verse_id":"2SA.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"Or “to a faithful follower.” A חָסִיד ( khasid , “faithful follower”) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 16:10; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":12343,"verse_id":"2SA.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.26","text":"Or “innocent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A26/3"}
{"id":12344,"verse_id":"2SA.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"22.26","text":"Heb “a warrior of innocence.” The parallel text in Ps 18:25 reads, probably correctly, גֶּבֶר ( gever , “man”) instead of גִּבּוֹר ( gibor , “warrior”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A26/4"}
{"id":12345,"verse_id":"2SA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Or “blameless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":12346,"verse_id":"2SA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"The translation follows two medieval Hebrew mss in reading תִּתְפַּתָּל ( titpattal , from the root פתל , “to twist”) rather than the MT תִּתַּפָּל ( tittappal , from the root תפל , “to be tasteless,” “behave silly”; cf. KJV “unsavoury”). See as well the parallel passage in Ps 18:26 . The verb פָתַל ( patal ) is used in only three other texts. In Gen 30:8 it means literally “to wrestle,” or “to twist.” In Job 5:13 it refers to devious individuals, and in Prov 8:8 to deceptive words. Cf. NAB, NASB “astute”; NIV “shrewd”; NRSV “perverse”; TEV, NLT “hostile.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":12347,"verse_id":"2SA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.27","text":"The adjective עִקֵּשׁ (’ iqqesh ) has the basic nuance “twisted; crooked,” and by extension refers to someone or something that is morally perverse. It appears frequently in Proverbs, where it is used of evil people ( 22:5 ), speech ( 8:8; 19:1 ), thoughts ( 11:20; 17:20 ) and life styles ( 2:15; 28:6 ). A righteous king opposes such people ( Ps 101:4 ). Verses 26-27 affirm God’s justice. He responds to people in accordance with their moral character. His response mirrors their actions. The faithful and blameless find God to be loyal and reliable in his dealings with them. But deceivers discover he is able and willing to use deceit to destroy them. For a more extensive discussion of the theme of divine deception in the OT, see R. B. Chisholm, “Does God Deceive?” BSac 155 (1998): 11-28.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A27/3"}
{"id":12348,"verse_id":"2SA.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Or perhaps “humble” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT; note the contrast with those who are proud).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":12349,"verse_id":"2SA.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “but your eyes are upon the proud, you bring low.” Ps 18:27 reads “but proud eyes you bring low.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":12350,"verse_id":"2SA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":12351,"verse_id":"2SA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , some LXX mss , and the Syriac Peshitta support reading תָּאִיר ( ta ’ ir , “you cause to shine”) before the words “my lamp.” See Ps 18:28 . The metaphor, which likens the Lord to a lamp or light, pictures him as the psalmist’s source of life. For other examples of “lamp” used in this way, see Job 18:6; 21:17 ; Prov 13:9; 20:20; 24:20 . For other examples of “light” as a symbol for life, see Job 3:20; 33:30 ; Ps 56:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":12352,"verse_id":"2SA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"22.29","text":"The Lucianic Greek recension and Vulgate understand this verb to be second person rather than third person as in the MT. But this is probably the result of reading the preceding word “ Lord ” as a vocative under the influence of the vocative in the first part of the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A29/3"}
{"id":12353,"verse_id":"2SA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “my darkness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A29/4"}
{"id":12354,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":12355,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “by you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":12356,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “I will run.” The imperfect verbal forms in v. 30 indicate the subject’s potential or capacity to perform an action. Though one might expect a preposition to follow the verb here, this need not be the case with the verb רוּץ ( ruts ; see 1 Sam 17:22 ). Some emend the Qal to a Hiphil form of the verb and translate, “I put to flight [literally, “cause to run”] an army.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/3"}
{"id":12357,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.30","text":"More specifically, the noun refers to a raiding party or to a contingent of troops (see HALOT 177 s.v. II גְדוּד ). The picture of a divinely empowered warrior charging against an army in almost superhuman fashion appears elsewhere in ancient Near Eastern literature. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 228.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/4"}
{"id":12358,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “by my God.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/5"}
{"id":12359,"verse_id":"2SA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.30","text":"David uses hyperbole to emphasize his God-given military superiority.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A30/6"}
{"id":12360,"verse_id":"2SA.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “[As for] the God, his way is blameless.” The term הָאֵל ( ha ’ el , “the God”) stands as a nominative (or genitive) absolute in apposition to the resumptive pronominal suffix on “way.” The prefixed article emphasizes his distinctiveness as the one true God (see BDB 42 s.v. II אֵל 6; Deut 33:26 ). God’s “way” in this context refers to his protective and salvific acts in fulfillment of his promise (see also Deut 32:4 ; Pss 67:2; 77:13 [note vv. 11-12, 14 ]; 103:7; 138:5; 145:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":12361,"verse_id":"2SA.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord is purified.” The Lord ’s “word” probably refers here to his oracle(s) of victory delivered to the psalmist before the battle(s) described in the following context. See also Pss 12:5-7 and 138:2-3 . David frequently received such oracles before going into battle (see 1 Sam 23:2, 4-5, 10-12; 30:8 ; 2 Sam 5:19 ). The Lord ’s word of promise is absolutely reliable; it is compared to metal that has been refined in fire and cleansed of impurities. See Ps 12:6 . In the ancient Near East kings would typically seek and receive oracles from their god(s) prior to battle. For examples, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 241-42.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A31/2"}
{"id":12362,"verse_id":"2SA.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.32","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A32/1"}
{"id":12363,"verse_id":"2SA.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.32","text":"Heb “rocky cliff,” which is a metaphor of protection.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A32/2"}
{"id":12364,"verse_id":"2SA.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.32","text":"The rhetorical questions anticipate the answer, “No one.” In this way the psalmist indicates that the Lord is the only true God and reliable source of protection. See also Deut 32:39 , where the Lord affirms that he is the only true God. Note as well the emphasis on his role as protector ( צוּר , tsur , “rocky cliff”) in Deut 32:4, 15, 17-18, 30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A32/3"}
{"id":12365,"verse_id":"2SA.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.33","text":"Heb “the God.” See the note at v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A33/1"}
{"id":12366,"verse_id":"2SA.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.33","text":"has מְאַזְּרֵנִי ( mÿ ’ azzÿreni , “the one girding me with strength”) rather than the MT מָעוּזִּי ( ma ’ uzzi , “my refuge”). See as well Ps 18:32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A33/2"}
{"id":12367,"verse_id":"2SA.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.33","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav consecutive here carries along the generalizing tone of the preceding line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A33/3"}
{"id":12368,"verse_id":"2SA.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.33","text":"Heb “and he sets free (from the verb נָתַר , natar ) [the] blameless, his [ Kethib ; “my” ( Qere )] way.” The translation follows Ps 18:32 in reading “he made my path smooth.” The term תָּמִים ( tamim , “smooth”) usually carries a moral or ethical connotation, “blameless, innocent.” However, in Ps 18:33 it refers to a pathway free of obstacles. The reality underlying the metaphor is the psalmist’s ability to charge into battle without tripping (see vv. 33, 36 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A33/4"}
{"id":12369,"verse_id":"2SA.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “[the one who] makes his feet like [those of] a deer.” The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading רַגְלַי ( raglai , “my feet”) rather than the MT רַגְלָיו ( raglav , “his feet”). See as well Ps 18:33 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A34/1"}
{"id":12370,"verse_id":"2SA.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “and on my high places he makes me walk.” The imperfect verbal form emphasizes God’s characteristic provision. The psalmist compares his agility in battle to the ability of a deer to negotiate rugged, high terrain without falling or being injured. Habakkuk uses similar language to describe his faith during difficult times. See Hab 3:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A34/2"}
{"id":12371,"verse_id":"2SA.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.35","text":"Heb “teaches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A35/1"}
{"id":12372,"verse_id":"2SA.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.35","text":"The psalmist attributes his skill with weapons to divine enabling. Egyptian reliefs picture gods teaching the king how to shoot a bow. See O. Keel, Symbolism of the Biblical World , 265.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A35/2"}
{"id":12373,"verse_id":"2SA.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.35","text":"Heb “and a bow of bronze is bent by my arms.” The verb נָחֵת ( nakhet ) apparently means “to pull back; to bend” here (see HALOT 692 s.v. נחת ). The bronze bow referred to here was probably laminated with bronze strips, or a purely ceremonial or decorative bow made entirely from bronze. In the latter case the language is hyperbolic, for such a weapon would not be functional in battle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A35/3"}
{"id":12374,"verse_id":"2SA.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.36","text":"Another option is to translate the prefixed verb with vav consecutive with a past tense, “you gave me.” Several prefixed verbal forms with vav consecutive also appear in vv. 38-44 . The present translation understands this section as a description of what generally happened when the author charged into battle, but another option is to understand the section as narrative and translate accordingly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A36/1"}
{"id":12375,"verse_id":"2SA.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.36","text":"Ps 18:35 contains an additional line following this one, which reads “your right hand supports me.” It may be omitted here due to homoioarcton. See the note at Ps 18:35 . tn Heb “and you give me the shield of your deliverance”; KJV, ASV “the shield of thy (your NRSV, NLT) salvation”; NIV “your shield of victory.” Ancient Near Eastern literature often refers to a god giving a king special weapons. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 260-61.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A36/2"}
{"id":12376,"verse_id":"2SA.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.36","text":"Heb “your answer makes me great.” David refers to God’s willingness to answer his prayer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A36/3"}
{"id":12377,"verse_id":"2SA.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.37","text":"Heb “step.” “Step” probably refers metonymically to the path upon which the psalmist walks. Another option is to translate, “you widen my stride.” This would suggest that God gives him the capacity to run quickly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A37/1"}
{"id":12378,"verse_id":"2SA.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.37","text":"Heb “lower legs.” On the meaning of the Hebrew noun, which occurs only here, see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena (SBLDS), 112. A cognate Akkadian noun means “lower leg.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A37/2"}
{"id":12379,"verse_id":"2SA.22.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.40","text":"Heb “you clothed me with strength for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A40/1"}
{"id":12380,"verse_id":"2SA.22.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.40","text":"Heb “you make those who rise against me kneel beneath me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A40/2"}
{"id":12381,"verse_id":"2SA.22.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.41","text":"Heb “and [as for] my enemies, you give to me [the] back [or “neck” ].” The idiom “give [the] back” means “to cause [one] to turn the back and run away.” See Exod 23:27 and HALOT 888 s.v. II ערף .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A41/1"}
{"id":12382,"verse_id":"2SA.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.42","text":"The translation follows one medieval Hebrew ms and the ancient versions in reading the Piel יְשַׁוְּעוּ ( yÿshavvÿ ’ u , “they cry for help”) rather than the Qal of the MT יִשְׁעוּ ( yish ’ u , “they look about for help”). See Ps 18:41 as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A42/1"}
{"id":12383,"verse_id":"2SA.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.42","text":"Heb “but there is no deliverer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A42/2"}
{"id":12384,"verse_id":"2SA.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.42","text":"The words “they cry out” are not in the Hebrew text. This reference to the psalmists’ enemies crying out for help to the Lord suggests that the psalmist refers here to enemies within the covenant community, rather than foreigners. However, the militaristic context suggests foreign enemies are in view. Ancient Near Eastern literature indicates that defeated enemies would sometimes cry out for mercy to the god(s) of their conqueror. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 271.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A42/3"}
{"id":12385,"verse_id":"2SA.22.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.43","text":"Or “mud” (so NAB, NIV, CEV). See HALOT 374 s.v. טִיט .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A43/1"}
{"id":12386,"verse_id":"2SA.22.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.44","text":"Heb “from the strivings of my people.” In this context רִיב ( riv , “striving”) probably has a militaristic sense (as in Judg 12:2 ; Isa 41:11 ), and עַם (’ am , “people”) probably refers more specifically to an army (for other examples, see the verses listed in BDB 766 s.v. עַם 2.d). The suffix “my” suggests David is referring to attacks by his own countrymen, the “people” being Israel. However, the parallel text in Ps 18:43 omits the suffix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A44/1"}
{"id":12387,"verse_id":"2SA.22.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.44","text":"Heb “a people whom I did not know serve me.” In this context the verb “know” ( יָדַע , yada ’) probably refers to formal recognition by treaty. People who were once not under the psalmist’s authority now willingly submit to his rulership to avoid being conquered militarily (see vv. 45-46 ). The language may recall the events recorded in 2 Sam 8:9-10 and 10:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A44/2"}
{"id":12388,"verse_id":"2SA.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.45","text":"For the meaning “to be weak; to be powerless” for the verb כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ), see Ps 109:24 . Verse 46 , which also mentions foreigners, favors this interpretation. Another option is to translate “cower in fear” (see Deut 33:29 ; Pss 66:3; 81:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A45/1"}
{"id":12389,"verse_id":"2SA.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.45","text":"Heb “at a report of an ear they submit to me.” The report of David’s exploits is so impressive that those who hear it submit to his rulership without putting up a fight.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A45/2"}
{"id":12390,"verse_id":"2SA.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.46","text":"Heb “wither, wear out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A46/1"}
{"id":12391,"verse_id":"2SA.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.46","text":"The translation assumes a reading וְיַחְרְגוּ ( vÿyakhrÿgu , “and they quaked”) rather than the MT וְיַחְגְּרוּ ( vÿyakhgÿru , “and they girded themselves”). See the note at Ps 18:45 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A46/2"}
{"id":12392,"verse_id":"2SA.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.46","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A46/3"}
{"id":12393,"verse_id":"2SA.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.46","text":"Heb “prisons.” Their besieged cities are compared to prisons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A46/4"}
{"id":12394,"verse_id":"2SA.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.47","text":"Elsewhere the construction חַי־יְהוָה ( khay-yÿhvah ) as used exclusively as an oath formula, but this is not the case here, for no oath follows. Here the statement is an affirmation of the Lord ’s active presence and intervention. In contrast to pagan deities, he demonstrates that he is the living God by rescuing and empowering the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A47/1"}
{"id":12395,"verse_id":"2SA.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.47","text":"Heb “my rocky cliff,” which is a metaphor for protection.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A47/2"}
{"id":12396,"verse_id":"2SA.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.47","text":"Or “blessed [i.e., praised] be.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A47/3"}
{"id":12397,"verse_id":"2SA.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.47","text":"Heb “the God of the rock of my deliverance.” The term צוּר ( tsur , “rock”) is probably accidentally repeated from the previous line. The parallel version in Ps 18:46 has simply “the God of my deliverance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A47/4"}
{"id":12398,"verse_id":"2SA.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.47","text":"The words “as king” are supplied in the translation for clarification. In the Psalms the verb רוּם ( rum , “be exalted”) when used of God, refers to his exalted position as king ( Pss 99:2; 113:4; 138:6 ) and/or his self-revelation as king through his mighty deeds of deliverance ( Pss 21:13; 46:10; 57:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A47/5"}
{"id":12399,"verse_id":"2SA.22.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.48","text":"Heb “The God is the one who grants vengeance to me.” The plural form of the noun “vengeance” indicates degree here, suggesting complete vengeance or vindication. In the ancient Near East military victory was sometimes viewed as a sign that one’s God had judged in favor of the victor, avenging and/or vindicating him. See, for example, Judg 11:27, 32-33, 36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A48/1"}
{"id":12400,"verse_id":"2SA.22.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.48","text":"Heb “and [is the one who] brings down nations beneath me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A48/2"}
{"id":12401,"verse_id":"2SA.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.49","text":"Heb “and [the one who] brings me out from my enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A49/1"}
{"id":12402,"verse_id":"2SA.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.49","text":"Heb “you lift me up.” In light of the preceding and following references to deliverance, the verb רוּם ( rum ) probably here refers to being rescued from danger (see Ps 9:13 ). However, it could mean “exalt; elevate” here, indicating that the Lord has given him victory over his enemies and forced them to acknowledge the psalmist’s superiority.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A49/2"}
{"id":12403,"verse_id":"2SA.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.49","text":"Heb “from those who rise against me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A49/3"}
{"id":12404,"verse_id":"2SA.22.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.50","text":"Heb “to your name.” God’s “name” refers metonymically to his divine characteristics as suggested by his name, in this case “ Lord ,” the primary name of Israel’s covenant God which suggests his active presence with his people (see Exod 3:12-15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A50/2"}
{"id":12405,"verse_id":"2SA.22.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.51","text":"The translation follows the Kethib and the ancient versions in reading מַגְדִּיל ( magdil , “he magnifies”) rather than the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss of the MT which read מִגְדּוֹל ( migdol , “tower”). See Ps 18:50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A51/1"}
{"id":12406,"verse_id":"2SA.22.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":22,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.51","text":"Heb “[the one who] does loyalty to his anointed one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2022%3A51/2"}
{"id":12407,"verse_id":"2SA.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “the anointed one of the God of Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":12408,"verse_id":"2SA.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Or “pleasant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":12409,"verse_id":"2SA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “rock,” used as a metaphor of divine protection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":12410,"verse_id":"2SA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “For not thus [is] my house with God?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":12411,"verse_id":"2SA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “for all my deliverance and every desire, surely does he not make [it] grow?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":12412,"verse_id":"2SA.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “and with fire they are completely burned up in [the place where they] remain.” The infinitive absolute is used before the finite verb to emphasize that they are completely consumed by the fire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":12413,"verse_id":"2SA.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"The Hebrew word is sometimes rendered as “the three,” but BDB is probably correct in taking it to refer to military officers (BDB 1026 s.v. שְׁלִישִׁי ). In that case the etymological connection of this word to the Hebrew numerical adjective for “three” can be explained as originating with a designation for the third warrior in a chariot.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":12414,"verse_id":"2SA.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"The translation follows some LXX mss (see 1 Chr 11:11 as well) in reading הוּא עוֹרֵר אֶת־חֲנִיתוֹ ( hu ’ ’ orer ’ et khanito , “he raised up his spear”) rather than the MT’s הוּא עֲדִינוֹ הָעֶצְנִי ( hu ’ ’ adino ha ’ etsni [ Kethib = הָעֶצְנוֹ , ha ’ etsno ]; “Adino the Ezenite”). The emended text reads literally “he was wielding his spear against eight hundred, [who were] slain at one time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":12415,"verse_id":"2SA.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":12416,"verse_id":"2SA.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"This follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading דֹּדוֹ ( dodo ) rather than the Kethib of the MT דֹּדַי ( dodai ; cf. ASV, NIV, NLT). But see 1 Chr 27:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":12417,"verse_id":"2SA.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":12418,"verse_id":"2SA.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “arose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":12419,"verse_id":"2SA.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":12420,"verse_id":"2SA.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":12421,"verse_id":"2SA.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here. The MT reads לַחַיָּה ( lachayyah ), which implies a rare use of the word חַיָּה ( chayyah ). The word normally refers to an animal, but if the MT is accepted it would here have the sense of a troop or community of people. BDB 312 s.v. II. חַיָּה , for example, understands the similar reference in v. 13 to be to “a group of allied families, making a raid together.” But this works better in v. 13 than it does in v. 11 , where the context seems to suggest a particular staging location for a military operation. (See 1 Chr 11:15 .) It therefore seems best to understand the word in v. 11 as a place name with ה ( he) directive. In that case the Masoretes mistook the word for the common term for an animal and then tried to make sense of it in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":12422,"verse_id":"2SA.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “delivered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":12423,"verse_id":"2SA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"The meaning of Hebrew אֶל־קָצִיר (’ el qatsir ) seems here to be “at the time of harvest,” although this is an unusual use of the phrase. As S. R. Driver points out, this preposition does not normally have the temporal sense of “in” or “during” (S. R. Driver, Notes on the Hebrew Text and the Topography of the Books of Samuel , 366).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":12424,"verse_id":"2SA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading שְׁלֹשָׁה ( shÿloshah , “three”) rather than the Kethib of the MT שְׁלֹשִׁים ( shÿloshim , “thirty”). “Thirty” is due to dittography of the following word and makes no sense in the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":12425,"verse_id":"2SA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “went down…and approached.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":12426,"verse_id":"2SA.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":12427,"verse_id":"2SA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “Far be it to me, O Lord , from doing this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":12428,"verse_id":"2SA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “[Is it not] the blood of the men who were going with their lives?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":12429,"verse_id":"2SA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “These things the three warriors did.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A17/3"}
{"id":12430,"verse_id":"2SA.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"The translation follows the Qere , many medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, and Vulgate in reading הַשְּׁלֹשָׁה ( hashÿlosa , “the three”) rather than the Kethib of the MT הַשָּׁלִשִׁי ( hashalisi , “the third,” or “adjutant”). Two medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac Peshitta have “thirty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":12431,"verse_id":"2SA.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “and he was wielding his spear against three hundred, [who were] slain, and to him there was a name among the three.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":12432,"verse_id":"2SA.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":12433,"verse_id":"2SA.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading חַיִל ( khayil , “valor”) rather than the Kethib of the MT, חַי ( khay , “life”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":12434,"verse_id":"2SA.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “the two of Ariel, Moab.” The precise meaning of אריאל is uncertain; some read “warrior.” The present translation assumes that the word is a proper name and that בני , “sons of,” has accidentally dropped from the text by homoioarcton (note the preceding שׁני ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A20/2"}
{"id":12435,"verse_id":"2SA.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) rather than the Kethib of the MT, אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “who”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":12436,"verse_id":"2SA.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “and he went down to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":12437,"verse_id":"2SA.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":12438,"verse_id":"2SA.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":12439,"verse_id":"2SA.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"The translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss in reading חֵלֶד ( kheled ; cf. NAB, NIV, NLT) rather than the MT חֵלֶב ( khelev ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":12440,"verse_id":"2SA.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “the son of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":12441,"verse_id":"2SA.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading חֶצְרַי ( khetsrai ; cf. KJV, NAB) rather than the Kethib of the MT, חֶצְרוֹ ( khetsro ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":12442,"verse_id":"2SA.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.37","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading the singular rather than the plural of the Kethib of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2023%3A37/1"}
{"id":12443,"verse_id":"2SA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “and the word of the king was stronger than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":12444,"verse_id":"2SA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “in the middle of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":12445,"verse_id":"2SA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":12446,"verse_id":"2SA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":12447,"verse_id":"2SA.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":12448,"verse_id":"2SA.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “and Joab gave the number of the numbering of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":12449,"verse_id":"2SA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “and the heart of David struck him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":12450,"verse_id":"2SA.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"The LXX has here “three” rather than “seven,” and is followed by NAB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT. See 1 Chr 21:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":12451,"verse_id":"2SA.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “now know and see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":12452,"verse_id":"2SA.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “There is great distress to me. Let us fall into the hand of the Lord , for great is his mercy, but into the hand of man let me not fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":12453,"verse_id":"2SA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “messenger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":12454,"verse_id":"2SA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “concerning the calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":12455,"verse_id":"2SA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “Now, drop your hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A16/3"}
{"id":12456,"verse_id":"2SA.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “let your hand be against me and against the house of my father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":12457,"verse_id":"2SA.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “Araunah.” The name has been replaced in the translation by the pronoun (“he”) for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":12458,"verse_id":"2SA.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “nostrils.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":12459,"verse_id":"2SA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “what is good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":12460,"verse_id":"2SA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “the equipment of the oxen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":12461,"verse_id":"2SA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here. The translation reads עֶבֶד אֲדֹנָי (’ eved ’ adoni , “the servant of my lord”) rather than the MT’s אֲרַוְנָה (’ Aravnah ). In normal court etiquette a subject would not use his own name in this way, but would more likely refer to himself in the third person. The MT probably first sustained loss of עֶבֶד (’ eved , “servant”), leading to confusion of the word for “my lord” with the name of the Jebusite referred to here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":12462,"verse_id":"2SA.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2SA","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “fifty shekels of silver.” This would have been about 20 ounces (568 grams) of silver by weight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Samuel%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":12463,"verse_id":"1KI.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “was old, coming into the days” (i.e., advancing in years).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":12464,"verse_id":"1KI.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “garments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":12465,"verse_id":"1KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":12466,"verse_id":"1KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “let them seek for my master, the king, a young girl, a virgin.” The third person plural subject of the verb is indefinite (see GKC 460 §144. f ). The appositional expression, “a young girl, a virgin,” is idiomatic; the second term specifically defines the more general first term (see IBHS 230 §12.3b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":12467,"verse_id":"1KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and she will stand before the king.” The Hebrew phrase “stand before” can mean “to attend; to serve” (BDB 764 s.v. עָמַד ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":12468,"verse_id":"1KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and she will lie down in your bosom.” The expression might imply sexual intimacy (see 2 Sam 12:3 [where the lamb symbolizes Bathsheba] and Mic 7:5 ), though v. 4 b indicates that David did not actually have sex with the young woman.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":12469,"verse_id":"1KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and my master, the king, will be warm.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":12470,"verse_id":"1KI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “through all the territory of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":12471,"verse_id":"1KI.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “did not know her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":12472,"verse_id":"1KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “son of Haggith,” but since this formula usually designates the father (who in this case was David), the translation specifies that David was Adonijah’s father. sn Haggith was one of David’s wives ( 2 Sam 3:4 ; 2 Chr 3:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":12473,"verse_id":"1KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “lifting himself up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":12474,"verse_id":"1KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":12475,"verse_id":"1KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “he acquired for himself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":12476,"verse_id":"1KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “to run ahead of him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":12477,"verse_id":"1KI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “disciplined.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":12478,"verse_id":"1KI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “did not correct him from his days.” The phrase “from his days” means “from his earliest days,” or “ever in his life.” See GKC 382 §119. w , n. 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":12479,"verse_id":"1KI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “and she gave birth to him after Absalom.” This does not imply they had the same mother; Absalom’s mother was Maacah, not Haggith ( 2 Sam 3:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":12480,"verse_id":"1KI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “his words were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":12481,"verse_id":"1KI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “helped after” (i.e., stood by).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":12482,"verse_id":"1KI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “Adonijah.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":12483,"verse_id":"1KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “bodyguard” ( Heb “mighty men”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":12484,"verse_id":"1KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “were not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":12485,"verse_id":"1KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The ancient Greek version omits this appositional phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":12486,"verse_id":"1KI.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “bodyguard” ( Heb “mighty men”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":12487,"verse_id":"1KI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “Have you not heard?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":12488,"verse_id":"1KI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “and our master David does not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":12489,"verse_id":"1KI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “now, come.” The imperative of הָלַךְ ( halakh ) is here used as an introductory interjection. See BDB 234 s.v. חָלַךְ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":12490,"verse_id":"1KI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “so that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":12491,"verse_id":"1KI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “come, go to.” The imperative of הָלַךְ ( halakh ) is here used as an introductory interjection. See BDB 234 s.v. חָלַךְ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":12492,"verse_id":"1KI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “swear an oath to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":12493,"verse_id":"1KI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"In the Hebrew text the sentence is introduced by the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”), which here draws attention to Nathan’s concluding word of assurance and support. For this use of the word, see HALOT 252 s.v. הִנֵּה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":12494,"verse_id":"1KI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “I will come after you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":12495,"verse_id":"1KI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “fill up [i.e., confirm] your words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":12496,"verse_id":"1KI.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “bedroom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":12497,"verse_id":"1KI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “bowed low and bowed down to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":12498,"verse_id":"1KI.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Instead of עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) many Hebrew mss , along with the Old Greek, Syriac Peshitta, and Latin Vulgate, have the similar sounding independent pronoun אַתָּה (’ attah , “you”). This reading is followed in the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":12499,"verse_id":"1KI.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “you do not know [about it].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":12500,"verse_id":"1KI.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Many Hebrew mss have עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) rather than the similar sounding independent pronoun אַתָּה (’ attah , “you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":12501,"verse_id":"1KI.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “the eyes of all Israel are upon you to declare to them who will sit on the throne of my master the king after him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":12502,"verse_id":"1KI.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The words “if a decision is not made” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":12503,"verse_id":"1KI.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “lies down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":12504,"verse_id":"1KI.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “I and my son Solomon.” The order has been reversed in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":12505,"verse_id":"1KI.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “will be guilty”; NASB “considered offenders”; TEV “treated as traitors.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A21/4"}
{"id":12506,"verse_id":"1KI.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “look.” The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) here draws attention to Nathan’s arrival and invites the audience to view the scene through the eyes of the participants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":12507,"verse_id":"1KI.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “ground.” Since this was indoors, “floor” is more appropriate than “ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":12508,"verse_id":"1KI.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":12509,"verse_id":"1KI.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “eating and drinking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":12510,"verse_id":"1KI.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “let the king, Adonijah, live!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A25/3"}
{"id":12511,"verse_id":"1KI.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Many Hebrew mss and ancient textual witnesses agree with the Qere in reading this as singular, “your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":12512,"verse_id":"1KI.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “From my master the king is this thing done, and you did not make known to your servants who will sit on the throne of my master the king after him?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":12513,"verse_id":"1KI.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":12514,"verse_id":"1KI.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “she came before the king and stood before the king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":12515,"verse_id":"1KI.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Or “ransomed my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":12516,"verse_id":"1KI.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Or “carry out, perform.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":12517,"verse_id":"1KI.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Heb “bowed low, face [to] the ground, and bowed down to the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":12518,"verse_id":"1KI.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.33","text":"Heb “the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A33/1"}
{"id":12519,"verse_id":"1KI.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.33","text":"The plural form is used in the Hebrew text to indicate honor and authority.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A33/2"}
{"id":12520,"verse_id":"1KI.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.33","text":"Heb “mount Solomon my son on the mule that belongs to me and take him down to Gihon.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A33/3"}
{"id":12521,"verse_id":"1KI.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"Or “designate” (i.e., by anointing with oil).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":12522,"verse_id":"1KI.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.35","text":"Or “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A35/1"}
{"id":12523,"verse_id":"1KI.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.36","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A36/1"}
{"id":12524,"verse_id":"1KI.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"Or “Amen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A36/2"}
{"id":12525,"verse_id":"1KI.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.36","text":"Heb “So may the Lord God of my master the king say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A36/3"}
{"id":12526,"verse_id":"1KI.1.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.37","text":"Heb “and may he make his throne greater than the throne of my master King David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A37/1"}
{"id":12527,"verse_id":"1KI.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Heb “the horn of oil.” This has been specified as olive oil in the translation for clarity. sn A horn filled with oil . An animal’s horn was used as an oil flask in the anointing ceremony.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A39/1"}
{"id":12528,"verse_id":"1KI.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.39","text":"Or “anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A39/2"}
{"id":12529,"verse_id":"1KI.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"Heb “and all the people went up after him, and the people were playing flutes and rejoicing with great joy and the ground split open at the sound of them.” The verb בָּקַע ( baqa ’, “to split open”), which elsewhere describes the effects of an earthquake, is obviously here an exaggeration for the sake of emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A40/1"}
{"id":12530,"verse_id":"1KI.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":"Heb “And Adonijah and all the guests who were with him heard, now they had finished eating.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A41/1"}
{"id":12531,"verse_id":"1KI.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.41","text":"Heb “Why is the city’s sound noisy?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A41/2"}
{"id":12532,"verse_id":"1KI.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"The Hebrew text has “look” at this point. The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ), “look draws attention to Jonathan’s arrival and invites the audience to view the scene through the eyes of the participants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A42/1"}
{"id":12533,"verse_id":"1KI.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.42","text":"Or “surely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A42/2"}
{"id":12534,"verse_id":"1KI.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.42","text":"Heb “you are a man of strength [or “ability”] and you bring a message [that is] good.” Another option is to understand the phrase אִישׁ חַיִל (’ ish khayil ) in the sense of “a worthy man,” that is “loyal.” See also 1 Kgs 1:52 and HALOT 311 s.v. חַיִל .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A42/3"}
{"id":12535,"verse_id":"1KI.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.43","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A43/1"}
{"id":12536,"verse_id":"1KI.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.43","text":"For a similar use of אֲבָל (’ aval ), see Gen 17:19 , where God rejects Abraham’s proposal and offers an alternative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A43/2"}
{"id":12537,"verse_id":"1KI.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.43","text":"The plural form is used in the Hebrew text to indicate honor and authority.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A43/3"}
{"id":12538,"verse_id":"1KI.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.45","text":"I.e., designated by anointing with oil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A45/1"}
{"id":12539,"verse_id":"1KI.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.46","text":"Heb “And also Solomon sits on the throne of the kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A46/1"}
{"id":12540,"verse_id":"1KI.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.47","text":"Heb “to bless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A47/1"}
{"id":12541,"verse_id":"1KI.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.47","text":"The plural form is used in the Hebrew text to indicate honor and authority.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A47/2"}
{"id":12542,"verse_id":"1KI.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.47","text":"Many Hebrew mss agree with the Qere in reading simply “God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A47/3"}
{"id":12543,"verse_id":"1KI.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.47","text":"Heb “make the name of Solomon better than your name, and make his throne greater than your throne.” The term שֵׁם ( shem , “name”) is used here of one’s fame and reputation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A47/4"}
{"id":12544,"verse_id":"1KI.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.47","text":"Or “bowed down; worshiped.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A47/5"}
{"id":12545,"verse_id":"1KI.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “and the king said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A48/1"}
{"id":12546,"verse_id":"1KI.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.48","text":"Or “Blessed be the Lord God of Israel, who….” In this blessing formula אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “who; because”) introduces the reason why the one being blessed deserves the honor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A48/2"}
{"id":12547,"verse_id":"1KI.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.48","text":"Heb “and my eyes are seeing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A48/3"}
{"id":12548,"verse_id":"1KI.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.49","text":"Or “were afraid, trembled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A49/1"}
{"id":12549,"verse_id":"1KI.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.51","text":"Heb “King Solomon.” The name and title have been replaced by the pronoun (“you”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A51/1"}
{"id":12550,"verse_id":"1KI.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.51","text":"Or “swear an oath to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A51/2"}
{"id":12551,"verse_id":"1KI.1.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.52","text":"Heb “if he is a man of strength [or ability].” In this context, where Adonijah calls himself a “servant,” implying allegiance to the new king, the phrase אִישׁ חַיִל (’ ish khayil ) probably carries the sense of “a worthy man,” that is, “loyal” (see HALOT 311 s.v. חַיִל ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A52/1"}
{"id":12552,"verse_id":"1KI.1.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.52","text":"Heb “but if evil is found in him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A52/2"}
{"id":12553,"verse_id":"1KI.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.53","text":"Heb “sent and they brought him down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A53/1"}
{"id":12554,"verse_id":"1KI.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.53","text":"Heb “Go to your house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%201%3A53/2"}
{"id":12555,"verse_id":"1KI.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “and the days of David approached to die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":12556,"verse_id":"1KI.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":12557,"verse_id":"1KI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “going the way of all the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":12558,"verse_id":"1KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “keep the charge of the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":12559,"verse_id":"1KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “by walking in his ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":12560,"verse_id":"1KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “keeping.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":12561,"verse_id":"1KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “then you will cause to succeed all which you do and all which you turn there.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":12562,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “then the Lord will establish his word which he spoke to me, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":12563,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “guard their way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":12564,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “by walking before me in faithfulness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":12565,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":12566,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":12567,"verse_id":"1KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “there will not be cut off from you a man from upon the throne of Israel.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A4/6"}
{"id":12568,"verse_id":"1KI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “what he did to the two commanders…and he killed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":12569,"verse_id":"1KI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “he shed the blood of battle in peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":12570,"verse_id":"1KI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “and he shed the blood of battle when he killed which is on his waist and on his sandal[s] which are on his feet.” That is, he covered himself with guilt and his guilt was obvious to all who saw him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":12571,"verse_id":"1KI.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “according to your wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":12572,"verse_id":"1KI.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and do not bring down his grey hair in peace [to] Sheol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":12573,"verse_id":"1KI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “do loyalty with”; or “act faithfully toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":12574,"verse_id":"1KI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “and let them be among the ones who eat [at] your table.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":12575,"verse_id":"1KI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “drew near to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":12576,"verse_id":"1KI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “Look, with you is Shimei….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":12577,"verse_id":"1KI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “and he cursed me with a horrible curse on the day I went to Mahanaim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":12578,"verse_id":"1KI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “swore an oath to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":12579,"verse_id":"1KI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “kill you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":12580,"verse_id":"1KI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Lucianic recension of the Old Greek and the Vulgate have here “you” rather than “now.” The two words are homonyms in Hebrew.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":12581,"verse_id":"1KI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “what you should do to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":12582,"verse_id":"1KI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “bring his grey hair down in blood [to] Sheol.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":12583,"verse_id":"1KI.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and David lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":12584,"verse_id":"1KI.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":12585,"verse_id":"1KI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “kingship.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":12586,"verse_id":"1KI.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “[in] peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":12587,"verse_id":"1KI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":12588,"verse_id":"1KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “kingship.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":12589,"verse_id":"1KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “set their face to me to be king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":12590,"verse_id":"1KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “and the kingdom turned about and became my brother’s, for from the Lord it became his.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":12591,"verse_id":"1KI.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “Do not turn back my face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":12592,"verse_id":"1KI.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “She said, ‘Speak!’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":12593,"verse_id":"1KI.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “Say to Solomon the king, for he will not turn back your face, that he might give to me Abishag the Shunammite for a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":12594,"verse_id":"1KI.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “[It is] good!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":12595,"verse_id":"1KI.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “meet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":12596,"verse_id":"1KI.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “he set up a throne for the mother of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":12597,"verse_id":"1KI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “I’d like to make just one request of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":12598,"verse_id":"1KI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “Do not turn back my face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":12599,"verse_id":"1KI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “and the king said to her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":12600,"verse_id":"1KI.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “for Adonijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":12601,"verse_id":"1KI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “So may God do to me, and so may he add.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":12602,"verse_id":"1KI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “if with his life Adonijah has not spoken this word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":12603,"verse_id":"1KI.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":12604,"verse_id":"1KI.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":12605,"verse_id":"1KI.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “and he struck him and he died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":12606,"verse_id":"1KI.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Or “field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":12607,"verse_id":"1KI.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"Heb “you are a man of death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":12608,"verse_id":"1KI.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.26","text":"Heb “and because you suffered through all which my father suffered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A26/3"}
{"id":12609,"verse_id":"1KI.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “turned after” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":12610,"verse_id":"1KI.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “Joab.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":12611,"verse_id":"1KI.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"Heb “and it was related to King Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":12612,"verse_id":"1KI.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"Heb “so Solomon sent Benaiah son of Jehoiada, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":12613,"verse_id":"1KI.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “saying, “In this way Joab spoke and in this way he answered me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":12614,"verse_id":"1KI.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":12615,"verse_id":"1KI.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “take away the undeserved bloodshed which Joab spilled from upon me and from upon the house of my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A31/2"}
{"id":12616,"verse_id":"1KI.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “The Lord will cause his blood to return upon his head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":12617,"verse_id":"1KI.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “because he struck down two men more innocent and better than he and he killed them with the sword, and my father David did not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A32/2"}
{"id":12618,"verse_id":"1KI.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":12619,"verse_id":"1KI.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “his throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A33/2"}
{"id":12620,"verse_id":"1KI.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"Heb “struck him and killed him.” The referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":12621,"verse_id":"1KI.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.35","text":"Heb “over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A35/1"}
{"id":12622,"verse_id":"1KI.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.35","text":"The Old Greek translation includes after v. 35 some fourteen verses that are absent from the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A35/2"}
{"id":12623,"verse_id":"1KI.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “sent and summoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":12624,"verse_id":"1KI.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.36","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A36/2"}
{"id":12625,"verse_id":"1KI.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “and you may not go out from there here or there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A36/3"}
{"id":12626,"verse_id":"1KI.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.37","text":"Heb “your blood will be upon your head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A37/1"}
{"id":12627,"verse_id":"1KI.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.38","text":"Heb “Good is the word, as my master the king has spoken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A38/1"}
{"id":12628,"verse_id":"1KI.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.38","text":"Heb “so your servant will do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A38/2"}
{"id":12629,"verse_id":"1KI.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.38","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A38/3"}
{"id":12630,"verse_id":"1KI.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “sent and summoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A42/1"}
{"id":12631,"verse_id":"1KI.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “Is it not [true]…?” In the Hebrew text the statement is interrogative; the rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course it is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A42/2"}
{"id":12632,"verse_id":"1KI.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “here or there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A42/3"}
{"id":12633,"verse_id":"1KI.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “good is the word; I have heard.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A42/4"}
{"id":12634,"verse_id":"1KI.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.43","text":"Heb “Why have you not kept the oath [to] the Lord and the commandment I commanded you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A43/1"}
{"id":12635,"verse_id":"1KI.2.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.44","text":"Heb “You know all the evil, for your heart knows, which you did to David my father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A44/1"}
{"id":12636,"verse_id":"1KI.2.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.44","text":"Heb “The Lord will cause your evil to return upon your head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A44/2"}
{"id":12637,"verse_id":"1KI.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.45","text":"Or “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A45/1"}
{"id":12638,"verse_id":"1KI.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.45","text":"Heb “throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A45/2"}
{"id":12639,"verse_id":"1KI.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"“The king commanded Benaiah son of Jehoiada and he went out and struck him down and he died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A46/1"}
{"id":12640,"verse_id":"1KI.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.46","text":"“And the kingdom was established in the hand of Solomon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%202%3A46/2"}
{"id":12641,"verse_id":"1KI.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":12642,"verse_id":"1KI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “for the name of the Lord. ” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor (thus the translation here, “to honor the Lord” ). The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":12643,"verse_id":"1KI.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “Solomon loved the Lord by walking in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":12644,"verse_id":"1KI.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “policies, rules.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":12645,"verse_id":"1KI.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “for it was the great high place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":12646,"verse_id":"1KI.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb form is an imperfect, which is probably used here in a customary sense to indicate continued or repeated action in past time. See GKC 314 §107. b .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":12647,"verse_id":"1KI.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “revealed himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":12648,"verse_id":"1KI.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “ask.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":12649,"verse_id":"1KI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":12650,"verse_id":"1KI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “walked before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":12651,"verse_id":"1KI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “in faithfulness and in innocence and in uprightness of heart with you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":12652,"verse_id":"1KI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “and you have kept to him this great loyalty and you gave to him a son [who] sits on his throne as this day.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":12653,"verse_id":"1KI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “and I do not know going out or coming in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":12654,"verse_id":"1KI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"There is no verb expressed in the Hebrew text; “stands” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":12655,"verse_id":"1KI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “your people whom you have chosen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":12656,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “a hearing heart.” (The Hebrew term translated “heart” often refers to the mental faculties.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":12657,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “to judge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":12658,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “to understand between good and evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":12659,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “for”; the word “otherwise” is used to reflect the logical sense of the statement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":12660,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “who is able?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “no one.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/5"}
{"id":12661,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “to judge.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/6"}
{"id":12662,"verse_id":"1KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “your numerous people.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A9/7"}
{"id":12663,"verse_id":"1KI.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here and in v.15 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":12664,"verse_id":"1KI.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “And the thing was good in the eyes of the Lord, for Solomon asked for this thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":12665,"verse_id":"1KI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “because you asked for this thing, and did not ask for yourself many days and did not ask for yourself riches and did not ask for the life of your enemies, but you asked for yourself understanding to hear judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":12666,"verse_id":"1KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"This statement is introduced in the Hebrew text by the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) which draws attention to and emphasizes what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":12667,"verse_id":"1KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “I am doing according to your words.” The perfect tense is sometimes used of actions occurring at the same time a statement is made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":12668,"verse_id":"1KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"This statement is introduced by the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “look”) which draws attention to and emphasizes what follows. The translation assumes that the perfect tense here indicates that the action occurs as the statement is made (i.e., “right now I give you”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":12669,"verse_id":"1KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “heart.” (The Hebrew term translated “heart” often refers to the mental faculties.)","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":12670,"verse_id":"1KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “so that there has not been one like you prior to you, and after you one will not arise like you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A12/5"}
{"id":12671,"verse_id":"1KI.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The translation assumes that the perfect tense here indicates that the action occurs as the statement is made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":12672,"verse_id":"1KI.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “so that there is not one among the kings like you all your days.” The LXX lacks the words “all your days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":12673,"verse_id":"1KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “walk in my ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":12674,"verse_id":"1KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “keeping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":12675,"verse_id":"1KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “walked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":12676,"verse_id":"1KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “I will lengthen your days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":12677,"verse_id":"1KI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “and look, a dream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":12678,"verse_id":"1KI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “tokens of peace”; NIV, TEV “fellowship offerings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":12679,"verse_id":"1KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":12680,"verse_id":"1KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “lay, slept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":12681,"verse_id":"1KI.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":12682,"verse_id":"1KI.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “look, it was not my son to whom I had given birth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":12683,"verse_id":"1KI.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “they spoke before the king.” Another option is to translate, “they argued before the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":12684,"verse_id":"1KI.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “the woman whose son was alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":12685,"verse_id":"1KI.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “for her compassions grew warm for her son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":12686,"verse_id":"1KI.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.26","text":"The infinitive absolute before the negated jussive emphasizes the main verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A26/3"}
{"id":12687,"verse_id":"1KI.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “feared,” perhaps in the sense, “stood in awe of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":12688,"verse_id":"1KI.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":12689,"verse_id":"1KI.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “the wisdom of God within him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%203%3A28/3"}
{"id":12690,"verse_id":"1KI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “were scribes”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “secretaries”; TEV, NLT “court secretaries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":12691,"verse_id":"1KI.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “was over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":12692,"verse_id":"1KI.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “was over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":12693,"verse_id":"1KI.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “close associate of”; KJV, ASV, NASB “the king’s friend” (a title for an adviser, not just an acquaintance).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":12694,"verse_id":"1KI.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “over the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":12695,"verse_id":"1KI.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “was over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":12696,"verse_id":"1KI.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":12697,"verse_id":"1KI.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “the River” (also in v. 24 ). This is the standard designation for the Euphrates River in biblical Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":12698,"verse_id":"1KI.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “[They] were bringing tribute and were serving Solomon all the days of his life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":12699,"verse_id":"1KI.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “the food of Solomon for each day was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":12700,"verse_id":"1KI.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"As a unit of dry measure a cor was roughly equivalent to six bushels.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":12701,"verse_id":"1KI.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"The words “in the stall” are added for clarification; note the immediately following reference to cattle from the pasture.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":12702,"verse_id":"1KI.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “because.” The words “his royal court was so large” are added to facilitate the logical connection with the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":12703,"verse_id":"1KI.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “for he was ruling over all [the region] beyond the River, from Tiphsah to Gaza, over all the kingdoms beyond the River, and he had peace on every side all around.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":12704,"verse_id":"1KI.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “Judah and Israel lived securely, each one under his vine and under his fig tree, from Dan to Beer Sheba, all the days of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":12705,"verse_id":"1KI.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"The Hebrew text has “40,000,” but this is probably an inflated number (nevertheless it is followed by KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV, TEV, CEV). Some Greek mss of the OT and the parallel in 2 Chr 9:25 read “4,000” (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":12706,"verse_id":"1KI.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “everyone who drew near to the table of King Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":12707,"verse_id":"1KI.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “barley and straw for the horses and the steeds they brought to the place which was there, each according to his measure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":12708,"verse_id":"1KI.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Heb “heart,” i.e., mind. (The Hebrew term translated “heart” often refers to the mental faculties.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":12709,"verse_id":"1KI.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “the wisdom of Solomon was greater than the wisdom of all the sons of the east and all the wisdom of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":12710,"verse_id":"1KI.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “his name was in all the surrounding nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":12711,"verse_id":"1KI.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Heb “spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":12712,"verse_id":"1KI.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Heb “he spoke about plants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":12713,"verse_id":"1KI.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.33","text":"Heb “he spoke about.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A33/2"}
{"id":12714,"verse_id":"1KI.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “the wisdom of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":12715,"verse_id":"1KI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":12716,"verse_id":"1KI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “his servants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":12717,"verse_id":"1KI.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “a house for the name of the Lord. ” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":12718,"verse_id":"1KI.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “because of the battles which surrounded him until the Lord placed them under the soles of his feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":12719,"verse_id":"1KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “Look, I am saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":12720,"verse_id":"1KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “a house for the name of the Lord. ” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":12721,"verse_id":"1KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “a house for my name.” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":12722,"verse_id":"1KI.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “Blessed be the Lord today, who….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":12723,"verse_id":"1KI.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":12724,"verse_id":"1KI.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “I will satisfy all your desire with respect to cedar wood and with respect to the wood of evergreens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":12725,"verse_id":"1KI.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “I will place them [on? as?] rafts in the sea to the place where you designate to me.” This may mean he would send them by raft, or that he would tie them in raft-like bundles, and have ships tow them down to an Israelite port.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":12726,"verse_id":"1KI.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “smash them,” i.e., untie the bundles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":12727,"verse_id":"1KI.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “as for you, you will satisfy my desire by giving food for my house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":12728,"verse_id":"1KI.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “and Hiram gave to Solomon cedar wood and the wood of evergreens, all his desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":12729,"verse_id":"1KI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":12730,"verse_id":"1KI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"The Hebrew text has “twenty cors,” but the ancient Greek version and the parallel text in 2 Chr 2:10 read “twenty thousand baths.” sn A bath was a liquid measure equivalent to almost six gallons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":12731,"verse_id":"1KI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “pressed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":12732,"verse_id":"1KI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “and Solomon supplied Hiram with twenty thousand cors of wheat…pure olive oil. So Solomon would give to Hiram year by year.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A11/5"}
{"id":12733,"verse_id":"1KI.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “a covenant,” referring to a formal peace treaty or alliance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":12734,"verse_id":"1KI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “raised up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":12735,"verse_id":"1KI.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “was over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":12736,"verse_id":"1KI.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “carriers of loads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":12737,"verse_id":"1KI.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “cutters” (probably of stones).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":12738,"verse_id":"1KI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Some Greek mss of the OT read “3,600”; cf. 2 Chr 2:2, 18 and NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":12739,"verse_id":"1KI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “besides thirty-three hundred from the officials of Solomon’s governors who were over the work, the ones ruling over the people, the ones doing the work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":12740,"verse_id":"1KI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “and the king commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":12741,"verse_id":"1KI.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “builders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":12742,"verse_id":"1KI.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “the Gebalites.” The reading is problematic and some emend to a verb form meaning, “set the borders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":12743,"verse_id":"1KI.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"The LXX includes the words “for three years.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":12744,"verse_id":"1KI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “sixty cubits.” A cubit was a unit of measure roughly equivalent to 18 inches or 45 cm. Measurements in vv. 2-10 have been converted to feet in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":12745,"verse_id":"1KI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":12746,"verse_id":"1KI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “thirty cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":12747,"verse_id":"1KI.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":12748,"verse_id":"1KI.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “ten cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":12749,"verse_id":"1KI.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “and he built on the wall of the temple an extension all around, the walls of the temple all around, for the main hall and for the holy place, and he made side rooms all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":12750,"verse_id":"1KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “five cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":12751,"verse_id":"1KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “six cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":12752,"verse_id":"1KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “seven cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":12753,"verse_id":"1KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “offsets” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “offset ledges.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A6/4"}
{"id":12754,"verse_id":"1KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “so that [the beams] would not have a hold in the walls of the temple.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A6/5"}
{"id":12755,"verse_id":"1KI.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “finished stone of the quarry,” i.e., stones chiseled and shaped at the time they were taken out of the quarry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":12756,"verse_id":"1KI.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The Hebrew text has “middle,” but the remainder of the verse suggests this is an error.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":12757,"verse_id":"1KI.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “by stairs they went up.” The word translated “stairs” occurs only here. Other options are “trapdoors” or “ladders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":12758,"verse_id":"1KI.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"The translation reads with a few medieval Hebrew mss , the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate הַשְּׁלִשִׁית ( hashÿlishit , “the third”) rather than MT הַשְּׁלִשִׁים ( hashÿlishim , “the thirty”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":12759,"verse_id":"1KI.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “ built the house and completed it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":12760,"verse_id":"1KI.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":12761,"verse_id":"1KI.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"The word occurs only here; the precise meaning is uncertain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":12762,"verse_id":"1KI.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “and rows with cedar wood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":12763,"verse_id":"1KI.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “five cubits.” This must refer to the height of each floor or room.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":12764,"verse_id":"1KI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The LXX lacks vv. 11-14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":12765,"verse_id":"1KI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “walk in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":12766,"verse_id":"1KI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":12767,"verse_id":"1KI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “and keep all my commandments by walking in them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":12768,"verse_id":"1KI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “I will establish my word with you which I spoke to David your father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":12769,"verse_id":"1KI.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “ built the house and completed it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":12770,"verse_id":"1KI.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"The MT reads קִירוֹת ( qirot , “walls”), but this should be emended to קוֹרוֹת ( qorot , “rafters”). See BDB 900 s.v. קוֹרָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":12771,"verse_id":"1KI.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “He built twenty cubits from the rear areas of the temple with cedar planks from the floor to the walls, and he built it on the inside for an inner sanctuary, for a holy place of holy places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":12772,"verse_id":"1KI.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"The MT has קְלָעִים ( qÿla ’ im , “curtains”), but this should be emended to קוֹרוֹת ( qorot , “rafters”). See BDB 900 s.v. קוֹרָה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":12773,"verse_id":"1KI.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “and the house was forty cubits, that is, the main hall before it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":12774,"verse_id":"1KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “Cedar was inside the temple, carvings of gourds (i.e., gourd-shaped ornaments) and opened flowers; the whole was cedar, no stone was seen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":12775,"verse_id":"1KI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (this measurement occurs three times in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":12776,"verse_id":"1KI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “with plated gold” (or perhaps, “with pure gold”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":12777,"verse_id":"1KI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “he plated [the] altar of cedar.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":12778,"verse_id":"1KI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “with plated gold” (or perhaps, “with pure gold”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":12779,"verse_id":"1KI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":12780,"verse_id":"1KI.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “all the temple he plated with gold until all the temple was finished; and the whole altar which was in the inner sanctuary he plated with gold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":12781,"verse_id":"1KI.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “ten cubits” (a cubit was a unit of measure roughly equivalent to 18 inches or 45 cm).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":12782,"verse_id":"1KI.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “The first wing of the [one] cherub was five cubits, and the second wing of the cherub was five cubits, ten cubits from the tips of his wings to the tips of his wings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":12783,"verse_id":"1KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “and the second cherub was ten cubits, the two cherubs had one measurement and one shape.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":12784,"verse_id":"1KI.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “the height of the first cherub was ten cubits; and so was the second cherub.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":12785,"verse_id":"1KI.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “in the midst of the inner house,” i.e., in the inner sanctuary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":12786,"verse_id":"1KI.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “and their wings were in the middle of the room, touching wing to wing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":12787,"verse_id":"1KI.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “carved engravings of carvings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":12788,"verse_id":"1KI.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “the pillar, doorposts, a fifth part” (the precise meaning of this description is uncertain).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":12789,"verse_id":"1KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “carved carvings of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":12790,"verse_id":"1KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “he plated [with] gold” (the precise object is not stated).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A32/2"}
{"id":12791,"verse_id":"1KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “and he hammered out the gold on the cherubs and the palm trees.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A32/3"}
{"id":12792,"verse_id":"1KI.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “and so he did at the entrance of the main hall, doorposts of olive wood, from a fourth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":12793,"verse_id":"1KI.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"The words “he also made” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":12794,"verse_id":"1KI.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “two of the leaves of the first door were folding, and two of the leaves of the second door were folding.” In the second half of the description, the MT has קְלָעִים ( qÿla ’ im , “curtains”), but this is surely a corruption of צְלָעִים ( tsÿla ’ im , “leaves”) which appears in the first half of the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A34/2"}
{"id":12795,"verse_id":"1KI.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.37","text":"The words “of Solomon’s reign” are added for clarification. See v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A37/2"}
{"id":12796,"verse_id":"1KI.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.38","text":"Heb “he built it in seven years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%206%3A38/2"}
{"id":12797,"verse_id":"1KI.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “His house Solomon built in thirteen years and he completed all his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":12798,"verse_id":"1KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “he built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":12799,"verse_id":"1KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":12800,"verse_id":"1KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “fifty cubits.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":12801,"verse_id":"1KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “thirty cubits.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A2/5"}
{"id":12802,"verse_id":"1KI.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and framed [windows in] three rows, and opening to opening three times.” The precise meaning of this description is uncertain. Another option might be, “overhung [in] three rows.” This might mean they were positioned high on the walls.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":12803,"verse_id":"1KI.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “all of the doors and doorposts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":12804,"verse_id":"1KI.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and all the entrances and the doorposts [had] four frames, and in front of opening to opening three times” (the precise meaning of the description is uncertain).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":12805,"verse_id":"1KI.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “a porch of pillars.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":12806,"verse_id":"1KI.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “fifty cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":12807,"verse_id":"1KI.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “thirty cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":12808,"verse_id":"1KI.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and a porch was in front of them (i.e., the aforementioned pillars) and pillars and a roof in front of them (i.e., the aforementioned pillars and porch).” The precise meaning of the term translated “roof” is uncertain; it occurs only here and in Ezek 41:25-26 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":12809,"verse_id":"1KI.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “and a porch for the throne, where he was making judicial decisions, the Porch of Judgment, he made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":12810,"verse_id":"1KI.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “from the floor to the floor.” The second occurrence of the term הַקַּרְקָע ( haqqarqa ’, “the floor”) is probably an error; one should emend to הַקּוֹרוֹת ( haqqorot , “the rafters”). See 6:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":12811,"verse_id":"1KI.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “and his house where he lived, the other court [i.e., as opposed to the great court], separated from the house belonging to the hall, was like this work [i.e., this style of architecture].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":12812,"verse_id":"1KI.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “and a house he was making for the daughter of Pharaoh, whom Solomon had taken, like this porch.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":12813,"verse_id":"1KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Or “valuable” (see 5:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":12814,"verse_id":"1KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “according to the measurement of chiseled [stone].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":12815,"verse_id":"1KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “inside and out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":12816,"verse_id":"1KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.9","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word טְפָחוֹת ( tÿfakhot ) is uncertain, but it is clear that the referent stands in opposition to the foundation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A9/4"}
{"id":12817,"verse_id":"1KI.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “stones of ten cubits and stones of eight cubits” (it is unclear exactly what dimension is being measured). If both numbers refer to the length of the stones (cf. NCV, CEV, NLT), then perhaps stones of two different sizes were used in some alternating pattern.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":12818,"verse_id":"1KI.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “on top,” or “above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":12819,"verse_id":"1KI.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “valuable” (see 5:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":12820,"verse_id":"1KI.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “according to the measurement of chiseled [stone].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":12821,"verse_id":"1KI.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “the porch of the temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":12822,"verse_id":"1KI.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “King Solomon sent and took Hiram from Tyre.” In 2 Chr 2:13 (MT v. 12 ) and 4:11, 16 his name is spelled “Huram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":12823,"verse_id":"1KI.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":12824,"verse_id":"1KI.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"2 Chr 2:14 (13 HT) says “from the daughters of Dan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":12825,"verse_id":"1KI.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “he was filled with the skill, understanding, and knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":12826,"verse_id":"1KI.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “eighteen cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":12827,"verse_id":"1KI.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “twelve cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":12828,"verse_id":"1KI.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “two capitals he made to place on the tops of the pillars, cast in bronze; five cubits was the height of the first capital, and five cubits was the height of the second capital.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":12829,"verse_id":"1KI.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “there were seven for the first capital, and seven for the second capital.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":12830,"verse_id":"1KI.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “he made the pillars, and two rows surrounding one latticework to cover the capitals which were on top of the pomegranates, and so he did for the second latticework.” The translation supplies “pomegranates” after “two rows,” and understands “pillars,” rather than “pomegranates,” to be the correct reading after “on top of.” The latter change finds support from many Hebrew mss and the ancient Greek version.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":12831,"verse_id":"1KI.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “the capitals which were on the top of the pillars were the work of lilies, in the porch, four cubits.” It is unclear exactly what dimension is being measured.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":12832,"verse_id":"1KI.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “and the capitals on the two pillars, also above, close beside the bulge which was beside the latticework, two hundred pomegranates in rows around, on the second capital.” The precise meaning of the word translated “bulge” is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":12833,"verse_id":"1KI.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “south.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":12834,"verse_id":"1KI.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “north.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":12835,"verse_id":"1KI.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “He made the sea, cast.” sn This large basin that was mounted on twelve bronze bulls and contained water for the priests to bathe themselves ( 2 Chr 4:6 ; cf. Exod 30:17-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":12836,"verse_id":"1KI.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “ten cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":12837,"verse_id":"1KI.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “five cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":12838,"verse_id":"1KI.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “and a measuring line went around it thirty cubits all around.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A23/4"}
{"id":12839,"verse_id":"1KI.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “The Sea.” The proper noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“it”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":12840,"verse_id":"1KI.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “gourd-shaped ornaments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":12841,"verse_id":"1KI.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “ten cubits surrounding the sea all around.” The precise meaning of this description is uncertain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":12842,"verse_id":"1KI.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “all their hindquarters were toward the inside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":12843,"verse_id":"1KI.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “two thousand baths” (a bath was a liquid measure roughly equivalent to six gallons).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":12844,"verse_id":"1KI.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “four cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":12845,"verse_id":"1KI.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “four cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A27/2"}
{"id":12846,"verse_id":"1KI.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “three cubits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A27/3"}
{"id":12847,"verse_id":"1KI.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"The precise meaning of these final words is uncertain. A possible literal translation would be, “wreaths, the work of descent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":12848,"verse_id":"1KI.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.30","text":"The precise meaning of this last word, translated “wreaths,” is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A30/1"}
{"id":12849,"verse_id":"1KI.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.31","text":"Heb “And its opening from the inside to the top and upwards [was] a cubit, and its opening was round, the work of a stand, a cubit-and-a-half.” The precise meaning of this description is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A31/1"}
{"id":12850,"verse_id":"1KI.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.31","text":"Heb “also over its opening were carvings and their frames [were] squared, not round.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A31/2"}
{"id":12851,"verse_id":"1KI.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"Heb “a cubit-and-a-half” (a cubit was a unit of measure roughly equivalent to 18 inches or 45 cm).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":12852,"verse_id":"1KI.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Heb “four shoulders to the four sides of each stand, from the stand its shoulders.” The precise meaning of the description is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":12853,"verse_id":"1KI.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Heb “and on top of the stand, a half cubit [in] height, round all around” (the meaning of this description is uncertain).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":12854,"verse_id":"1KI.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Heb “according to the space of each.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":12855,"verse_id":"1KI.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"The precise meaning of this last word, translated “wreaths,” is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":12856,"verse_id":"1KI.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"Heb “forty baths” (a bath was a liquid measure roughly equivalent to six gallons).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A38/1"}
{"id":12857,"verse_id":"1KI.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.38","text":"Heb “four cubits, each basin.” It is unclear which dimension is being measured.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A38/2"}
{"id":12858,"verse_id":"1KI.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Heb “Hiram.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A40/1"}
{"id":12859,"verse_id":"1KI.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.40","text":"Heb “Hiram finished doing all the work which he did for King Solomon [on] the house of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A40/2"}
{"id":12860,"verse_id":"1KI.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.41","text":"The words “he made” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A41/1"}
{"id":12861,"verse_id":"1KI.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.44","text":"Heb “underneath ‘The Sea.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A44/1"}
{"id":12862,"verse_id":"1KI.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.45","text":"Heb “which Hiram made for King Solomon [for] the house of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A45/1"}
{"id":12863,"verse_id":"1KI.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.46","text":"Or perhaps, “molds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A46/1"}
{"id":12864,"verse_id":"1KI.7.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.47","text":"Heb “Solomon left all the items, due to their very great abundance; the weight of the bronze was not sought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A47/1"}
{"id":12865,"verse_id":"1KI.7.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.48","text":"Heb “the bread of the face [or presence].” Many recent English versions employ “the bread of the Presence,” although this does not convey much to the modern reader. sn This bread was viewed as a perpetual offering to God and was regarded as holy. See Lev 24:5-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A48/1"}
{"id":12866,"verse_id":"1KI.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.51","text":"Heb “Solomon.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%207%3A51/1"}
{"id":12867,"verse_id":"1KI.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The Old Greek translation includes the following words at the beginning of ch. : “It so happened that when Solomon finished building the Lord’s temple and his own house, after twenty years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":12868,"verse_id":"1KI.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":12869,"verse_id":"1KI.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “Then Solomon convened the elders of Israel, the heads of the tribes, the chiefs of the fathers belonging to the sons of Israel to King Solomon [in] Jerusalem to bring up the ark of the covenant of the Lord from the city of David (it is Zion).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":12870,"verse_id":"1KI.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “the tent of assembly.” sn The tent of meeting . See Exod 33:7-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":12871,"verse_id":"1KI.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “and they carried the ark of the Lord …. The priests and the Levites carried them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":12872,"verse_id":"1KI.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “And King Solomon and all the assembly of Israel, those who had been gathered to him, [were] before the ark, sacrificing sheep and cattle which could not be counted or numbered because of the abundance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":12873,"verse_id":"1KI.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"The word “assigned” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":12874,"verse_id":"1KI.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “they could not be seen outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":12875,"verse_id":"1KI.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “in Horeb where.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":12876,"verse_id":"1KI.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “were not able to stand to serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":12877,"verse_id":"1KI.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":12878,"verse_id":"1KI.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The words “O Lord ” do not appear in the original text, but they are supplied for clarification; Solomon addresses the Lord in prayer at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":12879,"verse_id":"1KI.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “turned his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":12880,"verse_id":"1KI.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “and he blessed all the assembly of Israel, and all the assembly of Israel was standing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":12881,"verse_id":"1KI.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “by his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":12882,"verse_id":"1KI.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “by his mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":12883,"verse_id":"1KI.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":12884,"verse_id":"1KI.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “to build a house for my name to be there.” sn To build a temple in which to live ( Heb “to build a house for my name to be there”). In the OT, the word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":12885,"verse_id":"1KI.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “and it was with the heart of David my father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":12886,"verse_id":"1KI.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “to build a house for the name of the Lord God of Israel.” The word “name” in the OT sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":12887,"verse_id":"1KI.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “Because it was with your heart to build a house for my name, you did well that it was with your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":12888,"verse_id":"1KI.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “your son, the one who came out of your body, he will build the temple for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":12889,"verse_id":"1KI.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “his word that he spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":12890,"verse_id":"1KI.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":12891,"verse_id":"1KI.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 34, 40, 48, 53, 57, 58 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":12892,"verse_id":"1KI.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Or “heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":12893,"verse_id":"1KI.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":12894,"verse_id":"1KI.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “one who keeps the covenant and the loyal love.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":12895,"verse_id":"1KI.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “who walk before you with all their heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A23/3"}
{"id":12896,"verse_id":"1KI.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “[you] who kept to your servant David my father that which you spoke to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":12897,"verse_id":"1KI.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “you spoke by your mouth and by your hand you fulfilled, as this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":12898,"verse_id":"1KI.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “there will not be cut off from you a man from before me sitting on the throne of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":12899,"verse_id":"1KI.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “guard their way by walking before me as you have walked before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":12900,"verse_id":"1KI.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “the words that you spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":12901,"verse_id":"1KI.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “prove to be reliable.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":12902,"verse_id":"1KI.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “Indeed, can God really live on the earth?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course not,” the force of which the translation above seeks to reflect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":12903,"verse_id":"1KI.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “turn to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":12904,"verse_id":"1KI.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “by listening to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":12905,"verse_id":"1KI.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “the loud cry and the prayer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A28/3"}
{"id":12906,"verse_id":"1KI.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.28","text":"Heb “praying before you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A28/4"}
{"id":12907,"verse_id":"1KI.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “so your eyes might be open toward this house night and day, toward the place about which you said, ‘My name will be there.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":12908,"verse_id":"1KI.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “by listening to the prayer which your servant is praying concerning this place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":12909,"verse_id":"1KI.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Heb “listen to the request of your servant and your people Israel which they are praying concerning this place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":12910,"verse_id":"1KI.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.30","text":"Heb “and you, hear inside your dwelling place, inside heaven.” The precise nuance of the preposition אֶל (’ el ), used here with the verb “hear,” is unclear. One expects the preposition “from,” which appears in the parallel text in 2 Chr 6:21 . The nuance “inside; among” is attested for אֶל (see Gen 23:19 ; 1 Sam 10:22 ; Jer 4:3 ), but in each case a verb of motion is employed with the preposition, unlike 1 Kgs 8:30 . The translation above (“from inside”) is based on the demands of the immediate context rather than attested usage elsewhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A30/2"}
{"id":12911,"verse_id":"1KI.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.30","text":"Heb “hear and forgive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A30/3"}
{"id":12912,"verse_id":"1KI.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “and forgive the man who sins against his neighbor when one takes up against him a curse to curse him and the curse comes before your altar in this house.” In the Hebrew text the words “and forgive” conclude v. 30 , but the accusative sign at the beginning of v. 31 suggests the verb actually goes with what follows in v. 31 . The parallel text in 2 Chr 6:22 begins with “and if,” rather than the accusative sign. In this case “forgive” must be taken with what precedes, and v. 31 must be taken as the protasis (“if” clause) of a conditional sentence, with v. 32 being the apodosis (“then” clause) that completes the sentence. sn Be willing to forgive the accused if the accusation is false . At first it appears that Solomon is asking God to forgive the guilty party. But in v. 32 Solomon asks the Lord to discern who is guilty and innocent, so v. 31 must refer to a situation where an accusation has been made, but not yet proven. The very periphrastic translation reflects this interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":12913,"verse_id":"1KI.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “and you, hear [from] heaven and act and judge your servants by declaring the guilty to be guilty, to give his way on his head, and to declare the innocent to be innocent, to give to him according to his innocence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":12914,"verse_id":"1KI.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “when.” In the Hebrew text vv. 33-34 actually contain one lengthy conditional sentence, which the translation has divided into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":12915,"verse_id":"1KI.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “are struck down before an enemy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":12916,"verse_id":"1KI.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “confess [or perhaps, “praise”] your name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A33/3"}
{"id":12917,"verse_id":"1KI.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “and they pray and ask for help.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A33/4"}
{"id":12918,"verse_id":"1KI.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “when.” In the Hebrew text vv. 35-36 a actually contain one lengthy conditional sentence, which the translation has divided into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":12919,"verse_id":"1KI.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (your people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A35/2"}
{"id":12920,"verse_id":"1KI.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.35","text":"Heb “confess [or perhaps, “praise”] your name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A35/3"}
{"id":12921,"verse_id":"1KI.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.35","text":"The Hebrew text has “because you answer them,” as if the verb is from עָנָה (’ anah , “to answer”). However, this reference to a divine answer is premature, since the next verse asks for God to intervene in mercy. It is better to revocalize the consonantal text as תְעַנֵּם ( tÿ ’ annem , “you afflict them”), a Piel verb form from the homonym עָנָה (“to afflict”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A35/4"}
{"id":12922,"verse_id":"1KI.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"The translation understands כִּי ( ki ) in an emphatic or asseverative sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":12923,"verse_id":"1KI.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.36","text":"Heb “the good way in which they should walk.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A36/2"}
{"id":12924,"verse_id":"1KI.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.36","text":"Or “for an inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A36/3"}
{"id":12925,"verse_id":"1KI.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.37","text":"Actually two Hebrew terms appear here, both of which are usually taken as referring to locusts. Perhaps different stages of growth or different varieties are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A37/1"}
{"id":12926,"verse_id":"1KI.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.37","text":"Heb “in the land, his gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A37/2"}
{"id":12927,"verse_id":"1KI.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"Heb “every prayer, every request for help which will be to all the people, to all your people Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":12928,"verse_id":"1KI.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.38","text":"Heb “which they know, each the pain of his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A38/2"}
{"id":12929,"verse_id":"1KI.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.39","text":"The words “their sin” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A39/1"}
{"id":12930,"verse_id":"1KI.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.39","text":"Heb “and act and give to each one according to all his ways because you know his heart.” In the Hebrew text vv. 37-39 a actually contain one lengthy conditional sentence, which the translation has divided up for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A39/2"}
{"id":12931,"verse_id":"1KI.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.39","text":"Heb “Indeed you know, you alone, the heart of all the sons of mankind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A39/3"}
{"id":12932,"verse_id":"1KI.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A40/1"}
{"id":12933,"verse_id":"1KI.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.40","text":"Heb “all the days [in] which.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A40/2"}
{"id":12934,"verse_id":"1KI.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.41","text":"Heb “your name.” In the OT the word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor. The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A41/1"}
{"id":12935,"verse_id":"1KI.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.42","text":"Heb “your great name.” See the note on the word “reputation” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A42/1"}
{"id":12936,"verse_id":"1KI.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.42","text":"Heb “and your strong hand and your outstretched arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A42/2"}
{"id":12937,"verse_id":"1KI.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.43","text":"Heb “and do all which the foreigner calls to [i.e., “requests of”] you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A43/1"}
{"id":12938,"verse_id":"1KI.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.43","text":"Heb “your name.” See the note on the word “reputation” in v. 41 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A43/2"}
{"id":12939,"verse_id":"1KI.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.43","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A43/3"}
{"id":12940,"verse_id":"1KI.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.43","text":"Heb “that your name is called over this house which I built.” The Hebrew idiom “to call the name over” indicates ownership. See 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A43/4"}
{"id":12941,"verse_id":"1KI.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.44","text":"Heb “When your people go out for battle against their enemies in the way which you send them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A44/1"}
{"id":12942,"verse_id":"1KI.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.44","text":"Or perhaps “to you, O Lord .” See 2 Chr 6:34 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A44/2"}
{"id":12943,"verse_id":"1KI.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.44","text":"Heb “your name.” See the note on the word “reputation” in v. 41 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A44/3"}
{"id":12944,"verse_id":"1KI.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.45","text":"Heb “their prayer and their request for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A45/1"}
{"id":12945,"verse_id":"1KI.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.45","text":"Heb “and accomplish their justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A45/2"}
{"id":12946,"verse_id":"1KI.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.46","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (your people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A46/1"}
{"id":12947,"verse_id":"1KI.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.46","text":"Heb “the land of the enemy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A46/2"}
{"id":12948,"verse_id":"1KI.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.47","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (your people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A47/1"}
{"id":12949,"verse_id":"1KI.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.47","text":"Or “stop and reflect”; Heb “bring back to their heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A47/2"}
{"id":12950,"verse_id":"1KI.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.47","text":"Or “done wrong.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A47/3"}
{"id":12951,"verse_id":"1KI.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.48","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A48/1"}
{"id":12952,"verse_id":"1KI.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.48","text":"Heb “in the land of their enemies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A48/2"}
{"id":12953,"verse_id":"1KI.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.48","text":"Heb “your name.” See the note on the word “reputation” in v. 41 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A48/3"}
{"id":12954,"verse_id":"1KI.8.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.49","text":"Heb “their prayer and their request for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A49/1"}
{"id":12955,"verse_id":"1KI.8.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.49","text":"Heb “and accomplish their justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A49/2"}
{"id":12956,"verse_id":"1KI.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.50","text":"Heb “and forgive your people who have sinned against you, [forgive] all their rebellious acts by which they rebelled against you, and grant them mercy before their captors so they will show them mercy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A50/1"}
{"id":12957,"verse_id":"1KI.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.51","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A51/1"}
{"id":12958,"verse_id":"1KI.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.51","text":"Heb “inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A51/2"}
{"id":12959,"verse_id":"1KI.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.51","text":"The Hebrew term כּוּר ( kur , “furnace,” cf. Akkadian ku„ru ) is a metaphor for the intense heat of purification. A כּוּר was not a source of heat but a crucible (“iron-smelting furnace”) in which precious metals were melted down and their impurities burned away (see I. Cornelius, NIDOTTE 2:618-19). Thus Egypt served not as a place of punishment for the Israelites, but as a place of refinement to bring Israel to a place of submission to divine sovereignty. sn From the middle of the iron-smelting furnace . The metaphor of a furnace suggests fire and heat and is an apt image to remind the people of the suffering they endured while slaves in Egypt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A51/3"}
{"id":12960,"verse_id":"1KI.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.52","text":"Heb “May your eyes be open.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A52/1"}
{"id":12961,"verse_id":"1KI.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.52","text":"Heb “to listen to them in all their calling out to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A52/2"}
{"id":12962,"verse_id":"1KI.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.53","text":"Or “For.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A53/1"}
{"id":12963,"verse_id":"1KI.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.53","text":"Heb “your inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A53/2"}
{"id":12964,"verse_id":"1KI.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.54","text":"Or “toward heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A54/1"}
{"id":12965,"verse_id":"1KI.8.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.56","text":"Heb “he has given a resting place to his people Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A56/1"}
{"id":12966,"verse_id":"1KI.8.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.56","text":"Heb “not one word from his entire good word he spoke by Moses his servant has fallen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A56/2"}
{"id":12967,"verse_id":"1KI.8.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.58","text":"Heb “to bend our hearts toward him.” The infinitive is subordinate to the initial prayer, “may the Lord our God be with us.” The Hebrew term לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) here refers to the people’s volition and will.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A58/1"}
{"id":12968,"verse_id":"1KI.8.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.58","text":"Heb “to walk in all his ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A58/2"}
{"id":12969,"verse_id":"1KI.8.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":58,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.58","text":"Heb “keep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A58/3"}
{"id":12970,"verse_id":"1KI.8.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.59","text":"Heb “May these words of mine, which I have requested before the Lord , be near the Lord our God day and night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A59/1"}
{"id":12971,"verse_id":"1KI.8.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.59","text":"Heb “accomplish the justice of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A59/2"}
{"id":12972,"verse_id":"1KI.8.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.60","text":"Heb “so that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A60/1"}
{"id":12973,"verse_id":"1KI.8.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.60","text":"Heb “the Lord , he is the God, there is no other.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A60/2"}
{"id":12974,"verse_id":"1KI.8.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.61","text":"Heb “may your hearts be complete with the Lord our God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A61/1"}
{"id":12975,"verse_id":"1KI.8.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.61","text":"Heb “walking in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A61/2"}
{"id":12976,"verse_id":"1KI.8.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":61,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.61","text":"Heb “keeping.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A61/3"}
{"id":12977,"verse_id":"1KI.8.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":61,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.61","text":"Heb “as this day.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A61/4"}
{"id":12978,"verse_id":"1KI.8.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.63","text":"Or “tokens of peace”; NIV, TEV “fellowship offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A63/1"}
{"id":12979,"verse_id":"1KI.8.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.64","text":"Heb “to hold the burnt sacrifices, grain offerings, and the fat of the peace offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A64/1"}
{"id":12980,"verse_id":"1KI.8.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.65","text":"Or “the Wadi of Egypt” (NAB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “the Egyptian Gorge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A65/1"}
{"id":12981,"verse_id":"1KI.8.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.65","text":"Heb “Solomon held at that time the festival, and all Israel was with him, a great assembly from Lebo Hamath to the Brook of Egypt, before the Lord our God for seven days and seven days, fourteen days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A65/2"}
{"id":12982,"verse_id":"1KI.8.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.66","text":"Heb “on the eighth day” (that is, the day after the second seven-day sequence).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A66/1"}
{"id":12983,"verse_id":"1KI.8.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.66","text":"Heb “they blessed the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A66/2"}
{"id":12984,"verse_id":"1KI.8.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":8,"verse":66,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.66","text":"Heb “good of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%208%3A66/3"}
{"id":12985,"verse_id":"1KI.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “and all the desire of Solomon which he wanted to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":12986,"verse_id":"1KI.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “I have heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":12987,"verse_id":"1KI.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “by placing my name there perpetually” (or perhaps, “forever”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":12988,"verse_id":"1KI.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and my eyes and my heart will be there all the days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":12989,"verse_id":"1KI.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “As for you, if you walk before me, as David your father walked, in integrity of heart and in uprightness, by doing all which I commanded you, [and] you keep my rules and my regulations.” Verse 4 is actually a lengthy protasis (“if” section) of a conditional sentence, the apodosis (“then” section) of which appears in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":12990,"verse_id":"1KI.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “I will establish the throne of your kingdom over Israel forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":12991,"verse_id":"1KI.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “there will not be cut off from you a man from upon the throne of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":12992,"verse_id":"1KI.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “which I placed before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":12993,"verse_id":"1KI.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “and walk and serve other gods and bow down to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":12994,"verse_id":"1KI.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “I will cut off Israel from upon the surface of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":12995,"verse_id":"1KI.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and the temple which I consecrated for my name I will send away from before my face.” sn Instead of “I will send away,” the parallel text in 2 Chr 7:20 has “I will throw away.” The two verbs sound very similar in Hebrew, so the discrepancy is likely due to an oral transmissional error.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":12996,"verse_id":"1KI.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “will become a proverb and a taunt,” that is, a proverbial example of destruction and an object of reproach.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":12997,"verse_id":"1KI.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “and this house will be high [or elevated].” The statement makes little sense in this context, which predicts the desolation that judgment will bring. Some treat the clause as concessive, “Even though this temple is lofty [now].” Others, following the lead of several ancient versions, emend the text to, “this temple will become a heap of ruins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":12998,"verse_id":"1KI.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “hiss,” or perhaps “whistle.” This refers to a derisive sound one would make when taunting an object of ridicule.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":12999,"verse_id":"1KI.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and they will say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":13000,"verse_id":"1KI.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":13001,"verse_id":"1KI.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and they took hold of other gods and bowed down to them and served them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":13002,"verse_id":"1KI.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “the two houses, the house of the Lord and the house of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":13003,"verse_id":"1KI.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":13004,"verse_id":"1KI.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “they were not agreeable in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":13005,"verse_id":"1KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":13006,"verse_id":"1KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “my brother.” Kings allied through a parity treaty would sometimes address each other as “my brother.” See 1 Kgs 20:32-33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":13007,"verse_id":"1KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “he called them the land of Cabul to this day.” The significance of the name is unclear, though it appears to be disparaging. The name may be derived from a root, attested in Akkadian and Arabic, meaning “bound” or “restricted.” Some propose a wordplay, pointing out that the name “Cabul” sounds like a Hebrew phrase meaning, “like not,” or “as good as nothing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":13008,"verse_id":"1KI.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 9,000 pounds of gold (cf. NCV, NLT); CEV “five tons”; TEV “4,000 kilogrammes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":13009,"verse_id":"1KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “raised up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":13010,"verse_id":"1KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":13011,"verse_id":"1KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"The words “the cities of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":13012,"verse_id":"1KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.15","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A15/5"}
{"id":13013,"verse_id":"1KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.15","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A15/6"}
{"id":13014,"verse_id":"1KI.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"The Hebrew text has “in the wilderness, in the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":13015,"verse_id":"1KI.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “to Solomon.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":13016,"verse_id":"1KI.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “the cities of the chariots and the cities of the horses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":13017,"verse_id":"1KI.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and the desire of Solomon which he desired to build in Jerusalem and in Lebanon and in all the land of his kingdom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A19/3"}
{"id":13018,"verse_id":"1KI.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “all the people who were left from the Amorites, the Hittites, the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites, who were not from the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":13019,"verse_id":"1KI.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “their sons who were left after them in the land, whom the sons of Israel were unable to wipe out, and Solomon raised them up for a crew of labor to this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":13020,"verse_id":"1KI.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “officers of his chariots and his horses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":13021,"verse_id":"1KI.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “these [were] the officials of the governors who were over the work belonging to Solomon, five hundred fifty, the ones ruling over the people, the ones doing the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":13022,"verse_id":"1KI.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “As soon as Pharaoh’s daughter went up from the city of David to her house which he built for her, then he built the terrace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":13023,"verse_id":"1KI.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Or “tokens of peace”; NIV, TEV “fellowship offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":13024,"verse_id":"1KI.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “and he made complete the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":13025,"verse_id":"1KI.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Or “a fleet” (in which case “ships” would be implied).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":13026,"verse_id":"1KI.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “and Hiram sent with the fleet his servants, men of ships, [who] know the sea, [to be] with the servants of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":13027,"verse_id":"1KI.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":13028,"verse_id":"1KI.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 31,500 pounds of gold (cf. NCV); CEV, NLT “sixteen tons”; TEV “more than 14,000 kilogrammes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":13029,"verse_id":"1KI.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “the report about Solomon.” The Hebrew text also has, “to the name of the Lord ,” which fits very awkwardly in the sentence. If retained, perhaps it should be translated, “because of the reputation of the Lord .” The phrase, which is omitted in the parallel passage in 2 Chr 9:1 , may be an addition based on the queen’s declaration of praise to the Lord in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":13030,"verse_id":"1KI.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “test.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":13031,"verse_id":"1KI.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “riddles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":13032,"verse_id":"1KI.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":13033,"verse_id":"1KI.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “with very great strength.” The Hebrew term חַיִל ( khayil , “strength”) may refer here to the size of her retinue (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or to the great wealth she brought with her.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":13034,"verse_id":"1KI.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Or “balsam oil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":13035,"verse_id":"1KI.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “Solomon declared to her all her words; there was not a word hidden from the king which he did not declare to her.” If riddles are specifically in view (see v. 1 ), then one might translate, “Solomon explained to her all her riddles; there was no riddle too complex for the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":13036,"verse_id":"1KI.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “all the wisdom of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":13037,"verse_id":"1KI.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":13038,"verse_id":"1KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “the food on his table.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":13039,"verse_id":"1KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “the seating of his servants and the standing of his attendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":13040,"verse_id":"1KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “there was no breath still in her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":13041,"verse_id":"1KI.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “about your words [or perhaps, “deeds”] and your wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":13042,"verse_id":"1KI.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “the half was not told to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":13043,"verse_id":"1KI.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":13044,"verse_id":"1KI.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “How happy are your men! How happy are these servants of yours, who stand before you continually, who hear your wisdom!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":13045,"verse_id":"1KI.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “delighted in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":13046,"verse_id":"1KI.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “to do justice and righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":13047,"verse_id":"1KI.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 9,000 pounds of gold (cf. NCV, NLT); CEV “five tons”; TEV “4,000 kilogrammes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":13048,"verse_id":"1KI.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “there has not come like those spices yet for quantity which the queen of Sheba gave to King Solomon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":13049,"verse_id":"1KI.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"This Hebrew architectural term occurs only here. The meaning is uncertain; some have suggested “banisters” or “parapets”; cf. TEV, NLT “railings.” The parallel passage in 2 Chr 9:11 has a different word, meaning “tracks,” or perhaps “steps.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":13050,"verse_id":"1KI.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Two types of stringed instruments are specifically mentioned, the כִּנּוֹר ( kinnor , “zither” [?]), and נֶבֶל ( nevel , “harp”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":13051,"verse_id":"1KI.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “there has not come thus, the fine timber, and there has not been seen to this day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":13052,"verse_id":"1KI.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “besides what he had given her according to the hand of King Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":13053,"verse_id":"1KI.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “turned and went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":13054,"verse_id":"1KI.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 50,000 pounds of gold (cf. NCV); CEV, NLT “twenty-five tons”; TEV “almost 23,000 kilogrammes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":13055,"verse_id":"1KI.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “the weight of the gold which came to Solomon in one year was 666 talents of gold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":13056,"verse_id":"1KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “traveling men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":13057,"verse_id":"1KI.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “six hundred,” with no unit of measure given.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":13058,"verse_id":"1KI.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “[There were] armrests on each side of the place of the seat, and two lions standing beside the armrests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":13059,"verse_id":"1KI.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “nothing like it had been made for all the kingdoms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":13060,"verse_id":"1KI.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “there was no silver, it was not regarded as anything in the days of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":13061,"verse_id":"1KI.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “a fleet of Tarshish [ships].” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":13062,"verse_id":"1KI.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “the fleet of Tarshish [ships].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":13063,"verse_id":"1KI.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “came carrying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A22/3"}
{"id":13064,"verse_id":"1KI.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.22","text":"The meaning of this word is unclear. Some suggest “baboons.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A22/4"}
{"id":13065,"verse_id":"1KI.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “King Solomon was greater than all the kings of the earth with respect to wealth and with respect to wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":13066,"verse_id":"1KI.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"The Old Greek translation and Syriac Peshitta have “all the kings of the earth.” See 2 Chr 9:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":13067,"verse_id":"1KI.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “and all the earth was seeking the face of Solomon to hear his wisdom which God had placed in his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":13068,"verse_id":"1KI.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “and they were bringing each one his gift, items of silver…and mules, the matter of a year in a year.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":13069,"verse_id":"1KI.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Or “gathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":13070,"verse_id":"1KI.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"Heb “he placed them in the chariot cities and with the king in Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":13071,"verse_id":"1KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"The words “as plentiful” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":13072,"verse_id":"1KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “he made.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":13073,"verse_id":"1KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “as the sycamore fig trees which are in the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A27/3"}
{"id":13074,"verse_id":"1KI.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “and a chariot went up and came out of Egypt for six hundred silver [pieces], and a horse for one hundred fifty, and in the same way to all the kings of the Hittites and to the kings of Aram by their hand they brought out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":13075,"verse_id":"1KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “you must not go into them, and they must not go into you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":13076,"verse_id":"1KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “Surely they will bend your heart after their gods.” The words “if you do” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":13077,"verse_id":"1KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “Solomon clung to them for love.” The pronominal suffix, translated “them,” is masculine here, even though it appears the foreign women are in view. Perhaps this is due to attraction to the masculine forms used of the nations earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":13078,"verse_id":"1KI.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “wives, princesses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":13079,"verse_id":"1KI.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “his wives bent his heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":13080,"verse_id":"1KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “bent his heart after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":13081,"verse_id":"1KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “his heart was not complete with the Lord his God, like the heart of David his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":13082,"verse_id":"1KI.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “walked after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":13083,"verse_id":"1KI.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “Milcom, the detestable thing of the Ammonites.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":13084,"verse_id":"1KI.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":13085,"verse_id":"1KI.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"The idiomatic statement reads in Hebrew, “he did not fill up after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":13086,"verse_id":"1KI.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":13087,"verse_id":"1KI.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “Chemosh, the detestable thing of Moab.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":13088,"verse_id":"1KI.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"11.7","text":"The MT reads “Molech,” but Milcom must be intended (see vv. 5, 33 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A7/5"}
{"id":13089,"verse_id":"1KI.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “and the same thing he did for all his foreign wives, [who] were burning incense and sacrificing to their gods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":13090,"verse_id":"1KI.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “bent his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":13091,"verse_id":"1KI.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “and had commanded him concerning this thing not to walk after other gods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":13092,"verse_id":"1KI.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":13093,"verse_id":"1KI.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “Because this is with you, and you have not kept my covenant and my rules which I commanded you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":13094,"verse_id":"1KI.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":13095,"verse_id":"1KI.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Or “raised up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":13096,"verse_id":"1KI.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “when David was [fighting (?)] with Edom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":13097,"verse_id":"1KI.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “and all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":13098,"verse_id":"1KI.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “until he had cut off every male in Edom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":13099,"verse_id":"1KI.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"The MT reads “Adad,” an alternate form of the name Hadad.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":13100,"verse_id":"1KI.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “and Adad fled, he and Edomite men from the servants of his father, to go to Egypt, and Hadad was a small boy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":13101,"verse_id":"1KI.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “and they arose from Midian and went to Paran and they took men with them from Paran and went to Egypt to Pharaoh king of Egypt and he gave to him a house and food and he said to him, and a land he gave to him.” Something seems to be accidentally omitted after “and he said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":13102,"verse_id":"1KI.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “and Hadad found great favor in the eyes of Pharaoh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":13103,"verse_id":"1KI.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “and he gave to him a wife, the sister of his wife, the sister of Tahpenes the queen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":13104,"verse_id":"1KI.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “bore him Genubath his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":13105,"verse_id":"1KI.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"The Hebrew text reads וַתִּגְמְלֵהוּ ( vattigmÿlehu , “weaned him”) but a slight alteration of the consonantal text yields וַתִּגְדְלֵהוּ ( vattigdÿlehu , “raised him”), which seems to make better sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":13106,"verse_id":"1KI.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":13107,"verse_id":"1KI.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “send me away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":13108,"verse_id":"1KI.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “Indeed what do you lack with me, that now you are seeking to go to your land?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":13109,"verse_id":"1KI.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":13110,"verse_id":"1KI.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Solomon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":13111,"verse_id":"1KI.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “and he was the officer of a raiding band.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":13112,"verse_id":"1KI.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"The Hebrew text reads “when David killed them.” This phrase is traditionally joined with what precedes. The ancient Greek version does not reflect the phrase and some suggest that it has been misplaced from the end of v. 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":13113,"verse_id":"1KI.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"The construction (Qal of קוּץ + בְּ [ quts + bet ] preposition) is rare, but not without parallel (see Lev 20:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":13114,"verse_id":"1KI.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “raised a hand against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":13115,"verse_id":"1KI.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “Ephrathite,” which here refers to an Ephraimite (see HALOT 81 s.v. אֶפְרַיִם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":13116,"verse_id":"1KI.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “this is the matter concerning which he raised a hand against the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":13117,"verse_id":"1KI.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “man of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":13118,"verse_id":"1KI.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":13119,"verse_id":"1KI.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “he,” making it a bit unclear whether Jeroboam or Ahijah is the subject, but in the Hebrew word order Ahijah is the nearer antecedent, and this is followed by the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":13120,"verse_id":"1KI.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Heb “and Ahijah grabbed the new robe that was on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":13121,"verse_id":"1KI.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"The words “I am taking the kingdom from him” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":13122,"verse_id":"1KI.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"This is the reading of the MT; the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate read “he has.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":13123,"verse_id":"1KI.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “walked in my ways.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A33/3"}
{"id":13124,"verse_id":"1KI.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “by doing what is right in my eyes, my rules and my regulations, like David his father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A33/4"}
{"id":13125,"verse_id":"1KI.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “and I will give it to you, ten tribes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":13126,"verse_id":"1KI.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A36/1"}
{"id":13127,"verse_id":"1KI.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “so there might be a lamp for David my servant all the days before me in Jerusalem.” The metaphorical “lamp” symbolizes the Davidic dynasty. Because this imagery is unfamiliar to the modern reader, the translation “so my servant David’s dynasty may continue to serve me” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A36/2"}
{"id":13128,"verse_id":"1KI.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “so there might be a lamp for David my servant all the days before me in Jerusalem, the city which I have chosen for myself to put my name there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A36/3"}
{"id":13129,"verse_id":"1KI.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":13130,"verse_id":"1KI.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “If you obey.” In the Hebrew text v. 38 is actually one long conditional sentence, which has been broken into two parts in the translation for stylistic purposes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A38/1"}
{"id":13131,"verse_id":"1KI.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “walk in my ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A38/2"}
{"id":13132,"verse_id":"1KI.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “do what is right in my eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A38/3"}
{"id":13133,"verse_id":"1KI.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.38","text":"Heb “I will build for you a permanent house, like I built for David.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A38/4"}
{"id":13134,"verse_id":"1KI.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “but not all the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":13135,"verse_id":"1KI.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “but Jeroboam arose and ran away to Egypt, to Shishak king of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A40/1"}
{"id":13136,"verse_id":"1KI.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.41","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Solomon, and all which he did, and his wisdom, are they not written on the scroll of the events of Solomon?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A41/1"}
{"id":13137,"verse_id":"1KI.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.42","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A42/1"}
{"id":13138,"verse_id":"1KI.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.43","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A43/1"}
{"id":13139,"verse_id":"1KI.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.43","text":"Before this sentence the Old Greek translation includes the following words: “And it so happened that when Jeroboam son of Nebat heard – now he was in Egypt where he had fled from before Solomon and was residing in Egypt – he came straight to his city in the land of Sarira which is on mount Ephraim. And king Solomon slept with his fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2011%3A43/3"}
{"id":13140,"verse_id":"1KI.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “come [to].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":13141,"verse_id":"1KI.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Rehoboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":13142,"verse_id":"1KI.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Verse 2 is not included in the Old Greek translation. See the note on 11:43 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":13143,"verse_id":"1KI.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “and Jeroboam lived in Egypt.” The parallel text in 2 Chr 10:2 reads, “and Jeroboam returned from Egypt.” In a purely consonantal text the forms “and he lived” and “and he returned” are identical ( וישׁב ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":13144,"verse_id":"1KI.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “They sent and called for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":13145,"verse_id":"1KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “made our yoke burdensome.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":13146,"verse_id":"1KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “but you, now, lighten the burdensome work of your father and the heavy yoke which he placed on us, and we will serve you.” In the Hebrew text the prefixed verbal form with vav ( וְנַעַבְדֶךָ , [ vÿna ’ avdekha ] “and we will serve you”) following the imperative ( הָקֵל [ haqel ], “lighten”) indicates purpose (or result). The conditional sentence used in the translation above is an attempt to bring out the logical relationship between these forms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":13147,"verse_id":"1KI.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “stood before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":13148,"verse_id":"1KI.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":13149,"verse_id":"1KI.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “If today you are a servant to these people and you serve them and answer them and speak to them good words, they will be your servants all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":13150,"verse_id":"1KI.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “He rejected the advice of the elders which they advised and he consulted the young men with whom he had grown up, who stood before him.” The referent (Rehoboam) of the initial pronoun (“he”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":13151,"verse_id":"1KI.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"In the Hebrew text the verb “we will respond” is plural, although it can be understood as an editorial “we.” The ancient versions have the singular here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":13152,"verse_id":"1KI.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “Lighten the yoke which your father placed on us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":13153,"verse_id":"1KI.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Rehoboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":13154,"verse_id":"1KI.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “Your father made our yoke heavy, but make it lighter upon us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":13155,"verse_id":"1KI.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “My little one is thicker than my father’s hips.” The referent of “my little one” is not clear. The traditional view is that it refers to the little finger. As the following statement makes clear, Rehoboam’s point is that he is more harsh and demanding than his father.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":13156,"verse_id":"1KI.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “and now my father placed upon you a heavy yoke, but I will add to your yoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":13157,"verse_id":"1KI.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” “Scorpions” might allude to some type of torture using poisonous insects, but more likely it refers to a type of whip that inflicts an especially biting, painful wound. Cf. CEV “whips with pieces of sharp metal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":13158,"verse_id":"1KI.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":13159,"verse_id":"1KI.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “and spoke to them according to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":13160,"verse_id":"1KI.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “My father made your yoke heavy, but I will add to your yoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":13161,"verse_id":"1KI.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” See the note on the same phrase in v. 11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":13162,"verse_id":"1KI.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “because this turn of events was from the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":13163,"verse_id":"1KI.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “so that he might bring to pass his word which the Lord spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":13164,"verse_id":"1KI.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “to your tents, Israel.” The word “return” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":13165,"verse_id":"1KI.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “Now see your house, David.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":13166,"verse_id":"1KI.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “went to their tents.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A16/4"}
{"id":13167,"verse_id":"1KI.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The MT has “Adoram” here, but the Old Greek translation and Syriac Peshitta have “Adoniram.” Cf. 1 Kgs 4:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":13168,"verse_id":"1KI.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":13169,"verse_id":"1KI.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “there was no one [following] after the house of David except the tribe of Judah, it alone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":13170,"verse_id":"1KI.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “he summoned all the house of Judah and the tribe of Benjamin, one hundred eighty thousand chosen men, accomplished in war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":13171,"verse_id":"1KI.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “and the word of God came to Shemaiah the man of God, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":13172,"verse_id":"1KI.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"The Old Greek translation has here a lengthy section consisting of twenty-three verses that are not found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":13173,"verse_id":"1KI.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"Heb “said in his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":13174,"verse_id":"1KI.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.26","text":"Heb “Now the kingdom could return to the house of David.” The imperfect verbal form translated “could return” is understood as having a potential force here. Perhaps this is not strong enough; another option is “will return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A26/2"}
{"id":13175,"verse_id":"1KI.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A27/1"}
{"id":13176,"verse_id":"1KI.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Heb “the heart of these people could return to their master.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":13177,"verse_id":"1KI.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"The words “with his advisers” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":13178,"verse_id":"1KI.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.28","text":"Heb “to them,” although this may be a corruption of “to the people.” Cf. the Old Greek translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A28/2"}
{"id":13179,"verse_id":"1KI.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":13180,"verse_id":"1KI.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Heb “and this thing became a sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":13181,"verse_id":"1KI.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.30","text":"The MT reads “and the people went before the one to Dan.” It is likely that some words have been accidentally omitted and that the text originally said, “and the people went before the one at Bethel and before the one at Dan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A30/2"}
{"id":13182,"verse_id":"1KI.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular, but the plural is preferable here (see 1 Kgs 13:32 ). The Old Greek translation and the Vulgate have the plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":13183,"verse_id":"1KI.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.32","text":"Heb “and he offered up [sacrifices] on the altar; he did this in Bethel, sacrificing to the calves which he had made.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A32/3"}
{"id":13184,"verse_id":"1KI.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.33","text":"Heb “which he had chosen by himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A33/1"}
{"id":13185,"verse_id":"1KI.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jeroboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A33/2"}
{"id":13186,"verse_id":"1KI.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.33","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2012%3A33/3"}
{"id":13187,"verse_id":"1KI.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “Look.” The Hebrew particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) is a rhetorical device by which the author invites the reader to visualize the scene for dramatic effect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":13188,"verse_id":"1KI.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":13189,"verse_id":"1KI.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “came by the word of the Lord to Bethel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":13190,"verse_id":"1KI.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “by the word of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":13191,"verse_id":"1KI.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":13192,"verse_id":"1KI.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":13193,"verse_id":"1KI.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “Jeroboam extended his hand from the altar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":13194,"verse_id":"1KI.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “the fat.” Reference is made to burnt wood mixed with fat. See HALOT 234 s.v. דשׁן .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":13195,"verse_id":"1KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “The king answered and said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":13196,"verse_id":"1KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “the man of God” (a second time later in this verse, and once in v. 7 and v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":13197,"verse_id":"1KI.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":13198,"verse_id":"1KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":13199,"verse_id":"1KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “and his son came and told him.” The MT has the singular here, but several other textual witnesses have the plural, which is more consistent with the second half of the verse and with vv. 12-13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":13200,"verse_id":"1KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":13201,"verse_id":"1KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “all the actions which the man of God performed that day in Bethel, the words which he spoke to the king, and they told them to their father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":13202,"verse_id":"1KI.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The Hebrew text has “and his sons saw” ( וַיִּרְאוּ [ vayyir ’ u ], Qal from רָאָה [ ra ’ ah ]). In this case the verbal construction ( vav consecutive + prefixed verbal form) would have to be understood as pluperfect, “his sons had seen.” Such uses of this construction are rare at best. Consequently many, following the lead of the ancient versions, prefer to emend the verbal form to a Hiphil with pronominal suffix ( וַיַּרְאֻהוּ [ vayyar ’ uhu ], “and they showed him”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":13203,"verse_id":"1KI.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “I am unable to return with you or to go with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":13204,"verse_id":"1KI.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “and he said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":13205,"verse_id":"1KI.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “by the word of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":13206,"verse_id":"1KI.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “and he returned with him and ate food in his house and drank water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":13207,"verse_id":"1KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The Hebrew text has “because” at the beginning of the sentence. In the Hebrew text vv. 21-22 are one long sentence comprised of a causal clause giving the reason for divine punishment (vv. 21-22 a) and the main clause announcing the punishment (v. 22 b). The translation divides this lengthy sentence for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":13208,"verse_id":"1KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “the mouth [i.e., command] of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":13209,"verse_id":"1KI.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “and you returned and ate food and drank water in the place about which he said to you, ‘do not eat food and do not drink water.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":13210,"verse_id":"1KI.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"“Therefore” is added for stylistic reasons. See the note at 1 Kgs 13:21 pertaining to the grammatical structure of vv. 21-22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":13211,"verse_id":"1KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “and after he had eaten food and after he had drunk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":13212,"verse_id":"1KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “and he saddled for him the donkey, for the prophet whom he had brought back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":13213,"verse_id":"1KI.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “Look, men were passing by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":13214,"verse_id":"1KI.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “and the prophet who had brought him back from the road heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":13215,"verse_id":"1KI.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A26/2"}
{"id":13216,"verse_id":"1KI.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A26/3"}
{"id":13217,"verse_id":"1KI.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “broke him,” or “crushed him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A26/4"}
{"id":13218,"verse_id":"1KI.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “the corpse.” The noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“it”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":13219,"verse_id":"1KI.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Heb “the prophet.” The word “old” has been supplied in the translation to distinguish this individual from the other prophet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":13220,"verse_id":"1KI.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.29","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A29/2"}
{"id":13221,"verse_id":"1KI.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"“They” is the reading of the Hebrew text here; perhaps this is meant to include not only the old prophet but his sons (cf. v. 31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":13222,"verse_id":"1KI.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":13223,"verse_id":"1KI.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Heb “for the word which he cried out by the word of the Lord ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":13224,"verse_id":"1KI.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":13225,"verse_id":"1KI.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “did not turn from his evil way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":13226,"verse_id":"1KI.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Heb “and one who had the desire he was filling his hand so that he became [one of] the priests of the high places.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":13227,"verse_id":"1KI.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":13228,"verse_id":"1KI.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Some mss of the Old Greek lack vv. 1-20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":13229,"verse_id":"1KI.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “Get up, change yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":13230,"verse_id":"1KI.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “look, Ahijah the prophet is there, he told me [I would be] king over this nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":13231,"verse_id":"1KI.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “take in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":13232,"verse_id":"1KI.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “and the wife of Jeroboam did so; she arose and went to Shiloh and entered the house of Ahijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":13233,"verse_id":"1KI.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “his eyes were set because of his old age.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":13234,"verse_id":"1KI.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “I am sent to you [with] a hard [message].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":13235,"verse_id":"1KI.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The Hebrew text has “because” at the beginning of the sentence. In the Hebrew text vv. 7-11 are one long sentence comprised of a causal clause giving the reason for divine punishment (vv. 7-9 ) and the main clause announcing the punishment (vv. 10-11 ). The translation divides this lengthy sentence for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":13236,"verse_id":"1KI.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “what was right in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":13237,"verse_id":"1KI.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “you went and you made for yourself other gods, metal [ones], angering me, and you threw me behind your back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":13238,"verse_id":"1KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":13239,"verse_id":"1KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “and I will cut off from Jeroboam those who urinate against a wall (including both those who are) restrained and let free (or “abandoned”) in Israel.” The precise meaning of the idiomatic phrase עָצוּר וְעָזוּב (’ atsur vÿ ’ azuv ) is uncertain. For various options see HALOT 871 s.v. עצר 6 and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 107. The two terms are usually taken as polar opposites (“slaves and freemen” or “minors and adults”), but Cogan and Tadmor, on the basis of contextual considerations (note the usage with אֶפֶס [’ efes ], “nothing but”) in Deut 32:36 and 2 Kgs 14:26 , argue convincingly that the terms are synonyms, meaning “restrained and abandoned,” and refer to incapable or incapacitated individuals.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":13240,"verse_id":"1KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"The traditional view understands the verb בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) to mean “burn.” Manure was sometimes used as fuel (see Ezek 4:12, 15 ). However, an alternate view takes בָּעַר as a homonym meaning “sweep away” ( HALOT 146 s.v. II בער ). In this case one might translate, “I will sweep away the dynasty of Jeroboam, just as one sweeps away manure it is gone” (cf. ASV, NASB, TEV). Either metaphor emphasizes the thorough and destructive nature of the coming judgment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":13241,"verse_id":"1KI.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The Hebrew text has “belonging to Jeroboam” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":13242,"verse_id":"1KI.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":13243,"verse_id":"1KI.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":13244,"verse_id":"1KI.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “This is the day. What also now?” The precise meaning of the second half of the statement is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":13245,"verse_id":"1KI.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The elliptical Hebrew text reads literally “and the Lord will strike Israel as a reed sways in the water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":13246,"verse_id":"1KI.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 22, 31 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":13247,"verse_id":"1KI.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “the River.” In biblical Hebrew this is a typical reference to the Euphrates River. The name “Euphrates” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":13248,"verse_id":"1KI.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “because they made their Asherah poles that anger the Lord ”; or “their images of Asherah”; ASV, NASB “their Asherim”; NCV “they set up idols to worship Asherah.” sn Asherah was a leading deity of the Canaanite pantheon, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. She was commonly worshiped at shrines in or near groves of evergreen trees, or, failing that, at places marked by wooden poles. These were to be burned or cut down ( Deut 12:3; 16:21 ; Judg 6:25, 28, 30 ; 2 Kgs 18:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":13249,"verse_id":"1KI.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “and he will give [up] Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":13250,"verse_id":"1KI.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “went and entered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":13251,"verse_id":"1KI.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jeroboam, how he fought and how he ruled, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":13252,"verse_id":"1KI.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":13253,"verse_id":"1KI.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “Rehoboam.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":13254,"verse_id":"1KI.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":13255,"verse_id":"1KI.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “the city where the Lord chose to place his name from all the tribes of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A21/3"}
{"id":13256,"verse_id":"1KI.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “an Ammonite”; the word “woman” is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A21/4"}
{"id":13257,"verse_id":"1KI.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":13258,"verse_id":"1KI.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “and they made him jealous more than all which their fathers had done by their sins which they sinned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":13259,"verse_id":"1KI.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"The Old Greek translation has “a conspiracy” rather than “male cultic prostitutes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":13260,"verse_id":"1KI.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “they did according to all the abominable acts of the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":13261,"verse_id":"1KI.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":13262,"verse_id":"1KI.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Rehoboam, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":13263,"verse_id":"1KI.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":13264,"verse_id":"1KI.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"In the Hebrew text the name is spelled “Abijam” here and in 1 Kgs 15:1-8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":13265,"verse_id":"1KI.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"The Old Greek also has the phrase “the son of Rehoboam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":13266,"verse_id":"1KI.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":13267,"verse_id":"1KI.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “his heart was not complete with the Lord his God, like the heart of David his father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":13268,"verse_id":"1KI.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “gave him a lamp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":13269,"verse_id":"1KI.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The Old Greek has the plural “his sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":13270,"verse_id":"1KI.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “by raising up his son after him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":13271,"verse_id":"1KI.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “and by causing Jerusalem to stand firm.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":13272,"verse_id":"1KI.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"The words “he did this” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":13273,"verse_id":"1KI.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “what was right in the eyes of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":13274,"verse_id":"1KI.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “and had not turned aside from all which he commanded him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":13275,"verse_id":"1KI.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Rehoboam”; a few Hebrew mss and the Syriac read “Abijam” (a variant of Abijah).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":13276,"verse_id":"1KI.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Abijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":13277,"verse_id":"1KI.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Abijah, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":13278,"verse_id":"1KI.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.” The Old Greek also has these words: “in the twenty-eighth year of Jeroboam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":13279,"verse_id":"1KI.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “and they buried him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":13280,"verse_id":"1KI.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":13281,"verse_id":"1KI.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “mother,” but Hebrew often uses the terms “father” and “mother” for grandparents and more remote ancestors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":13282,"verse_id":"1KI.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “what was right in the eyes of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":13283,"verse_id":"1KI.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “father,” but Hebrew often uses the terms “father” and “mother” for grandparents and more remote ancestors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":13284,"verse_id":"1KI.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"The word used here, גִלּוּלִים [ gillulim ], is always used as a disdainful reference to idols. It is generally thought to have originally referred to “dung pellets” (cf. KBL 183 s.v. גִלּוּלִים ). It is only one of several terms used in this way, such as “worthless things” ( אֱלִילִים , ’ elilim ), “vanities” or “empty winds” ( הֲבָלִים , havalim ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":13285,"verse_id":"1KI.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":13286,"verse_id":"1KI.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “mother,” but Hebrew often uses the terms “father” and “mother” for grandparents and more remote ancestors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":13287,"verse_id":"1KI.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “yet the heart of Asa was complete with the Lord all his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":13288,"verse_id":"1KI.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “and he brought the holy things of his father and his holy things (into) the house of the Lord , silver, gold, and items.” Instead of “his holy things,” a marginal reading ( Qere ) in the Hebrew text has “the holy things of [the house of the Lord ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":13289,"verse_id":"1KI.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “There was war between Asa and Baasha king of Israel all their days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":13290,"verse_id":"1KI.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “and he built up Ramah so as to not permit going out or coming in to Asa king of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":13291,"verse_id":"1KI.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “King Asa sent it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":13292,"verse_id":"1KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “[May there be] a covenant between me and you [as there was] between my father and your father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":13293,"verse_id":"1KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “so he will go up from upon me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":13294,"verse_id":"1KI.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “and Ben Hadad listened to King Asa and sent the commanders of the armies which belonged to him against the cities of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":13295,"verse_id":"1KI.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “he struck down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":13296,"verse_id":"1KI.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “and all Kinnereth together with all the land of Naphtali.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A20/3"}
{"id":13297,"verse_id":"1KI.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “building.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":13298,"verse_id":"1KI.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “and King Asa made a proclamation to all Judah, there was no one exempt, and they carried away the stones of Ramah and its wood which Baasha had built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":13299,"verse_id":"1KI.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “and King Asa built with them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":13300,"verse_id":"1KI.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “As for the rest of all the events of Asa, and all his strength and all which he did and the cities which he built, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":13301,"verse_id":"1KI.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “Yet in the time of his old age he became sick in his feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":13302,"verse_id":"1KI.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":13303,"verse_id":"1KI.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":13304,"verse_id":"1KI.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “and he walked in the way of his father and in his sin which he made Israel sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":13305,"verse_id":"1KI.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “against him”; the referent (Nadab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":13306,"verse_id":"1KI.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"Heb “and when he became king, he struck down all the house of Jeroboam; he did not leave any breath to Jeroboam until he destroyed him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":13307,"verse_id":"1KI.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.29","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord which he spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A29/2"}
{"id":13308,"verse_id":"1KI.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “because of Jeroboam which he committed and which he made Israel commit, by his provocation by which he made the Lord God of Israel angry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":13309,"verse_id":"1KI.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Nadab, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":13310,"verse_id":"1KI.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.34","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A34/1"}
{"id":13311,"verse_id":"1KI.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.34","text":"Heb “and he walked in the way of Jeroboam and in his sin which he made Israel sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2015%3A34/2"}
{"id":13312,"verse_id":"1KI.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord came to Jehu son of Hanani concerning [or “against”] Baasha, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":13313,"verse_id":"1KI.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"The Hebrew text has “because” at the beginning of the sentence. In the Hebrew text vv. 2-3 are one sentence comprised of a causal clause giving the reason for divine punishment (v. 2 ) and the main clause announcing the punishment (v. 3 ). The translation divides this sentence for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":13314,"verse_id":"1KI.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “walked in the way of Jeroboam.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":13315,"verse_id":"1KI.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “angering me by their sins.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":13316,"verse_id":"1KI.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"The traditional view understands the verb בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) to mean “burn.” However, an alternate view takes בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) as a homonym meaning “sweep away” ( HALOT 146 s.v. II בער ). In this case one might translate, “I am ready to sweep away Baasha and his family.” Either metaphor emphasizes the thorough and destructive nature of the coming judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":13317,"verse_id":"1KI.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"The Old Greek, Syriac Peshitta, and some mss of the Targum have here “his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":13318,"verse_id":"1KI.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “the ones belonging to Baasha.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":13319,"verse_id":"1KI.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Baasha, and that which he did and his strength, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":13320,"verse_id":"1KI.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":13321,"verse_id":"1KI.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “and also through Jehu son of Hanani the word of the Lord came concerning [or “against”] Baasha and his house, and because of all the evil which he did in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":13322,"verse_id":"1KI.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “angering him by the work of his hands, so that he was like the house of Jeroboam, and because of how he struck it down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":13323,"verse_id":"1KI.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “while he was drinking and drunken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":13324,"verse_id":"1KI.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “and he became king in his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":13325,"verse_id":"1KI.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “and he did not spare any belonging to him who urinate against a wall, [including] his kinsmen redeemers and his friends.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":13326,"verse_id":"1KI.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “angering the Lord God of Israel with their empty things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":13327,"verse_id":"1KI.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Elah, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":13328,"verse_id":"1KI.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “Now the people were encamped.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":13329,"verse_id":"1KI.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “and the people who were encamped heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":13330,"verse_id":"1KI.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “has conspired against and also has struck down the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":13331,"verse_id":"1KI.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “and he burned the house of the king over him with fire and he died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":13332,"verse_id":"1KI.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":13333,"verse_id":"1KI.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “walking in the way of Jeroboam and in his sin which he did to make Israel sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":13334,"verse_id":"1KI.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Zimri, and his conspiracy which he conspired, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":13335,"verse_id":"1KI.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":13336,"verse_id":"1KI.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 150 pounds of silver.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":13337,"verse_id":"1KI.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.24","text":"Heb “he built up the hill.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A24/3"}
{"id":13338,"verse_id":"1KI.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":13339,"verse_id":"1KI.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “walked in all the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat and in his sin which he made Israel sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":13340,"verse_id":"1KI.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “angering the Lord God of Israel with their empty things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A26/2"}
{"id":13341,"verse_id":"1KI.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the acts of Omri which he did, and his strength which he demonstrated, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":13342,"verse_id":"1KI.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":13343,"verse_id":"1KI.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"The Old Greek has eight additional verses here. Cf. 1 Kgs 22:41-44 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":13344,"verse_id":"1KI.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":13345,"verse_id":"1KI.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":13346,"verse_id":"1KI.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “and he went and served Baal and bowed down to him.” sn The Canaanites worshiped Baal as a storm and fertility god.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":13347,"verse_id":"1KI.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “Ahab”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":13348,"verse_id":"1KI.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “in his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":13349,"verse_id":"1KI.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.34","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A34/2"}
{"id":13350,"verse_id":"1KI.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “with Abiram, his firstborn, he founded it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A34/3"}
{"id":13351,"verse_id":"1KI.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “with Segub, his youngest, he set up its gates.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A34/4"}
{"id":13352,"verse_id":"1KI.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord which he spoke.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2016%3A34/5"}
{"id":13353,"verse_id":"1KI.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “before whom I stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":13354,"verse_id":"1KI.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “except at the command of my word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":13355,"verse_id":"1KI.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":13356,"verse_id":"1KI.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “to provide for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":13357,"verse_id":"1KI.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “So he went and did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":13358,"verse_id":"1KI.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “And it came about at the end of days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":13359,"verse_id":"1KI.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “Look, I have commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":13360,"verse_id":"1KI.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"The Hebrew text also includes the phrase “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":13361,"verse_id":"1KI.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “Look, I am gathering two sticks and then I will go and make it for me and my son and we will eat it and we will die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":13362,"verse_id":"1KI.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":13363,"verse_id":"1KI.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “and she ate, she and he and her house [for] days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":13364,"verse_id":"1KI.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “after these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":13365,"verse_id":"1KI.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “What to me and to you, man of God, that you have come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":13366,"verse_id":"1KI.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “to make me remember.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":13367,"verse_id":"1KI.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “you are a man of God and the word of the Lord is truly in your mouth.” sn This episode is especially significant in light of Ahab’s decision to promote Baal worship in Israel. In Canaanite mythology the drought that swept over the region (v. 1 ) would signal that Baal, a fertility god responsible for providing food for his subjects, had been defeated by the god of death and was imprisoned in the underworld. While Baal was overcome by death and unable to function like a king, Israel’s God demonstrated his sovereignty and superiority to death by providing food for a widow and restoring life to her son. And he did it all in Sidonian territory, Baal’s back yard, as it were. The episode demonstrates that Israel’s God, not Baal, is the true king who provides food and controls life and death. This polemic against Baalism reaches its climax in the next chapter, when the Lord proves that he, not Baal, controls the elements of the storm and determines when the rains will fall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":13368,"verse_id":"1KI.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord came to Elijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":13369,"verse_id":"1KI.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":13370,"verse_id":"1KI.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “now Obadiah greatly feared the Lord .” “Fear” refers here to obedience and allegiance, the products of healthy respect for the Lord ’s authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":13371,"verse_id":"1KI.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “cutting off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":13372,"verse_id":"1KI.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “grass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":13373,"verse_id":"1KI.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “to cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":13374,"verse_id":"1KI.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “look, Elijah [came] to meet him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":13375,"verse_id":"1KI.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “[It is] I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":13376,"verse_id":"1KI.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “Look, Elijah”; or “Elijah is here.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":13377,"verse_id":"1KI.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Obadiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":13378,"verse_id":"1KI.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “to kill me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":13379,"verse_id":"1KI.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “he makes the kingdom or the nation swear an oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":13380,"verse_id":"1KI.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “Look, Elijah”; or “Elijah is here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":13381,"verse_id":"1KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “to [a place] which I do not know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":13382,"verse_id":"1KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “and I will go to inform Ahab and he will not find you and he will kill me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":13383,"verse_id":"1KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"The words “that would not be fair” are added to clarify the logic of Obadiah’s argument.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":13384,"verse_id":"1KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “has feared the Lord ” (also see the note at 1 Kgs 18:3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A12/4"}
{"id":13385,"verse_id":"1KI.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “Has it not been told to my master what I did…?” The rhetorical question expects an answer, “Of course it has!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":13386,"verse_id":"1KI.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “Look, Elijah”; or “Elijah is here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":13387,"verse_id":"1KI.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord of Hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":13388,"verse_id":"1KI.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “(before whom I stand).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":13389,"verse_id":"1KI.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “Obadiah went to meet Ahab and told him, and Ahab went to meet Elijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":13390,"verse_id":"1KI.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “Ahab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":13391,"verse_id":"1KI.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Or “trouble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":13392,"verse_id":"1KI.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":13393,"verse_id":"1KI.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Or “trouble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":13394,"verse_id":"1KI.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"The word “messengers” is supplied in the translation both here and in v. 20 for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":13395,"verse_id":"1KI.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “who eat at the table of Jezebel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":13396,"verse_id":"1KI.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “How long are you going to limp around on two crutches?” (see HALOT 762 s.v. סְעִפִּים ). In context this idiomatic expression refers to indecision rather than physical disability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":13397,"verse_id":"1KI.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “the God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":13398,"verse_id":"1KI.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “to the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":13399,"verse_id":"1KI.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Elijah now directly addresses the prophets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":13400,"verse_id":"1KI.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “the God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":13401,"verse_id":"1KI.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “The matter [i.e., proposal] is good [i.e., acceptable].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A24/3"}
{"id":13402,"verse_id":"1KI.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"The last sentence of v. 25 is absent in the Syriac Peshitta.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":13403,"verse_id":"1KI.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “and they took the bull which he allowed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":13404,"verse_id":"1KI.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “limped” (the same verb is used in v. 21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":13405,"verse_id":"1KI.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.26","text":"The MT has “which he made,” but some medieval Hebrew mss and the ancient versions have the plural form of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A26/3"}
{"id":13406,"verse_id":"1KI.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Or “as was their custom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":13407,"verse_id":"1KI.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “until blood poured out on them.” sn mutilated…covered with blood . This self-mutilation was a mourning rite designed to facilitate Baal’s return from the underworld.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":13408,"verse_id":"1KI.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “when noon passed they prophesied until the offering up of the offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":13409,"verse_id":"1KI.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"The Old Greek translation and Syriac Peshitta include the following words here: “When it was time to offer the sacrifice, Elijah the Tishbite spoke to the prophets of the abominations: ‘Stand aside for the time being, and I will offer my burnt offering.’ So they stood aside and departed.” sn In 2 Kgs 4:31 the words “there was no sound and there was no response” are used to describe a dead boy. Similar words are used here to describe the god Baal as dead and therefore unresponsive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":13410,"verse_id":"1KI.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"The word “new” is implied but not actually present in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":13411,"verse_id":"1KI.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “and he built the stones into an altar in the name of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":13412,"verse_id":"1KI.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.32","text":"A seah was a dry measure equivalent to about seven quarts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A32/2"}
{"id":13413,"verse_id":"1KI.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.34","text":"The words “when they had done so” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A34/1"}
{"id":13414,"verse_id":"1KI.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.36","text":"Heb “at the offering up of the offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A36/1"}
{"id":13415,"verse_id":"1KI.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.36","text":"The words “the altar” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A36/2"}
{"id":13416,"verse_id":"1KI.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.36","text":"Heb “let it be known.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A36/3"}
{"id":13417,"verse_id":"1KI.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.37","text":"Heb “the God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A37/1"}
{"id":13418,"verse_id":"1KI.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.37","text":"Heb “that you are turning their heart[s] back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A37/2"}
{"id":13419,"verse_id":"1KI.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.38","text":"The words “from the sky” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A38/1"}
{"id":13420,"verse_id":"1KI.18.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.39","text":"Heb “the God” (the phrase occurs twice in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A39/1"}
{"id":13421,"verse_id":"1KI.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.40","text":"Or “slaughtered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A40/1"}
{"id":13422,"verse_id":"1KI.18.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.41","text":"Heb “for [there is] the sound of the roar of the rain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A41/1"}
{"id":13423,"verse_id":"1KI.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.43","text":"Heb “He said, ‘Return,’ seven times.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A43/2"}
{"id":13424,"verse_id":"1KI.18.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.44","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the servant) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A44/1"}
{"id":13425,"verse_id":"1KI.18.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.44","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A44/2"}
{"id":13426,"verse_id":"1KI.18.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.44","text":"Heb “so that the rain won’t restrain you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A44/3"}
{"id":13427,"verse_id":"1KI.18.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.45","text":"Heb “rode and went to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A45/1"}
{"id":13428,"verse_id":"1KI.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.46","text":"Heb “and the hand of the Lord was on Elijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A46/1"}
{"id":13429,"verse_id":"1KI.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.46","text":"Heb “and girded up his loins.” The idea is that of gathering up the robes and tucking them into the sash or belt so that they do not get in the way of the legs when running (or working or fighting).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2018%3A46/2"}
{"id":13430,"verse_id":"1KI.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":13431,"verse_id":"1KI.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “So may the gods do to me, and so may they add.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":13432,"verse_id":"1KI.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “I do not make your life like the life of one of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":13433,"verse_id":"1KI.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"The MT has “and he saw,” but some medieval Hebrew mss as well as several ancient versions support the reading “he was afraid.” The consonantal text ( וַיַּרְא , vayyar ’) is ambiguous and can be vocalized וַיַּרְא (from רָאָה , ra ’ ah , “to see”) or וַיִּרָא ( vayyira ’, from יָרֵא , yare ’, “to fear”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":13434,"verse_id":"1KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Or “broom tree” (also in v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":13435,"verse_id":"1KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and asked with respect to his life to die.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":13436,"verse_id":"1KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":13437,"verse_id":"1KI.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Or “lay down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":13438,"verse_id":"1KI.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “Look, a messenger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":13439,"verse_id":"1KI.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “and again lay down”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":13440,"verse_id":"1KI.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “for the journey is too great for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":13441,"verse_id":"1KI.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Or “very zealous.” The infinitive absolute preceding the finite verb emphasizes the degree of his zeal and allegiance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":13442,"verse_id":"1KI.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Traditionally, “the God of hosts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":13443,"verse_id":"1KI.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “abandoned your covenant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":13444,"verse_id":"1KI.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and they are seeking my life to take it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A10/4"}
{"id":13445,"verse_id":"1KI.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":13446,"verse_id":"1KI.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “tearing away the mountains and breaking the cliffs” (or perhaps, “breaking the stones”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":13447,"verse_id":"1KI.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “a voice, calm, soft.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":13448,"verse_id":"1KI.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":13449,"verse_id":"1KI.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Or “very zealous.” The infinitive absolute preceding the finite verb emphasizes the degree of his zeal and allegiance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":13450,"verse_id":"1KI.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Traditionally, “the God of hosts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":13451,"verse_id":"1KI.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “abandoned your covenant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A14/3"}
{"id":13452,"verse_id":"1KI.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “I have kept in Israel seven thousand, all the knees that have not bowed to Baal, and all the mouths that have not kissed him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":13453,"verse_id":"1KI.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":13454,"verse_id":"1KI.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":13455,"verse_id":"1KI.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “and with the equipment of the oxen he cooked them, the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":13456,"verse_id":"1KI.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":13457,"verse_id":"1KI.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and he went up and besieged Samaria and fought against it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":13458,"verse_id":"1KI.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “to the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":13459,"verse_id":"1KI.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “all that is desirable to your eyes they will put in their hand and take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":13460,"verse_id":"1KI.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":13461,"verse_id":"1KI.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “Know and see that this [man] is seeking trouble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":13462,"verse_id":"1KI.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “Do not listen and do not be willing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":13463,"verse_id":"1KI.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “all which you sent to your servant in the beginning I will do, but this thing I am unable to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":13464,"verse_id":"1KI.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “So may the gods do to me, and so may they add.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":13465,"verse_id":"1KI.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “if the dirt of Samaria suffices for the handfuls of all the people who are at my feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":13466,"verse_id":"1KI.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “When he heard this word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":13467,"verse_id":"1KI.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “in the temporary shelters.” This is probably referring to tents.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":13468,"verse_id":"1KI.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “this great horde.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":13469,"verse_id":"1KI.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"The words “will this be accomplished” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":13470,"verse_id":"1KI.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":13471,"verse_id":"1KI.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":13472,"verse_id":"1KI.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “drinking and drunken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":13473,"verse_id":"1KI.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “in the temporary shelters.” This is probably referring to tents.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":13474,"verse_id":"1KI.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":13475,"verse_id":"1KI.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “if they come in peace, take them alive; if they come for battle, take them alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":13476,"verse_id":"1KI.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “each struck down his man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":13477,"verse_id":"1KI.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “struck down Aram with a great striking down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":13478,"verse_id":"1KI.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"The definite article indicates previous reference, that is, “the prophet mentioned earlier” (see v. 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":13479,"verse_id":"1KI.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “strengthen yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":13480,"verse_id":"1KI.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “know and see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A22/3"}
{"id":13481,"verse_id":"1KI.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “at the turning of the year.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A22/4"}
{"id":13482,"verse_id":"1KI.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “go up against.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A22/5"}
{"id":13483,"verse_id":"1KI.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Or “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":13484,"verse_id":"1KI.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “And you, you muster an army like the one that fell from you, horse like horse and chariot like chariot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":13485,"verse_id":"1KI.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “he listened to their voice and did so.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":13486,"verse_id":"1KI.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “at the turning of the year.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":13487,"verse_id":"1KI.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “mustered Aram.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":13488,"verse_id":"1KI.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “and went up to Aphek for battle with Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A26/3"}
{"id":13489,"verse_id":"1KI.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"The noun translated “small flocks” occurs only here. The common interpretation derives the word from the verbal root חשׂף , “to strip off; to make bare.” In this case the noun refers to something “stripped off” or “made bare.” HALOT 359 s.v. II חשׂף derives the noun from a proposed homonymic verbal root (which occurs only in Ps 29:9 ) meaning “cause a premature birth.” In this case the derived noun could refer to goats that are undersized because they are born prematurely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":13490,"verse_id":"1KI.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":13491,"verse_id":"1KI.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “and the remaining ones fled to Aphek to the city and the wall fell on twenty-seven thousand men, the ones who remained.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":13492,"verse_id":"1KI.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “and Ben Hadad fled and went into the city, [into] an inner room in an inner room.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":13493,"verse_id":"1KI.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":13494,"verse_id":"1KI.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “merciful.” The word used here often means “devoted” or “loyal.” Perhaps the idea is that the Israelite kings are willing to make treaties with other kings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":13495,"verse_id":"1KI.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.31","text":"Heb “go out.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A31/4"}
{"id":13496,"verse_id":"1KI.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A32/2"}
{"id":13497,"verse_id":"1KI.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ahab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A33/1"}
{"id":13498,"verse_id":"1KI.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ben Hadad) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":13499,"verse_id":"1KI.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “streets,” but this must refer to streets set up with stalls for merchants to sell their goods. See HALOT 299 s.v. חוּץ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A34/2"}
{"id":13500,"verse_id":"1KI.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.34","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A34/3"}
{"id":13501,"verse_id":"1KI.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “I will send you away with a treaty.” The words “Ahab then said” are supplied in the translation. There is nothing in the Hebrew text to indicate that the speaker has changed from Ben Hadad to Ahab. Some suggest adding “and he said” before “I will send you away.” Others prefer to maintain Ben Hadad as the speaker and change the statement to, “Please send me away with a treaty.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A34/4"}
{"id":13502,"verse_id":"1KI.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.35","text":"Heb “Now a man from the sons of the prophets said to his companion by the word of the Lord , ‘Wound me.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A35/1"}
{"id":13503,"verse_id":"1KI.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.36","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the prophet) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A36/1"}
{"id":13504,"verse_id":"1KI.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “and the man wounded him, wounding and bruising.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":13505,"verse_id":"1KI.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “middle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A39/1"}
{"id":13506,"verse_id":"1KI.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “man” (also a second time later in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A39/2"}
{"id":13507,"verse_id":"1KI.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “if being missed, he is missed.” The emphatic infinitive absolute before the finite verbal form lends solemnity to the warning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A39/3"}
{"id":13508,"verse_id":"1KI.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.39","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 75 pounds of silver.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A39/4"}
{"id":13509,"verse_id":"1KI.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “your life will be in place of his life, or a unit of silver you will pay.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A39/5"}
{"id":13510,"verse_id":"1KI.20.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.40","text":"Heb “so [i.e., in accordance with his testimony] is your judgment, you have determined [it].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A40/1"}
{"id":13511,"verse_id":"1KI.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.41","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the prophet) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A41/1"}
{"id":13512,"verse_id":"1KI.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the prophet) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A42/1"}
{"id":13513,"verse_id":"1KI.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “Because you sent away the man of my destruction [i.e., that I determined should be destroyed] from [my/your?] hand, your life will be in place of his life, and your people in place of his people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A42/2"}
{"id":13514,"verse_id":"1KI.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.43","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2020%3A43/1"}
{"id":13515,"verse_id":"1KI.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “after these things.” The words “the following episode took place” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":13516,"verse_id":"1KI.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “if it is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":13517,"verse_id":"1KI.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"The Old Greek translation includes the following words: “And it will be mine as a garden of herbs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":13518,"verse_id":"1KI.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “Far be it from me, by the Lord , that I should give the inheritance of my fathers to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":13519,"verse_id":"1KI.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “on account of the word that Naboth the Jezreelite spoke to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":13520,"verse_id":"1KI.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “I will not give to you the inheritance of my fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":13521,"verse_id":"1KI.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “turned away his face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A4/3"}
{"id":13522,"verse_id":"1KI.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “While I was talking…, I said…, he said….” Ahab’s explanation is one lengthy sentence in the Hebrew text, which is divided in the English translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":13523,"verse_id":"1KI.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “You, now, you are exercising kingship over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":13524,"verse_id":"1KI.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “so your heart [i.e., disposition] might be well.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":13525,"verse_id":"1KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “scrolls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":13526,"verse_id":"1KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “in the name of Ahab.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":13527,"verse_id":"1KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “scrolls.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":13528,"verse_id":"1KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A8/4"}
{"id":13529,"verse_id":"1KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “to the nobles who were in his city, the ones who lived with Naboth.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A8/5"}
{"id":13530,"verse_id":"1KI.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “she wrote on the scrolls, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":13531,"verse_id":"1KI.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":13532,"verse_id":"1KI.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":13533,"verse_id":"1KI.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “and the nobles who were living in his city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A11/3"}
{"id":13534,"verse_id":"1KI.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “did as Jezebel sent to them, just as was written in the scrolls which she sent to them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A11/4"}
{"id":13535,"verse_id":"1KI.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “led him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":13536,"verse_id":"1KI.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “and they stoned him with stones and he died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":13537,"verse_id":"1KI.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “Naboth was stoned and he died.” So also in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":13538,"verse_id":"1KI.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “Jezebel”; the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“she”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":13539,"verse_id":"1KI.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"The Old Greek translation includes the following words here: “he tore his garments and put on sackcloth. After these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":13540,"verse_id":"1KI.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “and Ahab said to Elijah.” The narrative is elliptical and streamlined. The words “when Elijah arrived” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":13541,"verse_id":"1KI.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":13542,"verse_id":"1KI.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “you have sold yourself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":13543,"verse_id":"1KI.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A20/4"}
{"id":13544,"verse_id":"1KI.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"The introductory formula “the Lord says” is omitted in the Hebrew text, but supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":13545,"verse_id":"1KI.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “I will burn after you.” Some take the verb בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) to mean here “sweep away.” See the discussion of this verb in the notes at 14:10 and 16:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":13546,"verse_id":"1KI.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “and I will cut off from Ahab those who urinate against a wall, [including both those who are] restrained and let free [or “abandoned”] in Israel.” The precise meaning of the idiomatic phrase עָצוּר וְעָזוּב (’ atsur vÿ ’ azuv , translated here “weak and incapacitated”) is uncertain. For various options see HALOT 871 s.v. עצר and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 107. The two terms are usually taken as polar opposites (“slaves and freemen” or “minors and adults”), but Cogan and Tadmor, on the basis of contextual considerations (note the usage with אֶפֶס (’ efes ), “nothing but”) in Deut 32:36 and 2 Kgs 14:26 , argue convincingly that the terms are synonyms, meaning “restrained and abandoned,” and refer to incapable or incapacitated individuals.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A21/4"}
{"id":13547,"verse_id":"1KI.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":13548,"verse_id":"1KI.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “because of the provocation by which you angered [me], and you caused Israel to sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":13549,"verse_id":"1KI.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"A few Hebrew mss and some ancient versions agree with 2 Kgs 9:10, 36 , which reads, “the plot [of ground] at Jezreel.” The Hebrew words translated “outer wall” ( חֵל , khel , defectively written here!) and “plot [of ground]” ( חֵלֶק , kheleq ) are spelled similarly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":13550,"verse_id":"1KI.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"“Dogs will eat the ones who belonging to Ahab who die in the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":13551,"verse_id":"1KI.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “who sold himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":13552,"verse_id":"1KI.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":13553,"verse_id":"1KI.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “like Ahab…whom his wife Jezebel incited.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":13554,"verse_id":"1KI.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"The Hebrew word used here, גִלּוּלִים ( gillulim ) is always used as a disdainful reference to idols. It is generally thought to have originally referred to “dung pellets” (cf. KBL 183 s.v. גִלּוּלִים ). It is only one of several terms used in this way, such as אֱלִילִים (’ elilim , “worthless things”) and הֲבָלִים ( havalim , “vanities” or “empty winds”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":13555,"verse_id":"1KI.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “He acted very abominably by walking after the disgusting idols, according to all which the Amorites had done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":13556,"verse_id":"1KI.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Or “humbles himself.” The expression occurs a second time later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":13557,"verse_id":"1KI.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “I will not bring the disaster during his days, [but] in the days of his son I will bring the disaster on his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":13558,"verse_id":"1KI.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “and they lived three years without war between Aram and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":13559,"verse_id":"1KI.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"The word “visit” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":13560,"verse_id":"1KI.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “Do you know that Ramoth Gilead belongs to us, and we hesitate to take it from the hand of the king of Aram?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course, you must know!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":13561,"verse_id":"1KI.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “Like me, like you; like my people, like your people; like my horses; like your horses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":13562,"verse_id":"1KI.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “and Jehoshaphat said to the king of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":13563,"verse_id":"1KI.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “Should I go against Ramoth Gilead for war or should I refrain?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":13564,"verse_id":"1KI.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Though Jehoshaphat requested an oracle from “the Lord ” ( יְהוָה , Yahweh ), they stop short of actually using this name and substitute the title אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai , “lord; master”). This ambiguity may explain in part Jehoshaphat’s hesitancy and caution (vv. 7-8 ). He seems to doubt that the four hundred are genuine prophets of the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":13565,"verse_id":"1KI.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “to seek the Lord from him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":13566,"verse_id":"1KI.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Or “hate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":13567,"verse_id":"1KI.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"The words “his name is” are supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":13568,"verse_id":"1KI.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “were sitting, a man on his throne.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":13569,"verse_id":"1KI.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":13570,"verse_id":"1KI.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “the words of the prophets are [with] one mouth good for the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":13571,"verse_id":"1KI.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “let your words be like the word of each of them and speak good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":13572,"verse_id":"1KI.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Or “swear an oath by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":13573,"verse_id":"1KI.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Micaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":13574,"verse_id":"1KI.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Micaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":13575,"verse_id":"1KI.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “and fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":13576,"verse_id":"1KI.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “the spirit.” The significance of the article prefixed to רוּחַ ( ruakh ) is uncertain, but it could contain a clue as to this spirit’s identity, especially when interpreted in light of v. 24 . It is certainly possible, and probably even likely, that the article is used in a generic or dramatic sense and should be translated, “a spirit.” In the latter case it would show that this spirit was vivid and definite in the mind of Micaiah the storyteller. However, if one insists that the article indicates a well-known or universally known spirit, the following context provides a likely referent. Verse 24 tells how Zedekiah slapped Micaiah in the face and then asked sarcastically, “Which way did the spirit from the Lord ( רוּחַ־יְהוָה , [ ruakh-Yahweh ], Heb “the spirit of the Lord ”) go when he went from me to speak to you?” When the phrase “the spirit of the Lord ” refers to the divine spirit (rather than the divine breath or mind, Isa 40:7, 13 ) elsewhere, the spirit energizes an individual or group for special tasks or moves one to prophesy. This raises the possibility that the deceiving spirit of vv. 20-23 is the same as the divine spirit mentioned by Zedekiah in v. 24 . This would explain why the article is used on רוּחַ ; he can be called “the spirit” because he is the well-known spirit who energizes the prophets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":13577,"verse_id":"1KI.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":13578,"verse_id":"1KI.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"The Hebrew text has two imperfects connected by וְגַם ( vÿgam ). These verbs could be translated as specific futures, “you will deceive and also you will prevail,” in which case the Lord is assuring the spirit of success on his mission. However, in a commissioning context (note the following imperatives) such as this, it is more likely that the imperfects are injunctive, in which case one could translate, “Deceive, and also overpower.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":13579,"verse_id":"1KI.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “the bread of affliction and the water of affliction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":13580,"verse_id":"1KI.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “come in peace.” So also in v. 28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":13581,"verse_id":"1KI.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “Listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":13582,"verse_id":"1KI.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"The Hebrew verbal forms could be imperatives (“Disguise yourself and enter”), but this would make no sense in light of the immediately following context. The forms are better interpreted as infinitives absolute functioning as cohortatives. See IBHS 594 §35.5.2a. Some prefer to emend the forms to imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":13583,"verse_id":"1KI.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “small or great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":13584,"verse_id":"1KI.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “now a man drew a bow in his innocence” (i.e., with no specific target in mind, or at least without realizing his target was the king of Israel).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A34/1"}
{"id":13585,"verse_id":"1KI.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A34/2"}
{"id":13586,"verse_id":"1KI.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.34","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A34/3"}
{"id":13587,"verse_id":"1KI.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.37","text":"Heb “and the king died and he came to Samaria, and they buried the king in Samaria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A37/1"}
{"id":13588,"verse_id":"1KI.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.38","text":"Heb “now the prostitutes bathed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A38/1"}
{"id":13589,"verse_id":"1KI.22.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.39","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the acts of Ahab and all that he did, and the house of ivory which he built and all the cities which he built, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A39/1"}
{"id":13590,"verse_id":"1KI.22.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.40","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A40/1"}
{"id":13591,"verse_id":"1KI.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.42","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A42/1"}
{"id":13592,"verse_id":"1KI.22.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.43","text":"Heb “he walked in all the way of Asa his father and did not turn from it, doing what is right in the eyes of the Lord. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A43/1"}
{"id":13593,"verse_id":"1KI.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.45","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehoshaphat, and his strength that he demonstrated and how he fought, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A45/1"}
{"id":13594,"verse_id":"1KI.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.46","text":"Heb “and the rest of the male cultic prostitutes who were left in the days of Asa his father, he burned from the land.” Some understand the verb בִּעֵר ( bi ’ er ) to mean “sweep away” here rather than “burn.” See the note at 1 Kgs 14:10 . sn Despite Asa’s opposition to these male cultic prostitutes (see 1 Kgs 15:12 ) some of them had managed to remain in the land. Jehoshaphat finished what his father had started.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A46/1"}
{"id":13595,"verse_id":"1KI.22.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.48","text":"Heb “a fleet of Tarshish [ships].” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A48/1"}
{"id":13596,"verse_id":"1KI.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.49","text":"Heb “Let my servants go with your servants in the fleet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A49/1"}
{"id":13597,"verse_id":"1KI.22.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.50","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A50/1"}
{"id":13598,"verse_id":"1KI.22.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.50","text":"Heb “with his fathers in the city of his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A50/2"}
{"id":13599,"verse_id":"1KI.22.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.51","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A51/1"}
{"id":13600,"verse_id":"1KI.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.52","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A52/1"}
{"id":13601,"verse_id":"1KI.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.52","text":"Or “way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A52/2"}
{"id":13602,"verse_id":"1KI.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.52","text":"Heb “and walked in the way of his father and in the way of his mother and in the way of Jeroboam son of Nebat who made Israel sin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A52/3"}
{"id":13603,"verse_id":"1KI.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.53","text":"Heb “he served Baal and bowed down to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A53/1"}
{"id":13604,"verse_id":"1KI.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1KI","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.53","text":"Heb “according to all which his father had done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Kings%2022%3A53/2"}
{"id":13605,"verse_id":"2KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":13606,"verse_id":"2KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and he sent messengers and said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":13607,"verse_id":"2KI.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"That is, “seek an oracle from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":13608,"verse_id":"2KI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Is it because there is no God in Israel [that] you are going to inquire of Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” The translation seeks to bring out the sarcastic tone of the rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":13609,"verse_id":"2KI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “to him.” sn The narrative is elliptical and telescoped here. The account of Elijah encountering the messengers and delivering the Lord’s message is omitted; we only here of it as the messengers report what happened to the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":13610,"verse_id":"2KI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":13611,"verse_id":"2KI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Is it because there is no God in Israel [that] you are sending to inquire of Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” The translation seeks to bring out the sarcastic tone of the rhetorical question. In v. 3 the messengers are addressed (in the phrase “you are on your way” the second person plural pronoun is used in Hebrew), but here the king is addressed (in the phrase “you are sending” the second person singular pronoun is used).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":13612,"verse_id":"2KI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":13613,"verse_id":"2KI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “What was the manner…?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":13614,"verse_id":"2KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":13615,"verse_id":"2KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “an owner of hair.” This idiomatic expression indicates that Elijah was very hairy. For other examples where the idiom “owner of” is used to describe a characteristic of someone, see HALOT 143 s.v. בַּעַל . For example, an “owner of dreams” is one who frequently has dreams ( Gen 37:19 ) and an “owner of anger” is a hot-tempered individual ( Prov 22:24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":13616,"verse_id":"2KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “belt of skin” (i.e., one made from animal hide).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":13617,"verse_id":"2KI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":13618,"verse_id":"2KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":13619,"verse_id":"2KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “officer of fifty and his fifty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":13620,"verse_id":"2KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":13621,"verse_id":"2KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the captain) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":13622,"verse_id":"2KI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “man of God” (also in vv. 10, 11, 12, 13 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A9/6"}
{"id":13623,"verse_id":"2KI.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “answered and said to the officer of fifty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":13624,"verse_id":"2KI.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Wordplay contributes to the irony here. The king tells Elijah to “come down” (Hebrew יָרַד , yarad ), but Elijah calls fire down ( יָרַד ) on the arrogant king’s officer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":13625,"verse_id":"2KI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":13626,"verse_id":"2KI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The MT reads, “he answered and said to him.” The verb “he answered” ( וַיַּעַן , vayya ’ an ) is probably a corruption of “he went up” ( וַיַּעַל , vayya ’ al ). See v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":13627,"verse_id":"2KI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Two medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, and the Syriac Peshitta have the singular “to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":13628,"verse_id":"2KI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “intense fire.” The divine name may be used idiomatically to emphasize the intensity of the fire. Whether one translates אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) here as a proper name or idiomatically, this addition to the narrative (the name is omitted in the first panel, v. 10 b) emphasizes the severity of the judgment and is appropriate given the more intense command delivered by the king to the prophet in this panel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":13629,"verse_id":"2KI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":13630,"verse_id":"2KI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “went up and approached and kneeled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":13631,"verse_id":"2KI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":13632,"verse_id":"2KI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “their fifty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":13633,"verse_id":"2KI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":13634,"verse_id":"2KI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":13635,"verse_id":"2KI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “Because you sent messengers to inquire of Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron, is there no God in Israel to inquire of his word?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":13636,"verse_id":"2KI.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord which he spoke through Elijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":13637,"verse_id":"2KI.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the acts of Ahaziah which he did, are they not recorded in the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":13638,"verse_id":"2KI.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":13639,"verse_id":"2KI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":13640,"verse_id":"2KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":13641,"verse_id":"2KI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “from your head.” The same expression occurs in v. 5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":13642,"verse_id":"2KI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":13643,"verse_id":"2KI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the two of them.” The referents (Elijah and Elisha) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":13644,"verse_id":"2KI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “Ask! What can I do for you….?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":13645,"verse_id":"2KI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “May a double portion of your spirit come to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":13646,"verse_id":"2KI.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":13647,"verse_id":"2KI.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “You have made difficult [your] request.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":13648,"verse_id":"2KI.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Though the noun is singular here, it may be collective, in which case it could be translated “chariots.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":13649,"verse_id":"2KI.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “look, a chariot of fire and horses of fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":13650,"verse_id":"2KI.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “and they made a division between the two of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":13651,"verse_id":"2KI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “Elijah’s cloak, which had fallen off him.” The wording is changed slightly in the translation for the sake of variety of expression (see v. 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":13652,"verse_id":"2KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":13653,"verse_id":"2KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “and the sons of the prophets who were in Jericho, [who were standing] opposite, saw him and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":13654,"verse_id":"2KI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the spirit of Elijah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":13655,"verse_id":"2KI.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “the spirit of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":13656,"verse_id":"2KI.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":13657,"verse_id":"2KI.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":13658,"verse_id":"2KI.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":13659,"verse_id":"2KI.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":13660,"verse_id":"2KI.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “miscarries” or “is barren.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":13661,"verse_id":"2KI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":13662,"verse_id":"2KI.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “healed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":13663,"verse_id":"2KI.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “there will no longer be from there death and miscarriage [or, ‘barrenness’].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":13664,"verse_id":"2KI.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “according to the word of Elisha which he spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":13665,"verse_id":"2KI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":13666,"verse_id":"2KI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"The word נַעַר ( na ’ ar ), here translated “boy,” can refer to a broad age range, including infants as well as young men. But the qualifying term “young” (or “small”) suggests these youths were relatively young. The phrase in question (“young boy”) occurs elsewhere in 1 Sam 20:35 ; 1 Kgs 3:7 (used by Solomon in an hyperbolic manner); 11:17 ; 2 Kgs 5:14 ; and Isa 11:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":13667,"verse_id":"2KI.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “he cursed them in the name of the Lord .” A curse was a formal appeal to a higher authority (here the Lord) to vindicate one’s cause through judgment. As in chapter one, this account makes it clear that disrespect for the Lord’s designated spokesmen can be deadly, for it is ultimately rejection of the Lord’s authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":13668,"verse_id":"2KI.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":13669,"verse_id":"2KI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":13670,"verse_id":"2KI.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “held tight,” or “clung to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":13671,"verse_id":"2KI.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular, “it.” Some ancient witnesses read the plural, which seems preferable since the antecedent (“sins”) is plural. Another option is to emend the plural “sins” to a singular. One ancient Greek witness has the singular “sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":13672,"verse_id":"2KI.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"For a discussion of the meaning of term ( נֹקֵד , noqed ), see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 43.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":13673,"verse_id":"2KI.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The vav + perfect here indicates customary action contemporary with the situation described in the preceding main clause. See IBHS 533-34 §32.2.3e.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":13674,"verse_id":"2KI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “went and sent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":13675,"verse_id":"2KI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoshaphat) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":13676,"verse_id":"2KI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “I will go up – like me, like you; like my people, like your people; like my horses; like your horses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":13677,"verse_id":"2KI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “Where is the road we will go up?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":13678,"verse_id":"2KI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":13679,"verse_id":"2KI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “the king of Israel and the king of Judah and the king of Edom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":13680,"verse_id":"2KI.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “ah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":13681,"verse_id":"2KI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “that we might inquire of the Lord through him?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":13682,"verse_id":"2KI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “who poured water on the hands of Elijah.” This refers to one of the typical tasks of a servant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":13683,"verse_id":"2KI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord is with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":13684,"verse_id":"2KI.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “What do we have in common?” The text reads literally, “What to me and to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":13685,"verse_id":"2KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Traditionally “the Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":13686,"verse_id":"2KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “before whom I stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":13687,"verse_id":"2KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “if I did not lift up the face of Jehoshaphat the king of Judah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":13688,"verse_id":"2KI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “I would not look at you or see you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":13689,"verse_id":"2KI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The term used refers to one who plays a stringed instrument, perhaps a harp.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":13690,"verse_id":"2KI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the hand of the Lord came on him.” This may refer to what typically happened, “[for] when a musician played, the hand of the Lord would come upon him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":13691,"verse_id":"2KI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “making this valley cisterns, cisterns.” The Hebrew noun גֵּב ( gev ) means “cistern” in Jer 14:3 (cf. Jer 39:10 ). The repetition of the noun is for emphasis. See GKC 396 §123. e . The verb (“making”) is an infinitive absolute, which has to be interpreted in light of the context. The translation above takes it in an imperatival sense. The command need not be understood as literal, but as hyperbolic. Telling them to build cisterns is a dramatic way of leading into the announcement that he would miraculously provide water in the desert. Some prefer to translate the infinitive as an imperfect with the Lord as the understood subject, “I will turn this valley [into] many pools.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":13692,"verse_id":"2KI.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":13693,"verse_id":"2KI.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “and this is easy in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":13694,"verse_id":"2KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “choice” or “select.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":13695,"verse_id":"2KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Elisha places the object first and uses an imperfect verb form. The stylistic shift may signal that he is now instructing them what to do, rather than merely predicting what would happen.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":13696,"verse_id":"2KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":13697,"verse_id":"2KI.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “and ruin every good portion with stones.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":13698,"verse_id":"2KI.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “and in the morning, when the offering is offered up, look, water was coming from the way of Edom, and the land was filled with water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":13699,"verse_id":"2KI.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “had come up to fight them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":13700,"verse_id":"2KI.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “and they mustered all who tied on a belt and upwards, and they stood at the border.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":13701,"verse_id":"2KI.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Moabites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":13702,"verse_id":"2KI.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"The translation assumes the verb is חָרַב ( kharav , “to be desolate”). The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb form for emphasis. (For another example of the Hophal infinitive with a Niphal finite verb, see Lev 19:20 . Cf. also IBHS 582 §35.2.1c.) Some prefer to derive the verb from a proposed homonym meaning “at HALOT 349 s.v. II חרב and BDB 352 s.v. חָרְבָה ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":13703,"verse_id":"2KI.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":13704,"verse_id":"2KI.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) suggests, “and they went, striking down,” but the marginal reading ( Qere ) is “they struck down, striking down.” For a discussion of the textual problem, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 46.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":13705,"verse_id":"2KI.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “and [on] every good portion they were throwing each man his stone and they filled it.” The vav + perfect (“and they filled”) here indicates customary action contemporary with the situation described in the preceding main clause (where a customary imperfect is used, “they were throwing”). See the note at 3:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":13706,"verse_id":"2KI.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “until he had allowed its stones to remain in Kir Hareseth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":13707,"verse_id":"2KI.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “and the king of Moab saw that the battle was too strong for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":13708,"verse_id":"2KI.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “he took with him seven hundred men, who drew the sword, to break through against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":13709,"verse_id":"2KI.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “there was great anger against Israel.” sn The meaning of this statement is uncertain, for the subject of the anger is not indicated. Except for two relatively late texts, the noun קֶצֶף ( qetsef ) refers to an outburst of divine anger. But it seems unlikely the Lord would be angry with Israel, for he placed his stamp of approval on the campaign (vv. 16-19 ). D. N. Freedman suggests the narrator, who obviously has a bias against the Omride dynasty, included this observation to show that the Lord would not allow the Israelite king to “have an undiluted victory” (as quoted in M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings [AB], 52, n. 8). Some suggest that the original source identified Chemosh the Moabite god as the subject and that his name was later suppressed by a conscientious scribe, but this proposal raises more questions than it answers. For a discussion of various views, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 47-48, 51-52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":13710,"verse_id":"2KI.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “they departed from him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":13711,"verse_id":"2KI.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “a wife from among the wives of the sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":13712,"verse_id":"2KI.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “cried out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":13713,"verse_id":"2KI.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “your servant feared the Lord .” “Fear” refers here to obedience and allegiance, the products of healthy respect for the Lord’s authority.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":13714,"verse_id":"2KI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “Go, ask for containers from outside, from all your neighbors, empty containers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":13715,"verse_id":"2KI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “Do not borrow just a few.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":13716,"verse_id":"2KI.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “all these vessels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":13717,"verse_id":"2KI.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “to her son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":13718,"verse_id":"2KI.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “man of God” (also in vv. 16, 22, 25, 27 [twice]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":13719,"verse_id":"2KI.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “great,” perhaps “wealthy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":13720,"verse_id":"2KI.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “she urged him to eat some food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":13721,"verse_id":"2KI.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “he would turn aside there to eat some food.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":13722,"verse_id":"2KI.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “I know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":13723,"verse_id":"2KI.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “holy man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":13724,"verse_id":"2KI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “a small upper room of a wall”; according to HALOT 832 s.v. עֲלִיָּה , this refers to “a fully walled upper room.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":13725,"verse_id":"2KI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and let’s put there for him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":13726,"verse_id":"2KI.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":13727,"verse_id":"2KI.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “turned aside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":13728,"verse_id":"2KI.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “slept there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":13729,"verse_id":"2KI.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “Call for this Shunammite woman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":13730,"verse_id":"2KI.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “and he called for her and she stood before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":13731,"verse_id":"2KI.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “he said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":13732,"verse_id":"2KI.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “you have turned trembling to us with all this trembling.” The exaggerated language is probably idiomatic. The point seems to be that she has taken great pains or gone out of her way to be kind to them. Her concern was a sign of her respect for the prophetic office.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":13733,"verse_id":"2KI.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “Among my people I am living.” This answer suggests that she has security within the context of her family.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":13734,"verse_id":"2KI.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":13735,"verse_id":"2KI.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “Call for her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":13736,"verse_id":"2KI.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and he called her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":13737,"verse_id":"2KI.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and he called for her and she stood in the door.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":13738,"verse_id":"2KI.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “at this appointed time, at the time [when it is] reviving.” For a discussion of the second phrase see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 57.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":13739,"verse_id":"2KI.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “to his father, to the harvesters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":13740,"verse_id":"2KI.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (the boy’s father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":13741,"verse_id":"2KI.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “knees.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":13742,"verse_id":"2KI.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “man of God’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":13743,"verse_id":"2KI.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":13744,"verse_id":"2KI.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “lead [the donkey on] and go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":13745,"verse_id":"2KI.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “do not restrain for me the riding unless I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":13746,"verse_id":"2KI.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “went and came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":13747,"verse_id":"2KI.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “the man of God.” The phrase has been replaced by the relative pronoun “he” in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":13748,"verse_id":"2KI.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “she said.” The narrator streamlines the story at this point, omitting any reference to Gehazi running to meet her and asking her the questions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":13749,"verse_id":"2KI.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “her soul [i.e., ‘disposition’] is bitter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":13750,"verse_id":"2KI.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":13751,"verse_id":"2KI.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.29","text":"Heb “take my staff in your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A29/2"}
{"id":13752,"verse_id":"2KI.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.29","text":"Heb “If you meet a man, do not greet him with a blessing; if a man greets you with a blessing, do not answer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A29/3"}
{"id":13753,"verse_id":"2KI.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The referent must be Elisha here, since the following verse makes it clear that Gehazi had gone on ahead of them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":13754,"verse_id":"2KI.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “to meet him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":13755,"verse_id":"2KI.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":13756,"verse_id":"2KI.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Heb “and closed the door behind the two of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":13757,"verse_id":"2KI.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “he went up and lay down over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":13758,"verse_id":"2KI.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.34","text":"Heb “his” (also in the next two clauses).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A34/2"}
{"id":13759,"verse_id":"2KI.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.34","text":"Or perhaps, “body”; Heb “flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A34/3"}
{"id":13760,"verse_id":"2KI.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":13761,"verse_id":"2KI.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.35","text":"Heb “and he returned and went into the house, once here and once there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A35/2"}
{"id":13762,"verse_id":"2KI.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.35","text":"Heb “and he went up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A35/3"}
{"id":13763,"verse_id":"2KI.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":13764,"verse_id":"2KI.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.36","text":"Heb “and he called for her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A36/2"}
{"id":13765,"verse_id":"2KI.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.38","text":"Heb “the sons of the prophets were sitting before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A38/1"}
{"id":13766,"verse_id":"2KI.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.38","text":"The words “the fire” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A38/2"}
{"id":13767,"verse_id":"2KI.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.38","text":"Heb “sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A38/3"}
{"id":13768,"verse_id":"2KI.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.39","text":"Heb “a vine of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A39/1"}
{"id":13769,"verse_id":"2KI.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.39","text":"Heb “[some] of the gourds of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A39/2"}
{"id":13770,"verse_id":"2KI.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.39","text":"Heb “he came and cut [them up].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A39/3"}
{"id":13771,"verse_id":"2KI.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.39","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “for they did not know” ( יָדָעוּ , yada ’ u ) but some emend the final shureq ( וּ , indicating a third plural subject) to holem vav ( וֹ , a third masculine singular pronominal suffix on a third singular verb) and read “for he did not know it.” Perhaps it is best to omit the final vav as dittographic (note the vav at the beginning of the next verb form) and read simply, “for he did not know.” See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 59.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A39/4"}
{"id":13772,"verse_id":"2KI.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.40","text":"Heb “and they poured out [the stew].” The plural subject is probably indefinite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A40/1"}
{"id":13773,"verse_id":"2KI.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.41","text":"Or “and let them eat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A41/1"}
{"id":13774,"verse_id":"2KI.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.42","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A42/1"}
{"id":13775,"verse_id":"2KI.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.42","text":"On the meaning of the word צִקְלוֹן ( tsiqlon ), “ear of grain,” see HALOT 148 s.v. בָּצֵק and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 59.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A42/2"}
{"id":13776,"verse_id":"2KI.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.42","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A42/3"}
{"id":13777,"verse_id":"2KI.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.43","text":"Heb “How can I set this before a hundred men?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A43/1"}
{"id":13778,"verse_id":"2KI.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.43","text":"The verb forms are infinitives absolute ( Heb “eating and leaving over”) and have to be translated in light of the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%204%3A43/2"}
{"id":13779,"verse_id":"2KI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “was a great man before his master and lifted up with respect to the face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":13780,"verse_id":"2KI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"For a discussion of מְצֹרָע ( mÿtsora ’), traditionally translated “leprous,” see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 63. Naaman probably had a skin disorder of some type, not leprosy/Hansen’s disease.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":13781,"verse_id":"2KI.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":13782,"verse_id":"2KI.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Naaman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":13783,"verse_id":"2KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Naaman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":13784,"verse_id":"2KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 750 pounds of silver (cf. NCV, NLT, CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":13785,"verse_id":"2KI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “six thousand gold […].” The unit of measure is not given in the Hebrew text. A number of English versions supply “pieces” (e.g., KJV, ASV, NAB, TEV) or “shekels” (e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":13786,"verse_id":"2KI.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “and now when this letter comes to you, look, I have sent to you Naaman my servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":13787,"verse_id":"2KI.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “Am I God, killing and restoring life, that this one sends to me to cure a man from his skin disease?” In the Hebrew text this is one lengthy rhetorical question, which has been divided up in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":13788,"verse_id":"2KI.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “Indeed, know and see that he is seeking an occasion with respect to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":13789,"verse_id":"2KI.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “man of God” (also in vv. 15, 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":13790,"verse_id":"2KI.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “Let him come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":13791,"verse_id":"2KI.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “will return to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":13792,"verse_id":"2KI.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “Are not Abana and Pharpar, the rivers of Damascus, better than all of the waters of Israel?” The rhetorical question expects an emphatic “yes” as an answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":13793,"verse_id":"2KI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “my father,” reflecting the perspective of each individual servant. To address their master as “father” would emphasize his authority and express their respect. See BDB 3 s.v. אָב and the similar idiomatic use of “father” in 2 Kgs 2:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":13794,"verse_id":"2KI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “a great thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":13795,"verse_id":"2KI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “would you not do [it]?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course you would.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":13796,"verse_id":"2KI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “How much more [when] he said, “Wash and be healed.” The second imperative (“be healed”) states the expected result of obeying the first (‘wash”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":13797,"verse_id":"2KI.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “according to the word of the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":13798,"verse_id":"2KI.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “and his skin was restored, like the skin of a small child.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":13799,"verse_id":"2KI.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Naaman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":13800,"verse_id":"2KI.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":13801,"verse_id":"2KI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":13802,"verse_id":"2KI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “before whom I stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":13803,"verse_id":"2KI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Naaman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":13804,"verse_id":"2KI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “and [if] not, may there be given to your servant a load [for] a pair of mules, earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":13805,"verse_id":"2KI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “for your servant will not again make a burnt offering and sacrifice to other gods, only to the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":13806,"verse_id":"2KI.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “When my master enters the house of Rimmon to bow down there, and he leans on my hand and I bow down [in] the house of Rimmon, when I bow down [in] the house of Rimmon, may the Lord forgive your servant for this thing.” sn Rimmon was the Syrian storm god. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 65.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":13807,"verse_id":"2KI.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":13808,"verse_id":"2KI.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “and he went from him a distance of land.” The precise meaning of כִּבְרַה ( kivrah ) “distance,” is uncertain. See BDB 460 s.v. כִּבְרַה , and HALOT 459-60 s.v. II * כְּבָרַה , and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 65.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":13809,"verse_id":"2KI.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “said” (i.e., to himself).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":13810,"verse_id":"2KI.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “Look, my master spared this Syrian Naaman by not taking from his hand what he brought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":13811,"verse_id":"2KI.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “Is there peace?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":13812,"verse_id":"2KI.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":13813,"verse_id":"2KI.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “Look now, here, two servants came to me from the Ephraimite hill country, from the sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":13814,"verse_id":"2KI.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 75 pounds of silver (cf. NCV, NLT, CEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":13815,"verse_id":"2KI.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “Be resolved and accept two talents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":13816,"verse_id":"2KI.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":13817,"verse_id":"2KI.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “from their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":13818,"verse_id":"2KI.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “and he sent the men away and they went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":13819,"verse_id":"2KI.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":13820,"verse_id":"2KI.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “Did not my heart go as a man turned from his chariot to meet you?” The rhetorical question emphasizes that he was indeed present in “heart” (or “spirit”) and was very much aware of what Gehazi had done. In the MT the interrogative particle has been accidentally omitted before the negative particle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":13821,"verse_id":"2KI.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"In the MT the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question, “Is this the time…?” It expects an emphatic negative response.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":13822,"verse_id":"2KI.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “cling to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":13823,"verse_id":"2KI.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gehazi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":13824,"verse_id":"2KI.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.27","text":"Traditionally, “he went from before him, leprous like snow.” But see the note at 5:1 , as well as M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 66.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%205%3A27/3"}
{"id":13825,"verse_id":"2KI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “the sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":13826,"verse_id":"2KI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “sit before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":13827,"verse_id":"2KI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “narrow, tight.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":13828,"verse_id":"2KI.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “iron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":13829,"verse_id":"2KI.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Or “ah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":13830,"verse_id":"2KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “man of God” (also in v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":13831,"verse_id":"2KI.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":13832,"verse_id":"2KI.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The verb form used here is difficult to analyze. On the basis of the form נְחִתִּים ( nÿkhitim ) in v. 9 from the root נָחַת ( nakhat ), it is probably best to emend the verb to תִּנְחְתוּ ( tinkhÿtu ; a Qal imperfect form from the same root). The verb נָחַת in at least two other instances carries the nuance “go down, descend” in a military context. For a defense of this view, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 72.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":13833,"verse_id":"2KI.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The vav + perfect here indicates action contemporary with the preceding main verb (“sent”). See IBHS 533-34 §32.2.3e.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":13834,"verse_id":"2KI.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “and the king of Israel sent to the place about which the man of God spoke to him, and he warned it and he guarded himself there, not once and not twice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":13835,"verse_id":"2KI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “and the heart of the king of Syria was stirred up over this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":13836,"verse_id":"2KI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":13837,"verse_id":"2KI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “Will you not tell me who among us [is] for the king of Israel?” The sarcastic rhetorical question expresses the king’s suspicion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":13838,"verse_id":"2KI.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “he” (also a second time in this verse); the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":13839,"verse_id":"2KI.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “Go and see where he [is] so I can send and take him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":13840,"verse_id":"2KI.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “heavy force.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":13841,"verse_id":"2KI.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “man of God’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":13842,"verse_id":"2KI.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “his young servant said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":13843,"verse_id":"2KI.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “for those who are with us are more than those who are with them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":13844,"verse_id":"2KI.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “and he saw, and look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":13845,"verse_id":"2KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “and they came down to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":13846,"verse_id":"2KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Or “this nation,” perhaps emphasizing the strength of the Syrian army.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":13847,"verse_id":"2KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.18","text":"On the basis of the Akkadian etymology of the word, M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 74) translate “blinding light.” HALOT 761 s.v. סַנְוֵרִים suggests the glosses “dazzling, deception.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A18/3"}
{"id":13848,"verse_id":"2KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A18/4"}
{"id":13849,"verse_id":"2KI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “according to the word of Elisha.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A18/5"}
{"id":13850,"verse_id":"2KI.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":13851,"verse_id":"2KI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “and they saw, and look, [they were] in the middle of Samaria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":13852,"verse_id":"2KI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “Should I strike them down? I will strike them down.” In the Hebrew text the first person imperfect form is repeated; the first form has the interrogative he prefixed to it; the second does not. It is likely that the second form should be omitted as dittographic or that the first should be emended to an infinitive absolute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":13853,"verse_id":"2KI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “my father.” The king addresses the prophet in this way to indicate his respect. See 2 Kgs 2:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":13854,"verse_id":"2KI.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “Are [they] ones you captured with your sword or your bow (that) you can strike (them) down?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":13855,"verse_id":"2KI.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “held a great feast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":13856,"verse_id":"2KI.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “they went back.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":13857,"verse_id":"2KI.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":13858,"verse_id":"2KI.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":13859,"verse_id":"2KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “and there was a great famine in Samaria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":13860,"verse_id":"2KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “and look, [they] were besieging it until.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":13861,"verse_id":"2KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “eighty, silver.” The unit of measurement is omitted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A25/3"}
{"id":13862,"verse_id":"2KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.25","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) reads, “dove dung” ( חֲרֵייוֹנִים , khareyonim ), while the marginal reading ( Qere ) has “discharge” ( דִּבְיוֹנִים , divyonim ). Based on evidence from Akkadian, M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 79) suggest that “dove’s dung” was a popular name for the inedible husks of seeds.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A25/5"}
{"id":13863,"verse_id":"2KI.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “five, silver.” The unit of measurement is omitted.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A25/6"}
{"id":13864,"verse_id":"2KI.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “From where can I help you, from the threshing floor or the winepress?” The rhetorical question expresses the king’s frustration. He has no grain or wine to give to the masses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":13865,"verse_id":"2KI.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “the people saw, and look, [there was] sackcloth against his skin underneath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":13866,"verse_id":"2KI.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “So may God do to me, and so may he add.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":13867,"verse_id":"2KI.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “if the head of Elisha son of Shaphat stays on him today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A31/2"}
{"id":13868,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “and the elders were sitting with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":13869,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/2"}
{"id":13870,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “sent a man from before him, before the messenger came to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/3"}
{"id":13871,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/4"}
{"id":13872,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/5"}
{"id":13873,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “Do you see that this son of an assassin has sent to remove my head?”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/6"}
{"id":13874,"verse_id":"2KI.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “Is not the sound of his master’s footsteps behind him?”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A32/7"}
{"id":13875,"verse_id":"2KI.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"The Hebrew text also has “look” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":13876,"verse_id":"2KI.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “came down to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A33/2"}
{"id":13877,"verse_id":"2KI.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “Look, this is a disaster from the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%206%3A33/3"}
{"id":13878,"verse_id":"2KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the officer on whose hand the king leans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":13879,"verse_id":"2KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":13880,"verse_id":"2KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the Lord was making holes in the sky, could this thing be?” Opening holes in the sky would allow the waters stored up there to pour to the earth and assure a good crop. But, the officer argues, even if this were to happen, it would take a long time to grow and harvest the crop.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":13881,"verse_id":"2KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":13882,"verse_id":"2KI.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “you will not eat from there.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A2/5"}
{"id":13883,"verse_id":"2KI.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “until we die.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":13884,"verse_id":"2KI.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “If we say, ‘We will enter the city,’ the famine is in the city and we will die there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":13885,"verse_id":"2KI.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":13886,"verse_id":"2KI.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “keep us alive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":13887,"verse_id":"2KI.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “we will die.” The paraphrastic translation attempts to bring out the logical force of their reasoning.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A4/4"}
{"id":13888,"verse_id":"2KI.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “they arose to go to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":13889,"verse_id":"2KI.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “they ate and drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":13890,"verse_id":"2KI.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “and they hid [it].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":13891,"verse_id":"2KI.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “and they took from there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":13892,"verse_id":"2KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “this day is a day of good news and we are keeping silent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":13893,"verse_id":"2KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “the light of the morning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":13894,"verse_id":"2KI.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “punishment will find us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":13895,"verse_id":"2KI.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The MT has a singular form (“gatekeeper”), but the context suggests a plural. The pronoun that follows (“them”) is plural and a plural noun appears in v. 11 . The Syriac Peshitta and the Targum have the plural here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":13896,"verse_id":"2KI.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “and, look, there was no man or voice of a man there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":13897,"verse_id":"2KI.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “but the horses are tied up and the donkeys are tied up and the tents are as they were.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":13898,"verse_id":"2KI.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “and the gatekeepers called out and they told [it] to the house of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":13899,"verse_id":"2KI.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “servants” (also in v. 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":13900,"verse_id":"2KI.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “Let them take five of the remaining horses that remain in it. Look, they are like all the people of Israel that remain in it. Look, they are like all the people of Israel that have come to an end.” The MT is dittographic here; the words “that remain in it. Look they are like all the people of Israel” have been accidentally repeated. The original text read, “Let them take five of the remaining horses that remain in it. Look, they are like all the people of Israel that have come to an end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":13901,"verse_id":"2KI.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “and let us send so we might see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":13902,"verse_id":"2KI.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “and the king sent [them] after the Syrian camp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":13903,"verse_id":"2KI.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “Go and see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":13904,"verse_id":"2KI.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “went after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":13905,"verse_id":"2KI.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “and look, all the road was full of clothes and equipment that Syria had thrown away in their haste.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":13906,"verse_id":"2KI.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “messengers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A15/3"}
{"id":13907,"verse_id":"2KI.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “the officer on whose hand he leans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":13908,"verse_id":"2KI.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “and the people trampled him in the gate and he died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":13909,"verse_id":"2KI.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “just as the man of God had spoken, [the word] which he spoke when the king came down to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A17/3"}
{"id":13910,"verse_id":"2KI.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “the Lord was making holes in the sky, could this thing be?” See the note at 7:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":13911,"verse_id":"2KI.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":13912,"verse_id":"2KI.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “you will not eat from there.” tn In the Hebrew text vv. 18-19 a are one lengthy sentence, “When the man of God spoke to the king…, the officer replied to the man of God, ‘Look…so soon?’” The translation divides this sentence up for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":13913,"verse_id":"2KI.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “Get up and go, you and your house, and live temporarily where you can live temporarily.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":13914,"verse_id":"2KI.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “and the woman got up and did according to the word of the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":13915,"verse_id":"2KI.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “and went out to cry out to the king for her house and her field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":13916,"verse_id":"2KI.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “man of God’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":13917,"verse_id":"2KI.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gehazi) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":13918,"verse_id":"2KI.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":13919,"verse_id":"2KI.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “and look, the woman whose son he had brought back to life was crying out to the king for her house and her field.” sn The legal background of the situation is uncertain. For a discussion of possibilities, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 87-88.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":13920,"verse_id":"2KI.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “and the king asked the woman and she told him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":13921,"verse_id":"2KI.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “and he assigned to her an official, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":13922,"verse_id":"2KI.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":13923,"verse_id":"2KI.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “man of God” (also a second time in this verse and in v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":13924,"verse_id":"2KI.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"The Hebrew text also has “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":13925,"verse_id":"2KI.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “Inquire of the Lord through him, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":13926,"verse_id":"2KI.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":13927,"verse_id":"2KI.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"The Hebrew text also has “in his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":13928,"verse_id":"2KI.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and.” It is possible that the conjunction is here explanatory, equivalent to English “that is.” In this case the forty camel loads constitute the “gift” and one should translate, “He took along a gift, consisting of forty camel loads of all the fine things of Damascus.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":13929,"verse_id":"2KI.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A9/5"}
{"id":13930,"verse_id":"2KI.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) reads, “Go, say, ‘Surely you will not ( לֹא , lo ’) recover” In this case the vav beginning the next clause should be translated, “for, because.” The marginal reading ( Qere ) has, “Go, say to him ( לוֹ , lo ), ‘You will surely recover.” In this case the vav ( ו ) beginning the next clause should be translated, “although, but.” The Qere has the support of some medieval Hebrew mss and the ancient versions, and is consistent with v. 14 , where Hazael tells the king, “You will surely recover.” It is possible that a scribe has changed לוֹ , “to him,” to לֹא , “not,” because he felt that Elisha would not lie to the king. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 90. Another possibility is that a scribe has decided to harmonize Elisha’s message with Hazael’s words in v. 14 . But it is possible that Hazael, once he found out he would become the next king, decided to lie to the king to facilitate his assassination plot by making the king feel secure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":13931,"verse_id":"2KI.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":13932,"verse_id":"2KI.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “and he made his face stand [i.e., be motionless] and set [his face?] until embarrassment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":13933,"verse_id":"2KI.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “Indeed, what is your servant, a dog, that he could do this great thing?” With his reference to a dog, Hazael is not denying that he is a “dog” and protesting that he would never commit such a dastardly “dog-like” deed. Rather, as Elisha’s response indicates, Hazael is suggesting that he, like a dog, is too insignificant to ever be in a position to lead such conquests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":13934,"verse_id":"2KI.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “The Lord has shown me you [as] king over Syria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":13935,"verse_id":"2KI.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ben Hadad) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":13936,"verse_id":"2KI.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Hazael) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":13937,"verse_id":"2KI.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Hazael) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":13938,"verse_id":"2KI.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Ben Hadad) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":13939,"verse_id":"2KI.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “and in the fifth year of Joram son of Ahab king of Israel, and [or, ‘while’?] Jehoshaphat [was?] king of Judah, Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah became king.” The first reference to “Jehoshaphat king of Judah” is probably due to a scribe accidentally copying the phrase from the later in the verse. If the Hebrew text is retained, the verse probably refers to the beginning of a coregency between Jehoshaphat and Jehoram.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":13940,"verse_id":"2KI.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":13941,"verse_id":"2KI.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “he walked in the way of the kings of Israel, just as the house of Ahab did, for the daughter of Ahab was his wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":13942,"verse_id":"2KI.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":13943,"verse_id":"2KI.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"The Hebrew has only one sentence, “and the Lord was unwilling to destroy Judah for the sake of.” The translation divides it for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":13944,"verse_id":"2KI.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “just as he had promised to give him and his sons a lamp all the days.” The metaphorical “lamp” symbolizes the Davidic dynasty; this is reflected in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":13945,"verse_id":"2KI.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “in his days Edom rebelled from under the hand of Judah and enthroned a king over them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":13946,"verse_id":"2KI.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “and he arose at night and defeated Edom, who had surrounded him, and the chariot officers.” The Hebrew text as it stands gives the impression that Joram was surrounded and launched a victorious night counterattack. It would then be quite natural to understand the last statement in the verse to refer to an Edomite retreat. Yet v. 22 goes on to state that the Edomite revolt was successful. Therefore, if the MT is retained, it may be better to understand the final statement in v. 21 as a reference to an Israelite retreat (made in spite of the success described in the preceding sentence). The translation above assumes an emendation of the Hebrew text. Adding a third masculine singular pronominal suffix to the accusative sign before Edom (reading אֶתוֹ [’ eto ], “him,” instead of just אֶת [’ et ]) and taking Edom as the subject of verbs allows one to translate the verse in a way that is more consistent with the context, which depicts an Israelite defeat, not victory. There is, however, no evidence for this emendation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":13947,"verse_id":"2KI.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “and the people fled to their tents.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":13948,"verse_id":"2KI.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “and Edom rebelled from under the hand of Judah until this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":13949,"verse_id":"2KI.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the acts of Joram and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":13950,"verse_id":"2KI.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":13951,"verse_id":"2KI.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":13952,"verse_id":"2KI.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Hebrew בַּת ( bat ), “daughter,” can refer, as here to a granddaughter. See HALOT 166 s.v. בַּת .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":13953,"verse_id":"2KI.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":13954,"verse_id":"2KI.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Heb “and he walked in the way of the house of Ahab and did evil in the eyes of the Lord like the house of Ahab, for he was a relative by marriage of the house of Ahab.” For this use of חֲתַן ( khatan ), normally “son-in-law,” see HALOT 365 s.v. חָתָן . Ahab was Ahaziah’s grandfather on his mother’s side.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":13955,"verse_id":"2KI.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “which the Syrians inflicted [on] him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":13956,"verse_id":"2KI.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “to see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":13957,"verse_id":"2KI.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “one of the sons of the prophets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":13958,"verse_id":"2KI.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “flask.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":13959,"verse_id":"2KI.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “and go and set him apart from his brothers and bring him into an inner room in an inner room.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":13960,"verse_id":"2KI.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":13961,"verse_id":"2KI.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and open the door and run away and do not delay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":13962,"verse_id":"2KI.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “the young man, the young man, the prophet.” The MT is probably dittographic, the phrase “the young man” being accidentally repeated. The phrases “the young man” and “the prophet” are appositional, with the latter qualifying more specifically the former.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":13963,"verse_id":"2KI.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “and he arrived and look, the officers of the army were sitting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":13964,"verse_id":"2KI.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “[there is] a word for me to you, O officer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":13965,"verse_id":"2KI.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “To whom from all of us?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":13966,"verse_id":"2KI.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":13967,"verse_id":"2KI.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the prophet) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":13968,"verse_id":"2KI.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “strike down the house of Ahab your master.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":13969,"verse_id":"2KI.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “I will avenge the shed blood of my servants the prophets and the shed blood of all the servants of the Lord from the hand of Jezebel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":13970,"verse_id":"2KI.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"The LXX has the second person, “you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":13971,"verse_id":"2KI.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “and I will cut off from Ahab those who urinate against a wall, [including both those who are] restrained and let free [or, ‘abandoned’] in Israel.” On the phrase וְעָצוּר וְעָזוּב ( vÿ ’ atsur vÿ ’ azur , translated here “weak and incapacitated”) see the note at 1 Kgs 14:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":13972,"verse_id":"2KI.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":13973,"verse_id":"2KI.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “went out to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":13974,"verse_id":"2KI.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"The MT has the singular, “he said,” but many witnesses correctly read the plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":13975,"verse_id":"2KI.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “Is there peace?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":13976,"verse_id":"2KI.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “He said, ‘You, you know the man and his thoughts.’” Jehu tries to deflect their question by reminding them that the man is an eccentric individual who says strange things. His reply suggests that the man said nothing of importance. The translation seeks to bring out the tone and intent of Jehu’s reply.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":13977,"verse_id":"2KI.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “So he said, ‘Like this and like this he said to me, saying.’” The words “like this and like this” are probably not a direct quote of Jehu’s words to his colleagues. Rather this is the narrator’s way of avoiding repetition and indicating that Jehu repeated, or at least summarized, what the prophet had said to him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":13978,"verse_id":"2KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":13979,"verse_id":"2KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and they hurried and took, each one his garment, and they placed [them] beneath him on the bone [?] of the steps.” The precise nuance of גֶרֶם ( gerem ), “bone,” is unclear. Some suggest the nuance “bare” here; it may be a technical architectural term in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":13980,"verse_id":"2KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “they blew the trumpet.” This has been translated as a passive to avoid the implication that the same ones who shouted had all blown trumpets.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":13981,"verse_id":"2KI.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “has become.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A13/4"}
{"id":13982,"verse_id":"2KI.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “he and all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":13983,"verse_id":"2KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “which the Syrians inflicted [on] him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":13984,"verse_id":"2KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"The words “his supporters” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":13985,"verse_id":"2KI.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “If this is your desire.” נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) refers here to the seat of the emotions and will. For other examples of this use of the word, see BDB 660-61 s.v.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":13986,"verse_id":"2KI.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “rode [or, ‘mounted’] and went.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":13987,"verse_id":"2KI.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “lying down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":13988,"verse_id":"2KI.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “to see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A16/3"}
{"id":13989,"verse_id":"2KI.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “the quantity [of the men] of Jehu, when he approached.” Elsewhere שִׁפְעַה ( shif ’ ah ), “quantity,” is used of a quantity of camels ( Isa 60:6 ) or horses ( Ezek 26:10 ) and of an abundance of water ( Job 22:11; 38:34 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":13990,"verse_id":"2KI.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The term שִׁפְעַת ( shifat ) appears to be a construct form of the noun, but no genitive follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":13991,"verse_id":"2KI.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":13992,"verse_id":"2KI.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “Get a rider and send [him] to meet him and let him ask, ‘Is there peace?’”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A17/4"}
{"id":13993,"verse_id":"2KI.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “the rider of the horse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":13994,"verse_id":"2KI.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “Is there peace?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":13995,"verse_id":"2KI.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “What concerning you and concerning peace?” That is, “What concern is that to you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":13996,"verse_id":"2KI.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and he came to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":13997,"verse_id":"2KI.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"The MT has simply “peace,” omitting the prefixed interrogative particle. It is likely that the particle has been accidentally omitted; several ancient witnesses include it or assume its presence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":13998,"verse_id":"2KI.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “and the driving is like the driving of Jehu son of Nimshi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":13999,"verse_id":"2KI.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The words “my chariot” are added for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":14000,"verse_id":"2KI.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “and he hitched up his chariot.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":14001,"verse_id":"2KI.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “each in his chariot and they went out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":14002,"verse_id":"2KI.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “they found him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A21/4"}
{"id":14003,"verse_id":"2KI.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “How [can there be] peace as long as the adulterous acts of Jezebel your mother and her many acts of sorcery [continue]?” In this instance “adulterous acts” is employed metaphorically for idolatry. As elsewhere in the OT, worshiping other gods is viewed as spiritual adultery and unfaithfulness to the one true God. The phrase “many acts of sorcery” could be taken literally, for Jezebel undoubtedly utilized pagan divination practices, but the phrase may be metaphorical, pointing to her devotion to pagan customs in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":14004,"verse_id":"2KI.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “and Jehoram turned his hands and fled.” The phrase “turned his hands” refers to how he would have pulled on the reins in order to make his horses turn around.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":14005,"verse_id":"2KI.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “Deceit, Ahaziah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":14006,"verse_id":"2KI.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “and Jehu filled his hand with the bow and he struck Jehoram between his shoulders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":14007,"verse_id":"2KI.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “went out from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":14008,"verse_id":"2KI.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":14009,"verse_id":"2KI.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “and I will repay you in this plot of land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":14010,"verse_id":"2KI.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “and Ahaziah king of Judah saw and fled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":14011,"verse_id":"2KI.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"After Jehu’s order (“kill him too”), the MT has simply, “to the chariot in the ascent of Gur which is near Ibleam.” The main verb in the clause, “they shot him” ( וַיִּכְהוּ , vayyikhhu ), has been accidentally omitted by virtual haplography/homoioteleuton. Note that the immediately preceding form הַכֻּהוּ ( hakkuhu ), “shoot him,” ends with the same suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":14012,"verse_id":"2KI.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":14013,"verse_id":"2KI.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “drove him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":14014,"verse_id":"2KI.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":14015,"verse_id":"2KI.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"Heb “she fixed her eyes with antimony.” Antimony ( פּוּךְ , pukh ) was used as a cosmetic. The narrator portrays her as a prostitute (see Jer 4:30 ), a role she has played in the spiritual realm (see the note at v. 22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":14016,"verse_id":"2KI.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “two, three.” The narrator may be intentionally vague or uncertain here, or the two numbers may represent alternate traditions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":14017,"verse_id":"2KI.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"The words “when she hit the ground” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":14018,"verse_id":"2KI.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.33","text":"Heb “and he trampled her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A33/2"}
{"id":14019,"verse_id":"2KI.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"Heb “and he went and ate and drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":14020,"verse_id":"2KI.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"Heb “Attend to this accursed woman and bury her for she was the daughter of a king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":14021,"verse_id":"2KI.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Heb “they did not find her, except for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":14022,"verse_id":"2KI.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"Heb “It is the word of the Lord , which he spoke by the hand of his servant, Elijah the Tishbite, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":14023,"verse_id":"2KI.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Heb “so that they will not say, ‘This is Jezebel.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":14024,"verse_id":"2KI.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":14025,"verse_id":"2KI.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “to the officers of Jezreel, the elders, and to the guardians of Ahab, saying.” It is not certain why the officials of Jezreel would be in Samaria. They may have fled there after they heard what happened to Joram and before Jehu entered the city. They would have had time to flee while Jehu was pursuing Ahaziah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":14026,"verse_id":"2KI.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “And now when this letter comes to you – with you are the sons of your master and with you are chariots and horses and a fortified city and weapons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":14027,"verse_id":"2KI.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Hebrew יָשָׁר ( yashar ) does not have its normal moral/ethical nuance here (“upright”), but a more neutral sense of “proper, right, suitable.” For the gloss “capable,” see HALOT 450 s.v. יָשָׁר .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":14028,"verse_id":"2KI.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Or “fight for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":14029,"verse_id":"2KI.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “they were very, very afraid.” The term מְאֹד ( me ’ od ) “very,” is repeated for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":14030,"verse_id":"2KI.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “did not stand before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":14031,"verse_id":"2KI.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “How can we stand?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":14032,"verse_id":"2KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “the one who was over the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":14033,"verse_id":"2KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “the one who was over the city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":14034,"verse_id":"2KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Or “elders.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":14035,"verse_id":"2KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A5/4"}
{"id":14036,"verse_id":"2KI.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “Do what is good in your eyes.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A5/5"}
{"id":14037,"verse_id":"2KI.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “If you are mine and you are listening to my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":14038,"verse_id":"2KI.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “great,” probably in wealth, position, and prestige.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":14039,"verse_id":"2KI.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “and when the letter came to them, they took the sons of the king and slaughtered seventy men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":14040,"verse_id":"2KI.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":14041,"verse_id":"2KI.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":14042,"verse_id":"2KI.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “Know then that there has not fallen from the word of the Lord to the ground that which the Lord spoke against the house of Ahab. The Lord has done that which he spoke by the hand of his servant Elijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":14043,"verse_id":"2KI.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “and he arose and went and came to Samaria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":14044,"verse_id":"2KI.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":14045,"verse_id":"2KI.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":14046,"verse_id":"2KI.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “for the peace of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":14047,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":14048,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “and he went from there and found Jehonadab son of Rekab [who was coming] to meet him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":14049,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “and he blessed him and said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":14050,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “Is there with your heart [what is] right, as my heart [is] with your heart?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/4"}
{"id":14051,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “Jehonadab said, ‘There is and there is. Give your hand.’” If the text is allowed to stand, there are two possible ways to understand the syntax of וָיֵשׁ ( vayesh ), “and there is”: (1) The repetition of יֵשׁ ( yesh , “there is and there is”) could be taken as emphatic, “indeed I am.” In this case, the entire statement could be taken as Jehonadab’s words or one could understand the words “give your hand” as Jehu’s. In the latter case the change in speakers is unmarked. (2) וָיֵשׁ begins Jehu’s response and has a conditional force, “if you are.” In this case, the transition in speakers is unmarked. However, it is possible that וַיֹּאמֶר ( vayyo ’ mer ), “and he said,” or וַיֹּאמֶר יֵהוּא ( vayyo ’ mer yehu ), “and Jehu said,” originally appeared between יֵשׁ and וָיֵשׁ and has accidentally dropped from the text by homoioarcton (note that both the proposed וַיֹּאמֶר and וָיֵשׁ begin with vav , ו ). The present translation assumes such a textual reconstruction; it is supported by the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/5"}
{"id":14052,"verse_id":"2KI.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A15/6"}
{"id":14053,"verse_id":"2KI.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":14054,"verse_id":"2KI.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “and see my zeal for the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":14055,"verse_id":"2KI.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"The MT has a plural form, but this is most likely an error. The LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate all have the singular.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":14056,"verse_id":"2KI.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “and he struck down all the remaining ones to Ahab in Samaria until he destroyed him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":14057,"verse_id":"2KI.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “served.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":14058,"verse_id":"2KI.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “serve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":14059,"verse_id":"2KI.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “much” or “greatly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":14060,"verse_id":"2KI.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “and now, all the prophets of Baal, all his servants and all his priests summon to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":14061,"verse_id":"2KI.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “acted with deception [or, ‘trickery’].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":14062,"verse_id":"2KI.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “set apart”; or “observe as holy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":14063,"verse_id":"2KI.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “and the house of Baal was filled mouth to mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":14064,"verse_id":"2KI.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “and he said to the one who was over the wardrobe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":14065,"verse_id":"2KI.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehu) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":14066,"verse_id":"2KI.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “Search carefully and observe so that there are not here with you any servants of the Lord , only the servants of Baal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":14067,"verse_id":"2KI.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “The man who escapes from the men whom I am bringing into your hands, [it will be] his life in place of his life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":14068,"verse_id":"2KI.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":14069,"verse_id":"2KI.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “and they threw.” No object appears. According to M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 116), this is an idiom for leaving a corpse unburied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":14070,"verse_id":"2KI.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “and they came to the city of the house of Baal.” It seems unlikely that a literal city is meant. Some emend עִיר (’ ir ), “city,” to דְּבִיר ( dÿvir ) “holy place,” or suggest that עִיר is due to dittography of the immediately preceding עַד (’ ad ) “to.” Perhaps עִיר is here a technical term meaning “fortress” or, more likely, “inner room.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":14071,"verse_id":"2KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Or “pulled down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":14072,"verse_id":"2KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"The verb “they demolished” is repeated in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":14073,"verse_id":"2KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “and they made it into.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A27/3"}
{"id":14074,"verse_id":"2KI.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.27","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has the hapax legomenon מַחֲרָאוֹת ( makhara ’ ot ), “places to defecate” or “dung houses” (note the related noun חרא ( khr ’)/ חרי ( khri ), “dung,” HALOT 348-49 s.v. * חֲרָאִים ). The marginal reading ( Qere ) glosses this, perhaps euphemistically, מוֹצָאוֹת ( motsa ’ ot ), “outhouses.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A27/4"}
{"id":14075,"verse_id":"2KI.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Heb “destroyed Baal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":14076,"verse_id":"2KI.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":14077,"verse_id":"2KI.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “Except the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat which he caused Israel to commit, Jehu did not turn aside from after them – the golden calves which [were in] Bethel and which [were] in Dan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":14078,"verse_id":"2KI.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Heb “Because you have done well by doing what is proper in my eyes – according to all which was in my heart you have done to the house of Ahab – sons of four generations will sit for you on the throne of Israel.” In the Hebrew text the Lord’s statement is one long sentence (with a parenthesis). The translation above divides it into shorter sentences for stylistic reasons. sn Jehu ruled over Israel from approximately 841-814 b.c. Four of his descendants (Jehoahaz, Jehoash, Jeroboam II, and Zechariah) ruled from approximately 814-753 b.c. The dynasty came to an end when Shallum assassinated Zechariah in 753 b.c . See 2 Kgs 15:8-12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":14079,"verse_id":"2KI.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “But Jehu was not careful to walk in the law of the Lord God of Israel with all his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":14080,"verse_id":"2KI.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “He did not turn aside from the sins of Jeroboam which he caused Israel to commit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A31/2"}
{"id":14081,"verse_id":"2KI.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “began to cut off Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":14082,"verse_id":"2KI.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “Hazael struck them down in all the territory of Israel, from the Jordan on the east.” In the Hebrew text the phrase “from the Jordan on the east” begins v. 33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A32/2"}
{"id":14083,"verse_id":"2KI.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Heb “all the land of Gilead, the Gadites, and the Reubenites, and the Manassehites, from Aroer which is near the Arnon Valley, and Gilead, and Bashan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":14084,"verse_id":"2KI.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehu, and all which he did and all his strength, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":14085,"verse_id":"2KI.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":14086,"verse_id":"2KI.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.35","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2010%3A35/2"}
{"id":14087,"verse_id":"2KI.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “she arose and she destroyed all the royal offspring.” The verb קוּם ( qum ) “arise,” is here used in an auxiliary sense to indicate that she embarked on a campaign to destroy the royal offspring. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 125.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":14088,"verse_id":"2KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “stole.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":14089,"verse_id":"2KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “him and his nurse in an inner room of beds.” The verb is missing in the Hebrew text. The parallel passage in 2 Chr 22:11 has “and she put” at the beginning of the clause. M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 126) regard the Chronicles passage as an editorial attempt to clarify the difficulty of the original text. They prefer to take “him and his nurse” as objects of the verb “stole” and understand “in the bedroom” as the place where the royal descendants were executed. The phrase בַּחֲדַר הַמִּטּוֹת ( bakhadar hammittot ), “an inner room of beds,” is sometimes understood as referring to a bedroom ( HALOT 293 s.v. חֶדֶר ), though some prefer to see here a “room where the covers and cloths were kept for the beds ( HALOT 573 s.v. מִטָּת ). In either case, it may have been a temporary hideout, for v. 3 indicates that the child hid in the temple for six years.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":14090,"verse_id":"2KI.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “and they hid him from Athaliah and he was not put to death.” The subject of the plural verb (“they hid”) is probably indefinite.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":14091,"verse_id":"2KI.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “and he was with her [in] the house of the Lord hiding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":14092,"verse_id":"2KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “Jehoiada sent and took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":14093,"verse_id":"2KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “the runners.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":14094,"verse_id":"2KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “he brought them to himself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":14095,"verse_id":"2KI.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":14096,"verse_id":"2KI.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “the gate of Sur” (followed by many English versions) but no such gate is mentioned elsewhere in the OT. The parallel account in 2 Chr 23:5 has “Foundation Gate.” סוּר ( sur ), “Sur,” may be a corruption of יְסוֹד ( yÿsod ) “foundation,” involving in part dalet - resh confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":14097,"verse_id":"2KI.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “the runners.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":14098,"verse_id":"2KI.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"The meaning of מַסָּח ( massakh ) is not certain. The translation above, rather than understanding it as a genitive modifying “house,” takes it as an adverb describing how the groups will guard the palace. See HALOT 605 s.v. מַסָּח for the proposed meaning “alternating” (i.e., “in turns”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":14099,"verse_id":"2KI.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Verses 5 b-7 read literally, “the third of you, the ones entering [on] the Sabbath and the ones guarding the guard of the house of the king, and the third in the gate of Sur, and the third in the gate behind the runners, and you will guard the guard of the house, alternating. And the two units of you, all the ones going out [on] the Sabbath, and they will guard the guard of the house of the Lord for the king.” The precise meaning of this text is impossible to determine. It would appear that the Carians and royal bodyguard were divided into three units. One unit would serve during the Sabbath; the other two would be off duty on the Sabbath. Jehoiada divided the first unit into three groups and assigned them different locations. The two off duty units were assigned the task of guarding the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":14100,"verse_id":"2KI.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “and be with the king in his going out and in his coming in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":14101,"verse_id":"2KI.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “according to all that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":14102,"verse_id":"2KI.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":14103,"verse_id":"2KI.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “the runners” (also in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":14104,"verse_id":"2KI.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “and the runners stood, each with his weapons in his hand, from the south shoulder of the house to the north shoulder of the house, at the altar and at the house, near the king all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":14105,"verse_id":"2KI.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoiada) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":14106,"verse_id":"2KI.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"The Hebrew term עֵדוּת (’ edut ) normally means “witness” or “testimony.” Here it probably refers to some tangible symbol of kingship, perhaps a piece of jewelry such as an amulet or neck chain. See the discussion in M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 128. Some suggest that a document is in view, perhaps a copy of the royal protocol or of the stipulations of the Davidic covenant. See HALOT 790-91 s.v. עֵדוּת .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":14107,"verse_id":"2KI.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"Or “they made him king and anointed him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":14108,"verse_id":"2KI.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The MT reads, “and Athaliah heard the sound of the runners, the people.” The term הָעָם ( ha ’ am ), “the people,” is probably a scribal addition anticipating the reference to the people later in the verse and in v. 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":14109,"verse_id":"2KI.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “she came to the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":14110,"verse_id":"2KI.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “and she saw, and look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":14111,"verse_id":"2KI.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Or “conspiracy, conspiracy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":14112,"verse_id":"2KI.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The Hebrew text also has, “and said to them.” This is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":14113,"verse_id":"2KI.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “ranks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":14114,"verse_id":"2KI.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “for the priest had said, ‘Let her not be put to death in the house of the Lord .’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":14115,"verse_id":"2KI.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “and they placed hands on her, and she went the way of the entrance of the horses [into] the house of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":14116,"verse_id":"2KI.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “and Jehoiada made a covenant between the Lord and [between] the king and [between] the people, to become a people for the Lord , and between the king and [between] the people.” The final words of the verse (“and between the king and [between] the people”) are probably accidentally repeated from earlier in the verse. They do not appear in the parallel account in 2 Chr 23:16 . If retained, they probably point to an agreement governing how the king and people should relate to one another.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":14117,"verse_id":"2KI.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “tore down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":14118,"verse_id":"2KI.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “images.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":14119,"verse_id":"2KI.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"The Hebrew construction translated “smashed…to bits” is emphatic. The adverbial infinitive absolute ( הֵיטֵב [ hetev ], “well”) accompanying the Piel form of the verb שָׁבַר ( shavar ), “break,” suggests thorough demolition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":14120,"verse_id":"2KI.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “the priest.” Jehoiada’s name is added for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A18/4"}
{"id":14121,"verse_id":"2KI.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “the Gate of the Runners of the House of the King.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":14122,"verse_id":"2KI.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":14123,"verse_id":"2KI.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Jehoash is an alternate name for Joash (see 11:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":14124,"verse_id":"2KI.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":14125,"verse_id":"2KI.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “and Jehoash did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord all his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":14126,"verse_id":"2KI.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “that which.” Jehoiada taught the king the Lord’s will.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":14127,"verse_id":"2KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"The words “I place at your disposal” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":14128,"verse_id":"2KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “the silver of passing over a man.” The precise meaning of the phrase is debated, but עָבַר (’ avar ), “pass over,” probably refers here to counting, suggesting the reference is to a census conducted for taxation purposes. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 137.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":14129,"verse_id":"2KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “the silver of persons, his valuation.” The precise meaning of the phrase is uncertain, but parallels in suggest that personal vows are referred to here. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 137.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":14130,"verse_id":"2KI.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “all the silver which goes up on the heart of a man to bring to the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":14131,"verse_id":"2KI.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “Let the priests take for themselves, each from his treasurer, and let them repair the damage of the temple, with respect to all the damage that is found there.” The word מַכָּר ( makar ), translated here “treasurer,” occurs only in this passage. Some suggest it means “merchant” or “benefactor.” Its usage in Ugaritic texts, where it appears in a list of temple officials, suggests that it refers in this context to individuals who were in charge of disbursing temple funds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":14132,"verse_id":"2KI.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “Now, do not take silver from your treasurers, because for the damages to the temple you must give it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":14133,"verse_id":"2KI.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Outside of this passage the verb אוּת (’ ut ) appears only in Gen 34:15-22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":14134,"verse_id":"2KI.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “and not to repair the damages to the temple.” This does not mean that the priests were no longer interested in repairing the temple. As the following context makes clear, the priests decided to hire skilled workers to repair the damage to the temple, rather than trying to make the repairs themselves.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":14135,"verse_id":"2KI.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “on the right side of the altar as a man enters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":14136,"verse_id":"2KI.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “the king’s scribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":14137,"verse_id":"2KI.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “went up and tied [it] and counted the silver that was found in the house of the Lord .” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation to make better sense in English, since it seems more logical to count the money before bagging it (cf. NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":14138,"verse_id":"2KI.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “would give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":14139,"verse_id":"2KI.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “doers of the work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":14140,"verse_id":"2KI.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “and for all that which was going out concerning the house for repair.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":14141,"verse_id":"2KI.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “was given.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":14142,"verse_id":"2KI.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":14143,"verse_id":"2KI.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “and they did not conduct a reckoning of the men who gave the silver into their hand to give to the doers of the work, for in honesty they were working.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":14144,"verse_id":"2KI.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “went up and fought against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":14145,"verse_id":"2KI.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “Hazael set his face to go up against Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":14146,"verse_id":"2KI.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The object (“it all”) is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":14147,"verse_id":"2KI.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":14148,"verse_id":"2KI.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Joash, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":14149,"verse_id":"2KI.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “rose up and conspired [with] a conspiracy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":14150,"verse_id":"2KI.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “Beth Millo which goes down [toward] Silla.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":14151,"verse_id":"2KI.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “struck him down and he died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":14152,"verse_id":"2KI.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “they buried him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":14153,"verse_id":"2KI.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":14154,"verse_id":"2KI.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":14155,"verse_id":"2KI.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “walked after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":14156,"verse_id":"2KI.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “he did not turn aside from it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":14157,"verse_id":"2KI.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “and the anger of the Lord burned against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":14158,"verse_id":"2KI.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “he gave them into the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":14159,"verse_id":"2KI.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “all the days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":14160,"verse_id":"2KI.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “appeased the face of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":14161,"verse_id":"2KI.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “and the Lord heard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":14162,"verse_id":"2KI.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “for he saw the oppression of Israel, for the king of Syria oppressed them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":14163,"verse_id":"2KI.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “and they went from under the hand of Syria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":14164,"verse_id":"2KI.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel lived in their tents as before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":14165,"verse_id":"2KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “they did not turn away from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":14166,"verse_id":"2KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":14167,"verse_id":"2KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “in it he walked.” The singular verb ( הָלַךְ , halakh ) is probably due to an error of haplography and should be emended to the plural ( הָלְכּוּ , halÿku ). Note that a vav immediately follows (on the form וְגַם , vÿgam ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":14168,"verse_id":"2KI.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.6","text":"Or “an image of Asherah”; ASV, NASB “the Asherah”; NCV “the Asherah idol.” sn Asherah was a leading deity of the Canaanite pantheon, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. She was commonly worshiped at shrines in or near groves of evergreen trees, or, failing that, at places marked by wooden poles. These were to be burned or cut down ( Deut 12:3; 16:21 ; Judg 6:25, 28, 30 ; 2 Kgs 18:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A6/4"}
{"id":14169,"verse_id":"2KI.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “Indeed he did not leave to Jehoahaz people.” The identity of the subject is uncertain, but the king of Syria, mentioned later in the verse, is a likely candidate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":14170,"verse_id":"2KI.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “them,” i.e., the remainder of this troops.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":14171,"verse_id":"2KI.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “and made them like dust for trampling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":14172,"verse_id":"2KI.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehoahaz, and all which he did and his strength, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":14173,"verse_id":"2KI.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":14174,"verse_id":"2KI.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “and they buried him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":14175,"verse_id":"2KI.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":14176,"verse_id":"2KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":14177,"verse_id":"2KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “turn away from all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":14178,"verse_id":"2KI.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “in it he walked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":14179,"verse_id":"2KI.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Joash, and all which he did and his strength, [and] how he fought with Amaziah king of Judah, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":14180,"verse_id":"2KI.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":14181,"verse_id":"2KI.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “sat on his throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":14182,"verse_id":"2KI.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “Now Elisha was ill with the illness by which he would die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":14183,"verse_id":"2KI.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “went down to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":14184,"verse_id":"2KI.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"Though the noun is singular here, it may be collective, in which case it could be translated “chariots.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":14185,"verse_id":"2KI.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “and he took a bow and some arrows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":14186,"verse_id":"2KI.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":14187,"verse_id":"2KI.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “Cause your hand to ride on the bow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":14188,"verse_id":"2KI.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “and he caused his hand to ride.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A16/3"}
{"id":14189,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":14190,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “He opened [it].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":14191,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “and he shot.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":14192,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":14193,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “The arrow of victory of the Lord and the arrow of victory over Syria.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/5"}
{"id":14194,"verse_id":"2KI.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “you will strike down Syria in Aphek until destruction.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A17/6"}
{"id":14195,"verse_id":"2KI.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Elisha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":14196,"verse_id":"2KI.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “and he took [them].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":14197,"verse_id":"2KI.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":14198,"verse_id":"2KI.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “[It was necessary] to strike five or six times, then you would strike down Syria until destruction.” On the syntax of the infinitive construct, see GKC 349 §114. k .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":14199,"verse_id":"2KI.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “and they buried him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":14200,"verse_id":"2KI.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “entered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":14201,"verse_id":"2KI.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"13.20","text":"The MT reading בָּא שָׁנָה ( ba ’ shanah ), “it came, year,” should probably be emended to בְּבָּא הַשָּׁנָה ( bÿba ’ hashanah ), “at the coming [i.e., ‘beginning’] of the year.” See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 148.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A20/3"}
{"id":14202,"verse_id":"2KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and it so happened [that] they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":14203,"verse_id":"2KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “and look, they saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":14204,"verse_id":"2KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “the man”; the adjective “dead” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":14205,"verse_id":"2KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A21/4"}
{"id":14206,"verse_id":"2KI.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the dead man) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Otherwise the reader might think it was Elisha rather than the unnamed dead man who came back to life.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A21/5"}
{"id":14207,"verse_id":"2KI.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “all the days of Jehoahaz.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":14208,"verse_id":"2KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Or “showed them compassion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":14209,"verse_id":"2KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “he turned to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":14210,"verse_id":"2KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “because of his covenant with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A23/3"}
{"id":14211,"verse_id":"2KI.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “until now.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A23/4"}
{"id":14212,"verse_id":"2KI.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “from the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":14213,"verse_id":"2KI.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":14214,"verse_id":"2KI.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":14215,"verse_id":"2KI.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":14216,"verse_id":"2KI.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “according to all which Joash his father had done, he did.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":14217,"verse_id":"2KI.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “when the kingdom was secure in his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":14218,"verse_id":"2KI.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “he struck down his servants, the ones who had struck down the king, his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":14219,"verse_id":"2KI.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “as it is written in the scroll of the law of Moses which the Lord commanded, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":14220,"verse_id":"2KI.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “on account of sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":14221,"verse_id":"2KI.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “on account of fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A6/3"}
{"id":14222,"verse_id":"2KI.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Or “struck down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":14223,"verse_id":"2KI.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “let us look at each other [in the] face.” The expression refers here to meeting in battle. See v. 11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":14224,"verse_id":"2KI.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “the animal of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":14225,"verse_id":"2KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “you have indeed defeated Edom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":14226,"verse_id":"2KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “and your heart has lifted you up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":14227,"verse_id":"2KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “be glorified.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":14228,"verse_id":"2KI.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “Why get involved in calamity and fall, you and Judah with you?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":14229,"verse_id":"2KI.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “did not listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":14230,"verse_id":"2KI.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":14231,"verse_id":"2KI.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “looked at each other [in the] face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":14232,"verse_id":"2KI.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “and Judah was struck down before Israel and they fled, each to his tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":14233,"verse_id":"2KI.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The MT has the plural form of the verb, but the final vav ( ו ) is virtually dittographic. The word that immediately follows in the Hebrew text begins with a yod ( י ). The form should be emended to the singular, which is consistent in number with the verb (“he broke down”) that follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":14234,"verse_id":"2KI.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “came to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":14235,"verse_id":"2KI.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “four hundred cubits.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about eighteen inches (45 cm) long.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":14236,"verse_id":"2KI.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “the sons of the pledges.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":14237,"verse_id":"2KI.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":14238,"verse_id":"2KI.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehoash, and all which he did and his strength, [and] how he fought with Amaziah king of Judah, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":14239,"verse_id":"2KI.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":14240,"verse_id":"2KI.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Amaziah, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":14241,"verse_id":"2KI.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “and they conspired against him [with] a conspiracy in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":14242,"verse_id":"2KI.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “and they sent after him to Lachish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":14243,"verse_id":"2KI.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “and they carried him on horses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":14244,"verse_id":"2KI.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Azariah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":14245,"verse_id":"2KI.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “lay with his fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":14246,"verse_id":"2KI.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":14247,"verse_id":"2KI.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":14248,"verse_id":"2KI.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"Heb “turn away from all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":14249,"verse_id":"2KI.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"The phrases “in the north” and “in the south” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":14250,"verse_id":"2KI.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “which he spoke by the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":14251,"verse_id":"2KI.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “for the Lord saw the very bitter affliction of Israel.” This translation assumes an emendation of מֹרֶה ( moreh ), which is meaningless here, to ַהמַּר ( hammar ), the adjective “bitter” functioning attributively with the article prefixed. This emendation is supported by the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate. Another option would be מַר הוּא ( mar hu ’), “it was bitter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":14252,"verse_id":"2KI.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “[there was] none but the restrained, and [there was] none but the abandoned, and there was no deliverer for Israel.” On the meaning of the terms עָצוּר (’ atsur ) and עָזוּב (’ azur ), see the note at 1 Kgs 14:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":14253,"verse_id":"2KI.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":14254,"verse_id":"2KI.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"The phrase “from under heaven” adds emphasis to the verb “blot out” and suggest total annihilation. For other examples of the verb מָחָה ( makhah ), “blot out,” combined with “from under heaven,” see Exod 17:14 ; Deut 9:14; 25:19; 29:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":14255,"verse_id":"2KI.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jeroboam, and all which he did and his strength, [and] how he fought and how he restored Damascus and Hamath to Judah in Israel, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?” The phrase “to Judah” is probably not original; it may be a scribal addition by a Judahite scribe who was trying to link Jeroboam’s conquests with the earlier achievements of David and Solomon, who ruled in Judah. The Syriac Peshitta has simply “to Israel.” M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 162) offer this proposal, but acknowledge that it is “highly speculative.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":14256,"verse_id":"2KI.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":14257,"verse_id":"2KI.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.29","text":"The MT has simply “with the kings of Israel,” which appears to stand in apposition to the immediately preceding “with his fathers.” But it is likely that the words “and he was buried in Samaria” have been accidentally omitted from the text. See 13:13 and 14:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2014%3A29/2"}
{"id":14258,"verse_id":"2KI.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":14259,"verse_id":"2KI.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which Amaziah his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":14260,"verse_id":"2KI.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Traditionally, “he was a leper.” But see the note at 5:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":14261,"verse_id":"2KI.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The precise meaning of בֵית הַחָפְשִׁית ( bet hakhofÿshit ), “house of […?],” is uncertain. For a discussion of various proposals, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 166-67.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":14262,"verse_id":"2KI.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Azariah, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":14263,"verse_id":"2KI.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":14264,"verse_id":"2KI.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “and they buried him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":14265,"verse_id":"2KI.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":14266,"verse_id":"2KI.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":14267,"verse_id":"2KI.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “turn away from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":14268,"verse_id":"2KI.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"The MT reads, “and he struck him down before the people and killed him” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). However, the reading קָבָל עָם ( qaval ’ am ), “before the people,” is problematic to some because קָבָל is a relatively late Aramaic term. Nevertheless, the Aramaic term qobel certainly antedates the writing of Kings. The bigger problem seems to be the unnecessary intrusion of an Aramaic word at all here. Most interpreters prefer to follow Lucian’s Greek version and read “in Ibleam” ( בְיִבְלְעָם , bÿivle ’ am ). Cf. NAB, TEV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":14269,"verse_id":"2KI.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jeroboam, look, they are written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":14270,"verse_id":"2KI.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “It was the word of the Lord which he spoke to Jehu, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":14271,"verse_id":"2KI.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"“sons of four generations will sit for you on the throne of Israel.” sn See the note at 2 Kgs 10:30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":14272,"verse_id":"2KI.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “a month of days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":14273,"verse_id":"2KI.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “and came to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":14274,"verse_id":"2KI.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “went up from Tirzah and arrived in Samaria and attacked Shallum son of Jabesh in Samaria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":14275,"verse_id":"2KI.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Shallum, and his conspiracy which he conspired, look, they are written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":14276,"verse_id":"2KI.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “then Menahem attacked Tiphsah and all who were in it and its borders from Tirzah, for it would not open, and he attacked.” tn Instead of “Tiphsah,” the LXX has “Tirzah,” while Lucian’s Greek version reads “Tappuah.” For discussion see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 171.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":14277,"verse_id":"2KI.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":14278,"verse_id":"2KI.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":14279,"verse_id":"2KI.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “turn away from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":14280,"verse_id":"2KI.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.18","text":"The MT of v. 18 ends with the words, “all his days.” If this phrase is taken with what precedes, then one should translate, “[who encouraged Israel to sin] throughout his reign.” However, it may be preferable to emend the text to בְיֹמָיו ( bÿyomav ), “in his days,” and join the phrase to what follows. The translation assumes this change.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A18/3"}
{"id":14281,"verse_id":"2KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":14282,"verse_id":"2KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “Pul.” The proper name has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":14283,"verse_id":"2KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.19","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 75,000 pounds of silver (cf. NCV “about seventy-four thousand pounds”); NLT “thirty-seven tons”; CEV “over thirty tons”; TEV “34,000 kilogrammes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A19/4"}
{"id":14284,"verse_id":"2KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “so his hands would be with him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A19/5"}
{"id":14285,"verse_id":"2KI.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “to keep hold of the kingdom in his hand.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A19/6"}
{"id":14286,"verse_id":"2KI.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “and Menahem brought out the silver over Israel, over the prominent men of means, to give to the king of Assyria, fifty shekels of silver for each man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":14287,"verse_id":"2KI.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Menahem, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":14288,"verse_id":"2KI.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":14289,"verse_id":"2KI.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":14290,"verse_id":"2KI.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":14291,"verse_id":"2KI.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “turn away from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":14292,"verse_id":"2KI.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"Heb “and he struck him down in Samaria in the fortress of the house of the king, Argob and Arieh, and with him fifty men from the sons of the Gileadites, and they killed him.” sn The precise identity of Argob and Arieh , as well as their relationship to the king, are uncertain. The usual assumption is that they were officials assassinated along with Pekahiah, or that they were two of the more prominent Gileadites involved in the revolt. For discussion see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 173.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":14293,"verse_id":"2KI.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Pekahiah, and all which he did, look, they are written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":14294,"verse_id":"2KI.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":14295,"verse_id":"2KI.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":14296,"verse_id":"2KI.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.28","text":"Heb “turn away from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A28/2"}
{"id":14297,"verse_id":"2KI.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":14298,"verse_id":"2KI.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.29","text":"Heb “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A29/2"}
{"id":14299,"verse_id":"2KI.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “and struck him down and killed him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":14300,"verse_id":"2KI.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Pekah, and all which he did, look, they are written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":14301,"verse_id":"2KI.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":14302,"verse_id":"2KI.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.34","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which Uzziah his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A34/1"}
{"id":14303,"verse_id":"2KI.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.36","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jotham, and that which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A36/1"}
{"id":14304,"verse_id":"2KI.15.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.37","text":"Heb “the Lord began to send against Judah Rezin…and Pekahiah….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A37/1"}
{"id":14305,"verse_id":"2KI.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.38","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2015%3A38/1"}
{"id":14306,"verse_id":"2KI.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":14307,"verse_id":"2KI.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “and he did not do what was proper in the eyes of the Lord his God, like David his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":14308,"verse_id":"2KI.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “he walked in the way of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":14309,"verse_id":"2KI.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “like the abominable practices of the nations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":14310,"verse_id":"2KI.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “went up to Jerusalem for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":14311,"verse_id":"2KI.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"That is, Jerusalem, Ahaz’s capital city.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":14312,"verse_id":"2KI.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “they were unable to fight.” The object must be supplied from the preceding sentence. Elsewhere when the Niphal infinitive of לָחָם ( lakham ) follows the verb יָכֹל ( yakhol ), the infinitive appears to have the force of “prevail against.” See Num 22:11 ; 1 Sam 17:9 ; and the parallel passage in Isa 7:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":14313,"verse_id":"2KI.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Some prefer to read “the king of Edom” and “for Edom” here. The names Syria ( Heb “Aram,” אֲרָם , ’ aram ) and Edom ( אֱדֹם , ’ edom ) are easily confused in the Hebrew consonantal script.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":14314,"verse_id":"2KI.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “from Elat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":14315,"verse_id":"2KI.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ), supported by many medieval Hebrew mss , the Syriac version, and some mss of the Targum and Vulgate, read “Syrians” ( Heb “Arameans”). The marginal reading ( Qere ), supported by the LXX, Targums, and Vulgate, reads “Edomites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":14316,"verse_id":"2KI.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “son.” Both terms (“servant” and “son”) reflect Ahaz’s subordinate position as Tiglath-pileser’s subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":14317,"verse_id":"2KI.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “hand, palm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":14318,"verse_id":"2KI.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “who have arisen against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":14319,"verse_id":"2KI.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “that was found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":14320,"verse_id":"2KI.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Or “bribe money.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":14321,"verse_id":"2KI.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “listened to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":14322,"verse_id":"2KI.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “the king of Assyria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":14323,"verse_id":"2KI.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":14324,"verse_id":"2KI.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “in Damascus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":14325,"verse_id":"2KI.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “the likeness of the altar and its pattern for all its work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":14326,"verse_id":"2KI.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “according to all that King Ahaz sent from Damascus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":14327,"verse_id":"2KI.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “so Uriah the priest did, until the arrival of King Ahaz from Damascus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":14328,"verse_id":"2KI.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":14329,"verse_id":"2KI.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “the altar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":14330,"verse_id":"2KI.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Or “ascended it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":14331,"verse_id":"2KI.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"The word “new” is added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":14332,"verse_id":"2KI.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"That is, the newly constructed altar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":14333,"verse_id":"2KI.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “for me to seek.” The precise meaning of בָּקַר ( baqar ), “seek,” is uncertain in this context. For discussion see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 189.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":14334,"verse_id":"2KI.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “according to all which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":14335,"verse_id":"2KI.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “that [were] under it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":14336,"verse_id":"2KI.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew term מוּסַךְ ( musakh ; Qere ) / מִיסַךְ ( misakh ; Kethib ) is uncertain. For discussion see HALOT 557 s.v. מוּסַךְ and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 189-90.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":14337,"verse_id":"2KI.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “that they built.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":14338,"verse_id":"2KI.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Ahaz, and that which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":14339,"verse_id":"2KI.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":14340,"verse_id":"2KI.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":14341,"verse_id":"2KI.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":14342,"verse_id":"2KI.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “went up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":14343,"verse_id":"2KI.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and the king of Assyria found in Hoshea conspiracy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":14344,"verse_id":"2KI.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and bound him in the house of confinement.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":14345,"verse_id":"2KI.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “went up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":14346,"verse_id":"2KI.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Israel” as the object of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":14347,"verse_id":"2KI.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “and from under the hand of.” The words “freed them” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":14348,"verse_id":"2KI.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “feared.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":14349,"verse_id":"2KI.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “walked in the customs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":14350,"verse_id":"2KI.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and [the practices of] the kings of Israel which they did.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":14351,"verse_id":"2KI.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"The meaning of the verb וַיְחַפְּאוּ ( vayÿkhappÿ ’ u ), translated here “said,” is uncertain. Some relate it to the verbal root חָפַה ( khafah ), “to cover,” and translate “they did it in secret” (see BDB 341 s.v. חָפָא ). However, the pagan practices specified in the following sentences were hardly done in secret. Others propose a meaning “ascribe, impute,” which makes good contextual sense but has little etymological support (see HALOT 339 s.v. חפא ). In this case Israel claimed that the Lord authorized their pagan practices.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":14352,"verse_id":"2KI.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “and they did evil things, angering the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":14353,"verse_id":"2KI.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":14354,"verse_id":"2KI.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “about which the Lord had said to them, ‘You must not do this thing.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":14355,"verse_id":"2KI.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “obey my commandments and rules according to all the law which I commanded your fathers and which I sent to you by the hand of my servants the prophets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":14356,"verse_id":"2KI.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb and they stiffened their neck like the neck of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":14357,"verse_id":"2KI.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Or “and his warnings he had given them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":14358,"verse_id":"2KI.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “They went [or, ‘followed’] after.” This idiom probably does not mean much if translated literally. It is found most often in Deuteronomy or in literature related to the covenant. It refers in the first instance to loyalty to God and to His covenant or His commandments ( 1 Kgs 14:8 ; 2 Chr 34:31 ) with the metaphor of a path or way underlying it ( Deut 11:28; 28:14 ). To “follow other gods” was to abandon this way and this loyalty (to “abandon” or “forget” God, Judg 2:12 ; Hos 2:13 ) and to follow the customs or religious traditions of the pagan nations ( 2 Kgs 17:15 ). The classic text on “following” God or another god is 1 Kgs 18:18, 21 where Elijah taunts the people with “halting between two opinions” whether the Lord was the true God or Baal was. The idiom is often found followed by “to serve and to worship” or “they served and worshiped” such and such a god or entity ( Jer 8:2; 11:10; 13:10; 16:11; 25:6; 35:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":14359,"verse_id":"2KI.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “they followed after the worthless thing/things and became worthless.” The words “to the Lord ” are not in the Hebrew text but are implicit from the context. There is an obvious wordplay on the verb “became worthless” and the noun “worthless thing”, which is probably to be understood collectively and to refer to idols as it does in Jer 8:19; 10:8; 14:22 ; Jonah 2:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A15/3"}
{"id":14360,"verse_id":"2KI.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “and [they walked] after the nations which were around them, concerning which the Lord commanded them not to do like them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A15/4"}
{"id":14361,"verse_id":"2KI.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"The phrase כָל צְבָא הַשָּׁמַיִם ( khol tsÿva ’ hashamayim ), traditionally translated “all the host of heaven,” refers to the heavenly lights, including stars and planets. In 1 Kgs 22:19 these heavenly bodies are pictured as members of the Lord’s royal court or assembly, but many other texts view them as the illegitimate objects of pagan and Israelite worship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":14362,"verse_id":"2KI.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":14363,"verse_id":"2KI.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “they sold themselves to doing what was evil in the eyes of the Lord , angering him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":14364,"verse_id":"2KI.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “very angry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":14365,"verse_id":"2KI.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “turned them away from his face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":14366,"verse_id":"2KI.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “they walked in the practices of Israel which they did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":14367,"verse_id":"2KI.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Or “afflicted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":14368,"verse_id":"2KI.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “and they made Jeroboam son of Nebat king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":14369,"verse_id":"2KI.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) assumes the verb is נָדָא ( nada ’), an alternate form of נָדָה ( nadah ), “push away.” The marginal reading ( Qere ) assumes the verb נָדָח ( nadakh ), “drive away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":14370,"verse_id":"2KI.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “a great sin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A21/3"}
{"id":14371,"verse_id":"2KI.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “turn away from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":14372,"verse_id":"2KI.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “until.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":14373,"verse_id":"2KI.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “the Lord turned Israel away from his face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":14374,"verse_id":"2KI.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “just as he said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A23/3"}
{"id":14375,"verse_id":"2KI.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"The object is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":14376,"verse_id":"2KI.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “in the beginning of their living there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":14377,"verse_id":"2KI.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A25/2"}
{"id":14378,"verse_id":"2KI.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “and they said to the king of Assyria, saying.” The plural subject of the verb is indefinite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":14379,"verse_id":"2KI.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “Look they are killing them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A26/2"}
{"id":14380,"verse_id":"2KI.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"The second plural subject may refer to the leaders of the Assyrian army. However, some prefer to read “whom I deported,” changing the verb to a first person singular form with a third masculine plural pronominal suffix. This reading has some support from Hebrew, Greek, and Aramaic witnesses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":14381,"verse_id":"2KI.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “and let them go and let them live there, and let him teach them the requirements of the God of the land.” The two plural verbs seem inconsistent with the preceding and following contexts, where only one priest is sent back to Samaria. The singular has the support of Greek, Syriac, and Latin witnesses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A27/2"}
{"id":14382,"verse_id":"2KI.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":14383,"verse_id":"2KI.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.28","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A28/2"}
{"id":14384,"verse_id":"2KI.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.29","text":"Heb “Samaritans.” This refers to the Israelites who had been deported from the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A29/2"}
{"id":14385,"verse_id":"2KI.17.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.32","text":"Heb “feared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A32/1"}
{"id":14386,"verse_id":"2KI.17.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.32","text":"Heb “and they appointed for themselves from their whole people priests for the high places and they were serving for them in the house[s] of the high places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A32/2"}
{"id":14387,"verse_id":"2KI.17.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.33","text":"Heb “fearing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A33/1"}
{"id":14388,"verse_id":"2KI.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.34","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A34/1"}
{"id":14389,"verse_id":"2KI.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.34","text":"Heb “commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A34/2"}
{"id":14390,"verse_id":"2KI.17.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.35","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A35/1"}
{"id":14391,"verse_id":"2KI.17.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":17,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.36","text":"Heb “and outstretched arm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2017%3A36/1"}
{"id":14392,"verse_id":"2KI.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":14393,"verse_id":"2KI.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":14394,"verse_id":"2KI.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"The parallel passage in 2 Chr 29:1 has “Abijah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":14395,"verse_id":"2KI.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which David his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":14396,"verse_id":"2KI.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The term is singular in the MT but plural in the LXX and other ancient versions. It is also possible to regard the singular as a collective singular, especially in the context of other plural items. sn Asherah was a leading deity of the Canaanite pantheon, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. She was commonly worshiped at shrines in or near groves of evergreen trees, or, failing that, at places marked by wooden poles. These were to be burned or cut down ( Deut 12:3; 16:21 ; Judg 6:25, 28, 30 ; 2 Kgs 18:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":14397,"verse_id":"2KI.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “until those days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":14398,"verse_id":"2KI.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"In Hebrew the name sounds like the phrase נְחַשׁ הַנְּחֹשֶׁת ( nÿkhash hannÿkhoshet ), “bronze serpent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":14399,"verse_id":"2KI.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “and after him there was none like him among all the kings of Judah, and those who were before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":14400,"verse_id":"2KI.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “he hugged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":14401,"verse_id":"2KI.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “and did not turn aside from after him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":14402,"verse_id":"2KI.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “had commanded.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":14403,"verse_id":"2KI.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “in all which he went out [to do], he was successful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":14404,"verse_id":"2KI.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “and did not serve him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":14405,"verse_id":"2KI.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “went” (also in v. 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":14406,"verse_id":"2KI.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":14407,"verse_id":"2KI.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Israel” as the object of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":14408,"verse_id":"2KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “listen to the voice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":14409,"verse_id":"2KI.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “his covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":14410,"verse_id":"2KI.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Or “I have done wrong.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":14411,"verse_id":"2KI.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “Return from upon me; what you place upon me, I will carry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":14412,"verse_id":"2KI.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.14","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 22,500 pounds of silver and 2,250 pounds of gold.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A14/3"}
{"id":14413,"verse_id":"2KI.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “that was found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":14414,"verse_id":"2KI.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “At that time Hezekiah stripped the doors of the Lord ’s temple, and the posts which Hezekiah king of Judah had plated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":14415,"verse_id":"2KI.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":14416,"verse_id":"2KI.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “and they went up and came.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":14417,"verse_id":"2KI.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “the field of the washer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":14418,"verse_id":"2KI.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “What is this object of trust in which you are trusting?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":14419,"verse_id":"2KI.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “you say only a word of lips, counsel and might for battle.” Sennacherib’s message appears to be in broken Hebrew at this point. The phrase “word of lips” refers to mere or empty talk in Prov 14:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":14420,"verse_id":"2KI.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “exchange pledges.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":14421,"verse_id":"2KI.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “How can you turn back the face of an official [from among] the least of my master’s servants and trust in Egypt for chariots and horsemen?” In vv. 23-24 the chief adviser develops further the argument begun in v. 21 . His reasoning seems to be as follows: “In your weakened condition you obviously need military strength. Agree to the king’s terms and I will personally give you more horses than you are capable of outfitting. If I, a mere minor official, am capable of giving you such military might, just think what power the king has. There is no way the Egyptians can match our strength. It makes much better sense to deal with us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":14422,"verse_id":"2KI.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “Go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":14423,"verse_id":"2KI.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Or “Hebrew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":14424,"verse_id":"2KI.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “To your master and to you did my master send me to speak these words?” The rhetorical question expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":14425,"verse_id":"2KI.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “[Is it] not [also] to the men…?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Yes, it is.” sn The chief adviser alludes to the horrible reality of siege warfare, when the starving people in the besieged city would resort to eating and drinking anything to stay alive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":14426,"verse_id":"2KI.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"The Hebrew text also has, “and he spoke and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":14427,"verse_id":"2KI.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"The MT has “his hand,” but this is due to graphic confusion of vav ( ו ) and yod ( י ). The translation reads “my hand,” along with many medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, Targum, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":14428,"verse_id":"2KI.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “make with me a blessing and come out to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":14429,"verse_id":"2KI.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “Have the gods of the nations really rescued, each his land, from the hand of the king of Assyria?” The infinitive absolute lends emphasis to the main verb. The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":14430,"verse_id":"2KI.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.34","text":"The parallel passage in Isa 36:19 omits “Hena and Ivvah.” The rhetorical questions in v. 34 a suggest the answer, “Nowhere, they seem to have disappeared in the face of Assyria’s might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A34/1"}
{"id":14431,"verse_id":"2KI.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.34","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A34/2"}
{"id":14432,"verse_id":"2KI.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.34","text":"Heb “that they rescued Samaria from my hand?” But this gives the impression that the gods of Sepharvaim were responsible for protecting Samaria, which is obviously not the case. The implied subject of the plural verb “rescued” must be the generic “gods of the nations/lands” (vv. 33, 35 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A34/3"}
{"id":14433,"verse_id":"2KI.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.35","text":"Heb “that the Lord might rescue Jerusalem from my hand?” The logic runs as follows: Since no god has ever been able to withstand the Assyrian onslaught, how can the people of Jerusalem possibly think the Lord will rescue them?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2018%3A35/1"}
{"id":14434,"verse_id":"2KI.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “elders of the priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":14435,"verse_id":"2KI.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"In the Hebrew text this verse begins with “they said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":14436,"verse_id":"2KI.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Or “rebuke,” “correction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":14437,"verse_id":"2KI.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Or “contempt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":14438,"verse_id":"2KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “all the words of the chief adviser whom his master, the king of Assyria, sent to taunt the living God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":14439,"verse_id":"2KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and rebuke the words which the Lord your God hears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":14440,"verse_id":"2KI.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and lift up a prayer on behalf of the remnant that is found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":14441,"verse_id":"2KI.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “I will put in him a spirit.” The precise sense of רוּחַ ( ruakh ), “spirit,” is uncertain in this context. It may refer to a spiritual being who will take control of his mind (see 1 Kgs 22:19 ), or it could refer to a disposition of concern and fear. In either case the Lord ’s sovereignty over the king is apparent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":14442,"verse_id":"2KI.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":14443,"verse_id":"2KI.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “cause him to fall,” that is, “kill him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":14444,"verse_id":"2KI.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “and the chief adviser returned and he found the king of Assyria fighting against Libnah, for he heard that he had departed from Lachish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":14445,"verse_id":"2KI.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":14446,"verse_id":"2KI.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “heard concerning Tirhakah king of Cush, ‘Look, he has come out to fight with you.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":14447,"verse_id":"2KI.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “will not be given.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":14448,"verse_id":"2KI.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “Look, you have heard what the kings of Assyria have done to all the lands, annihilating them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":14449,"verse_id":"2KI.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “and will you be rescued?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “No, of course not!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":14450,"verse_id":"2KI.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “Did the gods of the nations whom my fathers destroyed rescue them – Gozan and Haran, and Rezeph and the sons of Eden who are in Telassar?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":14451,"verse_id":"2KI.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"The MT has the plural, “letters,” but the final mem is probably dittographic (note the initial mem on the form that immediately follows). Some Greek and Aramaic witnesses have the singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":14452,"verse_id":"2KI.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"The MT has the plural suffix, “them,” but this probably reflects a later harmonization to the preceding textual corruption (of “letter” to “letters”). The parallel passage in Isa 37:14 has the singular suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":14453,"verse_id":"2KI.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Or “the heavens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":14454,"verse_id":"2KI.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “Hear the words of Sennacherib which he sent to taunt the living God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":14455,"verse_id":"2KI.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “and they put their gods in the fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":14456,"verse_id":"2KI.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"Heb “so they destroyed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":14457,"verse_id":"2KI.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “That which you prayed to me concerning Sennacherib king of Assyria I have heard.” The verb “I have heard” does not appear in the parallel passage in Isa 37:21 , where אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) probably has a causal sense, “because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":14458,"verse_id":"2KI.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “this is the word which the Lord has spoken about him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":14459,"verse_id":"2KI.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “have you raised a voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":14460,"verse_id":"2KI.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “and lifted your eyes on high?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":14461,"verse_id":"2KI.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"The word is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai ), “lord,” but some Hebrew mss have יְהוָה ( yehvah ), “ Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":14462,"verse_id":"2KI.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has בְּרֶכֶב ( bÿrekhev ), but this must be dittographic (note the following רִכְבִּי [ rikhbi ], “my chariots”). The marginal reading ( Qere ) בְּרֹב ( bÿrov ), “with many,” is supported by many Hebrew mss and ancient versions, as well as the parallel passage in Isa 37:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":14463,"verse_id":"2KI.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “the lodging place of its extremity.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A23/3"}
{"id":14464,"verse_id":"2KI.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “I dug and drank foreign waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":14465,"verse_id":"2KI.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Having quoted the Assyrian king’s arrogant words in vv. 23-24 , the Lord now speaks to the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":14466,"verse_id":"2KI.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “Have you not heard?” The rhetorical question expresses the Lord’s amazement that anyone might be ignorant of what he is about to say.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":14467,"verse_id":"2KI.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “formed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A25/3"}
{"id":14468,"verse_id":"2KI.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “and it is to cause to crash into heaps of ruins fortified cities.” The subject of the third feminine singular verb תְּהִי ( tÿhi ) is the implied plan, referred to in the preceding lines with third feminine singular pronominal suffixes.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A25/4"}
{"id":14469,"verse_id":"2KI.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “short of hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":14470,"verse_id":"2KI.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “they are plants in the field and green vegetation.” The metaphor emphasizes how short-lived these seemingly powerful cities really were. See Ps 90:5-6 ; Isa 40:6-8, 24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":14471,"verse_id":"2KI.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.26","text":"Heb “[they are] grass on the rooftops.” See the preceding note.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A26/3"}
{"id":14472,"verse_id":"2KI.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.26","text":"in Isa 37:27 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A26/4"}
{"id":14473,"verse_id":"2KI.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “your going out and your coming in.” The MT also has here, “and how you have raged against me.” However, this line is probably dittographic (note the beginning of the next line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":14474,"verse_id":"2KI.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “and your complacency comes up into my ears.” The parallelism is improved if שַׁאֲנַנְךְ ( sha ’ anankh ), “your complacency,” is emended to שַׁאֲוַנְךְ ( sha ’ avankh ), “your uproar.” See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 237-38.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":14475,"verse_id":"2KI.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"At this point the word concerning the king of Assyria (vv. 21-28 ) ends and the Lord again directly addresses Hezekiah and the people (see v. 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":14476,"verse_id":"2KI.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “and this is your sign.” In this case the אוֹת (’ ot ), “sign,” is a future confirmation of God’s intervention designated before the actual intervention takes place. For similar “signs” see Exod 3:12 and Isa 7:14-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":14477,"verse_id":"2KI.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.29","text":"Heb “and in the second year.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A29/4"}
{"id":14478,"verse_id":"2KI.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.29","text":"The four plural imperatival verb forms in v. 29 b are used rhetorically. The Lord commands the people to plant, harvest, etc. to emphasize the certainty of restored peace and prosperity. See IBHS 572 §34.4.c.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A29/5"}
{"id":14479,"verse_id":"2KI.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"Heb “The remnant of the house of Judah that is left will add roots below and produce fruit above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":14480,"verse_id":"2KI.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.31","text":"Traditionally “the Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A31/1"}
{"id":14481,"verse_id":"2KI.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":14482,"verse_id":"2KI.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.32","text":"Heb “[with] a shield.” By metonymy the “shield” stands for the soldier who carries it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A32/2"}
{"id":14483,"verse_id":"2KI.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.34","text":"Heb “for my sake and for the sake of David my servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A34/1"}
{"id":14484,"verse_id":"2KI.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"This refers to the Israelites and/or the rest of the Assyrian army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":14485,"verse_id":"2KI.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"Heb “look, all of them were dead bodies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":14486,"verse_id":"2KI.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"Heb “and Sennacherib king of Assyria departed and went and returned and lived in Nineveh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":14487,"verse_id":"2KI.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.37","text":"Although “his sons” is absent in the Kethib , it is supported by the Qere , along with many medieval Hebrew mss and the ancient versions. Cf. Isa 37:38 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2019%3A37/3"}
{"id":14488,"verse_id":"2KI.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “was sick to the point of dying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":14489,"verse_id":"2KI.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “will not live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":14490,"verse_id":"2KI.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “walked before you.” For a helpful discussion of the background and meaning of this Hebrew idiom, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 254.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":14491,"verse_id":"2KI.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and with a complete heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":14492,"verse_id":"2KI.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and that which is good in your eyes I have done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":14493,"verse_id":"2KI.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “wept with great weeping.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A3/4"}
{"id":14494,"verse_id":"2KI.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “and Isaiah had not gone out of the middle courtyard, and the word of the Lord came to him, saying.” Instead of “courtyard” ( חָצֵר , khatser ), the marginal reading, ( Qere ), the Hebrew consonantal text ( Kethib ) has הָעִיר ( ha ’ ir ), “the city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":14495,"verse_id":"2KI.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “on the third day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":14496,"verse_id":"2KI.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “for my sake and for the sake of David my servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":14497,"verse_id":"2KI.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “and they got [a fig cake].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":14498,"verse_id":"2KI.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “and he lived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":14499,"verse_id":"2KI.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"The Hebrew הָלַךְ ( halakh , a perfect), “it has moved ahead,” should be emended to הֲיֵלֵךְ ( hayelekh , an imperfect with interrogative he [ ה ] prefixed), “shall it move ahead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":14500,"verse_id":"2KI.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “the shadow.” The noun has been replaced by the pronoun (“it”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":14501,"verse_id":"2KI.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":14502,"verse_id":"2KI.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “on the steps which [the sun] had gone down, on the steps of Ahaz, back ten steps.” sn These steps probably functioned as a type of sundial. See HALOT 614 s.v. מַעֲלָה and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 256.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":14503,"verse_id":"2KI.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The MT has “Berodach-Baladan,” but several Hebrew, Greek, Aramaic, and Latin witnesses agree with the parallel passage in Isa 39:1 and read “Merodach-Baladan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":14504,"verse_id":"2KI.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “listened to.” Some Hebrew mss , as well as the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate versions agree with the parallel passage in Isa 39:2 and read, “was happy with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":14505,"verse_id":"2KI.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “there was nothing which Hezekiah did not show them in his house and in all his kingdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":14506,"verse_id":"2KI.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Isaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":14507,"verse_id":"2KI.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “there was nothing I did not show them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":14508,"verse_id":"2KI.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “days are.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":14509,"verse_id":"2KI.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “Some of your sons, who go out from you, whom you father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":14510,"verse_id":"2KI.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":14511,"verse_id":"2KI.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “and he said.” Many English versions translate, “for he thought.” The verb אָמַר (’ amar ), “say,” is sometimes used of what one thinks (that is, says to oneself). Cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":14512,"verse_id":"2KI.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “Is it not [true] there will be peace and stability in my days?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Yes, there will be peace and stability.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":14513,"verse_id":"2KI.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “and he brought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":14514,"verse_id":"2KI.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Hezekiah, and all his strength, and how he made a pool and a conduit and brought water to the city, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":14515,"verse_id":"2KI.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":14516,"verse_id":"2KI.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":14517,"verse_id":"2KI.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":14518,"verse_id":"2KI.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":14519,"verse_id":"2KI.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “like the abominable practices of the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":14520,"verse_id":"2KI.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":14521,"verse_id":"2KI.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “In Jerusalem I will place my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":14522,"verse_id":"2KI.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The LXX has the plural “his sons” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":14523,"verse_id":"2KI.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “and he set up a ritual pit, along with conjurers.” The Hebrew אוֹב (’ ov ), “ritual pit,” refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. In 1 Sam 28:7 the witch of Endor is called a בַעֲלַת אוֹב ( ba ’ alat ’ ov ), “owner of a ritual pit.” See H. Hoffner, “Second millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew ’ OñBù ,” JBL 86 (1967), 385-401.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":14524,"verse_id":"2KI.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “and he multiplied doing what is evil in the eyes of the Lord , angering.” The third masculine singular pronominal suffix (“him”) has been accidentally omitted in the MT by haplography (note the vav that immediately follows).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A6/4"}
{"id":14525,"verse_id":"2KI.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “In this house and in Jerusalem, which I chose from all the tribes of Israel, I will place my name perpetually (or perhaps “forever”).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":14526,"verse_id":"2KI.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “I will not again make the feet of Israel wander from the land which I gave to their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":14527,"verse_id":"2KI.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":14528,"verse_id":"2KI.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “spoke by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":14529,"verse_id":"2KI.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “these horrible sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":14530,"verse_id":"2KI.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “so that everyone who hears it, his two ears will quiver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":14531,"verse_id":"2KI.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":14532,"verse_id":"2KI.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “I will stretch out over Jerusalem the measuring line of Samaria, and the plumb line of the house of Ahab.” The measuring line and plumb line are normally used in building a structure, not tearing it down. But here they are used ironically as metaphors of judgment, emphasizing that he will give careful attention to the task of judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":14533,"verse_id":"2KI.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “just as one wipes a plate, wiping and turning [it] on its face.” The word picture emphasizes how thoroughly the Lord will judge the city.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A13/3"}
{"id":14534,"verse_id":"2KI.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “the remnant of my inheritance.” In this context the Lord’s remnant is the tribe of Judah, which had been preserved when the Assyrians conquered and deported the northern tribes. See 17:18 and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 269.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":14535,"verse_id":"2KI.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “they will become plunder and spoils of war for all their enemies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":14536,"verse_id":"2KI.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":14537,"verse_id":"2KI.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “and also Manasseh shed very much innocent blood, until he filled Jerusalem from mouth to mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":14538,"verse_id":"2KI.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “apart from his sin which he caused Judah to commit, by doing what is evil in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":14539,"verse_id":"2KI.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Manasseh, and all which he did, and his sin which he committed, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":14540,"verse_id":"2KI.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":14541,"verse_id":"2KI.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":14542,"verse_id":"2KI.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":14543,"verse_id":"2KI.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":14544,"verse_id":"2KI.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “walked in all the way which his father walked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":14545,"verse_id":"2KI.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “and he served the disgusting idols which his father served and he bowed down to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":14546,"verse_id":"2KI.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “and did not walk in the way of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":14547,"verse_id":"2KI.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “the people of the land.” The pronoun “they” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid the repetition of the phrase “the people of the land” from the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":14548,"verse_id":"2KI.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the things of Amon which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?” Many Hebrew mss have וְכָל ( vÿcol ), “and all,” before אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ). In this case we can translate, “As for the rest of the events of Amon’s reign, and all his accomplishments,….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":14549,"verse_id":"2KI.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “he buried him.” Here “he” probably refers to Amon’s son Josiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":14550,"verse_id":"2KI.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":14551,"verse_id":"2KI.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":14552,"verse_id":"2KI.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":14553,"verse_id":"2KI.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “and walked in all the way of David his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":14554,"verse_id":"2KI.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “with these orders, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":14555,"verse_id":"2KI.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The MT has וְיַתֵּם ( vÿyattem ), “and let them add up” (Hiphil of תָּמָם [ tammam ], “be complete”), but the appearance of הִתִּיכוּ ( hitikhu ), “they melted down” (Hiphil of נָתַךְ [ natakh ], “pour out”) in v. 9 suggests that the verb form should be emended to וְיַתֵּךְ ( vÿyattekh ), “and let him melt down” (a Hiphil of נָתַךְ [ natakh ]). For a discussion of this and other options see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 281.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":14556,"verse_id":"2KI.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “doers of the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":14557,"verse_id":"2KI.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “and let them give it to the doers of the work who are in the house of the Lord to repair the damages to the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":14558,"verse_id":"2KI.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “and to buy wood and chiseled stone to repair the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":14559,"verse_id":"2KI.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “only the silver that is given into their hand should not be reckoned with them, for in faithfulness they are acting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":14560,"verse_id":"2KI.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “returned the king a word and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":14561,"verse_id":"2KI.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “that was found in the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":14562,"verse_id":"2KI.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Or “inquire of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":14563,"verse_id":"2KI.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “concerning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":14564,"verse_id":"2KI.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “the keeper of the clothes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":14565,"verse_id":"2KI.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Or “second.” For a discussion of the possible location of this district, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 283.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":14566,"verse_id":"2KI.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “and they spoke to her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":14567,"verse_id":"2KI.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “burned incense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":14568,"verse_id":"2KI.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “angering me with all the work of their hands.” The translation assumes that this refers to idols they have manufactured (note the preceding reference to “other gods,” as well as 19:18 ). However, it is possible that this is a general reference to their sinful practices, in which case one might translate, “angering me by all the things they do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":14569,"verse_id":"2KI.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “Because your heart was tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":14570,"verse_id":"2KI.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “how I said concerning this place and its residents to become [an object of] horror and [an example of] a curse.” The final phrase (“horror and a curse”) refers to Judah becoming a prime example of an accursed people. In curse formulations they would be held up as a prime example of divine judgment. For an example of such a curse, see Jer 29:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":14571,"verse_id":"2KI.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “Therefore, look, I am gathering you to your fathers, and you will be gathered to your tomb in peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":14572,"verse_id":"2KI.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “your eyes will not see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":14573,"verse_id":"2KI.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “and the king sent and all the elders of Judah and Jerusalem gathered to him.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":14574,"verse_id":"2KI.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “read in their ears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":14575,"verse_id":"2KI.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “cut,” that is, “made, agreed to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":14576,"verse_id":"2KI.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “walk after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":14577,"verse_id":"2KI.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":14578,"verse_id":"2KI.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “words.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A3/4"}
{"id":14579,"verse_id":"2KI.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “stood in the covenant.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A3/5"}
{"id":14580,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “the priests of the second [rank],” that is, those ranked just beneath Hilkiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":14581,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"Or “doorkeepers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":14582,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/3"}
{"id":14583,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “all the host of heaven” (also in v. 5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/4"}
{"id":14584,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/5"}
{"id":14585,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.4","text":"Or “fields.” For a defense of the translation “terraces,” see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 285.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/6"}
{"id":14586,"verse_id":"2KI.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.4","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A4/7"}
{"id":14587,"verse_id":"2KI.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Perhaps, “destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":14588,"verse_id":"2KI.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Or “burn incense.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":14589,"verse_id":"2KI.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"Or “burned incense.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":14590,"verse_id":"2KI.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “and he burned it in the Kidron Valley.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":14591,"verse_id":"2KI.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “on the grave of the sons of the people.” Some Hebrew, Greek, Syriac, Aramaic, and Latin witnesses read the plural “graves.” tn The phrase “sons of the people” refers here to the common people (see BDB 766 s.v. עַם ), as opposed to the upper classes who would have private tombs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A6/2"}
{"id":14592,"verse_id":"2KI.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Or “cubicles.” Heb “houses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":14593,"verse_id":"2KI.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “houses.” Perhaps tent-shrines made from cloth are in view (see BDB 109 s.v. בַּיִת ). M. Cogan and H. Tadmor ( II Kings [AB], 286) understand this as referring to clothes made for images of the goddess.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":14594,"verse_id":"2KI.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “defiled; desecrated,” that is, “made ritually unclean and unusable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":14595,"verse_id":"2KI.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"23.8","text":"The Hebrew text reads “the high places of the gates,” which is problematic in that the rest of the verse speaks of a specific gate. The translation assumes an emendation to בָּמוֹת הַשְּׁעָרִים ( bamot hashÿ ’ arim ), “the high place of the goats” (that is, goat idols). Worship of such images is referred to in Lev 17:7 and 2 Chr 11:15 . For a discussion of the textual issue, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 286-87.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A8/3"}
{"id":14596,"verse_id":"2KI.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “their brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":14597,"verse_id":"2KI.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":14598,"verse_id":"2KI.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The MT simply reads “the horses.” The words “statues of” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":14599,"verse_id":"2KI.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “who/which was in the […?].” The meaning of the Hebrew term פַּרְוָרִים ( parvarim ), translated here “courtyards,” is uncertain. The relative clause may indicate where the room was located or explain who Nathan Melech was, “the eunuch who was in the courtyards.” See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 288-89, who translate “the officer of the precincts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":14600,"verse_id":"2KI.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “and the chariots of the sun he burned with fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":14601,"verse_id":"2KI.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"The MT reads, “he ran from there,” which makes little if any sense in this context. Some prefer to emend the verbal form (Qal of רוּץ [ ruts ], “run”) to a Hiphil of רוּץ with third plural suffix and translate, “he quickly removed them” (see BDB 930 s.v. רוּץ , and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings [AB], 289). The suffix could have been lost in MT by haplography (note the mem [ מ ] that immediately follows the verb on the form מִשֳׁם , misham , “from there”). Another option, the one reflected in the translation, is to emend the verb to a Piel of רָצַץ ( ratsats ), “crush,” with third plural suffix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":14602,"verse_id":"2KI.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “their places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":14603,"verse_id":"2KI.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":14604,"verse_id":"2KI.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “And also the altar that is in Bethel, the high place that Jeroboam son of Nebat who encouraged Israel to sin, also that altar and the high place he tore down.” The more repetitive Hebrew text is emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":14605,"verse_id":"2KI.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “he burned the high place, crushing to dust, and he burned the Asherah pole.” High places per se are never referred to as being burned elsewhere. בָּמָה ( bamah ) here stands by metonymy for the combustible items located on the high place. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 289.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":14606,"verse_id":"2KI.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “and he sent and took the bones from the tombs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":14607,"verse_id":"2KI.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “the king”; this has been specified as “King Josiah” in the translation for clarity (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":14608,"verse_id":"2KI.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":14609,"verse_id":"2KI.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":14610,"verse_id":"2KI.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “and they left undisturbed his bones, the bones of the prophet who came from Samaria.” If the phrase “the bones of the prophet” were appositional to “his bones,” one would expect the sentence to end “from Judah” (see v. 17 ). Apparently the “prophet” referred to in the second half of the verse is the old prophet from Bethel who buried the man of God from Judah in his own tomb and instructed his sons to bury his bones there as well ( 1 Kgs 13:30-31 ). One expects the text to read “from Bethel,” but “Samaria” (which was not even built at the time of the incident recorded in ) is probably an anachronistic reference to the northern kingdom in general. See the note at 1 Kgs 13:32 and the discussion in M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 290.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":14611,"verse_id":"2KI.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “which the kings of Israel had made, angering.” The object has been accidentally omitted in the MT. It appears in the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":14612,"verse_id":"2KI.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “and he did to them according to all the deeds he had done in Bethel.” map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A19/2"}
{"id":14613,"verse_id":"2KI.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “because.” The translation attempts to reflect more clearly the logical connection between the king’s order and the narrator’s observation. Another option is to interpret כִּי ( ki ) as asseverative and translate, “indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":14614,"verse_id":"2KI.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “because there had not been observed [one] like this Passover from the days of the judges who judged Israel and all the days of the kings of Israel and the kings of Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A22/2"}
{"id":14615,"verse_id":"2KI.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Here בִּעֵר ( bi ’ er ) is not the well attested verb “burn,” but the less common homonym meaning “devastate, sweep away, remove.” See HALOT 146 s.v. בער .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":14616,"verse_id":"2KI.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “carrying out the words of the law.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A24/4"}
{"id":14617,"verse_id":"2KI.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “and like him there was not a king before him who returned to the Lord with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his being according to all the law of Moses, and after him none arose like him.” sn The description of Josiah’s devotion as involving his whole “heart, soul, and being” echoes the language of Deut 6:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":14618,"verse_id":"2KI.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Heb “Yet the Lord did not turn away from the fury of his great anger, which raged against Judah, on account of all the infuriating things by which Manasseh had made him angry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":14619,"verse_id":"2KI.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “Also Judah I will turn away from my face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":14620,"verse_id":"2KI.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “My name will be there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":14621,"verse_id":"2KI.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Josiah, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":14622,"verse_id":"2KI.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “went up to.” The idiom עַל … עָלָה (’ alah …’ al ) can sometimes mean “go up against,” but here it refers to Necho’s attempt to aid the Assyrians in their struggle with the Babylonians.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":14623,"verse_id":"2KI.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Necho) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":14624,"verse_id":"2KI.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.29","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A29/3"}
{"id":14625,"verse_id":"2KI.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “him, dead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":14626,"verse_id":"2KI.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.30","text":"Or “anointed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A30/2"}
{"id":14627,"verse_id":"2KI.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":14628,"verse_id":"2KI.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A31/2"}
{"id":14629,"verse_id":"2KI.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":14630,"verse_id":"2KI.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “according to all which his fathers had done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A32/2"}
{"id":14631,"verse_id":"2KI.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “when [he was] ruling in Jerusalem,” but the marginal reading ( Qere ), which has support from Hebrew, Greek, Aramaic, and Latin witnesses, has “[preventing him] from ruling in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":14632,"verse_id":"2KI.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.33","text":"Or “fine.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A33/2"}
{"id":14633,"verse_id":"2KI.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.33","text":"The Hebrew term כִּכָּר ( kikkar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or to a standard unit of weight, generally regarded as a talent. Since the accepted weight for a talent of metal is about 75 pounds, this would have amounted to about 7,500 pounds of silver and 75 pounds of gold (cf. NCV, NLT); CEV “almost four tons of silver and about seventy-five pounds of gold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A33/3"}
{"id":14634,"verse_id":"2KI.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Heb “and he took Jehoahaz, and he came to Egypt and he died there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":14635,"verse_id":"2KI.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"Heb “And the silver and the gold Jehoiakim gave to Pharaoh, but he taxed the land to give the silver at the command of Pharaoh, [from] each according to his tax he collected the silver and the gold, from the people of the land, to give to Pharaoh Necho.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":14636,"verse_id":"2KI.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.36","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A36/1"}
{"id":14637,"verse_id":"2KI.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.37","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2023%3A37/1"}
{"id":14638,"verse_id":"2KI.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “In his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":14639,"verse_id":"2KI.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “came up.” Perhaps an object (“against him”) has been accidentally omitted from the text. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 306.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":14640,"verse_id":"2KI.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.1","text":"The Hebrew text has “and he turned and rebelled against him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A1/3"}
{"id":14641,"verse_id":"2KI.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “Certainly according to the word of the Lord this happened against Judah, to remove [them] from his face because of the sins of Manasseh according to all which he did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":14642,"verse_id":"2KI.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “and also the blood of the innocent which he shed, and he filled Jerusalem with innocent blood, and the Lord was not willing to forgive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":14643,"verse_id":"2KI.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehoiakim, and all which he did, are they not written on the scroll of the events of the days of the kings of Judah?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":14644,"verse_id":"2KI.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":14645,"verse_id":"2KI.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":14646,"verse_id":"2KI.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A8/2"}
{"id":14647,"verse_id":"2KI.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":14648,"verse_id":"2KI.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":14649,"verse_id":"2KI.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “went up [to] Jerusalem and the city entered into siege.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":14650,"verse_id":"2KI.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “came out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":14651,"verse_id":"2KI.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Jehoiachin) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":14652,"verse_id":"2KI.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Nebuchadnezzar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":14653,"verse_id":"2KI.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “and he deported Jehoiachin to Babylon; the mother of the king and the wives of the king and his eunuchs and the mighty of the land he led into exile from Jerusalem to Babylon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":14654,"verse_id":"2KI.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “the entire [group], mighty men, doers of war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":14655,"verse_id":"2KI.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":14656,"verse_id":"2KI.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":14657,"verse_id":"2KI.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “the name of his mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":14658,"verse_id":"2KI.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.18","text":"Some textual witnesses support the consonantal text ( Kethib ) in reading “Hamital.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A18/3"}
{"id":14659,"verse_id":"2KI.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":14660,"verse_id":"2KI.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “according to all which Jehoiakim had done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":14661,"verse_id":"2KI.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “Surely [or, ‘for’] because of the anger of the Lord this happened in Jerusalem and Judah until he threw them out from upon his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":14662,"verse_id":"2KI.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Or “against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":14663,"verse_id":"2KI.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"The MT has simply “of the month,” but the parallel passage in Jer 52:6 has “fourth month,” and this is followed by almost all English translations. The word “fourth,” however, is not actually present in the MT of 2 Kgs 25:3 . sn According to modern reckoning that would have been July 18, 586 b.c. The siege thus lasted almost a full eighteen months.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":14664,"verse_id":"2KI.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “the people of the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":14665,"verse_id":"2KI.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “the city was breached.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":14666,"verse_id":"2KI.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"The Hebrew text is abrupt here: “And all the men of war by the night.” The translation attempts to capture the sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":14667,"verse_id":"2KI.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":14668,"verse_id":"2KI.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural form of the verb, but the parallel passage in Jer 52:9 has the singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":14669,"verse_id":"2KI.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “were killed before his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":14670,"verse_id":"2KI.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king of Babylon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A7/2"}
{"id":14671,"verse_id":"2KI.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"The parallel account in Jer 52:12 has “tenth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":14672,"verse_id":"2KI.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.8","text":"For the meaning of this phrase see BDB 371 s.v. טַבָּח 2, and compare the usage in Gen 39:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A8/3"}
{"id":14673,"verse_id":"2KI.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A8/4"}
{"id":14674,"verse_id":"2KI.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “and every large house he burned down with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":14675,"verse_id":"2KI.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"The MT has “the multitude.” But הֶהָמוֹן ( hehamon ) should probably be emended to הֶאָמוֹן ( he ’ amon ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":14676,"verse_id":"2KI.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “the captain of the royal guard.” However, the subject is clear from the preceding and contemporary English style would normally avoid repeating the proper name and title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":14677,"verse_id":"2KI.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “with which they served [or, ‘fulfilled their duty’].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A14/3"}
{"id":14678,"verse_id":"2KI.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"The MT lacks “the twelve bronze bulls under ‘the Sea,’” but these words have probably been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton. The scribe’s eye may have jumped from the וְהָ ( vÿha -) on וְהַבָּקָר ( vÿhabbaqar ), “and the bulls,” to the וְהָ on וְהַמְּכֹנוֹת ( vÿhammÿkhonot ), “and the movable stands,” causing him to leave out the intervening words. See the parallel passage in Jer 52:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":14679,"verse_id":"2KI.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “eighteen cubits.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about eighteen inches (45 cm) long.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":14680,"verse_id":"2KI.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “three cubits.” The parallel passage in Jer 52:22 has “five.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":14681,"verse_id":"2KI.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"The parallel passage in Jer 52:25 has “seven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":14682,"verse_id":"2KI.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “five seers of the king’s face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":14683,"verse_id":"2KI.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “the people of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A19/3"}
{"id":14684,"verse_id":"2KI.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"Heb “struck them down and killed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":14685,"verse_id":"2KI.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.21","text":"Heb “land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A21/2"}
{"id":14686,"verse_id":"2KI.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “And the people who were left in the land of Judah, whom Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon left, he appointed over them Gedaliah son of Ahikam, son of Shaphan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":14687,"verse_id":"2KI.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.23","text":"Heb “of the army.” The word “Judahite” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A23/1"}
{"id":14688,"verse_id":"2KI.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"The words “so as to give them…some assurance of safety” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":14689,"verse_id":"2KI.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “[was] from the seed of the kingdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A25/2"}
{"id":14690,"verse_id":"2KI.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “and they struck down Gedaliah and he died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A25/3"}
{"id":14691,"verse_id":"2KI.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “arose and went to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":14692,"verse_id":"2KI.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “lifted up the head of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A27/3"}
{"id":14693,"verse_id":"2KI.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.27","text":"The words “released him” are supplied in the translation on the basis of Jer 52:31 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A27/4"}
{"id":14694,"verse_id":"2KI.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “made his throne above the throne of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":14695,"verse_id":"2KI.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoiachin) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":14696,"verse_id":"2KI.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2KI","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.30","text":"The words “until the day he died” do not appear in the MT, but they are included in the parallel passage in Jer 52:34 . Probably they have been accidentally omitted by homoioteleuton. A scribe’s eye jumped from the final vav ( ו ) on בְּיוֹמוֹ ( bÿyomo ), “in his day,” to the final vav ( ו ) on מוֹתוֹ ( moto ), “his death,” leaving out the intervening words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Kings%2025%3A30/1"}
{"id":14697,"verse_id":"1CH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The LXX reads “Noah; the sons of Noah [were] Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” Several English translations (e.g., NIV, NLT) follow the LXX. sn Shem, Ham, and Japheth were Noah’s three sons ( Gen 6:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":14698,"verse_id":"1CH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX and Vulgate, read “Riphath” (see Gen 10:3 ). This is followed by several English translations (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT), while others (e.g., ASV, NASB, NRSV) follow the MT reading (“Diphath”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":14699,"verse_id":"1CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or in this case, “descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":14700,"verse_id":"1CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The Kethiv has “Rodanim,” which probably refers to the island of Rhodes. The Qere has “Dodanim,” which refers to one of the most ancient and revered locations in ancient Greece. The MT and most medieval Hebrew mss of the parallel list in Gen 10:4 read “Dodanim,” but a few have “Rodanim.” tn Heb “Kittim and Rodanim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":14701,"verse_id":"1CH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"That is, “Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":14702,"verse_id":"1CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “he began to be a mighty warrior in the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":14703,"verse_id":"1CH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “came forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":14704,"verse_id":"1CH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The words “the sons of Aram” do not appear in the Hebrew text. Apparently the phrase וּבְנֵי אֲרָם ( uvÿney ’ aram ) has accidentally dropped out of the text by homoioteleuton (note the presence of אֲרָם just before this). The phrase is included in Gen 10:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":14705,"verse_id":"1CH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The MT of the parallel geneaology in Gen 10:23 reads “Mash,” but the LXX there reads “Meshech” in agreement with 1 Chr 1:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":14706,"verse_id":"1CH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss and the Syriac read “Obal” (see Gen 10:28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":14707,"verse_id":"1CH.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Some LXX mss read “Arphaxad, Cainan, Shelah” (see also the notes on Gen 10:24; 11:12-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":14708,"verse_id":"1CH.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"The words “the others were” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":14709,"verse_id":"1CH.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.36","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with some LXX mss and the Syriac, read “Zepho” (see Gen 36:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A36/1"}
{"id":14710,"verse_id":"1CH.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “and Timna and Amalek,” but Gen 36:12 indicates that Timna, a concubine of Eliphaz, was the mother of Amalek. See also v. 39 below, which states that Timna was the sister of Lotan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A36/2"}
{"id":14711,"verse_id":"1CH.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Perhaps this is the Timna mentioned in v. 36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A39/1"}
{"id":14712,"verse_id":"1CH.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss and a few LXX mss read “Alvan” (see Gen 36:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A40/1"}
{"id":14713,"verse_id":"1CH.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.40","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss read “Shepho” (see Gen 36:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A40/2"}
{"id":14714,"verse_id":"1CH.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed. For stylistic reasons the singular “son” was used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A41/1"}
{"id":14715,"verse_id":"1CH.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.41","text":"The parallel geneaology in Gen 36:26 has the variant spelling “Hemdan.” Some English versions follow the variant spelling here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A41/2"}
{"id":14716,"verse_id":"1CH.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"The parallel geneaology in Gen 36:27 has the variant spelling “Akan.” Among English versions that use the variant spelling here are NIV, NCV, NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A42/1"}
{"id":14717,"verse_id":"1CH.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.42","text":"The MT reads “Dishon” here, but this should be emended to “Dishan.” See the list in v. 38 and Gen 36:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A42/2"}
{"id":14718,"verse_id":"1CH.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"Heb “ruled in his place,” here and in vv. 45-50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A44/1"}
{"id":14719,"verse_id":"1CH.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"Or “near the river.” sn The river may refer to the Euphrates River (cf. NRSV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A48/1"}
{"id":14720,"verse_id":"1CH.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.50","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , along with some LXX mss , the Syriac, and Vulgate, read “Pau.” See also Gen 36:39 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A50/1"}
{"id":14721,"verse_id":"1CH.1.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.53","text":"The parallel genealogy in Gen 36:42 has the variant spelling “Temam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A53/1"}
{"id":14722,"verse_id":"1CH.1.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":1,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.54","text":"Each of the names in this list is preceded by the word “chief” in the Hebrew text. This has not been included in the translation because it would appear very redundant to the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%201%3A54/1"}
{"id":14723,"verse_id":"1CH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The groupings in the list that follows, as well as the conjunctions ( vav -consecutives in Hebrew), reflect those of the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":14724,"verse_id":"1CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The name means “daughter of Shua.” Shua is identified in Gen 38:2 as a “Canaanite man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":14725,"verse_id":"1CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “was evil in the eyes of the Lord , so he [i.e., the Lord ] killed him [i.e., Er].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":14726,"verse_id":"1CH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":14727,"verse_id":"1CH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss , some LXX mss , and Syriac read “Darda” (see 1 Kgs 4:31 ET = 1 Kgs 5:11 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":14728,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":14729,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew text has “Achar,” which means “disaster,” but a few medieval Hebrew mss read “Achan.” See Josh 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":14730,"verse_id":"1CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the troubler of Israel who was unfaithful with respect to the devoted [things].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":14731,"verse_id":"1CH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural, but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":14732,"verse_id":"1CH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew text has “Celubai,” but see v. 18 , where Caleb is described as the son of Hezron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":14733,"verse_id":"1CH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The LXX reads “Salmon” (cf. Ruth 4:21 ) and is followed by some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":14734,"verse_id":"1CH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"In 2 Sam 2:18 this name appears as “Abishai,” a spelling followed by many English versions here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":14735,"verse_id":"1CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and Caleb son of Hezron fathered [children] with Azubah, a wife, and with Jerioth.” Jerioth could be viewed as a second wife (so NLT; cf. also NASB, NIV, NRSV), but the following context mentions only “her [presumably Azubah’s] sons.” Another option, the one chosen in the translation, is that Jerioth is another name for Azubah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":14736,"verse_id":"1CH.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “took for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":14737,"verse_id":"1CH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “Hezron went to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":14738,"verse_id":"1CH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “he took,” referring to taking in marriage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":14739,"verse_id":"1CH.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “Havvoth Jair” (NIV, NRSV). Some translations do not translate the phrase (“havvoth” = “the towns of”), but treat it as part of the place name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":14740,"verse_id":"1CH.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “And after the death of Hezron in Caleb Ephrathah, and the wife of Hezron, Abijah, and she bore to him Ashhur the father of Tekoa.” Perhaps one could translate: “After Hezron died in Caleb Ephrathah, Abijah, Hezron’s wife, bore to him Ashhur, the father of Tekoa” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV). In this case the text suggests that Abijah was born after his father’s death. Because of the awkward syntax and the odd appearance of “Caleb Ephrathah” as a place name, some prefer to emend the text. Some alter בְּכָלֵב אֶפְרָתָה ( bÿkhalev ’ efratah , “in Caleb Ephrathah”) to בָּא כָלֵב אֶפְרָתָה ( bo ’ khalev ’ efratah , “Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrath”) and then change אֲבִיָּה (’ aviyyah , “Abijah”) to אָבִיהוּ (’ avihu , “his father”). This results in the following translation: “And after Hezron’s death, Caleb had sexual relations with Ephrath, his father Hezron’s wife, and she bore to him Ashhur the father of Tekoa” (cf. NAB). This would mean that Caleb’s second wife Ephrath had actually been his late father’s wife (probably Caleb’s stepmother). Perhaps the text was subsequently altered because Caleb’s actions appeared improper in light of the injunctions in Lev 18:8; 20:11 ; Deut 22:30; 27:20 (which probably refer, however, to a son having sexual relations with his stepmother while his father is still alive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":14741,"verse_id":"1CH.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “sons.” The Hebrew text has the plural “sons” in all three instances in this verse, even though the following lists have only one name each.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":14742,"verse_id":"1CH.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.42","text":"Heb “and the sons of Mareshah,” but this does not fit contextually. Perhaps the text originally had וּבְנוֹ מִשְׁנֶה מָרֵשָׁה ( uvÿno mishneh mareshah , “and his second son, Mareshah”), with מִשְׁנֶה (“second”) later accidentally falling out by homoioteleuton (cf. the note in BHS here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A42/1"}
{"id":14743,"verse_id":"1CH.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.50","text":"Heb “son.” The Hebrew text has the singular, but the following list contains more than one name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A50/1"}
{"id":14744,"verse_id":"1CH.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.50","text":"The Hebrew text reads “Ephrathah” here, but see v. 19 , which mentions “Ephrath” as the wife of Hur.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A50/2"}
{"id":14745,"verse_id":"1CH.2.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.52","text":"The Hebrew text has “Menuchites” here, but v. 54 has “Manachathites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A52/1"}
{"id":14746,"verse_id":"1CH.2.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.53","text":"Heb “from these went forth the Zorathites and Eshtaolites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A53/1"}
{"id":14747,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.55","text":"Or perhaps “the Sopherim.” The NAB transliterates this term and treats it as a proper name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/1"}
{"id":14748,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.55","text":"Heb “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/2"}
{"id":14749,"verse_id":"1CH.2.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":2,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.55","text":"Or (if בֵּית [ beth ] is translated as “house” rather than considered to be part of the name) “the father of the house [i.e., family] of Rechab.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%202%3A55/3"}
{"id":14750,"verse_id":"1CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":14751,"verse_id":"1CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":14752,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"“Shimea” ( שִׁמְעָא , shim ’ a ’) is a variant spelling of “Shammua” ( שַׁמּוּעַ , shammua ’; see 2 Sam 5:14 ). Some English versions use the spelling “Shammua” here (e.g., NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":14753,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Bathshua” here, but 2 Sam 12:24 makes it clear Bathsheba was Solomon’s mother. “Bathsheba” is read by one Hebrew ms and the Vulgate. Many English translations (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT) render the name “Bathsheba” to avoid confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":14754,"verse_id":"1CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"In 2 Sam 11:3 Bathsheba is called “the daughter of Eliam,” while here her father’s name is given as “Ammiel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":14755,"verse_id":"1CH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"All but two Hebrew mss read “Elishama” here, but 1 Chr 14:5 lists the name as “Elishua,” and is followed by a number of English versions here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT). Another son named “Elishama” is listed in 3:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":14756,"verse_id":"1CH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The MT reads “Eliphelet” here, but 1 Chr 14:5 lists the name as “Elpelet” and is followed by some English versions here (e.g., TEV, NLT). Another son named “Eliphelet” is listed in 3:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":14757,"verse_id":"1CH.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “Jeconiah,” a variation of the name “Jehoiachin” (also in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":14758,"verse_id":"1CH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “prisoner.” Jehoiachin was carried off to Babylon as a prisoner. See 2 Chr 36:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":14759,"verse_id":"1CH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"In Hebrew the name יַעְבֵּץ ( ya ’ bets , “Jabez”) sounds like the noun עֹצֶב (’ otsev ) which means “pain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":14760,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"On the use of אִם (’ im , “if”) here, see HALOT 60 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":14761,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and act from [i.e., so as to prevent] harm so that I might not be in pain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":14762,"verse_id":"1CH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and God brought about what he had asked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":14763,"verse_id":"1CH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “of the city of Nahash.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":14764,"verse_id":"1CH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"“Meonothai” is read here by some mss of the LXX, along with the Vulgate. The name apparently was dropped from the Hebrew text by haplography. Note that the name appears at the beginning of the next verse as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":14765,"verse_id":"1CH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “the father of Ge Harashim, for they were craftsmen.” The name “Ge Harashim” means “valley of craftsmen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":14766,"verse_id":"1CH.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “and the sons of Elah and Kenaz.” Kenaz was actually the son of Elah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":14767,"verse_id":"1CH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “and she gave birth to,” without identifying the subject. The words “Mered’s wife Bithiah” are added in the translation for clarification. See v. 18 b, which mentions “Bethiah, whom Mered married.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":14768,"verse_id":"1CH.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “took,” referring to taking in marriage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":14769,"verse_id":"1CH.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Or “and the son of Zoheth” (NAB). The word בֶּן ( ben ) in Hebrew means “son [of].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":14770,"verse_id":"1CH.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “and the words are old.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":14771,"verse_id":"1CH.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “and those who lived in Netaim and Gederah; with the king in his work they lived there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":14772,"verse_id":"1CH.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Some LXX mss read “Baalath” (cf. Josh 19:8 ). This is followed by some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":14773,"verse_id":"1CH.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"The words “their clan leaders were” are added in the translation for clarification. See v. 38 a, which makes this clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":14774,"verse_id":"1CH.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.41","text":"The Hebrew text reads “their tents,” apparently referring to those of the Hamites mentioned at the end of v. 40 . Some prefer to emend the text to read, “the tents of Ham.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A41/1"}
{"id":14775,"verse_id":"1CH.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.41","text":"Heb “and they lived in place of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A41/2"}
{"id":14776,"verse_id":"1CH.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.43","text":"Heb “and struck down the remnant that had escaped belonging to Amalek.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%204%3A43/1"}
{"id":14777,"verse_id":"1CH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and not to be listed in the genealogical records as (having) the right of the firstborn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":14778,"verse_id":"1CH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “and [one] for a leader [was] from him.” This probably refers to the Davidic king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":14779,"verse_id":"1CH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “Tilgath-pilneser,” a variant spelling of Tiglath-pileser (also in v. 26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":14780,"verse_id":"1CH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Beerah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":14781,"verse_id":"1CH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “and in the days of Saul they made war with the Hagrites and they fell by their hand and they lived in their tents unto all the face of the east of Gilead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":14782,"verse_id":"1CH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and their brothers by the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":14783,"verse_id":"1CH.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “was the head of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":14784,"verse_id":"1CH.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “unto their extremities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":14785,"verse_id":"1CH.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “the sons of Reuben and the Gadites and half of the tribe of Manasseh, from the sons of bravery, men carrying a shield and sword and treading a bow and trained for war, 44,760 going out for warfare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":14786,"verse_id":"1CH.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “made war with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":14787,"verse_id":"1CH.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “and they were helped against them and they were given over into their hand, the Hagrites and all who were with them, for to God they cried out in the battle and he was entreated [or “allowed himself to be entreated”] by them for they trusted in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":14788,"verse_id":"1CH.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “their”; the referent (the Hagrites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":14789,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “from God [was] the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":14790,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “many slain fell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":14791,"verse_id":"1CH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “and they lived in place of them until the exile.” The referent of “them” (the Hagrites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":14792,"verse_id":"1CH.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “and these [were] the heads of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":14793,"verse_id":"1CH.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “men of names.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":14794,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":14795,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “prostituted themselves after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":14796,"verse_id":"1CH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “the peoples of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A25/3"}
{"id":14797,"verse_id":"1CH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “stirred up the spirit of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":14798,"verse_id":"1CH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “and the spirit of Tilgath-pilneser king of Assyria.” “Pul” and “Tilgath-pilneser” were names of the same Assyrian ruler, more commonly known as Tiglath-pileser (cf. 2 Kgs 15:29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":14799,"verse_id":"1CH.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":14800,"verse_id":"1CH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"The words “the people of” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":14801,"verse_id":"1CH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"The name “Gershom” (also in vv. 17, 20, 43, 62, 71 ) appears as “Gershon” in 1 Chr 6:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":14802,"verse_id":"1CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “by their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":14803,"verse_id":"1CH.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Or perhaps, “descendants,” since the list differs from the one in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":14804,"verse_id":"1CH.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “and Achimoth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":14805,"verse_id":"1CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"The consonantal Hebrew text ( Kethib ) has, “Elkanah, his son, Elkanah.” The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “Elkanah, the sons of Elkanah.” The text probably originally read simply, “Elkanah his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":14806,"verse_id":"1CH.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"After the last named individual (“Elkanah” in v. 27 ) some LXX mss insert the words “Samuel his son” to facilitate a transition to the following verse, which beings “and the sons of Samuel.” Among the English versions that include this added phrase are NAB, NIV, and NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":14807,"verse_id":"1CH.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"The Hebrew text lacks the name יוֹאֵל ( yo ’ el , “Joel”), which has probably dropped out due to homoioteleuton (note the last three letters of the preceding name שְׁמוּאֵל ( shÿmuel , “Samuel”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":14808,"verse_id":"1CH.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":14809,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “they were serving…with music.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":14810,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Or traditionally “tabernacle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/2"}
{"id":14811,"verse_id":"1CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A32/3"}
{"id":14812,"verse_id":"1CH.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “and his brother Asaph, the one who stood at his right hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A39/1"}
{"id":14813,"verse_id":"1CH.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"A few Hebrew mss , one LXX ms , and the Syriac read “Maaseiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A40/1"}
{"id":14814,"verse_id":"1CH.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.44","text":"Heb “and the sons of Merari, their brothers, on the left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A44/1"}
{"id":14815,"verse_id":"1CH.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.48","text":"Heb “their brothers, the Levites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A48/1"}
{"id":14816,"verse_id":"1CH.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.48","text":"Heb “were assigned to all the work of the tabernacle of the house of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A48/2"}
{"id":14817,"verse_id":"1CH.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.49","text":"Heb “for all the work of the holy of holies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A49/1"}
{"id":14818,"verse_id":"1CH.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.49","text":"Heb “making atonement for Israel according to all which Moses the servant of God commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A49/2"}
{"id":14819,"verse_id":"1CH.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.54","text":"Heb “and these were their dwelling places according to their encampments in their territory to the sons of Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A54/1"}
{"id":14820,"verse_id":"1CH.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.54","text":"Heb “to the clan of the Kohathites for to them was the lot.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A54/2"}
{"id":14821,"verse_id":"1CH.6.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.57","text":"The parallel account in Josh 21:13 has the singular “city,” which apparently refers only to Hebron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A57/1"}
{"id":14822,"verse_id":"1CH.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.58","text":"The MT reads “Hilez” here; the place name appears as “Holon” in Josh 21:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A58/1"}
{"id":14823,"verse_id":"1CH.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.59","text":"The MT reads “Ashan” here; the place name appears as “Ain” in Josh 21:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A59/1"}
{"id":14824,"verse_id":"1CH.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.59","text":"The LXX and Syriac (following the parallel list in Josh 21:16 ) add “Juttah and its pasturelands” here. Cf. NAB “Jetta”; also NIV, NCV, NLT “Juttah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A59/2"}
{"id":14825,"verse_id":"1CH.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.60","text":"The parallel passage in Josh 21:17 adds “Gibeon and its pasturelands” (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT). The words “they were allotted” are supplied in the translation for both clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A60/1"}
{"id":14826,"verse_id":"1CH.6.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.61","text":"Heb “to the sons of Kohath who were left from the clan of the tribe, from the half of the tribe of the half of Manasseh by lot ten cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A61/1"}
{"id":14827,"verse_id":"1CH.6.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.62","text":"Heb “and to the sons of Gershom by their clans from the tribe of Issachar, and from the tribe of Asher, and from the tribe of Naphtali, and from the tribe of Manasseh in Bashan, thirteen cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A62/1"}
{"id":14828,"verse_id":"1CH.6.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.63","text":"Heb “and to the sons of Merari by their clans from the tribe of Reuben, and from the tribe of Gad, and from the tribe of Zebulun by lot, twelve cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A63/1"}
{"id":14829,"verse_id":"1CH.6.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.65","text":"Heb “and they gave by lot from the tribe of the sons of Judah, and from the tribe of the sons of Simeon, and from the tribe of the sons of Benjamin these cities, which they called them by names.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A65/1"}
{"id":14830,"verse_id":"1CH.6.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.66","text":"Heb “and from [it is probably preferable to read “to” here] the clans of the sons of Kohath and there were the cities of their territory from the tribe of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A66/1"}
{"id":14831,"verse_id":"1CH.6.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.67","text":"The parallel account in Josh 21:21 has the singular “city,” referring only to Shechem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A67/1"}
{"id":14832,"verse_id":"1CH.6.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.70","text":"Heb “and from the half of the tribe of Manasseh, Aner and its pasturelands and Bileam and its pasturelands to the clan, to the sons of Kohath who were left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A70/1"}
{"id":14833,"verse_id":"1CH.6.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.71","text":"Heb “to the sons of Gershom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A71/1"}
{"id":14834,"verse_id":"1CH.6.77","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":77,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.77","text":"Heb “to the sons of Merari, who were left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A77/1"}
{"id":14835,"verse_id":"1CH.6.77","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":77,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.77","text":"Before “Rimmono” the LXX (following the parallel passage in Josh 21:34 ) adds “Jokneam and its pasturelands, Kartah and its pasturelands.” This addition is included in some English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A77/2"}
{"id":14836,"verse_id":"1CH.6.78","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":6,"verse":78,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.78","text":"Heb “and from across the Jordan at Jericho, on the east of the Jordan, from the tribe of Reuben.” The word “River” is supplied in the translation for clarity. map For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%206%3A78/1"}
{"id":14837,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Many English versions spell this name “Ibsam.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":14838,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Many English versions retain a form of this name closer to the Hebrew, i.e., “Shemuel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":14839,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “heads of the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":14840,"verse_id":"1CH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “to Tola [there were] warriors by their generations, their number in the days of David [was] 22,600.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":14841,"verse_id":"1CH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":14842,"verse_id":"1CH.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and unto them by their generations to the house of their fathers [were] troops of war of battle, 36,000, for they had many wives and sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":14843,"verse_id":"1CH.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and their brothers, according to all the clans of Issachar, the warriors [were] 87,000 listed in the genealogical records for all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":14844,"verse_id":"1CH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Benjamin,” but בְּנֵי ( bÿney , “sons of”) has dropped out by haplography ( בְּנֵי בִּנְיָמִן , bÿney binyamin ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":14845,"verse_id":"1CH.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":14846,"verse_id":"1CH.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The name “Aher” appears as “Ahiram” in Num 26:38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":14847,"verse_id":"1CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The name “Jahziel” appears as “Jahzeel” in Gen 46:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":14848,"verse_id":"1CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Shallum”; some Hebrew mss and some LXX mss read “Shillem,” the form of the name that appears in Gen 46:24 and Num 26:49 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":14849,"verse_id":"1CH.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Some translations treat the terms שֻׁפִּים ( shuppim ) and חֻפִּים ( khuppim ) as proper names of individuals (“Huppim” and “Shuppim”), but others consider these forms to be plurals and refer to tribal or clan names.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":14850,"verse_id":"1CH.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “and the name of the second was Zelophehad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":14851,"verse_id":"1CH.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one son is listed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":14852,"verse_id":"1CH.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ephraim) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":14853,"verse_id":"1CH.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “because in tragedy there had come to his house.” The preposition prefixed to רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) should probably be omitted. The Hebrew noun רָעָה (“tragedy”) should be understood as the subject of the feminine verb form that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":14854,"verse_id":"1CH.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"The antecedent of the pronoun “his” is not clear. The translation assumes that v. 25 resumes the list of Ephraim’s descendants (see vv. 20-21 a) after a lengthy parenthesis (vv. 21 b-24).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":14855,"verse_id":"1CH.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Resheph,” but the phrase “his son” has probably been accidentally omitted, since the names before and after this one include the phrase.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":14856,"verse_id":"1CH.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “Non” (so KJV, NASB; cf. Exod 33:11 , where the more familiar spelling “Nun” occurs).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":14857,"verse_id":"1CH.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":14858,"verse_id":"1CH.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"“Beth Shean” is a variant spelling of “Beth Shan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":14859,"verse_id":"1CH.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":14860,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"The Hebrew text has אֲחִי (’ akhiy , “the brother of”), but this should probably be emended to אֲחִיו (’ akhiyv , “his brother”). Cf. v. 35 . Most English versions treat this Hebrew word as a proper name (“Ahi”) and list it before “Rohgah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":14861,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.34","text":"Or “Shomer,” cf. v. 32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/2"}
{"id":14862,"verse_id":"1CH.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.34","text":"“Hubbah” is the marginal reading ( Qere ); the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “Jachbah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A34/3"}
{"id":14863,"verse_id":"1CH.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “Hotham,” cf. v. 32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":14864,"verse_id":"1CH.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.37","text":"The name “Ithran” is sometimes understood to be another name for “Jether” (v. 38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A37/1"}
{"id":14865,"verse_id":"1CH.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Heb “all these were the sons of Asher, heads of the house of the fathers, selected, warriors, heads of the leaders, and there was listed in the genealogical records in war, in battle, their number, men, 26,000.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%207%3A40/1"}
{"id":14866,"verse_id":"1CH.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Gera) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":14867,"verse_id":"1CH.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":14868,"verse_id":"1CH.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Some LXX mss supply the name “Jeiel,” which is not in the MT (cf. 1 Chr 9:35 ). The addition of the name here is followed by many English versions (e.g., ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":14869,"verse_id":"1CH.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Some LXX mss add “Ner” here (cf. 1 Chr 9:36 and v. 33 below, where Ner is mentioned as the father of Kish). The form וְנֵר ( vÿner ) could have been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton since each name in the list has the conjunction prefixed to it. Some English versions follow the LXX here and add “Ner” (e.g., NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":14870,"verse_id":"1CH.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"The Hebrew text omits the name “Mikloth,” but it may have fallen out accidentally by haplography. Note that the name immediately follows at the beginning of v. 32 ; cf. NAB.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":14871,"verse_id":"1CH.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “and also they, opposite their brothers, lived in Jerusalem with their brothers.” This redundancy has been removed in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":14872,"verse_id":"1CH.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"The Hebrew text has בֹּכְרוּ ( bokhÿru ), which some understand as a name: “Bocheru” (so, e.g., NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). But the form should probably be revocalized בְּכֹרוֹ ( bÿkhoru , “his firstborn”). A name has accidentally dropped from the list, and a scribe apparently read בֹּכְרוּ as one of the names.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":14873,"verse_id":"1CH.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.38","text":"The Lucianic recension of the LXX inserts another name here, καὶ Ἀζαριας ( kai Azarias , “and Azariah”), presumably to make up the six sons mentioned at the beginning of the verse (see the previous tc note on “firstborn”). Cf. NAB.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A38/2"}
{"id":14874,"verse_id":"1CH.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"Heb “and the sons of Ulam were men, warriors and treaders of a bow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%208%3A40/1"}
{"id":14875,"verse_id":"1CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “Judah,” though the verb הָגְלוּ ( hoglu , “carried away”) is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":14876,"verse_id":"1CH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “and the inhabitants, the first who [were] in their property in their cities, Israel, the priests, the Levites, and the temple servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":14877,"verse_id":"1CH.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":14878,"verse_id":"1CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The words “the settlers included” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":14879,"verse_id":"1CH.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and all these men were heads of fathers for the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":14880,"verse_id":"1CH.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “capable [for] the work of the task of the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":14881,"verse_id":"1CH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and his brothers belonging to the house of his father, the Korachites, to the work of the task, guardians of the threshold of the tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":14882,"verse_id":"1CH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “and their fathers to the camp of the Lord , guardians of the entrance.” Here “fathers” is used in a more general sense of “forefathers” or “ancestors” and is not limited specifically to their fathers only.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":14883,"verse_id":"1CH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The Hebrew term is רֹאֶה ( ro ’ eh , “seer”), an older word for נָבִיא ( navi ’, “prophet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":14884,"verse_id":"1CH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “they – David appointed, and Samuel the seer, in their position.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":14885,"verse_id":"1CH.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “and they and their sons to the gates of the house of the Lord , of the house of the tent, [were assigned] as guards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":14886,"verse_id":"1CH.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “in the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":14887,"verse_id":"1CH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “in the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":14888,"verse_id":"1CH.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “and from them over the articles of the task, for by number they would bring them in, and by number they would bring them out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":14889,"verse_id":"1CH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “holy place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":14890,"verse_id":"1CH.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"The word “son” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":14891,"verse_id":"1CH.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Heb “were in rooms.” The words “at the sanctuary” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":14892,"verse_id":"1CH.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “and also they, opposite their brothers, lived in Jerusalem with their brothers.” This redundancy has been removed in the translation. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A38/1"}
{"id":14893,"verse_id":"1CH.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"The name “Ahaz” is included in the Vulgate and Syriac, but omitted in the MT. It probably was accidentally omitted by haplography. Note that the name appears at the beginning of the next verse. Cf. also 8:35 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":14894,"verse_id":"1CH.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"So MT; some Hebrew mss and the LXX read “Jadah” (cf. NIV, NCV, NLT) while in 8:36 the name “Jehoaddah’ appears (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A42/1"}
{"id":14895,"verse_id":"1CH.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.44","text":"The Hebrew text has בֹּכְרוּ ( bokhÿru ), which some understand as a name: “Bocheru” (so, e.g., NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). But the form should probably be revocalized בְֹּכרוֹ ( bÿkhoro , “his firstborn”). A name has accidentally dropped from the list, and a scribe apparently read בֹּכְרוּ as one of the names. Cf. also 1 Chr 8:38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%209%3A44/1"}
{"id":14896,"verse_id":"1CH.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “stuck close after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":14897,"verse_id":"1CH.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “the Philistines.” The translation has substituted the pronoun “they” to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":14898,"verse_id":"1CH.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “heavy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":14899,"verse_id":"1CH.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “and they found him, the ones who shoot with the bow, and he was in pain from the ones shooting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":14900,"verse_id":"1CH.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “so these uncircumcised ones might not come and abuse me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":14901,"verse_id":"1CH.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “all his house.” This is probably to be understood as a general summary statement. It could include other males in Saul’s household besides his three sons, cf. 1 Sam 31:6 . If it refers only to the male members of his household who would have stood in succession to the throne (cf. NLT, “bringing his dynasty to an end,”) even here there is an exception, since one of Saul’s sons, Eshbaal (or “Ishbosheth” in 2 Sam 2:8 ) was not killed in the battle and became king over Israel, which he ruled for two years ( 2 Sam 2:10 ) until he was assassinated by Rechab and Baanah ( 2 Sam 4:5-6 ). The tribe of Judah never acknowledged Ishbosheth as king; instead they followed David ( 2 Sam 2:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":14902,"verse_id":"1CH.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the army) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":14903,"verse_id":"1CH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “god.” The Hebrew term may be translated as singular or plural depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":14904,"verse_id":"1CH.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “arose and carried away the corpse of Saul and the corpses of his sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":14905,"verse_id":"1CH.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “their bones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":14906,"verse_id":"1CH.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and Saul died because of his unfaithfulness by which he acted unfaithfully against the Lord , concerning the word of the Lord which he did not keep, also to Saul, a ritual pit to seek.” The text alludes to the incident recorded in . The Hebrew term אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. In 1 Sam 28:7 the witch of Endor is called a בַּעֲלַת־אוֹב ( ba ’ alat- ’ ov , “owner of a ritual pit”). See H. A. Hoffner, “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew áo‚b ,” JBL 86 (1967): 385-401.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":14907,"verse_id":"1CH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":14908,"verse_id":"1CH.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “look, your bone and your flesh [are] we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":14909,"verse_id":"1CH.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “you were the one who led out and the one who brought in Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":14910,"verse_id":"1CH.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":14911,"verse_id":"1CH.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":14912,"verse_id":"1CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":14913,"verse_id":"1CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and there [were] the Jebusites, the inhabitants of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":14914,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Or perhaps “strikes down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":14915,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “head and officer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":14916,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “went up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":14917,"verse_id":"1CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/5"}
{"id":14918,"verse_id":"1CH.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “to that which surrounds.” On the referent here as “the surrounding walls,” see HALOT 740 s.v. סָבִיב .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":14919,"verse_id":"1CH.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “and David went, going and becoming great, and the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, Lord of hosts] was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":14920,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “and these are the number of the warriors who were David’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":14921,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) has “officers;” the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “the Thirty” (see v. 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":14922,"verse_id":"1CH.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “he was wielding his spear against 300, [who were] slain at one time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A11/3"}
{"id":14923,"verse_id":"1CH.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":14924,"verse_id":"1CH.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Some read here “Ephes Dammim.” See 1 Sam 17:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":14925,"verse_id":"1CH.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “delivered it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":14926,"verse_id":"1CH.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “and the Lord delivered [with] a great deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":14927,"verse_id":"1CH.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":14928,"verse_id":"1CH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “Who will give me water to drink?” On the rhetorical use of מִי ( mi ) here, see BDB 566 s.v. f.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":14929,"verse_id":"1CH.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “the three,” referring to the three elite warriors mentioned in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":14930,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “Far be it to me from my God from doing this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":14931,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “with their lives.” The same expression occurs later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":14932,"verse_id":"1CH.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “These things the three warriors did.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":14933,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"The Syriac reads “thirty” here and at the beginning of v. 21 ; this reading is followed by some English translations (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":14934,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “he was wielding his spear against three hundred, [who were] slain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":14935,"verse_id":"1CH.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “and to him [reading with the Qere ] there was a name among the three.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":14936,"verse_id":"1CH.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":14937,"verse_id":"1CH.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “of the three.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":14938,"verse_id":"1CH.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “the two of Ariel, Moab.” The precise meaning of אֲרִיאֵל (’ ari ’ el ) is uncertain; some read “warrior.” The present translation assumes that the word is a proper name and that בְּנֵי ( bÿney , “sons of”) has accidentally dropped from the text by homoioarcton (note the preceding שְׁנֵי , shÿney ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":14939,"verse_id":"1CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “five cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 inches for the standard cubit, this individual would be 7.5 feet (2.3 m) tall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":14940,"verse_id":"1CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “went down to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":14941,"verse_id":"1CH.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Or “more than.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":14942,"verse_id":"1CH.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":14943,"verse_id":"1CH.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:25 has the variant spelling of “Shammah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":14944,"verse_id":"1CH.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:26 has the variant spelling of “Paltite.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":14945,"verse_id":"1CH.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"In 2 Sam 23:27 this individual’s name is given as “Mebunnai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":14946,"verse_id":"1CH.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:28 has the variant “Zalmon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":14947,"verse_id":"1CH.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:29 has the variant spelling “Ittai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":14948,"verse_id":"1CH.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:28 has the variant spelling “Hiddai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":14949,"verse_id":"1CH.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:31 has the variant spelling “Abi-Albon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":14950,"verse_id":"1CH.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:31 has the variant spelling “Barhumite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":14951,"verse_id":"1CH.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"In 2 Sam 23:32 this individual’s name is given as “Jashen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":14952,"verse_id":"1CH.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:33 has the variant spelling “Shammah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":14953,"verse_id":"1CH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"In 2 Sam 23:33 this individual’s name is given as “Sharar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":14954,"verse_id":"1CH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:34 has the variant “Eliphelet son of Ahasbai the Maacathite.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A35/2"}
{"id":14955,"verse_id":"1CH.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:35 has the variant spelling “Hezrai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":14956,"verse_id":"1CH.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 23:36 has the variant “Igal son of Nathan from Zobah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2011%3A38/1"}
{"id":14957,"verse_id":"1CH.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “kept from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":14958,"verse_id":"1CH.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “ones armed with bow[s], using the right hand and the left hand with stones and with arrows with the bow, from the brothers of Saul from Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":14959,"verse_id":"1CH.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The words “These were” have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons, because of the length of the intervening material since the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":14960,"verse_id":"1CH.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “warriors, men of battle for war, prepared with shield and spear, and [like] the face of a lion were their faces, and like gazelles on the hills to hurry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":14961,"verse_id":"1CH.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “one for a hundred the small, and the great for a thousand.” Another option is to translate the preposition - לְ ( lamed ) as “against” and to understand this as a hyperbolic reference to their prowess: “the least could stand against a hundred, the greatest against a thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":14962,"verse_id":"1CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":14963,"verse_id":"1CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “and they chased all the valleys to the east and to the west.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":14964,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “and David went out before them and answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":14965,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “there will be to me concerning you a heart for unity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":14966,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “with no violence in my hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":14967,"verse_id":"1CH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A17/4"}
{"id":14968,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Perhaps “the Spirit,” but the text has simply רוּחַ ( ruakh ) with no article (suggesting an indefinite reference).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":14969,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “clothed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":14970,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"The words “and he said” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":14971,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “are with.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/4"}
{"id":14972,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “Peace, peace to you.” The Hebrew term שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) is repeated to emphasize degree.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/5"}
{"id":14973,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “and peace to the one who helps you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/6"}
{"id":14974,"verse_id":"1CH.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.18","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A18/7"}
{"id":14975,"verse_id":"1CH.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “fell upon,” here in a good sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":14976,"verse_id":"1CH.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “and they did not help them for by counsel they sent him away, the lords of the Philistines, saying, ‘With our heads he will fall to his master Saul.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":14977,"verse_id":"1CH.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":14978,"verse_id":"1CH.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “for at the time of day in a day they were coming to David to help him until [there was] a great camp like the camp of God.” The term אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “God”) is probably used idiomatically here to indicate the superlative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":14979,"verse_id":"1CH.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Heb “these are the numbers of the heads of the forces armed for battle [who] came to David in Hebron to turn over the kingdom of Saul to him according to the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":14980,"verse_id":"1CH.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “the sons of Judah, carrying shield and spear, [were] 6,800 armed for battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":14981,"verse_id":"1CH.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"Heb “from the sons of Benjamin, the brothers of Saul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":14982,"verse_id":"1CH.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.29","text":"Heb “and until then, the majority of them were keeping the charge of the house of Saul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A29/2"}
{"id":14983,"verse_id":"1CH.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Heb “men of names for the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":14984,"verse_id":"1CH.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"Heb “from the sons of Issachar, knowers of understanding for times to know what Israel should do, their heads [were] 200, and all their brothers according to their mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A32/1"}
{"id":14985,"verse_id":"1CH.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.33","text":"Heb “from Zebulun, those going out for battle, prepared for war with all weapons of war, 50,000, and to help without a heart and a heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A33/1"}
{"id":14986,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “all these [were] men of war, helpers of the battle line.” The present translation assumes an emendation of עֹדְרֵי (’ odÿrey , “helpers of”) to עֹרְכֵי , (’ orÿkhey , “prepared for”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":14987,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “with a complete heart they came to Hebron to make David king over all Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":14988,"verse_id":"1CH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"Heb “and also all the rest of Israel [was of] one mind to make David king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A38/3"}
{"id":14989,"verse_id":"1CH.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.39","text":"Heb “eating and drinking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A39/1"}
{"id":14990,"verse_id":"1CH.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Heb “cattle and sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A40/1"}
{"id":14991,"verse_id":"1CH.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.40","text":"Heb “for there was joy in Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2012%3A40/2"}
{"id":14992,"verse_id":"1CH.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “and David consulted with the officers of thousands and hundreds, to every ruler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":14993,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “If to you [it is] good and from the Lord our God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":14994,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “let us spread and let us send.” The words “the word” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":14995,"verse_id":"1CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “in the cities of their pasturelands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":14996,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":14997,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “him.” In this case, seeking God’s will is what is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":14998,"verse_id":"1CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “in the days of Saul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":14999,"verse_id":"1CH.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “all the assembly said to do so.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":15000,"verse_id":"1CH.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “for right was the word in the eyes of all the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":15001,"verse_id":"1CH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity. sn The Shihor River was a river on the border of Egypt, probably the eastern branch of the Nile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":15002,"verse_id":"1CH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “the entrance to Hamath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":15003,"verse_id":"1CH.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “the ark of God the Lord who sits [between] the cherubim which is called [by his] name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":15004,"verse_id":"1CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “with all strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":15005,"verse_id":"1CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “with songs and with zithers [meaning uncertain] and with harps.” Due to the collocation with “harps,” some type of stringed instrument is probably in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":15006,"verse_id":"1CH.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Or “to steady.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":15007,"verse_id":"1CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and the anger of the Lord burned against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":15008,"verse_id":"1CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “because he stretched out his hand over the ark.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":15009,"verse_id":"1CH.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “because the Lord broke out [with] breaking out [i.e., an outburst] against Uzzah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":15010,"verse_id":"1CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":15011,"verse_id":"1CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “craftsman of a wall,” that is, masons skilled at building stone walls.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":15012,"verse_id":"1CH.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “was lifted upwards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":15013,"verse_id":"1CH.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":15014,"verse_id":"1CH.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":15015,"verse_id":"1CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"In 1 Chr 3:8 and 2 Sam 5:16 this name appears as “Eliada.” The form here represents a variant spelling of the name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":15016,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “designated”; NCV “had been made king”; CEV “had become king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":15017,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “to seek David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":15018,"verse_id":"1CH.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “went out before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":15019,"verse_id":"1CH.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “stripped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":15020,"verse_id":"1CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “by my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":15021,"verse_id":"1CH.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “abandoned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":15022,"verse_id":"1CH.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “gods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":15023,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “and David again asked God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":15024,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The words “this time” are not in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":15025,"verse_id":"1CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"The Hebrew word translated “trees” is defined by HALOT 129 s.v. בָּכָא as “shrubs.” Some translate “balsam trees” (see BDB 113 s.v. בָּכָא ), cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":15026,"verse_id":"1CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “go out in battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":15027,"verse_id":"1CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":15028,"verse_id":"1CH.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “the name of David went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":15029,"verse_id":"1CH.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “and the Lord placed fear of him upon all the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":15030,"verse_id":"1CH.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":15031,"verse_id":"1CH.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “because for what was at first [i.e., formerly] you [were] not, the Lord our God broke out against us, because we did not seek him concerning the procedure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":15032,"verse_id":"1CH.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “causing to be heard to lift up with a voice of joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":15033,"verse_id":"1CH.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “their brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":15034,"verse_id":"1CH.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"The Hebrew text adds בֶּן ( ben , “son”) here; the word is omitted in three Hebrew mss and most LXX mss . If the word is original, perhaps the name of Zechariah’s father was accidentally omitted. Some English versions treat the word as an additional name in the list (“Ben”; e.g., KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":15035,"verse_id":"1CH.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word עֲלָמוֹת (’ alamot ) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See HALOT 835-36 s.v. עַלְמָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":15036,"verse_id":"1CH.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word שְׁמִינִית ( shÿminit ) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See HALOT 1562 s.v. שְׁמִינֹי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":15037,"verse_id":"1CH.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “for” or “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":15038,"verse_id":"1CH.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “and Kenaniah, the leader of the Levites, with lifting up, supervising with lifting up, for he was well-informed.” The precise nuance of מַשָּׂא ( masa ’, “lifting up”) is unclear. Some understand it as a reference to supervising the singing and music (e.g., NIV: “Kenaniah…was in charge of the singing”; NEB: “Kenaniah…was precentor in charge of the music”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":15039,"verse_id":"1CH.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “gatekeepers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":15040,"verse_id":"1CH.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “gatekeepers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":15041,"verse_id":"1CH.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “the leader, the lifting up, the musicians.” See also the note on the word “matter” in v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":15042,"verse_id":"1CH.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"The Hebrew text adds “in her heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":15043,"verse_id":"1CH.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Or “tokens of peace”; NIV “fellowship offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":15044,"verse_id":"1CH.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":15045,"verse_id":"1CH.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “and the judgments of his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":15046,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":15047,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":15048,"verse_id":"1CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":15049,"verse_id":"1CH.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “in all the earth [are] his judgments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":15050,"verse_id":"1CH.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"The Hebrew text has a masculine plural imperative, addressed to the people. Some LXX mss harmonize the wording here to Ps 105:8 , which has זָכַר ( zakhar ), the perfect third masculine singular form of the verb, “He (the Lord ) remembers” (so NIV; NEB reads “He called to mind his covenant”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":15051,"verse_id":"1CH.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “[the] word he commanded.” The text refers here to God’s unconditional covenantal promise to Abraham and the patriarchs, as vv. 16-18 make clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":15052,"verse_id":"1CH.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":15053,"verse_id":"1CH.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “his oath to Isaac.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":15054,"verse_id":"1CH.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “eternal covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":15055,"verse_id":"1CH.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “and from a kingdom to another nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":15056,"verse_id":"1CH.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":15057,"verse_id":"1CH.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “from day to day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":15058,"verse_id":"1CH.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The verb “tell” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":15059,"verse_id":"1CH.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “feared above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":15060,"verse_id":"1CH.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"The Hebrew word אֱלִילִים (’ elilim , “worthless”) sounds like אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “gods”). The sound play draws attention to the statement. Many modern English translations render this term as “idols” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":15061,"verse_id":"1CH.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"Or “the sky” (also in v. 31 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A26/2"}
{"id":15062,"verse_id":"1CH.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “majesty and splendor [are] before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":15063,"verse_id":"1CH.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “strength and joy [are] in his place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A27/2"}
{"id":15064,"verse_id":"1CH.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “the splendor of [i.e., due] his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":15065,"verse_id":"1CH.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “in holy splendor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":15066,"verse_id":"1CH.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “let them say among the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":15067,"verse_id":"1CH.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Or “is eternal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":15068,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.35","text":"The words “this prayer” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/1"}
{"id":15069,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.35","text":"Heb “to give thanks.” The infinitive construct indicates result after the imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/2"}
{"id":15070,"verse_id":"1CH.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.35","text":"Heb “to boast in your praise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A35/3"}
{"id":15071,"verse_id":"1CH.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.36","text":"Heb “from everlasting to everlasting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A36/1"}
{"id":15072,"verse_id":"1CH.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.36","text":"This is the Hebrew term אָמֵן (’ amen , “surely”), traditionally transliterated “amen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A36/2"}
{"id":15073,"verse_id":"1CH.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.37","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A37/1"}
{"id":15074,"verse_id":"1CH.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.37","text":"Heb “according to the matter of the day in its day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A37/2"}
{"id":15075,"verse_id":"1CH.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.39","text":"The word “served” is supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A39/1"}
{"id":15076,"verse_id":"1CH.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.39","text":"Or “high place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A39/2"}
{"id":15077,"verse_id":"1CH.16.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.40","text":"Heb “which he commanded Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A40/1"}
{"id":15078,"verse_id":"1CH.16.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.41","text":"Perhaps this refers to the refrain of their songs of praise (see ). In this case one could translate, “to give thanks to the Lord with songs using the refrain, ‘For his loyal love endures.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A41/1"}
{"id":15079,"verse_id":"1CH.16.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.42","text":"Heb “and with them, Heman and Jeduthun, trumpets and cymbals for sounding, and the instrument of song of God, and the sons of Jeduthun [were] at the gate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A42/1"}
{"id":15080,"verse_id":"1CH.16.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":16,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.43","text":"Heb “to bless his house.” Elsewhere when “house” is the object of “bless,” it refers to a household or family. See, for example, 1 Chr 13:14; 17:27 . However, since בֵּית ( bet , “house”) refers to a literal house or home earlier in the verse and to David’s palace in 17:1 , one might translate here, “David went to pronounce a blessing on [i.e., dedicate] his house [i.e., palace].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2016%3A43/1"}
{"id":15081,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":15082,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “David.” The pronoun “he” has been used in the translation here to avoid redundancy in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":15083,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":15084,"verse_id":"1CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “tent curtains.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/4"}
{"id":15085,"verse_id":"1CH.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “all which is in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":15086,"verse_id":"1CH.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “the word of God was [i.e., came] to Nathan the prophet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":15087,"verse_id":"1CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"The words “from Egypt” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":15088,"verse_id":"1CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “and I was from tent to tent and from tabernacle.” The words אֶל־מִשְּׁכָּן (’ el-mishÿkan , “to tabernacle”) should probably be added at the end of the sentence to complete this prepositional phrase and produce symmetry with the preceding prepositional phrase. The words probably fell from the text by homoioteleuton. sn I have lived in a tent that has been in various places. The point here is that the Lord moved with the tabernacle as it moved from place to place; he did not confine himself to a particular location.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":15089,"verse_id":"1CH.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question (“Did I say?”) meaning “I did not say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":15090,"verse_id":"1CH.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “to one of the judges of Israel whom I commanded to shepherd my people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":15091,"verse_id":"1CH.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Traditionally, “ Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":15092,"verse_id":"1CH.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “and from after sheep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":15093,"verse_id":"1CH.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":15094,"verse_id":"1CH.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and I will make for you a name like the name of the great men who are in the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":15095,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “plant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":15096,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “shaken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":15097,"verse_id":"1CH.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “and sons of violence will no longer consume them as in the beginning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A9/3"}
{"id":15098,"verse_id":"1CH.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Here the word “house” is used in a metaphorical sense, referring to a royal dynasty. The Lord ’s use of the word here plays off the literal sense that David had in mind as he contemplated building a temple (“house”) for the Lord . In the translation the adjective “dynastic” is supplied to indicate that the term is used metaphorically.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":15099,"verse_id":"1CH.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “and it will be when your days are full to go with your ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":15100,"verse_id":"1CH.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “your seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":15101,"verse_id":"1CH.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “and I will establish his throne permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":15102,"verse_id":"1CH.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “and his throne will be established permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":15103,"verse_id":"1CH.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “according to all these words and according to all this revelation, so Nathan said to David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":15104,"verse_id":"1CH.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":15105,"verse_id":"1CH.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “and this was small in your eyes, O God, so you spoke concerning the house of your servant for a distance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":15106,"verse_id":"1CH.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"The translation “You have revealed to me what men long to know” is very tentative; the meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear. The text appears to read literally, “and you see me like the searching of man, that which is upward,” which is nonsensical. The translation above assumes the following: (1) The Qal verb translated “you see me” is repointed as a Hiphil, “you showed me,” (2) תּוֹר ( tor ) is understood in the sense of “searching, exploring,” and (3) הַמַּעֲלָה ( hamma ’ alah ) is taken in a temporal sense of “that which lies beyond.” Thus one could translate, “you have shown me what men search for, what lies beyond.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":15107,"verse_id":"1CH.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"The word “say” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":15108,"verse_id":"1CH.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “for honoring your servant, and you, your servant, know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":15109,"verse_id":"1CH.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":15110,"verse_id":"1CH.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “to make known all the great deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":15111,"verse_id":"1CH.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “in all which we heard with our ears,” but בְּכֹל ( bÿkhol , “in all”) should probably be emended to כְּכֹל ( kÿkhol , “according to all”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":15112,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “a nation, one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":15113,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “whose God,” or “because God.” In the Hebrew text this clause is subordinated to what precedes. The clauses are separated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":15114,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “redeem” or “deliver.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/3"}
{"id":15115,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “to make for yourself a name [with] great and awesome [deeds].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/4"}
{"id":15116,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “to drive out.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/5"}
{"id":15117,"verse_id":"1CH.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “from Egypt, nations.” The parallel text in 2 Sam 7:23 reads “from Egypt, nations and its gods.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A21/6"}
{"id":15118,"verse_id":"1CH.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “and you made your people Israel your own for a people permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":15119,"verse_id":"1CH.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “and now, O Lord , the word which you spoke concerning your servant and concerning his house, may it be established permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":15120,"verse_id":"1CH.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “as you have spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":15121,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Following the imperative in v. 23 b, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result: “so it might become a reality.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":15122,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “so it might be established.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":15123,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “and your name might be great permanently.” Following the imperative in v. 23 b, the prefixed verbal form with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result (parallel to the previous purpose/result clause): “[so]…you might gain lasting fame.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/3"}
{"id":15124,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “saying.” The words “as people” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/4"}
{"id":15125,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts], the God of Israel, Israel’s God.” The phrases אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל (’ elohey yisra ’ el , “God of Israel”) and אֱלֹהִים לְיִשְׂרָאֵל (’ elohim lÿyisra ’ el , “Israel’s God”) are probably alternative readings that have been conflated in the text.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/5"}
{"id":15126,"verse_id":"1CH.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “the house of David.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A24/6"}
{"id":15127,"verse_id":"1CH.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":15128,"verse_id":"1CH.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “That is why your servant found to pray before you.” Perhaps the phrase אֶת לִבּוֹ (’ et libbo , “his heart”) should be supplied as the object of the verb “found.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A25/2"}
{"id":15129,"verse_id":"1CH.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “the God.” The article indicates uniqueness here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":15130,"verse_id":"1CH.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “and you have spoken to your servant this good thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A26/2"}
{"id":15131,"verse_id":"1CH.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":15132,"verse_id":"1CH.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “for you, O Lord , have blessed and [it is] blessed permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2017%3A27/2"}
{"id":15133,"verse_id":"1CH.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"2 Sam 8:1 identifies this region as “Metheg Ammah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":15134,"verse_id":"1CH.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “from the hand of the Philistines.” Here “hand” is figurative language for “control.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":15135,"verse_id":"1CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “and the Moabites were servants of David, carriers of tribute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":15136,"verse_id":"1CH.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":15137,"verse_id":"1CH.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “when he went to set up his hand at the Euphrates River.” The Hebrew word יָד ( yad , “hand”) is usually understood to mean “control” or “dominion” here. However, since יָד does occasionally refer to a monument, perhaps one could translate, “to set up his monument at the Euphrates River” (i.e., as a visible marker of the limits of his dominion). For another example of the Hiphil of נָצַב ( natsav ) used with יָד (“monument”), see 1 Sam 15:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":15138,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Or “horsemen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":15139,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Hadadezer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":15140,"verse_id":"1CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “and David cut the hamstrings of all the chariot horses, and he left from them one hundred chariot horses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":15141,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “and David placed in Aram of Damascus.” The object נְצִיבִים ( nÿtsivim , “garrisons”) appears to have been accidentally omitted from the text. See v. 13 , as well as the parallel passage in 2 Sam 8:6 , which includes it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":15142,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":15143,"verse_id":"1CH.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “wherever he went.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":15144,"verse_id":"1CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “which were upon the servants of Hadadezer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":15145,"verse_id":"1CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":15146,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"The MT reads “Tibhath” here, a variant name for Tebah (cf. 2 Sam 8:8 ). Some English translations substitute the other version of the name here (e.g., NIV, NLT), while others follow the reading of the Hebrew text at this point (e.g., NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":15147,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:8 has the variant name “Berothai.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":15148,"verse_id":"1CH.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “the sea of bronze,” or “[the] sea, the bronze one.” See the note at 1 Kgs 7:23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":15149,"verse_id":"1CH.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The name is spelled “Toi” in the parallel text in 2 Sam 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":15150,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"The name is spelled “Joram” in the parallel text in 2 Sam 8:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":15151,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “to ask concerning him for peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":15152,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “and to bless him because he fought with Hadadezer and defeated him, for Hadadezer was a man of battles with Tou.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":15153,"verse_id":"1CH.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “[along with] all items of gold and silver and bronze.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A10/4"}
{"id":15154,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “also them King David made holy to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":15155,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":15156,"verse_id":"1CH.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:12 of the MT reads “Aram.” However, a few Hebrew mss along with the LXX and Syriac of 2 Sam 8:12 read “Edom” in agreement with 1 Chr 18:11 (cf. 2 Sam 8:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":15157,"verse_id":"1CH.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:13 attributes this victory to David.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":15158,"verse_id":"1CH.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":15159,"verse_id":"1CH.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “wherever he went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":15160,"verse_id":"1CH.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “and he was doing what is just and fair for all his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":15161,"verse_id":"1CH.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":15162,"verse_id":"1CH.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:17 has the variant spelling “Seraiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":15163,"verse_id":"1CH.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “[was] over.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":15164,"verse_id":"1CH.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “and the sons of David [were] the heads at the hand of David.” The parallel text of 2 Sam 8:18 identifies them as “priests” (see sn there on the word “priests”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":15165,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “do loyalty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":15166,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “did loyalty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":15167,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “to console him concerning his father.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":15168,"verse_id":"1CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and the servants of David came to the land of the sons of Ammon to Hanun to console him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/4"}
{"id":15169,"verse_id":"1CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “Is David honoring your father in your eyes when he sends to you ones consoling?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":15170,"verse_id":"1CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “Is it not to explore and to overturn and to spy out the land (that) his servants have come to you?” The Hebrew term לַהֲפֹךְ ( lahafakh , “to overturn”) seems misplaced in the sequence. Some emend the form to לַחְפֹּר ( lakhpor , “to spy out”). The sequence of three infinitives may be a conflation of alternative readings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":15171,"verse_id":"1CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “shaved them.” See v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":15172,"verse_id":"1CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and he cut their robes in the middle unto the buttocks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":15173,"verse_id":"1CH.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “they.” The logical referent, though not specified in the Hebrew text, has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":15174,"verse_id":"1CH.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":15175,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “that they were a stench [i.e., disgusting] with David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":15176,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the Ammonites hired chariots and charioteers for about 33.7 tons (30,600 kg) of silver.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":15177,"verse_id":"1CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:6 has “Aram Beth Rehob and Aram Zobah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":15178,"verse_id":"1CH.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"The words “the news” and “to meet them” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":15179,"verse_id":"1CH.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:10 has “the Ammonites” in place of “the Arameans” here. tn Heb “and Joab saw that the face of the battle was to him before and behind and he chose from all the best in Israel and arranged to meet Aram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":15180,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":15181,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “if Aram is stronger than me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":15182,"verse_id":"1CH.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “if the sons of Ammon are stronger than you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":15183,"verse_id":"1CH.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “and the Lord , what is good in his eyes, he will do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":15184,"verse_id":"1CH.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “and the army which was with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":15185,"verse_id":"1CH.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":15186,"verse_id":"1CH.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":15187,"verse_id":"1CH.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “the River,” referring to the Euphrates. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":15188,"verse_id":"1CH.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “and Aram saw that they were struck down before Israel and they sent messengers and brought out Aram which is beyond the River, and Shophach the commander of the army of Hadadezer [was] before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":15189,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":15190,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:17 “he came to Helam.” tn Heb “and he came to them and was deployed against them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":15191,"verse_id":"1CH.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “and David was deployed to meet Aram [for] battle and they fought with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":15192,"verse_id":"1CH.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:18 has “seven hundred.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":15193,"verse_id":"1CH.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 10:18 has the variant spelling “Shobach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":15194,"verse_id":"1CH.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “and it was at the time of the turning of the year, at the time of the going out of kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":15195,"verse_id":"1CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"The translation follows the MT, which reads “of their king”; the LXX and Vulgate read “of Milcom” (cf. 1 Kgs 11:5 ). Milcom, also known as Molech, was the god of the Ammonites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":15196,"verse_id":"1CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “and it was on the head of David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":15197,"verse_id":"1CH.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"The Hebrew text reads “saws,” but since saws were just mentioned, it is preferable to emend מְגֵרוֹת ( mÿgerot , “saws”) to מַגְזְרוֹת ( magzÿrot , “axes”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":15198,"verse_id":"1CH.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and so he would do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":15199,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “battle stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":15200,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:18 identifies this site as “Gob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":15201,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:18 has the variant spelling “Saph.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":15202,"verse_id":"1CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Philistines) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/4"}
{"id":15203,"verse_id":"1CH.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “Elchanan son of Jair killed Lachmi the brother of Goliath the Gittite.” But it is likely that the accusative marker in front of לַחְמִי ( lakhmiy , “Lachmi”) is a corruption of בֵּית ( bet ), and that אֶת־לַחְמִי (’ et-lakhmiy ) should be emended to בֵּית הַלַּחְמִי ( bet hallakhmiy , “the Bethlehemite”). See 2 Sam 21:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":15204,"verse_id":"1CH.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"See tc note on the parallel passage in 2 Sam 21:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":15205,"verse_id":"1CH.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “and there was another battle, in Gath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":15206,"verse_id":"1CH.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 21:21 has the variant spelling “Shimeah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":15207,"verse_id":"1CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “they fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":15208,"verse_id":"1CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “his servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":15209,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Or “Satan.” The Hebrew word שָׂטָן ( satan ) can refer to an adversary in general or Satan in particular. There is no article accompanying the term here, which suggests it should be understood generally (cf. NAB “a satan”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":15210,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “stood against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":15211,"verse_id":"1CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “and incited David to count Israel.” As v. 5 indicates, David was not interested in a general census, but in determining how much military strength he had. sn The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:1 says, “The Lord ’s anger again raged against Israel and he incited David against them, saying: ‘Go, count Israel and Judah!’“ The version of the incident in the Book of 2 Samuel gives an underlying theological perspective, while the Chronicler simply describes what happened from a human perspective. Many interpreters and translations render the Hebrew שָׂטָן as a proper name here, “Satan” (NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). However, the Hebrew term שָׂטָן , which means “adversary,” is used here without the article. Elsewhere when it appears without the article, it refers to a personal or national adversary in the human sphere, the lone exception being Num 22:22, 32 , where the angel of the Lord assumes the role of an adversary to Balaam. When referring elsewhere to the spiritual entity known in the NT as Satan, the noun has the article and is used as a title, “the Adversary” (see Job 1:6-9, 12; 2:1-4, 6-7 ; Zech 3:1-2 ). In light of usage elsewhere the adversary in 1 Chr 21:1 is likely a human enemy, probably a nearby nation whose hostility against Israel pressured David into numbering the people so he could assess his military strength. For compelling linguistic and literary arguments against taking the noun as a proper name here, see S. Japhet, I & II Chronicles (OTL), 374-75.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":15212,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":15213,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “Go, count Israel.” See the note on “had” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":15214,"verse_id":"1CH.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “their number.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":15215,"verse_id":"1CH.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":15216,"verse_id":"1CH.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “Why should it become guilt for Israel?” David’s decision betrays an underlying trust in his own strength rather than in divine provision. See also 1 Chr 27:23-24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":15217,"verse_id":"1CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “and the word of the king was stronger than Joab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":15218,"verse_id":"1CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":15219,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “and Joab gave to David the number of the numbering of the army [or “people”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":15220,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “a thousand thousands and one hundred thousand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":15221,"verse_id":"1CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:9 has variant figures: “In Israel there were eight hundred thousand sword-wielding warriors, and in Judah there were five hundred thousands soldiers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":15222,"verse_id":"1CH.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “he”; the proper name (“Joab”) has been substituted for the pronoun here for stylistic reasons; the proper name occurs at the end of the verse in the Hebrew text, where it has been replaced by the pronoun (“him”) in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":15223,"verse_id":"1CH.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “There was displeasure in the eyes of God concerning this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":15224,"verse_id":"1CH.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":15225,"verse_id":"1CH.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “Three I am extending to you; choose for yourself one of them and I will do it to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":15226,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"The parallel text in the MT of 2 Sam 24:13 has “seven,” but LXX has “three” there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":15227,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “or three months being swept away from before your enemies and the sword of your enemies overtaking.” The Hebrew term נִסְפֶּה ( nisppeh , Niphal participle from סָפָה , safah ) should probably be emended to נֻסְכָה ( nusÿkhah , Qal infinitive from נוּס [ nus ] with second masculine singular suffix). See 2 Sam 24:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":15228,"verse_id":"1CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “or three days of the sword of the Lord and plague in the land, and the messenger [or “angel”] of the Lord destroying in all the territory of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":15229,"verse_id":"1CH.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “There is great distress to me; let me fall into the hand of the Lord for his mercy is very great, but into the hand of men let me not fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":15230,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 24:15 reports that God sent a plague, while 24:16-17 attributes this to the instrumentality of an angel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":15231,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “destroy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":15232,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “while he was destroying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/3"}
{"id":15233,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “saw.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/4"}
{"id":15234,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “was grieved because of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/5"}
{"id":15235,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “concerning the calamity.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/6"}
{"id":15236,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.15","text":"For this nuance of the Hebrew word רַב ( rav ), see BDB 913 s.v. 1 .f.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/7"}
{"id":15237,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “Now, drop your hand.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/8"}
{"id":15238,"verse_id":"1CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"21.15","text":"In the parallel text in 2 Sam 24:16 this individual is called אֲרַוְנָא (’ aravna ’, “Aravna”), traditionally “Araunah.” The form of the name found here also occurs in vv. 18-28 .","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/9"}
{"id":15239,"verse_id":"1CH.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “and David and the elders, covered with sackcloth, fell on their faces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":15240,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"“and doing evil I did evil.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite form of the verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":15241,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “let your hand be on me and on the house of my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":15242,"verse_id":"1CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “but on your people not for a plague.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/3"}
{"id":15243,"verse_id":"1CH.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “that he should go up to raise up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":15244,"verse_id":"1CH.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “and David went up by the word of Gad which he spoke in the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":15245,"verse_id":"1CH.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “nostrils.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":15246,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “the place of the threshing floor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":15247,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Following the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive here indicates the immediate purpose/result: “so I can build.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":15248,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “For full silver sell to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/3"}
{"id":15249,"verse_id":"1CH.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.22","text":"Following the imperative and first person prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive, this third person prefixed verbal form with vav conjunctive introduces the ultimate purpose/result: “so the plague may be removed.” Another option is subordinate this form to the preceding imperative, but the latter may be taken as a parenthetical expansion of the initial request.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A22/4"}
{"id":15250,"verse_id":"1CH.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “take for yourself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":15251,"verse_id":"1CH.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “what is good in his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":15252,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “No, for buying I will buy for full silver.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":15253,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"The parallel text in 2 Sam 24:24 has the plural “burnt sacrifices.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":15254,"verse_id":"1CH.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.24","text":"Or “without [paying] compensation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A24/3"}
{"id":15255,"verse_id":"1CH.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The parallel text of 2 Sam 24:24 says David bought the threshing floor and the oxen for “fifty pieces of silver.” This would have been about 20 ounces (568 grams) of silver by weight. tn Heb “six hundred shekels of gold.” This would have been about 15 lbs. (6.8 kg) of gold by weight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":15256,"verse_id":"1CH.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Or “tokens of peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":15257,"verse_id":"1CH.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":15258,"verse_id":"1CH.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “spoke to the messenger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":15259,"verse_id":"1CH.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Or “high place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":15260,"verse_id":"1CH.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “a young man and tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":15261,"verse_id":"1CH.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “and the house to build to make exceedingly great for a name and for splendor for all the lands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":15262,"verse_id":"1CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “I was with my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":15263,"verse_id":"1CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “for the name of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":15264,"verse_id":"1CH.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord was [i.e., came] to me saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":15265,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “man of rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":15266,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “his enemies all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":15267,"verse_id":"1CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “in his days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/4"}
{"id":15268,"verse_id":"1CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":15269,"verse_id":"1CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “and I will establish the throne of his kingdom over Israel permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":15270,"verse_id":"1CH.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “as he spoke concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":15271,"verse_id":"1CH.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":15272,"verse_id":"1CH.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “which the Lord commanded Moses concerning Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":15273,"verse_id":"1CH.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Or perhaps, “and don’t get discouraged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":15274,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “and look, in my affliction [or perhaps, “poverty”] I have supplied for the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":15275,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":15276,"verse_id":"1CH.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “a thousand thousands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":15277,"verse_id":"1CH.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “craftsmen of stone and wood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":15278,"verse_id":"1CH.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “and every kind of skilled one in all work, concerning gold, concerning silver, and concerning bronze, and concerning iron, there is no numbering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":15279,"verse_id":"1CH.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":15280,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"The words “he told them” are added in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":15281,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement is phrased as a rhetorical question, “Is not the Lord your God with you?” The question anticipates the response, “Of course he is!” Thus in the translation the positive statement “The Lord your God is with you!” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":15282,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “and he gives rest to you all around.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/3"}
{"id":15283,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “earth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/4"}
{"id":15284,"verse_id":"1CH.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “earth.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A18/5"}
{"id":15285,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “now give your heart and your being to seek the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":15286,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “to bring.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":15287,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “items of holiness of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/3"}
{"id":15288,"verse_id":"1CH.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “for the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2022%3A19/4"}
{"id":15289,"verse_id":"1CH.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “and full of years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":15290,"verse_id":"1CH.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":15291,"verse_id":"1CH.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “and their number by their heads, by men, was 38,000.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":15292,"verse_id":"1CH.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The words “David said” are supplied here in the translation for clarification. The appearance of the first person verb “I supplied” in v. 5 indicates that David is speaking here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":15293,"verse_id":"1CH.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “made to [or “for”] praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":15294,"verse_id":"1CH.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"The MT reads “Zina” here and “Zizah” in v. 11 . One Hebrew ms , the LXX, and the Vulgate, harmonizing the form of the name to that found in v. 11 , read “Zizah” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":15295,"verse_id":"1CH.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “and Aaron was set apart to consecrate it, the most holy things, he and his sons, permanently, to sacrifice before the Lord , to serve him, and to bless his name permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":15296,"verse_id":"1CH.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “and Moses the man of God, his sons were called to the tribe of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":15297,"verse_id":"1CH.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this. The attached phrase “the oldest” might indicate that Shebuel was not Gershom’s only son, but note v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":15298,"verse_id":"1CH.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"The LXX reads Σουβαηλ ( Soubahl ) here, a reading followed by NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV (“Shubael”); cf. 24:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":15299,"verse_id":"1CH.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The Hebrew text has “the sons of Eliezer were,” but only one name appears after this in the verse, and we are specifically told that Eliezer had no other sons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":15300,"verse_id":"1CH.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this. The attached phrase “the oldest” might indicate that Shelomith was not Izhar’s only son, but note v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":15301,"verse_id":"1CH.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Heb “the sons of Kish, their brothers [i.e., relatives/cousins] lifted them up.” For other uses of נָאָשׂ ( na ’ as , “lift up”) in the sense of “marry,” see BDB 671 s.v. Qal.3.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":15302,"verse_id":"1CH.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “these were the sons of Levi according to the house of their fathers, heads of the fathers, according to their numberings, by number of names, according to their heads, doer[s] of the work for the service of the house of the Lord , from a son of twenty years and upwards.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":15303,"verse_id":"1CH.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":15304,"verse_id":"1CH.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “for by the final words of David, they were the number of the sons of Levi, from a son of twenty years and upward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":15305,"verse_id":"1CH.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “For their assignment was at the hand of the sons of Aaron for the work of the house of the Lord concerning the courtyards and concerning the rooms and concerning the purification of all holiness and the work of the service of the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":15306,"verse_id":"1CH.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “with respect to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":15307,"verse_id":"1CH.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"The Hebrew terms מְשׂוּרָה ( mÿsurah ) and מִדָּה ( middah ) refer to different types of measurements.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":15308,"verse_id":"1CH.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “and to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":15309,"verse_id":"1CH.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “by number according to the manner upon them, regularly before the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":15310,"verse_id":"1CH.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “and they kept the charge of the tent of meeting and the charge of the holy place and the charge of the sons of Aaron, their brothers, for the service of the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":15311,"verse_id":"1CH.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “for their assignment in their service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":15312,"verse_id":"1CH.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “And the sons of Eleazar were found to be more, with respect to the heads of men, than the sons of Ithamar, and they divided them. To the sons of Eleazar there were sixteen heads, according to the house of the fathers; and to the sons of Ithamar there were eight, according to the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":15313,"verse_id":"1CH.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “and they divided them by lots, these with these, for the officials of the holy place and the officials of God were from the sons of Eleazar and among the sons of Ithamar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":15314,"verse_id":"1CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “one house of a father was drawn by lot for Eleazar, and one [this assumes an emendation of אָחֻז (’ akhuz ) to אֶחָד (’ ekhad , “one”)] was drawn by lot for Ithamar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":15315,"verse_id":"1CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":15316,"verse_id":"1CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “these were their responsibilities for their service to enter the house of the Lord according to their manner [given] by the hand of Aaron their father, as the Lord God of Israel commanded him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":15317,"verse_id":"1CH.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “Belonging to the rest of the sons of Levi.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":15318,"verse_id":"1CH.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"This appears to be a variant of the name Shebuel (cf. 1 Chr 23:16 and 26:24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":15319,"verse_id":"1CH.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Most Hebrew mss omit “Hebron” here, but see 1 Chr 23:19 . The name is included in two Hebrew mss and some LXX mss .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":15320,"verse_id":"1CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural “sons,” but only one name appears after this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":15321,"verse_id":"1CH.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Heb “the sons of Jaaziah, Beno.” Apparently בְנוֹ ( vÿno ), which could be translated “his son,” is a proper name here. The text, however, may be corrupt at this point; a list of Jaaziah’s sons may have been accidentally omitted. See v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":15322,"verse_id":"1CH.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Or “from Jaaziah his son.” See the note on “Beno” in v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":15323,"verse_id":"1CH.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"The Hebrew text has, “Belonging to [i.e., from] Kish, the sons of Kish, Jerahmeel.” There appears to be a conflation of headings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":15324,"verse_id":"1CH.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “the fathers [i.e., families] of the head [i.e., oldest] just like his youngest brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":15325,"verse_id":"1CH.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “David and the officers of the army set apart for service the sons of Asaph and Heman and Jeduthun, the ones prophesying by harps, by lyres, and by cymbals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":15326,"verse_id":"1CH.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “and their number was, the men of work for their service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A1/2"}
{"id":15327,"verse_id":"1CH.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “the sons of Asaph [were] upon the hand of Asaph, the one prophesying upon the hands of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":15328,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “belonging to Jeduthun, the sons of Jeduthun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":15329,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"This name appears as “Izri” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":15330,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.3","text":"One Hebrew ms and some LXX mss supply the name “Shimei” after “Jeshaiah.” Most Hebrew mss omit the name here (but cf. v. 17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/3"}
{"id":15331,"verse_id":"1CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"25.3","text":"The list includes only five names. Apparently the name “Shimei” (see v. 17 ), which appears in one medieval Hebrew ms and in the LXX, has been accidentally omitted from the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/4"}
{"id":15332,"verse_id":"1CH.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “belonging to Heman, the sons of Heman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":15333,"verse_id":"1CH.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “by the words of God to exalt a horn.” An animal’s horn is sometimes used metaphorically as a symbol of strength and honor. See BDB 901-2 s.v. קֶרֶנ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":15334,"verse_id":"1CH.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “and their number with their brothers, trained in music to the Lord , all skilled, was 288.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":15335,"verse_id":"1CH.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “and they cast lots [for] service, just as like small, like great, teacher with student.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":15336,"verse_id":"1CH.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “The first lot went to Asaph, to Joseph.” Apparently the recurring formula, “and his sons and his relatives, twelve” has been accidentally omitted from the Hebrew text at this point (see vv. 10-31 ; the formula is slightly different in v. 9 b). If the number “twelve” is not supplied here, the total comes to only 276, not the 288 required by v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":15337,"verse_id":"1CH.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"“Izri” is a variant of the name “Zeri” (cf. 25:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":15338,"verse_id":"1CH.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"“Jesharelah” is a variant of the name “Asarelah” (cf. 25:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":15339,"verse_id":"1CH.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"“Azarel” is a variant of the name “Uzziel” (cf. 25:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":15340,"verse_id":"1CH.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Or “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":15341,"verse_id":"1CH.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “for a gate and a gate,” i.e., for each gate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":15342,"verse_id":"1CH.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"“Shelemiah” is a variant of the name “Meshelemiah” (cf. 26:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":15343,"verse_id":"1CH.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “a guard alongside a guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":15344,"verse_id":"1CH.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Or “treasuries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":15345,"verse_id":"1CH.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"“Ladan” is a variant of the name “Libni” (cf. 6:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":15346,"verse_id":"1CH.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"“Jehieli” is a variant of the name “Jehiel” (cf. 23:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":15347,"verse_id":"1CH.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"A number of English versions follow the LXX and Vulgate and read “Shubael” here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":15348,"verse_id":"1CH.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “Shelomith,” while the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “Shelomoth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":15349,"verse_id":"1CH.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"The MT reads “Shelomoth”; the name is spelled “Shelomith” in the marginal reading ( Qere ) of v. 25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":15350,"verse_id":"1CH.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A28/1"}
{"id":15351,"verse_id":"1CH.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"The words “the temple” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A29/1"}
{"id":15352,"verse_id":"1CH.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Heb “and they were searched and there were found in them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A31/1"}
{"id":15353,"verse_id":"1CH.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “and his brothers, sons of respect, [were] 2,700, heads of fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A32/1"}
{"id":15354,"verse_id":"1CH.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.32","text":"Heb “with respect to every matter of God and matter of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2026%3A32/2"}
{"id":15355,"verse_id":"1CH.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel according to their number, heads of the fathers and the commanders of the thousands and the hundreds and their officers who served the king with respect to every matter of the divisions, [that which] comes and goes out month by month according to all the months of the year, one division [was] twenty-four thousand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":15356,"verse_id":"1CH.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “the leader.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":15357,"verse_id":"1CH.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “That [was the] Benaiah [who was] a warrior of the thirty and over the thirty, and his division, Ammizabad his son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":15358,"verse_id":"1CH.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “[was] after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":15359,"verse_id":"1CH.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Heb “anger was on Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":15360,"verse_id":"1CH.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.24","text":"The Hebrew text has “in the number,” but מִסְפַּר ( mispar ) is probably dittographic – note that the same word appears immediately before this. The form should be emended to בְּסֵפֶר ( bÿsefar , “in the scroll”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A24/2"}
{"id":15361,"verse_id":"1CH.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.26","text":"Heb “with respect to the work of the land.” The phrase refers to agricultural labor; see HALOT 776-77 s.v. עֲבֹדָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A26/1"}
{"id":15362,"verse_id":"1CH.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “and over [that] which is in the vineyards, with respect to the storehouses of the wine, [was] Zabdi the Shiphmite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":15363,"verse_id":"1CH.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Or “foothills”; Heb “the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":15364,"verse_id":"1CH.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “was an adviser, a man of insight, and a scribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A32/1"}
{"id":15365,"verse_id":"1CH.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.32","text":"Heb “[was] with” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “tutored”; NRSV “attended”; NLT “was responsible to teach.’","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A32/2"}
{"id":15366,"verse_id":"1CH.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"Heb “friend.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2027%3A33/1"}
{"id":15367,"verse_id":"1CH.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":15368,"verse_id":"1CH.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “I, with my heart to build a house of rest for the ark of the covenant of the Lord and for a stool of the feet of our God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":15369,"verse_id":"1CH.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":15370,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “out of all the house of my father to become king over all Israel permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":15371,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/2"}
{"id":15372,"verse_id":"1CH.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “and among the sons of my father he desired to make me king over all Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A4/3"}
{"id":15373,"verse_id":"1CH.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “from all my sons, for many sons the Lord has given to me, he chose Solomon my son to sit on the throne of the kingdom of the Lord over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":15374,"verse_id":"1CH.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “if he is strong to do my commands and my regulations like this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":15375,"verse_id":"1CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"The words “I say this” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":15376,"verse_id":"1CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “Watch! Seek!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":15377,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":15378,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “with a complete heart and a willing being.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":15379,"verse_id":"1CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “he will allow himself to be found by you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/3"}
{"id":15380,"verse_id":"1CH.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":15381,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “for the porch.” The word “temple” was supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":15382,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “storerooms.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":15383,"verse_id":"1CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":15384,"verse_id":"1CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":15385,"verse_id":"1CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “the pattern of all which was in the spirit with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/2"}
{"id":15386,"verse_id":"1CH.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"The words “he gave him the regulations” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":15387,"verse_id":"1CH.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":15388,"verse_id":"1CH.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “for the gold, by the weight, for the gold, for all the items of service and service, for all the items of silver by weight for all the items of service and service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":15389,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"The words “he gave him” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":15390,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"The Hebrew text reads מֶרְכָּבָה ( merkavah , “chariot”), but the final he ( ה ) is probably dittographic – note the prefixed he ( ה ) on the immediately following word. It is preferable to read מֶרְכָּב ( merkav , “seat”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":15391,"verse_id":"1CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"28.18","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “their wings,” but the word כְּנָפַיִם ( kÿnafayim , “wings”) has probably been accidentally omitted by homoioteleuton. Note that the immediately preceding לְפֹרְשִׂים ( lÿforsim ) also ends in mem ( ם ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/3"}
{"id":15392,"verse_id":"1CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"The words “David said” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":15393,"verse_id":"1CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “the whole in writing from the hand of the Lord upon me, he gave insight [for] all the workings of the plan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":15394,"verse_id":"1CH.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Or perhaps, “don’t be discouraged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":15395,"verse_id":"1CH.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “and with you in all work, for every willing [one] in skill for all service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":15396,"verse_id":"1CH.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “and the officials and all the people to all your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2028%3A21/2"}
{"id":15397,"verse_id":"1CH.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “a young man and tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":15398,"verse_id":"1CH.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “and according to all my strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":15399,"verse_id":"1CH.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “the gold for the gold, and the silver for the silver, and the bronze for the bronze, and the iron for the iron, and the wood for the wood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":15400,"verse_id":"1CH.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 . Using the “light” standard talent of 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg) as the standard for calculation, David had supplied 101 tons (91,800 kg) of gold and 235.5 tons (214,200 kg) of silver.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":15401,"verse_id":"1CH.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"See the note on the word “talents” in 19:6 . Using the “light” standard talent of 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg) as the standard for calculation, the people donated 168.3 tons (153,000 kg) of gold, 336.5 tons (306,000 kg) of silver, 605.7 tons (550,800 kg) of bronze, and 3,365 tons (3,060,000 kg) of iron.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":15402,"verse_id":"1CH.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"On the “daric” as a unit of measure, see BDB 204 s.v. דַּרְכְּמוֹן . Some have regarded the daric as a minted coin, perhaps even referring to the Greek drachma, but this is less likely. sn The daric was a unit of weight perhaps equal to between 8 and 9 grams (just under one-third of an ounce), so 10,000 darics of gold would weigh between 80 and 90 kilograms (between 176 and 198 pounds).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A7/2"}
{"id":15403,"verse_id":"1CH.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"The word “precious” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":15404,"verse_id":"1CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “with a complete heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":15405,"verse_id":"1CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “was rejoiced with great joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":15406,"verse_id":"1CH.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “assembly, and David said.” The words “and David said” are redundant according to contemporary English style and have not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":15407,"verse_id":"1CH.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"The words “and sovereign” are added in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":15408,"verse_id":"1CH.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A11/2"}
{"id":15409,"verse_id":"1CH.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “wealth and honor [are] from before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":15410,"verse_id":"1CH.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “and in your hand [is] strength and might and in your hand to magnify and to give strength to all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":15411,"verse_id":"1CH.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “that we should retain strength to contribute like this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":15412,"verse_id":"1CH.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “and from you we have given to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A14/2"}
{"id":15413,"verse_id":"1CH.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 18, 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":15414,"verse_id":"1CH.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.15","text":"Or perhaps “hope.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A15/2"}
{"id":15415,"verse_id":"1CH.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “a heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":15416,"verse_id":"1CH.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “with integrity of heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":15417,"verse_id":"1CH.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “keep this permanently with respect to the motive of the thoughts of the heart of your people, and make firm their heart to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":15418,"verse_id":"1CH.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “and to Solomon my son give a complete heart to keep your commands, your rules and your regulations, and to do everything, and to build the palace [for] which I have prepared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A19/1"}
{"id":15419,"verse_id":"1CH.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “they ate and drank.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":15420,"verse_id":"1CH.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “with great joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A22/2"}
{"id":15421,"verse_id":"1CH.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “listened to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":15422,"verse_id":"1CH.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “placed a hand under Solomon the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":15423,"verse_id":"1CH.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “and gave to him glory of kingship which there was not concerning every king before him over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":15424,"verse_id":"1CH.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A27/1"}
{"id":15425,"verse_id":"1CH.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “satisfied with days, wealth, and honor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A28/1"}
{"id":15426,"verse_id":"1CH.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"Heb “and the events of David the king, the former and the latter, look they are written in the annals of Samuel the seer, and in the annals of Nathan the prophet, and in the annals of Gad the seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A29/1"}
{"id":15427,"verse_id":"1CH.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CH","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “with all his reign and his might, and the times which passed over him and over Israel and over all the kingdoms of the lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Chronicles%2029%3A30/1"}
{"id":15428,"verse_id":"2CH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “and Solomon son of David strengthened himself over his kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":15429,"verse_id":"2CH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The disjunctive clause (note the vav [ ו ] + subject pattern) probably has a causal nuance here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":15430,"verse_id":"2CH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “high place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":15431,"verse_id":"2CH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “the tent of meeting of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":15432,"verse_id":"2CH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":15433,"verse_id":"2CH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “sought [or “inquired of”] him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":15434,"verse_id":"2CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “revealed himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":15435,"verse_id":"2CH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “ask.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":15436,"verse_id":"2CH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":15437,"verse_id":"2CH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “you word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":15438,"verse_id":"2CH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “be firm, established.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":15439,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) following the imperative here indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":15440,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “so I may go out before this nation and come in.” The expression “go out…and come in” here means “to lead” (see HALOT 425 s.v. יצא qal.4).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":15441,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “for.” The word “otherwise” is used to reflect the logical sense of the statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":15442,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “who is able?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “no one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":15443,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “to judge.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":15444,"verse_id":"2CH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “these numerous people of yours.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A10/6"}
{"id":15445,"verse_id":"2CH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “because this was in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":15446,"verse_id":"2CH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “the life of those who hate you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":15447,"verse_id":"2CH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “many days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":15448,"verse_id":"2CH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “wisdom and discernment are given to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":15449,"verse_id":"2CH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “which was not so for the kings who were before you, and after you there will not be so.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":15450,"verse_id":"2CH.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “and Solomon came from the high place which was in Gibeon [to] Jerusalem, from before the tent of meeting, and he reigned over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":15451,"verse_id":"2CH.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “gathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":15452,"verse_id":"2CH.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “he placed them in the chariot cities and with the king in Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":15453,"verse_id":"2CH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The words “as plentiful” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":15454,"verse_id":"2CH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “he made.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":15455,"verse_id":"2CH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “as the sycamore fig trees which are in the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":15456,"verse_id":"2CH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “and they brought up and brought out from Egypt a chariot for 600 silver (pieces), and a horse for 150, and in the same way to all the kings of the Hittites and to the kings of Aram by their hand they brought out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":15457,"verse_id":"2CH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “and Solomon said to build a house for the name of the Lord and house for his kingship.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":15458,"verse_id":"2CH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “counted,” perhaps “conscripted” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":15459,"verse_id":"2CH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “carriers of loads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":15460,"verse_id":"2CH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “quarry workers”; Heb “cutters” (probably referring to stonecutters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":15461,"verse_id":"2CH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"The parallel text of MT in 1 Kgs 5:16 has “thirty-six hundred,” but some Greek mss there read “thirty-six hundred” in agreement with 2 Chr 2:2, 18 . tn Heb “and 3,600 supervisors over them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":15462,"verse_id":"2CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “Huram.” Some medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate spell the name “Hiram,” agreeing with 1 Chr 14:1 . “Huram” is a variant spelling referring to the same individual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":15463,"verse_id":"2CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":15464,"verse_id":"2CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “help me” are supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":15465,"verse_id":"2CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “cedars.” The word “logs” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":15466,"verse_id":"2CH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “to build for him a house to live in it.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":15467,"verse_id":"2CH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “for the name of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":15468,"verse_id":"2CH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “and the regular display.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":15469,"verse_id":"2CH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “permanently [is] this upon Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":15470,"verse_id":"2CH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “heavens” (also in v. 12 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":15471,"verse_id":"2CH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “Who retains strength to build for him a house, for the heavens and the heavens of heavens do not contain him? And who am I that I should build for him a house, except to sacrifice before him?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":15472,"verse_id":"2CH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":15473,"verse_id":"2CH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"This is probably a variant name for almug trees; see 9:10-11 and the parallel passage in 1 Kgs 10:11-12 ; cf. NLT. One or the other probably arose through metathesis of letters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":15474,"verse_id":"2CH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":15475,"verse_id":"2CH.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “20,000 baths” (also a second time later in this verse). A bath was a liquid measure roughly equivalent to six gallons (about 22 liters), so this was a quantity of about 120,000 gallons (440,000 liters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":15476,"verse_id":"2CH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “Huram” (also in v. 12 ). Some medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate spell the name “Hiram,” agreeing with 1 Chr 14:1 . “Huram” is a variant spelling referring to the same individual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":15477,"verse_id":"2CH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “who has given to David a wise son [who] knows discernment and insight, who will build a house for the Lord and house for his kingship.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":15478,"verse_id":"2CH.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “a son of a woman from the daughters of Dan, and his father a man of Tyre.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":15479,"verse_id":"2CH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “and we will cut down trees from Lebanon according to all your need.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":15480,"verse_id":"2CH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “to you,” but this phrase has not been translated for stylistic reasons – it is somewhat redundant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":15481,"verse_id":"2CH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “on rafts.” See the note at 1 Kgs 5:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":15482,"verse_id":"2CH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “counted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":15483,"verse_id":"2CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":15484,"verse_id":"2CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “carriers of loads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":15485,"verse_id":"2CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “quarry workers”; Heb “cutters” (probably referring to stonecutters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":15486,"verse_id":"2CH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and thirty-six hundred [as] supervisors to compel the people to work.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":15487,"verse_id":"2CH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":15488,"verse_id":"2CH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"In 2 Sam 24:16 this individual is called אֲרַוְנָא (“Aravna”; traditionally “Araunah”). The form of the name found here also occurs in 1 Chr 21:15; 18-28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":15489,"verse_id":"2CH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “and these are the founding of Solomon to build the house of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":15490,"verse_id":"2CH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “the length [in] cubits by the former measure was sixty cubits, and a width of twenty cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 inches (45 cm) for the standard cubit, the length of the foundation would be 90 feet (27 m) and its width 30 feet (9 m).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":15491,"verse_id":"2CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and the porch which was in front of the length corresponding to the width of the house, twenty cubits.” The phrase הֵיכַל הַבַּיִת ( heykhal habbayit , “the main hall of the temple,” which appears in the parallel account in 1 Kgs 6:3 ) has been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton after עַל־פְּנֵי (’ al-pÿney , “in front of”). Note that the following form, הָאֹרֶךְ ( ha ’ orekh , “the length”), also begins with the Hebrew letter he ( ה ). A scribe’s eye probably jumped from the initial he on הֵיכַל to the initial he on הָאֹרֶךְ , leaving out the intervening letters in the process.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":15492,"verse_id":"2CH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The Hebrew text has “one hundred and twenty cubits,” i.e. (assuming a cubit of 18 inches) 180 feet (54 m). An ancient Greek witness and the Syriac version read “twenty cubits,” i.e., 30 feet (9 m). It is likely that מֵאָה ( me ’ ah , “a hundred”), is a corruption of an original אַמּוֹת (’ ammot , “cubits”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":15493,"verse_id":"2CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “covered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":15494,"verse_id":"2CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “the large house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":15495,"verse_id":"2CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “wood of evergreens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":15496,"verse_id":"2CH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “and he put up on it palm trees and chains.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":15497,"verse_id":"2CH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “and he plated the house [with] precious stone for beauty, and the gold was the gold of Parvaim.” sn The location of Parvaim , the source of the gold for Solomon’s temple, is uncertain. Some have identified it with modern Farwa in Yemen; others relate it to the Sanskrit parvam and understand it to be a general term for the regions east of Palestine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":15498,"verse_id":"2CH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “the house of the holy place of holy places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":15499,"verse_id":"2CH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), this would give a length of 30 feet (9 m).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":15500,"verse_id":"2CH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.” Some suggest adding, “and its height twenty cubits” (see 1 Kgs 6:20 ). The phrase could have been omitted by homoioteleuton.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":15501,"verse_id":"2CH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the gold plating was 40,380 lbs. (18,360 kg).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":15502,"verse_id":"2CH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “and the wings of the cherubs, their length was twenty cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the wingspan of the cherubs would have been 30 feet (9 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":15503,"verse_id":"2CH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the wing of the one was five cubits from the touching of the wall of the house, and the other wing was five cubits from the touching of the wing of the other cherub.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), each wing would have been 7.5 feet (2.25 m) long.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":15504,"verse_id":"2CH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “and the wing of the one ( הָאֶחָד , ha ’ ekhad , “the one”; this should probably be emended to הָאַחֵר , ha ’ akher , “the other”) cherub was five cubits, touching the wall of the house, and the other wing was five cubits, clinging to the wing of the other cherub.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":15505,"verse_id":"2CH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “the wings of these cherubs were spreading twenty cubits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":15506,"verse_id":"2CH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “and they were standing on their feet, with their faces to the house.” An alternative translation of the last clause would be, “with their faces to the main hall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":15507,"verse_id":"2CH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"The Syriac reads “eighteen cubits” (twenty-seven feet). This apparently reflects an attempt at harmonization with 1 Kgs 7:15 , 2 Kgs 25:17 , and Jer 52:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":15508,"verse_id":"2CH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “and he made before the house two pillars, thirty-five cubits [in] length, and the plated capital which was on its top [was] five cubits.” The significance of the measure “thirty-five cubits” (52.5 feet or 15.75 m, assuming a cubit of 18 inches) for the “length” of the pillars is uncertain. According to 1 Kgs 7:15 , each pillar was eighteen cubits (27 feet or 8.1 m) high. Perhaps the measurement given here was taken with the pillars lying end-to-end on the ground before they were set up.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":15509,"verse_id":"2CH.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"The Hebrew text adds here, “in the inner sanctuary,” but the description at this point is of the pillars, not the inner sanctuary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":15510,"verse_id":"2CH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “one on the south and the other on the north.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":15511,"verse_id":"2CH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The name “Jachin” appears to be a verbal form and probably means, “he establishes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":15512,"verse_id":"2CH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"The meaning of the name “Boaz” is uncertain. For various proposals, see BDB 126-27 s.v. בֹּעַז . One attractive option is to revocalize the name as בְּעֹז ( bÿ ’ oz , “in strength”) and to understand it as completing the verbal form on the first pillar. Taking the words together and reading from right to left, one can translate the sentence, “he establishes [it] in strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":15513,"verse_id":"2CH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the length would have been 30 feet (9 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":15514,"verse_id":"2CH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “twenty cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":15515,"verse_id":"2CH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “ten cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the height would have been 15 feet (4.5 m).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":15516,"verse_id":"2CH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “He made the sea, cast.” sn The large bronze basin known as “The Sea” was mounted on twelve bronze bulls and contained water for the priests to bathe themselves (see v. 6 ; cf. Exod 30:17-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":15517,"verse_id":"2CH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “ten cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the diameter would have been 15 feet (4.5 m).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":15518,"verse_id":"2CH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “five cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the height would have been 7.5 feet (2.25 m).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":15519,"verse_id":"2CH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “and a measuring line went around it thirty cubits all around.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":15520,"verse_id":"2CH.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “ten every cubit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":15521,"verse_id":"2CH.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “all their hindquarters were toward the inside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":15522,"verse_id":"2CH.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “3,000 baths” (note that the capacity is given in 1 Kings 7:26 as “2,000 baths”). A bath was a liquid measure roughly equivalent to six gallons (about 22 liters), so 3,000 baths was a quantity of about 18,000 gallons (66,000 liters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":15523,"verse_id":"2CH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “and the doors for the enclosure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":15524,"verse_id":"2CH.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “Huram,” but here this refers to Huram Abi ( 2 Chr 2:13 ). The complete name has been used in the translation to avoid possible confusion with King Huram of Tyre.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":15525,"verse_id":"2CH.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “Huram finished doing all the work which he did for King Solomon [on] the house of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":15526,"verse_id":"2CH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The words “he made” are added for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":15527,"verse_id":"2CH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The Hebrew text has עָשָׂה (’ asah , “he made”), which is probably a corruption of עֶשֶׂר (’ eser , “ten”; see 1 Kgs 7:43 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":15528,"verse_id":"2CH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The Hebrew text has עָשָׂה (’ asah , “he made”), which is probably a corruption of עֲשָׂרָה (’ asarah , “ten”; see 1 Kgs 7:43 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":15529,"verse_id":"2CH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Some prefer to read here “bowls,” see v. 11 and 1 Kgs 7:45 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":15530,"verse_id":"2CH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “Huram Abi made for King Solomon [for] the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":15531,"verse_id":"2CH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or perhaps, “molds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":15532,"verse_id":"2CH.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “Solomon made all these items in great abundance; the weight of the bronze was not sought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":15533,"verse_id":"2CH.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “the bread of the face/presence.” sn This bread offered to God was viewed as a perpetual offering to God. See Lev 24:5-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":15534,"verse_id":"2CH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":15535,"verse_id":"2CH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “Then Solomon convened the elders of Israel, the heads of the tribes, the chiefs of the fathers belonging to the sons of Israel to Jerusalem to bring up the ark of the covenant of the Lord from the City of David (it is Zion).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":15536,"verse_id":"2CH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “the tent of assembly.” sn See Exod 33:7-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":15537,"verse_id":"2CH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and they carried the ark of the Lord …. The priests and the Levites carried them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":15538,"verse_id":"2CH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “And King Solomon and all the assembly of Israel, those who had been gathered to him, [were] before the ark, sacrificing sheep and cattle which could not be counted or numbered because of the abundance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":15539,"verse_id":"2CH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The word “assigned” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":15540,"verse_id":"2CH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “they could not be seen outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":15541,"verse_id":"2CH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “in Horeb where.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":15542,"verse_id":"2CH.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “and when the priests went from the holy place.” The syntactical relationship of this temporal clause to the following context is unclear. Perhaps the thought is completed in v. 14 after a lengthy digression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":15543,"verse_id":"2CH.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “Indeed [or “for”] all the priests who were found consecrated themselves without guarding divisions.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":15544,"verse_id":"2CH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “like one were the trumpeters and the musicians, causing one voice to be heard, praising and giving thanks to the Lord , and while raising a voice with trumpets and with cymbals and with instruments of music, and while praising the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":15545,"verse_id":"2CH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and the house was filled with a cloud, the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":15546,"verse_id":"2CH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “were not able to stand to serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":15547,"verse_id":"2CH.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The words “O Lord ” do not appear in the Hebrew text, but they are supplied in the translation for clarification; Solomon addresses the Lord in prayer at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":15548,"verse_id":"2CH.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “turned his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":15549,"verse_id":"2CH.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “and he blessed all the assembly of Israel, and all the assembly of Israel was standing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":15550,"verse_id":"2CH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “fulfilled by his hand,” but the phrase “by his hand” is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":15551,"verse_id":"2CH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “promised by his mouth,” but the phrase “by his mouth” is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":15552,"verse_id":"2CH.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":15553,"verse_id":"2CH.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “to build a house for my name to be there.” Here “name” is used by metonymy for the Lord himself, and thus the expression “to be there” refers to his taking up residence there (hence the translation, “a temple in which to live”). In this case the temple is referred to as a “house” where the Lord himself can reside.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":15554,"verse_id":"2CH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb for my name to be there.” See also the note on the word “live” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":15555,"verse_id":"2CH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “and it was with the heart of David my father to build a house for the name of the Lord God of Israel.” sn On the significance of the Lord ’s “name,” see the note on the word “live” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":15556,"verse_id":"2CH.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “Because it was with your heart to build a house for my name, you did well that it was with your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":15557,"verse_id":"2CH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “your son, the one who came out of your body, he will build the temple for my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":15558,"verse_id":"2CH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “five cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the length would have been 7.5 feet (2.25 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":15559,"verse_id":"2CH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “five cubits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":15560,"verse_id":"2CH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “three cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the height would have been 4.5 feet (1.35 m).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":15561,"verse_id":"2CH.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":15562,"verse_id":"2CH.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “one who keeps the covenant and the loyal love.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":15563,"verse_id":"2CH.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “who walk before you with all their heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":15564,"verse_id":"2CH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “[you] who kept to your servant David my father that which you spoke to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":15565,"verse_id":"2CH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “you spoke by your mouth and by your hand you fulfilled, as this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":15566,"verse_id":"2CH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “there will not be cut off from you a man from before me sitting on the throne of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":15567,"verse_id":"2CH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “guard their way by walking in my law as you have walked before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":15568,"verse_id":"2CH.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “prove to be reliable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":15569,"verse_id":"2CH.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “Indeed, can God really live with mankind on the earth?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course not,” the force of which is reflected in the translation “God does not really live with mankind on the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":15570,"verse_id":"2CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “turn to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":15571,"verse_id":"2CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “by listening to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":15572,"verse_id":"2CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “the loud cry and the prayer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":15573,"verse_id":"2CH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “praying before you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A19/4"}
{"id":15574,"verse_id":"2CH.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “so your eyes might be open toward this house night and day, toward the place about which you said, ‘My name will be there.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":15575,"verse_id":"2CH.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “by listening to the prayer which your servant is praying concerning this place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":15576,"verse_id":"2CH.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “listen to the requests of your servant and your people Israel which they are praying concerning this place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":15577,"verse_id":"2CH.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “hear and forgive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":15578,"verse_id":"2CH.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “and if the man who sins against his neighbor when one takes up against him a curse to curse him and the curse comes before your altar in this house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":15579,"verse_id":"2CH.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “and you, hear [from] heaven and act and judge your servants by repaying the guilty, to give his way on his head, and to declare the innocent to be innocent, to give to him according to his innocence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":15580,"verse_id":"2CH.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Or “are struck down before an enemy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":15581,"verse_id":"2CH.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “confess [or perhaps, “praise”] your name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":15582,"verse_id":"2CH.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"Heb “and they pray and ask for help.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":15583,"verse_id":"2CH.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 31, 38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":15584,"verse_id":"2CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “when.” In the Hebrew text vv. 26-27 a actually contain one lengthy conditional sentence, which the translation has divided into two sentences for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":15585,"verse_id":"2CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Or “heavens” (also in v. 12 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":15586,"verse_id":"2CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":15587,"verse_id":"2CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “confess [or perhaps, “praise”] your name.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A26/4"}
{"id":15588,"verse_id":"2CH.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.26","text":"The Hebrew text reads “because you answer them,” as if the verb is from עָנָה (’ anah , “answer”). However, this reference to a divine answer is premature, since the next verse asks for God to intervene in mercy. It is better to revocalize the consonantal text as תְעַנֵּם ( tÿ ’ annem , “you afflict them”), a Piel verb form from the homonym עָנָה (“afflict”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A26/5"}
{"id":15589,"verse_id":"2CH.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"The present translation understands כִּי ( ki ) in an emphatic or asseverative sense (“Certainly”). Other translation have “indeed” (NASB), “when” (NRSV), “so” (NEB), or leave the word untranslated (NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":15590,"verse_id":"2CH.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “the good way in which they should walk.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":15591,"verse_id":"2CH.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.27","text":"Or “for an inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A27/3"}
{"id":15592,"verse_id":"2CH.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Actually two Hebrew words appear here, both of which are usually (but not always) taken as referring to locusts. Perhaps different stages of growth or different varieties are in view, but this is uncertain. NEB has “locusts new-sloughed or fully grown”; NASB has “locust or grasshopper”; NIV has “locusts or grasshoppers”; NRSV has “locust, or caterpillar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":15593,"verse_id":"2CH.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"Heb “in the land, his gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":15594,"verse_id":"2CH.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “every prayer, every request for help which will be to all the people, to all your people Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":15595,"verse_id":"2CH.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “which they know, each his pain and his affliction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":15596,"verse_id":"2CH.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"The words “their sin” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":15597,"verse_id":"2CH.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “and act and give to each one according to all his ways because you know his heart.” In the Hebrew text vv. 28-30 a actually contain one lengthy conditional sentence, which the translation has divided up for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A30/2"}
{"id":15598,"verse_id":"2CH.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “Indeed you know, you alone, the heart of all the sons of mankind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A30/3"}
{"id":15599,"verse_id":"2CH.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":15600,"verse_id":"2CH.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “by walking in your ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A31/2"}
{"id":15601,"verse_id":"2CH.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “all the days [in] which.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A31/3"}
{"id":15602,"verse_id":"2CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “your great name.” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor (thus the translation here, “your great reputation ” ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":15603,"verse_id":"2CH.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “and your strong hand and your outstretched arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A32/2"}
{"id":15604,"verse_id":"2CH.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “and do all which the foreigner calls to [i.e., “requests of”] you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":15605,"verse_id":"2CH.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “name.” See the note on “reputation” in v. 32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A33/2"}
{"id":15606,"verse_id":"2CH.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A33/3"}
{"id":15607,"verse_id":"2CH.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “that your name is called over this house which I built.” The Hebrew idiom “call the name over” indicates ownership. See 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A33/4"}
{"id":15608,"verse_id":"2CH.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “When your people go out for battle against their enemies in the way which you send them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":15609,"verse_id":"2CH.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “toward this city which you have chosen and the house which I built for your name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A34/2"}
{"id":15610,"verse_id":"2CH.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Heb “their prayer and their request for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":15611,"verse_id":"2CH.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.35","text":"Heb “and accomplish their justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A35/2"}
{"id":15612,"verse_id":"2CH.6.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.36","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (God’s people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A36/1"}
{"id":15613,"verse_id":"2CH.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.37","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (God’s people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A37/1"}
{"id":15614,"verse_id":"2CH.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.37","text":"Or “stop and reflect”; Heb “bring back to their heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A37/2"}
{"id":15615,"verse_id":"2CH.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.37","text":"Or “done wrong.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A37/3"}
{"id":15616,"verse_id":"2CH.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.38","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A38/1"}
{"id":15617,"verse_id":"2CH.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.38","text":"Heb “your name.” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor (thus the translation here, “your honor ” ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A38/2"}
{"id":15618,"verse_id":"2CH.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “their prayer and their requests for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A39/1"}
{"id":15619,"verse_id":"2CH.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.39","text":"Heb “and accomplish their justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A39/2"}
{"id":15620,"verse_id":"2CH.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"Heb “May your eyes be open and your ears attentive to the prayer of this place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A40/1"}
{"id":15621,"verse_id":"2CH.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.41","text":"Heb “be clothed with deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A41/1"}
{"id":15622,"verse_id":"2CH.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.41","text":"Heb “and may your loyal ones rejoice in good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A41/2"}
{"id":15623,"verse_id":"2CH.6.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":6,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.42","text":"Heb “do not turn away the face of your anointed ones.” Many medieval Hebrew mss , as well as the ancient versions, read the singular, “your anointed,” which would probably refer to Solomon specifically, rather than the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%206%3A42/1"}
{"id":15624,"verse_id":"2CH.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “the sky.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":15625,"verse_id":"2CH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":15626,"verse_id":"2CH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and the priests were standing at their posts, and the Levites with the instruments of music of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":15627,"verse_id":"2CH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “which David the king made to give thanks to the Lord , for lasting is his loyal love, when David praised by them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":15628,"verse_id":"2CH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “opposite them”; the referent (the Levites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":15629,"verse_id":"2CH.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The Hebrew text omits reference to the grain offerings at this point, but note that they are included both in the list in the second half of the verse (see note on “offerings” at the end of this verse) and in the parallel account in 1 Kgs 8:64 . The construction וְאֶת־הַמִּנְחָה ( vÿ ’ et-hamminkhah ; vav [ ו ] + accusative sign + noun with article; “grain offerings”) was probably omitted accidentally by homoioarcton. Note the וְאֶת ( vÿ ’ et ) that immediately follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":15630,"verse_id":"2CH.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “to hold the burnt sacrifices, grain offerings, and the fat of the peace offerings.” Because this is redundant, the translation employs a summary phrase: “all these offerings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":15631,"verse_id":"2CH.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “Solomon held the festival at that time for seven days, and all Israel was with him, a very great assembly from Lebo Hamath to the wadi of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":15632,"verse_id":"2CH.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Solomon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":15633,"verse_id":"2CH.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"The words “they left” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":15634,"verse_id":"2CH.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “good of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":15635,"verse_id":"2CH.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “and all that entered the heart of Solomon to do in the house of the Lord and in his house he successfully accomplished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":15636,"verse_id":"2CH.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “I have heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":15637,"verse_id":"2CH.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “temple of sacrifice.” This means the Lord designated the temple as the place for making sacrifices, and this has been clarified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":15638,"verse_id":"2CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":15639,"verse_id":"2CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":15640,"verse_id":"2CH.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “the land,” which stands here by metonymy for the vegetation growing in it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A13/3"}
{"id":15641,"verse_id":"2CH.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “over whom my name is called.” The Hebrew idiom “call the name over” indicates ownership. See 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":15642,"verse_id":"2CH.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “seek my face,” where “my face” is figurative for God’s presence and acceptance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":15643,"verse_id":"2CH.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “and turn from their sinful ways.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":15644,"verse_id":"2CH.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “hear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":15645,"verse_id":"2CH.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “my eyes will be open and my ears attentive to the prayer of this place.” Note Solomon’s request in 6:40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":15646,"verse_id":"2CH.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “for my name to be there perpetually [or perhaps, “forever”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":15647,"verse_id":"2CH.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “and my eyes and my heart will be there all the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":15648,"verse_id":"2CH.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “As for you, if you walk before me, as David your father walked, by doing all which I commanded you, [and] you keep my rules and my regulations.” sn Verse 17 is actually a lengthy protasis (“if” section) of a conditional sentence, the apodosis (“then” section) of which appears in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":15649,"verse_id":"2CH.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “I will establish the throne of your kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":15650,"verse_id":"2CH.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “there will not be cut off from you a man ruling over Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":15651,"verse_id":"2CH.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"The Hebrew pronoun is plural, suggesting that Solomon and all Israel (or perhaps Solomon and his successors) are in view. To convey this to the English reader, the translation “you people” has been employed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":15652,"verse_id":"2CH.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “which I placed before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":15653,"verse_id":"2CH.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and walk and serve other gods and bow down to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":15654,"verse_id":"2CH.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “them.” The switch from the second to the third person pronoun is rhetorically effective, for it mirrors God’s rejection of his people – he has stopped addressing them as “you” and begun addressing them as “them.” However, the switch is awkward and confusing in English, so the translation maintains the direct address style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":15655,"verse_id":"2CH.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “them.” See the note on “you” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":15656,"verse_id":"2CH.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Instead of “I will throw away,” the parallel text in 1 Kgs 9:7 has “I will send away.” The two verbs sound very similar in Hebrew, so the discrepancy is likely due to an oral transmissional error. tn Heb “and this temple which I consecrated for my name I will throw away from before my face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":15657,"verse_id":"2CH.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “him,” which appears in context to refer to Israel (i.e., “you” in direct address). Many translations understand the direct object of the verb “make” to be the temple (NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “it”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A20/4"}
{"id":15658,"verse_id":"2CH.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “and I will make him [i.e., Israel] a proverb and a taunt,” that is, a proverbial example of destruction and an object of reproach.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A20/5"}
{"id":15659,"verse_id":"2CH.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “and this house which was high/elevated.” The statement makes little sense in this context, which predicts the desolation that judgment will bring. Some treat the clause as concessive, “Even though this temple is lofty [now].” Others, following the lead of several ancient versions, emend the text to, “this temple will become a heap of ruins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":15660,"verse_id":"2CH.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “and they will say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":15661,"verse_id":"2CH.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":15662,"verse_id":"2CH.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “and they took hold of other gods and bowed down to them and served them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%207%3A22/3"}
{"id":15663,"verse_id":"2CH.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “Huram” (also in v. 18 ). Some medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate spell the name “Hiram,” agreeing with 1 Chr 14:1 . “Huram” is a variant spelling referring to the same individual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":15664,"verse_id":"2CH.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “and he built…[as] cities of fortification, [with] walls, doors, and a bar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":15665,"verse_id":"2CH.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “Solomon.” The recurrence of the proper name is unexpected in terms of contemporary English style, so the pronoun has been used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":15666,"verse_id":"2CH.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “the cities of the chariots and the cities of the horses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":15667,"verse_id":"2CH.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":15668,"verse_id":"2CH.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “and all the desire of Solomon which he desired to build in Jerusalem and in Lebanon and in all the land of his kingdom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A6/4"}
{"id":15669,"verse_id":"2CH.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “all the people who were left from the Hittites, the Amorites, the Perizzites, the Hivites, and the Jebusites, who were not from Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":15670,"verse_id":"2CH.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “from their sons who were left after them in the land, whom the sons of Israel did not wipe out, and Solomon raised them up for a work crew to this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":15671,"verse_id":"2CH.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “and from the sons of Israel which Solomon did not assign to the laborers for his work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":15672,"verse_id":"2CH.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “officers of his chariots and his horses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":15673,"verse_id":"2CH.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “these [were] the officials of the governors who belonged to the king, Solomon, 250, the ones ruling over the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":15674,"verse_id":"2CH.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “the porch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":15675,"verse_id":"2CH.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The Hebrew phrase הַסֻּכּוֹת [ חַג ] ( khag hassukot , “[festival of] huts” [or “shelters”]) is traditionally known as the Feast of Tabernacles. The rendering “booths” (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV) is probably better than the traditional “tabernacles” in light of the meaning of the term סֻכָּה ( sukkah , “hut; booth”), but “booths” are frequently associated with trade shows and craft fairs in contemporary American English. The nature of the celebration during this feast as a commemoration of the wanderings of the Israelites after they left Egypt suggests that a translation like “temporary shelters” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":15676,"verse_id":"2CH.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Solomon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":15677,"verse_id":"2CH.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “and the Levites, according to their posts, to praise and to serve opposite the priests according to the matter of a day in its day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":15678,"verse_id":"2CH.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “and the gatekeepers by their divisions for a gate and a gate.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":15679,"verse_id":"2CH.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “for so [was] the command of David the man of God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A14/4"}
{"id":15680,"verse_id":"2CH.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “and they did not turn aside from the command of the king concerning the priests and the Levites with regard to any matter and with regard to the treasuries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":15681,"verse_id":"2CH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “and Huram sent to him by the hand of his servants, ships, and servants [who] know the sea, and they came with the servants of Solomon to Ophir.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":15682,"verse_id":"2CH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the gold was 30,285 lbs. (13,770 kg).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":15683,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “the report about Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":15684,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “test.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":15685,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “Solomon.” The recurrence of the proper name here is redundant in terms of contemporary English style, so the pronoun has been used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":15686,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “riddles.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":15687,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/5"}
{"id":15688,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “with very great strength.” The Hebrew word חַיִל ( khayil , “strength”) may refer here to the size of her retinue or to the great wealth she brought with her.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/6"}
{"id":15689,"verse_id":"2CH.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “balsam oil.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A1/7"}
{"id":15690,"verse_id":"2CH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “Solomon declared to her all her words; there was not a word hidden from the king which he did not declare to her.” If riddles are specifically in view (see v. 1 ), then one might translate, “Solomon explained to her all her riddles; there was no riddle too complex for the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":15691,"verse_id":"2CH.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “all the wisdom of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":15692,"verse_id":"2CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “the food on his table.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":15693,"verse_id":"2CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “the seating of his servants and the standing of his attendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":15694,"verse_id":"2CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"The Hebrew text has here, “and his upper room [by] which he was going up to the house of the Lord .” But עֲלִיָּתוֹ (’ aliyyato , “his upper room”) should be emended to עֹלָתוֹ , (’ olato , “his burnt sacrifice[s]”). See the parallel account in 1 Kgs 10:5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":15695,"verse_id":"2CH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “it took her breath away”; Heb “there was no breath still in her.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A4/4"}
{"id":15696,"verse_id":"2CH.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “about your words [or perhaps, “deeds”] and your wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":15697,"verse_id":"2CH.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “the half was not told to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":15698,"verse_id":"2CH.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “How happy are your men! How happy are these servants of yours, who stand before you continually, who hear your wisdom!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":15699,"verse_id":"2CH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “delighted in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":15700,"verse_id":"2CH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “as king for the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":15701,"verse_id":"2CH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to make him stand permanently.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":15702,"verse_id":"2CH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to do justice and righteousness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A8/4"}
{"id":15703,"verse_id":"2CH.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the gold was 8,076 lbs. (3,672 kg).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":15704,"verse_id":"2CH.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “there has not been like those spices which the queen of Sheba gave to King Solomon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":15705,"verse_id":"2CH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “Huram’s” (also in v. 21 ). Some medieval Hebrew mss , along with the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate spell the name “Hiram,” agreeing with 1 Chr 14:1 . “Huram” is a variant spelling referring to the same individual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":15706,"verse_id":"2CH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “who brought gold from Ophir, brought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":15707,"verse_id":"2CH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “algum.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":15708,"verse_id":"2CH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “tracks.” The parallel text in 1 Kgs 10:12 has a different term whose meaning is uncertain: “supports,” perhaps “banisters” or “parapets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":15709,"verse_id":"2CH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Two types of stringed instruments are specifically mentioned in the Hebrew text, the כִּנּוֹר ( kinnor , “zither”) and נֶבֶל ( nevel , “harp”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":15710,"verse_id":"2CH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “there was not seen like these formerly in the land of Judah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":15711,"verse_id":"2CH.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “besides what she brought to the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":15712,"verse_id":"2CH.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “turned and went.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":15713,"verse_id":"2CH.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the gold Solomon received annually was 44,822 lbs. (20,380 kg).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":15714,"verse_id":"2CH.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “the weight of the gold which came to Solomon in one year was 666 units of gold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":15715,"verse_id":"2CH.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “traveling men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":15716,"verse_id":"2CH.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “600,” with no unit of measure given.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":15717,"verse_id":"2CH.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “300,” with no unit of measure given.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":15718,"verse_id":"2CH.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"The parallel text of 1 Kgs 10:19 has instead “and the back of it was rounded on top.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":15719,"verse_id":"2CH.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “[There were] armrests on each side of the place of the seat, and two lions standing beside the armrests.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":15720,"verse_id":"2CH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “nothing like it had been made for any kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":15721,"verse_id":"2CH.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “there was no silver, it was not regarded as anything in the days of Solomon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":15722,"verse_id":"2CH.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “for ships belonging to the king were going [to] Tarshish with the servants of Huram.” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":15723,"verse_id":"2CH.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":15724,"verse_id":"2CH.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “the fleet of Tarshish [ships].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":15725,"verse_id":"2CH.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “the ships of Tarshish came carrying.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A21/4"}
{"id":15726,"verse_id":"2CH.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.21","text":"The meaning of this word is unclear; some suggest it refers to “baboons.” NEB has “monkeys,” NASB, NRSV “peacocks,” and NIV “baboons.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A21/5"}
{"id":15727,"verse_id":"2CH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “King Solomon was greater than all the kings of the earth with respect to wealth and wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":15728,"verse_id":"2CH.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “and all the kings of the earth were seeking the face of Solomon to hear his wisdom which God had placed in his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":15729,"verse_id":"2CH.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “and they were bringing each one his gift, items of silver…and mules, the matter of a year in a year.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":15730,"verse_id":"2CH.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"The parallel text of 1 Kgs 10:26 reads “fourteen hundred chariots.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":15731,"verse_id":"2CH.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “he placed them in the chariot cities and with the king in Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":15732,"verse_id":"2CH.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “the River.” In biblical Hebrew the Euphrates River was typically referred to simply as “the River.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":15733,"verse_id":"2CH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"The words “as plentiful” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":15734,"verse_id":"2CH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “he made cedar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":15735,"verse_id":"2CH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “as the sycamore fig trees which are in the Shephelah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":15736,"verse_id":"2CH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Solomon, the former and the latter, are they not written?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":15737,"verse_id":"2CH.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":15738,"verse_id":"2CH.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":15739,"verse_id":"2CH.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “come [to].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":15740,"verse_id":"2CH.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Rehoboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":15741,"verse_id":"2CH.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “They sent and called for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":15742,"verse_id":"2CH.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “made our yoke burdensome.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":15743,"verse_id":"2CH.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “but you, now, lighten the burdensome work of your father and the heavy yoke which he placed on us, and we will serve you.” In the Hebrew text the prefixed verbal form with vav ( וְנַעַבְדֶךָ , vÿna ’ avdekha , “and we will serve you”) following the imperative ( הָקֵל , haqel , “lighten”) indicates purpose/result. The conditional sentence used in the present translation is an attempt to bring out the logical relationship between these forms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":15744,"verse_id":"2CH.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “stood before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":15745,"verse_id":"2CH.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":15746,"verse_id":"2CH.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “If today you are for good to these people and you are favorable to them and speak to them good words, they will be your servants all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":15747,"verse_id":"2CH.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “Rehoboam rejected the advice of the elders which they advised and he consulted the young men with whom he had grown up, who stood before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":15748,"verse_id":"2CH.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “Lighten the yoke which your father placed on us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":15749,"verse_id":"2CH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Rehoboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":15750,"verse_id":"2CH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “Your father made our yoke heavy, but make it lighter upon us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":15751,"verse_id":"2CH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “My little one is thicker than my father’s hips.” The referent of “my little one” is not clear. The traditional view is that it refers to the little finger (so NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). As the following statement makes clear, Rehoboam’s point is that he is more harsh and demanding than his father.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":15752,"verse_id":"2CH.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “and now my father placed upon you a heavy yoke, but I will add to your yoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":15753,"verse_id":"2CH.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “My father punished you with whips, but I [will punish you] with scorpions.” “Scorpions” might allude to some type of torture, but more likely it refers to a type of whip that inflicts an especially biting, painful wound.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":15754,"verse_id":"2CH.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “Rehoboam.” The pronoun “he” has been used in the translation in place of the proper name in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":15755,"verse_id":"2CH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “I will make heavy your yoke,” but many medieval Hebrew mss and other ancient textual witnesses have, “my father made heavy your yoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":15756,"verse_id":"2CH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “but I will add to your yoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":15757,"verse_id":"2CH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “My father punished you with whips, but I [will punish you] with scorpions.” “Scorpions” might allude to some type of torture, but more likely it refers to a type of whip that inflicts an especially biting, painful wound.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":15758,"verse_id":"2CH.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “because this turn of events was from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":15759,"verse_id":"2CH.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “so that the Lord might bring to pass his word which he spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":15760,"verse_id":"2CH.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “each one to your tents, Israel.” The word “return” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":15761,"verse_id":"2CH.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “Now see your house, David.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":15762,"verse_id":"2CH.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “went to their tents.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A16/4"}
{"id":15763,"verse_id":"2CH.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":15764,"verse_id":"2CH.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “he summoned the house of Judah and Benjamin, 180,000 chosen men, accomplished in war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":15765,"verse_id":"2CH.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord came to Shemaiah the man of God, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":15766,"verse_id":"2CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “for his thing is from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":15767,"verse_id":"2CH.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and they heard the words of the Lord and returned from going against Jeroboam.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":15768,"verse_id":"2CH.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":15769,"verse_id":"2CH.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":15770,"verse_id":"2CH.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “he strengthened them greatly, very much.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":15771,"verse_id":"2CH.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “and the priests and the Levites who were in all Israel supported him from all their territory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":15772,"verse_id":"2CH.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jeroboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":15773,"verse_id":"2CH.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “for the high places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":15774,"verse_id":"2CH.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “and for the goats and for the calves he had made.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":15775,"verse_id":"2CH.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “and after them from all the tribes of Israel, the ones giving their heart[s] to seek the Lord God of Israel came [to] Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":15776,"verse_id":"2CH.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":15777,"verse_id":"2CH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “strengthened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":15778,"verse_id":"2CH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “strengthened.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":15779,"verse_id":"2CH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “they walked in the way of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":15780,"verse_id":"2CH.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “took for himself a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":15781,"verse_id":"2CH.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"The words “and of” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":15782,"verse_id":"2CH.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “and Rehoboam appointed for a head Abijah son of Maacah for ruler among his brothers, indeed to make him king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":15783,"verse_id":"2CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “and he was discerning and broke up from all his sons to all the lands of Judah and Benjamin, to all the fortified cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":15784,"verse_id":"2CH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"“and he asked for a multitude of wives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":15785,"verse_id":"2CH.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “also I have rejected you into the hand of Shishak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":15786,"verse_id":"2CH.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “fair,” meaning the Lord ’s punishment of them was just or fair.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":15787,"verse_id":"2CH.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord came to Shemaiah, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":15788,"verse_id":"2CH.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “and I will give to them soon deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":15789,"verse_id":"2CH.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “so they may know my service and the service of the kingdoms of the lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":15790,"verse_id":"2CH.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “runners” (also in v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":15791,"verse_id":"2CH.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “to the chamber of the runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":15792,"verse_id":"2CH.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Rehoboam) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":15793,"verse_id":"2CH.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “the anger of the Lord turned from him and did not destroy completely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":15794,"verse_id":"2CH.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “and also in Judah there were good things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":15795,"verse_id":"2CH.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “and the king, Rehoboam, strengthened himself in Jerusalem and ruled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":15796,"verse_id":"2CH.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “Rehoboam.” The recurrence of the proper name here is redundant in terms of contemporary English style, so the pronoun has been used in the translation instead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":15797,"verse_id":"2CH.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “the city where the Lord chose to place his name from all the tribes of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":15798,"verse_id":"2CH.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A13/4"}
{"id":15799,"verse_id":"2CH.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “because he did not set his heart to seek the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":15800,"verse_id":"2CH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “As for the events of Rehoboam, the former and the latter, are they not written?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":15801,"verse_id":"2CH.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":15802,"verse_id":"2CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":15803,"verse_id":"2CH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"The parallel text in 1 Kgs 15:1 identifies his mother as “Maacah, the daughter of Abishalom” [=Absalom, 2 Chr 11:20 ). Although most English versions identify the mother’s father as Uriel of Gibeah, a number of English versions substitute the name “Maacah” here for the mother (e.g., NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":15804,"verse_id":"2CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “and Abijah bound [i.e., began] the battle with a force of warriors, four hundred thousand chosen men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":15805,"verse_id":"2CH.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “and Jeroboam arranged with him [for] battle with eight hundred thousand chosen men, strong warrior[s].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":15806,"verse_id":"2CH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “Do you not know that the Lord God of Israel has given kingship to David over Israel permanently, to him and to his sons [by] a covenant of salt?” sn For other references to a “covenant of salt,” see Lev 2:13 and Num 18:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":15807,"verse_id":"2CH.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “empty men, sons of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":15808,"verse_id":"2CH.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “strengthened themselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":15809,"verse_id":"2CH.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “a young man and tender of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":15810,"verse_id":"2CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “the kingdom of the Lord by the hand of the sons of David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":15811,"verse_id":"2CH.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Or “horde”; or “multitude.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":15812,"verse_id":"2CH.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"In the Hebrew text this is phrased as a rhetorical question, “Did you not banish?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course you did,” the force of which is reflected in the translation “But you banished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":15813,"verse_id":"2CH.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “whoever comes to fill his hand with a bull of a son of cattle, and seven rams, and he is a priest to no-gods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":15814,"verse_id":"2CH.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and priests serving the Lord [are] the sons of Aaron and the Levites in the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":15815,"verse_id":"2CH.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":15816,"verse_id":"2CH.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “and his priests and the trumpets of the war alarm [are ready] to sound out against you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":15817,"verse_id":"2CH.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":15818,"verse_id":"2CH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and Jeroboam had caused to circle around an ambush to come from behind them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":15819,"verse_id":"2CH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":15820,"verse_id":"2CH.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “and Judah turned, and, look, to them [was] the battle in front and behind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":15821,"verse_id":"2CH.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":15822,"verse_id":"2CH.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the men of Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":15823,"verse_id":"2CH.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “struck them down with a great striking down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":15824,"verse_id":"2CH.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “and [the] slain from Israel fell, five hundred thousand chosen men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":15825,"verse_id":"2CH.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “at that time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":15826,"verse_id":"2CH.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":15827,"verse_id":"2CH.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “and the strength of Jeroboam was not retained again in the days of Abijah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":15828,"verse_id":"2CH.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “lifted up for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":15829,"verse_id":"2CH.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “and his ways and his words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":15830,"verse_id":"2CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":15831,"verse_id":"2CH.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “in his days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A1/4"}
{"id":15832,"verse_id":"2CH.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “and Asa did the good and the right in the eyes of the Lord his God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":15833,"verse_id":"2CH.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “the altars of the foreigner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":15834,"verse_id":"2CH.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":15835,"verse_id":"2CH.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “the law and the command.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":15836,"verse_id":"2CH.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":15837,"verse_id":"2CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":15838,"verse_id":"2CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “and we will surround [them] with wall[s] and towers, doors, and bars.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":15839,"verse_id":"2CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “sought.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":15840,"verse_id":"2CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “and he has given us rest all around.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/4"}
{"id":15841,"verse_id":"2CH.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.7","text":"The words “the cities” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A7/5"}
{"id":15842,"verse_id":"2CH.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “a thousand thousands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":15843,"verse_id":"2CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “called out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":15844,"verse_id":"2CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “there is not with you to help between many with regard to [the one] without strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":15845,"verse_id":"2CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “and in your name we have come against this multitude.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":15846,"verse_id":"2CH.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “let not man retain [strength] with you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A11/4"}
{"id":15847,"verse_id":"2CH.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “and there fell from the Cushites so that there was not to them preservation of life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":15848,"verse_id":"2CH.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the men of Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":15849,"verse_id":"2CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “for the terror of the Lord was upon them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":15850,"verse_id":"2CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the men of Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":15851,"verse_id":"2CH.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “for great plunder was in them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":15852,"verse_id":"2CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “and also they struck down the tents of the livestock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":15853,"verse_id":"2CH.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":15854,"verse_id":"2CH.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “went out before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":15855,"verse_id":"2CH.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “when you are with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":15856,"verse_id":"2CH.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “he will allow himself to be found by you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":15857,"verse_id":"2CH.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “Many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":15858,"verse_id":"2CH.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “and he allowed himself to be found by them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":15859,"verse_id":"2CH.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":15860,"verse_id":"2CH.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “there was peace for the one going out or the one coming in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":15861,"verse_id":"2CH.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “for great confusion was upon all the inhabitants of the lands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":15862,"verse_id":"2CH.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “threw them into confusion with all distress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":15863,"verse_id":"2CH.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “and let not your hands drop.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":15864,"verse_id":"2CH.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “for there is payment for your work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":15865,"verse_id":"2CH.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “strengthened himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":15866,"verse_id":"2CH.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “the porch of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":15867,"verse_id":"2CH.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Or “resident aliens.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":15868,"verse_id":"2CH.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “had fallen upon him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":15869,"verse_id":"2CH.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Or “In that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":15870,"verse_id":"2CH.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"The Hebrew term צֹאן ( tso ’ n ) denotes smaller livestock in general; depending on context it can refer to sheep only or goats only, but their is nothing in the immediate context here to specify one or the other.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":15871,"verse_id":"2CH.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “entered into a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":15872,"verse_id":"2CH.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":15873,"verse_id":"2CH.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Heb “whether small or great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":15874,"verse_id":"2CH.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Heb “with a loud voice and with a shout and with trumpets and with horns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":15875,"verse_id":"2CH.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “and with all their desire they sought him and he allowed himself to be found by them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":15876,"verse_id":"2CH.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Heb “and the Lord gave them rest all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":15877,"verse_id":"2CH.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “mother,” but Hebrew often uses “father” and “mother” for grandparents and even more remote ancestors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":15878,"verse_id":"2CH.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"The Hebrew term גְּבִירָה ( gÿvirah ) can denote “queen” or “queen mother” depending on the context. Here the latter is indicated, since Maacah was the wife of Rehoboam and mother of Abijah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":15879,"verse_id":"2CH.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “yet the heart of Asa was complete all his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":15880,"verse_id":"2CH.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “and he brought the holy things of his father and his holy things [into] the house of God, silver, gold, and items.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":15881,"verse_id":"2CH.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “and he built up Ramah so as to not permit going out or coming in to Asa king of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":15882,"verse_id":"2CH.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “[May there be] a covenant between me and you [as there was] between my father and your father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":15883,"verse_id":"2CH.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “so he will go up from upon me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":15884,"verse_id":"2CH.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “and Ben Hadad listened to King Asa and sent the commanders of the armies which belonged to him against the cities of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":15885,"verse_id":"2CH.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “They struck down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":15886,"verse_id":"2CH.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “building.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":15887,"verse_id":"2CH.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “and he caused his work to cease.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":15888,"verse_id":"2CH.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “and King Asa took all Judah and they carried away the stones of Ramah and its wood which Baasha had built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":15889,"verse_id":"2CH.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “and he built with them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":15890,"verse_id":"2CH.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “the seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":15891,"verse_id":"2CH.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":15892,"verse_id":"2CH.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “the eyes of the Lord move quickly through all the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":15893,"verse_id":"2CH.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “to strengthen himself with their heart, [the one] complete toward him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":15894,"verse_id":"2CH.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “and Asa was angry at the seer, and he put him [in] the house of stocks, because of his rage with him over this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":15895,"verse_id":"2CH.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “Look, the events of Asa, the former and the latter, look, they are written on the scroll of the kings of Judah and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":15896,"verse_id":"2CH.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers, and he died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":15897,"verse_id":"2CH.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “and they burned for him a large fire, very great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":15898,"verse_id":"2CH.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “and strengthened himself over Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":15899,"verse_id":"2CH.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Or perhaps, “governors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":15900,"verse_id":"2CH.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":15901,"verse_id":"2CH.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “for he walked in the ways of David his father [in] the beginning [times].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":15902,"verse_id":"2CH.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":15903,"verse_id":"2CH.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “walked in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":15904,"verse_id":"2CH.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and not like the behavior of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":15905,"verse_id":"2CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “established the kingdom in his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":15906,"verse_id":"2CH.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “and he had wealth and honor in abundance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":15907,"verse_id":"2CH.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “and his heart was high in the ways of the Lord .” Perhaps גָּבַהּ ( gavah , “be high”) here means “be cheerful” ( HALOT 171 s.v.) or “be encouraged” (BDB 147 s.v. 3 .a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":15908,"verse_id":"2CH.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “and the terror of the Lord was upon all the kingdoms of the lands which were surrounding Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":15909,"verse_id":"2CH.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “and many supplies were his in the cities of Judah, and men of war, warriors of skill in Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":15910,"verse_id":"2CH.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Or perhaps “from Judah, commanders of the thousands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":15911,"verse_id":"2CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “at the end of years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":15912,"verse_id":"2CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"The word “visit” is supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":15913,"verse_id":"2CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":15914,"verse_id":"2CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “and Ahab slaughtered for him sheep and cattle in abundance, and for the people who were with him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":15915,"verse_id":"2CH.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “to go up.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A2/5"}
{"id":15916,"verse_id":"2CH.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “Like me, like you; and like your people, my people; and with you in battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":15917,"verse_id":"2CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “and Jehoshaphat said to the king of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":15918,"verse_id":"2CH.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord .” Jehoshaphat is requesting a prophetic oracle revealing the Lord’s will in the matter and their prospects for success. For examples of such oracles, see 2 Sam 5:19, 23-24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":15919,"verse_id":"2CH.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “Should we go against Ramoth Gilead for war or should I refrain?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":15920,"verse_id":"2CH.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Though Jehoshaphat had requested an oracle from “the Lord ” ( יְהוָה , yÿhvah , “Yahweh”), the Israelite prophets stop short of actually using this name and substitute the title הָאֱלֹהִים ( ha ’ elohim , “the God”). This ambiguity may explain in part Jehoshaphat’s hesitancy and caution (vv. 7-8 ). He seems to doubt that the 400 are genuine prophets of the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":15921,"verse_id":"2CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “to seek the Lord from him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":15922,"verse_id":"2CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Or “hate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":15923,"verse_id":"2CH.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “all his days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":15924,"verse_id":"2CH.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “at,” which in this case probably means “near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":15925,"verse_id":"2CH.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “the words of the prophets are [with] one mouth good for the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":15926,"verse_id":"2CH.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “let your words be like one of them and speak good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":15927,"verse_id":"2CH.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Micaiah) has been specified in the translation both for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":15928,"verse_id":"2CH.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Or “swear an oath by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":15929,"verse_id":"2CH.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Micaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":15930,"verse_id":"2CH.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Micaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":15931,"verse_id":"2CH.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “the spirit.” The significance of the article prefixed to רוּחַ ( ruakh ) is uncertain, but it could contain a clue as to this spirit’s identity, especially when interpreted in light of verse 23 . It is certainly possible, and probably even likely, that the article is used in a generic or dramatic sense and should be translated, “a spirit.” In the latter case it would show that this spirit was vivid and definite in the mind of Micaiah the storyteller. However, if one insists that the article indicates a well-known or universally known spirit, the following context provides a likely referent. Verse 23 tells how Zedekiah slapped Micaiah in the face and then asked sarcastically, “Which way did the spirit from the Lord ( רוּחַ־יְהוָה , ruakh-yÿhvah ) go when he went from me to speak to you?” When the phrase “the spirit of the Lord ” refers to the divine spirit (rather than the divine breath or mind, as in Isa 40:7, 13 ) elsewhere, the spirit energizes an individual or group for special tasks or moves one to prophesy. This raises the possibility that the deceiving spirit of vv. 20-22 is the same as the divine spirit mentioned by Zedekiah in v. 23 . This would explain why the article is used on רוּחַ ( ruakh ); he can be called “the spirit” because he is the well-known spirit who energizes the prophets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":15932,"verse_id":"2CH.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":15933,"verse_id":"2CH.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"The Hebrew text has two imperfects connected by וְגַם ( vÿgam ). These verbs could be translated as specific futures, “you will deceive and also you will prevail,” in which case the Lord is assuring the spirit of success on his mission. However, in a commissioning context (note the following imperatives) such as this, it is more likely that the imperfects are injunctive, in which case one could translate, “Deceive, and also overpower.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":15934,"verse_id":"2CH.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “the bread of affliction and the water of affliction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":15935,"verse_id":"2CH.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “Listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":15936,"verse_id":"2CH.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"The Hebrew verbal forms could be imperatives (“Disguise yourself and enter”), but this would make no sense in light of the immediately following context. The forms are better interpreted as infinitives absolute functioning as cohortatives (see IBHS 594 §35.5.2a). Some prefer to emend the forms to imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":15937,"verse_id":"2CH.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “small or great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":15938,"verse_id":"2CH.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “now a man drew a bow in his innocence” (i.e., with no specific target in mind, or at least without realizing his target was the king of Israel).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":15939,"verse_id":"2CH.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A33/2"}
{"id":15940,"verse_id":"2CH.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “camp.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2018%3A33/3"}
{"id":15941,"verse_id":"2CH.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":15942,"verse_id":"2CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":15943,"verse_id":"2CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “went out to his face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":15944,"verse_id":"2CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and love those who hate the Lord ?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":15945,"verse_id":"2CH.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and because of this upon you is anger from before the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A2/4"}
{"id":15946,"verse_id":"2CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “nevertheless good things are found with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":15947,"verse_id":"2CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Here בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) is not the well attested verb “burn,” but the less common homonym meaning “devastate, sweep away, remove.” See HALOT 146 s.v. II בער .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":15948,"verse_id":"2CH.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “and you set your heart to seek the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":15949,"verse_id":"2CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":15950,"verse_id":"2CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “and turned them back to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":15951,"verse_id":"2CH.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":15952,"verse_id":"2CH.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “in all the fortified cities of Judah, city by city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":15953,"verse_id":"2CH.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “see what you are doing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":15954,"verse_id":"2CH.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “and now let the terror of the Lord be upon you, be careful and act for there is not with the Lord our God injustice, lifting up of a face, and taking a bribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":15955,"verse_id":"2CH.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “for the judgment of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":15956,"verse_id":"2CH.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “and to conduct a case [or “for controversy”], and they returned [to] Jerusalem.” Some emend וַיָּשֻׁבוּ ( vayyashuvu , “and they returned”) to וַיֵּשְׁבוּ ( vayyeshÿvu , “and they lived [in]”). The present translation assumes an emendation to יֹשְׁבֵי ( yoshÿvey , “residents of”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":15957,"verse_id":"2CH.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “This you must do with the fear of the Lord , with honesty, and with a complete heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":15958,"verse_id":"2CH.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and every case which comes to you from your brothers who live in their cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":15959,"verse_id":"2CH.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “between blood pertaining to blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":15960,"verse_id":"2CH.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “and anger will be upon you and your brothers; do this and you will not be guilty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":15961,"verse_id":"2CH.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “and look, Amariah the chief priest is over you with respect to every matter of the Lord , and Zebadiah…with respect to every matter of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":15962,"verse_id":"2CH.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “Be strong and act!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":15963,"verse_id":"2CH.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"The Hebrew text has “Ammonites,” but they are mentioned just before this. Most translations, following some mss of the LXX, read “Meunites” (see 1 Chr 26:7 ; so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":15964,"verse_id":"2CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “they”; the implied referent (messengers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":15965,"verse_id":"2CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “the Sea”; in context (“from the direction of Edom”) this must refer to the Dead Sea, which has been specified in the translation for clarity (cf. NEB, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":15966,"verse_id":"2CH.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “from Aram” (i.e., Syria), but this must be a corruption of “Edom,” which is the reading of the LXX and Vulgate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":15967,"verse_id":"2CH.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “and he set his face to seek the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":15968,"verse_id":"2CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":15969,"verse_id":"2CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “to seek from the Lord .” The verb here ( בָּקַשׁ , baqash ) is different from the one translated “seek” in v. 3 ( דָּרַשׁ , darash ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":15970,"verse_id":"2CH.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “to seek the Lord .” The verb here ( ָָבּקַשׁ , baqash ) is different from the one translated “seek” in v. 3 ( דָּרַשׁ , darash ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":15971,"verse_id":"2CH.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":15972,"verse_id":"2CH.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 33 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":15973,"verse_id":"2CH.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “are you not God in heaven?” The rhetorical question expects the answer “yes,” resulting in the positive statement “you are the God who lives in heaven” employed in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":15974,"verse_id":"2CH.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “did you not drive out?” This is another rhetorical question which expects a positive response; see the note on the word “heaven” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":15975,"verse_id":"2CH.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":15976,"verse_id":"2CH.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.7","text":"Or perhaps “your covenantal partner.” See Isa 41:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A7/3"}
{"id":15977,"verse_id":"2CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “sanctuary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":15978,"verse_id":"2CH.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “for your name.” The word “name” sometimes refers to one’s reputation or honor (thus the translation here, “to honor you ” ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":15979,"verse_id":"2CH.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":15980,"verse_id":"2CH.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “for your name is in this house.” The “name” of the Lord sometimes designates the Lord himself, being indistinguishable from the proper name. In this case the temple is referred to as a “house” where the Lord himself can reside.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":15981,"verse_id":"2CH.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"Or “so that you may.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":15982,"verse_id":"2CH.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “now, look, the sons of Ammon, Moab and Mount Seir.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":15983,"verse_id":"2CH.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “whom you did not allow Israel to enter when they came from the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":15984,"verse_id":"2CH.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “for [or “indeed”] upon you are our eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":15985,"verse_id":"2CH.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “Judah.” The words “the men of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the men of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":15986,"verse_id":"2CH.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “all Judah.” The words “you people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the people of Judah. Unlike the previous instance in v. 13 where infants, wives, and children are mentioned separately, this reference appears to include them all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":15987,"verse_id":"2CH.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"Or perhaps “don’t get discouraged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":15988,"verse_id":"2CH.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":15989,"verse_id":"2CH.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “the deliverance of the Lord with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":15990,"verse_id":"2CH.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"Or perhaps “don’t get discouraged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":15991,"verse_id":"2CH.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “all Judah.” The words “you people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. See the note on the word “Judah” in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":15992,"verse_id":"2CH.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “to worship the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":15993,"verse_id":"2CH.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Heb “arose to praise the Lord God of Israel with a very loud voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":15994,"verse_id":"2CH.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “O Judah.” The words “you people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. See the note on the word “Judah” in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":15995,"verse_id":"2CH.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"There is a wordplay in the Hebrew text. The Hiphil verb form הַאֲמִינוּ ( ha ’ aminu , “trust”) and the Niphal form תֵאָמֵנוּ ( te ’ amenu , “you will be safe”) come from the same verbal root ( אָמַן , ’ aman ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":15996,"verse_id":"2CH.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Or “consulted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":15997,"verse_id":"2CH.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"Or “is eternal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":15998,"verse_id":"2CH.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “set ambushers against.” This is probably idiomatic here for launching a surprise attack.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":15999,"verse_id":"2CH.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “the sons of Ammon, Moab, and Mount Seir.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":16000,"verse_id":"2CH.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “the sons of Ammon and Moab stood against the residents of Mount Seir.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":16001,"verse_id":"2CH.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “to annihilate and to destroy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":16002,"verse_id":"2CH.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “residents.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A23/3"}
{"id":16003,"verse_id":"2CH.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “they helped, each one his fellow, for destruction.” The verb עָזַר (’ azar ), traditionally understood as the well-attested verb meaning “to help,” is an odd fit in this context. It is possible that it is from a homonymic root, perhaps meaning to “attack.” This root is attested in Ugaritic in a nominal form meaning “young man, warrior, hero.” For a discussion of the proposed root, see HALOT 811 s.v. II עזר .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A23/4"}
{"id":16004,"verse_id":"2CH.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “Judah.” The words “the men of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the men of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":16005,"verse_id":"2CH.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “turned toward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":16006,"verse_id":"2CH.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Or “army.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":16007,"verse_id":"2CH.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"The MT reads פְגָרִים ( fÿgarim , “corpses”), but this seems odd among a list of plunder. A few medieval Hebrew mss and the Vulgate read בְגָדִים ( vÿgadim , “clothing”), which fits the context much better.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":16008,"verse_id":"2CH.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “and they snatched away for themselves so that there was no carrying away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A25/3"}
{"id":16009,"verse_id":"2CH.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “and they were three days looting the plunder for it was great.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A25/4"}
{"id":16010,"verse_id":"2CH.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “for there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":16011,"verse_id":"2CH.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"Heb “and the terror of God [or “a great terror”] was upon all the kingdoms of the lands.” It is uncertain if אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) should be understood as a proper name here (“God”), or taken in an idiomatic superlative sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":16012,"verse_id":"2CH.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “and his God gave him rest all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":16013,"verse_id":"2CH.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":16014,"verse_id":"2CH.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.32","text":"Heb “he walked in the way of his father Asa and did not turn from it, doing what is right in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A32/1"}
{"id":16015,"verse_id":"2CH.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.33","text":"Heb “and still the people did not set their heart[s] on the God of their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A33/1"}
{"id":16016,"verse_id":"2CH.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"Heb “the rest of the events of Jehoshaphat, the former and the latter, look, they are written in the records of Jehu son of Hanani, which are taken up in the scroll of the kings of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":16017,"verse_id":"2CH.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.35","text":"Heb “he.” The pronoun has been translated as a relative pronoun for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A35/1"}
{"id":16018,"verse_id":"2CH.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.36","text":"Heb “he made an alliance with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A36/1"}
{"id":16019,"verse_id":"2CH.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.36","text":"Heb “make ships to go to Tarshish.” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish; a “Tarshish-ship” was essentially a large seagoing merchant ship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A36/2"}
{"id":16020,"verse_id":"2CH.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":16021,"verse_id":"2CH.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.37","text":"Heb “to go to Tarshish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2020%3A37/2"}
{"id":16022,"verse_id":"2CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":16023,"verse_id":"2CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 10, 12, 19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":16024,"verse_id":"2CH.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.1","text":"The parallel account in 2 Kgs 8:16-24 has the variant spelling “Jehoram.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A1/4"}
{"id":16025,"verse_id":"2CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “and Jehoram arose over the kingdom of his father and strengthened himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":16026,"verse_id":"2CH.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “and he killed all his brothers with the sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":16027,"verse_id":"2CH.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":16028,"verse_id":"2CH.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “he walked in the way of the kings of Israel, just as the house of Ahab did, for the daughter of Ahab was his wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":16029,"verse_id":"2CH.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":16030,"verse_id":"2CH.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":16031,"verse_id":"2CH.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":16032,"verse_id":"2CH.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “which he made to David, just as he had promised to give him and his sons a lamp all the days.” Here “lamp” is metaphorical, symbolizing the Davidic dynasty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A7/3"}
{"id":16033,"verse_id":"2CH.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Jehoram) has been specified in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":16034,"verse_id":"2CH.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “in his days Edom rebelled from under the hand of Judah and enthroned a king over them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":16035,"verse_id":"2CH.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “and he arose at night and defeated Edom, who had surrounded him, and the chariot officers.” The Hebrew text as it stands gives the impression that Jehoram was surrounded and launched a victorious nighttime counterattack. Yet v. 10 goes on to state that the Edomite revolt was successful. The translation above assumes an emendation of the Hebrew text. Adding a third masculine singular pronominal suffix to the accusative sign before Edom (reading אֹתוֹ [’ oto , “him”] instead of just אֶת [’ et ]) and taking Edom as the subject of verbs allows one to translate the verse in a way that is more consistent with the context, which depicts an Israelite defeat, not victory. See also 2 Kgs 8:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":16036,"verse_id":"2CH.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “and Edom rebelled from under the hand of Judah until this day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":16037,"verse_id":"2CH.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Or “from Jehoram’s control”; Heb “from under his hand.” The pronominal suffix may refer to Judah in general or, more specifically, to Jehoram.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":16038,"verse_id":"2CH.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “he.” This pronoun could refer to Judah, but the context focuses on Jehoram’s misdeeds. See especially v. 11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":16039,"verse_id":"2CH.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “and he caused the residents of Jerusalem to commit adultery.” In this context spiritual unfaithfulness to the Lord is in view rather than physical adultery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":16040,"verse_id":"2CH.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “and drove Judah away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":16041,"verse_id":"2CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoram) has been specified in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":16042,"verse_id":"2CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “Because you…” In the Hebrew text this lengthy sentence is completed in vv. 14-15 . Because of its length and complexity (and the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences), the translation has divided it up into several English sentences.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":16043,"verse_id":"2CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “walked in the ways.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":16044,"verse_id":"2CH.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “in the ways of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":16045,"verse_id":"2CH.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “and you walked in the way of the kings of Israel and caused Judah and the residents of Jerusalem to commit adultery, like the house of Ahab causes to commit adultery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":16046,"verse_id":"2CH.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “the house of your father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":16047,"verse_id":"2CH.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “to strike with a great striking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":16048,"verse_id":"2CH.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Heb “and you [will have] a serious illness, an illness of the intestines until your intestines come out because of the illness days upon days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":16049,"verse_id":"2CH.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “the spirit of the Philistines.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":16050,"verse_id":"2CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “broke it up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":16051,"verse_id":"2CH.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “all the property which was found in the house of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":16052,"verse_id":"2CH.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Heb “in his intestines with an illness [for which] there was no healer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":16053,"verse_id":"2CH.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “and it was to days from days, and about the time of the going out of the end for the days, two, his intestines came out with his illness and he died in severe illness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":16054,"verse_id":"2CH.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “and his people did not make for him a fire, like the fire of his fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":16055,"verse_id":"2CH.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “and he went without desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":16056,"verse_id":"2CH.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":16057,"verse_id":"2CH.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “for all the older [ones] the raiding party that came with the Arabs to the camp had killed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":16058,"verse_id":"2CH.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “forty-two,” but the parallel passage in 2 Kgs 8:26 reads “twenty-two” along with some mss of the LXX and the Syriac.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":16059,"verse_id":"2CH.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"The Hebrew term בַּת ( bat , “daughter”) can refer, as here, to a granddaughter. See HALOT 165-66 s.v. I בַּת 1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":16060,"verse_id":"2CH.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “and also he walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":16061,"verse_id":"2CH.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “for his mother was his adviser to do evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":16062,"verse_id":"2CH.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":16063,"verse_id":"2CH.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"That is, the members of Ahab’s royal house.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":16064,"verse_id":"2CH.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “Aram” (also in v. 6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":16065,"verse_id":"2CH.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Joram) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":16066,"verse_id":"2CH.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “which the Syrians inflicted [on] him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":16067,"verse_id":"2CH.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Most Hebrew mss read “Azariah.” A few Hebrew mss , the LXX, Vulgate, and Syriac read “Ahaziah” (cf. 2 Kgs 8:29 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":16068,"verse_id":"2CH.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “because he was sick,” presumably referring to the wounds he received in the battle with the Syrians.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":16069,"verse_id":"2CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “From God was the downfall of Ahaziah by going to Joram.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":16070,"verse_id":"2CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Ahaziah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":16071,"verse_id":"2CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/3"}
{"id":16072,"verse_id":"2CH.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “to cut off the house of Ahab.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A7/4"}
{"id":16073,"verse_id":"2CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":16074,"verse_id":"2CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “they said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":16075,"verse_id":"2CH.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “and there was no one belonging to the house of Ahaziah to retain strength for kingship.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A9/3"}
{"id":16076,"verse_id":"2CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “she arose and she destroyed all the royal offspring.” The verb קוּם ( qum , “arise”) is here used in an auxiliary sense to indicate that she embarked on a campaign to destroy the royal offspring. See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 125.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":16077,"verse_id":"2CH.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “house of Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":16078,"verse_id":"2CH.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “the king”; the referent (King Jehoram, see later in this verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":16079,"verse_id":"2CH.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “and he was with them in the house of God hiding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":16080,"verse_id":"2CH.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Or “covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":16081,"verse_id":"2CH.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":16082,"verse_id":"2CH.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Jehoiada the priest, cf. v. 8 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":16083,"verse_id":"2CH.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “all the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":16084,"verse_id":"2CH.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":16085,"verse_id":"2CH.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “and be with the king in his coming out and in his going out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":16086,"verse_id":"2CH.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “all Judah.” The words “the men of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy for the men of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":16087,"verse_id":"2CH.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"The Hebrew text lists two different types of shields here. Most translations render “the large and small shields” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV; NEB “King David’s spears, shields, and bucklers”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":16088,"verse_id":"2CH.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “and he stationed all the people, each with his weapon in his hand, from the south shoulder of the house to the north shoulder of the house, at the altar and at the house, near the king all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":16089,"verse_id":"2CH.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The Hebrew word עֵדוּת (’ edut ) normally means “witness” or “testimony.” Here it probably refers to some tangible symbol of kingship, perhaps a piece of jewelry such as an amulet or neck chain (see the discussion in M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings [AB], 128). Some suggest that a document is in view, perhaps a copy of the royal protocol or of the stipulations of the Davidic covenant (see HALOT 790-91 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":16090,"verse_id":"2CH.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Or “they made him king and anointed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":16091,"verse_id":"2CH.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “and Athaliah heard the sound of the people, the runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":16092,"verse_id":"2CH.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “she came to the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":16093,"verse_id":"2CH.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “and she saw, and behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":16094,"verse_id":"2CH.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “Conspiracy! Conspiracy!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":16095,"verse_id":"2CH.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “ranks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":16096,"verse_id":"2CH.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “for the priest had said, ‘Do not put her to death in the house of the Lord .’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":16097,"verse_id":"2CH.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “and they placed hands on her, and she went through the entrance of the gate of the horses [into] the house of the king.” Some English versions treat the phrase “gate of the horses” as the name of the gate (“the Horse Gate”; e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":16098,"verse_id":"2CH.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “and Jehoiada made a covenant between himself and [between] all the people and [between] the king, to become a people for the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":16099,"verse_id":"2CH.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Or “tore down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":16100,"verse_id":"2CH.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Or “images.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":16101,"verse_id":"2CH.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “as it is written in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":16102,"verse_id":"2CH.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":16103,"verse_id":"2CH.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “killed Athaliah with the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":16104,"verse_id":"2CH.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":16105,"verse_id":"2CH.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “and Joash did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":16106,"verse_id":"2CH.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “all the days of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":16107,"verse_id":"2CH.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “and it was, later, there was with the heart of Joash to repair the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":16108,"verse_id":"2CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “Jehoiada the head”; the word “priest” not in the Hebrew text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":16109,"verse_id":"2CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “sought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":16110,"verse_id":"2CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “bring.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/3"}
{"id":16111,"verse_id":"2CH.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “the tent of testimony.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A6/4"}
{"id":16112,"verse_id":"2CH.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “and the king said [it] and they made a chest and placed it in the gate of the house of the Lord outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":16113,"verse_id":"2CH.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “and they gave voice in Judah and Jerusalem to bring to the Lord the tax of Moses the servant of God upon Israel in the wilderness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":16114,"verse_id":"2CH.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “doers of the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":16115,"verse_id":"2CH.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “and the doers of the work worked, and the repairs went up for the work by their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":16116,"verse_id":"2CH.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “and they caused the house of God to stand according to its measurements and they strengthened it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":16117,"verse_id":"2CH.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “came and bowed down to the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":16118,"verse_id":"2CH.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A17/2"}
{"id":16119,"verse_id":"2CH.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":16120,"verse_id":"2CH.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “served.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":16121,"verse_id":"2CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “and he sent among them prophets to bring them back to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":16122,"verse_id":"2CH.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “testified among.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":16123,"verse_id":"2CH.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “clothed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":16124,"verse_id":"2CH.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “did not remember.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":16125,"verse_id":"2CH.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Jehoiada) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":16126,"verse_id":"2CH.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Zechariah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":16127,"verse_id":"2CH.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “and seek [ – ].” The direct object of “seek” is omitted in the Hebrew text but implied; “vengeance” is supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A22/4"}
{"id":16128,"verse_id":"2CH.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “turning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":16129,"verse_id":"2CH.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “went up against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":16130,"verse_id":"2CH.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joash) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A23/3"}
{"id":16131,"verse_id":"2CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “though with a small amount of men the army of Aram came, the Lord gave into their hand an army [that was] very large.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":16132,"verse_id":"2CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people of Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":16133,"verse_id":"2CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Syrians) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/3"}
{"id":16134,"verse_id":"2CH.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.24","text":"Heb “executed judgments [on] Joash.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A24/4"}
{"id":16135,"verse_id":"2CH.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Joash) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":16136,"verse_id":"2CH.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “because of the shed blood of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":16137,"verse_id":"2CH.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.25","text":"The MT has the plural בְּנֵי ( bÿney , “sons”), but the final yod is dittographic. Note the yod that immediately follows.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A25/3"}
{"id":16138,"verse_id":"2CH.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “and he died.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A25/4"}
{"id":16139,"verse_id":"2CH.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Joash) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":16140,"verse_id":"2CH.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “And his sons and the abundance of the oracle[s] against him, and the founding of the house of God, look are they not written on the writing of the scroll of the kings?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2024%3A27/2"}
{"id":16141,"verse_id":"2CH.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":16142,"verse_id":"2CH.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":16143,"verse_id":"2CH.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “a complete heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":16144,"verse_id":"2CH.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “when the kingdom was secure upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":16145,"verse_id":"2CH.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “as it is written in the scroll of the law of Moses which the Lord commanded, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":16146,"verse_id":"2CH.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “on account of sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":16147,"verse_id":"2CH.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “on account of fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A4/3"}
{"id":16148,"verse_id":"2CH.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “Judah.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” by metonymy here for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":16149,"verse_id":"2CH.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “young men going out to war.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":16150,"verse_id":"2CH.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “holding a spear and a shield.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A5/3"}
{"id":16151,"verse_id":"2CH.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the silver was 6,730 lbs. (3,060 kg).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":16152,"verse_id":"2CH.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":16153,"verse_id":"2CH.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “Israel, all the sons of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A7/2"}
{"id":16154,"verse_id":"2CH.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “cause you to stumble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":16155,"verse_id":"2CH.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “to cause to stumble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":16156,"verse_id":"2CH.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “said to the man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":16157,"verse_id":"2CH.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “man of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":16158,"verse_id":"2CH.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “and Amaziah separated them, the troops who came to him from Ephraim, to go to their place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":16159,"verse_id":"2CH.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “and Amaziah strengthened himself and led his people and went to the Valley of Salt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":16160,"verse_id":"2CH.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"Or “struck down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":16161,"verse_id":"2CH.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “sons of Seir.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A11/3"}
{"id":16162,"verse_id":"2CH.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":16163,"verse_id":"2CH.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “and threw them from the top of the cliff.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":16164,"verse_id":"2CH.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “all of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":16165,"verse_id":"2CH.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “smashed in pieces.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A12/4"}
{"id":16166,"verse_id":"2CH.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “had sent back from going with him to the battle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":16167,"verse_id":"2CH.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “stripped.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A13/2"}
{"id":16168,"verse_id":"2CH.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.13","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A13/3"}
{"id":16169,"verse_id":"2CH.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “struck down.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A13/4"}
{"id":16170,"verse_id":"2CH.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":16171,"verse_id":"2CH.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “caused them to stand for him as gods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A14/2"}
{"id":16172,"verse_id":"2CH.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “seeking,” perhaps in the sense of “consulting [an oracle from].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":16173,"verse_id":"2CH.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “the gods of the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":16174,"verse_id":"2CH.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A15/3"}
{"id":16175,"verse_id":"2CH.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Amaziah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":16176,"verse_id":"2CH.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “Stop yourself! Why should they strike you down?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A16/2"}
{"id":16177,"verse_id":"2CH.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.16","text":"The verb יָעַץ ( ya ’ ats , “has decided”) is from the same root as יוֹעֵץ ( yo ’ ets , “counselor”) in v. 16 and עֵצָה (’ etsah , “advice”) later in v. 16 . The wordplay highlights the appropriate nature of the divine punishment. Amaziah rejected the counsel of God’s prophet; now he would be the victim of God’s “counsel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A16/3"}
{"id":16178,"verse_id":"2CH.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"The words “with his advisers” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":16179,"verse_id":"2CH.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “let us look at each other [in the] face.” The expression refers here not to a visit but to meeting in battle. See v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":16180,"verse_id":"2CH.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “you say [to yourself], ‘look, you have defeated Edom.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":16181,"verse_id":"2CH.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “and your heart is lifted up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":16182,"verse_id":"2CH.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “to glorify.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A19/3"}
{"id":16183,"verse_id":"2CH.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “Why get involved in calamity and fall, you and Judah with you?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A19/4"}
{"id":16184,"verse_id":"2CH.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"Heb “did not listen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":16185,"verse_id":"2CH.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.20","text":"Heb “because it was from God in order to give them into the hand because they sought the gods of Edom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A20/2"}
{"id":16186,"verse_id":"2CH.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"Heb “looked at each other [in the] face.” See the note on the expression “Come on, face me on the battlefield” in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":16187,"verse_id":"2CH.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “and Judah was struck down before Israel and they fled, each to his tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":16188,"verse_id":"2CH.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.23","text":"Heb “400 cubits.” Assuming a cubit of 18 inches (45 cm), the distance would have been about 600 feet (180 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A23/1"}
{"id":16189,"verse_id":"2CH.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Amaziah, the former and the latter, are they not – behold, they are written on the scroll of the kings of Judah and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":16190,"verse_id":"2CH.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “and they conspired against him [with] a conspiracy in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":16191,"verse_id":"2CH.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “and they sent after him to Lachish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":16192,"verse_id":"2CH.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “and they carried him on horses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":16193,"verse_id":"2CH.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A28/2"}
{"id":16194,"verse_id":"2CH.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.28","text":"The Hebrew text has “Judah,” but some medieval mss read “David,” as does the parallel passage in 2 Kgs 14:20 . sn The phrase the City of David refers here to the fortress of Zion in Jerusalem, not to Bethlehem. See 2 Sam 5:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2025%3A28/3"}
{"id":16195,"verse_id":"2CH.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"The parallel account in 2 Kgs 15:1-8 has the variant spelling “Azariah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":16196,"verse_id":"2CH.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Uzziah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":16197,"verse_id":"2CH.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “after the king”; the referent (Amaziah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":16198,"verse_id":"2CH.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.2","text":"“slept with his fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A2/3"}
{"id":16199,"verse_id":"2CH.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":16200,"verse_id":"2CH.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which Amaziah his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":16201,"verse_id":"2CH.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “sought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":16202,"verse_id":"2CH.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “in the days of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":16203,"verse_id":"2CH.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “in the days of his seeking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A5/3"}
{"id":16204,"verse_id":"2CH.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.5","text":"Or “prosper.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A5/4"}
{"id":16205,"verse_id":"2CH.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “went out and fought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":16206,"verse_id":"2CH.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “in Ashdod and among the Philistines.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":16207,"verse_id":"2CH.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"The words “in his campaigns” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":16208,"verse_id":"2CH.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “and his name went to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":16209,"verse_id":"2CH.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"On the meaning of the Hebrew word מִקְצוֹעַ ( miqtsoa ’), see HALOT 628 s.v. עַ ( וֹ ) מִקְצֹ . The term probably refers to an “angle” or “corner” somewhere on the eastern wall of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":16210,"verse_id":"2CH.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":16211,"verse_id":"2CH.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “workers and vinedressers in the hills and in Carmel.” The words “he had” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":16212,"verse_id":"2CH.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “for a lover of the ground he [was].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A10/3"}
{"id":16213,"verse_id":"2CH.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":16214,"verse_id":"2CH.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “and his name went out to a distant place, for he did extraordinarily to be helped until he was strong.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":16215,"verse_id":"2CH.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “his heart was high [i.e., proud] to destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":16216,"verse_id":"2CH.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"Or “was unfaithful to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":16217,"verse_id":"2CH.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “stood against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":16218,"verse_id":"2CH.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"Or “been unfaithful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":16219,"verse_id":"2CH.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “angry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":16220,"verse_id":"2CH.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.19","text":"Traditionally “leprosy,” but this was probably a skin disorder of some type, not leprosy (technically known today as Hansen’s disease). See 2 Kgs 5:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A19/2"}
{"id":16221,"verse_id":"2CH.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “turned toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":16222,"verse_id":"2CH.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"The precise meaning of בֵּית הַחָפְשִׁית ( bet hakhafshiyt , “house of [?]”) is uncertain. NASB, NIV, NRSV all have “in a separate house”; NEB has “in his own house…relieved of all duties.” For a discussion of various proposals, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 166-67.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":16223,"verse_id":"2CH.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Uzziah, the former and the latter, Isaiah son of Amoz, the prophet, recorded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":16224,"verse_id":"2CH.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":16225,"verse_id":"2CH.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A23/2"}
{"id":16226,"verse_id":"2CH.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “a field of burial.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A23/3"}
{"id":16227,"verse_id":"2CH.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “for they said, ‘He had a skin disease.’”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2026%3A23/4"}
{"id":16228,"verse_id":"2CH.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":16229,"verse_id":"2CH.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which Uzziah his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":16230,"verse_id":"2CH.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “except he did not enter the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":16231,"verse_id":"2CH.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “wall of Ophel.” See HALOT 861 s.v. II עֹפֶל .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":16232,"verse_id":"2CH.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “he fought with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":16233,"verse_id":"2CH.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the silver was 6,730 lbs. (3,060 kg).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":16234,"verse_id":"2CH.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “10,000 kors of wheat and 10,000 of barley.” The unit of measure of the barley is omitted in the Hebrew text, but is understood to be “kors,” the same as the measures of wheat.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A5/4"}
{"id":16235,"verse_id":"2CH.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “This the sons of Ammon brought to him, and in the second year and the third.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A5/5"}
{"id":16236,"verse_id":"2CH.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “because he established his ways before the Lord his God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":16237,"verse_id":"2CH.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jotham, and his battles and his ways, look, they are written on the scroll of the kings of Israel and Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":16238,"verse_id":"2CH.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":16239,"verse_id":"2CH.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":16240,"verse_id":"2CH.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “and he did not do what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , like David his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":16241,"verse_id":"2CH.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “he walked in the ways of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":16242,"verse_id":"2CH.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “like the abominable practices of the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":16243,"verse_id":"2CH.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Syrians) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":16244,"verse_id":"2CH.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “and took captive from him a great captivity and brought [them] to Damascus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":16245,"verse_id":"2CH.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “who struck him down with a great striking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A5/3"}
{"id":16246,"verse_id":"2CH.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 9, 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":16247,"verse_id":"2CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “the loot.” The pronoun (“it”) has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":16248,"verse_id":"2CH.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":16249,"verse_id":"2CH.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “and you killed them with anger [that] reaches as far as heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":16250,"verse_id":"2CH.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":16251,"verse_id":"2CH.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “to enslave as male servants and female servants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A10/2"}
{"id":16252,"verse_id":"2CH.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A10/3"}
{"id":16253,"verse_id":"2CH.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “for the rage of the anger of the Lord is upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":16254,"verse_id":"2CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “men from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":16255,"verse_id":"2CH.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “arose against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A12/2"}
{"id":16256,"verse_id":"2CH.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “for to the guilt of the Lord upon us you are saying to add to our sins and our guilty deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":16257,"verse_id":"2CH.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “for great is [the] guilt to us and rage of anger is upon Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":16258,"verse_id":"2CH.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “and the men who were designated by names arose and took the captives and all their naked ones they clothed from the loot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":16259,"verse_id":"2CH.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “and poured oil on them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A15/2"}
{"id":16260,"verse_id":"2CH.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “and they led them on donkeys, with respect to everyone stumbling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A15/3"}
{"id":16261,"verse_id":"2CH.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.15","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A15/4"}
{"id":16262,"verse_id":"2CH.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Most Hebrew mss read the plural, “kings,” but one Hebrew ms , the LXX and Vulgate read the singular “king.” Note the singular in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":16263,"verse_id":"2CH.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “Shephelah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":16264,"verse_id":"2CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “subdued.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":16265,"verse_id":"2CH.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.19","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verbal form to emphasize the degree of Ahaz’s unfaithfulness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A19/3"}
{"id":16266,"verse_id":"2CH.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “Tilgath-pilneser,” a variant spelling of Tiglath-pileser.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":16267,"verse_id":"2CH.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “and he caused him distress and did not strengthen him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A20/2"}
{"id":16268,"verse_id":"2CH.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “divided up,” but some read חִלֵּץ ( khillets , “despoiled”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":16269,"verse_id":"2CH.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “the gods of Damascus, the ones who had defeated him.” The words “he thought” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The perspective is that of Ahaz, not the narrator! Another option is that “the kings” has been accidentally omitted after “gods of.” See v. 23 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":16270,"verse_id":"2CH.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":16271,"verse_id":"2CH.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.26","text":"Heb “As for the rest of his events, and all his ways, the former and the latter, look, they are written on the scroll of the kings of Judah and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A26/1"}
{"id":16272,"verse_id":"2CH.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.27","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2028%3A27/1"}
{"id":16273,"verse_id":"2CH.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":16274,"verse_id":"2CH.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"The parallel passage in 2 Kgs 18:2 has “Abi.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":16275,"verse_id":"2CH.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord , according to all which David his father had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":16276,"verse_id":"2CH.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":16277,"verse_id":"2CH.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":16278,"verse_id":"2CH.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “turned their faces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A6/2"}
{"id":16279,"verse_id":"2CH.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “and turned the back.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A6/3"}
{"id":16280,"verse_id":"2CH.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Heb “and he made them [an object] of dread and devastation and hissing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":16281,"verse_id":"2CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “fell by the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":16282,"verse_id":"2CH.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “are in captivity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":16283,"verse_id":"2CH.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “now it is with my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":16284,"verse_id":"2CH.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “so that the rage of his anger might turn from us.” The jussive with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding statement of intention.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A10/2"}
{"id":16285,"verse_id":"2CH.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “to stand before him to serve him and to be his servants and sacrificers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":16286,"verse_id":"2CH.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “and the Levites arose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":16287,"verse_id":"2CH.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “words” (plural).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":16288,"verse_id":"2CH.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “in the temple of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":16289,"verse_id":"2CH.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “porch of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":16290,"verse_id":"2CH.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":16291,"verse_id":"2CH.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":16292,"verse_id":"2CH.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (King Hezekiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":16293,"verse_id":"2CH.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":16294,"verse_id":"2CH.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “stood with” (i.e., stood holding).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A26/1"}
{"id":16295,"verse_id":"2CH.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.30","text":"Heb “with the words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A30/1"}
{"id":16296,"verse_id":"2CH.29.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.30","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A30/2"}
{"id":16297,"verse_id":"2CH.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.31","text":"Heb “filled your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A31/1"}
{"id":16298,"verse_id":"2CH.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.31","text":"Or “tokens of thanks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A31/2"}
{"id":16299,"verse_id":"2CH.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.31","text":"Heb “and all who were willing of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A31/3"}
{"id":16300,"verse_id":"2CH.29.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.32","text":"Heb “and the number of burnt sacrifices which the assembly brought was seventy bulls, one hundred rams, two hundred lambs; for a burnt sacrifice to the Lord were all these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A32/1"}
{"id":16301,"verse_id":"2CH.29.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.33","text":"The Hebrew term צֹאן ( ts ’ on ) denotes smaller livestock in general; depending on context it can refer to sheep only or goats only, but there is nothing in the immediate context here to specify one or the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A33/1"}
{"id":16302,"verse_id":"2CH.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.34","text":"Heb “the burnt sacrifices.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A34/1"}
{"id":16303,"verse_id":"2CH.29.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.34","text":"Heb “for the Levites were more pure of heart to consecrate themselves than the priests.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A34/2"}
{"id":16304,"verse_id":"2CH.29.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.35","text":"Or “established.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A35/1"}
{"id":16305,"verse_id":"2CH.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.36","text":"Heb “prepared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A36/1"}
{"id":16306,"verse_id":"2CH.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.36","text":"Heb “the people.” The pronoun “they” has been used here for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A36/2"}
{"id":16307,"verse_id":"2CH.29.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":29,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.36","text":"Heb “for quickly was the matter.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2029%3A36/3"}
{"id":16308,"verse_id":"2CH.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":16309,"verse_id":"2CH.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “at that time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":16310,"verse_id":"2CH.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “and the thing was proper in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":16311,"verse_id":"2CH.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “and they caused to stand a word to cause a voice to pass through.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":16312,"verse_id":"2CH.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"The words “summoning the people” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":16313,"verse_id":"2CH.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “because not for abundance had they done as written.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A5/3"}
{"id":16314,"verse_id":"2CH.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “the runners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":16315,"verse_id":"2CH.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “and according to the command of the king, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":16316,"verse_id":"2CH.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.6","text":"The jussive with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A6/3"}
{"id":16317,"verse_id":"2CH.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “to the survivors who are left to you from the palm of the kings of Assyria.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A6/4"}
{"id":16318,"verse_id":"2CH.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 19, 22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":16319,"verse_id":"2CH.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “and he made them a devastation” (or, perhaps, “an object of horror”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":16320,"verse_id":"2CH.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “don’t stiffen your neck” (a Hebrew idiom for being stubborn).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":16321,"verse_id":"2CH.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “give a hand.” On the meaning of the idiom here, see HALOT 387 s.v. I יָד 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":16322,"verse_id":"2CH.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “so that the rage of his anger might turn from you.” The jussive with vav conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A8/3"}
{"id":16323,"verse_id":"2CH.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “turn [his] face from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":16324,"verse_id":"2CH.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “and they were mocking them and ridiculing them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":16325,"verse_id":"2CH.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “also in Judah the hand of God was to give to them one heart to do the command of the king and the officials by the word of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":16326,"verse_id":"2CH.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"The Hebrew text adds here, “a very large assembly.” This has not been translated to avoid redundancy with the expression “a huge crowd” at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":16327,"verse_id":"2CH.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “and they arose and removed the altars which were in Jerusalem, and all the incense altars they removed and threw into the Kidron Valley.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":16328,"verse_id":"2CH.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “from the hand of the Levites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":16329,"verse_id":"2CH.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “were over the slaughter of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":16330,"verse_id":"2CH.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “of everyone not pure to consecrate to the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":16331,"verse_id":"2CH.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “without what is written.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":16332,"verse_id":"2CH.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “make atonement for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":16333,"verse_id":"2CH.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “everyone [who] has prepared his heart to seek God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":16334,"verse_id":"2CH.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “and not according to the purification of the holy place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A19/2"}
{"id":16335,"verse_id":"2CH.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “listened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":16336,"verse_id":"2CH.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “healed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A20/2"}
{"id":16337,"verse_id":"2CH.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “and they were praising the Lord day by day, the Levites and the priests with instruments of strength to the Lord .” The phrase בִּכְלֵי־עֹז ( bikhley- ’ oz , “with instruments of strength”) might refer to loud sounding musical instruments (NASB “with loud instruments”; NEB “with unrestrained fervour”). The present translation assumes an emendation to בְּכָל־עֹז ( bÿkhol- ’ oz , “with all strength”); see 1 Chr 13:8 , as well as HALOT 805 s.v. I עֹז and BDB 739 s.v. עֹז ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A21/1"}
{"id":16338,"verse_id":"2CH.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “and Hezekiah spoke to the heart of all the Levites.” On the meaning of the idiom “speak to the heart of” here, see HALOT 210 s.v. II דבר 8.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A22/1"}
{"id":16339,"verse_id":"2CH.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “who demonstrated skill [with] good skill for the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":16340,"verse_id":"2CH.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “and they ate [during] the appointed time [for] seven days.” מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , “appointed time”) is probably an adverbial accusative of time referring to the festival. However, some understand it as metonymically referring to the food eaten during the festival. See BDB 417 s.v.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A22/3"}
{"id":16341,"verse_id":"2CH.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"The Hebrew term צֹאן ( ts ’ on , translated “sheep” twice in this verse) denotes smaller livestock in general; depending on context it can refer to sheep only or goats only, but their is nothing in the immediate context here to specify one or the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":16342,"verse_id":"2CH.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.24","text":"Heb “the assembly.” The pronoun “them” has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A24/2"}
{"id":16343,"verse_id":"2CH.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"Heb “they rejoiced.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":16344,"verse_id":"2CH.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “and there was great joy in Jerusalem, for from the days of Solomon son of David, king of Israel, there was nothing like this in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A26/1"}
{"id":16345,"verse_id":"2CH.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.27","text":"Heb “and it was heard with their voice.” BDB 1034 s.v. שָׁמַע Niph.4 interprets this to mean “hearing was granted to their voice.” It is possible that the name יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) has been accidentally omitted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2030%3A27/1"}
{"id":16346,"verse_id":"2CH.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “all Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A1/1"}
{"id":16347,"verse_id":"2CH.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"Or “tore down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":16348,"verse_id":"2CH.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “the high places and the altars from all Judah and Benjamin and in Ephraim and in Manasseh until finished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A1/3"}
{"id":16349,"verse_id":"2CH.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel returned, each to his possession to their cities.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A1/4"}
{"id":16350,"verse_id":"2CH.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “and Hezekiah appointed the divisions of the priests and the Levites according to their divisions, each in accordance with his service for the priests and for the Levites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":16351,"verse_id":"2CH.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “in the gates of the encampments of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A2/2"}
{"id":16352,"verse_id":"2CH.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “the portion of the king [was].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":16353,"verse_id":"2CH.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “as written.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A3/2"}
{"id":16354,"verse_id":"2CH.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":16355,"verse_id":"2CH.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A4/2"}
{"id":16356,"verse_id":"2CH.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “might hold firmly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A4/3"}
{"id":16357,"verse_id":"2CH.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “and when the word spread out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":16358,"verse_id":"2CH.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel multiplied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A5/2"}
{"id":16359,"verse_id":"2CH.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “and the sons of Israel and Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":16360,"verse_id":"2CH.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “heaps, heaps.” Repetition of the noun draws attention to the large number of heaps.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A6/2"}
{"id":16361,"verse_id":"2CH.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “they began the heaps, to establish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":16362,"verse_id":"2CH.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “they blessed the Lord and his people Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":16363,"verse_id":"2CH.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “and they prepared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":16364,"verse_id":"2CH.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “tenth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":16365,"verse_id":"2CH.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “and holy things in faithfulness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":16366,"verse_id":"2CH.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “to their brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":16367,"verse_id":"2CH.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “like great, like small” (i.e., old and young alike).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A15/2"}
{"id":16368,"verse_id":"2CH.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “in addition enrolling them by males from a son of three years and upwards, to everyone who enters the house of the Lord for a matter of a day in its day, for their service by their duties according to their divisions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":16369,"verse_id":"2CH.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “the priests in the fields of the pastureland of their cities in every city and city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A19/1"}
{"id":16370,"verse_id":"2CH.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “designated by names.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A19/2"}
{"id":16371,"verse_id":"2CH.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “and in all the work which he began with regard to the service of the house of God and with respect to the law and with respect to the commandment, to seek his God; with all his heart he acted and he succeeded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":16372,"verse_id":"2CH.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “and he said to break into them for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A1/1"}
{"id":16373,"verse_id":"2CH.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “and his face was for war against Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":16374,"verse_id":"2CH.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “the waters of the springs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":16375,"verse_id":"2CH.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “and they closed up all the springs and the stream that flows in the midst of the land.” Here אָרֶץ (’ arets , “land”) does not refer to the entire land, but to a smaller region like a district.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":16376,"verse_id":"2CH.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “land, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":16377,"verse_id":"2CH.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Hezekiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":16378,"verse_id":"2CH.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “strengthened himself and built.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":16379,"verse_id":"2CH.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “and outside the wall another one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A5/3"}
{"id":16380,"verse_id":"2CH.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “and he placed officers of war over the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":16381,"verse_id":"2CH.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “he spoke to their heart[s].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A6/2"}
{"id":16382,"verse_id":"2CH.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Or perhaps, “and don’t be discouraged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":16383,"verse_id":"2CH.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “for with us [is] a greater [one] than with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A7/2"}
{"id":16384,"verse_id":"2CH.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “With him is an arm of flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":16385,"verse_id":"2CH.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.8","text":"Or “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A8/2"}
{"id":16386,"verse_id":"2CH.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":16387,"verse_id":"2CH.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “all Judah.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” here by metonymy for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":16388,"verse_id":"2CH.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “On what are you trusting that [you] are living during the siege in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":16389,"verse_id":"2CH.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":16390,"verse_id":"2CH.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “Is not Hezekiah misleading you to give you over to die by hunger and thirst, saying, ‘The Lord our God will rescue us from the hand of the king of Assyria’?’","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":16391,"verse_id":"2CH.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “Did not he, Hezekiah, eliminate…?” This rhetorical question presupposes a positive reply (“yes, he did”) and so has been translated here as a positive statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":16392,"verse_id":"2CH.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A12/2"}
{"id":16393,"verse_id":"2CH.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 14, 15 ), but in this context the term does not necessarily refer to Sennacherib’s ancestors, but to his predecessors on the Assyrian throne.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":16394,"verse_id":"2CH.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":16395,"verse_id":"2CH.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A14/1"}
{"id":16396,"verse_id":"2CH.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"Heb “how much less.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":16397,"verse_id":"2CH.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.15","text":"The verb is plural, suggesting that the preceding אֱלֹהֵיכֶם (’ elohekhem ) be translated “your gods,” rather than “your God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A15/2"}
{"id":16398,"verse_id":"2CH.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Sennacherib) has been specified in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A16/1"}
{"id":16399,"verse_id":"2CH.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.16","text":"Heb “spoke against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A16/2"}
{"id":16400,"verse_id":"2CH.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “and speaking against him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":16401,"verse_id":"2CH.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “Like the gods of the nations of the lands who did not rescue their people from my hand, so the god of Hezekiah will not rescue his people from my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A17/2"}
{"id":16402,"verse_id":"2CH.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.21","text":"Or “an angel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A21/1"}
{"id":16403,"verse_id":"2CH.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Sennacherib) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A21/2"}
{"id":16404,"verse_id":"2CH.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “and he returned with shame of face to his land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A21/3"}
{"id":16405,"verse_id":"2CH.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “and some from those who went out from him, from his inward parts.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A21/4"}
{"id":16406,"verse_id":"2CH.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “and from the hand of all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":16407,"verse_id":"2CH.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and he led him from all around.” However, the present translation assumes an emendation to וַיָּנַח לָהֶם מִסָּבִיב ( vayyanakh lahem missaviv , “and he gave rest to them from all around”). See 2 Chr 15:15 and 20:30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":16408,"verse_id":"2CH.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"Or perhaps, “offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":16409,"verse_id":"2CH.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.23","text":"Heb “lifted up in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A23/2"}
{"id":16410,"verse_id":"2CH.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “was sick to the point of dying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A24/1"}
{"id":16411,"verse_id":"2CH.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “and he spoke to him and a sign he gave to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A24/2"}
{"id":16412,"verse_id":"2CH.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “but not according to the benefit [given] to him did Hezekiah repay, for his heart was high, and there was anger against him and against Judah and Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":16413,"verse_id":"2CH.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.26","text":"Heb “and Hezekiah humbled himself in the height of his heart, he and the residents of Jerusalem, and the anger of the Lord did not come upon them in the days of Hezekiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A26/1"}
{"id":16414,"verse_id":"2CH.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “and stalls for all beasts and beasts, and flocks for the stalls.” The repetition of בְהֵמָה ( bÿhemah , “beast”) here indicates various kinds of livestock.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A28/1"}
{"id":16415,"verse_id":"2CH.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “and cities he made for himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A29/1"}
{"id":16416,"verse_id":"2CH.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “and when the envoys of the officials of Babylon, who sent to him to inquire concerning the sign which was in the land, [arrived].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":16417,"verse_id":"2CH.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “to know all [that was] in his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A31/2"}
{"id":16418,"verse_id":"2CH.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.32","text":"Heb “and the rest of the deeds of Hezekiah and his faithful acts, behold, they are written in the vision of Isaiah son of Amoz the prophet upon the scroll of the kings of Judah and Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A32/1"}
{"id":16419,"verse_id":"2CH.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.33","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A33/1"}
{"id":16420,"verse_id":"2CH.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.33","text":"Heb “and honor they did to him in his death, all Judah and the residents of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2032%3A33/2"}
{"id":16421,"verse_id":"2CH.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A1/1"}
{"id":16422,"verse_id":"2CH.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":16423,"verse_id":"2CH.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “like the abominable practices of the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A2/2"}
{"id":16424,"verse_id":"2CH.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"The phrase כָל צְבָא הֲַשָּׁמַיִם ( khol tsÿva ’ hashamayim ), traditionally translated “all the host of heaven,” refers to the heavenly lights, including stars and planets. In 1 Kgs 22:19 these heavenly bodies are pictured as members of the Lord’s royal court or assembly, but many other texts view them as the illegitimate objects of pagan and Israelite worship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":16425,"verse_id":"2CH.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":16426,"verse_id":"2CH.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “In Jerusalem my name will be permanently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":16427,"verse_id":"2CH.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Or “he sacrificed his sons in the fire.” This may refer to child sacrifice, though some interpret it as a less drastic cultic practice (NEB, NASV “made his sons pass through the fire”; NIV “sacrificed his sons in the fire”; NRSV “made his sons pass through fire”). For discussion see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 266-67.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":16428,"verse_id":"2CH.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and he set up a ritual pit, along with a conjurer.” Hebrew אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. In 1 Sam 28:7 the witch of Endor is called a בַּעֲלַת אוֹב ( ba ’ alat ’ ov , “owner of a ritual pit”). See H. Hoffner, “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew ’ OñBù ,” JBL 86 (1967): 385-401.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A6/2"}
{"id":16429,"verse_id":"2CH.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and he multiplied doing what is evil in the eyes of the Lord , angering him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A6/3"}
{"id":16430,"verse_id":"2CH.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"Heb “In this house and in Jerusalem, which I chose from all the tribes of Israel, I will place my name permanently” (or perhaps “forever”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":16431,"verse_id":"2CH.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “I will not again make the feet of Israel wander from the land which I established for their fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":16432,"verse_id":"2CH.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “misled Judah.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” here by metonymy for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A9/1"}
{"id":16433,"verse_id":"2CH.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “spoke to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":16434,"verse_id":"2CH.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “and they seized him with hooks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":16435,"verse_id":"2CH.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Or “distress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":16436,"verse_id":"2CH.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Manasseh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":16437,"verse_id":"2CH.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “appeased the face of the Lord his God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A12/3"}
{"id":16438,"verse_id":"2CH.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.12","text":"Or “greatly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A12/4"}
{"id":16439,"verse_id":"2CH.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A12/5"}
{"id":16440,"verse_id":"2CH.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":16441,"verse_id":"2CH.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A13/2"}
{"id":16442,"verse_id":"2CH.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “was entreated by him,” or “allowed himself to be entreated by him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A13/3"}
{"id":16443,"verse_id":"2CH.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “heard.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A13/4"}
{"id":16444,"verse_id":"2CH.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A13/5"}
{"id":16445,"verse_id":"2CH.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Manasseh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":16446,"verse_id":"2CH.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “told Judah.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the name “Judah” here by metonymy for the people of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":16447,"verse_id":"2CH.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Or “seers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":16448,"verse_id":"2CH.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “look, they are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A18/2"}
{"id":16449,"verse_id":"2CH.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “and his prayer and being entreated by him, and all his sin and his unfaithfulness and the places where he built high places and set up Asherah poles and idols before he humbled himself – behold, they are written on the words of his seers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":16450,"verse_id":"2CH.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “lay down with his fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":16451,"verse_id":"2CH.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":16452,"verse_id":"2CH.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A22/1"}
{"id":16453,"verse_id":"2CH.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.22","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A22/2"}
{"id":16454,"verse_id":"2CH.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.23","text":"Heb “as Manasseh his father had humbled himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A23/1"}
{"id":16455,"verse_id":"2CH.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.23","text":"Heb “for he, Amon, multiplied guilt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A23/2"}
{"id":16456,"verse_id":"2CH.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.25","text":"Heb “and the people of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2033%3A25/1"}
{"id":16457,"verse_id":"2CH.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A1/1"}
{"id":16458,"verse_id":"2CH.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “he did what was proper in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":16459,"verse_id":"2CH.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “and walked in the ways of David his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A2/2"}
{"id":16460,"verse_id":"2CH.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":16461,"verse_id":"2CH.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “purifying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A3/2"}
{"id":16462,"verse_id":"2CH.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “and they tore down before him the altars of the Baals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":16463,"verse_id":"2CH.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “the priests”; the qualifying adjective “pagan” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":16464,"verse_id":"2CH.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"“In their ruins” is the marginal reading ( Qere ) of the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":16465,"verse_id":"2CH.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “to purify the land and the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":16466,"verse_id":"2CH.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “from Manasseh and Ephraim.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the names “Manasseh and Ephraim” here by metonymy for the people of Manasseh and Ephraim.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":16467,"verse_id":"2CH.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “all Judah and Benjamin.” The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarity. The Hebrew text uses the names “Judah and Benjamin” here by metonymy for the people of Judah and Benjamin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A9/2"}
{"id":16468,"verse_id":"2CH.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"34.9","text":"The Hebrew consonantal text ( Kethib ) assumes the reading, “and the residents of.” The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “and they returned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A9/3"}
{"id":16469,"verse_id":"2CH.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “doer[s] of the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":16470,"verse_id":"2CH.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “and they gave it to the doers of the work who were working in the house of the Lord to restore and to repair the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A10/2"}
{"id":16471,"verse_id":"2CH.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “of the houses that the kings of Judah had destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":16472,"verse_id":"2CH.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “[were] over the laborers and were directing every doer of work for work assignment and work assignment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":16473,"verse_id":"2CH.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “returned still the king a word, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":16474,"verse_id":"2CH.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “that was found in the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":16475,"verse_id":"2CH.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.20","text":"The parallel account in 2 Kgs 22:12 has the variant spelling “Acbor son of Micaiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A20/1"}
{"id":16476,"verse_id":"2CH.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Or “inquire of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":16477,"verse_id":"2CH.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “concerning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A21/2"}
{"id":16478,"verse_id":"2CH.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “for great is the anger of the Lord which has been ignited against us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A21/3"}
{"id":16479,"verse_id":"2CH.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “and those who [were sent by] the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":16480,"verse_id":"2CH.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.22","text":"The parallel account in 2 Kgs 22:14 has the variant spelling “son of Tikvah, the son of Harhas.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A22/2"}
{"id":16481,"verse_id":"2CH.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “the keeper of the clothes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A22/3"}
{"id":16482,"verse_id":"2CH.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.22","text":"Or “second.” For a discussion of the possible location of this district, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 283.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A22/4"}
{"id":16483,"verse_id":"2CH.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “and they spoke to her like this.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A22/5"}
{"id":16484,"verse_id":"2CH.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.25","text":"Or “burned incense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A25/1"}
{"id":16485,"verse_id":"2CH.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.25","text":"Heb “angering me with all the work of their hands.” The present translation assumes this refers to idols they have manufactured (note the preceding reference to “other gods”). However, it is possible that this is a general reference to their sinful practices, in which case one might translate, “angering me by all the things they do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A25/2"}
{"id":16486,"verse_id":"2CH.34.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.27","text":"Heb “Because your heart was tender.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A27/1"}
{"id":16487,"verse_id":"2CH.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.28","text":"Heb “Therefore, behold, I am gathering you to your fathers, and you will be gathered to your tomb in peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A28/1"}
{"id":16488,"verse_id":"2CH.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “and the king sent and gathered all the elders of Judah and Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A29/1"}
{"id":16489,"verse_id":"2CH.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.31","text":"This assumes an emendation to עַמּוּדוֹ (’ ammudo ), see 23:13 . The MT reads “at his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A31/1"}
{"id":16490,"verse_id":"2CH.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.31","text":"Heb “cut,” that is, “made” or “agreed to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A31/2"}
{"id":16491,"verse_id":"2CH.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.31","text":"Heb “walk after.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A31/3"}
{"id":16492,"verse_id":"2CH.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.31","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A31/4"}
{"id":16493,"verse_id":"2CH.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.31","text":"Heb “words.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A31/5"}
{"id":16494,"verse_id":"2CH.34.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.32","text":"Heb “and he caused to stand everyone who was found in Jerusalem and Benjamin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A32/1"}
{"id":16495,"verse_id":"2CH.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.33","text":"Or “caused, forced.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A33/1"}
{"id":16496,"verse_id":"2CH.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.33","text":"Heb “all his days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2034%3A33/2"}
{"id":16497,"verse_id":"2CH.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A1/1"}
{"id":16498,"verse_id":"2CH.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “and stand in the sanctuary by the divisions of the house of the fathers for your brothers, the sons of the people, and a division of the house of a father for the Levites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":16499,"verse_id":"2CH.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord by the hand of Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":16500,"verse_id":"2CH.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.7","text":"Heb “and Josiah supplied for the sons of the people sheep, lambs and sons of goats, the whole for the Passover sacrifices for everyone who was found according to the number of thirty thousand, and three thousand cattle. These were from the property of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A7/1"}
{"id":16501,"verse_id":"2CH.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “and the service was prepared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":16502,"verse_id":"2CH.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"Heb “from their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":16503,"verse_id":"2CH.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.12","text":"Heb “and they put aside the burnt offering[s] to give them to the divisions of the house of the fathers for the sons of the people to bring near to the Lord as it is written in the scroll of Moses – and the same with the cattle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A12/1"}
{"id":16504,"verse_id":"2CH.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.15","text":"Or “seer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A15/1"}
{"id":16505,"verse_id":"2CH.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.20","text":"Heb “After all this, [by] which Josiah prepared the temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A20/1"}
{"id":16506,"verse_id":"2CH.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.20","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A20/2"}
{"id":16507,"verse_id":"2CH.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Neco) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A21/1"}
{"id":16508,"verse_id":"2CH.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “What to me and to you, king of Judah?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A21/2"}
{"id":16509,"verse_id":"2CH.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “Not against you, you, today, but against the house of my battle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A21/3"}
{"id":16510,"verse_id":"2CH.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “Stop yourself from [opposing] God who is with me and let him not destroy you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A21/4"}
{"id":16511,"verse_id":"2CH.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.22","text":"Heb “and Josiah did not turn his face from him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A22/1"}
{"id":16512,"verse_id":"2CH.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.22","text":"Heb “listen to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A22/2"}
{"id":16513,"verse_id":"2CH.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.22","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A22/3"}
{"id":16514,"verse_id":"2CH.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.23","text":"Heb “carry me away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A23/1"}
{"id":16515,"verse_id":"2CH.35.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.24","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A24/1"}
{"id":16516,"verse_id":"2CH.35.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.24","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A24/2"}
{"id":16517,"verse_id":"2CH.35.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.26","text":"Heb “and his faithful acts according to what is written in the law of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A26/1"}
{"id":16518,"verse_id":"2CH.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.27","text":"Heb “look, they are written.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2035%3A27/1"}
{"id":16519,"verse_id":"2CH.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A1/1"}
{"id":16520,"verse_id":"2CH.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"Or “a fine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":16521,"verse_id":"2CH.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.3","text":"The Hebrew word כִּכַּר ( kikar , “circle”) refers generally to something that is round. When used of metals it can refer to a disk-shaped weight made of the metal or, by extension, to a standard unit of weight. According to the older (Babylonian) standard the “talent” weighed 130 lbs. (58.9 kg), but later this was lowered to 108.3 lbs. (49.1 kg). More recent research suggests the “light” standard talent was 67.3 lbs. (30.6 kg). Using this as the standard for calculation, the weight of the silver was 6,730 lbs. (3,060 kg).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A3/2"}
{"id":16522,"verse_id":"2CH.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Jehoahaz) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":16523,"verse_id":"2CH.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":16524,"verse_id":"2CH.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A5/2"}
{"id":16525,"verse_id":"2CH.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “came up against him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":16526,"verse_id":"2CH.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “to carry him away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A6/2"}
{"id":16527,"verse_id":"2CH.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Or “temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":16528,"verse_id":"2CH.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “in Babylon.” Repeating the proper name “Babylon” here would be redundant in contemporary English, so “there” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A7/2"}
{"id":16529,"verse_id":"2CH.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"Heb “As for the rest of the events of Jehoiakim, and his horrible deeds which he did and that which was found against him, look, they are written on the scroll of the kings of Israel and Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":16530,"verse_id":"2CH.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"The Hebrew text reads “eight,” but some ancient textual witnesses, as well as the parallel text in 2 Kgs 24:8 , have “eighteen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":16531,"verse_id":"2CH.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.9","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A9/2"}
{"id":16532,"verse_id":"2CH.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.9","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A9/3"}
{"id":16533,"verse_id":"2CH.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “sent and brought him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A10/1"}
{"id":16534,"verse_id":"2CH.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “and he made Zedekiah his brother king.” According to the parallel text in 2 Kgs 24:17 , Zedekiah was Jehoiachin’s uncle, not his brother. Therefore many interpreters understand אח here in its less specific sense of “relative” (NEB “made his father’s brother Zedekiah king”; NASB “made his kinsman Zedekiah king”; NIV “made Jehoiachin’s uncle, Zedekiah, king”; NRSV “made his brother Zedekiah king”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A10/2"}
{"id":16535,"verse_id":"2CH.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A11/1"}
{"id":16536,"verse_id":"2CH.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.12","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A12/1"}
{"id":16537,"verse_id":"2CH.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"Or “made him swear an oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":16538,"verse_id":"2CH.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.13","text":"Heb “and he stiffened his neck and strengthened his heart from returning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A13/2"}
{"id":16539,"verse_id":"2CH.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “like the abominable practices of the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A14/1"}
{"id":16540,"verse_id":"2CH.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.15","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A15/1"}
{"id":16541,"verse_id":"2CH.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.15","text":"Heb “and the Lord God of their fathers sent against them by the hand of his messengers, getting up early and sending.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A15/2"}
{"id":16542,"verse_id":"2CH.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “his words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A16/1"}
{"id":16543,"verse_id":"2CH.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.16","text":"All three verbal forms (“mocked,” “despised,” and “ridiculed”) are active participles in the Hebrew text, indicating continual or repeated action. They made a habit of rejecting God’s prophetic messengers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A16/2"}
{"id":16544,"verse_id":"2CH.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “until the anger of the Lord went up against his people until there was no healer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A16/3"}
{"id":16545,"verse_id":"2CH.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.17","text":"Heb “killed with the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A17/1"}
{"id":16546,"verse_id":"2CH.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.17","text":"Heb “in the house of their sanctuary.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A17/2"}
{"id":16547,"verse_id":"2CH.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.17","text":"Or “show compassion to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A17/3"}
{"id":16548,"verse_id":"2CH.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.17","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A17/4"}
{"id":16549,"verse_id":"2CH.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A19/1"}
{"id":16550,"verse_id":"2CH.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “to fulfill the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":16551,"verse_id":"2CH.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.21","text":"Or “accepted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A21/2"}
{"id":16552,"verse_id":"2CH.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “all the days of the desolation it rested to fulfill the seventy years.” sn Cyrus’ edict (see vv. 22-23 ) occurred about fifty years after the fall of Jerusalem in 586 b.c. , which is most naturally understood as the beginning point of the “days of desolation” mentioned in v. 21 . The number “seventy” is probably used in a metaphorical sense, indicating a typical lifetime and suggesting a thorough or complete judgment that would not be lifted until an entirely new generation emerged.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A21/5"}
{"id":16553,"verse_id":"2CH.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"The words “the reign of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":16554,"verse_id":"2CH.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “to complete the word of the Lord by the mouth of Jeremiah.” sn Regarding the promise he delivered through Jeremiah see Jer 29:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A22/2"}
{"id":16555,"verse_id":"2CH.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CH","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “stirred the spirit of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Chronicles%2036%3A22/3"}
{"id":16556,"verse_id":"EZR.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":16557,"verse_id":"EZR.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The MT reads מִפִּי ( mippi , “from the mouth of”), but this should probably be emended to בְּפִי ( bÿfi , “by the mouth of”), which is the way the parallel passage in 2 Chr 36:22 reads. This is also reflected in the LXX, which is either reflecting an alternate textual tradition of בְּפִי or is attempting to harmonize Ezra 1:1 in light of 2 Chronicles. tn Heb “from the mouth of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":16558,"verse_id":"EZR.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “spirit.” The Hebrew noun רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) has a broad range of meanings (see BDB 924-26 s.v.). Here, it probably refers to (1) “mind” as the seat of mental acts (e.g., Exod 28:3 ; Deut 34:9 ; Isa 29:24; 40:13 ; Ezek 11:5; 20:32 ; 1 Chr 28:12 ; cf. BDB 925 s.v. 6 ) or (2) “will” as the seat of volitional decisions (e.g., Exod 35:5, 22 ; Pss 51:12, 14; 57:8 ; 2 Chr 29:31 ; cf. BDB 925 s.v. 7 ). So also in v. 5 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":16559,"verse_id":"EZR.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “caused to pass.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":16560,"verse_id":"EZR.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “a voice.” The Hebrew noun קוֹל ( qol , “voice, sound”) has a broad range of meanings, including the metonymical (cause – effect) nuance “proclamation” (e.g., Exod 36:6 ; 2 Chr 24:9; 30:5; 36:22 ; Ezra 1:1; 10:7 ; Neh 8:15 ). See BDB 877 s.v. 3 .a.2.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":16561,"verse_id":"EZR.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “house.” The Hebrew noun בַּיִת ( bayit , “house”) is often used in reference to the temple of Yahweh (BDB 108 s.v. 1 .a). This is also frequent elsewhere in Ezra and Nehemiah (e.g., Ezra 1:3, 4, 5, 7; 2:68; 3:8, 9, 11, 12; 4:3; 6:22; 7:27; 8:17, 25, 29, 30, 33, 36; 9:9; 10:1, 6, 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":16562,"verse_id":"EZR.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":16563,"verse_id":"EZR.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “from all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":16564,"verse_id":"EZR.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the men of his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":16565,"verse_id":"EZR.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":16566,"verse_id":"EZR.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “arose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":16567,"verse_id":"EZR.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":16568,"verse_id":"EZR.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “strengthened their hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":16569,"verse_id":"EZR.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The MT reads בִּכְלֵי־כֶסֶף ( bikhley khesef , “with silver vessels”). However, part of the LXX manuscript tradition reads ἐν πᾶσιν ἀργυρίῳ ( en pasin arguriw ), which reflects an alternate Hebrew reading of בַּכֹּל־בַּכֶּסֶף ( bakkol-bakkesef , “everywhere, with silver”). The textual variant involves (1) simple omission of yod ( י ) between two words, a common scribal mistake; (2) haplography of the preposition bet ( בּ ); and (3) an alternate vocalization tradition of the first term.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":16570,"verse_id":"EZR.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “besides” or “in addition to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":16571,"verse_id":"EZR.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “and he gave them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":16572,"verse_id":"EZR.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “brought them forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":16573,"verse_id":"EZR.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “upon the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":16574,"verse_id":"EZR.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “Sheshbazzar the prince to Judah”; TEV, CEV “the governor of Judah.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":16575,"verse_id":"EZR.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “these are their number.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":16576,"verse_id":"EZR.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The exact meaning of the Hebrew noun אֲגַרְטָל (’ agartal , which occurs twice in this verse) is somewhat uncertain. The lexicons suggest that it is related to a common Semitic root (the Hebrew derivative has a prosthetic prefixed א [ aleph ] and interchange between ג [ gimel ] and ק [ kof ]): Judean Aramaic and Syriac qartalla , Arabic qirtallat , Ethiopic qartalo , all meaning “basket” (BDB 173-74 s.v.; HALOT 11 s.v.). There is debate whether this is a loanword from Greek κάρταλλος ( kartallo\" , “basket”), Persian hirtal (“leather bag”) or Hittite kurtal (“container”). The term is traditionally understood as a kind of vessel, such as “basket, basin” (BDB 173-74 s.v.; HALOT 11 s.v.); but some suggest “leather bag” or a basket-shaped container of some sort (P. Humbert, “En marge du dictionnaire hébraïque,” ZAW 62 [1950]: 199-207; DCH 1:118 s.v.). The LXX translated it as ψυκτήρ ( yukthr , “metal bowl”). The precise meaning depends on whether the nouns כֶּסֶף ( kesef , “silver”) and זָהָב ( zahav , “gold”), which follow each use of this plural construct noun, are genitives of content (“containers full of silver” and “containers full of gold”) or genitives of material (“silver containers” and “gold containers” = containers made from silver and gold). If they are genitives of content, the term probably means “baskets” or “leather bags” (filled with silver and gold); however, if they are genitives of material, the term would mean “basins” (made of silver and gold). Elsewhere in , the nouns כֶּסֶף (“silver”) and זָהָב (“gold”) are used as genitives or material, not genitives of contents; therefore, the translation “gold basins” and “silver basins” is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":16577,"verse_id":"EZR.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “knives.” The Hebrew noun מַחֲלָפִים ( makhalafim , “knives”) is found only here in the OT. While the basic meaning of the term is fairly clear, what it refers to here is unclear. The verb II חָלַף ( khalaf ) means “to pass through” (BDB 322 s.v. חָלַף ) or “to cut through” ( HALOT 321 s.v. II חלף ; see also Judg 5:26 ; Job 20:24 ); thus, the lexicons suggest מַחֲלָפִים means “knives” (BDB 322 s.v. מַחֲלָף ; HALOT 569 s.v. * מַחֲלָף ). The related noun חֲלָפוֹת ( khalafot , “knife”) is used in Mishnaic Hebrew ( HALOT 321 s.v. II חלף ), and חֲלִיפוֹת ( khalifot , “knives”) appears in the Talmud. The noun appears in the cognate languages: Ugaritic khlpnm ( “knives”; UT 19) and Syriac khalofta (“shearing knife”; HALOT 321 s.v. II חלף ). The Vulgate translated it as “knives,” while the LXX understood it as referring to replacement pieces for the offering basins. The English translations render it variously; some following the Vulgate and others adopting the approach of the LXX: “knives” (KJV, NKJV, NRSV), “censers” (RSV), “duplicates” (NASV), “silver pans” (NIV), “bowls” (TEV), “other dishes” (CEV). Verse 11 lists these twenty-nine objects among the “gold and silver vessels” brought back to Jerusalem for temple worship. The translation above offers the intentionally ambiguous “silver utensils” (the term מַחֲלָפִים [“knives”] would hardly refer to “gold” items, but could refer to “silver items”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":16578,"verse_id":"EZR.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מִשְׁנִים ( mishnim ) is uncertain. The noun מִשְׁנֶה ( mishneh ) means “double, second” (BDB 1041 s.v.), “what is doubled, two-fold” ( HALOT 650 s.v. מִשְׁנֶה 3). The translations reflect a diversity of approaches: “410 silver bowls of a second kind ” (KJV, NASV, RSV margin), “410 other silver bowls” (NRSV) and “410 matching silver bowls” (NIV). BDB 1041 s.v. משׁנה 3.a suggests it was originally a numeral that was garbled in the transmission process, as reflected in the LXX: “two thousand” (so RSV: “ two thousand four hundred and ten bowls of silver”). The BHS editor suggests revocalizing the term to מְשֻׁנִים ( mÿshunim , “changed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":16579,"verse_id":"EZR.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “the sons of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":16580,"verse_id":"EZR.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew term הָעֹלִים ( ha ’ olim , “those who were going up” [Qal active participle]) refers to continual action in the past. Most translations render this as a simple past: “went up” (KJV), “came up” (RSV, ASV, NASV, NIV), “came” (NRSV). CEV paraphrases: “were on their way back.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":16581,"verse_id":"EZR.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":16582,"verse_id":"EZR.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “men of the people of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":16583,"verse_id":"EZR.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The words “was as follows” are not in the Hebrew text but are used in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":16584,"verse_id":"EZR.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the sons of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":16585,"verse_id":"EZR.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “to the sons of.” Cf. v. 40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":16586,"verse_id":"EZR.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The MT reads יוֹאָב ( yo ’ av , “Joab”). However, syntax demands the reading וְיוֹאָב ( vÿyo ’ av , “and Joab”) which is reflected in the LXX and Syriac.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":16587,"verse_id":"EZR.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “to.” So also in vv. 36, 40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":16588,"verse_id":"EZR.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"The translation follows the suggestion in BHS and reads אַנְשֵׁי (’ anshe , “the men of”) here rather than the reading בְּנֵי ( bÿne , “the sons of”) found in the MT. So also in vv. 25, 26, 33, 34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":16589,"verse_id":"EZR.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":16590,"verse_id":"EZR.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The translation follows the suggestion in BHS and reads אַשְׁנֵי בֵּית (’ ashne bet , “men of the house of”) here rather than the reading בְּנֵי ( bÿne , “the sons of”) found in the MT. tn Heb “the men of the house of Azmaveth”; some regard בֵּית ( bet , “house of”) as a part of the place name: NAB, NLT “Beth-azmaveth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":16591,"verse_id":"EZR.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"The translation, with the support of many manuscripts, reads יְעָרִים ( yÿ ’ arim ) here rather than the reading עָרִים (’ arim ) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":16592,"verse_id":"EZR.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":16593,"verse_id":"EZR.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":16594,"verse_id":"EZR.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “the house of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":16595,"verse_id":"EZR.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.42","text":"Here it is preferable to delete the reading בְּנֵי ( bÿne , “the sons of”) found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A42/1"}
{"id":16596,"verse_id":"EZR.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"The translation follows the Qere reading “Shalmai” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT) rather than the MT Kethib “Shamlai” (so ASV, NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A46/1"}
{"id":16597,"verse_id":"EZR.2.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.59","text":"Heb “relate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A59/1"}
{"id":16598,"verse_id":"EZR.2.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.59","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A59/2"}
{"id":16599,"verse_id":"EZR.2.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":59,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.59","text":"Heb “their seed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A59/3"}
{"id":16600,"verse_id":"EZR.2.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.61","text":"The translation reads וּמִן ( umin , “and from”) rather than the reading וּמִבּנֵי ( umibbÿney , “and from the sons of”) found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A61/1"}
{"id":16601,"verse_id":"EZR.2.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.61","text":"Heb “their.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A61/2"}
{"id":16602,"verse_id":"EZR.2.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.62","text":"Heb “these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A62/1"}
{"id":16603,"verse_id":"EZR.2.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":62,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.62","text":"Heb “their records were searched for in the genealogical materials, but were not found.” This passive construction has been translated as active for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A62/2"}
{"id":16604,"verse_id":"EZR.2.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":62,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.62","text":"Heb “they were desecrated.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A62/3"}
{"id":16605,"verse_id":"EZR.2.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.63","text":"The Hebrew word תִּרְשָׁתָא ( tirshata ’) is an official title of the Persian governor in Judea, perhaps similar in meaning to “excellency” (BDB 1077 s.v.; HALOT 1798 s.v.; W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 395).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A63/1"}
{"id":16606,"verse_id":"EZR.2.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.63","text":"Heb “to stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A63/2"}
{"id":16607,"verse_id":"EZR.2.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.65","text":"Heb “besides” or “in addition to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A65/1"}
{"id":16608,"verse_id":"EZR.2.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":68,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.68","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A68/1"}
{"id":16609,"verse_id":"EZR.2.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":68,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.68","text":"Heb “cause it to stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A68/2"}
{"id":16610,"verse_id":"EZR.2.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.69","text":"Heb “according to their strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A69/1"}
{"id":16611,"verse_id":"EZR.2.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":69,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.69","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים ( darkÿmonim , cf. Neh 7:69, 70, 71 ) is uncertain. It may be a Greek loanword meaning “drachmas” (the view adopted here and followed also by NAB, NASB, NIV) or a Persian loanword “daric,” referring to a Persian gold coin (BDB 204 s.v. דַּרְכְּמוֹן ; HALOT 232 s.v. נִים ( וֹ ) דַּרְכְּמֹ ; cf. ASV, NRSV). For further study, see R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 206-9.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A69/2"}
{"id":16612,"verse_id":"EZR.2.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":2,"verse":69,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.69","text":"Or “garments.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%202%3A69/4"}
{"id":16613,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":16614,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The word “living” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied. Some translations supply “settled” (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":16615,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The translation reads with some medieval Hebrew MSS and ancient versions בְּעָרֵיהֶם ( be ’ arehem , “in their towns”), rather than the reading בֶּעָרִים ( be ’ arim , “in the towns”) found in the MT. Cf. Neh 7:72 HT [ 7:73 ET].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":16616,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"The Hebrew text adds the phrase “like one man.” This has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":16617,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":16618,"verse_id":"EZR.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A1/6"}
{"id":16619,"verse_id":"EZR.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “his brothers the priests.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":16620,"verse_id":"EZR.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “his brothers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":16621,"verse_id":"EZR.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “arose and built.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":16622,"verse_id":"EZR.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “written in.” Cf. v. 4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":16623,"verse_id":"EZR.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “the peoples of the lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":16624,"verse_id":"EZR.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The Hebrew phrase אֶת חַג־הַסֻּכּוֹת (’ et khag-hassukot , “festival of huts” [or “shelters”]) is traditionally known as the Feast of Tabernacles. The rendering “booths” (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV) is probably better than the traditional “tabernacles” in light of the meaning of the term סֻכָּה ( sukkah , “hut; booth”), but “booths” are frequently associated with trade shows and craft fairs in contemporary American English. The nature of the celebration during this feast as a commemoration of the wanderings of the Israelites after they left Egypt suggests that a translation like “temporary shelters” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":16625,"verse_id":"EZR.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “according to what is written.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":16626,"verse_id":"EZR.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “by number.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":16627,"verse_id":"EZR.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “the foundation of the LORD ’s temple was not yet laid.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":16628,"verse_id":"EZR.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":16629,"verse_id":"EZR.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":16630,"verse_id":"EZR.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":16631,"verse_id":"EZR.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “to the sea”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":16632,"verse_id":"EZR.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":16633,"verse_id":"EZR.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “began”; the phrase “the work” is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":16634,"verse_id":"EZR.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “their brothers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":16635,"verse_id":"EZR.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":16636,"verse_id":"EZR.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “from twenty years and upward.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":16637,"verse_id":"EZR.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":16638,"verse_id":"EZR.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":16639,"verse_id":"EZR.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “according to the hands of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":16640,"verse_id":"EZR.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “they answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":16641,"verse_id":"EZR.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":16642,"verse_id":"EZR.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":16643,"verse_id":"EZR.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “with a great voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":16644,"verse_id":"EZR.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “a great shout.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":16645,"verse_id":"EZR.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the sons of the exile.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":16646,"verse_id":"EZR.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.” So also in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":16647,"verse_id":"EZR.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “Let us build with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":16648,"verse_id":"EZR.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"The translation reads with the Qere , a Qumran MS , the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Arabic version וְלוֹ ( vÿlo , “and him”) rather than the Kethib of the MT, וְלֹא ( vÿlo ’, “and not”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":16649,"verse_id":"EZR.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":16650,"verse_id":"EZR.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “not to you and to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":16651,"verse_id":"EZR.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “the people of the land.” Elsewhere this expression sometimes has a negative connotation, referring to a lay population that was less zealous for Judaism than it should have been. Here, however, it seems to refer to the resident population of the area without any negative connotation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":16652,"verse_id":"EZR.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “were making slack the hands of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":16653,"verse_id":"EZR.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “all the days of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":16654,"verse_id":"EZR.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":16655,"verse_id":"EZR.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “And in the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":16656,"verse_id":"EZR.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The LXX understands this word as a prepositional phrase (“in peace”) rather than as a proper name (“Bishlam”). Taken this way it would suggest that Mithredath was “in agreement with” the contents of Tabeel’s letter. Some scholars regard the word in the MT to be a corruption of either “in Jerusalem” (i.e., “in the matter of Jerusalem”) or “in the name of Jerusalem.” The translation adopted above follows the traditional understanding of the word as a name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":16657,"verse_id":"EZR.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The translation reads the plural with the Qere rather than the singular found in the MT Kethib .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":16658,"verse_id":"EZR.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"4.7","text":"It is preferable to delete the MT’s וּכְתָב ( ukhÿtav ) here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A7/5"}
{"id":16659,"verse_id":"EZR.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Aram “lord of the command.” So also in vv. 9, 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":16660,"verse_id":"EZR.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Or perhaps “against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":16661,"verse_id":"EZR.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Aram “then.” What follows in v. 9 seems to be the preface of the letter, serving to identify the senders of the letter. The word “from” is not in the Aramaic text but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":16662,"verse_id":"EZR.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"For the qere of the MT ( דֶּהָיֵא , dehaye ’, a proper name) it seems better to retain the Kethib דִּהוּא ( dihu ’, “that is”). See F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 25, §35; E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 36.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":16663,"verse_id":"EZR.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Aram “Osnappar” (so ASV, NASB, NRSV), another name for Ashurbanipal. sn Ashurbanipal succeeded his father Esarhaddon as king of Assyria in 669 B.C . Around 645 B.C. he sacked the city of Susa, capital of Elam, and apparently some of these people were exiled to Samaria and other places.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":16664,"verse_id":"EZR.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The translation reads with the ancient versions the plural בְּקֻרְיַהּ ( bÿquryah , “in the cities”) rather than the singular (“in the city”) of the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":16665,"verse_id":"EZR.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Aram “beyond the river.” In Ezra this term is a technical designation for the region west of the Euphrates river.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":16666,"verse_id":"EZR.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The Masoretic accents indicate that the phrase “to Artaxerxes the king” goes with what precedes and that the letter begins with the words “from your servants.” But it seems better to understand the letter to begin by identifying the addressee.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":16667,"verse_id":"EZR.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Aram “men of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":16668,"verse_id":"EZR.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The MT takes this word with the latter part of v. 11 , but in English style it fits better with v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":16669,"verse_id":"EZR.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Aram “the treasury of kings.” The plural “kings” is Hebrew, not Aramaic. If the plural is intended in a numerical sense the reference is not just to Artaxerxes but to his successors as well. Some scholars understand this to be the plural of majesty, referring to Artaxerxes. See F. C. Fensham, Ezra and Nehemiah (NICOT), 74.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":16670,"verse_id":"EZR.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Aram “we eat the salt of the palace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":16671,"verse_id":"EZR.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Aram “the dishonor of the king is not fitting for us to see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":16672,"verse_id":"EZR.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Aram “and we have made known.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":16673,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “the book of the minutes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":16674,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “of your fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":16675,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “discover…and learn.” For stylistic reasons this has been translated as a single concept.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":16676,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “is a rebellious city.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/4"}
{"id":16677,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “revolts they are making in its midst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/5"}
{"id":16678,"verse_id":"EZR.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “from olden days.” So also in v. 19 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A15/6"}
{"id":16679,"verse_id":"EZR.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Aram “will not be to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":16680,"verse_id":"EZR.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Aram “peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":16681,"verse_id":"EZR.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Aram “from me was placed a decree.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":16682,"verse_id":"EZR.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Aram “and they searched and found.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":16683,"verse_id":"EZR.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"Aram “are being done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":16684,"verse_id":"EZR.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Aram “were being given to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":16685,"verse_id":"EZR.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Aram “until a command is issued from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":16686,"verse_id":"EZR.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Aram “to Jerusalem against the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":16687,"verse_id":"EZR.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Aram “by force and power,” a hendiadys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":16688,"verse_id":"EZR.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Aram “son.” According to Zech 1:1 he was actually the grandson of Iddo.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":16689,"verse_id":"EZR.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Aram “and Haggai the prophet and Zechariah the son of Iddo the prophet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":16690,"verse_id":"EZR.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":16691,"verse_id":"EZR.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Aram “arose and began.” For stylistic reasons this has been translated as a single concept.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":16692,"verse_id":"EZR.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Aram “who placed to you a command?” So also v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":16693,"verse_id":"EZR.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The exact meaning of the Aramaic word אֻשַּׁרְנָא (’ ussarna ’) here and in v. 9 is uncertain (BDB 1083 s.v.). The LXX and Vulgate understand it to mean “wall.” Here it is used in collocation with בַּיְתָא ( bayta ’, “house” as the temple of God), while in 5:3, 9 it is used in parallelism with this term. It might be related to the Assyrian noun ashurru (“wall”) or ashru (“sanctuary”; so BDB). F. Rosenthal, who translates the word “furnishings,” thinks that it probably enters Aramaic from Persian ( Grammar , 62-63, §189).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":16694,"verse_id":"EZR.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"The translation reads with one medieval Hebrew MS , the LXX, and the Syriac Peshitta אֲמַרוּ (’ amaru , “they said”) rather than the reading אֲמַרְנָא (’ amarna ’, “we said”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":16695,"verse_id":"EZR.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Aram “the eye of their God was on.” The idiom describes the attentive care that one exercises in behalf of the object of his concern.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":16696,"verse_id":"EZR.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Aram “they did not stop them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":16697,"verse_id":"EZR.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Aram “[could] go.” On this form see F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 58, §169.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":16698,"verse_id":"EZR.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Aram “and it was written in its midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":16699,"verse_id":"EZR.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Aram “all peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":16700,"verse_id":"EZR.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Aram “stones of rolling.” The reference is apparently to stones too large to carry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":16701,"verse_id":"EZR.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Aram “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":16702,"verse_id":"EZR.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Aram “hand” (singular).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":16703,"verse_id":"EZR.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":16704,"verse_id":"EZR.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Aram “they were given.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":16705,"verse_id":"EZR.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Aram “upon its place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":16706,"verse_id":"EZR.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Aram “from then and until now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":16707,"verse_id":"EZR.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Aram “if upon the king it is good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":16708,"verse_id":"EZR.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Aram “the house of the treasures of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":16709,"verse_id":"EZR.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Aram “the house of the archives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":16710,"verse_id":"EZR.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The translation reads בִירְתָא ( birta ’, citadel”) rather than the reading בְּבִירְתָא ( bÿvireta ’, “in the citadel”) found in the MT. The MT probably experienced dittography here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":16711,"verse_id":"EZR.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Aram “In the first year of Cyrus the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":16712,"verse_id":"EZR.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":16713,"verse_id":"EZR.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"Aram “raised”; or perhaps “retained” (so NASB; cf. NLT), referring to the original foundations of Solomon’s temple.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":16714,"verse_id":"EZR.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"The Syriac Peshitta reads “twenty cubits” here, a measurement probably derived from dimensions given elsewhere for Solomon’s temple. According to 1 Kgs 6:2 the dimensions of the Solomonic temple were as follows: length, 60 cubits; width, 20 cubits; height, 30 cubits. Since one would expect the dimensions cited in Ezra 6:3 to correspond to those of Solomon’s temple, it is odd that no dimension for length is provided. The Syriac has apparently harmonized the width dimension provided here (“twenty cubits”) to that given in 1 Kgs 6:2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":16715,"verse_id":"EZR.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “stones of rolling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":16716,"verse_id":"EZR.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"The translation follows the LXX reading חַד ( khad , “one”) rather than the MT חֲדַת ( khadat , “new”). If the MT reading “new” is understood to mean freshly cut timber that has not yet been seasoned it would seem to be an odd choice for construction material.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":16717,"verse_id":"EZR.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “let be given.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":16718,"verse_id":"EZR.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":16719,"verse_id":"EZR.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"For the MT reading “the work on this temple of God” the LXX reads “the servant of the Lord Zurababel” [= Zerubbabel].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":16720,"verse_id":"EZR.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The words “of the work” are not in the Aramaic, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":16721,"verse_id":"EZR.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Aram “according to the word of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":16722,"verse_id":"EZR.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Aram “for the life of the king and his sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":16723,"verse_id":"EZR.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Aram “made.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":16724,"verse_id":"EZR.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"Aram “a dunghill.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":16725,"verse_id":"EZR.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.11","text":"Aram “for this.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A11/4"}
{"id":16726,"verse_id":"EZR.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Aram “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":16727,"verse_id":"EZR.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Aram “who sends forth his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":16728,"verse_id":"EZR.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Aram “sent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":16729,"verse_id":"EZR.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Aram “in” or “by,” in the sense of accompaniment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":16730,"verse_id":"EZR.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Aram “sons of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":16731,"verse_id":"EZR.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Aram “sons of the exile.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":16732,"verse_id":"EZR.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":16733,"verse_id":"EZR.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Aram “according to the writing of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":16734,"verse_id":"EZR.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “the sons of the exile.” So also in v. 20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":16735,"verse_id":"EZR.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “as one.” The expression is best understood as referring to the unity shown by the religious leaders in preparing themselves for the observance of Passover. On the meaning of the Hebrew phrase see DCH 1:182 s.v. אֶחָד 3b. See also HALOT 30 s.v. אֶחָד 5.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":16736,"verse_id":"EZR.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":16737,"verse_id":"EZR.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “who had separated from the uncleanness of the nations of the land to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":16738,"verse_id":"EZR.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":16739,"verse_id":"EZR.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “to strengthen their hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%206%3A22/3"}
{"id":16740,"verse_id":"EZR.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The words “came up from Babylon” do not appear in the Hebrew text until v. 6 . They have been supplied here for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":16741,"verse_id":"EZR.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The translation reads the Hiphil singular וַיַּעֲל ( vayya ’ al , “he [Ezra] brought up”) rather than the Qal plural וַיַּעַלוּ ( vayya ’ alu , “they came up”) of the MT. tn Heb “he brought”; the referent (Ezra) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":16742,"verse_id":"EZR.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":16743,"verse_id":"EZR.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The translation reads יִסַּד ( yissad , “he appointed” [= determined]) rather than the reading יְסֻד ( yÿsud , “foundation”) of the MT. (The words “to make” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":16744,"verse_id":"EZR.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “established his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":16745,"verse_id":"EZR.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “to do and to teach.” The expression may be a hendiadys, in which case it would have the sense of “effectively teaching.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":16746,"verse_id":"EZR.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":16747,"verse_id":"EZR.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “the priest, the scribe.” So also in v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":16748,"verse_id":"EZR.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"The words “Ezra was” are not in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":16749,"verse_id":"EZR.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “from me is placed a decree.” So also in v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":16750,"verse_id":"EZR.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":16751,"verse_id":"EZR.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Aram “sent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":16752,"verse_id":"EZR.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Aram “in your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":16753,"verse_id":"EZR.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Aram “find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":16754,"verse_id":"EZR.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Aram “their meal offerings and their libations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":16755,"verse_id":"EZR.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Aram “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":16756,"verse_id":"EZR.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":16757,"verse_id":"EZR.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Aram “may fall to you to give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":16758,"verse_id":"EZR.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Aram “who are in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":16759,"verse_id":"EZR.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"The translation reads מְשַׁח בַּתִּין ( mÿshakh battin ) rather than מְשַׁח בַּתִּין ( battin mÿshakh ) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":16760,"verse_id":"EZR.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"Aram “he did not write.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":16761,"verse_id":"EZR.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"The Aramaic word used here for “wrath” ( קְצַף , qÿtsaf ; cf. Heb קָצַף , qatsaf ) is usually used in the Hebrew Bible for God’s anger as opposed to human anger (but contra Eccl 5:17 [ MT 5:16 ]; Esth 1:18 ; 2 Kgs 3:27 ). The fact that this word is used in v. 23 may have theological significance, pointing to the possibility of divine judgment if the responsible parties should fail to make available these provisions for the temple.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":16762,"verse_id":"EZR.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Aram “we are making known to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":16763,"verse_id":"EZR.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Aram “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":16764,"verse_id":"EZR.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"For the MT reading שָׁפְטִין ( shoftim , “judges”) the LXX uses the noun γραμματεῖς ( grammatei\" , “scribes”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":16765,"verse_id":"EZR.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"On the meaning of this word see HALOT 1820-21 s.v. אָסְפַּרְנָא ; E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":16766,"verse_id":"EZR.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “the heads of their families.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":16767,"verse_id":"EZR.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"The MT reads here “from the sons of Shecaniah” with no descendant identified in what follows, contrary to the pattern of the context elsewhere. However, it seems better to understand the first phrase of v. 3 with the end of v. 2 ; the phrase would then modify the name “Hattush.” This understanding requires emending the reading מִבְּנֵי ( mibbÿne , “from the sons of”) in the MT to בֵּן ( ben ,“[the] son of”). Cf. NAB, TEV, CEV, NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":16768,"verse_id":"EZR.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The MT lacks “of Zattu.” The translation adopted above follows the LXX in including the words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":16769,"verse_id":"EZR.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"The MT lacks “Bani.” It is restored on the basis of certain LXX MSS .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":16770,"verse_id":"EZR.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Or “those who came later.” The exact meaning of this Hebrew phrase is uncertain. It may refer to the last remaining members of Adonikam’s family who were in Babylon. So, for example, H. G. M. Williamson, Ezra, Nehemiah (WBC), 108; cf. NASB, NIV, NCV. The phrase has also been taken to mean “the younger sons (so NAB), or the ones who “returned at a later date” (so TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":16771,"verse_id":"EZR.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The translation reads with the Qere , the Lucianic Greek recension, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate וְזַּכּוּר ( vÿzakkur , “and Zaccur”) rather than the Kethib of the MT, וְזַבוּד ( vÿzavud , “and Zabbud”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":16772,"verse_id":"EZR.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"The MT has “with him ” (so NAB). The present translation (“with them ”) is based on the reading of many medieval Hebrew MSS , the Lucianic Greek recension, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate (so also KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":16773,"verse_id":"EZR.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Or “I gathered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":16774,"verse_id":"EZR.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “river.” So also in vv. 21, 31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":16775,"verse_id":"EZR.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The name “Elnathan” occurs twice in this list. Some, assuming an accidental repetition, would include it only once (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":16776,"verse_id":"EZR.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “I placed in their mouth words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":16777,"verse_id":"EZR.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"The translation reads with the LXX and Vulgate וְאֶחָיו ( vÿ ’ ekhayv , “and his brethren” = “relatives”; so NCV, NLT) rather than the reading אָחִיו (’ akhiyv , “his brother”) of the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":16778,"verse_id":"EZR.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “in the place called.” This phrase has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":16779,"verse_id":"EZR.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “and Sherebiah.” The words “this man was” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":16780,"verse_id":"EZR.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Or “relatives” (so CEV; NRSV “kin”); also in v. 19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":16781,"verse_id":"EZR.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “a straight way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":16782,"verse_id":"EZR.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"A number of modern translations regard this as a collective singular and translate “from enemies” (also in v. 31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":16783,"verse_id":"EZR.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “his strength and his anger.” The expression is a hendiadys (one concept expressed through two terms).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":16784,"verse_id":"EZR.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"The translation reads וַחֲשַׁבְיָה וְשֵׁרֵבְיָה ( vÿsherevÿyah vakhashavyah , “and Sherebiah and Hashabiah”) rather than the reading חֲשַׁבְיָה לְשֵׁרֵבְיָה ( lÿsherevyah khashavyah , “to Sherebiah Hashabiah”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":16785,"verse_id":"EZR.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Or “relatives”; or “colleagues” (cf. NLT “ten other priests”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":16786,"verse_id":"EZR.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “upon their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":16787,"verse_id":"EZR.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Possibly “100 silver vessels worth [?] talents” or “silver vessels weighing 100 talents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":16788,"verse_id":"EZR.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":16789,"verse_id":"EZR.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Heb “received.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":16790,"verse_id":"EZR.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “from the hand of the enemy and the one who lies in wait.” Some modern English versions render the latter phrase as “ambushes” (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":16791,"verse_id":"EZR.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “upon the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":16792,"verse_id":"EZR.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"The words “everything was verified” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":16793,"verse_id":"EZR.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “the peoples of the lands.” So also in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":16794,"verse_id":"EZR.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “the holy seed,” referring to the Israelites as God’s holy people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":16795,"verse_id":"EZR.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “who trembled at the words of the God of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":16796,"verse_id":"EZR.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “the exile”; the words “the people” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":16797,"verse_id":"EZR.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The Hebrew word used here is a hapax legomenon . It refers to the self-abasement that accompanies religious sorrow and fasting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":16798,"verse_id":"EZR.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “I said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":16799,"verse_id":"EZR.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The MT lacks “and” here, but see the LXX and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":16800,"verse_id":"EZR.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the kings of the lands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":16801,"verse_id":"EZR.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “according to a little moment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":16802,"verse_id":"EZR.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “a peg” or “tent peg.” The imagery behind this word is drawn from the experience of nomads who put down pegs as they pitched their tents and made camp after times of travel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":16803,"verse_id":"EZR.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to cause our eyes to shine.” The expression is a figure of speech for “to revive.” See DCH 1:160 s.v. אור Hi.7.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":16804,"verse_id":"EZR.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “has granted us reviving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":16805,"verse_id":"EZR.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “to cause to stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":16806,"verse_id":"EZR.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":16807,"verse_id":"EZR.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “through your servants the prophets, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":16808,"verse_id":"EZR.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “the peoples of the lands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":16809,"verse_id":"EZR.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “sons”; cf. KJV, NAB, NIV, NLT “children”; NCV, TEV “descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":16810,"verse_id":"EZR.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “held back downwards from”; KJV “hast punished us less than our iniquities deserve” (NIV, NRSV, NLT all similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":16811,"verse_id":"EZR.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “this”; the referent (the guilt mentioned previously) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":16812,"verse_id":"EZR.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “with much weeping.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":16813,"verse_id":"EZR.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"The translation reads with the Qere , many medieval Hebrew MSS , the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and Vulgate עֵילָם (’ elam , “Elam”) rather than the reading עוֹלָם (’ olam , “eternity”) found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":16814,"verse_id":"EZR.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “in that we have given a dwelling to.” So also in vv. 14, 17, 18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":16815,"verse_id":"EZR.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “the peoples of the lands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":16816,"verse_id":"EZR.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “upon this.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A2/4"}
{"id":16817,"verse_id":"EZR.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “cut.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":16818,"verse_id":"EZR.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The MT vocalizes this word as a plural, which could be understood as a reference to God. But the context seems to suggest that a human lord is intended. The apparatus of BHS suggests repointing the word as a singular (“my lord”), but this is unnecessary. The plural (“my lords”) can be understood in an honorific sense even when a human being is in view. Most English versions regard this as a reference to Ezra, so the present translation supplies “your” before “counsel” to make this clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":16819,"verse_id":"EZR.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “who tremble at”; NAB, NIV “who fear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":16820,"verse_id":"EZR.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “to do according to this plan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":16821,"verse_id":"EZR.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The translation reads וַיָּלֶן ( vayyalen , “and he stayed”) rather than the reading וַיֵּלֶךְ ( vayyelekh , “and he went”) of the MT. Cf. the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":16822,"verse_id":"EZR.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":16823,"verse_id":"EZR.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “they sent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":16824,"verse_id":"EZR.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":16825,"verse_id":"EZR.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “the peoples of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":16826,"verse_id":"EZR.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “thus according to your word [singular = Qere ] concerning us, to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":16827,"verse_id":"EZR.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “the time [is] rain showers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":16828,"verse_id":"EZR.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":16829,"verse_id":"EZR.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":16830,"verse_id":"EZR.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"The translation reads the Hiphil singular וַיַּבְדֵּל לוֹ ( vayyavdel lo , “separated for himself”) rather than the Niphal plural וַיִּבָּדְלוּ ( vayyibbadÿlu , “were separated”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":16831,"verse_id":"EZR.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers, to the house of their fathers, and all of them by name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":16832,"verse_id":"EZR.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":16833,"verse_id":"EZR.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":16834,"verse_id":"EZR.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"The translation reads with many medieval Hebrew MSS and ancient versions וּמִבְּנֵי ( umibbÿne , “and from the sons of”) rather than the reading ubene (“and the sons of”) found in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":16835,"verse_id":"EZR.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"The name “Bani” appears in both v. 29 and v. 34 . One of these names has probably undergone alteration in the transmission process, but it is not clear exactly where the problem lies or how it should be corrected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":16836,"verse_id":"EZR.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"The translation reads וּמִבְּנֵי בִנּוּי ( umibbÿney vinnuy , “and from the sons of Binnui”) rather than the reading וּבָנִי וּבִנּוּי ( uvani uvinnuy , “and Bani and Binnui”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":16837,"verse_id":"EZR.10.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZR","chapter":10,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.44","text":"The final statement in v. 44 is difficult in terms of both its syntax and its meaning. The present translation attempts to make sense of the MT. But the passage may have undergone corruption in the transmission process. One proposal is that the text should be emended to read “and they sent these wives and children away” (cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezra%2010%3A44/1"}
{"id":16838,"verse_id":"NEH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"That is, the twentieth year of King Artaxerxes’ reign (cf. 2:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":16839,"verse_id":"NEH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “Shushan.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":16840,"verse_id":"NEH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":16841,"verse_id":"NEH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew text does not include the words “to me”; these words were supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":16842,"verse_id":"NEH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":16843,"verse_id":"NEH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":16844,"verse_id":"NEH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “have been burned with fire” (so also in Neh 2:17 ). The expression “burned with fire” is redundant in contemporary English; the translation uses “burned down” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":16845,"verse_id":"NEH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “sat down.” Context suggests that this was a rather sudden action, resulting from the emotional shock of the unpleasant news, so “abruptly” has been supplied in the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":16846,"verse_id":"NEH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the covenant and loyal love.” The phrase is a hendiadys: the first noun retains its full nominal sense, while the second noun functions adjectivally (“loyal love” = loving). Alternately, the first might function adjectivally and the second noun function as the noun: “covenant and loyal love” = covenant fidelity (see Neh 9:32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":16847,"verse_id":"NEH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “keep.” The Hebrew verb שָׁמַר ( shamar , “to observe; to keep”) is often used as an idiom that means “to obey” the commandments of God (e.g., Exod 20:6 ; Deut 5:16; 23:24; 29:8 ; Judg 2:22 ; 1 Kgs 2:43; 11:11 ; Ps 119:8, 17, 34 ; Jer 35:18 ; Ezek 17:14 ; Amos 2:4 ). See BDB 1036 s.v. 3 .c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":16848,"verse_id":"NEH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “have sinned.” For stylistic reasons – to avoid redundancy in English – this was translated as “committed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":16849,"verse_id":"NEH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the house of my father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":16850,"verse_id":"NEH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":16851,"verse_id":"NEH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “turn to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":16852,"verse_id":"NEH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “keep.” See the note on the word “obey” in Neh 1:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":16853,"verse_id":"NEH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “at the end of the heavens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":16854,"verse_id":"NEH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The interjection אָנָּא (’ anna ’) is an emphatic term of entreaty: “please!” (BDB 58 s.v.; HALOT 69-70 s.v.). This term is normally reserved for pleas for mercy from God in life-and-death situations ( 2 Kgs 20:3 = Isa 38:3 ; Pss 116:4; 118:25 ; Jonah 1:14; 4:2 ) and for forgiveness of heinous sins that would result or have resulted in severe judgment from God ( Exod 32:31 ; Dan 9:4 ; Neh 1:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":16855,"verse_id":"NEH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “let your ear be attentive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":16856,"verse_id":"NEH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":16857,"verse_id":"NEH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “grant compassion.” The words “to me” are supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and style in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":16858,"verse_id":"NEH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"The vav ( ו ) on וַאֲנִי ( va ’ ani , “Now, I”) introduces a disjunctive parenthetical clause that provides background information to the reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":16859,"verse_id":"NEH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The translation reads with the LXX וְיַיִן לְפָנַי ( vÿyayin lÿfanay , “and wine before me”) rather than יַיִן לְפָנָיו ( yayin lÿfanayv , “wine before him”) of the MT. The initial vav ( ו ) on original וְיַיִן probably dropped out due to haplograpy or orthographic confusion with the two yods ( י ) which follow. The final vav on לְפָנָיו in the MT was probably added due to dittography with the vav on the immediately following word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":16860,"verse_id":"NEH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The translation reads לְפָנֵים ( lÿfanim , “formerly”) rather than לְפָנָיו ( lÿfanayv , “to his face”) of the MT. The MT seems to suggest that Nehemiah was not sad before the king, which is contrary to what follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":16861,"verse_id":"NEH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “showed him a sullen face.” See HALOT 1251 s.v. רַע , רָע 9.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":16862,"verse_id":"NEH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"This expression is either to be inferred from the context, or perhaps one should read לְפָנָיו ( lÿfanayv , “before him”; cf. the MT) in addition to לְפָנִים ( lÿfanim , “formerly”). See preceding note on the word “previously.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":16863,"verse_id":"NEH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":16864,"verse_id":"NEH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “devoured” or “eaten” (so also in Neh 2:13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":16865,"verse_id":"NEH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “said to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":16866,"verse_id":"NEH.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “If upon the king it is good.” So also in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":16867,"verse_id":"NEH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “queen,” so most English versions (cf. HALOT 1415 s.v. שֵׁגַל ); TEV “empress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":16868,"verse_id":"NEH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “It was good before the king and he sent me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":16869,"verse_id":"NEH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “across the river,” here and often elsewhere in the Book of Nehemiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":16870,"verse_id":"NEH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “forest.” So HALOT 963 s.v. פַּרְדֵּס 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":16871,"verse_id":"NEH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"One medieval Hebrew MS , the Syriac Peshitta, Vulgate, and the Arabic read here the plural וּלְחוֹמוֹת ( ulÿkhomot , “walls”) against the singular וּלְחוֹמַת ( ulÿkhomat ) in the MT. The plural holem vav ( וֹ ) might have dropped out due to dittography or the plural form might have been written defectively.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":16872,"verse_id":"NEH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The Hebrew text does not include the expression “these requests,” but it is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":16873,"verse_id":"NEH.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “servant” (so KJV, ASV; NAB “slave”; NCV “officer.” This phrase also occurs in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":16874,"verse_id":"NEH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":16875,"verse_id":"NEH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “the animal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":16876,"verse_id":"NEH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “Well of the Serpents”; or “Well of the Jackals” (cf. ASV, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":16877,"verse_id":"NEH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “Rubbish Gate” (so TEV); NASB “Refuse Gate”; NCV “Trash Gate”; CEV “Garbage Gate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":16878,"verse_id":"NEH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"For the MT reading שֹׂבֵר ( sover , “inspecting”) the LXX erroneously has שֹׁבֵר ( shover , “breaking”). However, further destruction of Jerusalem’s walls was obviously not a part of Nehemiah’s purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":16879,"verse_id":"NEH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “the words of the king which he had spoken to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":16880,"verse_id":"NEH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “Arise! Let us rebuild!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":16881,"verse_id":"NEH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “strengthened their hands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":16882,"verse_id":"NEH.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The Hebrew text does not include the words “all this,” but they have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":16883,"verse_id":"NEH.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “will arise and build.” The idiom “arise and…” means to begin the action described by the second verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":16884,"verse_id":"NEH.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “portion or right or remembrance.” The expression is probably a hendiatris: The first two nouns retain their full nominal function, while the third noun functions adjectivally (“right or remembrance” = “ancient right”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":16885,"verse_id":"NEH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “his brothers the priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":16886,"verse_id":"NEH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “consecrated” (so NASB, NRSV); KJV, ASV “sanctified”; NCV “gave it to the Lord’s service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":16887,"verse_id":"NEH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The MT adds קִדְּשׁוּהוּ ( qidshuhu , “they sanctified it”). This term is repeated from the first part of the verse, probably as an intentional scribal addition to harmonize this statement with the preceding parallel statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":16888,"verse_id":"NEH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"The translation reads וְעַד ( vÿ ’ ad , “and unto”) rather than the MT reading עַד ( ad , “unto”). The original vav ( ו ) was probably dropped accidentally due to haplography with the final vav on the immediately preceding word in the MT.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":16889,"verse_id":"NEH.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"For the location of Jericho see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":16890,"verse_id":"NEH.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":16891,"verse_id":"NEH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “their nobles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":16892,"verse_id":"NEH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “bring their neck.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":16893,"verse_id":"NEH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"The plural form אֲדֹנֵיהֶם (’ adonehem , “lords”) is probably a plural of majesty referring to Nehemiah (e.g., Isa 19:4 ; see GKC 399 §124. i ). However, some English versions take the plural to refer to the “supervisors” (NIV, NCV, TEV) and others to “their Lord” (KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":16894,"verse_id":"NEH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “the Old Gate” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":16895,"verse_id":"NEH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “to the seat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":16896,"verse_id":"NEH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Assuming that the MT reading וַיַּעַזְבוּ ( vayya ’ azvu ) is related to the root עָזַב I (“to abandon”) – which makes little sense contextually – some interpreters emend the MT to וַיַּעַזְרוּ ( vayya ’ azru , “they aided”), as suggested by the editors of BHS . However, it is better to relate this term to the root II עָזַב meaning “to restore; to repair” (BDB 738 s.v. II עָזַב ) or “to plaster” ( HALOT 807 s.v. II עזב qal.1). This homonymic root is rare, appearing elsewhere only in Exod 23:5 and Job 9:27 , where it means “to restore; to put in order” ( HALOT 807-8 s.v. II עזב qal.2). The related Mishnaic Hebrew noun מעזיבה refers to a “plastered floor.” This Hebrew root is probably related to the cognate Ugaritic, Old South Arabic and Sabean verbs that mean “to restore” and “to prepare; to lay” (see BDB 738 s.v.; HALOT 807 s.v.). Some scholars in the nineteenth century suggested that this term be nuanced “paved.” However, most modern English versions have “restored” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or “rebuilt” (so NCV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":16897,"verse_id":"NEH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “[the city wall of] Jerusalem.” The term “Jerusalem” probably functions as a metonymy of association for the city wall of Jerusalem. Accordingly, the phrase “the city wall of” has been supplied in the translation to clarify this figurative expression. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":16898,"verse_id":"NEH.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The translation reads נֶגֶד ( neged , “before”) with a few medieval Hebrew MSS , some MSS of the LXX, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate, rather than וְנֶגֶד ( vÿneged , “and before”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":16899,"verse_id":"NEH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The reference to daughters, while not impossible, is odd in light of the cultural improbability that young women would participate in the strenuous labor of rebuilding city walls. All other such references in the Book of Nehemiah presuppose male laborers. Not surprisingly, some scholars suspect a textual problem. One medieval Hebrew MS and the Syriac Peshitta read וּבָנָיו ( uvanayv , “and his sons”) rather than the MT reading וּבְנוֹתָיו ( uvÿnotayv , “and his daughters”). Some scholars emend the MT to וּבֹנָיו ( uvonayv , “and his builders”). On the other hand, the MT is clearly the more difficult reading, and so it is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":16900,"verse_id":"NEH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “one thousand cubits.” The standard cubit in the OT is assumed by most authorities to be about eighteen inches (45 cm) long, so this section of the wall would be about fifteen hundred feet (450 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":16901,"verse_id":"NEH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The Hebrew word translated “Siloam” is הַשֶּׁלַח ( hashelakh , “water-channel”; cf. ASV, NASB, NRSV, TEV, CEV “Shelah”). It apparently refers to the Pool of Siloam whose water supply came from the Gihon Spring via Hezekiah’s Tunnel built in 701 B.C. (cf. Isa 8:6 ). See BDB 1019 s.v. שִׁלֹחַ ; W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 372. On the etymology of the word, which is a disputed matter, see HALOT 1517 s.v. III שֶׁלַח .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":16902,"verse_id":"NEH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The translation reads וְעַל ( vÿ ’ al , “and unto”) with several medieval Hebrew MSS and some MSS of LXX, rather than the MT reading עַל (’ al , “unto”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":16903,"verse_id":"NEH.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":16904,"verse_id":"NEH.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"The translation reads with a few medieval Hebrew MSS and the Syriac Peshitta בִּנֻּי ( binnuy ) rather than the MT reading בַּוַּי ( bavvay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":16905,"verse_id":"NEH.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “the house of Eliashib.” This has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":16906,"verse_id":"NEH.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The MT lacks the phrase אַחֲרָיו הֶחֱזִיק (’ akharayv hekheziq , “after him worked”). This phrase is used repeatedly in Neh 3:16-31 to introduce each worker and his location. It probably dropped out accidentally through haplography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":16907,"verse_id":"NEH.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “house of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":16908,"verse_id":"NEH.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"The Hebrew text lacks the verb “worked.” It is implied, however, and has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":16909,"verse_id":"NEH.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.30","text":"The translation reads אַחֲרָיו (’ akharayv , “after him”) with the Qere and many medieval Hebrew MSS , rather than the reading אַחֲרֵי (’ akharey , “after me”) of the MT. So also in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A30/1"}
{"id":16910,"verse_id":"NEH.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Heb “Miphkad Gate” (so TEV; KJV similar); NRSV “Muster Gate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":16911,"verse_id":"NEH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":16912,"verse_id":"NEH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":16913,"verse_id":"NEH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here. The present translation follows the MT, but the text may be corrupt. H. G. M. Williamson ( Ezra, Nehemiah [WBC], 213-14) translates these words as “Will they commit their cause to God?” suggesting that MT לָהֶם ( lahem , “to them”) should be emended to לֵאלֹהִים ( lelohim , “to God”), a proposal also found in the apparatus of BHS . In his view later scribes altered the phrase out of theological motivations. J. Blenkinsopp’s translation is similar: “Are they going to leave it all to God?” ( Ezra–Nehemiah [OTL], 242-44). However, a problem for this view is the absence of external evidence to support the proposed emendation. The sense of the MT reading may be the notion that the workers – if left to their own limited resources – could not possibly see such a demanding and expensive project through to completion. This interpretation understands the collocation עָזַב (’ azav , “to leave”) plus לְ ( lÿ , “to”) to mean “commit a matter to someone,” with the sense in this verse “Will they leave the building of the fortified walls to themselves?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":16914,"verse_id":"NEH.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The Hiphil stem of כָּעַס ( ka ’ as ) may mean: (1) “to provoke to anger”; (2) “to bitterly offend”; or (3) “to grieve” (BDB 495 s.v. Hiph.; HALOT 491 s.v. כעס hif). The Hebrew lexicons suggest that “bitterly offend” is the most appropriate nuance here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":16915,"verse_id":"NEH.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “before the builders.” The preposition נֶגֶד ( neged , “before”) here connotes “in the sight of” or “in the view of” (BDB 617 s.v. 1 .a; HALOT 666 s.v. 1 .a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":16916,"verse_id":"NEH.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “up to its half.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":16917,"verse_id":"NEH.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “the people had a heart to work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":16918,"verse_id":"NEH.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":16919,"verse_id":"NEH.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “to fight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":16920,"verse_id":"NEH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “against them.” The words “to protect” are added in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness. Some emend MT עֲלֵיהֶם ( ’ alehem , “against them”) to עָלֶיהָ (’ aleha , “against it,” i.e., Jerusalem).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":16921,"verse_id":"NEH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “burden-bearers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":16922,"verse_id":"NEH.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":16923,"verse_id":"NEH.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":16924,"verse_id":"NEH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “ten times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":16925,"verse_id":"NEH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"The MT reads the anomalous מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמוֹת ( mikkol hammÿqomot , “from every place”) but the BHS editors propose כָּל־הַמְּזִמּוֹת ( kol hammÿzimmot , “about every scheme”). The initial mem ( מ ) found in the MT may have been added accidentally due to dittography with the final mem ( ם ) on the immediately preceding word, and the MT qof ( ק ) may have arisen due to orthographic confusion with the similar looking zayin ( ז ). The emendation restores sense to the line in the MT, which makes little sense and features an abrupt change of referents: “Wherever you turn, they will be upon us!” The threat was not against the villagers living nearby but against those repairing the wall, as the following context indicates. See also the following note on the word “plotting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":16926,"verse_id":"NEH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"The MT reads תָּשׁוּבוּ ( tashuvu , “you turn”) which is awkward contextually. The BHS editors propose emending to חָשְׁבוּ ( hashÿvu , “they were plotting”) which harmonizes well with the context. This emendation involves mere orthographic confusion between similar looking ח ( khet ) and ת ( tav ), and the resultant dittography of middle vav ( ו ) in MT. See also the preceding note on the word “schemes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":16927,"verse_id":"NEH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The MT preserves the anomalous Kethib form צְחִחִיִּים ( tsÿkhikhiyyim ); the Qere reads צְחִיחִים ( tsÿkhikhim ) which is preferred (BDB 850 s.v. צָהִיחַ ; HALOT 1018 s.v. * צָהִיחַ ). tn The meaning of the Hebrew term צְחִיחִים ( tsÿkhikhim ) here is uncertain. Elsewhere ( Ezek 24:7, 8; 26:4, 14 ) it refers to a shining or glaring surface of a rock (BDB 850 s.v. צָהִיחַ ; HALOT 1018 s.v. * צָהִיחַ ), but here it refers to an exposed or vulnerable portion of the wall: “open positions of the wall” ( HALOT 1018 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":16928,"verse_id":"NEH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “And I saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":16929,"verse_id":"NEH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":16930,"verse_id":"NEH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “houses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":16931,"verse_id":"NEH.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “it was known to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":16932,"verse_id":"NEH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The MT reads “and spears.” The conjunction should be deleted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":16933,"verse_id":"NEH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “all the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":16934,"verse_id":"NEH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The first words of v. 17 , “who were rebuilding the wall,” should be taken with the latter part of v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":16935,"verse_id":"NEH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “were carrying loads.” The LXX reads ἐν ὅπλοις ( en hoplois , “with weapons”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":16936,"verse_id":"NEH.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “the one blowing the shophar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":16937,"verse_id":"NEH.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “much.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":16938,"verse_id":"NEH.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “and we were doing the work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":16939,"verse_id":"NEH.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “half of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":16940,"verse_id":"NEH.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “from the coming up of the dawn till the coming forth of the stars.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":16941,"verse_id":"NEH.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “said [to].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":16942,"verse_id":"NEH.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “strip off our garments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":16943,"verse_id":"NEH.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “a man, his weapon, the waters.” The MT, if in fact it is correct, is elliptical and difficult. Some scholars emend the MT reading הַמָּיִם ( hammayim , “the waters”) to בִּמִנוֹ ( bimino , “in his right hand”; cf. NAB, NRSV) or מִינוּ ( י ) הֵ ( heminu , “they held on the right side”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":16944,"verse_id":"NEH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “their brothers the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":16945,"verse_id":"NEH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “take” (so also in v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":16946,"verse_id":"NEH.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “for the tax of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":16947,"verse_id":"NEH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “according to the flesh of our brothers is our flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":16948,"verse_id":"NEH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “like their children, our children.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":16949,"verse_id":"NEH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “to become slaves” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":16950,"verse_id":"NEH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “there is not power for our hand.” The Hebrew expression used here is rather difficult.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":16951,"verse_id":"NEH.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":16952,"verse_id":"NEH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “my heart was advised upon me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":16953,"verse_id":"NEH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “nobles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":16954,"verse_id":"NEH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “taking a creditor’s debt.” The Hebrew noun מַשָּׁא ( masha ’) means “interest; debt” and probably refers to the collateral (pledge) collected by a creditor ( HALOT 641-42 s.v.). This particular noun form appears only in Nehemiah ( 5:7, 10; 10:32 ); however, it is related to מַשָּׁאָה ( masha ’ ah , “contractual loan; debt; collateral”) which appears elsewhere ( Deut 24:10 ; Prov 22:26 ; cf. Neh 5:11 ). See the note on the word “people” at the end of v. 5 . The BHS editors suggest emending the MT to מָשָׂא ( masa ’, “burden”), following several medieval Hebrew MSS ; however, the result is not entirely clear: “you are bearing a burden, a man with his brothers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":16955,"verse_id":"NEH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “his brothers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":16956,"verse_id":"NEH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “I gave.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":16957,"verse_id":"NEH.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “our brothers, the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":16958,"verse_id":"NEH.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “your brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":16959,"verse_id":"NEH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The translation reads with the Qere and the ancient versions וָאוֹמַר ( va ’ omar , “and I said”) rather than the MT Kethib , וַיֹּאמֶר ( vayyo ’ mer , “and he said”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":16960,"verse_id":"NEH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “not good.” The statement “The thing…is not good” is an example of tapeinosis, a figurative expression which emphasizes the intended point (“The thing…is wrong!”) by negating its opposite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":16961,"verse_id":"NEH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “[should you not] walk.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":16962,"verse_id":"NEH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":16963,"verse_id":"NEH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “lads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":16964,"verse_id":"NEH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “this debt.” This expression is a metonymy of association: “debt” refers to the seizure of the collateral of the debt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":16965,"verse_id":"NEH.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The MT reads וּמְאַת ( umÿ ’ at , “and the hundredth”) which is somewhat enigmatic. The BHS editors suggest emending to וּמַשַּׁאת ( umasha ’ t , “and the debt”) which refers to the interest or collateral (pledge) seized by a creditor ( Deut 24:10 ; Prov 22:26 ; see HALOT 641-42 s.v. מַשָּׁא ). The term מַשַּׁאת ( masha ’ t ) is related to the noun מָשָּׁא ( masha ’, “debt”) in 5:7, 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":16966,"verse_id":"NEH.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The words “these things” are not included in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":16967,"verse_id":"NEH.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “took an oath from them”; the referents (the wealthy and the officials, cf. v. 7 ) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":16968,"verse_id":"NEH.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “according to this word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":16969,"verse_id":"NEH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “my bosom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":16970,"verse_id":"NEH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “cause to stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":16971,"verse_id":"NEH.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “according to this word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":16972,"verse_id":"NEH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The BHS editors suggest reading צֻוֵּאתִי ( tsuvve ’ ti , “and I was appointed”) rather than the reading of the MT, אֹתִי צִוָּה ( tsivvah ’ oti , “he appointed me”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":16973,"verse_id":"NEH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"The translation reads with one medieval Hebrew MS פֶּחָה ( pekhah , “governor”) rather than פֶּחָם ( pekham , “their governor”) of the MT. One would expect the form with pronominal suffix to have a tav ( ת ) before the suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":16974,"verse_id":"NEH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":16975,"verse_id":"NEH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “the food of the governor.” Cf. v. 18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A14/4"}
{"id":16976,"verse_id":"NEH.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"The Hebrew term אַחַר (’ akhar ) is difficult here. It normally means “after,” but that makes no sense here. Some scholars emend it to אַחַד (’ akhad ) and supply the word “day,” which yields the sense “daily.” Cf. TEV “40 silver coins a day for food and wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":16977,"verse_id":"NEH.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “we did not purchase.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":16978,"verse_id":"NEH.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “who were gathered around us at my table.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":16979,"verse_id":"NEH.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “from the Gentiles.” The same Hebrew word can refer to “the Gentiles” or “the nations.” Cf. the phrase in 6:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":16980,"verse_id":"NEH.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"It is not entirely clear whether the Hebrew word כְּפִירִים ( kÿfirim ) is a place-name not mentioned elsewhere in the OT (as indicated in the present translation; so also NAB, NASB) or whether it means “in [one of] the villages” (so, e.g., NIV, NRSV, NLT; see BDB 499 s.v.; HALOT 493 s.v.). The LXX and Vulgate understand it in the latter sense. Some scholars connect this term with the identically spelled word כּפירים (“lions”) as a figurative description of princes or warriors (e.g., Pss 34:11; 35:17; 58:7 ; Jer 2:15 ; Ezek 32:2, 13 ; Nah 2:14; see HALOT 493 s.v.): “let us meet together with the leaders in the plain of Ono.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":16981,"verse_id":"NEH.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “[am] doing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":16982,"verse_id":"NEH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “sent to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":16983,"verse_id":"NEH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “and I answered them according to this word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":16984,"verse_id":"NEH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":16985,"verse_id":"NEH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “Gashmu”; in Neh 2:19 this name appears as Geshem. Since it is important for the modern reader to recognize that this is the same individual, the form of the name used here in the translation is the same as that in v. 19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":16986,"verse_id":"NEH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “is saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":16987,"verse_id":"NEH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “words.” So also in v. 7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A6/4"}
{"id":16988,"verse_id":"NEH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “call.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":16989,"verse_id":"NEH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":16990,"verse_id":"NEH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “Let us consult together.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":16991,"verse_id":"NEH.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “We are not according to these matters that you are saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":16992,"verse_id":"NEH.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “For from your heart you are inventing them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":16993,"verse_id":"NEH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The participle has a desiderative nuance here, describing the desire of the subject and not necessarily the actual outcome. See also v. 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":16994,"verse_id":"NEH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The statement “So now, strengthen my hands” is frequently understood as an implied prayer, but is taken differently by NAB (“But instead, I now redoubled my efforts”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":16995,"verse_id":"NEH.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “shut in.” The reason for his confinement is not stated. BDB 783 s.v. עָצַר suggests that it had to do with the fulfillment of a vow or was related to an issue of ceremonial uncleanness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":16996,"verse_id":"NEH.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “go into the temple and live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":16997,"verse_id":"NEH.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “and Tobiah and Sanballat had hired him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":16998,"verse_id":"NEH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"The translation reads לִי ( li , “to me”) rather than the MT reading לָהֶם ( lahem , “to them”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":16999,"verse_id":"NEH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “would have a bad name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":17000,"verse_id":"NEH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The MT understands the root here to be יָרֵא ( yare ’, “to fear”) rather than רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":17001,"verse_id":"NEH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “they greatly fell [i.e., were cast down] in their own eyes.” Some scholars suggest emending the reading of the MT, וַיִּפְּלוּ ( vayyipÿlu ) to וַיִּפָּלֵא ( vayyippale ’, “it was very extraordinary in their eyes”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":17002,"verse_id":"NEH.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “were lords of oath.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":17003,"verse_id":"NEH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “my words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":17004,"verse_id":"NEH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Or “to intimidate” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":17005,"verse_id":"NEH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":17006,"verse_id":"NEH.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Some have suggested that “Hananiah” is another name for Hanani, Nehemiah’s brother, so that only one individual is mentioned here. However, the third person plural in v. 3 indicates two people are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":17007,"verse_id":"NEH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The present translation (along with most English versions) reads with the Qere , a Qumran text, and the ancient versions וָאֹמַר ( va ’ omar , “and I said”) rather than the Kethib of the MT, which reads וַיֹּאמֶר ( vayyo ’ mer , “and he said”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":17008,"verse_id":"NEH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “until the heat of the sun.” The phrase probably means that the gates were to be opened only after the day had progressed a bit, not at the first sign of morning light (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV). It is possible, however, that the Hebrew preposition עַד (’ ad ), here translated as “until,” has a more rare sense of “during.” If so, this would mean that the gates were not to be left open and unattended during the hot part of the day when people typically would be at rest (cf. NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":17009,"verse_id":"NEH.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Presumably this would mean the gates were not to be opened until later in the morning and were to remain open until evening. Some, however, have understood Nehemiah’s instructions to mean that the gates were not to be left open during the hottest part of the day, but must be shut and locked while the guards are still on duty. See J. Barr, “Hebrew עַד , especially at Job i.18 and Neh vii.3,” JJS 27 (1982): 177-88.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":17010,"verse_id":"NEH.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “wide of two hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":17011,"verse_id":"NEH.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “the people were few in its midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":17012,"verse_id":"NEH.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “nobles”; NCV “important men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":17013,"verse_id":"NEH.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “the book of genealogy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":17014,"verse_id":"NEH.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “in it”; the referent (the genealogical record) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":17015,"verse_id":"NEH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “the sons of”; KJV, ASV “the children of”; NAB “the inhabitants of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":17016,"verse_id":"NEH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “who were going up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":17017,"verse_id":"NEH.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"One medieval Hebrew manuscript has “to Babylon.” Cf. Ezra 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":17018,"verse_id":"NEH.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “the men of the people of Israel.” Some English versions translate as “the people from Israel” (NCV) or “the Israelite people” (NRSV), but “men” should be retained because the following numbers presumably include only adult males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":17019,"verse_id":"NEH.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “the sons of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":17020,"verse_id":"NEH.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “to the sons of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":17021,"verse_id":"NEH.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":17022,"verse_id":"NEH.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"The translation reads בְּנֵי ( bÿne , “the sons of”) rather than the MT reading בֵית אַנְשֵׁי (’ anshey vet , “men of the house of”). Cf. Ezra 2:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":17023,"verse_id":"NEH.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":17024,"verse_id":"NEH.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"Heb “to the house of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A39/1"}
{"id":17025,"verse_id":"NEH.7.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.61","text":"Heb “relate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A61/1"}
{"id":17026,"verse_id":"NEH.7.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.61","text":"Heb “the house of their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A61/2"}
{"id":17027,"verse_id":"NEH.7.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":61,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.61","text":"Heb “their seed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A61/3"}
{"id":17028,"verse_id":"NEH.7.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.64","text":"Heb “they were desecrated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A64/1"}
{"id":17029,"verse_id":"NEH.7.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.65","text":"The Hebrew term תִּרְשָׁתָא ( tirshata ’; KJV “Tirshatha”) is the official title of a Persian governor in Judea. In meaning it may be similar to “excellency” (cf. NAB). See further BDB 1077 s.v.; W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 395; HALOT 1798 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A65/1"}
{"id":17030,"verse_id":"NEH.7.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.65","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A65/2"}
{"id":17031,"verse_id":"NEH.7.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.69","text":"Most Hebrew MSS omit 7:68 ET, which reads “They had 736 horses, 245 mules,” and thus have one less verse in chap. , ending the chapter at 7:72 . This verse is included in the LXX and most English versions. Cf. Ezra 2:66 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A69/1"}
{"id":17032,"verse_id":"NEH.7.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.70","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A70/1"}
{"id":17033,"verse_id":"NEH.7.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":70,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.70","text":"Heb “darics” (also in vv. 71, 72 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A70/2"}
{"id":17034,"verse_id":"NEH.7.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":73,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.73","text":"Heb “the sons of Israel.” So also in vv. 14, 17; 9:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A73/1"}
{"id":17035,"verse_id":"NEH.7.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":7,"verse":73,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.73","text":"The traditional understanding of the chapter and verse division here is probably incorrect. The final part of v. 73 is best understood as belonging with 8:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%207%3A73/2"}
{"id":17036,"verse_id":"NEH.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “like one man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":17037,"verse_id":"NEH.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “said [to].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":17038,"verse_id":"NEH.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “from the light till the noon of the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":17039,"verse_id":"NEH.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “all who could hear with understanding.” The word “children” is understood to be implied here by a number of English versions (e.g., NAB, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":17040,"verse_id":"NEH.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “the ears of all the people were toward.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":17041,"verse_id":"NEH.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “a tower of wood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":17042,"verse_id":"NEH.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “to the eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":17043,"verse_id":"NEH.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the book) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":17044,"verse_id":"NEH.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"The MT reads “and the Levites.” The conjunction (“and”) should be deleted, following the LXX, Aquila, and the Vulgate. That the vav ( ו ) of the MT is the vav explicativum (“ even the Levites”) is unlikely here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":17045,"verse_id":"NEH.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"The exact meaning of the pual participle מְפֹרָשׁ ( mÿforash ) in this verse is uncertain. The basic sense of the Hebrew word seems to be “to make distinct.” The word may also have the sense of “to divide in parts,” “to interpret,” or “to translate.” The context of Neh 8:8 does not decisively clarify how the participle is to be understood here. It probably refers to the role of the Levites as those who explained or interpreted the portions of biblical text that had been publicly read on this occasion. A different option, however, is suggested by the translation distincte (“distinctly”) of the Vulgate (cf. KJV, ASV). If the Hebrew word means “distinctly” here, it would imply that the readers paid particular attention to such things as word-grouping and pronunciation so as to be sure that the listeners had every opportunity to understand the message that was being read. Yet another view is found in the Talmud, which understands translation of the Hebrew text into Aramaic to be what is in view here. The following explanation of Neh 8:8 is found in b. Megillah 3a: “ ‘And they read in the book, in the law of God’ : this indicates the [Hebrew] text; ‘with an interpretation’ : this indicates the targum ; ‘and they gave the sense’ : this indicates the verse stops; ‘and caused them to understand the reading’ : this indicates the accentuation, or, according to another version, the Masoretic notes.” However, this ancient rabbinic view that the origins of the Targum are found in Neh 8:8 is debatable. It is not clear that the practice of paraphrasing the Hebrew biblical text into Aramaic in order to accommodate the needs of those Jews who were not at home in the Hebrew language developed this early. The translation of מְפֹרָשׁ adopted above (i.e., “explaining it”) understands the word to have in mind an explanatory function (cf. NAB, NCV, TEV, NLT) rather than one of translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":17046,"verse_id":"NEH.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":17047,"verse_id":"NEH.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The unexpected reference to Nehemiah here has led some scholars to suspect that the phrase “Nehemiah the governor” is a later addition to the text and not original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":17048,"verse_id":"NEH.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “the priest, the scribe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":17049,"verse_id":"NEH.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “the people.” The pronoun has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":17050,"verse_id":"NEH.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adona y ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":17051,"verse_id":"NEH.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “to send portions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":17052,"verse_id":"NEH.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"The Hebrew text does not include the phrase “with others” but it has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":17053,"verse_id":"NEH.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “to make great joy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":17054,"verse_id":"NEH.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “the heads of the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":17055,"verse_id":"NEH.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “were gathered to”; NAB, NIV “gathered around”; NRSV “came together to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":17056,"verse_id":"NEH.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":17057,"verse_id":"NEH.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “a voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":17058,"verse_id":"NEH.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":17059,"verse_id":"NEH.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The words “these things” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":17060,"verse_id":"NEH.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":17061,"verse_id":"NEH.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “And there was very great joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":17062,"verse_id":"NEH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (Ezra) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":17063,"verse_id":"NEH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “the last day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":17064,"verse_id":"NEH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “on the eighth day an assembly.” The words “they held” have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A18/3"}
{"id":17065,"verse_id":"NEH.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “according to the judgment.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%208%3A18/4"}
{"id":17066,"verse_id":"NEH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “the seed of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":17067,"verse_id":"NEH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “sons of a foreigner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":17068,"verse_id":"NEH.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 9, 16, 23, 32, 34, 36 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":17069,"verse_id":"NEH.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “confessing.” The words “their sins” are not present in the Hebrew text of v. 3 , but are clearly implied here because they are explicitly stated in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":17070,"verse_id":"NEH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “Bani.” The translation reads “Binnui” (so also NAB) rather than the MT reading “Bani.” Otherwise there are two individuals with the same name in this verse. The name “Binnui” appears, for example, in Neh 10:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":17071,"verse_id":"NEH.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “in a great voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":17072,"verse_id":"NEH.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The MT reads here only “from age to age,” without the preceding words “May you be blessed, O LORD our God” which are included in the present translation. But apparently something has dropped out of the text. This phrase occurs elsewhere in the OT as a description of the Lord (see Ps 41:13; 106:48 ), and it seems best to understand it here in that light. The LXX adds “And Ezra said” at the beginning of v. 6 as a transition: “And Ezra said, ‘You alone are the LORD .” Without this addition (which is not included by most modern English translations) the speakers of vv. 9:5 b- 10:1 continue to be the Levites of v. 5 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":17073,"verse_id":"NEH.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “the name of your glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":17074,"verse_id":"NEH.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “the heavens of the heavens.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":17075,"verse_id":"NEH.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “all their host.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":17076,"verse_id":"NEH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “the” (so NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":17077,"verse_id":"NEH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":17078,"verse_id":"NEH.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “your words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":17079,"verse_id":"NEH.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “the Sea of Reeds.” Traditionally this is identified as the Red Sea, and the modern designation has been used in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":17080,"verse_id":"NEH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “signs and wonders.” This phrase is a hendiadys. The second noun functions adjectivally, while the first noun retains its full nominal sense: “awesome signs” or “miraculous signs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":17081,"verse_id":"NEH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Egyptians) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":17082,"verse_id":"NEH.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Or “arrogantly” (so NASB); NRSV “insolently.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":17083,"verse_id":"NEH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “in the midst of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":17084,"verse_id":"NEH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “those who pursued them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":17085,"verse_id":"NEH.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “mighty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":17086,"verse_id":"NEH.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":17087,"verse_id":"NEH.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “had lifted your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":17088,"verse_id":"NEH.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “and our fathers.” The vav is explicative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":17089,"verse_id":"NEH.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “they stiffened their neck” (so also in the following verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":17090,"verse_id":"NEH.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"The present translation follows a few medieval Hebrew MSS and the LXX in reading בְּמִצְרָיִם ( bÿmitsrayim , “in Egypt”; so also NAB, NASB, NRSV, TEV, NLT) rather than the MT reading בְּמִרְיָם ( bÿmiryam , “in their rebellion”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":17091,"verse_id":"NEH.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The translation follows the Qere reading חֶסֶד ( khesed , “loyal love”) rather than the Kethib reading וְחֶסֶד ( vÿkhesed , “and loyal love”) of the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":17092,"verse_id":"NEH.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":17093,"verse_id":"NEH.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “did not turn from them by day to guide them in the path.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":17094,"verse_id":"NEH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The words “of the land” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":17095,"verse_id":"NEH.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Most Hebrew MSS read “the land of Sihon and the land of the king of Heshbon.” The present translation (along with NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, CEV, NLT) follows the reading of one Hebrew MS , the LXX, and the Vulgate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":17096,"verse_id":"NEH.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “the sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":17097,"verse_id":"NEH.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “they ate and were sated.” This expression is a hendiadys. The first verb retains its full verbal sense, while the second functions adverbially: “they ate and were filled” = “they ate until they were full.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":17098,"verse_id":"NEH.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “they cast your law behind their backs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":17099,"verse_id":"NEH.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “from the hand of” (so NASB, NIV); NAB “from the power of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":17100,"verse_id":"NEH.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Heb “in the hand of” (so KJV, ASV); NAB “to the power of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":17101,"verse_id":"NEH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “if a man keep.” See note on the word “obey” in Neh 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":17102,"verse_id":"NEH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “they gave a stubborn shoulder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":17103,"verse_id":"NEH.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.29","text":"Heb “they stiffened their neck.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A29/3"}
{"id":17104,"verse_id":"NEH.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"The Hebrew expression here is elliptical. The words “your kindness” are not included in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":17105,"verse_id":"NEH.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"Heb “did not give ear to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":17106,"verse_id":"NEH.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.30","text":"Heb “the peoples of the lands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A30/3"}
{"id":17107,"verse_id":"NEH.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “the covenant and loyal love.” The expression is a hendiadys. The second noun retains its full nominal sense, while the first functions adjectivally: “the covenant and loyalty” = covenant fidelity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":17108,"verse_id":"NEH.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “do not let it seem small in your sight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":17109,"verse_id":"NEH.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Heb “you have done truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":17110,"verse_id":"NEH.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":17111,"verse_id":"NEH.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.35","text":"Heb “given them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A35/2"}
{"id":17112,"verse_id":"NEH.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.35","text":"Heb “given.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A35/3"}
{"id":17113,"verse_id":"NEH.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"The expression “to enjoy” is not included in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":17114,"verse_id":"NEH.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Heb “according to their desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":17115,"verse_id":"NEH.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “we are cutting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A38/2"}
{"id":17116,"verse_id":"NEH.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “and writing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A38/3"}
{"id":17117,"verse_id":"NEH.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.38","text":"Heb “our leaders, our Levites, and our priests on the sealed document.” The Hebrew text is elliptical here; the words “have affixed their names” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons. Cf. v. 2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%209%3A38/4"}
{"id":17118,"verse_id":"NEH.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The words “were the following names” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation for clarity. Cf. vv. 9, 10, 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":17119,"verse_id":"NEH.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"With many medieval Hebrew manuscripts and the ancient versions the translation reads יְשׁוּעַ ( yÿshua ’, “Jeshua”) rather than the reading וְיֵשׁוּעַ ( vÿyeshua ’, “and Jeshua”) of BHS .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":17120,"verse_id":"NEH.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “brothers” (also in v. 30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":17121,"verse_id":"NEH.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “heads”; ASV “chiefs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":17122,"verse_id":"NEH.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Heb “from the peoples of the lands.” Cf. vv. 30, 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":17123,"verse_id":"NEH.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “the nobles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":17124,"verse_id":"NEH.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"The expression “a curse and an oath” may be a hendiadys, meaning “an oath with penalties.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":17125,"verse_id":"NEH.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “to walk in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A29/3"}
{"id":17126,"verse_id":"NEH.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “keep.” See the note on the word “obey” in Neh 1:5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A29/4"}
{"id":17127,"verse_id":"NEH.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.29","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A29/5"}
{"id":17128,"verse_id":"NEH.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":17129,"verse_id":"NEH.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “debt of every hand,” an idiom referring to the hand that holds legally binding contractual agreements.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A31/2"}
{"id":17130,"verse_id":"NEH.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “cause to stand on us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":17131,"verse_id":"NEH.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.32","text":"The MT reads “to give upon us.” However, the term עָלֵינוּ (’ alenu , “upon us”) should probably be deleted, following a few medieval Hebrew MSS , the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A32/2"}
{"id":17132,"verse_id":"NEH.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “house” (also in vv. 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A32/3"}
{"id":17133,"verse_id":"NEH.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Heb “the house of our fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":17134,"verse_id":"NEH.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"The words “we accept responsibility” are not included in the Hebrew text, but are inferred from v. 33 (so also in v. 37 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":17135,"verse_id":"NEH.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.37","text":"Heb “a tithe of our land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A37/1"}
{"id":17136,"verse_id":"NEH.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.37","text":"Heb “of our work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A37/2"}
{"id":17137,"verse_id":"NEH.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"Heb “And the priest the son of Aaron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":17138,"verse_id":"NEH.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":17139,"verse_id":"NEH.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “nine of the hands.” The word “hand” is used here in the sense or a part or portion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":17140,"verse_id":"NEH.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “the heads of the province.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":17141,"verse_id":"NEH.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"The translation reads מִן־הַשֵּׁלָנִי ( min hashelani , “from the Shelahite”) rather than the MT reading בֶּן־הַשִּׁלֹנִי ( ben hashiloni , “the son of the Shilionite”). See 1 Chr 9:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":17142,"verse_id":"NEH.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “those behind him.” Some scholars emend the text to וְאֶחָיו ( vÿ ’ ekhayv , “his brothers”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":17143,"verse_id":"NEH.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “brothers” (also in vv. 13, 14, 17, 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":17144,"verse_id":"NEH.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “heads of fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":17145,"verse_id":"NEH.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"The translation reads with the LXX וְאֶחָיו ( vÿ ’ ekhayv , “and his brothers”) rather than the MT reading וַאֲחֵיהֶם ( va ’ akhehem , “and their brothers”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":17146,"verse_id":"NEH.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “who were of the heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":17147,"verse_id":"NEH.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"The translation reads with the Lucianic Greek recension and Vulgate הַתְּהִלָה ( hattÿhilah , “the praise”) rather than the MT reading הַתְּחִלָּה ( hattÿkhillah , “the beginning”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":17148,"verse_id":"NEH.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “the temple attendants.” The pronoun “them” has been substituted in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":17149,"verse_id":"NEH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “the commandment of the king was over them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":17150,"verse_id":"NEH.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “a thing of a day in its day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":17151,"verse_id":"NEH.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “to the hand of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":17152,"verse_id":"NEH.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “its daughters.” So also in vv. 27, 28, 30, and 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":17153,"verse_id":"NEH.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"The translation reads with a few medieval Hebrew MSS and the Syriac Peshitta וּמִבְּנֵי ( umibbÿney , “and some of the descendants of”; cf. NLT) rather than the MT reading וּבְנֵי ( uvÿne , “and the sons of”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":17154,"verse_id":"NEH.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “from Geba.” It is preferable to delete the preposition “from” read by the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":17155,"verse_id":"NEH.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":17156,"verse_id":"NEH.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":17157,"verse_id":"NEH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"The translation reads וְגֵי ( vÿgey , “and the valley”) rather than the MT reading גֵּי ( gey , “the valley”). The original vav ( ו ) probably dropped out accidentally due to haplography with the final vav on the immediately preceding word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":17158,"verse_id":"NEH.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"Heb “Ge-harashim,” which could be left untranslated as a place name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2011%3A35/2"}
{"id":17159,"verse_id":"NEH.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “who went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":17160,"verse_id":"NEH.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Most Hebrew MSS read “Ginnethoi”; the present translation follows a number of Hebrew MSS and the Vulgate (cf. Neh 12:16 and NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":17161,"verse_id":"NEH.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “heads” (so also in v. 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":17162,"verse_id":"NEH.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “brothers” (also in vv. 8, 9, 24, 36 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":17163,"verse_id":"NEH.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “he and his brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":17164,"verse_id":"NEH.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"The translation reads וְעֻנִּי ( vÿ ’ unni ) with the Qere rather than וְעֻנּוֹ ( vÿ ’ uno ) of the MT Kethib .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":17165,"verse_id":"NEH.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “begat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":17166,"verse_id":"NEH.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"The present translation reads with the LXX לְמַלּוּךְ ( lÿmallukh ) rather than לִמְלוּכִי ( limlukhi ) of the Kethib (by dittography) or לִמְלִיכוּ ( limlikhu ) of the Qere .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":17167,"verse_id":"NEH.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Most Hebrew MSS read “Shebaniah” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV, CEV); the present translation follows the reading of some Hebrew MSS , some LXX MSS , and the Syriac (cf. Neh 12:3 and NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":17168,"verse_id":"NEH.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"The present translation reads with the Lucianic Greek recension and the Syriac Peshitta לִמְרֵמוֹת ( limremot , cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT “Meremoth”) rather than the MT reading לִמְרָיוֹת ( limrayot , cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV, CEV “Meraioth”). Cf. v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":17169,"verse_id":"NEH.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"The present translation (along with most English versions) reads with the Qere and the Syriac Peshitta לְעִדּוֹא ( lÿ ’ iddo ’, “Iddo”) rather than the MT reading לַעֲדָיָא ( la ’ adaya ’) which probably arose through graphic confusion. Cf. v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":17170,"verse_id":"NEH.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Or “of Miniamin, …; of Moadiah, Piltai,” where the name of the leader of the family of Miniamin has dropped out of the text due to a problem in transmission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":17171,"verse_id":"NEH.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"The present translation reads סַלּוּ ( sallu , cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT “Sallu”) rather than the MT reading סַלַּי ( sallai , cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV, CEV “Sallai” ). Cf. v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":17172,"verse_id":"NEH.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Some scholars delete these words, regarding them as a later scribal addition to the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":17173,"verse_id":"NEH.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Or “the Book of the Annals” (so NRSV); NLT “The Book of History.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":17174,"verse_id":"NEH.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “in [accord with] the commandment of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":17175,"verse_id":"NEH.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"Heb “the priest, the scribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":17176,"verse_id":"NEH.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A27/1"}
{"id":17177,"verse_id":"NEH.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Heb “from all their places.” The words “they lived” are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":17178,"verse_id":"NEH.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"Heb “the sons of the singers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":17179,"verse_id":"NEH.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"The translation reads וְהָאַחַת הֹלֶכֶת ( vÿha ’ akhat holekhet , “and one was proceeding”) rather than the MT reading וְתַהֲלֻכֹת ( vÿtahalukhot , “and processions”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":17180,"verse_id":"NEH.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"Heb “some of the sons of the priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":17181,"verse_id":"NEH.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.36","text":"Or “prescribed by” (NIV, NLT); TEV “of the kind played by.” The precise relationship of these musical instruments to David is not clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A36/1"}
{"id":17182,"verse_id":"NEH.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.36","text":"Heb “was before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A36/2"}
{"id":17183,"verse_id":"NEH.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"The translation reads הוֹלֶכֶת ( holekhet , “was proceeding”) rather than the MT הַהוֹלֶכֶת ( haholekhet , “the one proceeding”). The MT probably reflects dittography – accidental writing of ה ( hey ) twice instead of once.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":17184,"verse_id":"NEH.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.39","text":"Or “the Old Gate” (so KJV, NASB, NCV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A39/1"}
{"id":17185,"verse_id":"NEH.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.39","text":"Heb “they stood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A39/2"}
{"id":17186,"verse_id":"NEH.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A40/1"}
{"id":17187,"verse_id":"NEH.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.42","text":"Heb “caused to hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A42/1"}
{"id":17188,"verse_id":"NEH.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.44","text":"The translation reads מִשְּׂדֶי ( missÿde , “from the fields”) rather than the MT reading לִשְׂדֵי ( lisdey , “to the fields”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A44/1"}
{"id":17189,"verse_id":"NEH.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.44","text":"Heb “for Judah.” The words “the people of” have been supplied in the translation for clarity, since “Judah” is a proper name as well as a place name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A44/2"}
{"id":17190,"verse_id":"NEH.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.44","text":"Heb “standing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A44/3"}
{"id":17191,"verse_id":"NEH.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.45","text":"With many medieval Hebrew MSS and the ancient versions the translation reads the conjunction (“and”). It is absent in the Leningrad MS that forms the textual basis for BHS .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A45/1"}
{"id":17192,"verse_id":"NEH.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.46","text":"Heb “heads.” The translation reads with the Qere the plural רֹאשֵׁי ( ro ’ shey , “heads”) rather than the Kethib singular רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh , “head”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A46/1"}
{"id":17193,"verse_id":"NEH.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.47","text":"Heb “a thing of a day in its day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A47/1"}
{"id":17194,"verse_id":"NEH.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.47","text":"Heb “were sanctifying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2012%3A47/2"}
{"id":17195,"verse_id":"NEH.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “ears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":17196,"verse_id":"NEH.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “it was found.” The Hebrew verb is passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":17197,"verse_id":"NEH.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “bread.” The Hebrew term is generic here, however, referring to more than bread alone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":17198,"verse_id":"NEH.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The translation reads the plural rather than the singular of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":17199,"verse_id":"NEH.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “giving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":17200,"verse_id":"NEH.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":17201,"verse_id":"NEH.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “to the end of days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":17202,"verse_id":"NEH.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"On the usage of this Hebrew word see HALOT 478-79 s.v. כְּלִי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":17203,"verse_id":"NEH.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “and I stood them on their standing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":17204,"verse_id":"NEH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Probably one should read with the Lucianic Greek recension, the Syriac Peshitta, and the Vulgate וָאֲצַוֶּה ( va ’ atsavveh , “and I commanded”) rather than the rare denominative verb וָאוֹצְרָה ( va ’ otsÿrah , “and I appointed over the storeroom”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":17205,"verse_id":"NEH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “be over”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":17206,"verse_id":"NEH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “on their hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":17207,"verse_id":"NEH.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":17208,"verse_id":"NEH.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":17209,"verse_id":"NEH.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"The words “of all places” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation to indicate the emphasis on Jerusalem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":17210,"verse_id":"NEH.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":17211,"verse_id":"NEH.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “the gates of Jerusalem grew dark.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":17212,"verse_id":"NEH.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “said” (so also in v. 22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":17213,"verse_id":"NEH.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “caused to stand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A19/3"}
{"id":17214,"verse_id":"NEH.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The Hebrew text includes the words “to them,” but they have been excluded from the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":17215,"verse_id":"NEH.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “I will send a hand on you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":17216,"verse_id":"NEH.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “people and people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":17217,"verse_id":"NEH.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":17218,"verse_id":"NEH.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":17219,"verse_id":"NEH.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “give a dwelling to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":17220,"verse_id":"NEH.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"One medieval Hebrew MS , the Lucianic Greek recension, and the Syriac Peshitta read the plural הַכֹּהֲנִים ( hakkohanim , “the priests”) rather than the singular reading of the MT, הַכְּהֻנָּה ( hakkÿhunnah , “the priesthood”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":17221,"verse_id":"NEH.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Heb “a man in his work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":17222,"verse_id":"NEH.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NEH","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"The words “I also provided for” are not included in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nehemiah%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":17223,"verse_id":"EST.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “it came about”; KJV, ASV “Now it came to pass.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":17224,"verse_id":"EST.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Where the Hebrew text has “Ahasuerus” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV) in this book the LXX has “Artaxerxes.” The ruler mentioned in the Hebrew text is Xerxes I (ca. 486-465 B.C. ), and a number of modern English versions use “Xerxes” (e.g., NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":17225,"verse_id":"EST.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the days of Ahasuerus, that Ahasuerus who used to rule…” The phrase “I am referring to” has been supplied to clarify the force of the third person masculine singular pronoun, which is functioning like a demonstrative pronoun.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":17226,"verse_id":"EST.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “Cush” (so NIV, NCV; KJV “Ethiopia”) referring to the region of the upper Nile in Africa. India and Cush (i.e., Ethiopia) are both mentioned in a tablet taken from the foundation of Xerxes’ palace in Persepolis that describes the extent of this empire. See ANET 316-17.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":17227,"verse_id":"EST.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Shushan” (so KJV, ASV). Most recent English versions render this as “Susa.” sn The city of Susa served as one of several capitals of Persia during this time; the other locations were Ecbatana, Babylon, and Persepolis. Partly due to the extreme heat of its summers, Susa was a place where Persian kings stayed mainly in the winter months. Strabo indicates that reptiles attempting to cross roads at midday died from the extreme heat ( Geography 15.3.10-11).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":17228,"verse_id":"EST.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew word בִּירָה ( birah ) can refer to a castle or palace or temple. Here it seems to have in mind that fortified part of the city that might be called an acropolis or citadel. Cf. KJV “palace”; NAB “stronghold”; NASB “capital”; NLT “fortress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":17229,"verse_id":"EST.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Due to the large numbers of people implied, some scholars suggest that the original text may have read “leaders of the army” (cf. NAB “Persian and Median aristocracy”; NASB “the army officers”; NIV “the military leaders”). However, there is no textual evidence for this emendation, and the large numbers are not necessarily improbable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":17230,"verse_id":"EST.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “many days” (so KJV, ASV); NASB, NRSV “for many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":17231,"verse_id":"EST.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The words “to be exact!” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation to bring out the clarifying nuance of the time period mentioned. Cf. KJV “even an hundred and fourscore days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":17232,"verse_id":"EST.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hebrew text of Esther does not indicate why this elaborate show of wealth and power was undertaken. According to the LXX these were “the days of the wedding” ( αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ γάμου , Jai Jhmerai tou gamou ), presumably the king’s wedding. However, a number of scholars have called attention to the fact that this celebration takes place just shortly before Xerxes’ invasion of Greece. It is possible that the banquet was a rallying for the up-coming military effort. See Herodotus, Histories 7.8. There is no reason to adopt the longer reading of the LXX here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":17233,"verse_id":"EST.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The LXX has ἕξ ( {ex , “six”) instead of “seven.” Virtually all English versions follow the reading of the MT here, “seven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":17234,"verse_id":"EST.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “were found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":17235,"verse_id":"EST.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “from the great and unto the small.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":17236,"verse_id":"EST.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The Hebrew noun מִטָּה ( mittah ) refers to a reclining couch (cf. KJV “beds”) spread with covers, cloth and pillow for feasting and carousing ( Ezek 23:41 ; Amos 3:12; 6:4 ; Esth 1:6; 7:8 ). See BDB 641-42 s.v.; HALOT 573 s.v.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":17237,"verse_id":"EST.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “to cause to drink” (Hiphil infinitive construct of שָׁקָה , shaqah ). As the etymology of the Hebrew word for “banquet” ( מִשְׁתֶּה , mishteh , from שָׁתָה , shatah , “to drink”) hints, drinking was a prominent feature of ancient Near Eastern banquets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":17238,"verse_id":"EST.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “the drinking was according to law; there was no one compelling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":17239,"verse_id":"EST.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “every chief of his house”; KJV “all the officers of his house”; NLT “his staff.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":17240,"verse_id":"EST.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “according to the desire of man and man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":17241,"verse_id":"EST.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “as the heart of the king was good with the wine.” Here the proper name (King Ahasuerus) has been substituted for the title in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":17242,"verse_id":"EST.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “King Ahasuerus”; here the proper name has been replaced by the pronoun “him” in the translation for stylistic reasons. Cf. similarly NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT “King Xerxes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":17243,"verse_id":"EST.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “was good of appearance”; KJV “was fair to look on”; NAB “was lovely to behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":17244,"verse_id":"EST.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “at the word of the king”; NASB “at the king’s command.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":17245,"verse_id":"EST.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “burned in him” (so KJV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":17246,"verse_id":"EST.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “judgment” (so KJV); NASB, NIV “justice”; NRSV “custom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":17247,"verse_id":"EST.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “seers of the face of the king”; NASB “who had access to the king’s presence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":17248,"verse_id":"EST.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “were sitting first”; NAB “held first rank in the realm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":17249,"verse_id":"EST.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"These words are not present in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity (cf. NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT, all of which supply similar phrases).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":17250,"verse_id":"EST.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"The location of the prepositional phrase “according to law” is somewhat unusual in the Hebrew text, but not so much so as to require emendation. Some scholars suggest deleting the phrase as an instance of dittography from the final part of the immediately preceding word in v. 14 . Others suggest taking the phrase with the end of v. 14 rather than with v. 15 . Both proposals, however, lack adequate justification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":17251,"verse_id":"EST.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “her neighbor”; NIV “someone else.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":17252,"verse_id":"EST.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “who is better than she.” The reference is apparently to worthiness of the royal position as demonstrated by compliance with the king’s wishes, although the word טוֹב ( tob , “good”) can also be used of physical beauty. Cf. NAB, NASB, NLT “more worthy than she.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":17253,"verse_id":"EST.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “heard”; KJV, NAB, NLT “published”; NIV, NRSV “proclaimed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":17254,"verse_id":"EST.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The phrase “vast though it is” is not included in the LXX, although it is retained by almost all English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":17255,"verse_id":"EST.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “in his house”; NIV “over his own household.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":17256,"verse_id":"EST.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"The final prepositional phrase is not included in the LXX, and this shorter reading is followed by a number of English versions (e.g., NAB, NRSV, NLT). Some scholars suggest the phrase may be the result of dittography from the earlier phrase “to each people according to its language,” but this is not a necessary conclusion. The edict was apparently intended to reassert male prerogative with regard to two things (and not just one): sovereign and unquestioned leadership within the family unit, and the right of deciding which language was to be used in the home when a bilingual situation existed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":17257,"verse_id":"EST.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “after these things” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV). The expression is very vague from a temporal standpoint, not indicating precisely just how much time might have elapsed. Cf. v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":17258,"verse_id":"EST.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “decreed” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV); TEV “and about his proclamation against her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":17259,"verse_id":"EST.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “young women, virgins, good of form.” The same phrase also occurs in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":17260,"verse_id":"EST.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the house of the women” (so KJV, ASV). So also in vv. 9, 11, 13, and 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":17261,"verse_id":"EST.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “their ointments”; cf. NIV, CEV, NLT “beauty treatments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":17262,"verse_id":"EST.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “who is good in the eyes of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":17263,"verse_id":"EST.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “the matter was good in the eyes of the king.” Cf. TEV “The king thought this was good advice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":17264,"verse_id":"EST.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":17265,"verse_id":"EST.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"According to HALOT 64 s.v. II אמן the term אֹמֵן (’ omen ) means: (1) “attendant” of children ( Num 11:12 ; Isa 49:23 ); (2) “guardian” ( 2 Kgs 10:1, 5 ; Esth 2:7 ); (3) “nurse-maid” ( 2 Sam 4:4 ; Ruth 4:16 ); and (4) “to look after” ( Isa 60:4 ; Lam 4:5 ). Older lexicons did not distinguish this root from the homonym I אָמַן (’ aman , “to support; to confirm”; cf. BDB 52 s.v. אָמַן ). This is reflected in a number of translations by use of a phrase like “brought up” (KJV, ASV, RSV, NIV) or “bringing up” (NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":17266,"verse_id":"EST.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “for there was not to her father or mother.” This is universally understood to mean Esther’s father and mother were no longer alive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":17267,"verse_id":"EST.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “beautiful of form.” The Hebrew noun תֹּאַר ( to ’ ar , “form; shape”) is used elsewhere to describe the physical bodily shape of a beautiful woman ( Gen 29:17 ; Deut 21:11 ; 1 Sam 25:3 ); see BDB 1061 s.v. Cf. TEV “had a good figure.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":17268,"verse_id":"EST.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “had taken her to him.” The Hebrew verb לָקַח ( laqakh , “to take”) describes Mordecai adopting Esther and treating her like his own daughter: “to take as one’s own property” as a daughter ( HALOT 534 s.v. I לקח 6).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":17269,"verse_id":"EST.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “were heard” (so NASB); NRSV “were (had been NIV) proclaimed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":17270,"verse_id":"EST.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “the house of the king.” So also in vv. 9, 13 . Cf. NLT “the king’s harem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":17271,"verse_id":"EST.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “was good in his eyes”; NLT “Hegai was very impressed with Esther.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":17272,"verse_id":"EST.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “being looked at (with favor).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":17273,"verse_id":"EST.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “of the house of the women” (so KJV, ASV). So also in vv. 11, 13, 14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":17274,"verse_id":"EST.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Cf. v. 20 , where the same phrase occurs but with the word order reversed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":17275,"verse_id":"EST.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “that she not tell” (NRSV similar); NASB “that she should not make them known.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":17276,"verse_id":"EST.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “to know the peace of Esther.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":17277,"verse_id":"EST.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"The LXX does not include the words “that were required for the women.” tn Heb “to be to her according to the law of the women”; NASB “under the regulations for the women.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":17278,"verse_id":"EST.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “second.” The numerical adjective שֵׁנִי ( sheniy , “second”) is difficult here. As a modifier for “house” in v. 14 the word would presumably refer to a second part of the harem, one which was under the supervision of a separate official. But in this case the definite article would be expected before “second” (cf. LXX τὸν δεύτερον , ton deuteron ). Some scholars emend the text to שֵׁנִית ( shenit , “a second time”), but this does not completely resolve the difficulty since the meaning remains unclear. The translation adopted above follows the LXX and understands the word to refer to a separate group of women in the king’s harem, a group housed apparently in a distinct part of the residence complex.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":17279,"verse_id":"EST.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"The LXX does not include the words “was pleased with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":17280,"verse_id":"EST.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “who had taken her to him as a daughter”; NRSV “who had adopted her as his own daughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":17281,"verse_id":"EST.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The Greek MSS Codex Alexandrinus (A) and Codex Vaticanus (B) read “twelfth” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":17282,"verse_id":"EST.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The Syriac Peshitta reads “fourth” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":17283,"verse_id":"EST.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “grace and loyal love.” The expression is probably a hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":17284,"verse_id":"EST.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The LXX does not include the words “more than all the other young women.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":17285,"verse_id":"EST.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “caused her to rule.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":17286,"verse_id":"EST.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The LXX does not include the words “and he provided for offerings at the king’s expense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":17287,"verse_id":"EST.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The LXX does not include the words “Now when the young women were being gathered again.” The Hebrew word שֵׁנִית ( shenit , “a second time”) is difficult in v. 19 , but apparently it refers to a subsequent regathering of the women to the harem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":17288,"verse_id":"EST.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"The LXX adds the words “to fear God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":17289,"verse_id":"EST.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"This individual is referred to as “Bigthana,” a variant spelling of the name, in Esth 6:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":17290,"verse_id":"EST.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"The LXX does not include the names “Bigthan and Teresh” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":17291,"verse_id":"EST.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “guarders of the threshold”; NIV “who guarded the doorway.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":17292,"verse_id":"EST.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “sought to send a hand against”; CEV “decided to kill.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A21/4"}
{"id":17293,"verse_id":"EST.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"The LXX simply reads “Esther” and does not include “the queen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":17294,"verse_id":"EST.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “they both were hanged.” The referent (the two eunuchs who conspired against the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":17295,"verse_id":"EST.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “on a pole”; KJV, ASV “on a tree.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":17296,"verse_id":"EST.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “after these things” (so KJV, ASV); NAB, NASB, NIV “After these events.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":17297,"verse_id":"EST.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “made great”; NAB “raised…to high rank”; NIV “honored.” sn The promotion of Haman in 3:1 for reasons unexplained contrasts noticeably with 2:19-23 , where Mordecai’s contribution to saving the king’s life goes unnoticed. The irony is striking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":17298,"verse_id":"EST.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “chair”; KJV, NRSV “seat”; NASB “established his authority.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":17299,"verse_id":"EST.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “and” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV). Other modern English versions leave the conjunction untranslated here (NAB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":17300,"verse_id":"EST.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “Will the matters of Mordecai stand?”; NASB “to see whether Mordecai’s reason would stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":17301,"verse_id":"EST.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “Haman.” The pronoun (“he”) was used in the translation for stylistic reasons. Repeating the proper name here is redundant according to contemporary English style, although the name is repeated in NASB and NRSV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":17302,"verse_id":"EST.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “to send a hand against”; KJV, NRSV “to lay hands on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":17303,"verse_id":"EST.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “they had related to him.” For stylistic reasons this has been translated as a passive construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":17304,"verse_id":"EST.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"The entire first half of the verse is not included in the LXX.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":17305,"verse_id":"EST.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"This parenthetical phrase is not included in the LXX. Some scholars emend the MT reading עַם (’ am , “people”) to עִם (’ im , “with”), arguing that the phrase is awkwardly placed and syntactically inappropriate. While there is some truth to their complaint, the MT makes sufficient sense to be acceptable here, and is followed by most English versions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":17306,"verse_id":"EST.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The term פּוּר ( pur , “lot”) is an Akkadian loanword; the narrator therefore explains it for his Hebrew readers (“that is, the lot”). It is from the plural form of this word (i.e., Purim ) that the festival celebrating the deliverance of the Jews takes its name (cf. 9:24, 26, 28, 31 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":17307,"verse_id":"EST.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"The LXX adds the following words: “in order to destroy in one day the race of Mordecai, and the lot fell on the fourteenth day of the month.” The LXX reading is included by NAB. tn Heb “from day to day and from month to month” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":17308,"verse_id":"EST.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"Since v. 7 seems to interrupt the flow of the narrative, many scholars have suggested that it is a late addition to the text. But there is not enough evidence to warrant such a conclusion. Even though its placement is somewhat awkward, the verse supplies to the reader an important piece of chronological information.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":17309,"verse_id":"EST.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “one people.” Note the subtle absence at this point of a specific mention of the Jewish people by name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":17310,"verse_id":"EST.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “peoples” (so NASB, NIV); NAB “nations”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":17311,"verse_id":"EST.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “to cause them to rest”; NASB “to let them remain”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “to tolerate them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":17312,"verse_id":"EST.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “If upon the king it is good”; KJV “If it please the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":17313,"verse_id":"EST.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “let it be written” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “let it be decreed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":17314,"verse_id":"EST.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the silver is given to you”; NRSV “the money is given to you”; CEV “You can keep their money.” C. A. Moore ( Esther [AB], 40) understands these words somewhat differently, taking them to imply acceptance of the money on Xerxes’ part. He translates, “Well, it’s your money.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":17315,"verse_id":"EST.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “according to what is good in your eyes”; NASB “do with them as you please.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":17316,"verse_id":"EST.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “secretaries” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":17317,"verse_id":"EST.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “princes” (so NLT); CEV “highest officials.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":17318,"verse_id":"EST.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The words “stating that” are not in the Hebrew text but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":17319,"verse_id":"EST.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “children and women.” The translation follows contemporary English idiom, which reverses the order.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":17320,"verse_id":"EST.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"The LXX does not include the words “on the thirteenth day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":17321,"verse_id":"EST.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “peoples” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":17322,"verse_id":"EST.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “runners.” So also in 8:10, 14 . Cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “couriers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":17323,"verse_id":"EST.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “went forth in haste” (so ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":17324,"verse_id":"EST.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “with the word of the king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":17325,"verse_id":"EST.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “Mordecai.” The pronoun (“he”) was used in the translation for stylistic reasons. A repetition of the proper name here is redundant in terms of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":17326,"verse_id":"EST.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":17327,"verse_id":"EST.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “reached” (so NAB, NLT); KJV, NASB, NIV “came”; TEV “wherever the king’s proclamation was made known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":17328,"verse_id":"EST.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “great” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “the Jews went into deep mourning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":17329,"verse_id":"EST.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “were spread to many”; KJV, NIV “many (+ people NLT) lay in sackcloth and ashes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":17330,"verse_id":"EST.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"The words “about Mordecai’s behavior” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in translation for the sake of clarity. Cf. NIV, NLT “about Mordecai”; TEV, CEV “what Mordecai was doing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":17331,"verse_id":"EST.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “whom he caused to stand before her”; NASB “whom the king had appointed to attend her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":17332,"verse_id":"EST.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “concerning Mordecai, to know what this was, and why this was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":17333,"verse_id":"EST.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “given” (so KJV); NASB, NRSV, TEV, NLT “issued”; NIV “published”; NAB “promulgated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":17334,"verse_id":"EST.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “the words of Mordecai” (so KJV); NIV, NRSV, CEV “what Mordecai had said”; NLT “with Mordecai’s message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":17335,"verse_id":"EST.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “one is his law”; NASB “he (the king NIV) has but one law”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":17336,"verse_id":"EST.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “and he will live”; KJV, ASV “that he may live”; NIV “and spare his life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":17337,"verse_id":"EST.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “the words of Esther”; TEV, NLT “Esther’s message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":17338,"verse_id":"EST.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “Mordecai.” The pronoun (“he”) was used in the translation for stylistic reasons. A repetition of the proper name here is redundant in terms of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":17339,"verse_id":"EST.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “from all the Jews”; KJV “more than all the Jews”; NIV “you alone of all the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":17340,"verse_id":"EST.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “stand”; KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT “arise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":17341,"verse_id":"EST.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “place” (so KJV, NIV, NLT); NRSV “from another quarter.” This is probably an oblique reference to help coming from God. D. J. A. Clines disagrees; in his view a contrast between deliverance by Esther and deliverance by God is inappropriate ( Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther [NCBC], 302). But Clines’ suggestion that perhaps the reference is to deliverance by Jewish officials or by armed Jewish revolt is less attractive than seeing this veiled reference as part of the literary strategy of the book, which deliberately keeps God’s providential dealings entirely in the background.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":17342,"verse_id":"EST.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “And who knows whether” (so NASB). The question is one of hope, but free of presumption. Cf. Jonah 3:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A14/4"}
{"id":17343,"verse_id":"EST.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “I and my female attendants.” The translation reverses the order for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":17344,"verse_id":"EST.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “which is not according to the law” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “contrary to the law.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":17345,"verse_id":"EST.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “of the house of the king”; NASB, NRSV “of the king’s palace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":17346,"verse_id":"EST.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “the house of the king”; NASB “the king’s rooms”; NIV, NLT “the king’s hall.” This expression is used twice in this verse. In the first instance, it is apparently the larger palace complex that is in view, whereas in the second instance the expression seems to refer specifically to the quarters from which the king governed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":17347,"verse_id":"EST.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “the entrance of the house” (so ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":17348,"verse_id":"EST.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “she obtained grace in his eyes”; NASB “she obtained favor in his sight”; NIV “he was pleased with her”; NLT “he welcomed her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":17349,"verse_id":"EST.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “What to you?”; NAB, NIV NRSV “What is it, Queen Esther?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":17350,"verse_id":"EST.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “If upon the king it is good”; NASB “If it please the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":17351,"verse_id":"EST.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “answered and said.” This is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":17352,"verse_id":"EST.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “if upon the king it is good.” Cf. the similar expression in v. 4 , which also occurs in 7:3; 8:5; 9:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":17353,"verse_id":"EST.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “and tomorrow” (so NASB); NAB, NRSV “and then.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":17354,"verse_id":"EST.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “I will do according to the word of the king,” i.e., answer the question that he has posed. Cf. NCV “Then I will answer your question about what I want.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":17355,"verse_id":"EST.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “happy and good of heart”; NASB “glad and pleased of heart”; NIV “happy and in high spirits.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":17356,"verse_id":"EST.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “tremble from before him”; NIV “nor showed fear in his presence”; TEV “or show any sign of respect as he passed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":17357,"verse_id":"EST.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “sent and brought.” The expression is probably a hendiadys (a figure of speech in which a single idea is expressed through two words or phrases), in which case the two verbs could be translated simply as “summoned” (so NAB) or “sent for” (NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":17358,"verse_id":"EST.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “the glory of his riches” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “the splendor of his riches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":17359,"verse_id":"EST.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “caused to come”; KJV “did let no man come in…but myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":17360,"verse_id":"EST.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “called to her”; KJV “invited unto her”; NAB “I am to be her guest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":17361,"verse_id":"EST.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Haman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":17362,"verse_id":"EST.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “fifty cubits.” Assuming a standard length for the cubit of about 18 inches (45 cm), this would be about seventy-five feet (22.5 meters), which is a surprisingly tall height for the gallows. Perhaps the number assumes the gallows was built on a large supporting platform or a natural hill for visual effect, in which case the structure itself may have been considerably smaller. Cf. NCV “a seventy-five foot platform”; CEV “a tower built about seventy-five feet high.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":17363,"verse_id":"EST.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “joyful”; NRSV “in good spirits”; TEV “happy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":17364,"verse_id":"EST.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “and the sleep of the king fled.” In place of the rather innocuous comment of the Hebrew text, the LXX reads here, “And the Lord removed the sleep from the king.” The Greek text thus understands the statement in a more overtly theological way than does the Hebrew text, although even in the Hebrew text there may be a hint of God’s providence at work in this matter. After all, this event is crucial to the later reversal of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jewish people, and a sympathetic reader is likely to look beyond the apparent coincidence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":17365,"verse_id":"EST.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “the book of the remembrances of the accounts of the days”; NAB “the chronicle of notable events.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":17366,"verse_id":"EST.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the records) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":17367,"verse_id":"EST.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"This individual is referred to as “Bigthan,” a variant spelling of the name, in Esth 2:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":17368,"verse_id":"EST.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “to send a hand against”; NASB “had sought to lay hands on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":17369,"verse_id":"EST.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “honor and greatness.” The expression is a hendiadys (see the note on 5:10 for an explanation of this figure).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":17370,"verse_id":"EST.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “said in his heart” (so ASV); NASB, NRSV “said to himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":17371,"verse_id":"EST.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The final comment (“one on whose head the royal crown has been”) is not included in the LXX. tn Heb “a royal crown on his head.” The reference is to an official decoration or headdress for horses in royal service. See HALOT 506 s.v. כֶּתֶר ; DCH 4:477 s.v. כֶּתֶר . Cf. TEV “a royal ornament”; CEV “a fancy headdress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":17372,"verse_id":"EST.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The present translation reads with the LXX וְהִלְבִּישׁוֹ ( vÿhilbisho , “and he will clothe him”) rather than the reading of the MT וְהִלְבִּישׁוּ ( vÿhilbishu , “and they will clothe”). The reading of the LXX is also followed by NAB, NRSV, TEV, CEV, and NLT. Likewise, the later verbs in this verse (“cause him to ride” and “call”) are better taken as singulars rather than plurals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":17373,"verse_id":"EST.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “and let them call” (see the previous note).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":17374,"verse_id":"EST.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “do not let fall”; NASB “do not fall short.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":17375,"verse_id":"EST.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Part of the Greek tradition and the Syriac Peshitta understand this word as “friends,” probably reading the Hebrew term רֲכָמָיו ( rakhamayv , “his friends”) rather than the reading of the MT חֲכָמָיו ( hakhamayv , “his wise men”). Cf. NLT “all his friends”; the two readings appear to be conflated by TEV as “those wise friends of his.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":17376,"verse_id":"EST.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “from the seed of the Jews”; KJV, ASV similar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":17377,"verse_id":"EST.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “to drink”; NASB “to drink wine.” The expression is a metaphor for lavish feasting, cf. NRSV “to feast”; KJV “to banquet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":17378,"verse_id":"EST.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “If I have found grace in your eyes” (so also in 8:5 ); TEV “If it please Your Majesty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":17379,"verse_id":"EST.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The second occurrence of the Hebrew verb וַיּאמֶר ( vayyo ’ mer , “and he said”) in the MT should probably be disregarded. The repetition is unnecessary in the context and may be the result of dittography in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":17380,"verse_id":"EST.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “has so filled his heart”; NAB “who has dared to do this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":17381,"verse_id":"EST.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “for he saw that calamity was determined for him from the king”; NAB “the king had decided on his doom”; NRSV “the king had determined to destroy him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":17382,"verse_id":"EST.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “falling”; NAB, NRSV “had (+ just TEV) thrown himself (+ down TEV).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":17383,"verse_id":"EST.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “where Esther was” (so KJV, NASB). The term “lying” has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons; cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “was reclining.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":17384,"verse_id":"EST.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “fifty cubits.” See the note on this expression in Esth 5:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":17385,"verse_id":"EST.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV; also in vv. 2, 7 ). Cf. TEV “all the property.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":17386,"verse_id":"EST.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “Esther.” The pronoun (“she”) was used in the translation for stylistic reasons. A repetition of the proper name is redundant here in terms of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":17387,"verse_id":"EST.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The LXX does not include the expression “the Agagite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":17388,"verse_id":"EST.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “my kindred” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NAB “my race”; NIV “my family”; NLT “my people and my family.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":17389,"verse_id":"EST.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “sent forth his hand”; NAB, NIV “attacked”; NLT “tried to destroy.” Cf. 9:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":17390,"verse_id":"EST.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “in that time”; NIV “At once.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":17391,"verse_id":"EST.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “it was written”; this passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":17392,"verse_id":"EST.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “Cush” (so NIV), referring to the region of the upper Nile in Africa. Cf. KJV and most other English versions “Ethiopia.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":17393,"verse_id":"EST.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (Mordecai) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":17394,"verse_id":"EST.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “children and women.” As in 3:13 , the translation follows contemporary English idiom, which reverses the order.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":17395,"verse_id":"EST.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “this” (so NASB); most English versions read “that” here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":17396,"verse_id":"EST.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “making haste and hurrying”; KJV, ASV “being hastened and pressed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":17397,"verse_id":"EST.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “shouted and rejoiced.” The expression is a hendiadys (see the note on 5:10 for an explanation of this figure).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":17398,"verse_id":"EST.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “light and gladness and joy and honor” (so NASB). The present translation understands the four terms to be a double hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":17399,"verse_id":"EST.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “peoples of the land” (so NASB); NIV “people of other nationalities”; NRSV “peoples of the country.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":17400,"verse_id":"EST.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “were becoming Jews”; NAB “embraced Judaism.” However, the Hitpael stem of the verb is sometimes used of a feigning action rather than a genuine one (see, e.g., 2 Sam 13:5, 6 ), which is the way the present translation understands the use of the word here (cf. NEB “professed themselves Jews”; NRSV “professed to be Jews”). This is the only occurrence of this verb in the Hebrew Bible, so there are no exact parallels. However, in the context of v. 17 the motivation of their conversion ( Heb “the fear of the Jews had fallen upon them”) should not be overlooked. The LXX apparently understood the conversion described here to be genuine, since it adds the words “they were being circumcised and” before “they became Jews.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":17401,"verse_id":"EST.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “had fallen upon them” (so NRSV); NIV “had seized them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":17402,"verse_id":"EST.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “great”; NRSV “powerful”; NIV “prominent”; NCV “very important.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":17403,"verse_id":"EST.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “the man Mordecai” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":17404,"verse_id":"EST.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"For this number much of the Greek MS tradition reads “fifteen thousand.” The Lucianic Greek recension reads “70,100.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":17405,"verse_id":"EST.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":17406,"verse_id":"EST.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Haman) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":17407,"verse_id":"EST.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"The LXX and the Syriac Peshitta omit the word “second.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":17408,"verse_id":"EST.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"The present translation is based on the Niphal form וַיּשָּׁלַח ( vayyishalakh , “were sent”; so also NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT) rather than the reading of the MT וַיּשְׁלַח ( vayyishlakh , Qal, “and he sent”). The subject of the MT verb would have to be Mordecai (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV), but this is problematic in light of v. 29 , where both Esther and Mordecai are responsible for the letters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":17409,"verse_id":"EST.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"Heb “peace and truth.” The expression is probably a hendiadys (see the note on 5:10 for an explanation of this figure).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":17410,"verse_id":"EST.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Heb “written in the book” (so NASB); NIV, NLT “written down in the records”; NRSV “recorded in writing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":17411,"verse_id":"EST.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “great among the Jews” (so KJV, NASB); NIV “preeminent among the Jews”; NRSV “powerful among the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":17412,"verse_id":"EST.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “brothers”; NASB “kinsmen”; NIV “fellow Jews.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":17413,"verse_id":"EST.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “he was seeking”; NAB “as the promoter of his people’s welfare.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":17414,"verse_id":"EST.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EST","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “he was speaking peace to”; NRSV “and interceded for the welfare of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Esther%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":17415,"verse_id":"JOB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew construction is literally “a man was,” using אִישׁ הָיָה (’ ish hayah ) rather than a preterite first. This simply begins the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":17416,"verse_id":"JOB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"In Hebrew the defining relative clause (“whose name was Job”) is actually an asyndetic verbless noun-clause placed in apposition to the substantive (“a man”); see GKC 486 §155. e .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":17417,"verse_id":"JOB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"The word תָּם ( tam ) has been translated “perfect” (so KJV, ASV). The verbal root תָּמַם ( tamam ) means “to be blameless, complete.” The word is found in Gen 25:27 where it describes Jacob as “even-tempered.” It also occurs in Ps 64:5 ( 64:4 ET) and Prov 29:10 . The meaning is that a person or a thing is complete, perfect, flawless. It does not mean that he was sinless, but that he was wholeheartedly trying to please God, that he had integrity and was blameless before God.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":17418,"verse_id":"JOB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"The word יָשָׁר ( yashar , “upright”) is complementary to “blameless.” The idea is “upright, just,” and applies to his relationships with others ( Ps 37:37 and 25:21 ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":17419,"verse_id":"JOB.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The verb begins the sentence: “and there were born.” This use of the preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive, especially after the verb הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”), is explanatory: there was a man…and there was born to him…” ( IBHS 551-52 §33.2.2b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":17420,"verse_id":"JOB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The word means “cattle, livestock, possessions” (see also Gen 26:14 ). Here it includes the livestock, but also the entire substance of his household.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":17421,"verse_id":"JOB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “amounted to,” “totaled.” The preterite of הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”) is sometimes employed to introduce a total amount or an inventory (see Exod 1:5 ; Num 3:43 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":17422,"verse_id":"JOB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The word עֲבֻדָּה (’ avuddah , “service of household servants”) indicates that he had a very large body of servants, meaning a very large household.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":17423,"verse_id":"JOB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and that man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":17424,"verse_id":"JOB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"The expression is literally “sons of the east.” The use of the genitive after “sons” in this construction may emphasize their nature (like “sons of belial”); it would refer to them as easterners (like “sons of the south” in contemporary American English). BDB 869 s.v. קֶדֶם says “dwellers in the east.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":17425,"verse_id":"JOB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The perfect verb with the ו ( vav ), וְהָלְכוּ ( vÿhalÿkhu , “they went”) indicates their characteristic action, actions that were frequently repeated (GKC 335-36 §112. dd ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":17426,"verse_id":"JOB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “make a feast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":17427,"verse_id":"JOB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"The sense is cryptic; it literally says “house – a man – his day.” The word “house” is an adverbial accusative of place: “in the house.” “Man” is the genitive; it also has a distributive sense: “in the house of each man.” And “his day” is an adverbial accusative: “on his day.” The point is that they feasted every day of the week in rotation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":17428,"verse_id":"JOB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The use of קָרָא ( qara ’, “to call, invite”) followed by the ל ( lamed ) usually has the force of “to summon.” Here the meaning would not be so commanding, but would refer to an invitation (see also 1 Kgs 1:19, 25, 26 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":17429,"verse_id":"JOB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Normally cardinal numerals tend to disagree in gender with the numbered noun. In v. 2 “three daughters” consists of the masculine numeral followed by the feminine noun. However, here “three sisters” consists of the feminine numeral followed by the feminine noun. The distinction appears to be that the normal disagreement between numeral and noun when the intent is merely to fix the number (3 daughters as opposed to 2 or 4 daughters). However, when a particular, previously known group is indicated, the numeral tends to agree with the noun in gender. A similar case occurs in Gen 3:13 (“three wives” of Noah’s sons).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":17430,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The verse begins with the temporal indicator “and it happened” or “and it came to pass,” which need not be translated. The particle כִּי ( ki , “when”) with the initial verbal form indicates it is a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":17431,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The verb is the Hiphil perfect of נָקַף ( naqaf , “go around”), here it means “to make the round” or “complete the circuit” (BDB 668-69 s.v. II נָקַף Hiph). It indicates that when the feasting had made its circuit of the seven sons, then Job would sanctify them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":17432,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The form is a preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive. The same emphasis on repeated or frequent action continues here in this verse. The idea here is that Job would send for them , because the sanctification of them would have consisted of washings and changes of garments as well as the sacrifices (see Gen 35:2 ; 1 Sam 16:5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":17433,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “purify.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":17434,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The first verb could also be joined with the next to form a verbal hendiadys: “he would rise early and he would sacrifice” would then simply be “he would sacrifice early in the morning” (see M. Delcor, “Quelques cas de survivances du vocabulaire nomade en hébreu biblique,” VT 25 [1975]: 307-22). This section serves to explain in more detail how Job sanctified his children. sn In the patriarchal society it was normal for the father to act as priest for the family, making the sacrifices as needed. Job here is exceptional in his devotion to the duty. The passage shows the balance between the greatest earthly rejoicing by the family, and the deepest piety and affection of the father.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":17435,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"The text does not have “according to”; the noun “number” is an accusative that defines the extent of his actions (GKC 373-74 §118. e , h ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":17436,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.5","text":"The clause stands as an accusative to the verb, here as the direct object introduced with “perhaps” ( IBHS 645-46 §38.8d).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/7"}
{"id":17437,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “sons,” but since the three daughters are specifically mentioned in v. 4 , “children” has been used in the translation. In this patriarchal culture, however, it is possible that only the sons are in view.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/8"}
{"id":17438,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hebrew verb is בָּרַךְ ( barakh ), which means “to bless.” Here is a case where the writer or a scribe has substituted the word “curse” with the word “bless” to avoid having the expression “curse God.” For similar euphemisms in the ancient world, see K. A. Kitchen, Ancient Orient and Old Testament , 166. It is therefore difficult to know exactly what Job feared they might have done. The opposite of “bless” would be “curse,” which normally would convey disowning or removing from blessing. Some commentators try to offer a definition of “curse” from the root in the text, and noting that “curse” is too strong, come to something like “renounce.” The idea of blaspheming is probably not meant; rather, in their festivities they may have said things that renounced God or their interest in him. Job feared this momentary turning away from God in their festivities, perhaps as they thought their good life was more important than their religion.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/9"}
{"id":17439,"verse_id":"JOB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.5","text":"The imperfect expresses continual action in past time, i.e., a customary imperfect (GKC 315 §107. e ).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A5/10"}
{"id":17440,"verse_id":"JOB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The beginning Hebrew expression “and there was – the day” indicates that “there came a day when” or more simply “the day came when.” It emphasizes the particular day. The succeeding clause is then introduced with a preterite with the with vav ( ו ) consecutive (see E. Dhorme, Job , 5).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":17441,"verse_id":"JOB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"The preposition עַל (’ al ) in this construction after a verb of standing or going means “before” (GKC 383 §119. cc ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":17442,"verse_id":"JOB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The imperfect may be classified as progressive imperfect; it indicates action that although just completed is regarded as still lasting into the present (GKC 316 §107. h ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":17443,"verse_id":"JOB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “answered the Lord and said” (also in v. 9 ). The words “and said” here and in v. 9 have not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":17444,"verse_id":"JOB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The verb שׁוּט ( shut ) means “to go or rove about” (BDB 1001-2 s.v.). Here the infinitive construct serves as the object of the preposition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":17445,"verse_id":"JOB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"The Hitpael (here also an infinitive construct after the preposition) of the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ) means “to walk to and fro, back and forth, with the sense of investigating or reconnoitering (see e.g. Gen 13:17 ). sn As the words are spoken by Satan, there is no self-condemnation in them. What they signify is the swiftness and thoroughness of his investigation of humans. The good angels are said to go to and fro in the earth on behalf of the suffering righteous ( Zech 1:10, 11; 6:7 ), but Satan goes seeking whom he may devour ( 1 Pet 5:8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":17446,"verse_id":"JOB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The Hebrew has “have you placed your heart on Job?” This means “direct your mind to” (cf. BDB 963 s.v. I שׂוּם 2.b). sn The question is undoubtedly rhetorical, for it is designed to make Satan aware of Job as God extols his fine qualities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":17447,"verse_id":"JOB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The Hebrew conjunction כִּי ( ki ) need not be translated in this case or it might be taken as emphatic (cf. IBHS 665 §39.3.4e): “Certainly there is no one like him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":17448,"verse_id":"JOB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"The same expressions that appeared at the beginning of the chapter appear here in the words of God. In contrast to that narrative report about Job, the emphasis here is on Job’s present character, and so the participle form is translated here asa gnomic or characteristic present (“turns”). It modifies “man” as one who is turning from evil.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":17449,"verse_id":"JOB.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The Hebrew form has the interrogative ה ( he ) on the adverb חִנָּם ( khinnam , “gratis”), a derivative either of the verb חָנַן ( khanan , “to be gracious, show favor”), or its related noun חֵן ( khen , “grace, favor”). The adverb has the sense of “free; gratis; gratuitously; for nothing; for no reason” (see BDB 336 s.v. חִנָּם ). The idea is that Satan does not disagree that Job is pious, but that Job is loyal to God because of what he receives from God. He will test the sincerity of Job.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":17450,"verse_id":"JOB.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The use of the independent personal pronoun here emphasizes the subject of the verb: “Have you not put up a hedge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":17451,"verse_id":"JOB.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The verb שׂוּךְ ( sukh ) means “to hedge or fence up, about” something (BDB 962 s.v. I שׂוּךְ ). The original idea seems to have been to surround with a wall of thorns for the purpose of protection (E. Dhorme, Job , 7). The verb is an implied comparison between making a hedge and protecting someone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":17452,"verse_id":"JOB.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “substance.” The herds of livestock may be taken by metonymy of part for whole to represent possessions or prosperity in general.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":17453,"verse_id":"JOB.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"The verb פָּרַץ ( parats ) means “to break through.” It has the sense of abundant increase, as in breaking out, overflowing (see also Gen 30:30 and Exod 1:12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":17454,"verse_id":"JOB.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The particle אוּלָם (’ ulam , “but”) serves to restrict the clause in relation to the preceding clause ( IBHS 671-73 §39.3.5e, n. 107).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":17455,"verse_id":"JOB.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The force of the imperatives in this sentence are almost conditional – if God were to do this, then surely Job would respond differently. sn The two imperatives (“stretch out” and “strike”) and the word “hand” all form a bold anthropomorphic sentence. It is as if God would deliver a blow to Job with his fist. But the intended meaning is that God would intervene to destroy Job’s material and physical prosperity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":17456,"verse_id":"JOB.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"See the comments on Job 1:5 . Here too the idea of “renounce” may fit well enough; but the idea of actually cursing God may not be out of the picture if everything Job has is removed. Satan thinks he will denounce God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":17457,"verse_id":"JOB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) introduces a foundational clause upon which the following volitional clause is based.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":17458,"verse_id":"JOB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The versions add a verb here: “delivered to” or “abandoned to” the hand of Satan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":17459,"verse_id":"JOB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “in your hand.” The idiom means that it is now Satan’s to do with as he pleases.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":17460,"verse_id":"JOB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"The Hebrew word order emphatically holds out Job’s person as the exception: “only upon him do not stretch forth your hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":17461,"verse_id":"JOB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"The Targum to Job adds “with permission” to show that he was granted leave from God’s presence.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":17462,"verse_id":"JOB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"The Targum to Job clarifies that it was the first day of the week. The fact that it was in the house of the firstborn is the reason.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":17463,"verse_id":"JOB.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The use of the verb “to be” with the participle gives emphasis to the continuing of the action in the past (GKC 360 §116. r ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":17464,"verse_id":"JOB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The LXX has “the spoilers spoiled them” instead of “the Sabeans swooped down.” The translators might have connected the word to שְָׁבָה ( shavah , “to take captive”) rather than שְׁבָא ( shÿva ’, “Sabeans”), or they may have understood the name as general reference to all types of Bedouin invaders from southern Arabia ( HALOT 1381 s.v. שְׁבָא 2.c). sn The name “Sheba” is used to represent its inhabitants, or some of them. The verb is feminine because the name is a place name. The Sabeans were a tribe from the Arabian peninsula. They were traders mostly ( 6:19 ). The raid came from the south, suggesting that this band of Sabeans were near Edom. The time of the attack seems to be winter since the oxen were plowing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":17465,"verse_id":"JOB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"The Hebrew is simply “fell” (from נָפַל , nafal ). To “fall upon” something in war means to attack quickly and suddenly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":17466,"verse_id":"JOB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “the edge/mouth of the sword”; see T. J. Meek, “Archaeology and a Point of Hebrew Syntax,” BASOR 122 (1951): 31-33.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":17467,"verse_id":"JOB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.15","text":"The pleonasms in the verse emphasize the emotional excitement of the messenger.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A15/5"}
{"id":17468,"verse_id":"JOB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The particle עוֹד (’ od , “still”) is used with the participle to express the past circumstances when something else happened ( IBHS 625-26 §37.6d).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":17469,"verse_id":"JOB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"The Hebrew expression is literally “yet/this/speaking/and this/ arrived.” The sentence uses the two demonstratives as a contrasting pair. It means “this one was still speaking when that one arrived” ( IBHS 308-9 §17.3c). The word “messenger” has been supplied in the translation in vv. 16, 17, and 18 for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":17470,"verse_id":"JOB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “from the sky.” The Hebrew word שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven[s]” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":17471,"verse_id":"JOB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The verb פָּשַׁט ( pashat ) means “to hurl themselves” upon something (see Judg 9:33, 41 ). It was a quick, plundering raid to carry off the camels.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":17472,"verse_id":"JOB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “with the edge/mouth of the sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":17473,"verse_id":"JOB.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"The use of the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) in this sentence is deictic, pointing out with excitement the events that happened as if the listener was there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":17474,"verse_id":"JOB.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The word מֵעֵבֶר ( me ’ ever ) is simply “from the direction of”; the word עֵבֶר (’ ever ) indicates the area the whirlwind came across.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":17475,"verse_id":"JOB.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The verb וַיָּקָם ( vayyaqom , “and he arose”) indicates the intentionality and the rapidity of the actions to follow. It signals the beginning of his response to the terrible news. Therefore, the sentence could be translated, “Then Job immediately began to tear his robe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":17476,"verse_id":"JOB.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.20","text":"wah ,” OTS (1977): 41-55.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A20/4"}
{"id":17477,"verse_id":"JOB.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The adjective “naked” is functioning here as an adverbial accusative of state, explicative of the state of the subject. While it does include the literal sense of nakedness at birth, Job is also using it symbolically to mean “without possessions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":17478,"verse_id":"JOB.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"The two verbs are simple perfects. (1) They can be given the nuance of gnomic imperfect, expressing what the sovereign God always does. This is the approach taken in the present translation. Alternatively (2) they could be referring specifically to Job’s own experience: “Yahweh gave [definite past, referring to his coming into this good life] and Yahweh has taken away” [present perfect, referring to his great losses]. Many English versions follow the second alternative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":17479,"verse_id":"JOB.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The last clause is difficult to translate. It simply reads, “and he did not give unseemliness to God.” The word תִּפְלָה ( tiflah ) means “unsavoriness” or “unseemliness” in a moral sense. The sense is that Job did not charge God with any moral impropriety in his dealings with him. God did nothing worthless or tasteless. The ancient versions saw the word connected with “foolishness” or “stupidity” ( תָּפֵל , tafel , “to be tasteless”). It is possible that “folly” would capture some of what Job meant here. See also M. Dahood, “Hebrew-Ugaritic Lexicography XII,” Bib 55 (1974): 381-93.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":17480,"verse_id":"JOB.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"This last purpose clause has been omitted in some Greek versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":17481,"verse_id":"JOB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “answered the Lord and said” (also in v. 4 ). The words “and said” here and in v. 9 have not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":17482,"verse_id":"JOB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"See the note on this phrase in 1:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":17483,"verse_id":"JOB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The form is the Hiphil participle, “make strong, seize, hold fast.” It is the verbal use here; joined with עֹדֶנּוּ (’ odennu , “yet he”) it emphasizes that “he is still holding firmly.” The testing has simply strengthened Job in his integrity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":17484,"verse_id":"JOB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"This is the same word used to describe Job as “blameless, pure.” Here it carries the idea of “integrity”; Job remained blameless, perfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":17485,"verse_id":"JOB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The vav ( ו ) with the preterite is used here to express the logical conclusion or consequence of what was stated previously. God is saying that Job has maintained his integrity, so that now it is clear that Satan moved against him groundlessly (GKC 328 §111. l ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":17486,"verse_id":"JOB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"The verb literally means “to swallow”; it forms an implied comparison in the line, indicating the desire of Satan to ruin him completely. See A Guillaume, “A Note on the Root bala` ,” JTS 13 (1962): 320-23; and N. M. Sarna, “Epic Substratum in the Prose of Job,” JBL 76 (1957): 13-25, for a discussion of the Ugaritic deity Mot swallowing up the enemy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":17487,"verse_id":"JOB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The form is the simply preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive. However, the speech of Satan is in contrast to what God said, even though in narrative sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":17488,"verse_id":"JOB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The preposition בְּעַד ( bÿ ’ ad ) designates interest or advantage arising from the idea of protection for (“for the benefit of”); see IBHS 201-2 §11.2.7a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":17489,"verse_id":"JOB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"The LXX has “make full payment, pay a full price” (LSJ 522 s.v. ἐκτίνω ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":17490,"verse_id":"JOB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Indeed, all that a man has he will give for his life.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":17491,"verse_id":"JOB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The particle הִנּוֹ ( hinno ) is literally, “here he is!” God presents Job to Satan, with the restriction on preserving Job’s life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":17492,"verse_id":"JOB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The LXX has “I deliver him up to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":17493,"verse_id":"JOB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":17494,"verse_id":"JOB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The verb is נָכָה ( nakhah , “struck, smote”); it can be rendered in this context as “afflicted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":17495,"verse_id":"JOB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “crown.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":17496,"verse_id":"JOB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The verb גָּרַד ( garad ) is a hapax legomenon (only occurring here). Modern Hebrew has retained a meaning “to scrape,” which is what the cognate Syriac and Arabic indicate. In the Hitpael it would mean “scrape himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":17497,"verse_id":"JOB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The construction uses the disjunctive vav ( ו ) with the independent pronoun with the active participle. The construction connects this clause with what has just been said, making this a circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":17498,"verse_id":"JOB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The versions have some information here that is interesting, albeit fanciful. The Targum calls her “Dinah.” The LXX has “when a long time had passed.” But the whole rendering of the LXX is paraphrastic: “How long will you hold out, saying, ‘Behold, I wait yet a little while, expecting the hope of my deliverance?’ for behold, your memorial is abolished from the earth, even your sons and daughters, the pangs and pains of my womb which I bore in vain with sorrows, and you yourself sit down to spend the night in the open air among the corruption of worms, and I am a wanderer and a servant from place to place and house to house, waiting for the setting sun, that I may rest from my labors and pains that now beset me, but say some word against the Lord and die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":17499,"verse_id":"JOB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"The verb is literally בָּרַךְ , ( barakh , “bless”). As in the earlier uses, the meaning probably has more to do with renouncing God than of speaking a curse. The actual word may be taken as a theological euphemism for the verb קִלֵּל ( qillel , “curse”). If Job’s wife had meant that he was trying to justify himself rather than God, “bless God” might be translated “speak well of God,” the resolution accepted by God in 42:7-8 following Job’s double confession of having spoken wrongly of God ( 40:3-5; 42:1-6 ). sn The church fathers were quick to see here again the role of the wife in the temptation – she acts as the intermediary between Satan and Job, pressing the cause for him. However, Job’s wife has been demonized falsely. Job did not say that she was a foolish woman, only that she was speaking like one of them ( 2:10 ). Also, Job did not exclude her from sharing in his suffering (“should we receive”). He evidently recognized that her words were the result of her personal loss and pain as well as the desire to see her husband’s suffering ended. When God gave instructions for the restoration of Job’s friends because of their foolish words ( 42:7-9 ), no mention is made of any need for Job’s wife to be restored.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":17500,"verse_id":"JOB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"The imperative with the conjunction in this expression serves to express the certainty that will follow as the result or consequence of the previous imperative (GKC 324-25 §110. f ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":17501,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “he said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":17502,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The word “foolish” ( נָבָל , naval ) has to do with godlessness more than silliness ( Ps 14:1 ). To be foolish in this sense is to deny the nature and the work of God in life its proper place. See A. Phillips, “NEBALA – A Term for Serious Disorderly Unruly Conduct,” VT 25 (1975): 237-41; and W. M. W. Roth, “NBL,” VT 10 (1960): 394-409.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":17503,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"The verb קִבֵּל ( qibbel ) means “to accept, receive.” It is attested in the Amarna letters with the meaning “receive meekly, patiently.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":17504,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"The adverb גָּם ( gam , “also, even”) is placed here before the first clause, but belongs with the second. It intensifies the idea (see GKC 483 §153). See also C. J. Labuschagne, “The Emphasizing Particle GAM and Its Connotations,” Studia Biblica et Semitica , 193-203.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":17505,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.10","text":"The two verbs in this sentence, Piel imperfects, are deliberative imperfects; they express the reasoning or deliberating in the interrogative sentences.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/5"}
{"id":17506,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.10","text":"A question need not be introduced by an interrogative particle or adverb. The natural emphasis on the words is enough to indicate it is a question (GKC 473 §150. a ). sn The Hebrew words טוֹב ( tov , “good”) and רַע ( ra ’, “evil”) have to do with what affects life. That which is good benefits people because it produces, promotes and protects life; that which is evil brings calamity and disaster, it harms, pains, or destroys life.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/6"}
{"id":17507,"verse_id":"JOB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “sin with his lips,” an idiom meaning he did not sin by what he said.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A10/7"}
{"id":17508,"verse_id":"JOB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “a man from his place”; this is the distributive use, meaning “each man came from his place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":17509,"verse_id":"JOB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"The verb can mean that they “agreed together”; but it also (and more likely) means that they came together at a meeting point to go visit Job together.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":17510,"verse_id":"JOB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"The verb “to show grief” is נוּד ( nud ), and literally signifies “to shake the head.” It may be that his friends came to show the proper sympathy and express the appropriate feelings. They were not ready for what they found.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":17511,"verse_id":"JOB.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “they lifted up their eyes.” The idiom “to lift up the eyes” (or “to lift up the voice”) is intended to show a special intensity in the effort. Here it would indicate that they were trying to see Job from a great distance away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":17512,"verse_id":"JOB.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The Hiphil perfect here should take the nuance of potential perfect – they were not able to recognize him. In other words, this does not mean that they did not know it was Job, only that he did not look anything like the Job they knew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":17513,"verse_id":"JOB.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “they tossed dust skyward over their heads.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":17514,"verse_id":"JOB.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The word כְּאֵב ( kÿ ’ ev ) means “pain” – both mental and physical pain. The translation of “grief” captures only part of its emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":17515,"verse_id":"JOB.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The verb “cursed” is the Piel preterite from the verb קָלַל ( qalal ); this means “to be light” in the Qal stem, but here “to treat lightly, with contempt, curse.” See in general H. C. Brichto, The Problem of “ Curse ” in the Hebrew Bible (JBLMS); and A. C. Thiselton, “The Supposed Power of Words in the Biblical Writings,” JTS 25 (1974): 283-99.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":17516,"verse_id":"JOB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The text has וַיַּעַן ( vayya ’ an ), literally, “and he answered.” The LXX simply has “saying” for the entire verse. The Syriac, Targum, and Greek A have what the MT has. “[Someone] answered and said” is phraseology characteristic of all the speeches in Job beginning with Satan in 1:9 . Only in 40:1 is it employed when God is speaking. No other portion of the OT employs this phraseology as often or as consistently.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":17517,"verse_id":"JOB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The relative clause is carried by the preposition with the resumptive pronoun: “the day [which] I was born in it ” meaning “the day on which I was born” (see GKC 486-88 §155. f , i ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":17518,"verse_id":"JOB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The verb is the Niphal imperfect. It may be interpreted in this dependent clause (1) as representing a future event from some point of time in the past – “the day on which I was born” or “would be born” (see GKC 316 §107. k ). Or (2) it may simply serve as a preterite indicating action that is in the past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":17519,"verse_id":"JOB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The MT simply has “and the night – it said….” By simple juxtaposition with the parallel construction (“on which I was born”) the verb “it said” must be a relative clause explaining “the night.” Rather than supply “in which” and make the verb passive (which is possible since no specific subject is provided, but leaves open the question of who said it), it is preferable to take the verse as a personification. First Job cursed the day; now he cursed the night that spoke about what it witnessed. See A. Ehrman, “A Note on the Verb ‘ amar ,” JQR 55 (1964/65): 166-67.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":17520,"verse_id":"JOB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"The word is גֶּבֶר ( gever , “a man”). The word usually distinguishes a man as strong, distinct from children and women. Translations which render this as “boy” (to remove the apparent contradiction of an adult being “conceived” in the womb) miss this point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":17521,"verse_id":"JOB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The first two words should be treated as a casus pendens (see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 69), referred to as an extraposition in recent grammarians.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":17522,"verse_id":"JOB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb דָּרַשׁ ( darash ) means “to seek, inquire,” and “to address someone, be concerned about something” (cf. Deut 11:12 ; Jer 30:14,17 ). Job wants the day to perish from the mind of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":17523,"verse_id":"JOB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of יָפַע ( yafa ’), which means here “cause to shine.” The subject is the term נְהָרָה ( nÿharah ,“light”), a hapax legomenon which is from the verb נָהַר ( nahar , “to gleam” [see Isa 60:5 ]).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":17524,"verse_id":"JOB.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The verb is גָּאַל ( ga ’ al , “redeem, claim”). Some have suggested that the verb is actually the homonym “pollute.” This is the reading in the Targum, Syriac, Vulgate, and Rashi, who quotes from Mal 1:7,12 . See A. R. Johnson, “The Primary Meaning of ga ’ al, ” VTSup 1 (1953): 67-77.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":17525,"verse_id":"JOB.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"The expression “the blackness of the day” ( כִּמְרִירֵי יוֹם , kimrire yom ) probably means everything that makes the day black, such as supernatural events like eclipses. Job wishes that all ominous darknesses would terrify that day. It comes from the word כָּמַר ( kamar , “to be black”), related to Akkadian kamaru (“to overshadow, darken”). The versions seem to have ignored the first letter and connected the word to מָרַר ( marar , “be bitter”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":17526,"verse_id":"JOB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The verb is simply לָקַח ( laqakh , “to take”). Here it conveys a strong sense of seizing something and not letting it go.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":17527,"verse_id":"JOB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The pointing of the verb is meant to connect it with the root חָדָה ( khadah , “rejoice”). But the letters in the text were correctly understood by the versions to be from יָחַד ( yakhad , “to be combined, added”). See G. Rendsburg, “Double Polysemy in Genesis 49:6 and Job 3:6 ,” CBQ 44 (1982): 48-51.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":17528,"verse_id":"JOB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) in this sentence focuses the reader’s attention on the statement to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":17529,"verse_id":"JOB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The word גַּלְמוּד ( galmud ) probably has here the idea of “barren” rather than “solitary.” See the parallelism in Isa 49:21 . In Job it seems to carry the idea of “barren” in 15:34 , and “gloomy” in 30:3 . Barrenness can lead to gloom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":17530,"verse_id":"JOB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"The word is from רָנַן ( ranan , “to give a ringing cry” or “shout of joy”). The sound is loud and shrill.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":17531,"verse_id":"JOB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"The verb is simply בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to enter”). The NIV translates interpretively “be heard in it.” A shout of joy, such as at a birth, that “enters” a day is certainly heard on that day.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":17532,"verse_id":"JOB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Not everyone is satisfied with the reading of the MT. Gordis thought “day” should be “sea,” and “cursers” should be “rousers” (changing ’ alef to ’ ayin ; cf. NRSV). This is an unnecessary change, for there is no textual problem in the line (D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 71). Others have taken the reading “sea” as a personification and accepted the rest of the text, gaining the sense of “those whose magic binds even the sea monster of the deep” (e.g., NEB). sn Those who curse the day are probably the professional enchanters and magicians who were thought to cast spells on days and overwhelm them with darkness and misfortune. The myths explained eclipses as the dragon throwing its folds around the sun and the moon, thus engulfing or swallowing the day and the night. This interpretation matches the parallelism better than the interpretation that says these are merely professional mourners.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":17533,"verse_id":"JOB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb is probably “execrate, curse,” from קָבַב ( qavav ). But E. Ullendorff took it from נָקַב ( naqav , “pierce”) and gained a reading “Let the light rays of day pierce it (i.e. the night) apt even to rouse Leviathan” (“ Job 3:8 ,” VT 11 [1961]: 350-51).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":17534,"verse_id":"JOB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"The verbal adjective עָתִיד (’ atid ) means “ready, prepared.” Here it has a substantival use similar to that of participles. It is followed by the Polel infinitive construct עֹרֵר (’ orer ). The infinitive without the preposition serves as the object of the preceding verbal adjective (GKC 350 §114. m ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":17535,"verse_id":"JOB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “the stars of its dawn.” The word נֶשֶׁף ( neshef ) can mean “twilight” or “dawn.” In this context the morning stars are in mind. Job wishes that the morning stars – that should announce the day – go out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":17536,"verse_id":"JOB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The verb “wait, hope” has the idea of eager expectation and preparation. It is used elsewhere of waiting on the Lord with anticipation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":17537,"verse_id":"JOB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"The absolute state אַיִן (’ ayin , “there is none”) is here used as a verbal predicate (see GKC 480 §152. k ). The concise expression literally says “and none.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":17538,"verse_id":"JOB.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The subject is still “that night.” Here, at the end of this first section, Job finally expresses the crime of that night – it did not hinder his birth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":17539,"verse_id":"JOB.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"The Hebrew has simply “my belly [= womb].” The suffix on the noun must be objective – it was the womb of Job’s mother in which he lay before his birth. See however N. C. Habel, “The Dative Suffix in Job 33:13 ,” Bib 63 (1982): 258-59, who thinks it is deliberately ambiguous.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":17540,"verse_id":"JOB.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"The word עָמָל (’ amal ) means “work, heavy labor, agonizing labor, struggle” with the idea of fatigue and pain.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":17541,"verse_id":"JOB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The negative only occurs with the first clause, but it extends its influence to the parallel second clause (GKC 483 §152. z ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":17542,"verse_id":"JOB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"The two verbs in this verse are both prefix conjugations; they are clearly referring to the past and should be classified as preterites. E. Dhorme ( Job , 32) notes that the verb “I came out” is in the perfect to mark its priority in time in relation to the other verbs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":17543,"verse_id":"JOB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"The translation “at birth” is very smooth, but catches the meaning and avoids the tautology in the verse. The line literally reads “from the womb.” The second half of the verse has the verb “I came out/forth” which does double duty for both parallel lines. The second half uses “belly” for the womb.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A11/4"}
{"id":17544,"verse_id":"JOB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The verb קִדְּמוּנִי ( qiddÿmuni ) is the Piel from קָדַם ( qadam ), meaning “to come before; to meet; to prevent.” Here it has the idea of going to meet or welcome someone. In spite of various attempts to connect the idea to the father or to adoption rites, it probably simply means the mother’s knees that welcome the child for nursing. See R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 42. sn The sufferer is looking back over all the possible chances of death, including when he was brought forth, placed on the knees or lap, and breastfed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":17545,"verse_id":"JOB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"There is no verb in the second half of the verse. The idea simply has, “and why breasts that I might suck?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":17546,"verse_id":"JOB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “that I might suckle.” The verb is the Qal imperfect of יָנַק ( yanaq , “suckle”). Here the clause is subordinated to the preceding question and so function as a final imperfect.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":17547,"verse_id":"JOB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The word עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) may have a logical nuance here, almost with the idea of “if that had been the case…” ( IBHS 667-68 §39.3.4f). However, the temporal “now” is retained in translation since the imperfect verb following two perfects “suggests what Job’s present state would be if he had had the quiet of a still birth” (J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 95, n. 23). Cf. GKC 313 §106. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":17548,"verse_id":"JOB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The copula on the verb indicates a sequence for the imperfect: “and then I would….” In the second half of the verse it is paralleled by “then.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":17549,"verse_id":"JOB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"The text uses a combination of the perfect (lie down/sleep) and imperfect (quiet/rest). The particle עַתָּה (’ attah , “now”) gives to the perfect verb its conditional nuance. It presents actions in the past that are not actually accomplished but seen as possible (GKC 313 §106. p ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":17550,"verse_id":"JOB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"The last part uses the impersonal verb “it would be at rest for me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":17551,"verse_id":"JOB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The difficult term חֳרָבוֹת ( khoravot ) is translated “desolate [places]”. The LXX confused the word and translated it “who gloried in their swords.” One would expect a word for monuments, or tombs (T. K. Cheyne emended it to “everlasting tombs” [“More Critical Gleanings in Job,” ExpTim 10 (1898/99): 380-83]). But this difficult word is of uncertain etymology and therefore cannot simply be made to mean “royal tombs.” The verb means “be desolate, solitary.” In Isa 48:21 there is the clear sense of a desert. That is the meaning of Assyrian huribtu . It may be that like the pyramids of Egypt these tombs would have been built in the desert regions. Or it may describe how they rebuilt ruins for themselves. He would be saying then that instead of lying here in pain and shame if he had died he would be with the great ones of the earth. Otherwise, the word could be interpreted as a metonymy of effect, indicating that the once glorious tomb now is desolate. But this does not fit the context – the verse is talking about the state of the great ones after their death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":17552,"verse_id":"JOB.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The expression simply has “or with princes gold to them.” The noun is defined by the noun clause serving as a relative clause (GKC 486 §155. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":17553,"verse_id":"JOB.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “filled their houses.” There is no reason here to take “houses” to mean tombs; the “houses” refer to the places the princes lived (i.e., palaces). The reference is not to the practice of burying treasures with the dead. It is simply saying that if Job had died he would have been with the rich and famous in death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":17554,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"The verb is governed by the interrogative of v. 12 that introduces this series of rhetorical questions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":17555,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"The verb is again the prefix conjugation, but the narrative requires a past tense, or preterite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":17556,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “hidden.” The LXX paraphrases: “an untimely birth, proceeding from his mother’s womb.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":17557,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"The noun נֵפֶל ( nefel , “miscarriage”) is the abortive thing that falls (hence the verb) from the womb before the time is ripe ( Ps 58:9 ). The idiom using the verb “to fall” from the womb means to come into the world ( Isa 26:18 ). The epithet טָמוּן ( tamun , “hidden”) is appropriate to the verse. The child comes in vain, and disappears into the darkness – it is hidden forever.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":17558,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.16","text":"The word עֹלְלִים (’ olÿlim ) normally refers to “nurslings.” Here it must refer to infants in general since it refers to a stillborn child.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/5"}
{"id":17559,"verse_id":"JOB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.16","text":"The relative clause does not have the relative pronoun; the simple juxtaposition of words indicates that it is modifying the infants.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A16/6"}
{"id":17560,"verse_id":"JOB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"The parallelism uses the perfect verb in the first parallel part, and the imperfect opposite it in the second. Since the verse projects to the grave or Sheol (“there”) where the action is perceived as still continuing or just taking place, both receive an English present tense translation (GKC 312 §106. l ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":17561,"verse_id":"JOB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Here the noun רֹגז ( rogez ) refers to the agitation of living as opposed to the peaceful rest of dying. The associated verb רָגַז ( ragaz ) means “to be agitated, excited.” The expression indicates that they cease from troubling, meaning all the agitation of their own lives.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":17562,"verse_id":"JOB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.17","text":"The word יָגִיעַ ( yagia ’) means “exhausted, wearied”; it is clarified as a physical exhaustion by the genitive of specification (“ with regard to their strength”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A17/5"}
{"id":17563,"verse_id":"JOB.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"“There” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":17564,"verse_id":"JOB.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"The LXX omits the verb and translates the noun not as prisoners but as “old men” or “men of old time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":17565,"verse_id":"JOB.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"The verb שַׁאֲנָנוּ ( sha ’ ananu ) is the Pilpel of שָׁאַן ( sha ’ an ) which means “to rest.” It refers to the normal rest or refreshment of individuals; here it is contrasted with the harsh treatment normally put on prisoners.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":17566,"verse_id":"JOB.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “taskmaster.” The same Hebrew word is used for the taskmasters in Exod 3:7 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A18/5"}
{"id":17567,"verse_id":"JOB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The versions have taken the pronoun in the sense of the verb “to be.” Others give it the sense of “the same thing,” rendering the verse as “small and great, there is no difference there.” GKC 437 §135. a , n. 1, follows this idea with a meaning of “the same.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":17568,"verse_id":"JOB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"The LXX renders this as “unafraid,” although the negative has disappeared in some mss to give the reading “and the servant that feared his master.” See I. Mendelsohn, “The Canaanite Term for ‘Free Proletarian’,” BASOR 83 (1941): 36-39; idem, “New Light on hupsu ,” BASOR 139 (1955): 9-11.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":17569,"verse_id":"JOB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"The plural “masters” could be taken here as a plural of majesty rather than as referring to numerous masters.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":17570,"verse_id":"JOB.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":17571,"verse_id":"JOB.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"The verb is the simple imperfect, expressing the progressive imperfect nuance. But there is no formal subject to the verb, prompting some translations to make it passive in view of the indefinite subject (so, e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV). Such a passive could be taken as a so-called “divine passive” by which God is the implied agent. Job clearly means God here, but he stops short of naming him (see also the note on “God” earlier in this verse). sn In vv. 11, 12, and 16 there was the first series of questions in which Job himself was in question. Now the questions are more general for all mankind – why should the sufferers in general have been afflicted with life?","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":17572,"verse_id":"JOB.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"The verse simply begins with the participle in apposition to the expressions in the previous verse describing those who are bitter. The preposition is added from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":17573,"verse_id":"JOB.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"The verb is the Piel participle of חָכָה ( khakhah , “to wait for” someone; Yahweh is the object in Isa 8:17; 64:3 ; Ps 33:20 ). Here death is the supreme hope of the miserable and the suffering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":17574,"verse_id":"JOB.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.21","text":"The verse simply has the form אֵין (’ en , “there is not”) with a pronominal suffix and a conjunction – “and there is not it” or “and it is not.” The LXX and the Vulgate add a verb to explain this form: “and obtain it not.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A21/3"}
{"id":17575,"verse_id":"JOB.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.21","text":"The parallel verb is now a preterite with a vav ( ו ) consecutive; it therefore has the nuance of a characteristic perfect or gnomic perfect – the English present tense. sn The verb חָפַר ( khafar ) means “to dig; to excavate.” It may have the accusative of the thing that is being sought ( Exod 7:24 ); but here it is followed by a comparative min ( מִן ). The verse therefore describes the sufferers who excavate or dig the ground to find death, more than others who seek for treasure.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A21/4"}
{"id":17576,"verse_id":"JOB.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Here too the form is the participle in apposition “to him who is in misery” in v. 20 . It continues the description of those who are destitute and would be delighted to die.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":17577,"verse_id":"JOB.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The Syriac has “and gather themselves together,” possibly reading גִּיל ( gil , “rejoicing”) as גַּל ( gal , “heap”). Some have tried to emend the text to make the word mean “heap” or “mound,” as in a funerary mound. While one could argue for a heap of stones as a funerary mound, the passage has already spoken of digging a grave, which would be quite different. And while such a change would make a neater parallelism in the verse, there is no reason to force such; the idea of “jubilation” fits the tenor of the whole verse easily enough and there is no reason to change it. A similar expression is found in Hos 9:1 , which says, “rejoice not, O Israel, with jubilation.” Here the idea then is that these sufferers would rejoice “to the point of jubilation” at death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":17578,"verse_id":"JOB.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"This sentence also parallels an imperfect verb with the substantival participle of the first colon. It is translated as an English present tense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":17579,"verse_id":"JOB.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.22","text":"The particle could be “when” or “because” in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A22/4"}
{"id":17580,"verse_id":"JOB.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"This first part of the verse, “Why is light given,” is supplied from the context. In the Hebrew text the verse simply begins with “to a man….” It is also in apposition to the construction in v. 20 . But after so many qualifying clauses and phrases, a restatement of the subject (light, from v. 20 ) is required.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":17581,"verse_id":"JOB.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.23","text":"The LXX translated “to a man whose way is hidden” with the vague paraphrase “death is rest to [such] a man.” The translators apparently combined the reference to “the grave” in the previous verse with “hidden”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A23/3"}
{"id":17582,"verse_id":"JOB.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.23","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of סָכַךְ ( sakhakh ,“to hedge in”). The key parallel passage is Job 19:8 , which says, “He has blocked [ גָּדַר , gadar ] my way so I cannot pass, and has set darkness over my paths.” To be hedged in is an implied metaphor, indicating that the pathway is concealed and enclosed. There is an irony in Job’s choice of words in light of Satan’s accusation in 1:10 . It is heightened further when the same verb is employed by God in 38:8 (see F. I. Andersen, Job [TOTC], 109).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A23/4"}
{"id":17583,"verse_id":"JOB.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"For the prepositional לִפְנֵי ( lifne ), the temporal meaning “before” (“my sighing comes before I eat”) makes very little sense here (as the versions have it). The meaning “in place of, for” fits better (see 1 Sam 1:16 , “count not your handmaid for a daughter of Belial”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":17584,"verse_id":"JOB.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"The word normally describes the “roaring” of a lion ( Job 4:10 ); but it is used for the loud groaning or cries of those in distress ( Pss 22:1; 32:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":17585,"verse_id":"JOB.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.24","text":"This second colon is paraphrased in the LXX to say, “I weep being beset with terror.” The idea of “pouring forth water” while groaning can be represented by “I weep.” The word “fear, terror” anticipates the next verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A24/4"}
{"id":17586,"verse_id":"JOB.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The construction uses the cognate accusative with the verb: “the fear I feared,” or “the dread thing I dreaded” ( פַחַד פָּחַדְתִּי , pakhad pakhadti ). The verb פָּחַד ( pakhad ) has the sense of “dread” and the noun the meaning “thing dreaded.” The structure of the sentence with the perfect verb followed by the preterite indicates that the first action preceded the second – he feared something but then it happened. Some commentaries suggest reading this as a conditional clause followed by the present tense translation: “If I fear a thing it happens to me” (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 24). The reason for this change is that it is hard for some to think that in his prime Job had such fears. He did have a pure trust and confidence in the Lord ( 16:19, 29:18 ff). But on the other hand, he did make sacrifices for his sons because he thought they might sin. There is evidence to suggest that he was aware that calamity could strike, and this is not necessarily incompatible with trust.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":17587,"verse_id":"JOB.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"The verb אָתָה (’ atah ) is Aramaic and is equivalent to the Hebrew verb בּוֹא ( bo ’, “come, happen”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":17588,"verse_id":"JOB.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.25","text":"The final verb is יָבֹא ( yavo ’, “has come”). It appears to be an imperfect, but since it is parallel to the preterite of the first colon it should be given that nuance here. Of course, if the other view of the verse is taken, then this would simply be translated as “comes,” and the preceding preterite also given an English present tense translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A25/3"}
{"id":17589,"verse_id":"JOB.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"The LXX “peace” bases its rendering on שָׁלַם ( shalam ) and not שָׁלָה ( shalah ), which retains the original vav ( ו ). The verb means “to be quiet, to be at ease.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":17590,"verse_id":"JOB.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"The verb is literally “and I do/can not rest.” A potential perfect nuance fits this passage well. The word נוּחַ ( nuakh , “rest”) implies “rest” in every sense, especially in contrast to רֹגֶז ( rogez , “turmoil, agitation” [vv. 26 and 17 ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":17591,"verse_id":"JOB.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.26","text":"The last clause simply has “and trouble came.” Job is essentially saying that since the trouble has come upon him there is not a moment of rest and relief.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%203%3A26/3"}
{"id":17592,"verse_id":"JOB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The verb has no expressed subject, and so may be translated with “one” or “someone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":17593,"verse_id":"JOB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"The Piel perfect is difficult here. It would normally be translated “has one tried (words with you)?” Most commentaries posit a conditional clause, however.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":17594,"verse_id":"JOB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"The verb means “to be weary.” But it can have the extended sense of being either exhausted or impatient (see v. 5 ). A. B. Davidson ( Job , 29) takes it in the sense of “will it be too much for you?” There is nothing in the sentence that indicates this should be an interrogative clause; it is simply an imperfect. But in view of the juxtaposition of the first part, this seems to make good sense. E. Dhorme ( Job , 42) has “Shall we address you? You are dejected.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":17595,"verse_id":"JOB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"The construction uses a noun with the preposition: “and to refrain with words – who is able?” The Aramaic plural of “words” ( מִלִּין , millin ) occurs 13 times in Job, with the Hebrew plural ten times. The commentaries show that Eliphaz’s speech had a distinctly Aramaic coloring to it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":17596,"verse_id":"JOB.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) summons attention; it has the sense of “consider, look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":17597,"verse_id":"JOB.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The verb יָסַר ( yasar ) in the Piel means “to correct,” whether by words with the sense of teach, or by chastening with the sense of punish, discipline. The double meaning of “teach” and “discipline” is also found with the noun מוּסָר ( musar ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":17598,"verse_id":"JOB.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"The parallelism again uses a perfect verb in the first colon and an imperfect in the second; but since the sense of the line is clearly what Job has done in the past, the second verb may be treated as a preterite, or a customary imperfect – what Job repeatedly did in the past (GKC 315 §107. e ). The words in this verse may have double meanings. The word יָסַר ( yasar , “teach, discipline”) may have the idea of instruction and correction, but also the connotation of strength (see Y. Hoffmann, “The Use of Equivocal Words in the First Speech of Eliphaz [Job IV–V],” VT 30 [1980]: 114-19).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":17599,"verse_id":"JOB.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"The “feeble hands” are literally “hands hanging down.” This is a sign of weakness, helplessness, or despondency (see 2 Sam 4:1 ; Isa 13:7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":17600,"verse_id":"JOB.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Both verbs in this line are imperfects, and probably carry the same nuance as the last verb in v. 3 , namely, either customary imperfect or preterite. The customary has the aspect of stressing that this was what Job used to do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":17601,"verse_id":"JOB.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The form is the singular active participle, interpreted here collectively. The verb is used of knees that give way ( Isa 35:3 ; Ps 109:24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":17602,"verse_id":"JOB.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"The expression is often translated as “feeble knees,” but it literally says “the bowing [or “tottering”] knees.” The figure is one who may be under a heavy load whose knees begin to shake and buckle (see also Heb 12:12 ). sn Job had been successful at helping others not be crushed by the weight of trouble and misfortune. It is easier to help others than to preserve a proper perspective when one’s self is afflicted (E. Dhorme, Job , 44).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":17603,"verse_id":"JOB.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The sentence has no subject, but the context demands that the subject be the same kind of trouble that has come upon people that Job has helped.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":17604,"verse_id":"JOB.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"This is the same verb used in v. 2 , meaning “to be exhausted” or “impatient.” Here with the vav ( ו ) consecutive the verb describes Job’s state of mind that is a consequence of the trouble coming on him. In this sentence the form is given a present tense translation (see GKC 329 §111. t ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":17605,"verse_id":"JOB.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"This final verb in the verse is vivid; it means “to terrify, dismay” (here the Niphal preterite). Job will go on to speak about all the terrors that come on him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":17606,"verse_id":"JOB.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The word יִרְאָה ( yir ’ ah , “fear”) in this passage refers to Job’s fear of the Lord , his reverential devotion to God. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 46) says that on the lips of Eliphaz the word almost means “your religion.” He refers to Moffatt’s translation, “Let your religion reassure you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":17607,"verse_id":"JOB.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The word כִּסְלָתֶךָ ( kislatekha , “your confidence”) is rendered in the LXX by “founded in folly.” The word כֶּסֶל ( kesel ) is “confidence” (see 8:14 ) and elsewhere “folly.” Since it is parallel to “your hope” it must mean confidence here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":17608,"verse_id":"JOB.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"This second half of the verse simply has “your hope and the integrity of your ways.” The expression “the perfection of your ways” is parallel to “your fear,” and “your hope” is parallel to “your confidence.” This sentence is an example of casus pendens or extraposition: “as for your hope, it is the integrity of your ways” (see GKC 458 §143. d ). sn Eliphaz is not being sarcastic to Job. He knows that Job is a God-fearing man who lives out his faith in life. But he also knows that Job should apply to himself the same things he tells others.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":17609,"verse_id":"JOB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The use of the independent personal pronoun is emphatic, almost as an enclitic to emphasize interrogatives: “who indeed….” (GKC 442 §136. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":17610,"verse_id":"JOB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The perfect verb in this line has the nuance of the past tense to express the unique past – the uniqueness of the action is expressed with “ever” (“who has ever perished”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":17611,"verse_id":"JOB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"The adjective is used here substantivally. Without the article the word stresses the meaning of “uprightness.” Job will use “innocent” and “upright” together in 17:8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":17612,"verse_id":"JOB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.7","text":"The Niphal means “to be hidden” (see the Piel in 6:10; 15:18; and 27:11 ); the connotation here is “destroyed” or “annihilated.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A7/5"}
{"id":17613,"verse_id":"JOB.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The perfect verb here represents the indefinite past. It has no specific sighting in mind, but refers to each time he has seen the wicked do this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":17614,"verse_id":"JOB.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"The LXX renders this with a plural “barren places.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":17615,"verse_id":"JOB.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “reap it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":17616,"verse_id":"JOB.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The LXX in the place of “breath” has “word” or “command,” probably to limit the anthropomorphism. The word is מִנִּשְׁמַת ( minnishmat ) comprising מִן ( min ) + נִשְׁמַת ( nishmat , the construct of נְשָׁמָה [ nÿshamah ]): “from/at the breath of.” The “breath of God” occurs frequently in Scripture. In Gen 2:7 it imparts life; but here it destroys it. The figure probably does indicate a divine decree from God (e.g., “depart from me”) – so the LXX may have been simply interpreting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":17617,"verse_id":"JOB.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"The word רוּחַ ( ruakh ) is now parallel to נְשָׁמָה ( nÿshamah ); both can mean “breath” or “wind.” To avoid using “breath” for both lines, “blast” has been employed here. The word is followed by אַפוֹ (’ afo ) which could be translated “his anger” or “his nostril.” If “nostril” is retained, then it is a very bold anthropomorphism to indicate the fuming wrath of God. It is close to the picture of the hot wind coming off the desert to scorch the plants (see Hos 13:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":17618,"verse_id":"JOB.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"“There is” has been supplied to make a smoother translation out of the clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":17619,"verse_id":"JOB.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":17620,"verse_id":"JOB.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.10","text":"The verb belongs to the subject “teeth” in this last colon; but it is used by zeugma (a figure of speech in which one word is made to refer to two or more other words, but has to be understood differently in the different contexts) of the three subjects (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 46-47).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A10/4"}
{"id":17621,"verse_id":"JOB.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The word לַיִשׁ ( layish ) traditionally rendered “strong lion,” occurs only here and in Prov 30:30 and Isa 30:6 . It has cognates in several of the Semitic languages, and so seems to indicate lion as king of the beasts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":17622,"verse_id":"JOB.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"The form of the verb is the Qal active participle; it stresses the characteristic action of the verb as if a standard universal truth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":17623,"verse_id":"JOB.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"The text literally has “sons of the lioness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":17624,"verse_id":"JOB.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The LXX of this verse offers special problems. It reads, “But if there had been any truth in your words, none of these evils would have fallen upon you; shall not my ear receive excellent [information] from him?” The major error involves a dittography from the word for “secret,” yielding “truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":17625,"verse_id":"JOB.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"The verb גָּנַב ( ganav ) means “to steal.” The Pual form in this verse is probably to be taken as a preterite since it requires a past tense translation: “it was stolen for me” meaning it was brought to me stealthily (see 2 Sam 19:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":17626,"verse_id":"JOB.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “received.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":17627,"verse_id":"JOB.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.12","text":"The word שֵׁמֶץ ( shemets , “whisper”) is found only here and in Job 26:14 . A cognate form שִׁמְצָה ( shimtsah ) is found in Exod 32:25 with the sense of “a whisper.” In postbiblical Hebrew the word comes to mean “a little.” The point is that Eliphaz caught just a bit, just a whisper of it, and will recount it to Job.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A12/4"}
{"id":17628,"verse_id":"JOB.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Here too the word is rare. The form שְׂעִפִּים ( sÿ ’ ippim , “disquietings”) occurs only here and in 20:2 . The form שַׂרְעַפִּים ( sar ’ appim , “disquieting thoughts”), possibly related by dissimilation, occurs in Pss 94:19 and 139:23 . There seems to be a connection with סְעִפִּים ( sÿ ’ ippim ) in 1 Kgs 18:21 with the meaning “divided opinion”; this is related to the idea of סְעִפָּה ( sÿ ’ ippah , “bough”). H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 47) concludes that the point is that like branches the thoughts lead off into different and bewildering places. E. Dhorme ( Job , 50) links the word to an Arabic root (“to be passionately smitten”) for the idea of “intimate thoughts.” The idea here and in has more to do with anxious, troubling, disquieting thoughts, as in a nightmare.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":17629,"verse_id":"JOB.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “visions” of the night.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":17630,"verse_id":"JOB.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"The word תַּרְדֵּמָה ( tardemah ) is a “deep sleep.” It is used in the creation account when the Lord God caused a deep sleep to fall on Adam; and it is used in the story of Jonah when the prophet was asleep during the storm. The LXX interprets it to mean “fear,” rendering the whole verse “but terror falls upon men with dread and a sound in the night.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":17631,"verse_id":"JOB.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The two words פַּחַד ( pakhad , “trembling”) and רְעָדָה ( rÿ ’ adah , “terror”) strengthen each other as synonyms (see also Ps 55:6 ). The subject of the verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “befall, encounter”) is פַּחַד ( pakhad , “trembling”); its compound subject has been placed at the end of the colon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":17632,"verse_id":"JOB.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The subject of the Hiphil verb הִפְחִיד ( hifkhid , “dread”) is פַּחַד ( pakhad , “trembling”), which is why it is in the singular. The cognate verb intensifies and applies the meaning of the noun. BDB 808 s.v. פַּחַד Hiph translates it “fill my bones with dread.” In that sense “bones” would have to be a metonymy of subject representing the framework of the body, so that the meaning is that his whole being was filled with trembling.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":17633,"verse_id":"JOB.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"The word רוּחַ ( ruakh ) can be “spirit” or “breath.” The implication here is that it was something that Eliphaz felt – what he saw follows in v. 16 . The commentators are divided on whether this is an apparition, a spirit, or a breath. The word can be used in either the masculine or the feminine, and so the gender of the verb does not favor the meaning “spirit.” In fact, in Isa 21:1 the same verb חָלַף ( khalaf , “pass on, through”) is used with the subject being a strong wind or hurricane “blowing across.” It may be that such a wind has caused Eliphaz’s hair to stand on end here. D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 111) also concludes it means “wind,” noting that in Job a spirit or spirits would be called רְפָאִים ( rÿfa ’ im ), אֶלֹהִים (’ elohim ) or אוֹב (’ ov ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":17634,"verse_id":"JOB.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"The verbs in this verse are imperfects. In the last verse the verbs were perfects when Eliphaz reported the fear that seized him. In this continuation of the report the description becomes vivid with the change in verbs, as if the experience were in progress.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":17635,"verse_id":"JOB.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"The subject of this verb is also רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”), since it can assume either gender. The “hair of my flesh” is the complement and not the subject; therefore the Piel is to be retained and not changed to a Qal as some suggest (and compare with Ps 119:120 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":17636,"verse_id":"JOB.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The LXX has the first person of the verb: “I arose and perceived it not, I looked and there was no form before my eyes; but I only heard a breath and a voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":17637,"verse_id":"JOB.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The imperfect verb is to be classified as potential imperfect. Eliphaz is unable to recognize the figure standing before him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":17638,"verse_id":"JOB.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse express obvious truths known at all times (GKC 315 §107. f ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":17639,"verse_id":"JOB.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"The word for man here is first אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh ), stressing man in all his frailty, his mortality. This is paralleled with גֶּבֶר ( gever ), a word that would stress more of the strength or might of man. The verse is not making a great contrast between the two, but it is rhetorical question merely stating that no human being of any kind is righteous or pure before God the Creator. See H. Kosmala, “The Term geber in the OT and in the Scrolls,” VTSup 17 (1969): 159-69; and E. Jacob, Theology of the Old Testament , 156-57.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":17640,"verse_id":"JOB.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"The imperfect verb in this interrogative sentence could also be interpreted with a potential nuance: “Can a man be righteous?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":17641,"verse_id":"JOB.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.17","text":"The classification of מִן ( min ) as a comparative in this verse (NIV, “more righteous than God”; cf. also KJV, ASV, NCV) does not seem the most probable. The idea of someone being more righteous than God is too strong to be reasonable. Job will not do that – but he will imply that God is unjust. In addition, Eliphaz had this vision before hearing of Job’s trouble and so is not addressing the idea that Job is making himself more righteous than God. He is stating that no man is righteous before God. Verses 18-21 will show that no one can claim righteousness before God. In 9:2 and 25:4 the preposition “with” is used. See also Jer 51:5 where the preposition should be rendered “before” [the Holy One].","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A17/4"}
{"id":17642,"verse_id":"JOB.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.17","text":"The double question here merely repeats the same question with different words (see GKC 475 §150. h ). The second member could just as well have been connected with ו ( vav ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A17/6"}
{"id":17643,"verse_id":"JOB.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"The particle הֵן ( hen ) introduces a conditional clause here, although the older translations used “behold.” The clause forms the foundation for the point made in the next verse, an argument by analogy – if this be true, then how much more/less the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":17644,"verse_id":"JOB.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":17645,"verse_id":"JOB.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"The verb יַאֲמִין ( ya ’ amin ), a Hiphil imperfect from אָמַן (’ aman ) followed by the preposition בּ ( bet ), means “trust in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":17646,"verse_id":"JOB.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.18","text":"The verb שִׂים ( sim , “set”) with the preposition בּ ( bet ) has the sense of “impute” or “attribute something to someone.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A18/5"}
{"id":17647,"verse_id":"JOB.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.18","text":"The word תָּהֳלָה ( toholah ) is a hapax legomenon , and so has created some confusion in the various translations. It seems to mean “error; folly.” The word is translated “perverseness” in the LXX; but Symmachus connects it with the word for “madness.” “Some commentators have repointed the word to תְּהִלָּה ( tÿhillah , “praise”) making the line read: “he finds no [cause for] praise in his angels.” Others suggest תִּפְלָה ( tiflah , “offensiveness, silliness”) a bigger change; this matches the idiom in Job 24:12 . But if the etymology of the word is הָלַל ( halal , “to be mad”) then that change is not necessary. The feminine noun “madness” still leaves the meaning of the line a little uncertain: “[if] he does not impute madness to his angels.” The point of the verse is that God finds flaws in his angels and does not put his trust in them.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A18/6"}
{"id":17648,"verse_id":"JOB.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"The imperfect verb is in the plural, suggesting “they crush.” But since there is no subject expressed, the verb may be given an impersonal subject, or more simply, treated as a passive (see GKC 460 §144. g ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":17649,"verse_id":"JOB.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"The prepositional compound לִפְנֵי ( lifne ) normally has the sense of “before,” but it has been used already in 3:24 in the sense of “like.” That is the most natural meaning of this line. Otherwise, the interpretation must offer some explanation of a comparison between how quickly a moth and a human can be crushed. There are suggestions for different readings here; see for example G. R. Driver, “Linguistic and Textual Problems: Jeremiah,” JQR 28 (1937/38): 97-129 for a change to “bird’s nest”; and J. A. Rimbach, “‘Crushed before the Moth’ ( Job 4:19 ),” JBL 100 (1981): 244-46, for a change of the verb to “they are pure before their Maker.” However, these are unnecessary emendations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":17650,"verse_id":"JOB.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"The form יֻכַּתּוּ ( yukkatu ) is the Hophal imperfect of the root כָּתַת ( katat , “to be pounded, pulverized, reduced to ashes” [ Jer 46:5 ; Mic 1:7 ]). It follows the Aramaic formation (see GKC 182 §67. y ). This line appears to form a parallelism with “they are crushed like a moth,” the third unit of the last verse; but it has its own parallel idea in this verse. See D. J. A. Clines, “Verb Modality and the Interpretation of Job 4:20, 21 ,” VT 30 (1980): 354-57.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":17651,"verse_id":"JOB.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Or “from morning to evening.” The expression “from morning to evening” is probably not a merism, but rather describes the time between the morning and the evening, as in Isa 38:12 : “from day to night you make an end of me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":17652,"verse_id":"JOB.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.20","text":"This rendering is based on the interpretation that מִבְּלִי מֵשִׂים ( mibbÿli mesim ) uses the Hiphil participle of שִׂים ( sim , “set”) with an understood object “heart” to gain the idiom of “taking to heart, considering, regarding it” – hence, “without anyone regarding it.” Some commentators have attempted to resolve the difficulty by emending the text, a procedure that has no more support than positing the ellipses. One suggested emendation does have the LXX in its favor, namely, a reading of מֹשִׁיעַ ( moshia ’, “one who saves”) in place of מֵשִׂים ( mesim , “one who sets”). This would lead to “without one who saves they perish forever” (E. Dhorme, Job , 55).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A20/4"}
{"id":17653,"verse_id":"JOB.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"The word יֶתֶר ( yeter , here with the suffix, יִתְרָם [ yitram ]) can mean “what remains” or “rope.” Of the variety of translations, the most frequently used idea seems to be “their rope,” meaning their tent cord. This would indicate that their life was compared to a tent – perfectly reasonable in a passage that has already used the image “houses of clay.” The difficulty is that the verb נָסַע ( nasa ’) means more properly “to tear up; to uproot.” and not “to cut off.” A similar idea is found in Isa 38:12 , but there the image is explicitly that of cutting the life off from the loom. Some have posited that the original must have said their tent peg was pulled up” as in Isa 33:20 (A. B. Davidson, Job , 34; cf. NAB). But perhaps the idea of “what remains” would be easier to defend here. Besides, it is used in 22:20 . The wealth of an individual is what has been acquired and usually is left over when he dies. Here it would mean that the superfluous wealth would be snatched away. The preposition בּ ( bet ) would carry the meaning “from” with this verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":17654,"verse_id":"JOB.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"The text of the LXX does not seem to be connected to the Hebrew of v. 21 a. It reads something like “for he blows on them and they are withered” (see Isa 40:24 b). The Targum to Job has “Is it not by their lack of righteousness that they have been deprived of all support?” tn On the interpretation of the preposition in this construction, see N. Sarna, “The Interchange of the Preposition bet and min in Biblical Hebrew,” JBL 78 (1959): 310-16.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":17655,"verse_id":"JOB.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “and without wisdom.” The word “attaining” is supplied in the translation as a clarification. sn The expression without attaining wisdom is parallel to the previous without anyone regarding it . Both verses describe how easily humans perish: there is no concern for it, nor any sense to it. Humans die without attaining wisdom which can solve the mystery of human life.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%204%3A21/4"}
{"id":17656,"verse_id":"JOB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Some commentators transpose this verse with the following paragraph, placing it after v. 7 (see E. Dhorme, Job , 62). But the reasons for this are based on the perceived development of the argument and are not that compelling. sn The imperative is here a challenge for Job. If he makes his appeal against God, who is there who will listen? The rhetorical questions are intended to indicate that no one will respond, not even the angels. Job would do better to realize that he is guilty and his only hope is in God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":17657,"verse_id":"JOB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The participle with the suffix could be given a more immediate translation to accompany the imperative: “Call now! Is anyone listening to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":17658,"verse_id":"JOB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"The LXX has rendered “holy ones” as “holy angels” (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT). The LXX has interpreted the verb in the colon too freely: “if you will see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":17659,"verse_id":"JOB.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"One of the reasons that commentators transpose v. 1 is that the כִּי ( ki , “for”) here seems to follow 4:21 better. If people die without wisdom, it is folly that kills them. But the verse also makes sense after 5:1 . He is saying that complaining against God will not bring deliverance (v. 1 ), but rather, by such impatience the fool will bring greater calamity on himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":17660,"verse_id":"JOB.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The two words for “foolish person” are common in wisdom literature. The first, אֱוִיל (’ evil ), is the fool who is a senseless person; the פֹּתֶה ( poteh ) is the naive and silly person, the simpleton, the one who is easily led astray. The direct object is introduced with the preposition ל ( lamed ) in this verse (see GKC 366 §117. n ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":17661,"verse_id":"JOB.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"The two parallel nouns are similar; their related verbs are also paralleled in Deut 32:16 with the idea of “vex” and “irritate.” The first word כַּעַשׂ ( ka ’ as ) refers to the inner irritation and anger one feels, whereas the second word קִנְאָה ( qin ’ ah ) refers to the outward expression of the anger. In Job 6:2 , Job will respond “O that my impatience [ ka ’ as ] were weighed….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":17662,"verse_id":"JOB.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The use of the pronoun here adds emphasis to the subject of the sentence (see GKC 437 §135. a ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":17663,"verse_id":"JOB.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"This word is אֱוִיל (’ evil ), the same word for the “senseless man” in the preceding verse. Eliphaz is citing an example of his principle just given – he saw such a fool for a brief while appearing to prosper (i.e., taking root).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":17664,"verse_id":"JOB.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"A. B. Davidson argues that the verse does not mean that Eliphaz cursed his place during his prosperity. This line is metonymical (giving the effect). God judged the fool and his place was ruined; consequently, Eliphaz pronounced it accursed of God (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 36). Many emend the verb slightly to read “and it was suddenly cursed” ( וַיֻּכַב [ vayyukhav ] instead of וָאֶקּוֹב [ va ’ eqqov ]; see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 51).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":17665,"verse_id":"JOB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse describe the condition of the accursed situation. Some commentators follow the LXX and take these as jussives, making this verse the curse that the man pronounced upon the fool. Rashi adds “This is the malediction with which I have cursed him.” That would make the speaker the one calling down the judgment on the fool rather than responding by observation how God destroyed the habitation of the fool.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":17666,"verse_id":"JOB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"The verb יִדַּכְּאוּ ( yiddakkÿ ’ u ) could be taken as the passive voice, or in the reciprocal sense (“crush one another”) or reflexive (“crush themselves”). The context favors the idea that the children of the foolish person will be destroyed because there is no one who will deliver them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":17667,"verse_id":"JOB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “in the gate.” The city gate was the place of both business and justice. The sense here seems to fit the usage of gates as the place of legal disputes, so the phrase “at the place of judgment” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":17668,"verse_id":"JOB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"The text simply says “and there is no deliverer.” The entire clause could be subordinated to the preceding clause, and rendered simply “without a deliverer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":17669,"verse_id":"JOB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"The MT reads “whose harvest the hungry eat up.” Some commentators want to follow the LXX and repoint קְצִירוֹ ( qÿtsiro , “his harvest”) to קָצְרוּ ( qatsÿru , “[what] they have reaped”; cf. NAB). The reference as it stands in the MT seems to be to the image of taking root in v. 3 ; whatever took root – the prosperity of his life – will not belong to him or his sons to enjoy. If the emendation is accepted, then the reference would be immediately to the “sons” in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":17670,"verse_id":"JOB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"The line is difficult; the Hebrew text reads literally “and unto from thorns he takes it.” The idea seems to be that even from within an enclosed hedge of thorns other people will take the harvest. Many commentators either delete the line altogether or try to repoint it to make more sense out of it. G. R. Driver had taken the preposition אֶל (’ el , “towards”) as the noun אֵל (’ el , “strong man”) and the noun צִנִּים ( tsinnim , “thorns”) connected to Aramaic צִנָּה ( tsinnah , “basket”); he read it as “a strong man snatches it from the baskets” (G. R. Driver, “on Job 5:5 ,” TZ 12 [1956]: 485-86). E. Dhorme ( Job , 60) changed the word slightly to מַצְפֻּנִים ( matspunim , “hiding places”), instead of מִצִּנִּים ( mitsinnim , “out of the thorns”), to get the translation “and unto hiding places he carries it.” This fits the use of the verb לָקַח ( laqakh , “to take”) with the preposition אֶל (’ el , “towards”) meaning “carry to” someplace. There seems to be no easy solution to the difficulty of the line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":17671,"verse_id":"JOB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"The word צַמִּים ( tsammim ) has been traditionally rendered “robbers.” But it has been connected by some of the ancient versions to the word for “thirst,” making a nice parallel with “hungry.” This would likely be pointed צְמֵאִים ( tsÿme ’ im ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":17672,"verse_id":"JOB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.5","text":"The verb has been given many different renderings, some more radical than others: “engulf,” “draws,” “gather,” “swallow” (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 53). The idea of “swallow” is found in Job 20:15 . The general sense of the line is clear, in spite of the difficulties of determining the exact meaning of the verb.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A5/5"}
{"id":17673,"verse_id":"JOB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.5","text":"The LXX has several variations for the line. It reads something like the following: “for what they have collected the just shall eat, but they shall not be delivered out of calamities; let their strength be utterly exhausted.” The LXX may have gotten the idea of the “righteous” as those who suffer from hunger. Instead of “thorns” the LXX has the idea of “trouble.” The Targum to Job interprets it with “shield” and adds “warriors” as the subject.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A5/6"}
{"id":17674,"verse_id":"JOB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “man [is].” Because “man” is used in a generic sense for humanity here, the generic “people” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":17675,"verse_id":"JOB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"There is a slight difficulty here in that vv. 6 and 7 seem to be saying the opposite thing. Many commentators, therefore, emend the the Niphal יוּלָּד ( yullad , “is born”) to an active participle יוֹלֵד ( yoled , “begets”) to place the source of trouble in man himself. But the LXX seems to retain the passive idea: “man is born to trouble.” The contrast between the two verses does not seem too difficult, for it still could imply that trouble’s source is within the man.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":17676,"verse_id":"JOB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"For the Hebrew בְנֵי־רֶשֶׁף ( bÿne reshef , “sons of the flame”) the present translation has the rendering “sparks.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 62) thinks it refers to some kind of bird, but renders it “sons of the lightning” because the eagle was associated with lightning in ancient interpretations. Sparks, he argues, do not soar high above the earth. Other suggestions include Resheph, the Phoenician god of lightning (Pope), the fire of passion (Buttenwieser), angels (Peake), or demons (Targum Job). None of these are convincing; the idea of sparks flying upward fits the translation well and makes clear sense in the passage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":17677,"verse_id":"JOB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"The simple translation of the last two words is “fly high” or “soar aloft” which would suit the idea of an eagle. But, as H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 53) concludes, the argument to identify the expression preceding this with eagles is far-fetched.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":17678,"verse_id":"JOB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"The LXX has the name of a bird here: “the vulture’s young seek the high places.” The Targum to Job has “sons of demons” or “the sparks which shoot from coals of fire.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":17679,"verse_id":"JOB.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The word אוּלָם (’ ulam ) is a strong adversative “but.” This forms the contrast with what has been said previously and so marks a new section.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":17680,"verse_id":"JOB.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"The independent personal pronoun here adds emphasis to the subject of the verb, again strengthening the contrast with what Job is doing (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 22, §106).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":17681,"verse_id":"JOB.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.8","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse express not so much what Eliphaz does as what he would do if he were in Job’s place (even though in 13:3 we have the affirmation). The use fits the category of the imperfect used in conditional clauses (see GKC 319 §107. x ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A8/4"}
{"id":17682,"verse_id":"JOB.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.8","text":"The verb דָּרַשׁ ( darash , “to seek”) followed by the preposition אֶל (’ el , “towards”) has the meaning of addressing oneself to (God). See 8:19 and 40:10 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A8/5"}
{"id":17683,"verse_id":"JOB.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.8","text":"The Hebrew employs אֵל (’ el ) in the first line and אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) in the second for “God”, but the LXX uses κύριος ( kurio\" , “Lord”) in both places in this verse. However, in the second colon it also has “Lord of all.” This is replaced in the Greek version of Aquila by παντοκράτωρ ( pantokratwr , traditionally translated “Almighty”). On the basis of this information, H. M. Orlinsky suggests that the second name for God in the verses should be “Shaddai” ( JQR 25 [1934/35]: 271).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A8/6"}
{"id":17684,"verse_id":"JOB.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “who does.” It is common for such doxologies to begin with participles; they follow the pattern of the psalms in this style. Because of the length of the sentence in Hebrew and the conventions of English style, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":17685,"verse_id":"JOB.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"The Hebrew has וְאֵין חֵקֶר ( vÿ ’ en kheqer ), literally, “and no investigation.” The use of the conjunction on the expression follows a form of the circumstantial clause construction, and so the entire expression describes the great works as “unsearchable.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":17686,"verse_id":"JOB.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"The preposition in עַד־אֵין (’ ad ’ en , “until there was no”) is stereotypical; it conveys the sense of having no number (see Job 9:10 ; Ps 40:13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":17687,"verse_id":"JOB.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “who gives.” The participle continues the doxology here. But the article is necessary because of the distance between this verse and the reference to God. sn He gives rain . The use of the verb “gives” underscores the idea that rain is a gift from God. This would be more keenly felt in the Middle East where water is scarce.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":17688,"verse_id":"JOB.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"In both halves of the verse the literal rendering would be “upon the face of the earth” and “upon the face of the fields.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":17689,"verse_id":"JOB.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"The second participle is simply coordinated to the first and therefore does not need the definite article repeated (see GKC 404 §126. b ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":17690,"verse_id":"JOB.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The Hebrew term חוּצוֹת ( khutsot ) basically means “outside,” or what is outside. It could refer to streets if what is meant is outside the house; but it refers to fields here (parallel to the more general word) because it is outside the village. See Ps 144:13 for the use of the expression for “countryside.” The LXX gives a much wider interpretation: “what is under heaven.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":17691,"verse_id":"JOB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “setting.” The infinitive construct clause is here taken as explaining the nature of God, and so parallel to the preceding descriptions. If read simply as a purpose clause after the previous verse, it would suggest that the purpose of watering the earth was to raise the humble (cf. NASB, “And sends water on the fields, // So that He sets on high those who are lowly”). A. B. Davidson ( Job , 39) makes a case for this interpretation, saying that God’s gifts in nature have the wider purpose of blessing man, but he prefers to see the line as another benevolence, parallel to v. 10 , and so suggests a translation “setting up” rather than “to set up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":17692,"verse_id":"JOB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The word שְׁפָלִים ( shÿfalim ) refers to “those who are down.” This refers to the lowly and despised of the earth. They are the opposite of the “proud” (see Ps 138:6 ). Here there is a deliberate contrast between “lowly” and “on high.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":17693,"verse_id":"JOB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"The meaning of the word is “to be dark, dirty”; therefore, it refers to the ash-sprinkled head of the mourner (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 54). The custom was to darken one’s face in sorrow (see Job 2:12 ; Ps 35:14; 38:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":17694,"verse_id":"JOB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"The perfect verb may be translated “be set on high; be raised up.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 64) notes that the perfect is parallel to the infinitive of the first colon, and so he renders it in the same way as the infinitive, comparing the construction to that of 28:25 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":17695,"verse_id":"JOB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The Hiphil form מֵפֵר ( mefer ) is the participle from פָּרַר ( parar , “to annul; to frustrate; to break”). It continues the doxological descriptions of God; but because of the numerous verses in this section, it may be clearer to start a new sentence with this form (rather than translating it “who…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":17696,"verse_id":"JOB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"The word is related to the verb “to think; to plan; to devise,” and so can mean “thoughts; plans; imagination.” Here it refers to the plan of the crafty that must be frustrated (see also Isa 44:25 for the contrast).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":17697,"verse_id":"JOB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"The word עֲרוּמִים (’ arumim ) means “crafty” or “shrewd.” It describes the shrewdness of some to achieve their ends (see Gen 3:1 , where the serpent is more cunning than all the creatures, that is, he knows where the dangers are and will attempt to bring down the innocent). In the next verse it describes the clever plans of the wise – those who are wise in their own sight.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":17698,"verse_id":"JOB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"The consecutive clause showing result or purpose is simply introduced with the vav and the imperfect/jussive (see GKC 504-5 §166. a ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":17699,"verse_id":"JOB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.12","text":"The word תּוּשִׁיָּה ( tushiyyah ) is a technical word from wisdom literature. It has either the idea of the faculty of foresight, or of prudence in general (see 12:6; 26:3 ). It can be parallel in the texts to “wisdom,” “counsel,” “help,” or “strength.” Here it refers to what has been planned ahead of time.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A12/5"}
{"id":17700,"verse_id":"JOB.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"The participles continue the description of God. Here he captures or ensnares the wise in their wickedly clever plans. See also Ps 7:16 , where the wicked are caught in the pit they have dug – they are only wise in their own eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":17701,"verse_id":"JOB.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"The etymology of נִפְתָּלִים ( niftalim ) suggests a meaning of “twisted” (see Prov 8:8 ) in the sense of tortuous. See Gen 30:8 ; Ps 18:26 [27].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":17702,"verse_id":"JOB.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"The Niphal of מָהַר ( mahar ) means “to be hasty; to be irresponsible.” The meaning in the line may be understood in this sense: The counsel of the wily is hastened, that is, precipitated before it is ripe, i.e., frustrated (A. B. Davidson, Job , 39).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":17703,"verse_id":"JOB.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"The verb מָשַׁשׁ ( mashash ) expresses the idea of groping about in the darkness. This is part of the fulfillment of Deut 28:29 , which says, “and you shall grope at noonday as the blind grope in darkness.” This image is also in Isa 59:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":17704,"verse_id":"JOB.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"The verb, the Hiphil preterite of יָשַׁע ( yasha ’, “and he saves”) indicates that by frustrating the plans of the wicked God saves the poor. So the vav ( ו ) consecutive shows the result in the sequence of the verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":17705,"verse_id":"JOB.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"The juxtaposition of “from the sword from their mouth” poses translation difficulties. Some mss do not have the preposition on “their mouth,” but render the expression as a construct: “from the sword of their mouth.” This would mean their tongue, and by metonymy, what they say. The expression “from their mouth” corresponds well with “from the hand” in the next colon. And as E. Dhorme ( Job , 67) notes, what is missing is a parallel in the first part with “the poor” in the second. So he follows Cappel in repointing “from the sword” as a Hophal participle, מֹחֳרָב ( mokhorav ), meaning “the ruined.” If a change is required, this has the benefit of only changing the pointing. The difficulty with this is that the word “desolate, ruined” is not used for people, but only to cities, lands, or mountains. The sense of the verse can be supported from the present pointing: “from the sword [which comes] from their mouth”; the second phrase could also be in apposition, meaning, “from the sword, i.e., from their mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":17706,"verse_id":"JOB.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"If the word “poor” is to do double duty, i.e., serving as the object of the verb “saves” in the first colon as well as the second, then the conjunction should be explanatory.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":17707,"verse_id":"JOB.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Other translations render this “injustice” (NIV, NRSV, CEV) or “unrighteousness” (NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":17708,"verse_id":"JOB.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"The verse summarizes the result of God’s intervention in human affairs, according to Eliphaz’ idea that even-handed justice prevails. Ps 107:42 parallels v. 16 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":17709,"verse_id":"JOB.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"The particle “therefore” links this section to the preceding; it points this out as the logical consequence of the previous discussion, and more generally, as the essence of Job’s suffering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":17710,"verse_id":"JOB.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"The word אַשְׁרֵי (’ ashre , “blessed”) is often rendered “happy.” But “happy” relates to what happens. “Blessed” is a reference to the heavenly bliss of the one who is right with God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":17711,"verse_id":"JOB.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"The construction is an implied relative clause. The literal rendering would simply be “the man God corrects him.” The suffix on the verb is a resumptive pronoun, completing the use of the relative clause. The verb יָכַח ( yakhakh ) is a legal term; it always has some sense of a charge, dispute, or conflict. Its usages show that it may describe a strife breaking out, a charge or quarrel in progress, or the settling of a dispute ( Isa 1:18 ). The derived noun can mean “reproach; recrimination; charge” ( 13:6; 23:4 ). Here the emphasis is on the consequence of the charge brought, namely, the correction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":17712,"verse_id":"JOB.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.17","text":"The noun מוּסַר ( musar ) is parallel to the idea of the first colon. It means “discipline, correction” (from יָסַר , yasar ). Prov 3:11 says almost the same thing as this line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A17/4"}
{"id":17713,"verse_id":"JOB.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"The addition of the independent pronoun here makes the subject emphatic, as if to say, “For it is he who makes….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":17714,"verse_id":"JOB.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse describe the characteristic activities of God; the classification as habitual imperfect fits the idea and is to be rendered with the English present tense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":17715,"verse_id":"JOB.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The verb is the Hiphil imperfect of נָצַל ( natsal , “deliver”). These verbs might have been treated as habitual imperfects if it were not for the use of the numerical images – “six calamities…in seven.” So the nuance is specific future instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":17716,"verse_id":"JOB.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"The use of a numerical ladder as we have here – “six // seven” is frequent in wisdom literature to show completeness. See Prov 6:16 ; Amos 1:3 , Mic 5:5 . A number that seems to be sufficient for the point is increased by one, as if to say there is always one more. By using this Eliphaz simply means “in all troubles” (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 56).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":17717,"verse_id":"JOB.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “from the hand of the sword.” This is idiomatic for “the power of the sword.” The expression is also metonymical, meaning from the effect of the sword, which is death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":17718,"verse_id":"JOB.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"The Hebrew verb essentially means “you will be hidden.” In the Niphal the verb means “to be hidden, to be in a hiding place,” and protected ( Ps 31:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":17719,"verse_id":"JOB.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “from the lash [i.e., whip] of the tongue.” Sir 26:9 and 51:2 show usages of these kinds of expressions: “the lash of the tongue” or “the blow of the tongue.” The expression indicates that a malicious gossip is more painful than a blow. sn The Targum saw here a reference to Balaam and the devastation brought on by the Midianites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":17720,"verse_id":"JOB.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"The word here is שׁוֹד ( shod ); it means “destruction,” but some commentators conjecture alternate readings: שׁוֹאָה ( sho ’ ah , “desolation”); or שֵׁד ( shed , “demon”). One argument for maintaining שׁוֹד ( shod ) is that it fits the assonance within the verse שׁוֹד … לָשׁוֹן … שׁוֹט ( shot … lashon … shod ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":17721,"verse_id":"JOB.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The repetition of “destruction” and “famine” here has prompted some scholars to delete the whole verse. Others try to emend the text. The LXX renders them as “the unrighteous and the lawless.” But there is no difficulty in having the repetition of the words as found in the MT. tn The word for “famine” is an Aramaic word found again in 30:3 . The book of Job has a number of Aramaisms that are used to form an alternative parallel expression (see notes on “witness” in 16:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":17722,"verse_id":"JOB.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"The negated jussive is used here to express the conviction that something cannot or should not happen (GKC 322 §109. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":17723,"verse_id":"JOB.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “your covenant is with the stones of the field.” The line has been variously interpreted and translated. It is omitted in the LXX. It seems to mean there is a deep sympathy between man and nature. Some think it means that the boundaries will not be violated by enemies; Rashi thought it represented some species of beings, like genii of the field, and so read אֲדֹנֵי (’ adone , “lords”) for אַבְנֵי (’ avne , “stones”). Ball takes the word as בְּנֵי ( bÿne , “sons”), as in “sons of the field,” to get the idea that the reference is to the beasts. E. Dhorme ( Job , 71) rejects these ideas as too contrived; he says to have a pact with the stones of the field simply means the stones will not come and spoil the ground, making it less fertile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":17724,"verse_id":"JOB.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":17725,"verse_id":"JOB.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.23","text":"This is the only occurrence of the Hophal of the verb שָׁלֵם ( shalem , “to make or have peace” with someone). Compare Isa 11:6-9 and Ps 91:13 . The verb form is the perfect; here it is the perfect consecutive following a noun clause (see GKC 494 §159. g ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A23/3"}
{"id":17726,"verse_id":"JOB.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"The verb is again the perfect, but in sequence to the previous structure so that it is rendered as a future. This would be the case if Job were right with God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":17727,"verse_id":"JOB.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “tent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":17728,"verse_id":"JOB.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.24","text":"The word שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) means “peace; safety; security; wholeness.” The same use appears in 1 Sam 25:6 ; 2 Sam 20:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A24/4"}
{"id":17729,"verse_id":"JOB.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.24","text":"The verb is פָּקַד ( paqad , “to visit”). The idea here is “to gather together; to look over; to investigate,” or possibly even “to number” as it is used in the book of Numbers. The verb is the perfect with the vav consecutive; it may be subordinated to the imperfect verb that follows to form a temporal clause.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A24/5"}
{"id":17730,"verse_id":"JOB.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.24","text":"The verb is usually rendered “to sin”; but in this context the more specific primary meaning of “to miss the mark” or “to fail to find something.” Neither Job’s tent nor his possessions will be lost.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A24/6"}
{"id":17731,"verse_id":"JOB.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “your seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":17732,"verse_id":"JOB.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"The word means “your shoots” and is parallel to “your seed” in the first colon. It refers here (as in Isa 34:1 and 42:5 ) to the produce of the earth. Some commentators suggest that Eliphaz seems to have forgotten or was insensitive to Job’s loss of his children; H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 57) says his conventional theology is untouched by human feeling.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":17733,"verse_id":"JOB.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The word translated “in a full age” has been given an array of meanings: “health; integrity”; “like a new blade of corn”; “in your strength [or vigor].” The numerical value of the letters in the word בְכֶלָח ( bÿkhelakh , “in old age”) was 2, 20, 30, and 8, or 60. This led some of the commentators to say that at 60 one would enter the ripe old age (E. Dhorme, Job , 73).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":17734,"verse_id":"JOB.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"To make a better parallelism, some commentators have replaced the imperative with another finite verb, “we have found it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":17735,"verse_id":"JOB.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"The preposition with the suffix (referred to as the ethical dative) strengthens the imperative. An emphatic personal pronoun also precedes the imperative. The resulting force would be something like “and you had better apply it for your own good!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":17736,"verse_id":"JOB.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":17737,"verse_id":"JOB.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The conjunction לוּ ( lu , “if, if only”) introduces the wish – an unrealizable wish – with the Niphal imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":17738,"verse_id":"JOB.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Job pairs כַּעְסִי ( ka ’ si , “my grief”) and הַיָּתִי ( hayyati , “my misfortune”). The first word, used in Job 4:2 , refers to Job’s whole demeanor that he shows his friends – the impatient and vexed expression of his grief. The second word expresses his misfortune, the cause of his grief. Job wants these placed together in the balances so that his friends could see the misfortune is greater than the grief. The word for “misfortune” is a Kethib - Qere reading. The two words have essentially the same meaning; they derive from the verb הָוַה ( havah , “to fall”) and so mean a misfortune.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":17739,"verse_id":"JOB.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"The Qal infinitive absolute is here used to intensify the Niphal imperfect (see GKC 344-45 §113. w ). The infinitive absolute intensifies the wish as well as the idea of weighing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":17740,"verse_id":"JOB.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"The third person plural verb is used here; it expresses an indefinite subject and is treated as a passive (see GKC 460 §144. g ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":17741,"verse_id":"JOB.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.2","text":"The adverb normally means “together,” but it can also mean “similarly, too.” In this verse it may not mean that the two things are to be weighed together, but that the whole calamity should be put on the scales (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 43).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A2/5"}
{"id":17742,"verse_id":"JOB.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 76) notes that כִּי־עַתָּה ( ki ’ attah ) has no more force than “but”; and that the construction is the same as in 17:4; 20:19-21; 23:14-15 . The initial clause is causative, and the second half of the verse gives the consequence (“because”…“that is why”). Others take 3a as the apodosis of v. 2 , and translate it “for now it would be heavier…” (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 43).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":17743,"verse_id":"JOB.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"The verb לָעוּ ( la ’ u ) is traced by E. Dhorme ( Job , 76) to a root לָעָה ( la ’ ah ), cognate to an Arabic root meaning “to chatter.” He shows how modern Hebrew has a meaning for the word “to stammer out.” But that does not really fit Job’s outbursts. The idea in the context is rather that of speaking wildly, rashly, or charged with grief. This would trace the word to a hollow or geminate word and link it to Arabic “talk wildly” (see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 158). In the older works the verb was taken from a geminate root meaning “to suck” or “to swallow” (cf. KJV), but that yields a very difficult sense to the line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":17744,"verse_id":"JOB.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Most commentators take “my spirit” as the subject of the participle “drinks” (except the NEB, which follows the older versions to say that the poison “drinks up [or “soaks in”] the spirit.”) The image of the poisoned arrow represents the calamity or misfortune from God, which is taken in by Job’s spirit and enervates him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":17745,"verse_id":"JOB.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"The LXX translators knew that a liquid should be used with the verb “drink”; but they took the line to be “whose violence drinks up my blood.” For the rest of the verse they came up with, “whenever I am going to speak they pierce me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":17746,"verse_id":"JOB.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.4","text":"The word translated “sudden terrors” is found only here and in Ps 88:16 [17]. G. R. Driver notes that the idea of suddenness is present in the root, and so renders this word as “sudden assaults” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 73).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A4/5"}
{"id":17747,"verse_id":"JOB.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.4","text":"The verb עָרַךְ (’ arakh ) means “to set in battle array.” The suffix on the verb is dative (see GKC 369 §117. x ). Many suggestions have been made for changing this word. These seem unnecessary since the MT pointing yields a good meaning: but for the references to these suggestions, see D. J. A. Clines, Job (WBC), 158. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 59), nonetheless, follows the suggestion of Driver that connects it to a root meaning “wear me down.” This change of meaning requires no change in the Hebrew text. The image is of a beleaguering army; the host is made up of all the terrors from God. The reference is to the terrifying and perplexing thoughts that assail Job (A. B. Davidson, Job , 44).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A4/6"}
{"id":17748,"verse_id":"JOB.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"There have been suggestions to identify this animal as something other than a wild donkey, but the traditional interpretation has been confirmed (see P. Humbert, “En marge du dictionnaire hébraïque,” ZAW 62 [1950]: 199-207).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":17749,"verse_id":"JOB.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The verb נָהַק ( nahaq , “bray”) occurs in Arabic and Aramaic and only in Job 30:7 in Hebrew, where it refers to unfortunate people in the wilderness who utter cries like the hungry wild donkey.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":17750,"verse_id":"JOB.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"The construction forms a double question ( אִם ... הֲ , ha …’ im ) but not to express mutually exclusive questions in this instance. Instead, it is used to repeat the same question in different words (see GKC 475 §150. h ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":17751,"verse_id":"JOB.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"6.5","text":"The LXX captures the meaning of the verse, but renders it in a more expansive way. tn This word occurs here and in Isa 30:24 . In contrast to the grass that grows on the fields for the wild donkey, this is fodder prepared for the domesticated animals.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A5/5"}
{"id":17752,"verse_id":"JOB.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “a tasteless thing”; the word “food” is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":17753,"verse_id":"JOB.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Some commentators are not satisfied with the translation “white of an egg”; they prefer something connected to “slime of purslane” (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 59; cf. NRSV “juice of mallows”). This meaning is based on the Syriac and Arabic version of Sa`adia. The meaning “white of the egg” comes from the rabbinic interpretation of “slime of the yolk.” Others carry the idea further and interpret it to mean “saliva of dreams” or after the LXX “in dream words.” H. H. Rowley does not think that the exact edible object can be identified. The idea of the slimy glaring white around the yolk of an egg seems to fit best. This is another illustration of something that is tasteless or insipid.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":17754,"verse_id":"JOB.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The traditional rendering of נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi ) is “my soul.” But since נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) means the whole person, body and soul, it is best to translate it with its suffix simply as an emphatic pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":17755,"verse_id":"JOB.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"For the explanation of the perfect verb with its completed action in the past and its remaining effects, see GKC 311 §106. g .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":17756,"verse_id":"JOB.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"The phrase “such things” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":17757,"verse_id":"JOB.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.7","text":"The second colon of the verse is difficult. The word דְּוֵי ( dÿve ) means “sickness of” and yields a meaning “like the sickness of my food.” This could take the derived sense of דָּוָה ( davah ) and mean “impure” or “corrupt” food. The LXX has “for I loathe my food as the smell of a lion” and so some commentators emend “they” (which has no clear antecedent) to mean “I loathe it [like the sickness of my food].” Others have more freely emended the text to “my palate loathes my food” (McNeile) or “my bowels resound with suffering” (I. Eitan, “An unknown meaning of RAHAMIÝM ,” JBL 53 [1934]: 271). Pope has “they are putrid as my flesh [= my meat].” D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 159) prefers the suggestion in BHS , “it [my soul] loathes them as my food.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 80) repoints the second word of the colon to get כְּבֹדִי ( kÿvodi , “my glory”): “my heart [glory] loathes/is sickened by my bread.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A7/4"}
{"id":17758,"verse_id":"JOB.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The Hebrew expresses the desire (desiderative clause) with “who will give?” (see GKC 477 §151. d ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":17759,"verse_id":"JOB.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"The verb בּוֹא ( bo ’, “go”) has the sense of “to be realized; to come to pass; to be fulfilled.” The optative “Who will give [that] my request be realized?” is “O that my request would be realized.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":17760,"verse_id":"JOB.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"The text has תִקְוָתִי ( tiqvati , “hope”). There is no reason to change the text to “my desire” (as Driver and others do) if the word is interpreted metonymically – it means “what I hope for.” What Job hopes for and asks for is death. sn See further W. Riggans, “ Job 6:8-10 : Short Comments,” ExpTim 99 (1987): 45-46.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":17761,"verse_id":"JOB.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The verb יָאַל ( ya ’ al ) in the Hiphil means “to be willing, to consent, to decide.” It is here the jussive followed by the dependent verb with a ( ו ) vav : “that God would be willing and would crush me” means “to crush me.” Gesenius, however, says that the conjunction introduces coordination rather than subordination; he says the principal idea is introduced in the second verb, the first verb containing the definition of the manner of the action (see GKC 386 §120. d ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":17762,"verse_id":"JOB.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The verb is used for loosening shoe straps in Isa 58:6 , and of setting prisoners free in Pss 105:20 and 146:7 . Job thinks that God’s hand has been restrained for some reason, and so desires that God be free to destroy him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":17763,"verse_id":"JOB.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"The final verb is an imperfect (or jussive) following the jussive (of נָתַר , natar ); it thus expresses the result (“and then” or “so that”) or the purpose (“in order that”). Job longs for death, but it must come from God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":17764,"verse_id":"JOB.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “and cut me off.” The LXX reads this verse as “Let the Lord begin and wound me, but let him not utterly destroy me.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 81) says the LXX is a paraphrase based on a pun with “free hand.” Targum Job has, “God has begun to make me poor; may he free his hand and make me rich,” apparently basing the reading on a metaphorical interpretation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":17765,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “and it will/may be yet my comfort.” The comfort or consolation that he seeks, that he wishes for, is death. The next colon in the verse simply intensifies this thought, for he affirms if that should happen he would rejoice, in spite of what death involves. The LXX, apparently confusing letters (reading עִיר [’ ir , “city”] instead of עוֹד [’ od , “yet”], which then led to the mistake in the next colon, חֵילָה [ khelah , “its wall”] for חִילָה [ khilah , “suffering”]), has “Let the grave be my city, upon the walls of which I have leaped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":17766,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"In the apodosis of conditional clauses (which must be supplied from the context preceding), the cohortative expresses the consequence (see GKC 320 §108. d ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":17767,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"The Piel verb סִלֵּד ( silled ) is a hapax legomenon . BDB 698 s.v. סָלַד gives the meaning “to spring [i.e., jump] for joy,” which would certainly fit the passage. Others have emended the text, but unnecessarily. The LXX “I jumped” and Targum Job’s “exult” support the sense in the dictionaries, although the jumping is for joy and not over a wall (as the LXX has). D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 159) follows Driver in thinking this is untenable, choosing a meaning “recoiled in pain” for the line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":17768,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"The word חִילָה ( khilah ) also occurs only here, but is connected to the verb חִיל / חוּל ( khil / khul , “to writhe in pain”). E. Dhorme says that by extension the meaning denotes the cause of this trembling or writhing – terrifying pain. The final clause, לֹא יַחְמוֹל ( lo ’ yakhmol , “it has no pity”), serves as a kind of epithet, modifying “pain” in general. If that pain has no pity or compassion, it is a ruthless pain (E. Dhorme, Job , 82).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":17769,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.10","text":"The כִּי ( ki , “for”) functions here to explain “my comfort” in the first colon; the second colon simply strengthens the first.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/5"}
{"id":17770,"verse_id":"JOB.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.10","text":"Several commentators delete the colon as having no meaning in the verse, and because (in their view) it is probably the addition of an interpolator who wants to make Job sound more pious. But Job is at least consoling himself that he is innocent, and at the most anticipating a worth-while afterlife (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 60).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A10/7"}
{"id":17771,"verse_id":"JOB.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"The word translated “my end” is קִצִּי ( qitsi ). It refers to the termination of his life. In Ps 39:5 it is parallel to “the measure of my days.” In a sense, Job is asking what future he has. To him, the “end” of his affliction can only be death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":17772,"verse_id":"JOB.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"For the use of the particle אִם (’ im ) in this kind of interrogative clause, see GKC 475 §150. g , note.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":17773,"verse_id":"JOB.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"The word means something like “recovery,” or the powers of recovery; it was used in Job 5:12 . In 11:6 it applies to a condition of the mind, such as mental resource. Job is thinking not so much of relief or rescue from his troubles, but of strength to bear them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":17774,"verse_id":"JOB.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"In this context חֶסֶד ( khesed ) could be taken as “loyalty” (“loyalty should be shown by his friend”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":17775,"verse_id":"JOB.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"The Hebrew of this verse is extremely difficult, and while there are many suggestions, none of them has gained a consensus. The first colon simply has “to the despairing // from his friend // kindness.” Several commentators prefer to change the first word לַמָּס ( lammas , “to the one in despair”) to some sort of verb; several adopt the reading “the one who withholds/he withholds mercy from his friend forsakes….” The point of the first half of the verse seems to be that one should expect kindness (or loyalty) from a friend in times of suffering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":17776,"verse_id":"JOB.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"The relationship of the second colon to the first is difficult. The line just reads literally “and the fear of the Almighty he forsakes.” The ו ( vav ) could be interpreted in several different ways: “else he will forsake…,” “although he forsakes…,” “even the one who forsakes…,” or “even if he forsakes…” – the reading adopted here. If the first colon receives the reading “His friend has scorned compassion,” then this clause would be simply coordinated with “and forsakes the fear of the Almighty.” The sense of the verse seems to say that kindness/loyalty should be shown to the despairing, even to the one who is forsaking the fear of the Lord , meaning, saying outrageous things, like Job has been doing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":17777,"verse_id":"JOB.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"The verb בָּגְדוּ ( bagÿdu , “dealt treacherously) has been translated “dealt deceitfully,” but it is a very strong word. It means “to act treacherously [or deceitfully].” The deception is the treachery, because the deception is not innocent – it is in the place of a great need. The imagery will compare it to the brook that may or may not have water. If one finds no water when one expected it and needed it, there is deception and treachery. The LXX softens it considerably: “have not regarded me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":17778,"verse_id":"JOB.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"The Hebrew term used here is נָחַל ( nakhal ); this word differs from words for rivers or streams in that it describes a brook with an intermittent flow of water. A brook where the waters are not flowing is called a deceitful brook ( Jer 15:18 ; Mic 1:14 ); one where the waters flow is called faithful ( Isa 33:16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":17779,"verse_id":"JOB.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “and as a stream bed of brooks/torrents.” The word אָפִיק (’ afiq ) is the river bed or stream bed where the water flows. What is more disconcerting than finding a well-known torrent whose bed is dry when one expects it to be gushing with water (E. Dhorme, Job , 86)?","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A15/4"}
{"id":17780,"verse_id":"JOB.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.15","text":"The verb is rather simple – יַעֲבֹרוּ ( ya ’ avoru ). But some translate it “pass away” or “flow away,” and others “overflow.” In the rainy season they are deep and flowing, or “overflow” their banks. This is a natural sense to the verb, and since the next verse focuses on this, some follow this interpretation (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 15). But this idea does not parallel the first part of v. 15 . So it makes better sense to render it “flow away” and see the reference to the summer dry spells when one wants the water but is disappointed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A15/5"}
{"id":17781,"verse_id":"JOB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The article on the participle joins this statement to the preceding noun; it can have the sense of “they” or “which.” The parallel sense then can be continued with a finite verb (see GKC 404 §126. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":17782,"verse_id":"JOB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"The participle הַקֹּדְרים ( haqqodÿrim ), often rendered “which are black,” would better be translated “dark,” for it refers to the turbid waters filled with melting ice or melting snow, or to the frozen surface of the water, but not waters that are muddied. The versions failed to note that this referred to the waters introduced in v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":17783,"verse_id":"JOB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"The verb יִתְעַלֶּם ( yit ’ allem ) has been translated “is hid” or “hides itself.” But this does not work easily in the sentence with the preposition “upon them.” Torczyner suggested “pile up” from an Aramaic root עֲלַם (’ alam ), and E. Dhorme ( Job , 87) defends it without changing the text, contending that the form we have was chosen for alliterative value with the prepositional phrase before it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":17784,"verse_id":"JOB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.16","text":"The LXX paraphrases the whole verse: “They who used to reverence me now come against me like snow or congealed ice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A16/4"}
{"id":17785,"verse_id":"JOB.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"The verb יְזֹרְבוּ ( yÿzorÿvu , “burnt, scorched”) occurs only here. A good number of interpretations take the root as a by-form of צָרַב ( tsarav ) which means in the Niphal “to be burnt” ( Ezek 21:3 ). The expression then would mean “in the time they are burnt,” a reference to the scorching heat of the summer (“when the great heat comes”) and the rivers dry up. Qimchi connected it to the Arabic “canal,” and this has led to the suggestion by E. Dhorme ( Job , 88) that the root זָרַב ( zarav ) would mean “to flow.” In the Piel it would be “to cause to flow,” and in the passive “to be made to flow,” or “melt.” This is attractive, but it does require the understanding (or supplying) of “ice/snow” as the subject. G. R. Driver took the same meaning but translated it “when they (the streams) pour down in torrents, they (straightway) die down” ( ZAW 65 [1953]: 216-17). Both interpretations capture the sense of the brooks drying up.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":17786,"verse_id":"JOB.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"The verb נִדְעֲכוּ ( nid ’ akhu ) literally means “they are extinguished” or “they vanish” (cf. 18:5-6; 21:17 ). The LXX, perhaps confusing the word with the verb יָדַע ( yada ’, “to know”) has “and it is not known what it was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":17787,"verse_id":"JOB.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"This is the usual rendering of the Hebrew אָרְחוֹת (’ orkhot , “way, path”). It would mean that the course of the wadi would wind down and be lost in the sand. Many commentators either repoint the text to אֹרְחוֹת (’ orÿkhot ) when in construct (as in Isa 21:13 ), or simply redefine the existing word to mean “caravans” as in the next verse, and translate something like “caravans deviate from their route.” D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 160-61) allows that “caravans” will be introduced in the next verse, but urges retention of the usual sense here. The two verses together will yield the same idea in either case – the river dries up and caravans looking for the water deviate from their course looking for it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":17788,"verse_id":"JOB.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"The verb literally means “to go up,” but here no real ascent is intended for the wasteland. It means that they go inland looking for the water. The streams wind out into the desert and dry up in the sand and the heat. A. B. Davidson ( Job , 47) notes the difficulty with the interpretation of this verse as a reference to caravans is that Ibn Ezra says that it is not usual for caravans to leave their path and wander inland in search of water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":17789,"verse_id":"JOB.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.18","text":"The word תֹּהוּ ( tohu ) was used in Genesis for “waste,” meaning without shape or structure. Here the term refers to the trackless, unending wilderness (cf. 12:24 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A18/3"}
{"id":17790,"verse_id":"JOB.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"The verb נָבַט ( navat ) means “to gaze intently”; the looking is more intentional, more of a close scrutiny. It forms a fine parallel to the idea of “hope” in the second part. The NIV translates the second verb קִוּוּ ( qivvu ) as “look in hope.” In the previous verbs the imperfect form was used, expressing what generally happens (so the English present tense was used). Here the verb usage changes to the perfect form. It seems that Job is narrating a typical incident now – they looked, but were disappointed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":17791,"verse_id":"JOB.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"The words “for these streams” are supplied from context to complete the thought and make the connection with the preceding context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":17792,"verse_id":"JOB.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.19","text":"In Ps 68:24 this word has the meaning of “processions”; here that procession is of traveling merchants forming convoys or caravans.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A19/4"}
{"id":17793,"verse_id":"JOB.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"The verb בּוֹשׁ ( bosh ) basically means “to be ashamed”; however, it has a wider range of meaning such as “disappointed” or “distressed.” The feeling of shame or distress is because of their confidence that they knew what they were doing. The verb is strengthened here with the parallel חָפַר ( khafar , “to be confounded, disappointed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":17794,"verse_id":"JOB.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"The perfect verb has the nuance of past perfect here, for their confidence preceded their disappointment. Note the contrast, using these verbs, in Ps 22:6 : “they trusted in you and they were not put to shame [i.e., disappointed].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":17795,"verse_id":"JOB.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"The LXX misread the prepositional phrase as the noun “their cities”; it gives the line as “They too that trust in cities and riches shall come to shame.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":17796,"verse_id":"JOB.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"There is a textual problem in this line, an issue of Kethib - Qere . Some read the form with the Qere as the preposition with a suffix referring to “the river,” with the idea “you are like it.” Others would read the form with the Kethib as the negative “not,” meaning “for now you are nothing.” The LXX and the Syriac read the word as “to me.” RSV follows this and changes כִּי ( ki , “for”) to כֵּן ( ken , “thus”). However, such an emendation is unnecessary since כִּי ( ki ) itself can be legitimately employed as an emphatic particle. In that case, the translation would be, “Indeed, now you are” in the sense of “At this time you certainly are behaving like those streams.” The simplest reading is “for now you have become [like] it.” The meaning seems clear enough in the context that the friends, like the river, proved to be of no use. But D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 161) points out that the difficulty with this is that all references so far to the rivers have been in the plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":17797,"verse_id":"JOB.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"The perfect of הָיָה ( hayah ) could be translated as either “are” or “have been” rather than “have become” (cf. Joüon 2:373 §113. p with regard to stative verbs). “Like it” refers to the intermittent stream which promises water but does not deliver. The LXX has a paraphrase: “But you also have come to me without pity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":17798,"verse_id":"JOB.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.21","text":"The word חֲתַת ( khatat ) is a hapax legomenon . The word חַת ( khat ) means “terror” in 41:25 . The construct form חִתַּת ( khittat ) is found in Gen 35:5 ; and חִתִּית ( khittit ) is found in Ezek 26:17, 32:23 ). The Akkadian cognate means “terror.” It probably means that in Job’s suffering they recognized some dreaded thing from God and were afraid to speak any sympathy toward him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A21/3"}
{"id":17799,"verse_id":"JOB.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"The Hebrew הֲכִי ( hakhi ) literally says “Is it because….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":17800,"verse_id":"JOB.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.22","text":"The word כֹּחַ ( koakh ) basically means “strength, force”; but like the synonym חַיִל ( khayil ), it can also mean “wealth, fortune.” E. Dhorme notes that to the Semitic mind, riches bring power ( Job , 90).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A22/3"}
{"id":17801,"verse_id":"JOB.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.22","text":"Or “bribes.” The verb שִׁחֲדוּ ( shikhadu ) means “give a שֹׁחַד ( shokhad , “bribe”).” The significance is simply “make a gift” (especially in the sense of corrupting an official [ Ezek 16:33 ]). For the spelling of the form in view of the guttural, see GKC 169 §64. a .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A22/4"}
{"id":17802,"verse_id":"JOB.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"The verse now gives the ultimate reason why Job might have urged his friends to make a gift – if it were possible. The LXX, avoiding the direct speech in the preceding verse and this, does make this verse the purpose statement – “to deliver from enemies….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":17803,"verse_id":"JOB.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “hand,” as in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":17804,"verse_id":"JOB.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.23","text":"The עָרִיצִים (’ aritsim ) are tyrants, the people who inspire fear ( Job 15:20; 27:13 ); the root verb עָרַץ (’ arats ) means “to terrify” ( Job 13:25 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A23/3"}
{"id":17805,"verse_id":"JOB.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.23","text":"The verb now is the imperfect; since it is parallel to the imperative in the first half of the verse it is imperfect of instruction, much like English uses the future for instruction. The verb פָּדָה ( padah ) means “to ransom, redeem,” often in contexts where payment is made.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A23/4"}
{"id":17806,"verse_id":"JOB.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"The verb “teach” or “instruct” is the Hiphil הוֹרוּנִי ( horuni ), from the verb יָרָה ( yarah ); the basic idea of “point, direct” lies behind this meaning. The verb is cognate to the noun תּוֹרָה ( torah , “instruction, teaching, law”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":17807,"verse_id":"JOB.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"The independent personal pronoun makes the subject of the verb emphatic: “and I will be silent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":17808,"verse_id":"JOB.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"The verb is הָבִינוּ ( havinu , “to cause someone to understand”); with the ל ( lamed ) following, it has the sense of “explain to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":17809,"verse_id":"JOB.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.24","text":"The verb שָׁגָה ( shagah ) has the sense of “wandering, getting lost, being mistaken.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A24/4"}
{"id":17810,"verse_id":"JOB.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"The word נִּמְרְצוּ ( nimrÿtsu , “[they] painful are”) may be connected to מָרַץ ( marats , “to be ill”). This would give the idea of “how distressing,” or “painful” in this stem. G. R. Driver ( JTS 29 [1927/28]: 390-96) connected it to an Akkadian cognate “to be ill” and rendered it “bitter.” It has also been linked with מָרַס ( maras ), meaning “to be hard, strong,” giving the idea of “how persuasive” (see N. S. Doniach and W. E. Barnes, “Job 4:25: The Root Maras ,” JTS [1929/30]: 291-92). There seems more support for the meaning “to be ill” (cf. Mal 2:10 ). Others follow Targum Job “how pleasant [to my palate are your words]”; E. Dhorme ( Job , 92) follows this without changing the text but noting that the word has an interchange of letter with מָלַץ ( malats ) for מָרַץ ( marats ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":17811,"verse_id":"JOB.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"The וּ ( vav ) here introduces the antithesis (GKC 484-85 §154. a ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":17812,"verse_id":"JOB.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.25","text":"The infinitive הוֹכֵחַ ( hokheakh , “reproof,” from יָכַח [ yakhakh , “prove”]) becomes the subject of the verb from the same root, יוֹכִיהַ ( yokhiakh ), and so serves as a noun (see GKC 340 §113. b ). This verb means “to dispute, quarrel, argue, contend” (see BDB 406-7 s.v. יָכַח ). Job is saying, “What does reproof from you prove?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A25/3"}
{"id":17813,"verse_id":"JOB.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.25","text":"The LXX again paraphrases this line: “But as it seems, the words of a true man are vain, because I do not ask strength of you.” But the rest of the versions are equally divided on the verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A25/4"}
{"id":17814,"verse_id":"JOB.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"This, in the context, is probably the meaning, although the Hebrew simply has the line after the first half of the verse read: “and as/to wind the words of a despairing man.” The line could be translated “and the words of a despairing man, [which are] as wind.” But this translation follows the same approach as RSV, NIV, and NAB, which take the idiom of the verb (“think, imagine”) with the preposition on “wind” to mean “reckon as wind” – “and treat the words of a despairing man as wind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":17815,"verse_id":"JOB.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"The word “lots” is not in the text; the verb is simply תַּפִּילוּ ( tappilu , “you cast”). But the word “lots” is also omitted in 1 Sam 14:42 . Some commentators follow the LXX and repoint the word and divide the object of the preposition to read “and fall upon the blameless one.” Fohrer deletes the verse. Peake transfers it to come after v. 23 . Even though it does not follow quite as well here, it nonetheless makes sense as a strong invective against their lack of sympathy, and the lack of connection could be the result of emotional speech. He is saying they are the kind of people who would cast lots over the child of a debtor, who, after the death of the father, would be sold to slavery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":17816,"verse_id":"JOB.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"The verb תִכְרוּ ( tikhru ) is from כָּרָה ( karah ), which is found in 40:30 with עַל (’ al ), to mean “to speculate” on an object. The form is usually taken to mean “to barter for,” which would be an expression showing great callousness to a friend (NIV). NEB has “hurl yourselves,” perhaps following the LXX “rush against.” but G. R. Driver thinks that meaning is very precarious. As for the translation, “to speculate about [or “over”] a friend” could be understood to mean “engage in speculation concerning,” so the translation “auction off” has been used instead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":17817,"verse_id":"JOB.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"The second verb, the imperative “turn,” is subordinated to the first imperative even though there is no vav present (see GKC 385-87 §120. a , g ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":17818,"verse_id":"JOB.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"The line has “and now, be pleased, turn to me [i.e., face me].” The LXX reverses the idea, “And now, having looked upon your countenances, I will not lie.” The expression “turn to me” means essentially to turn the eyes toward someone to look at him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":17819,"verse_id":"JOB.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.28","text":"The construction uses אִם (’ im ) as in a negative oath to mark the strong negative. He is underscoring his sincerity here. See M. R. Lehmann, “Biblical Oaths,” ZAW 81 (1969): 74-92.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A28/3"}
{"id":17820,"verse_id":"JOB.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"The Hebrew verb שֻׁבוּ ( shuvu ) would literally be “return.” It has here the sense of “to begin again; to adopt another course,” that is, proceed on another supposition other than my guilt (A. B. Davidson, Job , 49). The LXX takes the word from יָשַׁב ( yashav , “sit, dwell”) reading “sit down now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":17821,"verse_id":"JOB.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"The word עַוְלָה (’ avlah ) is sometimes translated “iniquity.” The word can mean “perversion, wickedness, injustice” (cf. 16:11 ). But here he means in regard to words. Unjust or wicked words would be words that are false and destroy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":17822,"verse_id":"JOB.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"The verb here is also שֻׁבוּ ( shuvu ), although there is a Kethib - Qere reading. See R. Gordis, “Some Unrecognized Meanings of the Root Shub, ” JBL 52 (1933): 153-62.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":17823,"verse_id":"JOB.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.29","text":"The text has simply “yet my right is in it.” A. B. Davidson ( Job , 49, 50) thinks this means that in his plea against God, Job has right on his side. It may mean this; it simply says “my righteousness is yet in it.” If the “in it” does not refer to Job’s cause, then it would simply mean “is present.” It would have very little difference either way.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A29/4"}
{"id":17824,"verse_id":"JOB.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"The word עַוְלָה (’ avlah ) is repeated from the last verse. Here the focus is clearly on wickedness or injustice spoken. sn These words make a fitting transition to ch. , which forms a renewed cry of despair from Job. Job still feels himself innocent, but in the hands of cruel fate which is out to destroy him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":17825,"verse_id":"JOB.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “my palate.” Here “palate” is used not so much for the organ of speech (by metonymy) as of discernment. In other words, what he says indicates what he thinks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A30/2"}
{"id":17826,"verse_id":"JOB.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.30","text":"The final word, הַוּוֹת ( havvot ) is usually understood as “calamities.” He would be asking if he could not discern his misfortune. But some argue that the word has to be understood in the parallelism to “wickedness” of words (D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 162). Gordis connects it to Mic 7:3 and Ps 5:10 [9] where the meaning “deceit, falsehood” is found. The LXX has “and does not my throat meditate understanding?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%206%3A30/3"}
{"id":17827,"verse_id":"JOB.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"The word צָבָא ( tsava ’) is actually “army”; it can be used for the hard service of military service as well as other toil. As a military term it would include the fixed period of duty (the time) and the hard work (toil). Job here is considering the lot of all humans, not just himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":17828,"verse_id":"JOB.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The שָׂכִיר ( sakhir ) is a hired man, either a man who works for wages, or a mercenary soldier ( Jer 46:21 ). The latter sense may be what is intended here in view of the parallelism, although the next verse seems much broader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":17829,"verse_id":"JOB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"This term עֶבֶד (’ eved ) is the servant or the slave. He is compelled to work through the day, in the heat; but he longs for evening, when he can rest from the slavery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":17830,"verse_id":"JOB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"The expression יִשְׁאַף־צֵל ( yish ’ af tsel , “longing for the evening shadow”) could also be taken as a relative clause (without the relative pronoun): “as a servant [who] longs for the evening shadow” (see GKC 487 §155. g ). In either case, the expressions in v. 2 emphasize the point of the comparison, which will be summed up in v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":17831,"verse_id":"JOB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"The two verbs in this verse stress the eager expectation and waiting. The first, שָׁאַף ( sha ’ af ), means “to long for; to desire”; and the second, קָוָה ( qavah ), has the idea of “to hope for; to look for; to wait.” The words would give the sense that the servant or hired man had the longing on his mind all day.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":17832,"verse_id":"JOB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"The word פֹּעַל ( po ’ al ) means “work.” But here the word should be taken as a metonymy, meaning the pay for the work that he has done (compare Jer 22:13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":17833,"verse_id":"JOB.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"“Thus” indicates a summary of vv. 1 and 2 : like the soldier, the mercenary, and the slave, Job has labored through life and looks forward to death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":17834,"verse_id":"JOB.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"The form is the Hophal perfect of נָחַל ( nakhal ): “I have been made to inherit,” or more simply, “I have inherited.” The form occurs only here. The LXX must have confused the letters or sounds, a ו ( vav ) for the ן ( nun ), for it reads “I have endured.” As a passive the form technically has two accusatives (see GKC 388 §121. c ). Job’s point is that his sufferings have been laid on him by another, and so he has inherited them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":17835,"verse_id":"JOB.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"The word is שָׁוְא ( shav ’, “vanity, deception, nothingness, futility”). His whole life – marked here in months to show its brevity – has been futile. E. Dhorme ( Job , 98) suggests the meaning “disillusionment,” explaining that it marks the deceptive nature of mortal life. The word describes life as hollow, insubstantial.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":17836,"verse_id":"JOB.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.3","text":"“Sorrow” is עָמָל (’ amal ), used in 3:10 . It denotes anxious toil, labor, troublesome effort. It may be that the verse expresses the idea that the nights are when the pains of his disease are felt the most. The months are completely wasted; the nights are agonizing.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A3/4"}
{"id":17837,"verse_id":"JOB.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.3","text":"The verb is literally “they have appointed”; the form with no expressed subject is to be interpreted as a passive (GKC 460 §144. g ). It is therefore not necessary to repoint the verb to make it passive. The word means “to number; to count,” and so “to determine; to allocate.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A3/5"}
{"id":17838,"verse_id":"JOB.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"This is the main clause, and not part of the previous conditional clause; it is introduced by the conjunction אִם (’ im ) (see GKC 336 §112. gg ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":17839,"verse_id":"JOB.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The verb מָדַד ( madad ) normally means “to measure,” and here in the Piel it has been given the sense of “to extend.” But this is not well attested and not widely accepted. There are many conjectural emendations. Of the most plausible one might mention the view of Gray, who changes מִדַּד ( middad , Piel of מָדַּד ) to מִדֵּי ( midde , comprising the preposition מִן [ min ] plus the noun דַּי [ day ], meaning “as often as”): “as often as evening comes.” Dhorme, following the LXX to some extent, adds the word “day” after “when/if” and replaces מִדַּד ( middad ) with מָתַי ( matay , “when”) to read “If I lie down, I say, ‘When comes the morning?’ If I rise up, I say, ‘How long till evening?’” The LXX, however, may be based more on a recollection of Deut 28:67 . One can make just as strong a case for the reading adopted here, that the night seems to drag on (so also NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":17840,"verse_id":"JOB.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"The Hebrew term נְדֻדִים ( nÿdudim , “tossing”) refers to the restless tossing and turning of the sick man at night on his bed. The word is a hapax legomenon derived from the verb נָדַד ( nadad , “to flee; to wander; to be restless”). The plural form here sums up the several parts of the actions (GKC 460 §144. f ). E. Dhorme ( Job , 99) argues that because it applies to both his waking hours and his sleepless nights, it may have more of the sense of wanderings of the mind. There is no doubt truth to the fact that the mind wanders in all this suffering; but there is no need to go beyond the contextually clear idea of the restlessness of the night.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":17841,"verse_id":"JOB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “my flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":17842,"verse_id":"JOB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"The implied comparison is vivid: the dirty scabs cover his entire body like a garment – so he is clothed with them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":17843,"verse_id":"JOB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"The text has “clods of dust.” The word גִּישׁ ( gish , “dirty scabs”) is a hapax legomenon from גּוּשׁ ( gush , “clod”). Driver suggests the word has a medical sense, like “pustules” (G. R. Driver, “Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 73) or “scabs” (JB, NEB, NAB, NIV). Driver thinks “clods of dust” is wrong; he repoints “dust” to make a new verb “to cover,” cognate to Arabic, and reads “my flesh is clothed with worms, and scab covers my skin.” This refers to the dirty scabs that crusted over the sores all over his body. The LXX links this with the second half of the verse: “And my body has been covered with loathsome worms, and I waste away, scraping off clods of dirt from my eruption.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":17844,"verse_id":"JOB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.5","text":"The meaning of רָגַע ( raga ’) is also debated here. D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 163) does not think the word can mean “cracked” because scabs show evidence of the sores healing. But E. Dhorme ( Job , 100) argues that the usage of the word shows the idea of “splitting, separating, making a break,” or the like. Here then it would mean “my skin splits” and as a result festers. This need not be a reference to the scabs, but to new places. Or it could mean that the scabbing never heals, but is always splitting open.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A5/5"}
{"id":17845,"verse_id":"JOB.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"The verb קָלַל ( qalal ) means “to be light” ( 40:4 ), and then by extension “to be swift; to be rapid” ( Jer 4:13 ; Hab 1:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":17846,"verse_id":"JOB.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"The text includes a wonderful wordplay on this word. The noun is תִּקְוָה ( tiqvah , “hope”). But it can also have the meaning of one of its cognate nouns, קַו ( qav , “thread, cord,” as in Josh 2:18,21 ). He is saying that his life is coming to an end for lack of thread/for lack of hope (see further E. Dhorme, Job , 101).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":17847,"verse_id":"JOB.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"The word “that” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":17848,"verse_id":"JOB.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"The verb with the infinitive serves as a verbal hendiadys: “return to see” means “see again.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":17849,"verse_id":"JOB.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"This verse is omitted in the LXX and so by several commentators. But the verb שׁוּר ( shur , “turn, return”) is so characteristic of Job (10 times) that the verse seems appropriate here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":17850,"verse_id":"JOB.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The comparison is implied; “as” is therefore supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":17851,"verse_id":"JOB.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"The two verbs כָּלַה ( kalah ) and הָלַךְ ( halakh ) mean “to come to an end” and “to go” respectively. The picture is of the cloud that breaks up, comes to an end, is dispersed so that it is no longer a cloud; it then fades away or vanishes. This line forms a good simile for the situation of a man who comes to his end and disappears.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":17852,"verse_id":"JOB.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"The noun שְׁאוֹל ( shÿ ’ ol ) can mean “the grave,” “death,” or “Sheol” – the realm of departed spirits. In Job this is a land from which there is no return ( 10:21 and here). It is a place of darkness and gloom ( 10:21-22 ), a place where the dead lie hidden ( 14:13 ); as a place appointed for all no matter what their standing on earth might have been ( 30:23 ). In each case the precise meaning has to be determined. Here the grave makes the most sense, for Job is simply talking about death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":17853,"verse_id":"JOB.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"M. Dahood suggests the meaning is the same as “his abode” (“Hebrew-Ugaritic Lexicography V,” Bib 48 [1967]: 421-38).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":17854,"verse_id":"JOB.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"The verb means “to recognize” by seeing. “His place,” the place where he was living, is the subject of the verb. This personification is intended simply to say that the place where he lived will not have him any more. The line is very similar to Ps 103:16 b – when the wind blows the flower away, its place knows it no more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":17855,"verse_id":"JOB.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"“Also I” has been rendered frequently as “therefore,” introducing a conclusion. BDB 168-69 s.v. גַמּ lists Ps 52:7 [5] as a parallel, but it also could be explained as an adversative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":17856,"verse_id":"JOB.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"h, siha, ” ST 15 [1961]: 1-10).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":17857,"verse_id":"JOB.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The word תַּנִּין ( tannin ) could be translated “whale” as well as the more mythological “dragon” or “monster of the deep” (see E. Dhorme, Job , 105). To the Hebrews this was part of God’s creation in ; in the pagan world it was a force to be reckoned with, and so the reference would be polemical. The sea is a symbol of the tumultuous elements of creation; in the sea were creatures that symbolized the powerful forces of chaos – Leviathan, Tannin, and Rahab. They required special attention.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":17858,"verse_id":"JOB.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"The imperfect verb here receives the classification of obligatory imperfect. Job wonders if he is such a threat to God that God must do this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":17859,"verse_id":"JOB.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"The word מִשְׁמָר ( mishmar ) means “guard; barrier.” M. Dahood suggested “muzzle” based on Ugaritic, but that has proven to be untenable (“ Mismar , ‘Muzzle,’ in Job 7:12 ,” JBL 80 [1961]: 270-71).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":17860,"verse_id":"JOB.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) could also be translated “when,” but “if” might work better to introduce the conditional clause and to parallel the earlier reasoning of Job in v. 4 (using אִם , ’ im ). See GKC 336-37 §112. hh .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":17861,"verse_id":"JOB.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"The verb literally means “say,” but here the connotation must be “think” or “say to oneself” – “when I think my bed….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":17862,"verse_id":"JOB.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.13","text":"The verb means “to lift up; to take away” ( נָשָׂא , nasa ’). When followed by the preposition בּ ( bet ) with the complement of the verb, the idea is “to bear a part; to take a share,” or “to share in the burden” (cf. Num 11:7 ). The idea then would be that the sleep would ease the complaint. It would not end the illness, but the complaining for a while.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A13/4"}
{"id":17863,"verse_id":"JOB.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"The Piel of חָתַת ( khatat ) occurs only here and in Jer 51:56 (where it is doubtful). The meaning is clearly “startle, scare.” The perfect verb with the ו ( vav ) is fitting in the apodosis of the conditional sentence. sn Here Job is boldly saying that it is God who is behind the horrible dreams that he is having at night.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":17864,"verse_id":"JOB.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"The Piel of בָּעַת ( ba ’ at , “terrify”) is one of the characteristic words in the book of Job; it occurs in 3:5; 9:34; 13:11, 21; 15:24; 18:11; and 33:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":17865,"verse_id":"JOB.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"The prepositions בּ ( bet ) and מִן ( min ) interchange here; they express the instrument of causality. See N. Sarna, “The Interchange of the Prepositions bet and min in Biblical Hebrew,” JBL 78 (1959): 310-16. Emphasis on the instruments of terror in this verse is highlighted by the use of chiasm in which the prepositional phrases comprise the central elements (ab//b’a’). Verse 18 contains another example.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":17866,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"The word נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is often translated “soul.” But since Hebrew thought does not make such a distinction between body and soul, it is usually better to translate it with “person.” When a suffix is added to the word, then that pronoun would serve as the better translation, as here with “my soul” = “I” (meaning with every fiber of my being).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":17867,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"The verb בָּחַר ( bakhar , “choose”) followed by the preposition בּ ( bet ) can have the sense of “prefer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":17868,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.15","text":"The meaning of the term מַחֲנָק ( makhanaq , “strangling”), a hapax legomenon , is clear enough; the verb חָנַק ( khanaq ) in the Piel means “to strangle” ( Nah 2:13 ), and in the Niphal “to strangle oneself” ( 2 Sam 17:23 ). This word has tempted some commentators to take נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) in a very restricted sense of “throat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/3"}
{"id":17869,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.15","text":"The conjunction “and” is supplied in the translation. “Death” could also be taken in apposition to “strangling,” providing the outcome of the strangling.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/4"}
{"id":17870,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.15","text":"This is one of the few words recognizable in the LXX: “You will separate life from my spirit, and yet keep my bones from death.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/5"}
{"id":17871,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.15","text":"The comparative min ( מִן ) after the verb “choose” will here have the idea of preferring something before another (see GKC 429-30 §133. b ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/6"}
{"id":17872,"verse_id":"JOB.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.15","text":"The word מֵעַצְמוֹתָי ( me ’ atsmotay ) means “more than my bones” (= life or being). The line is poetic; “bones” is often used in scripture metonymically for the whole living person, so there is no need here for conjectural emendation. Nevertheless, there have been several suggestions made. The simplest and most appealing for those who desire a change is the repointing to מֵעַצְּבוֹתָי ( me ’ atsÿvotay , “my sufferings,” adopted by NAB, JB, Moffatt, Driver-Gray, E. Dhorme, H. H. Rowley, and others). Driver obtains this idea by positing a new word based on Arabic without changing the letters; it means “great” – but he has to supply the word “sufferings.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A15/7"}
{"id":17873,"verse_id":"JOB.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 107-8) thinks the idea of loathing or despising is problematic since there is no immediate object. He notes that the verb מָאַס ( ma ’ as , “loathe”) is parallel to מָסַס ( masas , “melt”) in the sense of “flow, drip” ( Job 42:6 ). This would give the idea “I am fading away” or “I grow weaker,” or as Dhorme chooses, “I am pining away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":17874,"verse_id":"JOB.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"There is no object for the verb in the text. But the most likely object would be “my life” from the last verse, especially since in this verse Job will talk about not living forever. Some have thought the object should be “death,” meaning that Job despised death more than the pains. But that is a forced meaning; besides, as H. H. Rowley points out, the word here means to despise something, to reject it. Job wanted death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":17875,"verse_id":"JOB.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “cease from me.” This construction means essentially “leave me in peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":17876,"verse_id":"JOB.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.16","text":"This word הֶבֶל ( hevel ) is difficult to translate. It means “breath; puff of air; vapor” and then figuratively, “vanity.” Job is saying that his life is but a breath – it is brief and fleeting. Compare Ps 144:4 for a similar idea.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A16/4"}
{"id":17877,"verse_id":"JOB.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"The verse is a rhetorical question; it is intended to mean that man is too little for God to be making so much over him in all this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":17878,"verse_id":"JOB.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"The Piel verb is a factitive meaning “to magnify.” The English word “magnify” might not be the best translation here, for God, according to Job, is focusing inordinately on him. It means to magnify in thought, appreciate, think highly of. God, Job argues, is making too much of mankind by devoting so much bad attention on them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":17879,"verse_id":"JOB.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.17","text":"The expression “set your heart on” means “concentrate your mind on” or “pay attention to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A17/3"}
{"id":17880,"verse_id":"JOB.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"The verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) is a very common one in the Bible; while it is frequently translated “visit,” the “visit” is never comparable to a social call. When God “visits” people it always means a divine intervention for blessing or cursing – but the visit always changes the destiny of the one visited. Here Job is amazed that God Almighty would be so involved in the life of mere human beings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":17881,"verse_id":"JOB.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Now the verb “to test” is introduced and gives further explanation to the purpose of the “visit” in the parallel line (see the same parallelism in Ps 17:3 ). The verb בָּחַן ( bakhan ) has to do with passing things through the fire or the crucible to purify the metal (see Job 23:10 ; Zech 13:3 ); metaphorically it means “to examine carefully” and “to purify by testing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":17882,"verse_id":"JOB.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “according to what [= how long] will you not look away from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":17883,"verse_id":"JOB.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"The verb שָׁעָה ( sha ’ ah , “to look”) with the preposition מִן ( min ) means “to look away from; to avert one’s gaze.” Job wonders if God would not look away from him even briefly, for the constant vigilance is killing him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":17884,"verse_id":"JOB.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"The Hiphil of רָפָה ( rafah ) means “to leave someone alone.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":17885,"verse_id":"JOB.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The simple perfect verb can be used in a conditional sentence without a conditional particle present (see GKC 494 §159. h ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":17886,"verse_id":"JOB.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.20","text":"This word is a hapax legomenon from the verb פָּגָע ( paga ’, “meet, encounter”); it would describe what is hit or struck (as nouns of this pattern can indicate the place of the action) – the target.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A20/4"}
{"id":17887,"verse_id":"JOB.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.20","text":"In the prepositional phrase עָלַי (’ alay ) the results of a scribal change is found (these changes were called tiqqune sopherim, “corrections of the scribes” made to avoid using improper language about God). The prepositional phrase would have been עָלֶךָ (’ alekha , “to you,” as in the LXX). But it offended the Jews to think of Job’s being burdensome to God. Job’s sin could have repercussions on him, but not on God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A20/5"}
{"id":17888,"verse_id":"JOB.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"The LXX has, “for now I will depart to the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":17889,"verse_id":"JOB.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"The verb שָׁחַר ( shakhar ) in the Piel has been translated “to seek early in the morning” because of the possible link with the word “dawn.” But the verb more properly means “to seek diligently” (by implication).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":17890,"verse_id":"JOB.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"The second colon of the verse simply says “and a strong wind the words of your mouth.” The simplest way to treat this is to make it an independent nominal sentence: “the words of your mouth are a strong wind.” Some have made it parallel to the first by apposition, understanding “how long” to do double duty. The line beginning with the ו ( vav ) can also be subordinated as a circumstantial clause, as here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":17891,"verse_id":"JOB.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"The word כַּבִּיר ( kabbir , “great”) implies both abundance and greatness. Here the word modifies “wind”; the point of the analogy is that Job’s words are full of sound but without solid content.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":17892,"verse_id":"JOB.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.2","text":"See, however, G. R. Driver’s translation, “the breath of one who is mighty are the words of your mouth” (“Hebrew Studies,” JRAS 1948: 170).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A2/4"}
{"id":17893,"verse_id":"JOB.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"The Piel verb יְעַוֵּת ( yÿ ’ avvet ) means “to bend; to cause to swerve from the norm; to deviate; to pervert.” The LXX renders the first colon as “will the Lord be unjust when he judges?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":17894,"verse_id":"JOB.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"The first word is מִשְׁפָּת ( mishpat , “justice”). It can mean an act of judgment, place of judgment, or what is just, that is, the outcome of the decision. It basically describes an umpire’s decision. The parallel word is צֶדֶק ( tsedeq , “righteousness,” or “what is right”). The basic idea here is that which conforms to the standard, what is right. See S. H. Scholnick, “The Meaning of Mishpat in the Book of Job,” JBL 101 (1982): 521-29.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":17895,"verse_id":"JOB.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"Some commentators think that the second verb should be changed in order to avoid the repetition of the same word and to reflect the different words in the versions. The suggestion is to read יְעַוֵּה ( yÿ ’ avveh ) instead; this would mean “to cause someone to deviate,” for the root means “to bend.” The change is completely unwarranted; the LXX probably chose different words for stylistic reasons (see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 198). The repetition in the Hebrew text is a common type; it strengthens the enormity of the charge Job seems to be making.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":17896,"verse_id":"JOB.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"The AV and RV take the protasis down to the middle of v. 6 . The LXX changes the “if” at the beginning of v. 5 to “then” and makes that verse the apodosis. If the apodosis comes in the second half of v. 4 , then v. 4 would be a complete sentence (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 71; A. B. Davidson, Job , 60). The particle אִם (’ im ) has the sense of “since” in this section.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":17897,"verse_id":"JOB.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"The verb is a Piel preterite with a vav ( ו ) consecutive. The ו ( vav ) need not be translated if the second half of the verse is the apodosis of the first – since they sinned…he did this. The verb שִׁלֵּחַ ( shilleakh ) means “to expel; to thrust out” normally; here the sense of “deliver up” or “deliver over” fits the sentence well. The verse is saying that sin carries its own punishment, and so God merely delivered the young people over to it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":17898,"verse_id":"JOB.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “into the hand of their rebellion.” The word “hand” often signifies “power.” The rebellious acts have the power to destroy, and so that is what happened – according to Bildad. Bildad’s point is that Job should learn from what happened to his family.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":17899,"verse_id":"JOB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"“But” is supplied to show the contrast between this verse and the preceding line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":17900,"verse_id":"JOB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"The verb שִׁחַר ( shikhar ) means “to seek; to seek earnestly” (see 7:21 ). With the preposition אֶל (’ el ) the verb may carry the nuance of “to address; to have recourse to” (see E. Dhorme, Job , 114). The LXX connected it etymologically to “early” and read, “Be early in prayer to the Lord Almighty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":17901,"verse_id":"JOB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"The verb תִּתְחַנָּן ( titkhannan ) means “to make supplication; to seek favor; to seek grace” (from חָנַן , khanan ). Bildad is saying that there is only one way for Job to escape the same fate as his children – he must implore God’s mercy. Job’s speech had spoken about God’s seeking him and not finding him; but Bildad is speaking of the importance of Job’s seeking God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":17902,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"A verb form needs to be supplied here. Bildad is not saying to Job, “If you are pure [as you say you are].” Bildad is convinced that Job is a sinner. Therefore, “If you become pure” makes more sense here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":17903,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Or “innocent” (i.e., acquitted).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":17904,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Many commentators delete this colon as a moralizing gloss on v. 5 ; but the phrase makes good sense, and simply serves as another condition. Besides, the expression is in the LXX.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":17905,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.6","text":"The verb יָעִיר ( ya ’ ir , “rouse, stir up”) is a strong anthropomorphism. The LXX has “he will answer your prayer” (which is probably only the LXX’s effort to avoid the anthropomorphism [D. J. A. Clines, Job (WBC), 198]). A reading of “watch over you” has been adopted because of parallel texts (see H. L. Ginsberg, “Two North Canaanite Letters from Ugarit,” BASOR 72 [1938]: 18-19; and H. N. Richardson, “A Ugaritic Letter of a King to His Mother,” JBL 66 [1947]: 321-24). Others suggest “his light will shine on you” or “he will bestow health on you.” But the idea of “awake” is common enough in the Bible to be retained here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/4"}
{"id":17906,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.6","text":"The Piel of שָׁלַם ( shalam ) means “to make good; to repay; to restore something to its wholeness; to reestablish.” The best understanding here would be “restore [Job] to his place.” Some take the verb in the sense of “reward [Job himself] with a righteous habitation.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/5"}
{"id":17907,"verse_id":"JOB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.6","text":"The construct נְוַת ( nÿvat ) is feminine; only the masculine occurs in Hebrew. But the meaning “abode of your righteousness” is clear enough. The righteousness of Job is pictured as inhabiting an estate, or it pictures the place where Job lives as a righteous man. A translation “rightful habitation” would mean “the habitation that you deserve” – if you are righteous.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A6/6"}
{"id":17908,"verse_id":"JOB.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"The reference to “your beginning” is a reference to Job’s former estate of wealth and peace. The reference to “latter end” is a reference to conditions still in the future. What Job had before will seem so small in comparison to what lies ahead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":17909,"verse_id":"JOB.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"The verb has the idea of “to grow”; here it must mean “to flourish; to grow considerably” or the like. The statement is not so much a prophecy; rather Bildad is saying that “if Job had recourse to God, then….” This will be fulfilled, of course, at the end of the book.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":17910,"verse_id":"JOB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"The verb כוֹנֵן ( khonen , from כּוּן , kun ) normally would indicate “prepare yourself” or “fix” one’s heart on something, i.e., give attention to it. The verb with the ל ( lamed ) preposition after it does mean “to think on” or “to meditate” ( Isa 51:13 ). But some commentators wish to change the כּ ( kaf ) to a בּ ( bet ) in the verb to get “to consider” (from בִּין , bin ). However, M. Dahood shows a connection between כּנן ( knn ) and שׁאל ( sh ’ l ) in Ugaritic (“Hebrew-Ugaritic Lexicography,” Bib 46 [1965]: 329).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":17911,"verse_id":"JOB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"The Hebrew has “the search of their fathers,” but the word is probably intended to mean what that observation or search yielded (so “search” is a metonymy of cause).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":17912,"verse_id":"JOB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":17913,"verse_id":"JOB.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The Hebrew has “we are of yesterday,” the adverb functioning as a predicate. Bildad’s point is that they have not had time to acquire great knowledge because they are recent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":17914,"verse_id":"JOB.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 116) observes that the shadow is the symbol of ephemeral things ( 14:2; 17:7 ; Ps 144:4 ). The shadow passes away quickly (116).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":17915,"verse_id":"JOB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"The sentence begins emphatically: “Is it not they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":17916,"verse_id":"JOB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"The “and” is not present in the line. The second clause seems to be in apposition to the first, explaining it more thoroughly: “Is it not they [who] will instruct you, [who] will speak to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":17917,"verse_id":"JOB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"The noun may have been left indeterminate for the sake of emphasis (GKC 401-2 §125. c ), meaning “important words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":17918,"verse_id":"JOB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “from their heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":17919,"verse_id":"JOB.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"The two verbs, גָּאָה ( ga ’ ah ) and שָׂגָה ( sagah ), have almost the same meanings of “flourish, grow, become tall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":17920,"verse_id":"JOB.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The word has been traditionally translated “greenness” (so KJV, ASV), but some modern commentators argue for “in flower.” The word is found only in Song 6:11 (where it may be translated “blossoms”). From the same root is אָבִיב (’ aviv , “fresh young ears of barley”). Here the word refers to the plant that is still in its early stages of flowering. It should not be translated to suggest the plant is flowering (cf. NRSV), but translating as if the plant is green (so NASB) is also problematic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":17921,"verse_id":"JOB.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"The imperfect verb here is the modal use of potential, “can wither away” if the water is not there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":17922,"verse_id":"JOB.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A12/4"}
{"id":17923,"verse_id":"JOB.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.12","text":"The LXX interprets the line: “does not any herb wither before it has received moisture?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A12/5"}
{"id":17924,"verse_id":"JOB.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The word אָרְחוֹת (’ orkhot ) means “ways” or “paths” in the sense of tracks of destiny or fate. The word דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way, road, path”) is used in a similar way ( Isa 40:27 ; Ps 37:5 ). However, many commentators emend the text to read אַחֲרִית (’ akharit , “end”) in harmony with the LXX. But Prov 1:19 (if not emended as well) confirms the primary meaning here without changing the text (see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 199).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":17925,"verse_id":"JOB.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"The word חָנֵף ( khanef ) is often translated “hypocrite.” But the root verb means “to be profane,” and this would be done by idolatry or bloodshed. It describes an irreligious person, a godless person. In Dan 11:32 the word seems to mean “make someone pagan.” The word in this verse is parallel to “those who forget God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":17926,"verse_id":"JOB.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The relative pronoun introduces the verse as a relative clause, working with the “godless person” of the preceding verse. The relative pronoun is joined to the resumptive pronoun in the translation: “who + his trust” = “whose trust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":17927,"verse_id":"JOB.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"The noun כֶּסֶל ( kesel ) in this half of the verse must correspond to “his security” in the second half. The meaning must be “his trust” (see 4:6 ). The two words will again be parallel in 31:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":17928,"verse_id":"JOB.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"The word יָקוֹט ( yaqot ) is not known anywhere else; here it looks like it should be a noun to parallel “spider’s house” in the next colon. But scholars have tried to identify it as a verb, perhaps an imperfect of קוֹט ( qot , BDB 876 s.v.), or related to an Arabic qatta , “to cut.” Some versions have “break in sunder” (KJV, RV); others “cut off” (RSV). Apart from verbs, some commentators follow Sa`adia’s Arabic translation “sun cords,” meaning “gossamer.” Accordingly, there are emendations like “threads,” “threads of summer,” “spider threads,” and the like. D. J. A. Clines agrees with those who conclude that emendations based on Sa`adia’s translation lack a sound philological basis. E. Dhorme “somewhat timidly” suggests יַלְקוּט ( yalqut ), the shepherd’s bag or scrip ( 1 Sam 17:40 ). He suggests that an empty bag would be a symbol of something unstable and futile. It seems impossible to determine exactly what the word meant. One can only conclude that it means something like “fragile” or “futile.” The LXX is of no help: “for his house shall be without inhabitants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":17929,"verse_id":"JOB.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The verb עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”) is almost synonymous with the parallel קוּם ( qum , “to rise; to stand”). The distinction is that the former means “to remain standing” (so it is translated here “hold up”), and the latter “rise, stand up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":17930,"verse_id":"JOB.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The figure now changes to a plant that is flourishing and spreading and then suddenly cut off. The word רָטַב ( ratav ) means “to be moist; to be watered.” The word occurs in Arabic, Aramaic, and Akkadian, but only twice in the Bible: here as the adjective and in 24:8 as the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":17931,"verse_id":"JOB.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"The Hebrew is לִפְנֵי ( lifne , “before”). Does this mean “in the presence of the sun,” i.e., under a sweltering sun, or “before” the sun rises? It seems more natural to take לִפְנֵי ( lifne ) as “in the presence of” or “under.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":17932,"verse_id":"JOB.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “its shoot goes out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":17933,"verse_id":"JOB.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"8.16","text":"Some have emended this phrase to obtain “over the roofs.” The LXX has “out of his corruption.” H. M. Orlinsky has shown that this reading arose from an internal LXX change, saprias having replaced prasias , “garden” ( JQR 26 [1935/36]: 134-35).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A16/4"}
{"id":17934,"verse_id":"JOB.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Cheyne reads “spring” or “well” rather than “heap.” However, this does not fit the parallelism very well, and so he emends the second half as well. Nevertheless the Hebrew text needs no emending here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":17935,"verse_id":"JOB.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"The expression “of stones” is added for clarification of what the heap would be. It refers to the object around which the roots would grow. The parallelism with “house of stones” makes this reading highly probable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":17936,"verse_id":"JOB.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"The idea is that the plant grows, looking for a place to grow among the stones. Some trees grow so tightly around the rocks and stones that they are impossible to uproot. The rocky ground where it grows forms “a house of stones.” The LXX supports an emendation from יְחֱזֶה ( yÿkhezeh , “it looks”) to יִחְיֶה ( yikhyeh , “it lives”). Others have tried to emend the text in a variety of ways: “pushes” (Budde), “cleave” (Gordis), “was opposite” (Driver), or “run against” (NEB, probably based on G. R. Driver). If one were to make a change, the reading with the LXX would be the easiest to defend, but there is no substantial reason to do that. The meaning is about the same without such a change.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":17937,"verse_id":"JOB.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Ball reads אֵל (’ el , “God”) instead of אִם (’ im , “if”): “God destroys it” – but there is no reason for this. The idea would be implied in the context. A. B. Davidson rightly points out that who destroys it is not important, but the fact that it is destroyed. tn The Hebrew has “if one destroys it”; the indefinite subject allows for a passive interpretation. The verb means “swallow” in the Qal, but in the Piel it means “to engulf; to destroy; to ruin” ( 2:3; 10:8 ). It could here be rendered “removed from its place” (the place where it is rooted); since the picture is that of complete destruction, “uprooted” would be a good rendering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":17938,"verse_id":"JOB.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (“his place” in the preceding line) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The place where the plant once grew will deny ever knowing it. Such is the completeness of the uprooting that there is not a trace left.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":17939,"verse_id":"JOB.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.18","text":"Here “saying” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A18/3"}
{"id":17940,"verse_id":"JOB.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"This line is difficult. If the MT stands as it is, the expression must be ironic. It would be saying that the joy (all the security and prosperity) of its way (its life) is short-lived – that is the way its joy goes. Most commentators are not satisfied with this. Dhorme, for one, changes מְשׂוֹשׂ ( mÿsos , “joy”) to מְסוֹס ( mÿsos , “rotting”), and gets “behold him lie rotting on the path.” The sibilants can interchange this way. But Dhorme thinks the MT was written the way it was because the word was thought to be “joy,” when it should have been the other way. The word “way” then becomes an accusative of place. The suggestion is rather compelling and would certainly fit the context. The difficulty is that a root סוּס ( sus , “to rot”) has to be proposed. E. Dhorme does this by drawing on Arabic sas , “to be eaten by moths or worms,” thus “worm-eaten; decaying; rotting.” Cf. NIV “its life withers away”; also NAB “there he lies rotting beside the road.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":17941,"verse_id":"JOB.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “dust.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":17942,"verse_id":"JOB.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The word עַד (’ ad , “until”) would give the reading “until he fills your mouth with laughter,” subordinating the verse to the preceding with some difficulty in interpretation. It would be saying that God will not reject the blameless man until he filled Job with joy. Almost all commentators and modern versions change the pointing to עוֹד (’ od , “yet”), forming a hope for the future blessing of joy for Job.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":17943,"verse_id":"JOB.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"“Shame” is compared to a garment that can be worn. The “shame” envisioned here is much more than embarrassment or disgrace – it is utter destruction. For parallels in the Psalms, see Pss 35:26; 132:18; 109:29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":17944,"verse_id":"JOB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"The adverb אָמְנָם (’ omnam , “in truth”) is characteristic of the Book of Job ( 12:2; 19:4; 34:12; 36:4 ). The friends make commonplace statements, general truths, and Job responds with “truly I know this is so.” Job knows as much about these themes as his friends do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":17945,"verse_id":"JOB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"The attempt to define אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh ) as “weak” or “mortal” man is not compelling. Such interpretations are based on etymological links without the clear support of usage (an issue discussed by J. Barr, Comparative Philology and the Text of the Old Testament ). This seems to be a poetic word for “human” (the only nonpoetic use is in 2 Chr 14:10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":17946,"verse_id":"JOB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.2","text":"The preposition is אִם (’ im , “with, before, in the presence of”). This is more specific than מִן ( min ) in 4:17 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A2/4"}
{"id":17947,"verse_id":"JOB.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Some commentators take God to be the subject of this verb, but it is more likely that it refers to the mortal who tries to challenge God in a controversy. The verb is used of Job in 13:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":17948,"verse_id":"JOB.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The verb רִיב ( riv ) is a common one; it has the idea of “contention; dispute; legal dispute or controversy; go to law.” With the preposition אִם (’ im ) the idea must be “to contend with” or “to dispute with.” The preposition reflects the prepositional phrase “with God” in v. 2 , supporting the view that man is the subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":17949,"verse_id":"JOB.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"This use of the imperfect as potential imperfect assumes that the human is the subject, that in a dispute with God he could not answer one of God’s questions (for which see the conclusion of the book when God questions Job). On the other hand, if the interpretation were that God does not answer the demands of mortals, then a simple progressive imperfect would be required. In support of this is the frustration of Job that God does not answer him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":17950,"verse_id":"JOB.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The genitive phrase translated “in heart” would be a genitive of specification, specifying that the wisdom of God is in his intelligent decisions. sn The heart is the seat of intelligence and understanding, the faculty of decision making.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":17951,"verse_id":"JOB.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"The first half of the verse simply has “wise of heart and mighty of strength.” The entire line is a casus pendens that will refer to the suffix on אֵלָיו (’ elayv ) in the second colon. So the question is “Who has resisted the one who is wise of heart and mighty of strength?” Again, the rhetorical question is affirming that no one has done this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":17952,"verse_id":"JOB.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.4","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of the verb קָשָׁה ( qashah , “to be hard”). It frequently is found with the word for “neck,” describing people as “stiff-necked,” i.e., stubborn, unbending. So the idea of resisting God fits well. The fact that this word occurs in Exodus with the idea of hardening the heart against God may indicate that there is an allusion to Pharaoh here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A4/4"}
{"id":17953,"verse_id":"JOB.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.4","text":"The use of שָׁלֵם ( shalem ) in the Qal is rare. It has been translated “remain safe” by E. Dhorme, “survived” by the NEB, “remained unscathed” by the NAB and NIV, or “succeeded” by KJV, G. R. Driver.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A4/5"}
{"id":17954,"verse_id":"JOB.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The verb is plural: “they do not know it.” This suggests that the mountains would not know it. Some follow the Syriac with a singular verb, i.e., God does not know it, meaning, it is so trifling to God that he can do it without thinking. But the better interpretation may be “suddenly.” This would be interpreted from the MT as it stands; it would imply “before they know anything,” thus “suddenly” (Gray, Dhorme, Buttenwieser, et. al.). D. W. Thomas connects the meaning to another verb based on Arabic and translates it, “ so that they are no longer still” (“Additional Notes on the Root yada` in Hebrew,” JTS 15 [1964]: 54-57). J. A. Emerton works with a possible root יָדַע ( yada ’) meaning “be still” (“A Consideration of Some Alleged Meanings of yada` in Hebrew,” JSS 15 [1970]: 145-80).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":17955,"verse_id":"JOB.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"The verb הִתְפַלָּצ ( hitfallats ) is found only here, but the root seems clearly to mean “to be tossed; to be thrown about,” and so in the Hitpael “quiver; shake; tremble.” One of the three nouns from this root is פַּלָּצוּת ( pallatsut ), the “shudder” that comes with terror (see Job 21:6 ; Isa 21:4 ; Ezek 7:18 ; and Ps 55:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":17956,"verse_id":"JOB.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The form could also be subordinated, “that it shine not” (see further GKC 323 §109. g ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":17957,"verse_id":"JOB.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"The verb זָרַח ( zarakh ) means “rise.” This is the ordinary word for the sunrise. But here it probably has the idea of “shine; glisten,” which is also attested in Hebrew and Aramaic. sn There are various views on the meaning of this line in this verse. Some think it refers to some mysterious darkness like the judgment in Egypt ( Exod 10:21-23 ), or to clouds building ( 3:5 ), often in accompaniment of earthquakes (see Joel 2:10, 3:15-16 ; Isa 13:10-13 ). It could also refer to an eclipse. All this assumes that the phenomenon here is limited to the morning or the day; but it could simply be saying that God controls light and darkness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":17958,"verse_id":"JOB.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"The verb חָתַם ( khatam ) with בְּעַד ( bÿ ’ ad ) before its complement, means “to seal; to wall up; to enclose.” This is a poetic way of saying that God prevents the stars from showing their light.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":17959,"verse_id":"JOB.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “marches forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":17960,"verse_id":"JOB.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"The reference is probably to the waves of the sea. This is the reading preserved in NIV and NAB, as well as by J. Crenshaw, “ W ÿ dorek `al-bamote ‘ ares ,” CBQ 34 (1972): 39-53. But many see here a reference to Canaanite mythology. The marginal note in the RSV has “the back of the sea dragon.” The view would also see in “sea” the Ugaritic god Yammu .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":17961,"verse_id":"JOB.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and the chambers of the south.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A9/4"}
{"id":17962,"verse_id":"JOB.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Only slight differences exist between this verse and 5:9 which employs the simple ו ( vav ) conjunction before אֵין (’ eyn ) in the first colon and omits the ו ( vav ) conjunction before נִפְלָאוֹת ( nifla ’ ot , “wonderful things”) in the second colon. sn There is probably great irony in Job’s using this same verse as in 5:9 . But Job’s meaning here is different than Eliphaz.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":17963,"verse_id":"JOB.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The NIV has “when” to form a temporal clause here. For the use of “if,” see GKC 497 §159. w .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":17964,"verse_id":"JOB.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse are consistent with the clauses. In the conditional clauses a progressive imperfect is used, but in the following clauses the verbs are potential imperfects.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":17965,"verse_id":"JOB.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"The pronoun “him” is supplied here; it is not in MT, but the Syriac and Vulgate have it (probably for translation purposes as well).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":17966,"verse_id":"JOB.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 133) surveys the usages and concludes that the verb חָתַף ( khataf ) normally describes the wicked actions of a man, especially by treachery or trickery against another. But a verb חָתַף ( khataf ) is found nowhere else; a noun “robber” is found in Prov 23:28 . Dhorme sees no reason to emend the text, because he concludes that the two verbs are synonymous. Job is saying that if God acts like a plunderer, there is no one who can challenge what he does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":17967,"verse_id":"JOB.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"The verb is the Hiphil imperfect (potential again) from שׁוּב ( shuv ). In this stem it can mean “turn back, refute, repel” (BDB 999 s.v. Hiph.5).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":17968,"verse_id":"JOB.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"The verb שָׁחַח ( shakhakh ) means “to be prostrate” or “to crouch.” Here the enemies are prostrate under the feet of God – they are crushed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":17969,"verse_id":"JOB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The construction אַף כִּי־אָנֹכִי (’ af ki ’ anokhi ) is an expression that means either “how much more” or “how much less.” Here it has to mean “how much less,” for if powerful forces like Rahab are crushed beneath God’s feet, how could Job contend with him?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":17970,"verse_id":"JOB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"The imperfect verb here is to be taken with the nuance of a potential imperfect. The idea of “answer him” has a legal context, i.e., answering God in a court of law. If God is relentless in his anger toward greater powers, then Job realizes it is futile for him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":17971,"verse_id":"JOB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.14","text":"The verb is supplied in this line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A14/4"}
{"id":17972,"verse_id":"JOB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.14","text":"The preposition אִם (’ im , “with”) carries the idea of “in contest with” in a number of passages (compare vv. 2, 3; 16:21 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A14/5"}
{"id":17973,"verse_id":"JOB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.14","text":"The LXX goes a different way after changing the first person to the third: “Oh then that he would hearken to me, or judge my cause.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A14/6"}
{"id":17974,"verse_id":"JOB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The line begins with אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “which”), which is omitted in the LXX and the Syriac. The particle אִם (’ im ) can introduce a concessive clause (GKC 498 §160. a ) or a conditional clause (GKC 495 §159. n ). The idea here seems to be “even if I were…I could not….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":17975,"verse_id":"JOB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"The verb is צָדַקְתִּי ( tsadaqti , “I am right [or “righteous”]”). The term here must be forensic, meaning “in the right” or “innocent” (see 11:2; 13:18; 33:12; 40:8 ). Job is claiming to be in the right, but still has difficulty speaking to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":17976,"verse_id":"JOB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"The form is the Qal imperfect of the verb “answer.” As the text stands, Job is saying that he cannot answer or could not answer (contend with) God if given a chance. Some commentators think a Niphal fits better here: “I am not answered,” meaning God does not reply to him. This has the LXX, the Syriac, and Theodotion in support of it. The advantage would be to avoid the repetition of the same word from v. 14 . But others rightly reject this, because all Job is saying here is that he would be too overwhelmed by God to answer him in court. The LXX change to a passive is understandable in that it would be seeking a different idea in this verse and without vocalization might have assumed a passive voice here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":17977,"verse_id":"JOB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"The verb אֶתְחַנָּן (’ etkhannan ) is the Hitpael of חָנַן ( khanan ), meaning “seek favor,” make supplication,” or “plead for mercy.” The nuance would again be a modal nuance; if potential, then the translation would be “I could [only] plead for mercy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":17978,"verse_id":"JOB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.15","text":"The word מְשֹׁפְטִי ( mÿshofti ) appears to be simply “my judge.” But most modern interpretations take the po‘el participle to mean “my adversary in a court of law.” Others argue that the form is at least functioning as a noun and means “judge” (see 8:5 ). This would fit better with the idea of appealing for mercy from God. The dilemma of Job, of course, is that the Lord would be both his adversary in the case and his judge.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A15/5"}
{"id":17979,"verse_id":"JOB.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"The Hiphil imperfect in the apodosis of this conditional sentence expresses what would (not) happen if God answered the summons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":17980,"verse_id":"JOB.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"The relative pronoun indicates that this next section is modifying God, the Judge. Job does not believe that God would respond or listen to him, because this is the one who is crushing him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":17981,"verse_id":"JOB.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The verb יְשׁוּפֵנִי ( yÿshufeni ) is the same verb that is used in Gen 3:15 for the wounding of the serpent. The Targum to Job, the LXX, and the Vulgate all translate it “to crush; to pound,” or “to bruise.” The difficulty for many exegetes is that this is to be done “with a tempest.” The Syriac and Targum Job see a different vocalization and read “with a hair.” The text as it stands is understandable and so no change is needed. The fact that the word “tempest” is written with a different sibilant in other places in Job is not greatly significant in this consideration.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":17982,"verse_id":"JOB.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"חִנָּם ( khinnam ) is adverbial, meaning “gratuitously, without a cause, for no reason, undeservedly.” See its use in 2:4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":17983,"verse_id":"JOB.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"The verb נָתַן ( natan ) essentially means “to give”; but followed by the infinitive (without the ל [ lamed ] here) it means “to permit; to allow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":17984,"verse_id":"JOB.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"The Hiphil of the verb means “to bring back”; with the object “my breath,” it means “get my breath” or simply “breathe.” The infinitive is here functioning as the object of the verb (see GKC 350 §114. m ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":17985,"verse_id":"JOB.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"The MT has only “if of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":17986,"verse_id":"JOB.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"“Most certainly” translates the particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":17987,"verse_id":"JOB.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.19","text":"The question could be taken as “who will summon me?” (see Jer 49:19 and 50:44 ). This does not make immediate sense. Some have simply changed the suffix to “who will summon him.” If the MT is retained, then supplying something like “he will say” could make the last clause fit the whole passage. Another option is to take it as “Who will reveal it to me?” – i.e., Job could be questioning his friends’ qualifications for being God’s emissaries to bring God’s charges against him (cf. KJV, NKJV; and see 10:2 where Job uses the same verb in the Hiphil to request that God reveal what his sin has been that has led to his suffering). sn Job is saying that whether it is a trial of strength or an appeal to justice, he is unable to go against God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A19/3"}
{"id":17988,"verse_id":"JOB.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The idea is the same as that expressed in v. 15 , although here the imperfect verb is used and not the perfect. Once again with the concessive clause (“although I am right”) Job knows that in a legal dispute he would be confused and would end up arguing against himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":17989,"verse_id":"JOB.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Some commentators wish to change this to “his mouth,” meaning God’s response to Job’s complaints. But the MT is far more expressive, and “my mouth” fits the context in which Job is saying that even though he is innocent, if he spoke in a court setting in the presence of God he would be overwhelmed, confused, and no doubt condemn himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":17990,"verse_id":"JOB.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.20","text":"The verb has the declarative sense in the Hiphil , “to declare guilty [or wicked]” or “to condemn.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A20/3"}
{"id":17991,"verse_id":"JOB.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.20","text":"The verb עָקַשׁ (’ aqash ) means “to be twisted; to be tortuous.” The Piel has a meaning “to bend; to twist” ( Mic 3:9 ) and “to pervert” (Jer 59:8). The form here is classified as a Hiphil, with the softening of the vowel i (see GKC 147 §53. n ). It would then also be a declarative use of the Hiphil.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A20/4"}
{"id":17992,"verse_id":"JOB.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Dhorme, in an effort to avoid tautology, makes this a question: “Am I blameless?” The next clause then has Job answering that he does not know. But through the last section Job has been proclaiming his innocence. The other way of interpreting these verses is to follow NIV and make all of them hypothetical (“If I were blameless, he would pronounce me guilty”) and then come to this verse with Job saying, “I am blameless.” The second clause of this verse does not fit either view very well. In vv. 20, 21, and 22 Job employs the same term for “blameless” ( תָּם , tam ) as in the prologue ( 1:1 ). God used it to describe Job in 1:8 and 2:3 . Bildad used it in 8:20 . These are the final occurrences in the book.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":17993,"verse_id":"JOB.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"The meaning of the expression “I do not know myself” seems to be, “I do not care.” NIV translates it, “I have no concern for my life.” sn Job believes he is blameless and not deserving of all this suffering; he will hold fast to that claim, even if the future is uncertain, especially if that future involved a confrontation with God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":17994,"verse_id":"JOB.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"The LXX omits the phrase “It is all one.” Modern scholars either omit it or transpose it for clarity. sn The expression “it is one” means that God’s dealings with people is undiscriminating. The number “one” could also be taken to mean “the same” – “it is all the same.” The implication is that it does not matter if Job is good or evil, if he lives or dies. This is the conclusion of the preceding section.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":17995,"verse_id":"JOB.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"The relationships of these clauses is in some question. Some think that the poet has inverted the first two, and so they should read, “That is why I have said: ‘It is all one.’” Others would take the third clause to be what was said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":17996,"verse_id":"JOB.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"The LXX contains a paraphrase: “for the worthless die, but the righteous are laughed to scorn.” sn The point of these verses is to show – rather boldly – that God does not distinguish between the innocent and the guilty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":17997,"verse_id":"JOB.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.23","text":"The term מַסַּת ( massat ), a hapax legomenon , was translated “trial” in the older versions; but it is not from נָסָה ( nasah , “to tempt; to test; to try”), but from מָסַס ( masas , “to flow”). It is used in the Niphal to speak of the heart “melting” in suffering. So the idea behind this image is that of despair. This is the view that most interpreters adopt; it requires no change of the text whatsoever.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A23/3"}
{"id":17998,"verse_id":"JOB.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Some would render this “earth,” meaning the whole earth, and having the verse be a general principle for all mankind. But Job may have in mind the more specific issue of individual land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":17999,"verse_id":"JOB.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"The subject of the verb is God. The reasoning goes this way: it is the duty of judges to make sure that justice prevails, that restitution and restoration are carried through; but when the wicked gain control of the land of other people, and the judges are ineffective to stop it, then God must be veiling their eyes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":18000,"verse_id":"JOB.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.24","text":"This seems to be a broken-off sentence (anacoluthon), and so is rather striking. The scribes transposed the words אֵפוֹא (’ efo ’) and הוּא ( hu ’) to make the smoother reading: “If it is not he, who then is it?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A24/5"}
{"id":18001,"verse_id":"JOB.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"The text has “and my days” following the thoughts in the previous section.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":18002,"verse_id":"JOB.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “they flee.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":18003,"verse_id":"JOB.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"The word אֵבֶה (’ eveh ) means “reed, papyrus,” but it is a different word than was in 8:11 . What is in view here is a light boat made from bundles of papyrus that glides swiftly along the Nile (cf. Isa 18:2 where papyrus vessels and swiftness are associated).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":18004,"verse_id":"JOB.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"The verb יָטוּשׂ ( yatus ) is also a hapax legomenon ; the Aramaic cognate means “to soar; to hover in flight.” The sentence here requires the idea of swooping down while in flight.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":18005,"verse_id":"JOB.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “food.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A26/4"}
{"id":18006,"verse_id":"JOB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"The construction here uses the infinitive construct with a pronominal suffix – “if my saying” is this, or “if I say.” For the conditional clause using אִם (’ im ) with a noun clause, see GKC 496 §159. u .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":18007,"verse_id":"JOB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"The verbal form is a cohortative of resolve: “I will forget” or “I am determined to forget.” The same will be used in the second colon of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":18008,"verse_id":"JOB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “I will abandon my face,” i.e., change my expression. The construction here is unusual; G. R. Driver connected it to an Arabic word ‘adaba , “made agreeable” (IV), and so interpreted this line to mean “make my countenance pleasant” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 76). M. Dahood found a Ugaritic root meaning “make, arrange” (“The Root ’zb II in Job,” JBL 78 [1959]: 303-9), and said, “I will arrange my face.” But see H. G. Williamson, “A Reconsideration of `azab II in Ugaritic,” ZAW 87 (1985): 74-85; Williamson shows it is probably not a legitimate cognate. D. J. A. Clines ( Job [WBC], 219) observes that with all these suggestions there are too many homonyms for the root. The MT construction is still plausible.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":18009,"verse_id":"JOB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.27","text":"In the Hiphil of בָּלַג ( balag ) corresponds to Arabic balija which means “to shine” and “to be merry.” The shining face would signify cheerfulness and smiling. It could be translated “and brighten [my face].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A27/4"}
{"id":18010,"verse_id":"JOB.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"The word was used in Job 3:25 ; it has the idea of “dread, fear, tremble at.” The point here is that even if Job changes his appearance, he still dreads the sufferings, because he knows that God is treating him as a criminal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":18011,"verse_id":"JOB.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.28","text":"The conjunction “for” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A28/3"}
{"id":18012,"verse_id":"JOB.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"The clause simply has “I am guilty.” It is the same type of construction found in v. 24 . It is also the opposite of that in v. 20 . GKC 317 §107. n lists this as an example of the use of the imperfect to express an obligation or necessity according to the judgment of others; it would therefore mean “if I am to be guilty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":18013,"verse_id":"JOB.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"The demonstrative pronoun is included to bring particular emphasis to the question, as if to say, “Why in the world…” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 24, §118).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":18014,"verse_id":"JOB.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.29","text":"The verb means “tire oneself”; see 3:17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A29/3"}
{"id":18015,"verse_id":"JOB.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.29","text":"Here הֶבֶל ( hevel , “breath, vapor, vanity”) is used as an adverb (adverbial accusative).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A29/4"}
{"id":18016,"verse_id":"JOB.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"The Syriac and Targum Job read with the Qere “with water of [ בְמֵי , bÿme ] snow.” The Kethib simply has “in [ בְמוֹ , bÿmo ] snow.” In Ps 51:9 and Isa 1:18 snow forms a simile for purification. Some protest that snow water is not necessarily clean; but if fresh melting snow is meant, then the runoff would be very clear. The image would work well here. Nevertheless, others have followed the later Hebrew meaning for שֶׁלֶג ( sheleg ) – “soap” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT). Even though that makes a nice parallelism, it is uncertain whether that meaning was in use at the time this text was written.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":18017,"verse_id":"JOB.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"The word בֹּר ( bor , “lye, potash”) does not refer to purity (Syriac, KJV, ASV), but refers to the ingredient used to make the hands pure or clean. It has the same meaning as בֹּרִית ( borit ), the alkali or soda made from the ashes of certain plants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":18018,"verse_id":"JOB.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"The pointing in the MT gives the meaning “pit” or “ditch.” A number of expositors change the pointing to שֻׁחוֹת ( shukhot ) to obtain the equivalent of שֻׂחוֹת ( sukhot ) / סֻחוֹת ( sukhot ): “filth” ( Isa 5:25 ). This would make the contrast vivid – Job has just washed with pure water and soap, and now God plunges him into filth. M. H. Pope argues convincingly that the word “pit” in the MT includes the idea of “filth,” making the emendation unnecessary (“The Word sahat in Job 9:31 ,” JBL 83 [1964]: 269-78).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":18019,"verse_id":"JOB.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"The personal pronoun that would be expected as the subject of a noun clause is sometimes omitted (see GKC 360 §116. s ). Here it has been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":18020,"verse_id":"JOB.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"The consecutive clause is here attached without the use of the ו ( vav ), but only by simple juxtaposition (see GKC 504-5 §166. a ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":18021,"verse_id":"JOB.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.32","text":"The sense of the verb “come” with “together in judgment” means “to confront one another in court.” See Ps 143:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A32/3"}
{"id":18022,"verse_id":"JOB.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"The participle מוֹכִיחַ ( mokhiakh ) is the “arbiter” or “mediator.” The word comes from the verb יָכַח ( yakhakh , “decide, judge”), which is concerned with legal and nonlegal disputes. The verbal forms can be used to describe the beginning of a dispute, the disputation in progress, or the settling of it (here, and in Isa 1:18 ). sn The old translation of “daysman” came from a Latin expression describing the fixing of a day for arbitration.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":18023,"verse_id":"JOB.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.33","text":"The relative pronoun is understood in this clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A33/2"}
{"id":18024,"verse_id":"JOB.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.33","text":"The jussive in conditional sentences retains its voluntative sense: let something be so, and this must happen as a consequence (see GKC 323 §109. i ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A33/3"}
{"id":18025,"verse_id":"JOB.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"The verse probably continues the description from the last verse, and so a relative pronoun may be supplied here as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":18026,"verse_id":"JOB.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"According to some, the reference of this suffix would be to God. The arbiter would remove the rod of God from Job. But others take it as a separate sentence with God removing his rod.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":18027,"verse_id":"JOB.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.34","text":"“His terror” is metonymical; it refers to the awesome majesty of God that overwhelms Job and causes him to be afraid.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A34/4"}
{"id":18028,"verse_id":"JOB.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"There is no conjunction with this cohortative; but the implication from the context is that if God’s rod were withdrawn, if the terror were removed, then Job would speak up without fear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":18029,"verse_id":"JOB.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.35","text":"The last half of the verse is rather cryptic: “but not so I with me.” NIV renders it “but as it now stands with me, I cannot.” This is very smooth and interpretive. Others transpose the two halves of the verse to read, “Since it is not so, I with myself // will commune and not fear him.” Job would be saying that since he cannot contend with God on equal terms, and since there is no arbiter, he will come on his own terms. English versions have handled this differently: “for I know I am not what I am thought to be” (NEB); “since this is not the case with me” (NAB); “I do not see myself like that at all” (JB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%209%3A35/2"}
{"id":18030,"verse_id":"JOB.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The Hebrew has נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi ), usually rendered “my soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":18031,"verse_id":"JOB.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"The verb is pointed like a Qal form but is originally a Niphal from קוּט ( qut ). Some wish to connect the word to Akkadian cognates for a meaning “I am in anguish”; but the meaning “I am weary” fits the passage well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":18032,"verse_id":"JOB.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"The verb עָזַב (’ azav ) means “to abandon.” It may have an extended meaning of “to let go” or “to let slip.” But the expression “abandon to myself” means to abandon all restraint and give free course to the complaint.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":18033,"verse_id":"JOB.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"The negated jussive is the Hiphil jussive of רָשַׁע ( rasha ’); its meaning then would be literally “do not declare me guilty.” The negated jussive stresses the immediacy of the request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":18034,"verse_id":"JOB.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"The Hiphil imperative of יָדַע ( yada ’) would more literally be “cause me to know.” It is a plea for God to help him understand the afflictions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":18035,"verse_id":"JOB.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"The verb is רִיב ( riv ), meaning “to dispute; to contend; to strive; to quarrel” – often in the legal sense. The precise words chosen in this verse show that the setting is legal. The imperfect verb here is progressive, expressing what is currently going on.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":18036,"verse_id":"JOB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Or “Does it give you pleasure?” The expression could also mean, “Is it profitable for you?” or “Is it fitting for you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":18037,"verse_id":"JOB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The construction uses כִּי ( ki ) with the imperfect verb – “that you oppress.” Technically, this clause serves as the subject, and “good” is the predicate adjective. In such cases one often uses an English infinitive to capture the point: “Is it good for you to oppress?” The LXX changes the meaning considerably: “Is it good for you if I am unrighteous, for you have disowned the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":18038,"verse_id":"JOB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “that you despise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":18039,"verse_id":"JOB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"Now, in the second half of the verse, there is a change in the structure. The conjunction on the preposition followed by the perfect verb represents a circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":18040,"verse_id":"JOB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.3","text":"The Hiphil of the verb יָפַע ( yafa ’) means “shine.” In this context the expression “you shine upon” would mean “have a glowing expression,” be radiant, or smile.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A3/5"}
{"id":18041,"verse_id":"JOB.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Here “flesh” is the sign of humanity. The expression “eyes of flesh” means essentially “human eyes,” i.e., the outlook and vision of humans.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":18042,"verse_id":"JOB.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The Hebrew has repeated here “like the days of,” but some scholars think that this was an accidental replacement of what should be here, namely, “like the years of.” D. J. A. Clines notes that such repetition is not uncommon in Job, but suggests that the change should be made for English style even if the text is not emended ( Job [WBC], 221). This has been followed in the present translation. sn The question Job asks concerns the mode of life and not just the length of it (see Job 7:1 ). Humans spend their days and years watching each other and defending themselves. But there is also the implication that if God is so limited like humans he may not uncover Job’s sins before he dies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":18043,"verse_id":"JOB.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The clause seems to go naturally with v. 4 : do you have eyes of flesh…that you have to investigate? For that reason some like Duhm would delete v. 5 . But v. 5 adds to the premise: are you also like a human running out of time that you must try to find out my sin?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":18044,"verse_id":"JOB.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"The imperfect verbs in this verse are best given modal nuances. Does God have such limitations that he must make such an investigation? H. H. Rowley observes that Job implies that God has not yet found the iniquity, or extracted a confession from him ( Job [NCBC], 84).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":18045,"verse_id":"JOB.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb עַל־דַּעְתְּךָ (’ al da ’ tÿkha , “upon your knowledge”). The use of the preposition means basically “in addition to your knowledge,” or “in spite of your knowledge,” i.e., “notwithstanding” or “although” (see GKC 383 §119. aa , n. 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":18046,"verse_id":"JOB.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “and there is no deliverer.” sn The fact is that humans are the work of God’s hands. They are helpless in the hand of God. But it is also unworthy of God to afflict his people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":18047,"verse_id":"JOB.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"The root עָצַב (’ atsav ) is linked by some to an Arabic word meaning “to cut out, hew.” The derived word עֲצַבִּים (’ atsabbim ) means “idols.” Whatever the precise meaning, the idea is that God formed or gave shape to mankind in creation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":18048,"verse_id":"JOB.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"The verb in this part is a preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive. However, here it has merely an external connection with the preceding perfects, so that in reality it presents an antithesis (see GKC 327 §111. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":18049,"verse_id":"JOB.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “together round about and you destroy me.” The second half of this verse is very difficult. Most commentators follow the LXX and connect the first two words with the second colon as the MT accents indicate (NJPS, “then destroyed every part of me”), rather than with the first colon (“and made me complete,” J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 185). Instead of “together” some read “after.” Others see in סָבִיב ( saviv ) not so much an adjectival use but a verbal or adverbial use: “you turn and destroy” or “you destroy utterly (all around).” This makes more sense than “turn.” In addition, the verb form in the line is the preterite with vav consecutive; this may be another example of the transposition of the copula (see 4:6 ). For yet another option (“You have engulfed me about altogether”), see R. Fuller, “ Exodus 21:22 : The Miscarriage Interpretation and the Personhood of the Fetus,” JETS 37 (1994): 178.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A8/3"}
{"id":18050,"verse_id":"JOB.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"The preposition “like” creates a small tension here. So some ignore the preposition and read “clay” as an adverbial accusative of the material (GKC 371 §117. hh but cf. 379 §119. i with reference to beth essentiae : “as it were, by clay”). The NIV gets around the problem with a different meaning for the verb: “you molded me like clay.” Some suggest the meaning was “as [with] clay” (in the same manner that we have “as [in] the day of Midian” [ Isa 9:4 ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":18051,"verse_id":"JOB.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"The text has a conjunction: “and to dust….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":18052,"verse_id":"JOB.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The verb נָתַךְ ( natakh ) means “to flow,” and in the Hiphil, “to cause to flow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":18053,"verse_id":"JOB.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"This verb קָפָא ( qafa ’) means “to coagulate.” In the Hiphil it means “to stiffen; to congeal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":18054,"verse_id":"JOB.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"The verbs in v. 10 are prefixed conjugations; since the reference is to the womb, these would need to be classified as preterites. sn These verses figuratively describe the formation of the embryo in the womb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":18055,"verse_id":"JOB.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"The skin and flesh form the exterior of the body and so the image of “clothing” is appropriate. Once again the verb is the prefixed conjugation, expressing what God did.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":18056,"verse_id":"JOB.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"This verb is found only here (related nouns are common) and in the parallel passage of Ps 139:13 . The word סָכַךְ ( sakhakh ), here a Poel prefixed conjugation (preterite), means “to knit together.” The implied comparison is that the bones and sinews form the tapestry of the person (compare other images of weaving the life).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":18057,"verse_id":"JOB.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “you made with me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":18058,"verse_id":"JOB.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 150) suggests that the relation between these two words is like a hendiadys. In other words, “life,” which he says is made prominent by the shift of the copula, specifies the nature of the grace. He renders it “the favor of life.” D. J. A. Clines at least acknowledges that the expression “you showed loyal love with me” is primary. There are many other attempts to improve the translation of this unusual combination.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":18059,"verse_id":"JOB.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"The noun פְּקָָֻדּה ( pÿquddah ), originally translated “visitation,” actually refers to any divine intervention for blessing on the life. Here it would include the care and overseeing of the life of Job. “Providence” may be too general for the translation, but it is not far from the meaning of this line. The LXX has “your oversight.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":18060,"verse_id":"JOB.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"The exclamation occurs only here and in Mic 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":18061,"verse_id":"JOB.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.15","text":"The expression שְׂבַע קָלוֹן ( sÿva ’ qalon ) may be translated “full of shame.” The expression literally means “sated of ignominy” (or contempt [ קַלַל , qalal ]).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A15/4"}
{"id":18062,"verse_id":"JOB.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.15","text":"The last clause is difficult to fit into the verse. It translates easily enough: “and see my affliction.” Many commentators follow the suggestion of Geiger to read רְוֶה ( rÿveh , “watered with”) instead of רְאֵה ( rÿ ’ eh , “see”). This could then be interpreted adjectivally and parallel to the preceding line: “steeped/saturated with affliction.” This would also delete the final yod as dittography (E. Dhorme, Job , 152). But D. J. A. Clines notes more recent interpretations that suggest the form in the text is an orthographic variant of raweh meaning “satiated.” This makes any emendation unnecessary (and in fact that idea of “steeped” was not helpful any way because it indicated imbibing rather than soaking). The NIV renders it “and drowned in my affliction” although footnoting the other possibility from the MT, “aware of my affliction” (assuming the form could be adjectival). The LXX omits the last line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A15/5"}
{"id":18063,"verse_id":"JOB.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"The MT has the 3rd person of the verb, “and he lifts himself up.” One might assume that the subject is “my head” – but that is rather far removed from the verb. It appears that Job is talking about himself in some way. Some commentators simply emend the text to make it first person. This has the support of Targum Job, which would be expected since it would be interpreting the passage in its context (see D. M. Stec, “The Targum Rendering of WYG’H in Job X 16,” VT 34 [1984]: 367-8). Pope and Gordis make the word adjectival, modifying the subject: “proudly you hunt me,” but support is lacking. E. Dhorme thinks the line should be parallel to the two preceding it, and so suggests יָגֵּעַ ( yagea ’, “exhausted”) for יִגְאֶה ( yig ’ eh , “lift up”). The contextual argument is that Job has said that he cannot raise his head, but if he were to do so, God would hunt him down. God could be taken as the subject of the verb if the text is using enallage (shifting of grammatical persons within a discourse) for dramatic effect. Perhaps the initial 3rd person was intended with respect within a legal context of witnesses and a complaint, but was switched to 2nd person for direct accusation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":18064,"verse_id":"JOB.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"The text uses two verbs without a coordinating conjunction: “then you return, you display your power.” This should be explained as a verbal hendiadys, the first verb serving adverbially in the clause (see further GKC 386-87 §120. g ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":18065,"verse_id":"JOB.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.16","text":"The form is the Hitpael of פָּלָא ( pala ’, “to be wonderful; to be surpassing; to be extraordinary”). Here in this stem it has the sense of “make oneself admirable, surpassing” or “render oneself powerful, glorious.” The text is ironic; the word that described God’s marvelous creation of Job is here used to describe God’s awesome destruction of Job.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A16/4"}
{"id":18066,"verse_id":"JOB.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"The text has “you renew/increase your witnesses.” This would probably mean Job’s sufferings, which were witness to his sins. But some suggested a different word here, one that is cognate to Arabic ’ adiya , “to be an enemy; to be hostile”: thus “you renew your hostility against me.” Less convincing are suggestions that the word is cognate to Ugaritic “troops” (see W. G. E. Watson, “The Metaphor in Job 10,17 ,” Bib 63 [1982]: 255-57).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":18067,"verse_id":"JOB.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"The Hebrew simply says “changes and a host are with me.” The “changes and a host” is taken as a hendiadys, meaning relieving troops (relief troops of the army). The two words appear together again in 14:14 , showing that emendation is to be avoided. The imagery depicts blow after blow from God – always fresh attacks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":18068,"verse_id":"JOB.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"The two imperfect verbs in this section are used to stress regrets for something which did not happen (see GKC 317 §107. n ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":18069,"verse_id":"JOB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “are not my days few; cease/let it cease….” The versions have “the days of my life” (reading יְמֵי חֶלְדִי [ yÿme kheldi ] instead of יָמַי וַחֲדָל [ yamay vakhadal ]). Many commentators and the RSV, NAB, and NRSV accept this reading. The Kethib is an imperfect or jussive, “let it cease/ it will cease.” The Qere is more intelligible for some interpreters – “cease” (as in 7:16 ). For a discussion of the readings, see D. W. Thomas, “Some Observations on the Hebrew Root hadal, ” VTSup 4 [1057]: 14). But the text is not impossible as it stands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":18070,"verse_id":"JOB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"Taking the form as the imperative with the ו ( vav ), the sentence follows the direct address to God (as in v. 18 as well as 7:16 ). This requires less changes. See the preceding note regarding the plausibility of the jussive. The point of the verse is clear in either reading – his life is short, and he wants the suffering to stop.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":18071,"verse_id":"JOB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"In the different suggestions for the line, the י ( yod ) of this word is believed to belong to the preceding word making “my life.” That would here leave an imperative rather than an imperfect. But if the Qere is read, then it would be an imperative anyway, and there would be no reason for the change.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":18072,"verse_id":"JOB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “put from me,” an expression found nowhere else. The Qere has a ו ( vav ) and not a י ( yod ), forming an imperative rather than an imperfect. H. H. Rowley suggests that there is an ellipsis here, “hand” needing to be supplied. Job wanted God to take his hand away from him. That is plausible, but difficult.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A20/4"}
{"id":18073,"verse_id":"JOB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.20","text":"The verb בָּלַג ( balag ) in the Hiphil means “to have cheer [or joy]” (see 7:27; Ps 39:14). The cohortative following the imperatives shows the purpose or result – “in order that.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A20/5"}
{"id":18074,"verse_id":"JOB.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"See Job 3:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":18075,"verse_id":"JOB.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"The word סֵדֶר ( seder , “order”) occurs only here in the Bible. G. R. Driver found a new meaning in Arabic sadira , “dazzled by the glare” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 76-77); this would mean “without a ray of light.” This is accepted by those who see chaos out of place in this line. But the word “order” is well-attested in later Hebrew (see J. Carmignac, “Précisions aportées au vocabulaire d’hébreu biblique par La guerre des fils de lumière contre les fils de ténèbres,” VT 5 [1955]: 345-65).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":18076,"verse_id":"JOB.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"The Hebrew word literally means “it shines”; the feminine verb implies a subject like “the light” (but see GKC 459 §144. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":18077,"verse_id":"JOB.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.22","text":"The verse multiplies images for the darkness in death. Several commentators omit “as darkness, deep darkness” ( כְּמוֹ אֹפֶל צַלְמָוֶת , kÿmo ’ ofel tsalmavet ) as glosses on the rare word עֵיפָתָה (’ efatah , “darkness”) drawn from v. 21 (see also RSV). The verse literally reads: “[to the] land of darkness, like the deep darkness of the shadow of death, without any order, and the light is like the darkness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2010%3A22/3"}
{"id":18078,"verse_id":"JOB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"The LXX, Targum Job, Symmachus, and Vulgate all assume that the vocalization of רֹב ( rov , “abundance”) should be רַב ( rav , “great”): “great of words.” This would then mean “one who is abundant of words,” meaning, “a man of many words,” and make a closer parallel to the second half. But the MT makes good sense as it stands. tn There is no article or demonstrative with the word; it has been added here simply to make a smoother connection between the chapters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":18079,"verse_id":"JOB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The Niphal verb יֵעָנֶה ( ye ’ aneh , “he answered”) would normally require a personal subject, but “abundance” functions as the subject in this sentence. The nuance of the imperfect is obligatory.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":18080,"verse_id":"JOB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"The word is supplied here also for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":18081,"verse_id":"JOB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"The bound construction “man of lips” means “a boaster” or “proud talker” (attributive genitive; and see GKC 417 §128. t ). Zophar is saying that Job pours out this stream of words, but he is still not right.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":18082,"verse_id":"JOB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.2","text":"The word is literally “be right, righteous.” The idea of being right has appeared before for this word (cf. 9:15 ). The point here is that just because Job talks a lot does not mean he is right or will be shown to be right through it all.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A2/5"}
{"id":18083,"verse_id":"JOB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The word means “chatter, pratings, boastings” (see Isa 16:6 ; Jer 48:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":18084,"verse_id":"JOB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"The verb חָרַשׁ ( kharash ) in the Hiphil means “to silence” ( 41:4 ); here it functions in a causative sense, “reduce to silence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":18085,"verse_id":"JOB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"The form מַכְלִם ( makhlim , “humiliating, mocking”) is the Hiphil participle. The verb כָּלַם ( kalam ) has the meaning “cover with shame, insult” ( Job 20:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":18086,"verse_id":"JOB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.3","text":"The construction shows the participle to be in the circumstantial clause: “will you mock – and [with] no one rebuking.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A3/4"}
{"id":18087,"verse_id":"JOB.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"The word translated “teaching” is related etymologically to the Hebrew word “receive,” but that does not restrict the teaching to what is received.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":18088,"verse_id":"JOB.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"The wish formula מִי־יִתֵּן ( mi yitten , “who will give”; see GKC 477 §151. b ) is followed here by an infinitive ( Exod 16:3 ; 2 Sam 19:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":18089,"verse_id":"JOB.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"The text seems to be saying “that it [wisdom] is double in understanding.” The point is that it is different than Job conceived it – it far exceeded all perception. But some commentators have thought this still too difficult, and so have replaced the word כִפְלַיִם ( khiflayim , “two sides”) with כִפְלָאִים ( khifla ’ im , “like wonders,” or, more simply, “wonders” without the preposition). But it is still a little strange to talk about God’s wisdom being like wonders. Others have had more radical changes in the text; J. J. Slotki has “for sound wisdom is his. And know that double [punishment] shall God exact of you” (“ Job 11:6 ,” VT 35 [1985]: 229-30).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":18090,"verse_id":"JOB.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"The verb is the imperative with a ו ( vav ). Following the jussive, this clause would be subordinated to the preceding (see GKC 325 §110. i ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":18091,"verse_id":"JOB.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “God causes to be forgotten for you part of your iniquity.” The meaning is that God was exacting less punishment from Job than Job deserved, for Job could not remember all his sins. This statement is fitting for Zophar, who is the cruelest of Job’s friends (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 88). Others in an attempt to improve the text make too many unwarranted changes. Some would read יִשְׁאָלְךָ ( yish ’ alkha , “he asks of you”) instead of יַשֶּׂה לְךָ ( yasseh lÿka , “he causes to be forgotten for you”). This would mean that God demands an account of Job’s sin. But, as D. J. A. Clines says, this change is weak and needless ( Job [WBC], 254-55).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":18092,"verse_id":"JOB.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"The verb is מָצָא ( matsa ’, “to find; to discover”). Here it should be given the nuance of potential imperfect. And, in the rhetorical question it is affirming that Job cannot find out the essence of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":18093,"verse_id":"JOB.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"The word means “search; investigation”; but it here means what is discovered in the search (so a metonymy of cause for the effect).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":18094,"verse_id":"JOB.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"The same verb is now found in the second half of the verse, with a slightly different sense – “attain, reach.” A. R. Ceresko notes this as an example of antanaclasis (repetition of a word with a lightly different sense – “find/attain”). See “The Function of Antanaclasis in Hebrew Poetry,” CBQ 44 (1982): 560-61.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":18095,"verse_id":"JOB.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"The abstract תַּכְלִית ( takhlit ) from כָּלָה ( kalah , “to be complete; to be perfect”) may mean the end or limit of something, perhaps to perfection. So the NIV has “can you probe the limits of the Almighty?” The LXX has: “have you come to the end of that which the Almighty has made?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":18096,"verse_id":"JOB.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The Hebrew says “heights of heaven, what can you do?” A. B. Davidson suggested this was an exclamation and should be left that way. But most commentators will repoint גָּבְהֵי שָׁמַיִם ( govhe shamayim , “heights of heaven”) to גְּבֹהָה מִשָּׁמַיִם ( gÿvohah mishamayim , “higher than the heavens”) to match the parallel expression. The LXX may have rearranged the text: “heaven is high.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":18097,"verse_id":"JOB.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Or “deeper than hell.” The word “Sheol” always poses problems for translation. Here because it is the opposite of heaven in this merism, “hell” would be a legitimate translation. It refers to the realm of the dead – the grave and beyond. The language is excessive; but the point is that God’s wisdom is immeasurable – and Job is powerless before it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":18098,"verse_id":"JOB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"The verb יַחֲלֹף ( yakhalof ) is literally “passes by/through” (NIV “comes along” in the sense of “if it should so happen”). Many accept the emendation to יַחְתֹּף ( yakhtof , “he seizes,” cf. Gordis, Driver), but there is not much support for these.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":18099,"verse_id":"JOB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of סָגַר ( sagar , “to close; to shut”) and so here in this context it probably means something like “to shut in; to confine.” But this is a difficult meaning, and the sentence is cryptic. E. Dhorme ( Job , 162) thinks this word and the next have to be antithetical, and so he suggests from a meaning “to keep confined” the idea of keeping a matter secret; and with the next verb, “to convene an assembly,” he offers “to divulge it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":18100,"verse_id":"JOB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"The pronoun “you” is not in the Hebrew text but has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":18101,"verse_id":"JOB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.10","text":"The denominative Hiphil of קָהָל ( qahal , “an assembly”) has the idea of “to convene an assembly.” In this context there would be the legal sense of convening a court, i.e., calling Job to account (D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 255). See E. Ullendorff, “The Meaning of QHLT ,” VT 12 (1962): 215; he defines the verb also as “argue, rebuke.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A10/4"}
{"id":18102,"verse_id":"JOB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.10","text":"The verb means “turn him back.” Zophar uses Job’s own words (see 9:12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A10/5"}
{"id":18103,"verse_id":"JOB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"The pronoun is emphatic implying that Zophar indicates that God indeed knows Job’s sin even if Job does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":18104,"verse_id":"JOB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The expression is literally “men of emptiness” (see Ps 26:4 ). These are false men, for שָׁוְא ( shavÿ ’) can mean “vain, empty, or false, deceitful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":18105,"verse_id":"JOB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.11","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 162) reads the prepositional phrase “to him” rather than the negative; he translates the line as “he sees iniquity and observes it closely.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A11/3"}
{"id":18106,"verse_id":"JOB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.11","text":"Some commentators do not take this last clause as a question, but simply as a statement, namely, that when God sees evil he does not need to ponder or consider it – he knows it instantly. In that case it would be a circumstantial clause: “without considering it.” D. J. A. Clines lists quite an array of other interpretations for the line ( Job [WBC], 255); for example, “and he is himself unobserved”; taking the word לֹא ( lo ’) as an emphatic; taking the negative as a noun, “considering them as nothing”; and others that change the verb to “they do not understand it.” But none of these are compelling; they offer no major improvement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A11/4"}
{"id":18107,"verse_id":"JOB.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"As A. B. Davidson ( Job , 84) says, the one thing will happen when the other happens – which is never. The word “empty” נָבוּב ( navuv ) means “hollow; witless,” and “become wise” ( יִלָּבֵב , yillavev ) is “will get heart” (not to “lack heart” as Driver suggested”). Many commentators do not like the last line of the verse, and so offer even more emendations. E. F. Sutcliffe wanted to change פֶּרֶא ( pere ’, “donkey”) to פֶּרֶד ( pered , “stallion”), rendering “a witless wight may get wit when a mule is born a stallion” (“Notes on Job, textual and exegetical,” Bib 30 [1949]: 70-71); and others approached the verse by changing the verb from יִוָּלֵד ( yivvaled , “is born”) to יִלָּמֵד ( yillamed , “is taught”), resulting in “a hollow man may get understanding, and a wild donkey’s colt may be taught [= tamed]” (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":18108,"verse_id":"JOB.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The pronoun is emphatic, designed to put Job in a different class than the hollow men – at least to raise the possibility of his being in a different class.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":18109,"verse_id":"JOB.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"The Hebrew uses the perfect of כּוּן ( kun , “establish”) with the object “your heart.” The verb can be translated “prepare, fix, make firm” your heart. To fix the heart is to make it faithful and constant, the heart being the seat of the will and emotions. The use of the perfect here does not refer to the past, but should be given a future perfect sense – if you shall have fixed your heart, i.e., prove faithful. Job would have to make his heart secure, so that he was no longer driven about by differing views.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":18110,"verse_id":"JOB.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"This half-verse is part of the protasis and not, as in the RSV, the apodosis to the first half. The series of “if” clauses will continue through these verses until v. 15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":18111,"verse_id":"JOB.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Verse 14 should be taken as a parenthesis and not a continuation of the protasis, because it does not fit with v. 13 in that way (D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 256).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":18112,"verse_id":"JOB.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Many commentators follow the Vulgate and read the line “if you put away the sin that is in your hand.” They do this because the imperative comes between the protasis (v. 13 ) and the apodosis (v. 15 ) and does not appear to be clearly part of the protasis. The idea is close to the MT, but the MT is much more forceful – if you find sin in your hand, get rid of it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":18113,"verse_id":"JOB.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The absolute certainty of the statement is communicated with the addition of כִּי ( ki ) (see GKC 498 §159. ee ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":18114,"verse_id":"JOB.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"For this use of the preposition מִן ( min ) see GKC 382 §119. w .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":18115,"verse_id":"JOB.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"The word “lift up” is chosen to recall Job’s statement that he could not lift up his head ( 10:15 ); and the words “without spot” recall his words “filled with shame.” The sentence here says that he will lift up his face in innocence and show no signs of God’s anger on him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":18116,"verse_id":"JOB.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"The form מֻצָק ( mutsaq ) is a Hophal participle from יָצַק ( yatsaq , “to pour”). The idea is that of metal being melted down and then poured to make a statue, and so hard, firm, solid. The LXX reads the verse, “for thus your face shall shine again, like pure water, and you shall divest yourself of uncleanness, and shall not fear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":18117,"verse_id":"JOB.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"For a second time (see v. 13 ) Zophar employs the emphatic personal pronoun. Could he be providing a gentle reminder that Job might have forgotten the sin that has brought this trouble? After all, there will come a time when Job will not remember this time of trial.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":18118,"verse_id":"JOB.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.16","text":"The perfect verb forms an abbreviated relative clause (without the pronoun) modifying “water.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A16/3"}
{"id":18119,"verse_id":"JOB.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Some translations add the pronoun to make it specifically related to Job (“your life”), but this is not necessary. The word used here has the nuance of lasting life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":18120,"verse_id":"JOB.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “and more than the noonday life will arise.” The present translation is an interpretation in the context. The connotation of “arise” in comparison with the noonday, and in contrast with the darkness, supports the interpretation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":18121,"verse_id":"JOB.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"The form in the MT is the 3fsg imperfect verb, “[though] it be dark.” Most commentators revocalize the word to make it a noun ( תְּעֻפָה , tÿ ’ ufah ), giving the meaning “the darkness [of your life] will be like the morning.” The contrast is with Job 10:22 ; here the darkness will shine like the morning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":18122,"verse_id":"JOB.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to dig”; but this does not provide a good meaning for the verse. A. B. Davidson offers an interpretation of “search,” suggesting that before retiring at night Job would search and find everything in order. Some offer a better solution, namely, redefining the word on the basis of Arabic hafara , “to protect” and repointing it to וְחֻפַרְתָּ ( vÿkhufarta , “you will be protected”). Other attempts to make sense of the line have involved the same process, but they are less convincing (for some of the more plausible proposals, see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 257).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":18123,"verse_id":"JOB.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"The clause that reads “and there is no one making you afraid,” is functioning circumstantially here (see 5:4; 10:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":18124,"verse_id":"JOB.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “they will stroke your face,” a picture drawn from the domestic scene of a child stroking the face of the parent. The verb is a Piel, meaning “stroke, make soft.” It is used in the Bible of seeking favor from God (supplication); but it may on the human level also mean seeking to sway people by flattery. See further D. R. Ap-Thomas, “Notes on Some Terms Relating to Prayer,” VT 6 (1956): 225-41.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":18125,"verse_id":"JOB.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"The verb כָּלָה ( kalah ) means “to fail, cease, fade away.” The fading of the eyes, i.e., loss of sight, loss of life’s vitality, indicates imminent death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":18126,"verse_id":"JOB.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb a “place of escape” (with this noun pattern). There is no place to escape to because they all perish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":18127,"verse_id":"JOB.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"The word is to be interpreted as a metonymy; it represents what is hoped for.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":18128,"verse_id":"JOB.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “the breathing out of the soul”; cf. KJV, ASV “the giving up of the ghost.” The line is simply saying that the brightest hope that the wicked have is death.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2011%3A20/4"}
{"id":18129,"verse_id":"JOB.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"The expression “you are the people” is a way of saying that the friends hold the popular opinion – they represent it. The line is sarcastic. Commentators do not think the parallelism is served well by this, and so offer changes for “people.” Some have suggested “you are complete” (based on Arabic), “you are the strong one” (based on Ugaritic), etc. J. A. Davies tried to solve the difficulty by making the second clause in the verse a paratactic relative clause: “you are the people with whom wisdom will die” (“Note on Job 12:2 ,” VT 25 [1975]: 670-71).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":18130,"verse_id":"JOB.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The word is literally “heart,” meaning a mind or understanding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":18131,"verse_id":"JOB.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Because this line is repeated in 13:2 , many commentators delete it from this verse (as does the LXX). The Syriac translates נֹפֵל ( nofel ) as “little,” and the Vulgate “inferior.” Job is saying that he does not fall behind them in understanding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":18132,"verse_id":"JOB.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “With whom are not such things as these?” The point is that everyone knows the things that these friends have been saying – they are commonplace.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":18133,"verse_id":"JOB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Some are troubled by the disharmony with “I am” and “to his friend.” Even though the difficulty is not insurmountable, some have emended the text. Some simply changed the verb to “he is,” which was not very compelling. C. D. Isbell argued that אֶהְיֶה (’ ehyeh , “I am”) is an orthographic variant of יִהְיֶה ( yihyeh , “he will”) – “a person who does not know these things would be a laughingstock” ( JANESCU 37 [1978]: 227-36). G. R. Driver suggests the meaning of the MT is something like “(One that is) a mockery to his friend I am to be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":18134,"verse_id":"JOB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"The word simply means “laughter”; but it can also mean the object of laughter (see Jer 20:7 ). The LXX jumps from one “laughter” to the next, eliminating everything in between, presumably due to haplography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":18135,"verse_id":"JOB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “his friend.” A number of English versions (e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) take this collectively, “to my friends.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":18136,"verse_id":"JOB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “one calling to God and he answered him.” H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 92) contends that because Job has been saying that God is not answering him, these words must be part of the derisive words of his friends.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":18137,"verse_id":"JOB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.4","text":"The two words, צַדִּיק תָּמִים ( tsadiq tamim ), could be understood as a hendiadys (= “blamelessly just”) following W. G. E. Watson ( Classical Hebrew Poetry , 327).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A4/5"}
{"id":18138,"verse_id":"JOB.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The first word, לַפִּיד ( lapid ), could be rendered “a torch of scorn,” but this gives no satisfying meaning. The ל ( lamed ) is often taken as an otiose letter, and the noun פִּיד ( pid ) is “misfortune, calamity” (cf. Job 30:24; 31:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":18139,"verse_id":"JOB.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"The noun עַשְׁתּוּת (’ ashtut , preferably עַשְׁתּוֹת , ’ ashtot ) is an abstract noun from עָשַׁת (’ ashat , “to think”). The word שַׁאֲנָן ( sha ’ anan ) means “easy in mind, carefree,” and “happy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":18140,"verse_id":"JOB.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"The form has traditionally been taken to mean “is ready” from the verb כּוּן ( kun , “is fixed, sure”). But many commentators look for a word parallel to “calamity.” So the suggestion has been put forward that נָכוֹן ( nakhon ) be taken as a noun from נָכָה ( nakhah , “strike, smite”): “a blow” (Schultens, Dhorme, Gordis), “thrust” or “kick” ( HALOT 698 s.v. I נָכוֹן ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":18141,"verse_id":"JOB.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"The verse gives the other side of the coin now, the fact that the wicked prosper.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":18142,"verse_id":"JOB.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"The plural is used to suggest the supreme degree of arrogant confidence (E. Dhorme, Job , 171).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":18143,"verse_id":"JOB.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"The word in the MT means “to complain,” not simply “to speak,” and one would expect animals as the object here in parallel to the last verse. So several commentators have replaced the word with words for animals or reptiles – totally different words (cf. NAB, “reptiles”). The RSV and NRSV have here the word “plants” (see 30:4, 7 ; and Gen 21:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":18144,"verse_id":"JOB.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"A. B. Davidson ( Job , 90) offers a solution by taking “earth” to mean all the lower forms of life that teem in the earth (a metonymy of subject).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":18145,"verse_id":"JOB.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"This line could also be translated “by all these,” meaning “who is not instructed by nature?” (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 93). But D. J. A. Clines points out that the verses have presented the animals as having knowledge and communicating it, so the former reading would be best ( Job [WBC], 279).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":18146,"verse_id":"JOB.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Some commentators have trouble with the name “Yahweh” in this verse, which is not the pattern in the poetic section of Job. Three mss of Kennicott and two of de Rossi have “God.” If this is so the reminiscence of Isaiah 41:20 led the copyist to introduce the tetragrammaton. But one could argue equally that the few mss with “God” were the copyists’ attempt to correct the text in accord with usage elsewhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":18147,"verse_id":"JOB.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"The construction with the relative clause includes a resumptive pronoun referring to God: “who in his hand” = “in whose hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":18148,"verse_id":"JOB.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"The two words נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) and רוּחַ ( ruakh ) are synonymous in general. They could be translated “soul” and “spirit,” but “soul” is not precise for נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), and so “life” is to be preferred. Since that is the case for the first half of the verse, “breath” will be preferable in the second part.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":18149,"verse_id":"JOB.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Human life is made of “flesh” and “spirit.” So here the line reads “and the spirit of all flesh of man.” If the text had simply said “all flesh,” that would have applied to all flesh in which there is the breath of life (see Gen 6:17; 7:15 ). But to limit this to human beings requires the qualification with “man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":18150,"verse_id":"JOB.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"The ו ( vav ) introduces the comparison here (see 5:7; 11:12 ); see GKC 499 §161. a .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":18151,"verse_id":"JOB.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “the palate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":18152,"verse_id":"JOB.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"The final preposition with its suffix is to be understood as a pleonastic dativus ethicus and not translated (see GKC 439 §135. i ). sn In the rest of the chapter Job turns his attention away from creation to the wisdom of ancient men. In Job 13:1 when Job looks back to this part, he refers to both the eye and the ear. In vv. 13-25 Job refers to many catastrophes which he could not have seen, but must have heard about.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":18153,"verse_id":"JOB.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"The statement in the Hebrew Bible simply has “among the aged – wisdom.” Since this seems to be more the idea of the friends than of Job, scholars have variously tried to rearrange it. Some have proposed that Job is citing his friends: “With the old men, you say, is wisdom” (Budde, Gray, Hitzig). Others have simply made it a question (Weiser). But others take לֹא ( lo ’) from the previous verse and make it the negative here, to say, “wisdom is not….” But Job will draw on the wisdom of the aged, only with discernment, for ultimately all wisdom is with God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":18154,"verse_id":"JOB.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":18155,"verse_id":"JOB.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"The use of הֵן ( hen , equivalent to הִנֵּה , hinneh , “behold”) introduces a hypothetical condition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":18156,"verse_id":"JOB.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"The verse employs antithetical ideas: “tear down” and “build up,” “imprison” and “escape.” The Niphal verbs in the sentences are potential imperfects. All of this is to say that humans cannot reverse the will of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":18157,"verse_id":"JOB.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"The LXX has a clarification: “he will dry the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":18158,"verse_id":"JOB.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"The verb הָפַךְ ( hafakh ) means “to overthrow; to destroy; to overwhelm.” It was used in Job 9:5 for “overturning” mountains. The word is used in Genesis for the destruction of Sodom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":18159,"verse_id":"JOB.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"The word תּוּשִׁיָּה ( tushiyyah ) is here rendered “prudence.” Some object that God’s power is intended here, and so a word for power and not wisdom should be included. But v. 13 mentioned wisdom. The point is that it is God’s efficient wisdom that leads to success. One could interpret this as a metonymy of cause, the intended meaning being victory or success.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":18160,"verse_id":"JOB.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"The Hebrew text uses a wordplay here: שֹׁגֵג ( shogeg ) is “the one going astray,” i.e., the one who is unable to guard and guide his life. The second word is מַשְׁגֶּה ( mashgeh ), from a different but historically related root שָׁגָה ( shagah ), which here in the Hiphil means “the one who misleads, causes to go astray.” These two words are designed to include everybody – all are under the wisdom of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":18161,"verse_id":"JOB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"The personal pronoun normally present as the subject of the participle is frequently omitted (see GKC 381 §119. s ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":18162,"verse_id":"JOB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"GKC 361-62 §116. x notes that almost as a rule a participle beginning a sentence is continued with a finite verb with or without a ו ( vav ). Here the participle (“leads”) is followed by an imperfect (“makes fools”) after a ו ( vav ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":18163,"verse_id":"JOB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"The word שׁוֹלָל ( sholal ), from the root שָׁלַל ( shalal , “to plunder; to strip”), is an adjective expressing the state (and is in the singular, as if to say, “in the state of one naked” [GKC 375 §118. o ]). The word is found in military contexts (see Mic 1:8 ). It refers to the carrying away of people in nakedness and shame by enemies who plunder (see also Isa 8:1-4 ). They will go away as slaves and captives, deprived of their outer garments. Some (cf. NAB) suggest “barefoot,” based on the LXX of Mic 1:8 ; but the meaning of that is uncertain. G. R. Driver wanted to derive the word from an Arabic root “to be mad; to be giddy,” forming a better parallel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":18164,"verse_id":"JOB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.17","text":"Some translate this “makes mad” as in Isa 44:25 , but this gives the wrong connotation today; more likely God shows them to be fools.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A17/5"}
{"id":18165,"verse_id":"JOB.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The verb may be classified as a gnomic perfect, or possibly a potential perfect – “he can loosen.” The Piel means “to untie; to unbind” ( Job 30:11; 38:31; 39:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":18166,"verse_id":"JOB.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"There is a potential textual difficulty here. The MT has מוּסַר ( musar , “discipline”), which might have replaced מוֹסֵר ( moser , “bond, chain”) from אָסַר (’ asar , “to bind”). Or מוּסַר might be an unusual form of אָסַר (an option noted in HALOT 557 s.v. * מוֹסֵר ). The line is saying that if the kings are bound, God can set them free, and in the second half, if they are free, he can bind them. Others take the view that this word “bond” refers to the power kings have over others, meaning that God can reduce kings to slavery.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":18167,"verse_id":"JOB.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"Some commentators want to change אֵזוֹר (’ ezor , “girdle”) to אֵסוּר (’ esur , “bond”) because binding the loins with a girdle was an expression for strength. But H. H. Rowley notes that binding the king’s loins this way would mean so that he would do servitude, menial tasks. Such a reference would certainly indicate troubled times.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":18168,"verse_id":"JOB.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Except for “priests,” the phraseology is identical to v. 17 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":18169,"verse_id":"JOB.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"The verb has to be defined by its context: it can mean “falsify” ( Exod 23:8 ), “make tortuous” ( Prov 19:3 ), or “plunge” into misfortune ( Prov 21:12 ). God overthrows those who seem to be solid.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":18170,"verse_id":"JOB.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"The original meaning of אֵיתָן (’ eytan ) is “perpetual.” It is usually an epithet for a torrent that is always flowing. It carries the connotations of permanence and stability; here applied to people in society, it refers to one whose power and influence does not change. These are the pillars of society.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":18171,"verse_id":"JOB.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"The Hebrew נֶאֱמָנִים ( ne ’ emanim ) is the Niphal participle; it is often translated “the faithful” in the Bible. The Rabbis rather fancifully took the word from נְאֻם ( nÿ ’ um , “oracle, utterance”) and so rendered it “those who are eloquent, fluent in words.” But that would make this the only place in the Bible where this form came from that root or any other root besides אָמַן (’ aman , “confirm, support”). But to say that God takes away the speech of the truthful or the faithful would be very difficult. It has to refer to reliable men, because it is parallel to the elders or old men. The NIV has “trusted advisers,” which fits well with kings and judges and priests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":18172,"verse_id":"JOB.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “he removes the lip of the trusted ones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":18173,"verse_id":"JOB.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “taste,” meaning “opinion” or “decision.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A20/3"}
{"id":18174,"verse_id":"JOB.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"The expression in Hebrew uses מְזִיחַ ( mÿziakh , “belt”) and the Piel verb רִפָּה ( rippah , “to loosen”) so that “to loosen the belt of the mighty” would indicate “to disarm/incapacitate the mighty.” Others have opted to change the text: P. Joüon emends to read “forehead” – “he humbles the brow of the mighty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":18175,"verse_id":"JOB.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"The word אָפַק (’ afaq , “to be strong”) is well-attested, and the form אָפִיק (’ afiq ) is a normal adjective formation. So a translation like “mighty” (KJV, NIV) or “powerful” is acceptable, and further emendations are unnecessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":18176,"verse_id":"JOB.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"The Hebrew word is traditionally rendered “shadow of death” (so KJV, ASV); see comments at Job 3:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":18177,"verse_id":"JOB.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"The word מַשְׂגִּיא ( masgi ’, “makes great”) is a common Aramaic word, but only occurs in Hebrew here and in Job 8:11 and 36:24 . Some mss have a change, reading the form from שָׁגָה ( shagah , “leading astray”). The LXX omits the line entirely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":18178,"verse_id":"JOB.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.23","text":"The difficulty with the verb נָחָה ( nakhah ) is that it means “to lead; to guide,” but not “to lead away” or “to disperse,” unless this passage provides the context for such a meaning. Moreover, it never has a negative connotation. Some vocalize it וַיַּנִּיחֶם ( vayyannikhem ), from נוּחַ ( nuakh ), the causative meaning of “rest,” or “abandon” (Driver, Gray, Gordis). But even there it would mean “leave in peace.” Blommerde suggests the second part is antithetical parallelism, and so should be positive. So Ball proposed וַיִּמְחֶם ( vayyimkhem ) from מָחָה ( makhah ): “and he cuts them off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A23/2"}
{"id":18179,"verse_id":"JOB.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “the heads of the people of the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":18180,"verse_id":"JOB.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":18181,"verse_id":"JOB.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.24","text":"The text has בְּתֹהוּ לֹא־דָרֶךְ ( bÿtohu lo ’ darekh ): “in waste – no way,” or “in a wasteland [where there is] no way,” thus, “trackless” (see the discussion of negative attributes using לֹא [ lo ’] in GKC 482 §152. u ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A24/3"}
{"id":18182,"verse_id":"JOB.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"The word is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":18183,"verse_id":"JOB.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.25","text":"The verb is the same that was in v. 24 , “He makes them [the leaders still] wander” (the Hiphil of תָּעָה , ta ’ ah ). But in this passage some commentators emend the text to a Niphal of the verb and put it in the plural, to get the reading “they reel to and fro.” But even if the verse closes the chapter and there is no further need for a word of divine causation, the Hiphil sense works well here – causing people to wander like a drunken man would be the same as making them stagger.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2012%3A25/2"}
{"id":18184,"verse_id":"JOB.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “Like your knowledge”; in other words Job is saying that his knowledge is like their knowledge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":18185,"verse_id":"JOB.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"The pronoun makes the subject emphatic and stresses the contrast: “I know – I also.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":18186,"verse_id":"JOB.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"The verb “fall” is used here as it was in Job 4:13 to express becoming lower than someone, i.e., inferior.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":18187,"verse_id":"JOB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"The verb is simply the Piel imperfect אֲדַבֵּר (’ adabber , “I speak”) . It should be classified as a desiderative imperfect, saying, “I desire to speak.” This is reinforced with the verb “to wish, desire” in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":18188,"verse_id":"JOB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"The Hebrew title for God here is אֶל־שַׁדַּי (’ el shadday , “El Shaddai”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":18189,"verse_id":"JOB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"The infinitive absolute functions here as the direct object of the verb “desire” (see GKC 340 §113. b ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":18190,"verse_id":"JOB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"The infinitive הוֹכֵחַ ( hokheakh ) is from the verb יָכַח ( yakhakh ), which means “to argue, plead, debate.” It has the legal sense here of arguing a case (cf. 5:17 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":18191,"verse_id":"JOB.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The טֹפְלֵי־שָׁקֶר ( tofÿle shaqer ) are “plasterers of lies” ( Ps 119:69 ). The verb means “to coat, smear, plaster.” The idea is that of imputing something that is not true. Job is saying that his friends are inventors of lies. The LXX was influenced by the next line and came up with “false physicians.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":18192,"verse_id":"JOB.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"The literal rendering of the construct would be “healers of worthlessness.” Ewald and Dillmann translated it “patchers” based on a meaning in Arabic and Ethiopic; this would give the idea “botchers.” But it makes equally good sense to take “healers” as the meaning, for Job’s friends came to minister comfort and restoration to him – but they failed. See P. Humbert, “Maladie et medicine dans l’AT,” RHPR 44 (1964): 1-29.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":18193,"verse_id":"JOB.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"The construction is the imperfect verb in the wish formula preceded by the infinitive that intensifies it. The Hiphil is not directly causative here, but internally – “keep silent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":18194,"verse_id":"JOB.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"The text literally reads, “and it would be for you for wisdom,” or “that it would become your wisdom.” Job is rather sarcastic here, indicating if they shut up they would prove themselves to be wise (see Prov 17:28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":18195,"verse_id":"JOB.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"The Hebrew word רִבוֹת ( rivot , “disputes, contentions”) continues the imagery of presenting a legal case. The term is used of legal disputations and litigation. See, also, v. 19 a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":18196,"verse_id":"JOB.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The construction literally reads “speak iniquity.” The form functions adverbially. The noun עַוְלָה (’ avlah ) means “perversion; injustice; iniquity; falsehood.” Here it is parallel to רְמִיָּה ( rÿmiyyah , “fraud; deceit; treachery”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":18197,"verse_id":"JOB.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"The expression “for God” means “in favor of God” or “on God’s behalf.” Job is amazed that they will say false things on God’s behalf.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":18198,"verse_id":"JOB.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"The same root is used here ( רִיב , riv , “dispute, contention”) as in v. 6 b (see note).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":18199,"verse_id":"JOB.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The verb חָפַר ( khafar ) means “to search out, investigate, examine.” In the conditional clause the imperfect verb expresses the hypothetical case.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":18200,"verse_id":"JOB.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Both the infinitive and the imperfect of תָּלַל ( talal , “deceive, mock”) retain the ה ( he ) (GKC 148 §53. q ). But for the alternate form, see F. C. Fensham, “The Stem HTL in Hebrew,” VT 9 (1959): 310-11. The infinitive is used here in an adverbial sense after the preposition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":18201,"verse_id":"JOB.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"The verbal idea is intensified with the infinitive absolute. This is the same verb used in v. 3 ; here it would have the sense of “rebuke, convict.” sn Peake’s observation is worth noting, namely, that as Job attacks the unrighteousness of God boldly he nonetheless has confidence in God’s righteousness that would not allow liars to defend him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":18202,"verse_id":"JOB.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"On this verb in the Piel, see 7:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":18203,"verse_id":"JOB.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “His dread”; the suffix is a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":18204,"verse_id":"JOB.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The word is זִכְרֹנֵיכֶם ( zikhronekhem , “your remembrances”). The word זִכָּרֹן ( zikkaron ) not only can mean the act of remembering, but also what is remembered – what provokes memory or is worth being remembered. In the plural it can mean all the memorabilia, and in this verse all the sayings and teachings. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 99) suggests that in Job’s speech it could mean “all your memorized sayings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":18205,"verse_id":"JOB.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"The parallelism of “dust” and “ashes” is fairly frequent in scripture. But “proverbs of ashes” is difficult. The genitive is certainly describing the proverbs; it could be classified as a genitive of apposition, proverbs that are/have become ashes. Ashes represent something that at one time may have been useful, but now has been reduced to what is worthless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":18206,"verse_id":"JOB.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"There is a division of opinion on the source of this word. Some take it from “answer”, related to Arabic, Aramaic, and Syriac words for “answer,” and so translate it “responses” (JB). Others take it from a word for “back,” with a derived meaning of the “boss” of the shield, and translate it bulwark or “defenses” (NEB, RSV, NIV). The idea of “answers” may fit the parallelism better, but “defenses” can be taken figuratively to refer to verbal defenses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":18207,"verse_id":"JOB.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"The Hebrew has a pregnant construction: “be silent from me,” meaning “stand away from me in silence,” or “refrain from talking with me.” See GKC 384 §119. ff . The LXX omits “from me,” as do several commentators.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":18208,"verse_id":"JOB.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"The verb is the Piel cohortative; following the imperative of the first colon this verb would show purpose or result. The inclusion of the independent personal pronoun makes the focus emphatic – “so that I (in my turn) may speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":18209,"verse_id":"JOB.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"The verb עָבַר (’ avar , “pass over”) is used with the preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”) to express the advent of misfortune, namely, something coming against him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":18210,"verse_id":"JOB.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"The interrogative pronoun מָה ( mah ) is used in indirect questions, here introducing a clause [with the verb understood] as the object – “whatever it be” (see GKC 443-44 §137. c ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":18211,"verse_id":"JOB.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Most editors reject עַל־מָה (’ al mah ) as dittography from the last verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":18212,"verse_id":"JOB.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “why do I take my flesh in my teeth?” This expression occurs nowhere else. It seems to be drawn from animal imagery in which the wild beast seizes the prey and carries it off to a place of security. The idea would then be that Job may be destroying himself. An animal that fights with its flesh (prey) in its mouth risks losing it. Other commentators do not think this is satisfactory, but they are unable to suggest anything better.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":18213,"verse_id":"JOB.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"There is a textual difficulty here that factors into the interpretation of the verse. The Kethib is לֹא ( lo ’, “not”), but the Qere is לוֹ ( lo , “to him”). The RSV takes the former: “Behold, he will slay me, I have no hope.” The NIV takes it as “though he slay me, yet will I hope in him.” Job is looking ahead to death, which is not an evil thing to him. The point of the verse is that he is willing to challenge God at the risk of his life; and if God slays him, he is still confident that he will be vindicated – as he says later in this chapter. Other suggestions are not compelling. E. Dhorme ( Job , 187) makes a slight change of אֲיַחֵל (’ ayakhel , “I will hope”) to אַחִיל (’ akhil , “I will [not] tremble”). A. B. Davidson ( Job , 98) retains the MT, but interprets the verb more in line with its use in the book: “I will not wait” (cf. NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":18214,"verse_id":"JOB.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"On אַךְ (’ akh , “surely”) see GKC 483 §153 on intensive clauses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":18215,"verse_id":"JOB.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"The verb once again is יָכָה ( yakhah , in the Hiphil, “argue a case, plead, defend, contest”). But because the word usually means “accuse” rather than “defend,” I. L. Seeligmann proposed changing “my ways” to “his ways” (“Zur Terminologie für das Gerichtsverfahren im Wortschatz des biblischen Hebräisch,” VTSup 16 [1967]: 251-78). But the word can be interpreted appropriately in the context without emendation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":18216,"verse_id":"JOB.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"The infinitive absolute intensifies the imperative, which serves here with the force of an immediate call to attention. In accordance with GKC 342 §113. n , the construction could be translated, “Keep listening” (so ESV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":18217,"verse_id":"JOB.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The verb has to be supplied in this line, for the MT has “and my explanation in your ears.” In the verse, both “word” and “explanation” are Aramaisms (the latter appearing in Dan 5:12 for the explanation of riddles).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":18218,"verse_id":"JOB.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh ) functions almost as an imperative here, calling attention to what follows: “look” (archaic: behold).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":18219,"verse_id":"JOB.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"The verb עָרַךְ (’ arakh ) means “to set in order, set in array [as a battle], prepare” in the sense here of arrange and organize a lawsuit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":18220,"verse_id":"JOB.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"The pronoun is added because this is what the verse means.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":18221,"verse_id":"JOB.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.18","text":"The word מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) usually means “judgment; decision.” Here it means “lawsuit” (and so a metonymy of effect gave rise to this usage; see Num 27:5 ; 2 Sam 15:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A18/4"}
{"id":18222,"verse_id":"JOB.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.18","text":"The pronoun is emphatic before the verb: “I know that it is I who am right .” The verb means “to be right; to be righteous.” Some have translated it “vindicated,” looking at the outcome of the suit.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A18/5"}
{"id":18223,"verse_id":"JOB.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"The interrogative is joined with the emphatic pronoun, stressing “who is he [who] will contend,” or more emphatically, “who in the world will contend.” Job is confident that no one can bring charges against him. He is certain of success.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":18224,"verse_id":"JOB.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The line reads “do not do two things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":18225,"verse_id":"JOB.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"“God” is supplied to the verse, for the address is now to him. Job wishes to enter into dispute with God, but he first appeals that God not take advantage of him with his awesome power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":18226,"verse_id":"JOB.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The imperative הַרְחַק ( harkhaq , “remove”; GKC 98 §29. q ) , from רָחַק ( rakhaq , “far, be far”) means “take away [far away]; to remove.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":18227,"verse_id":"JOB.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"See Job 9:34 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":18228,"verse_id":"JOB.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"The imperatives in the verse function like the future tense in view of their use for instruction or advice. The chiastic arrangement of the verb forms is interesting: imperative + imperfect, imperfect + imperative. The imperative is used for God, but the imperfect is used when Job is the subject. Job is calling for the court to convene – he will be either the defendant or the prosecutor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":18229,"verse_id":"JOB.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"The pronoun “my” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":18230,"verse_id":"JOB.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"The verb תַּעֲרוֹץ ( ta ’ arots , “you torment”) is from עָרַץ (’ arats ), which usually means “fear; dread,” but can also mean “to make afraid; to terrify” ( Isa 2:19,21 ). The imperfect is here taken as a desiderative imperfect: “why do you want to”; but it could also be a simple future: “will you torment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":18231,"verse_id":"JOB.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"The word נִדָּף ( niddaf ) is “driven” from the root נָדַף ( nadaf , “drive”) . The words “by the wind” or the interpretation “windblown” has to be added for the clarification. Job is comparing himself to this leaf (so an implied comparison, called hypocatastasis) – so light and insubstantial that it is amazing that God should come after him. Guillaume suggests that the word is not from this root, but from a second root נָדַף ( nadaf) , cognate to Arabic nadifa, “to dry up” (A. Guillaume, “A Note on Isaiah 19:7 ,” JTS 14 [1963]: 382-83). But as D. J. A. Clines notes ( Job [WBC], 283), a dried leaf is a driven leaf – a point Guillaume allows as he says there is ambiguity in the term.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":18232,"verse_id":"JOB.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.25","text":"The word קַשׁ ( qash ) means “chaff; stubble,” or a wisp of straw. It is found in Job 41:20-21 for that which is so worthless and insignificant that it is hardly worth mentioning. If dried up or withered, it too will be blown away in the wind.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A25/3"}
{"id":18233,"verse_id":"JOB.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"The meaning is that of writing down a formal charge against someone (cf. Job 31:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":18234,"verse_id":"JOB.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"The word occurs here and in Job 33:11 . It could be taken as “stocks,” in which the feet were held fast; or it could be “shackles,” which allowed the prisoner to move about. The parallelism favors the latter, if the two lines are meant to be referring to the same thing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":18235,"verse_id":"JOB.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"The word means “ways; roads; paths,” but it is used here in the sense of the “way” in which one goes about his activities.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":18236,"verse_id":"JOB.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.27","text":"The verb תִּתְחַקֶּה ( titkhaqqeh ) is a Hitpael from the root חָקָה ( khaqah , parallel to חָקַק , khaqaq ). The word means “to engrave” or “to carve out.” This Hitpael would mean “to imprint something on oneself” (E. Dhorme [ Job , 192] says on one’s mind, and so derives the meaning “examine.”). The object of this is the expression “on the roots of my feet,” which would refer to where the feet hit the ground. Since the passage has more to do with God’s restricting Job’s movement, the translation “you set a boundary to the soles of my feet” would be better than Dhorme’s view. The image of inscribing or putting marks on the feet is not found elsewhere. It may be, as Pope suggests, a reference to marking the slaves to make tracking them easier. The LXX has “you have penetrated to my heels.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A27/3"}
{"id":18237,"verse_id":"JOB.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Heb “and he.” Some of the commentators move the verse and put it after Job 14:2, 3 or 6.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":18238,"verse_id":"JOB.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"The word רָקָב ( raqav ) is used elsewhere in the Bible of dry rot in a house, or rotting bones in a grave. It is used in parallelism with “moth” both here and in Hos 5:12 . The LXX has “like a wineskin.” This would be from רֹקֶב ( roqev , “wineskin”). This word does not occur in the Hebrew Bible, but is attested in Sir 43:20 and in Aramaic. The change is not necessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":18239,"verse_id":"JOB.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"The first of the threefold apposition for אָדָם (’ adam , “man”) is “born of a woman.” The genitive (“woman”) after a passive participle denotes the agent of the action (see GKC 359 §116. l ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":18240,"verse_id":"JOB.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"The second description is simply “[is] short of days.” The meaning here is that his life is short (“days” being put as the understatement for “years”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":18241,"verse_id":"JOB.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"The third expression is “consumed/full/sated – with/of – trouble/restlessness.” The latter word, רֹגֶז ( rogez ), occurred in Job 3:17 ; see also the idea in 10:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":18242,"verse_id":"JOB.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “comes forth”). The perfect verb expresses characteristic action and so is translated by the present tense (see GKC 329 §111. s ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":18243,"verse_id":"JOB.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"The verb וַיִּמָּל ( vayyimmal ) is from the root מָלַל ( malal , “to languish; to wither”) and not from a different root מָלַל ( malal , “to cut off”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":18244,"verse_id":"JOB.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":"The verb is “and he does not stand.” Here the verb means “to stay fixed; to abide.” The shadow does not stay fixed, but continues to advance toward darkness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":18245,"verse_id":"JOB.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “open the eye on,” an idiom meaning to prepare to judge someone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":18246,"verse_id":"JOB.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"The verse opens with אַף־עַל־זֶה (’ af- ’ al-zeh ), meaning “even on such a one!” It is an exclamation of surprise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":18247,"verse_id":"JOB.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"The text clearly has “me” as the accusative; but many wish to emend it to say “him” ( אֹתוֹ , ’ oto ). But D. J. A. Clines rightly rejects this in view of the way Job is written, often moving back and forth from his own tragedy and others’ tragedies ( Job [WBC], 283).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":18248,"verse_id":"JOB.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The expression is מִי־יִתֵּן ( mi-yitten , “who will give”; see GKC 477 §151. b ). Some commentators (H. H. Rowley and A. B. Davidson) wish to take this as the optative formula: “O that a clean might come out of an unclean!” But that does not fit the verse very well, and still requires the addition of a verb. The exclamation here simply implies something impossible – man is unable to attain purity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":18249,"verse_id":"JOB.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":18250,"verse_id":"JOB.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"The passive participle is from חָרַץ ( kharats ), which means “determined.” The word literally means “cut” ( Lev 22:22 , “mutilated”). E. Dhorme, ( Job , 197) takes it to mean “engraved” as on stone; from a custom of inscribing decrees on tablets of stone he derives the meaning here of “decreed.” This, he argues, is parallel to the way חָקַק ( khaqaq , “engrave”) is used. The word חֹק ( khoq ) is an “ordinance” or “statute”; the idea is connected to the verb “to engrave.” The LXX has “if his life should be but one day on the earth, and his months are numbered by him, you have appointed him for a time and he shall by no means exceed it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":18251,"verse_id":"JOB.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “[is] with you.” This clearly means under God’s control.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":18252,"verse_id":"JOB.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.5","text":"The word חֹק ( khoq ) has the meanings of “decree, decision, and limit” (cf. Job 28:26; 38:10 ). sn Job is saying that God foreordains the number of the days of man. He foreknows the number of the months. He fixes the limit of human life which cannot be passed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A5/4"}
{"id":18253,"verse_id":"JOB.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"The verb חָדַל ( khadal ) means “to desist; to cease.” The verb would mean here “and let him desist,” which some take to mean “and let him rest.” But since this is rather difficult in the line, commentators have suggested other meanings. Several emend the text slightly to make it an imperative rather than an imperfect; this is then translated “and desist.” The expression “from him” must be added. Another suggestion that is far-fetched is that of P. J. Calderone (“CHDL-II in poetic texts,” CBQ 23 [1961]: 451-60) and D. W. Thomas (VTSup 4 [1957]: 8-16), having a new meaning of “be fat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":18254,"verse_id":"JOB.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"There are two roots רָצַה ( ratsah ). The first is the common word, meaning “to delight in; to have pleasure in.” The second, most likely used here, means “to pay; to acquit a debt” (cf. Lev 26:34, 41, 43 ). Here with the mention of the simile with the hired man, the completing of the job is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":18255,"verse_id":"JOB.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The genitive after the construct is one of advantage – it is hope for the tree.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":18256,"verse_id":"JOB.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"The Hiphil of זָקַן ( zaqan , “to be old”) is here an internal causative, “to grow old.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":18257,"verse_id":"JOB.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"The Hiphil is here classified as an inchoative Hiphil (see GKC 145 §53. e ), for the tree only begins to die. In other words, it appears to be dead, but actually is not completely dead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":18258,"verse_id":"JOB.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"The LXX translates “dust” [soil] with “rock,” probably in light of the earlier illustration of the tree growing in the rocks. sn Job is thinking here of a tree that dies or decays because of a drought rather than being uprooted, because the next verse will tell how it can revive with water.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":18259,"verse_id":"JOB.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"The personification adds to the comparison with people – the tree is credited with the sense of smell to detect the water.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":18260,"verse_id":"JOB.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"The sense of “flourish” for this verb is found in Ps 92:12,13 [13,14], and Prov 14:11 . It makes an appropriate parallel with “bring forth boughs” in the second half.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":18261,"verse_id":"JOB.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “and will make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":18262,"verse_id":"JOB.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"There are two words for “man” in this verse. The first ( גֶּבֶר , gever ) can indicate a “strong” or “mature man” or “mighty man,” the hero; and the second ( אָדָם , ’ adam ) simply designates the person as mortal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":18263,"verse_id":"JOB.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"The word חָלַשׁ ( khalash ) in Aramaic and Syriac means “to be weak” (interestingly, the Syriac OT translated חָלַשׁ [ khalash ] with “fade away” here). The derived noun “the weak” would be in direct contrast to “the mighty man.” In the transitive sense the verb means “to weaken; to defeat” ( Exod 17:13 ); here it may have the sense of “be lifeless, unconscious, inanimate” (cf. E. Dhorme, Job , 199). Many commentators emend the text to יַחֲלֹף ( yakhalof , “passes on; passes away”). A. Guillaume tries to argue that the form is a variant of the other, the letters שׁ ( shin ) and פ ( pe ) being interchangeable (“The Use of halas in Exod 17:13 , Isa 14:12 , and Job 14:10 ,” JTS 14 [1963]: 91-92). G. R. Driver connected it to Arabic halasa , “carry off suddenly” (“The Resurrection of Marine and Terrestrial Creatures,” JSS 7 [1962]: 12-22). But the basic idea of “be weak, powerless” is satisfactory in the text. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 105) says, “Where words are so carefully chosen, it is gratuitous to substitute less expressive words as some editors do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":18264,"verse_id":"JOB.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"This break to a question adds a startling touch to the whole verse. The obvious meaning is that he is gone. The LXX weakens it: “and is no more.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":18265,"verse_id":"JOB.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The comparative clause may be signaled simply by the context, especially when facts of a moral nature are compared with the physical world (see GKC 499 §161. a ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":18266,"verse_id":"JOB.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The Hebrew word יָם ( yam ) can mean “sea” or “lake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":18267,"verse_id":"JOB.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"The Hebrew construction is “until not,” which is unusual if not impossible; it is found in only one other type of context. In its six other occurrences ( Num 21:35 ; Deut 3:3 ; Josh 8:22; 10:33; 11:8 ; 2 Kgs 10:11 ) the context refers to the absence of survivors. Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion, Syriac, and Vulgate all have “till the heavens wear out.” Most would emend the text just slightly from עַד־בִּלְתִּי (’ ad-bilti , “are no more”) to עַד בְּלוֹת (’ ad bÿlot , “until the wearing out of,” see Ps 102:26 [27]; Isa 51:6 ). Gray rejects emendation here, finding the unusual form of the MT in its favor. Orlinsky (p. 57) finds a cognate Arabic word meaning “will not awake” and translates it “so long as the heavens are not rent asunder” (H. M. Orlinsky, “The Hebrew and Greek Texts of Job 14:12 ,” JQR 28 [1937/38]: 57-68). He then deletes the last line of the verse as a later gloss.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":18268,"verse_id":"JOB.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"The verb is plural because the subject, אִישׁ (’ ish ), is viewed as a collective: “mankind.” The verb means “to wake up; to awake”; another root, קוּץ ( quts , “to split open”) cognate to Arabic qada and Akkadian kasu , was put forward by H. M. Orlinsky (“The Hebrew and Greek Texts of Job 14:12 ,” JQR 28 [1937-38]: 57-68) and G. R. Driver (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 72-93).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":18269,"verse_id":"JOB.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The optative mood is introduced here again with מִי יִתֵּן ( mi yitten ), literally, “who will give?” sn After arguing that man will die without hope, Job expresses his desire that there be a resurrection, and what that would mean. The ancients all knew that death did not bring existence to an end; rather, they passed into another place, but they continued to exist. Job thinks that death would at least give him some respite from the wrath of God; but this wrath would eventually be appeased, and then God would remember the one he had hidden in Sheol just as he remembered Noah. Once that happened, it would be possible that Job might live again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":18270,"verse_id":"JOB.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"The construction used here is the preposition followed by the infinitive construct followed by the subjective genitive, forming an adverbial clause of time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":18271,"verse_id":"JOB.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.13","text":"This is the same word used in v. 5 for “limit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A13/4"}
{"id":18272,"verse_id":"JOB.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"The verb זָכַר ( zakhar ) means more than simply “to remember.” In many cases, including this one, it means “to act on what is remembered,” i.e., deliver or rescue (see Gen 8:1 , “and God remembered Noah”). In this sense, a prayer “remember me” is a prayer for God to act upon his covenant promises.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":18273,"verse_id":"JOB.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"The LXX removes the interrogative and makes the statement affirmative, i.e., that man will live again. This reading is taken by D. H. Gard (“The Concept of the Future Life according to the Greek Translator of the Book of Job,” JBL 73 [1954]: 137-38). D. J. A. Clines follows this, putting both of the expressions in the wish clause: “if a man dies and could live again…” ( Job [WBC], 332). If that is the way it is translated, then the verbs in the second half of the verse and in the next verse would all be part of the apodosis, and should be translated “would.” The interpretation would not greatly differ; it would be saying that if there was life after death, Job would long for his release – his death. If the traditional view is taken and the question was raised whether there was life after death (the implication of the question being that there is), then Job would still be longing for his death. The point the line is making is that if there is life after death, that would be all the more reason for Job to eagerly expect, to hope for, his death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":18274,"verse_id":"JOB.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"See Job 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":18275,"verse_id":"JOB.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"The verb אֲיַחֵל (’ ayakhel ) may be rendered “I will/would wait” or “I will/would hope.” The word describes eager expectation and longing hope.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":18276,"verse_id":"JOB.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.14","text":"The construction is the same as that found in the last verse: a temporal preposition עַד (’ ad ) followed by the infinitive construct followed by the subjective genitive “release/relief.” Due, in part, to the same verb ( חָלַף , khalaf ) having the meaning “sprout again” in v. 7 , some take “renewal” as the meaning here (J. E. Hartley, Alden, NIV, ESV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A14/4"}
{"id":18277,"verse_id":"JOB.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"The independent personal pronoun is emphatic, as if to say, “and I on my part will answer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":18278,"verse_id":"JOB.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"The word כָּסַף ( kasaf ) originally meant “to turn pale.” It expresses the sentiment that causes pallor of face, and so is used for desire ardently, covet. The object of the desire is always introduced with the ל ( lamed ) preposition (see E. Dhorme, Job , 202).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":18279,"verse_id":"JOB.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “long for the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":18280,"verse_id":"JOB.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"If v. 16 a continues the previous series, the translation here would be “then” (as in RSV). Others take it as a new beginning to express God’s present watch over Job, and interpret the second half of the verse as a question, or emend it to say God does not pass over his sins.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":18281,"verse_id":"JOB.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The passive participle חָתֻם ( khatum ), from חָתַם ( khatam , “seal”), which is used frequently in the Bible, means “sealed up.” The image of sealing sins in a bag is another of the many poetic ways of expressing the removal of sin from the individual (see 1 Sam 25:29 ). Since the term most frequently describes sealed documents, the idea here may be more that of sealing in a bag the record of Job’s sins (see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 334).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":18282,"verse_id":"JOB.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"The idea has been presented that the background of putting tally stones in a bag is intended (see A. L. Oppenheim, “On an Operational Device in Mesopotamian Bureaucracy,” JNES 18 [1959]: 121-28).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":18283,"verse_id":"JOB.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"This verb was used in Job 13:4 for “plasterers of lies.” The idea is probably that God coats or paints over the sins so that they are forgotten (see Isa 1:18 ). A. B. Davidson ( Job , 105) suggests that the sins are preserved until full punishment is exacted. But the verse still seems to be continuing the thought of how the sins would be forgotten in the next life.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":18284,"verse_id":"JOB.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"The indication that this is a simile is to be obtained from the conjunction beginning 19c (see GKC 499 §161. a ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":18285,"verse_id":"JOB.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"The word יִבּוֹל ( yibbol ) usually refers to a flower fading and so seems strange here. The LXX and the Syriac translate “and will fall”; most commentators accept this and repoint the preceding word to get “and will surely fall.” Duhm retains the MT and applies the image of the flower to the falling mountain. The verb is used of the earth in Isa 24:4 , and so NIV, RSV, and NJPS all have the idea of “crumble away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":18286,"verse_id":"JOB.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “the overflowings of it”; the word סְפִיחֶיהָ ( sÿfikheyha ) in the text is changed by just about everyone. The idea of “its overflowings” or more properly “its aftergrowths” ( Lev 25:5 ; 2 Kgs 19:29 ; etc.) does not fit here at all. Budde suggested reading סְחִפָה ( sÿkhifah ), which is cognate to Arabic sahifeh , “torrential rain, rainstorm” – that which sweeps away” the soil. The word סָחַף ( sakhaf ) in Hebrew might have a wider usage than the effects of rain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":18287,"verse_id":"JOB.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “[the] dust of [the] earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":18288,"verse_id":"JOB.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"D. W. Thomas took נֵצַח ( netsakh ) here to have a superlative meaning: “You prevail utterly against him” (“Use of netsach as a superlative in Hebrew,” JSS 1 [1956]: 107). Death would be God’s complete victory over him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":18289,"verse_id":"JOB.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.20","text":"The subject of the participle is most likely God in this context. Some take it to be man, saying “his face changes.” Others emend the text to read an imperfect verb, but this is not necessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A20/2"}
{"id":18290,"verse_id":"JOB.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"The clause may be interpreted as a conditional clause, with the second clause beginning with the conjunction serving as the apodosis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":18291,"verse_id":"JOB.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"There is no expressed subject for the verb “they honor,” and so it may be taken as a passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":18292,"verse_id":"JOB.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.21","text":"The verb is בִּין ( bin , “to perceive; to discern”). The parallelism between “know” and “perceive” stress the point that in death a man does not realize what is happening here in the present life.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A21/4"}
{"id":18293,"verse_id":"JOB.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"The prepositional phrases using עָלָיו (’ alayv , “for him[self]”) express the object of the suffering. It is for himself that the dead man “grieves.” So this has to be joined with אַךְ (’ akh ), yielding “only for himself.” Then, “flesh” and “soul/person” form the parallelism for the subjects of the verbs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":18294,"verse_id":"JOB.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"The Hebrew is דַעַת־רוּחַ ( da ’ at-ruakh ). This means knowledge without any content, vain knowledge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":18295,"verse_id":"JOB.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"The image is rather graphic. It is saying that he puffs himself up with the wind and then brings out of his mouth blasts of this wind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":18296,"verse_id":"JOB.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"The word for “east wind,” קָדִים ( qadim ), is parallel to “spirit/wind” also in Hos 12:2 . The east wind is maleficent, but here in the parallelism it is so much hot air.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":18297,"verse_id":"JOB.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"The infinitive absolute in this place is functioning either as an explanatory adverb or as a finite verb. sn Eliphaz draws on Job’s claim with this word (cf. Job 13:3 ), but will declare it hollow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":18298,"verse_id":"JOB.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"The verb סָכַן ( sakhan ) means “to be useful, profitable.” It is found 5 times in the book with this meaning. The Hiphil of יָעַל ( ya ’ al ) has the same connotation. E. LipinÃski offers a new meaning on a second root, “incur danger” or “run risks” with words, but this does not fit the parallelism ( FO 21 [1980]: 65-82).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":18299,"verse_id":"JOB.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The word פָּרַר ( parar ) in the Hiphil means “to annul; to frustrate; to destroy; to break,” and this fits the line quite well. The NEB reflects G. R. Driver’s suggestion of an Arabic cognate meaning “to expel; to banish” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 77).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":18300,"verse_id":"JOB.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “fear,” “reverence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":18301,"verse_id":"JOB.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"The word גָּרַע ( gara ’) means “to diminish,” regard as insignificant, occasionally with the sense of “pull down” ( Deut 4:2; 13:1 ). It is here that Eliphaz is portraying Job as a menace to the religion of society because they dissuade people from seeking God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":18302,"verse_id":"JOB.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"The word שִׂיחָה ( sikhah ) is “complaint; cry; meditation.” Job would be influencing people to challenge God and not to meditate before or pray to him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":18303,"verse_id":"JOB.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"The verb אַלֵּף (’ allef ) has the meaning of “to teach; to instruct,” but it is unlikely that the idea of revealing is intended. If the verb is understood metonymically, then “to inspire; to prompt” will be sufficient. Dahood and others find another root, and render the verb “to increase,” reversing subject and object: “your mouth increases your iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":18304,"verse_id":"JOB.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “tongue.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":18305,"verse_id":"JOB.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"The word means “shrewd; crafty; cunning” (see Gen 3:1 ). Job uses clever speech that is misleading and destructive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":18306,"verse_id":"JOB.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The Hiphil of this root means “declare wicked, guilty” (a declarative Hiphil), and so “condemns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":18307,"verse_id":"JOB.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"The verb עָנָה (’ anah ) with the ל ( lamed ) preposition following it means “to testify against.” For Eliphaz, it is enough to listen to Job to condemn him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":18308,"verse_id":"JOB.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"The meaning of סוֹד ( sod ) is “confidence.” In the context the implication is “secret counsel” of the Lord God (see Jer 23:18 ). It is a question of confidence on the part of God, that only wisdom can know (see Prov 8:30,31 ). Job seemed to them to claim to have access to the mind of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":18309,"verse_id":"JOB.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"In v. 4 the word meant “limit”; here it has a slightly different sense, namely, “to reserve for oneself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":18310,"verse_id":"JOB.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"The last clause simply has “and it is not with us.” It means that one possesses something through knowledge. Note the parallelism of “know” and “with me” in Ps 50:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":18311,"verse_id":"JOB.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"The participle שָׂב ( sav ), from שִׂיב ( siv , “to have white hair”; 1 Sam 12:2 ), only occurs elsewhere in the Bible in the Aramaic sections of Ezra. The word יָשִׁישׁ ( yashish , “aged”) occurred in 12:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":18312,"verse_id":"JOB.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “with us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":18313,"verse_id":"JOB.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"The line reads: “[men] greater than your father [in] days.” The expression “in days” underscores their age – they were older than Job’s father, and therefore wiser.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":18314,"verse_id":"JOB.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"The formula “is it too little for you” or “is it too slight a matter for you” is also found in Isa 7:13 (see GKC 430 §133. c ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":18315,"verse_id":"JOB.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.11","text":"The word “spoken” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A11/3"}
{"id":18316,"verse_id":"JOB.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"The interrogative מָה ( mah ) here has the sense of “why?” (see Job 7:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":18317,"verse_id":"JOB.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"The verb simply means “to take.” The RSV has “carry you away.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 212-13) goes further, saying that it implies being unhinged by passion, to be carried away by the passions beyond good sense (pp. 212-13). Pope and Tur-Sinai suggest that the suffix on the verb is datival, and translate it, “What has taken from you your mind?” But the parallelism shows that “your heart” and “your eyes” are subjects.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":18318,"verse_id":"JOB.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.12","text":"Here is another word that occurs only here, and in the absence of a completely convincing suggestion, probably should be left as it is. The verb is רָזַם ( razam , “wink, flash”). Targum Job and the Syriac equate it with a verb found in Aramaic and postbiblical Hebrew with the same letters but metathesized – רָמַז ( ramaz ). It would mean “to make a sign” or “to wink.” Budde, following the LXX probably, has “Why are your eyes lofty?” Others follow an Arabic root meaning “become weak.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A12/3"}
{"id":18319,"verse_id":"JOB.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"The Hebrew is רוּחֶךָ ( rukhekha , “your spirit” or “your breath”). But the fact that this is turned “against God,” means that it must be given a derived meaning, or a meaning that is metonymical. It is used in the Bible in the sense of anger – what the spirit vents (see Judg 8:3 ; Prov 16:32 ; and Job 4:9 with “blast”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":18320,"verse_id":"JOB.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"The verb is a Hiphil perfect of yasa ’ , “to go out, proceed, issue forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":18321,"verse_id":"JOB.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Eliphaz here reiterates the point made in Job 4:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":18322,"verse_id":"JOB.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"The two descriptions here used are “abominable,” meaning “disgusting” (a Niphal participle with the value of a Latin participle [see GKC 356-57 §116. e ]), and “corrupt” (a Niphal participle which occurs only in Pss 14:3 and 53:4 ), always in a moral sense. On the significance of the first description, see P. Humbert, “Le substantif toáe„ba„ et le verbe táb dans l’Ancien Testament,” ZAW 72 [1960]: 217ff.). On the second word, G. R. Driver suggests from Arabic, “debauched with luxury, corrupt” (“Some Hebrew Words,” JTS 29 [1927/28]: 390-96).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":18323,"verse_id":"JOB.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"The demonstrative pronoun is used here as a nominative, to introduce an independent relative clause (see GKC 447 §138. h ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":18324,"verse_id":"JOB.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Here the vav ( ו ) apodosis follows with the cohortative (see GKC 458 §143. d ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":18325,"verse_id":"JOB.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"The word “tradition” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":18326,"verse_id":"JOB.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “their fathers.” Some commentators change one letter and follow the reading of the LXX: “and their fathers have not hidden.” Pope tries to get the same reading by classifying the מ ( mem ) as an enclitic mem . The MT on first glance would read “and did not hide from their fathers.” Some take the clause “and they did not hide” as adverbial and belonging to the first part of the verse: “what wise men declare, hiding nothing, according to the tradition of their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":18327,"verse_id":"JOB.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “all the days of the wicked, he suffers.” The word “all” is an adverbial accusative of time, stating along with its genitives (“of the days of a wicked man”) how long the individual suffers. When the subject is composed of a noun in construct followed by a genitive, the predicate sometimes agrees with the genitive (see GKC 467 §146. a ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":18328,"verse_id":"JOB.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"The Hebrew term מִתְחוֹלֵל ( mitkholel ) is a Hitpolel participle from חִיל ( khil , “to tremble”). It carries the idea of “torment oneself,” or “be tormented.” Some have changed the letter ח ( khet ) for a letter ה ( he ), and obtained the meaning “shows himself mad.” Theodotion has “is mad.” Syriac (“behave arrogantly,” apparently confusing Hebrew חול with חלל ; Heidi M. Szpek, Translation Technique in the Peshitta to Job [SBLDS], 277), Symmachus, and Vulgate have “boasts himself.” But the reading of the MT is preferable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":18329,"verse_id":"JOB.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.20","text":"It is necessary, with Rashi, to understand the relative pronoun before the verb “they are stored up/reserved.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A20/3"}
{"id":18330,"verse_id":"JOB.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.20","text":"This has been translated with the idea of “oppressor” in Job 6:23; 27:13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A20/4"}
{"id":18331,"verse_id":"JOB.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"The word “fill” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":18332,"verse_id":"JOB.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"The word שׁוֹדֵד ( shoded ) means “a robber; a plunderer” (see Job 12:6 ). With the verb bo ’ the sentence means that the robber pounces on or comes against him (see GKC 373 §118. f ). H. H. Rowley observes that the text does not say that he is under attack, but that the sound of fears is in his ears, i.e., that he is terrified by thoughts of this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":18333,"verse_id":"JOB.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"This is the meaning of the Hiphil imperfect negated: “he does not believe” or “he has no confidence.” It is followed by the infinitive construct functioning as the direct object – he does not expect to return (to escape) from darkness. sn The meaning of this line is somewhat in question. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 111) thinks it could mean that he is afraid he will not wake up from the night, or he dreads misfortune, thinking it will be final for him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":18334,"verse_id":"JOB.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “he is watched [or waited for] by the sword.” G. R. Driver reads it, “he is marked down for the sword” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 78). Ewald suggested “laid up for the sword.” Ball has “looks for the sword.” The MT has a passive participle from צָפָה ( tsafah , “to observe, watch”) which can be retained in the text; the meaning of the form can then be understood as the result of the inspection (E. Dhorme, Job , 217).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A22/3"}
{"id":18335,"verse_id":"JOB.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"The MT has “he wanders about for food – where is it?” The LXX has “he has been appointed for food for vultures,” reading אַיָּה (’ ayyah , “vulture”) for אַיֵּה (’ ayyeh , “where is it?”). This would carry on the thought of the passage – he sees himself destined for the sword and food for vultures. Many commentators follow this reading while making a number of smaller changes in נֹדֵד ( noded , “wandering”) such as נִתַּן ( nittan , “is given”), נוֹעַד ( no ’ ad , “is appointed”), נוֹדַע ( noda ’, “is known”), or something similar. The latter involves no major change in consonants. While the MT “wandering” may not be as elegant as some of the other suggestions, it is not impossible. But there is no reading of this verse that does not involve some change. The LXX has “and he has been appointed for food for vultures.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":18336,"verse_id":"JOB.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"This line is fraught with difficulties (perceived or real), which prompt numerous suggestions. The reading of the MT is “he knows that a day of darkness is fixed in his hand,” i.e., is certain. Many commentators move “day of darkness” to the next verse, following the LXX. Then, suggestions have been offered for נָכוֹן ( nakhon , “ready”), such as נֵכֶר ( nekher , “disaster”); and for בְּיָדוֹ ( bÿyado , “in his hand”) a number of ideas – לְאֵיד ( lÿ ’ ed , “calamity”) or פִּידוֹ ( pido , “his disaster”). Wright takes this last view and renders it “he knows that misfortune is imminent,” leaving the “day of darkness” to the next verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":18337,"verse_id":"JOB.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"If “day and darkness” are added to this line, then this verse is made into a tri-colon – the main reason for transferring it away from the last verse. But the newly proposed reading follows the LXX structure precisely, as if that were the approved construction. The Hebrew of MT has “distress and anguish terrify him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":18338,"verse_id":"JOB.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"This last colon is deleted by some, moved to v. 26 by others, and the NEB puts it in brackets. The last word (translated here as “launch an attack”) occurs only here . HALOT 472 s.v. כִּידוֹר links it to an Arabic root kadara , “to rush down,” as with a bird of prey. J. Reider defines it as “perturbation” from the same root (“Etymological Studies in Biblical Hebrew,” VT 2 [1952]: 127).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":18339,"verse_id":"JOB.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.25","text":"The Hitpael of גָּבַר ( gavar ) means “to act with might” or “to behave like a hero.” The idea is that the wicked boldly vaunts himself before the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A25/2"}
{"id":18340,"verse_id":"JOB.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “he runs against [or upon] him with the neck.” The RSV takes this to mean “with a stiff neck.” Several commentators, influenced by the LXX’s “insolently,” have attempted to harmonize with some idiom for neck (“outstretched neck,” for example). Others have made more extensive changes. Pope and Anderson follow Tur-Sinai in accepting “with full battle armor.” But the main idea seems to be that of a headlong assault on God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":18341,"verse_id":"JOB.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “with the thickness of the bosses of his shield.” The bosses are the convex sides of the bucklers, turned against the foe. This is a defiant attack on God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":18342,"verse_id":"JOB.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.27","text":"D. W. Thomas defends a meaning “cover” for the verb עָשָׂה (’ asah ). See “Translating Hebrew `asah ,” BT 17 [1966]: 190-93.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A27/2"}
{"id":18343,"verse_id":"JOB.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.27","text":"The term פִּימָה ( pimah ), a hapax legomenon , is explained by the Arabic fa ’ ima , “to be fat.” Pope renders this “blubber.” Cf. KJV “and maketh collops of fat on his flanks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A27/3"}
{"id":18344,"verse_id":"JOB.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.28","text":"The verbal idea serves here to modify “houses” as a relative clause; so a relative pronoun is added.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A28/2"}
{"id":18345,"verse_id":"JOB.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.28","text":"The Hebrew has simply “they are made ready for heaps.” The LXX translates it, “what they have prepared, let others carry away.” This would involve a complete change of the last word.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A28/3"}
{"id":18346,"verse_id":"JOB.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"This word מִנְלָם ( minlam ) also is a hapax legomenon , although almost always interpreted to mean “possession” (with Arabic manal ) and repointed as מְנֹלָם ( mÿnolam ). M. Dahood further changes “earth” to the netherworld, and interprets it to mean “his possessions will not go down to the netherworld (“Value of Ugaritic for Textual Criticism,” Bib 40 [1959]: 164-66). Others suggest it means “ear of grain,” either from the common word for “ears of grain” or a hapax legomenon in Deuteronomy 23:26 [25].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":18347,"verse_id":"JOB.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Some editions and commentators delete the first line of this verse, arguing that it is simply a paraphrase of v. 22 a, and that it interrupts the comparison with a tree that falls (although that comparison only starts next).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":18348,"verse_id":"JOB.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.30","text":"This last line in the verse is the difficult one. The MT has “he shall depart by the breath of his mouth.” If this reading stands, then it must be understood that it is the breath of God’s mouth that is intended. In place of “his mouth” the LXX has “flower” (reading פִּרהוֹ [ pirho , properly, “his fruit”] instead of פִּיו piv ), and “fall” instead of “depart.” Modern commentators and a number of English versions (e.g., RSV, NRSV, TEV) alter יָסוּר ( yasur , “depart”) to something like יְסֹעַר ( yÿso ’ ar , from סָעַר [ sa ’ ar , “to drive away”]), or the like, to get “will be swept away.” The result is a reading: “and his blossom will be swept away by the wind.” The LXX may have read the Hebrew exactly, but harmonized it with v. 33 (see H. Heater, A Septuagint Translation Technique in the Book of Job [CBQMS]: 61-62).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A30/2"}
{"id":18349,"verse_id":"JOB.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"The word, although difficult in its form, is “vanity,” i.e., that which is worthless. E. Dhorme ( Job , 224) thinks that the form שָׁוְא ( shav ’) conceals the word שִׁיאוֹ ( shi ’ o , “his stature”). But Dhorme reworks most of the verse. He changes נִתְעָה ( nit ’ ah , “deceived”) to נֵדַע ( neda ’, “we know”) to arrive at “we know that it is vanity.” The last two words of the verse are then moved to the next. The LXX has “let him not think that he shall endure, for his end shall be vanity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":18350,"verse_id":"JOB.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"This word is found in Job 20:18 with the sense of “trading.” It can mean the exchange of goods or the profit from them. Some commentators change תְמוּרָתוֹ ( tÿmurato , “his reward”) because they wish to put it with the next verse as the LXX seems to have done (although the LXX does not represent this). Suggestions include תִּמֹרָתוֹ ( timorato , “his palm tree”) and זְמֹרָתוֹ ( zÿmorato , “his vine shoot”). A number of writers simply delete all of v. 31 . H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 115) suggests the best reading (assuming one were going to make changes) would be, “Let him not trust in his stature, deceiving himself, for it is vanity.” And then put “his palm tree” with the next verse, he thinks that achieves the proper balance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":18351,"verse_id":"JOB.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"Heb “before his day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":18352,"verse_id":"JOB.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.32","text":"Those who put the last colon of v. 31 with v. 32 also have to change the verb תִּמָּלֵא ( timmale ’, “will be fulfilled”). E. Dhorme ( Job , 225) says, “a mere glance at the use of yimmal …abundantly proves that the original text had timmal (G, Syr., Vulg), which became timmale ’ through the accidental transposition of the ‘ alep of b ÿ si ’ o …in verse 31 ….” This, of course, is possible, if all the other changes up to now are granted. But the meaning of a word elsewhere in no way assures it should be the word here. The LXX has “his harvest shall perish before the time,” which could translate any number of words that might have been in the underlying Hebrew text. A commercial metaphor is not out of place here, since parallelism does not demand that the same metaphor appear in both lines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A32/2"}
{"id":18353,"verse_id":"JOB.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.32","text":"Now, in the second half of the verse, the metaphor of a tree with branches begins.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A32/3"}
{"id":18354,"verse_id":"JOB.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"The verb means “to treat violently” or “to wrong.” It indicates that the vine did not nourish the grapes well enough for them to grow, and so they dry up and drop off.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":18355,"verse_id":"JOB.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.34","text":"The LXX renders this line: “for death is the witness of an ungodly man. “Death” represents “barren/sterile,” and “witness” represents “assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A34/1"}
{"id":18356,"verse_id":"JOB.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.34","text":"Heb “the tents of bribery.” The word “bribery” can mean a “gift,” but most often in the sense of a bribe in court. It indicates that the wealth and the possessions that the wicked man has gained may have been gained unjustly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A34/3"}
{"id":18357,"verse_id":"JOB.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.35","text":"Infinitives absolute are used in this verse in the place of finite verbs. They lend a greater vividness to the description, stressing the basic meaning of the words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A35/1"}
{"id":18358,"verse_id":"JOB.15.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":15,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.35","text":"At the start of the speech Eliphaz said Job’s belly was filled with the wind; now it is there that he prepares deception. This inclusio frames the speech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2015%3A35/2"}
{"id":18359,"verse_id":"JOB.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"The expression uses the Piel participle in construct: מְנַחֲמֵי עָמָל ( mÿnahame ’ amal , “comforters of trouble”), i.e., comforters who increase trouble instead of relieving it. D. W. Thomas translates this “breathers out of trouble” (“A Note on the Hebrew Root naham, ” ExpTim 44 [1932/33]: 192).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":18360,"verse_id":"JOB.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Disjunctive questions are introduced with the sign of the interrogative; the second part is introduced with אוֹ (’ o , see GKC 475 §150. g ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":18361,"verse_id":"JOB.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"In v. 3 the second person singular is employed rather than the plural as in vv. 2 and 4 . The singular might be an indication that the words of v. 3 were directed at Eliphaz specifically.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":18362,"verse_id":"JOB.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “words of wind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":18363,"verse_id":"JOB.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.3","text":"The Hiphil of מָרַץ ( marats ) does not occur anywhere else. The word means “to compel; to force” (see 6:25 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A3/4"}
{"id":18364,"verse_id":"JOB.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.3","text":"The LXX seems to have gone a different way: “What, is there any reason in vain words, or what will hinder you from answering?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A3/5"}
{"id":18365,"verse_id":"JOB.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"For the use of the cohortative in the apodosis of conditional sentences, see GKC 322 §109. f .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":18366,"verse_id":"JOB.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"The conjunction לוּ ( lu ) is used to introduce the optative, a condition that is incapable of fulfillment (see GKC 494-95 §159. l ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":18367,"verse_id":"JOB.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"This verb אַחְבִּירָה (’ akhbirah ) is usually connected to חָבַר ( khavar , “to bind”). There are several suggestions for this word. J. J. Finkelstein proposed a second root, a homonym, meaning “to make a sound,” and so here “to harangue” (“Hebrew habar and Semitic HBR, ” JBL 75 [1956]: 328-31; see also O. Loretz, “ HBR in Job 16:4 ,” CBQ 23 [1961]: 293-94, who renders it “I could make noisy speeches”). Other suggestions have been for new meanings based on cognate studies, such as “to make beautiful” (i.e., make polished speeches).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":18368,"verse_id":"JOB.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"“But” has been added in the translation to strengthen the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":18369,"verse_id":"JOB.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"The Piel of אָמַץ (’ amats ) means “to strengthen, fortify.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":18370,"verse_id":"JOB.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “my mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":18371,"verse_id":"JOB.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.5","text":"The verb יַחְשֹׂךְ ( yakhsokh ) means “to restrain; to withhold.” There is no object, so many make it first person subject, “I will not restrain.” The LXX and the Syriac have a different person – “I would not restrain.” G. R. Driver, arguing that the verb is intransitive here, made it “the solace of my lips would not [added] be withheld” (see JTS 34 [1933]: 380). D. J. A. Clines says that what is definitive is the use of the verb in the next line, where it clearly means “soothed, assuaged.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A5/4"}
{"id":18372,"verse_id":"JOB.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"“But” is supplied in the translation to strengthen the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":18373,"verse_id":"JOB.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"The Niphal יֵחָשֵׂךְ ( yekhasekh ) means “to be soothed; to be assuaged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":18374,"verse_id":"JOB.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Some argue that מָה ( mah ) in the text is the Arabic ma, the simple negative. This would then mean “it does not depart far from me.” The interrogative used rhetorically amounts to the same thing, however, so the suggestion is not necessary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":18375,"verse_id":"JOB.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"In poetic discourse there is often an abrupt change from person to another. See GKC 462 §144. p . Some take the subject of this verb to be God, others the pain (“surely now it has worn me out”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":18376,"verse_id":"JOB.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"The verb is קָמַט ( qamat ) which is used only here and in 22:16 ; it means “to seize; to grasp.” By God’s seizing him, Job means his afflictions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":18377,"verse_id":"JOB.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"The subject is “my calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":18378,"verse_id":"JOB.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.8","text":"The verb is used in Ps 109:24 to mean “to be lean”; and so “leanness” is accepted here for the noun by most. Otherwise the word is “lie, deceit.” Accordingly, some take it here as “my slanderer” or “my liar” (gives evidence against me).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A8/3"}
{"id":18379,"verse_id":"JOB.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"The referent of these pronouns in v. 9 (“his anger…he has gnashed…his teeth…his eyes”) is best taken as God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":18380,"verse_id":"JOB.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"The verb שָׂטַם ( satam ) is translated “hate” in the RSV, but this is not accepted by very many. Many emend it to שָׁמט ( shamat ), reading “and he dropped me” (from his mouth). But that suggests escape. D. J. A. Clines notes that usage shows it reflects ongoing hatred represented by an action such as persecution or attack ( Job [WBC], 370).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":18381,"verse_id":"JOB.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.9","text":"The verb is used of sharpening a sword in Ps 7:12 ; here it means “to look intently” as an animal looks for prey. The verse describes God’s relentless pursuit of Job.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A9/4"}
{"id":18382,"verse_id":"JOB.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"“People” is supplied; the Hebrew verb is third plural. The colon reads, “they have opened against me with [the preposition is instrumental] their mouth.” The gestures here follow the animal imagery; they reflect destructive opposition and attack (see Ps 22:13 among others).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":18383,"verse_id":"JOB.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"This is an “insult” or a “reproach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":18384,"verse_id":"JOB.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"The verb יִתְמַלָּאוּן ( yitmalla ’ un ) is taken from מָלֵא ( male ’), “to be full,” and in this stem, “to pile up; to press together.” The term has a military connotation, such as “to mobilize” (see D. W. Thomas, “ ml'w in Jeremiah 4:5 : a military term,” JJS 3 [1952]: 47-52). Job sees himself surrounded by enemies who persecute him and mock him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":18385,"verse_id":"JOB.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"The word עֲוִיל (’ avil ) means “child,” and this cannot be right here. If it is read as עַוָּל (’ avval ) as in Job 27:7 it would be the unrighteous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":18386,"verse_id":"JOB.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"The verb פָּרַר ( parar ) means “to shake.” In the Hiphil it means “to break; to shatter” ( 5:12; 15:4 ). The Pilpel means “to break in pieces,” and in the Poel in Jer 23:29 “to smash up.” So Job was living at ease, and God shattered his life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":18387,"verse_id":"JOB.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Here is another Pilpel, now from פָּצַץ ( patsats ) with a similar meaning to the other verb. It means “to dash into pieces” and even scatter the pieces. The LXX translates this line, “he took me by the hair of the head and plucked it out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":18388,"verse_id":"JOB.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"The meaning of “his archers” is supported for רַבָּיו ( rabbayv ) in view of Jer 50:29 . The LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, Targum Job, followed by several translations and commentators prefer “arrows.” They see this as a more appropriate figure without raising the question of who the archers might be (see 6:4 ). The point is an unnecessary distinction, for the figure is an illustration of the affliction that God has brought on him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":18389,"verse_id":"JOB.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “and he does not pity,” but the clause is functioning adverbially in the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":18390,"verse_id":"JOB.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"The verb פָּלַח ( palakh ) in the Piel means “to pierce” (see Prov 7:23 ). A fuller comparison should be made with Lam 3:12-13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":18391,"verse_id":"JOB.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.13","text":"This word מְרֵרָתִי ( mÿrerati , “my gall”) is found only here. It is close to the form in Job 13:26 , “bitter things.” In Job 20:14 it may mean “poison.” The thought is also found in Lam 2:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A13/4"}
{"id":18392,"verse_id":"JOB.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"The word פָּרַץ ( parats ) means “to make a breach” in a wall ( Isa 5:5 ; Ps 80:13 ). It is used figuratively in the birth and naming of Peres in Gen 38:29 . Here the image is now of a military attack that breaks through a wall. The text uses the cognate accusative, and then with the addition of עַל־פְּנֵי (’ al-pÿne , “in addition”) it repeats the cognate noun. A smooth translation that reflects the three words is difficult. E. Dhorme ( Job , 237) has “he batters me down, breach upon breach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":18393,"verse_id":"JOB.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “runs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":18394,"verse_id":"JOB.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"The Poel עֹלַלְתִּי (’ olalti ) from עָלַל (’ alal , “to enter”) has here the meaning of “to thrust in.” The activity is the opposite of “raising high the horn,” a picture of dignity and victory.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":18395,"verse_id":"JOB.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"There is no English term that captures exactly what “horn” is meant to do. Drawn from the animal world, the image was meant to convey strength and pride and victory. Some modern commentators have made other proposals for the line. Svi Rin suggested from Ugaritic that the verb be translated “lower” or “dip” (“Ugaritic – Old Testament Affinities,” BZ 7 [1963]: 22-33).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":18396,"verse_id":"JOB.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"An intensive form, a Qetaltal form of the root חָמַר ( khamar , “red”) is used here. This word has as probable derivatives חֹמֶר ( khomer , “[red] clay”) and חֲמוֹר ( khamor , “[red] ass”) and the like. Because of the weeping, his whole complexion has been reddened (the LXX reads “my belly”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":18397,"verse_id":"JOB.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"For the use of the preposition עַל (’ al ) to introduce concessive clauses, see GKC 499 §160. c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":18398,"verse_id":"JOB.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"The word is simply “a place,” but in the context it surely means a hidden place, a secret place that would never be discovered (see 18:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":18399,"verse_id":"JOB.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"The parallelism now uses the Aramaic word “my advocate” – the one who testifies on my behalf. The word again appears in Gen 31:47 for Laban’s naming of the “heap of witness” in Aramaic – “Sahadutha.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":18400,"verse_id":"JOB.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"The first two words of this verse are problematic: מְלִיצַי רֵעָי ( mÿlitsay re ’ ay , “my scorners are my friends”). The word מֵלִיץ ( melits ), from or related to the word for “scorner” ( לִיץ , lits ) in wisdom literature especially, can also mean “mediator” ( Job 33:23 ), “interpreter” ( Gen 42:23 ). This gives the idea that “scorn” has to do with the way words are used. It may be that the word here should have the singular suffix and be taken as “my spokesman.” This may not be from the same root as “scorn” (see N. H. Richardson, “Some Notes on lis and Its Derivatives,” VT 5 [1955]: 434-36). This is the view of the NIV, NJPS, JB, NAB, as well as a number of commentators. The idea of “my friends are scorners” is out of place in this section, unless taken as a parenthesis. Other suggestions are not convincing. The LXX has “May my prayer come to the Lord, and before him may my eye shed tears.” Some have tried to change the Hebrew to fit this. The word “my friends” also calls for some attention. Instead of a plural noun suffix, most would see it as a singular, a slight vocalic change. But others think it is not the word “friend.” D. J. A. Clines accepts the view that it is not “friends” but “thoughts” ( רֵעַ , rea ’). E. Dhorme takes it as “clamor,” from רוּעַ ( rua ’) and so interprets “my claimant word has reached God.” J. B. Curtis tries “My intercessor is my shepherd,” from רֹעִי ( ro ’ i ). See “On Job’s Witness in Heaven,” JBL 102 [1983]: 549-62.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":18401,"verse_id":"JOB.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to drip; to stream; to flow”; the expression is cryptic, but understandable: “my eye flows [with tears as I cry out] to God.” But many suggestions have been made for this line too. Driver suggested in connection with cognate words that it be given the meaning “sleepless” ( JTS 34 [1933]: 375-85), but this would also require additional words for a smooth reading. See also E. A. Speiser, “The Semantic Range of dalapu, ” JCS 5 (1951): 64-66, for the Akkadian connection. But for the retention of “dripping eyes” based on the Talmudic use, see J. C. Greenfield, “Lexicographical Notes I,” HUCA 29 (1958): 203-28.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":18402,"verse_id":"JOB.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 240) alters this slightly to read “Would that” or “Ah! if only.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":18403,"verse_id":"JOB.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"This is the simple translation of the expression “son of man” in Job. But some commentators wish to change the word בֵּן ( ben , “son”) to בֵּין ( ben , “between”). It would then be “[as] between a man and [for] his friend.” Even though a few mss have this reading, it is to be rejected. But see J. Barr, “Some Notes on ‘ ben ’ in Classical Hebrew,” JSS 23 (1978): 1-22.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":18404,"verse_id":"JOB.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.21","text":"The verb is supplied from the parallel clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A21/3"}
{"id":18405,"verse_id":"JOB.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The expression is “years of number,” meaning that they can be counted, and so “the years are few.” The verb simply means “comes” or “lie ahead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":18406,"verse_id":"JOB.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"The verbal expression “I will not return” serves here to modify the journey that he will take. It is “the road [of] I will not return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":18407,"verse_id":"JOB.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"The verb חָבַל ( khaval , “to act badly”) in the Piel means “to ruin.” The Pual translation with “my spirit” as the subject means “broken” in the sense of finished (not in the sense of humbled as in ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":18408,"verse_id":"JOB.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"The verb זָעַךְ ( za ’ aq , equivalent of Aramaic דָעַק [ da ’ aq ]) means “to be extinguished.” It only occurs here in the Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":18409,"verse_id":"JOB.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"The plural “graves” could be simply an intensification, a plural of extension (see GKC 397 §124. c ), or a reference to the graveyard. Coverdale had: “I am harde at deathes dore.” The Hebrew expression simply reads “graves for me.” It probably means that graves await him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":18410,"verse_id":"JOB.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"The noun is the abstract noun, “mockery.” It indicates that he is the object of derision. But many commentators either change the word to “mockers” (Tur-Sinai, NEB), or argue that the form in the text is a form of the participle (Gordis).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":18411,"verse_id":"JOB.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 243) interprets the preposition to mean “aimed at me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":18412,"verse_id":"JOB.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.2","text":"The meaning of הַמְּרוֹתָם ( hammÿrotam ) is unclear, and the versions offer no help. If the MT is correct, it would probably be connected to מָרָה ( marah , “to be rebellious”) and the derived form something like “hostility; provocation.” But some commentators suggest it should be related to מָרֹרוֹת ( marorot , “bitter things”). Others have changed both the noun and the verb to obtain something like “My eye is weary of their contentiousness” (Holscher), or mine eyes are wearied by your stream of peevish complaints” (G. R. Driver, “Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 78). There is no alternative suggestion that is compelling.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A2/3"}
{"id":18413,"verse_id":"JOB.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"The MT has two imperatives: “Lay down, pledge me, with me.” Most commentators think that the second imperative should be a noun, and take it to say, “Lay my pledge with/beside you.” A. B. Davidson ( Job , 126) suggests that the first verb means “give a pledge,” and so the two similar verbs would be emphatic: “Give a pledge, be my surety.” Other than such a change (which would involve changing the vowels) one would have to interpret similarly by seeing the imperatives as a kind of hendiadys, with the main emphasis being on the second imperative, “make a pledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":18414,"verse_id":"JOB.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"This half-verse gives the reason for the next half-verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":18415,"verse_id":"JOB.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"The object “them” is supplied. This is the simplest reading of the line, taking the verb is an active Polel. Some suggest that the subject is “their hand” and the verb is to be translated “is not raised.” This would carry through the thought of the last verse, but it is not necessary to the point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":18416,"verse_id":"JOB.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “for a portion.” This verse is rather obscure. The words are not that difficult, but the sense of them in this context is. Some take the idea to mean “he denounces his friends for a portion,” and others have a totally different idea of “he invites his friends to share with him.” The former fits the context better, indicating that Job’s friends speak out against him for some personal gain. The second half of the verse then promises that his children will suffer loss for this attempt at gain. The line is surely proverbial. A number of other interpretations can be found in the commentaries.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":18417,"verse_id":"JOB.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"The verb is the third person, and so God is likely the subject. The LXX has “you have made me.” So most commentators clarify the verb in some such way. However, without an expressed subject it can also be taken as a passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":18418,"verse_id":"JOB.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"The word “byword” is related to the word translated “proverb” in the Bible ( מָשָׁל , mashal ). Job’s case is so well known that he is synonymous with afflictions and with abuse by people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":18419,"verse_id":"JOB.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"The word תֹפֶת ( tofet ) is a hapax legomenon . The expression is “and a spitting in/to the face I have become,” i.e., “I have become one in whose face people spit.” Various suggestions have been made, including a link to Tophet, but they are weak. The verse as it exists in the MT is fine, and fits the context well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":18420,"verse_id":"JOB.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"See the usage of this verb in Gen 27:1 and Deut 34:7 . Usually it is age that causes the failing eyesight, but here it is the grief.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":18421,"verse_id":"JOB.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"The word יְצֻרִים ( yÿtsurim ), here with a suffix, occurs only here in the Bible. The word is related to יָצַר ( yatsar , “to form, fashion”). And so Targum Job has “my forms,” and the Vulgate “my members.” The Syriac uses “thoughts” to reflect יֵצֶר ( yetser ). Some have followed this to interpret, “all my thoughts have dissolved into shadows.” But the parallel with “eye” would suggest “form.” The plural “my forms, all of them” would refer to the whole body.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":18422,"verse_id":"JOB.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"This verb שָׁמַם ( shamam , “appalled”) is the one found in Isa 52:14 , translated there “astonished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":18423,"verse_id":"JOB.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"The verb means “to rouse oneself to excitement.” It naturally means “to be agitated; to be stirred up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":18424,"verse_id":"JOB.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"The last two words are the imperfect verb יֹסִיף ( yosif ) which means “he adds,” and the abstract noun “energy, strength.” This noun is not found elsewhere; its Piel verb occurs in Job 4:4 and 16:5 . “he increases strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":18425,"verse_id":"JOB.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"The form says “all of them.” Several editors would change it to “all of you,” but the lack of concord is not surprising; the vocative elsewhere uses the third person (see Mic 1:2 ; see also GKC 441 §135. r ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":18426,"verse_id":"JOB.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"The first verb, the jussive, means “to return”; the second verb, the imperative, means “to come.” The two could be taken as a hendiadys, the first verb becoming adverbial: “to come again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":18427,"verse_id":"JOB.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.10","text":"Instead of the exact correspondence between coordinate verbs, other combinations occur – here we have a jussive and an imperative (see GKC 386 §120. e ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A10/3"}
{"id":18428,"verse_id":"JOB.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"This term usually means “plans; devices” in a bad sense, although it can be used of God’s plans (see e.g., Zech 8:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":18429,"verse_id":"JOB.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Although not in the Hebrew text, “even” is supplied in the translation, because this line is in apposition to the preceding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":18430,"verse_id":"JOB.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"This word has been linked to the root יָרַשׁ ( yarash , “to inherit”) yielding a meaning “the possessions of my heart.” But it is actually to be connected to אָרַשׁ (’ arash , “to desire”) cognate to the Akkadian eresu , “desire.” The LXX has “limbs,” which may come from an Aramaic word for “ropes.” An emendation based on the LXX would be risky.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":18431,"verse_id":"JOB.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"The verse simply has the plural, “they change.” But since this verse seems to be a description of his friends, a clarification of the referent in the translation is helpful.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":18432,"verse_id":"JOB.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"The same verb שִׂים ( sim , “set”) is used this way in Isa 5:20 : “…who change darkness into light.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":18433,"verse_id":"JOB.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"The rest of the verse makes better sense if it is interpreted as what his friends say.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":18434,"verse_id":"JOB.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"This expression is open to alternative translations: (1) It could mean that they say in the face of darkness, “Light is near.” (2) It could also mean “The light is near the darkness” or “The light is nearer than the darkness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":18435,"verse_id":"JOB.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The clause begins with אִם (’ im ) which here has more of the sense of “since.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 253) takes a rather rare use of the word to get “Can I hope again” (see also GKC 475 §150. f for the caveat).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":18436,"verse_id":"JOB.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"This is understood because the conditional clauses seem to run to the apodosis in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":18437,"verse_id":"JOB.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"The word שַׁחַת ( shakhat ) may be the word “corruption” from a root שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “to destroy”) or a word “pit” from שׁוּחַ ( shuakh , “to sink down”). The same problem surfaces in Ps 16:10 , where it is parallel to “Sheol.” E. F. Sutcliffe, The Old Testament and the Future Life , 76ff., defends the meaning “corruption.” But many commentators here take it to mean “the grave” in harmony with “Sheol.” But in this verse “worms” would suggest “corruption” is better.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":18438,"verse_id":"JOB.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"The adverb אֵפוֹ (’ efo , “then”) plays an enclitic role here (see Job 4:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":18439,"verse_id":"JOB.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"The repetition of “my hope” in the verse has thrown the versions off, and their translations have led commentators also to change the second one to something like “goodness,” on the assumption that a word cannot be repeated in the same verse. The word actually carries two different senses here. The first would be the basic meaning “hope,” but the second a metonymy of cause, namely, what hope produces, what will be seen.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":18440,"verse_id":"JOB.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"The plural form of the verb probably refers to the two words, or the two senses of the word in the preceding verse. Hope and what it produces will perish with Job.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":18441,"verse_id":"JOB.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"The Hebrew word בַּדִּים ( baddim ) describes the “bars” or “bolts” of Sheol, referring (by synecdoche) to the “gates of Sheol.” The LXX has “with me to Sheol,” and many adopt that as “by my side.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":18442,"verse_id":"JOB.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.16","text":"The conjunction אִם (’ im ) confirms the interrogative interpretation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A16/4"}
{"id":18443,"verse_id":"JOB.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.16","text":"The translation follows the LXX and the Syriac versions with the change of vocalization in the MT. The MT has the noun “rest,” yielding, “will our rest be together in the dust?” The verb נָחַת ( nakhat ) in Aramaic means “to go down; to descend.” If that is the preferred reading – and it almost is universally accepted here – then it would be spelled נֵחַת ( nekhat ). In either case the point of the verse is clearly describing death and going to the grave.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2017%3A16/5"}
{"id":18444,"verse_id":"JOB.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"The verb is plural, and so most commentators make it singular. But it seems from the context that Bildad is addressing all of them, and not just Job.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":18445,"verse_id":"JOB.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"The construction is קִנְצֵי לְמִלִּין ( qintse lÿmillin ), which is often taken to be “end of words,” as if the word was from קֵץ ( qets , “end”). But a plural of “end” is not found in the OT. Some will link the word to Arabic qanasa , “to hunt; to give chase,” to get an interpretation of “snares for words.” But E. Dhorme ( Job , 257) objects that this does not fit the speech of Bildad (as well as it might Job’s). He finds a cognate qinsu , “fetters, shackles,” and reads “how long will you put shackles on words.” But G. R. Driver had pointed out that this cognate does not exist (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 72-93). So it would be preferable to take the reading “ends” and explain the ן ( nun ) as from a Aramaizing by-form. This is supported by 11QtgJob that uses סוֹף ( sof , “end”). On the construction, GKC 421 §130. a explains this as a use of the construct in rapid narrative to connect the words; in such cases a preposition is on the following noun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":18446,"verse_id":"JOB.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"The imperfect verb, again plural, would be here taken in the nuance of instruction, or a modal nuance of obligation. So Bildad is telling his listeners to be intelligent. This would be rather cutting in the discourse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":18447,"verse_id":"JOB.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “afterward.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":18448,"verse_id":"JOB.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"The verb נִטְמִינוּ ( nitminu ) has been explained from different roots. Some take it from תָּמֵא ( tame ’, “to be unclean”), and translate it “Why should we be unclean in your eyes?” Most would connect it to טָמַם ( tamam , “to stop up”), meaning “to be stupid” in the Niphal . Another suggestion is to follow the LXX and read from דָּמַם ( damam , “to be reduced to silence”). Others take it from דָּמָּה ( damah ) with a meaning “to be like.” But what is missing is the term of comparison – like what? Various suggestions have been made, but all are simply conjectures.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":18449,"verse_id":"JOB.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The construction uses the participle and then 3rd person suffixes: “O tearer of himself in his anger.” But it is clearly referring to Job, and so the direct second person pronouns should be used to make that clear. The LXX is an approximation or paraphrase here: “Anger has possessed you, for what if you should die – would under heaven be desolate, or shall the mountains be overthrown from their foundations?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":18450,"verse_id":"JOB.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"There is a good deal of study on this word in this passage, and in Job in general. M. Dahood suggested a root עָזַב (’ azav ) meaning “to arrange; to rearrange” (“The Root ’zb II in Job,” JBL 78 [1959]: 303-9). But this is refuted by H. G. M. Williamson, “A Reconsideration of ’zb II in Biblical Hebrew,” ZAW 97 (1985): 74-85.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":18451,"verse_id":"JOB.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Hebrew גַּם ( gam , “also; moreover”), in view of what has just been said.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":18452,"verse_id":"JOB.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"The expression is literally “the flame of his fire,” but the pronominal suffix qualifies the entire bound construction. The two words together intensify the idea of the flame.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":18453,"verse_id":"JOB.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"The LXX interprets a little more precisely: “his lamp shall be put out with him.” sn This thesis of Bildad will be questioned by Job in 21:17 – how often is the lamp of the wicked snuffed out?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":18454,"verse_id":"JOB.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “the steps of his vigor,” the genitive being the attribute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":18455,"verse_id":"JOB.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"The verb צָרַר ( tsarar ) means “to be cramped; to be straitened; to be hemmed in.” The trouble has hemmed him in, so that he cannot walk with the full, vigorous steps he had before. The LXX has “Let the meanest of men spoil his goods.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":18456,"verse_id":"JOB.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"The LXX has “causes him to stumble,” which many commentators accept; but this involves the transposition of the three letters. The verb is שָׁלַךְ ( shalakh , “throw”) not כָּשַׁל ( kashal , “stumble”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":18457,"verse_id":"JOB.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"See Ps 25:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":18458,"verse_id":"JOB.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"The word שְׂבָכָה ( sÿvakhah ) is used in scripture for the lattice window ( 2 Kgs 1:2 ). The Arabic cognate means “to be intertwined.” So the term could describe a net, matting, grating, or lattice. Here it would be the netting stretched over a pit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":18459,"verse_id":"JOB.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"This word פָּח ( pakh ) specifically refers to the snare of the fowler – thus a bird trap. But its plural seems to refer to nets in general (see Job 22:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":18460,"verse_id":"JOB.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"This word does not occur elsewhere. But another word from the same root means “plait of hair,” and so this term has something to do with a net like a trellis or lattice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":18461,"verse_id":"JOB.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “his rope.” The suffix must be a genitive expressing that the trap was for him, to trap him, and so an objective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":18462,"verse_id":"JOB.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “his trap.” The pronominal suffix is objective genitive here as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":18463,"verse_id":"JOB.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"The verb פּוּץ ( puts ) in the Hiphil has the meaning “to pursue” and “to scatter.” It is followed by the expression “at his feet.” So the idea is easily derived: they chase him at his feet. But some commentators have other proposals. The most far-fetched is that of Ehrlich and Driver ( ZAW 24 [1953]: 259-60) which has “and compel him to urinate on his feet,” one of many similar readings the NEB accepted from Driver.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":18464,"verse_id":"JOB.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"The jussive is occasionally used without its normal sense and only as an imperfect (see GKC 323 §109. k ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":18465,"verse_id":"JOB.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"There are a number of suggestions for אֹנוֹ (’ ono ). Some take it as “vigor”: thus “his strength is hungry.” Others take it as “iniquity”: thus “his iniquity/trouble is hungry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":18466,"verse_id":"JOB.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"The expression means that misfortune is right there to destroy him whenever there is the opportunity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":18467,"verse_id":"JOB.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"The expression “the limbs of his skin” makes no sense, unless a poetic meaning of “parts” (or perhaps “layers”) is taken. The parallelism has “his skin” in the first colon, and “his limbs” in the second. One plausible suggestion is to take בַּדֵּי ( badde , “limbs of”) in the first part to be בִּדְוָי ( bidvay , “by a disease”; Dhorme, Wright, RSV). The verb has to be made passive, however. The versions have different things: The LXX has “let the branches of his feet be eaten”; the Syriac has “his cities will be swallowed up by force”; the Vulgate reads “let it devour the beauty of his skin”; and Targum Job has “it will devour the linen garments that cover his skin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":18468,"verse_id":"JOB.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"The “firstborn of death” is the strongest child of death ( Gen 49:3 ), or the deadliest death (like the “firstborn of the poor, the poorest). The phrase means the most terrible death (A. B. Davidson, Job , 134).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":18469,"verse_id":"JOB.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “from his tent, his security.” The apposition serves to modify the tent as his security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":18470,"verse_id":"JOB.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of צָעַד ( tsa ’ ad , “to lead away”). The problem is that the form is either a third feminine (Rashi thought it was referring to Job’s wife) or the second person. There is a good deal of debate over the possibility of the prefix t- being a variant for the third masculine form. The evidence in Ugaritic and Akkadian is mixed, stronger for the plural than the singular. Gesenius has some samples where the third feminine form might also be used for the passive if there is no expressed subject (see GKC 459 §144. b ), but the evidence is not strong. The simplest choices are to change the prefix to a י ( yod ), or argue that the ת ( tav ) can be masculine, or follow Gesenius.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":18471,"verse_id":"JOB.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"This line is difficult as well. The verb, again a third feminine form, says “it dwells in his tent.” But the next part ( מִבְּלִי לוֹ , mibbÿli lo ) means something like “things of what are not his.” The best that can be made of the MT is “There shall live in his tent they that are not his” (referring to persons and animals; see J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 279). G. R. Driver and G. B. Gray ( Job [ICC], 2:161) refer “that which is naught of his” to weeds and wild animals. M. Dahood suggested a reading מַבֶּל ( mabbel ) and a connection to Akkadian nablu , “fire” (cf. Ugaritic nbl ). The interchange of m and n is not a problem, and the parallelism with the next line makes good sense (“Some Northwest Semitic words in Job,” Bib 38 [1957]: 312ff.). Others suggest an emendation to get “night-hag” or vampire. This suggestion, as well as Driver’s “mixed herbs,” are linked to the idea of exorcism. But if a change is to be made, Dahood’s is the most compelling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":18472,"verse_id":"JOB.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “outside.” Cf. ESV, “in the street,” referring to absence from his community’s memory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":18473,"verse_id":"JOB.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"The verbs in this verse are plural; without the expressed subject they should be taken in the passive sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":18474,"verse_id":"JOB.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"The two words נִין ( nin , “offspring”) and נֶכֶד ( nekhed , “posterity”) are always together and form an alliteration. This is hard to capture in English, but some have tried: Moffatt had “son and scion,” and Tur-Sinai had “breed or brood.” But the words are best simply translated as “lineage and posterity” or as in the NIV “offspring or descendants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":18475,"verse_id":"JOB.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “in his sojournings.” The verb גּוּר ( gur ) means “to reside; to sojourn” temporarily, without land rights. Even this word has been selected to stress the temporary nature of his stay on earth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":18476,"verse_id":"JOB.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"The word אַחֲרֹנִים (’ akharonim ) means “those [men] coming after.” And the next word, קַדְמֹנִים ( qadmonim ), means “those [men] coming before.” Some commentators have tried to see here references to people who lived before and people who lived after, but that does not explain their being appalled at the fate of the wicked. So the normal way this is taken is in connection to the geography, notably the seas – “the hinder sea” refers to the Mediterranean, the West, and “the front sea” refers to the Dead Sea ( Zech 14:8 ), namely, the East. The versions understood this as temporal: “the last groaned for him, and wonder seized the first” (LXX).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":18477,"verse_id":"JOB.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “his day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":18478,"verse_id":"JOB.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"The expression has “they seize horror.” The RSV renders this “horror seizes them.” The same idiom is found in Job 21:6 : “laid hold on shuddering.” The idiom would solve the grammatical problem, and not change the meaning greatly; but it would change the parallelism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":18479,"verse_id":"JOB.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.20","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation to mark and introduce the following as a quotation of these people who are seized with horror. The alternative is to take v. 21 as Bildad’s own summary statement (cf. G. R. Driver and G. B. Gray, Job [ICC], 2:162; J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 280).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A20/4"}
{"id":18480,"verse_id":"JOB.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"The term is in the plural, “the tabernacles”; it should be taken as a plural of local extension (see GKC 397 §124. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":18481,"verse_id":"JOB.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"The word “place” is in construct; the clause following it replaces the genitive: “this is the place of – he has not known God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":18482,"verse_id":"JOB.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “torment my soul,” with “soul” representing the self or individual. The MT has a verb from יָגָה ( yagah , “to afflict; to torment”). This is supported by the versions. But the LXX has “to tire” which is apparently from יָגַע ( yaga ’). The form in the MT is unusual because it preserves the final (original) yod in the Hiphil (see GKC 214 §75. gg ). So this unusual form has been preserved, and is the correct reading. A modal nuance for the imperfect fits best here: “How long do you intend to do this?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":18483,"verse_id":"JOB.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"The MT has דָּכָא ( dakha ’), “to crush” in the Piel. The LXX, however, has a more general word which means “to destroy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":18484,"verse_id":"JOB.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"The LXX adds to the verse: “only know that the Lord has dealt with me thus.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":18485,"verse_id":"JOB.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"The Hiphil of the verb כָּלַם ( kalam ) means “outrage; insult; shame.” The verbs in this verse are prefixed conjugations, and may be interpreted as preterites if the reference is to the past time. But since the action is still going on, progressive imperfects work well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":18486,"verse_id":"JOB.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"The second half of the verse uses two verbs, the one dependent on the other. It could be translated “you are not ashamed to attack me” (see GKC 385-86 §120. c ), or “you attack me shamelessly.” The verb חָכַר ( hakhar ) poses some difficulties for both the ancient versions and the modern commentators. The verb seems to be cognate to Arabic hakara, “to oppress; to ill-treat.” This would mean that there has been a transformation of ח ( khet ) to ה ( he ). Three Hebrew mss actually have the ח ( khet ). This has been widely accepted; other suggestions are irrelevant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":18487,"verse_id":"JOB.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Job has held to his innocence, so the only way that he could say “I have erred” ( שָׁגִיתִי , shagiti ) is in a hypothetical clause like this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":18488,"verse_id":"JOB.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"There is a long addition in the LXX: “in having spoken words which it is not right to speak, and my words err, and are unreasonable.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":18489,"verse_id":"JOB.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"The word מְשׁוּגָה ( mÿshugah ) is a hapax legomenon . It is derived from שׁוּג ( shug , “to wander; to err”) with root paralleling שָׁגַג ( shagag ) and שָׁגָה ( shagah ). What Job is saying is that even if it were true that he had erred, it did not injure them – it was solely his concern.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":18490,"verse_id":"JOB.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"The introductory particles repeat אָמְנָם (’ amnam , “indeed”) but now with אִם (’ im , “if”). It could be interpreted to mean “is it not true,” or as here in another conditional clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":18491,"verse_id":"JOB.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The verb is the Hiphil of גָּדַל ( gadal ); it can mean “to make great” or as an internal causative “to make oneself great” or “to assume a lofty attitude, to be insolent.” There is no reason to assume another root here with the meaning of “quarrel” (as Gordis does).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":18492,"verse_id":"JOB.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"The imperative is used here to introduce a solemn affirmation. This verse proves that Job was in no way acknowledging sin in v. 4 . Here Job is declaring that God has wronged him, and in so doing, perverted justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":18493,"verse_id":"JOB.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"The Piel of עָוַת (’ avat ) means “to warp justice” (see 8:3 ), or here, to do wrong to someone (see Ps 119:78 ). The statement is chosen to refute the question that Bildad asked in his first speech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":18494,"verse_id":"JOB.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The verb נָקַף ( naqaf ) means “to turn; to make a circle; to encircle.” It means that God has encircled or engulfed Job with his net.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":18495,"verse_id":"JOB.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.6","text":"The word מְצוּדוֹ ( mÿtsudo ) is usually connected with צוּד ( tsud , “to hunt”), and so is taken to mean “a net.” Gordis and Habel, however, interpret it to mean “siegeworks” thrown up around a city – but that would require changing the ד ( dalet ) to a ר ( resh ) (cf. NLT, “I am like a city under siege”). The LXX, though, has “bulwark.” Besides, the previous speech used several words for “net.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A6/4"}
{"id":18496,"verse_id":"JOB.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"The particle is used here as in 9:11 (see GKC 497 §159. w ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":18497,"verse_id":"JOB.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"The LXX has “I laugh at reproach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":18498,"verse_id":"JOB.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"The same idea is expressed in Jer 20:8 and Hab 1:2 . The cry is a cry for help, that he has been wronged, that there is no justice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":18499,"verse_id":"JOB.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.7","text":"The Niphal is simply “I am not answered.” See Prov 21:13 b.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A7/4"}
{"id":18500,"verse_id":"JOB.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"The verb גָּדַר ( gadar ) means “to wall up; to fence up; to block.” God has blocked Job’s way so that he cannot get through. See the note on 3:23 . Cf. Lam 3:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":18501,"verse_id":"JOB.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Some commentators take the word to be חָשַׁךְ ( hasak ), related to an Arabic word for “thorn hedge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":18502,"verse_id":"JOB.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The metaphors are changed now to a demolished building and an uprooted tree. The verb is נָתַץ ( natats , “to demolish”). Since it is Job himself who is the object, the meaning cannot be “demolish” (as of a house so that an inhabitant has to leave), but more of the attack or the battering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":18503,"verse_id":"JOB.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"The text has הָלַךְ ( halakh , “to leave”). But in view of Job 14:20 , “perish” or “depart” would be a better meaning here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":18504,"verse_id":"JOB.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"The verb נָסַע ( nasa ’) means “to travel” generally, but specifically it means “to pull up the tent pegs and move.” The Hiphil here means “uproot.” It is used of a vine in Ps 80:9 . The idea here does not contradict Job 14:7 , for there the tree still had roots and so could grow.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":18505,"verse_id":"JOB.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.10","text":"The NEB has “my tent rope,” but that seems too contrived here. It is absurd to pull up a tent-rope like a tree.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A10/4"}
{"id":18506,"verse_id":"JOB.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “like a tree.” The words “one uproots” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A10/5"}
{"id":18507,"verse_id":"JOB.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"The verb is a nonpreterite vayyiqtol perhaps employed to indicate that the contents of v. 11 are a logical sequence to the actions described in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":18508,"verse_id":"JOB.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"This second half of the verse is a little difficult. The Hebrew has “and he reckons me for him like his adversaries.” Most would change the last word to a singular in harmony with the versions, “as his adversary.” But some retain the MT pointing and try to explain it variously: Weiser suggests that the plural might have come from a cultic recitation of Yahweh’s deeds against his enemies; Fohrer thinks it refers to the primeval enemies; Gordis takes it as distributive, “as one of his foes.” If the plural is retained, this latter view makes the most sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":18509,"verse_id":"JOB.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “they throw up their way against me.” The verb סָלַל ( salal ) means “to build a siege ramp” or “to throw up a ramp”; here the object is “their way.” The latter could be taken as an adverbial accusative, “as their way.” But as the object it fits just as well. Some delete the middle clause; the LXX has “Together his troops fell upon me, they beset my ways with an ambush.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":18510,"verse_id":"JOB.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":18511,"verse_id":"JOB.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"The LXX apparently took אַךְ־זָרוּ (’ akh , “even, only,” and zaru , “they turn away”) together as if it was the verb אַכְזָרוּ (’ akhzaru , “they have become cruel,” as in 20:21 ). But the grammar in the line would be difficult with this. Moreover, the word is most likely from זוּר ( zur , “to turn away”). See L. A. Snijders, “The Meaning of zar in the Old Testament,” OTS 10 (1964): 1-154 (especially p. 9).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":18512,"verse_id":"JOB.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"The Pual participle is used for those “known” to him, or with whom he is “familiar,” whereas קָרוֹב ( qarov , “near”) is used for a relative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":18513,"verse_id":"JOB.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Many commentators add the first part of v. 15 to this verse, because it is too loaded and this is too short. That gives the reading “My kinsmen and my familiar friends have disappeared, they have forgotten me (15) the guests I entertained.” There is not much support for this, nor is there much reason for it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":18514,"verse_id":"JOB.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"The Hebrew גָּרֵי בֵיתִי ( gare beti , “the guests of my house”) refers to those who sojourned in my house – not residents, but guests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":18515,"verse_id":"JOB.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"The form of the verb is a feminine plural, which would seem to lend support to the proposed change of the lines (see last note to v. 14 ). But the form may be feminine primarily because of the immediate reference. On the other side, the suffix of “their eyes” is a masculine plural. So the evidence lies on both sides.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":18516,"verse_id":"JOB.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"This word נָכְרִי ( nokhri ) is the person from another race, from a strange land, the foreigner. The previous word, גֵּר ( ger ), is a more general word for someone who is staying in the land but is not a citizen, a sojourner.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":18517,"verse_id":"JOB.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’) followed by the ל ( lamed ) preposition means “to summon.” Contrast Ps 123:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":18518,"verse_id":"JOB.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “plead for grace” or “plead for mercy” (ESV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":18519,"verse_id":"JOB.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"The Hebrew appears to have “my breath is strange to my wife.” This would be the meaning if the verb was from זוּר ( zur , “to turn aside; to be a stranger”). But it should be connected to זִיר ( zir ), cognate to Assyrian zaru , “to feel repugnance toward.” Here it is used in the intransitive sense, “to be repulsive.” L. A. Snijders, following Driver, doubts the existence of this second root, and retains “strange” (“The Meaning of zar in the Old Testament,” OTS 10 [1964]: 1-154).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":18520,"verse_id":"JOB.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The normal meaning here would be based on the root חָנַן ( khanan , “to be gracious”). And so we have versions reading “although I entreated” or “my supplication.” But it seems more likely it is to be connected to another root meaning “to be offensive; to be loathsome.” For the discussion of the connection to the Arabic, see E. Dhorme, Job , 278.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":18521,"verse_id":"JOB.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"The text has “the sons of my belly [= body].” This would normally mean “my sons.” But they are all dead. And there is no suggestion that Job had other sons. The word “my belly” will have to be understood as “my womb,” i.e., the womb I came from. Instead of “brothers,” the sense could be “siblings” (both brothers and sisters; G. R. Driver and G. B. Gray, Job [ICC], 2:168).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":18522,"verse_id":"JOB.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"The verb דִּבֵּר ( dibber ) followed by the preposition בּ ( bet ) indicates speaking against someone, namely, scoffing or railing against someone (see Ps 50:20; 78:19 ). Some commentators find another root with the meaning “to turn one’s back on; to turn aside from.” The argument is rendered weak philologically because it requires a definition “from” for the preposition bet . See among others I. Eitan, “Studies in Hebrew Roots,” JQR 14 (1923-24): 31-52 [especially 38-41].","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":18523,"verse_id":"JOB.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Heb “men of my confidence,” or “men of my council,” i.e., intimate friends, confidants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":18524,"verse_id":"JOB.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"The pronoun זֶה ( zeh ) functions here in the place of a nominative (see GKC 447 §138. h ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":18525,"verse_id":"JOB.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.19","text":"T. Penar translates this “turn away from me” (“ Job 19,19 in the Light of Ben Sira 6,11,” Bib 48 [1967]: 293-95).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A19/3"}
{"id":18526,"verse_id":"JOB.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"The meaning would be “I am nothing but skin and bones” in current English idiom. Both lines of this verse need attention. The first half seems to say, “My skin and my flesh sticks to my bones.” Some think that this is too long, and that the bones can stick to the skin, or the flesh, but not both. Dhorme proposes “in my skin my flesh has rotted away” ( רָקַב , raqav ). This involves several changes in the line, however. He then changes the second line to read “and I have gnawed my bone with my teeth” (transferring “bone” from the first half and omitting “skin”). There are numerous other renderings of this; some of the more notable are: “I escape, my bones in my teeth” (Merx); “my teeth fall out” (Duhm); “my teeth fall from my gums” (Pope); “my bones protrude in sharp points” (Kissane). A. B. Davidson retains “the skin of my teeth,” meaning “gums. This is about the last thing that Job has, or he would not be able to speak. For a detailed study of this verse, D. J. A. Clines devotes two full pages of textual notes ( Job [WBC], 430-31). He concludes with “My bones hang from my skin and my flesh, I am left with only the skin of my teeth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":18527,"verse_id":"JOB.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"Or “I am left.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":18528,"verse_id":"JOB.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"The word “alive” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":18529,"verse_id":"JOB.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"The optative is again expressed with the interrogative clause “Who will give that they be written?” Job wishes that his words be preserved long after his death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":18530,"verse_id":"JOB.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"While the sense of this line is clear, there is a small problem and a plausible solution. The last word is indeed סֶפֶר ( sefer , “book”), usually understood here to mean “scroll.” But the verb that follows it in the verse is יֻחָקוּ ( yukhaqu ), from חָקַק ( khaqaq , “to engrave; to carve”). While the meaning is clearly that Job wants his words to be retained, the idea of engraving in a book, although not impossible, is unusual. And so many have suggested that the Akkadian word siparru , “copper; brass,” is what is meant here (see Isa 30:8 ; Judg 5:14 ). The consonants are the same, and the vowel pattern is close to the original vowel pattern of this segholate noun. Writing on copper or bronze sheets has been attested from the 12th to the 2nd centuries, notably in the copper scroll, which would allow the translation “scroll” in our text (for more bibliography see D. J. A. Clines, Job [WBC], 432). But H. S. Gehman notes that in Phoenician our word can mean “inscription” (“ SEÝFER , an inscription, in the book of Job,” JBL 63 [1944]: 303-7), making the proposed substitution unnecessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":18531,"verse_id":"JOB.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Or “my Vindicator.” The word is the active participle from גָּאַל ( ga ’ al , “to redeem, protect, vindicate”). The word is well-known in the OT because of its identification as the kinsman-redeemer (see the Book of Ruth). This is the near kinsman who will pay off one’s debts, defend the family, avenge a killing, marry the widow of the deceased. The word “redeemer” evokes the wrong connotation for people familiar with the NT alone; a translation of “Vindicator” would capture the idea more. The concept might include the description of the mediator already introduced in Job 16:19 , but surely here Job is thinking of God as his vindicator. The interesting point to be stressed here is that Job has said clearly that he sees no vindication in this life, that he is going to die. But he knows he will be vindicated, and even though he will die, his vindicator lives. The dilemma remains though: his distress lay in God’s hiding his face from him, and his vindication lay only in beholding God in peace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":18532,"verse_id":"JOB.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"The word אַחֲרוּן (’ akharon , “last”) has triggered a good number of interpretations. Here it is an adjectival form and not adverbial; it is an epithet of the vindicator. Some commentators, followed by the RSV, change the form to make it adverbial, and translate it “at last.” T. H. Gaster translates it “even if he were the last person to exist” (“Short notes,” VT 4 [1954]: 78).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":18533,"verse_id":"JOB.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.25","text":"The Hebrew has “and he will rise/stand upon [the] dust.” The verb קוּם ( qum ) is properly “to rise; to arise,” and certainly also can mean “to stand.” Both English ideas are found in the verb. The concept here is that of God rising up to mete out justice. And so to avoid confusion with the idea of resurrection (which although implicit in these words which are pregnant with theological ideas yet to be revealed, is not explicitly stated or intended in this context) the translation “stand” has been used. The Vulgate had “I will rise,” which introduced the idea of Job’s resurrection. The word “dust” is used as in 41:33 . The word “dust” is associated with death and the grave, the very earthly particles. Job assumes that God will descend from heaven to bring justice to the world. The use of the word also hints that this will take place after Job has died and returned to dust. Again, the words of Job come to mean far more than he probably understood.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A25/3"}
{"id":18534,"verse_id":"JOB.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"This verse on the whole has some serious interpretation problems that have allowed commentators to go in several directions. The verbal clause is “they strike off this,” which is then to be taken as a passive in view of the fact that there is no expressed subject. Some have thought that Job was referring to this life, and that after his disease had done its worst he would see his vindication (see T. J. Meek, “ Job 19:25-27 ,” VT 6 [1956]: 100-103; E. F. Sutcliffe, “Further notes on Job, textual and exegetical,” Bib 31 [1950]: 377; and others). But Job has been clear – he does not expect to live and see his vindication in this life. There are a host of other interpretations that differ greatly from the sense expressed in the MT. Duhm, for example, has “and another shall arise as my witness.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 284-85) argues that the vindication comes after death; he emends the verb to get a translation: “and that, behind my skin, I shall stand up.” He explains this to mean that it will be Job in person who will be present at the ultimate drama. But the interpretation is forced, and really unnecessary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":18535,"verse_id":"JOB.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"The Hebrew phrase is “and from my flesh.” This could mean “without my flesh,” i.e., separated from my flesh, or “from my flesh,” i.e., in or with my flesh. The former view is taken by those who think Job’s vindication will come in this life, and who find the idea of a resurrection unlikely to be in Job’s mind. The latter view is taken by those who interpret the preceding line as meaning death and the next verse underscoring that it will be his eye that will see. This would indicate that Job’s faith rises to an unparalleled level at this point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":18536,"verse_id":"JOB.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.26","text":"H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 140) says, “The text of this verse is so difficult, and any convincing reconstruction is so unlikely, that it seems best not to attempt it.” His words have gone unheeded, even by himself, and rightly so. There seem to be two general interpretations, the details of some words notwithstanding. An honest assessment of the evidence would have to provide both interpretations, albeit still arguing for one. Here Job says he will see God. This at the least means that he will witness his vindication, which it seems clear from the other complaints of Job will occur after his death (it is his blood that must be vindicated). But in what way, exactly, Job will see God is not clarified. In this verse the verb that is used is often used of prophetic visions; but in the next verse the plain word for seeing – with his eye – is used. The fulfillment will be more precise than Job may have understood. Rowley does conclude: “Though there is no full grasping of a belief in a worthwhile Afterlife with God, this passage is a notable landmark in the program toward such a belief.” The difficulty is that Job expects to die – he would like to be vindicated in this life, but is resolved that he will die. (1) Some commentators think that vv. 25 and 26 follow the wish for vindication now; (2) others (traditionally) see it as in the next life. Some of the other interpretations that take a different line are less impressive, such as Kissane’s, “did I but see God…were I to behold God”; or L. Waterman’s translation in the English present, making it a mystic vision in which Job already sees that God is his vindicator (“Note on Job 19:23-27 : Job’s Triumph of Faith,” JBL 69 [1950]: 379-80).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A26/3"}
{"id":18537,"verse_id":"JOB.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"The emphasis is on “I” and “for myself.” No other will be seeing this vindication, but Job himself will see it. Of that he is confident. Some take לִי ( li , “for myself”) to mean favorable to me, or on my side (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 143). But Job is expecting (not just wishing for) a face-to-face encounter in the vindication.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":18538,"verse_id":"JOB.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.27","text":"Hitzig offered another interpretation that is somewhat forced. The “other” ( זָר , zar ) or “stranger” would refer to Job. He would see God, not as an enemy, but in peace.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A27/2"}
{"id":18539,"verse_id":"JOB.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “kidneys,” a poetic expression for the seat of emotions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A27/3"}
{"id":18540,"verse_id":"JOB.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “fail/grow faint in my breast.” Job is saying that he has expended all his energy with his longing for vindication.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A27/4"}
{"id":18541,"verse_id":"JOB.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"The MT reads “in me.” If that is retained, then the question would be in the first colon, and the reasoning of the second colon would be Job’s. But over 100 mss have “in him,” and so this reading is accepted by most editors. The verse is a little difficult, but it seems to form a warning by Job that God’s appearance which will vindicate Job will bring judgment on those who persecute him and charge him falsely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":18542,"verse_id":"JOB.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"The word “wrath” probably refers to divine wrath for the wicked. Many commentators change this word to read “they,” or more precisely, “these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":18543,"verse_id":"JOB.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"The word is “iniquities”; but here as elsewhere it should receive the classification of the punishment for iniquity (a category of meaning that developed from a metonymy of effect).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":18544,"verse_id":"JOB.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.29","text":"The last word is problematic because of the textual variants in the Hebrew. In place of שַׁדִּין ( shaddin , “judgment”) some have proposed שַׁדַּי ( shadday , “Almighty”) and read it “that you may know the Almighty” (Ewald, Wright). Some have read it יֵשׁ דַּיָּן ( yesh dayyan , “there is a judge,” Gray, Fohrer). Others defend the traditional view, arguing that the שׁ ( shin ) is the abbreviated relative particle on the word דִּין ( din , “judgment”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2019%3A29/3"}
{"id":18545,"verse_id":"JOB.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"The ordinary meaning of לָכֵן ( lakhen ) is “therefore,” coming after an argument. But at the beginning of a speech it is an allusion to what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":18546,"verse_id":"JOB.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The verb is שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”), but in the Hiphil , “bring me back,” i.e., prompt me to make another speech. The text makes good sense as it is, and there is no reason to change the reading to make a closer parallel with the second half – indeed, the second part explains the first.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":18547,"verse_id":"JOB.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"The word is normally taken from the root “to hasten,” and rendered “because of my haste within me.” But K&D 11:374 proposed another root, and similarly, but closer to the text, E. Dhorme ( Job , 289-90) found an Arabic word with the meaning “feeling, sensation.” He argues that from this idea developed the meanings in the cognates of “thoughts” as well. Similarly, Gordis translates it “my feeling pain.” See also Eccl 2:25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":18548,"verse_id":"JOB.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"There is no indication that this clause is to be subordinated to the next, other than the logical connection, and the use of the ו ( vav ) in the second half.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":18549,"verse_id":"JOB.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"See Job 19:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":18550,"verse_id":"JOB.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"The phrase actually has רוּחַ מִבִּינָתִי ( ruakh mibbinati , “a spirit/wind/breath/impulse from my understanding”). Some translate it “out of my understanding a spirit answers me.” The idea is not that difficult, and so the many proposals to rewrite the text can be rejected. The spirit of his understanding prompts the reply.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":18551,"verse_id":"JOB.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.3","text":"To take this verb as a simple Qal and read it “answers me,” does not provide a clear idea. The form can just as easily be taken as a Hiphil, with the sense “causes me to answer.” It is Zophar who will “return” and who will “answer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A3/4"}
{"id":18552,"verse_id":"JOB.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"The MT has “Do you not know?” The question can be interpreted as a rhetorical question affirming that Job must know this. The question serves to express the conviction that the contents are well-known to the audience (see GKC 474 §150. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":18553,"verse_id":"JOB.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “from the putting of man on earth.” The infinitive is the object of the preposition, which is here temporal. If “man” is taken as the subjective genitive, then the verb would be given a passive translation. Here “man” is a generic, referring to “mankind” or “the human race.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":18554,"verse_id":"JOB.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"The expression in the text is “quite near.” This indicates that it is easily attained, and that its end is near.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":18555,"verse_id":"JOB.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"For the discussion of חָנֵף ( khanef , “godless”) see Job 8:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":18556,"verse_id":"JOB.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"The phrase is “until a moment,” meaning it is short-lived. But see J. Barr, “Hebrew ’ad , especially at Job 1:18 and Neh 7:3 ,” JSS 27 (1982): 177-88.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":18557,"verse_id":"JOB.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"The word שִׂיא ( si ’) has been connected with the verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift up”), and so interpreted here as “pride.” The form is parallel to “head” in the next part, and so here it refers to his stature, the part that rises up and is crowned. But the verse does describe the pride of such a person, with his head in the heavens.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":18558,"verse_id":"JOB.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"There have been attempts to change the word here to “like a whirlwind,” or something similar. But many argue that there is no reason to remove a coarse expression from Zophar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":18559,"verse_id":"JOB.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “and they do not find him.” The verb has no expressed subject, and so here is equivalent to a passive. The clause itself is taken adverbially in the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":18560,"verse_id":"JOB.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “the eye that had seen him.” Here a part of the person (the eye, the instrument of vision) is put by metonymy for the entire person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":18561,"verse_id":"JOB.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"The early versions confused the root of this verb, taking it from רָצַץ ( ratsats , “mistreat”) and not from רָצָה ( ratsah , “be please with”). So it was taken to mean, “Let inferiors destroy his children.” But the verb is רָצָה ( ratsah ). This has been taken to mean “his sons will seek the favor of the poor.” This would mean that they would be reduced to poverty and need help from even the poor. Some commentators see this as another root רָצָה ( ratsah ) meaning “to compensate; to restore” wealth their father had gained by impoverishing others. This fits the parallelism well, but not the whole context that well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":18562,"verse_id":"JOB.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Some commentators are surprised to see “his hands” here, thinking the passage talks about his death. Budde changed it to “his children,” by altering one letter. R. Gordis argued that “hand” can mean offspring, and so translated it that way without changing anything in the text (“A note on YAD,” JBL 62 [1943]: 343).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":18563,"verse_id":"JOB.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"“Bones” is often used metonymically for the whole person, the bones being the framework, meaning everything inside, as well as the body itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":18564,"verse_id":"JOB.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"The conjunction אִם (’ im ) introduces clauses that are conditional or concessive. With the imperfect verb in the protasis it indicates what is possible in the present or future. See GKC 496 §159. q ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":18565,"verse_id":"JOB.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “in the middle of his palate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":18566,"verse_id":"JOB.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"The perfect verb in the apodosis might express the suddenness of the change (see S. R. Driver, Tenses in Hebrew , 204), or it might be a constative perfect looking at the action as a whole without reference to inception, progress, or completion (see IBHS 480-81 §30.1d). The Niphal perfect simply means “is turned” or “turns”; “sour is supplied in the translation to clarify what is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":18567,"verse_id":"JOB.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"The word is “in his loins” or “within him.” Some translate more specifically “bowels.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":18568,"verse_id":"JOB.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “swallowed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":18569,"verse_id":"JOB.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"The choice of words is excellent. The verb יָרַשׁ ( yarash ) means either “to inherit” or “to disinherit; to dispossess.” The context makes the figure clear that God is administering the emetic to make the wicked throw up the wealth (thus, “God will make him throw it out…”); but since wealth is the subject there is a disinheritance meant here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":18570,"verse_id":"JOB.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"The word is a homonym for the word for “head,” which has led to some confusion in the early versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":18571,"verse_id":"JOB.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “tongue.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":18572,"verse_id":"JOB.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.16","text":"Some have thought this verse is a gloss on v. 14 and should be deleted. But the word for “viper” ( אֶפְעֶה , ’ ef ’ eh ) is a rare word, occurring only here and in Isa 30:6 and 59:5 . It is unlikely that a rarer word would be used in a gloss. But the point is similar to v. 14 – the wealth that was greedily sucked in by the wicked proves to be their undoing. Either this is totally irrelevant to Job’s case, a general discussion, or the man is raising questions about how Job got his wealth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A16/4"}
{"id":18573,"verse_id":"JOB.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"The word פְּלַגּוֹת ( pÿlaggot ) simply means “streams” or “channels.” Because the word is used elsewhere for “streams of oil” (cf. 29:6 ), and that makes a good parallelism here, some supply “oil” (cf. NAB, NLT). But the second colon of the verse is probably in apposition to the first. The verb “see” followed by the preposition bet , “to look on; to look over,” means “to enjoy as a possession,” an activity of the victor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":18574,"verse_id":"JOB.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"The construct nouns here have caused a certain amount of revision. It says “rivers of, torrents of.” The first has been emended by Klostermann to יִצְהָר ( yitshar , “oil”) and connected to the first colon. Older editors argued for a נָהָר ( nahar ) that meant “oil” but that was not convincing. On the other hand, there is support for having more than one construct together serving as apposition (see GKC 422 §130. e ). If the word “streams” in the last colon is a construct, that would mean three of them; but that one need not be construct. The reading would be “He will not see the streams, [that is] the rivers [which are] the torrents of honey and butter.” It is unusual, but workable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":18575,"verse_id":"JOB.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"The idea is the fruit of his evil work. The word יָגָע ( yaga ’) occurs only here; it must mean ill-gotten gains. The verb is in 10:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":18576,"verse_id":"JOB.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “and he does not swallow.” In the context this means “consume” for his own pleasure and prosperity. The verbal clause is here taken adverbially.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":18577,"verse_id":"JOB.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"The verb indicates that after he oppressed the poor he abandoned them to their fate. But there have been several attempts to improve on the text. Several have repointed the text to get a word parallel to “house.” Ehrlich came up with עֹזֵב (’ ozev , “mud hut”), Kissane had “hovel” (similar to Neh 3:8 ). M. Dahood did the same (“The Root ’zb II in Job,” JBL 78 [1959]: 306-7). J. Reider came up with עֶזֶב (’ ezev , the “leavings”), what the rich were to leave for the poor (“Contributions to the Scriptural text,” HUCA 24 [1952/53]: 103-6). But an additional root עָזַב (’ azav ) is questionable. And while the text as it stands is general and not very striking, there is absolutely nothing wrong with it. Dhorme reverses the letters to gain בְּעֹז ( bÿ ’ oz , “with force [or violence]”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":18578,"verse_id":"JOB.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"The last clause says, “and he did not build it.” This can be understood in an adverbial sense, supplying the relative pronoun to the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":18579,"verse_id":"JOB.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “belly,” which represents his cravings, his desires and appetites. The “satisfaction” is actually the word for “quiet; peace; calmness; ease.” He was driven by greedy desires, or he felt and displayed an insatiable greed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":18580,"verse_id":"JOB.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"The verb is the passive participle of the verb חָמַד ( khamad ) which is one of the words for “covet; desire.” This person is controlled by his desires; there is no escape. He is a slave.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":18581,"verse_id":"JOB.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.20","text":"The verb is difficult to translate in this line. It basically means “to cause to escape; to rescue.” Some translate this verb as “it is impossible to escape”; this may work, but is uncertain. Others translate the verb in the sense of saving something else: N. Sarna says, “Of his most cherished possessions he shall save nothing” (“The Interchange of the Preposition bet and min in Biblical Hebrew,” JBL 78 [1959]: 315-16). The RSV has “he will save nothing in which he delights”; NIV has “he cannot save himself by his treasure.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A20/3"}
{"id":18582,"verse_id":"JOB.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “for his eating,” which is frequently rendered “for his gluttony.” It refers, of course, to all the desires he has to take things from other people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":18583,"verse_id":"JOB.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"The word שָׂפַק ( safaq ) occurs only here; it means “sufficiency; wealth; abundance (see D. W. Thomas, “The Text of Jesaia 2:6 and the Word sapaq, ” ZAW 75 [1963]: 88-90).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":18584,"verse_id":"JOB.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “there is straightness for him.” The root צָרַר ( tsarar ) means “to be narrowed in straits, to be in a bind.” The word here would have the idea of pressure, stress, trouble. One could say he is in a bind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":18585,"verse_id":"JOB.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “every hand of trouble comes to him.” The pointing of עָמֵל (’ amel ) indicates it would refer to one who brings trouble; LXX and Latin read an abstract noun עָמָל (’ amal , “trouble”) here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A22/3"}
{"id":18586,"verse_id":"JOB.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"D. J. A. Clines observes that to do justice to the three jussives in the verse, one would have to translate “May it be, to fill his belly to the full, that God should send…and rain” ( Job [WBC], 477). The jussive form of the verb at the beginning of the verse could also simply introduce a protasis of a conditional clause (see GKC 323 §109. h , i ). This would mean, “if he [God] is about to fill his [the wicked’s] belly to the full, he will send….” The NIV reads “when he has filled his belly.” These fit better, because the context is talking about the wicked in his evil pursuit being cut down.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":18587,"verse_id":"JOB.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"“God” is understood as the subject of the judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":18588,"verse_id":"JOB.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “the anger of his wrath.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A23/3"}
{"id":18589,"verse_id":"JOB.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “rain down upon him, on his flesh.” Dhorme changes עָלֵימוֹ (’ alemo , “upon him”) to “his arrows”; he translates the line as “he rains his arrows upon his flesh.” The word בִּלְחוּמוֹ ( bilkhumo ,“his flesh”) has been given a wide variety of translations: “as his food,” “on his flesh,” “upon him, his anger,” or “missiles or weapons of war.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A23/4"}
{"id":18590,"verse_id":"JOB.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “a bronze bow pierces him.” The words “an arrow from” are implied and are supplied in the translation; cf. “pulls it out” in the following verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":18591,"verse_id":"JOB.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"The MT has “he draws out [or as a passive, “it is drawn out/forth”] and comes [or goes] out of his back.” For the first verb שָׁלַף ( shalaf , “pull, draw”), many commentators follow the LXX and use שֶׁלַח ( shelakh , “a spear”). It then reads “and a shaft comes out of his back,” a sword flash comes out of his liver.” But the verse could also be a continuation of the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":18592,"verse_id":"JOB.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Possibly a reference to lightnings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":18593,"verse_id":"JOB.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “all darkness is hidden for his laid up things.” “All darkness” refers to the misfortunes and afflictions that await. The verb “hidden” means “is destined for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":18594,"verse_id":"JOB.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “not blown upon,” i.e., not kindled by man. But G. R. Driver reads “unquenched” (“Hebrew notes on the ‘Wisdom of Jesus Ben Sirach’,” JBL 53 [1934]: 289).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":18595,"verse_id":"JOB.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"For the word אִמְרוֹ (’ imro ) some propose reading “his appointment,” and the others, “his word.” Driver shows that “the heritage of his appointment” means “his appointed heritage” (see GKC 440 §135. n ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":18596,"verse_id":"JOB.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"The intensity of the appeal is again expressed by the imperative followed by the infinitive absolute for emphasis. See note on “listen carefully” in 13:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":18597,"verse_id":"JOB.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"The LXX negates the sentence, “that I may not have this consolation from you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":18598,"verse_id":"JOB.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"The word תַּנְחוּמֹתֵיכֶם ( tankhumotekhem ) is literally “your consolations,” the suffix being a subjective genitive. The friends had thought they were offering Job consolation ( Job 14:11 ), but the consolation he wants from them is that they listen to him and respond accordingly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":18599,"verse_id":"JOB.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"The verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’) means “to lift up; to raise up”; but in this context it means “to endure; to tolerate” (see Job 7:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":18600,"verse_id":"JOB.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"The conjunction and the independent personal pronoun draw emphatic attention to the subject of the verb: “and I on my part will speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":18601,"verse_id":"JOB.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.3","text":"The adverbial clauses are constructed of the preposition “after” and the Piel infinitive construct with the subjective genitive suffix: “my speaking,” or “I speak.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A3/3"}
{"id":18602,"verse_id":"JOB.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.3","text":"The verb is the imperfect of לָעַג ( la ’ ag ). The Hiphil has the same basic sense as the Qal, “to mock; to deride.” The imperfect here would be modal, expressing permission. The verb is in the singular, suggesting that Job is addressing Zophar; however, most of the versions put it into the plural. Note the singular in 16:3 between the plural in 16:1 and 16:4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A3/4"}
{"id":18603,"verse_id":"JOB.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"The addition of the independent pronoun at the beginning of the sentence (“Is it I / against a man / my complaint”) strengthens the pronominal suffix on “complaint” (see GKC 438 §135. f ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":18604,"verse_id":"JOB.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.4","text":"On disjunctive interrogatives, see GKC 475 §150. g .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A4/3"}
{"id":18605,"verse_id":"JOB.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “why should my spirit/breath not be short” (see Num 21:4 ; Judg 16:16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A4/4"}
{"id":18606,"verse_id":"JOB.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The verb פְּנוּ ( pÿnu ) is from the verb “to turn,” related to the word for “face.” In calling for them to turn toward him, he is calling for them to look at him. But here it may be more in the sense of their attention rather than just a looking at him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":18607,"verse_id":"JOB.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"The idiom is “put a hand over a mouth,” the natural gesture for keeping silent and listening (cf. Job 29:9; 40:4 ; Mic 7:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":18608,"verse_id":"JOB.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The verb is זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”). Here it has the sense of “to keep in memory; to meditate; to think upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":18609,"verse_id":"JOB.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The main clause is introduced here by the conjunction, following the adverbial clause of time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":18610,"verse_id":"JOB.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"Some commentators take “shudder” to be the subject of the verb, “a shudder seizes my body.” But the word is feminine (and see the usage, especially in Job 9:6 and 18:20 ). It is the subject in Isa 21:4 ; Ps 55:6 ; and Ezek 7:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":18611,"verse_id":"JOB.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"The verb עָתַק (’ ataq ) means “to move; to proceed; to advance.” Here it is “to advance in years” or “to grow old.” This clause could serve as an independent clause, a separate sentence; but it more likely continues the question of the first colon and is parallel to the verb “live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":18612,"verse_id":"JOB.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “their seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":18613,"verse_id":"JOB.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"The text uses לִפְנֵיהֶם עִמָּם ( lifnehem ’ immam , “before them, with them”). Many editors think that these were alternative readings, and so omit one or the other. Dhorme moved עִמָּם (’ immam) to the second half of the verse and emended it to read עֹמְדִים (’ omÿdim , “abide”). Kissane and Gordis changed only the vowels and came up with עַמָּם (’ ammam , “their kinfolk”). But Gordis thinks the presence of both of them in the line is evidence of a conflated reading (p. 229).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":18614,"verse_id":"JOB.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"The word שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace, safety”) is here a substantive after a plural subject (see GKC 452 §141. c , n. 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":18615,"verse_id":"JOB.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"The form מִפָּחַד ( mippakhad ) is translated “without fear,” literally “from fear”; the preposition is similar to the alpha privative in Greek. The word “fear, dread” means nothing that causes fear or dread – they are peaceful, secure. See GKC 382 §119. w .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":18616,"verse_id":"JOB.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “no rod of God.” The words “punishment from” have been supplied in the translation to make the metaphor understandable for the modern reader by stating the purpose of the rod.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A9/3"}
{"id":18617,"verse_id":"JOB.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “his bull,” but it is meant to signify the bulls of the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":18618,"verse_id":"JOB.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"The verb used here means “to impregnate,” and not to be confused with the verb עָבַר (’ avar , “to pass over”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":18619,"verse_id":"JOB.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"The use of the verb גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ) in this place is interesting. It means “to rebuke; to abhor; to loathe.” In the causative stem it means “to occasion impurity” or “to reject as loathsome.” The rabbinic interpretation is that it does not emit semen in vain, and so the meaning is it does not fail to breed (see E. Dhorme, Job , 311; R. Gordis, Job , 229).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":18620,"verse_id":"JOB.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"The verb שָׁלַח ( shalakh ) means “to send forth,” but in the Piel “to release; to allow to run free.” The picture of children frolicking in the fields and singing and dancing is symbolic of peaceful, prosperous times.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":18621,"verse_id":"JOB.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"The verb is simply “they take up [or lift up],” but the understood object is “their voices,” and so it means “they sing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":18622,"verse_id":"JOB.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"The Kethib has “they wear out” but the Qere and the versions have יְכַלּוּ ( yÿkhallu , “bring to an end”). The verb כָּלָה ( kalah ) means “to finish; to complete,” and here with the object “their days,” it means that they bring their life to a (successful) conclusion. Both readings are acceptable in the context, with very little difference in the overall meaning (which according to Gordis is proof the Qere does not always correct the Kethib ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":18623,"verse_id":"JOB.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"The MT has יֵחָתּוּ ( yekhattu , “they are frightened [or broken]”), taking the verb from חָתַת ( khatat , “be terrified”). But most would slightly repoint it to יֵחָתוּ ( yekhatu ), an Aramaism, “they go down,” from נָחַת ( nakhat , “go down”). See Job 17:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":18624,"verse_id":"JOB.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.13","text":"The word רֶגַע ( rega ’) has been interpreted as “in a moment” or “in peace” (on the basis of Arabic raja`a , “return to rest”). Gordis thinks this is a case of talhin – both meanings present in the mind of the writer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A13/3"}
{"id":18625,"verse_id":"JOB.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"The absence of the preposition before the complement adds greater vividness to the statement: “and knowing your ways – we do not desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":18626,"verse_id":"JOB.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"The interrogative clause is followed by ki , similar to Exod 5:2 , “Who is Yahweh, that I should obey him?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":18627,"verse_id":"JOB.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"The verb פָּגַע ( paga ’) means “to encounter; to meet,” but also “to meet with request; to intercede; to interpose.” The latter meaning is a derived meaning by usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":18628,"verse_id":"JOB.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.15","text":"The verse is not present in the LXX. It may be that it was considered too blasphemous and therefore omitted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A15/3"}
{"id":18629,"verse_id":"JOB.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “is not in their hand.” sn The implication of this statement is that their well-being is from God, which is the problem Job is raising in the chapter. A number of commentators make it a question, interpreting it to mean that the wicked enjoy prosperity as if it is their right. Some emend the text to say “his hands” – Gordis reads it, “Indeed, our prosperity is not in his hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":18630,"verse_id":"JOB.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"The interrogative “How often” occurs only with the first colon; it is supplied for smoother reading in the next two.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":18631,"verse_id":"JOB.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"The pronominal suffix is objective; it re-enforces the object of the preposition, “upon them.” The verb in the clause is בּוֹא ( bo ’) followed by עַל (’ al ), “come upon [or against],” may be interpreted as meaning attack or strike.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":18632,"verse_id":"JOB.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"חֲבָלִים ( khavalim ) can mean “ropes” or “cords,” but that would not go with the verb “apportion” in this line. The meaning of “pangs (as in “birth-pangs”) seems to fit best here. The wider meaning would be “physical agony.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A17/3"}
{"id":18633,"verse_id":"JOB.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.17","text":"The phrase “to them” is understood and thus is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A17/4"}
{"id":18634,"verse_id":"JOB.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"To retain the sense that the wicked do not suffer as others, this verse must either be taken as a question or a continuation of the question in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":18635,"verse_id":"JOB.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.18","text":"The verb used actually means “rob.” It is appropriate to the image of a whirlwind suddenly taking away the wisp of straw.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A18/2"}
{"id":18636,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"These words are supplied. The verse records an idea that Job suspected they might have, namely, that if the wicked die well God will make their children pay for the sins (see Job 5:4; 20:10 ; as well as Exod 20:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":18637,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"The text simply has אוֹנוֹ (’ ono , “his iniquity”), but by usage, “the punishment for the iniquity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":18638,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.19","text":"Heb “his sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/3"}
{"id":18639,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.19","text":"The verb שָׁלַם ( shalam ) in the Piel has the meaning of restoring things to their normal, making whole, and so reward, repay (if for sins), or recompense in general.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/4"}
{"id":18640,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.19","text":"The text simply has “let him repay [to] him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/5"}
{"id":18641,"verse_id":"JOB.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.19","text":"The imperfect verb after the jussive carries the meaning of a purpose clause, and so taken as a final imperfect: “in order that he may know [or realize].”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A19/6"}
{"id":18642,"verse_id":"JOB.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"This word occurs only here. The word כִּיד ( kid ) was connected to Arabic kaid , “fraud, trickery,” or “warfare.” The word is emended by the commentators to other ideas, such as פִּיד ( pid , “[his] calamity”). Dahood and others alter it to “cup”; Wright to “weapons.” A. F. L. Beeston argues for a meaning “condemnation” for the MT form, and so makes no change in the text ( Mus 67 [1954]: 315-16). If the connection to Arabic “warfare” is sustained, or if such explanations of the existing MT can be sustained, then the text need not be emended. In any case, the sense of the line is clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":18643,"verse_id":"JOB.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “his desire.” The meaning is that after he is gone he does not care about what happens to his household (“house” meaning “family” here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":18644,"verse_id":"JOB.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “after him,” but clearly the meaning is “after he is gone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":18645,"verse_id":"JOB.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"The rare word חֻצָּצוּ ( khutsatsu ) is probably a cognate of hassa in Arabic, meaning “to cut off.” There is also an Akkadian word “to cut in two” and “to break.” These fit the context here rather well. The other Hebrew words that are connected to the root חָצַצ ( khatsats ) do not offer any help.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":18646,"verse_id":"JOB.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"The imperfect verb in this question should be given the modal nuance of potential imperfect. The question is rhetorical – it is affirming that no one can teach God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":18647,"verse_id":"JOB.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"The clause begins with the disjunctive vav ( ו ) and the pronoun, “and he.” This is to be subordinated as a circumstantial clause. See GKC 456 §142. d .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":18648,"verse_id":"JOB.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"The Hebrew has רָמִים ( ramim ), a plural masculine participle of רוּם ( rum , “to be high; to be exalted”). This is probably a reference to the angels. But M. Dahood restores an older interpretation that it refers to “the Most High” (“Some Northwest Semitic words in Job,” Bib 38 [1957]: 316-17). He would take the word as a singular form with an enclitic mem ( ם ). He reads the verse, “will he judge the Most High?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A22/3"}
{"id":18649,"verse_id":"JOB.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"The line has “in the bone of his perfection.” The word עֶצֶם (’ etsem ), which means “bone,” is used pronominally to express “the same, very”; here it is “in the very fullness of his strength” (see GKC 449 §139. g ). The abstract תֹּם ( tom ) is used here in the sense of physical perfection and strengths.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":18650,"verse_id":"JOB.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"The verb עָטַן (’ atan ) has the precise meaning of “press olives.” But because here it says “full of milk,” the derived meaning for the noun has been made to mean “breasts” or “pails” (although in later Hebrew this word occurs – but with olives, not with milk). Dhorme takes it to refer to “his sides,” and repoints the word for “milk” ( חָלָב , khalav ) to get “fat” ( חֶלֶב , khelev ) – “his sides are full of fat,” a rendering followed by NASB. However, this weakens the parallelism.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":18651,"verse_id":"JOB.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"This interpretation, adopted by several commentaries and modern translations (cf. NAB, NIV), is a general rendering to capture the sense of the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":18652,"verse_id":"JOB.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.24","text":"The verb שָׁקָה ( shaqah ) means “to water” and here “to be watered thoroughly.” The picture in the line is that of health and vigor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A24/3"}
{"id":18653,"verse_id":"JOB.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The expression “this (v. 23 )…and this” (v. 25 ) means “one…the other.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":18654,"verse_id":"JOB.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"The text literally has “and this [man] dies in soul of bitterness.” Some simply reverse it and translate “in the bitterness of soul.” The genitive “bitterness” may be an attribute adjective, “with a bitter soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":18655,"verse_id":"JOB.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “eaten what is good.” It means he died without having enjoyed the good life.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":18656,"verse_id":"JOB.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"The word is “your thoughts.” The word for “thoughts” (from חָצַב [ khatsav , “to think; to reckon; to plan”]) has more to do with their intent than their general thoughts. He knows that when they talked about the fate of the wicked they really were talking about him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":18657,"verse_id":"JOB.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"For the meaning of this word, and its root זָמַם ( zamam ), see Job 17:11 . It usually means the “plans” or “schemes” that are concocted against someone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":18658,"verse_id":"JOB.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.27","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 321) distinguishes the verb חָמַס ( khamas ) from the noun for “violence.” He proposes a meaning of “think, imagine”: “and the ideas you imagined about me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A27/3"}
{"id":18659,"verse_id":"JOB.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “And where is the tent, the dwellings of the wicked.” The word “dwellings of the wicked” is in apposition to “tent.” A relative pronoun must be supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A28/2"}
{"id":18660,"verse_id":"JOB.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"The LXX reads, “Ask those who go by the way, and do not disown their signs.” tn The idea is that the merchants who travel widely will talk about what they have seen and heard. These travelers give a different account of the wicked; they tell how he is spared. E. Dhorme ( Job , 322) interprets “signs” concretely: “Their custom was to write their names and their thoughts somewhere at the main cross-roads. The main roads of Sinai are dotted with these scribblings made by such passers of a day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":18661,"verse_id":"JOB.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"The verb means “to be led forth.” To be “led forth in the day of trouble” means to be delivered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":18662,"verse_id":"JOB.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"The expression “and he has done” is taken here to mean “what he has done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":18663,"verse_id":"JOB.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “Who declares his way to his face? // Who repays him for what he has done?” These rhetorical questions, which expect a negative answer (“No one!”) have been translated as indicative statements to bring out their force clearly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A31/2"}
{"id":18664,"verse_id":"JOB.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"The verb says “he will watch.” The subject is unspecified, so the translation is passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":18665,"verse_id":"JOB.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.32","text":"The Hebrew word refers to the tumulus, the burial mound that is erected on the spot where the person is buried.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A32/2"}
{"id":18666,"verse_id":"JOB.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.33","text":"The clods are those that are used to make a mound over the body. And, for a burial in the valley, see Deut 34:6 . The verse here sees him as participating in his funeral and enjoying it. Nothing seems to go wrong with the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A33/1"}
{"id":18667,"verse_id":"JOB.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"The word מָעַל ( ma ’ al ) is used for “treachery; deception; fraud.” Here Job is saying that their way of interpreting reality is dangerously unfaithful.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":18668,"verse_id":"JOB.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Some do not take this to be parallel to the first colon, taking this line as a statement, but the parallel expressions here suggest the question is repeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":18669,"verse_id":"JOB.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"The word חֵפֶץ ( khefets ) in this passage has the nuance of “special benefit; favor.” It does not just express the desire for something or the interest in it, but the profit one derives from it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":18670,"verse_id":"JOB.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"The verb תַתֵּם ( tattem ) is the Hiphil imperfect of תָּמַם ( tamam , “be complete, finished”), following the Aramaic form of the geminate verb with a doubling of the first letter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":18671,"verse_id":"JOB.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The word “your fear” or “your piety” refers to Job’s reverence – it is his fear of God (thus a subjective genitive). When “fear” is used of religion, it includes faith and adoration on the positive side, fear and obedience on the negative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":18672,"verse_id":"JOB.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"The adjective רַבָּה ( rabbah ) normally has the idea of “great” in quantity (“abundant,” ESV) rather than “great” in quality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":18673,"verse_id":"JOB.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"The verb חָבַל ( khaval ) means “to take pledges.” In this verse Eliphaz says that Job not only took as pledge things the poor need, like clothing, but he did it for no reason.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":18674,"verse_id":"JOB.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"The “naked” here refers to people who are poorly clothed. Otherwise, a reading like the NIV would be necessary: “you stripped the clothes…[leaving them] naked.” So either he made them naked by stripping their garments off, or they were already in rags.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":18675,"verse_id":"JOB.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The term עָיֵף (’ ayef ) can be translated “weary,” “faint,” “exhausted,” or “tired.” Here it may refer to the fainting because of thirst – that would make a good parallel to the second part.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":18676,"verse_id":"JOB.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"The idiom is “a man of arm” (= “powerful”; see Ps 10:15 ). This is in comparison to the next line, “man of face” (= “dignity; high rank”; see Isa 3:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":18677,"verse_id":"JOB.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “and a man of arm, to whom [was] land.” The line is in contrast to the preceding one, and so the vav here introduces a concessive clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":18678,"verse_id":"JOB.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"The expression is unusual: “the one lifted up of face.” This is the “honored one,” the one to whom the dignity will be given.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":18679,"verse_id":"JOB.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.8","text":"Many commentators simply delete the verse or move it elsewhere. Most take it as a general reference to Job, perhaps in apposition to the preceding verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A8/4"}
{"id":18680,"verse_id":"JOB.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"The “arms of the orphans” are their helps or rights on which they depended for support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":18681,"verse_id":"JOB.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"The verb in the text is Pual: יְדֻכָּא ( yÿdukka ’, “was [were] crushed”). GKC 388 §121. b would explain “arms” as the complement of a passive imperfect. But if that is too difficult, then a change to Piel imperfect, second person, will solve the difficulty. In its favor is the parallelism, the use of the second person all throughout the section, and the reading in all the versions. The versions may have simply assumed the easier reading, however.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":18682,"verse_id":"JOB.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “or dark you cannot see.” Some commentators and the RSV follow the LXX in reading אוֹ (’ o , “or”) as אוֹר (’ or , “light”) and translate it “The light has become dark” or “Your light has become dark.” A. B. Davidson suggests the reading “Or seest thou not the darkness.” This would mean Job does not understand the true meaning of the darkness and the calamities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":18683,"verse_id":"JOB.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"The word שִׁפְעַת ( shif ’ at ) means “multitude of.” It is used of men, camels, horses, and here of waters in the heavens.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":18684,"verse_id":"JOB.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"This reading preserves the text as it is. The nouns “high” and “heavens” would then be taken as adverbial accusatives of place (see GKC 373-74 §118. g ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":18685,"verse_id":"JOB.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"The parallel passage in Isa 40:26-27 , as well as the context here, shows that the imperative is to be retained here. The LXX has “he sees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":18686,"verse_id":"JOB.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “head of the stars.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A12/3"}
{"id":18687,"verse_id":"JOB.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “and he does not see.” The implied object is “us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":18688,"verse_id":"JOB.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"The “old path” here is the way of defiance to God. The text in these two verses is no doubt making reference to the flood in Genesis, one of the perennial examples of divine judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":18689,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"The word “men” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied to clarify the relative pronoun “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":18690,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"The verb קָמַט ( qamat ) basically means “to seize; to tie together to make a bundle.” So the Pual will mean “to be bundled away; to be carried off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":18691,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.16","text":"The clause has “and [it was] not the time.” It may be used adverbially here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/3"}
{"id":18692,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.16","text":"The word is נָהַר ( nahar , “river” or “current”); it is taken here in its broadest sense of the waters on the earth that formed the current of the flood ( Gen 7:6, 10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/4"}
{"id":18693,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.16","text":"The verb יָצַק ( yatsaq ) means “to pour out; to shed; to spill; to flow.” The Pual means “to be poured out” (as in Lev 21:10 and Ps 45:3 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/5"}
{"id":18694,"verse_id":"JOB.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.16","text":"This word is then to be taken as an adverbial accusative of place. Another way to look at this verse is what A. B. Davidson ( Job , 165) proposes “whose foundation was poured away and became a flood.” This would mean that that on which they stood sank away.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A16/6"}
{"id":18695,"verse_id":"JOB.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"The form in the text is “to them.” The LXX and the Syriac versions have “to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":18696,"verse_id":"JOB.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"The pronoun is added for this emphasis; it has “but he” before the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":18697,"verse_id":"JOB.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"See Job 10:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":18698,"verse_id":"JOB.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"22.18","text":"The LXX has “from him,” and this is followed by several commentators. But the MT is to be retained, for Eliphaz is recalling the words of Job. Verses 17 and 18 are deleted by a number of commentators as a gloss because they have many similarities to 21:14-16 . But Eliphaz is recalling what Job said, in order to say that the prosperity to which Job alluded was only the prelude to a disaster he denied (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 156).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A18/3"}
{"id":18699,"verse_id":"JOB.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"The line is talking about the rejoicing of the righteous when judgment falls on the wicked. An object (“destruction”) has to be supplied here to clarify this (see Pss 52:6 [8]; 69:32 [33]; 107:42 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":18700,"verse_id":"JOB.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"The word translated “our enemies” is found only here. The word means “hostility,” but used here as a collective for those who are hostile – “enemies.” Some commentators follow the LXX and read “possessions,” explaining its meaning and derivation in different ways. Gordis simply takes the word in the text and affirms that this is the meaning. On the other hand, to get this, E. Dhorme ( Job , 336) repoints קִימָנוּ ( qimanu ) of the MT to יְקוּמַם ( yÿqumam ), arguing that יְקוּם ( yÿqum ) means “what exists [or has substance]” (although that is used of animals). He translates: “have not their possessions been destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":18701,"verse_id":"JOB.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"The verb סָכַן ( sakhan ) meant “to be useful; to be profitable” in v. 2 . Now, in the Hiphil it means “to be accustomed to” or “to have experience with.” Joined by the preposition “with” it means “to be reconciled with him.” W. B. Bishai cites Arabic and Ugaritic words to support a meaning “acquiesce” (“Notes on hskn in Job 22:21 ,” JNES 20 [1961]: 258-59).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":18702,"verse_id":"JOB.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":18703,"verse_id":"JOB.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.21","text":"The two imperatives in this verse imply a relationship of succession and not consequence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A21/3"}
{"id":18704,"verse_id":"JOB.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"The Hebrew word here is תּוֹרָה ( torah ), its only occurrence in the book of Job.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":18705,"verse_id":"JOB.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"M. Dahood has “write his words” (“Metaphor in Job 22:22 ,” Bib 47 [1966]: 108-9).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":18706,"verse_id":"JOB.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The MT has “you will be built up” ( תִּבָּנֶה , tibbaneh ). But the LXX has “humble yourself” (reading תְּעַנֶּה [ tÿ ’ anneh ] apparently). Many commentators read this; Dahood has “you will be healed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":18707,"verse_id":"JOB.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"The form is the imperative. Eliphaz is telling Job to get rid of his gold as evidence of his repentance. Many commentators think that this is too improbable for Eliphaz to have said, and that Job has lost everything anyway, and so they make proposals for the text. Most would follow Theodotion and the Syriac to read וְשָׁתָּ ( vÿshatta , “and you will esteem….”). This would mean that he is promising Job restoration of his wealth. tn Heb “place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":18708,"verse_id":"JOB.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"The word for “gold” is the rare בֶּצֶר ( betser ), which may be derived from a cognate of Arabic basara , “to see; to examine.” If this is the case, the word here would refer to refined gold. The word also forms a fine wordplay with בְצוּר ( bÿtsur , “in the rock”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":18709,"verse_id":"JOB.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “Ophir,” a metonymy for the gold that comes from there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":18710,"verse_id":"JOB.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"The form for “gold” here is plural, which could be a plural of extension. The LXX and Latin versions have “The Almighty will be your helper against your enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":18711,"verse_id":"JOB.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"E. Dhorme ( Job , 339) connects this word with an Arabic root meaning “to be elevated, steep.” From that he gets “heaps of silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":18712,"verse_id":"JOB.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"This is the same verb as in Ps 37:4 . G. R. Driver suggests the word comes from another root that means “abandon oneself to, depend on” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 84).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":18713,"verse_id":"JOB.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"The words “to him” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":18714,"verse_id":"JOB.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"The word is גָּזַר ( gazar , “to cut”), in the sense of deciding a matter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":18715,"verse_id":"JOB.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"There is no expressed subject here, and so the verb is taken as a passive voice again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":18716,"verse_id":"JOB.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"The word גֵּוָה ( gevah ) means “loftiness; pride.” Here it simply says “up,” or “pride.” The rest is paraphrased. Of the many suggestions, the following provide a sampling: “It is because of pride” (ESV), “he abases pride” (H. H. Rowley); “[he abases] the lofty and the proud” (Beer); “[he abases] the word of pride” [Duhm]; “[he abases] the haughtiness of pride” [Fohrer and others]; “[he abases] the one who speaks proudly” [Weiser]; “[he abases] the one who boasts in pride” [Kissane]; and “God [abases] pride” [Budde, Gray].","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":18717,"verse_id":"JOB.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.29","text":"Or “humble”; Heb “the lowly of eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A29/3"}
{"id":18718,"verse_id":"JOB.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"The Hebrew has אִי־נָקִי (’ i naqi ), which could be taken as “island of the innocent” (so Ibn-Ezra), or “him that is not innocent” (so Rashi). But some have changed אִי (’ i ) to אִישׁ (’ ish , “the innocent man”). Others differ: A. Guillaume links אִי (’ i ) to Arabic ‘ ayya “whosoever,” and so leaves the text alone. M. Dahood secures the same idea from Ugaritic, but reads it אֵי (’ e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":18719,"verse_id":"JOB.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"The MT has “he will escape [or be delivered].” Theodotion has the second person, “you will be delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":18720,"verse_id":"JOB.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"The MT reads here מְרִי ( mÿri , “rebellious”). The word is related to the verb מָרָה ( marah , “to revolt”). Many commentators follow the Vulgate, Targum Job, and the Syriac to read מַר ( mar , “bitter”). The LXX offers no help here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":18721,"verse_id":"JOB.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"The MT (followed by the Vulgate and Targum) has “my hand is heavy on my groaning.” This would mean “my stroke is heavier than my groaning” (an improbable view from Targum Job). A better suggestion is that the meaning would be that Job tries to suppress his groans but the hand with which he suppresses them is too heavy (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 159). Budde, E. Dhorme, J. E. Hartley, and F. I. Andersen all maintain the MT as the more difficult reading. F. I. Andersen ( Job [TOTC], 208) indicates that the ִי ( i ) suffix could be an example of an unusual third masculine singular. Both the LXX and the Syriac versions have “his hand,” and many modern commentators follow this, along with the present translation. In this case the referent of “his” would be God, whose hand is heavy upon Job in spite of Job’s groaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":18722,"verse_id":"JOB.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.2","text":"The preposition can take this meaning; it could be also translated simply “upon.” R. Gordis ( Job , 260) reads the preposition “more than,” saying that Job had been defiant (he takes that view) but God’s hand had been far worse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A2/3"}
{"id":18723,"verse_id":"JOB.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"The optative here is again expressed with the verbal clause, “who will give [that] I knew….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":18724,"verse_id":"JOB.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"The form in Hebrew is וְאֶמְצָאֵהוּ ( vÿ ’ emtsa ’ ehu ), simply “and I will find him.” But in the optative clause this verb is subordinated to the preceding verb: “O that I knew where [and] I might find him.” It is not unusual to have the perfect verb followed by the imperfect in such coordinate clauses (see GKC 386 §120. e ). This could also be translated making the second verb a complementary infinitive: “knew how to find him.” sn H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 159) quotes Strahan without reference: “It is the chief distinction between Job and his friends that he desires to meet God and they do not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":18725,"verse_id":"JOB.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"This verb also depends on מִי־יִתֵּן ( mi-yitten , “who will give”) of the first part, forming an additional clause in the wish formula.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":18726,"verse_id":"JOB.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.3","text":"Or “his place of judgment.” The word is from כּוּן ( kun , “to prepare; to arrange”) in the Polel and the Hiphil conjugations. The noun refers to a prepared place, a throne, a seat, or a sanctuary. A. B. Davidson ( Job , 169) and others take the word to mean “judgment seat” or “tribunal” in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A3/4"}
{"id":18727,"verse_id":"JOB.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The word מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) is normally “judgment; decision.” But in these contexts it refers to the legal case that Job will bring before God. With the verb עָרַךְ (’ arakh , “to set in order; to lay out”) the whole image of drawing up a lawsuit is complete.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":18728,"verse_id":"JOB.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “the words he would answer me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":18729,"verse_id":"JOB.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"The verb is now רִיב ( riv ) and not יָכַח ( yakhakh , “contend”); רִיב ( riv ) means “to quarrel; to dispute; to contend,” often in a legal context. Here it is still part of Job’s questioning about this hypothetical meeting – would God contend with all his power?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":18730,"verse_id":"JOB.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.6","text":"The verbal clause יָשִׂם בִּי ( yasim bi ) has been translated “he would pay [attention] to me.” Job is saying that God will not need all his power – he will just have pay attention to Job’s complaint. Job does not need the display of power – he just wants a hearing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A6/2"}
{"id":18731,"verse_id":"JOB.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"The adverb “there” has the sense of “then” – there in the future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":18732,"verse_id":"JOB.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"The form of the verb is the Niphal נוֹכָח ( nokkakh , “argue, present a case”). E. Dhorme ( Job , 346) is troubled by this verbal form and so changes it and other things in the line to say, “he would observe the upright man who argues with him.” The Niphal is used for “engaging discussion,” “arguing a case,” and “settling a dispute.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":18733,"verse_id":"JOB.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"The form בַּעֲשֹׂתוֹ ( ba ’ asoto ) would be the temporal clause using the infinitive construct with a pronoun (subject genitive). This would be “when he works.” Several follow the Syriac with “I seek him.” The LXX has “[when] he turns.” R. Gordis ( Job , 261) notes that there is no need to emend the text; he shows a link to the Arabic cognate ghasa , “to cover.” To him this is a perfect parallel to יַעְטֹף ( ya ’ tof , “covers himself”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":18734,"verse_id":"JOB.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"The verb is the apocopated form of the imperfect. The object is supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":18735,"verse_id":"JOB.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.9","text":"The MT has “he turns,” but the Syriac and Vulgate have “I turn.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A9/4"}
{"id":18736,"verse_id":"JOB.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"The expression דֶּרֶךְ עִמָּדִי ( derekh ’ immadi ) means “the way with me,” i.e., “the way that I take.” The Syriac has “my way and my standing.” Several commentators prefer “the way of my standing,” meaning where to look for me. J. Reider offers “the way of my life” (“Some notes to the text of the scriptures,” HUCA 3 [1926]: 115). Whatever the precise wording, Job knows that God can always find him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":18737,"verse_id":"JOB.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"There is a perfect verb followed by an imperfect in this clause with the protasis and apodosis relationship (see GKC 493 §159. b ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":18738,"verse_id":"JOB.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “my foot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":18739,"verse_id":"JOB.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “held fast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":18740,"verse_id":"JOB.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"The last clause, “and I have not turned aside,” functions adverbially in the sentence. The form אָט (’ at ) is a pausal form of אַתֶּה (’ atteh ), the Hiphil of נָטָה ( natah , “stretch out”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":18741,"verse_id":"JOB.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"The form in the MT ( מֵחֻקִּי , mekhuqqi ) means “more than my portion” or “more than my law.” An expanded meaning results in “more than my necessary food” (see Ps 119:11 ; cf. KJV, NASB, ESV). HALOT 346 s.v. חֹק 1 indicates that חֹק ( khoq ) has the meaning of “portion” and is here a reference to “what is appointed for me.” The LXX and the Latin versions, along with many commentators, have בְּחֵקִי ( bÿkheqi , “in my bosom”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":18742,"verse_id":"JOB.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"The MT has “But he [is] in one.” Many add the word “mind” to capture the point that God is resolute and unchanging. Some commentators find this too difficult, and so change the text from בְאֶחָד ( bÿ ’ ekhad , here “unchangeable”) to בָחָר ( bakhar , “he has chosen”). The wording in the text is idiomatic and should be retained. R. Gordis ( Job , 262) translates it “he is one, i.e., unchangeable, fixed, determined.” The preposition בּ ( bet ) is a bet essentiae – “and he [is] as one,” or “he is one” (see GKC 379 §119. i ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":18743,"verse_id":"JOB.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “cause him to return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":18744,"verse_id":"JOB.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “his soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":18745,"verse_id":"JOB.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"The text has “my decree,” which means “the decree [plan] for/against me.” The suffix is objective, equivalent to a dative of disadvantage. The Syriac and the Vulgate actually have “his decree.” R. Gordis ( Job , 262) suggests taking it in the same sense as in Job 14:5 : “my limit.”.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":18746,"verse_id":"JOB.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “and many such [things] are with him.” sn The text is saying that many similar situations are under God’s rule of the world – his plans are infinite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":18747,"verse_id":"JOB.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"The verb הֵרַךְ ( kherakh ) means “to be tender”; in the Piel it would have the meaning “to soften.” The word is used in parallel constructions with the verbs for “fear.” The implication is that God has made Job fearful.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":18748,"verse_id":"JOB.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"This is a very difficult verse. The Hebrew text literally says: “for I have not been destroyed because of darkness, and because of my face [which] gloom has covered.” Most commentators omit the negative adverb, which gives the meaning that Job is enveloped in darkness and reduced to terror. The verb נִצְמַתִּי ( nitsmatti ) means “I have been silent” (as in Arabic and Aramaic), and so obviously the negative must be retained – he has not been silent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":18749,"verse_id":"JOB.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) is used to express the cause (see GKC 389 §121. f ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":18750,"verse_id":"JOB.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"The LXX reads “Why are times hidden from the Almighty?” as if to say that God is not interested in the events on the earth. The MT reading is saying that God fails to set the times for judgment and vindication and makes good sense as it stands.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":18751,"verse_id":"JOB.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"The line is short: “they move boundary stones.” So some commentators have supplied a subject, such as “wicked men.” The reason for its being wicked men is that to move the boundary stone was to encroach dishonestly on the lands of others ( Deut 19:14; 27:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":18752,"verse_id":"JOB.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"The LXX reads “and their shepherd.” Many commentators accept this reading. But the MT says that they graze the flocks that they have stolen. The difficulty with the MT reading is that there is no suffix on the final verb – but that is not an insurmountable difference.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":18753,"verse_id":"JOB.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"The verse begins with הֵן ( hen ); but the LXX, Vulgate, and Syriac all have “like.” R. Gordis ( Job , 265) takes הֵן ( hen ) as a pronoun “they” and supplies the comparative. The sense of the verse is clear in either case.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":18754,"verse_id":"JOB.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"That is, “the poor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":18755,"verse_id":"JOB.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.5","text":"The MT has “in the working/labor of them,” or “when they labor.” Some commentators simply omit these words. Dhorme retains them and moves them to go with עֲרָבָה (’ aravah ), which he takes to mean “evening”; this gives a clause, “although they work until the evening.” Then, with many others, he takes לוֹ ( lo ) to be a negative and finishes the verse with “no food for the children.” Others make fewer changes in the text, and as a result do not come out with such a hopeless picture – there is some food found. The point is that they spend their time foraging for food, and they find just enough to survive, but it is a day-long activity. For Job, this shows how unrighteous the administration of the world actually is.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A5/3"}
{"id":18756,"verse_id":"JOB.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.5","text":"The verb is not included in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A5/4"}
{"id":18757,"verse_id":"JOB.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"The word בְּלִילוֹ ( bÿlilo ) means “his fodder.” It is unclear to what this refers. If the suffix is taken as a collective, then it can be translated “they gather/reap their fodder.” The early versions all have “they reap in a field which is not his” (taking it as בְּלִי לוֹ , bÿli lo ). A conjectural emendation would change the word to בַּלַּיְלָה ( ballaylah , “in the night”). But there is no reason for this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":18758,"verse_id":"JOB.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"The verbs in this verse are uncertain. In the first line “reap” is used, and that would be the work of a hired man (and certainly not done at night). The meaning of this second verb is uncertain; it has been taken to mean “glean,” which would be the task of the poor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":18759,"verse_id":"JOB.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “embrace” or “hug.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":18760,"verse_id":"JOB.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"The verb with no expressed subject is here again taken in the passive: “they snatch” becomes “[child] is snatched.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":18761,"verse_id":"JOB.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.9","text":"This word is usually defined as “violence; ruin.” But elsewhere it does mean “breast” ( Isa 60:16; 66:11 ), and that is certainly what it means here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A9/2"}
{"id":18762,"verse_id":"JOB.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.9","text":"The MT has a very brief and strange reading: “they take as a pledge upon the poor.” This could be taken as “they take a pledge against the poor” (ESV). Kamphausen suggested that instead of עַל (’ al , “against”) one should read עוּל (’ ul , “suckling”). This is supported by the parallelism. “They take as pledge” is also made passive here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A9/3"}
{"id":18763,"verse_id":"JOB.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"The Hebrew term is שׁוּרֹתָם ( shurotam ), which may be translated “terraces” or “olive rows.” But that would not be the proper place to have a press to press the olives and make oil. E. Dhorme ( Job , 360-61) proposes on the analogy of an Arabic word that this should be read as “millstones” (which he would also write in the dual). But the argument does not come from a clean cognate, but from a possible development of words. The meaning of “olive rows” works well enough.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":18764,"verse_id":"JOB.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"The final verb, a preterite with the ו ( vav ) consecutive, is here interpreted as a circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":18765,"verse_id":"JOB.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"The MT as pointed reads “from the city of men they groan.” Most commentators change one vowel in מְתִים ( mÿtim ) to get מֵתִים ( metim ) to get the active participle, “the dying.” This certainly fits the parallelism better, although sense could be made out of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":18766,"verse_id":"JOB.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “the souls of the wounded,” which here refers to the wounded themselves.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":18767,"verse_id":"JOB.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"The MT has the noun תִּפְלָה ( tiflah ) which means “folly; tastelessness” (cf. 1:22 ). The verb, which normally means “to place; to put,” would then be rendered “to impute; to charge.” This is certainly a workable translation in the context. Many commentators have emended the text, changing the noun to תְּפִלָּה ( tÿfillah , “prayer”), and so then also the verb יָשִׂים ( yasim , here “charges”) to יִשְׁמַע ( yishma ’, “hears”). It reads: “But God does not hear the prayer” – referring to the groans.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":18768,"verse_id":"JOB.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “They are among those who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":18769,"verse_id":"JOB.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"The text simply has לָאוֹר ( la ’ or , “at light” or “at daylight”), probably meaning just at the time of dawn.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":18770,"verse_id":"JOB.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"In a few cases the jussive is used without any real sense of the jussive being present (see GKC 323 §109. k ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":18771,"verse_id":"JOB.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":18772,"verse_id":"JOB.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"The phrase “the robber” has been supplied in the English translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":18773,"verse_id":"JOB.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"This is not the idea of the adulterer, but of the thief. So some commentators reverse the order and put this verse after v. 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":18774,"verse_id":"JOB.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.16","text":"The verb חִתְּמוּ ( khittÿmu ) is the Piel from the verb חָתַם ( khatam , “to seal”). The verb is now in the plural, covering all the groups mentioned that work under the cover of darkness. The suggestion that they “seal,” i.e., “mark” the house they will rob, goes against the meaning of the word “seal.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A16/3"}
{"id":18775,"verse_id":"JOB.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"24.16","text":"Some commentators join this very short colon to the beginning of v. 17 : “they do not know the light. For together…” becomes “for together they have not known the light.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A16/4"}
{"id":18776,"verse_id":"JOB.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":18777,"verse_id":"JOB.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Many commentators find vv. 18-24 difficult on the lips of Job, and so identify this unit as a misplaced part of the speech of Zophar. They describe the enormities of the wicked. But a case can also be made for retaining it in this section. Gordis thinks it could be taken as a quotation by Job of his friends’ ideas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":18778,"verse_id":"JOB.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"The verb “say” is not in the text; it is supplied here to indicate that this is a different section.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":18779,"verse_id":"JOB.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.18","text":"Or “is swift.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A18/3"}
{"id":18780,"verse_id":"JOB.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.18","text":"The text reads, “he does not turn by the way of the vineyards.” This means that since the land is cursed, he/one does not go there. Bickell emended “the way of the vineyards” to “the treader of the vineyard” (see RSV, NRSV). This would mean that “no wine-presser would turn towards” their vineyards.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A18/5"}
{"id":18781,"verse_id":"JOB.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Heb “the waters of the snow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":18782,"verse_id":"JOB.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"Or “so Sheol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":18783,"verse_id":"JOB.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.19","text":"This is the meaning of the verse, which in Hebrew only has “The grave / they have sinned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A19/3"}
{"id":18784,"verse_id":"JOB.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Here “womb” is synecdoche, representing one’s mother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":18785,"verse_id":"JOB.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"The form in the text is the active participle, “feed; graze; shepherd.” The idea of “prey” is not natural to it. R. Gordis ( Job , 270) argues that third he ( ה ) verbs are often by-forms of geminate verbs, and so the meaning here is more akin to רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “to crush”). The LXX seems to have read something like הֵרַע ( hera ’, “oppressed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":18786,"verse_id":"JOB.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “the childless [woman], she does not give birth.” The verbal clause is intended to serve as a modifier here for the woman. See on subordinate verbal clauses GKC 490 §156. d , f .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":18787,"verse_id":"JOB.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"God has to be the subject of this clause. None is stated in the Hebrew text, but “God” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":18788,"verse_id":"JOB.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity. See the note on the word “life” at the end of the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":18789,"verse_id":"JOB.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"This line has been given a number of interpretations due to its cryptic form. The verb יָקוּם ( yaqum ) means “he rises up.” It probably is meant to have God as the subject, and be subordinated as a temporal clause to what follows. The words “against him” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation to specify the object and indicate that “rise up” is meant in a hostile sense. The following verb וְלֹא־יַאֲמִין ( vÿlo ’ -ya ’ amin ), by its very meaning of “and he does not believe,” cannot have God as the subject, but must refer to the wicked.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":18790,"verse_id":"JOB.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":18791,"verse_id":"JOB.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"The expression לָבֶטַח ( lavetakh , “in security”) precedes the verb that it qualifies – God “allows him to take root in security.” For the meaning of the verb, see Job 8:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":18792,"verse_id":"JOB.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “his eyes are on.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A23/3"}
{"id":18793,"verse_id":"JOB.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"The Hebrew throughout this section (vv. 18-24 ) interchanges the singular and the plural. Here again we have “they are exalted…but he is not.” The verse is clear nonetheless: the wicked rise high, and then suddenly they are gone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":18794,"verse_id":"JOB.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"The verb is the Hophal of the rare verb מָכַךְ ( makhakh ), which seems to mean “to bend; to collapse.” The text would read “they are made to collapse like all others.” There is no reason here to change “like others” just because the MT is banal. But many do, following the LXX with “like mallows.” The LXX was making a translation according to sense. R. Gordis ( Job , 271) prefers “like grass.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":18795,"verse_id":"JOB.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.24","text":"The verb קָפַץ ( qafats ) actually means “to shut in,” which does not provide exactly the idea of being gathered, not directly at least. But a change to קָטַף ( qataf , “pluck”) while attractive, is not necessary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A24/3"}
{"id":18796,"verse_id":"JOB.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"The word אַל (’ al , “not”) is used here substantivally (“nothing”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":18797,"verse_id":"JOB.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"The word הַמְשֵׁל ( hamshel ) is a Hiphil infinitive absolute used as a noun. It describes the rulership or dominion that God has, that which gives power and authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":18798,"verse_id":"JOB.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"The word פָּחַד ( pakhad ) literally means “fear; dread,” but in the sense of what causes the fear or the dread.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":18799,"verse_id":"JOB.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “[are] with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A2/3"}
{"id":18800,"verse_id":"JOB.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “Is there a number to his troops?” The question is rhetorical: there is no number to them!","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":18801,"verse_id":"JOB.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"In place of “light” here the LXX has “his ambush,” perhaps reading אֹרְבוֹ (’ orÿvo ) instead of אוֹרֵהוּ (’ orehu , “his light”). But while that captures the idea of troops and warfare, the change should be rejected because the armies are linked with stars and light. The expression is poetic; the LXX interpretation tried to make it concrete.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":18802,"verse_id":"JOB.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “not pure in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":18803,"verse_id":"JOB.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"The text just has “maggot” and in the second half “worm.” Something has to be added to make it a bit clearer. The terms “maggot” and “worm” describe man in his lowest and most ignominious shape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":18804,"verse_id":"JOB.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"The interrogative clause is used here as an exclamation, and sarcastic at that. Job is saying “you have in no way helped the powerless.” The verb uses the singular form, for Job is replying to Bildad.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":18805,"verse_id":"JOB.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"The “powerless” is expressed here by the negative before the word for “strength; power” – “him who has no power” (see GKC 482 §152. u , v ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":18806,"verse_id":"JOB.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “the arm [with] no strength.” Here too the negative expression is serving as a relative clause to modify “arm,” the symbol of strength and power, which by metonymy stands for the whole person. “Man of arm” denoted the strong in 22:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A2/3"}
{"id":18807,"verse_id":"JOB.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"The phrase לָרֹב ( larov ) means “to abundance” or “in a large quantity.” It is also used ironically like all these expressions. This makes very good sense, but some wish to see a closer parallel and so offer emendations. Reiske and Kissane thought “to the tender” for the word. But the timid are not the same as the ignorant and unwise. So Graetz supplied “to the boorish” by reading לְבָעַר ( lÿba ’ ar ). G. R. Driver did the same with less of a change: לַבּוֹר ( labbor ; HTR 29 [1936]: 172).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":18808,"verse_id":"JOB.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"The verse begins with the preposition and the interrogative: אֶת־מִי (’ et-mi , “with who[se help]?”). Others take it as the accusative particle introducing the indirect object: “for whom did you utter…” (see GKC 371 §117. gg ). Both are possible.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":18809,"verse_id":"JOB.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “has gone out from you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":18810,"verse_id":"JOB.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"The text has הָרְפָאִים ( harÿfa ’ im , “the shades”), referring to the “dead,” or the elite among the dead (see Isa 14:9; 26:14 ; Ps 88:10 [11]). For further discussion, start with A. R. Johnson, The Vitality of the Individual , 88ff.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":18811,"verse_id":"JOB.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.5","text":"The verb is a Polal from חִיל ( khil ) which means “to tremble.” It shows that even these spirits cannot escape the terror.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A5/3"}
{"id":18812,"verse_id":"JOB.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “Sheol.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":18813,"verse_id":"JOB.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":18814,"verse_id":"JOB.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.6","text":"The line has “and there is no covering for destruction.” “Destruction” here is another name for Sheol: אֲבַדּוֹן (’ avaddon , “Abaddon”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A6/3"}
{"id":18815,"verse_id":"JOB.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"The verb means “to hold; to seize,” here in the sense of shutting up, enshrouding, or concealing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":18816,"verse_id":"JOB.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"The MT has כִסֵּה ( khisseh ), which is a problematic vocalization. Most certainly כֵּסֶה ( keseh ), alternative for כֶּסֶא ( kese ’, “full moon”) is intended here. The MT is close to the form of “throne,” which would be כִּסֵּא ( kisse ’, cf. NLT “he shrouds his throne with his clouds”). But here God is covering the face of the moon by hiding it behind clouds.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":18817,"verse_id":"JOB.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"The expression חֹק־חָג ( khoq-khag ) means “he has drawn a limit as a circle.” According to some the form should have been חָק־חוּג ( khaq-khug , “He has traced a circle”). But others argues that the text is acceptable as is, and can be interpreted as “a limit he has circled.” The Hebrew verbal roots are חָקַק ( khaqaq , “to engrave; to sketch out; to trace”) and חוּג ( khug , “describe a circle”) respectively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":18818,"verse_id":"JOB.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"The verb רָגַע ( raga ’) has developed a Semitic polarity, i.e., having totally opposite meanings. It can mean “to disturb; to stir up” or “to calm; to still.” Gordis thinks both meanings have been invoked here. But it seems more likely that “calm” fits the context better.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":18819,"verse_id":"JOB.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “Rahab” ( רָהַב ), the mythical sea monster that represents the forces of chaos in ancient Near Eastern literature. In the translation the words “the great sea monster” have been supplied appositionally in order to clarify “Rahab.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":18820,"verse_id":"JOB.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Or “wind”; or perhaps “Spirit.” The same Hebrew word, רוּחַ ( ruakh ), may be translated as “wind,” “breath,” or “spirit/Spirit” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":18821,"verse_id":"JOB.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “the ends of his ways,” meaning “the fringes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":18822,"verse_id":"JOB.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “how little is the word.” Here “little” means a “fraction” or an “echo.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":18823,"verse_id":"JOB.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"The Hebrew word מָשָׁל ( mashal ) is characteristically “proverb; by-word.” It normally refers to a brief saying, but can be used for a discourse (see A. R. Johnson, “ MasŒal ,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 162ff.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":18824,"verse_id":"JOB.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"The expression חַי־אֵל ( khay- ’ el ) is the oath formula: “as God lives.” In other words, the speaker is staking God’s life on the credibility of the words. It is like saying, “As truly as God is alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":18825,"verse_id":"JOB.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"“My judgment” would here, as before, be “my right.” God has taken this away by afflicting Job unjustly (A. B. Davidson, Job , 187).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":18826,"verse_id":"JOB.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.2","text":"The verb הֵמַר ( hemar ) is the Hiphil perfect from מָרַר ( marar , “to be bitter”) and hence, “to make bitter.” The object of the verb is “my soul,” which is better translated as “me” or “my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A2/3"}
{"id":18827,"verse_id":"JOB.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"The adverb עוֹד (’ od ) was originally a noun, and so here it could be rendered “all the existence of my spirit.” The word comes between the noun in construct and its actual genitive (see GKC 415 §128. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":18828,"verse_id":"JOB.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"The word נְשָׁמָה ( nÿshamah ) is the “breath” that was breathed into Adam in Gen 2:7 . Its usage includes the animating breath, the spiritual understanding, and the functioning conscience – so the whole spirit of the person. The other word in this verse, רוּחַ ( ruakh ), may be translated as “wind,” “breath,” or “spirit/Spirit” depending on the context. Here, since it talks about the nostrils, it should be translated “breath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":18829,"verse_id":"JOB.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"The verse begins with אִם (’ im ), the formula used for the content of the oath (“God lives…if I do/do not…”). Thus, the content of the oath proper is here in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":18830,"verse_id":"JOB.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"The verb means “to utter; to mumble; to meditate.” The implication is that he will not communicate deceitful things, no matter how quiet or subtle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":18831,"verse_id":"JOB.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"The text uses חָלִילָה לִּי ( khalilah li ) meaning “far be it from me,” or more strongly, something akin to “sacrilege.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":18832,"verse_id":"JOB.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"In the Hebrew text “you” is plural – a reference to Eliphaz, Zophar, and Bildad. To make this clear, “three” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":18833,"verse_id":"JOB.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":18834,"verse_id":"JOB.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.6","text":"The prepositional phrase “from my days” probably means “from the days of my birth,” or “all my life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A6/2"}
{"id":18835,"verse_id":"JOB.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"The form is the Hitpolel participle from קוּם ( qum ): “those who are rising up against me,” or “my adversary.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":18836,"verse_id":"JOB.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"27.7","text":"The LXX made a free paraphrase: “No, but let my enemies be as the overthrow of the ungodly, and they that rise up against me as the destruction of transgressors.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A7/3"}
{"id":18837,"verse_id":"JOB.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"The verb יִבְצָע ( yivtsa ’) means “to cut off.” It could be translated transitively or intransitively – the latter is better here (“when he is cut off”). Since the next line speaks of prayer, some have thought this verse should be about prayer. Mandelkern, in his concordance (p. 228b), suggested the verb should be “when he prays” (reading יִפְגַּע [ yifga ’] in place of יִבְצָע [ yivtsa ’]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":18838,"verse_id":"JOB.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"The verb יֵשֶׁל ( yeshel ) is found only here. It has been related spoils [or sheaves]”); שָׁאַל ( sha ’ al , “to ask”); נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift up” [i.e., pray]); and a host of others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":18839,"verse_id":"JOB.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"See the note on 22:26 where the same verb is employed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":18840,"verse_id":"JOB.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"The object suffix is in the plural, which gives some support to the idea Job is speaking to them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":18841,"verse_id":"JOB.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":18842,"verse_id":"JOB.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “[what is] with Shaddai.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":18843,"verse_id":"JOB.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"The interrogative uses the demonstrative pronoun in its emphatic position: “Why in the world…?” ( IBHS 312-13 §17.4.3c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":18844,"verse_id":"JOB.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"The text has the noun “vain thing; breath; vapor,” and then a denominative verb from the same root: “to become vain with a vain thing,” or “to do in vain a vain thing.” This is an example of the internal object, or a cognate accusative (see GKC 367 §117. q ). The LXX has “you all know that you are adding vanity to vanity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":18845,"verse_id":"JOB.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"The expression “allotted by God” interprets the simple prepositional phrase in the text: “with/from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":18846,"verse_id":"JOB.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"R. Gordis ( Job , 294) identifies this as a breviloquence. Compare Ps 92:8 where the last two words also constitute the apodosis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":18847,"verse_id":"JOB.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “will not be satisfied with bread/food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":18848,"verse_id":"JOB.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"The text says “will be buried in/by death.” A number of passages in the Bible use “death” to mean the plague that kills (see Jer 15:2 ; Isa 28:3 ; and BDB 89 s.v. בְּ 2.a). In this sense it is like the English expression for the plague, “the Black Death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":18849,"verse_id":"JOB.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"The LXX has “their widows” to match the plural, and most commentators harmonize in the same way.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":18850,"verse_id":"JOB.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"The text simply repeats the verb from the last clause. It could be treated as a separate short clause: “He may store it up, but the righteous will wear it. But it also could be understood as the object of the following verb, “[what] he stores up the righteous will wear.” The LXX simply has, “All these things shall the righteous gain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":18851,"verse_id":"JOB.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb כָעָשׁ ( kha ’ ash , “like a moth”), but this leaves room for clarification. Some commentators wanted to change it to “bird’s nest” or just “nest” (cf. NRSV) to make the parallelism; see Job 4:14 . But the word is not found. The LXX has a double expression, “as moths, as a spider.” So several take it as the spider’s web, which is certainly unsubstantial (cf. NAB, NASB, NLT; see Job 8:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":18852,"verse_id":"JOB.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.18","text":"The Hebrew word is the word for “booth,” as in the Feast of Booths. The word describes something that is flimsy; it is not substantial at all.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A18/2"}
{"id":18853,"verse_id":"JOB.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"The verb is the Niphal יֵאָסֵף ( ye ’ asef ), from אָסַף (’ asaf , “to gather”). So, “he lies down rich, but he is not gathered.” This does not make much sense. It would mean “he will not be gathered for burial,” but that does not belong here. Many commentators accept the variant יֹאסִף ( yo ’ sif ) stood for יוֹסִיף ( yosif , “will [not] add”). This is what the LXX and the Syriac have. This leads to the interpretive translation that “he will do so no longer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":18854,"verse_id":"JOB.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “and he is not.” One view is that this must mean that he dies, not that his wealth is gone. R. Gordis ( Job , 295) says the first part should be made impersonal: “when one opens one’s eyes, the wicked is no longer there.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 396) has it more simply: “He has opened his eyes, and it is for the last time.” But the other view is that the wealth goes overnight. In support of this is the introduction into the verse of the wealthy. The RSV, NRSV, ESV, and NLT take it that “wealth is gone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":18855,"verse_id":"JOB.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"Many commentators want a word parallel to “in the night.” And so we are offered בַּיּוֹם ( bayyom , “in the day”) for כַמַּיִם ( khammayim , “like waters”) as well as a number of others. But “waters” sometimes stand for major calamities, and so may be retained here. Besides, not all parallel structures are synonymous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":18856,"verse_id":"JOB.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"The verb is once again functioning in an adverbial sense. The text has “it hurls itself against him and shows no mercy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":18857,"verse_id":"JOB.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"If the same subject is to be carried through here, it is the wind. That would make this a bold personification, perhaps suggesting the force of the wind. Others argue that it is unlikely that the wind claps its hands. They suggest taking the verb with an indefinite subject: “he claps” means “one claps. The idea is that of people rejoicing when the wicked are gone. But the parallelism is against this unless the second line is changed as well. R. Gordis ( Job , 296) has “men will clap their hands…men will whistle upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":18858,"verse_id":"JOB.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.23","text":"Or “hisses at him from its place” (ESV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2027%3A23/2"}
{"id":18859,"verse_id":"JOB.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"The poem opens with כִּי ( ki ). Some commentators think this should have been “for,” and that the poem once stood in another setting. But there are places in the Bible where this word occurs with the sense of “surely” and no other meaning (cf. Gen 18:20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":18860,"verse_id":"JOB.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.1","text":"The word מוֹצָא ( motsa ’, from יָצָא [ yatsa ’, “go out”]) is the word for “mine,” or more simply, “source.” Mining was not an enormous industry in the land of Canaan or Israel; mined products were imported. Some editors have suggested alternative readings: Dahood found in the word the root for “shine” and translated the MT as “smelter.” But that is going too far. P. Joüon suggested “place of finding,” reading מִמְצָא ( mimtsa ’) for מוֹצָא ( motsa ’; see Bib 11 [1930]: 323).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A1/3"}
{"id":18861,"verse_id":"JOB.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “from dust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":18862,"verse_id":"JOB.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"The verb יָצוּק ( yatsuq ) is usually translated as a passive participle “is smelted” (from יָצַק [ yatsaq , “to melt”]): “copper is smelted from the ore” (ESV) or “from the stone, copper is poured out” (as an imperfect from צוּק [ tsuq ]). But the rock becomes the metal in the process. So according to R. Gordis ( Job , 304) the translation should be: “the rock is poured out as copper.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 400), however, defines the form in the text as “hard,” and simply has it “hard stone becomes copper.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":18863,"verse_id":"JOB.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"The verse ends with “the stone of darkness and deep darkness.” The genitive would be location, describing the place where the stones are found.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":18864,"verse_id":"JOB.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"The first part of this verse, “He cuts a shaft far from the place where people live,” has received a lot of attention. The word for “live” is גָּר ( gar ). Some of the proposals are: “limestone,” on the basis of the LXX; “far from the light,” reading נֵר ( ner ); “by a foreign people,” taking the word to means “foreign people”; “a foreign people opening shafts”; or taking gar as “crater” based on Arabic. Driver puts this and the next together: “a strange people who have been forgotten cut shafts” (see AJSL 3 [1935]: 162). L. Waterman had “the people of the lamp” (“Note on Job 28:4 ,” JBL 71 [1952]: 167ff). And there are others. Since there is really no compelling argument in favor of one of these alternative interpretations, the MT should be preserved until shown to be wrong.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":18865,"verse_id":"JOB.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “forgotten by the foot.” This means that there are people walking above on the ground, and the places below, these mines, are not noticed by the pedestrians above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A4/2"}
{"id":18866,"verse_id":"JOB.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"It is probably best to take “place” in construct to the rest of the colon, with an understood relative clause: “a place, the rocks of which are sapphires.” sn The modern stone known as sapphire is thought not to have been used until Roman times, and so some other stone is probably meant here, perhaps lapis lazuli.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":18867,"verse_id":"JOB.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"The “path” could refer to the mine shaft or it could refer to wisdom. The former seems more likely in the present context; the word “hidden is supplied in the translation to indicate the mines are “hidden” from sharp-eyed birds of prey above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":18868,"verse_id":"JOB.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “the sons of pride.” In Job 41:26 the expression refers to carnivorous wild beasts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":18869,"verse_id":"JOB.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"The Hebrew verb is simply “to stretch out; to send” ( שָׁלח , shalakh ). With יָדוֹ ( yado , “his hand”) the idea is that of laying one’s hand on the rock, i.e., getting to work on the hardest of rocks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":18870,"verse_id":"JOB.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"The Hebrew מִשֹּׁרֶשׁ ( mishoresh ) means “from/at [their] root [or base].” In mining, people have gone below ground, under the mountains, and overturned rock and dirt. It is also interesting that here in a small way humans do what God does – overturn mountains (cf. 9:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":18871,"verse_id":"JOB.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Or “tunnels.” The word is יְאֹרִים ( yÿ ’ orim ), the word for “rivers” and in the singular, the Nile River. Here it refers to tunnels or channels through the rocks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":18872,"verse_id":"JOB.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.10","text":"Heb “his eye sees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A10/2"}
{"id":18873,"verse_id":"JOB.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"The translation “searched” follows the LXX and Vulgate; the MT reads “binds up” or “dams up.” This latter translation might refer to the damming of water that might seep into a mine ( HALOT 289 s.v. חבשׁ ; cf. ESV, NJPS, NASB, REB, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":18874,"verse_id":"JOB.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"The older translations had “he binds the streams from weeping,” i.e., from trickling ( מִבְּכִי , mibbÿkhi ). But the Ugaritic parallel has changed the understanding, reading “toward the spring of the rivers” ( `m mbk nhrm ). Earlier than that discovery, the versions had taken the word as a noun as well. Some commentators had suggested repointing the Hebrew. Some chose מַבְּכֵי ( mabbÿkhe , “sources”). Now there is much Ugaritic support for the reading (see G. M. Landes, BASOR 144 [1956]: 32f.; and H. L. Ginsberg, “The Ugaritic texts and textual criticism,” JBL 62 [1943]: 111).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":18875,"verse_id":"JOB.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"The LXX has “its way, apparently reading דַּרְכָה ( darkhah ) in place of עֶרְכָּהּ (’ erkah , “place”). This is adopted by most modern commentators. But R. Gordis ( Job , 308) shows that this change is not necessary, for עֶרֶךְ (’ erekh ) in the Bible means “order; row; disposition,” and here “place.” An alternate meaning would be “worth” (NIV, ESV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":18876,"verse_id":"JOB.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"The בּ ( bet ) preposition is taken here to mean “with” in the light of the parallel preposition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":18877,"verse_id":"JOB.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"The word actually means “weighed,” that is, lifted up on the scale and weighed, in order to purchase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":18878,"verse_id":"JOB.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"The exact identification of these stones is uncertain. Many recent English translations, however, have “onyx” and “sapphires.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":18879,"verse_id":"JOB.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"The word is from זָכַךְ ( zakhakh , “clear”). It describes a transparent substance, and so “glass” is an appropriate translation. In the ancient world it was precious and so expensive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":18880,"verse_id":"JOB.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.17","text":"The MT has “vase”; but the versions have a plural here, suggesting jewels of gold.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A17/2"}
{"id":18881,"verse_id":"JOB.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"The word מֶשֶׁךְ ( meshekh ) comes from a root meaning “to grasp; to seize; to hold,” and so the derived noun means “grasping; acquiring; taking possession,” and therefore, “price” (see the discussion in R. Gordis, Job , 309). Gray renders it “acquisition” (so A. Cohen, AJSL 40 [1923/24]: 175).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":18882,"verse_id":"JOB.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"In Lam 4:7 these are described as red, and so have been identified as rubies (so NIV) or corals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":18883,"verse_id":"JOB.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “Ethiopia.” In ancient times this referred to the region of the upper Nile, rather than modern Ethiopia (formerly known as Abyssinia).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":18884,"verse_id":"JOB.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"The refrain is repeated, except now the verb is תָּבוֹא ( tavo ’, “come”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":18885,"verse_id":"JOB.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"The vav on the verb is unexpressed in the LXX. It should not be overlooked, for it introduces a subordinate clause of condition (R. Gordis, Job , 310).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":18886,"verse_id":"JOB.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “Abaddon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":18887,"verse_id":"JOB.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “heard a report of it,” which means a report of its location, thus “where it can be found.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A22/2"}
{"id":18888,"verse_id":"JOB.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"Heb “he gave weight to the wind.” The form is the infinitive construct with the ל ( lamed ) preposition. Some have emended it to change the preposition to the temporal בּ ( bet ) on the basis of some of the versions (e.g., Latin and Syriac) that have “who made.” This is workable, for the infinitive would then take on the finite tense of the previous verbs. An infinitive of purpose does not work well, for that would be saying God looked everywhere in order to give wind its proper weight (see R. Gordis, Job , 310).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":18889,"verse_id":"JOB.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.25","text":"The verb is the Piel perfect, meaning “to estimate the measure” of something. In the verse, the perfect verb continues the function of the infinitive preceding it, as if it had a ו ( vav ) prefixed to it. Whatever usage that infinitive had, this verb is to continue it (see GKC 352 §114. r ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A25/2"}
{"id":18890,"verse_id":"JOB.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.26","text":"Or “decree.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A26/1"}
{"id":18891,"verse_id":"JOB.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.26","text":"Or “thunderbolt,” i.e., lightning. Heb “the roaring of voices/sounds,” which describes the nature of the storm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A26/2"}
{"id":18892,"verse_id":"JOB.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.27","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (wisdom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A27/1"}
{"id":18893,"verse_id":"JOB.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.27","text":"The verb סָפַר ( safar ) in the Piel basically means “to tell; to declare; to show” or “to count; to number.” Many commentators offer different suggestions for the translation. “Declared” (as in the RSV, NASB, and NRSV) would be the simplest – but to whom did God declare it? Besides “appraised” which is the view of Pope, Dhorme and others (cf. NAB, NIV), J. Reider has suggested “probed” (“Etymological studies in biblical Hebrew,” VT 2 [1952]: 127), Strahan has “studied,” and Kissane has “reckoned.” The difficulty is that the line has a series of verbs, which seem to build to a climax; but without more details it is hard to know how to translate them when they have such a range of meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A27/2"}
{"id":18894,"verse_id":"JOB.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"28.27","text":"The verb כּוּן ( kun ) means “to establish; to prepare” in this stem. There are several mss that have the form from בִּין ( bin , “discern”), giving “he discerned it,” making more of a parallel with the first colon. But the weight of the evidence supports the traditional MT reading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A27/3"}
{"id":18895,"verse_id":"JOB.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.27","text":"The verb חָקַר ( khaqar ) means “to examine; to search out.” Some of the language used here is anthropomorphic, for the sovereign Lord did not have to research or investigate wisdom. The point is that it is as if he did this human activity, meaning that as in the results of such a search God knows everything about wisdom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A27/4"}
{"id":18896,"verse_id":"JOB.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.28","text":"A number of medieval Hebrew manuscripts have YHWH (“ Lord ”); BHS has אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “Lord”). As J. E. Hartley ( Job [NICOT], 383) points out, this is the only occurrence of אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “Lord”) in the book of Job, creating doubt for retaining it. Normally, YHWH is avoided in the book. “Fear of” ( יִרְאַת , yir ’ at ) is followed by שַׁדַּי ( shadday , “Almighty”) in 6:14 – the only other occurrence of this term for “fear” in construct with a divine title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A28/1"}
{"id":18897,"verse_id":"JOB.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.28","text":"Many commentators delete this verse because (1) many read the divine name Yahweh (translated “ Lord” ) here, and (2) it is not consistent with the argument that precedes it. But as H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 185) points out, there is inconsistency in this reasoning, for many of the critics have already said that this chapter is an interpolation. Following that line of thought, then, one would not expect it to conform to the rest of the book in this matter of the divine name. And concerning the second difficulty, the point of this chapter is that wisdom is beyond human comprehension and control. It belongs to God alone. So the conclusion that the fear of the Lord is wisdom is the necessary conclusion. Rowley concludes: “It is a pity to rob the poem of its climax and turn it into the expression of unrelieved agnosticism.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2028%3A28/2"}
{"id":18898,"verse_id":"JOB.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"The optative is here expressed with מִי־יִתְּנֵנִי ( mi-yittÿneni , “who will give me”), meaning, “O that I [could be]…” (see GKC 477 §151. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":18899,"verse_id":"JOB.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"The preposition כּ ( kaf ) is used here in an expression describing the state desired, especially in the former time (see GKC 376 §118. u ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":18900,"verse_id":"JOB.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.2","text":"The expression is literally “months of before [or of old; or past].” The word קֶדֶם ( qedem ) is intended here to be temporal and not spatial; it means days that preceded the present.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A2/3"}
{"id":18901,"verse_id":"JOB.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.2","text":"The construct state (“days of”) governs the independent sentence that follows (see GKC 422 §130. d ): “as the days of […] God used to watch over me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A2/4"}
{"id":18902,"verse_id":"JOB.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.2","text":"The imperfect verb here has a customary nuance – “when God would watch over me” (back then), or “when God used to watch over me.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A2/5"}
{"id":18903,"verse_id":"JOB.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"This clause is in apposition to the preceding (see GKC 426 §131. o ). It offers a clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":18904,"verse_id":"JOB.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"The form בְּהִלּוֹ ( bÿhillo ) is unusual; it should be parsed as a Hiphil infinitive construct with the elision of the ה ( he ). The proper spelling would have been with a ַ ( patakh ) under the preposition, reflecting הַהִלּוֹ ( hahillo ). If it were Qal, it would just mean “when his light shone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":18905,"verse_id":"JOB.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.3","text":"Here too the imperfect verb is customary – it describes action that was continuous, but in a past time.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A3/4"}
{"id":18906,"verse_id":"JOB.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.3","text":"The accusative (“darkness”) is here an adverbial accusative of place, namely, “in the darkness,” or because he was successfully led by God’s light, “through the darkness” (see GKC 374 §118. h ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A3/5"}
{"id":18907,"verse_id":"JOB.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “in the days of my ripeness.” The word חֹרֶף ( khoref ) denotes the time when the harvest is gathered in because the fruit is ripe. Since this is the autumn, many translate that way here – but “autumn” has a different connotation now. The text is pointing to a time when the righteous reaps what he has sown, and can enjoy the benefits. The translation “most productive time” seems to capture the point better than “autumn” or even “prime.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":18908,"verse_id":"JOB.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"The word סוֹד ( sod ) in this verse is an infinitive construct, prefixed with the temporal preposition and followed by a subjective genitive. It forms a temporal clause. There is some disagreement about the form and its meaning. The confusion in the versions shows that they were paraphrasing to get the general sense. In the Bible the derived noun (from יָסַד , yasad ) means (a) a circle of close friends; (b) intimacy. Others follow the LXX and the Syriac with a meaning of “protect,” based on a change from ד ( dalet ) to כּ ( kaf ), and assuming the root was סָכַךְ ( sakhakh ). This would mean, “when God protected my tent” (cf. NAB). D. W. Thomas tries to justify this meaning without changing the text (“The Interpretation of BSOÝD in Job 29:4 ,” JBL 65 [1946]: 63-66).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":18909,"verse_id":"JOB.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “Shaddai.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":18910,"verse_id":"JOB.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"Some commentators suggest that עִמָּדִי (’ immadi , “with me”) of the second colon of v. 6 (which is too long) belongs to the second colon of v. 5 , and should be pointed as the verb עָמָדוּ (’ amadu , “they stood”), meaning the boys stood around him (see, e.g., E. Dhorme, Job , 417). But as R. Gordis ( Job , 319) notes, there is a purpose for the imbalance of the metric pattern at the end of a section.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":18911,"verse_id":"JOB.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"The word is a hapax legomenon , but the meaning is clear enough. It refers to the walking, the steps, or even the paths where one walks. It is figurative of his course of life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":18912,"verse_id":"JOB.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.6","text":"The Hebrew word means “to wash; to bathe”; here it is the infinitive construct in a temporal clause, “my steps” being the genitive: “in the washing of my steps in butter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A6/2"}
{"id":18913,"verse_id":"JOB.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.6","text":"Again, as in Job 21:17 , “curds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A6/3"}
{"id":18914,"verse_id":"JOB.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.6","text":"The MT reads literally, “and the rock was poured out [passive participle] for me as streams of oil.” There are some who delete the word “rock” to shorten the line because it seems out of place. But olive trees thrive in rocky soil, and the oil presses are cut into the rock; it is possible that by metonymy all this is intended here (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 186).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A6/4"}
{"id":18915,"verse_id":"JOB.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"The verb means “to hide; to withdraw.” The young men out of respect would withdraw or yield the place of leadership to Job (thus the translation “step aside”). The old men would rise and remain standing until Job took his seat – a sign of respect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":18916,"verse_id":"JOB.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"The verb here is “hidden” as well as in v. 8 . But this is a strange expression for voices. Several argue that the word was erroneously inserted from 8a and needs to be emended. But the word “hide” can have extended meanings of “withdraw; be quiet; silent” (see Gen 31:27 ). A. Guillaume relates the Arabic habi ’ a, “the fire dies out,” applying the idea of “silent” only to v. 10 (it is a form of repetition of words with different senses, called jinas ). The point here is that whatever conversation was going on would become silent or hushed to hear what Job had to say.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":18917,"verse_id":"JOB.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"The words “these things” and “them” in the next colon are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":18918,"verse_id":"JOB.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"The main clause is introduced by the preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive (see GKC 327 §111. h ); the clause before it is therefore temporal and circumstantial to the main clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A11/2"}
{"id":18919,"verse_id":"JOB.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"The negative introduces a clause that serves as a negative attribute; literally the following clause says, “and had no helper” (see GKC 482 §152. u ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":18920,"verse_id":"JOB.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"The verb is simply בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to come; to enter”). With the preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”) it could mean “came to me,” or “came upon me,” i.e., descended (see R. Gordis, Job , 320).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":18921,"verse_id":"JOB.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"The verb אַרְנִן (’ arnin ) is from רָנַן ( ranan , “to give a ringing cry”) but here “cause to give a ringing cry,” i.e., shout of joy. The rejoicing envisioned in this word is far greater than what the words “sing” or “rejoice” suggest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":18922,"verse_id":"JOB.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Both verbs in this first half-verse are from לָבַשׁ ( lavash , “to clothe; to put on clothing”). P. Joüon changed the vowels to get a verb “it adorned me” instead of “it clothed me” ( Bib 11 [1930]: 324). The figure of clothing is used for the character of the person: to wear righteousness is to be righteous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":18923,"verse_id":"JOB.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"The word מִשְׁפָּטִי ( mishpati ) is simply “my justice” or “my judgment.” It refers to the decisions he made in settling issues, how he dealt with other people justly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A14/2"}
{"id":18924,"verse_id":"JOB.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"The word rendered “fangs” actually means “teeth,” i.e., the molars probably; it is used frequently of the teeth of wild beasts. Of course, the language is here figurative, comparing the oppressing enemy to a preying animal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":18925,"verse_id":"JOB.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"“I made [him] drop.” The verb means “to throw; to cast,” throw in the sense of “to throw away.” But in the context with the figure of the beast with prey in its mouth, “drop” or “cast away” is the idea. Driver finds another cognate meaning “rescue” (see AJSL 52 [1935/36]: 163).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":18926,"verse_id":"JOB.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"The expression in the MT is “with my nest.” The figure is satisfactory for the context – a home with all the young together, a picture of unity and safety. In Isa 16:2 the word can mean “nestlings,” and with the preposition “with” that might be the meaning here, except that his children had grown up and lived in their own homes. The figure cannot be pushed too far. But the verse apparently has caused enormous problems, because the versions offer a variety of readings and free paraphrases. The LXX has “My age shall grow old as the stem of a palm tree, I shall live a long time.” The Vulgate has, “In my nest I shall die and like the palm tree increase my days.” G. R. Driver found an Egyptian word meaning “strength” (“Birds in the Old Testament,” PEQ 87 [1955]: 138-39). Several read “in a ripe old age” instead of “in my nest” (Pope, Dhorme; see P. P. Saydon, “Philological and Textual Notes to the Maltese Translation of the Old Testament,” CBQ 23 [1961]: 252). This requires the verb זָקַן ( zaqan , “be old”), i.e., בִּזְקוּנַי ( bizqunay , “in my old age”) instead of קִנִּי ( qinni , “my nest”). It has support from the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":18927,"verse_id":"JOB.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.18","text":"For חוֹל ( khol , “sand”) the LXX has a word that is “like the palm tree,” but which could also be translated “like the phoenix” (cf. NAB, NRSV). This latter idea was developed further in rabbinical teaching (see R. Gordis, Job , 321). See also M. Dahood, “Nest and phoenix in Job 29:18 ,” Bib 48 (1967): 542-44. But the MT yields an acceptable sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A18/2"}
{"id":18928,"verse_id":"JOB.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"The word is “my glory,” meaning his high respect and his honor. Hoffmann proposed to read כִּידוֹן ( kidon ) instead, meaning “javelin” (as in 1 Sam 17:6 ), to match the parallelism ( RQ 3 [1961/62]: 388). But the parallelism does not need to be so tight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":18929,"verse_id":"JOB.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “new.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A20/2"}
{"id":18930,"verse_id":"JOB.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"“People” is supplied; the verb is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":18931,"verse_id":"JOB.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"The last verb of the first half, “wait, hope,” and the first verb in the second colon, “be silent,” are usually reversed by the commentators (see G. R. Driver, “Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 86). But if “wait” has the idea of being silent as they wait for him to speak, then the second line would say they were silent for the reason of his advice. The reading of the MT is not impossible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":18932,"verse_id":"JOB.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"The verb simply means “dropped,” but this means like the rain. So the picture of his words falling on them like the gentle rain, drop by drop, is what is intended (see Deut 32:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":18933,"verse_id":"JOB.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"The phrase “people wait for” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":18934,"verse_id":"JOB.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.23","text":"The כּ ( kaf ) preposition is to be supplied by analogy with the preceding phrase. This leaves a double proposition, “as for” (but see Job 29:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A23/3"}
{"id":18935,"verse_id":"JOB.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"The connection of this clause with the verse is difficult. The line simply reads: “[if] I would smile at them, they would not believe.” Obviously something has to be supplied to make sense out of this. The view adopted here makes the most sense, namely, that when he smiled at people, they could hardly believe their good fortune. Other interpretations are strained, such as Kissane’s, “If I laughed at them, they believed not,” meaning, people rejected the views that Job laughed at.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":18936,"verse_id":"JOB.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.24","text":"The meaning, according to Gordis, is that they did nothing to provoke Job’s displeasure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A24/2"}
{"id":18937,"verse_id":"JOB.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"All of these imperfects describe what Job used to do, and so they all fit the category of customary imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":18938,"verse_id":"JOB.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “their way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":18939,"verse_id":"JOB.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.25","text":"The text simply has “and I sat [as their] head.” The adverbial accusative explains his role, especially under the image of being seated. He directed the deliberations as a king directs an army.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A25/3"}
{"id":18940,"verse_id":"JOB.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"29.25","text":"Most commentators think this last phrase is odd here, and so they either delete it altogether, or emend it to fit the idea of the verse. Ewald, however, thought it appropriate as a transition to the next section, reminding his friends that unlike him, they were miserable comforters. Herz made the few changes in the text to get the reading “where I led them, they were willing to go” ( ZAW 20 [1900]: 163). The two key words in the MT are אֲבֵלִים יְנַחֵם (’ avelim yÿnakhem , “he [one who] comforts mourners”). Following Herz, E. Dhorme ( Job , 422) has these changed to אוֹבִילֵם יִנַּחוּ (’ ovilem yinnakhu ). R. Gordis has “like one leading a camel train” ( Job , 324). But Kissane also retains the line as a summary of the chapter, noting its presence in the versions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2029%3A25/4"}
{"id":18941,"verse_id":"JOB.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “smaller than I for days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":18942,"verse_id":"JOB.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “who I disdained their fathers to set…,” meaning “whose fathers I disdained to set.” The relative clause modifies the young fellows who mock; it explains that Job did not think highly enough of them to put them with the dogs. The next verse will explain why.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":18943,"verse_id":"JOB.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"The reference is to the fathers of the scorners, who are here regarded as weak and worthless.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":18944,"verse_id":"JOB.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"The word כֶּלַח ( kelakh ) only occurs in Job 5:26 ; but the Arabic cognate gives this meaning “strength.” Others suggest כָּלַח ( kalakh , “old age”), ֹכּל־חַיִל ( kol-khayil , “all vigor”), כֹּל־לֵחַ ( kol-leakh , “all freshness”), and the like. But there is no reason for such emendation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":18945,"verse_id":"JOB.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"This word, גַּלְמוּד ( galmud ), describes something as lowly, desolate, bare, gaunt like a rock.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":18946,"verse_id":"JOB.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"The form is the plural participle with the definite article – “who gnaw.” The article, joined to the participle, joins on a new statement concerning a preceding noun (see GKC 404 §126. b ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":18947,"verse_id":"JOB.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.3","text":"The MT has “yesterday desolate and waste.” The word “yesterday” ( אֶמֶשׁ , ’ emesh ) is strange here. Among the proposals for אֶמֶשׁ (’ emesh ), Duhm suggested יְמַשְּׁשׁוּ ( yÿmashÿshu , “they grope”), which would require darkness; Pope renders “by night,” instead of “yesterday,” which evades the difficulty; and Fohrer suggested with more reason אֶרֶץ (’ erets ), “a desolate and waste land.” R. Gordis ( Job , 331) suggests יָמִישׁוּ / יָמֻשׁוּ ( yamishu/yamushu ), “they wander off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A3/3"}
{"id":18948,"verse_id":"JOB.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Or “the leaves of bushes” (ESV), a possibility dating back to Saadia and discussed by G. R. Driver and G. B. Gray ( Job [ICC], 2:209) in their philological notes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":18949,"verse_id":"JOB.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"Here too the form is the participle with the article.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":18950,"verse_id":"JOB.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “gather mallow,” a plant which grows in salt marshes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A4/3"}
{"id":18951,"verse_id":"JOB.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"The word גֵּו ( gev ) is an Aramaic term meaning “midst,” indicating “midst [of society].” But there is also a Phoenician word that means “community” ( DISO 48).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":18952,"verse_id":"JOB.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"The form simply is the plural verb, but it means those who drove them from society.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":18953,"verse_id":"JOB.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.5","text":"The text merely says “as thieves,” but it obviously compares the poor to the thieves.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A5/3"}
{"id":18954,"verse_id":"JOB.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"This use of the infinitive construct expresses that they were compelled to do something (see GKC 348-49 §114. h , k ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":18955,"verse_id":"JOB.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"The adjectives followed by a partitive genitive take on the emphasis of a superlative: “in the most horrible of valleys” (see GKC 431 §133. h ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":18956,"verse_id":"JOB.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"The verb נָהַק ( nahaq ) means “to bray.” It has cognates in Arabic, Aramaic, and Ugaritic, so there is no need for emendation here. It is the sign of an animal’s hunger. In the translation the words “like animals” are supplied to clarify the metaphor for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":18957,"verse_id":"JOB.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"The Pual of the verb סָפַח ( safakh , “to join”) also brings out the passivity of these people – “they were huddled together” (E. Dhorme, Job , 434).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":18958,"verse_id":"JOB.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"The “sons of the senseless” ( נָבָל , naval ) means they were mentally and morally base and defective; and “sons of no-name” means without honor and respect, worthless (because not named).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":18959,"verse_id":"JOB.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “they were whipped from the land” (cf. ESV) or “they were cast out from the land” ( HALOT 697 s.v. נכא ). J. E. Hartley ( Job [NICOT], 397) follows Gordis suggests that the meaning is “brought lower than the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":18960,"verse_id":"JOB.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"The idea is that Job has become proverbial, people think of misfortune and sin when they think of him. The statement uses the ordinary word for “word” ( מִלָּה , millah ), but in this context it means more: “proverb; byword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":18961,"verse_id":"JOB.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “they are far from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":18962,"verse_id":"JOB.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.11","text":"The verb פָּתַח ( patakh ) means “to untie [or undo]” a rope or bonds. In this verse יִתְרוֹ ( yitro , the Kethib , LXX, and Vulgate) would mean “his rope” (see יֶתֶר [ yeter ] in Judg 16:7-9 ). The Qere would be יִתְרִי ( yitri , “my rope [or cord]”), meaning “me.” The word could mean “rope,” “cord,” or “bowstring.” If the reading “my cord” is accepted, the cord would be something like “my tent cord” (as in Job 29:20 ), more than K&D 12:147 “cord of life.” This has been followed in the present translation. If it were “my bowstring,” it would give the sense of disablement. If “his cord” is taken, it would signify that the restraint that God had in afflicting Job was loosened – nothing was held back.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A11/1"}
{"id":18963,"verse_id":"JOB.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"This Hebrew word occurs only here. The word פִּרְחַח ( pirkhakh , “young rabble”) is a quadriliteral, from פָּרַח ( parakh , “to bud”) The derivative אֶפְרֹחַ (’ efroakh ) in the Bible refers to a young bird. In Arabic farhun means both “young bird” and “base man.” Perhaps “young rabble” is the best meaning here (see R. Gordis, Job , 333).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":18964,"verse_id":"JOB.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “they cast off my feet” or “they send my feet away.” Many delete the line as troubling and superfluous. E. Dhorme ( Job , 438) forces the lines to say “they draw my feet into a net.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":18965,"verse_id":"JOB.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “paths of their destruction” or “their destructive paths.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A12/3"}
{"id":18966,"verse_id":"JOB.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"This verb נָתְסוּ ( natÿsu ) is found nowhere else. It is probably a variant of the verb in Job 19:10 . R. Gordis ( Job , 333-34) notes the Arabic noun natsun (“thorns”), suggesting a denominative idea “they have placed thorns in my path.” Most take it to mean they ruin the way of escape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":18967,"verse_id":"JOB.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.13","text":"The MT has “they further my misfortune.” The line is difficult, with slight textual problems. The verb יֹעִילוּ ( yo ’ ilu ) means “to profit,” and so “to succeed” or “to set forward.” Good sense can be made from the MT as it stands, and many suggested changes are suspect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A13/2"}
{"id":18968,"verse_id":"JOB.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.13","text":"The sense of “restraining” for “helping” was proposed by Dillmann and supported by G. R. Driver (see AJSL 52 [1935/36]: 163).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A13/3"}
{"id":18969,"verse_id":"JOB.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"The MT has “under the crash,” with the idea that they rush in while the stones are falling around them (which is continuing the figure of the military attack). G. R. Driver took the expression to mean in a temporal sense “at the moment of the crash” ( AJSL 52 [1935/36]: 163-64). Guillaume, drawing from Arabic, has “where the gap is made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":18970,"verse_id":"JOB.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.14","text":"The verb, the Hitpalpel of גָּלַל ( galal ), means “they roll themselves.” This could mean “they roll themselves under the ruins” (Dhorme), “they roll on like a storm” (Gordis), or “they roll on” as in waves of enemy attackers (see H. H. Rowley). This particular verb form is found only here (but see Amos 5:24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A14/2"}
{"id":18971,"verse_id":"JOB.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.15","text":"The passive singular verb (Hophal) is used with a plural subject (see GKC 388 §121. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A15/1"}
{"id":18972,"verse_id":"JOB.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.15","text":"This translation assumes that “terrors” (in the plural) is the subject. Others emend the text in accordance with the LXX, which has, “my hope is gone like the wind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A15/2"}
{"id":18973,"verse_id":"JOB.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"This line can either mean that Job is wasting away (i.e., his life is being poured out), or it can mean that he is grieving. The second half of the verse gives the subordinate clause of condition for this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":18974,"verse_id":"JOB.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"The subject of the verb “pierces” can be the night (personified), or it could be God (understood), leaving “night” to be an adverbial accusative of time – “at night he pierces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":18975,"verse_id":"JOB.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"The MT concludes this half-verse with “upon me.” That phrase is not in the LXX, and so many commentators delete it as making the line too long.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":18976,"verse_id":"JOB.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “my gnawers,” which is open to several interpretations. The NASB and NIV take it as “gnawing pains”; cf. NRSV “the pain that gnaws me.” Some suggest worms in the sores ( 7:5 ). The LXX has “my nerves,” a view accepted by many commentators.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A17/3"}
{"id":18977,"verse_id":"JOB.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":18978,"verse_id":"JOB.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"This whole verse is difficult. The first problem is that this verb in the MT means “is disguised [or disfigured],” indicating that Job’s clothes hang loose on him. But many take the view that the verb is a phonetic variant of חָבַשׁ ( khavash , “to bind; to seize”) and that the Hitpael form is a conflation of the third and second person because of the interchange between them in the passage (R. Gordis, Job , 335). The commentaries list a number of conjectural emendations, but the image in the verse is probably that God seizes Job by the garment and throws him down.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":18979,"verse_id":"JOB.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.18","text":"The phrase “like the collar” is difficult, primarily because their tunics did not have collars. A translation of “neck” would suit better. Some change the preposition to בּ ( bet ), getting a translation “by the neck of my tunic.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A18/3"}
{"id":18980,"verse_id":"JOB.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.20","text":"If the idea of prayer is meant, then a pejorative sense to the verb is required. Some supply a negative and translate “you do not pay heed to me.” This is supported by one Hebrew ms and the Vulgate. The Syriac has the whole colon read with God as the subject, “you stand and look at me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A20/3"}
{"id":18981,"verse_id":"JOB.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.21","text":"The idiom uses the Niphal verb “you are turned” with “to cruelty.” See Job 41:20 b, as well as Isa 63:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A21/1"}
{"id":18982,"verse_id":"JOB.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.21","text":"The LXX reads this verb as “you scourged/whipped me.” But there is no reason to adopt this change.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A21/2"}
{"id":18983,"verse_id":"JOB.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"The verb means “to melt.” The imagery would suggest softening the ground with the showers (see Ps 65:10 [11]). The translation “toss…about” comes from the Arabic cognate that is used for the surging of the sea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":18984,"verse_id":"JOB.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"30.22","text":"The Qere is תּוּשִׁיָּה ( tushiyyah , “counsel”), which makes no sense here. The Kethib is a variant orthography for תְּשֻׁאָה ( tÿshu ’ ah , “storm”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A22/3"}
{"id":18985,"verse_id":"JOB.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"The imperfect verb would be a progressive imperfect, it is future, but it is also already underway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":18986,"verse_id":"JOB.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"Here is another very difficult verse, as is attested by the differences among commentaries and translations. The MT has “surely not against a ruinous heap will he [God] put forth his [God’s] hand.” But A. B. Davidson takes Job as the subject, reading “does not one stretch out his hand in his fall?” The RSV suggests a man walking in the ruins and using his hand for support. Dillmann changed it to “drowning man” to say “does not a drowning man stretch out his hand?” Beer has “have I not given a helping hand to the poor?” Dhorme has, “I did not strike the poor man with my hand.” Kissane follows this but retains the verb form, “one does not strike the poor man with his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":18987,"verse_id":"JOB.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.24","text":"The second colon is also difficult; it reads, “if in his destruction to them he cries.” E. Dhorme ( Job , 425-26) explains how he thinks “to them” came about, and he restores “to me.” This is the major difficulty in the line, and Dhorme’s suggestion is the simplest resolution.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A24/2"}
{"id":18988,"verse_id":"JOB.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"Heb “for the hard of day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":18989,"verse_id":"JOB.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.27","text":"Heb “my loins,” “my bowels” (archaic), “my innermost being.” The latter option is reflected in the translation; some translations take the inner turmoil to be literal (NIV: “The churning inside me never stops”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A27/1"}
{"id":18990,"verse_id":"JOB.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.27","text":"Heb “boils.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A27/2"}
{"id":18991,"verse_id":"JOB.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.27","text":"The last clause reads “and they [it] are not quiet” or “do not cease.” The clause then serves adverbially for the sentence – “unceasingly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A27/3"}
{"id":18992,"verse_id":"JOB.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.28","text":"The construction uses the word קֹדֵר ( qoder ) followed by the Piel perfect of הָלַךְ ( halakh , “I go about”). The adjective “blackened” refers to Job’s skin that has been marred by the disease. Adjectives are often used before verbs to describe some bodily condition (see GKC 374-75 §118. n ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A28/1"}
{"id":18993,"verse_id":"JOB.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.30","text":"The MT has “become dark from upon me,” prompting some editions to supply the verb “falls from me” (RSV, NRSV), or “peels” (NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A30/1"}
{"id":18994,"verse_id":"JOB.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.30","text":"The word “my bones” may be taken as a metonymy of subject, the bony framework indicating the whole body.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A30/2"}
{"id":18995,"verse_id":"JOB.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.30","text":"The word חֹרֶב ( khorev ) also means “heat.” The heat in this line is not that of the sun, but obviously a fever.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A30/3"}
{"id":18996,"verse_id":"JOB.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.31","text":"The verb הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”) followed by the preposition ל ( lamed ) means “to serve the purpose of” (see Gen 1:14 ff., 17:7 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2030%3A31/1"}
{"id":18997,"verse_id":"JOB.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.1","text":"The idea of cutting a covenant for something may suggest a covenant that is imposed, except that this construction elsewhere argues against it (see 2 Chr 29:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A1/1"}
{"id":18998,"verse_id":"JOB.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"This half-verse is the effect of the covenant. The interrogative מָה ( mah ) may have the force of the negative, and so be translated “not to pay attention.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":18999,"verse_id":"JOB.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “lot of Shaddai,” which must mean “the lot from Shaddai,” a genitive of source.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":19000,"verse_id":"JOB.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"The normal approach is to take this as the protasis, and then have it resumed in v. 7 after a parenthesis in v. 6 . But some take v. 6 as the apodosis and a new protasis in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":19001,"verse_id":"JOB.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.5","text":"The “if” is understood by the use of the consecutive verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A5/2"}
{"id":19002,"verse_id":"JOB.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"“God” is undoubtedly the understood subject of this jussive. However, “him” is retained in the translation at this point to avoid redundancy since “God” occurs in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":19003,"verse_id":"JOB.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.6","text":"The word צֶדֶךְ ( tsedeq , “righteousness”) forms a fitting genitive for the scales used in trade or justice. The “scales of righteousness” are scales that conform to the standard (see the illustration in Deut 25:13-15 ). They must be honest scales to make just decisions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A6/2"}
{"id":19004,"verse_id":"JOB.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.6","text":"The verb is וְיֵדַע ( vÿyeda ’, “and [then] he [God] will know”). The verb could also be subordinated to the preceding jussive, “so that God may know.” The meaning of “to know” here has more the idea of “to come to know; to discover.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A6/3"}
{"id":19005,"verse_id":"JOB.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.7","text":"The word מֻאוּם ( mu ’ um ) could be taken in one of two ways. One reading is to represent מוּם ( mum , “blemish,” see the Masorah); the other is for מְאוּמָה ( mÿ ’ umah , “anything,” see the versions and the Kethib ). Either reading fits the passage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A7/2"}
{"id":19006,"verse_id":"JOB.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"The cohortative is often found in the apodosis of the conditional clause (see GKC 320 §108. f ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":19007,"verse_id":"JOB.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.8","text":"The word means “what sprouts up” (from יָצָא [ yatsa ’] with the sense of “sprout forth”). It could refer metaphorically to children (and so Kissane and Pope), as well as in its literal sense of crops. The latter fits here perfectly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A8/2"}
{"id":19008,"verse_id":"JOB.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"Gordis notes that the word פֶּתַח ( petakh , “door”) has sexual connotations in rabbinic literature, based on Prov 7:6 ff. (see b. Ketubbot 9b). See also the use in Song 4:12 using a synonym.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":19009,"verse_id":"JOB.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.10","text":"Targum Job interpreted the verb טָחַן ( takhan , “grind”) in a sexual sense, and this has influenced other versions and commentaries. But the literal sense fits well in this line. The idea is that she would be a slave for someone else. The second line of the verse then might build on this to explain what kind of a slave – a concubine (see A. B. Davidson, Job , 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A10/1"}
{"id":19010,"verse_id":"JOB.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “bow down over her,” an idiom for sexual relations. sn The idea is that if Job were guilty of adultery it would be an offense against the other woman’s husband, and so by talionic justice another man’s adultery with Job’s wife would be an offense against him. He is not wishing something on his wife; rather, he is simply looking at what would be offenses in kind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A10/2"}
{"id":19011,"verse_id":"JOB.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “for that [would be].” In order to clarify the referent of “that,” which refers to v. 9 rather than v. 10 , the words “I have committed” have been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":19012,"verse_id":"JOB.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.11","text":"The word for “shameful act” is used especially for sexual offenses (cf. Lev 18:27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A11/2"}
{"id":19013,"verse_id":"JOB.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"31.11","text":"Some have deleted this verse as being short and irrelevant, not to mention problematic. But the difficulties are not insurmountable, and there is no reason to delete it. There is a Kethib - Qere reading in each half verse; in the first the Kethib is masculine for the subject but the Qere is feminine going with “shameless deed.” In the second colon the Kethib is the feminine agreeing with the preceding noun, but the Qere is masculine agreeing with “iniquity.” tn The expression עָוֹן פְּלִילִים (’ avon pÿlilim ) means “an iniquity of the judges.” The first word is not spelled as a construct noun, and so this has led some to treat the second word as an adjective (with enclitic mem [ ם ]). The sense is similar in either case, for the adjective occurs in Job 31:28 meaning “calling for judgment” (See GKC 427 §131. s ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A11/3"}
{"id":19014,"verse_id":"JOB.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “to Abaddon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":19015,"verse_id":"JOB.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"The verb means “to root out,” but this does not fit the parallelism with fire. Wright changed two letters and the vowels in the verb to get the root צָרַף ( tsaraf , “to burn”). The NRSV has “burn to the root.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":19016,"verse_id":"JOB.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"This construction is an adverbial clause using the temporal preposition, the infinitive from רִיב ( riv , “contend”), and the suffix which is the subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":19017,"verse_id":"JOB.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “arises.” The LXX reads “takes vengeance,” an interpretation that is somewhat correct but unnecessary. The verb “to rise” would mean “to confront in judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":19018,"verse_id":"JOB.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.14","text":"The verb פָקַד ( paqad ) means “to visit,” but with God as the subject it means any divine intervention for blessing or cursing, anything God does that changes a person’s life. Here it is “visit to judge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A14/2"}
{"id":19019,"verse_id":"JOB.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “him,” but the plural pronoun has been used in the translation to indicate that the referent is the servants mentioned in v. 13 (since the previous “him” in v. 14 refers to God).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":19020,"verse_id":"JOB.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “kept the poor from [their] desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":19021,"verse_id":"JOB.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “and an orphan did not eat from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":19022,"verse_id":"JOB.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “he grew up with me.” Several commentators have decided to change the pronoun to “I,” and make it causative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":19023,"verse_id":"JOB.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"The expression “from my mother’s womb” is obviously hyperbolic. It is a way of saying “all his life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":19024,"verse_id":"JOB.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “I guided her,” referring to the widow mentioned in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A18/3"}
{"id":19025,"verse_id":"JOB.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.20","text":"The MT has simply “if his loins did not bless me.” In the conditional clause this is another protasis. It means, “if I saw someone dying and if he did not thank me for clothing them.” It is Job’s way of saying that whenever he saw a need he met it, and he received his share of thanks – which prove his kindness. G. R. Driver has it “without his loins having blessed me,” taking “If…not” as an Aramaism, meaning “except” ( AJSL 52 [1935/36]: 164f.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A20/1"}
{"id":19026,"verse_id":"JOB.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"This clause is interpreted here as a subordinate clause to the first half of the verse. It could also be a separate clause: “was he not warmed…?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":19027,"verse_id":"JOB.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"The expression “raised my hand” refers to a threatening manner or gesture in the court rather than a threat of physical violence in the street. Thus the words “to vote” are supplied in the translation to indicate the setting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":19028,"verse_id":"JOB.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “gate,” referring to the city gate where judicial decisions were rendered in the culture of the time. The translation uses the word “court” to indicate this to the modern reader, who might not associate a city gate complex with judicial functions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A21/2"}
{"id":19029,"verse_id":"JOB.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.22","text":"The point is that if he has raised his arm against the oppressed it should be ripped off at the joint. The MT has “let fall my shoulder [ כְּתֵפִי , kÿtefi ] from the nape of the neck [or shoulder blade ( מִשִּׁכְמָה , mishikhmah )].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A22/2"}
{"id":19030,"verse_id":"JOB.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.22","text":"The word קָנֶה ( qaneh ) is “reed; shaft; beam,” and here “shoulder joint.” All the commentaries try to explain how “reed” became “socket; joint.” This is the only place that it is used in such a sense. Whatever the exact explanation – and there seems to be no convincing view – the point of the verse is nonetheless clear.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A22/3"}
{"id":19031,"verse_id":"JOB.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"The LXX has “For the terror of God restrained me.” Several commentators changed it to “came upon me.” Driver had “The fear of God was burdensome.” I. Eitan suggested “The terror of God was mighty upon me” (“Two unknown verbs: etymological studies,” JBL 42 [1923]: 22-28). But the MT makes clear sense as it stands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":19032,"verse_id":"JOB.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"The form is וּמִשְּׂאֵתוֹ ( umissÿ ’ eto ); the preposition is causal. The form, from the verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to raise; to lift high”), refers to God’s exalted person, his majesty (see Job 13:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":19033,"verse_id":"JOB.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.26","text":"Heb “light”; but parallel to the moon it is the sun. This section speaks of false worship of the sun and the moon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A26/1"}
{"id":19034,"verse_id":"JOB.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “and my hand kissed my mouth.” The idea should be that of “my mouth kissed my hand.” H. H. Rowley suggests that the hand was important in waving or throwing the kisses of homage to the sun and the moon, and so it receives the focus. This is the only place in the OT that refers to such a custom. Outside the Bible it was known, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A27/1"}
{"id":19035,"verse_id":"JOB.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.28","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A28/1"}
{"id":19036,"verse_id":"JOB.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.28","text":"See v. 11 for the construction. In Deut 17:2 ff. false worship of heavenly bodies is a capital offense. In this passage, Job is talking about just a momentary glance at the sun or moon and the brief lapse into a pagan thought. But it is still sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A28/2"}
{"id":19037,"verse_id":"JOB.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.28","text":"The verb כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ) in the Piel means “to deny.” The root meaning is “to deceive; to disappoint; to grow lean.” Here it means that he would have failed or proven unfaithful because his act would have been a denial of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A28/3"}
{"id":19038,"verse_id":"JOB.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.29","text":"The problem with taking this as “if,” introducing a conditional clause, is finding the apodosis, if there is one. It may be that the apodosis is understood, or summed up at the end. This is the view taken here. But R. Gordis ( Job , 352) wishes to take this word as the indication of the interrogative, forming the rhetorical question to affirm he has never done this. However, in that case the parenthetical verses inserted become redundant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A29/1"}
{"id":19039,"verse_id":"JOB.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.29","text":"The Hitpael of עוּר (’ ur ) has the idea of “exult.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A29/3"}
{"id":19040,"verse_id":"JOB.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.29","text":"The word is רָע ( ra ’, “evil”) in the sense of anything that harms, interrupts, or destroys life.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A29/4"}
{"id":19041,"verse_id":"JOB.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.30","text":"This verse would then be a parenthesis in which he stops to claim his innocence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A30/1"}
{"id":19042,"verse_id":"JOB.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.30","text":"Heb “I have not given my palate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A30/2"}
{"id":19043,"verse_id":"JOB.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.30","text":"The infinitive construct with the ל ( lamed ) preposition (“by asking”) serves in an epexegetical capacity here, explaining the verb of the first colon (“permitted…to sin”). To seek a curse on anyone would be a sin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A30/3"}
{"id":19044,"verse_id":"JOB.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.31","text":"Now Job picks up the series of clauses serving as the protasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A31/1"}
{"id":19045,"verse_id":"JOB.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “the men of my tent.” In context this refers to members of Job’s household.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A31/2"}
{"id":19046,"verse_id":"JOB.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.31","text":"The optative is again expressed with “who will give?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A31/4"}
{"id":19047,"verse_id":"JOB.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Job) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A31/5"}
{"id":19048,"verse_id":"JOB.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.32","text":"This verse forms another parenthesis. Job stops almost at every point now in the conditional clauses to affirm his purity and integrity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A32/1"}
{"id":19049,"verse_id":"JOB.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.32","text":"The word in the MT, אֹרחַ (’ orakh , “way”), is a contraction from אֹרֵחַ (’ oreakh , “wayfarer”); thus, “traveler.” The same parallelism is found in Jer 14:8 . The reading here “on/to the road” is meaningless otherwise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A32/2"}
{"id":19050,"verse_id":"JOB.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.33","text":"Now the protasis continues again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A33/1"}
{"id":19051,"verse_id":"JOB.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.33","text":"The infinitive is epexegetical, explaining the first line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A33/3"}
{"id":19052,"verse_id":"JOB.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.33","text":"The MT has “in my bosom.” This is the only place in the OT where this word is found. But its meaning is well attested from Aramaic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A33/4"}
{"id":19053,"verse_id":"JOB.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.34","text":"Here too the verb will be the customary imperfect – it explains what he continually did in past time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A34/1"}
{"id":19054,"verse_id":"JOB.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.34","text":"Heb “the great multitude.” But some commentators take רַבָּה ( rabbah ) adverbially: “greatly” (see RSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A34/2"}
{"id":19055,"verse_id":"JOB.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.35","text":"The optative is again introduced with “who will give to me hearing me? – O that someone would listen to me!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A35/1"}
{"id":19056,"verse_id":"JOB.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “here is my ‘ tav ’” ( הֵן תָּוִי , hen tavi ). The letter ת ( tav ) is the last letter of the alphabet in Hebrew. In paleo-Hebrew the letter was in the form of a cross or an “X,” and so used for one making a mark or a signature. In this case Job has signed his statement and delivered it to the court – but he has yet to be charged. Kissane thought that this being the last letter of the alphabet, Job was saying, “This is my last word.” Others take the word to mean “desire” – “this is my desire, that God would answer me” (see E. F. Sutcliffe, “Notes on Job, textual and exegetical,” Bib 30 [1949]: 71-72; G. R. Driver, AJSL 3 [1935/36]: 166; P. P. Saydon, “Philological and Textual Notes to the Maltese Translation of the Old Testament,” CBQ 23 [1961]: 252). R. Gordis ( Job , 355) also argues strongly for this view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A35/2"}
{"id":19057,"verse_id":"JOB.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “a scroll,” in the context referring to a scroll containing the accusations of Job’s legal adversary (see the next line).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A35/3"}
{"id":19058,"verse_id":"JOB.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.35","text":"The last line is very difficult; it simply says, “a scroll [that] my [legal] adversary had written.” The simplest way to handle this is to see it as a continuation of the optative (RSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A35/4"}
{"id":19059,"verse_id":"JOB.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.36","text":"The clause begins with the positive oath formula, אִם־לֹא (’ im-lo ’).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A36/1"}
{"id":19060,"verse_id":"JOB.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.36","text":"The word “proudly” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied (note the following line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A36/2"}
{"id":19061,"verse_id":"JOB.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.36","text":"This verb is only found in Prov 6:21 . But E. Dhorme ( Job , 470) suggests that (with metathesis) we have a derivative מַעֲדַנּוֹת ( ma ’ adannot , “bonds; ties”) in 38:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A36/3"}
{"id":19062,"verse_id":"JOB.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.39","text":"Heb “without silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A39/1"}
{"id":19063,"verse_id":"JOB.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.39","text":"The versions have the verb “grieved” here. The Hebrew verb means “to breathe,” but the form is Hiphil. This verb in that stem could mean something of a contemptuous gesture, like “sniff” in Mal 1:13 . But with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) in Job 11:20 it means “to cause death,” i.e., “to cause to breathe out; to expire.” This is likely the meaning here, although it is possible that it only meant “to cause suffering” to the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A39/2"}
{"id":19064,"verse_id":"JOB.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.39","text":"There is some debate over the meaning of בְּעָלֶיהָ ( bÿ ’ aleyha ), usually translated “its owners.” Dahood, following others (although without their emendations), thought it referred to “laborers” (see M. Dahood, Bib 41 [1960]: 303; idem, Bib 43 [1962]: 362).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A39/3"}
{"id":19065,"verse_id":"JOB.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.40","text":"The word בָּאְשָׁה ( bo ’ shah , from בָּאַשׁ [ ba ’ as , “to have a foul smell”]) must refer to foul smelling weeds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2031%3A40/1"}
{"id":19066,"verse_id":"JOB.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.1","text":"The form is the infinitive construct (“answer”) functioning as the object of the preposition; the phrase forms the complement of the verb “they ceased to answer” (= “they refused to answer further”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A1/2"}
{"id":19067,"verse_id":"JOB.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"The verse begins with וַיִּחַר אַף ( vayyikhar ’ af , “and the anger became hot”), meaning Elihu became very angry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":19068,"verse_id":"JOB.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.2","text":"The second comment about Elihu’s anger comes right before the statement of its cause. Now the perfect verb is used: “he was angry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A2/2"}
{"id":19069,"verse_id":"JOB.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.2","text":"The explanation is the causal clause עַל־צַדְּקוֹ נַפְשׁוֹ (’ al-tsaddÿqo nafsho , “because he justified himself”). It is the preposition with the Piel infinitive construct with a suffixed subjective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A2/3"}
{"id":19070,"verse_id":"JOB.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"32.2","text":"The LXX and Latin versions soften the expression slightly by saying “before God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A2/4"}
{"id":19071,"verse_id":"JOB.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Job) has been specified in the translation to indicate whose friends they were.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":19072,"verse_id":"JOB.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"The perfect verb should be given the category of potential perfect here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":19073,"verse_id":"JOB.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"32.3","text":"This is one of the eighteen “corrections of the scribes” ( tiqqune sopherim ); it originally read, “and they declared God [in the wrong].” The thought was that in abandoning the debate they had conceded Job’s point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A3/3"}
{"id":19074,"verse_id":"JOB.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"This reading requires repointing the word בִּדְבָרִים ( bidbarim , “with words”) to בְּדָבְּרָם ( bÿdabbÿram , “while they spoke [with Job]”). If the MT is retained, it would mean “he waited for Job with words,” which while understandable is awkward.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":19075,"verse_id":"JOB.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the other friends) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":19076,"verse_id":"JOB.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"The first clause beginning with a vav ( ו ) consecutive and the preterite can be subordinated to the next similar verb as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":19077,"verse_id":"JOB.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “that there was no reply in the mouth of the three men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":19078,"verse_id":"JOB.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":19079,"verse_id":"JOB.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.6","text":"The text has “small in days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A6/2"}
{"id":19080,"verse_id":"JOB.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.6","text":"The verb זָחַלְתִּי ( zakhalti ) is found only here in the OT, but it is found in a ninth century Aramaic inscription as well as in Biblical Aramaic. It has the meaning “to be timid” (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 208).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A6/3"}
{"id":19081,"verse_id":"JOB.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.6","text":"The Piel infinitive with the preposition ( מֵחַוֹּת , mekhavvot ) means “from explaining.” The phrase is the complement: “explain” what Elihu feared.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A6/4"}
{"id":19082,"verse_id":"JOB.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":19083,"verse_id":"JOB.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.7","text":"The imperfect here is to be classified as an obligatory imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A7/2"}
{"id":19084,"verse_id":"JOB.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “abundance of years.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A7/3"}
{"id":19085,"verse_id":"JOB.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"This is the word נְשָׁמָה ( nÿshamah , “breath”); according to Gen 2:7 it was breathed into Adam to make him a living person (“soul”). With that divine impartation came this spiritual understanding. Some commentators identify the רוּחַ ( ruakh ) in the first line as the Spirit of God; this “breath” would then be the human spirit. Whether Elihu knew that much, however, is hard to prove.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":19086,"verse_id":"JOB.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"The MT has “the great” or “the many,” meaning great in years according to the parallelism.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":19087,"verse_id":"JOB.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"In most Hebrew mss this imperative is singular, and so addressed to Job. But two Hebrew mss and the versions have the plural. Elihu was probably addressing all of them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":19088,"verse_id":"JOB.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “for your words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":19089,"verse_id":"JOB.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"The word means “understanding.” It refers to the faculty of perception and comprehension; but it also can refer to what that produces, especially when it is in the plural (see Ps 49:4 ). See R. Gordis, Job , 368. Others translate it “reasonings,” “arguments,” etc.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":19090,"verse_id":"JOB.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"The verb again is from בִּין ( bin , “to perceive; to understand”); in this stem it means to “to pay close attention.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":19091,"verse_id":"JOB.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.12","text":"The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) has a deictic force here, calling attention to the thought that is now presented.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A12/2"}
{"id":19092,"verse_id":"JOB.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.12","text":"The participle מוֹכִיחַ ( mokhiakh ) is from the verb יָכַח ( yakhakh ) that has been used frequently in the book of Job. It means “to argue; to contend; to debate; to prove; to dispute.” The usage of the verb shows that it can focus on the beginning of an argument, the debating itself, or the resolution of the conflict. Here the latter is obviously meant, for they did argue and contend and criticize – but could not prove Job wrong.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A12/3"}
{"id":19093,"verse_id":"JOB.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “lest you say.” R. Gordis ( Job , 368) calls this a breviloquence: “beware lest [you say].” He then suggests the best reading for their quote to be, “We have attained wisdom, but only God can refute him, not man.” H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 209) suggests the meaning is a little different, namely, that they are saying they have found wisdom in Job, and only God can deal with it. Elihu is in effect saying that they do not need God, for he is quite capable for this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":19094,"verse_id":"JOB.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"The root is נָדַף ( nadaf , “to drive away; to drive off”). Here it is in the abstract sense of “succeed in doing something; confound,” and so “refute; rebut.” Dhorme wants to change the meaning of the word with a slight emendation in the text, deriving it from אָלַף (’ alaf , “instruct”) the form becoming יַלְּפֶנוּ ( yallÿfenu ) instead of יִדְּפֶנּוּ ( yiddÿfenu ), obtaining the translation “God will instruct us.” This makes a smoother reading, but does not have much support for it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":19095,"verse_id":"JOB.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Job) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A14/1"}
{"id":19096,"verse_id":"JOB.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.14","text":"The verb עַרַךְ (’ arakh ) means “to arrange in order; to set forth; to direct; to marshal.” It is used in military contexts for setting the battle array; it is used in legal settings for preparing the briefs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A14/2"}
{"id":19097,"verse_id":"JOB.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “your words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A14/3"}
{"id":19098,"verse_id":"JOB.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.15","text":"The verb חַתּוּ ( khattu ) is from חָתַת ( khatat ) which means “to be terrified.” But here it stresses the resulting dilemma. R. Gordis ( Job , 369) renders it, “they are shattered, beaten in an argument.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A15/2"}
{"id":19099,"verse_id":"JOB.32.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.16","text":"Some commentators take this as a question: “And shall [or must] I wait because they do not speak?” (A. B. Davidson, R. Gordis). But this is not convincing because the silence of the friends is the reason for him to speak, not to wait.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A16/1"}
{"id":19100,"verse_id":"JOB.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “the spirit of my belly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":19101,"verse_id":"JOB.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.18","text":"The verb צוּק ( tsuq ) means “to constrain; to urge; to press.” It is used in Judg 14:17; 16:16 with the sense of wearing someone down with repeated entreaties. Elihu cannot withhold himself any longer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A18/2"}
{"id":19102,"verse_id":"JOB.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “in my belly I am like wine that is not opened” (a Niphal imperfect), meaning sealed up with no place to escape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":19103,"verse_id":"JOB.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"32.19","text":"The Hebrew text has כְּאֹבוֹת חֲדָשִׁים ( kÿ ’ ovot khadashim ), traditionally rendered “like new wineskins.” But only here does the phrase have this meaning. The LXX has “smiths” for “new,” thus “like smith’s bellows.” A. Guillaume connects the word with an Arabic word for a wide vessel for wine shaped like a cup (“Archaeological and philological note on Job 32:19 ,” PEQ 93 [1961]: 147-50). Some have been found in archaeological sites. The poor would use skins, the rich would use jars. The key to putting this together is the verb at the end of the line, יִבָּקֵעַ ( yibbaqea ’, “that are ready to burst”). The point of the statement is that Elihu is bursting to speak, and until now has not had the opening.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A19/2"}
{"id":19104,"verse_id":"JOB.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"The cohortative expresses Elihu’s resolve to speak.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":19105,"verse_id":"JOB.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.21","text":"The idiom is “I will not lift up the face of a man.” Elihu is going to show no favoritism, but speak his mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A21/1"}
{"id":19106,"verse_id":"JOB.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.21","text":"The verb means “to confer an honorary title; to give a mark of distinction,” but it is often translated with the verb “flatter.” Elihu will not take sides, he will not use pompous titles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A21/2"}
{"id":19107,"verse_id":"JOB.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"The construction uses a perfect verb followed by the imperfect. This is a form of subordination equivalent to a complementary infinitive (see GKC 385-86 §120. c ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":19108,"verse_id":"JOB.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"The words “if I did” are supplied in the translation to make sense out of the two clauses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":19109,"verse_id":"JOB.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “quickly carry me away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2032%3A22/3"}
{"id":19110,"verse_id":"JOB.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “give ear,” the Hiphil denominative verb from “ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A1/1"}
{"id":19111,"verse_id":"JOB.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “hear all my words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A1/2"}
{"id":19112,"verse_id":"JOB.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"The perfect verbs in this verse should be classified as perfects of resolve: “I have decided to open…speak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":19113,"verse_id":"JOB.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"This expression is unusual; R. Gordis ( Job , 371) says it can be translated, “the purity of my heart [is reflected] in my words,” but that is far-fetched and awkward. So there have been suggestions for emending יֹשֶׁר ( yosher , “uprightness”). Kissane’s makes the most sense if a change is desired: “shall reveal” (an Arabic sense of yasher ), although Holscher interpreted “shall affirm” ( yasher , with a Syriac sense). Dhorme has “my heart will repeat” ( יָשׁוּר , yashur ), but this is doubtful. If Kissane’s view is taken, it would say, “my heart will reveal my words.” Some commentators would join “and knowledge” to this colon, and read “words of knowledge” – but that requires even more emendations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":19114,"verse_id":"JOB.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"More literally, “and the knowledge of my lips they will speak purely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":19115,"verse_id":"JOB.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"Some commentators want to put this verse after v. 6 , while others omit the verse entirely. Elihu is claiming here that he is inspired by God. tn The verb תְּחַיֵּנִי ( tÿkhayyeni ) is the Piel imperfect of the verb “to live.” It can mean “gives me life,” but it can also me “quickens me, enlivens me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":19116,"verse_id":"JOB.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"The Hebrew text does not contain the term “arguments,” but this verb has been used already for preparing or arranging a defense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":19117,"verse_id":"JOB.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"The verb means “nipped off,” as a potter breaks off a piece of clay when molding a vessel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":19118,"verse_id":"JOB.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"The noun means “my pressure; my burden” in the light of the verb אָכֲף (’ akhaf , “to press on; to grip tightly”). In the parallel passages the text used “hand” and “rod” in the hand to terrify. The LXX has “hand” here for this word. But simply changing it to “hand” is ruled out because the verb is masculine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":19119,"verse_id":"JOB.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.7","text":"See Job 9:34 and 13:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A7/2"}
{"id":19120,"verse_id":"JOB.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “in my ears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":19121,"verse_id":"JOB.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.9","text":"The word is a hapax legomenon ; hap is from חָפַף ( khafaf ). It is used in New Hebrew in expressions like “to wash” the head. Cognates in Syriac and Akkadian support the meaning “to wash; to clean.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A9/2"}
{"id":19122,"verse_id":"JOB.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A10/2"}
{"id":19123,"verse_id":"JOB.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.10","text":"The Hebrew means “frustrations” or “oppositions.” The RSV has “displeasure,” NIV “faults,” and NRSV “occasions.” Rashi chose the word found in Judg 14:4 – with metathesis – meaning “pretexts” ( תֹּאֲנוֹת , to ’ anot ); this is followed by NAB, NASB.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A10/3"}
{"id":19124,"verse_id":"JOB.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"The meaning of this verb is “this is my answer to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":19125,"verse_id":"JOB.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"The LXX has “he that is above men is eternal.” Elihu is saying that God is far above Job’s petty problems.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":19126,"verse_id":"JOB.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"The MT has “all his words.” This must refer to “man” in the previous verse. But many wish to change it to “my words,” since it would be summarizing Job’s complaint to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":19127,"verse_id":"JOB.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"The Syriac and the Vulgate have “and he does not repeat it,” a reading of the text as it is, according to E. Dhorme ( Job , 403). But his argument is based on another root with this meaning – a root which does not exist (see L. Dennefeld, RB 48 [1939]: 175). The verse is saying that God does speak to man.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":19128,"verse_id":"JOB.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"The idiom is “he uncovers the ear of men.” This expression means “inform” in Ruth 4:4 ; 1 Sam 20:2 , etc. But when God is the subject it means “make a revelation” (see 1 Sam 9:15 ; 2 Sam 7:27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":19129,"verse_id":"JOB.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “and seals their bonds.” The form of the present translation, “and terrifies them with warnings,” is derived only by emending the text. Aquila, the Vulgate, Syriac, and Targum Job have “their correction” for “their bond,” which is what the KJV used. But the LXX, Aquila, and the Syriac have “terrifies” for the verb. This involves a change in pointing from יָחְתֹּם ( yakhtom ) to יְחִתֵּם ( yÿkhittem ). The LXX has “appearances of fear” instead of “bonds.” The point of the verse seems to be that by terrifying dreams God makes people aware of their ways.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A16/2"}
{"id":19130,"verse_id":"JOB.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"The MT simply has מַעֲשֶׂה ( ma ’ aseh , “deed”). The LXX has “from his iniquity” which would have been מֵעַוְלָה ( me ’ avlah ). The two letters may have dropped out by haplography. The MT is workable, but would have to mean “[evil] deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":19131,"verse_id":"JOB.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.17","text":"Here too the sense of the MT is difficult to recover. Some translations took it to mean that God hides pride from man. Many commentators changed יְכַסֶּה ( yÿkhasseh , “covers”) to יְכַסֵּחַ ( yÿkhasseakh , “he cuts away”), or יְכַלֶּה ( yÿkhalleh , “he puts an end to”). The various emendations are not all that convincing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A17/2"}
{"id":19132,"verse_id":"JOB.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"A number of interpreters and translations take this as “the pit” (see Job 17:14 ; cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":19133,"verse_id":"JOB.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.18","text":"Here is another difficult line. The verb normally means “to pass through; to pass over,” and so this word would normally mean “from passing through [or over].” The word שֶׁלַח ( shelakh ) does at times refer to a weapon, but most commentators look for a parallel with “the pit [or corruption].” One suggestion is שְׁאוֹלָה ( shÿ ’ olah , “to Sheol”), proposed by Duhm. Dhorme thought it was שַׁלַח ( shalakh ) and referred to the passageway to the underworld (see M. Tsevat, VT 4 [1954]: 43; and Svi Rin, BZ 7 [1963]: 25). See discussion of options in HALOT 1517-18 s.v. IV שֶׁלַח . The idea of crossing the river of death fits the idea of the passage well, although the reading “to perish by the sword” makes sense and was followed by the NIV.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A18/2"}
{"id":19134,"verse_id":"JOB.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"The MT has the passive form, and so a subject has to be added: “[a man] is chastened.” The LXX has the active form, indicating “[God] chastens,” but the object “a man” has to be added. It is understandable why the LXX thought this was active, within this sequence of verbs; and that is why it is the inferior reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":19135,"verse_id":"JOB.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"33.19","text":"The Kethib “the strife of his bones is continual,” whereas the Qere has “the multitude of his bones are firm.” The former is the better reading in this passage. It indicates that the pain is caused by the ongoing strife.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A19/2"}
{"id":19136,"verse_id":"JOB.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “food of desire.” The word “rejects” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":19137,"verse_id":"JOB.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “are laid bare.” This is the Qere reading; the Kethib means “bare height.” Gordis reverses the word order: “his bones are bare [i.e., crushed] so that they cannot be looked upon.” But the sense of that is not clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":19138,"verse_id":"JOB.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “his soul [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh , “life”] draws near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A22/1"}
{"id":19139,"verse_id":"JOB.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.22","text":"The MT uses the Hiphil participle, “to those who cause death.” This seems to be a reference to the belief in demons that brought about death, an idea not mentioned in the Bible itself. Thus many proposals have been made for this expression. Hoffmann and Budde divide the word into לְמוֹ מֵתִּים ( lÿmo metim ) and simply read “to the dead.” Dhorme adds a couple of letters to get לִמְקוֹם מֵתִּים ( limqom metim , “to the place [or abode] of the dead”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A22/2"}
{"id":19140,"verse_id":"JOB.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.23","text":"This is a smoother reading. The MT has “to tell to a man his uprightness,” to reveal what is right for him. The LXX translated this word “duty”; the choice is adopted by some commentaries. However, that is too far from the text, which indicates that the angel/messenger is to call the person to uprightness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A23/2"}
{"id":19141,"verse_id":"JOB.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.24","text":"This verse seems to continue the protasis begun in the last verse, with the apodosis coming in the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A24/1"}
{"id":19142,"verse_id":"JOB.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.24","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A24/2"}
{"id":19143,"verse_id":"JOB.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"33.24","text":"The verb is either taken as an anomalous form of פָּדַע ( pada ’, “to rescue; to redeem,” or “to exempt him”), or it is emended to some similar word, like פָּרַע ( para ’, “to let loose,” so Wright).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A24/3"}
{"id":19144,"verse_id":"JOB.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.25","text":"The word רֻטֲפַשׁ ( rutafash ) is found nowhere else. One suggestion is that it should be יִרְטַב ( yirtav , “to become fresh”), connected to רָטַב ( ratav , “to be well watered [or moist]”). It is also possible that it was a combination of רָטַב ( ratav , “to be well watered”) and טָפַשׁ ( tafash , “to grow fat”). But these are all guesses in the commentaries.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A25/1"}
{"id":19145,"verse_id":"JOB.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.25","text":"The word describes the period when the man is healthy and vigorous, ripe for what life brings his way.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A25/2"}
{"id":19146,"verse_id":"JOB.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A26/1"}
{"id":19147,"verse_id":"JOB.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.26","text":"Heb “his face”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn This is usually taken to mean that as a worshiper this individual comes into the presence of the Lord in prayer, and in the sanctuary he sees God’s face , i.e., he sees the evidence of God’s presence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A26/2"}
{"id":19148,"verse_id":"JOB.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A26/3"}
{"id":19149,"verse_id":"JOB.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"33.26","text":"Many commentators think this line is superfluous and so delete it. The RSV changed the verb to “he recounts,” making the idea that the man publishes the news of his victory or salvation (taking “righteousness” as a metonymy of cause).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A26/4"}
{"id":19150,"verse_id":"JOB.33.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"33.27","text":"The verb יָשֹׁר ( yashor ) is unusual. The typical view is to change it to יָשִׁיר ( yashir , “he sings”), but that may seem out of harmony with a confession. Dhorme suggests a root שׁוּר ( shur , “to repeat”), but this is a doubtful root. J. Reider reads it יָשֵׁיר ( yasher ) and links it to an Arabic word “confesses” ( ZAW 24 [1953]: 275).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A27/1"}
{"id":19151,"verse_id":"JOB.33.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.27","text":"Heb “to men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A27/2"}
{"id":19152,"verse_id":"JOB.33.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.27","text":"The verb שָׁוָה ( shavah ) has the impersonal meaning here, “it has not been requited to me.” The meaning is that the sinner has not been treated in accordance with his deeds: “I was not punished according to what I deserved.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A27/3"}
{"id":19153,"verse_id":"JOB.33.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.32","text":"Heb “if there are words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A32/1"}
{"id":19154,"verse_id":"JOB.33.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":33,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.32","text":"The infinitive construct serves as the complement or object of “I desire.” It could be rendered “to justify you” or “your justification, “namely, “that you be justified.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2033%3A32/2"}
{"id":19155,"verse_id":"JOB.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “give ear to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":19156,"verse_id":"JOB.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.2","text":"The Hebrew word means “the men who know,” and without a complement it means “to possess knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A2/2"}
{"id":19157,"verse_id":"JOB.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Or “examines; tests; tries; discerns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":19158,"verse_id":"JOB.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.3","text":"Or “palate”; the Hebrew term refers to the tongue or to the mouth in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A3/2"}
{"id":19159,"verse_id":"JOB.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.4","text":"The word is מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) again, with the sense of what is right or just.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A4/2"}
{"id":19160,"verse_id":"JOB.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “righteous,” but in this context it means to be innocent or in the right.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":19161,"verse_id":"JOB.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"The verb is the Piel imperfect of כָּזַב ( kazav ), meaning “to lie.” It could be a question: “Should I lie [against my right?] – when I am innocent. If it is repointed to the Pual , then it can be “I am made to lie,” or “I am deceived.” Taking it as a question makes good sense here, and so emendations are unnecessary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":19162,"verse_id":"JOB.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.6","text":"The Hebrew text has only “my arrow.” Some commentators emend that word slightly to get “my wound.” But the idea could be derived from “arrows” as well, the wounds caused by the arrows. The arrows are symbolic of God’s affliction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A6/2"}
{"id":19163,"verse_id":"JOB.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.6","text":"Heb “without transgression”; but this is parallel to the first part where the claim is innocence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A6/3"}
{"id":19164,"verse_id":"JOB.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “he drinks,” but coming after the question this clause may be subordinated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":19165,"verse_id":"JOB.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.7","text":"The scorn or derision mentioned here is not against Job, but against God. Job scorns God so much, he must love it. So to reflect this idea, Gordis has translated it “blasphemy” (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A7/2"}
{"id":19166,"verse_id":"JOB.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"The perfect verb with the vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the sequence forward from the last description.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":19167,"verse_id":"JOB.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.8","text":"The word חֶבְרַה ( khevrah , “company”) is a hapax legomenon . But its meaning is clear enough from the connections to related words and this context as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A8/2"}
{"id":19168,"verse_id":"JOB.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.8","text":"The infinitive construct with the ל ( lamed ) preposition may continue the clause with the finite verb (see GKC 351 §114. p ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A8/3"}
{"id":19169,"verse_id":"JOB.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “men of wickedness”; the genitive is attributive (= “wicked men”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A8/4"}
{"id":19170,"verse_id":"JOB.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Gordis, however, takes this expression in the sense of “being in favor with God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":19171,"verse_id":"JOB.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “men of heart.” The “heart” is used for the capacity to understand and make the proper choice. It is often translated “mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":19172,"verse_id":"JOB.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.10","text":"For this construction, see Job 27:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A10/2"}
{"id":19173,"verse_id":"JOB.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “for the work of man, he [= God] repays him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":19174,"verse_id":"JOB.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “he causes it to find him.” The text means that God will cause a man to find (or receive) the consequences of his actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A11/2"}
{"id":19175,"verse_id":"JOB.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"The verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) means “to visit; to appoint; to number.” Here it means “to entrust” for care and governing. The implication would be that there would be someone higher than God – which is what Elihu is repudiating by the rhetorical question. No one entrusted God with this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":19176,"verse_id":"JOB.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.13","text":"The preposition is implied from the first half of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A13/2"}
{"id":19177,"verse_id":"JOB.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":19178,"verse_id":"JOB.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"34.14","text":"This is the reading following the Qere . The Kethib and the Syriac and the LXX suggest a reading יָשִׂים ( yasim , “if he [God] recalls”). But this would require leaving out “his heart,” and would also require redividing the verse to make “his spirit” the object. It makes better parallelism, but may require too many changes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A14/2"}
{"id":19179,"verse_id":"JOB.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"The phrase “you have” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":19180,"verse_id":"JOB.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “the sound of my words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A16/2"}
{"id":19181,"verse_id":"JOB.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"The force of הַאַף ( ha ’ af ) is “Is it truly the case?” The point is being made that if Job were right God could not be judging the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":19182,"verse_id":"JOB.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.17","text":"The verb חָבַשׁ ( khavash ) has the basic idea of “to bind,” as in binding on the yoke, and then in the sense of subduing people under authority (cf. Assyrian absanu ) . The imperfect verb here is best expressed with the potential nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A17/2"}
{"id":19183,"verse_id":"JOB.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.17","text":"The two words could be taken separately, but they seem to form a fine nominal hendiadys, because the issue is God’s justice. So the word for power becomes the modifier.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A17/3"}
{"id":19184,"verse_id":"JOB.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.18","text":"Heb “Does one say,” although some smooth it out to say “Is it fit to say?” For the reading “who says,” the form has to be repointed to הַאֹמֵר ( ha ’ omer ) meaning, “who is the one saying.” This reading is supported by the LXX, Vulgate, and Syriac. Also it seems to flow better with the following verse. It would be saying that God is over the rulers and can rebuke them. The former view is saying that no one rebukes kings, much less Job rebuking God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A18/1"}
{"id":19185,"verse_id":"JOB.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.18","text":"The word בְּלִיָּעַל ( bÿliyya ’ al ) means both “worthless” and “wicked.” It is common in proverbial literature, and in later writings it became a description of Satan. It is usually found with “son of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A18/2"}
{"id":19186,"verse_id":"JOB.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.19","text":"The verb means “to give recognition; to take note of” and in this passage with לִפְנֵי ( lifne , “before”) it means to show preferential treatment to the rich before the poor. The word for “rich” here is an unusual word, found parallel to “noble” ( Isa 32:2 ). P. Joüon thinks it is a term of social distinction ( Bib 18 [1937]: 207-8).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A19/1"}
{"id":19187,"verse_id":"JOB.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.20","text":"Dhorme transposes “in the middle of the night” with “they pass away” to get a smoother reading. But the MT emphasizes the suddenness by putting both temporal ideas first. E. F. Sutcliffe leaves the order as it stands in the text, but adds a verb “they expire” after “in the middle of the night” (“Notes on Job, textual and exegetical,” Bib 30 [1949]: 79ff.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A20/1"}
{"id":19188,"verse_id":"JOB.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.20","text":"R. Gordis ( Job , 389) thinks “people” here mean the people who count, the upper class.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A20/2"}
{"id":19189,"verse_id":"JOB.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.20","text":"The verb means “to be violently agitated.” There is no problem with the word in this context, but commentators have made suggestions for improving the idea. The proposal that has the most to commend it, if one were inclined to choose a new word, is the change to יִגְוָעוּ ( yigva ’ u , “they expire”; so Ball, Holscher, Fohrer, and others).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A20/3"}
{"id":19190,"verse_id":"JOB.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.20","text":"Heb “not by hand.” This means without having to use force.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A20/4"}
{"id":19191,"verse_id":"JOB.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (a person) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":19192,"verse_id":"JOB.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"The construction of this colon uses the Niphal infinitive construct from סָתַר ( satar , “to be hidden; to hide”). The resumptive adverb makes this a relative clause in its usage: “where the evildoers can hide themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":19193,"verse_id":"JOB.34.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.23","text":"Heb “for he does not put upon man yet.” This has been given a wide variety of interpretations, all of which involve a lot of additional thoughts. The word עוֹד (’ od , “yet, still”) has been replaced with מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , “an appointed time,” Reiske and Wright), with the ם ( mem ) having dropped out by haplography. This makes good sense. If the MT is retained, the best interpretation would be that God does not any more consider (from “place upon the heart”) man, that he might appear in judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A23/1"}
{"id":19194,"verse_id":"JOB.34.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.24","text":"Heb “[with] no investigation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A24/1"}
{"id":19195,"verse_id":"JOB.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.25","text":"The direct object “them” is implied and has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A25/1"}
{"id":19196,"verse_id":"JOB.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.25","text":"The Hebrew term “night” is an accusative of time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A25/2"}
{"id":19197,"verse_id":"JOB.34.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.26","text":"Heb “under wicked men,” or “under wickednesses.” J. C. Greenfield shows that the preposition can mean “among” as well (“Prepositions B Tachat in Jes 57:5,” ZAW 32 [1961]: 227). That would allow “among wicked men.” It could also be “instead of” or even “in return for [their wickedness]” which is what the RSV does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A26/1"}
{"id":19198,"verse_id":"JOB.34.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.26","text":"The text simply uses רֹאִים ( ro ’ im ): “[in the place where there are] seers,” i.e., spectators.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A26/2"}
{"id":19199,"verse_id":"JOB.34.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.27","text":"The verb הִשְׂכִּילוּ ( hiskilu ) means “to be prudent; to be wise.” From this is derived the idea of “be wise in understanding God’s will,” and “be successful because of prudence” – i.e., successful with God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A27/1"}
{"id":19200,"verse_id":"JOB.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.28","text":"The verse begins with the infinitive construct of בּוֹא ( bo ’, “go”), showing the result of their impious actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A28/1"}
{"id":19201,"verse_id":"JOB.34.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.28","text":"The verb here is an imperfect; the clause is circumstantial to the preceding clause, showing either the result, or the concomitant action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A28/2"}
{"id":19202,"verse_id":"JOB.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A29/1"}
{"id":19203,"verse_id":"JOB.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.29","text":"The verb in this position is somewhat difficult, although it does make good sense in the sentence – it is just not what the parallelism would suggest. So several emendations have been put forward, for which see the commentaries.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A29/2"}
{"id":19204,"verse_id":"JOB.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.29","text":"The line simply reads “and over a nation and over a man together.” But it must be the qualification for the points being made in the previous lines, namely, that even if God hides himself so no one can see, yet he is still watching over them all (see H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 222).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A29/3"}
{"id":19205,"verse_id":"JOB.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.29","text":"The word translated “alike” ( Heb “together”) has bothered some interpreters. In the reading taken here it is acceptable. But others have emended it to gain a verb, such as “he visits” (Beer), “he watches over” (Duhm), “he is compassionate” (Kissane), etc. But it is sufficient to say “he is over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A29/4"}
{"id":19206,"verse_id":"JOB.34.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.30","text":"This last verse is difficult because it is unbalanced and cryptic. Some have joined the third line of v. 29 with this entire verse to make a couplet. But the same result is achieved by simply regarding this verse as the purpose of v. 29 . But there still are some words that must be added. In the first colon, “[he is over the nations]… preventing from ruling.” And in the second colon, “laying” has to be supplied before “snares.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A30/1"}
{"id":19207,"verse_id":"JOB.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.31","text":"The Hebrew text has only “I lift up” or “I bear” (= I endure). The reading “I have been led astray” is obtained by changing the vowels to read a passive. If the MT is retained, an object has to be supplied, such as “chastisement” (so RSV, NASB) or “punishment” (NRSV). If not, then a different reading would be followed (e.g., “I was misguided” [NAB]; “I am guilty” [NIV]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A31/1"}
{"id":19208,"verse_id":"JOB.34.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.32","text":"Heb “what I do not see,” more specifically, “apart from [that which] I see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A32/1"}
{"id":19209,"verse_id":"JOB.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.33","text":"Heb “is it from with you,” an idiomatic expression meaning “to suit you” or “according to your judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A33/1"}
{"id":19210,"verse_id":"JOB.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.33","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A33/2"}
{"id":19211,"verse_id":"JOB.34.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.33","text":"There is no object on the verb, and the meaning is perhaps lost. The best guess is that Elihu is saying Job has rejected his teaching.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A33/3"}
{"id":19212,"verse_id":"JOB.34.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.35","text":"Adding “that” in the translation clarifies Elihu’s indirect citation of the wise individuals’ words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A35/1"}
{"id":19213,"verse_id":"JOB.34.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.35","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct is here functioning as a substantive. The word means “prudence; understanding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A35/2"}
{"id":19214,"verse_id":"JOB.34.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.36","text":"The MT reads אָבִי (’ avi , “my father”), which makes no sense. Some follow the KJV and emend the word to make a verb “I desire” or use the noun “my desire of it.” Others follow an Arabic word meaning “entreat, I pray” (cf. ESV, “Would that Job were tried”). The LXX and the Syriac versions have “but” and “surely” respectively. Since this is the only ms support, albeit weak, it may be the best choice. In this sense Elihu would be saying that because of Job’s attitude God will continue to test him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A36/1"}
{"id":19215,"verse_id":"JOB.34.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.37","text":"Although frequently translated “rebellion,” the basic meaning of this Hebrew term is “transgression.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A37/1"}
{"id":19216,"verse_id":"JOB.34.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":34,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"34.37","text":"If this reading stands, it would mean that Job shows contempt, meaning that he mocks them and accuses God. It is a bold touch, but workable. Of the many suggested emendations, Dhorme alters some of the vowels and obtains a reading “and casts doubt among us,” and then takes “transgression” from the first colon for the complement. Some commentators simply delete the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2034%3A37/2"}
{"id":19217,"verse_id":"JOB.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"The line could be read as “do you reckon this for justice? Here “to be” is understood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":19218,"verse_id":"JOB.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.2","text":"The word “when” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A2/2"}
{"id":19219,"verse_id":"JOB.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.2","text":"The brief line could be interpreted in a number of ways. The MT simply has “my right from God.” It could be “I am right before God,” “I am more just/right than God” (identifying the preposition as a comparative min ( מִן ); cf. J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 463), “I will be right before God,” or “My just cause against God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A2/3"}
{"id":19220,"verse_id":"JOB.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.3","text":"The referent of “you” is usually understood to be God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A3/1"}
{"id":19221,"verse_id":"JOB.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.3","text":"The Hebrew text merely says, “What do I gain from my sin?” But Job has claimed that he has not sinned, and so this has to be elliptical: “more than if I had sinned” (H. H. Rowley, Job [NCBC], 224). It could also be, “What do I gain without sin?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A3/2"}
{"id":19222,"verse_id":"JOB.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"The emphatic pronoun calls attention to Elihu who will answer these questions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":19223,"verse_id":"JOB.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.4","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “with words,” but since this is obvious, for stylistic reasons it has not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A4/2"}
{"id":19224,"verse_id":"JOB.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"The preposition is taken here as a comparative min ( מִן ). The line could also read “that are high above you.” This idea has appeared in the speech of Eliphaz ( 22:12 ), Zophar ( 11:7 ff.), and even Job ( 9:8 ff.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":19225,"verse_id":"JOB.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"Heb “him” (also in v. 7 ); the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":19226,"verse_id":"JOB.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.6","text":"See Job 7:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A6/2"}
{"id":19227,"verse_id":"JOB.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.8","text":"The phrase “affects only” is supplied in the translation of this nominal sentence. sn According to Strahan, “Elihu exalts God’s greatness at the cost of His grace, His transcendence at the expense of His immanence. He sets up a material instead of a spiritual stand of profit and loss. He does not realize that God does gain what He desires most by the goodness of men, and loses what He most loves by their evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A8/1"}
{"id":19228,"verse_id":"JOB.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.8","text":"Heb “and to [or for] a son of man, your righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A8/2"}
{"id":19229,"verse_id":"JOB.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.9","text":"The word “people” is supplied, because the sentence only has the masculine plural verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A9/1"}
{"id":19230,"verse_id":"JOB.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.9","text":"The final noun is an abstract plural, “oppression.” There is no reason to change it to “oppressors” to fit the early versions. The expression is literally “multitude of oppression.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A9/2"}
{"id":19231,"verse_id":"JOB.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.9","text":"Heb “the arm,” a metaphor for strength or power.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A9/3"}
{"id":19232,"verse_id":"JOB.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.9","text":"Or “of the many” (see HALOT 1172 s.v. I רַב 6.a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A9/4"}
{"id":19233,"verse_id":"JOB.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"There have been several attempts to emend the line, none of which are particularly helpful or interesting. H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 225) says, “It is a pity to rob Elihu of a poetic line when he creates one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":19234,"verse_id":"JOB.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"The form in the text, the Piel participle from אָלַף (’ alaf , “teach”) is written in a contracted form; the full form is מְאַלְּפֵנוּ ( mÿ ’ allÿfenu ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":19235,"verse_id":"JOB.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.11","text":"Some would render this “teaches us by the beasts.” But Elihu is stressing the unique privilege humans have.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A11/2"}
{"id":19236,"verse_id":"JOB.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.12","text":"The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) connects this verse to v. 11 . “There” can be locative or temporal – and here it is temporal (= “then”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A12/1"}
{"id":19237,"verse_id":"JOB.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “surely – vanity, he does not hear.” The cry is an empty cry, not a prayer to God. Dhorme translates it, “It is a pure waste of words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A13/1"}
{"id":19238,"verse_id":"JOB.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.15","text":"The expression “and now” introduces a new complaint of Elihu – in addition to the preceding. Here the verb of v. 14 , “you say,” is understood after the temporal ki ( כִּי ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A15/1"}
{"id":19239,"verse_id":"JOB.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.15","text":"The verb פָקַד ( paqad ) means “to visit” (also “to appoint; to muster; to number”). When God visits, it means that he intervenes in one’s life for blessing or cursing (punishing, destroying).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A15/2"}
{"id":19240,"verse_id":"JOB.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.15","text":"The word פַּשׁ ( pash ) is a hapax legomenon . K&D 12:275 derived it from an Arabic word meaning “belch,” leading to the idea of “overflow.” BDB 832 s.v. defines it as “folly.” Several define it as “transgression” on the basis of the versions (Theodotion, Symmachus, Vulgate). The RSV took it as “greatly heed,” but that is not exactly “greatly know,” when the text beyond that requires “not know at all.” The NIV has “he does not take the least notice of wickedness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A15/3"}
{"id":19241,"verse_id":"JOB.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.16","text":"The word הֶבֶל ( hevel ) means “vanity; futility; to no purpose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2035%3A16/1"}
{"id":19242,"verse_id":"JOB.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"The verb כָּתַּר ( kattar ) is the Piel imperative; in Hebrew the word means “to surround” and is related to the noun for crown. But in Syriac it means “to wait.” This section of the book of Job will have a few Aramaic words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":19243,"verse_id":"JOB.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.2","text":"The Hebrew text simply has “for yet for God words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A2/2"}
{"id":19244,"verse_id":"JOB.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “I will carry my knowledge to-from afar.” The expression means that he will give a wide range to knowledge, that he will speak comprehensively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":19245,"verse_id":"JOB.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.3","text":"This line gives the essence of all of Elihu’s speech – to give or ascribe righteousness to God against the charges of Job. Dhorme translates this “I will justify my Maker,” and that is workable if it carries the meaning of “declaring to be right.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A3/2"}
{"id":19246,"verse_id":"JOB.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"The word is תְּמִים ( tÿmim ), often translated “perfect.” It is the same word used of Job in 2:3 . Elihu is either a complete stranger to modesty or is confident regarding the knowledge that he believes God has revealed to him for this situation. See the note on the heading before 32:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":19247,"verse_id":"JOB.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"The object “people” is not in the Hebrew text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":19248,"verse_id":"JOB.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.5","text":"The text simply repeats “mighty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A5/2"}
{"id":19249,"verse_id":"JOB.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.5","text":"The last two words are simply כֹּחַ לֵב ( koakh lev , “strong in heart”), meaning something like “strong; firm in his decisions.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A5/3"}
{"id":19250,"verse_id":"JOB.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"36.5","text":"There are several problems in this verse: the repetition of “mighty,” the lack of an object for “despise,” and the meaning of “strength of heart.” Many commentators reduce the verse to a single line, reading something like “Lo, God does not reject the pure in heart” (Kissane). Dhorme and Pope follow Nichols with: “Lo, God is mighty in strength, and rejects not the pure in heart.” This reading moved “mighty” to the first line and took the second to be בַּר ( bar , “pure”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A5/4"}
{"id":19251,"verse_id":"JOB.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"Or “he does not keep the wicked alive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":19252,"verse_id":"JOB.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Many commentators accept the change of “his eyes” to “his right” (reading דִּינוֹ [ dino ] for עֵינָיו [’ enayv ]). There is no compelling reason for the change; it makes the line commonplace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":19253,"verse_id":"JOB.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the righteous) has been repeated from the first part of the verse for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A7/2"}
{"id":19254,"verse_id":"JOB.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “he seats them forever and exalts them.” The last verb can be understood as expressing a logical consequence of the preceding action (cf. GKC 328 §111. l = “he seats them forever so that he exalts them”). Or the two verbs can be taken as an adverbial hendiadys whereby the first modifies the second adverbially: “he exalts them by seating them forever” or “when he seats them forever” (cf. GKC 326 §111. d ). Some interpret this verse to say that God seats kings on the throne, making a change in subject in the middle of the verse. But it makes better sense to see the righteous as the subject matter throughout – they are not only protected, but are exalted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A7/3"}
{"id":19255,"verse_id":"JOB.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"Dhorme thinks that the verse is still talking about kings, who may be in captivity. But this diverts attention from Elihu’s emphasis on the righteous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":19256,"verse_id":"JOB.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"The verb נָגַד ( nagad ) means “to declare; to tell.” Here it is clear that God is making known the sins that caused the enslavement or captivity, so “reveal” makes a good interpretive translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":19257,"verse_id":"JOB.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.9","text":"Heb “their work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A9/2"}
{"id":19258,"verse_id":"JOB.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.10","text":"The idiom once again is “he uncovers their ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A10/1"}
{"id":19259,"verse_id":"JOB.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.10","text":"The revelation is in the preceding verse, and so a pronoun must be added to make the reference clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A10/2"}
{"id":19260,"verse_id":"JOB.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.10","text":"The verb שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn; to return”) is one of the two major words in the OT for “repent” – to return from evil. Here the imperfect should be obligatory – they must do it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A10/3"}
{"id":19261,"verse_id":"JOB.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"36.11","text":"Some commentators delete this last line for metrical considerations. But there is no textual evidence for the deletion; it is simply the attempt by some to make the meter rigid.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A11/1"}
{"id":19262,"verse_id":"JOB.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.12","text":"This is a similar expression to the one in Job 33:18 , where the suggestion was made by many that it means crossing over the canal or river of death. Some retain the earlier interpretation of “perish by the sword” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A12/1"}
{"id":19263,"verse_id":"JOB.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"The expression “godless [or hypocrite] in heart” is an intensification of the description. It conveys that they are intentionally godless. See Matt 23:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":19264,"verse_id":"JOB.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.13","text":"Heb “they put anger.” This is usually interpreted to mean they lay up anger, or put anger in their hearts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A13/2"}
{"id":19265,"verse_id":"JOB.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.14","text":"The text expresses this with “their soul dies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A14/1"}
{"id":19266,"verse_id":"JOB.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “among the male prostitutes” who were at the temple – the “holy ones,” with “holy” being used in that sense of “separated to that form of temple service.” So uncleanness and shame are some of the connotations of the reference. Some modern translations give the general sense only: “their life ends in shame” (NRSV); “and perish among the reprobate” (NAB); “die…after wasting their lives in immoral living” (NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A14/2"}
{"id":19267,"verse_id":"JOB.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.15","text":"The preposition בּ ( bet ) in these two lines is not location but instrument, not “in” but “by means of.” The affliction and the oppression serve as a warning for sin, and therefore a means of salvation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A15/1"}
{"id":19268,"verse_id":"JOB.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.15","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A15/2"}
{"id":19269,"verse_id":"JOB.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.15","text":"Heb “he uncovers their ear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A15/3"}
{"id":19270,"verse_id":"JOB.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.16","text":"The Hebrew verb means “to entice; to lure; to allure; to seduce,” but these have negative connotations. The English “to persuade; to draw” might work better. The verb is the Hiphil perfect of סוּת ( sut ). But the nuance of the verb is difficult. It can be equivalent to an English present expressing what God is doing (Peake). But the subject is contested as well. Since the verb usually has an evil connotation, there have been attempts to make the “plaza” the subject – “the wide place has led you astray” (Ewald).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A16/1"}
{"id":19271,"verse_id":"JOB.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “a broad place where there is no cramping beneath [or under] it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A16/2"}
{"id":19272,"verse_id":"JOB.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.16","text":"The word נַחַת ( nakhat ) could be translated “set” if it is connected with the verb נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest,” but then “to lay to rest, to set”). Kissane translates it “comfort.” Dhorme thinks it could come from נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”) or נָחַת ( nakhat , “to descend”). But his conclusion is that it is a dittography after “under it” (p. 545).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A16/3"}
{"id":19273,"verse_id":"JOB.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “filled with fat.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A16/4"}
{"id":19274,"verse_id":"JOB.36.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.18","text":"The first expression is idiomatic: the text says, “because wrath lest it entice you” – thus, beware.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A18/1"}
{"id":19275,"verse_id":"JOB.36.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.18","text":"The word is כֹּפֶר ( kofer ), often translated “ransom,” but frequently in the sense of a bribe.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A18/2"}
{"id":19276,"verse_id":"JOB.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.19","text":"The form in the MT is “your cry (for help).” See J. E. Hartley ( Job [NICOT], 472-73) and E. Dhorme ( Job , 547-48) on the difficulties.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A19/1"}
{"id":19277,"verse_id":"JOB.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.19","text":"This part has only two words לֹא בְצָר ( lo ’ bÿtsar , “not in distress”). The negated phrase serves to explain the first colon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A19/2"}
{"id":19278,"verse_id":"JOB.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"36.19","text":"For the many suggestions and the reasoning here, see the commentaries.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A19/3"}
{"id":19279,"verse_id":"JOB.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.20","text":"The meaning of this line is difficult. There are numerous suggestions for emending the text. Kissane takes the first verb in the sense of “oppress,” and for “the night” he has “belonging to you,” meaning “your people.” This reads: “Oppress not them that belong not to you, that your kinsmen may mount up in their place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A20/1"}
{"id":19280,"verse_id":"JOB.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Normally “tested” would be the translation for the Niphal of בָּחַר ( bakhar ). Although the Qal is employed here, the context favors “tested” rather than “chose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":19281,"verse_id":"JOB.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"The word מוֹרֶה ( moreh ) is the Hiphil participle from יָרַה ( yarah ). It is related to the noun תּוֹרָה ( torah , “what is taught” i.e., the law).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":19282,"verse_id":"JOB.36.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.24","text":"The expression is “that you extol,” serving as an object of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A24/1"}
{"id":19283,"verse_id":"JOB.36.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.26","text":"The last part has the verbal construction, “and we do not know.” This clause is to be used adverbially: “beyond our understanding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A26/1"}
{"id":19284,"verse_id":"JOB.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.27","text":"The verb means “to filter; to refine,” and so a plural subject with the drops of water as the subject will not work. So many read the singular, “he distills.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A27/1"}
{"id":19285,"verse_id":"JOB.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.27","text":"This word עֵד (’ ed ) occurs also in Gen 2:6 . The suggestion has been that instead of a mist it represents an underground watercourse that wells up to water the ground.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A27/2"}
{"id":19286,"verse_id":"JOB.36.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.29","text":"Heb “his booth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A29/1"}
{"id":19287,"verse_id":"JOB.36.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.30","text":"The word actually means “to spread,” but with lightning as the object, “to scatter” appears to fit the context better.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A30/1"}
{"id":19288,"verse_id":"JOB.36.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.30","text":"The word is “light,” but taken to mean “lightning.” Theodotion had “mist” here, and so most commentators follow that because it is more appropriate to the verb and the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A30/2"}
{"id":19289,"verse_id":"JOB.36.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.30","text":"Heb “roots.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A30/3"}
{"id":19290,"verse_id":"JOB.36.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.31","text":"The verb is יָדִין ( yadin , “he judges”). Houbigant proposed יָזוּן ( yazun , “he nourishes”). This has found wide acceptance among commentators (cf. NAB). G. R. Driver retained the MT but gave a meaning “enriches” to the verb (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 88ff.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A31/1"}
{"id":19291,"verse_id":"JOB.36.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.32","text":"R. Gordis ( Job , 422) prefers to link this word with the later Hebrew word for “arch,” not “hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A32/1"}
{"id":19292,"verse_id":"JOB.36.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.32","text":"Because the image might mean that God grabs the lightning and hurls it like a javelin (cf. NLT), some commentators want to change “covers” to other verbs. Dhorme has “lifts” ( נִשָּׂא [ nissa ’] for כִּסָּה [ kissah ]). This fit the idea of God directing the lightning bolts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A32/2"}
{"id":19293,"verse_id":"JOB.36.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":36,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.33","text":"Peake knew of over thirty interpretations for this verse. The MT literally says, “He declares his purpose [or his shout] concerning it; cattle also concerning what rises.” Dhorme has it: “The flock which sniffs the coming storm has warned the shepherd.” Kissane: “The thunder declares concerning him, as he excites wrath against iniquity.” Gordis translates it: “His thunderclap proclaims his presence, and the storm his mighty wrath.” Many more could be added to the list.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2036%3A33/1"}
{"id":19294,"verse_id":"JOB.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"The imperative is followed by the infinitive absolute from the same root to express the intensity of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":19295,"verse_id":"JOB.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.2","text":"The word is the usual word for “to meditate; to murmur; to groan”; here it refers to the low building of the thunder as it rumbles in the sky. The thunder is the voice of God (see ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A2/2"}
{"id":19296,"verse_id":"JOB.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.3","text":"Heb “wings,” and then figuratively for the extremities of garments, of land, etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A3/1"}
{"id":19297,"verse_id":"JOB.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.4","text":"The verb simply has the pronominal suffix, “them.” The idea must be that when God brings in all the thunderings he does not hold back his lightning bolts either.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A4/1"}
{"id":19298,"verse_id":"JOB.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.5","text":"The form is the Niphal participle, “wonders,” from the verb פָּלָא ( pala ’, “to be wonderful; to be extraordinary”). Some commentators suppress the repeated verb “thunders,” and supply other verbs like “shows” or “works,” enabling them to make “wonders” the object of the verb rather than leaving it in an adverbial role. But as H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 236) notes, no change is needed, for one is not surprised to find repetition in Elihu’s words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A5/1"}
{"id":19299,"verse_id":"JOB.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “and we do not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A5/2"}
{"id":19300,"verse_id":"JOB.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"The verb actually means “be” (found here in the Aramaic form). The verb “to be” can mean “to happen, to fall, to come about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":19301,"verse_id":"JOB.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “and [to the] shower of rain and shower of rains, be strong.” Many think the repetition grew up by variant readings; several Hebrew mss delete the second pair, and so many editors do. But the repetition may have served to stress the idea that the rains were heavy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A6/2"}
{"id":19302,"verse_id":"JOB.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “Be strong.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A6/3"}
{"id":19303,"verse_id":"JOB.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “by the hand of every man he seals.” This line is intended to mean with the heavy rains God suspends all agricultural activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":19304,"verse_id":"JOB.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"37.7","text":"This reading involves a change in the text, for in MT “men” is in the construct. It would be translated, “all men whom he made” (i.e., all men of his making”). This is the translation followed by the NIV and NRSV. Olshausen suggested that the word should have been אֲנָשִׁים (’ anashim ) with the final ם ( mem ) being lost to haplography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A7/2"}
{"id":19305,"verse_id":"JOB.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.7","text":"D. W. Thomas suggested a meaning of “rest” for the verb, based on Arabic. He then reads אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh ) for man, and supplies a ם ( mem ) to “his work” to get “that every man might rest from his work [in the fields].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A7/3"}
{"id":19306,"verse_id":"JOB.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"The “driving winds” reflects the Hebrew “from the scatterers.” This refers to the north winds that bring the cold air and the ice and snow and hard rains.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":19307,"verse_id":"JOB.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.11","text":"The word “moisture” is drawn from רִי ( ri ) as a contraction for רְוִי ( rÿvi ). Others emended the text to get “hail” (NAB) or “lightning,” or even “the Creator.” For these, see the various commentaries. There is no reason to change the reading of the MT when it makes perfectly good sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A11/1"}
{"id":19308,"verse_id":"JOB.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.12","text":"The words “the clouds” are supplied from v. 11 ; the sentence itself actually starts: “and it goes round,” referring to the cloud.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A12/1"}
{"id":19309,"verse_id":"JOB.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.12","text":"Heb “that it may do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A12/2"}
{"id":19310,"verse_id":"JOB.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “rod,” i.e., a rod used for punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A13/1"}
{"id":19311,"verse_id":"JOB.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.13","text":"This is interpretive; Heb “he makes find it.” The lightning could be what is intended here, for it finds its mark. But R. Gordis ( Job , 429) suggests man is the subject – let him find what it is for, i.e., the fate appropriate for him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A13/2"}
{"id":19312,"verse_id":"JOB.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.15","text":"The verb is בְּשׂוּם ( bÿsum , from שִׂים [ sim , “set”]), so the idea is how God lays [or sets] [a command] for them. The suffix is proleptic, to be clarified in the second colon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A15/1"}
{"id":19313,"verse_id":"JOB.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.15","text":"Dhorme reads this “and how his stormcloud makes lightning to flash forth?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A15/2"}
{"id":19314,"verse_id":"JOB.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.16","text":"As indicated by HALOT 618 s.v. מִפְלָשׂ , the concept of “balancing” probably refers to “floating” or “suspension” (cf. NIV’s “how the clouds hang poised” and J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 481-82, n. 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A16/1"}
{"id":19315,"verse_id":"JOB.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"The verb means “to beat out; to flatten,” and the analogy in the next line will use molten metal. From this verb is derived the word for the “firmament” in Gen 1:6-8 , that canopy-like pressure area separating water above and water below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":19316,"verse_id":"JOB.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"The imperfect verb here carries the obligatory nuance, “what we should say?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":19317,"verse_id":"JOB.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.19","text":"The verb means “to arrange; to set in order.” From the context the idea of a legal case is included.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A19/2"}
{"id":19318,"verse_id":"JOB.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.20","text":"This imperfect works well as a desiderative imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A20/1"}
{"id":19319,"verse_id":"JOB.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"The light here must refer to the sun in the skies that had been veiled by the storm. Then, when the winds blew the clouds away, it could not be looked at because it was so dazzling. Elihu’s analogy will be that God is the same – in his glory one cannot look at him or challenge him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":19320,"verse_id":"JOB.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.21","text":"The verb has an indefinite subject, and so should be a passive here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A21/2"}
{"id":19321,"verse_id":"JOB.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “and cleaned them.” The referent is the clouds (v. 18 ), which has been supplied in the translation for clarity. There is another way of reading this verse: the word translated “bright” means “dark; obscured” in Syriac. In this interpretation the first line would mean that they could not see the sun, because it was darkened by the clouds, but then the wind came and blew the clouds away. Dhorme, Gray, and several others take it this way, as does the NAB.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A21/3"}
{"id":19322,"verse_id":"JOB.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.22","text":"The MT has “out of the north comes gold.” Left in that sense the line seems irrelevant. The translation “golden splendor” (with RV, RSV, NRSV, NIV) depends upon the context of theophany. Others suggest “golden rays” (Dhorme), the aurora borealis (Graetz, Gray), or some mythological allusion (Pope), such as Baal’s palace. Golden rays or splendor is what is intended, although the reference is not to a natural phenomenon – it is something that would suggest the glory of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A22/1"}
{"id":19323,"verse_id":"JOB.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.23","text":"The name “Almighty” is here a casus pendens , isolating the name at the front of the sentence and resuming it with a pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A23/1"}
{"id":19324,"verse_id":"JOB.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.23","text":"The MT places the major disjunctive accent (the atnach ) under “power,” indicating that “and justice” as a disjunctive clause starting the second half of the verse (with ESV, NASB, NIV, NLT). Ignoring the Masoretic accent, NRSV has “he is great in power and justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2037%3A23/2"}
{"id":19325,"verse_id":"JOB.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"The demonstrative pronoun is used here to emphasize the interrogative pronoun (see GKC 442 §136. c ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":19326,"verse_id":"JOB.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “Gird up your loins.” This idiom basically describes taking the hem of the long garment or robe and pulling it up between the legs and tucking it into the front of the belt, allowing easier and freer movement of the legs. “Girding the loins” meant the preparation for some difficult task ( Jer 1:17 ), or for battle ( Isa 5:27 ), or for running ( 1 Kgs 18:46 ). C. Gordon suggests that it includes belt-wrestling, a form of hand-to-hand mortal combat (“Belt-wrestling in the Bible World,” HUCA 23 [1950/51]: 136).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":19327,"verse_id":"JOB.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.4","text":"The construction is the infinitive construct in a temporal clause, using the preposition and the subjective genitive suffix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A4/1"}
{"id":19328,"verse_id":"JOB.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.4","text":"The verb is the imperative; it has no object “me” in the text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A4/2"}
{"id":19329,"verse_id":"JOB.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.5","text":"The particle כּ ( ki ) is taken here for a conditional clause, “if you know” (see GKC 498 §159. dd ). Others take it as “surely” with a biting irony.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A5/1"}
{"id":19330,"verse_id":"JOB.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.6","text":"For the interrogative serving as a genitive, see GKC 442 §136. b .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A6/1"}
{"id":19331,"verse_id":"JOB.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.7","text":"The construction, an adverbial clause of time, uses רָנָן ( ranan ), which is often a ringing cry, an exultation. The parallelism with “shout for joy” shows this to be enthusiastic acclamation. The infinitive is then continued in the next colon with the vav ( ו ) consecutive preterite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A7/2"}
{"id":19332,"verse_id":"JOB.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “together.” This is Dhorme’s suggestion for expressing how they sang together.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A7/3"}
{"id":19333,"verse_id":"JOB.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.7","text":"See Job 1:6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A7/4"}
{"id":19334,"verse_id":"JOB.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.8","text":"The MT has “and he shut up.” The Vulgate has “Who?” and so many commentaries and editions adopt this reading, if not from the Vulgate, then from the sense of the sequence in the text itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A8/1"}
{"id":19335,"verse_id":"JOB.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.8","text":"The line uses two expressions, first the temporal clause with גִּיחַ ( giakh , “when it burst forth”) and then the finite verb יֵצֵא ( yetse ’, “go out”) to mark the concomitance of the two actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A8/2"}
{"id":19336,"verse_id":"JOB.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"The temporal clause here uses the infinitive from שִׂים ( sim , “to place; to put; to make”). It underscores the sovereign placing of things.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":19337,"verse_id":"JOB.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.9","text":"This noun is found only here. The verb is in Ezek 16:4 , and a related noun is in Ezek 30:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A9/2"}
{"id":19338,"verse_id":"JOB.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"The MT has “and I broke,” which cannot mean “set, prescribed” or the like. The LXX and the Vulgate have such a meaning, suggesting a verb עֲשִׁית (’ ashiyt , “plan, prescribe”). A. Guillaume finds an Arabic word with a meaning “measured it by span by my decree.” Would God give himself a decree? R. Gordis simply argues that the basic meaning “break” develops the connotation of “decide, determine” ( 2 Sam 5:24 ; Job 14:3 ; Dan 11:36 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":19339,"verse_id":"JOB.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.10","text":"Dhorme suggested reversing the two verbs, making this the first, and then “shatter” for the second colon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A10/2"}
{"id":19340,"verse_id":"JOB.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"The imperfect verb receives the permission nuance here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":19341,"verse_id":"JOB.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"The text has תֹסִיף ( tosif , “and you may not add”), which is often used idiomatically (as in verbal hendiadys constructions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":19342,"verse_id":"JOB.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.11","text":"The MT literally says, “here he will put on the pride of your waves.” The verb has no expressed subject and so is made a passive voice. But there has to be some object for the verb “put,” such as “limit” or “boundary”; the translations “confined; halted; stopped” all serve to paraphrase such an idea. The LXX has “broken” at this point, suggesting the verse might have been confused – but “breaking the pride” of the waves would mean controlling them. Some commentators have followed this, exchanging the verb in v. 11 with this one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A11/3"}
{"id":19343,"verse_id":"JOB.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"The Hebrew idiom is “have you from your days?” It means “never in your life” (see 1 Sam 25:28 ; 1 Kgs 1:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":19344,"verse_id":"JOB.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"The verb is the Piel of יָדַע ( yada ’, “to know”) with a double accusative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":19345,"verse_id":"JOB.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.14","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the objects or features on the earth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A14/2"}
{"id":19346,"verse_id":"JOB.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"38.14","text":"The MT reads “they stand up like a garment” (NASB, NIV) or “its features stand out like a garment” (ESV). The reference could be either to embroidered decoration on a garment or to the folds of a garment (REB: “until all things stand out like the folds of a cloak”; cf. J. E. Hartley, Job [NICOT], 497, “the early light of day makes the earth appear as a beautiful garment, exquisite in design and glorious in color”). Since this is thought to be an odd statement, some suggest with Ehrlich that the text be changed to תִּצָּבַּע ( titsabba ’, “is dyed [like a garment]”). This reference would be to the colors appearing on the earth’s surface under daylight. The present translation follows the emendation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A14/3"}
{"id":19347,"verse_id":"JOB.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Heb “the raised arm.” The words “in violence” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation to clarify the metaphor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":19348,"verse_id":"JOB.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “the springs of the sea.” The words “that fill” are supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning of the phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":19349,"verse_id":"JOB.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “uncovered to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":19350,"verse_id":"JOB.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.17","text":"Some still retain the traditional phrase “shadow of death” in the English translation (cf. NIV). The reference is to the entrance to Sheol (see Job 10:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A17/2"}
{"id":19351,"verse_id":"JOB.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.19","text":"The interrogative with דֶרֶךְ ( derekh ) means “in what road” or “in what direction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A19/1"}
{"id":19352,"verse_id":"JOB.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"The suffixes are singular (“that you may take it to its border…to its home”), referring to either the light or the darkness. Because either is referred to, the translation has employed plurals, since singulars would imply that only the second item, “darkness,” was the referent. Plurals are also employed by NAB and NIV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":19353,"verse_id":"JOB.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.21","text":"The imperfect verb after the adverb אָז (’ az , “then”) functions as a preterite: “you were born.” The line is sarcastic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A21/1"}
{"id":19354,"verse_id":"JOB.38.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.22","text":"The same Hebrew term ( אוֹצָר , ’ otsar ), has been translated “storehouse” in the first line and “armory” in the second. This has been done for stylistic variation, but also because “hail,” as one of God’s “weapons” (cf. the following verse) suggests military imagery; in this context the word refers to God’s “ammunition dump” where he stockpiles hail.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A22/2"}
{"id":19355,"verse_id":"JOB.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.24","text":"Because the parallel with “light” and “east wind” is not tight, Hoffmann proposed ‘ ed instead, “mist.” This has been adopted by many. G. R. Driver suggests “parching heat” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 91-92).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A24/1"}
{"id":19356,"verse_id":"JOB.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.26","text":"Heb “on a land, no man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A26/1"}
{"id":19357,"verse_id":"JOB.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.26","text":"Heb “a desert, no man in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A26/2"}
{"id":19358,"verse_id":"JOB.38.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.27","text":"Heb “to cause to sprout a source of vegetation.” The word מֹצָא ( motsa ’) is rendered “mine” in Job 28:1 . The suggestion with the least changes is Wright’s: צָמֵא ( tsame ’, “thirsty”). But others choose מִצִּיָּה ( mitsiyyah , “from the steppe”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A27/1"}
{"id":19359,"verse_id":"JOB.38.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.29","text":"Or “heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A29/1"}
{"id":19360,"verse_id":"JOB.38.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.30","text":"Several suggest that the verb is not from חָבָא ( khava ’, “to hide”) but from a homonym, “to congeal.” This may be too difficult to support, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A30/1"}
{"id":19361,"verse_id":"JOB.38.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.31","text":"This word is found here and in 1 Sam 15:32 . Dhorme suggests, with others, that there has been a metathesis (a reversal of consonants), and it is the same word found in Job 31:36 (“bind”). G. R. Driver takes it as “cluster” without changing the text (“Two astronomical passages in the Old Testament,” JTS 7 [1956] :3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A31/1"}
{"id":19362,"verse_id":"JOB.38.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.32","text":"The word מַזָּרוֹת ( mazzarot ) is taken by some to refer to the constellations (see 2 Kgs 23:5 ), and by others as connected to the word for “crown,” and so “corona.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A32/1"}
{"id":19363,"verse_id":"JOB.38.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"38.34","text":"The LXX has “answer you,” and some editors have adopted this. However, the reading of the MT makes better sense in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A34/1"}
{"id":19364,"verse_id":"JOB.38.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.36","text":"This verse is difficult because of the two words, טֻחוֹת ( tukhot , rendered here “heart”) and שֶׂכְוִי ( sekhvi , here “mind”). They have been translated a number of ways: “meteor” and “celestial appearance”; the stars “Procyon” and “Sirius”; “inward part” and “mind”; even as birds, “ibis” and “cock.” One expects them to have something to do with nature – clouds and the like. The RSV accordingly took them to mean “meteor” (from a verb “to wander”) and “a celestial appearance.” But these meanings are not well-attested.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A36/1"}
{"id":19365,"verse_id":"JOB.38.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.37","text":"The word actually means “to cause to lie down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A37/1"}
{"id":19366,"verse_id":"JOB.38.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.38","text":"The word means “to flow” or “to cast” (as in casting metals). So the noun developed the sense of “hard,” as in cast metal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A38/1"}
{"id":19367,"verse_id":"JOB.38.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.39","text":"Heb “fill up the life of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A39/1"}
{"id":19368,"verse_id":"JOB.38.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":38,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.41","text":"The verse is difficult, making some suspect that a line has dropped out. The little birds in the nest hardly go wandering about looking for food. Dhorme suggest “and stagger for lack of food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2038%3A41/1"}
{"id":19369,"verse_id":"JOB.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.1","text":"The text uses the infinitive as the object: “do you know the giving birth of?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A1/1"}
{"id":19370,"verse_id":"JOB.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.1","text":"Or “ibex.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A1/2"}
{"id":19371,"verse_id":"JOB.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.2","text":"Here the infinitive is again a substantive: “the time of their giving birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A2/1"}
{"id":19372,"verse_id":"JOB.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"39.3","text":"The Hebrew verb used here means “to cleave,” and this would not have the object “their young.” Olshausen and others after him change the ח ( khet ) to ט ( tet ) and get a verb “to drop,” meaning “drop [= give birth to] young” as used in Job 21:10 . G. R. Driver holds out for the MT, arguing it is an idiom, “to breach the womb” (“Problems in the Hebrew text of Job,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 92-93).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A3/1"}
{"id":19373,"verse_id":"JOB.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.3","text":"Heb “they cast forth their labor pains.” This word usually means “birth pangs” but here can mean what caused the pains (metonymy of effect). This fits better with the parallelism, and the verb (“cast forth”). The words “their offspring” are supplied in the translation for clarity; direct objects were often omitted when clear from the context, although English expects them to be included.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A3/2"}
{"id":19374,"verse_id":"JOB.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.4","text":"The idea is that of the open countryside. The Aramaism is found only here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A4/1"}
{"id":19375,"verse_id":"JOB.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"Some commentators think that the addition of the “wild ox” here is a copyist’s error, making the stich too long. They therefore delete it. Also, binding an animal to the furrow with ropes is unusual. So with a slight emendation Kissane came up with “Will you bind him with a halter of cord?” While the MT is unusual, the sense is understandable, and no changes, even slight ones, are absolutely necessary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":19376,"verse_id":"JOB.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.11","text":"Heb “leave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A11/1"}
{"id":19377,"verse_id":"JOB.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.12","text":"The word is normally translated “believe” in the Bible. The idea is that of considering something dependable and acting on it. The idea of reliability is found also in the Niphal stem usages.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A12/1"}
{"id":19378,"verse_id":"JOB.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"39.12","text":"There is a textual problem here: יָשׁוּב ( yashuv ) is the Kethib , meaning “[that] he will return”; יָשִׁיב ( yashiv ) is the Qere , meaning “that he will bring in.” This is the preferred reading, since the object follows it. For commentators who think the line too unbalanced for this, the object is moved to the second colon, and the reading “returns” is taken for the first. But the MT is perfectly clear as it stands.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A12/2"}
{"id":19379,"verse_id":"JOB.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “your seed”; this must be interpreted figuratively for what the seed produces.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A12/3"}
{"id":19380,"verse_id":"JOB.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “gather it”; the referent (the grain) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A12/4"}
{"id":19381,"verse_id":"JOB.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"39.12","text":"Simply, the MT has “and your threshing floor gather.” The “threshing floor” has to be an adverbial accusative of place.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A12/5"}
{"id":19382,"verse_id":"JOB.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"39.13","text":"This whole section on the ostrich is not included in the LXX. Many feel it is an interpolation and should therefore be deleted. The pattern of the chapter changes from the questions being asked to observations being made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A13/1"}
{"id":19383,"verse_id":"JOB.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.13","text":"The word occurs only here and means “shrill cries.” If the MT is correct, this is a poetic name for the ostrich (see Lam 4:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A13/2"}
{"id":19384,"verse_id":"JOB.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.13","text":"Many proposals have been made here. The MT has a verb, “exult.” Strahan had “flap joyously,” a rendering followed by the NIV. The RSV uses “wave proudly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A13/3"}
{"id":19385,"verse_id":"JOB.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"39.13","text":"The point of this statement would be that the ostrich cannot compare to the stork. But there are many other proposals for this line – just about every commentator has a different explanation for it. Of the three words here, the first means “pinion,” the third “plumage,” and the second probably “stork,” although the LXX has “heron.” The point of this whole section is that the ostrich is totally lacking in parental care, whereas the stork is characterized by it. The Hebrew word for “stork” is the same word for “love”: חֲסִידָה ( khasidah ), an interpretation followed by the NASB. The most likely reading is “or are they the pinions and plumage of the stork?” The ostrich may flap about, but cannot fly and does not care for its young.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A13/4"}
{"id":19386,"verse_id":"JOB.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.14","text":"The meaning may have the connotation of “lays; places,” rather than simply abandoning (see M. Dahood, “The Root ’zb II in Job,” JBL 78 [1959]: 307f.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A14/1"}
{"id":19387,"verse_id":"JOB.39.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.15","text":"Heb “an animal of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A15/1"}
{"id":19388,"verse_id":"JOB.39.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.18","text":"The colon poses a slight problem here. The literal meaning of the Hebrew verb translated “springs up” (i.e., “lifts herself on high”) might suggest flight. But some of the proposals involve a reading about readying herself to run.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A18/1"}
{"id":19389,"verse_id":"JOB.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.19","text":"The second half of the verse contains this hapax legomenon , which is usually connected with the word רַעְמָה ( ra ’ mah , “thunder”). A. B. Davidson thought it referred to the quivering of the neck rather than the mane. Gray thought the sound and not the movement was the point. But without better evidence, a reading that has “quivering mane” may not be far off the mark. But it may be simplest to translate it “mane” and assume that the idea of “quivering” is part of the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A19/1"}
{"id":19390,"verse_id":"JOB.39.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.20","text":"The word could mean “snorting” as well (see Jer 8:16 ). It comes from the root “to blow.” If the horse is running and breathing hard, this could be the sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A20/2"}
{"id":19391,"verse_id":"JOB.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"39.21","text":"The Hebrew text has a plural verb, “they paw.” For consistency and for stylistic reasons this is translated as a singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A21/1"}
{"id":19392,"verse_id":"JOB.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.21","text":"The armies would prepare for battles that were usually fought in the valleys, and so the horse was ready to charge. But in Ugaritic the word `mk means “force” as well as “valley.” The idea of “force” would fit the parallelism here well (see M. Dahood, “Value of Ugaritic for textual criticism,” Bib 40 [1959]: 166).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A21/2"}
{"id":19393,"verse_id":"JOB.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.21","text":"Or “in strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A21/3"}
{"id":19394,"verse_id":"JOB.39.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.23","text":"This may be the scimitar (see G. Molin, “What is a kidon?” JSS 1 [1956]: 334-37).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A23/1"}
{"id":19395,"verse_id":"JOB.39.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.24","text":"“Swallow the ground” is a metaphor for the horse’s running. Gray renders the line: “quivering and excited he dashes into the fray.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A24/1"}
{"id":19396,"verse_id":"JOB.39.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.24","text":"The use of אָמַן (’ aman ) in the Hiphil in this place is unique. Such a form would normally mean “to believe.” But its basic etymological meaning comes through here. The verb means “to be firm; to be reliable; to be dependable.” The causative here would mean “to make firm” or “to stand firm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A24/2"}
{"id":19397,"verse_id":"JOB.39.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.26","text":"This word occurs only here. It is connected to “pinions” in v. 13 . Dhorme suggests “clad with feathers,” but the line suggests more the use of the wings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A26/1"}
{"id":19398,"verse_id":"JOB.39.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.27","text":"Heb “your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A27/1"}
{"id":19399,"verse_id":"JOB.39.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.28","text":"Heb “upon the tooth of a rock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A28/1"}
{"id":19400,"verse_id":"JOB.39.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.28","text":"The word could be taken as the predicate, but because of the conjunction it seems to be adding another description of the place of its nest.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A28/2"}
{"id":19401,"verse_id":"JOB.39.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.29","text":"The word means “search,” but can be used for a wide range of matters, including spying.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A29/1"}
{"id":19402,"verse_id":"JOB.39.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.29","text":"Heb “food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A29/2"}
{"id":19403,"verse_id":"JOB.39.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":39,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.30","text":"The word חֲלָלִים ( khalalim ) designates someone who is fatally wounded, literally the “pierced one,” meaning anyone or thing that dies a violent death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2039%3A30/1"}
{"id":19404,"verse_id":"JOB.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"The form רֹב ( rov ) is the infinitive absolute from the verb רִיב ( riv , “contend”). Dhorme wishes to repoint it to make it the active participle, the “one who argues with the Almighty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":19405,"verse_id":"JOB.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.2","text":"The verb יִסּוֹר ( yissor ) is found only here, but comes from a common root meaning “to correct; to reprove.” Several suggestions have been made to improve on the MT. Dhorme read it יָסוּר ( yasur ) in the sense of “to turn aside; to yield.” Ehrlich read this emendation as “to come to an end.” But the MT could be read as “to correct; to instruct.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A2/2"}
{"id":19406,"verse_id":"JOB.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.4","text":"The word קַלֹּתִי ( qalloti ) means “to be light; to be of small account; to be unimportant.” From this comes the meaning “contemptible,” which in the causative stem would mean “to treat with contempt; to curse.” Dhorme tries to make the sentence a conditional clause and suggests this meaning: “If I have been thoughtless.” There is really no “if” in Job’s mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A4/1"}
{"id":19407,"verse_id":"JOB.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.4","text":"The perfect verb here should be classified as an instantaneous perfect; the action is simultaneous with the words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A4/2"}
{"id":19408,"verse_id":"JOB.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.4","text":"The words “to silence myself” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A4/3"}
{"id":19409,"verse_id":"JOB.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “I will not add.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":19410,"verse_id":"JOB.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"See note on “task” in 38:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":19411,"verse_id":"JOB.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.8","text":"The verb פָּרַר ( parar ) means “to annul; to break; to frustrate.” It was one thing for Job to claim his own integrity, but it was another matter altogether to nullify God’s righteousness in the process.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A8/1"}
{"id":19412,"verse_id":"JOB.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “do you have an arm like God?” The words “as powerful as” have been supplied in the translation to clarify the metaphor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A9/1"}
{"id":19413,"verse_id":"JOB.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.11","text":"The verb was used for scattering lightning ( Job 37:11 ). God is challenging Job to unleash his power and judge wickedness in the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A11/1"}
{"id":19414,"verse_id":"JOB.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.11","text":"Heb “the overflowings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A11/2"}
{"id":19415,"verse_id":"JOB.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.11","text":"The word was just used in the positive sense of excellence or majesty; now the exalted nature of the person refers to self-exaltation, or pride.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A11/3"}
{"id":19416,"verse_id":"JOB.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"The expression translated “on the spot” is the prepositional phrase תַּחְתָּם ( takhtam , “under them”). “Under them” means in their place. But it can also mean “where someone stands, on the spot” (see Exod 16:29 ; Jos 6:5 ; Judg 7:21 , etc.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":19417,"verse_id":"JOB.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.13","text":"The word “dust” can mean “ground” here, or more likely, “grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A13/1"}
{"id":19418,"verse_id":"JOB.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.13","text":"The verb חָבַשׁ ( khavash ) means “to bind.” In Arabic the word means “to bind” in the sense of “to imprison,” and that fits here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A13/2"}
{"id":19419,"verse_id":"JOB.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “their faces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A13/3"}
{"id":19420,"verse_id":"JOB.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.13","text":"The word is “secret place,” the place where he is to hide them, i.e., the grave. The text uses the word “secret place” as a metonymy for the grave.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A13/4"}
{"id":19421,"verse_id":"JOB.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"The verb is usually translated “praise,” but with the sense of a public declaration or acknowledgment. It is from יָדָה ( yadah , in the Hiphil, as here, “give thanks, laud”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":19422,"verse_id":"JOB.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.14","text":"The imperfect verb has the nuance of potential imperfect: “can save; is able to save.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A14/2"}
{"id":19423,"verse_id":"JOB.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.16","text":"In both of these verses הִנֶּה ( hinneh , “behold”) has the deictic force (the word is from Greek δείκνυμι , deiknumi , “to show”). It calls attention to something by pointing it out. The expression goes with the sudden look, the raised eye, the pointing hand – “O look!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A16/1"}
{"id":19424,"verse_id":"JOB.40.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.17","text":"The verb חָפַץ ( khafats ) occurs only here. It may have the meaning “to make stiff; to make taut” (Arabic). The LXX and the Syriac versions support this with “erects.” But there is another Arabic word that could be cognate, meaning “arch, bend.” This would give the idea of the tail swaying. The other reading seems to make better sense here. However, “stiff” presents a serious problem with the view that the animal is the hippopotamus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A17/1"}
{"id":19425,"verse_id":"JOB.40.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.19","text":"Heb “the ways of God.” sn This may be a reference to Gen 1:24 , where the first of the animal creation was the cattle – bÿhemah ( בְּהֵמָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A19/1"}
{"id":19426,"verse_id":"JOB.40.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"40.19","text":"The literal reading of the MT is “let the one who made him draw near [with] his sword.” The sword is apparently a reference to the teeth or tusks of the animal, which cut vegetation like a sword. But the idea of a weapon is easier to see, and so the people who favor the mythological background see here a reference to God’s slaying the Beast. There are again many suggestions on how to read the line. The RV probably has the safest: “He that made him has furnished him with his sword” (the sword being a reference to the sharp tusks with which he can attack).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A19/2"}
{"id":19427,"verse_id":"JOB.40.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.20","text":"The word בּוּל ( bul ) probably refers to food. Many take it as an abbreviated form of יְבוּל ( yÿvul , “produce of the field”). The vegetation that is produced on the low hills is what is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A20/1"}
{"id":19428,"verse_id":"JOB.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.22","text":"The suffix is singular, but must refer to the trees’ shade.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A22/1"}
{"id":19429,"verse_id":"JOB.40.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.23","text":"The word ordinarily means “to oppress.” So many commentators have proposed suitable changes: “overflows” (Beer), “gushes” (Duhm), “swells violently” (Dhorme, from a word that means “be strong”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A23/1"}
{"id":19430,"verse_id":"JOB.40.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.23","text":"Or “he remains calm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A23/2"}
{"id":19431,"verse_id":"JOB.40.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.24","text":"The idea would be either (1) catch it while it is watching, or (2) in some way disabling its eyes before the attack. But others change the reading; Ball suggested “with hooks” and this has been adopted by some modern English versions (e.g., NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A24/1"}
{"id":19432,"verse_id":"JOB.40.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":40,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.24","text":"Ehrlich altered the MT slightly to get “with thorns,” a view accepted by Driver, Dhorme and Pope.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2040%3A24/2"}
{"id":19433,"verse_id":"JOB.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.1","text":"The verb מָשַׁךְ ( mashakh ) means “to extract from the water; to fish.” The question here includes the use of a hook to fish the creature out of the water so that its jaws can be tied safely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A1/2"}
{"id":19434,"verse_id":"JOB.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.1","text":"The verb שָׁקַע ( shaqa ’) means “to cause to sink,” if it is connected with the word in Amos 8:8 and 9:5 . But it may have the sense of “to tie; to bind.” If the rope were put around the tongue and jaw, binding tightly would be the sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A1/3"}
{"id":19435,"verse_id":"JOB.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.3","text":"The line asks if the animal, when caught and tied and under control, would keep on begging for mercy. Absolutely not. It is not in the nature of the beast. The construction uses יַרְבֶּה ( yarbeh , “[will] he multiply” [= “make numerous”]), with the object, “supplications” i.e., prayers for mercy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A3/1"}
{"id":19436,"verse_id":"JOB.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"The rhetorical question again affirms the opposite. The poem is portraying the creature as powerful and insensitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":19437,"verse_id":"JOB.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.4","text":"Heb “will he cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A4/1"}
{"id":19438,"verse_id":"JOB.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.4","text":"The imperfect verb serves to express what the covenant pact would cover, namely, “that you take.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A4/2"}
{"id":19439,"verse_id":"JOB.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.5","text":"The Hebrew verb is שָׂחַק ( sakhaq , “to sport; to trifle; to play,” Ps 104:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A5/1"}
{"id":19440,"verse_id":"JOB.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"The idea may include putting Leviathan on a leash. D. W. Thomas suggested on the basis of an Arabic cognate that it could be rendered “tie him with a string like a young sparrow” ( VT 14 [1964]: 114ff.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":19441,"verse_id":"JOB.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.6","text":"The word חָבַּר ( khabbar ) is a hapax legomenon , but the meaning is “to associate” since it is etymologically related to the verb “to join together.” The idea is that fishermen usually work in companies or groups, and then divide up the catch when they come ashore – which involves bargaining.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A6/1"}
{"id":19442,"verse_id":"JOB.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.6","text":"The word כָּרַה ( karah ) means “to sell.” With the preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”) it has the sense “to bargain over something.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A6/2"}
{"id":19443,"verse_id":"JOB.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.6","text":"The verb means “to cut up; to divide up” in the sense of selling the dead body (see Exod 21:35 ). This will be between them and the merchants ( כְּנַעֲנִים , kÿna ’ anim ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A6/3"}
{"id":19444,"verse_id":"JOB.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"The verse uses two imperatives which can be interpreted in sequence: do this, and then this will happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":19445,"verse_id":"JOB.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.9","text":"The line is difficult. “His hope [= expectation]” must refer to any assailant who hopes or expects to capture the creature. Because there is no antecedent, Dhorme and others transpose it with the next verse. The point is that the man who thought he was sufficient to confront Leviathan soon finds his hope – his expectation – false (a derivative from the verb כָּזַב [ kazab , “lie”] is used for a mirage).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A9/2"}
{"id":19446,"verse_id":"JOB.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.9","text":"There is an interrogative particle in this line, which most commentators ignore. But others freely emend the MT. Gunkel, following the mythological approach, has “his appearance casts down even a god.” Cheyne likewise has: “even divine beings the fear of him brings low” ( JQR 9 [1896/97]: 579). Pope has, “Were not the gods cast down at the sight of him?” There is no need to bring in this mythological element.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A9/3"}
{"id":19447,"verse_id":"JOB.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.10","text":"MT has “before me” and can best be rendered as “Who then is he that can stand before me?” (ESV, NASB, NIV, NLT, NJPS). The following verse (11) favors the MT since both express the lesson to be learned from Leviathan: If a man cannot stand up to Leviathan, how can he stand up to its creator? The translation above has chosen to read the text as “before him” (cf. NRSV, NJB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A10/2"}
{"id":19448,"verse_id":"JOB.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.11","text":"The verb קָדַם ( qadam ) means “to come to meet; to come before; to confront” to the face.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A11/1"}
{"id":19449,"verse_id":"JOB.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.11","text":"This line also focuses on the sovereign God rather than Leviathan. H. H. Rowley, however, wants to change לִי־חוּא ( li-hu ’, “it [belongs] to me”) into לֹא הוּא ( lo ’ hu ’, “there is no one”). So it would say that there is no one under the whole heaven who could challenge Leviathan and live, rather than saying it is more dangerous to challenge God to make him repay.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A11/3"}
{"id":19450,"verse_id":"JOB.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Dhorme changes the noun into a verb, “I will tell,” and the last two words into אֵין עֶרֶךְ (’ en ’ erekh , “there is no comparison”). The result is “I will tell of his incomparable might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":19451,"verse_id":"JOB.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “the face of his garment,” referring to the outer garment or covering. Some take it to be the front as opposed to the back.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A13/1"}
{"id":19452,"verse_id":"JOB.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.13","text":"The word רֶסֶן ( resen ) has often been rendered “bridle” (cf. ESV), but that leaves a number of unanswered questions. The LXX reads סִרְיוֹן ( siryon ), with the transposition of letters, but that means “coat of armor.” If the metathesis stands, there is also support from the cognate Akkadian.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A13/2"}
{"id":19453,"verse_id":"JOB.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.14","text":"Heb “his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A14/1"}
{"id":19454,"verse_id":"JOB.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"41.15","text":"The MT has גַּאֲוָה ( ga ’ avah , “his pride”), but the LXX, Aquila, and the Vulgate all read גַּוּוֹ ( gavvo , “his back”). Almost all the modern English versions follow the variant reading, speaking about “his [or its] back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A15/1"}
{"id":19455,"verse_id":"JOB.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.15","text":"Instead of צָר ( tsar , “closely”) the LXX has צֹר ( tsor , “stone”) to say that the seal was rock hard.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A15/2"}
{"id":19456,"verse_id":"JOB.41.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.16","text":"The expression “each one…to the next” is literally “one with one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A16/1"}
{"id":19457,"verse_id":"JOB.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.17","text":"Heb “a man with his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A17/1"}
{"id":19458,"verse_id":"JOB.41.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.18","text":"Heb “the eyelids,” but it represents the early beams of the dawn as the cover of night lifts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A18/1"}
{"id":19459,"verse_id":"JOB.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.20","text":"The word “burning” is supplied. The Syriac and Vulgate have “a seething and boiling pot” (reading אֹגֵם [’ ogem ] for אַגְמֹן [’ agmon ]). This view is widely accepted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A20/1"}
{"id":19460,"verse_id":"JOB.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.22","text":"This word, דְּאָבָה ( dÿ ’ avah ) is a hapax legomenon . But the verbal root means “to languish; to pine.” A related noun talks of dejection and despair in Deut 28:65 . So here “despair” as a translation is preferable to “terror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A22/1"}
{"id":19461,"verse_id":"JOB.41.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.23","text":"Heb “fallings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A23/1"}
{"id":19462,"verse_id":"JOB.41.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.23","text":"The last clause says “it cannot be moved.” But this part will function adverbially in the sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A23/2"}
{"id":19463,"verse_id":"JOB.41.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.24","text":"The description of his heart being “hard” means that he is cruel and fearless. The word for “hard” is the word encountered before for molten or cast metal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A24/1"}
{"id":19464,"verse_id":"JOB.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"41.25","text":"This verse has created all kinds of problems for the commentators. The first part is workable: “when he raises himself up, the mighty [the gods] are terrified.” The mythological approach would render אֵלִים (’ elim ) as “gods.” But the last two words, which could be rendered “at the breaking [crashing, or breakers] they fail,” receive much attention. E. Dhorme ( Job , 639) suggests “majesty” for “raising up” and “billows” ( גַּלִּים , gallim ) for אֵלִים (’ elim ), and gets a better parallelism: “the billows are afraid of his majesty, and the waves draw back.” But H. H. Rowley ( Job [NCBC], 263) does not think this is relevant to the context, which is talking about the creature’s defense against attack. The RSV works well for the first part, but the second part need some change; so Rowley adopts “in their dire consternation they are beside themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A25/1"}
{"id":19465,"verse_id":"JOB.41.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.26","text":"This is the clearest reading, following A. B. Davidson, Job , 285. The versions took different readings of the construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A26/1"}
{"id":19466,"verse_id":"JOB.41.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.26","text":"The verb קוּם ( qum , “stand”) with בְּלִי ( bÿli , “not”) has the sense of “does not hold firm,” or “gives way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A26/2"}
{"id":19467,"verse_id":"JOB.41.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.28","text":"Heb “the son of the bow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A28/1"}
{"id":19468,"verse_id":"JOB.41.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.29","text":"The verb is plural, but since there is no expressed subject it is translated as a passive here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A29/1"}
{"id":19469,"verse_id":"JOB.41.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.30","text":"Heb “under him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A30/1"}
{"id":19470,"verse_id":"JOB.41.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.30","text":"Here only the word “sharp” is present, but in passages like Isa 41:15 it is joined with “threshing sledge.” Here and in Amos 1:3 and Isa 28:27 the word stands alone, but represents the “sledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A30/2"}
{"id":19471,"verse_id":"JOB.41.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.33","text":"Heb “one who was made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A33/1"}
{"id":19472,"verse_id":"JOB.41.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":41,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.34","text":"Heb “the sons of pride.” Dhorme repoints the last word to get “all the wild beasts,” but this misses the point of the verse. This animal looks over every proud creature – but he is king of them all in that department.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2041%3A34/1"}
{"id":19473,"verse_id":"JOB.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.3","text":"The expression “you asked” is added here to clarify the presence of the line to follow. Many commentators delete it as a gloss from Job 38:2 . If it is retained, then Job has to be recalling God’s question before he answers it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A3/1"}
{"id":19474,"verse_id":"JOB.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.3","text":"The word לָכֵן ( lakhen ) is simply “but,” as in Job 31:37 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A3/2"}
{"id":19475,"verse_id":"JOB.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.3","text":"Heb “and I do not understand.” The expression serves here in an adverbial capacity. It also could be subordinated as a complement: “I have declared [things that] I do not understand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A3/3"}
{"id":19476,"verse_id":"JOB.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.3","text":"The last clause is “and I do not know.” This is also subordinated to become a dependent clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A3/4"}
{"id":19477,"verse_id":"JOB.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"This phrase, “you said,” is supplied in the translation to introduce the recollection of God’s words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":19478,"verse_id":"JOB.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"Or “despise what I said.” There is no object on the verb; Job could be despising himself or the things he said (see L. J. Kuyper, “Repentance of Job,” VT 9 [1959]: 91-94).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":19479,"verse_id":"JOB.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “the Lord .” The title has been replaced by the pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A7/1"}
{"id":19480,"verse_id":"JOB.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “is kindled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A7/2"}
{"id":19481,"verse_id":"JOB.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.7","text":"The form נְכוֹנָה ( nÿkhonah ) is from כּוּן ( kun , “to be firm; to be fixed; to be established”). Here it means “the right thing” or “truth.” The Akkadian word kenu (from כּוּן , kun ) connotes justice and truth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A7/3"}
{"id":19482,"verse_id":"JOB.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.8","text":"The imperatives in this verse are plural, so all three had to do this together.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A8/1"}
{"id":19483,"verse_id":"JOB.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.8","text":"The verb “pray” is the Hitpael from the root פָּלַל ( palal ). That root has the main idea of arbitration; so in this stem it means “to seek arbitration [for oneself],” or “to pray,” or “to intercede.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A8/2"}
{"id":19484,"verse_id":"JOB.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.8","text":"Heb “I will lift up his face,” meaning, “I will regard him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A8/3"}
{"id":19485,"verse_id":"JOB.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.8","text":"This clause is a result clause, using the negated infinitive construct.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A8/4"}
{"id":19486,"verse_id":"JOB.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"42.8","text":"The word “folly” can also be taken in the sense of “disgrace.” If the latter is chosen, the word serves as the direct object. If the former, then it is an adverbial accusative.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A8/5"}
{"id":19487,"verse_id":"JOB.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.9","text":"The expression “had respect for Job” means God answered his prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A9/1"}
{"id":19488,"verse_id":"JOB.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"The paragraph begins with the disjunctive vav , “Now as for the Lord , he….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":19489,"verse_id":"JOB.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.10","text":"This is a temporal clause, using the infinitive construct with the subject genitive suffix. By this it seems that this act of Job was also something of a prerequisite for restoration – to pray for them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A10/3"}
{"id":19490,"verse_id":"JOB.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.10","text":"The construction uses the verb “and he added” with the word “repeat” (or “twice”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A10/4"}
{"id":19491,"verse_id":"JOB.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.11","text":"Heb “ate bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A11/1"}
{"id":19492,"verse_id":"JOB.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.11","text":"The Hebrew word קְשִׂיטָה ( qÿsitah ) is generally understood to refer to a unit of money, but the value is unknown. sn The Hebrew word refers to a piece of silver, yet uncoined. It is the kind used in Gen 33:19 and Josh 24:32 . It is what would be expected of a story set in the patriarchal age.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A11/2"}
{"id":19493,"verse_id":"JOB.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOB","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.13","text":"The word for “seven” is spelled in an unusual way. From this some have thought it means “twice seven,” or fourteen sons. Several commentators take this view; but it is probably not warranted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Job%2042%3A13/1"}
{"id":19494,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see v. 3 ; Pss 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":19495,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness [of] the man.” Hebrew wisdom literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender and age specific “man” with the more neutral “one.” (Generic “he” is employed in vv. 2-3 ). Since the godly man described in the psalm is representative of followers of God (note the plural form צַדִּיקִים [ tsadiqim , “righteous, godly”] in vv. 5-6 ), one could translate the collective singular with the plural “those” both here and in vv. 2-3 , where singular pronouns and verbal forms are utilized in the Hebrew text (cf. NRSV). However, here the singular form may emphasize that godly individuals are usually outnumbered by the wicked. Retaining the singular allows the translation to retain this emphasis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":19496,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “walk in.” The three perfect verbal forms in v. 1 refer in this context to characteristic behavior. The sequence “walk–stand–sit” envisions a progression from relatively casual association with the wicked to complete identification with them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":19497,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “advice” most often refers to the “counsel” or “advice” one receives from others. To “walk in the advice of the wicked” means to allow their evil advice to impact and determine one’s behavior.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":19498,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"In the psalms the Hebrew term רְשָׁעִים ( rÿsha ’ im , “wicked”) describes people who are proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander ( Ps 50:16-20 ), and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":19499,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"“Pathway” here refers to the lifestyle of sinners. To “stand in the pathway of/with sinners” means to closely associate with them in their sinful behavior.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":19500,"verse_id":"PSA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"Here the Hebrew term מוֹשַׁב ( moshav ), although often translated “seat” (cf. NEB, NIV), appears to refer to the whole assembly of evildoers. The word also carries the semantic nuance “assembly” in Ps 107:32 , where it is in synonymous parallelism with קָהָל ( qahal , “assembly”).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":19501,"verse_id":"PSA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Here the Hebrew expression כִּי־אִם ( ki- ’ im , “instead”) introduces a contrast between the sinful behavior depicted in v. 1 and the godly lifestyle described in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":19502,"verse_id":"PSA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “his delight [is] in the law of the Lord .” In light of the following line, which focuses on studying the Lord’s law, one might translate, “he finds pleasure in studying the Lord ’s commands.” However, even if one translates the line this way, it is important to recognize that mere study and intellectual awareness are not ultimately what bring divine favor. Study of the law is metonymic here for the correct attitudes and behavior that should result from an awareness of and commitment to God’s moral will; thus “obeying” has been used in the translation rather than “studying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":19503,"verse_id":"PSA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form draws attention to the characteristic behavior described here and lends support to the hyperbolic adverbial phrase “day and night.” The verb הָגָה ( hagag ) means “to recite quietly; to meditate” and refers metonymically to intense study and reflection.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":19504,"verse_id":"PSA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “his law.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":19505,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The Hebrew perfect verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries the same characteristic force as the imperfect in the preceding verse. According to the psalmist, the one who studies and obeys God’s commands typically prospers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":19506,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “channels of water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":19507,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “which.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":19508,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal forms in v. 3 draw attention to the typical nature of the actions/states they describe.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":19509,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “in its season.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":19510,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “fade”; “wither.” sn The author compares the godly individual to a tree that has a rich water supply ( planted by flowing streams ), develops a strong root system, and is filled with leaves and fruit . The simile suggests that the godly have a continual source of life which in turn produces stability and uninterrupted prosperity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":19511,"verse_id":"PSA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and all which he does prospers”; or “and all which he does he causes to prosper.” (The simile of the tree does not extend to this line.) It is not certain if the Hiphil verbal form ( יַצְלִיחַ , yatsliakh ) is intransitive-exhibitive (“prospers”) or causative (“causes to prosper”) here. If the verb is intransitive, then כֹּל ( kol , “all, everything”) is the subject. If the verb is causative, then the godly individual or the Lord himself is the subject and כֹּל is the object. The wording is reminiscent of Josh 1:8 , where the Lord tells Joshua: “This law scroll must not leave your lips! You must memorize it day and night so you can carefully obey all that is written in it. Then you will prosper (literally, “cause your way to prosper”) and be successful.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A3/7"}
{"id":19512,"verse_id":"PSA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Here the Hebrew expression כִּי־אִם ( ki- ’ im , “instead,” cf. v. 2 ) introduces a contrast between the prosperity of the godly depicted in v. 3 and the destiny of the wicked described in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":19513,"verse_id":"PSA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “[they are] like the chaff which [the] wind blows about.” The Hebrew imperfect verbal form draws attention to the typical nature of the action described. sn Wind-driven chaff . In contrast to the well-rooted and productive tree described in v. 3 , the wicked are like a dried up plant that has no root system and is blown away by the wind. The simile describes the destiny of the wicked (see vv. 5-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":19514,"verse_id":"PSA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “Therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":19515,"verse_id":"PSA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “arise in,” but the verb is used metonymically here in the sense of “stand”; “endure,” as in 1 Sam 13:14 and Job 8:15 . The negated Hebrew imperfect verbal form is here taken as indicating incapability or lack of potential, though one could understand the verb form as indicating what is typical (“do not withstand”) or what will happen (“will not withstand”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":19516,"verse_id":"PSA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the judgment.” The article indicates a judgment that is definite in the mind of the speaker. In the immediate context this probably does not refer to the “final judgment” described in later biblical revelation, but to a temporal/historical judgment which the author anticipates. Periodically during the OT period, God would come in judgment, removing the wicked from the scene, while preserving a godly remnant (see Gen 6-9 ; ; ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":19517,"verse_id":"PSA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and sinners in the assembly (or “circle”) of [the] godly.” The negative particle and verb from the preceding line are assumed by ellipsis here (“will not arise/stand”). sn The assembly of the godly is insulated from divine judgment ( Ps 37:12-17, 28-29 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":19518,"verse_id":"PSA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The translation understands כי as asseverative. Another option is to translate “for,” understanding v. 6 as a theological explanation for vv. 3-5 , which contrasts the respective destinies of the godly and the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":19519,"verse_id":"PSA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the Lord knows the way of the righteous.” To “know a way” means, in its most basic sense, “to recognize/acknowledge a pathway, route, or prescribed way of life” (see Josh 3:4 ; Job 21:14 ; Ps 67:2 ; Isa 42:16 ; Jer 5:4-5 ). Here it could refer to the Lord recognizing the behavior of the godly and, by metonymy, rewarding their godliness with security and prosperity (resulting in the translation, “the Lord rewards the behavior of the godly”). The present translation takes the verb in the sense of “mark out” (cf. Job 23:10 ), which metonymically could mean “watch over, protect, guard.” In this case the “way of the godly” is not their behavior, but their course of life or destiny; a translation reflecting this would be “the Lord protects the lives of the godly” or “the Lord watches over the destiny of the godly” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). The Hebrew active participle יוֹדֵעַ ( yodea ’, “knows”) has here a characteristic durative force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":19520,"verse_id":"PSA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “but the way of the wicked perishes.” The “way of the wicked” may refer to their course of life ( Ps 146:9 ; Prov 4:19 ; Jer 12:1 ) or their sinful behavior ( Prov 12:26; 15:9 ). The Hebrew imperfect verbal form probably describes here what typically happens, though one could take the form as indicating what will happen (“will perish”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":19521,"verse_id":"PSA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The question is rhetorical. Rather than seeking information, the psalmist expresses his outrage that the nations would have the audacity to rebel against God and his chosen king.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":19522,"verse_id":"PSA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew verb רָגַשׁ ( ragash ) occurs only here. In Dan 6:6, 11, 15 the Aramaic cognate verb describes several officials acting as a group. A Hebrew nominal derivative is used in Ps 55:14 of a crowd of people in the temple.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":19523,"verse_id":"PSA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"The interrogative לָמָּה ( lamah , “why?”) is understood by ellipsis in the second line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":19524,"verse_id":"PSA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “peoples” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":19525,"verse_id":"PSA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew imperfect form describes the rebellion as underway. The verb הָגָה ( hagah ), which means “to recite quietly, meditate,” here has the metonymic nuance “devise, plan, plot” (see Ps 38:12 ; Prov 24:2 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":19526,"verse_id":"PSA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “take their stand.” The Hebrew imperfect verbal form describes their action as underway.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":19527,"verse_id":"PSA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “conspire together.” The verbal form is a Niphal from יָסַד ( yasad ). BDB 413-14 s.v. יָסַד defines the verb as “establish, found,” but HALOT 417 s.v. II יסד proposes a homonym meaning “get together, conspire” (an alternate form of סוּד , sud ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":19528,"verse_id":"PSA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “and against his anointed one.” The Davidic king is the referent (see vv. 6-7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":19529,"verse_id":"PSA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “they say” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The quotation represents the words of the rebellious kings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":19530,"verse_id":"PSA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “their (i.e., the Lord ’s and the king’s) shackles.” The kings compare the rule of the Lord and his vice-regent to being imprisoned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":19531,"verse_id":"PSA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “throw off from us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":19532,"verse_id":"PSA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “sitting.” The Hebrew verb יָשַׁב ( yashav ) is here used metonymically of “sitting enthroned” (see Pss 9:7; 29:10; 55:19; 102:12; 123:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":19533,"verse_id":"PSA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"As the next line indicates, this refers to derisive laughter. The Hebrew imperfect verbal forms in vv. 4-5 describe the action from the perspective of an eyewitness who is watching the divine response as it unfolds before his eyes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":19534,"verse_id":"PSA.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “scoffs at”; “derides”; “mocks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":19535,"verse_id":"PSA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation for clarification to indicate that the speaker is the Lord (cf. RSV, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":19536,"verse_id":"PSA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The first person pronoun appears before the first person verbal form for emphasis, reflected in the translation by “myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":19537,"verse_id":"PSA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Or perhaps “consecrated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":19538,"verse_id":"PSA.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The words “the king says” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The speaker is the Lord’s chosen king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":19539,"verse_id":"PSA.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “I will relate the decree. The Lord said to me” (in accordance with the Masoretic accentuation).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":19540,"verse_id":"PSA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The LXX reads “you will shepherd them.” This reading, quoted in the Greek text of the NT in Rev 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 , assumes a different vocalization of the consonantal Hebrew text and understands the verb as רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “to shepherd”) rather than רָעָע ( ra ’ a ’, “to break”). But the presence of נָפַץ ( nafats , “to smash”) in the next line strongly favors the MT vocalization.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":19541,"verse_id":"PSA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew term שֵׁבֶט ( shevet ) can refer to a “staff” or “rod,” but here it probably refers to the Davidic king’s royal scepter, symbolizing his sovereignty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":19542,"verse_id":"PSA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The Niphal has here a tolerative nuance; the kings are urged to submit themselves to the advice being offered.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":19543,"verse_id":"PSA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “serve” refers here to submitting to the Lord’s sovereignty as expressed through the rule of the Davidic king. Such “service” would involve maintaining allegiance to the Davidic king by paying tribute on a regular basis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":19544,"verse_id":"PSA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Traditionally, “rejoice with trembling” (KJV). The verb גִּיל ( gil ) normally means “rejoice,” but this meaning does not fit well here in conjunction with “in trembling.” Some try to understand “trembling” (and the parallel יִרְאָה , yir ’ ah , “fear”) in the sense of “reverential awe” and then take the verbs “serve” and “rejoice” in the sense of “worship” (cf. NASB). But רְעָדָה ( rÿ ’ adah , “trembling”) and its related terms consistently refer to utter terror and fear (see Exod 15:15 ; Job 4:14 ; Pss 48:6; 55:5; 104:32 ; Isa 33:14 ; Dan 10:11 ) or at least great emotional distress ( Ezra 10:9 ). It seems more likely here that גִּיל carries its polarized meaning “mourn, lament,” as in Hos 10:5 . “Mourn, lament” would then be metonymic in this context for “repent” (referring to one’s rebellious ways). On the meaning of the verb in Hos 10:5 , see F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Hosea (AB), 556-57.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":19545,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Traditionally, “kiss the son” (KJV). But בַּר ( bar ) is the Aramaic word for “son,” not the Hebrew. For this reason many regard the reading as suspect. Some propose emendations of vv. 11 b-12a. One of the more popular proposals is to read בִּרְעָדָה נַשְּׁקוּ לְרַגְלָיו ( bir ’ adah nashÿqu lÿraslayv , “in trembling kiss his feet”). It makes better sense to understand בַּר ( bar ) as an adjective meaning “pure” (see Pss 24:4; 73:1 and BDB 141 s.v. בַּר 3) functioning here in an adverbial sense. If read this way, then the syntactical structure of exhortation (imperative followed by adverbial modifier) corresponds to the two preceding lines (see v. 11 ). The verb נָשַׁק ( nashaq , “kiss”) refers metonymically to showing homage (see 1 Sam 10:1 ; Hos 13:2 ). The exhortation in v. 12 a advocates a genuine expression of allegiance and warns against insincerity. When swearing allegiance, vassal kings would sometimes do so insincerely, with the intent of rebelling when the time was right. The so-called “Vassal Treaties of Esarhaddon” also warn against such an attitude. In this treaty the vassal is told: “If you, as you stand on the soil where this oath [is sworn], swear the oath with your words and lips [only], do not swear with your entire heart, do not transmit it to your sons who will live after this treaty, if you take this curse upon yourselves but do not plan to keep the treaty of Esarhaddon…may your sons and grandsons because of this fear in the future” (see J. B. Pritchard, ed., The Ancient Near East , 2:62).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":19546,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Throughout the translation of this verse the third person masculine pronouns refer to the Lord (cf. v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":19547,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"The implied subject of the verb is the Lord , mentioned in v. 11 . Elsewhere the subject of this verb is consistently the Lord , suggesting it may be a technical term for divine anger. Anger is here used metonymically for judgment, as the following statement makes clear. A Moabite cognate occurs in the Mesha inscription, where it is used of the Moabite god Chemosh’s anger at his people (see J. B. Pritchard, ed., The Ancient Near East , 1:209).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":19548,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “and you will perish [in the] way.” The Hebrew word דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) here refers to their rebellious behavior (not to a pathway, as often understood). It functions syntactically as an adverbial accusative in relation to the verb “perish.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":19549,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “burns.” The Lord ’s anger is compared here to fire, the most destructive force known in ancient Israel.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/5"}
{"id":19550,"verse_id":"PSA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.12","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%202%3A12/6"}
{"id":19551,"verse_id":"PSA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The Hebrew term מָה ( mah , “how”) is used here as an adverbial exclamation (see BDB 553 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":19552,"verse_id":"PSA.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “there is no deliverance for him in God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":19553,"verse_id":"PSA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “a shield round about me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":19554,"verse_id":"PSA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “my glory,” or “my honor.” The psalmist affirms that the Lord is his source of honor, i.e., the one who gives him honor in the sight of others. According to BDB 459 s.v. II כָּבוֹד 7, the phrase refers to God as the one to whom the psalmist gives honor. But the immediate context focuses on what God does for the psalmist, not vice-versa.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":19555,"verse_id":"PSA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “[the one who] lifts my head.” This phrase could be understood to refer to a general strengthening of the psalmist by God during difficult circumstances. However, if one takes the suggestion of the superscription that this is a Davidic psalm written during the revolt of Absalom, the phrase “lift the head” could refer to the psalmist’s desire for restoration to his former position (cf. Gen 40:13 where the same phrase is used). Like the Hebrew text, the present translation (“who restores me”) can be understood in either sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":19556,"verse_id":"PSA.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The prefixed verbal form could be an imperfect, yielding the translation “I cry out,” but the verb form in the next line (a vav [ ו ] consecutive with the preterite) suggests this is a brief narrative of what has already happened. Consequently the verb form in v. 4 a is better understood as a preterite, “I cried out.” (For another example of the preterite of this same verb form, see Ps 30:8 .) Sometime after the crisis arose, the psalmist prayed to the Lord and received an assuring answer. Now he confidently awaits the fulfillment of the divine promise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":19557,"verse_id":"PSA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The three verbal forms that appear in succession here (perfect + vav [ ו ] consecutive with preterite + perfect) are most naturally taken as narrational. When the psalmist received an assuring word from the Lord , he was able to sleep calmly. Because the Lord was protecting him, he awoke safely from his sleep.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":19558,"verse_id":"PSA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “supports”; “sustains.” In this explanatory causal clause the imperfect verbal form probably has a habitual or present progressive nuance, for the psalmist is confident of God’s continual protection (see v. 3 ). Another option is to take the verb as a preterite, “for the Lord protected me.” In this case, the psalmist focuses specifically on the protection God provided while he slept.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":19559,"verse_id":"PSA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The imperfect verbal form here expresses the psalmist’s continuing attitude as he faces the crisis at hand.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":19560,"verse_id":"PSA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Or perhaps “troops.” The Hebrew noun עָם (’ am ) sometimes refers to a military contingent or army.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":19561,"verse_id":"PSA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “who all around take a stand against me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":19562,"verse_id":"PSA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"In v. 2 the psalmist describes his enemies as those who “confront” him ( קָמִים [ qamim ], literally, “rise up against him”). Now, using the same verbal root ( קוּם , qum ) he asks the Lord to rise up ( קוּמָה , qumah ) in his defense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":19563,"verse_id":"PSA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Elsewhere in the psalms the particle כִּי ( ki ), when collocated with a perfect verbal form and subordinated to a preceding imperative directed to God, almost always has an explanatory or causal force (“for, because”) and introduces a motivating argument for why God should respond positively to the request (see Pss 5:10; 6:2; 12:1; 16:1; 41:4; 55:9; 56:1; 57:1; 60:2; 69:1; 74:20; 119:94; 123:3; 142:6; 143:8 ). (On three occasions the כִּי is recitative after a verb of perception [“see/know that,” see Pss 4:3; 25:19; 119:159 ]). If כִּי is taken as explanatory here, then the psalmist is arguing that God should deliver him now because that is what God characteristically does. However, such a motivating argument is not used in the passages cited above. The motivating argument usually focuses on the nature of the psalmist’s dilemma or the fact that he trusts in the Lord. For this reason it is unlikely that כִּי has its normal force here. Most scholars understand the particle כִּי as having an asseverative (emphasizing) function here (“indeed, yes”; NEB leaves the particle untranslated).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":19564,"verse_id":"PSA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"If the particle כִּי ( ki ) is taken as explanatory, then the perfect verbal forms in v. 7 b would describe God’s characteristic behavior. However, as pointed out in the preceding note on the word “yes,” the particle probably has an asseverative force here. If so, the perfects may be taken as indicating rhetorically the psalmist’s certitude and confidence that God will intervene. The psalmist is so confident of God’s positive response to his prayer, he can describe God’s assault on his enemies as if it had already happened. Such confidence is consistent with the mood of the psalm, as expressed before (vv. 3-6 ) and after this (v. 8 ). Another option is to take the perfects as precative, expressing a wish or request (“Strike all my enemies on the jaw, break the teeth of the wicked”). See IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4c, d. However, not all grammarians are convinced that the perfect is used as a precative in biblical Hebrew.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":19565,"verse_id":"PSA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.7","text":"In the psalms the Hebrew term רְשָׁעִים ( rÿsha ’ im , “wicked”) describes people who are proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander ( Ps 50:16-20 ), and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ). They oppose God and his people.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A7/5"}
{"id":19566,"verse_id":"PSA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “to the Lord [is] deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":19567,"verse_id":"PSA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “upon your people [is] your blessing.” In this context God’s “blessing” includes deliverance/protection, vindication, and sustained life (see Pss 21:3, 6; 24:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":19568,"verse_id":"PSA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “God of my righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":19569,"verse_id":"PSA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “in distress (or “a narrow place”) you make (a place) large for me.” The function of the Hebrew perfect verbal form here is uncertain. The translation above assumes that the psalmist is expressing his certitude and confidence that God will intervene. The psalmist is so confident of God’s positive response to his prayer, he can describe God’s deliverance as if it had already happened. Such confidence is consistent with the mood of the psalm (vv. 3, 8 ). Another option is to take the perfects as precative, expressing a wish or request (“lead me”). See IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4c, d. However, not all grammarians are convinced that the perfect is used as a precative in biblical Hebrew.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":19570,"verse_id":"PSA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “show me favor.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":19571,"verse_id":"PSA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":19572,"verse_id":"PSA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “how long my honor to shame?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":19573,"verse_id":"PSA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"The interrogative construction עַד־מֶה (’ ad-meh , “how long?”), is understood by ellipsis in the second line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":19574,"verse_id":"PSA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “emptiness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":19575,"verse_id":"PSA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “a lie.” Some see the metonymic language of v. 2 b (“emptiness, lie”) as referring to idols or false gods. However, there is no solid immediate contextual evidence for such an interpretation. It is more likely that the psalmist addresses those who threaten him (see v. 1 ) and refers in a general way to their sinful lifestyle. (See R. Mosis, TDOT 7:121.) The two terms allude to the fact that sinful behavior is ultimately fruitless and self-destructive.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A2/5"}
{"id":19576,"verse_id":"PSA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “and know that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":19577,"verse_id":"PSA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “that the Lord sets apart a faithful one for himself.” The psalmist states a general principle, though the singular form and the parallel line indicate he has himself in mind as the representative godly person. A חָסִיד ( khasid ; here translated as “the godly”) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 12:1; 18:25; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":19578,"verse_id":"PSA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “hears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":19579,"verse_id":"PSA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “say in your heart(s) on your bed(s) and wail/lament.” The verb דֹמּוּ ( dommu ) is understood as a form of דָמָם (“wail, lament”) in sorrow and repentance. Another option is to take the verb from II דָמָם ( damam , “be quiet”); cf. NIV, NRSV “be silent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":19580,"verse_id":"PSA.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “proper, right.” The phrase also occurs in Deut 33:19 and Ps 51:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":19581,"verse_id":"PSA.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “lift up upon us the light of your face, Lord .” The verb נסה is apparently an alternate form of נשׂא , “lift up.” See GKC 217 §76. b . The idiom “light of your face” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 31:16; 44:3; 67:1; 80:3, 7, 19; 89:15 ; Dan 9:17 ). sn Smile upon us. Though many are discouraged, the psalmist asks the Lord to intervene and transform the situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":19582,"verse_id":"PSA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “you place joy in my heart.” Another option is to understand the perfect verbal form as indicating certitude, “you will make me happier.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":19583,"verse_id":"PSA.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “from (i.e., more than) the time (when) their grain and their wine are abundant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":19584,"verse_id":"PSA.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “in peace at the same time I will lie down and sleep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":19585,"verse_id":"PSA.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “for you, Lord , solitarily, securely make me dwell.” The translation understands לְבָדָד ( lÿvadad ) as modifying the verb; the Lord keeps enemies away from the psalmist so that he is safe and secure. Another option is to take לְבָדָד with what precedes and translate, “you alone, Lord , make me secure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":19586,"verse_id":"PSA.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word נְחִילוֹת ( nÿkhilot ), which occurs only here, is uncertain. Many relate the form to חָלִיל ( khalil , “flute”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":19587,"verse_id":"PSA.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “my words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":19588,"verse_id":"PSA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The imperfect is here understood in a specific future sense; the psalmist is expressing his confidence that God will be willing to hear his request. Another option is to understand the imperfect as expressing the psalmist’s wish or request. In this case one could translate, “ Lord , in the morning hear me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":19589,"verse_id":"PSA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":19590,"verse_id":"PSA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “I will arrange for you.” Some understand a sacrifice or offering as the implied object (cf. NEB “I set out my morning sacrifice”). The present translation assumes that the implied object is the psalmist’s case/request. See Isa 44:7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A3/4"}
{"id":19591,"verse_id":"PSA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “and I will watch.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A3/5"}
{"id":19592,"verse_id":"PSA.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":19593,"verse_id":"PSA.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “not a God [who] delights [in] wickedness [are] you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":19594,"verse_id":"PSA.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"The Hebrew text has simply the singular form רע , which may be taken as an abstract noun “evil” (the reference to “wickedness” in the preceding line favors this; cf. NEB, NASB, NRSV) or as a substantival adjective “evil one” (the references to evil people in the next two verses favor this; cf. NIV “with you the wicked cannot dwell”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":19595,"verse_id":"PSA.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “cannot dwell as a resident alien [with] you.” The negated imperfect verbal form here indicates incapability or lack of permission. These people are morally incapable of dwelling in God’s presence and are not permitted to do so. sn Only the godly are allowed to dwell with the Lord. Evil people are excluded. See .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":19596,"verse_id":"PSA.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “before your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":19597,"verse_id":"PSA.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “all the workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":19598,"verse_id":"PSA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"The imperfect verbal form indicates God’s typical response to such individuals. Another option is to translate the verb as future (“You will destroy”); the psalmist may be envisioning a time of judgment when God will remove the wicked from the scene.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":19599,"verse_id":"PSA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “those who speak a lie.” In the OT a “lie” does not refer in a general philosophical sense to any statement that fails to correspond to reality. Instead it refers more specifically to a slanderous and/or deceitful statement that promotes one’s own selfish, sinful interests and/or exploits or harms those who are innocent. Note the emphasis on violence and deceit in the following line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":19600,"verse_id":"PSA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The imperfect verbal form highlights the Lord ’s characteristic attitude toward such individuals.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":19601,"verse_id":"PSA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “a man of bloodshed and deceit.” The singular אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) is used here in a collective or representative sense; thus the translation “people” is appropriate here. Note the plural forms in vv. 5-6 a.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":19602,"verse_id":"PSA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “in fear [of] you.” The Hebrew noun יִרְאָה ( yir ’ ah , “fear”), when used of fearing God, is sometimes used metonymically for what it ideally produces: “worship, reverence, piety.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":19603,"verse_id":"PSA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"God’s providential leading is in view. His צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “righteousness”) includes here the deliverance that originates in his righteousness; he protects and vindicates the one whose cause is just. For other examples of this use of the word, see BDB 842 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":19604,"verse_id":"PSA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “because of those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 27:11; 56:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":19605,"verse_id":"PSA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “make level before me your way.” The imperative “make level” is Hiphil in the Kethib (consonantal text); Piel in the Qere (marginal reading). God’s “way” is here the way in which he leads the psalmist providentially (see the preceding line, where the psalmist asks the Lord to lead him).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":19606,"verse_id":"PSA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":19607,"verse_id":"PSA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “for there is not in his mouth truthfulness.” The singular pronoun (“his”) probably refers back to the “man of bloodshed and deceit” mentioned in v. 6 . The singular is collective or representative, as the plural in the next line indicates, and so has been translated “they.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":19608,"verse_id":"PSA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “their inward part[s] [is] destruction.” For a discussion of the extended metaphor in v. 9 b, see the note on the word “it” at the end of the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":19609,"verse_id":"PSA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “their throat is an open grave.” For a discussion of the extended metaphor in v. 9 b, see the note on the word “it” at the end of the verse. The metaphor is suggested by the physical resemblance of the human throat to a deeply dug grave; both are dark chasms.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A9/4"}
{"id":19610,"verse_id":"PSA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “they make smooth their tongue.” Flattering, deceitful words are in view. See Ps 12:2 . The psalmist’s deceitful enemies are compared to the realm of death/Sheol in v. 9 b. Sheol was envisioned as a dark region within the earth, the entrance to which was the grave with its steep slopes (cf. Ps 88:4-6 ). The enemies’ victims are pictured here as slipping down a steep slope (the enemies’ tongues) and falling into an open grave (their throat) that terminates in destruction in the inner recesses of Sheol (their stomach). The enemies’ קרב (“inward part”) refers here to their thoughts and motives, which are destructive in their intent. The throat is where these destructive thoughts are transformed into words, and their tongue is what they use to speak the deceitful words that lead their innocent victims to their demise. sn As the psalmist walks down the path in which God leads him, he asks the Lord to guide his steps and remove danger from the path (v. 8 ), because he knows his enemies have “dug a grave” for him and are ready to use their deceitful words to “swallow him up” like the realm of death (i.e., Sheol) and bring him to ruin.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A9/5"}
{"id":19611,"verse_id":"PSA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “declare/regard them as guilty.” Declaring the psalmist’s adversaries guilty is here metonymic for judging them or paying them back for their wrongdoing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":19612,"verse_id":"PSA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “may they fall from their plans.” The prefixed verbal form is a jussive, expressing an imprecation. The psalmist calls judgment down on the evildoers. Their plans will be their downfall in that God will judge them for their evil schemes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":19613,"verse_id":"PSA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “banish them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":19614,"verse_id":"PSA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The Hebrew noun used here, פֶּשַׁע ( pesha ’), refers to rebellious actions. The psalmist pictures his enemies as rebels against God (see the next line).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":19615,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a jussive of wish or prayer. The psalmist calls on God to reward his faithful followers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":19616,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Or perhaps more hyperbolically, “forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":19617,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"As in the preceding line, the prefixed verbal form is a jussive of wish or prayer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":19618,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “put a cover over them.” The verb form is a Hiphil imperfect from סָכַךְ ( sakhakh , “cover, shut off”). The imperfect expresses the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/5"}
{"id":19619,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “the lovers of your name.” The phrase refers to those who are loyal to the Lord. See Pss 69:36; 119:132 ; Isa 56:6 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/6"}
{"id":19620,"verse_id":"PSA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.11","text":"The vav ( ו ) with prefixed verbal form following the volitional “shelter them” indicates purpose or result (“so that those…may rejoice).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A11/7"}
{"id":19621,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “For.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":19622,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “bless.” The imperfect verbal forms here and in the next line highlight how God characteristically rewards and protects the godly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":19623,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “innocent.” The singular form is used here in a collective or representative sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":19624,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “surround.” In 1 Sam 23:26 the verb describes how Saul and his men hemmed David in as they chased him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":19625,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “him.” The singular form is used here in a collective or representative sense and is thus translated “them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/5"}
{"id":19626,"verse_id":"PSA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “with favor” (cf. NRSV). There is no preposition before the noun in the Hebrew text, nor is there a pronoun attached. “Favor” here stands by metonymy for God’s defensive actions on behalf of the one whom he finds acceptable.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%205%3A12/6"}
{"id":19627,"verse_id":"PSA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term שְׁמִינִית ( shÿminit , “sheminith”) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See 1 Chr 15:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":19628,"verse_id":"PSA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “show me favor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":19629,"verse_id":"PSA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Normally the verb בָּהַל ( bahal ) refers to an emotional response and means “tremble with fear, be terrified” (see vv. 3, 10 ). Perhaps here the “bones” are viewed as the seat of the psalmist’s emotions. However, the verb may describe one of the effects of his physical ailment, perhaps a fever. In Ezek 7:27 the verb describes how the hands of the people will shake with fear when they experience the horrors of divine judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":19630,"verse_id":"PSA.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “my being is very terrified.” The suffixed form of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being”) is often equivalent to a pronoun in poetic texts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":19631,"verse_id":"PSA.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “and you, Lord , how long?” The suffering psalmist speaks in broken syntax. He addresses God, but then simply cries out with a brief, but poignant, question: How long will this (= his suffering) continue?","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":19632,"verse_id":"PSA.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “my being,” or “my life.” The suffixed form of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being”) is often equivalent to a pronoun in poetic texts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":19633,"verse_id":"PSA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “for there is not in death your remembrance.” The Hebrew noun זֵכֶר ( zekher , “remembrance”) here refers to the name of the Lord as invoked in liturgy and praise. Cf. Pss 30:4; 97:12 . “Death” here refers to the realm of death where the dead reside. See the reference to Sheol in the next line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":19634,"verse_id":"PSA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “no one.” sn In Sheol who gives you thanks? According to the OT, those who descend into the realm of death/Sheol are cut off from God’s mighty deeds and from the worshiping covenant community that experiences divine intervention ( Pss 30:9; 88:10-12 ; Isa 38:18 ). In his effort to elicit a positive divine response, the psalmist reminds God that he will receive no praise or glory if he allows the psalmist to die. Dead men do not praise God!","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":19635,"verse_id":"PSA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “I cause to swim through all the night my bed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":19636,"verse_id":"PSA.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “with my tears my bed I flood/melt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":19637,"verse_id":"PSA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular “eye” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":19638,"verse_id":"PSA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Or perhaps, “are swollen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":19639,"verse_id":"PSA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Or perhaps, “grow old.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":19640,"verse_id":"PSA.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “all [you] workers of wickedness.” See Ps 5:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":19641,"verse_id":"PSA.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The prefixed verbal form is probably a preterite here; it is parallel to a perfect and refers to the fact that the Lord has responded favorably to the psalmist’s request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":19642,"verse_id":"PSA.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The four prefixed verbal forms in this verse are understood as jussives. The psalmist concludes his prayer with an imprecation, calling judgment down on his enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":19643,"verse_id":"PSA.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “and may they be very terrified.” The psalmist uses the same expression in v. 3 to describe the terror he was experiencing. Now he asks the Lord to turn the tables and cause his enemies to know what absolute terror feels like.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":19644,"verse_id":"PSA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew term שִׁגָּיוֹן ( shiggayon ; translated here “musical composition”) is uncertain. Some derive the noun from the verbal root שָׁגָה ( shagah , “swerve, reel”) and understand it as referring to a “wild, passionate song, with rapid changes of rhythm” (see BDB 993 s.v. שִׁגָּיוֹן ). But this proposal is purely speculative. The only other appearance of the noun is in Hab 3:1 , where it occurs in the plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":19645,"verse_id":"PSA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “on account of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":19646,"verse_id":"PSA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"The verb is singular in the Hebrew text, even though “all who chase me” in v. 1 refers to a whole group of enemies. The singular is also used in vv. 4-5 , but the psalmist returns to the plural in v. 6 . The singular is probably collective, emphasizing the united front that the psalmist’s enemies present. This same alternation between a collective singular and a plural referring to enemies appears in Pss 9:3, 6; 13:4; 31:4, 8; 41:6, 10-11; 42:9-10; 55:3; 64:1-2; 74:3-4; 89:22-23; 106:10-11; 143:3, 6, 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":19647,"verse_id":"PSA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “my life.” The pronominal suffix attached to נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is equivalent to a personal pronoun. See Ps 6:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":19648,"verse_id":"PSA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “tearing and there is no one rescuing.” The verbal form translated “tearing” is a singular active participle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":19649,"verse_id":"PSA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “if I have done this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":19650,"verse_id":"PSA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “if there is injustice in my hands.” The “hands” figuratively suggest deeds or actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":19651,"verse_id":"PSA.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “if I have repaid the one at peace with me evil.” The form שׁוֹלְמִי ( sholÿmi , “the one at peace with me”) probably refers to a close friend or ally, i.e., one with whom the psalmist has made a formal agreement. See BDB 1023 s.v. שָׁלוֹם 4.a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":19652,"verse_id":"PSA.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “or rescued my enemy in vain.” The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive (the verb form is pseudo-cohortative; see IBHS 576-77 §34.5.3) carries on the hypothetical nuance of the perfect in the preceding line. Some regard the statement as a parenthetical assertion that the psalmist is kind to his enemies. Others define חָלַץ ( khalats ) as “despoil” (cf. NASB, NRSV “plundered”; NIV “robbed”), an otherwise unattested nuance for this verb. Still others emend the verb to לָחַץ ( lakhats , “oppress”). Most construe the adverb רֵיקָם ( reqam , “emptily, vainly”) with “my enemy,” i.e., the one who is my enemy in vain.” The present translation (1) assumes an emendation of צוֹרְרִי ( tsorÿriy , “my enemy”) to צוֹרְרוֹ ( tsorÿro , “his [i.e., the psalmist’s ally’s] enemy”) following J. Tigay, “ Psalm 7:5 and Ancient Near Eastern Treaties,” JBL 89 (1970): 178-86, (2) understands the final mem ( ם ) on רֵיקָם as enclitic, and (3) takes רִיק ( riq ) as an adjective modifying “his enemy.” (For other examples of a suffixed noun followed by an attributive adjective without the article, see Pss 18:17 (“my strong enemy”), 99:3 (“your great and awesome name”) and 143:10 (“your good spirit”). The adjective רִיק occurs with the sense “lawless” in Judg 9:4; 11:3 ; 2 Chr 13:7 . In this case the psalmist affirms that he has not wronged his ally, nor has he given aid to his ally’s enemies. Ancient Near Eastern treaties typically included such clauses, with one or both parties agreeing not to lend aid to the treaty partner’s enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":19653,"verse_id":"PSA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The vocalization of the verb form seems to be a mixture of Qal and Piel (see GKC 168 §63. n ). The translation assumes the Piel, which would emphasize the repetitive nature of the action. The translation assumes the prefixed verbal form is a jussive. The psalmist is so certain that he is innocent of the sins mentioned in vv. 3-4 , he pronounces an imprecation on himself for rhetorical effect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":19654,"verse_id":"PSA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “my life.” The pronominal suffix attached to נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is equivalent to a personal pronoun. See Ps 6:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":19655,"verse_id":"PSA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and may he overtake.” The prefixed verbal form is distinctly jussive. The object “me,” though unexpressed, is understood from the preceding statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":19656,"verse_id":"PSA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and may he trample down to the earth my life.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":19657,"verse_id":"PSA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “and my honor in the dust may he cause to dwell.” The prefixed verbal form is distinctly jussive. Some emend כְבוֹדִי ( khÿvodiy , “my honor”) to כְבֵדִי ( khÿvediy , “my liver” as the seat of life), but the term כְבוֹדִי ( khÿvodiy ) is to be retained since it probably refers to the psalmist’s dignity or honor.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A5/5"}
{"id":19658,"verse_id":"PSA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “in your anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":19659,"verse_id":"PSA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “Lift yourself up in the angry outbursts of my enemies.” Many understand the preposition prefixed to עַבְרוֹת (’ avrot , “angry outbursts”) as adversative, “against,” and the following genitive “enemies” as subjective. In this case one could translate, “rise up against my furious enemies” (cf. NIV, NRSV). The present translation, however, takes the preposition as indicating manner (cf. “in your anger” in the previous line) and understands the plural form of the noun as indicating an abstract quality (“fury”) or excessive degree (“raging fury”). Cf. Job 21:30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":19660,"verse_id":"PSA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “Wake up to me [with the] judgment [which] you have commanded.” The LXX understands אֵלִי (’ eliy , “my God”) instead of אֵלַי (’ elay , “to me”; the LXX reading is followed by NEB, NIV, NRSV.) If the reading of the MT is retained, the preposition probably has the sense of “on account of, for the sake of.” The noun מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat , “judgment”) is probably an adverbial accusative, modifying the initial imperative, “wake up.” In this case צִוִּיתָ ( tsivvita , “[which] you have commanded”) is an asyndetic relative clause. Some take the perfect as precative. In this case one could translate the final line, “Wake up for my sake! Decree judgment!” (cf. NIV). However, not all grammarians are convinced that the perfect is used as a precative in biblical Hebrew.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":19661,"verse_id":"PSA.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “and the assembly of the peoples surrounds you.” Some understand the prefixed verbal form as a jussive, “may the assembly of the peoples surround you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":19662,"verse_id":"PSA.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “over it (the feminine suffix refers back to the feminine noun “assembly” in the preceding line) on high return.” Some emend שׁוּבָה ( shuvah , “return”) to שֵׁבָה ( shevah , “sit [in judgment]”) because they find the implication of “return” problematic. But the psalmist does not mean to imply that God has abandoned his royal throne and needs to regain it. Rather he simply urges God, as sovereign king of the world, to once more occupy his royal seat of judgment and execute judgment, as the OT pictures God doing periodically.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":19663,"verse_id":"PSA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “judge me, O Lord , according to my innocence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":19664,"verse_id":"PSA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “according to my blamelessness.” The imperative verb translated “vindicate” governs the second line as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":19665,"verse_id":"PSA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"The Hebrew form עָלָי (’ alay ) has been traditionally understood as the preposition עַל (’ al , “over”) with a first person suffix. But this is syntactically awkward and meaningless. The form is probably a divine title derived from the verbal root עָלָה (’ alah , “ascend”). This relatively rare title appears elsewhere in the OT (see HALOT 824-25 s.v. I עַל , though this text is not listed) and in Ugaritic as an epithet for Baal (see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 98). See M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:44-45, and P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 98.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":19666,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"In the psalms the Hebrew term רְשָׁעִים ( rÿsha ’ im , “wicked”) describes people who are proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander ( Ps 50:16-20 ), and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ). They oppose God and his people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":19667,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a jussive, expressing an imprecation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":19668,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Or “the godly” (see Ps 5:12 ). The singular form is collective (see the plural “upright in heart” in v. 10 ), though it may reflect the personal focus of the psalmist in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":19669,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.9","text":"The prefixed verbal form expresses the psalmist’s prayer or wish.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/4"}
{"id":19670,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.9","text":"For other uses of the verb in this sense, see Job 7:18 ; Pss 11:4; 26:2; 139:23 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/5"}
{"id":19671,"verse_id":"PSA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “and [the one who] tests hearts and kidneys, just God.” The translation inverts the word order to improve the English style. The heart and kidneys were viewed as the seat of one’s volition, conscience, and moral character.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A9/6"}
{"id":19672,"verse_id":"PSA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Traditionally, “my shield is upon God” (cf. NASB). As in v. 8 , עַל (’ al ) should be understood as a divine title, here compounded with “God” (cf. NIV, “God Most High”). See M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:45-46. The shield metaphor pictures God as a protector against deadly attacks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":19673,"verse_id":"PSA.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 11:2; 32:11; 36:10; 64:10; 94:15; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":19674,"verse_id":"PSA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “God (the divine name אֵל [’ el ] is used) is angry during all the day.” The verb זֹעֵם ( zo ’ em ) means “be indignant, be angry, curse.” Here God’s angry response to wrongdoing and injustice leads him to prepare to execute judgment as described in the following verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":19675,"verse_id":"PSA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “If he”; the referent (a person who is a sinner) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The subject of the first verb is understood as the sinner who fails to repent of his ways and becomes the target of God’s judgment (vv. 9, 14-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":19676,"verse_id":"PSA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “if he does not return, his sword he sharpens.” The referent (God) of the pronominal subject of the second verb (“sharpens”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":19677,"verse_id":"PSA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “his bow he treads and prepares it.” “Treading the bow” involved stepping on one end of it in order to string it and thus prepare it for battle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":19678,"verse_id":"PSA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “and for him he prepares the weapons of death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":19679,"verse_id":"PSA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “his arrows into flaming [things] he makes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":19680,"verse_id":"PSA.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “a pit he digs and he excavates it.” Apparently the imagery of hunting is employed; the wicked sinner digs this pit to entrap and destroy his intended victim. The redundancy in the Hebrew text has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":19681,"verse_id":"PSA.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"The verb forms in vv. 15-16 describe the typical behavior and destiny of those who attempt to destroy others. The image of the evildoer falling into the very trap he set for his intended victim emphasizes the appropriate nature of God’s judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":19682,"verse_id":"PSA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “his harm [i.e., the harm he conceived for others, see v. 14 ] returns on his head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":19683,"verse_id":"PSA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “and on his forehead his violence [i.e., the violence he intended to do to others] comes down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":19684,"verse_id":"PSA.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “according to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":19685,"verse_id":"PSA.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “[to] the name of the Lord Most High.” God’s “name” refers metonymically to his divine characteristics as suggested by his name, in this case the compound “ Lord Most High.” The divine title “Most High” ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":19686,"verse_id":"PSA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew term הגתית is uncertain; it probably refers to a musical style or type of instrument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":19687,"verse_id":"PSA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"The plural form of the title emphasizes the Lord ’s absolute sovereignty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":19688,"verse_id":"PSA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “awesome”; or “majestic.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":19689,"verse_id":"PSA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “name,” which here stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A1/5"}
{"id":19690,"verse_id":"PSA.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “you establish strength because of your foes.” The meaning of the statement is unclear. The present translation follows the reading of the LXX which has “praise” ( αἶνος , ainos ) in place of “strength” ( עֹז , ’ oz ); cf. NIV, NCV, NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":19691,"verse_id":"PSA.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “to cause to cease an enemy and an avenger.” The singular forms are collective. The Hitpael participle of נָקַם ( naqam ) also occurs in Ps 44:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":19692,"verse_id":"PSA.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “when I see your heavens, the works of your fingers, the moon and stars which you established.” The verb “[and] see” is understood by ellipsis in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":19693,"verse_id":"PSA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “What is man[kind]?” The singular noun אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh , “man”) is used here in a collective sense and refers to the human race.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":19694,"verse_id":"PSA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “remember him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":19695,"verse_id":"PSA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “and the son of man.” The phrase “son of man” is used here in a collective sense and refers to human beings. For other uses of the phrase in a collective or representative manner, see Num 23:19 ; Ps 146:3 ; Isa 51:12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":19696,"verse_id":"PSA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.4","text":"The two imperfect verbal forms in v. 4 describe God’s characteristic activity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A4/4"}
{"id":19697,"verse_id":"PSA.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “and you make him lack a little from [the] gods [or “God”].” The Piel form of חָסַר ( khasar , “to decrease, to be devoid”) is used only here and in Eccl 4:8 , where it means “to deprive, to cause to be lacking.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive either carries on the characteristic nuance of the imperfect in v. 5 b or indicates a consequence (“so that you make him…”) of the preceding statement (see GKC 328 §111. m ). Some prefer to make this an independent clause and translate it as a new sentence, “You made him….” In this case the statement might refer specifically to the creation of the first human couple, Adam and Eve (cf. Gen 1:26-27 ). The psalmist does appear to allude to Gen 1:26-27 , where mankind is created in the image of God and his angelic assembly (note “let us make man in our image” in Gen 1:26 ). However, the psalmist’s statement need not be limited in its focus to that historical event, for all mankind shares the image imparted to the first human couple. Consequently the psalmist can speak in general terms of the exalted nature of mankind. The referent of אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “God” or “the heavenly beings”) is unclear. Some understand this as a reference to God alone, but the allusion to Gen 1:26-27 suggests a broader referent, including God and the other heavenly beings (known in other texts as “angels”). The term אֱלֹהִים is also used in this way in Gen 3:5 , where the serpent says to the woman, “you will be like the heavenly beings who know good and evil.” (Note Gen 3:22 , where God says, “the man has become like one of us . ”) Also אֱלֹהִים may refer to the members of the heavenly assembly in Ps 82:1, 6 . The LXX (the ancient Greek translation of the OT) reads “angels” in Ps 8:5 (this is the source of the quotation of Ps 8:5 in Heb 2:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":19698,"verse_id":"PSA.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “you crown him [with].” The imperfect verbal forms in this and the next line describe God’s characteristic activity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":19699,"verse_id":"PSA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “you cause [i.e., “permit, allow”] him to rule over the works of your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":19700,"verse_id":"PSA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"The perfect verbal form probably has a present perfect nuance here. It refers to the continuing effects of God’s original mandate (see Gen 1:26-30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":19701,"verse_id":"PSA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “under his feet.” sn Placed everything under their authority . This verse affirms that mankind rules over God’s creation as his vice-regent. See Gen 1:26-30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":19702,"verse_id":"PSA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “and also the beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":19703,"verse_id":"PSA.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “paths.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":19704,"verse_id":"PSA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The plural form of the title emphasizes the Lord ’s absolute sovereignty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":19705,"verse_id":"PSA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “awesome, majestic.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":19706,"verse_id":"PSA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “name,” which here stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":19707,"verse_id":"PSA.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term עַלְמוּת (’ almut ) is uncertain. Some mss divide the form into עַל מוּת (’ al mut , “according to the death [of the son]”), while the LXX assumes a reading עֲלֻמוֹת עַל (’ al ’ alumot , “according to alumoth ”). The phrase probably refers to a particular tune or musical style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":19708,"verse_id":"PSA.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “[to] your name, O Most High.” God’s “name” refers metonymically to his divine characteristics as suggested by his name, in this case “Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyo / ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":19709,"verse_id":"PSA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “perish”; or “die.” The imperfect verbal forms in this line either emphasize what typically happens or describe vividly the aftermath of a recent battle in which the Lord defeated the psalmist’s enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":19710,"verse_id":"PSA.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “for you accomplished my justice and my legal claim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":19711,"verse_id":"PSA.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “you sat on a throne [as] one who judges [with] righteousness.” The perfect verbal forms in v. 4 probably allude to a recent victory (see vv. 5-7 ). Another option is to understand the verbs as describing what is typical (“you defend…you sit on a throne”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":19712,"verse_id":"PSA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The verb גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ) is often understood to mean “rebuke” and in this context taken to refer to the Lord ’s “rebuke” of the nations. In some cases it is apparent that scolding or threatening is in view (see Gen 37:10 ; Ruth 2:16 ; Zech 3:2 ). However, in militaristic contexts this translation is inadequate, for the verb refers in this setting to the warrior’s battle cry, which terrifies and paralyzes the enemy. See A. Caquot, TDOT 3:53, and note the use of the verb in Pss 68:30; 106:9 ; and Nah 1:4 , as well as the related noun in Job 26:11 ; Pss 18:15; 76:6; 104:7 ; Isa 50:2; 51:20; 66:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":19713,"verse_id":"PSA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The singular form is collective (note “nations” and “their name”). In the psalms the “wicked” ( רְשָׁעִים , rÿsha ’ im ) are typically proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander ( Ps 50:16-20 ), and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ). In this context the hostile nations who threaten Israel/Judah are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":19714,"verse_id":"PSA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “their name you wiped out forever and ever.” The three perfect verbal forms in v. 5 probably refer to a recent victory (definite past or present perfect use), although they might express what is typical (characteristic use).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":19715,"verse_id":"PSA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “the enemy – they have come to an end [in] ruins permanently.” The singular form אוֹיֵב (’ oyev , “enemy”) is collective. It is placed at the beginning of the verse to heighten the contrast with יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":19716,"verse_id":"PSA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “you uprooted cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":19717,"verse_id":"PSA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “it has perished, their remembrance, they.” The independent pronoun at the end of the line is in apposition to the preceding pronominal suffix and lends emphasis (see IBHS 299 §16.3.4). The referent of the masculine pronoun is the nations/enemies (cf. v. 5 ), not the cities (the Hebrew noun עָרִים [’ arim , “cities”] is grammatically feminine). This has been specified in the present translation for clarity; many modern translations retain the pronoun “them,” resulting in ambiguity (cf. NRSV “their cities you have rooted out; the very memory of them has perished”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":19718,"verse_id":"PSA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The construction vav ( ו ) + subject highlights the contrast between the exalted Lord and his defeated foes (see v. 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":19719,"verse_id":"PSA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “sits” (i.e., enthroned, see v. 4 ). The imperfect verbal form highlights the generalization.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":19720,"verse_id":"PSA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “he establishes for justice his throne.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":19721,"verse_id":"PSA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “the peoples.” The imperfect verbal forms in v. 8 either describe God’s typical, characteristic behavior, or anticipate a future judgment of worldwide proportions (“will judge…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":19722,"verse_id":"PSA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Following the imperfect in v. 9 , the construction vav ( ו ) conjunctive + shortened form of the prefixed verb הָיָה ( hayah ) indicates a consequence or result of the preceding statement. The construction functions this same way in Pss 81:15 and 104:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":19723,"verse_id":"PSA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and the Lord is an elevated place for the oppressed.” The singular form דָּךְ ( dakh , “oppressed”) is collective here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":19724,"verse_id":"PSA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “[he is] an elevated place for times in trouble.” Here an “elevated place” refers to a stronghold, a defensible, secure position that represents a safe haven in times of unrest or distress (cf. NEB “tower of strength”; NIV, NRSV “stronghold”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":19725,"verse_id":"PSA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “and the ones who know your name trust in you.” The construction vav ( ו ) conjunctive + imperfect at the beginning of the verse expresses another consequence of the statement made in v. 8 . “To know” the Lord ’s “name” means to be his follower, recognizing his authority and maintaining loyalty to him. See Ps 91:14 , where “knowing” the Lord ’s “name” is associated with loving him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":19726,"verse_id":"PSA.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “the ones who seek you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":19727,"verse_id":"PSA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “sits” (i.e., enthroned, and therefore ruling – see v. 4 ). Another option is to translate as “lives” or “dwells.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":19728,"verse_id":"PSA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “declare among the nations his deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":19729,"verse_id":"PSA.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “for the one who seeks shed blood remembered them.” The idiomatic expression “to seek shed blood” seems to carry the idea “to seek payment/restitution for one’s shed blood.” The plural form דָּמִים ( damim , “shed blood”) occurs only here as the object of דָּרַשׁ ( darash ); the singular form דָּם ( dam , “blood”) appears with the verb in Gen 9:5; 42:22 ; Ezek 33:6 . “Them,” the pronominal object of the verb “remembered,” refers to the oppressed, mentioned specifically in the next line, so the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":19730,"verse_id":"PSA.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “did not forget.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":19731,"verse_id":"PSA.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “the cry for help of the oppressed.” In this context the “oppressed” are the psalmist and those he represents, whom the hostile nations have threatened.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":19732,"verse_id":"PSA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The words “when they prayed,” though not represented in the Hebrew text, are supplied in the translation for clarification. The petition in vv. 13-14 is best understood as the cry for help which the oppressed offered to God when the nations threatened. The Lord answered this request, prompting the present song of thanksgiving.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":19733,"verse_id":"PSA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “show me favor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":19734,"verse_id":"PSA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “see my misery from the ones who hate me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":19735,"verse_id":"PSA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “one who lifts me up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A13/4"}
{"id":19736,"verse_id":"PSA.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “so that I might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":19737,"verse_id":"PSA.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “all your praise.” “Praise” stands by metonymy for the mighty acts that prompt it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":19738,"verse_id":"PSA.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “in your deliverance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A14/4"}
{"id":19739,"verse_id":"PSA.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “sank down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":19740,"verse_id":"PSA.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “by the work of his hands [the] wicked [one] was ensnared. The singular form רָשָׁע ( rasha ’, “wicked”) is collective or representative here (see vv. 15, 17 ). The form נוֹקֵשׁ ( noqesh ) appears to be an otherwise unattested Qal form (active participle) from נָקַשׁ ( naqash ), but the form should be emended to נוֹקַשׁ ( noqash ), a Niphal perfect from יָקַשׁ ( yaqash ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":19741,"verse_id":"PSA.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"This is probably a technical musical term.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":19742,"verse_id":"PSA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “the wicked turn back to Sheol.” The imperfect verbal form either emphasizes what typically happens or describes vividly the aftermath of the Lord ’s victory over the psalmist’s enemies. See v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":19743,"verse_id":"PSA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The words “this is the destiny of” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. The verb “are turned back” is understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":19744,"verse_id":"PSA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “forget.” “Forgetting God” refers here to worshiping false gods and thereby refusing to recognize his sovereignty (see also Deut 8:19 ; Judg 3:7 ; 1 Sam 12:9 ; Isa 17:10 ; Jer 3:21 ; Ps 44:20 ). The nations’ refusal to acknowledge God’s sovereignty accounts for their brazen attempt to attack and destroy his people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":19745,"verse_id":"PSA.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Or “forgotten.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":19746,"verse_id":"PSA.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “the hope of the afflicted does [not] perish forever.” The negative particle is understood by ellipsis; note the preceding line. The imperfect verbal forms express what typically happens.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":19747,"verse_id":"PSA.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “prevail.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":19748,"verse_id":"PSA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “place, Lord , terror with regard to them.” The Hebrew term מוֹרָה ( morah , “terror”) is an alternative form of מוֹרָא ( mora ’; a reading that appears in some mss and finds support in several ancient textual witnesses).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":19749,"verse_id":"PSA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “let the nations know they [are] man[kind]”; i.e., mere human beings (as opposed to God).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":19750,"verse_id":"PSA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “because of the pride of [the] wicked he burns [i.e. hotly pursues] [the] oppressed.” The singular forms רָשָׁע ( rasha ’, “wicked”) and עָנִי (’ aniy , “oppressed”) are collective and representative, as indicated in the next line, which uses plural verb forms to describe the actions of both.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":19751,"verse_id":"PSA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"The two imperfect verbal forms in v. 2 describe either what typically happens (from the psalmist’s perspective) or what the psalmist was experiencing at the time he offered this prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":19752,"verse_id":"PSA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “they are trapped in the schemes which they have thought up.” The referents of the two pronominal suffixes on the verbs have been specified in the translation for clarity. The referent of the first suffix (“they”) is taken as the oppressed, while the referent of the second (“they”) is taken to be the wicked (cf. NIV, which renders “wicked” in the previous line as a collective singular). Others take the referent of both occurrences of “they” in the line to be the wicked (cf. NRSV, “let them be caught in the schemes they have devised”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":19753,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"The translation assumes כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative: “indeed, certainly.” Another option is to translate “for,” understanding v. 3 as giving the reason why the wicked so arrogantly seek to destroy the helpless (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":19754,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The representative or typical evildoer is described in vv. 3-11, 13, 15 . Since the singular form predominates in these verses, it has been retained in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":19755,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “the wicked [one] boasts on account of the desire of his appetite.” The translation assumes that the preposition עַל (’ al ) introduces the reason why the wicked boasts (cf. this use of עַל with הָלַל ( halal ) in Ps 119:164 and Ezra 3:11 ). In this case, the “desire of his appetite” refers by metonymy to the object desired and acquired.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":19756,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"The translation assumes the active participle is substantival, referring to the wicked man mentioned in the preceding line. The substantival participle is then understood as the subject of the following verbs. For other examples of the participle of בָּצַע ( batsar ) used of those who desire and/or acquire wealth through dishonest and/or violent means, see Prov 1:19; 15:27 ; Jer 6:13; 8:10 ; Hab 2:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":19757,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.3","text":"The verb בָּרַךְ ( barakh ) normally means “to bless,” but in a few cases it exhibits the polarized meaning “to curse” ( 1 Kgs 21:10, 13 ; Job 1:5-11; 2:5-9 ). (Some regard this use of בָּרַךְ as a mere euphemism.) The verb refers to the act of pronouncing or calling down a formal curse upon the object of one’s anger.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/5"}
{"id":19758,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.3","text":"The conjunction “and” is supplied in the translation; it does not appear in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/6"}
{"id":19759,"verse_id":"PSA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"10.3","text":"Another option is to translate, “he blesses one who robs others, [but] he curses the Lord .” In this case the subject of the verbs is “the wicked man” mentioned in the previous line, and “the one who robs others” is the object of the verb בָּרַךְ ( barakh ), which is understood in its usual sense of “bless.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A3/7"}
{"id":19760,"verse_id":"PSA.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “the wicked [one], according to the height of his nose, he does not seek, there is no God, all his thoughts.” The phrase “height of his nose” probably refers to an arrogant or snooty attitude; it likely pictures one with his nose turned upward toward the sky in pride. One could take the “wicked” as the subject of the negated verb “seek,” in which case the point is that the wicked do not “seek” God. The translation assumes that this statement, along with “there is no God,” is what the wicked man thinks to himself. In this case God is the subject of the verb “seek,” and the point is that God will not hold the wicked man accountable for his actions. Verse 13 strongly favors this interpretation. The statement “there is no God” is not a philosophical assertion that God does not exist, but rather a confident affirmation that he is unconcerned about how men live morally and ethically (see v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":19761,"verse_id":"PSA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “they are firm, his ways, at every time.” The verb חַיִל ( khayil , “be firm, be strong”) occurs only here and in Job 20:21 , where it has the sense “endure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":19762,"verse_id":"PSA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “[on a] height, your judgments from before him.” If the MT is retained, then the idea may be that God’s “judgments” are high above (i.e., not recognized) by the wicked man. However, the syntax is awkward. The translation assumes an emendation of מָרוֹם ( marom , “height”) to סָרוּ ( saru , “[your judgments] are turned aside”), the final mem ( ם ) being dittographic (note the initial mem on the immediately following word [ מִשְׁפָּטֶיךָ , mishÿfatekha , “your judgments”). “Judgments” probably refers here to God’s laws or commands, rather than his judicial decisions or acts of judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":19763,"verse_id":"PSA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “all his enemies, he snorts against them.” This may picture the wicked man defiantly challenging his enemies because he is confident of success. Another option is to take יָפִיחַ ( yafiakh ) from the root יָפַח ( yafakh , “to testify”) and translate “he testifies against all his enemies,” implying that he gets the upper hand over them in legal battles. The noun יָפֵחַ ( yafeakh , “witness”) is attested in biblical Hebrew (see Prov 6:19; 12:17; 14:5, 25; 19:5, 9 , and Hab 2:3 ). The verb, however, is not clearly attested.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":19764,"verse_id":"PSA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “he says in his heart/mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":19765,"verse_id":"PSA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “for a generation and a generation.” The traditional accentuation of the MT understands these words with the following line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":19766,"verse_id":"PSA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “who, not in calamity.” If אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) is taken as a relative pronoun here, then one could translate, “[I] who [am] not in calamity.” Some emend אֲשֶׁר to אֹשֶׁר (’ osher , “happiness”; see HALOT 99 s.v. אֹשֶׁר ); one might then translate, “[I live in] happiness, not in calamity.” The present translation assumes that אֲשֶׁר functions here as a causal conjunction, “because, for.” For this use of אֲשֶׁר , see BDB 83 s.v. אֲשֶׁר 8.c (where the present text is not cited).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":19767,"verse_id":"PSA.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “[with] a curse his mouth is full, and lies and injury.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":19768,"verse_id":"PSA.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “under his tongue are destruction and wickedness.” The words translated “destruction and wickedness” are also paired in Ps 90:10 . They also appear in proximity in Pss 7:14 and 55:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":19769,"verse_id":"PSA.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “he sits in the ambush of the villages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":19770,"verse_id":"PSA.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “his eyes for an unfortunate person lie hidden.” The language may picture a lion (see v. 9 ) peering out from its hiding place in anticipation that an unsuspecting victim will soon come strolling along.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":19771,"verse_id":"PSA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “in its den.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":19772,"verse_id":"PSA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"The verb, which also appears in the next line, occurs only here and in Judg 21:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":19773,"verse_id":"PSA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"The singular form is collective (see v. 10 ) or refers to the typical or representative oppressed individual.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":19774,"verse_id":"PSA.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “when he [i.e., the wicked man] pulls in his net.” sn The background of the imagery is hunting, where the hunter uses a net to entrap an unsuspecting bird or wild animal.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A9/4"}
{"id":19775,"verse_id":"PSA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “he crushes, he is bowed down, and he falls into his strong [ones], [the] unfortunate [ones].” This verse presents several lexical and syntactical difficulties. The first word ( יִדְכֶּה , yidekeh ) is an otherwise unattested Qal form of the verb דָּכָה ( dakhah , “crush”). (The Qere [marginal] form is imperfect; the consonantal text [ Kethib ] has the perfect with a prefixed conjunction vav [ ו ].) If the wicked man’s victim is the subject, which seems to be the case (note the two verbs which follow), then the form should be emended to a Niphal ( יִדָּכֶה , yiddakheh ). The phrase בַּעֲצוּמָיו ( ba ’ atsumayv , “into his strong [ones]”), poses interpretive problems. The preposition - בְּ ( bet ) follows the verb נָפַל ( nafal , “fall”), so it may very well carry the nuance “into” here, with “his strong [ones]” then referring to something into which the oppressed individual falls. Since a net is mentioned in the preceding verse as the instrument used to entrap the victim, it is possible that “strong [ones]” here refers metonymically to the wicked man’s nets or traps. Ps 35:8 refers to a man falling into a net ( רֶשֶׁת , reshet ), as does Ps 141:10 (where the plural of מִכְמָר [ mikhmar , “net”] is used). A hunter’s net ( רֶשֶׁת ), is associated with snares ( פַּח [ pakh ], מֹקְשִׁים , [ moqÿshim ]) and ropes ( חֲבָלִים , khavalim ) in Ps 140:5 . The final word in the verse ( חֶלְכָּאִים ( khelka ’ im , “unfortunate [ones]”) may be an alternate form of חֵלְכָח ( khelkhakh , “unfortunate [one]”; see vv. 8, 14 ). The Qere (marginal reading) divides the form into two words, חֵיל כָּאִים ( khel ka ’ im , “army/host of disheartened [ones]”). The three verb forms in v. 10 are singular because the representative “oppressed” individual is the grammatical subject (see the singular עָנִי [’ aniy ] in v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":19776,"verse_id":"PSA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “he says in his heart.” See v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":19777,"verse_id":"PSA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “God forgets, he hides his face, he never sees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":19778,"verse_id":"PSA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “lift up your hand.” Usually the expression “lifting the hand” refers to praying ( Pss 28:2; 134:2 ) or making an oath ( Ps 106:26 ), but here it probably refers to “striking a blow” (see 2 Sam 18:28; 20:21 ). Note v. 15 , where the psalmist asks the Lord to “break the arm of the wicked.” A less likely option is that the psalmist is requesting that the Lord declare by oath his intention to intervene.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":19779,"verse_id":"PSA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"The rhetorical question expresses the psalmist’s outrage that the wicked would have the audacity to disdain God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":19780,"verse_id":"PSA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “he says in his heart” (see vv. 6, 11 ). Another option is to understand an ellipsis of the interrogative particle here (cf. the preceding line), “Why does he say in his heart?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":19781,"verse_id":"PSA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Here the wicked man addresses God directly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":19782,"verse_id":"PSA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “you will not seek.” The verb דָרַשׁ ( darash , “seek”) is used here in the sense of “seek an accounting.” One could understand the imperfect as generalizing about what is typical and translate, “you do not hold [people] accountable.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A13/4"}
{"id":19783,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “you see.” One could translate the perfect as generalizing, “you do take notice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":19784,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"If the preceding perfect is taken as generalizing, then one might understand כִּי ( ki ) as asseverative: “indeed, certainly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":19785,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Here the imperfect emphasizes God’s typical behavior.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":19786,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “destruction and suffering,” which here refers metonymically to the wicked, who dish out pain and suffering to their victims.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/4"}
{"id":19787,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “to give into your hand, upon you, he abandons, [the] unfortunate [one].” The syntax is awkward and the meaning unclear. It is uncertain who or what is being given into God’s hand. Elsewhere the idiom “give into the hand” means to deliver into one’s possession. If “to give” goes with what precedes (as the accentuation of the Hebrew text suggests), then this may refer to the wicked man being delivered over to God for judgment. The present translation assumes that “to give” goes with what follows (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). The verb יַעֲזֹב ( ya ’ azov ) here has the nuance “entrust” (see Gen 39:6 ; Job 39:11 ); the direct object (“[his] cause”) is implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/5"}
{"id":19788,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.14","text":"Or “help.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/6"}
{"id":19789,"verse_id":"PSA.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “[for] one who is fatherless, you are a deliverer.” The noun יָתוֹם ( yatom ) refers to one who has lost his father (not necessarily his mother, see Ps 109:9 ). sn The fatherless . Because they were so vulnerable and were frequently exploited, fatherless children are often mentioned as epitomizing the oppressed (see Pss 68:5; 82:3; 94:6; 146:9 ; as well as Job 6:27; 22:9; 24:3, 9; 29:12; 31:17, 21 ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A14/7"}
{"id":19790,"verse_id":"PSA.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “you seek his wickedness.” As in v. 13 , the verb דָרַשׁ ( darash , “seek”) is used here in the sense of “seek an accounting.” One could understand the imperfect as describing a fact, “you hold him accountable,” or as anticipating divine judgment, “you will hold him accountable.” However, since the verb is in apparent parallelism with the preceding imperative (“break”), it is better to understand the imperfect as expressing the psalmist’s desire or request.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":19791,"verse_id":"PSA.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “you will not find.” It is uncertain how this statement relates to what precedes. Some take בַל ( bal ), which is used as a negative particle in vv. 4, 6, 11, 18 , as asseverative here, “Indeed find (i.e., judge his wickedness).” The translation assumes that the final words are an asyndetic relative clause which refers back to what the wicked man boasted in God’s face (“you will not find [i.e., my wickedness]”). See v. 13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":19792,"verse_id":"PSA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “the Lord is king forever and ever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":19793,"verse_id":"PSA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Or “the nations perish from his land.” The perfect verb form may express what is typical or it may express rhetorically the psalmist’s certitude that God’s deliverance is “as good as done.” sn The nations may be the underlying reality behind the psalmist’s references to the “wicked” in the earlier verses. This reference to the nations may have motivated the combining of with (see Ps 9:5, 15, 19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":19794,"verse_id":"PSA.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “desire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":19795,"verse_id":"PSA.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “you make firm their heart, you cause your ear to listen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":19796,"verse_id":"PSA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “to judge (on behalf of),” or “by judging (on behalf of).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":19797,"verse_id":"PSA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “crushed.” See v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":19798,"verse_id":"PSA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “he will not add again [i.e., “he will no longer”] to terrify, man from the earth.” The Hebrew term אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh , “man”) refers here to the wicked nations (v. 16 ). By describing them as “from the earth,” the psalmist emphasizes their weakness before the sovereign, eternal king.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":19799,"verse_id":"PSA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"The Hebrew perfect verbal form probably refers here to a completed action with continuing results.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":19800,"verse_id":"PSA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"The pronominal suffix attached to נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is equivalent to a personal pronoun. See Ps 6:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":19801,"verse_id":"PSA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"In the psalms the “wicked” ( רְשָׁעִים , rÿsha ’ im ) are typically proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander ( Ps 50:16-20 ), and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ). They oppose God and threaten his people ( Ps 3:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":19802,"verse_id":"PSA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form depicts the enemies’ hostile action as underway.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":19803,"verse_id":"PSA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “a bow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":19804,"verse_id":"PSA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 7:10; 32:11; 36:10; 64:10; 94:15; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A2/5"}
{"id":19805,"verse_id":"PSA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The precise meaning of this rare word is uncertain. An Ugaritic cognate is used of the “bottom” or “base” of a cliff or mountain (see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 47, 159). The noun appears in postbiblical Hebrew with the meaning “foundation” (see Jastrow 1636 s.v. שָׁת ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":19806,"verse_id":"PSA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"The singular form is used here in a collective or representative sense. Note the plural form “pure [of heart]” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":19807,"verse_id":"PSA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Because of the royal imagery involved here, one could translate “lofty palace.” The Lord ’s heavenly temple is in view here (see Mic 1:2-4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":19808,"verse_id":"PSA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"The two Hebrew imperfect verbal forms in this verse describe the Lord ’s characteristic activity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":19809,"verse_id":"PSA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “eyelids.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":19810,"verse_id":"PSA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.4","text":"For other uses of the verb in this sense, see Job 7:18 ; Pss 7:9; 26:2; 139:23 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A4/6"}
{"id":19811,"verse_id":"PSA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “test the sons of men.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A4/7"}
{"id":19812,"verse_id":"PSA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “examines,” the same verb used in v. 4 b. But here it is used in a metonymic sense of “examine and approve” (see Jer 20:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":19813,"verse_id":"PSA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"The singular form is used here in a collective or representative sense. Note the plural form “pure (of heart)” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":19814,"verse_id":"PSA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “his [very] being.” A נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being, soul”) is also attributed to the Lord in Isa 1:14 , where a suffixed form of the noun appears as the subject of the verb “hate.” Both there and here the term is used of the seat of one’s emotions and passions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":19815,"verse_id":"PSA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “the wicked [one] and the lover of violence.” The singular form is used here in a collective or representative sense. Note the plural form רְשָׁעִים ( rÿsha ’ im , “wicked [ones]”) in vv. 2 and 6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A5/5"}
{"id":19816,"verse_id":"PSA.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"The verb form is a jussive, indicating that the statement is imprecatory (“May the Lord rain down”), not indicative (“The Lord rains down”; see also Job 20:23 ). The psalmist appeals to God to destroy the wicked, rather than simply stating his confidence that God will do so. In this way the psalmist seeks to activate divine judgment by appealing to God’s just character. For an example of the power of such a curse, see Judg 9:7-57 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":19817,"verse_id":"PSA.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"The MT reads “traps, fire, and brimstone,” but the image of God raining traps, or snares, down from the sky is bizarre and does not fit the fire and storm imagery of this verse. The noun פַּחִים ( pakhim , “traps, snares”) should be emended to פַּחֲמֵי ( pakhamey , “coals of [fire]”). The rare noun פֶּחָם ( pekham , “coal”) occurs in Prov 26:21 and Isa 44:12; 54:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":19818,"verse_id":"PSA.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “[may] a wind of rage [be] the portion of their cup.” The precise meaning of the rare noun זִלְעָפוֹת ( zil ’ afot ) is uncertain. It may mean “raging heat” (BDB 273 s.v. זַלְעָפָה ) or simply “rage” ( HALOT 272 s.v. זַלְעָפָה ). If one understands the former sense, then one might translate “hot wind” (cf. NEB, NRSV). The present translation assumes the latter nuance, “a wind of rage” (the genitive is attributive) referring to a “whirlwind” symbolic of destructive judgment. In this mixed metaphor, judgment is also compared to an allotted portion of a beverage poured into one’s drinking cup (see Hab 2:15-16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":19819,"verse_id":"PSA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":19820,"verse_id":"PSA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “righteous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":19821,"verse_id":"PSA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “he loves righteous deeds.” The “righteous deeds” are probably those done by godly people (see v. 5 ). The Lord “loves” such deeds in the sense that he rewards them. Another option is to take צְדָקוֹת ( tsÿdaqot ) as referring to God’s acts of justice (see Ps 103:6 ). In this case one could translate, “he loves to do just deeds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":19822,"verse_id":"PSA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “the upright will see his face.” The singular subject (“upright”) does not agree with the plural verb. However, collective singular nouns can be construed with a plural predicate (see GKC 462 §145. b ). Another possibility is that the plural verb יֶחֱזוּ ( yekhezu ) is a corruption of an original singular form. To “see” God’s “face” means to have access to his presence and to experience his favor (see Ps 17:15 and Job 33:26 [where רָאָה ( ra ’ ah ), not חָזָה ( khazah ), is used]). On the form פָנֵימוֹ ( fanemo , “his face”) see GKC 300-301 §103. b , n. 3.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":19823,"verse_id":"PSA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term שְׁמִינִית ( shÿminit ) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music. See 1 Chr 15:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":19824,"verse_id":"PSA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"The singular form is collective or representative. Note the plural form “faithful [ones]” in the following line. A “godly [one]” ( חָסִיד , khasid ) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 18:25; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":19825,"verse_id":"PSA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “have come to an end.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A1/4"}
{"id":19826,"verse_id":"PSA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “the faithful [ones] from the sons of man.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A1/5"}
{"id":19827,"verse_id":"PSA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “falsehood they speak, a man with his neighbor.” The imperfect verb forms in v. 2 describe what is typical in the psalmist’s experience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":19828,"verse_id":"PSA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “[with] a lip of smoothness, with a heart and a heart they speak.” Speaking a “smooth” word refers to deceptive flattery (cf. Ps 5:9; 55:21 ; Prov 2:16; 5:3; 7:5, 21; 26:28; 28:23 ; Isa 30:10 ). “Heart” here refers to their mind, from which their motives and intentions originate. The repetition of the noun indicates diversity (see GKC 396 §123. f , IBHS 116 §7.2.3c, and Deut 25:13 , where the phrase “weight and a weight” refers to two different measuring weights). These people have two different types of “hearts.” Their flattering words seem to express kind motives and intentions, but this outward display does not really reflect their true motives. Their real “heart” is filled with evil thoughts and destructive intentions. The “heart” that is seemingly displayed through their words is far different from the real “heart” they keep disguised. (For the idea see Ps 28:3 .) In 1 Chr 12:33 the phrase “without a heart and a heart” means “undivided loyalty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":19829,"verse_id":"PSA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The verb form is a jussive, indicating that the statement is imprecatory (“May the Lord cut off”), not indicative (“The Lord will cut off”; see also Ps 109:15 and Mal 2:12 ). The psalmist appeals to God to destroy the wicked, rather than simply stating his confidence that he will. In this way he seeks to activate divine judgment by appealing to God’s just character. For an example of the power of such a curse, see Judg 9:7-57 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":19830,"verse_id":"PSA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “a tongue speaking great [things].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":19831,"verse_id":"PSA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “which say.” The plural verb after the relative pronoun indicates a plural antecedent for the pronoun, probably “lips” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":19832,"verse_id":"PSA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “to our tongue we make strong.” The Hiphil of גָבַר ( gavar ) occurs only here and in Dan 9:27 , where it refers to making strong, or confirming, a covenant. Here in the evildoers “make their tongue strong” in the sense that they use their tongue to produce flattering and arrogant words to accomplish their purposes. The preposition - לְ ( l ) prefixed to “our tongue” may be dittographic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":19833,"verse_id":"PSA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “our lips [are] with us.” This odd expression probably means, “our lips are in our power,” in the sense that they say what they want, whether it be flattery or boasting. For other cases where אֵת (’ et , “with”) has the sense “in the power of,” see Ps 38:10 and other texts listed by BDB 86 s.v. 3 .a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":19834,"verse_id":"PSA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The term translated “oppressed” is an objective genitive; the oppressed are the recipients/victims of violence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":19835,"verse_id":"PSA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Elsewhere in the psalms this noun is used of the painful groans of prisoners awaiting death ( 79:11; 102:20 ). The related verb is used of the painful groaning of those wounded in combat ( Jer 51:52 ; Ezek 26:15 ) and of the mournful sighing of those in grief ( Ezek 9:4; 24:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":19836,"verse_id":"PSA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “I will rise up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":19837,"verse_id":"PSA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “I will place in deliverance, he pants for it.” The final two words in Hebrew ( יָפִיחַ לוֹ , yafiakh lo ) comprise an asyndetic relative clause, “the one who pants for it.” “The one who pants” is the object of the verb “place” and the antecedent of the pronominal suffix (in the phrase “for it”) is “deliverance.” Another option is to translate, “I will place in deliverance the witness for him,” repointing יָפִיחַ (a Hiphil imperfect from פּוּחַ , puakh , “pant”) as יָפֵחַ ( yafeakh ), a noun meaning “witness.” In this case the Lord would be promising protection to those who have the courage to support the oppressed in the court of law. However, the first part of the verse focuses on the oppressed, not their advocates.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":19838,"verse_id":"PSA.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “the words of the Lord are pure words,” i.e., untainted by falsehood or deception (in contrast to the flattery of the evildoers, v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":19839,"verse_id":"PSA.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “[like] silver purified in a furnace of [i.e., “on”] the ground, refined seven times.” The singular participle מְזֻקָּק ( mÿzuqqaq , “refined”) modifies “silver.” The number seven is used rhetorically to express the thorough nature of the action. For other rhetorical/figurative uses of שִׁבְעָתָיִם ( shiv ’ atayim , “seven times”), see Gen 4:15, 24 ; Ps 79:12 ; Prov 6:31 ; Isa 30:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":19840,"verse_id":"PSA.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"The third person plural pronominal suffix on the verb is masculine, referring back to the “oppressed” and “needy” in v. 5 (both of those nouns are plural in form), suggesting that the verb means “protect” here. The suffix does not refer to אִמֲרוֹת (’ imarot , “words”) in v. 6 , because that term is feminine gender.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":19841,"verse_id":"PSA.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “you will protect him from this generation permanently.” The third masculine singular suffix on the verb “protect” is probably used in a distributive sense, referring to each one within the group mentioned previously (the oppressed/needy, referred to as “them” in the preceding line). On this grammatical point see GKC 396 §123. f (where the present text is not cited). (Some Hebrew mss and ancient textual witnesses read “us,” both here and in the preceding line.) The noun דוֹר ( dor , “generation”) refers here to the psalmist’s contemporaries, who were characterized by deceit and arrogance (see vv. 1-2 ). See BDB 189-90 s.v. for other examples where “generation” refers to a class of people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":19842,"verse_id":"PSA.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “the wicked walk all around.” One could translate v. 8 a as an independent clause, in which case it would be a concluding observation in proverbial style. The present translation assumes that v. 8 a is a subordinate explanatory clause, or perhaps a subordinate temporal clause (“while the wicked walk all around”). The adverb סָבִיב ( saviv , “around”), in combination with the Hitpael form of the verb “walk” (which indicates repeated action), pictures the wicked as ubiquitous. They have seemingly overrun society.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":19843,"verse_id":"PSA.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “when evil is lifted up by the sons of man.” The abstract noun זֻלּוּת ( zulut , “evil”) occurs only here. On the basis of evidence from the cognate languages (see HALOT 272 s.v.), one might propose the meaning “base character,” or “morally foolish behavior.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":19844,"verse_id":"PSA.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “will you forget me continually.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":19845,"verse_id":"PSA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “How long will I put counsel in my being?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":19846,"verse_id":"PSA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “[with] grief in my heart by day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":19847,"verse_id":"PSA.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “be exalted over me.” Perhaps one could translate, “How long will my enemy defeat me?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":19848,"verse_id":"PSA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":19849,"verse_id":"PSA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “Give light [to] my eyes.” The Hiphil of אוּר (’ ur ), when used elsewhere with “eyes” as object, refers to the law of God giving moral enlightenment ( Ps 19:8 ), to God the creator giving literal eyesight to all people ( Prov 29:13 ), and to God giving encouragement to his people ( Ezra 9:8 ). Here the psalmist pictures himself as being on the verge of death. His eyes are falling shut and, if God does not intervene soon, he will “fall asleep” for good.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":19850,"verse_id":"PSA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “or else I will sleep [in?] the death.” Perhaps the statement is elliptical, “I will sleep [the sleep] of death,” or “I will sleep [with the sleepers in] death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":19851,"verse_id":"PSA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “or else.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":19852,"verse_id":"PSA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “or else.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":19853,"verse_id":"PSA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"The grammatical construction used here (conjunction with independent pronoun) highlights the contrast between the psalmist’s defeated condition envisioned in v. 4 and confident attitude he displays in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":19854,"verse_id":"PSA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “may my heart rejoice in your deliverance.” The verb form is jussive. Having expressed his trust in God’s faithful character and promises, the psalmist prays that his confidence will prove to be well-placed. “Heart” is used here of the seat of the emotions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":19855,"verse_id":"PSA.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"The verb form is cohortative, indicating the psalmist’s resolve (or vow) to praise the Lord when deliverance arrives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":19856,"verse_id":"PSA.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Or “for he will have vindicated me.” The verb form indicates a future perfect here. The idiom גָמַל עַל ( gamal ’ al ) means “to repay,” here in a positive sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":19857,"verse_id":"PSA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “a fool says in his heart.” The singular is used here in a collective or representative sense; the typical fool is envisioned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":19858,"verse_id":"PSA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “they act corruptly, they make a deed evil.” The verbs describe the typical behavior of the wicked. The subject of the plural verbs is “sons of man” (v. 2 ). The entire human race is characterized by sinful behavior. This practical atheism – living as if there is no God who will hold them accountable for their actions – makes them fools, for one of the earmarks of folly is to fail to anticipate the long range consequences of one’s behavior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A1/4"}
{"id":19859,"verse_id":"PSA.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “upon the sons of man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":19860,"verse_id":"PSA.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “acts wisely.” The Hiphil is exhibitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":19861,"verse_id":"PSA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “everyone turns aside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":19862,"verse_id":"PSA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “together they are corrupt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":19863,"verse_id":"PSA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “there is none that does good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":19864,"verse_id":"PSA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “all the workers of wickedness.” See Pss 5:5; 6:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":19865,"verse_id":"PSA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “Do they not understand?” The rhetorical question (rendered in the translation as a positive affirmation) expresses the psalmist’s amazement at their apparent lack of understanding. This may refer to their lack of moral understanding, but it more likely refers to their failure to anticipate God’s defense of his people (see vv. 5-7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":19866,"verse_id":"PSA.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “there they are afraid [with] fear.” The perfect verbal form is probably used in a rhetorical manner; the psalmist describes the future demise of the oppressors as if it were already occurring. The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) is also used here for dramatic effect, as the psalmist envisions the wicked standing in fear at a spot that is this vivid in his imagination (BDB 1027 s.v.). The cognate accusative following the verb emphasizes the degree of their terror.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":19867,"verse_id":"PSA.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “for God is with a godly generation.” The Hebrew noun דּוֹר ( dor , “generation”) refers here to the general class of people who are characterized by godliness. See BDB 190 s.v. for other examples where “generation” refers to a class of people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":19868,"verse_id":"PSA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “the counsel of the oppressed you put to shame.” Using a second person plural verb form, the psalmist addresses the wicked. Since the context indicates their attempt to harm the godly will be thwarted, the imperfect should be taken in a subjunctive (cf. NASB, NRSV) rather than an indicative manner (cf. NIV). Here it probably expresses their desire or intent (“want to humiliate”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":19869,"verse_id":"PSA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"It is unlikely that כִּי ( ki ) has a causal force here. The translation assumes a concessive force; another option is to understand an asseverative use (“certainly, indeed”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":19870,"verse_id":"PSA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “his.” The antecedent of the singular pronoun is the singular form עָנִי (’ ani , “oppressed”) in the preceding line. The singular is collective or representative here (and thus translated as plural, “they”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A6/3"}
{"id":19871,"verse_id":"PSA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “turns with a turning [toward] his people.” The Hebrew term שְׁבוּת ( shÿvut ) is apparently a cognate accusative of שׁוּב ( shuv ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":19872,"verse_id":"PSA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"The verb form is jussive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":19873,"verse_id":"PSA.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.7","text":"Because the parallel verb is jussive, this verb, which is ambiguous in form, should be taken as a jussive as well.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2014%3A7/4"}
{"id":19874,"verse_id":"PSA.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “Who may live as a resident alien in your tent?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":19875,"verse_id":"PSA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “one who walks blamelessly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":19876,"verse_id":"PSA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “one who speaks truth in his heart”; or “one who speaks truth [that is] in his heart.” This apparently refers to formulating a truthful statement in one’s mind and then honestly revealing that statement in one’s speech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":19877,"verse_id":"PSA.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “he does not slander upon his tongue.” For another example of רָגַל ( ragal , “slander”) see 2 Sam 19:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":19878,"verse_id":"PSA.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.3","text":"Or “his fellow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A3/3"}
{"id":19879,"verse_id":"PSA.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.3","text":"Heb “and he does not lift up an insult against one who is near to him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A3/4"}
{"id":19880,"verse_id":"PSA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “despised in his eyes [is] a rejected [one].” The Hebrew term נִמְאָס ( nim ’ as , “rejected [one]”) apparently refers here to one who has been rejected by God because of his godless behavior. It stands in contrast to “those who fear God” in the following line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":19881,"verse_id":"PSA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “those who fear the Lord .” The one who fears the Lord respects his sovereignty and obeys his commandments. See Ps 128:1 ; Prov 14:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":19882,"verse_id":"PSA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “he takes an oath to do harm and does not change.” The phrase “to do harm” cannot mean “do harm to others,” for the preceding verse clearly characterizes this individual as one who does not harm others. In this context the phrase must refer to an oath to which a self-imprecation is attached. The godly individual takes his commitments to others so seriously he is willing to “swear to his own hurt.” For an example of such an oath, see Ruth 1:16-17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":19883,"verse_id":"PSA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “a bribe against the innocent he does not take.” For other texts condemning the practice of a judge or witness taking a bribe, see Exod 23:8 ; Deut 16:19; 27:25 ; 1 Sam 8:3 ; Ezek 22:12 ; Prov 17:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":19884,"verse_id":"PSA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “does these things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":19885,"verse_id":"PSA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew term מִכְתָּם ( mikhtam ) is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":19886,"verse_id":"PSA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “my good [is] not beyond you.” For the use of the preposition עַל (’ al ) in the sense of “beyond,” see BDB 755 s.v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":19887,"verse_id":"PSA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “regarding the holy ones who [are] in the land, they; and the mighty [ones] in [whom is/was] all my desire.” The difficult syntax makes the meaning of the verse uncertain. The phrase “holy ones” sometimes refers to God’s angelic assembly (see Ps 89:5, 7 ), but the qualifying clause “who are in the land” suggests that here it refers to God’s people ( Ps 34:9 ) or to their priestly leaders ( 2 Chr 35:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":19888,"verse_id":"PSA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “their troubles multiply, another, they pay a dowry.” The meaning of the text is unclear. The Hebrew term עַצְּבוֹתָם (’ atsÿvotam , “troubles”) appears to be a plural form of עַצֶּבֶת (’ atsÿvet , “pain, wound”; see Job 9:28 ; Ps 147:3 ). Because idolatry appears to be in view (see v. 4 b), some prefer to emend the noun to עַצְּבִים (’ atsÿvim , “idols”). “Troubles” may be a wordplay on “idols” or a later alteration designed to emphasize that idolatry leads to trouble. The singular form אחר (“another”) is syntactically problematic here. Perhaps the form should be emended to a plural אֲחֵרִים (’ akherim , “others”). (The final mem [ ם ] could have been lost by haplography; note the mem [ מ ] at the beginning of the next word.) In this case it might be taken as an abbreviated form of the well-attested phrase אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים (’ elohim ’ akherim , “other gods”). (In Isa 42:8 the singular form אַחַר (’ akher , “another”) is used of another god.) The verb מָהַר ( mahar ) appears in the Qal stem; the only other use of a Qal verbal form of a root מָהַר is in Exod 22:15 , where the denominative verb מָהֹר ( mahor , “purchase [a wife]”) appears; cf. the related noun מֹהַר ( mohar , “bride money, purchase price for a wife”). If that verb is understood here, then the idolaters are pictured as eager bridegrooms paying the price to acquire the object of their desire. Another option is to emend the verb to a Piel and translate, “hurry (after).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":19889,"verse_id":"PSA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “I will not pour out their drink offerings of blood.” The third masculine plural suffix would appear to refer back to the people/leaders mentioned in v. 3 . However, if we emend אֲחֵר (’ akher , “another”) to the plural אֲחֵרִים (’ akherim , “other [gods]”) in v. 4 , the suffix can be understood as referring to these gods – “the drink offerings [made to] them.” The next line favors this interpretation. Perhaps this refers to some type of pagan cultic ritual. Elsewhere wine is the prescribed content of drink offerings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":19890,"verse_id":"PSA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “and I will not lift up their names upon my lips.” The expression “lift up the name” probably refers here to swearing an oath in the name of deity (see Exod 20:7 ; Deut 5:11 ). If so, the third masculine plural suffix on “names” likely refers to the pagan gods, not the people/leaders. See the preceding note.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":19891,"verse_id":"PSA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “O Lord , the portion of my possession and my cup”; or “the Lord [is] the portion of my possession and my cup.” The psalmist compares the Lord to landed property, which was foundational to economic stability in ancient Israel, and to a cup of wine, which may symbolize a reward (in Ps 11:6 it symbolizes the judgment one deserves) or divine blessing (see Ps 23:5 ). The metaphor highlights the fact that God is the psalmist’s source of security and prosperity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":19892,"verse_id":"PSA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “you take hold of my lot.” The form תּוֹמִיךְ ( tomikh ) should be emended to a participle, תוֹמֵךְ ( tomekh ). The psalmist pictures the Lord as casting his lot (a method used to allot landed property) for him, thus assuring that he will receive a fertile piece of land (see v. 6 ). As in the previous line, land represents security and economic stability, thus “you make my future secure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":19893,"verse_id":"PSA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “measuring lines have fallen for me in pleasant [places]; yes, property [or “an inheritance”] is beautiful for me.” On the dative use of עַל , see BDB 758 s.v. II.8. Extending the metaphor used in v. 5 , the psalmist compares the divine blessings he has received to a rich, beautiful tract of land that one might receive by allotment or inheritance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":19894,"verse_id":"PSA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “bless,” that is, “proclaim as worthy of praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":19895,"verse_id":"PSA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “because.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":19896,"verse_id":"PSA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “counsels, advises.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":19897,"verse_id":"PSA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “yes, [during] nights my kidneys instruct [or “correct”] me.” The “kidneys” are viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s moral character (see Ps 26:2 ). In the quiet darkness the Lord speaks to his inner being, as it were, and enables him to grow in moral understanding.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A7/4"}
{"id":19898,"verse_id":"PSA.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “I set the Lord before me continually.” This may mean that the psalmist is aware of the Lord ’s presence and sensitive to his moral guidance (see v. 7 ), or that he trusts in the Lord ’s protection (see the following line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":19899,"verse_id":"PSA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “my glory is happy.” Some view the Hebrew term כְּבוֹדִי ( kÿvodiy , “my glory”) as a metonymy for man’s inner being (see BDB 459 s.v. II כָּבוֹד 5), but it is preferable to emend the form to כְּבֵדִי ( kÿvediy , “my liver”). Like the heart, the liver is viewed as the seat of one’s emotions. See also Pss 30:12; 57:9; 108:1 , as well as H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 64, and M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:90. For an Ugaritic example of the heart/liver as the source of joy, see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 47-48: “her [Anat’s] liver swelled with laughter, her heart was filled with joy, the liver of Anat with triumph.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":19900,"verse_id":"PSA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “yes, my flesh dwells securely.” The psalmist’s “flesh” stands by metonymy for his body and, by extension, his physical life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":19901,"verse_id":"PSA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Or “my life.” The suffixed form of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being”) is often equivalent to a pronoun in poetic texts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":19902,"verse_id":"PSA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"A “faithful follower” ( חָסִיד [ khasid ], traditionally rendered “holy one”) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 18:25; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ). The psalmist here refers to himself, as the parallel line (“You will not abandon me to Sheol”) indicates.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":19903,"verse_id":"PSA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.10","text":"That is, “experience.” The psalmist is confident that the Lord will protect him in his present crisis (see v. 1 ) and prevent him from dying. sn According to Peter, the words of Ps 16:8-11 are applicable to Jesus ( Acts 2:25-29 ). Peter goes on to argue that David, being a prophet, foresaw future events and spoke of Jesus’ resurrection from the dead ( Acts 2:30-33 ). Paul seems to concur with Peter in this understanding (see Acts 13:35-37 ). For a discussion of the NT application of these verses to Jesus’ resurrection, see R. B. Chisholm, Jr., “A Theology of the Psalms,” A Biblical Theology of the Old Testament , 292-95.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A10/4"}
{"id":19904,"verse_id":"PSA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.10","text":"The Hebrew word שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “pit”) is often used as a title for Sheol (see Pss 30:9; 49:9; 55:24; 103:4 ). Note the parallelism with the previous line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A10/5"}
{"id":19905,"verse_id":"PSA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “cause me to know”; or “cause me to experience.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":19906,"verse_id":"PSA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"This is a metaphorical way of saying, “you preserve my life.” The phrase “path of life” stands in contrast to death/Sheol in Prov 2:18-19; 5:5-6; 15:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":19907,"verse_id":"PSA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “abundance of joy [is] with your face.” The plural form of the noun שִׂמְחָה ( simkhah , “joy”) occurs only here and in Ps 45:15 . It may emphasize the degree of joy experienced.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A11/3"}
{"id":19908,"verse_id":"PSA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “delight [is] in your right hand forever.” The plural form of the adjective נָעִים ( na ’ im , “pleasant, delightful”) may here emphasize the degree of delight experienced (see Job 36:11 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2016%3A11/4"}
{"id":19909,"verse_id":"PSA.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “hear, Lord , what is just.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":19910,"verse_id":"PSA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “From before you may my justice come out.” The prefixed verbal form יָצָא ( yatsa ’) could be taken as an imperfect, but following the imperatives in v. 1 , it is better understood as a jussive of prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":19911,"verse_id":"PSA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “May your eyes look at what is right.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as jussive. (See also the preceding note on the word “behalf.”)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":19912,"verse_id":"PSA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “you tested my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":19913,"verse_id":"PSA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “you visited [at] night.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":19914,"verse_id":"PSA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “you tested me, you do not find, I plan, my mouth will not cross over.” The Hebrew verbal form זַמֹּתִי ( zammotiy ) is a Qal perfect, first person singular from the root זָמַם ( zamam , “plan, plan evil”). Some emend the form to a suffixed form of the noun, זִמָּתִי ( zimmatiy , “my plan/evil plan”), and take it as the object of the preceding verb “find.” However, the suffix seems odd, since the psalmist is denying that he has any wrong thoughts. If one takes the form with what precedes, it might make better sense to read זִמּוֹת ( zimmot , “evil plans”). However, this emendation leaves an unclear connection with the next line. The present translation maintains the verbal form found in the MT and understands it in a neutral sense, “I have decided” (see Jer 4:28 ). The words “my mouth will not cross over” (i.e., “transgress, sin”) can then be taken as a noun clause functioning as the object of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":19915,"verse_id":"PSA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “with regard to the deeds of man[kind].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":19916,"verse_id":"PSA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “by the word of your lips, I, I have watched the paths of the violent” (i.e., “watched” in the sense of “watched for the purpose of avoiding”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":19917,"verse_id":"PSA.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “my steps stay firm in your tracks.” The infinitive absolute functions here as a finite verb (see GKC 347 §113. gg ). God’s “tracks” are his commands, i.e., the moral pathways he has prescribed for the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":19918,"verse_id":"PSA.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “my footsteps do not stagger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":19919,"verse_id":"PSA.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “Turn your ear toward me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":19920,"verse_id":"PSA.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “my word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":19921,"verse_id":"PSA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “Set apart faithful acts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":19922,"verse_id":"PSA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “[O] one who delivers those who seek shelter from the ones raising themselves up, by your right hand.” The Lord’s “right hand” here symbolizes his power to protect and deliver. sn Those who look to you for protection from their enemies . “Seeking shelter” in the Lord is an idiom for seeking his protection. Seeking his protection presupposes and even demonstrates the subject’s loyalty to the Lord. In the psalms those who “take shelter” in the Lord are contrasted with the wicked and equated with those who love, fear and serve the Lord ( Pss 5:11-12; 31:17-20; 34:21-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":19923,"verse_id":"PSA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “Protect me like the pupil, a daughter of an eye.” The noun בַּת ( bat , “daughter”) should probably be emended to בָּבַת ( bavat , “pupil”). See Zech 2:12 HT ( 2:8 ET) and HALOT 107 s.v. * בָּבָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":19924,"verse_id":"PSA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “from before”; or “because.” In the Hebrew text v. 9 is subordinated to v. 8 . The words “protect me” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":19925,"verse_id":"PSA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “destroy.” The psalmist uses the perfect verbal form to emphasize the degree of danger. He describes the wicked as being already in the process of destroying him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":19926,"verse_id":"PSA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “my enemies, at the risk of life they surround me.” The Hebrew phrase בְּנֶפֶשׁ ( bÿnefesh ) sometimes has the nuance “at the risk of [one’s] life” (see 1 Kgs 2:23 ; Prov 7:23 ; Lam 5:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A9/3"}
{"id":19927,"verse_id":"PSA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “their fat they close.” The Hebrew term חֵלֶב ( khelev , “fat”) appears to stand by metonymy for their calloused hearts. They attack the psalmist without feeling any pity or remorse. Some propose emending the text to חֵלֶב לִבָּמוֹ ( khelev libbamo , “fat of their heart[s]; cf. Ps 119:70 , “their heart is insensitive like fat”). This assumes haplography of the לב ( lamed-bet ) consonantal sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":19928,"verse_id":"PSA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “[with] their mouth they speak with arrogance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":19929,"verse_id":"PSA.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “our steps, now they surround me.” The Kethib (consonantal text) has “surround me,” while the Qere (marginal reading) has “surround us,” harmonizing the pronoun to the preceding “our steps.” The first person plural pronoun does not fit the context, where the psalmist speaks as an individual. In the preceding verses the psalmist uses a first person singular verbal or pronominal form twenty times. For this reason it is preferable to emend “our steps” to אִשְּׁרוּנִי (’ ishÿruni , “they attack me”) from the verbal root אָשֻׁר (’ ashur , “march, stride, track”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":19930,"verse_id":"PSA.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “their eyes they set to bend down in the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":19931,"verse_id":"PSA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Here the psalmist switches to the singular pronoun; he views his enemies collectively, or singles out a representative of the group, perhaps its leader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":19932,"verse_id":"PSA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “his likeness [is] like a lion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":19933,"verse_id":"PSA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “[that] longs to tear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":19934,"verse_id":"PSA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “sitting.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":19935,"verse_id":"PSA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “Be in front of his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":19936,"verse_id":"PSA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “bring him to his knees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":19937,"verse_id":"PSA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “rescue my life from the wicked [one] [by] your sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":19938,"verse_id":"PSA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “from men [by] your hand, Lord .” The translation assumes an emendation (both here and in the following line) of מִמְתִים ( mimtim , “from men”) to מִמְמִתִים ( mimmitim , “from those who kill”). For other uses of the plural form of the Hiphil participle of מוּת ( mut , “die”), see 2 Kgs 17:26 (used with lions as subject), Job 33:22 (apparently referring to the agents of death), and Jer 26:15 (used of those seeking Jeremiah’s life).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":19939,"verse_id":"PSA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “from men, from [the] world.” On the emendation of “men” to “murderers,” see the preceding note on the word “murderers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":19940,"verse_id":"PSA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “their portion, in life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":19941,"verse_id":"PSA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “and [with] your treasures you fill their belly.” sn You overwhelm them with the riches they desire. The psalmist is not accusing God of being unjust; he is simply observing that the wicked often prosper and that God is the ultimate source of all blessings that human beings enjoy (see Matt 5:45 ). When the wicked are ungrateful for God’s blessings, they become even more culpable and deserving of judgment. So this description of the wicked actually supports the psalmist’s appeal for deliverance. God should rescue him because he is innocent (see vv. 3-5 ) and because the wicked, though blessed abundantly by God, still have the audacity to attack God’s people.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A14/4"}
{"id":19942,"verse_id":"PSA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “they are satisfied [with] sons and leave their abundance to their children.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A14/5"}
{"id":19943,"verse_id":"PSA.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “I, in innocence, I will see your face.” To “see” God’s “face” means to have access to his presence and to experience his favor (see Ps 11:7 ; see also Job 33:26 [where רָאָה ( ra ’ ah ), not חָזַה ( khazah ), is used]). Here, however, the psalmist may be anticipating a mystical experience. See the following note on the word “me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":19944,"verse_id":"PSA.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “I will be satisfied, when I awake, [with] your form.” The noun תְּמוּנָה ( tÿmunah ) normally carries the nuance “likeness” or “form.” In Job 4:16 it refers to a ghostlike spiritual entity (see v. 15 ) that revealed itself to Eliphaz during the night. The psalmist may anticipate a mystical encounter with God in which he expects to see a manifestation of God’s presence (i.e., a theophany), perhaps in conjunction with an oracle of deliverance. During the quiet darkness of the night, God examines the psalmist’s inner motives and finds them to be pure (see v. 3 ). The psalmist is confident that when he awakens, perhaps sometime during the night or in the morning, he will be visited by God and assured of vindication. sn When I awake you will reveal yourself to me . Some see in this verse an allusion to resurrection. According to this view, when the psalmist awakens from the sleep of death, he will see God. It is unlikely that the psalmist had such a highly developed personal eschatology. As noted above, it is more likely that he is anticipating a divine visitation and mystical encounter as a prelude to his deliverance from his enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":19945,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “spoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":19946,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “in the day,” or “at the time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":19947,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/4"}
{"id":19948,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “and from the hand of Saul.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/5"}
{"id":19949,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.1","text":"A number of translations (e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV) assign the words “he said” to the superscription, in which case the entire psalm is in first person. Other translations (e.g., NAB) include the introductory “he said” at the beginning of v. 1 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/6"}
{"id":19950,"verse_id":"PSA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"18.1","text":"The verb רָחַם ( rakham ) elsewhere appears in the Piel (or Pual) verbal stem with the basic meaning, “have compassion.” The verb occurs only here in the basic (Qal) stem. The basic stem of the verbal root also occurs in Aramaic with the meaning “love” (see DNWSI 2:1068-69; Jastrow 1467 s.v. רָחַם ; G. Schmuttermayr, “ rhm : eine lexikalische Studie,” Bib 51 [1970]: 515-21). Since this introductory statement does not appear in the parallel version in 2 Sam 22:1-51 , it is possible that it is a later addition to the psalm, made when the poem was revised for use in worship.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A1/7"}
{"id":19951,"verse_id":"PSA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “in whom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":19952,"verse_id":"PSA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “the horn of my salvation”; or “my saving horn.” sn Though some see “horn” as referring to a horn-shaped peak of a hill, or to the “horns” of an altar where one could find refuge, it is more likely that the horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (cf. Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ). In the ancient Near East powerful warrior-kings would sometimes compare themselves to a goring bull that uses its horns to kill its enemies. For examples, see P. Miller, “El the Warrior,” HTR 60 (1967): 422-25, and R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 135-36. Ps 18:2 uses the metaphor of the horn in a slightly different manner. Here the Lord himself is compared to a horn. He is to the psalmist what the horn is to the ox, a source of defense and victory.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A2/5"}
{"id":19953,"verse_id":"PSA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “my elevated place.” The parallel version of this psalm in 2 Sam 22:3 adds at this point, “my refuge, my savior, [you who] save me from violence.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A2/6"}
{"id":19954,"verse_id":"PSA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"In this song of thanksgiving, where the psalmist recalls how the Lord delivered him, the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":19955,"verse_id":"PSA.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “worthy of praise, I cried out [to] the Lord .” Some take מְהֻלָּל ( mÿhullal , “worthy of praise”) with what precedes and translate, “the praiseworthy one,” or “praiseworthy.” However, the various epithets in vv. 1-2 have the first person pronominal suffix, unlike מְהֻלָּל . If one follows the traditional verse division and takes מְהֻלָּל with what follows, it is best understood as substantival and as appositional to יְהוָה ( yÿhvah ): “[to the] praiseworthy one I cried out, [to the] Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":19956,"verse_id":"PSA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Ps 18:4 reads “ropes,” while 2 Sam 22:5 reads “waves.” The reading of the psalm has been influenced by the next verse (note “ropes of Sheol”) and perhaps also by Ps 116:3 (where “ropes of death” appears, as here, with the verb אָפַף , ’ afaf ). However, the parallelism of v. 4 (note “currents” in the next line) favors the reading “waves.” While the verb אָפַף is used with “ropes” as subject in Ps 116:3 , it can also be used with engulfing “waters” as subject (see Jonah 2:5 ). Death is compared to surging waters in v. 4 and to a hunter in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":19957,"verse_id":"PSA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"The Hebrew noun נַחַל ( nakhal ) usually refers to a river or stream, but in this context the plural form likely refers to the currents of the sea (see vv. 15-16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":19958,"verse_id":"PSA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"The noun בְלִיַּעַל ( vÿliyya ’ al ) is used here as an epithet for death. Elsewhere it is a common noun meaning “wickedness, uselessness.” It is often associated with rebellion against authority and other crimes that result in societal disorder and anarchy. The phrase “man/son of wickedness” refers to one who opposes God and the order he has established. The term becomes an appropriate title for death, which, through human forces, launches an attack against God’s chosen servant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":19959,"verse_id":"PSA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.4","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. (Note the perfect verbal form in the parallel/preceding line.) The verb בָּעַת ( ba ’ at ) sometimes by metonymy carries the nuance “frighten,” but the parallelism (see “engulfed”) favors the meaning “overwhelm” here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A4/4"}
{"id":19960,"verse_id":"PSA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “surrounded me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":19961,"verse_id":"PSA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “confronted me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":19962,"verse_id":"PSA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"In this poetic narrative context the four prefixed verbal forms in v. 6 are best understood as preterites indicating past tense, not imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":19963,"verse_id":"PSA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “from his temple.” Verse 10 , which pictures God descending from the sky, indicates that the heavenly temple is in view, not the earthly one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":19964,"verse_id":"PSA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “and my cry for help before him came into his ears.” 2 Sam 22:7 has a shorter reading, “my cry for help, in his ears.” It is likely that Ps 18:6 MT as it now stands represents a conflation of two readings: (1) “my cry for help came before him,” (2) “my cry for help came into his ears.” See F. M. Cross and D. N. Freedman, Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry (SBLDS), 144, n. 13.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":19965,"verse_id":"PSA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"2 Sam 22:8 has “heavens” which forms a merism with “earth” in the preceding line. The “foundations of the heavens” would be the mountains. However, the reading “foundations of the mountains” has a parallel in Deut 32:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":19966,"verse_id":"PSA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the three prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":19967,"verse_id":"PSA.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “within”; or “[from] within.” For a discussion of the use of the preposition - בְּ ( bÿ ) here, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 163-64.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":19968,"verse_id":"PSA.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Or “in his anger.” The noun אַף (’ af ) can carry the abstract meaning “anger,” but the parallelism (note “from his mouth”) suggests the more concrete meaning “nose” here. See also v. 15 , “the powerful breath of your nose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":19969,"verse_id":"PSA.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “fire from his mouth devoured.” In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the two perfect verbal forms in the verse. sn Fire devoured as it came from his mouth . For other examples of fire as a weapon in OT theophanies and ancient Near Eastern portrayals of warring gods and kings, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 165-67.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":19970,"verse_id":"PSA.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “coals burned from him.” Perhaps the psalmist pictures God’s fiery breath igniting coals (cf. Job 41:21 ), which he then hurls as weapons (cf. Ps 120:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A8/4"}
{"id":19971,"verse_id":"PSA.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The Hebrew verb נָטָה ( natah ) can carry the sense “[cause to] bend, bow down.” For example, Gen 49:15 pictures Issachar as a donkey that “bends” its shoulder or back under a burden. Here the Lord causes the sky, pictured as a dome or vault, to sink down as he descends in the storm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":19972,"verse_id":"PSA.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Or “rode upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":19973,"verse_id":"PSA.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a cherub.” Because of the typical associations of the word “cherub” in English with chubby winged babies, the term has been rendered “winged angel” in the translation. sn Winged angel ( Heb “cherub”). Cherubs, as depicted in the OT, possess both human and animal (lion, ox, and eagle) characteristics (see Ezek 1:10; 10:14, 21; 41:18 ). They are pictured as winged creatures ( Exod 25:20; 37:9 ; 1 Kgs 6:24-27 ; Ezek 10:8, 19 ) and serve as the very throne of God when the ark of the covenant is in view ( Pss 80:1; 99:1 ; see Num 7:89 ; 1 Sam 4:4 ; 2 Sam 6:2 ; 2 Kgs 19:15 ). The picture of the Lord seated on the cherubs suggests they might be used by him as a vehicle, a function they carry out in Ezek 1:22-28 (the “living creatures” mentioned here are identified as cherubs in Ezek 10:20 ). In Ps 18:10 the image of a cherub serves to personify the wind (see the next line of the psalm).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":19974,"verse_id":"PSA.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"2 Sam 22:11 reads “appeared” (from רָאָה , ra ’ ah ); the relatively rare verb דָאָה ( da ’ ah , “glide”) is more difficult and probably the original reading here in .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":19975,"verse_id":"PSA.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “he made darkness his hiding place around him, his covering.” 2 Sam 22:12 reads, “he made darkness around him coverings,” omitting “his hiding place” and pluralizing “covering.” Ps 18:11 may include a conflation of synonyms (“his hiding place” and “his covering”) or 2 Sam 22:12 may be the result of haplography/homoioarcton. Note that three successive words in Ps 18:11 begin with the Hebrew letter samek : סִתְרוֹ סְבִיבוֹתָיו סֻכָּתוֹ ( sitro sÿvivotayv sukkato ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":19976,"verse_id":"PSA.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “darkness of water, clouds of clouds.” The noun “darkness” ( חֶשְׁכַת , kheshkhat ) is probably a corruption of an original reading חשׁרת , a form that is preserved in 2 Sam 22:12 . The latter is a construct form of חַשְׁרָה ( khashrah , “sieve”) which occurs only here in the OT. A cognate Ugaritic noun means “sieve,” and a related verb חָשַׁר ( khashar , “to sift”) is attested in postbiblical Hebrew and Aramaic. The phrase חַשְׁרַת מַיִם ( khashrat mayim ) means literally “a sieve of water.” It pictures the rain clouds as a sieve through which the rain falls to the ground (see F. M. Cross and D. N. Freedman, Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry [SBLDS], 146, n. 33).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":19977,"verse_id":"PSA.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “from the brightness in front of him his clouds came, hail and coals of fire.” 2 Sam 22:13 reads, “from the brightness in front of him burned coals of fire.” The Lucianic family of texts within the Greek tradition of 2 Sam 22:13 seems to assume the underlying Hebrew text: מנגה נגדו עברו ברד וגחלי אשׁ , “from the brightness in front of him came hail and coals of fire” (the basis for the present translation). The textual situation is perplexing and the identity of the original text uncertain. The verbs עָבָרוּ (’ avaru ; Ps 18:12 ) and בָּעֲרוּ ( ba ’ aru ; 2 Sam 22:13 ) appear to be variants involving a transposition of the first two letters. The noun עָבָיו (’ avayv , “his clouds,” Ps 18:12 ) may be virtually dittographic (note the following עָבְרוּ , ’ avru ), or it could have accidentally dropped out from the text of 2 Sam 22:13 by virtual haplography (note the preceding בָּעֲרוּ , which might have originally read עָבְרוּ ). The noun בָּרָד ( barad , “hail,” Ps 18:12 ) may be virtually dittographic (note the preceding עָבְרוּ ), or it could have dropped out from 2 Sam 22:13 by virtual haplography (note the preceding בָּעֲרוּ , which might have originally read עָבְרוּ ). For a fuller discussion of the text and its problems, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 74-76.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":19978,"verse_id":"PSA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"2 Sam 22:14 has “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":19979,"verse_id":"PSA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “the Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A13/3"}
{"id":19980,"verse_id":"PSA.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.13","text":"The text of Ps 18:13 adds at this point, “hail and coals of fire.” These words are probably accidentally added from v. 12 b; they do not appear in 2 Sam 22:14 . tn Heb “offered his voice.” In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not an imperfect. Note the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive in the preceding line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A13/4"}
{"id":19981,"verse_id":"PSA.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"2 Sam 22:15 omits the pronominal suffix (“his”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":19982,"verse_id":"PSA.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"The pronominal suffixes on the verbs “scattered” and “routed” (see the next line) refer to the psalmist’s enemies. Some argue that the suffixes refer to the arrows, in which case one might translate “shot them far and wide” and “made them move noisily,” respectively. They argue that the enemies have not been mentioned since v. 4 and are not again mentioned until v. 17 . However, usage of the verbs פוּץ ( puts , “scatter”) and הָמַם ( hamam , “rout”) elsewhere in Holy War accounts suggests the suffixes refer to enemies. Enemies are frequently pictured in such texts as scattered and/or routed (see Exod 14:24; 23:27 ; Num 10:35 ; Josh 10:10 ; Judg 4:15 ; 1 Sam 7:10; 11:11 ; Ps 68:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":19983,"verse_id":"PSA.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “lightning bolts, many.” 2 Sam 22:15 has simply “lightning” ( בָּרָק , baraq ). The identity of the word רָב ( rav ) in Ps 18:14 is problematic. (1) It may be a form of a rare verb רָבַב ( ravav , “to shoot”), perhaps attested in Gen 49:23 as well. In this case one might translate, “he shot lightning bolts and routed them.” Other options include (2) understanding רָב ( rav ) as an adverbial use of the adjective, “lightning bolts in abundance,” or (3) emending the form to רַבּוּ ( rabbu ), from רָבַב ( ravav , “be many”) or to רָבוּ ( ravu ), from רָבָה ( ravah , “be many”) – both a haplography of the vav ( ו ); note the initial vav on the immediately following form – and translating “lightning bolts were in abundance.” sn Arrows and lightning bolts are associated in other texts (see Pss 77:17-18; 144:6 ; Zech 9:14 ), as well as in ancient Near Eastern art (see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” [Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983], 187).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A14/4"}
{"id":19984,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Or “channels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":19985,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Ps 18:15 reads “water” (cf. Ps 42:1 ); “sea” is the reading of 2 Sam 22:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":19986,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.15","text":"Or “foundations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/3"}
{"id":19987,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “from.” The preposition has a causal sense here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/4"}
{"id":19988,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.15","text":"The noun is derived from the verb גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ), which is often understood to mean “rebuke.” In some cases it is apparent that scolding or threatening is in view (see Gen 37:10 ; Ruth 2:16 ; Zech 3:2 ). However, in militaristic contexts this translation is inadequate, for the verb refers in this setting to the warrior’s battle cry, which terrifies and paralyzes the enemy. See A. Caquot, TDOT 3:53, and note the use of the verb in Pss 68:30; 106:9 ; and Nah 1:4 , as well as the related noun in Job 26:11 ; Pss 9:5; 76:6; 104:7 ; Isa 50:2; 51:20; 66:15 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/5"}
{"id":19989,"verse_id":"PSA.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.15","text":"2 Sam 22:16 reads “by the battle cry of the Lord , by the blast of the breath of his nose.” The phrase “blast of the breath” ( Heb “breath of breath”) employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A15/6"}
{"id":19990,"verse_id":"PSA.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “stretched.” Perhaps “his hand” should be supplied by ellipsis (see Ps 144:7 ). In this poetic narrative context the three prefixed verbal forms in this verse are best understood as preterites indicating past tense, not imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":19991,"verse_id":"PSA.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “mighty waters.” The waters of the sea symbolize the psalmist’s powerful enemies, as well as the realm of death they represent (see v. 4 and Ps 144:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A16/2"}
{"id":19992,"verse_id":"PSA.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"The singular refers either to personified death or collectively to the psalmist’s enemies. The following line, which refers to “those [plural] who hate me,” favors the latter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":19993,"verse_id":"PSA.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"The same verb is translated “trapped” in v. 5 . In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":19994,"verse_id":"PSA.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “became my support.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":19995,"verse_id":"PSA.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Or “delighted in me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":19996,"verse_id":"PSA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"In this poetic narrative context the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite indicating past tense, not imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":19997,"verse_id":"PSA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “according to my righteousness.” As vv. 22-24 make clear, the psalmist refers here to his unwavering obedience to God’s commands. In these verses the psalmist explains that the Lord was pleased with him and willing to deliver him because he had been loyal to God and obedient to his commandments. Ancient Near Eastern literature contains numerous parallels. A superior (a god or king) would typically reward a subject (a king or the servant of a king, respectively) for loyalty and obedience. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 211-13.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":19998,"verse_id":"PSA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"The unreduced Hiphil prefixed verbal form appears to be an imperfect, in which case the psalmist would be generalizing. However, both the preceding and following contexts (see especially v. 24 ) suggest he is narrating his experience. Despite its unreduced form, the verb is better taken as a preterite. For other examples of unreduced Hiphil preterites, see Pss 55:14 a; 68:9 a, 10b; 80:8 a; 89:43 a; 107:38 b; 116:6 b.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":19999,"verse_id":"PSA.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “according to the purity of my hands he repaid to me.” “Hands” suggest activity and behavior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A20/4"}
{"id":20000,"verse_id":"PSA.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “for I have kept the ways of the Lord .” The phrase “ways of the Lord ” refers here to the “conduct required” by the Lord . In the Lord ’s “ways” are associated with his covenantal demands (see vv. 4, 9-10 ). See also Ps 119:3 (cf. vv. 1, 4 ), as well as Deut 8:6; 10:12; 11:22; 19:9; 26:17; 28:9; 30:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":20001,"verse_id":"PSA.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “I have not acted wickedly from my God.” The statement is elliptical; the idea is, “I have not acted wickedly and, in so doing, departed from my God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":20002,"verse_id":"PSA.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “for all his regulations [are] before me.” The Hebrew term מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishpatim , “regulations”) refers to God’s covenantal requirements, especially those which the king is responsible to follow (cf. Deut 17:18-20 ). See also Pss 19:9 (cf. vv. 7-8 ); 89:30; 147:20 (cf. v. 19 ), as well as the numerous uses of the term in .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":20003,"verse_id":"PSA.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “and his rules I do not turn aside from me.” 2 Sam 22:23 reads, “and his rules, I do not turn aside from it.” The prefixed verbal form is probably an imperfect; the psalmist here generalizes about his loyalty to God’s commands. The Lord’s “rules” are the stipulations of the covenant which the king was responsible to obey (see Ps 89:31 ; cf. v. 30 and Deut 17:18-20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":20004,"verse_id":"PSA.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “from my sin,” that is, from making it my own in any way. sn Kept myself from sinning . Leading a blameless life meant that the king would be loyal to God’s covenant, purge the government and society of evil and unjust officials, and reward loyalty to the Lord (see ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":20005,"verse_id":"PSA.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “according to my righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":20006,"verse_id":"PSA.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “according to the purity of my hands before his eyes.” 2 Sam 22:25 reads “according to my purity before his eyes.” The verbal repetition (compare vv. 20 and 24 ) sets off vv. 20-24 as a distinct sub-unit within the psalm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":20007,"verse_id":"PSA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 25-29 draw attention to God’s characteristic actions. Based on his experience, the psalmist generalizes about God’s just dealings with people (vv. 25-27 ) and about the way in which God typically empowers him on the battlefield (vv. 28-29 ). The Hitpael stem is used in vv. 26-27 in a reflexive resultative (or causative) sense. God makes himself loyal, etc. in the sense that he conducts or reveals himself as such. On this use of the Hitpael stem, see GKC 149-50 §54. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":20008,"verse_id":"PSA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Or “to a faithful follower.” A “faithful follower” ( חָסִיד , khasid ) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 16:10; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":20009,"verse_id":"PSA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.25","text":"Or “innocent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A25/3"}
{"id":20010,"verse_id":"PSA.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “a man of innocence.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A25/4"}
{"id":20011,"verse_id":"PSA.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Or “blameless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":20012,"verse_id":"PSA.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"The Hebrew verb פָתַל ( patal ) is used in only three other texts. In Gen 30:8 it means literally “to wrestle,” or “to twist.” In Job 5:13 it refers to devious individuals, and in Prov 8:8 to deceptive words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":20013,"verse_id":"PSA.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.26","text":"The adjective עִקֵּשׁ (’ iqqesh ) has the basic nuance “twisted, crooked,” and by extension refers to someone or something that is morally perverse. It appears frequently in Proverbs, where it is used of evil people ( 22:5 ), speech ( 8:8; 19:1 ), thoughts (11:20; 17:20), and life styles (2:15; 28:6). A righteous king opposes such people ( Ps 101:4 ). sn Verses 25-26 affirm God’s justice. He responds to people in accordance with their moral character. His response mirrors their actions. The faithful and blameless find God to be loyal and reliable in his dealings with them. But deceivers discover he is able and willing to use deceit to destroy them. For a more extensive discussion of the theme of divine deception in the OT, see R. B. Chisholm, “Does God Deceive?” BSac 155 (1998): 11-28.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A26/3"}
{"id":20014,"verse_id":"PSA.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Or perhaps, “humble” (note the contrast with those who are proud).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":20015,"verse_id":"PSA.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"Heb “but proud eyes you bring low.” 2 Sam 22:28 reads, “your eyes [are] upon the proud, [whom] you bring low.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":20016,"verse_id":"PSA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki )is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":20017,"verse_id":"PSA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Ps 18:28 reads literally, “you light my lamp, Lord .” 2 Sam 22:29 has, “you are my lamp, Lord .” The reading may preserve two variants, נֵרִי ( neriy , “my lamp”) and אוֹרִי (’ oriy , “my light”), cf. Ps 27:1 . The verb תָּאִיר ( ta ’ ir , “you light”) in Ps 18:28 would, in this case, be a corruption of the latter. See F. M. Cross and D. N. Freedman, Studies in Ancient Yahwistic Poetry (SBLDS), 150, n. 64. The metaphor, which likens the Lord to a lamp or light, pictures him as the psalmist’s source of life. For other examples of “lamp” used in this way, see Job 18:6; 21:17 ; Prov 13:9; 20:20; 24:20 . For other examples of “light” as a symbol for life, see Job 3:20; 33:30 ; Ps 56:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":20018,"verse_id":"PSA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"2 Sam 22:29 repeats the name “ Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":20019,"verse_id":"PSA.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “my darkness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":20020,"verse_id":"PSA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":20021,"verse_id":"PSA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “by you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":20022,"verse_id":"PSA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “I will run.” The imperfect verbal forms in v. 29 indicate the subject’s potential or capacity to perform an action. Though one might expect a preposition to follow the verb here, this need not be the case with the verb רוּץ ( ruts ; see 1 Sam 17:22 ). Some emend the Qal to a Hiphil form of the verb and translate, “I put to flight [ Heb “cause to run”] an army.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A29/3"}
{"id":20023,"verse_id":"PSA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.29","text":"More specifically, the noun גְּדוּד ( gÿdud ) refers to a raiding party or to a contingent of troops. sn I can charge against an army . The picture of a divinely empowered warrior charging against an army in almost superhuman fashion appears elsewhere in ancient Near Eastern literature. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 228.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A29/4"}
{"id":20024,"verse_id":"PSA.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.29","text":"Heb “and by my God.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A29/5"}
{"id":20025,"verse_id":"PSA.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “[As for] the God, his way is blameless.” The term הָאֵל ( ha ’ el , “the God”) stands as a nominative (or genitive) absolute in apposition to the resumptive pronominal suffix on “way.” The prefixed article emphasizes his distinctiveness as the one true God (cf. Deut 33:26 ). God’s “way” in this context refers to his protective and salvific acts in fulfillment of his promise (see also Deut 32:4 ; Pss 67:2; 77:13 [note vv. 11-12, 14 ]; 103:7; 138:5; 145:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":20026,"verse_id":"PSA.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord is purified.” The Lord ’s “word” probably refers here to his oracle(s) of victory delivered to the psalmist before the battle(s) described in the following context. See also Pss 12:5-7 and 138:2-3 . David frequently received such oracles before going into battle (see 1 Sam 23:2, 4-5, 10-12; 30:8 ; 2 Sam 5:19 ). The Lord ’s word of promise is absolutely reliable; it is compared to metal that has been refined in fire and cleansed of impurities. See Ps 12:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A30/3"}
{"id":20027,"verse_id":"PSA.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":20028,"verse_id":"PSA.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.31","text":"Heb “rocky cliff,” which is a metaphor of divine protection. See v. 2 , where the Hebrew term צוּר ( tsur ) is translated “rocky summit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A31/2"}
{"id":20029,"verse_id":"PSA.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.31","text":"The rhetorical questions anticipate the answer, “No one.” In this way the psalmist indicates that the Lord is the only true God and reliable source of protection. See also Deut 32:39 , where the Lord affirms that he is the only true God. Note as well the emphasis on his role as protector ( Heb “rocky cliff,” צוּר , tsur ) in Deut 32:4, 15, 17-18, 30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A31/3"}
{"id":20030,"verse_id":"PSA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “the God.” The prefixed article emphasizes the Lord ’s distinctiveness as the one true God (cf. Deut 33:26 ). See v. 30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":20031,"verse_id":"PSA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “is the one who clothes.” For similar language see 1 Sam 2:4 ; Pss 65:6; 93:1 . The psalmist employs a generalizing hymnic style in vv. 32-34 ; he uses participles in vv. 32 a, 33a, and 34a to describe what God characteristically does on his behalf.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A32/2"}
{"id":20032,"verse_id":"PSA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.32","text":"2 Sam 22:33 reads, “the God is my strong refuge.” sn Gives me strength . As the following context makes clear, this refers to physical and emotional strength for battle (see especially v. 39 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A32/3"}
{"id":20033,"verse_id":"PSA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.32","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries along the generalizing force of the preceding participle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A32/4"}
{"id":20034,"verse_id":"PSA.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “he made my path smooth.” The Hebrew term תָּמִים ( tamim , “smooth”) usually carries a moral or ethical connotation, “blameless, innocent.” However, in Ps 18:33 it refers to a pathway free of obstacles. The reality underlying the metaphor is the psalmist’s ability to charge into battle without tripping (see vv. 33, 36 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A32/5"}
{"id":20035,"verse_id":"PSA.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “[the one who] makes my feet like [those of ] a deer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":20036,"verse_id":"PSA.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.33","text":"Heb “and on my high places he makes me walk.” The imperfect verbal form emphasizes God’s characteristic provision. The psalmist compares his agility in battle to the ability of a deer to negotiate rugged, high terrain without falling or being injured. sn Habakkuk uses similar language to describe his faith during difficult times. See Hab 3:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A33/2"}
{"id":20037,"verse_id":"PSA.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.34","text":"Heb “and a bow of bronze is bent by my arms”; or “my arms bend a bow of bronze.” The verb נָחַת ( nakhat ) apparently means “pull back, bend” here (see HALOT 692 s.v. נחת ). The third feminine singular verbal form appears to agree with the feminine singular noun קֶשֶׁת ( qeshet , “bow”). In this case the verb must be taken as Niphal (passive). However, it is possible that “my arms” is the subject of the verb and “bow” the object. In this case the verb is Piel (active). For other examples of a feminine singular verb being construed with a plural noun, see GKC 464 §145. k . sn The strongest bow ( Heb “bow of bronze”) probably refers to a bow laminated with bronze strips, or to a purely ceremonial or decorative bow made entirely from bronze. In the latter case the language is hyperbolic, for such a weapon would not be functional in battle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A34/2"}
{"id":20038,"verse_id":"PSA.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.35","text":"Heb “and you give to me the shield of your deliverance.” sn You give me your protective shield . Ancient Near Eastern literature often refers to a god giving a king special weapons. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 260-61.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A35/1"}
{"id":20039,"verse_id":"PSA.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.35","text":"2 Sam 22:36 omits this line, perhaps due to homoioarcton. A scribe’s eye may have jumped from the vav ( ו ) prefixed to “your right hand” to the vav prefixed to the following “and your answer,” causing the copyist to omit by accident the intervening words (“your right hand supports me and”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A35/2"}
{"id":20040,"verse_id":"PSA.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.35","text":"The MT of Ps 18:35 appears to read, “your condescension,” apparently referring to God’s willingness to intervene (cf. NIV “you stoop down”). However, the noun עֲנָוָה (’ anavah ) elsewhere means “humility” and is used only here of God. The form עַנְוַתְךָ (’ anvatÿkha ) may be a fully written form of the suffixed infinitive construct of עָנָה (’ anah , “to answer”; a defectively written form of the infinitive appears in 2 Sam 22:36 ). In this case the psalmist refers to God’s willingness to answer his prayer; one might translate, “your favorable response.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A35/3"}
{"id":20041,"verse_id":"PSA.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.35","text":"Heb “makes me great.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A35/4"}
{"id":20042,"verse_id":"PSA.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.36","text":"Heb “you make wide my step under me.” “Step” probably refers metonymically to the path upon which the psalmist walks. Another option is to translate, “you widen my stride.” This would suggest that God gives the psalmist the capacity to run quickly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A36/1"}
{"id":20043,"verse_id":"PSA.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.36","text":"Heb “lower legs.” On the meaning of the Hebrew noun, which occurs only here, see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena (SBLDS), 112. A cognate Akkadian noun means “lower leg.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A36/2"}
{"id":20044,"verse_id":"PSA.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.37","text":"2 Sam 22:38 reads “destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A37/1"}
{"id":20045,"verse_id":"PSA.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.38","text":"Or “smash them.” 2 Sam 22:39 reads, “and I wiped them out and smashed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A38/1"}
{"id":20046,"verse_id":"PSA.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.38","text":"Heb “until they are unable to rise.” 2 Sam 22:39 reads, “until they do not rise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A38/2"}
{"id":20047,"verse_id":"PSA.18.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.39","text":"Heb “clothed me.” See v. 32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A39/1"}
{"id":20048,"verse_id":"PSA.18.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.39","text":"Heb “you make those who rise against me kneel beneath me.” sn My foes kneel before me . For ancient Near Eastern parallels, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 268.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A39/2"}
{"id":20049,"verse_id":"PSA.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.40","text":"Heb “and [as for] my enemies, you give to me [the] back [or “neck”].” The idiom “give [the] back” means “to cause [one] to turn the back and run away.” Cf. Exod 23:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A40/1"}
{"id":20050,"verse_id":"PSA.18.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.41","text":"Heb “but there is no deliverer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A41/1"}
{"id":20051,"verse_id":"PSA.18.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.41","text":"Heb “to the Lord .” The words “they cry out” are supplied in the translation because they are understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line). sn They cry out . This reference to the psalmist’s enemies crying out for help to the Lord suggests that the psalmist refers here to enemies within the covenant community, rather than foreigners. However, the militaristic context suggests foreign enemies are in view. Ancient Near Eastern literature indicates that defeated enemies would sometimes cry out for mercy to the god(s) of their conqueror. See R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 271.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A41/2"}
{"id":20052,"verse_id":"PSA.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.42","text":"Heb “I pulverize them like dust upon the face of the wind.” The phrase “upon the face of” here means “before.” 2 Sam 22:43 reads, “like dust of the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A42/1"}
{"id":20053,"verse_id":"PSA.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.42","text":"Ps 18:42 reads, “I empty them out” (Hiphil of ריק ), while 2 Sam 22:43 reads, “I crush them, I stomp on them” (juxtaposing the synonyms דקק and רקע ). It is likely that the latter is a conflation of variants. One, but not both, of the verbs in 2 Sam 22:43 is probably original; “empty out” does not form as good a parallel with “grind, pulverize” in the parallel line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A42/2"}
{"id":20054,"verse_id":"PSA.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.42","text":"Or “mud.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A42/3"}
{"id":20055,"verse_id":"PSA.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.43","text":"Heb “from the strivings of a people.” In this context the Hebrew term רִיב ( riv , “striving”) probably has a militaristic sense (as in Judg 12:2 ; Isa 41:11 ), and עָם (’ am , “people”) probably refers more specifically to an army (for other examples, see the verses listed in BDB 766 s.v. I עַם , עָם 2.d). Some understand the phrase as referring to attacks by the psalmist’s own countrymen, the “nation” being Israel. However, foreign enemies appear to be in view; note the reference to “nations” in the following line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A43/1"}
{"id":20056,"verse_id":"PSA.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.43","text":"2 Sam 22:44 reads, “you keep me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A43/2"}
{"id":20057,"verse_id":"PSA.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.43","text":"Heb “a people whom I did not know serve me.” In this context “know” ( יָדַע , yada ’) probably refers to formal recognition by treaty. People who were once not under the psalmist’s authority now willingly submit to his rulership to avoid being conquered militarily (see vv. 44-45 ). The language may recall the events recorded in 2 Sam 8:9-10 and 10:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A43/3"}
{"id":20058,"verse_id":"PSA.18.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.44","text":"Heb “at a report of an ear they submit to me.” The report of the psalmist’s exploits is so impressive that those who hear it submit to his rulership without putting up a fight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A44/1"}
{"id":20059,"verse_id":"PSA.18.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.44","text":"For the meaning “be weak, powerless” for כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ), see Ps 109:24 . The next line (see v. 45 a), in which “foreigners” are also mentioned, favors this interpretation. Another option is to translate “cower in fear” (see Deut 33:29 ; Pss 66:3; 81:15 ; cf. NIV “cringe”; NRSV “came cringing”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A44/2"}
{"id":20060,"verse_id":"PSA.18.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.45","text":"Heb “wither, wear out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A45/1"}
{"id":20061,"verse_id":"PSA.18.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.45","text":"The meaning of חָרַג ( kharag , “shake”) is established on the basis of cognates in Arabic and Aramaic. 2 Sam 22:46 reads חָגַר ( khagar ), which might mean here, “[they] come limping” (on the basis of a cognate in postbiblical Hebrew). The normal meaning for חָגַר (“gird”) makes little sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A45/2"}
{"id":20062,"verse_id":"PSA.18.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.45","text":"Heb “from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A45/3"}
{"id":20063,"verse_id":"PSA.18.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.45","text":"Heb “their prisons.” The besieged cities of the foreigners are compared to prisons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A45/4"}
{"id":20064,"verse_id":"PSA.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.46","text":"Elsewhere the construction חַי־יְהוָה ( khay-yÿhvah ) is used exclusively as an oath formula, “as surely as the Lord lives,” but this is not the case here, for no oath follows. Here the statement is an affirmation of the Lord ’s active presence and intervention. In contrast to pagan deities, he demonstrates he is the living God by rescuing and empowering the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A46/1"}
{"id":20065,"verse_id":"PSA.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.46","text":"Heb “my rocky cliff,” which is a metaphor for protection. See similar phrases in vv. 2, 31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A46/2"}
{"id":20066,"verse_id":"PSA.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.46","text":"Or “blessed [i.e., praised] be.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A46/3"}
{"id":20067,"verse_id":"PSA.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.46","text":"Heb “the God of my deliverance.” 2 Sam 22:48 reads, “the God of the rocky cliff of my deliverance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A46/4"}
{"id":20068,"verse_id":"PSA.18.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":46,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.46","text":"The words “as king” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Elsewhere in the psalms the verb רוּם ( rum , “be exalted”), when used of God, refers to his exalted position as king ( Pss 99:2; 113:4; 138:6 ) and/or his self-revelation as king through his mighty deeds of deliverance ( Pss 21:13; 46:10; 57:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A46/5"}
{"id":20069,"verse_id":"PSA.18.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.47","text":"Heb “the God.” See v. 32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A47/1"}
{"id":20070,"verse_id":"PSA.18.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.47","text":"Heb “is the one who grants vengeance to me.” The plural form of the noun indicates degree here, suggesting complete vengeance or vindication. sn Completely vindicates me . In the ancient Near East military victory was sometimes viewed as a sign that one’s God had judged in favor of the victor, avenging and/or vindicating him. See, for example, Judg 11:27, 32-33, 36 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A47/2"}
{"id":20071,"verse_id":"PSA.18.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.47","text":"Heb “he subdues nations beneath me.” On the meaning of the verb דָּבַר ( davar , “subdue,” a homonym of דָּבַר , davar , “speak”), see HALOT 209-10 s.v. I דבר . See also Ps 47:3 and 2 Chr 22:10 . 2 Sam 22:48 reads “and [is the one who] brings down nations beneath me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A47/3"}
{"id":20072,"verse_id":"PSA.18.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.48","text":"Heb “[the one who] delivers me.” 2 Sam 22:49 reads “and [the one who] brings me out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A48/1"}
{"id":20073,"verse_id":"PSA.18.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.48","text":"Heb “lifts me up.” In light of the preceding and following references to deliverance, the verb רום probably here refers to being rescued from danger (see Ps 9:13 ). However, it could mean “exalt, elevate” here, indicating that the Lord has given the psalmist victory over his enemies and forced them to acknowledge the psalmist’s superiority (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A48/2"}
{"id":20074,"verse_id":"PSA.18.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.48","text":"Heb “from those who rise against me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A48/3"}
{"id":20075,"verse_id":"PSA.18.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.49","text":"Heb “to your name.” God’s “name” refers metonymically to his divine characteristics as suggested by his name, in this case “ Lord ,” the primary name of Israel’s covenant God which suggests his active presence with his people (see Exod 3:12-15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A49/2"}
{"id":20076,"verse_id":"PSA.18.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.50","text":"Or “the one who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A50/1"}
{"id":20077,"verse_id":"PSA.18.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.50","text":"Heb “magnifies the victories of his king.” “His king” refers to the psalmist, the Davidic king whom God has chosen to rule Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A50/2"}
{"id":20078,"verse_id":"PSA.18.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.50","text":"Heb “[the one who] does loyalty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A50/3"}
{"id":20079,"verse_id":"PSA.18.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":50,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.50","text":"Heb “his anointed [one],” i.e., the psalmist/Davidic king. See Ps 2:2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A50/4"}
{"id":20080,"verse_id":"PSA.18.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":18,"verse":50,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.50","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2018%3A50/5"}
{"id":20081,"verse_id":"PSA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “it gushes forth a word.” The “sky” (see v. 1 b) is the subject of the verb. Though not literally speaking (see v. 3 ), it clearly reveals God’s royal majesty. The sun’s splendor and its movement across the sky is in view (see vv. 4-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":20082,"verse_id":"PSA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “it [i.e., the sky] declares knowledge,” i.e., knowledge about God’s royal majesty and power (see v. 1 ). This apparently refers to the splendor and movements of the stars. The imperfect verbal forms in v. 2 , like the participles in the preceding verse, combine with the temporal phrases (“day after day” and “night after night”) to emphasize the ongoing testimony of the sky.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":20083,"verse_id":"PSA.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “their.” The antecedent of the plural pronoun is “heavens” (v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":20084,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The MT reads, “their measuring line” ( קוּם , qum ). The noun קַו ( qav , “measuring line”) makes no sense in this context. The reading קוֹלָם ( qolam , “their voice”) which is supported by the LXX, is preferable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":20085,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “goes out,” or “proceeds forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":20086,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “their” (see the note on the word “its” in v. 3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":20087,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.4","text":"The verb is supplied in the translation. The Hebrew text has no verb; יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “goes out”) is understood by ellipsis.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/4"}
{"id":20088,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “to the end of the world.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/5"}
{"id":20089,"verse_id":"PSA.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “in them” (i.e., the heavens).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A4/6"}
{"id":20090,"verse_id":"PSA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"The participle expresses the repeated or regular nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":20091,"verse_id":"PSA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The Hebrew noun חֻפָּה ( khufah , “chamber”) occurs elsewhere only in Isa 4:5 and Joel 2:16 (where it refers to the bedroom of a bride and groom). sn Like a bridegroom. The metaphor likens the sun to a bridegroom who rejoices on his wedding night.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":20092,"verse_id":"PSA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.5","text":"The imperfect verbal form draws attention to the regularity of the action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A5/3"}
{"id":20093,"verse_id":"PSA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “[on] a path.” sn Like a strong man. The metaphorical language reflects the brilliance of the sunrise, which attests to the sun’s vigor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A5/4"}
{"id":20094,"verse_id":"PSA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “from the end of the heavens [is] its going forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":20095,"verse_id":"PSA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “and its circuit [is] to their ends.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":20096,"verse_id":"PSA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “is hidden from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":20097,"verse_id":"PSA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “[it] restores life.” Elsewhere the Hiphil of שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”) when used with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “life”) as object, means to “rescue or preserve one’s life” ( Job 33:30 ; Ps 35:17 ) or to “revive one’s strength” (emotionally or physically; cf. Ruth 4:15 ; Lam 1:11, 16, 19 ). Here the point seems to be that the law preserves the life of the one who studies it by making known God’s will. Those who know God’s will know how to please him and can avoid offending him. See v. 11 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":20098,"verse_id":"PSA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Traditionally, “the testimony of the Lord .” The noun עֵדוּת (’ edut ) refers here to the demands of God’s covenant law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":20099,"verse_id":"PSA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"God’s covenant contains a clear, reliable witness to his moral character and demands.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":20100,"verse_id":"PSA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.7","text":"Or “the [morally] naive,” that is, the one who is young and still in the process of learning right from wrong and distinguishing wisdom from folly.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A7/4"}
{"id":20101,"verse_id":"PSA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Or “just.” Perhaps the idea is that they impart a knowledge of what is just and right.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":20102,"verse_id":"PSA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “[they] make happy [the] heart.” Perhaps the point is that they bring a sense of joyful satisfaction to the one who knows and keeps them, for those who obey God’s law are richly rewarded. See v. 11 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":20103,"verse_id":"PSA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “command.” The singular here refers to the law as a whole.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A8/3"}
{"id":20104,"verse_id":"PSA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.8","text":"Because they reflect God’s character, his commands provide a code of moral and ethical purity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A8/4"}
{"id":20105,"verse_id":"PSA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb [they] enlighten [the] eyes.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A8/5"}
{"id":20106,"verse_id":"PSA.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord is clean.” The phrase “fear of the Lord ” probably refers here to the law, which teaches one how to demonstrate proper reverence for the Lord . See Ps 111:10 for another possible use of the phrase in this sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":20107,"verse_id":"PSA.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “[it] stands permanently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":20108,"verse_id":"PSA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “more desirable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":20109,"verse_id":"PSA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “are sweeter.” God’s law is “sweet’ in the sense that, when obeyed, it brings a great reward (see v. 11 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":20110,"verse_id":"PSA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “moreover your servant is warned by them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":20111,"verse_id":"PSA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “in the keeping of them [there is] a great reward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":20112,"verse_id":"PSA.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “Errors who can discern?” This rhetorical question makes the point that perfect moral discernment is impossible to achieve. Consequently it is inevitable that even those with good intentions will sin on occasion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":20113,"verse_id":"PSA.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “declare me innocent from hidden [things],” i.e., sins. In this context (see the preceding line) “hidden” sins are not sins committed in secret, but sins which are not recognized as such by the psalmist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":20114,"verse_id":"PSA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Or “presumptuous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":20115,"verse_id":"PSA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “let them not rule over me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":20116,"verse_id":"PSA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":20117,"verse_id":"PSA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “may the words of my mouth and the thought of my heart be acceptable before you.” The prefixed verbal form at the beginning of the verse is understood as a jussive of prayer. Another option is to translate the form as an imperfect continuing the thought of v. 14 b: “[Then] the words of my mouth and the thought of my heart will be acceptable before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":20118,"verse_id":"PSA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “my rocky cliff,” which is a metaphor for protection; thus the translation “sheltering rock.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":20119,"verse_id":"PSA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “and the one who redeems me.” The metaphor casts the Lord in the role of a leader who protects members of his extended family in times of need and crisis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2019%3A14/3"}
{"id":20120,"verse_id":"PSA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"The prefixed verbal forms here and in vv. 1 b-5 are interpreted as jussives of prayer (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). Another option is to understand them as imperfects, “the Lord will answer,” etc. In this case the people declare their confidence that the Lord will intervene on behalf of the king and extend to him his favor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":20121,"verse_id":"PSA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “in a day of trouble.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A1/4"}
{"id":20122,"verse_id":"PSA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “from [the] temple.” The third masculine singular pronominal suffix ( ן , nun ) has probably been accidentally omitted by haplography. Note that the following word begins with a prefixed vav ( ו ). See P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 184.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":20123,"verse_id":"PSA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Or “remember.” For other examples of the verb זָכַר ( zakhar ) carrying the nuance “take notice of,” see Pss 8:4 and 9:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":20124,"verse_id":"PSA.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “consider as fat.” The verbal form should probably be emended to יְדַשְּׁנֶהָ ( yÿdashÿneha ), the final he ( ה ) being understood as a third feminine singular pronominal suffix referring back to the feminine noun “burnt sacrifice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":20125,"verse_id":"PSA.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “may he give to you according to your heart.” This probably refers to the king’s prayer for protection and victory in battle. See vv. 5-6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":20126,"verse_id":"PSA.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"The Hebrew verb דָּגַל ( dagal ) occurs only here in the Qal. If accepted as original, it may carry the nuance “raise a banner,” but it is preferable to emend the form to נגיל (“we will rejoice”) which provides better parallelism with “shout for joy” and fits well with the prepositional phrase “in the name of our God” (see Ps 89:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":20127,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Or “know.” sn Now I am sure . The speaker is not identified. It is likely that the king, referring to himself in the third person (note “his chosen king”), responds to the people’s prayer. Perhaps his confidence is due to the reception of a divine oracle of salvation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":20128,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"The perfect verbal form is probably used rhetorically to state that the deliverance is as good as done. In this way the speaker emphasizes the certainty of the deliverance. Another option is to take the statement as generalizing; the psalmist affirms that the Lord typically delivers the king.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":20129,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “his anointed one.” This title refers to the Davidic king. See Pss 2:2 and 18:50 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/3"}
{"id":20130,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “he will answer him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/4"}
{"id":20131,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “from his holy heavens.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/5"}
{"id":20132,"verse_id":"PSA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “with mighty acts of deliverance of his right hand.” The Lord’s “right hand” here symbolizes his power to protect and deliver (see Ps 17:7 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A6/6"}
{"id":20133,"verse_id":"PSA.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “these in chariots and these in horses.” No verb appears; perhaps the verb “invoke” is to be supplied from the following line. In this case the idea would be that some “invoke” (i.e., trust in) their military might for victory (cf. NEB “boast”; NIV “trust”; NRSV “take pride”). Verse 8 suggests that the “some/others” mentioned here are the nation’s enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":20134,"verse_id":"PSA.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"The grammatical construction (conjunction + pronominal subject) highlights the contrast between God’s faithful people and the others mentioned in the previous line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":20135,"verse_id":"PSA.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “we invoke the name of.” The Hiphil of זָכַר ( zakhar ), when combined with the phrase “in the name,” means “to invoke” (see Josh 23:7 ; Isa 48:1 ; Amos 6:10 ). By invoking the Lord ’s name in prayer, the people demonstrate their trust in him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A7/3"}
{"id":20136,"verse_id":"PSA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “stumble and fall down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":20137,"verse_id":"PSA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"The grammatical construction (conjunction + pronominal subject) highlights the contrast between God’s victorious people and the defeated enemies mentioned in the previous line. The perfect verbal forms either generalize or, more likely, state rhetorically the people’s confidence as they face the approaching battle. They describe the demise of the enemy as being as good as done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":20138,"verse_id":"PSA.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “rise up and remain upright.” On the meaning of the Hitpolel of עוּד (’ ud ), see HALOT 795 s.v. I עוד . The verbal forms (a perfect followed by a prefixed form with vav [ ו ] consecutive) either generalize or, more likely, state rhetorically the people’s confidence as they face the approaching battle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":20139,"verse_id":"PSA.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"This translation assumes an emendation of the verbal form הוֹשִׁיעָה ( hoshi ’ ah ). As it stands, the form is an imperative. In this case the people return to the petitionary mood with which the psalm begins (“O Lord , deliver”). But the immediate context is one of confidence (vv. 6-8 ), not petition (vv. 1-5 ). If one takes the final he on the verb “deliver” as dittographic (note the initial he ( ה ) on the following phrase, “the king”), one can repoint the verbal form as a perfect and understand it as expressing the people’s confidence, “the Lord will deliver the king” (see v. 6 ). The Hebrew scribal tradition takes “the king” with the following line, in which case it would be best interpreted as a divine title, “may the King answer us” or “the king will answer us” (see Pss 98:6; 145:1 ). However, the poetic parallelism is better balanced if “the king” is taken with the first line. In this case the referent is the Davidic king, who is earlier called the Lord ’s “anointed one” (cf. note on “chosen king” in v. 6 ; see Pss 21:7; 45:5, 11; 63:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":20140,"verse_id":"PSA.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"If the imperative is retained in the preceding line, then the prefixed verbal form is best taken as a jussive of prayer, “may he answer us.” However, if the imperative in the previous line is emended to a perfect, the prefixed form is best taken as imperfect, “he will answer us” (see the note on the word “king” at the end of the previous line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":20141,"verse_id":"PSA.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “in the day we call.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":20142,"verse_id":"PSA.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “in your strength.” The translation interprets the pronominal suffix as subjective, rather than merely descriptive (or attributive).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":20143,"verse_id":"PSA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"The translation assumes the perfect verbal forms in v. 2 are generalizing, stating factually what God typically does for the king. Another option is to take them as present perfects, “you have granted…you have not refused.” See v. 4 , which mentions a specific request for a long reign.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":20144,"verse_id":"PSA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “and the request of his lips you do not refuse.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":20145,"verse_id":"PSA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “meet him [with].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":20146,"verse_id":"PSA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":20147,"verse_id":"PSA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “life he asked from you.” Another option is to translate the perfect verbal forms in v. 4 with the present tense, “he asks…you grant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":20148,"verse_id":"PSA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “you have granted him length of days forever and ever.” The phrase “length of days,” when used of human beings, usually refers to a lengthy period of time (such as one’s lifetime). See, for example, Deut 30:20 ; Job 12:12 ; Ps 91:16 ; Prov 3:2, 16 ; Lam 5:20 . The additional phrase “forever and ever” is hyperbolic. While it seems to attribute eternal life to the king (see Pss 61:6-7; 72:5 as well), the underlying reality is the king’s enduring dynasty. He will live on, as it were, through his descendants, who will continue to rule over his kingdom long after he has passed off the scene.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":20149,"verse_id":"PSA.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Or “great glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":20150,"verse_id":"PSA.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “majesty and splendor you place upon him.” For other uses of the phrase הוֹד וְהָדָר ( hod vÿhadar , “majesty and splendor”) see 1 Chr 16:27 ; Job 40:10 ; Pss 96:6; 104:1; 111:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":20151,"verse_id":"PSA.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “you make him happy with joy with [i.e., “close by” or “in”] your face.” On the idiom “with your face” (i.e., “in your presence”) see Ps 16:11 and BDB 816 s.v. פָּנֻה II.2.a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":20152,"verse_id":"PSA.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"The active participle draws attention to the ongoing nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":20153,"verse_id":"PSA.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Traditionally “the Most High’s.” The divine title “Most High” ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. Note the focus of vv. 8-12 and see Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":20154,"verse_id":"PSA.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.7","text":"Another option is to translate the imperfect verbal form as future, “he will not be upended” (cf. NRSV “he shall not be moved”). Even if one chooses this option, the future tense must be understood in a generalizing sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A7/3"}
{"id":20155,"verse_id":"PSA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The king is now addressed. One could argue that the Lord is still being addressed, but v. 9 militates against this proposal, for there the Lord is mentioned in the third person and appears to be distinct from the addressee (unless, of course, one takes “ Lord ” in v. 9 as vocative; see the note on “them” in v. 9 b). Verse 7 begins this transition to a new addressee by referring to both the king and the Lord in the third person (in vv. 1-6 the Lord is addressed and only the king referred to in the third person).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":20156,"verse_id":"PSA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “your hand finds.” The idiom pictures the king grabbing hold of his enemies and defeating them (see 1 Sam 23:17 ). The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 8-12 may be translated with the future tense, as long as the future is understood as generalizing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":20157,"verse_id":"PSA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “your right hand finds those who hate you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":20158,"verse_id":"PSA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “you make them like a furnace of fire.” Although many modern translations retain the literal Hebrew, the statement is elliptical. The point is not that he makes them like a furnace, but like an object burned in a furnace (cf. NEB, “at your coming you shall plunge them into a fiery furnace”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":20159,"verse_id":"PSA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “at the time of your face.” The “face” of the king here refers to his angry presence. See Lam 4:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":20160,"verse_id":"PSA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “the Lord , in his anger he swallows them, and fire devours them.” Some take “the Lord ” as a vocative, in which case he is addressed in vv. 8-9 a. But this makes the use of the third person in v. 9 b rather awkward, though the king could be the subject (see vv. 1-7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A9/3"}
{"id":20161,"verse_id":"PSA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “fruit.” The next line makes it clear that offspring is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":20162,"verse_id":"PSA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":20163,"verse_id":"PSA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “sons of man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":20164,"verse_id":"PSA.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":20165,"verse_id":"PSA.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “they extend against you harm.” The perfect verbal forms in v. 11 are taken as generalizing, stating factually what the king’s enemies typically do. Another option is to translate with the past tense (“they intended…planned”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":20166,"verse_id":"PSA.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “they lack ability.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A11/4"}
{"id":20167,"verse_id":"PSA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “you make them a shoulder,” i.e., “you make them turn and run, showing the back of their neck and shoulders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":20168,"verse_id":"PSA.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “with your bowstrings you fix against their faces,” i.e., “you fix your arrows on the bowstrings to shoot at them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":20169,"verse_id":"PSA.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “in your strength,” but English idiom does not require the pronoun. sn The psalm concludes with a petition to the Lord, asking him to continue to intervene in strength for the king and nation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":20170,"verse_id":"PSA.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “sing praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":20171,"verse_id":"PSA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “according to the doe of the dawn.” Apparently this refers to a particular musical tune or style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":20172,"verse_id":"PSA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “there is no silence to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":20173,"verse_id":"PSA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “[O] one who sits [on] the praises of Israel.” The verb “receiving” is supplied in the translation for clarity. The metaphorical language pictures the Lord as sitting enthroned as king in his temple, receiving the praises that his people Israel offer up to him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":20174,"verse_id":"PSA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":20175,"verse_id":"PSA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"The words “in you” are supplied in the translation. They are understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":20176,"verse_id":"PSA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Or “were not ashamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":20177,"verse_id":"PSA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"The grammatical construction (conjunction + pronoun) highlights the contrast between the psalmist’s experience and that of his ancestors. When he considers God’s past reliability, it only heightens his despair and confusion, for God’s present silence stands in stark contrast to his past saving acts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":20178,"verse_id":"PSA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"The metaphor expresses the psalmist’s self-perception, which is based on how others treat him (see the following line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":20179,"verse_id":"PSA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Or “not a human being.” The psalmist perceives himself as less than human.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":20180,"verse_id":"PSA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “a reproach of man and despised by people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":20181,"verse_id":"PSA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Or “scoff at, deride, mock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":20182,"verse_id":"PSA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “they separate with a lip.” Apparently this refers to their verbal taunting.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":20183,"verse_id":"PSA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"The words “they say” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons. The psalmist here quotes the sarcastic taunts of his enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":20184,"verse_id":"PSA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “roll [yourself].” The Hebrew verb גלל here has the sense of “commit” (see Prov 16:3 ). The imperatival form in the Hebrew text indicates the enemies here address the psalmist. Since they refer to him in the third person in the rest of the verse, some prefer to emend the verb to a perfect, “he commits himself to the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":20185,"verse_id":"PSA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “Let him”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":20186,"verse_id":"PSA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “Let him”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A8/4"}
{"id":20187,"verse_id":"PSA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.8","text":"That is, “for he [the Lord ] delights in him [the psalmist].” For other cases where the expression “delight in” refers to God’s delight in a person, see Num 14:8 ; 1 Kgs 10:9 ; Pss 18:19; 40:8 . sn This statement does not necessarily reflect the enemies’ actual belief, but it does reflect the psalmist’s confession. The psalmist’s enemies sarcastically appeal to God to help him, because he claims to be an object of divine favor. However, they probably doubted the reality of his claim.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A8/5"}
{"id":20188,"verse_id":"PSA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Or “the one who pulled me.” The verb is derived from either גָחָה ( gakhah ; see HALOT 187 s.v. גחה ) or גִּיחַ ( giyakh ; see BDB 161 s.v. גִּיחַ ) and seems to carry the nuance “burst forth” or “pull out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":20189,"verse_id":"PSA.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “upon you I was cast from [the] womb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":20190,"verse_id":"PSA.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “from the womb of my mother you [have been] my God.” sn Despite the enemies’ taunts, the psalmist is certain of his relationship with God, which began from the time of his birth ( from the time I came out of my mother’s womb ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":20191,"verse_id":"PSA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “and there is no helper.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":20192,"verse_id":"PSA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"“They” refers to the psalmist’s enemies, who in the previous verse are described as “powerful bulls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":20193,"verse_id":"PSA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “they open against me their mouth[s].” To “open the mouth against” is a Hebrew idiom associated with eating and swallowing (see Ezek 2:8 ; Lam 2:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":20194,"verse_id":"PSA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “a lion ripping and roaring.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A13/3"}
{"id":20195,"verse_id":"PSA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “like water I am poured out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":20196,"verse_id":"PSA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “my strength” ( כֹּחִי , kokhiy ), but many prefer to emend the text to חִכִּי ( khikiy , “my palate”; cf. NEB, NRSV “my mouth”) assuming that an error of transposition has occurred in the traditional Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":20197,"verse_id":"PSA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Cf. NEB “my jaw”; NASB, NRSV “my jaws”; NIV “the roof of my mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":20198,"verse_id":"PSA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":20199,"verse_id":"PSA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “like a lion, my hands and my feet.” This reading is often emended because it is grammatically awkward, but perhaps its awkwardness is by rhetorical design. Its broken syntax may be intended to convey the panic and terror felt by the psalmist. The psalmist may envision a lion pinning the hands and feet of its victim to the ground with its paws (a scene depicted in ancient Near Eastern art), or a lion biting the hands and feet. The line has been traditionally translated, “they pierce my hands and feet,” and then taken as foreshadowing the crucifixion of Christ. Though Jesus does appropriate the language of this psalm while on the cross (compare v. 1 with Matt 27:46 and Mark 15:34 ), the NT does not cite this verse in describing the death of Jesus. (It does refer to vv. 7-8 and 18 , however. See Matt 27:35, 39, 43 ; Mark 15:24, 29 ; Luke 23:34 ; John 19:23-24 .) If one were to insist on an emendation of כָּאֲרִי ( ka ’ ariy , “like a lion”) to a verb, the most likely verbal root would be כָּרָה ( karah , “dig”; see the LXX). In this context this verb could refer to the gnawing and tearing of wild dogs (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV). The ancient Greek version produced by Symmachus reads “bind” here, perhaps understanding a verbal root כרך , which is attested in later Hebrew and Aramaic and means “to encircle, entwine, embrace” (see HALOT 497-98 s.v. כרך and Jastrow 668 s.v. כָּרַךְ ). Neither one of these proposed verbs can yield a meaning “bore, pierce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":20200,"verse_id":"PSA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 17-18 draw attention to the progressive nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":20201,"verse_id":"PSA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “they.” The masculine form indicates the enemies are in view. The referent (the psalmist’s enemies) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":20202,"verse_id":"PSA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “they gaze, they look upon me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":20203,"verse_id":"PSA.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “casting lots.” The precise way in which this would have been done is not certain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":20204,"verse_id":"PSA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “O my strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":20205,"verse_id":"PSA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “hurry to my help.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":20206,"verse_id":"PSA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":20207,"verse_id":"PSA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"The verb “save” is supplied in the translation; it is understood by ellipsis (see “deliver” in the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":20208,"verse_id":"PSA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “my only one.” The psalmist may mean that his life is precious, or that he feels isolated and alone.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A20/3"}
{"id":20209,"verse_id":"PSA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “from the hand.” Here “hand” is understood by metonymy as a reference to the “paw” and thus the “claws” of the wild dogs.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A20/4"}
{"id":20210,"verse_id":"PSA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"The Hebrew term רֵמִים ( remim ) appears to be an alternate spelling of רְאֵמִים ( rÿ ’ emim , “wild oxen”; see BDB 910 s.v. רְאֵם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":20211,"verse_id":"PSA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “and from the horns of the wild oxen you answer me.” Most take the final verb with the preceding prepositional phrase. Some understand the verb form as a relatively rare precative perfect, expressing a wish or request (see IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4c, d). However, not all grammarians are convinced that the perfect is used as a precative in biblical Hebrew. (See the discussion at Ps 3:7 .) Others prefer to take the perfect in its usual indicative sense. The psalmist, perhaps in response to an oracle of salvation, affirms confidently that God has answered him, assuring him that deliverance is on the way. The present translation takes the prepositional phrase as parallel to the preceding “from the mouth of the lion” and as collocated with the verb “rescue” at the beginning of the verse. “You have answered me” is understood as a triumphant shout which marks a sudden shift in tone and introduces the next major section of the psalm. By isolating the statement syntactically, the psalmist highlights the declaration.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A21/3"}
{"id":20212,"verse_id":"PSA.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Or “brothers,” but here the term does not carry a literal familial sense. It refers to the psalmist’s fellow members of the Israelite covenant community (see v. 23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":20213,"verse_id":"PSA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “[you] fearers of the Lord .” See Ps 15:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":20214,"verse_id":"PSA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":20215,"verse_id":"PSA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Or “affliction”; or “need.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":20216,"verse_id":"PSA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “he did not hide his face from him.” For other uses of the idiom “hide the face” meaning “ignore,” see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 . Sometimes the idiom carries the stronger idea of “reject” (see Pss 27:9; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":20217,"verse_id":"PSA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “heard.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A24/4"}
{"id":20218,"verse_id":"PSA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “from with you [is] my praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":20219,"verse_id":"PSA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “my vows I will fulfill before those who fear him.” When asking the Lord for help, the psalmists would typically promise to praise the Lord publicly if he intervened and delivered them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":20220,"verse_id":"PSA.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"Heb “may your heart[s].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":20221,"verse_id":"PSA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “may all the ends of the earth remember and turn to the Lord .” The prefixed verbal forms in v. 27 are understood as jussives (cf. NEB). Another option (cf. NIV, NRSV) is to take the forms as imperfects and translate, “all the people of the earth will acknowledge and turn…and worship.” See vv. 29-32.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":20222,"verse_id":"PSA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “families of the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":20223,"verse_id":"PSA.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “before you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A27/3"}
{"id":20224,"verse_id":"PSA.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “for to the Lord [is] dominion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":20225,"verse_id":"PSA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “fat [ones].” This apparently refers to those who are healthy and robust, i.e., thriving. In light of the parallelism, some prefer to emend the form to יְשֵׁנֵי ( yÿsheney , “those who sleep [in the earth]”; cf. NAB, NRSV), but דִּשְׁנֵי ( dishney , “fat [ones]”) seems to form a merism with “all who descend into the grave” in the following line. The psalmist envisions all people, whether healthy or dying, joining in worship of the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":20226,"verse_id":"PSA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “eat and worship.” The verb forms (a perfect followed by a prefixed form with vav [ ו ] consecutive) are normally used in narrative to relate completed actions. Here the psalmist uses the forms rhetorically as he envisions a time when the Lord will receive universal worship. The mood is one of wishful thinking and anticipation; this is not prophecy in the strict sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":20227,"verse_id":"PSA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “all of the ones going down [into] the dust.” This group stands in contrast to those mentioned in the previous line. Together the two form a merism encompassing all human beings – the healthy, the dying, and everyone in between.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A29/3"}
{"id":20228,"verse_id":"PSA.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “and his life he does not revive.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A29/4"}
{"id":20229,"verse_id":"PSA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “offspring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":20230,"verse_id":"PSA.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “it will be told concerning the Lord to the generation.” The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי ( ’adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":20231,"verse_id":"PSA.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “his righteousness.” Here the noun צִדָקָה ( tsidaqah ) refers to the Lord’s saving deeds whereby he vindicates the oppressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":20232,"verse_id":"PSA.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “to a people [to be] born that he has acted.” The words “they will tell” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2022%3A31/2"}
{"id":20233,"verse_id":"PSA.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The Piel of נָחַם ( nakham ), when used with a human object, means “comfort, console.” But here, within the metaphorical framework, it refers to the way in which a shepherd uses his implements to assure the sheep of his presence and calm their nerves. The underlying reality is the emotional stability God provides the psalmist during life threatening situations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":20234,"verse_id":"PSA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"The imperfect verbal form in v. 5 a carries on the generalizing mood of vv. 1-4 . However, in v. 5 b the psalmist switches to a perfect ( דִּשַּׁנְתָּ , dishanta ), which may have a generalizing force as well. But then again the perfect is conspicuous here and may be present perfect in sense, indicating that the divine host typically pours oil on his head prior to seating him at the banquet table. The verb דָשַׁן ( dashan ; the Piel is factitive) is often translated “anoint,” but this is misleading, for it might suggest a symbolic act of initiation into royal status. One would expect the verb מָשָׁח ( mashan ) in this case; דָשַׁן here describes an act of hospitality extended to guests and carries the nuance “refresh.” In Prov 15:30 it stands parallel to “make happy” and refers to the effect that good news has on the inner being of its recipient.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":20235,"verse_id":"PSA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"The rare noun רְַָויָה ( rÿvayah ) is derived from the well-attested verb רָוָה ( ravah , “be saturated, drink one’s fill”). In this context, where it describes a cup, it must mean “filled up,” but not necessarily to overflowing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":20236,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"The noun חֶסֶד ( khesed ; v. 6 ) has been the subject of several monographs. G. R. Clark concludes that חֶסֶד “is not merely an attitude or an emotion; it is an emotion that leads to an activity beneficial to the recipient.” He explains that an act of חֶסֶד is “a beneficent action performed, in the context of a deep and enduring commitment between two persons or parties, by one who is able to render assistance to the needy party who in the circumstances is unable to help him- or herself.” (See G. R. Clark, The Word Hesed in the Hebrew Bible [JSOTSup], 267.) HALOT 336-37 s.v. defines the word as “loyalty,” or “faithfulness.” Other appropriate meanings might be “commitment” and “devotion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":20237,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.6","text":"The use of רָדַף ( radaf , “pursue, chase”) with טוֹב וָחֶסֶד ( tov vakhesed , “goodness and faithfulness”) as subject is ironic. This is the only place in the entire OT where either of these nouns appears as the subject of this verb רָדַף ( radaf , “pursue”). This verb is often used to describe the hostile actions of enemies. One might expect the psalmist’s enemies (see v. 5 ) to chase him, but ironically God’s “goodness and faithfulness” (which are personified and stand by metonymy for God himself) pursue him instead. The word “pursue” is used outside of its normal context in an ironic manner and creates a unique, but pleasant word picture of God’s favor (or a kind God) “chasing down” the one whom he loves.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/2"}
{"id":20238,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “all the days of my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/3"}
{"id":20239,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.6","text":"The verb form וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿshavtiy ) is a Qal perfect (with vav [ ו ] consecutive), first common singular, from שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”) and should be translated, “and I will return.” But this makes no sense when construed with the following phrase, “in the house of the Lord .” The term שׁוּב ( shuv ) appears only here with the following phrase בְּבֵית ( bÿvet ). The form should be emended to וְשִׁבְתִּי ( vÿshivtiy ; an infinitive construct from יָשַׁב , yashav , “live”) with pronominal suffix) or to וְיָשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿyashavtiy ; a Qal perfect with vav [ ו ] consecutive, first common singular, from ישׁב [see BHS , note c]). In either case one could then translate, “and I will live [in the house of the Lord ].” The phrase “in the house” frequently follows the verb יָשַׁב in the OT.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/4"}
{"id":20240,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “the house of the Lord .” The phrase may be purely metaphorical here, referring to the royal palace where the royal host of v. 5 holds his banquet and lives. If one takes the phrase more literally, it would refer to the earthly tabernacle (if one accepts Davidic authorship) or the later temple (see Judg 19:18 ; 1 Sam 1:7, 24 ; 2 Sam 12:20 ; 1 Kgs 7:12, 40, 45, 51 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/5"}
{"id":20241,"verse_id":"PSA.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.6","text":"The phrase אֹרֶךְ יָמִים (’ orekh yamim , “length of days”) is traditionally translated “forever.” However, this phrase, when used elsewhere of people, usually refers to a lengthy period of time, such as one’s lifetime, and does not mean “forever” in the sense of eternity. (Cf. Deut 30:20 ; Job 12:12 ; Ps 91:16 ; Prov 3:2, 16 ; Lam 5:20 .) Furthermore, the parallel phrase “all the days of my life” suggests this more limited meaning. Psalm 21:4 , where the phrase is followed by “forever and ever,” may be an exception, though the juxtaposition of the phrases may be an example of intensification, where the second phrase goes beyond the limits of the first, rather than synonymity. Even if one takes both expressions as referring to eternal life, the language is part of the king’s hyperbolic description of the Lord ’s blessings and should not be taken literally.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2023%3A6/6"}
{"id":20242,"verse_id":"PSA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a preterite, referring to the creation of the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":20243,"verse_id":"PSA.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"The imperfects in v. 3 are modal, expressing potential or permission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":20244,"verse_id":"PSA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “the innocent of hands and the pure of heart.” The “hands” allude to one’s actions, the “heart” to one’s thought life and motives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":20245,"verse_id":"PSA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “who does not lift up for emptiness my life.” The first person pronoun on נַפְשִׁי ( nafshiy , “my life”) makes little sense here; many medieval Hebrew mss support the ancient versions in reading a third person pronoun “his.” The idiom “lift the life” here means to “long for” or “desire strongly.” In this context (note the reference to an oath in the following line) “emptiness” probably refers to speech (see Ps 12:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":20246,"verse_id":"PSA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “and does not swear an oath deceitfully.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":20247,"verse_id":"PSA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “he (the righteous individual described in v. 4 ) lifts up a blessing from the Lord .” The singular subject is representative here, as v. 6 makes clear. The referent (godly people like the individual in v. 4 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The imperfect verbal form is generalizing; such people are typically rewarded for their deeds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":20248,"verse_id":"PSA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"“and vindication from the God of his deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":20249,"verse_id":"PSA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “this [is the] generation of the ones seeking him, the ones seeking your face, Jacob.” To “seek the Lord ’s face” means to seek his favor through prayer (see 2 Sam 21:1 ; Pss 27:8; 105:4 ). sn This verse presents a somewhat idealized view of Jacob ’ s descendants as devoted worshipers of the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":20250,"verse_id":"PSA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “lift up your heads.” The gates of the Lord’s dwelling place are here personified. The idiom “lift up the head” often means “be confident, bold” (see Judg 8:28 ; Job 10:15 ; Ps 83:2 ; Zech 1:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":20251,"verse_id":"PSA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “lift yourselves up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":20252,"verse_id":"PSA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Or “king of glory.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":20253,"verse_id":"PSA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.7","text":"Following the imperatives of the preceding lines, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A7/4"}
{"id":20254,"verse_id":"PSA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord of hosts,” a title which here pictures the Lord as a mighty warrior-king who leads armies into battle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":20255,"verse_id":"PSA.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “those who deal in treachery in vain.” The adverb רֵיקָם ( reqam , “in vain”) probably refers to the failure (or futility) of their efforts. Another option is to understand it as meaning “without cause” (cf. NIV “without excuse”; NRSV “wantonly treacherous”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":20256,"verse_id":"PSA.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"That is, “remember” with the intention of repeating.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":20257,"verse_id":"PSA.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “for from antiquity [are] they.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":20258,"verse_id":"PSA.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “do not remember,” with the intention of punishing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":20259,"verse_id":"PSA.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “according to your faithfulness, remember me, you, for the sake of your goodness, O Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A7/3"}
{"id":20260,"verse_id":"PSA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “good and just.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":20261,"verse_id":"PSA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “teaches sinners in the way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":20262,"verse_id":"PSA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"The prefixed verbal form is jussive; the psalmist expresses his prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":20263,"verse_id":"PSA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “may he guide the humble into justice.” The Hebrew term עֲנָוִים (’ anavim , “humble”) usually refers to the oppressed, but in this context, where the psalmist confesses his sin and asks for moral guidance, it apparently refers to sinners who humble themselves before God and seek deliverance from their sinful condition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":20264,"verse_id":"PSA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.9","text":"The prefixed verbal form is interpreted as a jussive (it stands parallel to the jussive form, “may he guide”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A9/3"}
{"id":20265,"verse_id":"PSA.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “all the paths of the Lord are faithful and trustworthy.” The Lord ’s “paths” refer here to his characteristic actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":20266,"verse_id":"PSA.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “to the ones who keep his covenant and his testimonies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":20267,"verse_id":"PSA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “name.” By forgiving the sinful psalmist, the Lord ’s reputation as a merciful God will be enhanced.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":20268,"verse_id":"PSA.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “Who is this man, the one who fears the Lord ? He will instruct him in the way he should choose.” The singular (note “man”) is representative here (see v. 14 , where the plural is used), and has thus been translated as a plural (“followers…they”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":20269,"verse_id":"PSA.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “his life in goodness dwells.” The singular is representative (see v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":20270,"verse_id":"PSA.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.13","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A13/2"}
{"id":20271,"verse_id":"PSA.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.13","text":"Or “earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A13/3"}
{"id":20272,"verse_id":"PSA.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “the advice of the Lord belongs to those who fear him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":20273,"verse_id":"PSA.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “and his covenant, to make them know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A14/2"}
{"id":20274,"verse_id":"PSA.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “my eyes continually [are] toward the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":20275,"verse_id":"PSA.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “for he will bring out from a net my feet.” The hostility of the psalmist’s enemies is probably in view (see v. 19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":20276,"verse_id":"PSA.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"That is, helpless and vulnerable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":20277,"verse_id":"PSA.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “the distresses of my heart, they make wide.” The text makes little if any sense as it stands, unless this is an otherwise unattested intransitive use of the Hiphil of רָחַב ( rakhav , “be wide”). It is preferable to emend the form הִרְחִיבוּ ( hirkhivu ; Hiphil perfect third plural “they make wide”) to הַרְחֵיב ( harkhev ; Hiphil imperative masculine singular “make wide”). (The final vav [ ו ] can be joined to the following word and taken as a conjunction.) In this case one can translate, “[in/from] the distresses of my heart, make wide [a place for me],” that is, “deliver me from the distress I am experiencing.” For the expression “make wide [a place for me],” see Ps 4:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":20278,"verse_id":"PSA.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “from my distresses lead me out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":20279,"verse_id":"PSA.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “lift up all my sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":20280,"verse_id":"PSA.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “see my enemies for they are numerous, and [with] violent hatred they hate me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":20281,"verse_id":"PSA.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"Or “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":20282,"verse_id":"PSA.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Or “redeem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":20283,"verse_id":"PSA.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.22","text":"Heb “his distresses.” sn O God, rescue Israel from all their distress . It is possible that the psalmist speaks on behalf of the nation throughout this entire psalm. Another option is that v. 22 is a later addition to the psalm which applies an original individual lament to the covenant community. If so, it may reflect an exilic setting.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2025%3A22/2"}
{"id":20284,"verse_id":"PSA.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “evaluate my kidneys and my heart.” The kidneys and heart were viewed as the seat of one’s volition, conscience, and moral character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":20285,"verse_id":"PSA.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “for your faithfulness [is] before my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":20286,"verse_id":"PSA.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “and I walk about in your loyalty.” sn The psalmist’s awareness of the Lord’s faithfulness and…loyalty toward him motivates him to remain loyal to the Lord and to maintain his moral purity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":20287,"verse_id":"PSA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “sit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":20288,"verse_id":"PSA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “go.” The psalmist uses the imperfect form of the verb to emphasize that he does not make a practice of associating with such people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":20289,"verse_id":"PSA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “[those who] conceal themselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A4/3"}
{"id":20290,"verse_id":"PSA.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “assembly, company.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":20291,"verse_id":"PSA.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “sit.” The psalmist uses the imperfect form of the verb to emphasize that he does not make a practice of associating with such people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":20292,"verse_id":"PSA.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “I wash my hands in innocence.” The psalmist uses an image from cultic ritual to picture his moral lifestyle. The imperfect verbal emphasizes that this is his habit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":20293,"verse_id":"PSA.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"Heb “so I can go around your altar” (probably in ritual procession). Following the imperfect of the preceding line, the cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":20294,"verse_id":"PSA.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “to cause to be heard the sound of thanksgiving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":20295,"verse_id":"PSA.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"The two infinitival forms (both with prefixed preposition - לְ , lamed ) give the purpose for his appearance at the altar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":20296,"verse_id":"PSA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “the dwelling of your house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":20297,"verse_id":"PSA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “the place of the abode of your splendor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":20298,"verse_id":"PSA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “do not gather up my life with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":20299,"verse_id":"PSA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “or with men of bloodshed my life.” The verb is supplied; it is understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":20300,"verse_id":"PSA.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “who [have] in their hands evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":20301,"verse_id":"PSA.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “and their right hand is full of a bribe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":20302,"verse_id":"PSA.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “and I in my integrity walk.” The psalmist uses the imperfect verbal form to emphasize this is his practice. The construction at the beginning of the verse (conjunction + pronoun) highlights the contrast between the psalmist and the sinners mentioned in vv. 9-10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":20303,"verse_id":"PSA.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.11","text":"Or “redeem me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A11/2"}
{"id":20304,"verse_id":"PSA.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “my foot stands in a level place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":20305,"verse_id":"PSA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “the Lord [is] my light and my deliverance.” “Light” is often used as a metaphor for deliverance and the life/blessings it brings. See Pss 37:6; 97:11; 112:4 ; Isa 49:6; 51:4 ; Mic 7:8 . Another option is that “light” refers here to divine guidance (see Ps 43:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":20306,"verse_id":"PSA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “Whom shall I fear?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “No one!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A1/3"}
{"id":20307,"verse_id":"PSA.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “draw near to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":20308,"verse_id":"PSA.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “my adversaries and my enemies against me.” The verb “draw near” (that is, “attack”) is understood by ellipsis; see the previous line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A2/3"}
{"id":20309,"verse_id":"PSA.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.2","text":"The Hebrew verbal forms are perfects. The translation assumes the psalmist is generalizing here, but another option is to take this as a report of past experience, “when evil men attacked me…they stumbled and fell.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A2/4"}
{"id":20310,"verse_id":"PSA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “my heart does not fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":20311,"verse_id":"PSA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “if war rises up against me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":20312,"verse_id":"PSA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “in this [i.e., “during this situation”] I am trusting.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":20313,"verse_id":"PSA.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “my living.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":20314,"verse_id":"PSA.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.4","text":"Or “beauty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A4/3"}
{"id":20315,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Or “for he will.” The translation assumes the כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here, rather than causal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":20316,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “he will hide me in his hut.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":20317,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.5","text":"Or “trouble.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/3"}
{"id":20318,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “tent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/4"}
{"id":20319,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.5","text":"The three imperfect verb forms in v. 5 anticipate a positive response to the prayer offered in vv. 7-12 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/5"}
{"id":20320,"verse_id":"PSA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “on a rocky summit he lifts me up.” The Lord places the psalmist in an inaccessible place where his enemies cannot reach him. See Ps 18:2 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A5/6"}
{"id":20321,"verse_id":"PSA.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “and now my head will be lifted up over my enemies all around me.” sn In vv. 1-3 the psalmist generalizes, but here we discover that he is facing a crisis and is under attack from enemies (see vv. 11-12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":20322,"verse_id":"PSA.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “I will sacrifice in his tent sacrifices of a shout for joy” (that is, “sacrifices accompanied by a joyful shout”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A6/2"}
{"id":20323,"verse_id":"PSA.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":20324,"verse_id":"PSA.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “concerning you my heart says, ‘Seek my face.’” The verb form “seek” is plural, but this makes no sense here, for the psalmist is addressed. The verb should be emended to a singular form. The first person pronominal suffix on “face” also makes little sense, unless it is the voice of the Lord he hears. His “heart” is viewed as speaking, however, so it is better to emend the form to פָּנָיו ( panayv , “his face”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":20325,"verse_id":"PSA.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “your face, O Lord , I seek.” To “seek the Lord ’s face” means to seek his favor through prayer (see 2 Sam 21:1 ; Pss 24:6; 105:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":20326,"verse_id":"PSA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “do not hide your face from me.” The idiom “hide the face” can mean “ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or carry the stronger idea of “reject” (see Pss 30:7; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":20327,"verse_id":"PSA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":20328,"verse_id":"PSA.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"Or “though my father and mother have abandoned me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":20329,"verse_id":"PSA.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “gather me in”; or “receive me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A10/2"}
{"id":20330,"verse_id":"PSA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “teach me your way.” The Lord ’s “way” refers here to the moral principles which he expects the psalmist to follow. See Ps 25:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":20331,"verse_id":"PSA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “because of those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 5:8; 54:5; 56:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":20332,"verse_id":"PSA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “do not give me over to the desire of my enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":20333,"verse_id":"PSA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “for they have risen up against me, lying witnesses and a testifier of violence.” The form יָפֵחַ ( yafeakh ) is traditionally understood as a verb meaning “snort, breathe out”: “for false witnesses are risen up against me, and such as breathe out cruelty” (KJV; cf. BDB 422 s.v.). A better option is to take the form as a noun meaning “a witness” (or “testifier”). See Prov 6:19; 12:17; 14:5, 25; 19:5, 9 , and Hab 2:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":20334,"verse_id":"PSA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"In the Hebrew text the sentence is incomplete: “If I had not believed [I would] see the goodness of the Lord in the land of the living.” The words “Where would I be” are supplied in the translation to clarify the intent of the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":20335,"verse_id":"PSA.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"Or “wait.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":20336,"verse_id":"PSA.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “be strong and let your heart be confident.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":20337,"verse_id":"PSA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “my rocky summit.” The Lord is compared to a rocky summit where one can find protection from enemies. See Ps 18:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":20338,"verse_id":"PSA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “do not be deaf from me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A1/3"}
{"id":20339,"verse_id":"PSA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “lest [if] you are silent from me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A1/4"}
{"id":20340,"verse_id":"PSA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “I will be equal with.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A1/5"}
{"id":20341,"verse_id":"PSA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"The Hebrew term דְּבִיר ( dÿvir , “temple”) actually refers to the most holy place within the sanctuary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":20342,"verse_id":"PSA.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":20343,"verse_id":"PSA.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “speakers of peace with their neighbors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":20344,"verse_id":"PSA.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.3","text":"Heb “and evil [is] in their heart[s].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A3/3"}
{"id":20345,"verse_id":"PSA.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “Give to them according to their work, and according to the evil of their deeds. According to the work of their hands give to them. Return their due to them.” The highly repetitive style reflects the psalmist’s agitated emotional state and draws attention to his yearning for justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":20346,"verse_id":"PSA.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “or the work of his hands.” In this context “the Lord ’s actions” and “the work of his hands” probably refer to the way he carries out justice by vindicating the godly and punishing the wicked. (Note the final line of the verse, which refers to divine judgment. See also Ps 92:4-7 .) Evil men do not “understand” God’s just ways; they fail to realize he will protect the innocent. Consequently they seek to harm the godly, as if they believe they will never be held accountable for their actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":20347,"verse_id":"PSA.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord , who is referred to in the two immediately preceding lines) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":20348,"verse_id":"PSA.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “will tear them down and not rebuild them.” The ungodly are compared to a structure that is permanently demolished.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A5/3"}
{"id":20349,"verse_id":"PSA.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “blessed [be] the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":20350,"verse_id":"PSA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “The Lord [is] my strength and my shield.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":20351,"verse_id":"PSA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “in him my heart trusts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":20352,"verse_id":"PSA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.7","text":"Or “I am helped.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A7/3"}
{"id":20353,"verse_id":"PSA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “and my heart exults.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A7/4"}
{"id":20354,"verse_id":"PSA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “and from my song I will thank him.” As pointed in the Hebrew text, מִשִּׁירִי ( mishiri ) appears to be “from my song,” but the preposition “from” never occurs elsewhere with the verb “to thank” (Hiphil of יָדָה , yadah ). Perhaps משׁיר is a noun form meaning “song.” If so, it can be taken as an adverbial accusative, “and [with] my song I will thank him.” See P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 236.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A7/5"}
{"id":20355,"verse_id":"PSA.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “the Lord [is] strength to them” (or perhaps, “to him”). The form לָמוֹ ( lamo , “to them/him”) is probably a corruption of an original לְעַמוֹ ( lÿ ’ amo , “to his people”; see P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 236), perhaps due to quiescence of the letter ayin ( ע ; see P. McCarter, Textual Criticism [GBS], 55). Note the reference to the Lord ’s “people” in the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":20356,"verse_id":"PSA.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “he [is] a refuge of help for his anointed one.” The noun מָשִׁיחַ ( mashiakh , “anointed one”) refers to the Davidic king, who perhaps speaks as representative of the nation in this psalm. See Pss 2:2; 18:50; 20:6; 84:9; 89:38, 51; 132:10, 17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":20357,"verse_id":"PSA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Or “bless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":20358,"verse_id":"PSA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “your inheritance.” The parallelism (note “your people”) indicates that Israel is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":20359,"verse_id":"PSA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “shepherd them and lift them up.” sn The shepherd metaphor is sometimes associated with royal responsibility. See 2 Sam 5:2; 7:7 ; Mic 5:2-4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A9/3"}
{"id":20360,"verse_id":"PSA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.9","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2028%3A9/4"}
{"id":20361,"verse_id":"PSA.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “sons of gods,” or “sons of God.” Though אֵלִים (’ elim ) is vocalized as a plural form (“gods”) in the MT, it is likely that the final mem is actually enclitic, rather than a plural marker. In this case one may read “God.” Some, following a Qumran text and the LXX, also propose the phrase occurred in the original text of Deut 32:8 . tn The phrase בְּנֵי אֵלִים ( bÿney ’ elim , “sons of gods” or “sons of God”) occurs only here and in Ps 89:6 ( 89:7 HT). In the “sons of gods/God” are also called “the assembly of the holy ones” and “council of the holy ones.” The heavenly assembly, comprised of so-called “angels” and other supernatural beings, appears to be in view. See Job 5:1; 15:15 and Zech 14:5 , where these supernatural beings are referred to as “holy ones.” In Canaanite mythological texts the divine council of the high god El is referred to as “the sons of El.” The OT apparently borrows the Canaanite phrase and applies it to the supernatural beings that surround the heavenly throne.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":20362,"verse_id":"PSA.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “ascribe to the Lord the glory of his name.” The Hebrew term שֵׁם ( shem , “name”) refers here to the Lord ’s reputation. (The English term “name” is often used the same way.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":20363,"verse_id":"PSA.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"That is, properly dressed for the occasion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":20364,"verse_id":"PSA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “the voice of the Lord [is] over the water.” As the next line makes clear, the “voice of the Lord ” is here the thunder that accompanies a violent storm. The psalm depicts the Lord in the role of a warrior-king, so the thunder is his battle cry, as it were.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":20365,"verse_id":"PSA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"The Hebrew perfect verbal form is probably descriptive. In dramatic fashion the psalmist portrays the Lord coming in the storm to do battle with his enemies and to vindicate his people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":20366,"verse_id":"PSA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.3","text":"Traditionally “many waters.” The geographical references in the psalm (Lebanon, Sirion, Kadesh) suggest this is a reference to the Mediterranean Sea (see Ezek 26:19; 27:26 ). The psalmist describes a powerful storm moving in from the sea and sweeping over the mountainous areas north of Israel. The “surging waters” may symbolize the hostile enemies of God who seek to destroy his people (see Pss 18:17; 32:6; 77:20; 93:4; 144:7 ; Isa 17:13 ; Jer 51:55 ; Ezek 26:19 ; Hab 3:15 ). In this case the Lord is depicted as elevated above and sovereign over the raging waters.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A3/3"}
{"id":20367,"verse_id":"PSA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “the voice of the Lord [is] accompanied by strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":20368,"verse_id":"PSA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “the voice of the Lord [is] accompanied by majesty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":20369,"verse_id":"PSA.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"The Hebrew participial form draws attention to the durative nature of the action being described.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":20370,"verse_id":"PSA.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"The prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive here and in v. 6 a carry on the descriptive function of the preceding participle (see GKC 329 §111. u ). The verb שָׁבַר ( shavar ) appears in the Qal in the first line of the verse, and in the Piel in the second line. The verb, which means “break” in the Qal, appears thirty-six times in the Piel, always with multiple objects (the object is either a collective singular or grammatically plural or dual form). The Piel may highlight the repetition of the pluralative action, or it may suggest an intensification of action, indicating repeated action comprising a whole, perhaps with the nuance “break again and again, break in pieces.” Another option is to understand the form as resultative: “make broken” (see IBHS 404-7 §24.3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":20371,"verse_id":"PSA.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"The verb normally means “to hew [stone or wood],” or “to hew out.” In Hos 6:5 it seems to mean “cut in pieces,” “knock down,” or perhaps “hack” (see F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Hosea [AB], 428). The Ugaritic cognate can mean “assault.” In v. 7 the verb seems to have a similar meaning, perhaps “attack, strike.” The phrase “flames of fire” is an adverbial accusative; the Lord ’s shout is accompanied by “flames of fire,” that is, lightning bolts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":20372,"verse_id":"PSA.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal forms are descriptive in function; the psalmist depicts the action as underway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":20373,"verse_id":"PSA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form is descriptive in function; the psalmist depicts the action as underway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":20374,"verse_id":"PSA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “the deer.” Preserving this reading, some translate the preceding verb, “causes [the deer] to give premature birth” (cf. NEB, NASB). But the Polel of חוּל / חִיל ( khul / khil ) means “give birth,” not “cause to give birth,” and the statement “the Lord ’s shout gives birth to deer” is absurd. In light of the parallelism (note “forests” in the next line) and v. 5 , it is preferable to emend אַיָּלוֹת (’ ayyalot , “deer”) to אֵילוֹת (’ elot , “large trees”) understanding the latter as an alternate form of the usual plural form אַיָּלִים (’ ayyalim ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":20375,"verse_id":"PSA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.9","text":"The verb is used in Joel 1:7 of locusts stripping the leaves from a tree. The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries the descriptive function of the preceding imperfect. See GKC 329 §111. t .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A9/3"}
{"id":20376,"verse_id":"PSA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.9","text":"The usual form of the plural of יַעַר ( ya ’ ar , “forest”) is יְעָרִים ( yÿ ’ arim ). For this reason some propose an emendation to יְעָלוֹת ( yÿ ’ alot , “female mountain goats”) which would fit nicely in the parallelism with “deer” (cf. NEB “brings kids early to birth”). In this case one would have to understand the verb חָשַׂף ( khasaf ) to mean “cause premature birth,” an otherwise unattested homonym of the more common חָשַׂף (“strip bare”). sn The Lord’s thunderous shout is accompanied by high winds which damage the trees of the forest.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A9/4"}
{"id":20377,"verse_id":"PSA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “In his temple, all of it says, ‘Glory.’”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A9/5"}
{"id":20378,"verse_id":"PSA.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"The noun מַּבּוּל ( mabbul , “flood”) appears only here and in Gen 6-11 , where it refers to the Noahic flood. Some see a reference to that event here. The presence of the article (perhaps indicating uniqueness) and the switch to the perfect verbal form (which could be taken as describing a past situation) might support this. However, the immediate context indicates that the referent of מַּבּוּל is the “surging waters” mentioned in v. 3 . The article indicates waters that are definite in the mind of the speaker and the perfect is probably descriptive in function, like “thunders” in v. 3 . However, even though the historical flood is not the primary referent here, there may be a literary allusion involved. The psalmist views the threatening chaotic sea as a contemporary manifestation of the destructive waters of old.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":20379,"verse_id":"PSA.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.10","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries the descriptive function of the preceding perfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A10/2"}
{"id":20380,"verse_id":"PSA.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in v. 11 are either descriptive or generalizing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":20381,"verse_id":"PSA.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “blesses his people with peace.” The Hebrew term שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) probably refers here to the protection and prosperity experienced by God’s people after the Lord intervenes in battle on their behalf.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2029%3A11/3"}
{"id":20382,"verse_id":"PSA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “a song of the dedication of the house.” The referent of “house” is unclear. It is possible that David wrote this psalm for the dedication ceremony of Solomon’s temple. Another possibility is that the psalm was used on the occasion of the dedication of the second temple following the return from exile, or on the occasion of the rededication of the temple in Maccabean times.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":20383,"verse_id":"PSA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.1","text":"Elsewhere the verb דָּלָה ( dalah ) is used of drawing water from a well ( Exod 2:16, 19 ; Prov 20:5 ). The psalmist was trapped in the pit leading to Sheol (see v. 3 ), but the Lord hoisted him up. The Piel stem is used here, perhaps suggesting special exertion on the Lord ’s part.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A1/3"}
{"id":20384,"verse_id":"PSA.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Or “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":20385,"verse_id":"PSA.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “you kept me alive from those descending into the pit.” The Hebrew noun בוֹר ( bor , “pit, cistern”) is sometimes used of the grave and/or the realm of the dead. The translation follows the consonantal Hebrew text ( Kethib ); the marginal reading ( Qere ) has, “you kept me alive so that I did not go down into the pit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":20386,"verse_id":"PSA.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"A “faithful follower” ( חָסִיד ) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 16:10; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":20387,"verse_id":"PSA.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “to his holy remembrance.” The noun זֵכֵר ( zekher , “remembrance”) here refers to the name of the Lord as invoked in liturgy and praise. Cf. Pss 6:5; 97:12 .The Lord ’s “name” is “holy” in the sense that it is a reminder of his uniqueness and greatness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A4/2"}
{"id":20388,"verse_id":"PSA.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “for [there is] a moment in his anger, [but] life in his favor.” Because of the parallelism with “moment,” some understand חַיִּים ( khayyim ) in a quantitative sense: “lifetime” (cf. NIV, NRSV). However, the immediate context, which emphasizes deliverance from death (see v. 3 ), suggests that חַיִּים has a qualitative sense: “physical life” or even “prosperous life” (cf. NEB “in his favour there is life”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":20389,"verse_id":"PSA.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “in the evening weeping comes to lodge, but at morning a shout of joy.” “Weeping” is personified here as a traveler who lodges with one temporarily.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":20390,"verse_id":"PSA.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “in your good favor you caused to stand for my mountain strength.” Apparently this means “you established strength for my mountain” (“mountain” in this case representing his rule, which would be centered on Mt. Zion) or “you established strength as my mountain” (“mountain” in this case being a metaphor for security).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":20391,"verse_id":"PSA.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “you hid your face.” The idiom “hide the face” can mean “ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or, as here, carry the stronger idea of “reject” (see Ps 88:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":20392,"verse_id":"PSA.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"The prefixed verbal forms in v. 8 are probably preterites; the psalmist recalls that he prayed in his time of crisis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":20393,"verse_id":"PSA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “What profit [is there] in my blood?” “Blood” here represents his life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A9/2"}
{"id":20394,"verse_id":"PSA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.9","text":"The Hebrew term שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “pit”) is often used as a title for Sheol (see Pss 16:10; 49:9; 55:24; 103:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A9/3"}
{"id":20395,"verse_id":"PSA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “dust.” The words “of the grave” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A9/4"}
{"id":20396,"verse_id":"PSA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.9","text":"The rhetorical questions anticipate the answer, “Of course not!” sn According to the OT, those who descend into the realm of death/Sheol are cut off from God’s mighty deeds and from the worshiping covenant community that experiences divine intervention ( Pss 6:5; 88:10-12 ; Isa 38:18 ). In his effort to elicit a positive divine response, the psalmist reminds God that he will receive no praise or glory if he allows the psalmist to die. Dead men do not praise God!","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A9/5"}
{"id":20397,"verse_id":"PSA.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “be a helper to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":20398,"verse_id":"PSA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “so that”; or “in order that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":20399,"verse_id":"PSA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “glory.” Some view כָבוֹד ( khavod , “glory”) here as a metonymy for man’s inner being (see BDB 459 s.v. II כָּבוֹד 5), but it is preferable to emend the form to כְּבֵדִי ( kÿvediy , “my liver”). Like the heart, the liver is viewed as the seat of one’s emotions. See also Pss 16:9; 57:9; 108:1 , as well as H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 64, and M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:90. For an Ugaritic example of the heart/liver as the source of joy, see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 47-48: “her [Anat’s] liver swelled with laughter, her heart was filled with joy, the liver of Anat with triumph.” “Heart” is used in the translation above for the sake of English idiom; the expression “my liver sings” would seem odd indeed to the modern reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":20400,"verse_id":"PSA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.12","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2030%3A12/3"}
{"id":20401,"verse_id":"PSA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “turn toward me your ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":20402,"verse_id":"PSA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “become for me a rocky summit of refuge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A2/2"}
{"id":20403,"verse_id":"PSA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “a house of strongholds to deliver me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A2/3"}
{"id":20404,"verse_id":"PSA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “name.” The Hebrew term שֵׁם ( shem , “name”) refers here to the Lord ’s reputation. (The English term “name” is often used the same way.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A3/2"}
{"id":20405,"verse_id":"PSA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.3","text":"The present translation assumes that the imperfect verbal forms are generalizing, “you lead me and guide me.” Other options are to take them as an expression of confidence about the future, “you will lead me and guide me” (cf. NASB), or as expressing a prayer, “lead me and guide me” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A3/3"}
{"id":20406,"verse_id":"PSA.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “bring me out.” The translation assumes that the imperfect verbal form expresses the psalmist’s confidence about the future. Another option is to take the form as expressing a prayer, “free me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":20407,"verse_id":"PSA.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “my spirit.” The noun רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) here refers to the animating spirit that gives the psalmist life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":20408,"verse_id":"PSA.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.5","text":"Or “redeem.” The perfect verbal form is understood here as anticipatory, indicating rhetorically the psalmist’s certitude and confidence that God will intervene. The psalmist is so confident of God’s positive response to his prayer that he can describe his deliverance as if it had already happened. Another option is to take the perfect as precative, expressing a wish or request (“rescue me”; cf. NIV). See IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4c, d. However, not all grammarians are convinced that the perfect is used as a precative in biblical Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A5/2"}
{"id":20409,"verse_id":"PSA.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “the ones who observe vain things of falsehood.” See Jonah 2:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":20410,"verse_id":"PSA.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “you know the distresses of my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":20411,"verse_id":"PSA.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “you cause my feet to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":20412,"verse_id":"PSA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"Or perhaps, “are swollen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":20413,"verse_id":"PSA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.9","text":"Cf. Ps 6:7 , which has a similar line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A9/2"}
{"id":20414,"verse_id":"PSA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “my breath and my stomach [grow weak].” Apparently the verb in the previous line (“grow dim, be weakened”) is to be understood here. The Hebrew term נפשׁ can mean “life,” or, more specifically, “throat, breath.” The psalmist seems to be lamenting that his breathing is impaired because of the physical and emotional suffering he is forced to endure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A9/3"}
{"id":20415,"verse_id":"PSA.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “and my years in groaning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A10/1"}
{"id":20416,"verse_id":"PSA.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “stumbles in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A10/2"}
{"id":20417,"verse_id":"PSA.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “grow weak.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A10/3"}
{"id":20418,"verse_id":"PSA.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “because of all my enemies I am a reproach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":20419,"verse_id":"PSA.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “and to my neighbors, exceedingly.” If the MT is retained, then these words probably go with what precedes. However the syntactical awkwardness of the text suggests it is textually corrupt. P. C. Craigie ( Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 258) suggests that the initial mem ( מ ) on מְאֹד ( me ’ od , “exceedingly”) be understood as an enclitic mem ( ם ) which was originally suffixed to the preceding form and then later misinterpreted. The resulting form אֵד (’ ed ) can then be taken as a defectively written form of אֵיד (’ ed , “calamity”). If one follows this emendation, then the text reads literally, “and to my neighbors [I am one who experiences] calamity.” The noun פַחַד ( fakhad , “[object of] horror”) occurs in the next line; אֵיד and פַחַד appear in parallelism elsewhere (see Prov 1:26-27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A11/2"}
{"id":20420,"verse_id":"PSA.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “and [an object of ] horror to those known by me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A11/3"}
{"id":20421,"verse_id":"PSA.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “I am forgotten, like a dead man, from [the] heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the center of one’s thoughts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":20422,"verse_id":"PSA.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “I am like a broken jar.” One throws away a broken jar without a second thought because it is considered worthless and useless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":20423,"verse_id":"PSA.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “the report of many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":20424,"verse_id":"PSA.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “the terror from all around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A13/2"}
{"id":20425,"verse_id":"PSA.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “in your hand [are] my times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":20426,"verse_id":"PSA.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “cause your face to shine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":20427,"verse_id":"PSA.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"The verb יִדְּמוּ ( yiddÿmu ) is understood as a form of דָּמַם ( damam , “wail, lament”). Another option is to take the verb from דָּמַם (“be quiet”; see BDB 198-99 s.v. I דָּמַם ), in which case one might translate, “May they lie silent in the grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":20428,"verse_id":"PSA.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “the [ones which].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":20429,"verse_id":"PSA.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"Or “godly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":20430,"verse_id":"PSA.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.19","text":"Or “How abundant are your blessings!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A19/1"}
{"id":20431,"verse_id":"PSA.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “for those who fear you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A19/2"}
{"id":20432,"verse_id":"PSA.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.19","text":"“Taking shelter” in the Lord is an idiom for seeking his protection. Seeking his protection presupposes and even demonstrates the subject’s loyalty to the Lord . In the psalms those who “take shelter” in the Lord are contrasted with the wicked and equated with those who love, fear, and serve the Lord ( Pss 2:12; 5:11-12; 34:21-22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A19/3"}
{"id":20433,"verse_id":"PSA.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “you work [your favor] for the ones seeking shelter in you before the sons of men.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A19/4"}
{"id":20434,"verse_id":"PSA.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.20","text":"The noun רֹכֶס ( rokhes ) occurs only here. Its meaning is debated; some suggest “snare,” while others propose “slander” or “conspiracy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A20/1"}
{"id":20435,"verse_id":"PSA.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “you hide them in the hiding place of your face from the attacks of man.” The imperfect verbal forms in this verse draw attention to God’s typical treatment of the faithful.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":20436,"verse_id":"PSA.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “you conceal them in a shelter from the strife of tongues.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A20/3"}
{"id":20437,"verse_id":"PSA.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “blessed [be] the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":20438,"verse_id":"PSA.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “for he caused his faithfulness to be amazing to me in a besieged city.” The psalmist probably speaks figuratively here. He compares his crisis to being trapped in a besieged city, but the Lord answered his prayer for help. Verses 19-24 were apparently written after the Lord answered the prayer of vv. 1-18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A21/2"}
{"id":20439,"verse_id":"PSA.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.22","text":"Heb “and I, I said in my haste.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A22/1"}
{"id":20440,"verse_id":"PSA.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.22","text":"Heb “from before your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A22/2"}
{"id":20441,"verse_id":"PSA.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"A “faithful follower” ( חָסִיד , khasid ) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 16:10; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":20442,"verse_id":"PSA.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"The participial forms in the second and third lines characterize the Lord as one who typically protects the faithful and judges the proud.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":20443,"verse_id":"PSA.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.24","text":"Heb “be strong and let your heart[s] be confident.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2031%3A24/1"}
{"id":20444,"verse_id":"PSA.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A1/2"}
{"id":20445,"verse_id":"PSA.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.1","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1, 3; 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ). Here it refers to the relief that one experiences when one’s sins are forgiven.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A1/3"}
{"id":20446,"verse_id":"PSA.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “lifted up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A1/4"}
{"id":20447,"verse_id":"PSA.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “man.” The word choice reflects the perspective of the psalmist, who is male. The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, the gender and age specific “man” has been translated with the more neutral “one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":20448,"verse_id":"PSA.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “blessed [is] the man to whom the Lord does not impute wrongdoing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A2/2"}
{"id":20449,"verse_id":"PSA.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “when I was silent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":20450,"verse_id":"PSA.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “my bones became brittle.” The psalmist pictures himself as aging and growing physically weak. Trying to cover up his sin brought severe physical consequences.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":20451,"verse_id":"PSA.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “your hand was heavy upon me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":20452,"verse_id":"PSA.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “my [?] was turned.” The meaning of the Hebrew term לְשַׁד ( lÿshad ) is uncertain. A noun לָשָׁד ( lashad , “cake”) is attested in Num 11:8 , but it would make no sense to understand that word in this context. It is better to emend the form to לְשֻׁדִּי ( lÿshuddiy , “to my destruction”) and understand “your hand” as the subject of the verb “was turned.” In this case the text reads, “[your hand] was turned to my destruction.” In Lam 3:3 the author laments that God’s “hand” was “turned” ( הָפַךְ , hafakh ) against him in a hostile sense. sn You tried to destroy me . The psalmist’s statement reflects his perspective. As far as he was concerned, it seemed as if the Lord was trying to kill him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":20453,"verse_id":"PSA.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.4","text":"The translation assumes that the plural form indicates degree. If one understands the form as a true plural, then one might translate, “in the times of drought.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A4/3"}
{"id":20454,"verse_id":"PSA.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"The Hiphil of ידה normally means “give thanks, praise,” but here, as in Prov 28:13 , it means “confess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":20455,"verse_id":"PSA.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “the wrongdoing of my sin.” By joining synonyms for “sin” in this way, the psalmist may be emphasizing the degree of his wrongdoing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":20456,"verse_id":"PSA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"A “faithful follower” ( חָסִיד , khasid ) is one who does what is right in God’s eyes and remains faithful to God (see Pss 4:3; 12:1; 18:25; 31:23; 37:28; 86:2; 97:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":20457,"verse_id":"PSA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “at a time of finding.” This may mean, “while there is time to ‘find’ [the Lord ]” and seek his forgiveness (cf. NIV). Some emend the text by combining מְצֹא ( mÿtso ’, “finding”) with the following term רַק ( raq , “only, surely”) and read either ר [ וֹ ] מָצ ( matsor , “distress”; see Ps 31:22 ) or ק [ וֹ ] מָצ ( matsoq , “hardship”; see Ps 119:143 ). In this case, one may translate “in a time of distress/hardship” (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A6/2"}
{"id":20458,"verse_id":"PSA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.6","text":"The Hebrew term רַק ( raq ) occasionally has an asseverative force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A6/3"}
{"id":20459,"verse_id":"PSA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “him.” The translation uses the plural “them” to agree with the plural “every one of your faithful followers” in the first line of v. 6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A6/5"}
{"id":20460,"verse_id":"PSA.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “[with] shouts of joy of deliverance you surround me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":20461,"verse_id":"PSA.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"The second person pronominal forms in this verse are singular. The psalmist addresses each member of his audience individually (see also the note on the word “eye” in the next line). A less likely option (but one which is commonly understood) is that the Lord addresses the psalmist in vv. 8-9 (cf. NASB “I will instruct you and teach you…I will counsel you with My eye upon you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":20462,"verse_id":"PSA.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “I will instruct you and I will teach you in the way [in] which you should walk.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A8/2"}
{"id":20463,"verse_id":"PSA.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “I will advise, upon you my eye,” that is, “I will offer advice [with] my eye upon you.” In 2 Chr 20:12 the statement “our eye is upon you” means that the speakers are looking to the Lord for intervention. Here the expression “my eye upon you” may simply mean that the psalmist will teach his pupils directly and personally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A8/3"}
{"id":20464,"verse_id":"PSA.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"The verb form is plural (i.e., “do not all of you be”); the psalmist addresses the whole group.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":20465,"verse_id":"PSA.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “like a horse, like a mule without understanding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":20466,"verse_id":"PSA.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “with a bridle and bit, its [?] to hold, not to come near to you.” The meaning of the Hebrew noun עֲדִי (’ adiy ) is uncertain. Normally the word refers to “jewelry,” so some suggest the meaning “trappings” here (cf. NASB). Some emend the form to לְחֵיהֶם ( lÿkhehem , “their jawbones”) but it is difficult to see how the present Hebrew text, even if corrupt, could have derived from this proposed original reading. P. C. Craigie ( Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 265) takes the form from an Arabic root and translates “whose gallop.” Cf. also NRSV “whose temper must be curbed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A9/3"}
{"id":20467,"verse_id":"PSA.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “many [are the] pains of evil [one].” The singular form is representative here; the typical evildoer, representative of the larger group of wicked people, is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":20468,"verse_id":"PSA.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “but the one who trusts in the Lord , faithfulness surrounds him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A10/2"}
{"id":20469,"verse_id":"PSA.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “all [you] pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 7:10; 11:2; 36:10; 64:10; 94:15; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":20470,"verse_id":"PSA.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “play skillfully with a loud shout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":20471,"verse_id":"PSA.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “word.” In this context, which depicts the Lord as the sovereign creator and ruler of the world, the Lord ’s “word” refers to the decrees whereby he governs his dominion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A4/2"}
{"id":20472,"verse_id":"PSA.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.4","text":"Or “upright.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A4/3"}
{"id":20473,"verse_id":"PSA.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “loves.” The verb “loves” is here metonymic; the Lord ’s commitment to principles of equity and justice causes him to actively promote these principles as he governs the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":20474,"verse_id":"PSA.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “fills the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A5/2"}
{"id":20475,"verse_id":"PSA.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":20476,"verse_id":"PSA.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and by the breath of his mouth all their host.” The words “were created” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons; they are understood by ellipsis (note “were made” in the preceding line). The description is consistent with Gen 1:16 , which indicates that God spoke the heavenly luminaries into existence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A6/2"}
{"id":20477,"verse_id":"PSA.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"Heb “[he] gathers like a pile the waters of the sea.” Some prefer to emend נֵד ( ged , “heap, pile”; cf. NASB) to נֹד ( nod , “bottle”; cf. NRSV; NIV “into jars”), but “pile” is used elsewhere to describe water that the Lord confines to one place ( Exod 15:8 ; Josh 3:13, 16 ; Ps 78:13 ). This verse appears to refer to Gen 1:9 , where God decrees that the watery deep be gathered to one place so that dry land might appear. If so, the participles in this and the following line depict this action with special vividness, as if the reader were present on the occasion. Another option is that the participles picture the confinement of the sea to one place as an ongoing divine activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":20478,"verse_id":"PSA.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.7","text":"Or “watery depths.” The form תְּהוֹמוֹת ( tÿhomot , “watery depths”) is the plural form of תְּהוֹם ( tÿhom , “great deep”; see Gen 1:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A7/2"}
{"id":20479,"verse_id":"PSA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"In this context “fear” probably means “to demonstrate respect for the Lord ’s power and authority by worshiping him and obeying his commandments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":20480,"verse_id":"PSA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.9","text":"That is, “all the earth” in the first line of v. 8 . The apparent antecedent of the masculine subject of the verbs in v. 9 (note וַיֶּהִי [ vayyehiy ] and וַיַּעֲמֹד [ vayya ’ amod ]) is “earth” or “world,” both of which are feminine nouns. However, כָּל ( kol , “all”) may be the antecedent, or the apparent lack of agreement may be explained by the collective nature of the nouns involved here (see GKC 463 §145. e ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A9/1"}
{"id":20481,"verse_id":"PSA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “he commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A9/2"}
{"id":20482,"verse_id":"PSA.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “breaks” or “destroys.” The Hebrew perfect verbal forms here and in the next line generalize about the Lord ’s activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":20483,"verse_id":"PSA.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “thoughts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A10/2"}
{"id":20484,"verse_id":"PSA.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “the thoughts of his heart for generation to generation.” The verb “abides” is supplied in the translation. The Lord ’s “decisions” and “plans” here refer to his decrees and purposes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":20485,"verse_id":"PSA.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1; 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":20486,"verse_id":"PSA.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":20487,"verse_id":"PSA.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.13","text":"The Hebrew perfect verbal forms in v. 13 state general facts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A13/1"}
{"id":20488,"verse_id":"PSA.33.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.13","text":"Heb “all the sons of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A13/2"}
{"id":20489,"verse_id":"PSA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “the one who forms together their heart[s].” “Heart” here refers to human nature, composed of intellect, emotions and will. The precise force of יָחַד ( yakhad , “together”) is unclear here. The point seems to be that the Lord is the creator of every human being.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":20490,"verse_id":"PSA.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “a lie [is] the horse for victory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":20491,"verse_id":"PSA.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “look, the eye of the Lord [is] toward the ones who fear him.” The expression “the eye…[is] toward” here indicates recognition and the bestowing of favor. See Ps 34:15 . The one who fears the Lord respects his sovereignty and obeys his commandments. See Ps 128:1 ; Prov 14:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":20492,"verse_id":"PSA.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “for the ones who wait for his faithfulness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A18/2"}
{"id":20493,"verse_id":"PSA.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “to save from death their live[s].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":20494,"verse_id":"PSA.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “and to keep them alive in famine.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A19/2"}
{"id":20495,"verse_id":"PSA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Or “our lives.” The suffixed form of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being, life”) is often equivalent to a pronoun in poetic texts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":20496,"verse_id":"PSA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.20","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A20/2"}
{"id":20497,"verse_id":"PSA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.20","text":"Or “protector.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A20/3"}
{"id":20498,"verse_id":"PSA.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “let your faithfulness, O Lord , be on us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A22/1"}
{"id":20499,"verse_id":"PSA.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.22","text":"Or “just as.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2033%3A22/2"}
{"id":20500,"verse_id":"PSA.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “By David, when he changed his sense before Abimelech and he drove him away and he went.” sn Pretended to be insane . The psalm heading appears to refer to the account in 1 Sam 21:10-15 which tells how David, fearful that King Achish of Gath might kill him, pretended to be insane in hopes that the king would simply send him away. The psalm heading names the king Abimelech, not Achish, suggesting that the tradition is confused on this point. However, perhaps “Abimelech” was a royal title, rather than a proper name. See P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 278.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A1/2"}
{"id":20501,"verse_id":"PSA.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “bless.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A1/3"}
{"id":20502,"verse_id":"PSA.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “my soul will boast”; or better, “let my soul boast.” Following the cohortative form in v. 1 , it is likely that the prefixed verbal form here is jussive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":20503,"verse_id":"PSA.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.2","text":"The two prefixed verbal forms in this verse are best taken as jussives, for the psalmist is calling his audience to worship (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A2/2"}
{"id":20504,"verse_id":"PSA.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Or “exalt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":20505,"verse_id":"PSA.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “I sought the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":20506,"verse_id":"PSA.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “they look to him and are radiant and their faces are not ashamed.” The third person plural subject (“they”) is unidentified; there is no antecedent in the Hebrew text. For this reason some prefer to take the perfect verbal forms in the first line as imperatives, “look to him and be radiant” (cf. NEB, NRSV). Some medieval Hebrew mss and other ancient witnesses (Aquila, the Syriac, and Jerome) support an imperatival reading for the first verb. In the second line some (with support from the LXX and Syriac) change “their faces” to “your faces,” which allows one to retain more easily the jussive force of the verb (suggested by the preceding אַל [’ al ]): “do not let your faces be ashamed.” It is probable that the verbal construction in the second line is rhetorical, expressing the conviction that the action in view cannot or should not happen. See GKC 322 §109. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":20507,"verse_id":"PSA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"The pronoun refers back to “this oppressed man,” namely, the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":20508,"verse_id":"PSA.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":20509,"verse_id":"PSA.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “those who fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A7/2"}
{"id":20510,"verse_id":"PSA.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.7","text":"The prefixed verb with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries the same generalizing force as the active participle in the first line. See GKC 329 §111. u .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A7/3"}
{"id":20511,"verse_id":"PSA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"This verb is normally used of tasting or savoring food. The metaphor here appears to compare the Lord to a tasty meal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":20512,"verse_id":"PSA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.8","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1, 3; 2:12; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A8/2"}
{"id":20513,"verse_id":"PSA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “man.” The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender and age specific “man” with the more neutral “one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A8/3"}
{"id":20514,"verse_id":"PSA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.8","text":"“Taking shelter” in the Lord is an idiom for seeking his protection. Seeking his protection presupposes and even demonstrates the subject’s loyalty to the Lord . In the psalms those who “take shelter” in the Lord are contrasted with the wicked and equated with those who love, fear, and serve the Lord ( Pss 2:12; 5:11-12; 31:17-20; 34:21-22 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A8/4"}
{"id":20515,"verse_id":"PSA.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":20516,"verse_id":"PSA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord I will teach you.” In vv. 13-14 the psalmist explains to his audience what it means to “fear” the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":20517,"verse_id":"PSA.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “Who is the man who desires life?” The rhetorical question is used to grab the audience’s attention. “Life” probably refers here to quality of life, not just physical existence or even duration of life. See the following line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":20518,"verse_id":"PSA.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “[Who] loves days to see good?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A12/2"}
{"id":20519,"verse_id":"PSA.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “guard your tongue from evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":20520,"verse_id":"PSA.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “and your lips from speaking deception.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A13/2"}
{"id":20521,"verse_id":"PSA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Or “do good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":20522,"verse_id":"PSA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “seek peace and pursue it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A14/2"}
{"id":20523,"verse_id":"PSA.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"Heb “the eyes of the Lord [are] toward the godly, and his ears [are] toward their cry for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":20524,"verse_id":"PSA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “the face of the Lord [is] against the doers of evil to cut off from the earth memory of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":20525,"verse_id":"PSA.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “they” (i.e., the godly mentioned in v. 15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":20526,"verse_id":"PSA.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.17","text":"The three perfect verbal forms are taken in a generalizing sense in v. 17 and translated with the present tense (note the generalizing mood of vv. 18-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A17/2"}
{"id":20527,"verse_id":"PSA.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.18","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form highlights the generalizing statement and draws attention to the fact that the Lord typically delivers the oppressed and needy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A18/1"}
{"id":20528,"verse_id":"PSA.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.18","text":"Heb “the crushed in spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A18/2"}
{"id":20529,"verse_id":"PSA.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.19","text":"The Hebrew text uses the singular form; the representative or typical godly person is envisioned.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A19/1"}
{"id":20530,"verse_id":"PSA.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.19","text":"Or “trials.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A19/2"}
{"id":20531,"verse_id":"PSA.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.19","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verbal form highlights the generalizing statement and draws attention to the fact that the Lord typically delivers the godly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A19/3"}
{"id":20532,"verse_id":"PSA.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.19","text":"Heb “him,” agreeing with the singular form in the preceding line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A19/4"}
{"id":20533,"verse_id":"PSA.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.20","text":"The Hebrew participial form suggests such protection is characteristic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A20/1"}
{"id":20534,"verse_id":"PSA.34.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.20","text":"That is, he protects the godly from physical harm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A20/2"}
{"id":20535,"verse_id":"PSA.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “evil kills the wicked [one].” The singular form is representative; the typical evil person is envisioned. The Hebrew imperfect verbal form draws attention to the typical nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":20536,"verse_id":"PSA.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “are guilty,” but the verb is sometimes used metonymically with the meaning “to suffer the consequences of guilt,” the effect being substituted for the cause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A21/2"}
{"id":20537,"verse_id":"PSA.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “redeems the life of his servants.” The Hebrew participial form suggests such deliverance is characteristic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":20538,"verse_id":"PSA.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.22","text":"“Taking shelter” in the Lord is an idiom for seeking his protection. Seeking his protection presupposes and even demonstrates the subject’s loyalty to the Lord . In the psalms those who “take shelter” in the Lord are contrasted with the wicked and equated with those who love, fear, and serve the Lord ( Pss 2:12; 5:11-12; 31:19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2034%3A22/2"}
{"id":20539,"verse_id":"PSA.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"Two different types of shields are mentioned here. See also Ezek 38:4 . Many modern translations render the first term (translated here “small shield”) as “buckler” (cf. NASB “buckler and shield”; the order is often reversed in the translation, apparently for stylistic reasons: cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV “shield and buckler”). The English term “buckler,” referring to a small round shield held on the arm to protect the upper body, is unfamiliar to many modern readers, so the term “small shield” was used in the present translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":20540,"verse_id":"PSA.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.3","text":"Or “javelin.” On the meaning of this word, which occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible, see M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:210-11.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A3/1"}
{"id":20541,"verse_id":"PSA.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “draw out spear and lance to meet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A3/2"}
{"id":20542,"verse_id":"PSA.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “say to me,” or “say to my soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A3/3"}
{"id":20543,"verse_id":"PSA.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"The four prefixed verbal forms in this verse are understood as jussives. The psalmist is calling judgment down on his enemies. See also the distinct jussive form in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":20544,"verse_id":"PSA.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive. See v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":20545,"verse_id":"PSA.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “as the Lord ’s angel pushes [them].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A5/3"}
{"id":20546,"verse_id":"PSA.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"The prefixed verbal form is distinctly jussive, indicating this is a prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":20547,"verse_id":"PSA.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"35.7","text":"Heb “for without cause they hid for me a pit of their net, without cause they dug for my life.” It appears that the words “pit” and “net” have been transposed. “Net” goes with the verb “hid” in the first line (see v. 8 , as well as Pss 9:15; 31:4 ), while “pit” goes with the verb “dug” in the second line (see Ps 7:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A7/1"}
{"id":20548,"verse_id":"PSA.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.8","text":"Heb “let destruction [which] he does not know come to him.” The singular is used of the enemy in v. 8 , probably in a representative or collective sense. The psalmist has more than one enemy, as vv. 1-7 make clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A8/1"}
{"id":20549,"verse_id":"PSA.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.8","text":"The psalmist’s prayer for his enemies’ demise continues. See vv. 4-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A8/2"}
{"id":20550,"verse_id":"PSA.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.9","text":"Heb “then my soul will rejoice in the Lord and be happy in his deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A9/1"}
{"id":20551,"verse_id":"PSA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “all my bones will say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":20552,"verse_id":"PSA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “[the one who] rescues.” The substantival participle in the Hebrew text characterizes God as one who typically rescues the oppressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A10/2"}
{"id":20553,"verse_id":"PSA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “from [the one who is] too strong for him.” The singular forms are used in a representative sense. The typical oppressed individual and typical oppressor are in view.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A10/3"}
{"id":20554,"verse_id":"PSA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “the oppressed [one] and needy [one] from [the one who] robs him.” As in the previous line, the singular forms are used in a representative sense.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A10/4"}
{"id":20555,"verse_id":"PSA.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"Heb “witnesses of violence rise up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":20556,"verse_id":"PSA.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.11","text":"Heb “[that] which I do not know they ask me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A11/2"}
{"id":20557,"verse_id":"PSA.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.12","text":"Heb “they repay me evil instead of good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A12/1"}
{"id":20558,"verse_id":"PSA.35.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.12","text":"Heb “[there is] bereavement to my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A12/2"}
{"id":20559,"verse_id":"PSA.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “as for me, when they were sick, my clothing was sackcloth.” Sackcloth was worn by mourners. When the psalmist’s enemies were sick, he was sorry for their misfortune and mourned for them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A13/1"}
{"id":20560,"verse_id":"PSA.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “and my prayer upon my chest will return.” One could translate, “but my prayer was returning upon my chest,” but the use of the imperfect verbal form sets this line apart from the preceding and following lines (vv. 13 a, 14), which use the perfect to describe the psalmist’s past actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A13/3"}
{"id":20561,"verse_id":"PSA.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.14","text":"Heb “like a friend, like a brother to me I walked about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A14/1"}
{"id":20562,"verse_id":"PSA.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.14","text":"Heb “like mourning for a mother [in] sorrow I bowed down.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A14/3"}
{"id":20563,"verse_id":"PSA.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.15","text":"Heb “they gathered together against me, stricken [ones], and I did not know.” The Hebrew form נֵכִים ( nekhim , “stricken ones” ?) is problematic. Some suggest an emendation to נָכְרִים [ כְ ] ( kÿnokhÿrim , “foreigners”) or “like foreigners,” which would fit with what follows, “[like] foreigners that I do not recognize.” Perhaps the form should be read as a Qal active participle, נֹכִים ( nokhim , “ones who strike”) from the verbal root נָכָה ( nakhah , “to strike”). The Qal of this verb is unattested in biblical Hebrew, but the peal (basic) stem appears in Old Aramaic (J. Fitzmyer, The Aramaic Inscriptions of Sefire [BibOr], 114; DNWSI 1:730.) In this case one might translate, “attackers gathered together against me though I was not aware of it” (cf. NASB “smiters”; NEB, NRSV “ruffians”; NIV “attackers”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A15/1"}
{"id":20564,"verse_id":"PSA.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.15","text":"Heb “they tore and did not keep quiet.” By using the verb “tear,” the psalmist likens his enemies to a wild animal (see Hos 13:8 ). In v. 17 he compares them to hungry young lions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A15/2"}
{"id":20565,"verse_id":"PSA.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"35.16","text":"The MT reads “as profane [ones] of mockers of food,” which is nonsensical. The present translation assumes (1) an emendation of בְּחַנְפֵי ( bÿkhanfey , “as profane men”) to בְּחַנְפִי ( bekhanfiy , “when I tripped”; preposition + Qal infinitive construct from II חָנַף [“limp”] + first common singular pronominal suffix) and (2) an emendation of לַעֲגֵי מָעוֹג ( la ’ agey ma ’ og , “mockers of food”) to עָגוּ [ ם ] לַעְגָּ ( la ’ gam ’ agu , “[with] taunting they taunted”; masculine plural noun with enclitic mem + Qal perfect third common plural from לַּעַג [ la ’ ag , “taunt”]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A16/1"}
{"id":20566,"verse_id":"PSA.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.16","text":"Heb “gnashing at me with their teeth.” The infinitive absolute adds a complementary action – they gnashed with their teeth as they taunted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A16/2"}
{"id":20567,"verse_id":"PSA.35.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.17","text":"Heb “O Lord, how long will you see?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A17/1"}
{"id":20568,"verse_id":"PSA.35.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.17","text":"Heb “bring back, restore.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A17/2"}
{"id":20569,"verse_id":"PSA.35.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.17","text":"Or “my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A17/3"}
{"id":20570,"verse_id":"PSA.35.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.18","text":"Heb “among numerous people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A18/2"}
{"id":20571,"verse_id":"PSA.35.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.19","text":"Heb “[with] a lie.” The Hebrew noun שֶׁקֶר ( sheqer , “lie”) is used here as an adverb, “falsely, wrongfully” (see Ps 38:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A19/1"}
{"id":20572,"verse_id":"PSA.35.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.19","text":"Heb “rejoice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A19/2"}
{"id":20573,"verse_id":"PSA.35.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.19","text":"Heb “[do not let] those who hate me without cause pinch [i.e., wink] an eye.” The negative particle is understood in the second line by ellipsis (see the preceding line). In the Book of Proverbs “winking an eye” is associated with deceit and trickery (see 6:13; 10:10; 16:30).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A19/3"}
{"id":20574,"verse_id":"PSA.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.20","text":"Heb “for they do not speak peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A20/1"}
{"id":20575,"verse_id":"PSA.35.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.20","text":"Heb “but against the quiet ones of the land words of deceit they plan.” The imperfect verbal forms in v. 20 highlight their characteristic behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A20/2"}
{"id":20576,"verse_id":"PSA.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “and they cause their mouth to be wide against me.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries on the generalizing mood of the previous verse. For other examples of this use of the prefixed verbal form with vav consecutive, see GKC 329 §111. t .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A21/1"}
{"id":20577,"verse_id":"PSA.35.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.21","text":"Heb “our eye sees.” Apparently this is an idiom meaning to “look in triumph” or “gloat over” (see Ps 54:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A21/2"}
{"id":20578,"verse_id":"PSA.35.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.22","text":"Heb “you see, O Lord .” There is a deliberate play on words. In v. 21 the enemies say, “our eye sees,” but the psalmist is confident that the Lord “sees” as well, so he appeals to him for help (see also v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A22/1"}
{"id":20579,"verse_id":"PSA.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.23","text":"Heb “for my justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A23/2"}
{"id":20580,"verse_id":"PSA.35.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.23","text":"Heb “for my cause.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A23/3"}
{"id":20581,"verse_id":"PSA.35.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.24","text":"Heb “rejoice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A24/1"}
{"id":20582,"verse_id":"PSA.35.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.25","text":"Heb “in their heart[s].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A25/1"}
{"id":20583,"verse_id":"PSA.35.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.25","text":"Heb “Aha! Our desire!” The “desire” of the psalmist’s enemies is to triumph over him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A25/2"}
{"id":20584,"verse_id":"PSA.35.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.26","text":"Heb “may they be embarrassed and ashamed together, the ones who rejoice over my harm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A26/1"}
{"id":20585,"verse_id":"PSA.35.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.26","text":"Heb “may they be clothed with shame and humiliation, the ones who magnify [themselves] against me.” The prefixed verbal forms in v. 26 are understood as jussives (see vv. 24 b-25, where the negative particle אַל (’ al ) appears before the prefixed verbal forms, indicating they are jussives). The psalmist is calling down judgment on his enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A26/2"}
{"id":20586,"verse_id":"PSA.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.27","text":"The prefixed verbal forms in v. 27 a are understood as jussives (see vv. 24 b-26).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A27/1"}
{"id":20587,"verse_id":"PSA.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.27","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive, “may the Lord be magnified [in praise].” Another option is to take the verb as an imperfect, “the Lord is great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A27/2"}
{"id":20588,"verse_id":"PSA.35.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.27","text":"Heb “the one who desires the peace of his servant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A27/3"}
{"id":20589,"verse_id":"PSA.35.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.28","text":"Heb “and my tongue will proclaim your justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A28/1"}
{"id":20590,"verse_id":"PSA.35.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":35,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.28","text":"Heb “all the day your praise.” The verb “proclaim” is understood by ellipsis in the second line (see the previous line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2035%3A28/2"}
{"id":20591,"verse_id":"PSA.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.1","text":"In the Hebrew text the word נאם (“oracle”) appears at the beginning of the next verse (v. 2 in the Hebrew text because the superscription is considered v. 1 ). The resulting reading, “an oracle of rebellion for the wicked [is] in the midst of my heart” (cf. NIV) apparently means that the psalm, which foresees the downfall of the wicked, is a prophetic oracle about the rebellion of the wicked which emerges from the soul of the psalmist. One could translate, “Here is a poem written as I reflected on the rebellious character of evil men.” Another option, followed in the translation above, is to attach נאם ( nÿ ’ um , “oracle”) with the superscription. For another example of a Davidic poem being labeled an “oracle,” see 2 Sam 23:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A1/2"}
{"id":20592,"verse_id":"PSA.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “[the] rebellion of an evil man [is] in the midst of my heart.” The translation assumes a reading “in the midst of his heart” (i.e., “to the core”) instead of “in the midst of my heart,” a change which finds support in a a few medieval Hebrew mss , the Hebrew text of Origen’s Hexapla, and the Syriac.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A1/3"}
{"id":20593,"verse_id":"PSA.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"Heb “for it causes to be smooth to him in his eyes to find his sin to hate.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear. Perhaps the point is this: His rebellious attitude makes him reject any notion that God will hold him accountable. His attitude also prevents him from recognizing and repudiating his sinful ways.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":20594,"verse_id":"PSA.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “he ceases to exhibit wisdom to do good.” The Hiphil forms are exhibitive, indicating the outward expression of an inner attitude.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":20595,"verse_id":"PSA.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “he takes a stand in a way [that is] not good.” The word “way” here refers metaphorically to behavior or life style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":20596,"verse_id":"PSA.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.4","text":"The three imperfect verbal forms in v. 4 highlight the characteristic behavior of the typical evildoer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A4/2"}
{"id":20597,"verse_id":"PSA.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “[is] in the heavens.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":20598,"verse_id":"PSA.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “mountains of God.” The divine name אֵל (’ el , “God”) is here used in an idiomatic manner to indicate the superlative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A6/1"}
{"id":20599,"verse_id":"PSA.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.6","text":"Or “deliver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A6/2"}
{"id":20600,"verse_id":"PSA.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Or “valuable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":20601,"verse_id":"PSA.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “and the sons of man in the shadow of your wings find shelter.” The preservation of physical life is in view, as the next verse makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A7/2"}
{"id":20602,"verse_id":"PSA.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"Heb “for with you is the fountain of life, in your light we see light.” Water (note “fountain”) and light are here metaphors for life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":20603,"verse_id":"PSA.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “draw out to full length.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A10/1"}
{"id":20604,"verse_id":"PSA.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “to those who know you.” The Hebrew verb יָדַע ( yada ’, “know”) is used here of those who “know” the Lord in the sense that they recognize his royal authority and obey his will (see Jer 22:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A10/2"}
{"id":20605,"verse_id":"PSA.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “and your justice to.” The verb “extend” is understood by ellipsis in the second line (see the previous line).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A10/3"}
{"id":20606,"verse_id":"PSA.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “the pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 7:10; 11:2; 32:11; 64:10; 94:15; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A10/4"}
{"id":20607,"verse_id":"PSA.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.11","text":"Heb “let not a foot of pride come to me, and let not the hand of the evil ones cause me to wander as a fugitive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A11/1"}
{"id":20608,"verse_id":"PSA.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.12","text":"Heb “there the workers of wickedness have fallen.” The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) is used here for dramatic effect, as the psalmist envisions the evildoers lying fallen at a spot that is vivid in his imagination (BDB 1027 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A12/1"}
{"id":20609,"verse_id":"PSA.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.12","text":"The psalmist uses perfect verbal forms in v. 12 to describe the demise of the wicked as if it has already taken place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2036%3A12/2"}
{"id":20610,"verse_id":"PSA.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.1","text":"The verb form is singular (see vv. 3-10 as well, where the second person verbs and pronouns are also singular). The psalmist’s exhortation has a wisdom flavor to it; it is personalized for each member of his audience.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A1/2"}
{"id":20611,"verse_id":"PSA.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “like green vegetation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":20612,"verse_id":"PSA.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.3","text":"Heb “tend integrity.” The verb רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “tend, shepherd”) is probably used here in the sense of “watch over, guard.” The noun אֱמוּנָה (’ emunah , “faithfulness, honesty, integrity”) is understood as the direct object of the verb, though it could be taken as an adverbial accusative, “[feed] securely,” if the audience is likened to a flock of sheep.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A3/1"}
{"id":20613,"verse_id":"PSA.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.4","text":"Following the imperatives of v. 3 the prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) in v. 4 indicate result. Faith and obedience (v. 3 ) will bring divine blessing (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A4/1"}
{"id":20614,"verse_id":"PSA.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.4","text":"Or “and he will give you what you desire most.” Heb “and he will grant to you the requests of your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A4/2"}
{"id":20615,"verse_id":"PSA.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “roll your way upon the Lord .” The noun “way” may refer here to one’s activities or course of life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A5/1"}
{"id":20616,"verse_id":"PSA.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “he will act.” Verse 6 explains what is meant; the Lord will vindicate those who trust in him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A5/2"}
{"id":20617,"verse_id":"PSA.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “and he will bring out like light your vindication, and your just cause like noonday.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":20618,"verse_id":"PSA.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “Be quiet before the Lord !”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":20619,"verse_id":"PSA.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"37.7","text":"The Hebrew text has וְהִתְחוֹלֵל ( vÿhitkholel , Hitpolel of חִיל , khil , “writhe with fear, suffer”) but this idea fits awkwardly here. The text should be changed to וְתוֹחֵל ( vÿtokhel ; Hiphil of יָחַל , yakhal , “wait”). It appears that the Hebrew text is the product of dittography: (1) the initial וה ( vav-he ) is accidentally repeated from the preceding word ( יְהוָה , yÿhvah ) and (2) the final lamed ( ל ) is accidentally repeated (note the preceding lamed and the initial lamed on the following form, לו ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A7/2"}
{"id":20620,"verse_id":"PSA.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “over one who causes his way to be successful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A7/3"}
{"id":20621,"verse_id":"PSA.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “Refrain from anger! Abandon rage!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":20622,"verse_id":"PSA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “for evil men.” The conjunction כִּי ( ki , “for”) relates to the exhortations in v. 8 ; there is no reason to be frustrated, for the evildoers will be punished in due time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":20623,"verse_id":"PSA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.9","text":"Or “cut off, removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A9/2"}
{"id":20624,"verse_id":"PSA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “and those who wait on the Lord , they will possess the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A9/3"}
{"id":20625,"verse_id":"PSA.37.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.10","text":"Heb “and yet, a little, there will be no wicked [one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A10/1"}
{"id":20626,"verse_id":"PSA.37.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.10","text":"Heb “and you will carefully look upon his place, but he will not be [there].” The singular is used here in a representative sense; the typical evildoer is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A10/2"}
{"id":20627,"verse_id":"PSA.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.11","text":"Heb “and they will take delight in (see v. 4 ) abundance of peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A11/1"}
{"id":20628,"verse_id":"PSA.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.12","text":"Or “innocent.” The singular is used here in a representative sense; the typical evildoer and the typical godly individual are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A12/1"}
{"id":20629,"verse_id":"PSA.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.12","text":"Heb “and gnashes at him with his teeth” (see Ps 35:16 ). The language may picture the evil men as wild animals. The active participles in v. 12 are used for purposes of dramatic description.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A12/2"}
{"id":20630,"verse_id":"PSA.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “laughs.” As the next line indicates, this refers to derisive laughter (see 2:4 ). The Hebrew imperfect verbal form describes the action from the perspective of an eye-witness who is watching the divine response as it unfolds before his eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A13/1"}
{"id":20631,"verse_id":"PSA.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “for he sees that his day is coming.” As the following context makes clear (vv. 15, 17, 19-20 ), “his day” refers to the time when God will destroy evildoers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A13/2"}
{"id":20632,"verse_id":"PSA.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “to cause to fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A14/1"}
{"id":20633,"verse_id":"PSA.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “the upright in way,” i.e., those who lead godly lives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A14/2"}
{"id":20634,"verse_id":"PSA.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.15","text":"Heb “enter into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A15/1"}
{"id":20635,"verse_id":"PSA.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.16","text":"Heb “Better [is] a little to the godly one than the wealth of many evil ones.” The following verses explain why this is true. Though a godly individual may seem to have only meager possessions, he always has what he needs and will eventually possess the land. The wicked may prosper for a brief time, but will eventually be destroyed by divine judgment and lose everything.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A16/1"}
{"id":20636,"verse_id":"PSA.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “for the arms of the evil ones will be broken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":20637,"verse_id":"PSA.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.17","text":"The active participle here indicates this is characteristically true.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A17/2"}
{"id":20638,"verse_id":"PSA.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"Heb “the Lord knows the days of the innocent ones.” He “knows” their days in the sense that he is intimately aware of and involved in their daily struggles. He meets their needs and sustains them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":20639,"verse_id":"PSA.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.18","text":"Heb “and their inheritance is forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A18/2"}
{"id":20640,"verse_id":"PSA.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “in a time of trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":20641,"verse_id":"PSA.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “in days of famine they will be satisfied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A19/2"}
{"id":20642,"verse_id":"PSA.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.20","text":"Or “for,” but Hebrew כי in this case would have to extend all the way back to v. 17 a. Another option is to understand the particle as asseverative, “surely” (see v. 22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A20/1"}
{"id":20643,"verse_id":"PSA.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"37.20","text":"The meaning of the MT ( כִּיקַר כָּרִים [ kiqar karim ], “like what is precious among the pastures/rams”) is uncertain. One possibility is to take the noun כָּרִים as “pastures” and interpret “what is precious” as referring to flowers that blossom but then quickly disappear (see v. 2 and BDB 430 s.v. יָקָר 3). If כָּרִים is taken as “rams,” then “what is precious” might refer to the choicest portions of rams. The present translation follows a reading in the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpPs37), כיקוד כורם (“like the burning of an oven”). The next line, which pictures the Lord ’s enemies being consumed in smoke, supports this reading, which assumes confusion of the Hebrew letters resh ( ר ) and dalet ( ד ) at the end of the first word in the sequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A20/2"}
{"id":20644,"verse_id":"PSA.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.20","text":"Heb “they perish in smoke, they perish.” In addition to repeating the verb for emphasis, the psalmist uses the perfect form of the verb to picture the enemies’ demise as if it had already taken place. In this way he draws attention to the certitude of their judgment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A20/3"}
{"id":20645,"verse_id":"PSA.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “an evil [man] borrows and does not repay; but a godly [man] is gracious and gives.” The singular forms are used in a representative sense; the typical evildoer and godly individual are in view. The three active participles and one imperfect (“repay”) draw attention to the characteristic behavior of the two types.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":20646,"verse_id":"PSA.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.22","text":"The particle כִּי is best understood as asseverative or emphatic here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A22/1"}
{"id":20647,"verse_id":"PSA.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “those blessed by him.” The pronoun “him” must refer to the Lord (see vv. 20, 23 ), so the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A22/2"}
{"id":20648,"verse_id":"PSA.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “cursed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A22/3"}
{"id":20649,"verse_id":"PSA.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.22","text":"Or “cut off”; or “removed” (see v. 9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A22/4"}
{"id":20650,"verse_id":"PSA.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.23","text":"Heb “from the Lord the steps of a man are established, and in his way he delights.” The second line qualifies the first. The man whose behavior is commendable in God’s sight is the one whose ways are established by God. Another option is that the second line refers to the godly man delighting in God’s “way,” namely the lifestyle which he prescribes for men. In this case one might translate, “The Lord grants success to the one who desires to obey his commands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A23/1"}
{"id":20651,"verse_id":"PSA.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.24","text":"Other translation options for כִּי in this context are “when” (so NASB) or “though” (so NEB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A24/1"}
{"id":20652,"verse_id":"PSA.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.24","text":"Heb “be hurled down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A24/2"}
{"id":20653,"verse_id":"PSA.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.24","text":"The active participle indicates this is characteristically true. See v. 17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A24/3"}
{"id":20654,"verse_id":"PSA.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.25","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A25/1"}
{"id":20655,"verse_id":"PSA.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.25","text":"Heb “or his offspring searching for food.” The expression “search for food” also appears in Lam 1:11 , where Jerusalem’s refugees are forced to search for food and to trade their valuable possessions for something to eat.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A25/2"}
{"id":20656,"verse_id":"PSA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.26","text":"The active participles describe characteristic behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A26/1"}
{"id":20657,"verse_id":"PSA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.26","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A26/2"}
{"id":20658,"verse_id":"PSA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.27","text":"Or “Do good!” The imperatives are singular (see v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A27/1"}
{"id":20659,"verse_id":"PSA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “and dwell permanently.” The imperative with vav ( ו ) is best taken here as a result clause after the preceding imperatives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A27/2"}
{"id":20660,"verse_id":"PSA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.28","text":"Heb “loves.” The verb “loves” is here metonymic; the Lord ’s commitment to principles of justice causes him to actively promote these principles as he governs the world. The active participle describes characteristic behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A28/1"}
{"id":20661,"verse_id":"PSA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.28","text":"The imperfect verbal form draws attention to this generalizing statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A28/2"}
{"id":20662,"verse_id":"PSA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.28","text":"Or “protected forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A28/3"}
{"id":20663,"verse_id":"PSA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.28","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A28/4"}
{"id":20664,"verse_id":"PSA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"37.28","text":"Or “cut off”; or “removed.” The perfect verbal forms in v. 28 b state general truths.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A28/5"}
{"id":20665,"verse_id":"PSA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.30","text":"Heb “The mouth of the godly [one] utters wisdom, and his tongue speaks justice.” The singular form is used in a representative sense; the typical godly individual is in view. The imperfect verbal forms draw attention to the characteristic behavior of the godly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A30/1"}
{"id":20666,"verse_id":"PSA.37.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.31","text":"Heb “the law of his God [is] in his heart.” The “heart” is here the seat of one’s thoughts and motives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A31/1"}
{"id":20667,"verse_id":"PSA.37.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.31","text":"Heb “his.” The pronoun has been translated as plural to agree with the representative or typical “godly” in v. 30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A31/2"}
{"id":20668,"verse_id":"PSA.37.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.32","text":"Heb “an evil [one] watches the godly [one] and seeks to kill him.” The singular forms are used in a representative sense; the typical evildoer and godly individual are in view. The active participles describe characteristic behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A32/1"}
{"id":20669,"verse_id":"PSA.37.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.33","text":"Heb “the Lord does not abandon him into his hand or condemn him when he is judged.” The imperfects draw attention to the Lord ’s characteristic behavior in this regard.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A33/1"}
{"id":20670,"verse_id":"PSA.37.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.34","text":"Or “wait.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A34/1"}
{"id":20671,"verse_id":"PSA.37.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.34","text":"Heb “keep his way.” The Lord ’s “way” refers here to the “conduct required” by the Lord . In the Lord ’s “ways” are associated with his covenantal demands (see vv. 4, 9-10 ). See also Ps 119:3 (cf. vv. 1, 4 ), as well as Deut 8:6; 10:12; 11:22; 19:9; 26:17; 28:9; 30:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A34/2"}
{"id":20672,"verse_id":"PSA.37.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.34","text":"Heb “and he will lift you up.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) is best taken here as a result clause following the imperatives in the preceding lines.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A34/3"}
{"id":20673,"verse_id":"PSA.37.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.34","text":"Heb “when evil men are cut off you will see.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A34/4"}
{"id":20674,"verse_id":"PSA.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.35","text":"The Hebrew uses the representative singular again here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A35/1"}
{"id":20675,"verse_id":"PSA.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.35","text":"Heb “being exposed [?] like a native, luxuriant.” The Hebrew form מִתְעָרֶה ( mit ’ areh ) appears to be a Hitpael participle from עָרָה (’ arah , “be exposed”), but this makes no sense in this context. Perhaps the form is a dialectal variant of מִתְעָלָה (“giving oneself an air of importance”; see Jer 51:3 ), from עָלָה (’ alah , “go up”; see P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 296). The noun אֶזְרָח (’ ezrakh , “native, full citizen”) refers elsewhere to people, but here, where it is collocated with “luxuriant, green,” it probably refers to a tree growing in native soil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A35/2"}
{"id":20676,"verse_id":"PSA.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.36","text":"Heb “and he passes by and, look, he is not [there].” The subject of the verb “passes by” is probably indefinite, referring to any passerby. Some prefer to change the form to first person, “and I passed by” (cf. NEB; note the first person verbal forms in preceding verse and in the following line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A36/1"}
{"id":20677,"verse_id":"PSA.37.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.37","text":"Or “upright.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A37/1"}
{"id":20678,"verse_id":"PSA.37.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.38","text":"Or “destroyed together.” In this case the psalmist pictures judgment sweeping them away as a group.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A38/1"}
{"id":20679,"verse_id":"PSA.37.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.38","text":"Heb “the end of evil men is cut off.” As in v. 37 , some interpret אַחֲרִית (’ akharit , “end”) as referring to offspring (see Ps 109:13 ). The perfect verbal forms in v. 38 probably express general truths. Another option is that they are used emphatically to state with certitude that the demise of the wicked is as good as done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A38/2"}
{"id":20680,"verse_id":"PSA.37.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.39","text":"Heb “and the deliverance of the godly [ones] [is] from the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A39/1"}
{"id":20681,"verse_id":"PSA.37.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.39","text":"Heb “[he is] their place of refuge in a time of trouble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A39/2"}
{"id":20682,"verse_id":"PSA.37.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":37,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.40","text":"The prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive carry on the generalizing tone of the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2037%3A40/1"}
{"id":20683,"verse_id":"PSA.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.1","text":"The Hebrew text reads simply, “to cause to remember.” The same form, the Hiphil infinitive of זָכַר ( zakhar , “remember”), also appears in the heading of . Some understand this in the sense of “for the memorial offering,” but it may carry the idea of bringing one’s plight to God’s attention (see P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 303).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A1/2"}
{"id":20684,"verse_id":"PSA.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"The verb Hebrew נָחַת ( nakhat ) apparently here means “penetrate, pierce” (note the use of the Qal in Prov 17:10 ). The psalmist pictures the Lord as a warrior who shoots arrows at him (see Ps 7:12-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":20685,"verse_id":"PSA.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “and your hand [?] upon me.” The meaning of the verb נָחַת ( nakhat ) is unclear in this context. It is preferable to emend the form to וַתָּנַח ( vattanakh ) from the verb נוּחַ ( nuakh , “rest”). In this case the text would read literally, “and your hand rests upon me” (see Isa 25:10 , though the phrase is used in a positive sense there, unlike Ps 38:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A2/2"}
{"id":20686,"verse_id":"PSA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “there is no soundness in my flesh from before your anger.” “Anger” here refers metonymically to divine judgment, which is the practical effect of God’s anger at the psalmist’s sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":20687,"verse_id":"PSA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “there is no health in my bones from before my sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A3/2"}
{"id":20688,"verse_id":"PSA.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.4","text":"Heb “pass over my head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A4/1"}
{"id":20689,"verse_id":"PSA.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “my wounds stink, they are festering” (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A5/2"}
{"id":20690,"verse_id":"PSA.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “from before my foolishness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A5/3"}
{"id":20691,"verse_id":"PSA.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.6","text":"The verb’s precise shade of meaning in this context is not entirely clear. The verb, which literally means “to bend,” may refer to the psalmist’s posture. In Isa 21:3 it seems to mean “be confused, dazed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A6/1"}
{"id":20692,"verse_id":"PSA.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.6","text":"Heb “I am bowed down to excess.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A6/2"}
{"id":20693,"verse_id":"PSA.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “for my loins are filled with shame.” The “loins” are viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s emotions. The present translation assumes that נִקְלֶה ( niqleh ) is derived from קָלָה ( qalah , “be dishonored”). Some derive it instead from a homonymic root קָלָה ( qalah ), meaning “to roast.” In this case one might translate “fever” (cf. NEB “my loins burn with fever”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A7/1"}
{"id":20694,"verse_id":"PSA.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “there is no soundness in my flesh” (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A7/2"}
{"id":20695,"verse_id":"PSA.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “I am numb and crushed to excess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A8/1"}
{"id":20696,"verse_id":"PSA.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “I roar because of the moaning of my heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A8/2"}
{"id":20697,"verse_id":"PSA.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “O Lord, before you [is] all my desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":20698,"verse_id":"PSA.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"Heb “and the light of my eyes, even they, there is not with me.” The “light of the eyes” may refer to physical energy (see 1 Sam 14:27, 29 ), life itself ( Ps 13:3 ), or the ability to see ( Prov 29:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":20699,"verse_id":"PSA.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"Or “wound,” or “illness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":20700,"verse_id":"PSA.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “stand [aloof].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":20701,"verse_id":"PSA.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “and the ones near me off at a distance stand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A11/3"}
{"id":20702,"verse_id":"PSA.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “lay snares.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":20703,"verse_id":"PSA.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"Heb “and there is not in his mouth arguments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":20704,"verse_id":"PSA.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Or perhaps “surely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":20705,"verse_id":"PSA.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “For I said, ‘Lest they rejoice over me.’” The psalmist recalls the motivating argument of his petition. He probably prefaced this statement with a prayer for deliverance (see Pss 7:1-2; 13:3-4; 28:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":20706,"verse_id":"PSA.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “they will magnify against me.” See Pss 35:26; 55:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A16/2"}
{"id":20707,"verse_id":"PSA.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “and my pain [is] before me continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":20708,"verse_id":"PSA.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"Or “for.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) is asseverative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":20709,"verse_id":"PSA.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.19","text":"Heb “and my enemies, life, are many.” The noun חַיִּים ( khayyim , “life”) fits very awkwardly here. The translation assumes an emendation to חִנָּם ( khinam , “without reason”; note the parallelism with שֶׁקֶר [ sheqer , “falsely”] and see Pss 35:19; 69:4 ; Lam 3:52 ). The verb עָצַם (’ atsam ) can sometimes mean “are strong,” but here it probably focuses on numerical superiority (note the parallel verb רָבַב , ravav , “be many”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A19/1"}
{"id":20710,"verse_id":"PSA.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.19","text":"Heb “are many.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A19/2"}
{"id":20711,"verse_id":"PSA.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “the ones who repay evil instead of good accuse me, instead of my pursuing good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":20712,"verse_id":"PSA.38.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":38,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.22","text":"Heb “hurry to my help.” See Ps 22:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2038%3A22/1"}
{"id":20713,"verse_id":"PSA.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.1","text":"Heb “I said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A1/2"}
{"id":20714,"verse_id":"PSA.39.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.1","text":"Heb “I will watch my ways, from sinning with my tongue.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A1/3"}
{"id":20715,"verse_id":"PSA.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “I was mute [with] silence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A2/1"}
{"id":20716,"verse_id":"PSA.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “I was quiet from good.” He kept quiet, resisting the urge to find emotional release and satisfaction by voicing his lament. sn I held back the urge to speak . For a helpful discussion of the relationship (and tension) between silence and complaint in ancient Israelite lamentation, see E. S. Gerstenberger, Psalms, Part I (FOTL), 166-67.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A2/2"}
{"id":20717,"verse_id":"PSA.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “and my pain was stirred up.” Emotional pain is in view here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A2/3"}
{"id":20718,"verse_id":"PSA.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.3","text":"Heb “my heart was hot within me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A3/1"}
{"id":20719,"verse_id":"PSA.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.3","text":"Heb “In my reflection fire burned.” The prefixed verbal form is either a preterite (past tense) or an imperfect being used in a past progressive or customary sense (“fire was burning”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A3/2"}
{"id":20720,"verse_id":"PSA.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.3","text":"Heb “I spoke with my tongue.” The phrase “these words” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A3/3"}
{"id":20721,"verse_id":"PSA.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.4","text":"Heb “Cause me to know, O Lord , my end; and the measure of my days, what it is!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A4/1"}
{"id":20722,"verse_id":"PSA.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.4","text":"Heb “Let me know how transient I am!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A4/2"}
{"id":20723,"verse_id":"PSA.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “Look, handbreadths you make my days.” The “handbreadth” (equivalent to the width of four fingers) was one of the smallest measures used by ancient Israelites. See P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 309.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A5/1"}
{"id":20724,"verse_id":"PSA.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “is like nothing before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A5/2"}
{"id":20725,"verse_id":"PSA.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “surely, all vapor [is] all mankind, standing firm.” Another option is to translate, “Surely, all mankind, though seemingly secure, is nothing but a vapor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A5/3"}
{"id":20726,"verse_id":"PSA.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “surely, as an image man walks about.” The preposition prefixed to “image” indicates identity here. sn People go through life ( Heb “man walks about”). “Walking” is here used as a metaphor for living. The point is that human beings are here today, gone tomorrow. They have no lasting substance and are comparable to mere images or ghosts .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A6/1"}
{"id":20727,"verse_id":"PSA.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “Surely [in] vain they strive, he accumulates and does not know who gathers them.” The MT as it stands is syntactically awkward. The verb forms switch from singular (“walks about”) to plural (“they strive”) and then back to singular (“accumulates and does not know”), even though the subject (generic “man”) remains the same. Furthermore there is no object for the verb “accumulates” and no plural antecedent for the plural pronoun (“them”) attached to “gathers.” These problems can be removed if one emends the text from הֶבֶל יֶהֱמָיוּן ( hevel yehemaun , “[in] vain they strive”) to הֶבְלֵי הָמוֹן ( hevley hamon , “vain things of wealth”). This assumes a misdivision in the MT and a virtual dittography of vav ( ו ) between the mem and nun of המון . The present translation follows this emendation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A6/2"}
{"id":20728,"verse_id":"PSA.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.7","text":"Heb “my hope, for you it [is].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A7/1"}
{"id":20729,"verse_id":"PSA.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.9","text":"Heb “because you acted.” The psalmist has in mind God’s disciplinary measures (see vv. 10-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A9/1"}
{"id":20730,"verse_id":"PSA.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “remove from upon me your wound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":20731,"verse_id":"PSA.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “from the hostility of your hand I have come to an end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A10/2"}
{"id":20732,"verse_id":"PSA.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.11","text":"“with punishments on account of sin you discipline a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A11/1"}
{"id":20733,"verse_id":"PSA.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"39.11","text":"Heb “you cause to dissolve, like a moth, his desired [thing].” The translation assumes an emendation of חֲמוּדוֹ ( khamudo , “his desirable [thing]”) to חֶמְדוֹ ( khemdo , “his loveliness” [or “beauty”]), a reading that is supported by a few medieval Hebrew mss .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A11/2"}
{"id":20734,"verse_id":"PSA.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “do not be deaf to my tears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A12/1"}
{"id":20735,"verse_id":"PSA.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “For a resident alien [am] I with you, a sojourner like all my fathers.” sn Resident aliens were dependent on the mercy and goodwill of others. The Lord was concerned that resident aliens be treated properly. See Deut 24:17-22 , Ps 146:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A12/2"}
{"id":20736,"verse_id":"PSA.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.13","text":"Heb “Gaze away from me and I will smile before I go and am not.” The precise identification of the initial verb form ( הָשַׁע , hasha ’) is uncertain. It could be from the root שָׁעָע ( sha ’ a ’, “smear”), but “your eyes” would be the expected object in this case (see Isa 6:10 ). The verb may be an otherwise unattested Hiphil form of שָׁעָה ( sha ’ ah , “to gaze”) meaning “cause your gaze to be.” Some prefer to emend the form to the Qal שְׁעֵה ( shÿ ’ eh , “gaze”; see Job 14:6 ). If one does read a form of the verb “to gaze,” the angry divine “gaze” of discipline would seem to be in view (see vv. 10-11 ). For a similar expression of this sentiment see Job 10:20-21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2039%3A13/1"}
{"id":20737,"verse_id":"PSA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “cistern of roaring.” The Hebrew noun בּוֹר ( bor , “cistern, pit”) is used metaphorically here of Sheol, the place of death, which is sometimes depicted as a raging sea (see Ps 18:4, 15-16 ). The noun שָׁאוֹן ( sha ’ on , “roaring”) refers elsewhere to the crashing sound of the sea’s waves (see Ps 65:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":20738,"verse_id":"PSA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “from the mud of mud.” The Hebrew phrase translated “slimy mud” employs an appositional genitive. Two synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A2/2"}
{"id":20739,"verse_id":"PSA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “he established my footsteps.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A2/3"}
{"id":20740,"verse_id":"PSA.40.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.3","text":"Heb “and he placed in my mouth a new song, praise to our God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A3/2"}
{"id":20741,"verse_id":"PSA.40.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.3","text":"Heb “may many see and fear and trust in the Lord .” The translation assumes that the initial prefixed verbal form is a jussive (“may many see”), rather than an imperfect (“many will see”). The following prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) conjunctive are taken as indicating purpose or result (“so that they might swear allegiance…and trust”) after the introductory jussive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A3/3"}
{"id":20742,"verse_id":"PSA.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.4","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1, 3; 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A4/1"}
{"id":20743,"verse_id":"PSA.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “man.” See the note on the word “one” in Ps 1:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A4/2"}
{"id":20744,"verse_id":"PSA.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “who has made the Lord his [object of] trust.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A4/3"}
{"id":20745,"verse_id":"PSA.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “and does not turn toward.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A4/4"}
{"id":20746,"verse_id":"PSA.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “those falling away toward a lie.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A4/5"}
{"id":20747,"verse_id":"PSA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “many things you have done, you, O Lord my God, your amazing deeds and your thoughts toward us.” The precise meaning of the text is not clear, but the psalmist seems to be recalling the Lord’s miraculous deeds on Israel’s behalf (see Pss 9:1; 26:7 ), as well as his covenantal decrees and promises (see Ps 33:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":20748,"verse_id":"PSA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “there is none arrayed against you.” The precise meaning of the text is unclear, but the collocation עָרַךְ אֶל (’ arakh ’ el , “array against”) is used elsewhere of military ( Judg 20:30 ; 1 Chr 19:17 ) or verbal opposition ( Job 32:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A5/2"}
{"id":20749,"verse_id":"PSA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “I will declare and I will speak, they are too numerous to recount.” The present translation assumes that the cohortatives are used in a hypothetical manner in a formally unmarked conditional sentence, “Should I try to declare [them] and speak [of them]…” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). For other examples of cohortatives in the protasis (“if” clause) of a conditional sentence, see GKC 320 §108. e . (It should be noted, however, that GKC understands this particular verse in a different manner. See GKC 320 §108. f , where it is suggested that the cohortatives are part of an apodosis with the protasis being suppressed.) Another option is to take the cohortatives as a declaration of the psalmist’s resolve to announce the truth expressed in the next line. In this case one might translate: “I will declare and speak [the truth]: They are too numerous to recount.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A5/3"}
{"id":20750,"verse_id":"PSA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “sacrifice and offering you do not desire.” The statement is exaggerated for the sake of emphasis (see Ps 51:16 as well). God is pleased with sacrifices, but his first priority is obedience and loyalty (see 1 Sam 15:22 ). Sacrifices and offerings apart from genuine allegiance are meaningless (see Isa 1:11-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A6/1"}
{"id":20751,"verse_id":"PSA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “ears you hollowed out for me.” The meaning of this odd expression is debated (this is the only collocation of “hollowed out” and “ears” in the OT). It may have been an idiomatic expression referring to making a point clear to a listener. The LXX has “but a body you have prepared for me,” a reading which is followed in Heb 10:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A6/2"}
{"id":20752,"verse_id":"PSA.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “in the roll of the scroll it is written concerning me.” Apparently the psalmist refers to the law of God (see v. 8 ), which contains the commandments God desires him to obey. If this is a distinctly royal psalm, then the psalmist/king may be referring specifically to the regulations of kingship prescribed in Deut 17:14-20 . See P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 315.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":20753,"verse_id":"PSA.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.8","text":"Or “your will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A8/1"}
{"id":20754,"verse_id":"PSA.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.8","text":"Heb “your law [is] in the midst of my inner parts.” The “inner parts” are viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s thought life and moral decision making.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A8/2"}
{"id":20755,"verse_id":"PSA.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “I proclaim justice in the great assembly.” Though “justice” appears without a pronoun here, the Lord ’s just acts are in view (see v. 10 ). His “justice” ( צֶדֶק , tsedeq ) is here the deliverance that originates in his justice; he protects and vindicates the one whose cause is just.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A9/2"}
{"id":20756,"verse_id":"PSA.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “Look! My lips I do not restrain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A9/3"}
{"id":20757,"verse_id":"PSA.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “your justice I have not hidden in the midst of my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A10/1"}
{"id":20758,"verse_id":"PSA.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “I have not hidden your loyal love and reliability.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A10/2"}
{"id":20759,"verse_id":"PSA.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.11","text":"Some (cf. NIV, NRSV) translate the verb as a request (“do not withhold”), but elsewhere in the psalms the second masculine singular prefixed form, when addressed to God and preceded by לֹא ( lo ’), is always indicative in mood and never has the force of a prayer (see Pss 16:10; 22:2; 44:9 51:16-17; 60:10; 108:11 ; cf. NEB, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A11/1"}
{"id":20760,"verse_id":"PSA.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.11","text":"In this line the psalmist makes the transition from confidence to petition (see v. 13 ). Since the prefixed verbal form in the preceding line is imperfect/indicative, one could take the verb in this line as imperfect as well and translate, “your loyal love and faithfulness continually protect me” (cf. NEB). However, the כִּי ( ki ) at the beginning of the next verse, if causal (“because”), is best understood as introducing a motivating argument in support of a petition. For this reason v. 11 b is best taken as a prayer with the prefixed form being understood as jussive (cf. NIV, NRSV). For parallels to the proposed construction (jussive followed by כִּי + perfect introducing motivating argument), see Ps 25:21 , as well as Pss 10:2-3; 22:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A11/2"}
{"id":20761,"verse_id":"PSA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"Or “sinful deeds.” The Hebrew term used here can have a nonmoral nuance (“dangers”) or a moral one (“sinful deeds”) depending on the context. The next line (see “my sins”) seems to favor the moral sense, but the psalmist also speaks of enemies shortly after this (v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":20762,"verse_id":"PSA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “and my heart abandons me.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of emotional strength and courage. For a similar idea see Ps 38:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A12/2"}
{"id":20763,"verse_id":"PSA.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “hurry to my help.” See Pss 22:19; 38:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A13/1"}
{"id":20764,"verse_id":"PSA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “may they be embarrassed and ashamed together, the ones seeking my life to snatch it away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":20765,"verse_id":"PSA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.14","text":"The four prefixed verbal forms in this verse (“may those…be…embarrassed and ashamed…may those…be turned back and ashamed”) are understood as jussives. The psalmist is calling judgment down on his enemies. sn See Ps 35:4 for a similar prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A14/2"}
{"id":20766,"verse_id":"PSA.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.15","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive in this imprecation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A15/1"}
{"id":20767,"verse_id":"PSA.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.15","text":"Heb “May they be humiliated according to their shame, those who say to me, ‘Aha! Aha!’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A15/2"}
{"id":20768,"verse_id":"PSA.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.16","text":"Heb “those who love,” which stands metonymically for its cause, the experience of being delivered by the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A16/1"}
{"id":20769,"verse_id":"PSA.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.16","text":"The three prefixed verbal forms prior to the quotation are understood as jussives. The psalmist balances out his imprecation against his enemies with a prayer of blessing upon the godly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A16/2"}
{"id":20770,"verse_id":"PSA.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive, “may the Lord be magnified [in praise].” Another option is to take the verb as an imperfect, “the Lord is great” (cf. NRSV). See Ps 35:27 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A16/3"}
{"id":20771,"verse_id":"PSA.40.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":40,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.17","text":"The prefixed verbal form may be taken as a jussive of prayer (as in the present translation; cf. NIV) or as an imperfect, “The Lord will pay attention to me” (cf. NRSV). The parallel in Ps 70:5 has, “O God, hurry to me!” For this reason some prefer to emend יַחֲשָׁב ( yakhashav , “may he pay attention”) to חוּשָׁה ( khushah , “hurry!”). The syntax of the Hebrew text is awkward; elsewhere when the Qal of חָשַׁב ( khashav , “reckon; consider”) is collocated with the preposition - ל ( lamed ) and a pronominal suffix there is an accompanying direct object or additional prepositional phrase/adverbial accusative (see Gen 15:6 ; 2 Sam 19:19 ; Job 13:24; 19:11; 33:10 ; Pss 32:2; 41:7 ; Amos 6:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2040%3A17/2"}
{"id":20772,"verse_id":"PSA.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.1","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1, 3; 2:12; 34:9; 65:4; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A1/2"}
{"id":20773,"verse_id":"PSA.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.1","text":"Heb “in the day of trouble” (see Ps 27:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A1/4"}
{"id":20774,"verse_id":"PSA.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"41.1","text":"That is, the one who has been kind to the poor. The prefixed verbal form could be taken as jussive of prayer (“may the Lord deliver,” see v. 2 ), but the preceding parallel line is a declaration of fact, not a prayer per se. The imperfect can be taken here as future (“will deliver,” cf. NEB, NASB) or as generalizing (“delivers,” cf. NIV, NRSV). The parallel line, which has a generalizing tone, favors the latter. At the same time, though the psalmist uses a generalizing style here, he clearly has himself primarily in view.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A1/5"}
{"id":20775,"verse_id":"PSA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.2","text":"The prefixed verbal forms are taken as jussives in the translation because the jussive is clearly used in the final line of the verse, suggesting that this is a prayer. The psalmist stops to pronounce a prayer of blessing on the godly individual envisioned in v. 1 . Of course, he actually has himself primarily in view. He mixes confidence (vv. 1, 3 ) with petition (v. 2 ) because he stands in the interval between the word of assurance and the actual intervention by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A2/1"}
{"id":20776,"verse_id":"PSA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.2","text":"The translation follows the consonantal Hebrew text ( Kethib ), which has a Pual (passive) prefixed form, regarded here as a jussive. The Pual of the verb אָשַׁר (’ ashar ) also appears in Prov 3:18 . The marginal reading ( Qere ) assumes a vav ( ו ) consecutive and Pual perfect. Some, with the support of the LXX, change the verb to a Piel (active) form with an objective pronominal suffix, “and may he bless him,” or “and he will bless him” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A2/2"}
{"id":20777,"verse_id":"PSA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.2","text":"The negative particle אַל (’ al ) before the prefixed verbal form indicates the verb is a jussive and the statement a prayer. Those who want to take v. 2 as a statement of confidence suggest emending the negative particle to לֹא ( lo ’), which is used with the imperfect. See the earlier note on the verbal forms in line one of this verse. According to GKC 322 §109. e , this is a case where the jussive is used rhetorically to “express that something cannot or should not happen.” In this case one might translate, “you will not turn him over to his enemies,” and take the preceding verbal forms as indicative in mood.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A2/3"}
{"id":20778,"verse_id":"PSA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “do not give him over to the desire of his enemies” (see Ps 27:12 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A2/4"}
{"id":20779,"verse_id":"PSA.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.3","text":"The prefixed verbal form could be taken as jussive, continuing the prayer of v. 2 , but the parallel line in v. 3 b employs the perfect, suggesting that the psalmist is again speaking in the indicative mood (see v. 1 b). The imperfect can be understood as future or as generalizing (see v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A3/1"}
{"id":20780,"verse_id":"PSA.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “all his bed you turn in his illness.” The perfect is used here in a generalizing sense (see v. 1 ) or in a rhetorical manner to emphasize that the healing is as good as done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":20781,"verse_id":"PSA.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “my enemies speak evil concerning me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A5/1"}
{"id":20782,"verse_id":"PSA.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “and his name perish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":20783,"verse_id":"PSA.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “to see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A6/1"}
{"id":20784,"verse_id":"PSA.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “he speaks deceitfully.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A6/2"}
{"id":20785,"verse_id":"PSA.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “his heart gathers sin to itself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A6/3"}
{"id":20786,"verse_id":"PSA.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “he goes outside and speaks.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A6/4"}
{"id":20787,"verse_id":"PSA.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.7","text":"Heb “together against me they whisper, all those who hate me.” The Hitpael of לָחַשׁ ( lakhash ) refers here to whispering to one another (see 2 Sam 12:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A7/1"}
{"id":20788,"verse_id":"PSA.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"The words “they say” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation to make it clear that v. 8 contains a quotation of what the psalmist’s enemies say about him (see v. 7 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":20789,"verse_id":"PSA.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “thing of worthlessness.” In Ps 101:3 the phrase refers to evil deeds in general, but here it appears to refer more specifically to the illness that plagues the psalmist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A8/2"}
{"id":20790,"verse_id":"PSA.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “is poured out on him.” The passive participle of יָצַק ( yatsaq ) is used.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A8/3"}
{"id":20791,"verse_id":"PSA.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “and he who lies down will not again arise.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A8/4"}
{"id":20792,"verse_id":"PSA.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.9","text":"Heb “man of my peace.” The phrase here refers to one’s trusted friend (see Jer 38:22 ; Obad 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A9/1"}
{"id":20793,"verse_id":"PSA.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.9","text":"Heb “has made a heel great against me.” The precise meaning of this phrase, which appears only here, is uncertain. sn The language of this verse is applied to Judas Iscariot in John 13:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A9/2"}
{"id":20794,"verse_id":"PSA.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.10","text":"The cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) here indicates purpose or result (“Then I will repay them”) after the preceding imperatives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A10/1"}
{"id":20795,"verse_id":"PSA.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.11","text":"Or “will.” One may translate the imperfect verbal form as descriptive (present, cf. NIV) or as anticipatory (future, cf. NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A11/2"}
{"id":20796,"verse_id":"PSA.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.11","text":"Heb “shout.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A11/3"}
{"id":20797,"verse_id":"PSA.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Or “have upheld.” The perfect verbal form can be taken as generalizing/descriptive (present) or as a present perfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":20798,"verse_id":"PSA.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.12","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive has the same aspectual function as the preceding perfect. It is either generalizing/descriptive (present) or has a present perfect nuance (“you have allowed”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A12/3"}
{"id":20799,"verse_id":"PSA.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “and you cause me to stand before you permanently.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A12/4"}
{"id":20800,"verse_id":"PSA.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “[be] blessed.” See Pss 18:46; 28:6; 31:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A13/1"}
{"id":20801,"verse_id":"PSA.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “from everlasting to everlasting.” See 1 Chr 16:36 ; Neh 9:5 ; Pss 90:2; 106:48 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A13/2"}
{"id":20802,"verse_id":"PSA.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “surely and surely” ( אָמֵן וְאָמֵן [’ amen vÿ ’ amen ], i.e., “amen and amen”). This is probably a congregational response to the immediately preceding statement about the propriety of praising God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2041%3A13/3"}
{"id":20803,"verse_id":"PSA.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A1/2"}
{"id":20804,"verse_id":"PSA.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.1","text":"Since the accompanying verb is feminine in form, the noun אָיִּל (’ ayyil , “male deer”) should be emended to אַיֶּלֶת (’ ayyelet , “female deer”). Haplography of the letter tav has occurred; note that the following verb begins with tav .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A1/3"}
{"id":20805,"verse_id":"PSA.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.1","text":"Or “pants [with thirst].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A1/4"}
{"id":20806,"verse_id":"PSA.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.2","text":"Or “my soul thirsts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A2/1"}
{"id":20807,"verse_id":"PSA.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.2","text":"The words “I say” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A2/2"}
{"id":20808,"verse_id":"PSA.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “When will I go and appear [to] the face of God?” Some emend the Niphal verbal form אֵרָאֶה (’ era ’ eh , “I will appear”) to a Qal אֶרְאֶה (’ er ’ eh , “I will see”; see Gen 33:10 ), but the Niphal can be retained if one understands ellipsis of אֶת (’ et ) before “face” (see Exod 34:24 ; Deut 31:11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A2/3"}
{"id":20809,"verse_id":"PSA.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.3","text":"Heb “My tears have become my food day and night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A3/1"}
{"id":20810,"verse_id":"PSA.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.3","text":"Heb “when [they] say to me all the day.” The suffixed third masculine plural pronoun may have been accidentally omitted from the infinitive בֶּאֱמֹר ( be ’ ÿmor , “when [they] say”). Note the term בְּאָמְרָם ( bÿ ’ omram , “when they say”) in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A3/2"}
{"id":20811,"verse_id":"PSA.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “These things I will remember and I will pour out upon myself my soul.” “These things” are identified in the second half of the verse as those times when the psalmist worshiped in the Lord ’s temple. The two cohortative forms indicate the psalmist’s resolve to remember and weep. The expression “pour out upon myself my soul” refers to mourning (see Job 30:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":20812,"verse_id":"PSA.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “for I was passing by with the throng [?], I was walking with [?] them to the house of God; with a voice of a ringing shout and thanksgiving a multitude was observing a festival.” The Hebrew phrase בַּסָּךְ אֶדַּדֵּם ( bassakh ’ eddaddem , “with the throng [?] I was walking with [?]”) is particularly problematic. The noun סָךְ ( sakh ) occurs only here. If it corresponds to הָמוֹן ( hamon , “multitude”) then one can propose a meaning “throng.” The present translation assumes this reading (cf. NIV, NRSV). The form אֶדַּדֵּם (“I will walk with [?]”) is also very problematic. The form can be taken as a Hitpael from דָּדָה ( dadah ; this verb possibly appears in Isa 38:15 ), but the pronominal suffix is problematic. For this reason many emend the form to ם [ י ] אַדִּרִ (’ adirim , “nobles”) or ם - רִ [ י ] אַדִ (’ adirim , “great,” with enclitic mem [ ם ]). The present translation understands the latter and takes the adjective “great” as modifying “throng.” If one emends סָךְ ( sakh , “throng [?]”) to סֹךְ ( sokh , “shelter”; see the Qere of Ps 27:5 ), then ר [ י ] אַדִּ (’ addir ) could be taken as a divine epithet, “[in the shelter of] the majestic one,” a reading which may find support in the LXX and Syriac Peshitta.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A4/2"}
{"id":20813,"verse_id":"PSA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “Why do you bow down?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A5/1"}
{"id":20814,"verse_id":"PSA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “and [why] are you in turmoil upon me?” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive here carries on the descriptive present nuance of the preceding imperfect. See GKC 329 §111. t .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A5/3"}
{"id":20815,"verse_id":"PSA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “for again I will give him thanks, the saving acts of his face.” The verse division in the Hebrew text is incorrect. אֱלֹהַי (’ elohay , “my God”) at the beginning of v. 7 belongs with the end of v. 6 (see the corresponding refrains in 42:11 and 43:5 , both of which end with “my God” after “saving acts of my face”). The Hebrew term פָּנָיו ( panayv , “his face”) should be emended to פְּנֵי ( pÿney , “face of”). The emended text reads, “[for] the saving acts of the face of my God,” that is, the saving acts associated with God’s presence/intervention.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A5/4"}
{"id":20816,"verse_id":"PSA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “my God, upon me my soul bows down.” As noted earlier, “my God” belongs with the end of v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":20817,"verse_id":"PSA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “therefore I will remember you from the land of Jordan.” “Remember” is here used metonymically for prayer (see vv. 8-9 ). As the next line indicates, the region of the upper Jordan, where the river originates, is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A6/2"}
{"id":20818,"verse_id":"PSA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “Hermons.” The plural form of the name occurs only here in the OT. Some suggest the plural refers to multiple mountain peaks (cf. NASB) or simply retain the plural in the translation (cf. NEB), but the final mem ( ם ) is probably dittographic (note that the next form in the text begins with the letter mem ) or enclitic. At a later time it was misinterpreted as a plural marker and vocalized accordingly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A6/3"}
{"id":20819,"verse_id":"PSA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.6","text":"The Hebrew term מִצְעָר ( mits ’ ar ) is probably a proper name (“Mizar”), designating a particular mountain in the Hermon region. The name appears only here in the OT.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A6/4"}
{"id":20820,"verse_id":"PSA.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “deep calls to deep.” The Hebrew noun תְּהוֹם ( tÿhom ) often refers to the deep sea, but here, where it is associated with Hermon, it probably refers to mountain streams. The word can be used of streams and rivers (see Deut 8:7 ; Ezek 31:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A7/1"}
{"id":20821,"verse_id":"PSA.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.7","text":"The noun צִנּוֹר ( tsinnor , “waterfall”) occurs only here and in 2 Sam 5:8 , where it apparently refers to a water shaft. The psalmist alludes to the loud rushing sound of mountain streams and cascading waterfalls. Using the poetic device of personification, he imagines the streams calling out to each other as they hear the sound of the waterfalls.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A7/2"}
{"id":20822,"verse_id":"PSA.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “pass over me” (see Jonah 2:3 ). As he hears the sound of the rushing water, the psalmist imagines himself engulfed in the current. By implication he likens his emotional distress to such an experience.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A7/3"}
{"id":20823,"verse_id":"PSA.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.8","text":"Heb “his song [is] with me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A8/2"}
{"id":20824,"verse_id":"PSA.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"42.8","text":"A few medieval Hebrew mss read תְּהִלָּה ( tÿhillah , “praise”) instead of תְּפִלָּה ( tÿfillah , “prayer”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A8/3"}
{"id":20825,"verse_id":"PSA.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.9","text":"The cohortative form indicates the psalmist’s resolve.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A9/1"}
{"id":20826,"verse_id":"PSA.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.9","text":"This metaphor pictures God as a rocky, relatively inaccessible summit, where one would be able to find protection from enemies. See 1 Sam 23:25, 28 ; Pss 18:2; 31:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A9/2"}
{"id":20827,"verse_id":"PSA.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.9","text":"Or “forget.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A9/3"}
{"id":20828,"verse_id":"PSA.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"Heb “with a shattering in my bones my enemies taunt me.” A few medieval Hebrew mss and Symmachus’ Greek version read “like” instead of “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":20829,"verse_id":"PSA.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.11","text":"Heb “Why do you bow down?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A11/1"}
{"id":20830,"verse_id":"PSA.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.11","text":"Heb “and why are you in turmoil upon me?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A11/3"}
{"id":20831,"verse_id":"PSA.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"42.11","text":"Heb “for again I will give him thanks, the saving acts of my face and my God.” The last line should be emended to read יְשׁוּעֹת פְנֵי אֱלֹהָי ( yÿshu ’ ot fÿney ’ elohay , “[for] the saving acts of the face of my God”), that is, the saving acts associated with God’s presence/intervention. This refrain is almost identical to the one in v. 5 . See also Ps 43:5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2042%3A11/4"}
{"id":20832,"verse_id":"PSA.43.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.1","text":"Or “argue my case.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A1/2"}
{"id":20833,"verse_id":"PSA.43.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.1","text":"The imperfect here expresses a request or wish. Note the imperatives in the first half of the verse. See also v. 3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A1/3"}
{"id":20834,"verse_id":"PSA.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.2","text":"Heb “God of my place of refuge,” that is, “God who is my place of refuge.” See Ps 31:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A2/1"}
{"id":20835,"verse_id":"PSA.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.2","text":"The question is similar to that of Ps 42:9 , but זָנַח ( zanakh , “reject”) is a stronger verb than שָׁכַח ( shakhakh , “forget”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A2/2"}
{"id":20836,"verse_id":"PSA.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.2","text":"The language is similar to that of Ps 42:9 , but the Hitpael form of the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ; as opposed to the Qal form in 42:9 ) expresses more forcefully the continuing nature of the psalmist’s distress.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A2/3"}
{"id":20837,"verse_id":"PSA.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.3","text":"Heb “send.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A3/1"}
{"id":20838,"verse_id":"PSA.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.3","text":"Or “may they lead me.” The prefixed verbal forms here and in the next line may be taken as jussives.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A3/3"}
{"id":20839,"verse_id":"PSA.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.3","text":"Heb “bring.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A3/4"}
{"id":20840,"verse_id":"PSA.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"43.3","text":"Or “to your dwelling place[s].” The plural form of the noun may indicate degree or quality; this is the Lord ’s special dwelling place (see Pss 46:4; 84:1; 132:5, 7 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A3/6"}
{"id":20841,"verse_id":"PSA.43.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.4","text":"The cohortative expresses the psalmist’s resolve. Prefixed with the vav ( ו ) conjunctive it also expresses the result or outcome of the preceding verbs “lead” and “escort.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A4/1"}
{"id":20842,"verse_id":"PSA.43.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.4","text":"Heb “to God, the joy of my happiness.” The phrase “joy of my happiness” employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the degree of the psalmist’s joy. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A4/2"}
{"id":20843,"verse_id":"PSA.43.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.4","text":"The cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive probably indicates purpose (“so that”) or intention.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A4/3"}
{"id":20844,"verse_id":"PSA.43.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.5","text":"Heb “Why do you bow down?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A5/1"}
{"id":20845,"verse_id":"PSA.43.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.5","text":"Heb “and why are you in turmoil upon me?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A5/3"}
{"id":20846,"verse_id":"PSA.43.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":43,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"43.5","text":"Heb “for again I will give him thanks, the saving acts of my face and my God.” The last line should be emended to read יְשׁוּעֹת פְנֵי אֱלֹהָי ( yÿshu ’ ot fÿney ’ elohay , “[for] the saving acts of the face of my God,” that is, the saving acts associated with God’s presence/intervention. This refrain is identical to the one in Ps 42:11 . See also 42:5 , which differs only slightly.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2043%3A5/4"}
{"id":20847,"verse_id":"PSA.44.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A1/2"}
{"id":20848,"verse_id":"PSA.44.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.1","text":"Heb “with our ears we have heard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A1/3"}
{"id":20849,"verse_id":"PSA.44.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.1","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 2 ; the same Hebrew word may be translated either “fathers” or “ancestors” depending on the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A1/4"}
{"id":20850,"verse_id":"PSA.44.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.1","text":"Heb “the work you worked.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A1/5"}
{"id":20851,"verse_id":"PSA.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “you, your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A2/1"}
{"id":20852,"verse_id":"PSA.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “dispossessed nations and planted them.” The third masculine plural pronoun “them” refers to the fathers (v. 1 ). See Ps 80:8, 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A2/2"}
{"id":20853,"verse_id":"PSA.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.2","text":"The verb form in the Hebrew text is a Hiphil preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive) from רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “be evil; be bad”). If retained it apparently means, “you injured; harmed.” Some prefer to derive the verb from רָעַע (“break”; cf. NEB “breaking up the peoples”), in which case the form must be revocalized as Qal (since this verb is unattested in the Hiphil).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A2/3"}
{"id":20854,"verse_id":"PSA.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.2","text":"Or “peoples.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A2/4"}
{"id":20855,"verse_id":"PSA.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “and you sent them out.” The translation assumes that the third masculine plural pronoun “them” refers to the fathers (v. 1 ), as in the preceding parallel line. See Ps 80:11 , where Israel, likened to a vine, “spreads out” its tendrils to the west and east. Another option is to take the “peoples” as the referent of the pronoun and translate, “and you sent them away,” though this does not provide as tight a parallel with the corresponding line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A2/5"}
{"id":20856,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.3","text":"Or “take possession of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/1"}
{"id":20857,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “and their arm did not save them.” The “arm” here symbolizes military strength.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/2"}
{"id":20858,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “your right hand.” The Lord ’s “right hand” here symbolizes his power to protect and deliver (see Pss 17:7; 20:6; 21:8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/3"}
{"id":20859,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “your arm.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/4"}
{"id":20860,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “light of your face.” The idiom “light of your face” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 4:6; 31:16; 67:1; 80:3, 7, 19; 89:15 ; Dan 9:17 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/5"}
{"id":20861,"verse_id":"PSA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"44.3","text":"Or “favorable toward.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A3/6"}
{"id":20862,"verse_id":"PSA.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"44.4","text":"The LXX assumes a participle here ( מְצַוֶּה [ mÿtsavveh ], “the one who commands/decrees”) which would stand in apposition to “my God.” It is possible that the MT, which has the imperative ( צַוֵּה , tsavveh ) form, has suffered haplography of the letter mem ( ם ). Note that the preceding word ( אֱלֹהִים , ’ elohim ) ends in mem . Another option is that the MT is divided in the wrong place; perhaps one could move the final mem from אֱלֹהִים to the beginning of the next word and read מְצַוֶּה אֱלֹהָי (’ elohay mÿtsavveh , “[You are my king,] my God, the one who decrees”). tn Or “command.” This may be the Israelites’ petition prior to the battle. See the introductory note to the psalm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A4/2"}
{"id":20863,"verse_id":"PSA.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.4","text":"That is, Israel. See Pss 14:7; 22:23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A4/3"}
{"id":20864,"verse_id":"PSA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “by you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A5/1"}
{"id":20865,"verse_id":"PSA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “gore” (like an ox). If this portion of the psalm contains the song of confidence/petition the Israelites recited prior to battle, then the imperfects here and in the next line may express their expectation of victory. Another option is that the imperfects function in an emphatic generalizing manner. In this case one might translate, “you [always] drive back…you [always] trample down.” sn The Hebrew verb translated “drive back” is literally “gore”; the imagery is that of a powerful wild ox that “gores” its enemies and tramples them underfoot.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A5/2"}
{"id":20866,"verse_id":"PSA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “in your name.” The Lord ’s “name” refers here to his revealed character or personal presence. Specifically in this context his ability to deliver, protect, and energize for battle is in view (see Ps 54:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A5/3"}
{"id":20867,"verse_id":"PSA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “those who rise up [against] us.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A5/5"}
{"id":20868,"verse_id":"PSA.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.7","text":"Or “have delivered,” if past successes are in view. Another option is to take the perfect as rhetorical, emphasizing that victory is certain (note the use of the imperfect in vv. 5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A7/1"}
{"id":20869,"verse_id":"PSA.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.7","text":"Or “have humiliated,” if past successes are in view. Another option is to take the perfect as rhetorical, emphasizing that victory is certain (note the use of the imperfect in vv. 5-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A7/2"}
{"id":20870,"verse_id":"PSA.44.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.9","text":"The particle אַף (’ af , “but”) is used here as a strong adversative contrasting the following statement with what precedes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A9/1"}
{"id":20871,"verse_id":"PSA.44.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.9","text":"Heb “you did not go out with our armies.” The prefixed verbal form is a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A9/2"}
{"id":20872,"verse_id":"PSA.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “you caused us to turn backward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A10/1"}
{"id":20873,"verse_id":"PSA.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “plunder for themselves.” The prepositional phrase לָמוֹ ( lamo , “for themselves”) here has the nuance “at their will” or “as they please” (see Ps 80:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A10/2"}
{"id":20874,"verse_id":"PSA.44.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.11","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A11/1"}
{"id":20875,"verse_id":"PSA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.12","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A12/1"}
{"id":20876,"verse_id":"PSA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “for what is not wealth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A12/2"}
{"id":20877,"verse_id":"PSA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “you did not multiply their purchase prices.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A12/3"}
{"id":20878,"verse_id":"PSA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.13","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A13/1"}
{"id":20879,"verse_id":"PSA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “an [object of] taunting and [of] mockery to those around us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A13/2"}
{"id":20880,"verse_id":"PSA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.14","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A14/1"}
{"id":20881,"verse_id":"PSA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.14","text":"Heb “a proverb,” or “[the subject of] a mocking song.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A14/2"}
{"id":20882,"verse_id":"PSA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.14","text":"Heb “a shaking of the head among the peoples.” Shaking the head was a derisive gesture (see Jer 18:16 ; Lam 2:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A14/3"}
{"id":20883,"verse_id":"PSA.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.15","text":"Heb “all the day my humiliation [is] in front of me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A15/1"}
{"id":20884,"verse_id":"PSA.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.15","text":"Heb “and the shame of my face covers me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A15/2"}
{"id":20885,"verse_id":"PSA.44.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.16","text":"Heb “from the voice of one who ridicules and insults, from the face of an enemy and an avenger.” See Ps 8:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A16/1"}
{"id":20886,"verse_id":"PSA.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “we have not forgotten you.” To “forget” God refers here to worshiping false gods and thereby refusing to recognize his sovereignty (see v. 20 , as well as Deut 8:19 ; Judg 3:7 ; 1 Sam 12:9 ; Isa 17:10 ; Jer 3:21 ; Ps 9:17 ).Thus the translation “we have not rejected you” has been used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A17/1"}
{"id":20887,"verse_id":"PSA.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “and we did not deal falsely with your covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A17/2"}
{"id":20888,"verse_id":"PSA.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “our heart did not turn backward.” Cf. Ps 78:57 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A18/1"}
{"id":20889,"verse_id":"PSA.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “and our steps did [not] turn aside from your path.” The negative particle is understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line). God’s “path” refers to his commands, i.e., the moral pathway he has prescribed for the psalmist. See Pss 17:5; 25:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A18/2"}
{"id":20890,"verse_id":"PSA.44.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.19","text":"Heb “yet you have battered us in a place of jackals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A19/1"}
{"id":20891,"verse_id":"PSA.44.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.19","text":"The Hebrew term צַלְמָוֶת ( tsalmavet ) has traditionally been understood as a compound noun meaning “shadow of death” ( צֵל + מָוֶת [ mavet + tsel ]; see BDB 853 s.v. צַלְמָוֶת ; cf. NASB). Other scholars prefer to vocalize the form צַלְמוּת ( tsalmut ) and understand it as an abstract noun (from the root צלם ) meaning “darkness” (cf. NIV, NRSV). An examination of the word’s usage favors the latter derivation. It is frequently associated with darkness/night and contrasted with light/morning (see Job 3:5; 10:21-22; 12:22; 24:17; 28:3; 34:22 ; Ps 107:10, 14 ; Isa 9:1 ; Jer 13:16 ; Amos 5:8 ). In some cases the darkness described is associated with the realm of death ( Job 10:21-22; 38:17 ), but this is a metaphorical application of the word and does not reflect its inherent meaning. In Ps 44:19 darkness symbolizes defeat and humiliation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A19/2"}
{"id":20892,"verse_id":"PSA.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “If we had forgotten the name of our God.” To “forget the name” here refers to rejecting the Lord ’s authority (see Jer 23:27 ) and abandoning him as an object of prayer and worship (see the next line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A20/1"}
{"id":20893,"verse_id":"PSA.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “and spread out your hands to another god.” Spreading out the hands was a prayer gesture (see Exod 9:29, 33 ; 1 Kgs 8:22, 38 ; 2 Chr 6:12-13, 29 ; Ezra 9:15 ; Job 11:13 ; Isa 1:15 ). In its most fundamental sense זר (“another; foreign; strange”) refers to something that is outside one’s circle, often making association with it inappropriate. A “strange” god is an alien deity, an “outside god” (see L. A. Snijders, TDOT 4:54-55).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A20/2"}
{"id":20894,"verse_id":"PSA.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.21","text":"The active participle describes what is characteristically true.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A21/1"}
{"id":20895,"verse_id":"PSA.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.21","text":"Heb “would not God search out this, for he knows the hidden things of [the] heart?” The expression “search out” is used metonymically here, referring to discovery, the intended effect of a search. The “heart” (i.e., mind) is here viewed as the seat of one’s thoughts. The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course he would!” The point seems to be this: There is no way the Israelites who are the speakers in the psalm would reject God and turn to another god, for the omniscient God would easily discover such a sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A21/2"}
{"id":20896,"verse_id":"PSA.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.22","text":"The statement “because of you” (1) may simply indicate that God is the cause of the Israelites’ defeat (see vv. 9-14 , where the nation’s situation is attributed directly to God’s activity, and cf. NEB, NRSV), or (2) it may suggest they suffer because of their allegiance to God (see Ps 69:7 and Jer 15:15 ). In this case one should translate, “for your sake” (cf. NASB, NIV). The citation of this verse in Rom 8:36 follows the LXX (Ps 43:23 LXX), where the Greek term ἕνεκεν ( Jeneken ; LXX ἕνεκα ) may likewise mean “because of” or “for the sake of” (BDAG 334 s.v. ἕνεκα 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A22/1"}
{"id":20897,"verse_id":"PSA.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.22","text":"Or “regarded as.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A22/2"}
{"id":20898,"verse_id":"PSA.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “like sheep of slaughtering,” that is, sheep destined for slaughter.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A22/3"}
{"id":20899,"verse_id":"PSA.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.24","text":"Heb “Why do you hide your face?” The idiom “hide the face” can mean “ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or carry the stronger idea of “reject” (see Pss 30:7; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A24/1"}
{"id":20900,"verse_id":"PSA.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.24","text":"Or “forget.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A24/2"}
{"id":20901,"verse_id":"PSA.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.24","text":"Heb “our oppression and our affliction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A24/3"}
{"id":20902,"verse_id":"PSA.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.25","text":"Heb “for our being/life sinks down to the dirt, our belly clings to the earth.” The suffixed form of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being, life”) is often equivalent to a pronoun in poetic texts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A25/1"}
{"id":20903,"verse_id":"PSA.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.26","text":"Or “redeem us.” See Pss 25:22; 26:11; 69:18; 119:134 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2044%3A26/1"}
{"id":20904,"verse_id":"PSA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “according to lilies.” “Lilies” may be a tune title or musical style, suggestive of romantic love. The imagery of a “lily” appears frequently in the Song of Solomon in a variety of contexts (see 2:1-2, 16; 4:5; 5:13; 6:2-3; 7:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A1/2"}
{"id":20905,"verse_id":"PSA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A1/3"}
{"id":20906,"verse_id":"PSA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “[with] a good word.” The “good word” probably refers here to the song that follows.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A1/4"}
{"id":20907,"verse_id":"PSA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “my works [are] for a king.” The plural “works” may here indicate degree, referring to the special musical composition that follows.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A1/5"}
{"id":20908,"verse_id":"PSA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “you are handsome from the sons of man.” The preposition “from” is used in a comparative (“more than”) sense. The peculiar verb form יָפְיָפִיתָ ( yafyafita ) is probably the result of dittography of yod - pe ( יפ ) and should be emended to יָפִיתָ ( yafita ). See GKC 152 §55. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A2/1"}
{"id":20909,"verse_id":"PSA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “favor is poured out on your lips.” “Lips” probably stands by metonymy for the king’s speech. Some interpret the Hebrew term חֵן ( khen ) as referring here to “gracious (i.e., kind and polite) speech”, but the word probably refers more generally to “attractive” speech that is impressively articulated and fitting for the occasion. For other instances of the term being used of speech, see Prov 22:11 and Eccl 10:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A2/2"}
{"id":20910,"verse_id":"PSA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.2","text":"Or “this demonstrates.” The construction עַל־כֵּן (’ al-ken , “therefore”) usually indicates what logically follows from a preceding statement. However, here it may infer the cause from the effect, indicating the underlying basis or reason for what precedes (see BDB 487 s.v. I כֵּן 3.f; C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms [ICC], 1:386).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A2/3"}
{"id":20911,"verse_id":"PSA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.2","text":"Or “blesses you forever.” Here “bless” means to “endue with the power and skill to rule effectively,” as the following verses indicate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A2/4"}
{"id":20912,"verse_id":"PSA.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.3","text":"Or “mighty one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A3/1"}
{"id":20913,"verse_id":"PSA.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.3","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “your majesty and your splendor,” which probably refers to the king’s majestic splendor when he appears in full royal battle regalia.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A3/2"}
{"id":20914,"verse_id":"PSA.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.4","text":"Heb “and your majesty, be successful.” The syntax is awkward. The phrase “and your majesty” at the beginning of the verse may be accidentally repeated (dittography); it appears at the end of v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A4/1"}
{"id":20915,"verse_id":"PSA.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.4","text":"Or “for the sake of truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A4/2"}
{"id":20916,"verse_id":"PSA.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"45.4","text":"The precise meaning of the MT is uncertain. The form עַנְוָה (’ anvah ) occurs only here. One could emend the text to עֲנָוָה וְצֶדֶק (’ anavah vÿtsedeq , “[for the sake of truth], humility, and justice”). In this case “humility” would perhaps allude to the king’s responsibility to “serve” his people by promoting justice (cf. NIV “in behalf of truth, humility and righteousness”). The present translation assumes an emendation to יַעַן ( ya ’ an , “because; on account of”) which would form a suitable parallel to עַל־דְּבַר (’ al-dÿvar , “because; for the sake of”) in the preceding line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A4/3"}
{"id":20917,"verse_id":"PSA.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.4","text":"Heb “and your right hand will teach you mighty acts”; or “and may your right hand teach you mighty acts.” After the imperatives in the first half of the verse, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive likely indicates purpose (“so that your right hand might teach you mighty acts”) or result (see the present translation). The “right hand” here symbolizes the king’s military strength. His right hand will “teach” him mighty acts by performing them and thereby causing him to experience their magnificence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A4/4"}
{"id":20918,"verse_id":"PSA.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “your arrows are sharp – peoples beneath you fall – in the heart of the enemies of the king.” The choppy style reflects the poet’s excitement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A5/1"}
{"id":20919,"verse_id":"PSA.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.6","text":"Or “forever and ever.” sn O God. The king is clearly the addressee here, as in vv. 2-5 and 7-9 . Rather than taking the statement at face value, many prefer to emend the text because the concept of deifying the earthly king is foreign to ancient Israelite thinking (cf. NEB “your throne is like God’s throne, eternal”). However, it is preferable to retain the text and take this statement as another instance of the royal hyperbole that permeates the royal psalms. Because the Davidic king is God’s vice-regent on earth, the psalmist addresses him as if he were God incarnate. God energizes the king for battle and accomplishes justice through him. A similar use of hyperbole appears in Isa 9:6 , where the ideal Davidic king of the eschaton is given the title “Mighty God” (see the note on this phrase there). Ancient Near Eastern art and literature picture gods training kings for battle, bestowing special weapons, and intervening in battle. According to Egyptian propaganda, the Hittites described Rameses II as follows: “No man is he who is among us, It is Seth great-of-strength, Baal in person; Not deeds of man are these his doings, They are of one who is unique” (see Miriam Lichtheim, Ancient Egyptian Literature , 2:67). Ps 45:6 and Isa 9:6 probably envision a similar kind of response when friends and foes alike look at the Davidic king in full battle regalia. When the king’s enemies oppose him on the battlefield, they are, as it were, fighting against God himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A6/2"}
{"id":20920,"verse_id":"PSA.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.7","text":"For other examples of the repetition of Elohim, “God,” see Pss 43:4; 48:8, 14; 50:7; 51:14; 67:7 . Because the name Yahweh (“ Lord ”) is relatively rare in Pss 42-83 , where the name Elohim (“God”) predominates, this compounding of Elohim may be an alternative form of the compound name “the Lord my/your/our God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A7/3"}
{"id":20921,"verse_id":"PSA.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"45.7","text":"Heb “from your companions.” The “companions” are most naturally understood as others in the royal family or, more generally, as the king’s countrymen. sn Verses 6-7 are quoted in Heb 1:8-9 , where they are applied to Jesus.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A7/6"}
{"id":20922,"verse_id":"PSA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.8","text":"The words “perfumed with” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A8/1"}
{"id":20923,"verse_id":"PSA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.8","text":"Heb “the palaces of ivory.” The phrase “palaces of ivory” refers to palaces that had ivory panels and furniture decorated with ivory inlays. Such decoration with ivory was characteristic of a high level of luxury. See 1 Kgs 22:39 and Amos 3:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A8/2"}
{"id":20924,"verse_id":"PSA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.8","text":"Heb “from the palaces of ivory stringed instrument[s] make you happy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A8/3"}
{"id":20925,"verse_id":"PSA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “daughters of kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A9/1"}
{"id":20926,"verse_id":"PSA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “valuable ones.” The form is feminine plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A9/2"}
{"id":20927,"verse_id":"PSA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.9","text":"This rare Hebrew noun apparently refers to the king’s bride, who will soon be queen (see Neh 2:6 ). The Aramaic cognate is used of royal wives in Dan 5:2-3, 23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A9/3"}
{"id":20928,"verse_id":"PSA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “a consort stands at your right hand, gold of Ophir.” sn Gold from Ophir is also mentioned in Isa 13:12 and Job 28:16 . The precise location of Ophir is uncertain; Arabia, India, East Africa, and South Africa have all been suggested as options.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A9/4"}
{"id":20929,"verse_id":"PSA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “daughter.” The Hebrew noun בת (“daughter”) can sometimes refer to a young woman in a general sense (see H. Haag, TDOT 2:334). sn Listen, O princess . The poet now addresses the bride.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A10/1"}
{"id":20930,"verse_id":"PSA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “see and turn your ear.” The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “see”) is used here of mental observation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A10/2"}
{"id":20931,"verse_id":"PSA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “your people.” This reference to the “people” of the princess suggests she was a foreigner. Perhaps the marriage was arranged as part of a political alliance between Israel (or Judah) and a neighboring state. The translation “your homeland” reflects such a situation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A10/3"}
{"id":20932,"verse_id":"PSA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “and the house of your father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A10/4"}
{"id":20933,"verse_id":"PSA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.11","text":"After the preceding imperatives, the jussive verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive is best understood as introducing a purpose (“so that the king might desire your beauty”) or result clause (see the present translation and cf. also NASB). The point seems to be this: The bride might tend to be homesick, which in turn might cause her to mourn and diminish her attractiveness. She needs to overcome this temptation to unhappiness and enter into the marriage with joy. Then the king will be drawn to her natural beauty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A11/1"}
{"id":20934,"verse_id":"PSA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.11","text":"Or “desire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A11/2"}
{"id":20935,"verse_id":"PSA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.11","text":"Or “bow down.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A11/3"}
{"id":20936,"verse_id":"PSA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.12","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A12/1"}
{"id":20937,"verse_id":"PSA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.12","text":"Heb “and a daughter of Tyre with a gift, your face they will appease, the rich of people.” The phrase “daughter of Tyre” occurs only here in the OT. It could be understood as addressed to the bride, indicating she was a Phoenician (cf. NEB). However, often in the OT the word “daughter,” when collocated with the name of a city or country, is used to personify the referent (see, for example, “Daughter Zion” in Ps 9:14 , and “Daughter Babylon” in Ps 137:8 ). If that is the case here, then “Daughter Tyre” identifies the city-state of Tyre as the place from which the rich people come (cf. NRSV). The idiom “appease the face” refers to seeking one’s favor (see Exod 32:11 ; 1 Sam 13:12 ; 1 Kgs 13:6 ; 2 Kgs 13:4 ; 2 Chr 33:12 ; Job 11:19 ; Ps 119:58 ; Prov 19:6 ; Jer 26:19 ; Dan 9:13 ; Zech 7:2; 8:21-22 ; Mal 1:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A12/2"}
{"id":20938,"verse_id":"PSA.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.13","text":"Heb “[the] daughter of a king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A13/1"}
{"id":20939,"verse_id":"PSA.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.13","text":"Heb “[is] completely glorious.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A13/2"}
{"id":20940,"verse_id":"PSA.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"45.13","text":"Heb “within, from settings of gold, her clothing.” The Hebrew term פְּנִימָה ( pÿnimah , “within”), if retained, would go with the preceding line and perhaps refer to the bride being “within” the palace or her bridal chamber (cf. NIV, NRSV). Since the next two lines refer to her attire (see also v. 9 b), it is preferable to emend the form to פְּנִינִיהָּ (“her pearls”) or to פְּנִינִים (“pearls”). The mem ( מ ) prefixed to “settings” is probably dittographic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A13/3"}
{"id":20941,"verse_id":"PSA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.14","text":"Heb “virgins after her, her companions, are led to you.” Some emend לָךְ ( lakh , “to you”) to לָהּ ( lah , “to her,” i.e., the princess), because the princess is now being spoken of in the third person (vv. 13-14 a), rather than being addressed directly (as in vv. 10-12 ). However, the ambiguous suffixed form לָךְ need not be taken as second feminine singular. The suffix can be understood as a pausal second masculine singular form, addressed to the king. The translation assumes this to be the case; note that the king is addressed once more in vv. 16-17 , where the second person pronouns are masculine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A14/1"}
{"id":20942,"verse_id":"PSA.45.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.15","text":"Heb “they are led with joy and happiness, they enter the house of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A15/1"}
{"id":20943,"verse_id":"PSA.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.16","text":"The pronoun is second masculine singular, indicating the king is being addressed from this point to the end of the psalm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A16/1"}
{"id":20944,"verse_id":"PSA.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form could be taken as jussive and the statement interpreted as a prayer, “May your sons carry on the dynasty of your ancestors!” The next line could then be taken as a relative clause, “[your sons] whom you will make princes throughout the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A16/2"}
{"id":20945,"verse_id":"PSA.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.16","text":"Heb “in place of your fathers will be your sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A16/3"}
{"id":20946,"verse_id":"PSA.45.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":45,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.17","text":"Heb “I will cause your name to be remembered in every generation and generation.” The cohortative verbal form expresses the poet’s resolve. The king’s “name” stands here for his reputation and character, which the poet praised in vv. 2-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2045%3A17/1"}
{"id":20947,"verse_id":"PSA.46.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.1","text":"Heb “our refuge and strength,” which is probably a hendiadys meaning “our strong refuge” (see Ps 71:7 ). Another option is to translate, “our refuge and source of strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A1/3"}
{"id":20948,"verse_id":"PSA.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.2","text":"The imperfect is taken in a generalizing sense (cf. NEB) because the situation described in vv. 2-3 is understood as symbolizing typical world conditions. In this case the imperfect draws attention to the typical nature of the response. The covenant community characteristically responds with confidence, not fear. Another option is to take the situation described as purely hypothetical. In this case one might translate, “We will not fear, even though the earth should shake” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A2/1"}
{"id":20949,"verse_id":"PSA.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.2","text":"The Hiphil infinitival form is normally taken to mean “when [the earth] is altered,” being derived from מוּר ( mur , “to change”). In this case the Hiphil would be intransitive, as in Ps 15:4 . HALOT 560 s.v. II מור emends the form to a Niphal and derives it from a homonymic root מוּר attested in Arabic with the meaning “shake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A2/2"}
{"id":20950,"verse_id":"PSA.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.2","text":"Heb “heart of the seas.” The plural may be used for emphasis, pointing to the deepest sea. Note that the next verse uses a singular pronoun (“its waters,” “its swelling”) in referring back to the plural noun.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A2/3"}
{"id":20951,"verse_id":"PSA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “its waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A3/1"}
{"id":20952,"verse_id":"PSA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.3","text":"Or “roar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A3/2"}
{"id":20953,"verse_id":"PSA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.3","text":"The three imperfect verbal forms in v. 3 draw attention to the characteristic nature of the activity described.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A3/3"}
{"id":20954,"verse_id":"PSA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “at its swelling.” The Hebrew word often means “pride.” If the sea is symbolic of hostile nations, then this may be a case of double entendre. The surging, swelling sea symbolizes the proud, hostile nations. On the surface the psalmist appears to be depicting a major natural catastrophe, perhaps a tidal wave. If so, then the situation would be hypothetical. However, the repetition of the verbs הָמָה ( hamah , “crash; roar,” v. 3 ) and מוֹט ( mot , “shake,” v. 2 ) in v. 6 , where nations/kingdoms “roar” and “shake,” suggests that the language of vv. 2-3 is symbolic and depicts the upheaval that characterizes relationships between the nations of the earth. As some nations (symbolized by the surging, chaotic waters) show hostility, others (symbolized by the mountains) come crashing down to destruction. The surging waters are symbolic of chaotic forces in other poetic texts (see, for example, Isa 17:12 ; Jer 51:42 ) and mountains can symbolize strong kingdoms (see, for example, Jer 51:25 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A3/4"}
{"id":20955,"verse_id":"PSA.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “A river, its channels cause the city of God to be glad.” sn The city of God is Jerusalem (see Pss 48:1-2; 87:2-3 ). The river’s “channels” are probably irrigation ditches vital to growing crops. Some relate the imagery to the “waters of Shiloah” (see Isa 8:6 ), which flowed from the Gihon spring to the pool of Siloam. In Isa 8:6-8 these waters are contrasted with the flood waters symbolizing Assyria. Even if this is the reality behind the imagery, the picture of a river flowing through Jerusalem is idealized and exaggerated. The river and irrigation ditches symbolize the peace and prosperity that the Lord provides for Jerusalem, in contrast to the havoc produced by the turbulent waters (symbolic of the nations) outside the city. Some see here an adaptation of Canaanite (or, more specifically, Jebusite) mythical traditions of rivers/springs flowing from the high god El’s dwelling place. The Songs of Zion do utilize such imagery at times (see Ps 48:2 ). The image of a river flowing through Zion may have inspired prophetic visions of an eschatological river flowing from the temple (see Ezek 47:1-12 ; Joel 3:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A4/1"}
{"id":20956,"verse_id":"PSA.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “the holy [place] of the dwelling places of.” The adjective “holy” is used here in a substantival manner and placed in construct with the following noun (see GKC 428 §132. c ). Origen’s transliterated text assumes the reading קֹדֶשׁ ( qodesh , “holiness; holy place”), while the LXX assumes a Piel verbal form קִדֵּשׁ ( qidesh , “makes holy”) and takes the following form as “his dwelling place.” The plural form מִשְׁכְּנֵי ( mishkÿney , “dwelling places of”) is probably a plural of degree, emphasizing the special character of this dwelling place. See GKC 397 §124. b . The form stands as an appositional genitive in relation to the preceding construct noun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A4/2"}
{"id":20957,"verse_id":"PSA.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Pss 7:17; 9:2; 18:13; 21:7; 47:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A4/3"}
{"id":20958,"verse_id":"PSA.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “God [is] within her.” The feminine singular pronoun refers to the city mentioned in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A5/1"}
{"id":20959,"verse_id":"PSA.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.5","text":"Another option is to translate the imperfect verbal form as future, “it will not be upended.” Even if one chooses this option, the future tense must be understood in a generalizing sense. The verb מוֹט ( mot ), translated “upended” here, is used in v. 2 of the mountains “tumbling” into the seas and in v. 6 of nations being “upended.” By way of contrast, Jerusalem, God’s dwelling place, is secure and immune from such turmoil and destruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A5/2"}
{"id":20960,"verse_id":"PSA.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.5","text":"Or “helps her.” The imperfect draws attention to the generalizing character of the statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A5/3"}
{"id":20961,"verse_id":"PSA.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “at the turning of morning.” (For other uses of the expression see Exod 14:27 and Judg 19:26 ). sn At the break of dawn . The “morning” is viewed metaphorically as a time of deliverance and vindication after the dark “night” of trouble (see Ps 30:5 ; Isa 17:14 ). There may be an allusion here to Exod 14:27 (where the Lord destroyed the Egyptians at the “break of dawn”) or, more likely, to the miraculous deliverance of Jerusalem from the Assyrian siege, when the people discovered the dead bodies of the Assyrian army in the morning ( Isa 37:36 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A5/4"}
{"id":20962,"verse_id":"PSA.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “nations roar, kingdoms shake.” The Hebrew verb הָמָה ( hamah , “roar, be in uproar”) is used in v. 3 of the waves crashing, while the verb מוֹט ( mot , “overthrown”) is used in v. 2 of mountains tumbling into the sea (see also v. 5 , where the psalm affirms that Jerusalem “cannot be moved”). The repetition of the verbs suggests that the language of vv. 2-3 is symbolic and depicts the upheaval that characterizes relationships between the nations of the earth. As some nations (symbolized by the surging, chaotic waters) show hostility, others (symbolized by the mountains) come crashing down to destruction. The surging waters are symbolic of chaotic forces in other poetic texts (see, for example, Isa 17:12 ; Jer 51:42 ) and mountains can symbolize strong kingdoms (see, for example, Jer 51:25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A6/1"}
{"id":20963,"verse_id":"PSA.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “He.” God is the obvious referent here (see v. 5 ), and has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A6/2"}
{"id":20964,"verse_id":"PSA.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “offers his voice.” In theophanic texts the phrase refers to God’s thunderous shout which functions as a battle cry (see Pss 18:13; 68:33 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A6/3"}
{"id":20965,"verse_id":"PSA.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.6","text":"Or “melts.” See Amos 9:5 . The image depicts the nation’s helplessness before Jerusalem’s defender, who annihilates their armies (see vv. 8-9 ). The imperfect verbal form emphasizes the characteristic nature of the action described.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A6/4"}
{"id":20966,"verse_id":"PSA.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.7","text":"Heb “the Lord of hosts is with us.” The title “ Lord of hosts” here pictures the Lord as a mighty warrior-king who leads armies into battle (see Ps 24:10 ). The military imagery is further developed in vv. 8-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A7/1"}
{"id":20967,"verse_id":"PSA.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.7","text":"That is, Israel, or Judah (see Ps 20:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A7/2"}
{"id":20968,"verse_id":"PSA.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.7","text":"Heb “our elevated place” (see Pss 9:9; 18:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A7/3"}
{"id":20969,"verse_id":"PSA.46.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.8","text":"Heb “who sets desolations in the earth” (see Isa 13:9 ). The active participle describes God’s characteristic activity as a warrior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A8/2"}
{"id":20970,"verse_id":"PSA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.9","text":"Heb “[the] one who causes wars to cease unto the end of the earth.” The participle continues the description begun in v. 8 b and indicates that this is the Lord ’s characteristic activity. Ironically, he brings peace to the earth by devastating the warlike, hostile nations (vv. 8, 9 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A9/1"}
{"id":20971,"verse_id":"PSA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.9","text":"The verb שָׁבַר ( shavar , “break”) appears in the Piel here (see Ps 29:5 ). In the OT it occurs thirty-six times in the Piel, always with multiple objects (the object is either a collective singular or grammatically plural or dual form). The Piel may highlight the repetition of the pluralative action, or it may suggest an intensification of action, indicating repeated action comprising a whole, perhaps with the nuance “break again and again, break in pieces.” Another option is to understand the form as resultative: “make broken” (see IBHS 404-7 §24.3). The imperfect verbal form carries on and emphasizes the generalizing nature of the description.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A9/2"}
{"id":20972,"verse_id":"PSA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.9","text":"The perfect verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries along the generalizing emphasis of the preceding imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A9/3"}
{"id":20973,"verse_id":"PSA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.9","text":"The imperfect verbal form carries on and emphasizes the generalizing nature of the description.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A9/4"}
{"id":20974,"verse_id":"PSA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"46.9","text":"Heb “wagons he burns with fire.” Some read “chariots” here (cf. NASB), but the Hebrew word refers to wagons or carts, not chariots, elsewhere in the OT. In this context, where military weapons are mentioned, it is better to revocalize the form as עֲגִלוֹת (’ agilot , “round shields”), a word which occurs only here in the OT, but is attested in later Hebrew and Aramaic.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A9/5"}
{"id":20975,"verse_id":"PSA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.10","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A10/1"}
{"id":20976,"verse_id":"PSA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.10","text":"Heb “do nothing/be quiet (see 1 Sam 15:16 ) and know.” This statement may be addressed to the hostile nations, indicating they should cease their efforts to destroy God’s people, or to Judah, indicating they should rest secure in God’s protection. Since the psalm is an expression of Judah’s trust and confidence, it is more likely that the words are directed to the nations, who are actively promoting chaos and are in need of a rebuke.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A10/2"}
{"id":20977,"verse_id":"PSA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.10","text":"Elsewhere in the psalms the verb רוּם ( rum , “be exalted”) when used of God, refers to his exalted position as king ( Pss 18:46; 99:2; 113:4; 138:6 ) and/or his self-revelation as king through his mighty deeds of deliverance ( Pss 21:13; 57:5, 11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A10/3"}
{"id":20978,"verse_id":"PSA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.10","text":"Or “among.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A10/4"}
{"id":20979,"verse_id":"PSA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"46.10","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A10/5"}
{"id":20980,"verse_id":"PSA.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “the Lord of hosts is with us.” The title “ Lord of hosts” here pictures the Lord as a mighty warrior-king who leads armies into battle (see Ps 24:10 ). The military imagery is further developed in vv. 8-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A11/1"}
{"id":20981,"verse_id":"PSA.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.11","text":"That is, Israel, or Judah (see Ps 20:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A11/2"}
{"id":20982,"verse_id":"PSA.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “our elevated place” (see Pss 9:9; 18:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2046%3A11/3"}
{"id":20983,"verse_id":"PSA.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.2","text":"Heb “the Lord Most High.” The divine title “Most High” ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures the Lord as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A2/1"}
{"id":20984,"verse_id":"PSA.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.2","text":"Or “awesome.” The Niphal participle נוֹרָא ( nora ’), when used of God in the psalms, focuses on the effect that his royal splendor and powerful deeds have on those witnessing his acts ( Pss 66:3, 5; 68:35; 76:7, 12; 89:7; 96:4; 99:3; 111:9 ). Here it refers to his capacity to fill his defeated foes with terror and his people with fearful respect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A2/2"}
{"id":20985,"verse_id":"PSA.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.2","text":"Heb “a great king over all the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A2/3"}
{"id":20986,"verse_id":"PSA.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.3","text":"On the meaning of the verb דָּבַר ( davar , “subdue”), a homonym of דָּבַר (“speak”), see HALOT 209-10 s.v. I דבר . See also Ps 18:47 and 2 Chr 22:10 . The preterite form of the verb suggests this is an historical reference and the next verse, which mentions the gift of the land, indicates that the conquest under Joshua is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A3/1"}
{"id":20987,"verse_id":"PSA.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.3","text":"Or “peoples” (see Pss 2:1; 7:7; 9:8; 44:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A3/2"}
{"id":20988,"verse_id":"PSA.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.4","text":"Heb “he chose for us our inheritance.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a preterite (see “subdued” in v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A4/1"}
{"id":20989,"verse_id":"PSA.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.4","text":"Heb “the pride of.” The phrase is appositional to “our inheritance,” indicating that the land is here described as a source of pride to God’s people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A4/2"}
{"id":20990,"verse_id":"PSA.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.4","text":"That is, Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A4/3"}
{"id":20991,"verse_id":"PSA.47.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.5","text":"Heb “God ascended amid a shout.” The words “his throne” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Lord ’s coronation as king is described here (see v. 8 ). Here the perfect probably has a present perfect function, indicating a completed action with continuing effects.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A5/2"}
{"id":20992,"verse_id":"PSA.47.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.5","text":"Heb “the Lord amid the sound of the ram horn.” The verb “ascended” is understood by ellipsis; see the preceding line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A5/3"}
{"id":20993,"verse_id":"PSA.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.7","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term also occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 . Here, in a context of celebration, the meaning “skillful, well-written” would fit particularly well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A7/1"}
{"id":20994,"verse_id":"PSA.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.8","text":"When a new king was enthroned, his followers would acclaim him king using this enthronement formula (Qal perfect 3ms מָלַךְ , malakh , “to reign,” followed by the name of the king). See 2 Sam 15:10 ; 1 Kgs 1:11, 13, 18 ; 2 Kgs 9:13 , as well as Isa 52:7 . In this context the perfect verbal form is generalizing, but the declaration logically follows the historical reference in v. 5 to the Lord ’s having ascended his throne.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A8/1"}
{"id":20995,"verse_id":"PSA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"47.9","text":"The words “along with” do not appear in the MT. However, the LXX has “with,” suggesting that the original text may have read עִם עַם (’ im ’ am , “along with the people”). In this case the MT is haplographic (the consonantal sequence ayin - mem [ עם ] being written once instead of twice). Another option is that the LXX is simply and correctly interpreting “people” as an adverbial accusative and supplying the appropriate preposition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A9/1"}
{"id":20996,"verse_id":"PSA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “for to God [belong] the shields of the earth.” Perhaps the rulers are called “shields” because they are responsible for protecting their people. See Ps 84:9 , where the Davidic king is called “our shield,” and perhaps also Hos 4:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A9/2"}
{"id":20997,"verse_id":"PSA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.9","text":"The verb עָלָה (’ alah , “ascend”) appears once more (see v. 5 ), though now in the Niphal stem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2047%3A9/3"}
{"id":20998,"verse_id":"PSA.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “beautiful of height.” The Hebrew term נוֹף ( nof , “height”) is a genitive of specification after the qualitative noun “beautiful.” The idea seems to be that Mount Zion, because of its lofty appearance, is pleasing to the sight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A2/1"}
{"id":20999,"verse_id":"PSA.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “Mount Zion, the peaks of Zaphon.” Like all the preceding phrases in v. 2 , both phrases are appositional to “city of our God, his holy hill” in v. 1 , suggesting an identification in the poet’s mind between Mount Zion and Zaphon. “Zaphon” usually refers to the “north” in a general sense (see Pss 89:12; 107:3 ), but here, where it is collocated with “peaks,” it refers specifically to Mount Zaphon, located in the vicinity of ancient Ugarit and viewed as the mountain where the gods assembled (see Isa 14:13 ). By alluding to West Semitic mythology in this way, the psalm affirms that Mount Zion is the real divine mountain, for it is here that the Lord God of Israel lives and rules over the nations. See P. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 (WBC), 353, and T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 103.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A2/3"}
{"id":21000,"verse_id":"PSA.48.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.3","text":"Heb “he is known for an elevated place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A3/1"}
{"id":21001,"verse_id":"PSA.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.4","text":"The logical connection between vv. 3-4 seems to be this: God is the protector of Zion and reveals himself as the city’s defender – this is necessary because hostile armies threaten the city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A4/1"}
{"id":21002,"verse_id":"PSA.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.4","text":"The perfect verbal forms in vv. 4-6 are understood as descriptive. In dramatic style (note הִנֵּה , hinneh , “look”) the psalm describes an enemy attack against the city as if it were occurring at this very moment. Another option is to take the perfects as narrational (“the kings assembled, they advanced”), referring to a particular historical event, such as Sennacherib’s siege of the city in 701 b.c. (cf. NIV, NRSV). Even if one translates the verses in a dramatic-descriptive manner (as the present translation does), the Lord ’s victory over the Assyrians was probably what served as the inspiration of the description (see v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A4/2"}
{"id":21003,"verse_id":"PSA.48.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.5","text":"The object of “see” is omitted, but v. 3 b suggests that the Lord ’s self-revelation as the city’s defender is what they see.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A5/1"}
{"id":21004,"verse_id":"PSA.48.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.5","text":"Heb “they look, so they are shocked.” Here כֵּן ( ken , “so”) has the force of “in the same measure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A5/2"}
{"id":21005,"verse_id":"PSA.48.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.5","text":"The translation attempts to reflect the staccato style of the Hebrew text, where the main clauses of vv. 4-6 are simply juxtaposed without connectives.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A5/3"}
{"id":21006,"verse_id":"PSA.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “trembling seizes them there.” The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) is used here, as often in poetic texts, to point “to a spot in which a scene is localized vividly in the imagination” (BDB 1027 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A6/1"}
{"id":21007,"verse_id":"PSA.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “[with] writhing like one giving birth.” sn The language of vv. 5-6 is reminiscent of Exod 15:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A6/2"}
{"id":21008,"verse_id":"PSA.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.7","text":"The switch to the imperfect, as well as the introduction of the ship metaphor, perhaps signals a change to a generalizing tone; the Lord typically shatters these large ships, symbolic of the human strength of hostile armies (see the following note on “large ships”). The verb שָׁבַר ( shavar , “break”) appears in the Piel here (see Pss 29:5; 46:9 ). In the OT it occurs thirty-six times in the Piel, always with multiple objects (the object is either a collective singular or grammatically plural or dual form). The Piel may highlight the repetition of the pluralative action, or it may suggest an intensification of action, indicating repeated action comprising a whole, perhaps with the nuance “break again and again, break in pieces.” Another option is to understand the form as resultative: “make broken” (see IBHS 404-7 §24.3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A7/1"}
{"id":21009,"verse_id":"PSA.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.7","text":"Heb “the ships of Tarshish.” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to and from the distant western port of Tarshish. These ships, which were the best of their class, here symbolize the mere human strength of hostile armies, which are incapable of withstanding the Lord ’s divine power (see Isa 2:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A7/2"}
{"id":21010,"verse_id":"PSA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “As we have heard, so we have seen.” The community had heard about God’s mighty deeds in the nation’s history. Having personally witnessed his saving power with their own eyes, they could now affirm that the tradition was not exaggerated or inaccurate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A8/1"}
{"id":21011,"verse_id":"PSA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “the Lord of hosts.” The title “ Lord of hosts” here pictures the Lord as a mighty warrior-king who leads armies into battle (see Pss 24:10; 46:7, 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A8/2"}
{"id":21012,"verse_id":"PSA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.8","text":"Or “God makes it secure forever.” The imperfect highlights the characteristic nature of the generalizing statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A8/3"}
{"id":21013,"verse_id":"PSA.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “like your name, O God, so [is] your praise to the ends of the earth.” Here “name” refers to God’s reputation and revealed character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A10/1"}
{"id":21014,"verse_id":"PSA.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “your right hand is full of justice.” The “right hand” suggests activity and power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A10/2"}
{"id":21015,"verse_id":"PSA.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.11","text":"Heb “daughters.” The reference is to the cities of Judah surrounding Zion (see Ps 97:8 and H. Haag, TDOT 2:336).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A11/1"}
{"id":21016,"verse_id":"PSA.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.11","text":"The prefixed verbal forms are understood as generalizing imperfects. (For other examples of an imperfect followed by causal לְמַעַן [ lÿma ’ an ], see Ps 23:3 ; Isa 49:7; 55:5 .) Another option is to interpret the forms as jussives, “Let Mount Zion rejoice! Let the towns of Judah be happy!” (cf. NASB, NRSV; note the imperatives in vv. 12-13 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A11/2"}
{"id":21017,"verse_id":"PSA.48.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.12","text":"The verb forms in vv. 12-13 are plural; the entire Judahite community is addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A12/1"}
{"id":21018,"verse_id":"PSA.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “set your heart to its rampart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A13/1"}
{"id":21019,"verse_id":"PSA.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.13","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word translated “walk through,” which occurs only here in the OT, is uncertain. Cf. NEB “pass…in review”; NIV “view.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A13/2"}
{"id":21020,"verse_id":"PSA.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.14","text":"Heb “for this is God, our God, forever and ever.” “This” might be paraphrased, “this protector described and praised in the preceding verses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A14/1"}
{"id":21021,"verse_id":"PSA.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.14","text":"The imperfect highlights the characteristic nature of the generalizing statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A14/2"}
{"id":21022,"verse_id":"PSA.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.14","text":"In the Hebrew text the psalm ends with the words עַל־מוּת (’ al-mut , “upon [unto?] dying”), which make little, if any, sense. M. Dahood ( Psalms [AB], 1:293) proposes an otherwise unattested plural form עֹלָמוֹת (’ olamot ; from עוֹלָם , ’ olam , “eternity”). This would provide a nice parallel to עוֹלָם וָעֶד (’ olam va ’ ed , “forever”) in the preceding line, but elsewhere the plural of עוֹלָם appears as עֹלָמִים (’ olamim ). It is preferable to understand the phrase as a musical direction of some sort (see עַל־מוּת [’ al-mut ] in the superscription of ) or to emend the text to עַל־עֲלָמוֹת (’ al- ’ alamot , “according to the alamoth style”; see the heading of ). In either case it should be understood as belonging with the superscription of the following psalm.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2048%3A14/3"}
{"id":21023,"verse_id":"PSA.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.2","text":"Heb “even the sons of mankind, even the sons of man.” Because of the parallel line, where “rich and poor” are mentioned, some treat these expressions as polar opposites, with בְּנֵי אָדָם ( bÿney ’ adam ) referring to the lower classes and בְּנֵי אִישׁ ( bÿney ’ ish ) to higher classes (cf. NIV, NRSV). But usage does not support such a view. The rare phrase בְּנֵי אִישׁ (“sons of man”) appears to refer to human beings in general in its other uses (see Pss 4:2; 62:9 ; Lam 3:33 ). It is better to understand “even the sons of mankind” and “even the sons of man” as synonymous expressions (cf. NEB “all mankind, every living man”). The repetition emphasizes the need for all people to pay attention, for the psalmist’s message is relevant to everyone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A2/1"}
{"id":21024,"verse_id":"PSA.49.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.3","text":"Heb “my mouth will speak wisdom.” According to BDB 315 s.v. חָכְמָה the plural חָכְמוֹת ( khokhmot , “wisdom”) indicates degree or emphasis here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A3/1"}
{"id":21025,"verse_id":"PSA.49.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.3","text":"Heb “and the meditation of my heart [i.e., mind] is understanding.” The Hebrew term הָגוּת ( hagut , “meditation”), derived from הָגָה ( hagah , “to recite quietly; to meditate”), here refers to thoughts that are verbalized (see the preceding line). The plural form תְבוּנוֹת ( tÿvunot , “understanding”) indicates degree or emphasis (see GKC 397-98 §124. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A3/2"}
{"id":21026,"verse_id":"PSA.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.4","text":"Heb “I will turn my ear to a wise saying, I will open [i.e., “reveal; explain”] my insightful saying with a harp.” In the first line the psalmist speaks as a pupil who learns a song of wisdom from a sage. This suggests that the resulting insightful song derives from another source, perhaps God himself. Elsewhere the Hebrew word pair חִידָה / מָשָׁל ( mashal / khidah ) refers to a taunt song ( Hab 2:6 ), a parable ( Ezek 17:2 ), lessons from history ( Ps 78:2 ), and proverbial sayings ( Prov 1:6 ). Here it appears to refer to the insightful song that follows, which reflects on the mortality of humankind and the ultimate inability of riches to prevent the inevitable – death. Another option is that the word pair refers more specifically to the closely related proverbial sayings of vv. 12, 20 (note the use of the verb מָשָׁל , mashal , “to be like” in both verses). In this case the psalmist first hears the sayings and then explains ( Heb “opens”) their significance (see vv. 5-11, 13-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A4/1"}
{"id":21027,"verse_id":"PSA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.5","text":"Heb “days of trouble.” The phrase also occurs in Ps 94:13 . The question is rhetorical; there is no reason to be afraid when the rich oppressors threaten the weak (see v. 17 ). The following verses explain why this is so.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A5/1"}
{"id":21028,"verse_id":"PSA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"49.5","text":"The MT has, “the iniquity of my heels surrounds me.” The clause is best understood as temporal and as elaborating on the preceding phrase “times of trouble.” If the MT is retained, the genitive “of my heels” would probably indicate location (“the iniquity at my heels”); the sinful actions of the rich threaten to overtake the psalmist, as it were. It is better, however, to emend עֲקֵבַי (’ aqivay , “my heels”) to either (1) עֲקֻבַּי (’ aqubay , “my deceitful ones,” i.e., “those who deceive me” [from the adjective עָקֹב (’ aqov ), “deceitful,” see Jer 17:9 ]) or (2) עֹקְבַי (’ oqÿvay , “those who deceive me” [a suffixed active participle from עָקַב , ’ aqav , “betray, deceive”]). Origen’s transliteration of the Hebrew text favors the first of these options. Either of the emendations provides a much smoother transition to v. 6 , because “those who trust in their wealth” would then be appositional to “those who deceive me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A5/2"}
{"id":21029,"verse_id":"PSA.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.6","text":"Heb “the ones who trust.” The substantival participle stands in apposition to “those who deceive me” (v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A6/1"}
{"id":21030,"verse_id":"PSA.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.6","text":"The imperfect verbal form emphasizes their characteristic behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A6/2"}
{"id":21031,"verse_id":"PSA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.7","text":"Heb “a brother, he surely does not ransom, a man.” The sequence אִישׁ...אָח (’ akh ...’ ish , “a brother…a man”) is problematic, for the usual combination is אָח...אָח (“a brother…a brother”) or אִישׁ...אִישׁ (“a man…a man”). When אִישׁ and אָח are combined, the usual order is אָח...אִישׁ (“a man…a brother”), with “brother” having a third masculine singular suffix, “his brother.” This suggests that “brother” is the object of the verb and “man” the subject. (1) Perhaps the altered word order and absence of the suffix can be explained by the text’s poetic character, for ellipsis is a feature of Hebrew poetic style. (2) Another option, supported by a few medieval Hebrew mss , is to emend “brother” to the similar sounding אַךְ (’ akh , “surely; but”) which occurs in v. 15 before the verb פָּדָה ( padah , “ransom”). If this reading is accepted the Qal imperfect יִפְדֶּה ( yifddeh , “he can [not] ransom”) would need to be emended to a Niphal (passive) form, יִפָּדֶה ( yifadeh , “he can[not] be ransomed”) unless one understands the subject of the Qal verb to be indefinite (“one cannot redeem a man”). (A Niphal imperfect can be collocated with a Qal infinitive absolute. See GKC 344-45 §113. w .) No matter how one decides the textual issues, the imperfect in this case is modal, indicating potential, and the infinitive absolute emphasizes the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A7/1"}
{"id":21032,"verse_id":"PSA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.7","text":"Heb “he cannot pay to God his ransom price.” Num 35:31 may supply the legal background for the metaphorical language used here. The psalmist pictures God as having a claim on the soul of the individual. When God comes to claim the life that ultimately belongs to him, he demands a ransom price that is beyond the capability of anyone to pay. The psalmist’s point is that God has ultimate authority over life and death; all the money in the world cannot buy anyone a single day of life beyond what God has decreed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A7/2"}
{"id":21033,"verse_id":"PSA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.8","text":"Heb “their life.” Some emend the text to “his life,” understanding the antecedent of the pronoun as “brother” in v. 7 . However, the man and brother of v. 7 are representative of the human race in general, perhaps explaining why a plural pronoun appears in v. 8 . Of course, the plural pronoun could refer back to “the rich” mentioned in v. 6 . Another option (the one assumed in the translation) is that the suffixed mem is enclitic. In this case the “ransom price for human life” is referred to an abstract, general way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A8/1"}
{"id":21034,"verse_id":"PSA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.8","text":"Heb “and one ceases forever.” The translation assumes an indefinite subject which in turn is representative of the entire human race (“one,” that refers to human beings without exception). The verb חָדַל ( khadal , “cease”) is understood in the sense of “come to an end; fail” (i.e., die). Another option is to translate, “and one ceases/refrains forever.” In this case the idea is that the living, convinced of the reality of human mortality, give up all hope of “buying off” God and refrain from trying to do so.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A8/2"}
{"id":21035,"verse_id":"PSA.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.9","text":"The jussive verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive is taken as indicating purpose/result in relation to the statement made in v. 8 . (On this use of the jussive after an imperfect, see GKC 322 §109. f .) In this case v. 8 is understood as a parenthetical comment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A9/1"}
{"id":21036,"verse_id":"PSA.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.9","text":"Heb “see the Pit.” The Hebrew term שַׁחַת ( shakhat , “pit”) is often used as a title for Sheol (see Pss 16:10; 30:9; 55:24; 103:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A9/2"}
{"id":21037,"verse_id":"PSA.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.10","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) is understood here as asseverative (emphatic).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A10/1"}
{"id":21038,"verse_id":"PSA.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.10","text":"The subject of the verb is probably the typical “man” mentioned in v. 7 . The imperfect can be taken here as generalizing or as indicating potential (“surely he/one can see”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A10/2"}
{"id":21039,"verse_id":"PSA.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.10","text":"The imperfect verbal forms here and in the next line draw attention to what is characteristically true. The vav ( ו ) consecutive with perfect in the third line carries the same force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A10/3"}
{"id":21040,"verse_id":"PSA.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.10","text":"Heb “together a fool and a brutish [man] perish.” The adjective בַּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “brutish”) refers to spiritual insensitivity, not mere lack of intelligence or reasoning ability (see Pss 73:22; 92:6 ; Prov 12:1; 30:2 , as well as the use of the related verb in Ps 94:8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A10/4"}
{"id":21041,"verse_id":"PSA.49.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"49.11","text":"Heb “their inward part [is] their houses [are] permanent, their dwelling places for a generation and a generation.” If one follows the MT, then קֶרֶב ( qerev , “inward part”) must refer to the seat of these people’s thoughts (for other examples of this use of the term, see BDB 899 s.v., though BDB prefers an emendation in this passage). In this case all three lines of v. 11 expose these people’s arrogant assumption that they will last forever, which then stands in sharp contrast to reality as summarized in v. 12 . In this case one might translate the first two lines, “they think that their houses are permanent and that their dwelling places will last forever” (cf. NASB). Following the lead of several ancient versions, the present translation assumes an emendation of קִרְבָּם ( qirbam , “their inward part”) to קְבָרִים ( qÿvarim , “graves”). This assumes that the letters bet ( ב ) and resh ( ר ) were accidentally transposed in the MT. In this case the first two lines support the point made in v. 10 , while the third line of v. 11 stands in contrast to v. 12 . The phrase בֵּית עוֹלָם ( bet ’ olam , “permanent house”) is used of a tomb in Eccl 12:5 (as well as in Phoenician tomb inscriptions, see DNWSI 1:160 for a list of texts) and מִשְׁכָּן ( mishkan , “dwelling place”) refers to a tomb in Isa 22:16 . Cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A11/1"}
{"id":21042,"verse_id":"PSA.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.12","text":"Heb “but mankind in honor does not remain.” The construction vav ( ו ) + noun at the beginning of the verse can be taken as contrastive in relation to what precedes. The Hebrew term יְקָר ( yÿqar , “honor”) probably refers here to the wealth mentioned in the preceding context. The imperfect verbal form draws attention to what is characteristically true. Some scholars emend יָלִין ( yalin , “remains”) to יָבִין ( yavin , “understands”) but this is an unnecessary accommodation to the wording of v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A12/1"}
{"id":21043,"verse_id":"PSA.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.12","text":"Or “cattle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A12/2"}
{"id":21044,"verse_id":"PSA.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.12","text":"The verb is derived from דָּמָה ( damah , “cease; destroy”; BDB 198 s.v.). Another option is to derive the verb from דָּמָה (“be silent”; see HALOT 225 s.v. II דמה , which sees two homonymic roots [ דָּמָה , “be silent,” and דָּמָה , “destroy”] rather than a single root) and translate, “they are like dumb beasts.” This makes particularly good sense in v. 20 , where the preceding line focuses on mankind’s lack of understanding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A12/3"}
{"id":21045,"verse_id":"PSA.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.13","text":"Heb “this [is] their way, [there is] folly [belonging] to them.” The Hebrew term translated “this” could refer (1) back to the preceding verse[s] or (2) ahead to the subsequent statements. The translation assumes the latter, since v. 12 appears to be a refrain that concludes the psalm’s first major section and marks a structural boundary. (A similar refrain [see v. 20 ] concludes the second half of the psalm.) The noun דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) often refers to one’s lifestyle, but, if it relates to what follows, then here it likely refers metonymically to one’s destiny (the natural outcome of one’s lifestyle [cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV “fate”]). (See the discussion in K. Koch, TDOT 3:285.) If one prefers the more common nuance (“lifestyle”), then the term would look back to the self-confident attitude described in the earlier verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A13/1"}
{"id":21046,"verse_id":"PSA.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.13","text":"Heb “and after them, in their mouth they take delight.” The meaning of the MT is not entirely clear. “After them” is understood here as substantival, “those who come after them” or “those who follow them.” “Their mouth” is taken as a metonymy for the arrogant attitude verbalized by the rich. In the expression “take delight in,” the preposition - ב ( bet ) introduces the object/cause of one’s delight (see Pss 147:10; 149:4 ). So the idea here is that those who come after/follow the rich find the philosophy of life they verbalize and promote to be attractive and desirable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A13/2"}
{"id":21047,"verse_id":"PSA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.14","text":"Heb “like sheep to Sheol they are appointed.” The verb form שַׁתּוּ ( shatu ) is apparently derived from שָׁתַת ( shatat ), which appears to be a variant of the more common שִׁית ( shiyt , “to place; to set”; BDB 1060 s.v. שָׁתַת and GKC 183 §67. ee ). Some scholars emend the text to שָׁחוּ ( shakhu ; from the verbal root שׁוּח [ shukh , “sink down”]) and read “they descend.” The present translation assumes an emendation to שָׁטוּ ( shatu ; from the verbal root שׁוּט [ shut , “go; wander”]), “they travel, wander.” (The letter tet [ ט ] and tav [ ת ] sound similar; a scribe transcribing from dictation could easily confuse them.) The perfect verbal form is used in a rhetorical manner to speak of their destiny as if it were already realized (the so-called perfect of certitude or prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A14/1"}
{"id":21048,"verse_id":"PSA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.14","text":"Heb “death will shepherd them,” that is, death itself (personified here as a shepherd) will lead them like a flock of helpless, unsuspecting sheep to Sheol, the underworld, the land of the dead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A14/2"}
{"id":21049,"verse_id":"PSA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.14","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the same force as the perfect verbal form in v. 14 a. The psalmist speaks of this coming event as if it were already accomplished.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A14/3"}
{"id":21050,"verse_id":"PSA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.14","text":"Heb “will rule over them in the morning.” “Morning” here is a metaphor for a time of deliverance and vindication after the dark “night” of trouble (see Pss 30:5; 46:5; 59:16; 90:14; 143:8 ; Isa 17:14 ). In this context the psalmist confidently anticipates a day of vindication when the Lord will deliver the oppressed from the rich (see v. 15 ) and send the oppressors to Sheol.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A14/4"}
{"id":21051,"verse_id":"PSA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"49.14","text":"Heb “their form [will become an object] for the consuming of Sheol, from a lofty residence, to him.” The meaning of this syntactically difficult text is uncertain. The translation assumes that צוּר ( tsur , “form”; this is the Qere [marginal] reading; the Kethib has צִירָם [ tsiram , “their image”]) refers to their physical form or bodies. “Sheol” is taken as the subject of “consume” (on the implied “become” before the infinitive “to consume” see GKC 349 §114. k ). The preposition מִן ( min ) prefixed to “lofty residence” is understood as privative, “away from; so as not.” The preposition - ל ( lamed ) is possessive, while the third person pronominal suffix is understood as a representative singular.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A14/5"}
{"id":21052,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.15","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/1"}
{"id":21053,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.15","text":"Or “redeem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/2"}
{"id":21054,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.15","text":"Or “me.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/3"}
{"id":21055,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.15","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/4"}
{"id":21056,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"49.15","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/5"}
{"id":21057,"verse_id":"PSA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"49.15","text":"Heb “he will take me.” To improve the poetic balance of the verse, some move the words “from the power of Sheol” to the following line. The verse would then read: “But God will rescue my life; / from the power of Sheol he will certainly deliver me” (cf. NEB). sn According to some, the psalmist here anticipates the resurrection (or at least an afterlife in God’s presence). But it is more likely that the psalmist here expresses his hope that God will rescue him from premature death at the hands of the rich oppressors denounced in the psalm. The psalmist is well aware that all (the wise and foolish) die (see vv. 7-12 ), but he is confident God will lead him safely through the present “times of trouble” (v. 5 ) and sweep the wicked away to their final destiny. The theme is a common one in the so-called wisdom psalms (see Pss 1, 34, 37, 112 ). For a fuller discussion of the psalmists’ view of the afterlife, see R. B. Chisholm, Jr., “A Theology of the Psalms,” A Biblical Theology of the Old Testament , 284-88.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A15/6"}
{"id":21058,"verse_id":"PSA.49.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.16","text":"Heb “when the glory of his house grows great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A16/2"}
{"id":21059,"verse_id":"PSA.49.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.17","text":"Heb “his glory will not go down after him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A17/1"}
{"id":21060,"verse_id":"PSA.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.19","text":"Verses 18-19 a are one long sentence in the Hebrew text, which reads: “Though he blesses his soul in his life, [saying], ‘And let them praise you, for you do well for yourself,’ it [that is, his soul] will go to the generation of his fathers.” This has been divided into two sentences in the translation for clarity, in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A19/1"}
{"id":21061,"verse_id":"PSA.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.19","text":"Heb “light.” The words “of day” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A19/2"}
{"id":21062,"verse_id":"PSA.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “mankind in honor does not understand.” The Hebrew term יְקָר ( yÿqar , “honor”) probably refers here to the wealth mentioned in the preceding context. The imperfect verbal form draws attention to what is characteristically true. Some emend יָבִין ( yavin , “understands”) to יָלִין ( yalin , “remains”), but this is an unnecessary accommodation to the wording of v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A20/1"}
{"id":21063,"verse_id":"PSA.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.20","text":"Or “cattle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A20/2"}
{"id":21064,"verse_id":"PSA.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.20","text":"The Hebrew verb is derived from דָּמָה ( damah , “cease, destroy”; BDB 198 s.v.). Another option is to derive the verb from דָּמָה ( damah , “be silent”; see HALOT 225 s.v. II דמה , which sees two homonymic roots [I דָּמַה , “be silent,” and II דָּמַה , “destroy”] rather than a single root) and translate, “they are like dumb beasts.” This makes particularly good sense here, where the preceding line focuses on mankind’s lack of understanding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2049%3A20/3"}
{"id":21065,"verse_id":"PSA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “the perfection of beauty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A2/1"}
{"id":21066,"verse_id":"PSA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.2","text":"Or “shines forth.” sn Comes in splendor . The psalmist may allude ironically to Deut 33:2 , where God “shines forth” from Sinai and comes to superintend Moses’ blessing of the tribes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A2/2"}
{"id":21067,"verse_id":"PSA.50.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.3","text":"According to GKC 322 §109. e , the jussive (note the negative particle אַל , ’ al ) is used rhetorically here “to express the conviction that something cannot or should not happen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A3/1"}
{"id":21068,"verse_id":"PSA.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.4","text":"Or perhaps “to testify against his people.” sn The personified heavens and earth (see v. 1 as well) are summoned to God’s courtroom as witnesses against God’s covenant people (see Isa 1:2 ). Long before this Moses warned the people that the heavens and earth would be watching their actions (see Deut 4:26; 30:19; 31:28; 32:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A4/1"}
{"id":21069,"verse_id":"PSA.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.5","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation for clarification. God’s summons to the defendant follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A5/1"}
{"id":21070,"verse_id":"PSA.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.5","text":"Or “Gather to me my covenant people.” The Hebrew term חָסִיד ( khasid , “covenant people”) elsewhere in the psalms is used in a positive sense of God’s loyal followers (see the note at Ps 4:3 ), but here, as the following line makes clear, the term has a neutral sense and simply refers to those who have outwardly sworn allegiance to God, not necessarily to those whose loyalty is genuine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A5/2"}
{"id":21071,"verse_id":"PSA.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.5","text":"Heb “the cutters of my covenant according to sacrifice.” A sacrifice accompanied the covenant-making ceremony and formally ratified the agreement (see Exod 24:3-8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A5/3"}
{"id":21072,"verse_id":"PSA.50.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.6","text":"Or “justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A6/1"}
{"id":21073,"verse_id":"PSA.50.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.6","text":"Or “for God, he is about to judge.” The participle may be taken as substantival (as in the translation above) or as a predicate (indicating imminent future action in this context).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A6/2"}
{"id":21074,"verse_id":"PSA.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.7","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation for clarification. God’s charges against his people follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A7/1"}
{"id":21075,"verse_id":"PSA.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.7","text":"Heb “Israel, and I will testify against you.” The imperative “listen” is understood in the second line by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A7/2"}
{"id":21076,"verse_id":"PSA.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.8","text":"Or “rebuking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A8/1"}
{"id":21077,"verse_id":"PSA.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.8","text":"Heb “and your burnt sacrifices before me continually.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A8/2"}
{"id":21078,"verse_id":"PSA.50.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.9","text":"Or “I will not take.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A9/1"}
{"id":21079,"verse_id":"PSA.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.10","text":"Heb “[the] animals on a thousand hills.” The words “that graze” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The term בְּהֵמוֹה ( bÿhemot , “animal”) refers here to cattle (see Ps 104:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A10/1"}
{"id":21080,"verse_id":"PSA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.11","text":"Heb “I know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A11/1"}
{"id":21081,"verse_id":"PSA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.11","text":"The precise referent of the Hebrew word, which occurs only here and in Ps 80:13 , is uncertain. Aramaic, Arabic and Akkadian cognates refer to insects, such as locusts or crickets.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A11/2"}
{"id":21082,"verse_id":"PSA.50.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.13","text":"The rhetorical questions assume an emphatic negative response, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A13/1"}
{"id":21083,"verse_id":"PSA.50.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.14","text":"Heb “Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Pss 7:17; 9:2; 18:13; 21:7; 47:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A14/1"}
{"id":21084,"verse_id":"PSA.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.15","text":"Heb “call [to] me in a day of trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A15/1"}
{"id":21085,"verse_id":"PSA.50.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.16","text":"Heb “evil [one].” The singular adjective is used here in a representative sense; it refers to those within the larger covenant community who have blatantly violated the Lord ’s commandments. In the psalms the “wicked” ( רְשָׁעִים , rÿsha ’ im ) are typically proud, practical atheists ( Ps 10:2, 4, 11 ) who hate God’s commands, commit sinful deeds, speak lies and slander, and cheat others ( Ps 37:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A16/1"}
{"id":21086,"verse_id":"PSA.50.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.16","text":"Heb “What to you to declare my commands and lift up my covenant upon your mouth?” The rhetorical question expresses sarcastic amazement. The Lord is shocked that such evildoers would give lip-service to his covenantal demands, for their lifestyle is completely opposed to his standards (see vv. 18-20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A16/2"}
{"id":21087,"verse_id":"PSA.50.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.17","text":"Heb “and throw my words behind you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A17/1"}
{"id":21088,"verse_id":"PSA.50.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.18","text":"Heb “you run with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A18/1"}
{"id":21089,"verse_id":"PSA.50.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.18","text":"Heb “and with adulterers [is] your portion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A18/2"}
{"id":21090,"verse_id":"PSA.50.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.19","text":"Heb “your mouth you send with evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A19/1"}
{"id":21091,"verse_id":"PSA.50.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.19","text":"Heb “and your tongue binds together [i.e., “frames”] deceit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A19/2"}
{"id":21092,"verse_id":"PSA.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “you sit, against your brother you speak.” To “sit” and “speak” against someone implies plotting against that person (see Ps 119:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A20/1"}
{"id":21093,"verse_id":"PSA.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “against the son of your mother you give a fault.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A20/2"}
{"id":21094,"verse_id":"PSA.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “these things you did and I was silent.” Some interpret the second clause (“and I was silent”) as a rhetorical question expecting a negative answer, “[When you do these things], should I keep silent?” (cf. NEB). See GKC 335 §112. cc . sn The Lord was silent in the sense that he delayed punishment. Of course, God’s patience toward sinners eventually runs out. The divine “silence” is only temporary (see v. 3 , where the psalmist, having described God’s arrival, observes that “he is not silent”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A21/1"}
{"id":21095,"verse_id":"PSA.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.21","text":"The Hebrew infinitive construct ( הֱיוֹת , heyot ) appears to function like the infinitive absolute here, adding emphasis to the following finite verbal form ( אֶהְיֶה , ’ ehyeh ). See GKC 339-40 §113. a . Some prefer to emend הֱיוֹת ( heyot ) to the infinitive absolute form הָיוֹ ( hayo ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A21/2"}
{"id":21096,"verse_id":"PSA.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.21","text":"Or “rebuke” (see v. 8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A21/3"}
{"id":21097,"verse_id":"PSA.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “and I will set in order [my case against you] to your eyes.” The cohortative form expresses the Lord ’s resolve to accuse and judge the wicked.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A21/4"}
{"id":21098,"verse_id":"PSA.50.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.22","text":"Heb “[you who] forget God.” “Forgetting God” here means forgetting about his commandments and not respecting his moral authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A22/1"}
{"id":21099,"verse_id":"PSA.50.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":50,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.23","text":"Heb “and [to one who] sets a way I will show the deliverance of God.” Elsewhere the phrase “set a way” simply means “to travel” (see Gen 30:36 ; cf. NRSV). The present translation assumes an emendation of וְשָׂם דֶּרֶךְ ( vÿsam derekh ) to וְשֹׁמֵר דְּרָכַּי ( vÿshomer dÿrakhay , “and [the one who] keeps my ways” [i.e., commands, see Pss 18:21; 37:34 ). Another option is to read וְשֹׁמֵר דַּרְכּוֹ ( vÿshomer darko , “and [the one who] guards his way,” i.e., “the one who is careful to follow a godly lifestyle”; see Ps 39:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2050%3A23/2"}
{"id":21100,"verse_id":"PSA.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.1","text":"Heb “a psalm by David, when Nathan the prophet came to him when he had gone to Bathsheba.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A1/2"}
{"id":21101,"verse_id":"PSA.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.1","text":"Or “according to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A1/3"}
{"id":21102,"verse_id":"PSA.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.1","text":"Or “according to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A1/4"}
{"id":21103,"verse_id":"PSA.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.2","text":"Heb “Thoroughly wash me from my wrongdoing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A2/1"}
{"id":21104,"verse_id":"PSA.51.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.3","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A3/1"}
{"id":21105,"verse_id":"PSA.51.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.3","text":"Heb “and my sin [is] in front of me continually.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A3/2"}
{"id":21106,"verse_id":"PSA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “only you,” as if the psalmist had sinned exclusively against God and no other. Since the Hebrew verb חָטָא ( hata ’, “to sin”) is used elsewhere of sinful acts against people (see BDB 306 s.v. 2 .a) and David (the presumed author) certainly sinned when he murdered Uriah ( 2 Sam 12:9 ), it is likely that the psalmist is overstating the case to suggest that the attack on Uriah was ultimately an attack on God himself. To clarify the point of the hyperbole, the translation uses “especially,” rather than the potentially confusing “only.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A4/1"}
{"id":21107,"verse_id":"PSA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.4","text":"The Hebrew term לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) normally indicates purpose (“in order that”), but here it introduces a logical consequence of the preceding statement. (Taking the clause as indicating purpose here would yield a theologically preposterous idea – the psalmist purposely sinned so that God’s justice might be vindicated!) For other examples of לְמַעַן indicating result, see 2 Kgs 22:17 ; Jer 27:15 ; Amos 2:7 , as well as IBHS 638-40 §38.3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A4/2"}
{"id":21108,"verse_id":"PSA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “when you speak.” In this context the psalmist refers to God’s word of condemnation against his sin delivered through Nathan (cf. 2 Sam 12:7-12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A4/3"}
{"id":21109,"verse_id":"PSA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “when you judge.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A4/4"}
{"id":21110,"verse_id":"PSA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “Look, in wrongdoing I was brought forth, and in sin my mother conceived me.” The prefixed verbal form in the second line is probably a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive), stating a simple historical fact. The psalmist is not suggesting that he was conceived through an inappropriate sexual relationship (although the verse has sometimes been understood to mean that, or even that all sexual relationships are sinful). The psalmist’s point is that he has been a sinner from the very moment his personal existence began. By going back beyond the time of birth to the moment of conception, the psalmist makes his point more emphatically in the second line than in the first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A5/1"}
{"id":21111,"verse_id":"PSA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.6","text":"The perfect is used in a generalizing sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A6/2"}
{"id":21112,"verse_id":"PSA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “in the covered [places],” i.e., in the inner man.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A6/3"}
{"id":21113,"verse_id":"PSA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “in the secret [place] wisdom you cause me to know.” The Hiphil verbal form is causative, while the imperfect is used in a modal sense to indicate God’s desire (note the parallel verb “desire”). sn You want me to possess wisdom . Here “wisdom” does not mean “intelligence” or “learning,” but refers to moral insight and skill.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A6/4"}
{"id":21114,"verse_id":"PSA.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.7","text":"The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A7/1"}
{"id":21115,"verse_id":"PSA.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.7","text":"Heb “cleanse me with hyssop.” “Hyssop” was a small plant (see 1 Kgs 4:33 ) used to apply water (or blood) in purification rites (see Exod 12:22 ; Lev 14:4-6, 49-52 ; Num 19:6-18 . The psalmist uses the language and imagery of such rites to describe spiritual cleansing through forgiveness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A7/2"}
{"id":21116,"verse_id":"PSA.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.7","text":"After the preceding imperfect, the imperfect with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A7/3"}
{"id":21117,"verse_id":"PSA.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.7","text":"The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A7/4"}
{"id":21118,"verse_id":"PSA.51.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.8","text":"Heb “cause me to hear happiness and joy.” The language is metonymic: the effect of forgiveness (joy) has been substituted for its cause. The psalmist probably alludes here to an assuring word from God announcing that his sins are forgiven (a so-called oracle of forgiveness). The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request. The synonyms “happiness” and “joy” are joined together as a hendiadys to emphasize the degree of joy he anticipates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A8/1"}
{"id":21119,"verse_id":"PSA.51.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.8","text":"In this context of petitionary prayer, the prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive, expressing the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A8/3"}
{"id":21120,"verse_id":"PSA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.9","text":"See the note on the similar expression “wipe away my rebellious acts” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A9/2"}
{"id":21121,"verse_id":"PSA.51.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.10","text":"Heb “and a reliable spirit renew in my inner being.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A10/2"}
{"id":21122,"verse_id":"PSA.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “do not cast me away from before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A11/1"}
{"id":21123,"verse_id":"PSA.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “and [with] a willing spirit sustain me.” The psalmist asks that God make him the kind of person who willingly obeys the divine commandments. The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A12/1"}
{"id":21124,"verse_id":"PSA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.13","text":"The cohortative expresses the psalmist’s resolve. This may be a vow or promise. If forgiven, the psalmist will “repay” the Lord by declaring God’s mercy and motivating other sinners to repent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A13/1"}
{"id":21125,"verse_id":"PSA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.13","text":"Heb “your ways.” The word “merciful” is added for clarification. God’s “ways” are sometimes his commands, but in this context, where the teaching of God’s ways motivates repentance (see the next line), it is more likely that God’s merciful and compassionate way of dealing with sinners is in view. Thanksgiving songs praising God for his deliverance typically focus on these divine attributes (see Pss 34, 41, 116, 138 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A13/2"}
{"id":21126,"verse_id":"PSA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.13","text":"Or “return,” i.e., in repentance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A13/3"}
{"id":21127,"verse_id":"PSA.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “from bloodshed.” “Bloodshed” here stands by metonymy for the guilt which it produces.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A14/1"}
{"id":21128,"verse_id":"PSA.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “my tongue will shout for joy your deliverance.” Another option is to take the prefixed verbal form as a jussive, “may my tongue shout for joy.” However, the pattern in vv. 12-15 appears to be prayer/request (see vv. 12, 14 a, 15a) followed by promise/vow (see vv. 13, 14 b, 15b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A14/2"}
{"id":21129,"verse_id":"PSA.51.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.15","text":"Heb “open my lips.” The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A15/1"}
{"id":21130,"verse_id":"PSA.51.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.15","text":"Heb “and my mouth will declare your praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A15/2"}
{"id":21131,"verse_id":"PSA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.16","text":"Or “For.” The translation assumes the particle is asseverative (i.e., emphasizing: “certainly”). (Some translations that consider the particle asseverative leave it untranslated.) If taken as causal or explanatory (“for”, cf. NRSV), the verse would explain why the psalmist is pleading for forgiveness, rather than merely offering a sacrifice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A16/1"}
{"id":21132,"verse_id":"PSA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.16","text":"The translation assumes that the cohortative is used in a hypothetical manner in a formally unmarked conditional sentence, “You do not want a sacrifice, should I offer [it]” (cf. NEB). For other examples of cohortatives in the protasis (“if” clause) of a conditional sentence, see GKC 320 §108. e . (It should be noted, however, that GKC understands this particular verse in a different manner. See GKC 320 §108. f , where it is suggested that the cohortative is part of an apodosis with the protasis being suppressed.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A16/2"}
{"id":21133,"verse_id":"PSA.51.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.17","text":"Heb “a broken spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A17/1"}
{"id":21134,"verse_id":"PSA.51.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.17","text":"Heb “a broken and crushed heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A17/2"}
{"id":21135,"verse_id":"PSA.51.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.17","text":"Or “despise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A17/3"}
{"id":21136,"verse_id":"PSA.51.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.18","text":"Heb “do what is good for Zion in your favor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A18/1"}
{"id":21137,"verse_id":"PSA.51.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.18","text":"Or “Build.” The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s wish or request.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A18/2"}
{"id":21138,"verse_id":"PSA.51.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A18/3"}
{"id":21139,"verse_id":"PSA.51.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.19","text":"Or “desire, take delight in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A19/1"}
{"id":21140,"verse_id":"PSA.51.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":51,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.19","text":"Heb “then they will offer up bulls.” The third plural subject is indefinite.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2051%3A19/2"}
{"id":21141,"verse_id":"PSA.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A1/2"}
{"id":21142,"verse_id":"PSA.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.1","text":"Heb “when Doeg the Edomite came and told Saul and said to him, ‘David has come to the house of Ahimelech.’” sn According to the superscription, David wrote this psalm during the period when Saul was seeking his life. On one occasion Doeg the Edomite, Saul’s head shepherd ( 1 Sam 21:7 ), informed Saul of David’s whereabouts (see 1 Sam 21-22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A1/3"}
{"id":21143,"verse_id":"PSA.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"52.1","text":"Heb “Why do you boast in evil?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A1/4"}
{"id":21144,"verse_id":"PSA.52.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.2","text":"Heb “destruction your tongue devises.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A2/1"}
{"id":21145,"verse_id":"PSA.52.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.2","text":"Heb “like a sharpened razor, doer of deceit.” The masculine participle עָשָׂה (’ asah ) is understood as a substantival vocative, addressed to the powerful man.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A2/2"}
{"id":21146,"verse_id":"PSA.52.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.3","text":"Or “deceit more than speaking what is right.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A3/1"}
{"id":21147,"verse_id":"PSA.52.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.4","text":"Heb “you love all the words of swallowing.” Traditionally בַּלַּע ( bala ’) has been taken to mean “swallowing” in the sense of “devouring” or “destructive” (see BDB 118 s.v. בָּלַע ). HALOT 135 s.v. III * בֶּלַע proposes a homonym here, meaning “confusion.” This would fit the immediate context nicely and provide a close parallel to the following line, which refers to deceptive words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A4/1"}
{"id":21148,"verse_id":"PSA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.5","text":"The adverb גַּם ( gam , “also; even”) is translated here in an adversative sense (“yet”). It highlights the contrastive correspondence between the evildoer’s behavior and God’s response.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A5/1"}
{"id":21149,"verse_id":"PSA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.5","text":"Heb “will tear you down forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A5/2"}
{"id":21150,"verse_id":"PSA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.5","text":"This rare verb ( חָתָה , khatah ) occurs only here and in Prov 6:27; 25:22 ; Isa 30:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A5/3"}
{"id":21151,"verse_id":"PSA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"52.5","text":"Heb “from [your] tent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A5/4"}
{"id":21152,"verse_id":"PSA.52.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.6","text":"Heb “and the godly will see and will fear and at him will laugh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A6/1"}
{"id":21153,"verse_id":"PSA.52.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.7","text":"The imperfect verbal form here draws attention to the ongoing nature of the action. The evildoer customarily rejected God and trusted in his own abilities. Another option is to take the imperfect as generalizing, “[here is the man who] does not make.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A7/1"}
{"id":21154,"verse_id":"PSA.52.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.7","text":"Heb “he was strong in his destruction.” “Destruction” must refer back to the destructive plans mentioned in v. 2 . The verb (derived from the root עָזַז , ’ azaz , “be strong”) as it stands is either an imperfect (if so, probably used in a customary sense) or a preterite (without vav [ ו ] consecutive). However the form should probably be emended to וַיָּעָז ( vayya ’ az ), a Qal preterite (with vav [ ו ] consecutive) from עָזַז . Note the preterite form without vav ( ו ) consecutive in the preceding line ( וַיִּבְטַח , vayyivtakh , “and he trusted”). The prefixed vav ( ו ) was likely omitted by haplography (note the suffixed vav [ ו ] on the preceding עָשְׁרוֹ , ’ oshro , “his wealth”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A7/2"}
{"id":21155,"verse_id":"PSA.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.8","text":"The disjunctive construction ( vav [ ו ] + subject) highlights the contrast between the evildoer’s destiny (vv. 5-7 ) and that of the godly psalmist’s security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A8/1"}
{"id":21156,"verse_id":"PSA.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.8","text":"Or “luxuriant, green, leafy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A8/2"}
{"id":21157,"verse_id":"PSA.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.8","text":"Or, hyperbolically, “forever and ever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A8/3"}
{"id":21158,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.9","text":"Or, hyperbolically, “forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/1"}
{"id":21159,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.9","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/2"}
{"id":21160,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.9","text":"Heb “you have acted.” The perfect verbal form (1) probably indicates a future perfect here. The psalmist promises to give thanks when the expected vindication has been accomplished. Other options include (2) a generalizing (“for you act”) or (3) rhetorical (“for you will act”) use.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/3"}
{"id":21161,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"52.9","text":"Or “wait.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/4"}
{"id":21162,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"52.9","text":"Heb “your name.” God’s “name” refers here to his reputation and revealed character.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/5"}
{"id":21163,"verse_id":"PSA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"52.9","text":"Heb “for it is good in front of your loyal followers.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2052%3A9/6"}
{"id":21164,"verse_id":"PSA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מָחֲלַת ( makhalat , “machalath”) is uncertain; perhaps it refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. The term also appears in the heading of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A1/2"}
{"id":21165,"verse_id":"PSA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A1/3"}
{"id":21166,"verse_id":"PSA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.1","text":"Heb “a fool says in his heart.” The singular is used here in a collective or representative sense; the typical fool is envisioned.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A1/4"}
{"id":21167,"verse_id":"PSA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"53.1","text":"Heb “they act corruptly, they do evil [with] injustice.” Ps 14:1 has עֲלִילָה (’ alilah , “a deed”) instead of עָוֶל (’ aval , “injustice”). The verbs describe the typical behavior of the wicked. The subject of the plural verbs is “sons of man” (v. 2 ). The entire human race is characterized by sinful behavior. This practical atheism – living as if there is no God who will hold them accountable for their actions – makes them fools, for one of the earmarks of folly is to fail to anticipate the long range consequences of one’s behavior.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A1/6"}
{"id":21168,"verse_id":"PSA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.2","text":"Heb “upon the sons of man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A2/2"}
{"id":21169,"verse_id":"PSA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.2","text":"Or “acts wisely.” The Hiphil is exhibitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A2/3"}
{"id":21170,"verse_id":"PSA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.2","text":"That is, who seeks to have a relationship with God by obeying and worshiping him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A2/4"}
{"id":21171,"verse_id":"PSA.53.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.3","text":"Heb “all of it turns away.” Ps 14:1 has הָכֹּל ( hakkol ) instead of כֻּלּוֹ , and סָר ( sar , “turn aside”) instead of סָג ( sag , “turn away”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A3/1"}
{"id":21172,"verse_id":"PSA.53.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.3","text":"Heb “together they are corrupt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A3/2"}
{"id":21173,"verse_id":"PSA.53.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.3","text":"Heb “there is none that does good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A3/3"}
{"id":21174,"verse_id":"PSA.53.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.4","text":"Heb “the workers of wickedness.” See Pss 5:5; 6:8 . Ps 14:4 adds כֹּל ( kol , “all of”) before “workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A4/1"}
{"id":21175,"verse_id":"PSA.53.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.4","text":"Heb “Do they not understand?” The rhetorical question expresses the psalmist’s amazement at their apparent lack of understanding. This may refer to their lack of moral understanding, but it more likely refers to their failure to anticipate God’s defense of his people (see vv. 5-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A4/2"}
{"id":21176,"verse_id":"PSA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.5","text":"Heb “there they are afraid [with] fear.” The perfect verbal form is probably used in a rhetorical manner; the psalmist describes the future demise of the oppressors as if it were already occurring. The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) is also used here for dramatic effect, as the psalmist envisions the wicked standing in fear at a spot that is this vivid in his imagination (BDB 1027 s.v.). The cognate accusative following the verb emphasizes the degree of their terror (“absolutely”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A5/1"}
{"id":21177,"verse_id":"PSA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.5","text":"Heb “there is no fear.” Apparently this means the evildoers are so traumatized with panic (see v. 5 b) that they now jump with fear at everything, even those things that would not normally cause fear. Ps 14:5 omits this line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A5/2"}
{"id":21178,"verse_id":"PSA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.5","text":"Heb “scatters the bones.” The perfect is used in a rhetorical manner, describing this future judgment as if it were already accomplished. Scattering the bones alludes to the aftermath of a battle. God annihilates his enemies, leaving their carcasses spread all over the battlefield. As the bodies are devoured by wild animals and decay, the bones of God’s dead enemies are exposed. See Ps 141:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A5/3"}
{"id":21179,"verse_id":"PSA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.5","text":"Heb “[those who] encamp [against] you.” The second person masculine singular pronominal suffix probably refers to God’s people viewed as a collective whole. Instead of “for God scatters the bones of those who encamp against you,” Ps 14:5 reads, “for God is with a godly generation.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A5/4"}
{"id":21180,"verse_id":"PSA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"53.5","text":"Once again the perfect is used in a rhetorical manner, describing this future judgment as if it were already accomplished. As in the previous line, God’s people are probably addressed. The second person singular verb form is apparently collective, suggesting that the people are viewed here as a unified whole. Ps 14:6 reads here “the counsel of the oppressed you put to shame, even though God is his shelter,” the words being addressed to the wicked.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A5/5"}
{"id":21181,"verse_id":"PSA.53.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.6","text":"This refers metonymically to God, the one who lives in Zion and provides deliverance for Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A6/1"}
{"id":21182,"verse_id":"PSA.53.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.6","text":"Heb “turns with a turning [toward] his people.” The Hebrew term שְׁבוּת ( shÿvut ) is apparently a cognate accusative of שׁוּב ( shuv ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A6/2"}
{"id":21183,"verse_id":"PSA.53.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.6","text":"The verb form is jussive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A6/3"}
{"id":21184,"verse_id":"PSA.53.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":53,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.6","text":"Because the parallel verb is jussive, this verb, which is ambiguous in form, should be taken as a jussive as well.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2053%3A6/4"}
{"id":21185,"verse_id":"PSA.54.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A1/2"}
{"id":21186,"verse_id":"PSA.54.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.1","text":"Heb “Is not David hiding with us?” sn According to the superscription, David wrote this psalm during the period when Saul was seeking his life. On one occasion the Ziphites informed Saul that David was hiding in their territory (see 1 Sam 23:19-20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A1/3"}
{"id":21187,"verse_id":"PSA.54.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"54.1","text":"God’s “name” refers here to his reputation and revealed character, which would instill fear in the psalmist’s enemies (see C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms [ICC], 2:17).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A1/4"}
{"id":21188,"verse_id":"PSA.54.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.2","text":"Heb “to the words of my mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A2/1"}
{"id":21189,"verse_id":"PSA.54.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"54.3","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss read זֵדִים ( zedim , “proud ones”) rather than זָרִים ( zarim , “foreigners”). (No matter which reading one chooses as original, dalet - resh confusion accounts for the existence of the variant.) The term זֵדִים (“proud ones”) occurs in parallelism with עָרִיצִים (’ aritsim , “violent ones”) in Ps 86:14 and Isa 13:11 . However, זָרִים ( zarim , “foreigners”) is parallel to עָרִיצִים (’ aritsim , “violent ones”) in Isa 25:5; 29:5 ; Ezek 28:7; 31:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A3/1"}
{"id":21190,"verse_id":"PSA.54.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.3","text":"Heb “rise against me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A3/2"}
{"id":21191,"verse_id":"PSA.54.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.3","text":"Heb “and ruthless ones seek my life, they do not set God in front of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A3/3"}
{"id":21192,"verse_id":"PSA.54.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.4","text":"Or “my helper.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A4/1"}
{"id":21193,"verse_id":"PSA.54.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.4","text":"Or “sustain my life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A4/2"}
{"id":21194,"verse_id":"PSA.54.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.5","text":"Heb “to those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 5:8; 27:11; 56:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A5/1"}
{"id":21195,"verse_id":"PSA.54.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.5","text":"The Kethib (consonantal text) reads a Qal imperfect, “the evil will return,” while the Qere (marginal reading) has a Hiphil imperfect, “he will repay.” The parallel line has an imperative (indicating a prayer/request), so it is best to read a jussive form יָשֹׁב ( yashov , “let it [the evil] return”) here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A5/2"}
{"id":21196,"verse_id":"PSA.54.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.5","text":"Heb “in [or “by”] your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A5/3"}
{"id":21197,"verse_id":"PSA.54.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.6","text":"The cohortative verbal form expresses the psalmist’s resolve/vow to praise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A6/1"}
{"id":21198,"verse_id":"PSA.54.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.7","text":"Or “for,” indicating a more specific reason why he will praise the Lord ’s name (cf. v. 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A7/1"}
{"id":21199,"verse_id":"PSA.54.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.7","text":"The perfects in v. 7 are probably rhetorical, indicating the psalmist’s certitude and confidence that God will intervene. The psalmist is so confident of God’s positive response to his prayer, he can describe God’s deliverance and his own vindication as if they were occurring or had already occurred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A7/2"}
{"id":21200,"verse_id":"PSA.54.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":54,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.7","text":"Heb “and on my enemies my eyes look.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2054%3A7/3"}
{"id":21201,"verse_id":"PSA.55.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A1/2"}
{"id":21202,"verse_id":"PSA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.2","text":"Or “restless” (see Gen 27:40 ). The Hiphil is intransitive-exhibitive, indicating the outward display of an inner attitude.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A2/1"}
{"id":21203,"verse_id":"PSA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.2","text":"Heb “in my complaint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A2/2"}
{"id":21204,"verse_id":"PSA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.2","text":"The verb is a Hiphil cohortative from הוּם ( hum ), which means “to confuse someone” in the Qal and “to go wild” in the Niphal. An Arabic cognate means “to be out of one’s senses, to wander about.” With the vav ( ו ) conjunctive prefixed to it, the cohortative probably indicates the result or effect of the preceding main verb. Some prefer to emend the form to וְאֵהוֹמָה ( vÿ ’ ehomah ), a Niphal of הוּם ( hum ), or to וְאֶהַמֶה ( vÿ ’ ehameh ), a Qal imperfect from הָמָה ( hamah , “to moan”). Many also prefer to take this verb with what follows (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A2/3"}
{"id":21205,"verse_id":"PSA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.3","text":"Heb “because of [the] voice of [the] enemy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A3/1"}
{"id":21206,"verse_id":"PSA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.3","text":"The singular forms “enemy” and “wicked” are collective or representative, as the plural verb forms in the second half of the verse indicate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A3/2"}
{"id":21207,"verse_id":"PSA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.3","text":"Heb “from before the pressure of the wicked.” Some suggest the meaning “screech” (note the parallel “voice”; cf. NEB “shrill clamour”; NRSV “clamor”) for the rare noun עָקָה (’ aqah , “pressure”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A3/3"}
{"id":21208,"verse_id":"PSA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.3","text":"Heb “wickedness,” but here the term refers to the destructive effects of their wicked acts.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A3/4"}
{"id":21209,"verse_id":"PSA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"55.3","text":"The verb form in the MT appears to be a Hiphil imperfect from the root מוֹט ( mot , “to sway”), but the Hiphil occurs only here and in the Kethib (consonantal text) of Ps 140:10 , where the form יַמְטֵר ( yamter , “let him rain down”) should probably be read. Here in Ps 55:3 it is preferable to read יַמְטִירוּ ( yamtiru , “they rain down”). It is odd for “rain down” to be used with an abstract object like “wickedness,” but in Job 20:23 God “rains down” anger (unless one emends the text there; see BHS ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A3/5"}
{"id":21210,"verse_id":"PSA.55.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.4","text":"Heb “shakes, trembles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A4/1"}
{"id":21211,"verse_id":"PSA.55.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.4","text":"Heb “the terrors of death have fallen on me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A4/2"}
{"id":21212,"verse_id":"PSA.55.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.5","text":"Heb “fear and trembling enter into me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A5/1"}
{"id":21213,"verse_id":"PSA.55.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.5","text":"Heb “covers.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries on the descriptive (present progressive) force of the preceding imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A5/2"}
{"id":21214,"verse_id":"PSA.55.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.6","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries on the descriptive (present progressive) force of the verbs in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A6/1"}
{"id":21215,"verse_id":"PSA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.8","text":"Heb “[the] wind [that] sweeps away.” The verb סָעָה ( sa ’ ah , “sweep away”) occurs only here in the OT (see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena [SBLDS], 120).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A8/1"}
{"id":21216,"verse_id":"PSA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.9","text":"Traditionally בַּלַּע ( bala ’) has been taken to mean “swallow” in the sense of “devour” or “destroy” (cf. KJV), but this may be a homonym meaning “confuse” (see BDB 118 s.v. בַּלַּע ; HALOT 135 s.v. III * בֶּלַע ). “Their tongue” is the understood object of the verb (see the next line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A9/1"}
{"id":21217,"verse_id":"PSA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.9","text":"Heb “split their tongue,” which apparently means “confuse their speech,” or, more paraphrastically, “frustrate the plans they devise with their tongues.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A9/2"}
{"id":21218,"verse_id":"PSA.55.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.10","text":"Heb “day and night they surround it, upon its walls.” Personified “violence and conflict” are the likely subjects. They are compared to watchmen on the city’s walls.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A10/1"}
{"id":21219,"verse_id":"PSA.55.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.11","text":"Or “injury, harm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A11/1"}
{"id":21220,"verse_id":"PSA.55.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.12","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A12/1"}
{"id":21221,"verse_id":"PSA.55.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.12","text":"Heb “[who] magnifies against me.” See Pss 35:26; 38:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A12/2"}
{"id":21222,"verse_id":"PSA.55.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.13","text":"Heb “a man according to my value,” i.e., “a person such as I.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A13/2"}
{"id":21223,"verse_id":"PSA.55.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.13","text":"Heb “my close friend, one known by me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A13/3"}
{"id":21224,"verse_id":"PSA.55.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.14","text":"Heb “who together we would make counsel sweet.” The imperfect verbal forms here and in the next line draw attention to the ongoing nature of the actions (the so-called customary use of the imperfect). Their relationship was characterized by such intimacy and friendship. See IBHS 502-3 §31.2b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A14/1"}
{"id":21225,"verse_id":"PSA.55.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"55.15","text":"The meaning of the MT is unclear. The Kethib (consonantal text) reads יַשִּׁימָוֶת עָלֵימוֹ ( yashimavet ’ alemo , “May devastation [be] upon them!”). The proposed noun יַשִּׁימָוֶת occurs only here and perhaps in the place name Beth-Jeshimoth in Num 33:49 . The Qere (marginal text) has יַשִּׁי מָוֶת עָלֵימוֹ ( yashi mavet ’ alemo ). The verbal form יַשִּׁי is apparently an alternate form of יַשִּׁיא ( yashi ’), a Hiphil imperfect from נָשַׁא ( nasha ’, “deceive”). In this case one might read “death will come deceptively upon them.” This reading has the advantage of reading מָוֶת ( mavet , “death”) which forms a natural parallel with “Sheol” in the next line. The present translation is based on the following reconstruction of the text: יְשִׁמֵּם מָוֶת ( yeshimmem mavet ). The verb assumed in the reconstruction is a Hiphil jussive third masculine singular from שָׁמַם ( shamam , “be desolate”) with a third masculine plural pronominal suffix attached. This reconstruction assumes that (1) haplography has occurred in the traditional text (the original sequence of three mems [ מ ] was lost with only one mem remaining), resulting in the fusion of originally distinct forms in the Kethib , and (2) that עָלֵימוֹ (’ alemo , “upon them”) is a later scribal addition attempting to make sense of a garbled and corrupt text. The preposition עַל (’ al ) does occur with the verb שָׁמַם ( shamam ), but in such cases the expression means “be appalled at/because of” (see Jer 49:20; 50:45 ). If one were to retain the prepositional phrase here, one would have to read the text as follows: יַשִּׁים מָוֶת עָלֵימוֹ ( yashim mavet ’ alemo , “Death will be appalled at them”). The idea seems odd, to say the least. Death is not collocated with this verb elsewhere.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A15/1"}
{"id":21226,"verse_id":"PSA.55.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.17","text":"The first verb is clearly a cohortative form, expressing the psalmist’s resolve. The second verb, while formally ambiguous, should also be understood as cohortative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A17/1"}
{"id":21227,"verse_id":"PSA.55.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.17","text":"The prefixed verb with vav ( ו ) consecutive normally appears in narrational contexts to indicate past action, but here it continues the anticipatory (future) perspective of the preceding line. In Ps 77:6 one finds the same sequence of cohortative + prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive. In this case as well, both forms refer to future actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A17/2"}
{"id":21228,"verse_id":"PSA.55.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.17","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A17/3"}
{"id":21229,"verse_id":"PSA.55.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.18","text":"The perfect verbal form is here used rhetorically to indicate that the action is certain to take place (the so-called perfect of certitude).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A18/1"}
{"id":21230,"verse_id":"PSA.55.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.18","text":"Heb “he will redeem in peace my life from [those who] draw near to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A18/2"}
{"id":21231,"verse_id":"PSA.55.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.18","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A18/3"}
{"id":21232,"verse_id":"PSA.55.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.18","text":"Heb “among many they are against me.” For other examples of the preposition עִמָּד (’ immad ) used in the sense of “at, against,” see HALOT 842 s.v.; BDB 767 s.v.; IBHS 219 §11.2.14b.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A18/4"}
{"id":21233,"verse_id":"PSA.55.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"55.19","text":"Heb “God will hear and answer them, even [the] one who sits [from] ancient times.” The prefixed verbal from with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries on the anticipatory force of the preceding imperfect. The verb appears to be a Qal form from עָנָה (’ anah , “to answer”). If this reading is retained, the point would be that God “answered” them in judgment. The translation assumes an emendation to the Piel וַיְעַנֵּם ( vay ’ annem ; see 2 Kgs 17:20 ) and understands the root as עָנָה (’ anah , “to afflict”; see also 1 Kgs 8:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A19/1"}
{"id":21234,"verse_id":"PSA.55.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.19","text":"Heb “[the ones] for whom there are no changes, and they do not fear God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A19/2"}
{"id":21235,"verse_id":"PSA.55.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.20","text":"Heb “stretches out his hand against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A20/2"}
{"id":21236,"verse_id":"PSA.55.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"55.20","text":"The form should probably be emended to an active participle ( שֹׁלְמָיו , sholÿmayv ) from the verbal root שָׁלַם ( shalam , “be in a covenant of peace with”). Perhaps the translation “his friends” suggests too intimate a relationship. Another option is to translate, “he attacks those who made agreements with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A20/3"}
{"id":21237,"verse_id":"PSA.55.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.20","text":"Heb “he violates his covenant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A20/4"}
{"id":21238,"verse_id":"PSA.55.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.21","text":"Heb “the butter-like [words] of his mouth are smooth.” The noun מַחְמָאֹת ( makhma ’ ot , “butter-like [words]”) occurs only here. Many prefer to emend the form to מֵחֶמְאָה ( mekhem ’ ah , from [i.e., “than”] butter”), cf. NEB, NRSV “smoother than butter.” However, in this case “his mouth” does not agree in number with the plural verb חָלְקוּ ( kholqu , “they are smooth”). Therefore some further propose an emendation of פִּיו ( piv , “his mouth”) to פָּנָיו ( panayv , “his face”). In any case, the point seems to that the psalmist’s former friend spoke kindly to him and gave the outward indications of friendship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A21/1"}
{"id":21239,"verse_id":"PSA.55.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.21","text":"Heb “and war [is in] his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A21/2"}
{"id":21240,"verse_id":"PSA.55.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.21","text":"Heb “his words are softer than oil, but they are drawn swords.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A21/3"}
{"id":21241,"verse_id":"PSA.55.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.22","text":"The Hebrew noun occurs only here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A22/1"}
{"id":21242,"verse_id":"PSA.55.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.22","text":"The pronoun is singular; the psalmist addresses each member of his audience individually.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A22/2"}
{"id":21243,"verse_id":"PSA.55.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.22","text":"Heb “he will never allow swaying for the righteous.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A22/3"}
{"id":21244,"verse_id":"PSA.55.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.23","text":"The pronominal suffix refers to the psalmist’s enemies (see v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A23/1"}
{"id":21245,"verse_id":"PSA.55.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.23","text":"Heb “well of the pit.” The Hebrew term שַׁחַת ( shakhat , “pit”) is often used as a title for Sheol (see Pss 16:10; 30:9; 49:9; 103:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A23/2"}
{"id":21246,"verse_id":"PSA.55.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.23","text":"Heb “men of bloodshed and deceit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A23/3"}
{"id":21247,"verse_id":"PSA.55.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":55,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.23","text":"Heb “will not divide in half their days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2055%3A23/4"}
{"id":21248,"verse_id":"PSA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.1","text":"The literal meaning of this phrase is “silent dove, distant ones.” Perhaps it refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a type of musical instrument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A1/2"}
{"id":21249,"verse_id":"PSA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word מִכְתָּם ( miktam ), which also appears in the heading to Pss 16 and 57-60 is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A1/3"}
{"id":21250,"verse_id":"PSA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"56.1","text":"According to BDB 983 s.v. II שָׁאַף , the verb is derived from שָׁאַף ( sha ’ af , “to trample, crush”) rather than the homonymic verb “pant after.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A1/5"}
{"id":21251,"verse_id":"PSA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"56.1","text":"Heb “a fighter.” The singular is collective for his enemies (see vv. 5-6 ). The Qal of לָחַם ( lakham , “fight”) also occurs in Ps 35:1 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A1/6"}
{"id":21252,"verse_id":"PSA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.2","text":"Heb “to those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 5:8; 27:11; 54:5; 59:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A2/1"}
{"id":21253,"verse_id":"PSA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.2","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A2/2"}
{"id":21254,"verse_id":"PSA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.2","text":"Some take the Hebrew term מָרוֹם ( marom , “on high; above”) as an adverb modifying the preceding participle and translate, “proudly” (cf. NASB; NIV “in their pride”). The present translation assumes the term is a divine title here. The Lord is pictured as enthroned “on high” in Ps 92:8 . (Note the substantival use of the term in Isa 24:4 and see C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs ( Psalms [ICC], 2:34), who prefer to place the term at the beginning of the next verse.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A2/3"}
{"id":21255,"verse_id":"PSA.56.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.3","text":"Heb “[in] a day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A3/1"}
{"id":21256,"verse_id":"PSA.56.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.4","text":"Heb “in God I boast, his word.” The syntax in the Hebrew text is difficult. (1) The line could be translated, “in God I boast, [in] his word.” Such a translation assumes that the prepositional phrase “in God” goes with the following verb “I boast” (see Ps 44:8 ) and that “his word” is appositional to “in God” and more specifically identifies the basis for the psalmist’s confidence. God’s “word” is here understood as an assuring promise of protection. Another option (2) is to translate, “in God I will boast [with] a word.” In this case, the “word” is a song of praise. (In this view the pronominal suffix “his” must be omitted as in v. 10 .) The present translation reflects yet another option (3): In this case “I praise his word” is a parenthetical statement, with “his word” being the object of the verb. The sentence begun with the prepositional phrase “in God” is then completed in the next line, with the prepositional phrase being repeated after the parenthesis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A4/1"}
{"id":21257,"verse_id":"PSA.56.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.4","text":"Heb “flesh,” which refers by metonymy to human beings (see v. 11 , where “man” is used in this same question), envisioned here as mortal and powerless before God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A4/2"}
{"id":21258,"verse_id":"PSA.56.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.4","text":"The rhetorical question assumes the answer, “Nothing!” The imperfect is used in a modal sense here, indicating capability or potential.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A4/3"}
{"id":21259,"verse_id":"PSA.56.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.5","text":"Heb “my affairs they disturb.” For other instances of דָּבָר ( davar ) meaning “affairs, business,” see BDB 183 s.v.. The Piel of עָצַב (’ atsav , “to hurt”) occurs only here and in Isa 63:10 , where it is used of “grieving” (or “offending”) the Lord’s holy Spirit. Here in Ps 56:5 , the verb seems to carry the nuance “disturb, upset,” in the sense of “cause trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A5/1"}
{"id":21260,"verse_id":"PSA.56.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.5","text":"Heb “against me [are] all their thoughts for harm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A5/2"}
{"id":21261,"verse_id":"PSA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.6","text":"The verb is from the root גּוּר ( gur ), which means “to challenge, attack” in Isa 54:15 and “to stalk” (with hostile intent) in Ps 59:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A6/1"}
{"id":21262,"verse_id":"PSA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.6","text":"Or “hide.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A6/2"}
{"id":21263,"verse_id":"PSA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.6","text":"Heb “my heels.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A6/3"}
{"id":21264,"verse_id":"PSA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"56.6","text":"Heb “according to,” in the sense of “inasmuch as; since,” or “when; while.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A6/4"}
{"id":21265,"verse_id":"PSA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"56.6","text":"Heb “they wait [for] my life.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A6/5"}
{"id":21266,"verse_id":"PSA.56.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"56.7","text":"Heb “because of wickedness, deliverance to them.” As it stands, the MT makes no sense. The negative particle אַיִן (’ ayin , “there is not,” which is due to dittography of the immediately preceding אָוֶן , ’ aven , “wickedness”), should probably be added before “deliverance” (see BHS , note a). The presence of an imperative in the next line (note “bring down”) suggests that this line should be translated as a prayer as well, “may there not be deliverance to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A7/1"}
{"id":21267,"verse_id":"PSA.56.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.7","text":"Heb “in anger.” The pronoun “your” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A7/2"}
{"id":21268,"verse_id":"PSA.56.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.7","text":"Or perhaps “people” in a general sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A7/3"}
{"id":21269,"verse_id":"PSA.56.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.8","text":"Heb “my wandering you count, you.” The Hebrew term נֹד ( nod , “wandering,” derived from the verbal root נוֹד , nod , “to wander”; cf. NASB) here refers to the psalmist’s “changeable circumstances of life” and may be translated “misery.” The verb סָפַר ( safar , “count”) probably carries the nuance “assess” here. Cf. NIV “my lament”; NRSV “my tossings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A8/1"}
{"id":21270,"verse_id":"PSA.56.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.8","text":"Traditionally “your bottle.” Elsewhere the Hebrew word נֹאד ( no ’ d , “leather container”) refers to a container made from animal skin which is used to hold wine or milk (see Josh 9:4, 13 ; Judg 4:19 ; 1 Sam 16:20 ). If such a container is metaphorically in view here, then the psalmist seems to be asking God to store up his tears as a reminder of his suffering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A8/2"}
{"id":21271,"verse_id":"PSA.56.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.8","text":"The word “recorded” is supplied in the translation for clarification. The rhetorical question assumes a positive response (see the first line of the verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A8/3"}
{"id":21272,"verse_id":"PSA.56.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.9","text":"Heb “then my enemies will turn back in the day I cry out.” The Hebrew particle אָז (’ az , “then”) is probably used here to draw attention to the following statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A9/1"}
{"id":21273,"verse_id":"PSA.56.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.9","text":"Heb “this I know, that God is for me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A9/2"}
{"id":21274,"verse_id":"PSA.56.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.10","text":"Heb “in God I praise a word.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is difficult. The statement is similar to that of v. 4 , except that the third person pronominal suffix is omitted here, where the text has simply “a word” instead of “his word.” (1) One could translate, “in God I will boast [with] a word.” In this case, the “word” refers to a song of praise. (2) If one assumes that God’s word is in view, as in v. 4 , then one option is to translate, “in God I boast, [in] his word.” In this case the prepositional phrase “in God” goes with the following verb “I boast” (see Ps 44:8 ) and “[his] word” is appositional to “in God” and more specifically identifies the basis for the psalmist’s confidence. God’s “word” is here understood as an assuring promise of protection. (3) The present translation reflects another option: In this case “I praise [his] word” is a parenthetical statement, with “[his] word” being the object of the verb. The sentence begun with the prepositional phrase “in God” is then completed in v. 11 , with the prepositional phrase being repeated after the parenthesis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A10/1"}
{"id":21275,"verse_id":"PSA.56.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.10","text":"The phrase “in the Lord ” parallels “in God” in the first line. Once again the psalmist parenthetically remarks “I boast in [his] word” before completing the sentence in v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A10/2"}
{"id":21276,"verse_id":"PSA.56.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.11","text":"The statement is similar to that of v. 4 , except “flesh” is used there instead of “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A11/1"}
{"id":21277,"verse_id":"PSA.56.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.11","text":"The rhetorical question assumes the answer, “Nothing!” The imperfect is used in a modal sense here, indicating capability or potential.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A11/2"}
{"id":21278,"verse_id":"PSA.56.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.12","text":"Heb “upon me, O God, [are] your vows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A12/1"}
{"id":21279,"verse_id":"PSA.56.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.12","text":"Heb “I will repay thank-offerings to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A12/2"}
{"id":21280,"verse_id":"PSA.56.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.13","text":"The perfect verbal form is probably future perfect; the psalmist promises to make good on his vows once God has delivered him (see Pss 13:5; 52:9 ). (2) Another option is to understand the final two verses as being added later, after the Lord intervened on the psalmist’s behalf. In this case one may translate, “for you have delivered.” Other options include taking the perfect as (3) generalizing (“for you deliver”) or (4) rhetorical (“for you will”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A13/1"}
{"id":21281,"verse_id":"PSA.56.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.13","text":"Heb “are not my feet [kept] from stumbling?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course they are!” The question has been translated as an affirmation for the sake of clarification of meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A13/2"}
{"id":21282,"verse_id":"PSA.56.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.13","text":"Heb “walk before.” For a helpful discussion of the background and meaning of this Hebrew idiom, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 254; cf. the same idiom in 2 Kgs 20:3 ; Isa 38:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A13/3"}
{"id":21283,"verse_id":"PSA.56.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":56,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"56.13","text":"Heb “in the light of life.” The phrase is used here and in Job 33:30 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2056%3A13/4"}
{"id":21284,"verse_id":"PSA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.1","text":"Heb “do not destroy.” Perhaps this refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. These words also appear in the heading to Pss 58-59, 75 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A1/2"}
{"id":21285,"verse_id":"PSA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word מִכְתָּם ( miktam ), which also appears in the heading to Pss 16, 56, 58-60 is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A1/3"}
{"id":21286,"verse_id":"PSA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"57.1","text":"Heb “my life has taken shelter.” The Hebrew perfect verbal form probably refers here to a completed action with continuing results.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A1/5"}
{"id":21287,"verse_id":"PSA.57.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.2","text":"Heb “to God Most High.” The divine title “Most High” ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Ps 47:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A2/1"}
{"id":21288,"verse_id":"PSA.57.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.2","text":"Or “avenges in favor of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A2/2"}
{"id":21289,"verse_id":"PSA.57.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.3","text":"Heb “may he send from heaven and deliver me.” The prefixed verbal forms are understood as jussives expressing the psalmist’s prayer. The second verb, which has a vav ( ו ) conjunctive prefixed to it, probably indicates purpose. Another option is to take the forms as imperfects expressing confidence, “he will send from heaven and deliver me” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A3/1"}
{"id":21290,"verse_id":"PSA.57.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.3","text":"Heb “he hurls insults, one who crushes me.” The translation assumes that this line identifies those from whom the psalmist seeks deliverance. (The singular is representative; the psalmist is surrounded by enemies, see v. 4 .) Another option is to understand God as the subject of the verb חָרַף ( kharaf ), which could then be taken as a homonym of the more common root חָרַף (“insult”) meaning “confuse.” In this case “one who crushes me” is the object of the verb. One might translate, “he [God] confuses my enemies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A3/2"}
{"id":21291,"verse_id":"PSA.57.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.4","text":"The cohortative form אֶשְׁכְּבָה (’ eshkÿvah , “I lie down”) is problematic, for it does not seem to carry one of the normal functions of the cohortative (resolve or request). One possibility is that the form here is a “pseudo-cohortative” used here in a gnomic sense ( IBHS 576-77 §34.5.3b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A4/1"}
{"id":21292,"verse_id":"PSA.57.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.4","text":"The Hebrew verb לָהַט ( lahat ) is here understood as a hapax legomenon meaning “devour” (see HALOT 521 s.v. II להט ), a homonym of the more common verb meaning “to burn.” A more traditional interpretation takes the verb from this latter root and translates, “those who are aflame” (see BDB 529 s.v.; cf. NASB “those who breathe forth fire”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A4/2"}
{"id":21293,"verse_id":"PSA.57.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.4","text":"Heb “my life, in the midst of lions, I lie down, devouring ones, sons of mankind, their teeth a spear and arrows and their tongue a sharp sword.” The syntax of the verse is difficult. Another option is to take “my life” with the preceding verse. For this to make sense, one must add a verb, perhaps “and may he deliver” (cf. the LXX), before the phrase. One might then translate, “May God send his loyal love and faithfulness and deliver my life.” If one does take “my life” with v. 4 , then the parallelism of v. 5 is altered and one might translate: “in the midst of lions I lie down, [among] men who want to devour me, whose teeth….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A4/3"}
{"id":21294,"verse_id":"PSA.57.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.5","text":"Or “be exalted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A5/1"}
{"id":21295,"verse_id":"PSA.57.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.5","text":"Heb “over all the earth [be] your splendor.” Though no verb appears, the tone of the statement is a prayer or wish. (Note the imperative form in the preceding line.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A5/2"}
{"id":21296,"verse_id":"PSA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.6","text":"Heb “for my feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A6/1"}
{"id":21297,"verse_id":"PSA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.6","text":"Heb “my life bends low.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A6/2"}
{"id":21298,"verse_id":"PSA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.6","text":"Heb “before me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A6/3"}
{"id":21299,"verse_id":"PSA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"57.6","text":"The perfect form is used rhetorically here to express the psalmist’s certitude. The demise of the enemies is so certain that he can speak of it as already accomplished.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A6/4"}
{"id":21300,"verse_id":"PSA.57.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.7","text":"Or perhaps “confident”; Heb “my heart is steadfast.” The “heart” is viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s volition and/or emotions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A7/1"}
{"id":21301,"verse_id":"PSA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.8","text":"Heb “glory,” but that makes little sense in the context. Some view כָּבוֹד ( kavod , “glory”) here as a metonymy for man’s inner being (see BDB 459 s.v. II כָּבוֹד 5), but it is preferable to emend the form to כְּבֵדִי ( kÿvediy , “my liver”). Like the heart, the liver is viewed as the seat of one’s emotions. See also Pss 16:9; 30:12; 108:1 , as well as H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 64, and M. Dahood, Psalms (AB), 1:90. For an Ugaritic example of the heart/liver as the source of joy, see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 47-48: “her [Anat’s] liver swelled with laughter, her heart was filled with joy, the liver of Anat with triumph.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A8/1"}
{"id":21302,"verse_id":"PSA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.8","text":"BDB 1007 s.v. שַׁחַר takes “dawn” as an adverbial accusative, though others understand it as a personified direct object. “Dawn” is used metaphorically for the time of deliverance and vindication the psalmist anticipates. When salvation “dawns,” the psalmist will “wake up” in praise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A8/2"}
{"id":21303,"verse_id":"PSA.57.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.9","text":"Or “the peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A9/1"}
{"id":21304,"verse_id":"PSA.57.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.10","text":"Heb “for great upon the sky [or “heavens”] [is] your loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A10/1"}
{"id":21305,"verse_id":"PSA.57.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.11","text":"Or “be exalted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A11/1"}
{"id":21306,"verse_id":"PSA.57.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":57,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.11","text":"Heb “over all the earth [be] your splendor.” Though no verb appears, the tone of the statement is a prayer or wish. (Note the imperative form in the preceding line.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2057%3A11/2"}
{"id":21307,"verse_id":"PSA.58.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.1","text":"Heb “do not destroy.” Perhaps this refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. These words also appear in the heading to Pss 57, 59, and 75 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A1/2"}
{"id":21308,"verse_id":"PSA.58.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word מִכְתָּם ( miktam ) which also appears in the heading to Pss 16 and 56-57, 59-60 is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A1/3"}
{"id":21309,"verse_id":"PSA.58.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.1","text":"Heb “Really [in] silence, what is right do you speak?” The Hebrew noun אֵלֶם (’ elem , “silence”) makes little, if any, sense in this context. Some feel that this is an indictment of the addressees’ failure to promote justice; they are silent when they should make just decisions. The present translation assumes an emendation to אֵלִם (’ elim ), which in turn is understood as a defectively written form of אֵילִים (’ elim , “rulers,” a metaphorical use of אַיִל , ’ ayil , “ram”; see Exod 15:15 ; Ezek 17:13 ). The rhetorical question is sarcastic, challenging their claim to be just. Elsewhere the collocation of דָּבַר ( davar , “speak”) with צֶדֶק ( tsedeq , “what is right”) as object means “to speak the truth” (see Ps 52:3 ; Isa 45:19 ). Here it refers specifically to declaring what is right in a legal setting, as the next line indicates.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A1/4"}
{"id":21310,"verse_id":"PSA.58.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.2","text":"The particle אַף (’ af , “no”) is used here as a strong adversative emphasizing the following statement, which contrasts reality with the rulers’ claim alluded to in the rhetorical questions (see Ps 44:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A2/1"}
{"id":21311,"verse_id":"PSA.58.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.2","text":"Heb “in the heart unjust deeds you do.” The phrase “in the heart” (i.e., “mind”) seems to refer to their plans and motives. The Hebrew noun עַוְלָה (’ avlah , “injustice”) is collocated with פָּעַל ( pa ’ al , “do”) here and in Job 36:23 and Ps 119:3 . Some emend the plural form עוֹלֹת (’ olot , “unjust deeds”; see Ps 64:6 ) to the singular עָוֶל (’ avel , “injustice”; see Job 34:32 ), taking the final tav ( ת ) as dittographic (note that the following verbal form begins with tav ). Some then understand עָוֶל (’ avel , “injustice”) as a genitive modifying “heart” and translate, “with a heart of injustice you act.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A2/2"}
{"id":21312,"verse_id":"PSA.58.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.2","text":"Heb “in the earth the violence of your hands you weigh out.” The imagery is from the economic realm. The addressees measure out violence, rather than justice, and distribute it like a commodity. This may be ironic, since justice was sometimes viewed as a measuring scale (see Job 31:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A2/3"}
{"id":21313,"verse_id":"PSA.58.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.3","text":"Heb “from the womb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A3/1"}
{"id":21314,"verse_id":"PSA.58.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.3","text":"Heb “speakers of a lie go astray from the womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A3/2"}
{"id":21315,"verse_id":"PSA.58.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.4","text":"Heb “[there is] venom to them according to the likeness of venom of a snake.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A4/1"}
{"id":21316,"verse_id":"PSA.58.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.4","text":"Or perhaps “cobra” (cf. NASB, NIV). Other suggested species of snakes are “asp” (NEB) and “adder” (NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A4/2"}
{"id":21317,"verse_id":"PSA.58.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.4","text":"Heb “[that] stops up its ear.” The apparent Hiphil jussive verbal form should be understood as a Qal imperfect with “i” theme vowel (see GKC 168 §63. n ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A4/3"}
{"id":21318,"verse_id":"PSA.58.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.5","text":"Heb “does not listen to the voice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A5/1"}
{"id":21319,"verse_id":"PSA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.7","text":"Following the imperatival forms in v. 6 , the prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive expressing the psalmist’s wish. Another option is to take the form as an imperfect (indicative) and translate, “they will scatter” (see v. 9 ). The verb מָאַס ( ma ’ as ; which is a homonym of the more common מָאַס , “to refuse, reject”) appears only here and in Job 7:5 , where it is used of a festering wound from which fluid runs or flows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A7/1"}
{"id":21320,"verse_id":"PSA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.7","text":"Heb “like water, they go about for themselves.” The translation assumes that the phrase “they go about for themselves” is an implied relative clause modifying “water.” Another option is to take the clause as independent and parallel to what precedes. In this case the enemies would be the subject and the verb could be taken as jussive, “let them wander about.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A7/2"}
{"id":21321,"verse_id":"PSA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"58.7","text":"The syntax of the Hebrew text is difficult and the meaning uncertain. The text reads literally, “he treads his arrows (following the Qere ; Kethib has “his arrow”), like they are cut off/dry up.” It is not clear if the verbal root is מָלַל ( malal , “circumcise”; BDB 576 s.v. IV מָלַל ) or the homonymic מָלַל (“wither”; HALOT 593-94 s.v. I מלל ). Since the verb מָלַל (“to wither”) is used of vegetation, it is possible that the noun חָצִיר ( khatsir , “grass,” which is visually similar to חִצָּיו , khitsayv , “his arrows”) originally appeared in the text. The translation above assumes that the text originally was כְּמוֹ חָצִיר יִתְמֹלָלוּ ( kÿmo khatsir yitmolalu , “like grass let them wither”). If original, it could have been accidentally corrupted to חִצָּיר כְּמוֹ יִתְמֹלָלוּ (“his arrow(s) like they dry up”) with דָּרַךְ ( darakh , “to tread”) being added later in an effort to make sense of “his arrow(s).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A7/3"}
{"id":21322,"verse_id":"PSA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.8","text":"There is no “to be” verb in the Hebrew text at this point, but a jussive tone can be assumed based on vv. 6-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A8/1"}
{"id":21323,"verse_id":"PSA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.8","text":"Heb “like a melting snail [that] moves along.” A. Cohen ( Psalms [SoBB], 184) explains that the text here alludes “to the popular belief that the slimy trail which the snail leaves in its track is the dissolution of its substance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A8/2"}
{"id":21324,"verse_id":"PSA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.8","text":"The words “let them be like” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. The jussive mood is implied from the preceding context, and “like” is understood by ellipsis (see the previous line).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A8/3"}
{"id":21325,"verse_id":"PSA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.8","text":"This rare word also appears in Job 3:16 and Eccles 6:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A8/4"}
{"id":21326,"verse_id":"PSA.58.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.9","text":"Heb “before your pots perceive thorns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A9/1"}
{"id":21327,"verse_id":"PSA.58.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.9","text":"Apparently God (v. 6 ) is the subject of the verb here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A9/2"}
{"id":21328,"verse_id":"PSA.58.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.9","text":"Heb “like living, like burning anger he will sweep it away.” The meaning of the text is unclear. The translation assumes that within the cooking metaphor (see the previous line) חַי ( khay , “living”) refers here to raw meat (as in 1 Sam 2:15 , where it modifies בָּשָׂר , basar , “flesh”) and that חָרוּן ( kharun ; which always refers to God’s “burning anger” elsewhere) here refers to food that is cooked. The pronominal suffix on the verb “sweep away” apparently refers back to the “thorns” of the preceding line. The image depicts swift and sudden judgment. Before the fire has been adequately kindled and all the meat cooked, the winds of judgment will sweep away everything in their path.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A9/3"}
{"id":21329,"verse_id":"PSA.58.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.10","text":"The singular is representative here, as is the singular from “wicked” in the next line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A10/1"}
{"id":21330,"verse_id":"PSA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.11","text":"Following the imperfects of v. 10 , the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive probably indicates a result or consequence of what precedes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A11/1"}
{"id":21331,"verse_id":"PSA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.11","text":"Heb “man.” The singular is representative here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A11/2"}
{"id":21332,"verse_id":"PSA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.11","text":"Heb “surely [there] is fruit for the godly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A11/3"}
{"id":21333,"verse_id":"PSA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.11","text":"The plural participle is unusual here if the preceding אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) is here a plural of majesty, referring to the one true God. Occasionally the plural of majesty does take a plural attributive (see GKC 428-29 §132. h ). It is possible that the final mem ( ם ) on the participle is enclitic, and that it was later misunderstood as a plural ending. Another option is to translate, “Yes indeed, there are gods who judge in the earth.” In this case, the statement reflects the polytheistic mindset of pagan observers who, despite their theological ignorance, nevertheless recognize divine retribution when they see it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2058%3A11/4"}
{"id":21334,"verse_id":"PSA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.1","text":"Heb “do not destroy.” Perhaps this refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. These words also appear in the superscription to Pss 57-58, 75 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A1/2"}
{"id":21335,"verse_id":"PSA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word מִכְתָּם ( miktam ), which also appears in the heading to Pss 16, 56-58, 60 is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A1/3"}
{"id":21336,"verse_id":"PSA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"59.1","text":"Heb “when Saul sent and they watched his house in order to kill him.” sn According to the superscription, David wrote this psalm on the occasion when Saul sent assassins to surround David’s house and kill him in the morning (see 1 Sam 19:11 ). However, the psalm itself mentions foreign enemies (vv. 5, 8 ). Perhaps these references reflect a later adaptation of an original Davidic psalm.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A1/4"}
{"id":21337,"verse_id":"PSA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"59.1","text":"Or “make me secure”; Heb “set me on high.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A1/5"}
{"id":21338,"verse_id":"PSA.59.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.2","text":"Heb “from the workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A2/1"}
{"id":21339,"verse_id":"PSA.59.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.2","text":"Heb “from men of bloodshed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A2/2"}
{"id":21340,"verse_id":"PSA.59.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.3","text":"Heb “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A3/1"}
{"id":21341,"verse_id":"PSA.59.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.3","text":"The Hebrew verb is from the root גּוּר ( gur ), which means “to challenge, attack” in Isa 54:15 and “to stalk” (with hostile intent) in Ps 56:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A3/2"}
{"id":21342,"verse_id":"PSA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.4","text":"Heb “without sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A4/1"}
{"id":21343,"verse_id":"PSA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.4","text":"Heb “they run and they are determined.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A4/2"}
{"id":21344,"verse_id":"PSA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.4","text":"Heb “arise to meet me and see.” The Hebrew verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “to meet; to encounter”) here carries the nuance of “to help.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A4/3"}
{"id":21345,"verse_id":"PSA.59.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.5","text":"Heb “ Lord , God, Hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי (’ elohey ) before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot , “hosts”). See Ps 89:9 , but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yÿhvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) in Pss 80:4, 19; 84:8 as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A5/1"}
{"id":21346,"verse_id":"PSA.59.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.5","text":"Heb “wake up to punish” (see Pss 35:23; 44:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A5/2"}
{"id":21347,"verse_id":"PSA.59.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.6","text":"Or “howl”; or “bark.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A6/1"}
{"id":21348,"verse_id":"PSA.59.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.6","text":"Heb “go around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A6/2"}
{"id":21349,"verse_id":"PSA.59.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.7","text":"Heb “look, they gush forth with their mouth, swords [are] in their lips.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A7/1"}
{"id":21350,"verse_id":"PSA.59.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.7","text":"The words “for they say” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The following question (“Who hears?”) is spoken by the psalmist’s enemies, who are confident that no one else can hear their threats against the psalmist. They are aggressive because they feel the psalmist is vulnerable and has no one to help him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A7/2"}
{"id":21351,"verse_id":"PSA.59.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.8","text":"Or “scoff at”; or “deride”; or “mock” (see Ps 2:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A8/2"}
{"id":21352,"verse_id":"PSA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"59.9","text":"Heb “his strength, for you I will watch.” “His strength” should be emended to “my strength” (see v. 17 ). Some also emend אֶשְׁמֹרָה (’ eshmorah , “I will watch”) to אֱזַמֵּרָה (’ ezammerah , “I will sing praises [to you]”) See v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A9/1"}
{"id":21353,"verse_id":"PSA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.9","text":"Or “my elevated place” (see Ps 18:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A9/2"}
{"id":21354,"verse_id":"PSA.59.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.10","text":"Heb “the God of my [ Qere (marginal reading); the Kethib (consonantal text) has “his”] loyal love will meet me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A10/1"}
{"id":21355,"verse_id":"PSA.59.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.10","text":"Heb “will cause me to look upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A10/2"}
{"id":21356,"verse_id":"PSA.59.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.10","text":"Heb “those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 5:8; 27:11; 54:5; 56:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A10/3"}
{"id":21357,"verse_id":"PSA.59.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.11","text":"Heb “do not kill them, lest my people forget.” sn My people might forget the lesson . Swift, sudden destruction might be quickly forgotten. The psalmist wants God’s judgment to be prolonged so that it might be a continual reminder of divine justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A11/1"}
{"id":21358,"verse_id":"PSA.59.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.11","text":"Heb “make them roam around by your strength and bring them down, O our shield, the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A11/2"}
{"id":21359,"verse_id":"PSA.59.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.12","text":"Heb “the sin of their mouth [is] the word of their lips.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A12/1"}
{"id":21360,"verse_id":"PSA.59.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.14","text":"Or “howl”; or “bark.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A14/1"}
{"id":21361,"verse_id":"PSA.59.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.14","text":"Heb “go around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A14/2"}
{"id":21362,"verse_id":"PSA.59.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.15","text":"Heb “if they are not full, they stay through the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A15/1"}
{"id":21363,"verse_id":"PSA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.16","text":"Or “my elevated place” (see Ps 18:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A16/1"}
{"id":21364,"verse_id":"PSA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.16","text":"Heb “and my shelter in the day of my distress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A16/2"}
{"id":21365,"verse_id":"PSA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.17","text":"Heb “my strength, to you I will sing praises.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A17/1"}
{"id":21366,"verse_id":"PSA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.17","text":"Or “my elevated place” (see Ps 18:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A17/2"}
{"id":21367,"verse_id":"PSA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.17","text":"Heb “the God of my loyal love.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2059%3A17/3"}
{"id":21368,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.1","text":"The Hebrew expression means “lily of the testimony.” It may refer to a particular music style or to a tune title.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/2"}
{"id":21369,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew word מִכְתָּם ( miktam ), which also appears in the heading to Pss 16, 56-59 , is uncertain. HALOT 582-83 s.v. defines it as “inscription.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/3"}
{"id":21370,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"60.1","text":"Heb “to teach.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/4"}
{"id":21371,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"60.1","text":"In Josh 8:21 and Judg 20:48 the two verbs “turn back” and “strike down” are also juxtaposed. There they refer to a military counter-attack.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/5"}
{"id":21372,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"60.1","text":"Heb “12,000 of Edom.” Perhaps one should read אֲרַם (’ aram , “Aram”) here rather than אֱדוֹם (’ edom , “Edom”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/6"}
{"id":21373,"verse_id":"PSA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"60.1","text":"Heb “you broke out upon us, you were angry.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A1/9"}
{"id":21374,"verse_id":"PSA.60.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.2","text":"The verb פָּצַם ( patsam , “split open”) occurs only here in the OT. An Arabic cognate means “crack,” and an Aramaic cognate is used in Tg. Jer 22:14 with the meaning “break open, frame.” See BDB 822 s.v. and Jastrow 1205 s.v. פְּצַם . sn You made the earth quake; you split it open . The psalmist uses the imagery of an earthquake to describe the nation’s defeat.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A2/1"}
{"id":21375,"verse_id":"PSA.60.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.3","text":"Heb “you have caused your people to see [what is] hard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A3/1"}
{"id":21376,"verse_id":"PSA.60.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.3","text":"Heb “wine of staggering,” that is, intoxicating wine that makes one stagger in drunkenness. Intoxicating wine is here an image of divine judgment that makes its victims stagger like drunkards. See Isa 51:17-23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A3/2"}
{"id":21377,"verse_id":"PSA.60.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.4","text":"Heb “those who fear you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A4/1"}
{"id":21378,"verse_id":"PSA.60.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.4","text":"There is a ray of hope in that God has allowed his loyal followers to rally under a battle flag. The translation assumes the verb is from the root נוּס ( nus , “flee”) used here in the Hitpolel in the sense of “find safety for oneself” ( HALOT 681 s.v. נוס ) or “take flight for oneself” (BDB 630-31 s.v. נוּס ). Another option is to take the verb as a denominative from נֵס ( nes , “flag”) and translate “that it may be displayed” (BDB 651 s.v. II נסס ) or “that they may assemble under the banner” ( HALOT 704 s.v. II נסס ). Here קֹשֶׁט ( qoshet ) is taken as an Aramaized form of קֶשֶׁת ( qeshet , “bow”; BDB 905-6 s.v. קֶשֶׁת ), though some understand the homonymic קֹשְׁטְ ( qosht , “truth”) here (see Prov 22:21 ; cf. NASB). If one follows the latter interpretation, the line may be translated, “so that they might assemble under the banner for the sake of truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A4/2"}
{"id":21379,"verse_id":"PSA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.5","text":"Heb “right hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A5/1"}
{"id":21380,"verse_id":"PSA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.5","text":"The Qere (marginal reading) has “me,” while the Kethib (consonantal text) has “us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A5/2"}
{"id":21381,"verse_id":"PSA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.5","text":"Or “may be rescued.” The lines are actually reversed in the Hebrew text, “So that the ones you love may be rescued, deliver by your power and answer me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A5/3"}
{"id":21382,"verse_id":"PSA.60.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.6","text":"Heb “in his holy place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A6/1"}
{"id":21383,"verse_id":"PSA.60.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.7","text":"Heb “the protection of my head.” sn Ephraim , named after one of Joseph’s sons, was one of two major tribes located west of the Jordan. By comparing Ephraim to a helmet, the Lord suggests that the Ephraimites played a primary role in the defense of his land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A7/2"}
{"id":21384,"verse_id":"PSA.60.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.8","text":"Heb “over Edom I will throw my sandal.” The point of the metaphor is not entirely clear. Some interpret this as idiomatic for “taking possession of,” i.e., “I will take possession of Edom.” Others translate עַל (’ al ) as “to” and understand this as referring to a master throwing his dirty sandal to a servant so that the latter might dust it off.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A8/2"}
{"id":21385,"verse_id":"PSA.60.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"60.8","text":"Heb “over me, O Philistia, shout in triumph.” The translation follows the text of Ps 108:9 . When the initial עֲלֵיוֹ (’ aleyo , “over”) was misread as עָלַי (’ alay , “over me”), the first person verb form was probably altered to an imperative to provide better sense to the line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A8/3"}
{"id":21386,"verse_id":"PSA.60.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.11","text":"Heb “and futile [is] the deliverance of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A11/1"}
{"id":21387,"verse_id":"PSA.60.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":60,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.12","text":"Heb “in God we will accomplish strength.” The statement refers here to military success (see Num 24:18 ; 1 Sam 14:48 ; Pss 108:13; 118:15-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2060%3A12/1"}
{"id":21388,"verse_id":"PSA.61.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.2","text":"Heb “from the end of the earth.” This may indicate (1) the psalmist is exiled in a distant land, or (2) it may be hyperbolic (the psalmist feels alienated from God’s presence, as if he were in a distant land).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A2/1"}
{"id":21389,"verse_id":"PSA.61.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.2","text":"Heb “while my heart faints.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A2/2"}
{"id":21390,"verse_id":"PSA.61.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.2","text":"The imperfect verbal form here expresses the psalmist’s wish or prayer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A2/3"}
{"id":21391,"verse_id":"PSA.61.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"61.2","text":"Heb “on to a rocky summit [that] is higher than I.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A2/4"}
{"id":21392,"verse_id":"PSA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.3","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A3/1"}
{"id":21393,"verse_id":"PSA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.3","text":"Or “have been.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A3/2"}
{"id":21394,"verse_id":"PSA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.3","text":"Heb “a strong tower from the face of an enemy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A3/3"}
{"id":21395,"verse_id":"PSA.61.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.4","text":"Heb “I will live as a resident alien in your tent permanently.” The cohortative is understood here as indicating resolve. Another option is to take it as expressing a request, “please let me live” (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A4/1"}
{"id":21396,"verse_id":"PSA.61.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.5","text":"Heb “you grant the inheritance of those who fear your name.” “Inheritance” is normally used of land which is granted as an inheritance; here it refers metaphorically to the blessings granted God’s loyal followers. To “fear” God’s name means to have a healthy respect for his revealed reputation which in turn motivates one to obey God’s commands (see Ps 86:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A5/1"}
{"id":21397,"verse_id":"PSA.61.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.6","text":"Heb “days upon days of the king add, his years like generation and generation.” sn It is not certain if the (royal) psalmist is referring to himself in the third person in this verse, or if an exile is praying on behalf of the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A6/1"}
{"id":21398,"verse_id":"PSA.61.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.7","text":"Heb “sit [enthroned].” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive here, expressing the psalmist’s prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A7/1"}
{"id":21399,"verse_id":"PSA.61.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.7","text":"Heb “loyal love and faithfulness appoint, let them protect him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A7/2"}
{"id":21400,"verse_id":"PSA.61.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.8","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A8/1"}
{"id":21401,"verse_id":"PSA.61.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":61,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.8","text":"Or perhaps, “and thereby fulfill.” The preposition with the infinitive construct here indicates an accompanying circumstance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2061%3A8/2"}
{"id":21402,"verse_id":"PSA.62.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.1","text":"Heb “only for God [is] there silence [to] my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A1/2"}
{"id":21403,"verse_id":"PSA.62.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.2","text":"Heb “my high rocky summit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A2/1"}
{"id":21404,"verse_id":"PSA.62.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.2","text":"Or “my elevated place” (see Ps 18:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A2/2"}
{"id":21405,"verse_id":"PSA.62.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.2","text":"The Hebrew text adds רַבָּה ( rabbah , “greatly”) at the end of the line. It is unusual for this adverb to follow a negated verb. Some see this as qualifying the assertion to some degree, but this would water down the affirmation too much (see v. 6 b, where the adverb is omitted). If the adverb has a qualifying function, it would suggest that the psalmist might be upended, though not severely. This is inconsistent with the confident mood of the psalm. The adverb probably has an emphatic force here, “I will not be greatly upended” meaning “I will not be annihilated.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A2/3"}
{"id":21406,"verse_id":"PSA.62.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.3","text":"The verb form is plural; the psalmist addresses his enemies. The verb הוּת occurs only here in the OT. An Arabic cognate means “shout at.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A3/1"}
{"id":21407,"verse_id":"PSA.62.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.3","text":"The Hebrew text has a Pual (passive) form, but the verb form should be vocalized as a Piel (active) form. See BDB 953-54 s.v. רָצַח .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A3/2"}
{"id":21408,"verse_id":"PSA.62.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.3","text":"Heb “like a bent wall and a broken fence.” The point of the comparison is not entirely clear. Perhaps the enemies are depicted as dangerous, like a leaning wall or broken fence that is in danger of falling on someone (see C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms [ICC], 2:69).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A3/3"}
{"id":21409,"verse_id":"PSA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.4","text":"That is, the psalmist’s enemies addressed in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A4/1"}
{"id":21410,"verse_id":"PSA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.4","text":"That is, the generic “man” referred to in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A4/2"}
{"id":21411,"verse_id":"PSA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.4","text":"Heb “only from his lofty place [or perhaps, “dignity”] they plan to drive [him] away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A4/3"}
{"id":21412,"verse_id":"PSA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"62.4","text":"Heb “they delight [in] a lie.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A4/4"}
{"id":21413,"verse_id":"PSA.62.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.5","text":"Heb “only for God be silent, my soul.” The wording is similar to that of v. 1 a. Here an imperatival form, דּוֹמִּי ( dommiy , “be silent”), appears instead of the noun דּוּמִיָּה ( dumiyyah , “silence”). The psalmist is encouraging himself to maintain his trust in God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A5/1"}
{"id":21414,"verse_id":"PSA.62.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.5","text":"Heb “for from him [is] my hope.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A5/2"}
{"id":21415,"verse_id":"PSA.62.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.6","text":"Heb “my high rocky summit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A6/1"}
{"id":21416,"verse_id":"PSA.62.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.6","text":"Or “my elevated place” (see Ps 18:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A6/2"}
{"id":21417,"verse_id":"PSA.62.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.7","text":"Heb “upon God [is] my deliverance and my glory, the high rocky summit of my strength, my shelter [is] in God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A7/1"}
{"id":21418,"verse_id":"PSA.62.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.8","text":"To “pour out one’s heart” means to offer up to God intense, emotional lamentation and petitionary prayers (see Lam 2:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A8/1"}
{"id":21419,"verse_id":"PSA.62.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.9","text":"Heb “only a breath [are] the sons of mankind, a lie [are] the sons of man.” The phrases “sons of mankind” and “sons of man” also appear together in Ps 49:2 . Because of the parallel line there, where “rich and poor” are mentioned, a number of interpreters and translators treat these expressions as polar opposites, בְּנֵי אָדָם ( bÿney ’ adam ) referring to the lower classes and בְּנֵי אִישׁ ( bÿney ’ ish ) to higher classes. But usage does not support such a view. The rare phrase בְּנֵי אִישׁ (“sons of man”) appears to refer to human beings in general in its other uses (see Pss 4:2 ; Lam 3:33 ). It is better to understand the phrases as synonymous expressions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A9/1"}
{"id":21420,"verse_id":"PSA.62.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.9","text":"The noun הֶבֶל ( hevel ), translated “a breath” earlier in the verse, appears again here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A9/2"}
{"id":21421,"verse_id":"PSA.62.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.10","text":"Heb “do not trust in oppression.” Here “oppression” stands by metonymy for the riches that can be gained by oppressive measures, as the final line of the verse indicates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A10/1"}
{"id":21422,"verse_id":"PSA.62.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.10","text":"Heb “and in robbery do not place vain hope.” Here “robbery” stands by metonymy for the riches that can be gained by theft, as the next line of the verse indicates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A10/2"}
{"id":21423,"verse_id":"PSA.62.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.10","text":"Heb “[as for] wealth, when it bears fruit, do not set [your] heart [on it].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A10/3"}
{"id":21424,"verse_id":"PSA.62.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.11","text":"Heb “one God spoke, two which I heard.” This is a numerical saying utilizing the “x” followed by “x + 1” pattern to facilitate poetic parallelism. (See W. M. W. Roth, Numerical Sayings in the Old Testament [VTSup], 55-56.) As is typical in such sayings, a list corresponding to the second number (in this case “two”) follows. Another option is to translate, “God has spoken once, twice [he has spoken] that which I have heard.” The terms אַחַת (’ akhat , “one; once”) and שְׁתַּיִם ( shÿtayim , “two; twice”) are also juxtaposed in 2 Kgs 6:10 (where they refer to an action that was done more than “once or twice”) and in Job 33:14 (where they refer to God speaking “one way” and then in “another manner”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A11/1"}
{"id":21425,"verse_id":"PSA.62.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.11","text":"Heb “that strength [belongs] to God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A11/2"}
{"id":21426,"verse_id":"PSA.62.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.12","text":"Heb “and to you, O Master, [is] loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A12/1"}
{"id":21427,"verse_id":"PSA.62.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":62,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.12","text":"Heb “for you pay back to a man according to his deed.” Another option is to understand vv. 11 b and 12a as the first principle and v. 12 b as the second. In this case one might translate, “God has declared one principle, two principles I have heard, namely, that God is strong, and you, O Lord, demonstrate loyal love, and that you repay men for what they do.” sn You repay men for what they do . The psalmist views God’s justice as a demonstration of both his power (see v. 11 c) and his loyal love (see v. 12 a). When God judges evildoers, he demonstrates loyal love to his people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2062%3A12/2"}
{"id":21428,"verse_id":"PSA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.1","text":"Or “I will seek you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A1/3"}
{"id":21429,"verse_id":"PSA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"63.1","text":"Or “I thirst.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A1/4"}
{"id":21430,"verse_id":"PSA.63.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.2","text":"The Hebrew particle כֵּן ( ken ) is used here to stress the following affirmation (see Josh 2:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A2/1"}
{"id":21431,"verse_id":"PSA.63.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.2","text":"The perfect verbal form is understood here as referring to a past experience which the psalmist desires to be repeated. Another option is to take the perfect as indicating the psalmist’s certitude that he will again stand in God’s presence in the sanctuary. In this case one can translate, “I will see you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A2/2"}
{"id":21432,"verse_id":"PSA.63.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.2","text":"Heb “seeing.” The preposition with the infinitive construct here indicates an accompanying circumstance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A2/3"}
{"id":21433,"verse_id":"PSA.63.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.3","text":"This line is understood as giving the basis for the praise promised in the following line. Another option is to take the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) as asseverative/emphasizing, “Indeed, your loyal love is better” (cf. NEB, which leaves the particle untranslated).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A3/1"}
{"id":21434,"verse_id":"PSA.63.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.3","text":"The word “experiencing” is supplied in the translation for clarification. The psalmist does not speak here of divine loyal love in some abstract sense, but of loyal love revealed and experienced.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A3/2"}
{"id":21435,"verse_id":"PSA.63.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.4","text":"Or perhaps “then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A4/1"}
{"id":21436,"verse_id":"PSA.63.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.5","text":"Heb “like fat and fatness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A5/1"}
{"id":21437,"verse_id":"PSA.63.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.5","text":"Or “me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A5/2"}
{"id":21438,"verse_id":"PSA.63.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.5","text":"Heb “and [with] lips of joy my mouth praises.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A5/3"}
{"id":21439,"verse_id":"PSA.63.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.6","text":"The Hebrew term אִם (’ im ) is used here in the sense of “when; whenever,” as in Ps 78:34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A6/1"}
{"id":21440,"verse_id":"PSA.63.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.7","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A7/1"}
{"id":21441,"verse_id":"PSA.63.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.7","text":"Heb “in the shadow of your wings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A7/2"}
{"id":21442,"verse_id":"PSA.63.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.8","text":"Or “I.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A8/1"}
{"id":21443,"verse_id":"PSA.63.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.8","text":"Heb “clings after.” The expression means “to pursue with determination” (see Judg 20:45 ; 1 Sam 14:22 ; 1 Chr 10:2 ; Jer 42:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A8/2"}
{"id":21444,"verse_id":"PSA.63.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.9","text":"Heb “but they for destruction seek my life.” The pronoun “they” must refer here to the psalmist’s enemies, referred to at this point for the first time in the psalm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A9/1"}
{"id":21445,"verse_id":"PSA.63.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.10","text":"Heb “they will deliver him over to the sword.” The third masculine plural subject must be indefinite (see GKC 460 §144. f ) and the singular pronominal suffix either representative or distributive (emphasizing that each one will be so treated). Active verbs with indefinite subjects may be translated as passives with the object (in the Hebrew text) as subject (in the translation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A10/1"}
{"id":21446,"verse_id":"PSA.63.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.10","text":"Heb “they will be [the] portion of jackals”; traditionally, “of foxes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A10/2"}
{"id":21447,"verse_id":"PSA.63.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.11","text":"Heb “who swears [an oath] by him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A11/2"}
{"id":21448,"verse_id":"PSA.63.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":63,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.11","text":"The Niphal of this verb occurs only here and in Gen 8:2 , where it is used of God “stopping” or “damming up” the great deep as he brought the flood to an end.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2063%3A11/3"}
{"id":21449,"verse_id":"PSA.64.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.1","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A1/2"}
{"id":21450,"verse_id":"PSA.64.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.1","text":"The imperfect verbal form is used here to express the psalmist’s request.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A1/3"}
{"id":21451,"verse_id":"PSA.64.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.2","text":"Heb “workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A2/1"}
{"id":21452,"verse_id":"PSA.64.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.3","text":"Heb “who.” A new sentence was started here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A3/1"}
{"id":21453,"verse_id":"PSA.64.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.3","text":"Heb “a bitter word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A3/2"}
{"id":21454,"verse_id":"PSA.64.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.4","text":"The psalmist uses the singular because he is referring to himself here as representative of a larger group.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A4/1"}
{"id":21455,"verse_id":"PSA.64.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.4","text":"Heb “and are unafraid.” The words “of retaliation” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A4/2"}
{"id":21456,"verse_id":"PSA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “they give strength to themselves, an evil matter [or “word”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A5/1"}
{"id":21457,"verse_id":"PSA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “they report about hiding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A5/2"}
{"id":21458,"verse_id":"PSA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “they say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A5/3"}
{"id":21459,"verse_id":"PSA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"64.5","text":"If this is a direct quotation (cf. NASB, NIV), the pronoun “them” refers to the snares mentioned in the previous line. If it is an indirect quotation, then the pronoun may refer to the enemies themselves (cf. NEB, which is ambiguous). Some translations retain the direct quotation but alter the pronoun to “us,” referring clearly to the enemies (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A5/4"}
{"id":21460,"verse_id":"PSA.64.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.6","text":"Heb “search out, examine,” which here means (by metonymy) “devise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A6/1"}
{"id":21461,"verse_id":"PSA.64.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"64.6","text":"The MT has תַּמְנוּ ( tamnu , “we are finished”), a Qal perfect first common plural form from the verbal root תָּמַם ( tamam ). Some understand this as the beginning of a quotation of the enemies’ words and translate, “we have completed,” but the Hiphil would seem to be required in this case. The present translation follows many medieval Hebrew mss in reading טָמְנוּ ( tomnu , “they hide”), a Qal perfect third common plural form from the verbal root טָמַן ( taman ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A6/2"}
{"id":21462,"verse_id":"PSA.64.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.6","text":"Heb “a searched-out search,” which is understood as referring here to a thoroughly planned plot to destroy the psalmist.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A6/3"}
{"id":21463,"verse_id":"PSA.64.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"64.6","text":"Heb “and the inner part of man, and a heart [is] deep.” The point seems to be that a man’s inner thoughts are incapable of being discovered. No one is a mind reader! Consequently the psalmist is vulnerable to his enemies’ well-disguised plots.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A6/4"}
{"id":21464,"verse_id":"PSA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.7","text":"The prefixed verb with vav ( ו ) consecutive is normally used in narrative contexts to describe completed past actions. It is possible that the conclusion to the psalm (vv. 7-10 ) was added to the lament after God’s judgment of the wicked in response to the psalmist’s lament (vv. 1-6 ). The translation assumes that these verses are anticipatory and express the psalmist’s confidence that God would eventually judge the wicked. The psalmist uses a narrative style as a rhetorical device to emphasize his certitude. See GKC 329-30 §111. w .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A7/1"}
{"id":21465,"verse_id":"PSA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.7","text":"The perfect verbal form here expresses the psalmist’s certitude about the coming demise of the wicked.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A7/2"}
{"id":21466,"verse_id":"PSA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.7","text":"The translation follows the traditional accentuation of the MT. Another option is to translate, “But God will shoot them down with an arrow, suddenly they will be wounded” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A7/3"}
{"id":21467,"verse_id":"PSA.64.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"64.8","text":"The MT reads literally, “and they caused him to stumble, upon them, their tongue.” Perhaps the third plural subject of the verb is indefinite with the third singular pronominal suffix on the verb being distributive (see Ps 63:10 ). In this case one may translate, “each one will be made to stumble.” The preposition עַל (’ al ) might then be taken as adversative, “against them [is] their tongue.” Many prefer to emend the text to וַיַּכְשִׁילֵמוֹ עֲלֵי לְשׁוֹנָם ( vayyakhshilemo ’ aley lÿshonam , “and he caused them to stumble over their tongue”). However, if this reading is original, it is difficult to see how the present reading of the MT arose. Furthermore, the preposition is not collocated with the verb כָּשַׁל ( kashal ) elsewhere. It is likely that the MT is corrupt, but a satisfying emendation has not yet been proposed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A8/1"}
{"id":21468,"verse_id":"PSA.64.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.8","text":"The Hitpolel verbal form is probably from the root נוּד ( nud ; see HALOT 678 s.v. נוד ), which is attested elsewhere in the Hitpolel stem, not the root נָדַד ( nadad , as proposed by BDB 622 s.v. I נָדַד ), which does not occur elsewhere in this stem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A8/2"}
{"id":21469,"verse_id":"PSA.64.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"64.9","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss read וַיִּרְאוּ ( vayyir ’ u , “and they will see”) instead of וַיִּירְאוּ ( vayyirÿ ’ u , “and they will proclaim”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A9/1"}
{"id":21470,"verse_id":"PSA.64.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.9","text":"Heb “the work of God,” referring to the judgment described in v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A9/2"}
{"id":21471,"verse_id":"PSA.64.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.10","text":"Heb “upright in heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A10/1"}
{"id":21472,"verse_id":"PSA.64.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":64,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.10","text":"That is, about the Lord ’s accomplishments on their behalf.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2064%3A10/2"}
{"id":21473,"verse_id":"PSA.65.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.2","text":"Heb “O one who hears prayer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A2/1"}
{"id":21474,"verse_id":"PSA.65.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.2","text":"Heb “to you all flesh comes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A2/2"}
{"id":21475,"verse_id":"PSA.65.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.3","text":"Heb “the records of sins are too strong for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A3/1"}
{"id":21476,"verse_id":"PSA.65.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.3","text":"Or “make atonement for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A3/2"}
{"id":21477,"verse_id":"PSA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.4","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see Pss 1:1; 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 84:12; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A4/1"}
{"id":21478,"verse_id":"PSA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.4","text":"Heb “[whom] you bring near [so that] he might live [in] your courts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A4/2"}
{"id":21479,"verse_id":"PSA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.4","text":"Or “temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A4/3"}
{"id":21480,"verse_id":"PSA.65.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.5","text":"Heb “[with] awesome acts in deliverance you answer us, O God of our salvation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A5/1"}
{"id":21481,"verse_id":"PSA.65.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.5","text":"Heb “a source of confidence [for] all the ends of the earth.” sn All the ends of the earth trust in you . This idealistic portrayal of universal worship is typical hymnic hyperbole, though it does anticipate eschatological reality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A5/2"}
{"id":21482,"verse_id":"PSA.65.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"65.5","text":"Heb “and [the] distant sea.” The plural adjective is problematic after the singular form “sea.” One could emend יָם ( yam , “sea”) to יָמִים ( yamim , “seas”), or emend the plural form רְחֹקִים ( rÿkhoqim , “far”) to the singular רָחֹק ( rakhoq ). In this case the final mem ( ם ) could be treated as dittographic; note the mem on the beginning of the first word in v. 6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A5/3"}
{"id":21483,"verse_id":"PSA.65.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.6","text":"Heb “[the] one who establishes [the] mountains by his power.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A6/1"}
{"id":21484,"verse_id":"PSA.65.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.6","text":"Heb “one [who] is girded with strength”; or “one [who] girds himself with strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A6/2"}
{"id":21485,"verse_id":"PSA.65.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.7","text":"Heb “the roar of the seas.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A7/1"}
{"id":21486,"verse_id":"PSA.65.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.8","text":"Heb “and the inhabitants of the ends fear because of your signs.” God’s “signs” are the “awesome acts” (see v. 5 ) he performs in the earth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A8/1"}
{"id":21487,"verse_id":"PSA.65.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.8","text":"Heb “the goings out of the morning and the evening you cause to shout for joy.” The phrase “goings out of the morning and evening” refers to the sunrise and sunset, that is, the east and the west.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A8/2"}
{"id":21488,"verse_id":"PSA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.9","text":"The verb form is a Polel from שׁוּק ( shuq , “be abundant”), a verb which appears only here and in Joel 2:24 and 3:13 , where it is used in the Hiphil stem and means “overflow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A9/1"}
{"id":21489,"verse_id":"PSA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.9","text":"Heb “you greatly enrich it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A9/2"}
{"id":21490,"verse_id":"PSA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.9","text":"Heb “[with] a channel of God full of water.” The divine name is probably used here in a superlative sense to depict a very deep stream (“a stream fit for God,” as it were).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A9/3"}
{"id":21491,"verse_id":"PSA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.9","text":"The pronoun apparently refers to the people of the earth, mentioned in v. 8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A9/4"}
{"id":21492,"verse_id":"PSA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"65.9","text":"Heb “for thus [referring to the provision of rain described in the first half of the verse] you prepare it.” The third feminine singular pronominal suffix attached to the verb “prepare” refers back to the “earth,” which is a feminine noun with regard to grammatical form.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A9/5"}
{"id":21493,"verse_id":"PSA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “saturating” [the form is an infinitive absolute].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A10/1"}
{"id":21494,"verse_id":"PSA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “flatten, cause to sink.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A10/2"}
{"id":21495,"verse_id":"PSA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “trenches,” or “furrows.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A10/3"}
{"id":21496,"verse_id":"PSA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “soften it,” that is, the earth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A10/4"}
{"id":21497,"verse_id":"PSA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “its vegetation you bless.” Divine “blessing” often involves endowing an object with special power or capacity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A10/5"}
{"id":21498,"verse_id":"PSA.65.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.11","text":"Heb “your good,” which refers here to agricultural blessings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A11/1"}
{"id":21499,"verse_id":"PSA.65.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.11","text":"Heb “and your paths drip with abundance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A11/2"}
{"id":21500,"verse_id":"PSA.65.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.12","text":"Heb “drip.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A12/1"}
{"id":21501,"verse_id":"PSA.65.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":65,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.12","text":"That is, with rich vegetation that brings joy to those who see it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2065%3A12/2"}
{"id":21502,"verse_id":"PSA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “his name,” which here stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A2/1"}
{"id":21503,"verse_id":"PSA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “make honorable his praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A2/2"}
{"id":21504,"verse_id":"PSA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.3","text":"See Deut 33:29 ; Ps 81:15 for other uses of the verb כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ) in the sense “cower in fear.” In Ps 18:44 the verb seems to carry the nuance “be weak, powerless” (see also Ps 109:24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A3/1"}
{"id":21505,"verse_id":"PSA.66.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.4","text":"Or “bows down to.” The prefixed verbal forms in v. 4 are taken (1) as imperfects expressing what is typical. Another option (2) is to interpret them as anticipatory (“all the earth will worship you”) or (3) take them as jussives, expressing a prayer or wish (“may all the earth worship you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A4/1"}
{"id":21506,"verse_id":"PSA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.5","text":"Or “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A5/1"}
{"id":21507,"verse_id":"PSA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.5","text":"Or “acts” (see Ps 46:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A5/2"}
{"id":21508,"verse_id":"PSA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.5","text":"Heb “awesome [is] an act toward the sons of man.” It is unclear how the prepositional phrase relates to what precedes. If collocated with “act,” it may mean “on behalf of” or “toward.” If taken with “awesome” (see 1 Chr 16:25 ; Pss 89:7; 96:4 ; Zeph 2:11 ), one might translate “his awesome acts are beyond human comprehension” or “his awesome acts are superior to anything men can do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A5/3"}
{"id":21509,"verse_id":"PSA.66.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.6","text":"Because of the reference to “the river,” some understand this as an allusion to Israel’s crossing the Jordan River. However, the Hebrew term נָהָר ( nahad ) does not always refer to a “river” in the technical sense; it can be used of sea currents (see Jonah 2:4 ). So this line may also refer to the Red Sea crossing (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A6/2"}
{"id":21510,"verse_id":"PSA.66.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.6","text":"The adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) is used here, as often in poetic texts, to point “to a spot in which a scene is localized vividly in the imagination” (BDB 1027 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A6/3"}
{"id":21511,"verse_id":"PSA.66.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.7","text":"Heb “[the] one who rules.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A7/1"}
{"id":21512,"verse_id":"PSA.66.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.7","text":"Heb “his eyes watch.” “Eyes” are an anthropomorphism, attributed to God here to emphasize his awareness of all that happens on earth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A7/2"}
{"id":21513,"verse_id":"PSA.66.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.7","text":"The verb form is jussive (note the negative particle אַל , ’ al ). The Kethib (consonantal text) has a Hiphil form of the verb, apparently to be understood in an exhibitive sense (“demonstrate stubborn rebellion”; see BDB 927 s.v. רוּם Hiph), while the Qere (marginal reading) has a Qal form, to be understood in an intransitive sense. The preposition - לְ ( lamed ) with pronominal suffix should be understood in a reflexive sense (“for themselves”) and indicates that the action is performed with the interest of the subject in mind.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A7/3"}
{"id":21514,"verse_id":"PSA.66.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.8","text":"Heb “bless,” in the sense of declaring “God to be the source of…special power” (see HALOT 160 s.v. II ברך pi).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A8/1"}
{"id":21515,"verse_id":"PSA.66.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.8","text":"Heb “cause the voice of his praise to be heard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A8/2"}
{"id":21516,"verse_id":"PSA.66.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.9","text":"Heb “the one who places our soul in life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A9/1"}
{"id":21517,"verse_id":"PSA.66.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.10","text":"Or “indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A10/1"}
{"id":21518,"verse_id":"PSA.66.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.11","text":"Heb “you brought us into a net.” This rare word for “net” also occurs in Ezek 12:13; 13:21; 17:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A11/1"}
{"id":21519,"verse_id":"PSA.66.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.11","text":"Heb “you placed suffering on our hips.” The noun מוּעָקָה ( mu ’ aqah , “suffering”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A11/2"}
{"id":21520,"verse_id":"PSA.66.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"66.12","text":"The MT reads רְוָיָה (“saturation”) but this should be emended to רְוָחָה ( rÿvakhah , “wide open place”; i.e., “relief”), a reading supported by several ancient versions (LXX, Syriac, Jerome, Targum).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A12/1"}
{"id":21521,"verse_id":"PSA.66.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.16","text":"Heb “all of the fearers of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A16/1"}
{"id":21522,"verse_id":"PSA.66.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.17","text":"Heb “to him [with] my mouth I called.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A17/1"}
{"id":21523,"verse_id":"PSA.66.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.17","text":"Heb “and he was extolled under my tongue.” The form רוֹמַם ( romam ) appears to be a polal (passive) participle from רוּם ( rum , “be exalted”), but many prefer to read רוֹמָם , “high praise [was under my tongue]” (cf. NEB). See BDB 928 s.v. רוֹמָם .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A17/2"}
{"id":21524,"verse_id":"PSA.66.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.18","text":"Heb “sin if I had seen in my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A18/1"}
{"id":21525,"verse_id":"PSA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.20","text":"Heb “blessed [be] God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A20/1"}
{"id":21526,"verse_id":"PSA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.20","text":"Or “who.” In a blessing formula after בָּרוּךְ ( barukh , “blessed be”) the form אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ), whether taken as a relative pronoun or causal particle, introduces the basis for the blessing/praise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A20/2"}
{"id":21527,"verse_id":"PSA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.20","text":"Heb “did not turn aside my prayer and his loyal love with me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2066%3A20/3"}
{"id":21528,"verse_id":"PSA.67.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"67.1","text":"Or “have mercy on us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A1/2"}
{"id":21529,"verse_id":"PSA.67.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"67.1","text":"The prefixed verbal forms are understood as jussives expressing the psalmist’s prayer. Note the jussive form יָאֵר ( ya ’ er ) in the next line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A1/3"}
{"id":21530,"verse_id":"PSA.67.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"67.2","text":"Heb “to know in the earth your way, among all nations your deliverance.” The infinitive with - לְ ( lamed ) expresses purpose/result. When God demonstrates his favor to his people, all nations will recognize his character as a God who delivers. The Hebrew term דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) refers here to God’s characteristic behavior, more specifically, to the way he typically saves his people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A2/1"}
{"id":21531,"verse_id":"PSA.67.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"67.3","text":"Heb “let the nations, all of them, thank you.” The prefixed verbal forms in vv. 3-4 a are understood as jussives in this call to praise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A3/1"}
{"id":21532,"verse_id":"PSA.67.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"67.4","text":"Or “peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A4/1"}
{"id":21533,"verse_id":"PSA.67.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"67.4","text":"Heb “for you judge nations fairly, and [as for the] peoples in the earth, you lead them.” The imperfects are translated with the present tense because the statement is understood as a generalization about God’s providential control of the world. Another option is to understand the statement as anticipating God’s future rule (“for you will rule…and govern”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A4/2"}
{"id":21534,"verse_id":"PSA.67.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"67.5","text":"Heb “let the nations, all of them, thank you.” The prefixed verbal forms in v. 5 are understood as jussives in this call to praise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A5/1"}
{"id":21535,"verse_id":"PSA.67.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"67.7","text":"The prefixed verb forms in vv. 6 b-7a are understood as jussives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A7/1"}
{"id":21536,"verse_id":"PSA.67.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":67,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"67.7","text":"Heb “will fear him.” After the jussive of the preceding line, the prefixed verbal form with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive is understood as indicating purpose/result. (Note how v. 3 anticipates the universal impact of God showing his people blessing.) Another option is to take the verb as a jussive and translate, “Let all the ends of the earth fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2067%3A7/2"}
{"id":21537,"verse_id":"PSA.68.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.1","text":"Or “rises up.” The verb form is an imperfect, not a jussive. The psalmist is describing God’s appearance in battle in a dramatic fashion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A1/2"}
{"id":21538,"verse_id":"PSA.68.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.1","text":"Heb “those who hate him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A1/3"}
{"id":21539,"verse_id":"PSA.68.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.2","text":"Heb “as smoke is scattered, you scatter [them].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A2/1"}
{"id":21540,"verse_id":"PSA.68.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.3","text":"By placing the subject first the psalmist highlights the contrast between God’s ecstatic people and his defeated enemies (vv. 1-2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A3/1"}
{"id":21541,"verse_id":"PSA.68.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.3","text":"Heb “and they are happy with joy” (cf. NEB). Some translate the prefixed verbal forms of v. 3 as jussives, “Let the godly be happy, let them rejoice before God, and let them be happy with joy!” (Cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV; note the call to praise in v. 4 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A3/2"}
{"id":21542,"verse_id":"PSA.68.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.4","text":"Traditionally the Hebrew term עֲרָבוֹת (’ aravot ) is taken as “steppe-lands” (often rendered “deserts”), but here the form is probably a homonym meaning “clouds.” Verse 33 , which depicts God as the one who “rides on the sky” strongly favors this (see as well Deut 33:26 ), as does the reference in v. 9 to God as the source of rain. The term עֲרָבָה (’ aravah , “cloud”) is cognate with Akkadian urpatu / erpetu and with Ugaritic ’ rpt . The phrase rkb ’ rpt (“one who rides on the clouds”) appears in Ugaritic mythological texts as an epithet of the storm god Baal. The nonphonemic interchange of the bilabial consonants b and p is attested elsewhere in roots common to Hebrew and Ugaritic, though the phenomenon is relatively rare.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A4/1"}
{"id":21543,"verse_id":"PSA.68.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"68.4","text":"Heb “in the Lord his name.” If the MT is retained, the preposition - בְ ( bet ) is introducing the predicate (the so-called bet of identity), “the Lord is his name.” However, some prefer to emend the text to כִּי יָהּ שְׁמוֹ ( ki yah shÿmo , “for Yah is his name”). This emendation, reflected in the present translation, assumes a confusion of bet ( ב ) and kaf ( כ ) and haplography of yod ( י ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A4/2"}
{"id":21544,"verse_id":"PSA.68.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.5","text":"Heb “God [is] in his holy dwelling place.” He occupies his throne and carries out his royal responsibilities.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A5/2"}
{"id":21545,"verse_id":"PSA.68.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.6","text":"Heb “God causes the solitary ones to dwell in a house.” The participle suggests this is what God typically does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A6/1"}
{"id":21546,"verse_id":"PSA.68.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.6","text":"Heb “he brings out prisoners into prosperity.” Another option is to translate, “he brings out prisoners with singing” (cf. NIV). The participle suggests this is what God typically does.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A6/2"}
{"id":21547,"verse_id":"PSA.68.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.6","text":"Or “in a parched [land].” sn God delivers the downtrodden and oppressed, but sinful rebels who oppose his reign are treated appropriately.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A6/3"}
{"id":21548,"verse_id":"PSA.68.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.7","text":"Heb “when you go out before your people.” The Hebrew idiom “go out before” is used here in a militaristic sense of leading troops into battle (see Judg 4:14; 9:39 ; 2 Sam 5:24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A7/1"}
{"id":21549,"verse_id":"PSA.68.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.8","text":"Heb “this one of Sinai.” The phrase is a divine title, perhaps indicating that the Lord rules from Sinai.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A8/1"}
{"id":21550,"verse_id":"PSA.68.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.9","text":"The verb נוּף ( nuf , “cause rain to fall”) is a homonym of the more common נוּף (“brandish”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A9/1"}
{"id":21551,"verse_id":"PSA.68.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.9","text":"Heb “[on] your inheritance.” This refers to Israel as God’s specially chosen people (see Pss 28:9; 33:12; 74:2; 78:62, 71; 79:1; 94:5, 14; 106:40 ). Some take “your inheritance” with what follows, but the vav ( ו ) prefixed to the following word (note וְנִלְאָה , vÿnil ’ ah ) makes this syntactically unlikely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A9/2"}
{"id":21552,"verse_id":"PSA.68.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.9","text":"Heb “it [is],” referring to God’s “inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A9/3"}
{"id":21553,"verse_id":"PSA.68.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"68.9","text":"Heb “it,” referring to God’s “inheritance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A9/4"}
{"id":21554,"verse_id":"PSA.68.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.10","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear; it appears to read, “your animals, they live in it,” but this makes little, if any, sense in this context. Some suggest that חָיָּה ( khayah ) is a rare homonym here, meaning “community” (BDB 312 s.v.) or “dwelling place” ( HALOT 310 s.v. III * הַיָּה ). In this case one may take “your community/dwelling place” as appositional to the third feminine singular pronominal suffix at the end of v. 9 , the antecedent of which is “your inheritance.” The phrase יָשְׁבוּ־בָהּ ( yashvu-vah , “they live in it”) may then be understood as an asyndetic relative clause modifying “your community/dwelling place.” A literal translation of vv. 9 b-10a would be, “when it [your inheritance] is tired, you sustain it, your community/dwelling place in [which] they live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A10/1"}
{"id":21555,"verse_id":"PSA.68.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.11","text":"Heb “gives a word.” Perhaps this refers to a divine royal decree or battle cry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A11/1"}
{"id":21556,"verse_id":"PSA.68.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.11","text":"Heb “the ones spreading the good news [are] a large army.” The participle translated “the ones spreading the good news” is a feminine plural form. Apparently the good news here is the announcement that enemy kings have been defeated (see v. 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A11/2"}
{"id":21557,"verse_id":"PSA.68.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.12","text":"The verbal repetition draws attention to the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A12/1"}
{"id":21558,"verse_id":"PSA.68.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.12","text":"The Hebrew form appears to be the construct of נוּה ( nuh , “pasture”) but the phrase “pasture of the house” makes no sense here. The translation assumes that the form is an alternative or corruption of נצוה (“beautiful woman”). A reference to a woman would be appropriate in light of v. 11 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A12/2"}
{"id":21559,"verse_id":"PSA.68.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.13","text":"Or “if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A13/1"}
{"id":21560,"verse_id":"PSA.68.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.13","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word translated “sheepfolds” is uncertain. There may be an echo of Judg 5:16 here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A13/2"}
{"id":21561,"verse_id":"PSA.68.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.13","text":"Heb “and her pinions with the yellow of gold.” sn The point of the imagery of v. 13 is not certain, though the reference to silver and gold appears to be positive. Both would be part of the loot carried away from battle (see v. 12 b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A13/3"}
{"id":21562,"verse_id":"PSA.68.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.14","text":"The divine name used here is שַׁדַּי (“Shaddai”). Shaddai/El Shaddai is the sovereign king/judge of the world who grants life, blesses and kills, and judges. In Genesis he blesses the patriarchs with fertility and promises numerous descendants. Outside Genesis he both blesses (protects) and takes away life and/or happiness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A14/1"}
{"id":21563,"verse_id":"PSA.68.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.14","text":"The Hebrew text adds “in it.” The third feminine singular pronominal suffix may refer back to God’s community/dwelling place (v. 10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A14/2"}
{"id":21564,"verse_id":"PSA.68.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.14","text":"The verb form appears to be a Hiphil jussive from שָׁלַג ( shalag ), which is usually understood as a denominative verb from שֶׁלֶג ( sheleg , “snow”) with an indefinite subject. The form could be taken as a preterite, in which case one might translate, “when the sovereign judge scattered kings, it snowed on Zalmon” (cf. NIV, NRSV). The point of the image is unclear. Perhaps “snow” suggests fertility and blessing (see v. 9 and Isa 55:10 ), or the image of a snow-capped mountain suggests grandeur. sn Zalmon was apparently a mountain in the region, perhaps the one mentioned in Judg 9:46 as being in the vicinity of Shechem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A14/3"}
{"id":21565,"verse_id":"PSA.68.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.15","text":"Heb “a mountain of God.” The divine name is probably used here in a superlative sense to depict a very high mountain (“a mountain fit for God,” as it were). Cf. NIV “are majestic mountains”; NRSV “O mighty mountain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A15/2"}
{"id":21566,"verse_id":"PSA.68.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.15","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term, which appears only here in the OT, is uncertain. HALOT 174 s.v. גַּבְנוֹן suggests “many-peaked,” while BDB 148 s.v. גַּבְנִן suggests “rounded summit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A15/3"}
{"id":21567,"verse_id":"PSA.68.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.16","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew verb רָצַד ( ratsad ), translated here “look with envy,” is uncertain; it occurs only here in the OT. See BDB 952-53. A cognate verb occurs in later Aramaic with the meaning “to lie in wait; to watch” (Jastrow 1492 s.v. רְצַד ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A16/1"}
{"id":21568,"verse_id":"PSA.68.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.16","text":"Perhaps the apparent plural form should be read as a singular with enclitic mem ( ם ; later misinterpreted as a plural ending). The preceding verse has the singular form.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A16/2"}
{"id":21569,"verse_id":"PSA.68.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.16","text":"Heb “[at] the mountain God desires for his dwelling place.” The reference is to Mount Zion/Jerusalem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A16/3"}
{"id":21570,"verse_id":"PSA.68.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"68.16","text":"The Hebrew particle אַף (’ af ) has an emphasizing function here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A16/4"}
{"id":21571,"verse_id":"PSA.68.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"68.16","text":"The word “there” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A16/5"}
{"id":21572,"verse_id":"PSA.68.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.17","text":"Heb “thousands of [?].” The meaning of the word שִׁנְאָן ( shin ’ an ), which occurs only here in the OT, is uncertain. Perhaps the form should be emended to שַׁאֲנָן ( sha ’ anan , “at ease”) and be translated here “held in reserve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A17/1"}
{"id":21573,"verse_id":"PSA.68.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"68.17","text":"The MT reads, “the Lord [is] among them, Sinai, in holiness,” which is syntactically difficult. The present translation assumes an emendation to אֲדֹנָי בָּא מִסִּינַי (’ adonay ba ’ missinay ; see BHS note b-b and Deut 33:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A17/2"}
{"id":21574,"verse_id":"PSA.68.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.18","text":"Heb “to the elevated place”; or “on high.” This probably refers to the Lord’s throne on Mount Zion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A18/1"}
{"id":21575,"verse_id":"PSA.68.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.18","text":"Heb “you have taken captives captive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A18/2"}
{"id":21576,"verse_id":"PSA.68.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.18","text":"Or “gifts.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A18/3"}
{"id":21577,"verse_id":"PSA.68.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"68.18","text":"Or “among.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A18/4"}
{"id":21578,"verse_id":"PSA.68.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"68.18","text":"Heb “so that the Lord God might live [there].” Many take the infinitive construct with - לְ ( lamed ) as indicating purpose here, but it is unclear how the offering of tribute enables the Lord to live in Zion. This may be an occurrence of the relatively rare emphatic lamed (see HALOT 510-11 s.v. II לְ , though this text is not listed as an example there). If so, the statement corresponds nicely to the final line of v. 16 , which also affirms emphatically that the Lord lives in Zion.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A18/5"}
{"id":21579,"verse_id":"PSA.68.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.19","text":"Heb “blessed [be] the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A19/1"}
{"id":21580,"verse_id":"PSA.68.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.19","text":"It is possible to take this phrase with what precedes (“The Lord deserves praise day after day”) rather than with what follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A19/2"}
{"id":21581,"verse_id":"PSA.68.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.20","text":"Heb “and to the Lord , the Lord, to death, goings out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A20/1"}
{"id":21582,"verse_id":"PSA.68.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.21","text":"Heb “the hairy forehead of the one who walks about in his guilt.” The singular is representative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A21/1"}
{"id":21583,"verse_id":"PSA.68.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.22","text":"That is, the enemies mentioned in v. 21 . Even if they retreat to distant regions, God will retrieve them and make them taste his judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A22/1"}
{"id":21584,"verse_id":"PSA.68.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"68.23","text":"Some (e.g. NRSV) prefer to emend מָחַץ ( makhats , “smash; stomp”; see v. 21 ) to רָחַץ ( rakhats , “bathe”; see Ps 58:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A23/1"}
{"id":21585,"verse_id":"PSA.68.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.23","text":"Heb “[and] the tongue of your dogs from [the] enemies [may eat] its portion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A23/2"}
{"id":21586,"verse_id":"PSA.68.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.24","text":"The subject is probably indefinite, referring to bystanders in general who witness the procession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A24/1"}
{"id":21587,"verse_id":"PSA.68.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.24","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “in holiness.” The words “who marches along” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A24/2"}
{"id":21588,"verse_id":"PSA.68.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.25","text":"Heb “after [are] the stringed instrument players.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A25/1"}
{"id":21589,"verse_id":"PSA.68.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.26","text":"Heb “from the fountain of Israel,” which makes little, if any, sense here. The translation assumes an emendation to בְּמִקְרָאֵי ( bÿmiqra ’ ey , “in the assemblies of [Israel]”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A26/1"}
{"id":21590,"verse_id":"PSA.68.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"68.27","text":"The MT reads רִגְמָתָם ( rigmatam ), which many derive from רָגַם ( ragam , “to kill by stoning”) and translates, “[in] their heaps,” that is, in large numbers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A27/2"}
{"id":21591,"verse_id":"PSA.68.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.28","text":"Heb “God has commanded your strength.” The statement is apparently addressed to Israel (see v. 26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A28/1"}
{"id":21592,"verse_id":"PSA.68.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.29","text":"Heb “Be strong, O God, [you] who have acted for us, from your temple in Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A29/1"}
{"id":21593,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.30","text":"The Hebrew verb גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ) is often understood to mean “rebuke.” In some cases it is apparent that scolding or threatening is in view (see Gen 37:10 ; Ruth 2:16 ; Zech 3:2 ). However, in militaristic contexts such as this translation is inadequate, for the verb refers in this setting to the warrior’s battle cry, which terrifies and paralyzes the enemy. See A. Caquot, TDOT 3:53, and note the use of the verb in Ps 106:9 and Nah 1:4 , as well as the related noun in Job 26:11 ; Pss 18:15; 76:6; 104:7 ; Isa 50:2; 51:20; 66:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/1"}
{"id":21594,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.30","text":"Heb “an assembly of bulls, with calves of the nations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/3"}
{"id":21595,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"68.30","text":"Heb “humbling himself.” The verb form is a Hitpael participle from the root רָפַס ( rafas , “to trample”). The Hitpael of this verb appears only here and in Prov 6:3 , where it seems to mean, “humble oneself,” a nuance that fits nicely in this context. The apparent subject is “wild beast” or “assembly,” though both of these nouns are grammatically feminine, while the participle is a masculine form. Perhaps one should emend the participial form to a masculine plural ( מִתְרַפִּם , mitrapim ) and understand “bulls” or “calves” as the subject.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/4"}
{"id":21596,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"68.30","text":"Heb “with pieces [?] of silver.” The meaning of the Hebrew term רַצֵּי ( ratsey ) is unclear. It is probably best to emend the text to בֶּצֶר וְכָסֶף ( betser vÿkhasef , “[with] gold and silver”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/5"}
{"id":21597,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"68.30","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/6"}
{"id":21598,"verse_id":"PSA.68.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"68.30","text":"The verb בָּזַר ( bazar ) is an alternative form of פָּזַר ( pazar , “scatter”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A30/7"}
{"id":21599,"verse_id":"PSA.68.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.31","text":"This noun, which occurs only here in the OT, apparently means “red cloth” or “bronze articles” (see HALOT 362 s.v. חַשְׁמַן ; cf. NEB “tribute”). Traditionally the word has been taken to refer to “nobles” (see BDB 365 s.v. חַשְׁמַן ; cf. NIV “envoys”). Another option would be to emend the text to הַשְׁמַנִּים ( hashmannim , “the robust ones,” i.e., leaders).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A31/1"}
{"id":21600,"verse_id":"PSA.68.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.31","text":"Heb “Cush.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A31/2"}
{"id":21601,"verse_id":"PSA.68.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.31","text":"Heb “causes its hands to run,” which must mean “quickly stretches out its hands” (to present tribute).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A31/3"}
{"id":21602,"verse_id":"PSA.68.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"68.33","text":"Heb “to the one who rides through the skies of skies of ancient times.” If the MT is retained, one might translate, “to the one who rides through the ancient skies.” ( שְׁמֵי [ shÿmey , “skies of”] may be accidentally repeated.) The present translation assumes an emendation to בַּשָּׁמַיִם מִקֶּדֶם ( bashamayim miqqedem , “[to the one who rides] through the sky from ancient times”), that is, God has been revealing his power through the storm since ancient times.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A33/1"}
{"id":21603,"verse_id":"PSA.68.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.33","text":"Heb “he gives his voice a strong voice.” In this context God’s “voice” is the thunder that accompanies the rain (see vv. 8-9 , as well as Deut 33:26 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A33/2"}
{"id":21604,"verse_id":"PSA.68.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.34","text":"Heb “give strength to God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A34/1"}
{"id":21605,"verse_id":"PSA.68.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"68.35","text":"Heb “awesome [is] God from his holy places.” The plural of מִקְדָּשׁ ( miqdash , “holy places”) perhaps refers to the temple precincts (see Ps 73:17 ; Jer 51:51 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A35/1"}
{"id":21606,"verse_id":"PSA.68.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"68.35","text":"Heb “the God of Israel, he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A35/2"}
{"id":21607,"verse_id":"PSA.68.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":68,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"68.35","text":"Heb “blessed [be] God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2068%3A35/3"}
{"id":21608,"verse_id":"PSA.69.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.1","text":"Heb “according to lilies.” See the superscription to .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A1/2"}
{"id":21609,"verse_id":"PSA.69.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.2","text":"Heb “and there is no place to stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A2/1"}
{"id":21610,"verse_id":"PSA.69.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.2","text":"Heb “have entered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A2/2"}
{"id":21611,"verse_id":"PSA.69.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.3","text":"Or perhaps “raw”; Heb “burned; enflamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A3/1"}
{"id":21612,"verse_id":"PSA.69.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.3","text":"Heb “my eyes fail from waiting for my God.” The psalmist has intently kept his eyes open, looking for God to intervene, but now his eyes are watery and bloodshot, impairing his vision.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A3/2"}
{"id":21613,"verse_id":"PSA.69.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.4","text":"Heb “[with] a lie.” The Hebrew noun שֶׁקֶר ( sheqer , “lie”) is used here as an adverb, “falsely, wrongfully” (see Pss 35:19; 38:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A4/1"}
{"id":21614,"verse_id":"PSA.69.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.4","text":"The Hebrew verb עָצַם (’ atsam ) can sometimes mean “are strong,” but here it probably focuses on numerical superiority; note the parallel verb רָבַב ( ravav , “be many”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A4/2"}
{"id":21615,"verse_id":"PSA.69.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"69.4","text":"Heb “that which I did not steal, then I restore.” Apparently אָז (’ az , “then”) is used here to emphasize the verb that follows. sn They make me repay what I did not steal . The psalmist’s enemies falsely accuse him and hold him accountable for alleged crimes he did not even commit.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A4/3"}
{"id":21616,"verse_id":"PSA.69.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.5","text":"Heb “you know my foolishness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A5/1"}
{"id":21617,"verse_id":"PSA.69.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.6","text":"Heb “O Master, Lord of hosts.” Both titles draw attention to God’s sovereign position.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A6/1"}
{"id":21618,"verse_id":"PSA.69.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.7","text":"Heb “carry, bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A7/1"}
{"id":21619,"verse_id":"PSA.69.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.7","text":"Heb “on account of you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A7/2"}
{"id":21620,"verse_id":"PSA.69.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"69.7","text":"Heb “and shame covers my face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A7/3"}
{"id":21621,"verse_id":"PSA.69.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.8","text":"Heb “and I am estranged to my brothers, and a foreigner to the sons of my mother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A8/1"}
{"id":21622,"verse_id":"PSA.69.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.9","text":"Or “for.” This verse explains that the psalmist’s suffering is due to his allegiance to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A9/1"}
{"id":21623,"verse_id":"PSA.69.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.9","text":"Or “devotion to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A9/2"}
{"id":21624,"verse_id":"PSA.69.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"69.9","text":"Heb “the insults of those who insult you fall upon me.” sn Jn 2:17 applies the first half of this verse to Jesus’ ministry in the context of John’s account of Jesus cleansing the temple.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A9/4"}
{"id":21625,"verse_id":"PSA.69.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.10","text":"Heb “and it becomes insults to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A10/2"}
{"id":21626,"verse_id":"PSA.69.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.11","text":"Heb “and I am an object of ridicule to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A11/1"}
{"id":21627,"verse_id":"PSA.69.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.12","text":"Heb “the mocking songs of the drinkers of beer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A12/1"}
{"id":21628,"verse_id":"PSA.69.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.13","text":"Heb “as for me, [may] my prayer be to you, O Lord , [in] a time of favor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A13/1"}
{"id":21629,"verse_id":"PSA.69.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.13","text":"Heb “O God, in the abundance of your loyal love, answer me in the faithfulness of your deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A13/2"}
{"id":21630,"verse_id":"PSA.69.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.14","text":"Heb “let me be delivered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A14/1"}
{"id":21631,"verse_id":"PSA.69.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.15","text":"Heb “well,” which here symbolizes the place of the dead (cf. Ps 55:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A15/1"}
{"id":21632,"verse_id":"PSA.69.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.15","text":"Heb “do not let the well close its mouth upon me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A15/2"}
{"id":21633,"verse_id":"PSA.69.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.16","text":"Or “pleasant”; or “desirable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A16/1"}
{"id":21634,"verse_id":"PSA.69.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.17","text":"Heb “do not hide your face from.” The Hebrew idiom “hide the face” can (1) mean “ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or (2) carry the stronger idea of “reject” (see Pss 30:7; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A17/1"}
{"id":21635,"verse_id":"PSA.69.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.17","text":"Or “quickly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A17/2"}
{"id":21636,"verse_id":"PSA.69.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.18","text":"Heb “come near my life and redeem it.” The verb “redeem” casts the Lord in the role of a leader who protects members of his extended family in times of need and crisis (see Ps 19:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A18/1"}
{"id":21637,"verse_id":"PSA.69.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.19","text":"Heb “before you [are] all my enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A19/1"}
{"id":21638,"verse_id":"PSA.69.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.20","text":"Heb “break my heart.” The “heart” is viewed here as the origin of the psalmist’s emotions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A20/1"}
{"id":21639,"verse_id":"PSA.69.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.20","text":"The verb form appears to be a Qal preterite from an otherwise unattested root נוּשׁ ( nush ), which some consider an alternate form of אָנַשׁ (’ anash , “be weak; be sick”; see BDB 60 s.v. I אָנַשׁ ). Perhaps the form should be emended to a Niphal, וָאֵאָנְשָׁה ( va ’ e ’ onshah , “and I am sick”). The Niphal of אָנַשׁ occurs in 2 Sam 12:15 , where it is used to describe David’s sick child.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A20/2"}
{"id":21640,"verse_id":"PSA.69.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"69.20","text":"Heb “wait.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A20/3"}
{"id":21641,"verse_id":"PSA.69.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"69.20","text":"Heb “and I wait for sympathy, but there is none.” The form נוּד ( nud ) is an infinitive functioning as a verbal noun:, “sympathizing.” Some suggest emending the form to a participle נָד ( nad , “one who shows sympathy”). The verb נוּד ( nud ) also has the nuance “show sympathy” in Job 2:11; 42:11 and Isa 51:19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A20/4"}
{"id":21642,"verse_id":"PSA.69.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.21","text":"According to BDB 912 s.v. II רֹאשׁ the term can mean “a bitter and poisonous plant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A21/1"}
{"id":21643,"verse_id":"PSA.69.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"69.22","text":"Heb “and to the friends for a snare.” The plural of שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) is used in Ps 55:20 of one’s “friends.” If the reading of the MT is retained here, the term depicts the psalmist’s enemies as a close-knit group of friends who are bound together by their hatred for the psalmist. Some prefer to revocalize the text as וּלְשִׁלּוּמִים ( ulÿshillumim , “and for retribution”). In this case the noun stands parallel to פַּח ( pakh , “trap”) and מוֹקֵשׁ ( moqesh , “snare”), and one might translate, “may their dining table become a trap before them, [a means of] retribution and a snare” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A22/1"}
{"id":21644,"verse_id":"PSA.69.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.23","text":"Heb “may their eyes be darkened from seeing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A23/1"}
{"id":21645,"verse_id":"PSA.69.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.23","text":"Heb “make their hips shake continually.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A23/2"}
{"id":21646,"verse_id":"PSA.69.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.24","text":"Heb “anger.” “Anger” here refers metonymically to divine judgment, which is the practical effect of God’s anger.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A24/1"}
{"id":21647,"verse_id":"PSA.69.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.24","text":"Heb “the rage of your anger.” The phrase “rage of your anger” employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971), 17-81.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A24/2"}
{"id":21648,"verse_id":"PSA.69.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.25","text":"Heb “in their tents may there not be one who dwells.” sn In Acts 1:2 0 Peter applies the language of this verse to Judas’ experience. By changing the pronouns from plural to singular, he is able to apply the ancient curse, pronounced against the psalmist’s enemies, to Judas in particular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A25/1"}
{"id":21649,"verse_id":"PSA.69.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.26","text":"Or “persecute”; Heb “chase.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A26/1"}
{"id":21650,"verse_id":"PSA.69.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.26","text":"Heb “for you, the one whom you strike, they chase.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A26/2"}
{"id":21651,"verse_id":"PSA.69.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"69.26","text":"Heb “they announce the pain of your wounded ones” (i.e., “the ones whom you wounded,” as the parallel line makes clear). sn The psalmist is innocent of the false charges made by his enemies (v. 4 ), but he is also aware of his sinfulness (v. 5 ) and admits that he experiences divine discipline (v. 26 ) despite his devotion to God (v. 9 ). Here he laments that his enemies take advantage of such divine discipline by harassing and slandering him. They “kick him while he’s down,” as the expression goes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A26/3"}
{"id":21652,"verse_id":"PSA.69.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.27","text":"Heb “place sin upon their sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A27/1"}
{"id":21653,"verse_id":"PSA.69.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.27","text":"Heb “let them not come into your vindication.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A27/2"}
{"id":21654,"verse_id":"PSA.69.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.28","text":"Heb “let them be wiped out of the scroll of the living.” sn The phrase the scroll of the living occurs only here in the OT. It pictures a scroll or census list containing the names of the citizens of a community. When an individual died, that person’s name was removed from the list. So this curse is a very vivid way of asking that the enemies die.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A28/1"}
{"id":21655,"verse_id":"PSA.69.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.28","text":"Heb “and with the godly let them not be written.” sn Do not let their names be listed with the godly . This curse pictures a scroll in which God records the names of his loyal followers. The psalmist makes the point that his enemies have no right to be included in this list of the godly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A28/2"}
{"id":21656,"verse_id":"PSA.69.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.29","text":"Heb “your deliverance, O God, may it protect me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A29/1"}
{"id":21657,"verse_id":"PSA.69.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.30","text":"Heb “I will praise the name of God with a song.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A30/1"}
{"id":21658,"verse_id":"PSA.69.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.30","text":"Heb “I will magnify him with thanks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A30/2"}
{"id":21659,"verse_id":"PSA.69.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.32","text":"Heb “may your heart[s] live.” See Ps 22:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A32/2"}
{"id":21660,"verse_id":"PSA.69.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.33","text":"Heb “his prisoners he does not despise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A33/1"}
{"id":21661,"verse_id":"PSA.69.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.35","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (God’s people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A35/1"}
{"id":21662,"verse_id":"PSA.69.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"69.35","text":"Heb “it.” The third feminine singular pronominal suffix probably refers to “Zion” (see Pss 48:12; 102:14 ); thus the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A35/2"}
{"id":21663,"verse_id":"PSA.69.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":69,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"69.36","text":"Heb “the lovers of his name.” The phrase refers to those who are loyal to God (cf. v. 35 ). See Pss 5:11; 119:132 ; Isa 56:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2069%3A36/1"}
{"id":21664,"verse_id":"PSA.70.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"70.1","text":"Heb “to cause to remember.” The same form, a Hiphil infinitive of זָכַר ( zakhar , “remember”), also appears in the superscription of . Some understand this in the sense of “for the memorial offering,” but it may carry the idea of bringing one’s plight to God’s attention (see P. C. Craigie, Psalms 1-50 [WBC], 303).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A1/2"}
{"id":21665,"verse_id":"PSA.70.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"70.1","text":"Heb “O God, to rescue me.” A main verb is obviously missing. The verb רָצָה ( ratsah , “be willing”) should be supplied (see Ps 40:13 ). Ps 40:13 uses the divine name “ Lord ” rather than “God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A1/3"}
{"id":21666,"verse_id":"PSA.70.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"70.2","text":"Heb “may they be embarrassed and ashamed, the ones seeking my life.” Ps 40:14 has “together” after “ashamed,” and “to snatch it away” after “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A2/1"}
{"id":21667,"verse_id":"PSA.70.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"70.2","text":"The four prefixed verbal forms in this verse are understood as jussives. The psalmist is calling judgment down on his enemies. sn See Ps 35:4 for a similar prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A2/2"}
{"id":21668,"verse_id":"PSA.70.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"70.3","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive in this imprecation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A3/1"}
{"id":21669,"verse_id":"PSA.70.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"70.3","text":"Heb “May they be turned back according to their shame, those who say, ‘Aha! Aha!’” Ps 40:15 has the verb “humiliated” instead of “turned back” and adds “to me” after “say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A3/2"}
{"id":21670,"verse_id":"PSA.70.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"70.4","text":"Heb “those who love,” which stands metonymically for its cause, the experience of being delivered by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A4/1"}
{"id":21671,"verse_id":"PSA.70.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"70.4","text":"The three prefixed verbal forms prior to the quotation are understood as jussives. The psalmist balances out his imprecation against his enemies with a prayer of blessing on the godly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A4/2"}
{"id":21672,"verse_id":"PSA.70.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"70.4","text":"Ps 40:16 uses the divine name “ Lord ” here instead of “God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A4/3"}
{"id":21673,"verse_id":"PSA.70.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"70.4","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive, “may the Lord be magnified [in praise].” Another option is to take the verb as an imperfect, “the Lord is great.” See Ps 35:27 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A4/4"}
{"id":21674,"verse_id":"PSA.70.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"70.5","text":"Ps 40:17 has “may the Lord pay attention to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A5/2"}
{"id":21675,"verse_id":"PSA.70.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":70,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"70.5","text":"Ps 40:17 has “my God” instead of “ Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2070%3A5/3"}
{"id":21676,"verse_id":"PSA.71.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.2","text":"Heb “in your vindication rescue me and deliver me.” Ps 31:1 omits “and deliver me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A2/1"}
{"id":21677,"verse_id":"PSA.71.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.2","text":"Heb “turn toward me your ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A2/2"}
{"id":21678,"verse_id":"PSA.71.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"71.2","text":"Ps 31:2 adds “quickly” before “deliver.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A2/3"}
{"id":21679,"verse_id":"PSA.71.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"71.3","text":"Heb “become for me a rocky summit of a dwelling place.” The Hebrew term מָעוֹן ( ma ’ on , “dwelling place”) should probably be emended to מָעוֹז ( ma ’ oz , “refuge”; see Ps 31:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A3/1"}
{"id":21680,"verse_id":"PSA.71.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"71.3","text":"Heb “to enter continually, you commanded to deliver me.” The Hebrew phrase לָבוֹא תָּמִיד צִוִּיתָ ( lavo ’ tamid tsivvita , “to enter continually, you commanded”) should be emended to לְבֵית מְצוּדוֹת ( lÿvet mÿtsudot , “a house of strongholds”; see Ps 31:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A3/2"}
{"id":21681,"verse_id":"PSA.71.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.4","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A4/1"}
{"id":21682,"verse_id":"PSA.71.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.5","text":"Heb “for you [are] my hope.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A5/1"}
{"id":21683,"verse_id":"PSA.71.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.6","text":"Heb “from the womb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A6/1"}
{"id":21684,"verse_id":"PSA.71.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"71.6","text":"The form in the MT is derived from גָזָה ( gazah , “to cut off”), perhaps picturing God as the one who severed the psalmist’s umbilical cord. Many interpreters and translators prefer to emend the text to גֹחִי ( gokhiy ), from גוּח ( gukh ) or גִיח , ( gikh , “pull out”; see Ps 22:9 ; cf. the present translation) or to עוּזִּי (’ uzziy , “my strength”; cf. NEB “my protector since I left my mother’s womb”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A6/2"}
{"id":21685,"verse_id":"PSA.71.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"71.6","text":"Heb “in you [is] my praise continually.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A6/3"}
{"id":21686,"verse_id":"PSA.71.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.7","text":"Heb “like a sign [i.e., portent or bad omen] I am to many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A7/1"}
{"id":21687,"verse_id":"PSA.71.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.8","text":"Heb “my mouth is filled [with] your praise, all the day [with] your splendor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A8/1"}
{"id":21688,"verse_id":"PSA.71.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.9","text":"Heb “do not cast me away at the time of old age.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A9/1"}
{"id":21689,"verse_id":"PSA.71.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.10","text":"Heb “those who watch for my life consult together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A10/1"}
{"id":21690,"verse_id":"PSA.71.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.11","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A11/1"}
{"id":21691,"verse_id":"PSA.71.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.12","text":"Heb “hurry to my help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A12/1"}
{"id":21692,"verse_id":"PSA.71.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.13","text":"Heb “those who seek my harm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A13/1"}
{"id":21693,"verse_id":"PSA.71.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.14","text":"Heb “and I add to all your praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A14/1"}
{"id":21694,"verse_id":"PSA.71.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.15","text":"Heb “my mouth declares your vindication, all the day your deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A15/1"}
{"id":21695,"verse_id":"PSA.71.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.15","text":"Heb “though I do not know [the] numbers,” that is, the tally of God’s just and saving acts. HALOT 768 s.v. סְפֹרוֹת understands the plural noun to mean “the art of writing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A15/2"}
{"id":21696,"verse_id":"PSA.71.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.16","text":"Heb “I will come with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A16/1"}
{"id":21697,"verse_id":"PSA.71.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.17","text":"Heb “and until now I am declaring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A17/1"}
{"id":21698,"verse_id":"PSA.71.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.18","text":"Heb “and even unto old age and gray hair.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A18/1"}
{"id":21699,"verse_id":"PSA.71.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.18","text":"Heb “until I declare your arm to a generation, to everyone who comes your power.” God’s “arm” here is an anthropomorphism that symbolizes his great strength.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A18/2"}
{"id":21700,"verse_id":"PSA.71.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.19","text":"Heb “your justice, O God, [is] unto the height.” The Hebrew term מָרוֹם ( marom , “height”) is here a title for the sky/heavens. sn Extends to the skies above . Similar statements are made in Pss 36:5 and 57:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A19/1"}
{"id":21701,"verse_id":"PSA.71.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.19","text":"Heb “you who have done great things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A19/2"}
{"id":21702,"verse_id":"PSA.71.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"71.19","text":"Or “Who is like you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A19/3"}
{"id":21703,"verse_id":"PSA.71.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.20","text":"Heb “you who have caused me to see many harmful distresses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A20/1"}
{"id":21704,"verse_id":"PSA.71.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.20","text":"Heb “you return, you give me life.” The Hebrew term שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”) is used here in an adverbial sense, indicating repetition of the action described by the following verb. The imperfects are understood here as expressing the psalmist’s prayer or wish. (Note the use of a distinctly jussive form at the beginning of v. 21 .) Another option is to understand this as a statement of confidence, “you will revive me once again” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A20/2"}
{"id":21705,"verse_id":"PSA.71.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"71.20","text":"Heb “you return, you bring me up.” The Hebrew term שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”) is used here in an adverbial sense, indicating repetition of the action described by the following verb. The imperfects are understood here as expressing the psalmist’s prayer or wish. (Note the use of a distinctly jussive form at the beginning of v. 21 .) Another option is to understand this as a statement of confidence, “you will bring me up once again” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A20/3"}
{"id":21706,"verse_id":"PSA.71.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.21","text":"Heb “increase my greatness.” The prefixed verbal form is distinctly jussive, indicating this is a prayer or wish. The psalmist’s request for “greatness” (or “honor”) is not a boastful, self-serving prayer for prominence, but, rather, a request that God would vindicate by elevating him over those who are trying to humiliate him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A21/1"}
{"id":21707,"verse_id":"PSA.71.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.21","text":"The imperfects are understood here as expressing the psalmist’s prayer or wish. (Note the use of a distinctly jussive form at the beginning of v. 21 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A21/2"}
{"id":21708,"verse_id":"PSA.71.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.22","text":"The word “praising” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A22/1"}
{"id":21709,"verse_id":"PSA.71.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.23","text":"Or “when.” The translation assumes that כִּי ( ki ) has an emphasizing (asseverative) function here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A23/1"}
{"id":21710,"verse_id":"PSA.71.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.23","text":"Heb “and my life [or “soul”] which you will have redeemed.” The perfect verbal form functions here as a future perfect. The psalmist anticipates praising God, for God will have rescued him by that time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A23/2"}
{"id":21711,"verse_id":"PSA.71.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"71.24","text":"Heb “those who seek my harm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A24/1"}
{"id":21712,"verse_id":"PSA.71.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":71,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"71.24","text":"Heb “will have become embarrassed and ashamed.” The perfect verbal forms function here as future perfects, indicating future actions which will precede chronologically the action expressed by the main verb in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2071%3A24/2"}
{"id":21713,"verse_id":"PSA.72.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.1","text":"The preposition could be understood as indicating authorship (“Of Solomon”), but since the psalm is a prayer for a king, it may be that the superscription reflects a tradition that understood this as a prayer for Solomon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A1/2"}
{"id":21714,"verse_id":"PSA.72.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.1","text":"Heb “O God, your judgments to [the] king give.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A1/3"}
{"id":21715,"verse_id":"PSA.72.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.2","text":"The prefixed verbal form appears to be an imperfect, not a jussive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A2/1"}
{"id":21716,"verse_id":"PSA.72.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.3","text":"Heb “[the] mountains will bear peace to the people, and [the] hills with justice.” The personified mountains and hills probably represent messengers who will sweep over the land announcing the king’s just decrees and policies. See Isa 52:7 and C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms (ICC), 2:133.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A3/1"}
{"id":21717,"verse_id":"PSA.72.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.4","text":"Heb “judge [for].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A4/1"}
{"id":21718,"verse_id":"PSA.72.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.4","text":"The prefixed verbal form appears to be an imperfect, not a jussive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A4/2"}
{"id":21719,"verse_id":"PSA.72.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.4","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A4/3"}
{"id":21720,"verse_id":"PSA.72.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.5","text":"In this context “fear” probably means “to demonstrate respect for the Lord ’s power and authority by worshiping him and obeying his commandments.” See Ps 33:8 . Some interpreters, with the support of the LXX, prefer to read וְיַאֲרִיךְ ( vÿ ’ a ’ arikh , “and he [the king in this case] will prolong [days]”), that is, “will live a long time” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A5/1"}
{"id":21721,"verse_id":"PSA.72.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.5","text":"God is the addressee (see vv. 1-2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A5/2"}
{"id":21722,"verse_id":"PSA.72.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.5","text":"Heb “with [the] sun, and before [the] moon [for] a generation, generations.” The rare expression דּוֹר דּוֹרִים ( dor dorim , “generation, generations”) occurs only here, in Ps 102:24 , and in Isa 51:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A5/3"}
{"id":21723,"verse_id":"PSA.72.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.6","text":"That is, the king (see vv. 2, 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A6/1"}
{"id":21724,"verse_id":"PSA.72.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.6","text":"The rare term zg refers to a sheep’s fleece in Deut 18:4 and Job 31:20 , but to “mown” grass or crops here and in Amos 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A6/2"}
{"id":21725,"verse_id":"PSA.72.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"72.6","text":"The form in the Hebrew text appears to be an otherwise unattested noun. Many prefer to emend the form to a verb from the root זָרַף ( zaraf ). BHS in textual note b on this verse suggests a Hiphil imperfect, third masculine plural יַזְרִיפוּ ( yazrifu ), while HALOT 283 s.v. * זרף prefers a Pilpel perfect, third masculine plural זִרְזְפוּ ( zirzÿfu ). The translation assumes the latter.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A6/3"}
{"id":21726,"verse_id":"PSA.72.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.7","text":"Heb “sprout up,” like crops. This verse continues the metaphor of rain utilized in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A7/1"}
{"id":21727,"verse_id":"PSA.72.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.7","text":"Heb “and [there will be an] abundance of peace until there is no more moon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A7/2"}
{"id":21728,"verse_id":"PSA.72.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.8","text":"The prefixed verbal form is a (shortened) jussive form, indicating this is a prayer of blessing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A8/1"}
{"id":21729,"verse_id":"PSA.72.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.8","text":"Heb “the river,” a reference to the Euphrates.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A8/3"}
{"id":21730,"verse_id":"PSA.72.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.9","text":"Or “islands.” The term here refers metonymically to those people who dwell in these regions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A9/1"}
{"id":21731,"verse_id":"PSA.72.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.12","text":"The singular is representative. The typical needy individual here represents the entire group.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A12/1"}
{"id":21732,"verse_id":"PSA.72.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.12","text":"The singular is representative. The typical oppressed individual here represents the entire group.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A12/2"}
{"id":21733,"verse_id":"PSA.72.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.13","text":"The prefixed verb form is best understood as a defectively written imperfect (see Deut 7:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A13/1"}
{"id":21734,"verse_id":"PSA.72.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.14","text":"Or “redeem their lives.” The verb “redeem” casts the Lord in the role of a leader who protects members of his extended family in times of need and crisis (see Pss 19:14; 69:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A14/1"}
{"id":21735,"verse_id":"PSA.72.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.14","text":"Heb “their blood will be precious in his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A14/2"}
{"id":21736,"verse_id":"PSA.72.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.15","text":"The prefixed verbal form is jussive, not imperfect. Because the form has the prefixed vav ( ו ), some subordinate it to what precedes as a purpose/result clause. In this case the representative poor individual might be the subject of this and the following verb, “so that he may live and give to him gold of Sheba.” But the idea of the poor offering gold is incongruous. It is better to take the jussive as a prayer with the king as subject of the verb. (Perhaps the initial vav is dittographic; note the vav at the end of the last form in v. 14 .) The statement is probably an abbreviated version of the formula יְחִי הַמֶּלֶךְ ( yÿkhiy hammelekh , “may the king live”; see 1 Sam 10:24 ; 2 Sam 16:16 ; 1 Kgs 1:25, 34, 39 ; 2 Kgs 11:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A15/1"}
{"id":21737,"verse_id":"PSA.72.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.15","text":"Heb “and he will give to him some gold of Sheba.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive with a grammatically indefinite subject (“and may one give”). Of course, the king’s subjects, mentioned in the preceding context, are the tribute bearers in view here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A15/2"}
{"id":21738,"verse_id":"PSA.72.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.15","text":"As in the preceding line, the prefixed verbal forms are understood as jussives with a grammatically indefinite subject (“and may one pray…and may one bless”). Of course, the king’s subjects, mentioned in the preceding context, are in view here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A15/3"}
{"id":21739,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form is jussive, not imperfect. The translation assumes the subject is impersonal (rather than the king).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/1"}
{"id":21740,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.16","text":"The Hebrew noun פִסַּה ( pissah ; which appears here in the construct form) occurs only here in the OT. Perhaps the noun is related to the verbal root פָּשָׂה ( pasah , “to spread,” see BDB 832 s.v.; the root appears as פָּסָה [ pasah ] in postbiblical Hebrew), which is used in postbiblical Hebrew of the rising sun’s rays spreading over the horizon and a tree’s branches spreading out (see Jastrow 1194 s.v. פסי , פָּסָה , פָּשָׂה ). In Ps 72:16 a “spreading of grain” would refer to grain fields extending out over the land. C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs ( Psalms [ICC], 2:139) emend the form to סְפִיחַ ( sÿfiakh , “second growth”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/2"}
{"id":21741,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.16","text":"Heb “top” (singular).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/3"}
{"id":21742,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"72.16","text":"That is, the grain.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/4"}
{"id":21743,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"72.16","text":"According to the traditional accentuation of the MT, this verb belongs with what follows. See the translator’s note at the end of the verse for a discussion of the poetic parallelism and interpretation of the verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/5"}
{"id":21744,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"72.16","text":"The antecedent of the third masculine singular pronominal suffix is unclear. It is unlikely that the antecedent is אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “earth”) because this noun is normally grammatically feminine. Perhaps רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh , “top [of the mountains]”) is the antecedent. Another option is to understand the pronoun as referring to the king, who would then be viewed as an instrument of divine agricultural blessing (see v. 6 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/6"}
{"id":21745,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"72.16","text":"Heb “fruit.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/7"}
{"id":21746,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"72.16","text":"According to the traditional accentuation of the MT, this verb belongs with what follows. See the note on the word “earth” at the end of the verse for a discussion of the poetic parallelism and interpretation of the verse. The present translation takes it with the preceding words, “like Lebanon its fruit” and emends the verb form from וְיָצִיצוּ ( vÿyatsitsu ; Qal imperfect third masculine plural with prefixed vav , [ ו ]) to יָצִיץ ( yatsits ; Qal imperfect third masculine singular). The initial vav is eliminated as dittographic (note the vav on the ending of the preceding form פִּרְיוֹ , piryo , “its/his fruit”) and the vav at the end of the form is placed on the following emended form (see the note on the word “crops”), yielding וַעֲמִיר ( va ’ amir , “and [its] crops”).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/8"}
{"id":21747,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"72.16","text":"Heb “like Lebanon.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/9"}
{"id":21748,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"10","reference":"72.16","text":"The MT has “from the city.” The translation assumes an emendation to עֲמִיר (’ amir , “crops”).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/10"}
{"id":21749,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"11","reference":"72.16","text":"The translation assumes that the verb צוץ (“flourish”) goes with the preceding line. The words “be as abundant” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":11,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/11"}
{"id":21750,"verse_id":"PSA.72.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"12","reference":"72.16","text":"The traditional accentuation and vocalization of the MT differ from the text assumed by the present translation. The MT reads as follows: “May there be an abundance of grain in the earth, / and on the tops of the mountains! / May its [or “his”?] fruit [trees?] rustle like [the trees of] Lebanon! / May they flourish from the city, like the grass of the earth!” If one follows the MT, then it would appear that the “fruit” of the third line is a metaphorical reference to the king’s people, who flow out from the cities to populate the land (see line 4). Elsewhere in the OT people are sometimes compared to grass that sprouts up from the land (see v. 7 , as well as Isa 27:6 ; Pss 92:7; 103:15 ). The translation understands a different poetic structural arrangement and, assuming the emendations mentioned in earlier notes, interprets each line of the verse to be a prayer for agricultural abundance.","source_note_position":12,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A16/12"}
{"id":21751,"verse_id":"PSA.72.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.17","text":"Heb “may his name [be] permanent.” The prefixed verbal form is jussive, not imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A17/1"}
{"id":21752,"verse_id":"PSA.72.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.17","text":"Heb “before the sun may his name increase.” The Kethib (consonantal text) assumes יָנִין ( yanin ; a Hiphil of the verbal root נִין , nin ) or יְנַיֵן ( yÿnayen ; a Piel form), while the Qere (marginal reading) assumes יִנּוֹן ( yinnon ; a Niphal form). The verb נִין occurs only here, though a derived noun, meaning “offspring,” appears elsewhere (see Isa 14:22 ). The verb appears to mean “propagate, increase” (BDB 630 s.v. נוּן , נִין ) or “produce shoots, get descendants” ( HALOT 696 s.v. נין ). In this context this appears to be a prayer for a lasting dynasty that will keep the king’s name and memory alive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A17/2"}
{"id":21753,"verse_id":"PSA.72.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.17","text":"Heb “may they bless one another by him,” that is, use the king’s name in their blessing formulae because he is a prime example of one blessed by God (for examples of such blessing formulae, see Gen 48:20 and Ruth 4:11 ). There is some debate on whether the Hitpael form of בָּרַךְ ( barakh , “bless”) is reflexive-reciprocal (as assumed in the present translation) or passive. The Hitpael of בָּרַךְ occurs in five other passages, including the hotly debated Gen 22:18 and 26:4 . In these two texts one could understand the verb form as passive and translate, “all the nations of the earth will be blessed through your offspring,” or one could take the Hitpael as reflexive or reciprocal and translate, “all the nations of the earth will pronounce blessings [i.e., on themselves or one another] by your offspring.” In the first instance Abraham’s (or Isaac’s) offspring are viewed as a channel of divine blessing. In the second instance they are viewed as a prime example of blessing that will appear as part of the nations’ blessing formulae, but not necessarily as a channel of blessing to the nations. In Deut 29:18 one reads: “When one hears the words of this covenant [or “oath”] and invokes a blessing on himself (Hitpael of בָּרַךְ ) in his heart, saying: ‘I will have peace, even though I walk with a rebellious heart.’” In this case the Hitpael is clearly reflexive, as the phrases “in his heart” and “I will have peace” indicate. The Hitpael of בָּרַךְ appears twice in Isaiah 65:16 : “The one who invokes a blessing on himself (see Deut 9:18 ) in the land will invoke that blessing by the God of truth; and the one who makes an oath in the land will make that oath by the God of truth.” A passive nuance does not fit here. The parallel line, which mentions making an oath, suggests that the Hitpael of בָּרַךְ refers here to invoking a blessing. Both pronouncements of blessing and oaths will appeal to God as the one who rewards and judges, respectively. Jer 4:2 states: “If you swear, ‘As surely as the Lord lives,’ with truth, integrity, and honesty, then the nations will pronounce blessings by him and boast in him.” A passive nuance might work (“the nations will be blessed”), but the context refers to verbal pronouncements (swearing an oath, boasting), suggesting that the Hitpael of בָּרַךְ refers here to invoking a blessing. The logic of the verse seems to be as follows: If Israel conducts its affairs with integrity, the nation will be favored by the Lord, which will in turn attract the surrounding nations to Israel’s God. To summarize, while the evidence might leave the door open for a passive interpretation, there is no clear cut passive use. Usage favors a reflexive or reciprocal understanding of the Hitpael of בָּרַךְ . In Ps 72:17 the Hitpael of בָּרַךְ is followed by the prepositional phrase בוֹ ( vo , “by him”). The verb could theoretically be taken as passive, “may all the nations be blessed through him” (cf. NIV, NRSV), because the preceding context describes the positive effects of this king’s rule on the inhabitants of the earth. But the parallel line, which employs the Piel of אָשַׁר (’ ashar ) in a factitive/declarative sense, “regard as happy, fortunate,” suggests a reflexive or reciprocal nuance for the Hitpael of בָּרַךְ here. If the nations regard the ideal king as a prime example of one who is fortunate or blessed, it is understandable that they would use his name in their pronouncements of blessing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A17/3"}
{"id":21754,"verse_id":"PSA.72.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"72.17","text":"Heb “all the nations, may they regard him as happy.” The Piel is used here in a delocutive sense (“regard as”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A17/4"}
{"id":21755,"verse_id":"PSA.72.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.18","text":"Heb “[be] blessed.” See Pss 18:46; 28:6; 31:21; 41:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A18/1"}
{"id":21756,"verse_id":"PSA.72.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.18","text":"Heb “[the] one who does amazing things by himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A18/2"}
{"id":21757,"verse_id":"PSA.72.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.19","text":"Heb “[be] blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A19/1"}
{"id":21758,"verse_id":"PSA.72.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"72.19","text":"Or “glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A19/2"}
{"id":21759,"verse_id":"PSA.72.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"72.19","text":"Heb “surely and surely” ( אָמֵן וְאָמֵן [’ amen vÿ ’ amen ], i.e., “Amen and amen”). This is probably a congregational response of agreement to the immediately preceding statement about the propriety of praising God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A19/3"}
{"id":21760,"verse_id":"PSA.72.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":72,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"72.20","text":"Heb “the prayers of David, son of Jesse, are concluded.” As noted earlier, v. 20 appears to be a remnant of an earlier collection of psalms or an earlier edition of the Psalter. In the present arrangement of the Book of Psalms, not all psalms prior to this are attributed to David (see Pss 1-2, 10, 33, 42-50, 66-67, 71-72 ) and several psalms attributed to David appear after this (see Pss 86, 101, 103, 108-110, 122, 124, 131, 138-145 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2072%3A20/1"}
{"id":21761,"verse_id":"PSA.73.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.1","text":"Since the psalm appears to focus on an individual’s concerns, not the situation of Israel, this introduction may be a later addition designed to apply the psalm’s message to the entire community. To provide a better parallel with the next line, some emend the Hebrew phrase לְיִשְׂרָאֵל אֱלֹהִים ( lÿyisra ’ el ’ elohim , “to Israel, God”) to אֱלֹהִים [or אֵל ] לָיָּשָׁר (’ elohim [or ’ el ] lÿyyashar , “God [is good] to the upright one”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A1/2"}
{"id":21762,"verse_id":"PSA.73.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.2","text":"The Hebrew verb normally means “to pour out,” but here it must have the nuance “to slide.” sn My feet almost slid out from under me . The language is metaphorical. As the following context makes clear, the psalmist almost “slipped” in a spiritual sense. As he began to question God’s justice, the psalmist came close to abandoning his faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A2/1"}
{"id":21763,"verse_id":"PSA.73.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.3","text":"The imperfect verbal form here depicts the action as continuing in a past time frame.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A3/1"}
{"id":21764,"verse_id":"PSA.73.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.3","text":"Heb “peace” ( שָׁלוֹם , shalom ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A3/2"}
{"id":21765,"verse_id":"PSA.73.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.4","text":"In Isa 58:6 , the only other occurrence of this word in the OT, the term refers to “bonds” or “ropes.” In Ps 73:4 it is used metaphorically of pain and suffering that restricts one’s enjoyment of life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A4/1"}
{"id":21766,"verse_id":"PSA.73.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.4","text":"Or “bellies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A4/2"}
{"id":21767,"verse_id":"PSA.73.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"73.4","text":"Or “fat.” The MT of v. 4 reads as follows: “for there are no pains at their death, and fat [is] their body.” Since a reference to the death of the wicked seems incongruous in the immediate context (note v. 5 ) and premature in the argument of the psalm (see vv. 18-20, 27 ), some prefer to emend the text by redividing it. The term לְמוֹתָם ( lÿmotam ,“at their death”) is changed to לָמוֹ תָּם ( lamo tam , “[there are no pains] to them, strong [and fat are their bodies]”). The term תָּם ( tam , “complete; sound”) is used of physical beauty in Song 5:2; 6:9 . This emendation is the basis for the present translation. However, in defense of the MT (the traditional Hebrew text), one may point to an Aramaic inscription from Nerab which views a painful death as a curse and a nonpainful death in one’s old age as a sign of divine favor. See ANET 661.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A4/3"}
{"id":21768,"verse_id":"PSA.73.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.5","text":"Heb “in the trouble of man they are not, and with mankind they are not afflicted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A5/1"}
{"id":21769,"verse_id":"PSA.73.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.6","text":"Heb “a garment of violence covers them.” The metaphor suggests that violence is habitual for the wicked. They “wear” it like clothing; when one looks at them, violence is what one sees.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A6/2"}
{"id":21770,"verse_id":"PSA.73.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"73.7","text":"The MT reads “it goes out from fatness their eye,” which might be paraphrased, “their eye protrudes [or “bulges”] because of fatness.” This in turn might refer to their greed; their eyes “bug out” when they see rich food or produce (the noun חֵלֶב [ khelev , “fatness”] sometimes refers to such food or produce). However, when used with the verb יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “go out”) the preposition מִן (“from”) more naturally indicates source. For this reason it is preferable to emend עֵינֵמוֹ (’ enemo , “their eye”) to עֲוֹנָמוֹ , (’ avonamo , “their sin”) and read, “and their sin proceeds forth from fatness,” that is, their prosperity gives rise to their sinful attitudes. If one follows this textual reading, another interpretive option is to take חֵלֶב (“fatness”) in the sense of “unreceptive, insensitive” (see its use in Ps 17:10 ). In this case, the sin of the wicked proceeds forth from their spiritual insensitivity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A7/1"}
{"id":21771,"verse_id":"PSA.73.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.7","text":"Heb “the thoughts of [their] heart [i.e., mind] cross over” (i.e., violate God’s moral boundary, see Ps 17:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A7/2"}
{"id":21772,"verse_id":"PSA.73.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.8","text":"The verb מוּק ( muq , “mock”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A8/1"}
{"id":21773,"verse_id":"PSA.73.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.8","text":"Heb “and speak with evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A8/2"}
{"id":21774,"verse_id":"PSA.73.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.8","text":"Heb “oppression from an elevated place they speak.” The traditional accentuation of the MT places “oppression” with the preceding line. In this case, one might translate, “they mock and speak with evil [of] oppression, from an elevated place [i.e., “proudly”] they speak.” By placing “oppression” with what follows, one achieves better poetic balance in the parallelism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A8/3"}
{"id":21775,"verse_id":"PSA.73.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.9","text":"Heb “they set in heaven their mouth, and their tongue walks through the earth.” The meaning of the text is uncertain. Perhaps the idea is that they lay claim to heaven (i.e., speak as if they were ruling in heaven) and move through the earth declaring their superiority and exerting their influence. Some take the preposition - בְּ ( bet ) the first line as adversative and translate, “they set their mouth against heaven,” that is, they defy God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A9/1"}
{"id":21776,"verse_id":"PSA.73.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"73.10","text":"Heb “therefore his people return [so Qere (marginal reading); Kethib (consonantal text) has “he brings back”] to here, and waters of abundance are sucked up by them.” The traditional Hebrew text (MT) defies explanation. The present translation reflects M. Dahood’s proposed emendations ( Psalms [AB], 2:190) and reads the Hebrew text as follows: לָכֵן יִשְׂבְעוּם לֶחֶם וּמֵי מָלֵא יָמֹצּוּ לָמוֹ (“therefore they are filled with food, and waters of abundance they suck up for themselves”). The reading יִשְׂבְעוּם לֶחֶם ( yisvÿ ’ um lekhem , “they are filled with food”) assumes (1) an emendation of יָשׁיּב עַמּוֹ ( yashyyv , “he will bring back his people”) to יִשְׂבְעוּם ( yisvÿ ’ um , “they will be filled”; a Qal imperfect third masculine plural form from שָׂבַע [ sava ’] with enclitic mem [ ם ]), and (2) an emendation of הֲלֹם ( halom , “to here”) to לֶחֶם (“food”). The expression “be filled/fill with food” appears elsewhere at least ten times (see Ps 132:15 , for example). In the second line the Niphal form יִמָּצוּ ( yimmatsu , derived from מָצָה , matsah , “drain”) is emended to a Qal form יָמֹצּוּ ( yamotsu ), derived from מָצַץ ( matsats , “to suck”). In Isa 66:11 the verbs שָׂבַע ( sava ’; proposed in Ps 73:10 a) and מָצַץ (proposed in Ps 73:10 b) are parallel. The point of the emended text is this: Because they are seemingly sovereign (v. 9 ), they become greedy and grab up everything they need and more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A10/1"}
{"id":21777,"verse_id":"PSA.73.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.11","text":"Heb “How does God know? Is there knowledge with the Most High?” They appear to be practical atheists, who acknowledge God’s existence and sovereignty in theory, but deny his involvement in the world (see Pss 10:4, 11; 14:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A11/1"}
{"id":21778,"verse_id":"PSA.73.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.12","text":"Heb “Look, these [are] the wicked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A12/1"}
{"id":21779,"verse_id":"PSA.73.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.12","text":"Heb “the ones who are always at ease [who] increase wealth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A12/2"}
{"id":21780,"verse_id":"PSA.73.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.13","text":"The words “I concluded” are supplied in the translation. It is apparent that vv. 13-14 reflect the psalmist’s thoughts at an earlier time (see vv. 2-3 ), prior to the spiritual awakening he describes in vv. 17-28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A13/1"}
{"id":21781,"verse_id":"PSA.73.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.13","text":"Heb “heart,” viewed here as the seat of one’s thoughts and motives.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A13/2"}
{"id":21782,"verse_id":"PSA.73.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.13","text":"Heb “and washed my hands in innocence.” The psalmist uses an image from cultic ritual to picture his moral lifestyle. The reference to “hands” suggests actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A13/3"}
{"id":21783,"verse_id":"PSA.73.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.15","text":"Heb “If I had said, ‘I will speak out like this.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A15/1"}
{"id":21784,"verse_id":"PSA.73.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.15","text":"Heb “look, the generation of your sons I would have betrayed.” The phrase “generation of your [i.e., God’s] sons” occurs only here in the OT. Some equate the phrase with “generation of the godly” ( Ps 14:5 ), “generation of the ones seeking him” ( Ps 24:6 ), and “generation of the upright” ( Ps 112:2 ). In Deut 14:1 the Israelites are referred to as God’s “sons.” Perhaps the psalmist refers here to those who are “Israelites” in the true sense because of their loyalty to God (note the juxtaposition of “Israel” with “the pure in heart” in v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A15/2"}
{"id":21785,"verse_id":"PSA.73.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.16","text":"Heb “and [when] I pondered to understand this, troubling it [was] in my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A16/1"}
{"id":21786,"verse_id":"PSA.73.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.17","text":"The plural of the term מִקְדָּשׁ ( miqdash ) probably refers to the temple precincts (see Ps 68:35 ; Jer 51:51 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A17/1"}
{"id":21787,"verse_id":"PSA.73.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.17","text":"Heb “I discerned their end.” At the temple the psalmist perhaps received an oracle of deliverance announcing his vindication and the demise of the wicked (see ) or heard songs of confidence (for example, ), wisdom psalms (for example, Pss 1, 37 ), and hymns (for example, ) that describe the eventual downfall of the proud and wealthy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A17/2"}
{"id":21788,"verse_id":"PSA.73.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.18","text":"The use of the Hebrew term אַךְ (’ akh , “surely”) here literarily counteracts its use in v. 13 . The repetition draws attention to the contrast between the two statements, the first of which expresses the psalmist’s earlier despair and the second his newly discovered confidence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A18/1"}
{"id":21789,"verse_id":"PSA.73.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.18","text":"Heb “cause them to fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A18/2"}
{"id":21790,"verse_id":"PSA.73.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.19","text":"Heb “they come to an end, they are finished, from terrors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A19/1"}
{"id":21791,"verse_id":"PSA.73.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.20","text":"Heb “like a dream from awakening.” They lack any real substance; their prosperity will last for only a brief time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A20/1"}
{"id":21792,"verse_id":"PSA.73.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.20","text":"Heb “you will despise their form.” The Hebrew term צֶלֶם ( tselem , “form; image”) also suggests their short-lived nature. Rather than having real substance, they are like the mere images that populate one’s dreams. Note the similar use of the term in Ps 39:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A20/3"}
{"id":21793,"verse_id":"PSA.73.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.21","text":"Or perhaps “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A21/1"}
{"id":21794,"verse_id":"PSA.73.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.21","text":"The imperfect verbal form here describes a continuing attitude in a past time frame.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A21/2"}
{"id":21795,"verse_id":"PSA.73.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.21","text":"Heb “and [in] my kidneys I was pierced.” The imperfect verbal form here describes a continuing condition in a past time frame.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A21/3"}
{"id":21796,"verse_id":"PSA.73.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.22","text":"Or “brutish, stupid.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A22/1"}
{"id":21797,"verse_id":"PSA.73.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.22","text":"Heb “and I was not knowing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A22/2"}
{"id":21798,"verse_id":"PSA.73.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.22","text":"Heb “an animal I was with you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A22/3"}
{"id":21799,"verse_id":"PSA.73.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.24","text":"The imperfect verbal form here suggests this is the psalmist’s ongoing experience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A24/1"}
{"id":21800,"verse_id":"PSA.73.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.24","text":"Heb “and afterward [to] glory you will take me.” Some interpreters view this as the psalmist’s confidence in an afterlife in God’s presence and understand כָּבוֹד ( cavod ) as a metonymic reference to God’s presence in heaven. But this seems unlikely in the present context. The psalmist anticipates a time of vindication, when the wicked are destroyed and he is honored by God for his godly life style. The verb לָקַח ( laqakh , “take”) here carries the nuance “lead, guide, conduct,” as in Num 23:14, 27-28 ; Josh 24:3 and Prov 24:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A24/2"}
{"id":21801,"verse_id":"PSA.73.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.25","text":"Heb “Who [is there] for me in heaven? And besides you I do not desire [anyone] in the earth.” The psalmist uses a merism (heaven/earth) to emphasize that God is the sole object of his desire and worship in the entire universe.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A25/1"}
{"id":21802,"verse_id":"PSA.73.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.26","text":"The Hebrew verb כָלָה ( khalah , “to fail; to grow weak”) does not refer here to physical death per se, but to the physical weakness that sometimes precedes death (see Job 33:21 ; Pss 71:9; 143:7 ; Prov 5:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A26/1"}
{"id":21803,"verse_id":"PSA.73.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.26","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A26/2"}
{"id":21804,"verse_id":"PSA.73.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.26","text":"Heb “is the rocky summit of my heart and my portion.” The psalmist compares the Lord to a rocky summit where one could go for protection and to landed property, which was foundational to economic stability in ancient Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A26/3"}
{"id":21805,"verse_id":"PSA.73.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.27","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A27/1"}
{"id":21806,"verse_id":"PSA.73.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"73.27","text":"Heb “everyone who commits adultery from you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A27/3"}
{"id":21807,"verse_id":"PSA.73.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"73.28","text":"Heb “but as for me, the nearness of God for me [is] good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A28/1"}
{"id":21808,"verse_id":"PSA.73.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":73,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"73.28","text":"The infinitive construct with - לְ ( lÿ ) is understood here as indicating an attendant circumstance. Another option is to take it as indicating purpose (“so that I might declare”) or result (“with the result that I declare”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2073%3A28/2"}
{"id":21809,"verse_id":"PSA.74.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A1/2"}
{"id":21810,"verse_id":"PSA.74.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.2","text":"Heb “your assembly,” which pictures God’s people as an assembled community.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A2/1"}
{"id":21811,"verse_id":"PSA.74.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.2","text":"Heb “redeemed.” The verb “redeem” casts God in the role of a leader who protects members of his extended family in times of need and crisis (see Ps 19:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A2/2"}
{"id":21812,"verse_id":"PSA.74.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.2","text":"Heb “the tribe of your inheritance” (see Jer 10:16; 51:19 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A2/3"}
{"id":21813,"verse_id":"PSA.74.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.3","text":"Heb “lift up your steps to,” which may mean “run, hurry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A3/1"}
{"id":21814,"verse_id":"PSA.74.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.3","text":"Heb “everything [the] enemy has damaged in the holy place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A3/2"}
{"id":21815,"verse_id":"PSA.74.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.4","text":"This verb is often used of a lion’s roar, so the psalmist may be comparing the enemy to a raging, devouring lion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A4/1"}
{"id":21816,"verse_id":"PSA.74.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.4","text":"Heb “your meeting place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A4/2"}
{"id":21817,"verse_id":"PSA.74.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.4","text":"Heb “they set up their banners [as] banners.” The Hebrew noun אוֹת (’ ot , “sign”) here refers to the enemy army’s battle flags and banners (see Num 2:12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A4/3"}
{"id":21818,"verse_id":"PSA.74.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.5","text":"Heb “it is known like one bringing upwards, in a thicket of wood, axes.” The Babylonian invaders destroyed the woodwork in the temple.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A5/1"}
{"id":21819,"verse_id":"PSA.74.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.6","text":"This is the reading of the Qere (marginal reading). The Kethib (consonantal text) has “and a time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A6/1"}
{"id":21820,"verse_id":"PSA.74.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.6","text":"The imperfect verbal form vividly describes the act as underway.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A6/2"}
{"id":21821,"verse_id":"PSA.74.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.6","text":"Heb “its engravings together.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A6/3"}
{"id":21822,"verse_id":"PSA.74.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"74.6","text":"This Hebrew noun occurs only here in the OT (see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena [SBLDS], 49-50).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A6/4"}
{"id":21823,"verse_id":"PSA.74.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"74.6","text":"This Hebrew noun occurs only here in the OT. An Akkadian cognate refers to a “pickaxe” (cf. NEB “hatchet and pick”; NIV “axes and hatchets”; NRSV “hatchets and hammers”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A6/5"}
{"id":21824,"verse_id":"PSA.74.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.7","text":"Heb “to the ground they desecrate the dwelling place of your name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A7/1"}
{"id":21825,"verse_id":"PSA.74.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.8","text":"Heb “in their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A8/1"}
{"id":21826,"verse_id":"PSA.74.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"74.8","text":"Heb “[?] altogether.” The Hebrew form נִינָם ( ninam ) is problematic. It could be understood as the noun נִין ( nin , “offspring”) but the statement “their offspring altogether” would make no sense here. C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs ( Psalms [ICC], 2:159) emends יָחַד ( yakhad , “altogether”) to יָחִיד ( yakhid , “alone”) and translate “let their offspring be solitary” (i.e., exiled). Another option is to understand the form as a Qal imperfect first common plural from יָנָה ( yanah , “to oppress”) with a third masculine plural pronominal suffix, “we will oppress them.” However, this verb, when used in the finite form, always appears in the Hiphil. Therefore, it is preferable to emend the form to the Hiphil נוֹנֵם ( nonem , “we will oppress them”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A8/2"}
{"id":21827,"verse_id":"PSA.74.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.8","text":"Heb “they burn down all the meeting places of God in the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A8/3"}
{"id":21828,"verse_id":"PSA.74.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.9","text":"Heb “our signs we do not see.” Because of the reference to a prophet in the next line, it is likely that the “signs” in view here include the evidence of God’s presence as typically revealed through the prophets. These could include miraculous acts performed by the prophets (see, for example, Isa 38:7-8 ) or object lessons which they acted out (see, for example, Isa 20:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A9/1"}
{"id":21829,"verse_id":"PSA.74.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.9","text":"Heb “there is not still a prophet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A9/2"}
{"id":21830,"verse_id":"PSA.74.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.9","text":"Heb “and [there is] not with us one who knows how long.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A9/3"}
{"id":21831,"verse_id":"PSA.74.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.11","text":"Heb “Why do you draw back your hand, even your right hand? From the midst of your chest, destroy!” The psalmist pictures God as having placed his right hand (symbolic of activity and strength) inside his robe against his chest. He prays that God would pull his hand out from under his robe and use it to destroy the enemy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A11/1"}
{"id":21832,"verse_id":"PSA.74.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.12","text":"The psalmist speaks as Israel’s representative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A12/1"}
{"id":21833,"verse_id":"PSA.74.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.12","text":"Heb “in the midst of the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A12/2"}
{"id":21834,"verse_id":"PSA.74.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.13","text":"The derivation and meaning of the Polel verb form פּוֹרַרְתָּ ( porarta ) are uncertain. The form may be related to an Akkadian cognate meaning “break, shatter,” though the biblical Hebrew cognate of this verb always appears in the Hiphil or Hophal stem. BDB 830 s.v. II פָּרַר suggests a homonym here, meaning “to split; to divide.” A Hitpolel form of a root פָּרַר ( parar ) appears in Isa 24:19 with the meaning “to shake violently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A13/1"}
{"id":21835,"verse_id":"PSA.74.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.13","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural form, “sea monsters” (cf. NRSV “dragons”), but it is likely that an original enclitic mem has been misunderstood as a plural ending. The imagery of the mythological sea monster is utilized here. See the note on “Leviathan” in v. 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A13/2"}
{"id":21836,"verse_id":"PSA.74.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.14","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a preterite in this narrational context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A14/2"}
{"id":21837,"verse_id":"PSA.74.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.16","text":"Heb “To you [is] day, also to you [is] night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A16/1"}
{"id":21838,"verse_id":"PSA.74.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.16","text":"Heb “[the] light.” Following the reference to “day and night” and in combination with “sun,” it is likely that the Hebrew term מָאוֹר ( ma ’ or , “light”) refers here to the moon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A16/2"}
{"id":21839,"verse_id":"PSA.74.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.16","text":"Heb “you established [the] light and [the] sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A16/3"}
{"id":21840,"verse_id":"PSA.74.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.17","text":"This would appear to refer to geographical boundaries, such as mountains, rivers, and seacoasts. However, since the day-night cycle has just been mentioned (v. 16 ) and the next line speaks of the seasons, it is possible that “boundaries” here refers to the divisions of the seasons. See C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms (ICC), 2:156.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A17/1"}
{"id":21841,"verse_id":"PSA.74.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.17","text":"Heb “summer and winter, you, you formed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A17/2"}
{"id":21842,"verse_id":"PSA.74.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.18","text":"Heb “remember this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A18/1"}
{"id":21843,"verse_id":"PSA.74.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.18","text":"Or “[how] the enemy insults the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A18/2"}
{"id":21844,"verse_id":"PSA.74.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.19","text":"Heb “do not forget forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A19/2"}
{"id":21845,"verse_id":"PSA.74.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"74.20","text":"Heb “look at the covenant.” The LXX reads “your covenant,” which seems to assume a second person pronominal suffix. The suffix may have been accidentally omitted by haplography. Note that the following word ( כִּי ) begins with kaf ( כ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A20/1"}
{"id":21846,"verse_id":"PSA.74.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.20","text":"Heb “for the dark places of the earth are full of dwelling places of violence.” The “dark regions” are probably the lands where the people have been exiled (see C. A. Briggs and E. G. Briggs, Psalms [ICC], 2:157). In some contexts “dark regions” refers to Sheol ( Ps 88:6 ) or to hiding places likened to Sheol ( Ps 143:3 ; Lam 3:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A20/2"}
{"id":21847,"verse_id":"PSA.74.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.22","text":"Or “defend your cause.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A22/1"}
{"id":21848,"verse_id":"PSA.74.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.22","text":"Heb “remember your reproach from a fool all the day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A22/2"}
{"id":21849,"verse_id":"PSA.74.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"74.23","text":"Or “forget.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A23/1"}
{"id":21850,"verse_id":"PSA.74.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"74.23","text":"Heb “the voice of your enemies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A23/2"}
{"id":21851,"verse_id":"PSA.74.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":74,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"74.23","text":"Heb “the roar of those who rise up against you, which ascends continually.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2074%3A23/3"}
{"id":21852,"verse_id":"PSA.75.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.1","text":"Heb “do not destroy.” Perhaps this refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. These words also appear in the superscription to Pss 57-59 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A1/2"}
{"id":21853,"verse_id":"PSA.75.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.2","text":"The words “God says” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation to clarify that God speaks in vv. 2-3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A2/1"}
{"id":21854,"verse_id":"PSA.75.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.2","text":"Heb “when I take an appointed time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A2/2"}
{"id":21855,"verse_id":"PSA.75.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"75.2","text":"Heb “I, [in] fairness, I judge.” The statement is understood in a generalizing sense; God typically executes fair judgment as he governs the world. One could take this as referring to an anticipated (future) judgment, “I will judge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A2/3"}
{"id":21856,"verse_id":"PSA.75.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.3","text":"Heb “melt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A3/1"}
{"id":21857,"verse_id":"PSA.75.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.3","text":"The statement is understood in a generalizing sense; God typically prevents the world from being overrun by chaos. One could take this as referring to an anticipated event, “I will make its pillars secure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A3/2"}
{"id":21858,"verse_id":"PSA.75.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.4","text":"The identity of the speaker in vv. 4-6 is unclear. The present translation assumes that the psalmist, who also speaks in vv. 7-9 (where God/the Lord is spoken of in the third person) here addresses the proud and warns them of God’s judgment. The presence of כִּי ( ki , “for”) at the beginning of both vv. 6-7 seems to indicate that vv. 4-9 are a unit. However, there is no formal indication of a new speaker in v. 4 (or in v. 10 , where God appears to speak). Another option is to see God speaking in vv. 2-6 and v. 10 and to take only vv. 7-9 as the words of the psalmist. In this case one must interpret כִּי at the beginning of v. 7 in an asseverative or emphatic sense (“surely; indeed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A4/1"}
{"id":21859,"verse_id":"PSA.75.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.4","text":"Heb “do not lift up a horn.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt/lift up the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ). Here the idiom seems to refer to an arrogant attitude that assumes victory has been achieved.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A4/2"}
{"id":21860,"verse_id":"PSA.75.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.5","text":"Heb “do not lift up on high your horn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A5/1"}
{"id":21861,"verse_id":"PSA.75.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.5","text":"Heb “[do not] speak with unrestrained neck.” The negative particle is understood in this line by ellipsis (note the preceding line). sn The image behind the language of vv. 4-5 is that of a powerful wild ox that confidently raises its head before its enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A5/2"}
{"id":21862,"verse_id":"PSA.75.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.6","text":"Heb “for not from the east or from the west, and not from the wilderness of the mountains.” If one follows this reading the sentence is elliptical. One must supply “does help come,” or some comparable statement. However, it is possible to take הָרִים ( harim ) as a Hiphil infinitive from רוּם ( rum ), the same verb used in vv. 4-5 of “lifting up” a horn. In this case one may translate the form as “victory.” In this case the point is that victory does not come from alliances with other nations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A6/1"}
{"id":21863,"verse_id":"PSA.75.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.7","text":"Or “judges.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A7/1"}
{"id":21864,"verse_id":"PSA.75.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.7","text":"The imperfects here emphasize the generalizing nature of the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A7/2"}
{"id":21865,"verse_id":"PSA.75.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.8","text":"Heb “for a cup [is] in the hand of the Lord , and wine foams, it is full of a spiced drink.” The noun מֶסֶךְ ( mesekh ) refers to a “mixture” of wine and spices.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A8/1"}
{"id":21866,"verse_id":"PSA.75.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.8","text":"Heb “and he pours out from this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A8/2"}
{"id":21867,"verse_id":"PSA.75.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"75.8","text":"Heb “surely its dregs they slurp up and drink, all the wicked of the earth.” sn The psalmist pictures God as forcing the wicked to gulp down an intoxicating drink that will leave them stunned and vulnerable. Divine judgment is also depicted this way in Ps 60:3 ; Isa 51:17-23 ; and Hab 2:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A8/3"}
{"id":21868,"verse_id":"PSA.75.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.9","text":"Heb “I will declare forever.” The object needs to be supplied; God’s just judgment is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A9/1"}
{"id":21869,"verse_id":"PSA.75.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"75.10","text":"The words “God says” are not in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation to clarify that God speaks in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A10/1"}
{"id":21870,"verse_id":"PSA.75.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":75,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"75.10","text":"Heb “and all the horns of the wicked I will cut off, the horns of the godly will be lifted up.” The imagery of the wild ox’s horn is once more utilized (see vv. 4-5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2075%3A10/2"}
{"id":21871,"verse_id":"PSA.76.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.1","text":"Or “God is known in Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A1/2"}
{"id":21872,"verse_id":"PSA.76.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.2","text":"Heb “and his place of refuge is in Salem, and his lair in Zion.” God may be likened here to a lion (see v. 4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A2/2"}
{"id":21873,"verse_id":"PSA.76.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.3","text":"Heb “flames of the bow,” i.e., arrows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A3/1"}
{"id":21874,"verse_id":"PSA.76.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.3","text":"Heb “shield and sword and battle.” “Battle” probably here stands by metonymy for the weapons of war in general. sn This verse may allude to the miraculous defeat of the Assyrians in 701 b.c. (see Isa 36-37 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A3/2"}
{"id":21875,"verse_id":"PSA.76.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.4","text":"Heb “radiant [are] you, majestic from the hills of prey.” God is depicted as a victorious king and as a lion that has killed its victims.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A4/1"}
{"id":21876,"verse_id":"PSA.76.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.5","text":"Heb “strong of heart.” In Isa 46:12 , the only other text where this phrase appears, it refers to those who are stubborn, but here it seems to describe brave warriors (see the next line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A5/1"}
{"id":21877,"verse_id":"PSA.76.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.5","text":"The verb is a rare Aramaized form of the Hitpolel (see GKC 149 §54. a , n. 2); the root is שָׁלַל ( shalal , “to plunder”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A5/2"}
{"id":21878,"verse_id":"PSA.76.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"76.5","text":"Heb “they slept [in] their sleep.” “Sleep” here refers to the “sleep” of death. A number of modern translations take the phrase to refer to something less than death, however: NASB “cast into a deep sleep”; NEB “fall senseless”; NIV “lie still”; NRSV “lay stunned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A5/3"}
{"id":21879,"verse_id":"PSA.76.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"76.5","text":"Heb “and all the men of strength did not find their hands.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A5/4"}
{"id":21880,"verse_id":"PSA.76.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.6","text":"Heb “from your shout.” The noun is derived from the Hebrew verb גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ), which is often understood to mean “rebuke.” In some cases it is apparent that scolding or threatening is in view (see Gen 37:10 ; Ruth 2:16 ; Zech 3:2 ). However, in militaristic contexts this translation is inadequate, for the verb refers in this setting to the warrior’s battle cry, which terrifies and paralyzes the enemy. See A. Caquot, TDOT 3:53, and note the use of the verb in Pss 68:30; 106:9 ; Nah 1:4 , as well as the related noun in Job 26:11 ; Pss 9:5; 18:15; 104:7 ; Isa 50:2; 51:20; 66:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A6/1"}
{"id":21881,"verse_id":"PSA.76.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.6","text":"Or “chariot,” but even so the term is metonymic for the charioteer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A6/2"}
{"id":21882,"verse_id":"PSA.76.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"76.6","text":"Heb “he fell asleep, and [the] chariot and [the] horse.” Once again (see v. 5 ) “sleep” refers here to the “sleep” of death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A6/3"}
{"id":21883,"verse_id":"PSA.76.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"76.7","text":"Heb “and who can stand before you from the time of your anger?” The Hebrew expression מֵאָז ( me ’ az , “from the time of”) is better emended to מֵאֹז ( me ’ oz , “from [i.e., “because of”] the strength of your anger”; see Ps 90:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A7/1"}
{"id":21884,"verse_id":"PSA.76.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.8","text":"Heb “a [legal] decision,” or “sentence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A8/1"}
{"id":21885,"verse_id":"PSA.76.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.8","text":"“The earth” stands here by metonymy for its inhabitants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A8/2"}
{"id":21886,"verse_id":"PSA.76.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.10","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A10/1"}
{"id":21887,"verse_id":"PSA.76.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.10","text":"Heb “the anger of men will praise you.” This could mean that men’s anger (subjective genitive), when punished by God, will bring him praise, but this interpretation does not harmonize well with the next line. The translation assumes that God’s anger is in view here (see v. 7 ) and that “men” is an objective genitive. God’s angry judgment against men brings him praise because it reveals his power and majesty (see vv. 1-4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A10/2"}
{"id":21888,"verse_id":"PSA.76.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"76.10","text":"Heb “the rest of anger you put on.” The meaning of the statement is not entirely clear. Perhaps the idea is that God, as he prepares for battle, girds himself with every last ounce of his anger, as if it were a weapon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A10/3"}
{"id":21889,"verse_id":"PSA.76.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.11","text":"The phrase “all those who surround him” may refer to the surrounding nations (v. 12 may favor this), but in Ps 89:7 the phrase refers to God’s heavenly assembly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A11/1"}
{"id":21890,"verse_id":"PSA.76.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"76.12","text":"Heb “he reduces the spirit of princes.” According to HALOT 148 s.v. II בצר , the Hebrew verb בָּצַר ( batsar ) is here a hapax legomenon meaning “reduce, humble.” The statement is generalizing, with the imperfect tense highlighting God’s typical behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A12/1"}
{"id":21891,"verse_id":"PSA.76.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":76,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"76.12","text":"Heb “[he is] awesome to the kings of the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2076%3A12/2"}
{"id":21892,"verse_id":"PSA.77.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.1","text":"Heb “my voice to God.” The Hebrew verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “to call out; to cry out”) should probably be understood by ellipsis (see Ps 3:4 ) both here and in the following (parallel) line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A1/2"}
{"id":21893,"verse_id":"PSA.77.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.2","text":"Here the psalmist refers back to the very recent past, when he began to pray for divine help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A2/1"}
{"id":21894,"verse_id":"PSA.77.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.2","text":"Heb “my hand [at] night was extended and was not growing numb.” The verb נָגַר ( nagar ), which can mean “flow” in certain contexts, here has the nuance “be extended.” The imperfect form ( תָפוּג , tafug , “to be numb”) is used here to describe continuous action in the past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A2/2"}
{"id":21895,"verse_id":"PSA.77.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"77.2","text":"Or “my soul.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A2/3"}
{"id":21896,"verse_id":"PSA.77.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.3","text":"Heb “I will remember God and I will groan, I will reflect and my spirit will grow faint.” The first three verbs are cohortatives, the last a perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive. The psalmist’s statement in v. 4 could be understood as concurrent with v. 1 , or, more likely, as a quotation of what he had said earlier as he prayed to God (see v. 2 ). The words “I said” are supplied in the translation at the beginning of the verse to reflect this interpretation (see v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A3/1"}
{"id":21897,"verse_id":"PSA.77.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.4","text":"Heb “you held fast the guards of my eyes.” The “guards of the eyes” apparently refers to his eyelids. The psalmist seems to be saying that God would not bring him relief, which would have allowed him to shut his eyes and get some sleep (see v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A4/1"}
{"id":21898,"verse_id":"PSA.77.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.4","text":"The imperfect is used in the second clause to emphasize that this was an ongoing condition in the past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A4/2"}
{"id":21899,"verse_id":"PSA.77.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.5","text":"Heb “the years of antiquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A5/1"}
{"id":21900,"verse_id":"PSA.77.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.6","text":"Heb “I will remember my song in the night, with my heart I will reflect. And my spirit searched.” As in v. 4 , the words of v. 6 a are understood as what the psalmist said earlier. Consequently the words “I said” are supplied in the translation for clarification (see v. 10 ). The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive at the beginning of the final line is taken as sequential to the perfect “I thought” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A6/1"}
{"id":21901,"verse_id":"PSA.77.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.7","text":"As in vv. 4 and 6 a, the words of vv. 7-9 are understood as a quotation of what the psalmist said earlier. Therefore the words “I asked” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A7/1"}
{"id":21902,"verse_id":"PSA.77.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.8","text":"Heb “word,” which may refer here to God’s word of promise (note the reference to “loyal love” in the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A8/1"}
{"id":21903,"verse_id":"PSA.77.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.10","text":"Heb “Most High.” This divine title ( עֶלְיוֹן , ’ elyon ) pictures God as the exalted ruler of the universe who vindicates the innocent and judges the wicked. See especially Pss 7:17; 9:2; 18:13; 21:7; 47:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A10/1"}
{"id":21904,"verse_id":"PSA.77.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"77.10","text":"Heb “And I said, ‘This is my wounding, the changing of the right hand of the Most High.’” The form חַלּוֹתִי ( khallotiy ) appears to be a Qal infinitive construct (with a first person singular pronominal suffix) from the verbal root חָלַל ( khalal , “to pierce; to wound”). The present translation assumes an emendation to חֲלוֹתִי ( khalotiy ), a Qal infinitive construct (with a first person singular pronominal suffix) from the verbal root חָלָה ( khalah , “be sick, weak”). The form שְׁנוֹת ( shÿnot ) is understood as a Qal infinitive construct from שָׁנָה ( shanah , “to change”) rather than a plural noun form, “years” (see v. 5 ). “Right hand” here symbolizes by metonymy God’s power and activity. The psalmist observes that his real problem is theological in nature. His experience suggests that the sovereign Lord has abandoned him and become inactive. However, this goes against the grain of his most cherished beliefs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A10/2"}
{"id":21905,"verse_id":"PSA.77.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.11","text":"Heb “yes, I will remember from old your wonders.” sn The psalmist refuses to allow skepticism to win out. God has revealed himself to his people in tangible, incontrovertible ways in the past and the psalmist vows to remember the historical record as a source of hope for the future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A11/1"}
{"id":21906,"verse_id":"PSA.77.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.13","text":"Heb “O God, in holiness [is] your way.” God’s “way” here refers to his actions. “Holiness” is used here in the sense of “set apart, unique,” rather than in a moral/ethical sense. As the next line and the next verse emphasize, God’s deeds are incomparable and set him apart as the one true God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A13/2"}
{"id":21907,"verse_id":"PSA.77.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"77.13","text":"Heb “Who [is] a great god like God?” The rhetorical question assumes the answer, “No one!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A13/3"}
{"id":21908,"verse_id":"PSA.77.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.15","text":"Or “redeemed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A15/1"}
{"id":21909,"verse_id":"PSA.77.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.15","text":"Heb “with [your] arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A15/2"}
{"id":21910,"verse_id":"PSA.77.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.16","text":"The waters of the Red Sea are here personified; they are portrayed as seeing God and fearing him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A16/1"}
{"id":21911,"verse_id":"PSA.77.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form may be taken as a preterite or as an imperfect with past progressive force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A16/2"}
{"id":21912,"verse_id":"PSA.77.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"77.16","text":"The words “of the sea” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A16/3"}
{"id":21913,"verse_id":"PSA.77.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"77.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form may be taken as a preterite or as an imperfect with past progressive force.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A16/4"}
{"id":21914,"verse_id":"PSA.77.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.17","text":"Heb “water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A17/1"}
{"id":21915,"verse_id":"PSA.77.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.17","text":"Heb “a sound the clouds gave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A17/2"}
{"id":21916,"verse_id":"PSA.77.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"77.17","text":"The lightning accompanying the storm is portrayed as the Lord ’s “arrows” (see v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A17/3"}
{"id":21917,"verse_id":"PSA.77.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.18","text":"The prefixed verbal form may be taken as a preterite or as an imperfect with past progressive force. sn Verses 16-18 depict the Lord coming in the storm to battle his enemies and subdue the sea. There is no record of such a storm in the historical account of the Red Sea crossing. The language the psalmist uses here is stereotypical and originates in Canaanite myth, where the storm god Baal subdues the sea in his quest for kingship. The psalmist has employed the stereotypical imagery to portray the exodus vividly and at the same time affirm that it is not Baal who subdues the sea, but Yahweh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A18/1"}
{"id":21918,"verse_id":"PSA.77.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"77.19","text":"Heb “in the sea [was] your way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A19/1"}
{"id":21919,"verse_id":"PSA.77.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"77.19","text":"Heb “and your paths [were] in the mighty waters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A19/2"}
{"id":21920,"verse_id":"PSA.77.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":77,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"77.19","text":"Heb “and your footprints were not known.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2077%3A19/3"}
{"id":21921,"verse_id":"PSA.78.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A1/2"}
{"id":21922,"verse_id":"PSA.78.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.2","text":"Heb “I will open with a wise saying my mouth, I will utter insightful sayings from long ago.” Elsewhere the Hebrew word pair חִידָה + מָשָׁל ( mashal + khidah ) refers to a taunt song ( Hab 2:6 ), a parable ( Ezek 17:2 ), proverbial sayings ( Prov 1:6 ), and an insightful song that reflects on the mortality of humankind and the ultimate inability of riches to prevent death ( Ps 49:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A2/1"}
{"id":21923,"verse_id":"PSA.78.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.3","text":"Or “known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A3/1"}
{"id":21924,"verse_id":"PSA.78.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.3","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 5, 8, 12, 57 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A3/2"}
{"id":21925,"verse_id":"PSA.78.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.4","text":"The pronominal suffix refers back to the “fathers” (“our ancestors,” v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A4/1"}
{"id":21926,"verse_id":"PSA.78.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.4","text":"Heb “to a following generation telling the praises of the Lord .” “Praises” stand by metonymy for the mighty acts that prompt worship. Cf. Ps 9:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A4/2"}
{"id":21927,"verse_id":"PSA.78.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.5","text":"The Hebrew noun עֵדוּת (’ edut ) refers here to God’s command that the older generation teach their children about God’s mighty deeds in the nation’s history (see Exod 10:2 ; Deut 4:9; 6:20-25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A5/1"}
{"id":21928,"verse_id":"PSA.78.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.5","text":"Heb “which he commanded our fathers to make them known to their sons.” The plural suffix “them” probably refers back to the Lord ’s mighty deeds (see vv. 3-4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A5/2"}
{"id":21929,"verse_id":"PSA.78.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.6","text":"Heb “in order that they might know, a following generation, sons [who] will be born, they will arise and will tell to their sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A6/1"}
{"id":21930,"verse_id":"PSA.78.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.7","text":"Heb “keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A7/1"}
{"id":21931,"verse_id":"PSA.78.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.8","text":"Heb “a generation that did not make firm its heart and whose spirit was not faithful with God.” The expression “make firm the heart” means “to be committed, devoted” (see 1 Sam 7:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A8/1"}
{"id":21932,"verse_id":"PSA.78.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.9","text":"Heb “the sons of Ephraim.” Ephraim probably stands here by synecdoche (part for whole) for the northern kingdom of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A9/1"}
{"id":21933,"verse_id":"PSA.78.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.9","text":"Heb “ones armed, shooters of bow.” It is possible that the term נוֹשְׁקֵי ( noshÿqey , “ones armed [with]”) is an interpretive gloss for the rare רוֹמֵי ( romey , “shooters of”; on the latter see BDB 941 s.v. I רָמָה ). The phrase נוֹשְׁקֵי קֶשֶׁת ( noshÿqey qeshet , “ones armed with a bow”) appears in 1 Chr 12:2 ; 2 Chr 17:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A9/2"}
{"id":21934,"verse_id":"PSA.78.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.10","text":"Heb “the covenant of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A10/1"}
{"id":21935,"verse_id":"PSA.78.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.10","text":"Heb “walk in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A10/2"}
{"id":21936,"verse_id":"PSA.78.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.11","text":"Heb “his deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A11/1"}
{"id":21937,"verse_id":"PSA.78.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.15","text":"Heb “and caused them to drink, like the depths, abundantly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A15/1"}
{"id":21938,"verse_id":"PSA.78.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.17","text":"Heb “rebelling [against] the Most High.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A17/1"}
{"id":21939,"verse_id":"PSA.78.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.18","text":"Heb “and they tested God in their heart.” The “heart” is viewed here as the center of their volition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A18/1"}
{"id":21940,"verse_id":"PSA.78.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.19","text":"Heb “they spoke against God, they said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A19/1"}
{"id":21941,"verse_id":"PSA.78.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.19","text":"Heb “to arrange a table [for food].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A19/2"}
{"id":21942,"verse_id":"PSA.78.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.20","text":"Heb “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A20/1"}
{"id":21943,"verse_id":"PSA.78.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.21","text":"Heb “therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A21/1"}
{"id":21944,"verse_id":"PSA.78.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.21","text":"Heb “and also anger went up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A21/2"}
{"id":21945,"verse_id":"PSA.78.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.22","text":"Heb “and they did not trust his deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A22/1"}
{"id":21946,"verse_id":"PSA.78.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.25","text":"Heb “provision he sent to them to satisfaction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A25/2"}
{"id":21947,"verse_id":"PSA.78.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.27","text":"Heb “and like the sand of the seas winged birds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A27/1"}
{"id":21948,"verse_id":"PSA.78.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.29","text":"Heb “and they ate and were very satisfied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A29/1"}
{"id":21949,"verse_id":"PSA.78.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.30","text":"Heb “they were not separated from their desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A30/1"}
{"id":21950,"verse_id":"PSA.78.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.32","text":"Heb “and did not believe in his amazing deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A32/1"}
{"id":21951,"verse_id":"PSA.78.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.33","text":"Heb “and he ended in vanity their days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A33/1"}
{"id":21952,"verse_id":"PSA.78.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.33","text":"Heb “and their years in terror.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A33/2"}
{"id":21953,"verse_id":"PSA.78.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.34","text":"Or “killed them,” that is, killed large numbers of them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A34/1"}
{"id":21954,"verse_id":"PSA.78.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.34","text":"Heb “they sought him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A34/2"}
{"id":21955,"verse_id":"PSA.78.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.35","text":"Heb “my high rocky summit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A35/1"}
{"id":21956,"verse_id":"PSA.78.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.35","text":"Heb “and [that] God Most High [was] their redeemer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A35/2"}
{"id":21957,"verse_id":"PSA.78.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.36","text":"Heb “with their mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A36/1"}
{"id":21958,"verse_id":"PSA.78.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.36","text":"Heb “and with their tongue they lied to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A36/2"}
{"id":21959,"verse_id":"PSA.78.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.37","text":"Heb “and their heart was not firm with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A37/1"}
{"id":21960,"verse_id":"PSA.78.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.38","text":"One could translate v. 38 in the past tense (“he was compassionate…forgave sin and did not destroy…held back his anger, and did not stir up his fury”), but the imperfect verbal forms are probably best understood as generalizing. Verse 38 steps back briefly from the narrational summary of Israel’s history and lays the theological basis for v. 39 , which focuses on God’s mercy toward sinful Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A38/1"}
{"id":21961,"verse_id":"PSA.78.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.39","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive signals a return to the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A39/1"}
{"id":21962,"verse_id":"PSA.78.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.39","text":"Heb “and he remembered that they [were] flesh, a wind [that] goes and does not return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A39/2"}
{"id":21963,"verse_id":"PSA.78.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.40","text":"Or “caused him pain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A40/1"}
{"id":21964,"verse_id":"PSA.78.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.41","text":"Heb “and they returned and tested God.” The Hebrew verb שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”) is used here in an adverbial sense to indicate that an earlier action was repeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A41/1"}
{"id":21965,"verse_id":"PSA.78.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.41","text":"Or “wounded, hurt.” The verb occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A41/2"}
{"id":21966,"verse_id":"PSA.78.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.42","text":"Heb “his hand,” symbolizing his saving activity and strength, as the next line makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A42/1"}
{"id":21967,"verse_id":"PSA.78.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.42","text":"Heb “[the] day [in] which he ransomed them from [the] enemy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A42/2"}
{"id":21968,"verse_id":"PSA.78.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.43","text":"Or “signs” (see Ps 65:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A43/1"}
{"id":21969,"verse_id":"PSA.78.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.43","text":"Or “portents, omens” (see Ps 71:7 ). The Egyptian plagues are referred to here (see vv. 44-51 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A43/2"}
{"id":21970,"verse_id":"PSA.78.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.45","text":"Heb “and he sent an insect swarm against them and it devoured them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A45/1"}
{"id":21971,"verse_id":"PSA.78.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.45","text":"Heb “and a swarm of frogs and it destroyed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A45/2"}
{"id":21972,"verse_id":"PSA.78.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.48","text":"Heb “and he turned over to the hail their cattle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A48/1"}
{"id":21973,"verse_id":"PSA.78.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.48","text":"Heb “and their livestock to the flames.” “Flames” here refer to the lightning bolts that accompanied the storm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A48/2"}
{"id":21974,"verse_id":"PSA.78.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.49","text":"Heb “he sent against them the rage of his anger.” The phrase “rage of his anger” employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A49/1"}
{"id":21975,"verse_id":"PSA.78.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.49","text":"Heb “fury and indignation and trouble, a sending of messengers of disaster.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A49/2"}
{"id":21976,"verse_id":"PSA.78.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.50","text":"Heb “he leveled a path for his anger.” There were no obstacles to impede its progress; it moved swiftly and destructively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A50/1"}
{"id":21977,"verse_id":"PSA.78.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.50","text":"Or perhaps “[the] plague.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A50/2"}
{"id":21978,"verse_id":"PSA.78.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.51","text":"Heb “the beginning of strength.” If retained, the plural form אוֹנִים (’ onim , “strength”) probably indicates degree (“great strength”), but many ancient witnesses read “their strength,” which presupposes an emendation to אֹנָם (’ onam ; singular form of the noun with third masculine plural pronominal suffix).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A51/1"}
{"id":21979,"verse_id":"PSA.78.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.54","text":"Heb “this mountain.” The whole land of Canaan seems to be referred to here. In Exod 15:17 the promised land is called the “mountain of your [i.e., God’s] inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A54/1"}
{"id":21980,"verse_id":"PSA.78.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.54","text":"The “right hand” here symbolizes God’s military strength (see v. 55 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A54/2"}
{"id":21981,"verse_id":"PSA.78.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.55","text":"Heb “he caused to fall [to] them with a measuring line an inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A55/1"}
{"id":21982,"verse_id":"PSA.78.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.55","text":"Heb “and caused the tribes of Israel to settle down in their tents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A55/2"}
{"id":21983,"verse_id":"PSA.78.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.56","text":"Or “tested and rebelled against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A56/1"}
{"id":21984,"verse_id":"PSA.78.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.56","text":"Heb “God, the Most High.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A56/2"}
{"id":21985,"verse_id":"PSA.78.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":56,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"78.56","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A56/3"}
{"id":21986,"verse_id":"PSA.78.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":56,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"78.56","text":"Heb “his testimonies” (see Ps 25:10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A56/4"}
{"id":21987,"verse_id":"PSA.78.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.57","text":"Heb “they turned back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A57/1"}
{"id":21988,"verse_id":"PSA.78.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.57","text":"Or “acted treacherously like.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A57/2"}
{"id":21989,"verse_id":"PSA.78.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":57,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"78.57","text":"Heb “they turned aside like a deceitful bow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A57/3"}
{"id":21990,"verse_id":"PSA.78.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.58","text":"Traditionally, “high places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A58/1"}
{"id":21991,"verse_id":"PSA.78.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.60","text":"Or “rejected.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A60/1"}
{"id":21992,"verse_id":"PSA.78.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.61","text":"Heb “and he gave to captivity his strength.” The expression “his strength” refers metonymically to the ark of the covenant, which was housed in the tabernacle at Shiloh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A61/1"}
{"id":21993,"verse_id":"PSA.78.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.61","text":"Heb “and his splendor into the hand of an enemy.” The expression “his splendor” also refers metonymically to the ark of the covenant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A61/2"}
{"id":21994,"verse_id":"PSA.78.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.62","text":"Heb “his inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A62/1"}
{"id":21995,"verse_id":"PSA.78.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.63","text":"Heb “his.” The singular pronominal suffix is collective, referring back to God’s “people” (v. 62 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A63/1"}
{"id":21996,"verse_id":"PSA.78.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.63","text":"Heb “his.” The singular pronominal suffix is collective, referring back to God’s “people” (v. 62 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A63/2"}
{"id":21997,"verse_id":"PSA.78.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":63,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"78.63","text":"Heb “were not praised,” that is, in wedding songs. The young men died in masses, leaving no husbands for the young women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A63/3"}
{"id":21998,"verse_id":"PSA.78.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.64","text":"Heb “his.” The singular pronominal suffix is collective, referring back to God’s “people” (v. 62 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A64/1"}
{"id":21999,"verse_id":"PSA.78.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":64,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.64","text":"Heb “his.” The singular pronominal suffix is collective, referring back to God’s “people” (v. 62 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A64/2"}
{"id":22000,"verse_id":"PSA.78.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.65","text":"Heb “and the master awoke like one sleeping.” The Lord ’s apparent inactivity during the time of judgment is compared to sleep.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A65/1"}
{"id":22001,"verse_id":"PSA.78.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.65","text":"Heb “like a warrior overcome with wine.” The Hebrew verb רוּן ( run , “overcome”) occurs only here in the OT. The phrase “overcome with wine” could picture a drunken warrior controlled by his emotions and passions (as in the present translation), or it could refer to a warrior who awakes from a drunken stupor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A65/2"}
{"id":22002,"verse_id":"PSA.78.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.66","text":"Heb “a permanent reproach he made them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A66/1"}
{"id":22003,"verse_id":"PSA.78.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"78.69","text":"Heb “and he built like the exalting [ones] his sanctuary.” The phrase כְּמוֹ־רָמִים ( kÿmo-ramim , “like the exalting [ones]”) is a poetic form of the comparative preposition followed by a participial form of the verb רוּם ( rum , “be exalted”). The text should be emended to כִּמְרֹמִים ( kimromim , “like the [heavenly] heights”). See Ps 148:1 , where “heights” refers to the heavens above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A69/1"}
{"id":22004,"verse_id":"PSA.78.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.69","text":"Heb “like the earth, [which] he established permanently.” The feminine singular suffix on the Hebrew verb יָסַד ( yasad , “to establish”) refers to the grammatically feminine noun “earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A69/2"}
{"id":22005,"verse_id":"PSA.78.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.71","text":"Heb “from after the ewes he brought him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A71/1"}
{"id":22006,"verse_id":"PSA.78.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":71,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.71","text":"Heb “to shepherd Jacob, his people, and Israel, his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A71/2"}
{"id":22007,"verse_id":"PSA.78.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":72,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"78.72","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (David, God’s chosen king, mentioned in v. 70 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A72/1"}
{"id":22008,"verse_id":"PSA.78.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":72,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"78.72","text":"Heb “and he shepherded them according to the integrity of his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A72/2"}
{"id":22009,"verse_id":"PSA.78.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":78,"verse":72,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"78.72","text":"Heb “and with the understanding of his hands he led them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2078%3A72/3"}
{"id":22010,"verse_id":"PSA.79.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.1","text":"Or “nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A1/2"}
{"id":22011,"verse_id":"PSA.79.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"79.1","text":"Heb “have come into your inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A1/3"}
{"id":22012,"verse_id":"PSA.79.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.2","text":"Heb “[as] food for the birds of the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A2/1"}
{"id":22013,"verse_id":"PSA.79.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.3","text":"Heb “they have poured out their blood like water, all around Jerusalem, and there is no one burying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A3/1"}
{"id":22014,"verse_id":"PSA.79.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.4","text":"Heb “an [object of] taunting and [of] mockery to those around us.” See Ps 44:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A4/1"}
{"id":22015,"verse_id":"PSA.79.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.5","text":"Heb “How long, O Lord ?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A5/1"}
{"id":22016,"verse_id":"PSA.79.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.5","text":"Or “jealous anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A5/2"}
{"id":22017,"verse_id":"PSA.79.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.6","text":"Heb “which do not know you.” Here the Hebrew term “know” means “acknowledge the authority of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A6/1"}
{"id":22018,"verse_id":"PSA.79.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.8","text":"Heb “do not remember against us sins, former.” Some understand “former” as an attributive adjective modifying sins, “former [i.e., chronologically prior] sins” (see BDB 911 s.v. רִאשׁוֹן ). The present translation assumes that ראשׁנים (“former”) here refers to those who lived formerly, that is, the people’s ancestors (see Lam 5:7 ). The word is used in this way in Lev 26:45 ; Deut 19:14 and Eccl 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A8/1"}
{"id":22019,"verse_id":"PSA.79.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.8","text":"Heb “may your compassion quickly confront us.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive, indicating a tone of prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A8/2"}
{"id":22020,"verse_id":"PSA.79.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"79.8","text":"Heb “for we are very low.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A8/3"}
{"id":22021,"verse_id":"PSA.79.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.9","text":"Heb “the glory of your name.” Here and in the following line “name” stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A9/1"}
{"id":22022,"verse_id":"PSA.79.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.9","text":"Heb “your name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A9/2"}
{"id":22023,"verse_id":"PSA.79.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.10","text":"Heb “may it be known among the nations, to our eyes, the vengeance of the shed blood of your servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A10/1"}
{"id":22024,"verse_id":"PSA.79.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.11","text":"Heb “may the painful cry of the prisoner come before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A11/1"}
{"id":22025,"verse_id":"PSA.79.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.11","text":"Heb “according to the greatness of your arm leave the sons of death.” God’s “arm” here symbolizes his strength to deliver. The verbal form הוֹתֵר ( hoter ) is a Hiphil imperative from יָתַר ( yatar , “to remain; to be left over”). Here it must mean “to leave over; to preserve.” However, it is preferable to emend the form to הַתֵּר ( hatter ), a Hiphil imperative from נָתַר ( natar , “be free”). The Hiphil form is used in Ps 105:20 of Pharaoh freeing Joseph from prison. The phrase “sons of death” (see also Ps 102:21 ) is idiomatic for those condemned to die.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A11/2"}
{"id":22026,"verse_id":"PSA.79.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.12","text":"Heb “Return to our neighbors sevenfold into their lap.” The number seven is used rhetorically to express the thorough nature of the action. For other rhetorical/figurative uses of the Hebrew phrase שִׁבְעָתַיִם ( shiv ’ atayim , “seven times”) see Gen 4:15, 24 ; Ps 12:6 ; Prov 6:31 ; Isa 30:26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A12/1"}
{"id":22027,"verse_id":"PSA.79.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.12","text":"Heb “their reproach with which they reproached you, O Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A12/2"}
{"id":22028,"verse_id":"PSA.79.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"79.13","text":"Or (hyperbolically) “will thank you forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A13/1"}
{"id":22029,"verse_id":"PSA.79.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":79,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"79.13","text":"Heb “to a generation and a generation we will report your praise.” Here “praise” stands by metonymy for the mighty acts that prompt worship. Cf. Ps 9:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2079%3A13/2"}
{"id":22030,"verse_id":"PSA.80.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.1","text":"The Hebrew expression shushan-eduth means “lily of the testimony.” It may refer to a particular music style or to a tune title. See the superscription to .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A1/2"}
{"id":22031,"verse_id":"PSA.80.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.2","text":"Heb “stir up”; “arouse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A2/1"}
{"id":22032,"verse_id":"PSA.80.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.2","text":"Heb “come for our deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A2/2"}
{"id":22033,"verse_id":"PSA.80.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.3","text":"The idiom “cause your face to shine” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 4:6; 31:16; 44:3; 67:1; 89:15 ; Dan 9:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A3/1"}
{"id":22034,"verse_id":"PSA.80.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.3","text":"Heb “cause your face to shine in order that we may be delivered.” After the imperative, the cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A3/2"}
{"id":22035,"verse_id":"PSA.80.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.4","text":"Heb “ Lord , God, hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי (’ elohey ) before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ; “hosts”; see Ps 89:9 ), but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yehvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) in Pss 59:5 and 84:8 as well. In this context the term “hosts” (meaning “armies”) has been rendered “invincible warrior.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A4/1"}
{"id":22036,"verse_id":"PSA.80.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.4","text":"Heb “How long will you remain angry during the prayer of your people.” Some take the preposition - בְּ ( bet ) in an adversative sense here (“at/against the prayer of your people”), but the temporal sense is preferable. The psalmist expects persistent prayer to pacify God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A4/2"}
{"id":22037,"verse_id":"PSA.80.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.5","text":"Heb “you have fed them the food of tears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A5/1"}
{"id":22038,"verse_id":"PSA.80.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.5","text":"Heb “[by] the third part [of a measure].” The Hebrew term שָׁלִישׁ ( shalish , “third part [of a measure]”) occurs only here and in Isa 40:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A5/2"}
{"id":22039,"verse_id":"PSA.80.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.6","text":"Heb “you have made us an object of contention to our neighbors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A6/1"}
{"id":22040,"verse_id":"PSA.80.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.7","text":"Heb “O God, hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot , “hosts”; see Ps 89:9 ), but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yehvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) in Pss 59:5 and 84:8 as well. See also v. 4 for a similar construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A7/1"}
{"id":22041,"verse_id":"PSA.80.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.7","text":"The idiom “cause your face to shine” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 4:6; 31:16; 44:3; 67:1; 89:15 ; Dan 9:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A7/2"}
{"id":22042,"verse_id":"PSA.80.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"80.7","text":"Heb “cause your face to shine in order that we may be delivered.” After the imperative, the cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A7/3"}
{"id":22043,"verse_id":"PSA.80.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.9","text":"Heb “you cleared away before it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A9/1"}
{"id":22044,"verse_id":"PSA.80.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.9","text":"Heb “and it took root [with] its roots.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A9/2"}
{"id":22045,"verse_id":"PSA.80.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.10","text":"Heb “cedars of God.” The divine name אֵל (’ al , “God”) is here used in an idiomatic manner to indicate the superlative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A10/1"}
{"id":22046,"verse_id":"PSA.80.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.11","text":"Heb “to [the] sea.” The “sea” refers here to the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A11/1"}
{"id":22047,"verse_id":"PSA.80.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.11","text":"Heb “to [the] river.” The “river” is the Euphrates River in Mesopotamia. Israel expanded both to the west and to the east.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A11/2"}
{"id":22048,"verse_id":"PSA.80.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.12","text":"Heb “pluck it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A12/2"}
{"id":22049,"verse_id":"PSA.80.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.13","text":"The Hebrew verb כִּרְסֵם ( kirsem , “to eat away; to ruin”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A13/1"}
{"id":22050,"verse_id":"PSA.80.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.13","text":"The precise referent of the Hebrew word translated “insects,” which occurs only here and in Ps 50:11 , is uncertain. Aramaic, Arabic, and Akkadian cognates refer to insects, such as locusts or crickets.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A13/2"}
{"id":22051,"verse_id":"PSA.80.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.14","text":"Heb “O God, hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot , “hosts”; see Ps 89:9 ), but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yehvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) in Pss 59:5 and 84:8 as well. See also vv. 4, 7 for a similar construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A14/1"}
{"id":22052,"verse_id":"PSA.80.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.15","text":"The Hebrew noun occurs only here in the OT. HALOT 483 s.v. III כֵּן emends the form to כַּנָּהּ ( kannah , “its shoot”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A15/1"}
{"id":22053,"verse_id":"PSA.80.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.15","text":"Heb “and upon a son you strengthened for yourself.” In this context, where the extended metaphor of the vine dominates, בֵּן ( ben , “son”) probably refers to the shoots that grow from the vine. Cf. Gen 49:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A15/2"}
{"id":22054,"verse_id":"PSA.80.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.16","text":"Heb “burned with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A16/1"}
{"id":22055,"verse_id":"PSA.80.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.16","text":"Heb “because of the rebuke of your face they perish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A16/2"}
{"id":22056,"verse_id":"PSA.80.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.17","text":"Heb “may your hand be upon the man of your right hand.” The referent of the otherwise unattested phrase “man of your right hand,” is unclear. It may refer to the nation collectively as a man. (See the note on the word “yourself” in v. 17 b.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A17/1"}
{"id":22057,"verse_id":"PSA.80.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.17","text":"Heb “upon the son of man you strengthened for yourself.” In its only other use in the Book of Psalms, the phrase “son of man” refers to the human race in general (see Ps 8:4 ). Here the phrase may refer to the nation collectively as a man. Note the use of the statement “you strengthened for yourself” both here and in v. 15 , where the “son” (i.e., the branch of the vine) refers to Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A17/2"}
{"id":22058,"verse_id":"PSA.80.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.18","text":"Heb “and in your name we will call.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A18/1"}
{"id":22059,"verse_id":"PSA.80.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"80.19","text":"Heb “O Lord , God, hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot , “hosts”; see Ps 89:9 ), but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yehvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot ) in Pss 59:5 and 84:8 as well. See also vv. 4, 7, 14 for a similar construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A19/1"}
{"id":22060,"verse_id":"PSA.80.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"80.19","text":"The idiom “cause your face to shine” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 4:6; 31:16; 44:3; 67:1; 89:15 ; Dan 9:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A19/2"}
{"id":22061,"verse_id":"PSA.80.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":80,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"80.19","text":"Heb “cause your face to shine in order that we may be delivered.” After the imperative, the cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2080%3A19/3"}
{"id":22062,"verse_id":"PSA.81.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.2","text":"Heb “lift up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A2/1"}
{"id":22063,"verse_id":"PSA.81.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.3","text":"Heb “at the new moon.” sn New moon festivals were a monthly ritual in Israel (see R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 469-70). In this context the New Moon festival of the seventh month, when the Feast of Tabernacles was celebrated (note the reference to a “festival” in the next line), may be in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A3/1"}
{"id":22064,"verse_id":"PSA.81.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.3","text":"Heb “at the full moon on the day of our festival.” The Hebrew word כֶּסֶה ( keseh ) is an alternate spelling of כֶּסֶא ( kese ’, “full moon”). sn The festival in view is probably the Feast of Tabernacles (Booths), which began on the fifteenth day of the seventh month when the moon was full. See Lev 23:34 ; Num 29:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A3/2"}
{"id":22065,"verse_id":"PSA.81.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.4","text":"Heb “because a statute for Israel [is] it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A4/1"}
{"id":22066,"verse_id":"PSA.81.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.5","text":"Heb “in his going out against the land of Egypt.” This apparently refers to the general time period of Israel’s exodus from Egypt. The LXX reads, “from Egypt,” in which case “Joseph” (see the preceding line) would be the subject of the verb, “when he [Joseph = Israel] left Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A5/1"}
{"id":22067,"verse_id":"PSA.81.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.5","text":"Heb “a lip I did not know, I heard.” Here the term “lip” probably stands for speech or a voice. Apparently the psalmist speaks here and refers to God’s voice, whose speech is recorded in the following verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A5/2"}
{"id":22068,"verse_id":"PSA.81.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.6","text":"The words “It said” are not included in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A6/1"}
{"id":22069,"verse_id":"PSA.81.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.7","text":"Heb “I answered you in the hidden place of thunder.” This may allude to God’s self-revelation at Mount Sinai, where he appeared in a dark cloud accompanied by thunder (see Exod 19:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A7/1"}
{"id":22070,"verse_id":"PSA.81.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.8","text":"The words “I said” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Verses 8-10 appear to recall what the Lord commanded the generation of Israelites that experienced the events described in v. 7 . Note the statement in v. 11 , “my people did not listen to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A8/1"}
{"id":22071,"verse_id":"PSA.81.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.8","text":"Or perhaps “command.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A8/2"}
{"id":22072,"verse_id":"PSA.81.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"81.8","text":"The Hebrew particle אִם (“if”) and following prefixed verbal form here express a wish (GKC 321 §109. b ). Note that the apodosis (the “then” clause of the conditional sentence) is suppressed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A8/3"}
{"id":22073,"verse_id":"PSA.81.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.9","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in v. 9 have a modal function, expressing what is obligatory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A9/1"}
{"id":22074,"verse_id":"PSA.81.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.9","text":"Heb “different”; “illicit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A9/2"}
{"id":22075,"verse_id":"PSA.81.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.11","text":"Heb “did not listen to my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A11/1"}
{"id":22076,"verse_id":"PSA.81.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.11","text":"The Hebrew expression אָבָה לִי (’ avah liy ) means “submit to me” (see Deut 13:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A11/2"}
{"id":22077,"verse_id":"PSA.81.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.12","text":"Heb “and I sent him away in the stubbornness of their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A12/1"}
{"id":22078,"verse_id":"PSA.81.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.12","text":"Heb “they walked in their counsel.” The prefixed verbal form is either preterite (“walked”) or a customary imperfect (“were walking”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A12/2"}
{"id":22079,"verse_id":"PSA.81.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.13","text":"Heb “if only my people were listening to me.” The Hebrew particle לוּ ( lu , “if not”) introduces a purely hypothetical or contrary to fact condition (see 2 Sam 18:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A13/1"}
{"id":22080,"verse_id":"PSA.81.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.13","text":"Heb “[and if only] Israel would walk in my ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A13/2"}
{"id":22081,"verse_id":"PSA.81.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.14","text":"Heb “turn my hand against.” The idiom “turn the hand against” has the nuance of “strike with the hand, attack” (see Isa 1:25 ; Ezek 38:12 ; Amos 1:8 ; Zech 13:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A14/1"}
{"id":22082,"verse_id":"PSA.81.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.15","text":"“Those who hate the Lord ” are also mentioned in 2 Chr 19:2 and Ps 139:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A15/1"}
{"id":22083,"verse_id":"PSA.81.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.15","text":"See Deut 33:29 ; Ps 66:3 for other uses of the verb כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ) in the sense “cower in fear.” In Ps 18:44 the verb seems to carry the nuance “to be weak; to be powerless” (see also Ps 109:24 ). The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive, parallel to the jussive form in the next line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A15/2"}
{"id":22084,"verse_id":"PSA.81.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"81.15","text":"Heb “and may their time be forever.” The Hebrew term עִתָּם (’ ittam , “their time”) must refer here to the “time” of the demise and humiliation of those who hate the Lord . Some propose an emendation to בַּעֲתָתָם ( ba ’ atatam ) or בִּעֻתָם ( bi ’ utam ; “their terror”; i.e., “may their terror last forever”), but the omission of bet ( ב ) in the present Hebrew text is difficult to explain, making the proposed emendation unlikely. tn The verb form at the beginning of the line is jussive, indicating that this is a prayer. The translation assumes that v. 15 is a parenthetical “curse” offered by the psalmist. Having heard the reference to Israel’s enemies (v. 14 ), the psalmist inserts this prayer, reminding the Lord that they are God’s enemies as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A15/3"}
{"id":22085,"verse_id":"PSA.81.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"81.16","text":"Heb “and he fed him from the best of the wheat.” The Hebrew text has a third person form of the preterite with a vav ( ו ) consecutive attached. However, it is preferable, in light of the use of the first person in v. 14 and in the next line, to emend the verb to a first person form and understand the vav as conjunctive, continuing the apodosis of the conditional sentence of vv. 13-14 . The third masculine singular pronominal suffix refers to Israel, as in v. 6 . sn I would feed . After the parenthetical “curse” in v. 15 , the Lord’s speech continues here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A16/1"}
{"id":22086,"verse_id":"PSA.81.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":81,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"81.16","text":"Heb “you.” The second person singular pronominal suffix refers to Israel, as in vv. 7-10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2081%3A16/2"}
{"id":22087,"verse_id":"PSA.82.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"82.1","text":"Or “presides over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A1/2"}
{"id":22088,"verse_id":"PSA.82.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"82.1","text":"The phrase עֲדַת אֵל (’ adat ’ el , “assembly of El”) appears only here in the OT. (1) Some understand “El” to refer to God himself. In this case he is pictured presiding over his own heavenly assembly. (2) Others take אֵל as a superlative here (“God stands in the great assembly”), as in Pss 36:6 and 80:10 . (3) The present translation assumes this is a reference to the Canaanite high god El, who presided over the Canaanite divine assembly. (See Isa 14:13 , where El’s assembly is called “the stars of El.”) In the Ugaritic myths the phrase ’ dt ’ ilm refers to the “assembly of the gods,” who congregate in King Kirtu’s house, where Baal asks El to bless Kirtu’s house (see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 91). If the Canaanite divine assembly is referred to here in Ps 82:1 , then the psalm must be understood as a bold polemic against Canaanite religion. Israel’s God invades El’s assembly, denounces its gods as failing to uphold justice, and announces their coming demise. For an interpretation of the psalm along these lines, see W. VanGemeren, “Psalms,” EBC 5:533-36.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A1/3"}
{"id":22089,"verse_id":"PSA.82.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.2","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation to indicate that the following speech is God’s judicial decision (see v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A2/1"}
{"id":22090,"verse_id":"PSA.82.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"82.2","text":"Heb “and the face of the wicked lift up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A2/2"}
{"id":22091,"verse_id":"PSA.82.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.3","text":"The Hebrew noun יָתוֹם ( yatom ) refers to one who has lost his father (not necessarily his mother, see Ps 109:9 ). Because they were so vulnerable and were frequently exploited, fatherless children are often mentioned as epitomizing the oppressed (see Pss 10:14; 68:5; 94:6; 146:9 ; as well as Job 6:27; 22:9; 24:3, 9; 29:12; 31:17, 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A3/1"}
{"id":22092,"verse_id":"PSA.82.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.4","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A4/1"}
{"id":22093,"verse_id":"PSA.82.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"82.5","text":"Heb “walk.” The Hitpael stem indicates iterative action, picturing these ignorant “judges” as stumbling around in the darkness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A5/2"}
{"id":22094,"verse_id":"PSA.82.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.6","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A6/1"}
{"id":22095,"verse_id":"PSA.82.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.7","text":"Heb “men.” The point in the context is mortality, however, not maleness. sn You will die like mortals . For the concept of a god losing immortality and dying, see Isa 14:12-15 , which alludes to a pagan myth in which the petty god “Shining One, son of the Dawn,” is hurled into Sheol for his hubris.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A7/1"}
{"id":22096,"verse_id":"PSA.82.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"82.7","text":"Heb “like one of the rulers.” The comparison does not necessarily imply that they are not rulers. The expression “like one of” can sometimes mean “as one of” ( Gen 49:16 ; Obad 11 ) or “as any other of” ( Judg 16:7, 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A7/2"}
{"id":22097,"verse_id":"PSA.82.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":82,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"82.8","text":"The translation assumes that the Qal of נָחַל ( nakhal ) here means “to own; to possess,” and that the imperfect emphasizes a general truth. Another option is to translate the verb as future, “for you will take possession of all the nations” (cf. NIV “all the nations are your inheritance”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2082%3A8/1"}
{"id":22098,"verse_id":"PSA.83.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.2","text":"Heb “lift up [their] head[s].” The phrase “lift up [the] head” here means “to threaten; to be hostile,” as in Judg 8:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A2/1"}
{"id":22099,"verse_id":"PSA.83.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.3","text":"Heb “they make crafty a plot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A3/1"}
{"id":22100,"verse_id":"PSA.83.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.3","text":"Heb “and consult together against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A3/2"}
{"id":22101,"verse_id":"PSA.83.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"83.3","text":"The passive participle of the Hebrew verb צָפַן ( tsafan , “to hide”) is used here in the sense of “treasured; cherished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A3/3"}
{"id":22102,"verse_id":"PSA.83.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.4","text":"Heb “we will cause them to disappear from [being] a nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A4/1"}
{"id":22103,"verse_id":"PSA.83.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.5","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A5/1"}
{"id":22104,"verse_id":"PSA.83.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.5","text":"Heb “they consult [with] a heart together.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A5/2"}
{"id":22105,"verse_id":"PSA.83.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"83.5","text":"Heb “cut a covenant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A5/3"}
{"id":22106,"verse_id":"PSA.83.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.6","text":"The words “it includes” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A6/1"}
{"id":22107,"verse_id":"PSA.83.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.7","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A7/2"}
{"id":22108,"verse_id":"PSA.83.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.8","text":"Heb “they are an arm for the sons of Lot.” The “arm” is here a symbol of military might. sn The descendants of Lot were the Moabites and Ammonites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A8/1"}
{"id":22109,"verse_id":"PSA.83.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.9","text":"Heb “do to them like Midian.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A9/1"}
{"id":22110,"verse_id":"PSA.83.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.10","text":"Heb “they were manure.” In addition to this passage, corpses are compared to manure in 2 Kgs 9:37 ; Jer 8:2; 9:21; 16:4; 25:33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A10/2"}
{"id":22111,"verse_id":"PSA.83.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.12","text":"The translation assumes that “Zebah and Zalmunna” are the antecedents of the relative pronoun (“who [said]”). Another option is to take “their nobles…all their rulers” as the antecedent and to translate, “those who say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A12/1"}
{"id":22112,"verse_id":"PSA.83.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.12","text":"Heb “let’s take possession for ourselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A12/2"}
{"id":22113,"verse_id":"PSA.83.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.13","text":"Or “tumbleweed.” The Hebrew noun גַּלְגַּל ( galgal ) refers to a “wheel” or, metaphorically, to a whirling wind (see Ps 77:18 ). If taken in the latter sense here, one could understand the term as a metonymical reference to dust blown by a whirlwind (cf. NRSV “like whirling dust”). However, HALOT 190 s.v. II גַּלְגַּל understands the noun as a homonym referring to a “dead thistle” here and in Isa 17:13 . The parallel line, which refers to קַשׁ ( qash , “chaff”), favors this interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A13/1"}
{"id":22114,"verse_id":"PSA.83.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.13","text":"Heb “before.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A13/2"}
{"id":22115,"verse_id":"PSA.83.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.15","text":"The two imperfect verbal forms in v. 15 express the psalmist’s wish or prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A15/1"}
{"id":22116,"verse_id":"PSA.83.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.16","text":"Heb “fill.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A16/1"}
{"id":22117,"verse_id":"PSA.83.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.16","text":"After the preceding imperative, the prefixed verbal form with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose or result (“then they will seek”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A16/2"}
{"id":22118,"verse_id":"PSA.83.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"83.16","text":"Heb “your name,” which stands here for God’s person.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A16/3"}
{"id":22119,"verse_id":"PSA.83.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.17","text":"Heb “and may they be terrified to perpetuity.” The Hebrew expression עֲדֵי־עַד (’ adey- ’ ad , “to perpetuity”) can mean “forevermore” (see Pss 92:7; 132:12, 14 ), but here it may be used hyperbolically, for the psalmist asks that the experience of judgment might lead the nations to recognize (v. 18 ) and even to seek (v. 16 ) God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A17/1"}
{"id":22120,"verse_id":"PSA.83.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.17","text":"Heb “may they be ashamed and perish.” The four prefixed verbal forms in this verse are understood as jussives. The psalmist concludes his prayer with an imprecation, calling severe judgment down on his enemies. The strong language of the imprecation seems to run contrary to the positive outcome of divine judgment envisioned in v. 16 b. Perhaps the language of v. 17 is overstated for effect. Another option is that v. 16 b expresses an ideal, while the strong imprecation of vv. 17-18 anticipates reality. It would be nice if the defeated nations actually pursued a relationship with God, but if judgment does not bring them to that point, the psalmist asks that they be annihilated so that they might at least be forced to acknowledge God’s power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A17/2"}
{"id":22121,"verse_id":"PSA.83.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"83.18","text":"After the preceding jussives (v. 17 ), the prefixed verbal form with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose (“so that they may know”) or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A18/1"}
{"id":22122,"verse_id":"PSA.83.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"83.18","text":"Heb “that you, your name [is] the Lord , you alone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A18/2"}
{"id":22123,"verse_id":"PSA.83.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":83,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"83.18","text":"Traditionally “the Most High.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2083%3A18/3"}
{"id":22124,"verse_id":"PSA.84.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.1","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew term הַגִּתִּית ( haggittit ) is uncertain; it probably refers to a musical style or instrument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A1/2"}
{"id":22125,"verse_id":"PSA.84.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"84.1","text":"Or “your dwelling place[s].” The plural form of the noun may indicate degree or quality; this is the Lord ’s special dwelling place (see Pss 43:3; 46:4; 132:5, 7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A1/3"}
{"id":22126,"verse_id":"PSA.84.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.2","text":"Heb “my soul longs, it even pines for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A2/1"}
{"id":22127,"verse_id":"PSA.84.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.2","text":"Heb “the courts of the Lord ” (see Ps 65:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A2/2"}
{"id":22128,"verse_id":"PSA.84.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"84.2","text":"Heb “my flesh,” which stands for his whole person and being.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A2/3"}
{"id":22129,"verse_id":"PSA.84.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.3","text":"The word translated “swallow” occurs only here and in Prov 26:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A3/1"}
{"id":22130,"verse_id":"PSA.84.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.3","text":"Heb “even a bird finds a home, and a swallow a nest for herself, [in] which she places her young.” sn The psalmist here romanticizes the temple as a place of refuge and safety. As he thinks of the birds nesting near its roof, he envisions them finding protection in God’s presence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A3/2"}
{"id":22131,"verse_id":"PSA.84.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.4","text":"The Hebrew noun is an abstract plural. The word often refers metonymically to the happiness that God-given security and prosperity produce (see v. 12 and Pss 1:1; 2:12; 34:9; 41:1; 65:4; 89:15; 106:3; 112:1; 127:5; 128:1; 144:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A4/1"}
{"id":22132,"verse_id":"PSA.84.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.5","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness [of] the man.” Hebrew literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The principle stated here was certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender and age specific “man” with the plural “those.” The individual referred to in v. 5 a is representative of followers of God, as the use of plural forms in vv. 5 b-7 indicates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A5/1"}
{"id":22133,"verse_id":"PSA.84.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.5","text":"Heb “roads [are] in their heart[s].” The roads are here those that lead to Zion (see v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A5/2"}
{"id":22134,"verse_id":"PSA.84.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.6","text":"The translation assumes that the Hebrew phrase עֵמֶק הַבָּכָא (’ emeq habbakha ’) is the name of an otherwise unknown arid valley through which pilgrims to Jerusalem passed. The term בָּכָא ( bakha ’) may be the name of a particular type of plant or shrub that grew in this valley. O. Borowski ( Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 130) suggests it is the black mulberry. Some take the phrase as purely metaphorical and relate בָּכָא to the root בָּכָה ( bakhah , “to weep”). In this case one might translate, “the valley of weeping” or “the valley of affliction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A6/1"}
{"id":22135,"verse_id":"PSA.84.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"84.6","text":"The MT reads “a spring they make it,” but this makes little sense. Many medieval Hebrew mss , as well as the LXX, understand God to be the subject and the valley to be the object, “he [God] makes it [the valley] [into] a spring.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A6/2"}
{"id":22136,"verse_id":"PSA.84.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"84.6","text":"This rare word may refer to the early (or autumn) rains (see Joel 2:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A6/3"}
{"id":22137,"verse_id":"PSA.84.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"84.6","text":"The MT reads בְּרָכוֹת ( bÿrakhot , “blessings”) but the preceding reference to a “spring” favors an emendation to בְּרֵכוֹת ( bÿrekhot , “pools”). sn Pools of water . Because water is so necessary for life, it makes an apt symbol for divine favor and blessing. As the pilgrims traveled to Jerusalem, God provided for their physical needs and gave them a token of his favor and of the blessings awaiting them at the temple.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A6/4"}
{"id":22138,"verse_id":"PSA.84.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.7","text":"Heb “they go from strength to strength.” The phrase “from strength to strength” occurs only here in the OT. With a verb of motion, the expression “from [common noun] to [same common noun]” normally suggests movement from one point to another or through successive points (see Num 36:7 ; 1 Chr 16:20; 17:5 ; Ps 105:13 ; Jer 25:32 ). Ps 84:7 may be emphasizing that the pilgrims move successively from one “place of strength” to another as they travel toward Jerusalem. All along the way they find adequate provisions and renewed energy for the trip.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A7/1"}
{"id":22139,"verse_id":"PSA.84.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.7","text":"The psalmist returns to the singular (see v. 5 a), which he uses in either a representative or distributive (“each one” ) sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A7/2"}
{"id":22140,"verse_id":"PSA.84.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.8","text":"Heb “ Lord , God, hosts.” One expects the construct form אֱלֹהֵי before צְבָאוֹת ( tsÿva ’ ot , “hosts”; see Ps 89:9 ) but יְהוָה אֱלֹהִים ( yehvah ’ elohim ) precedes צְבָאוֹת in Pss 59:5 and 80:4, 19 as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A8/1"}
{"id":22141,"verse_id":"PSA.84.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.9","text":"The phrase “our shield” refers metaphorically to the Davidic king, who, as God’s vice-regent, was the human protector of the people. Note the parallelism with “your anointed one” here and with “our king” in Ps 89:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A9/1"}
{"id":22142,"verse_id":"PSA.84.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.9","text":"Heb “look [on] the face of your anointed one.” The Hebrew phrase מְשִׁיחֶךָ ( mÿshikhekha , “your anointed one”) refers here to the Davidic king (see Pss 2:2; 18:50; 20:6; 28:8; 89:38, 51; 132:10, 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A9/2"}
{"id":22143,"verse_id":"PSA.84.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.10","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A10/1"}
{"id":22144,"verse_id":"PSA.84.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.10","text":"Heb “better is a day in your courts than a thousand [spent elsewhere].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A10/2"}
{"id":22145,"verse_id":"PSA.84.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"84.10","text":"Heb “I choose being at the entrance of the house of my God over living in the tents of the wicked.” The verb סָפַף ( safaf ) appears only here in the OT; it is derived from the noun סַף ( saf , “threshold”). Traditionally some have interpreted this as a reference to being a doorkeeper at the temple, though some understand it to mean “lie as a beggar at the entrance to the temple” (see HALOT 765 s.v. ספף ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A10/3"}
{"id":22146,"verse_id":"PSA.84.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"84.10","text":"The verb דּוּר ( dur , “to live”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A10/4"}
{"id":22147,"verse_id":"PSA.84.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.11","text":"Heb “[is] a sun and a shield.” The epithet “sun,” though rarely used of Israel’s God in the OT, was a well-attested royal title in the ancient Near East. For several examples from Ugaritic texts, the Amarna letters, and Assyrian royal inscriptions, see R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 131, n. 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A11/1"}
{"id":22148,"verse_id":"PSA.84.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.11","text":"Or “grace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A11/2"}
{"id":22149,"verse_id":"PSA.84.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"84.11","text":"Heb “he does not withhold good to those walking in integrity.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A11/3"}
{"id":22150,"verse_id":"PSA.84.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"84.12","text":"Traditionally “ Lord of hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A12/1"}
{"id":22151,"verse_id":"PSA.84.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":84,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"84.12","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness [of] the man [who] trusts in you.” Hebrew literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The principle stated here is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender and age specific “man” with the plural “those.” The individual referred to here is representative of all followers of God, as the use of the plural form in v. 12 b indicates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2084%3A12/2"}
{"id":22152,"verse_id":"PSA.85.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.2","text":"Heb “lifted up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A2/1"}
{"id":22153,"verse_id":"PSA.85.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"85.2","text":"Heb “covered over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A2/2"}
{"id":22154,"verse_id":"PSA.85.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.3","text":"Heb “the rage of your anger.” The phrase “rage of your anger” employs an appositional genitive. Synonyms are joined in a construct relationship to emphasize the single idea. For a detailed discussion of the grammatical point with numerous examples, see Y. Avishur, “Pairs of Synonymous Words in the Construct State (and in Appositional Hendiadys) in Biblical Hebrew,” Semitics 2 (1971): 17-81. See Pss 69:24; 78:49 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A3/1"}
{"id":22155,"verse_id":"PSA.85.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.4","text":"Heb “break your displeasure with us.” Some prefer to emend הָפֵר ( hafer , “break”) to הָסֵר ( haser , “turn aside”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A4/1"}
{"id":22156,"verse_id":"PSA.85.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.5","text":"Heb “Will your anger stretch to a generation and a generation?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A5/1"}
{"id":22157,"verse_id":"PSA.85.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"85.8","text":"Heb “speak.” The idiom “speak peace” refers to establishing or maintaining peaceful relations with someone (see Gen 37:4 ; Zech 9:10 ; cf. Ps 122:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A8/2"}
{"id":22158,"verse_id":"PSA.85.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"85.8","text":"Heb “to his people and to his faithful followers.” The translation assumes that “his people” and “his faithful followers” are viewed as identical here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A8/3"}
{"id":22159,"verse_id":"PSA.85.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"85.8","text":"Or “yet let them not.” After the negative particle אֵל (’ el ), the prefixed verbal form is jussive, indicating the speaker’s desire or wish.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A8/4"}
{"id":22160,"verse_id":"PSA.85.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.9","text":"Heb “certainly his deliverance [is] near to those who fear him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A9/1"}
{"id":22161,"verse_id":"PSA.85.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"85.9","text":"Heb “to dwell, glory, in our land.” “Glory” is the subject of the infinitive. The infinitive with - לְ ( lÿ ), “to dwell,” probably indicates result here (“then”). When God delivers his people and renews his relationship with them, he will once more reveal his royal splendor in the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A9/2"}
{"id":22162,"verse_id":"PSA.85.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.10","text":"The psalmist probably uses the perfect verbal forms in v. 10 in a dramatic or rhetorical manner, describing what he anticipates as if it were already occurring or had already occurred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A10/1"}
{"id":22163,"verse_id":"PSA.85.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.12","text":"Heb “what is good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A12/1"}
{"id":22164,"verse_id":"PSA.85.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"85.12","text":"Both “bestow” and “yield” translate the same Hebrew verb ( נָתַן , natan ). The repetition of the word emphasizes that agricultural prosperity is the direct result of divine blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A12/2"}
{"id":22165,"verse_id":"PSA.85.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"85.13","text":"Or “will go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A13/1"}
{"id":22166,"verse_id":"PSA.85.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"85.13","text":"Or “will prepare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A13/2"}
{"id":22167,"verse_id":"PSA.85.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":85,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"85.13","text":"Heb “and it prepares for a way his footsteps.” Some suggest emending וְיָשֵׂם ( vÿyasem , “and prepares”) to וְשָׁלוֹם ( vÿshalom , “and peace”) since “deliverance” and “peace” are closely related earlier in v. 13 . This could be translated, “and peace [goes ahead, making] a pathway for his footsteps” (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2085%3A13/3"}
{"id":22168,"verse_id":"PSA.86.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.2","text":"Heb “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A2/1"}
{"id":22169,"verse_id":"PSA.86.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.3","text":"Or “show me favor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A3/1"}
{"id":22170,"verse_id":"PSA.86.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.4","text":"Heb “the soul of your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A4/1"}
{"id":22171,"verse_id":"PSA.86.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.4","text":"Heb “I lift up my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A4/2"}
{"id":22172,"verse_id":"PSA.86.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.5","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A5/1"}
{"id":22173,"verse_id":"PSA.86.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.5","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A5/2"}
{"id":22174,"verse_id":"PSA.86.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.8","text":"Heb “and there are none like your acts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A8/1"}
{"id":22175,"verse_id":"PSA.86.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.9","text":"Or “bow down before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A9/1"}
{"id":22176,"verse_id":"PSA.86.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.11","text":"Heb “teach me your way.” The Lord ’s “way” refers here to the moral principles he expects the psalmist to follow. See Pss 25:4; 27:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A11/1"}
{"id":22177,"verse_id":"PSA.86.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.11","text":"Heb “I will walk in your truth.” The Lord ’s commandments are referred to as “truth” here because they are a trustworthy and accurate expression of the divine will. See Ps 25:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A11/2"}
{"id":22178,"verse_id":"PSA.86.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"86.11","text":"Heb “Bind my heart to the fearing of your name.” The verb translated “bind” occurs only here in the Piel stem. It appears twice in the Qal, meaning “be joined” in both cases ( Gen 49:6 ; Isa 14:20 ). To “fear” God’s name means to have a healthy respect for him which in turn motivates one to obey his commands (see Pss 61:5; 102:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A11/3"}
{"id":22179,"verse_id":"PSA.86.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.12","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A12/1"}
{"id":22180,"verse_id":"PSA.86.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.13","text":"Heb “for your loyal love [is] great over me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A13/1"}
{"id":22181,"verse_id":"PSA.86.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.13","text":"Or “for he will have delivered my life.” The verb form indicates a future perfect here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A13/2"}
{"id":22182,"verse_id":"PSA.86.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"86.13","text":"Or “lower Sheol.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A13/3"}
{"id":22183,"verse_id":"PSA.86.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.14","text":"Heb “rise up against me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A14/1"}
{"id":22184,"verse_id":"PSA.86.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.14","text":"Or “assembly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A14/2"}
{"id":22185,"verse_id":"PSA.86.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"86.14","text":"Heb “seek my life and do not set you before them.” See Ps 54:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A14/3"}
{"id":22186,"verse_id":"PSA.86.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.15","text":"Heb “slow to anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A15/1"}
{"id":22187,"verse_id":"PSA.86.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.15","text":"Heb “and great of loyal love and faithfulness.” sn The psalmist’s confession of faith in this verse echoes Exod 34:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A15/2"}
{"id":22188,"verse_id":"PSA.86.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.16","text":"Heb “the son of your female servant.” The phrase “son of a female servant” (see also Ps 116:16 ) is used of a son born to a secondary wife or concubine ( Exod 23:12 ). In some cases the child’s father is the master of the house (see Gen 21:10, 13 ; Judg 9:18 ). The use of the expression here certainly does not imply that the Lord has such a secondary wife or concubine! It is used metaphorically and idiomatically to emphasize the psalmist’s humility before the Lord and his status as the Lord ’s servant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A16/1"}
{"id":22189,"verse_id":"PSA.86.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"86.17","text":"Heb “Work with me a sign for good.” The expression “work a sign” also occurs in Judg 6:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A17/1"}
{"id":22190,"verse_id":"PSA.86.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"86.17","text":"After the imperative in the preceding line (“work”), the prefixed verb forms with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicate purpose or result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A17/2"}
{"id":22191,"verse_id":"PSA.86.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":86,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"86.17","text":"The perfect verbal forms are understood here as dramatic/rhetorical, expressing the psalmist’s certitude that such a sign from the Lord will be followed by his intervention. Another option is to understand the forms as future perfects (“for you, O Lord , will have helped me and comforted me”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2086%3A17/3"}
{"id":22192,"verse_id":"PSA.87.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"87.3","text":"Heb “glorious things are spoken about you.” The translation assumes this is a general reference to compliments paid to Zion by those who live within her walls and by those who live in the surrounding areas and lands. Another option is that this refers to a prophetic oracle about the city’s glorious future. In this case one could translate, “wonderful things are announced concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A3/1"}
{"id":22193,"verse_id":"PSA.87.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"87.4","text":"Heb “to those who know me” (see Ps 36:10 ). Apparently the Lord speaks here. The verbal construction (the Hiphil of זָכַר , zakhar , “remember” followed by the preposition - לְ [ le ] with a substantive) is rare, but the prepositional phrase is best understood as indicating the recipient of the announcement (see Jer 4:16 ). Some take the preposition in the sense of “among” and translate, “among those who know me” (cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV). In this case these foreigners are viewed as the Lord ’s people and the psalm is interpreted as anticipating a time when all nations will worship the Lord (see Ps 86:9 ) and be considered citizens of Zion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A4/2"}
{"id":22194,"verse_id":"PSA.87.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"87.4","text":"Heb “Look.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A4/3"}
{"id":22195,"verse_id":"PSA.87.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"87.4","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A4/4"}
{"id":22196,"verse_id":"PSA.87.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"87.4","text":"Heb “Cush.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A4/5"}
{"id":22197,"verse_id":"PSA.87.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"87.4","text":"Heb “and this one was born there.” The words “It is said of them” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for clarification and stylistic purposes (see v. 5 ). Those advocating the universalistic interpretation understand “there” as referring to Zion, but it seems more likely that the adverb refers to the nations just mentioned. The foreigners are identified by their native lands.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A4/6"}
{"id":22198,"verse_id":"PSA.87.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"87.5","text":"Heb “and of Zion it is said.” Another option is to translate, “and to Zion it is said.” In collocation with the Niphal of אָמַר (’ amar ), the preposition lamed (- לְ ) can introduce the recipient of the statement (see Josh 2:2 ; Jer 4:11 ; Hos 1:10 ; Zeph 3:16 ), carry the nuance “concerning, of” (see Num 23:23 ), or mean “be named” (see Isa 4:3; 62:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A5/1"}
{"id":22199,"verse_id":"PSA.87.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"87.5","text":"Heb “a man and a man.” The idiom also appears in Esth 1:8 . The translation assumes that the phrase refers to each of Zion’s residents, in contrast to the foreigners mentioned in v. 4 . Those advocating the universalistic interpretation understand this as a reference to each of the nations, including those mentioned in v. 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A5/2"}
{"id":22200,"verse_id":"PSA.87.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"87.5","text":"Traditionally “Most High.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A5/3"}
{"id":22201,"verse_id":"PSA.87.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"87.6","text":"Heb “the Lord records in the writing of the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A6/1"}
{"id":22202,"verse_id":"PSA.87.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"87.6","text":"As noted in v. 4 , the translation assumes a contrast between “there” (the various foreign lands) and “in her” (Zion). In contrast to foreigners, the citizens of Zion have special status because of their birthplace (v. 5 ). In this case vv. 4 and 6 form a structural frame around v. 5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A6/2"}
{"id":22203,"verse_id":"PSA.87.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":87,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"87.7","text":"Heb “and singers, like pipers, all my springs [are] in you.” The participial form חֹלְלִים ( kholÿlim ) appears to be from a denominative verb meaning “play the pipe,” though some derive the form from חוּל ( khul , “dance”). In this case the duplicated lamed ( ל ) requires an emendation to מְחֹלְלִים ( mÿkholÿlim , “a Polel form). The words are addressed to Zion. As it stands, the Hebrew text makes little, if any, sense. “Springs” are often taken here as a symbol of divine blessing and life”), but this reading does not relate to the preceding line in any apparent way. The present translation assumes an emendation of כָּל־מַעְיָנַי ( kol-ma ’ yanay , “all my springs”) to כֻּלָּם עָנוּ ( kullam ’ anu , “all of them sing,” with the form עָנוּ being derived from עָנָה , ’ anah , “sing”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2087%3A7/1"}
{"id":22204,"verse_id":"PSA.88.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.1","text":"The Hebrew phrase מָחֲלַת לְעַנּוֹת ( makhalat lÿ ’ annot ) may mean “illness to afflict.” Perhaps it refers to a particular style of music, a tune title, or a musical instrument. The term מָחֲלַת also appears in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A1/2"}
{"id":22205,"verse_id":"PSA.88.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"88.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A1/3"}
{"id":22206,"verse_id":"PSA.88.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"88.1","text":"Heb “O Lord God of my deliverance.” In light of the content of the psalm, this reference to God as the one who delivers seems overly positive. For this reason some emend the text to אַלֹהַי שִׁוַּעְתִּי (’ alohay shivva ’ tiy , “[O Lord ] my God, I cry out”). See v. 13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A1/4"}
{"id":22207,"verse_id":"PSA.88.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.2","text":"Heb “may my prayer come before you.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive, indicating the psalmist’s desire or prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A2/1"}
{"id":22208,"verse_id":"PSA.88.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.2","text":"Heb “turn your ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A2/2"}
{"id":22209,"verse_id":"PSA.88.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.3","text":"Or “my soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A3/1"}
{"id":22210,"verse_id":"PSA.88.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.3","text":"Heb “and my life approaches Sheol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A3/2"}
{"id":22211,"verse_id":"PSA.88.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.4","text":"Heb “I am considered with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A4/1"}
{"id":22212,"verse_id":"PSA.88.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.4","text":"Heb “the pit.” The noun בּוֹר ( bor , “pit,” “cistern”) is sometimes used of the grave and/or the realm of the dead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A4/2"}
{"id":22213,"verse_id":"PSA.88.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"88.4","text":"Heb “I am like a man [for whom] there is no help.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A4/3"}
{"id":22214,"verse_id":"PSA.88.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.5","text":"Heb “set free.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A5/1"}
{"id":22215,"verse_id":"PSA.88.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.5","text":"Heb “from your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A5/2"}
{"id":22216,"verse_id":"PSA.88.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.6","text":"The noun בּוֹר ( bor , “pit,” “cistern”) is sometimes used of the grave and/or the realm of the dead. See v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A6/1"}
{"id":22217,"verse_id":"PSA.88.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.8","text":"Heb “[I am] confined and I cannot go out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A8/1"}
{"id":22218,"verse_id":"PSA.88.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.9","text":"Heb “I spread out my hands to you.” Spreading out the hands toward God was a prayer gesture (see Exod 9:29, 33 ; 1 Kgs 8:22, 38 ; 2 Chr 6:12-13, 29 ; Ezra 9:15 ; Job 11:13 ; Isa 1:15 ). The words “in prayer” have been supplied in the translation to clarify this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A9/1"}
{"id":22219,"verse_id":"PSA.88.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.10","text":"Heb “Rephaim,” a term that refers to those who occupy the land of the dead (see Isa 14:9; 26:14, 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A10/1"}
{"id":22220,"verse_id":"PSA.88.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.11","text":"Heb “in Abaddon,” a name for Sheol. The noun is derived from a verbal root meaning “to perish,” “to die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A11/1"}
{"id":22221,"verse_id":"PSA.88.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.12","text":"Heb “known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A12/1"}
{"id":22222,"verse_id":"PSA.88.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.12","text":"Heb “darkness,” here a title for Sheol.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A12/2"}
{"id":22223,"verse_id":"PSA.88.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"88.12","text":"Heb “forgetfulness.” The noun, which occurs only here in the OT, is derived from a verbal root meaning “to forget.” sn The rhetorical questions in vv. 10-12 expect the answer, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A12/3"}
{"id":22224,"verse_id":"PSA.88.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.14","text":"Heb “[why] do you hide your face from me?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A14/1"}
{"id":22225,"verse_id":"PSA.88.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.15","text":"Heb “and am dying from youth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A15/1"}
{"id":22226,"verse_id":"PSA.88.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.15","text":"Heb “I carry your horrors [?].” The meaning of the Hebrew form אָפוּנָה (’ afunah ), which occurs only here in the OT, is unclear. It may be an adverb meaning “very much” (BDB 67 s.v.), though some prefer to emend the text to אָפוּגָה (’ afugah , “I am numb”) from the verb פוּג ( pug ; see Pss 38:8; 77:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A15/2"}
{"id":22227,"verse_id":"PSA.88.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.16","text":"Heb “passes over me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A16/1"}
{"id":22228,"verse_id":"PSA.88.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.17","text":"Heb “they encircle me together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A17/1"}
{"id":22229,"verse_id":"PSA.88.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"88.18","text":"Heb “you cause to be far from me friend and neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A18/1"}
{"id":22230,"verse_id":"PSA.88.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":88,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"88.18","text":"Heb “those known by me, darkness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2088%3A18/2"}
{"id":22231,"verse_id":"PSA.89.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. See the note on the phrase “well-written song” in the superscription of .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A1/2"}
{"id":22232,"verse_id":"PSA.89.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.1","text":"Or “forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A1/3"}
{"id":22233,"verse_id":"PSA.89.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.2","text":"Heb “built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A2/1"}
{"id":22234,"verse_id":"PSA.89.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.3","text":"The words “the Lord said” are supplied in the translation for clarification. It is clear that the words of vv. 3-4 are spoken by the Lord , in contrast to vv. 1-2 , which are spoken by the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A3/1"}
{"id":22235,"verse_id":"PSA.89.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.4","text":"Heb “forever I will establish your offspring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A4/1"}
{"id":22236,"verse_id":"PSA.89.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.4","text":"Heb “and I will build to a generation and a generation your throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A4/2"}
{"id":22237,"verse_id":"PSA.89.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.5","text":"As the following context makes clear, the personified “heavens” here stand by metonymy for the angelic beings that surround God’s heavenly throne.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A5/1"}
{"id":22238,"verse_id":"PSA.89.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.5","text":"Heb “in the assembly of the holy ones.” The phrase “holy ones” sometimes refers to God’s people ( Ps 34:9 ) or to their priestly leaders ( 2 Chr 35:3 ), but here it refers to God’s heavenly assembly and the angels that surround his throne (see vv. 6-7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A5/2"}
{"id":22239,"verse_id":"PSA.89.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.6","text":"Heb “sons of gods”; or “sons of God.” Though אֵלִים (’ elim ) is vocalized as a plural form (“gods”) in the Hebrew text, it is likely that the final mem ( ם ) is actually enclitic rather than a plural marker. In this case one may read “God.” Some, following a Qumran text and the LXX, also propose the phrase occurred in the original text of Deut 32:8 . The phrase בְנֵי אֵלִים ( vÿney ’ elim , “sons of gods” or “sons of God”) occurs only here and in Ps 29:1 . Since the “sons of gods/God” are here associated with “the assembly of the holy ones” and “council of the holy ones,” the heavenly assembly (comprised of so-called “angels” and other supernatural beings) appears to be in view. See Job 5:1; 15:15 and Zech 14:5 , where these supernatural beings are referred to as “holy ones.” In Canaanite mythological texts the divine council of the high god El is called “the sons of El.” The OT apparently uses the Canaanite phrase, applying it to the supernatural beings that surround the Lord ’s heavenly throne.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A6/1"}
{"id":22240,"verse_id":"PSA.89.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.7","text":"Heb “feared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A7/1"}
{"id":22241,"verse_id":"PSA.89.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.7","text":"Heb “in the great assembly of the holy ones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A7/2"}
{"id":22242,"verse_id":"PSA.89.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.7","text":"Or perhaps “feared by.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A7/3"}
{"id":22243,"verse_id":"PSA.89.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.8","text":"Traditionally “God of hosts.” The title here pictures the Lord as enthroned in the midst of the angelic hosts of heaven.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A8/1"}
{"id":22244,"verse_id":"PSA.89.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.9","text":"Heb “the majesty of the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A9/1"}
{"id":22245,"verse_id":"PSA.89.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.9","text":"Heb “rise up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A9/2"}
{"id":22246,"verse_id":"PSA.89.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.10","text":"Heb “Rahab.” The name “Rahab” means “proud one.” Since it is sometimes used of Egypt (see Ps 87:4 ; Isa 30:7 ), the passage may allude to the exodus. However, the name is also used of the sea (or the mythological sea creature) which symbolizes the disruptive forces of the world that seek to replace order with chaos (see Job 9:13; 26:12 ). Isa 51:9 appears to combine the mythological and historical referents. The association of Rahab with the sea in (see v. 9 ) suggests that the name carries symbolic force in this context. In this case the passage may allude to creation (see vv. 11-12 ), when God overcame the great deep and brought order out of chaos.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A10/1"}
{"id":22247,"verse_id":"PSA.89.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.10","text":"Heb “like one fatally wounded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A10/2"}
{"id":22248,"verse_id":"PSA.89.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.11","text":"Heb “the world and its fullness, you established them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A11/1"}
{"id":22249,"verse_id":"PSA.89.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.13","text":"Heb “is lifted up.” The idiom “the right hand is lifted up” refers to victorious military deeds (see Pss 89:42; 118:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A13/2"}
{"id":22250,"verse_id":"PSA.89.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.14","text":"Heb “are in front of your face.” The idiom can mean “confront” ( Ps 17:13 ) or “meet, enter the presence of” ( Ps 95:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A14/2"}
{"id":22251,"verse_id":"PSA.89.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.15","text":"Heb “who know the shout.” “Shout” here refers to the shouts of the Lord ’s worshipers (see Pss 27:6; 33:3; 47:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A15/1"}
{"id":22252,"verse_id":"PSA.89.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.15","text":"Heb “in the light of your face they walk.” The idiom “light of your face” probably refers to a smile (see Eccl 8:1 ), which in turn suggests favor and blessing (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 4:6; 31:16; 44:3; 67:1; 80:3, 7, 19 ; Dan 9:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A15/2"}
{"id":22253,"verse_id":"PSA.89.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.16","text":"Heb “are lifted up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A16/1"}
{"id":22254,"verse_id":"PSA.89.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.17","text":"Heb “for the splendor of their strength [is] you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A17/1"}
{"id":22255,"verse_id":"PSA.89.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.17","text":"Heb “you lift up our horn,” or if one follows the marginal reading ( Qere ), “our horn is lifted up.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt/lift up the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 75:10; 89:24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A17/2"}
{"id":22256,"verse_id":"PSA.89.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.18","text":"The phrase “our shield” refers metaphorically to the Davidic king, who, as God’s vice-regent, was the human protector of the people. Note the parallelism with “our king\" here and with “your anointed one” in Ps 84:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A18/1"}
{"id":22257,"verse_id":"PSA.89.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.19","text":"The pronoun “you” refers to the Lord , who is addressed here. The quotation that follows further develops the announcement of vv. 3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A19/1"}
{"id":22258,"verse_id":"PSA.89.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"89.19","text":"Many medieval mss read the singular here, “your faithful follower.” In this case the statement refers directly to Nathan’s oracle to David (see 2 Sam 7:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A19/2"}
{"id":22259,"verse_id":"PSA.89.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.19","text":"Heb “I have placed help upon a warrior.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A19/3"}
{"id":22260,"verse_id":"PSA.89.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"89.19","text":"Or perhaps “a chosen one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A19/4"}
{"id":22261,"verse_id":"PSA.89.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.20","text":"The words “as king” are supplied in the translation for clarification, indicating that a royal anointing is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A20/1"}
{"id":22262,"verse_id":"PSA.89.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.21","text":"Heb “with whom my hand will be firm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A21/1"}
{"id":22263,"verse_id":"PSA.89.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.22","text":"Heb “an enemy will not exact tribute.” The imperfect is understood in a modal sense, indicating capability or potential.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A22/1"}
{"id":22264,"verse_id":"PSA.89.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.22","text":"The translation understands the Hiphil of נָשַׁא ( nasha ’) in the sense of “act as a creditor.” This may allude to the practice of a conqueror forcing his subjects to pay tribute in exchange for “protection.” Another option is to take the verb from a homonymic verbal root meaning “to deceive,” “to trick.” Still another option is to emend the form to יִשָּׂא ( yisa ’), a Qal imperfect from נָאַשׂ ( na ’ as , “rise up”) and to translate “an enemy will not rise up against him” (see M. Dahood, Psalms [AB], 2:317).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A22/2"}
{"id":22265,"verse_id":"PSA.89.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.22","text":"Heb “and a son of violence will not oppress him.” The imperfect is understood in a modal sense, indicating capability or potential. The reference to a “son of violence” echoes the language of God’s promise to David in 2 Sam 7:10 (see also 1 Chr 17:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A22/3"}
{"id":22266,"verse_id":"PSA.89.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.24","text":"Heb “and my faithfulness and my loyal love [will be] with him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A24/1"}
{"id":22267,"verse_id":"PSA.89.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.24","text":"Heb “and by my name his horn will be lifted up.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt/lift up the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 75:10; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A24/2"}
{"id":22268,"verse_id":"PSA.89.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.25","text":"Some identify “the sea” as the Mediterranean and “the rivers” as the Euphrates and its tributaries. However, it is more likely that “the sea” and “the rivers” are symbols for hostile powers that oppose God and the king (see v. 9 , as well as Ps 93:3-4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A25/1"}
{"id":22269,"verse_id":"PSA.89.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.26","text":"Heb “the rocky summit of my deliverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A26/2"}
{"id":22270,"verse_id":"PSA.89.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.28","text":"Heb “forever I will keep for him my loyal love and will make my covenant secure for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A28/1"}
{"id":22271,"verse_id":"PSA.89.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.29","text":"Heb “and I will set in place forever his offspring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A29/1"}
{"id":22272,"verse_id":"PSA.89.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.29","text":"Heb “and his throne like the days of the heavens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A29/2"}
{"id":22273,"verse_id":"PSA.89.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.31","text":"Or “desecrate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A31/1"}
{"id":22274,"verse_id":"PSA.89.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.32","text":"Heb “I will punish with a club their rebellion.” sn Despite the harsh image of beating…with a club , the language reflects a father-son relationship (see v. 30 ; 2 Sam 7:14 ). According to Proverbs, a שֵׁבֶט ( shevet , “club”) was sometimes utilized to administer corporal punishment to rebellious children (see Prov 13:24; 22:15; 23:13-14; 29:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A32/1"}
{"id":22275,"verse_id":"PSA.89.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.32","text":"Heb “with blows their sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A32/2"}
{"id":22276,"verse_id":"PSA.89.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.33","text":"Heb “break”; “make ineffectual.” Some prefer to emend אָפִיר (’ afir ; the Hiphil of פָּרַר , parar , “to break”) to אָסִיר (’ asir ; the Hiphil of סוּר , sur , “to turn aside”), a verb that appears in 2 Sam 7:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A33/1"}
{"id":22277,"verse_id":"PSA.89.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.33","text":"Heb “and I will not deal falsely with my faithfulness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A33/2"}
{"id":22278,"verse_id":"PSA.89.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.34","text":"Or “desecrate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A34/1"}
{"id":22279,"verse_id":"PSA.89.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.34","text":"Heb “and what proceeds out of my lips I will not alter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A34/2"}
{"id":22280,"verse_id":"PSA.89.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.35","text":"Or “lie to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A35/1"}
{"id":22281,"verse_id":"PSA.89.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.36","text":"Heb “his offspring forever will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A36/1"}
{"id":22282,"verse_id":"PSA.89.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.36","text":"Heb “and his throne like the sun before me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A36/2"}
{"id":22283,"verse_id":"PSA.89.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.37","text":"Heb “like the moon it will be established forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A37/1"}
{"id":22284,"verse_id":"PSA.89.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.37","text":"Heb “and a witness in the sky, secure.” Scholars have offered a variety of opinions as to the identity of the “witness” referred to here, none of which is very convincing. It is preferable to join וְעֵד ( vÿ ’ ed ) to עוֹלָם (’ olam ) in the preceding line and translate the commonly attested phrase עוֹלָם וְעֵד (“forever”). In this case one may translate the second line, “[it] will be secure like the skies.” Another option (the one reflected in the present translation) is to take עד as a rare noun meaning “throne” or “dais.” This noun is attested in Ugaritic; see, for example, CTA 16 vi 22-23, where ksi (= כִּסֵּא , kisse ’, “throne”) and ’ d (= עד , “dais”) appear as synonyms in the poetic parallelism (see G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 91). Emending בַּשַּׁחַק ( bashakhaq , “in the heavens”) to כַּשַׁחַק ( kashakhaq , “like the heavens”) – bet/kaf ( כ / ב ) confusion is widely attested – one can then read “[his] throne like the heavens [is] firm/stable.” Verse 29 refers to the enduring nature of the heavens, while Job 37:18 speaks of God spreading out the heavens ( שְׁחָקִים , shÿkhaqim ) and compares their strength to a bronze mirror. Ps 89:29 uses the term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim , “skies”) which frequently appears in parallelism to שְׁחָקִים .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A37/2"}
{"id":22285,"verse_id":"PSA.89.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.38","text":"The Hebrew construction (conjunction + pronoun, followed by the verb) draws attention to the contrast between what follows and what precedes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A38/1"}
{"id":22286,"verse_id":"PSA.89.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.38","text":"Heb “your anointed one.” The Hebrew phrase מְשִׁיחֶךָ ( mÿshikhekha , “your anointed one”) refers here to the Davidic king (see Pss 2:2; 18:50; 20:6; 28:8; 84:9; 132:10, 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A38/2"}
{"id":22287,"verse_id":"PSA.89.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.39","text":"The Hebrew verb appears only here and in Lam 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A39/1"}
{"id":22288,"verse_id":"PSA.89.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.39","text":"Heb “the covenant of your servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A39/2"}
{"id":22289,"verse_id":"PSA.89.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.39","text":"Heb “you dishonor [or “desecrate”] on the ground his crown.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A39/3"}
{"id":22290,"verse_id":"PSA.89.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.40","text":"The king here represents the land and cities over which he rules.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A40/1"}
{"id":22291,"verse_id":"PSA.89.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.41","text":"Heb “all the passersby on the road.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A41/1"}
{"id":22292,"verse_id":"PSA.89.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.42","text":"Heb “you have lifted up the right hand of his adversaries.” The idiom “the right hand is lifted up” refers to victorious military deeds (see Pss 89:13; 118:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A42/1"}
{"id":22293,"verse_id":"PSA.89.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.43","text":"The perfect verbal form predominates in vv. 38-45 . The use of the imperfect in this one instance may be for rhetorical effect. The psalmist briefly lapses into dramatic mode, describing the king’s military defeat as if it were happening before his very eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A43/1"}
{"id":22294,"verse_id":"PSA.89.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"89.43","text":"Heb “you turn back, rocky summit, his sword.” The Hebrew term צוּר ( tsur , “rocky summit”) makes no sense here, unless it is a divine title understood as vocative, “you turn back, O Rocky Summit, his sword.” Some emend the form to צֹר ( tsor , “flint”) on the basis of Josh 5:2 , which uses the phrase חַרְבוֹת צֻרִים ( kharvot tsurim , “flint knives”). The noun צֹר ( tsor , “flint”) can then be taken as “flint-like edge,” indicating the sharpness of the sword. Others emend the form to אָחוֹר (’ akhor , “backward”) or to מִצַּר ( mitsar , “from the adversary”). The present translation reflects the latter, assuming an original reading תָּשִׁיב מִצָּר חַרְבּוֹ ( tashiv mitsar kharbo ), which was corrupted to תָּשִׁיב צָר חַרְבּוֹ ( tashiv tsar kharbo ) by virtual haplography (confusion of bet/mem is well-attested) with צָר ( tsar , “adversary”) then being misinterpreted as צוּר in the later tradition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A43/2"}
{"id":22295,"verse_id":"PSA.89.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.43","text":"Heb “and you have not caused him to stand in the battle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A43/3"}
{"id":22296,"verse_id":"PSA.89.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"89.44","text":"The Hebrew text appears to read, “you have brought to an end from his splendor,” but the form מִטְּהָרוֹ ( mittÿharo ) should be slightly emended (the daghesh should be removed from the tet [ ת ]) and read simply “his splendor” (the initial mem [ מ ] is not the preposition, but a nominal prefix).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A44/1"}
{"id":22297,"verse_id":"PSA.89.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.44","text":"The Hebrew verb מָגַר ( magar ) occurs only here and perhaps in Ezek 21:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A44/2"}
{"id":22298,"verse_id":"PSA.89.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.45","text":"Heb “the days of his youth” (see as well Job 33:25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A45/1"}
{"id":22299,"verse_id":"PSA.89.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.46","text":"Heb “How long, O Lord , will hide yourself forever?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A46/1"}
{"id":22300,"verse_id":"PSA.89.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.47","text":"Heb “remember me, what is [my] lifespan.” The Hebrew term חֶלֶד ( kheled ) is also used of one’s lifespan in Ps 39:5 . Because the Hebrew text is so awkward here, some prefer to emend it to read מֶה חָדֵל אָנִי ( meh khadel ’ aniy , “[remember] how transient [that is, “short-lived”] I am”; see Ps 39:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A47/1"}
{"id":22301,"verse_id":"PSA.89.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.47","text":"Heb “For what emptiness do you create all the sons of mankind?” In this context the term שָׁוְא ( shavah ) refers to mankind’s mortal nature and the brevity of life (see vv. 45, 48 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A47/2"}
{"id":22302,"verse_id":"PSA.89.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.48","text":"Heb “Who [is] the man [who] can live and not see death, [who] can deliver his life from the hand of Sheol?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “No one!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A48/1"}
{"id":22303,"verse_id":"PSA.89.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"89.49","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss read here יְהוָה ( yehvah , “the Lord ”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A49/2"}
{"id":22304,"verse_id":"PSA.89.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.49","text":"Heb “[which] you swore on oath to David by your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A49/3"}
{"id":22305,"verse_id":"PSA.89.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"89.50","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss read here יְהוָה ( yehvah , “the Lord ”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A50/1"}
{"id":22306,"verse_id":"PSA.89.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.50","text":"Heb “remember, O Lord, the taunt against your servants.” Many medieval Hebrew mss read the singular here, “your servant” (that is, the psalmist).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A50/2"}
{"id":22307,"verse_id":"PSA.89.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.50","text":"Heb “my lifting up in my arms [or “against my chest”] all of the many, peoples.” The term רַבִּים ( rabbim , “many”) makes no apparent sense here. For this reason some emend the text to רִבֵי ( rivey , “attacks by”), a defectively written plural construct form of רִיב ( riv , “dispute; quarrel”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A50/3"}
{"id":22308,"verse_id":"PSA.89.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"89.51","text":"Heb “[by] which your enemies, O Lord , taunt, [by] which they taunt [at] the heels of your anointed one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A51/1"}
{"id":22309,"verse_id":"PSA.89.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"89.52","text":"Heb “[be] blessed.” See Pss 18:46; 28:6; 31:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A52/2"}
{"id":22310,"verse_id":"PSA.89.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":89,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"89.52","text":"Heb “surely and surely” ( אָמֵן וְאָמֵן [’ amen vÿ ’ amen ], i.e., “Amen and amen”). This is probably a congregational response to the immediately preceding statement about the propriety of praising God; thus it has been translated “We agree! We agree!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2089%3A52/3"}
{"id":22311,"verse_id":"PSA.90.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.2","text":"Heb “were born.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A2/1"}
{"id":22312,"verse_id":"PSA.90.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.2","text":"Heb “and you gave birth to the earth and world.” The Polel verbal form in the Hebrew text pictures God giving birth to the world. The LXX and some other ancient textual witnesses assume a polal (passive) verbal form here. In this case the earth becomes the subject of the verb and the verb is understood as third feminine singular rather than second masculine singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A2/2"}
{"id":22313,"verse_id":"PSA.90.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"90.2","text":"Heb “and from everlasting to everlasting you [are] God.” Instead of אֵל (’ el , “God”) the LXX reads אַל (’ al , “not”) and joins the negative particle to the following verse, making the verb תָּשֵׁב ( tashev ) a jussive. In this case v. 3 a reads as a prayer, “do not turn man back to a low place.” However, taking תָּשֵׁב as a jussive is problematic in light of the following following wayyiqtol form וַתֹּאמֶר ( vato ’ mer , “and you said/say”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A2/3"}
{"id":22314,"verse_id":"PSA.90.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.3","text":"In this context the shortened prefix form does not function as a preterite, but indicates what is typical of the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A3/1"}
{"id":22315,"verse_id":"PSA.90.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.3","text":"The Hebrew term דַּכָּא ( daka ’) carries the basic sense of “crushed.” Elsewhere it refers to those who are “crushed” in spirit or contrite of heart (see Ps 34:18 ; Isa 57:15 ). If one understands this nuance here, then v. 3 is observing that God leads mankind to repentance (the term שׁוּב , shuv , “return,” which appears twice in this verse, is sometimes used of repentance.) However, the following context laments mankind’s mortality and the brevity of life, so it is doubtful if v. 3 should be understood so positively. It is more likely that דַּכָּא here refers to “crushed matter,” that is, the dust that fills the grave (see HALOT 221 s.v. s.v. I דַּכָּא ; BDB 194 s.v. דַּכָּא ). In this case one may hear an echo of Gen 3:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A3/2"}
{"id":22316,"verse_id":"PSA.90.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A4/1"}
{"id":22317,"verse_id":"PSA.90.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.5","text":"Heb “you bring them to an end [with] sleep.” The Hebrew verb זָרַם ( zaram ) has traditionally been taken to mean “flood” or “overwhelm” (note the Polel form of a root זרם in Ps 77:17 , where the verb is used of the clouds pouring down rain). However, the verb form here is Qal, not Polel, and is better understood as a homonym meaning “to make an end [of life].” The term שֵׁנָה ( shenah , “sleep”) can be taken as an adverbial accusative; it is a euphemism here for death (see Ps 76:5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A5/1"}
{"id":22318,"verse_id":"PSA.90.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.6","text":"Or “flourishes.” The verb is used of a crown shining in Ps 132:18 . Perhaps here in Ps 90:6 it refers to the glistening of the grass in the morning dew.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A6/1"}
{"id":22319,"verse_id":"PSA.90.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.6","text":"The Polel form of this verb occurs only here. Perhaps the form should be emended to a Qal (which necessitates eliminating the final lamed [ ל ] as dittographic). See Ps 37:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A6/2"}
{"id":22320,"verse_id":"PSA.90.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.7","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A7/1"}
{"id":22321,"verse_id":"PSA.90.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.8","text":"Heb “you set our sins in front of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A8/1"}
{"id":22322,"verse_id":"PSA.90.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.8","text":"Heb “what we have hidden to the light of your face.” God’s face is compared to a light or lamp that exposes the darkness around it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A8/2"}
{"id":22323,"verse_id":"PSA.90.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.9","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A9/1"}
{"id":22324,"verse_id":"PSA.90.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.9","text":"Heb “all our days pass by in your anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A9/2"}
{"id":22325,"verse_id":"PSA.90.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"90.9","text":"Heb “we finish our years like a sigh.” In Ezek 2:10 the word הֶגֶה ( hegeh ) elsewhere refers to a grumbling or moaning sound. Here a brief sigh or moan is probably in view. If so, the simile pictures one’s lifetime as transient. Another option is that the simile alludes to the weakness that characteristically overtakes a person at the end of one’s lifetime. In this case the phrase could be translated, “we end our lives with a painful moan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A9/3"}
{"id":22326,"verse_id":"PSA.90.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.10","text":"Heb “the days of our years, in them [are] seventy years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A10/1"}
{"id":22327,"verse_id":"PSA.90.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.10","text":"Heb “or if [there is] strength, eighty years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A10/2"}
{"id":22328,"verse_id":"PSA.90.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"90.10","text":"Heb “and their pride [is] destruction and wickedness.” The Hebrew noun רֹהַב ( rohav ) occurs only here. BDB 923 s.v. assigns the meaning “pride,” deriving the noun from the verbal root רהב (“to act stormily [boisterously, arrogantly]”). Here the “pride” of one’s days (see v. 9 ) probably refers to one’s most productive years in the prime of life. The words translated “destruction and wickedness” are also paired in Ps 10:7 . They also appear in proximity in Pss 7:14 and 55:10 . The oppressive and abusive actions of evil men are probably in view (see Job 4:8; 5:6; 15:35 ; Isa 10:1; 59:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A10/3"}
{"id":22329,"verse_id":"PSA.90.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"90.10","text":"or “for.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A10/4"}
{"id":22330,"verse_id":"PSA.90.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"90.10","text":"Heb “it passes quickly.” The subject of the verb is probably “their pride” (see the preceding line). The verb גּוּז ( guz ) means “to pass” here; it occurs only here and in Num 11:31 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A10/5"}
{"id":22331,"verse_id":"PSA.90.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.11","text":"Heb “Who knows the strength of your anger?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A11/1"}
{"id":22332,"verse_id":"PSA.90.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.11","text":"Heb “and like your fear [is] your raging fury.” Perhaps one should emend וּכְיִרְאָתְךְ ( ukhyir ’ otekh , “and like your fear”) to יִרְאָתְךְ ( yir ’ otkh , “your fear”), understanding a virtual dittography ( אַפֶּךָ וּכְיִרְאָתְךְ , ’ apekha ukhyir ’ otekh ) to have occurred. In this case the psalmist asserts “your fear [is] your raging fury,” that is, your raging fury is what causes others to fear you. The suffix on “fear” is understood as objective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A11/2"}
{"id":22333,"verse_id":"PSA.90.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.12","text":"Heb “to number our days,” that is, to be aware of how few they really are.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A12/1"}
{"id":22334,"verse_id":"PSA.90.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.12","text":"Heb “and we will bring a heart of wisdom.” After the imperative of the preceding line, the prefixed verbal form with the conjunction indicates purpose/result. The Hebrew term “heart” here refers to the center of one’s thoughts, volition, and moral character.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A12/2"}
{"id":22335,"verse_id":"PSA.90.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.13","text":"Heb “Return, O Lord ! How long?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A13/1"}
{"id":22336,"verse_id":"PSA.90.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.13","text":"Elsewhere the Niphal of נָחַם ( nakham ) + the preposition עַל (’ al ) + a personal object has the nuance “be comforted concerning [the personal object’s death]” (see 2 Sam 13:39 ; Jer 31:15 ). However, here the context seems to demand “feel sorrow for,” “have pity on.” In Deut 32:36 and Ps 135:14 , where “servants” is also the object of the preposition, this idea is expressed with the Hitpael form of the verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A13/2"}
{"id":22337,"verse_id":"PSA.90.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.14","text":"After the imperative (see the preceding line) the cohortatives with the prefixed conjunction indicate purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A14/2"}
{"id":22338,"verse_id":"PSA.90.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.15","text":"Heb “have seen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A15/1"}
{"id":22339,"verse_id":"PSA.90.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.16","text":"Heb “may your work be revealed to your servants.” In this context (note v. 17 ) the verb form יֵרָאֶה ( yera ’ eh ) is best understood as an unshortened jussive (see Gen 1:9 ; Isa 47:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A16/1"}
{"id":22340,"verse_id":"PSA.90.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.16","text":"Heb “and your majesty to their sons.” The verb “be revealed” is understood by ellipsis in the second line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A16/2"}
{"id":22341,"verse_id":"PSA.90.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"90.17","text":"Heb “and may the delight of the Master, our God, be on us.” The Hebrew term נֹעַם ( no ’ am , “delight”) is used in Ps 27:4 of the Lord ’s “beauty,” but here it seems to refer to his favor (see BDB 653 s.v.) or kindness ( HALOT 706 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A17/1"}
{"id":22342,"verse_id":"PSA.90.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":90,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"90.17","text":"Heb “and the work of our hands establish over us, and the work of our hands, establish it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2090%3A17/2"}
{"id":22343,"verse_id":"PSA.91.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"91.1","text":"Heb “[O] one who lives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A1/2"}
{"id":22344,"verse_id":"PSA.91.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"91.1","text":"Traditionally “the Most High.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A1/3"}
{"id":22345,"verse_id":"PSA.91.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.3","text":"The word refers specifically to a fowler (or hunter of birds).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A3/1"}
{"id":22346,"verse_id":"PSA.91.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.4","text":"Heb “put a cover over you” (see Ps 5:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A4/1"}
{"id":22347,"verse_id":"PSA.91.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"91.4","text":"The Hebrew text has the singular, but the plural should be read. The final yod ( י ) of the suffix, which indicates the plural, has dropped off by haplography (note the yod [ י ] at the beginning of the next word).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A4/2"}
{"id":22348,"verse_id":"PSA.91.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"91.4","text":"Traditionally the Hebrew term סֹחֵרָה ( sokherah ), which occurs only here in the OT, has been understood to refer to a buckler or small shield (see BDB 695 s.v.). But HALOT 750 s.v., on the basis of evidence from the cognate languages, proposes the meaning “wall.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A4/3"}
{"id":22349,"verse_id":"PSA.91.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.5","text":"This probably alludes to a sneak attack by enemies in the darkness of night (see Song 3:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A5/1"}
{"id":22350,"verse_id":"PSA.91.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.7","text":"Apparently the deadly disease mentioned in v. 6 b is the understood subject here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A7/1"}
{"id":22351,"verse_id":"PSA.91.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.8","text":"Heb “retribution on the wicked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A8/1"}
{"id":22352,"verse_id":"PSA.91.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.10","text":"Or “confront.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A10/1"}
{"id":22353,"verse_id":"PSA.91.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"91.10","text":"For this sense of the Hebrew term נגע see Ps 38:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A10/2"}
{"id":22354,"verse_id":"PSA.91.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"91.10","text":"Heb “your tent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A10/3"}
{"id":22355,"verse_id":"PSA.91.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.11","text":"Heb “for his angels he will command concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A11/1"}
{"id":22356,"verse_id":"PSA.91.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"91.11","text":"Heb “in all your ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A11/2"}
{"id":22357,"verse_id":"PSA.91.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.12","text":"Heb “so your foot will not strike a stone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A12/1"}
{"id":22358,"verse_id":"PSA.91.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.13","text":"Heb “walk upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A13/1"}
{"id":22359,"verse_id":"PSA.91.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"91.13","text":"Or perhaps “cobra” (see Ps 58:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A13/2"}
{"id":22360,"verse_id":"PSA.91.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.14","text":"The words “the Lord says” are supplied in the translation to clarify that the words which follow are the Lord ’s oracle of assurance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A14/1"}
{"id":22361,"verse_id":"PSA.91.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"91.14","text":"Or “make him secure” ( Heb “set him on high”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A14/2"}
{"id":22362,"verse_id":"PSA.91.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"91.14","text":"Heb “because he knows my name” (see Ps 9:10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A14/3"}
{"id":22363,"verse_id":"PSA.91.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":91,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"91.16","text":"Heb “length of days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2091%3A16/1"}
{"id":22364,"verse_id":"PSA.92.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"92.1","text":"Or “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A1/2"}
{"id":22365,"verse_id":"PSA.92.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.2","text":"The words “it is fitting” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. Verses 1-3 are actually one long sentence in the Hebrew text, but this has been divided up into two shorter sentences in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A2/1"}
{"id":22366,"verse_id":"PSA.92.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.4","text":"Heb “the works of your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A4/1"}
{"id":22367,"verse_id":"PSA.92.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.5","text":"Heb “very deep [are] your thoughts.” God’s “thoughts” refer here to his moral design of the world, as outlined in vv. 6-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A5/1"}
{"id":22368,"verse_id":"PSA.92.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.6","text":"Heb “the brutish man does not know, and the fool does not understand this.” The adjective בַּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “brutish”) refers to spiritual insensitivity, not mere lack of intelligence or reasoning ability (see Pss 49:10; 73:22 ; Prov 12:1; 30:2 , as well as the use of the related verb in Ps 94:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A6/1"}
{"id":22369,"verse_id":"PSA.92.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.7","text":"Or “flourish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A7/1"}
{"id":22370,"verse_id":"PSA.92.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"92.7","text":"Heb “in order that they might be destroyed permanently.” sn God allows the wicked to prosper temporarily so that he might reveal his justice. When the wicked are annihilated , God demonstrates that wickedness does not pay off.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A7/2"}
{"id":22371,"verse_id":"PSA.92.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.8","text":"Heb “[are elevated] on high.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A8/1"}
{"id":22372,"verse_id":"PSA.92.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.9","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A9/1"}
{"id":22373,"verse_id":"PSA.92.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"92.9","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A9/2"}
{"id":22374,"verse_id":"PSA.92.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"92.10","text":"The Hebrew verb בָּלַל ( balal ) usually has the nuance “to mix.” Here it seems to mean “to smear” or “to anoint.” Some emend the form to בַּלֹּתַנִי ( ballotaniy ; a second person form of the verb with a first person suffix) and read, “you anoint me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A10/2"}
{"id":22375,"verse_id":"PSA.92.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.11","text":"Heb “my eye gazes upon those who watch me [with evil intent].” See also Pss 5:8; 27:11; 56:2 . The form שׁוּרָי ( shuray ) should be emended to שׁוֹרְרָי ( shorÿray ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A11/1"}
{"id":22376,"verse_id":"PSA.92.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"92.11","text":"Heb “those who rise up against me, evil [foes], my ears hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A11/2"}
{"id":22377,"verse_id":"PSA.92.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.12","text":"The singular is used in a representative sense, with the typical godly person being in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A12/1"}
{"id":22378,"verse_id":"PSA.92.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.14","text":"Heb “they are juicy and fresh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A14/1"}
{"id":22379,"verse_id":"PSA.92.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":92,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"92.15","text":"Heb “so that [they] proclaim that upright [is] the Lord , my rocky summit, and there is no injustice in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2092%3A15/1"}
{"id":22380,"verse_id":"PSA.93.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"93.2","text":"Heb “from antiquity [are] you.” As the context suggests, this refers specifically to God’s royal position, not his personal existence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A2/1"}
{"id":22381,"verse_id":"PSA.93.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"93.3","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “waves” often refers to rivers or streams, but here it appears to refer to the surging waves of the sea (see v. 4 , Ps 24:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A3/1"}
{"id":22382,"verse_id":"PSA.93.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"93.3","text":"Heb “the waves lift up, O Lord , the waves lift up their voice, the waves lift up their crashing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A3/2"}
{"id":22383,"verse_id":"PSA.93.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"93.4","text":"Heb “mighty waters.” sn The surging waters here symbolizes the hostile enemies of God who seek to destroy the order he has established in the world (see Pss 18:17; 29:3; 32:6; 77:20; 144:7 ; Isa 17:13 ; Jer 51:55 ; Ezek 26:19 ; Hab 3:15 ). But the Lord is depicted as elevated above and sovereign over these raging waters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A4/1"}
{"id":22384,"verse_id":"PSA.93.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"93.4","text":"Heb “mighty on high [is] the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A4/2"}
{"id":22385,"verse_id":"PSA.93.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"93.5","text":"Traditionally “your testimonies.” The Hebrew noun עֵדוּת (’ edut ) refers here to the demands of God’s covenant law. See Ps 19:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A5/1"}
{"id":22386,"verse_id":"PSA.93.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":93,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"93.5","text":"Heb “for your house holiness is fitting, O Lord , for length of days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2093%3A5/4"}
{"id":22387,"verse_id":"PSA.94.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.3","text":"Or “exult.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A3/1"}
{"id":22388,"verse_id":"PSA.94.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.4","text":"Heb “they gush forth [words].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A4/1"}
{"id":22389,"verse_id":"PSA.94.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.4","text":"The Hitpael of אָמַר (’ amar ) occurs only here (and perhaps in Isa 61:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A4/2"}
{"id":22390,"verse_id":"PSA.94.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.5","text":"Or “your inheritance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A5/1"}
{"id":22391,"verse_id":"PSA.94.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.6","text":"The Hebrew noun יָתוֹם ( yatom ) refers to one who has lost his father (not necessarily his mother, see Ps 109:9 ). Because they were so vulnerable and were frequently exploited, fatherless children are often mentioned as epitomizing the oppressed (see Pss 10:14; 68:5; 82:3; 146:9 ; as well as Job 6:27; 22:9; 24:3, 9; 29:12; 31:17, 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A6/1"}
{"id":22392,"verse_id":"PSA.94.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.7","text":"Heb “does not understand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A7/1"}
{"id":22393,"verse_id":"PSA.94.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.8","text":"Heb “understand.” The verb used in v. 7 is repeated here for rhetorical effect. The people referred to here claim God is ignorant of their actions, but the psalmist corrects their faulty viewpoint.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A8/1"}
{"id":22394,"verse_id":"PSA.94.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.8","text":"Heb “[you] brutish among the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A8/2"}
{"id":22395,"verse_id":"PSA.94.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.9","text":"Heb “The one who plants an ear, does he not hear? The one who forms an eye, does he not see?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A9/1"}
{"id":22396,"verse_id":"PSA.94.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.11","text":"Heb “the Lord knows the thoughts of man, that they are emptiness.” The psalmist thinks specifically of the “thoughts” expressed in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A11/1"}
{"id":22397,"verse_id":"PSA.94.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.12","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness [of] the man.” Hebrew wisdom literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender and age specific “man” with the more neutral “one.” The generic masculine pronoun is used in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A12/1"}
{"id":22398,"verse_id":"PSA.94.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.13","text":"Heb “to give him rest from the days of trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A13/1"}
{"id":22399,"verse_id":"PSA.94.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.13","text":"Heb “until a pit is dug for the wicked.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A13/2"}
{"id":22400,"verse_id":"PSA.94.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.14","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A14/1"}
{"id":22401,"verse_id":"PSA.94.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.14","text":"Or “his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A14/2"}
{"id":22402,"verse_id":"PSA.94.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.15","text":"Heb “for judgment will return to justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A15/1"}
{"id":22403,"verse_id":"PSA.94.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.15","text":"Heb “all the pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 7:10; 11:2; 32:11; 36:10; 64:10; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A15/2"}
{"id":22404,"verse_id":"PSA.94.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"94.15","text":"Heb “and after it [are] the pure of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A15/3"}
{"id":22405,"verse_id":"PSA.94.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.16","text":"Heb “for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A16/1"}
{"id":22406,"verse_id":"PSA.94.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.17","text":"Heb “If the Lord [were] not my help, quickly my life would have lain down in silence.” The psalmist, perhaps speaking as the nation’s representative, recalls God’s past intervention. For other examples of conditional sentences with the term לוּלֵי ( luley , “if not”) in the protasis and a perfect verbal form in the apodosis, see Pss 119:92 and 124:2-5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A17/1"}
{"id":22407,"verse_id":"PSA.94.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.19","text":"Heb “when my worries are many within me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A19/1"}
{"id":22408,"verse_id":"PSA.94.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.19","text":"Heb “your comforts cause my soul to delight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A19/2"}
{"id":22409,"verse_id":"PSA.94.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.20","text":"Heb “a throne of destruction.” “Throne” stands here by metonymy for rulers who occupy thrones.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A20/1"}
{"id":22410,"verse_id":"PSA.94.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.20","text":"Heb “Is a throne of destruction united to you, one that forms trouble upon a statute?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “Of course not!” The translation, while not preserving the interrogative form of the statement, reflects its rhetorical force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A20/2"}
{"id":22411,"verse_id":"PSA.94.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.21","text":"Or “attack.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A21/1"}
{"id":22412,"verse_id":"PSA.94.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.21","text":"Heb “the life of the blameless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A21/2"}
{"id":22413,"verse_id":"PSA.94.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"94.21","text":"Heb “and the blood of the innocent they declare guilty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A21/3"}
{"id":22414,"verse_id":"PSA.94.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.22","text":"Heb “and the Lord has become my elevated place.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive is used in a rhetorical sense, describing an anticipated development as if it were already reality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A22/1"}
{"id":22415,"verse_id":"PSA.94.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.22","text":"Heb “and my God [has become] a rocky summit of my safety.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A22/2"}
{"id":22416,"verse_id":"PSA.94.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"94.23","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) consecutive is used in a rhetorical sense, describing an anticipated development as if it were already reality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A23/1"}
{"id":22417,"verse_id":"PSA.94.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":94,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"94.23","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2094%3A23/2"}
{"id":22418,"verse_id":"PSA.95.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.2","text":"Heb “meet his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A2/1"}
{"id":22419,"verse_id":"PSA.95.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"95.2","text":"Heb “with songs of joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A2/2"}
{"id":22420,"verse_id":"PSA.95.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.3","text":"Heb “above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A3/1"}
{"id":22421,"verse_id":"PSA.95.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.4","text":"The phrase “in his hand” means within the sphere of his authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A4/1"}
{"id":22422,"verse_id":"PSA.95.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.6","text":"Heb “kneel down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A6/1"}
{"id":22423,"verse_id":"PSA.95.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.7","text":"Heb “of his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A7/1"}
{"id":22424,"verse_id":"PSA.95.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"95.7","text":"Heb “if only you would listen to his voice.” The Hebrew particle אִם (’ im , “if”) and following prefixed verbal form here express a wish (cf. Ps 81:8 ). Note that the apodosis (the “then” clause of the conditional sentence) is suppressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A7/2"}
{"id":22425,"verse_id":"PSA.95.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.8","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation to clarify that the following words are spoken by the Lord (see vv. 9-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A8/1"}
{"id":22426,"verse_id":"PSA.95.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"95.8","text":"Heb “do not harden your heart[s] as [at] Meribah, as [in] the day of Massah in the wilderness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A8/4"}
{"id":22427,"verse_id":"PSA.95.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.9","text":"Heb “where your fathers tested me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A9/1"}
{"id":22428,"verse_id":"PSA.95.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.10","text":"The prefixed verbal form is either a preterite or an imperfect. If the latter, it emphasizes the ongoing nature of the condition in the past. The translation reflects this interpretation of the verbal form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A10/1"}
{"id":22429,"verse_id":"PSA.95.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"95.10","text":"Heb “a people, wanderers of heart [are] they.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A10/2"}
{"id":22430,"verse_id":"PSA.95.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"95.10","text":"Heb “and they do not know my ways.” In this context the Lord ’s “ways” are his commands, viewed as a pathway from which his people, likened to wayward sheep (see v. 7 ), wander.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A10/3"}
{"id":22431,"verse_id":"PSA.95.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":95,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"95.11","text":"Heb “my resting place.” The promised land of Canaan is here viewed metaphorically as a place of rest for God’s people, who are compared to sheep (see v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2095%3A11/1"}
{"id":22432,"verse_id":"PSA.96.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.2","text":"Heb “announce from day to day his deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A2/1"}
{"id":22433,"verse_id":"PSA.96.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.3","text":"The verb “tell” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A3/1"}
{"id":22434,"verse_id":"PSA.96.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.4","text":"Or perhaps “and feared by all gods.” See Ps 89:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A4/1"}
{"id":22435,"verse_id":"PSA.96.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.5","text":"The Hebrew term אֱלִילִים (’ elilim , “worthless”) sounds like אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim , “gods”). The sound play draws attention to the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A5/1"}
{"id":22436,"verse_id":"PSA.96.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.6","text":"Heb “majesty and splendor [are] before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A6/1"}
{"id":22437,"verse_id":"PSA.96.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"96.6","text":"Heb “strength and beauty [are] in his sanctuary.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A6/2"}
{"id":22438,"verse_id":"PSA.96.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.8","text":"Heb “the splendor of [i.e., “due”] his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A8/1"}
{"id":22439,"verse_id":"PSA.96.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.9","text":"Or “in holy splendor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A9/1"}
{"id":22440,"verse_id":"PSA.96.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"96.13","text":"The verbal forms in v. 13 probably describe God’s typical, characteristic behavior, though they may depict in dramatic fashion the outworking of divine judgment or anticipate a future judgment of worldwide proportions, in which case they could be translated “will judge the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A13/1"}
{"id":22441,"verse_id":"PSA.96.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":96,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"96.13","text":"Heb “and the nations with his integrity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2096%3A13/2"}
{"id":22442,"verse_id":"PSA.97.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.3","text":"Heb “all around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A3/1"}
{"id":22443,"verse_id":"PSA.97.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.7","text":"The translation assumes that the prefixed verbal form in the first line is an imperfect (“are ashamed”) and that the ambiguous form in the third line is a perfect (“bow down”) because the psalmist appears to be describing the effect of the Lord ’s mighty theophany on those who witness it (see vv. 5, 8 ). Another option is to take the prefixed form in the first line as a jussive (“let all who worship idols be ashamed”) and the ambiguous form in the third line as an imperative (“All you gods, bow down before him!”; cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A7/1"}
{"id":22444,"verse_id":"PSA.97.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.8","text":"Heb “daughters.” The term “daughters” refers to the cities of Judah surrounding Zion (see Ps 48:11 and H. Haag, TDOT 2:336).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A8/1"}
{"id":22445,"verse_id":"PSA.97.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.9","text":"Traditionally “Most High.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A9/1"}
{"id":22446,"verse_id":"PSA.97.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.10","text":"The participle may be verbal, though it might also be understood as substantival and appositional to “the Lord .” In this case one could translate, “Hate evil, you who love the Lord , the one who protects the lives…and delivers them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A10/1"}
{"id":22447,"verse_id":"PSA.97.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"97.10","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A10/2"}
{"id":22448,"verse_id":"PSA.97.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.11","text":"Heb “Light is planted for the godly, and for the upright of heart joy.” The translation assumes an emendation of זָרַע ( zara ’, “planted”) to זָרַח ( zara ’, “shines”) which collocates more naturally with “light.” “Light” here symbolizes the joy (note the following line) that accompanies deliverance and the outpouring of divine favor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A11/1"}
{"id":22449,"verse_id":"PSA.97.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":97,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"97.12","text":"Heb “to his holy remembrance.” The Hebrew noun זָכַר ( zakhar , “remembrance”) here refers to the name of the Lord as invoked in liturgy and praise. Cf. Pss 6:5; 30:4 . The Lord ’s “name” is “holy” in the sense that it is a reminder of his uniqueness and greatness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2097%3A12/1"}
{"id":22450,"verse_id":"PSA.98.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":98,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"98.1","text":"The perfect verbal forms in vv. 1-3 are understood here as describing characteristic divine activities. Another option is to translate them as present perfects, “has performed…has accomplished deliverance, etc.” referring to completed actions that have continuing results.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2098%3A1/3"}
{"id":22451,"verse_id":"PSA.98.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":98,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"98.2","text":"Heb “makes known his deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2098%3A2/1"}
{"id":22452,"verse_id":"PSA.98.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":98,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"98.3","text":"Heb “he remembers his loyal love and his faithfulness to the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2098%3A3/1"}
{"id":22453,"verse_id":"PSA.98.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":98,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"98.3","text":"Heb “the deliverance of our God,” with “God” being a subjective genitive (= God delivers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2098%3A3/2"}
{"id":22454,"verse_id":"PSA.98.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":98,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"98.9","text":"The verbal forms in v. 9 probably describe God’s typical, characteristic behavior, though they may depict in dramatic fashion the outworking of divine judgment or anticipate a future judgment of worldwide proportions (“will judge…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2098%3A9/1"}
{"id":22455,"verse_id":"PSA.99.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"99.1","text":"The prefixed verbal forms in v. 1 are understood here as indicating the nations’ characteristic response to the reality of the Lord ’s kingship. Another option is to take them as jussives: “let the nations tremble…let the earth shake!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A1/2"}
{"id":22456,"verse_id":"PSA.99.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.2","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A2/1"}
{"id":22457,"verse_id":"PSA.99.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.3","text":"The pronoun refers to the Lord himself (see vv. 5, 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A3/1"}
{"id":22458,"verse_id":"PSA.99.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.4","text":"Heb “and strength, a king, justice he loves.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is difficult here. The translation assumes that two affirmations are made about the king, the Lord (see v. 1 , and Ps 98:6 ). The noun עֹז (’ oz , “strength”) should probably be revocalized as the adjective עַז (’ az , “strong”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A4/1"}
{"id":22459,"verse_id":"PSA.99.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"99.4","text":"Heb “you establish fairness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A4/2"}
{"id":22460,"verse_id":"PSA.99.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.5","text":"Or “exalt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A5/1"}
{"id":22461,"verse_id":"PSA.99.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"99.5","text":"Or “bow down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A5/2"}
{"id":22462,"verse_id":"PSA.99.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.6","text":"Heb “among those who called on his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A6/1"}
{"id":22463,"verse_id":"PSA.99.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"99.6","text":"Heb “those who.” The participle is in apposition to the phrase “those who called on his name” in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A6/2"}
{"id":22464,"verse_id":"PSA.99.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.8","text":"Heb “a God of lifting up [i.e., forgiveness] you were to them, and an avenger concerning their deeds.” The present translation reflects the traditional interpretation, which understands the last line as qualifying the preceding one. God forgave Moses and Aaron, but he also disciplined them when they sinned (cf. NIV, NRSV). Another option is to take “their deeds” as referring to harmful deeds directed against Moses and Aaron. In this case the verse may be translated, “and one who avenged attacks against them.” Still another option is to emend the participial form נֹקֵם ( noqem , “an avenger”) to נֹקָם ( noqam ), a rare Qal participial form of נָקַה ( naqah , “purify”) with a suffixed pronoun. In this case one could translate, “and one who purified them from their [sinful] deeds” (cf. NEB “and held them innocent”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A8/1"}
{"id":22465,"verse_id":"PSA.99.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":99,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"99.9","text":"Or “exalt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%2099%3A9/1"}
{"id":22466,"verse_id":"PSA.100.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":100,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"100.2","text":"Or “serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20100%3A2/1"}
{"id":22467,"verse_id":"PSA.100.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":100,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"100.3","text":"The present translation (like most modern translations) follows the Qere (marginal reading), which reads literally, “and to him [are] we.” The Kethib (consonantal text) has “and not we.” The suffixed preposition לו (“to him”) was confused aurally with the negative particle לא because the two sound identical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20100%3A3/1"}
{"id":22468,"verse_id":"PSA.100.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":100,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"100.5","text":"Or “is forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20100%3A5/1"}
{"id":22469,"verse_id":"PSA.100.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":100,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"100.5","text":"Heb “and to a generation and a generation [is] his faithfulness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20100%3A5/2"}
{"id":22470,"verse_id":"PSA.101.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.2","text":"Heb “take notice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A2/1"}
{"id":22471,"verse_id":"PSA.101.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"101.2","text":"Heb “I will walk about in the integrity of my heart in the midst of my house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A2/2"}
{"id":22472,"verse_id":"PSA.101.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.3","text":"Heb “I will not set before my eyes a thing of worthlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A3/1"}
{"id":22473,"verse_id":"PSA.101.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"101.3","text":"Heb “the doing of swerving [deeds] I hate.” The Hebrew term סֵטִים ( setim ) is probably an alternate spelling of שֵׂטִים ( setim ), which appears in many medieval Hebrew mss . The form appears to be derived from a verbal root שׂוּט ( sut , “to fall away; to swerve”; see Ps 40:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A3/2"}
{"id":22474,"verse_id":"PSA.101.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"101.3","text":"Heb “it [i.e., the doing of evil deeds] does not cling to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A3/3"}
{"id":22475,"verse_id":"PSA.101.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.4","text":"Heb “a perverse heart will turn aside from me.” The adjective עִקֵּשׁ (’ iqqesh ) has the basic nuance “twisted; crooked” and by extension refers to someone or something that is morally perverse (see Ps 18:26 ). It appears frequently in the Book of Proverbs, where it is used of evil people ( 22:5 ), speech ( 8:8; 19:1 ), thoughts (11:20; 17:20), and life styles (2:15; 28:6).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A4/1"}
{"id":22476,"verse_id":"PSA.101.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"101.4","text":"Heb “know.” The king will not willingly allow perverse individuals to remain in his royal court.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A4/2"}
{"id":22477,"verse_id":"PSA.101.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.5","text":"Heb “[one who has] pride of eyes and wideness [i.e., arrogance] of heart, him I will not endure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A5/1"}
{"id":22478,"verse_id":"PSA.101.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.6","text":"Heb “my eyes [are] on the faithful of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A6/1"}
{"id":22479,"verse_id":"PSA.101.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"101.6","text":"The Hebrew text simply reads, “in order to live with me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A6/2"}
{"id":22480,"verse_id":"PSA.101.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"101.6","text":"Heb “one who walks in the way of integrity, he will minister to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A6/3"}
{"id":22481,"verse_id":"PSA.101.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"101.7","text":"Heb “he will not live in the midst of my house, one who does deceit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A7/1"}
{"id":22482,"verse_id":"PSA.101.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":101,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"101.7","text":"Heb “one who speaks lies will not be established before my eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20101%3A7/2"}
{"id":22483,"verse_id":"PSA.102.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.2","text":"Heb “do not hide your face from me in the day of my trouble.” The idiom “to hide the face” can mean “to ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or carry the stronger idea of “to reject” (see Pss 29:7; 30:7; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A2/1"}
{"id":22484,"verse_id":"PSA.102.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.2","text":"Heb “turn toward me your ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A2/2"}
{"id":22485,"verse_id":"PSA.102.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.3","text":"Heb “for my days come to an end in smoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A3/1"}
{"id":22486,"verse_id":"PSA.102.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.3","text":"The Hebrew noun מוֹ־קֵד ( mo-qed , “fireplace”) occurs only here, in Isa 33:14 (where it refers to the fire itself), and perhaps in Lev 6:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A3/2"}
{"id":22487,"verse_id":"PSA.102.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.4","text":"Heb “struck, attacked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A4/1"}
{"id":22488,"verse_id":"PSA.102.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.4","text":"Heb “I forget.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A4/2"}
{"id":22489,"verse_id":"PSA.102.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.5","text":"Heb “from the sound of my groaning my bone[s] stick to my flesh.” The preposition at the beginning of the verse is causal; the phrase “sound of my groaning” is metonymic for the anxiety that causes the groaning. The point seems to be this: Anxiety (which causes the psalmist to groan) keeps him from eating (v. 4 ). This physical deprivation in turn makes him emaciated – he is turned to “skin and bones,” so to speak.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A5/1"}
{"id":22490,"verse_id":"PSA.102.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.6","text":"The Hebrew term קָאַת ( qa ’ at ) refers to some type of bird (see Lev 11:18 ; Deut 14:17 ) that was typically found near ruins (see Zeph 2:14 ). Modern translations have frequently rendered this as some type of owl (NIV, REB “desert owl”; NRSV “owl”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A6/1"}
{"id":22491,"verse_id":"PSA.102.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.6","text":"The Hebrew term כוֹס ( khos ) refers to a bird (see Lev 11:17 ; Deut 14:16 ), probably a type of owl (cf. NIV, REB “owl”; NRSV “little owl”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A6/2"}
{"id":22492,"verse_id":"PSA.102.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.7","text":"This probably refers to the psalmist’s inability to sleep. Another option is to translate, “I keep watch,” in which case it might refer to watching for a response from the Lord (see vv. 1-2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A7/1"}
{"id":22493,"verse_id":"PSA.102.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.8","text":"Heb “by me they swear.” When the psalmist’s enemies call judgment down on others, they hold the psalmist up as a prime example of what they desire their enemies to become.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A8/1"}
{"id":22494,"verse_id":"PSA.102.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.9","text":"Heb “weeping.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A9/2"}
{"id":22495,"verse_id":"PSA.102.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.10","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A10/1"}
{"id":22496,"verse_id":"PSA.102.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.11","text":"Heb “my days [are] like an extended [or “lengthening”] shadow,” that is, like a late afternoon shadow made by the descending sun that will soon be swallowed up by complete darkness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A11/1"}
{"id":22497,"verse_id":"PSA.102.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.12","text":"Heb “sit” (i.e., sit enthroned, see Ps 9:7 ). The imperfect verbal form highlights the generalization.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A12/1"}
{"id":22498,"verse_id":"PSA.102.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.12","text":"Heb “and your remembrance [is] for a generation and a generation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A12/2"}
{"id":22499,"verse_id":"PSA.102.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.13","text":"The imperfect verbal forms are understood as expressing the psalmist’s confidence in God’s intervention. Another option is to take them as expressing the psalmist’s request or wish, “You, rise up and have compassion!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A13/1"}
{"id":22500,"verse_id":"PSA.102.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.14","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A14/1"}
{"id":22501,"verse_id":"PSA.102.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.14","text":"The Poel of חָנַן ( khanan ) occurs only here and in Prov 14:21 , where it refers to having compassion on the poor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A14/2"}
{"id":22502,"verse_id":"PSA.102.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"102.14","text":"Heb “her dust,” probably referring to the dust of the city’s rubble.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A14/3"}
{"id":22503,"verse_id":"PSA.102.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.15","text":"Heb “will fear the name of the Lord .” To “fear” God’s name means to have a healthy respect for his revealed reputation which in turn motivates one to obey God’s commands (see Ps 86:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A15/1"}
{"id":22504,"verse_id":"PSA.102.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.15","text":"The verb “will fear” is understood by ellipsis in the second line (see the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A15/2"}
{"id":22505,"verse_id":"PSA.102.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.17","text":"The Hebrew adjective עַרְעָר (’ arar , “destitute”) occurs only here in the OT. It is derived from the verbal root ערר (“to strip oneself”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A17/1"}
{"id":22506,"verse_id":"PSA.102.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.17","text":"Heb “despise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A17/2"}
{"id":22507,"verse_id":"PSA.102.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"102.17","text":"The perfect verbal forms in vv. 16-17 are functioning as future perfects, indicating future actions that will precede the future developments described in v. 15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A17/3"}
{"id":22508,"verse_id":"PSA.102.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.18","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “this,” referring to the anticipated divine intervention on behalf of Zion (vv. 13, 16-17 ). The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A18/1"}
{"id":22509,"verse_id":"PSA.102.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.19","text":"Heb “from the height of his sanctuary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A19/1"}
{"id":22510,"verse_id":"PSA.102.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.19","text":"The perfect verbal forms in v. 19 are functioning as future perfects, indicating future actions that will precede the future developments described in v. 18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A19/2"}
{"id":22511,"verse_id":"PSA.102.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.20","text":"Heb “the sons of death.” The phrase “sons of death” (see also Ps 79:11 ) is idiomatic for those condemned to die.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A20/1"}
{"id":22512,"verse_id":"PSA.102.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.21","text":"Heb “his praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A21/1"}
{"id":22513,"verse_id":"PSA.102.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A21/2"}
{"id":22514,"verse_id":"PSA.102.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.22","text":"“and the kingdoms to serve the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A22/1"}
{"id":22515,"verse_id":"PSA.102.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.23","text":"Heb “he has afflicted my strength in the way.” The term “way” refers here to the course of the psalmist’s life, which appears to be ending prematurely (vv. 23 b-24).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A23/1"}
{"id":22516,"verse_id":"PSA.102.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.24","text":"Heb “do not lift me up in the middle of my days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A24/1"}
{"id":22517,"verse_id":"PSA.102.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.24","text":"Heb “in a generation of generations [are] your years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A24/2"}
{"id":22518,"verse_id":"PSA.102.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.26","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A26/1"}
{"id":22519,"verse_id":"PSA.102.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.26","text":"The Hebrew verb חָלַף ( khalaf ) occurs twice in this line, once in the Hiphil (“you will remove them”) and once in the Qal (“they will disappear”). The repetition draws attention to the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A26/2"}
{"id":22520,"verse_id":"PSA.102.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.27","text":"Heb “you [are] he,” or “you [are] the one.” The statement may echo the Lord ’s affirmation “I am he” in Isa 41:4; 43:10, 13; 46:10; 48:12 . In each of these passages the affirmation emphasizes the fact that the Lord transcends time limitations, the very point being made in Ps 102:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A27/1"}
{"id":22521,"verse_id":"PSA.102.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"102.28","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A28/1"}
{"id":22522,"verse_id":"PSA.102.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":102,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"102.28","text":"Heb “before you will be established.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20102%3A28/2"}
{"id":22523,"verse_id":"PSA.103.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.2","text":"Or “his benefits” (see 2 Chr 32:25 , where the noun is also used of kind deeds performed by the Lord ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A2/1"}
{"id":22524,"verse_id":"PSA.103.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.3","text":"This relatively rare noun refers to deadly diseases (see Deut 29:22 ; Jer 14:18; 16:4 ; 2 Chr 21:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A3/1"}
{"id":22525,"verse_id":"PSA.103.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.4","text":"Or “redeems.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A4/1"}
{"id":22526,"verse_id":"PSA.103.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.4","text":"The Hebrew term שַׁחַת ( shakhat , “pit”) is often used as a title for Sheol (see Pss 16:10; 30:9; 49:9; 55:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A4/2"}
{"id":22527,"verse_id":"PSA.103.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"103.5","text":"Heb “who satisfies with the good of your ornaments.” The text as it stands makes little, if any, sense. The translation assumes an emendation of עֶדְיֵךְ (’ ed ’ ekh , “your ornaments”) to עֹדֵכִי (’ odekhiy , “your duration; your continuance”) that is, “your life” (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 18).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A5/1"}
{"id":22528,"verse_id":"PSA.103.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.6","text":"Heb “the Lord does fairness, and [acts of] justice for all the oppressed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A6/1"}
{"id":22529,"verse_id":"PSA.103.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.7","text":"Heb “made known his ways.” God’s “ways” in this context are his protective and salvific acts in fulfillment of his promise (see also Deut 32:4 ; Pss 18:30; 67:2; 77:13 [note vv. 11-12, 14 ]; 138:5; 145:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A7/1"}
{"id":22530,"verse_id":"PSA.103.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.8","text":"Heb “slow to anger” (see Ps 86:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A8/1"}
{"id":22531,"verse_id":"PSA.103.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.8","text":"Heb “and great of loyal love” (see Ps 86:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A8/2"}
{"id":22532,"verse_id":"PSA.103.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.9","text":"The Hebrew verb נָטַר ( natar ) is usually taken to mean “to keep; to guard,” with “anger” being understood by ellipsis. The idiom “to guard anger” is then understood to mean “to remain angry” (see Lev 19:18 ; Jer 3:5, 12 ; Nah 1:2 ). However, it is possible that this is a homonymic root meaning “to be angry” (see HALOT 695 s.v. נטר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A9/1"}
{"id":22533,"verse_id":"PSA.103.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.10","text":"Heb “not according to our sins does he do to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A10/1"}
{"id":22534,"verse_id":"PSA.103.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.10","text":"Heb “and not according to our misdeeds does he repay us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A10/2"}
{"id":22535,"verse_id":"PSA.103.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.11","text":"For this sense of the verb גָבַר ( gavar ), see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 17, 19.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A11/1"}
{"id":22536,"verse_id":"PSA.103.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.11","text":"Heb “those who fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A11/2"}
{"id":22537,"verse_id":"PSA.103.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.12","text":"Heb “sunrise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A12/1"}
{"id":22538,"verse_id":"PSA.103.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.12","text":"Or “sunset.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A12/2"}
{"id":22539,"verse_id":"PSA.103.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"103.12","text":"The Hebrew term פֶּשַׁע ( pesha ’, rebellious act”) is here used metonymically for the guilt such actions produce.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A12/3"}
{"id":22540,"verse_id":"PSA.103.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.13","text":"Or “sons,” but the Hebrew term sometimes refers to children in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A13/1"}
{"id":22541,"verse_id":"PSA.103.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.13","text":"Heb “those who fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A13/2"}
{"id":22542,"verse_id":"PSA.103.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.14","text":"Heb “our form.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A14/1"}
{"id":22543,"verse_id":"PSA.103.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.14","text":"Heb “remembers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A14/2"}
{"id":22544,"verse_id":"PSA.103.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"103.14","text":"Heb “we [are] clay.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A14/3"}
{"id":22545,"verse_id":"PSA.103.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.15","text":"Heb “[as for] mankind, like grass [are] his days.” The Hebrew noun אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh ) is used here generically of human beings. What is said is true of all mankind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A15/1"}
{"id":22546,"verse_id":"PSA.103.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.16","text":"Heb “[the] wind.” The word “hot” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A16/1"}
{"id":22547,"verse_id":"PSA.103.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.17","text":"Heb “but the loyal love of the Lord [is] from everlasting to everlasting over those who fear him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A17/1"}
{"id":22548,"verse_id":"PSA.103.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.17","text":"Heb “and his righteousness to sons of sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A17/2"}
{"id":22549,"verse_id":"PSA.103.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.18","text":"Heb “to those who remember his precepts to do them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A18/1"}
{"id":22550,"verse_id":"PSA.103.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.19","text":"Heb “his kingdom rules over all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A19/1"}
{"id":22551,"verse_id":"PSA.103.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.20","text":"Heb “[you] mighty ones of strength, doers of his word, by listening to the voice of his word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A20/1"}
{"id":22552,"verse_id":"PSA.103.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.21","text":"Heb “all his hosts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A21/1"}
{"id":22553,"verse_id":"PSA.103.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.21","text":"Heb “his attendants, doers of his desire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A21/2"}
{"id":22554,"verse_id":"PSA.103.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"103.22","text":"Heb “all his works,” which includes mankind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A22/1"}
{"id":22555,"verse_id":"PSA.103.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":103,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"103.22","text":"Heb “places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20103%3A22/2"}
{"id":22556,"verse_id":"PSA.104.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.3","text":"Heb “one who lays the beams on water [in] his upper rooms.” The “water” mentioned here corresponds to the “waters above” mentioned in Gen 1:7 . For a discussion of the picture envisioned by the psalmist, see L. I. J. Stadelmann, The Hebrew Conception of the World , 44-45.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A3/1"}
{"id":22557,"verse_id":"PSA.104.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"104.4","text":"Heb “and his attendants a flaming fire.” The lack of agreement between the singular “fire” and plural “attendants” has prompted various emendations. Some read “fire and flame.” The present translation assumes an emendation to “his attendant” ( יו in the Hebrew text being virtually dittographic). sn In Ugaritic mythology Yam’s messengers appear as flaming fire before the assembly of the gods. See G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 42.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A4/1"}
{"id":22558,"verse_id":"PSA.104.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"104.6","text":"Heb “you covered it.” The masculine suffix is problematic if the grammatically feminine noun “earth” is the antecedent. For this reason some emend the form to a feminine verb with feminine suffix, כִּסַּתָּה ( kisattah , “[the watery deep] covered it [i.e., the earth]”), a reading assumed by the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A6/1"}
{"id":22559,"verse_id":"PSA.104.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.6","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A6/2"}
{"id":22560,"verse_id":"PSA.104.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.8","text":"Heb “from your shout they fled, from the sound of your thunder they hurried off.” sn Verses 7-8 poetically depict Gen 1:9-10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A8/1"}
{"id":22561,"verse_id":"PSA.104.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.9","text":"Heb “a boundary you set up, they will not cross, they will not return to cover the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A9/1"}
{"id":22562,"verse_id":"PSA.104.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.10","text":"Heb “[the] one who sends springs into streams.” Another option is to translate, “he sends streams [i.e., streams that originate from springs] into the valleys” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A10/1"}
{"id":22563,"verse_id":"PSA.104.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.12","text":"Heb “among the thick foliage they give a sound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A12/1"}
{"id":22564,"verse_id":"PSA.104.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.13","text":"Heb “from his upper rooms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A13/1"}
{"id":22565,"verse_id":"PSA.104.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.13","text":"Heb “from the fruit of your works the earth is full.” The translation assumes that “fruit” is literal here. If “fruit” is understood more abstractly as “product; result,” then one could translate, “the earth flourishes as a result of your deeds” (cf. NIV, NRSV, REB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A13/2"}
{"id":22566,"verse_id":"PSA.104.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.14","text":"Heb “causes the grass to sprout up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A14/1"}
{"id":22567,"verse_id":"PSA.104.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.14","text":"Heb “for the service of man” (see Gen 2:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A14/2"}
{"id":22568,"verse_id":"PSA.104.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"104.14","text":"Heb “to cause food to come out from the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A14/3"}
{"id":22569,"verse_id":"PSA.104.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.15","text":"Heb “and wine [that] makes the heart of man happy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A15/1"}
{"id":22570,"verse_id":"PSA.104.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.15","text":"Heb “to make [the] face shine from oil.” The Hebrew verb צָהַל ( tsahal , “to shine”) occurs only here in the OT. It appears to be an alternate form of צָהַר ( tsahar ), a derivative from צָהָרִים ( tsaharim , “noon”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A15/2"}
{"id":22571,"verse_id":"PSA.104.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"104.15","text":"Heb “and food [that] sustains the heart of man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A15/3"}
{"id":22572,"verse_id":"PSA.104.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.16","text":"Heb “are satisfied,” which means here that they receive abundant rain (see v. 13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A16/2"}
{"id":22573,"verse_id":"PSA.104.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.17","text":"Heb “[the] heron [in the] evergreens [is] its home.” sn The cedars and evergreens of the Lebanon forest are frequently associated (see, for example, 2 Chr 2:8 ; Isa 14:8; 37:24 ; Ezek 31:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A17/1"}
{"id":22574,"verse_id":"PSA.104.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.18","text":"Heb “the high mountains [are] for the goats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A18/1"}
{"id":22575,"verse_id":"PSA.104.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.19","text":"Heb “he made [the] moon for appointed times.” The phrase “appointed times” probably refers to the months of the Hebrew lunar calendar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A19/1"}
{"id":22576,"verse_id":"PSA.104.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.19","text":"Heb more metaphorically, “knows its setting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A19/2"}
{"id":22577,"verse_id":"PSA.104.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.20","text":"Heb “you make darkness, so that it might be night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A20/1"}
{"id":22578,"verse_id":"PSA.104.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.22","text":"Heb “lie down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A22/1"}
{"id":22579,"verse_id":"PSA.104.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.23","text":"Heb “man goes out to his work, and to his labor until evening.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A23/1"}
{"id":22580,"verse_id":"PSA.104.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.24","text":"Heb “How many [are] your works, O Lord .” In this case the Lord ’s “works” are the creatures he has made, as the preceding and following contexts make clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A24/1"}
{"id":22581,"verse_id":"PSA.104.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.24","text":"Heb “all of them with wisdom you have made.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A24/2"}
{"id":22582,"verse_id":"PSA.104.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.25","text":"Heb “this [is] the sea, great and broad of hands [i.e., “sides” or “shores”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A25/1"}
{"id":22583,"verse_id":"PSA.104.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.25","text":"Heb “where [there are] swimming things, and without number.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A25/2"}
{"id":22584,"verse_id":"PSA.104.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.26","text":"Heb “[and] this Leviathan, [which] you formed to play in it.” Elsewhere Leviathan is a multiheaded sea monster that symbolizes forces hostile to God (see Ps 74:14 ; Isa 27:1 ), but here it appears to be an actual marine creature created by God, probably some type of whale.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A26/1"}
{"id":22585,"verse_id":"PSA.104.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.27","text":"Heb “All of them.” The pronoun “them” refers not just to the sea creatures mentioned in vv. 25-26 , but to all living things (see v. 24 ). This has been specified in the translation as “all of your creatures” for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A27/1"}
{"id":22586,"verse_id":"PSA.104.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.27","text":"Heb “to give their food in its time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A27/2"}
{"id":22587,"verse_id":"PSA.104.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.28","text":"Heb “they are satisfied [with] good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A28/1"}
{"id":22588,"verse_id":"PSA.104.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.29","text":"Heb “you hide your face, they are terrified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A29/1"}
{"id":22589,"verse_id":"PSA.104.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.31","text":"Heb “be forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A31/1"}
{"id":22590,"verse_id":"PSA.104.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"104.31","text":"Or “rejoice in his works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A31/2"}
{"id":22591,"verse_id":"PSA.104.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.33","text":"Heb “in my duration.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A33/1"}
{"id":22592,"verse_id":"PSA.104.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.34","text":"That is, the psalmist’s thoughts as expressed in his songs of praise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A34/1"}
{"id":22593,"verse_id":"PSA.104.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":104,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"104.35","text":"Or “be destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20104%3A35/1"}
{"id":22594,"verse_id":"PSA.105.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.5","text":"Heb “and the judgments of his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A5/1"}
{"id":22595,"verse_id":"PSA.105.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.6","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A6/1"}
{"id":22596,"verse_id":"PSA.105.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"105.6","text":"Some mss have “Israel,” which appears in the parallel version of this psalm in 1 Chr 16:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A6/2"}
{"id":22597,"verse_id":"PSA.105.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"105.6","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A6/3"}
{"id":22598,"verse_id":"PSA.105.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"105.6","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A6/4"}
{"id":22599,"verse_id":"PSA.105.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"105.6","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A6/5"}
{"id":22600,"verse_id":"PSA.105.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.7","text":"Heb “in all the earth [are] his judgments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A7/1"}
{"id":22601,"verse_id":"PSA.105.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.8","text":"Heb “[the] word he commanded.” The text refers here to God’s unconditional covenantal promise to Abraham and the patriarchs, as vv. 10-12 make clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A8/1"}
{"id":22602,"verse_id":"PSA.105.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.9","text":"Heb “which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A9/1"}
{"id":22603,"verse_id":"PSA.105.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.10","text":"Or “eternal covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A10/1"}
{"id":22604,"verse_id":"PSA.105.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.13","text":"Heb “and from a kingdom to another nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A13/1"}
{"id":22605,"verse_id":"PSA.105.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.15","text":"The word “saying” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A15/1"}
{"id":22606,"verse_id":"PSA.105.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.15","text":"Heb “anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A15/2"}
{"id":22607,"verse_id":"PSA.105.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.16","text":"Heb “and every staff of food he broke.” The psalmist refers to the famine that occurred in Joseph’s time (see v. 17 and Gen 41:53-57 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A16/1"}
{"id":22608,"verse_id":"PSA.105.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.17","text":"After the reference to the famine in v. 16 , v. 17 flashes back to events that preceded the famine (see ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A17/1"}
{"id":22609,"verse_id":"PSA.105.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.18","text":"Heb “they afflicted his feet with shackles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A18/1"}
{"id":22610,"verse_id":"PSA.105.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.18","text":"Heb “his neck came [into] iron.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with the suffix could mean simply “he” or “his life.” But the nuance “neck” makes good sense here (note the reference to his “feet” in the preceding line). See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 38.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A18/2"}
{"id":22611,"verse_id":"PSA.105.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.19","text":"Heb “word,” probably referring to Joseph’s prediction about the fate of Pharaoh’s cupbearer and baker (see Gen 41:9-14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A19/1"}
{"id":22612,"verse_id":"PSA.105.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.19","text":"This line may refer to Joseph’s prediction of the famine in response to Pharaoh’s dream. Joseph emphasized to Pharaoh that the interpretation of the dream came from God (see Gen 41:16, 25, 28, 32, 39 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A19/2"}
{"id":22613,"verse_id":"PSA.105.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"105.19","text":"Heb “refined him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A19/3"}
{"id":22614,"verse_id":"PSA.105.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.20","text":"Heb “[the] king sent and set him free.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A20/1"}
{"id":22615,"verse_id":"PSA.105.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.21","text":"Heb “he made him master of his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A21/1"}
{"id":22616,"verse_id":"PSA.105.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.22","text":"Heb “to bind his officials by his will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A22/1"}
{"id":22617,"verse_id":"PSA.105.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.22","text":"Heb “and his elders he taught wisdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A22/2"}
{"id":22618,"verse_id":"PSA.105.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.23","text":"Heb “entered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A23/1"}
{"id":22619,"verse_id":"PSA.105.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.23","text":"Heb “lived as a resident alien.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A23/2"}
{"id":22620,"verse_id":"PSA.105.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.24","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A24/1"}
{"id":22621,"verse_id":"PSA.105.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.24","text":"Heb “him,” referring to “his people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A24/2"}
{"id":22622,"verse_id":"PSA.105.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"105.24","text":"Heb “his,” referring to “his people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A24/3"}
{"id":22623,"verse_id":"PSA.105.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.25","text":"Heb “their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A25/1"}
{"id":22624,"verse_id":"PSA.105.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.25","text":"Or “to deal deceptively.” The Hitpael of נָכַל ( nakhal ) occurs only here and in Gen 37:18 , where it is used of Joseph’s brothers “plotting” to kill him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A25/2"}
{"id":22625,"verse_id":"PSA.105.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.27","text":"Apparently the pronoun refers to “his servants” (i.e., the Israelites, see v. 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A27/1"}
{"id":22626,"verse_id":"PSA.105.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.28","text":"Heb “he sent darkness and made it dark.” sn He made it dark . The psalmist begins with the ninth plague (see Exod 10:21-29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A28/1"}
{"id":22627,"verse_id":"PSA.105.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.28","text":"Heb “they did not rebel against his words.” Apparently this refers to Moses and Aaron, who obediently carried out God’s orders.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A28/2"}
{"id":22628,"verse_id":"PSA.105.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.31","text":"Heb “he spoke and flies came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A31/1"}
{"id":22629,"verse_id":"PSA.105.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.32","text":"Heb “he gave their rains hail.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A32/1"}
{"id":22630,"verse_id":"PSA.105.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.32","text":"Heb “fire of flames [was] in their land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A32/2"}
{"id":22631,"verse_id":"PSA.105.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.34","text":"Heb “he spoke and locusts came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A34/1"}
{"id":22632,"verse_id":"PSA.105.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.35","text":"Heb “the fruit of their ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A35/1"}
{"id":22633,"verse_id":"PSA.105.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.36","text":"Heb “the beginning of all their strength,” that is, reproductive power (see Ps 78:51 ). sn Verses 28-36 recall the plagues in a different order than the one presented in Exodus: v. 28 (plague 9), v. 29 (plague 1), v. 30 (plague 2), v. 31 a (plague 4), v. 31 b (plague 3), vv. 32-33 (plague 7), vv. 34-35 (plague 8), v. 36 (plague 10). No reference is made in to plagues 5 and 6.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A36/1"}
{"id":22634,"verse_id":"PSA.105.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.37","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the Lord ’s people) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A37/1"}
{"id":22635,"verse_id":"PSA.105.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.37","text":"The word “enriched” is supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A37/2"}
{"id":22636,"verse_id":"PSA.105.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.38","text":"Heb “for fear of them had fallen upon them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A38/1"}
{"id":22637,"verse_id":"PSA.105.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.39","text":"Or “curtain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A39/1"}
{"id":22638,"verse_id":"PSA.105.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.40","text":"Heb “he [i.e., his people] asked.” The singular form should probably be emended to a plural שָׁאֲלוּ ( sha ’ alu , “they asked”), the vav ( ו ) having fallen off by haplography (note the vav at the beginning of the following form).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A40/1"}
{"id":22639,"verse_id":"PSA.105.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.40","text":"Or “bread of heaven.” The reference is to manna (see Exod 16:4, 13-15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A40/2"}
{"id":22640,"verse_id":"PSA.105.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.42","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A42/1"}
{"id":22641,"verse_id":"PSA.105.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"105.42","text":"Heb “his holy word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A42/2"}
{"id":22642,"verse_id":"PSA.105.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.43","text":"Heb “and he led his people out with joy, with a ringing cry, his chosen ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A43/1"}
{"id":22643,"verse_id":"PSA.105.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.44","text":"Heb “and the [product of the] work of peoples they possessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A44/1"}
{"id":22644,"verse_id":"PSA.105.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":105,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"105.45","text":"Heb “guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20105%3A45/1"}
{"id":22645,"verse_id":"PSA.106.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.2","text":"Heb “[or] cause to be heard all his praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A2/1"}
{"id":22646,"verse_id":"PSA.106.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.5","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A5/1"}
{"id":22647,"verse_id":"PSA.106.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.5","text":"Heb “in order that [I may] rejoice with the rejoicing of your nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A5/2"}
{"id":22648,"verse_id":"PSA.106.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.5","text":"Heb “with your inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A5/3"}
{"id":22649,"verse_id":"PSA.106.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.6","text":"Heb “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A6/1"}
{"id":22650,"verse_id":"PSA.106.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A6/2"}
{"id":22651,"verse_id":"PSA.106.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.7","text":"Heb “Reed Sea” (also in vv. 9, 22 ). “Reed Sea” (or “Sea of Reeds”) is a more accurate rendering of the Hebrew expression יָם סוּף ( yam suf ), traditionally translated “Red Sea.” See the note on the term “Red Sea” in Exod 13:18 . sn They rebelled . The psalmist recalls the people’s complaint recorded in Exod 14:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A7/1"}
{"id":22652,"verse_id":"PSA.106.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.8","text":"Heb “his name,” which here stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A8/1"}
{"id":22653,"verse_id":"PSA.106.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.9","text":"Or “rebuked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A9/1"}
{"id":22654,"verse_id":"PSA.106.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.10","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A10/1"}
{"id":22655,"verse_id":"PSA.106.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.10","text":"Or “redeemed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A10/2"}
{"id":22656,"verse_id":"PSA.106.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.10","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A10/3"}
{"id":22657,"verse_id":"PSA.106.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.11","text":"Heb “remained.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A11/1"}
{"id":22658,"verse_id":"PSA.106.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.12","text":"Heb “his words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A12/1"}
{"id":22659,"verse_id":"PSA.106.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.13","text":"Heb “his works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A13/1"}
{"id":22660,"verse_id":"PSA.106.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.13","text":"Heb “his counsel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A13/2"}
{"id":22661,"verse_id":"PSA.106.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.14","text":"Heb “they craved [with] a craving.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A14/2"}
{"id":22662,"verse_id":"PSA.106.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.14","text":"Heb “they tested God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A14/3"}
{"id":22663,"verse_id":"PSA.106.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.15","text":"Heb “and he sent leanness into their being.” sn Disease . See Num 11:33-34 , where this plague is described.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A15/1"}
{"id":22664,"verse_id":"PSA.106.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.16","text":"Or “envied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A16/1"}
{"id":22665,"verse_id":"PSA.106.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.16","text":"Heb “the holy one of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A16/2"}
{"id":22666,"verse_id":"PSA.106.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.17","text":"Or “covered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A17/1"}
{"id":22667,"verse_id":"PSA.106.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.17","text":"Or “the assembly of Abiram.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A17/2"}
{"id":22668,"verse_id":"PSA.106.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.20","text":"Heb “their glory.” According to an ancient Hebrew scribal tradition, the text originally read “his glory” or “my glory.” In Jer 2:11 the Lord states that his people (Israel) exchanged “their glory” (a reference to the Lord ) for worthless idols.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A20/1"}
{"id":22669,"verse_id":"PSA.106.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.21","text":"Heb “forgot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A21/1"}
{"id":22670,"verse_id":"PSA.106.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.22","text":"Or “awe-inspiring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A22/1"}
{"id":22671,"verse_id":"PSA.106.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.23","text":"Heb “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A23/1"}
{"id":22672,"verse_id":"PSA.106.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.23","text":"Heb “if not,” that is, “[and would have] if [Moses] had not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A23/2"}
{"id":22673,"verse_id":"PSA.106.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.23","text":"Heb “stood in the gap before him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A23/3"}
{"id":22674,"verse_id":"PSA.106.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"106.23","text":"Heb “to turn back his anger from destroying.” sn Verses 19-23 describe the events of Exod 32:1-35 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A23/4"}
{"id":22675,"verse_id":"PSA.106.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.24","text":"Heb “a land of delight” (see also Jer 3:19 ; Zech 7:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A24/1"}
{"id":22676,"verse_id":"PSA.106.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.24","text":"Heb “his word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A24/2"}
{"id":22677,"verse_id":"PSA.106.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.25","text":"Heb “did not listen to the voice of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A25/2"}
{"id":22678,"verse_id":"PSA.106.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.26","text":"Heb “and he lifted his hand to [or “concerning”] them.” The idiom “to lift a hand” here refers to swearing an oath. One would sometimes solemnly lift one’s hand when making such a vow (see Ezek 20:5-6, 15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A26/1"}
{"id":22679,"verse_id":"PSA.106.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.26","text":"Heb “to cause them to fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A26/2"}
{"id":22680,"verse_id":"PSA.106.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.27","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A27/1"}
{"id":22681,"verse_id":"PSA.106.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.27","text":"Heb “and to cause their offspring to fall.” Some emend the verb to “scatter” to form tighter parallelism with the following line (cf. NRSV “disperse”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A27/2"}
{"id":22682,"verse_id":"PSA.106.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.27","text":"Heb “among the lands.” The word “foreign” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A27/3"}
{"id":22683,"verse_id":"PSA.106.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.28","text":"Heb “joined themselves to.” sn They worshiped Baal of Peor . See Num 25:3, 5 . Baal of Peor was a local manifestation of the Canaanite deity Baal located at Peor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A28/1"}
{"id":22684,"verse_id":"PSA.106.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.28","text":"Here “the dead” may refer to deceased ancestors (see Deut 26:14 ). Another option is to understand the term as a derogatory reference to the various deities which the Israelites worshiped at Peor along with Baal (see Num 25:2 and L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 49).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A28/2"}
{"id":22685,"verse_id":"PSA.106.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.29","text":"Heb “They made angry [him].” The pronominal suffix is omitted here, but does appear in a few medieval Hebrew mss . Perhaps it was accidentally left off, an original וַיַּכְעִיסוּהוּ ( vayyakh ’ isuhu ) being misread as וַיַּכְעִיסוּ ( vayyakh ’ isu ). In the translation the referent of the pronominal suffix (the Lord ) has been specified for clarity to avoid confusion with Baal of Peor (mentioned in the previous verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A29/1"}
{"id":22686,"verse_id":"PSA.106.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.31","text":"Heb “and it was reckoned to him for righteousness, to a generation and a generation forever.” The verb חָשַׁב ( khashav , “to reckon”) is collocated with צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “righteousness”) only in Ps 106:31 and Gen 15:6 , where God rewards Abram’s faith with a land grant. sn Brought him a reward . See Num 25:12-13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A31/1"}
{"id":22687,"verse_id":"PSA.106.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.32","text":"Heb “there was harm to Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A32/1"}
{"id":22688,"verse_id":"PSA.106.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.33","text":"The Hebrew text vocalizes the form as הִמְרוּ ( himru ), a Hiphil from מָרָה ( marah , “to behave rebelliously”), but the verb fits better with the object (“his spirit”) if it is revocalized as הֵמֵרוּ ( hemeru ), a Hiphil from מָרַר ( marar , “to be bitter”). The Israelites “embittered” Moses’ “spirit” in the sense that they aroused his temper with their complaints.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A33/1"}
{"id":22689,"verse_id":"PSA.106.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.33","text":"Heb “his spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A33/2"}
{"id":22690,"verse_id":"PSA.106.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.33","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with his lips,” but this has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn Verses 32-33 allude to the events of Num 20:1-13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A33/3"}
{"id":22691,"verse_id":"PSA.106.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.34","text":"That is, the nations of Canaan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A34/1"}
{"id":22692,"verse_id":"PSA.106.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.35","text":"Heb “their deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A35/1"}
{"id":22693,"verse_id":"PSA.106.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.36","text":"Or “served.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A36/1"}
{"id":22694,"verse_id":"PSA.106.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.37","text":"The Hebrew term שֵׁדִים ( shedim , “demons”) occurs only here and in Deut 32:17 . Some type of lesser deity is probably in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A37/1"}
{"id":22695,"verse_id":"PSA.106.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.39","text":"Heb “and they committed adultery in their actions.” This means that they were unfaithful to the Lord (see Ps 73:27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A39/1"}
{"id":22696,"verse_id":"PSA.106.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.40","text":"Heb “the anger of the Lord burned against his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A40/1"}
{"id":22697,"verse_id":"PSA.106.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.40","text":"Heb “his inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A40/2"}
{"id":22698,"verse_id":"PSA.106.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.41","text":"Heb “gave them into the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A41/1"}
{"id":22699,"verse_id":"PSA.106.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.42","text":"Heb “they were subdued under their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A42/1"}
{"id":22700,"verse_id":"PSA.106.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.43","text":"The prefixed verbal form is either preterite or imperfect, in which case it is customary, describing repeated action in past time (“he would deliver”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A43/1"}
{"id":22701,"verse_id":"PSA.106.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.43","text":"Heb “but they rebelled in their counsel.” The prefixed verbal form is either preterite or imperfect, in which case it is customary, describing repeated action in past time (“they would have a rebellious attitude”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A43/2"}
{"id":22702,"verse_id":"PSA.106.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.43","text":"Heb “they sank down.” The Hebrew verb מָכַךְ ( makhakh , “to lower; to sink”) occurs only here in the Qal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A43/3"}
{"id":22703,"verse_id":"PSA.106.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.45","text":"The Niphal of נָחַם ( nakham ) refers here to God relenting from a punishment already underway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A45/1"}
{"id":22704,"verse_id":"PSA.106.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.46","text":"Or “captors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A46/1"}
{"id":22705,"verse_id":"PSA.106.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.47","text":"Heb “to give thanks.” The infinitive construct indicates result after the imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A47/1"}
{"id":22706,"verse_id":"PSA.106.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.47","text":"Heb “to boast in your praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A47/2"}
{"id":22707,"verse_id":"PSA.106.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"106.48","text":"Heb “[be] blessed.” See Pss 18:46; 28:6; 31:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A48/1"}
{"id":22708,"verse_id":"PSA.106.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"106.48","text":"Heb “from everlasting to everlasting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A48/2"}
{"id":22709,"verse_id":"PSA.106.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":106,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"106.48","text":"Heb “surely” ( אָמֵן , ’ amen ), traditionally transliterated “amen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20106%3A48/3"}
{"id":22710,"verse_id":"PSA.107.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.2","text":"Or “let the redeemed of the Lord say [so].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A2/1"}
{"id":22711,"verse_id":"PSA.107.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.2","text":"Or “redeemed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A2/2"}
{"id":22712,"verse_id":"PSA.107.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"107.2","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A2/3"}
{"id":22713,"verse_id":"PSA.107.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.3","text":"Heb “from lands.” The word “foreign” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A3/1"}
{"id":22714,"verse_id":"PSA.107.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.5","text":"Heb “and their soul in them fainted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A5/1"}
{"id":22715,"verse_id":"PSA.107.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.8","text":"Heb “and [for] his amazing deeds for the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A8/1"}
{"id":22716,"verse_id":"PSA.107.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.9","text":"Heb “[the] longing throat.” The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), which frequently refers to one’s very being or soul, here probably refers to one’s parched “throat” (note the parallelism with נֶפֱשׁ רְעֵבָה , nefesh rÿ ’ evah , “hungry throat”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A9/1"}
{"id":22717,"verse_id":"PSA.107.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.9","text":"Heb “and [the] hungry throat he has filled [with] good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A9/2"}
{"id":22718,"verse_id":"PSA.107.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.10","text":"Heb “those who sat in darkness and deep darkness.” Synonyms are joined here to emphasize the degree of “darkness” experienced by the exiles. The Hebrew term צַלְמָוֶת ( tsalmavet , “deep darkness”) has traditionally been understood as a compound noun, meaning “shadow of death” ( צֵל + מָוֶת [ tsel + mavet ]; see BDB 853 s.v. צַלְמָוֶת ; cf. NASB). Other authorities prefer to vocalize the form צַלְמוּת ( tsalmut ) and understand it as an abstract noun (from the root צלם ) meaning “darkness.” An examination of the word’s usage favors the latter derivation. It is frequently associated with darkness/night and contrasted with light/morning (see Job 3:5; 10:21-22; 12:22; 24:17; 28:3; 34:22 ; Ps 107:10, 14 ; Isa 9:1 ; Jer 13:16 ; Amos 5:8 ). In some cases the darkness described is associated with the realm of death ( Job 10:21-22; 38:17 ), but this is a metaphorical application of the word and does not reflect its inherent meaning. In Ps 107:10 the word refers metonymically to a dungeon, which in turn metaphorically depicts the place of Israel’s exile (see vv. 2-3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A10/1"}
{"id":22719,"verse_id":"PSA.107.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.10","text":"Heb “those bound in suffering and iron.” “Suffering and iron” is a hendiadys (like English “good and angry”), where both words contribute to one idea. In this case the first word characterizes the second; the iron (chains) contribute to the prisoners’ pain and suffering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A10/2"}
{"id":22720,"verse_id":"PSA.107.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.11","text":"Heb “the words of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A11/1"}
{"id":22721,"verse_id":"PSA.107.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.11","text":"Heb “the counsel of the Most High.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A11/2"}
{"id":22722,"verse_id":"PSA.107.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.12","text":"Heb “and he subdued with suffering their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A12/1"}
{"id":22723,"verse_id":"PSA.107.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.14","text":"Heb “darkness and deep darkness.” See the note on the word “darkness” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A14/1"}
{"id":22724,"verse_id":"PSA.107.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.15","text":"Heb “and [for] his amazing deeds for the sons of man.” See v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A15/1"}
{"id":22725,"verse_id":"PSA.107.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.17","text":"Heb “fools [they were] because of the way of their rebellion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A17/1"}
{"id":22726,"verse_id":"PSA.107.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.18","text":"Heb “all food their appetite loathed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A18/1"}
{"id":22727,"verse_id":"PSA.107.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.20","text":"Heb “he sent his word.” This probably refers to an oracle of assurance which announced his intention to intervene (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 59).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A20/1"}
{"id":22728,"verse_id":"PSA.107.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.20","text":"Heb “he rescued from their traps.” The Hebrew word שְׁחִית ( shekhit , “trap”) occurs only here and in Lam 4:20 , where it refers to a trap or pit in which one is captured. Because of the rarity of the term and the absence of an object with the verb “rescued,” some prefer to emend the text of Ps 107:20 , reading מִשַׁחַת חַיָּתָם ( mishakhat khayyatam , “[he rescued] their lives from the pit”). Note also NIV “from the grave,” which interprets the “pit” as Sheol or the grave.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A20/2"}
{"id":22729,"verse_id":"PSA.107.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.21","text":"Heb “and [for] his amazing deeds for the sons of man.” See v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A21/1"}
{"id":22730,"verse_id":"PSA.107.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.22","text":"Heb “and let them proclaim his works with a ringing cry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A22/1"}
{"id":22731,"verse_id":"PSA.107.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.23","text":"Heb “those going down [into].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A23/2"}
{"id":22732,"verse_id":"PSA.107.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"107.23","text":"Heb “doers of work on the mighty waters.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A23/3"}
{"id":22733,"verse_id":"PSA.107.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.25","text":"Heb “he spoke and caused to stand a stormy wind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A25/1"}
{"id":22734,"verse_id":"PSA.107.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.25","text":"Heb “and it stirred up its [i.e., the sea’s, see v. 23 ] waves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A25/2"}
{"id":22735,"verse_id":"PSA.107.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.26","text":"That is, the waves (see v. 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A26/1"}
{"id":22736,"verse_id":"PSA.107.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.26","text":"Heb “their being”; traditionally “their soul” (referring to that of the sailors). This is sometimes translated “courage” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A26/2"}
{"id":22737,"verse_id":"PSA.107.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"107.26","text":"Or “melted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A26/3"}
{"id":22738,"verse_id":"PSA.107.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"107.26","text":"Heb “from danger.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A26/4"}
{"id":22739,"verse_id":"PSA.107.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.27","text":"Only here does the Hebrew verb חָגַג ( khagag ; normally meaning “to celebrate”) carry the nuance “to sway.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A27/1"}
{"id":22740,"verse_id":"PSA.107.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.27","text":"The Hitpael of בָלַע ( vala ’) occurs only here in the OT. Traditionally the form is derived from the verbal root בלע (“to swallow”), but HALOT 135 s.v. III בלע understands a homonym here with the meaning “to be confused.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A27/2"}
{"id":22741,"verse_id":"PSA.107.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.29","text":"Heb “he raised [the] storm to calm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A29/1"}
{"id":22742,"verse_id":"PSA.107.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.29","text":"Heb “their waves.” The antecedent of the third masculine plural pronominal suffix is not readily apparent, unless it refers back to “waters” in v. 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A29/2"}
{"id":22743,"verse_id":"PSA.107.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.30","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the sailors) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A30/1"}
{"id":22744,"verse_id":"PSA.107.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.30","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the waves) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A30/2"}
{"id":22745,"verse_id":"PSA.107.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"107.30","text":"The Hebrew noun occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A30/3"}
{"id":22746,"verse_id":"PSA.107.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.31","text":"Heb “and [for] his amazing deeds for the sons of man.” See v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A31/1"}
{"id":22747,"verse_id":"PSA.107.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.32","text":"Heb “in the seat of the elders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A32/1"}
{"id":22748,"verse_id":"PSA.107.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.33","text":"The verbal form appears to be a preterite, which is most naturally taken as narrational. (The use of prefixed forms with vav [ ו ] consecutive in vv. 36-37 favor this.) The psalmist may return to the theme of God’s intervention for the exiles (see vv. 4-22 , especially vv. 4-9 ). However, many regard vv. 33-41 as a hymnic description which generalizes about God’s activities among men. In this case it would be preferable to use the English present tense throughout (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A33/1"}
{"id":22749,"verse_id":"PSA.107.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.34","text":"Heb “a salty land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A34/1"}
{"id":22750,"verse_id":"PSA.107.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.35","text":"The words “As for his people” are not included in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. The psalmist contrasts God’s judgment on his enemies with his blessing of his people. See the note on the word “enemies” in v. 39 for further discussion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A35/1"}
{"id":22751,"verse_id":"PSA.107.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.35","text":"The verbal form appears to be a preterite, which is most naturally taken as narrational. See the note on the word “turned” in v. 33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A35/2"}
{"id":22752,"verse_id":"PSA.107.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.37","text":"Heb “sowed seed in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A37/1"}
{"id":22753,"verse_id":"PSA.107.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.37","text":"Heb “fruit [as] produce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A37/2"}
{"id":22754,"verse_id":"PSA.107.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.38","text":"“Bless” here carries the nuance “endue with sexual potency, make fertile.” See Gen 1:28 , where the statement “he blessed them” directly precedes the command “be fruitful and populate the earth” (see also 1:22 ). The verb “bless” carries this same nuance in Gen 17:16 (where God’s blessing of Sarai imparts to her the capacity to bear a child); 48:16 (where God’s blessing of Joseph’s sons is closely associated with their having numerous descendants); and Deut 7:13 (where God’s blessing is associated with fertility in general, including numerous descendants). See also Gen 49:25 (where Jacob uses the noun derivative in referring to “blessings of the breast and womb,” an obvious reference to fertility) and Gen 27:27 (where the verb is used of a field to which God has given the capacity to produce vegetation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A38/1"}
{"id":22755,"verse_id":"PSA.107.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.38","text":"The verbal form in this line appears to be an imperfect, which may be taken as customary (drawing attention to typical action in a past time frame) or as generalizing (in which case one should use the English present tense, understanding a move from narrative to present reality).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A38/2"}
{"id":22756,"verse_id":"PSA.107.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.39","text":"The words “As for their enemies” are not included in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. Without such clarification, one might think that v. 39 refers to those just mentioned in v. 38 as objects of divine blessing, which would contradict the point just emphasized by the psalmist. The structure of vv. 33-42 is paneled (A-B-A-B). In vv. 33-34 the psalmist describes God’s judgment upon his enemies (perhaps those who had enslaved his people). In vv. 35-38 he contrasts this judgment with the divine blessing poured out on God’s people. (See the note on the word “people” in v. 35 .) In vv. 39-40 he contrasts this blessing with the judgment experienced by enemies, before returning in vv. 41-42 to the blessing experienced by God’s people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A39/1"}
{"id":22757,"verse_id":"PSA.107.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"107.39","text":"Heb “from the oppression of calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A39/2"}
{"id":22758,"verse_id":"PSA.107.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.40","text":"The active participle is understood as past durative here, drawing attention to typical action in a past time frame. However, it could be taken as generalizing (in which case one should translate using the English present tense), in which case the psalmist moves from narrative to present reality. Perhaps the participial form appears because the statement is lifted from Job 12:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A40/1"}
{"id":22759,"verse_id":"PSA.107.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.41","text":"Heb “set on high.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A41/1"}
{"id":22760,"verse_id":"PSA.107.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":107,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"107.42","text":"Heb “all evil,” which stands metonymically for those who do evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20107%3A42/1"}
{"id":22761,"verse_id":"PSA.108.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"108.1","text":"Or perhaps “confident”; Heb “my heart is steadfast.” The “heart” is viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s volition and/or emotions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A1/2"}
{"id":22762,"verse_id":"PSA.108.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.2","text":"BDB 1007 s.v. שַׁחַר takes “dawn” as an adverbial accusative, though others understand it as a personified direct object. “Dawn” is used metaphorically for the time of deliverance and vindication the psalmist anticipates. When salvation “dawns,” the psalmist will “wake up” in praise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A2/1"}
{"id":22763,"verse_id":"PSA.108.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.3","text":"Or “the peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A3/1"}
{"id":22764,"verse_id":"PSA.108.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.4","text":"Heb “for great upon the sky [or “heavens”] [is] your loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A4/1"}
{"id":22765,"verse_id":"PSA.108.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.5","text":"Or “be exalted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A5/1"}
{"id":22766,"verse_id":"PSA.108.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"108.5","text":"Heb “over all the earth [be] your splendor.” Though no verb appears, the tone of the statement is a prayer or wish. (Note the imperative form in the preceding line.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A5/2"}
{"id":22767,"verse_id":"PSA.108.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.6","text":"Heb “right hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A6/1"}
{"id":22768,"verse_id":"PSA.108.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"108.6","text":"Or “may be rescued.” The lines are actually reversed in the Hebrew text: “So that the ones you love may be rescued, deliver by your power and answer me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A6/2"}
{"id":22769,"verse_id":"PSA.108.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.7","text":"Heb “in his holy place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A7/1"}
{"id":22770,"verse_id":"PSA.108.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.8","text":"Gilead was located east of the Jordan River. Half of the tribe of Manasseh lived east of the Jordan in the region of Bashan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A8/1"}
{"id":22771,"verse_id":"PSA.108.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"108.8","text":"Heb “the protection of my head.” sn Ephraim , one of Joseph’s sons, was one of two major tribes located west of the Jordan River. By comparing Ephraim to a helmet, the Lord suggests that the Ephraimites played a primary role in the defense of his land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A8/2"}
{"id":22772,"verse_id":"PSA.108.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"108.9","text":"Heb “over Edom I will throw my sandal.” The point of the metaphor is not entirely clear. Some interpret this as idiomatic for “taking possession of.” Others translate עַל (’ al ) as “to” and understand this as referring to a master throwing his dirty sandal to a servant so that the latter might dust it off.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A9/2"}
{"id":22773,"verse_id":"PSA.108.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.12","text":"Heb “and futile [is] the deliverance of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A12/1"}
{"id":22774,"verse_id":"PSA.108.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":108,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"108.13","text":"Heb “in God we will accomplish strength.” The statement refers here to military success (see Num 24:18 ; 1 Sam 14:48 ; Pss 60:12; 118:16-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20108%3A13/1"}
{"id":22775,"verse_id":"PSA.109.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.2","text":"Heb “for a mouth of evil and a mouth of deceit against me they open, they speak with me [with] a tongue of falsehood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A2/1"}
{"id":22776,"verse_id":"PSA.109.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.3","text":"Heb “and [with] words of hatred they surround me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A3/1"}
{"id":22777,"verse_id":"PSA.109.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.4","text":"Heb “in place of my love they oppose me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A4/1"}
{"id":22778,"verse_id":"PSA.109.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.4","text":"Heb “and I, prayer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A4/2"}
{"id":22779,"verse_id":"PSA.109.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.5","text":"Heb “and they set upon me evil in place of good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A5/1"}
{"id":22780,"verse_id":"PSA.109.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.6","text":"Heb “appoint against him an evil [man].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A6/2"}
{"id":22781,"verse_id":"PSA.109.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"109.6","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive here (note the imperative in the preceding line).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A6/3"}
{"id":22782,"verse_id":"PSA.109.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.7","text":"The prefixed verbal form could be taken as a jussive, but the use of the imperfect form in the following line suggests that v. 7 anticipates the outcome of the accusation envisioned in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A7/1"}
{"id":22783,"verse_id":"PSA.109.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.7","text":"Heb “he will go out [as] a criminal” (that is, guilty).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A7/2"}
{"id":22784,"verse_id":"PSA.109.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.8","text":"The prefixed verbal forms (except those with vav [ ו ] consecutive) in vv. 8-20 are taken as jussives of prayer. Note the distinct jussive forms used in vv. 12-13, 15, 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A8/1"}
{"id":22785,"verse_id":"PSA.109.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.8","text":"The Hebrew noun פְּקֻדָּה ( pÿquddah ) can mean “charge” or “office,” though BDB 824 s.v. suggests that here it refers to his possessions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A8/2"}
{"id":22786,"verse_id":"PSA.109.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.9","text":"Or “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A9/1"}
{"id":22787,"verse_id":"PSA.109.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.10","text":"Or “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A10/1"}
{"id":22788,"verse_id":"PSA.109.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.10","text":"Heb “and roaming, may his children roam and beg, and seek from their ruins.” Some, following the LXX, emend the term וְדָרְשׁוּ ( vÿdoreshu , “and seek”) to יְגֹרְשׁוּ ( yÿgoreshu ; a Pual jussive, “may they be driven away” [see Job 30:5 ; cf. NIV, NRSV]), but דָּרַשׁ ( darash ) nicely parallels שִׁאֵלוּ ( shi ’ elu , “and beg”) in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A10/2"}
{"id":22789,"verse_id":"PSA.109.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.11","text":"Heb “lay snares for” (see Ps 38:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A11/1"}
{"id":22790,"verse_id":"PSA.109.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.11","text":"Heb “the product of his labor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A11/2"}
{"id":22791,"verse_id":"PSA.109.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.12","text":"Heb “may there not be for him one who extends loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A12/1"}
{"id":22792,"verse_id":"PSA.109.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.12","text":"Perhaps this refers to being generous (see Ps 37:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A12/2"}
{"id":22793,"verse_id":"PSA.109.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.13","text":"Or “offspring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A13/1"}
{"id":22794,"verse_id":"PSA.109.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"109.13","text":"Heb “in another generation may their name be wiped out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A13/3"}
{"id":22795,"verse_id":"PSA.109.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.14","text":"Or “fathers’ sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A14/1"}
{"id":22796,"verse_id":"PSA.109.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.14","text":"Heb “not be wiped out.” sn According to ancient Israelite theology and its doctrine of corporate solidarity and responsibility, children could be and often were punished for the sins of their parents. For a discussion of this issue see J. Kaminsky, Corporate Responsibility in the Hebrew Bible (JSOTSup). (Kaminsky, however, does not deal with .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A14/2"}
{"id":22797,"verse_id":"PSA.109.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.15","text":"Heb “may they [that is, the sins mentioned in v. 14 ] be before the Lord continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A15/1"}
{"id":22798,"verse_id":"PSA.109.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.15","text":"Heb “their memory.” The plural pronominal suffix probably refers back to the children mentioned in v. 13 , and for clarity this has been specified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A15/2"}
{"id":22799,"verse_id":"PSA.109.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.16","text":"Heb “he did not remember to do loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A16/1"}
{"id":22800,"verse_id":"PSA.109.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.16","text":"Heb “and he chased an oppressed and needy man, and one timid of heart to put [him] to death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A16/2"}
{"id":22801,"verse_id":"PSA.109.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.17","text":"Heb “and he loved a curse and it came [upon] him.” A reference to the evil man experiencing a curse seems premature here, for the psalmist is asking God to bring judgment on his enemies. For this reason some (cf. NIV, NRSV) prefer to repoint the vav ( ו ) on “it came” as conjunctive and translate the verb as a jussive of prayer (“may it come upon him!”). The prefixed form with vav consecutive in the next line is emended in the same way and translated, “may it be far from him.” However, the psalmist may be indicating that the evil man’s lifestyle has already begun to yield its destructive fruit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A17/2"}
{"id":22802,"verse_id":"PSA.109.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"109.17","text":"Heb “and he did not delight in a blessing and it is far from him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A17/3"}
{"id":22803,"verse_id":"PSA.109.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.18","text":"Heb “he put on a curse as [if it were] his garment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A18/1"}
{"id":22804,"verse_id":"PSA.109.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.18","text":"Heb “and it came like water into his inner being, and like oil into his bones.” This may refer to this individual’s appetite for cursing. For him cursing was as refreshing as drinking water or massaging oneself with oil. Another option is that the destructive effects of a curse are in view. In this case a destructive curse invades his very being, like water or oil. Some who interpret the verse this way prefer to repoint the vav ( ו ) on “it came” to a conjunctive vav and interpret the prefixed verb as a jussive, “may it come!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A18/2"}
{"id":22805,"verse_id":"PSA.109.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.19","text":"Heb “may it be for him like a garment one puts on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A19/1"}
{"id":22806,"verse_id":"PSA.109.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.19","text":"The Hebrew noun מֵזַח ( mezakh , “belt; waistband”) occurs only here in the OT. The form apparently occurs in Isa 23:10 as well, but an emendation is necessary there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A19/2"}
{"id":22807,"verse_id":"PSA.109.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.20","text":"Heb “[may] this [be] the repayment to my accusers from the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A20/1"}
{"id":22808,"verse_id":"PSA.109.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.20","text":"Or “against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A20/2"}
{"id":22809,"verse_id":"PSA.109.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"109.20","text":"The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being; soul”) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A20/3"}
{"id":22810,"verse_id":"PSA.109.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.21","text":"Heb “but you, Lord , Master, do with me for the sake of your name.” Here “name” stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A21/1"}
{"id":22811,"verse_id":"PSA.109.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"109.22","text":"The verb in the Hebrew text ( חָלַל , khalal ) appears to be a Qal form from the root חלל meaning “pierced; wounded.” However, the Qal of this root is otherwise unattested. The translation assumes an emendation to יָחִיל ( yakhil ), a Qal imperfect from חוּל ( khul , “tremble”) or to חֹלַל ( kholal ), a polal perfect from חוּל ( khul ). See Ps 55:4 , which reads לִבִּי יָחִיל בְּקִרְבִּי ( libbiy yakhil bÿqirbbiy , “my heart trembles [i.e., “beats violently”] within me”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A22/1"}
{"id":22812,"verse_id":"PSA.109.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.23","text":"Heb “like a shadow when it is extended I go.” He is like a late afternoon shadow made by the descending sun that will soon be swallowed up by complete darkness. See Ps 102:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A23/1"}
{"id":22813,"verse_id":"PSA.109.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.24","text":"Heb “my knees stagger from fasting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A24/1"}
{"id":22814,"verse_id":"PSA.109.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.24","text":"Heb “and my flesh is lean away from fatness [i.e., “lean so as not to be fat”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A24/2"}
{"id":22815,"verse_id":"PSA.109.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.25","text":"Heb “as for me, I am a reproach to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A25/1"}
{"id":22816,"verse_id":"PSA.109.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.26","text":"Heb “deliver me according to your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A26/1"}
{"id":22817,"verse_id":"PSA.109.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.27","text":"After the preceding imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose or result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A27/1"}
{"id":22818,"verse_id":"PSA.109.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.27","text":"Heb “that your hand [is] this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A27/2"}
{"id":22819,"verse_id":"PSA.109.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.28","text":"Another option is to translate the imperfect as a prayer/request (“may you bless”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A28/1"}
{"id":22820,"verse_id":"PSA.109.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.28","text":"The verbal sequence is perfect + prefixed form with vav ( ו ) consecutive. Since the psalmist seems to be anticipating the demise of his enemies, he may be using these forms rhetorically to describe the enemies’ defeat as if it were already accomplished. Some emend the text to קָמוּ יֵבֹשׁוּ ( qamu yevoshu , “may those who attack me be humiliated”). See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 75.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A28/2"}
{"id":22821,"verse_id":"PSA.109.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.29","text":"Heb “clothed.” Another option is to translate the prefixed verbal forms in this line and the next as jussives (“may my accusers be covered with shame”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A29/1"}
{"id":22822,"verse_id":"PSA.109.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.30","text":"Heb “I will thank the Lord very much with my mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A30/1"}
{"id":22823,"verse_id":"PSA.109.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"109.30","text":"Heb “many.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A30/2"}
{"id":22824,"verse_id":"PSA.109.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":109,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"109.31","text":"Heb “judge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20109%3A31/1"}
{"id":22825,"verse_id":"PSA.110.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.1","text":"The word נְאֻם ( nÿ ’ um ) is used frequently in the OT of a formal divine announcement through a prophet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A1/2"}
{"id":22826,"verse_id":"PSA.110.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"110.1","text":"To sit at the “right hand” of the king was an honor (see 1 Kgs 2:19 ). In Ugaritic myth ( CTA 4 v. 108-10) the artisan god Kothar-and Khasis is described as sitting at the right hand of the storm god Baal. See G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 61-62. sn The Lord’s invitation to the Davidic king to sit down at his right hand reflects the king’s position as the Lord’s vice-regent.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A1/4"}
{"id":22827,"verse_id":"PSA.110.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.2","text":"Since the Lord is mentioned in the third person (note the use of the first person in v. 1 ), it is likely that these are the psalmist’s words to the king, not a continuation of the oracle per se.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A2/1"}
{"id":22828,"verse_id":"PSA.110.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.2","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood here as descriptive-dramatic or as generalizing, though it could be taken as future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A2/2"}
{"id":22829,"verse_id":"PSA.110.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"110.2","text":"Heb “your strong scepter,” symbolic of the king’s royal authority and dominion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A2/3"}
{"id":22830,"verse_id":"PSA.110.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.3","text":"Heb “your people, free will offerings.” Perhaps the people, in their willingness to volunteer, are compared metaphorically to freewill offerings. Following the LXX, some revocalize the text and read “with you is nobility.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A3/1"}
{"id":22831,"verse_id":"PSA.110.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.3","text":"Heb “in the day of your power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A3/2"}
{"id":22832,"verse_id":"PSA.110.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"110.3","text":"Heb “in splendor of holiness.” The plural construct form הַדְרֵי ( hadrey , from הָדַר , hadar , “splendor”) occurs only here; it may indicate degree or perhaps refer by metonymy to garments (see Pss 29:2 and 96:9 , where the phrase הַדְרַת קֹדֶשׁ [ hadrat qodesh ] refers to “holy attire”). If one retains the reading of the MT, this phrase should probably be taken with the preceding line. However, because of the subsequent references to “dawn” and to “dew,” it is better to emend the text to הַרְרֵי קֹדֶשׁ ( harrey qodesh , “mountains of holiness”), a reading found in many medieval Hebrew mss and in some other ancient witnesses (see Joel 2:2 ; Ps 133:3 , as well as L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 80). The “mountains of holiness” are probably the hills surrounding Zion (see Ps 87:1; 125:2; 133:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A3/3"}
{"id":22833,"verse_id":"PSA.110.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"110.3","text":"Heb “from the womb of dawn.” The Hebrew noun רֶחֶם ( rekhem , “womb”) is probably used here metonymically for “birth.” The form מִשְׁחָר ( mishkhar ) occurs only here and should be emended to שַׁחַר ( shakhar , “dawn”) with the mem ( מ ) being understood as dittographic (note the final mem [ ם ] on the preceding word). The phrase “womb [i.e., “birth”] of dawn” refers to sunrise.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A3/4"}
{"id":22834,"verse_id":"PSA.110.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"110.3","text":"Heb “to you [is].”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A3/6"}
{"id":22835,"verse_id":"PSA.110.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.4","text":"Or “swears, vows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A4/1"}
{"id":22836,"verse_id":"PSA.110.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.4","text":"Or “will not change his mind.” The negated Niphal imperfect of נָחַם ( nakham ) is a way of marking an announcement as an irrevocable decree. See 1 Sam 15:29 ; Ezek 24:14 , as well as R. B. Chisholm, “Does God ‘Change His Mind’?” BSac 152 (1995): 387-99.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A4/2"}
{"id":22837,"verse_id":"PSA.110.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"110.4","text":"The phrase עַל־דִּבְרָתִי (’ al-divratiy ) is a variant of עַל־דִּבְרָת (’ al-divrat ; the final yod [ י ] being an archaic genitival ending), which in turn is a variant of עַל דָּבַר (’ al davar ). Both phrases can mean “concerning” or “because of,” but neither of these nuances fits the use of עַל־דִּבְרָתִי in Ps 110:4 . Here the phrase probably carries the sense “according to the manner of.” See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 81.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A4/4"}
{"id":22838,"verse_id":"PSA.110.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.5","text":"As pointed in the Hebrew text, this title refers to God (many medieval Hebrew mss read יְהוָה , yehveh , “ Lord ” here). The present translation assumes that the psalmist here addresses the Lord as he celebrates what the king is able to accomplish while positioned at God’s “right hand.” According to this view the king is the subject of the third person verb forms in vv. 5 b-7. (2) Another option is to understand the king as the addressee (as in vv. 2-3 ). In this case “the Lord ” is the subject of the third person verbs throughout vv. 5-7 and is depicted as a warrior in a very anthropomorphic manner. In this case the Lord is pictured as being at the psalmist’s right hand (just the opposite of v. 1 ). See Pss 16:8; 121:5 . (3) A third option is to revocalize אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “ Lord ”) as אֲדֹנִי (’ adoniy , “my lord”; see v. 1 ). In this case one may translate, “My lord, at his [God’s] right hand, strikes down.” In this case the king is the subject of the third person verbs in vv. 5 b-7.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A5/1"}
{"id":22839,"verse_id":"PSA.110.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.5","text":"The perfect verbal forms in vv. 5-6 are understood here as descriptive-dramatic or as generalizing. Another option is to take them as rhetorical. In this case the psalmist describes anticipated events as if they had already taken place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A5/2"}
{"id":22840,"verse_id":"PSA.110.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"110.5","text":"Heb “in the day of his anger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A5/3"}
{"id":22841,"verse_id":"PSA.110.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.6","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 6-7 are understood here as descriptive-dramatic or as generalizing, though they could be taken as future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A6/1"}
{"id":22842,"verse_id":"PSA.110.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"110.6","text":"Or “among.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A6/2"}
{"id":22843,"verse_id":"PSA.110.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"110.6","text":"Heb “he fills [with] corpses,” but one expects a double accusative here. The translation assumes an emendation to גְוִיּוֹת גֵאָיוֹת ( בִּ ) מִלֵּא or מִלֵּא גֵאָיוֹת גְּוִיוֹת (for a similar construction see Ezek 32:5 ). In the former case גֵאָיוֹת ( ge ’ ayot ) has accidentally dropped from the text due to homoioteleuton; in the latter case it has dropped out due to homoioarcton.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A6/3"}
{"id":22844,"verse_id":"PSA.110.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"110.6","text":"Heb “he strikes [the verb is מָחַץ ( makhats ), translated “strikes down” in v. 5 ] head[s] over a great land.” The Hebrew term רַבָּה ( rabbah , “great”) is here used of distance or spatial measurement (see 1 Sam 26:13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A6/4"}
{"id":22845,"verse_id":"PSA.110.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":110,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"110.7","text":"Here the expression “lifts up the head” refers to the renewed physical strength and emotional vigor (see Ps 3:3 ) provided by the refreshing water. For another example of a victorious warrior being energized by water in the aftermath of battle, see Judg 15:18-19 (see also 1 Sam 30:11-12 , where the setting is different, however).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20110%3A7/1"}
{"id":22846,"verse_id":"PSA.111.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.2","text":"Heb “sought out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A2/1"}
{"id":22847,"verse_id":"PSA.111.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.3","text":"For other uses of the Hebrew phrase וְהָדָר - הוֹד ( hod-vÿhadar , “majesty and splendor”) see 1 Chr 16:27 ; Job 40:10 ; Pss 21:5; 96:6; 104:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A3/1"}
{"id":22848,"verse_id":"PSA.111.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.3","text":"Or “stands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A3/2"}
{"id":22849,"verse_id":"PSA.111.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.4","text":"Or “did,” if this refers primarily to the events of the exodus and conquest period (see vv. 6, 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A4/1"}
{"id":22850,"verse_id":"PSA.111.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.4","text":"Heb “a memorial he had made for his amazing deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A4/2"}
{"id":22851,"verse_id":"PSA.111.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.5","text":"Or “gave,” if the events of the exodus and conquest period (see v. 6, 9 ) are primarily in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A5/1"}
{"id":22852,"verse_id":"PSA.111.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.5","text":"Heb “those who fear him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A5/2"}
{"id":22853,"verse_id":"PSA.111.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"111.5","text":"Or “he remembers his covenant forever” (see Ps 105:8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A5/3"}
{"id":22854,"verse_id":"PSA.111.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.6","text":"Heb “the strength of his deeds he proclaimed to his people, to give to them an inheritance of nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A6/1"}
{"id":22855,"verse_id":"PSA.111.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.7","text":"Heb “the deeds of his hands [are].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A7/1"}
{"id":22856,"verse_id":"PSA.111.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.7","text":"That is, fair and for man’s good.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A7/2"}
{"id":22857,"verse_id":"PSA.111.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.8","text":"Heb “done in faithfulness and uprightness.” The passive participle probably has the force of a gerund. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 89.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A8/1"}
{"id":22858,"verse_id":"PSA.111.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.9","text":"Heb “redemption he sent for his people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A9/1"}
{"id":22859,"verse_id":"PSA.111.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.9","text":"Heb “he commanded forever his covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A9/2"}
{"id":22860,"verse_id":"PSA.111.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"111.10","text":"Heb “the beginning of wisdom [is] the fear of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A10/1"}
{"id":22861,"verse_id":"PSA.111.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"111.10","text":"Heb “good sense [is] to all who do them.” The third masculine plural pronominal suffix must refer back to the “precepts” mentioned in v. 7 . In the translation the referent has been specified for clarity. The phrase שֵׂכֶל טוֹב ( shekhel tov ) also occurs in Prov 3:4; 13:15 and 2 Chr 30:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A10/2"}
{"id":22862,"verse_id":"PSA.111.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":111,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"111.10","text":"Heb “his praise stands forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20111%3A10/3"}
{"id":22863,"verse_id":"PSA.112.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.1","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness [of] the man.” Hebrew wisdom literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The individual is representative of a larger group, called the “godly” in vv. 3-4 . The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender. To facilitate modern application, we translate the gender specific “man” with the more neutral “one.” The generic masculine pronoun is used in the following verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A1/2"}
{"id":22864,"verse_id":"PSA.112.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"112.1","text":"Heb “fears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A1/3"}
{"id":22865,"verse_id":"PSA.112.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.2","text":"Or “offspring”; Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A2/1"}
{"id":22866,"verse_id":"PSA.112.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.2","text":"Heb “His seed will be mighty on the earth, the generation of the godly.” The Hebrew term דוֹר ( dor , “generation”) could be taken as parallel to “offspring” and translated “posterity,” but the singular more likely refers to the godly as a class. See BDB 189-90 s.v. for other examples where “generation” refers to a class of people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A2/2"}
{"id":22867,"verse_id":"PSA.112.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.3","text":"Heb “stands forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A3/1"}
{"id":22868,"verse_id":"PSA.112.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.4","text":"In this context “light” symbolizes divine blessing in its various forms (see v. 2 ), including material prosperity and stability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A4/1"}
{"id":22869,"verse_id":"PSA.112.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.4","text":"Heb “merciful and compassionate and just.” The Hebrew text has three singular adjectives, which are probably substantival and in apposition to the “godly” (which is plural, however). By switching to the singular, the psalmist focuses on each individual member of the group known as the “godly.” Note how vv. 5-9 , like vv. 1-2 a, use the singular to describe the representative godly individual who typifies the whole group.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A4/2"}
{"id":22870,"verse_id":"PSA.112.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.5","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A5/1"}
{"id":22871,"verse_id":"PSA.112.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.5","text":"Heb “he sustains his matters with justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A5/2"}
{"id":22872,"verse_id":"PSA.112.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.6","text":"Heb “for an eternal memorial a just [one] will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A6/1"}
{"id":22873,"verse_id":"PSA.112.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.7","text":"Heb “his heart,” viewed here as the seat of the volition and emotions (see Ps 108:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A7/1"}
{"id":22874,"verse_id":"PSA.112.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.8","text":"Heb “his heart,” viewed here as the seat of the volition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A8/1"}
{"id":22875,"verse_id":"PSA.112.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.9","text":"Heb “he scatters, he gives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A9/1"}
{"id":22876,"verse_id":"PSA.112.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.9","text":"Heb “stands forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A9/2"}
{"id":22877,"verse_id":"PSA.112.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"112.9","text":"Heb “his horn will be lifted up in honor.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt/lift up the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A9/3"}
{"id":22878,"verse_id":"PSA.112.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"112.10","text":"The Hebrew text uses the singular; the representative wicked individual is in view as typifying the group (note the use of the plural form in v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A10/1"}
{"id":22879,"verse_id":"PSA.112.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"112.10","text":"Heb “his teeth he will gnash.” In Pss 35:16 and 37:12 this action is associated with a vicious attack.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A10/2"}
{"id":22880,"verse_id":"PSA.112.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":112,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"112.10","text":"This could mean that the desires of the wicked will go unfulfilled. Another possibility is that “desire” refers by metonymy to the object desired and acquired. In this case the point is that the wicked will lose what they desired so badly and acquired by evil means (see Ps 10:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20112%3A10/3"}
{"id":22881,"verse_id":"PSA.113.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"113.3","text":"Heb “from the rising of the sun to its setting.” The extent is not temporal (“from sunrise to sunset”) but spatial (“from the place where the sun rises [the east] to the place where it sets [the west].” In the phenomenological language of OT cosmology, the sun was described as rising in the east and setting in the west.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A3/1"}
{"id":22882,"verse_id":"PSA.113.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"113.4","text":"Heb “above the sky [is] his splendor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A4/1"}
{"id":22883,"verse_id":"PSA.113.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"113.5","text":"Heb “the one who makes high to sit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A5/1"}
{"id":22884,"verse_id":"PSA.113.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"113.6","text":"Heb “the one who makes low to see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A6/1"}
{"id":22885,"verse_id":"PSA.113.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"113.9","text":"Heb “of the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A9/1"}
{"id":22886,"verse_id":"PSA.113.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":113,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"113.9","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20113%3A9/2"}
{"id":22887,"verse_id":"PSA.114.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":114,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"114.3","text":"Heb “the Jordan” (also in v. 5 ). The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20114%3A3/2"}
{"id":22888,"verse_id":"PSA.115.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.1","text":"Or “give glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A1/2"}
{"id":22889,"verse_id":"PSA.115.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.4","text":"The referent of the pronominal suffix is “the nations” (v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A4/1"}
{"id":22890,"verse_id":"PSA.115.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.4","text":"Heb “the work of the hands of man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A4/2"}
{"id":22891,"verse_id":"PSA.115.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.7","text":"Heb “they cannot mutter in their throats.” Verse 5 a refers to speaking, v. 7 c to inarticulate sounds made in the throat (see M. Dahood, Psalms [AB], 3:140-41).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A7/1"}
{"id":22892,"verse_id":"PSA.115.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.8","text":"Heb “will be.” Another option is to take the prefixed verbal form as a prayer, “may those who make them end up like them.” sn Because the idols are lifeless, they cannot help their worshipers in times of crisis. Consequently the worshipers end up as dead as the gods in which they trust.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A8/1"}
{"id":22893,"verse_id":"PSA.115.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.9","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A9/1"}
{"id":22894,"verse_id":"PSA.115.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.9","text":"Heb “and their shield.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A9/2"}
{"id":22895,"verse_id":"PSA.115.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.10","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A10/1"}
{"id":22896,"verse_id":"PSA.115.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.10","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A10/2"}
{"id":22897,"verse_id":"PSA.115.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"115.10","text":"Heb “and their shield.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A10/3"}
{"id":22898,"verse_id":"PSA.115.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.11","text":"Heb “[you] fearers of the Lord .” See Ps 15:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A11/1"}
{"id":22899,"verse_id":"PSA.115.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.11","text":"Or “[source of] help.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A11/2"}
{"id":22900,"verse_id":"PSA.115.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"115.11","text":"Heb “and their shield.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A11/3"}
{"id":22901,"verse_id":"PSA.115.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.12","text":"Or “remembers us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A12/1"}
{"id":22902,"verse_id":"PSA.115.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.12","text":"Another option is to translate the prefixed form of the verb “bless” in vv. 12-13 as a jussive, “may he bless” (see v. 14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A12/2"}
{"id":22903,"verse_id":"PSA.115.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"115.12","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A12/3"}
{"id":22904,"verse_id":"PSA.115.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.13","text":"Heb “the fearers of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A13/1"}
{"id":22905,"verse_id":"PSA.115.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.13","text":"Heb “the small along with the great.” The translation assumes that “small” and “great” here refer to age (see 2 Chr 15:13 ). Another option is to translate “both the insignificant and the prominent” (see Job 3:19 ; cf. NEB “high and low alike”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A13/2"}
{"id":22906,"verse_id":"PSA.115.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.14","text":"Heb “may he add to you, to you and your sons.” The prefixed verbal form is jussive, indicating this is a prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A14/1"}
{"id":22907,"verse_id":"PSA.115.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.15","text":"Or “maker.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A15/1"}
{"id":22908,"verse_id":"PSA.115.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.16","text":"Heb “the heavens [are] heavens to the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A16/1"}
{"id":22909,"verse_id":"PSA.115.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"115.16","text":"Heb “to the sons of man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A16/2"}
{"id":22910,"verse_id":"PSA.115.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":115,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"115.17","text":"Heb “silence,” a metonymy here for death (see Ps 94:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20115%3A17/1"}
{"id":22911,"verse_id":"PSA.116.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.2","text":"Heb “because he turned his ear to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A2/1"}
{"id":22912,"verse_id":"PSA.116.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.2","text":"Heb “and in my days I will cry out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A2/2"}
{"id":22913,"verse_id":"PSA.116.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.3","text":"Heb “surrounded me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A3/1"}
{"id":22914,"verse_id":"PSA.116.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.3","text":"The Hebrew noun מצר (“straits; distress”) occurs only here, Ps 118:5 and Lam 1:3 . If retained, it refers to Sheol as a place where one is confined or severely restricted (cf. BDB 865 s.v. מֵצַר , “ the straits of Sheol”; NIV “the anguish of the grave”; NRSV “the pangs of Sheol”). However, HALOT 624 s.v. מֵצַר suggests an emendation to מְצָדֵי ( mÿtsadey , “snares of”), a rare noun attested in Job 19:6 and Eccl 7:26 . This proposal, which is reflected in the translation, produces better parallelism with “ropes” in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A3/2"}
{"id":22915,"verse_id":"PSA.116.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"116.3","text":"The translation assumes the prefixed verbal form is a preterite. The psalmist recalls the crisis from which the Lord delivered him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A3/3"}
{"id":22916,"verse_id":"PSA.116.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.6","text":"Heb “guards.” The active participle indicates this is a characteristic of the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A6/1"}
{"id":22917,"verse_id":"PSA.116.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.6","text":"Or “the [morally] naive,” that is, the one who is young and still in the process of learning right from wrong and distinguishing wisdom from folly. See Ps 19:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A6/2"}
{"id":22918,"verse_id":"PSA.116.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"116.6","text":"Heb “I was low.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A6/3"}
{"id":22919,"verse_id":"PSA.116.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.7","text":"Heb “return, my soul, to your place of rest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A7/1"}
{"id":22920,"verse_id":"PSA.116.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.7","text":"The Hebrew idiom גָּמַל עַל ( gamal ’ al ) means “to repay,” here in a positive sense (cf. Ps 13:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A7/2"}
{"id":22921,"verse_id":"PSA.116.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.8","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A8/1"}
{"id":22922,"verse_id":"PSA.116.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.8","text":"“ Lord ” is supplied here in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A8/2"}
{"id":22923,"verse_id":"PSA.116.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.9","text":"Heb “walk before” (see Ps 56:13 ). On the meaning of the Hebrew idiom, see the notes at 2 Kgs 20:3 / Isa 38:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A9/1"}
{"id":22924,"verse_id":"PSA.116.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.9","text":"Heb “lands, regions.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A9/2"}
{"id":22925,"verse_id":"PSA.116.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.11","text":"Heb “I said in my haste.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A11/1"}
{"id":22926,"verse_id":"PSA.116.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.13","text":"Heb “a cup of deliverance I will lift up.” Perhaps this alludes to a drink offering the psalmist will present as he thanks the Lord for his deliverance. See v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A13/1"}
{"id":22927,"verse_id":"PSA.116.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.15","text":"Heb “precious in the eyes of the Lord [is] the death of his godly ones.” The point is not that God delights in or finds satisfaction in the death of his followers! The psalmist, who has been delivered from death, affirms that the life-threatening experiences of God’s followers get God’s attention, just as a precious or rare object would attract someone’s eye. See Ps 72:14 for a similar expression of this belief.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A15/1"}
{"id":22928,"verse_id":"PSA.116.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"116.16","text":"Heb “I am your servant, the son of your female servant.” The phrase “son of a female servant” (see also Ps 86:16 ) is used of a son born to a secondary wife or concubine ( Exod 23:12 ). In some cases the child’s father is the master of the house (see Gen 21:10, 13 ; Judg 9:18 ). The use of the expression here certainly does not imply that the Lord has such a secondary wife or concubine! It is used metaphorically and idiomatically to emphasize the psalmist’s humility before the Lord and his status as the Lord ’s servant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A16/1"}
{"id":22929,"verse_id":"PSA.116.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":116,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"116.16","text":"Heb “you have loosed my bonds.” In this context the imagery refers to deliverance from death (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20116%3A16/2"}
{"id":22930,"verse_id":"PSA.117.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":117,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"117.2","text":"For this sense of the Hebrew verb גָּבַר ( gavar ), see Ps 103:11 and L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 17, 19.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20117%3A2/1"}
{"id":22931,"verse_id":"PSA.118.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.3","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A3/1"}
{"id":22932,"verse_id":"PSA.118.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.4","text":"Heb “fearers of the Lord .” See Ps 15:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A4/1"}
{"id":22933,"verse_id":"PSA.118.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.5","text":"Heb “from the distress.” The noun מֵצַר ( metsar , “straits; distress”) occurs only here and in Lam 1:3 . In Ps 116:3 מצר should probably be emended to מְצָדֵי ( mÿtsadey , “snares of”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A5/1"}
{"id":22934,"verse_id":"PSA.118.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.5","text":"Heb “the Lord answered me in a wide open place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A5/2"}
{"id":22935,"verse_id":"PSA.118.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.6","text":"Heb “for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A6/1"}
{"id":22936,"verse_id":"PSA.118.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.6","text":"The rhetorical question assumes the answer, “Nothing!” The imperfect is used in a modal sense here, indicating capability or potential. See Ps 56:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A6/2"}
{"id":22937,"verse_id":"PSA.118.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.7","text":"Heb “for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A7/1"}
{"id":22938,"verse_id":"PSA.118.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.7","text":"Heb “among my helpers.” The preposition may indicate identity here, while the plural may be one of majesty or respect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A7/2"}
{"id":22939,"verse_id":"PSA.118.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.8","text":"“Taking shelter” in the Lord is an idiom for seeking his protection. Seeking his protection presupposes and even demonstrates the subject’s loyalty to the Lord . In the psalms those who “take shelter” in the Lord are contrasted with the wicked and equated with those who love, fear, and serve the Lord ( Pss 5:11-12; 31:17-20; 34:21-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A8/1"}
{"id":22940,"verse_id":"PSA.118.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.10","text":"In this context the phrase “in the name of the Lord ” means “by the Lord ’s power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A10/2"}
{"id":22941,"verse_id":"PSA.118.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"118.10","text":"Traditionally the verb has been derived from מוּל ( mul , “to circumcise”) and translated “[I] cut [them] off” (see BDB 557-58 s.v. II מוּל ). However, it is likely that this is a homonym meaning “to fend off” (see HALOT 556 s.v. II מול ) or “to push away.” In this context, where the psalmist is reporting his past experience, the prefixed verbal form is best understood as a preterite. The phrase also occurs in vv. 11, 12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A10/3"}
{"id":22942,"verse_id":"PSA.118.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.12","text":"Heb “were extinguished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A12/1"}
{"id":22943,"verse_id":"PSA.118.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.12","text":"The point seems to be that the hostility of the nations (v. 10 ) is short-lived, like a fire that quickly devours thorns and then burns out. Some, attempting to create a better parallel with the preceding line, emend דֹּעֲכוּ ( do ’ akhu , “they were extinguished”) to בָּעֲרוּ ( ba ’ aru , “they burned”). In this case the statement emphasizes their hostility.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A12/2"}
{"id":22944,"verse_id":"PSA.118.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.13","text":"Heb “pushing, you pushed me.” The infinitive absolute emphasizes the following verbal idea. The psalmist appears to address the nations as if they were an individual enemy. Some find this problematic and emend the verb form (which is a Qal perfect second masculine singular with a first person singular suffix) to נִדְחֵיתִי ( nidkheti ), a Niphal perfect first common singular, “I was pushed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A13/1"}
{"id":22945,"verse_id":"PSA.118.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.13","text":"Heb “to fall,” i.e., “that [I] might fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A13/2"}
{"id":22946,"verse_id":"PSA.118.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.14","text":"Heb “my strength and protection [is] the Lord .” The Hebrew term זִמְרָת ( zimrat ) is traditionally understood as meaning “song” (“my strength and song [is] the Lord ”) in which case one might translate, “for the Lord gives me strength and joy” (i.e., a reason to sing). However, many recent commentators have argued that the noun זִמְרָת is here a homonym, meaning “protection” or “strength.” See HALOT 274 s.v.; cf. NEB “The Lord is my refuge and defence”; NRSV “my strength and my might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A14/1"}
{"id":22947,"verse_id":"PSA.118.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.14","text":"Or “salvation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A14/2"}
{"id":22948,"verse_id":"PSA.118.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.15","text":"Heb “the sound of a ringing shout and deliverance [is] in the tents of the godly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A15/1"}
{"id":22949,"verse_id":"PSA.118.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.15","text":"Heb “does valiantly.” The statement refers here to military success (see Num 24:18 ; 1 Sam 14:48 ; Pss 60:12; 108:13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A15/2"}
{"id":22950,"verse_id":"PSA.118.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.16","text":"Heb “exalts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A16/1"}
{"id":22951,"verse_id":"PSA.118.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.17","text":"Heb “the works of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A17/1"}
{"id":22952,"verse_id":"PSA.118.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.18","text":"The infinitive absolute emphasizes the following verbal idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A18/1"}
{"id":22953,"verse_id":"PSA.118.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.19","text":"Heb “the gates of justice.” The gates of the Lord ’s temple are referred to here, as v. 20 makes clear. They are called “gates of justice” because they are the entrance to the just king’s palace. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A19/1"}
{"id":22954,"verse_id":"PSA.118.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.22","text":"Or “rejected.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A22/1"}
{"id":22955,"verse_id":"PSA.118.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.22","text":"Heb “the head of the corner.” sn The metaphor of the stone…the builders discarded describes the way in which God’s deliverance reversed the psalmist’s circumstances. When he was in distress, he was like a stone which was discarded by builders as useless, but now that he has been vindicated by God, all can see that he is of special importance to God, like the cornerstone of the building.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A22/2"}
{"id":22956,"verse_id":"PSA.118.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.23","text":"Heb “it is amazing in our eyes.” The use of the plural pronoun here and in vv. 24-27 suggests that the psalmist may be speaking for the entire nation. However, it is more likely that vv. 22-27 are the people’s response to the psalmist’s thanksgiving song (see especially v. 26 ). They rejoice with him because his deliverance on the battlefield (see vv. 10-12 ) had national repercussions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A23/1"}
{"id":22957,"verse_id":"PSA.118.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.24","text":"Heb “this is the day the Lord has made.” Though sometimes applied in a general way, this statement in its context refers to the day of deliverance which the psalmist and people celebrate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A24/1"}
{"id":22958,"verse_id":"PSA.118.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.26","text":"The pronominal suffix is second masculine plural, but the final mem ( ם ) is probably dittographic (note the mem [ מ ] at the beginning of the following form) or enclitic, in which case the suffix may be taken as second masculine singular, referring to the psalmist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A26/2"}
{"id":22959,"verse_id":"PSA.118.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"118.26","text":"Heb “from the house of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A26/3"}
{"id":22960,"verse_id":"PSA.118.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.27","text":"Heb “and he has given us light.” This may be an elliptical expression, with “his face” being implied as the object (see Num 6:25 ; Pss 31:16; 67:1; 80:3, 7, 19 ). In this case, “his face has given us light” = “he has smiled on us,” or “he has shown us his favor.” Another option (the one reflected in the translation) is that “light” here symbolizes divine blessing in the form of deliverance. “Light” is often used as a metaphor for deliverance and the life/blessings it brings. See Pss 37:6; 97:11; 112:4 ; Isa 49:6; 51:4 ; Mic 7:8 . Some prefer to repoint the form וְיָאֵר ( vÿya ’ er ; vav [ ו ] conjunctive + jussive) and translate the statement as a prayer, “may he give us light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A27/1"}
{"id":22961,"verse_id":"PSA.118.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"118.27","text":"The Hebrew noun חַג ( khag ) normally means “festival,” but here it apparently refers metonymically to an offering made at the festival. BDB 291 s.v. חַג 2 interprets the word in this way here, citing as comparable the use of later Hebrew חֲגִיגָה , which can refer to both a festival and a festival offering (see Jastrow 424 s.v. חֲגִיגָה ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A27/2"}
{"id":22962,"verse_id":"PSA.118.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"118.27","text":"The second half of v. 27 has been translated and interpreted in a variety of ways. For a survey of major views, see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 122.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A27/3"}
{"id":22963,"verse_id":"PSA.118.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":118,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"118.29","text":"Or “is forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20118%3A29/1"}
{"id":22964,"verse_id":"PSA.119.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.1","text":"Heb “[Oh] the happiness of those who are blameless of way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A1/2"}
{"id":22965,"verse_id":"PSA.119.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.1","text":"Heb “walk in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A1/3"}
{"id":22966,"verse_id":"PSA.119.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.3","text":"Heb “walk in his ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A3/1"}
{"id":22967,"verse_id":"PSA.119.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.4","text":"Heb “you, you commanded your precepts, to keep, very much.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A4/1"}
{"id":22968,"verse_id":"PSA.119.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.5","text":"Heb “if only my ways were established.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A5/1"}
{"id":22969,"verse_id":"PSA.119.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.6","text":"Or “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A6/1"}
{"id":22970,"verse_id":"PSA.119.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.6","text":"Heb “I gaze at.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A6/2"}
{"id":22971,"verse_id":"PSA.119.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.7","text":"Heb “I will give you thanks with an upright heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A7/1"}
{"id":22972,"verse_id":"PSA.119.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.8","text":"Heb “do not abandon me to excess.” For other uses of the phrase עַד מְאֹד (’ ad mÿ ’ od , “to excess”), see Ps 38:6, 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A8/1"}
{"id":22973,"verse_id":"PSA.119.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.9","text":"Heb “young man.” Hebrew wisdom literature often assumes and reflects the male-oriented perspective of ancient Israelite society. The principle of the psalm is certainly applicable to all people, regardless of their gender or age. To facilitate modern application, the gender specific “young man” has been translated with the more neutral “young person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A9/1"}
{"id":22974,"verse_id":"PSA.119.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.9","text":"Heb “purify his path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A9/2"}
{"id":22975,"verse_id":"PSA.119.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.9","text":"Heb “by keeping according to your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss as well as the LXX read the plural, “your words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A9/3"}
{"id":22976,"verse_id":"PSA.119.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.11","text":"Or “hide.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A11/1"}
{"id":22977,"verse_id":"PSA.119.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.11","text":"Heb “your word.” Some medieval Hebrew mss as well as the LXX read the plural, “your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A11/2"}
{"id":22978,"verse_id":"PSA.119.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.12","text":"Heb “[are] blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A12/1"}
{"id":22979,"verse_id":"PSA.119.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.13","text":"Heb “of your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A13/1"}
{"id":22980,"verse_id":"PSA.119.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.14","text":"Heb “in the way of your rules.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A14/1"}
{"id":22981,"verse_id":"PSA.119.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.14","text":"Heb “as upon,” meaning “as if” (see 2 Chr 32:19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A14/2"}
{"id":22982,"verse_id":"PSA.119.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.14","text":"Heb “all wealth.” The phrase refers to all kinds of wealth and riches. See Prov 1:13; 6:31; 24:4 ; Ezek 27:12, 18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A14/3"}
{"id":22983,"verse_id":"PSA.119.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.15","text":"The cohortative verbal forms in this verse express the psalmist’s resolve.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A15/1"}
{"id":22984,"verse_id":"PSA.119.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.15","text":"Heb “gaze [at].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A15/2"}
{"id":22985,"verse_id":"PSA.119.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.15","text":"Heb “ways” (referring figuratively to God’s behavior here).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A15/3"}
{"id":22986,"verse_id":"PSA.119.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.16","text":"The imperfects in this verse emphasize the attitude the psalmist maintains toward God’s law. Another option is to translate with the future tense, “I will find delight…I will not forget.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A16/1"}
{"id":22987,"verse_id":"PSA.119.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.16","text":"Heb “your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss as well as the LXX read the plural here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A16/2"}
{"id":22988,"verse_id":"PSA.119.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.17","text":"The prefixed verbal form is probably a cohortative indicating purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A17/1"}
{"id":22989,"verse_id":"PSA.119.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.17","text":"The cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the imperative that begins the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A17/2"}
{"id":22990,"verse_id":"PSA.119.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.17","text":"Heb “your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss as well as several ancient versions read the plural here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A17/3"}
{"id":22991,"verse_id":"PSA.119.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.18","text":"Heb “uncover.” The verb form גַּל ( gal ) is an apocopated Piel imperative from גָּלָה ( galah , see GKC 214 §75. cc ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A18/1"}
{"id":22992,"verse_id":"PSA.119.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.18","text":"The cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A18/2"}
{"id":22993,"verse_id":"PSA.119.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.19","text":"Heb “I am a resident alien in the land.” Resident aliens were especially vulnerable and in need of help. They needed to know the social and legal customs of the land to avoid getting into trouble. The translation (note the addition of “like”) assumes the psalmist is speaking metaphorically, not literally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A19/1"}
{"id":22994,"verse_id":"PSA.119.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.20","text":"Heb “my soul languishes for longing for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A20/1"}
{"id":22995,"verse_id":"PSA.119.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.21","text":"Heb “accursed.” The traditional punctuation of the Hebrew text takes “accursed” with the previous line (“arrogant, accursed ones”), but it is preferable to take it with the second line as the predicate of the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A21/1"}
{"id":22996,"verse_id":"PSA.119.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.22","text":"), emend the form to גֹּל ( gol ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A22/1"}
{"id":22997,"verse_id":"PSA.119.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.23","text":"Heb “though rulers sit, about me they talk together.” (For another example of the Niphal of דָּבַר ( davar ) used with a suffixed form of the preposition ב , see Ezek 33:30 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A23/1"}
{"id":22998,"verse_id":"PSA.119.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.24","text":"Heb “men of my counsel.” That is, God’s rules are like advisers to the psalmist, for they teach him how to live in a godly manner that refutes the accusations of his enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A24/1"}
{"id":22999,"verse_id":"PSA.119.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.25","text":"Heb “my soul clings to the dirt.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “being; soul”) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A25/1"}
{"id":23000,"verse_id":"PSA.119.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.25","text":"Heb “according to your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss read the plural “your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A25/2"}
{"id":23001,"verse_id":"PSA.119.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.26","text":"Heb “my ways I proclaimed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A26/1"}
{"id":23002,"verse_id":"PSA.119.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.27","text":"Heb “the way of your precepts make me understand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A27/1"}
{"id":23003,"verse_id":"PSA.119.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.27","text":"The cohortative with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A27/2"}
{"id":23004,"verse_id":"PSA.119.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.27","text":"Heb “your amazing things,” which refers here to the teachings of the law (see v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A27/3"}
{"id":23005,"verse_id":"PSA.119.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.28","text":"Some translate “my soul weeps,” taking the verb דָלַף ( dalaf ) from a root meaning “to drip; to drop” (BDB 196 s.v. דֶּלַף ). On the basis of cognate evidence from Arabic and Akkadian, HALOT 223 s.v. II דלף proposes a homonymic root here, meaning “be sleepless.” Following L. C. Allen ( Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 127, 135) the translation assumes that the verb is cognate with Ugaritic dlp , “to collapse; to crumple” in CTA 2 iv. 17, 26. See G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 44, 144.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A28/1"}
{"id":23006,"verse_id":"PSA.119.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.28","text":"Heb “according to your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss read the plural “your words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A28/2"}
{"id":23007,"verse_id":"PSA.119.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.29","text":"The “path of deceit” refers to a lifestyle characterized by deceit and disloyalty to God. It stands in contrast to the “way of faithfulness” in v. 30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A29/1"}
{"id":23008,"verse_id":"PSA.119.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.29","text":"Heb “be gracious to me.” The verb is used metonymically here for “graciously giving” the law. (See Gen 33:5 , where Jacob uses this verb in describing how God had graciously given him children.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A29/2"}
{"id":23009,"verse_id":"PSA.119.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.30","text":"BDB 1000-1001 s.v. I שָׁוָה derives the verb from the first homonym listed, meaning “to agree with; to be like; to resemble.” It here means (in the Piel stem) “to be accounted suitable,” which in turn would mean by metonymy “to accept; to be committed to.” Some prefer to derive the verb from a homonym meaning “to place; to set,” but in this case an elliptical prepositional phrase must be understood, “I place your regulations [before me]” (see Ps 16:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A30/1"}
{"id":23010,"verse_id":"PSA.119.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.31","text":"Or “cling to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A31/1"}
{"id":23011,"verse_id":"PSA.119.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.32","text":"Heb “for you make wide my heart.” The “heart” is viewed here as the seat of the psalmist’s volition and understanding. The Lord gives the psalmist the desire and moral understanding that are foundational to the willing obedience depicted metaphorically in the preceding line. In Isa 60:5 the expression “your heart will be wide” means “your heart will swell with pride,” but here the nuance appears to be different.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A32/1"}
{"id":23012,"verse_id":"PSA.119.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.33","text":"Heb “the way of your statutes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A33/1"}
{"id":23013,"verse_id":"PSA.119.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.33","text":"Heb “and I will keep it to the end.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative. The Hebrew term עֵקֶב (’ eqev ) is understood to mean “end” here. Another option is to take עֵקֶב (’ eqev ) as meaning “reward” here (see Ps 19:11 ) and to translate, “so that I might observe it and be rewarded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A33/2"}
{"id":23014,"verse_id":"PSA.119.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.34","text":"The two prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicate purpose/result after the introductory imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A34/1"}
{"id":23015,"verse_id":"PSA.119.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.35","text":"Or “make me walk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A35/1"}
{"id":23016,"verse_id":"PSA.119.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.35","text":"Heb “for in it I delight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A35/2"}
{"id":23017,"verse_id":"PSA.119.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.36","text":"Heb “turn my heart to your rules.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A36/1"}
{"id":23018,"verse_id":"PSA.119.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.36","text":"Heb “and not unjust gain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A36/2"}
{"id":23019,"verse_id":"PSA.119.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.37","text":"Heb “Make my eyes pass by from looking at what is worthless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A37/1"}
{"id":23020,"verse_id":"PSA.119.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.37","text":"Heb “by your word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A37/2"}
{"id":23021,"verse_id":"PSA.119.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.38","text":"Heb “word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A38/1"}
{"id":23022,"verse_id":"PSA.119.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.38","text":"Heb “which [is] for your fear,” that is, the promise made to those who exhibit fear of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A38/2"}
{"id":23023,"verse_id":"PSA.119.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.39","text":"Heb “my reproach that I fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A39/1"}
{"id":23024,"verse_id":"PSA.119.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.39","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A39/2"}
{"id":23025,"verse_id":"PSA.119.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.40","text":"Or “righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A40/1"}
{"id":23026,"verse_id":"PSA.119.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.41","text":"Heb “and may your loyal love come to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A41/1"}
{"id":23027,"verse_id":"PSA.119.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.41","text":"Or “salvation” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A41/2"}
{"id":23028,"verse_id":"PSA.119.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.41","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A41/3"}
{"id":23029,"verse_id":"PSA.119.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.42","text":"Heb “and I will answer [the] one who insults me a word.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the jussive (see v. 41 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A42/1"}
{"id":23030,"verse_id":"PSA.119.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.43","text":"Heb “do not snatch from my mouth a word of truth to excess.” The psalmist wants to be able to give a reliable testimony about the Lord ’s loyal love (vv. 41-42 ), but if God does not intervene, the psalmist will be deprived of doing so, for the evidence of such love (i.e., deliverance) will be lacking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A43/1"}
{"id":23031,"verse_id":"PSA.119.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.44","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the negated jussive (see v. 43 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A44/1"}
{"id":23032,"verse_id":"PSA.119.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.44","text":"Or “forever and ever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A44/2"}
{"id":23033,"verse_id":"PSA.119.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.45","text":"Heb “and I will walk about in a wide place.” The cohortative with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive gives a further consequence of the anticipated positive divine response (see vv. 43-44 ). Another option is to take the cohortative as expressing the psalmist’s request. In this case one could translate, “and please give me security.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A45/1"}
{"id":23034,"verse_id":"PSA.119.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.46","text":"The series of four cohortatives with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive in vv. 46-48 list further consequences of the anticipated positive divine response to the request made in v. 43 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A46/1"}
{"id":23035,"verse_id":"PSA.119.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.48","text":"Lifting the hands is often associated with prayer ( Pss 28:2; 63:4 ; Lam 2:19 ). (1) Because praying to God’s law borders on the extreme, some prefer to emend the text to “I lift up my hands to you,” eliminating “your commands, which I love” as dittographic. In this view these words were accidentally repeated from the previous verse. (2) However, it is possible that the psalmist closely associates the law with God himself because he views the law as the expression of the divine will. (3) Another option is that “lifting the hands” does not refer to prayer here, but to the psalmist’s desire to receive and appropriate the law. (4) Still others understand this to be an action praising God’s commands (so NCV; cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A48/1"}
{"id":23036,"verse_id":"PSA.119.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.50","text":"The demonstrative “this” refers back to the hope just mentioned or forward to the statement in the second line concerning the promise’s power to revive. See the note on the word “me” at the end of the verse for further discussion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A50/1"}
{"id":23037,"verse_id":"PSA.119.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.50","text":"The hope generated by the promise (see v. 49 b) brings comfort because (note “for” at the beginning of the line) the promise revives the psalmist’s spirits. Another option is to take כִּי ( ki ) at the beginning of the second line in the sense of “that,” in which case “this” refers to the promise’s power to revive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A50/2"}
{"id":23038,"verse_id":"PSA.119.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.51","text":"Heb “scoff at me to excess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A51/1"}
{"id":23039,"verse_id":"PSA.119.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.52","text":"Heb “I remember your regulations from of old.” The prepositional phrase “from of old” apparently modifies “your regulations,” alluding to the fact that God revealed them to Israel in the distant past. Another option is to understand the prepositional phrase as modifying the verb, in which case one might translate, “I have long remembered your regulations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A52/1"}
{"id":23040,"verse_id":"PSA.119.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.52","text":"Or “find comfort.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A52/2"}
{"id":23041,"verse_id":"PSA.119.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.54","text":"Heb “songs were your statutes to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A54/1"}
{"id":23042,"verse_id":"PSA.119.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.54","text":"Heb “in the house of my dwelling place.” Some take the Hebrew noun מָגוֹר ( magor ) in the sense of “temporary abode,” and see this as a reference to the psalmist’s status as a resident alien (see v. 19 ). But the noun can refer to a dwelling place in general (see Ps 55:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A54/2"}
{"id":23043,"verse_id":"PSA.119.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.55","text":"The cohortative verbal form expresses the psalmist’s resolve to obey the law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A55/1"}
{"id":23044,"verse_id":"PSA.119.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.56","text":"Heb “this has been to me.” The demonstrative “this” (1) refers back to the practices mentioned in vv. 54-55 , or (2) looks forward to the statement in the second line, in which case the כִּי ( ki ) at the beginning of the second line should be translated “that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A56/1"}
{"id":23045,"verse_id":"PSA.119.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.57","text":"Heb “my portion [is] the Lord .” The psalmist compares the Lord to landed property, which was foundational to economic stability in ancient Israel (see Ps 16:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A57/1"}
{"id":23046,"verse_id":"PSA.119.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.57","text":"Heb “I said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A57/2"}
{"id":23047,"verse_id":"PSA.119.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":57,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.57","text":"Heb “to keep your words” (see v. 9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A57/3"}
{"id":23048,"verse_id":"PSA.119.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.58","text":"Heb “I appease your face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A58/1"}
{"id":23049,"verse_id":"PSA.119.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.58","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A58/2"}
{"id":23050,"verse_id":"PSA.119.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.59","text":"Heb “my ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A59/1"}
{"id":23051,"verse_id":"PSA.119.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.59","text":"Heb “and I turn my feet toward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A59/2"}
{"id":23052,"verse_id":"PSA.119.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.60","text":"Heb “I hurry and I do not delay to keep your commands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A60/1"}
{"id":23053,"verse_id":"PSA.119.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.61","text":"Heb “surround.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A61/1"}
{"id":23054,"verse_id":"PSA.119.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.62","text":"The psalmist uses an imperfect verbal form to emphasize that this is his continuing practice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A62/1"}
{"id":23055,"verse_id":"PSA.119.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.63","text":"Heb “to all who fear you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A63/1"}
{"id":23056,"verse_id":"PSA.119.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.65","text":"Heb “do good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A65/1"}
{"id":23057,"verse_id":"PSA.119.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.65","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A65/2"}
{"id":23058,"verse_id":"PSA.119.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.66","text":"Heb “goodness of taste.” Here “taste” refers to moral and ethical discernment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A66/1"}
{"id":23059,"verse_id":"PSA.119.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.66","text":"Heb “for I believe in your commands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A66/2"}
{"id":23060,"verse_id":"PSA.119.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.67","text":"Heb “before I suffered, I was straying off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A67/1"}
{"id":23061,"verse_id":"PSA.119.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":67,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.67","text":"Heb “your word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A67/2"}
{"id":23062,"verse_id":"PSA.119.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.69","text":"Heb “smear over me a lie.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A69/1"}
{"id":23063,"verse_id":"PSA.119.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.70","text":"Heb “their heart is insensitive like fat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A70/1"}
{"id":23064,"verse_id":"PSA.119.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":72,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.72","text":"Heb “better to me [is] the law of your mouth than thousands of gold and silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A72/1"}
{"id":23065,"verse_id":"PSA.119.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":73,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.73","text":"Heb “made me and established me.” The two verbs also appear together in Deut 32:6 , where God, compared to a father, is said to have “made and established” Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A73/1"}
{"id":23066,"verse_id":"PSA.119.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":73,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.73","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A73/2"}
{"id":23067,"verse_id":"PSA.119.74","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":74,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.74","text":"Heb “those who fear you will see me and rejoice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A74/1"}
{"id":23068,"verse_id":"PSA.119.75","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":75,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.75","text":"In this context (note the second line) the Hebrew term מִשְׁפָּטִים ( mishpatim ), which so often refers to the regulations of God’s law elsewhere in this psalm, may refer instead to his decisions or disciplinary judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A75/1"}
{"id":23069,"verse_id":"PSA.119.75","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":75,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.75","text":"Heb “and [in] faithfulness you afflicted me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A75/2"}
{"id":23070,"verse_id":"PSA.119.76","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":76,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.76","text":"Heb “according to your word to your servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A76/1"}
{"id":23071,"verse_id":"PSA.119.77","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":77,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.77","text":"Heb “and may your compassion come to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A77/1"}
{"id":23072,"verse_id":"PSA.119.78","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":78,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.78","text":"Heb “for [with] falsehood they have denied me justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A78/1"}
{"id":23073,"verse_id":"PSA.119.79","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":79,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.79","text":"Heb “those who fear you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A79/1"}
{"id":23074,"verse_id":"PSA.119.80","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":80,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.80","text":"Heb “may my heart be complete in your statutes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A80/1"}
{"id":23075,"verse_id":"PSA.119.81","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":81,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.81","text":"Heb “my soul pines for.” See Ps 84:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A81/1"}
{"id":23076,"verse_id":"PSA.119.82","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":82,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.82","text":"Heb “my eyes fail for your word.” The psalmist has intently kept his eyes open, looking for God to intervene, but now his eyes are watery and bloodshot, impairing his vision. See Ps 69:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A82/1"}
{"id":23077,"verse_id":"PSA.119.82","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":82,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.82","text":"Heb “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A82/2"}
{"id":23078,"verse_id":"PSA.119.83","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":83,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.83","text":"Or “even though.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A83/1"}
{"id":23079,"verse_id":"PSA.119.83","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":83,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.83","text":"The Hebrew word נֹאד ( no ’ d , “leather container”) refers to a container made from animal skin which is used to hold wine or milk (see Josh 9:4, 13 ; Judg 4:19 ; 1 Sam 16:20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A83/2"}
{"id":23080,"verse_id":"PSA.119.83","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":83,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.83","text":"Heb “in the smoke.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A83/3"}
{"id":23081,"verse_id":"PSA.119.84","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":84,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.84","text":"Heb “How long are the days of your servant?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A84/1"}
{"id":23082,"verse_id":"PSA.119.85","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":85,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.85","text":"Heb “for me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A85/1"}
{"id":23083,"verse_id":"PSA.119.85","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":85,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.85","text":"Heb “which [is] not according to your law.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A85/2"}
{"id":23084,"verse_id":"PSA.119.88","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":88,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.88","text":"Heb “according to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A88/1"}
{"id":23085,"verse_id":"PSA.119.88","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":88,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.88","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A88/2"}
{"id":23086,"verse_id":"PSA.119.88","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":88,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.88","text":"Heb “of your mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A88/3"}
{"id":23087,"verse_id":"PSA.119.89","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":89,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.89","text":"Heb “Forever, O Lord , your word stands firm in heaven,” or “Forever, O Lord , [is] your word; it stands firm in heaven.” The translation assumes that “your word” refers here to the body of divine instructions contained in the law (note the frequent references to the law in vv. 92-96 ). See vv. 9, 16-17, 57, 101, 105, 130, 139 and 160-61 . The reference in v. 86 to God’s law being faithful favors this interpretation. Another option is that “your word” refers to God’s assuring word of promise, mentioned in vv. 25, 28, 42, 65, 74, 81, 107, 114, 147 and 169 . In this case one might translate, “O Lord , your promise is reliable, it stands firm in heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A89/1"}
{"id":23088,"verse_id":"PSA.119.90","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":90,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.90","text":"Heb “to a generation and a generation [is] your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A90/1"}
{"id":23089,"verse_id":"PSA.119.92","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":92,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.92","text":"Heb “if your law had not been my delight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A92/1"}
{"id":23090,"verse_id":"PSA.119.92","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":92,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.92","text":"Or “my suffering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A92/2"}
{"id":23091,"verse_id":"PSA.119.95","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":95,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.95","text":"Heb “the wicked wait for me to kill me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A95/1"}
{"id":23092,"verse_id":"PSA.119.96","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":96,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.96","text":"Heb “to every perfection I have seen an end, your command is very wide.” God’s law is beyond full comprehension, which is why the psalmist continually studies it (vv. 95, 97 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A96/1"}
{"id":23093,"verse_id":"PSA.119.98","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":98,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.98","text":"The plural form needs to be revocalized as a singular in order to agree with the preceding singular verb and the singular pronoun in the next line. The Lord ’s “command” refers here to the law (see Ps 19:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A98/1"}
{"id":23094,"verse_id":"PSA.119.101","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":101,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.101","text":"Heb “I hold back my feet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A101/1"}
{"id":23095,"verse_id":"PSA.119.101","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":101,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.101","text":"Heb “your word.” Many medieval Hebrew mss read the plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A101/2"}
{"id":23096,"verse_id":"PSA.119.103","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":103,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.103","text":"Heb “How smooth they are to my palate, your word, more than honey to my mouth.” A few medieval Hebrew mss , as well as several other ancient witnesses, read the plural “your words,” which can then be understood as the subject of the plural verb “they are smooth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A103/1"}
{"id":23097,"verse_id":"PSA.119.104","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":104,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.104","text":"Heb “every false path.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A104/1"}
{"id":23098,"verse_id":"PSA.119.105","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":105,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.105","text":"Many medieval Hebrew mss read the plural (“words”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A105/1"}
{"id":23099,"verse_id":"PSA.119.105","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":105,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.105","text":"Heb “[is] a lamp for my foot and a light for my path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A105/2"}
{"id":23100,"verse_id":"PSA.119.107","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":107,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.107","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A107/1"}
{"id":23101,"verse_id":"PSA.119.108","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":108,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.108","text":"Heb “of my mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A108/1"}
{"id":23102,"verse_id":"PSA.119.109","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":109,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.109","text":"Heb “my life [is] in my hands continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A109/1"}
{"id":23103,"verse_id":"PSA.119.111","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":111,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.111","text":"Heb “for the joy of my heart [are] they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A111/1"}
{"id":23104,"verse_id":"PSA.119.112","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":112,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.112","text":"Heb “I turn my heart to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A112/1"}
{"id":23105,"verse_id":"PSA.119.113","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":113,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.113","text":"Heb “divided ones.” The word occurs only here; it appears to be derived from a verbal root, attested in Arabic, meaning “to split” (see HALOT 762 s.v. * סֵעֵף ). Since the psalmist is emphasizing his unswerving allegiance to God and his law, the term probably refers to those who lack such loyalty. The translation is similar to that suggested by L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 131.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A113/1"}
{"id":23106,"verse_id":"PSA.119.115","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":115,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.115","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A115/1"}
{"id":23107,"verse_id":"PSA.119.115","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":115,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.115","text":"The psalmist has already declared that he observes God’s commands despite persecution, so here the idea must be “so that I might observe the commands of my God unhindered by threats .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A115/2"}
{"id":23108,"verse_id":"PSA.119.116","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":116,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.116","text":"Heb “according to your word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A116/1"}
{"id":23109,"verse_id":"PSA.119.116","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":116,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.116","text":"The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A116/2"}
{"id":23110,"verse_id":"PSA.119.116","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":116,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.116","text":"Heb “do not make me ashamed of my hope.” After the Hebrew verb בּוֹשׁ ( bosh , “to be ashamed”) the preposition מִן ( min , “from”) often introduces the reason for shame.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A116/3"}
{"id":23111,"verse_id":"PSA.119.117","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":117,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.117","text":"Or “and that I might focus.” The two cohortatives with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicate purpose/result after the imperative at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A117/1"}
{"id":23112,"verse_id":"PSA.119.118","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":118,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.118","text":"The Hebrew verb סָלָה ( salah , “to disdain”) occurs only here and in Lam 1:15 . Cognate usage in Aramaic and Akkadian, as well as Lam 1:15 , suggest it may have a concrete nuance of “to throw away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A118/1"}
{"id":23113,"verse_id":"PSA.119.118","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":118,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.118","text":"Heb “for their deceit [is] falsehood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A118/2"}
{"id":23114,"verse_id":"PSA.119.120","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":120,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.120","text":"Heb “my flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A120/1"}
{"id":23115,"verse_id":"PSA.119.120","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":120,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.120","text":"The Hebrew verb סָמַר ( samar , “to tremble”) occurs only here and in Job 4:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A120/2"}
{"id":23116,"verse_id":"PSA.119.120","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":120,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.120","text":"Heb “from fear of you.” The pronominal suffix on the noun is an objective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A120/3"}
{"id":23117,"verse_id":"PSA.119.121","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":121,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.121","text":"Heb “do justice and righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A121/1"}
{"id":23118,"verse_id":"PSA.119.122","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":122,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.122","text":"Heb “be surety for your servant for good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A122/1"}
{"id":23119,"verse_id":"PSA.119.123","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":123,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.123","text":"Heb “my eyes fail for your deliverance.” The psalmist has intently kept his eyes open, looking for God to intervene, but now his eyes are watery and bloodshot, impairing his vision. See the similar phrase in v. 82 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A123/1"}
{"id":23120,"verse_id":"PSA.119.123","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":123,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.123","text":"Heb “and for the word of your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A123/2"}
{"id":23121,"verse_id":"PSA.119.124","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":124,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.124","text":"Heb “do with your servant according to your loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A124/1"}
{"id":23122,"verse_id":"PSA.119.125","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":125,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.125","text":"or “know.” The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A125/1"}
{"id":23123,"verse_id":"PSA.119.127","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":127,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.127","text":"“For this reason” connects logically with the statement made in v. 126 . Because the judgment the psalmist fears (see vv. 119-120 ) is imminent, he remains loyal to God’s law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A127/1"}
{"id":23124,"verse_id":"PSA.119.128","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":128,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.128","text":"Heb “for this reason all the precepts of everything I regard as right.” The phrase “precepts of everything” is odd. It is preferable to take the kaf ( כ ) on כֹּל ( kol , “everything) with the preceding form as a pronominal suffix, “your precepts,” and the lamed ( ל ) with the following verb as an emphatic particle. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 138.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A128/1"}
{"id":23125,"verse_id":"PSA.119.128","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":128,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.128","text":"Heb “every false path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A128/2"}
{"id":23126,"verse_id":"PSA.119.130","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":130,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.130","text":"Heb “the doorway of your words gives light.” God’s “words” refer here to the instructions in his law (see vv. 9, 57 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A130/1"}
{"id":23127,"verse_id":"PSA.119.130","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":130,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.130","text":"Heb “it [i.e., the doorway] gives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A130/2"}
{"id":23128,"verse_id":"PSA.119.130","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":130,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.130","text":"Or “the [morally] naive,” that is, the one who is young and still in the process of learning right from wrong and distinguishing wisdom from folly. See Pss 19:7; 116:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A130/3"}
{"id":23129,"verse_id":"PSA.119.131","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":131,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.131","text":"The verb occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A131/1"}
{"id":23130,"verse_id":"PSA.119.132","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":132,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.132","text":"Heb “according to custom toward the lovers of your name.” The “lovers of” God’s “name” are the Lord ’s loyal followers. See Pss 5:11; 69:36 ; Isa 56:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A132/1"}
{"id":23131,"verse_id":"PSA.119.133","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":133,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.133","text":"God’s “word” refers here to his law (see v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A133/1"}
{"id":23132,"verse_id":"PSA.119.134","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":134,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.134","text":"Or “redeem me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A134/1"}
{"id":23133,"verse_id":"PSA.119.134","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":134,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.134","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A134/2"}
{"id":23134,"verse_id":"PSA.119.135","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":135,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.135","text":"Heb “cause your face to shine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A135/1"}
{"id":23135,"verse_id":"PSA.119.136","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":136,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.136","text":"Heb “[with] flowing streams my eyes go down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A136/1"}
{"id":23136,"verse_id":"PSA.119.136","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":136,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.136","text":"Heb “they”; even though somewhat generic, the referent (people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A136/2"}
{"id":23137,"verse_id":"PSA.119.138","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":138,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.138","text":"Heb “you commanded [in] justice your rules.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A138/1"}
{"id":23138,"verse_id":"PSA.119.139","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":139,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.139","text":"or “zeal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A139/1"}
{"id":23139,"verse_id":"PSA.119.139","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":139,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.139","text":"Heb “destroys,” in a hyperbolic sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A139/2"}
{"id":23140,"verse_id":"PSA.119.139","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":139,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.139","text":"Heb “your words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A139/3"}
{"id":23141,"verse_id":"PSA.119.142","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":142,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.142","text":"Heb “your justice [is] justice forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A142/1"}
{"id":23142,"verse_id":"PSA.119.142","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":142,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.142","text":"Or “truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A142/2"}
{"id":23143,"verse_id":"PSA.119.143","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":143,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.143","text":"Heb “find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A143/1"}
{"id":23144,"verse_id":"PSA.119.144","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":144,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.144","text":"Heb “just are your rules forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A144/1"}
{"id":23145,"verse_id":"PSA.119.144","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":144,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.144","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A144/2"}
{"id":23146,"verse_id":"PSA.119.146","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":146,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.146","text":"The cohortative verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A146/1"}
{"id":23147,"verse_id":"PSA.119.149","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":149,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.149","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A149/1"}
{"id":23148,"verse_id":"PSA.119.149","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":149,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.149","text":"Heb “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A149/2"}
{"id":23149,"verse_id":"PSA.119.149","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":149,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"119.149","text":"Heb “according to your custom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A149/3"}
{"id":23150,"verse_id":"PSA.119.150","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":150,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.150","text":"Heb “those who pursue.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A150/1"}
{"id":23151,"verse_id":"PSA.119.151","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":151,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.151","text":"Or “truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A151/1"}
{"id":23152,"verse_id":"PSA.119.152","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":152,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.152","text":"Heb “long ago I knew concerning your rules, that forever you established them.” See v. 89 for the same idea. The translation assumes that the preposition מִן ( min ) prefixed to “your rules” introduces the object of the verb יָדַע ( yada ’), as in 1 Sam 23:23 . Another option is that the preposition indicates source, in which case one might translate, “Long ago I realized from your rules that forever you established them” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A152/1"}
{"id":23153,"verse_id":"PSA.119.154","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":154,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.154","text":"Or “argue my case.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A154/1"}
{"id":23154,"verse_id":"PSA.119.154","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":154,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.154","text":"Heb “and redeem me.” The verb “redeem” casts the Lord in the role of a leader who protects members of his extended family in times of need and crisis (see Ps 19:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A154/2"}
{"id":23155,"verse_id":"PSA.119.155","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":155,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.155","text":"Heb “far from the wicked [is] deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A155/1"}
{"id":23156,"verse_id":"PSA.119.156","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":156,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.156","text":"Heb “according to your customs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A156/1"}
{"id":23157,"verse_id":"PSA.119.157","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":157,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.157","text":"Heb “many [are] those who chase me and my enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A157/1"}
{"id":23158,"verse_id":"PSA.119.158","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":158,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.158","text":"Heb “your word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A158/1"}
{"id":23159,"verse_id":"PSA.119.160","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":160,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.160","text":"Heb “the head of your word is truth, and forever [is] all your just regulation.” The term “head” is used here of the “sum total” of God’s instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A160/1"}
{"id":23160,"verse_id":"PSA.119.161","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":161,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.161","text":"Heb “and because of your instructions my heart trembles.” The psalmist’s healthy “fear” of the consequences of violating God’s instructions motivates him to obey them. See v. 120 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A161/1"}
{"id":23161,"verse_id":"PSA.119.162","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":162,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.162","text":"Heb “like one who finds great plunder.” See Judg 5:30 . The image is that of a victorious warrior who finds a large amount of plunder on the field of battle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A162/1"}
{"id":23162,"verse_id":"PSA.119.164","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":164,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.164","text":"The number “seven” is use rhetorically to suggest thoroughness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A164/1"}
{"id":23163,"verse_id":"PSA.119.165","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":165,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.165","text":"Heb “great peace [is] to the lovers of your law.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A165/1"}
{"id":23164,"verse_id":"PSA.119.165","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":165,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.165","text":"Heb “and there is no stumbling to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A165/2"}
{"id":23165,"verse_id":"PSA.119.166","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":166,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.166","text":"Heb “do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A166/1"}
{"id":23166,"verse_id":"PSA.119.168","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":168,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.168","text":"Heb “for all my ways [are] before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A168/1"}
{"id":23167,"verse_id":"PSA.119.169","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":169,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.169","text":"Heb “may my cry approach before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A169/1"}
{"id":23168,"verse_id":"PSA.119.170","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":170,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.170","text":"Heb “may my appeal for mercy come before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A170/1"}
{"id":23169,"verse_id":"PSA.119.170","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":170,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.170","text":"Heb “according to your speech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A170/2"}
{"id":23170,"verse_id":"PSA.119.172","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":172,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.172","text":"Heb “your word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A172/1"}
{"id":23171,"verse_id":"PSA.119.173","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":173,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.173","text":"The words “to obey” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A173/1"}
{"id":23172,"verse_id":"PSA.119.175","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":175,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.175","text":"Heb “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A175/1"}
{"id":23173,"verse_id":"PSA.119.175","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":175,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"119.175","text":"God’s regulations will “help” the psalmist by giving him moral and ethical guidance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A175/2"}
{"id":23174,"verse_id":"PSA.119.176","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":119,"verse":176,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"119.176","text":"Heb “I stray like a lost sheep.” It is possible that the point of the metaphor is vulnerability: The psalmist, who is threatened by his enemies, feels as vulnerable as a straying, lost sheep. This would not suggest, however, that he has wandered from God’s path (see the second half of the verse, as well as v. 110 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20119%3A176/1"}
{"id":23175,"verse_id":"PSA.120.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.2","text":"The words “I said” are supplied in the translation for clarification. See the introductory note for this psalm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A2/1"}
{"id":23176,"verse_id":"PSA.120.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"120.2","text":"Or “my life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A2/2"}
{"id":23177,"verse_id":"PSA.120.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"120.2","text":"Heb “from a lip of falsehood.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A2/3"}
{"id":23178,"verse_id":"PSA.120.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"120.2","text":"Heb “from a tongue of deception.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A2/4"}
{"id":23179,"verse_id":"PSA.120.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.3","text":"Heb “What will he give to you, and what will he add to you, O tongue of deception?” The psalmist addresses his deceptive enemies. The Lord is the understood subject of the verbs “give” and “add.” The second part of the question echoes a standard curse formula, “thus the Lord /God will do … and thus he will add” (see Ruth 1:17 ; 1 Sam 3:17; 14:44; 20:13; 25:22 ; 2 Sam 3:9, 35; 19:13 ; 1 Kgs 2:23 ; 2 Kgs 6:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A3/1"}
{"id":23180,"verse_id":"PSA.120.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.4","text":"The words “here’s how” are supplied in the translation as a clarification. In v. 4 the psalmist answers the question he raises in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A4/1"}
{"id":23181,"verse_id":"PSA.120.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"120.4","text":"Heb “with coals of the wood of the broom plant.” The wood of the broom plant was used to make charcoal, which in turn was used to fuel the fire used to forge the arrowheads.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A4/2"}
{"id":23182,"verse_id":"PSA.120.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.5","text":"Or “woe to me.” The Hebrew term אוֹיָה (’ oyah , “woe”) which occurs only here, is an alternate form of אוֹי (’ oy ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A5/1"}
{"id":23183,"verse_id":"PSA.120.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"120.5","text":"Heb “I live as a resident alien.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A5/2"}
{"id":23184,"verse_id":"PSA.120.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.6","text":"The singular participial form probably has a representative function here. The psalmist envisions the typical hater of peace who represents the entire category of such individuals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A6/1"}
{"id":23185,"verse_id":"PSA.120.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"120.7","text":"Heb “I, peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A7/1"}
{"id":23186,"verse_id":"PSA.120.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":120,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"120.7","text":"Heb “they [are] for war.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20120%3A7/2"}
{"id":23187,"verse_id":"PSA.121.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"121.1","text":"Heb “I lift my eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A1/3"}
{"id":23188,"verse_id":"PSA.121.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"121.2","text":"Heb “my help [is] from with the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A2/1"}
{"id":23189,"verse_id":"PSA.121.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"121.2","text":"Or “Maker.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A2/2"}
{"id":23190,"verse_id":"PSA.121.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"121.3","text":"Heb “the one who guards you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A3/1"}
{"id":23191,"verse_id":"PSA.121.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"121.3","text":"The prefixed verbal forms following the negative particle אל appear to be jussives. As noted above, if they are taken as true jussives of prayer, then the speaker in v. 3 would appear to be distinct from both the speaker in vv. 1-2 and the speaker in vv. 4-8 . However, according to GKC 322 §109. e ), the jussives are used rhetorically here “to express the conviction that something cannot or should not happen.” In this case one should probably translate, “he will not allow your foot to slip, your protector will not sleep,” and understand just one speaker in vv. 4-8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A3/2"}
{"id":23192,"verse_id":"PSA.121.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"121.4","text":"Heb “the one who guards Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A4/1"}
{"id":23193,"verse_id":"PSA.121.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":121,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"121.8","text":"Heb “your going out and your coming in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20121%3A8/1"}
{"id":23194,"verse_id":"PSA.122.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.2","text":"Or “were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A2/1"}
{"id":23195,"verse_id":"PSA.122.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A3/1"}
{"id":23196,"verse_id":"PSA.122.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"122.3","text":"Heb “Jerusalem, which is built like a city which is joined to her together.” The meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear. Many regard this as a description of the compact way in which the city was designed or constructed. The translation assumes an emendation of the verb חֻבְּרָה ( khubbÿrah , “is joined”) to a noun חֶבְרָה ( khevrah , “association; company”). The text then reads literally, “Jerusalem, which is built like a city which has a company together.” This in turn can be taken as a reference to Jerusalem’s role as a city where people congregated for religious festivals and other civic occasions (see vv. 4-5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A3/2"}
{"id":23197,"verse_id":"PSA.122.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.4","text":"Or “went up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A4/1"}
{"id":23198,"verse_id":"PSA.122.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"122.4","text":"Heb “which is where the tribes go up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A4/2"}
{"id":23199,"verse_id":"PSA.122.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"122.4","text":"Heb “[it is] a statute for Israel to give thanks to the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A4/3"}
{"id":23200,"verse_id":"PSA.122.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.5","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A5/1"}
{"id":23201,"verse_id":"PSA.122.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"122.5","text":"Or “sat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A5/2"}
{"id":23202,"verse_id":"PSA.122.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"122.5","text":"Heb “Indeed, there they sit [on] thrones for judgment, [on] thrones [belonging] to the house of David.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A5/3"}
{"id":23203,"verse_id":"PSA.122.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.6","text":"Heb “ask [for].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A6/1"}
{"id":23204,"verse_id":"PSA.122.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"122.6","text":"Or “be secure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A6/2"}
{"id":23205,"verse_id":"PSA.122.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.7","text":"or “security.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A7/1"}
{"id":23206,"verse_id":"PSA.122.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"122.7","text":"The psalmist uses second feminine singular pronominal forms to address personified Jerusalem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A7/2"}
{"id":23207,"verse_id":"PSA.122.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":122,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"122.9","text":"Heb “I will seek good for you.” The psalmist will seek Jerusalem’s “good” through prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20122%3A9/1"}
{"id":23208,"verse_id":"PSA.123.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":123,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"123.1","text":"Heb “I lift my eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20123%3A1/3"}
{"id":23209,"verse_id":"PSA.123.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":123,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"123.3","text":"Heb “for greatly we are filled [with] humiliation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20123%3A3/1"}
{"id":23210,"verse_id":"PSA.123.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":123,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"123.4","text":"Heb “greatly our soul is full to it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20123%3A4/1"}
{"id":23211,"verse_id":"PSA.124.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.2","text":"Heb “rose up against us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A2/1"}
{"id":23212,"verse_id":"PSA.124.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.4","text":"Or “stream.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A4/1"}
{"id":23213,"verse_id":"PSA.124.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"124.4","text":"Heb “would have passed over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A4/2"}
{"id":23214,"verse_id":"PSA.124.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"124.4","text":"Heb “our being.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) with a pronominal suffix is often equivalent to a pronoun, especially in poetry (see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A4/3"}
{"id":23215,"verse_id":"PSA.124.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.5","text":"Heb “then they would have passed over our being, the raging waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A5/1"}
{"id":23216,"verse_id":"PSA.124.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.6","text":"Heb “blessed [be] the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A6/1"}
{"id":23217,"verse_id":"PSA.124.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"124.6","text":"Heb “[the one] who.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A6/2"}
{"id":23218,"verse_id":"PSA.124.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.7","text":"Heb “our life escaped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A7/1"}
{"id":23219,"verse_id":"PSA.124.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"124.8","text":"Heb “our help [is] in the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A8/1"}
{"id":23220,"verse_id":"PSA.124.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":124,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"124.8","text":"Or “Maker.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20124%3A8/2"}
{"id":23221,"verse_id":"PSA.125.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"125.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A2/1"}
{"id":23222,"verse_id":"PSA.125.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"125.3","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A3/1"}
{"id":23223,"verse_id":"PSA.125.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"125.3","text":"Heb “a scepter of wickedness.” The “scepter” symbolizes royal authority; when collocated with “wickedness” the phrase refers to an oppressive foreign conqueror.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A3/2"}
{"id":23224,"verse_id":"PSA.125.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"125.3","text":"Or “rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A3/3"}
{"id":23225,"verse_id":"PSA.125.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"125.3","text":"Heb “so that the godly might not stretch out their hands in wrongdoing.” A wicked king who sets a sinful example can have an adverse moral and ethical effect on the people he rules.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A3/4"}
{"id":23226,"verse_id":"PSA.125.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"125.4","text":"Heb “pure of heart.” The “heart” is here viewed as the seat of one’s moral character and motives. The “pure of heart” are God’s faithful followers who trust in and love the Lord and, as a result, experience his deliverance (see Pss 7:10; 11:2; 32:11; 36:10; 64:10; 94:15; 97:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A4/1"}
{"id":23227,"verse_id":"PSA.125.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"125.5","text":"Heb “and the ones making their paths twisted.” A sinful lifestyle is compared to a twisting, winding road.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A5/1"}
{"id":23228,"verse_id":"PSA.125.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"125.5","text":"Heb “lead them away.” The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive of prayer here (note the prayers directly before and after this). Another option is to translate, “the Lord will remove them” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A5/2"}
{"id":23229,"verse_id":"PSA.125.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"125.5","text":"Heb “the workers of wickedness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A5/3"}
{"id":23230,"verse_id":"PSA.125.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":125,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"125.5","text":"Heb “peace [be] upon Israel.” The statement is understood as a prayer (see Ps 122:8 for a similar prayer for peace).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20125%3A5/4"}
{"id":23231,"verse_id":"PSA.126.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"126.1","text":"Heb “turns with a turning [toward] his people.” The Hebrew noun שִׁיבַת ( shivat ) occurs only here in the OT. For this reason many prefer to emend the form to the more common שְׁבִית ( shevit ) or שְׁבוּת ( shÿvut ), both of which are used as a cognate accusative of שׁוּב ( shuv ; see Ps 14:7 ). However an Aramaic cognate of שְׁבִית appears in an eighth century b.c. Old Aramaic inscription with the verb שׁוּב . This cognate noun appears to mean “return” (see J. Fitzmyer, The Aramaic Treaties of Sefire [BibOr], 119-20) or “restoration” (see DNWSI 2:1125). Therefore it appears that שְׁבִית should be retained and understood as a cognate accusative of שׁוּב . In addition to Fitzmyer (119-20) see L. C. Allen, who offers the literal translation, “turn with a turning toward” ( Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 170). Allen takes שְׁבִית as construct and understands “Zion” as an objective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A1/3"}
{"id":23232,"verse_id":"PSA.126.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"126.2","text":"Heb “then our mouth was filled with laughter, and our tongue with a shout.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A2/1"}
{"id":23233,"verse_id":"PSA.126.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"126.2","text":"Heb “they said among the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A2/2"}
{"id":23234,"verse_id":"PSA.126.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"126.4","text":"Heb “like the streams in the Negev.” sn The streams in the arid south . Y. Aharoni writes of the streams in the Negev: “These usually dry wadis collect water on rainy days from vast areas. The situation is also aggravated by floods from the desert mountains and southern Judah. For a day or two or, more frequently, for only a few hours they turn into dangerous torrents” (Y. Aharoni, The Land of the Bible , 26). God’s people were experiencing a “dry season” after a time of past blessing; they pray here for a “flash flood” of his renewed blessing. This does not imply that they are requesting only a brief display of God’s blessing. Rather the point of comparison is the suddenness with which the wadis swell during a rain, as well as the depth and power of these raging waters. The community desires a sudden display of divine favor in which God overwhelms them with blessings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A4/1"}
{"id":23235,"verse_id":"PSA.126.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"126.6","text":"The noun occurs only here and in Job 28:18 in the OT. See HALOT 646 s.v. I מֶשֶׁךְ which gives “leather pouch” as the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A6/1"}
{"id":23236,"verse_id":"PSA.126.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":126,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"126.6","text":"The Hebrew noun אֲלֻמָּה (’ alummah , “sheaf”) occurs only here and in Gen 37:7 in the OT. sn Verse 6 expands the image of v. 5 . See the note on the word “harvest” there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20126%3A6/2"}
{"id":23237,"verse_id":"PSA.127.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"127.2","text":"Heb “[it is] vain for you, you who are early to rise, who delay sitting, who eat the food of hard work.” The three substantival participles are parallel and stand in apposition to the pronominal suffix on the preposition. See לָכֶם ( lakhem , “for you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A2/1"}
{"id":23238,"verse_id":"PSA.127.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"127.2","text":"Here the Hebrew particle כֵּן ( ken ) is used to stress the following affirmation (see Josh 2:4 ; Ps 63:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A2/2"}
{"id":23239,"verse_id":"PSA.127.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"127.2","text":"Heb “he gives to his beloved, sleep.” The translation assumes that the Hebrew term שֵׁנָא ( shena ’, “sleep,” an alternate form of שֵׁנָה , shenah ) is an adverbial accusative. The point seems to be this: Hard work by itself is not what counts, but one’s relationship to God, for God is able to bless an individual even while he sleeps. (There may even be a subtle allusion to the miracle of conception following sexual intercourse; see the reference to the gift of sons in the following verse.) The statement is not advocating laziness, but utilizing hyperbole to give perspective and to remind the addressees that God must be one’s first priority. Another option is to take “sleep” as the direct object: “yes, he gives sleep to his beloved” (cf. NIV, NRSV). In this case the point is this: Hard work by itself is futile, for only God is able to bless one with sleep, which metonymically refers to having one’s needs met. He blesses on the basis of one’s relationship to him, not on the basis of physical energy expended.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A2/3"}
{"id":23240,"verse_id":"PSA.127.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"127.3","text":"or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A3/1"}
{"id":23241,"verse_id":"PSA.127.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"127.3","text":"Some prefer to translate this term with the gender neutral “children,” but “sons” are plainly in view here, as the following verses make clear. Daughters are certainly wonderful additions to a family, but in ancient Israelite culture sons were the “arrows” that gave a man security in his old age, for they could defend the family interests at the city gate, where the legal and economic issues of the community were settled.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A3/2"}
{"id":23242,"verse_id":"PSA.127.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"127.4","text":"Heb “like arrows in the hand of a warrior, so [are] sons of youth.” Arrows are used in combat to defend oneself against enemies; sons are viewed here as providing social security and protection (see v. 5 ). The phrase “sons of youth” is elliptical, meaning “sons [born during the father’s] youth.” Such sons will have grown up to be mature adults and will have children of their own by the time the father reaches old age and becomes vulnerable to enemies. Contrast the phrase “son of old age” in Gen 37:3 (see also 44:20 ), which refers to Jacob’s age when Joseph was born.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A4/1"}
{"id":23243,"verse_id":"PSA.127.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"127.5","text":"Being “put to shame” is here metonymic for being defeated, probably in a legal context, as the reference to the city gate suggests. One could be humiliated ( Ps 69:12 ) or deprived of justice ( Amos 5:12 ) at the gate, but with strong sons to defend the family interests this was less likely to happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A5/1"}
{"id":23244,"verse_id":"PSA.127.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":127,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"127.5","text":"Heb “speak with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20127%3A5/2"}
{"id":23245,"verse_id":"PSA.128.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"128.1","text":"Heb “every fearer of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A1/3"}
{"id":23246,"verse_id":"PSA.128.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"128.2","text":"The psalmist addresses the representative God-fearing man, as indicated by the references to “your wife” (v. 3 ) and “the man” (v. 4 ), as well as the second masculine singular pronominal and verbal forms in vv. 2-6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A2/1"}
{"id":23247,"verse_id":"PSA.128.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"128.2","text":"Heb “the work of your hands, indeed you will eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A2/2"}
{"id":23248,"verse_id":"PSA.128.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"128.2","text":"Heb “how blessed you [will be] and it will be good for you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A2/3"}
{"id":23249,"verse_id":"PSA.128.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"128.3","text":"One could translate “sons” (see Ps 127:3 and the note on the word “sons” there), but here the term seems to refer more generally to children of both genders.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A3/2"}
{"id":23250,"verse_id":"PSA.128.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"128.4","text":"Heb “look, indeed thus will the man, the fearer of the Lord , be blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A4/1"}
{"id":23251,"verse_id":"PSA.128.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"128.5","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive of prayer (note the imperatives that are subordinated to this clause in vv. 5 b-6a). Having described the blessings that typically come to the godly, the psalmist concludes by praying that this ideal may become reality for the representative godly man being addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A5/1"}
{"id":23252,"verse_id":"PSA.128.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"128.5","text":"The imperative with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the preceding jussive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A5/2"}
{"id":23253,"verse_id":"PSA.128.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"128.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A5/3"}
{"id":23254,"verse_id":"PSA.128.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"128.6","text":"The imperative with prefixed vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose/result after the jussive in v. 5 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A6/1"}
{"id":23255,"verse_id":"PSA.128.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"128.6","text":"Heb “sons to your sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A6/2"}
{"id":23256,"verse_id":"PSA.128.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":128,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"128.6","text":"Heb “peace [be] upon Israel.” The statement is understood as a prayer (see Ps 125:5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20128%3A6/3"}
{"id":23257,"verse_id":"PSA.129.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":129,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"129.4","text":"The background of the metaphor is not entirely clear. Perhaps the “ropes” are those used to harness the ox for plowing (see Job 39:10 ). Verse 3 pictures the wicked plowing God’s people as if they were a field. But when God “cut the ropes” of their ox, as it were, they could no longer plow. The point of the metaphor seems to be that God took away the enemies’ ability to oppress his people. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 187.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20129%3A4/1"}
{"id":23258,"verse_id":"PSA.129.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":129,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"129.6","text":"The Hebrew verb שָׁלַף ( shalaf ) normally means “to draw [a sword]” or “to pull.” BDB 1025 s.v. suggests the meaning “to shoot up” here, but it is more likely that the verb here means “to pluck; to pull up,” a nuance attested for this word in later Hebrew and Aramaic (see Jastrow 1587 s.v. שָׁלַף ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20129%3A6/1"}
{"id":23259,"verse_id":"PSA.129.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":129,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"129.8","text":"The perfect verbal form is used for rhetorical effect; it describes an anticipated development as if it were already reality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20129%3A8/1"}
{"id":23260,"verse_id":"PSA.130.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.2","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A2/1"}
{"id":23261,"verse_id":"PSA.130.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.2","text":"Heb “may your ears be attentive to the voice of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A2/2"}
{"id":23262,"verse_id":"PSA.130.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.3","text":"Heb “observe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A3/1"}
{"id":23263,"verse_id":"PSA.130.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.3","text":"The words “before you” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The psalmist must be referring to standing before God’s judgment seat. The rhetorical question expects the answer, “No one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A3/2"}
{"id":23264,"verse_id":"PSA.130.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.4","text":"Or “surely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A4/1"}
{"id":23265,"verse_id":"PSA.130.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.4","text":"Heb “for with you [there is] forgiveness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A4/2"}
{"id":23266,"verse_id":"PSA.130.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"130.4","text":"Or “consequently you are.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A4/3"}
{"id":23267,"verse_id":"PSA.130.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"130.4","text":"Heb “feared.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A4/4"}
{"id":23268,"verse_id":"PSA.130.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.5","text":"Or “wait for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A5/1"}
{"id":23269,"verse_id":"PSA.130.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.5","text":"Heb “my soul waits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A5/2"}
{"id":23270,"verse_id":"PSA.130.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"130.5","text":"Heb “his word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A5/3"}
{"id":23271,"verse_id":"PSA.130.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.6","text":"Heb “my soul for the master.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A6/1"}
{"id":23272,"verse_id":"PSA.130.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.6","text":"Heb “more than watchmen for the morning, watchmen for the morning.” The words “yes, more” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A6/2"}
{"id":23273,"verse_id":"PSA.130.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.7","text":"Heb “for with the Lord [is] loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A7/1"}
{"id":23274,"verse_id":"PSA.130.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.7","text":"Heb “and abundantly with him [is] redemption.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A7/2"}
{"id":23275,"verse_id":"PSA.130.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"130.8","text":"Or “redeem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A8/1"}
{"id":23276,"verse_id":"PSA.130.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":130,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"130.8","text":"The Hebrew noun עָוֹן (’ avon ) can refer to sin, the guilt sin produces, or the consequences of sin. Only here is the noun collocated with the verb פָּדָה ( padah , “to redeem; to deliver”). The psalmist may refer to forgiveness per se (v. 4 ), but the emphasis in this context is likely on deliverance from the national consequences of sin. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 192.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20130%3A8/2"}
{"id":23277,"verse_id":"PSA.131.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":131,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"131.1","text":"Heb “and my eyes are not lifted up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20131%3A1/3"}
{"id":23278,"verse_id":"PSA.131.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":131,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"131.2","text":"Or “but.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20131%3A2/1"}
{"id":23279,"verse_id":"PSA.131.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":131,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"131.2","text":"Heb “I make level and make quiet my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20131%3A2/2"}
{"id":23280,"verse_id":"PSA.131.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":131,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"131.2","text":"Heb “like a weaned [one] upon his mother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20131%3A2/3"}
{"id":23281,"verse_id":"PSA.131.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":131,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"131.2","text":"Heb “like the weaned [one] upon me, my soul.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20131%3A2/4"}
{"id":23282,"verse_id":"PSA.132.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.3","text":"The words “he said” are supplied in the translation to clarify that what follows is David’s vow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A3/1"}
{"id":23283,"verse_id":"PSA.132.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.3","text":"Heb “the tent of my house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A3/2"}
{"id":23284,"verse_id":"PSA.132.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"132.3","text":"Heb “go up upon the bed of my couch.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A3/3"}
{"id":23285,"verse_id":"PSA.132.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.5","text":"The plural form of the noun may indicate degree or quality; David envisions a special dwelling place (see Pss 43:3; 46:4; 84:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A5/1"}
{"id":23286,"verse_id":"PSA.132.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.5","text":"Heb “the powerful [one] of Jacob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A5/2"}
{"id":23287,"verse_id":"PSA.132.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.6","text":"Rather than having an antecedent, the third feminine singular pronominal suffix here (and in the next line) appears to refer to the ark of the covenant, mentioned in v. 8 . (The Hebrew term אָרוֹן [’ aron , “ark”] is sometimes construed as grammatically feminine. See 1 Sam 4:17 ; 2 Chr 8:11 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A6/1"}
{"id":23288,"verse_id":"PSA.132.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"132.6","text":"Heb “fields of the forest.” The Hebrew term יָעַר ( ya ’ ad , “forest”) is apparently a shortened alternative name for קִרְיַת יְעָרִים ( qiryat yÿ ’ arim , “Kiriath-jearim”), the place where the ark was kept after it was released by the Philistines and from which David and his men retrieved it (see 1 Chr 13:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A6/3"}
{"id":23289,"verse_id":"PSA.132.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.7","text":"Or “bow down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A7/1"}
{"id":23290,"verse_id":"PSA.132.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.9","text":"Or “righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A9/1"}
{"id":23291,"verse_id":"PSA.132.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.10","text":"Heb “do not turn away the face of your anointed one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A10/1"}
{"id":23292,"verse_id":"PSA.132.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.11","text":"Heb “the Lord swore an oath to David [in] truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A11/1"}
{"id":23293,"verse_id":"PSA.132.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.11","text":"Heb “he will not turn back from it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A11/2"}
{"id":23294,"verse_id":"PSA.132.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"132.11","text":"The words “he said” are supplied in the translation to clarify that what follows are the Lord ’s words.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A11/3"}
{"id":23295,"verse_id":"PSA.132.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"132.11","text":"Heb “the fruit of your body.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A11/4"}
{"id":23296,"verse_id":"PSA.132.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.13","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A13/1"}
{"id":23297,"verse_id":"PSA.132.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.13","text":"Heb “he desired it for his dwelling place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A13/2"}
{"id":23298,"verse_id":"PSA.132.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.14","text":"The words “he said” are added in the translation to clarify that what follows are the Lord ’s words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A14/1"}
{"id":23299,"verse_id":"PSA.132.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.14","text":"Heb “for I desired it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A14/2"}
{"id":23300,"verse_id":"PSA.132.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.15","text":"Heb “I will greatly bless her provision.” The infinitive absolute is used to emphasize the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A15/1"}
{"id":23301,"verse_id":"PSA.132.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.15","text":"Heb “her poor I will satisfy [with] food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A15/2"}
{"id":23302,"verse_id":"PSA.132.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.16","text":"Heb “and her priests I will clothe [with] deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A16/1"}
{"id":23303,"verse_id":"PSA.132.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.16","text":"Heb “[with] shouting they will shout.” The infinitive absolute is used to emphasize the verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A16/2"}
{"id":23304,"verse_id":"PSA.132.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.17","text":"Heb “there I will cause a horn to sprout for David.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (cf. Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Pss 18:2; 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ). In the ancient Near East powerful warrior-kings would sometimes compare themselves to a goring bull that used its horns to kill its enemies. For examples, see P. Miller, “El the Warrior,” HTR 60 (1967): 422-25, and R. B. Chisholm, “An Exegetical and Theological Study of /” (Th.D. diss., Dallas Theological Seminary, 1983), 135-36.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A17/1"}
{"id":23305,"verse_id":"PSA.132.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"132.17","text":"Heb “I have arranged a lamp for my anointed one.” Here the “lamp” is a metaphor for the Davidic dynasty (see 1 Kgs 11:36 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A17/2"}
{"id":23306,"verse_id":"PSA.132.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":132,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"132.18","text":"Heb “his enemies I will clothe [with] shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20132%3A18/1"}
{"id":23307,"verse_id":"PSA.133.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":133,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"133.2","text":"Heb “[it is] like the good oil on the head, going down on the beard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20133%3A2/1"}
{"id":23308,"verse_id":"PSA.133.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":133,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"133.2","text":"Heb “which goes down in accordance with his measured things.” The Hebrew phrase מִדּוֹתָיו ( middotayv , “his measured things”) refers here to the robes worn by Aaron. HALOT 546 s.v. * מַד derives the form from מַד ( midah , “robe”) rather than מִדָּה ( middah , “measured thing”). Ugaritic md means “robe” and is pluralized mdt .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20133%3A2/2"}
{"id":23309,"verse_id":"PSA.133.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":133,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"133.3","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20133%3A3/3"}
{"id":23310,"verse_id":"PSA.133.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":133,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"133.3","text":"Heb “there the Lord has commanded the blessing, life forever.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20133%3A3/4"}
{"id":23311,"verse_id":"PSA.134.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":134,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"134.1","text":"Heb “Look!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20134%3A1/3"}
{"id":23312,"verse_id":"PSA.134.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":134,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"134.3","text":"The pronominal suffix is second masculine singular, suggesting that the servants addressed in vv. 1-2 are responding to the psalmist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20134%3A3/1"}
{"id":23313,"verse_id":"PSA.134.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":134,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"134.3","text":"Heb “may the Lord bless you from Zion, the maker of heaven and earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20134%3A3/2"}
{"id":23314,"verse_id":"PSA.135.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.2","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A2/1"}
{"id":23315,"verse_id":"PSA.135.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.3","text":"Heb “for [it is] pleasant.” The translation assumes that it is the Lord ’s “name” that is pleasant. Another option is to understand the referent of “it” as the act of praising (see Ps 147:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A3/1"}
{"id":23316,"verse_id":"PSA.135.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A4/1"}
{"id":23317,"verse_id":"PSA.135.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.5","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A5/1"}
{"id":23318,"verse_id":"PSA.135.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.9","text":"Or “signs” (see Ps 65:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A9/1"}
{"id":23319,"verse_id":"PSA.135.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"135.9","text":"Or “portents”; “omens” (see Ps 71:7 ). The Egyptian plagues are alluded to here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A9/2"}
{"id":23320,"verse_id":"PSA.135.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.13","text":"Or “is forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A13/1"}
{"id":23321,"verse_id":"PSA.135.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"135.13","text":"Heb “O Lord , your remembrance [is] for a generation and a generation.” See Ps 102:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A13/2"}
{"id":23322,"verse_id":"PSA.135.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.14","text":"Heb “judges,” but here the idea is that the Lord “judges on behalf of” his people. The imperfect verbal forms here and in the next line draw attention to the Lord ’s characteristic actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A14/1"}
{"id":23323,"verse_id":"PSA.135.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.15","text":"Heb “the work of the hands of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A15/1"}
{"id":23324,"verse_id":"PSA.135.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.17","text":"Heb “indeed, there is not breath in their mouth.” For the collocation אַף אֵין (’ af ’ en , “indeed, there is not”) see Isa 41:26 . Another option is to take אַף as “nose” (see Ps 115:6 ), in which case one might translate, “a nose, [but] they have no breath in their mouths.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A17/1"}
{"id":23325,"verse_id":"PSA.135.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.18","text":"Heb “will be.” Another option is to take the prefixed verbal form as a prayer, “may those who make them end up like them.” sn Because the idols are lifeless, they cannot help their worshipers in times of crisis. Consequently the worshipers end up as dead as the gods in which they trust.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A18/1"}
{"id":23326,"verse_id":"PSA.135.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.19","text":"Heb “house” (here and in the next two lines).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A19/1"}
{"id":23327,"verse_id":"PSA.135.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.20","text":"Heb “fearers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A20/1"}
{"id":23328,"verse_id":"PSA.135.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"135.21","text":"Heb “praised be the Lord from Zion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A21/1"}
{"id":23329,"verse_id":"PSA.135.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":135,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"135.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20135%3A21/2"}
{"id":23330,"verse_id":"PSA.136.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"136.13","text":"Or “cut.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A13/1"}
{"id":23331,"verse_id":"PSA.136.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"136.13","text":"Heb “Reed Sea” (also in v. 15 ). “Reed Sea” (or “Sea of Reeds”) is a more accurate rendering of the Hebrew expression יָם סוּף ( yam suf ), traditionally translated “Red Sea.” See the note on the term “Red Sea” in Exod 13:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A13/2"}
{"id":23332,"verse_id":"PSA.136.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"136.13","text":"Heb “into pieces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A13/3"}
{"id":23333,"verse_id":"PSA.136.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"136.15","text":"Or “shook off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A15/1"}
{"id":23334,"verse_id":"PSA.136.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"136.23","text":"Heb “who, in our low condition, remembered us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A23/1"}
{"id":23335,"verse_id":"PSA.136.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":136,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"136.25","text":"Heb “to all flesh,” which can refer to all people (see Pss 65:2; 145:21 ) or more broadly to mankind and animals. Elsewhere the psalms view God as the provider for all living things (see Pss 104:27-28; 145:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20136%3A25/1"}
{"id":23336,"verse_id":"PSA.137.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"137.3","text":"Heb “ask us [for] the words of a song.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A3/1"}
{"id":23337,"verse_id":"PSA.137.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"137.3","text":"Heb “our [?] joy.” The derivation and meaning of the Hebrew phrase תוֹלָלֵינוּ ( tolalenu , “our [?]”) are uncertain. A derivation from תָּלַל ( talal , “to mock”) fits contextually, but this root occurs only in the Hiphil stem. For a discussion of various proposals, see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 236.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A3/2"}
{"id":23338,"verse_id":"PSA.137.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"137.3","text":"Heb “from a song of Zion.” Most modern translations read, “one of the songs of Zion,” taking the preposition מִן ( min , “from”) as partitive and “song” as collective. The present translation assumes the mem ( ם ) is enclitic, being misunderstood later as the prefixed preposition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A3/3"}
{"id":23339,"verse_id":"PSA.137.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"137.5","text":"Heb “may my right hand forget.” In this case one must supply an object, such as “how to move.” The elliptical nature of the text has prompted emendations (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 236). The translation assumes an emendation to תִּכְשַׁח ( tikhshakh ), from an otherwise unattested root כשׁח , meaning “to be crippled; to be lame.” See HALOT 502 s.v. כשׁח , which cites Arabic cognate evidence in support of the proposal. The corruption of the MT can be explained as an error of transposition facilitated by the use of שָׁכַח ( shakhakh , “forget”) just before this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A5/1"}
{"id":23340,"verse_id":"PSA.137.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"137.6","text":"Heb “if I do not lift up Jerusalem over the top of my joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A6/1"}
{"id":23341,"verse_id":"PSA.137.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"137.7","text":"Heb “remember, O Lord , against the sons of Edom, the day of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A7/1"}
{"id":23342,"verse_id":"PSA.137.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"137.7","text":"Heb “lay [it] bare, lay [it] bare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A7/2"}
{"id":23343,"verse_id":"PSA.137.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"137.8","text":"Heb “O devastated daughter of Babylon.” The psalmist dramatically anticipates Babylon’s demise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A8/1"}
{"id":23344,"verse_id":"PSA.137.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":137,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"137.8","text":"Heb “O the happiness of the one who repays you your wage which you paid to us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20137%3A8/2"}
{"id":23345,"verse_id":"PSA.138.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"138.2","text":"The MT reads, “for you have made great over all your name your word.” If retained, this must mean that God's mighty intervention, in fulfillment of his word of promise, surpassed anything he had done prior to this. However, the statement is odd and several emendations have been proposed. Some read, “for you have exalted over everything your name and your word,” while others suggest, “for you have exalted over all the heavens your name and your word.” The translation assumes an emendation of “your name” to “your heavens” (a construction that appears in Pss 8:3 and 144:5 ). The point is that God has been faithful to his promise and the reliability of that promise is apparent to all. For a fuller discussion of these options, see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 244.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A2/1"}
{"id":23346,"verse_id":"PSA.138.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"138.3","text":"Heb “in the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A3/1"}
{"id":23347,"verse_id":"PSA.138.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"138.3","text":"Heb “you made me bold in my soul [with] strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A3/2"}
{"id":23348,"verse_id":"PSA.138.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"138.4","text":"The prefixed verbal forms here and in the following verse are understood as jussives, for the psalmist appears to be calling upon the kings to praise God. Another option is to take them as imperfects and translate, “the kings of the earth will give thanks…and will sing.” In this case the psalmist anticipates a universal response to his thanksgiving song.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A4/1"}
{"id":23349,"verse_id":"PSA.138.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"138.4","text":"Heb “the words of your mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A4/2"}
{"id":23350,"verse_id":"PSA.138.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"138.5","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A5/1"}
{"id":23351,"verse_id":"PSA.138.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"138.5","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A5/2"}
{"id":23352,"verse_id":"PSA.138.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"138.7","text":"Or “distress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A7/1"}
{"id":23353,"verse_id":"PSA.138.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"138.7","text":"Heb “against the anger of my enemies you extend your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A7/2"}
{"id":23354,"verse_id":"PSA.138.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"138.8","text":"Heb “avenges on my behalf.” For the meaning “to avenge” for the verb גָּמַר ( gamar ), see HALOT 197-98 s.v. גמר .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A8/1"}
{"id":23355,"verse_id":"PSA.138.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":138,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"138.8","text":"Heb “the works of your hands.” Many medieval Hebrew mss read the singular, “work of your hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20138%3A8/2"}
{"id":23356,"verse_id":"PSA.139.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.3","text":"Heb “my traveling and my lying down you measure.” The verb זָרָה ( zarah , “to measure”) is probably here a denominative from זָרָת ( zarat , “a span; a measure”), though some derive it from זָרָה ( zarat , “to winnow; to sift”; see BDB 279-80 s.v. זָרָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A3/1"}
{"id":23357,"verse_id":"PSA.139.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.3","text":"Heb “all my ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A3/2"}
{"id":23358,"verse_id":"PSA.139.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A4/1"}
{"id":23359,"verse_id":"PSA.139.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.4","text":"Heb “look, O Lord , you know all of it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A4/2"}
{"id":23360,"verse_id":"PSA.139.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.6","text":"Heb “too amazing [is this] knowledge for me, it is elevated, I cannot attain to it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A6/1"}
{"id":23361,"verse_id":"PSA.139.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.7","text":"Heb “Where can I go from your spirit, and where from your face can I flee?” God’s “spirit” may refer here (1) to his presence (note the parallel term, “your face,” and see Ps 104:29-30 , where God’s “face” is his presence and his “spirit” is the life-giving breath he imparts) or (2) to his personal Spirit (see Ps 51:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A7/1"}
{"id":23362,"verse_id":"PSA.139.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.8","text":"The Hebrew verb סָלַק ( salaq , “to ascend”) occurs only here in the OT, but the word is well-attested in Aramaic literature from different time periods and displays a wide semantic range (see DNWSI 2:788-90).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A8/1"}
{"id":23363,"verse_id":"PSA.139.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.8","text":"Heb “look, you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A8/2"}
{"id":23364,"verse_id":"PSA.139.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.9","text":"Heb “rise up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A9/1"}
{"id":23365,"verse_id":"PSA.139.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"139.9","text":"Heb “at the end.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A9/3"}
{"id":23366,"verse_id":"PSA.139.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.11","text":"The Hebrew verb שׁוּף ( shuf ), which means “to crush; to wound,” in Gen 3:15 and Job 9:17 , is problematic here. For a discussion of attempts to relate the verb to Arabic roots, see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 251. Many emend the form to יְשׂוּכֵּנִי ( yesukkeniy ), from the root שׂכך (“to cover,” an alternate form of סכך ), a reading assumed in the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A11/1"}
{"id":23367,"verse_id":"PSA.139.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.11","text":"Heb “and night, light, around me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A11/2"}
{"id":23368,"verse_id":"PSA.139.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.12","text":"The words “to see” are supplied in the translation for clarification and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A12/1"}
{"id":23369,"verse_id":"PSA.139.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.12","text":"Heb “shines like.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A12/2"}
{"id":23370,"verse_id":"PSA.139.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"139.12","text":"Heb “like darkness, like light.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A12/3"}
{"id":23371,"verse_id":"PSA.139.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.13","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A13/1"}
{"id":23372,"verse_id":"PSA.139.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.13","text":"Heb “my kidneys.” The kidneys were sometimes viewed as the seat of one’s emotions and moral character (cf. Pss 7:9; 26:2 ). A number of translations, recognizing that “kidneys” does not communicate this idea to the modern reader, have generalized the concept: “inmost being” (NAB, NIV); “inward parts” (NASB, NRSV); “the delicate, inner parts of my body” (NLT). In the last instance, the focus is almost entirely on the physical body rather than the emotions or moral character. The present translation, by using a hendiadys (one concept expressed through two terms), links the concepts of emotion (heart) and moral character (mind).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A13/2"}
{"id":23373,"verse_id":"PSA.139.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"139.13","text":"The Hebrew verb סָכַךְ ( sakhakh , “to weave together”) is an alternate form of שָׂכַךְ ( sakhakh , “to weave”) used in Job 10:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A13/3"}
{"id":23374,"verse_id":"PSA.139.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"139.14","text":"Heb “because awesome things, I am distinct, amazing [are] your works.” The text as it stands is syntactically problematic and makes little, if any, sense. The Niphal of פָּלָה ( pala ’) occurs elsewhere only in Exod 33:16 . Many take the form from פָלָא ( pala ’; see GKC 216 §75. qq ), which in the Niphal perfect means “to be amazing” (see 2 Sam 1:26 ; Ps 118:23 ; Prov 30:18 ). Some, following the LXX and some other ancient witnesses, also prefer to emend the verb from first to second person, “you are amazing” (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 249, 251). The present translation assumes the text conflates two variants: נפלאים , the otherwise unattested masculine plural participle of פָלָא , and נִפְלָאוֹת ( nifla ’ ot ), the usual (feminine) plural form of the Niphal participle. The latter has been changed to a verb by later scribes in an attempt to accommodate it syntactically. The original text likely read, נוראות נפלאותים מעשׂיך (“your works [are] awesome [and] amazing”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A14/1"}
{"id":23375,"verse_id":"PSA.139.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"139.14","text":"Heb “and my being knows very much.” Better parallelism is achieved (see v. 15 a) if one emends יֹדַעַת ( yoda ’ at ), a Qal active participle, feminine singular form, to יָדַעְתָּ ( yada ’ ta ), a Qal perfect second masculine singular perfect. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 252.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A14/2"}
{"id":23376,"verse_id":"PSA.139.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"139.15","text":"The Hebrew term אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “which”) should probably be emended to כֲּאַשֶׁר ( ka ’ asher , “when”). The kaf ( כ ) may have been lost by haplography (note the kaf at the end of the preceding form).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A15/1"}
{"id":23377,"verse_id":"PSA.139.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.16","text":"Heb “Your eyes saw my shapeless form.” The Hebrew noun גֹּלֶם ( golem ) occurs only here in the OT. In later Hebrew the word refers to “a lump, a shapeless or lifeless substance,” and to “unfinished matter, a vessel wanting finishing” (Jastrow 222 s.v. גּוֹלֶם ). The translation employs the dynamic rendering “when I was inside the womb” to clarify that the speaker was still in his mother’s womb at the time he was “seen” by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A16/1"}
{"id":23378,"verse_id":"PSA.139.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.16","text":"Heb “and on your scroll all of them were written, [the] days [which] were formed, and [there was] not one among them.” This “scroll” may be the “scroll of life” mentioned in Ps 69:28 (see the note on the word “living” there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A16/2"}
{"id":23379,"verse_id":"PSA.139.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.17","text":"Heb “and to me how precious are your thoughts, O God.” The Hebrew verb יָקַר ( yaqar ) probably has the sense of “difficult [to comprehend]” here (see HALOT 432 s.v. יקר qal.1 and note the use of Aramaic יַקִּר in Dan 2:11 ). Elsewhere in the immediate context the psalmist expresses his amazement at the extent of God’s knowledge about him (see vv. 1-6, 17 b-18).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A17/1"}
{"id":23380,"verse_id":"PSA.139.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.17","text":"Heb “how vast are their heads.” Here the Hebrew word “head” is used of the “sum total” of God’s knowledge of the psalmist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A17/2"}
{"id":23381,"verse_id":"PSA.139.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"139.18","text":"Heb “I awake and I [am] still with you.” A reference to the psalmist awaking from sleep makes little, if any, sense contextually. For this reason some propose an emendation to הֲקִצּוֹתִי ( haqitsoti ), a Hiphil perfect form from an otherwise unattested verb קָצַץ ( qatsats ) understood as a denominative of קֵץ ( qets , “end”). See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 252-53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A18/1"}
{"id":23382,"verse_id":"PSA.139.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.19","text":"The Hebrew particle אִם (’ im , “if”) and following prefixed verbal form here express a wish (see Pss 81:8; 95:7 , as well as GKC 321 §109. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A19/1"}
{"id":23383,"verse_id":"PSA.139.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.19","text":"Heb “men of bloodshed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A19/2"}
{"id":23384,"verse_id":"PSA.139.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.20","text":"Heb “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A20/1"}
{"id":23385,"verse_id":"PSA.139.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"139.20","text":"Heb “they speak [of] you.” The suffixed form of the verb אָמַר (’ amar , “to speak”) is peculiar. The translation assumes an emendation to יַמְרֻךָ ( yamrukha ), a Hiphil form from מָרָה ( marah , “to rebel”; see Ps 78:40 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A20/2"}
{"id":23386,"verse_id":"PSA.139.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"139.20","text":"Heb “by deceit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A20/3"}
{"id":23387,"verse_id":"PSA.139.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"139.20","text":"Heb “lifted up for emptiness, your cities.” The Hebrew text as it stands makes no sense. The form נָשֻׂא ( nasu ’; a Qal passive participle) should be emended to נָשְׂאוּ ( nosÿu ; a Qal perfect, third common plural, “[they] lift up”). Many emend עָרֶיךָ (’ arekha , “your cities”) to עָלֶיךָ (’ alekha , “against you”), but it is preferable to understand the noun as an Aramaism and translate “your enemies” (see Dan 4:16 and L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 253).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A20/4"}
{"id":23388,"verse_id":"PSA.139.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"139.21","text":"Heb “who raise themselves up against you.” The form וּבִתְקוֹמְמֶיךָ ( uvitqomÿmekha ) should be emended to וּבְמִתְקוֹמְמֶיךָ ( uvÿmitqomÿmekha ), a Hitpolel participle (the prefixed mem [ מ ] of the participle is accidentally omitted in the MT, though a few medieval Hebrew mss have it).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A21/1"}
{"id":23389,"verse_id":"PSA.139.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.22","text":"Heb “[with] completeness of hatred I hate them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A22/1"}
{"id":23390,"verse_id":"PSA.139.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.23","text":"Heb “and know my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A23/1"}
{"id":23391,"verse_id":"PSA.139.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.23","text":"The Hebrew noun שַׂרְעַפַּי ( sar ’ apay , “concerns”) is used of “worries” in Ps 94:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A23/2"}
{"id":23392,"verse_id":"PSA.139.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"139.24","text":"Many understand the Hebrew term עֹצֶב (’ otsev ) as a noun meaning “pain,” and translate the phrase דֶּרֶךְ עֹצֶב ( derekh ’ otsev ) as “of pain,” but this makes little sense here. (Some interpret it to refer to actions which bring pain to others.) It is preferable to take עֹצֶב as “idol” (see HALOT 865 s.v. I עֹצֶב ) and understand “way of an idol” to refer to idolatrous actions or tendency. See L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 253.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A24/1"}
{"id":23393,"verse_id":"PSA.139.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":139,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"139.24","text":"Heb “in the path of antiquity.” This probably refers to the moral path prescribed by the Lord at the beginning of Israel’s history. See Jer 6:16; 18:15 , as well as L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 (WBC), 253.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20139%3A24/2"}
{"id":23394,"verse_id":"PSA.140.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.1","text":"Heb “from a wicked man.” The Hebrew uses the singular in a representative or collective sense (note the plural verbs in v. 2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A1/2"}
{"id":23395,"verse_id":"PSA.140.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.2","text":"Heb “they devise wicked [plans] in [their] mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A2/1"}
{"id":23396,"verse_id":"PSA.140.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"140.2","text":"Heb “they attack [for] war.” Some revocalize the verb (which is a Qal imperfect from גּוּר , gur , “to attack”) as יְגָרוּ ( yÿgaru ), a Piel imperfect from גָרָה ( garah , “stir up strife”). This is followed in the present translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A2/2"}
{"id":23397,"verse_id":"PSA.140.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.3","text":"Heb “they sharpen their tongue like a serpent.” Ps 64:3 reads, “they sharpen their tongues like sword.” Perhaps Ps 140:3 uses a mixed metaphor, the point being that “they sharpen their tongues [like a sword],” as it were, so that when they speak, their words wound like a serpent’s bite. Another option is that the language refers to the pointed or forked nature of a serpent’s tongue, which is viewed metaphorically as “sharpened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A3/1"}
{"id":23398,"verse_id":"PSA.140.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.3","text":"The Hebrew term is used only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A3/2"}
{"id":23399,"verse_id":"PSA.140.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"140.3","text":"Heb “under.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A3/3"}
{"id":23400,"verse_id":"PSA.140.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.4","text":"Heb “hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A4/1"}
{"id":23401,"verse_id":"PSA.140.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.4","text":"Heb “to push down my steps.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A4/2"}
{"id":23402,"verse_id":"PSA.140.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.5","text":"Heb “and ropes,” but many prefer to revocalize the noun as a participle ( חֹבְלִים , khovÿlim ) from the verb חָבַל ( khaval , “act corruptly”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A5/1"}
{"id":23403,"verse_id":"PSA.140.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.7","text":"Heb “the strength of my deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A7/1"}
{"id":23404,"verse_id":"PSA.140.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.7","text":"Heb “cover.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A7/2"}
{"id":23405,"verse_id":"PSA.140.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.8","text":"Heb “do not grant the desires of the wicked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A8/1"}
{"id":23406,"verse_id":"PSA.140.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.8","text":"Heb “his.” The singular is used in a representative sense (see v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A8/2"}
{"id":23407,"verse_id":"PSA.140.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"140.8","text":"Heb “his plot do not promote, they rise up.” The translation understands the final verb as being an unmarked temporal clause. Another option is to revocalize the verb as a Hiphil and take the verb with the next verse, “those who surround me lift up [their] head,” which could refer to their proud attitude as they anticipate victory (see Ps 27:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A8/3"}
{"id":23408,"verse_id":"PSA.140.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.9","text":"Heb “harm of their lips.” The genitive here indicates the source or agent of the harm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A9/1"}
{"id":23409,"verse_id":"PSA.140.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.10","text":"The verb form in the Kethib (consonantal Hebrew text) appears to be a Hiphil imperfect from the root מוּט ( mut , “to sway”), but the Hiphil occurs only here and in Ps 55:3 , where it is preferable to read יַמְטִירוּ ( yamtiru , “they rain down”). In Ps 140:10 the form יַמְטֵר ( yamter , “let him rain down”) should probably be read.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A10/1"}
{"id":23410,"verse_id":"PSA.140.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.10","text":"Heb “into bottomless pits, they will not arise.” The translation assumes that the preposition - בְּ ( bet ) has the nuance “from” here. Another option is to connect the line with what precedes, take the final clause as an asyndetic relative clause, and translate, “into bottomless pits [from which] they cannot arise.” The Hebrew noun מַהֲמֹרָה ( mahamorah , “bottomless pit”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A10/2"}
{"id":23411,"verse_id":"PSA.140.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"140.11","text":"Heb “a man of a tongue.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A11/1"}
{"id":23412,"verse_id":"PSA.140.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.11","text":"Heb “be established in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A11/2"}
{"id":23413,"verse_id":"PSA.140.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"140.11","text":"Heb “for blows.” The Hebrew noun מַדְחֵפֹה ( madkhefoh , “blow”) occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A11/3"}
{"id":23414,"verse_id":"PSA.140.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"140.12","text":"The translation follows the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss in reading a first person verb form here. The Kethib reads the second person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A12/1"}
{"id":23415,"verse_id":"PSA.140.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":140,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"140.12","text":"Heb “and the just cause of the poor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20140%3A12/2"}
{"id":23416,"verse_id":"PSA.141.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.2","text":"Heb “may my prayer be established [like] incense before you, the uplifting of my hands [like] an evening offering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A2/1"}
{"id":23417,"verse_id":"PSA.141.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.3","text":"Heb “door.” The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A3/1"}
{"id":23418,"verse_id":"PSA.141.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.4","text":"Heb “do not turn my heart toward an evil thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A4/1"}
{"id":23419,"verse_id":"PSA.141.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"141.4","text":"Heb “to act sinfully in practices in wickedness with men, doers of evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A4/2"}
{"id":23420,"verse_id":"PSA.141.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.5","text":"The form יָנִי ( yaniy ) appears to be derived from the verbal root נוּא ( nu ’). Another option is to emend the form to יְנָא ( yÿna ’), a Piel from נָאָה ( na ’ ah ), and translate “may choice oil not adorn my head” (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 271). In this case, choice oil, like delicacies in v. 4 , symbolize the pleasures of sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A5/1"}
{"id":23421,"verse_id":"PSA.141.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"141.5","text":"Heb “for still, and my prayer [is] against their evil deeds.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is difficult; the sequence - כִּי־עוֹד וּ ( kiy- ’ od u- , “for still and”) occurs only here. The translation assumes an emendation to כִּי עֵד תְפלָּתִי (“indeed a witness [is] my prayer”). The psalmist’s lament about the evil actions of sinful men (see v. 4 ) testifies against the wicked in the divine court.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A5/3"}
{"id":23422,"verse_id":"PSA.141.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.6","text":"Heb “they are thrown down by the hands of a cliff, their judges.” The syntax of the Hebrew text is difficult and the meaning uncertain. The perfect verbal form is understood as rhetorical; the psalmist describes the anticipated downfall of the wicked as if it had already occurred. “Their judges” could be taken as the subject of the verb, but this makes little, if any, sense. The translation assumes the judges are the agents and that the wicked, mentioned earlier in the psalm, are the subjects of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A6/1"}
{"id":23423,"verse_id":"PSA.141.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"141.6","text":"It is unclear how this statement relates to the preceding sentence. Perhaps the judges are the referent of the pronominal subject (“they”) of the verb “will listen,” and “my words” are the referent of the pronominal subject (“they”) of the phrase “are pleasant.” The psalmist may be affirming here his confidence that he will be vindicated when he presents his case before the judges, while the wicked will be punished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A6/2"}
{"id":23424,"verse_id":"PSA.141.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.7","text":"Heb “like splitting and breaking open in the earth.” The meaning of the statement and the point of the comparison are not entirely clear. Perhaps the psalmist is suggesting that he and other godly individuals are as good as dead; their bones are scattered about like dirt that is dug up and tossed aside.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A7/1"}
{"id":23425,"verse_id":"PSA.141.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.8","text":"Heb “my eyes [are] toward you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A8/1"}
{"id":23426,"verse_id":"PSA.141.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"141.8","text":"Heb “do not lay bare my life.” Only here is the Piel form of the verb collocated with the term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “life”). In Isa 53:12 the Lord’s servant “lays bare (the Hiphil form of the verb is used) his life to death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A8/2"}
{"id":23427,"verse_id":"PSA.141.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.9","text":"Heb “and the traps of the doers of evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A9/1"}
{"id":23428,"verse_id":"PSA.141.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"141.10","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a jussive of prayer. Another option is to translate, “the wicked will fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A10/1"}
{"id":23429,"verse_id":"PSA.141.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"141.10","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A10/2"}
{"id":23430,"verse_id":"PSA.141.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":141,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"141.10","text":"Heb “at the same [that] I, until I pass by.” Another option is to take יַחַד ( yakhad ) with the preceding line, “let the wicked fall together into their own nets.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20141%3A10/3"}
{"id":23431,"verse_id":"PSA.142.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"142.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is uncertain. The word is derived from a verb meaning “to be prudent; to be wise.” Various options are: “a contemplative song,” “a song imparting moral wisdom,” or “a skillful [i.e., well-written] song.” The term occurs in the superscriptions of Pss 32, 42, 44, 45, 52-55, 74, 78, 88, 89, and 142 , as well as in Ps 47:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A1/2"}
{"id":23432,"verse_id":"PSA.142.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"142.1","text":"Heb “[with] my voice to the Lord I cry out.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A1/4"}
{"id":23433,"verse_id":"PSA.142.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.2","text":"Heb “my trouble before him I declare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A2/1"}
{"id":23434,"verse_id":"PSA.142.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.3","text":"Heb “my spirit grows faint.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A3/1"}
{"id":23435,"verse_id":"PSA.142.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"142.3","text":"Heb “you know my path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A3/2"}
{"id":23436,"verse_id":"PSA.142.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.4","text":"Heb “there is no one who recognizes me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A4/1"}
{"id":23437,"verse_id":"PSA.142.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"142.4","text":"Heb “ a place of refuge perishes from me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A4/2"}
{"id":23438,"verse_id":"PSA.142.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"142.4","text":"Heb “there is no one who seeks for the sake of my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A4/3"}
{"id":23439,"verse_id":"PSA.142.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.5","text":"Heb “my portion.” The psalmist compares the Lord to landed property, which was foundational to economic stability in ancient Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A5/1"}
{"id":23440,"verse_id":"PSA.142.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.6","text":"Heb “for I am very low.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A6/1"}
{"id":23441,"verse_id":"PSA.142.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"142.7","text":"Heb “bring out my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A7/1"}
{"id":23442,"verse_id":"PSA.142.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"142.7","text":"Or “gather around.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A7/2"}
{"id":23443,"verse_id":"PSA.142.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":142,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"142.7","text":"The Hebrew idiom גָּמַל עַל ( gamal ’ al ) means “to repay,” here in a positive sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20142%3A7/3"}
{"id":23444,"verse_id":"PSA.143.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.2","text":"Heb “do not enter into judgment with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A2/1"}
{"id":23445,"verse_id":"PSA.143.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.2","text":"Heb “for no one living is innocent before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A2/2"}
{"id":23446,"verse_id":"PSA.143.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.3","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A3/1"}
{"id":23447,"verse_id":"PSA.143.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.3","text":"Heb “an enemy.” The singular is used in a representative sense to describe a typical member of the larger group of enemies (note the plural “enemies” in vv. 9, 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A3/2"}
{"id":23448,"verse_id":"PSA.143.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.3","text":"Heb “he crushes on the ground my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A3/3"}
{"id":23449,"verse_id":"PSA.143.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"143.3","text":"Or “sit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A3/4"}
{"id":23450,"verse_id":"PSA.143.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.4","text":"Heb “my spirit grows faint.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A4/1"}
{"id":23451,"verse_id":"PSA.143.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.4","text":"Heb “in my midst my heart is shocked.” For a similar use of the Hitpolel of שָׁמֵם ( shamem ), see Isa 59:16; 63:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A4/2"}
{"id":23452,"verse_id":"PSA.143.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.5","text":"Or “ancient times”; Heb “days from before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A5/1"}
{"id":23453,"verse_id":"PSA.143.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.5","text":"Heb “the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A5/2"}
{"id":23454,"verse_id":"PSA.143.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.6","text":"The words “in prayer” are supplied in the translation to clarify that the psalmist is referring to a posture of prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A6/1"}
{"id":23455,"verse_id":"PSA.143.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.6","text":"Heb “faint” or “weary.” See Ps 63:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A6/2"}
{"id":23456,"verse_id":"PSA.143.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"143.6","text":"Heb “my soul like a faint land for you.” A verb (perhaps “thirsts”) is implied (see Ps 63:1 ). The translation assumes an emendation of the preposition - כְּ ( kÿ , “like”) to - בְּ ( bÿ , “in,” see Ps 63:1 ; cf. NEB “athirst for thee in a thirsty land”). If the MT is retained, one might translate, “my soul thirsts for you, as a parched land does for water/rain” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A6/3"}
{"id":23457,"verse_id":"PSA.143.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.7","text":"Heb “my spirit is failing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A7/1"}
{"id":23458,"verse_id":"PSA.143.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.7","text":"Heb “do not hide your face from me.” The idiom “hide the face” (1) can mean “ignore” (see Pss 10:11; 13:1; 51:9 ) or (2) can carry the stronger idea of “reject” (see Pss 30:7; 88:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A7/2"}
{"id":23459,"verse_id":"PSA.143.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.7","text":"Heb “I will be equal with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A7/3"}
{"id":23460,"verse_id":"PSA.143.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"143.7","text":"Heb “the pit.” The Hebrew noun בּוֹר ( bor , “pit; cistern”) is sometimes used of the grave and/or the realm of the dead. See Ps 28:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A7/4"}
{"id":23461,"verse_id":"PSA.143.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.8","text":"Heb “cause me to hear in the morning your loyal love.” Here “loyal love” probably stands metonymically for an oracle of assurance promising God’s intervention as an expression of his loyal love. sn The morning is sometimes viewed as the time of divine intervention (see Pss 30:5; 59:16; 90:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A8/1"}
{"id":23462,"verse_id":"PSA.143.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.8","text":"Heb “for to you I lift up my life.” The Hebrew expression נָאָשׂ נֶפֶשׁ ( na ’ as nefesh , “to lift up [one’s] life”) means “to desire; to long for” (see Deut 24:15 ; Prov 19:18 ; Jer 22:27; 44:14 ; Hos 4:8 , as well as H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 16).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A8/3"}
{"id":23463,"verse_id":"PSA.143.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.9","text":"Heb “to you I cover,” which makes no sense. The translation assumes an emendation to נַסְתִּי ( nastiy , “I flee,” a Qal perfect, first singular form from נוּס , nos ). Confusion of kaf ( כ ) and nun ( נ ) is attested elsewhere (see P. K. McCarter, Textual Criticism [GBS], 48). The collocation of נוּס (“flee”) with אֶל (’ el , “to”) is well-attested.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A9/1"}
{"id":23464,"verse_id":"PSA.143.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.10","text":"Or “your will.” See Ps 40:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A10/1"}
{"id":23465,"verse_id":"PSA.143.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.10","text":"Heb “your good spirit.” God’s “spirit” may refer here to his presence (see the note on the word “presence” in Ps 139:7 ) or to his personal Spirit (see Ps 51:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A10/2"}
{"id":23466,"verse_id":"PSA.143.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.10","text":"The prefixed verbal form is taken as a jussive. Taking the statement as a prayer fits well with the petitionary tone of vv. 7-10 a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A10/3"}
{"id":23467,"verse_id":"PSA.143.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.11","text":"Heb “name,” which here stands metonymically for God’s reputation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A11/1"}
{"id":23468,"verse_id":"PSA.143.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.11","text":"The imperfect verbal forms in vv. 11-12 a are understood as expressing the psalmist’s desire. Note the petitionary tone of vv. 7-10 a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A11/2"}
{"id":23469,"verse_id":"PSA.143.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.11","text":"Heb “by your justice bring out my life from trouble.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A11/3"}
{"id":23470,"verse_id":"PSA.143.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"143.12","text":"Heb “in [or “by”] your faithfulness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A12/1"}
{"id":23471,"verse_id":"PSA.143.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"143.12","text":"The perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries on the mood of the preceding imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A12/2"}
{"id":23472,"verse_id":"PSA.143.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":143,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"143.12","text":"Heb “all the enemies of my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20143%3A12/3"}
{"id":23473,"verse_id":"PSA.144.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.1","text":"Heb “my rocky summit.” The Lord is compared to a rocky summit where one can find protection from enemies. See Ps 18:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A1/2"}
{"id":23474,"verse_id":"PSA.144.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.1","text":"Heb “blessed [be] the Lord , my rocky summit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A1/3"}
{"id":23475,"verse_id":"PSA.144.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.2","text":"Heb “my loyal love,” which is probably an abbreviated form of “the God of my loyal love” (see Ps 59:10, 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A2/1"}
{"id":23476,"verse_id":"PSA.144.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.2","text":"Or “my elevated place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A2/2"}
{"id":23477,"verse_id":"PSA.144.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.2","text":"Heb “the one who subdues nations beneath me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A2/3"}
{"id":23478,"verse_id":"PSA.144.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.3","text":"Heb “What is mankind?” The singular noun אֱנוֹשׁ (’ enosh ) is used here in a collective sense and refers to the human race. See Ps 8:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A3/1"}
{"id":23479,"verse_id":"PSA.144.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.3","text":"Heb “and the son of man.” The phrase “son of man” is used here in a collective sense and refers to human beings. For other uses of the phrase in a collective or representative manner, see Num 23:19 ; Ps 146:3 ; Isa 51:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A3/2"}
{"id":23480,"verse_id":"PSA.144.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.3","text":"Heb “take account of him.” The two imperfect verbal forms in v. 4 describe God’s characteristic activity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A3/3"}
{"id":23481,"verse_id":"PSA.144.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.4","text":"Heb “man,” or “mankind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A4/1"}
{"id":23482,"verse_id":"PSA.144.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.4","text":"Heb “his days [are] like a shadow that passes away,” that is, like a late afternoon shadow made by the descending sun that will soon be swallowed up by complete darkness. See Ps 102:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A4/2"}
{"id":23483,"verse_id":"PSA.144.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.5","text":"The Hebrew verb נָטָה ( natah ) can carry the sense “to [cause to] bend; to [cause to] bow down.” For example, Gen 49:15 pictures Issachar as a donkey that “bends” its shoulder or back under a burden. Here the Lord causes the sky, pictured as a dome or vault, to sink down as he descends in the storm. See Ps 18:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A5/1"}
{"id":23484,"verse_id":"PSA.144.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.5","text":"Heb “so you might come down.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose after the preceding imperative. The same type of construction is utilized in v. 6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A5/2"}
{"id":23485,"verse_id":"PSA.144.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.5","text":"Heb “so they might smolder.” The prefixed verbal form with vav ( ו ) conjunctive indicates purpose after the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A5/3"}
{"id":23486,"verse_id":"PSA.144.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.7","text":"Heb “stretch out your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A7/1"}
{"id":23487,"verse_id":"PSA.144.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.7","text":"Heb “mighty waters.” The waters of the sea symbolize the psalmist’s powerful foreign enemies, as well as the realm of death they represent (see the next line and Ps 18:16-17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A7/2"}
{"id":23488,"verse_id":"PSA.144.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.7","text":"Heb “from the hand of the sons of foreignness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A7/3"}
{"id":23489,"verse_id":"PSA.144.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.8","text":"Heb “who [with] their mouth speak falsehood, and their right hand is a right hand of falsehood.” The reference to the “right hand” is probably a metonymy for an oath. When making an oath, one would raise the hand as a solemn gesture. See Exod 6:8 ; Num 14:30 ; Deut 32:40 . The figure thus represents the making of false oaths (false promises).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A8/1"}
{"id":23490,"verse_id":"PSA.144.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.10","text":"Heb “grants deliverance to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A10/1"}
{"id":23491,"verse_id":"PSA.144.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.10","text":"Heb “harmful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A10/2"}
{"id":23492,"verse_id":"PSA.144.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.11","text":"Heb “from the hand of the sons of foreignness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A11/1"}
{"id":23493,"verse_id":"PSA.144.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.11","text":"Heb “who [with] their mouth speak falsehood, and their right hand is a right hand of falsehood.” See v. 8 where the same expression occurs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A11/2"}
{"id":23494,"verse_id":"PSA.144.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.12","text":"Some consider אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) problematic, but here it probably indicates the anticipated consequence of the preceding request. (For other examples of אֲשֶׁר indicating purpose/result, see BDB 83 s.v. and HALOT 99 s.v.) If the psalmist – who appears to be a Davidic king preparing to fight a battle (see vv. 10-11 ) – is victorious, the whole nation will be spared invasion and defeat (see v. 14 ) and can flourish. Some prefer to emend the form to אַשְׁרֵי (“how blessed [are our sons]”). A suffixed noun sometimes follows אַשְׁרֵי (’ ashrey ; see 1 Kgs 10:8 ; Prov 20:7 ), but the presence of a comparative element (see “like plants”) after the suffixed noun makes the proposed reading too awkward syntactically.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A12/1"}
{"id":23495,"verse_id":"PSA.144.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.12","text":"Heb “grown up in their youth.” The translation assumes that “grown up” modifies “plants” (just as “carved” modifies “corner pillars” in the second half of the verse). Another option is to take “grown up” as a predicate in relation to “our sons,” in which case one might translate, “they will be strapping youths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A12/2"}
{"id":23496,"verse_id":"PSA.144.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.12","text":"The Hebrew noun occurs only here and in Zech 9:15 , where it refers to the corners of an altar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A12/3"}
{"id":23497,"verse_id":"PSA.144.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"144.12","text":"Heb “carved [in] the pattern of a palace.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A12/4"}
{"id":23498,"verse_id":"PSA.144.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.13","text":"The Hebrew noun occurs only here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A13/1"}
{"id":23499,"verse_id":"PSA.144.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.13","text":"Heb “from kind to kind.” Some prefer to emend the text to מָזוֹן עַל מָזוֹן ( mazon ’ al mazon , “food upon food”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A13/2"}
{"id":23500,"verse_id":"PSA.144.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"144.13","text":"Heb “they are innumerable.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A13/3"}
{"id":23501,"verse_id":"PSA.144.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"144.13","text":"Heb “in outside places.” Here the term refers to pastures and fields (see Job 5:10 ; Prov 8:26 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A13/4"}
{"id":23502,"verse_id":"PSA.144.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.14","text":"Heb “weighted down.” This probably refers (1) to the cattle having the produce from the harvest placed on their backs to be transported to the storehouses (see BDB 687 s.v. סָבַל ). Other options are (2) to take this as reference to the cattle being pregnant (see HALOT 741 s.v. סבל pu) or (3) to their being well-fed or fattened (see L. C. Allen, Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 288).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A14/1"}
{"id":23503,"verse_id":"PSA.144.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"144.14","text":"Heb “there [will be] no breach, and there [will be] no going out, and there [will be] no crying out in our broad places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A14/2"}
{"id":23504,"verse_id":"PSA.144.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":144,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"144.15","text":"Heb “[O] the happiness of the people who [it is] such to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20144%3A15/1"}
{"id":23505,"verse_id":"PSA.145.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.2","text":"Or, hyperbolically, “forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A2/1"}
{"id":23506,"verse_id":"PSA.145.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.3","text":"Heb “and concerning his greatness there is no searching.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A3/1"}
{"id":23507,"verse_id":"PSA.145.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.4","text":"The prefixed verbal forms in v. 4 are understood as imperfects, indicating how the psalmist expects his audience to respond to his praise. Another option is to take the forms as jussives, indicating the psalmist’s wish, “may one generation praise…and tell about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A4/1"}
{"id":23508,"verse_id":"PSA.145.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.5","text":"Heb “the splendor of the glory of your majesty, and the matters of your amazing deeds I will ponder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A5/1"}
{"id":23509,"verse_id":"PSA.145.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.6","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as an imperfect, indicating how the psalmist expects his audience to respond to his praise. Another option is to take the forms as a jussive, indicating the psalmist’s wish, “may they proclaim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A6/1"}
{"id":23510,"verse_id":"PSA.145.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.7","text":"Heb “the fame of the greatness of your goodness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A7/1"}
{"id":23511,"verse_id":"PSA.145.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.7","text":"The prefixed verbal forms in v. 7 are understood as imperfects, indicating how the psalmist expects his audience to respond to his praise. Another option is to take the forms as jussives, indicating the psalmist’s wish, “may they talk…and sing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A7/2"}
{"id":23512,"verse_id":"PSA.145.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.8","text":"Heb “slow to anger” (see Pss 86:15; 103:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A8/1"}
{"id":23513,"verse_id":"PSA.145.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.8","text":"Heb “and great of loyal love” (see Pss 86:15; 103:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A8/2"}
{"id":23514,"verse_id":"PSA.145.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.9","text":"Heb “and his compassion is over all his works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A9/1"}
{"id":23515,"verse_id":"PSA.145.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.12","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A12/1"}
{"id":23516,"verse_id":"PSA.145.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.13","text":"Heb “a kingdom of all ages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A13/1"}
{"id":23517,"verse_id":"PSA.145.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"145.14","text":"is an acrostic psalm, with each successive verse beginning with a successive letter of the Hebrew alphabet. However, in the traditional Hebrew (Masoretic) text of there is no verse beginning with the letter nun . One would expect such a verse to appear as the fourteenth verse, between the mem ( מ ) and samek ( ס ) verses. Several ancient witnesses, including one medieval Hebrew manuscript, the Qumran scroll from cave 11, the LXX, and the Syriac, supply the missing nun ( נ ) verse, which reads as follows: “The Lord is reliable in all his words, and faithful in all his deeds.” One might paraphrase this as follows: “The Lord’s words are always reliable; his actions are always faithful.” Scholars are divided as to the originality of this verse. L. C. Allen argues for its inclusion on the basis of structural considerations ( Psalms 101-150 [WBC], 294-95), but there is no apparent explanation for why, if original, it would have been accidentally omitted. The psalm may be a partial acrostic, as in Pss 25 and 34 (see M. Dahood, Psalms [AB], 3:335). The glaring omission of the nun line would have invited a later redactor to add such a line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A14/1"}
{"id":23518,"verse_id":"PSA.145.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.14","text":"Perhaps “discouraged” (see Ps 57:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A14/2"}
{"id":23519,"verse_id":"PSA.145.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.15","text":"Heb “the eyes of all wait for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A15/1"}
{"id":23520,"verse_id":"PSA.145.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.15","text":"Heb “and you give to them their food in its season” (see Ps 104:27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A15/2"}
{"id":23521,"verse_id":"PSA.145.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.16","text":"Heb “[with what they] desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A16/1"}
{"id":23522,"verse_id":"PSA.145.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.17","text":"Heb “in all his ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A17/1"}
{"id":23523,"verse_id":"PSA.145.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.17","text":"Heb “and [is] loving in all his deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A17/2"}
{"id":23524,"verse_id":"PSA.145.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.18","text":"Heb “in truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A18/1"}
{"id":23525,"verse_id":"PSA.145.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.19","text":"In this context “desire” refers to the followers’ desire to be delivered from wicked enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A19/1"}
{"id":23526,"verse_id":"PSA.145.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.19","text":"Heb “the desire of those who fear him, he does.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A19/2"}
{"id":23527,"verse_id":"PSA.145.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"145.21","text":"Heb “the praise of the Lord my mouth will speak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A21/1"}
{"id":23528,"verse_id":"PSA.145.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":145,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"145.21","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20145%3A21/2"}
{"id":23529,"verse_id":"PSA.146.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.3","text":"Heb “in a son of man, to whom there is no deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A3/1"}
{"id":23530,"verse_id":"PSA.146.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.4","text":"Heb “his spirit goes out, it returns to his ground; in that day his plans die.” The singular refers to the representative man mentioned in v. 3 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A4/1"}
{"id":23531,"verse_id":"PSA.146.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.6","text":"Heb “the one who guards faithfulness forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A6/1"}
{"id":23532,"verse_id":"PSA.146.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.7","text":"Heb “executes justice for the oppressed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A7/1"}
{"id":23533,"verse_id":"PSA.146.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.8","text":"Perhaps “discouraged” (see Ps 57:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A8/1"}
{"id":23534,"verse_id":"PSA.146.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"146.9","text":"Heb “he makes the way of the wicked twisted.” The “way of the wicked” probably refers to their course of life (see Prov 4:19 ; Jer 12:1 ). God makes their path tortuous in the sense that he makes them pay the harmful consequences of their actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A9/2"}
{"id":23535,"verse_id":"PSA.146.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":146,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"146.10","text":"Heb “for a generation and a generation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20146%3A10/1"}
{"id":23536,"verse_id":"PSA.147.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A2/1"}
{"id":23537,"verse_id":"PSA.147.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.3","text":"Heb “the one who heals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A3/1"}
{"id":23538,"verse_id":"PSA.147.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.5","text":"Heb “and great of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A5/1"}
{"id":23539,"verse_id":"PSA.147.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.5","text":"Heb “to his wisdom there is no counting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A5/2"}
{"id":23540,"verse_id":"PSA.147.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.6","text":"Heb “brings down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A6/1"}
{"id":23541,"verse_id":"PSA.147.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.7","text":"Heb “sing to the Lord with thanksgiving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A7/1"}
{"id":23542,"verse_id":"PSA.147.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.8","text":"Heb “the one who covers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A8/1"}
{"id":23543,"verse_id":"PSA.147.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.8","text":"Heb “hills.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A8/2"}
{"id":23544,"verse_id":"PSA.147.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.9","text":"Heb “which cry out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A9/1"}
{"id":23545,"verse_id":"PSA.147.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.10","text":"Heb “he does not desire the strength of the horse, he does not take delight in the legs of the man.” Here “the horse” refers to the war horse used by ancient Near Eastern chariot forces, and “the man” refers to the warrior whose muscular legs epitomize his strength.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A10/1"}
{"id":23546,"verse_id":"PSA.147.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.11","text":"Heb “those who fear him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A11/1"}
{"id":23547,"verse_id":"PSA.147.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.13","text":"Heb “your sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A13/1"}
{"id":23548,"verse_id":"PSA.147.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.14","text":"Heb “the one who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A14/1"}
{"id":23549,"verse_id":"PSA.147.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.14","text":"Heb “he makes your boundary peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A14/2"}
{"id":23550,"verse_id":"PSA.147.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"147.14","text":"Heb “satisfies you with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A14/3"}
{"id":23551,"verse_id":"PSA.147.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.15","text":"Heb “the one who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A15/1"}
{"id":23552,"verse_id":"PSA.147.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.15","text":"Heb “the one who sends his word, the earth.” The Hebrew term אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “earth”) is an adverbial accusative; one must supply a preposition before it (such as “through” or “to”) in the English translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A15/2"}
{"id":23553,"verse_id":"PSA.147.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"147.15","text":"Heb “swiftly his word runs.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A15/3"}
{"id":23554,"verse_id":"PSA.147.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.16","text":"Heb “the one who gives snow like wool, frost like ashes he scatters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A16/1"}
{"id":23555,"verse_id":"PSA.147.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.17","text":"Heb “his ice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A17/1"}
{"id":23556,"verse_id":"PSA.147.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.17","text":"Heb “Before his cold, who can stand?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A17/2"}
{"id":23557,"verse_id":"PSA.147.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"147.18","text":"Heb “he sends his word and melts them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A18/1"}
{"id":23558,"verse_id":"PSA.147.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":147,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"147.18","text":"Heb “he blows his breath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20147%3A18/2"}
{"id":23559,"verse_id":"PSA.148.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.2","text":"Or “heavenly messengers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A2/1"}
{"id":23560,"verse_id":"PSA.148.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"148.2","text":"Heb “all his host.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A2/2"}
{"id":23561,"verse_id":"PSA.148.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.3","text":"Heb “stars of light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A3/1"}
{"id":23562,"verse_id":"PSA.148.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.6","text":"Or “forever and ever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A6/1"}
{"id":23563,"verse_id":"PSA.148.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"148.6","text":"Heb “and it will not pass away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A6/2"}
{"id":23564,"verse_id":"PSA.148.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.8","text":"In Ps 119:83 the noun refers to “smoke,” but here, where the elements of nature are addressed, the clouds, which resemble smoke, are probably in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A8/1"}
{"id":23565,"verse_id":"PSA.148.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"148.8","text":"Heb “[that] does his word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A8/2"}
{"id":23566,"verse_id":"PSA.148.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.11","text":"Or “judges.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A11/1"}
{"id":23567,"verse_id":"PSA.148.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"148.14","text":"Heb “and he lifted up a horn for his people.” The horn of an ox underlies the metaphor (see Deut 33:17 ; 1 Kgs 22:11 ; Ps 92:10 ). The horn of the wild ox is frequently a metaphor for military strength; the idiom “exalt/lift up the horn” signifies military victory (see 1 Sam 2:10 ; Pss 75:10; 89:17, 24; 92:10 ; Lam 2:17 ). Another option is to take the “horn” as a symbol for the Davidic king, through whom the Lord gives his people military victory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A14/1"}
{"id":23568,"verse_id":"PSA.148.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":148,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"148.14","text":"“[there is] praise for all his loyal followers, to the sons of Israel, the people near him.” Here “praise” stands by metonymy for the victory that prompts it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20148%3A14/2"}
{"id":23569,"verse_id":"PSA.149.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.2","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A2/1"}
{"id":23570,"verse_id":"PSA.149.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.4","text":"Heb “he honors the oppressed [with] deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A4/1"}
{"id":23571,"verse_id":"PSA.149.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.5","text":"Heb “in glory.” Here “glory” probably refers to the “honor” that belongs to the Lord ’s people as a result of their deliverance (see v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A5/1"}
{"id":23572,"verse_id":"PSA.149.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"149.5","text":"The significance of the reference to “beds” is unclear. Perhaps the point is that they should rejoice at all times, even when falling asleep or awaking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A5/2"}
{"id":23573,"verse_id":"PSA.149.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.7","text":"Heb “to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A7/1"}
{"id":23574,"verse_id":"PSA.149.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.8","text":"Heb “to bind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A8/1"}
{"id":23575,"verse_id":"PSA.149.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"149.9","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the enemies of the people of God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A9/1"}
{"id":23576,"verse_id":"PSA.149.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"149.9","text":"Heb “to do against them judgment [that] is written.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A9/2"}
{"id":23577,"verse_id":"PSA.149.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PSA","chapter":149,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"149.9","text":"Heb “it is honor for all his godly ones.” The judgment of the oppressive kings will bring vindication and honor to God’s people (see vv. 4-5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Psalm%20149%3A9/3"}
{"id":23578,"verse_id":"PRO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “proverb” is derived from the root מָשַׁל ( mashal ) which means “likeness.” The related Niphal verb means “to be like, be comparable with,” e.g., “he is like [ נִמְשַׁל , nimshal ] the beasts that perish” ( Ps 49:12 ). The noun can mean an object lesson based on or using a comparison or analogy. It may be a short pithy statement ( Ezek 16:44 ), object lesson drawn from experience ( Ps 78:2-6 ), saying or by-word ( Deut 28:37 ) or an oracle of future blessing ( Ezek 21:1-5 ). Here it means an object lesson setting out courses of action. It helps one choose the course of action to follow or avoid.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":23579,"verse_id":"PRO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The name שְׁלֹמֹה ( shÿlomoh , “of Solomon”) is a genitive of authorship or source. While Solomon wrote a majority of the proverbial sayings in the book, some proverbial sayings were written by others (e.g., 22:17-24:34; 30:1-33; 31:1-9 ) and perhaps collected by Solomon. The name also forms a phonetic wordplay on the similarly sounding word מִשְׁלֵי ( mishley , “proverbs”), as if to say the name is almost synonymous with proverbs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":23580,"verse_id":"PRO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The infinitive construct + ל ( lamed ) here designates purpose. This is the first of five purpose clauses in the opening section ( 1:2 a, 2b, 3a, 4a, 6a). This clause reveals the purpose of the collection of proverbs in general. The three purpose clauses that follow qualify this general purpose.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":23581,"verse_id":"PRO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “to know.” The verb יָדַע ( yada ’) here means “to gain knowledge of” or “to become wise in” (BDB 394 s.v. 5 ). This term refers to experiential knowledge, not just cognitive knowledge; it includes the intellectual assimilation and practical use of what is acquired.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":23582,"verse_id":"PRO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “instruction.” The noun מוּסָר ( musar ) has a three-fold range of meanings: (1) physical or parental: “discipline; chastisement” (2) verbal: “warning; exhortation” and (3) moral: “training; instruction” (BDB 416 s.v. מוּסָר ; HALOT 557 s.v. מוּסָר ). Its parallelism with חָכְמָה ( khokhmah , “wisdom, moral skill”) suggests that it refers to moral training or instruction that the Book of Proverbs offers to its readers. This instruction consists of wisdom acquired by observing the consequences of foolish actions in others and developing the ability to control the natural inclination to folly. This sometimes comes through experiencing chastisement from God. Sensing something of this nuance, the LXX translated this term with the Greek word for “child-training.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":23583,"verse_id":"PRO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"The infinitive construct + ל ( lamed ) here designates a second purpose of the book: to compare and to make proper evaluation of the sayings of the wise. The term בִין ( bin , “to discern”) refers to the ability to make distinctions between things. This is illustrated by its derivatives: The related preposition means “between” and the related noun means “space between.” So the verb refers to the ability to discern between moral options.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":23584,"verse_id":"PRO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “words of discernment.” The noun בִינָה ( binah , “discernment”) functions as an attributive genitive: “discerning words” or “wise sayings” (so NLT). This noun is a cognate accusative of the infinitive of the same root לְהָבִין ( lÿhavin , “to discern”). The phrase “to discern words of discernment” refers to the ability (1) to distinguish truth from falsehood or (2) to understand wise sayings, such as in Proverbs.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":23585,"verse_id":"PRO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The infinitive construct + ל ( lamed ) here designates a further purpose of the book: This focuses on the purpose of the book from the perspective of the student/disciple. The verb לָקַח ( laqakh , “receive”) means to acquire something worth having. It is parallel to the verb “treasure up” in 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":23586,"verse_id":"PRO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “instruction.” See note on the same term in 1:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":23587,"verse_id":"PRO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"MT reads the genitive-construct phrase מוּסַר הַשְׂכֵּל ( musar haskel , “discipline of prudence”). Syriac adds vav ( ו ) and reads מוּסַר וְהַשְׂכֵּל ( musar wÿhaskel , “discipline and prudence”). MT is the more difficult reading in terms of syntax, so is preferred as the original reading. tn Heb “discipline of prudence.” The term הַשְׂכֵּל ( haskel , “of prudence”) is a Hiphil infinitive absolute, functioning as an emphatic genitive of result, describing the results of a self-disciplined life. The basic meaning of שָׂכַל is “to be prudent, circumspect,” and the Hiphil stem means “to give attention to, consider, ponder; have insight, understanding” (BDB 968 s.v. I שָׂכַל ). It is a synonym of חָכְמָה ( khokhmah , “wisdom”), but while חָכְמָה focuses on living skillfully, שָׂכַל ( sakhal ) focuses on acting prudently. The word can also focus on the results of acting prudently: to have success (e.g., Isa 52:12 ). Elsewhere, the term describes the prudent actions of Abigail in contrast to her foolish husband Nabal ().","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":23588,"verse_id":"PRO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “righteousness and justice and equity.” The three nouns that follow “self-discipline of prudence” are adverbial accusatives of manner, describing the ways in which the disciplined prudent activity will be manifested: “ in righteousness, justice, and equity.” The term “in” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the syntax; it is inserted in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":23589,"verse_id":"PRO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and justice.” The conjunction “and” appears in the Hebrew text, but is omitted in the translation for the sake of English style and smoothness. sn The noun מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat , “justice, judgment”) refers to the ability to make a decision that is just (e.g., Deut 16:18 ; 1 Kgs 3:28 ). From this legal background, the term came to mean one’s right or precedent. The person with prudence will make decisions that are just and right.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":23590,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “to give.” The infinitive construct + ל ( lamed ) here introduces the fourth purpose of the book: It reveals the purpose from the perspective of the teacher. It is what the wise instructor/sage wants to impart to the naive youths.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":23591,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The noun עָרְמָה (’ arÿmah ) “prudence, shrewdness, craftiness” (BDB 791 s.v.) or “cleverness” ( HALOT 886 s.v. 1 ) refers to a shrewd plan of action, viewed positively or negatively. It is used negatively of planned deception ( Josh 9:4 ) and premeditated murder ( Exod 21:14 ). The related adjective described the serpent as “shrewd, crafty, cunning” ( Gen 3:1 ); it describes cunning plans ( Job 5:12 ) and deception ( Job 15:5 ). The related verb describes a wicked concocted plan ( Ps 83:4 ). The term is used positively of a morally prudent lifestyle ( Prov 8:5, 12; 15:5; 19:25 ). There is no virtue for simpletons to be unaware in this world; they need to be wise as serpents. Proverbs provide a morally shrewd plan for life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":23592,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the naive” or “simpleton.” The substantival adjective פֶּתִי ( peti ) means “simple; open-minded” in the sense of being open and easily influenced by either wisdom or folly (BDB 834 s.v.; HALOT 989 s.v. I פֶּתִי ). The simpleton is easily enticed and misled ( Prov 1:32; 7:7; 9:6; 22:3; 27:12 ); believes everything, including bad counsel ( Prov 14:15 ); lacks moral prudence ( Prov 8:5; 19:25 ); needs discernment ( Prov 21:11 ); but is capable of learning ( Prov 9:4, 16 ). The related verb means “to be wide open; open-minded; enticed, deceived” (BDB 834). The term describes one easily persuaded and gullible, open to any influence, good or bad (cf. NLT “the simpleminded”). This is the “wide-eyed youth” who is headed for trouble unless he listens to the counsel of wisdom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":23593,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The conjunction “and” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is implied; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":23594,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “knowledge and purpose.” The noun דַּעַת ( da ’ at , “knowledge”) may be nuanced “discernment” here ( HALOT 229 s.v. I דַּעַת 4). The nouns וּמְזִמָּה דַּעַת ( da ’ at umÿzimmah , “discernment and purpose”) form a hendiadys (two nouns joined with vav to describe the same thing): The first noun functions adjectivally and the second functions as a noun: “discerning plan.” This parallels “a shrewd plan for the morally naive” or “a discerning plan for the young person.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":23595,"verse_id":"PRO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"The noun מְזִמָּה ( mÿzimmah ) may mean (1) “plan” or (2) “discretion” (BDB 273 s.v.; HALOT 566 s.v.). It describes the ability to make plans or formulate the best course of action for gaining a goal (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 7). The related verb זָמַם ( zamam ) means “to plan; to devise” (BDB 273 s.v.; HALOT 272 s.v. I זמם ; e.g., Gen 11:6 ). Here the nouns “knowledge and plan” ( וּמְזִמָּה דַּעַת , da ’ at umÿzimmah ) form a hendiadys: knowledge of how to form and carry out a morally wise plan for life.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":23596,"verse_id":"PRO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The term “also” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness. sn Verse 5 functions as a parenthesis in the purpose statements of 1:1-7 . There are two purpose statements in 1:2 (“to know wisdom” and “to discern sayings”). The first is stated in detail in 1:3-4 , first from the perspective of the student then the teacher. 1:6 will state the second purpose of 1:2 . But between the two the writer notes that even the wise can become wiser. The book is not just for neophytes; it is for all who want to grow in wisdom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":23597,"verse_id":"PRO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The verb יִשְׁמַע ( yishma ’) functions as a jussive of advice or counsel (“Let him hear!”) rather than a customary imperfect (“he will hear”). The jussive is supported by the parallelism with the following Hiphil jussive וְיוֹסֶף ( vÿyosef , “Let him add!”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":23598,"verse_id":"PRO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “add.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":23599,"verse_id":"PRO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The Niphal substantival participle נָבוֹן ( navon , “discerning”), rather than the noun, is used to describe a person who is habitually characterized by discernment. 1:5 forms a striking contrast to 1:4 – there was the simpleton and the youth, here the wise and discerning. Both need this book.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":23600,"verse_id":"PRO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hiphil verb וְיוֹסֶף ( vÿyosef ) is a jussive rather than an imperfect as the final short vowel ( segol ) and accent on the first syllable shows (BDB 415 s.v. יָסַף Hiph).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":23601,"verse_id":"PRO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The infinitive construct + ל ( lamed ) means “to discern” and introduces the fifth purpose of the book. It focuses on the benefits of proverbs from the perspective of the reader. By studying proverbs the reader will discern the hermeneutical key to understanding more and more proverbs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":23602,"verse_id":"PRO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The phrase “the meaning of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":23603,"verse_id":"PRO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"The noun מְלִיצָה ( mÿlitsah ) means “allusive expression; enigma” in general, and “proverb, parable” in particular (BDB 539 s.v.; HALOT 590 s.v.). The related noun מֵלִיץ means “interpreter” ( Gen 42:23 ). The related Arabic root means “to turn aside,” so this Hebrew term might refer to a saying that has a “hidden meaning” to its words; see H. N. Richardson, “Some Notes on לִיץ and Its Derivatives,” VT 5 (1955): 163-79.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":23604,"verse_id":"PRO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"This line functions in apposition to the preceding, further explaining the phrase “a proverb and a parable.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":23605,"verse_id":"PRO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"The term “their” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but seems to be implied; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":23606,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “fear of the Lord .” The expression יְהוָה יִרְאַת ( yir ’ at yÿhvah , “fear of Yahweh”) is a genitive-construct in which יְהוָה (“the Lord ”) functions as an objective genitive: He is the object of fear. The term יָרַא ( yara ’) is the common word for fear in the OT and has a basic three-fold range of meanings: (1) “dread; terror” ( Deut 1:29 ; Jonah 1:10 ), (2) “to stand in awe” ( 1 Kgs 3:28 ), (3) “to revere; to respect” ( Lev 19:3 ). With the Lord as the object, it captures the polar opposites of shrinking back in fear and drawing close in awe and adoration. Both categories of meaning appear in Exod 20:20 (where the Lord descended upon Sinai amidst geophysical convulsions); Moses encouraged the Israelites to not be afraid of God arbitrarily striking them dead for no reason (“Do not fear!”) but informed the people that the Lord revealed himself in such a terrifying manner to scare them from sinning (“God has come only to test you and to put the fear of him in you so that you do not sin”). The fear of the Lord is expressed in reverential submission to his will – the characteristic of true worship. The fear of the Lord is the foundation for wisdom ( 9:10 ) and the discipline leading to wisdom ( 15:33 ). It is expressed in hatred of evil ( 8:13 ) and avoidance of sin ( 16:6 ), and so results in prolonged life ( 10:27; 19:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":23607,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The noun רֵאשִׁית ( re ’ shit ) has a two-fold range of meaning (BDB 912 s.v.): (1) “beginning” = first step in a course of action (e.g., Ps 111:10 ; Prov 17:14 ; Mic 1:13 ) or (2) “chief thing” as the principal aspect of something (e.g., Prov 4:7 ). So fearing the Lord is either (1) the first step in acquiring moral knowledge or (2) the most important aspect of moral knowledge. The first option is preferred because 1:2-6 focuses on the acquisition of wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":23608,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “knowledge.” The noun דָּעַת ( da ’ at , “knowledge”) refers to experiential knowledge, not just cognitive knowledge, including the intellectual assimilation and practical application (BDB 394 s.v.). It is used in parallelism to מוּסָר ( musar , “instruction, discipline”) and חָכְמָה ( khokhmah , “wisdom, moral skill”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":23609,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"The conjunction “but” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the antithetical parallelism. It is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":23610,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"The term אֱוִיל (’ evil , “fool”) refers to a person characterized by moral folly (BDB 17 s.v.). Fools lack understanding ( 10:21 ), do not store up knowledge ( 10:14 ), fail to attain wisdom ( 24:7 ), and refuse correction ( 15:5; 27:22 ). They are arrogant ( 26:5 ), talk loosely ( 14:3 ) and are contentious ( 20:3 ). They might have mental intelligence but they are morally foolish. In sum, they are stubborn and “thick-brained” (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 6).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":23611,"verse_id":"PRO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.7","text":"The verb of בָּזָה ( bazah , “despise”) means to treat things of value with contempt, as if they were worthless (BDB 102 s.v.). The classic example is Esau who despised his birthright and sold it for lentil stew ( Gen 25:34 ). The perfect tense of this verb may be classified as characteristic perfect (what they have done and currently do) or gnomic perfect (what they always do in past, present and future). The latter is preferred; this describes a trait of fools, and elsewhere the book says that fools do not change.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A7/6"}
{"id":23612,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The imperative שְׁמַע ( shÿma ’, “Listen!”) forms an urgent exhortation which expects immediate compliance with parental instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":23613,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “my son.” It is likely that collections of proverbs grew up in the royal courts and were designed for the training of the youthful prince. But once the collection was included in the canon, the term “son” would be expanded to mean a disciple, for all the people were to learn wisdom when young. It would not be limited to sons alone but would include daughters – as the expression “the children of ( בְּנֵי , bÿne ) Israel” (including males and females) clearly shows. Several passages in the Mishnah and Talmud record instructions to teach daughters the Mosaic law so that they will be righteous and avoid sin as well. The translation “my child,” although not entirely satisfactory, will be used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":23614,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “training” or “discipline.” See note on 1:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":23615,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “of.” The noun אָבִיךָ (’ avikha , “of your father”) may be classified as a genitive of source.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":23616,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “instruction.” In Proverbs the noun תּוֹרַה ( torah ) often means “instruction” or “moral direction” rather than “law” (BDB 435 s.v. 1 .a). It is related to יָרָה ( yarah , “to point [or, show] the way” in the Hiphil (BDB 435). Instruction attempts to point a person in the right direction (e.g., Gen 46:28 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":23617,"verse_id":"PRO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “of.” The noun אִמֶּךָ (’ immekha , “of your mother”) may be classified as a genitive of source.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":23618,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":23619,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “a garland of grace.” The word חֵן ( khen , “grace”) refers to qualities that make a person pleasant and agreeable, e.g., a gracious and charming person (BDB 336 s.v.). The metaphor compares the teachings that produce these qualities to an attractive wreath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":23620,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The noun לִוְיַה ( livyah , “wreath; garland”) refers to a headdress and appears only twice in the OT ( Prov 1:9; 4:9 ; BDB 531 s.v.; HALOT 524 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":23621,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “for.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":23622,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.9","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/5"}
{"id":23623,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.9","text":"Cf. KJV, ASV “chains”; NIV “a chain”; but this English term could suggest a prisoner’s chain to the modern reader rather than adornment.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/6"}
{"id":23624,"verse_id":"PRO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “for.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A9/7"}
{"id":23625,"verse_id":"PRO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The term חַטָּא ( khatta ’) is the common word for “sinner” in the OT. Because the related verb is used once of sling-shot throwers who miss the mark ( Judg 20:16 ), the idea of sin is often explained as “missing the moral mark” (BDB 306-8 s.v.). But the term should not be restricted to the idea of a sin of ignorance or simply falling short of the moral ideal. Its meaning is more likely seen in the related Akkadian term “to revolt, rebel.” It is active rebellion against authority. It is used here in reference to a gang of robbers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":23626,"verse_id":"PRO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The imperfect tense verb יְפַתּוּךָ ( yÿftukha ) may be nuanced in a connotative sense: “(If) they attempt to persuade you.” The verb פָּתָה ( patah ) means “to persuade, entice” a person to sin (BDB 834 s.v. פָּתָה 1; see, e.g., Judg 14:15; 16:5 ; Prov 16:29 ; Hos 2:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":23627,"verse_id":"PRO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The MT reads the root אָבָה (’ avah , “to be willing; to consent”). Some medieval Hebrew mss read the root בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to go”): “do not go with them.” The majority of Hebrew mss and the versions support the MT reading, which is the less common word and so the more likely original reading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":23628,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"This cohortative נֶאֶרְבָה ( ne ’ ervah ) could denote resolve (“We will lie in wait!”) or exhortation (“Let us lie in wait!”). These sinners are either expressing their determination to carry out a violent plan or they are trying to entice the lad to participate with them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":23629,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The verb אָרַב (’ arav , “to lie in wait”) it is used for planning murder ( Deut 19:11 ), kidnapping ( Judg 21:20 ), or seduction ( Prov 23:28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":23630,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “for blood.” The term דָּם ( dam , “blood”) functions as a metonymy of effect for “blood shed violently” through murder ( HALOT 224 s.v. 4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":23631,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “lie in hiding.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":23632,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"The term “innocent” ( נָקִי , naqi ) intimates that the person to be attacked is harmless.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":23633,"verse_id":"PRO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “without cause” (so KJV, NASB); NCV “just for fun.” The term חִנָּם ( khinnam , “without cause”) emphasizes that the planned attack is completely unwarranted.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A11/6"}
{"id":23634,"verse_id":"PRO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “lives.” The noun חַיִּים ( khayyim , “lives”) functions as an adverbial accusative of manner: “alive.” The form is a plural of state, used to describe a condition of life which encompasses a long period of time – in this case a person’s entire life. Murder cuts short a person’s life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":23635,"verse_id":"PRO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The noun שְׁאוֹל ( shÿ ’ ol ) can mean (1) “death,” cf. NCV; (2) “the grave,” cf. KJV, NIV, NLT (3) “Sheol” as the realm of departed spirits, cf. NAB “the nether world,” and (4) “extreme danger.” Here it is parallel to the noun בוֹר ( vor , “the Pit”) so it is the grave or more likely “Sheol” (cf. ASV, NRSV). Elsewhere Sheol is personified as having an insatiable appetite and swallowing people alive as they descend to their death (e.g., Num 16:30, 33 ; Isa 5:14 ; Hab 2:5 ). In ancient Near Eastern literature, the grave is often personified in similar manner, e.g., in Ugaritic mythological texts Mot (= “death”) is referred to as “the great swallower.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":23636,"verse_id":"PRO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “and whole.” The vav ( ו ) is asseverative or appositional (“even”); it is omitted in the translation for the sake of style and smoothness. The substantival adjective תָּמִים ( tamim , “whole; perfect; blameless”) is an adverbial accusative describing the condition and state of the object. Used in parallel to חַיִּים ( khayyim , “alive”), it must mean “full of health” (BDB 1071 s.v. תָּמִים 2). These cutthroats want to murder a person who is full of vigor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":23637,"verse_id":"PRO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “find.” The use of the verb מָצָא ( matsa ’, “to find”) is deliberate understatement to rhetorically down-play the heinous act of thievery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":23638,"verse_id":"PRO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “all wealth of preciousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":23639,"verse_id":"PRO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"The noun שָׁלָל ( shalal , “plunder”) functions as an adverbial accusative of material: “with plunder.” This term is normally used for the spoils of war (e.g., Deut 20:14 ; Josh 7:21 ; Judg 8:24, 25 ; 1 Sam 30:20 ) but here refers to “stolen goods” (so NCV, CEV; e.g., Isa 10:2 ; Prov 16:19 ; BDB 1022 s.v. 3 ). The enticement was to join a criminal gang and adopt a life of crime to enjoy ill-gotten gain (A. Cohen, Proverbs , 4). Cf. NAB, NRSV “booty”; TEV “loot.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":23640,"verse_id":"PRO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “Throw in your lot with us.” This is a figurative expression (hypocatastasis) urging the naive to join their life of crime and divide their loot equally. The noun גּוֹרָל ( goral , “lot”) can refer to (1) lot thrown for decision-making processes, e.g., choosing the scapegoat ( Lev 16:8 ), discovering a guilty party ( Jonah 1:7 ) or allocating property ( Josh 18:6 ); (2) allotted portion ( Josh 15:1 ) and (3) allotted fate or future destiny ( Prov 1:14 ; Dan 12:13 ; see BDB 174 s.v.). Here the criminals urged the lad to share their life. The verb תַּפִּיל ( tappil ) is an imperfect of injunction: “Throw in…!” but might also be an imperfect of permission: “you may throw.” It functions metonymically as an invitation to join their life of crime: “share with us” (BDB 658 s.v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":23641,"verse_id":"PRO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “there will be to all of us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":23642,"verse_id":"PRO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “one purse” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV). The term כִּיס ( kis , “purse; bag”) is a synecdoche of container (= purse) for contents (= stolen goods). The adjective אֶחָד (’ ekhad , “one”) indicates that the thieves promised to share equally in what they had stolen.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":23643,"verse_id":"PRO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “do not walk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":23644,"verse_id":"PRO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “in the way with them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":23645,"verse_id":"PRO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “your foot.” The term “foot” ( רֶגֶל , regel ) is a synecdoche of part (= your foot) for the whole person (= yourself).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":23646,"verse_id":"PRO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “their feet.” The term “feet” is a synecdoche of the part (= their feet) for the whole person (= they), stressing the eagerness of the robbers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":23647,"verse_id":"PRO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “run.” The verb רוּץ ( ruts , “run”) functions here as a metonymy of association, meaning “to be eager” to do something (BDB 930 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":23648,"verse_id":"PRO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “to harm.” The noun רַע ( ra ’) has a four-fold range of meanings: (1) “pain, harm” ( Prov 3:30 ), (2) “calamity, disaster” ( 13:21 ), (3) “distress, misery” ( 14:32 ) and (4) “moral evil” ( 8:13 ; see BDB 948-49 s.v.). The parallelism with “swift to shed blood” suggests it means “to inflict harm, injury.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":23649,"verse_id":"PRO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"The imperfect tense verbs may be classified as habitual or progressive imperfects describing their ongoing continual activity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":23650,"verse_id":"PRO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"The BHS editors suggest deleting this entire verse from MT because it does not appear in several versions (Codex B of the LXX, Coptic, Arabic) and is similar to Isa 59:7 a. It is possible that it was a scribal gloss (intentional addition) copied into the margin from Isaiah. But this does not adequately explain the differences. It does fit the context well enough to be original.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":23651,"verse_id":"PRO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “for the net to be spread out.” The Pual participle of זָרָה ( zarah ) means “to be spread” ( HALOT 280 s.v. I זרה pu.1). The subject of this verbal use of the participle is the noun הָרָשֶׁת ( harashet , “the net”). It is futile for the net to be spread out in plain view of birds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":23652,"verse_id":"PRO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “in the eyes of.” sn This means either: (1) Spreading a net in view of birds is futile because birds will avoid the trap; but the wicked are so blind that they fail to see danger; or (2) it does not matter if a net is spread because birds are so hungry they will eat anyway and be trapped; the wicked act in a similar way.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":23653,"verse_id":"PRO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “all of the possessors of wings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":23654,"verse_id":"PRO.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “their own souls.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used as a metonymy (= soul) of association (= life). The noun נֶפֶשׁ often refers to physical “life” ( Exod 21:23 ; Num 17:3 ; Judg 5:18 ; Prov 12:10 ; BDB 659 s.v. 3 .c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":23655,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"The exclamation כֵּן ( ken , “so; thus; such”) marks a conclusion (BDB 485 s.v.). It draws a comparison between the destruction of the wicked in v. 18 and the concluding statement in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":23656,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"The MT reads אָרְחוֹת (’ orkhot , “paths; ways” as figure for mode of life): “so are the ways [or, paths] of all who gain profit unjustly.” The BHS editors suggest emending the text to אַחֲרִית (’ akharit , “end” as figure for their fate) by simple metathesis between ח ( khet ) and ר ( resh ) and by orthographic confusion between י ( yod ) and ו ( vav ), both common scribal errors: “so is the fate of all who gain profit unjustly.” The external evidence supports MT, which is also the more difficult reading. It adequately fits the context which uses “way” and “path” imagery throughout 1:10-19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":23657,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “those who unjustly gain unjust gain.” The participle בֹּצֵעַ ( boysea ’, “those who unjustly gain”) is followed by the cognate accusative of the same root בָּצַע ( batsa ’, “unjust gain”) to underscore the idea that they gained their wealth through heinous criminal activity. sn The verb followed by the cognate noun usually means seeking gain in an unjust way ( 1 Sam 8:3 ), or for selfish purposes ( Gen 37:26 ), or gaining by violence. The word may have the sense of covetousness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":23658,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"The subject of the verb is the noun בָּצַע (“unjust gain”), which is also the referent of the 3rd person masculine singular suffix on בְּעָלָיו ( bÿ ’ alav , “its owners”). Greed takes away the life of those who live by greed (e.g., 15:27; 26:27 ). See G. R. Driver, “Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 (1951): 173-74.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":23659,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used as a metonymy (= soul) of association (= life). The noun נֶפֶשׁ often refers to physical “life” ( Exod 21:23 ; Num 17:3 ; Judg 5:18 ; Prov 12:10 ; BDB 659 s.v. 3 .c).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":23660,"verse_id":"PRO.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “its owners.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A19/6"}
{"id":23661,"verse_id":"PRO.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The noun חָכְמָה ( khokhmah , “wisdom”) is the abstract feminine plural form. It probably functions as a plural of intensity, stressing the all-embracing, elevated wisdom (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 272). As in 8:1-9:11 , Wisdom is personified as a righteous woman in 1:20-33 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":23662,"verse_id":"PRO.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “she gives her voice.” The expression means to shout loudly (BDB 679 s.v. נָתַן Qal.x).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":23663,"verse_id":"PRO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"MT reads הֹמִיּוֹת ( homyyot , “noisy streets”; Qal participle feminine plural from הָמָה [ hamah ], “to murmur; to roar”), referring to the busy, bustling place where the street branches off from the gate complex. The LXX reads τειχέων ( teicewn ) which reflects חֹמוֹת ( khomot ), “walls” (feminine plural noun from חוֹמָה [ khomah ], “wall”): “She proclaims on the summits of the walls.” MT is preferred because it is the more difficult form. The LXX textual error was caused by simple omission of yod ( י ). In addition, the LXX expands the verse to read, “she sits at the gates of the princes, at the gates of the city she boldly says.” The shorter MT reading is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":23664,"verse_id":"PRO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “she speaks her words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":23665,"verse_id":"PRO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Wisdom addresses three types of people: simpletons ( פְּתָיִם , pÿtayim ), scoffers ( לֵצִים , letsim ) and fools ( כְּסִילִים , kÿsilim ). For the term “simpleton” see note on 1:4 . Each of these three types of people is satisfied with the life being led and will not listen to reason. See J. A. Emerton, “A Note on the Hebrew Text of Proverbs 1:22-23 ,” JTS 19 (1968): 609-14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":23666,"verse_id":"PRO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “simplicity” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “inanity.” The noun פֶּתִי ( peti ) means “simplicity; lack of wisdom” (BDB 834 s.v.; HALOT 989 s.v. II פֶּתִי ). It is related to the term פְּתָיִם ( pÿtayim ) “simpletons” and so forms a striking wordplay. This lack of wisdom and moral simplicity is inherent in the character of the naive person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":23667,"verse_id":"PRO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"The second instance of “How long?” does not appear in the Hebrew text; it is supplied in the translation for smoothness and style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":23668,"verse_id":"PRO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “delight.” The verb ( חָמַד , khamad ) is often translated “to take pleasure; to delight” but frequently has the meaning of a selfish desire, a coveting of something. It is the term, for example, used for coveting in the Decalogue ( Exod 20:17 ; Deut 5:21 ) and for the covetous desire of Eve ( Gen 3:6 ) and Achan ( Josh 7:21 ). It is tempting to nuance it here as “illicit desire” for mockery.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A22/5"}
{"id":23669,"verse_id":"PRO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “for themselves.” The ethical dative לָהֶם ( lahem , “for themselves”) is normally untranslated. It is a rhetorical device emphasizing that they take delight in mockery for their own self-interests.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A22/6"}
{"id":23670,"verse_id":"PRO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"The imperfect tense is in the conditional protasis without the conditional particle, followed by the clause beginning with הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “then”). The phrase “If only…” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the syntax; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":23671,"verse_id":"PRO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “turn.” The verb is from שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return; to respond; to repent”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":23672,"verse_id":"PRO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A23/4"}
{"id":23673,"verse_id":"PRO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.23","text":"The Hiphil cohortative of נָבַע ( nava ’, “to pour out”) describes the speaker’s resolution to pour out wisdom on those who respond.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A23/5"}
{"id":23674,"verse_id":"PRO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “my spirit.” The term “spirit” ( רוּחַ , ruakh ) functions as a metonymy (= spirit) of association (= thoughts), as indicated by the parallelism with “my words” ( דְּבָרַי , dÿbaray ). The noun רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) can have a cognitive nuance, e.g., “spirit of wisdom” ( Exod 28:3 ; Deut 34:9 ). It is used metonymically for “words” ( Job 20:3 ) and “mind” ( Isa 40:13 ; Ezek 11:5; 20:32 ; 1 Chr 28:12 ; see BDB 925 s.v. רוּחַ 6). The “spirit of wisdom” produces skill and capacity necessary for success ( Isa 11:2 ; John 7:37-39 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A23/6"}
{"id":23675,"verse_id":"PRO.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"The term “however” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the contrast between the offer in 1:23 and the accusation in 1:24-25 . It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":23676,"verse_id":"PRO.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"The particle יַעַן ( ya ’ an , “because”) introduces a causal clause which forms part of an extended protasis; the apodosis is 1:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":23677,"verse_id":"PRO.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.24","text":"The phrase “to listen” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A24/3"}
{"id":23678,"verse_id":"PRO.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.24","text":"The term “because” does not appear in this line but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A24/4"}
{"id":23679,"verse_id":"PRO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":23680,"verse_id":"PRO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"The verb III פָּרַע means “to let go; to let alone” (BDB 828 s.v.). It can refer to unkempt hair of the head ( Lev 10:6 ) or lack of moral restraint: “to let things run free” ( Exod 32:25 ; Prov 28:19 ). Here it means “to avoid, neglect” the offer of wisdom (BDB 829 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":23681,"verse_id":"PRO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"The conclusion or apodosis is now introduced.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":23682,"verse_id":"PRO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “at your disaster.” The 2nd person masculine singular suffix is either (1) a genitive of worth: “the disaster due you” or (2) an objective genitive: “disaster strikes you.” The term “disaster” ( אֵיד , ’ ed ) often refers to final life-ending calamity ( Prov 6:15; 24:22 ; BDB 15 s.v. 3 ). The preposition ב ( bet ) focuses upon time here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A26/3"}
{"id":23683,"verse_id":"PRO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “your dread” (so NASB); KJV “your fear”; NRSV “panic.” The 2nd person masculine singular suffix is a subjective genitive: “that which you dread.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A26/4"}
{"id":23684,"verse_id":"PRO.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “your dread.” See note on 1:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":23685,"verse_id":"PRO.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “your disaster.” The 2nd person masculine singular suffix is an objective genitive: “disaster strikes you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A27/3"}
{"id":23686,"verse_id":"PRO.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “like a storm.” The noun סוּפָה ( sufah , “storm”) is often used in similes to describe sudden devastation ( Isa 5:28 ; Hos 8:7 ; Amos 1:14 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A27/4"}
{"id":23687,"verse_id":"PRO.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “distress and trouble.” The nouns “distress and trouble” mean almost the same thing so they may form a hendiadys. The two similar sounding terms צוּקָה ( tsuqah ) and צָרָה ( tsarah ) also form a wordplay (paronomasia) which also links them together.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A27/5"}
{"id":23688,"verse_id":"PRO.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “look to.” The verb שָׁחַר ( shakhar , “to look”) is used figuratively of intensely looking (=seeking) for deliverance out of trouble (W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 366); cf. NLT “anxiously search for.” It is used elsewhere in parallelism with בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek rescue”; Hos 5:15 ). It does not mean “to seek early” (cf. KJV) as is popularly taught due to etymological connections with the noun שַׁחַר ( shakhar , “dawn”; so BDB 1007 s.v. שָׁחַר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":23689,"verse_id":"PRO.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"The causal particle תַּחַת כִּי ( takhat ki , “for the reason that”) introduces a second accusation of sin and reason for punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":23690,"verse_id":"PRO.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.29","text":"Heb “knowledge.” The noun דָעַת ( da ’ at , “knowledge”) refers to moral knowledge. See note on 1:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A29/2"}
{"id":23691,"verse_id":"PRO.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.29","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” The noun is an objective genitive; the Lord is to be the object of fear. See note on 1:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A29/3"}
{"id":23692,"verse_id":"PRO.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"The verb “spurned” ( נָאַץ , na ’ ats ) is parallel to “comply, accede to, be willing” (e.g., 1:10 ). This is how the morally stubborn fool acts (e.g., 15:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":23693,"verse_id":"PRO.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"The vav ( ו ) prefixed to the verb וְיֹאכְלוּ ( vÿyo ’ khÿlu ) functions in a consecutive logical sense: “therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":23694,"verse_id":"PRO.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.31","text":"Heb “to eat to one’s fill.” The verb שָׂבֵעַ ( savea ’) means (1) positive: “to eat one’s fill” so that one’s appetite is satisfied and (2) negative: “to eat in excess” as a glutton to the point of sickness and revulsion (BDB 959 s.v.). Fools will not only “eat” the fruit of their own way (v. 31 a), they will be force-fed this revolting “menu” which will make them want to vomit (v. 31 b) and eventually kill them (v. 32 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A31/4"}
{"id":23695,"verse_id":"PRO.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.32","text":"Heb “turning away” (so KJV). The term מְשׁוּבַת ( mÿshuvat , “turning away”) refers to moral defection and apostasy (BDB 1000 s.v.; cf. ASV “backsliding”). The noun מְשׁוּבַת (“turning away”) which appears at the end of Wisdom’s speech in 1:32 is from the same root as the verb תָּשׁוּבוּ ( tashuvu , “turn!”) which appears at the beginning of this speech in 1:23 . This repetition of the root שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn”) creates a wordplay: Because fools refuse to “turn to” wisdom ( 1:23 ), they will be destroyed by their “turning away” from wisdom ( 1:32 ). The wordplay highlights the poetic justice of their judgment. But here they have never embraced the teaching in the first place; so it means turning from the advice as opposed to turning to it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A32/1"}
{"id":23696,"verse_id":"PRO.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.32","text":"Heb “complacency” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “smugness.” The noun שַׁלְוַה ( shalvah ) means (1) positively: “quietness; peace; ease” and (2) negatively: “self-sufficiency; complacency; careless security” (BDB 1017 s.v.), which is the sense here. It is “repose gained by ignoring or neglecting the serious responsibilities of life” (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 29).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A32/3"}
{"id":23697,"verse_id":"PRO.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.33","text":"The participle is used substantivally here: “whoever listens” will enjoy the benefits of the instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A33/1"}
{"id":23698,"verse_id":"PRO.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.33","text":"The noun בֶּטַח ( betakh , “security”) functions as an adverbial accusative of manner: “in security.” The phrase refers to living in a permanent settled condition without fear of danger (e.g., Deut 33:12 ; Ps 16:9 ). It is the antithesis of the dread of disaster facing the fool and the simple.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A33/2"}
{"id":23699,"verse_id":"PRO.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.33","text":"The verb שַׁאֲנַן ( sha ’ anan ) is a Palel perfect of שָׁאַן ( sha ’ an ) which means “to be at ease; to rest securely” (BDB 983 s.v. שָׁאַן ). Elsewhere it parallels the verb “to be undisturbed” ( Jer 30:10 ), so it means “to rest undisturbed and quiet.” The reduplicated Palel stem stresses the intensity of the idea. The perfect tense functions in the so-called “prophetic perfect” sense, emphasizing the certainty of this blessing for the wise.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%201%3A33/3"}
{"id":23700,"verse_id":"PRO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “my son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":23701,"verse_id":"PRO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct לְהַקְשִׁיב ( lÿhaqshiv , “by making attentive”) functions as an epexegetical explanation of how one will receive the instruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":23702,"verse_id":"PRO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The conjunction “and” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":23703,"verse_id":"PRO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"The Hiphil imperfect (“by turning”) continues the nuance introduced by the infinitive construct in the first colon (GKC 352 §114. r ). The verb נָטָה ( natah ) normally means “to stretch out” and only occasionally “to turn” or “to incline” one’s heart to something, as is the case here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":23704,"verse_id":"PRO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “mind” (the center of the will, the choice).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":23705,"verse_id":"PRO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Both particles retain their individual meanings, otherwise the verse would begin with a strong adversative and be a contrast to what has been said.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":23706,"verse_id":"PRO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “summon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":23707,"verse_id":"PRO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The conditional particle now reiterates the initial conditional clause of this introductory section (1-4); the apodosis will follow in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":23708,"verse_id":"PRO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The verb בָּקַשׁ ( baqash ) means “to search for; to seek; to investigate” (BDB 134 s.v.). This calls for the same diligence one would have in looking for silver.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":23709,"verse_id":"PRO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The verb בִּין ( bin , “to perceive; to understand; to discern”) refers to ability to grasp, discern or be sensitive to what it means to fear the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":23710,"verse_id":"PRO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” The noun is an objective genitive; the Lord is to be the object of fear and reverence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":23711,"verse_id":"PRO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “find” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":23712,"verse_id":"PRO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"The term דַּעַת ( da ’ at , “knowledge”) goes beyond cognition; it is often used metonymically (cause) for obedience (effect); see, e.g., Prov 3:6 , “in all your ways acknowledge him,” and BDB 395 s.v. This means that the disciple will follow God’s moral code; for to know God is to react ethically and spiritually to his will (e.g., J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 18).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":23713,"verse_id":"PRO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “knowledge of God.” The noun is an objective genitive.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":23714,"verse_id":"PRO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"This is a causal clause. The reason one must fear and know the Lord is that he is the source of true, effectual wisdom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":23715,"verse_id":"PRO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The verb is an imperfect tense which probably functions as a habitual imperfect describing a universal truth in the past, present and future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":23716,"verse_id":"PRO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"The verb “comes” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":23717,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The form is a Kethib / Qere reading. The Kethib וְצָפַן ( vÿtsafan ; Qal perfect + vav consecutive) is supported by the LXX and Syriac. The Qere יִצְפֹּן ( yitspon ; Qal imperfect) is supported by the Aramaic Targum of Prov 2:7 (the Aramaic translations of the Hebrew scriptures were called Targums) and Latin Vulgate. Internal evidence favors the imperfect; another imperfect appears in v. 6 a with a similar sense. The Qere is normally preferred; the scribes are indicating that the received reading is corrupt. The Kethib reflects orthographic confusion between י ( yod ) and ו ( vav ). As in v. 6 a, this Qal imperfect functions as a habitual imperfect describing a universal truth in past, present and future. sn The verbal root צָפַן ( tsafan , “to store up; to treasure up”) is repeated in 2:1 and 2:7 . In 2:1 , it is the responsibility of man to “store up” wisdom; but in 2:7 , it is God who “stores up” wisdom for the wise person who seeks him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":23718,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The noun תּוּשִׁיָּה ( tushiyyah ) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “sound wisdom” (so KJV, NRSV); “effective counsel” and (2) result (metonymy of effect): “abiding success” (BDB 444 s.v.; W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 388; cf. NIV “victory”). It refers to competent wisdom and its resultant ability to achieve moral success (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 80).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":23719,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":23720,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"The word can be taken as in apposition explaining the subject of the first colon – the Lord is a shield, the Lord stores up. The word then is a metaphor for the protection afforded by the Lord .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":23721,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “walk.” The verb “to walk” ( הָלַךְ , halakh ) is an idiom (based upon hypocatastasis: implied comparison) for habitual manner of life (BDB 234 s.v. 3 .e).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":23722,"verse_id":"PRO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “those who walk of integrity.” The noun תֹם ( tom , “integrity”) functions as a genitive of manner.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A7/7"}
{"id":23723,"verse_id":"PRO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The infinitive construct לִנְצֹר ( lintsor , “to guard”) designates the purpose of the Lord giving “effective counsel” and being a “shield” to the upright. The verb נָצַר ( natsar , “to guard”) has a broad range of meanings: (1) to watch over, guard or protect a vineyard from theft ( Prov 27:18 ); (2) to guard one’s lips or heart from evil ( Prov 4:23; 13:3 ); (3) to protect a person from moral or physical danger ( Prov 2:8, 11; 4:6; 13:6; 20:28; 22:12; 24:12 ) and (4) to guard with fidelity = to observe commands, law or covenant ( Prov 3:1, 21; 4:13; 5:2; 6:20; 28:7 ; see BDB 665-66 s.v.). Here God guards the way of the just, that is, the course and conduct of life from the influence of evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":23724,"verse_id":"PRO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “paths of righteousness.” The word “righteousness” is a possessive genitive, signifying the ways that the righteous take.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":23725,"verse_id":"PRO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The imperfect tense verb יִשְׁמֹר ( yishmor , “to protect”) continues the syntactical nuance of the preceding infinitive construct of purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":23726,"verse_id":"PRO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"The Kethib is the singular noun + 3rd person masculine singular suffix חֲסִידוֹ ( khasido ) “his pious one.” The Qere reads the plural noun + 3rd person masculine singular suffix חֲסִידָיו ( khasidav ) “his pious ones.” The LXX εὐλαβουμένων αὐτόν ( eujlaboumenwn aujton ) supports the Qere reading. tn The noun חֶסֶד ( khesed , “the pious”) describes those who show “covenantal faithful love” or “loyal love” to God and his people. The description of the righteous by this term indicates their active participation in the covenant, for which God has promised his protection.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":23727,"verse_id":"PRO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “discern.” See preceding note on בִּין ( bin ) in 2:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":23728,"verse_id":"PRO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The phrase “every good way” functions appositionally to the preceding triad of righteous attributes, further explaining and defining them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":23729,"verse_id":"PRO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “every way of good.” The term טוֹב ( tov , “good”) functions as an attributive genitive: “good way.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":23730,"verse_id":"PRO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “track”; KJV, NIV, NRSV “path.” The noun מַעְגַּל ( ma ’ gal ) is used (1) literally of “wagon-wheel track; firm path” and (2) figuratively (as a metaphor) to describe the course of life ( Pss 17:5; 23:3; 140:6 ; Prov 2:9, 15, 18; 4:11, 26; 5:6, 21 ; Isa 26:7; 59:8 ; see BDB 722-23 s.v. 2 ; KBL 2:609). It is related to the feminine noun עֲגָלָה (’ agalah , “cart”) and the verb עָגַל (’ agal ) “to be round” (Qal) and “to roll” (Niphal). As a wagon-wheel cuts a deep track in a much traversed dirt road, so a person falls into routines and habits that reveal his moral character. In Proverbs the “paths” of the righteous are characterized by uprightness and integrity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":23731,"verse_id":"PRO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a metonymy of association for “mind” and “thoughts” (BDB 524 s.v. 3 ). It represents the center of the inner life where the volition and emotions join to bring about actions. It is used here in parallelism with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”), for which see note.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":23732,"verse_id":"PRO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “knowledge.” For the noun דַּעַת ( da ’ at ), see the note on 1:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":23733,"verse_id":"PRO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “pleasant.” The verb יִנְעָם ( yin ’ am , “to be pleasant”) describes what is attractive. It is used of being physically attracted to one’s lover ( Song 7:7 ) or to a close friendship ( 2 Sam 1:26 ). Here wisdom becomes attractive to the righteous, that is, the righteous desires to acquire it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":23734,"verse_id":"PRO.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “your soul.” The term נַפְשְׁךָ ( nafshÿkha , “your soul”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= soul) for the whole person (= you); see BDB 660 s.v. 4 .a.2. It also might function as a metonymy of association for emotions and passions (BDB 660 s.v. 6 ) or mental cognition (BDB 660 s.v. 7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":23735,"verse_id":"PRO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The word מְזִמָּה ( mÿzimmah , “discretion”) is the ability to know the best course of action for achieving one’s goal. It is knowledge and understanding with a purpose. This kind of knowledge enables one to make the right choices that will protect him from blunders and their consequences (cf. NLT “wise planning”; CEV “sound judgment”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":23736,"verse_id":"PRO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “will watch over you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":23737,"verse_id":"PRO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct of נָצַל ( natsal , “to deliver”) expresses the purpose of understanding right conduct: to protect a person from the wicked. The verb נָצַל ( natsal ) means “to save; to deliver; to rescue,” as in snatching away prey from an animal, rescuing from enemies, plucking a brand from the fire, retrieving property, or the like. Here it portrays rescue from the course of action of the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":23738,"verse_id":"PRO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The term “wicked” ( רַע , ra ’) means “bad, harmful, painful.” Rather than referring to the abstract concept of “wickedness” in general, the term probably refers to wicked people because of the parallelism with “those speaking perversity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":23739,"verse_id":"PRO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “man.” The singular noun אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) here will be further defined in vv. 13-15 with plural forms (verbs, nouns and suffixes). So the singular functions in a collective sense which is rendered in a plural sense in the translation for the sake of clarification and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":23740,"verse_id":"PRO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “perversities.” The plural form of תַּהְפֻּכוֹת ( tahpukhot ) may denote a plurality of number (“perverse things”) or intensification: “awful perversity.” As here, it often refers to perverse speech ( Prov 8:13; 10:31, 32; 23:33 ). It is related to the noun הֶפֶךְ ( hefekh , “that which is contrary, perverse”) which refers to what is contrary to morality ( Isa 29:16 ; Ezek 16:34 ; BDB 246 s.v. הֶפֶךְ ). The related verb הָפַךְ ( hafakh , “to turn; to overturn”) is used (1) literally of turning things over, e.g., tipping over a bowl ( 2 Kgs 21:13 ) and turning over bread-cakes ( Judg 7:13 ; Hos 7:8 ) and (2) figuratively of perverting things so that they are morally upside down, so to speak ( Jer 23:36 ). These people speak what is contrary to morality, wisdom, sense, logic or the truth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":23741,"verse_id":"PRO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The articular plural active participle functions as attributive adjective for אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) in v. 12 b, indicating that אִישׁ (“man”) is collective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":23742,"verse_id":"PRO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “paths of uprightness.” The noun יָשָׁר ( yashar , “uprightness; straightness”) is an attributive genitive. The moral life is described in Proverbs as the smooth, straight way ( 2:13; 4:11 ). The wicked abandon the clear straight path for an evil, crooked, uncertain path.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":23743,"verse_id":"PRO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “ways of darkness.” Darkness is often metaphorical for sinfulness, ignorance, or oppression. Their way of life lacks spiritual illumination.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":23744,"verse_id":"PRO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The articular plural active participle functions as the second attributive adjective for אִישׁ (’ ish , “man”) in v. 12 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":23745,"verse_id":"PRO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"The Qal infinitive construct is the complementary use of the form, expressing the direct object of the participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":23746,"verse_id":"PRO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “harm.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":23747,"verse_id":"PRO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “the perversity of evil” (so NASB). The noun רָע ( ra ’, “evil”) functions as an attributed genitive which is modified by the construct noun תַהְפֻּכוֹת ( tahpukhot , “perversity”) which functions as an attributive adjective.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":23748,"verse_id":"PRO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The noun in this relative clause is an accusative of specification: The evil people are twisted with respect to their paths/conduct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":23749,"verse_id":"PRO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “crooked.” The adjective עִקֵּשׁ (’ iqqesh , “crooked; twisted”) uses the morphological pattern of adjectives that depict permanent bodily defects, e.g., blindness, lameness. Their actions are morally defective and, apart from repentance, are permanently crooked and twisted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":23750,"verse_id":"PRO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"The Niphal participle of לוּז ( luz , “devious; crooked”) describes conduct that is morally deceptive, crafty, and cunning ( Isa 30:12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":23751,"verse_id":"PRO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “strange woman” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “the loose woman.” The root זוּר ( zur , “to be a stranger”) sometimes refers to people who are ethnically foreign to Israel ( Isa 1:7 ; Hos 7:9; 8:7 ) but it often refers to what is morally estranged from God or his covenant people ( Pss 58:4; 78:30 ; BDB 266 s.v.). Referring to a woman, it means adulteress or prostitute ( Prov 2:16; 5:3, 20; 7:5; 22:14; 23:33 ; see BDB 266 s.v. 2 .b). It does not mean that she is a foreigner but that she is estranged from the community with its social and religious values (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 285). It describes her as outside the framework of the covenant community (L. A. Snijders, “The Meaning of זוּר in the Old Testament: An Exegetical Study,” OTS 10 [1954]: 85-86). Here an Israelite woman is in view because her marriage is called a “covenant with God.” She is an adulteress, acting outside the legal bounds of the marriage contract.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":23752,"verse_id":"PRO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “alien woman.” The adjective נָכְרִי ( nokhri , “foreign; alien”) refers to (1) people who are ethnically alien to Israel ( Exod 21:8 ; Deut 17:15 ; Judg 19:12 ; Ruth 2:10 ; 1 Kgs 11:1, 8 ; Ezra 10:2, 10, 11 ; see BDB 649 s.v. 1 ); (2) people who are morally alienated from God and his covenant people ( Job 19:15 ; Ps 69:9 ; Prov 20:16 ; Eccl 6:2 ; Jer 2:21 ; see BDB 649 s.v. 3 ) and (3) as a technical term in Proverbs for a harlot or promiscuous woman as someone who is morally alienated from God and moral society ( Prov 2:16; 5:20; 6:24; 7:5; 20:16; 23:27; 27:13 ; see BDB 649 s.v. 2 ). The description of the woman as a “strange woman” and now an “alien woman” is within the context of the people of Israel. She is a “foreigner” in the sense that she is a nonconformist, wayward and loose. It does not necessarily mean that she is not ethnically Israelite (though BDB notes that most harlots in Israel were originally chiefly foreigners by reason of their otherwise homeless condition).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":23753,"verse_id":"PRO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “makes smooth.” The Hiphil of II חָלַק (“to be smooth; to be slippery”) means (1) “to make smooth” (metal with hammer) and (2) “to use smooth words,” that is, to flatter ( Pss 5:10; 36:3 ; Prov 2:16; 7:5; 28:23; 29:5 ; see BDB 325 s.v. 2 ; HALOT 322 s.v. I חלק hif.2). The related Arabic cognate verb means “make smooth, lie, forge, fabricate.” The seductive speech of the temptress is compared to olive oil ( 5:3 ) and is recounted ( 7:14-20 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A16/4"}
{"id":23754,"verse_id":"PRO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “whose words she makes smooth.” The phrase is a relative clause that does not have a relative pronoun. The antecedent of the 3rd person feminine singular suffix is clearly “the sexually loose woman” earlier in the line. sn For descriptions of seductive speech, see Prov 5:3 where it is compared to olive oil, and 7:14-20 where such speech is recorded.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A16/5"}
{"id":23755,"verse_id":"PRO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The construction is the active participle of עָזַב (’ azav ) with the article, serving as an attributive adjective. The verb means “to forsake; to leave; to abandon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":23756,"verse_id":"PRO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “companion” (so NAB, NASB); NIV “partner.” The term אַלּוּף (’ alluf , “companion”) is from the root אָלַף (’ alaf , “to be familiar with; to cleave to”) and refers to a woman’s husband ( Prov 2:17 ; Jer 3:4 ; see BDB 48 s.v. אַלּוּף 2). This noun follows the passive adjectival formation and so signifies one who is well-known.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":23757,"verse_id":"PRO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “of her youth.” The noun נְעוּרֶיהָ ( nÿ ’ ureha , “her youth”) functions as a temporal genitive. The plural form is characteristic of nouns that refer to long periods of duration in the various stages of life. The time of “youth” encompasses the entire formative period within marriage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":23758,"verse_id":"PRO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “the covenant.” This could refer to the Mosaic covenant that prohibits adultery, or more likely, as in the present translation, the marriage covenant (cf. also TEV, CEV). The lexicons list this use of “covenant” ( בְּרִית , bÿrit ) among other referents to marriage ( Prov 2:17 ; Ezek 16:8 ; Mal 2:14 ; BDB 136 s.v. 1.5 ; HALOT 157 s.v. A.9).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":23759,"verse_id":"PRO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “covenant of God.” The genitive-construct could mean “covenant made before God.” The woman and her husband had made a marriage-covenant in which God was invoked as witness. Her sin is against her solemn pledge to her husband, as well as against God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A17/5"}
{"id":23760,"verse_id":"PRO.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “she sinks her house down to death.” The syntax of this line is difficult. The verb שָׁחָה is Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular of שׁוּחַ (“to sink down”) which must take a feminine singular subject – most likely the “loose woman” of 2:16-17 . However, most English versions take בֵּיתָהּ ( betah ) “her house” (ms noun + 3rd person feminine singular suffix) as the subject (e.g., KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, CEV): “her house sinks down to death.” But בֵּיתָהּ “her house” (ms noun + 3rd person feminine singular suffix) is masculine rather than feminine so it cannot be the subject. K&D 16:83 suggests that בֵּיתָהּ (“her house”) is a permutative noun that qualifies the subject: “she together with all that belongs to her [her house] sinks down to death” (GKC 425 §131. k ). D. Kidner suggests that “her house” is in apposition to “death” (e.g., Job 17:13; 30:23 ; Prov 9:18 ; Eccl 12:5 ), meaning that death is her house: “she sinks down to death, which is her house” ( Proverbs [TOTC], 62). The BHS editors attempt to resolve this syntactical problem by suggesting a conjectural emendation of MT בֵּיתָהּ (“her house”) to the feminine singular noun נְתִיבֹתֶהָּ (“her path”) which appears in 7:27 , to recover a feminine subject for the verb: “her path sinks down to death.” However, the reading of the MT is supported by all the versions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":23761,"verse_id":"PRO.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"The MT reads שָׁחָה (Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular of שׁוּחַ “to sink down”): “she sinks her house down to death.” The LXX reflects שָׁתָה ( shatah , Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular of שִׁית ( shith ) “to place; to put”): “she established her house near death.” This is a matter of simple orthographic confusion between ח ( khet ) and ת ( tav ). The MT preserves the more difficult reading (see following note) so it is probably the original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":23762,"verse_id":"PRO.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “all who go in to her will not return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":23763,"verse_id":"PRO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"The conjunction לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an , “so; as a result”) introduces the concluding result (BDB 775 s.v. מַעַן 2; HALOT 614 s.v. מַעַן 2.c) of heeding the admonition to attain wisdom ( 2:1-11 ) and to avoid the evil men and women and their destructive ways ( 2:12-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":23764,"verse_id":"PRO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"The noun “good” ( טוֹבִים , tovim ) does not function as an attributive genitive (“the good way”) because it is a plural noun and the term “way” ( דֶרֶךְ , derekh ) is singular. Rather it functions as a genitive of possession identifying the people who walk on this path: “the way of the good people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":23765,"verse_id":"PRO.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"In the light of the parallelism, the noun “righteous” ( צַדִּיקִים , tsadiqim ) functions as a genitive of possession rather than an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":23766,"verse_id":"PRO.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “the blameless” (so NASB, NIV); NAB “the honest”; NRSV “the innocent.” The term תְּמִימִים ( tÿmimim , “the blameless”) describes those who live with integrity. They are blameless in that they live above reproach according to the requirements of the law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":23767,"verse_id":"PRO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “the guilty.” The term רְשָׁעִים ( rÿsha ’ im , “the wicked”) is from the root רָשַׁע ( rasha ’, “to be guilty”) and refers to those who are (1) guilty of sin: moral reprobates or (2) guilty of crime: criminals deserving punishment (BDB 957 s.v. רָשָׁע ). This is the person who is probably not a covenant member and manifests that in the way he lives, either by sinning against God or committing criminal acts. The noun sometimes refers to guilty criminals who deserve to die ( Num 16:26; 35:31 ; 2 Sam 4:11 ). Here they will be “cut off” and “torn away” from the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":23768,"verse_id":"PRO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “cut off.” The verb כָּרַת ( karat , “to be cut off”) indicates either that the guilty will (1) die prematurely, (2) be excommunicated from the community or (3) be separated eternally in judgment. The Mishnah devoted an entire tractate ( m. Keritot ) to this topic. The context suggests that the guilty will be “removed” from the land where the righteous dwell in security either through death or expulsion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":23769,"verse_id":"PRO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"The word בָּגַד ( bagad ) means “to act treacherously” (BDB 93 s.v.; HALOT 108 s.v. בגד ). It describes those who deal treacherously, unfaithfully or deceitfully in marriage relations, matters of property or personal rights, in violating covenants, and in their words and general conduct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":23770,"verse_id":"PRO.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"The consonantal form יסחו ( yskhv ) is vocalized in the MT as יִסְּחוּ ( yissÿkhu , Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from נָסַח , nasakh , “to tear away”) but this produces an awkward sense: “they [= the righteous in vv. 20-21 ] will tear away the treacherous from it” (BDB 650 s.v. נָסַח ). Due to the parallelism, the BHS editors suggest emending the form to יִנָּסְחוּ ( yinnaskhu , Niphal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural): “the treacherous will be torn away from it.” However, Tg. Prov 2:22 points the form as יֻסְחוּ ( yuskhu ) which reflects an old Qal passive vocalization – probably the best solution to the problem: “the treacherous will be torn away from it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":23771,"verse_id":"PRO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “my son” (likewise in vv. 11, 21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":23772,"verse_id":"PRO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The phrase “they will provide” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":23773,"verse_id":"PRO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “length of days and years of life” (so NASB, NRSV). The idiom “length of days” refers to a prolonged life and “years of life” signifies a long time full of life, a life worth living (T. T. Perowne, Proverbs , 51). The term “life” refers to earthly felicity combined with spiritual blessedness (BDB 313 s.v. חַיִּים ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":23774,"verse_id":"PRO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"The noun שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) here means “welfare, health, prosperity” (BDB 1022 s.v. 3 ). It can be used of physical health and personal well-being. It is the experience of positive blessing and freedom from negative harm and catastrophe.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":23775,"verse_id":"PRO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The two words חֶסֶד וֶאֶמֶת ( khesed ve ’ emet , “mercy and truth”) form a nominal hendiadys, the second word becoming an adjective: “faithful covenant love” or “loyal [covenant] love and faithfulness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":23776,"verse_id":"PRO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The form וּמְצָא ( umÿtsa ’, “find”) is the imperative but it functions as a purpose/result statement. Following a string of imperatives (v. 3 ), the imperative with a prefixed vav introduces a volitive sequence expressing purpose or result (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":23777,"verse_id":"PRO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The noun שֵׂכֶל ( sekhel , “understanding”) does not seem to parallel חֵן ( khen , “favor”). The LXX attaches the first two words to v. 3 and renders v. 4 : “and devise excellent things in the sight of the Lord and of men.” Tg. Prov 3:4 and Syriac Peshitta list all three words separately: “favor and good and understanding.” C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 59) suggests emending the MT’s שֵׂכֶל־טוֹב ( sekhel-tov , “good understanding”) to שֵׁם־טוֹב ( shem-tov , “a good name”). It is also possible to take the two words as a hendiadys: the favor of good understanding, meaning, a reputation for good understanding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":23778,"verse_id":"PRO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":23779,"verse_id":"PRO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “do not lean.” The verb שָׁעַן ( sha ’ an , “to lean; to rely”) is used in (1) literal physical sense of leaning upon something for support and (2) figurative sense of relying upon someone or something for help or protection (BDB 1043 s.v.). Here it functions figuratively (hypocatastasis: implied comparison); relying on one’s own understanding is compared to leaning on something that is unreliable for support (e.g., Isa 10:20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":23780,"verse_id":"PRO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “your understanding.” The term בִּינָה ( binah , “understanding”) is used elsewhere in this book of insight given by God from the instructions in Proverbs ( Prov 2:3; 7:4; 8:14; 9:6, 10; 23:23 ). Here it refers to inherent human understanding that functions in relative ignorance unless supplemented by divine wisdom ( Job 28:12-28; 39:26 ). The reflexive pronoun “own” is supplied in the translation to clarify this point. It is dangerous for a person to rely upon mere human wisdom ( Prov 14:12; 16:25 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":23781,"verse_id":"PRO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “know him.” The verb יָדַע ( yadah , “to know”) includes mental awareness of who God is and the consequential submission to his lordship. To know him is to obey him. The sage is calling for a life of trust and obedience in which the disciple sees the Lord in every event and relies on him. To acknowledge the Lord in every event means trusting and obeying him for guidance in right conduct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":23782,"verse_id":"PRO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The term דֶרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) is figurative (hypocatastasis: implied comparison) referring to a person’s course of life, actions and undertakings ( Prov 2:8; 3:6, 23; 11:5; 20:24; 29:27; 31:3 ; BDB 203 s.v. 5 ; cf. TEV “in everything you do”; NCV, NLT “in all you do”). This is a call for total commitment in trust for obedience in all things.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":23783,"verse_id":"PRO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"The verb יָשָׁר ( yashar ) means “to make smooth; to make straight” (BDB 444 s.v.). This phrase means “to make the way free from obstacles,” that is, to make it successful (e.g., Isa 40:3 ). The straight, even road is the right road; God will make the way smooth for the believer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":23784,"verse_id":"PRO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “in your own eyes” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “Don’t be impressed with your own wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":23785,"verse_id":"PRO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “it will be.” The form is Qal jussive of הָיָה ( hayah ) and is one of the rare uses of the volitive to express purpose or result, even though there is no vav prefixed to it. This indicates that v. 8 is the outcome of v. 7 . If a person trusts in the Lord and fears him (vv. 5-7 ), God will bless him (v. 8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":23786,"verse_id":"PRO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “your navel” (cf. KJV, ASV). MT reads שָׁרֶּךָ ( sharrekha , “your navel”) which functions as a synecdoche of part (= navel) for the whole (= body), meaning “your body” (BDB 1057 s.v. שׂר ). The geminate noun שֹׂר ( sor , “navel; navel-string [= umbilical cord]”) occurs only two other times in OT ( Ezek 16:4 ; Song 7:3 ). The LXX reads τῷ σώματί σου ( tw swmati sou , “your body”). So the BHS editors suggest emending MT to the more commonly used terms בְּשָׂרֶךָ ( bÿsarekha , “your flesh”) or שְׁאֵרֶךָ ( shÿ ’ erekha , “your body”). But this kind of emendation runs counter to the canons of textual criticism; normally the more difficult reading or rarer term is preferred as original rather than a smooth reading or common term. Since “navel” occurs only twice elsewhere, it is difficult to imagine that it would have been confused for these two more common terms and that a scribe would mistakenly write “your navel” instead. If MT “your navel” is a synecdoche for “your body,” the LXX is not pointing to a different textual tradition but is merely interpreting MT accordingly. In similar fashion, the English versions which read “your body” are not rejecting the MT reading; they are merely interpreting the term as a figure (synecdoche) for “your body.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":23787,"verse_id":"PRO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “drink.” The noun שִׁקּוּי ( shiqquy , “drink”) is a figure: metonymy of cause (= drink) for the effect (= refreshment); see BDB 1052 s.v. Just as a drink of water would bring physical refreshment to one’s body, trusting in God and turning away from evil will bring emotional refreshment to one’s soul.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":23788,"verse_id":"PRO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “your bones.” The term עַצְמוֹתֶיךָ (’ atsmotekha , “your bones”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= bones) for the whole person (= physical and moral aspects); cf. Pss 6:3; 35:10 ; Prov 3:8; 14:30: 15:30; 16:24 ; Isa 66:14 and BDB 782 s.v. עֶצֶם 1.d. Scripture often uses the body to describe the inner person (A. R. Johnson, The Vitality of the Individual in the Thought of Ancient Israel , 67-8).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":23789,"verse_id":"PRO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The imperative כַּבֵּד ( kabbed , “honor”) functions as a command, instruction, counsel or exhortation. To honor God means to give him the rightful place of authority by rendering to him gifts of tribute. One way to acknowledge God in one’s ways (v. 6 ) is to honor him with one’s wealth (v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":23790,"verse_id":"PRO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “produce.” The noun תְּבוּאָה ( tÿvu ’ ah ) has a two-fold range of meaning: (1) “product; yield” of the earth (= crops; harvest) and (2) “income; revenue” in general (BDB 100 s.v.). The imagery in vv. 9-10 is agricultural; however, all Israelites – not just farmers – were expected to give the best portion (= first fruits) of their income to Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":23791,"verse_id":"PRO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “with plenty” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NIV “to overflowing.” The noun שָׂבָע ( sava ’, “plenty; satiety”) functions as an adverbial accusative of manner or contents: “completely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":23792,"verse_id":"PRO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “burst open.” The verb פָּרַץ ( parats , “to burst open”) functions as hyperbole here to emphasize the fullness of the wine vats (BDB 829 s.v. 9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":23793,"verse_id":"PRO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the discipline of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":23794,"verse_id":"PRO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The verb קוּץ ( quts ) has a two-fold range of meaning: (1) “to feel a loathing; to abhor” and (2) “to feel a sickening dread” (BDB 880 s.v.). The parallelism with “do not despise” suggests the former nuance here. The common response to suffering is to loathe it; however, the righteous understand that it refines one’s moral character and that it is a means to the blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":23795,"verse_id":"PRO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “chastens.” The verb יָכַח ( yakhakh ) here means “to chasten; to punish” ( HALOT 410 s.v. יכח 1) or “to correct; to rebuke” (BDB 407 s.v. 6 ). The context suggests some kind of corporeal discipline rather than mere verbal rebuke or cognitive correction. This verse is quoted in Heb 12:5-6 to show that suffering in the service of the Lord is a sign of membership in the covenant community (i.e., sonship).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":23796,"verse_id":"PRO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"MT reads וּכְאָב ( ukh ’ av , “and like a father”) but the LXX reflects the Hiphil verb וְיַכְאִב ( vÿyakh ’ iv , “and scourges every son he receives”). Both readings fit the parallelism; however, it is unnecessary to emend MT which makes perfectly good sense. The fact that the writer of Hebrews quotes this passage from the LXX and it became part of the inspired NT text does not mean that the LXX reflects the original Hebrew reading here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":23797,"verse_id":"PRO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"The verb “disciplines” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":23798,"verse_id":"PRO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Although the word אַשְׁרֵי (’ ashre , “blessed”) is frequently translated “happy” here (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT), such a translation can be somewhat misleading because the word means more than that – “happiness” depends on one’s circumstances. This word reflects that inner joy and heavenly bliss which comes to the person who is pleasing to God, whose way is right before God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":23799,"verse_id":"PRO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “the man” (also again in the following line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":23800,"verse_id":"PRO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"The perfect tense verb may be classified as a characteristic or gnomic perfect, as the parallel imperfect tense verb suggests (see note on v. 13 b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":23801,"verse_id":"PRO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"The imperfect tense verb may be classified as a progressive or habitual imperfect.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":23802,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “her profit.” The 3rd person feminine singular suffix on the noun is probably a genitive of source: “from her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":23803,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “profit.” The noun סַחַר ( sakhar , “trading profit”) often refers to the financial profit of traveling merchants ( Isa 23:3, 18; 45:14 ; HALOT 750 s.v.). The related participle describes a traveling “trader, dealer, wholesaler, merchant” (e.g., Gen 37:28 ; Prov 31:14 ; Isa 23:2 ; Ezek 27:36 ; HALOT 750 s.v. סחר qal.2). Here the noun is used figuratively to describe the moral benefit of wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":23804,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"The noun סַחַר (“profit”) is repeated in this line for emphasis. The two usages draw upon slightly different nuances, creating a polysemantic wordplay. The moral “benefit” of wisdom is more “profitable” than silver.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":23805,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “her yield.” The 3rd person feminine singular suffix on the noun is probably a genitive of source: “from her.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":23806,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “yield.” The noun תְּבוּאָה ( tÿvu ’ ah , “product; yield”) is normally used of crops and harvests (BDB 100 s.v. 1 ). Here it is figurative for the moral benefit of wisdom (BDB 100 s.v. 2 .b).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/5"}
{"id":23807,"verse_id":"PRO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.14","text":"The phrase “is better” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A14/6"}
{"id":23808,"verse_id":"PRO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “all of your desires cannot compare with her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":23809,"verse_id":"PRO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “your desires.” The 2nd person masculine singular suffix on the noun probably functions as subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":23810,"verse_id":"PRO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “length of days” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":23811,"verse_id":"PRO.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “her ways are ways of pleasantness” (so KJV, NRSV). The present translation contracts this expression for the sake of smoothness. The plural of דֶרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) is repeated for emphasis. The noun נֹעַם ( no ’ am , “pleasantness”) functions as an attributive genitive: “pleasant ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":23812,"verse_id":"PRO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":23813,"verse_id":"PRO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “lay hold of her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":23814,"verse_id":"PRO.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “founded the earth.” The verb יָסַד ( yasad , “to establish; to found”) describes laying the foundation of a building (1 Kgs 5:31 [HT]; 7:10 ; 2 Chr 3:3 ; Ezra 3:10-12 ; Zech 4:9 ) and God laying the foundation of the earth ( Job 38:4 ; Pss 24:2; 89:12; 102:26; 104:5 ; Isa 48:13; 51:13, 16 ; Zech 12:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":23815,"verse_id":"PRO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"The object of the verb “escape” is either (1) wisdom, knowledge, and understanding in vv. 13-20 or (2) “wisdom and discretion” in the second colon of this verse. Several English versions transpose the terms “wisdom and discretion” from the second colon into the first colon for the sake of clarity and smoothness (e.g., RSV, NRSV, NIV, TEV, CEV). NIV takes the subject from the second colon and reverses the clauses to clarify that.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":23816,"verse_id":"PRO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Or: “purpose,” “power of devising.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":23817,"verse_id":"PRO.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “and.” The vav probably denotes purpose/result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":23818,"verse_id":"PRO.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “they will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":23819,"verse_id":"PRO.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The noun דַּרְכֶּךָ ( darkekha , “your way”) functions as an adverbial accusative of location: “on your way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":23820,"verse_id":"PRO.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The particle אִם (’ im , “if”) here functions in its rare temporal sense (“when”) followed by an imperfect tense (e.g., Num 36:4 ; BDB 50 s.v. 1 .b.4.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":23821,"verse_id":"PRO.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “terror.” The verb פָּחַד ( pakhad , “terror”) describes emotion that is stronger than mere fear – it is dread.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":23822,"verse_id":"PRO.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"The construction of vav consecutive + perfect tense followed by vav ( ו ) consecutive + perfect tense depicts a temporal clause. The temporal nuance is also suggested by the parallelism of the preceding colon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":23823,"verse_id":"PRO.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.24","text":"The verb עָרְבָה (’ orvah ) is from III עָרַב (“to be sweet; to be pleasing; to be pleasant”; BDB 787 s.v. III עָרַב ). It should not be confused with the other five homonymic roots that are also spelled עָרַב (’ arav ; see BDB 786-88).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A24/4"}
{"id":23824,"verse_id":"PRO.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “do not be afraid.” The negative exhortation אַל־תִּירָא (’ al-tira ’, “do not be afraid”) is used rhetorically to emphasize that the person who seeks wisdom will have no reason to fear the consequences of wicked actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":23825,"verse_id":"PRO.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “terror of suddenness.” The noun פִּתְאֹם ( pit ’ om , “sudden”) functions as an attributive genitive: “sudden terror” (e.g., Job 22:10 ; BDB 837 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":23826,"verse_id":"PRO.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “terror.” The noun פַּחַד ( pakhad , “terror”) is a metonymy of effect for cause (= disaster); see BDB 808 s.v. 2 . This is suggested by the parallelism with the noun מִשֹּׁאַת ( misho ’ at , “destruction”) in the following colon. The term פַּחַד (“terror”) often refers to the object (or cause) of terror (e.g., Job 3:25; 15:21; 22:10; 31:23 ; Pss 31:12; 36:2 ; Isa 24:18 ; Jer 48:44 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A25/3"}
{"id":23827,"verse_id":"PRO.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “or the destruction of the wicked when it comes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A25/4"}
{"id":23828,"verse_id":"PRO.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Or “the Lord will be at your side.” Assuming that the noun כֶּסֶל ( kesel ) is related to the root II כָסַל (“confidence”; BDB 492 s.v. כֶּסֶל 3), the preposition ב ( bet ) introduces the predicate noun כִּסְלֶךָ ( kislekha , “your confidence”) and functions as a beth essentiae (GKC 379 §119. i ) which emphasizes the quality or nature of the noun (BDB 88 s.v. בְּ 7; HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ 3): “the Lord will be your confidence.” However, if the noun is related to I כסל (“loins; side”; HALOT 489 s.v. I כֶּסֶל 2), the preposition ב ( bet ) would function in a locative sense: “the Lord will be at your side.” See tn on the following phrase “source of your confidence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":23829,"verse_id":"PRO.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “your confidence” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV) or “at your side.” There is debate whether the term כֶּסֶל ( kesel ) is related to the root I כָסַל “loins; side” (so HALOT 489 s.v. I כֶּסֶל 2) or II כָסַל “confidence” (so BDB 492 s.v. כֶּסֶל 3). The Vulgate relates it to I כָסַל and offers “the Lord will be at your side ( latus ).” Others relate it to II כָסַל “confidence” (e.g., Job 8:14; 31:24 ; Ps 78:7 ) and take it as a metonymy (= confidence) of adjunct (= object of confidence): “the Lord will be the source [or, object ] of your confidence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":23830,"verse_id":"PRO.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"The MT has “from its possessors” and the LXX simply has “from the poor.” C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 77) suggests emending the text to read “neighbors” (changing בְּעָלָיו [ be ’ alav ] to רֵעֶיךָ , re ’ ekha ) but that is gratuitous. The idea can be explained as being those who need to possess it, or as BDB 127 s.v. בַּעַל has it with an objective genitive, “the owner of it” = the one to whom it is due.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":23831,"verse_id":"PRO.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"The infinitive construct with preposition ב ( bet ) introduces a temporal clause: “when….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":23832,"verse_id":"PRO.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.27","text":"The form יָדֶיךָ ( yadekha ) is a Kethib / Qere reading. The Kethib is the dual יָדֶיךָ (“your hands”) and the Qere is the singular יָדְךָ ( yadÿkha , “your hand”). Normally the Qere is preferred because it represents an alternate textual tradition that the Masoretes viewed as superior to the received text. tn Heb “your hand.” The term יָדְךָ (“your hand”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= your hand) for the whole person (= you).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A27/3"}
{"id":23833,"verse_id":"PRO.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “it is to the power of your hand.” This expression is idiomatic for “it is in your power” or “you have the ability” ( Gen 31:29 ; Deut 28:23 ; Neh 5:5 ; Mic 2:1 ). The noun אֵל (’ el ) means “power” (BDB 43 s.v. 7 ), and יָד ( yad , “hand”) is used figuratively to denote “ability” (BDB 390 s.v. 2 ). Several translations render this as “when it is in your power to do it” (KJV, RSV, NRSV, NASB) or “when it is in your power to act” (NIV). W. McKane suggests, “when it is in your power to confer it” ( Proverbs [OTL], 215).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A27/4"}
{"id":23834,"verse_id":"PRO.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “and it is with you.” The prefixed vav introduces a circumstantial clause: “when …”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":23835,"verse_id":"PRO.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.29","text":"The vav ( ו ) prefixed to the pronoun introduces a disjunctive circumstantial clause: “when….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A29/2"}
{"id":23836,"verse_id":"PRO.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.30","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A30/2"}
{"id":23837,"verse_id":"PRO.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.30","text":"Heb “gratuitously”; NIV, TEV “for no (+ good NCV) reason.” The adverb חִנָּם ( khinam ) means “without cause, undeservedly,” especially of groundless hostility ( HALOT 334 s.v. 3 ; BDB 336 s.v. c).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A30/3"}
{"id":23838,"verse_id":"PRO.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Heb “a man of violence.” The noun חָמָס ( khamas , “violence”) functions as an attributive genitive. The word itself means “violence, wrong” ( HALOT 329 s.v.) and refers to physical violence, social injustice, harsh treatment, wild ruthlessness, injurious words, hatred, and general rudeness (BDB 329 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":23839,"verse_id":"PRO.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"The basic meaning of the verb לוּז ( luz ) is “to turn aside; to depart” (BDB 531 s.v.). The Niphal stem is always used figuratively of moral apostasy from the path of righteousness: (1) “to go astray” ( Prov 2:15; 3:32; 14:2 ) and (2) “crookedness” in action ( Isa 30:12 ; see HALOT 522 s.v. לוז nif; BDB 531 s.v. Niph).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":23840,"verse_id":"PRO.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as a genitive of respect: “abomination to the Lord .” It is loathsome or detestable to him. Things that are repugnant to the Lord are usually the most heinous of crimes and gross violations of rituals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A32/2"}
{"id":23841,"verse_id":"PRO.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “but with the upright is his intimate counsel.” The phrase “he reveals” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A32/3"}
{"id":23842,"verse_id":"PRO.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “his counsel.” The noun סוֹד ( sod ) can refer to (1) “intimate circle” of friends and confidants, (2) “confidential discussion” among friends and confidants, or “secret counsel” revealed from one confidant to another and kept secret and (3) relationship of “intimacy” with a person (BDB 691 s.v.; HALOT 745 s.v.). God reveals his secret counsel to the heavenly assembly ( Job 15:8 ; Jer 23:18, 22 ) and his prophets ( Amos 3:7 ). God has brought the angels into his “intimate circle” ( Ps 89:8 ). Likewise, those who fear the Lord enjoy an intimate relationship with him ( Job 29:4 ; Ps 25:14 ; Prov 3:32 ). The perverse are repugnant to the Lord, but he takes the upright into his confidence and brings him into his intimate circle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A32/4"}
{"id":23843,"verse_id":"PRO.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"Heb “the curse of the Lord .” This expression features a genitive of possession or source: “the Lord ’s curse” or “a curse from the Lord.” The noun מְאֵרַה ( mÿ ’ erah , “curse”) connotes banishment or separation from the place of blessing. It is the antonym of בְּרָכָה ( bÿrakhah , “blessing”). The curse of God brings ruin and failure to crops, land in general, an individual, or the nation ( Deut 28:20 ; Mal 2:2; 3:9 ; see BDB 76 s.v. מְאֵרַה ; HALOT 541 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":23844,"verse_id":"PRO.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.33","text":"Heb “house.” The term בֵּית ( bet , “house”) functions as a synecdoche of container (= house) for the persons contained (= household). See, e.g., Exod 1:21 ; Deut 6:22 ; Josh 22:15 (BDB 109 s.v. 5 .a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A33/2"}
{"id":23845,"verse_id":"PRO.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.33","text":"Heb “habitation.” The noun נָוֶה ( naveh , “habitation; abode”), which is the poetic parallel to בֵּית ( bet , “house”), usually refers to the abode of a shepherd in the country: “habitation” in the country (BDB 627 s.v. נָוֶה ). It functions as a synecdoche of container (= habitation) for the contents (= people in the habitation and all they possess).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A33/5"}
{"id":23846,"verse_id":"PRO.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.33","text":"The Hebrew is structured chiastically (AB:BA): “The curse of the Lord / is on the house of the wicked // but the home of the righteous / he blesses.” The word order in the translation is reversed for the sake of smoothness and readability.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A33/6"}
{"id":23847,"verse_id":"PRO.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.34","text":"The particle אִם (’ im , “though”) introduces a concessive clause: “though….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A34/1"}
{"id":23848,"verse_id":"PRO.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.34","text":"Heb “he mocks those who mock.” The repetition of the root לִיץ ( lits , “to scorn; to mock”) connotes poetic justice; the punishment fits the crime. Scoffers are characterized by arrogant pride (e.g., Prov 21:24 ), as the antithetical parallelism with “the humble” here emphasizes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A34/2"}
{"id":23849,"verse_id":"PRO.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.34","text":"The prefixed vav ( ו ) introduces the apodosis to the concessive clause: “Though … yet …”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A34/3"}
{"id":23850,"verse_id":"PRO.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.35","text":"MT reads מֵרִים ( merim , “he lifts up”): singular Hiphil participle of רוּם ( rum , “to rise; to exalt”), functioning verbally with the Lord as the implied subject: “but he lifts up fools to shame.” The LXX and Vulgate reflect the plural מְרִימִים ( mÿrimim , “they exalt”) with “fools” ( כְּסִילִים , kesilim ) as the explicit subject: “but fools exalt shame.” The textual variant was caused by haplography or dittography of ים (depending on whether MT or the alternate tradition is original).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A35/1"}
{"id":23851,"verse_id":"PRO.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.35","text":"The noun קָלוֹן ( qalon , “ignominy; dishonor; contempt”) is from קָלָה ( qalah ) which is an alternate form of קָלַל ( qalal ) which means (1) “to treat something lightly,” (2) “to treat with contempt [or, with little esteem]” or (3) “to curse.” The noun refers to personal disgrace or shame. While the wise will inherit honor, fools will be made a public display of dishonor. God lets fools entangle themselves in their folly in a way for all to see.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%203%3A35/2"}
{"id":23852,"verse_id":"PRO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":23853,"verse_id":"PRO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “discipline.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":23854,"verse_id":"PRO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The perfect tense has the nuance of instantaneous perfect; the sage is now calling the disciples to listen. It could also be a perfect of resolve, indicating what he is determined to do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":23855,"verse_id":"PRO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “a boy with my father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":23856,"verse_id":"PRO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The LXX introduces the ideas of “obedient” and “beloved” for these two terms. This seems to be a free rendering, if not a translation of a different Hebrew textual tradition. The MT makes good sense and requires no emendation. tn Heb “tender and only one.” The phrase רַךְ וְיָחִיד ( rakh vÿyakhid , “tender and only one”) is a hendiadys meaning “tender only child.” The adjective רַךְ ( rakh ) means “tender; delicate” (BDB 940 s.v. רַךְ ), and describes a lad who is young and undeveloped in character (e.g., 2 Sam 3:39 ). The adjective יָחִיד ( yakhid ) means “only one” (BDB 402 s.v. יָחִיד ) and refers to a beloved and prized only child (e.g., Gen 22:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":23857,"verse_id":"PRO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"The imperative with the vav expresses volitional sequence after the preceding imperative: “keep and then you will live,” meaning “keep so that you may live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":23858,"verse_id":"PRO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “from the words of my mouth” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); TEV, CEV “what I say.” sn The verse uses repetition for the imperative “acquire” to underscore the importance of getting wisdom; it then uses two verb forms for the one prepositional phrase to stress the warning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":23859,"verse_id":"PRO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “her”; the 3rd person feminine singular referent is personified “wisdom,” which has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":23860,"verse_id":"PRO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The absolute and construct state of רֵאשִׁית ( re ’ shit ) are identical (BDB 912 s.v.). Some treat רֵאשִׁית חָכְמָה ( re ’ shit khokhmah ) as a genitive-construct phrase: “the beginning of wisdom” (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV). Others take רֵאשִׁית as an absolute functioning as predicate and חָכְמָה as the subject: “wisdom is the first/chief thing” (cf. KJV, ASV). The context here suggests the predicate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":23861,"verse_id":"PRO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The term “so” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":23862,"verse_id":"PRO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The noun קִנְיָן ( qinyan ) means “thing got or acquired; acquisition” (BDB 889 s.v.). With the preposition that denotes price, it means “with (or at the price of) all that you have acquired.” The point is that no price is too high for wisdom – give everything for it (K&D 16:108).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":23863,"verse_id":"PRO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"The verse is not in the LXX; some textual critics delete the verse as an impossible gloss that interrupts vv. 6 and 8 (e.g., C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 88).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":23864,"verse_id":"PRO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The verb is the Pilpel imperative from סָלַל ( salal , “to lift up; to cast up”). So the imperative means “exalt her; esteem her highly; prize her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":23865,"verse_id":"PRO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"The verb מָגַן ( magan ) is a Piel (denominative) verb from the noun “shield.” Here it means “to bestow” (BDB 171 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":23866,"verse_id":"PRO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “my son” (likewise in v. 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":23867,"verse_id":"PRO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The vav prefixed to the imperfect verb follows an imperative; this volitive sequence depicts purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":23868,"verse_id":"PRO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “and the years of life will be many for you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":23869,"verse_id":"PRO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The form הֹרֵתִיךָ ( horetikha ) is the Hiphil perfect with a suffix from the root יָרָה ( yarah , “to guide”). This and the parallel verb should be taken as instantaneous perfects, translated as an English present tense: The sage is now instructing or pointing the way. sn The verb יָרָה ( yarah ) means “to teach; to instruct; to guide.” This is from the same root as the Hebrew word for “law” ( torah ). See G. R. Driver, “Hebrew Notes,” VT 1 (1951): 241-50; and J. L. Crenshaw, “The Acquisition of Knowledge in Israelite Wisdom Literature,” WW 7 (1986): 9.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":23870,"verse_id":"PRO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “in the tracks of uprightness”; cf. NAB “on straightforward paths.” Both the verb and the object of the preposition make use of the idiom – the verb is the Hiphil perfect from דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , related to “road; way”) and the object is “wagon tracks, paths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":23871,"verse_id":"PRO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “discipline.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":23872,"verse_id":"PRO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"The form נִצְּרֶהָ ( nitsÿreha , from נָצַר , natsar ) has an anomalous doubled letter (see GKC 73 §20. h ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":23873,"verse_id":"PRO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The verb אָשַׁר (’ ashar , “to walk”) is not to be confused with the identically spelled homonym אָשַׁר “to pronounce happy” as in BDB 80 s.v. אָשַׁר .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":23874,"verse_id":"PRO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The noun is a cognate accusative stressing that they consume wickedness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":23875,"verse_id":"PRO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “the bread of wickedness” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV). There are two ways to take the genitives: (1) genitives of apposition: wickedness and violence are their food and drink (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT), or (2) genitives of source: they derive their livelihood from the evil they do (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 93).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":23876,"verse_id":"PRO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “the wine of violence” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV). This is a genitive of source, meaning that the wine they drink was plundered from their violent crime. The Hebrew is structured in an AB:BA chiasm: “For they eat the bread of wickedness, and the wine of violence they drink.” The word order in the translation is reversed for the sake of smoothness and readability.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":23877,"verse_id":"PRO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “like light of brightness.” This construction is an attributive genitive: “bright light.” The word “light” ( אוֹר , ’ or ) refers to the early morning light or the dawn (BDB 21 s.v.). The point of the simile is that the course of life that the righteous follow is like the clear, bright morning light. It is illumined, clear, easy to follow, and healthy and safe – the opposite of what darkness represents.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":23878,"verse_id":"PRO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"The construction uses the Qal active participle of הָלַךְ ( halakh ) in a metaphorical sense to add the idea of continuance or continually to the participle הוֹלֵךְ ( holekh ). Here the path was growing light, but the added participle signifies continually.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":23879,"verse_id":"PRO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “until the day is established.” This expression refers to the coming of the full day or the time of high noon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":23880,"verse_id":"PRO.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “incline your ear.” The verb הַט ( hat ) is the Hiphil imperative from נָטָה ( natah , Hiphil: “to turn to; to incline”). The idiom “to incline the ear” gives the picture of “lean over and listen closely.” sn Commentators note the use of the body in this section: ear (v. 20 ), eyes (v. 21 ), flesh (v. 22 ), heart (v. 23 ), lips (v. 24 ), eyes (v. 25 ), feet (v. 26 ), and hands and feet (v. 27 ). Each is a synecdoche of part representing the whole; the total accumulation signifies the complete person in the process.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":23881,"verse_id":"PRO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"The Hiphil form יַלִּיזוּ ( yallizu ) follows the Aramaic with gemination. The verb means “to turn aside; to depart” (intransitive Hiphil or inner causative).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":23882,"verse_id":"PRO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “keep” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV and many others).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":23883,"verse_id":"PRO.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “to all of his flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":23884,"verse_id":"PRO.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “more than all guarding.” This idiom means “with all vigilance.” The construction uses the preposition מִן ( min ) to express “above; beyond,” the word “all” and the noun “prison; guard; act of guarding.” The latter is the use here (BDB 1038 s.v. מִשְׁמָר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":23885,"verse_id":"PRO.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “crookedness.” The noun עִקְּשׁוּת (’ iqqÿshut ) refers to what is morally twisted or perverted. Here it refers to things that are said (cf. NAB “dishonest talk”; NRSV “crooked speech”). The term “mouth” functions as a metonymy of cause for perverse speech. Such perverse talking could be subtle or blatant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":23886,"verse_id":"PRO.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “crookedness of mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":23887,"verse_id":"PRO.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"Heb “deviousness of lips put far from you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":23888,"verse_id":"PRO.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"The jussives in this verse are both Hiphil, the first from the verb “to gaze; to look intently [or, carefully],” ( נָבַט , navat ) and the second from the verb “to be smooth, straight” ( יָשָׁר , yashar ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":23889,"verse_id":"PRO.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “your eyelids.” The term “eyelids” is often a poetic synonym for “eye” (it is a metonymy of adjunct, something connected with the eye put for the eye that sees); it may intensify the idea as one might squint to gain a clearer look.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":23890,"verse_id":"PRO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “path of your foot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":23891,"verse_id":"PRO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.26","text":"The vav prefixed to the beginning of this dependent clause denotes purpose/result following the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A26/3"}
{"id":23892,"verse_id":"PRO.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.26","text":"The Niphal jussive from כּוּן ( cun , “to be fixed; to be established; to be steadfast”) continues the idiom of walking and ways for the moral sense in life.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A26/4"}
{"id":23893,"verse_id":"PRO.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “your foot” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV). The term רַגְלְךָ ( raglÿkha , “your foot”) is a synecdoche of part (= foot) for the whole person (= “yourself”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":23894,"verse_id":"PRO.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.27","text":"The LXX adds, “For the way of the right hand God knows, but those of the left hand are distorted; and he himself will make straight your paths and guide your goings in peace.” The ideas presented here are not out of harmony with Proverbs, but the section clearly shows an expansion by the translator. For a brief discussion of whether this addition is Jewish or early Christian, see C. H. Toy, Proverbs (ICC), 99.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%204%3A27/3"}
{"id":23895,"verse_id":"PRO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The text again has “my son.” In this passage perhaps “son” would be the most fitting because of the warning against going to the adulterous woman. However, since the image of the adulterous woman probably represents all kinds of folly (through personification), and since even in this particular folly the temptation works both ways, the general address to either young men or women should be retained. The text was certainly not intended to convey that only women could seduce men.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":23896,"verse_id":"PRO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “keep, protect, guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":23897,"verse_id":"PRO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “her palate.” The word חֵךְ ( khekh , “palate; roof of the mouth; gums”) is a metonymy of cause (= organ of speech) for what is said (= her seductive speech). The present translation clarifies this metonymy with the phrase “her seductive words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":23898,"verse_id":"PRO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"The Hebrew term translated “wormwood” refers to the aromatic plant that contrasts with the sweetness of honey. Some follow the LXX and translate it as “gall” (cf. NIV). The point is that there was sweetness when the tryst had alluring glamour, but afterward it had an ugly ring (W. G. Plaut, Proverbs , 74).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":23899,"verse_id":"PRO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"The term שְׁאוֹל ( she ’ ol , “grave”) is paralleled to “death,” so it does not refer here to the realm of the unblessed. sn The terms death and grave could be hyperbolic of a ruined life, but probably refer primarily to the mortal consequences of a life of debauchery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":23900,"verse_id":"PRO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"The particle פֶּן ( pen ) means “lest” (probably from “for the aversion of”). It occurs this once, unusually, preceding the principal clause (BDB 814 s.v.). It means that some action has been taken to avert or avoid what follows. She avoids the path of life, albeit ignorantly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":23901,"verse_id":"PRO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “the path of life.” The noun חַיִּים ( khayyim , “of life”) functions as a genitive of direction (“leading to”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":23902,"verse_id":"PRO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":23903,"verse_id":"PRO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “the words of my mouth” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":23904,"verse_id":"PRO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “your way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":23905,"verse_id":"PRO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “are sated, satisfied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":23906,"verse_id":"PRO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"The word כֹּחַ ( coakh , “strength”) refers to what laborious toil would produce (so a metonymy of cause). Everything that this person worked for could become the property for others to enjoy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":23907,"verse_id":"PRO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"“labor, painful toil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":23908,"verse_id":"PRO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The term “benefit” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":23909,"verse_id":"PRO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “at your end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":23910,"verse_id":"PRO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The form is the perfect tense with the vav consecutive; it is equal to a specific future within this context. sn The verb means “to growl, groan.” It refers to a lion when it devours its prey, and to a sufferer in pain or remorse (e.g., Ezek 24:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":23911,"verse_id":"PRO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “in the finishing of your flesh and your body.” The construction uses the Qal infinitive construct of כָּלָה ( calah ) in a temporal clause; the verb means “be complete, at an end, finished, spent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":23912,"verse_id":"PRO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"The vav that introduces this clause functions in an explanatory sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":23913,"verse_id":"PRO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The Hebrew term מוֹרַי ( moray ) is the nominal form based on the Hiphil plural participle with a suffix, from the root יָרָה ( yarah ). The verb is “to teach,” the common noun is “instruction, law [ torah ],” and this participle form is teacher (“my teachers”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":23914,"verse_id":"PRO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"The form is the Piel plural participle of לָמַד ( lamad ) used substantivally.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":23915,"verse_id":"PRO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The expression כִּמְעַט ( kim ’ at ) is “like a little.” It means “almost,” and is used of unrealized action (BDB 590 s.v. 2 ). Cf. NCV “I came close to”; NLT “I have come to the brink of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":23916,"verse_id":"PRO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “I was in all evil” (cf. KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":23917,"verse_id":"PRO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"The text uses the two words “congregation and assembly” to form a hendiadys, meaning the entire assembly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":23918,"verse_id":"PRO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The verb means “to be scattered; to be dispersed”; here the imperfect takes a deliberative nuance in a rhetorical question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":23919,"verse_id":"PRO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"The ל ( lamed ) preposition denotes possession: “for you” = “yours.” The term לְבַדֶּךָ ( lÿvadekha ) is appositional, underscoring the possession as exclusive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":23920,"verse_id":"PRO.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"The form is a Qal imperative with a vav ( ו ) of sequence; after the jussive of the first half this colon could be given an equivalent translation or logically subordinated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":23921,"verse_id":"PRO.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Or “in the wife you married when you were young” (cf. NCV, CEV); Heb “in the wife of your youth” (so NIV, NLT). The genitive functions as an attributive adjective: “young wife” or “youthful wife.” Another possibility is that it refers to the age in which a man married his wife: “the wife you married in your youth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":23922,"verse_id":"PRO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The construct expression “a doe of loves” is an attributive genitive, describing the doe with the word “loves.” The plural noun may be an abstract plural of intensification (but this noun only occurs in the plural). The same construction follows with a “deer of grace” – a graceful deer. sn The imagery for intimate love in marriage is now employed to stress the beauty of sexual fulfillment as it was intended. The doe and deer, both implied comparisons, exhibit the grace and love of the wife.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":23923,"verse_id":"PRO.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"In the interrogative clause the imperfect has a deliberative nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":23924,"verse_id":"PRO.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “foreigner” (so ASV, NASB), but this does not mean that the woman is non-Israelite. This term describes a woman who is outside the moral boundaries of the covenant community – she is another man’s wife, but since she acts with moral abandonment she is called “foreign.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":23925,"verse_id":"PRO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":23926,"verse_id":"PRO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":23927,"verse_id":"PRO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"BDB 814 s.v. פָּלַס 2 suggests that the participle מְפַּלֵּס ( mÿpalles ) means “to make level [or, straight].” As one’s ways are in front of the eyes of the Lord , they become straight or right. It could be translated “weighs” since it is a denominative from the noun for “balance, scale”; the Lord weighs or examines the actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":23928,"verse_id":"PRO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “all his”; the referent (the person mentioned in the first half of the verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A21/4"}
{"id":23929,"verse_id":"PRO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The suffix on the verb is the direct object suffix; “the wicked” is a second object by apposition: They capture him, the wicked. Since “the wicked” is not found in the LXX, it could be an old scribal error; or the Greek translator may have simply smoothed out the sentence. C. H. Toy suggests turning the sentence into a passive idea: “The wicked will be caught in his iniquities” ( Proverbs [ICC], 117).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":23930,"verse_id":"PRO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"The word is the subject of the clause, but the pronominal suffix has no clear referent. The suffix is proleptic, referring to the wicked.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":23931,"verse_id":"PRO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “his own iniquities will capture the wicked.” The translation shifts the syntax for the sake of smoothness and readability.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":23932,"verse_id":"PRO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.22","text":"The Hebrew is structured chiastically: “his own iniquities will capture the wicked, by the cords of his own sin will he be held.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A22/5"}
{"id":23933,"verse_id":"PRO.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"The preposition בּ ( bet ) is used in a causal sense: “because” (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":23934,"verse_id":"PRO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “my son” (likewise in vv. 3, 20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":23935,"verse_id":"PRO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"The conjunction “and” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":23936,"verse_id":"PRO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “struck your hands”; NIV “have struck hands in pledge”; NASB “have given a pledge.” The guarantee of a pledge was signaled by a handshake (e.g., 11:15; 17:18; 22:26 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A1/5"}
{"id":23937,"verse_id":"PRO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “stranger.” The term זוּר ( zur , “stranger”) probably refers to a neighbor who was not well-known. Alternatively, it could describe a person who is living outside the norms of convention, a moral misfit in the community. In any case, this “stranger” is a high risk in any financial arrangement.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A1/6"}
{"id":23938,"verse_id":"PRO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The term “if” does not appear in this line but is implied by the parallelism. It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":23939,"verse_id":"PRO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"The verb יָקַשׁ ( yaqash ) means “to lay a bait; to lure; to lay snares.” In the Niphal it means “to be caught by bait; to be ensnared” – here in a business entanglement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":23940,"verse_id":"PRO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “by the words of your mouth.” The same expression occurs at the end of the following line (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). Many English versions vary the wording slightly, presumably for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":23941,"verse_id":"PRO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The syntactical construction of imperative followed by an imperative + vav consecutive denotes purpose: “in order to be delivered.” The verb means “to deliver oneself, be delivered” in the Niphal. The image is one of being snatched or plucked quickly out of some danger or trouble, in the sense of a rescue, as in a “brand snatched [Hophal stem] from the fire” ( Zech 3:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":23942,"verse_id":"PRO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “have come into the hand of your neighbor” (so NASB; cf. KJV, ASV). The idiom using the “hand” means that the individual has come under the control or the power of someone else. This particular word for hand is used to play ironically on its first occurrence in v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":23943,"verse_id":"PRO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"In the Hitpael the verb רָפַס ( rafas ) means “to stamp oneself down” or “to humble oneself” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV). BDB 952 s.v. Hithp suggests “become a suppliant.” G. R. Driver related it to the Akkadian cognate rapasu , “trample,” and interpreted as trampling oneself, swallowing pride, being unremitting in effort (“Some Hebrew Verbs, Nouns, and Pronouns,” JTS 30 [1929]: 374).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":23944,"verse_id":"PRO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “be bold.” The verb רָהַב ( rahav ) means “to act stormily; to act boisterously; to act arrogantly.” The idea here is a strong one: storm against (beset, importune) your neighbor. The meaning is that he should be bold and not take no for an answer. Cf. NIV “press your plea”; TEV “beg him to release you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":23945,"verse_id":"PRO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “do not give sleep to your eyes.” The point is to go to the neighbor and seek release from the agreement immediately (cf. NLT “Don’t rest until you do”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":23946,"verse_id":"PRO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “from the hand.” Most translations supply “of the hunter.” The word “hand” can signify power, control; so the meaning is that of a gazelle freeing itself from a snare or a trap that a hunter set.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":23947,"verse_id":"PRO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “hand” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV). Some mss and versions have it as “trap,” which may very well represent an interpretation too.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":23948,"verse_id":"PRO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The conjunction vav ( ו ) here has the classification of alternative, “or” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §433).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":23949,"verse_id":"PRO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The LXX adds a lengthy section at the end of the verse on the lesson from the bee: “Or, go to the bee and learn how diligent she is and how seriously she does her work – her products kings and private persons use for health – she is desired and respected by all – though feeble in body, by honoring wisdom she obtains distinction.” The Greek translator thought the other insect should be mentioned (see C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 124). tn Heb “its food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":23950,"verse_id":"PRO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “like a wayfarer” or “like a traveler” (cf. KJV). The LXX has “swiftness like a traveler.” It has also been interpreted as a “highwayman” (cf. NAB) or a “dangerous assailant.” W. McKane suggests “vagrant” ( Proverbs [OTL], 324); cf. NASB “vagabond.” Someone traveling swiftly would likely be a robber.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":23951,"verse_id":"PRO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"The Hebrew word for “armed” is probably connected to the word for “shield” and “deliver” (s.v. גָּנַן ). G. R. Driver connects it to the Arabic word for “bold; insolent,” interpreting its use here as referring to a beggar or an insolent man (“Studies in the Vocabulary of the Old Testament, IV,” JTS 33 [1933]: 38-47).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":23952,"verse_id":"PRO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “crooked” or “twisted.” This term can refer to something that is physically twisted or crooked, or something morally perverse. Cf. NAB “crooked talk”; NRSV “crooked speech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":23953,"verse_id":"PRO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “walks around with a perverse mouth.” The term “mouth” is a metonymy of cause, an organ of speech put for what is said. This is an individual who says perverted or twisted things.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":23954,"verse_id":"PRO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"The noun is an adverbial accusative of manner, explaining the circumstances that inform his evil plans.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":23955,"verse_id":"PRO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"The word “contention” is from the root דִּין ( din ); the noun means “strife, contention, quarrel.” The normal plural form is represented by the Qere , and the contracted form by the Kethib.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":23956,"verse_id":"PRO.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"This word is a substantive that is used here as an adverbial accusative – with suddenness, at an instant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":23957,"verse_id":"PRO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The conjunction has the explicative use here (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §434).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":23958,"verse_id":"PRO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “his soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":23959,"verse_id":"PRO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “a tongue of deception.” The genitive noun functions attributively. The term “tongue” functions as a metonymy. The term is used of false prophets who deceive ( Jer 14:14 ), and of a deceiver who betrays ( Ps 109:2 ). The Lord hates deceptive speech because it is destructive ( 26:28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":23960,"verse_id":"PRO.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “heart that devises plans of wickedness.” The latter term is an attributive genitive. The heart (metonymy of subject) represents the will; here it plots evil schemes. The heart is capable of evil schemes ( Gen 6:5 ); the heart that does this is deceitful ( Prov 12:20; 14:22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":23961,"verse_id":"PRO.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"The MT reads “make haste to run,” that is, be eager to seize the opportunity. The LXX omits “run,” that is, feet hastening to do evil. It must have appeared to the LXX translator that the verb was unnecessary; only one verb occurs in the other cola. sn The word “feet” is here a synecdoche, a part for the whole. Being the instruments of movement, they represent the swift and eager actions of the whole person to do some harm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":23962,"verse_id":"PRO.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “brothers,” although not limited to male siblings only. Cf. NRSV, CEV “in a family”; TEV “among friends.” sn These seven things the Lord hates. To discover what the Lord desires, one need only list the opposites: humility, truthful speech, preservation of life, pure thoughts, eagerness to do good, honest witnesses, and peaceful harmony. In the NT the Beatitudes present the positive opposites (). It has seven blessed things to match these seven hated things; moreover, the first contrasts with the first here (“poor in spirit” of 5:5 with “haughty eyes”), and the seventh (“peacemakers” of 5:7 ) contrasts with the seventh here (“sows dissension”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":23963,"verse_id":"PRO.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"The verbal form is the Hitpael infinitive construct with a preposition and a suffixed subjective genitive to form a temporal clause. The term הָלַךְ ( halakh ) in this verbal stem means “to go about; to go to and fro.” The use of these terms in v. 22 also alludes to Deut 6:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":23964,"verse_id":"PRO.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “it will guide you.” The verb is singular and the instruction is the subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":23965,"verse_id":"PRO.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.22","text":"In both of the preceding cola an infinitive construct was used for the temporal clauses; now the construction uses a perfect tense with vav ( ו ) consecutive. The verb would then be equivalent to an imperfect tense, but subordinated as a temporal clause here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A22/3"}
{"id":23966,"verse_id":"PRO.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “the commandment” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":23967,"verse_id":"PRO.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":23968,"verse_id":"PRO.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.23","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A23/4"}
{"id":23969,"verse_id":"PRO.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.23","text":"Heb “the way of life” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NIV, NLT “the way to life.” The noun “life” is a genitive following the construct “way.” It could be an attributive genitive modifying the kind of way/course of life that instruction provides, but it could also be objective in that the course of life followed would produce and lead to life.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A23/5"}
{"id":23970,"verse_id":"PRO.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"The infinitive construct is epexegetical here, explaining how these teachings function as lights: “by keeping you.” This verse is the transition from the general admonition about heeding the teachings to the practical application.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":23971,"verse_id":"PRO.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"The word translated “woman” is modified by רַע ( ra ’, “evil”) in the sense of violating the codes of the community and inflicting harm on others. The BHS editors propose changing it to read “strange woman” as before, but there is not support for that. Some commentaries follow the LXX and read רַע as “wife of a neighbor” (cf. NAB; also NRSV “the wife of another”; CEV “someone else’s wife”) but that seems to be only a clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":23972,"verse_id":"PRO.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"The word “tongue” is not in construct; the word “foreign woman” is in apposition to “smooth of tongue,” specifying whose it is. The word “smooth” then is the object of the preposition, “tongue” is the genitive of specification, and “foreign woman” in apposition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":23973,"verse_id":"PRO.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"The negated jussive gives the young person an immediate warning. The verb חָמַד ( khamad ) means “to desire,” and here in the sense of lust. The word is used in the Decalogue of Deut 5:21 for the warning against coveting. sn Lusting after someone in the heart, according to Jesus, is a sin of the same kind as the act, not just the first step toward it ( Matt 5:28 ). Playing with temptation in the heart – the seat of the will and the emotions – is only the heart reaching out after the sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":23974,"verse_id":"PRO.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “her eyelids” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “eyelashes”; TEV “flirting eyes”). This term is a synecdoche of part (eyelids) for the whole (eyes) or a metonymy of association for painted eyes and the luring glances that are the symptoms of seduction (e.g., 2 Kgs 9:30 ). The term “alluring” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":23975,"verse_id":"PRO.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"The word בְעַד ( bÿ ’ ad ) may be taken either as “on account of” (= by means of a) prostitute (cf. ASV, NASB), or “for the price of” a prostitute (cf. NAB). Most expositors take the first reading, though that use of the preposition is unattested, and then must supply “one is brought to.” The verse would then say that going to a prostitute can bring a man to poverty, but going to another man’s wife can lead to death. If the second view were taken, it would mean that one had a smaller price than the other. It is not indicating that one is preferable to the other; both are to be avoided.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":23976,"verse_id":"PRO.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “the wife of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":23977,"verse_id":"PRO.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"These two lines might be an example of synthetic parallelism, that is, “A, what’s more B.” The A-line describes the detrimental moral effect of a man going to a professional prostitute; the B-line heightens this and describes the far worse effect – moral and mortal! – of a man committing adultery with another man’s wife. When a man goes to a prostitute, he lowers himself to become nothing more than a “meal ticket” to sustain the life of that woman; however, when a man commits adultery, he places his very life in jeopardy – the rage of the husband could very well kill him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":23978,"verse_id":"PRO.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"The Qal imperfect (with the interrogative) here has a potential nuance – “Is it possible to do this?” The sentence is obviously a rhetorical question making an affirmation that it is not possible.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":23979,"verse_id":"PRO.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “snatch up fire into his bosom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A27/3"}
{"id":23980,"verse_id":"PRO.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.27","text":"The second colon begins with the vav ( ו ) disjunctive on the noun, indicating a disjunctive clause; here it is a circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A27/4"}
{"id":23981,"verse_id":"PRO.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"The particle indicates that this is another rhetorical question like that in v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":23982,"verse_id":"PRO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “thus is the one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":23983,"verse_id":"PRO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “who goes in to” (so NAB, NASB). The Hebrew verb בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to go in; to enter”) is used throughout scripture as a euphemism for the act of sexual intercourse. Cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT “who sleeps with”; NCV “have sexual relations with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":23984,"verse_id":"PRO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “anyone who touches her will not.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":23985,"verse_id":"PRO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “will be exempt from”; NASB, NLT “will not go unpunished.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A29/5"}
{"id":23986,"verse_id":"PRO.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.29","text":"The verb is יִנָּקֶה ( yinnaqeh ), the Niphal imperfect from נָקָה ( naqah , “to be empty; to be clean”). From it we get the adjectives “clean,” “free from guilt,” “innocent.” The Niphal has the meanings (1) “to be cleaned out” (of a plundered city; e.g., Isa 3:26 ), (2) “to be clean; to be free from guilt; to be innocent” ( Ps 19:14 ), (3) “to be free; to be exempt from punishment” [here], and (4) “to be free; to be exempt from obligation” ( Gen 24:8 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A29/6"}
{"id":23987,"verse_id":"PRO.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “they do not despise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":23988,"verse_id":"PRO.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.30","text":"Heb “himself” or “his life.” Since the word נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally “soul”) refers to the whole person, body and soul, and since it has a basic idea of the bundle of appetites that make up a person, the use here for satisfying his hunger is appropriate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A30/2"}
{"id":23989,"verse_id":"PRO.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"The term “yet” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":23990,"verse_id":"PRO.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.31","text":"Heb “is found out.” The perfect tense with the vav ( ו ) consecutive is equivalent to the imperfect nuances. Here it introduces either a conditional or a temporal clause before the imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A31/2"}
{"id":23991,"verse_id":"PRO.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.31","text":"The imperfect tense has an obligatory nuance. The verb in the Piel means “to repay; to make restitution; to recompense”; cf. NCV, TEV, CEV “must pay back.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A31/3"}
{"id":23992,"verse_id":"PRO.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.31","text":"This final clause in the section is somewhat cryptic. The guilty thief must pay back sevenfold what he stole, even if it means he must use the substance of his whole house. The verb functions as an imperfect of possibility: “he might even give.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A31/4"}
{"id":23993,"verse_id":"PRO.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “heart.” The term “heart” is used as a metonymy of association for discernment, wisdom, good sense. Cf. NAB “is a fool”; NIV “lacks judgment”; NCV, NRSV “has no sense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":23994,"verse_id":"PRO.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.32","text":"Heb “soul.” The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) functions as a metonymy of association for “life” (BDB 659 s.v. 3 .c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A32/2"}
{"id":23995,"verse_id":"PRO.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Heb “He will receive a wound and contempt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":23996,"verse_id":"PRO.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"The word “kindles” was supplied in the translation; both “rage” and “jealousy” have meanings connected to heat.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":23997,"verse_id":"PRO.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.34","text":"Heb “a man’s.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A34/2"}
{"id":23998,"verse_id":"PRO.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.34","text":"The verb חָמַל ( khamal ) means “to show mercy; to show compassion; to show pity,” usually with the outcome of sparing or delivering someone. The idea here is that the husband will not spare the guilty man any of the punishment (cf. NRSV “he shows no restraint”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A34/3"}
{"id":23999,"verse_id":"PRO.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Heb “lift up the face of,” meaning “regard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":24000,"verse_id":"PRO.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.35","text":"The word rendered “compensation” is כֹּפֶר ( cofer ); it is essentially a ransom price, a sum to be paid to deliver another from debt, bondage, or crime. The husband cannot accept payment as a ransom for a life, since what has happened cannot be undone so easily.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A35/2"}
{"id":24001,"verse_id":"PRO.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.35","text":"BDB 1005 s.v. שֹׁחַד suggests that this term means “hush money” or “bribe” (cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT). C. H. Toy takes it as legal compensation ( Proverbs [ICC], 142).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%206%3A35/3"}
{"id":24002,"verse_id":"PRO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “my son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":24003,"verse_id":"PRO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Before v. 2 the LXX inserts: “My son, fear the Lord and you will be strong, and besides him, fear no other.” Although this addition has the precedent of 3:7 and 9 and harmonizes with 14:26 , it does not fit here; the advice is to listen to the teacher.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":24004,"verse_id":"PRO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"The construction of an imperative with the vav ( ו ) of sequence after another imperative denotes a logical sequence of purpose or result: “that you may live,” or “and you will live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":24005,"verse_id":"PRO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"The term “obey” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied for the sake of clarity and smoothness. Some English versions, in light of the second line of v. 1 , supply “guard” (e.g., NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":24006,"verse_id":"PRO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the little man in your eye.” Traditionally this Hebrew idiom is translated into English as “the apple of your eye” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); a more contemporary rendering would be “as your most prized possession.” The word for “man” has the diminutive ending on it. It refers to the pupil, where the object focused on – a man – is reflected in miniature. The point is that the teaching must be the central focus of the disciple’s vision and attention.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":24007,"verse_id":"PRO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “fingers” (so KJV and many other English versions). In light of Deut 6:8 , “fingers” appears to be a metonymy for the lower part of the arm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":24008,"verse_id":"PRO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The infinitive construct with the preposition shows the purpose of associating closely with wisdom: Wisdom will obviate temptations, the greatest being the sexual urge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":24009,"verse_id":"PRO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “strange” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":24010,"verse_id":"PRO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “strange woman.” This can be interpreted as a “wayward wife” (so NIV) or an “unfaithful wife” (so NCV). As discussed earlier, the designations “strange woman” and “foreign woman” could refer to Israelites who stood outside the community in their lawlessness and loose morals – an adulteress or wayward woman. H. Ringgren and W. Zimmerli, however, suggest that she is also a promoter of a pagan cult, but that is not entirely convincing ( Spruche/Prediger [ATD], 19).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":24011,"verse_id":"PRO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"The term “you” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":24012,"verse_id":"PRO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":24013,"verse_id":"PRO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “lad” or “youth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":24014,"verse_id":"PRO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “heart.” sn This young man who lacked wisdom is one of the simpletons, lacking keen judgment, one void of common sense (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT) or understanding (cf. KJV, ASV). He is young, inexperienced, featherbrained (so D. Kidner, Proverbs [TOTC], 75).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":24015,"verse_id":"PRO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"The verb צָעַד ( tsa ’ ad ) means “to step; to march.” It suggests that the youth was intentionally making his way to her house. The verb is the imperfect tense; it stresses continual action parallel to the active participle that began the verse, but within a context that is past time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":24016,"verse_id":"PRO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “way of her house.” This expression uses an adverbial accusative of location, telling where he was marching along. The term “house” is the genitive of location, giving the goal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":24017,"verse_id":"PRO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “in the evening of the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":24018,"verse_id":"PRO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “in the middle of the night, and dark”; KJV “in the black and dark night”; NRSV “at the time of night and darkness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":24019,"verse_id":"PRO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The particle וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh ) introduces a dramatic sense of the immediate to the narrative; it has a deictic force, “and look! – there was a woman,” or “all of a sudden this woman….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":24020,"verse_id":"PRO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “with the garment of a prostitute.” The noun שִׁית ( shith , “garment”) is an adverbial accusative specifying the appearance of the woman. The words “she was” are supplied in the translation to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":24021,"verse_id":"PRO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “kept secret of heart”; cf. ASV, NRSV “wily of heart.” The verbal form is the passive participle from נָצַר ( natsar ) in construct. C. H. Toy lists the suggestions of the commentators: false, malicious, secret, subtle, excited, hypocritical ( Proverbs [ICC], 149). The LXX has “causes the hearts of the young men to fly away.” The verb means “to guard; to watch; to keep”; to be guarded of heart means to be wily, to have secret intent – she has locked up her plans and gives nothing away (e.g., Isaiah 48:6 as well). Interestingly enough, this contrasts with her attire which gives everything away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":24022,"verse_id":"PRO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “her feet.” This is a synecdoche, a part for the whole; the point is that she never stays home, but is out and about all the time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":24023,"verse_id":"PRO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “dwell” or “settle”; NAB “her feet cannot rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":24024,"verse_id":"PRO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The repetition of the noun “time, step,” usually translated “now, this time,” signifies here “at one time…at another time” (BDB 822 s.v. פַּעַם 3.e).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":24025,"verse_id":"PRO.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “she makes bold her face.” The Hiphil perfect of עָזַז (’ azar , “to be strong”) means she has an impudent face (cf. KJV, NAB, NRSV), a bold or brazen expression (cf. NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":24026,"verse_id":"PRO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “with me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":24027,"verse_id":"PRO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “to look diligently for your face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":24028,"verse_id":"PRO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “with spreads.” The sentence begins with the cognate accusative: “with spreads I have spread my bed.” The construction enhances the idea – she has covered her bed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":24029,"verse_id":"PRO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"The feminine noun means “dark-hued stuffs” (BDB 310 s.v. חֲטֻבוֹת ). The form is a passive participle from a supposed root II חָטַב ( khatav ), which in Arabic means to be of a turbid, dusky color mixed with yellowish red. Its Aramaic cognate means “variegated”; cf. NAB “with brocaded cloths of Egyptian linen.” BDB’s translation of this colon is unsatifactory: “with dark hued stuffs of yarn from Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":24030,"verse_id":"PRO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"The form נִרְוֶה ( nirveh ) is the plural cohortative; following the imperative “come” the form expresses the hortatory “let’s.” The verb means “to be saturated; to drink one’s fill,” and can at times mean “to be intoxicated with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":24031,"verse_id":"PRO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “loves.” The word דּוֹד ( dod ) means physical love or lovemaking. It is found frequently in the Song of Solomon for the loved one, the beloved. Here the form (literally, “loves”) is used in reference to multiple acts of sexual intercourse, as the phrase “until morning” suggests.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":24032,"verse_id":"PRO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.18","text":"The form is the Hitpael cohortative of עָלַס (’ alas ), which means “to rejoice.” Cf. NIV “let’s enjoy ourselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A18/3"}
{"id":24033,"verse_id":"PRO.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “the man.” The LXX interpreted it as “my husband,” taking the article to be used as a possessive. Many English versions do the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":24034,"verse_id":"PRO.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “in his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":24035,"verse_id":"PRO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “in his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":24036,"verse_id":"PRO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “he will come back at.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":24037,"verse_id":"PRO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “new moon.” Judging from the fact that the husband took a purse of money and was staying away until the next full moon, the woman implies that they would be safe in their escapade. If v. 9 and v. 20 are any clue, he could be gone for about two weeks – until the moon is full again.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":24038,"verse_id":"PRO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “she turned him aside.” This expression means that she persuaded him. This section now begins the description of the capitulation, for the flattering speech is finished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":24039,"verse_id":"PRO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “smooth of her lips”; cf. NAB “smooth lips”; NASB “flattering lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause representing what she says.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":24040,"verse_id":"PRO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.21","text":"The verb means “to impel; to thrust; to banish,” but in this stem in this context “to compel; to force” into some action. The imperfect tense has the nuance of progressive imperfect to parallel the characteristic perfect of the first colon.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A21/4"}
{"id":24041,"verse_id":"PRO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"The participle with “suddenly” gives a more vivid picture, almost as if to say “there he goes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":24042,"verse_id":"PRO.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"The present translation follows R. B. Y. Scott ( Proverbs, Ecclesiastes [AB], 64). This third colon of the verse would usually be rendered, “fetters to the chastening of a fool” (KJV, ASV, and NASB are all similar). But there is no support that עֶכֶס (’ ekhes ) means “fetters.” It appears in Isaiah 3:16 as “anklets.” The parallelism here suggests that some animal imagery is required. Thus the ancient versions have “as a dog to the bonds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":24043,"verse_id":"PRO.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"The expression that it is “for/about/over his life” means that it could cost him his life (e.g., Num 16:38 ). Alternatively, the line could refer to moral corruption and social disgrace rather than physical death – but this would not rule out physical death too.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":24044,"verse_id":"PRO.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"The literal translation “sons” works well here in view of the warning. Cf. KJV, NAB, NRSV “children.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":24045,"verse_id":"PRO.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “the words of my mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":24046,"verse_id":"PRO.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “she has caused to fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":24047,"verse_id":"PRO.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “numerous” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT) or “countless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":24048,"verse_id":"PRO.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"The noun “Sheol” in parallelism to “the chambers of death” probably means the grave. The noun is a genitive of location, indicating the goal of the road(s). Her house is not the grave; it is, however, the sure way to it. sn Her house is the way to the grave. The young man’s life is not destroyed in one instant; it is taken from him gradually as he enters into a course of life that will leave him as another victim of the wages of sin. The point of the warning is to prevent such a course from starting. Sin can certainly be forgiven, but the more involvement in this matter the greater the alienation from the healthy community.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":24049,"verse_id":"PRO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “head.” The word רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh , “head”) refers to the highest area or most important place in the elevated area. The contrast with chapter is striking. There the wayward woman lurked at the corners in the street at night; here wisdom is at the highest point in the open places in view of all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":24050,"verse_id":"PRO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “at the house of the paths.” The “house” is not literal here, but refers to where the paths meet (cf. ASV, NIV), that is, the “crossroads” (so NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":24051,"verse_id":"PRO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “at the mouth of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":24052,"verse_id":"PRO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"The cry is a very loud ringing cry that could not be missed. The term רָנַן ( ranan ) means “to give a ringing cry.” It is often only a shrill sound that might come with a victory in battle, but its use in the psalms for praise shows that it also can have clear verbal content, as it does here. For wisdom to stand in the street and give such a ringing cry would mean that it could be heard by all. It was a proclamation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":24053,"verse_id":"PRO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “men.” Although it might be argued in light of the preceding material that males would be particularly addressed by wisdom here, the following material indicates a more universal appeal. Cf. TEV, NLT “to all of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":24054,"verse_id":"PRO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"The verb “calls” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":24055,"verse_id":"PRO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “sons of man.” Cf. NAB “the children of men”; NCV, NLT “all people”; NRSV “all that live.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":24056,"verse_id":"PRO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The imperative of בִּין ( bin ) means “to understand; to discern.” The call is for the simple to understand what wisdom is, not just to gain it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":24057,"verse_id":"PRO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “heart.” The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) often functions metonymically for wisdom, understanding, discernment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":24058,"verse_id":"PRO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “noble” or “princely.” Wisdom begins the first motivation by claiming to speak noble things, that is, excellent things.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":24059,"verse_id":"PRO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “opening of my lips” (so KJV, NASB). The noun “lips” is a metonymy of cause, with the organ of speech put for what is said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":24060,"verse_id":"PRO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “roof of the mouth.” This expression is a metonymy of cause for the activity of speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":24061,"verse_id":"PRO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"The word “truth” ( אֱמֶת , ’ emet ) is derived from the verbal root אָמַן (’ aman ) which means “to support.” There are a number of derived nouns that have the sense of reliability: “pillars,” “master craftsman,” “nurse,” “guardian.” Modifiers related to this group of words includes things like “faithful,” “surely,” “truly” ( amen ). In the derived stems the verb develops various nuances: The Niphal has the meanings of “reliable, faithful, sure, steadfast,” and the Hiphil has the meaning “believe” (i.e., consider something dependable). The noun “truth” means what is reliable or dependable, firm or sure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":24062,"verse_id":"PRO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “wickedness is an abomination to my lips” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":24063,"verse_id":"PRO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"The phrase could be rendered with an understood ellipsis: “all the words of my mouth [are said] in righteousness”; or the preposition could be interpreted as a beth essentiae : “all the words of my mouth are righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":24064,"verse_id":"PRO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “front of.” Describing the sayings as “right in front” means they are open, obvious, and clear, as opposed to words that might be twisted or perverse. The parallel word “upright” means “straight, smooth, right.” Wisdom’s teachings are in plain view and intelligible for those who find knowledge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":24065,"verse_id":"PRO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “discipline.” The term refers to instruction that trains with discipline (e.g., Prov 1:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":24066,"verse_id":"PRO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “and not” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “in preference to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":24067,"verse_id":"PRO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"The verb יִשְׁווּ ( yishvu , from שָׁוָה , shavah ) can be rendered “are not comparable” or in a potential nuance “cannot be compared” with her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":24068,"verse_id":"PRO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The noun is “shrewdness,” i.e., the right use of knowledge in special cases (see also the discussion in 1:4 ); cf. NLT “good judgment.” The word in this sentence is an adverbial accusative of specification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":24069,"verse_id":"PRO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"This verb form is an imperfect, whereas the verb in the first colon was a perfect tense. The perfect should be classified as a gnomic perfect, and this form a habitual imperfect, because both verbs describe the nature of wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":24070,"verse_id":"PRO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The verb שָׂנֵא ( sane ’) means “to hate.” In this sentence it functions nominally as the predicate. Fearing the Lord is hating evil. sn The verb translated “hate” has the basic idea of rejecting something spontaneously. For example, “Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated” ( Mal 1:2 b, 3a). It frequently has the idea of disliking or loathing (as English does), but almost always with an additional aspect of rejection. To “hate evil” is not only to dislike it, but to reject it and have nothing to do with it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":24071,"verse_id":"PRO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Since both גֵּאָה ( ge ’ ah , “pride”) and גָּאוֹן ( ga ’ on , “arrogance; pride”) are both from the same verbal root גָּאָה ( ga ’ ah , “to rise up”), they should here be interpreted as one idea, forming a nominal hendiadys: “arrogant pride.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":24072,"verse_id":"PRO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “and a mouth of perverse things.” The word “mouth” is a metonymy of cause for what is said; and the noun תַהְפֻּכוֹת ( tahpukhot , “perverse things”) means destructive things (the related verb is used for the overthrowing of Sodom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":24073,"verse_id":"PRO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"In the second half of v. 14 instead of אֲנִי (’ ani ) the editors propose reading simply לִי ( li ) as the renderings in the LXX, Latin, and Syriac suggest. Then, in place of the לִי that comes in the same colon, read וְלִי ( vÿli ). While the MT is a difficult reading, it can be translated as it is. It would be difficult to know exactly what the ancient versions were reading, because their translations could have been derived from either text. They represent an effort to smooth out the text. tn Heb “To me [belong] counsel and sound wisdom.” The second colon in the verse has: “I, understanding, to me and might.” sn In vv. 14-17 the pronouns come first and should receive greater prominence – although it is not always easy to do this with English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":24074,"verse_id":"PRO.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The verb רָזַן ( razan ) means “to be weighty; to be judicious; to be commanding.” It only occurs in the Qal active participle in the plural as a substantive, meaning “potentates; rulers” (e.g., Ps 1:1-3 ). Cf. KJV, ASV “princes”; NAB “lawgivers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":24075,"verse_id":"PRO.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The term “and” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and readability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":24076,"verse_id":"PRO.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Many of the MT mss read “sovereigns [princes], all the judges of the earth.” The LXX has “sovereigns…rule the earth.” But the MT manuscript in the text has “judges of righteousness.” C. H. Toy suggests that the Hebrew here has assimilated Psalm 148:11 in its construction ( Proverbs [ICC], 167). The expression “judges of the earth” is what one would expect, but the more difficult and unexpected reading, the one scribes might change, would be “judges of righteousness.” If that reading stands, then it would probably be interpreted as using an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":24077,"verse_id":"PRO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"The two synonyms, “than gold, than fine gold” probably form a hendiadys here to express “the very finest gold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":24078,"verse_id":"PRO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The infinitive construct expressing the purpose of the preceding “walk” in the way of righteousness. These verses say that wisdom is always on the way of righteousness for the purposes of bestowing the same to those who find her. If sin is involved, then wisdom has not been followed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":24079,"verse_id":"PRO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"The Piel imperfect continues the verbal idea that the infinitive began in the parallel colon even though it does not have the vav on the form.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":24080,"verse_id":"PRO.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"The LXX adds at the end of this verse: “If I declare to you the things of daily occurrence, I will remember to recount the things of old.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":24081,"verse_id":"PRO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"There are two roots קָנָה ( qanah ) in Hebrew, one meaning “to possess,” and the other meaning “to create.” The earlier English versions did not know of the second root, but suspected in certain places that a meaning like that was necessary (e.g., Gen 4:1; 14:19 ; Deut 32:6 ). Ugaritic confirmed that it was indeed another root. The older versions have the translation “possess” because otherwise it sounds like God lacked wisdom and therefore created it at the beginning. They wanted to avoid saying that wisdom was not eternal. Arius liked the idea of Christ as the wisdom of God and so chose the translation “create.” Athanasius translated it, “constituted me as the head of creation.” The verb occurs twelve times in Proverbs with the meaning of “to acquire”; but the Greek and the Syriac versions have the meaning “create.” Although the idea is that wisdom existed before creation, the parallel ideas in these verses (“appointed,” “given birth”) argue for the translation of “create” or “establish” (R. N. Whybray, “ Proverbs 8:22-31 and Its Supposed Prototypes,” VT 15 [1965]: 504-14; and W. A. Irwin, “Where Will Wisdom Be Found?” JBL 80 [1961]: 133-42).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":24082,"verse_id":"PRO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Verbs of creation often involve double accusatives; here the double accusative involves the person (i.e., wisdom) and an abstract noun in construct ( IBHS 174-75 §10.2.3c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":24083,"verse_id":"PRO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “his way” (so KJV, NASB). The word “way” is an idiom (implied comparison) for the actions of God. sn The claim of wisdom in this passage is that she was foundational to all that God would do.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A22/3"}
{"id":24084,"verse_id":"PRO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"The first parallel verb is נִסַּכְתִּי ( nissakhti ), “I was appointed.” It is not a common word; it occurs here and in Ps 2:6 for the coronation of the king. It means “installed, set.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":24085,"verse_id":"PRO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"The verb “existed” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation in the light of the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":24086,"verse_id":"PRO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"The third parallel verb is חוֹלָלְתִּי ( kholalti ), “I was given birth.” Some (e.g., KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV) translate it “brought forth” – not in the sense of being presented, but in the sense of being “begotten, given birth to.” Here is the strongest support for the translation of קָנָה ( qanah ) as “created” in v. 22 . The verb is not literal; it continues the perspective of the personification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":24087,"verse_id":"PRO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “made heavy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":24088,"verse_id":"PRO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “open places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":24089,"verse_id":"PRO.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Here רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh ) means “beginning” with reference to time (BDB 911 s.v. 4 .b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":24090,"verse_id":"PRO.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"To form a better parallel some commentators read this infinitive בַּעֲזוֹז ( ba ’ azoz ), “when [they] grew strong,” as a Piel causative, “when he made firm, fixed fast” (cf. NIV “fixed securely”; NLT “established”). But the following verse (“should not pass over”) implies the meaning “grew strong” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":24091,"verse_id":"PRO.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Heb “his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":24092,"verse_id":"PRO.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"The verb form is a preterite with vav consecutive, although it has not been apocopated. It provides the concluding statement for the temporal clauses as well as the parallel to v. 27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":24093,"verse_id":"PRO.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.30","text":"Critical to the interpretation of this line is the meaning of אָמוֹן (’ amon ). Several suggestions have been made: “master craftsman” (cf. ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV), “nursing child” (cf. NCV), “foster father.” R. B. Y. Scott chooses “faithful” – a binding or living link (“Wisdom in Creation: The ‘Amon of Proverbs 8:30 ,” VT 10 [1960]: 213-23). The image of a child is consistent with the previous figure of being “given birth to” (vv. 24, 25 ). However, “craftsman” has the most support (LXX, Vulgate, Syriac, Tg . Prov 8:30 , Song 7:1 ; Jer 52:15 ; also P. W. Skehan, “Structures in Poems on Wisdom: and Sirach 24,” CBQ 41 [1979]: 365-79).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A30/2"}
{"id":24094,"verse_id":"PRO.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.30","text":"The word is a plural of intensification for “delight”; it describes wisdom as the object of delight. The LXX has the suffix; the Hebrew does not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A30/3"}
{"id":24095,"verse_id":"PRO.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"The two words are synonymous in general and so could be taken to express a superlative idea – the “whole world” (cf. NIV, NCV). But תֵּבֵל ( tevel ) also means the inhabited world, and so the construct may be interpreted as a partitive genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":24096,"verse_id":"PRO.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “and my delights” [were] with/in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":24097,"verse_id":"PRO.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.31","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A31/3"}
{"id":24098,"verse_id":"PRO.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":24099,"verse_id":"PRO.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Heb “discipline.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":24100,"verse_id":"PRO.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"The construction uses two imperatives joined with the vav ( ו ); this is a volitive sequence in which result or consequence is being expressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":24101,"verse_id":"PRO.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":24102,"verse_id":"PRO.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"The form לִשְׁקֹד ( lishqod ) is the infinitive construct serving epexegetically in the sentence. It explains how the person will listen to wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":24103,"verse_id":"PRO.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “keeping” or “guarding.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A34/3"}
{"id":24104,"verse_id":"PRO.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.34","text":"Heb “at the posts of my doors” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A34/4"}
{"id":24105,"verse_id":"PRO.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"The Kethib reads plurals: “those who find me are finders of life”; this is reflected in the LXX and Syriac. But the Qere is singular: “whoever finds me finds life.” The Qere is generally favored as the original reading in such cases as these.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":24106,"verse_id":"PRO.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.35","text":"The preterite with vav ( ו ) consecutive carries the same nuance as the perfect tense that came before it, setting out the timeless principle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A35/2"}
{"id":24107,"verse_id":"PRO.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Heb “the one sinning [against] me.” The verb חָטָא ( khata ’, “to sin”) forms a contrast with “find” in the previous verse, and so has its basic meaning of “failing to find, miss.” So it is talking about the one who misses wisdom, as opposed to the one who finds it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":24108,"verse_id":"PRO.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.36","text":"The Qal active participle functions verbally here. The word stresses both social and physical harm and violence. sn Brings harm. Whoever tries to live without wisdom is inviting all kinds of disaster into his life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A36/2"}
{"id":24109,"verse_id":"PRO.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.36","text":"Heb “his soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A36/3"}
{"id":24110,"verse_id":"PRO.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.36","text":"The basic idea of the verb שָׂנֵא ( sane ’, “to hate”) is that of rejection. Its antonym is also used in the line, “love,” which has the idea of choosing. So not choosing (i.e., hating) wisdom amounts to choosing (i.e., loving) death.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%208%3A36/4"}
{"id":24111,"verse_id":"PRO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “she has killed her killing.” Cf. KJV “hath killed her beasts”; NAB “has dressed her meat”; NASB “has prepared her food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":24112,"verse_id":"PRO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"The text uses two synonymous terms in construct to express the superlative degree.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":24113,"verse_id":"PRO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “lacking of heart she says to him.” The pronominal suffix is a resumptive pronoun, meaning, “she says to the lacking of heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":24114,"verse_id":"PRO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":24115,"verse_id":"PRO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “heart”; cf. NIV “to those who lack judgment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":24116,"verse_id":"PRO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The construction features a cognate accusative (verb and noun from same root). The preposition בּ ( bet ) has the partitive use “some” (GKC 380 §119. m ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":24117,"verse_id":"PRO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The final verb actually stands in a relative clause although the relative pronoun is not present; it modifies “wine.” sn The expressions “eat” and “drink” carry the implied comparison forward; they mean that the simple are to appropriate the teachings of wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":24118,"verse_id":"PRO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"There are two ways to take this word: either as “fools” or as “foolish ways.” The spelling for “foolishness” in v. 13 differs from this spelling, and so some have taken that as an indicator that this should be “fools.” But this could still be an abstract plural here as in 1:22 . Either the message is to forsake fools (i.e., bad company; cf. KJV, TEV) or forsake foolishness (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":24119,"verse_id":"PRO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"The two imperatives are joined with vav; this is a volitive sequence in which result or consequence is expressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":24120,"verse_id":"PRO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"The verb means “go straight, go on, advance” or “go straight on in the way of understanding” (BDB 80 s.v. אָשַׁר ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":24121,"verse_id":"PRO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The active participle יֹסֵר ( yoser ) describes one who tries to correct by means of instruction and discipline; it is paralleled by the Hiphil participle which refers to someone who rebukes or reproves another. Anyone trying this on these types of people would be inviting trouble.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":24122,"verse_id":"PRO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “receives for himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":24123,"verse_id":"PRO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"The word means “dishonor” or “disgrace.” It is paralleled with מוּמוֹ ( mumo ), translated “abuse.” The latter term means “blemish,” although some would emend the text to read “reproach.” The MT is figurative but not impossible to interpret: Whoever tries to rebuke a wicked person will receive only insults and perhaps physical attack.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":24124,"verse_id":"PRO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"The verb “receives” is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":24125,"verse_id":"PRO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"In view of the expected response for reproof, the text now uses a negated jussive to advise against the attempt. This is paralleled antithetically by the imperative in the second colon. This imperative is in an understood conditional clause: “if you reprove a wise person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":24126,"verse_id":"PRO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “lest he hate you.” The particle פֶּן ( pen , “lest”) expresses fear or precaution (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 79, §476). The antonyms “love” and “hate” suggest that the latter means “reject” and the former means “choosing and embracing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":24127,"verse_id":"PRO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"The noun “instruction” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":24128,"verse_id":"PRO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"The Hiphil verb normally means “to cause to know, make known”; but here the context suggests “to teach” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":24129,"verse_id":"PRO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.9","text":"The term “his” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for the sake of smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A9/4"}
{"id":24130,"verse_id":"PRO.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “fear of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":24131,"verse_id":"PRO.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “knowledge of the Holy One” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":24132,"verse_id":"PRO.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.10","text":"The word is in the plural in the Hebrew (literally “holy ones”; KJV “the holy”). It was translated “holy men” in Tg. Prov 9:10 . But it probably was meant to signify the majestic nature of the Lord . As J. H. Greenstone says, he is “all-holy” ( Proverbs , 94). This is an example of the plural of majesty, one of the honorific uses of the plural (see IBHS 122-23 §7.4.3b).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A10/4"}
{"id":24133,"verse_id":"PRO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The preposition בּ ( bet ) here may have the causal sense (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 45, §247), although it could also be means (Williams, 44, §243).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":24134,"verse_id":"PRO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"The verb וְיוֹסִיפוּ ( vÿyosifu ) is the Hiphil imperfect, third masculine plural; but because there is no expressed subject the verb may be taken as a passive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":24135,"verse_id":"PRO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"The text simply has the preposition לְ ( lamed ) with a suffix; but this will be the use of the preposition classified as “interest,” either for advantage or disadvantage (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 48-49, §271).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":24136,"verse_id":"PRO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"The perfect tense is here in a conditional clause because of the conjunction following the first colon of the verse that begins with “if.” The perfect tense then lays down the antithetical condition – “if you mock,” or “if you are a mocker.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":24137,"verse_id":"PRO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"The use of the imperfect tense here could be the simple future tense (cf. NASB, NRSV “you…will bear it”), but the obligatory nuance is more appropriate – “you must bear it.” These words anticipate James’ warnings that the words we speak will haunt us through life (e.g., James 3:1-12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":24138,"verse_id":"PRO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"9.12","text":"The LXX has an addition: “Forsake folly, that you may reign forever; and seek discretion and direct understanding in knowledge.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A12/4"}
{"id":24139,"verse_id":"PRO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “a woman of foolishness.” This could be translated as “foolish woman,” taking the genitive as attributive (cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV). But in view of the contrast with the personification of wisdom, this word probably also represents a personification and so can be taken as a genitive of apposition, the woman who is folly, or “the woman, Folly” (cf. NIV). For clarity and stylistic reasons the word “called” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":24140,"verse_id":"PRO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"The meaning of the word comes close to “riotous.” W. McKane describes her as restless and rootless ( Proverbs [OTL], 366).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":24141,"verse_id":"PRO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"The noun means “foolishness” (cf. KJV “simple”; NAB “inane”). Here it could be classified as a metonymy of adjunct, or as a predictive apposition (when a substantive is used in place of a noun; see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 15, §67).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":24142,"verse_id":"PRO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.13","text":",” JTS 4 [1953]: 23-24).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A13/4"}
{"id":24143,"verse_id":"PRO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"9.13","text":"The text of v. 13 has been difficult for translators. The MT has, “The foolish woman is boisterous, simplicity, and knows not what.” The LXX reads, “A foolish and impudent woman comes to lack a morsel, she who knows not shame.” The Syriac has, “a woman lacking in discretion, seductive.” Tg . Prov 9:13 translates it, “a foolish woman and a gadabout, ignorant, and she knows not good.” The Vulgate has, “a woman foolish and noisy, and full of wiles, and knowing nothing at all.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A13/5"}
{"id":24144,"verse_id":"PRO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The infinitive construct “calling out” functions epexegetically in the sentence, explaining how the previous action was accomplished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":24145,"verse_id":"PRO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"The term “her” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":24146,"verse_id":"PRO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"The noun is a genitive of location after the construct participle. Its parallel word is also an adverbial accusative of location.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":24147,"verse_id":"PRO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"The participle modifies the participle in the first colon. To describe the passers-by in this context as those “who go straight” means that they are quiet and unwary.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":24148,"verse_id":"PRO.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"This expression is almost identical to v. 4 , with the exception of the addition of conjunctions in the second colon: “and the lacking of understanding and she says to him.” The parallel is deliberate, of course, showing the competing appeals for those passing by.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":24149,"verse_id":"PRO.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “bread of secrecies.” It could mean “bread [eaten in] secret places,” a genitive of location; or it could mean “bread [gained through] secrets,” a genitive of source, the secrecies being metonymical for theft. The latter makes a better parallelism in this verse, for bread (= sexually immoral behavior) gained secretly would be like stolen water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":24150,"verse_id":"PRO.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “he does not know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":24151,"verse_id":"PRO.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"The LXX adds to the end of v. 18 : “But turn away, linger not in the place, neither set your eye on her: for thus will you go through alien water; but abstain from alien water, drink not from an alien fountain, that you may live long, that years of life may be added to you.” sn The text has “in the depths of Sheol” ( בְּעִמְקֵי שְׁאוֹל , bÿ ’ imqe shÿ ’ ol ). The parallelism stresses that those who turn to this way of life are ignorant and doomed. It may signal a literal death lying ahead in the not too distant future, but it is more likely an analogy. The point is that the life of folly, a life of undisciplined, immoral, riotous living, runs counter to God’s appeal for wisdom and leads to ruin. That is the broad way that leads to destruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":24152,"verse_id":"PRO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":24153,"verse_id":"PRO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"The imperfect tense describes progressive or habitual action, translated here with an English present tense. These fit the nature of proverbs which are general maxims, and not necessarily absolutes or universal truths. One may normally expect to find what the proverb notes, and one should live according to its instructions in the light of those expectations; but one should not be surprised if from time to time there is an exception. The fact that there may be an exception does not diminish the need to live by the sayings.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":24154,"verse_id":"PRO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":24155,"verse_id":"PRO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “treasures of wickedness” (so KJV, ASV); NASB “Ill-gotten gains”; TEV “Wealth that you get by dishonesty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":24156,"verse_id":"PRO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “death.” This could refer to literal death, but it is probably figurative here for mortal danger or ruin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":24157,"verse_id":"PRO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “does not allow…to go hungry.” The expression “The Lord does not allow the appetite of the righteous to go hungry” is an example of tapeinosis – a figurative expression stated in the negative to emphasize the positive: The Lord satisfies the appetite of the righteous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":24158,"verse_id":"PRO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) means “soul” but its root meaning is “throat” and it has a broad range of meanings; here it denotes “appetite” (BDB 660 s.v. 5 .a; see, e.g., Pss 63:6; 107:9 ; Prov 27:7 ; Isa 56:11; 58:10 ; Jer 50:19 ; Ezek 7:19 ). The term could denote “desire” (BDB 660 s.v. 6 .a) which would include the inner urge for success. By contrast, the wicked live unfulfilled lives – as far as spiritual values are concerned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":24159,"verse_id":"PRO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “thrusts away” (cf. ASV, NASB); NLT “refuses to satisfy.” The verb הָדַף ( hadaf ) means “to thrust away; to push; to drive,” either to depose or reject (BDB 213 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":24160,"verse_id":"PRO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"This verse contrasts the “appetite” of the righteous with the “craving” of the wicked. This word הַוַּה ( havvah , “craving”) means “desire” often in a bad sense, as ‘the desire of the wicked,” which could not be wholesome ( Ps 52:9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":24161,"verse_id":"PRO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “a palm of slackness.” The genitive noun רְמִיָּה ( remiyyah , “slackness”) functions as an attributive adjective: “a slack palm” (BDB 941 s.v.). The term כַף ( khaf , “palm”) is a synecdoche of part (= palm) for the whole person (= one who works with his hands). The hand is emphasized because it is the instrument of physical labor. The “slack hand” is contrasted with the “diligent hand.” A slack hand refers to a lazy worker or careless work that such hands produce. See N. C. Habel, “Wisdom, Wealth, and Poverty Paradigms in the Book of Proverbs,” BiBh 14 (1988): 28-49.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":24162,"verse_id":"PRO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"The MT reads רָאשׁ ( ra ’ sh , “poor”) which is the plene spelling of רָשׁ ( rash , “poor [person]”; HALOT 1229-30 s.v. רֵישׁ ). Both Tg . Prov 10:4 and LXX reflect an alternate vocalization רִישׁ ( rish , “poverty”) which is from the same root, and essentially means the same thing. tn Heb “causes poverty.” The expression is literally, “the palm of slackness causes poverty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":24163,"verse_id":"PRO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “but the hand of the diligent” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV). The genitive noun חָרוּצִים ( kharutsim , “diligence”) functions as an attributive adjective: “a diligent hand.” The noun חָרוּצִים ( kharutsim ) uses the plural form because the plural is often used for abstract moral qualities. The term יָד ( yad , “hand”) is a synecdoche of part (= “hand”) for the whole person (= “the one who works with his hands”). The hand is emphasized because it is the instrument of physical labor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":24164,"verse_id":"PRO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “makes rich” (so NASB, NRSV). The Hiphil verb is used in a causative sense; literally, “the hand of the diligent makes rich.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":24165,"verse_id":"PRO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The direct object “crops” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the verb; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":24166,"verse_id":"PRO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “prudent.” The term מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) refers to a wise and so successful person. He seizes the opportunity, knowing the importance of the season.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":24167,"verse_id":"PRO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.5","text":"The phrase “to himself” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for the sake of clarity. Another option is “to his father.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A5/4"}
{"id":24168,"verse_id":"PRO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “the mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":24169,"verse_id":"PRO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “covers.” Behind the speech of the wicked is aggressive violence (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 422).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":24170,"verse_id":"PRO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"The syntax of this line is ambiguous. The translation takes “the mouth of the wicked” as the nominative subject and “violence” as the accusative direct object; however, the subject might be “violence,” hence: “violence covers the mouth of the wicked” (cf. KJV, ASV, NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":24171,"verse_id":"PRO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “name.” The term “name” often functions as a metonymy of association for reputation (BDB 1028 s.v. שֵׁם 2.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":24172,"verse_id":"PRO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"The editors of BHS suggest a reading “will be cursed” to make a better parallelism, but the reading of the MT is more striking as a metaphor. sn To say the wicked’s name will rot means that the name will be obliterated from memory ( Exod 17:14 ; Deut 25:19 ), leaving only a bad memory for a while.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":24173,"verse_id":"PRO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “the wise of heart” (so NASB, NRSV). The genitive noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as an attributive adjective: “the wise heart.” The term לֵב functions as a synecdoche of part (= heart) for the whole person (= person). The heart is emphasized because it is the seat of wisdom (BDB 524 s.v. 3 .b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":24174,"verse_id":"PRO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “commandments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":24175,"verse_id":"PRO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “fool of lips.” The phrase is a genitive of specification: “a fool in respect to lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause (= lips) for effect (= speech). This person talks foolishness; he is too busy talking to pay attention to instruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A8/3"}
{"id":24176,"verse_id":"PRO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.8","text":"The Niphal verb לָבַט ( lavat ) means “to be thrust down [or, away]”; that is, “to be ruined; to fall” or “to stumble” (e.g., Hos 4:14 ). The fool who refuses to listen to advice – but abides by his own standards which he freely expresses – will suffer the predicaments that he creates.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A8/4"}
{"id":24177,"verse_id":"PRO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “he who walks.” The idiom is used widely in both OT and NT for conduct, behavior, or lifestyle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":24178,"verse_id":"PRO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “walks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":24179,"verse_id":"PRO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “he who perverts his ways” (so NASB); NIV “who takes crooked paths” (NLT similar). The Piel participle מְעַקֵּשׁ ( mÿ ’ aqqesh ) means “make crooked; twisted; perverse.” It is stronger than simply taking crooked paths; it refers to perverting the ways. The one who is devious will not get away with it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A9/4"}
{"id":24180,"verse_id":"PRO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The term ( קָרַץ , qarats ) describes a person who habitually “winks” his eye maliciously as a secretive sign to those conspiring evil ( Prov 6:13 ). This is a comparison rather than a contrast. Devious gestures are grievous, but not as ruinous as foolish talk. Both are to be avoided.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":24181,"verse_id":"PRO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “the eye.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":24182,"verse_id":"PRO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “gives.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":24183,"verse_id":"PRO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “the fool of lips”; cf. NASB “a babbling fool.” The phrase is a genitive of specification: “a fool in respect to lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause (= lips) for effect (= speech). The word for fool ( אֶוִיל , ’ evil ) refers to someone who despises knowledge and discernment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":24184,"verse_id":"PRO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “mouth.” The word “mouth” is metonymy of cause, representing what the righteous say and teach.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":24185,"verse_id":"PRO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “a fountain of life is the mouth of the righteous” (NAB similar). The subject (“a fountain of life”) and the predicate (“the mouth of the righteous”) in the Hebrew text are reversed in the present translation (as in most English versions) for the sake of clarity and smoothness. The idea of this metaphor, “the fountain of life,” may come from Ps 36:9 (e.g., also Prov 13:14; 14:27; 16:22 ). What the righteous say is beneficial to life or life-giving. Their words are life-giving but the words of the wicked are violent. See R. B. Y. Scott, “Wise and Foolish, Righteous and Wicked,” VT 29 (1972): 145-65.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":24186,"verse_id":"PRO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “the mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":24187,"verse_id":"PRO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “covers.” Behind the speech of the wicked is aggressive violence (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 422).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":24188,"verse_id":"PRO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.11","text":"The syntax of this line is ambiguous. The translation takes “the mouth of the wicked” as the nominative subject and “violence” as the accusative direct object; however, the subject might be “violence,” hence: “violence covers the mouth of the wicked.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A11/5"}
{"id":24189,"verse_id":"PRO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “on the lips” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV). The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for the words spoken by the lips.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":24190,"verse_id":"PRO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “the one who is discerning.” The term “discerning” describes someone who is critically perceptive and has understanding. He can be relied on to say things that are wise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":24191,"verse_id":"PRO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “the one lacking of heart.” The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a genitive of specification: “lacking in respect to heart.” The term לֵב functions in a figurative sense (metonymy of association) for wisdom because the heart is viewed as the seat of common sense (BDB 524 s.v. 3 .a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":24192,"verse_id":"PRO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “a rod is for the back of the one lacking heart.” The term שֵׁבֶט ( shevet , “rod”) functions figuratively: synecdoche of specific (= rod of discipline) for general (= discipline in general). The term גֵו ( gev , “back”) is a synecdoche of part (= back) for the whole (= person as a whole). The back is emphasized because it was the object of physical corporeal discipline. This proverb is not limited in its application to physical corporeal punishment because the consequences of foolishness may come in many forms, physical corporeal discipline being only one form.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A13/4"}
{"id":24193,"verse_id":"PRO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “wise men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":24194,"verse_id":"PRO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “the mouth of foolishness”; cf. NRSV, NLT “the babbling of a fool.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech. The genitive אֶוִיל (’ evil , “foolishness”) functions as an attributive adjective: “a foolish mouth” = foolish speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":24195,"verse_id":"PRO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “near destruction.” The words of the fool that are uttered without wise forethought may invite imminent ruin (e.g., James 3:13-18 ). See also Ptah-hotep and Amenemope in ANET 414 and 423.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A14/4"}
{"id":24196,"verse_id":"PRO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “is.” This expression, “a rich man’s wealth is his strong city,” is a metaphor. The comparative particle “like” is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":24197,"verse_id":"PRO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “a city of his strength.” The genitive עֹז (’ oz , “strength”) functions as an attributive genitive: “strong city” = “fortified city.” This phrase is a metaphor; wealth protects its possessions against adversity like a fortified city. Such wealth must be attained by diligence and righteous means (e.g., 13:8; 18:23; 22:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":24198,"verse_id":"PRO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “the ruin of the poor.” The term דַּלִּים ( dalim , “of the poor”) functions as an objective genitive. Poverty leads to the ruin of the poor. The term “ruin” includes the shambles in which the person lives. This provides no security but only the fear of ruin. This proverb is an observation on life.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":24199,"verse_id":"PRO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “is their poverty.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A15/4"}
{"id":24200,"verse_id":"PRO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “recompense” (so NAB); NASB, NIV “wages.” The noun פְּעֻלַּה ( pÿ ’ ullah ) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “work; deed” and (2) “reward; recompense” (BDB 821 s.v.). There is a clear correlation between a person’s conduct and its consequences. Rewards are determined by moral choices. What one receives in life depends on the use of gifts and a righteous character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":24201,"verse_id":"PRO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “the recompense of the righteous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":24202,"verse_id":"PRO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “harvest.” The term תְּבוּאַת ( tÿvu ’ at , “harvest; yield”) is used figuratively here (hypocatastasis), drawing an implied comparison between the agricultural yield of a farmer’s labors with the consequences of the actions of the wicked. They will “reap” (= judgment) what they “sow” (= sin).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":24203,"verse_id":"PRO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “the harvest of the wicked.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A16/4"}
{"id":24204,"verse_id":"PRO.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “sin.” The term חַטָּאת ( khatta ’ t , “sin”) functions as a metonymy of cause (= sin) for effect (= punishment). In contrast to the righteous who receive a reward, the wicked receive punishment for their sin (cf. NASB, NIV, NCV). See D. W. Thomas, “The Meaning of חַטָּאת in Proverbs X.16,” JTS 15 (1964): 295-96.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A16/5"}
{"id":24205,"verse_id":"PRO.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “discipline.” The noun מוּסָר ( musar ) has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) “discipline” (so NIV; NAB “admonition”; NCV, NLT “correction”) and (2) “instruction” (BDB 416 s.v.; so KJV, NASB, NRSV). The wise person listens to instruction (first colon); however, the fool will not even take discipline to heart (second colon).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":24206,"verse_id":"PRO.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"The term is a genitive of location indicating the goal ( IBHS 147-48 §9.5.2f).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":24207,"verse_id":"PRO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “lips of falsehood.” The genitive noun שָׁקֶר ( shaqer , “falsehood”) functions as an attributive genitive. The noun “lips” is a metonymy of cause for speech produced by lips. The one who shows friendliness while concealing hatred is a liar (e.g., Ps 28:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":24208,"verse_id":"PRO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “causes to go out.” The Hiphil of יָצָא ( yatsa ) literally means “to cause to go out” (BDB 424 s.v. Hiph.1). This may refer to speech (“to utter”) in the sense of causing words to go out of one’s mouth, or it may refer to slander (“to spread”) in the sense of causing slander to go out to others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":24209,"verse_id":"PRO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"The word דִבָּה ( dibbah ) means “whispering; defamation; evil report” (BDB 179 s.v.). Cf. NAB “accusations”; TEV “gossip.” sn The one who spreads slander is a fool because it not only destroys others but comes back on the guilty. See also the sayings of Amenemope and Ahiqar on these subjects ( ANET 423, 429).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":24210,"verse_id":"PRO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “he is a fool.” The independent personal pronoun הוּא ( hu ’, “he”) is used for emphasis. This is reflected in the translation as “certainly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A18/4"}
{"id":24211,"verse_id":"PRO.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “does not cease.” It is impossible to avoid sinning in an abundance of words – sooner or later one is bound to say something wrong.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":24212,"verse_id":"PRO.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “holds his lips under control.” The verb חָשַׂךְ ( khasakh ) means “to withhold; to restrain; to hold in check” (BDB 362 s.v.). The related Arabic term is used in reference to placing a piece of wood in the mouth of a goat to prevent it from sucking ( HALOT 359 s.v. חשׂךְ ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":24213,"verse_id":"PRO.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “his lips” (so KJV, NAB, NASB); NIV “his tongue.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":24214,"verse_id":"PRO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “the lips of the righteous.” The term “lips” functions as a metonymy of cause for speech. This contrasts the tongue (metonymy of cause for what they say) with the heart (metonymy of subject for what they intend). What the righteous say is more valuable than what the wicked intend.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":24215,"verse_id":"PRO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"The comparative “like” is not in the Hebrew text but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":24216,"verse_id":"PRO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"Or “pure”; Heb “choice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":24217,"verse_id":"PRO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “the heart of the wicked” (so KJV, NAB, NIV). The term “heart” functions as a metonymy of cause for thoughts. The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) often refers to the seat of thoughts, will and emotions (BDB 524 s.v. 3-4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A20/4"}
{"id":24218,"verse_id":"PRO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “like little.” This expression refers to what has little value: “little worth” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV; cf. BDB 590 s.v. מְעַט 2.d). The point of the metaphor is clarified by the parallelism: Silver is valuable; the heart of the wicked is worth little. Tg . Prov 10:20 says it was full of dross, a contrast with choice silver.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A20/5"}
{"id":24219,"verse_id":"PRO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “lips.” The term “lips” functions as a metonymy of cause for what is said (or in this case taught).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":24220,"verse_id":"PRO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"The verb רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) means “to feed” or “to shepherd” (e.g., Gen 48:15 ). What they say will meet the needs of many.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":24221,"verse_id":"PRO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"In what sense the fool “dies” is unclear. Fools ruin their lives and the lives of others by their lack of discipline and knowledge. The contrast is between enhancing life and ruining life.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":24222,"verse_id":"PRO.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “heart.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a metonymy of association for wisdom and knowledge (BDB 524 s.v. 3 .a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A21/4"}
{"id":24223,"verse_id":"PRO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"The term בְּרָכָּה ( bÿrakhah , “blessing”) refers to a gift, enrichment or endowment from the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":24224,"verse_id":"PRO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions here as a genitive of source.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":24225,"verse_id":"PRO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “makes rich” (so NASB); NAB “brings wealth.” The direct object “a person” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the Hiphil verb; it is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A22/3"}
{"id":24226,"verse_id":"PRO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “toil.” The noun עֶצֶב (’ etsev ) has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) “toil; labor” which produces pain and sorrow, and (2) “pain; sorrow” which is the result of toil and labor (BDB 780 s.v.). This is the word used of the curse of “toil” in man’s labor ( Gen 3:17 ) and the “pain” in the woman’s child-bearing ( Gen 3:16 ). God’s blessing is pure and untarnished – it does not bring physical pain or emotional sorrow.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A22/4"}
{"id":24227,"verse_id":"PRO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “with.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A22/5"}
{"id":24228,"verse_id":"PRO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “doing a plan.” The noun זִמָּה ( zimmah , “plan”) is often used pejoratively of a scheme to do wickedness. It is used elsewhere for planning lewdness, murder, incest, adultery, idolatry, and licentiousness. Any planned gross impropriety gives the fool pleasure. The verb עָשָׂה (’ asah , “to do”) here means “to carry out (a plan)” (BDB 794 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":24229,"verse_id":"PRO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “like sport” (so NASB, NRSV). The noun שְׂחוֹק ( sÿkhoq , “sport”) is used elsewhere to refer to what is exhilarating and pleasurable (BDB 966 s.v.). As W. G. Plaut says, it is like child’s play ( Proverbs , 132). For the fool evil brings such enjoyment; for the discerning wisdom does.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":24230,"verse_id":"PRO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “a man of discernment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A23/3"}
{"id":24231,"verse_id":"PRO.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “the dread of the wicked.” The noun רָשָׁע ( rasha ’, “wicked”) is a subjective genitive. The noun מְגוֹרַת ( mÿgorat ) refers to “the feared thing,” that is, what the wicked dread. The wicked are afraid of the consequences of their sinful actions; however, they cannot escape these consequences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":24232,"verse_id":"PRO.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “the desire of the righteous.” The noun צַדִּיק ( tsadiq , “righteous”) is a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":24233,"verse_id":"PRO.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “it will give.” When used without an expressed subject, the verb יִתֵּן ( yitten ) has a passive nuance: “it will be granted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A24/3"}
{"id":24234,"verse_id":"PRO.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “the wicked are not”; ASV, NAB, NASB “is no more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":24235,"verse_id":"PRO.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “a foundation forever”; NLT “have a lasting foundation.” sn The metaphor compares the righteous to an everlasting foundation to stress that they are secure when the catastrophes of life come along. He is fixed in a covenantal relationship and needs not to fear passing misfortunes. The wicked has no such security.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":24236,"verse_id":"PRO.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"The participle is plural, and so probably should be taken in a distributive sense: “to each one who sends him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":24237,"verse_id":"PRO.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as an objective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":24238,"verse_id":"PRO.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “days” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":24239,"verse_id":"PRO.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “years.” The term “years” functions as a synecdoche of part (= years) for the whole (= lifespan).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A27/3"}
{"id":24240,"verse_id":"PRO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":24241,"verse_id":"PRO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “for the one with integrity” ( לַתֹּם , latom ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A29/3"}
{"id":24242,"verse_id":"PRO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.29","text":"Or “ruin” (so NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A29/4"}
{"id":24243,"verse_id":"PRO.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.29","text":"Heb “those who practice iniquity.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A29/5"}
{"id":24244,"verse_id":"PRO.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “the mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":24245,"verse_id":"PRO.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “bears wisdom.” The verb נוּב ( nuv ) means “to bear fruit.” It is used figuratively of the righteous; they produce wisdom and righteousness. The term חָכְמָה ( khokhmah , “wisdom”) represents the “fruit” that the righteous bear: “they bear the fruit of wisdom” (BDB 626 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A31/2"}
{"id":24246,"verse_id":"PRO.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “the tongue of perversions.” The noun תַּהְפֻּכוֹת ( tahpukhot , “perversions”) functions as a genitive of content; it refers to what the tongue says – perverse things. The plural form depicts a plural of character. The term לָשׁוֹן ( lashon , “tongue”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= tongue) for the whole person (= the speaker). The tongue is emphasized because this person is characterized by perverse speech. The term תַּהְפֻּכוֹת (“perversions”) refers to those who turn things upside down, overthrow, or pervert what is right.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A31/3"}
{"id":24247,"verse_id":"PRO.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.31","text":"Heb “will be cut off” (so NAB, NRSV, NLT); cf. KJV, NASB, NIV “cut out.” Their tongue will be cut off, a hyperbole meaning to bring to an end the evil that they speak.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A31/4"}
{"id":24248,"verse_id":"PRO.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.32","text":"Heb “lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for what is said.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2010%3A32/3"}
{"id":24249,"verse_id":"PRO.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) is a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":24250,"verse_id":"PRO.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “scales of deception.” The genitive is attributive: “deceptive scales.” This refers to dishonesty in the market where silver was weighed in the scales. God condemns dishonest business practices ( Deut 25:13-16 ; Lev 10:35-36), as did the ancient Near East ( ANET 388, 423).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":24251,"verse_id":"PRO.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “a perfect stone.” Stones were used for measuring amounts of silver on the scales; here the stone that pleases the Lord is whole, complete, perfect (from שָׁלֵם , shalem ). It was one that would give an honest, accurate measurement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":24252,"verse_id":"PRO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “presumptuousness.” This term is from the root זִיד , zid (or זוּד , zud ) which means “to boil; to seethe; to act proudly; to act presumptuously.” The idea is that of boiling over the edge of the pot, signifying overstepping the boundaries (e.g., Gen 25:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":24253,"verse_id":"PRO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The verbs show both the sequence and the correlation. The first is the perfect tense of בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to enter; to come”); it is followed by the preterite with vav consecutive from the same verb, showing that one follows or comes with the other. Because the second verb in the colon is sequential to the first, the first may be subordinated as a temporal clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":24254,"verse_id":"PRO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “modesty”; KJV, ASV “the lowly.” The adjective צְנוּעִים ( tsÿnu ’ im , “modest”) is used as a noun; this is an example of antimeria in which one part of speech is used in the place of another (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 491-506), e.g., “Let the dry [adjective] appear!” = dry land ( Gen 1:9 ). The root צָנַע ( tsana ’, “to be modest; to be humble”) describes those who are reserved, retiring, modest. The plural form is used for the abstract idea of humility.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":24255,"verse_id":"PRO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.2","text":"The term “comes” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation from parallelism.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A2/5"}
{"id":24256,"verse_id":"PRO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"The form is a Kethib / Qere reading. The Qere יְשָׁדֵּם ( yÿshadem ) is an imperfect tense with the pronominal suffix. The Kethib וְשַׁדָּם ( vÿshadam ) is a perfect tense with a vav prefixed and a pronominal suffix. The Qere is supported by the versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":24257,"verse_id":"PRO.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “his way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":24258,"verse_id":"PRO.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “taken captive” (so NRSV); NIV, TEV “are trapped.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":24259,"verse_id":"PRO.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “but by the desire of the faithless are they taken captive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":24260,"verse_id":"PRO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"The first colon features an imperfect tense depicting habitual action, while the second has a perfect tense verb depicting gnomic action. sn The subject of this proverb is the hope of the wicked, showing its consequences – his expectations die with him (). Any hope for long life and success borne of wickedness will be disappointed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":24261,"verse_id":"PRO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"There are several suggested changes for this word אוֹנִים (’ onim , “vigor” or “strength”). Rashi, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 1040-1105, suggests that the word refers to children, a meaning implied from Gen 49:3 . This would mean that even his children would not benefit from his wickedness. Tg . Prov 11:7 rendered it “who practice crookedness,” deriving it from the first root which means “wickedness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":24262,"verse_id":"PRO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"The LXX adds an antithesis to this: “When the righteous dies, hope does not perish.” The LXX translators wanted to see the hope of the righteous fulfilled in the world to come.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":24263,"verse_id":"PRO.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The verb is the Niphal perfect from the first root חָלַץ ( khalats ), meaning “to draw off; to withdraw,” and hence “to be delivered.” sn The verse is not concerned with the problem of evil and the suffering of the righteous; it is only concerned with the principle of divine justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":24264,"verse_id":"PRO.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"The verb is masculine singular, so the subject cannot be “trouble.” The trouble from which the righteous escape will come on the wicked – but the Hebrew text literally says that the wicked “comes [= arrives; turns up; shows up] in the place of the righteous.” Cf. NASB “the wicked takes his place”; NRSV “the wicked get into it instead”; NIV “it comes on the wicked instead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":24265,"verse_id":"PRO.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “with his mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":24266,"verse_id":"PRO.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"The text has “in the good [ בְּטוֹב , bÿtov ] of the righteous,” meaning when they do well, when they prosper. Cf. NCV, NLT “succeed”; TEV “have good fortune.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":24267,"verse_id":"PRO.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “the blessing of the upright.” This expression features either an objective or subjective genitive. It may refer to the blessing God gives the upright (which will benefit society) or the blessing that the upright are to the city. The latter fits the parallelism best: The blessings are the beneficent words and deeds that the righteous perform.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":24268,"verse_id":"PRO.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for counsel, as the parallelism suggests.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":24269,"verse_id":"PRO.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “despises” (so NASB) or “belittles” (so NRSV). The participle בָּז ( baz , from בּוּז , buz ) means “to despise; to show contempt for” someone. It reflects an attitude of pride and judgmentalism. In view of the parallel line, in this situation it would reflect perhaps some public denunciation of another person. sn According to Proverbs (and the Bible as a whole) how one treats a neighbor is an important part of righteousness. One was expected to be a good neighbor, and to protect and safeguard the life and reputation of a neighbor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":24270,"verse_id":"PRO.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “heart.” The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a metonymy of association for wisdom, since the heart is often associated with knowledge and wisdom (BDB 524 s.v. 3 .a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":24271,"verse_id":"PRO.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “a man of discernment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":24272,"verse_id":"PRO.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “going about in slander.” This expression refers to a slanderer. The noun means “slander” and so “tale-bearer” (so KJV, ASV, NASB), “informer.” The related verb ( רָכַל , rakhal ) means “to go about” from one person to another, either for trade or for gossip.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":24273,"verse_id":"PRO.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"The participle מְגַלֶּה ( mÿgaleh ) means “uncovering” or “revealing” secrets. sn This is the intent of a person who makes disparaging comments about others – he cannot wait to share secrets that should be kept.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":24274,"verse_id":"PRO.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “faithful of spirit.” This phrase describes the inner nature of the person as faithful and trustworthy. This individual will not rush out to tell whatever information he has heard, but will conceal it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":24275,"verse_id":"PRO.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"The word תַּחְבֻּלוֹת ( takhvulot , “guidance; direction”) is derived from the root I חָבַל ( khaval , “rope-pulling” and “steering” or “directing” a ship; BDB 286 s.v.). Thus spiritual guidance is like steering a ship, here the ship of state (R. N. Whybray, Proverbs [CBC], 68; Prov 1:5 ). Advice is necessary for the success of a nation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":24276,"verse_id":"PRO.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “victory.” This term תְּשׁוּעָה ( teshu ’ ah ) means “salvation” or “victory” (BDB 448 s.v.); cf. NAB, TEV “security”; NRSV, NLT “safety.” Here, it connotes “success” as the antithesis of the nation falling. The setting could be one of battle or economics. Victory or success will be more likely with good advice. This assumes that the counselors are wise.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":24277,"verse_id":"PRO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"The sentence begins with the Niphal imperfect and the cognate ( רַע־יֵרוֹעַ , ra ’ -yeroa ’), stressing that whoever does this “will certainly suffer hurt.” The hurt in this case will be financial responsibility for a bad risk.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":24278,"verse_id":"PRO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “hates.” The term שֹׂנֵא ( shoneh ) means “to reject,” and here “to avoid.” The participle is substantival, functioning as the subject of the clause. The next participle, תֹקְעִים ( toq ’ im , “striking hands”), is its object, telling what is hated. The third participle בּוֹטֵחַ ( boteakh , “is secure”) functions verbally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":24279,"verse_id":"PRO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “striking.” The imagery here is shaking hands to seal a contract. The term “hands” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":24280,"verse_id":"PRO.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “a woman of grace.” The genitive חֵן ( khen , “grace”) functions as an attributive adjective. The contrast is between “a gracious woman” ( אֵשֶׁת־חֵן , ’ eshet-khen ), a woman who is not only graceful but generous, and “powerful men,” a term usually having a bad sense, such as tyrants or ruthless men.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":24281,"verse_id":"PRO.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “those who are terrifying.” The term עָרִיץ (’ arits ) refers to a person who strikes terror into the hearts of his victims. The term refers to a ruthless person who uses violence to overcome his victims (BDB 792 s.v.). Cf. ASV, NASB, NLT “violent men”; NRSV “the aggressive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":24282,"verse_id":"PRO.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.16","text":"The LXX adds: “She who hates virtue makes a throne for dishonor; the idle will be destitute of means.” This reading is followed by several English versions (e.g., NAB, NEB, NRSV, TEV). C. H. Toy concludes that MT provides remnants of the original, but that the LXX does not provide the full meaning ( Proverbs [ICC], 229). sn The implication is that the ruthless men will obtain wealth without honor, and therefore this is not viewed as success by the writer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A16/3"}
{"id":24283,"verse_id":"PRO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “man of kindness.” sn This contrasts the “kind person” and the “cruel person” (one who is fierce, cruel), showing the consequences of their dispositions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":24284,"verse_id":"PRO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"The term גֹּמֶל ( gomel ) means “to deal fully [or “adequately”] with” someone or something. The kind person will benefit himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":24285,"verse_id":"PRO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “his own soul.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used as a synecdoche of part (= soul) for the whole (= person): “himself” (BDB 660 s.v. 4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":24286,"verse_id":"PRO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “brings trouble to his flesh.” sn There may be a conscious effort by the sage to contrast “soul” and “body”: He contrasts the benefits of kindness for the “soul” (translated “himself”) with the trouble that comes to the “flesh/body” (translated “himself”) of the cruel.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":24287,"verse_id":"PRO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"The form is the masculine singular adjective used as a substantive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":24288,"verse_id":"PRO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “makes” (so NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":24289,"verse_id":"PRO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “wages of deception.” sn Whatever recompense or reward the wicked receive will not last, hence, it is deceptive (R. B. Y. Scott, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes [AB], 88).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":24290,"verse_id":"PRO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.18","text":"The term “reaps” does not appear in the Hebrew but has been supplied in the translation from context for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A18/5"}
{"id":24291,"verse_id":"PRO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “true” (so NASB, NRSV); KJV, NAB, NIV “sure.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A18/6"}
{"id":24292,"verse_id":"PRO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “the veritable of righteousness.” The adjective כֵּן ( ken , “right; honest; veritable”) functions substantivally as an attributive genitive, meaning “veritable righteousness” = true righteousness (BDB 467 s.v. 2 ; HALOT 482 s.v. I כֵּן 2.b). One medieval Hebrew ms , LXX, and Syriac read בֵּן ( ben ), “son of righteousness.” That idiom, however, usually introduces bad qualities (“son of worthlessness”). Others interpret it as “righteousness is the foundation of life.” KB identifies the form as a participle and reads it as “steadfast in righteousness”; but the verb does not otherwise exist in the Qal. W. McKane reads it as כָּן ( kan , from כּוּן , kun ) and translates it “strive after” life ( Proverbs [OTL], 435).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":24293,"verse_id":"PRO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “is to life.” The expression “leads to” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but the idiom implies it; it is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":24294,"verse_id":"PRO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"The phrase “pursues it” does not appear in the Hebrew but has been supplied in the translation from context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":24295,"verse_id":"PRO.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as a subjective genitive. Cf. NIV “detests”; NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT “hates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":24296,"verse_id":"PRO.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “those who are blameless of way.” The noun דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “way”) is a genitive of specification: “blameless in their way.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":24297,"verse_id":"PRO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"The expression “hand to hand” refers the custom of striking hands to confirm an agreement (M. Anbar, “Proverbes 11:21; 16:15 ; יד ליד , «sur le champ»,” Bib 53 [1972]: 537-38). Tg . Prov 11:21 interprets it differently: “he who lifts up his hand against his neighbor will not go unpunished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":24298,"verse_id":"PRO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “will not be free.” The verb נָקָה ( naqah ) means “to be clean; to be empty.” In the Niphal it means “to be free of guilt; to be clean; to be innocent,” and therefore “to be exempt from punishment” (BDB 667 s.v. Niph). The phrase “will not go unpunished” (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) is an example of tapeinosis (a negative statement that emphasizes the positive opposite statement): “will certainly be punished” (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":24299,"verse_id":"PRO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “the seed of the righteous.” This is an idiom that describes a class of people who share the nature of righteousness (e.g., Isa 1:4; 65:23 ). The word “seed” (hypocatastasis) means “offspring.” Some take it literally, as if it meant that the children of the righteous will escape judgment (Saadia, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 882-942). The LXX translates it in a different sense: “he that sows righteousness will receive a faithful reward.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":24300,"verse_id":"PRO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “will be delivered” (so NASB). The phrase “from unjust judgment” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the idiom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A21/4"}
{"id":24301,"verse_id":"PRO.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “a ring of gold.” The noun זָהָב ( zahav , “gold”) is a genitive of material; the ring is made out of gold.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":24302,"verse_id":"PRO.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “in a snout of a swine.” A beautiful ornament and a pig are as incongruous as a beautiful woman who has no taste or ethical judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":24303,"verse_id":"PRO.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"The verb “is” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":24304,"verse_id":"PRO.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “the desire of the righteous.” The noun תַּאֲוַת ( ta ’ avat ) functions as an objective genitive: “what the righteous desire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":24305,"verse_id":"PRO.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “There is one who scatters.” The participle מְפַזֵּר ( mÿfazzer , “one who scatters”) refers to charity rather than farming or investments (and is thus a hypocatastasis). Cf. CEV “become rich by being generous”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":24306,"verse_id":"PRO.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “increases.” The verb means that he grows even more wealthy. This is a paradox: Generosity determines prosperity in God’s economy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":24307,"verse_id":"PRO.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “more than what is right.” This one is not giving enough, but saving for himself.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A24/3"}
{"id":24308,"verse_id":"PRO.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “comes to lack.” The person who withholds will come to the diminishing of his wealth. The verse uses hyperbole to teach that giving to charity does not make anyone poor, and neither does refusal to give ensure prosperity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A24/4"}
{"id":24309,"verse_id":"PRO.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “the soul of blessing.” The genitive functions attributively. “Blessing” refers to a gift ( Gen 33:11 ) or a special favor ( Josh 15:19 ). The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= soul) for the whole (= person); see BDB 660 s.v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":24310,"verse_id":"PRO.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “will grow fat.” Drawing on the standard comparison of fatness and abundance ( Deut 32:15 ), the term means “become rich, prosperous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":24311,"verse_id":"PRO.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.25","text":"The verb מַרְוֶה ( marveh , “to be saturated; to drink one’s fill”) draws a comparison between providing water for others with providing for those in need (e.g., Jer 31:25 ; Lam 3:15 ). The kind act will be reciprocated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A25/3"}
{"id":24312,"verse_id":"PRO.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.25","text":"The phrase “for others” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the causative Hiphil verb which normally takes a direct object; it is elided in the Hebrew for the sake of emphasis. It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A25/4"}
{"id":24313,"verse_id":"PRO.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.25","text":"This verb also means “to pour water,” and so continues the theme of the preceding participle: The one who gives refreshment to others will be refreshed. BDB 924 s.v. רָוָה lists the form יוֹרֶא ( yore ’) as a Hophal imperfect of רָוָה ( ravah , the only occurrence) and translates it “will himself also be watered” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). But the verb looks very much like a Hiphil of the root יָרָא ( yara ’, “to shoot; to pour”). So the editors of BHS suggest יוּאָר ( yu ’ ar ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A25/5"}
{"id":24314,"verse_id":"PRO.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"The direct object suffix on the verb picks up on the emphatic absolute phrase: “they will curse him – the one who withholds grain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":24315,"verse_id":"PRO.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “but a blessing is for the head of the one who sells.” The parallelism with “curse” suggests that בְּרָכָה ( berakhah ) “blessing” means “praise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A26/3"}
{"id":24316,"verse_id":"PRO.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.26","text":"Heb “for the head of the one who sells.” The term “head” functions as a synecdoche of part (= head) for the whole (= person). The head is here emphasized because it is the “crowning” point of praise. The direct object (“it”) is not in the Hebrew text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A26/4"}
{"id":24317,"verse_id":"PRO.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Two separate words are used here for “seek.” The first is שָׁחַר ( shakhar , “to seek diligently”) and the second is בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek after; to look for”). Whoever is seeking good is in effect seeking favor – from either God or man (e.g., Ps 5:12 ; Isa 49:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":24318,"verse_id":"PRO.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"The participle דֹּרֵשׁ ( doresh ) means “to seek; to inquire; to investigate.” A person generally receives the consequences of the kind of life he seeks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":24319,"verse_id":"PRO.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.27","text":"The verb is the imperfect tense, third feminine singular, referring to “evil,” the object of the participle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A27/3"}
{"id":24320,"verse_id":"PRO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “leafage” or “leaf” (cf. KJV “as a branch”); TEV “leaves of summer”; NLT “leaves in spring.” The simile of a leaf is a figure of prosperity and fertility throughout the ancient Near East.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":24321,"verse_id":"PRO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"The verb עָכַר (’ akhar , “to trouble”) refers to actions which make life difficult for one’s family (BDB 747 s.v.). He will be cut out of the family inheritance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":24322,"verse_id":"PRO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “his house.” The term בֵּית ( bet , “house”) is a synecdoche of container (= house) for its contents (= family, household).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":24323,"verse_id":"PRO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “the wind” (so KJV, NCV, NLT); NAB “empty air.” The word “wind” ( רוּחַ , ruakh ) refers to what cannot be grasped ( Prov 27:16 ; Eccl 1:14, 17 ). The figure is a hypocatastasis, comparing wind to what he inherits – nothing he can put his hands on. Cf. CEV “won’t inherit a thing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A29/3"}
{"id":24324,"verse_id":"PRO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.29","text":"Heb “to the wise of heart.” The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is an attributed genitive: “wise heart.” The term לֵב (“heart”) also functions as a synecdoche of part (= heart) for the whole (= person); see BDB 525 s.v. 7 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A29/5"}
{"id":24325,"verse_id":"PRO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":24326,"verse_id":"PRO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.30","text":"Heb “tree of life” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV). The noun חַיִּים ( khayyim , “life”) is genitive of product. What the righteous produce (“fruit”) is like a tree of life – a long and healthy life as well as a life-giving influence and provision for others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A30/2"}
{"id":24327,"verse_id":"PRO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.30","text":"The Leningrad Codex mistakenly vocalized ש ( sin or shin ) as שׂ ( sin ) instead of שׁ ( shin ) in the term נְפָשׂוֹת ( nefashot ) which is vocalized as נְפָשׁוֹת ( nefasot , “souls”) in the other medieval Hebrew mss and early printed editions of the Masoretic Text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A30/3"}
{"id":24328,"verse_id":"PRO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.30","text":"The MT reads חָכָם ( khakham , “wise”) and seems to refer to capturing ( לָקַח , laqakh ; “to lay hold of; to seize; to capture”) people with influential ideas (e.g., 2 Sam 15:6 ). An alternate textual tradition reads חָמָס ( khamas ) “violent” (reflected in the LXX and Syriac) and refers to taking away lives: “but the one who takes away lives (= kills people) is violent” (cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV). The textual variant was caused by orthographic confusion of ס ( samek ) and כ ( kaf ), and metathesis of מ ( mem ) between the 2nd and 3rd consonants. If the parallelism is synonymous, the MT reading fits; if the parallelism is antithetical, the alternate tradition fits. See D. C. Snell, “‘Taking Souls’ in Proverbs 11:30 ,” VT 33 (1083): 362-65.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A30/4"}
{"id":24329,"verse_id":"PRO.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"The LXX introduces a new idea: “If the righteous be scarcely saved” (reflected in 1 Pet 4:18 ). The Greek translation “scarcely” could have come from a Vorlage of בַּצָּרָה ( batsarah , “deficiency” or “want”) or בָּצַּר ( batsar , “to cut off; to shorten”) perhaps arising from confusion over the letters. The verb “receive due” could only be translated “saved” by an indirect interpretation. See J. Barr, “ בארץ ~ ΜΟΛΙΣ : Prov. XI.31, I Pet. IV.18,” JSS 20 (1975): 149-64.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":24330,"verse_id":"PRO.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"This construction is one of the “how much more” arguments – if this be true, how much more this (arguing from the lesser to the greater). The point is that if the righteous suffer for their sins, certainly the wicked will as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":24331,"verse_id":"PRO.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “the wicked and the sinner.” The two terms may form a hendiadys with the first functioning adjectivally: “the wicked sinner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":24332,"verse_id":"PRO.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “but he condemns”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":24333,"verse_id":"PRO.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “a man of wicked plans.” The noun מְזִמּוֹת ( mÿzimmot , “evil plans”) functions as an attributive genitive: “an evil-scheming man.” Cf. NASB “a man who devises evil”; NAB “the schemer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":24334,"verse_id":"PRO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “a man cannot be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":24335,"verse_id":"PRO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"The Niphal imperfect of כּוּן ( cun , “to be established”) refers to finding permanent “security” (so NRSV, TEV, CEV) before God. Only righteousness can do that.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":24336,"verse_id":"PRO.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “a root of righteousness.” The genitive צַדִּיקִים ( tsadiqim , “righteousness”) functions as an attributive adjective. The figure “root” ( שֹׁרֶשׁ , shoresh ) stresses the security of the righteous; they are firmly planted and cannot be uprooted (cf. NLT “the godly have deep roots”). The righteous are often compared to a tree (e.g., 11:30 ; Ps 1:3; 92:13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":24337,"verse_id":"PRO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “a wife of virtue”; NAB, NLT “a worthy wife.” This noble woman ( אֵשֶׁת־חַיִל , ’ shet-khayil ) is the subject of . She is a “virtuous woman” (cf. KJV), a capable woman of noble character. She is contrasted with the woman who is disgraceful ( מְבִישָׁה , mÿvishah ; “one who causes shame”) or who lowers his standing in the community.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":24338,"verse_id":"PRO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “she”; the referent (the wife) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":24339,"verse_id":"PRO.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “thoughts.” This term refers not just to random thoughts, however, but to what is planned or devised.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":24340,"verse_id":"PRO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"The infinitive construct אֱרָב (’ erav , “to lie in wait”) expresses the purpose of their conversations. The idea of “lying in wait for blood” is an implied comparison (hypocatastasis): Their words are like an ambush intended to destroy (cf. NAB, NRSV “are a deadly ambush”). The words of the wicked are here personified.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":24341,"verse_id":"PRO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “for blood.” The term “blood” is a metonymy of effect, the cause being the person that they will attack and whose blood they will shed. After the construct “blood” is also an objective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":24342,"verse_id":"PRO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “mouth.” The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) is a metonymy of cause, signifying what the righteous say. The righteous can make a skillful defense against false accusations that are intended to destroy. The righteous, who have gained wisdom, can escape the traps set by the words of the wicked.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":24343,"verse_id":"PRO.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “and they are not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":24344,"verse_id":"PRO.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the house of the righteous.” The genitive צַדִּיקִים ( tsadiqim ) functions as an attributive adjective: “righteous house.” The noun בֵּית ( bet , “house”) functions as a synecdoche of container (= house) for the contents (= family, household; perhaps household possessions). Cf. NCV “a good person’s family”; NLT “the children of the godly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":24345,"verse_id":"PRO.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":24346,"verse_id":"PRO.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “to the mouth of.” This idiom means “according to” (BDB 805 s.v. פֶּה 6.b.(b); cf. KJV, NAB, NIV). The point is that praise is proportionate to wisdom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":24347,"verse_id":"PRO.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “crooked of heart”; cf. NAB, NLT “a warped mind” (NIV similar). The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is an attributive genitive. It functions as a metonymy of association for “mind; thoughts” (BDB 524 s.v. 3 ) and “will; volition” (BDB 524 s.v. 4 ). He does not perceive things as they are, so he makes all the wrong choices. His thinking is all wrong.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":24348,"verse_id":"PRO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “one who is lightly regarded.” The verb קָלָה ( qalah ) means “to be lightly esteemed; to be dishonored; to be degraded” (BDB 885 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":24349,"verse_id":"PRO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"The meaning of the phrase וְעֶבֶד לוֹ ( vÿ ’ eved lo ) is ambiguous; the preposition is either possessive (“has a servant”) or a reflexive indirect object (“is a servant for himself”; cf. NAB, TEV). Several versions (LXX, Vulgate, Syriac) read “and yet has a servant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":24350,"verse_id":"PRO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “who feigns importance.” The term מְתַכַּבֵּד ( mÿtakkabed , from כָּבֵד , caved , “to be weighty; to be honored; to be important”) is an example of the so-called “Hollywood” Hitpael which describes a person putting on an act (BDB 458 s.v. כָּבֵד Hitp.2). sn This individual lives beyond his financial means in a vain show to impress other people and thus cannot afford to put food on the table.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":24351,"verse_id":"PRO.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “knows”; NLT “concerned for the welfare of.” The righteous take care of animals, not just people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":24352,"verse_id":"PRO.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “but the mercies.” The additional words appear in the translation for the sake of clarification. The line can be interpreted in two ways: (1) when the wicked exhibit a kind act, they do it in a cruel way, or (2) even the kindest of their acts is cruel by all assessments, e.g., stuffing animals with food to fatten them for market – their “kindness” is driven by ulterior motives (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 129).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":24353,"verse_id":"PRO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “will have his fill of” or “will be satisfied with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":24354,"verse_id":"PRO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “empty things” or “vain things.” The term רֵיקִים ( reqim ) refers to worthless pursuits in an effort to make money. The fact that the participle used is “chase after” shows how elusive these are. Cf. NIV “fantasies”; NCV “empty dreams”; TEV “useless projects.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":24355,"verse_id":"PRO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “heart.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a metonymy of association for wisdom (BDB 524 s.v. 3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A11/4"}
{"id":24356,"verse_id":"PRO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"This line is difficult to interpret. BDB connects the term מְצוֹד ( mÿtsod ) to II מָצוֹד which means (1) “snare; hunting-net” and (2) what is caught: “prey” (BDB 844-45 s.v. II מָצוֹד ). This would function as a metonymy of cause for what the net catches: the prey. Or it may be saying that the wicked get caught in their own net, that is, reap the consequences of their own sins. On the other hand, HALOT 622 connects מְצוֹד ( mÿtsod ) to II מְצוּדָה ( mÿtsudah , “mountain stronghold”; cf. NAB “the stronghold of evil men will be demolished”). The LXX translated it as: “The desires of the wicked are evil.” The Syriac has: “The wicked desire to do evil.” The Latin expands it: “The desire of the wicked is a defense of the worst [things, or persons].” C. H. Toy suggests emending the text to read “wickedness is the net of bad men” ( Proverbs [ICC], 250).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":24357,"verse_id":"PRO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “the root of righteousness.” The genitive צַדִּיקִים ( tsadiqim , “righteousness”) functions as an attributive adjective. The wicked want what belongs to others, but the righteous continue to flourish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":24358,"verse_id":"PRO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"The MT reads יִתֵּן ( yitten , “gives,” from נָתַן [ natan , “to give”]), and yields an awkward meaning: “the root of the righteous gives.” The LXX reads “the root of the righteous endures” (cf. NAB). This suggests a Hebrew Vorlage of אֵיתָן (’ etan , “constant; continual”; HALOT 44-45 s.v. I אֵיתָן 2) which would involve the omission of א ( alef ) in the MT. The metaphor “root” ( שֹׁרֶשׁ , shoresh ) is often used in Proverbs for that which endures; so internal evidence supports the alternate tradition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":24359,"verse_id":"PRO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"MT reads the noun מוֹקֵשׁ ( moqesh , “bait; lure”). The LXX, Syriac and Tg . Prov 12:13 took it as a passive participle (“is ensnared”). The MT is the more difficult reading and so is preferred. The versions appear to be trying to clarify a difficult reading. tn Heb “snare of a man.” The word “snare” is the figurative meaning of the noun מוֹקֵשׁ (“bait; lure” from יָקַשׁ [ yaqash , “to lay a bait, or lure”]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":24360,"verse_id":"PRO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “transgression of the lips.” The noun “lips” is a genitive of specification and it functions as a metonymy of cause for speech: sinful talk or sinning by talking. J. H. Greenstone suggests that this refers to litigation; the wicked attempt to involve the innocent ( Proverbs , 131).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":24361,"verse_id":"PRO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “fruit of the lips.” The term “fruit” is the implied comparison, meaning what is produced; and “lips” is the metonymy of cause, referring to speech. Proper speech will result in good things.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":24362,"verse_id":"PRO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “the work of the hands of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":24363,"verse_id":"PRO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The Kethib has the Qal imperfect, “will return” to him (cf. NASB); the Qere preserves a Hiphil imperfect, “he/one will restore/render” to him (cf. KJV, ASV). The Qere seems to suggest that someone (God or people) will reward him in kind. Since there is no expressed subject, it may be translated as a passive voice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":24364,"verse_id":"PRO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"Heb “in his own eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":24365,"verse_id":"PRO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.15","text":"Or “a wise person listens to advice” (cf. NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A15/4"}
{"id":24366,"verse_id":"PRO.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “The fool, at once his vexation is known.” This rhetorically emphatic construction uses an independent nominative absolute, which is then followed by the formal subject with a suffix. The construction focuses attention on “the fool,” then states what is to be said about him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":24367,"verse_id":"PRO.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “on the day” or “the same day.” sn The fool is impatient and unwise, and so flares up immediately when anything bothers him. W. McKane says that the fool’s reaction is “like an injured animal and so his opponent knows that he has been wounded” ( Proverbs [OTL], 442).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":24368,"verse_id":"PRO.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “shrewd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":24369,"verse_id":"PRO.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “covers.” The verb כָּסָה ( casah ) means “covers” in the sense of ignores or bides his time. The point is not that he does not respond at all, but that he is shrewd enough to handle the criticism or insult in the best way – not instinctively and irrationally.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A16/4"}
{"id":24370,"verse_id":"PRO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"The text has “he pours out faithfully”; the word rendered “faithfully” or “reliably” ( אֱמוּנָה , ’ emunah ) is used frequently for giving testimony in court, and so here the subject matter is the reliable witness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":24371,"verse_id":"PRO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":24372,"verse_id":"PRO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “witness of falsehoods.” The genitive noun functions attributively, and the plural form depicts habitual action or moral characteristic. This describes a person who habitually lies. A false witness cannot be counted on to help the cause of justice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":24373,"verse_id":"PRO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.17","text":"The term “speaks” does not appear in this line but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A17/4"}
{"id":24374,"verse_id":"PRO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The term בּוֹטֶה ( boteh ) means “to speak rashly [or, thoughtlessly]” (e.g., Lev 5:4 ; Num 30:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":24375,"verse_id":"PRO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Heb “the tongue” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV). The term לָשׁוֹן ( lashon , “tongue”) functions as a metonymy of cause for what is said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":24376,"verse_id":"PRO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"The term “brings” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":24377,"verse_id":"PRO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “a lip of truth.” The genitive אֱמֶת (’ emet , “truth”) functions as an attributive adjective: “truthful lip.” The term שְׂפַת ( sÿfat , “lip”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= lip) for the whole (= person): “truthful person.” The contrast is between “the lip of truth” and the “tongue of lying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":24378,"verse_id":"PRO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “a tongue of deceit.” The genitive שָׁקֶר ( shaqer , “deceit”) functions as an attributive genitive. The noun לָשׁוֹן ( lashon , “tongue”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= tongue) for the whole (= person): “lying person.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":24379,"verse_id":"PRO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"Heb “while I would twinkle.” This expression is an idiom meaning “only for a moment.” The twinkling of the eye, the slightest movement, signals the brevity of the life of a lie (hyperbole). But truth will be established ( תִּכּוֹן , tikon ), that is, be made firm and endure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":24380,"verse_id":"PRO.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Heb “those who are counselors of peace.” The term שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) is an objective genitive, so the genitive-construct “counselors of peace” means those who advise, advocate or promote peace (cf. NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":24381,"verse_id":"PRO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “is not allowed to meet to the righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":24382,"verse_id":"PRO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Heb “all calamity.” The proper nuance of אָוֶן (’ aven ) is debated. It is normally understood metonymically (effect) as “harm; trouble,” that is, the result/effect of wickedness (e.g., Gen 50:20 ). Rashi, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 1040-1105, took it as “wickedness,” its primary meaning; “the righteous will not be caught up in wickedness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":24383,"verse_id":"PRO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.21","text":"The expression רָע מָלְאוּ ( malÿ ’ u ra ’, “to be full of evil”) means (1) the wicked do much evil or (2) the wicked experience much calamity (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A21/3"}
{"id":24384,"verse_id":"PRO.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) is a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":24385,"verse_id":"PRO.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “lips of lying.” The genitive שָׁקֶר ( shaqer , “lying”) functions as an attributive genitive: “lying lips.” The term “lips” functions as a synecdoche of part (= lips) for the whole (= person): “a liar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":24386,"verse_id":"PRO.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.22","text":"Heb “but doers of truthfulness.” The term “truthfulness” is an objective genitive, meaning: “those who practice truth” or “those who act in good faith.” Their words and works are reliable.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A22/3"}
{"id":24387,"verse_id":"PRO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Heb “a shrewd man” (so NAB); KJV, NIV “a prudent man”; NRSV “One who is clever.” sn A shrewd person knows how to use knowledge wisely, and restrains himself from revealing all he knows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":24388,"verse_id":"PRO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.23","text":"Heb “the heart of fools.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= heart) for the whole (= person): “foolish people.” This type of fool despises correction and instruction. His intent is to proclaim all that he does – which is folly. W. McKane says that the more one speaks, the less likely he is able to speak effectively ( Proverbs [OTL], 422). Cf. TEV “stupid people advertise their ignorance”; NLT “fools broadcast their folly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A23/3"}
{"id":24389,"verse_id":"PRO.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"The term חָרַץ ( kharats , “diligent”) means (1) literally: “to cut; to sharpen,” (2) figurative: “to decide” and “to be diligent. It is used figuratively in Proverbs for diligence. The semantic development of the figure may be understood thus: “cut, sharpen” leads to “act decisively” which leads to “be diligent.” By their diligent work they succeed to management. The diligent rise to the top, while the lazy sink to the bottom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":24390,"verse_id":"PRO.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “the hand of the diligent.” The term “hand” is a synecdoche of part (= hand) for the whole (= person): diligent person. The hand is emphasized because it is the instrument of physical labor; it signifies the actions and the industry of a diligent person – what his hand does.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":24391,"verse_id":"PRO.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “deceitful.” The term refers to one who is not diligent; this person tries to deceive his master about his work, which he has neglected.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A24/3"}
{"id":24392,"verse_id":"PRO.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.24","text":"Heb “will be for slave labor.” The term מַס ( mas , “slave labor”) refers to a person forced into labor from slavery.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A24/4"}
{"id":24393,"verse_id":"PRO.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"The word “anxiety” ( דְּאָגָה , dÿ ’ agah ) combines anxiety and fear – anxious fear (e.g., Jer 49:23 ; Ezek 4:16 ); and for the verb (e.g., Ps 38:18 ; Jer 17:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":24394,"verse_id":"PRO.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.25","text":"Heb “the heart of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A25/2"}
{"id":24395,"verse_id":"PRO.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.25","text":"Heb “bows it [= his heart] down.” Anxiety weighs heavily on the heart, causing depression. The spirit is brought low.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A25/3"}
{"id":24396,"verse_id":"PRO.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.25","text":"Heb “good.” The Hebrew word “good” ( טוֹב , tov ) refers to what is beneficial for life, promotes life, creates life or protects life. The “good word” here would include encouragement, kindness, and insight – the person needs to regain the proper perspective on life and renew his confidence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A25/4"}
{"id":24397,"verse_id":"PRO.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"The line has several possible translations: (1) The verb יָתֵר ( yater ) can mean “to spy out; to examine,” which makes a good contrast to “lead astray” in the parallel colon. (2) יָתֵר could be the Hophal of נָתַר ( natar , Hiphil “to set free”; Hophal “to be set free”): “the righteous is delivered from harm” [reading mera`ah ] (J. A. Emerton, “A Note on Proverbs 12:26 ,” ZAW 76 [1964]: 191-93). (3) Another option is, “the righteous guides his friend aright” (cf. NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":24398,"verse_id":"PRO.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.27","text":"The MT reads יַחֲרֹךְ ( yakharokh ) from II חָרַךְ ( kharakh , “to roast”?). On the other hand, several versions (LXX, Syriac, Vulgate) reflect a Hebrew Vorlage of יַדְרִיךְ ( yadrikh ) from דָרַךְ ( darakh , “to gain”), meaning: “a lazy person cannot catch his prey” (suggested by Gemser; cf. NAB). The MT is the more difficult reading, being a hapax legomenon , and therefore should be retained; the versions are trying to make sense out of a rare expression. tn The verb II חָרַךְ ( kharakh ) is a hapax legomenon , appearing in the OT only here. BDB suggests that it means “to start; to set in motion” (BDB 355 s.v.). The related Aramaic and Syriac verb means “to scorch; to parch,” and the related Arabic verb means “to roast; to scorch by burning”; so it may mean “to roast; to fry” ( HALOT 353 s.v. I חרך ). The lazy person can’t be bothered cooking what he has hunted. The Midrash sees an allusion to Jacob and Esau in . M. Dahood translates it: “the languid man will roast no game for himself, but the diligent will come on the wealth of the steppe” (“The Hapax harak in Proverbs 12:27 ,” Bib 63 [1982]: 60-62). This hyperbole means that the lazy person does not complete a project.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A27/1"}
{"id":24399,"verse_id":"PRO.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Heb “the wealth of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":24400,"verse_id":"PRO.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"The consonants אל־מות (’ l-mvt ) are vocalized by the MT as אַל־מָוֶת (’ al-mavet , “no death”), meaning: “the journey of her path is no-death” = immortality. However, many medieval Hebrew mss and all the versions vocalize it as אֶל־מָוֶת (’ el-mavet , “to death”), meaning: “but another path leads to death” (cf. NAB, NCV). W. McKane adopts this reading, and suggests that MT is a scribal change toward eternal life ( Proverbs [OTL], 451-52). Others adopt this reading because they do not find the term “life” used in Proverbs for eternal life, nor do they find references to immortality elsewhere in Proverbs. tn Heb “no death.” This phrase may mean “immortality.” Those who enter the path of righteousness by faith and seek to live righteously are on their way to eternal life. However, M. Dahood suggests that it means permanence (“Immortality in Proverbs 12:28 ,” Bib 41 [1960]: 176-81).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":24401,"verse_id":"PRO.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"The term “accepts” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":24402,"verse_id":"PRO.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"G. R. Driver suggested reading this word as מְיֻסַּר ( mÿyussar , “allows himself to be disciplined”); see his “Hebrew Notes on Prophets and Proverbs,” JTS 41 (1940): 174. But this is not necessary at all; the MT makes good sense as it stands. Similarly, the LXX has “a wise son listens to his father.” tn Heb “discipline of a father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":24403,"verse_id":"PRO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “lips” (so NIV); KJV “mouth.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for what the lips produce: speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":24404,"verse_id":"PRO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “he eats [what is] good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":24405,"verse_id":"PRO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “the desire of the faithless.” The noun “faithless” is a subjective genitive: “the faithless desire….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":24406,"verse_id":"PRO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.2","text":"The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally “soul”) has a broad range of meanings, and here denotes “appetite” (e.g., Ps 17:9 ; Prov 23:3 ; Eccl 2:24 ; Isa 5:14 ; Hab 2:5 ; BDB 660 s.v. 5 .c) or (2) “desire” (e.g., Deut 12:20 ; Prov 13:4; 19:8; 21:10 ; BDB 660 s.v. 6 .a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A2/4"}
{"id":24407,"verse_id":"PRO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “violence.” The phrase “the fruit of” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the parallelism. The term “violence” is probably a metonymy of cause: “violence” represents what violence gains – ill-gotten gains resulting from violent crime. The wicked desire what does not belong to them. tc The LXX reads “the souls of the wicked perish untimely.” The MT makes sense as it stands.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A2/5"}
{"id":24408,"verse_id":"PRO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “mouth” (so KJV, NAB). The term פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) functions as a metonymy of cause for speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":24409,"verse_id":"PRO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"The term “but” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":24410,"verse_id":"PRO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “opens wide his lips.” This is an idiom meaning “to be talkative” (BDB 832 s.v. פָּשַׂק Qal). Cf. NIV “speaks rashly”; TEV “a careless talker”; CEV “talk too much.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":24411,"verse_id":"PRO.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally “soul”) has a broad range of meanings, and here denotes “appetite” (e.g., Ps 17:9 ; Prov 23:3 ; Eccl 2:24 ; Isa 5:14 ; Hab 2:5 ; BDB 660 s.v. 5 .c) or (2) “desire” (e.g., Deut 12:20 ; Prov 19:8; 21:10 ; BDB 660 s.v. 6 .a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":24412,"verse_id":"PRO.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"The Hitpael verb means “to lust after; to crave.” A related verb is used in the Decalogue’s prohibition against coveting ( Exod 20:17 ; Deut 5:21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":24413,"verse_id":"PRO.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “will be made fat” (cf. KJV, NASB); NRSV “is richly supplied.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A4/4"}
{"id":24414,"verse_id":"PRO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “a word of falsehood.” The genitive “falsehood” functions as an attributive genitive. The construct noun דְּבַר ( dÿvar ) means either “word” or “thing.” Hence, the phrase means “a false word” or “a false thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":24415,"verse_id":"PRO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"The versions render this phrase variously: “is ashamed and without confidence” (LXX); “is ashamed and put to the blush” ( Tg . Prov 13:5 ); “confounds and will be confounded” (Vulgate). The variety is due in part to confusion of בָּאַשׁ ( ba ’ sh , “to stink”) and בּוֹשׁ ( bosh , “to be ashamed”). Cf. NASB “acts disgustingly and shamefully.” tn Heb “acts shamefully and disgracefully.” The verb בָּאַשׁ ( ba ’ ash ) literally means “to cause a stink; to emit a stinking odor” (e.g., Exod 5:21 ; Eccl 10:1 ) and figuratively means “to act shamefully” (BDB 92 s.v.). The verb וְיַחְפִּיר ( vÿyakhppir ) means “to display shame.” Together, they can be treated as a verbal hendiadys: “to act in disgraceful shame,” or more colorfully “to make a shameful smell,” or as W. McKane has it, “spread the smell of scandal” ( Proverbs [OTL], 460). W. G. Plaut says, “Unhappily, the bad odor adheres not only to the liar but also to the one about whom he lies – especially when the lie is a big one” ( Proverbs , 152).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":24416,"verse_id":"PRO.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “blameless of way.” The term דָּרֶךְ ( darekh ) is a genitive of specification: “blameless in respect to his way.” This means living above reproach in their course of life. Cf. NASB “whose way is blameless”; NAB “who walks honestly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":24417,"verse_id":"PRO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The Hitpael of עָשַׁר (’ ashar , “to be rich”) means “to pretend to be rich” (BDB 799 s.v. עָשַׁר Hithp); this is the so-called “Hollywood Hitpael” function which involves “acting” or pretending to be something one is not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":24418,"verse_id":"PRO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"The Hitpolel of רוּשׁ ( rush , “to be poor”) means “to pretend to be poor” (BDB 930 s.v. Hithpolel); this is another example of the “Hollywood Hitpael” – the Hitpolel forms of hollow root verbs are the equivalent of Hitpael stem forms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":24419,"verse_id":"PRO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “the life of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":24420,"verse_id":"PRO.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"The term גְּעָרָה ( gÿ ’ arah ) may mean (1) “rebuke” (so KJV, NASB) or (2) “threat” (so NIV; cf. ASV, NRSV, NLT ). If “rebuke” is the sense here, it means that the burdens of society fall on the rich as well as the dangers. But the sense of “threat” better fits the context: The rich are threatened with extortion, but the poor are not (cf. CEV “the poor don’t have that problem”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":24421,"verse_id":"PRO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"The verb יִשְׂמָח ( yismah ) is normally translated “to make glad; to rejoice.” But with “light” as the subject, it has the connotation “to shine brightly” (see G. R. Driver, “Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 180).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":24422,"verse_id":"PRO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"13.9","text":"The LXX adds, “Deceitful souls go astray in sins, but the righteous are pitiful and merciful.” tn The verb דָּעַךְ ( da ’ akh ) means “to go out [in reference to a fire or lamp]; to be extinguished.” The idea is that of being made extinct, snuffed out (cf. NIV, NLT). The imagery may have been drawn from the sanctuary where the flame was to be kept burning perpetually. Not so with the wicked.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A9/4"}
{"id":24423,"verse_id":"PRO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"The particle רַק ( raq , “only”) modifies the noun “contention” – only contention can come from such a person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":24424,"verse_id":"PRO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"The Niphal of יָעַץ ( ya ’ ats , “to advise; to counsel”) means “to consult together; to take counsel.” It means being well-advised, receiving advice or consultation (cf. NCV “those who take advice are wise”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":24425,"verse_id":"PRO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The MT reads מֵהֵבֶל ( mehevel , “from vanity”). The Greek and Latin versions (followed by RSV) reflect מְבֹהָל ( mÿvohal , “in haste”) which exhibits metathesis. MT is the more difficult reading and therefore preferred. The alternate reading fits the parallelism better, but is therefore a less difficult reading. tn Heb “wealth from vanity” (cf. KJV, ASV). The term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) literally means “vapor” and figuratively refers to that which is unsubstantial, fleeting, or amount to nothing (BDB 210 s.v.). Used in antithesis with the expression “little by little,” it means either “without working for it” or “quickly.” Some English versions assume dishonest gain (cf. NASB, NIV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":24426,"verse_id":"PRO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “will become small.” The verb מָעָט ( ma ’ at ) means “to become small; to become diminished; to become few.” Money gained without work will diminish quickly, because it was come by too easily. The verb forms a precise contrast with רָבָה ( ravah ), “to become much; to become many,” but in the Hiphil, “to multiply; to make much many; to cause increase.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":24427,"verse_id":"PRO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “by hand”; cf. KJV, ASV, NASB “by labor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":24428,"verse_id":"PRO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “will increase.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":24429,"verse_id":"PRO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"The verb is the Pual participle from מָשַׁךְ ( mashakh ,“to draw; to drag”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":24430,"verse_id":"PRO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “a desire that comes”; cf. CEV “a wish that comes true.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A12/4"}
{"id":24431,"verse_id":"PRO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.12","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A12/5"}
{"id":24432,"verse_id":"PRO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “the word.” The term “word” means teaching in general; its parallel “command” indicates that it is the more forceful instruction that is meant. Both of these terms are used for scripture.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":24433,"verse_id":"PRO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"The MT reads יֵחָבֶל ( yekhavel , “he will pay [for it]”; cf. NAB, NIV) but the BHS editors suggest revocalizing the text to יְחֻבָּל ( yÿkhubal , “he will be broken [for it]”; cf. NRSV “bring destruction on themselves”). tn Heb “will be pledged to it.” The Niphal of I חָבַל ( khaval ) “to pledge” means “to be under pledge to pay the penalty” (BDB 286 s.v. Niph). Whoever despises teaching will be treated as a debtor – he will pay for it if he offends against the law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":24434,"verse_id":"PRO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “fears a commandment”; NIV “respects a command.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":24435,"verse_id":"PRO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “he” or “that one” [will be rewarded].","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":24436,"verse_id":"PRO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"13.13","text":"The LXX adds: “A crafty son will have no good thing, but the affairs of a wise servant will be prosperous; and his path will be directed rightly.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A13/5"}
{"id":24437,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"The term תוֹרָה ( torah ) in legal literature means “law,” but in wisdom literature often means “instruction; teaching” (BDB 435 s.v.); cf. NAV, NIV, NRSV “teaching”; NLT “advice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":24438,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “instruction of the wise.” The term חָכָם ( khakham , “the wise”) is a genitive of source.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":24439,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":24440,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “fountain of life” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV). The genitive חַיִּים ( khayyim ) functions as a genitive of material, similar to the expression “fountain of water.” The metaphor means that the teaching of the wise is life-giving. The second colon is the consequence of the first, explaining this metaphor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/4"}
{"id":24441,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.14","text":"The infinitive construct with preposition לְ ( lamed ) gives the result (or, purpose) of the first statement. It could also be taken epexegetically, “by turning.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/5"}
{"id":24442,"verse_id":"PRO.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.14","text":"The term “person” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A14/6"}
{"id":24443,"verse_id":"PRO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “good insight.” The expression שֵׂכֶל־טוֹב ( sekhel-tov ) describes a person who has good sense, sound judgment, or wise opinions (BDB 968 s.v. שֵׂכֶל ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":24444,"verse_id":"PRO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “gives”; NASB “produces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":24445,"verse_id":"PRO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “way,” frequently for conduct, behavior, or lifestyle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":24446,"verse_id":"PRO.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"13.15","text":"The MT reads אֵיתָן (’ etan , “enduring; permanent; perennial”; BDB 450 s.v. יתן 1). Several scholars suggest that the text here is corrupt and the reading should be “harsh; hard; firm; rugged” (BDB 450 s.v. 2 ). G. R. Driver suggested that לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) was dropped before the word by haplography and so the meaning would have been not “enduring” but “passing away” (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 181). The LXX, Syriac, and Tg . Prov 13:15 reflect a Hebrew Vorlage of תֹאבֵד ( to ’ ved ) “are destroyed.” The BHS editors suggest emending the text to אֵידָם (’ edam ) “their calamity” from אֵיד (’ ed , “calamity, distress”; BDB 15 s.v.): “the way of the faithless [leads to] their calamity.” The idea of “harsh” or “hard” could also be drawn from a meaning of the word in the MT meaning “firm,” that is, enduring.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A15/4"}
{"id":24447,"verse_id":"PRO.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “spreads open” [his folly]. W. McKane suggests that this is a figure of a peddler displaying his wares ( Proverbs [OTL], 456; cf. NAB “the fool peddles folly”). If given a chance, a fool will reveal his foolishness in public. But the wise study the facts and make decisions accordingly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":24448,"verse_id":"PRO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “bad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":24449,"verse_id":"PRO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The RSV changes this to a Hiphil to read, “plunges [men] into trouble.” But the text simply says the wicked messenger “falls into trouble,” perhaps referring to punishment for his bad service.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":24450,"verse_id":"PRO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":24451,"verse_id":"PRO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “an envoy of faithfulness.” The genitive אֱמוּנִים (’ emunim , “faithfulness”) functions as an attributive adjective: “faithful envoy.” The plural form אמונים (literally, “faithfulnesses”) is characteristic of abstract nouns. The term “envoy” ( צִיר , tsir ) suggests that the person is in some kind of government service (e.g., Isa 18:2 ; Jer 49:14 ; cf. KJV, ASV “ambassador”). This individual can be trusted to “bring healing” – be successful in the mission. The wisdom literature of the ancient Neat East has much to say about messengers.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":24452,"verse_id":"PRO.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.17","text":"The verb “brings” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A17/5"}
{"id":24453,"verse_id":"PRO.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The verb III פָּרַע ( para ’) normally means “to let go; to let alone” and here “to neglect; to avoid; to reject” (BDB 828 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":24454,"verse_id":"PRO.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"The phrase “ends up in” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":24455,"verse_id":"PRO.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “an abomination of fools.” The noun כְּסִילִים ( kÿsilim , “fools”) functions as a subjective genitive: “fools hate to turn away from evil” (cf. NAB, TEV, CEV). T. T. Perowne says: “In spite of the sweetness of good desires accomplished, fools will not forsake evil to attain it” ( Proverbs , 103). Cf. Prov 13:12; 29:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":24456,"verse_id":"PRO.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “walks.” When used with the preposition אֶת (’ et , “with”), the verb הָלַךְ ( halakh , “to walk”) means “to associate with” someone (BDB 234 s.v. הָלַךְ II.3.b; e.g., Mic 6:8 ; Job 34:8 ). The active participle of הָלַךְ (“to walk”) stresses continual, durative action. One should stay in close association with the wise, and move in the same direction they do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":24457,"verse_id":"PRO.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"The verb form יֵרוֹעַ ( yeroa ’) is the Niphal imperfect of רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’), meaning “to suffer hurt.” Several have attempted to parallel the repetition in the wordplay of the first colon. A. Guillaume has “he who associates with fools will be left a fool” (“A Note on the Roots רִיע , יָרַע , and רָעַע in Hebrew,” JTS 15 [1964]: 294). Knox translated the Vulgate thus: “Fool he ends that fool befriends” (cited by D. Kidner, Proverbs [TOTC], 104).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":24458,"verse_id":"PRO.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “evil.” The term רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”) here functions in a metonymical sense meaning “calamity.” “Good” is the general idea of good fortune or prosperity; the opposite, “evil,” is likewise “misfortune” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV) or calamity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":24459,"verse_id":"PRO.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":24460,"verse_id":"PRO.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “fallow ground” (so NASB). The word נִיר ( nir ) means “the tillable [or untilled; or fallow] ground.” BDB 644 s.v. says this line could be rendered: “abundant food [yields] the fallow ground of poor men” (i.e., with the Lord ’s blessing).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":24461,"verse_id":"PRO.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"The MT reads “there is what is swept away because [there is] no justice” ( וְיֵשׁ נִסְפֶּה בְּלֹא מִשְׁפָּט , vÿyesh nispeh bÿlo ’ mishpat ). The LXX reads “the great enjoy wealth many years, but some men perish little by little.” The Syriac reads “those who have no habitation waste wealth many years, and some waste it completely.” Tg . Prov 13:23 reads “the great man devours the land of the poor, and some men are taken away unjustly.” The Vulgate has “there is much food in the fresh land of the fathers, and for others it is collected without judgment.” C. H. Toy says that the text is corrupt ( Proverbs [ICC], 277). Nevertheless, the MT makes sense: The ground could produce enough food for people if there were no injustice in the land. Poverty is unnecessary as long as there is justice and not injustice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":24462,"verse_id":"PRO.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “his son.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A24/3"}
{"id":24463,"verse_id":"PRO.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (his child) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A24/4"}
{"id":24464,"verse_id":"PRO.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “seeks him.” The verb שָׁחַר ( shahar , “to be diligent; to do something early”; BDB 1007 s.v.) could mean “to be diligent to discipline,” or “to be early or prompt in disciplining.” See G. R. Driver, “Hebrew Notes on Prophets and Proverbs,” JTS 41 (1940): 170.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A24/5"}
{"id":24465,"verse_id":"PRO.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.24","text":"The noun מוּסָר ( musar , “discipline”) functions as an adverbial accusative of reference: “he is diligent in reference to discipline.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A24/6"}
{"id":24466,"verse_id":"PRO.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"The noun נֶפֶשׁ (traditionally “soul”; cf. KJV, ASV) here means “appetite” (BDB 660 s.v. 5 .a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":24467,"verse_id":"PRO.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"Heb “he will lack.” The term “food” is supplied in the translation as a clarification. The wicked may go hungry, or lack all they desire, just as the first colon may mean that what the righteous acquire proves satisfying to them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":24468,"verse_id":"PRO.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “wise ones of women.” The construct phrase חַכְמוֹת נָשִׁים ( khakhmot nashim ) features a wholistic genitive: “wise women.” The plural functions in a distributive sense: “every wise woman.” The contrast is between wise and foolish women (e.g., Prov 7:10-23; 31:10-31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":24469,"verse_id":"PRO.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"The perfect tense verb in the first colon functions in a gnomic sense, while the imperfect tense in the second colon is a habitual imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":24470,"verse_id":"PRO.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “house.” This term functions as a synecdoche of container (= house) for contents (= household, family).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":24471,"verse_id":"PRO.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “fear of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as an objective genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":24472,"verse_id":"PRO.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “crooked of ways”; NRSV “devious in conduct.” This construct phrase features a genitive of specification: “crooked in reference to his ways.” The term “ways” is an idiom for moral conduct. The evidence that people fear the Lord is uprightness; the evidence of those who despise him is the devious ways.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":24473,"verse_id":"PRO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) may denote (1) exchange: “in exchange for” foolish talk there is a rod; or (2) cause: “because of” foolish talk.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":24474,"verse_id":"PRO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"The MT reads גַּאֲוָה ( ga ’ avah , “pride”) which creates an awkward sense “in the mouth of a fool is a rod of pride” (cf. KJV, ASV). The BHS editors suggest emending the form to גֵּוֹה (“disciplining-rod”) to create tighter parallelism and irony: “in the mouth of a fool is a rod for the back” (e.g., Prov 10:13 ). What the fools says will bring discipline. tn Heb “a rod of back.” The noun גֵּוֹה functions as a genitive of specification: “a rod for his back.” The fool is punished because of what he says.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":24475,"verse_id":"PRO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause, meaning what they say. The wise by their speech will find protection.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A3/4"}
{"id":24476,"verse_id":"PRO.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “the strength of oxen.” The genitive שׁוֹר ( shor , “oxen”) functions as an attributed genitive: “strong oxen.” Strong oxen are indispensable for a good harvest, and for oxen to be strong they must be well-fed. The farmer has to balance grain consumption with the work oxen do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":24477,"verse_id":"PRO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “a witness of faithfulness.” The genitive functions in an attributive sense: “faithful witness” (so KJV, NRSV); TEV “reliable witness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":24478,"verse_id":"PRO.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “a witness of falsehood.” The genitive functions in an attributive sense: “false witness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":24479,"verse_id":"PRO.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “and there is not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":24480,"verse_id":"PRO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “a man, a stupid fellow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":24481,"verse_id":"PRO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “and.” The vav ( ו ) that introduces this clause may be understood as meaning “or….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":24482,"verse_id":"PRO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"The MT reads וּבַל־יָדַעְתָּ ( uval-yada ’ ta , “you did not know [the lips of knowledge]).” It must mean that one should leave the fool because he did not receive knowledge from what fools said. Tg . Prov 14:7 freely interprets the verse: “for there is no knowledge on his lips.” The LXX reflects a Hebrew Vorlage of וּכְלֵי־דַעַת ( ukhÿle-da ’ at , “[wise lips] are weapons of discretion”). The textual variant involves wrong word division and orthographic confusion between ב ( bet ) and כ ( kaf ). C. H. Toy emends the text: “for his lips do not utter knowledge” as in 15:7 ( Proverbs [ICC], 285). The MT is workable and more difficult.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":24483,"verse_id":"PRO.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “lips of knowledge” (so KJV, ASV). “Lips” is the metonymy of cause, and “knowledge” is an objective genitive (speaking knowledge) or attributive genitive (knowledgeable speech): “wise counsel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A7/4"}
{"id":24484,"verse_id":"PRO.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “the prudent [person]” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":24485,"verse_id":"PRO.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct denotes purpose. Those who are shrewd will use it to give careful consideration to all their ways.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":24486,"verse_id":"PRO.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"The word means “deception,” but some suggest “self-deception” here (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 466; and D. W. Thomas, “Textual and Philological Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 286); cf. NLT “fools deceive themselves.” The parallelism would favor this, but there is little support for it. The word usually means “craft practiced on others.” If the line is saying the fool is deceitful, there is only a loose antithesis between the cola.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":24487,"verse_id":"PRO.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"The noun “fools” is plural but the verb “mock” is singular. This has led some to reverse the line to say “guilty/guilt offering mocks fools” (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 287); see, e.g., Isa 1:14 ; Amos 5:22 . But lack of agreement between subject and verb is not an insurmountable difficulty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":24488,"verse_id":"PRO.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"The LXX reads “houses of transgressors will owe purification.” Tg . Prov 14:9 has “guilt has its home among fools” (apparently reading לִין לוּן , lin lun ). tn Heb “guilt.” The word אָשָׁם (’ asham ) has a broad range of meanings: “guilt; reparation.” According to Leviticus, when someone realized he was guilty he would bring a “reparation offering,” a sin offering with an additional tribute for restitution ( Lev 5:1-6 ). It would be left up to the guilty to come forward; it was for the kind of thing that only he would know, for which his conscience would bother him. Fools mock any need or attempt to make things right, to make restitution (cf. NIV, NRSV, NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":24489,"verse_id":"PRO.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"The word רָצוֹן ( ratson ) means “favor; acceptance; pleasing.” It usually means what is pleasing or acceptable to God. In this passage it either means that the upright try to make amends, or that the upright find favor for doing so.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":24490,"verse_id":"PRO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “bitterness of its soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":24491,"verse_id":"PRO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “stranger” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":24492,"verse_id":"PRO.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"The verb is the Hitpael of II עָרַב (’ arav ), which means “to take in pledge; to give in pledge; to exchange.” Here it means “to share [in].” The proverb is saying that there are joys and sorrows that cannot be shared. No one can truly understand the deepest feelings of another.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":24493,"verse_id":"PRO.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “house.” The term “house” is a metonymy of subject, referring to their contents: families and family life. sn Personal integrity ensures domestic stability and prosperity, while lack of such integrity (= wickedness) will lead to the opposite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":24494,"verse_id":"PRO.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The term “tent” is a metonymy here referring to the contents of the tent: families.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":24495,"verse_id":"PRO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “which is straight before a man.” sn The proverb recalls the ways of the adulterous woman in chapters 1-9 , and so the translation of “man” is retained. The first line does not say that the “way” that seems right is “vice,” but the second line clarifies that. The individual can rationalize all he wants, but the result is still the same. The proverb warns that any evil activity can take any number of ways (plural) to destruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":24496,"verse_id":"PRO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “the ways of death” (so KJV, ASV). This construct phrase features a genitive of destiny: “ways that lead to [or, end in] death.” Here death means ruin (e.g., Prov 7:27; 16:25 ). The LXX adds “Hades,” but the verse seems to be concerned with events of this life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":24497,"verse_id":"PRO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “and its end, joy, is grief.” The suffix may be regarded as an Aramaism, a proleptic suffix referring to “joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":24498,"verse_id":"PRO.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"The phrase “may be” is not in the Hebrew but is supplied from the parallelism, which features an imperfect of possibility.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":24499,"verse_id":"PRO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “a turning away of heart.” The genitive לֵב ( lev , “heart”) functions as an attributive adjective: “a backslidden heart.” The term סוּג ( sug ) means “to move away; to move backwards; to depart; to backslide” (BDB 690 s.v. I סוּג ). This individual is the one who backslides, that is, who departs from the path of righteousness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":24500,"verse_id":"PRO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “will be filled”; cf. KJV, ASV. The verb (“to be filled, to be satisfied”) here means “to be repaid,” that is, to partake in his own evil ways. His faithlessness will come back to haunt him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":24501,"verse_id":"PRO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"The phrase “will be rewarded” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":24502,"verse_id":"PRO.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “his step”; cf. TEV “sensible people watch their step.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":24503,"verse_id":"PRO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “fears.” Since the holy name (Yahweh, translated “the Lord ”) is not used, it probably does not here mean fear of the Lord , but of the consequences of actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":24504,"verse_id":"PRO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"The Hitpael of עָבַר (’ avar , “to pass over”) means “to pass over the bounds of propriety; to act insolently” (BDB 720 s.v.; cf. ASV “beareth himself insolently”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":24505,"verse_id":"PRO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"The verb בָּטַח here denotes self-assurance or overconfidence. Fools are not cautious and do not fear the consequences of their actions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":24506,"verse_id":"PRO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “a man of devices.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":24507,"verse_id":"PRO.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"The LXX reads “endures” (from נָשָׂא , nasa ’) rather than “is hated” (from שָׂנֵא , sane ’). This change seems to have arisen on the assumption that a contrast was needed. It has: “a man of thought endures.” Other versions take מְזִמּוֹת ( mÿzimmot ) in a good sense; but antithetical parallelism is unwarranted here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":24508,"verse_id":"PRO.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"G. R. Driver, however, proposed reading the verb as “are adorned” from הלה (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 181). A similar reading is followed by a number of English versions (e.g., NAB, NRSV, NLT). sn The proverb anticipates what the simple will receive, assuming they remain simpletons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":24509,"verse_id":"PRO.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"Or “prudent” (KJV, NASB, NIV); NRSV, TEV “clever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":24510,"verse_id":"PRO.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.18","text":"The meaning of יַכְתִּרוּ ( yakhtiru , Hiphil imperfect of כָּתַר , katar ) is elusive. It may not mean “to be crowned” or “to crown themselves,” but “to encircle” or “to embrace.” BDB 509 s.v. כָּתַר Hiph suggests “to throw out crowns” (throw out knowledge as a crown) or “to encompass knowledge,” i.e., possess it (parallel to inherit).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A18/3"}
{"id":24511,"verse_id":"PRO.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Many versions nuance the perfect tense verb שָׁחַח ( shakhakh ) as a characteristic perfect. But the proverb suggests that the reality lies in the future. So the verb is best classified as a prophetic perfect (cf. NASB, NIV, CEV, NLT): Ultimately the wicked will acknowledge and serve the righteous – a point the prophets make.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":24512,"verse_id":"PRO.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"The phrase “will bow” does not appear in this line but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":24513,"verse_id":"PRO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “hated.” The verse is just a statement of fact. The verbs “love” and “hate” must be seen in their connotations: The poor are rejected, avoided, shunned – that is, hated; but the rich are sought after, favored, embraced – that is, loved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":24514,"verse_id":"PRO.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"The term “exhibit” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":24515,"verse_id":"PRO.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “loyal-love and truth.” The two terms חֶסֶד וֶאֱמֶת ( khesed ve ’ emet ) often form a hendiadys: “faithful love” or better “faithful covenant love.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":24516,"verse_id":"PRO.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"Heb “word of lips.” This construct phrase features a genitive of source (“a word from the lips”) or a subjective genitive (“speaking a word”). Talk without work (which produces nothing) is contrasted with labor that produces something.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":24517,"verse_id":"PRO.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.23","text":"The term “brings” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A23/3"}
{"id":24518,"verse_id":"PRO.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"The MT reads אִוֶלֶת (’ ivelet , “folly”). The editors of BHS propose emending the text to וְלִוְיַת ( vÿlivyat , “but the wealth”), as suggested by the LXX. See M. Rotenberg, “The Meaning of אִוֶּלֶת in Proverbs,” LesŒ 25 (1960-1961): 201. A similar emendation is followed by NAB (“the diadem”) and NRSV (“the garland”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":24519,"verse_id":"PRO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “a witness of truth”; cf. CEV “an honest witness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":24520,"verse_id":"PRO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"The noun נְפָשׁוֹת ( nÿfashot ) often means “souls,” but here “lives” – it functions as a metonymy for life (BDB 659 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 3.c). sn The setting of this proverb is the courtroom. One who tells the truth “saves” ( מַצִּיל [ matsil , “rescues; delivers”]) the lives of those falsely accused.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":24521,"verse_id":"PRO.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.25","text":"The term “brings” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. Also possible, “is deceitful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A25/3"}
{"id":24522,"verse_id":"PRO.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “In the fear of the Lord [is] confidence of strength.” The phrase “one has” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":24523,"verse_id":"PRO.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “confidence of strength.” This construct phrase features an attributive genitive: “strong confidence” (so most English versions; NIV “a secure fortress”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":24524,"verse_id":"PRO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":24525,"verse_id":"PRO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “fountain of life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A27/3"}
{"id":24526,"verse_id":"PRO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.27","text":"The infinitive construct with prefixed ל ( lamed ) indicates the purpose/result of the first line; it could also function epexegetically, explaining how fear is a fountain: “by turning….”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A27/4"}
{"id":24527,"verse_id":"PRO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.27","text":"The term “people” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A27/5"}
{"id":24528,"verse_id":"PRO.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “snares of death” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); CEV “deadly traps.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A27/6"}
{"id":24529,"verse_id":"PRO.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"The preposition serves as the beth essentiae – the glory is the abundant population, not in it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":24530,"verse_id":"PRO.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “people.” Cf. NLT “a dwindling nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":24531,"verse_id":"PRO.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “hasty of spirit” (so KJV, ASV); NRSV, NLT “a hasty temper.” One who has a quick temper or a short fuse will be evident to everyone, due to his rash actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":24532,"verse_id":"PRO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “heart of healing.” The genitive מַרְפֵּא ( marpe ’, “healing”) functions as an attributive adjective: “a healing heart.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is a metonymy for the emotional state of a person (BDB 660 s.v. 6 ). A healthy spirit is tranquil, bringing peace to the body (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 158).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":24533,"verse_id":"PRO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “life of the flesh” (so KJV, ASV); NAB, NIV “gives life to the body.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":24534,"verse_id":"PRO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.30","text":"The term קִנְאָה ( qin ’ ah , “envy”) refers to passionate zeal or “jealousy” (so NAB, NCV, TEV, NLT), depending on whether the object is out of bounds or within one’s rights. In the good sense one might be consumed with zeal to defend the institutions of the sanctuary. But as envy or jealousy the word describes an intense and sometimes violent excitement and desire that is never satisfied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A30/3"}
{"id":24535,"verse_id":"PRO.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “rottenness of bones.” The term “bones” may be a synecdoche representing the entire body; it is in contrast with “flesh” of the first colon. One who is consumed with envy finds no tranquility or general sense of health in body or spirit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A30/4"}
{"id":24536,"verse_id":"PRO.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"The verb עָשַׁק (’ ashaq ) normally means “to oppress” (as in many English versions). However, here it might mean “to slander.” See J. A. Emerton, “Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” JTS 20 (1969): 202-22.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":24537,"verse_id":"PRO.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"The prepositional phrase must be “in his time of trouble” (i.e., when catastrophe comes). Cf. CEV “In times of trouble the wicked are destroyed.” A wicked person has nothing to fall back on in such times.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":24538,"verse_id":"PRO.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"The LXX negates the clause, saying it is “not known in fools” (cf. NAB, NRSV, TEV, NLT). Thomas connects the verb to the Arabic root wd` and translates it “in fools it is suppressed.” See D. W. Thomas, “The Root ידע in Hebrew,” JTS 35 (1934): 302-3. sn The second line may be ironic or sarcastic. The fool, eager to appear wise, blurts out what seems to be wisdom, but in the process turns it to folly. The contrast is that wisdom resides with people who have understanding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":24539,"verse_id":"PRO.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.33","text":"Heb “in the inner part”; ASV “in the inward part”; NRSV “in the heart of fools.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A33/2"}
{"id":24540,"verse_id":"PRO.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.34","text":"The term is the homonymic root II חֶסֶד ( khesed , “shame; reproach”; BDB 340 s.v.), as reflected by the LXX translation. Rabbinic exegesis generally took it as I חֶסֶד (“loyal love; kindness”) as if it said, “even the kindness of some nations is a sin because they do it only for a show” (so Rashi, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 1040-1105).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A34/2"}
{"id":24541,"verse_id":"PRO.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Heb “the favor of a king.” The noun “king” functions as a subjective genitive: “the king shows favor….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A35/1"}
{"id":24542,"verse_id":"PRO.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.35","text":"Heb “is” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2014%3A35/3"}
{"id":24543,"verse_id":"PRO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “soft answer.” The adjective רַּךְ ( rakh , “soft; tender; gentle”; BDB 940 s.v.) is more than a mild response; it is conciliatory, an answer that restores good temper and reasonableness (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 477). Gideon illustrates this kind of answer ( Judg 8:1-3 ) that brings peace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":24544,"verse_id":"PRO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “word of harshness”; KJV “grievous words.” The noun עֶצֶב (’ etsev , “pain, hurt”) functions as an attributive genitive. The term עֶצֶב refers to something that causes pain (BDB 780 s.v. I עֶצֶב ). For example, Jephthah’s harsh answer led to war ( Judg 12:1-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":24545,"verse_id":"PRO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “raises anger.” A common response to painful words is to let one’s temper flare up.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A1/3"}
{"id":24546,"verse_id":"PRO.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “makes knowledge acceptable” (so NASB). The verb תֵּיטִיב ( tetiv , Hiphil imperfect of יָטַב [ yatav , “to be good”]) can be translated “to make good” or “to treat in a good [or, excellent] way” (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 303). M. Dahood, however, suggests emending the text to תֵּיטִיף ( tetif ) which is a cognate of נָטַף ( nataf , “drip”), and translates “tongues of the sages drip with knowledge” ( Proverbs and Northwest Semitic Philology , 32-33). But this change is gratuitous and unnecessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":24547,"verse_id":"PRO.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"The form צֹפוֹת ( tsofot , “watching”) is a feminine plural participle agreeing with “eyes.” God’s watching eyes comfort good people but convict evil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":24548,"verse_id":"PRO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “a tongue.” The term “tongue” is a metonymy of cause for what is produced: speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":24549,"verse_id":"PRO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “a tongue of healing.” A healing tongue refers to speech that is therapeutic or soothing. It is a source of vitality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":24550,"verse_id":"PRO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":24551,"verse_id":"PRO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “tree of life.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":24552,"verse_id":"PRO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.4","text":"Heb “perversion in it.” The referent must be the tongue, so this has been supplied in the translation for clarity. A tongue that is twisted, perverse, or deceitful is a way of describing deceitful speech. Such words will crush the spirit (e.g., Isa 65:14 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A4/5"}
{"id":24553,"verse_id":"PRO.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “is prudent” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NCV, NLT “is wise.” Anyone who accepts correction or rebuke will become prudent in life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":24554,"verse_id":"PRO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The term בֵּית ( bet , “house”) functions as an adverbial accusative of location.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":24555,"verse_id":"PRO.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"The verb of the first colon is difficult because it does not fit the second very well – a heart does not “scatter” or “spread” knowledge. On the basis of the LXX, C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 305) suggests a change to יִצְּרוּ ( yitsÿru , “they preserve”). The Greek evidence, however, is not strong. For the second line the LXX has “hearts of fools are not safe,” apparently taking לֹא־כֵן ( lo ’ -khen ) as “unstable” instead of “not so.” So it seems futile to use the Greek version to modify the first colon to make a better parallel, when the Greek has such a different reading in the second colon anyway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":24556,"verse_id":"PRO.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.” Cf. NIV “the Lord detests”; NCV, NLT “the Lord hates”; CEV “the Lord is disgusted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":24557,"verse_id":"PRO.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “sacrifice” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":24558,"verse_id":"PRO.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":24559,"verse_id":"PRO.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “the one who” (so NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":24560,"verse_id":"PRO.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"The two lines are parallel synonymously, so the “severe discipline” of the first colon is parallel to “will die” of the second. The expression מוּסָר רָע ( musar ra ’, “severe discipline”) indicates a discipline that is catastrophic or harmful to life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":24561,"verse_id":"PRO.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “Sheol and Abaddon” ( שְׁאוֹל וַאֲבַדּוֹן ( shÿ ’ ol va ’ adon ); so ASV, NASB, NRSV; cf. KJV “Hell and destruction”; NAB “the nether world and the abyss.” These terms represent the remote underworld and all the mighty powers that reside there (e.g., Prov 27:20 ; Job 26:6 ; Ps 139:8 ; Amos 9:2 ; Rev 9:11 ). The Lord knows everything about this remote region.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":24562,"verse_id":"PRO.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"The construction אַף כִּי (’ af ki , “how much more!”) introduces an argument from the lesser to the greater: If all this is open before the Lord , how much more so human hearts. “Hearts” here is a metonymy of subject, meaning the motives and thoughts (cf. NCV “the thoughts of the living”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":24563,"verse_id":"PRO.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.11","text":"Heb “the hearts of the sons of man,” although here “sons of man” simply means “men” or “human beings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A11/3"}
{"id":24564,"verse_id":"PRO.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"The form הוֹכֵחַ ( hokheakh ) is a Hiphil infinitive absolute. It could function as the object of the verb (cf. NIV, NRSV) or as a finite verb (cf. KJV, NASB, NLT). The latter has been chosen here because of the prepositional phrase following it, although that is not a conclusive argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":24565,"verse_id":"PRO.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.12","text":"The MT has אֶל (’ el , “to [the wise]”), suggesting seeking the advice of the wise. The LXX, however, has “with the wise,” suggesting אֶת (’ et ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A12/3"}
{"id":24566,"verse_id":"PRO.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"The contrast in this proverb is between the “joyful heart” ( Heb “a heart of joy,” using an attributive genitive) and the “painful heart” ( Heb “pain of the heart,” using a genitive of specification).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":24567,"verse_id":"PRO.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"The idea expressed in the second colon does not make a strong parallelism with the first with its emphasis on seeking knowledge. Its poetic image of feeding (a hypocatastasis) would signify the acquisition of folly – the fool has an appetite for it. D. W. Thomas suggests the change of one letter, ר ( resh ) to ד ( dalet ), to obtain a reading יִדְעֶה ( yid ’ eh ); this he then connects to an Arabic root da`a with the meaning “sought, demanded” to form what he thinks is a better parallel (“Textual and Philological Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” VTSup 3 [1955]: 285). But even though the parallelism is not as precise as some would prefer, there is insufficient warrant for such a change.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":24568,"verse_id":"PRO.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"The contrast is between the “afflicted” and the “good of heart” (a genitive of specification, “cheerful/healthy heart/spirit/attitude”). sn The parallelism suggests that the afflicted is one afflicted within his spirit, for the proverb is promoting a healthy frame of mind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":24569,"verse_id":"PRO.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Or “evil”; or “catastrophic.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":24570,"verse_id":"PRO.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.15","text":"“one with” is supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A15/4"}
{"id":24571,"verse_id":"PRO.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “and love there.” This clause is a circumstantial clause introduced with vav , that becomes “where there is love.” The same construction is used in the second colon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":24572,"verse_id":"PRO.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “a man of wrath”; KJV, ASV “a wrathful man.” The term “wrath” functions as an attributive genitive: “an angry person.” He is contrasted with the “slow of anger,” so he is a “quick-tempered person” (cf. NLT “a hothead”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":24573,"verse_id":"PRO.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “slow of anger.” The noun “anger” functions as a genitive of specification: slow in reference to anger, that is, slow to get angry, patient.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":24574,"verse_id":"PRO.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.18","text":"The Hiphil verb יַשְׁקִיט ( yashqit ) means “to cause quietness; to pacify; to allay” the strife or quarrel (cf. NAB “allays discord”). This type of person goes out of his way to keep things calm and minimize contention; his opposite thrives on disagreement and dispute.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A18/3"}
{"id":24575,"verse_id":"PRO.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “like an overgrowth”; NRSV “overgrown with thorns”; cf. CEV “like walking in a thorn patch.” The point of the simile is that the path of life taken by the lazy person has many obstacles that are painful – it is like trying to break through a hedge of thorns. The LXX has “strewn with thorns.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":24576,"verse_id":"PRO.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":24577,"verse_id":"PRO.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":24578,"verse_id":"PRO.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Heb “a fool of a man,” a genitive of specification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":24579,"verse_id":"PRO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"The Hebrew text reads לַחֲסַר־לֵב ( lakhasar-lev , “to one who lacks heart”). The Hebrew term “heart” represents the mind, the place where proper decisions are made (cf. NIV “judgment”). The one who has not developed this ability to make proper choices finds great delight in folly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":24580,"verse_id":"PRO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Heb “a man of understanding” (so KJV, NIV); NLT “a sensible person.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":24581,"verse_id":"PRO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.21","text":"The Hebrew construction is יְיַשֶּׁר־לָכֶת ( yÿyasher-lakhet , “makes straight [to] go”). This is a verbal hendiadys, in which the first verb, the Piel imperfect, becomes adverbial, and the second form, the infinitive construct of הָלַךְ , halakh , becomes the main verb: “goes straight ahead” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A21/3"}
{"id":24582,"verse_id":"PRO.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Heb “go wrong” (so NRSV, NLT). The verb is the Hiphil infinitive absolute from פָּרַר , parar , which means “to break; to frustrate; to go wrong” ( HALOT 975 s.v. I פרר 2). The plans are made ineffectual or are frustrated when there is insufficient counsel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":24583,"verse_id":"PRO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “joy to the man” or “the man has joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":24584,"verse_id":"PRO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “in the answer of his mouth” (so ASV); NASB “in an apt answer.” The term “mouth” is a metonymy of cause for what he says. But because the parallelism is loosely synonymous, the answer given here must be equal to the good word spoken in season. So it is an answer that is proper or fitting.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":24585,"verse_id":"PRO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.23","text":"Heb “in its season.” To say the right thing at the right time is useful; to say the right thing at the wrong time is counterproductive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A23/3"}
{"id":24586,"verse_id":"PRO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"There is disagreement over the meaning of the term translated “upward.” The verse is usually taken to mean that “upward” is a reference to physical life and well-being (cf. NCV), and “going down to Sheol” is a reference to physical death, that is, the grave, because the concept of immortality is said not to appear in the book of Proverbs. The proverb then would mean that the wise live long and healthy lives. But W. McKane argues (correctly) that “upwards” in contrast to Sheol, does not fit the ways of describing the worldly pattern of conduct and that it is only intelligible if taken as a reference to immortality ( Proverbs [OTL], 480). The translations “upwards” and “downwards” are not found in the LXX. This has led some commentators to speculate that these terms were not found in the original, but were added later, after the idea of immortality became prominent. However, this is mere speculation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":24587,"verse_id":"PRO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “to the wise [man],” because the form is masculine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":24588,"verse_id":"PRO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.24","text":"The term לְמַעַן ( lema ’ an , “in order to”) introduces a purpose clause; the path leads upward in order to turn the wise away from Sheol.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A24/3"}
{"id":24589,"verse_id":"PRO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.24","text":"Heb “to turn from Sheol downward”; cf. NAB “the nether world below.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A24/4"}
{"id":24590,"verse_id":"PRO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":24591,"verse_id":"PRO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"The noun מַחְשְׁבוֹת ( makhshÿvot ) means “thoughts” (so KJV, NIV, NLT), from the verb חָשַׁב ( khashav , “to think; to reckon; to devise”). So these are intentions, what is being planned (cf. NAB “schemes”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":24592,"verse_id":"PRO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.26","text":"The word רַע (“evil; wicked”) is a genitive of source or subjective genitive, meaning the plans that the wicked devise – “wicked plans.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A26/3"}
{"id":24593,"verse_id":"PRO.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"15.26","text":"The MT simply has “but pleasant words are pure” ( Heb “but pure [plural] are the words of pleasantness”). Some English versions add “to him” to make the connection to the first part (cf. NAB, NIV). The LXX has: “the sayings of the pure are held in honor.” The Vulgate has: “pure speech will be confirmed by him as very beautiful.” The NIV has paraphrased here: “but those of the pure are pleasing to him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A26/5"}
{"id":24594,"verse_id":"PRO.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “the one who gains.” The phrase בּוֹצֵעַ בָּצַע ( botseakh batsa ’) is a participle followed by its cognate accusative. This refers to a person who is always making the big deal, getting the larger cut, or in a hurry to get rich. The verb, though, makes it clear that the gaining of a profit is by violence and usually unjust, since the root has the idea of “cut off; break off; gain by violence.” The line is contrasted with hating bribes, and so the gain in this line may be through bribery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":24595,"verse_id":"PRO.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “his house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A27/3"}
{"id":24596,"verse_id":"PRO.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.27","text":"Heb “gifts” (so KJV). Gifts can be harmless enough, but in a setting like this the idea is that the “gift” is in exchange for some “profit [or, gain].” Therefore they are bribes (cf. ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), and to be hated or rejected. Abram, for example, would not take anything that the king of Sodom had to offer, “lest [he] say, “I have made Abram rich” ( Gen 14:22-24 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A27/4"}
{"id":24597,"verse_id":"PRO.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"The verb יֶהְגֶּה ( yehgeh ) means “to muse; to meditate; to consider; to study.” It also involves planning, such as with the wicked “planning” a vain thing ( Ps 2:1 , which is contrasted with the righteous who “meditate” in the law [ 1:2 ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":24598,"verse_id":"PRO.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.28","text":"The word “how” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A28/2"}
{"id":24599,"verse_id":"PRO.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.28","text":"The LXX reads: “the hearts of the righteous meditate faithfulness.” sn The advice of the proverb is to say less but better things. The wise – here called the righteous – are cautious in how they respond to others. They think about it (heart = mind) before speaking.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A28/3"}
{"id":24600,"verse_id":"PRO.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"The LXX has “the eye that sees beautiful things.” D. W. Thomas suggests pointing מְאוֹר ( mÿ ’ or ) as a Hophal participle, “a fine sight cheers the mind” (“Textual and Philological Notes,” 205). But little is to be gained from this change. tn Heb “light of the eyes” (so KJV, NRSV). The expression may indicate the gleam in the eyes of the one who tells the good news, as the parallel clause suggests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":24601,"verse_id":"PRO.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.30","text":"Heb “makes fat the bones”; NAB “invigorates the bones.” The word “bones” is a metonymy of subject, the bones representing the whole body. The idea of “making fat” signifies by comparison (hypocatastasis) with fat things that the body will be healthy and prosperous (e.g., Prov 17:22; 25:25 ; Gen 45:27-28 ; and Isa 52:7-8 ). Good news makes the person feel good in body and soul.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A30/2"}
{"id":24602,"verse_id":"PRO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “ear” (so KJV, NRSV). The term “ear” is a synecdoche of part (= ear) for the whole (= person).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":24603,"verse_id":"PRO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"“Life” is an objective genitive: Reproof brings or preserves life. Cf. NIV “life-giving rebuke”; NLT “constructive criticism.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":24604,"verse_id":"PRO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.31","text":"Heb “lodges.” This means to live with, to be at home with.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A31/3"}
{"id":24605,"verse_id":"PRO.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.32","text":"Or “heeds” (so NAB, NIV); NASB “listens to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A32/2"}
{"id":24606,"verse_id":"PRO.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.32","text":"The Hebrew text reads קוֹנֶה לֵּב ( qoneh lev ), the participle of קָנָה ( qanah , “to acquire; to possess”) with its object, “heart.” The word “heart” is frequently a metonymy of subject, meaning all the capacities of the human spirit and/or mind. Here it refers to the ability to make judgments or discernment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A32/3"}
{"id":24607,"verse_id":"PRO.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"Heb “[is] instruction of wisdom” (KJV and NASB similar). The noun translated “wisdom” is an attributive genitive: “wise instruction.” sn The idea of the first line is similar to Prov 1:7 and 9:10 . Here it may mean that the fear of the Lord results from the discipline of wisdom, just as easily as it may mean that the fear of the Lord leads to the discipline of wisdom. The second reading harmonizes with the theme in the book that the fear of the Lord is the starting point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":24608,"verse_id":"PRO.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.33","text":"Heb “[is] humility” (so KJV). The second clause is a parallel idea in that it stresses how one thing leads to another – humility to honor. Humble submission in faith to the Lord brings wisdom and honor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2015%3A33/2"}
{"id":24609,"verse_id":"PRO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “plans of the heart” (so ASV, NASB, NIV). The phrase מַעַרְכֵי־לֵב ( ma ’ arkhe-lev ) means “the arrangements of the mind.” sn Humans may set things in order, plan out what they are going to say, but God sovereignly enables them to put their thoughts into words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":24610,"verse_id":"PRO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"Heb “[are] to a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":24611,"verse_id":"PRO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"Here “the tongue” is a metonymy of cause in which the instrument of speech is put for what is said: the answer expressed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":24612,"verse_id":"PRO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “ways of a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":24613,"verse_id":"PRO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “in his eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":24614,"verse_id":"PRO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"The figure (a hypocatastasis) of “weighing” signifies “evaluation” (e.g., Exod 5:8 ; 1 Sam 2:3; 16:7 ; Prov 21:2; 24:12 ). There may be an allusion to the Egyptian belief of weighing the heart after death to determine righteousness. But in Hebrew thought it is an ongoing evaluation as well, not merely an evaluation after death.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":24615,"verse_id":"PRO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “spirits” (so KJV, ASV). This is a metonymy for the motives, the intentions of the heart (e.g., 21:2 and 24:2 ). sn Humans deceive themselves rather easily and so appear righteous in their own eyes; but the proverb says that God evaluates motives and so he alone can determine if the person’s ways are innocent.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A2/5"}
{"id":24616,"verse_id":"PRO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"The MT reads גֹּל ( gol , “commit”) from the root גָּלַל ( galal , “to roll”). The LXX and Tg. Prov 16:3 have “reveal” as if the root were גָּלָה ( galah , “to reveal”). tn Heb “roll.” The verb גֹּל (“to commit”) is from the root גָּלַל (“to roll”). The figure of rolling (an implied comparison or hypocatastasis), as in rolling one’s burdens on the Lord , is found also in Pss 22:8 [9]; 37:5; and 55:22 . It portrays complete dependence on the Lord . This would be accomplished with a spirit of humility and by means of diligent prayer, but the plan must also have God’s approval.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":24617,"verse_id":"PRO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"The suffix on the plural noun would be a subjective genitive: “the works you are doing,” or here, “the works that you want to do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":24618,"verse_id":"PRO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"The syntax of the second clause shows that there is subordination: The vav on וְיִכֹּנוּ ( vÿyikonu ) coming after the imperative of the first clause expresses that this clause is the purpose or result. People should commit their works in order that the Lord may establish them. J. H. Greenstone says, “True faith relieves much anxiety and smoothens many perplexities” ( Proverbs , 172).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":24619,"verse_id":"PRO.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “for its answer.” The term לַמַּעֲנֵהוּ ( lamma ’ anehu ) has been taken to mean either “for his purpose” or “for its answer.” The Hebrew word is מַעֲנֶה ( ma ’ aneh , “answer”) and not לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an , “purpose”). So the suffix likely refers to “everything” ( כֹּל , kol ). God ensures that everyone’s actions and the consequences of those actions correspond – certainly the wicked for the day of calamity. In God’s order there is just retribution for every act.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":24620,"verse_id":"PRO.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) is a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":24621,"verse_id":"PRO.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “every proud of heart”; NIV “all the proud of heart.” “Heart” is the genitive of specification; the phrase is talking about people who have proud hearts, whose ideas are arrogant. These are people who set themselves presumptuously against God (e.g., 2 Chr 26:16 ; Ps 131:1 ; Prov 18:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":24622,"verse_id":"PRO.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “hand to hand.” This idiom means “you can be assured” (e.g., Prov 11:21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":24623,"verse_id":"PRO.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"16.5","text":"The LXX has inserted two couplets here: “The beginning of a good way is to do justly, // and it is more acceptable with God than to do sacrifices; // he who seeks the Lord will find knowledge with righteousness, // and they who rightly seek him will find peace.” C. H. Toy reminds the reader that there were many proverbs in existence that sounded similar to those in the book of Proverbs; these lines are in the Greek OT as well as in Sirach ( Proverbs [ICC], 321-22). tn The B-line continues the A-line, but explains what it means that they are an abomination to the Lord – he will punish them. “Will not go unpunished” is an understatement (tapeinosis) to stress first that they will certainly be punished; those who humble themselves before God in faith will not be punished.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A5/4"}
{"id":24624,"verse_id":"PRO.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “is atoned”; KJV “is purged”; NAB “is expiated.” The verb is from I כָּפַר ( kafar , “to atone; to expiate; to pacify; to appease”; HALOT 493-94 s.v. I כפר ). This root should not be confused with the identically spelled Homonym II כָּפַר ( kafar , “to cover over”; HALOT 494 s.v. II * כפר ). Atonement in the OT expiated sins, it did not merely cover them over (cf. NLT). C. H. Toy explains the meaning by saying it affirms that the divine anger against sin is turned away and man’s relation to God is as though he had not sinned ( Proverbs [ICC], 322). Genuine repentance, demonstrated by loyalty and truthfulness, appeases the anger of God against one’s sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":24625,"verse_id":"PRO.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “fear of the Lord .” The term יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) functions as an objective genitive: “fearing the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":24626,"verse_id":"PRO.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “turns away from”; NASB “keeps away from.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A6/4"}
{"id":24627,"verse_id":"PRO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “ways of a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":24628,"verse_id":"PRO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"The first line uses an infinitive in a temporal clause, followed by its subject in the genitive case: “in the taking pleasure of the Lord ” = “when the Lord is pleased with.” So the condition set down for the second colon is a lifestyle that is pleasing to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":24629,"verse_id":"PRO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"The referent of the verb in the second colon is unclear. The straightforward answer is that it refers to the person whose ways please the Lord – it is his lifestyle that disarms his enemies. W. McKane comments that the righteous have the power to mend relationships ( Proverbs [OTL], 491); see, e.g., 10:13; 14:9; 15:1; 25:21-22 ). The life that is pleasing to God will be above reproach and find favor with others. Some would interpret this to mean that God makes his enemies to be at peace with him (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT). This is workable, but in this passage it would seem God would do this through the pleasing life of the believer (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":24630,"verse_id":"PRO.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “even his enemies he makes to be at peace with him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A7/4"}
{"id":24631,"verse_id":"PRO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “the heart of a man.” This stresses that it is within the heart that plans are made. Only those plans that are approved by God will succeed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":24632,"verse_id":"PRO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “his way” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":24633,"verse_id":"PRO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"The verb כּוּן ( kun , “to establish; to confirm”) with צַעַד ( tsa ’ ad , “step”) means “to direct” (e.g., Ps 119:133 ; Jer 10:23 ). This contrasts what people plan and what actually happens – God determines the latter.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":24634,"verse_id":"PRO.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “oracle” (so NAB, NIV) or “decision”; TEV “the king speaks with divine authority.” The term קֶסֶם ( qesem ) is used in the sense of “oracle; decision; verdict” ( HALOT 1115-16 s.v.). The pronouncements of a king form an oracular sentence, as if he speaks for God; they are divine decisions (e.g., Num 22:7; 23:23 ; 2 Sam 14:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":24635,"verse_id":"PRO.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “on the lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause referring to what the king says – no doubt what he says officially.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":24636,"verse_id":"PRO.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “his mouth.” The term “mouth” is a metonymy of cause for what the king says: his pronouncements and legal decisions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":24637,"verse_id":"PRO.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “a scale and balances of justice.” This is an attributive genitive, meaning “just scales and balances.” The law required that scales and measures be accurate and fair ( Lev 19:36 ; Deut 25:13 ). Shrewd dishonest people kept light and heavy weights to make unfair transactions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":24638,"verse_id":"PRO.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “stones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":24639,"verse_id":"PRO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"The “throne” represents the administration, or the decisions made from the throne by the king, and so the word is a metonymy of adjunct (cf. NLT “his rule”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":24640,"verse_id":"PRO.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"The MT has the plural, even though the verb “loves” is masculine singular. The ancient versions and two Hebrew mss read “a king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":24641,"verse_id":"PRO.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Heb “lips of righteousness”; cf. NAB, NIV “honest lips.” The genitive “righteousness” functions as an attributive adjective. The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for what is said: “righteous speech” or “righteous counsel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":24642,"verse_id":"PRO.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"The MT has the singular participle followed by the plural adjective (which is here a substantive). The editors of BHS wish to follow the ancient versions in making the participle plural, “those who speak uprightly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":24643,"verse_id":"PRO.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":24644,"verse_id":"PRO.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.14","text":"The expression uses an implied comparison, comparing “wrath” to a messenger because it will send a message. The qualification is “death,” an objective genitive, meaning the messenger will bring death, or the message will be about death. E.g., 1 Kgs 2:25, 29-34 and 46 . Some have suggested a comparison with the two messengers of Baal to the god Mot (“Death”) in the Ugaritic tablets (H. L. Ginsberg, “Baal’s Two Messengers,” BASOR 95 [1944]: 25-30). If there is an allusion, it is a very slight one. The verse simply says that the king’s wrath threatens death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A14/3"}
{"id":24645,"verse_id":"PRO.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.14","text":"The verb is כָּפַּר ( kapar ), which means “to pacify; to appease” and “to atone; to expiate” in Levitical passages. It would take a wise person to know how to calm or pacify the wrath of a king – especially in the ancient Near East.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A14/4"}
{"id":24646,"verse_id":"PRO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “the light of the face of the king.” This expression is a way of describing the king’s brightened face, his delight in what is taking place. This would mean life for those around him. sn The proverb is the antithesis of 16:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":24647,"verse_id":"PRO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “cloud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":24648,"verse_id":"PRO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “latter rain” (so KJV, ASV). The favor that this expression represents is now compared to the cloud of rain that comes with the “latter” rain or harvest rain. The point is that the rain cloud was necessary for the successful harvest; likewise the king’s pleasure will ensure the success and the productivity of the people under him. E.g., also Psalm 72:15-17 ; the prosperity of the land is portrayed as a blessing on account of the ideal king.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":24649,"verse_id":"PRO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"The form קְנֹה ( qÿnoh ) is an infinitive; the Greek version apparently took it as a participle, and the Latin as an imperative – both working with an unpointed קנה , the letter ה ( he ) being unexpected in the form if it is an infinitive construct (the parallel clause has קְנוֹת [ qÿnot ] for the infinitive, but the ancient versions also translate that as either a participle or an imperative).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":24650,"verse_id":"PRO.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"The form is a Niphal participle, masculine singular. If it is modifying “understanding” it should be a feminine form. If it is to be translated, it would have to be rendered “and to acquire understanding is to be chosen more than silver” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). Many commentaries consider it superfluous. NIV and NCV simply have “to choose understanding rather than silver!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":24651,"verse_id":"PRO.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"The form סוּר ( sur ) is a Qal infinitive; it indicates that a purpose of the righteous life is to turn away from evil. “Evil” here has the sense of sinful living. So the first line asserts that the well-cared-for life avoids sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":24652,"verse_id":"PRO.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"16.17","text":"The LXX adds three lines after 17a and one after 17b: “The paths of life turn aside from evils, and the ways of righteousness are length of life; he who receives instruction will be prosperous, and he who regards reproofs will be made wise; he who guards his ways preserves his soul, and he who loves his life will spare his mouth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A17/4"}
{"id":24653,"verse_id":"PRO.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “[is] before destruction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":24654,"verse_id":"PRO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “low of spirit”; KJV “of an humble spirit.” This expression describes the person who is humble and submissive before the Lord and therefore inoffensive. It is always necessary to have a humble spirit, whether there is wealth or not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":24655,"verse_id":"PRO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “than to divide plunder.” The word “plunder” implies that the wealth taken by the proud was taken violently and wrongfully – spoils are usually taken in warfare. R. N. Whybray translates it with “loot” ( Proverbs [CBC], 95). The proud are in rebellion against God, overbearing and oppressive. One should never share the “loot” with them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":24656,"verse_id":"PRO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “he who is prudent” or “he who deals wisely” (cf. KJV). The proverb seems to be referring to wise business concerns and the reward for the righteous. One who deals wisely in a matter will find good results. R. N. Whybray sees a contrast here: “The shrewd man of business will succeed well, but the happy man is he who trusts the Lord ” ( Proverbs [CBC], 92). Synonymous parallelism is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":24657,"verse_id":"PRO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “he who gives heed to a word,” that is, “who listens to instruction” (cf. NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":24658,"verse_id":"PRO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “good” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A20/3"}
{"id":24659,"verse_id":"PRO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.20","text":"Although traditionally this word is translated “happy” (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NRSV, NLT), such a translation can be misleading because the word means far more than that. It describes the heavenly bliss that comes from knowing one is right with God and following God’s precepts. The “blessed” could be at odds with the world ( Ps 1:1-3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A20/4"}
{"id":24660,"verse_id":"PRO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “and the one who trusts in the Lord – blessed is he.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A20/5"}
{"id":24661,"verse_id":"PRO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “wise of heart” (so NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":24662,"verse_id":"PRO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “to the wise of heart it will be called discerning.” This means that the wise of heart, those who make wise decisions (“heart” being the metonymy), will gain a reputation of being the discerning ones.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":24663,"verse_id":"PRO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “sweetness of lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause, meaning what is said. It is a genitive of specification. The idea of “sweetness” must be gracious and friendly words. The teaching will be well-received because it is both delightful and persuasive (cf. NIV “pleasant words promote instruction”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A21/3"}
{"id":24664,"verse_id":"PRO.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “teaching” or “receptivity”; KJV “learning”; NIV “instruction.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A21/4"}
{"id":24665,"verse_id":"PRO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The Hebrew noun שֵׂכֵל ( sekhel , “prudence; insight”; cf. KJV, NASB, NIV “understanding”; NAB, CEV “good sense”) is related to the verb that means “to have insight; to give attention to; to act circumspectly [or, prudently],” as well as “to prosper; to have success.” These words all describe the kind of wise action that will be successful.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":24666,"verse_id":"PRO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":24667,"verse_id":"PRO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “fountain of life.” The point of the metaphor is that like a fountain this wisdom will be a constant provision for living in this world.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A22/3"}
{"id":24668,"verse_id":"PRO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.22","text":"Heb “the discipline of fools [is] folly.” The “discipline” ( מוּסָר , musar ) in this proverb is essentially a requital for sin (hence “punishment,” so NIV, NCV, NRSV); discipline which is intended to correct is normally rejected and despised by fools. So the line is saying that there is very little that can be done for or with the fool (cf. NLT “discipline is wasted on fools”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A22/4"}
{"id":24669,"verse_id":"PRO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Or “mind” (cf. NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":24670,"verse_id":"PRO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “makes wise his mouth,” with “mouth” being a metonymy of cause for what is said: “speech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A23/2"}
{"id":24671,"verse_id":"PRO.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.23","text":"Heb “to his lips.” The term “lips” functions as a metonymy of cause for what is said.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A23/4"}
{"id":24672,"verse_id":"PRO.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":24673,"verse_id":"PRO.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “There is a way that is right before a man [to the face of a man].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":24674,"verse_id":"PRO.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “the ways of death” (so KJV, ASV). This construct phrase features a genitive of destiny: “ways that lead to [or, end in] death.”This proverb is identical to 14:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A25/2"}
{"id":24675,"verse_id":"PRO.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “soul.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) here means “appetite,” functioning as a metonymy; the “inner soul” of a person representing his appetite (BDB 660 s.v. 5 a; see, e.g., Pss 63:6; 107:9 ; Prov 13:25; 16:24; 27:7 ; Isa 56:11; 58:10 ; Jer 50:19 ; Ezek 7:19 ). This is suggested by the parallelism with “hunger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A26/2"}
{"id":24676,"verse_id":"PRO.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “labors for him” (so NAB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A26/3"}
{"id":24677,"verse_id":"PRO.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “his mouth” (so KJV, NAB). The term “mouth” is a metonymy for hunger or eating. The idea of the proverb is clear – the need to eat drives people to work.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A26/4"}
{"id":24678,"verse_id":"PRO.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"16.26","text":"The LXX has apparently misread פִּיהוּ ( pihu ) and inserted the idea of “ruin” for the laborer: “he drives away ruin.” This influenced the Syriac to some degree; however, its first clause understood “suffering” instead of “labor”: “the person who causes suffering suffers.” sn This theme is taught elsewhere (e.g., Eccl 6:7 ; Eph 4:28; 6:7 ; 2 Thess 3:10-12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A26/5"}
{"id":24679,"verse_id":"PRO.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “a man of belial.” This phrase means “wicked scoundrel.” Some translate “worthless” (so ASV, NASB, CEV), but the phrase includes deep depravity and wickedness (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 125-26).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":24680,"verse_id":"PRO.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “digs up” (so NASB). The “wicked scoundrel” finds out about evil and brings it to the surface ( Prov 26:27 ; Jer 18:20 ). What he digs up he spreads by speech.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A27/2"}
{"id":24681,"verse_id":"PRO.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.27","text":"Heb “on his lips” (so NAB) The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause. To say that “evil” is on his lips means that he talks about the evil he has dug up.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A27/3"}
{"id":24682,"verse_id":"PRO.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Heb “a man of perverse things”; NAB “an intriguer.” This refers to someone who destroys lives. The parallelism suggests that he is a “slanderer” or “gossip” – one who whispers and murmurs ( 18:8; 26:20, 22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":24683,"verse_id":"PRO.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"The term אַלּוּף (’ aluf ) refers to a “friend” or “an intimate associate.” The word has other possible translations, including “tame” or “docile” when used of animals. Rashi, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 1040-1105, took it in the later sense of “prince,” saying that such speech alienates the Prince, namely God. But that is a forced interpretation of the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":24684,"verse_id":"PRO.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “man of violence.” He influences his friends toward violence. The term חָמָס ( khamas , “violence”) often refers to sins against society, social injustices, and crimes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":24685,"verse_id":"PRO.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"The verb in the first colon is the Piel imperfect, and the form in the second is the Hiphil perfect; the first is a habitual imperfect, and the second a gnomic perfect. The first verb, “to persuade, seduce, entice,” is the metonymy of cause; the second verb, “to lead,” is the metonymy of effect, the two together forming the whole process.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":24686,"verse_id":"PRO.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “not good” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “a harmful path.” The expression “a way that is not good” is an example of tapeinosis – a deliberate understatement for the sake of emphasis: It is terrible. This refers to crime and violence. The understatement is used to warn people away from villains and to remind them to follow a good path.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A29/3"}
{"id":24687,"verse_id":"PRO.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"The conjunction “and” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the synonymous parallelism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":24688,"verse_id":"PRO.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.30","text":"The participle קֹרֵץ ( qorets ) indicates that the person involved is pinching, compressing, or biting his lips (cf. NIV “purses his lips”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A30/3"}
{"id":24689,"verse_id":"PRO.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.30","text":"The verb is a Piel perfect; it means “complete, finish, bring to an end.” The two cola may form the whole process: The first line has “to devise” evil, and the second has “he completes” evil. BDB, however, classifies this use of the Piel as “to accomplish in thought” meaning “to determine” something (BDB 478 s.v. כָּלָה 1f). In that case the two lines would have synonymous ideas, i.e., using facial expressions to plan evil actions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A30/4"}
{"id":24690,"verse_id":"PRO.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":24691,"verse_id":"PRO.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.31","text":"Heb “it is found” (so NASB) or “it will be found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A31/3"}
{"id":24692,"verse_id":"PRO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.32","text":"One who is “slow to anger” is a patient person (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT). This is explained further in the parallel line by the description of “one who rules his spirit” ( וּמֹשֵׁל בְּרוּחוֹ , umoshel bÿrukho ), meaning “controls his temper.” This means the person has the emotions under control and will not “fly off the handle” quickly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A32/1"}
{"id":24693,"verse_id":"PRO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.32","text":"Heb “who rules his spirit” (so NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A32/2"}
{"id":24694,"verse_id":"PRO.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.32","text":"The phrase “is better than” does not appear in this line in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A32/3"}
{"id":24695,"verse_id":"PRO.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “the lot is cast.” Because the ancient practice of “casting lots” is unfamiliar to many modern readers, the imagery has been updated to “throwing dice.” sn The proverb concerns the practice of seeking divine leading through casting lots. For a similar lesson, see Amenemope (18, 19:16-17 , in ANET 423).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":24696,"verse_id":"PRO.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.33","text":"Heb “all its decision.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2016%3A33/2"}
{"id":24697,"verse_id":"PRO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"The phrase “a dry piece of bread” is like bread without butter, a morsel of bread not dipped in vinegar mix (e.g., Ruth 2:14 ). It represents here a simple, humble meal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":24698,"verse_id":"PRO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “and quietness in it”; the construction functions as a circumstantial clause: “in which there is quietness” or “with quietness.” sn The Hebrew word means “quietness” or “ease.” It represents a place where there can be carefree ease because of the sense of peace and security. The Greek rendering suggests that those translators read it as “peace.” Even if the fare is poor, this kind of setting is to be preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":24699,"verse_id":"PRO.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"The house is described as being full of “sacrifices of strife” ( זִבְחֵי־רִיב , zivkhi-riv ). The use of “sacrifices” suggests a connection with the temple (as in 7:14 ) in which the people may have made their sacrifices and had a large amount meat left over. It is also possible that the reference is simply to a sumptuous meal ( Deut 12:15 ; Isa 34:6 ; Ezek 39:17 ). It would be rare for Israelites to eat meat apart from festivals, however. In the construction the genitive could be classified as a genitive of effect, the feast in general “bringing about strife,” or it could simply be an attributive genitive, “a feast characterized by strife.” Abundance often brings deterioration of moral and ethical standards as well as an increase in envy and strife.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":24700,"verse_id":"PRO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “son.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A2/3"}
{"id":24701,"verse_id":"PRO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.2","text":"The form מֵבִישׁ ( mevish ) is a Hiphil participle, modifying בֵן ( ben ). This original heir would then be one who caused shame or disgrace to the family, probably by showing a complete lack of wisdom in the choices he made.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A2/4"}
{"id":24702,"verse_id":"PRO.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “in the midst of the brothers”; NIV “as one of the brothers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A2/5"}
{"id":24703,"verse_id":"PRO.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"The term “refining” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":24704,"verse_id":"PRO.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “and.” Most English versions treat this as an adversative (“but”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":24705,"verse_id":"PRO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"The Hiphil participle מֵרַע ( mera ’) indicates one who is a doer of evil. The line affirms that a person of this nature will eagerly listen to evil talk – it is part of his nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":24706,"verse_id":"PRO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “to the lip of evil”; ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “wicked lips.” The term “lip” is a metonymy of cause for speech (what is said); the term “evil” is an attributive genitive. The same will be true in the parallel line where the expression “to the tongue of destruction” (NASB “a destructive tongue”) means things that are said that destroy others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":24707,"verse_id":"PRO.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"The verb מֵזִין ( mezin ) is from זִין ( zir , “to feed”); therefore, the suggested emendation is to take it from אֹזֶן (’ ozen , “ear”) as a denominative verb, “to give ear; to listen to.” Two Hebrew mss have this variant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":24708,"verse_id":"PRO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “children of children [sons of sons].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":24709,"verse_id":"PRO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":24710,"verse_id":"PRO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.6","text":"The noun תִּפְאָרָת ( tif ’ arat ) means “beauty; glory” (BDB 802 s.v.). In this passage “glory” seems to be identified with “glorying; boasting”; so a rendering that children are proud of their parents would be in order. Thus, “glory of children” would be a subjective genitive, the glorying that children do.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A6/4"}
{"id":24711,"verse_id":"PRO.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"17.6","text":"The LXX has inserted: “To the faithful belongs the whole world of wealth, but to the unfaithful not an obulus.” It was apparently some popular sentiment at the time. tn Heb “their fathers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A6/5"}
{"id":24712,"verse_id":"PRO.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"The word יֶתֶר ( yeter ) could be rendered either “arrogant” (cf. NIV) or “excellent” (cf. KJV, NASB; NLT “eloquent”) because the basic idea of the word is “remainder; excess,” from the verb “be left over.” It describes “lofty” speech (arrogant or excellent) that is not suited for the fool. The Greek version, using pista , seems to support the idea of “excellent,” and makes a contrast: “words that are excellent do not fit a fool.” The idea of arrogance (NIV) fits if it is taken in the sense of lofty, heightened, or excessive language.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":24713,"verse_id":"PRO.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"“a lip of excess.” The term “lip” is a metonymy for what is said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":24714,"verse_id":"PRO.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “speech of falsehood”; NRSV “false speech.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A7/4"}
{"id":24715,"verse_id":"PRO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"The phrase “works like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":24716,"verse_id":"PRO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “a stone of favors”; NAB, NRSV “a magic stone.” The term שֹׁחַד ( shokhad , “bribe”) could be simply translated as “a gift”; but the second half of the verse says that the one who offers it is successful. At best it could be a gift that opens doors; at worst it is a bribe. The word שֹׁחַד is never used of a disinterested gift, so there is always something of the bribe in it (e.g., Ps 15:5 ; Isa 1:23 ). Here it is “a stone that brings favor,” the genitive being the effect or the result of the gift. In other words, it has magical properties and “works like a charm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":24717,"verse_id":"PRO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “in the eyes of its owner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":24718,"verse_id":"PRO.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “in all that he turns”; NASB, NIV “wherever he turns.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":24719,"verse_id":"PRO.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “covers” (so NASB); NIV “covers over.” How people respond to the faults of others reveals whether or not they have love. The contrast is between one who “covers” (forgives, cf. NCV, NRSV) the fault of a friend and one who repeats news about it. The former promotes love because he cares about the person; the latter divides friends.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":24720,"verse_id":"PRO.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “goes in deeper” (cf. NASB, NRSV). The verb נָחֵת ( nakhet ) “to go down; to descend” with the preposition בְּ ( bet ) means “to descend into; to make an impression on” someone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":24721,"verse_id":"PRO.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"The form is the Hiphil infinitive of נָכָה ( nakhah ) with the comparative מִן , min . The word “fool” then would be an objective genitive – more than blows to/on a fool.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":24722,"verse_id":"PRO.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"The parallelism seems to be formal, with the idea simply continuing to the second line; the conjunction is therefore translated to reflect this. However, the proverb could be interpreted as antithetical just as easily.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":24723,"verse_id":"PRO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “Let a man meet” (so NASB); NLT “It is safer to meet.” The infinitive absolute פָּגוֹשׁ ( pagosh , “to meet”) functions as a jussive of advice. The bear meeting a man is less dangerous than a fool in his folly. It could be worded as a “better” saying, but that formula is not found here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":24724,"verse_id":"PRO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"The second colon begins with וְאַל ( vÿ ’ al ), “and not.” This negative usually appears with volitives, so the fuller expression of the parallel line would be “and let not a fool in his folly [meet someone].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":24725,"verse_id":"PRO.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"The words “to meet” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied by the parallelism and are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":24726,"verse_id":"PRO.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The sentence begins with the participle מֵשִׁיב ( meshiv , “the one who repays”). The whole first colon may be taken as an independent nominative absolute, with the formal sentence to follow. Some English versions have made the first colon a condition by supplying “if” (NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":24727,"verse_id":"PRO.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"The verb מוּשׁ ( mush ) means “to depart; to remove.” The Kethib is a Hiphil, which would yield a meaning of “to take away”; so the Qere , which is the Qal, makes more sense in the line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":24728,"verse_id":"PRO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “the beginning of a quarrel”; TEV, CEV “The start of an argument.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":24729,"verse_id":"PRO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"The verse simply begins with “letting out water.” This phrase is a metaphor, but most English versions have made it a simile (supplying “like” or “as”). R. N. Whybray takes it literally and makes it the subject of the clause: “stealing water starts a quarrel” ( Proverbs [CBC], 100). However, the verb more likely means “to let out, set free” and not “to steal,” for which there are clearer words. sn The image involves a small leak in a container or cistern that starts to spurt out water. The problem will get worse if it is not stopped. Strife is like that. tc The LXX has “The outpouring of words is the beginning of strife.” This would make it a warning against thoughtless talk.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":24730,"verse_id":"PRO.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"The temporal clause is formed with the prepositional “before,” the infinitive construct, and the following subjective genitive. The verb גָּלַע ( gala ’) means “to expose; to lay bare,” and in the Hitpael “to disclose oneself; to break out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":24731,"verse_id":"PRO.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “he who justifies the wicked and and he who condemns the righteous” (so NASB). The first colon uses two Hiphil participles, מַצְדִּיק ( matsdiq ) and מַרְשִׁיעַ ( marshia ’). The first means “to declare righteous” (a declarative Hiphil), and the second means “to make wicked [or, guilty]” or “to condemn” (i.e., “to declare guilty”). To declare someone righteous who is a guilty criminal, or to condemn someone who is innocent, are both abominations for the Righteous Judge of the whole earth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":24732,"verse_id":"PRO.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":24733,"verse_id":"PRO.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “why this?” The term זֶּה ( zeh ) is an enclitic use of the demonstrative pronoun for emphasis: “why ever ” would this happen?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":24734,"verse_id":"PRO.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “there is no heart”; NASB “he has no (+ common TEV) sense”; NLT “has no heart for wisdom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":24735,"verse_id":"PRO.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “a brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":24736,"verse_id":"PRO.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “is born for adversity.” This is not referring to sibling rivalry but to the loyalty a brother shows during times of calamity. This is not to say that a brother only shows loyalty when there is trouble, nor that he always does in these times (e.g., 18:19, 24; 19:7; 27:10 ). The true friend is the same as a brotherly relation – in times of greatest need the loyal love is displayed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A17/3"}
{"id":24737,"verse_id":"PRO.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Heb “heart”; KJV, ASV “a man void of understanding”; NIV “a man lacking in judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":24738,"verse_id":"PRO.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"The phrase “in pledge” is supplied for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":24739,"verse_id":"PRO.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.18","text":"The line uses the participle עֹרֵב (’ orev ) with its cognate accusative עֲרֻבָּה (’ arubah ), “who pledges a pledge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A18/3"}
{"id":24740,"verse_id":"PRO.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “the one who loves transgression the one who loves a quarrel.” There is some ambiguity in the first line. The meaning would not differ greatly if either were taken as the subject; but the parallelism suggests that the proverb is about a quarrelsome and arrogant person who loves sin and invites destruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":24741,"verse_id":"PRO.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Some have taken this second line literally and interpreted it to mean he has built a pretentious house. Probably it is meant to be figurative: The gate is the mouth (the figure would be hypocatastasis) and so to make it high is to say lofty things – he brags too much (e.g., 1 Sam 2:3 ; Prov 18:12; 29:23 ); cf. NCV, TEV, NLT. C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 348) wishes to emend פִּתְחוֹ ( pitkho , “his gate”) to פִּיו ( piv , “his mouth”), but that is unnecessary since the idea can be obtained by interpretation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":24742,"verse_id":"PRO.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"The verse parallels two descriptions of the wicked person: “crooked/perverse of heart” (genitive of specification), and “turned away in his tongue” (deceitful). The first phrase describes twisted intentions. The second, using the Niphal participle (“one turned away”) with “tongue,” the metonymy of cause, describes one who has turned away from speaking truth. Cf. NLT “the twisted tongue tumbles into trouble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":24743,"verse_id":"PRO.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"The phrase “does not find good” is a figure (tapeinosis) meaning, “will experience calamity.” The wicked person can expect trouble ahead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":24744,"verse_id":"PRO.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.20","text":"Heb “tongue”; NIV “whose tongue is deceitful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A20/3"}
{"id":24745,"verse_id":"PRO.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"The form simply means “bears” or “gives birth to,” but since it is masculine it could be rendered “fathers” (cf. NASB “he who begets a fool”; NIV “To have a fool for a son”). The form for “fool” is masculine, but the proverb is not limited only to male children (cf. NCV “It is sad to have a foolish child”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":24746,"verse_id":"PRO.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"The phrase “does so” is supplied for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A21/3"}
{"id":24747,"verse_id":"PRO.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.22","text":"The word “healing” is a hapax legomenon ; some have suggested changes, such as to Arabic jihatu (“face”) or to גְּוִיָּה ( gÿviah , “body”) as in the Syriac and Tg . Prov 17:22 , but the MT makes sense as it is and should be retained. tn Heb “it causes good a healing.” This means it promotes healing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A22/2"}
{"id":24748,"verse_id":"PRO.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"The form לְהַטּוֹת ( lÿhattot ) is the Hiphil infinitive construct of נָטָה ( natah ), meaning “to thrust away,” i.e., to “pervert.” This purpose clause clarifies that the receiving of the “gift” is for evil intent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":24749,"verse_id":"PRO.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"The verse begins with אֶת־פְּנֵי מֵבִין (’ et-pÿni mevin ), “before the discerning” or “the face of the discerning.” The particle אֶת here is simply drawing emphasis to the predicate ( IBHS 182-83 §10.3.2b). Cf. NIV “A discerning man keeps wisdom in view.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":24750,"verse_id":"PRO.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"The term “run” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":24751,"verse_id":"PRO.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “to the one who bore him.” Because the participle is feminine singular in Hebrew, this has been translated as “the mother who bore him.” sn The proverb is similar to v. 21, 10:1, and 15:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A25/2"}
{"id":24752,"verse_id":"PRO.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “not good.” This is an example of tapeinosis – an understatement that implies the worst-case scenario: “it is terrible.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":24753,"verse_id":"PRO.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"The verb עָנַשׁ , here a Qal infinitive construct, properly means “to fine” (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT) but is taken here to mean “to punish” in general. The infinitive functions as the subject of the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A26/2"}
{"id":24754,"verse_id":"PRO.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.26","text":"The form is the Hiphil infinitive construct from נָכָה ( nakhah , “to strike; to smite”). It may well refer to public beatings, so “flog” is used in the translation, since “strike” could refer to an individual’s action and “beat” could be taken to refer to competition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A26/3"}
{"id":24755,"verse_id":"PRO.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “[is] against uprightness.” The expression may be rendered “contrary to what is right.” sn The two lines could be synonymous parallelism; but the second part is being used to show how wrong the first act would be – punishing the righteous makes about as much sense as beating an official of the court for doing what is just.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A26/4"}
{"id":24756,"verse_id":"PRO.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “the one knowing knowledge.” The cognate accusative underscores the meaning of the participle – this is a truly knowledgeable person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":24757,"verse_id":"PRO.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “cool of spirit.” This genitive of specification describes one who is “calm” (so NCV, TEV, CEV) or “even-tempered” (so NIV, NLT); he is composed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A27/3"}
{"id":24758,"verse_id":"PRO.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"The imperfect tense here denotes possibility: One who holds his tongue [may be considered] discerning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":24759,"verse_id":"PRO.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.28","text":"The Niphal participle is used in the declarative/estimative sense with stative verbs: “to be discerning” (Qal) becomes “to be declared discerning” (Niphal). The proverb is teaching that silence is one evidence of wisdom, and that even a fool can thereby appear wise. D. Kidner says that a fool who takes this advice is no longer a complete fool ( Proverbs [TOTC], 127). He does not, of course, become wise – he just hides his folly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2017%3A28/2"}
{"id":24760,"verse_id":"PRO.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"The Niphal participle functions substantively and has a reflexive nuance: “one who has separated himself” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). He is not merely anti-social; he is a problem for society since he will defy sound judgment. The Mishnah uses the verse to teach the necessity of being part of a community because people have social responsibilities and need each other ( m. Avot 2:4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":24761,"verse_id":"PRO.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"The MT has “seeks [his own] desire[s].” The translation in the LXX represents a Hebrew Vorlage of לְתֹאֲנָה ( lÿto ’ anah ) instead of לְתַאֲוָה ( lÿta ’ avah ); this could be translated “seeks his own occasion,” that is, “his own pretext” (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 354; cf. NAB). The MT makes sense as it stands and the emendation is not really necessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":24762,"verse_id":"PRO.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “breaks out”; NRSV “showing contempt for”; NLT “snarling at.” This individual breaks out in contention against sound judgment. He is in opposition to society (e.g., Prov 17:14; 20:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":24763,"verse_id":"PRO.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"The Hitpael infinitive construct בְּהִתְגַּלּוֹת ( bÿhitgalot ) functions nominally as the object of the preposition. The term means “reveal, uncover, betray.” So the fool takes pleasure “in uncovering” his heart.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":24764,"verse_id":"PRO.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “his heart.” This is a metonymy meaning “what is on his mind” (cf. NAB “displaying what he thinks”; NRSV “expressing personal opinion”). This kind of person is in love with his own ideas and enjoys spewing them out (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 515). It is the kind of person who would ask a question, not to learn, but to show everyone how clever he is (cf. TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":24765,"verse_id":"PRO.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"The MT has “a wicked [person].” Many commentators emend the text to רֶשַׁע ( resha ’, “wickedness”) which makes better parallelism with “shame” (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 521; R. B. Y. Scott, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes [AB], 112; C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 355; cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV). However, there is no external evidence for this emendation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":24766,"verse_id":"PRO.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"The term “comes” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":24767,"verse_id":"PRO.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":24768,"verse_id":"PRO.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"There is debate about the nature of the parallelism between lines 4a and 4b. The major options are: (1) synonymous parallelism, (2) antithetical parallelism (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV) or (3) formal parallelism. Normally a vav ( ו ) would begin an antithetical clause; the structure and the ideas suggest that the second colon continues the idea of the first half, but in a parallel way rather than as additional predicates. The metaphors used in the proverb elsewhere describe the wise.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":24769,"verse_id":"PRO.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.4","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A4/5"}
{"id":24770,"verse_id":"PRO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “not good.” This is a figure known as tapeinosis, a deliberate understatement to emphasize a worst-case scenario: “it is terrible!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":24771,"verse_id":"PRO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"The idiom “lifting up the face of” ( שְׂאֵת פְּנֵי , sÿ ’ et pÿne ) means “to show partiality” in decisions (e.g., Deut 10:17 ; Mal 2:9 ); cf. CEV, NLT “to favor.” The verbal form is the Qal infinitive construct from נָשָׂא ( nasa ’), which functions as the subject of the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":24772,"verse_id":"PRO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"Or “the guilty,” since in the second colon “righteous” can also be understood in contrast as “innocent” (cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":24773,"verse_id":"PRO.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “to turn aside” (so ASV); NASB “to thrust aside.” The second half of the verse may illustrate this reprehensible action. The Hiphil infinitive construct לְהַטּוֹת ( lÿhatot ) may serve either (1) as result, “showing partiality… so that the righteous are turned away,” or (2) as epexegetical infinitive, “showing partiality… by turning the righteous away.” The second is preferred in the translation. Depriving the innocent of their rights is a perversion of justice.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A5/4"}
{"id":24774,"verse_id":"PRO.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “calls for.” This is personification: What the fool says “calls for” a beating or flogging. The fool deserves punishment, but does not actually request it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":24775,"verse_id":"PRO.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “blows.” This would probably be physical beatings, either administered by the father or by society (e.g., also 19:25 ; Ps 141:5 ; cf. NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT). Today, however, “a beating” could be associated with violent criminal assault, whereas the context suggests punishment. Therefore “a flogging” is used in the translation, since that term is normally associated with disciplinary action.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A6/4"}
{"id":24776,"verse_id":"PRO.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “his soul” (so KJV, NASB, NIV). sn What a fool says can ruin him. Calamity and misfortune can come to a person who makes known his lack of wisdom by what he says. It may be that his words incite anger, or merely reveal stupidity; in either case, he is in trouble.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":24777,"verse_id":"PRO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Or “slanderer”; KJV, NAB “talebearer”; ASV, NRSV “whisperer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":24778,"verse_id":"PRO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"The word כְּמִתְלַהֲמִים ( kÿmitlahamim ) occurs only here. It is related to a cognate verb meaning “to swallow greedily.” Earlier English versions took it from a Hebrew root הָלַם ( halam , see the word לְמַהֲלֻמוֹת [ lÿmahalumot ] in v. 6 ) meaning “wounds” (so KJV). But the translation of “choice morsels” fits the idea of gossip better.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":24779,"verse_id":"PRO.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “they go down [into] the innermost parts of the belly”; NASB “of the body.” sn When the choice morsels of gossip are received, they go down like delicious food – into the innermost being. R. N. Whybray says, “There is a flaw in human nature that assures slander will be listened to” ( Proverbs [CBC], 105).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":24780,"verse_id":"PRO.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “Also, the one who.” Many commentators and a number of English versions omit the word “also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":24781,"verse_id":"PRO.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"The form מִתְרַפֶּה ( mitrappeh ) is the Hitpael participle, “showing oneself slack.” The verb means “to sink; to relax,” and in the causative stem “to let drop” the hands. This is the lazy person who does not even try to work.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":24782,"verse_id":"PRO.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “possessor of destruction.” This idiom means “destroyer” (so ASV); KJV “a great waster”; NRSV “a vandal.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A9/4"}
{"id":24783,"verse_id":"PRO.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":24784,"verse_id":"PRO.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “a tower of strength,” with “strength” regarded as attributive by most English versions. The metaphor “strong tower” indicates that God is a secure refuge. The figure is qualified in the second colon.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A10/3"}
{"id":24785,"verse_id":"PRO.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “is high” or “is inaccessible.” This military-type expression stresses the effect of the trust – security, being out of danger (see HALOT 1305 s.v. שׂגב ). Other scriptures will supply the ways that God actually protects people who trust him.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A10/5"}
{"id":24786,"verse_id":"PRO.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":24787,"verse_id":"PRO.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “city of his strength”; NIV “fortified city.” This term refers to their place of refuge, what they look to for security and protection in time of trouble.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":24788,"verse_id":"PRO.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.11","text":"The MT reads בְּמַשְׂכִּיתוֹ ( bÿmaskito , “in his imaginations”). The LXX, Tg . Prov 18:11 , and the Latin reflect בִּמְשֻׂכָּתוֹ ( bimsukato , “like a fence [or, high wall]”) that is, wealth provides protection. The MT reading, on the other hand, suggests that this security is only in the mind. tn The proverb is an observation saying, reporting a common assumption without commenting on it. The juxtaposition with the last verse is a loud criticism of this misguided faith. The final word בְּמַשְׂכִּיתוֹ (“in his imaginations”) indicates that one’s wealth is a futile place of refuge.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A11/4"}
{"id":24789,"verse_id":"PRO.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “[is] before honor”; cf. CEV “humility leads to honor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":24790,"verse_id":"PRO.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “returns a word”; KJV “He that answereth a matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":24791,"verse_id":"PRO.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “it is folly to him and shame.” The verse uses formal parallelism, with the second colon simply completing the thought of the first.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A13/3"}
{"id":24792,"verse_id":"PRO.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “the spirit of a man.” Because the verb of this clause is a masculine form, some have translated this line as “with spirit a man sustains,” but that is an unnecessary change.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":24793,"verse_id":"PRO.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “discerning heart.” The term “heart” is a synecdoche of part (= heart) for the whole (= person); cf. TEV, NLT “intelligent people.” By paralleling “heart” and “ear” the proverb stresses the full acquisition of knowledge. The “ear” listens to instruction, and the heart considers what is heard to acquire knowledge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":24794,"verse_id":"PRO.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Heb “the ear of the wise.” The term “ear” is a synecdoche of part (= ear) for the whole (= person): “wise person.” sn The wise continually seek more knowledge. D. Kidner says, “Those who know most know best how little they know” ( Proverbs [TOTC], 129).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":24795,"verse_id":"PRO.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “in his legal case”; NAB “who pleads his case first.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":24796,"verse_id":"PRO.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"The term “seems” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness (cf. KJV “seemeth”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":24797,"verse_id":"PRO.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “his neighbor”; NRSV “the other.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":24798,"verse_id":"PRO.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “comes and.” The Kethib is the imperfect יָבֹא ( yavo ’), and the Qere is the conjunction with the participle/perfect tense form וּבָא ( uva ’). The latter is reflected in most of the ancient versions. There is not an appreciable difference in the translations, except for the use of the conjunction.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":24799,"verse_id":"PRO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “casting the lot.” Because modern readers are not familiar with the ancient practice of casting lots, the image of the coin toss to decide an issue has been employed in the translation (cf. CEV “drawing straws”). Although the casting of lots is often compared to throwing dice, the translation “throwing dice ends disputes” in this context could be misunderstood to mean “participating in a game of dice ends disputes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":24800,"verse_id":"PRO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"The verb יַשְׁבִּית ( yashbit ) is the Hiphil imperfect from שָׁבַת ( shavat ), meaning “to cause to cease; to bring to an end; to end”; cf. NIV “settles disputes.” The assumption behind this practice and this saying is that providence played the determining role in the casting of lots. If both parties accepted this, then the issue could be resolved.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":24801,"verse_id":"PRO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “makes a separation” or “decides.” In the book of Proverbs this verb often has a negative connotation, such as separating close friends (e.g., 16:9 ). But here it has a positive nuance: Opponents are “separated” by settling the issue.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":24802,"verse_id":"PRO.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.18","text":"The word is the adjective, “mighty” (so KJV, NAB, NASB) used here substantivally as the object of the preposition.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A18/4"}
{"id":24803,"verse_id":"PRO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “brother,” but this is not limited to actual siblings (cf. NRSV “an ally”; CEV, NLT “friend”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":24804,"verse_id":"PRO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"The Niphal participle from פָּשַׁע ( pasha ’) modifies “brother”: a brother transgressed, offended, sinned against.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":24805,"verse_id":"PRO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"18.19","text":"The LXX has a clear antithetical proverb here: “A brother helped is like a stronghold, but disputes are like bars of a citadel.” Accordingly, the editors of BHS propose מוֹשִׁיעַ ( moshia ’) instead of נִפְשָׁע ( nifsha ’, so also the other versions and the RSV). But since both lines use the comparison with a citadel (fortified/barred), the antithesis is problematic. tn The phrase “is harder to reach” is supplied in the translation on the basis of the comparative מִן ( min ). It is difficult to get into a fortified city; it is more difficult to reach an offended brother.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A19/3"}
{"id":24806,"verse_id":"PRO.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “bars,” but this could be understood to mean “taverns,” so “barred gates” is employed in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A19/4"}
{"id":24807,"verse_id":"PRO.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “his midst.” This is rendered “his stomach” because of the use of שָׂבַע ( sava ’, “to be satisfied; to be sated; to be filled”), which is usually used with food (cf. KJV, ASV “belly”). sn Productive speech is not just satisfying – it meets the basic needs of life. There is a practical return for beneficial words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":24808,"verse_id":"PRO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “in the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":24809,"verse_id":"PRO.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.21","text":"The referent of “it” must be the tongue, i.e., what the tongue says (= “its use”). So those who enjoy talking, indulging in it, must “eat” its fruit, whether good or bad. The expression “eating the fruit” is an implied comparison; it means accept the consequences of loving to talk (cf. TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A21/3"}
{"id":24810,"verse_id":"PRO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"The verb מָצָא ( matsa ’, translated “finds”) is used twice in the first colon. It is paralleled by the verb פּוּק ( puq , translated “receives”) in the second colon, which carries the same nuance as the preceding verbs. The first perfect tense verb might function in a hypothetical or conditional sense: “If a man finds…then he finds.” But taken as a principle the nuances of the verbs would be gnomic or characteristic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":24811,"verse_id":"PRO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “good.” The term טוֹב ( tov , “good; enjoyable; fortune”) might be an allusion to Gen 2:18 , which affirms that it is not good for man to be alone. The word describes that which is pleasing to God, beneficial for life, and abundantly enjoyable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":24812,"verse_id":"PRO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “what is pleasant.” The noun רָצוֹן ( ratson , “what is pleasing”) is often interpreted in a religious-theological sense here: “receives favor from the Lord ” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV). However, this term is probably referring to the pleasure that a person enjoys in marriage, so it should be understood in a nonreligious, marital sense: “pleasure” (e.g., Esth 1:8 ; HALOT 1282 s.v. 1 ); cf. CEV “she is a gift from the Lord.” sn The parallelism is formal; the second line of the verse continues the first but explains it further: Finding a spouse, one receives a pleasurable gift from God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":24813,"verse_id":"PRO.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.22","text":"The LXX adds this embellishment to complete the thought: “Whoever puts away a good wife puts away good, and whoever keeps an adulteress is foolish and ungodly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A22/4"}
{"id":24814,"verse_id":"PRO.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “speaks supplications”; NIV “pleads for mercy.” The poor man has to ask for help because he has no choice (cf. CEV). The Hebrew term תַּחֲנוּן ( takhanun ) is a “supplication for favor” (related to the verb חָנַן [ khanan ], “to be gracious; to show favor”). So the poor man speaks, but what he speaks is a request for favor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":24815,"verse_id":"PRO.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"The construction is “a man of friends” (cf. NASB) meaning a man who has friends (a genitive of the thing possessed). C. H. Toy, however, suggests reading יֵשׁ ( yesh ) instead of אִישׁ (’ ish ), along with some of the Greek mss , the Syriac, and Tg . Prov 18:24 . It would then say “there are friends” who are unreliable ( Proverbs [ICC], 366); cf. NLT. However, the MT should be retained here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":24816,"verse_id":"PRO.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"The text simply has לְהִתְרֹעֵעַ ( lÿhitro ’ ea ’), which means “for being crushed” or “to be shattered” (but not “to show oneself friendly” as in the KJV). What can be made of the sentence is that “a man who has [many] friends [may have them] for being crushed” – the infinitive giving the result (i.e., “with the result that he may be crushed by them”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":24817,"verse_id":"PRO.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy for what one says with his lips. The expression “perverse in his lips” refers to speech that is morally perverted. Some medieval Hebrew mss, the Syriac, and Tg . Prov 19:1 have “his ways” rather than “his lips” (e.g., Prov 28:6 ); cf. NAB.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":24818,"verse_id":"PRO.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.1","text":"The Syriac and Tg . Prov 19:1 read “rich” instead of MT “fool.” This makes tighter antithetical parallelism than MT and is followed by NAB. However, the MT makes sense as it stands; this is an example of metonymical parallelism. The MT reading is also supported by the LXX. The Hebrew construction uses וְהוּא ( vÿhu ’), “and he [is],” before “fool.” This may be rendered “one who is perverse while a fool” or “a fool at the same time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A1/3"}
{"id":24819,"verse_id":"PRO.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “not good.” This is a figure known as tapeinosis (a deliberate understatement to emphasize a worst-case scenario): “it is dangerous!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":24820,"verse_id":"PRO.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"The interpretation of this line depends largely on the meaning of נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) which has a broad range of meanings: (1) the breathing substance of man, (2) living being, (3) life, (4) person, (5) seat of the appetites, (6) seat of emotions and passions, (7) activities of intellect, emotion and will, (8) moral character, etc. (BDB 659-61 s.v.). In light of the synonymous parallelism, the most likely nuance here is “zeal, passion” ( HALOT 713 s.v. 8 ). NIV takes the word in the sense of “vitality” and “drive” – “it is not good to have zeal without knowledge” (cf. NCV, TEV, and NLT which are all similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":24821,"verse_id":"PRO.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “he who is hasty with his feet.” The verb אוּץ (’ uts ) means “to be pressed; to press; to make haste.” The verb is followed by the preposition בְּ ( bet ) which indicates that with which one hastens – his feet. The word “feet” is a synecdoche of part for the whole person – body and mind working together (cf. NLT “a person who moves too quickly”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":24822,"verse_id":"PRO.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “misses the goal.” The participle חוֹטֵא ( khote ’) can be translated “sins” (cf. KJV, ASV), but in this context it refers only to actions without knowledge, which could lead to sin, or could lead simply to making poor choices (cf. NAB “blunders”; NASB “errs”; NCV “might make a mistake”). sn The basic meaning of the verb is “to miss a goal or the way.” D. Kidner says, “How negative is the achievement of a man who wants tangible and quick rewards” – he will miss the way ( Proverbs [TOTC], 132).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A2/4"}
{"id":24823,"verse_id":"PRO.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “the folly of a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":24824,"verse_id":"PRO.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"The verb סָלַף ( salaf ) normally means “to twist; to pervert; to overturn,” but in this context it means “to subvert” (BDB 701 s.v.); cf. ASV “subverteth.” sn J. H. Greenstone comments: “Man’s own failures are the result of his own folly and should not be attributed to God” ( Proverbs , 201).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":24825,"verse_id":"PRO.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"The clause begins with vav on the nonverb phrase “against the Lord .” While clause structure and word order is less compelling in a book like Proverbs, this fits well as a circumstantial clause indicating concession.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":24826,"verse_id":"PRO.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The Niphal imperfect probably should be taken in the passive sense (the poor person is deserted by his “friend,” cf. NAB, NIV) rather than as a direct middle (the poor person deserted his friend).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":24827,"verse_id":"PRO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “a witness of lies.” This expression is an attributive genitive: “a lying witness” (cf. CEV “dishonest witnesses”). This is paralleled by “the one who pours out lies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":24828,"verse_id":"PRO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “breathes out”; NAB “utters”; NIV “pours out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":24829,"verse_id":"PRO.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “will not escape” (so NAB, NASB); NIV “will not go free.” Here “punishment” is implied, and has been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn This proverb is a general statement, because on occasion there are false witnesses who go unpunished in this life (e.g., Prov 6:19; 14:5, 25; 19:9 ). The Talmud affirms, “False witnesses are contemptible even to those who hire them” ( b. Sanhedrin 29b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A5/3"}
{"id":24830,"verse_id":"PRO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"The verb יְחַלּוּ ( yÿkhalu ) is a Piel imperfect of חָלָה ( khalah ) meaning “to seek favor; to entreat favor; to mollify; to appease”; cf. NIV “curry favor.” It literally means “making the face of someone sweet or pleasant,” as in stroking the face. To “entreat the favor” of someone is to induce him to show favor; the action aims at receiving gifts, benefits, or any other kind of success. sn The Hebrew verb translated “entreat the favor” is often used to express prayer when God is the one whose favor is being sought; here it is the prince who can grant requests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":24831,"verse_id":"PRO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “the face of a generous man”; ASV “the liberal man.” The term “face” is a synecdoche of part (= face) for the whole (= person).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":24832,"verse_id":"PRO.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “a man of gifts.” This could be (1) attributive genitive: a man characterized by giving gifts or (2) objective genitive: a man who gives gifts ( IBHS 146 §9.5.2b).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A6/4"}
{"id":24833,"verse_id":"PRO.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “brothers,” but not limited only to male siblings in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":24834,"verse_id":"PRO.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “hate him.” The verb שָׂנֵא ( sane ’) may be nuanced “reject” here (metonymy of effect, cf. CEV). The kind of “dislike” or “hatred” family members show to a poor relative is to have nothing to do with him (NIV “is shunned”). If relatives do this, how much more will the poor person’s friends do so.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":24835,"verse_id":"PRO.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"The direct object “them” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":24836,"verse_id":"PRO.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “not they.” The last line of the verse is problematic. The preceding two lines are loosely synonymous in their parallelism, but the third adds something like: “he pursues [them with] words, but they [do] not [respond].” Some simply say it is a corrupt remnant of a separate proverb and beyond restoration. The basic idea does make sense, though. The idea of his family and friends rejecting the poor person reveals how superficial they are, and how they make themselves scarce. Since they are far off, he has to look for them “with words” (adverbial accusative), that is, “send word” for help. But they “are nowhere to be found” (so NIV). The LXX reads “will not be delivered” in place of “not they” – clearly an attempt to make sense out of the cryptic phrase, and, in the process, showing evidence for that text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A7/4"}
{"id":24837,"verse_id":"PRO.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “heart.” Most English versions translate as “wisdom,” but cf. NAB “intelligence.” This refers to a mind that works (e.g., Prov 7:7; 9:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":24838,"verse_id":"PRO.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “his own soul.” The expression “loves his soul” means that he is paying attention to his needs or taking care of his life (cf. NAB “is his own best friend”). This expression works with its parallel to provide the whole idea: “loving the soul” is the metonymy of the cause for prospering, and “prospering” is the metonymy of the effect (of loving).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":24839,"verse_id":"PRO.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “finds good” (similar KJV, NASB); NCV “will succeed.” The MT reads לִמְצֹא ( limtso ’), a Qal infinitive construct. The LXX (as well as the other major early versions) renders it as a future, which reflects a Vorlage of יִמְצָא ( yimtsa ’). The infinitive is used here in a modal sense, meaning “is destined to” or “is certain of” finding good in life.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A8/3"}
{"id":24840,"verse_id":"PRO.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Heb “breathes out”; NAB “utters”; NIV “pours out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":24841,"verse_id":"PRO.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The form נָאוֶה ( na ’ veh ) is an adjective meaning “seemly; comely” in the older English versions like KJV, ASV, “fitting” in more recent ones (e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV). The verbal root נוֹה only occurs in the Pilel stem; but it also has the basic meaning of “being fitting; being comely.” In this sentence the form is a predicate adjective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":24842,"verse_id":"PRO.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “prudence,” the successful use of wisdom in discretion. Cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT “good sense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":24843,"verse_id":"PRO.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"The Hiphil perfect of אָרַךְ (’ arakh , “to be long”) means “to make long; to prolong.” Patience and slowness to anger lead to forgiveness of sins.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":24844,"verse_id":"PRO.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “to pass over” (so KJV, ASV); NCV, TEV “ignore.” The infinitive construct עֲבֹר (’ avor ) functions as the formal subject of the sentence. This clause provides the cause, whereas the former gave the effect – if one can pass over an offense there will be no anger. sn W. McKane says, “The virtue which is indicated here is more than a forgiving temper; it includes also the ability to shrug off insults and the absence of a brooding hypersensitivity…. It contains elements of toughness and self-discipline; it is the capacity to stifle a hot, emotional rejoinder and to sleep on an insult” ( Proverbs [OTL], 530).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A11/4"}
{"id":24845,"verse_id":"PRO.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “is a roaring like a lion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":24846,"verse_id":"PRO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “a foolish son” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, CEV); NRSV “a stupid child.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":24847,"verse_id":"PRO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “the contentions of a wife” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “the nagging of a wife.” The genitive could be interpreted (1) as genitive of source or subjective genitive – she is quarreling; or (2) it could be a genitive of specification, making the word “contentions” a modifier, as in the present translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":24848,"verse_id":"PRO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “is a constant dripping.” The term “like” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. The metaphor pictures water dropping (perhaps rain through the roof, cf. NRSV, CEV) in a continuous flow: It is annoying and irritating (e.g., Prov 27:15-16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":24849,"verse_id":"PRO.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"19.13","text":"The LXX makes this moralistic statement for 13b: “vows paid out of hire of a harlot are not pure.” It is not based on the MT and attempts to reconstruct a text using this have been unsuccessful.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A13/4"}
{"id":24850,"verse_id":"PRO.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “inheritance of fathers” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":24851,"verse_id":"PRO.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “causes to fall” or “casts”; NAB “plunges…into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":24852,"verse_id":"PRO.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Or “complete inactivity”; the word תַּרְדֵּמָה ( tardemah ) can refer to a physical “deep sleep” (e.g., Gen 2:21 ; Jonah 1:5, 6 ); but it can also be used figuratively for complete inactivity, as other words for “sleep” can. Here it refers to lethargy or debility and morbidness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":24853,"verse_id":"PRO.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"The expression וְנֶפֶשׁ רְמִיָּה ( vÿnefesh rÿmiyyah ) can be translated “the soul of deceit” or “the soul of slackness.” There are two identical feminine nouns, one from the verb “beguile,” and the other from a cognate Arabic root “grow loose.” The second is more likely here in view of the parallelism (cf. NIV “a shiftless man”; NAB “the sluggard”). One who is slack, that is, idle, will go hungry.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":24854,"verse_id":"PRO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"The verb שָׁמַר ( shamar ) is repeated twice in this line but with two different senses, creating a polysemantic wordplay: “he who obeys/keeps ( ֹֹשׁמֵר , shomer ) the commandment safeguards/keeps ( שֹׁמֵר , shomer ) his life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":24855,"verse_id":"PRO.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.16","text":"The Kethib is יָוְמֻת ( yavmut ), “will be put to death,” while the Qere reads יָמוּת ( yamut , “will die”). The Qere is the preferred reading and is followed by most English versions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A16/3"}
{"id":24856,"verse_id":"PRO.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The form מַלְוֵה ( malveh ) is the Hiphil participle from לָוָה ( lavah ) in construct; it means “to cause to borrow; to lend.” The expression here is “lender of the Lord .” The person who helps the poor becomes the creditor of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":24857,"verse_id":"PRO.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “he.” The referent of the 3rd person masculine singular pronoun is “the Lord ” in the preceding line, which has been supplied here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":24858,"verse_id":"PRO.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “and his good deed will repay him.” The word גְּמֻלוֹ ( gÿmulo ) could be (1) the subject or (2) part of a double accusative of the verb. Understanding it as part of the double accusative makes better sense, for then the subject of the verb is God. How “his deed” could repay him is not immediately obvious.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A17/5"}
{"id":24859,"verse_id":"PRO.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"The translation understands כִּי ( ki ) as causal. Some prefer to take כִּי as temporal and translate, “while there is hope” (so KJV, NASB, NCV, NRSV, NLT), meaning that discipline should be administered when the child is young and easily guided. In the causal reading of כִּי , the idea seems to be that children should be disciplined because change is possible due to their youth and the fact that they are not set in their ways.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":24860,"verse_id":"PRO.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"The expression “do not lift up your soul/life” to his death may mean (1) “do not set your heart” on his death (cf. ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV), or it may mean (2) “do not be a willing partner” (cf. NIV). The parent is to discipline a child, but he is not to take it to the extreme and destroy or kill the child.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":24861,"verse_id":"PRO.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"The second colon of the verse is very difficult, and there have been many proposals as to its meaning: (1) “If you save [your enemy], you will add [good to yourself]”; (2) “If you save [your son by chastening], you may continue [chastisement and so educate him]”; (3) “If you deliver [him by paying the fine for him once], you will have to do it again”; (4) “If you save [him this time], you will have to increase [the punishment later on].” All interpretations have to supply a considerable amount of material (indicated by brackets). Many English versions are similar to (3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":24862,"verse_id":"PRO.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"The proverb is one continuous thought, but the second half of the verse provides the purpose for the imperatives of the first half.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":24863,"verse_id":"PRO.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"The imperfect tense has the nuance of a final imperfect in a purpose clause, and so is translated “that you may become wise” (cf. NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":24864,"verse_id":"PRO.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “become wise in your latter end” (cf. KJV, ASV) which could obviously be misunderstood.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A20/4"}
{"id":24865,"verse_id":"PRO.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “in the heart of a man” (cf. NAB, NIV). Here “heart” is used for the seat of thoughts, plans, and reasoning, so the translation uses “mind.” In contemporary English “heart” is more often associated with the seat of emotion than with the seat of planning and reasoning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":24866,"verse_id":"PRO.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “but the counsel of the Lord , it will stand.” The construction draws attention to the “counsel of the Lord ”; it is an independent nominative absolute, and the resumptive independent pronoun is the formal subject of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A21/3"}
{"id":24867,"verse_id":"PRO.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.21","text":"The antithetical parallelism pairs “counsel” with “plans.” “Counsel of the Lord ” ( עֲצַת יְהוָה , ’ atsat yehvah ) is literally “advice” or “counsel” with the connotation of “plan” in this context (cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT “purpose”; NCV “plan”; TEV “the Lord’s will”). sn The point of the proverb is that the human being with many plans is uncertain, but the Lord with a sure plan gives correct counsel.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A21/4"}
{"id":24868,"verse_id":"PRO.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “the desire of a man” (so KJV). The noun in construct is תַּאֲוַת ( ta ’ avat ), “desire [of].” Here it refers to “the desire of a man [= person].” Two problems surface here, the connotation of the word and the kind of genitive. “Desire” can also be translated “lust,” and so J. H. Greenstone has “The lust of a man is his shame” ( Proverbs , 208). But the sentence is more likely positive in view of the more common uses of the words. “Man” could be a genitive of possession or subjective genitive – the man desires loyal love. It could also be an objective genitive, meaning “what is desired for a man.” The first would be the more natural in the proverb, which is showing that loyal love is better than wealth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":24869,"verse_id":"PRO.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “[is] his loyal love”; NIV “unfailing love”; NRSV “loyalty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":24870,"verse_id":"PRO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” This expression features an objective genitive: “fearing the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":24871,"verse_id":"PRO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"The term “leads” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":24872,"verse_id":"PRO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.23","text":"Here “life” is probably a metonymy of subject for “blessings and prosperity in life.” The plural form often covers a person’s “lifetime.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A23/3"}
{"id":24873,"verse_id":"PRO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.23","text":"The subject of this verb is probably the one who fears the Lord and enjoys life. So the proverb uses synthetic parallelism; the second half tells what this life is like – it is an abiding contentment that is not threatened by calamity (cf. NCV “unbothered by trouble”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A23/4"}
{"id":24874,"verse_id":"PRO.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.23","text":"Heb “he will not be visited” (so KJV, ASV). The verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) is often translated “visit.” It describes intervention that will change the destiny. If God “visits” it means he intervenes to bless or to curse. To be “visited by trouble” means that calamity will interfere with the course of life and change the direction or the destiny. Therefore this is not referring to a minor trouble that one might briefly experience. A life in the Lord cannot be disrupted by such major catastrophes that would alter one’s destiny.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A23/5"}
{"id":24875,"verse_id":"PRO.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “buries” (so many English versions); KJV “hideth”; NAB “loses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":24876,"verse_id":"PRO.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"The Hiphil imperfect תַּכֶּה ( takeh ) is followed by another imperfect. It could be rendered: “strike a scorner [imperfect of instruction] and a simpleton will become prudent.” But the first of the parallel verbs can also be subordinated to the second as a temporal or conditional clause. Some English versions translate “beat” (NAB “if you beat an arrogant man”), but this could be understood to refer to competition rather than physical punishment. Therefore “flog” has been used in the translation, since it is normally associated with punishment or discipline.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":24877,"verse_id":"PRO.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.25","text":"The second half begins with הוֹכִיחַ ( hokhiakh ), the Hiphil infinitive construct. This parallels the imperfect tense beginning the first half; it forms a temporal or conditional clause as well, so that the main verb is “he will understand.” sn The discerning person will learn from verbal rebukes. The contrast is caught in a wordplay in the Midrash: “For the wise a hint [ r’mizo ], for the fool a fist [ kurmezo ]” ( Mishle 22:6).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A25/4"}
{"id":24878,"verse_id":"PRO.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"The construction joins the Piel participle מְשַׁדֶּד ( mÿshaded , “one who robs”) with the Hiphil imperfect יַבְרִיחַ ( yavriakh , “causes to flee” = chases away). The imperfect given a progressive imperfect nuance matches the timeless description of the participle as a substantive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":24879,"verse_id":"PRO.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.26","text":"The more generic “child” does not fit the activities described in this verse and so “son” is retained in the translation. In the ancient world a “son” was more likely than a daughter to behave as stated. Such behavior may reflect the son wanting to take over his father’s lands prematurely.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A26/3"}
{"id":24880,"verse_id":"PRO.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Heb “Stop listening…!” The infinitive construct לִשְׁמֹעַ ( lishmoa ’) functions as the direct object of the imperative: “stop heeding [or, listening to].” Of course in this proverb which shows the consequences of doing so, this is irony. The sage is instructing not to stop. The conditional protasis construction does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":24881,"verse_id":"PRO.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.27","text":"The second line has an infinitive construct לִשְׁגוֹת ( lishgot ), meaning “to stray; to go astray; to err.” It indicates the result of the instruction – stop listening, and as a result you will go astray. The LXX took it differently: “A son who ceases to attend to discipline is likely to stray from words of knowledge.” RSV sees the final clause as the purpose of the instructions to be avoided: “do not listen to instructions to err.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A27/2"}
{"id":24882,"verse_id":"PRO.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Heb “a witness who is worthless and wicked” ( עֵד בְּלִיַּעַל , ’ ed beliyya ’ al ). Cf. KJV “an ungodly witness”; NAB “an unprincipled witness”; NCV “an evil witness”; NASB “a rascally witness.” sn These are crooked or corrupt witnesses who willfully distort the facts and make a mockery of the whole legal process.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":24883,"verse_id":"PRO.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"The parallel line says the mouth of the wicked “gulps down” or “swallows” ( יְבַלַּע , yÿvala ’) iniquity. The verb does not seem to fit the line (or the proverb) very well. Some have emended the text to יַבִּיעַ ( yavia ’, “gushes”) as in 15:28 (cf. NAB “pours out”). Driver followed an Arabic balaga to get “enunciates,” which works well with the idea of a false witness (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 529). As it stands, however, the line indicates that in what he says the wicked person accepts evil – and that could describe a false witness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":24884,"verse_id":"PRO.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"Some (cf. NAB) suggest emending the MT’s “judgments” (from שָׁפַט , shafat ) to “rods” (from שָׁבַט , shavat ); however, this is not necessary if the term in the MT is interpreted figuratively. The LXX “scourges” might reflect a different Vorlage , but it also could have been an interpretive translation from the same text. “Judgments” is a metonymy of cause and refers to the punishment that the scoffer is to receive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":24885,"verse_id":"PRO.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"The two participles לֵץ ( lets , “mocker”) and הֹמֶה ( homeh , “brawler”) are substantives; they function as predicates in the sentence. Excessive use of intoxicants excites the drinker to boisterous behavior and aggressive attitudes – it turns them into mockers and brawlers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":24886,"verse_id":"PRO.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “the terror of a king” (so ASV, NASB); The term “terror” is a metonymy of effect for cause: the anger of a king that causes terror among the people. The term “king” functions as a possessive genitive: “a king’s anger” (cf. NIV “A king’s wrath”; NLT “The king’s fury”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":24887,"verse_id":"PRO.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The verb מִתְעַבְּרוֹ ( mit ’ abbÿro ) is problematic; in the MT the form is the Hitpael participle with a pronominal suffix, which is unusual, for the direct object of this verb usually takes a preposition first: “is angry with.” The LXX rendered it “angers [or, irritates].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":24888,"verse_id":"PRO.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":24889,"verse_id":"PRO.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “cessation” ( שֶׁבֶת , shevet ); NAB “to shun strife”; NRSV “refrain from strife.” sn One cannot avoid conflict altogether; but the proverb is instructing that at the first sign of conflict the honorable thing to do is to find a way to end it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":24890,"verse_id":"PRO.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Heb “breaks out.” The Hitpael of the verb גָּלַע ( gala ’, “to expose; to lay bare”) means “to break out; to disclose oneself,” and so the idea of flaring up in a quarrel is clear. But there are also cognate connections to the idea of “showing the teeth; snarling” and so quarreling viciously.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":24891,"verse_id":"PRO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “in the autumn”; ASV “by reason of the winter.” The noun means “autumn, harvest time.” The right time for planting was after the harvest and the rainy season of autumn and winter began.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":24892,"verse_id":"PRO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"The Piel of the verb שָׁאַל ( sha ’ al , “to ask”) means “to beg” or “to inquire carefully.” At the harvest time he looks for produce but there is none. The Piel might suggest, however, that because he did not plant, or did not do it at the right time, he is reduced to begging and will have nothing (cf. KJV, ASV; NASB “he begs during the harvest”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":24893,"verse_id":"PRO.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"The phrase “for the crop” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A4/4"}
{"id":24894,"verse_id":"PRO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “in the heart of a man”; NRSV “in the human mind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":24895,"verse_id":"PRO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":24896,"verse_id":"PRO.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “a man of understanding”; TEV “someone with insight”; NLT “the wise.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A5/5"}
{"id":24897,"verse_id":"PRO.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “many a man calls/proclaims a man of his loyal love.” The Syriac and Tg . Prov 20:6 render the verb as passive: “many are called kind.” Other suggestions include: “most men meet people who will do them occasional kindnesses” (RSV); “many men profess friendship” (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 384); “many men invite only the one who has shown them kindness.” The simplest interpretation in this context is “many proclaim [themselves to be] a kind person (= a loyal friend).” The contrast is between many who claim to be loyal friends and the one who actually proves to be faithful.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":24898,"verse_id":"PRO.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"The shift to the expression “a man of faithfulness[es]” in the second line indicates that of all those who claim to show faithful love, it is rare to find one who is truly reliable (as the word אֱמוּנִים [’ emunim ] indicates clearly); cf. NAB, NRSV “one worthy of trust.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":24899,"verse_id":"PRO.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “walks in his integrity” (so NASB); cf. NIV “leads a blameless life.” The Hitpael participle of הָלַךְ ( halakh ) means “to walk about; to walk to and fro.” The idiom of walking representing living is intensified here in this stem. This verbal stem is used in scripture to describe people “walking with” God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":24900,"verse_id":"PRO.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"The infinitive construct is דִּין ; it indicates purpose, “to judge” (so NIV, NCV) even though it does not have the preposition with it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":24901,"verse_id":"PRO.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"The second line uses the image of winnowing (cf. NIV, NRSV) to state that the king’s judgment removes evil from the realm. The verb form is מִזָרֶה ( mÿzareh ), the Piel participle. It has been translated “to sift; to winnow; to scatter” and “to separate” – i.e., separate out evil from the land. The text is saying that a just government roots out evil (cf. NAB “dispels all evil”), but few governments have been consistently just.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":24902,"verse_id":"PRO.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"The verb form זִכִּיתִי ( zikkiti ) is the Piel perfect of זָכָה ( zakhah , “to be clear; to be clean; to be pure”). The verb has the idea of “be clear, justified, acquitted.” In this stem it is causative: “I have made my heart clean” (so NRSV) or “kept my heart pure” (so NIV). This would be claiming that all decisions and motives were faultless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":24903,"verse_id":"PRO.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"The construction simply uses repetition to express different kinds of weights and measures: “a stone and a stone, an ephah and an ephah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":24904,"verse_id":"PRO.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” The phrase features a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.” sn Behind this proverb is the image of the dishonest merchant who has different sets of weights and measures which are used to cheat customers. The Lord hates dishonesty in business transactions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":24905,"verse_id":"PRO.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"The second line uses two imperatives in a sequence (without the vav [ ו ]): “open your eyes” and then (or, in order that) you will “be satisfied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":24906,"verse_id":"PRO.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “bread” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV), although the term often serves in a generic sense for food in general.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A13/3"}
{"id":24907,"verse_id":"PRO.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Heb “[It is] bad, [it is] bad.” Since “bad” can be understood in some modern contexts as a descriptive adjective meaning “good,” the translation uses “worthless” instead – the real point of the prospective buyer’s exclamation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":24908,"verse_id":"PRO.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.14","text":"The Hitpael imperfect of הָלַל ( halal ) means “to praise” – to talk in glowing terms, excitedly. In this stem it means “to praise oneself; to boast.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A14/3"}
{"id":24909,"verse_id":"PRO.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"The verse is usually taken as antithetical parallelism: There may be gold and rubies but the true gem is knowledge. However, C. H. Toy arranges it differently: “store of gold and wealth of corals and precious vessels – all are wise lips” ( Proverbs [ICC], 388). But this uses the gems as metaphors for wise speech, and does not stress the contrast between wealth and wisdom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":24910,"verse_id":"PRO.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “lips of knowledge.” The term “lips” is a metonymy for speaking, and “knowledge” could be either an attributive genitive or objective genitive: “knowledgeable lips.” Lips that impart knowledge are the true jewel to be sought.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":24911,"verse_id":"PRO.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.15","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A15/3"}
{"id":24912,"verse_id":"PRO.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “his garment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":24913,"verse_id":"PRO.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"The Kethib has the masculine plural form, נָכְרִים ( nakhrim ), suggesting a reading “strangers.” But the Qere has the feminine form נָכְרִיָּה ( nakhriyyah ), “strange woman” or “another man’s wife” (e.g., 27:13 ). The parallelism would suggest “strangers” is the correct reading, although theories have been put forward for the interpretation of “strange woman” (see below). sn The one for whom the pledge is taken is called “a stranger” and “foreign.” These two words do not necessarily mean that the individual or individuals are non-Israelite – just outside the community and not well known.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":24914,"verse_id":"PRO.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.16","text":"M. Dahood argues that the cloak was taken in pledge for a harlot (cf. NIV “a wayward woman”). Two sins would then be committed: taking a cloak and going to a prostitute (“To Pawn One’s Cloak,” Bib 42 [1961]: 359-66; also Snijders, “The Meaning of זָר ,” 85-86). In the MT the almost identical proverb in 27:13 has a feminine singular form here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A16/4"}
{"id":24915,"verse_id":"PRO.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “bread of deceit” (so KJV, NAB). This refers to food gained through dishonest means. The term “bread” is a synecdoche of specific for general, referring to anything obtained by fraud, including food.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":24916,"verse_id":"PRO.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":24917,"verse_id":"PRO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"The noun form is plural, but the verb is singular, suggesting either an abstract plural or a collective plural is being used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":24918,"verse_id":"PRO.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"The clause begins with vav ( ו ) on “with guidance.” But the clause has an imperative for its main verb. One could take the imperfect tense in the first colon as an imperfect of injunction, and then this clause would be also instructional. But the imperfect tense is a Niphal, and so it is better to take the first colon as the foundational clause and the second colon as the consequence (cf. NAB): If that is true, then you should do this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":24919,"verse_id":"PRO.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"The form is the Hitpael imperfect (of prohibition or instruction) from עָרַב (’ arav ). BDB 786-88 lists six roots with these radicals. The first means “to mix,” but only occurs in derivatives. BDB 786 lists this form under the second root, which means “to take on a pledge; to exchange.” The Hitpael is then defined as “to exchange pledges; to have fellowship with [or, share].” The proverb is warning people to have nothing to do with gossips.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":24920,"verse_id":"PRO.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"The verb פֹּתֶה ( poteh ) is a homonym, related to I פָּתָה ( patah , “to be naive; to be foolish”; HALOT 984-85 s.v. I פתה ) or II פָּתָה (“to open [the lips]; to chatter”; HALOT 985 s.v. II פתה ). So the phrase וּלְפֹתֶה שְׂפָתָיו may be understood either (1) as HALOT 985 s.v. II פתה suggests, “one opens his lips” = he is always talking/gossiping, or (2) as BDB suggests, “one who is foolish as to his lips” (he lacks wisdom in what he says; see BDB 834 s.v. פָּתָה 1, noted in HALOT 984 s.v. I פתה 1). The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause for what is said: gossip. If such a person is willing to talk about others, he will be willing to talk about you, so it is best to avoid him altogether.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":24921,"verse_id":"PRO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"The form is the Piel participle of קָלַל ( qalal ), which means “to be light”; in the Piel stem it means “to take lightly; to treat as worthless; to treat contemptuously; to curse.” Under the Mosaic law such treatment of parents brought a death penalty ( Exod 21:17 ; Lev 20:9 ; Deut 27:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":24922,"verse_id":"PRO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"“His lamp” is a figure known as hypocatastasis (an implied comparison) meaning “his life.” Cf. NLT “the lamp of your life”; TEV “your life will end like a lamp.” sn For the lamp to be extinguished would mean death (e.g., 13:9 ) and possibly also the removal of posterity (R. N. Whybray, Proverbs [CBC], 115).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":24923,"verse_id":"PRO.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"20.20","text":"The Kethib , followed by the LXX, Syriac, and Latin, has בְּאִישׁוֹן ( bÿ ’ ishon ), “in the pupil of the eye darkness,” the dark spot of the eye. But the Qere has בֶּאֱשׁוּן ( be ’ eshun ), probably to be rendered “pitch” or “blackest,” although the form occurs nowhere else. The meaning with either reading is approximately the same – deep darkness, which adds vividly to the figure of the lamp being snuffed out. This individual’s destruction will be total and final.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A20/3"}
{"id":24924,"verse_id":"PRO.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"The Kethib reads מְבֻחֶלֶת ( mÿbukhelet ), “gotten by greed” (based on a cognate Syriac verb, “to be greedy”); but the Qere is מְבֹהֶלֶת ( mÿvohelet ), “gotten hastily [or, quickly].” A large number of mss and the ancient versions read with the Qere (cf. KJV, ASV “gotten hastily”; NAB “gained hastily”; NIV “quickly gained”; NRSV “quickly acquired”). sn If the inheritance is obtained quickly, it could mean prematurely (e.g., Luke 15:12 ) or cruelly ( Prov 19:26 ). The inheritance is gained without labor or without preparation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":24925,"verse_id":"PRO.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"The form is the Pual imperfect, “will not be blessed,” suggesting that divine justice is at work. sn The Hebrew verb means “enriched, made fruitful, prospered.” Whatever the inheritance was, it will not reach its full potential or even remain permanent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":24926,"verse_id":"PRO.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “in its end”; KJV, ASV “the end thereof.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A21/3"}
{"id":24927,"verse_id":"PRO.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"The verse is directly instructive; it begins with the negated jussive in the first colon, and follows with the imperative in the second. It warns that the righteous should not take vengeance on the wicked, for only God can do that.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":24928,"verse_id":"PRO.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"The form is the Piel cohortative of resolve – “I am determined to pay back.” The verb שָׁלֵם ( shalem ) means “to be complete; to be sound.” In this stem, however, it can mean “to make complete; to make good; to requite; to recompense” (KJV, ASV). The idea is “getting even” by paying back someone for the evil done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":24929,"verse_id":"PRO.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.22","text":"After the imperative, the jussive is subordinated in a purpose or result clause: “wait for the Lord so that he may deliver you.” The verb יֹשַׁע ( yosha ’) means “to save (KJV, ASV, NASB); to deliver (NIV); to give victory”; in this context it means “deliver from the evil done to you,” and so “vindicate” is an appropriate connotation. Cf. NCV “he will make things right.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A22/4"}
{"id":24930,"verse_id":"PRO.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “an abomination of the Lord .” This expression features a subjective genitive: “the Lord abhors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":24931,"verse_id":"PRO.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “not good.” This is a figure known as tapeinosis – a deliberate understatement to emphasize a worst-case scenario: “it is wicked!” (e.g., 11:1; 20:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":24932,"verse_id":"PRO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “the steps of a man”; but “man” is the noun גֶּבֶר ( gever , in pause), indicating an important, powerful person. BDB 149-50 s.v. suggests it is used of men in their role of defending women and children; if that can be validated, then a translation of “man” would be appropriate here. But the line seems to have a wider, more general application. The “steps” represent (by implied comparison) the course of life (cf. NLT “the road we travel”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":24933,"verse_id":"PRO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “from the Lord ”; NRSV “ordered by the Lord”; NIV “directed by the Lord.” sn To say that one’s steps are ordained by the Lord means that one’s course of actions, one’s whole life, is divinely prepared and sovereignly superintended (e.g., Gen 50:26 ; Prov 3:6 ). Ironically, man is not actually in control of his own steps.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":24934,"verse_id":"PRO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"The verse uses an independent nominative absolute to point up the contrast between the mortal and the immortal: “and man, how can he understand his way?” The verb in the sentence would then be classified as a potential imperfect; and the whole question rhetorical. It is affirming that humans cannot understand very much at all about their lives.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":24935,"verse_id":"PRO.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.24","text":"Heb “his way.” The referent of the third masculine singular pronoun is unclear, so the word “own” was supplied in the translation to clarify that the referent is the human individual, not the Lord.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A24/4"}
{"id":24936,"verse_id":"PRO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":24937,"verse_id":"PRO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.25","text":"The verb is from לוּע ( lu ’) or לָעַע ( la ’ a ’); it means “to talk wildly” (not to be confused with the homonym “to swallow”). It occurs here and in Job 6:3 . sn This refers to speaking rashly in dedicating something to the sanctuary by calling it “Holy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A25/3"}
{"id":24938,"verse_id":"PRO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “reflect on.” The person is to consider the vows before making them, to ensure that they can be fulfilled. Too many people make their vow or promise without thinking, and then later worry about how they will fulfill their vows.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A25/4"}
{"id":24939,"verse_id":"PRO.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.25","text":"Heb “the vows” (so NASB); CEV “promises.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A25/5"}
{"id":24940,"verse_id":"PRO.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Heb “winnows” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV). The sage draws on the process of winnowing to explain how the king uncovers and removes wickedness. The verb from which the participle מְזָרֶה ( mÿzareh ) is derived means “to separate; to winnow; to scatter”; the implied comparison means that the king will separate good people from bad people like wheat is separated from chaff. The image of winnowing is also used in divine judgment. The second line of the verse uses a detail of the process to make the point. Driving a wheel over the wheat represents the threshing process; the sharp iron wheels of the cart would easily serve the purpose (e.g., Isa 28:27-28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":24941,"verse_id":"PRO.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"The king has the wisdom/ability to destroy evil from his kingdom. See also D. W. Thomas, “ Proverbs 20:26 ,” JTS 15 (1964): 155-56.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":24942,"verse_id":"PRO.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.27","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A27/2"}
{"id":24943,"verse_id":"PRO.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.27","text":"The “lamp” is the metaphor in the line; it signifies that the human spirit functions as a conscience, enabling people to know and please God, and directing them in choices that will be life-giving. E. Loewenstamm unnecessarily reads נִיר ( nir , “to plow”) instead of נֵר ( ner , “lamp”) to say that God plows and examines the soul (“Remarks on Proverbs 17:12 and 20:27 ,” VT 37 [1967]: 233). The NIV supplies a verb (“searches”) from the second half of the verse, changing the emphasis somewhat.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A27/3"}
{"id":24944,"verse_id":"PRO.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.27","text":"Heb “all the chambers of the belly.” This means “the inner parts of the body” (BDB 293 s.v. חֶדֶר ); cf. NASB “the innermost parts of his being.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A27/4"}
{"id":24945,"verse_id":"PRO.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"The first line uses two Hebrew words, חֶסֶד וֶאֱמֶת ( khesed ve ’ emet , “loyal love and truth”), to tell where security lies. The first word is the covenant term for “loyal love; loving-kindness; mercy”; and the second is “truth” in the sense of what is reliable and dependable. The two words often are joined together to form a hendiadys: “faithful love.” That a hendiadys is intended here is confirmed by the fact that the second line uses only the critical word חֶסֶד .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":24946,"verse_id":"PRO.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"The Hebrew term תִּפְאֶרֶת ( tif ’ eret ) means “beauty; glory”; in a context like this it means “honor” in the sense of glorying or boasting (BDB 802 s.v. 3 .b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":24947,"verse_id":"PRO.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.29","text":"The Hebrew term הֲדַר ( hadar ), the noun in construct, means “splendor; honor; ornament.” The latter sense is used here, since grey hair is like a crown on the head.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A29/2"}
{"id":24948,"verse_id":"PRO.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"The verb מָרַק ( maraq ) means “to polish; to scour”; in the Hiphil it means “to cleanse away,” but it is only attested here, and that in the Kethib reading of תַּמְרִיק ( tamriq ). The Qere has תַּמְרוּק ( tamruq , “are a means of cleansing”). The LXX has “blows and contusions fall on evil men, and stripes penetrate their inner beings”; the Latin has “the bruise of a wound cleanses away evil things.” C. H. Toy suggests emending the text to read “stripes cleanse the body, and blows the inward parts” or “cosmetics purify the body, and blows the soul” ( Proverbs [ICC], 397). Cf. CEV “can knock all of the evil out of you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":24949,"verse_id":"PRO.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"The term “cleanse” does not appear in this line but is supplied in the translation in the light of the parallelism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":24950,"verse_id":"PRO.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"“Channels of water” ( פַּלְגֵי , palge ) is an adverbial accusative, functioning as a figure of comparison – “like channels of water.” Cf. NAB “Like a stream”; NIV “watercourse”; NRSV, NLT “a stream of water.” sn The farmer channels irrigation ditches where he wants them, where they will do the most good; so does the Lord with the king. No king is supreme; the Lord rules.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":24951,"verse_id":"PRO.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “in his own eyes.” The term “eyes” is a metonymy for estimation, opinion, evaluation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":24952,"verse_id":"PRO.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “weighs” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “examines”; NCV, TEV “judges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":24953,"verse_id":"PRO.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “the hearts.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is used as a metonymy of association for thoughts and motives (BDB 660-61 s.v. 6-7 ). Even though people think they know themselves, the Lord evaluates motives as well (e.g., Prov 16:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":24954,"verse_id":"PRO.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"The Niphal participle בָּחַר ( bakhar , “to choose”) means “choice to the Lord ” or “chosen of the Lord ,” meaning “acceptable to the Lord ”; cf. TEV “pleases the Lord more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":24955,"verse_id":"PRO.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “the tillage [ נִר , nir ] of the wicked is sin” (so NAB). The subject picks up the subjects of the first half of the verse, indicating they are equal – the tillage consists of the arrogance and pride. The word “tillage” is figurative, of course, signifying that the agricultural product (the point of the comparison) of the wicked is sin. The relationship between the ideas is then problematic. Are pride and arrogance what the wicked produce? Some (ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV) have followed the LXX and Tg . Prov 21:4 to read “lamp” instead ( נֵר , ner ), but that does not solve the difficulty of the relationship between the expressions. It does, however, say that the life ( = lamp), which is arrogance and pride, is sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":24956,"verse_id":"PRO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The word “diligent” is an adjective used substantivally. The related verb means “to cut, sharpen, decide”; so the adjective describes one who is “sharp” – one who acts decisively. The word “hasty” has the idea of being pressed or pressured into quick actions. So the text contrasts calculated expeditiousness with unproductive haste. C. H. Toy does not like this contrast, and so proposes changing the latter to “lazy” ( Proverbs [ICC], 399), but W. McKane rightly criticizes that as unnecessarily forming a pedestrian antithesis ( Proverbs [OTL], 550).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":24957,"verse_id":"PRO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"The term “lead” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":24958,"verse_id":"PRO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “plenty” comes from the verb יָתַר ( yatar ), which means “to remain over.” So the calculated diligence will lead to abundance, prosperity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":24959,"verse_id":"PRO.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “lack; need; thing needed”; NRSV “to want.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A5/4"}
{"id":24960,"verse_id":"PRO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The first word of the verse is the noun meaning “doing, deed, work.” The BHS editors suggest reading with the LXX an active participle – “the one who makes” (cf. NAB “He who makes”). The second word means “treasure,” from the verb “lay up, store up.” It is an objective genitive here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":24961,"verse_id":"PRO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":24962,"verse_id":"PRO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"The Hebrew הֶבֶל נִדָּף ( hevel nidaf ) is properly “a driven vapor” (“driven” = the Niphal participle). The point of the metaphor is that the ill-gotten gains will vanish into thin air. The LXX has “pursues” (as if reading רֹדֵף , rodef ); cf. NAB “chasing a bubble over deadly snares.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":24963,"verse_id":"PRO.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.6","text":"The Hebrew has “seekers of death,” meaning “[they that seek them] are seekers of death,” or that the fortune is “a fleeting vapor for those who seek death.” The sense is not readily apparent. The Greek and the Latin versions have “snares of death”; the form מוֹקְשֵׁי ( moqÿshe ) was read instead of מְבַקְשֵׁי ( mÿvaqshe ). This reading does not make a more credible metaphor, and one must explain the loss of the letter ב ( bet ) in the textual variant. It is, however, slightly easier to interpret in the verse, and is followed by a number of English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). But whether the easier reading is the correct one in this case would be difficult to prove.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A6/4"}
{"id":24964,"verse_id":"PRO.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"The “violence” ( שֹׁד , shod ) drags away the wicked, probably either to do more sin or to their punishment. “Violence” here is either personified, or it is a metonymy of cause, meaning “the outcome of their violence” drags them away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":24965,"verse_id":"PRO.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “violence of the wicked.” This is a subjective genitive: “violence which the wicked do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":24966,"verse_id":"PRO.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.7","text":"The second colon of the verse is the causal clause, explaining why they are dragged away. They are not passive victims of their circumstances or their crimes. They choose to persist in their violence and so it destroys them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A7/3"}
{"id":24967,"verse_id":"PRO.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “they refuse to do justice” (so ASV); NASB “refuse to act with justice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A7/4"}
{"id":24968,"verse_id":"PRO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The first line of the proverb is difficult. Since וָזָר ( vazar ) occurs only here it has been given much attention. The translation of “guilty” is drawn from an Arabic cognate meaning “to bear a burden” and so “to be sin laden” or “guilty” (cf. NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT). G. R. Driver prefers to read the line as “a man crooked of ways is false [ zar ]” (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 185). C. H. Toy adopts the meaning of “proud” ( Proverbs [ICC], 400). Whatever the reading, “guilty” or “proud” or “false,” the idea is that such people are devious. Bad people are underhanded; good people are aboveboard (C. H. Toy, Proverbs [ICC], 400). Another way to analyze the line is to read it with the definition “strange, stranger”: “The way of a man and a stranger is perverse.” But this is unclear, and would form no satisfactory contrast to 8b. Another suggestion is “the way of (usual) man is changeable and strange, but the pure fellow leads a straight and even course” (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 244); cf. NLT “the innocent travel a straight road.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":24969,"verse_id":"PRO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"The form הֲפַכְפַּךְ ( hafakhfakh ) is an adjective with an intensified meaning due to the duplication of the second and third radicals; it means “very devious; crooked” (from the verb “to overturn”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":24970,"verse_id":"PRO.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"If this translation stands, then the construction is formed with an independent nominative absolute, resumed by the suffixed noun as the formal subject. It draws attention to the “pure” or “innocent” person in contrast to the previously mentioned wicked.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":24971,"verse_id":"PRO.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"English versions which translate the Hebrew term as “roof” here sometimes produce amusing images for modern readers: TEV “Better to live on the roof”; CEV “It’s better to stay outside on the roof of your house.” sn The reference is probably to a small room that would be built on the flat housetop primarily for guests (e.g., 1 Kgs 17:19 ; 2 Kgs 4:10 ). It would be cramped and lonely – but peaceful in avoiding strife.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":24972,"verse_id":"PRO.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"The “house of company” has received numerous interpretations. The word “company” or “companionship” would qualify “house” as a place to be shared. The BHS editors propose “spacious house,” which would call for a transposition of letters (cf. NAB “a roomy house”; NLT “a lovely home”). Such an emendation makes good sense, but has no external support.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":24973,"verse_id":"PRO.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “a wife of contentions”; KJV “a brawling woman”; TEV, CEV “a nagging wife.” The Greek version has no reference to a quarrelsome wife, but instead mentions justice in a common house.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A9/3"}
{"id":24974,"verse_id":"PRO.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “soul.” The Hebrew text uses נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally, “soul”) as the formal subject of the sentence – “the soul of a wicked man desires.” This term has at its core the idea of appetites, and so its use here underscores that the cravings are deep-seated (BDB 660 s.v. 5 ), and the translation “appetite” reflects this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":24975,"verse_id":"PRO.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"The form יֻחַן ( yukhan ) is a Hophal imperfect from חָנַן ( khanan ); it means “to be shown mercy” – here negated to mean “he will not be shown mercy.” The person who lives to satisfy his own craving for evil will not be interested in meeting the needs of others.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":24976,"verse_id":"PRO.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “in the instructing of the wise.” The construction uses the Hiphil infinitive construct הַשְׂכִּיל ( haskil ) with a preposition to form a temporal clause (= “when”). The word “wise” ( חָכָם , khakham ) after it is the subjective genitive. The preposition לְ ( lamed ) on the form is probably dittography from the ending of the infinitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":24977,"verse_id":"PRO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"In the book of Proverbs, the Hebrew term צַּדִּיק ( ysadiq ) normally refers to a human being, and that is a possible translation here (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB), although it would have to refer to a righteous person who was a judge or a ruler with the right to destroy the wicked. Many commentators and English versions simply interpret this as a reference to God (cf. NIV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":24978,"verse_id":"PRO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"The form מַשְׂכִּיל ( maskil ) is now used with the meaning “to consider; to give attention to; to ponder.” It is the careful scrutiny that is given to the household of the wicked before judgment is poured out on them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":24979,"verse_id":"PRO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “house.” This term probably means “household” here – the family. One way to read the line is that the righteous judge (human or divine) takes into consideration the wicked person’s family before judging the wicked person. The other – and more plausible – interpretation is that the judge considers the household of the wicked and then on the basis of what was observed judges them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":24980,"verse_id":"PRO.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “to evil” (i.e., catastrophe); cf. NLT “to disaster.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":24981,"verse_id":"PRO.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"The word כָּפָה ( kafah ) occurs only here; it means “to subdue,” but in New Hebrew it means “to overturn; to compel.” The BHS editors suggest a change to כָּבָה ( kavah ), “to be quenched,” based on Symmachus and Tg . Prov 21:14 , but there is no substantial improvement in the text’s meaning with such a change.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":24982,"verse_id":"PRO.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “a bribe in the bosom” (so NASB). This refers to a gift hidden in the folds of the garment, i.e., given secretly (cf. NIV “a bribe concealed in the cloak”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A14/3"}
{"id":24983,"verse_id":"PRO.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.14","text":"The repetition of the term “subdues” in the second line is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A14/4"}
{"id":24984,"verse_id":"PRO.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"21.14","text":"The LXX offers a moralizing translation not too closely tied to the MT: “he who withholds a gift stirs up violent wrath.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A14/5"}
{"id":24985,"verse_id":"PRO.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"The Qal infinitive construct עֲשׂוֹת (’ asot ) functions as the subject of the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":24986,"verse_id":"PRO.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"The term “brings” is supplied in the translation; many English versions supply a simple copula (“is”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":24987,"verse_id":"PRO.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"The text uses “man” as the subject and the active participle תּוֹעֶה ( to ’ eh ) as the predicate. The image of “wandering off the path” signifies leaving a life of knowledge, prudence, and discipline.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":24988,"verse_id":"PRO.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Or “prudence”; KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV “understanding”; NLT “common sense.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":24989,"verse_id":"PRO.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “will remain” or “will rest.” The Hebrew word נוּחַ ( nuakh ) does not here carry any of the connotations of comforting repose in death that the righteous enjoy; it simply means “to remain; to reside; to dwell.” The choice of this verb might have an ironic twist to it, reminding the wicked what might have been.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":24990,"verse_id":"PRO.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"The phrase “will be” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A17/3"}
{"id":24991,"verse_id":"PRO.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “a man of poverty”; NRSV “will suffer want.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A17/4"}
{"id":24992,"verse_id":"PRO.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"The term “become” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":24993,"verse_id":"PRO.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.18","text":"Or “treacherous” (so ASV, NASB, NLT); NIV “the unfaithful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A18/3"}
{"id":24994,"verse_id":"PRO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"The Hebrew form שֶׁבֶת ( shevet ) is the infinitive construct of יָשַׁב ( yashav ), functioning as the subject of the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":24995,"verse_id":"PRO.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.19","text":"The Hebrew noun כַּעַס ( ka ’ as ) means “vexation; anger.” The woman is not only characterized by a quarrelsome spirit, but also anger – she is easily vexed (cf. NAB “vexatious”; NASB “vexing”; ASV, NRSV “fretful”). The translation “easily-provoked” conveys this idea well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A19/3"}
{"id":24996,"verse_id":"PRO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"The mention of “olive oil” ( שֶׁמֶן , shemen ) is problematic in the line – how can a fool devour it? Several attempts have been made to alleviate the problem. The NIV interprets “treasure” as “choice food,” so that food and oil would make more sense being swallowed. C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 406) suggests dropping “oil” altogether based on the reading in the LXX, but the Greek is too general for any support: It has “precious treasure will rest on the mouth of the sage.” W. McKane wants to change “oil” to an Arabic word “expensive” to read “desirable and rare wealth” ( Proverbs [OTL], 552), but this idea does not match the metaphor any better. The figure of “devouring” in the second line simply means the fool uses up whatever he has.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":24997,"verse_id":"PRO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “a fool of a man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":24998,"verse_id":"PRO.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Heb “he swallows it.” The imagery compares swallowing food with consuming one’s substance. The fool does not prepare for the future.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":24999,"verse_id":"PRO.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “The wise [one/man].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":25000,"verse_id":"PRO.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"The Qal perfect tense of עָלָה (’ alah ) functions in a potential nuance. Wisdom can be more effectual than physical strength.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":25001,"verse_id":"PRO.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"This part could also be translated “keeps himself” (so NIV), for נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) often simply means “the whole person.” The participle שֹׁמֵר ( shomer ) is repeated from the first line in the parallelism – to guard what is said is to guard against difficulty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":25002,"verse_id":"PRO.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"The word זֵד ( zed , “proud”) comes from the verb זִיד ( zid , “to boil up; to seethe; to act proudly [or, presumptuously].” Just as water boiling up in a pot will boil over, so the presumptuous person “oversteps” the boundaries.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":25003,"verse_id":"PRO.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"The word יָהִיר ( yahir ) means “haughty,” that is, to be or show oneself to be presumptuous or arrogant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":25004,"verse_id":"PRO.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “proud haughty scorner his name” (KJV similar). There are several ways that the line could be translated: (1) “Proud, arrogant – his name is scoffer” or (2) “A proud person, an arrogant person – ‘Scoffer’ is his name.” BDB 267 s.v. זֵד suggests, “A presumptuous man, [who is] haughty, scoffer is his name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A24/3"}
{"id":25005,"verse_id":"PRO.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “does.” The Qal active participle “does” serves as the main verb, and the subject is “proud person” in the first line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A24/4"}
{"id":25006,"verse_id":"PRO.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.24","text":"The expression בְּעֶבְרַת זָדוֹן ( be ’ evrat zadon ) means “in the overflow of insolence.” The genitive specifies what the overflow is; the proud deal in an overflow of pride. Cf. NIV “overweening pride”; NLT “boundless arrogance.” sn The portrait in this proverb is not merely of one who is self-sufficient, but one who is insolent, scornful, and arrogant.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A24/5"}
{"id":25007,"verse_id":"PRO.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Heb “the desire of the sluggard” (so ASV, NASB). This phrase features a subject genitive: “what the sluggard desires.” The term תַּאֲוַת ( ta ’ avat , “desire; craving”) is a metonymy of cause. The craving itself will not destroy the sluggard, but what will destroy him is what the craving causes him to do or not to do. The lazy come to ruin because they desire the easy way out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":25008,"verse_id":"PRO.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"The verb תְּמִיתֶנּוּ ( tÿmitennu ) is the Hiphil imperfect with a suffix: “will kill him.” It is probably used hyperbolically here for coming to ruin (cf. NLT), although it could include physical death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":25009,"verse_id":"PRO.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"The construction uses the Hitpael perfect tense הִתְאַוָּה ( hit ’ avvah ) followed by the cognate accusative תַאֲוָה ( ta ’ avah ). It describes one who is consumed with craving for more. The verse has been placed with the preceding because of the literary connection with “desire/craving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":25010,"verse_id":"PRO.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “the sacrifice of the wicked” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). This is a subjective genitive. The foundational clause states that ritual acts of worship brought by the wicked (thus a subjective genitive) are detestable to God. The “wicked” refers here to people who are not members of the covenant (no faith) and are not following after righteousness (no acceptable works). But often they participate in sanctuary ritual, which amounts to hypocrisy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":25011,"verse_id":"PRO.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.27","text":"The noun זִמָּה ( zimmah ) means “plan; device; wickedness”; here it indicates that the person is coming to the ritual with “sinful purpose.” Some commentators suggest that this would mean he comes with the sacrifice as a bribe to pacify his conscience for a crime committed, over which he has little remorse or intent to cease (cf. NLT “with ulterior motives”). In this view, people in ancient Israel came to think that sacrifices could be given for any reason without genuine submission to God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A27/3"}
{"id":25012,"verse_id":"PRO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “a witness of lies,” an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A28/1"}
{"id":25013,"verse_id":"PRO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.28","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “will perish” ( יֹאבֵד , yo ’ bed ) could mean that the false witness will die, either by the hand of God or by the community. But it also could be taken in the sense that the false testimony will be destroyed. This would mean that “false witness” would be a metonymy of cause – what he says will perish (cf. NCV “will be forgotten”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A28/2"}
{"id":25014,"verse_id":"PRO.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “but a man who listens speaks forever.” The first part of it may mean (1) a true witness, one who reports what he actually hears. But it may also refer to (2) someone who listens to the false testimony given by the false witness. The NIV follows the suggestion of a homonym for the Hebrew word with the meaning “will perish/be destroyed”: “will be destroyed forever.” This suggests a synonymous pair of ideas rather than a contrast. Others accept antithetical parallelism. C. H. Toy suggested an idea like “be established” to contrast with “will perish” ( Proverbs [ICC], 411). W. McKane suggested it meant the truthful witness “will speak to the end” without being put down ( Proverbs [OTL], 556). It is simpler to interpret the words that are here in the sense of a contrast. The idea of speaking forever/to the end would then be hyperbolic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A28/3"}
{"id":25015,"verse_id":"PRO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “a wicked man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":25016,"verse_id":"PRO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “he hardens his face.” To make the face firm or hard means to show boldness (BDB 738 s.v. עָזַז Hiph); cf. NRSV “put on a bold face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":25017,"verse_id":"PRO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.29","text":"The “upright” is an independent nominative absolute; the pronoun becomes the formal (emphatic) subject of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A29/3"}
{"id":25018,"verse_id":"PRO.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"21.29","text":"The Kethib is the imperfect of כּוּן ( kun ), “he establishes.” This reading has the support of the Syriac, Latin, and Tg . Prov 21:29 , and is followed by ASV. The Qere is the imperfect tense of בִּין ( bin ), “he understands; he discerns.” It has the support of the LXX and is followed by NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT. The difficulty is that both make good sense in the passage and both have support. The contrast is between the wicked who shows a bold face (reflecting a hardened heart) and the upright who either gives thought to his ways (or solidifies his ways). The sense of the Qere may form a slightly better contrast, one between the outer appearance of boldness and the inner discernment of action.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A29/4"}
{"id":25019,"verse_id":"PRO.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"The form לְנֶגֶד ( lÿneged ) means “against; over against; in opposition to.” The line indicates they cannot in reality be in opposition, for human wisdom is nothing in comparison to the wisdom of God (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 232).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":25020,"verse_id":"PRO.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"Heb “of the Lord .” The victory being “of the Lord ” means that it is accomplished by him. Ultimate success comes from the Lord and not from human efforts. The faithful have acknowledged this down through the ages, even though they have been responsible and have prepared for the wars. Without this belief there would have been no prayer on the eve of battle (e.g., Ps 20:7 and 33:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":25021,"verse_id":"PRO.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “a name.” The idea of the name being “good” is implied; it has the connotation here of a reputation (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":25022,"verse_id":"PRO.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"“To be chosen rather than” is a translation of the Niphal participle with the comparative degree taken into consideration. Cf. CEV “worth much more than.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":25023,"verse_id":"PRO.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “favor of goodness.” This is a somewhat difficult expression. Some English versions render the phrase “favor is better than silver or gold” (so NASB, NRSV) making it parallel to the first colon. But if “good” is retained as an attributive modifier, then it would mean one was well thought of, or one had engaging qualities (cf. ASV “loving favor; NLT “high esteem”). This fits with the idea of the reputation in the first colon, for a good name would bring with it the favor of others.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":25024,"verse_id":"PRO.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"The form of the verb is the Niphal perfect of פָּגַשׁ ( pagash ); it means “to meet together [or, each other]” (cf. KJV, ASV). The point is that rich and poor live side by side in this life, but they are both part of God’s creation (cf. NAB, NASB “have a common bond”). Some commentators have taken this to mean that they should live together because they are part of God’s creation; but the verb form will not sustain that meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":25025,"verse_id":"PRO.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “all.” The Lord is sovereign over both groups, that is, he has had the final say whether a person is rich or poor. People would do well to treat all people with respect, for God can as easily reduce the rich to poverty as raise up the poor to wealth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":25026,"verse_id":"PRO.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “evil,” a term that is broad enough to include (1) “sin” as well as (2) any form of “danger” (NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT) or “trouble” (TEV, CEV). The second option is more likely what is meant here: The naive simpleton does not see the danger to be avoided and so suffers for it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":25027,"verse_id":"PRO.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “go on”; the word “right” is supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning: The naive person, oblivious to impending danger, meets it head on (cf. TEV “will walk right into it”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":25028,"verse_id":"PRO.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.3","text":"The verb עָנַשׁ (’ anash ) means “to fine” specifically. In the Niphal stem it means “to be fined,” or more generally, “to be punished.” In this line the punishment is the consequence of blundering into trouble – they will pay for it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A3/4"}
{"id":25029,"verse_id":"PRO.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The Hebrew term עֵקֶב (’ eqev , “reward”) is related to the term meaning “heel”; it refers to the consequences or the reward that follows (akin to the English expression “on the heels of”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":25030,"verse_id":"PRO.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"“Humility” is used here in the religious sense of “piety”; it is appropriately joined with “the fear of the Lord .” Some commentators, however, make “the fear of the Lord ” the first in the series of rewards for humility, but that arrangement is less likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":25031,"verse_id":"PRO.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” This is an objective genitive; the Lord is the object of the fear.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":25032,"verse_id":"PRO.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Because MT reading צִנִּים ( tsinnim , “thorns”) does not make a very good match with “traps,” it has created some difficulty for interpreters. The word “thorns” may be obscure, but it is supported by the LXX (“prickly plants”) and an apparent cognate “thorns” in Num 33:55 and Josh 23:13 . But some (including the editors of BHS ) suggest changing it to צַמִּים ( tsammim , “traps” changing a נ [ nun ] to a מ [ mem ]). But BDB 855 s.v. צַמִּים acknowledges that this word is a doubtful word, attested only a couple of times in Job (e.g., 18:9 ). W. McKane traces a development from the idea of צֵן ( tsen , “basket; trap”) to support this change ( Proverbs [OTL], 565). The present translation (like many other English versions) has retained “thorns,” even though the parallelism with “traps” is not very good; as the harder reading it is preferred. The variant readings have little textual or philological support, and simplify the line. sn “Thorns and snares” represent the dangers and threats to life. They would be implied comparisons (hypocatastasis): As a path strewn with thorns and traps, life for the wicked will be filled with dangers and difficulties.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":25033,"verse_id":"PRO.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"The verb חָנַךְ ( khanakh ) means “to train up; to dedicate” (BDB 335 s.v.; HALOT 334 s.v. חנך ). The verb is used elsewhere to refer to dedicating a house ( Deut 20:5 ; 1 Kgs 8:63 ; 2 Chr 7:5 ). The related noun חֲנֻכָה ( khanukhah ) means “dedication; consecration” (BDB 335 s.v.; HALOT 334 s.v.), and is used in reference to the dedication or consecration of altars ( Num 7:10 ; 2 Chr 7:9 ), the temple ( Ps 30:1 ), and town walls ( Neh 12:27 ). The related adjective חָנִיךְ ( khanikh ) describes “trained, tried, experienced” men (BDB 335 s.v.; Gen 14:14 ). In the related cognate languages the verb has similar meanings: Aramaic “to train,” Ethiopic “to initiate,” and Arabic IV “to learn; to make experienced” ( HALOT 334 s.v.). This proverb pictures a child who is dedicated by parents to the Lord and morally trained to follow him. On the other hand, a popular expositional approach suggests that it means “to motivate.” This view is based on a cognate Arabic root II which (among many other things) refers to the practice of rubbing the palate of a newborn child with date juice or olive oil to motivate the child to suck. While this makes an interesting sermon illustration, it is highly unlikely that this concept was behind this Hebrew verb. The Arabic meaning is late and secondary – the Arabic term did not have this meaning until nearly a millennium after this proverb was written.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":25034,"verse_id":"PRO.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"The term נַעַר ( na ’ ar ) is traditionally translated “child” here (so almost all English versions), but might mean “youth.” The noun can refer to a broad range of ages (see BDB 654-55 s.v.; HALOT 707 s.v.): infant ( Exod 2:6 ), weaned child ( 1 Sam 1:24 ), young child ( Jer 1:6 ), lad ( Gen 22:12 ), adolescent ( Gen 37:2 ), or young man of marriageable age ( Gen 34:19 ). The context focuses on the child’s young, formative years. The Talmud says this would be up to the age of twenty-four.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":25035,"verse_id":"PRO.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"The expression in Hebrew is עַל־פִּי דַּרְכּוֹ (’ al-pi darko ), which can be rendered “according to his way”; NEB “Start a boy on the right road.” The expression “his way” is “the way he should go”; it reflects the point the book of Proverbs is making that there is a standard of life to which he must attain. Saadia, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 882-942, first suggested that this could mean the child should be trained according to his inclination or bent of mind. This may have some merit in practice, but it is not likely what the proverb had in mind. In the book of Proverbs there are only two ways that a person can go, the way of the wise or righteousness, and the way of the fool. One takes training, and the other does not. Ralbag, in fact, offered a satirical interpretation: “Train a child according to his evil inclinations (let him have his will) and he will continue in his evil way throughout life” (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 234). C. H. Toy says the expression means “in accordance with the manner of life to which he is destined ( Proverbs [ICC], 415). W. McKane says, “There is only one right way – the way of life – and the educational discipline which directs young men along this way is uniform” ( Proverbs [OTL], 564). This phrase does not describe the concept perpetuated by a modern psychological interpretation of the verse: Train a child according to his personality trait.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":25036,"verse_id":"PRO.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Or “slave” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV, TEV, CEV). This may refer to the practice in Israel of people selling themselves into slavery to pay off debts ( Exod 21:2-7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":25037,"verse_id":"PRO.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"There is a variant reading in the LXX; instead of “the rod of his wrath” it reads “the punishment of his deeds.” C. H. Toy wishes to emend שֵׁבֶט ( shevet ) to שֶׁבֶר ( shever ), “the produce of his work” ( Proverbs [ICC], 416). But the Hebrew text is not obscure, and שֶׁבֶר does not exactly mean “produce.” The expression “rod of his wrath” may not follow the imagery of 8a very closely, but it is nonetheless understandable. The “rod” is a symbol of power; “wrath” is a metonymy of cause indicating what wrath will do, and an objective genitive. The expression signifies that in reaping trouble for his sins this person will no longer be able to unleash his fury on others. The LXX adds: “A man who is cheerful and a giver God blesses” (e.g., 2 Cor 9:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":25038,"verse_id":"PRO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “good of eye.” This expression is an attributed genitive meaning “bountiful of eye” (cf. KJV, ASV “He that hath a bountiful eye”). This is the opposite of the “evil eye” which is covetous and wicked. The “eye” is a metonymy representing looking well to people’s needs. So this refers to the generous person (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":25039,"verse_id":"PRO.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"The form יְבֹרָךְ ( yÿvorakh ) is a Pual imperfect (here in pause) from בָּרַךְ ( barakh ); the word means “blessed” in the sense of “enriched,” implying there is a practical reward for being generous to the poor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":25040,"verse_id":"PRO.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"The LXX freely adds “when he sits in council ( ἐν συνεδρίῳ , ejn sunedriw ), he insults everyone.” The MT does not suggest that the setting is in a court of law; so the LXX addition is highly unlikely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":25041,"verse_id":"PRO.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “grace of his lips” (so KJV, ASV). The “lips” are a metonymy of cause representing what is said; it also functions as a genitive of specification. sn This individual is gracious or kind in what he says; thus the verse is commending honest intentions and gracious words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":25042,"verse_id":"PRO.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"The syntax of the line is somewhat difficult, because “grace of his lips” seems to be intruding on the point of the verse with little explanation. Therefore the LXX rendered it “The Lord loves the pure in heart; all who are blameless in their ways are acceptable to him.” This has very little correspondence with the Hebrew; nevertheless commentators attempt to reconstruct the verse using it, and the NAB follows the first clause of the LXX here. Some have suggested taking “king” as the subject of the whole verse (“the king loves…”), but this is forced.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":25043,"verse_id":"PRO.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.12","text":"There is a slight difficulty in that the abstract noun “knowledge” is used nowhere else in the book of Proverbs with the word “watch.” C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 418) wants to make a major change to read “The eyes of the Lord are on the righteous,” but there is no support for this and it reduces the line to a common idea. D. W. Thomas suggests changing the word “knowledge” to “lawsuit” based on an Arabic cognate (“A Note on דַּעַת in Proverbs 22:12 ,” JTS 14 [1963]: 93-94).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A12/2"}
{"id":25044,"verse_id":"PRO.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.12","text":"The object of the verb is the “words of the traitor” ( בֹגֵד דִּבְרֵי , divre voged ); cf. NASB “the words of the treacherous man.” What treacherous people say is treachery. In this context “traitor, treacherous” refers to one who is “unfaithful” (cf. NIV). sn The proverb affirms that God in safeguarding true knowledge will frustrate deception from faithless people – what they say will not have its intended effect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A12/3"}
{"id":25045,"verse_id":"PRO.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"The LXX changes the phrase to read “murderers in the street” to form a better parallelism, possibly because the verb רָצַח ( ratsakh ) is used only of humans, not wild animals. The NIV attempts to solve the problem by making the second line a separate claim by the sluggard: “or, ‘I will be murdered in the streets!’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":25046,"verse_id":"PRO.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":25047,"verse_id":"PRO.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “the one who is cursed by the Lord” (cf. NASB). The construction uses the passive participle in construct with Yahweh. The “ Lord ” is genitive of agency after the passive form. The verb means “be indignant, express indignation.” So it is talking about one against whom the Lord is angry.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A14/4"}
{"id":25048,"verse_id":"PRO.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “will fall there.” The “falling” could refer to the curse itself or to the result of the curse. sn The proverb is saying that the Lord will use the seductive, deceptive words of the adulteress to bring about the downfall of one who is inclined to such folly.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A14/5"}
{"id":25049,"verse_id":"PRO.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"The “heart of a child” ( לֶב־נָעַר , lev-na ’ ar ) refers here to the natural inclination of a child to foolishness. The younger child is meant in this context, but the word can include youth. R. N. Whybray suggests that this idea might be described as a doctrine of “original folly” ( Proverbs [CBC], 125). Cf. TEV “Children just naturally do silly, careless things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":25050,"verse_id":"PRO.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.15","text":"The word “rod” is a metonymy of adjunct; it represents physical chastening for direction or punishment, to suppress folly and develop potential. The genitive (“discipline”) may be taken as an attributive genitive (“a chastening rod”) or an objective genitive, (“a rod [= punishment] that brings about correction/discipline”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A15/3"}
{"id":25051,"verse_id":"PRO.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “oppressing the poor, it is gain; giving to the rich, it is loss.” The Hebrew is cryptic, but two sins are mentioned here that will be punished by poverty: extortion and bribery. Perhaps the proverb is simply saying it is easy to oppress the poor for gain, but it is a waste of money to try to buy or bribe a patron (D. Kidner, Proverbs [TOTC], 149).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":25052,"verse_id":"PRO.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “knowledge” (so KJV, NASB); in this context it refers to the knowledge that is spoken by the wise, hence “instruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":25053,"verse_id":"PRO.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “when” (so NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":25054,"verse_id":"PRO.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “keep them,” referring to the words of the wise expressed in these sayings. The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":25055,"verse_id":"PRO.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.18","text":"The term “and” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A18/3"}
{"id":25056,"verse_id":"PRO.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"The form לִהְיוֹת ( lihyot , “to be”) is the infinitive construct indicating the purpose (or result) of the teaching (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":25057,"verse_id":"PRO.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “I cause you to know.” The term “today” indicates that the verb should have the instantaneous nuance, and so an English present tense is used in the translation (“am making…known”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":25058,"verse_id":"PRO.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Older English versions and a few more recent ones render this phrase as either “excellent things” following the Qere (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NKJV), “officers,” or “heretofore” [day before yesterday], following the Kethib . However (as in most recent English versions) the Qere should be rendered “thirty,” referring to the number in the collection (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":25059,"verse_id":"PRO.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"The term “sayings” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":25060,"verse_id":"PRO.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “to cause you to know the truth of words of truth” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":25061,"verse_id":"PRO.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “to return true words”; NAB “a dependable report”; NIV “sound answers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":25062,"verse_id":"PRO.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Two negated jussives form the instruction here: אַל־תִּגְזָל (’ al-tigzal , “do not exploit”) and וְאַל־תְּדַכֵּא ( ve ’ al-tÿdakke ’, “do not crush”). sn Robbing or oppressing the poor is easy because they are defenseless. But this makes the crime tempting as well as contemptible. What is envisioned may be in bounds legally (just) but out of bounds morally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":25063,"verse_id":"PRO.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “in the gate” (so KJV); NAB, NASB, NRSV “at the gate.” The “gate” of the city was the center of activity, the place of business as well as the place for settling legal disputes. The language of the next verse suggests a legal setting, so “court” is an appropriate translation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":25064,"verse_id":"PRO.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The construction uses the verb יָרִיב ( yariv ) with its cognate accusative. It can mean “to strive,” but here it probably means “to argue a case, plead a case” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV). How the Lord will do this is not specified – either through righteous people or by direct intervention.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":25065,"verse_id":"PRO.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"The verb קָבַע ( qava ’, “to rob; to spoil; to plunder”) is used here in both places to reflect the principle of talionic justice. What the oppressors did to the poor will be turned back on them by the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":25066,"verse_id":"PRO.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “possessor of anger.” This expression is an idiom for “wrathful person” or “an angry person” (cf. NAB “a hotheaded man”; NLT “short-tempered people”). These are people characterized by anger, meaning the anger is not a rare occurrence with them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":25067,"verse_id":"PRO.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"The verb פֶּן־תֶּאֱלַף ( pen-te ’ elaf ) is translated “lest you learn.” The idea is more precisely “become familiar with his ways.” The construction indicates that if one associates with such people he will become like them (cf. TEV “you might learn their habits”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":25068,"verse_id":"PRO.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"The “bed” may be a metonymy of adjunct, meaning the garment that covers the bed (e.g., Exod 22:26 ). At any rate, it represents the individual’s last possession (like the English expression “the shirt off his back”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":25069,"verse_id":"PRO.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “If you cannot pay, why should he take the bed from under you?” This rhetorical question is used to affirm the statement. The rhetorical interrogative לָמָּה ( lamah , “why?”) appears in MT but not in the ancient versions; it may be in the Hebrew text by dittography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":25070,"verse_id":"PRO.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “your fathers” (so NAB, NASB). sn The fourth saying deals with respect for property that belongs to other people (cf. Instruction of Amenemope, chap. 6, 7:12-13 [ ANET 422]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":25071,"verse_id":"PRO.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"The verb form used twice here is יִתְיַצֵּב ( yityatsev ), the Hitpael imperfect of יָצַב ( yatsav ), which means “to set or station oneself; to take one’s stand” in this stem. With the form לִפְנֵי ( life ) it means “to present oneself before” someone; so here it has the idea of serving as a courtier in the presence of a king.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":25072,"verse_id":"PRO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"The construction uses the imperfect tense of instruction with the infinitive absolute to emphasize the careful discernment required on such occasions. Cf. NIV “note well”; NLT “pay attention.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":25073,"verse_id":"PRO.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Or “who,” referring to the ruler (so ASV, NAB, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":25074,"verse_id":"PRO.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “lord of appetite.” The idiom בַּעַל נֶפֶשׁ ( ba ’ al nefesh ) refers to someone who possesses a large appetite (cf. NAB “a ravenous appetite”). A person with a big appetite is in danger of taking liberties when invited to court.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":25075,"verse_id":"PRO.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the ruler mentioned in v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":25076,"verse_id":"PRO.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “from your understanding cease.” In the context this means that the person should have enough understanding to stop wearing himself out trying to be rich (cf. NRSV “be wise enough to desist”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":25077,"verse_id":"PRO.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"The Kethib is הֲתָעוּף ( hata ’ uf ), “do your eyes fly [light] on it?” The Qere is the Hiphil, הֲתָעִיף ( hata ’ if ) “do you cause your eyes to fly on it?” But the line is difficult. The question may be indirect: If you cast your eyes on it, it is gone – when you think you are close, it slips away. tn The term “riches” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation based on the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":25078,"verse_id":"PRO.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “an evil eye.” This is the opposite of the “good eye” which meant the generous man. The “evil eye” refers to a person who is out to get everything for himself (cf. NASB, NCV, CEV “selfish”). He is ill-mannered and inhospitable (e.g., Prov 28:22 ). He is up to no good – even though he may appear to be a host.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":25079,"verse_id":"PRO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"The line is difficult; it appears to mean that the miser is the kind of person who has calculated the cost of everything in his mind as he offers the food. The LXX has: “Eating and drinking with him is as if one should swallow a hair; do not introduce him to your company nor eat bread with him.” The Hebrew verb “to calculate” ( שָׁעַר , sha ’ ar ) with a change of vocalization and of sibilant would yield “hair” ( שֵׂעָר , se ’ ar ) – “like a hair in the throat [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ], so is he.” This would picture an irritating experience. The Instruction of Amenemope uses “blocking the throat” in a similar saying (chapt. 11, 14:7 [ ANET 423]). The suggested change is plausible and is followed by NRSV; but the rare verb “to calculate” in the MT would be easier to defend on the basis of the canons of textual criticism because it is the more difficult reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":25080,"verse_id":"PRO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"The phrase “the cost” does not appear in the Hebrew but is implied by the verb; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":25081,"verse_id":"PRO.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A7/3"}
{"id":25082,"verse_id":"PRO.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"Or “your compliments” (so NASB, NIV); cf. TEV “your flattery.” sn This is the eighth saying; it claims that it would be a mistake to accept hospitality from a stingy person. He is always thinking about the cost, his heart is not in it, and any attempt at pleasant conversation will be lost.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":25083,"verse_id":"PRO.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “encroach on” (NIV, NRSV); Heb “go into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":25084,"verse_id":"PRO.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The participle גֹּאֵל ( go ’ el ) describes a “kinsman redeemer.” Some English versions explicitly cite “God” (e.g., NCV, CEV) or “the Lord” (e.g. TEV). sn The Hebrew term describes a “kinsman-redeemer.” That individual would be a rich or powerful relative who can protect the family; he does this by paying off the debts of a poor relative, buying up the property of a relative who sells himself into slavery, marrying the widow of a deceased relative to keep the inheritance in the family, or taking vengeance on someone who harms a relative, that vengeance often resulting in delivering (“redeeming”) the relative from bondage. If there was no human “kinsman redeemer,” then the defenseless had to rely on God to perform these actions (e.g., Gen 48:16 ; Exod 6:6 ; Job 19:25 ; –63). In the prophetic literature God is presented as the Redeemer in that he takes vengeance on the enemies (the Babylonians) to deliverer his people (kin). In this proverb the Lord is probably the Protector of these people who will champion their cause and set things right.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":25085,"verse_id":"PRO.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “bring.” The Hiphil imperative “come; enter” means “to apply the heart,” to use the heart or mind in the process. The same would be true in the second half: “to bring the ears” would mean to listen very carefully. Cf. TEV “Pay attention.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":25086,"verse_id":"PRO.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Or “punish” (NIV). The syntax of these two lines suggests a conditional clause (cf. NCV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":25087,"verse_id":"PRO.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “his soul.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) functions as a synecdoche of part (= soul) for the whole (= person); see BDB 660 s.v. 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":25088,"verse_id":"PRO.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.14","text":"The term שְׁאוֹל ( shÿ ’ ol , “Sheol”) in this context probably means “death” (so NIV, NCV, NLT) and not the realm of the departed (wicked) spirits (cf. NAB “the nether world”). In the wisdom of other lands, Ahiqar 6:82 says, “If I strike you, my son, you will not die.” The idea is that discipline helps the child to a full life; if the child dies prematurely, it would be more than likely a consequence of not being trained by discipline. In the book of Proverbs the “death” mentioned here could be social as well as physical.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A14/3"}
{"id":25089,"verse_id":"PRO.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “my son,” although the context does not limit this exhortation to male children.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":25090,"verse_id":"PRO.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “my kidneys”; in biblical Hebrew the term was used for the innermost being, the soul, the central location of the passions. Cf. NASB, NIV “my inmost being.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":25091,"verse_id":"PRO.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The verb in this line is אַל־יְקַנֵּא (’ al-yÿqanne ’), the Piel jussive negated. The verb means “to be jealous, to be zealous”; it describes passionate intensity for something. In English, if the object is illegitimate, it is called “envy”; if it is correct, it is called “zeal.” Here the warning is not to envy the sinners. The second colon could use the verb in the positive sense to mean “but rather let your passion burn for the fear of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":25092,"verse_id":"PRO.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord .” This expression features an objective genitive: “fearing the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":25093,"verse_id":"PRO.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “end” (so KJV); ASV “a reward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":25094,"verse_id":"PRO.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “my son,” but the immediate context does not limit this to male children.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":25095,"verse_id":"PRO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “do not be among,” but in the sense of “associate with” (TEV); “join” (NIV); “consort…with” (NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":25096,"verse_id":"PRO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.20","text":"The verb סָבָא ( sava ’) means “to imbibe; to drink largely.” The participial construction here, סֹבְאֵי־יַיִן ( sov ’ e-yayin ), describes “drunkards” (cf. NLT) which is somewhat stronger than saying it refers to “people who drink too much” (cf. NIV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A20/2"}
{"id":25097,"verse_id":"PRO.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.20","text":"The verb זָלַל ( zalal ) means “to be light; to be worthless; to make light of.” Making light of something came to mean “to be lavish with; to squander,” especially with regard to food. So it describes “gluttons” primarily; but in the expression there is also room for the person who wastes a lot of food as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A20/3"}
{"id":25098,"verse_id":"PRO.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Here “drowsiness” is a metonymy of effect or adjunct, put for the drunkenness and gluttony that causes it. So all of it, the drunkenness and the drowsiness that comes from it, brings on the ruin (cf. CEV “you will end up poor”). Likewise, “rags” is a metonymy of adjunct, associated with the poverty brought on by a dissolute lifestyle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":25099,"verse_id":"PRO.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “buy” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT); CEV “Invest in truth.” sn The sixteenth saying is an instruction to buy/acquire the kind of life that pleases God and brings joy to parents. “Getting truth” would mean getting training in the truth, and getting wisdom and understanding would mean developing the perception and practical knowledge of the truth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":25100,"verse_id":"PRO.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"The Qere reading has the imperfect יָגִיל ( yagil ) with the cognate accusative גִּיל ( gil ) which intensifies the meaning and the specific future of this verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":25101,"verse_id":"PRO.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.24","text":"The term “child” is supplied for the masculine singular adjective here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A24/2"}
{"id":25102,"verse_id":"PRO.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"The form תָגֵל ( tagel ) is clearly a short form and therefore a jussive (“may she…rejoice”); if this second verb is a jussive, then the parallel יִשְׂמַח ( yismakh ) should be a jussive also (“may your father and your mother have joy”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":25103,"verse_id":"PRO.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Heb “my son”; the reference to a “son” is retained in the translation here because in the following lines the advice is to avoid women who are prostitutes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":25104,"verse_id":"PRO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":25105,"verse_id":"PRO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “foreign woman” (so ASV). The term נָכְרִיָּה ( nokhriyyah , “foreign woman”) often refers to a prostitute (e.g., Prov 2:6; 5:20; 6:24; 7:5 ). While not all foreign women in Israel were prostitutes, their prospects for economic survival were meager and many turned to prostitution to earn a living. Some English versions see this term referring to an adulteress as opposed to a prostitute (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":25106,"verse_id":"PRO.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.27","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A27/3"}
{"id":25107,"verse_id":"PRO.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"The noun חֶתֶף ( khetef ) is defined by BDB 369 s.v. as “prey,” but this is the only occurrence of the word. The related verb BDB 368-69 s.v. חָתַף defines as “to seize; to snatch away” (with an Aramaic cognate meaning “to break in pieces” [ Pa ], and an Arabic word “death”). But the only occurrence of that word is in Job 9:12 , where it is defined as “seizes.” So in this passage the noun could have either a passive sense (what is seized = prey), or an active sense (the one who seizes = a robber, bandit). The traditional rendering is “prey” (KJV); most modern English versions have the active sense (“robber” or similar; cf. NIV “like a bandit”). Since the prepositional phrase (the simile) is modifying the woman, the active sense works better in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":25108,"verse_id":"PRO.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.28","text":"The participle means “unfaithful [men]” (masculine plural); it could also be interpreted as “unfaithfulness” in the abstract sense. M. Dahood interprets it to mean “garments” (which would have to be repointed), saying that she collects garments in pledge for her service (M. Dahood, “To Pawn One’s Cloak,” Bib 42 [1961]: 359-66). But that is far-fetched; it might have happened on occasion, but as a common custom it is unlikely. Besides that, the text in the MT makes perfectly good sense without such a change. sn Such a woman makes more people prove unfaithful to the law of God through her practice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A28/2"}
{"id":25109,"verse_id":"PRO.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “its eye gives.” With CEV’s “bubbling up in the glass” one might think champagne was in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":25110,"verse_id":"PRO.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.31","text":"The expression is difficult, and is suspected of having been added from Song 7:10 , although the parallel is not exact. The verb is the Hitpael imperfect of הָלַךְ ( halakh ); and the prepositional phrase uses the word “upright; equity; pleasing,” from יָשָׁר ( yashar ). KJV has “when it moveth itself aright”; much more helpful is ASV: “when it goeth down smoothly.” Most recent English versions are similar to ASV. The phrase obviously refers to the pleasing nature of wine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A31/2"}
{"id":25111,"verse_id":"PRO.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “its end”; NASB “At the last”; TEV (interpretively) “The next morning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":25112,"verse_id":"PRO.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"The feminine plural of זָר ( zar , “strange things”) refers to the trouble one has in seeing and speaking when drunk.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":25113,"verse_id":"PRO.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Heb “heart.” The idiom here means “middle”; KJV “in the midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":25114,"verse_id":"PRO.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"The phrase “You will say” is supplied in the translation to make it clear that the drunkard is now speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":25115,"verse_id":"PRO.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.35","text":"The last line has only “I will add I will seek it again.” The use of אוֹסִיף (’ osif ) signals a verbal hendiadys with the next verb: “I will again seek it.” In this context the suffix on the verb refers to the wine – the drunkard wants to go and get another drink.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2023%3A35/3"}
{"id":25116,"verse_id":"PRO.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"Heb “evil men,” although the context indicates a generic sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":25117,"verse_id":"PRO.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"The Hitpael jussive is from the verb that means “to crave; to desire.” This is more of a coveting, an intense desire.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":25118,"verse_id":"PRO.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet , “by; through”) in these two lines indicates means.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":25119,"verse_id":"PRO.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"The expression בַּעוֹז ( ba ’ oz ) employs a beth essentiae , meaning he “ is strong,” not “in strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":25120,"verse_id":"PRO.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"The MT reads רָאמוֹת ( ra ’ mot , “corals”) – wisdom to the fool is corals, i.e., an unattainable treasure. With a slight change in the text, removing the א ( alef ), the reading is רָמוֹת ( ramot , “high”), i.e., wisdom is too high – unattainable – for a fool. The internal evidence favors the emendation, which is followed by most English versions including KJV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":25121,"verse_id":"PRO.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “[city] gate,” a metonymy of subject, meaning what goes on in the gate – court cases and business transactions. So it is in these assemblies that the fool keeps quiet. The term “court” has been used in the translation for clarity. Some English versions do not emphasize the forensic connotation here: NCV “in a discussion”; NLT “When the leaders gather.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":25122,"verse_id":"PRO.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “possessor of schemes”; NAB “an intriguer.” The picture of the wicked person is graphic: He devises plans to do evil and is known as a schemer. Elsewhere the “schemes” are outrageous and lewd (e.g., Lev 18:7 ; Judg 20:6 ). Here the description portrays him as a cold, calculating, active person: “the fool is capable of intense mental activity but it adds up to sin” (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 399).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":25123,"verse_id":"PRO.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “the scheme of folly” (NIV similar). The genitive functions as an attributive genitive, meaning “foolish scheme.” But it could also be interpreted as a genitive of source, the scheme that comes from folly (or from the fool if “folly” were metonymical).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":25124,"verse_id":"PRO.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “to a man”; cf. CEV “Everyone hates senseless fools.” sn This describes evil people who flout all morality and goodness; sooner or later the public will have had enough of them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A9/2"}
{"id":25125,"verse_id":"PRO.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “show yourself slack” (NASB similar). The verb רָפָה ( rafah ) means “to sink; to relax.” In the causative stems it means “to let slacken; to let go; to refrain; to fail; to do nothing.” In the Hitpael stem BDB 952 s.v. defines it as “to show yourself slack.” It has also been rendered as “give up” (NCV, CEV); “fail” (NLT); “falter” (NIV). The colon implies a condition, for which the second part of the verse is the apodosis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":25126,"verse_id":"PRO.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"The verse employs a paronomasia to underscore the point: “trouble” is צָרָה ( tsarah ), literally “a bind; a strait [or, narrow] place”; “small” is צַר ( tsar ), with the same idea of “narrow” or “close.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":25127,"verse_id":"PRO.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"The idea of “slipping” (participle from מוֹט , mot ) has troubled some commentators. G. R. Driver emends it to read “at the point of” (“Problems in Proverbs,” ZAW 50 [1932]: 146). But the MT as it stands makes good sense. The reference would be general, viz., to help any who are in mortal danger or who might be tottering on the edge of such disaster – whether through sin, or through disease, war, or danger. Several English versions (e.g., NASB, NIV, NRSV) render this term as “staggering.” sn God holds people responsible for rescuing those who are in mortal danger. The use of “death” and “slaughter” seems rather strong in the passage, but they have been used before in the book for the destruction that comes through evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":25128,"verse_id":"PRO.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “weighs” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV) meaning “tests” or “evaluates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":25129,"verse_id":"PRO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"D. W. Thomas argues for a meaning of “seek” in place of “know” (“Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” JTS 38 [1937]: 400-403).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":25130,"verse_id":"PRO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"The phrase “is sweet” is supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":25131,"verse_id":"PRO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.14","text":"The term “it” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A14/3"}
{"id":25132,"verse_id":"PRO.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “there will be an end.” The word is אַחֲרִית (’ akhrit , “after-part, end”). BDB 31 s.v. b says in a passage like this it means “a future,” i.e., a happy close of life, sometimes suggesting the idea of posterity promised to the righteous, often parallel to “hope.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A14/4"}
{"id":25133,"verse_id":"PRO.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"The word “wicked” could be taken as a vocative (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, “O wicked man ”); but since the next line refers to the wicked this is unlikely. It serves better as an adverbial accusative (“like the wicked”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":25134,"verse_id":"PRO.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"The clause beginning with כִּי ( ki ) could be interpreted as causal or conditional; but in view of the significance of the next clause it seems better to take it as a concessive clause (“although”). Its verb then receives a modal nuance of possibility. The apodosis is then “and he rises up,” which could be a participle or a perfect tense; although he may fall, he gets up (or, will get up). sn The righteous may suffer adversity or misfortune any number of times – seven times here – but they will “rise” for virtue triumphs over evil in the end (R. N. Whybray, Proverbs [CBC], 140).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":25135,"verse_id":"PRO.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"The verb could be translated with an English present tense (“are brought down,” so NIV) to express what happens to the wicked in this life; but since the saying warns against being like the wicked, their destruction is more likely directed to the future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":25136,"verse_id":"PRO.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “and [it is] evil in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":25137,"verse_id":"PRO.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “there is no end [i.e., future] for the evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":25138,"verse_id":"PRO.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “my son,” but there is no indication in the immediate context that this should be limited only to male children.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":25139,"verse_id":"PRO.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “do not get mixed up with”; cf. TEV “Have nothing to do with”; NIV “do not join with.” The verb עָרַב (’ arav ) is used elsewhere meaning “to exchange; to take on pledge.” In the Hitpael stem it means “to have fellowship; to share; to associate with.” Some English versions (e.g., KJV) interpret as “to meddle” in this context, because “to have fellowship” is certainly not what is meant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":25140,"verse_id":"PRO.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.21","text":"The form rendered “rebellious” is difficult; it appears to be the Qal active participle, plural, from שָׁנָה ( shanah ), “to change” – “those who change.” The RV might have thought of the idea of “change” when they rendered it “political agitators.” The Syriac and Tg . Prov 24:21 have “fools,” the Latin has “detractors,” and the LXX reads, “do not disobey either of them,” referring to God and the king in the first line. Accordingly the ruin predicted in the next line would be the ruin that God and the king can inflict. If the idea of “changers” is retained, it would have to mean people who at one time feared God and the king but no longer do.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A21/3"}
{"id":25141,"verse_id":"PRO.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “will rise” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":25142,"verse_id":"PRO.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “the ruin of the two of them.” Judgment is sent on the rebels both by God and the king. The term פִּיד ( pid , “ruin; disaster”) is a metonymy of effect, the cause being the sentence of judgment (= “ruinous judgment” in the translation; cf. NLT “punishment”). The word “two of them” is a subjective genitive – they two bring the disaster on the rebels. The referents (the Lord and the king) have been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The reward for living in peace under God in this world is that those who do will escape the calamities that will fall on the rebellious. Verse 21 a is used in 1 Peter 2:17 , and v. 22 is used in Romans 13:1-7 (v. 4 ). This is the thirtieth and last of this collection.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":25143,"verse_id":"PRO.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “to recognize faces”; KJV, ASV “to have respect of persons”; NLT “to show favoritism.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":25144,"verse_id":"PRO.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “not good.” This is a figure known as tapeinosis – a deliberate understatement to emphasize a worst-case scenario: “it is terrible!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":25145,"verse_id":"PRO.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"The word means “wicked; guilty” or “criminal”; the contrast could be “wicked – righteous” (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB) or “innocent – guilty” (cf. NIV, TEV, CEV). Since this line follows the statement about showing partiality in judgment, it involves a forensic setting. Thus the statement describes one who calls a guilty person innocent or acquitted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":25146,"verse_id":"PRO.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"Or “righteous”; the same Hebrew word may be translated either “innocent” or “righteous” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":25147,"verse_id":"PRO.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.24","text":"The verb means “to be indignant.” It can be used within the range of “have indignation,” meaning “loathe” or “abhor,” or express indignation, meaning “denounce” or “curse.” In this passage, in collocation with the previous term “curse,” the latter is intended (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A24/3"}
{"id":25148,"verse_id":"PRO.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"The verb means “to be pleasant; to be delightful.” The imperfect tense promises that there “will be delight” to those who rebuke the wicked.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":25149,"verse_id":"PRO.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"The verb יָכַח ( yakhakh ) means “to decide; to adjudge; to prove.” This word occurs frequently in the book of Proverbs meaning “to reprove” or “to rebuke.” It deals with disputes, legal or otherwise. It can refer to a charge against someone or starting a dispute (and so rebuke); it can mean quarrel, argue; and it can mean settle a dispute. In this context the first or last use would work: (1) reproving the wicked for what they do (cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV), or (2) convicting them in a legal setting (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT). In light of the previous forensic context the second sense is preferred here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":25150,"verse_id":"PRO.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.25","text":"“The guilty” is supplied in the translation for clarity based on the preceding context. See the previous note on the word “convict”: If a non-forensic context is preferred for vv. 23-25 , “wicked” would be supplied here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A25/3"}
{"id":25151,"verse_id":"PRO.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.25","text":"The expression is בִרְכַּת־טוֹב ( birkat-tov , “blessing of good”); the genitive “good” has to be an attributive genitive modifying “blessings.” The word is general enough to mean any number of things – rich, healthy, pleasing, etc. The parallelism here narrows the choice. Some English versions interpret the “blessing” here as prosperity (cf. NAB, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A25/4"}
{"id":25152,"verse_id":"PRO.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Heb “the one who returns right words kisses the lips.” This is an implied comparison for giving an honest answer. Honesty is like a kiss. The kiss would signify love, devotion, sincerity, and commitment (in that culture) – an outward expression of what is in the heart. It is an apt illustration of telling the truth. Some English versions now replace the figure to avoid cultural misunderstanding (cf. TEV, CEV “a sign of true friendship”; NLT “an honor”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":25153,"verse_id":"PRO.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"The perfect tense with vav following the imperatives takes on the force of an imperative here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":25154,"verse_id":"PRO.24.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.28","text":"Heb “lips.” The term “lips” is a metonymy of cause; it means “what is said.” Here it refers to what is said in court as a false witness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A28/2"}
{"id":25155,"verse_id":"PRO.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"Heb “repay to the man.” The verb is שׁוּב ( shuv ), which in the Hiphil stem means “to restore; to repay; to return” (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT “I’ll get even”). The idea is that of repaying someone for what he did.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":25156,"verse_id":"PRO.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.30","text":"Heb “lacks heart”; KJV “understanding”; NAB, NASB, NLT “sense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A30/1"}
{"id":25157,"verse_id":"PRO.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"The Hebrew term וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , traditionally “and, lo” [KJV, ASV]) is a deictic particle that calls attention to what comes next. “And look” is too abrupt here; “I saw” calls attention to the field that was noticed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":25158,"verse_id":"PRO.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.31","text":"Heb “its face” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A31/2"}
{"id":25159,"verse_id":"PRO.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.32","text":"Heb “I looked, I received instruction.” There are four verbs in the two parts of this verse: “I saw…I set…I saw…I received.” It is clear that the first two verbs in each half verse are the foundation for the next two. At the beginning of the verse the form is the preterite with the vav ( ו ) consecutive; it can be subordinated as a temporal clause to the next verb, probably to be identified as a preterite with the vav – “when I saw, I put.” The next two verbs are both perfect tenses; their construction would parallel the first half of the verse, even though there are no conjunctions here – “[when] I saw, I received.” sn The teacher makes several observations of the state of the sluggard that reveal that his continued laziness will result in poverty. The reminiscence used here may be a literary device to draw a fictional but characteristically true picture of the lazy person.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A32/2"}
{"id":25160,"verse_id":"PRO.24.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":24,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.34","text":"Heb “a man of shield.” This could refer to an armed warrior (so NRSV) but in this context, in collocation with the other word for “robber” in the previous line, it must refer to an armed criminal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2024%3A34/1"}
{"id":25161,"verse_id":"PRO.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Heb “heavens for height and earth for depth.” The proverb is clearly intending the first line to be an illustration of the second – it is almost emblematic parallelism.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":25162,"verse_id":"PRO.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"The Hebrew כֶּלִי ( keli ) means “vessel; utensil” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). But purging dross from silver does not produce a “vessel” for the silversmith. Some versions therefore render it “material” (e.g., NIV, NRSV). The LXX says “that it will be entirely pure.” So D. W. Thomas reads כָּלִיל ( kalil ) and translates it “purified completely” (“Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” VT 15 [1965]: 271-79; cf. NAB). W. McKane simply rearranges the line to say that the smith can produce a work of art ( Proverbs [OTL], 580; cf. TEV “a thing of beauty”). The easiest explanation is that “vessel” is a metonymy of effect, “vessel” put for the material that goes into making it (such metonymies occur fairly often in Psalms and Proverbs).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":25163,"verse_id":"PRO.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"The phrase “for him” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":25164,"verse_id":"PRO.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.7","text":"The two infinitives construct form the contrast in this “better” sayings; each serves as the subject of its respective clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A7/3"}
{"id":25165,"verse_id":"PRO.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"25.7","text":"Most modern commentators either omit this last line or attach it to the next verse. But it is in the text of the MT as well as the LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, and most modern English versions (although some of them do connect it to the following verse, e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A7/4"}
{"id":25166,"verse_id":"PRO.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “do not go out hastily to strive”; the verb “to strive” means dispute in the legal context. The last clause of v. 7 , “what your eyes have seen,” does fit very well with the initial clause of v. 8 . It would then say: What you see, do not take hastily to court, but if the case was not valid, he would end up in disgrace. sn The Hebrew verb רִיב ( riv ) is often used in legal contexts; here the warning is not to go to court hastily lest it turn out badly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":25167,"verse_id":"PRO.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"The clause begins with פֶּן ( pen , “lest”) which seems a bit out of place in this line. C. H. Toy suggests changing it to כִּי ( ki , “for”) to make a better connection, instead of supplying an ellipsis: “lest it be said what…” ( Proverbs [ICC], 461).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":25168,"verse_id":"PRO.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"The verse begins with the direct object רִיבְךָ ( ribkha , “your case”) followed by the imperative from the same root, רִיב ( riv , “argue”). It is paralleled by the negated Piel jussive. The construction of the clauses indicates that the first colon is foundational to the second: “Argue…but do not reveal,” or better, “When you argue…do not reveal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":25169,"verse_id":"PRO.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"The noun דִּבָּה ( dibbah , “infamy; defamation; evil report; whispering”) is used of an evil report here (e.g., Gen 37:2 ), namely a true report of evil doing. So if a person betrays another person’s confidence, he will never be able to live down the bad reputation he made as one who betrays secrets (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":25170,"verse_id":"PRO.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “on its wheels.” This expression means “aptly, fittingly.” The point is obviously about the immense value and memorable beauty of words used skillfully (R. N. Whybray, Proverbs [CBC], 148). Noting the meaning of the term and the dual form of the word, W. McKane suggests that the expression is metaphorical for the balancing halves of a Hebrew parallel wisdom saying: “The stichos is a wheel, and the sentence consisting of two wheels is a ‘well-turned’ expression” ( Proverbs [OTL], 584). The line then would be describing a balanced, well-turned saying, a proverb; it is skillfully constructed, beautifully written, and of lasting value.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":25171,"verse_id":"PRO.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"The “ear of the listener” refers to the obedient disciple, the one who complies with the reproof he hears. Cf. KJV, ASV, NAB “an obedient ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":25172,"verse_id":"PRO.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “he restores the life [or, soul] of his masters.” The idea suggests that someone who sends the messenger either entrusts his life to him or relies on the messenger to resolve some concern. A faithful messenger restores his master’s spirit and so is “refreshing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A13/2"}
{"id":25173,"verse_id":"PRO.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.14","text":"The form מִתְהַלֵּל ( mithallel ) is the Hitpael participle of the well-known word for “praise”; but in this stem it means “to praise oneself” or “to boast.” The description of “windbag” seems appropriate in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A14/2"}
{"id":25174,"verse_id":"PRO.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “a gift of falsehood.” This would mean that the individual brags about giving a gift, when there is no gift.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A14/3"}
{"id":25175,"verse_id":"PRO.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “long of anger” or “forbearance” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":25176,"verse_id":"PRO.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"The two imperfect verbs in this line may be nuanced as potential imperfects because what is described could happen, but does not do so as a rule.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":25177,"verse_id":"PRO.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.15","text":"The “tongue” is a metonymy of cause; and so the expression here refers to soft or gentle speech. This fits well with the parallel idea of patience (“long of anger”) – through a calm patient persuasion much can be accomplished. Some English versions relate this figure directly to the persuasion of a ruler in the previous line (cf. TEV “can even convince rulers”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A15/3"}
{"id":25178,"verse_id":"PRO.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"The verse simply begins “you have found honey.” Some turn this into an interrogative clause for the condition laid down (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NLT); most make the form in some way subordinate to the following instruction: “when you find…eat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":25179,"verse_id":"PRO.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.16","text":"The verb means “to be satisfied; to be sated; to be filled.” Here it means more than satisfied, since it describes one who overindulges and becomes sick. The English verb “stuffed” conveys this idea well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A16/2"}
{"id":25180,"verse_id":"PRO.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “make your foot rare.” The verb is הֹקַר ( hoqar ), the Hiphil imperative of יָקַר ( yaqar , “to be rare; to be precious”). To “make one’s foot rare” would mean to keep the visits to a minimum as well as making them valuable – things increase in value, according to the nuances of this word, when they are rare.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":25181,"verse_id":"PRO.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “gets full.” This verb means “to be sated; to be satisfied; to be filled.” It is often used with reference to food, but here it refers to frequent visits that wear out one’s welcome (cf. NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":25182,"verse_id":"PRO.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.18","text":"The verb עָנָה (’ anah ) followed by the preposition בְּ ( bet ) with its object means “to testify against” (answer against someone). With the preposition לְ ( lamed ) it would mean “to testify for” someone. Here the false witness is an adversary, hence the comparison with deadly weapons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A18/2"}
{"id":25183,"verse_id":"PRO.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.18","text":"While עֵד (’ ed ) could be interpreted as “evidence” (a meaning that came from a metonymy – what the witness gives in court), its normal meaning is “witness.” Here it would function as an adverbial accusative, specifying how he would answer in court.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A18/3"}
{"id":25184,"verse_id":"PRO.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"Since there is no preposition to clarify the construction, there are two ways to take the term מִבְטָח ( mivtakh , “confidence”) in the context. It can either refer (1) to reliance on an unfaithful person, or it can refer (2) to that on which the unfaithful person relies. C. H. Toy argues for the second, that what the faithless person relies on will fail him in the time of trouble ( Proverbs [ICC], 466). This view requires a slight change in the MT to make “confidence” a construct noun (i.e., the confidence of the faithless); the first view, which fits better the MT as it stands, says that “confidence [in] a faithless person” is like relying on a decaying tooth or a lame foot. This is the view preferred in most English versions, including the present one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":25185,"verse_id":"PRO.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.19","text":"Heb “in the day of trouble”; KJV, NASB “in time of trouble.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A19/3"}
{"id":25186,"verse_id":"PRO.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"The consonants of the Hebrew text of this verse are similar to the consonants in v. 19 . The LXX has a much longer reading: “Like vinegar is bad for a wound, so a pain that afflicts the body afflicts the heart. Like a moth in a garment, and a worm in wood, so the pain of a man wounds the heart” (NRSV follows much of the LXX reading; NAB follows only the second sentence of the LXX reading). The idea that v. 20 is a dittogram is not very convincing; and the Greek version is too far removed to be of help in the matter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":25187,"verse_id":"PRO.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.20","text":"The second simile mentions pouring vinegar on soda. The LXX has “scab,” but that does not fit as a sensitive thing. The reference is to sodium carbonate (natural in Egypt) which can be neutralized with vinegar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A20/2"}
{"id":25188,"verse_id":"PRO.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.23","text":"Heb “a tongue of secret” or “a hidden tongue,” referring to someone who goes around whispering about people behind their backs (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “a backbiting tongue”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A23/2"}
{"id":25189,"verse_id":"PRO.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.23","text":"The phrase “brings forth” does not appear in Hebrew in this line but is implied by the parallelism with the previous line; it is supplied here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A23/3"}
{"id":25190,"verse_id":"PRO.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"This proverb is identical with 21:9 ; see the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":25191,"verse_id":"PRO.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.25","text":"Heb “a weary [or, faint] soul” (so NASB, NIV); KJV, ASV, NRSV “a thirsty soul,” but “soul” here refers to the whole person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A25/1"}
{"id":25192,"verse_id":"PRO.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"The Niphal participle is from רָפַס ( rafas ), which means “to stamp; to tread; to foul by treading [or, by stamping].” BDB 952 s.v. defines it here as a “fountain befouled.” The picture is one of a spring of water where men and beasts gather and muddy it by their trampling in and out of it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":25193,"verse_id":"PRO.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.26","text":"The Hophal participle from שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “to ruin; to destroy; to corrupt”) provides a general description – the well has been “ruined” or “corrupted” (so ASV) and is therefore unusable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A26/2"}
{"id":25194,"verse_id":"PRO.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.26","text":"The verb מָט ( mat ) means “to give way; to move.” This probably refers to the integrity of the righteous being lost – comparing it to moving [off course]. T. T. Perowne writes, “To see a righteous man moved from his steadfastness through fear or favour in the presence of the wicked is as disheartening as to find the stream turbid and defiled at which you were longing to quench your thirst” ( Proverbs , 161). But the line may refer to the loss of social standing and position by the righteous due to the plots of the wicked – just as someone muddied the water, someone made the righteous slip from his place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A26/3"}
{"id":25195,"verse_id":"PRO.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “and the investigation of their glory is not glory.” This line is difficult to understand but it forms an analogy to honey – glory, like honey, is good, but not to excess. The LXX rendered this, “it is proper to honor notable sayings.” A. A. MacIntosh suggests, “He who searches for glory will be distressed” (“A Note on Prov 25:27 ,” VT 20 [1970]: 112-14). G. E. Bryce has “to search out difficult things is glorious” (“Another Wisdom ‘Book’ in Proverbs,” JBL 91 (1972): 145-47). R. C. Van Leeuwen suggests, “to seek difficult things is as glory” (“ Proverbs 25:27 Once Again,” VT 36 [1986]: 105-14). The Hebrew is cryptic, but not unintelligible: “seeking their glory [is not] glory.” It is saying that seeking one’s own glory is dishonorable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":25196,"verse_id":"PRO.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “whose spirit lacks restraint” (ASV similar). A person whose spirit ( רוּחַ , ruakh ) “lacks restraint” is one who is given to outbursts of passion, who lacks self-control (cf. NIV, NRSV, CEV, NLT). This person has no natural defenses but reveals his true nature all the time. The proverb is stating that without self-control a person is vulnerable, like a city without defenses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":25197,"verse_id":"PRO.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “causeless curse” (KJV similar) describes an undeserved curse (cf. NIV, NRSV). The Hebrew word translated “causeless” is the adverb from ָחנַן ( khanan ); it means “without cause; gratuitous.” sn This proverb is saying that a curse that is uttered will be powerless if that curse is undeserved. It was commonly believed in the ancient world that blessings and curses had power in themselves, that once spoken they were effectual. But scripture makes it clear that the power of a blessing or a curse depends on the power of the one behind it (e.g., Num 22:38; 23:8 ). A curse would only take effect if the one who declared it had the authority to do so, and he would only do that if the curse was deserved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":25198,"verse_id":"PRO.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"The MT has the negative with the verb “to enter; to come” to mean “will not come” ( לֹא תָבֹא , lo ’ tavo ’). This is interpreted to mean “will not come to rest” or “will not come home.” Some commentators have taken the Qere reading of לוֹ ( lo ) instead, and read it as “will come home to him.” This is also a little difficult; but it gives the idea that an undeserved curse will come [back] to him [who gave it]. Just as a bird will fly around and eventually come home, so will the undeserved curse return on the one who gave it. This is plausible; but there is no referent for the suffix, making it syntactically difficult.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":25199,"verse_id":"PRO.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Heb “in his own eyes” (so NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":25200,"verse_id":"PRO.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"The participle could be taken as the subject of the sentence: “the one who sends…cuts off…and drinks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":25201,"verse_id":"PRO.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “like the legs which hang down from the lame” (so NASB). The is דַּלְיוּ ( dalyu ), from דָּלַל ( dalal , “to hang; to be low; to languish”) although the spelling of the form indicates it would be from דָּלָה ( dalah , “to draw” [water]). The word indicates the uselessness of the legs – they are there but cannot be used. Luther gave the verse a fanciful but memorable rendering: “Like dancing to a cripple, so is a proverb in the mouth of the fool.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":25202,"verse_id":"PRO.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"The proverb does not begin with a כְּ ( bet ) preposition to indicate a simile; but the analogy within the verse makes it clear that the first line is the emblem. The conjunction vav then indicates the equation – “so.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":25203,"verse_id":"PRO.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"The translation “like tying a stone in a sling” seems to make the most sense, even though the word for “sling” occurs only here. sn The point is that only someone who does not know how a sling works would do such a stupid thing (R. N. Whybray, Proverbs [CBC], 152). So to honor a fool would be absurd; it would be counterproductive, for he would still be a fool.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":25204,"verse_id":"PRO.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “who wounds everyone” (so NASB). A similar rendering is given by ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, and NLT; it is the only one that makes sense out of a verse that most commentators consider hopelessly corrupt. That is not to say it is the correct rendering, only that it makes sense as a required negative statement in a proverb. The first line has רַב מְחוֹלֵל־כֹּל ( rav mÿkholel-col ). The first word, רַב ( rav ), can mean “archer,” “ master,” or “much.” The verb מְחוֹלֵל ( mÿkholel ) can mean “to wound” or “to bring forth.” The possibilities are: “a master performs [or, produces] all,” “a master injures all,” “an archer wounds all,” or “much produces all.” The line probably should be stating something negative, so the idea of an archer injuring or wounding people [at random] is preferable. An undisciplined hireling will have the same effect as an archer shooting at anything and everything (cf. NLT “an archer who shoots recklessly”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":25205,"verse_id":"PRO.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"The participle שֹׂכֵר ( shokher ) is rendered here according to its normal meaning “hires” or “pays wages to.” Other suggestions include “one who rewards a fool” (derived from the idea of wages) and “one who stops a fool” (from a similar word).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":25206,"verse_id":"PRO.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"The verse simply uses a perfect tense. The meaning of the verse would be the same if this were interpreted as an affirmation rather than as an interrogative. The first line calls such a person to one’s attention.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":25207,"verse_id":"PRO.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “in his own eyes” (so NAB, NASB, NIV). sn The subject matter of the verse is the person who is wise in his own opinion. Self-conceit is actually part of the folly that the book of Proverbs criticizes; those who think they are wise even though they are not are impossible to help. For someone to think he is wise when he is not makes him a conceited ignoramus (W. G. Plaut, Proverbs , 268).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":25208,"verse_id":"PRO.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “in the broad plazas”; NAB, NASB “in the square.” This proverb makes the same point as 22:13 , namely, that the sluggard uses absurd excuses to get out of work. D. Kidner notes that in this situation the sluggard has probably convinced himself that he is a realist and not a lazy person ( Proverbs [TOTC], 163).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":25209,"verse_id":"PRO.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"The comparative “like” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied from context in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":25210,"verse_id":"PRO.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.14","text":"The term “turns” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation from the parallelism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A14/3"}
{"id":25211,"verse_id":"PRO.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “buries” (so many English versions); KJV “hideth”; NAB “loses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":25212,"verse_id":"PRO.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “in his eyes.” The lazy person thinks that he has life all figured out and has chosen the wise course of action – but he is simply lazy. J. H. Greenstone says, for example, “Much anti-intellectualism may be traced to such rationalization for laziness” ( Proverbs , 269).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":25213,"verse_id":"PRO.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"The term means “taste; judgment.” The related verb means “to taste; to perceive,” that is, “to examine by tasting,” or examine by experiencing (e.g., Ps 34:9 ). Here the idea is expressed with the participle in construct, “those returners [of] good sense,” those who answer tastefully, with discretion. Cf. NIV “who (+ can NRSV) answer discreetly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":25214,"verse_id":"PRO.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “grabs the ears of a dog. The word “wild” has been supplied in the translation to make clear that these were not domesticated pets. CEV, to accomplish the same point, has “a mad dog,” but there is no indication of that in context. sn Someone who did this ran a serious risk of injury or harm. Dogs were not domestic pets in the ancient Near East; they were scavengers that ran in packs like jackals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":25215,"verse_id":"PRO.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.17","text":"The word מִתְעַבֵּר ( mit ’ abber ) means “to put oneself in a fury” or “become furious” (BDB 720 s.v.). The Latin version apparently assumed the verb was עָרַב (’ arav ), for it has the sense of “meddle” (so also NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). However, the MT reading could easily fit the verse, referring to anyone passing by who gets furious over a fight that is not his.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A17/2"}
{"id":25216,"verse_id":"PRO.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"The term כְּמִתְלַהְלֵהַּ ( kÿmitlahleah ) is the Hitpalpel participle of the quadriliteral verbal root לִהְלֵהַּ ( lihleah ), which means “to amaze; to startle” (BDB 529 s.v.). Here it functions as a substantive – the object of the preposition – and has the meaning of “madman” (cf. NRSV “maniac”). This is the only occurrence of the term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":25217,"verse_id":"PRO.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “arrows and death” (so KJV, NASB). This expression can be understood as a nominal hendiadys: “deadly arrows” (so NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":25218,"verse_id":"PRO.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":25219,"verse_id":"PRO.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “becomes silent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A20/2"}
{"id":25220,"verse_id":"PRO.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"The Pilpel infinitive construct לְחַרְחַר ( lÿkharkhar ) from חָרַר ( kharar , “to be hot; to be scorched; to burn”) means “to kindle; to cause to flare up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":25221,"verse_id":"PRO.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"The proverb is essentially the same as 18:8 ; it observes how appealing gossip is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":25222,"verse_id":"PRO.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"The traditional translation of “silver dross” (so KJV, ASV, NASB) never did make much sense because the parallel idea deals with hypocrisy – “fervent lips with an evil heart.” But silver dross would not be used over earthenware – instead it is discarded. Yet the MT clearly has “silver dross” ( כֶּסֶף סִיגִים , kesef sigim ). Ugaritic turned up a word spsg which means “glaze,” and this found a parallel in Hittite zapzaga[y]a. H. L. Ginsberg repointed the Hebrew text to k’sapsagim , “like glaze,” and this has been adopted by many commentators and recent English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). The final ם ( mem ) is then classified as enclitic. See, among others, K. L. Barker, “The Value of Ugaritic for Old Testament Studies,” BSac 133 (1976): 128-29.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":25223,"verse_id":"PRO.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.23","text":"The word translated “fervent” actually means “burning, glowing”; the LXX has “flattering lips” (as if from חָלַק [ khalaq ] rather than דָּלַק [ dalaq ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A23/2"}
{"id":25224,"verse_id":"PRO.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"The Niphal imperfect from נָכַר ( nakhar ) means “to act [or, treat] as a foreigner [or, stranger]; to misconstrue; to disguise.” The direct object (“it”) is not present in the Hebrew text but is implied. In this passage it means that the hater speaks what is “foreign” to his thought; in other words, he dissembles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":25225,"verse_id":"PRO.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.24","text":"Or “places; puts; lays up” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A24/2"}
{"id":25226,"verse_id":"PRO.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “within him” (so KJV, ASV) or “in his midst”; NAB “in his inmost being.” sn Hypocritical words may hide a wicked heart. The proverb makes an observation: One who in reality despises other people will often disguise that with what he says.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A24/3"}
{"id":25227,"verse_id":"PRO.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) is here interpreted with a temporal nuance. It is also possible that it could be read as concessive (so NIV, NLT “Though”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":25228,"verse_id":"PRO.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.25","text":"The meaning of the rare Piel form of חָנַן ( khanan ) is “to make gracious; to make favorable.” The subject is קוֹלוֹ ( qolo , “his voice”), a metonymy of cause for what he says. The idea is that what he says is very gracious in its content and its effect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A25/2"}
{"id":25229,"verse_id":"PRO.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"The referent is apparently the individual of vv. 24-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":25230,"verse_id":"PRO.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.26","text":"The form תִּכַּסֶּה ( tikkasseh ) is the Hitpael imperfect (with assimilation); it is probably passive, meaning “is concealed,” although it could mean “conceals itself” (naturally). Since the proverb uses antithetical parallelism, an imperfect tense nuance of possibility (“may be concealed”) works well here (cf. NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A26/2"}
{"id":25231,"verse_id":"PRO.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"Heb “the tongue of deception.” The subject matter of this proverb is deceptive speech. The “tongue of deception” (using a metonymy of cause with an attributive genitive) means that what is said is false. Likewise the “smooth mouth” means that what is said is smooth, flattering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2026%3A28/1"}
{"id":25232,"verse_id":"PRO.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"The form אַל־תִּתְהַלֵּל (’ al-tithallel ) is the Hitpael jussive negated; it is from the common verb “to praise,” and so in this setting means “to praise oneself” or “to boast.” sn The verse rules out one’s overconfident sense of ability to control the future. No one can presume on the future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":25233,"verse_id":"PRO.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “a stranger.” This does not necessarily refer to a non-Israelite, as has been demonstrated before in the book of Proverbs, but these are people outside the familiar and accepted circles. The point is that such a person would be objective in speaking about your abilities and accomplishments.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":25234,"verse_id":"PRO.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.2","text":"“a foreigner”; KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV “a stranger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A2/3"}
{"id":25235,"verse_id":"PRO.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"The subject matter is the vexation produced by a fool. The term כַּעַס ( ca ’ as ) means “vexation” (ASV); provocation” (NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); “anger” (KJV “wrath”) and usually refers to undeserved treatment. Cf. NLT “the resentment caused by a fool.” sn The same noun is used in 1 Sam 1:6, 16 for the “provocation” given to Hannah by Peninnah for being barren.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":25236,"verse_id":"PRO.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “fierceness of wrath and outpouring [= flood] of anger.” A number of English versions use “flood” here (e.g., NASB, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":25237,"verse_id":"PRO.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"The Hebrew term translated “jealousy” here probably has the negative sense of “envy” rather than the positive sense of “zeal.” It is a raging emotion (like “anger” and “wrath,” this word has nuances of heat, intensity) that defies reason at times and can be destructive like a consuming fire (e.g., 6:32-35 ; Song 8:6-7 ). The rhetorical question is intended to affirm that no one can survive a jealous rage. (Whether one is the subject who is jealous or the object of the jealousy of someone else is not so clear.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":25238,"verse_id":"PRO.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “revealed” or “uncovered” (Pual participle from גָּלָה , galah ). This would specify the reproof or rebuke as direct, honest, and frank, whether it was coming from a friend or an enemy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":25239,"verse_id":"PRO.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"The Hebrew term translated “hidden” (a Pual participle from סָתַר , satar ) refers to a love that is carefully concealed; this is contrasted with the open rebuke in the first line. What is described, then, is someone too timid, too afraid, or not trusting enough to admit that reproof is a genuine part of love (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 610). It is a love that is not expressed in proper concern for the one loved. See also, e.g., 28:23 and 29:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":25240,"verse_id":"PRO.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"The Niphal participle of אָמַן (’ aman ) means “faithful; reliable; sure; trustworthy.” The word indicates that the wounds from a friend “can be trusted” (so NIV, NCV) because they are meant to correct and not to destroy (e.g., 25:12 ; Deut 7:9 ; Job 12:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":25241,"verse_id":"PRO.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.6","text":"The form is נַעְתָּרוֹת ( na ’ tarot ), the Niphal participle of עָתַר (’ atar , “to be abundant”). Contemporary translations render this rare form in a number of different ways: “deceitful” (NASB, NKJV); “profuse” (NRSV); “many” (NLT). But the idea of “excessive” or “numerous” fits very well. The kisses of an enemy cannot be trusted, no matter how often they are presented.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A6/3"}
{"id":25242,"verse_id":"PRO.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Traditionally, “soul” (so KJV, ASV). The Hebrew text uses נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) here for the subject – the full appetite [“soul”]. The word refers to the whole person with all his appetites. Here its primary reference is to eating, but it has a wider application than that – possession, experience, education, and the like.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":25243,"verse_id":"PRO.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"Here the term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally, “soul”) is used again, now in contrast to describe the “hungry appetite” (cf. NRSV “ravenous appetite”), although “hungry mouth” might be more idiomatic for the idea. Those whose needs are great are more appreciative of things than those who are satisfied. The needy will be delighted even with bitter things.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":25244,"verse_id":"PRO.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"The form נוֹדֶדֶת ( nodedet ) is the Qal participle from נָדַד ( nadad ), “to wander; to stray; to flutter; to retreat; to depart”; cf. NIV, NRSV, NLT “strays.” It will be directly paralleled with the masculine participle in the second colon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":25245,"verse_id":"PRO.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “place” (so KJV, ASV); most other English versions translate as “home.” sn The reason for the wandering from the nest/place is not given, but it could be because of exile, eviction, business, or irresponsible actions. The saying may be generally observing that those who wander lack the security of their home and cannot contribute to their community (e.g., the massive movement of refugees). It could be portraying the unhappy plight of the wanderer without condemning him over the reason for the flight.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":25246,"verse_id":"PRO.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Some think the MT is unintelligible as it stands: “The sweetness of his friend from the counsel of the soul.” The Latin version has “the soul is sweetened by the good counsels of a friend.” D. W. Thomas suggests, “counsels of a friend make sweet the soul” (“Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” VT 15 [1965]: 275). G. R. Driver suggests, “the counsel of a friend is sweeter than one’s own advice” (literally, “more than the counsel of the soul”). He also suggests “more than of fragrant wood.” See G. R. Driver, “Hebrew Notes,” ZAW 52 (1934): 54; idem , “Suggestions and Objections,” ZAW 55 (1937): 69-70. The LXX reads “and the soul is rent by misfortunes.” The MT, for want of better or more convincing readings, may be interpreted to mean something like “[Just as] ointment and incense brings joy to the heart, [so] the sweetness of one’s friend [comes] from his sincere counsel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":25247,"verse_id":"PRO.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “my son”; the reference to a “son” is retained in the translation here because in the following lines the advice is to avoid women who are prostitutes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":25248,"verse_id":"PRO.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"The verb is the cohortative of שׁוּב ( shuv ); after the two imperatives that provide the instruction, this form with the vav will indicate the purpose or result (indirect volitive sequence).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":25249,"verse_id":"PRO.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “go on”; the word “right” is supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning: The naive person, oblivious to impending danger, meets it head on.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":25250,"verse_id":"PRO.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “his garment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":25251,"verse_id":"PRO.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Or “for a strange (= adulterous) woman.” Cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NLT; NIV “a wayward woman.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":25252,"verse_id":"PRO.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The verse begins with the Piel participle from בָּרַךְ ( barach ). It could be taken as the subject, with the resulting translation: “Blessing…will be counted as a curse.” However, that would be rather awkward. So it is preferable to take the first line as the condition (“if someone blesses”) and the second as the consequence (“[then] it will be counted”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":25253,"verse_id":"PRO.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.14","text":"Heb “rising early in the morning” (so KJV, ASV). The infinitive explains the verb “bless,” giving the circumstances of its action. The individual rises early to give his blessing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A14/2"}
{"id":25254,"verse_id":"PRO.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “a wife of contentions” (an attributive genitive). Cf. NAB, NIV “a quarrelsome wife”; NLT “a nagging wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":25255,"verse_id":"PRO.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"The form נִשְׁתָּוָה ( nishtavah ) is classified by BDB as a Nitpael perfect from the root שָׁוָה ( shavah , “to be like; to resemble”; BDB 1001 s.v. I שָׁוָה ). The form also has metathesis before the sibilant. The LXX interprets it as “Drops drive a man out of his house on a wintry day; so a railing woman also drives him out of his own house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":25256,"verse_id":"PRO.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"The participle and verb both are from the root צָפַן ( tsafan , “to hide”). This combination could be translated “hiding her is [like] hiding the wind.” sn A contentious woman is uncontrollable. The wind can gust at any moment; so too the contentious woman can nag or complain without warning. If anyone can hide the wind he can hide her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":25257,"verse_id":"PRO.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"27.16","text":"The LXX took an etymologizing approach to the whole verse and translated it “the north wind is a severe wind, but by its name is termed auspicious.” In this rendering the Hebrew text’s “oil” became “its name,” “right hand” became “auspicious,” and “grasp” became “called.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A16/3"}
{"id":25258,"verse_id":"PRO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"The term “as” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation to clarify the comparison.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":25259,"verse_id":"PRO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"BDB classifies the verb in the first colon as a Qal apocopated jussive of I חָדָה ( khadah , “to grow sharp”; BDB 292 s.v.), and the verb in the second half of the verse ( יַחַד , yakhad ) as a Hiphil apocopated jussive. The difference would be: “let iron by means of iron grow sharp, and let a man sharpen the countenance of his friend.” But it makes more sense to take them both as Hiphil forms, the first being in pause. Other suggestions have been put forward for the meaning of the word, but the verb “sharpens” fits the context the best, and is followed by most English versions. The verb may be a shortened form of the imperfect rather than a jussive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":25260,"verse_id":"PRO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.17","text":"Heb “and a man,” although the context does not indicate this should be limited to males only.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A17/3"}
{"id":25261,"verse_id":"PRO.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.17","text":"Heb “sharpens the face of his friend.” The use of the word “face” (cf. KJV, ASV “countenance”) would here emphasize that it is the personality or character that is being sharpened. Constructive criticism sharpens character. Use of the wits in interaction that makes two people sharp as a razor (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 615); another example, from the Talmud, is that of two students sharpening each other in the study of the Torah ( b. Ta’anit 7a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A17/4"}
{"id":25262,"verse_id":"PRO.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"The verse is somewhat cryptic and so has prompted many readings. The first line in the MT has “As water the face to the face.” The simplest and most probable interpretation is that clear water gives a reflection of the face (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). One creative but unconvincing suggestion is that of L. Kopf, who suggests the idea is “water of face” (a construct) and that it means shame or modesty, i.e., a face is not really human without shame, and a man without a heart is not human (“Arabische Etymologien und Parallelen zum Bibelwörterbuch,” VT 9 [1959]: 260-61).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":25263,"verse_id":"PRO.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"The second line has “so the heart of a man to a man” (cf. KJV, ASV). The present translation (along with many English versions) supplies “reflects” as a verb in the second line to emphasize the parallelism. sn In the parallelism this statement means that a person’s heart is the true reflection of that person. It is in looking at the heart, the will, the choices, the loves, the decisions, the attitudes, that people come to self-awareness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":25264,"verse_id":"PRO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"The term “as” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation in light of the analogy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":25265,"verse_id":"PRO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"Heb “eyes of a man.” This expression refers to the desires – what the individual looks longingly on. Ecclesiastes Rabbah 1:34 (one of the rabbinic Midrashim) says, “No man dies and has one-half of what he wanted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":25266,"verse_id":"PRO.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"27.20","text":"The LXX contains a scribal addition: “He who fixes his eye is an abomination to the Lord , and the uninstructed do not restrain their tongues.” This is unlikely to be original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A20/4"}
{"id":25267,"verse_id":"PRO.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “and a man,” but the context does not indicate this is limited only to males.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A21/2"}
{"id":25268,"verse_id":"PRO.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.21","text":"The verb “is proved” was supplied in the translation in view of the analogy. Many English versions supply “tested” for the same reason. sn The proverb is saying that public praise is usually a good measure of the qualities and contributions of a person. The other side of it is that righteousness is often denounced, but the proverb is not addressing everything that people say.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A21/3"}
{"id":25269,"verse_id":"PRO.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “by [the] praise of him.” The pronominal suffix is an objective genitive, meaning “the praise about him” (= “the praise he receives”). Some commentators would take the suffix as a subjective genitive, meaning “the praise he gives”; this would mean people stand revealed by what they praise (D. Kidner, Proverbs [TOTC], 168). That does not seem to work as well with the emblem of the first line which indicates being tested. The LXX adds a couplet: “The heart of the transgressor seeks evil; but the upright heart seeks knowledge.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A21/4"}
{"id":25270,"verse_id":"PRO.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"The verb means “to pound” in a mortar with a pestle (cf. NRSV “Crush”; NLT “grind”). The imperfect is in a conditional clause, an unreal, hypothetical condition to make the point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":25271,"verse_id":"PRO.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.22","text":"The Hebrew term רִיפוֹת ( rifot ) refers to some kind of grain spread out to dry and then pounded. It may refer to barley groats (coarsely ground barley), but others have suggested the term means “cheeses” (BDB 937 s.v.). Most English versions have “grain” without being more specific; NAB “grits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A22/2"}
{"id":25272,"verse_id":"PRO.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.22","text":"The LXX contains this paraphrase: “If you scourge a fool in the assembly, dishonoring him, you would not remove his folly.” This removes the imagery of mortar and pestle from the verse. Using the analogy of pounding something in a mortar, the proverb is saying even if a fool was pounded or pulverized, meaning severe physical punishment, his folly would not leave him – it is too ingrained in his nature.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A22/3"}
{"id":25273,"verse_id":"PRO.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"The sentence uses the infinitive absolute and the imperfect from יָדַע ( yada ’, “to know”). The imperfect here has been given the obligatory nuance, “you must know,” and that has to be intensified with the infinitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":25274,"verse_id":"PRO.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.23","text":"Heb “the faces of your flock.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A23/2"}
{"id":25275,"verse_id":"PRO.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.23","text":"The idiom is “place [it on] your heart” or “take to heart.” Cf. NLT “put your heart into.” sn The care of the flock must become the main focus of the will, for it is the livelihood. So v. 23 forms the main instruction of this lengthy proverb (vv. 23-27 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A23/3"}
{"id":25276,"verse_id":"PRO.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Heb “riches are not forever” (so KJV, NASB); TEV “wealth is not permanent.” The term “last” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":25277,"verse_id":"PRO.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.24","text":"The conjunction and the particle indicate that the same nuance continues here in the second colon, and so “last” has been supplied here as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A24/2"}
{"id":25278,"verse_id":"PRO.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “life”; KJV, NAB “maintenance”; NRSV “nourishment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2027%3A27/2"}
{"id":25279,"verse_id":"PRO.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"The verb בָּטַח ( batakh ) means “to trust; to be secure; to be confident.” Cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “bold.” sn The righteous, who seek to find favor with God and man, have a clear conscience and do not need to look over their shoulders for avengers or law enforcers. Their position is one of confidence, so that they do not flee.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":25280,"verse_id":"PRO.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “many are its princes” (so NASB). sn In such a chaotic time there will be many rulers, either simultaneously or in a rapid sequence. The times of the judges or the days of the northern kings of Israel provide examples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":25281,"verse_id":"PRO.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “a man who understands [and] knows”; NRSV “an intelligent ruler”; NLT “wise and knowledgeable leaders.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A2/3"}
{"id":25282,"verse_id":"PRO.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"28.2","text":"The LXX reads (probably from a different underlying Hebrew text): “It is the fault of a violent man that quarrels start, but they are settled by a man of discernment.” For a survey of suggestions, see C. H. Toy, Proverbs (ICC), 495, and W. McKane, Proverbs (OTL), 630. tn This last line is difficult. The MT has כֵּן יַאֲרִיךְ ( ken ya ’ arikh ). The verb means “to prolong,” but כֵּן ( ken ) is open to several possibilities for meaning. J. H. Greenstone’s interpretation of it as a noun from the Hollow root כּוּן ( kun ) with a meaning of “established order” is what is expected here ( Proverbs , 293). sn For a study of the verses in chapters 28 and 29 concerning kings and governments, see B. V. Malchow, “A Manual for Future Monarchs,” CBQ 47 (1985): 238-45.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A2/4"}
{"id":25283,"verse_id":"PRO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"The MT reads “a poor man,” גֶּבֶר רָשׁ ( gever rash ); cf. KJV, NASB, NLT. The problem is that the poor in the book of Proverbs is not an oppressor and does not have the power to be such. So commentators assume the word is incorrect. By a slight change to רָשָׁע ( rasha ’) the reading becomes “a wicked ruler” [ Heb “a wicked mighty man”]. There is no textual support for this change. The LXX, however, reads, “A courageous man oppresses the poor with impieties.” If “a poor man” is retained, then the oppression would include betrayal – one would expect a poor man to have sympathy for others who are impoverished, but in fact that is not the case. It is a sad commentary on human nature that the truly oppressed people can also be oppressed by other poor people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":25284,"verse_id":"PRO.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.3","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A3/2"}
{"id":25285,"verse_id":"PRO.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"The verb is the Hitpael imperfect of גָּרָה ( garah ), which means “to stir up strife” but in this stem means “to engage in strife” (cf. NIV “resist them”). Tg . Prov 28:4 adds an explanatory expansion, “so as to induce them to repent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A4/3"}
{"id":25286,"verse_id":"PRO.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Heb “men of evil”; the context does not limit this to males only, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":25287,"verse_id":"PRO.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"The term translated “justice” is מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ); it refers to the legal rights of people, decisions that are equitable in the community. W. G. Plaut observes that there are always those who think that “justice” is that which benefits them, otherwise it is not justice ( Proverbs , 282).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":25288,"verse_id":"PRO.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.6","text":"The Hebrew term translated “ways” is in the dual, suggesting that the person has double ways, i.e., he is hypocritical. C. H. Toy does not like this idea and changes the form to the plural ( Proverbs [ICC], 497), but his emendation is gratuitous and should be rejected.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A6/2"}
{"id":25289,"verse_id":"PRO.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “and he is rich.” Many English versions treat this as a concessive clause (cf. KJV “though he be rich”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A6/3"}
{"id":25290,"verse_id":"PRO.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"The Hebrew word could refer (1) to “instruction” by the father (cf. NCV) or (2) the Mosaic law (so most English versions). The chapter seems to be stressing religious obedience, so the referent is probably the law. Besides, the father’s teaching will be what the law demands, and the one who associates with gluttons is not abiding by the law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":25291,"verse_id":"PRO.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “son,” but the immediate context does not suggest limiting this only to male children.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":25292,"verse_id":"PRO.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “father,” but the immediate context does not suggest limiting this only to the male parent.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A7/4"}
{"id":25293,"verse_id":"PRO.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “by interest and increase” (so ASV; NASB “by interest and usury”; NAB “by interest and overcharge.” The two words seem to be synonyms; they probably form a nominal hendiadys, meaning “by increasing [exorbitant] interest.” The law prohibited making a commission or charging interest ( Exod 22:25 ; Lev 25:36-37 ; Deut 23:20 ; Ps 15:5 ). If the poor needed help, the rich were to help them – but not charge them interest.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":25294,"verse_id":"PRO.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"The term חוֹנֵן ( khonen , “someone who shows favor”) is the active participle. sn The verse is saying that in God’s justice wealth amassed unjustly will eventually go to the poor. God will take the wealth away from them and give it to people who will distribute it better to the poor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":25295,"verse_id":"PRO.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “a rich man,” although the context does not indicate that this is limited only to males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":25296,"verse_id":"PRO.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"The form יַחְקְרֶנּוּ ( yakhqÿrennu ) means “he searches him” (cf. KJV, ASV) or “he examines him”; a potential imperfect nuance fits well here to indicate that a discerning person, even though poor, can search the flaws of the rich and see through the pretension and the false assumptions (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV “sees through him”). Several commentators have connected the word to the Arabic root hqr , which means “despise” (D. W. Thomas, “Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” JTS 38 [1937]: 400-403), but that would be both predictable and flat.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":25297,"verse_id":"PRO.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"The form בַּעֲלֹץ ( ba ’ alots ) is the infinitive construct with the preposition indicating a temporal clause (“when…”); the “righteous” are the subject of this clause (subjective genitive). The word may be taken as a metonymy of adjunct – the righteous exult or rejoice because they are prosperous (cf. NLT “succeed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":25298,"verse_id":"PRO.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.12","text":"The meaning of “sought out” ( יְחֻפַּשׂ , yÿkhuppas ) indicates that people have gone into hiding. So the development of the ideas for this proverb require in the first line that “rejoice” be connected with “triumph” that means they have come to power; and in the second line that “are sought out” means people have gone into hiding (cf. ASV, NIV, NRSV, NLT). C. H. Toy thinks this is too strained; he offers this rendering: “When the righteous are exalted there is great confidence, but when the wicked come into power men hide themselves” ( Proverbs [ICC], 500). For the verb G. R. Driver posits an Arabic cognate hafasa , “prostrated; trampled on” (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 192-93), which gives a clearer result of wicked rule, but is perhaps unnecessary (e.g., Prov 28:28; 29:2 ). See J. A. Emerton, “Notes on Some Passages in the Book of Proverbs,” JTS 20 (1969): 202-20.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A12/3"}
{"id":25299,"verse_id":"PRO.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"The Hebrew participles provide the subject matter in this contrast. On the one hand is the person who covers over ( מְכַסֶּה , mÿkhasseh ) his sins. This means refusing to acknowledge them in confession, and perhaps rationalizing them away. On the other hand there is the one who both “confesses” ( מוֹדֶה , modeh ) and “forsakes” ( עֹזֵב , ’ ozev ) the sin. To “confess” sins means to acknowledge them, to say the same thing about them that God does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":25300,"verse_id":"PRO.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Most commentators (and some English versions, e.g., NIV) assume that the participle מְפַחֵד ( mÿfakhed , “fears”) means “fears the Lord ,” even though “the Lord ” is not present in the text. Such an assumption would be more convincing if the word יִרְאַת ( yir ’ at ) had been used. It is possible that the verse refers to fearing sin or its consequences. In other words, the one who is always apprehensive about the nature and consequences of sin will avoid sin and find God’s blessing. Of course the assumption that the phrase means “fear the Lord ” could be correct as well. There would be little difference in the outcome; in either case sin would be avoided.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":25301,"verse_id":"PRO.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"The term “like” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":25302,"verse_id":"PRO.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “A prince lacking of understanding [is] also a great oppressor” (both KJV, ASV similar) The last clause, “and a great oppressor,” appears to modify “the prince.” There is little difference in meaning, only in emphasis. The LXX has “lacks income” (reading תְּבוּאוֹת [ tÿvu ’ ot ] instead of תְּבוּנוֹת [ tÿvunot ]). C. H. Toy ( Proverbs [ICC], 501) suggests deleting the word for “prince” altogether, but this emendation is gratuitous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":25303,"verse_id":"PRO.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"This follows the Qere reading of the participle which is singular (as opposed to the plural). The implication is that this one is also a ruler, paralleling the first half. But since he “hates” (= rejects) unjust gain he will extend [his] days, meaning he will enjoy a long and happy life (cf. NIV, NRSV, CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":25304,"verse_id":"PRO.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"The form is the Qal passive participle. The verb means “to oppress; to wrong; to extort”; here the idea of being “oppressed” would refer to the burden of a guilty conscience (hence “tormented”; cf. NAB, NRSV “burdened”). Some commentators have wanted to emend the text to read “suspected,” or “charged with,” or “given to,” etc., but if the motive is religious and not legal, then “oppressed” or “tormented” is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":25305,"verse_id":"PRO.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.17","text":"The verse is cryptic; it simply says that he will “flee to the pit.” Some have taken the “pit” to refer to the place of detention for prisoners, but why would he flee to that place? It seems rather to refer to death. This could mean that (1) since there is no place for him to go outside of the grave, he should flee to the pit (cf. TEV, NLT), or (2) he will be a fugitive until he goes to the grave (cf. NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, CEV). Neither one of these options is easily derived from the text. The verse seems to be saying that the one who is guilty of murder will flee, and no one should assist him. The meaning of “the pit” is unresolved.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A17/3"}
{"id":25306,"verse_id":"PRO.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"The form is the Niphal imperfect of יָשַׁע ( yasha ’, “will be saved”). In all probability this refers to deliverance from misfortune. Some render it “kept safe” (NIV) or “will be safe” (NRSV, TEV). It must be interpreted in contrast to the corrupt person who will fall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":25307,"verse_id":"PRO.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"The Qal imperfect יִפּוֹל ( yipol ) is given a future translation in this context, as is the previous verb (“will be delivered”) because the working out of divine retribution appears to be coming suddenly in the future. The idea of “falling” could be a metonymy of adjunct (with the falling accompanying the ruin that comes to the person), or it may simply be a comparison between falling and being destroyed. Cf. NCV “will suddenly be ruined”; NLT “will be destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":25308,"verse_id":"PRO.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.18","text":"The last word in the verse, בְּאֶחָת ( bÿ ’ ekhat ), means “in one [= at once (?)].” This may indicate a sudden fall, for falling “in one” (the literal meaning) makes no sense. W. McKane wishes to emend the text to read “into a pit” based on v. 10 b ( Proverbs [OTL], 622); this emendation is followed by NAB, NRSV.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A18/3"}
{"id":25309,"verse_id":"PRO.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “will have plenty of food” ( Heb “bread”); so NAB, NASB, NCV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":25310,"verse_id":"PRO.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"Heb “empty things” or “vain things”; NRSV “follows worthless pursuits.” sn Prosperity depends on diligent work and not on chasing empty dreams. The proverb is essentially the same as Prov 12:11 except for the last expression.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":25311,"verse_id":"PRO.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.19","text":"The repetition of the verb strengthens the contrast. Both halves of the verse use the verb יִשְׂבַּע ( yisba ’, “will be satisfied; will be filled with; will have enough”). It is positive in the first colon, but negative in the second – with an ironic twist to say one is “satisfied” with poverty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A19/3"}
{"id":25312,"verse_id":"PRO.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"Heb “a man of faithfulness,” although the context does not indicate this should be limited only to males. sn The text does not qualify the nature of the faithfulness. While this would certainly have implications for the person’s righteous acts, its primary meaning may be his diligence and reliability in his work. His faithful work will bring the returns.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":25313,"verse_id":"PRO.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"The construction uses the Hiphil infinitive הַכֵּר ( hakken ) as the subject of the sentence: “to have respect for [or, recognize] persons is not good” (e.g., 24:23; 18:5 ; Deut 1:17 ; Lev 19:15 ). Such favoritism is “not good”; instead, it is a miscarriage of justice and is to be avoided.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":25314,"verse_id":"PRO.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “not good.” This is a figure of speech known as tapeinosis – a deliberate understatement to emphasize a worst-case scenario: “it is terrible!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A21/2"}
{"id":25315,"verse_id":"PRO.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.21","text":"The meaning and connection of the line is not readily clear. It could be taken in one of two ways: (1) a person can steal even a small piece of bread if hungry, and so the court should show some compassion, or it should show no partiality even in such a pathetic case; (2) a person could be bribed for a very small price (a small piece of bread being the figure representing this). This second view harmonizes best with the law.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A21/3"}
{"id":25316,"verse_id":"PRO.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Heb “a man with an evil eye” (as opposed to the generous man who has a “good” eye). This individual is selfish, unkind, unsympathetic to others. He looks only to his own gain. Cf. NAB “The avaricious man”; NLT “A greedy person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":25317,"verse_id":"PRO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Or “rebukes” (NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":25318,"verse_id":"PRO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “a man,” but the context does not indicate this should be limited only to males.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":25319,"verse_id":"PRO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.23","text":"There is a problem with אַחֲרַי (’ akharay ), which in the MT reads “after me.” This could be taken to mean “after my instructions,” but that is forced. C. H. Toy suggests simply changing it to “after” or “afterward,” i.e., “in the end” ( Proverbs [ICC], 504), a solution most English versions adopt. G. R. Driver suggested an Akkadian cognate ahurru , “common man,” reading “as a rebuker an ordinary man” (“Hebrew Notes,” ZAW 52 [1934]: 147).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A23/3"}
{"id":25320,"verse_id":"PRO.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.23","text":"The construction uses the Hiphil participle מַחֲלִיק ( makhaliq , “makes smooth”) followed by the adverbial accusative of means, the metonymy “tongue” – he makes what he says smooth. This will be pleasing for the moment, but it will offer no constructive help like the rebuke would.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A23/4"}
{"id":25321,"verse_id":"PRO.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.24","text":"Heb “man who destroys” (so NASB); TEV “no better than a common thief.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A24/3"}
{"id":25322,"verse_id":"PRO.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"Heb “wide of soul.” This is an idiom meaning “a greedy person.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , traditionally, “soul”) has here its more basic meaning of appetites (a person is a soul, a bundle of appetites; BDB 660 s.v. 5 .a). It would mean “wide of appetite” ( רְהַב־נֶפֶשׁ ), thus “greedy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":25323,"verse_id":"PRO.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.25","text":"The construction uses the participle בּוֹטֵחַ ( boteakh ) followed by עַל־יְהוָה (’ al-yÿhvah ), which gives the sense of “relying confidently on the Lord .” This is the antithesis of the greedy person who pushes to get what he desires.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A25/3"}
{"id":25324,"verse_id":"PRO.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.25","text":"The verb דָּשֵׁן ( dashen ) means “to be fat,” and in the Piel / Pual stems “to make fat/to be made fat” (cf. KJV, ASV). The idea of being “fat” was symbolic of health and prosperity – the one who trusts in the Lord will be abundantly prosperous and fully gratified (cf. NRSV “will be enriched”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A25/4"}
{"id":25325,"verse_id":"PRO.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.26","text":"The verb form יִמָּלֵט ( yimmalet ) is the Niphal imperfect; the form means “to escape.” In this context one would conclude that it means “to escape from trouble,” because the one who lives in this life by wisdom will escape trouble, and the one who trusts in himself will not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A26/3"}
{"id":25326,"verse_id":"PRO.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.27","text":"Heb “hides his eyes”; “to them” is supplied in the translation to indicate the link with the poor in the preceding line. Hiding or closing the eyes is a metonymy of cause or of adjunct, indicating a decision not to look on and thereby help the poor. It could also be taken as an implied comparison, i.e., not helping the poor is like closing the eyes to them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A27/2"}
{"id":25327,"verse_id":"PRO.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.27","text":"The term “receives” is not in the Hebrew text but is implied, and is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A27/3"}
{"id":25328,"verse_id":"PRO.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.28","text":"Heb “the wicked rise,” referring to an accession to power, as in a government. Cf. TEV “come to power”; NLT “take charge.” sn The proverb is essentially the same as 28:12 (e.g., Prov 11:10; 29:2, 16 ). It refers to the wicked “rising to power” in government.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A28/1"}
{"id":25329,"verse_id":"PRO.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.28","text":"Heb “a man” or “mankind” in a generic sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A28/2"}
{"id":25330,"verse_id":"PRO.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.28","text":"The form is the Niphal imperfect of סָתַר ( satar , “to hide”); in this stem it can mean “to hide themselves” or “to go into hiding.” In either case the expression would be a hyperbole; the populace would not go into hiding, but they would tread softly and move about cautiously. G. R. Driver suggests the Akkadian sataru instead, which means “to demolish,” and is cognate to the Aramaic “to destroy.” This would produce the idea that people are “destroyed” when the wicked come to power (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 192-93). That meaning certainly fits the idea, but there is no reason for the change because the MT is perfectly readable as it is and makes good sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A28/3"}
{"id":25331,"verse_id":"PRO.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.28","text":"The two clauses have parallel constructions: They both begin with infinitives construct with prepositions functioning as temporal clauses, followed by subjective genitives (first the wicked, and then the pronoun referring to them). This heightens the antithesis: “when the wicked rise…when they perish.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2028%3A28/4"}
{"id":25332,"verse_id":"PRO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"The idiom “to harden the neck” ( מַקְשֶׁה־עֹרֶף , maqsheh- ’ oref ) is the idea of resisting the rebukes and persisting in obstinacy (e.g., Exod 32:9 ). The opposite of a “stiff neck” would be the bending back, i.e., submission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":25333,"verse_id":"PRO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"The Hebrew construction is אִישׁ תּוֹכָחוֹת (’ ish tokhakhot , “a man of rebukes”), meaning “a man who has (or receives) many rebukes.” This describes a person who is deserving of punishment and who has been given many warnings. The text says, then, “a man of rebukes hardening himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":25334,"verse_id":"PRO.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.1","text":"Or “healing” (NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A1/4"}
{"id":25335,"verse_id":"PRO.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"The Hebrew form בִּרְבוֹת ( birvot ) is the Qal infinitive construct of רָבָה ( ravah ) with a בּ ( bet ) preposition, forming a temporal clause with a subjective genitive following it. It is paralleled in the second colon by the same construction, showing the antithesis: וּבִמְשֹׁל ( uvimshol ), “and when the wicked rule.” Some commentators wish to change the first verb to make it parallel this more closely, e.g., רָדָה ( radah , “to rule”), but that would be too neat and is completely unsupported. The contrast is between when the righteous increase and when the wicked rule. It is not hard to see how this contrast works out in society.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":25336,"verse_id":"PRO.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.2","text":"The Niphal verb אָנַח (’ anakh ) means “to sigh; to groan,” usually because of grief or physical and emotional distress. The word is a metonymy of effect; the cause is the oppression and distress due to evil rulers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A2/2"}
{"id":25337,"verse_id":"PRO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “a man.” Here “man” is retained in the translation because the second colon mentions prostitutes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":25338,"verse_id":"PRO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"Or “causes his father to rejoice”; NAB “makes his father glad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":25339,"verse_id":"PRO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.3","text":"The active participle רֹעֶה ( ro ’ eh ) is from the second root רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ), meaning “to associate with.” The verb occurs only a few times, and mostly in the book of Proverbs. It is related to רֵעֶה ( re ’ eh , “friend; companion; fellow”). To describe someone as a “companion” or “friend” of prostitutes is somewhat euphemistic; it surely means someone who is frequently engaging the services of prostitutes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A3/3"}
{"id":25340,"verse_id":"PRO.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.3","text":"The Hebrew verb יְאַבֶּד ( yÿ ’ abbed ) means “destroys”; it is the Piel imperfect of the verb that means “to perish.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A3/4"}
{"id":25341,"verse_id":"PRO.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"The form is the Hiphil imperfect of the verb עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”), hence, “to cause to stand.” It means that the king makes the nation “stand firm,” with “standing firm” being a figure for strength, security, and stability. Cf. NCV “makes his country (the nation CEV) strong.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":25342,"verse_id":"PRO.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"Or “country.” This term functions as a metonymy of subject for the people in the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":25343,"verse_id":"PRO.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads אִישׁ תְּרוּמוֹת (’ ish tÿrumot , “a man of offerings”), which could refer to a man who “receives gifts” or “gives gifts.” Because of its destructive nature on the country, here the phrase must mean that he receives or “exacts” the money (cf. NRSV “makes heavy exactions”). This seems to go beyond the ordinary taxation for two reasons: (1) this ruler is a “man of offerings,” indicating that it is in his nature to do this, and (2) it tears down the country. The word “offerings” has been taken to refer to gifts or bribes (cf. NASB, NIV, CEV, NLT), but the word itself suggests more the idea of tribute or taxes that are demanded; this Hebrew word was used in Leviticus for offerings given to the priests, and in Ezek 45:16 for taxes. The point seems to be that this ruler or administrator is breaking the backs of the people with heavy taxes or tribute (e.g., 1 Sam 8:11-18 ), and this causes division and strife.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A4/3"}
{"id":25344,"verse_id":"PRO.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Heb “a man,” but the context here does not suggest that the proverb refers to males only.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":25345,"verse_id":"PRO.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.5","text":"The form is the Hiphil participle, literally “deals smoothly,” i.e., smoothing over things that should be brought to one’s attention. sn The flatterer is too smooth; his words are intended to gratify. In this proverb some malice is attached to the flattery, for the words prove to be destructive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A5/2"}
{"id":25346,"verse_id":"PRO.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.5","text":"There is some ambiguity concerning the referent of “his steps.” The net could be spread for the one flattered (cf. NRSV, “a net for the neighbor’s feet”; NLT, “their feet,” referring to others), or for the flatterer himself (cf. TEV “you set a trap for yourself”). The latter idea would make the verse more powerful: In flattering someone the flatterer is getting himself into a trap (e.g., 2:16; 7:5; 26:28; 28:23 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A5/4"}
{"id":25347,"verse_id":"PRO.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"The Syriac and Tg . Prov 29:6 simplify the meaning by writing it with a passive verb: “the evil man is ensnared by his guilt.” The metaphor of the snare indicates that the evil person will be caught in his own transgression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":25348,"verse_id":"PRO.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.6","text":"The two verbs create some difficulty because the book of Proverbs does not usually duplicate verbs like this and because the first verb יָרוּן ( yarun ) is irregular. The BHS editors prefer to emend it to יָרוּץ ( yaruts , “will rush”; cf. NAB “runs on joyfully”). W. McKane emends it to “exult” to form a hendiadys: “is deliriously happy” ( Proverbs [OTL], 638). G. R. Driver suggests changing the word to יָדוֹן ( yadon ) based on two Hebrew mss and an Arabic cognate dana , “continue.” He translates it “but the righteous remains and rejoices” (“Problems in the Hebrew Text of Proverbs,” Bib 32 [1951]: 193-94). None of these changes are particularly helpful. The verb is unusual for a geminate root, but Gesenius shows several places where the same pattern can be seen in other geminate verbs (GKC 180 §67. q ). In light of this it is preferable to retain the reading of the MT here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A6/2"}
{"id":25349,"verse_id":"PRO.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"The form is an active participle, יֹדֵעַ ( yodea ’); it describes the righteous as “knowing, caring for, having sympathetic knowledge for, or considering favorably” the legal needs of the poor. Cf. NAB “has a care for”; NASB “is concerned for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":25350,"verse_id":"PRO.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"The Hebrew word used here is דִּין ( din ), which typically means “judgment,” but can also mean “strife” and “cause.” Here it refers to the “cause” of the poor (so KJV, ASV), their plea, their case, their legal rights. A righteous person is sympathetic to this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A7/2"}
{"id":25351,"verse_id":"PRO.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.7","text":"The term “such” is supplied in the translation for clarification. It is not simply any knowledge that the wicked do not understand, but the knowledge mentioned in the first colon. They do not understand the “sympathetic knowledge” or “concern” for the cause of the poor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A7/3"}
{"id":25352,"verse_id":"PRO.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Heb “men of scorn”; NAB “Arrogant men”; ASV, NRSV “Scoffers”; NIV, NLT “Mockers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":25353,"verse_id":"PRO.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.8","text":"The verb means “to blow; to breathe” (BDB 806 s.v. פּוּחַ ). In the Hiphil imperfect its meaning here is “to excite; to inflame” a city, as in blowing up a flame or kindling a fire. It is also used with “words” in 6:19 and 12:17 – they “puff out words.” Such scornful people make dangerous situations worse, whereas the wise calm things down (e.g., ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A8/2"}
{"id":25354,"verse_id":"PRO.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.8","text":"The term “city” is a metonymy of subject; it refers to the people in the city who can easily be set in an uproar by such scornful people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A8/3"}
{"id":25355,"verse_id":"PRO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “a wise man…a foolish man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":25356,"verse_id":"PRO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"The verb שָׁפַט ( shafat ) means “to judge.” In the Niphal stem it could be passive, but is more frequently reciprocal: “to enter into controversy” or “to go to court.” The word is usually used in connection with a lawsuit (so many recent English versions), but can also refer to an argument (e.g., 1 Sam 12:7 ; Isa 43:26 ); cf. NAB “disputes”; NASB “has a controversy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":25357,"verse_id":"PRO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.9","text":"The noun נָחַת ( nakhat ) is a derivative of נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”) and so means “quietness” or “rest,” i.e., “peace.” sn The proverb is saying that there will be no possibility of settling the matter in a calm way, no matter what mood the fool is in (e.g., Prov 26:4 ). R. N. Whybray says one can only cut the losses and have no further dealings with the fool ( Proverbs [CBC], 168).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A9/3"}
{"id":25358,"verse_id":"PRO.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “and he is angry and he laughs.” The construction uses the conjunctive vav to express alternate actions: “whether…or.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A9/4"}
{"id":25359,"verse_id":"PRO.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “men of bloods.” The Hebrew word for “blood” is written in the plural to reflect the shedding of blood. So the expression “men of bloods” means people who shed blood – murderers, bloodthirsty men, or those who would not hesitate to commit murder in order to get what they want.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":25360,"verse_id":"PRO.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “and the upright seek his life.” There are two ways this second line can be taken. (1) One can see it as a continuation of the first line, meaning that the bloodthirsty men also “seek the life of the upright” (cf. NIV, NRSV). The difficulty is that the suffix is singular but the apparent referent is plural. (2) One can take it is as a contrast: “but as for the upright, they seek his life” – a fairly straightforward rendering (cf. ASV). The difficulty here is that “seeking a life” is normally a hostile act, but it would here be positive: “seeking” a life to preserve it. The verse would then say that the bloodthirsty hate the innocent, but the righteous protect them (W. McKane, Proverbs [OTL], 637; cf. NAB, NASB, TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A10/3"}
{"id":25361,"verse_id":"PRO.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “his spirit.” It has been commonly interpreted to mean “his anger” (ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV), but it probably means more than that. The fool gives full expression to his “soul,” whether it is anger or bitterness or frustration or any other emotions. He has no self-control.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":25362,"verse_id":"PRO.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"The line is difficult. The MT has בְּאחוֹר יְשַׁבְּחֶנָּה ( bÿ ’ khor yÿshabbÿkhennah ), which literally means “steals it back.” The verb שָׁבַח ( shavakh ) means “to soothe; to still,” as with a storm, or here with the temper. But because אָחוֹר (’ akhor ) does not fit very well with this verb, most commentators offer some suggested change. C. H. Toy reads “anger” instead of “back” and translates the verb “restrain” following the LXX, which has “self-control” ( Proverbs [ICC], 510). The idea of self-control is what is intended, but the changes suggested are not entirely warranted. A number of English versions have “holds it back” (e.g., NASB, NRSV, NLT), and this fits the Hebrew as well as any.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A11/2"}
{"id":25363,"verse_id":"PRO.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"The Hiphil participle מַקְשִׁיב ( maqshiv ) means “to give attention to; to regard; to heed.” Cf. NASB, NCV, TEV “pays attention to.” sn Such a ruler would become known as one who could be lied to, because he paid attention to lies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":25364,"verse_id":"PRO.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “word of falsehood” or “lying word.” Cf. TEV “false information.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":25365,"verse_id":"PRO.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.12","text":"The verb שָׁרַת ( sharat ) means “to minister; to serve.” The Piel plural participle here refers to servants of the king who attend to him – courtiers and ministers (cf. NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV “officials”; NLT “advisers”). This, his entourage, will have to resort to evil practices to gain his favor if he is swayed by such lies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A12/3"}
{"id":25366,"verse_id":"PRO.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “a man of oppressions”; KJV “the deceitful man.” The noun תֹּךְ ( tokh ) means “injury; oppression” (BDB 1067 s.v.). Such men were usually the rich and powerful. The Greek and the Latin versions have “the debtor and creditor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":25367,"verse_id":"PRO.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"The verb פָּגַשׁ ( pagash ) means “to meet; to encounter.” In the Niphal it means “to meet each other; to meet together” (cf. KJV, ASV). The focus in this passage is on what they share in common.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":25368,"verse_id":"PRO.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"The king must judge “in truth” ( בֶּאֱמֶת , be ’ emet ). Some have interpreted this to mean “faithfully” (KJV, ASV) but that is somewhat unclear. The idea is that the poor must be treated fairly and justly (cf. NIV “with fairness”; NRSV “with equity”); “truth” is that which corresponds to the standard of the law revealed by God. There must be no miscarriage of justice for these people simply because they are poor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":25369,"verse_id":"PRO.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"The word “rod” is a metonymy of cause, in which the instrument being used to discipline is mentioned in place of the process of disciplining someone. So the expression refers to the process of discipline that is designed to correct someone. Some understand the words “rod and reproof” to form a hendiadys, meaning “a correcting [or, reproving] rod” (cf. NAB, NIV “the rod of correction”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":25370,"verse_id":"PRO.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “gives” (so NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A15/2"}
{"id":25371,"verse_id":"PRO.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.15","text":"The form is a Pual participle; the form means “to let loose” (from the meaning “to send”; cf. KJV, NIV “left to himself”), and so in this context “unrestrained.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A15/3"}
{"id":25372,"verse_id":"PRO.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"The verb רָבָה ( ravah ), which is repeated twice in this line, means “to increase.” The first occurrence here is usually taken to mean that when the wicked increase they hold the power (cf. NRSV, NLT “are in authority”; TEV, CEV “are in power”). The text does not explain the details, only that when the wicked increase sin will increase in the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":25373,"verse_id":"PRO.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"The verb, a Hiphil imperfect with a suffix, could be subordinated to the preceding imperative to form a purpose clause (indirect volitive classification): “that he may give you rest.” The same then could apply to the second part of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":25374,"verse_id":"PRO.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “your soul.” The noun נַפְשֶׁךָ ( nafshekha , “your soul”) is a synecdoche of part (= inner soul) for the whole person (= you); see, e.g., Isa 43:4; 51:23 ; BDB 600 s.v. 4 .a.2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":25375,"verse_id":"PRO.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “no vision.” The Hebrew word “vision” (from the verb חָזָה [ khazah , “to see”]) refers to divine communication to prophets (as in 1 Sam 3:1 ) and not to individual goals or plans. C. H. Toy sees a problem here: The most calamitous period of Israel’s history was when prophetic vision was at its height, whereas people were often more obedient when God was silent. He also notes that in the book of Proverbs there is no mention of prophetic teaching with wisdom as a guide. So he emends the word to “guidance” following the LXX ( Proverbs [ICC], 512). The TEV has “guidance”; the NIV retains “revelation.” It must be stated that the prophetic ministry was usually in response to the calamitous periods, calling the people back to God. Without them the downward rush to anarchy and destruction would have been faster than with these prophetic calls from God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":25376,"verse_id":"PRO.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.18","text":"The verb פָּרַע ( para ’) means “to let go; to let alone.” It occurs here in the Niphal with the meaning of “[the people] are let loose,” meaning, they cast off restraint (e.g., Exod 32:25 ). Cf. NLT “run wild.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A18/2"}
{"id":25377,"verse_id":"PRO.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.18","text":"There is a tendency among commentators and English versions to translate אַשְׁרֵהוּ (’ ashrehu ) as “happy is he!” (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, TEV, NLT). But “happy” can be a misleading translation. The Hebrew word refers to a heavenly bliss, an inner joy, that comes from knowing one is right with God and experiencing his blessing. “Happiness,” on the other hand, depends on what happens.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A18/4"}
{"id":25378,"verse_id":"PRO.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.19","text":"The Niphal imperfect here is best rendered as a potential imperfect – “cannot be corrected.” The second line of the verse clarifies that even though the servant understands the words, he does not respond. It will take more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A19/2"}
{"id":25379,"verse_id":"PRO.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “for he understands, but there is no answer.” The concessive idea (“although”) is taken from the juxtaposition of the two parts.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A19/3"}
{"id":25380,"verse_id":"PRO.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “a man,” but there is no indication in the immediate context that this should be limited only to males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":25381,"verse_id":"PRO.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"There is no conditional particle at the beginning of the verse; however, the relationship of the clauses, which lay down the condition first and then (with a vav ) the consequences, indicates a conditional construction here. Cf. also NAB, NIV, NCV, TEV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":25382,"verse_id":"PRO.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"The word מָגוֹן ( magon ) is a hapax legomenon ; accordingly, it has been given a variety of interpretations. The LXX has “grief,” and this has been adopted by some versions (e.g., NIV, NCV). The idea would be that treating the servant too easily for so long would not train him at all, so he will be of little use, and therefore a grief. J. Reider takes the word to mean “weakling” from the Arabic root na’na (“to be weak”), with a noun/adjective form muna’ana’ (“weak; feeble”); see his “Etymological Studies in Biblical Hebrew,” VT 4 [1954]: 276-95. This would give a different emphasis to the sentence, but on the whole not very different than the first. In both cases the servant will not be trained well. Rashi, a Jewish scholar who lived a.d. 1040-1105, had the translation “a master.” The servant trained this way will assume authority in the household even as the son. This may be behind the KJV translation “son” (likewise ASV, NASB). Tg . Prov 29:21 and the Syriac have “to be uprooted,” which may reflect a different text entirely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":25383,"verse_id":"PRO.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “a man of anger.” Here “anger” is an attributive (“an angry man”). This expression describes one given to or characterized by anger, not merely temporarily angry. The same is true of the next description.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":25384,"verse_id":"PRO.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “possessor of wrath.” Here “wrath” is an attributive (cf. ASV “a wrathful man”; KJV “a furious man”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A22/2"}
{"id":25385,"verse_id":"PRO.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “an abundance of transgression.” The phrase means “abounding in transgression” (BDB 913 s.v. רַב 1.d]). Not only does the angry person stir up dissension, but he also frequently causes sin in himself and in others (e.g., 14:17, 29; 15:18; 16:32; 22:24 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A22/3"}
{"id":25386,"verse_id":"PRO.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “pride of a man,” with “man” functioning as a possessive. There is no indication in the immediate context that this is restricted only to males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":25387,"verse_id":"PRO.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.23","text":"There is a wordplay here due to the repetition of the root שָׁפֵל ( shafel ). In the first line the verb תִּשְׁפִּילֶנּוּ ( tishpilennu ) is the Hiphil imperfect of the root, rendered “will bring him low.” In the second line the word is used in the description of the “lowly of spirit,” שְׁפַל־רוּחַ ( shÿfal-ruakh ). The contrast works well: The proud will be brought “low,” but the one who is “lowly” will be honored. In this instance the wordplay can be preserved in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A23/2"}
{"id":25388,"verse_id":"PRO.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “low in spirit”; KJV “humble in spirit.” This refers to an attitude of humility. sn The Hebrew word translated “lowly” forms an implied comparison: To be humble is like being low, base, earthbound; whereas pride is often compared to being high, lofty – at least in one’s own eyes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A23/3"}
{"id":25389,"verse_id":"PRO.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “hates his soul.” The accomplice is working against himself, for he will be punished along with the thief if he is caught.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A24/2"}
{"id":25390,"verse_id":"PRO.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “oath” or “imprecation”; ASV “adjuration.” This amounted to an “oath” or “curse” (cf. NAB “he hears himself put under a curse”; NRSV “one hears the victim’s curse”) either by or on behalf of the victim, that any witness to the crime must testify (cf. Lev 5:1 ). However, in this legal setting referring to “a victim’s curse” could be misleading (cf. also KJV “he heareth cursing”), since it could be understood to refer to profanity directed against those guilty of the crime rather than an imprecation called down on a witness who refused to testify (as in the present proverb). The present translation specifies this as an “oath to testify.” sn The oath to testify was not an oath to tell the truth before a court of law in the modern sense. Instead it was a “curse” or “imprecation” expressed by the victim of the theft, or by the legal authorities, called down on any witness of the crime who kept silent or refused to testify (as here). According to Lev 5:1 , if a witness does not speak up he is accountable for the crime. This person hears the adjuration, but if he speaks up he is condemned, and if he does not speak up he is guilty under the law. The proverb is an unusual one; it seems to be warning against getting mixed up in any way with the thief, for it will create a serious ethical dilemma.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A24/3"}
{"id":25391,"verse_id":"PRO.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “the fear of man.” This uses an objective genitive to describe a situation where fearing what people might do or think controls one’s life. There is no indication in the immediate context that this should be limited only to males, so the translation uses the more generic “people” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":25392,"verse_id":"PRO.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “gives [or yields, or produces]”; NIV “will prove to be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":25393,"verse_id":"PRO.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “but from the Lord [is] justice of a man.” The last part uses the construct state followed by the genitive, which here shows the advantage – it is justice for the person. The implication of the matter is that people should seek the Lord ’s favor (rather than a human ruler’s) if they want true justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A26/2"}
{"id":25394,"verse_id":"PRO.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “who is upright in the way” (so NASB; KJV and ASV are similar). Here “in the way” refers to the course of a person’s life, hence “who lives an upright life.” Cf. NAB “he who walks uprightly.” sn The proverb makes a simple observation on life: The righteous detest the wicked, and the wicked detest the lifestyle of the righteous. Each is troublesome to the beliefs and the activities of the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2029%3A27/1"}
{"id":25395,"verse_id":"PRO.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"The title הַמַּשָּׂא ( hammasa ’) means “the burden,” a frequently used title in prophetic oracles. It may be that the word is a place name, although it is more likely that it describes what follows as an important revelation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":25396,"verse_id":"PRO.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.1","text":"The definite article is used here as a demonstrative, clarifying the reference to Agur.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A1/3"}
{"id":25397,"verse_id":"PRO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) functions in an asseverative sense, “surely; indeed; truly” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §449).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":25398,"verse_id":"PRO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"The noun בַּעַר ( ba ’ ar ) means “brutishness”; here it functions as a predicate adjective. It is followed by מֵאִישׁ ( me ’ ish ) expressing comparative degree: “more than a man” or “more than any man,” with “man” used in a generic sense. He is saying that he has fallen beneath the level of mankind. Cf. NRSV “I am too stupid to be human.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":25399,"verse_id":"PRO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “than man.” The verse is using hyperbole; this individual feels as if he has no intelligence at all, that he is more brutish than any other human. Of course this is not true, or he would not be able to speculate on the God of the universe at all.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A2/3"}
{"id":25400,"verse_id":"PRO.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “the understanding of a man,” with “man” used attributively here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A2/4"}
{"id":25401,"verse_id":"PRO.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"The epithet “the Holy One” is the adjective “holy” put in the masculine plural (as in 9:10 ). This will harmonize with the plural of majesty used to explain the plural with titles for God. However, NRSV takes the plural as a reference to the “holy ones,” presumably referring to angelic beings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":25402,"verse_id":"PRO.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":25403,"verse_id":"PRO.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"The form of the verb is a Niphal perfect tense with a vav consecutive from the root כָּזַב ( kazav , “to lie”). In this stem it has the ideas of “been made deceptive,” or “shown to be false” or “proved to be a liar.” One who adds to or changes the word of the Lord will be seen as a liar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":25404,"verse_id":"PRO.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"Assuming that the contents of vv. 7-9 are a prayer, several English versions have supplied a vocative phrase: “O Lord ” (NIV); “O God” (NLT); others have supplied a similar phrase without the vocative “O”: NCV, CEV “Lord”; TEV “God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":25405,"verse_id":"PRO.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"The two words might form a hendiadys: “falsehood and lies” being equivalent to “complete deception.” The word שָׁוְא means “false; empty; vain; to a false purpose.” The second word means “word of lying,” thus “a lying word.” Taken separately they might refer to false intentions and false words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":25406,"verse_id":"PRO.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"The word חֹק ( khoq ) means “statute”; it is also used of a definite assignment in labor ( Exod 5:14 ; Prov 31:15 ), or of a set portion of food ( Gen 47:22 ). Here it refers to food that is the proper proportion for the speaker.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":25407,"verse_id":"PRO.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"The verb כָּחַשׁ ( kakhash ) means “to be disappointing; to deceive; to fail; to grow lean.” In the Piel stem it means “to deceive; to act deceptively; to cringe; to disappoint.” The idea of acting deceptively is illustrated in Hos 9:2 where it has the connotation of “disowning” or “refusing to acknowledge” (a meaning very close to its meaning here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":25408,"verse_id":"PRO.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.9","text":"The Hebrew verb literally means “to take hold of; to seize”; this produces the idea of doing violence to the reputation of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A9/2"}
{"id":25409,"verse_id":"PRO.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"The form תַּלְשֵׁן ( talshen ) is the Hiphil jussive (with the negative אַל , ’ al ); it is a denominative verb from the noun “tongue” (Heb “wag the tongue”). It means “to defame; to slander,” if the accusation is untrue. Some have suggested that the word might have the force of “denouncing” a slave to his master, accusing him before authorities (e.g., Deut 23:15-16 ). This proverb would then be a warning against meddling in the affairs of someone else.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":25410,"verse_id":"PRO.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.10","text":"If what was said were true, then there would be no culpability. But the implication here is that it was slander. And the effect of that will be a curse – the person who is the target of the slander will “curse” the person who slandered him ( קָלַל [ qalal ] in the Piel means “to treat lightly [or, with contempt]; to curse”), and culpability will result (the verb וֹשׁם means “to be guilty; to make a guilt offering [or, reparation offering]”). This word for guilt suggests a connection to the Levitical teaching that the guilty had to make reparation for damages done (). Cf. NAB “you will have to pay the penalty”; NIV, NLT “you will pay for it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A10/2"}
{"id":25411,"verse_id":"PRO.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"The verb רָחַץ ( rakhats ) means “to wash; to wash off; to wash away; to bathe.” It is used of physical washing, ceremonial washings, and hence figuratively of removing sin and guilt through confession (e.g., Isa 1:16 ). Here the form is the Pual perfect (unless it is a rare old Qal passive, since there is no Piel and no apparent change of meaning from the Qal). sn The point of the verse is that there are people who observe outer ritual and think they are pure ( טָהוֹר [ tahor ] is the Levitical standard for entrance into the sanctuary), but who pay no attention to inner cleansing (e.g., Matt 23:27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":25412,"verse_id":"PRO.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"Heb “how high are its eyes!” This is a use of the interrogative pronoun in exclamatory sentences (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 25, §127).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":25413,"verse_id":"PRO.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.13","text":"Heb “its eyelids are lifted up,” a gesture indicating arrogance and contempt or disdain for others. To make this clear, the present translation supplies the adverb “disdainfully” at the end of the verse. sn The verbs “to be high” (translated “are…lofty”) and “to be lifted up” depict arrogance and disdain for others. The emphasis on the eyes and eyelids (parasynonyms in poetry) is employed because the glance, the look, is the immediate evidence of contempt for others (e.g., also 6:17 and Ps 131:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A13/2"}
{"id":25414,"verse_id":"PRO.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the metaphor; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":25415,"verse_id":"PRO.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “teeth” (so NRSV) or “jaw teeth” (so KJV, ASV, NASB) or perhaps “jawbone.” This is a different Hebrew word for “teeth” than the one in the previous line; if it refers to “jaw teeth” then a translation like “molars” would be appropriate, although this image might not fit with the metaphor (“like knives”) unless the other teeth, the incisors or front teeth, are pictured as being even longer (“like swords”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A14/3"}
{"id":25416,"verse_id":"PRO.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.14","text":"The Hebrew form לֶאֱכֹל ( le ’ ekhol ) is the Qal infinitive construct; it indicates the purpose of this generation’s ruthless power – it is destructive. The figure is an implied comparison (known as hypocatastasis) between “devouring” and “destroying.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A14/4"}
{"id":25417,"verse_id":"PRO.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.15","text":"The two imperatives הַב הַב ( hav hav , “give, give,” from יָהַב , yahav ) correspond to the two daughters, and form their appeal. This would then be a personification – it is as if the leech is crying out, “Give! Give!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A15/3"}
{"id":25418,"verse_id":"PRO.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.15","text":"Throughout the book of Proverbs הוֹן ( hon ) means “wealth”; but here it has the nuance of “sufficiency” (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT “satisfied”) or “enough” (BDB 223 s.v.).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A15/5"}
{"id":25419,"verse_id":"PRO.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"The term שְׁאוֹל ( she ’ ol , “Sheol”) refers here to the realm of the dead: “the grave” (so KJV, NIV, NLT); cf. TEV, CEV “the world of the dead”; NAB “the nether world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":25420,"verse_id":"PRO.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.16","text":"Heb “the closing of the womb,” a situation especially troubling for one who is consumed with a desire for children (e.g., Gen 16:2; 30:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A16/2"}
{"id":25421,"verse_id":"PRO.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"The Hebrew word לִיקֲּהַת ( liqqahat , “obeying”) occurs only here and in Gen 49:10 ; it seems to mean “to receive” in the sense of “receiving instruction” or “obeying.” C. H. Toy suggests emending to “to old age” ( לְזִקְנַת , lÿziqnat ) of the mother ( Proverbs [ICC], 530). The LXX with γῆρας ( ghra\" , “old age”) suggests that a root lhq had something to do with “white hair.” D. W. Thomas suggests a corruption from lhyqt to lyqht ; it would have read, “The eye that mocks a father and despises an aged mother” (“A Note on לִיקֲּהַת in Proverbs 30:17 ,” JTS 42 [1941]: 154-55); this is followed by NAB “or scorns an aged mother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":25422,"verse_id":"PRO.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"The form נִפְלְאוּ ( niflÿ ’ u ) is the Niphal perfect from פָּלָא ( pala ’); the verb means “to be wonderful; to be extraordinary; to be surpassing”; cf. NIV “too amazing.” The things mentioned are things that the sage finds incomprehensible (e.g., Gen 18:14 ; Judg 13:18 ; Ps 139:6 ; and Isa 9:6 [5]). The sage can only admire these wonders – he is at a loss to explain them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":25423,"verse_id":"PRO.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.19","text":"This last item in the series is the most difficult to understand. The MT reads וְדֶּרֶךְ גֶּבֶר בְּעַלְמָה ( vÿderekh gever bÿ ’ almah , “and the way of a man with a maid,” so KJV, NASB). The last term does not in and of itself mean “virgin” but rather describes a young woman who is sexually ready for marriage. What is probably in view here is the wonder of human sexuality, for the preposition בְּ ( bet ) in this sequence indicates that the “way of the man” is “with” the woman. This mystery might begin with the manner of obtaining the love of the young woman, but focuses on the most intimate part of human relationships. And all of this was amazing to the sage. All of it is part of God’s creative plan and therefore can be enjoyed and appreciated without fully comprehending it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A19/2"}
{"id":25424,"verse_id":"PRO.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “filled with food” (so ASV); NASB “satisfied with food”; NAB, NRSV “glutted with food”; CEV “who eats too much”; NLT “who prospers.” sn The expression stuffed with food probably represents prosperity in general. So the line portrays someone who suddenly comes into wealth, but continues to be boorish and irreligious.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":25425,"verse_id":"PRO.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"The Hebrew term means “hated,” from שָׂנֵא ( sane ’), a feminine passive participle. The text does not say why she is hated; some have speculated that she might be odious (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB) or unattractive, but perhaps she is married to someone incapable of showing love (e.g., Gen 29:31, 33 ; Deut 21:15 ; Isa 60:5 ). Perhaps the strange situation of Jacob was in the mind of the sage, for Leah was described as “hated” ( Gen 29:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":25426,"verse_id":"PRO.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.23","text":"The verb יָרַשׁ ( yarash ) means either (1) “to possess; to inherit” or (2) “to dispossess.” Often the process of possessing meant the dispossessing of those already there (e.g., Hagar and Sarah in Gen 16:5; 21:10 ); another example is the Israelites’ wars against the Canaanites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A23/2"}
{"id":25427,"verse_id":"PRO.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"Heb “Four are the small things of the earth.” TEV has “four animals,” though in the list of four that follows, two are insects and one is a reptile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":25428,"verse_id":"PRO.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.24","text":"The construction uses the Pual participle with the plural adjective as an intensive; these four creatures are the very embodiment of wisdom (BDB 314 s.v. חָכַם Pu).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A24/2"}
{"id":25429,"verse_id":"PRO.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.26","text":"Or “hyraxes.” This is the Syrian Hyrax, also known as the rock badger. KJV, ASV has “conies” (alternately spelled “coneys” by NIV), a term usually associated with the European rabbit ( Oryctolagus cuniculus ) but which can also refer to the pika or the hyrax. Scholars today generally agree that the Hebrew term used here refers to a type of hyrax, a small ungulate mammal of the family Procaviidae native to Africa and the Middle East which has a thick body, short legs and ears and a rudimentary tail. The simple “badger” (so NASB, NRSV, CEV) could lead to confusion with the badger, an entirely unrelated species of burrowing mammal related to weasels. sn Modern scholars identify this creature with the rock badger (the Syrian hyrax), a small mammal that lives in the crevices of the rock. Its wisdom consists in its ingenuity to find a place of security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A26/1"}
{"id":25430,"verse_id":"PRO.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.28","text":"The KJV, agreeing with Tg . Prov 30:28 , translated this term as “spider.” But almost all modern English versions and commentators, following the Greek and the Latin versions, have “lizard.” sn The point of this saying is that a weak creature like a lizard, that is so easily caught, cannot be prevented from getting into the most significant places.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A28/1"}
{"id":25431,"verse_id":"PRO.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.28","text":"Although the Hebrew noun translated “king” is singular here, it is traditionally translated as plural: “kings’ palaces” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A28/2"}
{"id":25432,"verse_id":"PRO.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.29","text":"The form מֵיטִיבֵי ( metibe ) is the Hiphil participle, plural construct. It has the idea of “doing good [in] their step.” They move about well, i.e., magnificently. The genitive would be a genitive of specification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A29/1"}
{"id":25433,"verse_id":"PRO.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.29","text":"The construction uses the Hiphil participle again (as in the previous line) followed by the infinitive construct of הָלַךְ ( halakh ). This forms a verbal hendiadys, the infinitive becoming the main verb and the participle before it the adverb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A29/2"}
{"id":25434,"verse_id":"PRO.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “mighty among the beasts,” but referring to a superlative degree (“mightiest”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A30/1"}
{"id":25435,"verse_id":"PRO.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.31","text":"The Hebrew term זַרְזִיר ( zarzir ) means “girt”; it occurs only here with “loins” in the Bible: “that which is girt in the loins” (BDB 267 s.v.). Some have interpreted this to be the “greyhound” because it is narrow in the flanks (J. H. Greenstone, Proverbs , 327); so KJV, ASV. Others have suggested the warhorse, zebra, raven, or starling. Tg . Prov 30:31 has it as the large fighting cock that struts around among the hens. There is no clear referent that is convincing, although most modern English versions use “strutting rooster” or something similar (cf. CEV “proud roosters”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A31/1"}
{"id":25436,"verse_id":"PRO.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.31","text":"This last line has inspired many suggestions. The MT has “with his army around him” ( אַלְקוּם עִמּוֹ , ’ alqum ’ immo ); so NIV. This has been emended to read “against whom there is no rising up” (so KJV, ASV) or “standing over his people.” The LXX has “a king haranguing his people.” Tg . Prov 30:31 has, “a king who stands up before his people and addresses them.” Some have attempted to identify this with Alcimus, the high priest who aspired to kingship (1 Macc 7:5-22), but such a suggestion is quite remote. Another interpretation sees the word for “God” in the line: “a king with whom God is.” Furthermore, C. H. Toy thinks the text is corrupt and must have at one time referred to some majestic animal ( Proverbs [ICC], 537). While all these suggestions are fascinating, they have not improved or corrected the Hebrew text. At least one can say the focus is on the stately appearance of the king at some auspicious moment. The word occurs only here; but if it is interpreted with its Arabic cognate in mind, then it refers to a band of soldiers (BDB 39 s.v. אַלְקוּם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A31/2"}
{"id":25437,"verse_id":"PRO.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.32","text":"The construction has the בְּ ( bet ) preposition with the Hitpael infinitive construct, forming a temporal clause. This clause explains the way in which the person has acted foolishly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A32/1"}
{"id":25438,"verse_id":"PRO.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “hand to mouth.” This express means “put your hand to your mouth” (e.g., Job 40:4, 5 ); cf. NIV “clap your hand over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A32/2"}
{"id":25439,"verse_id":"PRO.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.33","text":"This line provides the explanation for the instruction to keep silent in the previous verse. It uses two images to make the point, and in so doing repeats two words throughout. The first is the word מִיץ ( mits ), which is translated (in sequence) “churning,” “punching,” and “stirring up.” The form is a noun, and BDB 568 s.v. suggests translating it as “squeezing” in all three places, even in the last where it describes the pressure or the insistence on strife. This noun occurs only here. The second repeated word, the verb יוֹצִיא ( yotsir ), also occurs three times; it is the Hiphil imperfect, meaning “produces” (i.e., causes to go out).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2030%3A33/1"}
{"id":25440,"verse_id":"PRO.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"Some English versions take the Hebrew noun translated “oracle” here as a place name specifying the kingdom of King Lemuel; cf. NAB “king of Massa”; CEV “King Lemuel of Massa.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":25441,"verse_id":"PRO.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"The form מַה ( mah ), normally the interrogative “what?” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB) is best interpreted here as an exclamation. Tg . Prov 31:2 has “Woe!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":25442,"verse_id":"PRO.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.2","text":"In all three occurrences in this verse the word “son” has the Aramaic spelling, ַַבּר ( bar ), rather than the Hebrew בֵּן ( ben ). The repetition of the word “son” shows the seriousness of the warning; and the expression “son of my womb” and “son of my vows” are endearing epithets to show the great investment she has made in his religious place in God’s program. For a view that “son of my womb” should be “my own son,” see F. Deist, “ Proverbs 31:1 , A Case of Constant Mistranslation,” JNSL 6 (1978): 1-3; cf. TEV “my own dear son.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A2/2"}
{"id":25443,"verse_id":"PRO.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.3","text":"The construction uses Qal infinitive construct לַמְחוֹת ( lamkhot , “to wipe out; to blot out; to destroy”). The construction is somewhat strange, and so some interpreters suggest changing it to מֹחוֹת ( mokhot , “destroyers of kings”); cf. BDB 562 s.v. מָחָה Qal.3. Commentators note that the form is close to an Aramaic word that means “concubine,” and an Arabic word that is an indelicate description for women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A3/3"}
{"id":25444,"verse_id":"PRO.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “[It is] not for kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":25445,"verse_id":"PRO.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.4","text":"The MT has אֵו (’ ev ), a Kethib / Qere reading. The Kethib is אוֹ (’ o ) but the Qere is אֵי (’ ey ). Some follow the Qere and take the word as a shortened form of וַֹיֵּה , “where?” This would mean the ruler would be always asking for drink (cf. ASV). Others reconstruct to אַוֵּה (’ avveh , “to desire; to crave”). In either case, the verse would be saying that a king is not to be wanting/seeking alcohol. tn Here “strong drink” probably refers to barley beer (cf. NIV, NCV “beer”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A4/3"}
{"id":25446,"verse_id":"PRO.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"The verb means “change,” perhaps expressed in reversing decisions or removing rights.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":25447,"verse_id":"PRO.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “all the children of poverty.” This expression refers to the poor by nature. Cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV “the afflicted”; NIV “oppressed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A5/2"}
{"id":25448,"verse_id":"PRO.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “to the bitter of soul.” The phrase לְמָרֵי נָפֶשׁ ( lÿmare nafesh ) has been translated “of heavy hearts” (KJV); “in anguish” (NIV); “in misery” (TEV); “in bitter distress” (NRSV); “sorely depressed” (NAB); “in deep depression (NLT); “have lost all hope” (CEV). The word “bitter” ( מַר , mar ) describes the physical and mental/spiritual suffering as a result of affliction, grief, or suffering – these people are in emotional pain. So the idea of “bitterly distressed” works as well as any other translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A6/2"}
{"id":25449,"verse_id":"PRO.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"The subjects and suffixes are singular (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB). Most other English versions render this as plural for stylistic reasons, in light of the preceding context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":25450,"verse_id":"PRO.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.7","text":"The king was not to “drink and forget”; the suffering are to “drink and forget.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A7/2"}
{"id":25451,"verse_id":"PRO.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.8","text":"Or “of all the defenseless.” The noun חֲלוֹף ( khalof ) means “passing away; vanishing” (properly an infinitive); in this construction “the sons of the passing away” means people who by nature are transitory, people who are dying – mortals. But in this context it would indicate people who are “defenseless” as opposed to those who are healthy and powerful.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A8/3"}
{"id":25452,"verse_id":"PRO.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"The noun צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) serves here as an adverbial accusative of manner. The decisions reached ( שְׁפָט , shÿfat ) in this advocacy must conform to the standard of the law. So it is a little stronger than “judging fairly” (cf. NIV, NCV), although it will be fair if it is done righteously for all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":25453,"verse_id":"PRO.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.10","text":"The first word in the Hebrew text ( אֵשֶׁת , ’ eshet ) begins with א ( alef ), the first letter in the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A10/3"}
{"id":25454,"verse_id":"PRO.31.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.10","text":"Heb “a woman of valor.” This is the same expression used to describe Ruth (e.g., Ruth 3:11 ). The term חַיִל ( khayil ) here means “moral worth” (BDB 298 s.v.); cf. KJV “a virtuous woman.” Elsewhere the term is used of physical valor in battle, e.g., “mighty man of valor,” the land-owning aristocrat who could champion the needs of his people in times of peace or war (e.g., Judg 6:12 ). Here the title indicates that the woman possesses all the virtues, honor, and strength to do the things that the poem will set forth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A10/4"}
{"id":25455,"verse_id":"PRO.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"The first word of the second line begins with בּ ( bet ), the second letter in the Hebrew alphabet. The verb בָּטַח ( batakh ) means “to trust; to have confidence in.” With the subject of the verb being “the heart of her husband,” the idea is strengthened – he truly trusts her. Cf. NCV “trusts her completely”; NIV “has full confidence in her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":25456,"verse_id":"PRO.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"The first word of the third line begins with ג ( gimel ), the third letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":25457,"verse_id":"PRO.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"The first word of the fourth line begins with דּ ( dalet ) the fourth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The verb דָרַשׁ ( darash ) means “to seek; to inquire; to investigate.” The idea is that she looks for the wool and flax to do her work, but the whole verse assumes she has obtained it. This verb also occurs in the hymn of , which says in v. 2 that “the works of the Lord are searched .” One word used in another passage is not that significant; but the cumulative effect of words and ideas suggest that the composition of this poem is influenced by hymnology.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":25458,"verse_id":"PRO.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “and she works in the pleasure of her hands.” The noun חֵפֶץ ( khefets ) means “delight; pleasure.” BDB suggests it means here “that in which one takes pleasure,” i.e., a business, and translates the line “in the business of her hands” (BDB 343 s.v. 4 ). But that translation reduces the emphasis on pleasure and could have easily been expressed in other ways. Here it is part of the construct relationship. The “hands” are the metonymy of cause, representing all her skills and activities in making things. It is also a genitive of specification, making “pleasure” the modifier of “her hands/her working.” She does her work with pleasure. Tg . Prov 31:13 has, “she works with her hands in accordance with her pleasure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A13/2"}
{"id":25459,"verse_id":"PRO.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"The first word of the fifth line begins with ה ( he ), the fifth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":25460,"verse_id":"PRO.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"The first word of the sixth line begins with ו ( vav ), the sixth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":25461,"verse_id":"PRO.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"The first word of the seventh line begins with ז ( zayin ), the seventh letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn The word “considers” means “to plan carefully” in accordance with her purposes. The word is often used in the book of Proverbs for devising evil; but here it is used positively of the woman’s wise investment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":25462,"verse_id":"PRO.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “from the fruit of her hands.” The expression employs two figures. “Hands” is a metonymy of cause, indicating the work she does. “Fruit” is a hypocatastasis, an implied comparison meaning what she produces, the income she earns. She is able to plant a vineyard from her income.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A16/2"}
{"id":25463,"verse_id":"PRO.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"The first word of the eighth line begins with ח ( khet ), the eighth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. tn Heb “she girds her loins with strength.” The idea is that of gathering up the long robes with a sash or belt so that they do not get in the way of the work. The point of the figure is readiness for work. But to say she girds herself with “strength” means that she begins vigorously. “Strength” here would be a comparison with the sash.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":25464,"verse_id":"PRO.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"The first word of the ninth line begins with ט ( tet ), the ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn This is the word for “taste.” It means her opinion or perception, what she has learned by experience and therefore seems right.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":25465,"verse_id":"PRO.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.19","text":"The first word of the tenth line begins with י ( yod ) the tenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn The words for “hands” are often paired in poetry; the first ( יָד , yad ) means the hand and the forearm and usually indicates strength, and the second ( כַּף , kaf ) means the palm of the hand and usually indicates the more intricate activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A19/1"}
{"id":25466,"verse_id":"PRO.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.19","text":"The verb שִׁלַּח ( shilakh ), the Piel perfect of the verb “to send,” means in this stem “to thrust out; to stretch out.” It is a stronger word than is perhaps necessary. It is a word that is also used in military settings to describe the firmness and forthrightness of the activity ( Judg 5:26 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A19/2"}
{"id":25467,"verse_id":"PRO.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"The first word of the eleventh line begins with כּ ( kaf ), the eleventh letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":25468,"verse_id":"PRO.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"The first word of the twelfth line begins with ל ( lamed ), the twelfth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":25469,"verse_id":"PRO.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.21","text":"For the MT’s “scarlet” the LXX and the Latin have “two” or “double” – the difference being essentially the vocalization of a plural as opposed to a dual. The word is taken in the versions with the word that follows (“covers”) to means “double garments.” The question to be asked is whether scarlet would keep one warm in winter or double garments. The latter is the easier reading and therefore suspect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A21/3"}
{"id":25470,"verse_id":"PRO.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.22","text":"The first word of the thirteenth line begins with מ ( mem ), the thirteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The word rendered “coverlets” appears in 7:16 , where it has the idea of “covered.” K&D 17:335 suggests “pillows” or “mattresses” here. The Greek version has “lined overcoats” or “garments,” but brings over the last word of the previous verse to form this line and parallel the second half, which has clothing in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A22/1"}
{"id":25471,"verse_id":"PRO.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"The first word of the fourteenth line begins with נ ( nun ), the fourteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The form is the Niphal participle of יָדַע ( yada ’); it means that her husband is “known.” The point is that he is a prominent person, respected in the community.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":25472,"verse_id":"PRO.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “gate”; the term “city” has been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn The “gate” was the area inside the entrance to the city, usually made with rooms at each side of the main street where there would be seats for the elders. This was the place of assembly for the elders who had judicial responsibilities.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":25473,"verse_id":"PRO.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.23","text":"The construction uses the infinitive construct with the preposition and a pronominal suffix that serves as the subject (subjective genitive) to form a temporal clause. The fact that he “sits with the elders” means he is one of the elders; he sits as a judge among the people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A23/3"}
{"id":25474,"verse_id":"PRO.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.24","text":"The first word of the fifteenth line begins with ס ( samek ), the fifteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn The poet did not think it strange or unworthy for a woman of this stature to be a businesswoman engaged in an honest trade. In fact, weaving of fine linens was a common trade for women in the ancient world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A24/1"}
{"id":25475,"verse_id":"PRO.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.24","text":"Heb “to the Canaanites.” These are the Phoenician traders that survived the wars and continued to do business down to the exile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A24/2"}
{"id":25476,"verse_id":"PRO.31.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.25","text":"The first word of the sixteenth line begins with ע ( ayin ), the sixteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A25/2"}
{"id":25477,"verse_id":"PRO.31.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.25","text":"Heb “day.” This word is a metonymy of subject meaning any events that take place on the day or in the time to come.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A25/5"}
{"id":25478,"verse_id":"PRO.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.26","text":"The first word of the seventeenth line begins with פּ ( pe ), the seventeenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn The words “mouth” (“opens her mouth”) and “tongue” (“on her tongue”) here are also metonymies of cause, referring to her speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A26/1"}
{"id":25479,"verse_id":"PRO.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.26","text":"The Hebrew phrase תּוֹרַת־חֶסֶד ( torat-khesed ) is open to different interpretations. (1) The word “law” could here refer to “teaching” as it does frequently in the book of Proverbs, and the word “love,” which means “loyal, covenant love,” could have the emphasis on faithfulness, yielding the idea of “faithful teaching” to parallel “wisdom” (cf. NIV). (2) The word “love” should probably have more of the emphasis on its basic meaning of “loyal love, lovingkindness.” It also would be an attributive genitive, but its force would be that of “loving instruction” or “teaching with kindness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A26/2"}
{"id":25480,"verse_id":"PRO.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.27","text":"The first word of the eighteenth line begins with צ ( tsade ), the eighteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A27/1"}
{"id":25481,"verse_id":"PRO.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.28","text":"The first word of the nineteenth line begins with ק ( qof ), the nineteenth letter of the Hebrew alphabet. sn The deliberate action of “rising up” to call her blessed is the Hebrew way of indicating something important is about to be done that has to be prepared for.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A28/1"}
{"id":25482,"verse_id":"PRO.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.28","text":"The text uses an independent nominative absolute to draw attention to her husband: “her husband, and he praises her.” Prominent as he is, her husband speaks in glowing terms of his noble wife.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A28/2"}
{"id":25483,"verse_id":"PRO.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.29","text":"The first word of the twentieth line begins with ר ( resh ), the twentieth letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A29/1"}
{"id":25484,"verse_id":"PRO.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.29","text":"Or “women” (NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A29/2"}
{"id":25485,"verse_id":"PRO.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.29","text":"The word is the same as in v. 10 , “noble, valiant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A29/3"}
{"id":25486,"verse_id":"PRO.31.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.30","text":"The first word of the twenty-first line begins with שׁ ( shin ), the twenty-first letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The graphic distinction between שׁ ( shin ) and שׂ ( sin ) had not been made at the time the book of Proverbs was written; that graphic distinction was introduced by the Masoretes, ca. a.d. 1000.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A30/1"}
{"id":25487,"verse_id":"PRO.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.31","text":"The first word of the twenty-second line begins with ת ( tav ), the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A31/1"}
{"id":25488,"verse_id":"PRO.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “Give her from the fruit of her hands.” The expression “the fruit of her hands” employs two figures. The word “fruit” is a figure known as hypocatastasis, an implied comparison, meaning “what she produces.” The word “hand” is a metonymy of cause, meaning her efforts to produce things. So the line is saying essentially “give her her due.” This would either mean give her credit for what she has done (the option followed by the present translation; cf. TEV) or reward her for what she has done (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A31/2"}
{"id":25489,"verse_id":"PRO.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PRO","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.31","text":"“Gates” is a metonymy of subject. It refers to the people and the activity that occurs in the gates – business dealings, legal transactions, and social meetings. The term “city” is supplied in the translation for clarity. One is reminded of the acclaim given to Ruth by Boaz: “for all the gate of my people knows that you are a noble woman [ אֵשֶׁת חַיִל , ’ eshet khayil ]” ( Ruth 3:11 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Proverbs%2031%3A31/4"}
{"id":25490,"verse_id":"ECC.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The meaning of קֹהֶלֶת ( qohelet ) is somewhat puzzling. The verb קָהַל ( qahal ) means “to assemble, summon” ( HALOT 1078-79 s.v. קהל ), and is derived from the noun קָהָל ( qahal , “assembly”; HALOT 1079-80 s.v. קָהָל ). Thus קֹהֶלֶת might mean: (1) convener of the assembly, (2) leader, speaker, teacher, or preacher of the assembly, or (3) member of the assembly. Elsewhere in the book, קֹהֶלֶת is used in collocation with statements about his position as king in Jerusalem ( Eccl 1:12 ), his proclamations about life ( Eccl 1:2; 7:27; 12:8 ), and his teaching of wisdom and writing wise sayings ( Eccl 12:9-10 ). Thus, קֹהֶלֶת probably means “the leader of the assembly” or “speaker of the assembly.”(See also the following study note.) Rabbinic literature treats קֹהֶלֶת as a traditional surname for Solomon, that is, “Qoheleth,” relating it to the noun קָהָל . For example, this explanation is found in rabbinic literature (Qoheleth Rabbah 1:1 ): “Why was his name called Qoheleth [ קֹהֶלֶת ]? Because his words were proclaimed in public meeting [ קָהַל ], as it is written ( 1 Kgs 8:1 ).” The LXX rendered it ἐκκλησιαστής ( ekklhsiasths , “member of the assembly,” LSJ 509), as was the custom of relating Greek ἐκκλησία ( ekklhsia , “assembly”) to Hebrew קָהָל . The book’s English title, “Ecclesiastes,” is simply a transliteration of the Greek term from the LXX. Symmachus’ παροιμιαστής ( paroimiasths , “author of proverbs,” LSJ 1342 s.v.) is not a translation of קֹהֶלֶת but refers to his authorship of many proverbs ( Eccl 12:9-10 ). In terms of the participial form, קֹהֶלֶת is used substantively to designate the profession or title of the author. The term is used in 12:8 with the article, indicating that it is a professional title rather than a personal surname: הַקּוֹהֶלֶת ( haqqohelet , “the Teacher”). Substantival participles often designate the title or profession of an individual: כֹּהֵן ( kohen ), “priest”; רֹזֵן ( rozen ), “ruler”; שֹׁטֵר ( shoter ), “officer”; נֹקֵד ( noqed ), “sheep-breeder”; שֹׁפֵט ( shofet ), “judge”; יֹצֵר ( yotser ), “potter”; כֹּרֵם ( korem ), “vine-dresser”; יֹגֵב ( yogev ), “farmer”; שׁוֹעֵר ( sho ’ er ), “gate-keeper”; צוֹרֵף ( tsoref ), “smelter”; and רֹפֵא ( rofe ’), “doctor” ( IBHS 614-15 §37.2a). In terms of its feminine ending with a male referent, Joüon 1:266-67 §89.b suggests that it is intensive, e.g., מוֹדַעַת ( moda ’ at ) “close relative” from מוֹדָע ( moda ’) “kinsman.” The feminine ending is used similarly in Arabic in reference to a male referent, e.g., Arabic rawiyat “a great narrator” from rawi “narrator” (C. P. Caspari, A Grammar of the Arabic Language , 1:233c). So קֹהֶלֶת may mean “the leader/teacher of the assembly” from the noun קָהָל . When used in reference to a male referent, feminine forms denote a professional title or vocational office (as in Arabic, Ethiopic, and Aramaic), e.g., סֹפֶרֶת ( soferet ), “scribe”; פֹּכֶרֶת ( pokheret ), “gazelle-catcher”; פֶּחָה ( pekhah ), “provincial governor”; and פְּרָעוֹת ( pÿra ’ ot ), “princes” (GKC 393 §122. r ). Occasionally, a professional name later became a personal name, e.g., the title סֹפֶרֶת (“scribe”) became the name “Sophereth” ( Ezra 2:55 ; Neh 7:57 ), פֹּכֶרֶת (“gazelle-catcher”) became “Pokereth” ( Ezra 2:57 ; Neh 7:59 ), and perhaps קֹהֶלֶת (“assembler”) became the surname “Qoheleth” ( HALOT 926 s.v. פֹּכֶרֶת הַצְּבָיִים ). Many translations render קֹהֶלֶת as a professional title: “the Speaker” (NEB, Moffatt), “the Preacher” (KJV, RSV, YLT, MLB, ASV, NASB), “the Teacher” (NIV, NRSV), “the Leader of the Assembly” (NIV margin), “the Assembler” (NJPS margin). Others render it as a personal surname: “Koheleth” (JPS, NJPS) and “Qoheleth” (NAB, NRSV margin). sn The verbal root קהל means “to assemble; to summon” ( HALOT 1078-79 s.v. קהל ). It is used of assembling or summoning various groups of people: “all Israel” ( 1 Chr 13:5; 15:3 ), “the elders of Israel” ( 1 Kgs 8:1 ; 2 Chr 5:2 ), all the elders of their tribes” ( Deut 31:28 ), “all the princes of Israel” ( 1 Chr 28:1 ), “your tribes” ( Deut 31:28 ), “all the house of Judah” ( 1 Kgs 12:21 ; 2 Chr 11:1 ), “the people” ( Deut 4:10; 31:12 ), “the whole congregation” ( Lev 8:3 ; Num 1:18; 16:19; 20:8 ), “all the congregation of the sons of Israel” ( Exod 35:1 ; Num 8:9 ), “the assembly” ( Num 10:7; 20:10 ), and “your assembly” ( Ezek 38:13 ). The verb is often used in reference to summoning/assembling people for a religious occasion ( Exod 35:1 ; Lev 8:3-4 ; Num 8:9 ; Deut 4:10 ; Josh 18:1; 22:12 ; 1 Kgs 8:1 ; 2 Chr 5:2-3 ), a political occasion ( 2 Sam 20:14 ), a military occasion ( Judg 20:11 ; 2 Chr 11:1 ), or a judicial occasion ( Job 11:10 ). The Hiphil stem is used to describe the action of the leader (usually a single individual who possesses/commands authority) summoning the people, e.g., Moses ( Exod 35:1 ; Lev 8:3 ; Num 20:10 ), Moses and Aaron ( Num 1:18 ), Korah ( Num 16:19 ), King David ( 1 Chr 13:5; 15:3; 28:1 ), King Solomon ( 1 Kgs 8:1; 12:21 ; 2 Chr 5:2 ), and King Rehoboam ( 2 Chr 11:1 ). In almost every case, he who assembles the people is a person invested with authority; he makes a public proclamation or leads the nation in an important action. The Niphal stem is most often used to describe the people assembling at the direction of the leader (e.g., Lev 8:4 ; Josh 18:1; 22:12 ; 1 Kgs 8:2 ; 2 Chr 5:3 ). The root קהל is a denominative derived from the noun קָהָל ( qahal , “assembly, contingent”; HALOT 1079-80 s.v. קָהָל ). The noun has numerous referents: the congregated nation as a whole in the wilderness, assembled for ceremonies and instruction ( Exod 16:3 ; Lev 4:13, 21; 16:17, 33 ; Num 10:7; 14:5; 15:15; 16:3; 17:12; 19:20; 20:4, 6, 10, 12 ; Deut 9:10; 10:4; 18:16 ); the congregation of Israel assembled for divine worship ( Pss 22:23, 26; 26:5; 35:18; 40:10; 107:32; 149:1 ; Lam 1:10 ); the postexilic community assembled to hear the Torah and instruction ( Neh 13:1 ); a military contingent assembled for warfare ( Num 16:3; 20:4 ; Judg 20:2; 21:5, 8 ; 1 Sam 17:47 ; 2 Chr 28:14 ); people summoned to court ( Ezek 16:40; 23:46-47 ); judicial authorities ( Jer 26:17 ; Prov 5:14; 26:26 ; Sir 7:7). The term is often used as a designation for Israel: “the assembly of Israel” ( Lev 16:17 ; Deut 31:30 ; Josh 8:35 ; 1 Kgs 8:14, 22, 55; 12:3 ; 2 Chr 6:3, 12-13 ; Sir 50:13, 20), “the assembly of the congregation” ( Exod 12:6 ); “the assembly of the congregation of the sons of Israel” ( Num 14:5 ), and “the assembly of God” ( Neh 13:1 ). The related noun קְהִלָּה ( qÿhillah ) means “assembly, community” ( HALOT 1080 s.v. קְהִלָּה ), e.g., in the idiom נָתַן קְהִלָּה ( natan qÿhillah ) “to hold an assembly”: “I called a great assembly to deal with them” ( Neh 5:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":25491,"verse_id":"ECC.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “son of David” or “a son of David.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":25492,"verse_id":"ECC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “says.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":25493,"verse_id":"ECC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “futility of futilities.” The phrase “absolutely futile” ( הֲבֵל הֲבָלִים , havel havalim ) is a superlative genitive construction (GKC 431 §133. i ). When a plural genitive follows a singular construct noun of the same root, it indicates the most outstanding example of the person or thing described. Examples: קֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים ( qodesh haqqodashim , “holy of holies”), i.e., “the most holy place” ( Exod 26:33 ); שִׁיר הַשִּׁירִים ( shir hashirim , “song of songs”), i.e., “the most excellent song” ( Song 1:1 ); אֱלֹהֵי הָאֱלֹהִים וַאֲדֹנֵי הַאֱדֹנִים (’ elohe ha ’ elohim va ’ adone ha ’ edonim , “the God of gods and Lord of lords”), i.e., “the highest God and the supreme Lord” ( Deut 10:17 ). See also R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 17-18, §80; IBHS 154 §9.5.3j.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":25494,"verse_id":"ECC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Although כֹּל ( kol , “everything, all”) is often used in an absolute or comprehensive sense (BDB 481 s.v. כֹּל 1), it is frequently used as a synecdoche of the general for the specific, that is, its sense is limited contextually to the topic at hand (BDB 482 s.v. 2 ). This is particularly true of הַכֹּל ( hakkol , BDB 482 s.v. 2 .b) in which the article particularizes or limits the referent to the contextual or previously mentioned topic (e.g., Gen 16:12; 24:1 ; Exod 29:24 ; Lev 1:9, 13; 8:27 ; Deut 2:36 ; Josh 11:19 [see 2 Sam 19:31 ; 1 Kgs 14:26 = 2 Chr 12:9 ]; 21:43; 1 Sam 30:19 ; 2 Sam 17:3; 23:5; 24:23 ; 1 Kgs 6:18 ; 2 Kgs 24:16 ; Isa 29:11; 65:8 ; Jer 13:7, 10 ; Ezek 7:14 ; Pss 14:3; 49:18 ; 1 Chr 7:5; 28:19; 29:19 ; 2 Chr 28:6; 29:28; 31:5; 35:7; 36:17-18 ; Ezra 1:11; 2:42; 8:34-35; 10:17 ; Eccl 5:8 ). Thus, “all” does not always mean “all” in an absolute sense or universally in comprehension. In several cases the context limits its reference to two classes of objects or issues being discussed, so הַכֹּל means “both” (e.g., 2:14; 3:19: 9:1, 2 ). Thus, הַכֹּל refers only to what Qoheleth characterizes as “futile” ( הֶבֶל , hevel ) in the context. Qoheleth does not mean that everything in an absolute, all-encompassing sense is futile. For example, the sovereign work of God is not “futile” ( 3:1 – 4:3 ); fearing God is not “futile” ( 2:26; 3:14-15; 11:9 – 12:1, 9, 13-14 ); and enjoying life as a righteous person under the blessing of God is not “futile” ( 2:24-26; 11:9-10 ). Only those objects or issues that are contextually placed under כֹּל are designated as “futile” ( הֶבֶל ). The context of 1:3-15 suggests that 1:2 refers to the futility of secular human endeavor. The content and referent of 1:3-15 determines the referent of הַכֹּל in 1:2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":25495,"verse_id":"ECC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"The term הֶבֶל ( hevel , “futile”) is repeated five times within the eight words of this verse for emphasis. The noun הֶבֶל is the key word in Ecclesiastes. The root is used in two ways in the OT, literally and figuratively. The literal, concrete sense is used in reference to the wind, man’s transitory breath, evanescent vapor ( Isa 57:13 ; Pss 62:10; 144:4 ; Prov 21:6 ; Job 7:16 ). In this sense, it is often a synonym for “breath” or “wind” ( Eccl 1:14 ; Isa 57:13 ; Jer 10:14 ). The literal sense lent itself to metaphorical senses: (1) breath/vapor/wind is nonphysical, evanescent, and lacks concrete substance thus, the connotation “unsubstantial” ( Jer 10:15; 16:19; 51:18 ), “profitless” or “fruitless” ( Ps 78:33 ; Prov 13:11 ), “worthless” ( 2 Kgs 17:15 ; Jer 2:5; 10:3 ), “pointless” ( Prov 21:6 ), “futile” ( Lam 4:17 ; Eccl 1:2, 14; 2:1, 14-15 ), (2) breath/vapor/wind is transitory and fleeting – thus, the connotation “fleeting” or “transitory” ( Prov 31:30 ; Eccl 6:12; 7:15; 9:9; 11:10 ; Job 7:16 ) and (3) breath/vapor/wind cannot be seen thus, the idea of “obscure,” “dark,” “difficult to understand,” “enigmatic” ( Eccl 11:10 ). See HALOT 236-37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210-11 s.v. I הֶבֶל . The metaphorical sense is used with the following synonyms: תֹּהוּ ( tohu , “empty, vanity”; Isa 49:4 ), רִיק ( riq , “profitless, useless”; Isa 30:7 ; Eccl 6:11 ), and לֹא הוֹעִיל ( lo ’ ho ’ il , “worthless, profitless”; Is 30:6; 57:12 ; Jer 16:19 ). It is parallel to “few days” and “[days] which he passes like a shadow” ( Eccl 6:12 ). It is used in reference to youth and vigor ( 11:10 ) and life ( 6:12; 7:15; 9:9 ), which are “transitory” or “fleeting.” The most common parallels to הֶבֶל in Ecclesiastes are the phrases “chasing after the wind” ( רְעוּת רוּחַ , rÿ ’ ut ruakh ) in 2:11, 17, 26; 7:14 and “what profit?” ( מַה־יִּתְרוֹן , mah-yyitron ) or “no profit” ( אֵין יִתְרוֹן , ’ en yitron ) in 2:11; 3:19; 6:9 . It is used in reference to enigmas in life ( 6:2; 8:10, 14 ) and to the future which is obscure ( 11:8 ). It is often used in antithesis to terms connoting value: טוֹב ( tov , “good, benefit, advantage”) and יֹתְרוֹן ( yotÿron , “profit, advantage, gain”). Because the concrete picture of the “wind” lends itself to the figurative connotation “futile,” the motto “This is futile” ( זֶה הֶבֶל , zeh hevel ) is often used with the metaphor, “like striving after the wind” ( רְעוּת רוּחַ , rÿ ’ ut ruakh ) – a graphic picture of an expenditure of effort in vain because no one can catch the wind by chasing it (e.g., 1:14, 17; 2:11, 17, 26; 4:4, 6, 16; 6:9 ). Although it is the key word in Ecclesiastes, it should not be translated the same way in every place. sn The motto Everything is futile! is the theme of the book. Its occurs at the beginning ( 1:2 ) and end of the book ( 12:8 ), forming an envelope structure ( inclusio ). Everything described in 1:2 –12:8 is the supporting proof of the thesis of 1:2 . With few exceptions (e.g., 2:24-26; 3:14-15; 11:9-12:1, 9 ), everything described in 1:2 – 12:8 is characterized as “futile” ( הֶבֶל , hevel ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":25496,"verse_id":"ECC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The term “profit” ( יֹתְרוֹן , yotÿron ) is used in Ecclesiastes to evaluate the ultimate benefit/effects of human activities, as is טוֹב ( tov , “good, worthwhile”) as well (e.g., 2:1, 3 ). While some relative advantage/profit is recognized (e.g., light over darkness, and wisdom over folly), Qoheleth denies the ultimate advantage of all human endeavors (e.g., 2:11, 15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":25497,"verse_id":"ECC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “the man.” The Hebrew term could be used here in a generic sense, referring to the typical man (hence, “a man”). However, it is more likely that the form is collective and that humankind in general is in view (note NIV “man”). Note the reference to “a generation” coming and going in the next verse, as well as v. 13 , where the phrase “the sons of man” (= humankind) appears. In this case the singular pronominal suffix and singular verb later in v. 3 reflect grammatical agreement, not individuality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":25498,"verse_id":"ECC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The use of the relative pronoun שֶׁ ( she , “which”) – rather than the more common אֲשֶׁר (’ asher , “which”) – is a linguistic feature that is often used to try to date the Book of Ecclesiastes. Noting that שֶׁ is the dominant relative pronoun in Mishnaic Hebrew and that אֲשֶׁר does not appear as frequently (Jastrow 130 s.v. אֲשֶׁר ), many scholars conclude that אֲשֶׁר is early and שֶׁ is late. They conclude that the use of שֶׁ in Ecclesiastes points to a late date for the book. However, as Samuel-Kings suggest, the שֶׁ versus אֲשֶׁר phenomena may simply be a dialectical issue: אֲשֶׁר is commonly used in the south, and שֶׁ in the north. The use of שֶׁ in Ecclesiastes may indicate that the book was written in a northern rather than a southern province, not that it is a late book. This is supported from related Akkadian terms which occur in texts from the same periods: אֲשֶׁר is related to asru (“place”) and שֶׁ is related to sa (“what”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":25499,"verse_id":"ECC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “under the sun.” sn This rhetorical question expects a negative answer: “Man has no gain in all his toil.” Ecclesiastes often uses rhetorical questions in this manner (e.g., 2:2; 3:9; 6:8, 11, 12 ; see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":25500,"verse_id":"ECC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The participle הֹלֵךְ ( holekh , “to walk, to go”) emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle). The root הָלַךְ ( halakh ) is repeated in this section ( 1:4 a, 6a, 6b, 7a, 7b, 7c) to emphasize the continual action and constant motion of everything in nature. Despite the continual action of everything in nature, there is no completion, attainment or rest for anything. The first use of הָלַךְ is in reference to man; all subsequent usages are in reference to nature – illustrations of the futility of human endeavor. Note: All the key terms used in 1:4 to describe the futility of human endeavor are repeated in 1:5-11 as illustrations from nature. The literary monotony in 1:4-11 mirrors the actual monotony of human action that repeats itself with no real change.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":25501,"verse_id":"ECC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The participle בָּא ( ba ’, “to go”) emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle). The term is repeated in 1:4-5 to compare the futility of secular human accomplishments with the futile actions in nature: everything is in motion, but there is nothing new accomplished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":25502,"verse_id":"ECC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"The participle עֹמָדֶת (’ omadet , “to stand”) emphasizes a continual, durative, uninterrupted state (present universal condition). Man, despite all his secular accomplishments in all generations, makes no ultimate impact on the earth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":25503,"verse_id":"ECC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The term “the same” does not appear in Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":25504,"verse_id":"ECC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The term עוֹלָם (’ olam ) has a wide range of meanings: (1) indefinite time: “long time, duration,” often “eternal” or “eternity”; (2) future time: “things to come”; and (3) past time: “a long time back,” that is, the dark age of prehistory ( HALOT 798–99 s.v. עוֹלָם ; BDB 761–63 s.v. III עלם ). It may also denote an indefinite period of “continuous existence” (BDB 762 s.v. III עלם 2.b). It is used in this sense in reference to things that remain the same for long periods: the earth ( Eccl 1:4 ), the heavens ( Ps 148:6 ), ruined cities ( Isa 25:2; 32:14 ), ruined lands ( Jer 18:16 ), nations ( Isa 47:7 ), families ( Ps 49:12 ; Isa 14:20 ), the dynasty of Saul ( 1 Sam 13:13 ), the house of Eli ( 2 Sam 2:30 ), continual enmity between nations ( Ezek 25:15; 35:5 ), the exclusion of certain nations from the assembly ( Deut 23:4 ; Neh 13:1 ), a perpetual reproach ( Ps 78:66 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":25505,"verse_id":"ECC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hebrew text has a perfect verbal form, but it should probably be emended to the participial form, which occurs in the last line of the verse. Note as well the use of participles in vv. 4-7 to describe what typically takes place in the natural world. The participle זוֹרֵחַ ( zoreakh , “to rise”) emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle): the sun is continually rising (and continually setting) day after day.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":25506,"verse_id":"ECC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the sun goes.” The participle בָּא ( ba ’, “to go”) emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle): the sun is continually rising and continually setting day after day. The repetition of בָּא in 1:4-5 creates a comparison between the relative futility of all human endeavor (“a generation comes and a generation goes [ בָּא ]”) with the relative futility of the action of the sun (“the sun rises and the sun goes” [i.e., “sets,” בָּא ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":25507,"verse_id":"ECC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “hastens” or “pants.” The verb שָׁאַף ( sha ’ af ) has a three-fold range of meanings: (1) “to gasp; to pant,” (2) “to pant after; to long for,” and (3) “to hasten; to hurry” ( HALOT 1375 s.v. שׁאף ; BDB 983 s.v. I שָׁאַף ). The related Aramaic root שׁוף means “to be thirsty; to be parched.” The Hebrew verb is used of “gasping” for breath, like a woman in the travail of childbirth ( Isa 42:14 ); “panting” with eagerness or desire ( Job 5:5; 7:2; 36:20 ; Ps 119:131 ; Jer 2:24 ) or “panting” with fatigue ( Jer 14:6 ; Eccl 1:5 ). Here שָׁאַף personifies the sun, panting with fatigue, as it hastens to its destination (BDB 983 s.v. I שָׁאַף 1). The participle form depicts continual, uninterrupted, durative action (present universal use). Like the sun, man – for all his efforts – never really changes anything; all he accomplishes in his toil is to wear himself out.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":25508,"verse_id":"ECC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The verb זוֹרֵחַ ( zoreakh , “to rise”) is repeated in this verse to emphasize that the sun is locked into a never changing, ever repeating monotonous cycle: rising, setting, rising, setting.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":25509,"verse_id":"ECC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The word “again” does not appear in Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":25510,"verse_id":"ECC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The Hebrew root סָבַב ( savav , “to circle around”) is repeated four times in this verse to depict the wind’s continual motion: “The wind circles around ( סוֹבֵב , sovev )…round and round ( סוֹבֵב סֹבֵב )…its circuits ( סְבִיבֹתָיו , sÿvivotayv ).” This repetition is designed for a rhetorical purpose – to emphasize that the wind is locked into a never ending cycle. This vicious circle of monotonous action does not change anything. The participle form is used three times to emphasize continual, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle). Despite the fact that the wind is always changing direction, nothing really new ever happens. The constant shifting of the wind cannot hide the fact that this is nothing but a repeated cycle; nothing new happens here (e.g., 1:9-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":25511,"verse_id":"ECC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The use of שָׁב ( shav , Qal active participle masculine singular from שׁוּב , shuv , “to return”) creates a wordplay (paronomasia) with the repetition of סָבַב ( savav , “to circle around”). The participle emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":25512,"verse_id":"ECC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “are going” or “are walking.” The term הֹלְכִים ( holÿkhim , Qal active participle masculine plural from הָלַךְ , halakh ,“to walk”) emphasizes continual, durative, uninterrupted action (present universal use of participle). This may be an example of personification; this verb is normally used in reference to the human activity of walking. Qoheleth compares the flowing of river waters to the action of walking to draw out the comparison between the actions of man ( 1:4 ) and the actions of nature ( 1:5-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":25513,"verse_id":"ECC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “there they are returning to go.” The term שָׁבִים ( shavim , Qal active participle masculine plural from שׁוּב , shuv , “to return”) emphasizes the continual, durative action of the waters. The root שׁוּב is repeated in 1:6-7 to emphasize that everything in nature (e.g., wind and water) continually repeats its actions. For all of the repetition of the cycles of nature, nothing changes; all the constant motion produces nothing new. sn This verse does not refer to the cycle of evaporation or the return of water by underground streams, as sometimes suggested. Rather, it describes the constant flow of river waters to the sea. For all the action of the water – endless repetition and water constantly in motion – there is nothing new accomplished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":25514,"verse_id":"ECC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The word “this” is not in Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":25515,"verse_id":"ECC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “the things.” The Hebrew term דְּבָרִים ( dÿvarim , masculine plural noun from דָּבָר , davar ) is often used to denote “words,” but it can also refer to actions and events ( HALOT 211 s.v. דָּבָר 3.a; BDB 183 s.v. דָּבָר IV.4). Here, it means “things,” as is clear from the context: “What has been is what will be, and what has been done is what will be done” ( 1:9 ). Here דְּבָרִים can be nuanced “occurrences” or even “[natural] phenomena.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":25516,"verse_id":"ECC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “is able.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":25517,"verse_id":"ECC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"The Hebrew text has no stated object. The translation supplies “it” for stylistic reasons and clarification. sn The statement no one can bear to describe it probably means that Qoheleth could have multiplied examples (beyond the sun, the wind, and the streams) of the endless cycle of futile events in nature. However, no tongue could ever tell, no eye could ever see, no ear could ever hear all the examples of this continual and futile activity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":25518,"verse_id":"ECC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"The term מָלֵא ( male ’, “to be filled, to be satisfied”) is repeated in 1:7-8 to draw a comparison between the futility in the cycle of nature and human secular accomplishments: lots of action, but no lasting effects. In 1:7 אֵינֶנּוּ מָלֵא (’ enennu male ’, “it is never filled”) describes the futility of the water cycle: “All the rivers flow into the sea, yet the sea is never filled.” In 1:8 וְלֹא־תִמָּלֵא ( vÿlo-timmale ’, “it is never satisfied”) describes the futility of human labor: “the ear is never satisfied with hearing.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":25519,"verse_id":"ECC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “what is.” The Hebrew verbal form is a perfect. Another option is to translate, “What has been.” See the next line, which speaks of the past and the future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":25520,"verse_id":"ECC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The Hebrew verbal form is an imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":25521,"verse_id":"ECC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":25522,"verse_id":"ECC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Alternately, “[Even when] there is something of which someone might claim…” The terms יֵשׁ דָּבָר שֶׁיֹּאמַר ( yesh davar sheyyo ’ mar ) may be an interrogative clause without an introductory interrogative particle (GKC 473 §150. a ). In questions, יֵשׁ often implies doubt about the existence of something (BDB 441 s.v. יֵשׁ 2.b). The LXX rendered it as a question, as do most English versions: “Is there anything of which it can be said…?” (KJV, ASV, RSV, MLB, NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). On the other hand, יֵשׁ is used elsewhere in the Book of Ecclesiastes as a predication of existence (“There is…”) to assert the existence of something ( 2:13, 21; 4:8, 9; 5:13 [12]; 6:1, 11; 7:15; 8:6, 14; 9:4; 10:5 ). HALOT 443 s.v. יֵשׁ 2 renders יֵשׁ דָּבָר as “There is something….” This view is taken by several translations: “Even the thing of which we say…” (NAB), “Men may say of something …” (Moffatt), and “Sometimes there is a phenomena of which they say…” (NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":25523,"verse_id":"ECC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The perfect tense verb הָיָה ( hayah ) refers to a past perfect situation: It describes an action that is viewed as a remote past event from the perspective of the past. This past perfect situation is brought out by the temporal adverb כְּבָר ( kÿvar , “already”; HALOT 459 s.v. I כְּבָר ; BDB 460 s.v. I כְּבָר ; cf. 1:10; 2:12, 16; 3:15; 4:2; 6:10; 9:6-7 ). The expression כְּבָר + הָיָה connotes a past perfect nuance: “it has already been” ( Eccl 1:10 ; see BDB 460 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":25524,"verse_id":"ECC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “in the ages long ago before us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":25525,"verse_id":"ECC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “There is no remembrance of former things.” The term רִאשֹׁנִים ( ri ’ shonim , “former things”) is the masculine plural form of the adjective רִאשׁוֹן ( ri ’ shon ,“former, first, chief”; BDB 911 s.v. רִאשׁוֹן ). When used in a temporal sense, the singular denotes “former” in time (BDB 911 s.v. 1 .a) or “first” in time (BDB 911 s.v. 2 .a). The plural form is only used to denote “former” in time: “former persons,” i.e., ancestors, men of old (e.g., Lev 26:45 ; Deut 19:14 ; Job 18:20 ; Isa 61:4 ; Ps 79:8 ; Sirach 4:16) or “former things,” i.e., past events (e.g., Isa 41:22; 42:9; 43:9, 18; 46:9; 48:3 ). See BDB 911 s.v. 1 .a, which suggests that this usage refers to “former persons.” This approach is adopted by several translations: “men of old” (NEB, NAB, NIV, Moffatt), “people of long ago” (NRSV), “earlier ones” (NJPS), and “former generations” (ASV). On the other hand, this Hebrew phrase may be nuanced “former things” or “earlier things” ( HALOT 1168 s.v. ן ( וֹ ) רִאשֹׁ ). This is adopted by some translations: “former things” (KJV, RSV) and “earlier things” (NASB). Although future generations are mentioned in 1:11 , what they will not remember is the past events. The context of 1:3-11 focuses on human achievement, that is, former things.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":25526,"verse_id":"ECC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The term “remember” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":25527,"verse_id":"ECC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “and also of the last things which will be.” The term אַחֲרֹנִים (’ akharonim , “the future things”) is the masculine plural form of the adjective אַחֲרוֹן (’ akharon ) which means “coming after” (BDB 30 s.v. אַחֲרוֹן ) or “at the back” ( HALOT 36 s.v. אַחֲרוֹן ). When used in a temporal sense, it may mean (1) “later one; (2) “in the future”; (3) “last”; or (4) “at the last” or “in the end” ( HALOT 36 s.v. 2 ). The plural form may be used in reference to (1) future generations, e.g., Deut 29:21 ; Pss 48:14; 78:4, 6; 102:19 ; Job 18:20 ; Eccl 4:16 , or (2) future events, e.g., Neh 8:18 (BDB 30 s.v.). BDB 30 s.v. b suggests that this usage refers to “future generations,” while HALOT 36 s.v. 2 .c suggests future events. As mentioned in the previous note, it probably refers to future events rather than future generations. sn The Hebrew terms translated former events and future events create a merism (two polar extremes encompass everything in between). This encompasses all secular achievements in human history past to future things yet to be done.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":25528,"verse_id":"ECC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “There will not be any remembrance of them among those who come after.” sn According to Qoheleth, nothing new really happens under the sun ( 1:9 ). Apparent observations of what appears to be revolutionary are due to a lack of remembrance by subsequent generations of what happened long before their time in past generations ( 1:10-11 a). And what will happen in future generations will not be remembered by the subsequent generations to arise after them ( 1:11 b).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":25529,"verse_id":"ECC.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":25530,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “I gave my heart” or “I set my mind.” The term לִבִּי ( libbi , “my heart”) is an example of synecdoche of part (heart) for the whole (myself). Qoheleth uses this figurative expression frequently in the book. On the other hand, in Hebrew mentality, the term “heart” is frequently associated with one’s thoughts and reasoning; thus, this might be a metonymy of association (heart = thoughts). The equivalent English idiom would be “I applied my mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":25531,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “with wisdom,” that is, with careful reflection in light of principles observed by the sages.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":25532,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “to seek and to search out” ( לִדְרוֹשׁ וְלָתוּר , lidrosh vÿlatur ). This is an example of a verbal hendiadys (the use of two synonymous verbs to state a common idea in an emphatic manner). The terms are used because they are closely related synonyms; therefore, the similarities in meaning should be emphasized rather than the distinctions in meaning. The verb דָּרַשׁ ( darash ) means “to inquire about; to investigate; to search out; to study” ( HALOT 233 s.v. דרשׁ ; BDB 205 s.v. דָּרַשׁ ). This verb is used literally of the physical activity of investigating a matter by examining the physical evidence and interviewing eye-witnesses (e.g., Judg 6:29 ; Deut 13:15; 17:4, 9; 19:18 ), and figuratively (hypocatastasis) of mentally investigating abstract concepts (e.g., Eccl 1:13 ; Isa 1:17; 16:5 ; Pss 111:2; 119:45 ). Similarly, the verb תּוּר ( tur ) means “to seek out, discover” ( HALOT 1708 s.v. תּוּר 1.c; BDB 1064 תּוּר 2). The verb תּוּר is used literally of the physical action of exploring physical territory ( Num 13:16-17; 14:6, 34-36 ; Job 39:8 ), and figuratively (hypocatastasis) of mentally exploring things ( Eccl 1:13; 7:25; 9:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":25533,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “under heaven.” sn Qoheleth states that he made a thorough investigation of everything that had been accomplished on earth . His position as king gave him access to records and contacts with people that would have been unavailable to others.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":25534,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"This phrase does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":25535,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “the sons of men/mankind.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/6"}
{"id":25536,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.13","text":"The phrase עִנְיַן רָע (’ inyan ra ’, “rotten business, grievous task”) is used only in Ecclesiastes ( 1:13; 2:23, 26; 3:10; 4:8; 5:2, 13; 8:16 ). It is parallel with הֶבֶל ( hevel ) “futile” in 4:8 , and describes a “grave misfortune” in 5:13 . The noun עִנְיַן (’ inyan , “business”) refers to something that keeps a person occupied or busy: “business; affair; task; occupation” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ; BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ). The related verb עָנַה (’ anah ) means “to be occupied, to be busy with” (with the preposition בְּ , bet ), e.g., Eccl 1:13; 3:10; 5:19 ( HALOT 854 s.v. III עָנָה ; BDB 775 s.v. II עָנָה ). The noun is from the Aramaic loanword עִנְיָנָא (’ inyana ’, “concern, care”). The verb is related to the Aramaic verb “to try hard,” the Arabic verb “to be busily occupied; to worry to be a matter of concern,” and the Old South Arabic root “to be troubled; to strive with” ( HALOT 854 s.v. III עָנָה ). The phrase עִנְיַן רָע is treated creatively by English translations: “sore travail” (KJV, ASV), “sad travail” (YLT), “painful occupation” (Douay), “sorry business” (NEB), “sorry task” (Moffatt), “thankless task” (NAB), “grievous task” (NASB), “trying task” (MLB), “unhappy business” (RSV, NRSV, NJPS), and “heavy burden” (NIV).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/7"}
{"id":25537,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.13","text":"The syntax of this line in Hebrew is intentionally redundant, e.g. (literally), “It is a grievous task [or “unpleasant business”] that God has given to the sons of man to be occupied with it.” The referent of the third masculine singular suffix on לַעֲנוֹת בּוֹ ( la ’ anot bo , “to be occupied with it”) is עִנְיַן רָע (’ inyan ra ’, “a grievous task, a rotten business”).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/8"}
{"id":25538,"verse_id":"ECC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “that keeps them occupied” or “that busies them.” The verb II עָנַה (’ anah , “to be occupied with”) is related to the noun עִנְיַן (’ inyan , “business, task, occupation”) which also occurs in this verse. The verb עָנַה means “to be occupied, to be busy with” (with the preposition בְּ , bet ), e.g., Eccl 1:13; 3:10; 5:19 ( HALOT 854 s.v. III עָנָה ; BDB 775 s.v. עָנָה ). The Hebrew verb is related to the Aramaic verb “to try hard,” the Arabic verb “to be busily occupied; to worry; to be a matter of concern,” and the Old South Arabic root “to be troubled; to strive with” ( HALOT 854).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A13/9"}
{"id":25539,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The phrase “by man” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":25540,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":25541,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"As mentioned in the note on “everything” in 1:2 , the term הַכֹּל ( hakkol , “everything”) is often limited in reference to the specific topic at hand in the context (e.g., BDB 482 s.v. כֹּל 2). The argument of 1:12-15 , like 1:3-11 , focuses on secular human achievement. This is clear from the repetition of the root עָשַׂה (’ asah , “do, work, accomplish, achieve”) in 1:12-13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":25542,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"The phrase “he has accomplished” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":25543,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"This usage of הֶבֶל ( hevel ) denotes “futile, profitless, fruitless” (e.g., 2 Kgs 17:15 ; Ps 78:33 ; Prov 13:11; 21:6 ; Eccl 1:2, 14; 2:1, 14-15; 4:8 ; Jer 2:5; 10:3 ; Lam 4:17 ; see HALOT 236–37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הֶבֶל ). The term is used with the simile “like striving after the wind” ( רְעוּת רוּחַ , rÿ ’ ut ruakh ) – a graphic picture of an expenditure of effort in vain because no one can catch the wind by chasing it (e.g., 1:14, 17; 2:11, 17, 26; 4:4, 6, 16; 6:9; 7:14 ). When used in this sense, the term is often used with the following synonyms: לְתֹהוּ ( lÿtohu , “for nothing, in vain, for no reason”; Isa 49:4 ); רִיק ( riq , “profitless; useless”; Isa 30:7 ; Eccl 6:11 ); לֹא הוֹעִיל (“worthless, profitless”; Is 30:6; 57:12 ; Jer 16:19 ); “what profit?” ( מַה־יִּתְרוֹןֹ , mah-yyitron ); and “no profit” ( אֵין יִּתְרוֹן , en yyitron ; e.g., 2:11; 3:19; 6:9 ). It is also used in antithesis to terms connoting value: טוֹב ( tov , “good, benefit, advantage”) and יֹתְרוֹן ( yotÿron , “profit, advantage, gain”). Despite everything that man has accomplished in history, it is ultimately futile because nothing on earth really changes.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":25544,"verse_id":"ECC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “striving of wind.” The word “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text; it has been added in the translation to make the comparative notion clear.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A14/6"}
{"id":25545,"verse_id":"ECC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The term מְעֻוָּת , mÿ ’ uvvat (Pual participle masculine singular from עָוַת , ’ avat , “to bend”) is used substantively (“what is bent; what is crooked”) in reference to irregularities in life and obstacles to human secular achievement accomplishing anything of ultimate value.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":25546,"verse_id":"ECC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"A parallel statement occurs in 7:13 which employs the active form of עָוַת , (’ avat , “to bend”) with God as the subject: “Who is able to strengthen what God bends?” The passive form occurs here: “No one is able to straighten what is bent” ( מְעֻוָּת לֹא־יוּכַל לֹתְקֹן , mÿ ’ uvvat lo ’ -yukhal lotÿqon ). In the light of 7:13 , the personal agent of the passive form is God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":25547,"verse_id":"ECC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"The Hebrew noun חֶסְרוֹן ( khesron ) is used in the OT only here and means “what is lacking” (as an antonym to יִתְרוֹן [ yitron ], “what is profitable”; HALOT 339 s.v. חֶסְרוֹן ; BDB 341 s.v. חֶסְרוֹן ). It is an Aramaic loanword meaning “deficit.” The related verb חָסַר ( khasar ) means “to lack, to be in need of, to decrease, to lessen [in number]”; the related noun חֹסֶר ( khoser ) refers to “one in want of”; and the noun חֶסֶר ( kheser ) means “poverty, want” ( HALOT 338 s.v. חֶסֶר ; BDB 341 s.v. חֶסֶר ). It refers to what is absent (zero in terms of quantity) rather than what is deficient (poor in terms of quality). The LXX misunderstood the term and rendered it as ὑστέρημα ( usterhma , “deficiency”): “deficiency cannot be numbered.” It is also misunderstood by a few English versions: “nor can you count up the defects in life” (Moffatt); “the number of fools is infinite” (Douay). However, most English versions correctly understand it as referring to what is lacking in terms of quantity: “what is lacking” (RSV, MLB, NASB, NIV, NRSV), “a lack” (NJPS), “that which is wanting” (KJV, ASV), “what is not there” (NEB), and “what is missing” (NAB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":25548,"verse_id":"ECC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “cannot be counted” or “cannot be numbered.” The term הִמָּנוֹת ( himmanot , Niphal infinitive construct from מָנָה , manah , “to count”) is rendered literally by most translations: “[cannot] be counted” or “[cannot] be numbered” (KJV, ASV, RSV, MLB, NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, JPS, NJPS). However, the nuance “count” might function as a metonymy of effect for cause, that is, “to supply.” What is absent cannot be supplied (cause) therefore, it cannot be counted as present (effect). NAB adopts this approach: “what is missing cannot be supplied.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":25549,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “I spoke, I, with my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":25550,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “I, look, I have made great and increased wisdom.” The expression הִגְדַּלְתִּי וְהוֹסַפְתִּי ( higdalti vÿhosafti ) is a verbal hendiadys; it means that Qoheleth had become the wisest man in the history of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":25551,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"The phrase “who ruled” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":25552,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":25553,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “my heart” ( לִבִּי , libbi ). The term “heart” is a metonymy of part for the whole (“my heart” = myself).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":25554,"verse_id":"ECC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “My heart has seen much wisdom and knowledge.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A16/6"}
{"id":25555,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “gave my heart,” or “set my mind.” See v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":25556,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The phrase “the benefit of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":25557,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"The word “over” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":25558,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"The terms שִׂכְלוּת ( sikhlut , “folly”) and הוֹלֵלוֹת ( holelot , “foolishness”) are synonyms. The term שִׂכְלוּת (alternate spelling of סִכְלוּת , sikhlut ) refers to foolish behavior ( HALOT 755 s.v. סִכְלוּת ), while הוֹלֵלוֹת refers to foolish ideas and mental blindness ( HALOT 242 s.v. הוֹלֵלוֹת ). Qoheleth uses these terms to refer to foolish ideas and self-indulgent pleasures (e.g., Eccl 2:2-3, 12-14; 7:25; 9:3; 10:1, 6, 13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":25559,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “I know.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/5"}
{"id":25560,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.17","text":"The term גַּם ( gam , “even”) is a particle of association and emphasis ( HALOT 195 s.v. גַּם ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/6"}
{"id":25561,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.17","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/7"}
{"id":25562,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.17","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/8"}
{"id":25563,"verse_id":"ECC.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “striving of wind.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A17/9"}
{"id":25564,"verse_id":"ECC.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":25565,"verse_id":"ECC.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":25566,"verse_id":"ECC.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":25567,"verse_id":"ECC.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.18","text":"This term does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%201%3A18/4"}
{"id":25568,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “I said, I, in my heart” ( אָמַרְתִּי אֲנִי בְּלִבִּי , ’ amarti ’ ani bÿlibbi ). The term “heart” ( לֵב , lev ) is a synecdoche of part (“heart”) for the whole (the whole person), and thus means “I said to myself” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 648).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":25569,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew verb לְכָה ( lÿkhah , “Come!”) is a weakened imperative, used merely as an introductory word, e.g., Gen 19:32; 31:44 ; Judg 19:11 ; 1 Sam 9:9-10; 11:14 ; 2 Kgs 3:7 ; Ps 66:5 ; Song 7:12 ; Isa 1:18; 2:3 ; Mic 4:2 ( HALOT 246 s.v. הָלַךְ 2; BDB 234 s.v. הָלַךְ I.5.f.2). Whenever לְכָה introduces an exhortation, it functions as an invitation to the audience to adopt a course of action that will be beneficial to the addressee or mutually beneficial to both the speaker and the addressee. Here, Qoheleth personifies his “heart” ( לִבִּי , libbi ) and addresses himself. The examination of self-indulgent pleasure is designed to be beneficial to Qoheleth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":25570,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “test.” The cohortative אֲנַסְּכָה (’ anassÿkhah ) emphasizes the resolve of the speaker. The term נָסַה ( nasah , “to test”) means “to conduct a test,” that is, to conduct an experiment ( Judg 6:39 ; Eccl 2:1; 7:23 ; Dan 1:12, 14 ; see HALOT 702 s.v. נסה 3; BDB 650 s.v. נָסָה 1). The verb נָסַה is often used as a synonym with בָּחַן ( bakhan , “to examine”; BDB 103 s.v. בָּחַן and 650 s.v. נָסָה 1) and לָדַעַת ( lada ’ at , “to ascertain”; Deut 8:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":25571,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “I will test you with pleasure.” The term שִׂמְחַה ( simkhah , “pleasure”) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) it can refer to the legitimate enjoyment of life that Qoheleth affirms is good ( 5:17; 8:15; 9:7; 11:8, 9 ) and that God gives to those who please him ( 2:26; 5:19 ); or (2) it can refer to foolish pleasure, self-indulgent, frivolous merrymaking ( 2:1, 2; 7:4 ). The parallelism in 2:2 between שִׂמְחַה and שְׂחוֹק ( sÿkhoq , “laughter, frivolous merrymaking”), which always appears in the context of banqueting, drinking, and merrymaking, suggests that the pejorative sense is in view in this context. sn The statement I will try self-indulgent pleasure is a figurative expression known as metonymy of association. As 2:1-3 makes clear, it is not so much Qoheleth who is put to the test with pleasure, but rather that pleasure is put to the test by Qoheleth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":25572,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “See what is good!” The volitive sequence of the cohortative ( אֲנַסְּכָה , ’ anassÿkhah , “I will test you”) followed by vav + imperative ( וּרְאֵה , urÿ ’ eh , “and see!”) denotes purpose/result: “I will test you…in order to see….” The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”) has a broad range of meanings (e.g., in the Qal stem 16 categories are listed in HALOT 1157–1160 s.v.). In this context it means “to discover; to perceive; to discern; to understand” ( HALOT 1159 s.v. ראה 13; BDB 907 s.v. רָאָה 5).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":25573,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.1","text":"The particle וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , literally “Behold!”) occurs after verbs of perception to introduce what was seen, understood or discovered ( HALOT 252 s.v. הִנֵּה 8). It is used to make the narrative graphic and vivid, enabling the reader to enter into the surprise of the speaker (BDB 244 s.v. הִנֵּה c). This is an example of the heterosis of the deictic particle (“Behold!”) for a verb of perception (“I found”). See E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 510-34.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/7"}
{"id":25574,"verse_id":"ECC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.1","text":"This use of הֶבֶל ( hevel ) denotes “futile, worthless, fruitless, pointless” ( HALOT 237 s.v. I הֶבֶל 2; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הֶבֶל 2). It is a synonym to מְהוֹלָל ( mÿholal , “folly”) in 2:2 a and an antonym to טוֹב ( tov , “worthwhile, beneficial”) in 2:1 b and 2:3 c.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A1/8"}
{"id":25575,"verse_id":"ECC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “laughter.” The term שְׂחוֹק ( sÿkhoq , “laughter”) has a fourfold range of meanings: (1) “joyful laughter” ( Ps 126:2 ; Prov 14:13 ; Job 8:21 ); (2) “frivolous laughter, merrymaking” ( Eccl 2:2; 7:3, 6 ); (3) “pleasure, sport” ( Prov 10:23 ; Eccl 10:19 ); and (4) “derision, mockery, laughingstock” ( Jer 20:7; 48:26, 27, 39 ; Job 12:4 ; Lam 3:14 ). See HALOT 1315 s.v שְׂחוֹק ; BDB 966 s.v. שְׂחֹק . In Ecclesiastes, שְׂחוֹק is always used in contexts of self-indulgent banqueting, drinking, frivolous partying and merrymaking ( Eccl 2:2; 7:3, 6; 10:19 ). It is distinct from “healthy” joy and laughter ( Ps 126:2 ; Job 8:21 ). The connotation of “frivolous merrymaking” fits this context best.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":25576,"verse_id":"ECC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The term שִׂמְחָה ( simkhah , “pleasure”) has a two-fold range of meanings in Ecclesiastes: (1) it can refer to the enjoyment of life that Qoheleth affirms is good ( 5:17; 8:15; 9:7; 11:8, 9 ) and that God gives to those who are pleasing to him ( 2:26; 5:19 ); and (2) it can refer to foolish pleasure, that is, frivolous merrymaking ( 2:1, 2; 7:4 ). The parallelism between שִׂמְחָה and שְׂחוֹק ( sÿkhoq , “laughter, frivolous merrymaking”) in 2:2 suggests that the pejorative sense is in view here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":25577,"verse_id":"ECC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “What does it accomplish?” The rhetorical question “What does it accomplish?” expects a negative answer: “It accomplishes nothing!” (see E. W. Bullinger , Figures of Speech , 949–51). See, e.g., Gen 1:19; 18:14, 17 ; Deut 7:17 ; 1 Sam 2:25 ; Job 40:2 ; Pss 56:7 [8]; 90:11; 94:16; 106:2 ; Eccl 3:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":25578,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “In my heart I explored.” The verb תּוּר ( tur , “to seek out, to spy out, to explore”) is used in the OT to describe: (1) the physical activity of “spying out” or “exploring” geographical locations ( Num 13:2, 16, 17, 21, 25, 32; 14:6, 7, 34, 36, 38 ; Job 39:8 ) and (2) the mental activity of “exploring” or “examining” a course of action or the effects of an action ( Eccl 1:13; 2:3; 7:25; 9:1 ). See BDB 1064 s.v. תּוּר 2; HALOT 1708 s.v. תּוּר . It was used as a synonym with דָרָשׁ ( darash , “to study”) in 1:13 : “I devoted myself to study ( לִדְרוֹשׁ , lidrosh ) and to explore ( לָתוּר , latur ).” sn As the repetition of the term לֵב ( lev , “heart” or “mind”) indicates ( 2:1, 3 ), this experiment appears to have been only an intellectual exercise or a cognitive reflection: “I said to myself ( Heb “in my heart [or “mind”],” 2:1 ); “I explored with my mind ( Heb “heart,” 2:3 a); and “my mind ( Heb “heart”) guiding me with wisdom” ( 2:3 b). Qoheleth himself did not indulge in drunkenness; but he contemplated the value of self-indulgence in his mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":25579,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The phrase “the effects of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":25580,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “I sought to cheer my flesh with wine.” The term לִמְשׁוֹךְ ( limshokh , Qal infinitive construct from מָשַׁךְ , mashakh , “to draw, pull”) functions in a complementary sense with the preceding verb תּוּר ( tur “to examine”): Heb “I sought to draw out my flesh with wine” or “I [mentally] explored [the effects] of drawing out my flesh with wine.” The verb מָשַׁךְ means “to draw, to drag along, to lead” (BDB 604 s.v. מָשַׁךְ ) or “to draw out; to stretch out [to full length]; to drag; to pull; to seize; to carry off; to pull; to go” ( HALOT 645–46 s.v. משׁך ). BDB suggests that this use be nuanced “to draw, to attract, to gratify” the flesh, that is, “to cheer” (BDB 604 s.v. מָשַׁךְ 7). While this meaning is not attested elsewhere in the OT, it is found in Mishnaic Hebrew: “to attract” (Qal), e.g., “it is different with heresy, because it attracts [i.e., persuades, offers inducements]” ( b. Avodah Zarah 27b) and “to be attracted, carried away, seduced,” e.g., “he was drawn after them, he indulged in the luxuries of the palace” ( b. Shabbat 147b). See Jastrow 853-54 s.v. מְשַׂךְ . Here it denotes “to stretch; to draw out [to full length],” that is, “to revive; to restore” the body ( HALOT 646 s.v. משׁד [sic] 3). The statement is a metonymy of cause (i.e., indulging the flesh with wine) for effect (i.e., the effects of self-indulgence).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":25581,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “my flesh.” The term בְּשָׂרִי ( bÿsari , “my flesh”) may function as a synecdoche of part (i.e., flesh) for the whole (i.e., whole person). See E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 642. One could translate, “I sought to cheer myself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":25582,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"The phrase “all the while” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":25583,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.3","text":"The word “me” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/6"}
{"id":25584,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and my heart was leading along in wisdom.” The vav + noun, וְלִבִּי ( vÿlibbi ) introduces a disjunctive, parenthetical clause designed to qualify the speaker’s remarks lest he be misunderstood: “Now my heart/mind….” He emphasizes that he never lost control of his senses in this process. It was a purely mental, cognitive endeavor; he never actually gave himself over to wanton self-indulgence in wine or folly.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/7"}
{"id":25585,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.3","text":"The phrase “the effects of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/8"}
{"id":25586,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “embracing folly.” The verb אָחָז (’ akhaz , “to embrace”) is normally used to describe the physical action of taking hold of an object. Here is it is used metaphorically to describe a person’s choice of lifestyle, that is, adopting a particular course of moral conduct (e.g., Job 17:9 ); see HALOT 31–32 s.v. אחז ; BDB 28 s.v. אָחַז .","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/9"}
{"id":25587,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “until.” The construction עַד אֲשֶׁר (’ ad ’ asher , “until”) introduces a temporal result clause (e.g., Gen 27:44; 28:15 ; Num 21:35 ; Isa 6:11 ); see HALOT 787 s.v. III עַד B.b. With an imperfect verb (such as אֶרְאֶה , ’ er ’ eh , Qal imperfect first common singular from רָאָה , ra ’ ah , “to see”), the compound construction עַד אֲשֶׁר usually refers to future time ( Gen 27:44; 29:8 ; Exod 23:30; 24:14 ; Lev 22:4 ; Num 11:20; 20:17 ; 1 Sam 22:3 ; Hos 5:15 ), but it also rarely refers to past time ( Jonah 4:5 ; Eccl 2:3 ); see BDB 725 s.v. III עַד II.1.a. b . Joüon 2:370 §113.k notes that when the compound construction עַד אֲשֶׁר is occasionally used with an imperfect depicting past action to denote a virtual nuance of purpose: “until” = “so that,” e.g., Jonah 4:5 ; Eccl 2:3 .","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/10"}
{"id":25588,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":11,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"11","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “I might see where is the good?” The interrogative particle אֵי (’ e , “where?”) used with the demonstrative pronoun זֶה ( zeh , “this”) forms an idiom: “where [then]?” ( HALOT 37–38 s.v. אֵי 2.a; see, e.g., 1 Sam 9:18 ; 1 Kgs 13:12 ; 2 Kgs 3:8 ; Isa 50:1; 66:1 ; Jer 6:16 ; Job 28:12, 20; 38:19, 24 ; Esth 7:5 ). The phrase אֵי־זֶה טוֹב (’ e-zeh tov ) is an indirect question that literally means, “Where is the good?” that is, “what good?” ( HALOT 38 s.v. אֵי 2.d).","source_note_position":11,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/11"}
{"id":25589,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":12,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"12","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":12,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/12"}
{"id":25590,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":13,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"13","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “under the heavens.”","source_note_position":13,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/13"}
{"id":25591,"verse_id":"ECC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":14,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"14","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “number of the days.” The Hebrew noun מִסְפַּר ( mispar , “number, quantity”) sometimes means “few” (e.g., Gen 34:30 ; Num 9:20 ; Deut 4:27; 33:6 ; Isa 10:19 ; Jer 44:28 ; Ezek 12:16 ; Ps 105:12 ; Job 16:22 ; 1 Chr 16:19 ); see HALOT 607 s.v. מִסְפָּר 2.b; BDB 709 s.v. מִסְפָּר 1.a. This phrase is an idiom that means, “during all their lives” (BDB 709 s.v.), “during their total [short] time of life,” that is, “as long as they live” ( HALOT 608 s.v. מִסְפָּר 3.d). Ecclesiastes often emphasizes the brevity of life (e.g., 5:17; 6:12; 9:9 ). The LXX rendered מִסְפַּר in a woodenly literal sense: ἀριθμόν ( ariqmon , “the number [of days of their lives]”). Several English translations adopt a similar approach: “all the days of their life” (ASV, Douay) and “the number of days of their lives” (YLT). However, this idiom is handled well by a number of English translations: “during the few days of their lives” (RSV, NRSV, NASB, NIV, Moffatt, NJPS), “during the limited days of their life” (NAB), and “throughout the brief span of their lives” (NEB).","source_note_position":14,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A3/14"}
{"id":25592,"verse_id":"ECC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “my works”; or “my accomplishments.” The term מַעֲשָׂי ( ma ’ asay , “my works”) has been handled in two basic ways: (1) great works or projects, and (2) possessions. The latter assumes a metonymy, one’s effort standing for the possessions it produces. Both interpretations are reflected in the major English translations: “works” (KJV, NEB, NAB, ASV, NASB, MLB, RSV, Douay, Moffatt), “projects” (NIV), and “possessions” (NJPS). sn This section ( 2:4-11 ) is unified and bracketed by the repetition of the verb גָּדַל ( gadal , “to increase”) which occurs at the beginning ( 2:4 ) and end ( 2:9 ), and by the repetition of the root עשה (noun: “works” and verb: “to do, make, acquire”) which occurs throughout the section ( 2:4, 5, 6, 8, 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":25593,"verse_id":"ECC.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":25594,"verse_id":"ECC.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The term does not refer here to vegetable gardens, but to orchards (cf. the next line). In the same way the so-called “garden” of Eden was actually an orchard filled with fruit trees. See Gen 2:8-9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":25595,"verse_id":"ECC.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"The noun פַּרְדֵּס ( pardes , “garden, parkland, forest”) is a foreign loanword that occurs only 3 times in biblical Hebrew ( Song 4:13 ; Eccl 2:5 ; Neh 2:8 ). The original Old Persian term pairidaeza designated the enclosed parks and pleasure-grounds that were the exclusive domain of the Persian kings and nobility ( HALOT 963 s.v. פַּרְדֵּס ; LSJ 1308 s.v παράδεισος ). The related Babylonian term pardesu “marvelous garden” referred to the enclosed parks of the kings ( AHw 2:833 and 3:1582). The term passed into Greek as παράδεισος ( paradeisos , “enclosed park, pleasure-ground”), referring to the enclosed parks and gardens of the Persian kings (LSJ 1308). The Greek term has been transliterated into English as “paradise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":25596,"verse_id":"ECC.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “to water from them a grove” (or “forest).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":25597,"verse_id":"ECC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The phrase “sons of a house” ( בְנֵי בַיִת , vÿne vayit ) appears to be parallel to “a son of my house” ( בֶן־בֵּיתִי , ven-beti ) which refers to a person born into slavery from male and female servants in the master’s possession, e.g., Eleazar of Damascus ( Gen 15:3 ). The phrase appears to denote children born from male and female slaves already in his possession, that is, “homeborn slaves” (NASB) or “other slaves who were born in my house” (NIV). Apparently confusing the sense of the phrase with the referent of the phrase in Gen 15:3 , NJPS erroneously suggests “stewards” in Eccl 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":25598,"verse_id":"ECC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":25599,"verse_id":"ECC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The term סְגֻלָּה ( sÿgullah ) denotes “personal property” ( HALOT 742 s.v. סְגֻלָּה 1) or “valued property, personal treasure” (BDB 688 s.v. סְגֻלָּה 2). Elsewhere, it refers to a king’s silver and gold ( 1 Chr 27:3 ). It is related to Akkadian sug/kullu “flock” ( AHw 2:1053-54) and sikiltu “private property [belonging to the king]” ( AHw 2:1041). The term refers to the personal, private and valued possessions of kings, which do not pass into the hands of the state.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":25600,"verse_id":"ECC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “of kings and provinces.” This personal treasure was taken as tribute from other kings and governors. See T. Longman III, Ecclesiastes (NICOT), 92.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":25601,"verse_id":"ECC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “and sensual delights of the sons of man.” The noun תַּעֲנוּג ( ta ’ anug ) has a three-fold range of meanings: (1) “luxury; comfort” ( Mic 2:9 ; Prov 19:10 ; Sir 6:28; 11:27; 14:16; 37:29; 41:1); (2) “pleasure; delight” of sexual love ( Song 7:7 ); and (3) “daintiness; feminine” ( Mic 1:16 ); see HALOT 1769 s.v. תַּעֲנוּג ; BDB 772 s.v. תַּעֲנוּג . The related adjective עָנֹג (’ anog , “pampered; dainty”) is used to describe a pampered woman ( Deut 28:56 ), to personify Babylon as a delicate woman ( Isa 47:1 ), and to ridicule delicate men ( Deut 28:54 ); see HALOT 851 s.v. עָֹנֹג ; BDB 772 עָנֹג . It is related to the noun עֹנֶג (’ oneg , “pleasure; exquisite delight; daintiness”; see HALOT 851 s.v. עֹנֶג ; BDB 772 s.v. עֹנֶג ) and the verb עָנֹג which means “to be soft; to be delicate” and “pleasurable” (Pual) and “to pamper oneself” and “to take delight or pleasure in” ( HALOT 851 s.v. ענג ; BDB 772 s.v. עָנֹג ). The root ענג is paralleled with רֹךְ ( rokh , Deut 28:56 ), רַךְ ( rakh , Deut 28:54 ), and רַכָּה ( rakkah , Deut 28:56 ) with the meanings “delicate; soft; tender; weak; coddled; pampered.” The context of Eccl 2:4-11 suggests that it denotes either “luxury” as in “the luxuries of commoners” (NJPS) or “pleasure; delight” as in “the delights of men” (KJV, NASB, NIV). Part of the difficulty in determining the meaning of this term is caused by the ambiguity in meaning of its referent, namely, the appositional phrase שִׁדָּה וְשִׁדּוֹת ( shiddah vÿshiddot ), the meaning of which is uncertain (see the note on the phrase “a harem of beautiful concubines” at the end of this verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":25602,"verse_id":"ECC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"The meaning of the superlative construction שִׁדָּה וְשִׁדּוֹת ( shiddah vÿshiddot ) is uncertain because the term שִׁדָּה ( shiddah ) occurs only here in the OT. There are four basic approaches to the phrase: (1) Most scholars suggest that it refers to a royal harem and that it is in apposition to “the sensual delights of man” ( וְתַעֲנוּגֹת בְּנֵי הָאָדָם , vÿta ’ anugot bÿne ha ’ adam ). There are four variations of this approach: (a) There is a possible connection to the Ugaritic sht “mistress, lady” and the Arabic sitt “lady” ( HALOT 1420 s.v. שִׁדָּה ). (b) German scholars relate it to Assyrian sadadu “love” (Delitzsch, Konig, Wildeboer, Siegfried); however, BDB questions this connection (BDB 994 s.v. שׁדה ). (c) Ibn Ezra relates it to II שַׁד ( shad ) “plunder; spoil” or שׁדה “[women] taken by violence,” and suggests that it refers to the occupants of the royal harem. (d) BDB connects it to the Hebrew noun I שַׁד ( shad , “breast”; e.g., Isa 28:9 ; Ezek 16:7; 23:3, 21, 34 ; Hos 2:4; 9:14 ; Song 1:13; 4:5; 7:4, 8, 9; 8:1, 8, 10 ; Job 3:12 ) adding that שׁדה is related to the cognate Arabic and Aramaic roots meaning “breast” (BDB 994 s.v.). This would be a synecdoche of part (i.e., breast) for the whole (i.e., woman), similar to the idiom “one womb, two wombs” ( רַחַם רַחֲמָתַיִם , rakham rakhamatayim ) where “womb” = woman ( Judg 5:30 ). This is the approach taken by most English versions: “many concubines” (NASB, RSV, NRSV), “a wife and wives” (YLT), “mistresses galore” (MLB), “many a mistress” (Moffatt), and “a harem” (NIV). This is the approach suggested by the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project: “une femme et des femmes” = one or two women (e.g., Judg 5:30 ); see D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:566. (2) The NJPS connects it to the Mishnaic Hebrew noun שִׁדָּה which became שִׁידָּה (“a strong box, chest”; Jastrow 1558 s.v. שִׁידָּה ) and renders the phrase “coffers and coffers of them” in apposition to the phrase “the luxuries of commoners” ( וְתַעֲנוּגֹת בְּנֵי הָאָדָם ). (3) KJV and ASV take the phrase in apposition to “male and female singers” and translate it as “musical instruments.” However, there is no known Hebrew term that would justify this approach. (4) The LXX related the term to the Aramaic root שׁדא (“to pour out [wine]”) and rendered the phrase as οἰνοχόον καὶ οἰνοχόας ( oinocoon kai oinocoas ), “a male-butler and female cupbearers.” Aquila took a similar approach: κυλίκιον καὶ κυλίκια ( kulikion kai kulikia ), “wine cups and wine vessels.” This is reflected in the Vulgate and Douay: “cups and vessels to serve to pour out wine.” Although the semantic meaning of the term שִׁדָּה וְשִׁדּוֹת (“a breast of breasts”) is uncertain, the grammatical/syntactical form of the phrase is straightforward: (1) It is in apposition to the preceding line, “the delights of the son of men” ( וְתַעֲנוּגֹת בְּנֵי הָאָדָם ). (2) The phrase is a superlative construction. When the second word is plural and it follows a noun from the same root which is singular, it indicates the best or most outstanding example of the person or thing so described. In addition to the Judg 5:30 parallel cited above, see the expression “a generation, generations” in Pss 72:5; 102:25 ; Isa 51:8 . Unlike, Eccl 2:8 , this juxtapositioning of the singular and plural to express the superlative usually involves a construct form. See קֹדֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁים ( qodesh haqqodashim , “the holy of holies,” i.e., the most holy place”; Exod 26:33 ), שִׁיר הַשִּׁירִים ( shir hashirim , “the song of songs,” i.e., “the most excellent song”; Song 1:1 ), אֱלֹהֵי הָאֱלֹהִים וַאֲדֹנֵי הַאֲדֹנִים (’ elohe ha ’ elohim va ’ adone ha ’ adonim , “the God of gods and Lord of lords,” i.e., “the Highest God and the Supreme Lord”; Deut 10:17 ), and עֶבֶד עֲבָדִים (’ eved ’ avadim , “a slave of slaves,” i.e., “the most abject slave”; Gen 9:25 ). See GKC 431 §133. i ; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 17-18, §80; IBHS 154 §9.5.3j. If the semantic meaning of the terms שִׁדָּה וְשִׁדּוֹת denotes “a breast (among) breasts” or “a lady (among) ladies” ( Eccl 2:8 , but see the previous note on the phrase “a man’s sensual delights”), the superlative construction may connote “the most beautiful breasts” (metonymy of part for the whole) or “the most beautiful woman.” This might refer to a harem of concubines or to one woman (the wife of the king?) who was the most beautiful woman in the land. sn Concubines were slave women in ancient Near Eastern societies who were the legal property of their master, but who could have legitimate sexual relations with their master. A concubine’s status was more elevated than a mere servant, but she was not free and did not have the legal rights of a free wife. The children of a concubine could, in some instances, become equal heirs with the children of the free wife. After the period of the Judges concubines may have become more of a royal prerogative ( 2 Sam 21:10-14 ; 1 Kgs 11:3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":25603,"verse_id":"ECC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The vav prefixed to וְגָדַלְתִּי ( vÿgadalti , vav + Qal perfect first common singular from גָּדַל , gadal , “to be great; to increase”) functions in a final summarizing sense, that is, it introduces the concluding summary of 2:4-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":25604,"verse_id":"ECC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “I became great and I surpassed” ( וְהוֹסַפְתִּי וְגָדַלְתִּי , vÿgadalti vÿhosafti ). This is a verbal hendiadys in which the second verb functions adverbially, modifying the first: “I became far greater.” Most translations miss the hendiadys and render the line in a woodenly literal sense (KJV, ASV, RSV, NEB, NRSV, NAB, NASB, MLB, Moffatt), while only a few recognize the presence of hendiadys here: “I became greater by far” (NIV) and “I gained more” (NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":25605,"verse_id":"ECC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “yet my wisdom stood for me,” meaning he retained his wise perspective despite his great wealth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":25606,"verse_id":"ECC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “all which my eyes asked for, I did not withhold from them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":25607,"verse_id":"ECC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “I did not refuse my heart any pleasure.” The term לִבִּי ( libbi , “my heart”) is a synecdoche of part (i.e., heart) for the whole (i.e., whole person); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 648. The term is repeated twice in 2:10 for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":25608,"verse_id":"ECC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “So my heart was joyful from all my toil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":25609,"verse_id":"ECC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and this was my portion from all my toil.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":25610,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “all my works that my hands had done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":25611,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “and all the toil with which I had toiled in doing it.” The term עָמַל (’ amal , “toil”) is repeated to emphasize the burden and weariness of the labor which Qoheleth exerted in his accomplishments.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":25612,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":25613,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"The term הַכֹּל ( hakkol , “everything” or “all”) must be qualified and limited in reference to the topic that is dealt with in 2:4-11 . This is an example of synecdoche of general for the specific; the general term “all” is used only in reference to the topic at hand. This is clear from the repetition of כֹּל ( kol , “everything”) and (“all these things”) in 2:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":25614,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"The phrase “achievements and possessions” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":25615,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.11","text":"The term “ultimately” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/6"}
{"id":25616,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.11","text":"The parallelism with יִתְרוֹן ( yitron ), “profit; advantage; gain”) indicates that הֶבֶל ( hevel ) should be nuanced as “profitless, fruitless, futile” in this context. While labor offers some relative and temporal benefits, such as material acquisitions and the enjoyment of the work of one’s hands, there is no ultimate benefit to be gained from secular human achievement.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/7"}
{"id":25617,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.11","text":"The noun יִתְרוֹן ( yitron , “profit”) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “what comes of [something]; result” ( Eccl 1:3; 2:11; 3:9; 5:8, 15; 7:12; 10:10 ) and (2) “profit; advantage” ( Eccl 2:13; 10:11 ); see HALOT 452–53 s.v. יִתְרוֹי . It is derived from the noun יֶתֶר ( yeter , “what is left behind; remainder”; HALOT 452 s.v. I יֶתֶר ). The related verb יָתַר ( yatar ) denotes “to be left over; to survive” (Niphal) and “to have left over” (Hiphil); see HALOT 451–52 s.v. יתר . When used literally, יִתְרוֹן refers to what is left over after expenses (gain or profit); when used figuratively, it refers to what is advantageous or of benefit. Though some things have relative advantage over others (e.g., light over darkness, and wisdom over folly in 2:13 ), there is no ultimate profit in man’s labor due to death.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/8"}
{"id":25618,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"2.11","text":"The phrase “from them” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/9"}
{"id":25619,"verse_id":"ECC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A11/10"}
{"id":25620,"verse_id":"ECC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “and I turned to see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":25621,"verse_id":"ECC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"The Hebrew text reads עָשׂוּהוּ (’ asuhu , “they have done it”; Qal perfect 3rd person masculine plural from עָשַׂה [’ asah ] + 3rd person masculine singular suffix). However, many medieval Hebrew mss read עָשָׂהוּ (’ asahu , “he has done”; Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from עָשַׂה ), reflected in the LXX and Syriac. The error was caused by dittography ( ו , vav , written twice) or by orthographic confusion between ו and ה ( hey ) in הוו (confused as והוו ) at the end of 2:12 and beginning of 2:13 . The 3rd person masculine singular referent of עָשׂוּהוּ “what he has done” is the king, that is, Qoheleth himself. The referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":25622,"verse_id":"ECC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “and I saw that there is profit for wisdom more than folly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":25623,"verse_id":"ECC.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “has his eyes in his head.” The term עַיִן (’ ayin , “eye”) is used figuratively in reference to mental and spiritual faculties (BDB 744 s.v. עַיִן 3.a). The term “eye” is a metonymy of cause (eye) for effect (sight and perception).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":25624,"verse_id":"ECC.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The term כֻּלָּם ( kullam , “all of them”) denotes “both of them.” This is an example of synecdoche of general (“all of them”) for the specific (“both of them,” that is, both the wise man and the fool).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":25625,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The emphatic use of the 1st person common singular personal pronoun אֲנִי (’ ani , “me”) with the emphatic particle of association גַּם ( gam , “even, as well as”; HALOT 195–96 s.v. גַּם ) appears to emphasize the 1st person common singular suffix on יִקְרֵנִי ( yiqreni ) “it will befall [or “happen to”] me” (Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular + 1st person common singular suffix from קָרָה , qarah , “to befall; to happen to”); see GKC 438 §135. e . Qoheleth laments not that the fate of the wise man is the same as that of the fool, but that even he himself – the wisest man of all – would fare no better in the end than the most foolish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":25626,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"The adjective יוֹתֵר ( yoter ) means “too much; excessive,” e.g., 7:16 “excessively righteous” ( HALOT 404 s.v. יוֹתֵר 2; BDB 452 s.v. יוֹתֵר ). It is derived from the root יֶתֶר ( yeter , “what is left over”); see HALOT 452 s.v. I יֶתֶר . It is related to the verbal root יתר (Niphal “to be left over”; Hiphil “to have left over”); see HALOT 451–52 s.v. I יתר . The adjective is related to יִתְרוֹן ( yitron , “advantage; profit”) which is a key-term in this section, creating a word-play: The wise man has a relative “advantage” ( יִתְרוֹן ) over the fool ( 2:13-14 a); however, there is no ultimate advantage because both share the same fate, i.e., death ( 2:14 b-15a). Thus, Qoheleth’s acquisition of tremendous wisdom ( 1:16; 2:9 ) was “excessive” because it exceeded its relative advantage over folly: it could not deliver him from the same fate as the fool. He had striven to obtain wisdom, yet it held no ultimate advantage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":25627,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “And why was I wise (to) excess?” The rhetorical question is an example of negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “I gained nothing!” (E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":25628,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “So I said in my heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":25629,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “and also this,” referring to the relative advantage of wisdom over folly.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/5"}
{"id":25630,"verse_id":"ECC.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.15","text":"The word “ultimately” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A15/6"}
{"id":25631,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The preposition עִם (’ im , “with”) may occasionally function in a comparative sense, meaning “together with; even as; like” (e.g., Eccl 1:11; 2:16; 7:11 ; Job 9:26 ; 1 Chr 14:10: 20:6; 25:8 ; see HALOT 839 s.v. עִם 2). When used to describe a common lot, it connotes “together with” ( Gen 18:23, 25 ; 1 Chr 24:5 ; Job 3:14, 15; 30:1 ; Pss 26:9; 28:3; 69:29 ; Isa 38:11 ), hence “like” ( Pss 73:5; 106:6 ; Eccl 2:16 ; see BDB 767–68 s.v. עִם 1.e).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":25632,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"As HALOT 798–99 s.v. עוֹלָם and BDB 762-64 s.v. עוֹלָם note, עוֹלָם (’ olam ) has a wide range of meanings: (1) indefinite time: “long time; duration,” (2) unlimited time: “eternal; eternity,” (3) future time: “things to come,” and (4) past time: “a long time back,” that is, the dark age of prehistory. The context here suggests the nuance “a long time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":25633,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) on בְּשֶׁכְּבָר ( bÿshekkÿvar , the adverb כְּבָר [ kÿvar ,“already”] + relative pronoun שֶׁ [ she ] + preposition בְּ ) is probably best classified as causal: “Because…already.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":25634,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.16","text":"The verb נִשְׁכָּח ( nishkakh ) is a future perfect – it describes an event that is portrayed as a past event from the perspective of the future: “they will have been forgotten.” The emphasis of the past perfect is not simply that the future generations will begin to forget him, but that he will already have been forgotten long ago in the past by the time of those future generations. This past perfect situation is brought out by the emphatic use of the temporal adverb כְּבָר ( kÿvar ) “already” ( HALOT 459 s.v. I כְּבָר ; BDB 460 s.v. I כְּבָר ); see, e.g., Eccl 1:10; 2:12, 16; 3:15; 4:2; 6:10; 9:6-7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/4"}
{"id":25635,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.16","text":"The particle אֵיךְ (’ ekh , “Alas!”) is an exclamation of lamentation and mourning (e.g., 2 Sam 1:19 ; Isa 14:4, 12 ; Jer 2:21; 9:18 ; Ezek 26:17 ; Mic 2:4 ); see HALOT 39 s.v. אֵיךְ 5; BDB 32 s.v. אֵיךְ 2; also E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 955.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/5"}
{"id":25636,"verse_id":"ECC.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.16","text":"The preposition עִם (’ im , “with”) may occasionally function in a comparative sense, meaning “together with; even as; like” (e.g., Eccl 1:11; 2:16; 7:11 ; Job 9:26 ; 1 Chr 14:10: 20:6; 25:8 ); see HALOT 839 s.v. עִם 2. When used to describe a common lot, it connotes “together with” ( Gen 18:23, 25 ; 1 Chr 24:5 ; Job 3:14, 15; 30:1 ; Ps 26:9; 28:3; 69:29 ; Isa 38:11 ), hence “like” ( Pss 73:5; 106:6 ; Eccl 2:16 ); see BDB 767–68 s.v. עִם 1.e.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A16/6"}
{"id":25637,"verse_id":"ECC.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “I hated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":25638,"verse_id":"ECC.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The term הַחַיִּים ( hakhayyim , “life”) functions as a metonymy of association, that is, that which is associated with life, that is, the profitlessness and futility of human secular achievement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":25639,"verse_id":"ECC.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “the deed that is done.” The root עָשָׂה (’ asah , “to do”) is repeated in הַמַּעֲשֶׂה שֶׁנַּעֲשָׂה ( hamma ’ aseh shenna ’ asah , “the deed that is done”) for emphasis. Here, the term “deed” does not refer to human accomplishment, as in 2:1-11 , but to the fact of death that destroys any relative advantage of wisdom over folly ( 2:14 a-16). Qoheleth metaphorically describes death as a “deed” that is “done” to man.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":25640,"verse_id":"ECC.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":25641,"verse_id":"ECC.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “all,” referring here to the relative advantage of wisdom.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A17/5"}
{"id":25642,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The phrase “the fruit of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity (see the following note on the phrase “hard labor”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":25643,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “I hated all my toil for which I had toiled.” The term עֲמָלִי (’ amali , “my toil”) is repeated throughout 2:18-21 . In each case, it functions as a metonymy of cause (i.e., toil) for effect (i.e., fruit of labor). See, e.g., Ps 105:44 ; BDB 765 s.v עָמַל 3. The metonymy is indicated by several factors: (1) The 3rd person masculine singular suffix (“it”) on אַנִּיחֶנּוּ (’ annikhennu , “I must leave it”) in 2:18 , and on יִתְּנֶנּוּ ( yittÿnennu , “I must give it”) in 2:21 refer to his wealth, that is, the fruit of his labor. (2) In 2:21 the 3rd person masculine singular suffix on שֶׁלֹּא עָמַל־בּוֹ ( shello ’ ’ amal-bo , “who did not work for it”) refers to the inheritance that Qoheleth must turn over to his successor, namely, the fruit of his labor. (3) While he himself enjoyed the fruit of his labor, he despaired that he had to turn the fruit of his labor over to his successor: “So I loathed all the [fruit of] my labor” ( 2:18 a) and “I began to despair about the [fruit of] my labor” ( 2:20 a). Although most translations render עֲמָלִי as “my toil” in 2:18 , the metonymy is recognized by several English translations: “So I hated all the fruit of my labor for which I had labored” (NASB); “So I detested all the fruits of my labor” (NAB); “I hated all the things I had toiled for” (NIV); and “So I loathed all the wealth that I was gaining ” (NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":25644,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Qoheleth uses an internal cognate accusative construction (accusative noun and verb from the same root) for emphasis: עֲמָלִי שֶׁאֲנִי עָמֵל (’ amali she ’ ani ’ amel , “my toil for which I had toiled”). See IBHS 167 §10.2.1g.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":25645,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":25646,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"The relative pronoun שֶׁ ( she ) on שֶׁאַנִּיחֶנּוּ ( she ’ annikhennu , relative pronoun שֶׁ + Hiphil imperfect 1st person common singular from נוּחַ , nuakh , “to leave” + 3rd person masculine singular suffix) is causal: “Because I must leave it behind.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":25647,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.18","text":"The 3rd person masculine singular suffix on אַנִּיחֶנּוּ (’ annikhennu , “I must leave it”) refers to Qoheleth’s wealth, that is, the fruit of his labor (see the note on the phrase “hard labor” in 2:18 ). The suffix is rendered literally by nearly all translations; however, a few make its referent explicit: “I have to leave its fruits” (NEB), “I must leave them [= all the fruits of my labor]” (NAB).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/6"}
{"id":25648,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.18","text":"The verb נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”) denotes “to leave [something] behind” in the hands of someone (e.g., Ps 119:121 ; Eccl 2:18 ); see HALOT 680 s.v. נוח B.2.c. The imperfect functions in a modal sense of obligation or necessity. At death, Qoheleth will be forced to pass on his entire estate and the fruit of his labors to his successor.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/7"}
{"id":25649,"verse_id":"ECC.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “to a man who will come after me.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A18/8"}
{"id":25650,"verse_id":"ECC.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The vav on וְיִשְׁלַט ( vÿyishlat , conjunction + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׁלַט , shalat , “to be master”) is adversative (“yet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":25651,"verse_id":"ECC.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The phrase “the fruit of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity (see the following note on the word “labor”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":25652,"verse_id":"ECC.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “my labor.” As in 2:18 , the term עֲמָלִי (’ amali , “my labor”) is a metonymy of cause (i.e., my labor) for effect (i.e., fruit of my labor). The metonymy is recognized by several translations: “he will control all the wealth that I gained” (NJPS); “he will have control over all the fruits of my labor” (NAB); “he will have mastery over all the fruits of my labor” (NEB); “he will have control over all the fruit of my labor” (NASB); “he will be master over all my possessions” (MLB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":25653,"verse_id":"ECC.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"An internal cognate accusative construction (accusative and verb from same root) is used for emphasis: שֶׁעָמַלְתִּי עֲמָלִי (’ amali she ’ amalti , “my toil for which I had toiled”); see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g. The two verbs שֶׁעָמַלְתִּי וְשֶׁחָכַמְתִּי ( she ’ amalti vÿshekhakhamti , “for which I had labored and for which I had acted wisely”) form a verbal hendiadys (two separate verbs used in association to communicate one idea): “for I had labored so wisely.” The second verb is used adverbially to modify the first verb, which functions in its full verbal sense.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":25654,"verse_id":"ECC.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A19/5"}
{"id":25655,"verse_id":"ECC.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “I turned aside to allow my heart despair.” The term לִבִּי ( libbi , “my heart”) is a synecdoche of part (i.e., heart) for the whole (i.e., whole person); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 648.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":25656,"verse_id":"ECC.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"The phrase “the fruit of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity (see the following note on the word “labor”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":25657,"verse_id":"ECC.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “all my toil.” As in 2:18-19 , the term עֲמָלִי (’ amali , “my labor”) is a metonymy of cause (i.e., my labor) for effect (i.e., the fruit of my labor). The metonymy is recognized by several translations: “all the fruits of my labor” (NAB); “all the fruit of my labor” (NASB); “all the gains I had made” (NJPS).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":25658,"verse_id":"ECC.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Here the author uses an internal cognate accusative construction (accusative noun and verb from the same root) for emphasis: שֶׁעָמַלְתִּי הֶעָמָל ( he ’ amal she ’ amalti , “the toil for which I had toiled”); see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":25659,"verse_id":"ECC.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A20/5"}
{"id":25660,"verse_id":"ECC.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “he must give.” The 3rd person masculine singular suffix on יִתְּנֶנּוּ ( yittÿnennu , Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from נָתַן , natan , “to give” + 3rd person masculine singular suffix) refers back to עֲמָלוֹ (’ amalo , “his labor”) which is treated in this line as a metonymy of cause for effect, that is, “he must give it” = “he must give his labor” = “he must give the fruit of his labor.” sn As in 2:18-19 , Qoheleth laments the injustice that a person who works diligently in wisdom must one day hand over the fruit of his labor (i.e., his fortune and the care of his achievements) to his successor. There is no guarantee that one’s heir will be wise and be a good steward of this wealth, or be foolish and squander it – in which case, the former man’s entire life’s work would be in vain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":25661,"verse_id":"ECC.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (“the fruit of his labor”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":25662,"verse_id":"ECC.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “he must turn over an inheritance”; or “he must turn it over, namely, an inheritance.” There are two approaches to the syntax of חֶלְקוֹ ( khelqo , “his inheritance”): (1) The 3rd person masculine singular suffix is a subjective genitive: “his inheritance” = the inheritance which he must give to his heir. The referent of the 3rd person masculine singular suffix is Qoheleth in 2:21 a who worked hard to amass the fortune. The noun חֵלֶק ( kheleq , “inheritance”) functions as an adverbial accusative of state (GKC 372 §118. a ) or a predicate accusative (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 12-13, §57): “He must give it [i.e., his fortune] as an inheritance.” (2) The 3rd person masculine singular suffix is an objective genitive: “his inheritance” = the inheritance which the heir will receive from Qoheleth. The referent of the 3rd person masculine singular suffix is the heir in 2:21 b. The noun חֵלֶק (“inheritance”) functions as the accusative direct object in apposition (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 15-16, §71) to the 3rd person masculine singular suffix on יִתְּנֶנּוּ ( yittÿnennu , “he must give it”; Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from נָתַן , natan , + 3rd person masculine singular suffix): “He must give it, namely, his inheritance, to one who did not work for it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":25663,"verse_id":"ECC.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.21","text":"The noun רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”) probably means “misfortune” ( HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4) or “injustice; wrong” ( HALOT 1262 s.v. רָעָה 2.b). The phrase רָעָה רַבָּה ( ra ’ ah rabbah ) connotes “grave injustice” or “great misfortune” (e.g., Eccl 2:17; 5:12, 15; 6:1; 10:5 ). It is expressed well as: “This too is…a great misfortune” (NAB, NIV, MLB) and “utterly wrong!” (NEB). sn Verses 18-21 are arranged into two sub-units ( 2:18-19 and 2:20-21 ). Each contains a parallel structure: (1) Introductory lament: “I hated all my toil” and “I began to despair about all my toil.” (2) Reason for the lament: “I must turn over the fruit of my labor to the hands of my successor” and “he must hand over the fruit of his work as an inheritance.” (3) Description of successor: “who knows whether he will be a wise man or a fool?” and “he did not work for it.” (4) Concluding statement: “This also is fruitless!” and “This also is profitless and an awful injustice!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A21/4"}
{"id":25664,"verse_id":"ECC.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “under the sun.” The rhetorical question is an example of negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “Man acquires nothing” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949-51).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":25665,"verse_id":"ECC.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “all his days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":25666,"verse_id":"ECC.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"The syntax of this verse has been interpreted in two different ways: (1) The phrase “all his days” ( כָל־יָמָיו , khol-yamayv ) is the subject of a verbless clause, and the noun “pain” ( מַכְאֹבִים , makh ’ ovim ) is a predicate nominative or a predicate of apposition (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 15-16, §71). Likewise, the noun “his work” ( עִנְיָנוֹ , ’ inyano) is the subject of a second verbless clause, and the vexation” ( כַעַס , kha ’ as ) is a predicate nominative: “All his days are pain, and his work is vexation.” (2) The noun “his work” ( עִנְיָנוֹ ) is the subject of both nouns, “pain and vexation” ( וָכַעַס מַכְאֹבִים , makh ’ ovim vakha ’ as ), which are predicate nominatives, while the phrase “all his days” ( כָל־יָמָיו ) is an adverbial accusative functioning temporally: “All day long, his work is pain and vexation.” The latter option is supported by the parallelism between “even at night” and “all day long.” This verse draws out an ironic contrast/comparison between his physical toil/labor during the day and his emotional anxiety at night. Even at night, he has no break!","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":25667,"verse_id":"ECC.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “his heart (i.e., mind) does not rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":25668,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) on בָּאָדָם ( ba ’ adam ) has been taken in two ways: (1) locative with טוֹב ( tov , “good”) in reference to man’s moral nature: “There is nothing [inherently] good in man.” (2) advantage with טוֹב (“good”) in reference to the enjoyment theme of 2:24-26 : “There is nothing better for a man than…” (this assumes a comparative מִן , min , on מִשֶׁיֹּאכַל , misheyyo ’ khal ); see text critical note on the word “than” below). The latter is preferred for two reasons: (1) The preposition בְּ is used with a similar idiom in 3:12 in collocation with the particle phrase אִם … כִּי ( ki …’ im , “except”): “There is nothing better…than to rejoice/be happy” (NASB, NIV). (2) The theme of 2:1-26 focuses on the futility of human toil, concluding that the only real reward that man has in his labor is to find enjoyment in it (e.g., 2:10, 24-26 ). The section says nothing about man’s inherent sinful nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":25669,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":25670,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.24","text":"The MT reads שֶׁיֹּאכַל ( sheyyo ’ khal , “that he should eat”; Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from אָכַל , ’ akhal , “to eat,” with relative pronoun שֶׁ , she , “that”). However, the variant textual tradition of מִשֶּׁיֹּאכַל ( misheyyo ’ khal , “than he should eat” (comparative preposition מִן , min , “than” + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from אָכַל “to eat”) is reflected in the LXX, Coptic, Syriac, Aramaic Targum, Old Latin, and Jerome. The textual error, an example of haplography, arose from a single writing of מ ( mem ) from בָּאָדָם מִשֶּׁיֹּאכַל ( ba ’ adam misheyyo ’ khal ). The same idiom appears in the expanded form אִם … כִּי followed by טוֹב … אֵין (’ en tov … ki ’ im , “there is nothing better for man than …”) in Eccl 3:12; 8:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/3"}
{"id":25671,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “to cause his soul to see good.” The idiom רָאָה טוֹב ( ra ’ ah tov , “to see good”) is a metonymy of association, meaning “to find enjoyment” (e.g., 3:13; 5:17; 6:6 ). In 3:12-13 and 5:17-18 it is in collocation and/or parallelism with בְּ ( bet ) + שָׂמַח ( samakh , “to rejoice in,” or “to find satisfaction or pleasure in” something). Here, it is used in collocation with חוּשׁ ( khush , “to enjoy”). The term נַפְשׁוֹ ( nafsho , “his soul”) is a metonymy of part (i.e., soul) for the whole (i.e., whole person), e.g., Num 23:10 ; Judg 16:30 ; Pss 16:10; 35:13; 103:1 (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 640-41).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/4"}
{"id":25672,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/5"}
{"id":25673,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.24","text":"The phrase “ability to find enjoyment” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/6"}
{"id":25674,"verse_id":"ECC.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.24","text":"Heb “is from the hand of God.” sn The phrase “from the hand of God” is an anthropomorphism (depicting God, who is an invisible spirit, in the form of man with hands) or anthropopatheia (depicting God performing human-like actions). The “hand of God” is a figure often used to portray God’s sovereign providence and benevolence (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 878). The phrase “the hand of God” is often used to connote the favor or grace of God ( 2 Chr 30:12 ; Ezra 7:9; 8:18 ; Neh 2:8, 18 ; see BDB 390 s.v. יָד 1.e.2).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A24/7"}
{"id":25675,"verse_id":"ECC.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “For who can…?” The rhetorical question is an example of negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “No one can!” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949-51).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":25676,"verse_id":"ECC.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"The phrase “and drink” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for stylistic harmonization with v. 24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":25677,"verse_id":"ECC.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"The verb II חוּשׁ ( khush , “to enjoy”) is a hapax legomenon which BDB defines as “to feel; to enjoy [with the senses]” on the basis of the context, and the cognates: Arabic “to feel; to perceive [by senses]”; Aramaic חושׁ “to feel pain,” and New Hebrew חושׁ “to feel pain” (BDB 301 s.v. II חֹוּשׁ ). HALOT relates the Hebrew root to Akkadian havavu “to be delighted with” ( HALOT 300 s.v. II חושׁ 1). The Vulgate renders this term as “to enjoy.” The Greek versions (LXX, Theodotion) and the Syriac Peshitta, however, did not understand this hapax ; they rendered it as “to drink,” making some sense of the line by filling out the parallelism “to eat [and drink]” (e.g., Eccl 8:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":25678,"verse_id":"ECC.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.25","text":"28:10 צי לצי צי לצי ( tsy ltsy ts ltsy ); see P. K. McCarter, Jr., Textual Criticism , 47. It is difficult to determine which reading is original here. The MT forms a parenthetical clause, where Qoheleth refers to himself: no one had more of an opportunity to experience more enjoyment in life than he (e.g., 2:1-11 ). The alternate textual tradition is a causal clause, explaining why the ability to enjoy life is a gift from God: no one can experience enjoyment in life “apart from him,” that is, apart from “the hand of God” in 2:24 . It is possible that internal evidence supports the alternate textual tradition. In 2:24-26 , Qoheleth is not emphasizing his own resources to enjoy life, as he had done in 2:1-11 ; but that the ability to enjoy life is the gift of God. On the other hand, the Jerusalem Hebrew Bible project retains the MT reading with a “B” rating; see D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:570. The English versions are split on the textual problem: a few retain MT מִמֶּנִּי (“more than I”), e.g., KJV, ASV, YLT, Douay, NJPS, while others adopt the alternate reading מִמֶּנּוּ , “apart from him” (NEB, NAB, MLB, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NIV, Moffatt).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A25/4"}
{"id":25679,"verse_id":"ECC.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Heb “for to a man who is good before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":25680,"verse_id":"ECC.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.26","text":"The word “wealth” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A26/3"}
{"id":25681,"verse_id":"ECC.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.26","text":"The word “it” (an implied direct object) does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A26/5"}
{"id":25682,"verse_id":"ECC.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.26","text":"The antecedent of the demonstrative pronoun זֶה ( zeh , “this”) is debated: (1) Some refer it to the enjoyment which Qoheleth had just commended in 2:24-26 . However, this is inconsistent with the enjoyment theme found elsewhere in the book. It also ignores the fact that 2:24-26 states that such enjoyment is a good gift from God. (2) Others refer it to the term “toil” ( עָמָל , ’ amal ) which is repeated throughout 2:18-26 . However, Qoheleth affirmed that if one is righteous, he can find enjoyment in his toil, even though so much of it is ultimately futile. (3) Therefore, it seems best to refer it to the grievous “task” ( עִנְיָן , ’ inyan ) God has given to the sinner in 2:26 b. Consistent with the meaning of הֶבֶל ( hevel , “futile; profitless; fruitless”), 2:26b emphasizes that the “task” of the sinner is profitless: he labors hard to amass wealth, only to see the fruit of his labor given away to someone else. The righteous man’s enjoyment of his work and the fruit of his labor under the blessing of God ( 2:24-26 a) is not included in this.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A26/6"}
{"id":25683,"verse_id":"ECC.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.26","text":"The phrase “task of the wicked” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%202%3A26/7"}
{"id":25684,"verse_id":"ECC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Verse 1 is arranged in an ABB’A’ chiasm ( לַכֹּל זְמָן וְעֵת לְכָל־חֵפֶץ , lakkol zÿman vÿ ’ et lÿkhol-khefets ): (A) “for everything”; (B) “a season”; (B’) “a time”; (A’) “for every matter.” The terms “season” ( זְמָן , zÿman ) and “time” ( עֵת , ’ et ) are parallel. In the light of its parallelism with “every matter” ( כָל־חֵפֶץ , khol-khefets ), the term “everything” ( כָל , khol ) must refer to events and situations in life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":25685,"verse_id":"ECC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The noun זְמָן ( zÿman ) denotes “appointed time” or “appointed hour” ( HALOT 273 s.v. זְמָן ; BDB 273 s.v. זְמָן ; see Eccl 3:1 ; Esth 9:27, 31 ; Neh 2:6 ; Sir 43:7), e.g., the appointed or designated time for the Jewish feasts ( Esth 9:27, 31 ), the length of time that Nehemiah set for his absence from Susa ( Neh 2:6 ), and the appointed times in the Jewish law for the months to begin (Sir 43:7). It is used in parallelism with מועד (“appointed time”), i.e., מועד ירח (“the appointed time of the moon”) parallels זמני חק (“the appointed times of the law”; Sir 43:7). The related verb, a Pual of זָמַן ( zaman ), means “to be appointed” ( HALOT 273 s.v. זְמָן ); e.g. Ezra 10:14 ; Neh 10:35; 13:31 . These terms may be related to the noun I זִמָּה ( zimmah , “plan; intention”; Job 17:11 ; HALOT 272 s.v. I זִמָּה ) and מְזִמָּה ( mÿzimmah , “purpose; plan; project”), e.g., the purposes of God ( Job 42:2 ; Jer 23:20; 30:24; 51:11 ) and man’s plan ( Isa 5:12 ); see HALOT 566 s.v. מְזִמָּה ; BDB 273 s.v. מְזִמָּה . sn Verses 1-8 refer to God’s appointed time-table for human activities or actions whose most appropriate time is determined by men. Verses 9-15 state that God is ultimately responsible for the time in which events in human history occur. This seems to provide a striking balance between the sovereignty of God and the responsibility of man. Man does what God has willed, but man also does what he “pleases” (see note on the word “matter” in 3:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":25686,"verse_id":"ECC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The noun עֵת (’ et , “point in time”) has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) “time of an event” and (2) “time for an event” (BDB 773 s.v. עֵת ). The latter has subcategories: (a) “usual time,” (b) “the proper, suitable or appropriate time,” (c) “the appointed time,” and (d) “uncertain time” ( Eccl 9:11 ). Here it connotes “a proper, suitable time for an event” ( HALOT 900 s.v. עֵת 6; BDB s.v. עֵת 2.b). Examples: “the time for rain” ( Ezra 10:13 ), “a time of judgment for the nations” ( Ezek 30:3 ), “an appropriate time for every occasion” ( Eccl 3:1 ), “the time when mountain goats are born” ( Job 39:1 ), “the rain in its season” ( Deut 11:14 ; Jer 5:24 ), “the time for the harvest” ( Hos 2:11 ; Ps 1:3 ), “food in its season” ( Ps 104:27 ), “no one knows his hour of destiny” ( Eccl 9:12 ), “the right moment” ( Eccl 8:5 ); cf. HALOT 900 s.v. עֵת 6.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":25687,"verse_id":"ECC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"The noun חֵפֶץ ( khefets , here “matter, business”) has a broad range of meanings: (1) “delight; joy,” (2) “desire; wish; longing,” (3) “the good pleasure; will; purpose,” (4) “precious stones” (i.e., jewelry), i.e., what someone takes delight in, and (5) “matter; business,” as a metonymy of adjunct to what someone takes delight in ( Eccl 3:1, 17; 5:7; 8:6 ; Isa 53:10; 58:3, 13 ; Pss 16:3; 111:2 ; Prov 31:13 ); see HALOT 340 s.v. חֵפֶץ 4; BDB 343 s.v. חֵפֶץ 4. It is also sometimes used in reference to the “good pleasure” of God, that is, his sovereign plan, e.g., Judg 13:23 ; Isa 44:28; 46:10; 48:14 (BDB 343 s.v. חֵפֶץ ). While the theme of the sovereignty of God permeates Eccl 3:1 –4:3, the content of 3:1-8 refers to human activities that are planned and purposed by man. The LXX translated it with πράγματι ( pragmati , “matter”). The term is translated variously by modern English versions: “every purpose” (KJV, ASV), “every event” (NASB), “every delight” (NASB margin), “every affair” (NAB), “every matter” (RSV, NRSV), “every activity” (NEB, NIV), “every project” (MLB), and “every experience” (NJPS).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":25688,"verse_id":"ECC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “under heaven.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":25689,"verse_id":"ECC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The verb יָלָד ( yalad , “to bear”) is used in the active sense of a mother giving birth to a child ( HALOT 413 s.v. ילד ; BDB 408 s.v. יָלָד ). However, in light of its parallelism with “a time to die,” it should be taken as a metonymy of cause (i.e., to give birth to a child) for effect (i.e., to be born).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":25690,"verse_id":"ECC.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The term לְאַבֵּד ( lÿ ’ abbed , Piel infinitive construct from אָבַד , ’ avad , “to destroy”) means “to lose” (e.g., Jer 23:1 ) as the contrast with בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek to find”) indicates ( HALOT 3 s.v. I אבד ; BDB 2 s.v. אבד 3). This is the declarative or delocutive-estimative sense of the Piel: “to view something as lost” (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 28, §145; IBHS 403 §24.2g).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":25691,"verse_id":"ECC.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The term הָעוֹשֶׂה ( ha ’ oseh , article + Qal active participle ms from עָשַׂה , ’ asah , “to do”) functions substantively (“the worker”); see BDB 794 s.v. עָשַׂה II.1. This is a figurative description of man (metonymy of association), and plays on the repetition of עָשַׂה (verb: “to do,” noun: “work”) throughout the passage. In the light of God’s orchestration of human affairs, man’s efforts cannot change anything. It refers to man in general with the article functioning in a generic sense (see IBHS 244-45 §13.5.1f; Joüon 2:511 §137.m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":25692,"verse_id":"ECC.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":25693,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The word “but” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":25694,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “darkness”; perhaps “eternity” or “the future.” The meaning of the noun עֹלָם (’ olam ) is debated. It may mean: (1) “ignorance”; (2) time reference: (a) “eternity” or (b) “the future”; or (3) “knowledge” (less likely). The arguments for these options may be summarized: (1) Most suggest that עֹלָם is the defectively written form of עוֹלָם “duration; eternity” (e.g., Eccl 1:4; 2:16; 3:14; 9:6; 12:5 ); see BDB 762 s.v. III עוֹלָם 2.k. Within this school of interpretation, there are several varieties: (a) BDB 762 s.v. III עוֹלָם 2.k suggests that here it denotes “age [i.e., duration] of the world,” which is attested in postbiblical Hebrew. The term III עֹלָם “eternity” = “world” (Jastrow 1084 s.v. עָלַם III) is used in this sense in postbiblical Hebrew, mostly in reference to the Messianic age, or the world to come (e.g., Tg. Genesis 9:16 ; Tg. Onq. Exodus 21:6 ; Tg. Psalms 61:7 ). For example, “the world ( עֹלָם ) shall last six thousand years, and after one thousand years it shall be laid waste” ( b. Rosh HaShanah 31a) and “the world ( עֹלָם ) to come” ( b. Sotah 10b). The LXX and the Vulgate took the term in this sense. This approach was also adopted by several English translations: “the world” (KJV, Douay, ASV margin). (b) HALOT 799 s.v. עוֹלָם 5 and THAT 2:242 suggest that the term refers to an indefinite, unending future: “eternity future” or “enduring state referring to past and future” (see also BDB 762 s.v. III עוֹלָם 2.i). In this sense, the noun עֹלָם functions as a metonymy of association: “a sense of eternity,” but not in a philosophical sense (see J. Barr, Biblical Words for Time [SBT], 117, n. 4). This approach is supported by three factors: (i) the recurrence of עוֹלָם (“eternity”) in 3:14 , (ii) the temporal qualification of the statement in the parallel clause (“from beginning to end”), and (iii) by the ordinary meaning of the noun as “eternity” ( HALOT 798–799 s.v. עוֹלָם ). The point would be that God has endowed man with an awareness of the extra-temporal significance of himself and his accomplishments (D. R. Glenn, “Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 984). This is the most frequent approach among English versions: “the timeless” (NAB), “eternity” (RSV, MLB, ASV, NASB, NIV, NJPS), “a sense of time past and time future” (NEB), and “a sense of past and future” (NRSV). (3) Other scholars suggest that עוֹלָם simply refers to the indefinite future: “the future,” that is, things to come (e.g., HALOT 799 s.v. עוֹלָם 2; BDB 762 s.v. III עוֹלָם 2.a; THAT 2:241). The plural עֹלָמִים (’ olamim , “things to come”) was used in this sense in Eccl 1:10 (e.g., 1 Kgs 8:13 = 2 Chr 6:2 ; Pss 61:5; 77:8; 145:13 ; Dan 9:24 ; cf. HALOT 799 s.v. עוֹלָם 2). The point would simply be that God has not only ordained all the events that will take place in man’s life ( 3:1-8 ), but also preoccupies man with the desire to discover what will happen in the future in terms of the orchestration or timing of these events in his life ( 3:9-11 ). This fits well with the description of God’s orchestration of human events in their most appropriate time ( 3:1-10 ) and the ignorance of man concerning his future ( 3:11 b). Elsewhere, Qoheleth emphasizes that man cannot learn what the future holds in store for him (e.g., 8:7, 17 ). This approach is only rarely adopted: “the future” (NJPS margin). (2) The second view is that עֹלָם is not defectively written עוֹלָם (“eternity”) but the segholate noun II עֶלֶם (’ elem ) that means “dark” (literal) or “ignorance; obscurity; secrecy” (figurative). The related noun תַּעֲלֻמָה ( ta ’ alumah ) means “hidden thing; secret,” and the related verb עָלַם (’ alam ) means “to hide; to conceal” (BDB 761 s.v. I עָלַם ; HALOT 834–35 s.v. עלם ). This is related to the Ugaritic noun “dark” and the Akkadian verb “to be black; to be dark” (see HALOT 834-35 s.v. עלם ). In postbiblical Hebrew the root II עֶלֶם means (i) “secret” and (ii) “forgetfulness” (Jastrow 1084 s.v. עֶלֶם I). Thus the verse would mean that God has “obscured” man’s knowledge so that he cannot discover certain features of God’s program. This approach is adopted by Moffatt which uses the word “mystery.” Similarly, the term may mean “forgetfulness,” that is, God has plagued man with “forgetfulness” so that he cannot understand what God has done from the beginning to the end (e.g., Eccl 1:11 ). (3) The third view (Delitzsch) is to relate עֹלָם to a cognate Arabic root meaning “knowledge.” The point would be that God has endowed man with “knowledge,” but not enough for man to discover God’s eternal plan. This approach is only rarely adopted: “knowledge” (YLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":25695,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “in their heart.” The Hebrew term translated heart functions as a metonymy of association for man’s intellect, emotions, and will (BDB 524–25 s.v. לֵב 3–6, 9). Here, it probably refers to man’s intellectual capacities, as v. 11 suggests.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/4"}
{"id":25696,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.11","text":"The compound preposition מִבְּלִי ( mibbÿli , preposition מִן [ min ] + negative particle בְּלִי [ bÿli ]) is used as a conjunction here. Elsewhere, it can express cause: “because there is no [or is not]” (e.g., Deut 9:28; 28:55 ; Isa 5:13 ; Ezek 34:5 ; Lam 1:4 ; Hos 4:6 ), consequence: “so that there is no [or is not]” (e.g., Ezek 14:5 ; Jer 2:15; 9:9-11 ; Zeph 3:6 ), or simple negation: “without” (e.g., Job 4:11, 20; 6:6; 24:7-8; 31:19 ). BDB 115 s.v. בְּלִי 3.c. β suggests the negative consequence: “so that not,” while HALOT 133 s.v. בְּלִי 5 suggests the simple negation: “without the possibility of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/5"}
{"id":25697,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/6"}
{"id":25698,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the work that God has done.” The phrase אֶת־הַמַּעֲשֶׂה אֲשֶׁר־עָשָׂה (’ et-hamma ’ aseh ’ asher- ’ asah , “the work which he [i.e., God] has done”) is an internal cognate accusative (direct object and verb are from the same root), used for emphasis (see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g). The repetition of the verb עָשַׂה (“to do”) in 3:11 and 3:14 suggests that this phrase refers to God’s foreordination of all the events and timing of human affairs: God has “made” ( = “foreordained”; עָשַׂה ) everything appropriate in his sovereign timing ( 3:11 a), and all that God has “done” ( = “foreordained”; עָשַׂה ) will come to pass ( 3:14 ). Thus, the verb עָשַׂה functions as a metonymy of effect (i.e., God’s actions) for cause (i.e., God’s sovereign foreordination). The temporal clause “from beginning to end” ( 3:11 ) supports this nuance.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/7"}
{"id":25699,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"3.11","text":"Traditionally, “what God has done from the beginning to the end.” The temporal clause מֵרֹאשׁ וְעַד־סוֹף ( mero ’ sh vÿ ’ ad-sof , “from the beginning to the end”) is traditionally taken in reference to “eternity” (the traditional understanding of הָעֹלָם [ ha ’ olam ] earlier in the verse; see the note on “ignorance”), e.g., KJV, NEB, NAB, ASV, NASB, NIV, RSV, NRSV. However, if הָעֹלָם simply denotes “the future” (e.g., HALOT 799 s.v. עוֹלָם 2; BDB 762 s.v. III עוֹלָם 2.a; THAT 2:241), this temporal clause would refer to the events God has ordained to transpire in an individual’s life, from beginning to end. This approach is adopted by one English version: “but without man ever guessing, from first to last, all the things that God brings to pass” (NJPS). This would fit well in the context begun in 3:1 with the fourteen merisms encompassing man’s life, starting with “a time to be born” (i.e., from the beginning in 3:11 ) and concluding with “a time to die” (i.e., to the end in 3:11 ). This approach is also supported by the admonition of 3:12-13 , namely, since no one knows what will happen to him in the future days of his life, Qoheleth recommends that man enjoy each day as a gift from God.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/8"}
{"id":25700,"verse_id":"ECC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"3.11","text":"The phrase “of their lives” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A11/9"}
{"id":25701,"verse_id":"ECC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “I know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":25702,"verse_id":"ECC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “for them”; the referent (people, i.e., mankind) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":25703,"verse_id":"ECC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Qoheleth uses the exceptive particle אִם … כִּי ( ki …’ im , “except”) to identify the only exception to the futility within man’s life (BDB 474 s.v. כִּי 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":25704,"verse_id":"ECC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “to do good.” The phrase לַעֲשׂוֹת טוֹב ( la ’ asot tov ) functions idiomatically for “to experience [or see] happiness [or joy].” The verb עָשַׂה (’ asah ) probably denotes “to acquire; to obtain” (BDB 795 s.v. עָשַׂה II.7), and טוֹב ( tov ) means “good; pleasure; happiness,” e.g., Eccl 2:24; 3:13; 5:17 (BDB 375 s.v. טוֹב 1).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":25705,"verse_id":"ECC.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “for it.” The referent of the 3rd person feminine singular independent person pronoun (“it”) is probably the preceding statement: “to eat, drink, and find satisfaction.” This would be an example of an anacoluthon (GKC 505-6 §167. b ). Thus the present translation uses “these things” to indicate the reference back to the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":25706,"verse_id":"ECC.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The phrase “to do again” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":25707,"verse_id":"ECC.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “God will seek that which is driven away.” The meaning of יְבַקֵּשׁ אֶת־נִרְדָּף ( yÿvaqqesh ’ et-nirdaf ) is difficult to determine: יְבַקֵּשׁ ( yÿvaqqesh ) is Piel imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek”) and נִרְדָּף ( nirdaf ) is a Niphal participle 3rd person masculine singular from רָדַף ( radaf , “to drive away”). There are several options: (1) God watches over the persecuted: יְבַקֵּשׁ (“seeks”) functions as a metonymy of cause for effect (i.e., to protect), and אֶת־נִרְדָּף (“what is driven away”) refers to “those who are persecuted.” But this does not fit the context. (2) God will call the past to account: יְבַקֵּשׁ functions as a metonymy of cause for effect (i.e., to hold accountable), and אֶת־נִרְדָּף is a metonymy of attribute (i.e., the past). This approach is adopted by several English translations: “God requires that which is past” (KJV), “God will call the past to account” (NIV) and “God summons each event back in its turn” (NEB). (3) God finds what has been lost: יְבַקֵּשׁ functions as a metonymy of cause for effect (i.e., to find), and אֶת־נִרְדָּף refers to what has been lost: “God restores what would otherwise be displaced” (NAB). (4) God repeats what has already occurred: יְבַקֵּשׁ functions as a metonymy of effect (i.e., to repeat), and אֶת־נִרְדָּף is a metonymy (i.e., that which has occurred). This fits the context and provides a tight parallel with the preceding line: “That which is has already been, and that which will be has already been” ( 3:15 a) parallels “God seeks [to repeat] that which has occurred [in the past].” This is the most popular approach among English versions: “God restores that which has past” (Douay), “God seeks again that which is passed away” (ASV), “God seeks what has passed by” (NASB), “God seeks what has been driven away” (RSV), “God seeks out what has passed by” (MLB), “God seeks out what has gone by” (NRSV), and “God is ever bringing back what disappears” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":25708,"verse_id":"ECC.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The phrase “in the past” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":25709,"verse_id":"ECC.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":25710,"verse_id":"ECC.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":25711,"verse_id":"ECC.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The phrase “a time of judgment” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":25712,"verse_id":"ECC.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The phrase “it is” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":25713,"verse_id":"ECC.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “the sons of man.” The phrase עַל־דִּבְרַת בְּנֵי הָאָדָם (’ al-divrat bÿne ha ’ adam ) is handled variously: (1) introduction to the direct discourse: “I said to myself concerning the sons of men” (NASB), (2) direct discourse: “I thought, ‘As for men, God tests them’” (NIV), (3) indirect discourse: “I said in my heart concerning the estate of the sons of men” (KJV), and (4) causal conjunction: “I said, ‘[It is] for the sake of the sons of men.” Since the phrase “sons of men” is contrasted with “animals” the translation “humans” has been adopted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":25714,"verse_id":"ECC.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"The meaning of לְבָרָם ( lÿvaram , preposition + Qal infinitive construct from בָּרַר , barar , + 3rd person masculine plural suffix) is debated because the root has a broad range of meanings: (1) “to test; to prove; to sift; to sort out” (e.g., Dan 11:35; 12:10 ); (2) “to choose; to select” (e.g., 1 Chr 7:40; 9:22; 16:41 ; Neh 5:18 ); (3) “to purge out; to purify” (e.g., Ezek 20:38 ; Zeph 3:9 ; Job 33:3 ); and (4) “to cleanse; to polish” ( Isa 49:2; 52:11 ); see HALOT 163 s.v. בָּרַר ; BDB 141 s.v. בָּרַר . The meanings “to prove” (Qal), as well as “to cleanse; to polish” (Qal), “to keep clean” (Niphal), and “to cleanse” (Hiphil) might suggest the meaning “to make clear” (M. A. Eaton, Ecclesiastes [TOTC], 85-86). The meaning “to make clear; to prove” is well attested in postbiblical Mishnaic Hebrew (Jastrow 197-98 s.v. בָּרַר ). For example, “they make the fact as clear (bright) as a new garment” ( b. Ketubbot 46a) and “the claimant must offer clear evidence” ( b. Sanhedrin 23b). The point would be that God allows human injustice to exist in the world in order to make it clear to mankind that they are essentially no better than the beasts. On the other hand, the LXX adopts the nuance “to judge,” while Targum and Vulgate take the nuance “to purge; to purify.” BDB 141 s.v. בָּרַר 4 suggests “to test, prove,” while HALOT 163 s.v. בָּרַר 2 prefers “to select, choose.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":25715,"verse_id":"ECC.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"The two infinitives לְבָרָם ( lÿvaram , “to make it clear to them”) and וְלִרְאוֹת ( vÿlir ’ ot , “and to show”) function as a verbal hendiadys (the two verbs are associated with one another to communicate a single idea). The first verb functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal force: “to clearly show them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":25716,"verse_id":"ECC.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “of the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":25717,"verse_id":"ECC.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “the spirit of the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":25718,"verse_id":"ECC.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":25719,"verse_id":"ECC.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “his works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":25720,"verse_id":"ECC.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “his.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":25721,"verse_id":"ECC.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.22","text":"Heb “what will be after him” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV) or “afterward” (cf. NJPS).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%203%3A22/4"}
{"id":25722,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"The prefixed vav on וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿshavti , vav + perfect 1st person common singular from שׁוּב , shuv , “to turn”) might be: (1) introductory (and left untranslated): “I observed again”; (2) consequence of preceding statement: “So I observed again”; or (3) continuation of preceding statement: “And I observed again.” sn This section is closely related to the preceding: Qoheleth’s observation of oppression ( 4:1-3 ) links back to his previous observation of oppression and injustice ( 3:16 ). It stands in stark contrast with his admonition for man to enjoy life on earth as the reward for one’s work ( 3:22 ). Now, Qoheleth turns his attention to consider the sorry fate of those who are not able to enjoy life on earth and their work because of oppression ( 4:1-3 ), over-obsessive competitiveness ( 4:4-6 ), and loneliness ( 4:7-12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":25723,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “I turned and I saw.” The phrase וָאֶרְאֶה … וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿshavti … va ’ er ’ eh , “I turned and I saw”) is a verbal hendiadys (the two verbs represent one common idea). Normally in a verbal hendiadys, the first verb functions adverbially, modifying the second verb which retains its full verbal force. The verb וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vav + perfect 1st person common singular from שׁוּב “to turn”) is used idiomatically to denote repetition: “to return and do” = “to do again” (e.g., Gen 26:18; 30:31; 43:2 ) or “to do repeatedly” (e.g., Lam 3:3 ); see HALOT 1430 s.v. שׁוב 5; BDB 998 s.v. שׁוּב 8; GKC 386 §120. e : “I observed again” or “I repeatedly observed.” On the other hand, the shift from the perfect וְשַׁבְתִּי to the preterite וָאֶרְאֶה ( vav + Qal preterite 1st person common singular from רָאָה , ra ’ ah , “to see”) might indicate a purpose clause: “I turned [my mind] to consider.” The preterite וָאֶרְאֶה follows the perfect וְשַׁבְתִּי . When a wayyiqtol form ( vav + preterite) follows a perfect in reference to a past-time situation, the preterite also represents a past-time situation. Its aspect is based on the preceding perfect. In this context, the perfect and preterite may denote definite past or indefinite past action (“I turned and considered” as hendiadys for “I observed again” or “I repeatedly observed”) or past telic action (“I turned [my mind] to consider”). See IBHS 554-55 §33.3.1a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":25724,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “all the oppressions” or “all the oppression”; alternately, “all the various kinds of oppression.” The term עֹשֶׁק (’ osheq ) denotes “oppression,” e.g., Jer 6:6; 22:17 ; Ezek 18:18; 22:7, 12, 29 ; Pss 73:8; 119:134 (see HALOT 897 s.v. עֹשֶׁק 1; BDB 799 s.v. עֹשֶׁק 1). It occurs several times in the book, always in reference to personal rather than national oppression ( 4:1; 5:8 ET [ 5:7 HT]; 7:7 ). The noun הָעֲשֻׁקִים ( ha ’ ashuqim ) is plural and articular ( Heb “the oppressions”). The article indicates a generic class (“oppression”). The plural may be classified in one of two ways: (1) a plural of number, which refers to specific kinds of oppression that occur on earth: “the various kinds of oppression”; (2) an abstract plural, which is used to refer to abstract concepts: “the oppression”; or (3) a plural of intensity, which describes the oppression at hand as particularly grievous: “awful oppression” or “severe oppression.” The LXX renders it as a plural of number: συκοφαντίας ( sukofantias , “oppressions”), as does the Vulgate. Most English versions treat it as a plural of number: “the oppressions” (KJV, ASV, NAB, RSV, NRSV, MLB, YLT); however, a few treat it as an abstract plural: “the oppression” (NJPS, NIV, Moffatt).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":25725,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “is done.” The term נַעֲשִׂים ( na ’ asim , Niphal participle mpl from עָשַׂה , ’ asah , “to do”) is a probably a verbal use of the participle rather than a substantival use (NEB: “all the acts of oppression”). This verbal use of the participle depicts durative or universal gnomic action. It emphasizes the lamentable continuity of oppression throughout human history. The English versions translate it variously: “[all the oppressions that] are done” (KJV, ASV, Douay, YLT), “[all the oppression] that goes on” (NJPS, Moffatt), “[all the oppressions] that are practiced” (RSV, NRSV), “[all the oppressions] that occur” (MLB), “[all the acts of oppression] which were being done” (NASB), “[all the oppressions] that take place” (NAB), “[all the oppression] that was taking place” (NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":25726,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":25727,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “and behold.” The deictic particle וְהִנֵּה ( vÿhinneh , “and behold!”) often occurs after verbs of perceiving, such as רָאָה , ra ’ ah , “to see” (e.g., Gen 19:28; 22:13 ; Exod 3:2 ; Lev 13:8 ). It introduces the content of what the character or speaker saw ( HALOT 252 s.v. הִנֵּה 8). It is used for rhetorical emphasis, to draw attention to the following statement (e.g., Gen 1:29; 17:20 ; Num 22:32 ; Job 1:19 ; cf. HALOT 252 s.v. 5 ). It often introduces something surprising or unexpected (e.g., Gen 29:6 ; Num 25:6 ; cf. HALOT 252 s.v. 6 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/6"}
{"id":25728,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.1","text":"The term הָעֲשֻׁקִים ( ha ’ ashuqim , Qal passive participle mpl from עָשַׁק , ’ ashaq , “to oppress”) is a passive form, emphasizing that they are the objects of oppression at the hands of their oppressors. The participle functions as a noun, emphasizing the durative aspect of their condition and that this was the singular most characteristic attribute of this group of people: Their lives were marked by oppression.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/7"}
{"id":25729,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the tear of the oppressed.” Alternately, “the oppressed [were in] tears.” The singular noun דִּמְעָה ( dim ’ ah , “tear”) is used as a collective for “tears” ( 2 Kgs 20:5 ; Isa 16:9; 25:8; 38:5 ; Jer 8:23; 19:7; 13:17; 14:17; 31:16; Ezek 24:16 ; Mal 2:13 ; Pss 6:7; 39:13; 42:4; 56:9; 80:6; 116:8; 126:5 ; Lam 1:2; 2:18 ; Eccl 4:1 ); see HALOT 227 s.v. דִּמְעָה ; BDB 199 s.v. דִּמְעָה . It is often used in reference to lamentation over calamity, distress, or oppression (e.g., Ps 6:7 ; Lam 1:2; 2:11 ; Jer 9:17; 13:17; 14:17 ). The LXX translated it as singular δάκρουν ( dakroun , “the tear”); however, the Vulgate treated it as a collective (“the tears”). Apart from the woodenly literal YLT (“the tear”), the major English versions render this as a collective: “the tears” or “tears” (KJV, ASV, NEB, NAB, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NJPS, MLB, NIV). The term דִּמְעָה functions as a metonymy of association for “weeping” (e.g., Isa 16:9; 8:23 ): “the oppressed [were weeping with] tears.” The genitive construct דִּמְעָת הָעֲשֻׁקִים ( dim ’ at ha ’ ashuqim , literally, “tear of the oppressed”) is a subjective genitive construction, that is, the oppressed are weeping. The singular דִּמְעָת ( dim ’ at , “tear”) is used as a collective for “tears.” This entire phrase, however, is still given a woodenly literal translation by most English versions: “the tears of the oppressed” (NEB, NAB, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, MLB, NIV, NJPS). Some paraphrases attempt to fill out the meaning, e.g., “the oppressed were in tears” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/8"}
{"id":25730,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “comforts.” The verb נָחַם ( nakham , “to comfort”) is used as a metonymy of effect (i.e., comfort) for cause (i.e., deliverance), e.g., it is used in parallelism with גָאַל ( ga ’ al , “to deliver”) in Isa 52:9 (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 560-67).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/9"}
{"id":25731,"verse_id":"ECC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “from the hand of their oppressors is power.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A1/10"}
{"id":25732,"verse_id":"ECC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The verb שָׁבַח ( shavakh ) has a two-fold range of meaning: (1) “to praise; to laud”; and (2) “to congratulate” ( HALOT 1387 s.v. I שׁבח ; BDB 986 s.v. II שָׁבַח ). The LXX translated it as ἐπῄνεσα ( ephnesa , “I praised”). The English versions reflect the range of possible meanings: “praised” (KJV, ASV, Douay); “congratulated” (MLB, NASB); “declared/judged/accounted/thought…fortunate/happy” (NJPS, NEB, NIV, RSV, NRSV, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":25733,"verse_id":"ECC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the dead who had already died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":25734,"verse_id":"ECC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the living who are alive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":25735,"verse_id":"ECC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The word “born” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":25736,"verse_id":"ECC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":25737,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":25738,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “all the toil and all the skill.” This Hebrew clause ( אֶת־כָּל־עָמָל וְאֵת כָּל־כִּשְׁרוֹן , ’ et-kol- ’ amal vÿ ’ et kol-kishron ) is a nominal hendiadys (a figurative expression in which two independent phrases are used to connote the same thing). The second functions adverbially, modifying the first, which retains its full nominal function: “all the skillful work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":25739,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"The phrase “nothing more than” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":25740,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.4","text":"The noun קִנְאַה ( qin ’ ah , “competition”) has a wide range of meanings: “zeal; jealousy; envy; rivalry; competition; suffering; animosity; anger; wrath” ( HALOT 1110 s.v.; BDB 888 s.v.). Here, as in 9:6 , it denotes “rivalry” (BDB 888 s.v. 1 ) or “competitive spirit” ( HALOT 1110 s.v. 1 .b). The LXX rendered it ζῆλος ( zhlos , “envy; jealousy”). The English versions reflect this broad range: “rivalry” (NEB, NAB, NASB), “envy” (KJV, ASV, RSV, NRSV, MLB, NIV, NJPS), and “jealousy” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/4"}
{"id":25741,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “a man and his neighbor.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/5"}
{"id":25742,"verse_id":"ECC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.4","text":"The word “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A4/6"}
{"id":25743,"verse_id":"ECC.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “the fool folds his hands.” The Hebrew idiom means that he does not work (e.g., Prov 6:10; 24:33 ). In the translation the words “and does no work” (which do not appear in the Hebrew text) have been supplied following the idiom to clarify what is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":25744,"verse_id":"ECC.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “and eats his own flesh.” Most English versions render the idiom literally: “and eats/consumes his flesh” (KJV, AS, NASB, NAB, RSV, NRSV, NJPS). However, a few versions attempt to explain the idiom: “and lets life go to ruin” (Moffatt), “and wastes away” (NEB), “and ruins himself” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":25745,"verse_id":"ECC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The prefixed vav on וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿshavti , vav + perfect 1st person common singular from שׁוּב , shuv , “to turn”) might be: (1) introductory (and left untranslated): “I observed again…”; (2) consequence of preceding statement: “So I observed again…”; or (3) continuation of preceding statement: “And I observed again….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":25746,"verse_id":"ECC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “I turned and I saw…”; or “I again considered.” The Hebrew phrase וָאֶרְאֶה … וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vÿshavti … va ’ er ’ eh , “I turned and I saw”) is a verbal hendiadys (the two verbs represent one common idea). Normally in a verbal hendiadys, the first verb functions adverbially, modifying the second verb which retains its full verbal force. The verb שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn”) is used idiomatically to denote repetition: “to return and do” = “to do again” (e.g., Gen 26:18; 30:31; 43:2 ) or “to do repeatedly” (e.g., Lam 3:3 ); see HALOT 1430 s.v. שׁוב 5; BDB 998 s.v. שׁוּב 8; GKC 386 §120. e : “I observed again” or “I repeatedly observed.” On the other hand, the shift from the perfect וְשַׁבְתִּי ( vav + perfect 1st person common singular from שׁוּב , “to turn”) to the preterite וָאֶרְאֶה ( vav + Qal preterite 1st person common singular from רָאָה , ra ’ ah , “to see”) might indicate a purpose clause: “I turned [my mind] to consider….” The preterite וָאֶרְאֶה follows the perfect וְשַׁבְתִּי . When a wayyiqtol form ( vav + preterite) follows a perfect in reference to a past-time situation, the preterite also represents a past-time situation. Its aspect is based on the preceding perfect. In this context, the perfect and preterite may denote definite past or indefinite past action (“I turned and considered …” as hendiadys for “I observed again” or “I repeatedly observed”) or past telic action (“I turned [my mind] to consider…”). See IBHS 554-55 §33.3.1a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":25747,"verse_id":"ECC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The word “another” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":25748,"verse_id":"ECC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":25749,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “There is one and there is not a second.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":25750,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “son nor brother.” The terms “son” and “brother” are examples of synecdoche of specific ( species ) for the general ( genus ). The term “son” is put for offspring, and “brother” for siblings (e.g., Prov 10:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":25751,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “his eye.” The term “eye” is a synecdoche of part (i.e., the eye) for the whole (i.e., the whole person); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 647.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":25752,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"The phrase “he laments” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. The direct discourse (“For whom am I toiling and depriving myself of pleasure?”) is not introduced with an introductory structure. As in the LXX, some translations suggest that these words are spoken by a lonely workaholic, e.g., “He says…” (NAB, NEB, ASV, NIV, NRSV). Others suggest that this is a question that he never asks himself, e.g., “Yet he never asks himself…” (KJV, RSV, MLB, YLT, Douay, NASB, Moffatt).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":25753,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “my soul.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/5"}
{"id":25754,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.8","text":"This rhetorical question is an example of negative affirmation, that is, it expects a negative answer: “No one!” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949-51).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/6"}
{"id":25755,"verse_id":"ECC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.8","text":"The adjective רָע ( ra ’, “evil”) here means “misfortune” ( HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4) or “injustice, wrong” ( HALOT 1262 s.v. רָעָה 2.b). The phrase עִנְיַן רָע (’ inyan ra ’, “unhappy business; rotten business; grievous task”) is used only in Ecclesiastes ( 1:13; 2:23, 26; 3:10; 4:8; 5:2, 13; 8:16 ). It is parallel with הֶבֶל ( hevel , “futile”) in 4:8 , and describes a “grave misfortune” in 5:13 . The noun עִנְיַן (’ inyan , “business”) refers to something that keeps a person occupied or busy: “business; affair; task; occupation” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ; BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ). The related verb עָנָה (’ anah ) means “to be occupied; to be busy with ( בְּ , bet ),” e.g., Eccl 1:13; 3:10; 5:19 ( HALOT 854 s.v. III עָנָה ; BDB 775 s.v. II עָנָה ). The noun is from the Aramaic loanword עִנְיָנָא (’ inyana ’, “concern; care.” The verb is related to the Aramaic verb “to try hard,” the Arabic verb “to be busily occupied; to worry; to be a matter of concern,” and the Old South Arabic root “to be troubled; to strive with” ( HALOT 854 s.v. III ענה ). HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן renders the phrase as “unhappy business” here. The phrase עִנְיַן רָע , is treated creatively by English versions: KJV, ASV “sore travail”; YLT “sad travail”; Douay “grievous vexation”; RSV, NRSV, NJPS “unhappy business”; NEB, Moffatt “sorry business”; NIV “miserable business”; NAB “worthless task”; NASB “grievous task”; MLB “sorry situation”; NLT “depressing.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A8/7"}
{"id":25756,"verse_id":"ECC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “they have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":25757,"verse_id":"ECC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “a good reward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":25758,"verse_id":"ECC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “woe to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":25759,"verse_id":"ECC.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The verbal root תקף means “to overpower; to prevail over” e.g., Job 14:20; 15:24 ; Eccl 4:12; 6:10 ( HALOT 1786 s.v. תקף ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":25760,"verse_id":"ECC.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “came from the house of bonds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":25761,"verse_id":"ECC.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The phrase “what would become” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. However, it is not altogether clear whether the 3rd person masculine singular suffix (“his”) on בְּמַלְכוּתוֹ ( bÿmalkhuto , “his kingdom”) refers to the old foolish king or to the poor but wise youth of 4:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":25762,"verse_id":"ECC.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":25763,"verse_id":"ECC.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “the second youth.” It is not clear whether “the second” ( הַשֵּׁנִי , hasheni ) refers to the young man who succeeds the old king or a second youthful successor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":25764,"verse_id":"ECC.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"The verb עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”) may denote “to arise; to appear; to come on the scene” (e.g., Ps 106:30 ; Dan 8:22, 23; 11:2-4; 12:1 ; Ezra 2:63 ; Neh 7:65 ); cf. BDB 764 s.v. עָמַד 6.a; HALOT 840 s.v. עמד 1.a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":25765,"verse_id":"ECC.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “the people.” The term עַם (’ am , “people”) can refer to the subjects of the king (BDB 766 s.v. עַם 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":25766,"verse_id":"ECC.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “those who were before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":25767,"verse_id":"ECC.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “those coming after.” The Hebrew term הָאַחֲרוֹנִים ( ha ’ akharonim , “those coming after”) is derived from the preposition אַחַר (’ akhar , “behind”). When used in reference to time, it refers to future generations (e.g., Deut 29:21 ; Pss 48:14; 78:4, 6; 102:19 ; Job 18:20 ; Eccl 1:11; 4:16 ); cf. HALOT 36 s.v. אַחַר B.3; BDB 30 s.v. אַחַר 2.b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":25768,"verse_id":"ECC.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.16","text":"The word “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%204%3A16/4"}
{"id":25769,"verse_id":"ECC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “Guard your feet.” The Kethib is the plural רַגְלֶיךָ ( raglekha , “your feet”), while the Qere is the singular רַגְלְךָ ( raglÿkha , “your foot”), which is preserved in several medieval Hebrew mss and is reflected in the versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta). For example, the LXX reads πόδα σου ( poda sou , “your foot”) which reflects רַגְלְךָ . sn The exhortation, “Guard your feet” is an idiom for “Watch your steps,” i.e., “Be careful what you do.” This is a compound figure: “foot” is a metonymy for “step,” and “step” is a metonymy for “action” (e.g., Job 12:5; 23:11; 31:5 ; Pss 119:59, 101, 105 ; Prov 1:16; 3:23; 4:26-27; 6:18; 19:2 ; Isa 58:13; 59:7 ; Jer 14:10 ). For example, “I have refrained my feet from every evil way” ( Ps 119:101 ); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 648.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":25770,"verse_id":"ECC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “the house of God.” The term “house” ( בַּיִת , bayit ) is a synecdoche of general (i.e., house) for specific (i.e., temple), e.g., 1 Kgs 6:3; 7:12 ; 1 Chr 9:11 ; 2 Chr 3:8; 28:11 . See E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 620.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":25771,"verse_id":"ECC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Alternately, “to obey.” The term לִשְׁמֹעַ ( lishmoa ’, preposition + Qal infinitive construct from שָׁמַע , shama ’, “to hear”) may be taken in one of two ways: (1) literal: “to listen” in contrast to speak or (2) figurative (metonymy of cause for effect) “to obey” in contrast to sacrifice ( HALOT 1572 s.v. שׁמע 4; BDB 1033–34 s.v. שָׁמַע ). The LXX took the term in the literal sense: τοῦ ἀκούειν ( tou akouein , “to listen”). The English versions reflect both literal and figurative options: “obedience” (NJPS, Douay, NAB, NEB) versus “to hear [or listen]” (KJV, ASV, YLT, MLB, RSV, NASB, NIV, NRSV). The section warns against rash vows therefore, the nuance “to listen” is more appropriate: the wise man will be slow to speak and quick to listen in the presence of God; however, the fool is unrestrained and speaks rashly.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":25772,"verse_id":"ECC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.1","text":"The term “sacrifice” ( זֶבַח , zevakh ) is the general term that refers to the thank offering and free will offering ( Lev 7:12, 16 ). This section focuses on making vows in prayer and fulfilling them, such as the vow offering. The term “sacrifice” functions as a synecdoche of general (i.e., sacrifice) for specific (i.e., vow offering).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A1/5"}
{"id":25773,"verse_id":"ECC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “the fools, a sacrifice.” The term “fools” ( הַכְּסִילִים , hakkÿsilim ) is an adverbial accusative of comparison (e.g., GKC 375 §118. r ): “rather than giving a sacrifice like fools” ( מִתֵּת הַכְּסִילִים זָבַח , mittet hakkÿsilim zavakh ). Contextually, the “sacrifice” is a rash vow made to God that is not fulfilled. The rash vow is referred to in 5:2 as the “voice of a fool.” Qoheleth admonishes the fool against making a rash vow that is not paid: “When you make a vow to God, do not delay in paying it; for God takes no pleasure in fools: Pay what you vow! It is better for you not to vow than to vow and not pay it” (vv. 4-5 [3-4 HT]).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A1/6"}
{"id":25774,"verse_id":"ECC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The term עִנְיַן (’ inyan ) means “business; affair; task; occupation” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ; BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ). HALOT nuances עִנְיַן בְּרֹב ( bÿrov ‘inyan ) as “excessive activity” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ). Here, it is used as a metonymy of cause (i.e., tasks) for effect (i.e., cares). The term is nuanced variously: (1) literal sense: “business” (KJV, ASV, YLT, NEB, RSV) and “effort” (NASB), and (2) metonymical: “cares” (NAB, NIV, NRSV), “concerns” (MLB, Douay), “worries” (Moffatt) and “brooding” (NJPS). The LXX mistakenly related עִנְיַן to the root II עָנַה (’ anah ) “to afflict,” and rendered it as πειρασμοῦ ( peirasmou , “trial”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":25775,"verse_id":"ECC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The juxtaposition of the two lines joined by vav (“just as…so…”) suggests a comparison (BDB 253 s.v. ו 1.j); see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §437.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":25776,"verse_id":"ECC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “voice.” The Hebrew term קוֹל ( qol , “voice”) is used as a metonymy of cause (i.e., voice) for the contents (i.e., the thing said), e.g., Gen 3:17; 4:23 ; Exod 3:18; 4:1, 9 ; Deut 1:45; 21:18, 20 ; 1 Sam 2:25; 8:7, 9 ; 2 Sam 12:18 ); see HALOT 1084 s.v. קוֹל 4.b; BDB 877 s.v. קוֹל 3.a; also E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 545–46. Contextually, this refers to a rash vow made by a fool who made a mistake in making it because he is unable to fulfill it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":25777,"verse_id":"ECC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.3","text":"The word “occurs” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A3/4"}
{"id":25778,"verse_id":"ECC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “vow a vow.” The phrase תִּדֹּר נֶדֶר ( tiddor neder , “to vow a vow”) is a Hebrew idiom in which the root נדר is repeated for emphasis. The construction is a cognate accusative (see IBHS 166-67 §10.2.1f). The verb נָדַר ( nadar , “to vow”) refers to the action of making a solemn promise to the Lord to perform an action or offer a sacrifice, e.g., Lev 27:8 ; Num 6:21; 30:11 ; Deut 23:23-24 ; Jonah 2:10 ; Mal 1:14 ; Pss 76:12; 132:2 ; see HALOT 674 s.v. נדר . The noun נֶדֶר (“vow”) was a gift or offering promised to be given to the Lord ( Num 30:3 ; Deut 12:11; 23:19 ; Isa 19:12 ; Nah 2:1 [ET 1:15 ]; Ps 61:6, 9 ); see HALOT 674–75 s.v. נֵדֶר . It usually was a sacrifice or free-will offering ( Deut 12:6 ; Ps 66:13 ) that was often promised during times of pressure ( Judg 11:30 ; 1 Sam 1:11 ; 2 Sam 15:7-8 ; Pss 22:25; 66:13; 116:14, 18 ; Jonah 2:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":25779,"verse_id":"ECC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"The term לְשַׁלְּמוֹ ( lÿshallÿmo , preposition + Piel infinitive construct from שָׁלַם , shalam + 3rd person masculine singular suffix) is derived from the root שׁלם which is used in a general sense of paying a debt ( 2 Kgs 4:7 ; Ps 37:21 ; Prov 22:27 ; Job 41:3 ), and more specifically of fulfilling a vow to the Lord ( Deut 23:22 ; 2 Sam 15:7 ; Pss 22:26; 50:14; 61:9; 66:13; 76:12; 116:14, 18 ; Prov 7:14 ; Job 22:27 ; Isa 19:21 ; Jonah 2:10 ; Nah 2:1 ); see HALOT 1535 s.v. שׁלם 3a; BDB 1022 s.v. שָׁלֵם 4. An Israelite was never required to make a vow, but once made, it had to be paid ( Lev 22:18-25; 27:1-13 ; Num 15:2-10 ; Nah 1:15 [ 2:1 HT]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":25780,"verse_id":"ECC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (“God”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":25781,"verse_id":"ECC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"The word “it” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":25782,"verse_id":"ECC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “your flesh.” The term בָּשָׂר ( basar , “flesh”) is a synecdoche of part (i.e., flesh) for the whole (i.e., whole person), e.g., Gen 2:21; 6:12 ; Ps 56:4 [5]; 65:2 [3]; 145:21 ; Isa 40:5, 6 ; see HALOT 164 s.v. בָּשָׂר ; E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 642.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":25783,"verse_id":"ECC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The MT reads הַמַּלְאָךְ ( hammal ’ akh , “messenger”), while the LXX reads τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou , “God”) which reflects an alternate textual tradition of הָאֱלֹהִים ( ha ’ elohim , “God”). The textual problem was caused by orthographic confusion between similarly spelled words. The LXX might have been trying to make sense of a difficult expression. The MT is preferred as the original. All the major translations follow the MT except for Moffatt (“God”). tn Heb “the messenger.” The term מַלְאָךְ ( mal ’ akh , “messenger”) refers to a temple priest (e.g., Mal 2:7 ; cf. HALOT 585 s.v. מַלְאָךְ 2.b; BDB 521 s.v. מַלְאָךְ 1.c). The priests recorded what Israelite worshipers vowed ( Lev 27:14-15 ). When an Israelite delayed in fulfilling a vow, a priest would remind him to pay what he had vowed. Although the traditional rabbinic view is that Qoheleth refers to an angelic superintendent over the temple, Rashi suggested that it is a temple-official. Translations reflect both views: “his representative” (NAB), “the temple messenger” (NIV), “the messenger” (RSV, NRSV, NASB, MLB, NJPS), “the angel” (KJV, ASV, Douay) and “the angel of God” (NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":25784,"verse_id":"ECC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The Hebrew noun שְׁגָגָה ( shÿgagah ) denotes “error; mistake” and refers to a sin of inadvertence or unintentional sin (e.g., Lev 4:2, 22, 27; 5:18; 22:14 ; Num 15:24-29; 35:11, 15 ; Josh 20:3, 9 ; Eccl 5:5; 10:5 ); see HALOT 1412 s.v. שְׁגָגָה ; BDB 993 s.v. שְׁגָגָה . In this case, it refers to a rash vow thoughtlessly made, which the foolish worshiper claims was a mistake (e.g., Prov 20:25 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":25785,"verse_id":"ECC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “at your voice.” This is an example of metonymy (i.e., your voice) of association (i.e., you).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":25786,"verse_id":"ECC.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The syntax of this verse is difficult. Perhaps the best approach is to classify the vav on וַהֲבָלִים ( vahavalim , “futilities”) as introducing the predicate (e.g., Gen 40:9 ; 2 Sam 23:3 ; Prov 10:25 ; Isa 34:12 ; Job 4:6; 36:26 ); BDB 255 s.v. ו 5.c. γ : “There is futility….” The phrase בְרֹב הֲלֹמוֹת ( vÿrob halomot ) is an adverbial modifier (“in many dreams”), as is דְבָרִים הַרְבֵּה ( dÿvarim harbeh , “many words”). The vav prefixed to וּדְבָרִים ( udÿvarim ) and the juxtaposition of the two lines suggests a comparison: “just as…so also…” (BDB 253 s.v. ו 1.j). The English versions reflect a variety of approaches: “In the multitude of dreams and many words there are also diverse vanities” (KJV); “In the multitude of dreams there are vanities, and in many words” (ASV); “When dreams increase, empty words grow many” (RSV); “In many dreams and follies and many words” (MLB); “In the abundance of dreams both vanities and words abound” (YLT); “Where there are many dreams, there are many vanities, and words without number” (Douay); “Many dreams and words mean many a vain folly” (Moffatt); “Much dreaming leads to futility and to superfluous talk” (NJPS); “In many dreams and in many words there is emptiness” (NASB); “Much dreaming and many words are meaningless” (NIV); “With many dreams comes vanities and a multitude of words” (NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":25787,"verse_id":"ECC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Alternately, “oppression.” The term עֹשֶׁק (’ osheq ) has a basic two-fold range of meaning: (1) “oppression; brutality” (e.g., Isa 54:14 ); and (2) “extortion” (e.g., Ps 62:11 ); see HALOT 897 s.v. עֹשֶׁק ; BDB 799 s.v. עֹשֶׁק . The LXX understands the term as “oppression,” as the translation συκοφαντίαν ( sukofantian , “oppression”) indicates. Likewise, HALOT 897 s.v. עֹשֶׁק 1 classifies this usage as “oppression” against the poor. However, the context of 5:8-9 [7-8 HT] focuses on corrupt government officials robbing people of the fruit of their labor through extortion and the perversion of justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":25788,"verse_id":"ECC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “robbery.” The noun גֵזֶל ( gezel , “robbery”) refers to the wrestling away of righteousness or the perversion of justice ( HALOT 186 s.v. גֵּזֶל ). The related forms of the root גזל mean “to rob; to loot” ( HALOT 186 s.v. גֵּזֶל ). The term “robbery” is used as a figure for the perversion of justice (hypocatastasis): just as a thief robs his victims through physical violence, so corrupt government officials “rob” the poor through the perversion of justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":25789,"verse_id":"ECC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “in the province.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":25790,"verse_id":"ECC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.8","text":"The word “official” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A8/4"}
{"id":25791,"verse_id":"ECC.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The phrase “is seized” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":25792,"verse_id":"ECC.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"The function of the term נֶעֱבָד ( ne ’ evar , Niphal participle ms from עָבַד , ’ avar , “to serve”) has been understood in four ways: (1) adjectival use of the participle, modifying the noun שָׂדֶה ( sadeh , “field”): “cultivated field” (RSV, NRSV, NJPS, NAB); (2) adjectival use of the participle, modifying מֶלֶךְ ( melekh , “king”): “the king who cultivates” (NASB); (3) verbal use of the participle, taking שָׂדֶה (“field”) as the subject: “field is cultivated” (NEB); and (4) verbal use of the participle, taking מֶלֶךְ (“king”) as the subject: “the king is served” (KJV, NASB); also “the king profits” (NIV). BDB 713 s.v. עָבַד 2 lists both the adjectival and verbal options: “a king for [i.e., devoted to] the cultivated field” and “a king that makes himself servant to the field [i.e., devoted to agriculture].” HALOT 774 s.v. עבד suggests the line be rendered as “a king who serves the land.” In the Qal stem the verb עָבַד (’ avar ) is sometimes used in reference to tribute imposed upon a king’s subjects (e.g., Jer 25:14; 27:7; 30:8 ; Ezek 34:27 ) and in reference to subjects serving a king (e.g., Judg 9:28, 38 ; 1 Sam 11:1 ; 1 Kgs 5:1 ; 2 Sam 22:44 ; Jer 27:7; 28:14 ; 2 Kgs 25:24 ); cf. BDB 713 s.v. עָבַד 3; HALOT 773 s.v. עבד 3. Likewise, it is also used in reference to tilling the ground (e.g., Gen 2:5; 4:2, 12 ; 2 Sam 9:10 ; Isa 30:24 ; Jer 27:11 ; Zech 13:5 ; Prov 12:11; 28:19 ) and a vineyard or garden ( Gen 2:15 ; Deut 28:39 ); cf. HALOT 773 s.v. עבד 3; BDB 713 s.v. עָבַד 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":25793,"verse_id":"ECC.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"The syntax and exegesis of the line is difficult. There are three basic interpretive options: (1) the king takes care of the security of the cultivated land: “in any case, the advantage of a country is that there is a king for the cultivated land”; (2) the king is in favor of a prosperous agricultural policy: “in any case, the advantage of a country is that there is a king who is obeyed for the sake of the agriculture”; and (3) the king exploits the poor farmers: “the produce of the land is [seized] by all, even the king is served by the fields.” Perhaps the best option in the light of the context is to take the referent of כֹּל ( kol , “all”) to the government officials of 5:8 rather than to the people as a whole. The verse depicts the exploitation of the poor farmers by corrupt government officials. This is reflected in two English versions: “the increase from the land is taken by all; the king himself profits from the fields” (NIV); “the profit of the land is among all of them; a cultivated field has a king” (RSV margin). On the other hand, the LXX treated the syntax so the king is viewed in a neutral sense: και περισσεια γης ἐπι παντι ἐστι , βασιλευς του αργου εἰργασμενου (“The abundance of the earth is for everyone; the king is dependent on the tilled field”). Most English versions deal with the syntax so that the king is viewed in a neutral or positive sense: “the profit of the earth is for all; the king himself is served by the field” (KJV); “a king who cultivates the field is an advantage to the land” (NASB); “this is an advantage for a land: a king for a plowed field” (NRSV); “the greatest advantage in all the land is his: he controls a field that is cultivated” (NJPS); “a country prospers with a king who has control” (Moffatt); “a king devoted to the field is an advantage to the land” (MLB); “a king is an advantage to a land with cultivated fields” (RSV); “the best thing for a country is a king whose own lands are well tilled” (NEB); and “an advantage for a country in every respect is a king for the arable land” (NAB). See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:576–77.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":25794,"verse_id":"ECC.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “silver.” The Hebrew term כֶּסֶף ( kesef , “silver”) refers to “money” ( HALOT 490–91 s.v. כֶּסֶף 3). It is a synecdoche of specific (i.e., silver) for the general (i.e., money); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 625-29.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":25795,"verse_id":"ECC.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"The term הָמוֹן ( hamon , “abundance; wealth”) has a wide range of meanings: (1) agitation; (2) turmoil; (3) noise; (4) pomp; (5) multitude; crowd = noisy crowd; and (6) abundance; wealth ( HALOT 250 s.v. הָמוֹן 1–6). Here, it refers to abundant wealth (related to “pomp”); cf. HALOT 250 s.v. הָמוֹן 6, that is, lavish abundant wealth ( Ezek 29:19; 30:4 ; 1 Chr 29:16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":25796,"verse_id":"ECC.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The phrase “will never be satisfied” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. Note the previous line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":25797,"verse_id":"ECC.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.10","text":"The word “his” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A10/5"}
{"id":25798,"verse_id":"ECC.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The word “someone’s” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":25799,"verse_id":"ECC.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The term טוֹבָה ( tovah , “good”) connotes “prosperity” ( Deut 23:7 ; Job 9:25; 21:25 ; Ps 106:5 ; Lam 3:17 ; Eccl 4:8; 5:10, 17; 6:3, 6; 7:14; 9:18 ; Neh 2:10 ; Sir 6:11; 41:13); cf. HALOT 372 s.v. טוֹבָה 2. The related term טוֹב ( tov , “good”) connotes “prosperity” as well ( Prov 11:10 ; Job 20:21; 21:16 ); cf. HALOT 372 s.v. טוֹבָה 1.b. Here, it refers to the possessions and wealth a person acquires as the fruit of his labors. This nuance is well reflected in several English versions: “The more a man gains, the more there are to spend it” (Moffatt); “When riches multiply, so do those who live off them” (NEB); “As his substance increase, so do those who consume it” (NJPS); and “Where there are great riches, there are also many to devour them” (NAB). The line does not describe the economic law of “supply and demand,” as some versions seem to imply, e.g., “As goods increase, so do those who consume them” (NIV); “When goods increase, those who eat them increase” (NRSV); cf. also KJV, ASV, RSV, MLB, NASB.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":25800,"verse_id":"ECC.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"The form is plural in the Hebrew text, but the plural is one of intensification; it is used here to emphasize the owner’s authority over his wealth. See GKC 399 §124. i . See v 13 as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":25801,"verse_id":"ECC.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"The rhetorical question is an example of negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “There is no ultimate advantage!” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 947-48).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":25802,"verse_id":"ECC.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “there is.” The term יֵשׁ ( yesh , “there is”) is often used in aphorisms to assert the existence of a particular situation that occurs sometimes. It may indicate that the situation is not the rule but that it does occur on occasion, and may be nuanced “sometimes” (e.g., Prov 11:24; 13:7, 23; 14:12; 16:25; 18:24; 20:15 ; Eccl 2:21; 4:8; 5:12; 6:1; 7:15 [2x]; 8:14 [3x]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":25803,"verse_id":"ECC.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The noun רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”) probably means “misfortune” ( HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4) or “injustice, wrong” ( HALOT 1262 s.v. רָעָה 2.b). The phrase רָעָה רַבָּה ( ra ’ ah rabbah ) connotes “grave injustice” or “great misfortune” ( Eccl 2:17; 5:12, 15; 6:1; 10:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":25804,"verse_id":"ECC.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":25805,"verse_id":"ECC.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “through a bad business deal.” The basic meaning of עִנְיַן (’ inyan ) is “business; affair” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ) or “occupation; task” (BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ). The term is used in a specific sense in reference to business activity ( Eccl 8:16 ), as well as in a more general sense in reference to events that occur on earth ( Eccl 1:13; 4:8 ). BDB suggests that the phrase עִנְיַן רָע (’ inyan ra ’) in 5:13 refers to a bad business deal (BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ); however, HALOT suggests that it means “bad luck” ( HALOT 857 s.v. עִנְיָן ). The English versions reflect the same two approaches: (1) bad luck: “some misfortune” (NAB, NIV) and (2) a bad business deal: “a bad investment” (NASB), “a bad venture” (RSV, NRSV, MLB), “some unlucky venture” (Moffatt, NJPS), “an unlucky venture” (NEB), “an evil adventure” (ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":25806,"verse_id":"ECC.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “there is nothing in his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":25807,"verse_id":"ECC.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"See the note on the phrase “depressing misfortune” in v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":25808,"verse_id":"ECC.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “all his days.” The phrase “of his life” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":25809,"verse_id":"ECC.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “Behold, that which I have seen, I, good which is beautiful.” The phrase “for people” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":25810,"verse_id":"ECC.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “his,” and three times later in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":25811,"verse_id":"ECC.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “the toil which one toils.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A18/4"}
{"id":25812,"verse_id":"ECC.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A18/5"}
{"id":25813,"verse_id":"ECC.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.18","text":"The term חֵלֶק ( kheleq , “lot”) has a wide range of meanings: (1) “share of spoils” ( Gen 14:24 ; Num 31:36 ; 1 Sam 30:24 ), (2) “portion of food” ( Lev 6:10 ; Deut 18:8 ; Hab 1:16 ), (3) “portion [or tract] of land” ( Deut 10:9; 12:12 ; Josh 19:9 ), (4) “portion” or “possession” ( Num 18:20 ; Deut 32:9 ), (5) “inheritance” ( 2 Kgs 9:10 ; Amos 7:4 ), (6) “portion” or “award” ( Job 20:29; 27:13; 31:2 ; Isa 17:14 ) or “profit; reward” ( Eccl 2:10, 21; 3:22; 5:17-18; 9:6, 9 ); see HALOT 323 s.v. II חֵלֶק ; BDB 324 s.v. חֵלֶק . Throughout Ecclesiastes, the term is used in reference to man’s temporal profit from his labor and his reward from God (e.g., Eccl 3:22; 9:9 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A18/6"}
{"id":25814,"verse_id":"ECC.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The syntax of this verse is difficult. The best approach is to view הִשְׁלִיטוֹ ( hishlito , “he has given him the ability”) as governing the three following infinitives: לֶאֱכֹל ( le ’ ekhol , “to eat”), וְלָשֵׂאת ( vÿlase ’ t , “and to lift” = “to accept [or receive]”), and וְלִשְׂמֹחַ ( vÿlismoakh , “and to rejoice”). This statement parallels 2:24-26 which states that no one can find enjoyment in life unless God gives him the ability to do so.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":25815,"verse_id":"ECC.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “this.” The feminine singular demonstrative pronoun זֹה ( zoh , “this”) refers back to all that preceded it in the verse (e.g., GKC 440-41 §135. p ), that is, the ability to enjoy the fruit of one’s labor is the gift of God (e.g., Eccl 2:24-26 ). The phrase “these things” is used in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":25816,"verse_id":"ECC.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"The verb זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”) may be nuanced “to call to mind; to think about,” that is, “to reflect upon” (e.g., Isa 47:7 ; Lam 1:9 ; Job 21:6; 36:24; 40:32 ; Eccl 11:8 ); cf. BDB 270 s.v. זָכַר 5; HALOT 270 s.v. I זכר 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":25817,"verse_id":"ECC.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"The word “fleeting” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":25818,"verse_id":"ECC.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.20","text":"The term מַעֲנֵה ( ma ’ aneh , Hiphil participle ms from II עָנָה , ’ anah , “to be occupied”) refers to activity that keeps a person physically busy and mentally preoccupied, e.g., Eccl 1:13; 3:10; 5:19 ( HALOT 854; BDB 775 s.v. עָנָה II). The related noun עִנְיַן (’ inyan ,“business; occupation; task”) refers to activity that keeps man busy and occupies his time, e.g., Eccl 1:13; 2:26; 3:10 ( HALOT 857; BDB 775 s.v. עִנְיָן ). The participle form is used to emphasize durative, uninterrupted, continual action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A20/3"}
{"id":25819,"verse_id":"ECC.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “with the joy of his heart.” The words “he derives from his activity” do not appear in the Hebrew, but they are added to clarify the Teacher’s point in light of what he says right before this.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%205%3A20/4"}
{"id":25820,"verse_id":"ECC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"The term יֵשׁ ( yesh , “there is”) is often used in aphorisms to assert the existence of a particular situation that occurs sometimes. It may indicate that the situation is not the rule but that it does occur on occasion, and may be nuanced “sometimes” ( Prov 11:24; 13:7, 23; 14:12; 16:25; 18:24; 20:15 ; Eccl 2:21; 4:8; 5:12; 6:1; 7:15 [2x]; 8:14 [3x]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":25821,"verse_id":"ECC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The noun רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”) probably means “misfortune” ( HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4) or “injustice, wrong” ( HALOT 1262 s.v. רָעָה 2.b); see, e.g., Eccl 2:17; 5:12, 15; 6:1; 10:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":25822,"verse_id":"ECC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":25823,"verse_id":"ECC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"The word “weighs” does not appear in Hebrew, but is added in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":25824,"verse_id":"ECC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “it is great upon men.” The phrase וְרַבָּה הִיא עַל־הָאָדָם ( vÿrabbah hi ’ ’ al-ha ’ adam ) is taken in two basic ways: (1) commonality: “it is common among men” (KJV, MLB), “it is prevalent among men” (NASB), “that is frequent among men” (Douay). (2) oppressiveness: “it lies heavy upon men” (RSV, NRSV), “it weighs heavily upon men” (NEB, NAB, NIV), “it presses heavily on men” (Moffatt), “it is heavy upon men” (ASV), and “a grave one it is for man” (NJPS). The preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”) argues against the first in favor of the second; the notion of commonality would be denoted by the preposition בְּ ( bet , “among”). The singular noun אָדָם (’ adam ) is used as a collective, denoting “men.” The article on הָאָדָם ( ha ’ adam ) is used in a generic sense referring to humankind as a whole; the generic article is often used with a collective singular ( IBHS 244 §13.5.1f).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A1/5"}
{"id":25825,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “his appetite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":25826,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “There is no lack in respect to his appetite”; or “his desire lacks nothing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":25827,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"The verb שָׁלַט ( shalat ) in the Qal stem means “to domineer; to dominate; to lord it over; to be master of” and in the Hiphil stem “to give power to” (BDB 1020 s.v. שָׁלַט ) and “to grant” ( HALOT 1522 s.v. שׁלט ). God must grant a person the ability to enjoy the fruit of his labor, otherwise a person will not be able to enjoy his possessions and wealth. The ability to partake of the fruit of one’s labor and to find satisfaction and joy in it is a gift from God (e.g., Eccl 2:24-26; 3:13; 5:18 [19]; 9:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":25828,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “to eat of it.” The verb אָכַל (’ akhal , “to eat”) functions as a metonymy of association, that is, the action of eating is associated with the enjoyment of the fruit of one’s labor (e.g., Eccl 2:24-26; 3:12-13, 22; 5:17-19; 8:15; 9:9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":25829,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.2","text":"The phrase “the fruit of his labor” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/5"}
{"id":25830,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “a stranger.” The Hebrew expression אִיש נָכְרִי (’ ish nokhri , “stranger”) sometimes refers not to a foreigner or someone that the person does not know, but simply to someone else other than the subject (e.g., Prov 27:2 ). In the light of 6:3-6 , it might even refer to the man’s own heirs. The term is used as a synecdoche of species (foreigner for stranger) in the sense of someone else other than the subject: “someone else” (BDB 649 s.v. נָכְרִי 3).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/6"}
{"id":25831,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “eats.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/7"}
{"id":25832,"verse_id":"ECC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “an evil sickness.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A2/9"}
{"id":25833,"verse_id":"ECC.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “the days of his years are many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":25834,"verse_id":"ECC.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “he has no burial.” The phrase וְגַם־קְבוּרָה לֹא־הָיְתָה ( vÿgam-qÿvurah lo ’ -haytah , “he even has no burial”) is traditionally treated as part of a description of the man’s sorry final state, that is, he is deprived of even a proper burial (KJV, NEB, RSV, NRSV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NJPS, MLB, Moffatt). However, the preceding parallel lines suggest that this a hyperbolic protasis: “If he were to live one hundred years…even if he were never buried [i.e., were to live forever]….” A similar idea occurs elsewhere (e.g., Pss 49:9; 89:48 ). See D. R. Glenn, “Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 990.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":25835,"verse_id":"ECC.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"The noun נֶפֶל ( nefel ) denotes “miscarriage” and by metonymy of effect, “stillborn child” (e.g., Ps 58:9 ; Job 3:16 ; Eccl 6:3 ); cf. HALOT 711. The noun is related to the verb נָפַל ( nafal , “to fall,” but occasionally “to be born”; see Isa 26:18 ); cf. HALOT 710 s.v. נפל 5.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":25836,"verse_id":"ECC.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (“the stillborn child”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":25837,"verse_id":"ECC.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"The phrase “into the world” does not appear in Hebrew, but is added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":25838,"verse_id":"ECC.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “it never saw the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":25839,"verse_id":"ECC.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The word “anything” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":25840,"verse_id":"ECC.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “Do not all go to the same place?” The rhetorical question is an example of erotesis of positive affirmation, expecting a positive answer, e.g., Ps 56:13 [14] (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 947). It affirms the fact that both the miserly rich man who lives two thousand years, as well as the stillborn who never lived one day, both go to the same place – the grave. And if the miserly rich man never enjoyed the fruit of his labor during his life, his fate was no better than that of the stillborn who never had opportunity to enjoy any of the blessings of life. In a sense, it would have been better for the miserly rich man to have never lived than to have experienced the toil, anxiety, and misery of accumulating his wealth, but never enjoying any of the fruits of his labor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":25841,"verse_id":"ECC.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The phrase “for nothing more than” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":25842,"verse_id":"ECC.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “All man’s work is for his mouth.” The term “mouth” functions as a synecdoche of part (i.e., mouth) for the whole (i.e., person), substituting the organ of consumption for the person’s action of consumption (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 641-43), as suggested by the parallelism with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “his appetite”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":25843,"verse_id":"ECC.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “desire; appetite”) is used as a metonymy of association, that is, the soul is associated with man’s desires and appetites (BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 5.c; 6.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":25844,"verse_id":"ECC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “ What to the pauper who knows to walk before the living”; or “how to get along in life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":25845,"verse_id":"ECC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The phrase “to be content with” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":25846,"verse_id":"ECC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The expression מַרְאֵה עֵינַיִם ( mar ’ eh ’ enayim , “the seeing of the eyes”) is a metonymy of cause (i.e., seeing an object) for effect (i.e., being content with what the eyes can see); see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 552-54.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":25847,"verse_id":"ECC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “the roaming of the soul.” The expression מֵהֲלָךְ־נָפֶשׁ ( mehalakh-nafesh , “the roaming of the soul”) is a metonymy for unfulfilled desires. The term “soul” ( נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ) is used as a metonymy of association for man’s desires and appetites (BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 5.c; 6.a). This also involves the personification of the roving appetite as “roving” ( מֵהֲלָךְ ); see BDB 235 s.v. הָלַךְ II.3.f; 232 I.3.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":25848,"verse_id":"ECC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"The phrase “continual longing” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":25849,"verse_id":"ECC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.9","text":"The term “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A9/5"}
{"id":25850,"verse_id":"ECC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “already its name was called.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":25851,"verse_id":"ECC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “and what a person ( Heb “man”) is was foreknown.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":25852,"verse_id":"ECC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “he cannot contend with the one who is more powerful than him.” The referent of the “the one who is more powerful than he is” (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The words “with God about his fate” have been added for clarity as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":25853,"verse_id":"ECC.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “The more the words, the more the futility.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":25854,"verse_id":"ECC.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Or “What benefit does man have [in that]?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":25855,"verse_id":"ECC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “For who knows what is good for a man in life?” The rhetorical question (“For who knows…?”) is a negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “For no one knows…!” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949-51). The translation renders this rhetorical device as a positive affirmation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":25856,"verse_id":"ECC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"The vav prefixed to וְיַעֲשֵׂם ( vÿya ’ asem , conjunction + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from עָשַׂה , ’ asah , “to do” + 3rd person masculine plural suffix) functions in an explanatory or epexegetical sense (“For …”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":25857,"verse_id":"ECC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"The 3rd person masculine plural suffix on the verb וְיַעֲשֵׂם ( vÿya ’ asem , conjunction + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from ָָעשַׂה , ’ asah , “to do” + 3rd person masculine plural suffix) refers to מִסְפַּר יְמֵי־חַיֵּי הֶבְלוֹ ( mispar yÿme-khayye hevlo , “the few days of his fleeting life”). The suffix may be taken as an objective genitive: “he spends them [i.e., the days of his life] like a shadow” ( HALOT 891 s.v. I ָָעשַׂה 8) or as a subjective genitive: “they [i.e., the days of his life] pass like a shadow” (BDB 795 s.v. ָָעשַׂה II.11).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":25858,"verse_id":"ECC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “Who can tell the man what shall be after him under the sun?” The rhetorical question (“For who can tell him…?”) is a negative affirmation, expecting a negative answer: “For no one can tell him…!” (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949-51). The translation renders this rhetorical device as a positive affirmation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":25859,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “name.” The Hebrew term שֵׁם ( shem , “name”) is used metonymically for a person’s reputation (e.g., Prov 22:1 ; Deut 22:14, 19 ; Neh 6:13 ; also Gen 6:4; 12:2 ; 2 Sam 7:9; 8:13; 23:18, 22 ; 1 Chr 5:24; 12:31 ; 2 Chr 26:15 ; Neh 9:10 ; Isa 63:12, 14 ; Jer 32:20 ; Ezek 16:14 ; Dan 9:15 ); cf. HALOT 1549 s.v. שֵׁם D.2; BDB 1028 s.v. שֵׁם 2.b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":25860,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"The comparative term טוֹב ( tov , “better”) is repeated throughout 7:1-12 . It introduces a series of “Better-than sayings,” particularly in 7:1-6 in which every poetic unit is introduced by טוֹב .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":25861,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “good.” The repetition of טוֹב ( tov , “good”) forms an inclusion (a structural device that rounds off the unit), while the two internal terms מִשֶּׁמֶן … שֵׁם ( shem mishemen , “name …ointment”) create a paronomastic wordplay (see the note on the word “perfume”). The combination of these two sets of literary devices creates an AB:B'A' chiasm: מִשֶּׁמֶן טוֹב // שֵׁם טוֹב ( tov shem // mishemen tov , e.g., “good name”// “ointment good”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":25862,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “oil”; or “ointment.” The term שֶׁמֶן ( shemen ) refers to fragrant “perfume; cologne; ointment” ( Amos 6:6 ; Eccl 10:1 ; Song 1:2 [ 1:3 HT]; 4:10 ); see HALOT 1568 s.v. שֶׁמֶן A.2.c. Bodily oils were expensive ( 1 Kgs 17:12 ; 2 Kgs 2:4 ). Possession of oils and perfumes was a sign of prosperity ( Deut 32:8; 33:24 ; Job 29:6 ; Prov 21:17 ; Ezek 16:13, 20 ). Wearing colognes and oils was associated with joy ( Ps 45:8 ; Eccl 9:8 ; Isa 61:3 ) because they were worn on festive occasions ( Prov 27:9 ). The similar sounding terms “name” ( שֵׁם , shem ) and “perfume” ( שֶׁמֶן ) create a wordplay (paronomasia). See W. G. E. Watson, Classical Hebrew Poetry (JSOTSup), 242–43; J. J. Glück, “Paronomasia in Biblical Literature,” Semitics 1 (1970): 50–78; A. Guillaume, “Paronomasia in the Old Testament.” JSS 9 (1964): 282–90; J. M. Sasson, “Wordplay in the OT,” IDBSup 968-70.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":25863,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.1","text":"The vav prefixed to the form וְיוֹם ( vÿyom ) functions in a comparative sense, e.g., Job 5:7; 12:11; 16:21 ; Prov 25:25 (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §437).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/5"}
{"id":25864,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.1","text":"The word “one’s” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/6"}
{"id":25865,"verse_id":"ECC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.1","text":"The article prefixed to הַמָּוֶת ( hammavet , “death”) probably functions in an indefinite possessive sense or in a generic sense: “one’s death,” e.g., Gen 44:2 (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §86, §92).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A1/7"}
{"id":25866,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “house of mourning.” The phrase refers to a funeral where the deceased is mourned.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":25867,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “house of drinking”; or “house of feasting.” The Hebrew noun מִשְׁתֶּה ( mishteh ) can denote (1) “feast; banquet,” occasion for drinking-bouts ( 1 Sam 25:36 ; Isa 5:12 ; Jer 51:39 ; Job 1:5 ; Esth 2:18; 5:14; 8:17; 9:19 ) or (2) “drink” (exilic/postexilic – Ezra 3:7 ; Dan 1:5, 8, 16 ); see HALOT 653 s.v. מִשְׁתֶּה 4; BDB 1059 s.v. שָׁתַה . sn Qoheleth recommended that people soberly reflect on the brevity of life and the reality of death ( It is better to go to a house of mourning ) than to waste one’s life in the foolish pursuit of pleasure ( than to go to a house of banqueting ). Sober reflection on the brevity of life and reality of death has more moral benefit than frivolous levity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":25868,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (“death”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":25869,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “the end.” The noun סוֹף ( sof ) literally means “end; conclusion” ( HALOT 747 s.v. סוֹף 1; BDB 693 s.v. סוֹף ). It is used in this context in reference to death, as the preceding phrase “house of mourning” (i.e., funeral) suggests.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":25870,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “all men” or “every man.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/5"}
{"id":25871,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.2","text":"The imperfect tense verb יִתֵּן , yitten (from נָתָן , natan , “to give”) functions in a modal sense, denoting obligation, that is, the subject’s obligatory or necessary conduct: “should” or “ought to” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 31-32, §172; IBHS 508-9 §31.4g).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/6"}
{"id":25872,"verse_id":"ECC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.2","text":"The word “this” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A2/7"}
{"id":25873,"verse_id":"ECC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"NEB suggests “grief”; NJPS, “vexation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":25874,"verse_id":"ECC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “in sadness of face there is good for the heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":25875,"verse_id":"ECC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Or possibly “Though the face is sad, the heart may be glad.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":25876,"verse_id":"ECC.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":25877,"verse_id":"ECC.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “rebuke of the wise,” a subjective genitive (“the wise” administer the rebuke).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":25878,"verse_id":"ECC.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Or “praise.” The antithetical parallelism between “rebuke” ( גַּעֲרַת , ga ’ arat ) and “song” ( שִׁיר , shir ) suggests that the latter is figurative (metonymy of association) for praise/flattery which is “music” to the ears: “praise of fools” (NEB, NJPS) and “flattery of fools” (Douay). However, the collocation of “song” ( שִׁיר ) in 7:5 with “laughter” ( שְׂחֹק , sÿkhoq ) in 7:6 suggests simply frivolous merrymaking: “song of fools” (KJV, NASB, NIV, ASV, RSV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":25879,"verse_id":"ECC.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"The term “thorns” ( הַסִּירִים , hassirim ) refers to twigs from wild thorn bushes which were used as fuel for quick heat, but burn out quickly before a cooking pot can be properly heated (e.g., Pss 58:9; 118:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":25880,"verse_id":"ECC.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"The word “kind of folly” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":25881,"verse_id":"ECC.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"It is difficult to determine whether the Hebrew term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) means “fleeting” or “useless” in this context. The imagery of quick-burning thorns under a cooking pot is ambiguous and can be understood in more than one way: (1) It is useless to try to heat a cooking pot by burning thorns because they burn out before the pot can be properly heated; (2) the heat produced by quick-burning thorns is fleeting – it produces quick heat, but lasts only for a moment. Likewise, the “laughter of a fool” can be taken in both ways: (1) In comparison to the sober reflection of the wise, the laughter of fools is morally useless: the burning of thorns, like the laughter of fools, makes a lot of noise but accomplishes nothing; (2) the laughter of fools is fleeting due to the brevity of life and certainty of death. Perhaps this is an example of intentional ambiguity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":25882,"verse_id":"ECC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “extortion.” Scholars debate whether the noun עֹשֶׁק (’ osheq , “oppression; extortion”) in this context denotes “oppression” ( HALOT 897 s.v. עֹשֶׁק 1) or “gain of extortion” (BDB 799 s.v. עֹשֶׁק 3). The parallelism between עֹשֶׁק and מַתָּנָה ( mattanah , “bribe”) seems to suggest the latter; but the prominence of the theme of oppression in 7:8-10 argues for the former. Elsewhere in Ecclesiastes, the noun עֹשֶׁק denotes “oppression” ( Eccl 4:1 ) and “extortion” ( Eccl 5:8 [ Heb 5:7 ]). The LXX rendered it as συκοφαντία ( sukofantia , “oppression”). English translations are split between these two options: “extortion” (ASV, MLB, NIV), “oppression” (KJV, NAB, NASB, RSV, NRSV, YLT, Douay, Moffatt), as well as “cheating” (NJPS) and “slander” (NEB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":25883,"verse_id":"ECC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “Oppression drives a wise person crazy”; or “Extortion drives a wise person crazy.” The verb III הלל (“to be foolish”) denotes “to make foolish; to make a fool out of someone; to make into a madman” ( Job 12:17 ; Isa 44:25 ); cf. HALOT 249 s.v. III הלל ; BDB 239 s.v. II הלל . It has been handled variously: “makes a wise man mad” (KJV, NASB); “drives a wise man crazy” (NEB); “can make a fool of a wise man” (NAB); “makes the wise man foolish” (RSV, NRSV); and “turns a wise man into a fool” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":25884,"verse_id":"ECC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"The vav prefixed to וִיאַבֵּד ( vi ’ abbed , “corrupts”) may function in a comparative sense, e.g., Job 5:7; 12:11; 16:21 ; Prov 25:25 (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §437).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":25885,"verse_id":"ECC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.7","text":"), which reads ,ויעוה assumes ויעוה “twists” or “perverts” (conjunction + Piel imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from עָוָה I, ’ avah , “to bend; to twist.” See J. Muilenburg, “A Qoheleth Scroll from Qumran,” BASOR 135 [1954]: 27). The verb I עָוָה (“to bend; to twist”) is used in reference to moral perversion (e.g., 2 Sam 7:14; 19:20; 24:17 ; 1 Kgs 8:47 ; Job 33:27 ; Prov 12:8 ; Jer 9:4 ); cf. HALOT 796–97 s.v. עוה ; BDB 730 s.v. I עָוָה . The verb ויאבד is used similarly in reference to moral corruption, e.g., Eccl 3:6; 9:18 ; Jer 23:1 ( HALOT 3 s.v. I אבד ; BDB 2 s.v. אָבַד 2).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A7/4"}
{"id":25886,"verse_id":"ECC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “and a bribe drives a person mad.” The noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) may be taken as a synecdoche of part (i.e., heart) for the whole (i.e., a person). HALOT 3 s.v. I אבד suggests that וִיאַבֵּד לֵב ( vi ’ abbed lev , “destroys the heart”) is an idiom meaning, “drives a person mad.” The B-line is taken as a comparison with the preceding A-line. On the other hand, the A-line and B-line might be in synonymous parallelism in which case the two lines could be rendered: “Surely [the gain of] extortion turns a wise man into a fool, and a bribe corrupts the heart.” On the other hand, the lines could be rendered, “Surely oppression drives a wise man crazy, and a bribe drives a person mad.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A7/5"}
{"id":25887,"verse_id":"ECC.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"The term דָבָר ( davar ) denotes “matter; thing” here rather than “speech; word,” as the parallelism with “patience” suggests. The term was misunderstood as “speech; word” by the Vulgate (so also Douay).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":25888,"verse_id":"ECC.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “the patient of spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":25889,"verse_id":"ECC.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “the proud of spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":25890,"verse_id":"ECC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “Do not be hasty in your spirit to become angry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":25891,"verse_id":"ECC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “bosom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":25892,"verse_id":"ECC.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “these.” “Days” does not appear in the Hebrew text as second time, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":25893,"verse_id":"ECC.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “It is not from wisdom that you ask about this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":25894,"verse_id":"ECC.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “Wisdom with an inheritance, is good”; or “Wisdom is as good as an inheritance.” This use of the preposition עִם (’ im ) may denote: (1) accompaniment: “together with,” or (2) comparison: “as good as; like; in comparison to” ( HALOT 839–40 s.v. עִם ; BDB 767–69 s.v. עִם ). BDB 767 s.v. 1 suggests the accompaniment nuance “together with,” while HALOT 840 s.v. 2 .c suggests the comparative sense “in comparison to.” The translations are also divided: “wisdom with an inheritance is good” (KJV, ASV margin, RSV, NASB, YLT); “wisdom, like an inheritance, is a good thing” (NIV); “wisdom is as good as an inheritance” (ASV, NRSV, MLB, NJPS, Moffatt); “wisdom is better than an inheritance” (NEB). Because v. 12 compares wisdom with money (i.e., an inheritance), v. 11 is probably making a comparison as well: “Wisdom, like an inheritance, is good” ( 7:11 a) = “Wisdom provides protection, just as money provides protection” ( 7:12 a). The “good thing” that wisdom – like an inheritance or money – provides is protection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":25895,"verse_id":"ECC.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “see the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":25896,"verse_id":"ECC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “wisdom is a shade.” When used with a predicate nominative in a verbless clause, the preposition בְּ ( bet ) which appears twice in the line בְּצֵל הַחָכְמָה בְּצֵל הַכָּסֶף ( bÿtsel hakhokhmah bÿtsel hakkasef ) denotes identity, the so-called bet of essence ( HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ 3; BDB 88 s.v. בְּ 1.7; see also R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 45, §249).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":25897,"verse_id":"ECC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"The term צֵל ( tsel , “shade, shadow”) refers to that which provides protection or a shelter from the sun ( Gen 19:8 ; Judg 9:36 ; Isa 25:5; 32:2 ; Jer 48:45 ; Jonah 4:5 ). It is used often in a figurative sense (hypocatastasis) to connote “protection” from calamity ( Num 14:9 ; Isa 49:2 ; Hos 14:8 ; Pss 17:8; 36:8; 57:2; 63:8; 91:1; 121:5 ; Lam 4:20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":25898,"verse_id":"ECC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"The phrase “just as” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":25899,"verse_id":"ECC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “Wisdom is a shade, money is a shade.” The repetition of בְּצֵל ( bÿtsel , “shade; protection”) suggests that the A-line and B-line function as comparisons. Thus the Hebrew phrases “Wisdom is a shade, money is a shade” may be nuanced, “Wisdom [provides] protection [just as] money [provides] protection.” This approach is adopted by several translations: “wisdom is a defense, as money is a defense” (ASV), “wisdom is protection just as money is protection” (NASB), “wisdom like wealth is a defense” (Moffatt), “the protection of wisdom is as the protection of money” (NAB), “the protection of wisdom is like the protection of money” (RSV, NRSV), “wisdom protects as wealth protects” (MLB), and “wisdom is a shelter, as money is a shelter” (NIV). The comparison is missed by KJV: “wisdom is a defense, and money is a defense.” Less likely is taking בְּ ( bet ) in a locative sense: “to be in the shelter of wisdom is to be in the shelter of money” (NJPS).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A12/4"}
{"id":25900,"verse_id":"ECC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.12","text":"The verb חָיָה ( khayah , “to live”) in the Piel denotes (1) “to let live; to keep alive; to preserve alive; to allow to live happily” ( Gen 12:12 ; Exod 1:17 ; Num 31:15 ; Deut 6:24 ; Josh 9:15 ; Isa 7:21 ; Jer 49:11 ) and (2) “to bring back to life” persons who are ill ( Ps 30:4 ) or deceased ( Hos 6:2 ); HALOT 309 s.v. חָיָה . Its parallelism with צֵל ( tsel , “protection”) indicates that it means “to preserve someone’s life” from premature death or calamity. Therefore, “preserves the life” (RSV, NAB, ASV, NASB, NIV, NJPS) is preferable to “gives life to” (KJV, Douay, NRSV, YLT).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A12/5"}
{"id":25901,"verse_id":"ECC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “the day of good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":25902,"verse_id":"ECC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “the day of evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":25903,"verse_id":"ECC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Less probable renderings of this line are “God hath made the one side by side with the other” (ASV) and “God has set the one alongside the other” (NEB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":25904,"verse_id":"ECC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “anything after him.” This line is misinterpreted by several versions: “that man may not find against him any just complaint” (Douay); “consequently, man may find no fault with Him” (NJPS); “so that man cannot find fault with him in anything” (NAB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":25905,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"The word “life” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":25906,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"As is the case throughout Ecclesiastes, the term הַכֹּל ( hakkol ) should be nuanced “both” rather than “all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":25907,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “There is.” The term יֵשׁ ( yesh , “there is”) is often used in aphorisms to assert the existence of a particular situation that occurs sometimes. It may indicate that the situation is not the rule but that it does occur on occasion, and may be nuanced “sometimes” ( Prov 11:24; 13:7, 23; 14:12; 16:25; 18:24; 20:15 ; Eccl 2:21; 4:8; 5:12; 6:1; 7:15 [2x]; 8:14 [3x]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/3"}
{"id":25908,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “perishes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/4"}
{"id":25909,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “in his righteousness.” The preposition בְּ ( bet ) on the terms בְּצִרְקוֹ ( bÿtsirqo , “his righteousness”) and בְּרָעָתוֹ ( bÿra ’ ato , “his evil-doing”) in the following line are traditionally taken in a locative sense: “in his righteousness” and “in his wickedness” (KJV, NASB, NIV). However, it is better to take the בְּ ( bet ) in the adversative sense “in spite of” (e.g., Lev 26:27 ; Num 14:11 ; Deut 1:32 ; Isa 5:25; 9:11, 16, 20; 10:4; 16:14; 47:9 ; Pss 27:3; 78:32 ; Ezra 3:3 ); cf. HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ 7; BDB 90 s.v. בְּ 3.7. NJPS renders it well: “Sometimes a good man perishes in spite of his goodness, and sometimes a wicked one endures in spite of his wickedness.” In a similar vein, D. R. Glenn (“Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 993–94) writes: “The word ‘in’ in the phrases ‘in his righteousness’ and ‘in his wickedness’ can here mean ‘in spite of.’ These phrases…argue against the common view that in 7:16 Solomon was warning against legalistic or Pharisaic self-righteousness. Such would have been a sin and would have been so acknowledged by Solomon who was concerned about true exceptions to the doctrine of retribution, not supposed ones (cf. 8:10 –14 where this doctrine is discussed again).”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/5"}
{"id":25910,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “There is.” The term יֵשׁ ( yesh ,“there is”) is often used in aphorisms to assert the existence of a particular situation that occurs sometimes. It may indicate that the situation is not the rule but that it does occur on occasion, and may be nuanced “sometimes” ( Prov 11:24; 13:7, 23; 14:12; 16:25; 18:24; 20:15 ; Eccl 2:21; 4:8; 5:12; 6:1; 7:15 [2x]; 8:14 [3x]).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/6"}
{"id":25911,"verse_id":"ECC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “a wicked man endures.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A15/7"}
{"id":25912,"verse_id":"ECC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"The adjective יוֹתֵר ( yoter ) means “too much; excessive,” e.g., 2:15 “excessively wise” ( HALOT 404 s.v. יוֹתֵר 2; BDB 452 s.v. יוֹתֵר ). It is derived from the root יֶתֶר ( yeter , “what is left over”; cf. HALOT 452 s.v. I יֶתֶר ) and related to the verb יָתַר ( yatar , Niphal “to be left over” and Hiphil “to have left over”; cf. HALOT 451-52). In 2:15 the adjective יוֹתֵר is used with the noun יִתְרוֹן ( yitron , “advantage; profit”) in a wordplay or pun: The wise man has a relative “advantage” ( יִתְרוֹן ) over the fool ( 2:13-14 a); however, there is no ultimate advantage because both share the same fate – death ( 2:14 b-15a). Thus, Qoheleth’s acquisition of tremendous wisdom ( 1:16; 2:9 ) was “excessive” because it exceeded its relative advantage over folly: it could not deliver him from the same fate as the fool. He strove to obtain wisdom, yet it held no ultimate advantage. Likewise, in 7:16 , Qoheleth warns that wisdom and righteous behavior do not guarantee an advantage over wickedness and folly, because the law of retribution is sometimes violated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":25913,"verse_id":"ECC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “So do not be overly righteous and do not be overly wise.” The Hitpael verb תִּתְחַכַּם ( titkhakkam , from חָכַם , khakham , “to be wise”) means “to make or show yourself wise” ( HALOT 314 s.v. חכם ; BDB 314 s.v. חָכַם ). The Hitpael may be understood as: (1) benefactive reflexive use which refers to an action done for one’s own behalf (e.g., Gen 20:7 ; Josh 9:12 ; 1 Kgs 8:33 ; Job 13:27 ): because the law of retribution is sometimes violated, it is not wise for a person to be overly dependent upon wisdom or righteousness for his own benefit; (2) estimative-declarative reflexive which denotes esteeming or presenting oneself in a certain state, without regard to the question of truthfulness (e.g., 2 Sam 13:5 ; Prov 13:6 ; Esth 8:17 ): it is useless to overly esteem oneself as wise or to falsely present oneself as wiser than he really is because the law of retribution sometimes fails to reward the wise. The enigma of this line – “overly righteous and overly wise” – may be resolved by proper classification of the Hitpael stem of this verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":25914,"verse_id":"ECC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “Why?” The question is rhetorical.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":25915,"verse_id":"ECC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.16","text":"The imperfect of שָׁמֵם ( shamem ) functions in a modal sense, denoting possibility: “you might be…” (see IBHS 508 §31.4e).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A16/4"}
{"id":25916,"verse_id":"ECC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.16","text":"Or “Why should you ruin yourself?”; or “Why should you destroy yourself?” The verb שָׁמֵם ( shamem ) is traditionally taken as “to destroy; to ruin oneself.” For its use here HALOT 1566 s.v. שׁמם 2 has “to cause oneself ruin”; BDB 1031 s.v. שָׁמֵם 2 has “cause oneself desolation, ruin.” Most English versions take a similar approach: “Why destroy yourself?” (KJV, ASV, NEB, NRSV, MLB, NIV); “Why ruin yourself?” (NAB, NASB). However, in the Hitpolel stem the root שׁמם never means this elsewhere, but is always nuanced elsewhere as “to be appalled; to be astonished; to be dumbfounded; to be confounded; to be horrified” (e.g., Ps 143:4 ; Isa 59:16; 63:5 ; Dan 8:27 ); cf. BDB 1031 s.v. שָׁמֵם 1; HALOT 1566 s.v. שׁמם 1. It is taken this way in the English version of the Tanakh: “or you may be dumbfounded” (NJPS). Likewise, Cohen renders, “Why should you be overcome with amazement?” (A. Cohen, The Five Megilloth [SoBB], 154). If a person was trusting in his own righteousness or wisdom to guarantee prosperity, he might be scandalized by the exceptions to the doctrine of retribution that Qoheleth had observed in 7:15 . D. R. Glenn (“Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 994) notes: “This fits in nicely with Solomon’s argument here. He urged his readers not to be over-righteous or over-wise ‘lest they be confounded or astonished.’ He meant that they should not depend on their righteousness or wisdom to guarantee God’s blessing because they might be confounded, dismayed, or disappointed like the righteous people whom Solomon had seen perishing in spite of their righteousness [in 7:15 ].” See GKC 149 §54. c .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A16/5"}
{"id":25917,"verse_id":"ECC.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “Why?” The question is rhetorical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":25918,"verse_id":"ECC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"The word “warning” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation two times in this line for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":25919,"verse_id":"ECC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “will escape both”; or “will go forth in both.” The Hebrew phrase יֵצֵא אֶת־כֻּלָּם ( yetse ’ ’ et-kullam , “he will follow both of them”) has been interpreted in several ways: (1) To adopt a balanced lifestyle that is moderately righteous while allowing for self-indulgence in moderate wickedness (“to follow both of them,” that is, to follow both righteousness and wickedness). However, this seems to unnecessarily encourage an antinomian rationalization of sin and moral compromise. (2) To avoid the two extremes of being over-righteous and over-wicked. This takes יֵצֵא in the sense of “to escape,” e.g., Gen 39:12, 15 ; 1 Sam 14:14 ; Jer 11:11; 48:9 ; cf. HALOT 426 s.v. יצא 6.c; BDB 423 s.v. יָצָא 1.d. (3) To follow both of the warnings given in 7:16-17 . This approach finds parallels in postbiblical rabbinic literature denoting the action of discharging one’s duty of obedience and complying with instruction. In postbiblical rabbinic literature the phrase יַדֵי יֵצֵא ( yetse ’ yade , “to go out of the hands”) is an idiom meaning “to comply with the requirements of the law” (Jastrow 587 s.v. יָצָא Hif.5.a). This fits nicely with the context of 7:16-17 in which Qoheleth issued two warnings. In 7:18 a Qoheleth exhorted his readers to follow both of his warnings: “It is best to grasp the first warning without letting go of the second warning.” The person who fears God will heed both warnings. He will not depend upon his own righteousness and wisdom, but upon God’s sovereign bestowal of blessings. Likewise, he will not exploit the exceptions to the doctrine of retribution to indulge in sin, rationalizing sin away just because the wicked sometimes do not get what they deserve.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A18/3"}
{"id":25920,"verse_id":"ECC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “both.” The term “warnings” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. Alternately, “both [extremes]” or “both [fates].” The point of this expression is either (1) “ he achieves both things,” (2) “he escapes all these misfortunes,” (3) “he does his duty by both,” or (4) “he avoids both extremes.” See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:580–81.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A18/4"}
{"id":25921,"verse_id":"ECC.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “gives strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":25922,"verse_id":"ECC.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The introductory particle כִּי ( ki ) is rendered variously: “for” (KJV); “indeed” (NASB); not translated (NIV); “for” (NJPS). The particle functions in an explanatory sense, explaining the need for wisdom in v. 19 . Righteousness alone cannot always protect a person from calamity ( 7:15-16 ); therefore, something additional, such as wisdom, is needed. The need for wisdom as protection from calamity is particularly evident in the light of the fact that no one is truly righteous ( 7:19-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":25923,"verse_id":"ECC.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"The term “truly” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. Qoheleth does not deny the existence of some people who are relatively righteous.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":25924,"verse_id":"ECC.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":25925,"verse_id":"ECC.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “so that you do not hear…”; or “lest you hear….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":25926,"verse_id":"ECC.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"The imperfect tense verb תִשְׁמַע ( tishma ’; from שָׁמַע [ shama ’, “to hear”]) functions in a modal sense, denoting possibility: “you might hear” (see IBHS 508 §31.4e).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":25927,"verse_id":"ECC.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “your heart knows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":25928,"verse_id":"ECC.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"The cohortative אֶחְכָּמָה (’ ekhkamah , from חָכַם , khakham ,“to be wise”) emphasizes the resolve (determination) of Qoheleth to become wise enough to understand the perplexities of life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":25929,"verse_id":"ECC.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Or “I am determined to become wise”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":25930,"verse_id":"ECC.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Or “but it eluded me”; Heb “but it was far from me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":25931,"verse_id":"ECC.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"The word “human” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":25932,"verse_id":"ECC.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “is far away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":25933,"verse_id":"ECC.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “It is deep, deep – who can find it?” The repetition of the word “deep” emphasizes the degree of incomprehensibility. See IBHS 233-34 §12.5a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":25934,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “I turned, I, even my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":25935,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “to seek.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":25936,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"The phrase “the role of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":25937,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.25","text":"The phrase חָכְמָה וְחֶשְׁבּוֹן ( khokhmah vÿkheshbon , “wisdom and the scheme of things”) is a hendiadys (a figure of speech in which two nouns connote one idea): “wisdom in the scheme of things.” This is similar to the hendiadys עִצְּבוֹנֵךְ וְהֵרֹנֵךְ (’ itsÿvonekh vÿheronekh , “pain and childbearing”) which connotes “pain in childbearing” ( Gen 3:16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/4"}
{"id":25938,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.25","text":"Or “the evil of folly” The genitive construct phrase רֶשַׁע כֶּסֶל ( resha ’ kesel ) may be taken as a genitive of attribution (“the wickedness of folly”) or as a genitive of attribute (“the folly of wickedness”). The English versions treat it in various ways: “wickedness of folly” (KJV); “wrong of folly” (YLT); “evil of folly” (NASB); “stupidity of wickedness” (NIV); “wickedness, stupidity” (NJPS); “wickedness is folly [or foolish]” (ASV, NAB, NRSV, MLB, Moffatt), and “it is folly to be wicked” (NEB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/5"}
{"id":25939,"verse_id":"ECC.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.25","text":"Or “the folly of madness” The genitive construct phrase וְהַסִּכְלוּת הוֹלֵלוֹת ( vÿhassikhlut holelot ) may be taken as a genitive of attribution (“the stupidity of wickedness”) or a genitive of attribute (“the evil of folly”). The phrase is rendered variously: “foolishness and madness” (KJV); “foolishness of madness” (NASB); “madness of folly” (NIV); “madness and folly” (NJPS); “the foolishness which is madness” (NEB); and “foolishness [or folly] is madness” (ASV, NAB, NRSV, MLB, Moffatt).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A25/6"}
{"id":25940,"verse_id":"ECC.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"The word “this” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":25941,"verse_id":"ECC.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"The phrase “kind of” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity (see the following note on the word “woman”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":25942,"verse_id":"ECC.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.26","text":"The article on הָאִשָּׁה ( ha ’ ishah ) functions in a particularizing sense (“the kind of woman”) rather than in a generic sense (i.e., “women”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A26/3"}
{"id":25943,"verse_id":"ECC.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “is snares.” The plural form מְצוֹדִים ( mÿtsodim , from the noun I מָצוֹד , matsod , “snare”) is used to connote either intensity, repeated or habitual action, or moral characteristic. For the function of the Hebrew plural, see IBHS 120-21 §7.4.2. The term II מָצוֹד “snare” is used in a concrete sense in reference to the hunter’s snare or net, but in a figurative sense of being ensnared by someone ( Job 19:6 ; Prov 12:12 ; Eccl 7:26 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A26/4"}
{"id":25944,"verse_id":"ECC.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"The word “only” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":25945,"verse_id":"ECC.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"The word “upright” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation twice, here and in the following line, for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":25946,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The preposition כְּ ( kaf ) prefixed to כְּהֶחָכָם ( kÿhekhakham , “wise man”) is traditionally taken in a comparative sense: “Who is like [or as] the wise man?” On the other hand, it may denote identity, e.g., Gen 1:26 ; Num 11:1 ; 1 Sam 20:3 ; 2 Sam 9:8 ; Neh 7:2 ; Job 10:9 ; Nah 3:6 (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 47, §261; IBHS 202-4 §11.2.9b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":25947,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"The definite article on הֶחָכָם ( hekhakham , “wise man”) may be taken in an individualizing (“the wise man”) or generic sense (“a wise man”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":25948,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “the explanation.” The noun פֵּשֶׁר ( pesher ) denotes “solution; explanation; interpretation; meaning” ( HALOT 982–83 s.v. פֵּשֶׁר ; BDB 833 s.v. פֵּשֶׁר ). The Hebrew term is an Aramaic loanword from פִּשְׁרָא ( pishra ’, “diagnosis; meaning; solution”). The Aramaic noun פְּשַׁר ( pÿshar , “interpretation of a dream or prophecy”) and verb פְּשַׁר ( pÿshar , “to interpret a dream or prophecy”) reflect a later meaning not present in Ecclesiastes, but current at the time of Daniel ( Dan 2:5-7; 4:3, 15, 16; 5:12, 15, 16; 7:16 ) and Qumran (e.g., 1QpHab).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":25949,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “a thing.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":25950,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “makes his face shine.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/5"}
{"id":25951,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"8.1","text":"The MT vocalizes the consonantal form ישנא as יְשֻׁנֶּא ( yÿshunne ’, Pual imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from I שָׁנָה , shana , “to change”). However, the LXX μισθήσεται ( misqhsetai ) reflects an alternate vocalization tradition of יִשָּׂנֵא ( yissane ’, Niphal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׂנֵא , sane ’, “to hate”), while the Vulgate’s commutabit reflects יְשַׁנֶּה ( yÿshanneh , Piel imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from II שָׁנָה , shanah , “to repeat”). tn Heb “the strength of his face is changed.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/6"}
{"id":25952,"verse_id":"ECC.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “the strength of his face is changed.” The expression עֹז פָּנָיו (’ oz panayv , “strength of his face”) is an idiom for “boldness; impudence” (BDB 739 s.v. עֹז 4) or “hard face” = harsh countenance ( HALOT 805 s.v. I עֹז 1.c).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A1/7"}
{"id":25953,"verse_id":"ECC.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"The Leningrad Codex (the basis of BHS ) reads אֲנִי (’ ani , 1st person common singular independent personal pronoun): “I obey the king’s command.” Other medieval Hebrew mss and all the versions (LXX, Vulgate, Targum, Syriac Peshitta) preserve an alternate textual tradition of the definite accusative marker אֶת־ (’ et ) introducing the direct object: אֶת־פִּי־מֶלֶךְ שְׁמוֹר (’ et-pi-melekh shÿmor , “Obey the command of the king”). External evidence supports the alternate textual tradition. The MT is guilty of simple orthographic confusion between similar looking letters. The BHS editors and the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project adopt אֶת־ as the original reading. See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:582–83.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":25954,"verse_id":"ECC.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"The phrase “you took” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":25955,"verse_id":"ECC.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"The genitive-construct שְׁבוּעַת אֱלֹהִים ( shÿvu ’ at ’ elohim , “an oath of God”) functions as a genitive of location (“an oath before God”) or an adjectival genitive of attribute (“a supreme oath”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":25956,"verse_id":"ECC.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.2","text":"The words “to be loyal to him” do not appear in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A2/4"}
{"id":25957,"verse_id":"ECC.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “do not stand up for a bad cause.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":25958,"verse_id":"ECC.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":25959,"verse_id":"ECC.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “supreme.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":25960,"verse_id":"ECC.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “Who can say…?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":25961,"verse_id":"ECC.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The word “his” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":25962,"verse_id":"ECC.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “the heart of a wise man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":25963,"verse_id":"ECC.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"The term עֵת (’ et , “time”) connotes “a proper, suitable time for an event; the right moment” ( HALOT 900 s.v. עֵת 6; BDB 773 s.v. עֵת 2.b); e.g., “it was the time for rain” ( Ezra 10:13 ); “a time of judgment for the nations” ( Ezek 30:3 ); “there is an appropriate time for every occasion” ( Eccl 3:1 ); “the time when mountain goats are born” ( Job 39:1 ); “the rain in its season” ( Deut 11:14 ; Jer 5:24 ); “the time for the harvest” ( Hos 2:11 ; Ps 1:3 ); “food in its season” ( Ps 104:27 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":25964,"verse_id":"ECC.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “evil”; or “misery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":25965,"verse_id":"ECC.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":25966,"verse_id":"ECC.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “upon him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":25967,"verse_id":"ECC.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “what will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":25968,"verse_id":"ECC.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “Who can tell him what will be?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":25969,"verse_id":"ECC.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “There is not a man who has mastery over the wind to restrain the wind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":25970,"verse_id":"ECC.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"The word “his” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":25971,"verse_id":"ECC.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “There is no discharge in war.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":25972,"verse_id":"ECC.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “its owners.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":25973,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The term נָתוֹן ( naton , Qal infinitive absolute from נָתַן , natan , “to give”) is a verbal use of the infinitive absolute, used with vav to indicate an action that took place simultaneous to the main verb (see IBHS 596-97 §35.5.2d). Thus, the clause וְנָתוֹן אֶת־לִבִּי ( vÿnaton ’ et-libbi , “while applying my mind…”) indicates contemporaneous action to the clause, “All this I have seen” ( אֶת־כָּל־זֶה רָאִיתִי , ’ et-kol-zeh ra ’ iti ). This is view is taken by several translations: “All this I have seen, having applied my mind to” (NEB); “All this I observed while applying my mind to” (RSV); “All this I saw, as I applied my mind to” (NIV); “All this I saw, as thoughtfully I pondered” (Moffatt). On the other hand, the LXX vav is taken in a coordinating sense (“and”) and the infinitive absolute as an independent verb: Και συμπαν τουτο εἰδον , και ἐδωκα την καρδιαν μου εἰς (“I saw all this, and I applied my heart to”). This reading is adopted by other English versions: “All this I have seen, and applied my heart” (KJV); “All these things I considered and I applied my mind” (NAB); “All this have I seen, and applied my heart unto” (ASV); “All this I have seen and applied my mind to” (NASB); “All these things I observed; I noted” (NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":25974,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “my heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":25975,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “every work”; or “every deed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":25976,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “that is done under the sun.” The phrase “that is done under the sun” ( אֲשֶׁר נַעֲשָׂה תַּחַת הַשָּׁמֶשׁ , ’ asher na ’ asah takhat hashamesh ) is an idiom for “what happens in this world” or “on the earth” (BDB 1039 s.v. שֶׁמֶשׁ 4.c). Moffatt renders this idiom, “what goes on within this world.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":25977,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “the man.” The article on הָאָדָם ( ha ’ adam , “the man”) can be taken in a particularizing sense (“one person”) or in a collective sense as humankind as a whole (“humankind”); see HALOT 14 s.v. I אָדָם 1; BDB 9 s.v. אָדָם 2. So LXX: “All the things in which man has power over [his fellow] man to afflict him.” This is adopted by the RSV (“man lords it over man to his hurt”); NJPS (“men still had authority over men to treat them unjustly”); Moffatt (“men have power over their fellows, power to injure them”); MLB (“man has mastery over another to harm him”); and YLT (“man hath ruled over man to his own evil”). On the other hand, 8:1-9 focuses on the absolute power of the king, so the referent of הָאָדָם is probably the king. The article functions in an individualizing, particularizing sense. The particularization of הָאָדָם is reflected in many English versions: “one man” (KJV, ASV, NEB, NAB, Douay), “a man” (NASB, NIV), and “one person” (NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/5"}
{"id":25978,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.9","text":"The verb שָׁלַט ( shalat ) denotes “to domineer; to dominate; to lord it over” ( HALOT 1522 s.v. שׁלט ; BDB 1020 s.v. שָׁלַט ). The English versions have: “rule over” (KJV, YLT, Douay), “have power over” (NEB, ASV), “lord it over” (RSV, NIV), “have authority over” (NJPS), “exercise authority over” (NASB, NRSV); “have mastery over” (MLB); “tyrannize” (NAB).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/6"}
{"id":25979,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “man.” The word “other” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. The singular noun אָדָם (’ adam , “man”) functions as a collective singular, connoting “men, people” (cf. HALOT 14 s.v. אָדָם 1; BDB 9 s.v. אָדָם 2). The absence of the article might suggest an indefinite rather than an individual, particular sense.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/7"}
{"id":25980,"verse_id":"ECC.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “a man exercises power over [another] man to his harm” [or “to his own harm”]. The 3rd person masculine singular singular pronominal suffix לוֹ ( lo , “to his”) may refer to the antecedent אָדָם (’ adam , “man” or “men”), being understood either in a singular sense (so NEB, RSV, NRSV, NAB, ASV, NASB) or in a collective sense (Moffatt, NJPS, NIV margin). However, the antecedent might be הָאָדם ( ha ’ adam , “[one] man” = the king) with the suffix functioning reflexively: “to his own harm” (KJV, ASV margin, YLT, Douay, NIV).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A9/8"}
{"id":25981,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “Then…” The construction בְכֵן ( vÿkhen ) means “then; thereupon; on this condition” (cf. Eccl 8:10 ; Esth 4:16 ; Sir 13:7; see GKC 384 §119. ii ; BDB 486 s.v. כֵּן 3.b; HALOT 483 s.v. כֵּן 8.c). The line could be rendered, “It is was then that I saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":25982,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"There are three textual options: (1) The MT reads קְבֻרִים וָבָאוּ וּמִמְּקוֹם ( qÿvurim vava ’ u umimmÿqom , “they were buried, and they came, and from the place”). קְבֻרִים is a Qal passive participle mpl from קָבַר , qavar , “to bury.” The MT reading is retained by most translations: “[And so I saw the wicked] buried, who had come and gone from the place [of the holy]” (KJV); “[Then I saw the wicked] buried; they used to go in and out of the [holy] place” (RSV, NRSV); “[I saw how the wicked] were buried, who had gone in and out from the [holy] place” (MLB); “[I have seen the wicked] buried, those who used to go in and out from the [holy] place” (NASB); “[Then too, I saw the wicked] buried – those who used to come and go from the [holy] place” (NIV); and “[And then I saw] scoundrels coming from the [Holy] Site and being brought to burial” (NJPS). (2) The LXX reflects the reading קְבָרִים מוּבָאִים וּמִמְּקוֹם ( qÿvarim muva ’ im umimmÿqom , “to the tombs they are brought, and from the place”). The LXX reflects the consonantal text of קברים but τάφους ( tafous , “tombs”) reflects a vocalization tradition of קְבָרִים (“tombs”). (3) Several scholars suggest emending the text to קרבים ובאים וממקום (“approaching and coming to the place”). The emendation involves קרבִים (Qal active participle mpl from קרב “to approach; to draw near”). The emendation is adopted by several English versions: “I saw wicked men approach and enter…the sacred place” (NAB); “I saw wicked men approaching and even entering the holy place” (NEB). The emendation makes good sense because קָרַב ( qarav , “to approach; to draw near”) is a synonym to בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to enter”), and is often used in reference to a person approaching the Lord at the tabernacle or temple. The textual corruption would be due to transposition of ב ( bet ) and ר ( resh ) in קָרַב ( qarav , “to approach”) and קָבַר ( qavar , “to bury”). See D. Barthélemy, Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:584.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":25983,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"The phrase “the temple” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness. Note the reference to the sanctuary in the next line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":25984,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “the holy place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":25985,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"8.10","text":"The MT reads וְיִשְׁתַּכְּחוּ ( vÿyishtakkÿkhu , “and they were forgotten”; Hitpael imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from שָׁכַח , shakhakh , “to forget”). Apart from the MT reading here, the verb שָׁכַח “to forget” never occurs elsewhere in the Hitpael ( HALOT 1490 s.v. I שׁכח ; BDB 1013 s.v. שָׁכַח ). Many medieval Hebrew mss read וישׁתבּחו “and they boasted” (Hitpael imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׁבַח , shavakh , “praise, boast”). This alternate textual tradition is reflected in the Greek versions, e.g., Old Greek: και ἐπῃνέθησαν ( kai ephneqhsan , “and they were praised”), Aquila and Theodotion: και ἐκαυχήσαντο ( kai ekauchsanto , “and they boasted”), and Symmachus: και ἐπαινούμενοι ( kai epainoumenoi , “and they were praised”). This is also reflected in the Vulgate. The English versions are divided; several follow the MT and translate “they were forgotten” (KJV, ASV, NASB, MLB, NJPS), but a good number adopt the alternate textual tradition and translate either “they were praised” or “they boasted” (NEB, RSV, NAB, NIV, NRSV). The context of 8:10-17 , which focuses on the enigmatic contradictions in divine retribution (sometimes the wicked are not punished), favors the alternate tradition. The wicked boast that they can come and go as they please in the temple, flaunting their irreligion without fearing divine retribution ( 8:10 ). This thought is continued in v. 11 : failure to execute a sentence against a criminal emboldens the wicked to commit more crimes, confident they will not suffer retribution. It is likely that the original reading of וישׁתבחו was confused for וישׁתכחו because the root שָׁבַח (“to praise; to boast”) is much rarer than the common root שָׁכַח (“to forget”). The phrase is best rendered “they boasted” (NEB: “priding themselves”) rather than “they were praised” (NAB, RSV, NRSV, NIV) – the verb שָׁבַח means “to praise” in Piel, but “to boast” in Hitpael ( Ps 106:47 ; 1 Chr 16:35 ; HALOT 1387 s.v. I שׁבח ; BDB 986 s.v. שָׁבַח ). This approach is adopted by the committee for the Jerusalem Hebrew Bible Project: see D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:584–85.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/5"}
{"id":25986,"verse_id":"ECC.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.10","text":"The term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) here means “enigmatic,” that is, difficult to grasp mentally. This sense is derived from the literal concept of breath, vapor or wind that cannot be seen; thus, the idea of “obscure, dark, difficult to understand, enigmatic” ( HALOT 236–37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הֶבֶל ). It is used in this sense in reference to enigmas in life ( 6:2; 8:10, 14 ) and the future which is obscure ( 11:8, 10 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A10/6"}
{"id":25987,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"The particle אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) is used as a conjunction in a conditional/temporal clause to introduce the protasis (“when” or “if”), and עַל־כֵּן (’ al-ken ) introduces the apodosis (“then”); cf. BDB 83 s.v. אֲשֶׁר 8.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":25988,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"The noun פִתְגָם ( fitgam , “decision; announcement; edict; decree”) is a loanword from Persian patigama ( HALOT 984 s.v. פִּתְגָם ; BDB 834 s.v. פִּתְגָם ). The Hebrew noun occurs twice in the OT ( Eccl 8:11 ; Esth 1:20 ), twice in the Apocrypha (Sir 5:11; 8:9), and five times in Qumran (11QtgJob 9:2; 29:4; 30:1; 34:3; 1 QapGen 22:27). The English versions consistently nuance this as a judicial sentence against a crime: “sentence” (KJV, NEB, NAB, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, MLB, YLT), “sentence for a crime” (NIV), “sentence imposed” (NJPS), “sentence on a crime” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":25989,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “is not done.” The verb עָשַׂה (’ asah , “to do”) refers to a judicial sentence being carried out ( HALOT 892 s.v. 2 ). The Niphal can denote “be executed; be carried out” of a sentence ( Eccl 8:11 ) or royal decree ( Esth 9:1 ; BDB 795 s.v. 1 .a). Similarly, the Qal can denote “to execute” vengeance ( Judg 11:36 ) or judgment ( 1 Sam 28:18 ; Isa 48:14 ; Ezek 25:11; 28:26 ; Ps 149:7, 9 ; BDB 794 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/3"}
{"id":25990,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “the evil.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/4"}
{"id":25991,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “the heart of the sons of man.” The singular noun לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is used collectively. The term לֵב is often used figuratively (metonymy) in reference to inclinations and determinations of the will (BDB 525 s.v. 4 ), moral character (BDB 525 s.v. 6 ), and as a synecdoche for the man himself (BDB 525 s.v. 7 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/5"}
{"id":25992,"verse_id":"ECC.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “is full to do evil.” The verb מָלֵא ( male ’, “to fill”) is used figuratively (metonymy): the lack of swift judicial punishment only emboldens the wicked to commit more crimes without fear of retribution. Most English versions translate the term literally: “are filled” (NIV, MLB, YLT), “is fully set” (KJV, ASV, RSV, NRSV). However, several versions nuance it figuratively: “emboldened” (ASV, NJPS) and “boldly” (NEB). Moffatt renders the line, “Because sentence on a crime is not executed at once, the mind of man is prone to evil practices.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A11/6"}
{"id":25993,"verse_id":"ECC.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “does evil one hundred [times].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":25994,"verse_id":"ECC.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “and prolongs his [life].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":25995,"verse_id":"ECC.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “those who fear God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":25996,"verse_id":"ECC.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “they fear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A12/4"}
{"id":25997,"verse_id":"ECC.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":25998,"verse_id":"ECC.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"The word “their” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":25999,"verse_id":"ECC.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"The phrase “like a shadow” ( כַּצֵּל , katsel ) modifies the verb (“prolong”) rather than the noun (“days”). Several English versions misconstrue the line: “he will not prolong his days, [which are] like a shadow” (KJV, ASV); “the man who does not fear God is like a shadow” (NEB); and “he will not prolong his shadowy days” (NAB). It should be rendered “he will not prolong his days like a shadow” (RSV, NRSV, NASB, MLB, NIV). Unlike a shadow that lengthens at sunset, the wicked do not normally live long.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":26000,"verse_id":"ECC.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A13/4"}
{"id":26001,"verse_id":"ECC.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “they do not fear.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A13/5"}
{"id":26002,"verse_id":"ECC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “there is.” The term יֶשׁ ( yesh , “there is”) is often used in aphorisms to assert the existence of a particular situation that occurs sometimes. It may indicate that the situation is not the rule but that it does occur on occasion, and may be nuanced “sometimes” ( Prov 11:24; 13:7, 23; 14:12; 16:25; 18:24; 20:15 ; Eccl 2:21; 4:8; 5:12; 6:1; 7:15 [2x]; 8:14 [3x]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":26003,"verse_id":"ECC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"The word “another” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":26004,"verse_id":"ECC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"Or “vanity” (again at the end of this verse). The Hebrew term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) here denotes “enigma,” that is, something that is difficult to understand. This sense is derived from the literal referent of breath, vapor or wind that cannot be seen; thus, “obscure; dark; difficult to understand; enigmatic” (see HALOT 236–37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הֶבֶל ). It is used in this sense in reference to enigmas in life ( 6:2; 8:10, 14 ) and the future which is obscure ( 11:8, 10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":26005,"verse_id":"ECC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “to whom it happens according to the deeds of the wicked”; or “who are punished for the deeds of the wicked.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A14/4"}
{"id":26006,"verse_id":"ECC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “to whom it happens according to the deeds of the righteous”; or “who are rewarded for the deeds of the righteous.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A14/5"}
{"id":26007,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “the enjoyment.” The phrase “of life” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":26008,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":26009,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.15","text":"The phrase “to do” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/3"}
{"id":26010,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.15","text":"The construction אִם … כִּי ( ki …’ im ) is used as a particle of exception to limit the preceding clause (“except; nothing but”). See, e.g., Gen 28:17; 39:9 ; Lev 21:2 ; Num 14:30 ; Deut 10:12 ; 1 Sam 30:22 ; 2 Kgs 4:2; 5:15 ; 2 Chr 21:17 ; Esth 2:15; 5:12 ; Eccl 3:12 ; Isa 42:19 ; Dan 10:21 ; Mic 6:8 (cf. HALOT 471 s.v. אִם כִּי B.2; BDB 474 s.v. אִם כִּי 2.a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/4"}
{"id":26011,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.15","text":"The term “life” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/6"}
{"id":26012,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.15","text":"The vav introduces a logical conclusion.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/7"}
{"id":26013,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (enjoyment of life) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/8"}
{"id":26014,"verse_id":"ECC.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A15/9"}
{"id":26015,"verse_id":"ECC.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “I applied my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":26016,"verse_id":"ECC.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “to know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":26017,"verse_id":"ECC.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “and to see the business which is done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":26018,"verse_id":"ECC.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “for no one sees sleep with their eyes either day or night.” The construction גַם … כִּי ( ki … gam ) expresses a concessive sense: “even though” (e.g., Ps 23:4 ; Prov 22:6 ; Eccl 4:14 ; Isa 1:15 ; Lam 3:8 ; Hos 8:10; 9:16 ); cf. HALOT 196 s.v. גַּם 9; BDB 169 s.v. גַּם 6; 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A16/4"}
{"id":26019,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “all the work of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":26020,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “the work that is done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":26021,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":26022,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (man, in a generic sense) has been specified in the translation as the adjective “human” for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/4"}
{"id":26023,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “find.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/5"}
{"id":26024,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.17","text":"The term “it” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/6"}
{"id":26025,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.17","text":"The particle אִם (’ im , “even if”) introduces the protasis in a real conditional clause (“If a wise man …”); see IBHS 636-37 §38.2d; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 74, §453.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/7"}
{"id":26026,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.17","text":"The imperfect tense verb יֹאמַר ( yo ’ mar , “to say”) functions in a modal sense, denoting possibility (see IBHS 508 §31.4e; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 31, §169).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/8"}
{"id":26027,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “he cannot find”; or “he does not find.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/9"}
{"id":26028,"verse_id":"ECC.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"8.17","text":"The term “it” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is an implied direct object and has been supplied in the translation for smoothness and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%208%3A17/10"}
{"id":26029,"verse_id":"ECC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “I laid all this to my heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":26030,"verse_id":"ECC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The term וְלָבוּר ( velavur , conjunction + Qal infinitive construct from בּוּר , bur , “to make clear”) denotes “to examine; to make clear; to clear up; to explain” ( HALOT 116 s.v. בור ; BDB 101 s.v. בּוּר ). The term is related to Arabic baraw “to examine” (G. R. Driver, “Supposed Arabisms in the Old Testament,” JBL 55 [1936]: 108). This verb is related to the Hebrew noun בֹּר ( bor , “cleanness”) and adjective בַּר ( bar , “clean”). The term is used in the OT only in Ecclesiastes ( 1:13; 2:3; 7:25; 9:1 ). This use of the infinitive has a connotative sense (“attempting to”), and functions in a complementary sense, relative to the main verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":26031,"verse_id":"ECC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"The words “I concluded that” do not appear in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":26032,"verse_id":"ECC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “whether love or hatred.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":26033,"verse_id":"ECC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “man does not know anything before them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A1/5"}
{"id":26034,"verse_id":"ECC.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “all things just as to everyone, one fate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":26035,"verse_id":"ECC.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"The MT reads simply “the good,” but the Greek versions read “the good and the bad.” In contrast to the other four pairs in v. 2 (“the righteous and the wicked,” “those who sacrifice, and those who do not sacrifice,” “the good man…the sinner,” and “those who make vows…those who are afraid to make vows”), the MT has a triad in the second line: לַטּוֹב וְלַטָּהוֹר וְלַטָּמֵא ( lattov vÿlattahor vÿlattame ’, “the good, and the clean, and the unclean”). This reading in the Leningrad Codex (ca. a.d. 1008) – the basis of the BHS and BHK publications of the MT – is also supported by the Ben Asher text of the First Rabbinic Bible (“the Soncino Bible”) published in a.d. 1488-94. On the other hand, the Greek version in B (Aquila) has two pairs: τῷ ἀγαθῷ καὶ τῷ κακῷ , καὶ τῷ καθαρῷ καὶ τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ (“the good and the bad, and the clean and the unclean”). Either Aquila inserted καὶ τῷ κακῷ ( kai tw kakw , “and the bad”) to fill out a pair and to create six parallel pairs in v. 2 , or Aquila reflects an early Hebrew textual tradition tradition of לַטּוֹב וְלַרָע ( lattov vÿlara ’, “the good and the bad”). Since Aquila is well known for his commitment to a literal – at times even a mechanically wooden – translation of the Hebrew, with no room for improvisation, it is more than likely that Aquila is reflecting an authentic Hebrew textual tradition. Aquila dates to a.d. 130, while the Leningrad Codex dates to a.d. 1008; therefore, the Vorlage of Aquila might have been the original Hebrew textual tradition, being much earlier than the MT of the Leningrad Codex. The alternate textual tradition of Aquila is also seen in the Syriac and Latin versions (but these are dependent upon the Greek = Aquila). On the other hand, the editors of BHK and BHS suggest that the presence of the anomalous לַטּוֹב was an addition to the Hebrew text, and should be deleted. They also suggest that the Greek pair τῷ ἀγαθῷ καὶ τῷ κακῷ ( tw agaqw kai tw kakw , “the good and the bad”) does not reflect an alternate textual tradition, but that their Vorlage contained only לַטּוֹב : the Greek version intentionally added καὶ τῷ κακῷ ( kai tw kakw , “and the bad”) to create a pair. The English versions are divided. Several follow the Greek: “the good and the bad, the clean and the unclean” (NEB, NAB, RSV, NRSV, NIV, Moffatt, NLT). Others follow the Hebrew: “the good and the clean and the unclean” (KJV, ASV, MLB, NJPS). None, however, delete “the good” ( לַטּוֹב ) as suggested by the BHK and BHS editors. If the shorter text were original, the addition of καὶ τῷ κακῷ would be intentional. If the longer text were original, the omission of וְלַרָע (“and the bad”) could have caused by unintentional homoioarcton (“similar beginning”) in the three-fold repetition of לט in וְלַרָע וְלַטָּהוֹר וְלַטָּמֵא לַטּוֹב ( lattov vÿlara ’ vÿlattahor vÿlattame ’, “the good and the bad, the clean and the unclean”). The term וְלַרָע (“and the bad”) was accidentally omitted when a scribe skipped from the first occurrence of לט in לַטּוֹב to its second occurrence in the word וְלַטָּהוֹר (“the clean”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":26036,"verse_id":"ECC.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “As is the good (man), so is the sinner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":26037,"verse_id":"ECC.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":26038,"verse_id":"ECC.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":26039,"verse_id":"ECC.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"The term “awaits” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":26040,"verse_id":"ECC.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “also the heart of the sons of man.” Here “heart” is a collective singular.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A3/4"}
{"id":26041,"verse_id":"ECC.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “and after that [they go] to [the place of] the dead.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A3/5"}
{"id":26042,"verse_id":"ECC.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “is chosen, selected.” The translation follows the marginal reading ( Qere ), “is joined.” See BDB 288 s.v. חָבַר Pu.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":26043,"verse_id":"ECC.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “all the living.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":26044,"verse_id":"ECC.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “for their memory is forgotten.” The pronominal suffix is an objective genitive, “memory of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":26045,"verse_id":"ECC.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “their love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":26046,"verse_id":"ECC.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “their hatred.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":26047,"verse_id":"ECC.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “their envy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":26048,"verse_id":"ECC.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":26049,"verse_id":"ECC.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “your bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":26050,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":26051,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “the wife whom you love.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":26052,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"As discussed in the note on the word “futile” in 1:2 , the term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) has a wide range of meanings, and should not be translated the same in every place (see HALOT 236–37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הבֶל ). The term is used in two basic ways in OT, literally and figuratively. The literal, concrete sense is used in reference to the wind, man’s transitory breath, evanescent vapor ( Isa 57:13 ; Pss 62:10; 144:4 ; Prov 21:6 ; Job 7:16 ). In this sense, it is often a synonym for “breath; wind” ( Eccl 1:14 ; Isa 57:13 ; Jer 10:14 ). The literal sense lent itself to the metaphorical sense. Because breath/vapor/wind is transitory and fleeting, the figurative connotation “fleeting; transitory” arose (e.g., Prov 31:30 ; Eccl 6:12; 7:15; 9:9; 11:10 ; Job 7:16 ). In this sense, it is parallel to “few days” and “[days] which he passes like a shadow” ( Eccl 6:12 ). It is used in reference to youth and vigor ( 11:10 ) or life ( 6:12; 7:15; 9:9 ) which are “transitory” or “fleeting.” In this context, the most appropriate meaning is “fleeting.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":26053,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/4"}
{"id":26054,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “under the sun”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/5"}
{"id":26055,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"9.9","text":"The phrase כָּל יְמֵי הֶבְלֶךָ ( kol yÿme hevlekha , “all your fleeting days”) is present in the MT, but absent in the Greek versions, other medieval Hebrew mss , and the Targum. Its appearance in the MT may be due to dittography (repetition: the scribe wrote twice what should have been written once) from כָּל יְמֵי חַיֵּי הֶבְלֶךָ ( kol yÿme khayye hevlekha , “all the days of your fleeting life”) which appears in the preceding line. On the other hand, its omission in the alternate textual tradition may be due to haplography (accidental omission of repeated words) with the earlier line.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/6"}
{"id":26056,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “in your toil in which you toil.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/7"}
{"id":26057,"verse_id":"ECC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A9/8"}
{"id":26058,"verse_id":"ECC.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “Whatever your hand finds to do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":26059,"verse_id":"ECC.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “Sheol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":26060,"verse_id":"ECC.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Or “where you are about to go.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":26061,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “I returned and.” In the Hebrew idiom, “to return and do” means “to do again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":26062,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":26063,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"The term “always” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation (five times in this verse) for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":26064,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “bread.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":26065,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “favor.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/5"}
{"id":26066,"verse_id":"ECC.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “happen to.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A11/6"}
{"id":26067,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “man.” The term is used here in a generic sense and translated “no one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":26068,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “time.” BDB 773 s.v. עֵת 2.d suggests that עֵת (’ et , “time”) refers to an “uncertain time.” On the other hand, HALOT 901 s.v. עֵת 6 nuances it as “destined time,” that is, “no one knows his destined time [i.e., hour of destiny].” It is used in parallelism with זְמָן ( zÿman , “appointed time; appointed hour”) in 3:1 ( HALOT 273 s.v. זְמָן ; BDB 273 s.v. זְמָן ). Eccl 3:9-15 teaches God’s sovereignty over the appointed time-table of human events. Similarly, Qoheleth here notes that no one knows what God has appointed in any situation or time. This highlights the limitations of human wisdom and human ability, as 9:11 stresses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":26069,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “bad, evil.” The moral connotation hardly fits here. The adjective would seem to indicate that the net is the instrument whereby the fish come to ruin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":26070,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/4"}
{"id":26071,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.12","text":"The Masoretes pointed the consonantal form יוקשׁים (“are ensnared”) as יוּקָשִׁים ( yuqashim , Pual participle mpl from ַָיקֹשׁ , yaqosh , “to be ensnared”). This is an unusual form for a Pual participle: (1) The characteristic doubling of the middle consonant was omitted due to the lengthening of the preceding short vowel from יֻקָּשִׁים to יוּקָשִׁים (GKC 74 §20. n and 143 §52. s ), and (2) The characteristic prefix מְ ( mem ) is absent, as in a few other Pual participles, e.g., Exod 3:2 ; Judg 13:8 ; 2 Kgs 2:10 ; Isa 30:24; 54:11 (GKC 143 §52. s ). On the other hand, the consonant form יוקשים might actually be an example of the old Qal passive participle which dropped out of Hebrew at an early stage, and was frequently mistaken by the Masoretes as a Pual form (e.g., Jer 13:10; 23:32 ) (GKC 143 §52. s ). Similarly, the Masoretes pointed אכל as אֻכָּל (’ ukkal , Pual perfect 3rd person masculine singular “he was eaten”); however, it probably should be pointed אֻכַל (’ ukhal , old Qal passive perfect 3rd person masculine singular “he was eaten”) because אָכַל (’ akhal ) only occurs in the Qal (see IBHS 373-74 §22.6a).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/5"}
{"id":26072,"verse_id":"ECC.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “evil.” The term רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil; unfortunate”) is repeated in v. 12 in the two parts of the comparison: “fish are caught in an evil ( רָעָה ) net” and “men are ensnared at an unfortunate ( רָעָה ) time.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A12/6"}
{"id":26073,"verse_id":"ECC.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":26074,"verse_id":"ECC.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"The term “burden” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":26075,"verse_id":"ECC.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The verbs in this section function either as past definite actions (describing a past situation) or as hypothetical past actions (describing an imaginary hypothetical situation for the sake of illustration). The LXX uses subjunctives throughout vv. 14-15 to depict the scenario as a hypothetical situation: “Suppose there was a little city, and a few men [lived] in it; and there should come against it a great king, and surround it, and build great siege-works against it; and should find in it a poor wise man, and he should save the city through his wisdom; yet no man would remember that poor man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":26076,"verse_id":"ECC.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"The two perfect tense verbs וְסָבַב ( vÿsavav , “he besieged”) and וּבָנָה ( uvanah , “he built”) may be taken in a complementary sense, qualifying the action of the main perfect tense verb וּבָא ( uva ’, “he attacked it”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":26077,"verse_id":"ECC.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"The root גדל (“mighty; strong; large”) is repeated in 9:13 b for emphasis: “a mighty ( גָדוֹל , gadol ) king…building strong ( גְדֹלִים , gÿdolim ) siege works.” This repetition highlights the contrast between the vast power and resources of the attacking king, and the meager resources of the “little” ( קְטַנָּה , qÿtannah ) city with “few” ( מְעָט , mÿ ’ at ) men in it to defend it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":26078,"verse_id":"ECC.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “was found in it”; the referent (the city) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":26079,"verse_id":"ECC.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Or “he delivered.” The verb וּמִלַּט ( umillat , from מָלַט , malat , “to deliver”) is functioning either in an indicative sense (past definite action: “he delivered”) or in a modal sense (past potential: “he could have delivered”). The literal meaning of זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”) in the following line harmonizes with the indicative: “but no one remembered that poor man [afterward].” However, the modal is supported by v. 16 : “A poor man’s wisdom is despised; no one ever listens to his advice.” This approach must nuance זָכַר (“to remember”) as “[no one] listened to [that poor man].” Most translations favor the indicative approach: “he delivered” or “he saved” (KJV, RSV, NRSV, NAB, ASV, NASB, MLB, NIV); however, some adopt the modal nuance: “he might have saved” (NEB, NJPS, NASB margin).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":26080,"verse_id":"ECC.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “remembered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":26081,"verse_id":"ECC.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Or “power.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":26082,"verse_id":"ECC.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"The participle form נִשְׁמָעִים ( nishma ’ im , Niphal participle mpl from שָׁמַע , “to listen”) is used verbally to emphasize a continual, durative, gnomic action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":26083,"verse_id":"ECC.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “his words are never listened to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A16/3"}
{"id":26084,"verse_id":"ECC.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"The phrase “is heard” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness. Note its appearance in the previous line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":26085,"verse_id":"ECC.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “flies of death.” The plural form of “flies” ( זְבוּבֵי , zÿvuve ) may be taken as a plural of number (“dead flies”) or a distributive plural referring to one little fly (“one dead fly”). The singular form of the following verb and the parallelism support the latter: “one little fly…so a little folly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":26086,"verse_id":"ECC.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"The verb בָּאַשׁ ( ba ’ ash ) means “to cause to stink; to turn rancid; to emit a stinking odor” (e.g., Exod 16:24 ; Ps 38:6 ; Eccl 10:1 ); see HALOT 107 s.v. באשׁ 1; BDB 93 s.v. בָּאַשׁ . It is related to the noun בְּאשׁ ( bÿ ’ osh , “stench”; Isa 34:3 ; Joel 2:20 ; Amos 4:10 ); cf. HALOT 107 s.v. באשׁ ; BDB 93 s.v. בְּאשׁ . The verbal root נבע means “to ferment” or “to emit; to pour out; to bubble; to belch forth; to cause to gush forth” ( HALOT 665 s.v. נבע ; BDB 615 s.v. נָבַע ). The two terms יַבְאִישׁ יַבִּיעַ ( yav ’ ish yabbia ’, “to stink” and “to ferment”) create a hendiadys: a figurative expression in which two terms are used to connote one idea: “makes a rancid stench.” Several versions treat this as a hendiadys (Old Greek, Symmachus, Targum, Vulgate); however, the Syriac treats them as separate verbs. Most translations treat these as a hendiadys: “Dead flies cause the ointment of the apothecary to send forth a stinking savor” (KJV); “Dead flies make a perfumer’s oil stink” (NASB); “dead flies give perfume a bad smell” (NIV); “Dead flies make the perfumer’s ointment give off an evil odor” (RSV); Dead flies make the perfumer’s ointment give off a foul odor” (NRSV); “Dead flies cause a perfumer’s perfume to send forth a stink” (YLT); “Dead flies make the perfumer’s ointment give off a foul odor” (NRSV). Others render both separately: “Dead flies make the perfumer’s sweet ointment rancid and ferment” (NEB); “Dead flies turn the perfumer’s ointment fetid and putrid” (NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":26087,"verse_id":"ECC.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “carries more weight than”; or “is more precious than.” The adjective יָקָר ( yaqar ) denotes “precious; valuable; costly” ( HALOT 432 s.v. יָקָר 2) or “weighty; influential” (BDB 430 s.v. יָקָר 4). The related verb denotes “to carry weight,” that is, to be influential ( HALOT 432 s.v. יָקָר 2). The idea is not that a little folly is more valuable than much wisdom; but that a little folly can have more influence than great wisdom. It only takes one little mistake to ruin a life of great wisdom. The English versions understand it this way: “so a little foolishness is weightier than wisdom and honor” (NASB); “so a little folly outweighs massive wisdom” (NJPS); “so a little folly outweighs an abundance of wisdom” (MLB); “so a little folly outweighs wisdom and honor” (RSV, NRSV, NIV); “so can a little folly make wisdom lose its worth” (NEB); “so a little folly annuls great wisdom” (ASV); “a single slip can ruin much that is good” (NAB); “so doth a little folly him that is in reputation for wisdom and honor” (KJV). The LXX rendered the line rather freely: τιμιον ὀλιγον σοφιἀ ὑπερ δοξαν ἀφροσυνης μεγαλην (“a little wisdom is more precious than great glory of folly”). This does not accurately represent the Hebrew syntax. sn Qoheleth creates a wordplay by using two Hebrew words for social honor or influence: “weighty” = honorable ( יָקָר , yaqar ) and “heavy” = honor ( כָּבוֹד , cavod ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":26088,"verse_id":"ECC.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"The MT reads מֵחָכְמָה מִכָּבוֹד ( mekhokhmah mikkavod , “more than wisdom, more than honor”), but several medieval Hebrew mss read וּמִכָּבוֹד מֵחָכְמָה ( mekhokhmah umikkavod , “more than wisdom and honor”). However the textual problem is resolved, the two nouns form a hendiadys: two terms joined by vav that describe one concept. The first noun retains its full nominal sense, while the second functions adjectivally: “heavy wisdom” or better, “great wisdom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":26089,"verse_id":"ECC.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “a wise man’s heart is at his right hand.” The phrase “right hand” is a Hebrew idiom for the place of protection (e.g., Pss 16:8; 110:5; 121:5 ). In ancient warfare, the shield of the warrior on one’s right-hand side protected one’s right hand. Qoheleth’s point is that wisdom provides protection (e.g., Eccl 7:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":26090,"verse_id":"ECC.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “and the heart of a fool is at his left hand.” The fool lacks the protection of wisdom which is at the right-hand side of the wise man (see note on “right hand” in the previous line). The wise man’s heart (i.e., good sense) protects him, but the fool is always getting into trouble.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":26091,"verse_id":"ECC.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “he lacks his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":26092,"verse_id":"ECC.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “he tells everyone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":26093,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":26094,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “rises up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":26095,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “Do not leave.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":26096,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “your place.” The term מָקוֹם ( maqom , “place”) denotes a position, post or office ( 1 Kgs 20:24 ; Eccl 8:3; 10:4 ; BDB 879 s.v. מָקוֹם 1.c).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":26097,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.4","text":"The noun II מַרְפֵּא ( marpe ’, “calmness”) is used in reference to keeping one’s composure with a peaceful heart ( Prov 14:30 ) and responding to criticism with a gentle tongue ( Prov 15:4 ); cf. HALOT 637 s.v. II מַרְפֵּא . It is used in reference to keeping one’s composure in an emotionally charged situation (BDB 951 s.v. מַרְפֵּא 2). The term “calmness” is used here as a metonymy of association, meaning “calm response.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/5"}
{"id":26098,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.4","text":"The term “response” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarification (see preceding note on the word “calm”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/6"}
{"id":26099,"verse_id":"ECC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"10.4","text":"The verbal root נוח means “to leave behind; to leave untouched” ( HALOT 680 s.v. I נוח 2) in general, and in this passage, “to undo” or “to allay” offenses ( HALOT 680 s.v. I נוח 3; BDB 629 s.v. נוּחַ 5) or “to avoid” offenses (BDB 629 נוּחַ 5). The point is either that (1) a composed response can calm or appease the anger of the ruler, or (2) a calm heart will help one avoid great sins that would offend the king. The root נוח (“to rest”) is repeated, creating a wordplay: “Do not leave” ( אַל־תַּנַּח , ’ al-tannakh ) and “to avoid; to allay” ( יַנִּיחַ , yanniakh ). Rather than resigning (i.e., leaving), composure can appease a king (i.e., cause the anger of the king to leave).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A4/7"}
{"id":26100,"verse_id":"ECC.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The term “another” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation to indicate that this is not the first “misfortune” described by the Teacher. See 5:13, 16; 6:1-2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":26101,"verse_id":"ECC.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “an evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":26102,"verse_id":"ECC.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “under the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":26103,"verse_id":"ECC.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “like an error that comes forth from the presence of a ruler.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A5/4"}
{"id":26104,"verse_id":"ECC.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “folly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":26105,"verse_id":"ECC.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “high places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":26106,"verse_id":"ECC.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Or “servants,” so KJV, ASV, NCV, NLT (also in the following line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":26107,"verse_id":"ECC.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “upon the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":26108,"verse_id":"ECC.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"The four imperfect verbs in vv. 8-9 may be nuanced as indicatives (“will…”) or in a modal sense denoting possibility (“may…”). The LXX rendered them with indicatives, as do many English translations (KJV, RSV, NRSV, ASV, MLB, YLT, NJPS). However, it is better to take them in a modal sense (NEB, NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, CEV, NLT). One who digs a pit does not necessarily fall into it, but he may under the right conditions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":26109,"verse_id":"ECC.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “a serpent will bite him.” The clause “he who breaks through a wall” ( וּפֹרֵץ גָּדֵר , uforets gader ) is a nominative absolute – the casus pendens is picked up by the resumptive pronoun in the following clause “a serpent will bite him ” ( יִשְּׁכֶנּוּ נָחָשׁ , yishÿkhennu nakhash ). This construction is used for rhetorical emphasis (see IBHS 76-77 §4.7c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":26110,"verse_id":"ECC.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The term “ax head” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. The preceding noun “iron” functions as a metonymy of material (i.e., iron) for the object with which it is associated (i.e., ax head).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":26111,"verse_id":"ECC.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the workman) is implied, and has been specified in the translation for clarity","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":26112,"verse_id":"ECC.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"The verb קלל in the Pilpel means “to sharpen; to make a blade sharp” ( HALOT 1104 s.v. קלל 1).This denominative verb is derived from the rare noun II קָלַל “smooth; shiny” (referring to bronze; Ezek 1:7 ; Dan 10:6 ; HALOT 1105 s.v.). Sharpening the blade or head of a bronze ax will make it smooth and shiny. It is not derived from I קָלַל ( qalal ) “to treat light” or the noun I קְלָלָה ( qÿlalah ) “curse.” Nor is it related to I קָלַל “to shake” ( Ezek 21:26 ); cf. HALOT 1104. BDB 886 s.v. קָלַל 2 erroneously relates it to I קָלַל , suggesting “to whet” or “to move quickly to and fro.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":26113,"verse_id":"ECC.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":26114,"verse_id":"ECC.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “strength.” The term וַחֲיָלִים ( vakhayalim , conjunction + plural noun from חַיִל , khayil , “strength; efficiency”) is an example of a plural of intensification (GKC 397-98 §124. e ). The point is that it is a waste of a great deal of strength and energy. If a person is not smart, he will have to use a lot of energy and waste his efficiency.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A10/5"}
{"id":26115,"verse_id":"ECC.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “without charming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":26116,"verse_id":"ECC.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “the master of the tongue.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":26117,"verse_id":"ECC.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “has no profit”; ASV, NAB, NRSV “there is no advantage.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":26118,"verse_id":"ECC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “of a wise man’s mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":26119,"verse_id":"ECC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"The phrase “win him” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":26120,"verse_id":"ECC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “are gracious.” The antithetical parallelism suggests that חֵן ( khen ) does not denote “gracious character” but “[gain] favor” (e.g., Gen 39:21 ; Exod 3:21; 11:3; 12:36 ; Prov 3:4, 34; 13:15; 22:1; 28:23 ; Eccl 9:11 ); cf. HALOT 332 s.v. חֵן 2; BDB 336 s.v. חֵן 2. The LXX, on the other hand, rendered חֶן with χάρις ( caris , “gracious”). The English versions are divided: “are gracious” (KJV, YLT, ASV, NASB, NIV) and “win him favor” (NEB, RSV, NRSV, NAB, MLB, NJPS, Moffatt).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":26121,"verse_id":"ECC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “lips.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A12/4"}
{"id":26122,"verse_id":"ECC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “consume him”; or “engulf him.” The verb I בלע (“to swallow”) creates a striking wordplay on the homonymic root II בלע (“to speak eloquently”; HALOT 134-35 s.v בלע ). Rather than speaking eloquently (II בלע , “to speak eloquently”), the fool utters words that are self-destructive (I בלע , “to swallow, engulf”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A12/5"}
{"id":26123,"verse_id":"ECC.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “the words of his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":26124,"verse_id":"ECC.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “his mouth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":26125,"verse_id":"ECC.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “madness of evil.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A13/4"}
{"id":26126,"verse_id":"ECC.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “and the fool multiplies words.” This line is best taken as the third line of a tricola encompassing 10:13-14 a (NASB, NRSV, NJPS, Moffatt) rather than the first line of a tricola encompassing 10:14 (KJV, NEB, RSV, NAB, ASV, NIV). Several versions capture the sense of this line well: “a fool prates on and on” (Moffatt) and “Yet the fool talks and talks!” (NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":26127,"verse_id":"ECC.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “after him”; or “after he [dies].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":26128,"verse_id":"ECC.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"The plural form of הַכְּסִילִים ( hakkÿsilim , from כְּסִיל , kÿsil , “fool”) denotes (1) plural of number: referring to several fools or (2) plural of habitual character or plural of intensity (referring to a single person characterized by a habitual or intense quality of foolishness). The latter is favored because the two verbs in 10:15 are both singular in form: “wearies him” ( תְּיַגְּעֶנּוּ , tÿyaggÿ ’ ennu ) and “he does [not] know” ( לֹא־יָדַע , lo ’ -yada ’); see GKC 440-41 §135. p . The article on הַכְּסִילִים is used in the generic sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":26129,"verse_id":"ECC.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"This line may be interpreted in one of three ways: (1) “the labor of fools wearies him because he did not know enough to go to a town,” referring to the labor of the peasants who had not been able to find a place in town where life was easier; (2) “the labor of the fools so wearies everyone of them (singular pronoun taken in a distributive sense) so much that he even does not know how to go to town,” that is, he does not even know how to do the easiest thing in the world; (3) “let the labor of fools so weary him that he may not even know how to go to town,” taking the verb as a jussive, describing the foolish man described in 10:12-14 . See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:592–93.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":26130,"verse_id":"ECC.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “he does not know to go to the city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":26131,"verse_id":"ECC.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Or “a child”; or “a servant.” The term נַעַר ( na ’ ar ) has a wide range of meanings ( HALOT 707 s.v. נַעַר ; BDB 654–55 s.v. II נַעַר ). Used in reference to age, it may refer to an infant ( Exod 2:6 ; Judg 13:5 ; 1 Sam 1:22; 4:21 ; 2 Sam 12:16 ), a child just weaned ( 1 Sam 1:24 ), an adolescent in puberty ( 1 Sam 16:11 ), or a young man of marriageable age ( Gen 34:19 ; 2 Sam 14:21; 18:5, 12 ). Its technical or titular use denotes “servant” ( Num 22:22 ; Judg 7:10-11; 19:3 ; 1 Sam 3:9 ; 2 Sam 16:1 ; 2 Kgs 4:12, 25; 19:6 ), “retainer; attendant; follower” ( Gen 14:24 ; 1 Sam 25:5 ; 2 Sam 2:14 ; 2 Kgs 19:6 ; Isa 37:6 ; Job 1:15-17 ; Neh 4:10, 17 ) and “soldier” ( 1 Kgs 20:15-16 ). The parallel Ugaritic term is used in reference to physical age (lad; son; youth) and in a technical sense (guild members; servitors; soldiers); see UT 19.445. The LXX rendered it with νεώτερος ( newteros , “youthful”). The English versions vary: “child,” (KJV, ASV, NASB, MLB, RSV, NRSV margin, NIV margin); “childish” (NIV margin); “servant” or “slave” (NEB, NAB, ASV margin, NRSV, NIV); and “lackey” (NJPS). When used in reference to rulers, it emphasizes incompetence, naiveté, inexperience, and immaturity ( Isa 3:4, 9 ; 1 Kgs 3:7 ). This use must be understood in the light of the parallel antonym: “son of freemen” ( בֶּן־חוֹרִים , ben-khorim ). This suggests “servant,” that is, one who was not well trained and prepared by noble birth to ascend to the throne.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":26132,"verse_id":"ECC.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “son of nobles”; or “son of freemen.” The term חוֹרִים ( khorim ) is from חֹר ( khor , “noble one; freeman”); cf. HALOT 348 s.v. I חֹר ; BDB 359 s.v. I חֹר . It is related to the Aramaic noun חֲרַר ( kharar , “freeman”); Sabean חר (“freeman; noble”); Old South Arabic חר and Arabic hurr (“freedom”); cf. HALOT 348 s.v. חֹר ; BDB 359 s.v. חֹר .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":26133,"verse_id":"ECC.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"The noun עֵת (’ et , “point in time”) has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) “time of an event” and (2) “time for an event” (BDB 773 s.v. עֵת ). The latter has four sub-categories: (a) “usual time,” (b) “the proper, suitable or appropriate time,” (c) “the appointed time,” and (d) “uncertain time.” Here it connotes “a proper, suitable time for an event” ( HALOT 900 s.v. עֵת 6; BDB 773 s.v. עֵת 2.b). Examples of this use include: “it was the time for rain” ( Ezra 10:13 ); “a time of judgment for the nations” ( Ezek 30:3 ); “there is an appropriate time for every occasion” ( Eccl 3:1 ); “the rain in its season” ( Deut 11:14 ; Jer 5:24 ); “the time for the harvest” ( Hos 2:11 ; Ps 1:3 ); “food in its season” ( Ps 104:27 ); “the right moment” ( Eccl 8:5 ); cf. HALOT 900 s.v. עֵת 6.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":26134,"verse_id":"ECC.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “for strength and not for drunkenness”; or “as heroes and not as drunkards”; or “for nourishment and not for drunkenness.” According to HALOT 172 s.v. גְבוּרה 1.d the term גְבוּרָה ( gÿvurah , “strength”) may here connote “self-control.” This tactic is adopted by a few English versions: “with self-control, and not as drunkards” (NEB) and “with restraint, not with guzzling” (NJPS). On the other hand, most English versions render בִּגְבוּרָה וְלֹא בַשְּׁתִי ( bigvurah vÿlo ’ vashÿti ) in a woodenly literal sense, “for strength and not for drunkenness” (YLT, KJV, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NIV). However, a few attempt to express the idiom clearly: “as stalwarts and not as drunkards” (MLB); “stalwart men, not sots” (Moffatt); “for vigor and not in drinking bouts” (NAB); “for refreshment, and not for riotousness” (Douay).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":26135,"verse_id":"ECC.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “the rafters sink.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":26136,"verse_id":"ECC.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “lowering of hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":26137,"verse_id":"ECC.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “bread.” The term לֶחֶם ( lekhem ) is used literally of “bread” and figuratively (i.e., by metonymy) for a “feast” (BDB 536–37 s.v. לֶחֶם ). BDB suggests that עֹשִׂיה לֶחֶם (’ osih lekhem ) in Eccl 10:19 means “make a feast” (BDB 537 s.v. לֶחֶם 1.a). This obscure line has occasioned numerous proposals: “a feast is made for laughter” (KJV, ASV, NIV); “feasts are made for laughter” (NRSV); “men feast for merrymaking” (Moffatt); “men prepare a meal for enjoyment” (NASB); “the table has its pleasures” (NEB); “they [i.e., rulers of v. 16 ] make a banquet for revelry” (NJPS); “people prepare a banquet for enjoyment” (MLB); “for laughter they make bread and wine, that the living may feast” (Douay); “bread is made for laughter” (RSV); “bread [and oil] call forth merriment” (NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":26138,"verse_id":"ECC.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"The subject of the verb is not specified. When active verbs have an unspecified subject, they are often used in a passive sense: “Bread [feasts] are made….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":26139,"verse_id":"ECC.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “and wine gladdens life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":26140,"verse_id":"ECC.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “and [they think that] money is the answer for everything.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A19/4"}
{"id":26141,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Perhaps the referent is people who are in authority because of their wealth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":26142,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “in chambers of your bedroom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":26143,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “a bird of the air.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":26144,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “might carry the voice.” The article is used here with the force of a possessive pronoun.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/4"}
{"id":26145,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.20","text":"The Hebrew phrase בַּעַל הַכְּנָפַיִם ( ba ’ al hakkÿnafayim , “possessor of wings”) is an idiom for a winged creature, that is, a bird (e.g., Prov 1:17 ; see HALOT 143 s.v. בַּעַל A.6; BDB 127 s.v. בַּעַל 5.a). The term בַּעַל (“master; possessor”) is the construct governing the attributive genitive הַכְּנָפַיִם (“wings”); see IBHS 149-51 §9.5.3b.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/5"}
{"id":26146,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.20","text":"The term “your” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/6"}
{"id":26147,"verse_id":"ECC.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “tell the matter.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2010%3A20/7"}
{"id":26148,"verse_id":"ECC.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"The verb שָׁלַח ( shalakh , “to send; to cast”) refers to the action of sending something to someone (e.g., Neh 8:12 ; HALOT 1995 s.v. שׁלח ). The term is traditionally rendered here as “cast” (KJV, NAB, RES, ASV, NASB, NIV); however, some render it “send” (NJPS, NRSV, NEB). LXX uses ἀπόστειλον ( aposteilon , “send”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":26149,"verse_id":"ECC.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “your bread.” The term לֶחֶם ( lekhem ) is traditionally rendered “bread” (KJV, NAB, RSV, NRSV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NJPS). However, 11:1-2 seems to deal with exporting goods overseas (D. R. Glenn, “Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 1002-3). It is better to take לֶחֶם (“bread”) as a metonymy of product, standing for the grain and wheat from which bread is produced (e.g., Gen 41:54-55; 47:13, 15, 17, 19; 49:20 ; Num 15:19 ; 2 Kgs 18:32 ; Isa 28:28; 30:23; 36:17; 55:10 ; Jer 5:17 ; Ezek 48:18 ; Job 28:5 ; Ps 104:14 ; Prov 28:3 ); see HALOT 526 s.v. 1 ; BDB 537 s.v. 1 .b. It is taken this way by several translations: “grain” (NEB) and “goods” (Moffatt). Qoheleth encouraged the export of grain products overseas in international trade.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":26150,"verse_id":"ECC.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “upon the surface of the waters.” This is traditionally viewed as extolling generosity from which a reward will be reaped. On the other hand, some scholars suggest that the imagery deals with commercial business through maritime trade. M. Jastrow took this verse as advice to take risks in business by trusting one’s goods or ships that will after many days return with a profit (A. Cohen, The Five Megilloth [SoBB], 181). Sea trade was risky in the ancient Near East, but it brought big returns to its investors (e.g., 1 Kgs 9:26-28; 10:22 ; Ps 107:23 ); see D. R. Glenn, “Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 1002-3. The verse is rendered thus: “Send your grain across the seas, and in time you will get a return” (NEB); or “Trust your goods far and wide at sea, till you get a good return after a while” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":26151,"verse_id":"ECC.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “find it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A1/4"}
{"id":26152,"verse_id":"ECC.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “give a portion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":26153,"verse_id":"ECC.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The phrase “seven or eight” is a graded numerical saying depicting an indefinite plurality: “The collocation of a numeral with the next above it is a rhetorical device employed in numerical sayings to express a number, which need not, or cannot, be more exactly specified. It must be gathered from the context whether such formulae are intended to denote only an insignificant number (e.g., Is 17:6 “two” or at the most “three”) or a considerable number (e.g., Mi 5:4 ). Sometimes, however, this juxtaposition serves to express merely an indefinite total, without the collateral idea of intensifying the lower by means of the higher number” (GKC 437 §134. s ). Examples: “one” or “two” ( Deut 32:30 ; Jer 3:14 ; Job 33:14; 40:5 ; Ps 62:12 ); “two” or “three” ( 2 Kgs 9:32 ; Isa 17:6 ; Hos 6:2 ; Amos 4:8 ; Sir 23:16; 26:28; 50:25); “three” or “four” ( Jer 36:23 ; Amos 1:3-11 ; Prov 21:19; 30:15, 18 ; Sir 26:5); “four” or “five” ( Isa 17:6 ); “six” or “seven” ( Job 5:19 ; Prov 6:16 ); “seven” or “eight” ( Mic 5:4 ; Eccl 11:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":26154,"verse_id":"ECC.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"The word “investments” is not in the Hebrew text; it is added here for clarity. This line is traditionally understood as an exhortation to be generous to a multitude of people (KJV, NAB, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NIV, NJPS); however, it is better taken as shrewd advice to not commit all one’s possessions to a single venture (A. Cohen, The Five Megilloth [SoBB], 181). D. R. Glenn (“Ecclesiastes,” BKCOT , 1003) writes: “In view of the possibility of disaster, a person should make prudent investments in numerous ventures rather than put all his ‘eggs in one basket’ (e.g., Gen 32:7-8 for a practical example of this advice).” Several translations reflect this: “Divide your merchandise among seven ventures, eight maybe” (NEB); “Take shares in several ventures” (Moffatt).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":26155,"verse_id":"ECC.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.2","text":"The term רעה (lit. “evil”) refers to calamity (e.g., Eccl 5:13; 7:14; 9:12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A2/5"}
{"id":26156,"verse_id":"ECC.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “what is the way of the wind.” Some take these words with what follows: “how the spirit comes to the bones in the womb of a pregnant woman.” There is debate whether הָרוּחַ מַה־דֶּרֶךְ ( mah-derekh haruakh ) refers to the wind (“the path of the wind”) or the human spirit of a child in the mother’s womb (“how the spirit comes”). The LXX understood it as the wind: “the way of the wind” ( ἡ ὁδὸς τοῦ πνεύματος , Jh Jodos tou pneumatos ); however, the Targum and Vulgate take it as the human spirit. The English versions are divided: (1) spirit: “the way of the spirit” (KJV, YLT, Douay); “the breath of life” (NAB); “how a pregnant woman comes to have…a living spirit in her womb” (NEB); “how the lifebreath passes into the limbs within the womb of the pregnant woman” (NJPS); “how the spirit comes to the bones in the womb of a woman with child” (RSV); “how the breath comes to the bones in the mother’s womb” (NRSV); and (2) wind: “the way of the wind” (ASV, RSV margin); “the path of the wind” (NASB, NIV); and “how the wind blows” (MLB, Moffatt).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":26157,"verse_id":"ECC.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"The term “form” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":26158,"verse_id":"ECC.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “the one who is full.” The feminine adjective מְלֵאָה ( mÿle ’ ah , from מָלֵא , male ’, “full”) is used as a substantive referring to a pregnant woman whose womb is filled with her infant ( HALOT 584 s.v. מָלֵא 2; BDB 571 s.v. מָלֵא ). This term is used in reference to a pregnant woman in later Hebrew ( HALOT 584 s.v. מָלֵא ). The LXX understood the term in this sense: κυοφορούσης ( kuoforoushs , “pregnant woman”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":26159,"verse_id":"ECC.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “do not let your hand rest.” The Hebrew phrase “do not let your hand rest” is an idiom that means “do not stop working” or “do not be idle” (e.g., Eccl 7:18 ); cf. BDB 628 s.v. נוּחַ B.1. Several English versions capture the sense of the idiom well: “do not stop working” (NEB); “do not be idle” (MLB); “let not your hand be idle” (NAB); “let not your hands be idle” (NIV); “stay not your hand” (Moffatt). The term “hand” is a synecdoche of part (i.e., do not let your hand rest) for the whole person (i.e., do not allow yourself to stop working).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":26160,"verse_id":"ECC.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"The terms “morning” ( בֹּקֶר , boqer ) and “evening” ( עֶרֶב , ’ erev ) form a merism (a figure of speech using two polar extremes to include everything in between) that connotes “from morning until evening.” The point is not that the farmer should plant at two times in the day (morning and evening), but that he should plant all day long (from morning until evening). This merism is reflected in several translations: “in the morning…until evening” (NEB, Moffatt).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":26161,"verse_id":"ECC.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"The term “activity” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":26162,"verse_id":"ECC.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"The verb כָּשֵׁר ( kasher , “to prosper”) is used metonymically to denote “will succeed.” In 11:10 , it means “skill in work.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":26163,"verse_id":"ECC.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.6","text":"Or “together.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A6/5"}
{"id":26164,"verse_id":"ECC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"The term “light” ( הָאוֹר , ha ’ or ) is used figuratively (metonymy of association) in reference to “life” (e.g., Job 3:20; 33:30 ; Ps 56:14). By contrast, death is described as “darkness” (e.g., Eccl 11:8; 12:6-7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":26165,"verse_id":"ECC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"The Hebrew term מָתוֹק ( matoq , “sweet”) is often used elsewhere in reference to honey. The point is that life is sweet and should be savored like honey.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":26166,"verse_id":"ECC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “to the eyes.” The term “eyes” is a synecdoche of part (i.e., eyes) for the whole person. Used with the idiom “to see the sun” (i.e., to be alive), Qoheleth is simply saying that the experience of a life is a pleasant thing that should be savored.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":26167,"verse_id":"ECC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"The idiom “to see the sun” (both רָאָה הָשָּׁמֶשׁ , ra ’ ah hashamesh , and חָזָה הַשָּׁמֶשׁ , khazah hashamesh ) is an idiom meaning “to be alive” (e.g., Ps 58:9 ; Eccl 6:5; 7:11; 11:7 ); cf. BDB 1039 s.v. שֶׁמֶשׁ 4.b. The opposite idiom, “the sun is darkened,” refers to the onset of old age and death ( Eccl 12:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":26168,"verse_id":"ECC.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The phrase “the days of darkness” refers to the onset of old age ( Eccl 12:1-5 ) and the inevitable experience of death ( Eccl 11:7-8; 12:6-7 ). Elsewhere, “darkness” is a figure of speech (metonymy of association) for death ( Job 10:21-22; 17:13; 18:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":26169,"verse_id":"ECC.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"The term הֶבֶל ( hevel ) here means “obscure,” that is, unknown. This sense is derived from the literal concept of breath, vapor or wind that cannot be seen; thus, the idea of “obscure; dark; difficult to understand; enigmatic” (see HALOT 236–37 s.v. I הֶבֶל ; BDB 210–11 s.v. I הֶבֶל ). It is used in this sense in reference to enigmas in life ( 6:2; 8:10, 14 ) and the future which is obscure ( 11:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":26170,"verse_id":"ECC.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “in your youth”; or “in your childhood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":26171,"verse_id":"ECC.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “walk in the ways of your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":26172,"verse_id":"ECC.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “the sight.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A9/3"}
{"id":26173,"verse_id":"ECC.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “and know that concerning all these God will bring you into judgment.” The point is not that following one’s impulses and desires is inherently bad and will bring condemnation from God. Rather the point seems to be: As you follow your impulses and desires, realize that all you think and do will eventually be evaluated by God. So one must seek joy within the boundaries of God’s moral standards.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A9/4"}
{"id":26174,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"The verb סוּר ( sur , “to remove”) normally depicts a concrete action of removing a physical object from someone’s presence ( HALOT 748 s.v. סור 1). Here, it is used figuratively (hypocatastasis) of the emotional/psychological action of banishing unnecessary emotional stress from one’s mind. The Hiphil usage means “to remove; to abolish; to keep away; to turn away; to push aside” ( HALOT 748 s.v. 1 ). The English versions render this term in a variety of ways, none of which is very poetic: “remove” (KJV, RSV, ASV, NASB); “turn aside” (YLT); “ward off” (NAB); and “banish” (NEB, MLB, NIV, NRSV, NJPS, Moffatt).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":26175,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"The root “vexation” ( כַּעַס , ka ’ as ) has a broad range of meanings: “anger” ( Deut 4:25; 9:18 ), “irritation” ( Deut 32:21 ), “offend” ( 2 Kgs 23:26 ; Neh 3:37), “vexation” or “frustration” ( Ezek 20:28 ), “grief” ( 1 Sam 1:6 ), and “worry” ( Ps 112:10 ; Eccl 7:9 ); cf. HALOT 491 s.v. כַּעַס . Here, it refers in general to unnecessary emotional stress and anxiety that can deprive a person of the legitimate enjoyment of life and its temporal benefits.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":26176,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “your heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":26177,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.10","text":"In light of the parallelism, רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) does not refer to ethical evil, but to physical injury, pain, deprivation or suffering (e.g., Deut 31:17, 21; 32:23 ; 1 Sam 10:19 ; Neh 1:3; 2:17 ; Pss 34:20; 40:13; 88:4; 107:26 ; Eccl 12:1 ; Jer 2:27 ; Lam 3:38 ); see HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4.b; BDB 949 s.v. רָעָה 2. This sense is best captured as “pain” (NASB, RSV, NRSV, MLB, Moffatt) or “the troubles [of your body]” (NEB, NIV), rather than “evil” (KJV, ASV, YLT, Douay) or “sorrow” (NJPS).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/4"}
{"id":26178,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “your flesh.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/5"}
{"id":26179,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “childhood.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/6"}
{"id":26180,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “youth”; Heb “black hair” or “the dawn [of life].” The feminine noun הַשַּׁחֲרוּת ( hashakharut ) is a hapax legomenon , occurring only here. There is debate whether it is from שָׁחֹר ( shakhor ) which means “black” (i.e. black hair, e.g., Lev 13:31, 37 ; Song 5:11 ; HALOT 1465 s.v. שׁחר ; BDB 1007 s.v. שָׁחֹר and שָׁחַר ) or שַׁחַר ( shakhar ) which means “dawn” (e.g., Gen 19:15 ; Job 3:9 ; Song 6:10 ; HALOT 1466–67 s.v. שָׁחַר ). If this term is from שָׁחֹר it is used in contrast to gray hair that characterizes old age (e.g., Prov 16:31; 20:29 ). This would be a figure (metonymy of association) for youthfulness. On the other hand, if the term is from שַׁחַר it connotes the “dawn of life” or “prime of life.” This would be a figure (hypocatastasis) for youthfulness. In either case, the term is a figure for “youth” or “prime of life,” as the parallel term הַיַּלְדוּת ( hayyaldut , “youth” or “childhood”) indicates. The term is rendered variously in the English versions: “black hair” (NJPS); “the dawn of youth” (NAB); “the dawn of life” (ASV, MLB, RSV, NRSV); “the prime of life” (NEB, NASB); “vigor” (NIV); “youth” (KJV); and “manhood” (Moffatt). The plural forms of הַשַּׁחֲרוּת and הַיַּלְדוּת are examples of the plural of state or condition that a person experiences for a temporary period of time, e.g., זְקֻנִים ( zÿqunim , “old age”); נְעוּרִים ( nÿ ’ urim , “youth”); and עֲלוּמִים (’ alumim , “youthfulness”); see IBHS 121 §7.4.2b.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/7"}
{"id":26181,"verse_id":"ECC.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"11.10","text":"The term הֶבֶל ( hevel , “vanity”) often connotes the temporal idea “fleeting” (e.g., Prov 31:30 ; Eccl 3:19; 6:12; 7:15; 9:9 ). This nuance is suggested here by the collocation of “youth” ( הַיַּלְדוּת , hayyaldut ) and “the prime of life” ( הַשַּׁחֲרוּת , hashakharut ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2011%3A10/8"}
{"id":26182,"verse_id":"ECC.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"The imperative זְכֹר ( zekhor , “Remember!”) is a figurative expression (metonymy of association) for obeying God and acknowledging his lordship over one’s life (e.g., Num 15:40 ; Deut 8:18 ; Pss 42:6-7; 63:6-8; 78:42; 103:18; 106:7; 119:52, 55 ; Jer 51:50 ; Ezek 20:43 ; Jonah 2:7 ; Mal 4:4 ). The exhortation to fear God and obey his commands in 12:13-14 spells out what it means to “remember” God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":26183,"verse_id":"ECC.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The temporal adjective עַד (’ ad , “before”) appears three times in 12:1-7 (vv. 1 b, 2a, 6a). Likewise, the temporal preposition בְּ ( bet , “when”) is repeated (vv. 3 a, 4b). These seven verses comprise one long sentence in Hebrew: The main clause is 12:1 a (“Remember your Creator in the days of your youth”), while 12:1 b-7 consists of five subordinate temporal clauses (“before…before…when…when…before…”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":26184,"verse_id":"ECC.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"The adjective רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”) does not refer here to ethical evil, but to physical difficulty, injury, pain, deprivation and suffering (e.g., Deut 31:17, 21; 32:23 ; 1 Sam 10:19 ; Neh 1:3; 2:17 ; Pss 34:20; 40:13; 88:4; 107:26 ; Eccl 11:10 ; Jer 2:27 ; Lam 3:38 ); see HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 4.b; BDB 949 s.v. רָעָה 2.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":26185,"verse_id":"ECC.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “the light and the moon and the stars.” The phrase “the light and the moon” is a hendiadys (two separate terms denoting one idea) or perhaps even a hendiatris (three separate terms denoting one idea) for “the light of the moon and stars” (e.g., Gen 1:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":26186,"verse_id":"ECC.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The verb שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”) here denotes “to desist” ( HALOT 1430 s.v. שׁוּב 3). It pictures the disappearance of the clouds as a result of the precipitation of their contents.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":26187,"verse_id":"ECC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “the watchers of the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":26188,"verse_id":"ECC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"The verb זְוּעַ ( zÿua ’, “to tremble”) probably does not refer to physical tremors but to trembling in fear (e.g., Esth 5:9 ; Hab 2:7 ; Sir 48:12); cf. HALOT 267 s.v. זוע ). At the onset of old age, those who had been the most courageous during their youth suddenly become fearful.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":26189,"verse_id":"ECC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"The verb עָוַת (’ avat , “to bend; to stoop”) means “to be stooped” ( HALOT 804 s.v. עות ) rather than “to bend themselves” (BDB 736 s.v. עות ). The perfect tense may be taken in an ingressive sense (“begin to stoop over”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":26190,"verse_id":"ECC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.3","text":"The term הַטֹּחֲנוֹת ( hattokhanot , Qal active participle feminine plural from טָחַן , takhan , “to grind”) is a double entendre. In its literal sense, it refers to female mill-grinders; in its figurative sense, it refers to molar teeth ( HALOT 374 s.v. * טֹחֲנָה ). The related Hebrew noun טַחֲנָה ( takhanah ) refers to a “mill,” and the related Arabic noun tahinat means “molar tooth” ( HALOT 374 s.v. * טַחֲנָה ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A3/4"}
{"id":26191,"verse_id":"ECC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.3","text":"The verb חָשַׁךְ ( khashakh , “to grow dim”) is used elsewhere in reference to failing eyesight (e.g., Ps 69:24 ; Lam 5:17 ); see HALOT 361 s.v. חשׁך 2. Therefore, the phrase “those who look through the windows” is probably a figurative description of the eyes, picturing failing eyesight at the onset of old age.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A3/5"}
{"id":26192,"verse_id":"ECC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"The noun טַחֲנָה ( takhanah ) refers to a “grinding-mill” where grain is ground into flour ( HALOT 374 s.v. טַחֲנָה ). The term is here used as a double entendre, figuratively describing the loss of one’s teeth at the onset of old age. The figurative usage also draws upon the polysemantic nature of this noun; the related Arabic root tahinat means “molar tooth” ( HALOT 374 s.v. * טֹחֲנָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":26193,"verse_id":"ECC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “rises up.” The verb קוּם ( qum , “to arise”) refers to being awakened from sleep in the middle of the night by a sound (e.g., Exod 12:30 ; 1 Sam 3:6, 8 ) and waking up early in the morning (e.g., Gen 24:54 ; Judg 16:3 ; Ruth 3:14 ; Neh 2:12 ; Job 14:12; 24:14 ); see HALOT 1086 s.v. קוּם 1; BDB 877 s.v. קוּם 1.a. Here it describes one of the frustrations of old age: the elderly person is unable to get a full night’s sleep because every little sound awakens him in the middle of the night or too early in the morning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":26194,"verse_id":"ECC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"The term “their” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":26195,"verse_id":"ECC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “all the daughters of song.” The expression “the daughters of song” ( בְּנוֹת הַשִּׁיר , bÿnot hashir ) is an idiom for “songs; musical sounds; melodious notes” ( HALOT 166 s.v. I בַּת 2; BDB 123 s.v. בַּת 5; GKC 418 §128. v ). The genitive הַשִּׁיר (“song”) represents the nature, quality, character or condition of the construct בְּנוֹת (“daughters”); see IBHS 149-51 §9.5.3b. The idiom refers to the musical songs sung during one’s youth or to the ability to hear songs that are sung. This line is lamenting the loss of hearing which occurs at the onset of old age.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":26196,"verse_id":"ECC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “are brought low.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A4/5"}
{"id":26197,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The Hebrew noun חַתְחַתִּים ( khatkhattim ) literally means “terrors” ( HALOT 363 s.v. חַתְחַת ; BDB 369 s.v. חַתְחַת ). Here it is used as a metonymy (cause for effect) to refer to dangers that cause the elderly to be fearful of going outside or walking along the streets. The form חַתְחַתִּים is a reduplicated noun stem from the root חתת (“terror”); HALOT 363 s.v. חַתְחַת ; BDB 369 s.v. חַתְחַת . The reduplication of the noun stem intensifies its meaning: the noun חִתַּת ( k hittat ) means “terror,” so the intensified reduplicated form חַתְחַת ( khatkhat ) connotes something like “great terror” (see S. Moscati, Comparative Grammar , 78-79, §12.9-13). The plural form חַתְחַתִּים (“great terrors”) denotes plural of number (more than one) or plural of intensity (which would further intensify the experience of fear); see IBHS 122 §7.4.3a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":26198,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"The noun שָׁקֵד ( shaqed ) is used in the OT in reference to the “almond nut” (e.g., Gen 43:11 ; Num 17:23) and metonymically (product for thing producing it) for the “almond tree” (e.g., Jer 1:11 ); cf. HALOT 1638 s.v. שָׁקֵד ; BDB 1052 s.v. שָׁקֵד 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":26199,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"The verb נצץ (“to blossom”) is a geminate verb (II = III) that, in this case, is written with a matres lectionis (plene spelling) rather than the normal spelling of וינץ (GKC 204 §73. g ). The Hiphil verb יָנֵאץ ( yane ’ ts ) is from the root נצץ “to shine; to sparkle; to blossom” ( HALOT 717 s.v. נצץ ; BDB 665 s.v. נָצַץ ). It is used in reference to almond blossoms whose color progresses from pink to white as they ripen (e.g., Song 6:11 ). This is an appropriate metaphor (comparison of sight) to describe white hair that often accompanies the onset of old age.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":26200,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “locust.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":26201,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.5","text":"The verb סָבַל ( saval , “to bear a heavy load”) means “to drag oneself along” as a burden (BDB 687 s.v. סָבַל ) or “to become thick; to move slowly forward; to clear off” ( HALOT 741 s.v. סבל ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/5"}
{"id":26202,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.5","text":"The noun אֲבִיּוֹנָה (’ aviyyonah , “caper berry, caper fruit”) is a hapax legomenon , occurring only here in the Hebrew Bible. It refers to the Capparis spinosa fruit which was eaten as an aphrodisiac in the ancient Near East ( HALOT 5 s.v. אֲבִיּוֹנָה ; BDB 2–3 s.v. אֲבִיּוֹנָה ). There are two options for the interpretation of this figure: (1) At the onset of old age, the sexual virility that marked one’s youth is nothing more than a distant memory, and even aphrodisiacs fail to stimulate sexual desire to allow for sexual intercourse. (2) The onset of old age is like the shriveling up of the caper berry fruit; the once virile youth has passed his prime just like a shriveled caper berry can no longer provide a sexual stimulant.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/6"}
{"id":26203,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “fails”; or “bursts.” The meaning of the verb פָּרַר ( parar , “to break; to make ineffectual”) is debated: (1) “to be ineffectual,” that is, to fail to provide sexual power as an aphrodisiac, or (2) “to break; to burst,” that is, the caper berry fruit shrivels as it lingers on its branch beyond its period of ripeness ( HALOT 975 s.v. פרר 2.f; BDB 830 s.v. I. פָּרַר 2.d). tc The MT vocalizes consonantal ותפר as וְתָפֵר ( vÿtafer , conjunction + Hiphil imperfect 3rd person feminine singular from פָּרַר , parar , “to burst”). However, an alternate vocalization tradition of וְתֻפַּר ( vÿtupar , conjunction + Hophal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular “to be broken down”) is reflected in the LXX which reads καὶ διασκεδασθῇ ( kai diaskedasqh , “is scattered”) and Symmachus καὶ διαλυθῇ ( kai dialuqh , “is broken up”) which is followed by the Syriac. On the other hand, Aquila’s καὶ καρπεύσει ( kai karpeusei , “are enjoyed,” of fruits) reflects וְתִפְרֶה (Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular from פָרַה , “to bear fruit”); this does not reflect an alternate reading but a translator’s error in word division between וְתָפֵר הָאֲבִיּוֹנָה ( vÿtafer ha ’ aviyyonah , “the caper berry bursts”) and וְתִפְרֶה אֲבִיּוֹנָה ( vÿtifreh ’ aviyyonah , “the caper berry bears fruit”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/7"}
{"id":26204,"verse_id":"ECC.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"12.5","text":"In the construct phrase בֵּית עוֹלָמוֹ ( bet ’ olamo , “house of his eternity”), the genitive עוֹלָמוֹ (“eternity”) functions as an attributive adjective: “his eternal home.” This is an idiom for the grave as the resting place of the body (e.g., Ps 49:12 [11]; Job 7:9; 14:10-12 ; Eccl 12:5 ) or Sheol as the residence of the dead (e.g., Job 17:13; 30:23 ); see HALOT 124 s.v. I בַּיִת 2; 799 (5); BDB 109 s.v. בַּיִת 1.d. For example, the term בֵּית (“house”) is used in Job 30:23 in parallelism with “death” ( מָוֶת , mavet ). The same idiom appears in postbiblical Hebrew: “the house of eternity” ( בֵּית עוֹלָם , bet ’ olam ) is a euphemism for a burial ground or cemetery (e.g., Lamentations Rabbah 1:5); see Jastrow 1084-85 s.v. עָלַם III. This idiom is also found in a Moabite text in reference to the grave (Deir Alla Inscription 2:6 ). A similar idiom is found in Phoenician and Palmyrene in reference to the grave ( DISO 35). The idiom appears to have originated in Egyptian literature (H. A. Hoffner, TDOT 2:113). See F. Cumont, Afterlife in Roman Paganism , 48-50.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A5/8"}
{"id":26205,"verse_id":"ECC.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “water-spring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":26206,"verse_id":"ECC.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"The term גַּלְגַּל ( galgal , “wheel”) refers to the “water wheel” or “paddle wheel” for drawing water from a well ( HALOT 190 s.v. I גַּלְגַּל 2; BDB 165 s.v. גַּלְגַּל 1.b). This Hebrew noun is related to the Akkadian term gulgullu (“pot”), as well as Phoenician (?) גלגל (“wheel for drawing water”). The Latin term girgillus (“lever for the bucket”) is a late derivation from this term. See G. Dalman, Arbeit und Sitte in Palästina , 2:225-28.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":26207,"verse_id":"ECC.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “spirit.” The likely referent is the life’s breath that originates with God. See Eccl 3:19 , as well as Gen 2:7; 6:17; 7:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":26208,"verse_id":"ECC.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “futility of futilities.” The phrase “absolutely futile” ( הֲבֶל הֲבָלִים , havel havalim ) is a superlative genitive construction (GKC 431 §133. i ). See note on “futile” at 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":26209,"verse_id":"ECC.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Elsewhere in the book, the author is identified with the anarthrous term קֹהֶלֶת ( qohelet , Eccl 1:1, 2, 12; 7:27; 12:9, 10 ); however, in 12:8 it is used with the article, indicating that it is a professional title rather than a personal surname: הַקּוֹהֶלֶת ( haqqohelet , “the Teacher”). Numerous English translations render קֹהֶלֶת as a professional title: “the Speaker” (NEB, Moffatt); “the Preacher” (KJV, RSV, YLT, MLB, ASV, NASB); “the Teacher” (NIV, NRSV); “the Leader of the Assembly” (NIV margin); “the Assembler” (NJPS margin). Others render it as a personal surname: “Koheleth” (JPS, NJPS) and “Qoheleth” (NAB, NRSV margin).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":26210,"verse_id":"ECC.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “Everything.” The term is rendered “all of these things” for clarity. Although כֹּל ( kol , “everything; all”) is often used in an absolute or comprehensive sense (BDB 481 s.v. כֹּל 1), it is frequently used as a synecdoche of the general for the specific, that is, its sense is limited contextually to the topic at hand (BDB 482 s.v. 2 ). This is particularly true of הַכֹּל ( hakkol , BDB 482 s.v. 2 .b) in which the article particularizes or limits the referent to the contextual or previously mentioned topic (e.g., Gen 16:12; 24:1 ; Exod 29:24 ; Lev 1:9, 13; 8:27 ; Deut 2:36 ; Josh 11:19 [see 2 Sam 19:31 ; 1 Kgs 14:26 = 2 Chr 12:9 ]; 21:43; 1 Sam 30:19 ; 2 Sam 17:3; 23:5; 24:23 ; 1 Kgs 6:18 ; 2 Kgs 24:16 ; Isa 29:11; 65:8 ; Jer 13:7, 10 ; Ezek 7:14 ; Pss 14:3; 49:18 ; 1 Chr 7:5; 28:19; 29:19 ; 2 Chr 28:6; 29:28; 31:5; 35:7; 36:17-18 ; Ezra 1:11; 2:42; 8:34-35; 10:17 ; Eccl 5:8 ). Thus, “all” does not always mean “all” absolutely or universally in comprehension. In several cases the context limits its reference to two classes of objects/issues being discussed, so הַכֹּל means “both” (e.g., 2:14; 3:19: 9:1, 2 ). Thus, הַכֹּל (“all; everything”) refers only to what Qoheleth characterizes as “futile” ( הֶבֶל , hevel ) in the context. This does not mean that everything is futile. For example, fearing God is not “futile” ( 2:26; 3:14-15; 11:9-10; 12:1, 9, 13-14 ). Only those objects/issues that are contextually placed under כֹּל are designated as “futile” ( הֶבֶל ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":26211,"verse_id":"ECC.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.8","text":"The term הֶבֶל ( hevel , “futile”) is repeated three times within the six words of this verse for emphasis. See footnote on “futile” at 1:2 . sn Absolutely futile!…All of these things are futile! This motto is the theme of the book. Its occurs at the beginning ( 1:2 ) and end of the book ( 12:8 ), forming an envelope structure ( inclusio ). Everything described in 1:2 —12:8 is the supporting proof of the thesis of 1:2 . With few exceptions (e.g., 2:24-26; 3:14-15; 11:9 –12:1, 9), everything described in 1:2 — 12:8 is characterized as “futile” ( הֶבֶל , hevel ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A8/4"}
{"id":26212,"verse_id":"ECC.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “he weighed and studied.” The verbs וְאִזֵּן וְחִקֵּר ( vÿ ’ izzen vekhiqqer , “he weighed and he explored”) form a hendiadys (a figurative expression in which two separate terms used in combination to convey a single idea): “he studiously weighed” or “carefully evaluated.” The verb וְאִזֵּן (conjunction + Piel perfect 3rd person masculine singular from II אָזַן (’ azan ) “to weigh; to balance”) is related to the noun מֹאזֵן ( mo ’ zen ) “balances; scales” used for weighing money or commercial items (e.g., Jer 32:10 ; Ezek 5:1 ). This is the only use of the verb in the OT. In this context, it means “to weigh” = “to test; to prove” (BDB 24 s.v. מאזן ) or “to balance” ( HALOT 27 II אָזַן ). Cohen suggests, “He made an examination of the large number of proverbial sayings which had been composed, testing their truth and worth, to select those which he considered deserving of circulation” (A. Cohen, The Five Megilloth [SoBB], 189).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":26213,"verse_id":"ECC.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"The verb תָּקַן ( taqan , “to make straight”) connotes “to put straight” or “to arrange in order” ( HALOT 1784 s.v. תקן ; BDB 1075 s.v. תָּקַן ).This may refer to Qoheleth’s activity in compiling a collection of wisdom sayings in an orderly manner, or writing the wisdom sayings in a straightforward, direct manner.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":26214,"verse_id":"ECC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"In the construct phrase דִּבְרֵי־חֵפֶץ ( divre-khefets , “words of delight”) the noun חֵפֶץ (“delight”) functions as an attributive genitive (“delightful words”) or a genitive of estimation or worth (“words viewed as delightful by Qoheleth” or “words that he took delight in”). For another example of a genitive of estimation of worth, see זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים ( zivkhe ’ elohim ) “sacrifices of God” = “sacrifices viewed as acceptable to God” ( Ps 51:19 ). In other words, Qoheleth wrote his proverbs so effectively that he was able to take moral and aesthetic delight in his words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":26215,"verse_id":"ECC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"The consonantal form וכתוב has been revocalized in three ways: (1) The Masoretes read וְכָתוּב ( vÿkhatuv , conjunction + Qal passive participle ms from כָּתַב , katav , “to write”): “Qoheleth sought to find pleasant words, what was written uprightly, namely, words of truth.” This is supported by the LXX’s καὶ γεγραμμένον ( kai gegrammenon , conjunction + masculine accusative singular perfect passive participle from γράφω , grafw , “to write). (2) The BHS editors suggest the vocalization וְכָתוֹב ( vÿkhatov , conjunction + Qal infinitive absolute). The infinitive וְכָתוֹב (“and to write”) in the B-line would parallel the infinitive of purpose לִמְצֹא ( limtso ’, “to find”) in the A-line: “Qoheleth sought to find pleasant words, and to write accurately words of truth.” (3) Several medieval Hebrew mss preserve an alternate textual tradition of וְכָתַב ( vÿkhatav , conjunction + Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular). This is reflected in the Greek versions (Aquila and Symmachus), Syriac Peshitta and Vulgate. The major English versions are divided among these three textual options: (1) וְכָתוּב (Qal passive participle): “ and that which was written was upright, even words of truth” (KJV); “ and that which was written uprightly, even words of truth” (ASV); “ and, written by the upright, words of truth” (YLT); “but what he wrote was the honest truth” (NEB); “ and what he wrote was upright and true” (NIV). (2) וְכָתוֹב (Qal infinitive absolute): “ and to write words of truth correctly” (NASB); “ and to write correctly the reliable words of truth” (MLB); “ and to write down true sayings with precision” (NAB). (3) וְכָתַב (Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular): “and uprightly he wrote words of truth” (RSV); “and he wrote words of truth plainly” (NRSV); “even as he put down plainly what was true” (Moffatt); “ and he wrote words most right, and full of truth” (Douay); and “ and he recorded genuinely truthful sayings” (NJPS). The editors of the Jerusalem Hebrew Bible project favor וְכָתוֹב “and to write” (option 2): see D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:596–97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":26216,"verse_id":"ECC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"The construct phrase דִּבְרֵי אֱמֶת ( divre ’ emet , “words of truth”) is a genitive of content (“words containing truth”) or an attributive genitive (“truthful words”). Depending upon the vocalization of וכתוב , the phrase functions in one of two ways: (1) as direct object of וְכָתוֹב יֹשֶׁר ( vÿkhatov yosher ) “and he accurately wrote truthful words ”; or (2) in apposition to וְכָתוּב יֹשֶׁר ( vÿkhatuv yosher ) “and what is written uprightly, namely, truthful words. ”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":26217,"verse_id":"ECC.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Or “goads”; NCV “sharp sticks used to guide animals.” For further information see M. A. Fishbane, Biblical Interpretation , 29–32.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":26218,"verse_id":"ECC.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"The verb עָשָׂה (’ asah , “to do”) may mean “to make” ( HALOT 890 s.v. I עשׂה 3) or “to acquire” ( HALOT 891 s.v. I עשׂה 6). The LXX rendered it as ποιῆσαι ( poihsai , “making”), as do most English versions: “making” (KJV, YLT, RSV, NRSV, NAB, ASV, MLB, NIV, NJPS). However, several English versions reflect a different nuance: “there is no end to the buying of books” (Moffatt); “the use of books is endless” (NEB); and “the writing of many books is endless” (NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":26219,"verse_id":"ECC.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “the flesh.” The term בָּשָׂר ( basar , “flesh”) refers to the body, functioning as a synecdoche or part (i.e., flesh, skin) for the whole (i.e., body), e.g., Gen 17:13 ; Ps 16:9 ; Prov 14:30 (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 642).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":26220,"verse_id":"ECC.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “The end of the matter, everything having been heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":26221,"verse_id":"ECC.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “This is all men”; or “This is the whole of man.” The phrase זֶה כָּל־הָאָדָם ( zeh kol-ha ’ adam , “this is all men”) features rhetorical elision of a key word. The ambiguity over the elided word has led to no less than five basic approaches: (1) “this is the whole duty of man” (KJV, ASV, RSV, NAB, NIV); (2) “this is the duty of all men” (MLB, ASV margin, RSV margin); (3) “this applies to all men” (NASB, NJPS); (4) “this is the whole duty of all men” (NRSV, Moffatt); and (5) “there is no more to man than this” (NEB). The four-fold repetition of כֹּל ( kol , “all”) in 12:13-14 suggests that Qoheleth is emphasizing the “bottom line,” that is, the basic duty of man is simply to fear and obey God: After “all” ( כֹּל ) has been heard in the book, his conclusion is that the “whole” ( כֹּל ) duty of man is to obey God because God will bring “all” ( כֹּל ) acts into judgment, including “all” ( כֹּל ) that is hidden, whether good or bad. See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 3:596.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":26222,"verse_id":"ECC.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ECC","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “will bring every deed into judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ecclesiastes%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":26223,"verse_id":"SNG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The preposition ל in אֲשֶׁר לִשְׁלֹמֹה (’ asher lishlomoh ) has been taken as: (1) authorship : “which is written by Solomon.” The lamed of authorship (also known as lamed auctoris ) is well attested in Hebrew (see GKC 421 §130. b ), particularly in the psalms (e.g., Pss 18:1; 30:1; 34:1; 51:1; 52:1; 54:1; 56:1; 57:1; 59:1; 60:1; 63:1; 72:21 ); (2) dedication : “which is dedicated for Solomon.” The lamed of dedication is attested in Ugaritic psalms dedicated to Baal or about Baal ( CTA 6.1.1 = UT 49.1); or (3) topic : “which is about/concerning Solomon.” The lamed of topic is attested in Hebrew (e.g., 1 Chr 24:20 ) and in Ugaritic, e.g., lb`l “About Baal” ( CTA 6.1.1 = UT 49.1). The ל is most likely denoting authorship. The ל followed by a name in the superscription of a poetic composition in the OT, usually (if not always) denotes authorship. Just as the superscription לְדָוִד ( lÿdavid ) claims Davidic authorship within the Psalter, the heading claims Solomonic authorship. Whether or not this attribution is historically reliable or simply a matter of Jewish tradition is debated in scholarship, just as the Davidic superscriptions in the Psalter are debated (see study note on the word “Song” in the superscription).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":26224,"verse_id":"SNG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “the song of songs.” The genitive construct שִׁיר הַשִׁירִים ( shir hashirim ) is translated literally as “the song of songs” in the early versions: Greek LXX ( ᾀσμα ᾀσμάτων , asma asmatwn ), Latin Vulgate ( canticum canticorum ) and Syriac Peshitta ( tesŒbÿhat tesŒbÿha„ta„á ). The phrase שִׁיר הַשִׁירִים may be understood in two ways: (1) The noun הַשִׁירִים is a plural of number (“songs”) and functions as a genitive of composition: “the song composed of several songs,” that is, the book is a unified collection (hence the singular שִׁיר “song”) composed of individual love songs (see note on the expression “Her Lover” in v. 1 ). (2) The expression may be a superlative genitive construction denoting par excellence (see IBHS 154 §9.5.3j; GKC 431 §133. i ; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 11, §44; 17-18, §80). For example, קֹדֶשׁ קָדָשִׁים ( qodesh qadashim , “the holy of holies”) means the most holy place ( Exod 29:37 ); אֱלֹהֵי הָאֱלֹהִים וַאֲדֹנֵי הָאֲדֹנִים (’ elohe ha ’ elohim va ’ adone ha ’ adonim , “the God of Gods and Lord of Lords”) means the Highest God and the Supreme Lord ( Deut 10:17 ); and עֶבֶד עֲבָדִים (’ eved ’ avadim ,“a slave of slaves”) means an abject slave ( Gen 9:25 ). The title “the Song of Songs” is an expression of great esteem for the composition. It has been translated variously: “The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s” (KJV, NKJV, RSV, NRSV, NASB), “Solomon’s Song of Songs” (NIV), “The most beautiful of songs, by Solomon” (TEV), “dedicated to,” or “about Solomon” (TEV margin), “Solomon’s most beautiful song” (CEV), “This is Solomon’s song of songs, more wonderful than any other” (NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":26225,"verse_id":"SNG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “song.” The noun שִׁיר ( shir ) may refer to a musical song that was sung ( Exod 15:1 ; Num 21:17 ; Ps 33:3 ; Isa 42:10 ) or a poetic composition that was simply read ( Deut 31:19, 21, 22; 30; 32:44 ) (BDB 1010 s.v. שׁיר ). Several factors suggest that the Song of Songs was poetry to be read and enjoyed rather than sung: (a) its sheer length, (b) absence of musical notations or instrumental instructions, (c) testimony of Jewish tradition and interpretation, (d) lack of evidence of its musical performance in the history of Israel, and (e) comparison with ancient Egyptian love poetry. The term שִׁיר here probably refers to love poetry (e.g., Isa 5:1 ) (BDB 1010 s.v. 1 ; W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 368). The Song appears to be a collection of individual love songs rather than a single multistanza poem. For comparison of the Song of Songs with ancient Egyptian loves songs, see M. V. Fox, The Song of Songs and the Ancient Egyptian Love Songs , and J. B. White, Language of Love in the Song of Songs and Ancient Egyptian Poetry (SBLDS). sn The superscription “Solomon’s Most Excellent Love Song” appears to be a late addition, just as many superscriptions in the Psalter appear to have been added to the psalms sometime after their original composition. R. E. Murphy ( Song of Songs [Hermeneia], 119) notes that the use of the independent relative pronoun אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) in 1:1 sharply distinguishes the superscription from the body of the Song as a whole where the short form - שֶׁ ( she- ) occurs thirty-two times (e.g., 1:6, 12; 6:5 ). The short form - שֶׁ also occurs frequently in Ecclesiastes which is traditionally attributed to Solomon. Therefore, it would appear that the superscription is a later addition to the Song. This, of course, raises the question whether or not the attribution of Solomonic authorship of the Song is historically reliable or simply a matter of later Jewish tradition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":26226,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The introductory headings that identify the speakers of the poems throughout the Song do not appear in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. These notations should not be misinterpreted as suggesting that the Song be interpreted as a drama. Throughout the Song, the notation “The Lover” refers to the young man, while “the Beloved” refers to the young woman. Since the Song of Songs appears to be a collection of individual love songs, the individual love poems within the collection might not have originally referred to the same young man and young woman in each case. Just as the Book of Proverbs contains proverbs composed by Solomon (10:1-22:16; 25:1-29:27) as well as proverbs composed by other wise men (22:17-24:34; 30:1-31:9), so the Song of Songs may contain love poems composed by Solomon or written about Solomon as well as love poems composed by or written about other young couples in love. Nevertheless, the final canonical form of this collection presents a unified picture of idyllic love between one man and one woman in each case. The young man in several of the individual love poems is explicitly identified as Solomon ( 1:5; 3:7; 8:11-12 ), King Solomon ( 3:9, 11 ) or the king ( 1:4; 7:6 ). Some statements in the Song are consistent with a royal figure such as Solomon: references to Tirzah and Jerusalem ( 6:4 ) and to multiple queens and concubines ( 6:8 ). It is not so clear, however, whether Solomon is the young man in every individual poem. Nor is it clear that the same young woman is in view in each love poem. In several poems the young woman is a country maiden working in a vineyard ( 1:5-6; 8:11-12 ); however, the young woman in another poem is addressed as “O prince’s daughter” ( 7:2 ). The historian notes, “Solomon loved many women, especially the daughter of Pharaoh” ( 1 Kgs 11:1 ). So it would be surprising if the Song devoted itself to only one of Solomon’s many liaisons. The Song may simply be a collection of love poems written at various moments in Solomon’s illustrious career as a lover of many women. It may also include love poems written about other young lovers that were collected into the final form of the book that presents a portrait of idyllic love of young lovers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":26227,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “May he kiss me….” The shift from 3rd person masculine singular forms (“he” and “his”) in 1:2 a to 2nd person masculine singular forms (“your”) in 1:2 b-4 has led some to suggest that the Beloved addresses the Friends in 1:2 a and then her Lover in 1:2 b-4. A better solution is that the shift from the 3rd person masculine singular to 2nd person masculine singular forms is an example of heterosis of person: a poetic device in which the grammatical person shifts from line to line (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 297). The third person is put for the second person (e.g, Gen 49:4 ; Deut 32:15 ; Ps 23:2-5 ; Isa 1:29; 42:20; 54:1 ; Jer 22:24 ; Amos 4:1 ; Micah 7:19 ; Lam 3:1 ; Song 4:2; 6:6 ) (E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 524-25). Similar shifts occur in ancient Near Eastern love literature (cf. S. N. Kramer, The Sacred Marriage Rite , 92, 99). Most translations render 1:2 literally and preserve the shifts from 3rd person masculine singular to 2nd person masculine singular forms (KJV, AV, NASB, NIV); others render 1:2 with 2nd person masculine singular forms throughout (RSV, NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":26228,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “May he kiss me with the kisses of his mouth!” The phrase יִשָּׁקֵנִי מִנְּשִׁיקוֹת ( yishshaqeni minnÿshiqot , “kiss me with kisses”) is a cognate accusative construction used for emphasis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":26229,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"The MT vocalizes consonantal דדיך as דֹּדֶיךָ ( dodekha , “your loves”; mpl noun from דּוֹד , dod , “love” + 2nd person masculine singular suffix). The LXX and Vulgate reflect the vocalization דַּדֶּיךָ ( daddekha , “your breasts”; mpl noun from דַּד , dad , “breast” + 2nd person masculine singular suffix). This alternate tradition was well known; it was followed by Hippolytus of Rome (d. 235) in his exposition of Canticles 1:2 and by Rabbi Yohanan of Tiberias (3rd century a.d. ) as recorded in the Jewish midrashim on Canticles Rabbah 1:2.2. However, the MT vocalization is preferred. In terms of external evidence, the MT vocalization tradition is generally more reliable. In terms of internal evidence, the LXX form דַּדֶּיךָ ( daddekha , “your [male!] breasts”) is a bit shocking, to say the least. On the other, the plural form דּוֹדִים ( dodim , “loves”) is used in the Song to refer to multiple expressions of love or multiple acts of lovemaking (e.g., 1:4; 4:10; 5:1; 7:13 [ET 12]). tn Although it may be understood in the general sense meaning “love” ( Song 1:4 ), the term דּוֹד ( dod ) normally means “lovemaking” ( Prov 7:18 ; Song 4:10; 7:12 [13]; Ezek 16:8; 23:17 ). The plural form דֹּדֶיךָ ( dodekha , lit. “your lovemakings”) is probably not a plural of number but an abstract plural (so BDB 187 s.v. דּוֹד 3).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":26230,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “better than.” With the comparison of lovemaking to wine, the idea is probably “more intoxicating than wine” or “more delightful than wine.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":26231,"verse_id":"SNG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"The young woman compares his lovemaking to the intoxicating effects of wine. A man is to be “intoxicated” with the love of his wife ( Prov 5:20 ). Wine makes the heart glad ( Deut 14:26 ; Judg 9:13 ; Ps 104:15 ) and revives the spirit ( 2 Sam 16:1-2 ; Prov 31:4-7 ). It is viewed as a gift from God, given to enable man to enjoy life ( Eccl 2:24-25; 5:18 ). The ancient Egyptian love poems use the imagery of wine and intoxication to describe the overwhelming effects of sexual love. For example, an ancient Egyptian love song reads: “I embrace her and her arms open wide; I am like a man in Punt, like someone overwhelmed with drugs. I kiss her and her lips open; and I am drunk without beer” ( ANET 467-69).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":26232,"verse_id":"SNG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The preposition לְ ( lÿ ) of לְרֵיחַ ( lÿrekha ) has been understood in three ways: (a) dative of reference: “with respect to fragrance [your perfumes are pleasing]” (see GKC 430 §133. d ); (b) asseverative or emphatic: “indeed the fragrance [of your perfumes is pleasing]” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 50-51, §283); or (c) comparative: “[your lovemaking is better than wine], indeed better the scent [of precious ointments]” (W. F. Albright, “Archaic Survivals in the Text of Canticles,” Hebrew and Semitic Studies , 2, n. 4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":26233,"verse_id":"SNG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “the scent of your oils.” The term שֶׁמֶן ( shemen , “cologne”) refers to perfumes or colognes ( Eccl 7:1; 10:1 ; Song 4:10 ). In Israel bodily oils were expensive ( 1 Kgs 17:12 ff; 2 Kgs 2:4 ff). Possession of oils and perfumes was a sign of prosperity and luxury ( Deut 32:8; 33:24 ; Job 29:6 ; Prov 21:17 ; Ezek 16:13, 20 ). Wearing cologne was associated with joy ( Ps 45:8 ; Eccl 9:8 ; Isa 61:3 ) because they were worn on festive occasions ( Prov 27:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":26234,"verse_id":"SNG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"The meaning of the phrase שֶׁמֶן תּוּרַק ( shemen turaq ) is difficult to determine; several options have been proposed: (1) Traditionally, the term תּוּרַק is taken as a verb (Hophal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular from רִיק , riq , “to pour out”) which functions as an attributive adjective modifying the noun שֶׁמֶן (“oil, perfume”): “poured out oil.” The phrase is taken this way by LXX ἒλαιον ἐκχεομενον (“oil poured out”) which seems to reflect a Hebrew Vorlage of a passive verb functioning adjectivally. Accordingly, the phrase is traditionally translated “ointment/oil poured forth/poured out” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, NIV, RSV, NRSV, NJB), “purified oil” (NASB) or “spreading perfume” (NAB, CEV). However, this is syntactically awkward because: (a) the noun שֶׁמֶן (“oil”) is masculine (BDB 1032 s.v. שֶׁמֶן ) but the verb תּוּרַק (“poured out”) is feminine (3rd person feminine singular); and (b) this would demand heterosis of the verb for an adjective function. (2) Aquila, who is known for his woodenly literal translation technique, reads ἒλαιον ἐκκενωθὲν ( elaion ekkenwqen, “oil poured out”) which reflects a passive participle functioning adjectivally, perhaps מוּרָק ( muraq; Hophal participle ms from רִיק “to pour out”). This involves simple orthographic confusion between ת and מ . This might be reflected in Qumran because Baillet’s restoration of 6QCant reads מרקחת מורקה (cited in BHS apparatus “c-c”) which would be vocalized מִרְקַחַת מוּרקָה ( mirqakhat murqah , “perfumed poured out”). However, Baillet’s restoration is questioned by some scholars. (3) The BHS editors suggest emending MT תּוּרַק ( turaq ) to the noun תַּמְרוּק ( tamruq , “purification”), used for oil of purification (e.g., Esth 2:3, 9, 12 ): תַּמְרוּק שֶׁמֶן ( shemen tamruq ) would mean “oil of purification” or “purified oil.” (4) A simpler solution is to take תּוּרַק as a previously unrecognized noun that is related to the Ugaritic noun trq which refers to high grade cosmetic oil ( UT 145.20; 19.371). This approach is adopted by one other translation: “Your name is like finest oil” (NJPS).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":26235,"verse_id":"SNG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “love.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A3/8"}
{"id":26236,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The three verbs in this line are a good example of heterosis of person, that is, a shift from 2nd person masculine singular to 1st person common plural to 3rd person masculine singular forms: מָשְׁכֵנִי ( mashÿkheni , “draw me!”; Qal imperative 2nd person masculine singular from מָשַׁךְ , mashakh , “to draw” + 1st person common singular suffix:), נָּרוּצָה ( narutsah , “let us run!”; Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from רוּץ , ruts , “to run”), and הֱבִיאַנִי ( hevi ’ ani , “he has brought me” or “bring me!”; Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular בּוֹא , bo ’, “to bring” + 1st person common singular suffix). Heterosis from second to third person occurs elsewhere in the Song in 1:2-3; 4:2; 6:6 (e.g, Gen 49:4 ; Deut 32:15 ; Ps 23:2-5 ; Isa 1:29; 42:20; 54:1 ; Jer 22:24 ; Amos 4:1 ; Micah 7:19 ; Lam 3:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":26237,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “O king, bring me into your chambers!” The article on the noun הַמֶּלֶךְ ( hammelekh , “the king”) may be taken in two ways: (1) the particularizing use of the article: “The king” (e.g., NIV: “The king has brought me into his chambers”) or (2) the vocative use of the article: “O king!” (NJPS margin: “O king, bring me into your chambers!”) (For the vocative use of the article, see GKC 405 §126. e ; Joüon 2:506-7 §137.f; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §89; IBHS 247 §13.5.2c). The syntactical classification of the article is dependent upon: (1) Whether the MT reading of the 3rd person masculine singular suffix on חֲדָרָיו ( khadarav , “his chambers”) is retained or whether the text is emended to the 2nd person masculine singular suffix form חַדְרֶךָ ( khadrekha , “your chamber”) as reflected in Syriac (see textual note below). (2) Whether הֱבִיאַנִי ( hevi ’ ani , Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular from בּוֹא , bo ’, “to bring” + 1st person common singular suffix) is classified as a perfect of past action (“The king has brought me into his chambers”) or a precative perfect (“O king, bring me into your chambers!”) (see syntactical note below). (3) Whether the consonantal form הביאני should be vocalized as הֱבִיאַנִי ( hevi ’ ani , Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular + 1st person common singular suffix) as preserved in MT or as הֲבִיאֵנִי ( havi ’ eni , Hiphil imperative 2nd person masculine singular + 1st person common singular suffix) as reflected in Symmachus and Syriac (see textual note below).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":26238,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “has brought me.” The verb הֱבִיאַנִי ( hevi ’ ani , Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular בּוֹא , bo ’, “to bring” + 1st person common singular suffix) may be classified in two ways: (1) perfect of past action: “The king has brought me into his chambers” or (2) precative perfect: “May the king bring me into his chambers!” (J. S. Deere, “Song of Solomon,” BKCOT , 1012). While some older grammarians denied the existence of the precative (volitional) function of the perfect in Hebrew (e.g., S. R. Driver, Tenses in Hebrew , 25-26; GKC 312-13 §106. n , n. 2), its existence is accepted in more recent grammars (e.g., IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4d; Joüon 2:365 §112.k). While the perfect of past action is the more common use of the perfect, the context suggests the more rare precative. As IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4d notes, the precative can be recognized contextually by its parallelism with the other volitive forms. The parallelism of precative הֱבִיאַנִי (“bring me!”) with the volitives in the two preceding parallel colons – מָשְׁכֵנִי ( mashÿkheni , “draw me!”; Qal imperative 2nd person masculine singular from משַׁךְ , mashakh , “to draw” + 1st person common singular suffix:) and נָּרוּצָה ( narutsah , “let us run!”; Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from רוּץ , ruts , “to run”) – favors the precative function of the perfect. The volitive function of consonantal הביאני is reflected in Syriac. The BHS editors suggest revocalizing MT to הֲבִיאֵנִי “bring me!” The precative function of the perfect הֱבִיאַנִי may explain the origin of this variant vocalization tradition reflected in Syriac. In terms of connotation, the precative functions as a volitive as an example of the irreal modal or optative function of the perfect ( IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4d; Joüon 2:365 §112.k). In contrast to the use of the irreal perfect for situations which the speaker expresses as a wish without expectation of fulfillment (contrary-to-fact situations, hypothetical assertions, and expressions of a wish that is not expected to be realized), the precative refers to situations the speaker expresses his desire for and expects to be realized ( IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4d). It is used most often in contexts of prayers to God which the speakers expect to be answered (e.g., Pss 3:8; 22:22; 31:5-6 ). Here, she expresses her desire that her lover consummate their love in his bedroom chambers; she expects this desire to be realized one day (e.g., 4:1-5:1 ). There are, however, several problems with nuancing the form as a precative: (a) this would demand emending MT חֲדָרָיו ( khadarav , “his chambers”) to חַדְרֶךָ ( khadrekha , “your chamber[s]”) – which is, however, reflected by Syriac Peshitta and Symmachus, and (b) it would demand nuancing the article on הַמֶּלֶךְ ( hammelekh ) as a vocative (“O king!”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":26239,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The MT reads the 3rd person masculine singular suffix on a plural noun חֲדָרָיו ( khadarav , “his chambers”). This is reflected in LXX, Targums, and Vulgate. However, the 2nd person masculine singular suffix on a singular noun חַדְרֶךָ ( khadrekha , “your chambers”) is reflected by Syriac Peshitta and Symmachus. See preceding note on the text-critical significance of these variant readings.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":26240,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"The term חֶדֶר ( kheder , “chamber”) is used frequently in reference to a bedroom ( Gen 43:30 ; Judg 15:1; 16:9 ; 2 Sam 13:10 ; 1 Kgs 1:15 ; Ps 105:30 ; Isa 26:20 ). It refers explicitly to a bedroom when used with the noun מִשְׁכָּב ( mishkav , “bed”) in the expression חֶדֶר מִשְׁכָּב “bedroom chamber” (Exod 7:28; 2 Sam 4:7 ; 2 Kgs 6:12 ; Eccl 10:20 ). The plural form חֲדָרָיו ( khadarav , “his chamber s ”) functions as a plural of extension rather than a plural or number; it refers to one bedroom composed of several parts rather than referring to several different bedrooms. The expression “Bring me into your chambers” is a metonymy of cause for effect, that is, her desire for lovemaking in his bedroom chambers.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":26241,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.4","text":"Alternately, “Let us rejoice and delight in you.” There is debate whether the cohortatives נָגִילָה ( nagilah , Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from גִּיל , gil , “to exult”), וְנִשְמְחָה ( vÿnishmÿkhah , Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from שָמַח , shamakh , “to rejoice”) and נַזְכִּירָה ( nazkirah , Hiphil cohortative 1st person common plural from זָכַר , zakhar , “to praise”) should be classified as (1) cohortatives of resolve, expressing the resolution or determination of the speakers to adopt or accomplish a course of action: “We will rejoice…we will delight…we will praise” (e.g., KJV, NASB, NIV) or (2) hortatory cohortatives, exhorting others to join in doing something: “Let us rejoice…let us delight…let us praise” (e.g., NJPS).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/8"}
{"id":26242,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.4","text":"A shift occurs in 1:4 from 1st person common singular forms to 1st person common plural forms: “Draw me ( מָשְׁכֵנִי , mashÿkeni )…Let us run ( נּרוּצָה , narutsah )…Bring me ( הֱבִיאַנִי , hevi ’ ani )… We will be glad ( נָגִילָה , nagilah )… We will rejoice in you ( וְנִשְׁמְחָה , vÿnishmÿkhah )… We will remember ( נַזְכִּירָה , nazkirah )… They love you ( אֲהֵבוּךָ , ’ ahevukha )….” Several translations and many commentators end the words of the Beloved at 1:4 a and begin the words of the Friends in 1:4 b and revert back to the words of the Beloved in 1:4 c. The subject of the 1st person common plural forms may be the “young women” ( עֲלָמוֹת ) previously mentioned in 1:3 . This is supported by the fact that in 1:3 the Beloved says, “The young women love you” ( עֲלָמוֹת אֲהֵבוּךָ , ’ alamot ’ ahevukha ) and in 1:4 c she again says, “Rightly do they [the young women] love you” ( מֵישָׁרִים אֲהֵבוּךָ , mesharim ’ ahevukha ). On the other hand, in ANE love literature the bride often uses plural pronouns to refer to herself (S. N. Kramer, The Sacred Marriage Rite , 92, 99). Some commentators suggest that the young man is addressing his beloved because בָּךְ ( bakh ) appears to have a 2nd person feminine singular suffix. However, the suffix on בָּךְ is in pause (after the accent) therefore, the normal 2nd person masculine singular suffix בָּךָ has reduced to shewa . The parallelism with the 2nd person masculine singular suffix on דֹדֶיךָ ( dodekha , “your love”) supports the 2nd person masculine singular classification.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/9"}
{"id":26243,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.4","text":"Alternately, “remember.” The verb נַזְכִּירָה ( nazkirah , Hiphil imperfect 1st person common plural from זָכַר , zakhar ) is traditionally rendered “we will remember” (KJV), but is better nuanced “we will extol” (NASB) or “we will praise” (NIV). The verb זָכַר has a wide range of meanings: “to remember, call to mind” ( Gen 8:1 ; Deut 24:9 ; Judg 8:34 ), “to name, mention” ( Jer 20:9; 23:36; 31:20 ; Pss 63:7; 77:4 ), “to summon, command” ( Nah 2:6 ), “to swear by” ( Amos 6:10 ; 1 Chr 16:4 ), and “to praise, extol” ( Exod 23:13 ; Josh 23:7 ; Pss 45:18; 71:16; Isa 26:13; 48:1; 62:6 ). The Hiphil stem has four denotations, and “to remember” is not one of them: (1) “to take to court,” (2) “to mention,” (3) “to make known,” and (4) “to praise, profess” ( HALOT 269-70 s.v. I זכר ). NJPS offers a poetic nuance that plays upon the wine motif: “savoring it more than wine.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/10"}
{"id":26244,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"11","reference":"1.4","text":"Alternately, “The righteous love you.” Scholars debate whether מֵישָׁרִים ( mesharim ) should be taken as a substantive (“the righteous”), abstract noun (“righteousness”), or adverb (“rightly”). The LXX’s εὐθύτης ἠγάπησεν σε ( euquths hgaphsen, “righteousness loves you”) is awkward. The adverbial sense is preferred for several reasons: (1) The verb אֲהֵבוּךָ (’ ahevuka , “they love you”) in 1:4 c is repeated from 1:3 c where it was used in reference to the maiden’s love for her lover. (2) There is no group designated as “the righteous” elsewhere in the Song. (3) To introduce an additional party into this poetic unit is unnecessary when it can be easily understood as a reference to the maidens of 1:3 c.","source_note_position":11,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/11"}
{"id":26245,"verse_id":"SNG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"12","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “they love you.” The words “the young women” do not appear in the Hebrew but are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. The shift from the 1st person common plural subjects in the three cohortatives – נָגִילָה ( nagilah , Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from גּיל , gil , “to exult”), וְנִשְׂמְחָה ( vÿnishmÿkhah , Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from שָמַח , shamakh , “to rejoice”), and נַזְכִּירָה ( nazkirah , Hiphil cohortative 1st person common plural from זָכַר , zakhar , “to praise”) – to the 3rd person common plural subject in the verb אֲהֵבוּךָ (’ ahevukha , Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from אָהֵב , ’ ahev , “to love” + 2nd person masculine singular suffix) suggests to many scholars that a shift in speakers occurs at this point: the maidens praise the young man in the first two lines, while the Beloved affirms the appropriateness of their praise in the last line (e.g., NIV). However, the shift in person might simply be another example of heterosis of person (as already seen in 1:2-4 a) – this time from first person to third person. Thus, the shift in grammatical person does not necessarily indicate a shift in speakers. It is possible that the maidens are speaking throughout all three lines, and that the third line should be nuanced, “How rightly we love you!”","source_note_position":12,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A4/12"}
{"id":26246,"verse_id":"SNG.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “O daughters of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":26247,"verse_id":"SNG.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The term “lovely” does not appear in the Hebrew in this line but is supplied in the translation from the first line in this verse for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":26248,"verse_id":"SNG.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"The MT vocalizes שׁלמה as שְׁלֹמֹה ( shÿlomoh , “Solomon”); however, the BHS editors suggest the vocalization שַׁלְמָה ( shalmah ); cf. NAB “Salma.” Salmah is the name of an ancient Arabian tribe mentioned in Assyrian and South Arabic sources, as well as Targum Onqelos ( Gen 15:19 ; Num 24:21 ; Judg 4:17 ). Like the tribe of Qedar, Salmah was an Arabian nomadic tribe which inhabited a region in northern Arabia and the region of Petra. The proposed revocalization produces tighter parallelism between Qedar and Salmah, than Qedar and Solomon. This also creates a striking wordplay on the name שְׁלֹמֹה (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 320).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":26249,"verse_id":"SNG.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The relative pronoun שֶׁ ( she ) on שֶׁאֲנִי ( she ’ ani , “because I”) functions in a causal sense, as in the following colon (BDB 980 s.v. שֶׁ 3.b) (e.g., Song 5:2 ; Eccl 2:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":26250,"verse_id":"SNG.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The relative pronoun שֶׁ ( she ) on שֶׁשֱּׁזָפַתְנִי ( sheshshezafatni ) functions in a causal sense, as in the preceding colon (BDB 980 s.v. שֶׁ 3.b) (e.g., Song 5:2 ; Eccl 2:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":26251,"verse_id":"SNG.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the sun has stared at me.” The verb שָׁזַף ( shazaf ) means “to look at, catch sight of, glance at” (e.g., Job 20:9; 28:7 ) ( HALOT 1456 s.v. שׁזף ; BDB 1004 s.v. שָׁזַף ). The Beloved personifies the sun ( הַשָּׁמֶשׁ , hashshamesh ) as having looked at the Beloved too long, that is, it burned her skin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":26252,"verse_id":"SNG.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the sons of my mother.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":26253,"verse_id":"SNG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":26254,"verse_id":"SNG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The causal relative pronoun שֶׁ ( she , “because”; BDB 980 s.v. שֶׁ 3.b) is prefixed to the interrogative particle לָמָה ( lamah , “why?”; BDB 554 s.v. מַה 4.d) to form the idiom שַׁלָּמָה ( shallamah , “lest”; BDB 554 s.v. מַה 4.d. β ; 980 s.v. שֶׁ 3b). BDB notes that לָמָה is used with an imperfect – as is the case here with אֶהְיֶה (’ ehyeh , Qal imperfect 1st person common singular from הָיָה , haya , “to be”) – to deprecate a situation and for rhetorical emphasis to introduce the reason why something should, or should not, be done: “Why should?” (e.g., Gen 27:45; 47:19 ; Exod 32:12 ; 1 Sam 19:5, 17; 20:8, 32 ; 2 Sam 2:22; 13:26; 16:9; 20:19 ; 2 Kgs 14:10 ; 2 Chr 25:16 ; Neh 6:3 ; Pss 79:10; 115:2 ; Eccl 5:5; 7:16-17 ; Jer 40:15 ; Joel 2:17 ) (BDB 554 s.v. מַה 4.d. β ). When connected with a foregoing sentence by the causal relative pronouns שֶׁ “because,” the idiom שַׁלָּמָה connotes “lest” (literally, “Because why should?”) (BDB 554 s.v. 4 .d. β ). The meaning of שַׁלָּמָה is identical to the parallel constructions אֲשֶׁר לָמָּה (’ asher lammah , “lest”; Dan 1:10 ) and דִּי לְמָה ( di lÿmah , “lest”; Ezra 7:23 ). In Song 1:6 [7] the causal relative pronoun שֶׁ connects it to the preceding lines, and our idiom assumes the elided phrase לִי הַגִּידָהּ ( haggidah li , “Tell me!”) which occurred earlier: “Tell me lest I …!” or “Tell me! For why should I…?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":26255,"verse_id":"SNG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The meaning of MT עֹטְיָה (’ otÿyah , Qal active participle fs from עָטָה , ’ atah , “to veil oneself”) is debated; several options have been proposed: (1) Some scholars attempt to explain this in light of ancient Israelite culture or customs. The term עָטָה describes a person wrapping oneself in a garment or with a veil ( HALOT 813 s.v. I עטה ) as (a) a sign of grief or mourning ( Ezek 24:17, 22 ), uncleanness ( Lev 13:45 ), or shame ( Mic 3:7 ), and as (b) the clothing of the deceased ( 1 Sam 28:14 ) and veiled cult-prostitutes ( Gen 28:14 ). The term is rendered “one who veils herself” (NASB), “one who is veiled” (NRSV, KJV margin) and “like a veiled woman” (ASV, NIV). BDB suggests that she veiled herself in mourning (BDB 741 s.v. I עָטָה ). Rashi suggested that she veiled herself in mourning because she did not know where to find her beloved ( Canticles Rabbah 1:6). Many commentators connect this with the veiled cult-prostitute soliciting business among shepherds. She wished to avoid what Tamar tried to do: to be mistaken as a harlot looking for business among the shepherds ( Gen 38:14-23 ). If her beloved would not declare his whereabouts, she would be reduced to looking for him among the shepherds – an action that could be easily misunderstood. This is reflected in the CEV paraphrase: “Don’t let the other shepherds think badly of me.” R. E. Murphy ( Song of Songs [Hermeneia], 131) writes: “Commentators have interpreted the covering as a sign of mourning ( 2 Sam 15:30 ) or as the sign of a harlot ( Gen 38:14-15 ). These references are not helpful in explaining the context of v 7 , and in neither of the instances is the word עָטָה used. She seems rather to refer to some kind of covering or disguise she will be forced to use unless she knows where to find him. One can infer that the disguise will enable her to avoid being identified by his ‘companions,’ but no reason is given (perhaps she does not want them to know about the rendezvous?)” (2) Other scholars resort to comparative lexicography. For example, S. R. Driver suggested that עֹטְיָה is not derived from עָטָה I (“to veil”), but from the Arabic root gth that came into Hebrew as the homonymic root עָטָה “to pick lice” ( Isa 22:17 ; Jer 43:12 ) ( HALOT 814 s.v. II עטה ). Driver renders the line, “lest I be left picking lice,” that is, while away the siesta-time grooming herself. Most scholars reject this proposal; it seems strange in the context and unnecessarily creates a homonym for a well-known term that makes adequate sense contextually. Nevertheless, Driver’s proposal was adopted by the NEB: “that I may not be left picking lice.” See D. R. Driver, “Lice in the Old Testament,” PEQ 106 (1974): 159-160. (3) Still other scholars emend the text. MT reads כְּעֹטְיָה ( kÿ ’ otÿyah , “like one who is veiled”) (preposition כְּ + Qal active participle fs עָטָה I “to veil”) which is also reflected in the LXX’s ὠ περιβαλλομενη ( w periballomenh, “like one who is covered”; fs passive participle from περιβάλλω , periballw, “to cover”). However, several ancient versions (Greek: Symmachus, Syriac Peshitta, Vulgate) reflect a Hebrew Vorlage with metathesis of the first two consonants: כְּטֹעִיָּה ( kÿto ’ iyyah ) from טָעָה ( ta ’ ah , “to wander about, to stray”; e.g., Ezek 13:10 ). The root טָעָה would be an Aramaizing form of Hebrew תָּעָה (“to wander”). This emendation is suggested by the BHS editors and the lexicons ( HALOT 377 s.v. טעה ; 814; BDB 742 s.v.); It is adopted by many translations: “like one who wanders” (RSV, AV, JB, NAB, NJV), “like one who strays” (JPS, NJPS) and “as one that turneth aside” (KJV). This would make nice sense contextually: she begs her beloved to tell her where to find him because she does not want to wander around like someone who is lost.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":26256,"verse_id":"SNG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “I compare you to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":26257,"verse_id":"SNG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The hireq-yod ending on סֻסָתִי ( susati ) is a remnant of the old genitive ending (e.g., nominative: malku , genitive: malki , accusative: malka ), the so-called hireq compaginis ending. Thus, סֻסָתִי בְּרִכְבֵי פַרְעֹה ( susati berikve par ’ oh ) is a double genitive-construct: “a mare among the chariot-horses of Pharaoh” (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 338) or “a mare among the chariots of Pharaoh” (R. E. Murphy , Song of Songs [Hermeneia], 131). The hireq-yod ending was mistakenly treated as 1st person common singular possessive suffix “ my mare” by LXX, Vulgate, Syriac. This approach is mistakenly adopted by several translations: “my mare” (NASB, NJB), “my filly” (NKJV) and “my company of horsemen” (DRA).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":26258,"verse_id":"SNG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “among the chariot-horses” or “among the chariots.” The noun רֶכֶב ( rekhev ) has a wide range of meanings: “chariots, war-chariots” ( Exod 14:17-18, 23; 15:19 ; Deut 11:4; 20:1 ; Josh 11:4 ) “chariot crews, chariot troops” ( 1 Kgs 9:22; 16:9; 22:31; 2 Kg 8:21 ), “column of chariots, troop of warriors” ( Isa 21:7, 9 ), “charioteer” ( Ps 76:7 ), and “chariot-horses” ( Exod 14:9 ; 2 Sam 8:4 ; 1 Chr 18:4 ; Ezek 39:20 ) ( HALOT 1233-35 s.v. רֶכֶב ). Scholars have struggled with the meaning of בְּרִכְבֵי פַרְעֹה ( bÿrikhbe par ’ oh , “[harnessed to (?)] Pharaoh’s chariot”; HALOT 1234 s.v. 6 .b). M. H. Pope ( Song of Songs [AB], 338) suggests that רִכְבֵי ( rikhbe ) be nuanced “chariot-horses” and the phrase rendered “among the chariot-horses of Pharaoh.” Pope offers the best explanation of this enigmatic picture: “A crucial consideration overlooked by commentators is the well-attested fact that Pharaoh’s chariots, like other chariotry in antiquity, were not drawn by a mare or mares but by stallions hitched in pairs. This bit of intelligence radically alters the usual understanding of the verse and dispels the notion that there is a grammatical incongruity, which needs harmonizing. The juxtaposition is between a single mare and a plurality of stallions and it requires only a modicum of what is called ‘horse sense’ to appreciate the thrust of the comparison. The situation envisaged is illustrated by the famous incident in one of the campaigns of Thutmose III against Qadesh. On his tomb at Thebes, the Egyptian soldier Amenemheb relates how the Prince of Qadesh sent forth a swift mare, which entered among the army. But Amenemheb ran after her on foot and with his dagger ripped open her belly, cut off her tail, and presented it to the king, thus preventing a debacle before the excited stallions could take out after the mare.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":26259,"verse_id":"SNG.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The phrase “is lovely” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity to complete the parallelism with the preceding line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":26260,"verse_id":"SNG.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The subject of the 1st person common plural verb נַעֲשֶׂה ( na ’ aseh ) might be the maidens of Jerusalem mentioned in 1:4 [5]. However, this might be an example of heterosis of number, that is, the 1st person common plural for 1st person common singular person. In this case, her lover – the speaker throughout the rest of 1:8-9 [9-10] – would still be the speaker here. Other possible examples of heterosis of number of the plural for the singular in the Song include 1:3 [4]; 2:15; 5:1 b; 6:13 [ 7:1 ].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":26261,"verse_id":"SNG.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “We will make gold ornaments with your studs of silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":26262,"verse_id":"SNG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"The lexicons suggest that מֵסַב ( mesav ) refers to a round banquet table ( HALOT 604 s.v. מֵסַב ) or divan with cushions (BDB 687 s.v. מֵסַב 2). In Mishnaic Hebrew the noun מֵסַב refers to a dining couch, banquet table, as well as cushions or pillows ( HALOT 604). The related noun מְסִבָּה ( mÿsibbah ) refers to a banqueting party ( HALOT 604 s.v. מְסִבָּה ; Jastrow 803 s.v. מְסִבָּה ). The versions took it as a reference to a resting place (see LXX, Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta). R. E. Murphy ( Song of Songs [Hermeneia], 131) suggests that it refers to (1) a couch or divan on which a person declined while eating, (2) a group of people gathered in a circle, that is, an entourage, or (3) a private place such as an enclosure. tc The MT בִּמְסִבּוֹ ( bimsibbo , “his banquet table”) is enigmatic: “While the king was at his banquet table, my nard gave forth its fragrance.” W. Rudolph suggests emending to מְסִבִּי ( mÿsibbi , “around me”): “While the king surrounded me, my nard gave forth its fragrance” ( Des Buch Ruth, das Hohe Lied, die Klagelieder [KAT], 27).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":26263,"verse_id":"SNG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “The fragrance of my myrrh wafted forth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":26264,"verse_id":"SNG.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Alternately, “resting between my breasts.” The verb לִין ( lin ) has a three-fold range of meaning in the Qal stem: (1) “to leave overnight,” e.g., meat or corpse on a tree, (2) “to spend the night, stay overnight,” and (3) “to stay, dwell” ( HALOT 529 s.v. לין ). The myrrh motif (see study note above) suggests the nuance “to spend the night” ( HALOT 529 s.v. 2 ). This is also the most appropriate nuance of its usage in Song 7:12 (e.g., Gen 19:2; 24:23, 25, 54; 28:11; 31:54; 32:14, 22 ; Num 22:8 ; Josh 3:1; 4:3; 6:11; 8:9 ; Judg 18:2; 19:4-15 (9x), 20; 20:4; 2 Sam 12:16; 17:8, 16; 19:8 ; 1 Kgs 19:9 ; Isa 21:13; 65:4 ; Jer 14:8 ; Joel 1:13 ; Zeph 2:14 ; Pss 25:13; 55:8 ; Job 24:7; 31:32; 39:9 ; Prov 19:23 ; Song 7:12 ; Ruth 1:16; 3:13 ; Neh 4:16; 13:20 ; 1 Chr 9:27 ). Several translations follow course: “he shall lie all night betwixt my breasts” (KJV) and “which lies all night between my breasts” (NASB). Others downplay the obvious sexual connotations: “resting between my breasts” (NIV) and “lodged between my breasts” (NJPS). The imperfect has been taken in two basic senses: (1) future time action: “he shall spend the night between my breasts” and (2) present characteristic or present progressive: “he spends the night between my breasts.” The latter is favored by the characteristic/progressive nature of the metaphors used through 1:12-13 [13-14].","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":26265,"verse_id":"SNG.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “Your eyes are doves.” This metaphor compares her eyes to doves. There is no lack of suggestions as to the point of the comparison: (1) Arabic love literature describes doves having sentimental eyes, the point here (Marcia Falk, Love Lyrics from the Bible , 113). (2) The comparison has to do with the color of her eyes (G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon [TOTC], 86). (3) The comparison has to do with the glistening color of the dove and its quick movements, that is, her eyes had a beautiful color and had lively motion (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 356). (4) The comparison has to do with the fluttering of her eyes which reminded him of the fluttering of a dove’s wings (M. D. Goulder, The Song of Fourteen Songs [JSOTSup], 5). (5) The comparison has to do with gentleness and purity, as well as longing and simplicity (K&D 18:38).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":26266,"verse_id":"SNG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"The term אַף (’ af , “how”) is used to: (1) introduce additional information; (2) to emphasize a point; (3) to enhance a statement; (4) to create an antithesis ( HALOT 76 s.v. אַף ). The usage here is to enhance “how pleasant” or “certainly pleasant” ( HALOT 76). The particle אַף is often used in Hebrew poetry to emphatically introduce a thought in the second colon which is a step beyond what was asserted in the first colon (e.g., Deut 33:3, 20, 28 ; 1 Sam 2:7 ; Pss 16:6, 7, 9; 18:49; 65:14; 68:9, 17; 74:16; 89:28; 93:1 ; Prov 22:19; 23:28 ) (BDB 64 s.v. b.1). Sometimes, אַף is used to introduce a surprise or something unexpected (e.g., Job 14:3; 15:4 ) (BDB 65 s.v. a.1). The particle אַף (“Oh!”), which introduces this line, is often used in Hebrew poetry to emphatically introduce a new thought and indicates that this is an addition to the previous statement; it is something far greater.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":26267,"verse_id":"SNG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"The term נָעִים ( na ’ im , “pleasant, delightful”) can refer to physical attractiveness or to personal character (BDB 653 I נָעֵם ; HALOT 705 s.v. I נעם ). Some suggest that it refers to the pleasantness of his character and personality; however, it is better to take this as a reference to his handsome physical appearance for several reasons: (1) The terms יָפֶה ( yafeh , “handsome”) and נָעִים (“delightful”) are probably used in synonymous rather than synthetic parallelism. (2) The emphasis in 1:15-16 is on physical beauty as the repetition of the term “beautiful, handsome” ( יָפֶה ) suggests. (3) The related verb נָּעַמְתְּ ( na ’ amtÿ , “to be delightful”) is used in Song 7:7 in synonymous parallelism with יָפָת ( yafat , “to be beautiful”) in the description of the Beloved’s physical beauty. (4) Hebrew lexicographers classify this usage of נָעִים in Song 1:16 in terms of physical beauty rather than personal character (BDB 653 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":26268,"verse_id":"SNG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"The term רַעֲנָנָה ( ra ’ ananah , “lush, verdant”) refers to the color “green” and is often used in reference to luxuriant foliage or trees ( Pss 37:35; 52:8 ; Jer 11:16 ; Hos 14:8 ). The impression 1:16 c-17 gives is that the young man and young woman are lying down together on the grass in the woods enjoying the delights of their caresses. They liken the grass below and the green leaves above to a marriage couch or canopied bed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":26269,"verse_id":"SNG.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “The lush foliage is our marriage couch.” The term עֶרֶשׂ (’ eres , “bed”) describes a canopied bed ( Pss 6:7; 41:4; 132:2 ; Prov 7:16 ) or marriage couch ( Song 1:16 ) (BDB 793 s.v. עֶרֶשׂ ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":26270,"verse_id":"SNG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “the rose of Sharon…the lily of the valleys.” There is debate whether the expressions חֲבַצֶּלֶת הַשָּׁרוֹן ( khavatselet hashsharon ) and שׁוֹשַׁנַּת הָעֲמָקִים ( shoshannat ha ’ amaqim ) are definite (“the rose of Sharon…the lily of the valleys”) or indefinite (“a rose of Sharon…a lily”). Some translations adopt the definite sense (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NAU, NJB, NLT); others the indefinite sense (ASV, RSV, NRSV, NIV, NIB, NAB, NJPS, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":26271,"verse_id":"SNG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “meadow-saffron” or “crocus.” The noun חֲבַצֶּלֶת ( khavatselet ) traditionally has been translated “rose” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NIV, NJPS, NLT, CEV); however, recent translations suggest “crocus” (NIV margin, NJPS margin), “narcissus” (DBY) or simply “flower” (DRA, NAB). The LXX translated it with the generic term ἀνθος ( anqos, “flower, blossom”). Early English translators knew that it referred to some kind of flower but were unsure exactly which type, so they arbitrarily chose “rose” because it was a well-known and beautiful flower. In the light of comparative Semitics, modern Hebrew lexicographers have settled on “asphodel,” “meadow-saffron,” “narcissus,” or “crocus” (BDB 287 s.v. חֲבַצֶּלֶת ; HALOT 287 s.v. חֲבַצֶּלֶת ; DCH 3:153 s.v. חֲבַצֶּלֶת ). The Hebrew term is related to Syriac hamsalaita (“meadow saffron”) and Akkadian habasillatu (“flower-stalk, marsh plant, reed”). Lexicographers and botanists suggest that the Hebrew term refers to Ashodelos (lily family), Narcissus tazetta (narcissus or daffodil), or Colchicum autumnale (meadow-saffron or crocus). The location of this flower in Sharon suggests that a common wild flower would be more consonant than a rose. The term appears elsewhere only in Isa 35:1 where it refers to some kind of desert flower – erroneously translated “rose” (KJV, NJPS) but probably “crocus” (NASB, NIV, NJPS margin). Appropriately, the rustic maiden who grew up in the simplicity of rural life compares herself to a simple, common flower of the field (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 367).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":26272,"verse_id":"SNG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"There is debate about the referent of שׁוֹשַׁנָּת ( shoshannat , “lily”) because there are many different species of the lily family. Botanists note that among the many different species of the lily family only one grows in Palestine. This species may be identified as the Anthemis palaestina , the chamomile, a white-daisy-like plant, which was indigenous to Palestine ( Fauna and Flora of the Bible , 134-36).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":26273,"verse_id":"SNG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Alternately, “thorn bushes.” The term הַחוֹחִים ( hahokhim ) is probably derived from חוֹח ( khokh ,“thorn-bush, briars, thistles, thorns”; HALOT 296 s.v. I חוֹחַ ; BDB 296 s.v. חוֹחַ ) rather than חוֹח ( khokh , “crevice”; HALOT 296 s.v. II חוֹחַ ): “Like a lily among the thorns” rather than “Like a lily among the rock crevices.” The picture is of a beautiful flower growing in the midst of thorn bushes ( 1 Sam 14:11 ; 2 Kgs 14:9 ; 2 Chr 25:18 ; Job 31:40 ; Prov 26:9 ; Isa 34:13 ; Hos 9:6 ) rather than a beautiful flower growing in the midst of rocky outcroppings ( 1 Sam 13:6 ; 2 Chr 33:11 ). The Hebrew term is related to Akkadian hahu and haiahu “thorn” and hahinnu “thorny plants” ( AHw 1:308) and Aramaic hahhu ( HALOT 296). The “thorn bush” is a thistle plant ( Poterium spinosum ) which has prickly spines covered with thistles, but also sprouts beautiful small red flowers ( Fauna and Flora of the Bible , 184-85). sn The Lover accommodates her self-denigrating comparison, but heightens it to praise her: If she insisted that she was nothing more than a common flower of the field, then he insisted that all other women were like thorns by comparison. The term חוֹח ( khokh , “thorn”) is often used as a figure for utter desolation and the cause of pain; it is the antithesis of fertility and beautiful luxuriant growth ( Job 31:40 ; Isa 34:13 ; Hos 9:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":26274,"verse_id":"SNG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Like the preceding line, this is a case of emblematic parallelism. An illustrative simile appears in the A-line (object of the comparison) and the subject of comparison appears in the B-line. The particles כֵּן … כְּ ( kÿ … ken , “like…so”) form an emphatic comparative construction (e.g., Ps 123:2 ); cf. IBHS 641-42 §38.5a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":26275,"verse_id":"SNG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Alternately, “I desired” or “I took delight in.” The meaning of this use of the verb חָמַד ( khamad , “delight, desire”) is debated. The root has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) “to take pleasure in, delight in” ( Job 20:20 ; Pss 39:12; 68:17 ; Prov 1:22 ; Isa 1:29; 44:9; 53:2 ) and (2) “to desire passionately, to desire illicitly” ( Exod 20:17; 34:24 ; Deut 5:21; 7:25 ; Josh 7:21 ; Prov 1:22; 6:25; 12:12 ; Mic 2:2 ) ( HALOT 325 s.v. חמד ; BDB 326 s.v. חָמַד ). The related noun חֶמְדָּה ( khemÿkhah ) describes objects which are “delightful, precious, desirable” ( HALOT 325 s.v. חֶמְדָּה ). Commentators who adopt an erotic view of the extended metaphor in 2:3 opt for the sexual desire nuance: “I desired (sexually).” Those who adopt the less erotic approach favor the more general connotation: “I took delight in” or “I delight in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":26276,"verse_id":"SNG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “I delighted and I sat down.” Alternately, “I sat down with delight….” The verbs חִמַּדְתִּי וְיָשַׁבְתִּי ( khimmadti vÿyashavti , “I delighted and I sat down”) form a verbal hendiadys (GKC 386 §120. d ): “I sat down with delight…” or “I delight to sit….” The sequence of a perfect followed by another perfect with vav conjunctive creates the coordination of the complementary verbal idea (first verb) with the idea of the main (second) verb. The main idea is indicated by the second verb; the first verb indicates the manner of action. The first verb functions adverbially while the second verb carries its full verbal sense (see IBHS 653-54 §39.2.5).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":26277,"verse_id":"SNG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “my palate.” The term חִכִּי ( khikki , “my palate”) is used metonymically in reference to the sensation of taste which is associated with a person’s palate. The idea of “tasting” is used as a metaphor in the OT for the experiential knowledge which is acquired through a person’s relationship with someone (e.g., Ps 34:9 ). Just as a person would learn whether a fruit was ripe and delicious by tasting it, so a person could learn of the quality of a person’s character by experiencing it through personal interaction. This extended metaphor compares the delights of his love to (1) the refreshment of sitting in the shade of a tree for refuge from the desert sun, and (2) the delight of tasting a sweet apple – a fruit that was not indigenous to Palestine.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A3/8"}
{"id":26278,"verse_id":"SNG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The MT vocalizes consonantal הביאני as הֱבִיאַנִי ( hevi ’ ani , Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular with 1st person common singular suffix, “He has brought me”). However, several medieval Hebrew mss vocalize the form as הֲבִיאֻנִי ( havi ’ uni , Hiphil imperative 2nd person masculine singular with 1st person common singular suffix, “Bring me!”). This is also reflected in LXX ( εἰσαγαγετε με , eisagagete me, “Bring me!”) and Syriac. This alternate vocalization tradition has several factors that make it a viable option: (1) It respects the consonantal text; (2) It is supported by the LXX and Syriac; (3) It provides a tighter parallelism with the two identical imperatival forms in 2:5 a (both 2nd person masculine plural imperatives with 1st person common singular suffixes); (4) It provides thematic unity to the entire poetic unit of 2:4-5 ; and (5) It helps make better sense of an enigmatic unit. This approach is strengthened if the MT reading וְדִגְלוֹ ( vÿdiglo , “and his banner”) is revocalized to the imperative וְדִגְלוּ ( vÿdiglu , “and feed [me]”) (see translator’s note below). In this case, the parallelism throughout 2:4-5 would be very tight. It would feature four parallel imperatives of request, all revolving around the theme of love-sickness: “Bring me into the banquet hall, feed me with love; sustain me with raisin cakes, refresh me with apples, because I am faint with love.” The weakness with the revocalization to הֲבִיאֻנִי (“Bring me!”) is that it demands, due to the dictates of synonymous parallelism, the questionable revocalization of the MT’s וְדִגְלוֹ (“and his banner”) to the imperative וְדִגְלוּ (“and feed [me]”). tn Alternately, “Bring me!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":26279,"verse_id":"SNG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “house of wine.” The expression בֵּית הַיָּיִן ( bet hayyayin , lit. “house of wine” or “place of wine”) refers to a banquet house where wine is drunk or a vineyard where grapes to produce wine are grown ( HALOT 409 s.v. יַיִן ). G. L. Carr favors the vineyard view due to the agricultural metaphors in 2:1-5 . However, most commentators favor the banquet house view because of the reference to “raisin-cakes” and “apples” ( 2:4 ) which were served at banquets in the ancient Near East. Moreover, the expression בֵּית הַיָּיִן in in Song 2:4 may be equivalent to בֵּית מִשְׁתֵּה הַיַּיִן ( bet mishte hayyayin , “house of the drinking of wine”) in Esther 7:8 ( HALOT 409 s.v. יַיִן ). Second, raisin cakes are mentioned in this context in 2:5 , and they were often eaten to celebrate festive occasions ( 2 Sam 6:19 ; Isa 16:7 ; Hos 3:1 ); therefore, the banquet motif finds support. Selected Bibliography: E. Würthwein, “Zum Verständnis des Hohenliedes,” TRu 32 (1967): 205; G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon [TOTC], 90-91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":26280,"verse_id":"SNG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"The MT vocalizes דגלו as the noun דְּגֶל ( dÿgel ) with 3rd person masculine singular suffix דִּגְלוֹ ( diglo , “his banner [over me is love]”). However, several medieval Hebrew mss vocalize דגלו as Qal mp imperative וְדִגְלוּ ( vÿdihlu , “Set [love before me].”) This is also reflected in LXX τάξατε ἐπ ’ ἐμὲ ἀγάπην ( taxate ep eme agaphn , “Set love before me!”). tn The meaning of the term דִּגְלוֹ ( diglo ) is debated. Five basic views have emerged: (1) “his banner over me was love.” BDB relates דִּגְלוֹ to the noun דְּגֶל ( dÿgel , “standard, banner”; BDB 186 s.v. דֶּגֶל ) which refers to (a) banners, standards ( Num 1:52; 2:2 ) and (b) battalion, company of troops, or division of a tribe signaled by a banner or standard ( Num 2:3, 10, 17-18, 25, 31, 34; 10:14, 18, 22, 25 ). Thus, most translations render דִּגְלוֹ as “his banner” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NJPS). However, the expression “His banner over me was love” is enigmatic. (2) “serve love to me!” Delitzsch revocalized the noun וְדִגְלוֹ (“his banner”) as an imperative וְדִגְלוּ ( vÿdiglu , “serve [me]”) from the root דָּגַל ( dagal , “to serve food”) which is related to Akkadian dagalu II (“to serve food”). Delitzsch renders the passage: “Bring me into the banquet hall and serve me love…for I am faint with love.” This is supported by LXX which reads: εἰσαγάγετέ με εἰς οἶκον τοῦ οἲνου , τάξατε ἐπ ’ ἐμὲ ἀγάπην ( eisagagete me eis oikon tou oinou, taxate ep ’ eme agaphn, “Bring me into the wine house, and set love before me”). However, R. Gordis points out the difficulties with Delitzsch’s proposal: (a) The meaning “serve” for דָּגַל is unparalleled in Hebrew thus, it would create a homonymic hapax legomenon ; (b) We would expect the preposition לִי ( li , “to me”) rather than עָלַי (’ ala , “over me”) after the imperative; and (c) The Akkadian parallel is uncertain. (3) “its banner above me is love.” HALOT relates דִּגְלוֹ to the Akkadian noun diglu (“eyesight, view, look, gaze”) and proposes the nuance “sign of an inn,” such as a flag placed over taverns ( HALOT 213 s.v. דֶּגֶל ). This approach renders the line: “He has brought me to the banquet hall, and its banner above me is love.” (4) “his look toward me was loving” = “he looked at me lovingly.” Several lexicons relate דִּגְלוֹ to the homonymic root דָּגַל , “look, glance” (e.g., DCH 2:415 s.v. II דָּגַל ). The Hebrew noun degel II is related to the Akkadian noun diglu “eyesight, view, look, gaze” ( CAD 3:21; AHw 1:14). Likewise, the Hebrew verb II דָּגַל (“to look, behold”; Song 5:10; 6:4, 10 ; Eccl 9:13 ; Ps 20:6 ) (BDB 186 s.v. דָּגַל ; HALOT 213 s.v. I דגל ; DCH 2:414 s.v. I) is related to the Akkadian verb dagalu I “to look upon, to gaze, to look with astonishment, to look at with admiration” ( CAD 3:21; AHw 1:14). Those who adopt this approach render the line: “His glance upon me is love” ( DCH 2:414) or “His look upon me was loving” (R. Gordis, “The Root dgl in the Song of Songs,” JBL 88 [1969]: 203-204; idem, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 81-82); or “He looked upon me with love.” (5) “his wish regarding me was lovemaking.” M. H. Pope ( Song of Songs [AB], 376-77) notes that the Assyrian noun diglu may denote “wish,” i.e., desire or intent ( CAD 3:136). He renders the line: “His wish regarding me was lovemaking” or “His intentions were to make love.” Pope’s suggestion has been adopted by several recent commentators (e.g., G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon [TOTC], 91).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":26281,"verse_id":"SNG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"The syntax of the noun אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”) has been taken as: (1) predicate nominative: “His banner over me [was] love” or “His intention toward me [was] lovemaking” (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 376-77; G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon [TOTC], 91); (2) genitive of attribute/content: “His banner of love [was] over me,” and (3) adverbial or adjectival accusative: “His look upon me was loving” or “He looked upon me lovingly” (R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 81-82). Examples of adverbial or adjectival accusatives, e.g., “I am peace” = “I am peaceful” ( Ps 120:7 ); “I will love them as a free gift” = “I will love them freely” ( Hos 14:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":26282,"verse_id":"SNG.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The imperatives סַמְּכוּנִי ( sammÿkhuni , “sustain me”) and רַפְּדוּנִי ( rappÿduni , “revive me”) are both plural in address (Piel 2nd person masculine plural imperatives with 1st person common singular suffixes). Thus, some commentators suggest that the woman is speaking to a large audience, perhaps the banquet guests implied in 2:4 or the maidens mentioned in 2:7 (R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 82). However, the Hebrew plural can be used in reference to a single individual when functioning in an intensive sense ( IBHS 122 §7.4.3a). Thus, the woman may be speaking to her beloved, as in the rest of 2:3-6 , but with intense passion. Similarly, in Sumerian love literature the bride sometimes uses plural verbs in reference to herself or her bridegroom (S. N. Kramer, The Sacred Marriage Rite , 92, 99).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":26283,"verse_id":"SNG.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “apricots.” The term תַּפּוּחִים ( tappukhim , “apples,” from תַּפּוּחַ , tappukha ) occurs four times in the book ( Song 2:3, 5; 7:9; 8:5 ) and twice outside ( Prov 25:4 ; Joel 1:12 ). It is usually defined as “apples” (BDB 656 s.v. תַּפּוּחַ ); however, some argue for “apricots” (FFB 92-93). The Hebrew noun תַּפּוּחַ (“apple”) is derived from the Hebrew root נָפַח ( nafakh , “scent, breath”) which is related to the Arabic root nafahu “fragrant scent” ( HALOT 708 s.v. נפח ). Hence, the term refers to a fruit with a fragrant scent. This may explain why the mere scent of this fruit was thought to have medicinal powers in the ancient Near East (G. E. Post, Flora of Syria, Palestine and Sinai , 128). This imagery draws upon two motifs associated with apples. First, apples were viewed as medicinal in ancient Syro-Palestinian customs; the sick were given apples to eat or smell in order to revive them. Similarly, the Mishnah and Talmud refer to apples as a medication like wine and grapes. Second, apples were considered an aphrodisiac in the ancient Near East. Both motifs are combined here because the Beloved is “love-sick” and only the embrace of her beloved can cure her, as 2:6 indicates (T. H. Ratzaby, “A Motif in Hebrew Love Poetry: In Praise of the Apple,” Ariel 40 [1976]: 14).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":26284,"verse_id":"SNG.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “sick of love.” The expression חוֹלַת אַהֲבָה ( kholat ’ ahavah , “sick of love”) is an example of the causative use of the genitive construct: “I am sick because of love,” that is, “I am love-sick.” The expression חוֹלַת אַהֲבָה ( kholat ’ ahavah , “faint with love”) is a figure which compares physical or medical illness caused by a physically draining disease to sexual desire which is so intense that a person is so physically drained that they feel as if they could faint. The term חוֹל ( khol , “sick”) refers to the physical weakness which consumes a person who is suffering from a medical illness ( Gen 48:1 ; 1 Sam 19:14 ). It is used figuratively as a hyperbolic hypocatastasis for being so consumed with sexual desire that it saps one of his/her physical and emotional strength (BDB 317 s.v. 2 ). This is commonly referred to as “love-sickness.” It was associated with such deep longing for physical and sexual fulfillment that it weighed so heavily upon a person that he/she was physically and emotionally drained ( 2 Sam 13:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":26285,"verse_id":"SNG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “His left hand is under my head.” Ultimately, the only cure for her love-sickness is the caress of her beloved. The ancient Near Eastern love songs frequently portray the embrace of the lover as the only cure for the speaker’s love-sickness. For example, one Egyptian love song reads: “She will make the doctors unnecessary, because she knows my sickness” (Papyrus Harris 4:11 ). Similarly, “My salvation is her coming in from outside; when I see her, I will be healthy. When she opens her eye, my body is young; when she speaks, I will be strong. When I embrace her, she exorcises evil from me” (Papyrus Chester Beatty, C 5:1-2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":26286,"verse_id":"SNG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “embraces.” Alternately, “May his left hand be under my head, and [may] his right hand embrace me.” The verb חָבַק ( khavaq ) has a two-fold range of meanings in the Piel stem: (1) to embrace or hug someone ( Gen 29:13; 33:4; 48:10 ; Job 24:8 ; Prov 4:8 ; Eccl 3:5 ; Lam 4:5 ) and (2) to fondle or sexually stimulate a lover ( Prov 5:20 ; Song 2:6; 8:3 ) ( HALOT 287 s.v. חבק ; BDB 287 s.v. חָבַק ). The verb designates an expression of love by the position or action of one’s hands ( TWOT 1:259). The term is probably used here as a euphemism. The function of the prefixed verbal form of תְּחַבְּקֵנִי ( tÿkhabbÿqeni , “embrace me”) may be classified several ways: (1) ingressive: “His right hand is beginning to stimulate me,” (2) instantaneous: “His right hand is stimulating me [right now],” (3) progressive: “His right hand stimulates me,” (4) jussive of desire: “May his right hand stimulate me!” (5) injunction: “Let his right hand stimulate me!” or (6) permission: “His right hand may stimulate me.” Based upon their view that the couple is not yet married, some scholars argue for an imperfect of desire (“May his right hand stimulate/embrace me!”). Other scholars suggest that the progressive imperfect is used (“His right hand stimulates me”). For a striking parallel, see S. N. Kramer, The Sacred Marriage Rite , 105.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":26287,"verse_id":"SNG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Traditionally, “hinds.” A hind is a female deer, generally less than three years old.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":26288,"verse_id":"SNG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “of the field.” The Hebrew term refers to open fields or open country as the home of wild animals; if taken adjectivally this could modify the previous term: “wild young does” (cf. NRSV). sn The “gazelles” and “does of the fields” are probably zoomorphisms for love personified. In other words, the witness of this oath is “love” itself. Should the daughters violate this vow which they are asked to make, “love” itself would hold them accountable. Gazelles were often figures in Hebrew, Akkadian, and Ugaritic literature for mighty warriors or virile young men (e.g., 2 Sam 1:19; 2:18 ; Isa 14:9 ; Zech 10:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":26289,"verse_id":"SNG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"The syntactical function of the article on הָאַהֲבָה ( ha ’ ahavah , “love”) is debated. Most translations view this as an example of the article denoting an abstract concept. However, a few translations (KJV, AV, JB, NEB) view it as an abstract use of the article for the concrete ( abstractum pro concreto ), and render it as “my love” as referring either to the woman’s own feelings or the feelings of her lover. Throughout the Song, the term אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”) is not used as a term for endearment in reference to one of the lovers; it typically refers to sexual passion ( Song 2:4, 5, 7; 3:5; 5:4; 8:4, 6, 7 ). When used of the man/woman relationship, the term אַהֲבָה (“love”) may refer to emotional love ( Eccl 9:1, 6 ; Prov 15:17 ; Ps 109:4-5 ) or sexual love/desire ( Gen 29:20 ; 2 Sam 1:26; 13:4, 15 ; Prov 5:19-20; 7:18 ; Jer 2:33 ; Song 2:4, 5, 7; 3:5; 5:4; 8:4, 6, 7 ) ( DCH 1:141 s.v. I אַהֲבָה ; HALOT 18 s.v. I אַהֲבָה ). The reference to sexual desire in 2:4-5 and חוֹלַת אַהֲבָה ( kholat ’ ahavah , “love-sickness”) in 2:5 suggests that the use of אַהֲבָה (“love”) in 2:7 is sexual desire. Love is personified in this picture.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":26290,"verse_id":"SNG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “If you arouse or if you awaken love before it pleases….” Paraphrase: “Promise that you will not arouse or awaken love until it pleases!” This line is a typical Hebrew negative oath formula in which the speaker urges his/her audience to take a vow to not do something that would have destructive consequences: (1) The expression הִשְׁבַּעְתִּי ( hishba ’ ti , “I adjure you”) is used when a speaker urges his audience to take an oath. (2) The conditional clause אִם־תָּעִירוּ וְאִם־תְּעוֹרְרוּ אֶת־הָאַהֲבָה (’ im-ta ’ iru vÿim-te ’ orÿru ’ et-ha ’ ehavah , “If you arouse or awaken love…”) reflects the typical construction of a negative oath formula which consists of two parts: (1) protasis: the warning introduced by the conditional particle אִם (“if”) and (2) apodosis: the description of the disaster or penalty which would befall the person who broke the vow and violated the condition of the oath. (3) If the consequences of violating the oath were extremely severe, they would not even be spoken; the statement of the consequences would be omitted for emphasis – as is the case here, that is, the apodosis is omitted for rhetorical emphasis. As is typical in negative oath formulas, the sanction or curse on the violation of the condition is suppressed for rhetorical emphasis. The curse was so awful that one could not or dare not speak of them (M. H. Pope, IDB 3:575-77).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":26291,"verse_id":"SNG.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “The voice of my beloved!” The exclamation קוֹל ( qol , “Listen!”) is an introductory exclamatory particle used to emphasize excitement and the element of surprise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":26292,"verse_id":"SNG.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The phrase “is approaching” does not appear in Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":26293,"verse_id":"SNG.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The exclamation הִנֵּה־זֶה ( hinneh-zeh , “Look!”) is used of excited speech when someone is seen approaching ( Isa 21:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":26294,"verse_id":"SNG.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “are seen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":26295,"verse_id":"SNG.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Alternately, “the time of singing” or “the time of pruning.” The homonymic root זָמִיר ( zamir ) means “song, singing” ( HALOT 273 s.v. I זָמִיר ; DCH 3:117 s.v. זָמִיר a), while זָמִיר II means “pruning, trimming” ( HALOT 273 s.v. II; DCH 3:117 s.v. II). The intended root is debated among the ancient versions (LXX, Aquila, Symmachus, Vulgate, Targum), Hebrew lexicographers ( HALOT 273; DCH 3:117), and translations: “singing” (KJV, NIV, NASB margin, NJPS margin), “pruning” (NASB, NJPS). However, rather than choosing between these two roots, it is likely that this is an example of intentional ambiguity. The preceding line draws out the meaning of זָמִיר (“trimming, pruning”): “The pomegranates are seen in the land, the time of pruning has come.” The following line draws out the meaning of זָמִיר (“singing”): “The time of singing has come, the voice of the turtledove is heard in the land.” This homonymic wordplay creates an example of “janus parallelism” between the three poetic lines which play off both root meanings of the intentionally ambiguous homonym. This elegant wordplay and the AB:BA “janus parallelism” may be represented thus: “The pomegranates are seen in the land, the time has come for pruning // singing , the voice of the turtledove is heard in the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":26296,"verse_id":"SNG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The imperative אֶחֱזוּ (’ ekhezu , “catch”) is plural in form (Qal imperative 2nd person masculine plural from אָחַז , ’ akhaz ). Some commentators suggest that the woman is speaking to a large audience, perhaps the maidens of Jerusalem mentioned in 2:7 . However, the Hebrew plural can function in an intensive sense when used in reference to a single individual ( IBHS 122 §7.4.3a). As noted previously, the bride often uses the plural in reference to herself or to her bridegroom in Sumerian love literature. Thus, the woman simply may be speaking to her beloved, as in 2:16-17 , but with particularly intense passion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":26297,"verse_id":"SNG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The exact meaning of סֹב ( sov , Qal imperative 2nd person masculine singular from סָבַב , savav , “to turn”) in this context is uncertain. The imperatival form may be classified as an invitation. HALOT notes that סָבַב (“to turn”) occasionally denotes “to sit [lie] at a table” ( 1 Sam 16:11 ; Sir 9:9) and suggests that this is a figurative use of this nuance ( HALOT 739 s.v. סבב 2c). The Beloved would be issuing an invitation to him to “turn aside to sit” at her table, that is, to enjoy the delights of her love. On the other hand, סֹב (“Turn!”) may simply be a synonym for the following parallel imperative דְּמֵה ( dÿmeh , “Be like!”), that is, “turn, change” ( HALOT 224 s.v. דָּם ). In keeping with the extended simile in which the Beloved compares him to a gazelle or stag leaping upon the mountains, the term סֹב may simply denote “turn oneself around, change direction” ( HALOT 739 s.v. 1 ). Rather than leaping somewhere else, so to speak, she invites him to leap upon the “mountain gorges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":26298,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Alternately, “at night” or “night after night.” The noun בַּלֵּילוֹת ( ballelot , plural of “night”) functions as an adverbial accusative of time. The plural form בַּלֵּילוֹת from לַיְלָה ( laylah , “night”) can be classified in several ways: (1) plural of number: “night after night” (NASB, NEB); (2) plural of extension: “all night long” (NIV); (3) plural of composition: “by night” (KJV) and “at night” (NJPS); or (4) plural of intensity: “during the blackest night.” The plural of extension (“all night long”) is supported by (1) the four-fold repetition of the verb בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek”) in 3:1-2 which emphasizes that the Beloved was continually looking for her lover all night long, (2) her decision to finally arise in the middle of the night to look for him in 3:2-4 , and (3) her request in the immediately preceding verse ( 2:17 ) that he make love to her all night long: “until the day breathes and the shadows flee….” One should note, however, that the plural בַּלֵּילוֹת occurs in 3:8 where it is a plural of composition: “by night” (NJPS) or “of the night” (NASB, NIV) or “in the night” (KJV). sn The use of the term בַּלֵּילוֹת ( ballelot , “night”) in 3:1 stands in striking contrast to the use of the term הַיּוֹם ( hayyom , “the day”) in 2:17 which is the preceding verse. In 2:17 the woman invited her beloved to make love to her all night long; however, in 3:1 she recounts a nightmarish experience in which she was unable to find her beloved next to her in bed. Scholars debate whether 3:1-4 recounts a nightmare-like dream sequence or a real-life experience. There are striking parallels between 3:1-4 and 5:2-8 which also raises the possibility of a nightmare-like dream sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":26299,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The term מִשְׁכָּב ( mishkav , “bed”) in 3:1 is the common term for marriage bed ( HALOT 646 s.v. מִשְׁכָּב ; BDB 1012 s.v. מִשְׁכָּב ) in distinction from the common term for עֶרֶש (’ eresh , “couch”) in 1:16 . Several uses of the term מִשְׁכָּב (“bed”) have overt sexual connotations, denoting the place of copulation ( Gen 49:4 ; Lev 18:22; 20:13 ; Num 31:17, 35 ; Judg 21:11, 12 ; Prov 7:17 ; Isa 57:7-8 ). The noun is used in the expression מִשְׁכָּב דֹּדִים ( mishkav dodim , “love-bed”) with obvious sexual connotations ( Ezek 23:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":26300,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “I sought….” The verb בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek”) denotes the attempt to physically find someone (e.g., 1 Sam 13:14; 16:16; 28:7 ; 1 Kgs 1:2-3 ; Isa 40:20 ; Ezek 22:30 ; Esth 2:2 ; Job 10:6 ; Prov 18:1 ) ( HALOT 152 s.v. בקשׁ ). However, it is clear in 3:1 that this “search” took place upon her bed. It does not make sense in the context that the Beloved was looking around in her bed to find her lover – how big could her bed be that she had lost him? Rather, בָּקַשׁ (“to seek”) is used metonymically to reference to her longing for her absent lover, that is, seeking in the sense of anticipation. The perfect tense should be classified as a past constantive action, describing a past action which covered an extended period of time, as indicated by the phrase בַּלֵּילוֹת ( ballelot , plural of extension, “all night long”) in 3:1 . This continual action is emphasized by the four-fold repetition of בָּקַשׁ (“seek”) in 3:1-2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":26301,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “the one whom my soul loves.” The expression נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is a synecdoche of part for the whole (= the woman). The expression נַפְשִׁי (“my soul”) is often used as independent personal pronoun. It often expresses personal preference, such as love or hatred (e.g., Gen 27:4, 25 ; Lev 26:11, 30 ; Judg 5:24 ; Isa 1:14 ) ( HALOT 712 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ ). The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used over 150 times in OT to refer to the seat of a person’s emotions and passions (BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ c.6.a) (e.g., Deut 12:15, 20, 21; 14:26; 18:6; 21:14; 24:15 ; 1 Sam 3:21; 23:30 ; 2 Sam 14:14 ; 1 Kgs 11:37 ; Isa 26:8 ; Jer 2:24; 22:27; 34:16; 44:14 ; Ezek 16:27 ; Hos 4:8 ; Mic 7:1 ; Pss 10:3; 24:4; 25:1; 35:25; 78:18; 86:4; 105:22; 143:8 ; Prov 13:4; 19:8; 21:10 ; Job 23:13 ; Song 5:6 ). It often refers to the seat of love (BDB 660 s.v. d.6.e) (e.g., Gen 34:3, 8 ; Jer 12:7 ; Ps 63:9 ; Song 1:7; 3:1-4 ). The expression אֵת־שֶׁאָהֲבָה נַפְשִׁי (’ et-she ’ ahavah nafshi , “the one whom I love”; Heb “the one whom my soul loves”) is repeated four times in 3:1-4 . The repetition emphasizes her intense love for her beloved. The noun אָהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”) is often used in reference to the love between a man and woman, particularly in reference to emotional, romantic, or sexual love ( 2 Sam 1:26; 13:15 ; Prov 5:19; 7:18 ; Song 2:4-5, 7; 3:5; 5:8; 8:4, 6-7 ; Jer 2:2, 33 ). Likewise, the verb אָהֵב (’ ahev , “to love”) often refers to emotional, romantic, or sexual love between a man and woman (e.g., Gen 24:67; 29:20, 30, 32; 34:3 ; Deut 21:15, 16 ; Judg 14:16; 16:4, 15 ; 1 Sam 1:5; 18:20 ; 2 Sam 13:1, 4, 15 ; 1 Kgs 11:1 ; 2 Chr 11:21 ; Neh 13:26 ; Esth 2:17 ; Eccl 9:9 ; Song 1:3, 4, 7; 3:1-4 ; Jer 22:20, 22 ; Ezek 16:33, 36-37; 23:5, 9, 22 ; Hos 2:7-15; 3:1 ; Lam 1:19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":26302,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “I searched for him” or “I sought him” (see study note above).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":26303,"verse_id":"SNG.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"3.1","text":"The LXX adds “I called him but he did not answer me” ( ἐκάλεσα αὐτόν καὶ οὐχ ὑπήκουσέν μου , ekalesa auton kai ouc Juphkousen ) to 3:2 d on the basis of its appearance in the parallel expressions in Song 5:6 . There is no textual support for its inclusion here. tn Heb “but I did not find him.” The verb מָצָא ( matsa ’, “to find”) normally describes discovering the whereabouts of something/someone who is lost or whose presence is not known. It is clear in 3:1 that the Beloved was not taking a physically active role in looking all around for him, because she stayed in her bed all night long during this time. Therefore, the verb מָצָא (“to find”) must be nuanced metonymically in terms of him appearing to her. It does not denote “finding” him physically, but visually; that is, if and when he would arrive at her bedside, she would “find” him. This might allude to her request in 2:17 for him to rendezvous with her to make love to her all night long (“until the day breathes and the shadows flee”). Despite the fact that she was waiting for him all night long, he never appeared ( 3:1 ). The verb מָצָא (“to find”) is repeated four times in 3:1-4 , paralleling the four-fold repetition of בָּקַשׁ ( baqash , “to seek”). This antithetical word-pair creates a strong and dramatic contrast.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A1/6"}
{"id":26304,"verse_id":"SNG.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The root סָבַב ( savav ) in the Qal stem means “to go around, to do a circuit” ( 1 Sam 7:16 ; 2 Chr 17:9; 23:2 ; Eccl 12:5 ; Song 3:3 ; Isa 23:16 ; Hab 2:16 ), while the Polel stem means “to prowl around” ( Ps 59:7, 15 ; Song 3:2 ) ( HALOT 739-740 s.v. סבב ). The idea here is that the Beloved is determined to “look all around” until she finds her beloved.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":26305,"verse_id":"SNG.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “those who go around the city” or “those who go around in the city.” The expression הַסֹּבְבִים בָּעִיר ( hassovÿvim ba ’ ir , “those who go around the city”) probably refers to the watchmen of the city walls rather than night city street patrol (e.g., Ps 127:1 ; Song 5:7 ; Isa 21:11; 62:6 ). The Israelite night watchmen of the walls is paralleled by the Akkadian sahir duri (“one who goes around the wall”) which appears in a lexical text as the equivalent of ma - sar musi (“night watchman”) ( CAD 4:192). See M. H. Pope, Song of Songs (AB), 419. There is a wordplay in 3:2-3 between the verb וַאֲסוֹבְבָה ( va ’ asovÿvah , “I will go about”) and הַסֹּבְבִים ( hassovÿvim , “those who go around”). This wordplay draws attention to the ironic similarity between the woman’s action and the action of the city’s watchmen. Ironically, she failed to find her beloved as she went around in the city, but the city watchmen found her. Rather than finding the one she was looking for, she was found.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":26306,"verse_id":"SNG.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “the one whom my soul loves – have you seen [him]?” The normal Hebrew word-order (verb-subject-direct object) is reversed in 3:3 (direct object-verb-subject) to emphasize the object of her search: אֵת שֶׁאָהֲבָה נַפְשִׁי רְאִיתֶם (’ et she ’ ahavah nafshi rÿ ’ item , “The one whom my soul loves – have you seen [him]?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":26307,"verse_id":"SNG.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “like a little.” The term כִּמְעַט ( kim ’ at ), which is composed of the comparative preposition כְּ ( kÿ , “like”) prefixed to the noun מְעַט ( mÿ ’ at , “the small, the little, the few”), is an idiom that means “within a little” or “scarcely” (BDB 590 s.v. מְעַט b.2.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":26308,"verse_id":"SNG.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “I held him” ( אֲחַזְתִּיו , ’ akhaztiv ). The term אָחַז (’ akhaz , “grasp”) denotes to forcefully seize someone to avoid losing hold of him (BDB 28 s.v. אָחַז b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":26309,"verse_id":"SNG.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb רָפָה ( rafah , “to let go”) means to relax one’s grip on an object or a person ( HALOT 1276-77 s.v. רפה ; BDB 952 s.v. רָפָה 2). The Hiphil stem means “to let loose” ( Job 7:19; 27:6 ; Song 3:4 ; Sir 6:27) or “to release from one’s hands” ( Deut 9:14 ; Josh 10:6 ; Ps 37:8 ). The negative expression לֹא רָפָה ( lo ’ rafah , “to not let [someone or something] go”) denotes an intense desire or effort to not lose possession of someone or something ( Job 27:6 ; Prov 4:13 ). Here the expression וְלֹא אַרְפֶּנּוּ ( vÿlo ’ ’ arpennu , “I would not let him go”) pictures her determination to hold on to him so she would not lose him again. The shift from a suffix-conjugation (perfect) אֲחַזְתִּיו (’ akhaztiv , “I grasped him”) to a prefix-conjugation (imperfect) אַרְפֶּנּוּ (’ arpennu , “I would [not] let him go”) depicts a shift from a completed/consummative action (perfect: she took hold of his hand) to an ongoing/progressive action (imperfect: she would not let go of it). A basic distinction between the perfect and imperfect tenses is that of consummative versus progressive action. The literary/syntactical structure of אֲחַזְתִּיו וְלֹא אַרְפֶּנּוּ (“I grasped him and I would not let him go”) in 3:4 mirrors that of בִּקַּשְׁתִּיו וְלֹא מְצָאתִיו ( biqqashtiv vÿlo ’ mÿtsa ’ tiv , “I searched for him but I could not find him”) in 3:1-2 . This parallelism in the literary and syntactical structure emphasizes the fortunate reversal of situation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":26310,"verse_id":"SNG.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.4","text":"The term חֶדֶר ( kheder , “chamber”) literally means “dark room” ( HALOT s.v. חֶדֶר 293) and often refers to a bedroom ( Gen 43:30 ; Exod 7:28; Judg 3:24; 15:1; 16:9, 12 ; 2 Sam 4:7; 13:10 ; 1Kgs 1:15 ; 2 Kgs 6:12; 9:2 ; Eccl 10:20 ; Isa 26:20 ; Joel 2:16 ; Prov 24:4 ; Song 1:4; 3:4 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A4/5"}
{"id":26311,"verse_id":"SNG.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"See the notes on these lines at 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":26312,"verse_id":"SNG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The comparative “like” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":26313,"verse_id":"SNG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"The proper nuance of מְקֻטֶּרֶת ( mÿqutteret , Pual participle fs from קָטַר , qatar , “to make a sacrifice, go up in smoke”) is illusive. The lexicons take the participle adjectivally and translate מְקֻטֶּרֶת מוֹר ( mÿqutteret mor ) as “completely filled with fragrance or incense” ( HALOT 1094 s.v. I קטר ) or “fumigated with myrrh” (BDB 883 s.v. קָטַר ). Most translations take it adjectivally: “perfumed with myrrh” (KJV, NASB, NIV); however, NJPS takes it as a substantive: “clouds of myrrh.” It is better to take the participle as a substantive and to nuance מְקֻטֶּרֶת מוֹר as “billow of myrrh,” as suggested by its parallelism with כְּתִימֲרוֹת עָשָׁן ( kÿtimarot ’ ashan , “like a column of smoke”). While this is the only usage of the Pual stem of the verb, the root קטר appears frequently in other stems, all of which connote smoke, e.g., Piel: “to make a sacrifice, to go up in smoke” and Hiphil: “to cause to go up in smoke” ( HALOT 1094-95 s.v. I קתר ). In Middle Hebrew the root קִטְרָא ( qitra ’) meant “to steam, smell” (Qal) and “to smoke” (Hiphil). The Hebrew root is related to Ugaritic qtr “smoke, incense” ( UT 19.2220; WUS 1404); Akkadian qataru “to billow (of smoke)” ( AHw 2:907; CAD Q:166); Old South Arabic mqtr “incense; Ethiopic qetare “fragrance, spice”; Arabic qatara “to smell, smoke”; and Syriac `etar “vapour, fume, incense” ( HALOT 1094). Due to the rarity of the Pual stem of this root, the Targum mistakenly vocalized the form as Piel participle מִקְּטֹרֶת ( miqqÿtoret , “going up in smoke”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":26314,"verse_id":"SNG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"The term לְבוֹנָה ( lÿvonah , “frankincense”) refers to fragrant incense ( Exod 30:34 ; Lev 2:1, 15; 5:11; 6:8; 24:7 ; Num 5:15 ; Isa 43:23; 66:3 ; Jer 6:20; 17:26; 41:5 ; Neh 13:5, 9 ; 1 Chr 9:29 ; Song 3:6; 4:6, 14 ). It is composed of the white (sometimes yellow) resin of Boswellia Carteri and Frereana from Hadramawt and Somaliland ( HALOT 518 s.v. לְבֹנָה ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":26315,"verse_id":"SNG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.6","text":"The term אַבְקַת (’ avqat , “fragrant-powder”) means “scent-powders” ( HALOT 9 s.v. אַבָקָה ) or “ground spice” ( HALOT 1237 s.v. I רכל 2.a). The noun אֲבָקָה (’ avaqah ) is from the root אָבָק (’ avaq , “dust, powder”) ( HALOT 9 s.v.).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A6/5"}
{"id":26316,"verse_id":"SNG.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.6","text":"The singular form of רוֹכֵל ( rokhel , “merchant”) may be classified as a generic singular, representing the genus of the merchant guild of which there are many. The term רוֹכֵל means “trader, vendor,” as small retailer ( HALOT 1237 s.v. I רכל ) distinct from סָתַר ( satar ) “shopkeeper, dealer” as large wholesaler ( HALOT 750 s.v. סתר ). It may refer to a traveling merchant, as in Middle Hebrew רוֹכְלָה ( rokhÿlah ) “traveling merchant” and Old South Arabic rkl “to go about as a trader” (Conti 242a). The general nuance appears in Judean Aramaic רוֹכְלָא ( rokhÿla ’, “hawker, peddler”) and Syriac rakkala “merchant.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A6/6"}
{"id":26317,"verse_id":"SNG.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The term מִטָּה ( mittah ) refers to a “royal portable couch” spread with covers, cloth, and pillows ( HALOT 573 s.v. מִטָּה ; BDB 641 s.v. מִטָּה ). The Hebrew noun is related to Ugaritic mtt “bed” ( UT 1465). The term מִטָּה (“bed, couch”) itself can refer to a number of similar but different kinds of pieces of reclining furniture: (1) the bed of a common person, found in the bedchamber for reposing and sleeping at night ( Gen 47:31; 48:2; 49:33 ; Exod 8:3 [7:28]; 2 Sam 4:7 ; 1 Kgs 17:19 ; 2 Kgs 4:10, 21, 32 ; Ps 6:6 [7]; Prov 26:14 ); (2) the royal bed of the king or nobility, often elevated and made of expensive materials ( 1 Kgs 21:4 ; 2 Kgs 1:4, 6, 16 ; 2 Chr 24:25 ; Esth 7:8 ; Amos 6:4 ; Ezek 23:41 ); (3) the couch of a common person for reclining or sitting during the day ( 1 Sam 28:23 ); (4) a royal banqueting couch for reclining at feasts or carousing ( Ezek 23:41 ; Amos 3:12; 6:4 ; Esth 1:6; 7:8 ); (5) a portable light-weight bed for transporting the sick ( 1 Sam 19:15 ); (6) a portable bed, such as a funeral bier for transporting the dead ( 2 Sam 3:31 ); and (7) a portable royal couch for transporting the king ( Song 3:7 ). The royal couch was often made of expensive materials, such as ivory, silver, and gold ( Ezek 23:41 ; Amos 6:4 ; Song 3:9-10 ; Esth 1:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":26318,"verse_id":"SNG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “trained of sword” or “girded of sword.” Alternately, “girded with swords.” The genitive construct phrase אֲחֻזֵי חֶרֶב (’ akhuze kherev ) is interpreted in two ways: (1) Most interpret it with the assumption that אָחַז (’ akhaz ) denotes “to physically grasp, hold” ( HALOT 31-32 s.v. I אחז ; BDB 28 s.v. אָחַז ). Most translations adopt this approach, although differing on whether the participle functions substantivally (NASB), verbally (KJV, NIV), or adjectivally (RSV), they all are heading in the same direction: “[all] hold swords” (KJV), “girded with sword” (RSV), “wielders of the sword” (NASB), and “wearing the sword” (NIV). This, however, provides only a vague parallel with the following colon: מְלֻמְּדֵי מִלְחָמָה ( mÿlummÿde milkhamah , “trained in warfare”). (2) Others, however, suggest taking אחז in its rare metaphorical sense of “to learn” (= mentally grasp, take hold of): “learned, skillful” (R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 85; J. Lewy, “Lexicographical Notes,” HUCA 12/13 (1937/1938): 98-99). This nuance is much more common in the related Akkadian verb ahazu “to learn,” as HALOT 31 notes. Likewise, JB renders it “skilled swordsmen,” and NJPS suggests “trained in warfare” for Song 3:8 , citing Akkadian ahazu “to learn.” The Akkadian verb ahazu has a broad range of meanings including: (1) to seize, hold a person, (2) to take a wife, to marry, (3) to hold, possess, take over, grasp something, to take to (a region), and (4) to learn, to understand ( CAD 1:1:173). The concrete, physical sense of grasping or taking an object in one’s hands lent itself to the metaphorical sense of mentally grasping something, that is, learning or understanding. The category ahazu 4 (“to learn, to understand”) is used in reference to general learning, as well to specialized knowledge involving a special skill, professional craft, or ability acquired through instruction and experience ( CAD 1:1:177). The causative form suhuzu means “to teach, educate, train” someone to become a skilled craftsman in a professional trade ( CAD 1:1:180). This provides a tight parallelism with the following colon: אֲחֻזֵי חֶרֶב (’ akhuze kherev , “skillful in swordsmanship”) precisely parallels מְלֻמְּדֵי מִלְחָמָה (“well-trained in [the art of] warfare”). The AB:AB parallelism between the two lines is exact: (1) אֲחֻזֵי “learned, skillful” parallels מְלֻמְּדֵי “trained, instructed,” and (2) חֶרֶב “in respect to swordsmanship” (genitive of specification or limitation) exactly parallels מִלְחָמָה “in regard to [the art of] warfare” (genitive of specification or limitation). The term חֶרֶב (“sword”) may be nuanced metonymically as “swordsmanship” in the light of (a) its collocation with terms for professional expertise: מְלֻמְּדֵי (“trained”) and אֲחֻזֵי (“skilled”), and (b) the connotation “swordsmanship” can be sustained in a few cases, e.g., “It was not by their swordsmanship that they won the land, nor did their arm bring them victory” ( Ps 44:3 ). In the genitive construct phrase אֲחֻזֵי חֶרֶב , the genitive noun חֶרֶב (“sword”) may be classified either as (1) a genitive of specification; “[skilled] in respect to swordsmanship” or (2) a genitive of instrument; “[skilled] with a sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":26319,"verse_id":"SNG.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “trained of war.” In the genitive construct מְלֻמְּדֵי מִלְחָמָה ( mÿlummÿde milkhamah , “trained of war”) the noun מִלְחָמָה (“war, battle”) is a genitive of specification or limitation, that is, it specifies the extent to which the expertise of the subjects applies: “in regard to warfare.” The term מִלְחָמָה (“warfare”) may be nuanced metonymically as “the art of warfare” in the light of (1) its collocation with terms for professional expertise: מְלֻמְּדֵי (“trained”) and אֲחֻזֵי (’ akhuze , “skilled”), and (2) its parallelism with חֶרֶב ( kherev , “sword, swordsmanship”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":26320,"verse_id":"SNG.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The term אַפִּרְיוֹן (’ affiryon ) is a hapax legomenon variously rendered “sedan-chair” ( HALOT 80 s.v. אַפִּרְיוֹן ) and “sedan, litter, palanquin” (BDB 68 s.v. אַפִּרְיוֹן ). It occurs in Mishnaic Hebrew אַפִּרְיוֹן and Judean Aramaic אַפִּרְיוֹנָא (’ affiryona ’, “bridal-litter”; Jastrow 108 s.v. אַפִּרְיוֹן ) and Syriac pwrywn / purya (“litter”). The Mishnah used אַפִּרְיוֹן in reference to a bridal-litter: “In the last war it was decreed that a bride should not pass through the town in an אַפִּרְיוֹן but our Rabbis later sanctioned it” (Sotah 9:14). There are several views of the origin of the term: (1) LXX Greek φορεῖον ( foreion , “bridal-litter”) is a loanword from Hebrew; the term is not used in Greek until the Koine period (LSJ 1950-51); (2) Sanskrit paryanka and palki “palanquin, sedan-chair” (M. Monier-Williams, Sanskrit-English Dictionary , 554); (3) Old Persian upariyana “litter-bed” (R. Gordis, “A Wedding Song for Solomon,” JBL 63 [1944]: 263-70; G. Widengren, Sakrales Königtum im Alten Testament und im Judentum , 122); (4) less likely is Ugaritic apn “two-wheeled cart” ( UT 305); and (5) Egyptian pr “house” with the prefix ua and suffix yn meaning “palace” (G. Gerleman, “Die Bildsprache des Hohenliedes und die altegyptische Kunst,” ASTI 1 [1962]: 24-30). A palanquin was a riding vehicle upon which a royal person sat and which was carried by servants who lifted it up by its staffs. Royalty and members of the aristocracy only rode in palanquins. The Illustrated Family Encyclopedia of the Living Bible , 10:55, describes what the typical royal palanquin was made of and looked like in the ancient world: “Only the aristocracy appear to have made use of litters in Israel. At a later period, in Greece, and even more so in Rome, distinguished citizens were carried through the city streets in splendid palanquins. In Egypt the litter was known as early as the third millennium b.c. , as is testified by the one belonging to Queen Hetepheres, the mother of the Pharaoh Khufu (Cheops), which was found at Gaza. This litter is made of wood and inlaid in various places with gold decorations. Its total length ft. 10 in., and the length of the seat inside ft. 3 in. An inscription on the litter, of gold set in ebony, lists the queen’s titles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":26321,"verse_id":"SNG.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “with trees of Lebanon.” In the genitive construct phrase מֵעֲצֵי הַלְּבָנוֹן ( me ’ atse hallÿvanon , “the wood of Lebanon”) the genitive functions as a genitive of place of origin: “wood from Lebanon.” The plural construct noun עֲצֵי (’ atse , literally, “trees, woods” from עֵץ , ’ ets , “tree, wood”) is a plural of composition: the plural is used to indicate composition, that is, what the sedan-chair was made out of. The plural is used because the sedan-chair was constructed from the wood from several trees or it was constructed from several pieces of wood (see IBHS 119-20 §7.4.1b; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 7, §9; Joüon 2:500 §136.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":26322,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “He made its posts of silver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":26323,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The nouns כֶסֶף ( kesef , “silver”), זָהָב ( zahav , “gold”) and אַרְגָּמָן (’ argaman , “purple”) function as genitives of material out of which their respective parts of the palanquin were made: the posts, base, and seat. The elaborate and expensive nature of the procession is emphasized in this description. This litter was constructed with the finest and most expensive materials. The litter itself was made from the very best wood: cedar and cypress from Lebanon. These were the same woods which Solomon used in constructing the temple (1 Kgs 5:13-28). Silver was overlaid over the “posts,” which were either the legs of the litter or the uprights which supported its canopy, and the “back” of the litter was overlaid with gold. The seat was made out of purple material, which was an emblem of royalty and which was used in the tabernacle ( Exod 26:1 f; 27:16; 28:5-6 ) and in the temple ( 2 Chr 3:14 ). Thus, the litter was made of the very best which Solomon could offer. Such extravagance reflected his love for his Beloved who rode upon it and would be seen upon it by all the Jerusalemites as she came into the city.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":26324,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"The noun רְפִידָה ( rÿfidah ) is a hapax legomenon whose meaning is uncertain. It may be related to the masculine noun רָפַד ( rafad , “camping place, station”) referring to a stopping point in the wilderness march of Israel ( Exod 17:1, 8; 19:2 ; Num 33:14 ); however, what any semantic connection might be is difficult to discern. The versions have translated רְפִידָה variously: LXX ἀνάκλιτον ( anakliton, “chair for reclining”), Vulgate reclinatorium (“support, back-rest of a chair”) Peshitta teshwiteh dahba (“golden cover, throne sheathed in gold leaf”). Modern translators have taken three basic approaches: (1) Following the LXX and Vulgate (“support, rest, back of a chair”), BDB suggests “support,” referring to the back or arm of the chair of palanquin (BDB 951 s.v. רָפַד ). Several translations take this view, e.g., NRSV: “its back,” NEB/REB: “its headrest,” and NJPS: “its back.” (2) Koehler-Baumgartner suggest “base, foundation of a saddle, litter” (KBL 905). Several translations follow this approach, e.g., KJV: “the bottom,” NASB: “its base” (margin: “its support,” and NIV: “its base.” (3) G. Gerleman suggests the meaning “cover,” as proposed by Peshitta. The first two approaches are more likely than the third. Thus, it probably refers either to (1) the back of the sedan-chair of the palanquin or (2) the foundation/base of the saddle/litter upon which the palanquin rested ( HALOT 1276 s.v. רפד ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":26325,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"The Hebrew noun אַרְגָּמָן (’ argaman , “purple fabric”) is a loanword from Hittite argaman “tribute,” which is reflected in Akkadian argamannu “purple” (also “tribute” under Hittite influence), Ugaritic argmn “tax, purple,” and Aramaic argwn “purple” ( HALOT 84 s.v. אַרְגָּמָן ). The Hebrew term refers to wool dyed with red purple ( BRL2 153; HALOT 84). It is used in reference to purple threads ( Exod 35:25; 39:3 ; Esth 1:9 ) or purple cloth ( Num 4:13 ; Judg 8:26 ; Esth 8:15 ; Prov 31:22 ; Jer 10:9 ; Song 3:10 ). Purple cloth and fabrics were costly ( Ezek 27:7, 16 ) and were commonly worn by kings as a mark of their royal position ( Judg 8:26 ). Thus, this was a sedan-chair fit for a king. KJV and NIV render it simply as “purple,” NASB as “purple fabric,” and NJPS “purple wool.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":26326,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.10","text":"The participle רָצוּף ( ratsuf ) probably functions verbally: “Its interior was fitted out with love/lovingly.” Taking it adjectivally would demand that ַאהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”) function as a predicate nominative and given an unusual metonymical connotation: “Its inlaid interior [was] a [gift of] love.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/5"}
{"id":26327,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.10","text":"The accusative noun אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love” or “leather”) functions either as an accusative of material out of which the interior was made (“inlaid with leather”) or an accusative of manner describing how the interior was made (“inlaid lovingly,” that is, “inlaid with love”). The term אַהֲבָה is a homonymic noun therefore, there is an interesting little debate whether אַהֲבָה in 3:10 is from the root אַהֲבָה “love” (BDB 13 s.v. אָהֵב ; DCH 1:141 s.v. אַהֲבָה ) or אהבה “leather” ( HALOT 18 s.v. II אַהֲבָה ). The homonymic root אַהֲבָה “leather” is related to Arabic `ihab “leather” or “untanned skin.” It probably occurs in Hos 11:4 and may also appear in Song 3:10 ( HALOT 18 s.v. II). Traditionally, scholars and translations have rendered this term as “love” or “lovingly.” The reference to the “daughters of Jerusalem” suggests “love” because they had “loved” Solomon ( 1:4 ). However, the context describes the materials out of which the palanquin was made ( 3:9-10 ) thus, an interior made out of leather would certainly make sense. Perhaps the best solution is to see this as an example of intentional ambiguity in a homonymic wordplay: “Its interior was inlaid with leather // love by the maidens of Jerusalem.” See G. R. Driver, “Supposed Arabisms in the Old Testament,” JBL 55 (1936): 111; S. E. Loewenstamm, Thesaurus of the Language of the Bible , 1:39; D. Grossberg, “Canticles 3:10 in the Light of a Homeric Analogue and Biblical Poetics,” BTB 11 (1981): 75-76.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/6"}
{"id":26328,"verse_id":"SNG.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “daughters” (also in the following line).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A10/7"}
{"id":26329,"verse_id":"SNG.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the day of the joy of his heart.” In the genitive construct phrase וּבְיוֹם שִׂמְחַת ( uvÿyom simkhat , “the day of joy”) the noun שִׂמְחָה ( simkhah , “joy”) functions as a descriptive genitive of attribute (attributive genitive), that is, the genitive identifies the outstanding quality of the construct noun: “the joyous day” or “the day characterized by joy.” In the second genitive construct phrase שִׂמְחַת לִבּוֹ ( simkhat livvo , “joy of his heart”) the noun לִבּוֹ (“his heart”) is a subjective genitive: “his heart rejoices.” The term לֵב ( lev , “heart”) is a synecdoche of part for the whole (= Solomon himself), that is, “the day Solomon greatly rejoiced” or “the day of Solomon’s great joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":26330,"verse_id":"SNG.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Alternately, “the watering-hole” or “watering-place.” The noun רַחְצָה ( rakhtsah ) may be nuanced “washing-place” (BDB 934 s.v. רַחְצָה ) or “watering-hole, watering-place” ( HALOT 1221 s.v. רַחְצָה ). The related verb רָחַץ ( rakhats ) means “to wash, bathe, rinse off” (BDB 934 s.v. רָחַץ ; HALOT 1220-21 s.v. רחץ ). The metaphor describing the beautiful teeth of the bride probably pictures freshly washed sheep rather than freshly watered sheep. He praises his bride’s teeth by comparing them to freshly washed sheep. In the ancient Near East it was customary to wash sheep before shearing them. The picture of freshly washed sheep depicts the whiteness of the bride’s teeth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":26331,"verse_id":"SNG.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The phrase חוּט הַשָּׁנִי ( khut hashshani , “thread of scarlet”) is a genitive construct with the genitive functioning adjectivally. This phrase is used three times in classical Hebrew to denote a scarlet colored “thread” or “cord” ( Josh 2:18 ; Song 4:3; 11 QT 49:3) ( HALOT 296-97 s.v. חוּט ; DCH 3:170-71 s.v. חוּט ). This is a comparison of sight, describing the color and shape of her lips.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":26332,"verse_id":"SNG.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Alternately, “cheek,” or “temple” (see Judg 4:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":26333,"verse_id":"SNG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"The term מִגְּדַל ( miggÿdal , “tower”) refers to a military structure, such as a stronghold, arsenal, or defensive tower on the walls of a city (e.g., Judg 8:9, 17; 9:51 ; 2 Kgs 9:17; 17:9; 18:8 ; 2 Chr 14:6; 26:15; 27:4; 32:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":26334,"verse_id":"SNG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The feminine noun לְתַלְפִּיּוֹת ( lÿtalpiyyot ) is a hapax legomenon of uncertain etymology. Various attempts have been made to find the origin of this word, but they are all uncertain. LXX εἰς θαλπιωθ ( eis qalpiwq ) simply transliterated the word, taking it as a proper name of a locality (Tel Pivoth). Similarly, Dom Calmet treated תלפיות as a compound word ( תֵּל , tal , “hill,” and פֵּיוֹת , peyot , “mouths”) as a reference to a tower built by David on a height in the valleys of Lebanon. The Talmud suggests that the term refers to Jerusalem as the hill ( תֵּל ) to which all mouths ( פיות ) turn ( b.Berakhot 30a). Aquila reads εἰς ἐπάλξεις ( eis epalxeis ) and Symmachus εἰς ὓψη ( eis {uyh ), while Vulgate has cum propugnaculis . Ibn Ezra redivided לתלפיות as ל תל פיות “for suspending weapons” by taking פֵּיוֹת (“mouths” = edge of swords) as a reference to weaponry. This is reflected in several translations: “armoury” (KJV, AV, ASV), “arsenal” (RSV), and “fortress” (JB). The noun may be related to the Arabic root tlp (“to perish”) in a metonymical sense: “a cause of perishing,” i.e., a weapon. The Hebrew Piel verb תִּלֵּף ( tillef ) means “to hang up for display,” thus NEB suggests that it is derived from lpy which means “to arrange in courses,” i.e., “layered,” as a reference to the Bride’s layered necklace she wears. The NIV nuances it as “with elegance” and NEB “winding courses.” Perles connects תַלְפִּיּוֹת to Akkadian tilpanu (“bow”), while Haupt connects the word with the Shaphel stem of the Akkadian labu (“to fortify”). Honeyman suggests that לְתַלְפִּיּוֹת is a feminine plural noun of the taqtilat nominal pattern from the root לפי which means “to arrange in courses.” HALOT notes that the phrase בָּנוּי לְתַלְפִּיּוֹת ( banu lÿtalpiyyot ) has been rendered in several ways: (1) “built with turrets,” (2) “built with siege-towers,” (3) “built in rows (of stones)” or “built in terraces.” Haupt and Krauss suggest that לְתַלְפִּיּוֹת בָּנוּי denotes “constructed for siege-towers” or “built for an armory.” Honeyman suggests that תַלְפִּיּוֹת is a feminine plural noun with a standard nominative prefix ת and is derived from the verbal root לפא (“to arrange in stones”). Probably, the best solution is to relate this Hebrew root to Akkadian lapu (“to surround, enclose”), Arabic laffa or lifafah (“to envelope”), and Aramaic lpp and lp ’ (“to interlace, entwine, plait”). This is the simplest solution and does not demand emending the text. The preposition לְ ( lÿ ) could denote “in respect to” and the colon בָּנוּי לְתַלְפִּיּוֹת could be translated “built in rows (of stones)” or “built in terraces.” Thus, the phrase “built in rows of stones” refers to the outer walls of a tower built in spiraling rows of stones or built in terraces. This is a comparison of sight: (1) her neck was long and symmetrical or (2) she was wearing a strand of beads or necklaces wrapped around her neck like a tower built in spiraling rows of stones. See P. Haupt, “Heb. talpi’ot , Siege-Towers,” JBL 38 (1919): 186-88; S. Krauss, “The Archaeological Background of Some Passages in the Song of Songs,” JQR 32 (1941-42): 125-29; A. M. Honeyman, “Two Contributions to Canaanite Toponymy,” JTS 50 (1949): 51; B. S. J. Isserlin, “Song of Songs IV, 4: An Archaeological Note,” PEQ 90 (1958): 59-61; K. Crim, “‘Your Neck is Like the Tower of David’ (The Meaning of a Simile in Song of Solomon 4:4 ),” BT 22:2 (1977): 72-74; E. Klein, Comprehensive Etymological Dictionary of the Hebrew Language , 704.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":26335,"verse_id":"SNG.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Scholars debate whether this refers to (1) the interior walls of a tower upon which warriors would hang their shields when not in use or (2) the external upper wall of a military fortress upon which warriors would hang their shields to add to their protection during battle. A few scholars suggest that what is pictured here are the internal walls of the tower and, on the basis of Ezek 27:10-11 , posit that in the ancient world there was a practice in which mercenaries, who had joined themselves to a king, would hang their shields upon his fortress wall as a sign of their allegiance. Following Crim, Deere suggests, “the custom of hanging shields on the tower was symbolic of the warriors’ allegiance to and valor for a particular king.” Crim suggests that the point of comparison of his praise would be something similar to what follows: “Just as the fame of Tyre in Ezek. 27:11 attracted mercenaries, the fame of the tower of David has attracted soldiers to come and enter its service. The shields hanging there show that they have given their allegiance to the tower. Your neck is like that tower. It is so beautiful that it could win the allegiance of a thousand heroic soldiers.” We would then translate something like this: “Your neck attracts men as the tower of David attracts warriors. A thousand heroic soldiers would swear allegiance to your beauty.” J. S. Deere suggests that the point of the comparison is that the bride’s neck was so beautiful and majestic that mighty warriors from near and far would have given their allegiance to her…It is as if he were saying that these soldiers would be willing to surrender their shields to her beauty. On the other hand, most scholars suggest that it refers to the common practice in the ancient Near East of lining the top wall of a military fortress tower with shields, behind which the soldiers could stand for protection leaving both hands free for bow and arrows (Note: It is possible to view Ezek 27:10-11 and 2 Chr 32:5 in this manner). This is supported by ancient Near Eastern art which pictures such a practice, especially by the relief of Sennacherib’s siege of Lachish which shows the top wall of Lachish lined with shields. The Illustrated Family Encyclopedia of the Living Bible , 10:56, notes: “The art of the ancient East often shows us the shields that were, in time of war, set in position on the towers of the city walls, so that defenders could safely fire arrows and hurl stones while standing upright behind them.” Those who see this as the imagery all agree that the point of comparison is to jeweled necklaces with pendants which could be compared to shields, as in 1:10-11 (A. Robert, T. J. Meek, G. Gerlemann, A. M. Honeyman, B. S. J. Isserlin, J. McKenzie). McKenzie expresses this view when he posits that she was wearing jewelry around her neck and that this was being compared to the shields hung around this military tower: “One of the many physical charms that the Beloved finds in his mistress (Song of Sol. 4:1-4 ) is her long neck which, with its stately poise, reminds him of the lofty tower of David. Just as this tower is hung all round with shields placed there by mighty men of valor, so is his mistress’ neck adorned with chains and strings of jewels. This is supported by the fact that 4:9 explicitly mentions a necklace with a multitude of jewels in it which she was wearing at this time. And Isserlin suggests that the complete image in view fits the evidence of both ancient Near Eastern military towers and jewelry which has been recovered archaeologically: “It seems to the present writer that a reading of the verse…can be taken to refer to the presence not of one, but two elements on the tower: there is the coursed masonry, and on top of it there are the shields. If we keep the idea that a multiple necklace is alluded to, then this should be made up of two kinds of elements: on top there should be a series of beads resembling round shields; below we should find something resembling either the short or the long side of building stones (according to whether the masonry is laid in headers or stretchers). Can necklaces of this type be found in the ancient Near East? It seems to the writer that the well-known sculpture from Arsos in Cyprus (Pl. VI) represents just this type of necklace. The upper beads do look like a row of round shields, as shown on the tower in the relief slab representing Sennacherib’s siege of Lachish, while the lower elements do evoke roughly bossed headers, as found in ancient Palestinian defence works” (B. S. J. Isserlin, The Israelites , 59, and plate VI). Composite necklaces such as this one might be referred to in Prov 1:9 . In any case, it is quite unlikely that the point of comparison was that she had a large, muscular neck, as some have suggested (M. Jastrow, L. Waterman, and R. Gordis). See A. M. Honeyman, “Two Contributions to Canaanite Toponymy,” JTS 50 (1949): 51; B. S. J. Isserlin, “Song of Songs IV, 4: An Archaeological Note,” PEQ 90 (1958): 59-61; The Illustrated Family Encyclopedia of the Living Bible , 10:56; K. R. Crim, “Your Neck is Like the Tower of David (The Meaning of a Simile in the Song of Solomon 4:4 ),” BT 22:2 (April 1977): 70-74.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":26336,"verse_id":"SNG.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “until the day breathes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":26337,"verse_id":"SNG.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The Piel denominative verb לבב is derived from the noun לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”), and occurs only here. Its meaning is debated: (1) metonymical sense: “you have encouraged me,” that is, given me heart (BDB 525 s.v. לֵב ; AV, RSV); (2) intensive sense: “you have made my heart beat faster” (KBL 471 s.v. I לבב ); and (3) privative sense: “you have ravished my heart” or “you have stolen my heart” ( HALOT 515 s.v. I לבב ; GKC 141-42 §52. h ) (NIV). While the Niphal stem has a metonymical nuance (cause for effect): to get heart, that is, to get understanding ( Job 11:12 ), the Piel stem may have a privative nuance: to take away heart, that is, to take away the senses. Her beauty was so overwhelming that it robbed him of his senses (e.g., Hos 4:11 ). This is paralleled by a modern Palestinian love song: “She stood opposite me and deprived me of reason (literally, “took my heart”), your dark eyes slew me while I was singing, your eyebrows drove shame from me…the darkness of your eyes have slain me; O one clad in purple clothes, it is worthwhile falling in love with you, for your eyes are black and sparkle, and have slain me indeed.” Less likely is the proposal of Waldeman who relates this to Akkadian lababu (“to rage, be aroused to fury”), suggesting that Song 4:9 means “to become passionately aroused” or “to be aroused sexually.” See S. H. Stephan, “Modern Palestinian Parallels to the Song of Songs,” JPOS 2 (1922): 13; R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 85-86; N. M. Waldman, “A Note on Canticles 4:9 ,” JBL 89 (1970): 215-17; H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 40-58.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":26338,"verse_id":"SNG.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Alternately, “eye-stone [of your necklace].” The term עִינַיִךְ (’ inayikh , “your eyes”) probably refers to her physical eyes (e.g., 4:1 ). However, in Sumero-Akkadian literature the term “eye” sometimes refers to the eye-stone of a necklace. Agate-stones were cut so that white stripes appeared around the black or brown core to look like the pupil on the eye. M. H. Pope ( Song of Songs [AB], 482-83) suggests that the parallelism between the A and B lines suggests the following: “with one of your eye-stones” and “with one jewel of your necklace.” See W. G. Lambert, “An Eye Stone of Esarhaddon’s Queen and Other Similar Gems,” RA 63 (1969): 65-71.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":26339,"verse_id":"SNG.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “with all the finest balsam trees.” The Hebrew term בֹּשֶׂם ( bosem ) can refer either to the balsam tree, the spice associated with it, or by extension any fragrant aroma used as perfuming oil or incense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":26340,"verse_id":"SNG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “a fountain of gardens” or “a headwaters for gardens.” The term מַעְיַן ( m ’ yan , “fountain”) denotes “source, headwaters” as the place of origin of streams ( HALOT 612 s.v. מַעְיַן ). The term does not refer to a water fountain such as commonly found in modern cultivated gardens or parks; rather, it refers to the headwaters of streams and rivers, such as Banyas as the headwaters of the Jordan. The genitive construct מַעְיַן גַּנִּים ( m ’ yan gannim , “a fountain of gardens”) is an unusual expression that has been treated in various ways: (1) “a garden fountain,” that is, a fountain located in a garden ( HALOT 198 s.v. גַּן ); (2) “a fountain of gardens,” that is, the headwaters of many spring-watered gardens. The latter is preferred. In Song 4:12-14 the bride is figuratively described as a garden with exotic plants; however, in 4:15 the metaphor shifts to the source of the water for the garden: מַעְיַן (“headwaters”) and בְּאֵר ( bÿ ’ er , “well”) of fresh water flowing down from Lebanon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":26341,"verse_id":"SNG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “a watering place” or “well of underground water.” The term בְּאֵר ( bÿ ’ er , “well”) refers to an underground well that is dug in the ground to provide fresh water for humans and beasts (e.g., Gen 21:19, 25, 30; 26:15, 18, 19, 22, 32 ) ( HALOT 106 s.v. I בְּאֵר ; DCH 2:87 s.v. I בְּאֵר ). The term is often used in parallelism with בּוֹר ( bor , “cistern”), עַיִן (’ ayin , “spring”), and שׁוּחָה ( shukhah , “water-hole”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":26342,"verse_id":"SNG.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"1. 5:2; 11 QT 45:16) ( DCH 3:202 s.v. I חַי 1; HALOT 308 s.v. חיה 1; BDB 312 s.v. חַי f). The adjective חַיִּים (“living”) frequently refers to what is fresh ( Gen 26:19 ), healthy (Sir 30:14), or thriving ( Gen 43:7, 27 ). Fresh, flowing water is pictured as pure ( Lev 14:5-6, 50-52; 15:13 ) and a source of refreshment ( Gen 26:19 ). See P. Reymond, L ’ eau, sa vie, et sa signification dans l ’ Ancien Testament (VTSup), 136.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":26343,"verse_id":"SNG.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “may flow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":26344,"verse_id":"SNG.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “my heart.” The term לִבִּי ( livvi , “my heart”) is a metonymy of association for emotions (e.g., Prov 15:13 ; Song 3:11 ) or thoughts (e.g., Ps 90:12 ; Prov 18:15 ) or a synecdoche of part for the whole. If this verse is introducing a dream sequence in 5:2-8 , this is a metonymy for the Beloved’s thoughts in her dream: “I was sleeping but my mind was dreaming.” If this verse depicts the Beloved beginning to doze off to sleep – only to be awakened by his knocking at her door – then it is a synecdoche of part for the whole: “I was about to fall asleep when I was suddenly awakened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":26345,"verse_id":"SNG.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “but my heart was awake.” Scholars have interpreted 5:2 a in two basic ways: (1) The Beloved had been asleep or was just about to fall asleep when she was awakened by the sound of him knocking on the door of her bedroom chambers. The term לִבִּי ( livvi , “my heart”) is a synecdoche of part for the whole: “my heart” = “I.” The participle עֵר (’ er ) functions verbally, describing a past ingressive state: “was awakened.” The line would be rendered: “I was sleeping when I (= my heart) was awakened.” (2) The Beloved was sleeping, but her mind was dreaming (in her dream she heard him knocking on her door). In this case, לִבִּי (“my heart”) is a metonymy of association for the thoughts (e.g., Ps 90:12 ; Prov 18:15 ) and emotions (e.g., Prov 15:13 ; Song 3:11 ) she experienced during her dream: “my heart” = “my mind.” The participle עֵר functions verbally, describing a past progressive state: “was awake.” The line could be nuanced, “I was asleep, but my mind was dreaming.” Many translations adopt this approach: “I was asleep but my heart waketh” (KJV), “I was asleep but my heart was awake” (NASB, NIV), and “I was asleep, but my heart was wakeful” (NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":26346,"verse_id":"SNG.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.2","text":"The phrase “at the door” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A2/6"}
{"id":26347,"verse_id":"SNG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Possibly a euphemism ( double entendre ). The term יָד ( yad , “hand”) normally refers simply to the physical hand ( HALOT 386 s.v. I יָד 1; BDB 388 s.v. יָד 1). There are, however, at least three occasions when יָד refers to tall stone pillars (translated “monument” or “pillar”), such as those used in Canaanite fertility-cults in the form of phallic representations ( 1 Sam 15:12 ; 2 Sam 18:18 ; Isa 56:5 ). It is clearly used as a euphemism for the male copulative organ in Isa 57:8, 10 . It is now an established fact that yad is sometimes used as a euphemism for the male sexual organ in Ugaritic literature (e.g., text no. 52:33-35) ( UT 1072). The noun יָד is also used in the Qumran literature in this sense in a list of penalties for indecent exposure (Manual of Discipline 7:12-15 ). Thus, several scholars suggest that a subtle double entendre in 5:4-6 . The imagery of the man thrusting his “hand” through the “hole” in the door, and the Beloved “opening” to her lover, with her fingers dripped with “myrrh” on the “handles of the lock,” might have a double reference to the literal attempt to gain entry to her bedroom and his desire to make love to her. See M. Delcour, “Two Special Meanings of the Word yd in Biblical Hebrew,” JSS 12 (1967): 230-40.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":26348,"verse_id":"SNG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “sent his hand through.” Most scholars suggest that it denotes “to send through,” that is, “to thrust through” or “to extend through.” For example, BDB 1018 s.v. שָׁלַח 3.a proposes that מִן + שָׁלַח ( shalakh + min ) means “to stretch out (his hand) from the outside, inward.” He was attempting to open the door from the outside by extending his hand inside the door through some kind of latch-opening: “he put in his hand by the opening of the door” (KJV), “he extended his hand through the opening” (NASB), “he thrust his hand through the latch-opening” (NIV). Others, however, suggest that the construction. מִן + שָׁלַח denotes “to withdraw from” (e.g., 1 Kgs 13:4 ). The preposition מִן is taken to mean, not “through,” but “away from.” Thus, he was withdrawing his hand from the latch-opening, that is, he had given up and was leaving. This approach is adopted by NJPS: “My beloved took his hand off the latch.” His departure is clearly stated in 5:6 , “I opened [the door] for my beloved, but my beloved had already turned and gone away; my heart sank at his departure!” (see study notes below on 5:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":26349,"verse_id":"SNG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “hole.” Probably “latch-hole” or “key-hole,” but possibly a euphemism ( double entendre ). The noun חֹר ( khor , “hole”) is used in OT in a literal and metaphorical sense: (1) literal sense: hole bored in the lid of a chest ( 2 Kgs 12:10 ); hole in a wall ( Ezek 8:7 ); hole in the ground or cave used as hiding places for men ( 1 Sam 13:6; 14:11 ; Isa 42:23 ); hole in the ground, as the dwelling place of an asp ( Isa 11:8 ); and a hole in a mountain, as the den of lions ( Nah 2:13 ); and (2) figurative sense: hole of an eye (metonymy of association), that is, eye-socket ( Zech 14:12 ) ( HALOT 348 s.v. II חֹר ; BDB 359 s.v. III חֹר ). While the meaning of חֹר in Song 5:4 is clear – “hole” – there is a debate whether it is used in a literal or figurative sense. (1) Literal sense: The lexicons suggest that it denotes “hole of a door, that is, key-hole or latch-opening” ( HALOT 348; BDB 359). Most commentators suggest that it refers to a hole bored through the bedroom door to provide access to the latch or lock. The mention in 5:5 of כַּפּוֹת הַמַּנְעוּל ( kaffot hamman ’ ul , “latches of the door-bolt”) suggests that the term refers to some kind of opening associated with the latch of the bedroom door. This approach is followed by most translations: “the hole in the door” (JB), “the latch-hole” (NEB), “the latch-opening” (NIV), “the latch-hole” (NEB), “the latch” (RSV, NJPS), and “the opening of the door” (KJV). The assumption that the hole in question was a latch-hole in the door is reflected in Midrash Rabbah: Rabbi Abba ben Kahana said, “Why is the hole of the door mentioned here, seeing that it is a place where vermin swarm?” The situation envisaged by his actions are often depicted thus: In ancient Near Eastern villages, the bolting systems of doors utilized door-bolts and keys made of wood. The keys were often stored either on the outside (!) or inside of the door. If the key was placed on the inside of the door, a small hole was bored through the door so that a person could reach through the hole with the key to unlock the door. The key was often over a foot in length, and the keyhole large enough for a man’s hand. Apparently, he extended his hand through the hole from the outside to try to unbolt the door latch on the inside. He could put his hand through the hole, but could not open the door without the key. (2) Figurative sense: Because of the presence of several erotic motifs in 5:2-8 and the possibility that a double entendre is present (see notes below), several scholars suggest that the term is a euphemism for the female vagina ( HALOT 348). They suggest that חֹר (“hole”) is the female counterpart for the euphemistic usage of יָד (“hand”) in 5:4 . See A. S. Cook, The Root of the Thing: A Study of Job and the Song of Songs , 110, 123; Cheryl Exum, “A Literary and Structural Analysis of the Song of Songs,” ZAW 85 (1973): 50-51; M. H. Pope, Song of Songs (AB), 518-19.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":26350,"verse_id":"SNG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “my inward parts,” “my intestines,” or “my bowels.” Alternately, “my feelings” or “my emotions.” The term מֵעֶה ( me ’ eh ) is used of the internal organs in general (“inward parts”) (e.g., 2 Sam 20:10 ; 2 Chr 21:15, 18 ; Pss 22:14; 40:9 ) or the digestive organs in particular (“intestines, bowels, stomach”) (e.g., Num 5:22 ; Job 20:14 ; Ezek 3:3; 7:19 ; Jonah 2:1-2 ). It is frequently used as a metonymy of adjunct for the emotions which Hebrew psychology associated with these internal organs (see H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 63-66). These include pity ( Isa 16:11 ), lamentation ( Jer 48:36 ), distress ( Jer 4:19 ; Lam 1:20; 2:11 ), and compassion ( Isa 63:15 ; Jer 31:20 ) ( HALOT 610-11 s.v. מֵעֶה 3; BDB 589 s.v. מֵעֶה 5). Most scholars suggest that the Beloved’s feelings of love were revived – a reversal of her feelings of indifference and apathy in 5:3 . This is reflected in many translations which use equivalent English idioms: “the core of my being” (JB) and “my heart” (NIV, NJPS) over the woodenly literal “my bowels” (KJV, NEB, AV). On the other hand, the term is also used to refer to the procreative organs, both male (e.g., Gen 15:4 ; 2 Sam 7:12; 16:11 ; Isa 48:19 ; 2 Chr 32:21 ) and female (e.g., Gen 25:23 ; Ruth 1:11 ; Ps 71:6 ; Isa 49:1 ). NASB well renders the line, “my feelings were aroused for him” (NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":26351,"verse_id":"SNG.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.4","text":"The exact meaning of this Hebrew verb is uncertain. The exact connotation of the verb הָמוּ ( hamu ) in 5:4 is debated. The verb הָמָה ( hamah , “to murmur, growl, roar, be boisterous”) is related to the noun הָמוֹן ( hamon , “sound, murmur, roar, noisy crowd”), הֶמְיָה ( hemyah , “sound, music”), and perhaps even הָמֻלָה ( hamulah , “noise, noisy crowd, crowd”). The Hebrew root המה is related to Aramaic המא (“to roar; to be agitated”). The Hebrew verb הָמָה has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) literal: “to make a noise” of some kind and (2) figurative: “to be in commotion, uproar” (e.g., often associated with noise or a noisy crowd). The lexicons suggest six distinct categories: (1) “to make a noise” or “to be in commotion,” particularly by a tumultuous crowd ( 1 Kgs 1:41 ; Pss 39:7; 46:7 ; Prov 1:21 ; Is 22:2 ; Mic 2:12 ); (2) “to roar,” of the sea and sea-waves ( Isa 17:12; 51:15 ; Jer 5:22; 6:23; 31:35; 50:42; 51:55 ; Ps 46:4 ); (3) “to make a sound,” e.g., bear growling ( Isa 59:11 ), dog barking ( Ps 59:7, 15 ), bird chirping ( Ps 102:8 ), dove cooing ( Ezek 7:16 ); (4) “to moan,” ( Ps 39:7; 55:18 ; Prov 1:21 ; Lam 2:18 ; Ezek 7:16 ; Zech 9:15 ); (5) “to be turbulent, boisterous” ( Prov 7:11; 9:13; 20:1 ; Zech 9:5 ); and (6) figuratively of the internal organs: “to murmur, be restless, be turbulent,” used in reference to pity ( Isa 16:11 ; Jer 4:19; 31:20; 48:36 ), discouragement ( Ps 42:6, 12; 43:5 ), and murmuring in prayer ( Pss 55:18; 77:4 ) ( HALOT 250 s.v. המה ; BDB 242 s.v. הָמָה ). HALOT suggests “to be turbulent” for Song 5:4 ( HALOT 250 s.v. 4 ), while BDB suggests “the thrill of deep-felt compassion or sympathy” (BDB 242 s.v. 2 ). Commentators offer a spectrum of opinions from the Beloved feeling agitation, pity, compassion, sexual arousal, or a revival of her love for him. A survey of the translations reveals the same lack of consensus: “my bowels were moved for him” (KJV), “my bowels stirred within me” (NEB), “my heart was thrilled within me” (RSV), “I trembled to the core of my being” (JB), “my heart trembled within me” (NAB), “my heart was stirred for him” (JPS, NJPS), “my feelings were aroused for him” (NASB), and “my heart began to pound for him” (NIV). While the precise meaning may never be agreed upon, whatever she was feeling she roused herself from her indifferent apathetic inactivity to arise and open for her beloved in 5:5 . The phrase is used similarly elsewhere in OT, rousing the subject to irresistible action ( Jer 4:19 ). The simplest course of action is to nuance this term metonymically (cause for effect), e.g., “my feelings were stirred up for him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A4/5"}
{"id":26352,"verse_id":"SNG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"The verb חָמַק ( khamaq ) occurs only in Song 5:6 (Qal: “to turn away, go leave”) and in Jer 31:22 (Hitpael: “to turn hither and thither”) ( HALOT 330 s.v. חמק ; BDB 330 s.v. חָמַק ). It is related to the noun חָמוּק (“curve, curved lines” of a woman’s hips) which appears only in Song 7:2 . This root does not appear in Mishnaic Hebrew nor has it yet been attested in any cognate language. However, it was understood in this sense by LXX παρῆλθεν ( parhlqen, “he turned aside”), and also handled in a similar manner in Aquila, Symmachus, Peshitta, and Vulgate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":26353,"verse_id":"SNG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The verbs עָבָר חָמַק ( khamaq ’ avar , “he turned away, he went away”) may form a verbal hendiadys. Normally, the first verb will function as an adverb modifying the second which functions in its full verbal sense. Each functions as a perfect of recent past perfect action, describing a past event that took place shortly before another past event: “I opened [past action] for my beloved, but my lover had already turned and gone away [past perfect action].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":26354,"verse_id":"SNG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “my soul went out.” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is a synecdoche of part for the whole person. The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used over 150 times as a metonymy of association with feelings: sorrow and distress, joy, love, desire, passion, hatred, loathing, avarice ( HALOT 713 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 8; BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 6). The phrase נַפְשִׁי יָצְאָה ( nafshi yats ’ ah , literally, “my soul went out”) is a Hebrew idiom connoting great despair (e.g., Gen 35:18 ; Jer 15:9 ). The phrase is well rendered by NIV: “my heart sank at his departure.” Verses 6-7 clearly indicate that the Beloved fell into despair when he had departed: She searched desperately for him, but could not find him; she called for him, but he did not answer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":26355,"verse_id":"SNG.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Alternately, “spoke.” Traditionally, the term בְדַבְּרוֹ ( bÿdabbÿro ) has been related to the common root דָּבַר ( davar , “to speak”) which occurs nearly 1150 times in verbal forms and nearly 1500 times as a noun. This approach is seen as early as the LXX (although the LXX treated דָּבָר as a noun rather than an infinitive construct because it was working with an unpointed text): ἐν λογῷ αὐτοῦ ( en logw autou, “in his word”). Although they differ on whether the preposition בְ ( bÿ ) is temporal (“when”) or respect (“at”), many translations adopt the same basic approach as the LXX: “when he spake” (KJV), “as he spoke” (NASB), “when he spoke” (NIV margin), “at what he said” (JPS, NJPS). However, many recent scholars relate בְדַבְּרוֹ to the homonymic root דָּבַר (“to turn away, depart”) which is related to Akkadian dabaru D “to go away,” Dt “to drive away, push back” ( CAD 3:186ff), and Arabic dabara “to turn one’s back, be behind, depart, retreat” ( HALOT 209 s.v. II דבר ). Several examples of this root have been found ( Pss 18:48; 47:4; 56:6; 75:6; 116:10; 127:5 ; 2 Chr 22:10 ; Job 19:18 ; Song 5:6 ; Isa 32:7 ) ( HALOT 209-10 s.v. I). Several recent translations take this approach: “when he turned his back” (NEB), “at his flight” (JB), and “at his departure” (NIV). This makes better sense contextually (Solomon did not say anything after 5:2 a), and it provides a tighter parallelism with the preceding line that also describes his departure: “My beloved had turned away ( חָמַק , khamaq ); he was gone ( עָבַר , ’ avar )” (NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":26356,"verse_id":"SNG.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The genitive construct חוֹלַת אַהֲבָה ( kholat ’ ahavah , “sick of love”) denotes “lovesick.” This is an example of a genitive of cause, that is, the Beloved was (physically/emotionally) sick because of her unrequited love for him. See study note on Song 2:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":26357,"verse_id":"SNG.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “How is your beloved [better] than [another] lover?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":26358,"verse_id":"SNG.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"The adjective אָדֹם (’ adom ) denotes either “manly” or “ruddy,” depending upon whether it is derived from אָדָם (’ adam , “man”; HALOT 14 s.v. I אָדָם ) or אָדֹם (“red”; HALOT 14 s.v. אָדֹם ). If it is “manly,” the idea is that he is the epitome of masculinity and virility. On the other hand, the emphasis would be upon his health and virility, evidenced by his ruddy complexion, or it could be a comparison between his ruddy coloring and the redness of rubies ( Lam 4:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":26359,"verse_id":"SNG.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “outstanding.” The participle דָּגוּל ( dagul ) functions as a predicate adjective: “My beloved is…outstanding among ten thousand.” The verb דָּגַל ( dagal ) is relatively rare, being derived from the noun דֶּגֶל ( degel , “banner”) which often refers to a military standard which, when lifted up, was conspicuous for all to see ( Num 2:3-4; 10:14-15 ). The verb דָּגַל only occurs three other times, all referring to raising military banners for all to see ( Ps 20:6 ; Song 6:4, 10 ). Song 5:10 uses the term figuratively (hypocatastasis) to denote “outstanding” ( HALOT 213 s.v. דֶּגֶל ). This sense is closely related to the cognate Akkadian verb dagalu “to look, contemplate” and the noun diglu “eyesight, view (what is looked at).” Like a banner lifted high, he attracted the attention of all who looked at him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":26360,"verse_id":"SNG.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “from, among.” The preposition מִן ( min ) prefixed to רְבָבָה ( rÿvavah , “ten thousand”) is taken in a comparative, locative sense: “outstanding among ten thousand” (e.g., KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NJPS).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A10/5"}
{"id":26361,"verse_id":"SNG.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “among ten thousand.” The numeral “ten thousand” is the highest number used in comparisons in Hebrew poetry ( 1 Sam 18:7-8; 21:12; 29:5 ; Ps 91:7 ). It is not used to mark out a specific number, but to denote an indefinite number of persons of the largest possible proportions ( Gen 24:60 ; Num 10:36 ; Deut 33:2 ; Ps 3:7 ). Her point is simply this: no other man could possibly compare to him in appearance, even if he were in a group of an infinite number of men.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A10/6"}
{"id":26362,"verse_id":"SNG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “his head is gold of pure gold.” In the genitive construct phrase כֶּתֶם פָּז ( ketem paz , literally, “gold of pure gold”) the genitive noun פָּז ( paz , “pure gold”) functions as an adjectival genitive modifying כֶּתֶם (“gold”), that is, “pure gold.” The repetition of two different words for “gold” suggests that the phrase should be nuanced “the most pure gold.” This phrase is a predicate nominate in a metaphorical statement: “his head is (like) the most pure gold.” In the OT gold is frequently used in comparisons to emphasize the idea of beauty, value, or rarity ( Job 28:12-19 ; Pss 19:11; 119:127 ; Prov 8:19 ; Isa 13:12 ; Lam 4:2 ). Palestine had no known sources of gold, but had to import it, making it a rare and precious commodity (Ruth V. Wright and R. L. Chadbourne, The Gems and Minerals of the Bible , 65).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":26363,"verse_id":"SNG.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Literally “his locks [of hair] are curls.” The Hebrew adjective תַּלְתָּל ( taltal ) is a hapax legomenon whose meaning is somewhat unclear. BDB suggests that תַּלְתָּל is from the root תּלל (“mound, heap”; BDB 1068 s.v. I תּלל ) which is related to Arabic tl “mound, hill, top” (E. W. Lane, Arabic-English Dictionary, 311) and Akkadian tilu “hill, mound” ( AHw 3:1358). On the other hand, HALOT suggests that תַּלְתָּל means “date-panicle” and that it is related to the Akkadian noun taltallu “pollen of date-palm” ( HALOT 1741 s.v. תַּלְתַּלִּים ). The term occurs in Mishnaic Hebrew as תַּלְתָּל “curls, locks” (Jastrow 1674 s.v. תַּלְתָּל ). It is used in the same way in the Song. The form tltl is a reduplicated pattern used for adjectives denoting an intense characteristic (S. Moscati, Comparative Grammar , 78-79, §12.9-13). It functions as a predicate adjective to the subjective nominative קוּצוֹתָיו ( qutsotav , “his locks of hair”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":26364,"verse_id":"SNG.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Alternately, “towers of perfume.” The MT reads מִגְדְּלוֹת ( migdÿlot ) which yields the awkward “towers of perfume.” The term מִגְדָּל ( migdal , “tower”) is normally used in reference to (1) watch-towers, defended towers along the city wall, and individual towers in the countryside to protect the borders, (2) storehouses, and (3) a tower in a vineyard ( HALOT 543-44 s.v. I מִגְדָּל ). It is never used in OT in association with a flower garden. On the other hand, LXX reads φυουσαι ( fuousai, “yielding”) which reflects an alternate vocalization tradition of מְגַדְּלוֹת ( mÿgaddÿlot; Piel participle feminine plural from גָּדַל , gadal , “to increase, produce”). This makes good sense contextually because the Piel stem of גָּדַל means “to grow” plants and trees ( Isa 44:14 ; Ezek 31:4 ; Jonah 4:10 ) ( HALOT 179 s.v. I גדל 2). This revocalization is suggested by BHS editors, as well as the Hebrew lexicographers ( HALOT 544 s.v. 2; 179 s.v. I 2; BDB 152 s.v. גָּדַל 1). Several translations follow LXX and revocalize the text (RSV, NIV, NJPS margin): “His cheeks are like beds of spice yielding perfume” (NIV) and “His cheeks are like beds of spice producing perfume” (NJPS margin). The other translations struggle to make sense of the MT, but are forced to abandon a literal rendering of מִגְדְּלוֹת (“towers”): “banks sweet herbs” (ASV), “banks sweetly scented” (JB), “treasure-chambers full of perfume” (NEB), “banks of sweet scented herbs” (NASB), and “banks of perfume” (JPS, NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":26365,"verse_id":"SNG.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The term מֵעֶה ( me ’ eh ) is used in reference to several things in the Old Testament: (1) the womb of a woman ( Gen 25:23 ; Isa 49:1 ; Ps 71:6 ; Ruth 1:11 ), (2) a man’s loins ( Gen 15:4 ; 2 Sam 7:12 ; Isa 48:19 ; 2 Chr 32:21 ), (3) the “inward parts” of a person, such as the stomach or intestines which are used to digest food ( Num 5:22 ; Job 20:14 ; Ezek 3:3 ; Jonah 2:1-2 ), and (4) the external stomach or abdominal muscles: “abdomen” ( Song 5:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":26366,"verse_id":"SNG.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “sweetnesses.” Alternately, “very delicious.” The term מַמְתַקִּים ( mamtaqqim , “sweetness”; HALOT 596 s.v. מַמְתַקִּים ; BDB 609 s.v. מַמְתַקִּים ) is the plural form of the noun מֹתֶק ( moteq , “sweetness”). This may be an example of the plural of intensity, that is, “very sweet” (e.g., IBHS 122 §7.4.3a). The rhetorical use of the plural is indicated by the fact that מַמְתַקִּים (“sweetness”) is functioning as a predicate nominative relative to the singular subjective nominative חִכּוֹ ( khikko , “his mouth”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":26367,"verse_id":"SNG.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"The term מַחֲמַדִּים ( makhmaddim , “desirable”) is the plural form of the noun מַחְמַד ( makhmad , “desire, desirable thing, precious object”; HALOT 570 s.v. מַחְמָד 1; BDB 326 s.v. מַחְמַד ). Like the plural מַמְתַקִּים (“sweetness”) in the preceding parallel line, this use of the plural is probably an example of the plural of intensity: “very desirable.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":26368,"verse_id":"SNG.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"The phrase “Tell us!” does not appear in the Hebrew but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":26369,"verse_id":"SNG.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “And we may seek him with you.” The vav -conjunctive on וּנְבַקְשֶׁנּוּ ( unÿvaqshennu , “and we may seek him with you”) denotes purpose/result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":26370,"verse_id":"SNG.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"The verb לִרְעוֹת ( lir ’ ot , “to browse”; so NAB, NIV) is from the root רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “to feed, graze”) which is used seven times in the Song ( 1:7, 8 a, 8b; 2:16; 4:5; 6:2, 3 ). All its uses appear to be either literal or figurative descriptions of sheep grazing. The verb is used twice in reference to sheep “grazing” in a pasture ( 1:7, 8 ). The participle is used once to designate “shepherds” ( 1:8 ), once in reference to two fawns which “which graze among the lilies” as a figurative description of her breasts ( 4:5 ), and twice as a figurative description of Solomon as “the one who grazes among the lilies” which is probably also a comparison of Solomon to a grazing sheep ( 2:16; 6:3 ). Therefore, it is likely that the usage of the term לִרְעוֹת (“to graze”) in 6:2 is also a figurative comparison of Solomon to a sheep grazing among garden flowers. Thus, there are two options: (1) nuance the term לִרְעוֹת as “to browse” (NAB, NIV) and take this as a literal action of Solomon walking through a real garden or (2) nuance the term לִרְעוֹת as “to graze” (NLT) and take this as a figure in which Solomon is pictured as a gazelle grazing on the flowers in a garden.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":26371,"verse_id":"SNG.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Or “I belong to my beloved, and my lover belongs to me.” Alternately, “I am devoted to my beloved, and my lover is devoted to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":26372,"verse_id":"SNG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"He compares her beauty to two of the most beautiful and important cities in the Israelite United Kingdom, namely, Jerusalem and Tirzah. The beauty of Jerusalem was legendary; it is twice called “the perfection of beauty” ( Ps 50:2 ; Lam 2:15 ). Tirzah was beautiful as well – in fact, the name means “pleasure, beauty.” So beautiful was Tirzah that it would be chosen by Jeroboam as the original capital of the northern kingdom ( 1 Kgs 15:33; 16:8, 15, 23 ). The ancient city Tirzah has been identified as Tel el-Far`ah near Nablus: see B. S. J. Isserlin, “Song of Songs IV, 4: An Archaeological Note,” PEQ 90 (1958): 60; R. de Vaux, “Le premiere campagne de fouilles a Tell el-Far`ah,” RB 54 (1947): 394-433.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":26373,"verse_id":"SNG.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":26374,"verse_id":"SNG.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The verb רָהַב ( rahav ) should be nuanced “overwhelm” or “arouse” rather than “storm against,” “make proud,” “confuse,” “dazzle,” or “overcome” (BDB 923 s.v. רָהַב ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":26375,"verse_id":"SNG.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Alternately, “your cheeks” or “your temple.” See 4:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":26376,"verse_id":"SNG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Alternately, “She alone is my dove, my perfect one.” The term אַחַת (’ akhat ) is used here as an adjective of quality: “unique, singular, the only one” ( DCH 1:180 s.v. אֶחָד 1b). The masculine form is used elsewhere to describe Yahweh as the “only” or “unique” God of Israel who demands exclusive love and loyalty ( Deut 6:4 ; Zech 14:9 ). Although Solomon possessed a large harem, she was the only woman for him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":26377,"verse_id":"SNG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “the only daughter of her mother.” The phrase אַחַת לְאִמָּה (’ akhat lÿ ’ immah ) is sometimes translated as “the only daughter of her mother” (NIV, NASB) or “the only one of her mother” (KJV). K&D 18:112 suggests that she was not her mother’s only daughter, but her most special daughter. This is supported by the parallelism with בָּרָה ( barah , “favorite”) in the following line. Similarly, Gen 22:2 and Prov 4:3 use the masculine term אֶחָד (’ ekhad , “the only one”) to refer to the specially favored son, that is, the heir.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":26378,"verse_id":"SNG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"The term בָּרָה ( barah ) is sometimes nuanced “pure” (NASB) because the root ברר I denotes “to purify, purge out” (BDB 140-41 s.v. בָּרַר ). However, the root בָּרַר also denotes “to choose, select” (BDB 141 s.v. 2 ) ( Neh 5:18 ; 1 Chr 7:40; 9:22; 16:41 ). Most translations adopt the second root, e.g., “the choice one” (KJV), “the favorite” (NIV), “favorite” (JB). This is supported by the exegetical tradition of LXX, which translates בָּרָה as ἐκλεκτή ( eklekth, “the chosen one”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":26379,"verse_id":"SNG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “daughters.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":26380,"verse_id":"SNG.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “to call blessed.” The verb אָשַׁר (’ ashar ) is used of people whom others consider fortunate because they have prospered or are to be commended ( Gen 30:13 ; Ps 72:17 ; Mal 3:12, 15 ). Likewise, the verb הָלַל ( halal , “to praise”) is used elsewhere of people who are held in high esteem by others either due to a commendable moral quality ( Prov 31:28, 31 ) or due to one’s physical beauty ( Gen 12:15 ; 2 Sam 14:25 ). The actual content of their praise of her appears in Song 6:10 in which they compare her beauty to that of the dawn, moon, sun, and stars.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A9/5"}
{"id":26381,"verse_id":"SNG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Alternately, “rises” or “looks forth.” Delitzsch renders הַנִּשְׁקָפָה ( hannishqafah ) as “who rises,” while NIV opts for “who appears.” The verb means “to look down upon [something] from a height” and is derived from the related noun “ceiling, roof, sky” (BDB 1054 s.v. שָׁקַף ; HALOT 1645 s.v. שׁקף ). The verb is used of looking down over a plain or valley from the vantage point of a mountain-top ( Num 21:20; 23:28 ; 1 Sam 13:18 ); of God looking down from heaven ( Ps 14:2 ); or of a person looking down below out of an upper window ( Judg 5:28 ; 2 Sam 6:16 ; Prov 7:6 ). M. H. Pope ( The Song of Songs [AB], 571-72) suggests that this verb implies the idea of her superiority over the other women, that is, she occupies a “higher” position over them due to his choice of her. But another interpretation is possible: The verb creates personification (i.e., the dawn is attributed with the human action of looking). Just as the dawn is the focus of attention during the morning hours and looks down upon the earth, so too she is the focus of his attention and is in the privileged position over all the other women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":26382,"verse_id":"SNG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"The term לְבָנָה ( lÿvanah ) literally means “the white one” (BDB 526 s.v. לְבָנָה ) and is always used in reference to the moon. It is only used elsewhere in the OT in parallelism with the term used to designate the sun ( Isa 24:23; 30:26 ), which likewise is not the ordinary term, but literally means “the hot one,” emphasizing the heat of the sun ( Job 30:28 ; Ps 19:6 ). Both of these terms, “the white one” and “the hot one,” are metonymies of adjunct in which an attribute (i.e., color and heat) are substituted for the subject itself. The white moon in contrast to the dark night sky captures one’s attention, just as the red-hot sun in the afternoon sky is the center of attention during the day. The use of the figurative comparisons of her beauty to that of the dawn, sun, moon, and stars is strikingly similar to the Hebrews’ figurative comparison of Simon the high priest coming out of the sanctuary to the morning star, moon, sun, and rainbow: “How glorious he was when the people gathered round him as he came out of the inner sanctuary! Like the morning star among the clouds, like the moon when it is full; like the sun shining upon the temple of the Most High, and like the rainbow gleaming in glorious clouds” (See G. Gerleman, Ruth, Das Hohelied [BKAT], 171).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":26383,"verse_id":"SNG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “pure as the sun.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A10/5"}
{"id":26384,"verse_id":"SNG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.10","text":"The adjective אָיֹם (’ ayom ) has been nuanced “terrible” (KJV, RSV), “frightful, fear-inspiring” (Delitzsch), “majestic” (NIV), “awesome” (NASB). In the light of its parallelism with יָפָה ( yafah , “beautiful”) and נָאוָה ( na ’ vah , “lovely”) in 6:4 , and יָפָה (“fair”) and בָּרָה ( barah , “bright”) in 6:10 , it should be nuanced “awe-inspiring” or “unnervingly beautiful.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A10/6"}
{"id":26385,"verse_id":"SNG.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “as bannered armies.” The term כַּנִּדְגָּלוֹת ( kannidgalot , “as bannered armies”) is used figuratively (hypocatastasis) in reference to stars which are often compared to the heavenly armies. This nuance is clear in the light of the parallelism with the dawn, moon, and sun.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A10/7"}
{"id":26386,"verse_id":"SNG.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"The term אֱגוֹז (’ egoz , “nut”) probably refers to the “walnut” or “walnut tree” ( juglans regia ) ( DCH 1:116 s.v. אֱגוֹז ). The singular form is used collectively here to refer to a grove of walnut trees.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":26387,"verse_id":"SNG.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Most scholars agree that the Hebrew text of 6:12 is the most elusive in the entire Song. The syntax is enigmatic and the textual reading is uncertain. The difficulty of this verse has generated a plethora of different translations: “Or ever I was aware, my soul made me [like] the chariots of Ammi-nadib” (KJV), “Before I knew it, my soul made me like the chariots of Ammi-nadib” (AV), “Before I knew it, my fancy set me in a chariot beside my prince” (AT), “Before I knew…my desire hurled me on the chariots of my people, as their prince” (JB), “Before I knew it, my desire set me mid the chariots of Ammi-nadib” (JPSV), “I did not know myself, she made me feel more than a prince reigning over the myriads of his people” (NEB), “Before I knew it, my heart had made me the blessed one of my kins-women” (NAB), “Before I was aware, my soul set me [over] the chariots of my noble people” (NASB), “Before I realized it, my desire set me among the royal chariots of my people” (NIV), “…among the chariots of Amminadab” (NIV margin), “…among the chariots of the people of the prince” (NIV margin), and “Before I realized it, I was stricken with a terrible homesickness and wanted to be back among my own people” (NLT). For discussion, see R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 95; R. Tournay, “Les Chariots d’Aminadab (Cant. VI 12): Israel, Peuple Theophore,” VT 9 (1959): 288-309; M. H. Pope, Song of Songs (AB), 584-92; R. E. Murphy, “Towards a Commentary on the Song of Songs,” CBQ 39 (1977): 491-92; S. M. Paul, “An Unrecognized Medical Idiom in Canticles 6,12 and Job 9,21 ,” Bib 59 (1978): 545-47; G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon [TOTC], 151-53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":26388,"verse_id":"SNG.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Alternately, “Before I realized it, my soul placed me among the chariots of my princely people.” There is debate whether נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul” = “I”) belongs with the first or second colon. The MT accentuation connects it with the second colon; thus, the first colon introduces indirect discourse: לֹא יָדַעְתִּי ( lo ’ yada ’ ti ) “I did not know” or “Before I realized it….” According to MT accentuation, the fs noun נַפְשִׁי (“my soul”) is the subject of שָׂמַתְנִי ( samatni , Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular from שִׂים , sim , + 1st person common singular suffix, “to put”): “my soul placed me….” This approach is followed by several translations (KJV, NASB, AV, AT, JB, JPSV, NAB, NIV). On the other hand, the LXX takes נַפְשִׁי (“my soul” = “I”) as the subject of לֹא יָדַעְתִּי and renders the line, “My soul [= I] did not know.” NEB follows suit, taking נַפְשִׁי as the subject of לֹא יָדַעְתִּי and renders the line: “I did not know myself.” R. Gordis and S. M. Paul posit that לֹא יָדַעְתִּי נַפְשִׁי (literally “I did not know myself”) is an idiom describing the emotional state of the speaker, either joy or anguish: “I was beside myself” (e.g., Job 9:21 ; Prov 19:2 ). S. Paul notes that the semantic equivalent of this Hebrew phrase is found in the Akkadian expression ramansu la ude (“he did not know himself”) which is a medical idiom describing the loss of composure, lucidity, or partial loss of consciousness. He suggests that the speaker in the Song is beside himself/herself with anguish or joy (S. M. Paul, “An Unrecognized Medical Idiom in Canticles 6,12 and Job 9,21 ,” Bib 59 [1978]: 545-47; R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 95).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":26389,"verse_id":"SNG.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"While MT reads מַרְכְּבוֹת ( markÿvot , “chariots”) some medieval Hebrew mss add the locative preposition בְּ ( bÿ ) or comparative particle כְּ ( kÿ ) before מַרְכְּבוֹת to produce “in/on/among/like the chariots.” Most translations supply a preposition: “My soul made me [like] the chariots of Ammi-nadib” (KJV, AV); “My fancy set me [in] a chariot beside my prince” (AT); “My soul set me [over] the chariots of my noble people” (NASB); “My desire set me [among] the chariots of Amminadab” (JPS, NJPS, NIV margin); “My desire set me [among] the royal chariots of my people” (NIV); “My desire set me [among] the chariots of the people of the prince” (NIV margin); “My desire hurled me [on] the chariots of my people, [as their] prince” (JB). R. Gordis offers a creative solution to the enigma of שָׂמַתְנִי מַרְכְּבוֹת עַמִּי־נָדִיב ( samatni markÿvot ’ ammi-nadiv ) by redividing the text and revocalizing it as שָׁם תֵּנִי מֹרֶךְ בַּת עַמִּי־נָדִיב ( sham teni morekh ’ ammi-nadiv ) “There, give me your myrrh, O nobleman’s daughter!” This involves two steps: (1) He redivides the MT’s שָׂמַתְנִי (“it placed me”) into two words שָׁם תֵּנִי (“There, give me”); and (2) He redivides the MT’s מַרְשְּׂבוֹת (“chariots”) into מֹרךְ בַּת (“your myrrh, O daughter”). This approach is supported somewhat by the LXX, which had a difficult time with the line: “There I will give my breasts to you!” The approach of R. Gordis is explained and supported by several factors: (1) He take מֹרךְ (“your myrrh”) as a figure (hypocatastasis) for her love (e.g., 4:6, 14; 5:1, 5, 13 ). (2) The word-division of בַּת עַמִּי־נָדִיב (“O noble kinsman’s daughter”) is paralleled by the nearly identical descriptive בַּת־נָדִיב (“O nobleman’s daughter”) in 7:2 . (3) Arabs referred to a girl as bint el akbar (“nobleman’s daughter”). (4) The referent of שָׁם (“there”) is the garden/valley mentioned in 6:11 . (5) This fits into the other literary parallels between 6:11-12 and 7:12- 14 , listed as follows: (a) “I went down to the nut grove” ( 6:11 a) and “Let us go to the vineyards” ( 7:12 a). (b) “to look for new growth in the valley, to see if the vines had budded, or if the pomegranates were in bloom” ( 6:11 b) and “Let us see if the vines have budded, if the blossoms have opened, if the pomegranates are in bloom” ( 7:13 a). (c) “There…give me your myrrh = love” ( 6:12 b) and “There I will give you my love” ( 7:13 b). See R. Gordis, Song of Songs and Lamentations , 95. tn The meaning of MT נַפְשִׁי שָׂמַתְנִי מַרְכְּבוֹת עַמִּי־נָדִיב ( nafshi samatni markÿvot ’ ammi-nadiv ) is enigmatic and has spawned numerous translations: “my soul made me [like] the chariots of Ammi-nadib” (KJV, AV); “my soul set me among the chariots of my princely people” (ASV), “my soul had made me as the chariots of my noble people” (NKJV); “my fancy set me [in] a chariot beside my prince” (RSV, NRSV); “my soul set me [over] the chariots of my noble people” (NASB); “my desire set me [among] the chariots of Amminadab” (JPS, NJPS, NIV margin); “my soul made me [like] the chariots of Amminadib” (WEB); “my desire set me [among] the royal chariots of my people” (NIV); “my desire set me [among] the chariots of the people of the prince” (NIV margin); “my soul set me over the chariots of my noble people” (NAU); “my desire hurled me [on] the chariots of my people, [as their] prince” (JB); “she made me feel more than a prince reigning over the myriads of his people” (NEB); “my heart had made me the blessed one of my kins-women” (NAB); “my soul troubled me for the chariots of Aminadab” (DRA); “I found myself in my princely bed with my beloved one” (NLT); “I was stricken with a terrible homesickness and wanted to be back among my own people” (LT); “But in my imagination I was suddenly riding on a glorious chariot” (CEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":26390,"verse_id":"SNG.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"MT vocalizes and divides the text as עַמִּי־נָדִיב (’ ammi-nadiv , “my princely people”); however, several other mss read עַמִּינָדָב (’ amminadav , “Amminadab”). This alternate textual tradition is also reflected in the LXX ( Αμιναδαβ , Aminadab ) and Vulgate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":26391,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Alternately, “Return…Return…!” The imperative שׁוּבִי ( shuvi , “Turn!”) is used four times for emphasis. There are two basic interpretations to the meaning/referent of the imperative שׁוּבִי (“Turn!”): (1) The villagers of Shunem are beckoning her to return to the garden mentioned in 6:11-12 : “Come back! Return!” R. Gordis nuances these uses of שׁוּבִי as “halt” or “stay” (“Some Hitherto Unrecognized Meanings of the Verb SHUB,” JBL 52 [1933]: 153-62); (2) In the light of the allusion to her dancing in 7:1 ( Heb 7:2 ), several scholars see a reference to an Arabic bridal dance. Budde emends the MT’s שׁוּבִי to סוֹבִי ( sovi , “revolve, spin”) from סָבַב ( savav , “to turn around”). M. H. Pope ( Song of Songs [AB], 595-96) also emends the MT to the Hebrew verbal root יָסַב ( yasav , “to leap, spin around”) which he connects to Arabic yasaba (“to leap”). These emendations are unnecessary to make the connection with some kind of dance because שׁוּבִי has a wide range of meanings from “turn” to “return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":26392,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"The article on הַשּׁוּלַמִּית ( hashshulammit ) functions as a vocative (“O Shulammite”) rather than in a definite sense (“the Shulammite”). The article is often used to mark a definite addressee who is addressed in the vocative (e.g., 1 Sam 17:55, 58; 24:9 ; 2 Kgs 6:26; 9:5 ; Prov 6:6 ; Eccl 11:9 ; Zech 3:8 ). For the vocative use of the article, see GKC 405 §126. e ; Joüon 2:506-7 §137.f; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 19, §89; IBHS 247 §13.5.2c.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":26393,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “O Perfect One.” Alternately, “O Shunammite” or “O Shulammite.” The term הַשּׁוּלַמִית ( hashshulammit ) has been variously translated: “Shulammite maiden” (NEB); “maiden of Shulam” (JB); “O maid of Shulem” (NJPS); “the Shulammite” (KJV; NASB; NIV). The meaning of the name הַשּׁוּלַמִית is enigmatic and debated. LXX renders it ἡ Σουλαμιτἰ ( {h Soulamiti, “O Shulamite”) and Vulgate renders it Sulamitis (“O Shulamite”). A few Hebrew mss read the plural הַשּׁוּלַמוֹת ( hashshulamot ) but the Masoretic tradition reads הַשּׁוּלַמִית as the versions confirm. Eight major views have emerged in the history of interpretation of the Song. They are arranged, as follows, in order from most likely (views 1-2), plausible (views 3-5), unlikely (view 6), to bizarre (views 7-8): (1) שׁוּלַמִית is a substantival use of the adjectival form qutal שׁוּלָם ( shulam , “perfection”) with the gentilic suffix ית - from the root שָׁלֵם ( shalem , “to be complete, perfect”): “the perfect, unblemished one” (Fox). This approach is reflected in rabbinic exegesis of the 12th century: “The meaning of the Shulammite is ‘perfect, without spot’” (Midrash Rabbah). (2) שׁוּלַמִית is Qal passive participle with the feminine adjectival suffix ית - from the root שָׁלֵם (“peace”): “the peaceful one” or “the pacified one” (Andre, Robert, Joüon). This is reflected in Vulgate pacificus (“the pacified one”), and Aquila and Quinta ἡ ἐηρυνεούσα ( {h ehruneousa ) “the peaceful one” (Andre Robert, Joüon). (3) שׁוּלַמִית is an alternate form of the gentilic name “Shunammite” ( שׁוּנַמִית ) used to refer to inhabitants of Shunem ( 1 Kgs 1:15 ; 2 Kgs 4:12 ). This is reflected in LXX ἡ Σουλαμιτἰ ( {h Soulamiti, “O Shulamite”). This is supported by several factors: (a) Gentilic names are formed by the suffix ית - and the prefixed article to a place-name, e.g., הַיְּרוּשָׁלַמִית ( hayyÿrushalamit , “the Jerusalemite”) is from יְרוּשָׁלַם ( yÿrushalam , “Jerusalem”); (b) the interchange between lateral dental ל ( l ) and nasal dental נ ( n ) is common in the Semitic languages (S. Moscati, Comparative Grammar , 32, §8.26); (c) the town of Shunem was also known as Shulem, due to the common interchange between נ ( n ) and ל ( l ) in Hebrew (Aharoni, 123), as seen in Eusebius’ Onomasticon in which Shunem = Shulem; and (d) later revisions of the LXX read ἡ Σουναμωτἰ (“the Shunamite”) instead of the Old Greek ἡ Σουλαμωτἰ (“the Shulamite”). Shunem was a town in the Jezreel Valley at the foot of Mount Moreh near Mount Tabor and situated about nine miles east of Megiddo, fifteen miles northwest of Beth-shean, and five miles north of Jezreel ( Josh 19:18 ; 1 Sam 28:4 ; 2 Kgs 4:8 ). During the Roman period, the town was called Shulem. See Y. Aharoni, The Land of the Bible , 24, 152, 172, 442, 308. Some scholars suggest that “Shul/nammite” refers to Abishag, the beautiful virgin from the village of Shunem who warmed elderly King David and was sought by Adonijah ( 1 Kgs 2:13- 25 ). Other scholars argue that Abishag has been imported in the Song on too slender grounds. (4) שׁוּלַמִית is the feminine form of the masculine name שְׁלֹמֹה ( shÿlomoh , “Solomon”), just as Judith is the feminine of Judah: “Shulamith” or “Solomonette” or “Solomoness” (Lowth, Goodspeed, Rowley). The feminine ending ־ית may be suffixed to masculine personal names to transform them into feminine names. A similar form occurs in the Ugaritic designation of Daniel’s wife as Lady Daniel (e.g., mtt dnty ). An anonymous Jewish commentator of the 12th century wrote: “The Shulammite was beloved of Solomon, for she was called after the name of her beloved.” The 16th century commentator Joseph Ibn Yahya wrote: “And the calling of her ‘Shulammite’ was determined by reason of her devotion to the Holy One (Blessed be He) who is called Shelomoh.” (5) As a combination of views 1-2, שׁוּלַמִית is a wordplay formed by the combination of the feminine name שְׁלֹמִית ( shÿlomit , “Shelomite”) from שְׁלֹמֹה (“Solomon”) and the gentilic name הַשּׁוּנַמִית (“the Shunammite”) denoting a woman from Shunem: “Solomoness/Shunammite.” (6) שׁוּלַמִית is related to the Arabic root salama “consummation gift” (given to a bride the morning after the wedding): “O Consummated One” or “O Bride” (Hirschberg). (7) Those espousing a cultic interpretation of Canticles take שׁוּלַמִית as the name or epithet of the Canaanite moon goddess Ishtar, designated by the feminine form of the name Shelem, the name of her lover Tammuz, called Dod or Shelem (T. J. Meek). (8) An alternate cultic interpretation takes שׁוּלַמִית as a conflation of the name of the Assyrian war-goddess “Shulmanith” (Ishtar) and the gentilic name “the Shunammite” for a woman from Shunem (Albright). See M. V. Fox, The Song of Songs and the Egyptian Love Songs , 157-58; T. J. Meek, “Canticles and the Tammuz Cult,” AJSL 39 (1922-23): 1-14; E. J. Goodspeed, “The Shulammite,” AJSL 50 (1933): 102-104; H. H. Rowley, “The Meaning of ‘The Shulammite’,” AJSL 56 (1938): 84-91; W. F. Albright, “The Syro-Mesopotamian God Sulman-Esmun and Related Figures,” AfO 7 (1931-32): 164-69; W. F. Albright, “Archaic Survivals in the Text of Canticles,” Hebrew and Semitic Studies , 5; H. H. Hirschberg, “Some Additional Arabic Etymologies in Old Testament Lexicography,” VT 11 (1961): 373-85; M. H. Pope, Song of Songs (AB), 596-600.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/4"}
{"id":26394,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “we.” In ancient Near Eastern love literature, plural verbs and plural pronouns are often used in reference to singular individuals. See note on Song 2:15 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/5"}
{"id":26395,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.13","text":"Alternately, “What do you see in…?” or “Why should you look upon…?” The interrogative pronoun מַה ( mah ) normally denotes “what?” or “why?” (BDB 552 s.v. מָה ; HALOT 550-52 s.v. מָה ). However, Gesenius suggests that the phrase מַה־תֶּחֱזוּ ( mah-tekhezu ) is the idiom “Look now!” on the analogy of Arabic ma tara (“Look now!”) (GKC 443 §137. b , n. 1).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/6"}
{"id":26396,"verse_id":"SNG.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"6.13","text":"The MT reads כִּמְחֹלַת ( kimkholat , “like the dance”), while other Hebrew mss read בִּמְחֹלוֹת ( bimkholot , “in the dances”). The LXX’s ὠ χοροὶ ( w coroi, “like the dances”) reflects כִּמְחֹלוֹת and Symmachus’ ἐν τρώσεσιν ( en tpwsesin, “in the injury”) reflects the locative preposition but a confusion of the noun. tn Alternately, “like a dance or two camps” or “like a dance in two lines.” The phrase כִּמְחֹלַת הַמַּחֲנָיִם ( kimkholat hammakhanayim ) is difficult to translate: “as it were the company of two armies” (KJV), “as at the dance of the two companies” (NASB), “as at the dance of Mahanaim” (NIV), “in the Mahanaim dance” (NJPS). The meaning of the individual terms is clear: The noun מְחֹלָה ( mÿkholah ) denotes “dance in a ring” ( Exod 15:20; 32:19 ; Judg 11:34; 21:21 ; 1 Sam 21:12; 29:5 ) ( HALOT 569 s.v. מְחֹלָה ). The noun מַחֲנֶה ( makhneh ) denotes “encampment, camp, army” and the dual form probably means “two armies” ( HALOT 570 s.v. מַחֲנֶה ). However, the meaning of the genitive-construct מְחֹלַת הַמַּחֲנָיִם ( mÿkholat hammakhanayim ) is unclear: “dance of the two camps/armies”[?]. W. F. Albright proposed “the dance of the Mahanaim” (“Archaic Survivals in the Text of Canticles,” Hebrew and Semitic Studies , 5). LXX translates ὠ χοροὶ τῶν παρεμβολῶν ( w coroi twn parembolwn, “like the dances before the camps”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%206%3A13/7"}
{"id":26397,"verse_id":"SNG.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Alternately, “noble daughter” or “magnificent daughter.” The title בַּת־נָדִיב ( bat-nadiv , “princely daughter” or “daughter of the prince”; HALOT 673 s.v. נָדִיב ; BDB 622 s.v. נָדִיב 2) suggests to some that this woman is not the Israelite country maiden of chapters 1-4 and 8 , but the daughter of Pharaoh whom Solomon later married ( 1 Kgs 11:1 ). While the term נָדִיב often denotes nobility of position (“nobleman”), it can also denote nobility of character (“noble, willing, magnificent”) (e.g., Prov 17:26 ; Isa 32:5, 8 ) ( HALOT 673-74; BDB 622 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":26398,"verse_id":"SNG.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"The term ַַחמּוּק ( khammuq , “curve”) describes the shapely curvature of her legs ( HALOT 327; BDB 330 s.v. 2 ) rather than a curving, dancing motion (Arabic bridal dance view). Although the verb חָמַק ( khamaq , “turn”) appears twice ( Song 5:6 ; Jer 31:22 ), the noun חַמּוּק is a hapax legomenon . In postbiblical Hebrew it refers to “rundles” (Jastrow 476 s.v. חַמּוּק ). The term here has been translated in various ways: “[thigh] joints” (KJV), “rounded [thighs]” (RSV), “curves [of thighs]” (NASB), “graceful [thighs]” (NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":26399,"verse_id":"SNG.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"The term יָרֵךְ ( yarekh , “thigh”) may refer to (1) the fleshy upper part of the thigh where the leg joins the pelvis ( Gen 32:25-32; 46:26 ; Exod 1:5 ; Judg 8:30 ) or (2) the outside of the thigh from the hip down ( Exod 32:27 ; Judg 3:16, 21 ; Ps 45:4 ; Song 3:8 ). The first usage is usually restricted to a figure for the male loins, the source of male procreation ( Gen 46:26 ; Exod 1:5 ) and the locus of an oath ( Gen 24:2, 9; 47:29 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":26400,"verse_id":"SNG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"The noun שֹׁרֶר ( shorer ) is a hapax legomenon , appearing in the OT only here. There is debate whether it means “navel” or “vulva”: (1) Lys and Pope suggest that שֹׁרֶר is related to Arabic srr (“secret place, pudenda, coition, fornication”). They suggest that this is contextually supported by three factors: (a) His descriptive praise of her is in ascending order, beginning with her feet and concluding with her hair. The movement from her thighs ( 7:1 b), to her vulva ( 7:2 a), and then to her waist ( 7:2 b) would fit this. (b) The descriptive comparison to a glass of wine would be grotesque if her navel were in view – her navel was moist or filled with liquid? – but appropriate if her vulva were in view. (c) The navel would be a somewhat synonymous reference to the belly which is already denoted by בִּטְנֵךְ ( bitnekh , “belly”) in the following line. Because 7:1-7 does not use synonymous parallelism, the term שֹׁרֶר would have to refer to something other than the belly. (2) The term שֹׁרֶר denotes “navel”: (a) It may be related to the bi-consonantal noun שֹׁר ( shor , “navel, umbilical cord”) ( Prov 3:8 ; Ezek 16:4 ). (b) Mishnaic Hebrew שָׁרָר ( sharar ) denotes “navel, umbilical cord” (Jastrow 1634 s.v. שָׁרָר ). For example, in a midrash on the Book of Numbers, the noun שֹׁרֶר appears in an allusion to Song 7:3 to justify the seating of the Sanhedrin in the middle of the synagogue: “As the navel ( שֹׁרֶר ) is placed in the centre of the body, so are the Sanhedrin…” ( Num. Rab. 1:4). On the other hand, the meaning “vulva” never appears in Mishnaic Hebrew. Therefore, apart from this disputed usage there is no evidence that this term was ever used in this manner in Hebrew. (c) Rather than שֹׁרֶר being related to Arabic sirr (“pudenda”), it could just as easily be related to the Arabic noun surr “navel.” It is methodologically more sound to define שֹׁרֶר as “navel” than as “vulva.” (d) The nuance “navel” is not as out of line contextually as Lys and Pope suggest. The navel would not be out of place in the ascending order of praise because the בִּטְנֵךְ (“abdomen”) which follows may be viewed as both above and below the navel. The figurative association of the שֹׁרֶר as a mixing bowl filled with wine does not imply that this bodily part must actually be moist or filled with liquid as Pope suggests. The point of comparison is not physical or visual but one of function, i.e., it is intoxicating. The comparison of the navel to a mixing bowl of wine is no more out of line than the comparison of the belly to a heap of wheat in the next line. In fact, the two go together – she is both the “drink” and “food” for Solomon. The shape of the navel is as congruent with the metaphor of the “round bowl” as the vulva; both are round and receding. (3) Since both terms are derived from the same geminate root – Hebrew שֹׁרֶר and Arabic srr – it is more prudent to take the term as a synecdoche of whole (lower region) for the parts (including navel and vulva). The attempt to decide between these two options may be illegitimately splitting hairs. See K&D 18:123; J. S. Deere, “ Song of Solomon ,” BKCOT , 199-200; D. Lys, “Notes sur de Cantique,” VTSup 17 (1969): 171-78; M. H. Pope, Song of Songs (AB), 617; G. L. Carr, Song of Solomon (TOTC), 157.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":26401,"verse_id":"SNG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"The phrase אַל־יֶחְסַר (’ al-yekhsar ) has traditionally been taken as an imperfect: “it never lacks mixed wine” (M. H. Pope, Song of Songs [AB], 619); “which wanteth not liquor” (KJV); “in which liquor is never lacking” (RSV); “that never lacks mixed wine” (JB); “with no lack of wine” (NEB); “that shall never want for spiced wine” (NEB); “that never lacks blended wine” (NIV). This is also how LXX understood it: μὴ ὑστερούμενος κρᾶμα ( mh usteroumenos, “not lacking liquor”). However, the negative אַל (’ al ) normally precedes a jussive expressing a wish or request: “May it never lack mixed wine!” (J. S. Deere, “ Song of Solomon ,” BKCOT , 202). This approach is adopted by several translations: “that should never lack for mixed wine” (NASB) and “Let mixed wine not be lacking!” (NJPS).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":26402,"verse_id":"SNG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.2","text":"Alternately, “your waist.” The term בִּטְנֵךְ ( bitnekh ) probably refers to the woman’s “belly” rather than “waist.” It is associated with a woman’s abdominal/stomach region rather than her hips ( Prov 13:25; 18:20 ; Ezek 3:3 ). The comparison of her belly to a heap of wheat is visually appropriate because of the similarity of their symmetrical shape and tannish color. The primary point of comparison, however, is based upon the commonplace association of wheat in Israel, namely, wheat was the main staple of the typical Israelite meal ( Deut 32:14 ; 2 Sam 4:6; 17:28 ; 1 Kgs 5:25; Pss 81:14; 147:14 ). Just as wheat satisfied an Israelite’s physical hunger, she satisfied his sexual hunger. J. S. Deere makes this point in the following manner: “The most obvious commonplace of wheat was its function, that is, it served as one of the main food sources in ancient Palestine. The Beloved was both the ‘food’ (wheat) and ‘drink’ (wine) of the Lover. Her physical expression of love nourished and satisfied him. His satisfaction was great for the ‘mixed wine’ is intoxicating and the ‘heap of wheat’ was capable of feeding many. The ‘heap of wheat’ also suggests the harvest, an association which contributes to the emotional quality of the metaphor. The harvest was accompanied with a joyous celebration over the bounty yielded up by the land. So also, the Beloved is bountiful and submissive in giving of herself, and the source of great joy” (“ Song of Solomon ,” BKCOT , 203-204).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A2/5"}
{"id":26403,"verse_id":"SNG.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “fenced around by.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A2/6"}
{"id":26404,"verse_id":"SNG.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Alternately, “the ivory tower.” The noun הַשֵּׁן ( hashshen , “ivory”) is a genitive of composition, that is, a tower made out of ivory. Solomon had previously compared her neck to a tower ( Song 4:4 ). In both cases the most obvious point of comparison has to do with size and shape, that is, her neck was long and symmetrical. Archaeology has never found a tower overlaid with ivory in the ancient Near East and it is doubtful that there ever was such a tower. The point of comparison might simply be that the shape of her neck looks like a tower, while the color and smoothness of her neck was like ivory. Solomon is mixing metaphors: her neck was long and symmetrical like a tower; but also elegant, smooth, and beautiful as ivory. The beauty, elegance, and smoothness of a woman’s neck is commonly compared to ivory in ancient love literature. For example, in a piece of Greek love literature, Anacron compared the beauty of the neck of his beloved Bathyllus to ivory (Ode xxxix 28-29).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":26405,"verse_id":"SNG.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “your head [is] upon you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":26406,"verse_id":"SNG.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “like purple” or “like purple fabric.” The term אַרְגָּמָן (’ argaman , “purple fabric”) refers to wool dyed with red purple ( HALOT 84 s.v. אַרְגָּמָן ). It is used in reference to purple threads ( Exod 35:25; 39:3 ; Esth 1:9 ) or purple cloth ( Num 4:13 ; Judg 8:26 ; Esth 8:15 ; Prov 31:22 ; Jer 10:9 ; Song 3:10 ). NASB translates it as “purple threads,” while NIV nuances this term as “royal tapestry.” M. H. Pope ( The Song of Songs [AB], 629-30) adduces several ancient Near Eastern texts and suggests that it refers to purple hair-dye. The comparison is to hair which entangles Solomon like binding cords and therefore, it seems most likely that the idea here must be purple threads. The Hebrew noun is a loanword from Hittite argaman “tribute,” which is reflected in Akkadian argamannu “purple” (also “tribute” under Hittite influence), Ugaritic argmn “tax, purple,” Aramaic argwn “purple” ( HALOT 84). Purple cloth and threads were considered very valuable ( Ezek 27:7, 16 ) and were commonly worn by kings as a mark of their royal position ( Judg 8:26 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":26407,"verse_id":"SNG.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.5","text":"Alternately, “captivated.” The verb אָסַר (’ asar , “to bind, capture, hold captive, put in prison”) is commonly used of binding a prisoner with cords and fetters ( Gen 42:34 ; Judg 15:10-13; 16:5-12 ; 2 Kgs 17:4; 23:33; 25:7 ; 2 Chr 33:11 ) ( HALOT 75 s.v. אסר ). It is frequently used as a figure to depict absolute authority over a person ( Ps 105:22 ). The passive participle סוּר means “to be bound, held captive, imprisoned” ( 2 Sam 3:34 ; Jer 40:1 ; Job 36:8 ). Like a prisoner bound in cords and fetters and held under the complete control and authority of his captor, Solomon was captivated by the spellbinding power of her hair. In a word, he was the prisoner of love and she was his captor. Similar imagery appears in an ancient Egyptian love song: “With her hair she throws lassoes at me, with her eyes she catches me, with her necklace she entangles me, and with her seal ring she brands me” (Song 43 in the Chester Beatty Cycle, translated by W. K. Simpson, ed., The Literature of Ancient Egypt , 324). J. S. Deere suggests, “The concluding part of the metaphor, ‘The king is held captive by your tresses,’ is a beautiful expression of the powerful effect of love. A strong monarch was held prisoner by the beauty of his Beloved” (“ Song of Solomon ,” BKCOT , 206-207). This is a startling statement because Solomon emphasizes that the one who was being held captive like a prisoner in bonds was the “king”! At this point in world history, Solomon was the ruler of the most powerful and wealthy nation in the world ( 1 Kgs 3:13; 10:23-29 ). And yet he was held totally captive and subject to the beauty of this country maiden!","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A5/5"}
{"id":26408,"verse_id":"SNG.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Alternately, “O beloved one.” Consonantal אהבה is vocalized by the Masoretes as אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”). However, a variant Hebrew ms tradition preserves the vocalization of the passive form אֲהֻבָה (’ ahuvah , “beloved one, one who is loved”), as is also reflected in the Vulgate and Syriac. The term אַהֲבָה (“love”) usually refers to sexual ( 2 Sam 13:15 ; Prov 5:19 ) or emotional love between a man and a woman ( 2 Sam 1:26 ; Song 8:6-7 ) ( HALOT 18 s.v. I אַהֲבָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":26409,"verse_id":"SNG.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"The MT preserves a syntactically difficult reading בַּתַּעֲנוּגִים ( batta ’ anugim , “in/with delights”). A variant Hebrew textual tradition preserves the alternate reading בַּת תַּעֲנוּגִים ( bat ta ’ anugim , “daughter of delights” or “delightful daughter”). The textual variant is either due to haplography (mistakenly writing ת once instead of twice) or dittography (mistakenly writing ת twice instead of once). The alternate textual tradition is reflected in Aquila θυγάτηρ τρυφῶν ( qugarhr trufwn, “daughter of delights”). However, the MT reading אַהֲבָה בַּתַּעֲנוּגִים (’ ahavah batta ’ anugim , “O love, in your delights”) is אַהֲבָה בַּתַּעֲנוּגִים (“O love, in your delights”) is supported by LXX (Old Greek) ἀγάπη , ἐν τρυφαῖς σου ( agaph, en trufais sou, “O love, in your delights”). tn The term תַּעֲנוּג ( ta ’ anug , “luxury, daintiness, exquisite delight”) is used in reference to: (1) tender love ( Mic 1:16 ); (2) the object of pleasure ( Mic 2:9 ); (3) erotic pleasures ( Eccl 2:8 ); (4) luxury befitting a king ( Prov 19:10 ). The term may have sexual connotations, as when it is used in reference to a harem of women who are described as “the delights” of the heart of a man ( Eccl 2:8 ) (BDB 772 s.v. תַּעֲנוּג ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":26410,"verse_id":"SNG.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The term קוֹמָתֵךְ ( qomatek , “stature”) indicates the height of an object, e.g., tall person ( 1 Sam 16:7 ; Ezek 13:8 ), tall tree ( 2 Kgs 19:23 ; Isa 10:33 ; Ezek 31:3-5, 10-14 ), a towering vine ( Ezek 19:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":26411,"verse_id":"SNG.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Alternately “clusters of figs.” The term אַשְׁכֹּלוֹת (’ ashkolot , “clusters”) usually refers to (1) clusters of grapes, that is, the stalk on which the bunch of grapes grow and the bunch of grapes themselves ( Gen 40:10 ; Num 13:23-24 ; Deut 32:32 ; Isa 65:8 ; Mic 7:1 ) or (2) the berry on a cluster of henna bush ( Song 1:14 ) ( HALOT 95 s.v. I אַשְׁכּוֹל ). It is possible that this is an anomalous usage in reference to a cluster of dates rather than to a cluster of grapes for three reasons: (1) the תָּמָר ( tamar , “palm tree”) referred to in 7:7 is a date palm, (2) the term סַנְסִנִּים ( sansinnim , “fruit stalks”) in 7:8 a refers to the fruit stalk of dates ( Rademus dactylorum ), being related to Akkadian sissinnu (“part of the date palm”), and (3) the reference to climbing the palm tree in 7:8 a is best understood if it is a date palm and its fruit are dates. The comparison between her breasts and clusters of dates probably has to do with shape and multiplicity, as well as taste, as the rest of this extended metaphor intimates. M. H. Pope ( The Song of Songs [AB], 634) notes: “The comparison of the breasts to date clusters presumably intended a pair of clusters to match the dual form of the word for ‘breasts.’ A single cluster of dates may carry over a thousand single fruits and weigh twenty pounds or more. It may be noted that the multiple breasts of the representations of Artemis of Ephesus look very much like a cluster of large dates, and it might be that the date clusters here were intended to suggest a similar condition of polymasty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":26412,"verse_id":"SNG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “I said, ‘I will climb….’” The verb אָמַר (’ amar , “to say”) is often used metonymically in reference to the thought process, emphasizing the spontaneity of a decision or of an idea which has just entered the mind of the speaker moments before he speaks ( Gen 20:11; 26:9; 44:28 ; Exod 2:14 ; Num 24:11 ; Ruth 4:4 ; 1 Sam 20:4, 26 ; 2 Sam 5:6; 12:22 ; 2 Kgs 5:11 ). M. H. Pope renders it appropriately: “Methinks” ( Song of Songs [AB], 635).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":26413,"verse_id":"SNG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “of the vine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":26414,"verse_id":"SNG.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"The Hebrew noun תַּפּוּחַ ( tappukha ) has been traditionally been translated as “apple,” but modern botanists and the most recent lexicographers now identify תַּפּוּחַ with the “apricot” (BDB 656 s.v. I תַּפּוּחַ ). This might better explain the association with the sweet smelling scent, especially since the term is derived from a Semitic root denoting “aromatic scent.” Apricots were often associated with their sweet scent in the ancient world ( Fauna and Flora of the Bible , 92-93).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":26415,"verse_id":"SNG.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The term חֵךְ ( khek , “palate, mouth”) is often used as a metonymy for what the mouth produces, e.g., the mouth is the organ of taste ( Ps 119:103 ; Job 12:11; 20:13; 34:3 ; Prov 24:13 ; Song 2:3 ), speech ( Job 6:30; 31:30; 33:2 ; Prov 5:3; 8:7 ), sound ( Hos 8:1 ), and kisses ( Song 5:16; 7:10 ) ( HALOT 313 s.v. חֵךְ ; BDB 335 s.v. חֵךְ ). The metonymical association of her palate/mouth and her kisses is made explicit by RSV which translated the term as “kisses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":26416,"verse_id":"SNG.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"The MT reads שִׁפְתֵי יְשֵׁנִים ( shifte yÿshenim , “lips of those who sleep”). However, an alternate Hebrew reading of שְׂפָתַי וְשִׁנָּי ( sÿfata vÿsinna , “my lips and my teeth”) is suggested by the Greek tradition (LXX, Aquila, Symmachus): χείλεσίν μου καὶ ὀδοῦσιν ( ceilesin mou kai odousin, “my lips and teeth”). This alternate reading, with minor variations, is followed by NAB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, NLT. tn Or “his lips as he falls asleep.” Heb “the lips of sleepers.” Alternately, “over lips and teeth” (so NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":26417,"verse_id":"SNG.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “his desire is for me” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":26418,"verse_id":"SNG.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The imperfect יִתֶּנְךָ ( yittenka ) may denote a desire or wish of the subject, e.g., Gen 24:58 ; Exod 21:36 ; 1 Sam 21:10 ( IBHS 509 §31.4h). The optative particle מִי ( mi ) with an imperfect expresses an unreal wish, e.g., Judg 9:29 ; 2 Sam 15:4 ; Mal 1:10 . The construction יִתֶּנְךָ מִי ( mi yittenka ) is an idiom expressing an unreal wish in the optative mood ( HALOT 575 s.v. מִי ), e.g., “Would that it were evening…Would that it were morning!” (KJV) or “If only it were evening…If only it were morning!” (NIV) ( Deut 28:67 ); “Oh that I knew where I might find him” (KJV, NASB, NJPS), “I wish I had known,” “If only I knew where to find him; if only I could go to his dwelling!” (NIV) ( Job 23:3 ); “I wish that all the LORD’s people were prophets!” (NIV), “Would that all the LORD’s people were prophets” (NASB) ( Num 11:29 ). Evidently, the LXX did not understand the idiom; it rendered the line in wooden literalness: Τίς δώῃ σε ἀδελφιδόν μου ( Tis dwh se adelfidon mou, “Who might give/make you as my brother?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":26419,"verse_id":"SNG.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “you were to me like a brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":26420,"verse_id":"SNG.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “found” or “met.” The juxtaposition of the two imperfects without an adjoining vav forms a conditional clause denoting a real condition (GKC 493 §159. b ). The first imperfect is the protasis; the second is the apodosis: “If I found you אֶמְצָאֲךָ (’ emtsa ’ aka ) outside, I would kiss you ( אֶשָּׁקְךָ , ’ eshshaqÿkha ).” The imperfects are used to express a condition and consequence which are regarded as being capable of fulfillment in the present or future time (GKC 493 §159. b ). The simple juxtaposition of two verbal clauses without any grammatical indicator, such as vav or a conditional particle, is rather rare: “If you rebel ( תִּמְעָלוּ , tim ’ alu ), I will disperse you ( אָפִיץ , ’ afits ) among the nations” ( Neh 1:8 ); “If I counted them ( אֶסְפְּרֵם , ’ esppÿrem ), they would be more numerous ( יִרְבּוּן , yirbun ) than the sand!” ( Ps 139:18 ); “If a man has found a wife ( מָצָא , matsa ’), he has found ( מָצָא ) a good thing” ( Prov 18:22 ) (Joüon 2:627 §167.a.1). On the other hand, LXX treated the imperfects as denoting future temporal sequence: εὑροῦσά σε ἒξω , φιλήσω σε ( eurousa se exw, filhsw se, “I will find you outside, I will kiss you”). Ordinarily, however, vav or a temporal particle introduces a temporal clause (Joüon 2:627 §167.a; GKC 502 §164. d ). The English translation tradition generally adopts the conditional nuance: “If I found you outdoors, I would kiss you” (NASB), “Then, if I found you outside, I would kiss you” (NIV). However, a few translations adopt the temporal nuance: “When I should find thee without, I would kiss thee” (KJV), “Then I could kiss you when I met you in the street” (NJPS).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":26421,"verse_id":"SNG.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"The particle גַּם ( gam , “surely”) is used with לֹא ( lo ’, “no one”) for emphasis: “yea, none” ( HALOT 195 s.v. גַּם ). Similar examples: לֹא...גָם אָחַד ( lo ’… gam ’ ekhad , “not even one”; 2 Sam 17:12 ); גַּם אֵין ( gam ’ en , “yet there is no one”; Eccl 4:8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":26422,"verse_id":"SNG.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"The MT reads אֶנְהָגֲךָ אֶל־בֵּית אִמִּי תְּלַמְּדֵנִי (’ enhagakha ’ el-bet ’ immi tÿlammÿdeni , “I would bring you to the house of my mother who taught me”). On the other hand, the LXX reads Εἰσάξω σε εἰς οἶκον μητρός μου καὶ εἰς ταμίειον τῆς συλλαβούση με ( Eisaxw se eis oikon mhtpos mou kai eis tamieion ths sullaboush me ) which reflects a Hebrew reading of אֶנְהָגֲךָ אֶל־בֵּית אִמִּי וְאֶל חֶדֶר הוֹרָתִי (’ enhagakha ’ el-bet ’ immi vÿ ’ el kheder horati , “I would bring you to the house of my mother, to the chamber of the one who bore me”), followed by NRSV. The LXX variant probably arose due to: (1) the syntactical awkwardness of תְּלַמְּדֵנִי (“she taught me” or “she will teach me”), (2) the perceived need for a parallel to אֶל־בֵּית אִמִּי (“to the house of my mother”), and (3) the influence of Song 3:4 which reads: עַד־שֶׁהֲבֵיאתִיו אֶל־בֵּית אִמִּי וְאֶל חֶדֶר הוֹרָתִי (’ ad-sheheve ’ tiv ’ el-bet ’ immi vÿ ’ el kheder horati , “until I brought him to the house of my mother, to the chamber of the one who bore me”). The MT reading should be adopted because (1) it is the more difficult reading, (2) it best explains the origin of the LXX variant, and (3) the origin of the LXX variant is easily understood in the light of Song 3:4 . tn The verb תְּלַמְּדֵנִי ( tÿlammÿdeni ) may be rendered in two basic ways: (1) future action: “she will teach me” or more likely as (2) past customary action: “who would instruct me” (KJV), “who used to instruct me” (NASB), “she who has taught me” (NIV), “she who taught me” (NJPS). This is an example of casus pendus in which the subject of the verb serves as a relative pronoun to the antecedent noun (“my mother”). The JPS parses תְּלַמְּדֵנִי as 2nd person masculine singular (“that you might instruct me”) rather than 3rd person feminine singular (“she would teach me”). However, this would obscure the imagery: The Beloved wished that Solomon was her little brother still nursing on her mother’s breast. The Beloved, who had learned from her mother’s example, would bring him inside their home and she would give him her breast: “I would give you spiced wine to drink, the nectar of my pomegranates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":26423,"verse_id":"SNG.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"Alternately “wine, that is, spiced mixture.” The term רֶקַח ( reqakh , “spice mixture, spices”) refers to ground herbs that were tasty additives to wine ( HALOT 1290 s.v. רֶקַח ). tc The Masoretic vocalization of מִיַּיִן הָרֶקַח ( miyyayin hareqakh ) suggests that הָרֶקַח (“spiced mixture”) stands in apposition to מִיַּיִן (“wine”): “wine, that is, spiced mixture.” However, several Hebrew mss read the genitive-construct vocalization מִיַּיִן הָרֶקַח (“spiced wine”). This alternate vocalization tradition is reflected in the Targum and other versions, such as the LXX. The genitive noun הָרֶקַח (“spices, spiced mixture”) functions as an adjective modifying the preceding construct noun יַיִן (“wine”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":26424,"verse_id":"SNG.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"See the notes on 2:6 , which is parallel to this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":26425,"verse_id":"SNG.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “daughters of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":26426,"verse_id":"SNG.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “Why arouse or awaken …?” Although the particle מָה ( mah ) is used most often as an interrogative pronoun (“What?” “Why?”), it also can be used as a particle of negation. For example, “How ( מָה ) could I look at a girl?” means “I have not looked at a girl!” ( Job 31:1 ); “What ( מַה ) do we have to drink?” means “We have nothing to drink” ( Exod 15:24 ); “What ( מַה ) part do we have?” means “We have no part” ( 1 Kgs 12:16 ); and “Why ( מַה ) arouse or awaken love?” means “Do not arouse or awaken love!” ( Song 8:4 ). See HALOT 551 s.v. מָה C.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":26427,"verse_id":"SNG.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “went into labor.” The verb חָבַל ( khaval , “become pregnant”) is repeated in 8:6 b and 8:6 c, and has a two-fold range of meaning: (1) transitive: “to conceive [a child]” and (2) intransitive: “to be in travail [of childbirth]” ( HALOT 286 s.v. IV חבל ). In 8:6 b it denotes “to conceive,” and in 8:6 c it is “to be in travail [of childbirth].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":26428,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"The term לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) is used figuratively here as (1) a metonymy (container for the thing contained) for his chest over which the cylinder seal was hung or (2) a metonymy (concrete body part for the abstract emotions with which it is associated) for his emotions, such as love and loyalty to the Beloved (e.g., Judg 16:25 ; Ruth 3:7 ; 1 Sam 25:36 ; 2 Sam 13:28 ; 1 Kgs 8:66 ) ( HALOT 514-15 s.v. לֵב ) (see H. W. Wolff , Anthropology of the Old Testament , 40-58). sn There were two kinds of cylinder seals in the ancient Near East, namely, those worn around one’s neck and those worn around one’s wrist. The typical Mesopotamian seal was mounted on a pin and hung on a string or necklace around one’s neck. The cylinder seal hung around one’s neck would, figuratively speaking, rest over the heart (metonymy of association). The Beloved wished to be to Solomon like a cylinder seal worn over his heart. She wanted to be as intimate with her lover as the seal worn by him (W. W. Hallo, “‘As the Seal Upon Thy Heart’: Glyptic Roles in the Biblical World,” BRev 2 [1985]: 26).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":26429,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Literally “cylinder-seal” or “seal.” The term חוֹתָם ( khotam , “cylinder-seal”) is repeated in 8:6 for emphasis. The translation above uses the terms “cylinder seal” and “signet” simply for the sake of poetic variation. The Beloved wanted to be as safe and secure as a cylinder seal worn on the arm or around the neck, hanging down over the heart. She also wanted to be placed on his heart (emotions), like the impression of a cylinder seal is written on a document. She wanted to be “written” on his heart like the impression of a cylinder seal, and kept secure in his love as a signet ring is worn around his arm/hand to keep it safe.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":26430,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.6","text":"Alternately, “wrist.” In Palestine cylinder seals were often hung on a bracelet worn around one’s wrist. The cylinder seal was mounted on a pin hanging from a bracelet. The cylinder seal in view in Song 8:6 could be a stamp seal hung from a bracelet of a type known from excavations in Israel. See W. W. Hallo, “‘As the Seal Upon Thy Heart’: Glyptic Roles in the Biblical World,” BRev 2 (1985): 26.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/4"}
{"id":26431,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.6","text":"Alternately, “jealousy.” The noun קִנְאָה ( qin ’ ah ) has a wide range of meanings: “jealousy” ( Prov 6:34; 14:30; 27:4 ), “competitiveness” ( Eccl 4:4; 9:6 ), “anger” ( Num 5:14, 30 ), “zeal” ( 2 Kgs 10:16 ; Pss 69:10; 119:139 ; Job 5:2 ; Sir 30:24), and “passion” ( Song 8:6 ). The Hebrew noun is related to the Akkadian and Arabic roots that mean “to become intensely red” or “become red with passion,” suggesting that the root denotes strong emotion. Although קִנְאָה is traditionally rendered “jealousy” (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV), the parallelism with אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “love”) suggests the nuance “passion” (NJPS). Coppes notes, “This word is translated in the KJV in a bad sense in Song 8:6 , ‘jealousy is as cruel as the grave,’ but it could be taken in a good sense in parallel with the preceding, ‘ardent zeal is as strong as the grave’” ( TWOT 2:803).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/6"}
{"id":26432,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “harsh” or “severe.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/7"}
{"id":26433,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “Its flames are flames of fire.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/8"}
{"id":26434,"verse_id":"SNG.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"8.6","text":"The noun שַׁלְהֶבֶתְיָה ( shalhevetyah , “mighty flame”) is related to the nouns שַׁלְהֶבֶת ( shalhevet , “flame”), לֶהָבָה ( lehavah , “flame”), and לַהַב ( lahav , “flame”), all of which are derived from the root להב “to burn, blaze, flame up” ( HALOT 520 s.v. לַהַב ). The form שַׁלְהֶבֶתְיָה is an unusual noun pattern with (1) a prefix ־שׁ that is common in Akkadian but rare in Hebrew; it has an intensive adjective meaning, (2) a feminine ־ת ending, and (3) a suffix ־יָה whose meaning is debated. The suffix ־יָה has been taken in three ways by scholars and translators: (1) יָה is an abbreviated form of the divine name יהוה (“Yahweh”), functioning as a genitive of source: “the flame of the Lord ” (NASB). The abbreviated form יָהּ is used only in poetic texts as a poetic variation of יהוה (e.g., Exod 15:2; 17:16 ; Pss 68:5, 19; 77:12; 89:9; 94:7, 12; 102:19; 104:35; 105:45; 106:1, 48; 111:1; 112:1; 113:1, 9; 115:17, 18; 116:19; 117:2; 118:5, 14, 17-19; 122:4; 130:3; 135:1, 3, 4, 21; 146:1, 10; 147:1, 20; 148:1, 14; 149:1, 9; 150:1, 6 ; Isa 12:2; 26:4; 38:11 ). However, the Masoretes did not point the text as שַׁלְהֶבֶת־יָהּ ( shalhevet-yah ) with maqqep and daghesh in the הּ , as would be the case with the divine name. (2) Thomas suggests that, just as אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) and אֵל (’ el ) are sometimes used to express superlatives or intensive ideas, so יָה expresses the superlative/intensive: “a mighty flame” (D. W. Thomas, “A Consideration of Some Unusual Ways of Expressing the Superlative in Hebrew,” VT 3 [1953]: 209-24). Examples of אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ): “a mighty wind” ( Gen 1:2 ), “a mighty prince” ( Gen 23:6 ), “a great struggle” ( Gen 30:8 ), “a great fire” ( Job 1:16 ), “an exceeding great city” ( Jonah 3:3 ). Examples of אֵל (’ el ): “the mighty mountains” ( Ps 36:7 ) and “the mighty cedars” ( Ps 80:11 ). Examples of יָה ( yah ) suffixed: “darkest gloom” ( Jer 2:31 ), “mighty deeds” ( Jer 32:19 ), and “mighty deeds” ( Ps 77:12 ). (3) The most likely view is that יָה is an intensive adjectival suffix, similar to – iy and – ay and – awi in Aramaic, Akkadian, and Arabic: “a most vehement flame” (KJV), “a mighty flame” (RSV, NIV), and “a blazing flame” (NJPS). This also best explains “darkest gloom” ( Jer 2:31 ), and “mighty deeds” ( Jer 32:19 ) (see S. Moscati, Comparative Grammar , 81, §12.18, and 83, §12.23).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A6/9"}
{"id":26435,"verse_id":"SNG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “rivers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":26436,"verse_id":"SNG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “all the wealth of his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":26437,"verse_id":"SNG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “for love.” The preposition בְּ ( bÿ ) on בָּאַהֲבָה ( ba ’ ahavah , “for love”) indicates the price or exchange in trading ( HALOT 105 s.v. בְּ 17), e.g., “Give me your vineyard in exchange for silver [ בְּכֶסֶף , bÿkhesef ]” ( 1 Kgs 21:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":26438,"verse_id":"SNG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “he/it.” The referent (the offer of possessions) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Some English versions take the referent to be the man himself (ASV “He would utterly be condemned”; NAB “he would be roundly mocked”). Others take the offer as the referent (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV “it”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":26439,"verse_id":"SNG.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.7","text":"The root בּוּז ( buz , “to despise”) is repeated for emphasis: בּוֹז יָבוּזּוּ ( boz yavuzu ). The infinitive absolute frequently is used with the imperfect of the same root for emphasis. The point is simply that love cannot be purchased; it is infinitely more valuable than any and all wealth. Love such as this is priceless; no price tag can be put on love.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A7/5"}
{"id":26440,"verse_id":"SNG.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “a board.” The singular noun לוּחַ ( lukha , “board, plank”) may denote a singular of number or a collective.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":26441,"verse_id":"SNG.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “peace.” An eloquent wordplay is created by the use of the noun שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace, favor”) in 8:10 b and the name שְׁלֹמֹה ( shÿlomoh , “Solomon”) in 8:11 a. The Beloved found “favor” ( שָׁלוֹם ) in the eyes of Solomon ( שְׁלֹמֹה ). She won his heart because she was not only a beautiful young woman (“my breasts were like fortress towers”), but a virtuous woman (“I was a wall”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":26442,"verse_id":"SNG.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “Then I became in his eyes as one who finds peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":26443,"verse_id":"SNG.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":26444,"verse_id":"SNG.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Each of the three terms in this line has the 1st person common singular suffix which is repeated three times for emphasis: כַּרְמִי ( karmi , “my vineyard”), שֶׁלִּי ( shelli , “which belongs to me”), and לְפָנָי ( lÿfana , “at my disposal”). In contrast to King Solomon, who owns the vineyard at Baal-Hamon and who can buy and sell anything in the vineyard that he wishes, she proclaims that her “vineyard” (= herself or her body) belongs to her alone. In contrast to the vineyard, which can be leased out, and its fruit, which can be bought or sold, her “vineyard” is not for sale. Her love must and is to be freely given.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":26445,"verse_id":"SNG.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “[it is] before me.” The particle לְפָנָי ( lÿfana ) can denote “at the disposal of” (e.g., Gen 13:9; 20:15; 24:51; 34:10; 47:6 ; Jer 40:4 ; 2 Chr 14:6 ) ( HALOT 9 s.v. פָּנֶה 4.f; BDB 817 s.v. פנה 4.a.f). Similar to Akkadian ana pan “at the disposal of” ( AHw 2:821.a, paragraph 20), the term is used in reference to a sovereign (usually a land-owner or king) who has full power over his property to dispose of as he wishes, e.g., “The whole country is at your disposal [ לְפָנֶיךָ , lÿfaneka ]” ( Gen 13:9 ). In Song 8:12 the form לְפָנָי has the 1st person common singular suffix: “My vineyard, which belongs to me, is at my disposal.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":26446,"verse_id":"SNG.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"The term מַקְשִׁיבִים ( maqshivim ) is in the Hiphil stem which denotes an intense desire to hear someone’s voice, that is, to eagerly listen for someone’s voice (e.g., Jer 6:17 ) ( HALOT 1151 s.v. קשׁב 1). The participle functions verbally and denotes a continual, ongoing, durative action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":26447,"verse_id":"SNG.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"The editors of BHS suggests that גַם אָנִי ( gam ’ ani , “me also”) should be inserted. Although there is no textual evidence for the insertion, it seems clear that the 1st person common singular referent is emphatic in MT הַשְׁמִיעִינִי ( hashmi ’ ini , “Let me hear it!”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":26448,"verse_id":"SNG.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"SNG","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"The imperative הַשְׁמִיעִינִי ( hashmi ’ ini ) functions as a request. The lover asks his beloved to let him hear her beautiful voice (e.g., Song 2:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Song%20of%20Songs%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":26449,"verse_id":"ISA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":26450,"verse_id":"ISA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The vision of Isaiah son of Amoz, which he saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem, in the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, [and] Hezekiah, kings of Judah.” sn Isaiah’s prophetic career probably began in the final year of Uzziah’s reign (ca. 740 b.c. , see Isa 6:1 ) and extended into the later years of Hezekiah’s reign, which ended in 686 b.c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":26451,"verse_id":"ISA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “sons” (NAB, NASB). sn “Father” and “son” occur as common terms in ancient Near Eastern treaties and covenants, delineating the suzerain and vassal as participants in the covenant relationship. The prophet uses these terms, the reference to heavens and earth as witnesses, and allusions to deuteronomic covenant curses ( 1:7-9, 19-20 ) to set his prophecy firmly against the backdrop of Israel’s covenantal relationship with Yahweh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":26452,"verse_id":"ISA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and the donkey the feeding trough of its owner.” The verb in the first line does double duty in the parallelism.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":26453,"verse_id":"ISA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Although both verbs have no object, the parallelism suggests that Israel fails to recognize the Lord as the one who provides for their needs. In both clauses, the placement of “Israel” and “my people” at the head of the clause focuses the reader’s attention on the rebellious nation (C. van der Merwe, J. Naudé, J. Kroeze, A Biblical Hebrew Reference Grammar , 346-47).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":26454,"verse_id":"ISA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “Woe [to the] sinful nation.” The Hebrew term הוֹי , ( hoy , “woe, ah”) was used in funeral laments (see 1 Kgs 13:30 ; Jer 22:18; 34:5 ) and carries the connotation of death. In highly dramatic fashion the prophet acts out Israel’s funeral in advance, emphasizing that their demise is inevitable if they do not repent soon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":26455,"verse_id":"ISA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “sons” (NASB). The prophet contrasts four terms of privilege – nation, people, offspring, children – with four terms that depict Israel’s sinful condition in Isaiah’s day – sinful, evil, wrong, wicked (see J. A. Motyer, The Prophecy of Isaiah , 43).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":26456,"verse_id":"ISA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Why are you still beaten? [Why] do you continue rebellion?” The rhetorical questions express the prophet’s disbelief over Israel’s apparent masochism and obsession with sin. The interrogative construction in the first line does double duty in the parallelism. H. Wildberger ( Isaiah , 1:18) offers another alternative by translating the two statements with one question: “Why do you still wish to be struck that you persist in revolt?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":26457,"verse_id":"ISA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “all the head is ill”; NRSV “the whole head is sick”; CEV “Your head is badly bruised.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":26458,"verse_id":"ISA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “there is not in it health”; NAB “there is no sound spot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":26459,"verse_id":"ISA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “pressed out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":26460,"verse_id":"ISA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “softened” (so NASB, NRSV); NIV “soothed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":26461,"verse_id":"ISA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “As for your land, before you foreigners are devouring it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":26462,"verse_id":"ISA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “and [there is] devastation like an overthrow by foreigners.” The comparative preposition כְּ ( kÿ , “like, as”) has here the rhetorical nuance, “in every way like.” The point is that the land has all the earmarks of a destructive foreign invasion because that is what has indeed happened. One could paraphrase, “it is desolate as it can only be when foreigners destroy.” On this use of the preposition in general, see GKC 376 §118. x . Many also prefer to emend “foreigners” here to “Sodom,” though there is no external attestation for such a reading in the mss or ancient versions. Such an emendation finds support from the following context (vv. 9-10 ) and usage of the preceding noun מַהְפֵּכָה ( mahpekhah , “overthrow”). In its five other uses, this noun is associated with the destruction of Sodom. If one accepts the emendation, then one might translate, “the devastation resembles the destruction of Sodom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":26463,"verse_id":"ISA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “daughter of Zion” (so KJV, NASB, NIV). The genitive is appositional, identifying precisely which daughter is in view. By picturing Zion as a daughter, the prophet emphasizes her helplessness and vulnerability before the enemy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":26464,"verse_id":"ISA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “like a city besieged.” Unlike the preceding two comparisons, which are purely metaphorical, this third one identifies the reality of Israel’s condition. In this case the comparative preposition, as in v. 7 b, has the force, “in every way like,” indicating that all the earmarks of a siege are visible because that is indeed what is taking place. The verb form in MT is Qal passive participle of נָצַר ( natsar , “guard”), but since this verb is not often used of a siege (see BDB 666 s.v. I נָצַר ), some prefer to repoint the form as a Niphal participle from II צוּר ( tsur , “besiege”). However, the latter is not attested elsewhere in the Niphal (see BDB 848 s.v. II צוּר ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":26465,"verse_id":"ISA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord of hosts.” The title pictures God as the sovereign king who has at his disposal a multitude of attendants, messengers, and warriors to do his bidding. In some contexts, like this one, the military dimension of his rulership is highlighted. In this case, the title pictures him as one who leads armies into battle against his enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":26466,"verse_id":"ISA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The translation assumes that כִּמְעָט ( kim ’ at , “quickly,” literally, “like a little”) goes with what follows, contrary to the MT accents, which take it with what precedes. In this case, one could translate the preceding line, “If the Lord who commands armies had not left us a few survivors.” If כִּמְעָט goes with the preceding line (following the MT accents), this expression highlights the idea that there would only be a few survivors (H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:20; H. Zobel, TDOT 8:456). Israel would not be almost like Sodom but exactly like Sodom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":26467,"verse_id":"ISA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “to the instruction of our God.” In this context, which is highly accusatory and threatening, תּוֹרָה ( torah , “law, instruction”) does not refer to mere teaching, but to corrective teaching and rebuke.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":26468,"verse_id":"ISA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “Why to me the multitude of your sacrifices?” The sarcastic rhetorical question suggests that their many sacrifices are of no importance to the Lord. This phrase answers the possible objection that an Israelite could raise in response to God’s indictment: “But we are offering the sacrifices you commanded!” sn In this section the Lord refutes a potential objection that his sinful people might offer in their defense. He has charged them with rebellion (vv. 2-3 ), but they might respond that they have brought him many sacrifices. So he points out that he requires social justice first and foremost, not empty ritual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":26469,"verse_id":"ISA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The verb שָׂבַע ( sava ’, “be satisfied, full”) is often used of eating and/or drinking one’s fill. See BDB 959 s.v. שָׂבַע . Here sacrifices are viewed, in typical ancient Near Eastern fashion, as food for the deity. God here declares that he has eaten and drunk, as it were, his fill.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":26470,"verse_id":"ISA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “When you come to appear before me, who requires this from your hand, trampling of my courtyards?” The rhetorical question sarcastically makes the point that God does not require this parade of livestock. The verb “trample” probably refers to the eager worshipers and their sacrificial animals walking around in the temple area.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":26471,"verse_id":"ISA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “worthless” (NASB, NCV, CEV); KJV, ASV “vain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":26472,"verse_id":"ISA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “sin and assembly” (these two nouns probably represent a hendiadys). The point is that their attempts at worship are unacceptable to God because the people’s everyday actions in the socio-economic realm prove they have no genuine devotion to God (see vv. 16-17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":26473,"verse_id":"ISA.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “I close my eyes from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":26474,"verse_id":"ISA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The precise meaning of this line is uncertain. The translation assumes an emendation of חָמוֹץ ( khamots , “oppressor [?]”) to חָמוּץ ( khamuts , “oppressed”), a passive participle from II חָמַץ ( khamats , “oppress”; HALOT 329 s.v. II חמץ ) and takes the verb II אָשַׁר (’ ashar ) in the sense of “make happy” (the delocutive Piel, meaning “call/pronounce happy,” is metonymic here, referring to actually effecting happiness). The parallelism favors this interpretation, for the next two lines speak of positive actions on behalf of the destitute. The other option is to retain the MT pointing and translate, “set right the oppressor,” but the nuance “set right” is not clearly attested elsewhere for the verb I אשׁר . This verb does appear as a participle in Isa 3:12 and 9:16 with the meaning “to lead or guide.” If it can mean to “lead” or “rebuke/redirect” in this verse, the prophet could be contrasting this appeal for societal reformation (v. 17 c) with a command to reorder their personal lives (v. 17 a-b). J. A. Motyer ( The Prophecy of Isaiah , 47) suggests that these three statements (v. 17 a-c) provide “the contrast between the two ends of imperfect society, the oppressor and the needy, the one inflicting and the other suffering the hurt. Isaiah looks for a transformed society wherever it needs transforming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":26475,"verse_id":"ISA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"This word refers to a woman who has lost her husband, by death or divorce. The orphan and widow are often mentioned in the OT as epitomizing the helpless and impoverished who have been left without the necessities of life due to the loss of a family provider.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":26476,"verse_id":"ISA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Traditionally, “let us reason together,” but the context suggests a judicial nuance. The Lord is giving the nation its options for the future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":26477,"verse_id":"ISA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"The imperfects must be translated as modal (indicating capability or possibility) to bring out the conditional nature of the offer. This purification will only occur if the people repent and change their ways.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":26478,"verse_id":"ISA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.18","text":"The imperfects must be translated as modal (indicating capability or possibility) to bring out the conditional nature of the offer. This purification will only occur if the people repent and change their ways.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A18/4"}
{"id":26479,"verse_id":"ISA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “though your sins are like red, they will become white like snow; though they are red like scarlet, they will be like wool.” The point is not that the sins will be covered up, though still retained. The metaphorical language must be allowed some flexibility and should not be pressed into a rigid literalistic mold. The people’s sins will be removed and replaced by ethical purity. The sins that are now as obvious as the color red will be washed away and the ones who are sinful will be transformed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A18/5"}
{"id":26480,"verse_id":"ISA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “listen”; KJV “obedient”; NASB “If you consent and obey.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":26481,"verse_id":"ISA.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “for the mouth of the Lord has spoken.” The introductory כִּי ( ki ) may be asseverative (as reflected in the translation) or causal/explanatory, explaining why the option chosen by the people will become reality (it is guaranteed by the divine word).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":26482,"verse_id":"ISA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “How she has become a prostitute, the faithful city!” The exclamatory אֵיכָה (’ ekhah , “how!”) is used several times as the beginning of a lament (see Lam 1:1; 2;1; 4:1-2 ). Unlike a number of other OT passages that link references to Israel’s harlotry to idolatry, Isaiah here makes the connection with social and moral violations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":26483,"verse_id":"ISA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “filled with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":26484,"verse_id":"ISA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “assassins.” This refers to the oppressive rich and/or their henchmen. R. Ortlund ( Whoredom , 78) posits that it serves as a synecdoche for all varieties of criminals, the worst being mentioned to imply all lesser ones. Since Isaiah often addressed his strongest rebuke to the rulers and leaders of Israel, he may have in mind the officials who bore the responsibility to uphold justice and righteousness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":26485,"verse_id":"ISA.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The pronoun is feminine singular; personified Jerusalem (see v. 21 ) is addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":26486,"verse_id":"ISA.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “dross.” The word refers to the scum or impurites floating on the top of melted metal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":26487,"verse_id":"ISA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Or “stubborn”; CEV “have rejected me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":26488,"verse_id":"ISA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “and companions of” (so KJV, NASB); CEV “friends of crooks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":26489,"verse_id":"ISA.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “pursue”; NIV “chase after gifts.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A23/3"}
{"id":26490,"verse_id":"ISA.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “the master, the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].” On the title “the Lord who commands armies,” see the note at v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":26491,"verse_id":"ISA.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “the powerful [one] of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":26492,"verse_id":"ISA.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “console myself” (i.e., by getting revenge); NRSV “pour out my wrath on.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A24/3"}
{"id":26493,"verse_id":"ISA.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “turn my hand against you.” The second person pronouns in vv. 25-26 are feminine singular. Personified Jerusalem is addressed. The idiom “turn the hand against” has the nuance of “strike with the hand, attack,” in Ps 81:15 HT ( 81:14 ET); Ezek 38:12 ; Am 1:8 ; Zech 13:7 . In Jer 6:9 it is used of gleaning grapes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":26494,"verse_id":"ISA.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Heb “I will purify your dross as [with] flux.” “Flux” refers here to minerals added to the metals in a furnace to prevent oxides from forming. For this interpretation of II בֹּר ( bor ), see HALOT 153 s.v. II בֹּר and 750 s.v. סִיג .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":26495,"verse_id":"ISA.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Heb “I will restore your judges as in the beginning; and your counselors as in the beginning.” In this context, where social injustice and legal corruption are denounced (see v. 23 ), the “judges” are probably government officials responsible for making legal decisions, while the “advisers” are probably officials who helped the king establish policies. Both offices are also mentioned in 3:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":26496,"verse_id":"ISA.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Heb “Zion will be ransomed with justice.” Both cola in this verse end with similar terms: justice and righteousness (and both are preceded by a בְּ [ bet ] preposition). At issue is whether these virtues describe the means or result of the deliverance and whether they delineate God’s justice/righteousness or that of the covenant people. If the righteousness of Israelite returnees is in view, the point seems to be that the reestablishment of Zion as a center of justice (God’s people living in conformity with God’s demand for equity and justice) will deliver the city from its past humiliation and restore it to a place of prominence (see 2:2-4 ; cf. E. Kissane, Isaiah, 1:19). Most scholars conclude that “righteousness and “justice” refers to God alone (J. Ridderbos, Isaiah [BSC], 50; J. Watts, Isaiah [WBC], 1:25; E. J. Young, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:89; cf. NLT, TEV) or serves as a double reference to both divine and human justice and righteousness (J. A. Motyer, The Prophecy of Isaiah, 51; J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:10; H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:72). If it refers to both sides of the coin, these terms highlight the objective divine work of redemption and the subjective human response of penitence (Motyer, 51).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":26497,"verse_id":"ISA.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.27","text":"The Hebrew text has, “her repentant ones/returnees with righteousness.” The form שָׁבֶיהָ ( shaveha , “her repentant ones”), as pointed in MT, is a masculine plural Qal participle from שׁוּב ( shuv , “return”). Used substantivally, it refers to the “returning (i.e., repentant) ones.” It is possible that the parallel line (with its allusion to being freed by a ransom payment) suggests that the form be repointed to שִׁבְיָהּ ( shivyah , “her captivity”), a reading that has support from the LXX. Some slightly emend the form to read וְשָׁבָה ( vÿshavah , “and will return”). According to this view, the verb from the first line applies to the second line as well with the following translation as a result: “she will be released when fairness is restored.” Regardless, it makes best sense in the context to regard this as a reference to repentant Israelites returning to the land of promise. This understanding provides a better contrast with the rebels and sinners in 1:28 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A27/3"}
{"id":26498,"verse_id":"ISA.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Heb “and [there will be] a shattering of rebels and sinners together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":26499,"verse_id":"ISA.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"person) in the middle of his sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":26500,"verse_id":"ISA.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.29","text":"The second person pronouns in vv. 29-30 are masculine plural, indicating that the rebellious sinners (v. 28 ) are addressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A29/2"}
{"id":26501,"verse_id":"ISA.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.29","text":"Or “gardens” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “groves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A29/3"}
{"id":26502,"verse_id":"ISA.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Or “a garden” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":26503,"verse_id":"ISA.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Heb “will become” (so NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":26504,"verse_id":"ISA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":26505,"verse_id":"ISA.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “the word which Isaiah son of Amoz saw concerning Judah and Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":26506,"verse_id":"ISA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “in the end of the days.” This phrase may refer generally to the future, or more technically to the final period of history. See BDB 31 s.v. ַאחֲרִית . The verse begins with a verb that functions as a “discourse particle” and is not translated. In numerous places throughout the OT, the “to be” verb with a prefixed conjunction ( וְהָיָה [ vÿhayah ] and וַיְהִי [ vayÿhi ]) occurs in this fashion to introduce a circumstantial clause and does not require translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":26507,"verse_id":"ISA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “be established” (KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":26508,"verse_id":"ISA.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “as the chief of the mountains, and will be lifted up above the hills.” The image of Mount Zion being elevated above other mountains and hills pictures the prominence it will attain in the future.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":26509,"verse_id":"ISA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The prefixed verb form with simple vav ( ו ) introduces a purpose/result clause after the preceding prefixed verb form (probably to be taken as a cohortative; see IBHS 650 §39.2.2a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":26510,"verse_id":"ISA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “his ways.” In this context God’s “ways” are the standards of moral conduct he decrees that people should live by.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":26511,"verse_id":"ISA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The cohortative with vav ( ו ) after the prefixed verb form indicates the ultimate purpose/goal of their action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":26512,"verse_id":"ISA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “walk in his ways.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":26513,"verse_id":"ISA.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “for out of Zion will go instruction.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":26514,"verse_id":"ISA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “house,” referring to the family line or descendants (likewise in v. 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":26515,"verse_id":"ISA.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “let’s walk in the light of the Lord.” In this context, which speaks of the Lord’s instruction and commands, the “light of the Lord” refers to his moral standards by which he seeks to guide his people. One could paraphrase, “let’s obey the Lord’s commands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":26516,"verse_id":"ISA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The words “O Lord” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Isaiah addresses the Lord in prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":26517,"verse_id":"ISA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “they are full from the east.” Various scholars retain the BHS reading and suggest that the prophet makes a general statement concerning Israel’s reliance on foreign customs (J. Watts, Isaiah [WBC], 1:32; J. de Waard, Isaiah , 12-13). Nevertheless, it appears that a word is missing. Based on the parallelism (note “omen readers” in 5:6 c), many suggest that קֹסְמִים ( qosÿmim , “diviners”) or מִקְסָם ( miqsam , “divination”) has been accidentally omitted. Homoioteleuton could account for the omission of an original קֹסְמִים (note how this word and the following מִקֶּדֶם [ miqqedem , “from the east”] both end in mem ); an original מִקְסָם could have fallen out by homoioarcton (note how this word and the following מִקֶּדֶם both begin with mem ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":26518,"verse_id":"ISA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and omen readers like the Philistines.” Through this line and the preceding, the prophet contends that Israel has heavily borrowed the pagan practices of the east and west (in violation of Lev 19:26 ; Deut 18:9-14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":26519,"verse_id":"ISA.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and with the children of foreigners they [?].” The precise meaning of the final word is uncertain. Some take this verb (I שָׂפַק , safaq ) to mean “slap,” supply the object “hands,” and translate, “they slap [hands] with foreigners”; HALOT 1349 s.v. I שׂפק . This could be a reference to foreign alliances. This translation has two disadvantages: It requires the conjectural insertion of “hands” and the use of this verb with its object prefixed with a בְּ ( bet ) preposition with this meaning does not occur elsewhere. The other uses of this verb refer to clapping at someone, an indication of hostility. The translation above assumes the verb is derived from II שׂפק (“to suffice,” attested in the Qal in 1 Kgs 20:10 ; HALOT 1349 s.v. II שׂפק ). In this case the point is that a sufficient number of foreigners (in this case, too many!) live in the land. The disadvantage of this option is that the preposition prefixed to “the children of foreigners” does not occur with this verb elsewhere. The chosen translation is preferred since it continues the idea of abundant foreign influence and does not require a conjectural insertion or emendation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":26520,"verse_id":"ISA.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “treasuries”; KJV “treasures.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":26521,"verse_id":"ISA.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “bow down to” (NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":26522,"verse_id":"ISA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “men bow down, men are low.” Since the verbs שָׁחָח ( shakhakh ) and שָׁפַל ( shafal ) are used later in this discourse to describe how God will humiliate proud men (see vv. 11, 17 ), some understand v. 9 a as a prediction of judgment, “men will be brought down, men will be humiliated.” However, these prefixed verbal forms with vav ( ו ) consecutive appear to carry on the description that precedes and are better taken with the accusation. They draw attention to the fact that human beings actually bow down and worship before the lifeless products of their own hands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":26523,"verse_id":"ISA.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “don’t lift them up.” The idiom “lift up” ( נָשָׂא with לְ , nasa ’ with preposition lamed ) can mean “spare, forgive” (see Gen 18:24, 26 ). Here the idiom plays on the preceding verbs. The idolaters are bowed low as they worship their false gods; the prophet asks God not to “lift them up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":26524,"verse_id":"ISA.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “from the dread of the Lord,” that is, from the dread that he produces in the objects of his judgment.” The words “get away” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":26525,"verse_id":"ISA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “and the eyes of the pride of men will be brought low, and the arrogance of men will be brought down.” The repetition of the verbs שָׁפַל ( shafal ) and שָׁחָח ( shakhakh ) from v. 9 draws attention to the appropriate nature of the judgment. Those proud men who “bow low” before idols will be forced to “bow low” before God when he judges their sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":26526,"verse_id":"ISA.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “elevated”; CEV “honored.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":26527,"verse_id":"ISA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “indeed [or “for”] the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] has a day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":26528,"verse_id":"ISA.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “against” (NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":26529,"verse_id":"ISA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “the ships of Tarshish.” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":26530,"verse_id":"ISA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “desirable”; NAB, NIV “stately”; NRSV “beautiful.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":26531,"verse_id":"ISA.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"On the meaning of this word, which appears only here in the Hebrew Bible, see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena (SBLDS), 41-42. sn The ships mentioned in this verse were the best of their class, and therefore an apt metaphor for the proud men being denounced in this speech.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":26532,"verse_id":"ISA.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “and the pride of men will be brought down, and the arrogance of men will be brought low.” As in v. 11 , the repetition of the verbs שָׁפַל ( shafal ) and שָׁחָח ( shakhakh ) from v. 9 draws attention to the appropriate nature of the judgment. Those proud men who “bow low” before idols will be forced to “bow low” before God when he judges their sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":26533,"verse_id":"ISA.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “elevated”; NCV “praised”; CEV “honored.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":26534,"verse_id":"ISA.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The verb “pass away” is singular in the Hebrew text, despite the plural subject (“worthless idols”) that precedes. The verb should be emended to a plural; the final vav ( ו ) has been accidentally omitted by haplography (note the vav at the beginning of the immediately following form). tn Heb “will completely pass away”; ASV “shall utterly pass away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":26535,"verse_id":"ISA.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The identity of the grammatical subject is unclear. The “idols” could be the subject; they will “go” into the caves and holes when the idolaters throw them there in their haste to escape God’s judgment (see vv. 20-21 ). The picture of the idols, which represent the foreign deities worshiped by the people, fleeing from the Lord would be highly polemical and fit the overall mood of the chapter. However it seems more likely that the idolaters themselves are the subject, for v. 10 uses similar language in sarcastically urging them to run from judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":26536,"verse_id":"ISA.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “dust”; ASV “into the holes of the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":26537,"verse_id":"ISA.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “from the dread of the Lord,” that is, from the dread that he produces in the objects of his judgment.” The words “trying to escape” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":26538,"verse_id":"ISA.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “land.” It is not certain if these verses are describing the judgment of Judah (see vv. 6-9 ) or a more universal judgment on all proud men.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":26539,"verse_id":"ISA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":26540,"verse_id":"ISA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “bow down to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":26541,"verse_id":"ISA.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":", most scholars suggest that the MT mistakenly divided a noun (a hapax legomenon ) that should be translated “moles,” “shrews,” or “rodents.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":26542,"verse_id":"ISA.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “from the dread of the Lord,” that is, from the dread that he produces in the objects of his judgment.” The words “trying to escape” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":26543,"verse_id":"ISA.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “land.” It is not certain if these verses are describing the judgment of Judah (see vv. 6-9 ) or a more universal judgment on all proud men. Almost all English versions translate “earth,” taking this to refer to universal judgment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":26544,"verse_id":"ISA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “the master, the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].” On the title “the Lord who commands armies,” see the note at 1:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":26545,"verse_id":"ISA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":26546,"verse_id":"ISA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “support and support.” The masculine and feminine forms of the noun are placed side-by-side to emphasize completeness. See GKC 394 §122. v .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":26547,"verse_id":"ISA.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “all the support of food, and all the support of water.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":26548,"verse_id":"ISA.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “elder” (so ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); NCV “older leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":26549,"verse_id":"ISA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “the ones lifted up with respect to the face.” For another example of the Hebrew idiom, see 2 Kgs 5:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":26550,"verse_id":"ISA.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “and the wise with respect to magic.” On the meaning of חֲרָשִׁים ( kharashim , “magic”), see HALOT 358 s.v. III חרשׁ . Some understand here a homonym, meaning “craftsmen.” In this case, one could translate, “skilled craftsmen” (cf. NIV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":26551,"verse_id":"ISA.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The words “the Lord says” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The prophet speaks in vv. 1-3 (note the third person reference to the Lord in v. 1 ), but here the Lord himself announces that he will intervene in judgment. It is unclear where the Lord’s words end and the prophet’s pick up again. The prophet is apparently speaking again by v. 8 , where the Lord is referred to in the third person. Since vv. 4-7 comprise a thematic unity, the quotation probably extends through v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":26552,"verse_id":"ISA.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"תַעֲלוּלִים ( ta ’ alulim ) is often understood as an abstract plural meaning “wantonness, cruelty” (cf. NLT). In this case the chief characteristic of these leaders is substituted for the leaders themselves. However, several translations make the parallelism tighter by emending the form to עוֹלְלִים (’ olÿlim , “children”; cf. ESV, NASB, NCV, NIV, NKJV, NRSV). This emendation is unnecessary for at least two reasons. The word in the MT highlights the cruelty or malice of the “leaders” who are left behind in the wake of God’s judgment. The immediate context makes clear the fact that they are mere youths. The coming judgment will sweep away the leaders, leaving a vacuum which will be filled by incompetent, inexperienced youths.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":26553,"verse_id":"ISA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “man against man, and a man against his neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":26554,"verse_id":"ISA.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “and those lightly esteemed those who are respected.” The verb רָהַב ( rahav ) does double duty in the parallelism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":26555,"verse_id":"ISA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “[in] the house of his father” (so ASV); NIV “at his father’s home.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":26556,"verse_id":"ISA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The words “and say” are supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":26557,"verse_id":"ISA.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “your hand”; NASB “under your charge.” sn The man’s motives are selfish. He tells his brother to assume leadership because he thinks he has some wealth to give away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":26558,"verse_id":"ISA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":26559,"verse_id":"ISA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “he will lift up [his voice].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":26560,"verse_id":"ISA.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “wrapper [of wounds]”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “healer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":26561,"verse_id":"ISA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “for their tongue and their deeds [are] to the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":26562,"verse_id":"ISA.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “to rebel [against] the eyes of his majesty.” The word כָּבוֹד ( kavod ) frequently refers to the Lord’s royal splendor that is an outward manifestation of his authority as king.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":26563,"verse_id":"ISA.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “answers against them”; NRSV “bears witness against them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":26564,"verse_id":"ISA.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “their sin, like Sodom, they declare, they do not conceal [it].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":26565,"verse_id":"ISA.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “woe to their soul.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":26566,"verse_id":"ISA.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “the righteous” (KJV, NASB, NIV, TEV); NLT “those who are godly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":26567,"verse_id":"ISA.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “that it is good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":26568,"verse_id":"ISA.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “for the fruit of their deeds they will eat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":26569,"verse_id":"ISA.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “for the work of his hands will be done to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":26570,"verse_id":"ISA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"The Hebrew text appears to read literally, “My people, his oppressors, he deals severely, and women rule over them.” The correct text and precise meaning of the verse are debated. The translation above assumes (1) an emendation of נֹגְשָׂיו ( nogÿsayv , “his oppressors”) to נֹגְשִׂים ( nogÿshim , “oppressors”) by moving the mem ( ם ) on the following form to the end of the word and dropping the vav ( ו ) as virtually dittographic; (2) an emendation of מְעוֹלֵל ( mÿ ’ olel , a singular participle that does not agree with the preceding plural subject) to עֹלְלוּ (’ olÿlu ), a third plural Poel perfect from עָלַל (’ alal , “deal severely”; note that the following form begins with a vav [ ו ]; the text may be haplographic or misdivided); and (3) an emendation (with support from the LXX) of נָשִׁים ( nashim , “women”) to נֹשִׁים ( noshim , “creditors”; a participle from נָשַׁא , nasa ’). Another option is to emend מְעוֹלֵל to עוֹלְלִים (’ olÿlim , “children”) and read, “My people’s oppressors are children; women rule over them.” In this case the point is the same as in v. 4 ; the leadership void left by the judgment will be filled by those incompetent to lead the community – children and women. (The text reflects the ancient Israelite patriarchal mindset.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":26571,"verse_id":"ISA.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “and the way of your paths they confuse.” The verb בָּלַע ( bala ’, “confuse”; HALOT 135 s.v. I בלע ) is a homonym of the more common בָּלַע (“swallow”; see HALOT 134 s.v. בלע ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":26572,"verse_id":"ISA.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The Hebrew text has “nations,” but the preceding and following contexts make it clear that the Lord is judging his covenant people. עָמִים (’ amim ) should be changed (with support from the LXX) to עמו . The final mem ( ם ) on the form in the Hebrew is either dittographic or enclitic. When the mem was added or read as a plural ending, the vav ( ו ) was then misread as a yod ( י ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":26573,"verse_id":"ISA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":26574,"verse_id":"ISA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The pronominal element is masculine plural; the leaders are addressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":26575,"verse_id":"ISA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"The verb בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “graze, ruin”; HALOT 146 s.v. II בער ) is a homonym of the more common בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “burn”; see HALOT 145 s.v. I בער ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":26576,"verse_id":"ISA.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “the plunder of the poor [is] in your houses” (so NASB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A14/5"}
{"id":26577,"verse_id":"ISA.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the master, the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].” On the title “the Lord who commands armies,” see the note at 1:9 . sn The use of this title, which also appears in v. 1 , forms an inclusio around vv. 1-15 . The speech begins and ends with a reference to “the master, the Lord who commands armies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":26578,"verse_id":"ISA.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “daughters” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":26579,"verse_id":"ISA.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “with an outstretched neck.” They proudly hold their heads high so that others can see the jewelry around their necks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":26580,"verse_id":"ISA.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “walking and skipping, they walk.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":26581,"verse_id":"ISA.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “and with their feet they jingle.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":26582,"verse_id":"ISA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"In the Hebrew text vv. 16-17 and one long sentence, “Because the daughters of Zion are proud and walk…, the sovereign master will afflict….” In v. 17 the Lord refers to himself in the third person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":26583,"verse_id":"ISA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in v. 18 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":26584,"verse_id":"ISA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “the daughters of Zion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":26585,"verse_id":"ISA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “a scab” (KJV, ASV); NIV, NCV, CEV “sores.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":26586,"verse_id":"ISA.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.17","text":"The precise meaning of this line is unclear because of the presence of the rare word פֹּת ( pot ). Since the verb in the line means “lay bare, make naked,” some take פֹּת as a reference to the genitals (cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV, CEV). (In 1 Kgs 7:50 a noun פֹּת appears, with the apparent meaning “socket.”) J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 1:139, n. 2), basing his argument on alleged Akkadian evidence and the parallelism of the verse, takes פֹּת as “forehead.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A17/5"}
{"id":26587,"verse_id":"ISA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":26588,"verse_id":"ISA.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “the beauty of [their] ankle jewelry.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":26589,"verse_id":"ISA.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “houses of breath.” HALOT 124 s.v. בַּיִת defines them as “scent-bottles”; cf. NAB, NRSV “perfume boxes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":26590,"verse_id":"ISA.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The precise meaning of many of the words in this list is uncertain. sn The rhetorical purpose for such a lengthy list is to impress on the audience the guilt of these women with their proud, materialistic attitude, whose husbands and fathers have profited at the expense of the poor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":26591,"verse_id":"ISA.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “and it will be in place of spices there will be a stench.” The nouns for “spices” and “stench” are right next to each other in the MT for emphatic contrast. The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":26592,"verse_id":"ISA.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"The pronoun is feminine singular, suggesting personified Zion, as representative of its women, is the addressee. The reference to “her gates’ in v. 26 makes this identification almost certain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":26593,"verse_id":"ISA.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “your strength in battle.” The verb in the first clause provides the verbal idea for the second clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":26594,"verse_id":"ISA.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “she will be empty, on the ground she will sit.” Jerusalem is personified as a destitute woman who sits mourning the empty city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":26595,"verse_id":"ISA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “in that day” (ASV). sn The seven to one ratio emphasizes the great disparity that will exist in the population due to the death of so many men in battle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":26596,"verse_id":"ISA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “eat” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “buy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":26597,"verse_id":"ISA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “wear” (so NASB, NRSV); NCV “make.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":26598,"verse_id":"ISA.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “only let your name be called over us.” The Hebrew idiom “call the name over” indicates ownership. See 2 Sam 12:28 , and BDB 896 s.v. I ָקרָא Niph. 2.d.(4). The language reflects the cultural reality of ancient Israel, where women were legally the property of their husbands.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":26599,"verse_id":"ISA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":26600,"verse_id":"ISA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “and the vegetation of the Lord will become beauty and honor.” Many English versions understand the phrase צֶמַח יְהוָה ( tsemakh yÿhvah ) as a messianic reference and render it, “the Branch of the Lord” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT, and others). Though צֶמַח ( tsemakh ) is used by later prophets of a royal descendant ( Jer 23;5; 33:15 ; Zech 3:8; 6:12 ), those passages contain clear contextual indicators that a human ruler is in view and that the word is being used in a metaphorical way of offspring. However, in Isa 4:2 there are no such contextual indicators. To the contrary, in the parallel structure of the verse צֶמַח יְהוָה corresponds to “produce of the land,” a phrase that refers elsewhere exclusively to literal agricultural produce (see Num 13:20, 26 ; Deut 1:25 ). In the majority of its uses צֶמַח refers to literal crops or vegetation (in Ps 65:10 the Lord is the source of this vegetation). A reference to the Lord restoring crops would make excellent sense in and the prophets frequently included this theme in their visions of the future age (see Isa 30:23-24; 32:20 ; Jer 31:12 ; Ezek 34:26-29 ; and Amos 9:13-14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":26601,"verse_id":"ISA.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “and the fruit of the land will become pride and beauty for the remnant of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":26602,"verse_id":"ISA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":26603,"verse_id":"ISA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":26604,"verse_id":"ISA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “set apart,” cf. CEV “special.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":26605,"verse_id":"ISA.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “all who are written down for life in Jerusalem.” A city register is envisioned; everyone whose name appears on the roll will be spared. This group comprises the remnant of the city referred to earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":26606,"verse_id":"ISA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “when” (so KJV, NAB, NASB); CEV “after”; NRSV “once.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":26607,"verse_id":"ISA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":26608,"verse_id":"ISA.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"The word refers elsewhere to vomit ( Isa 28:8 ) and fecal material ( Isa 36:12 ). Many English versions render this somewhat euphemistically as “filth” (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV). Ironically in God’s sight the beautiful jewelry described earlier is nothing but vomit and feces, for it symbolizes the moral decay of the city’s residents (cf. NLT “moral filth”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":26609,"verse_id":"ISA.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “over all the place, Mount Zion.” Cf. NLT “Jerusalem”; CEV “the whole city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":26610,"verse_id":"ISA.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “a cloud by day, and smoke, and brightness of fire, a flame by night.” Though the accents in the Hebrew text suggest otherwise, it might be preferable to take “smoke” with what follows, since one would expect smoke to accompany fire. sn The imagery of the cloud by day and fire by night recalls the days of Moses, when a cloud and fire were tangible reminders that the Lord was guiding and protecting his people ( Exod 13:21-22; 14:19, 24 ). In the future age envisioned in , the Lord’s protective presence will be a reality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":26611,"verse_id":"ISA.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “indeed (or “for”) over all the glory, a canopy.” This may allude to Exod 40:34-35 , where a cloud overshadows the meeting tent as it is filled with God’s glory.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":26612,"verse_id":"ISA.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “a shelter it will be for shade by day from heat, and for a place of refuge and for a hiding place from cloudburst and rain.” Since both of the last nouns of this verse can mean rain, they can either refer to the rain storm and the rain as distinct items or together refer to a heavy downpour. Regardless, they do not represent unrelated phenomena.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":26613,"verse_id":"ISA.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"It is uncertain who is speaking here. Possibly the prophet, taking the role of best man, composes a love song for his friend on the occasion of his wedding. If so, יָדִיד ( yadid ) should be translated “my friend.” The present translation assumes that Israel is singing to the Lord. The word דוֹד ( dod , “lover”) used in the second line is frequently used by the woman in the Song of Solomon to describe her lover.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":26614,"verse_id":"ISA.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “on a horn, a son of oil.” Apparently קֶרֶן ( qeren , “horn”) here refers to the horn-shaped peak of a hill (BDB 902 s.v.) or to a mountain spur, i.e., a ridge that extends laterally from a mountain ( HALOT 1145 s.v. קֶרֶן ; H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:180). The expression “son of oil” pictures this hill as one capable of producing olive trees. Isaiah’s choice of קֶרֶן , a rare word for hill, may have been driven by paronomastic concerns, i.e., because קֶרֶן sounds like כֶּרֶם ( kerem , “vineyard”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":26615,"verse_id":"ISA.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or, “dug it up” (so NIV); KJV “fenced it.’ See HALOT 810 s.v. עזק .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":26616,"verse_id":"ISA.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “wild grapes,” i.e., sour ones (also in v. 4 ). sn At this point the love song turns sour as the Lord himself breaks in and completes the story (see vv. 3-6 ). In the final line of v. 2 the love song presented to the Lord becomes a judgment speech by the Lord.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":26617,"verse_id":"ISA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":26618,"verse_id":"ISA.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “men,” but in a generic sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":26619,"verse_id":"ISA.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and it will become [a place for] grazing.” בָּעַר ( ba ’ ar , “grazing”) is a homonym of the more often used verb “to burn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":26620,"verse_id":"ISA.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and it will become a trampled place” (NASB “trampled ground”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":26621,"verse_id":"ISA.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “it will not be pruned or hoed” (so NASB); ASV and NRSV both similar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":26622,"verse_id":"ISA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “For” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":26623,"verse_id":"ISA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “the house of Israel” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":26624,"verse_id":"ISA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “men,” but in a generic sense.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":26625,"verse_id":"ISA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “but, look, disobedience.” The precise meaning of מִשְׂפָּח ( mishpakh ), which occurs only here in the OT, is uncertain. Some have suggested a meaning “bloodshed.” The term is obviously chosen for its wordplay value; it sounds very much like מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat , “justice”). The sound play draws attention to the point being made; the people have not met the Lord’s expectations.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":26626,"verse_id":"ISA.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “but, look, a cry for help.” The verb (“he waited”) does double duty in the parallelism. צְעָקָה ( tsa ’ qah ) refers to the cries for help made by the oppressed. It sounds very much like צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “fairness”). The sound play draws attention to the point being made; the people have not met the Lord’s expectations.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":26627,"verse_id":"ISA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who make a house touch a house.” The exclamation הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) was used in funeral laments (see 1 Kgs 13:30 ; Jer 22:18; 34:5 ) and carries the connotation of death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":26628,"verse_id":"ISA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “[who] bring a field near a field.” sn This verse does not condemn real estate endeavors per se, but refers to the way in which the rich bureaucrats of Judah accumulated property by exploiting the poor, in violation of the covenantal principle that the land belonged to God and that every family was to have its own portion of land. See the note at 1:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":26629,"verse_id":"ISA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “until the end of the place”; NASB “until there is no more room.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":26630,"verse_id":"ISA.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “and you are made to dwell alone in the midst of the land.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A8/4"}
{"id":26631,"verse_id":"ISA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “in my ears, the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":26632,"verse_id":"ISA.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “great and good [houses], without a resident.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":26633,"verse_id":"ISA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “a ten-yoke vineyard.” The Hebrew term צֶמֶד ( tsemed , “yoke”) is here a unit of square measure. Apparently a ten-yoke vineyard covered the same amount of land it would take ten teams of oxen to plow in a certain period of time. The exact size is unknown.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":26634,"verse_id":"ISA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “one bath.” A bath was a liquid measure. Estimates of its modern equivalent range from approximately six to twelve gallons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":26635,"verse_id":"ISA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “a homer.” A homer was a dry measure, the exact size of which is debated. Cf. NCV “ten bushels”; CEV “five bushels.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":26636,"verse_id":"ISA.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “an ephah.” An ephah was a dry measure; there were ten ephahs in a homer. So this verse envisions major crop failure, where only one-tenth of the anticipated harvest is realized.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":26637,"verse_id":"ISA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who arise early in the morning, [who] chase beer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":26638,"verse_id":"ISA.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “[who] delay until dark, [until] wine enflames them.” sn This verse does not condemn drinking per se, but refers to the carousing lifestyle of the rich bureaucrats, made possible by wealth taken from the poor. Their carousing is not the fundamental problem, but a disgusting symptom of the real disease – their social injustice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":26639,"verse_id":"ISA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Two types of stringed instruments are specifically mentioned in the Hebrew text, the כִּנּוֹר ( kinnor , “zither”) and נֶבֶל ( nevel , “harp”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":26640,"verse_id":"ISA.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “the work of the Lord they do not look at, and the work of his hands they do not see.” God’s “work” can sometimes be his creative deeds, but in this context it is the judgment that he is planning to bring upon his people (cf. vv. 19, 26; 10:12; 28:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":26641,"verse_id":"ISA.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The suffixed (perfect) form of the verb is used; in this way the coming event is described for rhetorical effect as occurring or as already completed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":26642,"verse_id":"ISA.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"The third masculine singular suffix refers back to “my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":26643,"verse_id":"ISA.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “Their glory will be men of hunger.” כָּבוֹד ( kavod , “glory”) is in opposition to הָמוֹן ( hamon , “masses”) and refers here to the rich and prominent members of the nation. Some prefer to repoint מְתֵי ( mÿtey , “men of”) as מִתֵי ( mitey , “dead ones of”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":26644,"verse_id":"ISA.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.13","text":"The third masculine singular suffix refers back to “my people.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A13/5"}
{"id":26645,"verse_id":"ISA.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “and their masses will be parched [by] thirst.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A13/6"}
{"id":26646,"verse_id":"ISA.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “Sheol” (so ASV, NASB, NRSV); the underworld, the land of the dead, according to the OT world view. Cf. NAB “the nether world”; TEV, CEV “the world of the dead”; NLT “the grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":26647,"verse_id":"ISA.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “so Sheol will make wide its throat, and open its mouth without limit.” sn Death is portrayed in both the OT ( Prov 1:12 ; Hab 2:5 ) and Canaanite myth as voraciously swallowing up its prey. In the myths Death is portrayed as having “a lip to the earth, a lip to the heavens … and a tongue to the stars.” (G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 69, text 5 ii 2-3.) Death describes his own appetite as follows: “But my appetite is the appetite of lions in the waste…If it is in very truth my desire to consume ‘clay’ [a reference to his human victims], then in truth by the handfuls I must eat it, whether my seven portions [indicating fullness and completeness] are already in the bowl or whether Nahar [the god of the river responsible for ferrying victims from the land of the living to the land of the dead] has to mix the cup.” (Driver, 68-69, text 5 i 14-22).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":26648,"verse_id":"ISA.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “and her splendor and her masses will go down, and her tumult and the one who exults in her.” The antecedent of the four feminine singular pronominal suffixes used in v. 14 b is unclear. The likely referent is personified Zion/Jerusalem (see 3:25-26; 4:4-5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":26649,"verse_id":"ISA.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “men are brought down, men are brought low, the eyes of pride are brought low.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":26650,"verse_id":"ISA.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “elevated”; TEV “the Lord Almighty shows his greatness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":26651,"verse_id":"ISA.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “by judgment/justice.” When God justly punishes the evildoers denounced in the preceding verses, he will be recognized as a mighty warrior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":26652,"verse_id":"ISA.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “The holy God will be set apart by fairness.” In this context God’s holiness is his sovereign royal authority, which implies a commitment to justice (see the note on the phrase “the sovereign king of Israel” in 1:4 ). When God judges evildoers as they deserve, his sovereignty will be acknowledged. sn The appearance of מִשְׁפָט ( mishpat , “justice”) and צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah , “fairness”) here is rhetorically significant, when one recalls v. 7 . There God denounces his people for failing to produce a society where “justice” and “fairness” are valued and maintained. God will judge his people for their failure, taking “justice” and “fairness” into his own hands.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":26653,"verse_id":"ISA.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “young rams”; NIV, NCV “sheep”; NLT “flocks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":26654,"verse_id":"ISA.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and ruins, fatlings, resident aliens, will eat.” This part of the verse has occasioned various suggestions of emendation. The parallelism is tighter if the second line refers to animals grazing. The translation, “amid the ruins the fatlings and young sheep graze,” assumes an emendation of “resident aliens” ( גָּרִים , garim ) to “young goats/sheep” ( גְּדַיִם , gÿdayim ) – confusion of dalet and resh is quite common – and understands “fatlings” and “young sheep” taken as a compound subject or as in apposition as the subject of the verb. However, no emendations are necessary if the above translation is correct. The meaning of מֵחִים ( mekhim ) has a significant impact on one’s textual decision and translation. The noun can refer to a sacrificial (“fat”) animal as it does in its only other occurrence ( Ps 66:15 ). However, it could signify the rich of the earth (“the fat ones of the earth”; Ps 22:29 []) using a different word for “fatness” ( דָּשֶׁן , dashen ). If so, it serves a figurative reference to the rich. Consequently, the above translation coheres with the first half of the verse. Just as the sheep are out of place grazing in these places (“as in their pasture”), the sojourners would not have expected to have the chance to eat in these locations. Both animals and itinerant foreigners would eat in places not normal for them. sn The image completes the picture begun in v. 14 and adds to the irony. When judgment comes, Sheol will eat up the sinners who frequent the feasts; then the banqueting halls will lie in ruins and only sheep will eat there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":26655,"verse_id":"ISA.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Woe to those who pull evil with the ropes of emptiness, and, as [with] ropes of a cart, sin.” Though several textual details are unclear, the basic idea is apparent. The sinners are so attached to their sinful ways (compared here to a heavy load) that they strain to drag them along behind them. If שָׁוְא ( shavÿ ’, “emptiness”) is retained, it makes a further comment on their lifestyle, denouncing it as one that is devoid of what is right and destined to lead to nothing but destruction. Because “emptiness” does not form a very tight parallel with “cart” in the next line, some emend שָׁוְא to שֶׂה ( she , “sheep”) and עֲגָלָה (’ agalah , “cart”) to עֵגֶל (’ egel , “calf”): “Those who pull evil along with a sheep halter are as good as dead who pull sin with a calf rope ” (following the lead of the LXX and improving the internal parallelism of the verse). In this case, the verse pictures the sinners pulling sin along behind them as one pulls an animal with a halter. For a discussion of this view, see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:163, n. 1. Nevertheless, this emendation is unnecessary. The above translation emphasizes the folly of the Israelites who hold on to their sin (and its punishment) even while they hope for divine intervention.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":26656,"verse_id":"ISA.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “let his work hurry, let it hasten.” The pronoun “his” refers to God, as the parallel line makes clear. The reference to his “work” alludes back to v. 12 , which refers to his ‘work” of judgment. With these words the people challenged the prophet’s warning of approaching judgment. They were in essence saying that they saw no evidence that God was about to work in such a way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":26657,"verse_id":"ISA.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “draw near” (so NASB); NRSV “hasten to fulfillment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A19/3"}
{"id":26658,"verse_id":"ISA.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who call.” See the note at v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":26659,"verse_id":"ISA.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the wise in their own eyes.” See the note at v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":26660,"verse_id":"ISA.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “[who] before their faces are understanding.” sn Verses 18-21 contain three “woe-sayings” that are purely accusatory and have no formal announcement of judgment attached (as in the “woe-sayings” recorded in vv. 8-17 ). While this lack of symmetry is odd, it has a clear rhetorical purpose. Having established a pattern in vv. 8-17 , the prophet deviates from it in vv. 18-21 to grab his audience’s attention. By placing the “woes” in rapid succession and heaping up the accusatory elements, he highlights the people’s guilt and introduces an element of tension and anticipation. One is reasonably certain that judgment will come, and when it does, it will be devastating. This anticipated devastation is described in frightening detail after the sixth and final woe (see vv. 22-30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":26661,"verse_id":"ISA.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The language used here is quite sarcastic and paves the way for the shocking description of the enemy army in vv. 25-30 . The rich leaders of Judah are nothing but “party animals” who are totally incapable of withstanding real warriors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":26662,"verse_id":"ISA.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Heb “and the just cause of the innocent ones they turn aside from him.” sn In vv. 22-23 the prophet returns to themes with which he opened his speech. The accusatory elements of vv. 8, 11-12, 18-23 are arranged in a chiastic manner: (A) social injustice (8), (B) carousing (11-12a), (C) spiritual insensitivity (12b) // (C') spiritual insensitivity (18-21), (B') carousing (22), (A') social injustice (23).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":26663,"verse_id":"ISA.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “a tongue of fire” (so NASB), referring to a tongue-shaped flame.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":26664,"verse_id":"ISA.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “the word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":26665,"verse_id":"ISA.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “the anger of the Lord rages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":26666,"verse_id":"ISA.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Or “extends”; KJV, ASV “he hath stretched forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":26667,"verse_id":"ISA.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.25","text":"Or “garbage” (NCV, CEV, NLT); NAB, NASB, NIV “refuse.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A25/3"}
{"id":26668,"verse_id":"ISA.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “in all this his anger is not turned, and still his hand is outstretched.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A25/4"}
{"id":26669,"verse_id":"ISA.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The Hebrew text has literally, “for nations from a distance.” The following verses use singular forms to describe this nation, so the final mem ( ם ) on לְגּוֹיִם ( lÿgoyim ) may be enclitic or dittographic. In the latter case one could read לְגוֹי מֵרָחוֹק ( lÿgoy merakhoq , “for a nation from a distance”; see Deut 28:49 ; Joel 3:8 ). Another possibility is to emend the text from לַגּוֹיִם מֵרָחוֹק ( laggoyim merakhoq ) to לְגוֹי מִמֶּרְחָק ( lÿgoy mimmerkhaq , “for a nation from a distant place”) a phrase which occurs in Jer 5:15 . In this case an error of misdivision has occurred in MT, the mem of the prefixed preposition being accidentally taken as a plural ending on the preceding word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":26670,"verse_id":"ISA.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “he.” Singular forms are used throughout vv. 26-30 to describe this nation, but for stylistic reasons the translation uses the plural for these collective singulars.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":26671,"verse_id":"ISA.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “and the belt on his waist is not opened, and the thong of his sandals is not torn in two.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":26672,"verse_id":"ISA.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “bent” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “are strung.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":26673,"verse_id":"ISA.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “regarded like flint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A28/2"}
{"id":26674,"verse_id":"ISA.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":26675,"verse_id":"ISA.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “over it”; the referent (the prey) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A30/2"}
{"id":26676,"verse_id":"ISA.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “like the growling of the sea.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A30/3"}
{"id":26677,"verse_id":"ISA.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.30","text":"Heb “and one will gaze toward the land, and look, darkness of distress, and light will grow dark by its [the land’s?] clouds.” sn The motif of light turning to darkness is ironic when compared to v. 20 . There the sinners turn light (= moral/ethical good) to darkness (= moral/ethical evil). Now ironically the Lord will turn light (= the sinners’ sphere of existence and life) into darkness (= the judgment and death).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%205%3A30/4"}
{"id":26678,"verse_id":"ISA.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in vv. 8, 11 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":26679,"verse_id":"ISA.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Hebrew שָׂרָף ( saraf , “seraph”) literally means “burning one,” perhaps suggesting that these creatures had a fiery appearance (cf. TEV, CEV “flaming creatures”; NCV “heavenly creatures of fire”). Elsewhere in the OT the word “seraph” refers to poisonous snakes ( Num 21:6 ; Deut 8:15 ; Isa 14:29; 30:6 ). Perhaps they were called “burning ones” because of their appearance or the effect of their venomous bites, which would cause a victim to burn up with fever. It is possible that the seraphs seen by Isaiah were at least partially serpentine in appearance. Though it might seem strange for a snake-like creature to have wings, two of the texts where “seraphs” are snakes describe them as “flying” ( Isa 14:29; 30:6 ), perhaps referring to their darting movements. See the note at 14:29 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":26680,"verse_id":"ISA.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Some have seen a reference to the Trinity in the seraphs’ threefold declaration, “holy, holy, holy.” This proposal has no linguistic or contextual basis and should be dismissed as allegorical. Hebrew sometimes uses repetition for emphasis. (See IBHS 233-34 §12.5a; and GKC 431-32 §133. k .) By repeating the word “holy,” the seraphs emphasize the degree of the Lord’s holiness. For another example of threefold repetition for emphasis, see Ezek 21:27 (Heb. v. 32). (Perhaps Jer 22:29 provides another example.) sn Or “The Lord who commands armies has absolute sovereign authority!” The basic sense of the word “holy” is “set apart from that which is commonplace, special, unique.” In this context the Lord’s holiness is first and foremost his transcendent sovereignty as the ruler of the world. He is “set apart” from the world over which he rules. Note the emphasis on the elevated position of his throne in v. 1 and his designation as “the king” in v. 5 . At the same time his holiness encompasses his moral authority, which derives from his royal position. As king he has the right to dictate to his subjects how they are to live; indeed his very own character sets the standard for proper behavior. He is “set apart” from his subjects in a moral sense as well. He sets the standard; they fall short of it. Note that in v. 5 Isaiah laments that he is morally unworthy to be in the king’s presence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":26681,"verse_id":"ISA.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Perhaps in this context, the title has a less militaristic connotation and pictures the Lord as the ruler of the heavenly assembly. See the note at 1:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":26682,"verse_id":"ISA.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"On the phrase אַמּוֹת הַסִּפִּים (’ ammot hassippim , “pivots of the frames”) see HALOT 763 s.v. סַף .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":26683,"verse_id":"ISA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Isaiah uses the suffixed (perfect) form of the verb for rhetorical purposes. In this way his destruction is described as occurring or as already completed. Rather than understanding the verb as derived from דָּמַה ( damah , “be destroyed”), some take it from a proposed homonymic root דמה , which would mean “be silent.” In this case, one might translate, “I must be silent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":26684,"verse_id":"ISA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “a man unclean of lips am I.” Isaiah is not qualified to praise the king. His lips (the instruments of praise) are “unclean” because he has been contaminated by sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":26685,"verse_id":"ISA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “and among a nation unclean of lips I live.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":26686,"verse_id":"ISA.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"Perhaps in this context, the title has a less militaristic connotation and pictures the Lord as the ruler of the heavenly assembly. See the note at 1:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":26687,"verse_id":"ISA.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “ritually cleansed,” or “atoned for” (NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":26688,"verse_id":"ISA.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “for us.” The plural pronoun refers to the Lord, the seraphs, and the rest of the heavenly assembly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":26689,"verse_id":"ISA.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “and great is the abandonment in the midst of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":26690,"verse_id":"ISA.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “be burned” (NRSV); NIV “laid waste.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":26691,"verse_id":"ISA.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “like a massive tree or like a big tree” (perhaps, “like a terebinth or like an oak”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":26692,"verse_id":"ISA.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"has במה ). אֳשֶׁר (’ asher , “which”) becomes a problem in this case, but one might emend the form to וּכְּאֲשֵׁרָה ( ukÿ ’ asherah , “or like an Asherah pole”) and translate, “like one of the large sacred trees or an Asherah pole.” Though the text is difficult, the references to sacred trees and a sacred pillar suggest that the destruction of a high place is in view, an apt metaphor for the judgment of idolatrous Judah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":26693,"verse_id":"ISA.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “a holy offspring [is] its sacred pillar.” If מַצֶּבֶת ( matsevet ) is taken as “stump,” one can see in this statement a brief glimpse of hope. The tree (the nation) is chopped down, but the stump (a righteous remnant) remains from which God can restore the nation. However, if מַצֶּבֶת is taken as “sacred pillar” ( מַצֶּבָה , matsevah; see the previous note), it is much more difficult to take the final statement in a positive sense. In this case “holy offspring” alludes to God’s ideal for his covenant people, the offspring of the patriarchs. Ironically that “holy” nation is more like a “sacred pillar” and it will be thrown down like a sacred pillar from a high place and its land destroyed like the sacred trees located at such shrines. Understood in this way, the ironic statement is entirely negative in tone, just like the rest of the preceding announcement of judgment. It also reminds the people of their failure; they did not oppose pagan religion, instead they embraced it. Now they will be destroyed in the same way they should have destroyed paganism.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%206%3A13/4"}
{"id":26694,"verse_id":"ISA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":26695,"verse_id":"ISA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":26696,"verse_id":"ISA.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Or perhaps, “but they were unable to attack it.” This statement sounds like a summary of the whole campaign. The following context explains why they were unable to defeat the southern kingdom. The parallel passage ( 2 Kgs 16:5 ; cf. Num 22:11 ; 1 Sam 17:9 for a similar construction) affirms that Syria and Israel besieged Ahaz. Consequently, the statement that “they were not able to battle against them” must refer to the inability to conquer Ahaz.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":26697,"verse_id":"ISA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “house.” In this context the “house of David” includes King Ahaz, his family, and the royal court. See also Jer 21:12 ; Zech 12:7-8, 10, 12 , for a similar use of the phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":26698,"verse_id":"ISA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “rests upon.” Most understand the verb as נוּחַ ( nuakh , “rest”), but HALOT 685 s.v. II נחה proposes that this is a hapax legomenon which means “stand by.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":26699,"verse_id":"ISA.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “and his heart shook and the heart of his people shook, like the shaking of the trees of the forest before the wind.” The singular pronoun “his” is collective, referring to the Davidic house/family. לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) here refers to the seat of the emotions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":26700,"verse_id":"ISA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"The name means “a remnant will return.” Perhaps in this context, where the Lord is trying to encourage Ahaz, the name suggests that only a few of the enemy invaders will return home; the rest will be defeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":26701,"verse_id":"ISA.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “the field of the washer”; traditionally “the fuller’s field” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “the Washerman’s Field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":26702,"verse_id":"ISA.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “guard yourself and be quiet,” but the two verbs should be coordinated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":26703,"verse_id":"ISA.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and let not your heart be weak”; ASV “neither let thy heart be faint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":26704,"verse_id":"ISA.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"This sentence opens with the conjunction יַעַן כִּי ( ya ’ an ki , “because”). Consequently some take vv. 5-6 with what precedes, as another reason why Ahaz might be tempted to fear (see v. 4 ). However, it is more likely that vv. 5-6 give the basis for the Lord’s announcement in vv. 7-9 . The conjunction יַעַן כִּי here introduces the basis for judgment (as in 3:16; 8:6; 29:13 ), which is then followed by the formal announcement of judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":26705,"verse_id":"ISA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and let us break it open for ourselves”; NASB “make for ourselves a breach in its walls”; NLT “fight our way into.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":26706,"verse_id":"ISA.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “and we will make the son of Tabeel king in its midst.” sn The precise identity of this would-be puppet king is unknown. He may have been a Syrian official or the ruler of one of the small neighboring states. See Y. Aharoni, Land of the Bible , 370.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":26707,"verse_id":"ISA.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “Ephraim will be too shattered to be a nation”; NIV “to be a people.” sn This statement is problematic for several reasons. It seems to intrude stylistically, interrupting the symmetry of the immediately preceding and following lines. Furthermore, such a long range prophecy lacks punch in the midst of the immediate crisis. After all, even if Israel were destroyed sometime within the next 65 years, a lot could still happen during that time, including the conquest of Judah and the demise of the Davidic family. Finally the significance of the time frame is uncertain. Israel became an Assyrian province within the next 15 years and ceased to exist as a nation. For these reasons many regard the statement as a later insertion, but why a later editor would include the reference to “65 years” remains a mystery. Some try to relate the prophecy to the events alluded to in Ezra 4:2, 10 , which refers to how the Assyrian kings Esarhaddon and Ashurbanipal settled foreigners in former Israelite territory, perhaps around 670 b.c. However, even if the statement is referring to these events, it lacks rhetorical punch in its immediate context and has the earmarks of a later commentary that has been merged with the text in the process of transmission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":26708,"verse_id":"ISA.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “if you do not believe, you will not endure.” The verb forms are second plural; the Lord here addresses the entire Davidic family and court. (Verse 4 was addressed to the king.) There is a wordplay in the Hebrew text, designed to draw attention to the alternatives set before the king (cf. 1:20 ). “Believe” ( תַאֳמִינוּ , ta ’ aminu ) is a Hiphil form of the verb אָמָן (’ aman ); “endure” ( תֵאָמֵנוּ , te ’ amenu ) is a Niphal form of this same verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":26709,"verse_id":"ISA.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “Make it as deep as Sheol or make it high upwards.” These words suggest that Ahaz can feel free to go beyond the bounds of ordinary human experience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":26710,"verse_id":"ISA.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Ahaz uses the verb נָסַה ( nasah , “test”) in its negative sense of “challenge, provoke.” However, this is false piety, a smokescreen designed to cover up his lack of faith in the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":26711,"verse_id":"ISA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “and he said.” The subject is unexpressed, but the reference to “my God” at the end of the verse indicates the prophet is speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":26712,"verse_id":"ISA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"The verb is second plural in form, because the prophet addresses the whole family of David. He continues to use the plural in v. 14 (with one exception, see the notes on that verse), but then switches back to the second singular (addressing Ahaz specifically) in vv. 16-17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":26713,"verse_id":"ISA.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “house.” See the note at v. 2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A13/3"}
{"id":26714,"verse_id":"ISA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"The Hebrew term אוֹת (’ ot , “sign”) can refer to a miraculous event (see v. 11 ), but it does not carry this sense inherently. Elsewhere in Isaiah the word usually refers to a natural occurrence or an object/person vested with special significance (see 8:18; 19:20; 20:3; 37:30; 55:13; 66:19 ). Only in 38:7-8, 22 does it refer to a miraculous deed that involves suspending or overriding natural laws. The sign outlined in vv. 14-17 involves God’s providential control over events and their timing, but not necessarily miraculous intervention.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":26715,"verse_id":"ISA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “the young woman.” The Hebrew article has been rendered as a demonstrative pronoun (“this”) in the translation to bring out its force. It is very likely that Isaiah pointed to a woman who was present at the scene of the prophet’s interview with Ahaz. Isaiah’s address to the “house of David” and his use of second plural forms suggests other people were present, and his use of the second feminine singular verb form (“you will name”) later in the verse is best explained if addressed to a woman who is present.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":26716,"verse_id":"ISA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Traditionally, “virgin.” Because this verse from Isaiah is quoted in Matt 1:23 in connection with Jesus’ birth, the Isaiah passage has been regarded since the earliest Christian times as a prophecy of Christ’s virgin birth. Much debate has taken place over the best way to translate this Hebrew term, although ultimately one’s view of the doctrine of the virgin birth of Christ is unaffected. Though the Hebrew word used here ( עַלְמָה , ’ almah ) can sometimes refer to a woman who is a virgin ( Gen 24:43 ), it does not carry this meaning inherently. The word is simply the feminine form of the corresponding masculine noun עֶלֶם (’ elem , “young man”; cf. 1 Sam 17:56; 20:22 ). The Aramaic and Ugaritic cognate terms are both used of women who are not virgins. The word seems to pertain to age, not sexual experience, and would normally be translated “young woman.” The LXX translator(s) who later translated the Book of Isaiah into Greek sometime between the second and first century b.c. , however, rendered the Hebrew term by the more specific Greek word παρθένος ( parqenos ), which does mean “virgin” in a technical sense. This is the Greek term that also appears in the citation of Isa 7:14 in Matt 1:23 . Therefore, regardless of the meaning of the term in the OT context, in the NT Matthew’s usage of the Greek term παρθένος clearly indicates that from his perspective a virgin birth has taken place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":26717,"verse_id":"ISA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Elsewhere the adjective הָרָה ( harah ), when used predicatively, refers to a past pregnancy (from the narrator’s perspective, 1 Sam 4:19 ), to a present condition ( Gen 16:11; 38:24 ; 2 Sam 11:5 ), and to a conception that is about to occur in the near future ( Judg 13:5, 7 ). (There is some uncertainty about the interpretation of Judg 13:5, 7 , however. See the notes to those verses.) In Isa 7:14 one could translate, “the young woman is pregnant.” In this case the woman is probably a member of the royal family. Another option, the one followed in the present translation, takes the adjective in an imminent future sense, “the young woman is about to conceive.” In this case the woman could be a member of the royal family, or, more likely, the prophetess with whom Isaiah has sexual relations shortly after this (see 8:3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":26718,"verse_id":"ISA.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “and you will call his name.” The words “young lady” are supplied in the translation to clarify the identity of the addressee. The verb is normally taken as an archaic third feminine singular form here, and translated, “she will call.” However the form ( קָרָאת , qara ’ t ) is more naturally understood as second feminine singular, in which case the words would be addressed to the young woman mentioned just before this. In the three other occurrences of the third feminine singular perfect of I קָרָא ( qara ’, “to call”), the form used is קָרְאָה ( qar ’ ah ; see Gen 29:35; 30:6 ; 1 Chr 4:9 ). A third feminine singular perfect קָרָאת does appear in Deut 31:29 and Jer 44:23 , but the verb here is the homonym II קָרָא (“to meet, encounter”). The form קָרָאת (from I קָרָא , “to call”) appears in three other passages ( Gen 16:11 ; Isa 60:18 ; Jer 3:4 [ Qere ]) and in each case is second feminine singular.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A14/5"}
{"id":26719,"verse_id":"ISA.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Or, perhaps “cream,” frequently, “curds” (NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); KJV, ASV “butter”; CEV “yogurt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":26720,"verse_id":"ISA.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “for his knowing.” Traditionally the preposition has been translated in a temporal sense, “when he knows.” However, though the preposition לְ ( lamed ) can sometimes have a temporal force, it never carries such a nuance in any of the 40 other passages where it is used with the infinitive construct of יָדַע ( yada ’, “to know”). Most often the construction indicates purpose/result. This sense is preferable here. The following context indicates that sour milk and honey will epitomize the devastation that God’s judgment will bring upon the land. Cultivated crops will be gone and the people will be forced to live off the milk produced by their goats and the honey they find in the thickets. As the child is forced to eat a steady diet of this sour milk and honey, he will be reminded of the consequences of sin and motivated to make correct moral decisions in order to avoid further outbreaks of divine discipline.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":26721,"verse_id":"ISA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “for, because.” The particle introduces the entire following context (vv. 16-25 ), which explains why Immanuel will be an appropriate name for the child, why he will eat sour milk and honey, and why experiencing such a diet will contribute to his moral development.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":26722,"verse_id":"ISA.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “the land will be abandoned, which you fear because of its two kings.” After the verb קוּץ ( quts , “loathe, dread”) the phrase מִפְּנֵי ( mipney , “from before”) introduces the cause of loathing/dread (see Gen 27:46 ; Exod 1:12 ; Num 22:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":26723,"verse_id":"ISA.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “days” (so KJV, NAB); NASB, NRSV “such days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":26724,"verse_id":"ISA.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":26725,"verse_id":"ISA.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “and shall rest” (so KJV, ASV); NASB, NIV, NRSV “and settle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":26726,"verse_id":"ISA.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"The meaning of this word ( נַהֲלֹל , nahalol ) is uncertain; some understand this as referring to another type of thorn bush. For bibliography, see HALOT 676 s.v. I * נַהֲלֹל .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":26727,"verse_id":"ISA.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “in that day” (so ASV, NASB); KJV “In the same day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":26728,"verse_id":"ISA.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “the river” (so KJV); NASB “the Euphrates.” The name of the river has been supplied in the present translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":26729,"verse_id":"ISA.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “the hair of the feet.” The translation assumes that the word “feet” is used here as a euphemism for the genitals. See BDB 920 s.v. רֶגֶל .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":26730,"verse_id":"ISA.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":26731,"verse_id":"ISA.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated, see note on 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":26732,"verse_id":"ISA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":26733,"verse_id":"ISA.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “will become” (so NASB); NAB “shall be turned to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":26734,"verse_id":"ISA.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “with arrows and a bow.” The more common English idiom is “bow[s] and arrow[s].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":26735,"verse_id":"ISA.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “go” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “go hunting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":26736,"verse_id":"ISA.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Heb “will be” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":26737,"verse_id":"ISA.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “and all the hills which were hoed with a hoe, you will not go there [for] fear of the thorns and briers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":26738,"verse_id":"ISA.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “and it will become a pasture for cattle and a trampling place for sheep.” sn At this point one is able to summarize the content of the “sign” (vv. 14-15 ) as follows: A young woman known to be present when Isaiah delivered this message to Ahaz (perhaps a member of the royal family or the prophetess mentioned in 8:3 ) would soon give birth to a boy whom the mother would name Immanuel, “God is with us.” Eventually Immanuel would be forced to eat sour milk and honey, which would enable him to make correct moral decisions. How would this situation come about and how would it constitute a sign? Before this situation developed, the Israelites and Syrians would be defeated. But then the Lord would usher in a period of time unlike any since the division of the kingdom almost 200 years before. The Assyrians would overrun the land, destroy the crops, and force the people to subsist on goats’ milk and honey. At that time, as the people saw Immanuel eating his sour milk and honey, the Davidic family would be forced to acknowledge that God was indeed with them. He was present with them in the Syrian-Israelite crisis, fully capable of rescuing them; but he was also present with them in judgment, disciplining them for their lack of trust. The moral of the story is quite clear: Failure to appropriate God’s promises by faith can turn potential blessing into disciplinary judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":26739,"verse_id":"ISA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “write” (so KJV, ASV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":26740,"verse_id":"ISA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “with the stylus of a man.” The significance of the qualifying genitive “a man” is uncertain. For various interpretations see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:219, n. 1.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":26741,"verse_id":"ISA.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “quickly, [the] plunder; it hurries, [the] loot.” The first word ( מַהֵר , maher ) is either a Piel imperative (“hurry [to]”) or infinitive (“hurrying,” or “quickly”). The third word ( חָשׁ , khash ) is either a third masculine singular perfect or a masculine singular participle, in either case from the root חוּשׁ ( khush , “hurry”). Perhaps it is best to translate, “One hastens to the plunder, one hurries to the loot.” In this case מַהֵר is understood as an infinitive functioning as a verb, the subject of חוּשׁ is taken as indefinite, and the two nouns are understood as adverbial accusatives. As we discover in v. 3 , this is the name of the son to be born to Isaiah through the prophetess.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":26742,"verse_id":"ISA.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":". Another option is to point the prefixed conjunction as a vav consecutive and translate, “So I summoned as witnesses.” In this case Isaiah is recalling his response to the Lord’s commission. In any case, the reference to witnesses suggests that the name and the child who bears it will function as signs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":26743,"verse_id":"ISA.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":26744,"verse_id":"ISA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"The Hebrew text begins with “because.” In the Hebrew text vv. 6-7 are one long sentence, with v. 6 giving the reason for judgment and v. 7 formally announcing it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":26745,"verse_id":"ISA.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"The precise meaning of v. 6 has been debated. The translation above assumes that “these people” are the residents of Judah and that מָשׂוֹשׂ ( masos ) is alternate form of מָסוֹס ( masos , “despair, melt”; see HALOT 606 s.v. מסס ). In this case vv. 7-8 in their entirety announce God’s disciplinary judgment on Judah. However, “these people” could refer to the Israelites and perhaps also the Syrians (cf v. 4 ). In this case מָשׂוֹשׂ probably means “joy.” One could translate, “and rejoice over Rezin and the son of Remaliah.” In this case v. 7 a announces the judgment of Israel, with vv. 7 b-8 then shifting the focus to the judgment of Judah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":26746,"verse_id":"ISA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":26747,"verse_id":"ISA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “the mighty and abundant waters of the river.” The referent of “the river” here, the Euphrates River, has been specified in the translation for clarity. As the immediately following words indicate, these waters symbolize the Assyrian king and his armies which will, as it were, inundate the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":26748,"verse_id":"ISA.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “it will go up over all its stream beds and go over all its banks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":26749,"verse_id":"ISA.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “and the spreading out of his wings [will be over] the fullness of the breadth of your land.” The metaphor changes here from raging flood to predatory bird.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":26750,"verse_id":"ISA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"The verb רֹעוּ ( ro ’ u ) is a Qal imperative, masculine plural from רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “break”). Elsewhere both transitive ( Job 34:24 ; Ps 2:9 ; Jer 15:12 ) and intransitive ( Prov 25:19 ; Jer 11:16 ) senses are attested for the Qal of this verb. Because no object appears here, the form is likely intransitive: “be broken.” In this case the imperative is rhetorical (like “be shattered” later in the verse) and equivalent to a prediction, “you will be broken.” On the rhetorical use of the imperative in general, see IBHS 572 §34.4c; GKC 324 §110. c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":26751,"verse_id":"ISA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"The imperatival form ( Heb “be shattered”) is rhetorical and expresses the speaker’s firm conviction of the outcome of the nations’ attack. See the note on “be broken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":26752,"verse_id":"ISA.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"The initial imperative (“get ready for battle”) acknowledges the reality of the nations’ hostility; the concluding imperative ( Heb “be shattered”) is rhetorical and expresses the speakers’ firm conviction of the outcome of the nations’ attack. (See the note on “be broken.”) One could paraphrase, “Okay, go ahead and prepare for battle since that’s what you want to do, but your actions will backfire and you’ll be shattered.” This rhetorical use of the imperatives is comparable to saying to a child who is bent on climbing a high tree, “Okay, go ahead, climb the tree and break your arm!” What this really means is: “Okay, go ahead and climb the tree since that’s what you really want to do, but your actions will backfire and you’ll break your arm.” The repetition of the statement in the final two lines of the verse gives the challenge the flavor of a taunt (ancient Israelite “trash talking,” as it were).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":26753,"verse_id":"ISA.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “speak a word, but it will not stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":26754,"verse_id":"ISA.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"and read יְסִירֵנִי ( yÿsireni , “he was turning me aside,” a Hiphil imperfect from סוּר , sur ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":26755,"verse_id":"ISA.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “Do not say, ‘Conspiracy,’ with respect to all which these people say, ‘Conspiracy.’” The verb translated “do not say” is second masculine plural, indicating that this exhortation is directed to Isaiah and other followers of the Lord (see v. 16 ). sn The background of this command is uncertain. Perhaps the “conspiracy” in view is the alliance between Israel and Syria. Some of the people may even have thought that individuals in Judah were plotting with Israel and Syria to overthrow the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":26756,"verse_id":"ISA.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts], him you must set apart.” The word order is emphatic, with the object being placed first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":26757,"verse_id":"ISA.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “he is your [object of] fear, he is your [object of] terror.” The roots יָרֵא ( yare ’) and עָרַץ (’ arats ) are repeated from v. 12 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":26758,"verse_id":"ISA.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Because the metaphor of protection (“sanctuary”) does not fit the negative mood that follows in vv. 14 b-15, some contend that מִקְדָּשׁ ( miqdash , “sanctuary”) is probably a corruption of an original מוֹקֵשׁ ( moqesh , “snare”), a word that appears in the next line (cf. NAB and H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:355-56). If the MT reading is retained (as in the above translation), the fact that Yahweh is a sanctuary wraps up the point of v. 13 and stands in contrast to God’s treatment of those who rebel against him (the rest of v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":26759,"verse_id":"ISA.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"These words are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. וְהָיָה ( vÿhayah , “and he will be”) does double duty in the parallel structure of the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":26760,"verse_id":"ISA.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A14/4"}
{"id":26761,"verse_id":"ISA.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “over them” (so NASB); NCV “over this rock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":26762,"verse_id":"ISA.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “tie up [the] testimony.” The “testimony” probably refers to the prophetic messages God has given him. When the prophecies are fulfilled, he will be able to produce this official, written record to confirm the authenticity of his ministry and to prove to the people that God is sovereign over events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":26763,"verse_id":"ISA.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “seal [the] instruction among my followers.” The “instruction” probably refers to the prophet’s exhortations and warnings. When the people are judged for the sins, the prophet can produce these earlier messages and essentially say, “I told you so.” In this way he can authenticate his ministry and impress upon the people the reality of God’s authority over them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":26764,"verse_id":"ISA.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “who hides his face from the house of Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":26765,"verse_id":"ISA.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Or “signs and portents” (NAB, NRSV). The names of all three individuals has symbolic value. Isaiah’s name (which meant “the Lord delivers”) was a reminder that the Lord was the nation’s only source of protection; Shear-jashub’s name was meant, at least originally, to encourage Ahaz (see the note at 7:3 ), and Maher-Shalal-Hash-Baz’s name was a guarantee that God would defeat Israel and Syria (see the note at 8:4 ). The word מוֹפֶת ( mofet , “portent”) can often refer to some miraculous event, but in 20:3 it is used, along with its synonym אוֹת (’ ot , “sign”) of Isaiah’s walking around half-naked as an object lesson of what would soon happen to the Egyptians.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":26766,"verse_id":"ISA.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"It is uncertain if the prophet or the Lord is speaking in vv. 19-22 . If the latter, then vv. 19-22 resume the speech recorded in vv. 12-15 , after the prophet’s response in vv. 16-18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":26767,"verse_id":"ISA.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “inquire of the ritual pits and of the magicians who chirp and mutter.” The Hebrew word אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. In 1 Sam 28:7 the witch of Endor is called a אוֹב - בַּעֲלַת ( ba ’ alat- ’ ov , “owner of a ritual pit”). See H. Hoffner, “Second Millennium Antecedents to the Hebrew ’ OñBù ,” JBL 86 (1967): 385-401.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":26768,"verse_id":"ISA.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “Should a nation not inquire of its gods on behalf of the living, (by inquiring) of the dead?” These words appear to be a continuation of the quotation begun in the first part of the verse. אֱלֹהָיו (’ elohayv ) may be translated “its gods” or “its God.” Some take the second half of the verse as the prophet’s (or the Lord’s) rebuke of the people who advise seeking oracles at the ritual pits, but in this case the words “the dead on behalf of the living” are difficult to explain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A19/3"}
{"id":26769,"verse_id":"ISA.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “to [the] instruction and to [the] testimony.” The words “then you must recall” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text vv. 19-20 a are one long sentence, reading literally, “When they say to you…, to the instruction and to the testimony.” On the identity of the “instruction” and “testimony” see the notes at v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":26770,"verse_id":"ISA.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “If they do not speak according to this word, [it is] because it has no light of dawn.” The literal translation suggests that “this word” refers to the instruction/testimony. However, it is likely that אִם־לֹא (’ im-lo ’) is asseverative here, as in 5:9 . In this case “this word” refers to the quotation recorded in v. 19 . For a discussion of the problem see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 230, n. 9. The singular pronoun in the second half of the verse is collective, referring back to the nation (see v. 19 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":26771,"verse_id":"ISA.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “he will pass through it.” The subject of the collective singular verb is the nation. (See the preceding note.) The immediately preceding context supplies no antecedent for “it” (a third feminine singular suffix in the Hebrew text); the suffix may refer to the land, which would be a reasonable referent with a verb of motion. Note also that אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “land”) does appear at the beginning of the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":26772,"verse_id":"ISA.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":26773,"verse_id":"ISA.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Or “gods” (NAB, NRSV, CEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":26774,"verse_id":"ISA.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “and behold” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":26775,"verse_id":"ISA.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"The precise meaning of מְעוּף ( mÿ ’ uf ) is uncertain; the word occurs only here. See BDB 734 s.v. מָעוּף .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":26776,"verse_id":"ISA.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “ and darkness, pushed.” The word מְנֻדָּח ( mÿnudakh ) appears to be a Pual participle from נדח (“push”), but the Piel is unattested for this verb and the Pual occurs only here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%208%3A22/3"}
{"id":26777,"verse_id":"ISA.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “Indeed there is no gloom for the one to whom there was anxiety for her.” The feminine singular pronominal suffix “her” must refer to the land (cf. vv. 22a, 23b). So one could translate, “Indeed there will be no gloom for the land which was anxious.” In this case the statement introduces the positive message to follow. Some assume an emendation of לֹא ( lo ’, “no”) to לוֹ ( lo , “to him”) and of לָהּ ( lah , “to her”) to לוֹ ( lo , “to him”), yielding this literal reading: “indeed there is gloom for him, for the one to whom there was anxiety for him.” In this case the statement concludes the preceding description of judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":26778,"verse_id":"ISA.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"The Lord must be understood as the subject of the two verbs in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":26779,"verse_id":"ISA.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb Just as in earlier times he humiliated…, [in] the latter times he has brought honor.” The main verbs in vv. 1 b-4 are Hebrew perfects. The prophet takes his rhetorical stance in the future age of restoration and describes future events as if they have already occurred. To capture the dramatic effect of the original text, the translation uses the English present or present perfect.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A1/5"}
{"id":26780,"verse_id":"ISA.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Traditionally צַלְמָוֶת ( tsalmavet ) has been interpreted as a compound noun, meaning “shadow of death” (so KJV, ASV, NIV), but usage indicates that the word, though it sometimes refers to death, means “darkness.” The term should probably be repointed as an abstract noun צַלְמוּת ( tsalmut ). See the note at Ps 23:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":26781,"verse_id":"ISA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The Hebrew consonantal text reads “You multiply the nation, you do not make great the joy.” The particle לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) is obviously incorrect; the marginal reading has לוֹ ( lo , “to him”). In this case, one should translate, “You multiply the nation, you increase his (i.e., their) joy.” However, the parallelism is tighter if one emends הַגּוֹי לוֹ ( hagoy lo , “the nation, to him”) to הַגִּילָה ( haggilah , “the joy,” a noun attested in Isa 65:18 ), which corresponds to הַשִּׂמְחָה ( hasimkhah , “the joy”) later in the verse (H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:386). As attractive as this reading is, it has not textual evidence supporting it. The MT reading (accepting the marginal reading “to him” for the negative particle “not”) affirms that Yahweh caused the nation to grow in population and increased their joy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":26782,"verse_id":"ISA.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “as they are happy.” The word “warriors” is supplied in the translation to clarify the word picture. This last simile comes close to reality, for vv. 4-5 indicate that the people have won a great military victory over their oppressors.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":26783,"verse_id":"ISA.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “for the yoke of his burden, and the staff of his shoulder, the scepter of the oppressor against him.” The singular pronouns are collective, referring to the people. The oppressed nation is compared to an ox weighed down by a heavy yoke and an animal that is prodded and beaten.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":26784,"verse_id":"ISA.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “Indeed every boot marching with shaking.” On the meaning of סְאוֹן ( sÿ ’ on , “boot”) and the related denominative verb, both of which occur only here, see HALOT 738 s.v. סְאוֹן .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":26785,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"The Hebrew perfect (translated “has been born” and “has been given”) is used here as the prophet takes a rhetorical stance in the future. See the note at 9:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":26786,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “and dominion was on his shoulders and he called his name.” The prefixed verbs with vav ( ו ) consecutive are used with the same rhetorical sense as the perfects in v. 6 a. See the preceding note. There is great debate over the syntactical structure of the verse. No subject is indicated for the verb “he called.” If all the titles that follow are ones given to the king, then the subject of the verb must be indefinite, “one calls.” However, some have suggested that one to three of the titles that follow refer to God, not the king. For example, the traditional punctuation of the Hebrew text suggests the translation, “and the Extraordinary Strategist, the Mighty God calls his name, ‘Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":26787,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Some have seen two titles here (“Wonderful” and “Counselor,” cf. KJV, ASV). However, the pattern of the following three titles (each contains two elements) and the use of the roots פָּלַא ( pala ’) and יָעַץ ( ya ’ ats ) together in Isa 25:1 (cf. כִּי עָשִׂיתָ פֶּלֶא עֵצוֹת מֵרָחוֹק אֱמוּנָה אֹמֶן ) and 28:29 (cf. הִפְלִיא עֵצָה ) suggest otherwise. The term יוֹעֵץ ( yo ’ ets ) could be taken as appositional (genitive or otherwise) of species (“a wonder, i.e., a wonder as a counselor,” cf. NAB “Wonder-Counselor”) or as a substantival participle for which פָּלַא provides the direct object (“one who counsels wonders”). יוֹעֵץ is used as a royal title elsewhere (cf. Mic 4:9 ). Here it probably refers to the king’s ability to devise military strategy, as suggested by the context (cf. vv. 3-4 and the following title אֵל גִּבּוֹר , ’ el gibor ). In Isa 11:2 (also a description of this king) עֵצָה (’ etsah ) is linked with גְּבוּרָה ( gÿvurah , the latter being typically used of military might, cf. BDB 150 s.v.). Note also עֵצָה וּגְבוּרָה לַמִּלְחָמָה in Isa 36:5 . פֶּלֶא ( pele ’) is typically used of God (cf. however Lam 1:9 ). Does this suggest the deity of the messianic ruler? The NT certainly teaches he is God, but did Isaiah necessarily have this in mind over 700 years before his birth? Since Isa 11:2 points out that this king will receive the spirit of the Lord, which will enable him to counsel, it is possible to argue that the king’s counsel is “extraordinary” because it finds its source in the divine spirit. Thus this title does not necessarily suggest that the ruler is deity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":26788,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"גִּבּוֹר ( gibbor ) is probably an attributive adjective (“mighty God”), though one might translate “God is a warrior” or “God is mighty.” Scholars have interpreted this title is two ways. A number of them have argued that the title portrays the king as God’s representative on the battlefield, whom God empowers in a supernatural way (see J. H. Hayes and S. A. Irvine, Isaiah , 181-82). They contend that this sense seems more likely in the original context of the prophecy. They would suggest that having read the NT, we might in retrospect interpret this title as indicating the coming king’s deity, but it is unlikely that Isaiah or his audience would have understood the title in such a bold way. Ps 45:6 addresses the Davidic king as “God” because he ruled and fought as God’s representative on earth. Ancient Near Eastern art and literature picture gods training kings for battle, bestowing special weapons, and intervening in battle. According to Egyptian propaganda, the Hittites described Rameses II as follows: “No man is he who is among us, It is Seth great-of-strength, Baal in person; Not deeds of man are these his doings, They are of one who is unique” (See Miriam Lichtheim, Ancient Egyptian Literature , 2:67). According to proponents of this view, Isa 9:6 probably envisions a similar kind of response when friends and foes alike look at the Davidic king in full battle regalia. When the king’s enemies oppose him on the battlefield, they are, as it were, fighting against God himself. The other option is to regard this title as a reference to God, confronting Isaiah’s readers with the divinity of this promised “child.” The use of this same title that clearly refers to God in a later passage ( Isa 10:21 ) supports this interpretation. Other passages depict Yahweh as the great God and great warrior ( Deut 10:17 ; Jer. 32:18 ). Although this connection of a child who is born with deity is unparalleled in any earlier biblical texts, Isaiah’s use of this title to make this connection represents Isaiah’s attempt (at God’s behest) to advance Israel in their understanding of the ideal Davidic king for whom they long.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":26789,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.6","text":"This title must not be taken in an anachronistic Trinitarian sense. (To do so would be theologically problematic, for the “Son” is the messianic king and is distinct in his person from God the “Father.”) Rather, in its original context the title pictures the king as the protector of his people. For a similar use of “father” see Isa 22:21 and Job 29:16 . This figurative, idiomatic use of “father” is not limited to the Bible. In a Phoenician inscription (ca. 850-800 b.c. ) the ruler Kilamuwa declares: “To some I was a father, to others I was a mother.” In another inscription (ca. 800 b.c. ) the ruler Azitawadda boasts that the god Baal made him “a father and a mother” to his people. (See ANET 499-500.) The use of “everlasting” might suggest the deity of the king (as the one who has total control over eternity), but Isaiah and his audience may have understood the term as royal hyperbole emphasizing the king’s long reign or enduring dynasty (for examples of such hyperbolic language used of the Davidic king, see 1 Kgs 1:31 ; Pss 21:4-6; 61:6-7; 72:5, 17 ). The New Testament indicates that the hyperbolic language (as in the case of the title “Mighty God”) is literally realized in the ultimate fulfillment of the prophecy, for Jesus will rule eternally.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/5"}
{"id":26790,"verse_id":"ISA.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.6","text":"This title pictures the king as one who establishes a safe socio-economic environment for his people. It hardly depicts him as a meek individual, for he establishes peace through military strength (as the preceding context and the first two royal titles indicate). His people experience safety and prosperity because their invincible king destroys their enemies. See Pss 72 and 144 for parallels to these themes.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A6/6"}
{"id":26791,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The Hebrew text has לְםַרְבֵּה ( lÿmarbeh ), which is a corrupt reading. לם is dittographic; note the preceding word, שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ). The corrected text reads literally, “great is the dominion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":26792,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and to peace there will be no end” (KJV and ASV both similar). On the political and socio-economic sense of שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) in this context, see the note at v. 6 on “Prince of Peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":26793,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “over the throne of David, and over his kingdom.” The referent of the pronoun “his” (i.e., David) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":26794,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"The feminine singular pronominal suffix on this form and the following one (translated “it” both times) refers back to the grammatically feminine noun “kingdom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":26795,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “with/by justice and fairness”; ASV “with justice and with righteousness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/5"}
{"id":26796,"verse_id":"ISA.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the zeal of the Lord.” In this context the Lord’s “zeal” refers to his intense devotion to and love for his people which prompts him to vindicate them and to fulfill his promises to David and the nation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A7/6"}
{"id":26797,"verse_id":"ISA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in v. 17 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":26798,"verse_id":"ISA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “sent a word” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV); NASB “sends a message.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":26799,"verse_id":"ISA.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.8","text":"The present translation assumes that this verse refers to judgment that had already fallen. Both verbs (perfects) are taken as indicating simple past; the vav ( ו ) on the second verb is understood as a simple vav conjunctive. Another option is to understand the verse as describing a future judgment (see 10:1-4 ). In this case the first verb is a perfect of certitude; the vav on the second verb is a vav consecutive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A8/4"}
{"id":26800,"verse_id":"ISA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"The translation assumes that vv. 9-10 describe the people’s response to a past judgment (v. 8 ). The perfect is understood as indicating simple past and the vav ( ו ) is taken as conjunctive. Another option is to take the vav on the perfect as consecutive and translate, “all the people will know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":26801,"verse_id":"ISA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “and the people, all of them, knew; Ephraim and the residents of Samaria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":26802,"verse_id":"ISA.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “with pride and arrogance of heart, saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":26803,"verse_id":"ISA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The translation assumes that the prefixed verb with vav ( ו ) consecutive continues the narrative of past judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":26804,"verse_id":"ISA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “adversaries of Rezin against him [i.e., them].” The next verse describes how the Syrians (over whom Rezin ruled, see 7:1, 8 ) and the Philistines encroached on Israel’s territory. Since the Syrians and Israelites were allies by 735 b.c. (see 7:1 ), the hostilities described probably occurred earlier, while Israel was still pro-Assyrian. In this case one might understand the phrase צָרֵי רְצִין ( tsare rÿtsin , “adversaries of Rezin”) as meaning “adversaries sent from Rezin.” However, another option, the one chosen in the translation above, is to emend the phrase to צָרָיו ( tsarayv , “his [i.e., their] adversaries”). This creates tighter parallelism with the next line (note “his [i.e., their] enemies”). The phrase in the Hebrew text may be explained as virtually dittographic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":26805,"verse_id":"ISA.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"The prefixed verbal form is understood as a preterite, used, as is often the case in poetry, without vav consecutive. Note that prefixed forms with vav consecutive both precede ( וַיְשַׂגֵּב , vaysaggev , “and he provoked”) and follow in v. 12 ( וַיֹּאכְלוּ , vayyo ’ khÿlu , “and they devoured”) this verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":26806,"verse_id":"ISA.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “and they devoured Israel with all the mouth”; NIV “with open mouth”; NLT “With bared fangs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":26807,"verse_id":"ISA.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “in all this his anger is not turned, and still his hand is outstretched.” One could translate in the past tense here (and in 9:17 b and 21b), but the appearance of the refrain in 10:4 b, where it follows a woe oracle prophesying a future judgment, suggests it is a dramatic portrait of the judge which did not change throughout this period of past judgment and will remain unchanged in the future. The English present tense is chosen to best reflect this dramatic mood. (See also 5:25 b, where the refrain appears following a dramatic description of coming judgment.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":26808,"verse_id":"ISA.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"This verse describes the people’s response to the judgment described in vv. 11-12 . The perfects are understood as indicating simple past.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":26809,"verse_id":"ISA.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “the elder and the one lifted up with respect to the face.” For another example of the Hebrew idiom, see 2 Kgs 5:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":26810,"verse_id":"ISA.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “and the ones being led were swallowed up.” Instead of taking מְבֻלָּעִים ( mÿbulla ’ im ) from בָּלַע ( bala ’, “to swallow”), HALOT 134 s.v. בלע proposes a rare homonymic root בלע (“confuse”) here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":26811,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"has לא יחמול (“he did not spare”) which is an obvious attempt to tighten the parallelism (note “he took no pity” in the next line). Instead of taking שָׂמַח ( samakh ) in one of its well attested senses (“rejoice over, be pleased with”), some propose, with support from Arabic, a rare homonymic root meaning “be merciful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":26812,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"The translation understands the prefixed verbs יִשְׂמַח ( yismakh ) and יְרַחֵם ( yÿrakhem ) as preterites without vav ( ו ) consecutive. (See v. 11 and the note on “he stirred up.”)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":26813,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Or “defiled”; cf. ASV “profane”; NAB “profaned”; NIV “ungodly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":26814,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.17","text":"מֵרַע ( mera ’) is a Hiphil participle from רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “be evil”). The intransitive Hiphil has an exhibitive force here, indicating that they exhibited outwardly the evidence of an inward condition by committing evil deeds.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/4"}
{"id":26815,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.17","text":"Or “foolishness” (NASB), here in a moral-ethical sense.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/5"}
{"id":26816,"verse_id":"ISA.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “in all this his anger is not turned, and still his hand is outstretched.” sn See the note at 9:12 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A17/6"}
{"id":26817,"verse_id":"ISA.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Or “Indeed” (cf. NIV “Surely”). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":26818,"verse_id":"ISA.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “and they swirled [with] the rising of the smoke” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":26819,"verse_id":"ISA.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"The precise meaning of the verb עְתַּם (’ ÿtam ), which occurs only here, is uncertain, though the context strongly suggests that it means “burn, scorch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":26820,"verse_id":"ISA.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “men were not showing compassion to their brothers.” The idiom “men to their brothers” is idiomatic for reciprocity. The prefixed verbal form is either a preterite without vav ( ו ) consecutive or an imperfect used in a customary sense, describing continual or repeated behavior in past time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A19/3"}
{"id":26821,"verse_id":"ISA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Or “cut.” The verb גָּזַר ( gazar ) means “to cut.” If it is understood here, then one might paraphrase, “They slice off meat on the right.” However, HALOT 187 s.v. I גזר , proposes here a rare homonym meaning “to devour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":26822,"verse_id":"ISA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"The prefixed verbal form is either a preterite without vav consecutive or an imperfect used in a customary sense, describing continual or repeated behavior in past time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":26823,"verse_id":"ISA.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.20","text":"Some suggest that זְרֹעוֹ ( zÿro ’ o , “his arm”) be repointed זַרְעוֹ ( zar ’ o , “his offspring”). In either case, the metaphor is that of a desperately hungry man who resorts to an almost unthinkable act to satisfy his appetite. He eats everything he can find to his right, but still being unsatisfied, then turns to his left and eats everything he can find there. Still being desperate for food, he then resorts to eating his own flesh (or offspring, as this phrase is metaphorically understood by some English versions, e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT). The reality behind the metaphor is the political turmoil of the period, as the next verse explains. There was civil strife within the northern kingdom; even the descendants of Joseph were at each other’s throats. Then the northern kingdom turned on their southern brother, Judah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A20/3"}
{"id":26824,"verse_id":"ISA.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The words “fought against” are supplied in the translation both here and later in this verse for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":26825,"verse_id":"ISA.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “in all this his anger is not turned, and still his hand is outstretched” (KJV and ASV both similar); NIV “his hand is still upraised.” sn See the note at 9:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":26826,"verse_id":"ISA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who decree evil decrees.” On הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) see the note on the first phrase of 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":26827,"verse_id":"ISA.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “[to] the writers who write out harm.” The participle and verb are in the Piel, suggesting repetitive action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":26828,"verse_id":"ISA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Or “rob” (ASV, NASB, NCV, NRSV); KJV “take away the right from the poor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":26829,"verse_id":"ISA.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “so that widows are their plunder, and they can loot orphans.” sn On the socio-economic background of vv. 1-2 , see the note at 1:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":26830,"verse_id":"ISA.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “the day of visitation” (so KJV, ASV), that is, the day when God arrives to execute justice on the oppressors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":26831,"verse_id":"ISA.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “except one kneels in the place of the prisoner, and in the place of the slain [who] fall.” On the force of בִּלְתִּי ( bilti , “except”) and its logical connection to what precedes, see BDB 116 s.v. בֵלֶת . On the force of תַּחַת ( takhat , “in the place of”) here, see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:258, n. 6.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":26832,"verse_id":"ISA.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “in all this his anger was not turned, and still his hand was outstretched”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “his had is stretched out still.” sn See the note at 9:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":26833,"verse_id":"ISA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “Woe [to] Assyria, the club of my anger.” On הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) see the note on the first phrase of 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":26834,"verse_id":"ISA.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “a cudgel is he, in their hand is my anger.” It seems likely that the final mem ( ם ) on בְיָדָם ( bÿyadam ) is not a pronominal suffix (“in their hand”), but an enclitic mem . If so, one can translate literally, “a cudgel is he in the hand of my anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":26835,"verse_id":"ISA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “defiled”; cf. ASV “profane”; NAB “impious”; NCV “separated from God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":26836,"verse_id":"ISA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “and against the people of my anger I ordered him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":26837,"verse_id":"ISA.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “to make it [i.e., the people] a trampled place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":26838,"verse_id":"ISA.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “but he, not so does he intend, and his heart, not so does it think.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":26839,"verse_id":"ISA.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “for to destroy [is] in his heart, and to cut off nations, not a few.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":26840,"verse_id":"ISA.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Or “For” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":26841,"verse_id":"ISA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “Just as my hand found the kingdoms of the idol[s].” The comparison is expanded in v. 11 a (note “as”) and completed in v. 11 b (note “so”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":26842,"verse_id":"ISA.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":26843,"verse_id":"ISA.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"The statement is constructed as a rhetorical question in the Hebrew text: “Is it not [true that] just as I have done to Samaria and its idols, so I will do to Jerusalem and its idols?” sn This statement indicates that the prophecy dates sometime between 722-701 b.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":26844,"verse_id":"ISA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":26845,"verse_id":"ISA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in vv. 16, 23, 24, 33 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":26846,"verse_id":"ISA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “his work on/against.” Cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV “on”; NIV “against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":26847,"verse_id":"ISA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.12","text":"The Lord is speaking here, as in vv. 5-6 a.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A12/4"}
{"id":26848,"verse_id":"ISA.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “I will visit [judgment] on the fruit of the greatness of the heart of the king of Assyria, and on the glory of the height of his eyes.” The proud Assyrian king is likened to a large, beautiful fruit tree.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A12/5"}
{"id":26849,"verse_id":"ISA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “removed the borders of nations”; cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV “boundaries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":26850,"verse_id":"ISA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has כְּאַבִּיר ( kÿ ’ abir , “like a strong one”); the marginal reading ( Qere ) is כַּבִיר ( kavir , “mighty one”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":26851,"verse_id":"ISA.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and I brought down, like a strong one, ones sitting [or “living”].” The participle יוֹשְׁבִים ( yoshÿvim , “ones sitting”) could refer to the inhabitants of the nations, but the translation assumes that it refers to those who sit on thrones, i.e., rulers. See BDB 442 s.v. יָשַׁב and HALOT 444 s.v. ישׁב .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":26852,"verse_id":"ISA.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “the one who pushes it back and forth”; KJV “him that shaketh it”; ASV “him that wieldeth it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":26853,"verse_id":"ISA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “will send leanness against his healthy ones”; NASB, NIV “will send a wasting disease.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":26854,"verse_id":"ISA.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “and in the place of his glory burning will burn, like the burning of fire.” The highly repetitive text ( יֵקַד יְקֹד כִּיקוֹד אֵשׁ , yeqad yiqod kiqod ’ esh ) may be dittographic; if the second consonantal sequence יקד is omitted, the text would read “and in the place of his glory, it will burn like the burning of fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":26855,"verse_id":"ISA.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"In this context the “Light of Israel” is a divine title (note the parallel title “his holy one”). The title points to God’s royal splendor, which overshadows and, when transformed into fire, destroys the “majestic glory” of the king of Assyria (v. 16 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":26856,"verse_id":"ISA.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “his.” In vv. 17-19 the Assyrian king and his empire is compared to a great forest and orchard that are destroyed by fire (symbolic of the Lord).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":26857,"verse_id":"ISA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “from breath to flesh it will destroy.” The expression “from breath to flesh” refers to the two basic components of a person, the immaterial (life’s breath) and the material (flesh). Here the phrase is used idiomatically to indicate totality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":26858,"verse_id":"ISA.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"The precise meaning of this line is uncertain. מָסַס ( masas ), which is used elsewhere of substances dissolving or melting, may here mean “waste away” or “despair.” נָסַס ( nasas ), which appears only here, may mean “be sick” or “stagger, despair.” See BDB 651 s.v. I נָסַס and HALOT 703 s.v. I נסס . One might translate the line literally, “like the wasting away of one who is sick” (cf. NRSV “as when an invalid wastes away”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":26859,"verse_id":"ISA.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “and the rest of the trees of his forest will be counted, and a child will record them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":26860,"verse_id":"ISA.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Or “in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":26861,"verse_id":"ISA.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “house” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":26862,"verse_id":"ISA.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “on one who strikes him down.” This individual is the king (“foreign leader”) of the oppressing nation (which NLT specifies as “the Assyrians”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":26863,"verse_id":"ISA.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.20","text":"Or “sincerely”; KJV, ASV, NAB, NRSV “in truth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A20/4"}
{"id":26864,"verse_id":"ISA.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"The referent of אֵל גִּבּוֹר (’ el gibbor , “mighty God”) is uncertain. The title appears only here and in 9:6 , where it is one of the royal titles of the coming ideal Davidic king. (Similar titles appear in Deut 10:17 and Neh 9:32 [“the great, mighty, and awesome God”] and in Jer 32:18 [“the great and mighty God”]. Both titles refer to God.) Though Hos 3:5 pictures Israel someday seeking “David their king,” and provides some support for a messianic interpretation of Isa 10:21 , the Davidic king is not mentioned in the immediate context of Isa 10:21 (see , however). The preceding verse mentions Israel relying on the Lord, so it is likely that the title refers to God here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":26865,"verse_id":"ISA.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “are like.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":26866,"verse_id":"ISA.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “predetermined”; cf. ASV, NASB “is determined”; TEV “is in store.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A22/3"}
{"id":26867,"verse_id":"ISA.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.22","text":"צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah ) often means “righteousness,” but here it refers to God’s just judgment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A22/4"}
{"id":26868,"verse_id":"ISA.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “is about to overflow.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A22/5"}
{"id":26869,"verse_id":"ISA.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “Indeed (or perhaps “for”) destruction and what is decreed the sovereign master, the Lord who commands armies, is about to accomplish in the middle of all the land.” The phrase כָלָא וְנֶחֱרָצָה ( khala ’ venekheratsah , “destruction and what is decreed”) is a hendiadys; the two terms express one idea, with the second qualifying the first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":26870,"verse_id":"ISA.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “therefore.” The message that follows is one of encouragement, for it focuses on the eventual destruction of the Assyrians. Consequently “therefore” relates back to vv. 5-21 , not to vv. 22-23 , which must be viewed as a brief parenthesis in an otherwise positive speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":26871,"verse_id":"ISA.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “in the way [or “manner”] of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":26872,"verse_id":"ISA.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"The Hebrew text has simply “fury,” but the pronominal element can be assumed on the basis of what immediately follows (see “my anger” in the clause). It is possible that the suffixed yod ( י ) has been accidentally dropped by virtual haplography. Note that a vav ( ו ) is prefixed to the form that immediately follows; yod and vav are very similar in later script phases.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":26873,"verse_id":"ISA.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Heb “him” (so KJV, ASV, NASB); the singular refers to the leader or king who stands for the entire nation. This is specified by NCV, CEV as “the Assyrians.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":26874,"verse_id":"ISA.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.26","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and his staff [will be] against the sea, and he will lift it in the way [or “manner”] of Egypt.” If the text is retained, “the sea” symbolizes Assyria’s hostility, the metaphor being introduced because of the reference to Egypt. The translation above assumes an emendation of עַל הַיָּם (’ al hayyam , “against the sea”) to עַלֵיהֶם (’ alehem , “against them”). The proposed shift from the third singular pronoun (note “beat him” earlier in the verse) to the plural is not problematic, for the singular is collective. Note that a third plural pronoun is used at the end of v. 25 (“their destruction”). The final phrase, “in the way/manner of Egypt,” probably refers to the way in which God used the staff of Moses to bring judgment down on Egypt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A26/3"}
{"id":26875,"verse_id":"ISA.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":26876,"verse_id":"ISA.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Heb “he [i.e., the Lord] will remove his [i.e, Assyria’s] burden from upon your shoulder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":26877,"verse_id":"ISA.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.27","text":"The meaning of this line is uncertain. The Hebrew text reads literally, “and the yoke will be destroyed (or perhaps, “pulled down”) because of fatness.” Perhaps this is a bizarre picture of an ox growing so fat that it breaks the yoke around its neck or can no longer fit into its yoke. Fatness would symbolize the Lord’s restored blessings; the removal of the yoke would symbolize the cessation of Assyrian oppression. Because of the difficulty of the metaphor, many prefer to emend the text at this point. Some emend וְחֻבַּל ( vÿkhubbal , “and it will be destroyed,” a perfect with prefixed vav ), to יִחְבֹּל ( yikhbol , “[it] will be destroyed,” an imperfect), and take the verb with what precedes, “and their yoke will be destroyed from your neck.” Proponents of this view (cf. NAB, NRSV) then emend עֹל (’ ol , “yoke”) to עָלָה (’ alah , “he came up”) and understand this verb as introducing the following description of the Assyrian invasion (vv. 28-32 ). מִפְּנֵי־שָׁמֶן ( mippÿney-shamen , “because of fatness”) is then emended to read “from before Rimmon” (NAB, NRSV), “from before Samaria,” or “from before Jeshimon.” Although this line may present difficulties, it appears best to regard the line as a graphic depiction of God’s abundant blessings on his servant nation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A27/3"}
{"id":26878,"verse_id":"ISA.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"Heb “he,” that is, the Assyrians (as the preceding context suggests). Cf. NCV “The army of Assyria.” sn Verses 28-32 describe an invasion of Judah from the north. There is no scholarly consensus on when this particular invasion took place, if at all. J. H. Hayes and S. A. Irvine ( Isaiah , 209-10) suggest the text describes the Israelite-Syrian invasion of Judah (ca. 735 b.c. ), but this proposal disregards the preceding context, which prophesies the destruction of Assyria. Some suggest that this invasion occurred in conjunction with Sargon’s western campaign of 713-711 b.c. , but there is no historical evidence of such an invasion at that time. Many others identify the invasion as Sennacherib’s in 701 b.c. , but historical records indicate Sennacherib approached Jerusalem from the southwest. J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 1:274-75) prefers to see the description as rhetorical and as not corresponding to any particular historical event, but Hayes and Irvine argue that the precise geographical details militate against such a proposal. Perhaps it is best to label the account as rhetorical-prophetic. The prophecy of the invasion was not necessarily intended to be a literal itinerary of the Assyrians’ movements; rather its primary purpose was to create a foreboding mood. Geographical references contribute to this purpose, but they merely reflect how one would expect an Assyrian invasion to proceed, not necessarily how the actual invasion would progress. Despite its rhetorical nature, the prophecy does point to the invasion of 701 b.c. , as the announcement of the invaders’ downfall in vv. 33-34 makes clear; it was essentially fulfilled at that time. For further discussion of the problem, see R. E. Clements, Isaiah (NCBC), 117-19. On the geographical details of the account, see Y. Aharoni, Land of the Bible , 393.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":26879,"verse_id":"ISA.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.28","text":"Heb “came against,” or “came to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A28/3"}
{"id":26880,"verse_id":"ISA.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"The Hebrew text reads “Poor [is] Anathoth.” The parallelism is tighter if עֲנִיָּה (’ aniyyah ,“poor”) is emended to עֲנִיהָ (’ aniha , “answer her”). Note how the preceding two lines have an imperative followed by a proper name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":26881,"verse_id":"ISA.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “a mountain of a house ( בֵּית , bet ), Zion,” but the marginal reading ( Qere ) correctly reads “the mountain of the daughter ( בַּת , bat ) of Zion.” On the phrase “Daughter Zion,” see the note on the same phrase in 1:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":26882,"verse_id":"ISA.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"The Hebrew text reads “with terrifying power,” or “with a crash.” מַעֲרָצָה ( ma ’ aratsah , “terrifying power” or “crash”) occurs only here. Several have suggested an emendation to מַעֲצָד ( ma ’ atsad , “ax”) parallel to “ax” in v. 34 ; see HALOT 615 s.v. מַעֲצָד and H. Wildberger, Isaiah , 1:448. sn As in vv. 12 (see the note there) and 18, the Assyrians are compared to a tree/forest in vv. 33-34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":26883,"verse_id":"ISA.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.33","text":"Heb “the exalted of the height.” This could refer to the highest branches (cf. TEV) or the tallest trees (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A33/2"}
{"id":26884,"verse_id":"ISA.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"The Hebrew text has, “and Lebanon, by/as [?] a mighty one, will fall.” The translation above takes the preposition בְּ ( bet ) prefixed to “mighty one” as indicating identity, “Lebanon, as a mighty one, will fall.” In this case “mighty one” describes Lebanon. (In Ezek 17:23 and Zech 11:2 the adjective is used of Lebanon’s cedars.) Another option is to take the preposition as indicating agency and interpret “mighty one” as a divine title (see Isa 33:21 ). One could then translate, “and Lebanon will fall by [the agency of] the Mighty One.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":26885,"verse_id":"ISA.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"The Hebrew text has יִפְרֶה ( yifreh , “will bear fruit,” from פָּרָה , parah ), but the ancient versions, as well as the parallelism suggest that יִפְרַח ( yifrakh , “will sprout”, from פָּרַח , parakh ) is the better reading here. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:276, n. 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":26886,"verse_id":"ISA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “a spirit of wisdom and understanding.” The synonyms are joined here to emphasize the degree of wisdom he will possess. His wisdom will enable him to make just legal decisions (v. 3 ). A very similar phrase occurs in Eph 1:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":26887,"verse_id":"ISA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “a spirit of counsel [or “strategy”] and strength.” The construction is a hendiadys; the point is that he will have the strength/ability to execute the plans/strategies he devises. This ability will enable him to suppress oppressors and implement just policies (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":26888,"verse_id":"ISA.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “a spirit of knowledge and fear of the Lord.” “Knowledge” is used here in its covenantal sense and refers to a recognition of God’s authority and a willingness to submit to it. See Jer 22:16 . “Fear” here refers to a healthy respect for God’s authority which produces obedience. Taken together the two terms emphasize the single quality of loyalty to the Lord. This loyalty guarantees that he will make just legal decisions and implement just policies (vv. 4-5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":26889,"verse_id":"ISA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and his smelling is in the fear of the Lord.” In Amos 5:21 the Hiphil of רוּחַ ( ruakh , “smell”) carries the nuance of “smell with delight, get pleasure from.” There the Lord declares that he does not “smell with delight” (i.e., get pleasure from) Israel’s religious assemblies, which probably stand by metonymy for the incense offered during these festivals. In Isa 11:3 there is no sacrificial context to suggest such a use, but it is possible that “the fear of the Lord” is likened to incense. This coming king will get the same kind of delight from obeying (fearing) the Lord, as a deity does in the incense offered by worshipers. Some regard such an explanation as strained in this context, and prefer to omit this line from the text as a virtual dittograph of the preceding statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":26890,"verse_id":"ISA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “by what appears to his eyes”; KJV “after the sight of his eyes”; NIV “by what he sees with his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":26891,"verse_id":"ISA.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “by what is heard by his ears”; NRSV “by what his ears hear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":26892,"verse_id":"ISA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “with justice” (so NAB) or “with righteousness” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":26893,"verse_id":"ISA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “make decisions with rectitude”; cf. ASV, NRSV “and decide with equity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":26894,"verse_id":"ISA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “land” (NAB, NCV, CEV). It is uncertain if the passage is picturing universal dominion or focusing on the king’s rule over his covenant people. The reference to God’s “holy mountain” in v. 9 and the description of renewed Israelite conquests in v. 14 suggest the latter, though v. 10 seems to refer to a universal kingdom (see 2:2-4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":26895,"verse_id":"ISA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and he will strike the earth with the scepter of his mouth.” Some have suggested that in this context אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “earth”) as an object of judgment seems too broad in scope. The parallelism is tighter if one emends the word to ץ ( י ) עָרִ (’ arits , “potentate, tyrant”). The phrase “scepter of his mouth” refers to the royal (note “scepter”) decrees that he proclaims with his mouth. Because these decrees will have authority and power (see v. 2 ) behind them, they can be described as “striking” the tyrants down. Nevertheless, the MT reading may not need emending. Isaiah refers to the entire “earth” as the object of God’s judgment in several places without specifying the wicked as the object of the judgment ( Isa 24:17-21; 26:9, 21; 28:22 ; cf. 13:11 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":26896,"verse_id":"ISA.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and by the breath of his lips he will kill the wicked.” The “breath of his lips” refers to his speech, specifically in this context his official decrees that the wicked oppressors be eliminated from his realm. See the preceding note.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":26897,"verse_id":"ISA.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “Justice will be the belt [or “undergarment”] on his waist, integrity the belt [or “undergarment”] on his hips.” The point of the metaphor is uncertain. If a belt worn outside the robe is in view, then the point might be that justice/integrity will be readily visible or that these qualities will give support to his rule. If an undergarment is in view, then the idea might be that these characteristics support his rule or that they are basic to everything else.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":26898,"verse_id":"ISA.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"The verb גּוּר ( gur ) normally refers to living as a dependent, resident alien in another society.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":26899,"verse_id":"ISA.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"). The present translation assumes this change.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":26900,"verse_id":"ISA.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “and a cow and a bear will graze – together – they will lie down, their young.” This is a case of pivot pattern; יַחְדָּו ( yakhddav , “together”) goes with both the preceding and following statements.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":26901,"verse_id":"ISA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “one sucking,” i.e., still being nursed by his mother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":26902,"verse_id":"ISA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Or perhaps, “cobra” (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV); KJV, ASV, NRSV “asp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":26903,"verse_id":"ISA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"The Hebrew text has the otherwise unattested מְאוּרַת ( mÿ ’ urat , “place of light”), i.e., opening of a hole. Some prefer to emend to מְעָרַת ( mÿ ’ arat , “cave, den”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":26904,"verse_id":"ISA.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “one who is weaned” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A8/4"}
{"id":26905,"verse_id":"ISA.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “in all my holy mountain.” In the most basic sense the Lord’s “holy mountain” is the mountain from which he rules over his kingdom (see Ezek 28:14, 16 ). More specifically it probably refers to Mount Zion/Jerusalem or to the entire land of Israel (see Pss 2:6; 15:1; 43:3 ; Isa 56:7; 57:13 ; Ezek 20:40 ; Ob 16 ; Zeph 3:11 ). If the Lord’s universal kingdom is in view in this context (see the note on “earth” at v. 4 ), then the phrase would probably be metonymic here, standing for God’s worldwide dominion (see the next line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":26906,"verse_id":"ISA.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “for the earth will be full of knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” The translation assumes that a universal kingdom is depicted here, but אֶרֶץ (’ erets ) could be translated “land” (see the note at v. 4 ). “Knowledge of the Lord” refers here to a recognition of the Lord’s sovereignty which results in a willingness to submit to his authority. See the note at v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":26907,"verse_id":"ISA.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":26908,"verse_id":"ISA.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “ a root from Jesse, which stands for a signal flag of the nations, of him nations will inquire” [or “seek”].","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":26909,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":26910,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":26911,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.11","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “the sovereign master will again, a second time, his hand.” The auxiliary verb יוֹסִיף ( yosif ), which literally means “add,” needs a main verb to complete it. Consequently many emend שֵׁנִית ( shenit , “a second time”) to an infinitive. Some propose the form שַׁנֹּת ( shannot , a Piel infinitive construct from שָׁנָה , shanah ) and relate it semantically to an Arabic cognate meaning “to be high.” If the Hebrew text is retained a verb must be supplied. “Second time” would allude back to the events of the Exodus (see vv. 15-16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/3"}
{"id":26912,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.11","text":"Or “acquire”; KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV “recover.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/4"}
{"id":26913,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “the remnant of his people who remain.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/5"}
{"id":26914,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"11.11","text":"Or “Ethiopia” (NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/7"}
{"id":26915,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"11.11","text":"Or “Babylonia” (NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/8"}
{"id":26916,"verse_id":"ISA.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"11.11","text":"Or perhaps, “the islands of the sea.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A11/9"}
{"id":26917,"verse_id":"ISA.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Or “the banished of Israel,” i.e., the exiles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":26918,"verse_id":"ISA.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “turn aside”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “depart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":26919,"verse_id":"ISA.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “hostile ones of Judah.” Elsewhere when the substantival participle of צָרָר ( tsarar ) takes a pronominal suffix or appears in a construct relationship, the following genitive is objective. (For a list of texts see BDB 865 s.v. III צָרַר ) In this case the phrase “hostile ones of Judah” means “those who are hostile toward Judah,” i.e., Judah’s enemies. However, the parallel couplet that follows suggests that Judah’s hostility toward Ephraim is in view. In this case “hostile ones of Judah” means “hostile ones from Judah.” The translation above assumes the latter, giving the immediate context priority over general usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":26920,"verse_id":"ISA.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “fly.” Ephraim/Judah are compared to a bird of prey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":26921,"verse_id":"ISA.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “on the shoulder of Philistia toward the sea.” This refers to the slopes of the hill country west of Judah. See HALOT 506 s.v. כָּתֵף .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":26922,"verse_id":"ISA.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “Edom and Moab [will be the place of] the outstretching of their hand,” i.e., included in their area of jurisdiction (see HALOT 648 s.v. ח ( וֹ ) מִשְׁלֹ ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A14/3"}
{"id":26923,"verse_id":"ISA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The verb is usually understood as “put under the ban, destroy,” or emended to חָרָב ( kharav , “dry up”). However, HALOT 354 s.v. II חרם proposes a homonymic root meaning “divide.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":26924,"verse_id":"ISA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “tongue” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":26925,"verse_id":"ISA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “the river”; capitalized in some English versions (e.g., ASV, NASB, NRSV) as a reference to the Euphrates River.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":26926,"verse_id":"ISA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “with the [?] of his wind” [or “breath”]. The Hebrew term עַיָם (’ ayam ) occurs only here. Some attempt to relate the word to an Arabic root and translate, “scorching [or “hot”] wind.” This interpretation fits especially well if one reads “dry up” in the previous line. Others prefer to emend the form to עֹצֶם (’ otsem , “strong”). See HALOT 817 s.v. עֲצַם .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A15/5"}
{"id":26927,"verse_id":"ISA.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “seven streams.” The Hebrew term נַחַל ( nakhal , “stream”) refers to a wadi, or seasonal stream, which runs during the rainy season, but is otherwise dry. The context (see v. 15 b) here favors the translation, “dried up streams.” The number seven suggests totality and completeness. Here it indicates that God’s provision for escape will be thorough and more than capable of accommodating the returning exiles.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A15/6"}
{"id":26928,"verse_id":"ISA.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “and there will be a highway for the remnant of his people who remain, from Assyria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":26929,"verse_id":"ISA.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “in the day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":26930,"verse_id":"ISA.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":26931,"verse_id":"ISA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Or “salvation” (KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":26932,"verse_id":"ISA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"The words “in him” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":26933,"verse_id":"ISA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"The Hebrew text has, “for my strength and protection [is] the Lord, the Lord ( Heb “Yah, Yahweh).” The word יְהוָה ( yehvah ) is probably dittographic or explanatory here (note that the short form of the name [ יָהּ , yah ] precedes, and that the graphically similar וַיְהִי [ vayÿhi ] follows). Exod 15:2 , the passage from which the words of v. 2 b are taken, has only יָהּ . The word זִמְרָת ( zimrat ) is traditionally understood as meaning “song,” in which case one might translate, “for the Lord gives me strength and joy” (i.e., a reason to sing); note that in v. 5 the verb זָמַר ( zamar , “sing”) appears. Many recent commentators, however, have argued that the noun is here instead a homonym, meaning “protection” or “strength.” See HALOT 274 s.v. III * זמר .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":26934,"verse_id":"ISA.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.2","text":"Or “salvation” (so many English versions, e.g., KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “my savior.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A2/4"}
{"id":26935,"verse_id":"ISA.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Or “salvation” (so many English versions, e.g., KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); CEV “victory.” sn Water is here a metaphor for renewed life; the springs symbolize the restoration of God’s favor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":26936,"verse_id":"ISA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":26937,"verse_id":"ISA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “call in his name,” i.e., “invoke his name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":26938,"verse_id":"ISA.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “bring to remembrance that his name is exalted.” The Lord’s “name” stands here for his character and reputation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":26939,"verse_id":"ISA.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The translation follows the marginal reading ( Qere ), which is a Hophal participle from יָדַע ( yada ’), understood here in a gerundive sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":26940,"verse_id":"ISA.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “is great” (TEV). However, the context emphasizes his mighty acts of deliverance (cf. NCV), not some general or vague character quality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":26941,"verse_id":"ISA.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “The message [traditionally, “burden”] [about] Babylon which Isaiah son of Amoz saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":26942,"verse_id":"ISA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “my consecrated ones,” i.e., those who have been set apart by God for the special task of carrying out his judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":26943,"verse_id":"ISA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “my warriors with respect to my anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":26944,"verse_id":"ISA.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “the boasting ones of my pride”; cf. ASV, NASB, NRSV “my proudly exulting ones.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":26945,"verse_id":"ISA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “a sound, a roar [is] on the mountains, like many people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":26946,"verse_id":"ISA.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “a sound, tumult of kingdoms.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":26947,"verse_id":"ISA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “from the end of the sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":26948,"verse_id":"ISA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “anger”; cf. KJV, ASV “the weapons of his indignation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":26949,"verse_id":"ISA.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Or perhaps, “land” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NLT). Even though the heading and subsequent context (see v. 17 ) indicate Babylon’s judgment is in view, the chapter has a cosmic flavor that suggests that the coming judgment is universal in scope. Perhaps Babylon’s downfall occurs in conjunction with a wider judgment, or the cosmic style is poetic hyperbole used to emphasize the magnitude and importance of the coming event.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":26950,"verse_id":"ISA.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “the day of the Lord” (so KJV, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":26951,"verse_id":"ISA.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “like destruction from the sovereign judge it comes.” The comparative preposition ( כְּ , kÿ ) has here the rhetorical nuance, “in every way like.” The point is that the destruction unleashed will have all the earmarks of divine judgment. One could paraphrase, “it comes as only destructive divine judgment can.” On this use of the preposition in general, see GKC 376 §118. x . sn The divine name used here is שַׁדַּי ( shaddai , “Shaddai”). Shaddai (or El Shaddai) is the sovereign king/judge of the world who grants life/blesses and kills/judges. In Genesis he blesses the patriarchs with fertility and promises numerous descendants. Outside Genesis he both blesses/protects and takes away life/happiness. The patriarchs knew God primarily as El Shaddai ( Exod 6:3 ). While the origin and meaning of this name is uncertain (see discussion below) its significance is clear. The name is used in contexts where God appears as the source of fertility and life. In Gen 17:1-8 he appears to Abram, introduces himself as El Shaddai, and announces his intention to make the patriarch fruitful. In the role of El Shaddai God repeats these words (now elevated to the status of a decree) to Jacob ( 35:11 ). Earlier Isaac had pronounced a blessing upon Jacob in which he asked El Shaddai to make Jacob fruitful ( 28:3 ). Jacob later prays that his sons will be treated with mercy when they return to Egypt with Benjamin ( 43:14 ). The fertility theme is not as apparent here, though one must remember that Jacob viewed Benjamin as the sole remaining son of the favored and once-barren Rachel (cf. 29:31; 30:22-24; 35:16-18 ). It is quite natural that he would appeal to El Shaddai to preserve Benjamin’s life, for it was El Shaddai’s miraculous power which made it possible for Rachel to give him sons in the first place. In 48:3 Jacob, prior to blessing Joseph’s sons, tells him how El Shaddai appeared to him at Bethel (cf. chapter ) and promised to make him fruitful. When blessing Joseph on his deathbed Jacob refers to Shaddai (we should probably read “El Shaddai,” along with a few Hebrew mss , the Samaritan Pentateuch, LXX, and Syriac) as the one who provides abundant blessings, including “blessings of the breast and womb” ( 49:25 ). (The direct association of the name with שָׁדַיִם [ shadayim , “breasts”] suggests the name might mean “the one of the breast” [i.e., the one who gives fertility], but the juxtaposition is probably better explained as wordplay. Note the wordplay involving the name and the root שָׁדַד [ shadad , “destroy”] here in Isa 13:6 and in Joel 1:15 .) Outside Genesis the name Shaddai (minus El, “God”) is normally used when God is viewed as the sovereign king who blesses/protects or curses/brings judgment. The name appears in the introduction to two of Balaam’s oracles ( Num 24:4, 16 ) of blessing upon Israel. Naomi employs the name when accusing the Lord of treating her bitterly by taking the lives of her husband and sons ( Ruth 1:20-21 ). In Ps 68:14 ; Isa 13:6 ; and Joel 1:15 Shaddai judges his enemies through warfare, while Ps 91:1 depicts him as the protector of his people. (In Ezek 1:24 and 10:5 the sound of the cherubs’ wings is compared to Shaddai’s powerful voice. The reference may be to the mighty divine warrior’s battle cry which accompanies his angry judgment.) Last but not least, the name occurs 31 times in the Book of Job. Job and his “friends” assume that Shaddai is the sovereign king of the world ( 11:7; 37:23 a) who is the source of life ( 33:4 b) and is responsible for maintaining justice ( 8:3; 34:10-12; 37:23 b). He provides abundant blessings, including children ( 22:17-18; 29:4-6 ), but can also discipline, punish, and destroy ( 5:17; 6:4; 21:20; 23:16 ). It is not surprising to see the name so often in this book, where the theme of God’s justice is primary and even called into question ( 24:1; 27:2 ). The most likely proposal is that the name means “God, the one of the mountain” (an Akkadian cognate means “mountain,” to which Heb. שַׁד [ shad , “breast”] is probably related). For a discussion of proposed derivations see T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 70-71. The name may originally depict God as the sovereign judge who, in Canaanite style, rules from a sacred mountain. Isa 14:13 and Ezek 28:14, 16 associate such a mountain with God, while Ps 48:2 refers to Zion as “Zaphon,” the Canaanite Olympus from which the high god El ruled. (In the Canaanite god El may be in view. Note that Isaiah pictures pagan kings as taunting the king of Babylon, suggesting that pagan mythology may provide the background for the language and imagery.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":26952,"verse_id":"ISA.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “drop”; KJV “be faint”; ASV “be feeble”; NAB “fall helpless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":26953,"verse_id":"ISA.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “melts” (so NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":26954,"verse_id":"ISA.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Heb “their faces are faces of flames.” Their faces are flushed with fear and embarrassment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":26955,"verse_id":"ISA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “the day of the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":26956,"verse_id":"ISA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “[with] cruelty, and fury, and rage of anger.” Three synonyms for “anger” are piled up at the end of the line to emphasize the extraordinary degree of divine anger that will be exhibited in this judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":26957,"verse_id":"ISA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “making desolate.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A9/3"}
{"id":26958,"verse_id":"ISA.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.9","text":"Or “land” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A9/4"}
{"id":26959,"verse_id":"ISA.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “do not flash forth their light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":26960,"verse_id":"ISA.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “does not shed forth its light.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":26961,"verse_id":"ISA.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Or “I will bring disaster on the world.” Hebrew רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) could refer to the judgment (i.e., disaster, calamity) or to the evil that prompts it. The structure of the parallel line favors the latter interpretation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":26962,"verse_id":"ISA.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Or perhaps, “the violent”; cf. NASB, NIV “the ruthless.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":26963,"verse_id":"ISA.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The verb is supplied in the translation from the first line. The verb in the first line (“I will make scarce”) does double duty in the parallel structure of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":26964,"verse_id":"ISA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “the sky.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":26965,"verse_id":"ISA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “from its place” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":26966,"verse_id":"ISA.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “and in the day of the raging of his anger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":26967,"verse_id":"ISA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “like a gazelle being chased.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":26968,"verse_id":"ISA.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “his people” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or “his nation” (cf. TEV “their own countries”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":26969,"verse_id":"ISA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “carried off,” i.e., grabbed from the fleeing crowd. See HALOT 764 s.v. ספה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":26970,"verse_id":"ISA.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Heb “will fall” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV); NLT “will be run through with a sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":26971,"verse_id":"ISA.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “against them”; NLT “against Babylon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":26972,"verse_id":"ISA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “and bows cut to bits young men.” “Bows” stands by metonymy for arrows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":26973,"verse_id":"ISA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “the fruit of the womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":26974,"verse_id":"ISA.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “their eye does not.” Here “eye” is a metonymy for the whole person.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":26975,"verse_id":"ISA.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Or “most beautiful” (NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":26976,"verse_id":"ISA.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “the beauty of the pride of the Chaldeans.” sn The Chaldeans were a group of tribes who lived in southern Mesopotamia. The established the so-called neo-Babylonian empire in the late seventh century b.c. Their most famous king, Nebuchadnezzar, conquered Judah in 605 b.c. and destroyed Jerusalem in 586 b.c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":26977,"verse_id":"ISA.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “and Babylon…will be like the overthrow by God of Sodom and Gomorrah.” On מַהְפֵּכַת ( mahpekhat , “overthrow”) see the note on the word “destruction” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A19/3"}
{"id":26978,"verse_id":"ISA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “she will not be inhabited forever, and she will not be dwelt in to generation and generation (i.e., forever).” The Lord declares that Babylon, personified as a woman, will not be inhabited. In other words, her people will be destroyed and the Chaldean empire will come to a permanent end.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":26979,"verse_id":"ISA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Or “Arab” (NAB, NASB, NIV); cf. CEV, NLT “nomads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":26980,"verse_id":"ISA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.20","text":"יַהֵל ( yahel ) is probably a corrupted form of יֶאֱהַל ( ye ’ ehal ). See GKC 186 §68. k .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A20/3"}
{"id":26981,"verse_id":"ISA.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.20","text":"The words “their flocks” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Hebrew text does not supply the object here, but see Jer 33:12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A20/4"}
{"id":26982,"verse_id":"ISA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The word “ruined” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":26983,"verse_id":"ISA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"The precise referent of this word in uncertain. See HALOT 29 s.v. * אֹחַ . Various English versions translate as “owls” (e.g., NAB, NASB), “wild dogs” (NCV); “jackals” (NIV); “howling creatures” (NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":26984,"verse_id":"ISA.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “will skip there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":26985,"verse_id":"ISA.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “wild dogs will yip among his widows, and jackals in the palaces of pleasure.” The verb “yip” is supplied in the second line; it does double duty in the parallel structure. “His widows” makes little sense in this context; many emend the form ( אַלְמנוֹתָיו , ’ almnotayv ) to the graphically similar אַרְמְנוֹתֶיהָ (’ armÿnoteha , “her fortresses”), a reading that is assumed in the present translation. The use of “widows” may represent an intentional wordplay on “fortresses,” indicating that the fortresses are like dejected widows (J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:308, n. 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":26986,"verse_id":"ISA.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “near to come is her time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":26987,"verse_id":"ISA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"The sentence begins with כִּי ( ki ), which is understood as asseverative (“certainly”) in the translation. Another option is to translate, “For the Lord will have compassion.” In this case one of the reasons for Babylon’s coming demise ( 13:22 b) is the Lord’s desire to restore his people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":26988,"verse_id":"ISA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"The words “as his special people” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":26989,"verse_id":"ISA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “settle” (NASB, NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":26990,"verse_id":"ISA.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A1/4"}
{"id":26991,"verse_id":"ISA.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “and the house of Jacob will take possession of them [i.e., the nations], on the land of the Lord, as male servants and female servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":26992,"verse_id":"ISA.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":26993,"verse_id":"ISA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “you will lift up this taunt over the king of Babylon, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":26994,"verse_id":"ISA.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":") assume a dalet - resh ( ד - ר ) confusion and emend the form to מַרְהֵבָה ( marhevah , “onslaught”). See HALOT 548 s.v. II * מִדָּה and HALOT 633 s.v. * מַרְהֵבָה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":26995,"verse_id":"ISA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Or perhaps, “he” (cf. KJV; NCV “the king of Babylon”). The present translation understands the referent of the pronoun (“it”) to be the “club/scepter” of the preceding line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":26996,"verse_id":"ISA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “it was striking down nations in fury [with] a blow without ceasing.” The participle (“striking down”) suggests repeated or continuous action in past time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":26997,"verse_id":"ISA.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “it was ruling in anger nations [with] oppression without restraint.” The participle (“ruling”) suggests repeated or continuous action in past time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A6/3"}
{"id":26998,"verse_id":"ISA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":26999,"verse_id":"ISA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"The word “singing” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. Note that the personified trees speak in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":27000,"verse_id":"ISA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “lay down” (in death); cf. NAB “laid to rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":27001,"verse_id":"ISA.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “the [wood]cutter does not come up against us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A8/4"}
{"id":27002,"verse_id":"ISA.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “arousing.” The form is probably a Polel infinitive absolute, rather than a third masculine singular perfect, for Sheol is grammatically feminine (note “stirred up”). See GKC 466 §145. t .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":27003,"verse_id":"ISA.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “all the rams of the earth.” The animal epithet is used metaphorically here for leaders. See HALOT 903 s.v. * עַתּוּד .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":27004,"verse_id":"ISA.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “lifting from their thrones all the kings of the nations.” הֵקִים ( heqim , a Hiphil perfect third masculine singular) should be emended to an infinitive absolute ( הָקֵים , haqem ). See the note on “rouses” earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A9/4"}
{"id":27005,"verse_id":"ISA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Or “pride” (NCV, CEV); KJV, NIV, NRSV “pomp.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":27006,"verse_id":"ISA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Or “harps” (NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":27007,"verse_id":"ISA.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “under you maggots are spread out, and worms are your cover.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":27008,"verse_id":"ISA.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"The Hebrew text has הֵילֵל בֶּן־שָׁחַר ( helel ben-shakhar , “Helel son of Shachar”), which is probably a name for the morning star (Venus) or the crescent moon. See HALOT 245 s.v. הֵילֵל . sn What is the background for the imagery in vv. 12-15 ? This whole section (vv. 4 b-21) is directed to the king of Babylon, who is clearly depicted as a human ruler. Other kings of the earth address him in vv. 9 ff., he is called “the man” in v. 16 , and, according to vv. 19-20 , he possesses a physical body. Nevertheless the language of vv. 12-15 has led some to see a dual referent in the taunt song. These verses, which appear to be spoken by other pagan kings to a pagan king (cf. vv. 9-11 ), contain several titles and motifs that resemble those of Canaanite mythology, including references to Helel son of Shachar, the stars of El, the mountain of assembly, the recesses of Zaphon, and the divine title Most High. Apparently these verses allude to a mythological story about a minor god (Helel son of Shachar) who tried to take over Zaphon, the mountain of the gods. His attempted coup failed and he was hurled down to the underworld. The king of Babylon is taunted for having similar unrealized delusions of grandeur. Some Christians have seen an allusion to the fall of Satan here, but this seems contextually unwarranted (see J. Martin, “Isaiah,” BKCOT , 1061).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":27009,"verse_id":"ISA.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Some understand the verb to from חָלַשׁ ( khalash , “to weaken”), but HALOT 324 s.v. II חלשׁ proposes a homonym here, meaning “to defeat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":27010,"verse_id":"ISA.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “you, you said in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":27011,"verse_id":"ISA.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “the high places.” This word often refers to the high places where pagan worship was conducted, but here it probably refers to the “backs” or tops of the clouds. See HALOT 136 s.v. בָּמָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":27012,"verse_id":"ISA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"The prefixed verb form is taken as a preterite. Note the use of perfects in v. 12 to describe the king’s downfall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":27013,"verse_id":"ISA.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"The Hebrew term בּוּר ( bor , “cistern”) is sometimes used metaphorically to refer to the place of the dead or the entrance to the underworld.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":27014,"verse_id":"ISA.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"The word “thinking” is supplied in the translation in order to make it clear that the next line records their thoughts as they gaze at him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":27015,"verse_id":"ISA.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The pronominal suffix is masculine, even though its antecedent appears to be the grammatically feminine noun “world.” Some have suggested that the form עָרָיו (’ arayv , plural noun with third masculine singular suffix) should be emended to עָרֶיהָ (’ areha , plural noun with third feminine singular suffix). This emendation may be unnecessary in light of other examples of lack of agreement a suffix and its antecedent noun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":27016,"verse_id":"ISA.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “and his prisoners did not let loose to [their] homes.” This really means, “he did not let loose his prisoners and send them back to their homes.’ On the elliptical style, see GKC 366 §117. o .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":27017,"verse_id":"ISA.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":".","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":27018,"verse_id":"ISA.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.18","text":"Heb “house” (so KJV, ASV), but in this context a tomb is in view. Note the verb “lie down” in the preceding line and the reference to a “grave” in the next line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A18/4"}
{"id":27019,"verse_id":"ISA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “like a shoot that is abhorred.” The simile seems a bit odd; apparently it refers to a small shoot that is trimmed from a plant and tossed away. Some prefer to emend נֵצֶר ( netser , “shoot”); some propose נֵפֶל ( nefel , “miscarriage”). In this case one might paraphrase: “like a horrible-looking fetus that is delivered when a woman miscarries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":27020,"verse_id":"ISA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “are clothed with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":27021,"verse_id":"ISA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “those going down to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":27022,"verse_id":"ISA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.19","text":"בּוֹר ( bor ) literally means “cistern”; cisterns were constructed from stones. On the metaphorical use of “cistern” for the underworld, see the note at v. 15 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A19/4"}
{"id":27023,"verse_id":"ISA.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “like a trampled corpse.” Some take this line with what follows.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A19/5"}
{"id":27024,"verse_id":"ISA.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “you will not be united with them in burial” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":27025,"verse_id":"ISA.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “the place of slaughter for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":27026,"verse_id":"ISA.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “for the sin of their fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":27027,"verse_id":"ISA.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “I will cut off from Babylon name and remnant” (ASV, NAB, and NRSV all similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":27028,"verse_id":"ISA.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “descendant and child.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":27029,"verse_id":"ISA.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"Heb “I will make her into a possession of wild animals.” It is uncertain what type of animal קִפֹּד ( qippod ) refers to. Some suggest a rodent (cf. NASB, NRSV “hedgehog”), others an owl (cf, NAB, NIV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":27030,"verse_id":"ISA.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"Heb “I will sweep her away with the broom of destruction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":27031,"verse_id":"ISA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “to break Assyria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":27032,"verse_id":"ISA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “him.” This is a collective singular referring to the nation, or a reference to the king of Assyria who by metonymy stands for the entire nation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":27033,"verse_id":"ISA.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.25","text":"Heb “and his [i.e., Assyria’s] yoke will be removed from them [the people?], and his [Assyria’s] burden from his [the nation’s?] shoulder will be removed.” There are no antecedents in this oracle for the suffixes in the phrases “from them” and “from his shoulder.” Since the Lord’s land and hills are referred to in the preceding line and the statement seems to echo 10:27 , it is likely that God’s people are the referents of the suffixes; the translation uses “my people” to indicate this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A25/3"}
{"id":27034,"verse_id":"ISA.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Heb “and this is the hand that is outstretched over all the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":27035,"verse_id":"ISA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Or “For” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":27036,"verse_id":"ISA.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"Heb “His hand is outstretched and who will turn it back?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":27037,"verse_id":"ISA.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Heb “this oracle came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":27038,"verse_id":"ISA.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.29","text":"Heb “flying burning one.” The designation “burning one” may allude to the serpent’s appearance or the effect of its poisonous bite. (See the note at 6:2 .) The qualifier “flying” probably refers to the serpent’s quick, darting movements, though one might propose a homonym here, meaning “biting.” (See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:332, n. 18.) Some might think in terms of a mythological flying, fire breathing dragon (cf. NAB “a flying saraph”; CEV “a flying fiery dragon”), but this proposal does not make good sense in 30:6 , where the phrase “flying burning one” appears again in a list of desert animals.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A29/2"}
{"id":27039,"verse_id":"ISA.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"The Hebrew text has, “the firstborn of the poor will graze.” “Firstborn” may be used here in an idiomatic sense to indicate the very poorest of the poor. See BDB 114 s.v. בְּכוֹר . The translation above assumes an emendation of בְּכוֹרֵי ( bÿkhorey , “firstborn of”) to בְּכָרַי ( bekharay , “in my pastures”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":27040,"verse_id":"ISA.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.30","text":"Heb “your remnant” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A30/2"}
{"id":27041,"verse_id":"ISA.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Or “despair” (see HALOT 555 s.v. מוג ). The form נָמוֹג ( namog ) should be taken here as an infinitive absolute functioning as an imperative. See GKC 199-200 §72. v .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":27042,"verse_id":"ISA.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"Heb “and there is no one going alone in his appointed places.” The meaning of this line is uncertain. בּוֹדֵד ( boded ) appears to be a participle from בָּדַד ( badad , “be separate”; see BDB 94 s.v. בָּדַד ). מוֹעָד ( mo ’ ad ) may mean “assembly” or, by extension, “multitude” (see HALOT 558 s.v. * מוֹעָד ), but the referent of the third masculine pronominal suffix attached to the noun is unclear. It probably refers to the “nation” mentioned in the next line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":27043,"verse_id":"ISA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":27044,"verse_id":"ISA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “even Dibon [to] the high places to weep.” The verb “went up” does double duty in the parallel structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":27045,"verse_id":"ISA.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Heb “over [or “for”] Nebo and over [or “for”] Medeba.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":27046,"verse_id":"ISA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":27047,"verse_id":"ISA.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"The Hebrew text has, “For this reason the soldiers of Moab shout, his inner being quivers for him.” To achieve tighter parallelism, some emend the first line, changing חֲלֻצֵי ( khalutse , “soldiers”) to חַלְצֵי ( khaltse , “loins”) and יָרִיעוּ ( yari ’ u , “they shout,” from רוּעַ , rua ’) to יָרְעוּ ( yor ’ u , “they quiver”), a verb from יָרַע ( yara ’), which also appears in the next line. One can then translate v. 4 b as “For this reason the insides of the Moabites quiver, their whole body shakes” (cf. NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":27048,"verse_id":"ISA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “for Moab.” For rhetorical purposes the speaker (the Lord?, see v. 9 ) plays the role of a mourner.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":27049,"verse_id":"ISA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The vocalization of the Hebrew text suggests “the bars of her gates,” but the form should be repointed to yield, “her fugitives.” See HALOT 156-57 s.v. בָּרִחַ , and BDB 138 s.v. בָּרִיהַ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":27050,"verse_id":"ISA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"The words “are stretched out” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":27051,"verse_id":"ISA.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “For the ascent of Luhith, with weeping they go up it; for [on] the road to Horonaim an outcry over shattering they raise up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A5/4"}
{"id":27052,"verse_id":"ISA.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “are waste places”; cf. NRSV “are a desolation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":27053,"verse_id":"ISA.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “to Eglaim [is] her wailing, and [to] Beer Elim [is] her wailing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":27054,"verse_id":"ISA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"reads “Dibon” instead of “Dimon” in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":27055,"verse_id":"ISA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “Indeed I will place on Dimon added things.” Apparently the Lord is speaking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":27056,"verse_id":"ISA.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.9","text":"The words “will attack” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2015%3A9/3"}
{"id":27057,"verse_id":"ISA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Send [a plural imperatival form is used] a ram [to] the ruler of the land.” The term כַּר ( kar , “ram”) should be emended to the plural כָּרִים ( karim ). The singular form in the text is probably the result of haplography; note that the next word begins with a mem ( מ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":27058,"verse_id":"ISA.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"The Hebrew text has “toward [across?] the desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":27059,"verse_id":"ISA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":27060,"verse_id":"ISA.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Heb “like a bird fleeing, thrust away [from] a nest, the daughters of Moab are [at] the fords of Arnon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":27061,"verse_id":"ISA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “Make your shade like night in the midst of noonday.” “Shade” here symbolizes shelter, while the heat of noonday represents the intense suffering of the Moabites. By comparing the desired shade to night, the speaker visualizes a huge dark shadow cast by a large tree that would provide relief from the sun’s heat.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":27062,"verse_id":"ISA.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “disclose, uncover.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":27063,"verse_id":"ISA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"That is, “live as resident foreigners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":27064,"verse_id":"ISA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “Be a hiding place for them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":27065,"verse_id":"ISA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"The present translation understands כִּי ( ki ) as asseverative, but one could take it as explanatory (“for,” KJV, NASB) or temporal (“when,” NAB, NRSV). In the latter case, v. 4 b would be logically connected to v. 5 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":27066,"verse_id":"ISA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.4","text":"A perfect verbal form is used here and in the next two lines for rhetorical effect; the demise of the oppressor(s) is described as if it had already occurred.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A4/4"}
{"id":27067,"verse_id":"ISA.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"16.4","text":"The Hebrew text has, “they will be finished, the one who tramples, from the earth.” The plural verb form תַּמּוּ , ( tammu , “disappear”) could be emended to agree with the singular subject רֹמֵס ( romes , “the one who tramples”) or the participle can be emended to a plural ( רֹמֵסִם , romesim ) to agree with the verb. The translation assumes the latter. Haplography of mem ( ם ) seems likely; note that the word after רֹמֵס begins with a mem .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A4/5"}
{"id":27068,"verse_id":"ISA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “and a throne will be established in faithfulness, and he will sit on it in reliability, in the tent of David.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":27069,"verse_id":"ISA.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “one who judges and seeks justice, and one experienced in fairness.” Many understand מְהִר ( mÿhir ) to mean “quick, prompt” (see BDB 555 s.v. מָהִיר ), but HALOT 552 s.v. מָהִיר offers the meaning “skillful, experienced,” and translates the phrase in v. 5 “zealous for what is right.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":27070,"verse_id":"ISA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"עֶבְרָה (’ evrah ) often means “anger, fury,” but here it appears to refer to boastful outbursts or excessive claims. See HALOT 782 s.v. עֶבְרָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":27071,"verse_id":"ISA.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Heb “not so his boasting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":27072,"verse_id":"ISA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Heb “So Moab wails for Moab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":27073,"verse_id":"ISA.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"The Hebrew text has, “for the raisin cakes of Kir Hareseth you [masculine plural] moan, surely destroyed.” The “raisin cakes” could have cultic significance (see Hos 3:1 ), but the next verse focuses on agricultural disaster, so here the raisin cakes are mentioned as an example of the fine foods that are no longer available (see 2 Sam 6:19 ; Song 2:5 ) because the vines have been destroyed by the invader (see v. 8 ). Some prefer to take אֲשִׁישֵׁי (’ ashishe , “raisin cakes of”) as “men of” (see HALOT 95 s.v. * אָשִׁישׁ ; cf. NIV). The verb form תֶהְגּוּ ( tehgu , “you moan”) is probably the result of dittography (note that the preceding word ends in tav [ ת ]) and should be emended to הגו (a perfect, third plural form), “they moan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":27074,"verse_id":"ISA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “So I weep with the weeping of Jazer.” Once more the speaker (the Lord? – see v. 10 b) plays the role of a mourner (see 15:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":27075,"verse_id":"ISA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"The form אֲרַיָּוֶךְ (’ arayyavekh ) should be emended to אֲרַוָּיֶךְ (’ aravvayekh ; the vav [ ו ] and yod [ י ] have been accidentally transposed) from רָוָה ( ravah , “be saturated”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":27076,"verse_id":"ISA.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “for over your fruit and over your harvest shouting has fallen.” The translation assumes that the shouting is that of the conqueror ( Jer 51:14 ). Another possibility is that the shouting is that of the harvesters (see v. 10 b, as well as Jer 25:30 ), in which case one might translate, “for the joyful shouting over the fruit and crops has fallen silent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":27077,"verse_id":"ISA.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “wine in the vats the treader does not tread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":27078,"verse_id":"ISA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “so my intestines sigh for Moab like a harp.” The word מֵעַי ( me ’ ay , “intestines”) is used here of the seat of the emotions. English idiom requires the word “heart.” The point of the comparison to a harp is not entirely clear. Perhaps his sighs of mourning resemble a harp in sound, or his constant sighing is like the repetitive strumming of a harp.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":27079,"verse_id":"ISA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"The verb is supplied in the translation; “sighs” in the preceding line does double duty in the parallel structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":27080,"verse_id":"ISA.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “Kir Heres” (so ASV, NRSV, TEV, CEV), a variant name for “Kir Hareseth” (see v. 7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A11/3"}
{"id":27081,"verse_id":"ISA.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":27082,"verse_id":"ISA.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Heb “when he appears, when he grows tired, Moab on the high places, and enters his temple to pray, he will not prevail.” It is possible that “when he grows tired” is an explanatory gloss for the preceding “when he appears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":27083,"verse_id":"ISA.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “in three years, like the years of a hired worker.” The three years must be reckoned exactly, just as a hired worker would carefully keep track of the time he had agreed to work for an employer in exchange for a predetermined wage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":27084,"verse_id":"ISA.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “and the splendor of Moab will be disgraced with all the great multitude, and a small little remnant will not be strong.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":27085,"verse_id":"ISA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Three cities are known by this name in the OT: (1) an Aroer located near the Arnon, (2) an Aroer in Ammon, and (3) an Aroer of Judah. (See BDB 792-93 s.v. עֲרֹעֵר , and HALOT 883 s.v. II עֲרוֹעֵר .) There is no mention of an Aroer in Syrian territory. For this reason some want to emend the text here to עֲזֻבוֹת עָרַיהָ עֲדֵי עַד (’ azuvot ’ arayha ’ adey ’ ad , “her cities are permanently abandoned”). However, Aroer near the Arnon was taken by Israel and later conquered by the Syrians. (See Josh 12:2; 13:9, 16 ; Judg 11:26 ; 2 Kgs 10:33 ). This oracle pertains to Israel as well as Syria (note v. 3 ), so it is possible that this is a reference to Israelite and/or Syrian losses in Transjordan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":27086,"verse_id":"ISA.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Heb “and they lie down and there is no one scaring [them].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":27087,"verse_id":"ISA.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Heb “and kingship from Damascus”; cf. NASB “And sovereignty from Damascus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":27088,"verse_id":"ISA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":27089,"verse_id":"ISA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “will be tiny.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":27090,"verse_id":"ISA.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Heb “and the fatness of his flesh will be made lean.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":27091,"verse_id":"ISA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “in that day” (so ASV, NASB, NIV); KJV “At that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":27092,"verse_id":"ISA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “man will gaze toward his maker.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":27093,"verse_id":"ISA.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “his eyes will look toward.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A7/3"}
{"id":27094,"verse_id":"ISA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “he will not gaze toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":27095,"verse_id":"ISA.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Heb “and that which his fingers made he will not see, the Asherah poles and the incense altars.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":27096,"verse_id":"ISA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":27097,"verse_id":"ISA.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “like the abandonment of the wooded height and the top one.” The following relative clause appears to allude back to the Israelite conquest of the land, so it seems preferable to emend הַחֹרֶשׁ וְהָאָמִיר ( hakhoresh vÿha ’ amir , “the wooded height and the top one”) to חֹרֵשֵׁי הָאֱמֹרִי ( khoreshe ha ’ emori , “[like the abandonment] of the wooded heights of the Amorites”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":27098,"verse_id":"ISA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “you have forgotten” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":27099,"verse_id":"ISA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “and the rocky cliff of your strength you do not remember.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":27100,"verse_id":"ISA.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.10","text":"Heb “a vine, a strange one.” The substantival adjective זָר ( zar ) functions here as an appositional genitive. It could refer to a cultic plant of some type, associated with a pagan rite. But it is more likely that it refers to an exotic, or imported, type of vine, one that is foreign (i.e., “strange”) to Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A10/3"}
{"id":27101,"verse_id":"ISA.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “in the day of your planting you [?].” The precise meaning of the verb תְּשַׂגְשֵׂגִי ( tÿsagsegi ) is unclear. It is sometimes derived from שׂוּג / סוּג ( sug , “to fence in”; see BDB 691 s.v. II סוּג ). In this case one could translate “you build a protective fence.” However, the parallelism is tighter if one derives the form from שָׂגָא / שָׂגָה ( saga ’/ sagah , “to grow”); see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:351, n. 4. For this verb, see BDB 960 s.v. שָׂגָא .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":27102,"verse_id":"ISA.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"The Hebrew text has, “a heap of harvest.” However, better sense is achieved if נֵד ( ned , “heap”) is emended to a verb. Options include נַד ( nad , Qal perfect third masculine singular from נָדַד [ nadad , “flee, depart”]), נָדַד (Qal perfect third masculine singular from נָדַד ), נֹדֵד ( noded , Qal active participle from נָדַד ), and נָד ( nad , Qal perfect third masculine singular, or participle masculine singular, from נוּד [ nud , “wander, flutter”]). See BDB 626 s.v. נוּד and HALOT 672 s.v. I נדד . One could translate literally: “[the harvest] departs,” or “[the harvest] flies away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":27103,"verse_id":"ISA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the massing of the many nations.” The word הוֹי ( hoy ) could be translated as a simple interjection here (“ah!”), but since the following verses announce the demise of these nations, it is preferable to take הוֹי as a funeral cry. See the note on the first phrase of 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":27104,"verse_id":"ISA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “like the loud noise of the seas, they make a loud noise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":27105,"verse_id":"ISA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “the uproar of the peoples.” The term הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) does double duty in the parallel structure of the verse; the words “are as good as dead” are supplied in the translation to reflect this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":27106,"verse_id":"ISA.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"Heb “like the uproar of mighty waters they are in an uproar.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":27107,"verse_id":"ISA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “the peoples are in an uproar like the uproar of mighty waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":27108,"verse_id":"ISA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “rebukes.” The verb and related noun are used in theophanies of God’s battle cry which terrifies his enemies. See, for example, Pss 18:15; 76:7; 106:9 ; Isa 50:2 ; Nah 1:4 , and A. Caquot, TDOT 3:49-53.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":27109,"verse_id":"ISA.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"Or perhaps “tumbleweed” (NAB, NIV, CEV); KJV “like a rolling thing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":27110,"verse_id":"ISA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “at the time of evening, look, sudden terror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":27111,"verse_id":"ISA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “before morning he is not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":27112,"verse_id":"ISA.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"Heb “this is the portion of those who plunder us, and the lot of those who loot us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":27113,"verse_id":"ISA.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the land of buzzing wings.” On הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) see the note on the first phrase of 1:4 . sn The significance of the qualifying phrase “buzzing wings” is uncertain. Some suggest that the designation points to Cush as a land with many insects. Another possibility is that it refers to the swiftness with which this land’s messengers travel (v. 2 a); they move over the sea as swiftly as an insect flies through the air. For a discussion of the options, see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:359-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":27114,"verse_id":"ISA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"The precise meaning of the qualifying terms is uncertain. מְמֻשָּׁךְ ( mÿmushakh ) appears to be a Pual participle from the verb מָשַׁךְ ( mashakh , “to draw, extend”). Lexicographers theorize that it here refers to people who “stretch out,” as it were, or are tall. See BDB 604 s.v. מָשַׁךְ , and HALOT 645-46 s.v. משׁךְ . מוֹרָט ( morat ) is taken as a Pual participle from מָרַט ( marat ), which can mean “to pull out [hair],” in the Qal, “become bald” in the Niphal, and “be wiped clean” in the Pual. Lexicographers theorize that the word here refers to people with bare, or smooth, skin. See BDB 598-99 s.v. מָרַט , and HALOT 634-35 s.v. מרט . These proposed meanings, which are based on etymological speculation, must be regarded as tentative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":27115,"verse_id":"ISA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “from it and onwards.” HALOT 245 s.v. הָלְאָה suggests the translation “far and wide.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":27116,"verse_id":"ISA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Once more the precise meaning of the qualifying terms is uncertain. The expression קַו־קָו ( qav-qav ) is sometimes related to a proposed Arabic cognate and taken to mean “strength” (see BDB 876 II קַו ). Others, on the basis of Isa 28:10, 13 , understand the form as gibberish (literally, “kav, kav”) and take it to be a reference to this nation’s strange, unknown language. The form מְבוּסָה ( mÿvusah ) appears to be derived from בּוּס ( bus , “to trample”), so lexicographers suggest the meaning “trampling” or “subjugation,” i.e., a nation that subdues others. See BDB 101 s.v. בּוּס and HALOT 541 s.v. מְבוּסָה . These proposals, which are based on etymological speculation, must be regarded as tentative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":27117,"verse_id":"ISA.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"The precise meaning of the verb בָּזָא ( baza ’), which occurs only in this oracle (see also v. 7 ) in the OT, is uncertain. BDB 102 s.v. suggests “divide” on the basis of alleged Aramaic and Arabic cognates; HALOT 117 s.v., citing an alleged Arabic cognate, suggests “wash away.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":27118,"verse_id":"ISA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Or “be quiet, inactive”; NIV “will remain quiet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":27119,"verse_id":"ISA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “like the glowing heat because of light.” The precise meaning of the line is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":27120,"verse_id":"ISA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “a cloud of dew,” or “a cloud of light rain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":27121,"verse_id":"ISA.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.4","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss , with support from the LXX, Syriac Peshitta, and Latin Vulgate, read “the day.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A4/4"}
{"id":27122,"verse_id":"ISA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “and the unripe, ripening fruit is maturing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":27123,"verse_id":"ISA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"On the meaning of זַלְזַל ( zalzal , “shoot [of the vine] without fruit buds”) see HALOT 272 s.v. * זַלְזַל .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":27124,"verse_id":"ISA.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"Heb “the tendrils he will remove, he will cut off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":27125,"verse_id":"ISA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “they will be left together” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":27126,"verse_id":"ISA.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb “the beasts of the earth” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":27127,"verse_id":"ISA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"On the interpretive difficulties of this verse, see the notes at v. 2 , where the same terminology is used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":27128,"verse_id":"ISA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"The words “the tribute” are repeated here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":27129,"verse_id":"ISA.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “to the place of the name of the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts], Mount Zion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":27130,"verse_id":"ISA.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “and the heart of Egypt melts within it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":27131,"verse_id":"ISA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb I will provoke Egypt against Egypt” (NAB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":27132,"verse_id":"ISA.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “and they will fight, a man against his brother, and a man against his neighbor, city against city, kingdom against kingdom.” Civil strife will extend all the way from the domestic level to the provincial arena.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":27133,"verse_id":"ISA.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “and the spirit of Egypt will be laid waste in its midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":27134,"verse_id":"ISA.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"The verb בָּלַע ( bala ’, “confuse”) is a homonym of the more common בָּלַע ( bala ’, “swallow”); see HALOT 135 s.v. I בלע .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":27135,"verse_id":"ISA.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “they will inquire of the idols and of the spirits of the dead and of the ritual pits and of the magicians.” Hebrew אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. See the note on “incantations” in 8:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":27136,"verse_id":"ISA.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Heb “will dry up and be dry.” Two synonyms are joined for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":27137,"verse_id":"ISA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “rivers” (so KJV, ASV); NAB, CEV “streams”; TEV “channels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":27138,"verse_id":"ISA.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"; the form in MT may be a so-called “mixed form,” reflecting the Hebrew Hiphil stem and the functionally corresponding Aramaic Aphel stem. See HALOT 276 s.v. I זנח .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":27139,"verse_id":"ISA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “the plants by the river, by the mouth of the river.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":27140,"verse_id":"ISA.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “will dry up, [being] scattered, and it will vanish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":27141,"verse_id":"ISA.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Or perhaps, “will disappear”; cf. TEV “will be useless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":27142,"verse_id":"ISA.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"has חָוֵרוּ ( khaveru ), probably a Qal perfect, third plural form of חוּר , ( khur , “be white, pale”). See HALOT 299 s.v. I חור . The latter reading is assumed in the translation above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":27143,"verse_id":"ISA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Some interpret שָׁתֹתֶיהָ ( shatoteha ) as “her foundations,” i.e., leaders, nobles. See BDB 1011 s.v. שָׁת . Others, on the basis of alleged cognates in Akkadian and Coptic, repoint the form שְׁתִיתֶיהָ ( shÿtiteha ) and translate “her weavers.” See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:370.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":27144,"verse_id":"ISA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “crushed.” Emotional distress is the focus of the context (see vv. 8-9, 10 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":27145,"verse_id":"ISA.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Heb “sad of soul”; cf. NIV, NLT “sick at heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":27146,"verse_id":"ISA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “certainly the officials of Zoan are fools.” אַךְ (’ akh ) can carry the sense, “only, nothing but,” or “certainly, surely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":27147,"verse_id":"ISA.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “A son of wise men am I, a son of ancient kings.” The term בֶּן ( ben , “son of”) could refer to literal descent, but many understand the word, at least in the first line, in its idiomatic sense of “member [of a guild].” See HALOT 138 s.v. בֶּן and J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:371. If this is the case, then one can take the word in a figurative sense in the second line as well, the “son of ancient kings” being one devoted to their memory as preserved in their literature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":27148,"verse_id":"ISA.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Heb “Where are they? Where are your wise men?” The juxtaposition of the interrogative pronouns is emphatic. See HALOT 38 s.v. אֶי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":27149,"verse_id":"ISA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “Noph” (so KJV); most recent English versions substitute the more familiar “Memphis.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":27150,"verse_id":"ISA.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “the cornerstone.” The singular form should be emended to a plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":27151,"verse_id":"ISA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “the Lord has mixed into her midst a spirit of blindness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":27152,"verse_id":"ISA.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “like the going astray of a drunkard in his vomit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":27153,"verse_id":"ISA.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “And there will not be for Egypt a deed, which head and tail, shoot and stalk can do.” In 9:14-15 the phrase “head or tail” refers to leaders and prophets, respectively. This interpretation makes good sense in this context, where both leaders and advisers (probably including prophets and diviners) are mentioned (vv. 11-14 ). Here, as in 9:14 , “shoots and stalk” picture a reed, which symbolizes the leadership of the nation in its entirety.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":27154,"verse_id":"ISA.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV), likewise at the beginning of vv. 18 and 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":27155,"verse_id":"ISA.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “Egypt,” which stands by metonymy for the country’s inhabitants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":27156,"verse_id":"ISA.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.16","text":"Heb “and he will tremble and be afraid because of the brandishing of the hand of the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts], which he brandishes against him.” Since according to the imagery here the Lord’s “hand” is raised as a weapon against the Egyptians, the term “fist” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A16/4"}
{"id":27157,"verse_id":"ISA.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Heb “and the land of Judah will become [a source of] shame to Egypt, everyone to whom one mentions it [i.e., the land of Judah] will fear because of the plan of the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] which he is planning against him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":27158,"verse_id":"ISA.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"and some medieval Hebrew mss read עִיר הָחֶרֶס (’ ir hakheres , “City of the Sun,” i.e., Heliopolis). This reading also finds support from Symmachus’ Greek version, the Targum, and the Vulgate. See HALOT 257 s.v. חֶרֶס and HALOT 355 s.v. II חֶרֶס .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":27159,"verse_id":"ISA.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"This word is sometimes used of a sacred pillar associated with pagan worship, but here it is associated with the worship of the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":27160,"verse_id":"ISA.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"The masculine noun מִזְבֵּחַ ( mizbbeakh , “altar”) in v. 19 is probably the subject of the masculine singular verb הָיָה ( hayah ) rather than the feminine noun מַצֵּבָה ( matsevah , “sacred pillar”), also in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":27161,"verse_id":"ISA.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"Heb “a sign and a witness to the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] in the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":27162,"verse_id":"ISA.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"רָב ( rav ) is a substantival participle (from רִיב , riv ) meaning “one who strives, contends.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":27163,"verse_id":"ISA.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “Egypt.” For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, the present translation uses the pronoun (“they”) here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":27164,"verse_id":"ISA.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “will know the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":27165,"verse_id":"ISA.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.21","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV), likewise at the beginning of vv. 23 and 24 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A21/3"}
{"id":27166,"verse_id":"ISA.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Heb “he will be entreated.” The Niphal has a tolerative sense here, “he will allow himself to be entreated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":27167,"verse_id":"ISA.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"The text could be translated, “and Egypt will serve Assyria” (cf. NAB), but subjugation of one nation to the other does not seem to be a theme in vv. 23-25 . Rather the nations are viewed as equals before the Lord (v. 25 ). Therefore it is better to take אֶת (’ et ) in v. 23 b as a preposition, “together with,” rather than the accusative sign. The names of the two countries are understood to refer by metonymy to their respective inhabitants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":27168,"verse_id":"ISA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Heb “will be a blessing” (so NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":27169,"verse_id":"ISA.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Or “land” (KJV, NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":27170,"verse_id":"ISA.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Heb “which the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] will bless [it], saying.” The third masculine singular suffix on the form בֵּרֲכוֹ ( berakho ) should probably be emended to a third feminine singular suffix בֵּרֲכָהּ ( berakhah ), for its antecedent would appear to be the feminine noun אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “earth”) at the end of v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":27171,"verse_id":"ISA.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"Or “my inheritance” (NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":27172,"verse_id":"ISA.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “In the year the commanding general came to Ashdod, when Sargon king of Assyria sent him, and he fought against Ashdod and captured it.” sn This probably refers to the Assyrian campaign against Philistia in 712 or 711 b.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":27173,"verse_id":"ISA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “spoke by the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":27174,"verse_id":"ISA.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The word used here ( עָרוֹם , ’ arom ) sometimes means “naked,” but here it appears to mean simply “lightly dressed,” i.e., stripped to one’s undergarments. See HALOT 883 s.v. עָרוֹם . The term also occurs in vv. 3, 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":27175,"verse_id":"ISA.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “lightly dressed and barefoot, and bare with respect to the buttocks, the nakedness of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":27176,"verse_id":"ISA.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “and they will be afraid and embarrassed because of Cush their hope and Egypt their beauty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":27177,"verse_id":"ISA.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":27178,"verse_id":"ISA.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Or “in the Negev” (NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":27179,"verse_id":"ISA.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “a severe revelation has been related to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":27180,"verse_id":"ISA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “my waist is filled with shaking [or “anguish”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":27181,"verse_id":"ISA.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Or perhaps, “bent over [in pain]”; cf. NRSV “I am bowed down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":27182,"verse_id":"ISA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “wanders,” perhaps here, “is confused.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":27183,"verse_id":"ISA.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “shuddering terrifies me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":27184,"verse_id":"ISA.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The precise meaning of the verb in this line is debated. Some prefer to derive the form from the homonymic צָפֹה ( tsafoh , “keep watch”) and translate “post a guard” (cf. KJV “watch in the watchtower”; ASV “set the watch”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":27185,"verse_id":"ISA.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"The verbal forms in the first three lines are infinitives absolute, which are functioning here as finite verbs. It is uncertain if the forms should have an imperatival or indicative/descriptive force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":27186,"verse_id":"ISA.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in vv. 8, 16 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":27187,"verse_id":"ISA.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Or “a pair of horsemen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":27188,"verse_id":"ISA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"The Hebrew text has, “the lion,” but this makes little sense here. אַרְיֵה (’ aryeh , “lion”) is probably a corruption of an original הָרֹאֶה ( haro ’ eh , “the one who sees”), i.e., the guard mentioned previously in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":27189,"verse_id":"ISA.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ). Some translations take this to refer to the Lord (cf. NAB, NASB, NRSV), while others take it to refer to the guard’s human master (“my lord”; cf. NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":27190,"verse_id":"ISA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Or “[with] teams of horses,” or perhaps, “with a pair of horsemen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":27191,"verse_id":"ISA.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “and he answered and said” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":27192,"verse_id":"ISA.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “My trampled one, and the son of the threshing floor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":27193,"verse_id":"ISA.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"The noun דּוּמָה ( dumah ) means “silence,” but here it is a proper name, probably referring to a site in northern Arabia or to the nation of Edom. See BDB 189 s.v. II דּוּמָה . If Dumah was an area in northern Arabia, it would be of interest to the Edomites because of its strategic position on trade routes which they used. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:398.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":27194,"verse_id":"ISA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":27195,"verse_id":"ISA.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “in still a year, like the years of a hired worker.” See the note at 16:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":27196,"verse_id":"ISA.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Heb “and the remnant of the number of the bow, the mighty men of the sons of Kedar, will be few.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":27197,"verse_id":"ISA.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Or “for” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":27198,"verse_id":"ISA.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “What to you, then?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":27199,"verse_id":"ISA.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “the boisterous town.” The phrase is parallel to “the noisy city” in the preceding line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":27200,"verse_id":"ISA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Verse 3 reads literally, “All your leaders ran away, apart from a bow they were captured, all your found ones were captured together, to a distant place they fled.” J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 1:403, n. 3) suggests that the lines of the verse are arranged chiastically; lines 1 and 4 go together, while lines 2 and 3 are parallel. To translate the lines in the order they appear in the Hebrew text is misleading to the English reader, who is likely unfamiliar with, or at least insensitive to, chiastic parallelism. Consequently, the translation above arranges the lines as follows: line 1 (Hebrew) = line 1 (in translation); line 2 (Hebrew) = line 4 (in translation); line 3 (Hebrew) = line 3 (in translation); line 4 (Hebrew) = line 2 (in translation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":27201,"verse_id":"ISA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “all your found ones.” To achieve tighter parallelism (see “your leaders”) some prefer to emend the form to אַמִּיצַיִךְ (’ ammitsayikh , “your strong ones”) or to נֶאֱמָצַיִךְ ( ne ’ ematsayikh , “your strengthened ones”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":27202,"verse_id":"ISA.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “apart from [i.e., without] a bow they were captured”; cf. NAB, NRSV “without the use of a bow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":27203,"verse_id":"ISA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “look away from me” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":27204,"verse_id":"ISA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “don’t hurry” (so NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":27205,"verse_id":"ISA.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people.” “Daughter” is here used metaphorically to express the speaker’s emotional attachment to his people, as well as their vulnerability and weakness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":27206,"verse_id":"ISA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in vv. 12, 14, 15 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":27207,"verse_id":"ISA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “For [there is] a day of panic, and trampling, and confusion for the master, the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":27208,"verse_id":"ISA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"The traditional accentuation of the Hebrew text suggests that this phrase goes with what precedes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":27209,"verse_id":"ISA.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.5","text":"The precise meaning of this statement is unclear. Some take קִר ( qir ) as “wall” and interpret the verb to mean “tear down.” However, tighter parallelism (note the reference to crying for help in the next line) is achieved if one takes both the verb and noun from a root, attested in Ugaritic and Arabic, meaning “make a sound.” See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:404, n. 5.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A5/4"}
{"id":27210,"verse_id":"ISA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “[with] the chariots of men, horsemen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":27211,"verse_id":"ISA.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “Kir uncovers” (so NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":27212,"verse_id":"ISA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":27213,"verse_id":"ISA.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “taking a stand, take their stand.” The infinitive absolute emphasizes the following finite verb. The translation attempts to bring out this emphasis with the adverb “confidently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":27214,"verse_id":"ISA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “he,” i.e., the enemy invader. NASB, by its capitalization of the pronoun, takes this to refer to the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":27215,"verse_id":"ISA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “covering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":27216,"verse_id":"ISA.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV), likewise at the beginning of v. 12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":27217,"verse_id":"ISA.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “the breaks of the city of David, you saw that they were many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":27218,"verse_id":"ISA.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":27219,"verse_id":"ISA.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “you demolished the houses to fortify the wall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":27220,"verse_id":"ISA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “look at”; NAB, NRSV “did not look to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":27221,"verse_id":"ISA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"The antecedent of the third feminine singular suffix here and in the next line is unclear. The closest feminine noun is “pool” in the first half of the verse. Perhaps this “old pool” symbolizes the entire city, which had prospered because of God’s provision and protection through the years.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":27222,"verse_id":"ISA.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “did not see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":27223,"verse_id":"ISA.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “for baldness and the wearing of sackcloth.” See the note at 15:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":27224,"verse_id":"ISA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “happiness and joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":27225,"verse_id":"ISA.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"The prophet here quotes what the fatalistic people are saying. The introductory “you say” is supplied in the translation for clarification; the concluding verb “we die” makes it clear the people are speaking. The six verbs translated as imperatives are actually infinitives absolute, functioning here as finite verbs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":27226,"verse_id":"ISA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “it was revealed in my ears [by?] the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":27227,"verse_id":"ISA.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “Certainly this sin will not be atoned for until you die.” This does not imply that their death will bring atonement; rather it emphasizes that their sin is unpardonable. The statement has the form of an oath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":27228,"verse_id":"ISA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “who is over the house” (so ASV); NASB “who is in charge of the royal household.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":27229,"verse_id":"ISA.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"The words “and tell him” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":27230,"verse_id":"ISA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “What to you here? And who to you here?” The point of the second question is not entirely clear. The interpretation reflected in the translation is based on the following context, which suggests that Shebna has no right to think of himself so highly and arrange such an extravagant burial place for himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":27231,"verse_id":"ISA.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “that you chisel out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":27232,"verse_id":"ISA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “will throw you with a throwing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":27233,"verse_id":"ISA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “O man” (so NASB); NAB “mortal man”; NRSV “my fellow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":27234,"verse_id":"ISA.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “and the one who wraps you [will] wrap.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":27235,"verse_id":"ISA.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “and he will tightly [or “surely”] wind you [with] winding like a ball, to a land broad of hands [i.e., “sides”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":27236,"verse_id":"ISA.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"Heb “and there the chariots of your splendor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":27237,"verse_id":"ISA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “I will push you away from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":27238,"verse_id":"ISA.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Heb “he will throw you down.” The shift from the first to third person is peculiar and abrupt, but certainly not unprecedented in Hebrew poetry. See GKC 462 §144. p . The third person may be indefinite (“one will throw you down”), in which case the passive translation is justified.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":27239,"verse_id":"ISA.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":27240,"verse_id":"ISA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “and your dominion I will place in his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":27241,"verse_id":"ISA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “a father to.” The Hebrew term אָב (’ av , “father”) is here used metaphorically of one who protects and supports those under his care and authority, like a father does his family. For another example of this metaphorical use of the word, see Job 29:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":27242,"verse_id":"ISA.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A21/3"}
{"id":27243,"verse_id":"ISA.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “and he will become a glorious throne for the house of his father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":27244,"verse_id":"ISA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “and all the glory of the house of his father they will hang on him.” The Lord returns to the peg metaphor of v. 23 a. Eliakim’s secure position of honor will bring benefits and jobs to many others in the family.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":27245,"verse_id":"ISA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"The precise meaning and derivation of this word are uncertain. Cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV “the issue”; CEV “relatives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":27246,"verse_id":"ISA.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “all the small vessels, from the vessels that are bowls to all the vessels that are jars.” The picture is that of a single peg holding the weight of all kinds of containers hung from it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":27247,"verse_id":"ISA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Or “In that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":27248,"verse_id":"ISA.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.25","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2022%3A25/3"}
{"id":27249,"verse_id":"ISA.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “ships of Tarshish.” This probably refers to large ships either made in or capable of traveling to the distant western port of Tarshish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":27250,"verse_id":"ISA.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “for it is destroyed, from a house, from entering.” The translation assumes that the mem ( מ ) on בַּיִת ( bayit ) was originally an enclitic mem suffixed to the preceding verb. This assumption allows one to take בַּיִת as the subject of the preceding verb. It is used in a metaphorical sense for the port city of Tyre. The preposition min ( מִן ) prefixed to בּוֹא ( bo ’) indicates negative consequence: “so that no one can enter.” See BDB 583 s.v. מִן 7.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":27251,"verse_id":"ISA.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “the Kittim,” a designation for the people of Cyprus. See HALOT 504-05 s.v. כִּתִּיִּים .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A1/3"}
{"id":27252,"verse_id":"ISA.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “keep quiet”; NAB “Silence!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":27253,"verse_id":"ISA.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":27254,"verse_id":"ISA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"reads מלאכיך (“your messengers”). The translation assumes an emendation of מִלְאוּךְ to מַלְאָכָו ( mal ’ akhav , “his messengers”), taking the vav ( ו ) on וּבְמַיִם ( uvÿmayim ) as improperly placed; instead it should be the final letter of the preceding word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":27255,"verse_id":"ISA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “seed of Shihor.” “Shihor” probably refers to the east branch of the Nile. See Jer 2:18 and BDB 1009 s.v. שִׁיחוֹר .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":27256,"verse_id":"ISA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “the harvest of the Nile.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":27257,"verse_id":"ISA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “[is] her revenue.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A3/4"}
{"id":27258,"verse_id":"ISA.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “merchandise”; KJV, ASV “a mart of nations”; NLT “the merchandise mart of the world.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A3/5"}
{"id":27259,"verse_id":"ISA.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 1:430-31) sees here a reference to Yam, the Canaanite god of the sea. He interprets the phrase מָעוֹז הַיָּם ( ma ’ oz hayyam , “fortress of the sea”) as a title of Yam, translating “Mighty One of the Sea.” A more traditional view is that the phrase refers to Sidon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":27260,"verse_id":"ISA.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"Or “virgins” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB). sn The sea is personified here as a lamenting childless woman. The foreboding language anticipates the following announcement of Tyre’s demise, viewed here as a child of the sea, as it were.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":27261,"verse_id":"ISA.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “they will be in pain at the report of Tyre.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":27262,"verse_id":"ISA.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “Is this to you, boisterous one?” The pronoun “you” is masculine plural, like the imperatives in v. 6 , so it is likely addressed to the Egyptians and residents of the coast. “Boisterous one” is a feminine singular form, probably referring to the personified city of Tyre.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":27263,"verse_id":"ISA.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “in the days of antiquity [is] her beginning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":27264,"verse_id":"ISA.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"The precise meaning of הַמַּעֲטִירָה ( hamma ’ atirah ) is uncertain. The form is a Hiphil participle from עָטַר (’ atar ), a denominative verb derived from עֲטָרָה (’ atarah , “crown, wreath”). The participle may mean “one who wears a crown” or “one who distributes crowns.” In either case, Tyre’s prominence in the international political arena is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":27265,"verse_id":"ISA.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “the honored” (so NASB, NRSV); NIV “renowned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":27266,"verse_id":"ISA.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “the pride of all the beauty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":27267,"verse_id":"ISA.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"has עבדי (“work, cultivate”) instead of עִבְרִי (’ ivri , “cross over”). In this case one might translate “Cultivate your land, like they do the Nile region” (cf. NIV, CEV). The point would be that the people of Tarshish should turn to agriculture because they will no longer be able to get what they need through the marketplace in Tyre.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":27268,"verse_id":"ISA.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “his hand he stretched out over the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":27269,"verse_id":"ISA.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “the Lord.” For stylistic reasons the pronoun (“he”) has been used in the translation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":27270,"verse_id":"ISA.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “concerning Canaan, to destroy her fortresses.” NIV, NLT translate “Canaan” as “Phoenicia” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":27271,"verse_id":"ISA.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Or “violated, raped,” the point being that Daughter Sidon has lost her virginity in the most brutal manner possible.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":27272,"verse_id":"ISA.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “[to the] Kittim, get up, cross over; even there there will be no rest for you.” On “Kittim” see the note on “Cyprus” at v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":27273,"verse_id":"ISA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “this people [that] is not.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":27274,"verse_id":"ISA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"For the meaning of this word, see HALOT 118 s.v. * בַּחוּן .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":27275,"verse_id":"ISA.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “laid bare.” For the meaning of this word, see HALOT 889 s.v. ערר .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":27276,"verse_id":"ISA.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “ships of Tarshish.” See the note at v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":27277,"verse_id":"ISA.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":27278,"verse_id":"ISA.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “like the days of a king.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":27279,"verse_id":"ISA.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “At the end of seventy years it will be for Tyre like the song of the prostitute.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A15/4"}
{"id":27280,"verse_id":"ISA.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “so you will be remembered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":27281,"verse_id":"ISA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":27282,"verse_id":"ISA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “visit [with favor]” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “will deal with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":27283,"verse_id":"ISA.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “and she will return to her [prostitute’s] wages and engage in prostitution with all the kingdoms of the earth on the face of the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A17/3"}
{"id":27284,"verse_id":"ISA.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “for eating to fullness and for beautiful covering[s].” sn The point of this verse, which in its blatant nationalism comes precariously close to comparing the Lord to one who controls or manages a prostitute, is that Tyre will become a subject of Israel and her God. Tyre’s commercial profits will be used to enrich the Lord’s people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":27285,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “and it will be like the people, like the priest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":27286,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “like the servant, like his master.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":27287,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “like the female servant, like her mistress.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/3"}
{"id":27288,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “like the buyer, like the seller.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/4"}
{"id":27289,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “like the lender, like the borrower.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/5"}
{"id":27290,"verse_id":"ISA.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “like the creditor, just as the one to whom he lends.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A2/6"}
{"id":27291,"verse_id":"ISA.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Heb “for the Lord has spoken this word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":27292,"verse_id":"ISA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Some prefer to read “land” here, but the word pair אֶרֶץ / תֵּבֵל ( erets/tevel [see the corresponding term in the parallel line]) elsewhere clearly designates the earth/world (see 1 Sam 2:8 ; 1 Chr 16:30 ; Job 37;12 ; Pss 19:4; 24:1; 33:8; 89:11; 90:2; 96:13; 98:9 ; Prov 8:26, 31 ; Isa 14:16-17; 34:1 ; Jer 10:12; 51:15 ; Lam 4:12 ). According to L. Stadelmann, תבל designates “the habitable part of the world” ( The Hebrew Conception of the World [AnBib], 130).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":27293,"verse_id":"ISA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Or “mourns” (BDB 5 s.v. אָבַל ). HALOT 6-7 lists the homonyms I אבל (“mourn”) and II אבל (“dry up”). They propose the second here on the basis of parallelism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":27294,"verse_id":"ISA.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"Heb “the height of the people of the earth.” The translation assumes an emendation of the singular form מְרוֹם ( mÿrom , “height of”) to the plural construct מְרֹמֵי ( mÿrome , “high ones of”; note the plural verb at the beginning of the line), and understands the latter as referring to the prominent people of human society.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":27295,"verse_id":"ISA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “beneath”; cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV “under”; NAB “because of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":27296,"verse_id":"ISA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “moved past [the?] regulation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A5/3"}
{"id":27297,"verse_id":"ISA.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.5","text":"Or “everlasting covenant” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “the ancient covenant”; CEV “their agreement that was to last forever.” sn For a lengthy discussion of the identity of this covenant/treaty, see R. Chisholm, “The ‘Everlasting Covenant’ and the ‘City of Chaos’: Intentional Ambiguity and Irony in ,” CTR 6 (1993): 237-53. In this context, where judgment comes upon both the pagan nations and God’s covenant community, the phrase “permanent treaty” is intentionally ambiguous. For the nations this treaty is the Noahic mandate of Gen 9:1-7 with its specific stipulations and central regulation ( Gen 9:7 ). By shedding blood, the warlike nations violated this treaty, which promotes population growth and prohibits murder. For Israel, which was also guilty of bloodshed (see Isa 1:15, 21; 4:4 ), this “permanent treaty” would refer more specifically to the Mosaic Law and its regulations prohibiting murder ( Exod 20:13 ; Num 35:6-34 ), which are an extension of the Noahic mandate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A5/4"}
{"id":27298,"verse_id":"ISA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"The verb אָשַׁם (’ asham , “be guilty”) is here used metonymically to mean “pay, suffer for one’s guilt” (see HALOT 95 s.v. אשׁם ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":27299,"verse_id":"ISA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.6","text":"has חורו , perhaps understanding the root as חָוַר ( khavar , “grow pale”; see Isa 29:22 and HALOT 299 s.v. I חור ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A6/3"}
{"id":27300,"verse_id":"ISA.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “and mankind is left small [in number].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A6/4"}
{"id":27301,"verse_id":"ISA.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “all the joyful in heart,” but the context specifies the context as parties and drinking bouts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":27302,"verse_id":"ISA.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “the joy” (again later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":27303,"verse_id":"ISA.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “with a song they do not drink wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":27304,"verse_id":"ISA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “the city of chaos” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV). Isaiah uses the term תֹּהוּ ( tohu ) rather frequently of things (like idols) that are empty and worthless (see BDB 1062 s.v.), so the word might characterize the city as rebellious or morally worthless. However, in this context, which focuses on the effects of divine judgment, it probably refers to the ruined or worthless condition in which the city is left (note the use of the word in Isa 34:11 ). For a discussion of the identity of this city, see R. Chisholm, “The ‘Everlasting Covenant’ and the ‘City of Chaos’: Intentional Ambiguity and Irony in ,” CTR 6 (1993): 237-53. In the context of universal judgment depicted in , this city represents all the nations and cities of the world which, like Babylon of old and the powers/cities mentioned in chapters 13-23 , rebel against God’s authority. Behind the stereotypical language one can detect various specific manifestations of this symbolic and paradigmatic city, including Babylon, Moab, and Jerusalem, all of which are alluded or referred to in chapters 24-27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":27305,"verse_id":"ISA.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “every house is closed up from entering.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":27306,"verse_id":"ISA.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “[there is] an outcry over the wine in the streets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":27307,"verse_id":"ISA.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “all joy turns to evening,” the darkness of evening symbolizing distress and sorrow.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":27308,"verse_id":"ISA.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “the joy of the earth disappears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A11/3"}
{"id":27309,"verse_id":"ISA.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “and there is left in the city desolation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":27310,"verse_id":"ISA.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “and [into] rubble the gate is crushed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":27311,"verse_id":"ISA.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “in the midst of” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":27312,"verse_id":"ISA.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “they yell out concerning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":27313,"verse_id":"ISA.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “in the lights,” interpreted by some to mean “in the region of light,” referring to the east. Some scholars have suggested the emendation of בָּאֻרִים ( ba ’ urim ) to בְּאִיֵּי הַיָּם ( bÿ ’ iyyey hayyam , “along the seacoasts”), a phrase that is repeated in the next line. In this case, the two lines form synonymous parallelism. If one retains the MT reading (as above), “in the east” and “along the seacoasts” depict the two ends of the earth to refer to all the earth (as a merism).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":27314,"verse_id":"ISA.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.15","text":"The word “extol” is supplied in the translation; the verb in the first line does double duty in the parallelism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A15/2"}
{"id":27315,"verse_id":"ISA.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.15","text":"Heb “name,” which here stands for God’s reputation achieved by his mighty deeds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A15/3"}
{"id":27316,"verse_id":"ISA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “Beauty belongs to the just one.” These words may summarize the main theme of the songs mentioned in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":27317,"verse_id":"ISA.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “and [with] deception deceivers deceive.” tn Verse 16 b is a classic example of Hebrew wordplay. In the first line (“I’m wasting away…”) four consecutive words end with hireq yod ( ִי ); in the second line all forms are derived from the root בָּגַד ( bagad ). The repetition of sound draws attention to the prophet’s lament.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A16/4"}
{"id":27318,"verse_id":"ISA.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “[are] upon you, O inhabitant of the earth.” The first line of v. 17 provides another classic example of Hebrew wordplay. The names of the three instruments of judgment ( פָח , פַחַת , פַּחַד [ pakhad , fakhat , fakh ]) all begin with the letters פח ( peh-khet ) and the first two end in dental consonants ( ת / ד , tet/dalet ). Once again the repetition of sound draws attention to the statement and contributes to the theme of the inescapability of judgment. As their similar-sounding names suggest, terror, pit, and snare are allies in destroying the objects of divine wrath.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":27319,"verse_id":"ISA.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":27320,"verse_id":"ISA.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"Heb “from the height”; KJV “from on high.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":27321,"verse_id":"ISA.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Once more repetition is used to draw attention to a statement. In the Hebrew text each lines ends with אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “earth”). Each line also uses a Hitpolel verb form from a geminate root preceded by an emphatic infinitive absolute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":27322,"verse_id":"ISA.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Heb “staggering, staggers.” The Hebrew text uses the infinitive absolute before the finite verb for emphasis and sound play.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":27323,"verse_id":"ISA.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"The words “in a windstorm” are supplied in the translation to clarify the metaphor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":27324,"verse_id":"ISA.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Or “in that day” (so KJV). The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":27325,"verse_id":"ISA.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “visit [in judgment].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":27326,"verse_id":"ISA.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “the host of the height in the height.” The “host of the height/heaven” refers to the heavenly luminaries (stars and planets, see, among others, Deut 4:19; 17:3 ; 2 Kgs 17:16; 21:3, 5; 23:4-5 ; 2 Chr 33:3, 5 ) that populate the divine/heavenly assembly in mythological and prescientific Israelite thought (see Job 38:7 ; Isa 14:13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A21/3"}
{"id":27327,"verse_id":"ISA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “they will be gathered [in] a gathering [as] a prisoner in a cistern.” It is tempting to eliminate אֲסֵפָה (’ asefah , “a gathering”) as dittographic or as a gloss, but sound repetition is one of the main characteristics of the style of this section of the chapter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":27328,"verse_id":"ISA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “and after a multitude of days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":27329,"verse_id":"ISA.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"Heb “visited” (so KJV, ASV). This verse can mean to visit for good or for evil. The translation assumes the latter, based on v. 21 a. However, BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד B.Niph.2 suggests the meaning “visit graciously” here, in which case one might translate “they will be released.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":27330,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “will be ashamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":27331,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Or “glow of the sun.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":27332,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “will be ashamed” (so NCV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/3"}
{"id":27333,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.23","text":"Or “take his throne,” “become king.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/4"}
{"id":27334,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.23","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/5"}
{"id":27335,"verse_id":"ISA.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.23","text":"Heb “and before his elders [in] splendor.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2024%3A23/6"}
{"id":27336,"verse_id":"ISA.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “name.” See the note at 24:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A1/2"}
{"id":27337,"verse_id":"ISA.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “plans from long ago [in] faithfulness, trustworthiness.” The feminine noun אֱמוּנָה (’ emunah , “faithfulness”) and masculine noun אֹמֶן (’ omen , “trustworthiness”), both of which are derived from the root אָמַן (’ aman ), are juxtaposed to emphasize the basic idea conveyed by the synonyms. Here they describe the absolute reliability of the divine plans.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A1/3"}
{"id":27338,"verse_id":"ISA.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Or “For” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":27339,"verse_id":"ISA.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"The Hebrew text has “you have made from the city.” The prefixed mem ( מ ) on עִיר (’ ir , “city”) was probably originally an enclitic mem suffixed to the preceding verb. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:456, n. 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":27340,"verse_id":"ISA.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.2","text":"Some with support from the LXX emend זָרִים ( zarim , “foreigners”) to זֵדִים ( zedim , “the insolent”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A2/3"}
{"id":27341,"verse_id":"ISA.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"The Hebrew text has a singular form, but it should be emended to a plural or eliminated altogether. The noun may have been accidentally copied from the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":27342,"verse_id":"ISA.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"Or perhaps, “the violent”; NIV, NRSV “the ruthless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":27343,"verse_id":"ISA.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"The Hebrew text has, “like a rainstorm of a wall,” which might be interpreted to mean, “like a rainstorm battering against a wall.” The translation assumes an emendation of קִיר ( qir , “wall”) to קֹר ( qor , “cold, winter”; cf. Gen 8:22 ). See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:457, n. 6, for discussion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":27344,"verse_id":"ISA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Or “drought” (TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":27345,"verse_id":"ISA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “the tumult of foreigners.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":27346,"verse_id":"ISA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “[like] heat in the shadow of a cloud.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A5/3"}
{"id":27347,"verse_id":"ISA.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.5","text":"The translation assumes that the verb יַעֲנֶה ( ya ’ aneh ) is a Hiphil imperfect from עָנָה (’ anah , “be afflicted, humiliated”). In this context with “song” as object it means to “quiet” (see HALOT 853-54 s.v. II ענה ). Some prefer to emend the form to the second person singular, so that it will agree with the second person verb earlier in the verse. BDB 776 s.v. III עָנָה Qal.1 understands the form as Qal, with “song” as subject, in which case one might translate “the song of tyrants will be silent.” An emendation of the form to a Niphal ( יֵעָנֶה , ye ’ aneh ) would yield the same translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A5/4"}
{"id":27348,"verse_id":"ISA.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “And the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] will make for all the nations on this mountain a banquet of meats, a banquet of wine dregs, meats filled with marrow, dregs that are filtered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":27349,"verse_id":"ISA.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “the face of the shroud, the shroud over all the nations.” Some emend the second הַלּוֹט ( hallot ) to a passive participle הַלּוּט ( hallut , “that is wrapped”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":27350,"verse_id":"ISA.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “has spoken” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":27351,"verse_id":"ISA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “and one will say in that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":27352,"verse_id":"ISA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “this [one].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":27353,"verse_id":"ISA.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “this [one].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A9/3"}
{"id":27354,"verse_id":"ISA.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “for the hand of the Lord will rest on this mountain”; TEV “will protect Mount Zion”; NCV “will protect (rest on NLT) Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":27355,"verse_id":"ISA.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “under him,” i.e., “in his place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":27356,"verse_id":"ISA.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"The marginal reading ( Qere ) is בְּמוֹ ( bÿmo , “in”). The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has בְּמִי ( bÿmi , “in the water of”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":27357,"verse_id":"ISA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Moab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":27358,"verse_id":"ISA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"The antecedent of the third masculine singular pronominal suffix is probably the masculine noun מַתְבֵּן ( matben , “heap of straw”) in v. 10 rather than the feminine noun מַדְמֵנָה ( madmenah , “manure pile”), also in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":27359,"verse_id":"ISA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A11/3"}
{"id":27360,"verse_id":"ISA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Moab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A11/4"}
{"id":27361,"verse_id":"ISA.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.11","text":"The Hebrew text has, “he will bring down his pride along with the [?] of his hands.” The meaning of אָרְבּוֹת (’ arbot ), which occurs only here in the OT, is unknown. Some (see BDB 70 s.v. אָרְבָּה ) translate “artifice, cleverness,” relating the form to the verbal root אָרָב (’ arav , “to lie in wait, ambush”), but this requires some convoluted semantic reasoning. HALOT 83 s.v. * אָרְבָּה suggests the meaning “[nimble] movements.” The translation above, which attempts to relate the form to the preceding context, is purely speculative.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A11/5"}
{"id":27362,"verse_id":"ISA.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “a fortification, the high point of your walls.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":27363,"verse_id":"ISA.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “he will bring [it] down, he will make [it] touch the ground, even to the dust.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":27364,"verse_id":"ISA.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “In that day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":27365,"verse_id":"ISA.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":27366,"verse_id":"ISA.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.1","text":"Heb “deliverance he makes walls and a rampart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A1/3"}
{"id":27367,"verse_id":"ISA.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “[one of] firm purpose you will keep [in] peace, peace, for in you he possesses trust.” The Hebrew term יֵצֶר ( yetser ) refers to what one devises in the mind; סָמוּךְ ( samukh ) probably functions here like an attributive adjective and carries the nuance “firm.” So the phrase literally means, “a firm purpose,” but as the object of the verb “keep, guard,” it must stand by metonymy for the one(s) who possess a firm purpose. In this context the “righteous nation” (v. 2 ) is probably in view and the “firm purpose” refers to their unwavering faith in God’s vindication (see 25:9 ). In this context שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”), which is repeated for emphasis, likely refers to national security, not emotional or psychological composure (see vv. 1-2 ). The passive participle בָּטוּחַ ( batuakh ) expresses a state that results from the subject’s action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":27368,"verse_id":"ISA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Or “forevermore.” For other uses of the phrase עֲדֵי־עַד (’ ade- ’ ad ) see Isa 65:18 and Pss 83:17; 92:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":27369,"verse_id":"ISA.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":") confirms the MT reading as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":27370,"verse_id":"ISA.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"Or “For” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":27371,"verse_id":"ISA.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"The translation assumes that יַשְׁפִּילֶנָּה ( yashpilennah ) goes with the preceding words “an elevated town,” and that יַשְׁפִּילָהּ ( yashpilah ) belongs with the following words, “to the ground.” See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:469, n. 7.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":27372,"verse_id":"ISA.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"The Hebrew text has, “upright, the path of the righteous you make level.” There are three possible ways to translate this line. Some take יָשָׁר ( yashar ) as a divine title: “O Upright One” (cf. NASB, NIV, NKJV, NRSV, NLT). Others regard יָשָׁר as the result of dittography ( מֵישָׁרִים יָשָׁר ַמעְגַּל , mesharim yashar ma ’ gal ) and do not include it in the translation. Another possibility is to keep יָשָׁר and render the line as “the path of the righteous that you prepare is straight.” sn The metaphor of a level/smooth road/path may refer to their morally upright manner of life (see v. 8 a), but verse 7 b, which attributes the smooth path to the Lord, suggests that the Lord’s vindication and blessing may be the reality behind the metaphor here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":27373,"verse_id":"ISA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"The Hebrew text has, “yes, the way of your judgments.” The translation assumes that “way” is related to the verb “we wait” as an adverbial accusative (“in the way of your judgments we wait”). מִשְׁפָּטֶיךָ ( mishpatekha , “your judgments”) could refer to the Lord’s commandments, in which case one might translate, “as we obey your commands.” However, in verse 9 the same form refers to divine acts of judgment on evildoers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":27374,"verse_id":"ISA.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"Heb “your name and your remembrance [is] the desire of [our?] being.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":27375,"verse_id":"ISA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “with my soul I.” This is a figure for the speaker himself (“I”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":27376,"verse_id":"ISA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"Or “long for, desire.” The speaker acknowledges that he is eager to see God come in judgment (see vv. 8, 9 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":27377,"verse_id":"ISA.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.9","text":"The translation understands צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) in the sense of “justice,” but it is possible that it carries the nuance “righteousness,” in which case one might translate, “those who live in the world learn to live in a righteous manner” (cf. NCV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A9/3"}
{"id":27378,"verse_id":"ISA.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"As in verse 9 b, the translation understands צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) in the sense of “justice,” but it is possible that it carries the nuance “righteousness,” in which case one might translate, “they do not learn to live in a righteous manner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":27379,"verse_id":"ISA.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “in a land of uprightness they act unjustly”; NRSV “they deal perversely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":27380,"verse_id":"ISA.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “O Lord, your hand is lifted up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":27381,"verse_id":"ISA.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “They will see and be ashamed of zeal of people.” Some take the prefixed verbs as jussives and translate the statement as a prayer, “Let them see and be put to shame.” The meaning of the phrase קִנְאַת־עָם ( qin ’ at- ’ am , “zeal of people”) is unclear. The translation assumes that this refers to God’s angry judgment upon people. Another option is to understand the phrase as referring to God’s zealous, protective love of his covenant people. In this case one might translate, “by your zealous devotion to your people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A11/2"}
{"id":27382,"verse_id":"ISA.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “yes, fire, your enemies, will consume them.” Many understand the prefixed verb form to be jussive and translate, “let [fire] consume” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV). The mem suffixed to the verb may be enclitic; if a pronominal suffix, it refers back to “your enemies.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A11/3"}
{"id":27383,"verse_id":"ISA.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “O Lord, you establish peace for us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":27384,"verse_id":"ISA.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"Some suggest emending גַּם כָּל ( gam kol , “even all”) to כִּגְמֻל ( kigmul , “according to the deed[s] of”) One might then translate “for according to what our deeds deserve, you have acted on our behalf.” Nevertheless, accepting the MT as it stands, the prophet affirms that Yahweh deserved all the credit for anything Israel had accomplished.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":27385,"verse_id":"ISA.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"The Hebrew term לָכֵן ( lakhen ) normally indicates a cause-effect relationship between what precedes and follows and is translated, “therefore.” Here, however, it infers the cause from the effect and brings out what is implicit in the previous statement. See BDB 487 s.v.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":27386,"verse_id":"ISA.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “visited [for harm]” (cf. KJV, ASV); NAB, NRSV “you have punished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A14/3"}
{"id":27387,"verse_id":"ISA.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “you have added to the nation.” The last line of the verse suggests that geographical expansion is in view. “The nation” is Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":27388,"verse_id":"ISA.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.15","text":"Or “brought honor to yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A15/2"}
{"id":27389,"verse_id":"ISA.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"The meaning of this verse is unclear. It appears to read literally, “O Lord, in distress they visit you, they pour out [?] an incantation, your discipline to them.” פָּקַד ( paqad ) may here carry the sense of “seek with interest” (cf. Ezek 23:21 and BDB 823 s.v.) or “seek in vain” (cf. Isa 34:16 ), but it is peculiar for the Lord to be the object of this verb. צָקוּן ( tsaqun ) may be a Qal perfect third plural form from צוּק ( tsuq , “pour out, melt”), though the verb is not used of pouring out words in its two other occurrences. Because of the appearance of צַר ( tsar , “distress”) in the preceding line, it is tempting to emend the form to a noun and derive it from צוּק (“be in distress”) The term לַחַשׁ ( lakhash ) elsewhere refers to an incantation ( Isa 3:3 ; Jer 8:17 ; Eccl 10:11 ) or amulet ( Isa 3:20 ). Perhaps here it refers to ritualistic prayers or to magical incantations used to ward off evil.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":27390,"verse_id":"ISA.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"On the use of כְּמוֹ ( kÿmo , “like, as”) here, see BDB 455 s.v. Israel’s distress and suffering, likened here to the pains of childbirth, seemed to be for no purpose. A woman in labor endures pain with the hope that a child will be born; in Israel’s case no such positive outcome was apparent. The nation was like a woman who strains to bring forth a child, but can’t push the baby through to daylight. All her effort produces nothing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":27391,"verse_id":"ISA.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “and the inhabitants of the world do not fall.” The term נָפַל ( nafal ) apparently means here, “be born,” though the Qal form of the verb is not used with this nuance anywhere else in the OT. (The Hiphil appears to be used in the sense of “give birth” in v. 19 , however.) The implication of verse 18 b seems to be that Israel hoped its suffering would somehow end in deliverance and an increase in population. The phrase “inhabitants of the world” seems to refer to the human race in general, but the next verse, which focuses on Israel’s dead, suggests the referent may be more limited.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":27392,"verse_id":"ISA.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “dust” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A19/2"}
{"id":27393,"verse_id":"ISA.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “for the dew of lights [is] your dew.” The pronominal suffix on “dew” is masculine singular, like the suffixes on “your dead” and “your corpses” in the first half of the verse. The statement, then, is addressed to collective Israel, the speaker in verse 18 . The plural form אוֹרֹת (’ orot ) is probably a plural of respect or magnitude, meaning “bright light” (i.e., morning’s light). Dew is a symbol of fertility and life. Here Israel’s “dew,” as it were, will soak the dust of the ground and cause the corpses of the dead to spring up to new life, like plants sprouting up from well-watered soil.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A19/3"}
{"id":27394,"verse_id":"ISA.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “until anger passes by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":27395,"verse_id":"ISA.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “out of his place” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":27396,"verse_id":"ISA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":27397,"verse_id":"ISA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “hard, severe”; cf. NAB, NRSV “cruel”; KJV “sore”; NLT “terrible.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":27398,"verse_id":"ISA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.1","text":"Heb “fleeing” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV). Some translate “slippery” or “slithering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A1/3"}
{"id":27399,"verse_id":"ISA.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.1","text":"The description of Leviathan should be compared with the following excerpts from Ugaritic mythological texts: (1) “Was not the dragon (Ugaritic tnn , cognate with Hebrew תַנִּין [ tannin , translated “sea monster” here]) vanquished and captured? I did destroy the wriggling (Ugaritic ’ qltn , cognate to Hebrew עֲקַלָּתוֹן [’ aqallaton , translated “squirming” here]) serpent, the tyrant with seven heads (cf. Ps 74:14 ).” (See CTA 3 iii 38-39.) (2) “for all that you smote Leviathan the slippery (Ugaritic brh , cognate to Hebrew בָּרִחַ [ bariakh , translated “fast-moving” here]) serpent, [and] made an end of the wriggling serpent, the tyrant with seven heads” (See CTA 5 i 1-3.) sn In the Ugaritic mythological texts Leviathan is a sea creature that symbolizes the destructive water of the sea and in turn the forces of chaos that threaten the established order. Isaiah here applies imagery from Canaanite mythology to Yahweh’s eschatological victory over his enemies. Elsewhere in the OT, the battle with the sea motif is applied to Yahweh’s victories over the forces of chaos at creation and in history (cf. Pss 74:13-14; 77:16-20; 89:9-10 ; Isa 51:9-10 ). Yahweh’s subjugation of the chaos waters is related to His kingship (cf. Pss 29:3, 10; 93:3-4 ). Apocalyptic literature employs the imagery as well. The beasts of emerge from the sea, while speaks of a seven-headed beast coming from the sea.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A1/4"}
{"id":27400,"verse_id":"ISA.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":27401,"verse_id":"ISA.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “vineyard of delight,” or “vineyard of beauty.” Many medieval mss read כֶּרֶם חֶמֶר ( kerem khemer , “vineyard of wine”), i.e., “a productive vineyard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":27402,"verse_id":"ISA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “her.” Apparently “vineyard” is the antecedent, though normally this noun is understood as masculine (see Lev 25:3 , however).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":27403,"verse_id":"ISA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"Or perhaps, “constantly.” Heb “by moments.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":27404,"verse_id":"ISA.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “lest [someone] visit [harm] upon it, night and day I guard it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":27405,"verse_id":"ISA.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “it.” The feminine singular suffix apparently refers back to the expression “thorns and briers,” understood in a collective sense. For other examples of a cohortative expressing resolve after a hypothetical statement introduced by נָתַן with מִי ( mi with natan ), see Judg 9:29 ; Jer 9:1-2 ; Ps 55:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":27406,"verse_id":"ISA.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “it.” The feminine singular suffix apparently refers back to the expression “thorns and briers,” understood in a collective sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":27407,"verse_id":"ISA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “or let him take hold of my refuge.” The subject of the third masculine singular verb form is uncertain. Apparently the symbolic “thorns and briers” are in view, though in v. 4 b a feminine singular pronoun was used to refer to them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":27408,"verse_id":"ISA.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"The Hebrew text has, “he makes peace with me, peace he makes with me.” Some contend that two alternative readings are preserved here and one should be deleted. The first has the object שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) preceding the verb עָשָׂה (’ asah , “make”); the second reverses the order. Another option is to retain both statements, although repetitive, to emphasize the need to make peace with Yahweh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":27409,"verse_id":"ISA.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “the coming ones, let Jacob take root.” הַבָּאִים ( habba ’ im , “the coming ones”) should probably be emended to יָמִים בָאִים ( yamim va ’ im , “days [are] coming”) or בְּיָמִים הַבָּאִים ( biyamim habba ’ im , “in the coming days”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":27410,"verse_id":"ISA.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “fruit” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A6/2"}
{"id":27411,"verse_id":"ISA.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Like the striking down of the one striking him down does he strike him down?” The meaning of the text is unclear, but this may be a rhetorical question, suggesting that Israel has not experienced divine judgment to the same degree as her oppressors. In this case “the one striking down” refers to Israel’s oppressors, while the pronoun “him” refers to Israel. The subject of the final verb (“does he strike down”) would then be God, while the pronoun “him” would again refer to Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":27412,"verse_id":"ISA.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Or like the killing of his killed ones is he killed?” If one accepts the interpretation of the parallel line outlined in the previous note, then this line too would contain a rhetorical question suggesting that Israel has not experienced destruction to the same degree as its enemies. In this case “his killed ones” refers to the one who struck Israel down, and Israel would be the subject of the final verb (“is he killed”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":27413,"verse_id":"ISA.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “in [?], in sending her away, you oppose her.” The meaning of this line is uncertain. The form בְּסַאסְּאָה ( bÿsa ’ ssÿ ’ ah ) is taken as an infinitive from סַאסְּאָה ( sa ’ ssÿ ’ ah ) with a prepositional prefix and a third feminine singular suffix. (The MT does not have a mappiq in the final he [ ה ], however). According to HALOT 738 s.v. סַאסְּאָה the verb is a Palpel form from an otherwise unattested root cognate with an Arabic verb meaning “to gather beasts with a call.” Perhaps it means “to call, summon” here, but this is a very tentative proposal. בְּשַׁלְחָהּ ( bÿshalkhah , “in sending her away”) appears to be a Piel infinitive with a prepositional prefix and a third feminine singular suffix. Since the Piel of שָׁלָח ( shalakh ) can sometimes mean “divorce” ( HALOT 1514-15 s.v.) and the following verb רִיב ( riv , “oppose”) can be used in legal contexts, it is possible that divorce proceedings are alluded to here. This may explain why Israel is referred to as feminine in this verse, in contrast to the masculine forms used in vv. 6-7 and 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":27414,"verse_id":"ISA.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"The Hebrew text has no object expressed, but one can understand a third feminine singular pronominal object and place a mappiq in the final he ( ה ) of the form to indicate the suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":27415,"verse_id":"ISA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Or “be atoned for” (NIV); cf. NRSV “be expiated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":27416,"verse_id":"ISA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “and this [is] all the fruit of removing his sin.” The meaning of the statement is not entirely clear, though “removing his sin” certainly parallels “Jacob’s sin will be removed” in the preceding line. If original, “all the fruit” may refer to the result of the decision to remove sin, but the phrase may be a corruption of לְכַפֵּר ( lekhaper , “to atone for”), which in turn might be a gloss on הָסִר ( hasir , “removing”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":27417,"verse_id":"ISA.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “when he makes the stones of an altar.” The singular “altar” is collective here; pagan altars are in view, as the last line of the verse indicates. See also 17:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A9/3"}
{"id":27418,"verse_id":"ISA.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.10","text":"The singular form in the text is probably collective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A10/2"}
{"id":27419,"verse_id":"ISA.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “and destroy her branches.” The city is the antecedent of the third feminine singular pronominal suffix. Apparently the city is here compared to a tree. See also v. 11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A10/3"}
{"id":27420,"verse_id":"ISA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “are dry” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":27421,"verse_id":"ISA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “women come [and] light it.” The city is likened to a dead tree with dried up branches that is only good for firewood.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":27422,"verse_id":"ISA.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “for not a people of understanding [is] he.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":27423,"verse_id":"ISA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “and it will be in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":27424,"verse_id":"ISA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “the Lord will beat out.” The verb is used of beating seeds or grain to separate the husk from the kernel (see Judg 6:11 ; Ruth 2:17 ; Isa 28:27 ), and of beating the olives off the olive tree ( Deut 24:20 ). The latter metaphor may be in view here, where a tree metaphor has been employed in the preceding verses. See also 17:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":27425,"verse_id":"ISA.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “the river,” a frequent designation in the OT for the Euphrates. For clarity most modern English versions substitute the name “Euphrates” for “the river” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A12/3"}
{"id":27426,"verse_id":"ISA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “and it will be in that day.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":27427,"verse_id":"ISA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Traditionally, “great” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT); CEV “loud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":27428,"verse_id":"ISA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.13","text":"Or “the ones perishing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A13/3"}
{"id":27429,"verse_id":"ISA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.13","text":"Or “the ones driven into.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A13/4"}
{"id":27430,"verse_id":"ISA.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.13","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2027%3A13/5"}
{"id":27431,"verse_id":"ISA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the crown [or “wreath”] of the splendor [or “pride”] of the drunkards of Ephraim.” The “crown” is Samaria, the capital city of the northern kingdom (Ephraim). Priests and prophets are included among these drunkards in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":27432,"verse_id":"ISA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “the beauty of his splendor.” In the translation the masculine pronoun (“his”) has been replaced by “its” because the referent (the “crown”) is the city of Samaria.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":27433,"verse_id":"ISA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “which [is].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A1/3"}
{"id":27434,"verse_id":"ISA.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “ones overcome with wine.” The words “the crown of” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The syntactical relationship of the final phrase to what precedes is uncertain. הֲלוּמֵי יָיִן ( halume yayin , “ones overcome with wine”) seems to correspond to שִׁכֹּרֵי אֶפְרַיִם ( shikkore ’ efrayim , “drunkards of Ephraim”) in line 1. The translation assumes that the phrase “the splendid crown” is to be understood in the final line as well.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A1/4"}
{"id":27435,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in vv. 16, 22 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":27436,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “Look, a strong and powerful [one] belongs to the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":27437,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “like a rainstorm of hail, a wind of destruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/3"}
{"id":27438,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “like a rainstorm of mighty, overflowing waters.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/4"}
{"id":27439,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.2","text":"The words “that crown” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The object of the verb is unexpressed in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/5"}
{"id":27440,"verse_id":"ISA.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"28.2","text":"Or “by [his] power.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A2/6"}
{"id":27441,"verse_id":"ISA.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “which the one seeing sees, while still it is in his hand he swallows it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":27442,"verse_id":"ISA.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":27443,"verse_id":"ISA.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “and [he will become] a spirit of justice for the one who sits [i.e., presides] over judgment, // and strength [for] the ones who turn back battle at the city gate.” The Lord will provide internal stability and national security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":27444,"verse_id":"ISA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “these.” The demonstrative pronoun anticipates “priests and prophets” two lines later.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":27445,"verse_id":"ISA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"According to HALOT 135 s.v. III בלע , the verb form is derived from בָּלַע ( bala ’, “confuse”), not the more common בָּלַע (“swallow”). See earlier notes at 3:12 and 9:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":27446,"verse_id":"ISA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “in the seeing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A7/3"}
{"id":27447,"verse_id":"ISA.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “[in] giving a decision.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A7/4"}
{"id":27448,"verse_id":"ISA.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “vomit, without a place.” For the meaning of the phrase בְּלִי מָקוֹם ( bÿli maqom , “without a place”), see HALOT 133 s.v. בְּלִי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":27449,"verse_id":"ISA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":27450,"verse_id":"ISA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “Who is he teaching knowledge? For whom is he explaining a message?” The translation assumes that the Lord is the subject of the verbs “teaching” and “explaining,” and that the prophet is asking the questions. See v. 12 . According to some vv. 9-10 record the people’s sarcastic response to the Lord’s message through Isaiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":27451,"verse_id":"ISA.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.9","text":"Heb “from the breasts.” The words “their mother’s” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The translation assumes that this is the prophet’s answer to the questions asked in the first half of the verse. The Lord is trying to instruct people who are “infants” morally and ethically.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A9/3"}
{"id":27452,"verse_id":"ISA.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"The meaning of this verse has been debated. The text has literally “indeed [or “for”] a little there, a little there” ( כִּי צַו לָצָו צַו לָצָו קַו לָקָו קַו , ki tsav latsav , tsav latsav , qav laqav , qav laqav ). The present translation assumes that the repetitive syllables are gibberish that resembles baby talk (cf v. 9 b) and mimics what the people will hear when foreign invaders conquer the land (v. 11 ). In this case זְעֵיר ( zÿ ’ er , “a little”) refers to the short syllabic structure of the babbling (cf. CEV). Some take צַו ( tsav ) as a derivative of צָוָה ( tsavah , “command”) and translate the first part of the statement as “command after command, command after command.” Proponents of this position (followed by many English versions) also take קַו ( qav ) as a noun meaning “measuring line” (see v. 17 ), understood here in the abstract sense of “standard” or “rule.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":27453,"verse_id":"ISA.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “who said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":27454,"verse_id":"ISA.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “And the word of the Lord will be to them, ‘tsahv latsahv,’ etc.” See the note at v. 10 . In this case the “Lord’s word” is not the foreigner’s strange sounding words (as in v. 10 ), but the Lord’s repeated appeals to them (like the one quoted in v. 12 ). As time goes on, the Lord’s appeals through the prophets will have no impact on the people; they will regard prophetic preaching as gibberish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":27455,"verse_id":"ISA.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “as a result they will go and stumble backward.” Perhaps an infant falling as it attempts to learn to walk is the background image here (cf. v. 9 b). The Hebrew term לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) could be taken as indicating purpose (“in order that”), rather than simple result. In this case the people’s insensitivity to the message is caused by the Lord as a means of expediting their downfall.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":27456,"verse_id":"ISA.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":27457,"verse_id":"ISA.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.15","text":"Elsewhere the noun חֹזֶה ( khozeh ) refers to a prophet who sees visions. In v. 18 the related term חָזוּת ( khazut , “vision”) is used. The parallelism in both verses (note “treaty”) seems to demand a meaning “agreement” for both nouns. Perhaps חֹזֶה and חזוּת are used in a metonymic sense in vv. 15 and 18 . Another option is to propose a homonymic root. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:514, and HALOT 301 s.v. II חֹזֶה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A15/2"}
{"id":27458,"verse_id":"ISA.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “the overwhelming scourge, when it passes by” (NRSV similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A15/3"}
{"id":27459,"verse_id":"ISA.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"The Hebrew text has a third person verb form, which does not agree with the first person suffix that precedes. The form should be emended to יֹסֵד ( yosed ), a Qal active participle used in a present progressive or imminent future sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":27460,"verse_id":"ISA.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"Traditionally “tested,” but the implication is that it has passed the test and stands approved.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":27461,"verse_id":"ISA.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “will not hurry,” i.e., act in panic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A16/4"}
{"id":27462,"verse_id":"ISA.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"Heb “[the] refuge, [the] lie.” See v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":27463,"verse_id":"ISA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"On the meaning of כָּפַר ( kafar ) in this context, see HALOT 494 s.v. I כפר and J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:515, n. 9.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":27464,"verse_id":"ISA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"Normally the noun חָזוּת ( khazut ) means “vision.” See the note at v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":27465,"verse_id":"ISA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.18","text":"Or “will not stand” (NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A18/3"}
{"id":27466,"verse_id":"ISA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.18","text":"See the note at v. 15 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A18/4"}
{"id":27467,"verse_id":"ISA.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.18","text":"Heb “you will become a trampling place for it.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A18/5"}
{"id":27468,"verse_id":"ISA.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “for” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":27469,"verse_id":"ISA.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"The words “it will come through” are supplied in the translation. The verb “will sweep by” does double duty in the parallel structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":27470,"verse_id":"ISA.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Or “the whole earth” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":27471,"verse_id":"ISA.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “to my voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":27472,"verse_id":"ISA.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “to my word”; cf. KJV, ASV, NRSV “hear my speech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":27473,"verse_id":"ISA.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.24","text":"Heb “All the day does the plowman plow in order to plant?” The phrase “all the day” here has the sense of “continually, always.” See BDB 400 s.v. יוֹם .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A24/1"}
{"id":27474,"verse_id":"ISA.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “place wheat [?], and barley [?], and grain in its territory.” The term שׂוֹרָה ( shorah ) is sometimes translated “[in] its place,” but the word is unattested elsewhere. It is probably due to dittography of the immediately following שְׂעֹרָה ( sÿo ’ rah , “barley”). The meaning of נִסְמָן ( nisman ) is also uncertain. It may be due to dittography of the immediately following כֻסֶּמֶת ( kussemet , “grain”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":27475,"verse_id":"ISA.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.26","text":"Heb “he teaches him the proper way, his God instructs him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A26/1"}
{"id":27476,"verse_id":"ISA.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.27","text":"Or “For” (KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2028%3A27/1"}
{"id":27477,"verse_id":"ISA.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] Ariel.” The meaning of the name “Ariel” is uncertain. The name may mean “altar hearth” (see v. 2 ) or, if compound, “lion of God.” The name is used here as a title for Mount Zion/Jerusalem (see v. 8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":27478,"verse_id":"ISA.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “the town where David camped.” The verb חָנָה ( khanah , “camp”) probably has the nuance “lay siege to” here. See v. 3 . Another option is to take the verb in the sense of “lived, settled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":27479,"verse_id":"ISA.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.1","text":"Heb “Add year to year, let your festivals occur in cycles.” This is probably a sarcastic exhortation to the people to keep up their religious rituals, which will not prevent the coming judgment. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:527.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A1/3"}
{"id":27480,"verse_id":"ISA.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"The term אֲרִיאֵל (’ ari ’ el , “Ariel”) is the word translated “altar hearth” here. The point of the simile is not entirely clear. Perhaps the image likens Jerusalem’s coming crisis to a sacrificial fire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":27481,"verse_id":"ISA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"The Hebrew text has כַדּוּר ( khadur , “like a circle”), i.e., “like an encircling wall.” Some emend this phrase to כְּדָוִד ( kÿdavid , “like David”), which is supported by the LXX (see v. 1 ). However, the rendering in the LXX could have arisen from a confusion of the dalet ( ד ) and resh ( ר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":27482,"verse_id":"ISA.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"The meaning of מֻצָּב ( mutsav ) is not certain. Because of the parallelism (note “siege works”), some translate “towers.” The noun is derived from נָצַב ( natsav , “take one’s stand”) and may refer to the troops stationed outside the city to prevent entrance or departure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":27483,"verse_id":"ISA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “from the ground” (so NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":27484,"verse_id":"ISA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “and from the dust your word will be low.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":27485,"verse_id":"ISA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “and your voice will be like a ritual pit from the earth.” The Hebrew אוֹב (’ ov , “ritual pit”) refers to a pit used by a magician to conjure up underworld spirits. See the note on “incantations” in 8:19 . Here the word is used metonymically for the voice that emerges from such a pit.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A4/3"}
{"id":27486,"verse_id":"ISA.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “and from the dust your word will chirp.” The words “as if muttering an incantation” are supplied in the translation for clarification. See the parallelism and 8:19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A4/4"}
{"id":27487,"verse_id":"ISA.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Or “violent men”; cf. NASB “the ruthless ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":27488,"verse_id":"ISA.29.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.6","text":"Heb “from the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] there will be visitation.” The third feminine singular passive verb form תִּפָּקֵד ( tippaqed , “she/it will be visited”) is used here in an impersonal sense. See GKC 459 §144. b .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A6/1"}
{"id":27489,"verse_id":"ISA.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Or “that he [or “his appetite”] is unsatisfied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":27490,"verse_id":"ISA.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.8","text":"Or “that he is faint and that he [or “his appetite”] longs [for water].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A8/2"}
{"id":27491,"verse_id":"ISA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"The form הִתְמַהְמְהוּ ( hitmahmÿhu ) is a Hitpalpel imperative from מָהַהּ ( mahah , “hesitate”). If it is retained, one might translate “halt and be amazed.” The translation assumes an emendation to הִתַּמְּהוּ ( hittammÿhu ), a Hitpael imperative from תָּמַה ( tamah , “be amazed”). In this case, the text, like Hab 1:5 , combines the Hitpael and Qal imperatival forms of תָּמַה ( tamah ). A literal translation might be “Shock yourselves and be shocked!” The repetition of sound draws attention to the statement. The imperatives here have the force of an emphatic assertion. On this use of the imperative in Hebrew, see GKC 324 §110. c and IBHS 572 §34.4c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":27492,"verse_id":"ISA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “Blind yourselves and be blind!” The Hitpalpel and Qal imperatival forms of שָׁעַע ( sha ’ a ’, “be blind”) are combined to draw attention to the statement. The imperatives have the force of an emphatic assertion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":27493,"verse_id":"ISA.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"29.9","text":"Some prefer to emend the perfect form of the verb to an imperative (e.g., NAB, NCV, NRSV), since the people are addressed in the immediately preceding and following contexts.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A9/3"}
{"id":27494,"verse_id":"ISA.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “a disposition [or “spirit”] of deep sleep.” Through this mixed metaphor (sleep is likened to a liquid which one pours and in turn symbolizes spiritual dullness) the prophet emphasizes that God himself has given the people over to their spiritual insensitivity as a form of judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":27495,"verse_id":"ISA.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “vision” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":27496,"verse_id":"ISA.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “one who knows a/the scroll.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A11/2"}
{"id":27497,"verse_id":"ISA.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “and if the scroll is handed to one who does not know a scroll.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":27498,"verse_id":"ISA.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “I do not know a scroll.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":27499,"verse_id":"ISA.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":27500,"verse_id":"ISA.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “Because these people draw near to me with their mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A13/2"}
{"id":27501,"verse_id":"ISA.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “and with their lips they honor me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A13/3"}
{"id":27502,"verse_id":"ISA.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “but their heart is far from me.” The heart is viewed here as the seat of the will, from which genuine loyalty derives.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A13/4"}
{"id":27503,"verse_id":"ISA.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.13","text":"Heb “their fear of me is a commandment of men that has been taught.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A13/5"}
{"id":27504,"verse_id":"ISA.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “Therefore I will again do something amazing with these people, an amazing deed, an amazing thing.” This probably refers to the amazing transformation predicted in vv. 17-24 , which will follow the purifying judgment implied in vv. 15-16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":27505,"verse_id":"ISA.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “the wisdom of their wise ones will perish, the discernment of their discerning ones will keep hidden.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A14/2"}
{"id":27506,"verse_id":"ISA.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who deeply hide counsel from the Lord.” This probably alludes to political alliances made without seeking the Lord’s guidance. See 30:1-2 and 31:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":27507,"verse_id":"ISA.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.15","text":"Heb “and their works are in darkness and they say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A15/2"}
{"id":27508,"verse_id":"ISA.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.15","text":"The rhetorical questions suggest the answer, “no one.” They are confident that their deeds are hidden from others, including God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A15/3"}
{"id":27509,"verse_id":"ISA.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “your overturning.” The predicate is suppressed in this exclamation. The idea is, “O your perversity! How great it is!” See GKC 470 §147. c . The people “overturn” all logic by thinking their authority supersedes God’s.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":27510,"verse_id":"ISA.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.16","text":"The expected answer to this rhetorical question is “of course not.” On the interrogative use of אִם (’ im ), see BDB 50 s.v.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A16/2"}
{"id":27511,"verse_id":"ISA.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “that the thing made should say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A16/3"}
{"id":27512,"verse_id":"ISA.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"The Hebrew text phrases this as a rhetorical question, “Is it not yet a little, a short [time]?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":27513,"verse_id":"ISA.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Or “In that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":27514,"verse_id":"ISA.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “and out of gloom and darkness the eyes of the blind will see.” sn Perhaps this depicts the spiritual transformation of the once spiritually insensitive nation (see vv. 10-12 , cf. also 6:9-10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A18/2"}
{"id":27515,"verse_id":"ISA.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"Or “will rejoice” (NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A19/1"}
{"id":27516,"verse_id":"ISA.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “and all the watchers of wrong will be cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":27517,"verse_id":"ISA.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “the ones who make a man a sinner with a word.” The Hiphil of חָטָא ( khata ’) here has a delocutive sense: “declare a man sinful/guilty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":27518,"verse_id":"ISA.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “and deprive by emptiness the innocent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A21/3"}
{"id":27519,"verse_id":"ISA.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “So this is what the Lord says to the house of Jacob, the one who ransomed Abraham.” The relative pronoun must refer back to “the Lord,” not to the immediately preceding “Jacob.” It is uncertain to what event in Abraham’s experience this refers. Perhaps the name “Abraham” stands here by metonymy for his descendants through Jacob. If so, the Exodus is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A22/1"}
{"id":27520,"verse_id":"ISA.29.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.22","text":"Heb “and his face will no longer be pale.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A22/2"}
{"id":27521,"verse_id":"ISA.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “for when he sees his children, the work of my hands in his midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":27522,"verse_id":"ISA.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.23","text":"Or “treat as holy” (also in the following line); NASB, NRSV “will sanctify.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A23/2"}
{"id":27523,"verse_id":"ISA.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.23","text":"Or “fear,” in the sense of “stand in awe of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A23/4"}
{"id":27524,"verse_id":"ISA.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “and the ones who stray in spirit will know understanding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":27525,"verse_id":"ISA.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.24","text":"Heb “will learn instruction”; cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “will accept instruction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2029%3A24/2"}
{"id":27526,"verse_id":"ISA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"Or “stubborn” (NCV); cf. NIV “obstinate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":27527,"verse_id":"ISA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] rebellious children.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A1/2"}
{"id":27528,"verse_id":"ISA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “making a plan, but not from me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A1/3"}
{"id":27529,"verse_id":"ISA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “and pouring out a libation, but not [from] my spirit.” This translation assumes that the verb נָסַךְ ( nasakh ) means “pour out,” and that the cognate noun מַסֵּכָה ( massekhah ) means “libation.” In this case “pouring out a libation” alludes to a ceremony that formally ratifies an alliance. Another option is to understand the verb נָסַךְ as a homonym meaning “weave,” and the cognate noun מַסֵּכָה as a homonym meaning “covering.” In this case forming an alliance is likened to weaving a garment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A1/4"}
{"id":27530,"verse_id":"ISA.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"30.1","text":"Heb “consequently adding sin to sin.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A1/5"}
{"id":27531,"verse_id":"ISA.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “those who go to descend to Egypt, but [of] my mouth they do not inquire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":27532,"verse_id":"ISA.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “to seek protection in the protection of Pharaoh, and to seek refuge in the shade of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":27533,"verse_id":"ISA.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"The present translation follows the marginal ( Qere ) reading of the Hebrew text; the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “made to stink, decay.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":27534,"verse_id":"ISA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Traditionally, “burden” (so KJV, ASV); NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “oracle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":27535,"verse_id":"ISA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “[a land of] a lioness and a lion, from them.” Some emend מֵהֶם ( mehem , “from them”) to מֵהֵם ( mehem ), an otherwise unattested Hiphil participle from הָמַם ( hamam , “move noisily”). Perhaps it would be better to take the initial mem ( מ ) as enclitic and emend the form to הֹמֶה ( homeh ), a Qal active participle from הָמָה ( hamah , “to make a noise”); cf. J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:542, n. 9.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":27536,"verse_id":"ISA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “flying fiery one.” See the note at 14:29 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A6/3"}
{"id":27537,"verse_id":"ISA.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.6","text":"Or “carry” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A6/4"}
{"id":27538,"verse_id":"ISA.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “As for Egypt, with vanity and emptiness they help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":27539,"verse_id":"ISA.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “Rahab” ( רַהַב , rahav ), which also appears as a name for Egypt in Ps 87:4 . The epithet is also used in the OT for a mythical sea monster symbolic of chaos. See the note at 51:9 . A number of English versions use the name “Rahab” (e.g., ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) while others attempt some sort of translation (cf. CEV “a helpless monster”; TEV, NLT “the Harmless Dragon”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":27540,"verse_id":"ISA.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.7","text":"The MT reads “Rahab, they, sitting.” The translation above assumes an emendation of הֵם שָׁבֶת ( hem shavet ) to הַמָּשְׁבָּת ( hammashbat ), a Hophal participle with prefixed definite article, meaning “the one who is made to cease,” i.e., “destroyed,” or “silenced.” See HALOT 444-45 s.v. ישׁב .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A7/3"}
{"id":27541,"verse_id":"ISA.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"The referent of the third feminine singular pronominal suffix is uncertain. Perhaps it refers to the preceding message, which accuses the people of rejecting the Lord’s help in favor of an alliance with Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":27542,"verse_id":"ISA.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “with them.” On the use of the preposition here, see BDB 86 s.v. II אֵת .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":27543,"verse_id":"ISA.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"Or perhaps, “instruction” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); NCV, TEV “teachings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":27544,"verse_id":"ISA.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “who” (so NASB, NRSV). A new sentence was started here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":27545,"verse_id":"ISA.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “Do not see for us right things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A10/2"}
{"id":27546,"verse_id":"ISA.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “Tell us smooth things, see deceptive things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A10/3"}
{"id":27547,"verse_id":"ISA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"The sentence actually begins with the word “because.” In the Hebrew text vv. 12-13 are one long sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":27548,"verse_id":"ISA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “and you trust in oppression and cunning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":27549,"verse_id":"ISA.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “and you lean on it”; NAB “and depend on it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A12/3"}
{"id":27550,"verse_id":"ISA.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"The verse reads literally, “So this sin will become for you like a breach ready to fall, bulging on a high wall, the breaking of which comes suddenly, in a flash.” Their sin produces guilt and will result in judgment. Like a wall that collapses their fall will be swift and sudden.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":27551,"verse_id":"ISA.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “Its shattering is like the shattering of a jug of [i.e., “made by”] potters, [so] shattered one cannot save [any of it].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":27552,"verse_id":"ISA.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.14","text":"The words “large enough” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A14/2"}
{"id":27553,"verse_id":"ISA.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “to remove fire from the place of kindling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A14/3"}
{"id":27554,"verse_id":"ISA.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.14","text":"On the meaning of גֶבֶא ( geveh , “cistern”) see HALOT 170 s.v.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A14/4"}
{"id":27555,"verse_id":"ISA.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “in returning and in quietness you will be delivered.” Many English versions render the last phrase “shall be saved” or something similar (e.g., NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A15/1"}
{"id":27556,"verse_id":"ISA.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “in quietness and in trust is your strength” (NASB and NRSV both similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A15/2"}
{"id":27557,"verse_id":"ISA.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “One thousand from before [or “because of”] one battle cry.” גְּעָרָה ( gÿ ’ arah ) is often defined as “threat,” but in war contexts it likely refers to a shout or battle cry. See Ps 76:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":27558,"verse_id":"ISA.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “from before [or “because of”] the battle cry of five you will flee.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":27559,"verse_id":"ISA.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “until you are left” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A17/3"}
{"id":27560,"verse_id":"ISA.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “Therefore the Lord waits to show you mercy, and therefore he is exalted to have compassion on you.” The logical connection between this verse and what precedes is problematic. The point seems to be that Judah’s impending doom does not bring God joy. Rather the prospect of their suffering stirs within him a willingness to show mercy and compassion, if they are willing to seek him on his terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":27561,"verse_id":"ISA.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “Blessed are all who wait for him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A18/2"}
{"id":27562,"verse_id":"ISA.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":27563,"verse_id":"ISA.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “For people in Zion will live, in Jerusalem, you will weep no more.” The phrase “in Jerusalem” could be taken with what precedes. Some prefer to emend יֵשֵׁב ( yeshev , “will live,” a Qal imperfect) to יֹשֵׁב ( yoshev , a Qal active participle) and translate “For [you] people in Zion, who live in Jerusalem, you will weep no more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A19/2"}
{"id":27564,"verse_id":"ISA.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “he will indeed show you mercy at the sound of your crying out; when he hears, he will answer you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A19/3"}
{"id":27565,"verse_id":"ISA.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonai ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":27566,"verse_id":"ISA.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “and the Master will give to you bread – distress, and water – oppression.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A20/2"}
{"id":27567,"verse_id":"ISA.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “but your teachers will no longer be hidden, your eyes will be seeing your teachers.” The translation assumes that the form מוֹרֶיךָ ( morekha ) is a plural participle, referring to spiritual leaders such as prophets and priests. Another possibility is that the form is actually singular (see GKC 273-74 §93. ss ) or a plural of respect, referring to God as the master teacher. See HALOT 560-61 s.v. III מוֹרֶה . For discussion of the views, see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:560.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A20/3"}
{"id":27568,"verse_id":"ISA.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “your ears” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A21/1"}
{"id":27569,"verse_id":"ISA.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.21","text":"The word “correct’ is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A21/2"}
{"id":27570,"verse_id":"ISA.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “the platings of your silver idols.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A22/1"}
{"id":27571,"verse_id":"ISA.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Heb “the covering of your gold image.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":27572,"verse_id":"ISA.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.23","text":"Heb “and he will give rain for your seed which you plant in the ground, and food [will be] the produce of the ground, and it will be rich and abundant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A23/1"}
{"id":27573,"verse_id":"ISA.30.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.23","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A23/2"}
{"id":27574,"verse_id":"ISA.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"Heb “the oxen and the donkeys that work the ground.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":27575,"verse_id":"ISA.30.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.25","text":"Or “in the day of” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A25/1"}
{"id":27576,"verse_id":"ISA.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “the fracture of his people” (so NASB). sn The Lord is here compared to a physician setting a broken bone in a bandage or cast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A26/2"}
{"id":27577,"verse_id":"ISA.30.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.26","text":"Heb “the injury of his wound.” The joining of synonyms emphasizes the severity of the wound. Another option is to translate, “the wound of his blow.” In this case the pronominal suffix might refer to the Lord, not the people, yielding the translation, “the wound which he inflicted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A26/3"}
{"id":27578,"verse_id":"ISA.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.27","text":"Heb “his anger burns, and heaviness of elevation.” The meaning of the phrase “heaviness of elevation” is unclear, for מַשָּׂאָה ( masa ’ ah , “elevation”) occurs only here. Some understand the term as referring to a cloud (elevated above the earth’s surface), in which case one might translate, “and in heavy clouds” (cf. NAB “with lowering clouds”). Others relate the noun to מָשָׂא ( masa ’, “burden”) and interpret it as a reference to judgment. In this case one might translate, “and with severe judgment.” The present translation assumes that the noun refers to his glory and that “heaviness” emphasizes its degree.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A27/2"}
{"id":27579,"verse_id":"ISA.30.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.27","text":"Heb “his lips are full of anger, and his tongue is like consuming fire.” The Lord’s lips and tongue are used metonymically for his word (or perhaps his battle cry; see v. 31 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A27/3"}
{"id":27580,"verse_id":"ISA.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.28","text":"Heb “his breath is like a flooding river.” This might picture the Lord breathing heavily as he runs down his enemy, but in light of the preceding verse, which mentions his lips and tongue, “breath” probably stands metonymically for the word or battle cry that he expels from his mouth as he shouts. In Isa 34:16 and Ps 33:6 the Lord’s “breath” is associated with his command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A28/1"}
{"id":27581,"verse_id":"ISA.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.28","text":"Heb “shaking nations in a sieve of worthlessness.” It is not certain exactly how שָׁוְא ( shavÿ ’, “emptiness, worthlessness”) modifies “sieve.” A sieve is used to separate grain from chaff and isolate what is worthless so that it might be discarded. Perhaps the nations are likened to such chaff; God’s judgment will sift them out for destruction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A28/2"}
{"id":27582,"verse_id":"ISA.30.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.28","text":"Heb “and a bit that leads astray [is] in the jaws of the peoples.” Here the nations are likened to horse that can be controlled by a bit placed in its mouth. In this case the Lord uses his sovereign control over the “horse” to lead it to its demise.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A28/3"}
{"id":27583,"verse_id":"ISA.30.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.29","text":"Heb “[you will have] joy of heart, like the one going with a flute to enter the mountain of the Lord to the Rock of Israel.” The image here is not a foundational rock, but a rocky cliff where people could hide for protection (for example, the fortress of Masada).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A29/1"}
{"id":27584,"verse_id":"ISA.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “the Lord will cause the splendor of his voice to be heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A30/1"}
{"id":27585,"verse_id":"ISA.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “and reveal the lowering of his arm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A30/2"}
{"id":27586,"verse_id":"ISA.30.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.30","text":"Heb “and a flame of consuming fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A30/3"}
{"id":27587,"verse_id":"ISA.30.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.31","text":"Heb “Indeed by the voice of the Lord Assyria will be shattered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A31/1"}
{"id":27588,"verse_id":"ISA.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.32","text":"The Hebrew text has “every blow from a founded [i.e., “appointed”?] cudgel.” The translation above, with support from a few medieval Hebrew mss , assumes an emendation of מוּסָדָה ( musadah , “founded”) to מוּסָרֹה ( musaroh , “his discipline”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A32/1"}
{"id":27589,"verse_id":"ISA.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “which the Lord lays on him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A32/2"}
{"id":27590,"verse_id":"ISA.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.32","text":"Heb “will be with” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A32/3"}
{"id":27591,"verse_id":"ISA.30.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.32","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and with battles of brandishing [weapons?] he will fight against him.” Some prefer to emend וּבְמִלְחֲמוֹת ( uvÿmilkhamot , “and with battles of”) to וּבִמְחֹלוֹת ( uvimkholot , “and with dancing”). Note the immediately preceding references to musical instruments.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A32/4"}
{"id":27592,"verse_id":"ISA.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.33","text":"Or “indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A33/1"}
{"id":27593,"verse_id":"ISA.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"30.33","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “for arranged from before [or “yesterday”] is [?].” The meaning of תָּפְתֶּה ( tafÿteh ), which occurs only here, is unknown. The translation above (as with most English versions) assumes an emendation to תֹּפֶת ( tofet , “Topheth”; cf. NASB, NIV, NLT) and places the final hey ( ה ) on the beginning of the next word as an interrogative particle. Topheth was a place near Jerusalem used as a burial ground (see Jer 7:32; 19:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A33/2"}
{"id":27594,"verse_id":"ISA.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.33","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Also it is made ready for the king, one makes it deep and wide.” If one takes the final hey ( ה ) on תָּפְתֶּה ( tafÿteh ) and prefixes it to גָּם ( gam ) as an interrogative particle (see the preceding note), one can translate, “Is it also made ready for the king?” In this case the question is rhetorical and expects an emphatic affirmative answer, “Of course it is!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A33/3"}
{"id":27595,"verse_id":"ISA.30.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":30,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.33","text":"Heb “its pile of wood, fire and wood one makes abundant.” sn Apparently this alludes to some type of funeral rite.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2030%3A33/4"}
{"id":27596,"verse_id":"ISA.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] those who go down to Egypt for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A1/1"}
{"id":27597,"verse_id":"ISA.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and trust in chariots for they are many.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":27598,"verse_id":"ISA.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “and in horsemen for they are very strong [or “numerous”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A1/3"}
{"id":27599,"verse_id":"ISA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “and he does not turn aside [i.e., “retract”] his words”; NIV “does not take back his words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A2/2"}
{"id":27600,"verse_id":"ISA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “and he will arise against the house of the wicked.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A2/3"}
{"id":27601,"verse_id":"ISA.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “and against the help of the doers of sin.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A2/5"}
{"id":27602,"verse_id":"ISA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “will extend”; KJV, ASV, NASB, NCV “stretch out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":27603,"verse_id":"ISA.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.3","text":"Heb “together all of them will come to an end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A3/2"}
{"id":27604,"verse_id":"ISA.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “As a lion growls, a young lion over its prey.” In the Hebrew text the opening comparison is completed later in the verse (“so the Lord will come down…”), after a parenthesis describing how fearless the lion is. The present translation divides the verse into three sentences for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":27605,"verse_id":"ISA.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “Though there is summoned against it fullness of shepherds, by their voice it is not terrified, and to their noise it does not respond.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A4/2"}
{"id":27606,"verse_id":"ISA.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.4","text":"Some prefer to translate the phrase לִצְבֹּא עַל ( litsbo ’ ’ al ) as “fight against,” but the following context pictures the Lord defending, not attacking, Zion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A4/3"}
{"id":27607,"verse_id":"ISA.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “just as birds fly.” The words “over a nest” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":27608,"verse_id":"ISA.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A5/2"}
{"id":27609,"verse_id":"ISA.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.5","text":"The only other occurrence of this verb is in Exod 12:13, 23, 27 , where the Lord “passes over” (i.e., “spares”) the Israelite households as he comes to judge their Egyptian oppressors. The noun פֶּסַח ( pesakh , “Passover”) is derived from the verb. The use of the verb in Isa 31:5 is probably an intentional echo of the Exodus event. As in the days of Moses the Lord will spare his people as he comes to judge their enemies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A5/3"}
{"id":27610,"verse_id":"ISA.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"Heb “Return to the one [against] whom the sons of Israel made deep rebellion.” The syntax is awkward here. A preposition is omitted by ellipsis after the verb (see GKC 446 §138. f , n. 2), and there is a shift from direct address (note the second plural imperative “return”) to the third person (note “they made deep”). For other examples of abrupt shifts in person in poetic style, see GKC 462 §144. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":27611,"verse_id":"ISA.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"Or “in that day” (KJV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":27612,"verse_id":"ISA.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “reject” (so NIV); NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT “throw away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A7/2"}
{"id":27613,"verse_id":"ISA.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “the idols of their idols of silver and their idols of gold which your hands made for yourselves [in] sin.” חָטָא ( khata ’, “sin”) is understood as an adverbial accusative of manner. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:573, n. 4.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A7/3"}
{"id":27614,"verse_id":"ISA.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “Assyria will fall by a sword, not of a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":27615,"verse_id":"ISA.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “and a sword not of humankind will devour him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A8/2"}
{"id":27616,"verse_id":"ISA.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.8","text":"Heb “he will flee for himself from before a sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A8/3"}
{"id":27617,"verse_id":"ISA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “rocky cliff” (cf. ASV, NASB “rock”), viewed metaphorically as a place of defense and security.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":27618,"verse_id":"ISA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “His rocky cliff, because of fear, will pass away [i.e., “perish”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A9/2"}
{"id":27619,"verse_id":"ISA.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “and they will be afraid of the flag, his officers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2031%3A9/3"}
{"id":27620,"verse_id":"ISA.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “will reign according to fairness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A1/1"}
{"id":27621,"verse_id":"ISA.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “will rule according to justice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A1/2"}
{"id":27622,"verse_id":"ISA.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “a man,” but אִישׁ (’ ish ) probably refers here to “each” of the officials mentioned in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":27623,"verse_id":"ISA.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “Eyes that see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":27624,"verse_id":"ISA.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"The Hebrew text as vocalized reads literally “will not gaze,” but this is contradictory to the context. The verb form should be revocalized as תְּשֹׁעֶינָה ( tÿsho ’ enah ) from שָׁעַע ( sha ’ a ’, “be blinded”); see Isa 6:10; 29:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":27625,"verse_id":"ISA.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “ears that hear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A3/3"}
{"id":27626,"verse_id":"ISA.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “the heart of rashness will understand knowledge”; cf. NAB “The flighty will become wise and capable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":27627,"verse_id":"ISA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Or “foolishness,” in a moral-ethical sense. See 9:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":27628,"verse_id":"ISA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “and his heart commits sin”; KJV, ASV “his heart will work iniquity”; NASB “inclines toward wickedness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A6/2"}
{"id":27629,"verse_id":"ISA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “in order to do [or “so that he does”] what is godless [or “defiled”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A6/3"}
{"id":27630,"verse_id":"ISA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “so that he leaves empty the appetite [or “desire”] of the hungry.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A6/4"}
{"id":27631,"verse_id":"ISA.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “and the drink of the thirsty he causes to fail.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A6/5"}
{"id":27632,"verse_id":"ISA.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “as for a deceiver, his implements [or “weapons”] are evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":27633,"verse_id":"ISA.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.7","text":"Or “he plans evil things”; NIV “he makes up evil schemes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A7/2"}
{"id":27634,"verse_id":"ISA.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “to ruin the poor with words of falsehood, even when the needy speak what is just.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A7/3"}
{"id":27635,"verse_id":"ISA.32.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.8","text":"Heb “and he upon honorable things stands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A8/1"}
{"id":27636,"verse_id":"ISA.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Or “self-assured”; NASB, NRSV “who are at ease.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":27637,"verse_id":"ISA.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.9","text":"Or “self-confident”; NAB “overconfident.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A9/2"}
{"id":27638,"verse_id":"ISA.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"Heb “days upon a year.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":27639,"verse_id":"ISA.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.10","text":"Or perhaps, “olive.” See 24:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A10/2"}
{"id":27640,"verse_id":"ISA.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"The imperatival forms in v. 11 are problematic. The first ( חִרְדוּ , khirdu , “tremble”) is masculine plural in form, though spoken to a feminine plural addressee ( שַׁאֲנַנּוֹת , sha ’ anannot , “complacent ones”). The four imperatival forms that follow ( רְגָזָה , rÿgazah , “shake with fear”; פְּשֹׁטָה , pÿshotah , “strip off your clothes”; עֹרָה , ’ orah , “expose yourselves”; and חֲגוֹרָה , khagorah , “put on”) all appear to be lengthened (so-called “emphatic”) masculine singular forms, even though they too appear to be spoken to a feminine plural addressee. GKC 131-32 §48. i suggests emending חִרְדוּ ( khirdu ) to חֲרָדָה ( kharadah ) and understanding all five imperatives as feminine plural “aramaized” forms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":27641,"verse_id":"ISA.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"The Hebrew text has “over mourning breasts.” The reference to “breasts” would make sense in light of v. 11 , which refers to the practice of women baring their breasts as a sign of sorrow (see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:585). However, one expects the preposition עַל (’ al ) to introduce the source or reason for mourning (see vv. 12 b-13a) and the participle סֹפְדִים ( sofedim , “mourning”) seems odd modifying “breasts.” The translation above assumes a twofold emendation: (1) שָׁדַיִם ( shadayim , “breasts”) is emended to [ ם ] שָׂדַי ( saday [ m ], “field,” a term that also appears in Isa 56:9 ). The final mem ( ם ) would be enclitic in this case, not a plural indicator. (The Hebrew noun שָׂדֶה ( sadeh , “field”) forms its plural with an וֹת - [ -ot ] ending). (2) The plural participle סֹפְדִים is emended to סְפֹדָה ( sÿfodah ), a lengthened imperatival form, meaning “mourn.” For an overview of various suggestions that have been made for this difficult line, see Oswalt, 586, n. 12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":27642,"verse_id":"ISA.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"“Mourn” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text vv. 12-13 are one long sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":27643,"verse_id":"ISA.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “indeed, over all the houses of joy.” It is not certain if this refers to individual homes or to places where parties and celebrations were held.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":27644,"verse_id":"ISA.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.14","text":"Or “noisy” (NAB, NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A14/1"}
{"id":27645,"verse_id":"ISA.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.14","text":"Hebrew עֹפֶל (’ ofel ), probably refers here to a specific area within the city of Jerusalem. See HALOT 861 s.v. II עֹפֶל .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A14/2"}
{"id":27646,"verse_id":"ISA.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.14","text":"The Hebrew text has בְעַד מְעָרוֹת ( vÿ ’ ad mÿ ’ arot ). The force of בְעַד , which usually means “behind, through, round about,” or “for the benefit of,” is uncertain here. HALOT 616 s.v. * מְעָרָה takes מְעָרוֹת ( mÿ ’ arot ) as a homonym of “cave” and define it here as “cleared field.” Despite these lexical problems, the general point of the statement seems clear – the city will be uninhabited.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A14/3"}
{"id":27647,"verse_id":"ISA.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “the joy of wild donkeys, a pasture for flocks.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A14/4"}
{"id":27648,"verse_id":"ISA.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"Heb “until a spirit is emptied out on us from on high.” The words “this desolation will continue” are supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic purposes. The verb עָרָה (’ arah ), used here in the Niphal, normally means “lay bare, expose.” The term רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) is often understood here as a reference to the divine spirit (cf. 44:3 and NASB, NIV, CEV, NLT), but it appears here without an article (cf. NRSV “a spirit”), pronominal suffix, or a genitive (such as “of the Lord”). The translation assumes that it carries an impersonal nuance “vivacity, vigor” in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":27649,"verse_id":"ISA.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “and the product of fairness will be peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":27650,"verse_id":"ISA.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “and the work of fairness [will be] calmness and security forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A17/2"}
{"id":27651,"verse_id":"ISA.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"Or “in safe resting places”; NAB, NRSV “quiet resting places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":27652,"verse_id":"ISA.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “and [?] when the forest descends.” The form וּבָרַד ( uvarad ) is often understood as an otherwise unattested denominative verb meaning “to hail” ( HALOT 154 s.v. I ברד ). In this case one might translate, “and it hails when the forest is destroyed” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV). Perhaps the text alludes to a powerful wind and hail storm that knocks down limbs and trees. Some prefer to emend the form to וְיָרַד ( vÿyarad ), “and it descends,” which provides better, though not perfect, symmetry with the parallel line (cf. NAB). Perhaps וּבָרַד should be dismissed as dittographic. In this case the statement (“when the forest descends”) lacks a finite verb and seems incomplete, but perhaps it is subordinate to v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":27653,"verse_id":"ISA.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “and in humiliation the city is laid low.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A19/2"}
{"id":27654,"verse_id":"ISA.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “by all the waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":27655,"verse_id":"ISA.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.20","text":"Heb “who set free the foot of the ox and donkey”; NIV “letting your cattle and donkeys range free.” sn This verse seems to anticipate a time when fertile land is available to cultivate and crops are so abundant that the farm animals can be allowed to graze freely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2032%3A20/2"}
{"id":27656,"verse_id":"ISA.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the destroyer.” sn In this context “the destroyer” appears to refer collectively to the hostile nations (vv. 3-4 ). Assyria would probably have been primary in the minds of the prophet and his audience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A1/1"}
{"id":27657,"verse_id":"ISA.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.1","text":"Heb “and the deceitful one”; NAB, NIV “O traitor”; NRSV “you treacherous one.” In the parallel structure הוֹי ( hoy , “woe [to]”) does double duty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A1/2"}
{"id":27658,"verse_id":"ISA.33.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.1","text":"in reading ככלתך , a Piel infinitival form from the verbal root כָּלָה ( kalah ), meaning “finish.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A1/3"}
{"id":27659,"verse_id":"ISA.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “Be their arm each morning.” “Arm” is a symbol for strength. The mem suffixed to the noun has been traditionally understood as a third person suffix, but this is contrary to the context, where the people speak of themselves in the first person. The mem ( מ ) is probably enclitic with ellipsis of the pronoun, which can be supplied from the context. See J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:589, n. 1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":27660,"verse_id":"ISA.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “[Be] also our deliverance in the time of distress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A2/2"}
{"id":27661,"verse_id":"ISA.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “at the sound of tumult the nations run away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":27662,"verse_id":"ISA.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “because of your exaltation the nations scatter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":27663,"verse_id":"ISA.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"The pronoun is plural; the statement is addressed to the nations who have stockpiled plunder from their conquests of others.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":27664,"verse_id":"ISA.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “and your plunder is gathered, the gathering of the locust.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A4/2"}
{"id":27665,"verse_id":"ISA.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “like a swarm of locusts swarming on it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A4/3"}
{"id":27666,"verse_id":"ISA.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Or “elevated”; NCV, NLT “is very great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":27667,"verse_id":"ISA.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.5","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A5/2"}
{"id":27668,"verse_id":"ISA.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “on high” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “in the heavens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A5/3"}
{"id":27669,"verse_id":"ISA.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “and he is the stability of your times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":27670,"verse_id":"ISA.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “a rich store of deliverance, wisdom, and knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A6/2"}
{"id":27671,"verse_id":"ISA.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “the fear of the Lord, it is his treasure.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A6/3"}
{"id":27672,"verse_id":"ISA.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word is unknown. Proposals include “heroes” (cf. KJV, ASV “valiant ones”; NASB, NIV “brave men”); “priests,” “residents [of Jerusalem].” The present translation assumes that the term is synonymous with “messengers of peace,” with which it corresponds in the parallel structure of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":27673,"verse_id":"ISA.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.7","text":"Heb “messengers of peace,” apparently those responsible for negotiating the agreements that have been broken (see v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A7/2"}
{"id":27674,"verse_id":"ISA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"Or “desolate” (NAB, NASB); NIV, NRSV, NLT “deserted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":27675,"verse_id":"ISA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “the one passing by on the road ceases.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A8/2"}
{"id":27676,"verse_id":"ISA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “one breaks a treaty”; NAB “Covenants are broken.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A8/3"}
{"id":27677,"verse_id":"ISA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.8","text":". Confusion of dalet ( ד ) and resh ( ר ) is a well-attested scribal error.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A8/4"}
{"id":27678,"verse_id":"ISA.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “he does not regard human beings.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A8/5"}
{"id":27679,"verse_id":"ISA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.9","text":"Or “earth” (KJV); NAB “the country.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A9/1"}
{"id":27680,"verse_id":"ISA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.9","text":"Or “mourns” (BDB 5 s.v. I אָבַל ). HALOT 6-7 lists homonyms I אבל (“mourn”) and II אבל (“dry up”). They propose the second here on the basis of parallelism. See 24:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A9/2"}
{"id":27681,"verse_id":"ISA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “Lebanon is ashamed.” The Hiphil is exhibitive, expressing the idea, “exhibits shame.” In this context the statement alludes to the withering of vegetation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A9/3"}
{"id":27682,"verse_id":"ISA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.9","text":"Or “the Arabah” (NIV). See 35:1 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A9/5"}
{"id":27683,"verse_id":"ISA.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “shake off [their leaves]” (so ASV, NRSV); NAB “are stripped bare.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A9/7"}
{"id":27684,"verse_id":"ISA.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Or “lift myself up” (KJV); NLT “show my power and might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":27685,"verse_id":"ISA.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"The second person verb and pronominal forms in this verse are plural. The hostile nations are the addressed, as the next verse makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":27686,"verse_id":"ISA.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “will be a burning to lime.” See Amos 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":27687,"verse_id":"ISA.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Or “trembling” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “shake with fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":27688,"verse_id":"ISA.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.14","text":"Or “the defiled”; TEV “The sinful people of Zion”; NLT “The sinners in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A14/2"}
{"id":27689,"verse_id":"ISA.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.14","text":"The words “they say” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A14/3"}
{"id":27690,"verse_id":"ISA.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.14","text":"Or “perpetual”; or “everlasting” (KJV, ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A14/4"}
{"id":27691,"verse_id":"ISA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “walks” (so NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":27692,"verse_id":"ISA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.15","text":"Or, possibly, “justly”; NAB “who practices virtue.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A15/2"}
{"id":27693,"verse_id":"ISA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “[who] shakes off his hands from grabbing hold of a bribe.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A15/3"}
{"id":27694,"verse_id":"ISA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “[who] shuts his ear from listening to bloodshed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A15/4"}
{"id":27695,"verse_id":"ISA.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “[who] closes his eyes from seeing evil.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A15/5"}
{"id":27696,"verse_id":"ISA.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “he [in the] exalted places will live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":27697,"verse_id":"ISA.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “mountain strongholds, cliffs [will be] his elevated place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A16/2"}
{"id":27698,"verse_id":"ISA.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “your eyes will see a king in his beauty”; NIV, NRSV “the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":27699,"verse_id":"ISA.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “a land of distances,” i.e., an extensive land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A17/2"}
{"id":27700,"verse_id":"ISA.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “your heart will meditate on terror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":27701,"verse_id":"ISA.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.18","text":"The words “and you will ask yourselves” are supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A18/2"}
{"id":27702,"verse_id":"ISA.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"The Hebrew form נוֹעָז ( no ’ az ) is a Niphal participle derived from יָעַז ( ya ’ az , an otherwise unattested verb) or from עָזָז (’ azaz , “be strong,” unattested elsewhere in the Niphal). Some prefer to emend the form to לוֹעֵז ( lo ’ ez ) which occurs in Ps 114:1 with the meaning “speak a foreign language.” See HALOT 809 s.v. עזז , 533 s.v. לעז . In this case, one might translate “people who speak a foreign language.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":27703,"verse_id":"ISA.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “a people too deep of lip to hear.” The phrase “deep of lip” must be an idiom meaning “lips that speak words that are unfathomable [i.e., incomprehensible].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A19/2"}
{"id":27704,"verse_id":"ISA.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “derision of tongue there is no understanding.” The Niphal of לָעַג ( la ’ ag ) occurs only here. In the Qal and Hiphil the verb means “to deride, mock.” A related noun is used in 28:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A19/3"}
{"id":27705,"verse_id":"ISA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “your eyes” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":27706,"verse_id":"ISA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.20","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A20/2"}
{"id":27707,"verse_id":"ISA.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.20","text":"Or “that does not travel”; NASB “which shall not be folded.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A20/3"}
{"id":27708,"verse_id":"ISA.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “But there [as] a mighty one [will be] the Lord for us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":27709,"verse_id":"ISA.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “a place of rivers, streams wide of hands [i.e., on both sides].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A21/2"}
{"id":27710,"verse_id":"ISA.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “a ship of rowing will not go into it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A21/3"}
{"id":27711,"verse_id":"ISA.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “and a mighty ship will not pass through it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A21/4"}
{"id":27712,"verse_id":"ISA.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.23","text":"The words “though at this time” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The first half of the verse is addressed to Judah and contrasts the nation’s present weakness with its future prosperity. Judah is compared to a ship that is incapable of sailing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A23/1"}
{"id":27713,"verse_id":"ISA.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.23","text":"Heb “they do not fasten the base of their mast.” On כֵּן ( ken , “base”) see BDB 487 s.v. III כֵּן and HALOT 483 s.v. III כֵּן .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A23/2"}
{"id":27714,"verse_id":"ISA.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.23","text":"Or perhaps, “flag.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A23/3"}
{"id":27715,"verse_id":"ISA.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.23","text":"Heb “then there will be divided up loot of plunder [in] abundance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A23/4"}
{"id":27716,"verse_id":"ISA.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.24","text":"The words “of Zion” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2033%3A24/1"}
{"id":27717,"verse_id":"ISA.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “the world and its offspring”; NASB “the world and all that springs from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A1/1"}
{"id":27718,"verse_id":"ISA.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “will be cast aside”; NASB, NIV “thrown out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":27719,"verse_id":"ISA.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “[as for] their corpses, their stench will arise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A3/2"}
{"id":27720,"verse_id":"ISA.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “hills will dissolve from their blood.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A3/3"}
{"id":27721,"verse_id":"ISA.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"inserts “and the valleys will be split open,” but this reading may be influenced by Mic 1:4 . On the other hand, the statement, if original, could have been omitted by homoioarcton, a scribe’s eye jumping from the conjunction prefixed to “the valleys” to the conjunction prefixed to the verb “rot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":27722,"verse_id":"ISA.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “like the withering of a leaf from a vine, and like the withering from a fig tree.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A4/2"}
{"id":27723,"verse_id":"ISA.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"The words “he says” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Lord speaks at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":27724,"verse_id":"ISA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.6","text":"The verb is a rare Hotpaal passive form. See GKC 150 §54. h .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A6/1"}
{"id":27725,"verse_id":"ISA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.6","text":"The words “it drips” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A6/2"}
{"id":27726,"verse_id":"ISA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.6","text":"The words “and is covered” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A6/3"}
{"id":27727,"verse_id":"ISA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.6","text":"Heb “for there is a sacrifice to the Lord.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A6/4"}
{"id":27728,"verse_id":"ISA.34.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"34.6","text":"Heb “great” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A6/6"}
{"id":27729,"verse_id":"ISA.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “will go down”; NAB “shall be struck down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":27730,"verse_id":"ISA.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “and bulls along with strong ones.” Perhaps this refers to the leaders.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A7/2"}
{"id":27731,"verse_id":"ISA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “for a day of vengeance [is] for the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":27732,"verse_id":"ISA.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.8","text":"Heb “a year of repayment for the strife of Zion.” The translation assumes that רִיב ( riv ) refers to Edom’s hostility toward Zion. Another option is to understand רִיב ( riv ) as referring to the Lord’s taking up Zion’s cause. In this case one might translate, “a time when he will repay Edom and vindicate Zion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A8/2"}
{"id":27733,"verse_id":"ISA.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Edom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":27734,"verse_id":"ISA.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “it will not be extinguished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":27735,"verse_id":"ISA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.11","text":"קָאַת ( qa ’ at ) refers to some type of bird (cf. Lev 11:18 ; Deut 14:17 ) that was typically found near ruins (see Zeph 2:14 ). קִפּוֹד ( qippod ) may also refer to a type of bird (NAB “hoot owl”; NIV “screech owl”; TEV “ravens”), but some have suggested a rodent may be in view (cf. NCV “small animals”; ASV “porcupine”; NASB, NRSV “hedgehog”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A11/1"}
{"id":27736,"verse_id":"ISA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “will possess it” (so NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A11/2"}
{"id":27737,"verse_id":"ISA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.11","text":"The Hebrew text has יַנְשׁוֹף וְעֹרֵב ( yanshof vÿ ’ orev ). Both the יַנְשׁוֹף (“owl”; see Lev 11:17 ; Deut 14:16 ) and עֹרֵב (“raven”; Lev 11:15 ; Deut 14:14 ) were types of wild birds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A11/3"}
{"id":27738,"verse_id":"ISA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A11/4"}
{"id":27739,"verse_id":"ISA.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “stones,” i.e., the stones used in a plumb bob.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A11/5"}
{"id":27740,"verse_id":"ISA.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “will be nothing”; NCV, TEV, NLT “will all be gone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":27741,"verse_id":"ISA.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"The words “will grow” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":27742,"verse_id":"ISA.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.13","text":") supports this emendation (cf. HALOT 344 s.v. II חָצִיר )","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A13/2"}
{"id":27743,"verse_id":"ISA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “will meet” (so NIV); NLT “will mingle there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":27744,"verse_id":"ISA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “and a goat will call to its neighbor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A14/2"}
{"id":27745,"verse_id":"ISA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.14","text":"The precise meaning of לִּילִית ( lilit ) is unclear, though in this context the word certainly refers to some type of wild animal or bird. The word appears to be related to לַיְלָה ( laylah , “night”). Some interpret it as the name of a female night demon, on the basis of an apparent Akkadian cognate used as the name of a demon. Later Jewish legends also identified Lilith as a demon. Cf. NRSV “Lilith.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A14/3"}
{"id":27746,"verse_id":"ISA.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “and will find for themselves a resting place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A14/4"}
{"id":27747,"verse_id":"ISA.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"Hebrew קִפּוֹז ( qippoz ) occurs only here; the precise meaning of the word is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":27748,"verse_id":"ISA.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.15","text":"For this proposed meaning for Hebrew מָלַט ( malat ), see HALOT 589 s.v. I מלט .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A15/2"}
{"id":27749,"verse_id":"ISA.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.15","text":"Heb “and brood [over them] in her shadow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A15/3"}
{"id":27750,"verse_id":"ISA.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.15","text":"The precise meaning of דַּיָּה ( dayyah ) is uncertain, though the term appears to refer to some type of bird of prey, perhaps a vulture.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A15/4"}
{"id":27751,"verse_id":"ISA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “Seek from upon the scroll of the Lord and read.” sn It is uncertain what particular scroll is referred to here. Perhaps the phrase simply refers to this prophecy and is an admonition to pay close attention to the details of the message.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A16/1"}
{"id":27752,"verse_id":"ISA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “one from these will not be missing.” הֵנָּה ( hennah , “these”) is feminine plural in the Hebrew text. It may refer only to the birds mentioned in v. 15 b or may include all of the creatures listed in vv. 14 b-15 (all of which are identified with feminine nouns).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A16/2"}
{"id":27753,"verse_id":"ISA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “each its mate they will not lack.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A16/3"}
{"id":27754,"verse_id":"ISA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.16","text":"and a few medieval mss have פִּיהוּ ( pihu , “his mouth [has commanded]”), while a few other medieval mss read פִּי יְהוָה ( pi yÿhvah , “the mouth of the Lord [has commanded]”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A16/4"}
{"id":27755,"verse_id":"ISA.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “and his spirit, he gathers them.” The pronominal suffix (“them”) is feminine plural, referring to the birds mentioned in v. 15 b or to all of the creatures listed in vv. 14 b-15 (all of which are identified with feminine nouns).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A16/5"}
{"id":27756,"verse_id":"ISA.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “and he causes the lot to fall for them.” Once again the pronominal suffix (“them”) is feminine plural, referring to the birds mentioned in v. 15 b or to all of the creatures listed in vv. 14 b-15 (all of which are identified with feminine nouns).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":27757,"verse_id":"ISA.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “and his hand divides for them with a measuring line.” The pronominal suffix (“them”) now switches to masculine plural, referring to all the animals and birds mentioned in vv. 11-15 , some of which were identified with masculine nouns. This signals closure for this portion of the speech, which began in v. 11 . The following couplet (v. 17 b) forms an inclusio with v. 11 a through verbal repetition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A17/2"}
{"id":27758,"verse_id":"ISA.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “will possess it” (so NIV); NCV “they will own that land forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2034%3A17/3"}
{"id":27759,"verse_id":"ISA.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.1","text":"The final mem ( ם ) on the verb יְשֻׂשׂוּם ( yÿsusum ) is dittographic (note the initial mem on the following noun מִדְבָּר [ midbar ]). The ambiguous verbal form is translated as a jussive because it is parallel to the jussive form תָגֵל ( tagel ). The jussive is used rhetorically here, not as a literal command or prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A1/1"}
{"id":27760,"verse_id":"ISA.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.1","text":"Or “Arabah” (NASB); NAB, NIV, TEV “desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A1/2"}
{"id":27761,"verse_id":"ISA.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"The ambiguous verb form תִּפְרַח ( tifrakh ) is translated as a jussive because it is parallel to the jussive form תָגֵל ( tagel ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":27762,"verse_id":"ISA.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.2","text":"Heb “and let it rejoice, yes [with] rejoicing and shouting.” גִּילַת ( gilat ) may be an archaic feminine nominal form (see GKC 421 §130. b ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A2/2"}
{"id":27763,"verse_id":"ISA.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.2","text":"Or “glory” (KJV, NIV, NRSV); also a second time later in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A2/3"}
{"id":27764,"verse_id":"ISA.35.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.3","text":"Heb “staggering knees”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “feeble knees”; NIV “knees that give way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A3/1"}
{"id":27765,"verse_id":"ISA.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"Heb “Say to the hasty of heart,” i.e., those whose hearts beat quickly from fear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":27766,"verse_id":"ISA.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.4","text":"The jussive form וְיֹשַׁעֲכֶם ( vÿyosha ’ akhem ), which is subordinated to the preceding imperfect with vav conjunctive, indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A4/2"}
{"id":27767,"verse_id":"ISA.35.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.6","text":"Heb “burst forth” (so NAB); KJV “break out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A6/1"}
{"id":27768,"verse_id":"ISA.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.8","text":"does not reflect the repetition of the phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A8/1"}
{"id":27769,"verse_id":"ISA.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.8","text":"The precise meaning of this line is uncertain. The text reads literally “and it is for them, the one who walks [on the] way.” In this context those authorized to use the Way of Holiness would be morally upright people who are the recipients of God’s deliverance, in contrast to the morally impure and foolish who are excluded from the new covenant community.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A8/2"}
{"id":27770,"verse_id":"ISA.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.8","text":"In this context “fools” are those who are morally corrupt, not those with limited intellectual capacity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A8/3"}
{"id":27771,"verse_id":"ISA.35.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.9","text":"Heb “will go up on it”; TEV “will pass that way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A9/1"}
{"id":27772,"verse_id":"ISA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “and the redeemed will walk, the ransomed of the Lord will return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":27773,"verse_id":"ISA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “[will be] on their head[s].” “Joy” may be likened here to a crown (cf. 2 Sam 1:10 ). The statement may also be an ironic twist on the idiom “earth/dust on the head” (cf. 2 Sam 1:2; 13:19; 15:32 ; Job 2:12 ), referring to a mourning practice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A10/2"}
{"id":27774,"verse_id":"ISA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “will overtake” (NIV); NLT “they will be overcome with.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A10/3"}
{"id":27775,"verse_id":"ISA.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “grief and groaning will flee”; KJV “sorrow and sighing shall flee away.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2035%3A10/4"}
{"id":27776,"verse_id":"ISA.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.1","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A1/1"}
{"id":27777,"verse_id":"ISA.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A2/2"}
{"id":27778,"verse_id":"ISA.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the chief adviser) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A2/3"}
{"id":27779,"verse_id":"ISA.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.2","text":"Heb “the field of the washer”; traditionally “the fuller’s field” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A2/4"}
{"id":27780,"verse_id":"ISA.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “What is this object of trust in which you are trusting?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":27781,"verse_id":"ISA.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “you say only a word of lips, counsel and might for battle.” Sennacherib’s message appears to be in broken Hebrew at this point. The phrase “word of lips” refers to mere or empty talk in Prov 14:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":27782,"verse_id":"ISA.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"Heb “How can you turn back the face of an official [from among] the least of my master’s servants and trust in Egypt for chariots and horsemen?” In vv. 8-9 the chief adviser develops further the argument begun in v. 6 . His reasoning seems to be as follows: “In your weakened condition you obviously need military strength. Agree to the king’s terms and I will personally give you more horses than you are capable of outfitting. If I, a mere minor official, am capable of giving you such military might, just think what power the king has. There is no way the Egyptians can match our strength. It makes much better sense to deal with us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":27783,"verse_id":"ISA.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.11","text":"Or “in Hebrew” (NIV, NCV, NLT); NAB, NASB “in Judean.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A11/2"}
{"id":27784,"verse_id":"ISA.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.12","text":"Heb “To your master and to you did my master send me to speak these words?” The rhetorical question expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A12/1"}
{"id":27785,"verse_id":"ISA.36.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.12","text":"Heb “[Is it] not [also] to the men…?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Yes, it is.” sn The chief adviser alludes to the horrible reality of siege warfare, when the starving people in the besieged city would resort to eating and drinking anything to stay alive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A12/2"}
{"id":27786,"verse_id":"ISA.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"The Hebrew text includes “and he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":27787,"verse_id":"ISA.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “make with me a blessing and come out to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A16/1"}
{"id":27788,"verse_id":"ISA.36.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.18","text":"Heb “Have the gods of the nations rescued, each his land, from the hand of the king of Assyria?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A18/1"}
{"id":27789,"verse_id":"ISA.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.19","text":"The rhetorical questions in v. 34a suggest the answer, “Nowhere, they seem to have disappeared in the face of Assyria’s might.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A19/1"}
{"id":27790,"verse_id":"ISA.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.19","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A19/2"}
{"id":27791,"verse_id":"ISA.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.19","text":"Heb “that they rescued Samaria from my hand?” But this gives the impression that the gods of Sepharvaim were responsible for protecting Samaria, which is obviously not the case. The implied subject of the plural verb “rescued” must be the generic “gods of the nations/lands” (vv. 18, 20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A19/3"}
{"id":27792,"verse_id":"ISA.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.20","text":"Heb “that the Lord might rescue Jerusalem from my hand?” The logic runs as follows: Since no god has ever been able to withstand the Assyrian onslaught, how can the people of Jerusalem possibly think the Lord will rescue them?","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A20/1"}
{"id":27793,"verse_id":"ISA.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “with their clothes torn”; the words “in grief” have been supplied in the translation to indicate that this was done as a sign of grief and mourning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":27794,"verse_id":"ISA.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.1","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A1/1"}
{"id":27795,"verse_id":"ISA.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “elders of the priests” (so KJV, NAB, NASB); NCV “the older priests”; NRSV, TEV, CEV “the senior priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":27796,"verse_id":"ISA.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.3","text":"In the Hebrew text this verse begins with “they said to him” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A3/1"}
{"id":27797,"verse_id":"ISA.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.3","text":"Or “rebuke” (KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV), or “correction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A3/2"}
{"id":27798,"verse_id":"ISA.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.3","text":"Or “contempt”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “disgrace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A3/3"}
{"id":27799,"verse_id":"ISA.37.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.3","text":"Heb “when sons come to the cervical opening and there is no strength to give birth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A3/4"}
{"id":27800,"verse_id":"ISA.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “all the words of the chief adviser whom his master, the king of Assyria, sent to taunt the living God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A4/1"}
{"id":27801,"verse_id":"ISA.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “and rebuke the words which the Lord your God hears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A4/2"}
{"id":27802,"verse_id":"ISA.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.4","text":"Heb “and lift up a prayer on behalf of the remnant that is found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A4/3"}
{"id":27803,"verse_id":"ISA.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"Heb “by which the servants of the king of Assyria have insulted me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":27804,"verse_id":"ISA.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “I will put in him a spirit.” The precise sense of רוּחַ ( ruakh , “spirit”) is uncertain in this context. It may refer to a spiritual being who will take control of his mind (see 1 Kgs 22:19 ), or it could refer to a disposition of concern and fear. In either case the Lord’s sovereignty over the king is apparent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":27805,"verse_id":"ISA.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “cause him to fall” (so KJV, ASV, NAB), that is, “kill him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A7/2"}
{"id":27806,"verse_id":"ISA.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “and the chief adviser returned and he found the king of Assyria fighting against Libnah, for he heard that he had departed from Lachish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":27807,"verse_id":"ISA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":27808,"verse_id":"ISA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “Cush” (so NASB); NIV, NCV “the Cushite king of Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A9/2"}
{"id":27809,"verse_id":"ISA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “heard concerning Tirhakah king of Cush, ‘He has come out to fight with you.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A9/3"}
{"id":27810,"verse_id":"ISA.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.9","text":"The Hebrew text has, “and he heard and he sent,” but the parallel in 2 Kgs 19:9 has וַיָּשָׁב וַיִּשְׁלַח ( vayyashav vayyishlakh , “and he returned and he sent”), i.e., “he again sent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A9/4"}
{"id":27811,"verse_id":"ISA.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.11","text":"Heb “Look, you have heard what the kings of Assyria have done to all the lands, annihilating them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A11/1"}
{"id":27812,"verse_id":"ISA.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.11","text":"Heb “and will you be rescued?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “No, of course not!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A11/2"}
{"id":27813,"verse_id":"ISA.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.12","text":"Heb “fathers” (so KJV, NAB, NASB); NIV “forefathers”; NCV “ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A12/1"}
{"id":27814,"verse_id":"ISA.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.12","text":"Heb “Did the gods of the nations whom my fathers destroyed rescue them – Gozan and Haran, and Rezeph and the sons of Eden who are in Telassar?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A12/2"}
{"id":27815,"verse_id":"ISA.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"37.14","text":"The Hebrew text has the plural, “letters.” The final mem ( ם ) may be dittographic (note the initial mem on the form that immediately follows). Some Greek and Aramaic witnesses have the singular. If so, one still has to deal with the yod that is part of the plural ending. J. N. Oswalt refers to various commentators who have suggested ways to understand the plural form ( Isaiah [NICOT], 1:652).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A14/1"}
{"id":27816,"verse_id":"ISA.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.14","text":"In the parallel text in 2 Kgs 19:14 the verb has the plural suffix, “them,” but this probably reflects a later harmonization to the preceding textual corruption (of “letter” to “letters”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A14/2"}
{"id":27817,"verse_id":"ISA.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.16","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A16/2"}
{"id":27818,"verse_id":"ISA.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “Hear all the words of Sennacherib which he sent to taunt the living God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":27819,"verse_id":"ISA.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"The Hebrew text here has “all the lands,” but the parallel text in 2 Kgs 19:17 has “the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":27820,"verse_id":"ISA.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “and they put their gods in the fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":27821,"verse_id":"ISA.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “so they destroyed them” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A19/2"}
{"id":27822,"verse_id":"ISA.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.20","text":"The parallel text in 2 Kgs 19:19 reads, “that you, Lord, are the only God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A20/1"}
{"id":27823,"verse_id":"ISA.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"The parallel text in 2 Kgs 19:20 reads, “That which you prayed to me concerning Sennacherib king of Assyria I have heard.” The verb “I have heard” does not appear in Isa 37:21 , where אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) probably has a causal sense: “because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":27824,"verse_id":"ISA.37.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.22","text":"Heb “this is the word which the Lord has spoken about him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A22/1"}
{"id":27825,"verse_id":"ISA.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.23","text":"Heb “and lifted your eyes on high?” Cf. NIV “lifted your eyes in pride”; NRSV “haughtily lifted your eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A23/1"}
{"id":27826,"verse_id":"ISA.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.24","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A24/1"}
{"id":27827,"verse_id":"ISA.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.24","text":"Heb “the height of its extremity”; ASV “its farthest height.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A24/2"}
{"id":27828,"verse_id":"ISA.37.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.25","text":"scroll harmonizes with against the MT ( Isa 36:5; 37:9, 20 ). Since the addition of “foreign” to this text in Isaiah by a later scribe would be more likely than its deletion, the MT reading should be accepted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A25/1"}
{"id":27829,"verse_id":"ISA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.26","text":"Having quoted the Assyrian king’s arrogant words in vv. 23-24 , the Lord now speaks to the king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A26/1"}
{"id":27830,"verse_id":"ISA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “Have you not heard?” The rhetorical question expresses the Lord’s amazement that anyone might be ignorant of what he is about to say.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A26/2"}
{"id":27831,"verse_id":"ISA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “formed” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A26/3"}
{"id":27832,"verse_id":"ISA.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “and it is to cause to crash into heaps of ruins fortified cities.” The subject of the third feminine singular verb תְהִי ( tÿhi ) is the implied plan, referred to in the preceding lines with third feminine singular pronominal suffixes.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A26/4"}
{"id":27833,"verse_id":"ISA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “short of hand”; KJV, ASV “of small power”; NASB “short of strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A27/1"}
{"id":27834,"verse_id":"ISA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “they are plants in the field and green vegetation.” The metaphor emphasizes how short-lived these seemingly powerful cities really were. See Ps 90:5-6 ; Isa 40:6-8, 24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A27/2"}
{"id":27835,"verse_id":"ISA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.27","text":"Heb “[they are] grass on the rooftops.” See the preceding note.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A27/3"}
{"id":27836,"verse_id":"ISA.37.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.27","text":"; cf. J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:657, n. 8.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A27/4"}
{"id":27837,"verse_id":"ISA.37.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.28","text":"does not have it at the beginning of v. 29 . In light of this ambiguous manuscript evidence, it appears best to retain the clause in both verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A28/1"}
{"id":27838,"verse_id":"ISA.37.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"37.29","text":"Heb “and your complacency comes up into my ears.” The parallelism is improved if שַׁאֲנַנְךָ ( sha ’ anankha , “your complacency”) is emended to שְׁאוֹנְךָ ( shÿ ’ onÿkha , “your uproar”). See M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 237-38. However, the LXX seems to support the MT and Sennacherib’s cavalier dismissal of Yahweh depicts an arrogant complacency (J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 1:658, n. 10).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A29/1"}
{"id":27839,"verse_id":"ISA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.30","text":"At this point the word concerning the king of Assyria (vv. 22-29 ) ends and the Lord again addresses Hezekiah and the people directly (see v. 21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A30/1"}
{"id":27840,"verse_id":"ISA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.30","text":"Heb “and this is your sign.” In this case the אוֹת (’ ot , “sign”) is a future reminder of God’s intervention designated before the actual intervention takes place. For similar “signs” see Exod 3:12 and Isa 7:14-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A30/2"}
{"id":27841,"verse_id":"ISA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.30","text":"Heb “and in the second year” (so ASV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A30/4"}
{"id":27842,"verse_id":"ISA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"37.30","text":"Heb “in the third year” (so KJV, NAB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A30/5"}
{"id":27843,"verse_id":"ISA.37.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"37.30","text":"The four plural imperatival verb forms in v. 30 b are used rhetorically. The Lord commands the people to plant, harvest, etc. to emphasize the certainty of restored peace and prosperity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A30/6"}
{"id":27844,"verse_id":"ISA.37.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.31","text":"Heb “The remnant of the house of Judah that is left will add roots below and produce fruit above.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A31/1"}
{"id":27845,"verse_id":"ISA.37.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.32","text":"Heb “the zeal of the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts].” In this context the Lord’s “zeal” refers to his intense devotion to and love for his people which prompts him to protect and restore them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A32/1"}
{"id":27846,"verse_id":"ISA.37.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.33","text":"Heb “there” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV). In terms of English style “here” is expected in collocation with “this” in the previous line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A33/1"}
{"id":27847,"verse_id":"ISA.37.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.33","text":"Heb “[with] a shield” (so ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A33/2"}
{"id":27848,"verse_id":"ISA.37.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.35","text":"Heb “for my sake and for the sake of David my servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A35/1"}
{"id":27849,"verse_id":"ISA.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.36","text":"Traditionally, “the angel of the Lord” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A36/1"}
{"id":27850,"verse_id":"ISA.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.36","text":"The word “troops” is supplied in the translation for smoothness and clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A36/2"}
{"id":27851,"verse_id":"ISA.37.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.36","text":"This refers to the Israelites and/or the rest of the Assyrian army.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A36/3"}
{"id":27852,"verse_id":"ISA.37.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.37","text":"Heb “and Sennacherib king of Assyria departed and went and returned and lived in Nineveh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A37/1"}
{"id":27853,"verse_id":"ISA.37.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":37,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.38","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2037%3A38/2"}
{"id":27854,"verse_id":"ISA.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.1","text":"Heb “was sick to the point of dying”; NRSV “became sick and was at the point of death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A1/1"}
{"id":27855,"verse_id":"ISA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “walked before you.” For a helpful discussion of the background and meaning of this Hebrew idiom, see M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 254.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":27856,"verse_id":"ISA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “and with a complete heart”; KJV, ASV “with a perfect heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A3/2"}
{"id":27857,"verse_id":"ISA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “and that which is good in your eyes I have done.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A3/3"}
{"id":27858,"verse_id":"ISA.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.3","text":"Heb “wept with great weeping”; NCV “cried loudly”; TEV “began to cry bitterly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A3/4"}
{"id":27859,"verse_id":"ISA.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “father” (so KJV, NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A5/1"}
{"id":27860,"verse_id":"ISA.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.7","text":"The words “Isaiah replied” are supplied in the translation for clarification. In the present form of the Hebrew text v. 7 is joined directly to v. 6 , but vv. 21-22 , if original to , must be inserted here. See 2 Kgs 20:7-8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A7/1"}
{"id":27861,"verse_id":"ISA.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “the shadow on the steps which [the sun] had gone down, on the steps of Ahaz, with the sun, back ten steps.” sn These steps probably functioned as a type of sundial. See HALOT 614 s.v. מַעֲלָה and M. Cogan and H. Tadmor, II Kings (AB), 256.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A8/1"}
{"id":27862,"verse_id":"ISA.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “and the sun returned ten steps on the steps which it had gone down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A8/2"}
{"id":27863,"verse_id":"ISA.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"Or “I said” (KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":27864,"verse_id":"ISA.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.10","text":"The precise meaning of the phrase בִּדְמִי יָמַי ( bidmi yamay , “in the [?] of my days”) is uncertain. According to HALOT 226 s.v. דְּמִי this word is a hapax legomenon meaning “half.” Others derive the form from דַּמִי ( dami , “quiet, rest, peacefulness”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A10/2"}
{"id":27865,"verse_id":"ISA.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.10","text":"The precise meaning of the verb is uncertain. The Pual of of פָּקַד ( paqad ) occurs only here and in Exod 38:21 , where it appears to mean “passed in review” or “mustered.” Perhaps the idea is, “I have been called away for the remainder of my years.” To bring out the sense more clearly, one can translate, “I am deprived of the rest of my years.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A10/3"}
{"id":27866,"verse_id":"ISA.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"The Hebrew text has יָהּ יָהּ ( yah yah , the abbreviated form of יְהוָה [ yÿhvah ] repeated), but this is probably a corruption of יְהוָה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":27867,"verse_id":"ISA.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"The Hebrew text has חָדֶל ( khadel ), which appears to be derived from a verbal root meaning “to cease, refrain.” But the form has probably suffered an error of transmission; the original form (attested in a few medieval Hebrew mss ) was likely חֶלֶד ( kheled , “world”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":27868,"verse_id":"ISA.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"According to HALOT 217 s.v. דּוֹר this noun is a hapax legomenon meaning “dwelling place,” derived from a verbal root meaning “live” (see Ps 84:10 ). For an interpretation that understands the form as the well-attested noun meaning “generation,” see J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah (NICOT), 1:679, n. 4.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":27869,"verse_id":"ISA.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"The verb form appears to be a Niphal from גָּלָה ( galah ), which normally means “uncovered, revealed” in the Niphal. Because of the following reference to a shepherd’s tent, some prefer to emend the form to וְנָגַל , a Niphal from גָלָל ( galal , “roll”) and translate “is rolled [or “folded”] up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":27870,"verse_id":"ISA.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “I rolled up, like a weaver, my life” (so ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A12/3"}
{"id":27871,"verse_id":"ISA.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “from day to night you bring me to an end.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A12/5"}
{"id":27872,"verse_id":"ISA.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.13","text":"The verb form in the Hebrew text is a Piel from שָׁוַה ( shavah ). There are two homonyms שָׁוַה , one meaning in the Piel “level, smooth out,” the other “set, place.” Neither fits in v. 13 . It is likely that the original reading was שִׁוַּעְתִּי ( shivva ’ ti , “I cry out”) from the verbal root שָׁוַע ( shava ’), which occurs exclusively in the Piel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A13/1"}
{"id":27873,"verse_id":"ISA.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.13","text":"Heb “from day to night you bring me to an end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A13/2"}
{"id":27874,"verse_id":"ISA.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"Or “moan” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); KJV, CEV “mourn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":27875,"verse_id":"ISA.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.14","text":"Heb “my eyes become weak, toward the height.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A14/2"}
{"id":27876,"verse_id":"ISA.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.14","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here and in v. 16 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A14/3"}
{"id":27877,"verse_id":"ISA.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.14","text":"Heb “stand surety for me.” Hezekiah seems to be picturing himself as a debtor who is being exploited; he asks that the Lord might relieve his debt and deliver him from the oppressive creditor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A14/4"}
{"id":27878,"verse_id":"ISA.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Heb “and he has spoken and he has acted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":27879,"verse_id":"ISA.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.15","text":"Heb “because of the bitterness of my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A15/2"}
{"id":27880,"verse_id":"ISA.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"The translation offered here is purely speculative. The text as it stands is meaningless and probably corrupt. It reads literally, “O lord, on account of them [the suffix is masculine plural], they live, and to all in them [the suffix is feminine plural], life of my spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":27881,"verse_id":"ISA.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.16","text":"The prefixed verbal form could be taken as indicative, “you restore my health,” but the following imperatival form suggests it be understood as an imperfect of request.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A16/2"}
{"id":27882,"verse_id":"ISA.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “Look, for peace bitterness was to me bitter”; NAB “thus is my bitterness transformed into peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":27883,"verse_id":"ISA.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"38.17","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “you loved my soul,” but this does not fit syntactically with the following prepositional phrase. חָשַׁקְתָּ ( khashaqta , “you loved”), may reflect an aural error; most emend the form to חָשַׂכְת , ( khasakht , “you held back”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A17/2"}
{"id":27884,"verse_id":"ISA.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.17","text":"בְּלִי ( bÿli ) most often appears as a negation, meaning “without,” suggesting the meaning “nothingness, oblivion,” here. Some translate “decay” or “destruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A17/3"}
{"id":27885,"verse_id":"ISA.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “for you threw behind your back all my sins.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A17/4"}
{"id":27886,"verse_id":"ISA.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"Or “For” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":27887,"verse_id":"ISA.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.18","text":"The negative particle is understood by ellipsis in this line. See GKC 483 §152. z .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A18/2"}
{"id":27888,"verse_id":"ISA.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"The infinitive construct is used here to indicate that an action is imminent. See GKC 348-49 §114. i , and IBHS 610 §36.2.3g.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":27889,"verse_id":"ISA.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “and music [or perhaps, “stringed instruments”] we will play.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A20/2"}
{"id":27890,"verse_id":"ISA.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “all the days of our lives in the house of the Lord.” sn Note that vv. 21-22 have been placed between vv. 6-7 , where they logically belong. See 2 Kgs 20:7-8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A20/3"}
{"id":27891,"verse_id":"ISA.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"38.21","text":"If original to , vv. 21-22 have obviously been misplaced in the course of the text’s transmission, and would most naturally be placed here, between Isa 38:6 and 38:7 . See 2 Kgs 20:7-8 , where these verses are placed at this point in the narrative, not at the end. Another possibility is that these verses were not in the original account, and a scribe, familiar with the 2 Kgs version of the story, appended vv. 21-22 to the end of the account in .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2038%3A21/1"}
{"id":27892,"verse_id":"ISA.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “was happy with”; NAB, NASB “was pleased”; NIV “received the envoys gladly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A2/1"}
{"id":27893,"verse_id":"ISA.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.2","text":"Heb “there was nothing which Hezekiah did not show them in his house and in all his kingdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A2/2"}
{"id":27894,"verse_id":"ISA.39.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.4","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Isaiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A4/1"}
{"id":27895,"verse_id":"ISA.39.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.6","text":"Heb “fathers” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A6/1"}
{"id":27896,"verse_id":"ISA.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.7","text":"Heb “Some of your sons, who go out from you, whom you father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A7/1"}
{"id":27897,"verse_id":"ISA.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “good” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “favorable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A8/1"}
{"id":27898,"verse_id":"ISA.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “and he said.” The verb אָמַר (’ amar , “say”) is sometimes used of what one thinks (that is, says to oneself).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A8/2"}
{"id":27899,"verse_id":"ISA.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.8","text":"Or “surely”; cf. CEV “At least.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2039%3A8/3"}
{"id":27900,"verse_id":"ISA.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.1","text":"The pronominal suffix is second masculine plural. The identity of the addressee is uncertain: (1) God’s people may be addressed, or (2) the unidentified heralds commanded to comfort Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A1/1"}
{"id":27901,"verse_id":"ISA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “speak to the heart of Jerusalem.” Jerusalem is personified as a woman.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":27902,"verse_id":"ISA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A2/2"}
{"id":27903,"verse_id":"ISA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “that she is filled [with] her warfare.” Some understand צָבָא ( tsavah , “warfare”) as meaning “hard service” or “compulsory labor” in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A2/3"}
{"id":27904,"verse_id":"ISA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “that her punishment is accepted [as satisfactory].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A2/4"}
{"id":27905,"verse_id":"ISA.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.2","text":"Heb “for she has received from the hand of the Lord double.” The principle of the double portion in punishment is also seen in Jer 16:18; 17:18 and Rev 18:6 . For examples of the double portion in Israelite law, see Exod 22:4, 7, 9 (double restitution by a thief) and Deut 21:17 (double inheritance portion for the firstborn).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A2/5"}
{"id":27906,"verse_id":"ISA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Or “glory.” The Lord’s “glory” is his theophanic radiance and royal splendor (see Isa 6:3; 24:23; 35:2; 60:1; 66:18-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":27907,"verse_id":"ISA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “flesh” (so KJV, ASV, NASB); NAB, NIV “mankind”; TEV “the whole human race.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A5/2"}
{"id":27908,"verse_id":"ISA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.5","text":"Or “indeed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A5/3"}
{"id":27909,"verse_id":"ISA.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “the mouth of the Lord has spoken” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A5/4"}
{"id":27910,"verse_id":"ISA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “and he says.” Apparently a second “voice” responds to the command of the first “voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A6/1"}
{"id":27911,"verse_id":"ISA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.6","text":"The words “the first voice responds” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The first voice tells the second one what to declare.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A6/2"}
{"id":27912,"verse_id":"ISA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “all flesh is grass.” The point of the metaphor is explained in v. 7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A6/3"}
{"id":27913,"verse_id":"ISA.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “and all his loyalty.” The antecedent of the third masculine suffix is בָּשָׂר ( basar , “flesh”), which refers collectively to mankind. The LXX, apparently understanding the antecedent as “grass,” reads “glory,” but חֶסֶד ( khesed ) rarely, if ever, has this nuance. The normal meaning of חֶסֶד (“faithfulness, loyalty, devotion”) fits very well in the argument. Human beings and their faithfulness (verbal expressions of faithfulness are specifically in view; cf. NRSV “constancy”) are short-lived and unreliable, in stark contrast to the decrees and promises of the eternal God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A6/4"}
{"id":27914,"verse_id":"ISA.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"The Hebrew text has רוּחַ יְהוָה ( ruakh yehvah ), which in this context probably does not refer to the Lord’s personal Spirit. The phrase is better translated “the breath of the Lord,” or “the wind of [i.e., sent by] the Lord.” The Lord’s sovereign control over nature, including the hot desert winds that dry up vegetation, is in view here (cf. Ps 147:18 ; Isa 59:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":27915,"verse_id":"ISA.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “the people” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A7/2"}
{"id":27916,"verse_id":"ISA.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.8","text":"Heb “but the word of our God stands forever.” In this context the divine “word” specifically refers to his decreed promise assuring Jerusalem that her suffering is over and his glorious return imminent (vv. 1-5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A8/1"}
{"id":27917,"verse_id":"ISA.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.9","text":"The second feminine singular imperatives are addressed to personified Zion/Jerusalem, who is here told to ascend a high hill and proclaim the good news of the Lord’s return to the other towns of Judah. Isa 41:27 and 52:7 speak of a herald sent to Zion, but the masculine singular form מְבַשֵּׂר ( mÿvaser ) is used in these verses, in contrast to the feminine singular form מְבַשֶּׂרֶת ( mÿvaseret ) employed in 40:9 , where Zion is addressed as a herald.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A9/1"}
{"id":27918,"verse_id":"ISA.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “comes as a strong one”; ASV “will come as a mighty one.” The preposition בְּ ( bet ) here carries the nuance “in the capacity of.” It indicates that the Lord possesses the quality expressed by the noun. See GKC 379 §119. i and HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A10/1"}
{"id":27919,"verse_id":"ISA.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “his arm rules for him” (so NIV, NRSV). The Lord’s “arm” symbolizes his military power (see Isa 51:9-10; 63:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A10/2"}
{"id":27920,"verse_id":"ISA.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.10","text":"As the Lord returns to Jerusalem as a victorious warrior, he brings with him the spoils of victory, called here his “reward” and “prize.” These terms might also be translated “wages” and “recompense.” Verse 11 indicates that his rescued people, likened to a flock of sheep, are his reward.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A10/3"}
{"id":27921,"verse_id":"ISA.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.11","text":"Heb “in his bosom” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV), an expression which reflects closeness and protective care.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A11/1"}
{"id":27922,"verse_id":"ISA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"has מי ים (“waters of the sea”), a reading followed by NAB.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":27923,"verse_id":"ISA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “with a span.” A “span” was the distance between the ends of the thumb and the little finger of the spread hand” (BDB 285 s.v. זֶרֶת ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A12/2"}
{"id":27924,"verse_id":"ISA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.12","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A12/3"}
{"id":27925,"verse_id":"ISA.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “or weighed by a third part [of a measure].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A12/4"}
{"id":27926,"verse_id":"ISA.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.13","text":"Perhaps the verb is used metonymically here in the sense of “advises” (note the following line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A13/1"}
{"id":27927,"verse_id":"ISA.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.13","text":"In this context רוּחַ ( ruakh ) likely refers to the Lord’s “mind,” or mental faculties, rather than his personal Spirit (see BDB 925 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A13/2"}
{"id":27928,"verse_id":"ISA.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “or [as] the man of his counsel causes him to know?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A13/3"}
{"id":27929,"verse_id":"ISA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “With whom did he consult, so that he gave discernment to him?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":27930,"verse_id":"ISA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “and taught him.” The vav ( ו ) consecutive with prefixed verbal form continues the previous line. The translation employs an interrogative pronoun for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A14/2"}
{"id":27931,"verse_id":"ISA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.14","text":"The phrase אֹרַח מִשְׁפָּט (’ orakh mishpat ) could be translated “path of justice” (so NASB, NRSV), but in this context, where creative ability and skill is in view, the phrase is better understood in the sense of “the way that is proper or fitting” (see BDB 1049 s.v. מִשְׁפָּט 6); cf. NIV, NCV “the right way.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A14/3"}
{"id":27932,"verse_id":"ISA.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “or the way of understanding causes him to know?” sn The implied answer to the rhetorical questions in vv. 13-14 is, “No one.” In contrast to Marduk, the creator-god of Mesopotamian myths who receives help from the god of wisdom, the Lord neither needs nor receives any such advice or help. See R. Whybray, Heavenly Counsellor (SOTSMS), 64-77.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A14/4"}
{"id":27933,"verse_id":"ISA.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.15","text":"Or “weighs” (NIV); NLT “picks up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A15/1"}
{"id":27934,"verse_id":"ISA.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.15","text":"Or “islands” (NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A15/2"}
{"id":27935,"verse_id":"ISA.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.16","text":"The words “for a sacrifice” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A16/1"}
{"id":27936,"verse_id":"ISA.40.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.17","text":"Heb “[as derived] from nothing and unformed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A17/1"}
{"id":27937,"verse_id":"ISA.40.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.19","text":"Heb “pours out”; KJV “melteth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A19/1"}
{"id":27938,"verse_id":"ISA.40.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.20","text":"The first two words of the verse ( הַמְסֻכָּן תְּרוּמָה , hamsukan tÿrumah ) are problematic. Some take מְסֻכָּן as an otherwise unattested Pual participle from סָכַן ( sakhan , “be poor”) and translate “the one who is impoverished.” תְּרוּמָה ( tÿrumah , “contribution”) can then be taken as an adverbial accusative, “with respect to a contribution,” and the entire line translated, “the one who is too impoverished for such a contribution [i.e., the metal idol of v. 19 ?] selects wood that will not rot.” However, מְסֻכָּן is probably the name of a tree used in idol manufacturing (cognate with Akkadian musukkanu , cf. H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena [SBLDS], 133). מְסֻכָּן may be a scribal interpretive addition attempting to specify עֵץ (’ ets ) or עֵץ may be a scribal attempt to categorize מְסֻכָּן . How an idol constitutes a תְּרוּמָה (“contribution”) is not entirely clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A20/1"}
{"id":27939,"verse_id":"ISA.40.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.20","text":"Or “set up” (ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); KJV, NASB “to prepare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A20/2"}
{"id":27940,"verse_id":"ISA.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.22","text":"Heb “the circle of the earth” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A22/1"}
{"id":27941,"verse_id":"ISA.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.22","text":"The words “before him” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A22/2"}
{"id":27942,"verse_id":"ISA.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.22","text":"The otherwise unattested noun דֹּק ( doq ), translated here “thin curtain,” is apparently derived from the verbal root דקק (“crush”) from which is derived the adjective דַּק ( daq , “thin”; see HALOT 229 s.v. דקק ). The nuance “curtain” is implied from the parallelism (see “tent” in the next line).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A22/3"}
{"id":27943,"verse_id":"ISA.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.22","text":"The meaning of the otherwise unattested verb מָתַח ( matakh , “spread out”) is determined from the parallelism (note the corresponding verb “stretch out” in the previous line) and supported by later Hebrew and Aramaic cognates. See HALOT 654 s.v. * מתה .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A22/4"}
{"id":27944,"verse_id":"ISA.40.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.22","text":"Heb “like a tent [in which] to live”; NAB, NASB “like a tent to dwell (live NIV, NRSV) in.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A22/5"}
{"id":27945,"verse_id":"ISA.40.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.26","text":"Heb “Lift on high your eyes and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A26/1"}
{"id":27946,"verse_id":"ISA.40.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.26","text":"The words “heavenly lights” are supplied in the translation for clarification. See the following lines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A26/2"}
{"id":27947,"verse_id":"ISA.40.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.26","text":"Heb “the one who brings out by number their host.” The stars are here likened to a huge army that the Lord leads out. Perhaps the next line pictures God calling roll. If so, the final line may be indicating that none of them dares “go AWOL.” (“AWOL” is a military acronym for “absent without leave.”)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A26/3"}
{"id":27948,"verse_id":"ISA.40.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.27","text":"Heb “my way is hidden from the Lord” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A27/1"}
{"id":27949,"verse_id":"ISA.40.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.27","text":"Heb “and from my God my justice passes away”; NRSV “my right is disregarded by my God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A27/2"}
{"id":27950,"verse_id":"ISA.40.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.28","text":"Heb “the ends of the earth,” but this is a merism, where the earth’s extremities stand for its entirety, i.e., the extremities and everything in between them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A28/1"}
{"id":27951,"verse_id":"ISA.40.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.30","text":"Heb “stumbling they stumble.” The verbal idea is emphasized by the infinitive absolute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A30/1"}
{"id":27952,"verse_id":"ISA.40.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.31","text":"The words “for the Lord’s help” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A31/1"}
{"id":27953,"verse_id":"ISA.40.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":40,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.31","text":"Heb “they rise up [on] wings like eagles” (TEV similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2040%3A31/2"}
{"id":27954,"verse_id":"ISA.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.1","text":"Or “islands” (KJV, NIV, CEV); TEV “distant lands”; NLT “lands beyond the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A1/1"}
{"id":27955,"verse_id":"ISA.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.1","text":"The Hebrew term מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) could be translated “judgment,” but here it seems to refer to the dispute or debate between the Lord and the nations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A1/2"}
{"id":27956,"verse_id":"ISA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.2","text":"The interrogative particle is understood by ellipsis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A2/2"}
{"id":27957,"verse_id":"ISA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “[in] righteousness called him to his foot.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A2/3"}
{"id":27958,"verse_id":"ISA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “he [the Lord] places before him [Cyrus] nations.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A2/4"}
{"id":27959,"verse_id":"ISA.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"41.2","text":"has יוֹרִד ( yorid ), which appears to be a Hiphil form from יָרַד ( yarad , “go down”). Others suggest reading יָרֹד ( yarod ), a Qal form from רָדַד ( radad , “beat down”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A2/5"}
{"id":27960,"verse_id":"ISA.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “[in] peace”; KJV, ASV “safely”; NASB “in safety”; NIV “unscathed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A3/1"}
{"id":27961,"verse_id":"ISA.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “a way with his feet he does not come [or “enter”].” One could translate, “by a way he was not [previously] entering with his feet.” This would mean that he is advancing into new territory and expanding his conquests. The present translation assumes this is a hyperbolic description to his speedy advance. He moves so quickly he does not enter the way with his feet, i.e., his feet don’t even touch the ground. See C. R. North, Second Isaiah , 94.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":27962,"verse_id":"ISA.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.4","text":"Heb “Who acts and accomplishes?”; NASB “Who has performed and accomplished it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A4/1"}
{"id":27963,"verse_id":"ISA.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.4","text":"The interrogative particle is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A4/2"}
{"id":27964,"verse_id":"ISA.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.4","text":"Heb “I, the Lord, [am with] the first, and with the last ones I [am] he.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A4/3"}
{"id":27965,"verse_id":"ISA.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.5","text":"Or “islands” (NIV, CEV); NCV “faraway places”; NLT “lands beyond the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A5/1"}
{"id":27966,"verse_id":"ISA.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “the ends of the earth,” but this is a merism, where the earth’s extremities stand for its entirety, i.e., the extremities and everything in between them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":27967,"verse_id":"ISA.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “each his neighbor helps”; NCV “The workers help each other.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A6/1"}
{"id":27968,"verse_id":"ISA.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.7","text":"The verb “encourages” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A7/1"}
{"id":27969,"verse_id":"ISA.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.7","text":"Heb “saying of the welding, ‘It is good.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A7/2"}
{"id":27970,"verse_id":"ISA.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"Or perhaps, “covenantal partner” (see 1 Kgs 5:15 HT [ 5:1 ET]; 2 Chr 20:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":27971,"verse_id":"ISA.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.9","text":"Heb “whom I have taken hold of [i.e., to lead back].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A9/1"}
{"id":27972,"verse_id":"ISA.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.10","text":"According to BDB (1043 s.v. שָׁעָה ), the verb תִּשְׁתָּע ( tishta ’) in the second line of the poetic couplet is a Hitpael form from the root שָׁעָה ( sha ’ ah , “gaze,” with metathesis of the stem prefix and the first root letter). Taking the Hitpael as iterative, one may then translate “do not anxiously look about.” However, the alleged Hitpael form of שָׁעָה ( sha ’ ah ) only occurs here and in verse 23 . HALOT 1671 s.v. שׁתע proposes that the verb is instead a Qal form from the root שׁתע (“fear”) which is attested in cognate Semitic languages, including Ugaritic (discovered after the publishing of BDB), suggests the existence of this root. The poetic structure of v. 10 also supports the proposal, for the form in question is in synonymous parallelism to יָרֵא ( yare ’, “fear”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A10/1"}
{"id":27973,"verse_id":"ISA.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.10","text":"The “right hand” is a symbol of the Lord’s power to deliver ( Exod 15:6, 12 ) and protect ( Ps 63:9 HT [ 63:8 ET]). Here צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) has its well-attested nuance of “vindicated righteousness,” i.e., “victory, deliverance” (see 45:8; 51:5 , and BDB 841-42 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A10/2"}
{"id":27974,"verse_id":"ISA.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.11","text":"Heb “the men of your strife”; NASB “those who contend with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A11/1"}
{"id":27975,"verse_id":"ISA.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.11","text":"Heb “like nothing”; NAB “come to nought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A11/2"}
{"id":27976,"verse_id":"ISA.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “the men of your struggle”; NASB “those who quarrel with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":27977,"verse_id":"ISA.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “the men of your battle”; NAB “who do battle with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A12/2"}
{"id":27978,"verse_id":"ISA.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.14","text":"Heb “O worm Jacob” (NAB, NIV). The worm metaphor suggests that Jacob is insignificant and despised.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A14/1"}
{"id":27979,"verse_id":"ISA.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.14","text":"On the basis of the parallelism (note “worm”) and an alleged Akkadian cognate, some read “louse” or “weevil.” Cf. NAB “O maggot Israel”; NRSV “you insect Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A14/2"}
{"id":27980,"verse_id":"ISA.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.14","text":"Heb “your kinsman redeemer.” A גָּאַל ( ga ’ al , “kinsman redeemer”) was a protector of the extended family’s interests.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A14/3"}
{"id":27981,"verse_id":"ISA.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “into” (so NIV); ASV “have made thee to be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A15/1"}
{"id":27982,"verse_id":"ISA.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “owner of two-mouths,” i.e., double-edged.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A15/2"}
{"id":27983,"verse_id":"ISA.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.17","text":"Heb “will answer them” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A17/1"}
{"id":27984,"verse_id":"ISA.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.20","text":"The words “I will do this” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The Hebrew text has here simply, “in order that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A20/1"}
{"id":27985,"verse_id":"ISA.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.20","text":"Heb “they”; NAB, NRSV “that all may see”; CEV, NLT “Everyone will see.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A20/2"}
{"id":27986,"verse_id":"ISA.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.20","text":"Heb “hand” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A20/3"}
{"id":27987,"verse_id":"ISA.41.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.20","text":"Or “created it” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “has made it happen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A20/4"}
{"id":27988,"verse_id":"ISA.41.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.21","text":"Heb “strong [words],” see HALOT 870 s.v. * עֲצֻמוֹת .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A21/1"}
{"id":27989,"verse_id":"ISA.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “As for the former things, tell us what they are!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A22/1"}
{"id":27990,"verse_id":"ISA.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “so we might set [them to] our heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A22/2"}
{"id":27991,"verse_id":"ISA.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “and might know their outcome.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A22/3"}
{"id":27992,"verse_id":"ISA.41.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.23","text":"Heb “Declare the coming things, with respect to the end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A23/1"}
{"id":27993,"verse_id":"ISA.41.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.23","text":"The translation assumes the Qere ( וְנִרְאֶה [ vÿnir ’ eh ], from יָרֵא [ yare ’], “be afraid”). tn Heb “so we might be frightened and afraid together.” On the meaning of the verb שָׁתָע ( shata ’), see the note at v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A23/2"}
{"id":27994,"verse_id":"ISA.41.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.24","text":"Heb “an object of disgust [is he who] chooses you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A24/1"}
{"id":27995,"verse_id":"ISA.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.25","text":"Heb “[one] from the rising of the sun [who] calls in my name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A25/2"}
{"id":27996,"verse_id":"ISA.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.25","text":"The Hebrew text has וְיָבֹא ( vÿyavo ’, “and he comes”), but this is likely a corruption of an original וַיָּבָס ( vayyavas ), from בּוּס ( bus , “step on”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A25/3"}
{"id":27997,"verse_id":"ISA.41.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.26","text":"The words “who announced it” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The interrogative particle and verb are understood by ellipsis (see the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A26/1"}
{"id":27998,"verse_id":"ISA.41.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.27","text":"The Hebrew text reads simply, “First to Zion, ‘Look here they are!’” The words “I decreed” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A27/1"}
{"id":27999,"verse_id":"ISA.41.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A27/2"}
{"id":28000,"verse_id":"ISA.41.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.29","text":"has אין (“nothing”), which forms a better parallel with אֶפֶס (’ efes , “nothing”) in the next line. See also 40:17 and 41:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A29/1"}
{"id":28001,"verse_id":"ISA.41.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":41,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.29","text":"Heb “their statues are wind and nothing”; NASB “wind and emptiness”; NIV “wind and confusion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2041%3A29/2"}
{"id":28002,"verse_id":"ISA.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.1","text":"Heb “he will bring out justice” (cf. ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A1/2"}
{"id":28003,"verse_id":"ISA.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “he will not cause his voice to be heard in the street.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A2/1"}
{"id":28004,"verse_id":"ISA.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.3","text":"Heb “faithfully he will bring out justice” (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A3/2"}
{"id":28005,"verse_id":"ISA.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"For rhetorical effect the terms used to describe the “crushed ( רָצַץ , ratsats ) reed” and “dim ( כָּהָה , kahah ) wick” in v. 3 are repeated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":28006,"verse_id":"ISA.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.4","text":"Or “islands” (NIV); NLT “distant lands beyond the sea.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A4/2"}
{"id":28007,"verse_id":"ISA.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.4","text":"Or “his law” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV) or “his instruction” (NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A4/3"}
{"id":28008,"verse_id":"ISA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “the God.” The definite article here indicates distinctiveness or uniqueness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A5/1"}
{"id":28009,"verse_id":"ISA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “and its offspring” (so NASB); NIV “all that comes out of it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A5/2"}
{"id":28010,"verse_id":"ISA.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “and spirit [i.e., “breath”] to the ones walking in it” (NAB, NASB, and NRSV all similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A5/3"}
{"id":28011,"verse_id":"ISA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “call you in righteousness.” The pronoun “you” is masculine singular, referring to the servant. See the note at 41:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":28012,"verse_id":"ISA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.6","text":"The translation assumes the verb is derived from the root נָצַר ( natsar , “protect”). Some prefer to derive it from the root יָצַר ( yatsar , “form”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A6/2"}
{"id":28013,"verse_id":"ISA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “a covenant of people.” A person cannot literally be a covenant; בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) is probably metonymic here, indicating a covenant mediator. The precise identity of עָם (’ am , “people”) is uncertain. In v. 5 עָם refers to mankind, and the following reference to “nations” also favors this. But in 49:8 , where the phrase בְּרִית עָם occurs again, Israel seems to be in view.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A6/3"}
{"id":28014,"verse_id":"ISA.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"42.6","text":"Or “the Gentiles” (so KJV, ASV, NIV); the same Hebrew word can be translated “nations” or “Gentiles” depending on the context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A6/5"}
{"id":28015,"verse_id":"ISA.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.9","text":"Heb “the former things, look, they have come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A9/1"}
{"id":28016,"verse_id":"ISA.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.9","text":"Heb “before they sprout up, I cause you to hear.” The pronoun “you” is plural, referring to the people of Israel. In this verse “the former things” are the Lord’s earlier predictive oracles which have come to pass, while “the new things” are predicted events that have not yet begun to take place. “The former things” are earlier events in Israel’s history which God announced beforehand, such as the Exodus (see 43:16-18 ). “The new things” are the predictions about the servant ( 42:1-7 ). and may also include Cyrus’ conquests ( 41:25-27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A9/2"}
{"id":28017,"verse_id":"ISA.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"Heb “his praise.” The phrase stands parallel to “new song” in the previous line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":28018,"verse_id":"ISA.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.10","text":"Heb “and its fullness”; NASB, NIV “and all that is in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A10/2"}
{"id":28019,"verse_id":"ISA.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.10","text":"Or “islands” (NASB, NIV); NLT “distant coastlands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A10/3"}
{"id":28020,"verse_id":"ISA.42.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.12","text":"Heb “Let them ascribe to the Lord glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A12/1"}
{"id":28021,"verse_id":"ISA.42.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.12","text":"Heb “and his praise in the coastlands [or “islands”] let them declare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A12/2"}
{"id":28022,"verse_id":"ISA.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.13","text":"Heb “like a man of war he stirs up zeal” (NIV similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A13/1"}
{"id":28023,"verse_id":"ISA.42.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.13","text":"Or perhaps, “he triumphs over his enemies” (cf. NIV); NLT “will crush all his enemies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A13/2"}
{"id":28024,"verse_id":"ISA.42.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.14","text":"Heb “silent” (so NASB, NIV, TEV, NLT); CEV “have held my temper.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A14/1"}
{"id":28025,"verse_id":"ISA.42.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.15","text":"Heb “I will dry up the mountains and hills.” The “mountains and hills” stand by synecdoche for the trees that grow on them. Some prefer to derive the verb from a homonymic root and translate, “I will lay waste.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A15/1"}
{"id":28026,"verse_id":"ISA.42.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"42.15","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “I will turn streams into coastlands [or “islands”].” Scholars who believe that this reading makes little sense have proposed an emendation of אִיִּים (’ iyyim , “islands”) to צִיּוֹת ( tsiyyot , “dry places”; cf. NCV, NLT, TEV). However, since all the versions support the MT reading, there is insufficient grounds for an emendation here. Although the imagery of changing rivers into islands is somewhat strange, J. N. Oswalt describes this imagery against the backdrop of rivers of the Near East. The receding of these rivers at times occasioned the appearance of previously submerged islands ( Isaiah [NICOT], 2:126).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A15/2"}
{"id":28027,"verse_id":"ISA.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “a way they do not know” (so NASB); NRSV “a road they do not know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A16/1"}
{"id":28028,"verse_id":"ISA.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “in paths they do not know I will make them walk.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A16/2"}
{"id":28029,"verse_id":"ISA.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “and the rough ground into a level place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A16/3"}
{"id":28030,"verse_id":"ISA.42.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.17","text":"Heb “be ashamed with shame”; ASV, NASB “be utterly put to shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A17/1"}
{"id":28031,"verse_id":"ISA.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.18","text":"Heb “look to see”; NAB, NCV “look and see”; NRSV “look up and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A18/1"}
{"id":28032,"verse_id":"ISA.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"42.19","text":"The precise meaning of מְשֻׁלָּם ( mÿshullam ) in this context is uncertain. In later biblical Hebrew the form (which appears to be a Pual participle from the root שָׁלַם , shalam ) occurs as a proper name, Meshullam. The Pual of שָׁלַם (“be complete”) is attested with the meaning “repaid, requited,” but that makes little sense here. BDB 1023 s.v. שָׁלַם relates the form to the denominative verb שָׁלַם (“be at peace”) and paraphrases “one in a covenant of peace” (J. N. Oswalt suggests “the covenanted one”; Isaiah [NICOT], 2:128, n. 59) Some emend the form to מֹשְׁלָם ( moshÿlam , “their ruler”) or to מְשֻׁלָּחִי ( mÿshullakhi , “my sent [or “commissioned”] one”), which fits nicely in the parallelism (note “my messenger” in the previous line). The translation above assumes an emendation to כְּמוֹ שֹׁלְמִי ( kÿmo sholÿmi , “like my ally”). Isaiah uses כְּמוֹ in 30:22 and perhaps 51:5 ; for שֹׁלְמי (“my ally”) see Ps 7:5 HT ( 7:4 ET).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A19/1"}
{"id":28033,"verse_id":"ISA.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.19","text":"Heb “Who is blind but my servant, and deaf like my messenger I send? Who is blind like my commissioned one, blind like the servant of the Lord?” The point of the rhetorical questions is that no one is as blind/deaf as this servant. In this context the Lord’s “servant” is exiled Israel (cf. 41:8-9 ), which is spiritually blind and deaf and has failed to fulfill God’s purpose for it. This servant stands in contrast to the ideal “Israel” of the servant songs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A19/2"}
{"id":28034,"verse_id":"ISA.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.20","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has a perfect, 2nd person masculine singular; the marginal reading ( Qere ) has an infinitive absolute, which functions here as a finite verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A20/1"}
{"id":28035,"verse_id":"ISA.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.20","text":"Heb “but you do not guard [i.e., retain in your memory]”; NIV “but have paid no attention.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A20/2"}
{"id":28036,"verse_id":"ISA.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.21","text":"Heb “The Lord was pleased for the sake of his righteousness [or “justice”], he was magnifying [the] law and was making [it] glorious.” The Lord contrasts his good intentions for the people with their present crisis (v. 22 ). To demonstrate his just character and attract the nations, the Lord wanted to showcase his law among and through Israel ( Deut 4:5-8 ). But Israel disobeyed (v. 24 ) and failed to carry out their commission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A21/1"}
{"id":28037,"verse_id":"ISA.42.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"42.22","text":"The Hebrew text has בַּחוּרִים ( bakhurim , “young men”), but the text should be emended to בְּהוֹרִים ( bÿhorim , “in holes”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A22/1"}
{"id":28038,"verse_id":"ISA.42.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.22","text":"Heb “and made to be hidden”; NAB, NASB, NIV, TEV “hidden away in prisons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A22/2"}
{"id":28039,"verse_id":"ISA.42.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.22","text":"Heb “they became loot and there was no one rescuing, plunder and there was no one saying, ‘Bring back’.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A22/3"}
{"id":28040,"verse_id":"ISA.42.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.23","text":"The interrogative particle is understood in the second line by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A23/1"}
{"id":28041,"verse_id":"ISA.42.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.24","text":"Heb “Who gave to the robber Jacob, and Israel to the looters?” In the first line the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has מְשׁוֹסֶה ( mÿshoseh ), a Polel participle from שָׁסָה ( shasah , “plunder”). The marginal reading ( Qere ) is מְשִׁיסָּה ( mÿshissah ), a noun meaning “plunder.” In this case one could translate “Who handed Jacob over as plunder?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A24/1"}
{"id":28042,"verse_id":"ISA.42.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.24","text":"Heb “they were not willing in his ways to walk, and they did not listen to his law.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A24/2"}
{"id":28043,"verse_id":"ISA.42.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.25","text":"Heb “strength” (so KJV, NASB); NAB “fury”; NASB “fierceness”; NIV “violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A25/1"}
{"id":28044,"verse_id":"ISA.42.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.25","text":"Heb “and it blazed against him all around, but he did not know.” The subject of the third feminine singular verb “blazed” is the divine חֵמָה ( khemah , “anger”) mentioned in the previous line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A25/2"}
{"id":28045,"verse_id":"ISA.42.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":42,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.25","text":"Heb “and it burned against him, but he did not set [it] upon [the] heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2042%3A25/3"}
{"id":28046,"verse_id":"ISA.43.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.1","text":"Or “redeem.” See the note at 41:14 . Cf. NCV “saved you”; CEV “rescued you”; NLT “ransomed you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A1/1"}
{"id":28047,"verse_id":"ISA.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.2","text":"The verb is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A2/1"}
{"id":28048,"verse_id":"ISA.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.2","text":"Heb “burn” (so NASB); NAB, NRSV, NLT “consume”; NIV “set you ablaze.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A2/2"}
{"id":28049,"verse_id":"ISA.43.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.4","text":"Heb “Since you are precious in my eyes and you are honored.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A4/1"}
{"id":28050,"verse_id":"ISA.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.7","text":"Heb “everyone who is called by my name” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A7/1"}
{"id":28051,"verse_id":"ISA.43.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.9","text":"Heb “and the former things was causing us to hear?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A9/1"}
{"id":28052,"verse_id":"ISA.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.10","text":"Or “know” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A10/1"}
{"id":28053,"verse_id":"ISA.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.10","text":"Heb “and after me, there will not be”; NASB “there will be none after Me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A10/2"}
{"id":28054,"verse_id":"ISA.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “hand” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “No one can oppose what I do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A13/1"}
{"id":28055,"verse_id":"ISA.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.14","text":"Or “kinsman redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A14/1"}
{"id":28056,"verse_id":"ISA.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “and I bring down [as] fugitives all of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A14/3"}
{"id":28057,"verse_id":"ISA.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.14","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “as for the Babylonians, in ships their joyful shout.” This might be paraphrased, “even the Babylonians in the ships [over which] they joyfully shouted.” The point would be that the Lord caused the Babylonians to flee for safety in the ships in which they took such great pride. A slight change in vocalization yields the reading “into mourning songs,” which provides a good contrast with “joyful shout.” The prefixed bet ( בְּ ) would indicate identity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A14/4"}
{"id":28058,"verse_id":"ISA.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “led out chariots and horses.” The words “to destruction” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The verse refers to the destruction of the Egyptians at the Red Sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A17/1"}
{"id":28059,"verse_id":"ISA.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “lay down”; NAB “lie prostrate together”; CEV “lie dead”; NRSV “they lie down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A17/2"}
{"id":28060,"verse_id":"ISA.43.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.18","text":"Heb “the former things” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “forget all that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A18/1"}
{"id":28061,"verse_id":"ISA.43.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.19","text":"Heb “sprouts up”; NASB “will spring forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A19/1"}
{"id":28062,"verse_id":"ISA.43.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.19","text":"Or “know” (KJV, ASV); NASB “be aware of”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “perceive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A19/2"}
{"id":28063,"verse_id":"ISA.43.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.19","text":"has נתיבות (“paths”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A19/3"}
{"id":28064,"verse_id":"ISA.43.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.21","text":"Heb “[so] they might declare my praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A21/1"}
{"id":28065,"verse_id":"ISA.43.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.22","text":"Or “strive”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “been weary of me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A22/1"}
{"id":28066,"verse_id":"ISA.43.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.23","text":"Heb “with.” The words “by demanding” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A23/1"}
{"id":28067,"verse_id":"ISA.43.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.24","text":"That is, “calamus” (so NIV); NCV, TEV, NLT “incense”; CEV “spices.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A24/1"}
{"id":28068,"verse_id":"ISA.43.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.24","text":"Heb “you did not saturate me”; NASB “Neither have you filled Me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A24/2"}
{"id":28069,"verse_id":"ISA.43.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.26","text":"Heb “you, tell in order that you may be right”; NAB “prove your innocence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A26/1"}
{"id":28070,"verse_id":"ISA.43.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.27","text":"Heb “your first father.” This could refer to Abraham (see 51:2 ), but elsewhere in Isaiah he does not appear in a negative light (see 29:22; 41:8; 63:16 ). A more likely candidate is Jacob/Israel, also referred to as the nation’s “father” elsewhere (see 58:14; 63:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A27/1"}
{"id":28071,"verse_id":"ISA.43.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.27","text":"On the meaning of the term לִיץ ( lits ), see HALOT 590 s.v. מֵלִיץ . This may refer to the nation’s prophets, priests, and/or kings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A27/2"}
{"id":28072,"verse_id":"ISA.43.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":43,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.28","text":"The word “subjected” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2043%3A28/1"}
{"id":28073,"verse_id":"ISA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “the thirsty.” Parallelism suggests that dry ground is in view (see “dry land” in the next line.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A3/1"}
{"id":28074,"verse_id":"ISA.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “and streams”; KJV “floods.” The verb “cause…to flow” is supplied in the second line for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A3/2"}
{"id":28075,"verse_id":"ISA.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.4","text":"supports this reading.) This forms a nice parallel to “like poplars” in the next line. חָצִיר ( khatsir ) is functioning as an adverbial accusative of location.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A4/1"}
{"id":28076,"verse_id":"ISA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.5","text":"The Hebrew text has a Qal verb form, “and another will call by the name of Jacob.” With support from Symmachus (an ancient Greek textual witness), some read the Niphal, “and another will be called by the name of Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A5/1"}
{"id":28077,"verse_id":"ISA.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “and by the name of Israel he will title.” Some, with support from several ancient versions, prefer to change the Piel (active) verb form to a Pual (passive), “and he will be titled by the name of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A5/2"}
{"id":28078,"verse_id":"ISA.44.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.6","text":"Heb “his kinsman redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A6/1"}
{"id":28079,"verse_id":"ISA.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb “let him call” or “let him proclaim” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “Let him stand up and speak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A7/1"}
{"id":28080,"verse_id":"ISA.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"44.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “from (the time) I established an ancient people, and the coming things.” Various emendations have been proposed. One of the options assumes the reading מַשְׁמִיעִים מֵעוֹלָם אוֹתִיּוֹת ( mashmi ’ im me ’ olam ’ otiyyot ); This literally reads “the ones causing to hear from antiquity coming things,” but more idiomatically would read “as for those who predict from antiquity what will happen” (cf. NAB, NEB, REB). The emendation directs the attention of the reader to those who claim to be able to predict the future, challenging them to actually do what they claim they can do. The MT presents Yahweh as an example to whom these alleged “predictors of the future” can compare themselves. Since the ancient versions are unanimous in their support of the MT, the emendations should be set aside.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A7/2"}
{"id":28081,"verse_id":"ISA.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb and those things which are coming let them declare for themselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A7/3"}
{"id":28082,"verse_id":"ISA.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.8","text":".","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A8/1"}
{"id":28083,"verse_id":"ISA.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.8","text":"Heb “rock” or “rocky cliff,” a title that depicts God as a protective refuge in his role as sovereign king; thus the translation “sheltering rock.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A8/2"}
{"id":28084,"verse_id":"ISA.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.10","text":"The rhetorical question is sarcastic. The sense is, “Who is foolish enough…?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A10/1"}
{"id":28085,"verse_id":"ISA.44.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.11","text":"The pronoun “his” probably refers to the one who forms/casts an idol (v. 10 ), in which case it refers to the craftsman’s associates in the idol-manufacturing guild.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A11/1"}
{"id":28086,"verse_id":"ISA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.12","text":"The noun מַעֲצָד ( ma ’ atsad ), which refers to some type of tool used for cutting, occurs only here and in Jer 10:3 . See HALOT 615 s.v. מַעֲצָד .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A12/1"}
{"id":28087,"verse_id":"ISA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.12","text":"Some English versions take the pronoun “it” to refer to an idol being fashioned by the blacksmith (cf. NIV, NCV, CEV). NLT understands the referent to be “a sharp tool,” which is then used by the carpenter in the following verse to carve an idol from wood.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A12/2"}
{"id":28088,"verse_id":"ISA.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “and there is no strength”; NASB “his strength fails.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A12/3"}
{"id":28089,"verse_id":"ISA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “stretches out a line” (ASV similar); NIV “measures with a line.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A13/1"}
{"id":28090,"verse_id":"ISA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “he makes an outline with the [?].” The noun שֶׂרֶד ( shered ) occurs only here; it apparently refers to some type of tool or marker. Cf. KJV “with a line”; ASV “with a pencil”; NAB, NRSV “with a stylus”; NASB “with red chalk”; NIV “with a marker.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A13/2"}
{"id":28091,"verse_id":"ISA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “works” (so NASB) or “fashions” (so NRSV); NIV “he roughs it out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A13/3"}
{"id":28092,"verse_id":"ISA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “he makes it like the pattern of a man”; NAB “like a man in appearance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A13/4"}
{"id":28093,"verse_id":"ISA.44.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.13","text":"Heb “like the glory of man to sit [in] a house”; NIV “that it may dwell in a shrine.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A13/5"}
{"id":28094,"verse_id":"ISA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.14","text":"It is not certain what type of tree this otherwise unattested noun refers to. Cf. ASV “a holm-tree” (NRSV similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A14/1"}
{"id":28095,"verse_id":"ISA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.14","text":"Heb “strengthens for himself,” i.e., “secures for himself” (see BDB 55 s.v. אָמֵץ Pi.2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A14/2"}
{"id":28096,"verse_id":"ISA.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.14","text":"Some prefer to emend אֹרֶן (’ oren ) to אֶרֶז (’ erez , “cedar”), but the otherwise unattested noun appears to have an Akkadian cognate, meaning “cedar.” See H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena (SBLDS), 44-45. HALOT 90 s.v. I אֹרֶן offers the meaning “laurel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A14/3"}
{"id":28097,"verse_id":"ISA.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.15","text":"Heb “and it becomes burning [i.e., firewood] for a man”; NAB “to serve man for fuel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A15/1"}
{"id":28098,"verse_id":"ISA.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.15","text":"Or perhaps, “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A15/2"}
{"id":28099,"verse_id":"ISA.44.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.16","text":"Heb “eats” (so NASB); NAB, NRSV “roasts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A16/1"}
{"id":28100,"verse_id":"ISA.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “for their eyes are smeared over so they cannot see, so their heart cannot be wise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A18/1"}
{"id":28101,"verse_id":"ISA.44.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.19","text":"There is no formal interrogative sign here, but the context seems to indicate these are rhetorical questions. See GKC 473 §150. a .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A19/1"}
{"id":28102,"verse_id":"ISA.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.20","text":"Or perhaps, “he eats on an ash heap.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A20/1"}
{"id":28103,"verse_id":"ISA.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “Is it not a lie in my right hand?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A20/2"}
{"id":28104,"verse_id":"ISA.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"44.21","text":"The verb in the Hebrew text is a Niphal imperfect with a pronominal suffix. Although the Niphal ordinarily has the passive sense, it can have a reflexive nuance as well (see above translation). Some have suggested an emendation to a Qal form: “Do not forget me” (all the ancient versions, NEB, REB; see GKC 369 §117. x ). “Do not forget me” would make a good parallel with “remember these things” in the first line. Since the MT is the harder reading and fits with Israel’s complaint that God had forgotten her ( Isa 40:27 ), the MT reading should be retained (NASB, NKJV, NRSV, ESV). The passive has been rendered as an active in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style (so also NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A21/1"}
{"id":28105,"verse_id":"ISA.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “I blot out like a cloud your rebellious deeds, and like a cloud your sins.” “Rebellious deeds” and “sins” stand by metonymy for the guilt they produce. Both עָב (’ av ) and עָנָן (’ anan ) refer to the clouds in the sky. It is tempting for stylistic purposes to translate the second with “fog” or “mist” (cf. NAB, NRSV “cloud…mist”; NIV “cloud…morning mist”; NLT “morning mists…clouds”), but this distinction between the synonyms is unwarranted here. The point of the simile seems to be this: The Lord forgives their sins, causing them to vanish just as clouds disappear from the sky (see Job 7:9; 30:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A22/1"}
{"id":28106,"verse_id":"ISA.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “redeem.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A22/2"}
{"id":28107,"verse_id":"ISA.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.23","text":"Heb “acts”; NASB, NRSV “has done it”; NLT “has done this wondrous thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A23/1"}
{"id":28108,"verse_id":"ISA.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.23","text":"Heb “lower regions.” This refers to Sheol and forms a merism with “sky” in the previous line. See Pss 63:9; 71:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A23/2"}
{"id":28109,"verse_id":"ISA.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.23","text":"Heb “O forest and all the trees in it”; NASB, NRSV “and every tree in it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A23/3"}
{"id":28110,"verse_id":"ISA.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.23","text":"Heb “redeems.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A23/4"}
{"id":28111,"verse_id":"ISA.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"44.23","text":"That is, by delivering Israel. Cf. NCV “showed his glory when he saved Israel”; TEV “has shown his greatness by saving his people Israel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A23/5"}
{"id":28112,"verse_id":"ISA.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.24","text":"Heb “your redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A24/1"}
{"id":28113,"verse_id":"ISA.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.24","text":"The consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “Who [was] with me?” The marginal reading ( Qere ) is “from with me,” i.e., “by myself.” See BDB 87 s.v. II אֵת 4.c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A24/2"}
{"id":28114,"verse_id":"ISA.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"44.25","text":"The Hebrew text has בַּדִּים ( baddim ), perhaps meaning “empty talkers” (BDB 95 s.v. III בַּד ). In the four other occurrences of this word ( Job 11:3 ; Isa 16:6 ; Jer 48:30; 50:36 ) the context does not make the meaning of the term very clear. Its primary point appears to be that the words spoken are meaningless or false. In light of its parallelism with “omen readers,” some have proposed an emendation to בָּרִים ( barim , “seers”). The Mesopotamian baru -priests were divination specialists who played an important role in court life. See R. Wilson, Prophecy and Society in Ancient Israel , 93-98. Rather than supporting an emendation, J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 2:189, n. 79) suggests that Isaiah used בַּדִּים purposively as a derisive wordplay on the Akkadian word baru (in light of the close similarity of the d and r consonants).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A25/1"}
{"id":28115,"verse_id":"ISA.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.25","text":"Or “makes fools of” (NIV, NRSV); NAB and NASB both similar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A25/2"}
{"id":28116,"verse_id":"ISA.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.25","text":"Heb “who turns back the wise” (so NRSV); NIV “overthrows the learning of the wise”; TEV “The words of the wise I refute.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A25/3"}
{"id":28117,"verse_id":"ISA.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.25","text":"Heb “their knowledge” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A25/4"}
{"id":28118,"verse_id":"ISA.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “the word of his servant.” The following context indicates that the Lord’s prophets are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A26/1"}
{"id":28119,"verse_id":"ISA.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “counsel.” The Hebrew term עֵצָה (’ etsah ) probably refers here to the divine plan as announced by the prophets. See HALOT 867 s.v. I עֵצָה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A26/2"}
{"id":28120,"verse_id":"ISA.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A26/3"}
{"id":28121,"verse_id":"ISA.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “says to.” It is possible that the sentence is not completed, as the description of Cyrus and his God-given role is developed in the rest of the verse. 45:1 picks up where 44:28 a leaves off with the Lord’s actual words to Cyrus finally being quoted in 45:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A28/1"}
{"id":28122,"verse_id":"ISA.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “my shepherd.” The shepherd motif is sometimes applied, as here, to a royal figure who is responsible for the well-being of the people whom he rules.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A28/2"}
{"id":28123,"verse_id":"ISA.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “that he might bring to completion all my desire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A28/3"}
{"id":28124,"verse_id":"ISA.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “and [concerning the] temple, you will be founded.” The preposition - לְ ( lÿ ) is understood by ellipsis at the beginning of the second line. The verb תִּוָּסֵד ( tivvased , “you will be founded”) is second masculine singular and is probably addressed to the personified temple ( הֵיכָל [ hekhal , “temple”] is masculine).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2044%3A28/4"}
{"id":28125,"verse_id":"ISA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “anointed” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NCV “his appointed king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A1/1"}
{"id":28126,"verse_id":"ISA.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “and the belts of kings I will loosen”; NRSV “strip kings of their robes”; NIV “strip kings of their armor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A1/3"}
{"id":28127,"verse_id":"ISA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"45.2","text":"The form הֲדוּרִים ( hadurim ) makes little, if any, sense here. It is probably a corruption of an original הָרָרִים ( hararim , “mountains”), the reduplicated form of הָר ( har , “mountain”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A2/1"}
{"id":28128,"verse_id":"ISA.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.2","text":"That is, on the gates. Cf. CEV “break the iron bars on bronze gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A2/2"}
{"id":28129,"verse_id":"ISA.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.3","text":"Heb “treasures of darkness” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “treasures from dark, secret places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A3/1"}
{"id":28130,"verse_id":"ISA.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.4","text":"Or “know” (NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT); NIV “acknowledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A4/1"}
{"id":28131,"verse_id":"ISA.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “and there is none besides.” On the use of עוֹד (’ od ) here, see BDB 729 s.v. 1 .c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A5/1"}
{"id":28132,"verse_id":"ISA.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “gird you” (so NASB) or “strengthen you” (so NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A5/2"}
{"id":28133,"verse_id":"ISA.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.5","text":"Or “know” (NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT); NIV “have not acknowledged.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A5/3"}
{"id":28134,"verse_id":"ISA.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.6","text":"The words “I do this” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A6/1"}
{"id":28135,"verse_id":"ISA.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.6","text":"Heb “they” (so KJV, ASV); TEV, CEV “everyone”; NLT “all the world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A6/2"}
{"id":28136,"verse_id":"ISA.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.7","text":"The words “I am” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text the participle at the beginning of v. 7 stands in apposition to “the Lord” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A7/1"}
{"id":28137,"verse_id":"ISA.45.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.7","text":"On the surface v. 7 a appears to describe God’s sovereign control over the cycle of day and night, but the following statement suggests that “light” and “darkness” symbolize “deliverance” and “judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A7/2"}
{"id":28138,"verse_id":"ISA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.8","text":"Heb “let the clouds drip with”; KJV “let the skies pour down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A8/1"}
{"id":28139,"verse_id":"ISA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.8","text":"Heb “open up” (so NASB); NIV, NLT “open wide.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A8/2"}
{"id":28140,"verse_id":"ISA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"45.8","text":"The plural verb should be emended to a singular form. The vav ( ו ) ending is probably virtually dittographic (note the yod at the beginning of the following word).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A8/3"}
{"id":28141,"verse_id":"ISA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"45.8","text":"The Hiphil verb form ( תַצְמִיחַ , tatsmiakh ) should probably be emended to a Qal ( תִצְמַח , titsmakh ). The יח sequence at the end of the form is probably due to dittography (note the following יַחַד , yakhad ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A8/4"}
{"id":28142,"verse_id":"ISA.45.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"45.8","text":"The masculine singular pronominal suffix probably refers back to יָשַׁע ( yasha ’, “salvation”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A8/5"}
{"id":28143,"verse_id":"ISA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the one who argues with the one who formed him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A9/1"}
{"id":28144,"verse_id":"ISA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.9","text":"The words “one who is like a mere” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons and clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A9/2"}
{"id":28145,"verse_id":"ISA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “Should the clay say to the one who forms it?” The rhetorical question anticipates a reply, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A9/3"}
{"id":28146,"verse_id":"ISA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.9","text":"The words “in the world” are supplied in the translation to approximate in English idiom the force of the sarcastic question.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A9/4"}
{"id":28147,"verse_id":"ISA.45.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"45.9","text":"Heb “your work, there are no hands for it,” i.e., “your work looks like something made by a person who has no hands.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A9/5"}
{"id":28148,"verse_id":"ISA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “Woe [to] one who says” (NASB and NIV both similar); NCV “How terrible it will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A10/1"}
{"id":28149,"verse_id":"ISA.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.10","text":"See the note at v. 9 . This phrase occurs a second time later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A10/2"}
{"id":28150,"verse_id":"ISA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"45.11","text":"The Hebrew text reads “the one who formed him, the coming things.” Among various suggestions, some have proposed an emendation of יֹצְרוֹ ( yotsÿro , “the one who formed him”) to יֹצֵר ( yotser , “the one who forms”; the suffixed form in the Hebrew text may be influenced by vv. 9-10 , where the same form appears twice) and takes “coming things” as the object of the participle (either objective genitive or accusative): “the one who brings the future into being.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A11/2"}
{"id":28151,"verse_id":"ISA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.11","text":"Heb “Ask me” The rhetorical command sarcastically expresses the Lord’s disgust with those who question his ways.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A11/3"}
{"id":28152,"verse_id":"ISA.45.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.11","text":"Heb “Do you command me about…?” The rhetorical question sarcastically expresses the Lord’s disgust with those who question his ways.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A11/4"}
{"id":28153,"verse_id":"ISA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.12","text":"The words “who live” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A12/1"}
{"id":28154,"verse_id":"ISA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.12","text":"Heb “I, even my hands”; NASB “I stretched out…with My hands”; NRSV “it was my hands that stretched out.” The same construction occurs at the beginning of v. 13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A12/2"}
{"id":28155,"verse_id":"ISA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.12","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A12/3"}
{"id":28156,"verse_id":"ISA.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.12","text":"Heb “and to all their host I commanded.” See the notes at 40:26 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A12/4"}
{"id":28157,"verse_id":"ISA.45.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.13","text":"Heb “I stir him up in righteousness”; NASB “I have aroused him.” See the note at 41:2 . Cyrus (cf. 44:28 ) is in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A13/1"}
{"id":28158,"verse_id":"ISA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.14","text":"Heb “labor,” which stands metonymically for the fruits of labor, either “monetary profit,” or “products.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A14/1"}
{"id":28159,"verse_id":"ISA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.14","text":"Or perhaps, “merchandise” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “the gain of Ethiopia”; CEV “the treasures of Ethiopia.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A14/2"}
{"id":28160,"verse_id":"ISA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.14","text":"Heb “they will pass over to you”; NASB, NIV “will come over to you”; CEV “will belong to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A14/3"}
{"id":28161,"verse_id":"ISA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"45.14","text":"Or perhaps, “among.” Cf. KJV, ASV “Surely God is in thee.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A14/6"}
{"id":28162,"verse_id":"ISA.45.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"45.14","text":"Heb “there is no other” (so NIV, NRSV). The same phrase occurs at the end of v. 18 , in v. 21 , and at the end of v. 22 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A14/7"}
{"id":28163,"verse_id":"ISA.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.16","text":"“together they will walk in humiliation, the makers of images.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A16/1"}
{"id":28164,"verse_id":"ISA.45.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.17","text":"Heb “Israel will be delivered by the Lord [with] a permanent deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A17/1"}
{"id":28165,"verse_id":"ISA.45.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.17","text":"Heb “you will not be ashamed and you will not be humiliated for ages of future time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A17/2"}
{"id":28166,"verse_id":"ISA.45.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.18","text":"Heb “he [is] the God.” The article here indicates uniqueness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A18/1"}
{"id":28167,"verse_id":"ISA.45.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.18","text":"Or “unformed.” Gen 1:2 describes the world as “unformed” ( תֹהוּ , tohu ) prior to God’s creative work, but God then formed the world and made it fit for habitation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A18/2"}
{"id":28168,"verse_id":"ISA.45.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.19","text":"Heb “in a place of a land of darkness” (ASV similar); NASB “in some dark land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A19/1"}
{"id":28169,"verse_id":"ISA.45.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.19","text":"“In vain” translates תֹהוּ ( tohu ), used here as an adverbial accusative: “for nothing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A19/2"}
{"id":28170,"verse_id":"ISA.45.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.19","text":"The translation above assumes that צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) and מֵישָׁרִים ( mesharim ) are adverbial accusatives (see 33:15 ). If they are taken as direct objects, indicating the content of what is spoken, one might translate, “who proclaims deliverance, who announces justice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A19/3"}
{"id":28171,"verse_id":"ISA.45.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.21","text":"Heb “Declare! Bring near!”; NASB “Declare and set forth your case.” See 41:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A21/1"}
{"id":28172,"verse_id":"ISA.45.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.21","text":"Or “a righteous God and deliverer”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “a righteous God and a Savior.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A21/2"}
{"id":28173,"verse_id":"ISA.45.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.22","text":"The Niphal imperative with prefixed vav ( ו ) indicates purpose after the preceding imperative. The Niphal probably has a tolerative sense, “allow yourselves to be delivered, accept help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A22/1"}
{"id":28174,"verse_id":"ISA.45.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.23","text":"Heb “I swear by myself”; KJV, NASB “have sworn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A23/1"}
{"id":28175,"verse_id":"ISA.45.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.23","text":"Heb “a word goes out from my mouth [in] truth and will not return.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A23/2"}
{"id":28176,"verse_id":"ISA.45.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.23","text":"Heb “swear” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “confess allegiance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A23/3"}
{"id":28177,"verse_id":"ISA.45.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.24","text":"Heb “‘Yes, in the Lord,’ one says about me, ‘is deliverance and strength.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A24/1"}
{"id":28178,"verse_id":"ISA.45.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.24","text":"Heb “will come to him and be ashamed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A24/2"}
{"id":28179,"verse_id":"ISA.45.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":45,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.25","text":"Heb “In the Lord all the offspring of Israel will be vindicated and boast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2045%3A25/1"}
{"id":28180,"verse_id":"ISA.46.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.1","text":"Heb “their images belong to animals and beasts”; NIV “their idols are borne by beasts of burden”; NLT “are being hauled away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A1/3"}
{"id":28181,"verse_id":"ISA.46.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.1","text":"Heb “your loads are carried [as] a burden by a weary [animal].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A1/4"}
{"id":28182,"verse_id":"ISA.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.2","text":"Heb “[the] burden,” i.e., their images, the heavy burden carried by the animals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A2/1"}
{"id":28183,"verse_id":"ISA.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.2","text":"נַפְשָׁם ( nafsham , “their souls/lives”) is equivalent here to a third masculine plural suffix, but the third feminine singular verb הָלָכָה ( halakhah , “they go”) agrees with the feminine noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul, life”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A2/2"}
{"id":28184,"verse_id":"ISA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “house of Jacob”; TEV “descendants of Jacob.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A3/1"}
{"id":28185,"verse_id":"ISA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “and all the remnant of the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A3/2"}
{"id":28186,"verse_id":"ISA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “from the womb” (so NRSV); KJV “from the belly”; NAB “from your infancy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A3/3"}
{"id":28187,"verse_id":"ISA.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.3","text":"Heb “who have been lifted up from the womb.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A3/4"}
{"id":28188,"verse_id":"ISA.46.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.4","text":"Heb “until old age, I am he” (NRSV similar); NLT “I will be your God throughout your lifetime.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A4/1"}
{"id":28189,"verse_id":"ISA.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “the reed,” probably referring to the beam of a scales. See BDB 889 s.v. קָנֶה 4.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A6/1"}
{"id":28190,"verse_id":"ISA.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.7","text":"Or perhaps, “cannot,” here and in the following two lines. The imperfect forms can indicate capability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A7/1"}
{"id":28191,"verse_id":"ISA.46.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.8","text":"The meaning of the verb אָשַׁשׁ (’ ashash , which appears here in the Hitpolel stem) is uncertain. BDB 84 s.v. אשׁשׁ relates it to a root meaning “found, establish” in Arabic; HALOT 100 s.v. II אשׁשׁ gives the meaning “pluck up courage.” The imperative with vav ( ו ) may indicate purpose following the preceding imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A8/1"}
{"id":28192,"verse_id":"ISA.46.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.8","text":"Heb “return [it], rebels, to heart”; NRSV “recall it to mind, you transgressors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A8/2"}
{"id":28193,"verse_id":"ISA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.9","text":"Heb “remember the former things, from antiquity”; KJV, ASV “the former things of old.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A9/1"}
{"id":28194,"verse_id":"ISA.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.9","text":"Heb “and there is no other” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A9/2"}
{"id":28195,"verse_id":"ISA.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.10","text":"Or “from long ago”; KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV “from ancient times.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A10/1"}
{"id":28196,"verse_id":"ISA.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.11","text":"Or, more generally, “a bird of prey” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV; see 18:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A11/1"}
{"id":28197,"verse_id":"ISA.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “spoken”; KJV “I have spoken it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A11/2"}
{"id":28198,"verse_id":"ISA.46.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.12","text":"Heb “strong of heart [or, mind]”; KJV “stouthearted”; NAB “fainthearted”; NIV “stubborn-hearted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A12/1"}
{"id":28199,"verse_id":"ISA.46.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.12","text":"Heb “who are far from righteousness [or perhaps, “deliverance”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A12/2"}
{"id":28200,"verse_id":"ISA.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.13","text":"Heb “my salvation.” The verb “I am bringing near” is understood by ellipsis (note the previous line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A13/1"}
{"id":28201,"verse_id":"ISA.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.13","text":"Heb “I will place in Zion salvation”; NASB “I will grant salvation in Zion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A13/2"}
{"id":28202,"verse_id":"ISA.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.13","text":"Heb “to Israel my splendor”; KJV, ASV “for Israel my glory.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2046%3A13/3"}
{"id":28203,"verse_id":"ISA.47.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.1","text":"בְּתוּלַה ( bÿtulah ) often refers to a virgin, but the phrase “virgin daughter” is apparently stylized (see also 23:12; 37:22 ). In the extended metaphor of this chapter, where Babylon is personified as a queen (vv. 5, 7 ), she is depicted as being both a wife and mother (vv. 8-9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A1/1"}
{"id":28204,"verse_id":"ISA.47.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.1","text":"Or “For” (NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A1/2"}
{"id":28205,"verse_id":"ISA.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “Your shame will be seen.” In this context “shame” is a euphemism referring to the genitals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A3/1"}
{"id":28206,"verse_id":"ISA.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “I will not meet a man.” The verb פָּגַע ( pagah ) apparently carries the nuance “meet with kindness” here (cf. 64:5 , and see BDB 803 s.v. Qal.2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A3/2"}
{"id":28207,"verse_id":"ISA.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"47.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads, “Our redeemer – the Lord who commands armies [traditionally, the Lord of hosts] is his name, the Holy One of Israel.” The ancient Greek version adds “says” before “our redeemer.” אָמַר (’ amar ) may have accidentally dropped from the text by virtual haplography. Note that the preceding word אָדָם (’ adam ) is graphically similar. sn See the note on the phrase “the Holy One of Israel” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A4/1"}
{"id":28208,"verse_id":"ISA.47.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.5","text":"Heb “darkness,” which may indicate a place of hiding where a fugitive would seek shelter and protection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A5/1"}
{"id":28209,"verse_id":"ISA.47.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.5","text":"Or “For” (NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A5/2"}
{"id":28210,"verse_id":"ISA.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.6","text":"Or “compassion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A6/1"}
{"id":28211,"verse_id":"ISA.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.6","text":"Heb “on the old you made very heavy your yoke.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A6/2"}
{"id":28212,"verse_id":"ISA.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “Forever I [will be] permanent queen”; NIV “the eternal queen”; CEV “queen forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A7/1"}
{"id":28213,"verse_id":"ISA.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “you did not set these things upon your heart [or “mind”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A7/2"}
{"id":28214,"verse_id":"ISA.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “you did not remember its outcome”; NAB “you disregarded their outcome.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A7/3"}
{"id":28215,"verse_id":"ISA.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.8","text":"Or perhaps, “voluptuous one” (NAB); NAB “you sensual one”; NLT “You are a pleasure-crazy kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A8/1"}
{"id":28216,"verse_id":"ISA.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “the one who says in her heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A8/2"}
{"id":28217,"verse_id":"ISA.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “I [am], and besides me there is no other.” See Zeph 2:15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A8/3"}
{"id":28218,"verse_id":"ISA.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “I will not live [as] a widow, and I will not know loss of children.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A8/4"}
{"id":28219,"verse_id":"ISA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “loss of children and widowhood.” In the Hebrew text the phrase is in apposition to “both of these” in line 1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A9/1"}
{"id":28220,"verse_id":"ISA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “according to their fullness, they will come upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A9/2"}
{"id":28221,"verse_id":"ISA.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.9","text":"For other examples of the preposition bet ( בְּ ) having the sense of “although, despite,” see BDB 90 s.v. III.7.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A9/3"}
{"id":28222,"verse_id":"ISA.47.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.10","text":"Heb “you trusted in your evil”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A10/1"}
{"id":28223,"verse_id":"ISA.47.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.10","text":"Or “said”; NAB “said to yourself”’ NASB “said in your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A10/2"}
{"id":28224,"verse_id":"ISA.47.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.10","text":"The words “self-professed” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A10/3"}
{"id":28225,"verse_id":"ISA.47.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.10","text":"See the note at v. 8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A10/4"}
{"id":28226,"verse_id":"ISA.47.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"47.11","text":"The Hebrew text has שַׁחְרָהּ ( shakhrah ), which is either a suffixed noun (“its dawning,” i.e., origin) or infinitive (“to look early for it”). Some have suggested an emendation to שַׁחֲדָהּ ( shakhadah ), a suffixed infinitive from שָׁחַד ( shakhad , “[how] to buy it off”; see BDB 1005 s.v. שָׁחַד ). This forms a nice parallel with the following couplet. The above translation is based on a different etymology of the verb in question. HALOT 1466 s.v. III שׁחר references a verbal root with these letters ( שׁחד ) that refers to magical activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A11/1"}
{"id":28227,"verse_id":"ISA.47.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.11","text":"Heb “you will not know”; NIV “you cannot foresee.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A11/2"}
{"id":28228,"verse_id":"ISA.47.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.12","text":"Heb “stand” (so KJV, ASV); NASB, NRSV “Stand fast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A12/1"}
{"id":28229,"verse_id":"ISA.47.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.12","text":"The word “trusting” is supplied in the translation for clarification. See v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A12/2"}
{"id":28230,"verse_id":"ISA.47.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.12","text":"Heb “in that which you have toiled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A12/3"}
{"id":28231,"verse_id":"ISA.47.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"47.12","text":"Heb “maybe you will be able to profit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A12/4"}
{"id":28232,"verse_id":"ISA.47.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"47.12","text":"Heb “maybe you will cause to tremble.” The object “disaster” is supplied in the translation for clarification. See the note at v. 9 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A12/5"}
{"id":28233,"verse_id":"ISA.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.13","text":"Heb “you are tired because of the abundance of your advice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A13/1"}
{"id":28234,"verse_id":"ISA.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.13","text":"Heb “let them stand and rescue you – the ones who see omens in the sky, who gaze at the stars, who make known by months – from those things which are coming upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A13/2"}
{"id":28235,"verse_id":"ISA.47.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.14","text":"Heb “hand,” here a metaphor for the strength or power of the flames.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A14/1"}
{"id":28236,"verse_id":"ISA.47.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.14","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “there is no coal [for?] their food, light to sit before it.” Some emend לַחְמָם ( lakhmam , “their food”) to לְחֻמָּם ( lÿkhummam , “to warm them”; see HALOT 328 s.v. חמם ). This statement may allude to Isa 44:16 , where idolaters are depicted warming themselves over a fire made from wood, part of which was used to form idols. The fire of divine judgment will be no such campfire; its flames will devour and destroy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A14/2"}
{"id":28237,"verse_id":"ISA.47.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.15","text":"Heb “So they will be to you”; NIV “That is all they can do for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A15/1"}
{"id":28238,"verse_id":"ISA.47.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.15","text":"Heb “that for which you toiled, your traders from your youth.” The omen readers and star gazers are likened to merchants with whom Babylon has had an ongoing economic relationship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A15/2"}
{"id":28239,"verse_id":"ISA.47.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":47,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.15","text":"Heb “each to his own side, they err.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2047%3A15/3"}
{"id":28240,"verse_id":"ISA.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “house of Jacob”; TEV, CEV “people of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A1/1"}
{"id":28241,"verse_id":"ISA.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.1","text":", which corrects a similar form to “from inner parts of” in 39:7 , does not do it here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A1/2"}
{"id":28242,"verse_id":"ISA.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “cause to remember”; KJV, ASV “make mention of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A1/3"}
{"id":28243,"verse_id":"ISA.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “not in truth and not in righteousness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A1/4"}
{"id":28244,"verse_id":"ISA.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “they call themselves [or “are called”] from the holy city.” The precise meaning of the statement is uncertain. The Niphal of קָרָא ( qara ’) is combined with the preposition מִן ( min ) only here. When the Qal of קָרָא is used with מִן , the preposition often indicates the place from which one is summoned (see 46:11 ). So one could translate, “from the holy city they are summoned,” meaning that they reside there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A2/1"}
{"id":28245,"verse_id":"ISA.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “lean on” (so NASB, NRSV); NAB, NIV “rely on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A2/2"}
{"id":28246,"verse_id":"ISA.48.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.3","text":"Heb “the former things beforehand I declared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A3/1"}
{"id":28247,"verse_id":"ISA.48.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.3","text":"Heb “and from my mouth they came forth and I caused them to be heard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A3/2"}
{"id":28248,"verse_id":"ISA.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.4","text":"The words “I did this” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text v. 4 is subordinated to v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A4/1"}
{"id":28249,"verse_id":"ISA.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “gaze [at] all of it”; KJV “see all this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A6/1"}
{"id":28250,"verse_id":"ISA.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “[as for] you, will you not declare?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A6/2"}
{"id":28251,"verse_id":"ISA.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.6","text":"Heb “and hidden things, and you do not know them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A6/3"}
{"id":28252,"verse_id":"ISA.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.7","text":"Heb “are created” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “They are brand new.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A7/1"}
{"id":28253,"verse_id":"ISA.48.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.7","text":"Heb “look”; KJV, NASB “Behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A7/2"}
{"id":28254,"verse_id":"ISA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “beforehand your ear did not open.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A8/1"}
{"id":28255,"verse_id":"ISA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “deceiving, you deceive.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A8/2"}
{"id":28256,"verse_id":"ISA.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.8","text":"Or “called” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A8/3"}
{"id":28257,"verse_id":"ISA.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “for the sake of my name” (so NAB, NASB); NLT “for my own sake.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A9/1"}
{"id":28258,"verse_id":"ISA.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “and my praise.” לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an , “for the sake of”) is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A9/2"}
{"id":28259,"verse_id":"ISA.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “I restrain [myself] concerning you not to cut you off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A9/3"}
{"id":28260,"verse_id":"ISA.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.10","text":"reads correctly בחנתיכה (“I have tested you”). The metallurgical background of the imagery suggests that purification through testing is the idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A10/1"}
{"id":28261,"verse_id":"ISA.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.11","text":"The Hebrew text repeats לְמַעֲנִי ( lÿma ’ ani , “for my sake”) for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A11/1"}
{"id":28262,"verse_id":"ISA.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.11","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “for how can it be defiled?” The subject of the verb is probably “name” (v. 9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A11/2"}
{"id":28263,"verse_id":"ISA.48.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.12","text":"Heb “I [am] he, I [am the] first, also I [am the] last.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A12/1"}
{"id":28264,"verse_id":"ISA.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.14","text":"Or “friend,” or “covenant partner.” sn The Lord ’s ally is a reference to Cyrus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A14/2"}
{"id":28265,"verse_id":"ISA.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.14","text":"Heb “and his arm [against] the Babylonians.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A14/3"}
{"id":28266,"verse_id":"ISA.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “and his way will be prosperous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A15/1"}
{"id":28267,"verse_id":"ISA.48.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.16","text":"Heb “from the time of its occurring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A16/1"}
{"id":28268,"verse_id":"ISA.48.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.17","text":"Heb “your redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A17/1"}
{"id":28269,"verse_id":"ISA.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “paid attention to” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “had listened to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A18/1"}
{"id":28270,"verse_id":"ISA.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “like a river your peace would have been.” שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) probably refers here to the peace and prosperity which God promised in return for obedience to the covenant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A18/2"}
{"id":28271,"verse_id":"ISA.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “and your righteousness like the waves of the sea.” צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah ) probably refers here to divine deliverance from enemies. See v. 19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A18/3"}
{"id":28272,"verse_id":"ISA.48.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.19","text":"Heb “like sand”; NCV “as many as the grains of sand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A19/1"}
{"id":28273,"verse_id":"ISA.48.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.19","text":"Heb “and the issue from your inner parts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A19/2"}
{"id":28274,"verse_id":"ISA.48.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.19","text":"Heb “and his name would not be cut off and would not be destroyed from before me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A19/3"}
{"id":28275,"verse_id":"ISA.48.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.20","text":"Heb “to the end of the earth” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A20/1"}
{"id":28276,"verse_id":"ISA.48.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":48,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.20","text":"Heb “redeems.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2048%3A20/2"}
{"id":28277,"verse_id":"ISA.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.1","text":"Or “islands” (NASB, NIV); NLT “in far-off lands.” sn The Lord’s special servant, introduced in chap. , speaks here of his commission.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A1/1"}
{"id":28278,"verse_id":"ISA.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.1","text":"Heb “called me from the womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A1/2"}
{"id":28279,"verse_id":"ISA.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.1","text":"Heb “from the inner parts of my mother he mentioned my name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A1/3"}
{"id":28280,"verse_id":"ISA.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.2","text":"Or perhaps, “polished” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV); NASB “a select arrow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A2/1"}
{"id":28281,"verse_id":"ISA.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.4","text":"Or “said” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “I replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A4/1"}
{"id":28282,"verse_id":"ISA.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.4","text":"Heb “for nothing and emptiness.” Synonyms are combined to emphasize the common idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A4/2"}
{"id":28283,"verse_id":"ISA.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.4","text":"Heb “But my justice is with the Lord, and my reward [or “wage”] with my God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A4/3"}
{"id":28284,"verse_id":"ISA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.5","text":"Heb “from the womb” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A5/1"}
{"id":28285,"verse_id":"ISA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.5","text":"The words “he did this” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text the infinitive construct of purpose is subordinated to the previous statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A5/2"}
{"id":28286,"verse_id":"ISA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.5","text":"The vav ( ו ) + imperfect is translated here as a result clause; one might interpret it as indicating purpose, “and so I might be honored.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A5/3"}
{"id":28287,"verse_id":"ISA.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.5","text":"Heb “and my God is [perhaps, “having been”] my strength.” The disjunctive structure ( vav [ ו ] + subject + verb) is interpreted here as indicating a causal circumstantial clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A5/4"}
{"id":28288,"verse_id":"ISA.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.6","text":"Heb “the protected [or “preserved”] ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A6/1"}
{"id":28289,"verse_id":"ISA.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.6","text":"See the note at 42:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A6/3"}
{"id":28290,"verse_id":"ISA.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.6","text":"Heb “be” (so KJV, ASV); CEV “you must take.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A6/4"}
{"id":28291,"verse_id":"ISA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.7","text":"Heb “redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A7/1"}
{"id":28292,"verse_id":"ISA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.7","text":"reading. As J. N. Oswalt ( Isaiah [NICOT], 2:294) points out, the three terse phrases “convey a picture of lowliness, worthlessness, and helplessness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A7/3"}
{"id":28293,"verse_id":"ISA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.7","text":"MT’s Piel participle (“to the one who rejects”) does not fit contextually. The form should be revocalized as a Pual, “to the one rejected.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A7/4"}
{"id":28294,"verse_id":"ISA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"49.7","text":"Parallelism (see “rulers,” “kings,” “princes”) suggests that the singular גּוֹי ( goy ) be emended to a plural or understood in a collective sense (see 55:5 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A7/5"}
{"id":28295,"verse_id":"ISA.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"49.7","text":"For this sense of קוּם ( qum ), see Gen 19:1; 23:7; 33:10 ; Lev 19:32 ; 1 Sam 20:41; 25:41 ; 1 Kgs 2:19 ; Job 29:8 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A7/6"}
{"id":28296,"verse_id":"ISA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.8","text":"The translation assumes the verb is derived from the root נָצָר ( natsar , “protect”). Some prefer to derive it from the root יָצָר ( yatsar , “form”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A8/1"}
{"id":28297,"verse_id":"ISA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.8","text":"Heb “a covenant of people.” A person cannot literally be a covenant; בְּרִית ( bÿrit ) is probably metonymic here, indicating a covenant mediator. Here עָם (’ am , “people”) appears to refer to Israel. See the note at 42:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A8/2"}
{"id":28298,"verse_id":"ISA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.8","text":"The Hiphil of קוּם ( qum , “arise”) is probably used here in the sense of “rebuild.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A8/3"}
{"id":28299,"verse_id":"ISA.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.8","text":"The “land” probably stands by metonymy for the ruins within it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A8/4"}
{"id":28300,"verse_id":"ISA.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.9","text":"Heb “to say.” In the Hebrew text the infinitive construct is subordinated to what precedes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A9/1"}
{"id":28301,"verse_id":"ISA.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.9","text":"Heb “in darkness” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “the prisoners of darkness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A9/2"}
{"id":28302,"verse_id":"ISA.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.9","text":"Heb “show yourselves” (so ASV, NAB, NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A9/3"}
{"id":28303,"verse_id":"ISA.49.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.10","text":"Heb “and the heat and the sun will not strike them.” In Isa 35:7 , its only other occurrence in the OT, שָׁרָב ( sharav ) stands parallel to “parched ground” and in contrast to “pool.” In later Hebrew and Aramaic it refers to “dry heat, heat of the sun” (Jastrow 1627 s.v.). Here it likely has this nuance and forms a hendiadys with “sun.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A10/1"}
{"id":28304,"verse_id":"ISA.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"49.12","text":"The MT reads “Sinim” here; the Dead Sea Scrolls read “Syene,” a location in Egypt associated with modern Aswan. A number of recent translations adopt this reading: “Syene” (NAB, NRSV); “Aswan” (NIV); “Egypt” (NLT). sn The precise location of the land of Sinim is uncertain, but since the north and west are mentioned in the previous line, it was a probably located in the distant east or south.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A12/1"}
{"id":28305,"verse_id":"ISA.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.13","text":"Or “O heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A13/1"}
{"id":28306,"verse_id":"ISA.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.13","text":"Heb “his” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A13/2"}
{"id":28307,"verse_id":"ISA.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.14","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A14/1"}
{"id":28308,"verse_id":"ISA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.15","text":"Heb “her suckling”; NASB “her nursing child.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A15/1"}
{"id":28309,"verse_id":"ISA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.15","text":"Heb “so as not to have compassion on the son of her womb?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A15/2"}
{"id":28310,"verse_id":"ISA.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.15","text":"Heb “these” (so ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A15/3"}
{"id":28311,"verse_id":"ISA.49.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.16","text":"Heb “you.” Here the pronoun is put by metonymy for the person’s name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A16/1"}
{"id":28312,"verse_id":"ISA.49.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.18","text":"Heb “Lift up around your eyes and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A18/1"}
{"id":28313,"verse_id":"ISA.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.19","text":"Heb “Indeed your ruins and your desolate places, and the land of your destruction.” This statement is abruptly terminated in the Hebrew text and left incomplete.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A19/1"}
{"id":28314,"verse_id":"ISA.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “me.” The singular is collective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A20/1"}
{"id":28315,"verse_id":"ISA.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “draw near to me so I can dwell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A20/2"}
{"id":28316,"verse_id":"ISA.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.21","text":"Heb “and you will say in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A21/1"}
{"id":28317,"verse_id":"ISA.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.21","text":"Or “exiled and thrust away”; NIV “exiled and rejected.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A21/2"}
{"id":28318,"verse_id":"ISA.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.23","text":"Heb “your,” but Zion here stands by metonymy for her children (see v. 22 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A23/1"}
{"id":28319,"verse_id":"ISA.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.23","text":"Heb “you.” See the preceding note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A23/2"}
{"id":28320,"verse_id":"ISA.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.23","text":"Or “at your feet” (NAB, NIV); NLT “from your feet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A23/3"}
{"id":28321,"verse_id":"ISA.49.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.24","text":"reads correctly עריץ (“violent [one], tyrant”; see v. 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A24/1"}
{"id":28322,"verse_id":"ISA.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.26","text":"Heb “flesh” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A26/2"}
{"id":28323,"verse_id":"ISA.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.26","text":"Heb “your redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A26/3"}
{"id":28324,"verse_id":"ISA.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.26","text":"Heb “the powerful [one] of Jacob.” See 1:24 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2049%3A26/4"}
{"id":28325,"verse_id":"ISA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “short” (so NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A2/2"}
{"id":28326,"verse_id":"ISA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.2","text":"Or “ransom” (NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A2/3"}
{"id":28327,"verse_id":"ISA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “with my rebuke.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A2/4"}
{"id":28328,"verse_id":"ISA.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “the fish stink from lack of water and die from thirst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A2/5"}
{"id":28329,"verse_id":"ISA.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “has given to me a tongue of disciples.” sn Verses 4-11 contain the third of the so-called servant songs, which depict the career of the Lord’s special servant, envisioned as an ideal Israel ( 49:3 ) who rescues the exiles and fulfills God’s purposes for the world. Here the servant alludes to opposition (something hinted at in 49:4 ), but also expresses his determination to persevere with the Lord’s help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A4/1"}
{"id":28330,"verse_id":"ISA.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.4","text":"and the Vulgate support the MT reading, that reading is retained.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A4/2"}
{"id":28331,"verse_id":"ISA.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “he arouses for me an ear, to hear like disciples.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A4/3"}
{"id":28332,"verse_id":"ISA.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.5","text":"Or perhaps, “makes me obedient.” The text reads literally, “has opened for me an ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A5/1"}
{"id":28333,"verse_id":"ISA.50.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.6","text":"Or perhaps, “who beat [me].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A6/1"}
{"id":28334,"verse_id":"ISA.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.7","text":"Heb “Therefore I set my face like flint.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A7/1"}
{"id":28335,"verse_id":"ISA.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.8","text":"Heb “Let us stand together!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A8/1"}
{"id":28336,"verse_id":"ISA.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.8","text":"Heb “Who is the master of my judgment?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A8/2"}
{"id":28337,"verse_id":"ISA.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.8","text":"Heb “let him approach me”; NAB, NIV “Let him confront me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A8/3"}
{"id":28338,"verse_id":"ISA.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.10","text":"Heb “[who] listens to the voice of his servant?” The interrogative is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A10/1"}
{"id":28339,"verse_id":"ISA.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.10","text":"The plural indicates degree. Darkness may refer to exile and/or moral evil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A10/2"}
{"id":28340,"verse_id":"ISA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"50.11","text":"Several more recent commentators have proposed an emendation of מְאַזְּרֵי ( mÿ ’ azzÿre , “who put on”) to מְאִירִי ( mÿ ’ iri , “who light”). However, both Qumran scrolls of Isaiah and the Vulgate support the MT reading (cf. NIV, ESV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A11/1"}
{"id":28341,"verse_id":"ISA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.11","text":"On the meaning of זִיקוֹת ( ziqot , “flaming arrows”), see HALOT 268 s.v. זִיקוֹת .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A11/2"}
{"id":28342,"verse_id":"ISA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.11","text":"The imperative is probably rhetorical and has a predictive force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A11/3"}
{"id":28343,"verse_id":"ISA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.11","text":"Or perhaps, “flame” (so ASV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A11/4"}
{"id":28344,"verse_id":"ISA.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"50.11","text":"Heb “from my hand” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2050%3A11/6"}
{"id":28345,"verse_id":"ISA.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.1","text":"Or “righteousness” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “justice”; NLT “hope for deliverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A1/1"}
{"id":28346,"verse_id":"ISA.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.1","text":"Heb “the excavation of the hole.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A1/2"}
{"id":28347,"verse_id":"ISA.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.2","text":"Heb “one”; NLT “was alone”; TEV “was childless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A2/2"}
{"id":28348,"verse_id":"ISA.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.2","text":"“Bless” may here carry the sense of “endue with potency, reproductive power.” See Gen 1:28 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A2/3"}
{"id":28349,"verse_id":"ISA.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.2","text":"Heb “and I made him numerous.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A2/4"}
{"id":28350,"verse_id":"ISA.51.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.3","text":"Heb “found in” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A3/1"}
{"id":28351,"verse_id":"ISA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.4","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A4/1"}
{"id":28352,"verse_id":"ISA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “instruction [or “a law”] will go out from me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A4/2"}
{"id":28353,"verse_id":"ISA.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “and my justice for a light to the nations I will cause to rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A4/3"}
{"id":28354,"verse_id":"ISA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “my righteousness [or “vindication”] is near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A5/1"}
{"id":28355,"verse_id":"ISA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “my deliverance goes forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A5/2"}
{"id":28356,"verse_id":"ISA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “and my arms will judge [on behalf of] nations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A5/3"}
{"id":28357,"verse_id":"ISA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.5","text":"Or “islands” (NIV); TEV “Distant lands.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A5/4"}
{"id":28358,"verse_id":"ISA.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “for my arm” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A5/5"}
{"id":28359,"verse_id":"ISA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “will be torn in pieces.” The perfect indicates the certitude of the event, from the Lord’s rhetorical perspective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A6/1"}
{"id":28360,"verse_id":"ISA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “my deliverance.” The same Hebrew word can also be translated “salvation” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); cf. CEV “victory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A6/2"}
{"id":28361,"verse_id":"ISA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “my righteousness [or “vindication”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A6/3"}
{"id":28362,"verse_id":"ISA.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “will not be shattered [or “dismayed”].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A6/4"}
{"id":28363,"verse_id":"ISA.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.7","text":"Heb “people (who have) my law in their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A7/1"}
{"id":28364,"verse_id":"ISA.51.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.8","text":"Heb “my vindication”; many English versions “my righteousness”; NRSV, TEV “my deliverance”; CEV “my victory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A8/1"}
{"id":28365,"verse_id":"ISA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.9","text":"The arm of the Lord is a symbol of divine military power. Here it is personified and told to arouse itself from sleep and prepare for action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A9/1"}
{"id":28366,"verse_id":"ISA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.9","text":"has, probably correctly, המחצת , from the verbal root מָחַץ ( makhats , “smash”) which is used in Job 26:12 to describe God’s victory over “the Proud One.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A9/2"}
{"id":28367,"verse_id":"ISA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.9","text":"This title ( רַהַב , rahav , “proud one”) is sometimes translated as a proper name: “Rahab” (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). It is used here of a symbolic sea monster, known elsewhere in the Bible and in Ugaritic myth as Leviathan. This sea creature symbolizes the forces of chaos that seek to destroy the created order. In the Bible “the Proud One” opposes God’s creative work, but is defeated (see Job 26:12 ; Ps 89:10 ). Here the title refers to Pharaoh’s Egyptian army that opposed Israel at the Red Sea (see v. 10 , and note also Isa 30:7 and Ps 87:4 , where the title is used of Egypt).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A9/3"}
{"id":28368,"verse_id":"ISA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.9","text":"The words “did you not” are understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line). The rhetorical questions here and in v. 10 expect the answer, “Yes, you certainly did!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A9/4"}
{"id":28369,"verse_id":"ISA.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.9","text":"Hebrew תַּנִּין ( tannin ) is another name for the symbolic sea monster. See the note at 27:1 . In this context the sea creature represents Egypt. See the note on the title “Proud One” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A9/5"}
{"id":28370,"verse_id":"ISA.51.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.10","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “Are you not the one who dried up the sea, the waters of the great deep, who made…?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A10/1"}
{"id":28371,"verse_id":"ISA.51.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.10","text":"Heb “the redeemed” (so ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); KJV “the ransomed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A10/2"}
{"id":28372,"verse_id":"ISA.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “[will be] on their head[s].” “Joy” may be likened here to a crown (cf. 2 Sam 1:10 ). The statement may also be an ironic twist on the idiom “earth/dust on the head” (cf. 2 Sam 1:2; 13:19; 15:32 ; Job 2:12 ), referring to a mourning practice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A11/1"}
{"id":28373,"verse_id":"ISA.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “overtake” (so NIV); NASB “they will obtain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A11/2"}
{"id":28374,"verse_id":"ISA.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “grief and groaning will flee.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A11/3"}
{"id":28375,"verse_id":"ISA.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"51.12","text":"The plural suffix should probably be emended to the second masculine singular (which is used in v. 13 ). The final mem ( ם ) is probably dittographic; note the mem at the beginning of the next word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A12/1"}
{"id":28376,"verse_id":"ISA.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “Who are you that you are afraid of man who dies, and of the son of man who [as] grass is given up?” The feminine singular forms should probably be emended to the masculine singular (see v. 13 ). They have probably been influenced by the construction אַתְּ־הִיא (’ at-hi ’) in vv. 9-10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A12/2"}
{"id":28377,"verse_id":"ISA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.13","text":"Heb “and that you forget.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A13/1"}
{"id":28378,"verse_id":"ISA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.13","text":"Or “the heavens” (also in v. 16 ). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A13/2"}
{"id":28379,"verse_id":"ISA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.13","text":"Heb “and that you tremble constantly all the day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A13/3"}
{"id":28380,"verse_id":"ISA.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.13","text":"The question anticipates the answer, “Ready to disappear!” See v. 14 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A13/4"}
{"id":28381,"verse_id":"ISA.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “who is stooped over” (under a burden).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A14/1"}
{"id":28382,"verse_id":"ISA.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “the pit” (so KJV); ASV, NAB “die and go down into the pit”; NASB, NIV “dungeon”; NCV “prison.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A14/2"}
{"id":28383,"verse_id":"ISA.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “he will not lack his bread.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A14/3"}
{"id":28384,"verse_id":"ISA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.16","text":"The addressee (second masculine singular, as in vv. 13, 15 ) in this verse is unclear. The exiles are addressed in the immediately preceding verses (note the critical tone of vv. 12-13 and the reference to the exiles in v. 14 ). However, it seems unlikely that they are addressed in v. 16 , for the addressee appears to be commissioned to tell Zion, who here represents the restored exiles, “you are my people.” The addressee is distinct from the exiles. The language of v. 16 a is reminiscent of 49:2 and 50:4 , where the Lord’s special servant says he is God’s spokesman and effective instrument. Perhaps the Lord, having spoken to the exiles in vv. 1-15 , now responds to this servant, who spoke just prior to this in 50:4-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A16/1"}
{"id":28385,"verse_id":"ISA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.16","text":"Heb “I place my words in your mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A16/2"}
{"id":28386,"verse_id":"ISA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.16","text":"Heb “with the shadow of my hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A16/3"}
{"id":28387,"verse_id":"ISA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.16","text":", LXX (and Aquila and Symmachus), and Vulgate support the MT reading, there is no need to emend the form. The interpretation is clear enough: Yahweh fixed the sky in its place.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A16/4"}
{"id":28388,"verse_id":"ISA.51.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.16","text":"The infinitives in v. 16 b are most naturally understood as indicating the purpose of the divine actions described in v. 16 a. The relationship of the third infinitive to the commission is clear enough – the Lord has made the addressee (his special servant?) his spokesman so that the latter might speak encouraging words to those in Zion. But how do the first two infinitives relate? The text seems to indicate that the Lord has commissioned the addressee so that the latter might create the universe! Perhaps creation imagery is employed metaphorically here to refer to the transformation that Jerusalem will experience (see 65:17-18 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A16/5"}
{"id":28389,"verse_id":"ISA.51.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.17","text":"Heb “[you] who have drunk from the hand of the Lord the cup of his anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A17/1"}
{"id":28390,"verse_id":"ISA.51.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.17","text":"Heb “the goblet, the cup [that causes] staggering, you drank, you drained.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A17/2"}
{"id":28391,"verse_id":"ISA.51.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.19","text":"reads correctly יִנַחֲמֵךְ ( yinakhamekh ), a third person form.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A19/1"}
{"id":28392,"verse_id":"ISA.51.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.20","text":"Heb “those who are full of the anger of the Lord, the shout [or “rebuke”] of your God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A20/1"}
{"id":28393,"verse_id":"ISA.51.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.22","text":"The Hebrew term translated “sovereign master” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A22/1"}
{"id":28394,"verse_id":"ISA.51.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.22","text":"Heb “the cup of [= that causes] staggering” (so ASV, NAB, NRSV); NASB “the cup of reeling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A22/2"}
{"id":28395,"verse_id":"ISA.51.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.22","text":"Heb “the goblet of the cup of my anger.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A22/3"}
{"id":28396,"verse_id":"ISA.51.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":51,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.23","text":"That is, to make them drink it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2051%3A23/1"}
{"id":28397,"verse_id":"ISA.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A1/1"}
{"id":28398,"verse_id":"ISA.52.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.2","text":"Heb “Shake yourself free from the dirt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A2/1"}
{"id":28399,"verse_id":"ISA.52.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.2","text":"does indirectly). Some interpret this to mean “take your throne”: The Lord exhorts Jerusalem to get up from the dirt and sit, probably with the idea of sitting in a place of honor (J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 2:361). However, the form is likely a corruption of שְׁבִיָּה ( shÿviyyah , “captive”), which appears in the parallel line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A2/2"}
{"id":28400,"verse_id":"ISA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.5","text":"Heb “and now what [following the marginal reading ( Qere )] to me here?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A5/1"}
{"id":28401,"verse_id":"ISA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.5","text":"The verb appears to be a Hiphil form from the root יָלַל ( yalal , “howl”), perhaps here in the sense of “mock.” Some emend the form to יְהוֹלָּלוֹ ( yÿhollalo ) and understand a Polel form of the root הָלַל meaning here “mock, taunt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A5/2"}
{"id":28402,"verse_id":"ISA.52.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.5","text":"The verb is apparently a Hitpolal form (with assimilated tav , ת ) from the root נָאַץ ( na ’ ats ), but GKC 151-52 §55. b explains it as a mixed form, combining Pual and Hitpolel readings.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A5/3"}
{"id":28403,"verse_id":"ISA.52.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.6","text":"The verb is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A6/1"}
{"id":28404,"verse_id":"ISA.52.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.6","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A6/2"}
{"id":28405,"verse_id":"ISA.52.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.7","text":"Heb “How delightful on the mountains.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A7/1"}
{"id":28406,"verse_id":"ISA.52.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.7","text":"Or “has become king.” When a new king was enthroned, his followers would give this shout. For other examples of this enthronement formula (Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular מָלַךְ [ malakh ], followed by the name of the king), see 2 Sam 15:10 ; 1 Kgs 1:11, 13, 18 ; 2 Kgs 9:13 . The Lord is an eternal king, but here he is pictured as a victorious warrior who establishes his rule from Zion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A7/2"}
{"id":28407,"verse_id":"ISA.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.8","text":"קוֹל ( qol , “voice”) is used at the beginning of the verse as an interjection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A8/1"}
{"id":28408,"verse_id":"ISA.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.8","text":"Heb “eye in eye”; KJV, ASV “eye to eye”; NAB “directly, before their eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A8/2"}
{"id":28409,"verse_id":"ISA.52.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.9","text":"Or “redeems.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A9/1"}
{"id":28410,"verse_id":"ISA.52.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.10","text":"Heb “lays bare”; NLT “will demonstrate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A10/1"}
{"id":28411,"verse_id":"ISA.52.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.10","text":"Heb “his holy arm.” This is a metonymy for his power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A10/2"}
{"id":28412,"verse_id":"ISA.52.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.10","text":"Heb “the remote regions,” which here stand for the extremities and everything in between.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A10/3"}
{"id":28413,"verse_id":"ISA.52.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"52.10","text":"Heb “the deliverance of our God.” “God” is a subjective genitive here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A10/4"}
{"id":28414,"verse_id":"ISA.52.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.11","text":"Heb “the vessels of the Lord” (so KJV, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A11/1"}
{"id":28415,"verse_id":"ISA.52.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.12","text":"Heb “or go in flight”; NAB “leave in headlong flight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A12/1"}
{"id":28416,"verse_id":"ISA.52.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.13","text":"Heb “act wisely,” which by metonymy means “succeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A13/1"}
{"id":28417,"verse_id":"ISA.52.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.13","text":"This piling up of synonyms emphasizes the degree of the servant’s coming exaltation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A13/2"}
{"id":28418,"verse_id":"ISA.52.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.14","text":"Some witnesses read “him,” which is more consistent with the context, where the servant is spoken about, not addressed. However, it is possible that the Lord briefly addresses the servant here. The present translation assumes the latter view and places the phrase in parentheses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A14/1"}
{"id":28419,"verse_id":"ISA.52.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.14","text":"Heb “such was the disfigurement.” The noun מִשְׁחַת ( mishkhat ) occurs only here. It may be derived from the verbal root שָׁחַת ( shakhat , “be ruined”; see BDB 1007-8 s.v. שָׁחַת ). The construct form appears here before a prepositional phrase (cf. GKC 421 §130. a ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A14/2"}
{"id":28420,"verse_id":"ISA.52.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.14","text":"Heb “from a man his appearance.” The preposition מִן ( min ) here carries the sense “away from,” i.e., “so as not to be.” See BDB 583 s.v.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A14/3"}
{"id":28421,"verse_id":"ISA.52.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.15","text":"Heb “and his form from the sons of men.” The preposition מִן ( min ) here carries the sense “away from,” i.e., “so as not to be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A15/1"}
{"id":28422,"verse_id":"ISA.52.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.15","text":"This statement completes the sentence begun in v. 14 a. The introductory כֵּן ( ken ) answers to the introductory כַּאֲשֶׁר ( ka ’ asher ) of v. 14 a. Verses 14 b-15a are parenthetical, explaining why many were horrified.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A15/2"}
{"id":28423,"verse_id":"ISA.52.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":52,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.15","text":"Traditionally the verb יַזֶּה ( yazzeh , a Hiphil stem) has been understood as a causative of נָזָה ( nazah , “spurt, spatter”) and translated “sprinkle.” In this case the passage pictures the servant as a priest who “sprinkles” (or spiritually cleanses) the nations. Though the verb נָזָה does occur in the Hiphil with the meaning “sprinkle,” the usual interpretation is problematic. In all other instances where the object or person sprinkled is indicated, the verb is combined with a preposition. This is not the case in Isaiah 52:15 , unless one takes the following עָלָיו (’ alayv , “on him”) with the preceding line. But then one would have to emend the verb to a plural, make the nations the subject of the verb “sprinkle,” and take the servant as the object. Consequently some interpreters doubt the cultic idea of “sprinkling” is present here. Some emend the text; others propose a homonymic root meaning “spring, leap,” which in the Hiphil could mean “cause to leap, startle” and would fit the parallelism of the verse nicely.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2052%3A15/3"}
{"id":28424,"verse_id":"ISA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.1","text":"The perfect has a hypothetical force in this rhetorical question. For another example, see Gen 21:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A1/1"}
{"id":28425,"verse_id":"ISA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.1","text":"The first half of v. 1 is traditionally translated, “Who has believed our report?” or “Who has believed our message?” as if the group speaking is lamenting that no one will believe what they have to say. But that doesn’t seem to be the point in this context. Here the group speaking does not cast itself in the role of a preacher or evangelist. No, they are repentant sinners, who finally see the light. The phrase “our report” can mean (1) the report which we deliver, or (2) the report which was delivered to us. The latter fits better here, where the report is most naturally taken as the announcement that has just been made in 52:13-15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A1/3"}
{"id":28426,"verse_id":"ISA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.1","text":"Heb “to whom” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A1/4"}
{"id":28427,"verse_id":"ISA.53.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"53.1","text":"Heb “the arm of the Lord.” The “arm of the Lord” is a metaphor of military power; it pictures the Lord as a warrior who bares his arm, takes up his weapon, and crushes his enemies (cf. 51:9-10; 63:5-6 ). But Israel had not seen the Lord’s military power at work in the servant.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A1/5"}
{"id":28428,"verse_id":"ISA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.2","text":"Heb “before him.” Some suggest an emendation to “before us.” If the third singular suffix of the Hebrew text is retained, it probably refers to the Lord (see v. 1 b). For a defense of this reading, see R. Whybray, Isaiah 40-66 (NCBC), 173-74.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A2/1"}
{"id":28429,"verse_id":"ISA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.2","text":"Heb “that we might see him.” The vav conjunctive prefixed to the imperfect introduces a result clause here. See GKC 504-5 §166. a .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A2/3"}
{"id":28430,"verse_id":"ISA.53.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.2","text":"Heb “that we should desire him.” The vav conjunctive prefixed to the imperfect introduces a result clause here. See GKC 504-5 §166. a .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A2/4"}
{"id":28431,"verse_id":"ISA.53.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.3","text":"Heb “lacking of men.” If the genitive is taken as specifying (“lacking with respect to men”), then the idea is that he lacked company because he was rejected by people. Another option is to take the genitive as indicating genus or larger class (i.e., “one lacking among men”). In this case one could translate, “he was a transient” (cf. the use of חָדֵל [ khadel ] in Ps 39:5 HT [ 39:4 ET]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A3/1"}
{"id":28432,"verse_id":"ISA.53.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.3","text":"Heb “like a hiding of the face from him,” i.e., “like one before whom the face is hidden” (see BDB 712 s.v. מַסְתֵּר ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A3/2"}
{"id":28433,"verse_id":"ISA.53.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.4","text":"The words “for something he had done” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The group now realizes he suffered because of his identification with them, not simply because he was a special target of divine anger.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A4/2"}
{"id":28434,"verse_id":"ISA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.5","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) has a causal sense (translated “because of”) here and in the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A5/1"}
{"id":28435,"verse_id":"ISA.53.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.5","text":"Heb “the punishment of our peace [was] on him.” שָׁלוֹם ( shalom , “peace”) is here a genitive of result, i.e., “punishment that resulted in our peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A5/2"}
{"id":28436,"verse_id":"ISA.53.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.6","text":"Elsewhere the Hiphil of פָגַע ( paga ’) means “to intercede verbally” ( Jer 15:11; 36:25 ) or “to intervene militarily” ( Isa 59:16 ), but neither nuance fits here. Apparently here the Hiphil is the causative of the normal Qal meaning, “encounter, meet, touch.” The Qal sometimes refers to a hostile encounter or attack; when used in this way the object is normally introduced by the preposition - בְּ ( bet , see Josh 2:16 ; Judg 8:21; 15:12 , etc.). Here the causative Hiphil has a double object – the Lord makes “sin” attack “him” (note that the object attacked is introduced by the preposition - בְּ . In their sin the group was like sheep who had wandered from God’s path. They were vulnerable to attack; the guilt of their sin was ready to attack and destroy them. But then the servant stepped in and took the full force of the attack.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A6/1"}
{"id":28437,"verse_id":"ISA.53.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.7","text":"The translation assumes the Niphal is passive; another option is take the clause (note the subject + verb pattern) as concessive and the Niphal as reflexive, “though he humbled himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A7/1"}
{"id":28438,"verse_id":"ISA.53.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.8","text":"The precise meaning of this line is uncertain. The present translation assumes that מִן ( min ) here has an instrumental sense (“by, through”) and understands עֹצֶר וּמִמִּשְׁפָּט (’ otser umimmishpat , “coercion and legal decision”) as a hendiadys meaning “coercive legal decision,” thus “an unjust trial.” Other interpretive options include: (1) “without [for this sense of מִן , see BDB 578 s.v. 1 .b] hindrance and proper judicial process,” i.e., “unfairly and with no one to defend him,” (2) “from [in the sense of “after,” see BDB 581 s.v. 4 .b] arrest and judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A8/1"}
{"id":28439,"verse_id":"ISA.53.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.8","text":"Heb “and his generation, who considers?” (NASB similar). Some understand “his generation” as a reference to descendants. In this case the question would suggest that he will have none. However, אֶת (’ et ) may be taken here as specifying a new subject (see BDB 85 s.v. I אֵת 3). If “his generation” refers to the servant’s contemporary generation, one may then translate, “As for his contemporary generation, who took note?” The point would be that few were concerned about the harsh treatment he received.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A8/2"}
{"id":28440,"verse_id":"ISA.53.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.8","text":"עמו (“his people”). In this case, the group speaking in these verses is identified as the servant’s people (compare פְּשָׁעֵנוּ [ pÿsha ’ enu , “our rebellious deeds”] in v. 5 with פֶּשַׁע עַמִּי [ pesha ’ ’ ammi , “the rebellion of his people”] in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A8/4"}
{"id":28441,"verse_id":"ISA.53.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.9","text":"Heb “one assigned his grave with criminals.” The subject of the singular is impersonal; English typically uses “they” in such constructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A9/1"}
{"id":28442,"verse_id":"ISA.53.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"53.9","text":"This line reads literally, “and with the rich in his death.” בְּמֹתָיו ( bÿmotayv ) combines a preposition, a plural form of the noun מוֹת ( mot ), and a third masculine singular suffix. The plural of the noun is problematic and the יו may be the result of virtual dittography. The form should probably be emended to בָּמָתוֹ ( bamato , singular noun). The relationship between this line and the preceding one is uncertain. The parallelism appears to be synonymous (note “his grave” and “in his death”), but “criminals” and “the rich” hardly make a compatible pair in this context, for they would not be buried in the same kind of tomb. Some emend עָשִׁיר (’ ashir , “rich”) to עָשֵׂי רָע (’ ase ra ’, “doers of evil”) but the absence of the ayin ( ע ) is not readily explained in this graphic environment. Others suggest an emendation to שְׂעִירִים ( sÿ ’ irim , “he-goats, demons”), but the meaning in this case is not entirely transparent and the proposal assumes that the form suffered from both transposition and the inexplicable loss of a final mem . Still others relate עָשִׁיר (’ ashir ) to an alleged Arabic cognate meaning “mob.” See HALOT 896 s.v. עָשִׁיר . Perhaps the parallelism is antithetical, rather than synonymous. In this case, the point is made that the servant’s burial in a rich man’s tomb, in contrast to a criminal’s burial, was appropriate, for he had done nothing wrong.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A9/2"}
{"id":28443,"verse_id":"ISA.53.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.9","text":"If the second line is antithetical, then עַל (’ al ) is probably causal here, explaining why the servant was buried in a rich man’s tomb, rather than that of criminal. If the first two lines are synonymous, then עַל is probably concessive: “even though….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A9/3"}
{"id":28444,"verse_id":"ISA.53.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.10","text":"The meaning of this line is uncertain. It reads literally, “if you/she makes, a reparation offering, his life.” The verb תָּשִׂים ( tasim ) could be second masculine singular,in which case it would have to be addressed to the servant or to God. However, the servant is only addressed once in this servant song (see 52:14 a), and God either speaks or is spoken about in this servant song; he is never addressed. Furthermore, the idea of God himself making a reparation offering is odd. If the verb is taken as third feminine singular, then the feminine noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) at the end of the line is the likely subject. In this case one can take the suffixed form of the noun as equivalent to a pronoun and translate, “if he [literally, “his life”] makes a reparation offering.” sn What constitutes the servant’s reparation offering? Some might think his suffering, but the preceding context views this as past, while the verb here is imperfect in form. The offering appears to be something the servant does after his suffering has been completed. Perhaps the background of the language can be found in the Levitical code, where a healed leper would offer a reparation offering as part of the ritual to achieve ceremonial cleanliness (see ). The servant was pictured earlier in the song as being severely ill. This illness (a metaphor for the effects of the people’s sin) separated him from God. However, here we discover the separation is not final; once reparation is made, so to speak, he will again experience the Lord’s favor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A10/1"}
{"id":28445,"verse_id":"ISA.53.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.11","text":"Heb “he will be satisfied by his knowledge,” i.e., “when he knows.” The preposition is understood as temporal and the suffix as a subjective genitive. Some take בְּדַעְתּוֹ ( bÿda ’ to , “by his knowledge”) with what follows and translate “by knowledge of him,” understanding the preposition as instrumental and the suffix as objective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A11/1"}
{"id":28446,"verse_id":"ISA.53.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.11","text":"Heb “he will acquit, a righteous one, my servant, many.” צַדִּיק ( tsadiq ) may refer to the servant, but more likely it is dittographic (note the preceding verb יַצְדִּיק , yatsdiq ). The precise meaning of the verb (the Hiphil of צָדַק , tsadaq ) is debated. Elsewhere the Hiphil is used at least six times in the sense of “make righteous” in a legal sense, i.e., “pronounce innocent, acquit” (see Exod 23:7 ; Deut 25:1 ; 1 Kgs 8:32 = 2 Chr 6:23 ; Prov 17:15 ; Isa 5:23 ). It can also mean “render justice” (as a royal function, see 2 Sam 15:4 ; Ps 82:3 ), “concede” ( Job 27:5 ), “vindicate” ( Isa 50:8 ), and “lead to righteousness” (by teaching and example, Dan 12:3 ). The preceding context and the next line suggest a legal sense here. Because of his willingness to carry the people’s sins, the servant is able to “acquit” them. sn Some (e.g., H. M. Orlinsky, “The So-called ‘Suffering Servant’ in Isaiah 53,22,” VTSup 14 [1967]: 3-133) object to this legal interpretation of the language, arguing that it would be unjust for the righteous to suffer for the wicked and for the wicked to be declared innocent. However, such a surprising development is consistent with the ironic nature of this song. It does seem unfair for the innocent to die for the guilty. But what is God to do when all have sinned and wandered off like stray sheep (cf. v. 6 )? Covenant law demands punishment, but punishment in this case would mean annihilation of what God has created. God’s justice, as demanded by the law, must be satisfied. To satisfy his justice, he does something seemingly unjust. He punishes his sinless servant, the only one who has not strayed off! In the progress of biblical revelation, we discover that the sinless servant is really God in the flesh, who offers himself because he is committed to the world he has created. If his justice can only be satisfied if he himself endures the punishment, then so be it. What appears to be an act of injustice is really love satisfying the demands of justice!","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A11/3"}
{"id":28447,"verse_id":"ISA.53.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.11","text":"The circumstantial clause (note the vav [ ו ] + object + subject + verb pattern) is understood as causal here. The prefixed verb form is either a preterite or an imperfect used in a customary manner.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A11/4"}
{"id":28448,"verse_id":"ISA.53.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"53.12","text":"Scholars have debated the precise meaning of the term רַבִּים ( rabbim ) that occurs five times in this passage ( Isa 52:14, 15; 53:11, 12 [2x]). Its two broad categories of translation are “much”/“many” and “great” ( HALOT 1171-72 s.v. I רַב ). Unlike other Hebrew terms for might or strength, this term is linked with numbers or abundance. In all sixteen uses outside of Isaiah 52:13-53:12 (articular and plural) it signifies an inclusive meaning: “the majority” or “the multitude” (J. Jeremias, TDNT 6:536-37). This term occurs in parallelism with עֲצוּמִים (’ atsumim ), which normally signifies “numerous” or “large” or “powerful” (through large numbers). Like רַבִּים ( rabbim ), it refers to greatness in numbers (cf. Deut 4:38; 7:1; 9:1; 11:34 ). It emphasizes the multitudes with whom the Servant will share the spoil of his victory. As J. Olley wrote: “Yahweh has won the victory and vindicates his Servant, giving to him many subservient people, together with their spoils. These numerous peoples in turn receive blessing, sharing in the “peace” resulting from Yahweh’s victory and the Servant’s suffering” (John W. Olley, “‘The Many’: How Is Isa 53,12 a to Be Understood,” Bib 68 [1987]: 330-56).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A12/1"}
{"id":28449,"verse_id":"ISA.53.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"53.12","text":"Heb “because he laid bare his life”; traditionally, ASV “because he (+ hath KJV) poured out his soul (life NIV) unto death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A12/3"}
{"id":28450,"verse_id":"ISA.53.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":53,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"53.12","text":"The Hiphil of פָּגַע ( paga ’) can mean “cause to attack” (v. 6 ), “urge, plead verbally” ( Jer 15:11; 36:25 ), or “intervene militarily” ( Isa 59:16 ). Perhaps the third nuance fits best here, for military imagery is employed in the first two lines of the verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2053%3A12/4"}
{"id":28451,"verse_id":"ISA.54.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.2","text":"Heb “the curtains of our dwelling places let them stretch out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A2/1"}
{"id":28452,"verse_id":"ISA.54.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.2","text":"Heb “your stakes strengthen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A2/2"}
{"id":28453,"verse_id":"ISA.54.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.3","text":"Or “take possession of”; NAB “shall dispossess.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A3/1"}
{"id":28454,"verse_id":"ISA.54.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.4","text":"Or “embarrassed”; NASB “humiliated…disgraced.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A4/1"}
{"id":28455,"verse_id":"ISA.54.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.4","text":"Another option is to translate, “the disgrace of our widowhood” (so NRSV). However, the following context (vv. 6-7 ) refers to Zion’s husband, the Lord, abandoning her, not dying. This suggests that an אַלְמָנָה (’ almanah ) was a woman who had lost her husband, whether by death or abandonment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A4/2"}
{"id":28456,"verse_id":"ISA.54.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.5","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A5/1"}
{"id":28457,"verse_id":"ISA.54.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.6","text":"Heb “like a woman abandoned and grieved in spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A6/1"}
{"id":28458,"verse_id":"ISA.54.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.7","text":"Or “forsook” (NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A7/1"}
{"id":28459,"verse_id":"ISA.54.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.8","text":"According to BDB 1009 s.v. שֶׁטֶף the noun שֶׁצֶף here is an alternate form of שֶׁטֶף ( shetef , “flood”). Some relate the word to an alleged Akkadian cognate meaning “strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A8/1"}
{"id":28460,"verse_id":"ISA.54.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.8","text":"Heb “I hid my face from you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A8/2"}
{"id":28461,"verse_id":"ISA.54.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.8","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A8/3"}
{"id":28462,"verse_id":"ISA.54.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.9","text":"and all the ancient versions except LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A9/1"}
{"id":28463,"verse_id":"ISA.54.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.9","text":"Heb “the waters of Noah” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A9/2"}
{"id":28464,"verse_id":"ISA.54.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.10","text":"Heb “peace” (so many English versions); NLT “of blessing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A10/1"}
{"id":28465,"verse_id":"ISA.54.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.11","text":"Or, more literally, “windblown, storm tossed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A11/1"}
{"id":28466,"verse_id":"ISA.54.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.12","text":"Perhaps, “rubies” (so ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A12/1"}
{"id":28467,"verse_id":"ISA.54.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.12","text":"On the meaning of אֶקְדָּח (’ eqdakh ), which occurs only here, see HALOT 82 s.v.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A12/2"}
{"id":28468,"verse_id":"ISA.54.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.12","text":"Heb “border” (so ASV); NASB “your entire wall.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A12/3"}
{"id":28469,"verse_id":"ISA.54.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"54.12","text":"Heb “delightful”; KJV “pleasant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A12/4"}
{"id":28470,"verse_id":"ISA.54.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.13","text":"Heb “and great [will be] the peace of your sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A13/1"}
{"id":28471,"verse_id":"ISA.54.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.14","text":"Heb “in righteousness [or “vindication”] you will be established.” The precise meaning of צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah ) here is uncertain. It could mean “righteousness, justice,” indicating that the city will be a center for justice. But the context focuses on deliverance, suggesting that the term means “deliverance, vindication” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A14/1"}
{"id":28472,"verse_id":"ISA.54.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.14","text":"Heb “Be far from oppression!” The imperative is used here in a rhetorical manner to express certainty and assurance. See GKC 324 §110. c .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A14/2"}
{"id":28473,"verse_id":"ISA.54.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"54.14","text":"Heb “from terror.” The rhetorical command, “be far” is understood by ellipsis here. Note the preceding context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A14/3"}
{"id":28474,"verse_id":"ISA.54.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"54.14","text":"Heb “it,” i.e., the “terror” just mentioned.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A14/4"}
{"id":28475,"verse_id":"ISA.54.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.15","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb here for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A15/1"}
{"id":28476,"verse_id":"ISA.54.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.15","text":"Heb “will fall over you.” The expression נָפַל עַל ( nafal ’ al ) can mean “attack,” but here it means “fall over to,” i.e., “surrender to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A15/2"}
{"id":28477,"verse_id":"ISA.54.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.16","text":"Heb “who brings out an implement for his work.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A16/1"}
{"id":28478,"verse_id":"ISA.54.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"54.17","text":"Heb “and every tongue that rises up for judgment with you will prove to be guilty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A17/1"}
{"id":28479,"verse_id":"ISA.54.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":54,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"54.17","text":"Heb “this is the inheritance of the servants of the Lord, and their vindication from me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2054%3A17/2"}
{"id":28480,"verse_id":"ISA.55.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.1","text":"The Hebrew term הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) was used in funeral laments and is often prefixed to judgment oracles for rhetorical effect. But here it appears to be a simple interjection, designed to grab the audience’s attention. Perhaps there is a note of sorrow or pity. See BDB 223 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A1/1"}
{"id":28481,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.2","text":"Heb “for what is not food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/1"}
{"id":28482,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.2","text":"The interrogative particle and the verb “spend” are understood here by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/2"}
{"id":28483,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.2","text":"Heb “your labor,” which stands by metonymy for that which one earns.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/3"}
{"id":28484,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.2","text":"The infinitive absolute follows the imperative and lends emphasis to the exhortation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/4"}
{"id":28485,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"55.2","text":"Heb “good” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/5"}
{"id":28486,"verse_id":"ISA.55.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"55.2","text":"Heb “Let your appetite delight in fine food.” sn Nourishing, fine food here represents the blessings God freely offers. These include forgiveness, a new covenantal relationship with God, and national prominence (see vv. 3-6 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A2/6"}
{"id":28487,"verse_id":"ISA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.3","text":"The jussive with vav ( ו ) conjunctive following the imperative indicates purpose/result. sn To live here refers to covenantal blessing, primarily material prosperity and national security (see vv. 4-5, 13 , and Deut 30:6, 15, 19-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A3/1"}
{"id":28488,"verse_id":"ISA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.3","text":"Or “an eternal covenant with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A3/2"}
{"id":28489,"verse_id":"ISA.55.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.3","text":"Heb “the reliable expressions of loyalty of David.” The syntactical relationship of חַסְדֵי ( khasde , “expressions of loyalty”) to the preceding line is unclear. If the term is appositional to בְּרִית ( bÿrit , “covenant”), then the Lord here transfers the promises of the Davidic covenant to the entire nation. Another option is to take חַסְדֵי ( khasde ) as an adverbial accusative and to translate “according to the reliable covenantal promises.” In this case the new covenantal arrangement proposed here is viewed as an extension or perhaps fulfillment of the Davidic promises. A third option, the one reflected in the above translation, is to take the last line as comparative. In this case the new covenant being proposed is analogous to the Davidic covenant. Verses 4-5 , which compare David’s international prominence to what Israel will experience, favors this view. In all three of these interpretations, “David” is an objective genitive; he is the recipient of covenantal promises. A fourth option would be to take David as a subjective genitive and understand the line as giving the basis for the preceding promise: “Then I will make an unconditional covenantal promise to you, because of David’s faithful acts of covenantal loyalty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A3/3"}
{"id":28490,"verse_id":"ISA.55.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.5","text":"Heb “a nation,” but the singular is collective here, as the plural verbs in the next line indicate (note that both “know” and “run” are third plural forms).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A5/1"}
{"id":28491,"verse_id":"ISA.55.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.5","text":"Heb “a nation,” but the singular is collective here, as the plural verbs that follow indicate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A5/2"}
{"id":28492,"verse_id":"ISA.55.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.6","text":"Heb “while he allows himself to be found.” The Niphal form has a tolerative force here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A6/1"}
{"id":28493,"verse_id":"ISA.55.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.7","text":"Heb “Let the wicked one abandon his way.” The singular is collective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A7/1"}
{"id":28494,"verse_id":"ISA.55.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.7","text":"Heb “and the man of evil his thoughts.” The singular is collective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A7/2"}
{"id":28495,"verse_id":"ISA.55.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.7","text":"Heb “let him return.” The singular is collective, meaning “let them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A7/3"}
{"id":28496,"verse_id":"ISA.55.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.7","text":"The imperfect with vav ( ו ) conjunctive after the jussive indicates purpose/result.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A7/4"}
{"id":28497,"verse_id":"ISA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.8","text":"Or “For” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A8/1"}
{"id":28498,"verse_id":"ISA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.8","text":"Or “thoughts” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A8/2"}
{"id":28499,"verse_id":"ISA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.8","text":"Heb “are not.” “Like” is interpretive, but v. 9 indicates that a comparison is in view.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A8/3"}
{"id":28500,"verse_id":"ISA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.8","text":"Heb “ways” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A8/4"}
{"id":28501,"verse_id":"ISA.55.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"55.8","text":"Heb “are not.” “Like” is interpretive, but v. 9 indicates that a comparison is in view.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A8/5"}
{"id":28502,"verse_id":"ISA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.9","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A9/1"}
{"id":28503,"verse_id":"ISA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.9","text":"Heb “ways” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A9/2"}
{"id":28504,"verse_id":"ISA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"55.9","text":"Heb “are higher than.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A9/3"}
{"id":28505,"verse_id":"ISA.55.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"55.9","text":"Or “thoughts” (so many English versions).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A9/4"}
{"id":28506,"verse_id":"ISA.55.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.10","text":"This verse begins in the Hebrew text with כִּי כַּאֲשֶׁר ( ki ka ’ asher , “for, just as”), which is completed by כֵּן ( ken , “so, in the same way”) at the beginning of v. 11 . For stylistic reasons, this lengthy sentence is divided up into separate sentences in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A10/1"}
{"id":28507,"verse_id":"ISA.55.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.11","text":"Heb “so is the word which goes out from my mouth, it does not return to empty.” “Word” refers here to divine promises, like the ones made just prior to and after this (see vv. 7 b, 12-13).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A11/1"}
{"id":28508,"verse_id":"ISA.55.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.11","text":"Heb “but it accomplishes what I desire, and succeeds [on the mission] which I send it.” sn Verses 8-11 focus on the reliability of the divine word and support the promises before (vv. 3-5, 7 b) and after (vv. 12-13 ) this. Israel can be certain that repentance will bring forgiveness and a new covenantal relationship because God’s promises are reliable. In contrast to human plans (or “thoughts”), which are destined to fail ( Ps 94:11 ) apart from divine approval ( Prov 19:21 ), and human deeds (or “ways”), which are evil and lead to destruction ( Prov 1:15-19; 3:31-33; 4:19 ), God’s plans are realized and his deeds accomplish something positive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A11/2"}
{"id":28509,"verse_id":"ISA.55.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"55.13","text":"Heb “to the Lord for a name.” For שֵׁם ( shem ) used in the sense of “monument,” see also 56:5 , where it stands parallel to יָד ( yad ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A13/1"}
{"id":28510,"verse_id":"ISA.55.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":55,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"55.13","text":"Or, more literally, “a permanent sign that will not be cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2055%3A13/2"}
{"id":28511,"verse_id":"ISA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.1","text":"Heb “guard”; KJV “Keep”; NAB “Observe”; NASB “Preserve”; NIV, NRSV “Maintain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A1/1"}
{"id":28512,"verse_id":"ISA.56.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.1","text":"Heb “for near is my deliverance to enter, and my vindication [or “righteousness”] to be revealed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A1/2"}
{"id":28513,"verse_id":"ISA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.2","text":"Heb “blessed is the man who does this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A2/1"}
{"id":28514,"verse_id":"ISA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.2","text":"Heb “the son of mankind who takes hold of it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A2/2"}
{"id":28515,"verse_id":"ISA.56.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.2","text":"Heb and who keeps his hand from doing any evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A2/3"}
{"id":28516,"verse_id":"ISA.56.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.3","text":"Heb “who attaches himself to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A3/1"}
{"id":28517,"verse_id":"ISA.56.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.3","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A3/2"}
{"id":28518,"verse_id":"ISA.56.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.4","text":"Heb “and take hold of” (so KJV); NASB “hold fast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A4/1"}
{"id":28519,"verse_id":"ISA.56.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.5","text":"Heb “a hand and a name.” For other examples where יָד ( yad ) refers to a monument, see HALOT 388 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A5/1"}
{"id":28520,"verse_id":"ISA.56.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.5","text":"Heb “name” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A5/2"}
{"id":28521,"verse_id":"ISA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.6","text":"Heb “who attach themselves to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A6/1"}
{"id":28522,"verse_id":"ISA.56.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.6","text":"Heb “and take hold of”; NAB “hold to”; NIV, NRSV “hold fast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A6/2"}
{"id":28523,"verse_id":"ISA.56.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.7","text":"Heb “in the house of my prayer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A7/1"}
{"id":28524,"verse_id":"ISA.56.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.7","text":"Heb “for my house will be called a house of prayer for all the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A7/2"}
{"id":28525,"verse_id":"ISA.56.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.8","text":"The meaning of the statement is unclear. The text reads literally, “Still I will gather upon him to his gathered ones.” Perhaps the preposition - לְ ( lamed ) before “gathered ones” introduces the object of the verb, as in Jer 49:5 . The third masculine singular suffix on both עָלָיו (’ alayv ) and נִקְבָּצָיו ( niqbatsayv ) probably refers to “Israel.” In this case one can translate literally, “Still I will gather to him his gathered ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A8/1"}
{"id":28526,"verse_id":"ISA.56.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.10","text":"Heb “they do not know”; KJV “they are all ignorant”; NIV “they all lack knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A10/2"}
{"id":28527,"verse_id":"ISA.56.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"56.10","text":"has חזים (“seers”) here. In this case the “watchmen” are directly identified as prophets and depicted as lazy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A10/3"}
{"id":28528,"verse_id":"ISA.56.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.11","text":"Heb “for his gain from his end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A11/2"}
{"id":28529,"verse_id":"ISA.56.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"56.12","text":"The words “each one says” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A12/1"}
{"id":28530,"verse_id":"ISA.56.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":56,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"56.12","text":"Heb “great, [in] abundance, very much,” i.e., “very great indeed.” See HALOT 452 s.v. יֶתֶר .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2056%3A12/2"}
{"id":28531,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.1","text":"Or “righteous” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “the just man”; TEV “Good people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/1"}
{"id":28532,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.1","text":"Or perhaps, “understands.” Heb “and there is no man who sets [it] upon [his] heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/2"}
{"id":28533,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.1","text":"Heb “Men of loyalty are taken away.” The Niphal of אָסַף (’ asaf ) here means “to die.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/3"}
{"id":28534,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"57.1","text":"The Hebrew term בְּאֵין ( bÿ ’ en ) often has the nuance “when there is no.” See Prov 8:24; 11;14; 14:4; 15:22; 26:20; 29:18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/4"}
{"id":28535,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"57.1","text":"Or “realizes”; Heb “understands” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/5"}
{"id":28536,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"57.1","text":"Or “righteous” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “the just man.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/6"}
{"id":28537,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"57.1","text":"Heb “are taken away.” The Niphal of אָסַף (’ asaf ) here means “to die.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/7"}
{"id":28538,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"57.1","text":"The term מִפְּנֵי ( mippÿne , “from the face of”) often has a causal nuance. It also appears with the Niphal of אָסַף (’ asaph , “gather”) in 2 Chr 12:5 : אֲשֶׁר־נֶאֶסְפוּ אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלַם מִפְּנֵי שִׁישָׁק (’ asher-ne ’ esphu ’ el-yÿrushalam mippÿney shishaq , “who had gathered at Jerusalem because of [i.e., due to fear of] Shishak”).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/8"}
{"id":28539,"verse_id":"ISA.57.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":1,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"57.1","text":"The translation assumes that this verse, in proverbial fashion, laments society’s apathy over the persecution of the godly. The second half of the verse observes that such apathy results in more widespread oppression. Since the next verse pictures the godly being taken to a place of rest, some interpret the second half of v. 1 in a more positive vein. According to proponents of this view, God removes the godly so that they might be spared suffering and calamity, a fact which the general populace fails to realize.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A1/9"}
{"id":28540,"verse_id":"ISA.57.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.2","text":"Heb “he enters peace, they rest on their beds, the one who walks straight ahead of himself.” The tomb is here viewed in a fairly positive way as a place where the dead are at peace and sleep undisturbed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A2/1"}
{"id":28541,"verse_id":"ISA.57.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"57.3","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “offspring of an adulterer [masculine] and [one who] has committed adultery.” Perhaps the text has suffered from transposition of vav ( ו ) and tav ( ת ) and מְנָאֵף וַתִּזְנֶה ( mÿna ’ ef vattizneh ) should be emended to מְנָאֶפֶת וְזֹנָה ( mÿna ’ efet vÿzonah , “an adulteress and a prostitute”). Both singular nouns would be understood in a collective sense. Most modern English versions render both forms as nouns.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A3/1"}
{"id":28542,"verse_id":"ISA.57.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.4","text":"Heb “Are you not children of rebellion, offspring of a lie?” The rhetorical question anticipates the answer, “Of course you are!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A4/1"}
{"id":28543,"verse_id":"ISA.57.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.5","text":"Heb “inflame yourselves”; NRSV “burn with lust.” This verse alludes to the practice of ritual sex that accompanied pagan fertility rites.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A5/1"}
{"id":28544,"verse_id":"ISA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.6","text":"Heb “among the smooth stones of the stream [is] your portion, they, they [are] your lot.” The next line indicates idols are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A6/1"}
{"id":28545,"verse_id":"ISA.57.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.6","text":"The text reads literally, “Because of these am I relenting?” If the prefixed interrogative particle is retained at the beginning of the sentence, then the question would be rhetorical, with the Niphal of נָחָם ( nakham ) probably being used in the sense of “relent, change one’s mind.” One could translate: “Because of these things, how can I relent?” However, the initial letter he may be dittographic (note the final he [ ה ] on the preceding word). In this case one may understand the verb in the sense of “console oneself, seek vengeance,” as in 1:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A6/2"}
{"id":28546,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.8","text":"The precise referent of זִכָּרוֹן ( zikkaron ) in this context is uncertain. Elsewhere the word refers to a memorial or commemorative sign. Here it likely refers to some type of idolatrous symbol.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/1"}
{"id":28547,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.8","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/2"}
{"id":28548,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"57.8","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “from me you uncover.” The translation assumes an emendation of the Piel form גִּלִּית ( gillit , “you uncover”), which has no object expressed here, to the Qal גָּלִית ( galit , “you depart”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/3"}
{"id":28549,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"57.8","text":"Heb “you make wide your bed” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/4"}
{"id":28550,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"57.8","text":"Heb “and you [second masculine singular, unless the form be taken as third feminine singular] cut for yourself [feminine singular] from them.” Most English translations retain the MT reading in spite of at least three problems. This section makes significant use of feminine verbs and noun suffixes because of the sexual imagery. The verb in question is likely a 2nd person masculine singular verb. Nevertheless, this kind of fluctuation in gender appears elsewhere (GKC 127-28 §47. k and 462 §144. p ; cf. Jer 3:5 ; Ezek 22:4; 23:32 ; cf. J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 2:473, n. 13). Secondly, when this verbal root signifies establishing a covenant, it is normally accompanied by the noun for “covenant” ( בְּרִית , bÿrit ). Finally, this juxtaposition of the verb “to cut” and “covenant” normally is followed by the preposition “with,” while here it is “from.” The translation above assumes an emendation of וַתִּכְרָת ( vatikhrah , “and you cut”) to וְכָרִית ( vÿkharit , “and you purchase”) from the root כָּרָה ( kharah); see HALOT 497 s.v. II כרה .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/5"}
{"id":28551,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"57.8","text":"The Hebrew text has simply חָזָה ( khazah , “gaze”). The adverb “longingly” is interpretive (see the context, where sexual lust is depicted).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/6"}
{"id":28552,"verse_id":"ISA.57.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"57.8","text":"Heb “[at] a hand you gaze.” The term יָד ( yad , “hand”) probably has the sense of “power, manhood” here, where it is used, as in Ugaritic, as a euphemism for the genitals. See HALOT 387 s.v. I יָד .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A8/7"}
{"id":28553,"verse_id":"ISA.57.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.9","text":"Heb “you journey with oil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A9/1"}
{"id":28554,"verse_id":"ISA.57.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.9","text":"Heb “the king.” Since the context refers to idolatry and child sacrifice (see v. 5 ), some emend מֶלֶך ( melekh , “king”) to “Molech.” Perhaps Israel’s devotion to her idols is likened here to a subject taking tribute to a ruler.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A9/2"}
{"id":28555,"verse_id":"ISA.57.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.9","text":"Heb “and you multiply your perfumes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A9/3"}
{"id":28556,"verse_id":"ISA.57.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.10","text":"Heb “by the greatness [i.e., “length,” see BDB 914 s.v. רֹב 2] of your way you get tired.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A10/1"}
{"id":28557,"verse_id":"ISA.57.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.10","text":"Heb “it is hopeless” (so NAB, NASB, NIV); NRSV “It is useless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A10/2"}
{"id":28558,"verse_id":"ISA.57.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.10","text":"Heb “the life of your hand you find.” The term חַיָּה ( khayyah , “life”) is here used in the sense of “renewal” (see BDB 312 s.v.) while יָד ( yad ) is used of “strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A10/3"}
{"id":28559,"verse_id":"ISA.57.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"57.10","text":"Heb “you do not grow weak.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A10/4"}
{"id":28560,"verse_id":"ISA.57.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.11","text":"Heb “you do not place [it] on your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A11/1"}
{"id":28561,"verse_id":"ISA.57.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.11","text":"Heb “Is it not [because] I have been silent, and from long ago?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A11/2"}
{"id":28562,"verse_id":"ISA.57.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.12","text":"Heb “I, I will declare your righteousness and your deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A12/1"}
{"id":28563,"verse_id":"ISA.57.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.13","text":"The Hebrew text has קִבּוּצַיִךְ ( qibbutsayikh , “your gatherings”), an otherwise unattested noun from the verbal root קָבַץ ( qavats , “gather”). Perhaps this alludes to their religious assemblies and by metonymy to their rituals. Since idolatry is a prominent theme in the context, some understand this as a reference to a collection of idols. The second half of the verse also favors this view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A13/1"}
{"id":28564,"verse_id":"ISA.57.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.13","text":"Heb “all of them a wind lifts up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A13/2"}
{"id":28565,"verse_id":"ISA.57.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.13","text":"Heb “a breath takes [them] away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A13/3"}
{"id":28566,"verse_id":"ISA.57.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"57.13","text":"Or “seeks refuge in me.” “Seeking refuge” is a metonymy for “being loyal to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A13/4"}
{"id":28567,"verse_id":"ISA.57.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"57.13","text":"Heb “possess, own.” The point seems to be that he will have free access to God’s presence, as if God’s temple mount were his personal possession.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A13/5"}
{"id":28568,"verse_id":"ISA.57.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.14","text":"Since God is speaking throughout this context, perhaps we should emend the text to “and I say.” However, divine speech is introduced in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A14/1"}
{"id":28569,"verse_id":"ISA.57.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.15","text":"Heb “the one who dwells forever.” שֹׁכֵן עַד ( shokhen ’ ad ) is sometimes translated “the one who lives forever,” and understood as a reference to God’s eternal existence. However, the immediately preceding and following descriptions (“high and exalted” and “holy”) emphasize his sovereign rule. In the next line, he declares, “I dwell in an exalted and holy [place],” which refers to the place from which he rules. Therefore it is more likely that שֹׁכֵן עַד ( shokhen ’ ad ) means “I dwell [in my lofty palace] forever” and refers to God’s eternal kingship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A15/1"}
{"id":28570,"verse_id":"ISA.57.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.15","text":"Heb “and also with the crushed and lowly of spirit.” This may refer to the repentant who have humbled themselves (see 66:2 ) or more generally to the exiles who have experienced discouragement and humiliation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A15/2"}
{"id":28571,"verse_id":"ISA.57.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"57.15","text":"Heb “to restore the lowly of spirit and to restore the heart of the crushed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A15/3"}
{"id":28572,"verse_id":"ISA.57.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.16","text":"Or perhaps, “argue,” or “accuse” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A16/1"}
{"id":28573,"verse_id":"ISA.57.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.16","text":"Heb “for a spirit from before me would be faint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A16/2"}
{"id":28574,"verse_id":"ISA.57.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.17","text":"Heb “and I struck him, hiding, and I was angry.” פָּנַיִם ( panayim , “face”) is the implied object of “hiding.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A17/1"}
{"id":28575,"verse_id":"ISA.57.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.17","text":"Heb “and he walked [as an] apostate in the way of his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A17/2"}
{"id":28576,"verse_id":"ISA.57.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"57.18","text":"Heb “his ways” (so KJV, NASB, NIV); TEV “how they acted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A18/1"}
{"id":28577,"verse_id":"ISA.57.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.18","text":"Heb “and I will restore consolation to him, to his mourners.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A18/2"}
{"id":28578,"verse_id":"ISA.57.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"57.19","text":"The Hebrew text has literally, “one who creates fruit of lips.” Perhaps the pronoun אֲנִי (’ ani ) should be inserted after the participle; it may have been accidentally omitted by haplography: נוּב שְׂפָתָיִם [ אֲנִי ] בּוֹרֵא ( bore ’ [’ ani ] nuv sÿfatayim ). “Fruit of the lips” is often understood as a metonymy for praise; perhaps it refers more generally to joyful shouts (see v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A19/1"}
{"id":28579,"verse_id":"ISA.57.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":57,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"57.19","text":"Heb “Peace, peace.” The repetition of the noun emphasizes degree.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2057%3A19/2"}
{"id":28580,"verse_id":"ISA.58.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.1","text":"Heb “declare to my people their rebellion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A1/1"}
{"id":28581,"verse_id":"ISA.58.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.1","text":"Heb “and to the house of Jacob their sin.” The verb “declare” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A1/2"}
{"id":28582,"verse_id":"ISA.58.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.2","text":"Heb “ways” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV); NLT “my laws.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A2/1"}
{"id":28583,"verse_id":"ISA.58.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.3","text":"The words “they lament” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A3/1"}
{"id":28584,"verse_id":"ISA.58.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.3","text":"Heb “you find pleasure”; NASB “you find your desire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A3/2"}
{"id":28585,"verse_id":"ISA.58.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.3","text":"Or perhaps, “debtors.” See HALOT 865 s.v. * עָצֵב .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A3/3"}
{"id":28586,"verse_id":"ISA.58.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.4","text":"Heb “you fast for” (so NASB); NRSV “you fast only to quarrel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A4/1"}
{"id":28587,"verse_id":"ISA.58.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.4","text":"Heb “and for striking with a sinful fist.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A4/2"}
{"id":28588,"verse_id":"ISA.58.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.5","text":"Heb “choose” (so NASB, NRSV); NAB “wish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A5/1"}
{"id":28589,"verse_id":"ISA.58.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.5","text":"Heb “a day when man humbles himself.” The words “Do I want” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A5/2"}
{"id":28590,"verse_id":"ISA.58.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.5","text":"Or “making [their] bed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A5/3"}
{"id":28591,"verse_id":"ISA.58.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.6","text":"Heb “Is this not a fast I choose?” “No” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A6/1"}
{"id":28592,"verse_id":"ISA.58.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.6","text":"The words “I want you” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A6/2"}
{"id":28593,"verse_id":"ISA.58.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.6","text":"Heb “crushed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A6/3"}
{"id":28594,"verse_id":"ISA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.7","text":"Heb “Is it not?” The rhetorical question here expects a positive answer, “It is!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A7/1"}
{"id":28595,"verse_id":"ISA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.7","text":"Heb “and afflicted [ones], homeless [ones] you should bring [into] a house.” On the meaning of מְרוּדִים ( mÿrudim , “homeless”) see HALOT 633 s.v. * מָרוּד .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A7/2"}
{"id":28596,"verse_id":"ISA.58.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.7","text":"Heb “and from your flesh do not hide yourself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A7/3"}
{"id":28597,"verse_id":"ISA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.8","text":"Heb “will burst out like the dawn.” sn Light here symbolizes God’s favor and restored blessing, as the immediately following context makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A8/1"}
{"id":28598,"verse_id":"ISA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.8","text":"Heb “prosper”; KJV “spring forth speedily.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A8/2"}
{"id":28599,"verse_id":"ISA.58.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.8","text":"Or “righteousness.” Their godly behavior will be on display for all to see.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A8/3"}
{"id":28600,"verse_id":"ISA.58.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.9","text":"Heb “if you.” In the Hebrew text vv. 9 b-10 are one long conditional sentence. The protasis (“if” clauses appear in vv. 9 b-10a), with the apodosis (“then” clause) appearing in v. 10 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A9/1"}
{"id":28601,"verse_id":"ISA.58.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.10","text":"Heb “if you.” See the note on “you must” in v. 9 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A10/1"}
{"id":28602,"verse_id":"ISA.58.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.10","text":"Heb “If you furnish for the hungry [with] your being, and the appetite of the oppressed you satisfy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A10/2"}
{"id":28603,"verse_id":"ISA.58.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.10","text":"Heb “will rise in the darkness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A10/3"}
{"id":28604,"verse_id":"ISA.58.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.10","text":"Heb “and your darkness [will be] like noonday.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A10/4"}
{"id":28605,"verse_id":"ISA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.11","text":"Heb “he will satisfy in parched regions your appetite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A11/1"}
{"id":28606,"verse_id":"ISA.58.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.11","text":"Heb “and your bones he will strengthen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A11/2"}
{"id":28607,"verse_id":"ISA.58.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.12","text":"Heb “and they will build from you ancient ruins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A12/1"}
{"id":28608,"verse_id":"ISA.58.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"58.12","text":"The Hebrew text has “the one who restores paths for dwelling.” The idea of “paths to dwell in” is not a common notion. Some have proposed emending נְתִיבוֹת ( nÿtivot , “paths”) to נְתִיצוֹת ( nÿtitsot , “ruins”), a passive participle from נָתַץ ( natats , “tear down”; see HALOT 732 s.v. * נְתִיצָה ), because tighter parallelism with the preceding line is achieved. However, none of the textual sources support this emendation. The line may mean that paths must be repaired in order to dwell in the land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A12/2"}
{"id":28609,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.13","text":"Lit., “if you.” In the Hebrew text vv. 13-14 are one long conditional sentence. The protasis (“if” clauses appear in v. 13 ), with the apodosis (“then” clause) appearing in v. 14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/1"}
{"id":28610,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.13","text":"Heb “if you turn from the Sabbath your feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/2"}
{"id":28611,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.13","text":"supplies the preposition מִן ( min ) on “doing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/3"}
{"id":28612,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.13","text":"Heb “and call the Sabbath a pleasure”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “a delight.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/4"}
{"id":28613,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"58.13","text":"Heb “and [call] the holy [day] of the Lord honored.” On קָדוֹשׁ ( qadosh , “holy”) as indicating a time period, see BDB 872 s.v. 2 .e (cf. also Neh 8:9-11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/5"}
{"id":28614,"verse_id":"ISA.58.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"58.13","text":"Heb “and you honor it [by refraining] from accomplishing your ways, from finding your desire and speaking a word.” It is unlikely that the last phrase (“speaking a word”) is a prohibition against talking on the Sabbath; instead it probably refers to making transactions or plans (see Hos 10:4 ). Some see here a reference to idle talk (cf. 2 Sam 19:30 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A13/6"}
{"id":28615,"verse_id":"ISA.58.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"58.14","text":"For a parallel use of the phrase “find joy in” (Hitpael of עָנַג [’ anag ] followed by the preposition עַל [’ al ]), see Ps 37:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A14/1"}
{"id":28616,"verse_id":"ISA.58.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"58.14","text":"Heb “and I will cause you to ride upon the heights of the land.” The statement seems to be an allusion to Deut 32:13 , where it is associated, as here, with God’s abundant provision of food.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A14/2"}
{"id":28617,"verse_id":"ISA.58.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"58.14","text":"Heb “and I will cause you to eat the inheritance of Jacob your father.” The Hebrew term נַחֲלָה ( nakhalah ) likely stands by metonymy for the crops that grow on Jacob’s “inheritance” (i.e., the land he inherited as a result of God’s promise).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A14/3"}
{"id":28618,"verse_id":"ISA.58.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":58,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"58.14","text":"Heb “for the mouth of the Lord has spoken.” The introductory כִּי ( ki ) may be asseverative (as reflected in the translation) or causal/explanatory, explaining why the preceding promise will become reality (because it is guaranteed by the divine word).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2058%3A14/4"}
{"id":28619,"verse_id":"ISA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.1","text":"Heb “short” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A1/1"}
{"id":28620,"verse_id":"ISA.59.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.1","text":"Heb “or his ear too heavy [i.e., “dull”] to hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A1/2"}
{"id":28621,"verse_id":"ISA.59.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.2","text":"Heb “and your sins have caused [his] face to be hidden from you so as not to hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A2/1"}
{"id":28622,"verse_id":"ISA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.4","text":"Heb “no one pleads with justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A4/1"}
{"id":28623,"verse_id":"ISA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.4","text":"Heb “nothing”; NAB “emptiness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A4/2"}
{"id":28624,"verse_id":"ISA.59.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.4","text":"Or “trouble” (NIV), or “harm.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A4/3"}
{"id":28625,"verse_id":"ISA.59.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.5","text":"Heb “that which is pressed in hatches [as] a snake.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A5/1"}
{"id":28626,"verse_id":"ISA.59.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.6","text":"Heb “their deeds are deeds of sin, and the work of violence [is] in their hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A6/1"}
{"id":28627,"verse_id":"ISA.59.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.7","text":"Heb “their feet run to evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A7/1"}
{"id":28628,"verse_id":"ISA.59.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.7","text":"Heb “they quickly pour out innocent blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A7/2"}
{"id":28629,"verse_id":"ISA.59.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.7","text":"Heb “their thoughts are thoughts of sin, destruction and crushing [are] in their roadways.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A7/3"}
{"id":28630,"verse_id":"ISA.59.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.8","text":"Heb “a way of peace they do not know, and there is no justice in their pathways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A8/1"}
{"id":28631,"verse_id":"ISA.59.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.8","text":"Heb “their paths they make crooked, everyone who walks in it does not know peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A8/2"}
{"id":28632,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.9","text":"מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ), which refers to “justice” in the earlier verses, here refers to “justice from God,” or “vindication.” Because the people are unjust, God refuses to vindicate them before their enemies. See v. 11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/1"}
{"id":28633,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"59.9","text":"Heb “but, look, darkness”; NIV “but all is darkness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/4"}
{"id":28634,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"59.9","text":"The words “we wait for” are supplied in the translation; the verb is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/5"}
{"id":28635,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"59.9","text":"The plural noun form may indicate degree here.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/6"}
{"id":28636,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"59.9","text":"Or “walk about”; NCV “all we have is darkness.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/7"}
{"id":28637,"verse_id":"ISA.59.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"59.9","text":"The plural noun form may indicate degree here.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A9/8"}
{"id":28638,"verse_id":"ISA.59.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.10","text":"Heb “like there are no eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A10/1"}
{"id":28639,"verse_id":"ISA.59.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.10","text":"Heb among the strong, like dead men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A10/2"}
{"id":28640,"verse_id":"ISA.59.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.11","text":"See the note at v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A11/1"}
{"id":28641,"verse_id":"ISA.59.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.12","text":"Heb “for many are our rebellious deeds before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A12/1"}
{"id":28642,"verse_id":"ISA.59.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.12","text":"Heb “indeed [or “for”] our rebellious deeds (are) with us, and our sins, we know them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A12/2"}
{"id":28643,"verse_id":"ISA.59.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.13","text":"Heb “speaking.” A new sentence was started here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A13/1"}
{"id":28644,"verse_id":"ISA.59.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.13","text":"Heb “conceiving and uttering from the heart words of falsehood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A13/2"}
{"id":28645,"verse_id":"ISA.59.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.14","text":"Or “righteousness” (ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); KJV, NAB “justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A14/1"}
{"id":28646,"verse_id":"ISA.59.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.14","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A14/2"}
{"id":28647,"verse_id":"ISA.59.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.15","text":"Heb “and it is displeasing in his eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A15/1"}
{"id":28648,"verse_id":"ISA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.16","text":"Heb “man” (so KJV, ASV); TEV “no one to help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A16/1"}
{"id":28649,"verse_id":"ISA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.16","text":"Or “appalled” (NAB, NIV, NRSV), or “disgusted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A16/2"}
{"id":28650,"verse_id":"ISA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.16","text":"Heb “and his arm delivers for him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A16/3"}
{"id":28651,"verse_id":"ISA.59.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"59.16","text":"Heb “and his justice [or “righteousness”] supports him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A16/4"}
{"id":28652,"verse_id":"ISA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.17","text":"Or “righteousness” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NCV “goodness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A17/1"}
{"id":28653,"verse_id":"ISA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.17","text":"Or “a breastplate” (traditional; so many English versions); TEV “a coat of armour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A17/2"}
{"id":28654,"verse_id":"ISA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.17","text":"Heb “and [as] a helmet deliverance on his head.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A17/3"}
{"id":28655,"verse_id":"ISA.59.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"59.17","text":"Heb “and he puts on the clothes of vengeance [as] a garment.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A17/4"}
{"id":28656,"verse_id":"ISA.59.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.18","text":"Heb “in accordance with deeds, so he repays, anger to his adversaries, repayment to his enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A18/1"}
{"id":28657,"verse_id":"ISA.59.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.18","text":"Or “islands” (KJV, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A18/2"}
{"id":28658,"verse_id":"ISA.59.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"59.19","text":"Heb “fear.” A few medieval Hebrew mss read “see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A19/1"}
{"id":28659,"verse_id":"ISA.59.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.19","text":"Heb “and they fear from the west the name of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A19/2"}
{"id":28660,"verse_id":"ISA.59.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"59.19","text":"Heb “and from the rising of the sun his splendor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A19/3"}
{"id":28661,"verse_id":"ISA.59.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"59.19","text":"Heb “narrow”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “pent-up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A19/4"}
{"id":28662,"verse_id":"ISA.59.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"59.19","text":"Heb “the wind of the Lord drives it on.” The term רוּחַ ( ruakh ) could be translated “breath” here (see 30:28 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A19/5"}
{"id":28663,"verse_id":"ISA.59.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.20","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A20/1"}
{"id":28664,"verse_id":"ISA.59.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.20","text":"Heb “and to those who turn from rebellion in Jacob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A20/2"}
{"id":28665,"verse_id":"ISA.59.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"59.21","text":"Or “my covenant with” (so many English versions); NCV “my agreement with.” sn The Lord promises the repentant (note “to them”) that they and their offspring will possess his spirit and function as his spokesmen. In this regard they follow in the footsteps of the Lord’s special servant. See 42:1; 49:2; 51:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A21/1"}
{"id":28666,"verse_id":"ISA.59.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":59,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"59.21","text":"Heb “from now and on into the future.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2059%3A21/2"}
{"id":28667,"verse_id":"ISA.60.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.1","text":"Or “glory” (so most English versions).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A1/1"}
{"id":28668,"verse_id":"ISA.60.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.2","text":"The verb “covers” is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A2/1"}
{"id":28669,"verse_id":"ISA.60.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.2","text":"Or “glory” (so most English versions); TEV “the brightness of his presence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A2/2"}
{"id":28670,"verse_id":"ISA.60.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.4","text":"Heb “Lift up around your eyes and see!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A4/1"}
{"id":28671,"verse_id":"ISA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.5","text":"Or “shine,” or “be radiant” (NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A5/1"}
{"id":28672,"verse_id":"ISA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.5","text":"Heb “and it will tremble and be wide, your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A5/2"}
{"id":28673,"verse_id":"ISA.60.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.5","text":"Heb “the wealth of the sea,” i.e., wealth that is transported from distant lands via the sea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A5/3"}
{"id":28674,"verse_id":"ISA.60.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.6","text":"Heb “an abundance of camels will cover you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A6/1"}
{"id":28675,"verse_id":"ISA.60.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.6","text":"Heb “all of them, from Sheba.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A6/2"}
{"id":28676,"verse_id":"ISA.60.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.6","text":"Heb “and they will announce the praises of the Lord.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A6/3"}
{"id":28677,"verse_id":"ISA.60.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.7","text":"Heb “will serve you,” i.e., be available as sacrifices (see the next line). Another option is to understood these “rams” as symbolic of leaders who will be subject to the people of Zion. See v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A7/1"}
{"id":28678,"verse_id":"ISA.60.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.7","text":"has both לרצון followed by the preposition על , which would argue against deleted the preposition. As the above translation seeks to demonstrate, the preposition עַל (’ al ) indicates a norm (“in accordance with acceptance” or “acceptably”; IBHS 218 §11.2.13e, n. 111) and the “altar” functions as an objective accusative with a verb of motion (cf. Gen 49:4 ; Lev 2:2 ; Num 13:17 ; J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 2:534, n. 14).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A7/2"}
{"id":28679,"verse_id":"ISA.60.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.8","text":"Heb “fly” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NAB, NIV “fly along.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A8/1"}
{"id":28680,"verse_id":"ISA.60.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.8","text":"Heb “to their windows,” i.e., to the openings in their coops. See HALOT 83 s.v. אֲרֻבָּה .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A8/2"}
{"id":28681,"verse_id":"ISA.60.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.9","text":"Or “islands” (NIV); CEV “distant islands”; TEV “distant lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A9/1"}
{"id":28682,"verse_id":"ISA.60.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.9","text":"Heb “the ships of Tarshish.” See the note at 2:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A9/2"}
{"id":28683,"verse_id":"ISA.60.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.9","text":"Heb “to the name of the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A9/3"}
{"id":28684,"verse_id":"ISA.60.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.10","text":"Heb “in my favor I will have compassion on you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A10/1"}
{"id":28685,"verse_id":"ISA.60.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.11","text":"Or “led in procession.” The participle is passive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A11/1"}
{"id":28686,"verse_id":"ISA.60.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.12","text":"Or “For” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); TEV “But.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A12/1"}
{"id":28687,"verse_id":"ISA.60.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.12","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A12/2"}
{"id":28688,"verse_id":"ISA.60.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.13","text":"Or “holy place, sanctuary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A13/1"}
{"id":28689,"verse_id":"ISA.60.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.13","text":"Heb “the place of my feet.” See Ezek 43:7 , where the Lord’s throne is called the “place of the soles of my feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A13/2"}
{"id":28690,"verse_id":"ISA.60.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.15","text":"Heb “Instead of your being abandoned and despised, with no one passing through, I will make you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A15/1"}
{"id":28691,"verse_id":"ISA.60.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.16","text":"Or “redeemer.” See the note at 41:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A16/2"}
{"id":28692,"verse_id":"ISA.60.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.17","text":"The words “I will bring you” are supplied in the translation; they are understood by ellipsis (see the preceding lines).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A17/1"}
{"id":28693,"verse_id":"ISA.60.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.17","text":"The words “I will bring you” are supplied in the translation; they are understood by ellipsis (see the first two lines of the verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A17/2"}
{"id":28694,"verse_id":"ISA.60.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"60.17","text":"Or “peace” (KJV and many other English versions).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A17/3"}
{"id":28695,"verse_id":"ISA.60.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"60.17","text":"The plural indicates degree. The language is ironic; in the past Zion was ruled by oppressive tyrants, but now personified prosperity and vindication will be the only things that will “dominate” the city.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A17/4"}
{"id":28696,"verse_id":"ISA.60.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.18","text":"The words “sounds of” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A18/1"}
{"id":28697,"verse_id":"ISA.60.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.19","text":"Heb “and your God for your splendor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A19/1"}
{"id":28698,"verse_id":"ISA.60.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.20","text":"Heb “days” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A20/2"}
{"id":28699,"verse_id":"ISA.60.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.21","text":"Or “righteous” (NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “just.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A21/1"}
{"id":28700,"verse_id":"ISA.60.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.21","text":"Heb “a shoot of his planting, the work of my hands, to reveal splendor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A21/2"}
{"id":28701,"verse_id":"ISA.60.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"60.22","text":"Heb “will become” (so NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A22/1"}
{"id":28702,"verse_id":"ISA.60.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":60,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"60.22","text":"Heb “I, the Lord, in its time, I will quickly do it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2060%3A22/2"}
{"id":28703,"verse_id":"ISA.61.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.1","text":"Heb “anointed,” i.e., designated to carry out an assigned task.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A1/1"}
{"id":28704,"verse_id":"ISA.61.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.1","text":"Or “sent” (NAB); NCV “has appointed me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A1/3"}
{"id":28705,"verse_id":"ISA.61.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"61.1","text":"Or “proclaim good news to.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A1/4"}
{"id":28706,"verse_id":"ISA.61.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"61.1","text":"Heb “to bind up [the wounds of].”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A1/5"}
{"id":28707,"verse_id":"ISA.61.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.2","text":"Heb “to announce the year of the Lord’s favor, and the day of our God’s vengeance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A2/1"}
{"id":28708,"verse_id":"ISA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.3","text":"Heb “oil of joy” (KJV, ASV); NASB, NIV, NRSV “the oil of gladness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A3/1"}
{"id":28709,"verse_id":"ISA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.3","text":"Heb “garment of praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A3/2"}
{"id":28710,"verse_id":"ISA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.3","text":"Heb “a faint spirit” (so NRSV); KJV, ASV “the spirit of heaviness”; NASB “a spirit of fainting.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A3/3"}
{"id":28711,"verse_id":"ISA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"61.3","text":"Rather than referring to the character of the people, צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) may carry the nuance “vindication” here, suggesting that God’s restored people are a testimony to his justice. See v. 2 , which alludes to the fact that God will take vengeance against the enemies of his people. Cf. NAB “oaks of justice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A3/4"}
{"id":28712,"verse_id":"ISA.61.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"61.3","text":"Heb “a planting of the Lord to reveal splendor.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A3/5"}
{"id":28713,"verse_id":"ISA.61.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.4","text":"Heb “and the formerly desolate places they will raise up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A4/1"}
{"id":28714,"verse_id":"ISA.61.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.5","text":"Heb “will stand [in position] and shepherd.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A5/2"}
{"id":28715,"verse_id":"ISA.61.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.6","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “it will be said concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A6/1"}
{"id":28716,"verse_id":"ISA.61.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.6","text":"Heb “eat” (KJV, NAB, NASB); NIV “feed on”; NLT “be fed with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A6/2"}
{"id":28717,"verse_id":"ISA.61.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"61.6","text":"The form in the Hebrew text is probably a corruption of יִתְאַמְּרוּ ( yit ’ ammÿru ), a Hitpael from אָמַר (’ amar ), meaning “boast about” (see HALOT 67 s.v. II אמר , HALOT 416 s.v. ימר , and BDB 56 s.v. אָמַר ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A6/3"}
{"id":28718,"verse_id":"ISA.61.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"61.6","text":"Heb “their glory” (i.e., riches).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A6/4"}
{"id":28719,"verse_id":"ISA.61.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.7","text":"Heb “instead of your shame, a double portion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A7/1"}
{"id":28720,"verse_id":"ISA.61.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.7","text":"Heb “and [instead of] humiliation they will rejoice [over] their portion.” The term תָחָת ( takhat , “instead of”) is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A7/2"}
{"id":28721,"verse_id":"ISA.61.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.7","text":"Heb “therefore” (so KJV, NASB); NIV “and so.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A7/3"}
{"id":28722,"verse_id":"ISA.61.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.8","text":"Heb “in faithfulness”; NASB, NRSV, NLT “faithfully.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A8/1"}
{"id":28723,"verse_id":"ISA.61.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.9","text":"Heb “all who see them will recognize them, that they [are] descendants [whom] the Lord has blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A9/1"}
{"id":28724,"verse_id":"ISA.61.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.10","text":"The infinitive absolute appears before the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A10/2"}
{"id":28725,"verse_id":"ISA.61.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"61.10","text":"Heb “my being is happy in my God”; NAB “in my God is the joy of my soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A10/3"}
{"id":28726,"verse_id":"ISA.61.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"61.10","text":"Heb “robe of vindication”; KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV “robe of righteousness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A10/4"}
{"id":28727,"verse_id":"ISA.61.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"61.10","text":"Heb “like a bridegroom [who] acts like a priest [by wearing] a turban, and like a bride [who] wears her jewelry.” The words “I look” are supplied for stylistic reasons and clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A10/5"}
{"id":28728,"verse_id":"ISA.61.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"61.11","text":"Or perhaps, “righteousness,” but the context seems to emphasize deliverance and restoration (see v. 10 and 62:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A11/1"}
{"id":28729,"verse_id":"ISA.61.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":61,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"61.11","text":"Heb “and praise before all the nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2061%3A11/2"}
{"id":28730,"verse_id":"ISA.62.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A1/1"}
{"id":28731,"verse_id":"ISA.62.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.1","text":"Heb “goes forth like brightness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A1/2"}
{"id":28732,"verse_id":"ISA.62.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.2","text":"Heb “which the mouth of the Lord will designate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A2/1"}
{"id":28733,"verse_id":"ISA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.4","text":"Or “for”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “but.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A4/1"}
{"id":28734,"verse_id":"ISA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.4","text":"Hebrew חֶפְצִי־בָהּ ( kheftsi-vah ), traditionally transliterated “Hephzibah” (so KJV, ASV, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A4/2"}
{"id":28735,"verse_id":"ISA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.4","text":"Hebrew בְּעוּלָה ( bÿ ’ ulah ), traditionally transliterated “Beulah” (so KJV, ASV, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A4/3"}
{"id":28736,"verse_id":"ISA.62.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"62.4","text":"That is, the land will be restored to the Lord’s favor and once again enjoy his blessing and protection. To indicate the land’s relationship to the Lord, the words “to him” have been supplied at the end of the clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A4/4"}
{"id":28737,"verse_id":"ISA.62.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"62.5","text":"The Hebrew text has “your sons,” but this produces an odd metaphor and is somewhat incongruous with the parallelism. In the context (v. 4 b, see also 54:5-7 ) the Lord is the one who “marries” Zion. Therefore several prefer to emend “your sons” to בֹּנָיִךְ ( bonayikh , “your builder”; e.g., NRSV). In Ps 147:2 the Lord is called the “builder of Jerusalem.” However, this emendation is not the best option for at least four reasons. First, although the Lord is never called the “builder” of Jerusalem in Isaiah, the idea of Zion’s children possessing the land does occur ( Isa 49:20; 54:3 ; cf. also 14:1; 60:21 ). Secondly, all the ancient versions support the MT reading. Thirdly, although the verb בָּעַל ( ba ’ al ) can mean “to marry,” its basic idea is “to possess.” Consequently, the verb stresses a relationship more than a state. All the ancient versions render this verb “to dwell in” or “to dwell with.” The point is not just that the land will be reinhabited, but that it will be in a relationship of “belonging” to the Israelites. Hence a relational verb like בָּעַל is used (J. N. Oswalt, Isaiah [NICOT], 2:581). Finally, “sons” is a well-known metaphor for “inhabitants” (J. de Waard, Isaiah , 208).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A5/1"}
{"id":28738,"verse_id":"ISA.62.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.6","text":"Heb “all day and all night continually they do not keep silent.” The following lines suggest that they pray for the Lord’s intervention and restoration of the city.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A6/2"}
{"id":28739,"verse_id":"ISA.62.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"62.6","text":"Or “invoke”; NIV “call on”; NASB, NRSV “remind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A6/3"}
{"id":28740,"verse_id":"ISA.62.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.7","text":"“Jerusalem” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons; note the following line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A7/1"}
{"id":28741,"verse_id":"ISA.62.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.7","text":"Heb “[the object of] praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A7/2"}
{"id":28742,"verse_id":"ISA.62.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.8","text":"The Lord’s right hand and strong arm here symbolize his power and remind the audience that his might guarantees the fulfillment of the following promise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A8/1"}
{"id":28743,"verse_id":"ISA.62.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.9","text":"Heb “it,” the grain mentioned in v. 8 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A9/1"}
{"id":28744,"verse_id":"ISA.62.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"62.9","text":"Heb “and those who gather it will drink it.” The masculine singular pronominal suffixes attached to “gather” and “drink” refer back to the masculine noun תִּירוֹשׁ ( tirosh , “wine”) in v. 8 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A9/2"}
{"id":28745,"verse_id":"ISA.62.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.11","text":"Heb “to the end of the earth” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A11/1"}
{"id":28746,"verse_id":"ISA.62.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":62,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"62.12","text":"Or “the redeemed of the Lord” (KJV, NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2062%3A12/1"}
{"id":28747,"verse_id":"ISA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.1","text":"Heb “[in] bright red garments, from Bozrah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A1/2"}
{"id":28748,"verse_id":"ISA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.1","text":"The interrogative particle is understood by ellipsis; note the first line of the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A1/3"}
{"id":28749,"verse_id":"ISA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"63.1","text":"Heb “honored in his clothing”; KJV, ASV “glorious in his apparel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A1/4"}
{"id":28750,"verse_id":"ISA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"63.1","text":"The Hebrew text has צָעָה ( tsa ’ ah ), which means “stoop, bend” ( 51:14 ). The translation assumes an emendation to צָעַד ( tsa ’ ad , “march”; see BDB 858 s.v. צָעָה ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A1/5"}
{"id":28751,"verse_id":"ISA.63.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"63.1","text":"Heb “I, [the one] speaking in vindication [or “righteousness”], great to deliver.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A1/6"}
{"id":28752,"verse_id":"ISA.63.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.2","text":"Heb “and your garments like one who treads in a vat?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A2/1"}
{"id":28753,"verse_id":"ISA.63.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.3","text":"Heb “and I stained.” For discussion of the difficult verb form, see HALOT 170 s.v. II גאל . Perhaps the form is mixed, combining the first person forms of the imperfect (note the alef prefix) and perfect (note the תי - ending).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A3/2"}
{"id":28754,"verse_id":"ISA.63.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.4","text":"Heb “for the day of vengeance was in my heart, and the year of my revenge came.” The term גְּאוּלַי ( gÿ ’ ulai ) is sometimes translated here “my redemption,” for the verbal root גאל often means “deliver, buy back.” A גֹּאֵל ( go ’ el , “kinsman-redeemer”) was responsible for protecting the extended family’s interests, often by redeeming property that had been sold outside the family. However, the responsibilities of a גֹּאֵל extended beyond financial concerns. He was also responsible for avenging the shed blood of a family member (see Num 35:19-27 ; Deut 19:6-12 ). In Isa 63:4 , where vengeance is a prominent theme (note the previous line), it is probably this function of the family protector that is in view. The Lord pictures himself as a blood avenger who waits for the day of vengeance to arrive and then springs into action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A4/1"}
{"id":28755,"verse_id":"ISA.63.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.5","text":"Heb “and my anger, it supported me”; NIV “my own wrath sustained me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A5/2"}
{"id":28756,"verse_id":"ISA.63.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.6","text":"Heb “and I brought down to the ground their juice.” “Juice” refers to their blood (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A6/2"}
{"id":28757,"verse_id":"ISA.63.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.7","text":"Heb “according to all which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A7/1"}
{"id":28758,"verse_id":"ISA.63.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.7","text":"Heb “greatness of goodness to the house of Israel which he did for them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A7/2"}
{"id":28759,"verse_id":"ISA.63.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.7","text":"Heb “according to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A7/3"}
{"id":28760,"verse_id":"ISA.63.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.8","text":"Heb “children [who] do not act deceitfully.” Here the verb refers to covenantal loyalty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A8/1"}
{"id":28761,"verse_id":"ISA.63.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.9","text":"Heb “in all their distress, there was distress to him” (reading לוֹ [ lo ] with the margin/ Qere ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A9/1"}
{"id":28762,"verse_id":"ISA.63.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.9","text":"Heb “the messenger [or “angel”] of his face”; NIV “the angel of his presence.” sn This may refer to the “angel of God” mentioned in Exod 14:19 , who in turn may be identical to the divine “presence” (literally, “face”) referred to in Exod 33:14-15 and Deut 4:37 . Here in this messenger may be equated with God’s “holy Spirit” (see vv. 10-11 ) and “the Spirit of the Lord” (v. 14 ). See also Ps 139:7 , where God’s “Spirit” seems to be equated with his “presence” (literally, “face”) in the synonymous parallelistic structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A9/2"}
{"id":28763,"verse_id":"ISA.63.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.9","text":"Or “redeemed” (KJV, NAB, NIV), or “delivered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A9/3"}
{"id":28764,"verse_id":"ISA.63.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"63.9","text":"Heb “all the days of antiquity”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “days of old.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A9/4"}
{"id":28765,"verse_id":"ISA.63.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.10","text":"Or “grieved, hurt the feelings of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A10/1"}
{"id":28766,"verse_id":"ISA.63.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.11","text":"Heb “and he remembered the days of antiquity, Moses, his people.” The syntax of the statement is unclear. The translation assumes that “his people” is the subject of the verb “remembered.” If original, “Moses” is in apposition to “the days of antiquity,” more precisely identifying the time period referred to. However, the syntactical awkwardness suggests that “Moses” may have been an early marginal note (perhaps identifying “the shepherd of his flock” two lines later) that has worked its way into the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A11/1"}
{"id":28767,"verse_id":"ISA.63.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.11","text":"The Hebrew text has a plural form, which if retained and taken as a numerical plural, would probably refer to Moses, Aaron, and the Israelite tribal leaders at the time of the Exodus. Most prefer to emend the form to the singular ( רָעָה , ra ’ ah ) and understand this as a reference just to Moses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A11/2"}
{"id":28768,"verse_id":"ISA.63.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.12","text":"Heb “who caused to go at the right hand of Moses the arm of his splendor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A12/1"}
{"id":28769,"verse_id":"ISA.63.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.12","text":"Heb “making for himself a lasting name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A12/2"}
{"id":28770,"verse_id":"ISA.63.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.13","text":"Heb “in the desert [or “steppe”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A13/1"}
{"id":28771,"verse_id":"ISA.63.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.14","text":"The words “to graze” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A14/1"}
{"id":28772,"verse_id":"ISA.63.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.14","text":"Or “so” (KJV, ASV), or “thus” (NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A14/2"}
{"id":28773,"verse_id":"ISA.63.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.14","text":"Heb “making for yourself a majestic name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A14/3"}
{"id":28774,"verse_id":"ISA.63.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.15","text":"This probably refers to his zeal for his people, which motivates him to angrily strike out against their enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A15/1"}
{"id":28775,"verse_id":"ISA.63.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.15","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “the agitation of your intestines and your compassion to me they are held back.” The phrase “agitation of your intestines” is metonymic, referring to the way in which one’s nervous system reacts when one feels pity and compassion toward another. אֵלַי (’ elay , “to me”) is awkward in this context, where the speaker represents the nation and, following the introduction (see v. 7 ), utilizes first person plural forms. The translation assumes an emendation to the negative particle אַל (’ al ). This also necessitates emending the following verb form (which is a plural perfect) to a singular jussive ( תִתְאַפָּק , tit ’ appaq ). The Hitpael of אָפַק (’ afaq ) also occurs in 42:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A15/2"}
{"id":28776,"verse_id":"ISA.63.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.16","text":"Heb “our protector [or “redeemer”] from antiquity [is] your name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A16/1"}
{"id":28777,"verse_id":"ISA.63.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.17","text":"Some suggest a tolerative use of the Hiphil here, “[why do] you allow us to stray?” (cf. NLT). Though the Hiphil of תָעָה ( ta ’ ah ) appears to be tolerative in Jer 50:6 , elsewhere it is preferable or necessary to take it as causative. See Isa 3:12; 9:15; and 30:28 , as well as Gen 20:13 ; 2 Kgs 21:9 ; Job 12:24-25 ; Prov 12:26 ; Jer 23:13, 32 ; Hos 4:12 ; Amos 2:4 ; Mic 3:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A17/1"}
{"id":28778,"verse_id":"ISA.63.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.17","text":"This probably refers to God’s commands.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A17/2"}
{"id":28779,"verse_id":"ISA.63.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.17","text":"Heb “[Why do] you harden our heart[s] so as not to fear you.” The interrogative particle is understood by ellipsis (note the preceding line). sn How direct this hardening is, one cannot be sure. The speaker may envision direct involvement on the Lord’s part. The Lord has brought the exile as judgment for the nation’s sin and now he continues to keep them at arm’s length by blinding them spiritually. The second half of 64:7 might support this, though the precise reading of the final verb is uncertain. On the other hand, the idiom of lament is sometimes ironic and hyperbolically deterministic. For example, Naomi lamented that Shaddai was directly opposing her and bringing her calamity ( Ruth 1:20-21 ), while the author of directly attributes his horrible suffering and loneliness to God (see especially vv. 6-8, 16-18 ). Both individuals make little, if any, room for intermediate causes or the principle of sin and death which ravages the human race. In the same way, the speaker in Isa 63:17 (who evidences great spiritual sensitivity and is anything but “hardened”) may be referring to the hardships of exile, which discouraged and even embittered the people, causing many of them to retreat from their Yahwistic faith. In this case, the “hardening” in view is more indirect and can be lifted by the Lord’s intervention. Whether the hardening here is indirect or direct, it is important to recognize that the speaker sees it as one of the effects of rebellion against the Lord (note especially 64:5-6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A17/3"}
{"id":28780,"verse_id":"ISA.63.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.18","text":"Or “holy” (ASV, NASB, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A18/1"}
{"id":28781,"verse_id":"ISA.63.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.18","text":"Heb “for a short time they had a possession, the people of your holiness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A18/2"}
{"id":28782,"verse_id":"ISA.63.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"63.18","text":"Heb “your adversaries trampled on.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A18/3"}
{"id":28783,"verse_id":"ISA.63.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"63.19","text":"Heb “we were from antiquity” (see v. 16 ). The collocation עוֹלָם + מִן + הָיָה ( hayah + min + ’ olam ) occurs only here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A19/1"}
{"id":28784,"verse_id":"ISA.63.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":63,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"63.19","text":"Heb “you did not rule them, your name was not called over them.” The expression “the name is called over” indicates ownership; see the note at 4:1 . As these two lines stand they are very difficult to interpret. They appear to be stating that the adversaries just mentioned in v. 18 have not been subject to the Lord’s rule in the past, perhaps explaining why they could commit the atrocity described in v. 18 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2063%3A19/2"}
{"id":28785,"verse_id":"ISA.64.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.1","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A1/2"}
{"id":28786,"verse_id":"ISA.64.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.1","text":"Or “quake.” נָזֹלּוּ ( nazollu ) is from the verbal root זָלַל ( zalal , “quake”; see HALOT 272 s.v. II זלל ). Perhaps there is a verbal allusion to Judg 5:5 , the only other passage where this verb occurs. In that passage the poet tells how the Lord’s appearance to do battle caused the mountains to shake.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A1/3"}
{"id":28787,"verse_id":"ISA.64.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.2","text":"Heb “to make known your name to your adversaries.” Perhaps the infinitive construct with preposition - לְ ( lamed ) should be construed with “come down” in v. 1 a, or subordinated to the following line: “To make known your name to your adversaries, let the nations shake from before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A2/1"}
{"id":28788,"verse_id":"ISA.64.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.3","text":"Heb “[for which] we were not waiting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A3/1"}
{"id":28789,"verse_id":"ISA.64.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.3","text":"See the note at v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A3/2"}
{"id":28790,"verse_id":"ISA.64.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.4","text":"Heb “from ancient times they have not heard, they have not listened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A4/1"}
{"id":28791,"verse_id":"ISA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “meet [with kindness].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A5/1"}
{"id":28792,"verse_id":"ISA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “the one who rejoices and does righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A5/2"}
{"id":28793,"verse_id":"ISA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.5","text":"Heb “in your ways they remember you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A5/3"}
{"id":28794,"verse_id":"ISA.64.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"64.5","text":"support the MT reading. One can either accept an emendation or cast the statement as a question (as above).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A5/4"}
{"id":28795,"verse_id":"ISA.64.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.6","text":"Heb “and like a garment of menstruation [are] all our righteous acts”; KJV, NIV “filthy rags”; ASV “a polluted garment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A6/1"}
{"id":28796,"verse_id":"ISA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.7","text":"Or “calls out in”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “calls on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A7/1"}
{"id":28797,"verse_id":"ISA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.7","text":"Or “rouses himself”; NASB “arouses himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A7/2"}
{"id":28798,"verse_id":"ISA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"64.7","text":"Heb “for you have hidden your face from us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A7/3"}
{"id":28799,"verse_id":"ISA.64.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"64.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and you caused us to melt in the hand of our sin.” The verb וַתְּמוּגֵנוּ ( vattÿmugenu ) is a Qal preterite 2nd person masculine singular with a 1st person common plural suffix from the root מוּג ( mug , “melt”). However, elsewhere the Qal of this verb is intransitive. If the verbal root מוּג ( mug ) is retained here, the form should be emended to a Polel pattern ( וַתְּמֹגְגֵנוּ , vattÿmogÿgenu ). The translation assumes an emendation to וַתְּמַגְּנֵנוּ ( vattÿmaggÿnenu , “and you handed us over”). This form is a Piel preterite 2nd person masculine singular with a 1st person common plural suffix from the verbal root מִגֵּן ( miggen , “hand over, surrender”; see HALOT 545 s.v. מגן and BDB 171 s.v. מָגָן ). The point is that God has abandoned them to their sinful ways and no longer seeks reconciliation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A7/4"}
{"id":28800,"verse_id":"ISA.64.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.8","text":"On the force of וְעַתָּה ( vÿ ’ attah ) here, see HALOT 902 s.v. עַתָּה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A8/1"}
{"id":28801,"verse_id":"ISA.64.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.8","text":"Heb “the work of your hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A8/2"}
{"id":28802,"verse_id":"ISA.64.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.9","text":"Heb “do not remember sin continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A9/1"}
{"id":28803,"verse_id":"ISA.64.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.9","text":"Heb “Look, gaze at your people, all of us.” Another option is to translate, “Take a good look! We are all your people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A9/2"}
{"id":28804,"verse_id":"ISA.64.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.10","text":"Heb “holy” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV, NLT); NIV “sacred.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A10/1"}
{"id":28805,"verse_id":"ISA.64.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A10/2"}
{"id":28806,"verse_id":"ISA.64.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.11","text":"Heb “our source of pride.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A11/1"}
{"id":28807,"verse_id":"ISA.64.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"64.11","text":"Or “all that we valued has become a ruin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A11/2"}
{"id":28808,"verse_id":"ISA.64.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":64,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"64.12","text":"Heb “because of these”; KJV, ASV “for these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2064%3A12/1"}
{"id":28809,"verse_id":"ISA.65.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.1","text":"Heb “I allowed myself to be sought by those who did not ask.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A1/1"}
{"id":28810,"verse_id":"ISA.65.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.1","text":"Heb “I allowed myself to be found by those who did not seek.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A1/2"}
{"id":28811,"verse_id":"ISA.65.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.1","text":"Heb “call out in”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “call on.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A1/3"}
{"id":28812,"verse_id":"ISA.65.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.2","text":"Heb “who walked [in] the way that is not good, after their thoughts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A2/1"}
{"id":28813,"verse_id":"ISA.65.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.3","text":"Heb “the people who provoke me to anger to my face continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A3/1"}
{"id":28814,"verse_id":"ISA.65.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.3","text":"Or “gardens” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A3/2"}
{"id":28815,"verse_id":"ISA.65.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.3","text":"Or perhaps, “on tiles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A3/3"}
{"id":28816,"verse_id":"ISA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.4","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally, “and in the watches they spend the night.” Some understand נְּצוּרִים ( nÿtsurim ) as referring to “secret places” or “caves,” while others emend the text to וּבֵין צוּרִים ( uven tsurim , “between the rocky cliffs”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A4/2"}
{"id":28817,"verse_id":"ISA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.4","text":"Heb “the flesh of the pig”; KJV, NAB, NASB “swine’s flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A4/3"}
{"id":28818,"verse_id":"ISA.65.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.4","text":", reads מְרַק ( mÿraq , “broth”), while the consonantal text ( Kethib ) has פְרַק ( feraq , “fragment”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A4/4"}
{"id":28819,"verse_id":"ISA.65.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.6","text":"Heb “Look, it is written before me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A6/1"}
{"id":28820,"verse_id":"ISA.65.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.6","text":"Heb “I will pay back into their lap.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A6/2"}
{"id":28821,"verse_id":"ISA.65.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.7","text":"Heb “the iniquities of your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A7/1"}
{"id":28822,"verse_id":"ISA.65.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.7","text":"Or perhaps, “taunted”; KJV “blasphemed”; NAB “disgraced”; NASB “scorned”; NIV “defied”; NRSV “reviled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A7/2"}
{"id":28823,"verse_id":"ISA.65.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.7","text":"Heb “I will measure out their pay [from the] beginning into their lap,” i.e., he will give them everything they have earned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A7/3"}
{"id":28824,"verse_id":"ISA.65.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.8","text":"Heb “just as.” In the Hebrew text the statement is one long sentence, “Just as…, so I will do….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A8/1"}
{"id":28825,"verse_id":"ISA.65.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.8","text":"Heb “for a blessing is in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A8/2"}
{"id":28826,"verse_id":"ISA.65.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.8","text":"Heb “by not destroying everyone.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A8/3"}
{"id":28827,"verse_id":"ISA.65.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.9","text":"Heb “it.” The third feminine singular pronominal suffix probably refers to the land which contains the aforementioned mountains.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A9/1"}
{"id":28828,"verse_id":"ISA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “a resting place for cattle”; NASB, NIV “for herds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A10/3"}
{"id":28829,"verse_id":"ISA.65.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.10","text":"Heb “for my people who seek me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A10/4"}
{"id":28830,"verse_id":"ISA.65.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.11","text":"The Hebrew text has simply, “forget.” The words “about worshiping at” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A11/1"}
{"id":28831,"verse_id":"ISA.65.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.11","text":"The Hebrew has לַגַּד ( laggad , “for Gad”), the name of a pagan deity. See HALOT 176 s.v. II גַּד 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A11/2"}
{"id":28832,"verse_id":"ISA.65.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.11","text":"The Hebrew has לַמְנִי ( lamni , “for Meni”), the name of a pagan deity. See HALOT 602 s.v. מְגִי .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A11/3"}
{"id":28833,"verse_id":"ISA.65.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.12","text":"Heb “I assign you to the sword.” Some emend the Qal verb form מָנִיתִי ( maniti , “I assign”) to the Piel מִנִּיתִי ( minniti , “ I ordain”). The verb sounds like the name of the god Meni ( מְנִי , mÿni , “Destiny, Fate”). The sound play draws attention to the irony of the statement. The sinners among God’s people worship the god Meni, apparently in an effort to ensure a bright destiny for themselves. But the Lord is the one who really determines their destiny and he has decreed their demise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A12/1"}
{"id":28834,"verse_id":"ISA.65.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.12","text":"Or “at the slaughter”; NIV “for the slaughter”; NLT “before the executioner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A12/2"}
{"id":28835,"verse_id":"ISA.65.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.12","text":"Heb “that which is evil in my eyes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A12/3"}
{"id":28836,"verse_id":"ISA.65.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.14","text":"Heb “from the good of the heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A14/1"}
{"id":28837,"verse_id":"ISA.65.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.14","text":"Heb “from the pain of the heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A14/2"}
{"id":28838,"verse_id":"ISA.65.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.14","text":"Heb “from the breaking of the spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A14/3"}
{"id":28839,"verse_id":"ISA.65.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.15","text":"Heb “you will leave your name for an oath to my chosen ones.” sn For an example of such a curse formula see Jer 29:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A15/1"}
{"id":28840,"verse_id":"ISA.65.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.16","text":"Or “in the land” (NIV, NCV, NRSV). The same phrase occurs again later in this verse, with the same options.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A16/1"}
{"id":28841,"verse_id":"ISA.65.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.16","text":"Heb “will pronounce a blessing by the God of truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A16/2"}
{"id":28842,"verse_id":"ISA.65.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.16","text":"Heb “will take an oath by the God of truth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A16/3"}
{"id":28843,"verse_id":"ISA.65.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.16","text":"Heb “for the former distresses will be forgotten, and they will be hidden from my eyes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A16/4"}
{"id":28844,"verse_id":"ISA.65.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.17","text":"Or perhaps, “the former things” (so ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “The events of the past.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A17/2"}
{"id":28845,"verse_id":"ISA.65.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.17","text":"Heb “and they will not come up on the mind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A17/3"}
{"id":28846,"verse_id":"ISA.65.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A18/1"}
{"id":28847,"verse_id":"ISA.65.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.18","text":"Heb “Jerusalem, joy.” The next verse suggests the meaning: The Lord will create Jerusalem to be a source of joy to himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A18/2"}
{"id":28848,"verse_id":"ISA.65.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.18","text":"Heb “her people, happiness.” See the preceding note.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A18/3"}
{"id":28849,"verse_id":"ISA.65.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.19","text":"Heb “and I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and be happy in my people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A19/1"}
{"id":28850,"verse_id":"ISA.65.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.20","text":"Heb “and there will not be from there again a nursing infant of days,” i.e., one that lives just a few days.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A20/1"}
{"id":28851,"verse_id":"ISA.65.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.20","text":"Heb “or an old [man] who does not fill out his days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A20/2"}
{"id":28852,"verse_id":"ISA.65.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.20","text":"Heb “for the child as a son of one hundred years will die.” The point seems to be that those who die at the age of a hundred will be considered children, for the average life span will be much longer than that. The category “child” will be redefined in light of the expanded life spans that will characterize this new era.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A20/3"}
{"id":28853,"verse_id":"ISA.65.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.20","text":"Heb “the one who misses.” חָטָא ( khata ’) is used here in its basic sense of “miss the mark.” See HALOT 305 s.v. חטא . Another option is to translate, “and the sinner who reaches the age of a hundred will be cursed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A20/4"}
{"id":28854,"verse_id":"ISA.65.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.22","text":"Heb “they will not build, and another live [in it].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A22/1"}
{"id":28855,"verse_id":"ISA.65.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.22","text":"Heb “they will not plant, and another eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A22/2"}
{"id":28856,"verse_id":"ISA.65.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"65.22","text":"Heb “for like the days of the tree [will be] the days of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A22/3"}
{"id":28857,"verse_id":"ISA.65.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.22","text":"Heb “the work of their hands” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “their hard-won gains.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A22/4"}
{"id":28858,"verse_id":"ISA.65.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.23","text":"Heb “and they will not give birth to horror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A23/1"}
{"id":28859,"verse_id":"ISA.65.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"65.23","text":"Heb “for offspring blessed by the Lord they [will be], and their descendants along with them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A23/2"}
{"id":28860,"verse_id":"ISA.65.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"65.24","text":"The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A24/1"}
{"id":28861,"verse_id":"ISA.65.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":65,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"65.25","text":"Heb “in all my holy mountain.” These same words appear in 11:9 . See the note there. sn As in 11:1-9 the prophet anticipates a time when the categories predator-prey no longer exist. See the note at the end of 11:8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2065%3A25/4"}
{"id":28862,"verse_id":"ISA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “all these.” The phrase refers to the heavens and earth, mentioned in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A2/1"}
{"id":28863,"verse_id":"ISA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “and all these were.” Some prefer to emend וַיִּהְיוּ ( vayyihyu , “and they were”) to וְלִי הָיוּ ( vÿli hayu , “and to me they were”), i.e., “and they belong to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A2/2"}
{"id":28864,"verse_id":"ISA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “and to this one I look” (KJV and NASB both similar).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A2/3"}
{"id":28865,"verse_id":"ISA.66.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"66.2","text":"Heb “to the humble and the lowly in spirit and the one who trembles at my words.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A2/4"}
{"id":28866,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “one who slaughters a bull, one who strikes down a man.” Some understand a comparison here and in the following lines. In God’s sight the one who sacrifices is like (i.e., regarded as) a murderer or one whose worship is ritually defiled or idolatrous. The translation above assumes that the language is not metaphorical, but descriptive of the sinners’ hypocritical behavior. (Note the last two lines of the verse, which suggests they are guilty of abominable practices.) On the one hand, they act pious and offer sacrifices; but at the same time they commit violent crimes against men, defile their sacrifices, and worship other gods.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/1"}
{"id":28867,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “one who sacrifices a lamb, one who breaks a dog’s neck.” Some understand a comparison, but see the previous note. sn The significance of breaking a dog’s neck is uncertain, though the structure of the statement when compared to the preceding and following lines suggests the action is viewed in a negative light. According to Exod 13:13 and 34:20 , one was to “redeem” a firstborn donkey by offering a lamb; if one did not “redeem” the firstborn donkey in this way, then its neck must be broken. According to Deut 21:1-9 a heifer’s neck was to be broken as part of the atonement ritual to purify the land from the guilt of bloodshed. It is not certain if these passages relate in any way to the action described in Isa 66:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/2"}
{"id":28868,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “one who offers an offering, pig’s blood.” Some understand a comparison, but see the note at the end of the first line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/3"}
{"id":28869,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “one who offers incense as a memorial offering, one who blesses something false.” Some understand a comparison, but see the note at the end of the first line. אָוֶן (’ aven ), which has a wide variety of attested nuances, here refers metonymically to an idol. See HALOT 22 s.v. and BDB 20 s.v. 2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/4"}
{"id":28870,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “also they have chosen their ways.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/5"}
{"id":28871,"verse_id":"ISA.66.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"66.3","text":"Heb “their being [or “soul”] takes delight in their disgusting [things].”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A3/6"}
{"id":28872,"verse_id":"ISA.66.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.4","text":"The precise meaning of the noun is uncertain. It occurs only here and in 3:4 (but see the note there). It appears to be derived from the verbal root עָלַל (’ alal ), which can carry the nuance “deal severely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A4/1"}
{"id":28873,"verse_id":"ISA.66.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.4","text":"Heb “that which is evil in my eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A4/2"}
{"id":28874,"verse_id":"ISA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.5","text":"Heb “who tremble at his word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A5/1"}
{"id":28875,"verse_id":"ISA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.5","text":"Heb “brothers” (so NASB, NIV); NRSV “Your own people”; NLT “Your close relatives.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A5/2"}
{"id":28876,"verse_id":"ISA.66.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.5","text":"Or “so that we might witness your joy.” The point of this statement is unclear.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A5/3"}
{"id":28877,"verse_id":"ISA.66.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.8","text":"Heb “land,” but here אֶרֶץ (’ erets ) stands metonymically for an organized nation (see the following line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A8/1"}
{"id":28878,"verse_id":"ISA.66.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.11","text":"Or “in order that”; ASV, NRSV “that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A11/1"}
{"id":28879,"verse_id":"ISA.66.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.11","text":"Heb “you will suck and be satisfied, from her comforting breast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A11/2"}
{"id":28880,"verse_id":"ISA.66.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.11","text":"Heb “you will slurp and refresh yourselves from her heavy breast.” sn Zion’s residents will benefit from and enjoy her great material prosperity. See v. 12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A11/3"}
{"id":28881,"verse_id":"ISA.66.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.12","text":"Heb “Look, I am ready to extend to her like a river prosperity [or “peace”], and like an overflowing stream, the riches of nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A12/1"}
{"id":28882,"verse_id":"ISA.66.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.12","text":"The words “from her breast” are supplied in the translation for clarification (see v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A12/2"}
{"id":28883,"verse_id":"ISA.66.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.13","text":"Heb “like a man whose mother comforts him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A13/1"}
{"id":28884,"verse_id":"ISA.66.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.14","text":"“and you will see and your heart will be happy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A14/1"}
{"id":28885,"verse_id":"ISA.66.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.14","text":"Heb “and your bones like grass will sprout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A14/2"}
{"id":28886,"verse_id":"ISA.66.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.14","text":"Heb “and the hand of the Lord will be made known to his servants, and anger to his enemies.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A14/3"}
{"id":28887,"verse_id":"ISA.66.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.15","text":"Heb “to cause to return with the rage of his anger, and his battle cry [or “rebuke”] with flames of fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A15/2"}
{"id":28888,"verse_id":"ISA.66.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.16","text":"Heb “flesh” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NIV “upon all men”; TEV “all the people of the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A16/1"}
{"id":28889,"verse_id":"ISA.66.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.16","text":"Heb “many are the slain of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A16/2"}
{"id":28890,"verse_id":"ISA.66.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.17","text":"Heb “the ones who consecrate themselves and the ones who purify themselves toward the orchards [or “gardens”] after the one in the midst.” The precise meaning of the statement is unclear, though it is obvious that some form of idolatry is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A17/1"}
{"id":28891,"verse_id":"ISA.66.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.17","text":"Heb “ones who eat the flesh of the pig and the disgusting thing and the mouse.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A17/2"}
{"id":28892,"verse_id":"ISA.66.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.17","text":"Heb “together they will come to an end.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A17/3"}
{"id":28893,"verse_id":"ISA.66.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"66.18","text":"The Hebrew text reads literally “and I, their deeds and their thoughts, am coming.” The syntax here is very problematic, suggesting that the text may have suffered corruption. Some suggest that the words “their deeds and their thoughts” have been displaced from v. 17 . This line presents two primary challenges. In the first place, the personal pronoun “I” has no verb after it. Most translations insert “know” for the sake of clarity (NASB, NRSV, NLT, ESV). The NIV has “I, because of their actions and their imaginations…” Since God’s “knowledge” of Israel’s sin occasions judgment, the verb “hate” is an option as well (see above translation). The feminine form of the next verb ( בָּאָה , ba ’ ah ) could be understood in one of two ways. One could provide an implied noun “time” ( עֵת , ’ et ) and render the next line “the time is coming/has come” (NASB, ESV). One could also emend the feminine verb to the masculine בָּא ( ba ’) and have the “I” at the beginning of the line govern this verb as well (for the Lord is speaking here): “I am coming” (cf. NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A18/1"}
{"id":28894,"verse_id":"ISA.66.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.18","text":"Heb “and the tongues”; KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV “and tongues.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A18/2"}
{"id":28895,"verse_id":"ISA.66.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.19","text":"Heb “and I will set a sign among them.” The precise meaning of this statement is unclear. Elsewhere “to set a sign” means “perform a mighty act” ( Ps 78:43 ; Jer 32:20 ), “make [someone] an object lesson” ( Ezek 14:8 ), and “erect a [literal] standard” ( Ps 74:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A19/1"}
{"id":28896,"verse_id":"ISA.66.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.19","text":"Some prefer to read “Put” (i.e., Libya).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A19/2"}
{"id":28897,"verse_id":"ISA.66.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"66.19","text":"Heb “drawers of the bow” (KJV and ASV both similar).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A19/4"}
{"id":28898,"verse_id":"ISA.66.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"66.19","text":"Or “islands” (NIV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A19/6"}
{"id":28899,"verse_id":"ISA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.20","text":"Heb “brothers” (so NIV); NCV “fellow Israelites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A20/1"}
{"id":28900,"verse_id":"ISA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.20","text":"The words “they will bring them” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A20/2"}
{"id":28901,"verse_id":"ISA.66.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.20","text":"The precise meaning of this word is uncertain. Some suggest it refers to “chariots.” See HALOT 498 s.v. * כִּרְכָּרָה .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A20/3"}
{"id":28902,"verse_id":"ISA.66.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.23","text":"Heb “new moon.” The verb that introduces this verse serves as a discourse particle and is untranslated; see note on “in the future” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A23/1"}
{"id":28903,"verse_id":"ISA.66.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.23","text":"Heb “all flesh” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV); NAB, NASB, NIV “all mankind”; NLT “All humanity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A23/2"}
{"id":28904,"verse_id":"ISA.66.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.23","text":"Or “bow down before” (NASB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A23/3"}
{"id":28905,"verse_id":"ISA.66.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"66.24","text":"Heb “for their worm will not die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A24/1"}
{"id":28906,"verse_id":"ISA.66.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"66.24","text":"Heb “and their fire will not be extinguished.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A24/2"}
{"id":28907,"verse_id":"ISA.66.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ISA","chapter":66,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"66.24","text":"Heb “and they will be an abhorrence to all flesh.” sn This verse depicts a huge mass burial site where the seemingly endless pile of maggot-infested corpses are being burned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Isaiah%2066%3A24/3"}
{"id":28908,"verse_id":"JER.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “This is a record of what Jeremiah prophesied and did”; Heb “The words [or affairs] of Jeremiah.” The phrase could refer to either the messages of Jeremiah recorded in the book or to both his messages and the biographical (and autobiographical) narratives recorded about him in the book. Since the phrase is intended to serve as the title or superscription for the whole book and recurs again in 51:64 at the end of the book before the final appendix, it might refer to the latter. The expression “The words of [someone]” is a standard introductory formula ( Deut 29:1 [28:69]; 2 Sam 23:1 ; Amos 1:1 ; Eccl 1:1 ; Neh 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":28909,"verse_id":"JER.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “to whom the word of the Lord came.” The present translation is more in keeping with contemporary English idiom. The idea of “ began to speak” comes from the context where the conclusion of his speaking is signaled by the phrases “until the end of the eleventh year of Zedekiah” and “until the people of Jerusalem were taken into exile” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":28910,"verse_id":"JER.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":28911,"verse_id":"JER.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the womb.” The words “your mother’s” are implicit and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":28912,"verse_id":"JER.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “I knew you.” The parallelism here with “set you apart” and “appointed you” make clear that Jeremiah is speaking of his foreordination to be a prophet. For this same nuance of the Hebrew verb see Gen 18:19 ; Amos 3:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":28913,"verse_id":"JER.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” sn The translation follows the ancient Jewish tradition of substituting the Hebrew word for “God” for the proper name Yahweh in this compound name. See the study note on v. 2 for the substitution of “Lord” in a similar kind of situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":28914,"verse_id":"JER.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Behold, I do not know how to speak.” The particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , commonly rendered “behold”) often introduces a speech and calls special attention to a specific word or the statement as a whole (see IBHS 675-78 §40.2.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":28915,"verse_id":"JER.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"The words “well enough for that” are implicit and are supplied in the translation for clarity. Jeremiah is not claiming an absolute inability to speak.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":28916,"verse_id":"JER.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “I am a boy/youth.” The Hebrew word can refer to an infant ( Exod 2:6 ), a young boy ( 1 Sam 2:11 ), a teenager ( Gen 21:12 ), or a young man ( 2 Sam 18:5 ). The translation is deliberately ambiguous since it is unclear how old Jeremiah was when he was called to begin prophesying.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":28917,"verse_id":"JER.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “For you must go and say.” The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) is likely adversative here after a negative statement (cf. BDB 474 s.v. כִּי 3.e). The Lord is probably not giving a rationale for the denial of Jeremiah’s objection but redirecting his focus, i.e., “do not say…but go…and say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":28918,"verse_id":"JER.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “be afraid of them.” The antecedent is the “whomever” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":28919,"verse_id":"JER.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “rescue.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":28920,"verse_id":"JER.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Behold, I have put my words in your mouth.” This is an example of the Hebrew “scheduling” perfect or the “prophetic” perfect where a future event is viewed as so certain it is spoken of as past. The Hebrew particle rendered here “assuredly” ( Heb הִנֵּה , hinneh ) underlines the certitude of the promise for the future. See the translator’s note on v. 6 . sn The passage is reminiscent of Deut 18:18 which refers to the Lord ’s promise of future revelation through a line of prophets who, like Moses, would speak God’s word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":28921,"verse_id":"JER.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “See!” The Hebrew imperative of the verb used here ( רָאָה , ra ’ ah ) functions the same as the particle in v. 9 . See the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":28922,"verse_id":"JER.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “I appoint you today over nations and kingdoms to uproot….” The phrase refers to the Lord giving Jeremiah authority as a prophet to declare what he, the Lord , will do; it does not mean that Jeremiah himself will do these things. The expression involves a figure of speech where the subject of a declaration is stated instead of the declaration about it. Compare a similar use of the same figure in Gen 41:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":28923,"verse_id":"JER.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"This represents the Hebrew particle ( כִּי , ki ) that is normally rendered “for” or “because.” The particle here is meant to give the significance of the vision, not the rationale for the statement “you have observed correctly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":28924,"verse_id":"JER.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “watching over my word to do it.” sn There is a play on the Hebrew word for “almond tree” ( שָׁקֵד , shaqed ), which blossoms in January/February and is the harbinger of spring, and the Hebrew word for “watching” ( שֹׁקֵד , shoqed ), which refers to someone watching over someone or something in preparation for action. The play on words announces the certainty and imminence of the Lord carrying out the covenant curses of and threatened by the earlier prophets.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":28925,"verse_id":"JER.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “a blown upon [= heated; boiling] pot and its face from the face of the north [= it is facing away from the north].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":28926,"verse_id":"JER.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"There is nothing in the Hebrew text for these words but it is implicit in the connection. Once again the significance of the vision is spelled out. Compare the translator’s note on v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":28927,"verse_id":"JER.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “they will each set up.” The pronoun “they” refers back to the “kingdoms” in the preceding sentence. However, kingdoms do not sit on thrones; their kings do. This is an example of a figure of speech called metonymy where the kingdom is put for its king. For a similar use see 2 Chr 12:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":28928,"verse_id":"JER.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":28929,"verse_id":"JER.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “They will come and set up their thrones in the entrances of the gates of Jerusalem. They will destroy all the walls surrounding it and also destroy all the towns in Judah.” The text of v. 15 b reads in Hebrew, “they will each set up his throne [near? in?] the entrance of the gates of Jerusalem and against all its walls…and against all the towns….” Commentators are divided over whether the passage refers to the kings setting up their thrones after victory in preparation for passing judgment on their defeated enemies in the city or whether it refers to setting up siege against it. There is no Hebrew preposition before the word for “the entrance” so that it could be “in” (which would imply victory) or “at/near” (which would imply siege), and the same verb + object (i.e., “they will set up their thrones”) governs all the locative statements. It is most often taken to refer to the aftermath of victory because of the supposed parallel in Jer 43:8-13 and the supposed fulfillment in Jer 39:3 . Though this may fit well with the first part of the compound expression, it does not fit well with the latter part which is most naturally taken to refer to hostile attacks against Jerusalem and the other cities of Judah. The translation given in the text is intended to reflect the idea of an army setting up for siege. The alternate translation is intended to reflect the other view.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":28930,"verse_id":"JER.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The Hebrew particle (the vav [ ו ] consecutive), which is often rendered in some English versions as “and” and in others is simply left untranslated, is rendered here epexegetically, reflecting a summary statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":28931,"verse_id":"JER.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “on them.” The antecedent goes back to Jerusalem and the cities of Judah (i.e., the people in them) in v. 15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":28932,"verse_id":"JER.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"I.e., idols.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":28933,"verse_id":"JER.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The name “Jeremiah” is not in the text. The use of the personal pronoun followed by the proper name is an attempt to reflect the correlative emphasis between Jeremiah’s responsibility noted here and the Lord ’s promise noted in the next verse. The emphasis in the Hebrew text is marked by the presence of the subject pronouns at the beginning of each of the two verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":28934,"verse_id":"JER.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “gird up your loins.” For the literal use of this idiom to refer to preparation for action see 2 Kgs 4:29; 9:1 . For the idiomatic use to refer to spiritual and emotional preparation as here, see Job 38:3, 40:7 , and 1 Pet 1:13 in the NT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":28935,"verse_id":"JER.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “I will make you terrified in front of them.” There is a play on words here involving two different forms of the same Hebrew verb and two different but related prepositional phrases, “from before/of,” a preposition introducing the object of a verb of fearing, and “before, in front of,” a preposition introducing a spatial location.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":28936,"verse_id":"JER.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"See the note on “Jeremiah” at the beginning of v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":28937,"verse_id":"JER.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “today I have made you.” The Hebrew verb form here emphasizes the certainty of a yet future act; the Lord is promising to protect Jeremiah from any future attacks which may result from his faithfully carrying out his commission. See a similar use of the same Hebrew verb tense in v. 9 , and see the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":28938,"verse_id":"JER.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “I make you a fortified city…against all the land….” The words “as strong as” and “so you will be able to stand against all the people of…” are given to clarify the meaning of the metaphor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":28939,"verse_id":"JER.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":28940,"verse_id":"JER.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “I remember to/for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":28941,"verse_id":"JER.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “the loyal love of your youth.” sn The Hebrew word translated “how devoted you were” ( חֶסֶד , khesed ) refers metaphorically to the devotion of a new bride to her husband. In typical Hebraic fashion, contemporary Israel is identified with early Israel after she first entered into covenant with (= married) the Lord . The reference to her earlier devotion is not absolute but relative. Compared to her unfaithfulness in worshiping other gods after she got into the land, the murmuring and complaining in the wilderness are ignored.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":28942,"verse_id":"JER.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":28943,"verse_id":"JER.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":28944,"verse_id":"JER.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":28945,"verse_id":"JER.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “I did not wrong your ancestors in any way. Yet they went far astray from me.” Both translations are an attempt to render the rhetorical question which demands a negative answer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":28946,"verse_id":"JER.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “They went/followed after.” This idiom is found most often in Deuteronomy or covenant contexts. It refers to loyalty to God and to his covenant or his commandments (e.g., 1 Kgs 14:8 ; 2 Chr 34:31 ) with the metaphor of a path or way underlying it (e.g., Deut 11:28; 28:14 ). To “follow other gods” was to abandon this way and this loyalty (i.e., to “abandon” or “forget” God, Judg 2:12 ; Hos 2:13 ) and to follow the customs or religious traditions of the pagan nations (e.g., 2 Kgs 17:15 ). The classic text on “following” God or another god is 1 Kgs 18:18, 21 where Elijah taunts the people with “halting between two opinions” whether the Lord was the true God or Baal was. The idiom is often found followed by “to serve and to worship” or “they served and worshiped” such and such a god or entity (see, e.g., Jer 8:2; 11:10; 13:10; 16:11; 25:6; 35:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":28947,"verse_id":"JER.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"The words “to me” are not in the Hebrew text but are implicit from the context: Heb “they followed after the worthless thing/things and became worthless.” There is an obvious wordplay on the verb “became worthless” and the noun “worthless thing,” which is probably to be understood collectively and to refer to idols as it does in Jer 8:19; 10:8; 14:22 ; Jonah 2:8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":28948,"verse_id":"JER.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"This word is erroneously rendered “shadow of death” in most older English versions; that translation is based on a faulty etymology. Contextual studies and comparative Semitic linguistics have demonstrated that the word is merely another word for darkness. It is confined to poetic texts and often carries connotations of danger and distress. It is associated in poetic texts with the darkness of a prison ( Ps 107:10, 14 ), a mine ( Job 28:3 ), and a ravine ( Ps 23:4 ). Here it is associated with the darkness of the wasteland and ravines of the Sinai desert.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":28949,"verse_id":"JER.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":28950,"verse_id":"JER.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “my inheritance.” Or “the land [i.e., inheritance] I gave you,” reading the pronoun as indicating source rather than possession. The parallelism and the common use in Jeremiah of the term to refer to the land or people as the Lord ’s (e.g., 12:7, 8, 9; 16:18; 50:11 ) make the possessive use more likely here. sn The land belonged to the Lord ; it was given to the Israelites in trust (or usufruct) as their heritage. See Lev 25:23 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":28951,"verse_id":"JER.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “The priests…the ones who grasp my law…the shepherds…the prophets…they…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":28952,"verse_id":"JER.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “those who handle my law.” sn The reference is likely to the priests and Levites who were responsible for teaching the law (so Jer 18:18 ; cf. Deut 33:10 ). According to Jer 8:8 it could possibly refer to the scribes who copied the law.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":28953,"verse_id":"JER.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “were not committed to me.” The Hebrew verb rendered “know” refers to more than mere intellectual knowledge. It carries also the ideas of emotional and volitional commitment as well intimacy. See for example its use in contexts like Hos 4:1; 6:6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":28954,"verse_id":"JER.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “by Baal.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A8/5"}
{"id":28955,"verse_id":"JER.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “and they followed after those things [the word is plural] which do not profit.” The poetic structure of the verse, four lines in which a distinct subject appears at the beginning followed by a fifth line beginning with a prepositional phrase and no distinct subject, argues that this line is climactic and refers to all four classes enumerated in the preceding lines. See W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:88-89. There may be a play or pun in the Hebrew text on the name for the god Baal ( בַּעַל , ba ’ al ) and the verb “cannot help you” ( Heb “do not profit”) which is spelled יַעַל ( ya ’ al ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A8/6"}
{"id":28956,"verse_id":"JER.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “bring charges against you.” sn The language used here is that of the law court. In international political contexts it was the language of a great king charging his subject with breach of covenant. See for examples in earlier prophets, Isa 1:2-20 ; Mic 6:1-8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":28957,"verse_id":"JER.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The words “your children and” are supplied in the translation to bring out the idea of corporate solidarity implicit in the passage. sn The passage reflects the Hebrew concept of corporate solidarity: The actions of parents had consequences for their children, grandchildren, and great grandchildren. Compare the usage in the ten commandments, Deut 5:10 , and note the execution of the children of Dathan and Abiram, Deut 11:6 , and of Achan, Josh 7:24-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":28958,"verse_id":"JER.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “For go west.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":28959,"verse_id":"JER.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “pass over to the coasts of Kittim.” The words “west across the sea” in this line and “east of” in the next are implicit in the text and are supplied in the translation to give geographical orientation. sn The Hebrew term translated Cyprus (“Kittim”) originally referred to the island of Cyprus but later was used for the lands in the west, including Macedonia (1 Macc 1:1; 8:5) and Rome ( Dan 11:30 ). It is used here as part of a figure called merism to denote the lands in the west as opposed to Kedar which was in the east. The figure includes polar opposites to indicate totality, i.e., everywhere from west to east.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":28960,"verse_id":"JER.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “have exchanged their glory [i.e., the God in whom they glory].” This is a case of a figure of speech where the attribute of a person or thing is put for the person or thing. Compare the common phrase in Isaiah, the Holy One of Israel, obviously referring to the Lord , the God of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":28961,"verse_id":"JER.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “what cannot profit.” The verb is singular and the allusion is likely to Baal. See the translator’s note on 2:8 for the likely pun or wordplay.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":28962,"verse_id":"JER.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"It is difficult to decide whether to translate “fresh, running water” which the Hebrew term for “living water” often refers to (e.g., Gen 26:19 ; Lev 14:5 ), or “life-giving water” which the idiom “fountain of life” as source of life and vitality often refers to (e.g., Ps 36:9 ; Prov 13:14; 14:27 ). The contrast with cisterns, which collected and held rain water, suggests “fresh, running water,” but the reality underlying the metaphor contrasts the Lord , the source of life, health, and vitality, with useless idols that cannot do anything.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":28963,"verse_id":"JER.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “Is Israel a slave? Or is he a house born slave?” The questions are rhetorical, expecting a negative answer. sn The Lord is here contrasting Israel’s lofty status as the Lord ’s bride and special possession, which he had earlier reminded her of (see 2:2-3 ), with her current status of servitude to Egypt and Assyria.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":28964,"verse_id":"JER.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “Lions shout over him, they give out [raise] their voices.” sn The reference to lions is here a metaphor for the Assyrians (and later the Babylonians, see Jer 50:17 ). The statement about lions roaring over their prey implies that the prey has been vanquished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":28965,"verse_id":"JER.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “without inhabitant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":28966,"verse_id":"JER.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “the sons of…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":28967,"verse_id":"JER.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The translation follows the reading of the Syriac version. The Hebrew text reads “have grazed [= “shaved” ?] your skulls [as a sign of disgracing them].” Note that the reference shifts from third person, “him,” to second person, “you,” which is common in Hebrew style. The words “people of Israel” have been supplied in the translation to help identify the referent and ease the switch. The reading presupposes יְרֹעוּךְ ( yÿro ’ ukh ) a Qal imperfect from the verb רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’; see BDB 949 s.v. II רָעַע Qal.1 and compare usage in Jer 15:2 ; Ps 2:9 ). The MT reads יִרְעוּךְ ( yir ’ ukh ), a Qal imperfect from the root רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ; see BDB 945 s.v. I רָעָה Qal.2.b for usage). The use of the verb in the MT is unparalleled in the sense suggested, but the resultant figure, if “graze” can mean “shave,” is paralleled in Jer 47:5; 48:37 ; Isa 7:20 . The reading of the variant is accepted on the basis that it is the rarer root; the scribe would have been more familiar with the root “graze” even though it is unparalleled in the figurative nuance implied here. The noun “head/skull” is functioning as an accusative of further specification (see GKC 372 §117. ll and compare usage in Gen 3:8 ), i.e., “they crack you on the skull” or “they shave you on the skull.” The verb is a prefixed form and in this context is either a preterite without vav ( ו ) consecutive or an iterative imperfect denoting repeated action. Some modern English versions render the verb in the future tense, “they will break [or shave] your skull.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":28968,"verse_id":"JER.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “Are you not bringing this on yourself.” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":28969,"verse_id":"JER.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “at the time of leading you in the way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":28970,"verse_id":"JER.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “What to you to the way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":28971,"verse_id":"JER.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"The introductory particle וְעַתָּה ( vÿ ’ attah , “and now”) carries a logical, not temporal, connotation here (cf. BDB 274 s.v. עַתָּה 2.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":28972,"verse_id":"JER.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “to drink water from the Shihor [a branch of the Nile].” The reference is to seeking help through political alliance with Egypt as opposed to trusting in God for help. This is an extension of the figure in 2:13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":28973,"verse_id":"JER.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “What to you to the way.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":28974,"verse_id":"JER.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “to drink water from the River [a common designation in biblical Hebrew for the Euphrates River].” This refers to seeking help through political alliance. See the preceding note.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":28975,"verse_id":"JER.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “teach you a lesson”; Heb “rebuke/chide you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":28976,"verse_id":"JER.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “how evil and bitter.” The reference is to the consequences of their acts. This is a figure of speech (hendiadys) where two nouns or adjectives joined by “and” introduce a main concept modified by the other noun or adjective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":28977,"verse_id":"JER.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “to leave the Lord your God.” The change in person is intended to ease the problem of the rapid transition, which is common in Hebrew style but not in English, from third to first person between this line and the next.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":28978,"verse_id":"JER.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “and no fear of me was on you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":28979,"verse_id":"JER.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “the Lord Yahweh, [the God of] hosts.” For the title Lord God see the study note on 1:6 . For the title “who rules over all” see the following study note. The title “the Lord who rules over all” is a way of rendering the title “Yahweh of armies.” It is an abbreviation of a longer title “Yahweh the God of armies” which occurs five times in Jeremiah (see, e.g., 44:7 ). The abbreviated title occurs seventy-seven times in the book of Jeremiah. On thirty-two occasions it is further qualified by the title “the God of Israel,” showing his special relation to Israel. On six occasions it is preceded by the title “Lord” (see, e.g., 46:10 ) and twice it is preceded by the title “the King” (see, e.g., 51:17 ). Both titles emphasize his sovereignty. Twice it is said that he is the maker of all things ( 10:16; 51:19 ), and once it is said that he made the earth and the people and animals on it and gives them into the control of whomever he wishes ( 27:4-5 ). On two occasions it is emphasized that he also made the heavenly elements and controls the natural elements of wind, rain, thunder, and hail ( 31:35; 51:14-16 ). All this is consistent with usage elsewhere where the “armies” over which he has charge are identified as (1) the angels which surround his throne ( Isa 6:3, 5 ; 1 Kgs 22:19 ) and which he sends to protect his servants ( 2 Kgs 6:17 ), (2) the natural forces of thunder, rain, and hail ( Isa 29:6 ; Josh 10:11 ; Judg 5:4, 5 ) through which he sends the enemy into panic and “gums” up their chariot wheels, (3) the armies of Israel ( 1 Sam 17:45 ) which he leads into battle ( Num 10:34-35 ; Josh 5:14, 15 ) and for whom he fights as a mighty warrior ( Exod 15:3 ; Isa 42:13 ; Ps 24:8 ), and even (4) the armies of the nations which he musters against his disobedient people ( Isa 13:14 ). This title is most commonly found in the messenger formula “Thus says…” introducing both oracles of judgment (on Israel [e.g., 9:7, 15 ] and on the nations [e.g. 46:19; 50:18 ]; and see in general 25:29-32 ). It emphasizes his sovereignty as the king and creator, the lord of creation and of history, and the just judge who sees and knows all ( 11:20; 20:12 ) and judges each person and nation according to their actions ( Jer 32:18-19 ). In the first instance (in the most dominant usage) this will involve the punishment of his own people through the agency of the Babylonians (cf., e.g., 25:8-9 ). But it will also include the punishment of all nations, including Babylon itself (cf. Jer 25:17-26, 32-38 ), and will ultimately result in the restoration of his people and a new relation with them ( 30:8; 31:35-37 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A19/5"}
{"id":28980,"verse_id":"JER.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “For.” The Hebrew particle ( כִּי , ki ) here introduces the evidence that they had no respect for him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":28981,"verse_id":"JER.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “you broke your yoke…tore off your yoke ropes.” The metaphor is that of a recalcitrant ox or heifer which has broken free from its master.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":28982,"verse_id":"JER.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"The MT of this verse has two examples of the old second feminine singular perfect, שָׁבַרְתִּי ( shavarti ) and נִתַּקְתִּי ( nittaqti ), which the Masoretes mistook for first singulars leading to the proposal to read אֶעֱבוֹר (’ e ’ evor , “I will not transgress”) for אֶעֱבֹד (’ e ’ evod , “I will not serve”). The latter understanding of the forms is accepted in KJV but rejected by almost all modern English versions as being less appropriate to the context than the reading accepted in the translation given here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":28983,"verse_id":"JER.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “you sprawled as a prostitute on….” The translation reflects the meaning of the metaphor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":28984,"verse_id":"JER.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “I planted you as a choice vine, all of it true seed. How then have you turned into a putrid thing to me, a strange [or wild] vine.” The question expresses surprise and consternation. The translation is based on a redivision of the Hebrew words סוּרֵי הַגֶּפֶן ( sure haggefen ) into סוֹרִיָּה גֶּפֶן ( soriyyah gefen ) and the recognition of a hapax legomenon סוֹרִיָּה ( soriyyah ) meaning “putrid, stinking thing.” See HALOT 707 s.v. סוֹרִי .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":28985,"verse_id":"JER.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “Even if you wash with natron/lye, and use much soap, your sin is a stain before me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":28986,"verse_id":"JER.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” For an explanation of this title see the study notes on 1:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":28987,"verse_id":"JER.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “I have not gone/followed after.” See the translator’s note on 2:5 for the meaning and usage of this idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":28988,"verse_id":"JER.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “Look at your way in the valley.” The valley is an obvious reference to the Valley of Hinnom where Baal and Molech were worshiped and child sacrifice was practiced.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":28989,"verse_id":"JER.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The words “to get the scent of a male” are implicit and are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":28990,"verse_id":"JER.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “Refrain your feet from being bare and your throat from being dry/thirsty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":28991,"verse_id":"JER.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “It is useless! No!” For this idiom, see Jer 18:12 ; NEB “No; I am desperate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":28992,"verse_id":"JER.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Heb “house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":28993,"verse_id":"JER.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"The words “for what they have done” are implicit in the comparison and are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":28994,"verse_id":"JER.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Heb “wood…stone…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":28995,"verse_id":"JER.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"Heb “they have turned [their] backs to me, not [their] faces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A27/3"}
{"id":28996,"verse_id":"JER.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"This is an attempt to render the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki , “for, indeed”) contextually.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":28997,"verse_id":"JER.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"Heb “Your sword devoured your prophets like a destroying lion.” However, the reference to the sword in this and many similar idioms is merely idiomatic for death by violent means.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":28998,"verse_id":"JER.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “a land of the darkness of Yah [= thick or deep darkness].” The idea of danger is an added connotation of the word in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":28999,"verse_id":"JER.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “my people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A31/2"}
{"id":29000,"verse_id":"JER.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.31","text":"Or more freely, “free to do as we please.” There is some debate about the meaning of this verb ( רוּד , rud ) because its usage is rare and its meaning is debated in the few passages where it does occur. The key to its meaning may rest in the emended text (reading וְרַדְתִּי [ vÿradti ] for וְיָרַדְתִּי [ vÿyaradti ]) in Judg 11:37 where it refers to the roaming of Jephthah’s daughter on the mountains of Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A31/3"}
{"id":29001,"verse_id":"JER.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “How good you have made your ways to seek love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":29002,"verse_id":"JER.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.33","text":"Heb “so that even the wicked women you teach your ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A33/2"}
{"id":29003,"verse_id":"JER.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"The words “for example” are implicit and are supplied in the translation for clarification. This is only one example of why their death was not legitimate. sn Killing a thief caught in the act of breaking and entering into a person’s home was pardonable under the law of Moses, cf. Exod 22:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":29004,"verse_id":"JER.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.34","text":"KJV and ASV read this line with 2:34 . The ASV makes little sense and the KJV again erroneously reads the archaic second person feminine singular perfect as first person common singular. All the modern English versions and commentaries take this line with 2:35 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A34/2"}
{"id":29005,"verse_id":"JER.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.35","text":"This is an attempt to render the Hebrew particle often translated “behold” ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ) in a meaningful way in this context. See further the translator’s note on the word “really” in 1:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A35/1"}
{"id":29006,"verse_id":"JER.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “changing your way.” The translation follows the identification of the Hebrew verb here as a defective writing of a form ( תֵּזְלִי [ tezÿli ] instead of תֵּאזְלִי [ te ’ zÿli ]) from a verb meaning “go/go about” ( אָזַל [’ azal ]; cf. BDB 23 s.v. אָזַל ). Most modern English versions, commentaries, and lexicons read it from a root meaning “to treat cheaply [or lightly]” ( תָּזֵלִּי [ tazelli ] from the root זָלַל ( zalal ); cf. HALOT 261 s.v. זָלַל ); hence, “Why do you consider it such a small matter to…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":29007,"verse_id":"JER.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.36","text":"Heb “You will be ashamed/disappointed by Egypt, just as you were ashamed/ disappointed by Assyria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A36/2"}
{"id":29008,"verse_id":"JER.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.37","text":"Heb “with your hands on your head.” For the picture here see 2 Sam 13:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A37/1"}
{"id":29009,"verse_id":"JER.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.37","text":"Heb “The Lord has rejected those you trust in; you will not prosper by/from them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%202%3A37/2"}
{"id":29010,"verse_id":"JER.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “May he go back to her again?” The question is rhetorical and expects a negative answer. sn For the legal background for the illustration that is used here see Deut 24:1-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":29011,"verse_id":"JER.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Would the land not be utterly defiled?” The stative is here rendered actively to connect better with the preceding. The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":29012,"verse_id":"JER.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “But you have played the prostitute with many lovers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":29013,"verse_id":"JER.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Returning to me.” The form is the bare infinitive which the KJV and ASV have interpreted as an imperative “Yet, return to me!” However, it is more likely that a question is intended, expressing surprise in the light of the law alluded to and the facts cited. For the use of the infinitive absolute in the place of a finite verb, cf. GKC 346 §113. ee . For the introduction of a question without a question marker, cf. GKC 473 §150. a .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":29014,"verse_id":"JER.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “and see.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":29015,"verse_id":"JER.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “Where have you not been ravished?” The rhetorical question expects the answer “nowhere,” which suggests she has engaged in the worship of pagan gods on every one of the hilltops.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":29016,"verse_id":"JER.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “You sat for them [the lovers, i.e., the foreign gods] beside the road like an Arab in the desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":29017,"verse_id":"JER.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “by your prostitution and your wickedness.” This is probably an example of hendiadys where, when two nouns are joined by “and,” one expresses the main idea and the other qualifies it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":29018,"verse_id":"JER.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “you have the forehead of a prostitute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":29019,"verse_id":"JER.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “Have you not just now called out to me, ‘[you are] my father!’?” The rhetorical question expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":29020,"verse_id":"JER.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “Will he keep angry forever? Will he maintain [it] to the end?” The questions are rhetorical and expect a negative answer. The change to direct address in the English translation is intended to ease the problem of the rapid transition, common in Hebrew style (but not in English), from second person direct address in the preceding lines to third person indirect address in these two lines. See GKC 462 §144. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":29021,"verse_id":"JER.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “You do the evil and you are able.” This is an example of hendiadys, meaning “You do all the evil that you are able to do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":29022,"verse_id":"JER.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"“Have you seen…” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":29023,"verse_id":"JER.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “she played the prostitute there.” This is a metaphor for Israel’s worship; she gave herself to the worship of other gods like a prostitute gives herself to her lovers. There seems no clear way to completely spell out the metaphor in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":29024,"verse_id":"JER.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “I said to her, ‘Come back to me!’” The verb אָמַר (’ amar ) usually means “to say,” but here it means “to think,” of an assumption that turns out to be wrong (so HALOT 66.4 s.v. אמר ); cf. Gen 44:28 ; Jer 3:19 ; Pss 82:6; 139:11 ; Job 29:18 ; Ruth 4:4 ; Lam 3:18 . sn Open theists suggest that passages such as this indicate God has limited foreknowledge; however, more traditional theologians view this passage as an extended metaphor in which God presents himself as a deserted husband, hoping against hope that his adulterous wife might return to him. The point of the metaphor is not to make an assertion about God’s foreknowledge, but to develop the theme of God’s heartbreak due to Israel’s unrepentance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":29025,"verse_id":"JER.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The words “what she did” are not in the text but are implicit from the context and are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":29026,"verse_id":"JER.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “she [‘her sister, unfaithful Judah’ from the preceding verse] saw” with one Hebrew ms , some Greek mss , and the Syriac version. The MT reads “I saw” which may be a case of attraction to the verb at the beginning of the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":29027,"verse_id":"JER.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “because she committed adultery.” The translation is intended to spell out the significance of the metaphor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":29028,"verse_id":"JER.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"The words “Even after her unfaithful sister, Judah, had seen this” are not in the Hebrew text but are implicit in the connection and are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":29029,"verse_id":"JER.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The translation reads the form as a causative (Hiphil, תַּהֲנֵף , tahanef ) with some of the versions in place of the simple stative (Qal, תֶּחֱנַף , tekhenaf ) in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":29030,"verse_id":"JER.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “because of the lightness of her prostitution, she defiled the land and committed adultery with stone and wood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":29031,"verse_id":"JER.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “And even in all this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":29032,"verse_id":"JER.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “ has not turned back to me with all her heart but only in falsehood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":29033,"verse_id":"JER.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “Wayward Israel has proven herself to be more righteous than unfaithful Judah.” sn A comparison is drawn here between the greater culpability of Judah, who has had the advantage of seeing how God disciplined her sister nation for having sinned and yet ignored the warning and committed the same sin, and the culpability of Israel who had no such advantage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":29034,"verse_id":"JER.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “Go and proclaim these words to the north.” The translation assumes that the message is directed toward the exiles of northern Israel who have been scattered in the provinces of Assyria to the north.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":29035,"verse_id":"JER.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “I will not cause my face to fall on you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":29036,"verse_id":"JER.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “Only acknowledge your iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":29037,"verse_id":"JER.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The words “You must confess” are repeated to convey the connection. The Hebrew text has an introductory “that” in front of the second line and a coordinative “and” in front of the next two lines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":29038,"verse_id":"JER.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"MT reads דְּרָכַיִךְ ( dÿrakhayikh , “your ways”), but the BHS editors suggest דּוֹדַיִךְ ( dodayikh , “your breasts”) as an example of orthographic confusion. While the proposal makes sense, it remains a conjectural emendation since it is not supported by any actual manuscripts or ancient versions. tn Heb “scattered your ways with foreign [gods]” or “spread out your breasts to strangers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":29039,"verse_id":"JER.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “I am your true husband.” sn There is a wordplay between the term “true master” and the name of the pagan god Baal. The pronoun “I” is emphatic, creating a contrast between the Lord as Israel’s true master/husband versus Baal as Israel’s illegitimate lover/master. See 2:23-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":29040,"verse_id":"JER.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The words, “If you do” are not in the text but are implicit in the connection of the Hebrew verb with the preceding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":29041,"verse_id":"JER.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “shepherds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":29042,"verse_id":"JER.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “after/according to my [own] heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":29043,"verse_id":"JER.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “you will become numerous and fruitful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":29044,"verse_id":"JER.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “chest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":29045,"verse_id":"JER.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “the ark of the covenant.” It is called this because it contained the tables of the law which in abbreviated form constituted their covenant obligations to the Lord , cf. Exod 31:18; 32:15; 34:29 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":29046,"verse_id":"JER.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “Nor will another one be made”; Heb “one will not do/make [it?] again.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":29047,"verse_id":"JER.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":29048,"verse_id":"JER.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “will gather to the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":29049,"verse_id":"JER.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “the stubbornness of their evil hearts.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":29050,"verse_id":"JER.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “In those days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":29051,"verse_id":"JER.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “the house of Judah will walk together with the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":29052,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “I, myself, said.” See note on “I thought that she might come back to me” in 3:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":29053,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “How I would place you among the sons.” Israel appears to be addressed here contextually as the Lord ’s wife (see the next verse). The pronouns of address in the first two lines are second feminine singular as are the readings of the two verbs preferred by the Masoretes (the Qere readings) in the third and fourth lines. The verbs that are written in the text in the third and fourth lines (the Kethib readings) are second masculine plural as is the verb describing Israel’s treachery in the next verse. sn The imagery here appears to be that of treating the wife as an equal heir with the sons and of giving her the best piece of property.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":29054,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"The words “What a joy it would be for me to” are not in the Hebrew text but are implied in the parallel structure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":29055,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “the most beautiful heritage among the nations.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":29056,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “my father.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/5"}
{"id":29057,"verse_id":"JER.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “turn back from [following] after me.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A19/6"}
{"id":29058,"verse_id":"JER.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":29059,"verse_id":"JER.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “a wife unfaithful from her husband.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":29060,"verse_id":"JER.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “A sound is heard on the hilltops, the weeping of the supplication of the children of Israel because [or indeed] they have perverted their way.” At issue here is whether the supplication is made to Yahweh in repentance because of what they have done or whether it is supplication to the pagan gods which is evidence of their perverted ways. The reference in this verse to the hilltops where idolatry was practiced according to 3:2 and the reference to Israel’s unfaithfulness in the preceding verse make the latter more likely. For the asseverative use of the Hebrew particle (here rendered “indeed”) where the particle retains some of the explicative nuance; cf. BDB 472-73 s.v. כִּי 1.e and 3.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":29061,"verse_id":"JER.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “have forgotten the Lord their God,” but in the view of the parallelism and the context, the word “forget” (like “know” and “remember”) involves more than mere intellectual activity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":29062,"verse_id":"JER.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “I will forgive your apostasies.” Heb “I will [or want to] heal your apostasies.” For the use of the verb “heal” ( רָפָא , rafa ’) to refer to spiritual healing and forgiveness see Hos 14:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":29063,"verse_id":"JER.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “They say.” There is an obvious ellipsis of a verb of saying here since the preceding words are those of the Lord and the following are those of the people. However, there is debate about whether these are the response of the people to the Lord ’s invitation, a response which is said to be inadequate according to the continuation in 4:1-4 , or whether these are the Lord ’s model for Israel’s confession of repentance to which he adds further instructions about the proper heart attitude that should accompany it in 4:1-4 . The former implies a dialogue with an unmarked twofold shift in speaker between 3:22 b-25 and 4:1-4:4 while the latter assumes the same main speaker throughout with an unmarked instruction only in 3:22 b-25. This disrupts the flow of the passage less and appears more likely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":29064,"verse_id":"JER.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Heb “Truly in vain from the hills the noise/commotion [and from] the mountains.” The syntax of the Hebrew sentence is very elliptical here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":29065,"verse_id":"JER.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"Heb “Truly in the Lord our God is deliverance for Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":29066,"verse_id":"JER.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “From our youth the shameful thing has eaten up…” The shameful thing is specifically identified as Baal in Jer 11:13 . Compare also the shift in certain names such as Ishbaal (“man of Baal”) to Ishbosheth (“man of shame”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":29067,"verse_id":"JER.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":29068,"verse_id":"JER.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “Let us lie down in….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":29069,"verse_id":"JER.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “Let us be covered with disgrace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":29070,"verse_id":"JER.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “If you, Israel, want to turn [away from your shameful ways (those described in 3:23-25 )]…then you must turn back to me.” Or perhaps, “Israel, you must turn back…Yes, you must turn back to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":29071,"verse_id":"JER.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “disgusting things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":29072,"verse_id":"JER.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Or possibly, “If you get those disgusting idols out of my sight, you will not need to flee.” This is less probable because the normal meaning of the last verb is “to wander,” “ to stray.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":29073,"verse_id":"JER.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “If you [= you must, see the translator’s note on the word “do” later in this verse] swear/take an oath, ‘As the Lord lives,’ in truth, justice, and righteousness…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":29074,"verse_id":"JER.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"4:1-2 a consists of a number of “if” clauses, two of which are formally introduced by the Hebrew particle אִם (’ im ) while the others are introduced by the conjunction “and,” followed by a conjunction (“and” = “then”) with a perfect in 4:2 b which introduces the consequence. The translation “You must…. If you do,” was chosen to avoid a long and complicated sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":29075,"verse_id":"JER.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “bless themselves in him and make their boasts in him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":29076,"verse_id":"JER.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The Hebrew particle is obviously asseverative here since a causal connection appears to make little sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":29077,"verse_id":"JER.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “Plow up your unplowed ground and do not sow among the thorns.” The translation is an attempt to bring out the force of a metaphor. The idea seems to be that they are to plow over the thorns and make the ground ready for the seeds which will produce a new crop where none had been produced before.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":29078,"verse_id":"JER.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “Circumcise yourselves to the Lord and remove the foreskin of your heart.” The translation is again an attempt to bring out the meaning of a metaphor. The mention of the “foreskin of the heart” shows that the passage is obviously metaphorical and involves heart attitude, not an external rite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":29079,"verse_id":"JER.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The words “The Lord said” are not in the text, but it is obvious from v. 6 and v. 9 that he is the speaker. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":29080,"verse_id":"JER.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"It is unclear who the addressees of the masculine plural imperatives are here. They may be the citizens of Jerusalem and Judah who are sounding the alarm to others. However, the first person reference to the Lord in v. 6 and Jeremiah’s response in v. 10 suggest that this is a word from the Lord that he is commanded to pass on to the citizens of Jerusalem and Judah. If the imperatives are not merely rhetorical plurals they may reflect the practice referred to in Jer 23:18, 22 ; Amos 3:7 . A similar phenomenon also occurs in Jer 5:1 and also in Isa 40:1-2 . This may also be the explanation for the plural imperatives in Jer 31:6 . For further discussion see the translator’s note on Jer 5:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":29081,"verse_id":"JER.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":29082,"verse_id":"JER.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “ram’s horn,” but the modern equivalent is “trumpet” and is more readily understandable.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":29083,"verse_id":"JER.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “Raise up a signal toward Zion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":29084,"verse_id":"JER.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “out of the north, even great destruction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":29085,"verse_id":"JER.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “A lion has left its lair.” The metaphor is turned into a simile for clarification. The word translated “lair” has also been understood to refer to a hiding place. However, it appears to be cognate in meaning to the word translated “lair” in Ps 10:9 ; Jer 25:38 , a word which also refers to the abode of the Lord in Ps 76:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":29086,"verse_id":"JER.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “his place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":29087,"verse_id":"JER.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “wail because the fierce anger of the Lord has not turned away from us.” The translation does not need to assume a shift in speaker as the alternate reading does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":29088,"verse_id":"JER.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “In that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":29089,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The words “In response to all this” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to clarify the connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":29090,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” The translation follows the ancient Jewish tradition of substituting the Hebrew word for God for the proper name Yahweh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":29091,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Or “You have deceived.” The Hiphil of נָשָׁא ( nasha ’, “to deceive”) is understood in a tolerative sense here: “to allow [someone] to be deceived.” IBHS 446 §27.5c notes that this function of the hiphil describes caused activity that is welcome to the undersubject, but unacceptable or disagreeable to a third party. Jerusalem and Judah welcomed the assurances of false prophets who deceived them. Although this was detestable to God, he allowed it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":29092,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “this people and Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/4"}
{"id":29093,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “Jerusalem, saying, ‘You will have peace’”; or “You have deceived the people of Judah and Jerusalem, saying, ‘You will have peace.’” The words “you will be safe” are, of course, those of the false prophets (cf., Jer 6:14; 8:11; 14:13; 23:16-17 ). It is difficult to tell whether the charge here is meant literally as the emotional outburst of the prophet (compare for example, Jer 15:18 ) or whether it is to be understood as a figure of speech in which a verb of direct causation is to be understood as permissive or tolerative, i.e., God did not command the prophets to say this but allowed them to do so. While it is not beyond God to use false prophets to accomplish his will (cf., e.g., 1 Kgs 22:19-23 ), he elsewhere in the book of Jeremiah directly denies having sent the false prophets to say such things as this (cf., e.g., Jer 14:14-15; 23:21, 32 ). For examples of the use of this figure of speech, see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 571, 823 and compare Ezek 20:25 . The translation given attempts to resolve the issue.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/5"}
{"id":29094,"verse_id":"JER.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “touches the throat/soul.” For this use of the word usually translated “soul” or “life” cf. HALOT 672 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 1, 2 and compare the use in Ps 105:18 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A10/6"}
{"id":29095,"verse_id":"JER.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “this people and Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":29096,"verse_id":"JER.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “A scorching wind from the hilltops in the desert toward…” sn The allusion is, of course, to the destructive forces of the enemy armies of Babylon compared above in 4:7 to a destructive lion and here to the destructive desert winds of the Near Eastern sirocco.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":29097,"verse_id":"JER.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” The term “daughter of” is appositional to “my people” and is supplied in the translation as a term of sympathy and endearment. Compare the common expression “daughter of Zion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":29098,"verse_id":"JER.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “not for winnowing and not for cleansing.” The words “It will not be a gentle breeze” are not in the text but are implicit in the connection. They are supplied in the translation here for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A11/4"}
{"id":29099,"verse_id":"JER.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The word “No” is not in the text but is carried over from the connection with the preceding line “not for…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":29100,"verse_id":"JER.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “will speak judgments against them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":29101,"verse_id":"JER.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “he is coming up like clouds.” The words “The enemy” are supplied in the translation to identify the referent and the word “gathering” is supplied to try to convey the significance of the simile, i.e., that of quantity and of an approaching storm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":29102,"verse_id":"JER.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “his chariots [are] like a whirlwind.” The words “roar” and “sound” are supplied in the translation to clarify the significance of the simile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":29103,"verse_id":"JER.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"The words “I cry out” are not in the text, but the words that follow are obviously not the Lord ’s. They are either those of the people or of Jeremiah. Taking them as Jeremiah’s parallels the interjection of Jeremiah’s response in 4:10 which is formally introduced.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":29104,"verse_id":"JER.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “Woe to us!” The words “woe to” are common in funeral laments and at the beginning of oracles of judgment. In many contexts they carry the connotation of hopelessness or apprehensiveness of inevitable doom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A13/4"}
{"id":29105,"verse_id":"JER.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “Oh, Jerusalem, wash your heart from evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":29106,"verse_id":"JER.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “For a voice declaring from Dan and making heard disaster from the hills of Ephraim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":29107,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The words “They are saying” are not in the text but are implicit in the connection and are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":29108,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The word “surrounding” is not in the text but is implicit and is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":29109,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “Here they come!” Heb “Look!” or “Behold!” Or “Announce to the surrounding nations, indeed [or yes] proclaim to Jerusalem, ‘Besiegers…’” The text is very elliptical here. Some of the modern English versions appear to be emending the text from הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “behold”) to either הֵנָּה ( hennah , “these things”; so NEB), or הַזֶּה ( hazzeh , “this”; so NIV). The solution proposed here is as old as the LXX which reads, “Behold, they have come.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":29110,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.16","text":"The words, “this message,” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to make the introduction of the quote easier.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/4"}
{"id":29111,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “Besiegers.” For the use of this verb to refer to besieging a city compare Isa 1:8 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/5"}
{"id":29112,"verse_id":"JER.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “They have raised their voices against.” The verb here, a vav ( ו ) consecutive with an imperfect, continues the nuance of the preceding participle “are coming.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A16/6"}
{"id":29113,"verse_id":"JER.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “will surround her.” The antecedent is Jerusalem in the preceding verse. The referent is again made explicit in the translation to avoid any possible lack of clarity. The verb form here is a form of the verb that emphasizes the fact as being as good as done (i.e., it is a prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":29114,"verse_id":"JER.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “Your way and your deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":29115,"verse_id":"JER.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “How bitter!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":29116,"verse_id":"JER.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “Indeed, it reaches to your heart.” The subject must be the pain alluded to in the last half of the preceding line; the verb is masculine, agreeing with the adjective translated “painful.” The only other possible antecedent “punishment” is feminine.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":29117,"verse_id":"JER.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text. They are used to mark the shift from the Lord ’s promise of judgment to Jeremiah’s lament concerning it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":29118,"verse_id":"JER.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “My bowels! My bowels!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":29119,"verse_id":"JER.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “the walls of my heart!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A19/3"}
{"id":29120,"verse_id":"JER.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “ram’s horn,” but the modern equivalent is “trumpet” and is more readily understandable.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A19/4"}
{"id":29121,"verse_id":"JER.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"4.19","text":"The translation reflects a different division of the last two lines than that suggested by the Masoretes. The written text (the Kethib ) reads “for the sound of the ram’s horn I have heard [or “you have heard,” if the form is understood as the old second feminine singular perfect] my soul” followed by “the battle cry” in the last line. The translation is based on taking “my soul” with the last line and understanding an elliptical expression “the battle cry [to] my soul.” Such an elliptical expression is in keeping with the elliptical nature of the exclamations at the beginning of the verse (cf. the literal translations of the first two lines of the verse in the notes on the words “stomach” and “heart”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A19/5"}
{"id":29122,"verse_id":"JER.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"The words, “I see” are not in the text here or at the beginning of the third line. They are supplied in the translation to show that this is Jeremiah’s vision of what will happen as a result of the invasion announced in 4:5-9, 11-17 a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":29123,"verse_id":"JER.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “my.” This is probably not a reference to Jeremiah’s own tents since he foresees the destruction of the whole land. Jeremiah so identifies with the plight of his people that he sees the destruction of their tents as though they were his very own. It would probably lead to confusion to translate literally and it is not uncommon in Hebrew laments for the community or its representative to speak of the community as an “I.” See for example the interchange between first singular and first plural pronouns in Ps 44:4-8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":29124,"verse_id":"JER.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":29125,"verse_id":"JER.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.20","text":"It is not altogether clear what Jeremiah intends by the use of this metaphor. In all likelihood he means that the defenses of Israel’s cities and towns have offered no more resistance than nomads’ tents. However, in light of the fact that the word “tent” came to be used generically for a person’s home (cf. 1 Kgs 8:66; 12:16 ), it is possible that Jeremiah is here referring to the destruction of their homes and the resultant feeling of homelessness and loss of even elementary protection. Given the lack of certainty the present translation is rather literal here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A20/4"}
{"id":29126,"verse_id":"JER.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “the sound of ram’s horns,” but the modern equivalent is “bugles” and is more readily understandable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":29127,"verse_id":"JER.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to show clearly the shift in speaker. Jeremiah has been speaking; now the Lord answers, giving the reason for the devastation Jeremiah foresees.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":29128,"verse_id":"JER.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “For….” This gives the explanation for the destruction envisaged in 4:20 to which Jeremiah responds in 4:19, 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":29129,"verse_id":"JER.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “They are senseless children.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A22/3"}
{"id":29130,"verse_id":"JER.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “I looked at the land and behold...” This indicates the visionary character of Jeremiah’s description of the future condition of the land of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":29131,"verse_id":"JER.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Heb “formless and empty.” This is a case of hendiadys (two nouns joined by “and” both describe the same thing): one noun retains its full nominal force, the other functions as an adjective. The words תֹהוּ וָבֹהוּ ( tohu vavohu ) allude to Gen 1:2 , hyperbolically picturing a reversal of creation and return to the original precreation chaos.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":29132,"verse_id":"JER.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Heb “there was no man/human being.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":29133,"verse_id":"JER.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Heb “because of the Lord , because of his blazing anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":29134,"verse_id":"JER.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Heb “For this is what the Lord said,”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":29135,"verse_id":"JER.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “has spoken and purposed.” This is an example of hendiadys where two verbs are joined by “and” but one is meant to serve as a modifier of the other.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A28/2"}
{"id":29136,"verse_id":"JER.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.28","text":"Heb “will not turn back from it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A28/3"}
{"id":29137,"verse_id":"JER.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “And you that are doomed to destruction.” The referent is supplied from the following context and the fact that Zion/Jerusalem represents the leadership which was continually making overtures to foreign nations for help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":29138,"verse_id":"JER.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “What are you accomplishing…?” The rhetorical question assumes a negative answer, made clear by the translation in the indicative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A30/2"}
{"id":29139,"verse_id":"JER.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “clothing yourself in scarlet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A30/3"}
{"id":29140,"verse_id":"JER.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “enlarging your eyes with antimony.” Antimony was a black powder used by women as eyeliner to make their eyes look larger.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A30/4"}
{"id":29141,"verse_id":"JER.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.30","text":"Heb “they seek your life.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A30/5"}
{"id":29142,"verse_id":"JER.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) is more likely asseverative here than causal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":29143,"verse_id":"JER.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “spreading out her hands.” The idea of asking or pleading for help is implicit in the figure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A31/3"}
{"id":29144,"verse_id":"JER.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.31","text":"Heb “Woe, now to me!” See the translator’s note on 4:13 for the usage of “Woe to…”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%204%3A31/4"}
{"id":29145,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"These words are not in the text, but since the words at the end are obviously those of the Lord , they are supplied in the translation here to mark the shift in speaker from 4:29-31 where Jeremiah is the obvious speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":29146,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"It is not clear who is being addressed here. The verbs are plural so they are not addressed to Jeremiah per se. Since the passage is talking about the people of Jerusalem, it is unlikely they are addressed here except perhaps rhetorically. Some have suggested that the heavenly court is being addressed here as in Job 1:6-8; 2:1-3 . It is clear from Jer 23:18, 22 ; Amos 3:7 that the prophets had access to this heavenly counsel through visions (cf. 1 Kgs 22:19-23 ), so Jeremiah could have been privy to this speech through that means. Though these are the most likely addressee, it is too presumptuous to supply such an explicit addressee without clearer indication in the text. The translation will just have to run the risk of the probable erroneous assumption by most English readers that the addressee is Jeremiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":29147,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":29148,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “who does justice and seeks faithfulness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":29149,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “squares. If you can find…if there is one person…then I will…”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/5"}
{"id":29150,"verse_id":"JER.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “forgive [or pardon] it.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A1/6"}
{"id":29151,"verse_id":"JER.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “Though they say, ‘As surely as the Lord lives.” The idea of “swear on oath” comes from the second line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":29152,"verse_id":"JER.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The translation follows many Hebrew mss and the Syriac version in reading “surely” ( אָכֵן , ’ akhen ) instead of “therefore” ( לָכֵן , lakhen ) in the MT. tn Heb “Surely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":29153,"verse_id":"JER.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “they swear falsely.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":29154,"verse_id":"JER.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “O Lord , are your eyes not to faithfulness?” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":29155,"verse_id":"JER.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Commentaries and lexicons debate the meaning of the verb here. The MT is pointed as though from a verb meaning “to writhe in anguish or contrition” ( חוּל [ khul ]; see, e.g., BDB 297 s.v. חוּל 2.c), but some commentaries and lexicons repoint the text as though from a verb meaning “to be sick,” thus “to feel pain” ( חָלָה [ khalah ]; see, e.g., HALOT 304 s.v. חָלָה 3). The former appears more appropriate to the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":29156,"verse_id":"JER.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “They made their faces as hard as a rock.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":29157,"verse_id":"JER.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “to repent”; Heb “to turn back.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A3/4"}
{"id":29158,"verse_id":"JER.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “Surely they are poor.” The translation is intended to make clear the explicit contrasts and qualifications drawn in this verse and the next.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":29159,"verse_id":"JER.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “the way of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":29160,"verse_id":"JER.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “the judgment [or ordinance] of their God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":29161,"verse_id":"JER.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “people in power”; Heb “the great ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":29162,"verse_id":"JER.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “the way of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":29163,"verse_id":"JER.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “the judgment [or ordinance] of their God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":29164,"verse_id":"JER.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “have broken the yoke and torn off the yoke ropes.” Compare Jer 2:20 and the note there.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":29165,"verse_id":"JER.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “So a lion from the thicket will kill them. A wolf from the desert will destroy them. A leopard will watch outside their cities. Anyone who goes out from them will be torn in pieces.” However, it is unlikely that, in the context of judgment that Jeremiah has previously been describing, literal lions are meant. The animals are metaphorical for their enemies. Compare Jer 4:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":29166,"verse_id":"JER.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “their rebellions are so many and their unfaithful acts so numerous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":29167,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"These words are not in the text, but are supplied in the translation to make clear who is speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":29168,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “How can I forgive [or pardon] you.” The pronoun “you” is second feminine singular, referring to the city. See v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":29169,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “your children.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":29170,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “and they have sworn [oaths] by not-gods.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":29171,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “I satisfied them to the full.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":29172,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “they committed adultery.” It is difficult to decide whether literal adultery with other women or spiritual adultery with other gods is meant. The word for adultery is used for both in the book of Jeremiah. For examples of its use for spiritual adultery see 3:8, 9; 9:2 . For examples of its use for literal adultery see 7:9; 23:14 . The context here could argue for either. The swearing by other gods and the implicit contradiction in their actions in contrast to the expected gratitude for supplying their needs argues for spiritual adultery. However, the reference to prostitution in the next line and the reference to chasing after their neighbor’s wives argues for literal adultery. The translation opts for spiritual adultery because of the contrast implicit in the concessive clause.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/6"}
{"id":29173,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.7","text":"There is a great deal of debate about the meaning of this word. Most of the modern English versions follow the lead of lexicographers who relate this word to a noun meaning “troop” and understand it to mean “they trooped together” (cf. BDB 151 s.v. גָּדַד Hithpo.2 and compare the usage in Mic 5:1 [ 4:14 HT]). A few of the modern English versions and commentaries follow the reading of the Greek and read a word meaning “they lodged” (reading ִיתְגּוֹרְרוּ [ yitggorÿru ] from I גּוּר [ gur ; cf. HALOT 177 s.v. Hithpo. and compare the usage in 1 Kgs 17:20 ] instead of יִתְגֹּדָדוּ [ yitggodadu ]). W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:180) sees a reference here to the cultic practice of cutting oneself in supplication to pagan gods (cf. BDB 151 s.v. גָּדַד Hithpo.1 and compare the usage in 1 Kgs 18:28 ). The houses of prostitutes would then be a reference to ritual prostitutes at the pagan shrines. The translation follows BDB and the majority of modern English versions.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/7"}
{"id":29174,"verse_id":"JER.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “to a house of a prostitute.” sn This could be a reference to cultic temple prostitution connected with the pagan shrines. For allusion to this in the OT, see, e.g., Deut 23:17 and 2 Kgs 23:7 .","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A7/8"}
{"id":29175,"verse_id":"JER.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The meanings of these two adjectives are uncertain. The translation of the first adjective is based on assuming that the word is a defectively written participle related to the noun “testicle” (a Hiphil participle מַאֲשִׁכִים [ ma ’ ashikhim ] from a verb related to אֶשֶׁךְ [’ eshekh , “testicle”]; cf. Lev 21:20 ) and hence “having testicles” (cf. HALOT 1379 s.v. שָׁכָה ) instead of the Masoretic form מַשְׁכִּים ( mashkim ) from a root שָׁכָה ( shakhah ), which is otherwise unattested in either verbal or nominal forms. The second adjective is best derived from a verb root meaning “to feed” (a Hophal participle מוּזָנִים [ muzanim , the Kethib ] from a root זוּן [ zun ; cf. BDB 266 s.v. זוּן ] for which there is the cognate noun מָזוֹן [ mazon ; cf. 2 Chr 11:23 ]). This is more likely than the derivation from a root יָזַן ([ yazan ]reading מְיֻזָּנִים [ mÿyuzzanim ], a Pual participle with the Qere ) which is otherwise unattested in verbal or nominal forms and whose meaning is dependent only on a supposed Arabic cognate (cf. HALOT 387 s.v. יָזַן ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":29176,"verse_id":"JER.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “neighs after.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":29177,"verse_id":"JER.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “Should I not punish them…? Should I not bring retribution…?” The rhetorical questions have the force of strong declarations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":29178,"verse_id":"JER.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"These words to not appear in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for the sake of clarity to identify the implied addressee.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":29179,"verse_id":"JER.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “through her vine rows and destroy.” No object is given but “vines” must be implicit. The word for “vineyards” (or “vine rows”) is a hapax legomenon and its derivation is debated. BDB 1004 s.v. שּׁוּרָה repoints שָׁרוֹתֶיהָ ( sharoteha ) to שֻׁרוֹתֶיהָ ( shuroteha ) and relates it to a Mishnaic Hebrew and Palestinian Aramaic word meaning “row.” HALOT 1348 s.v. שּׁוּרָה also repoints to שֻׁרוֹתֶיהָ and relates it to a noun meaning “wall,” preferring to see the reference here to the walled terraces on which the vineyards were planted. The difference in meaning is minimal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":29180,"verse_id":"JER.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “for they do not belong to the Lord .” In the light of the context and Jeremiah’s identification of Israel as a vine (cf., e.g., 2:21 ) and a vineyard (cf., e.g., 12:10 ), it is likely that this verse has a totally metaphorical significance. The enemy is to go through the vineyard that is Israel and Judah and destroy all those who have been unfaithful to the Lord . It is not impossible, however, that the verse has a double meaning, a literal one and a figurative one: the enemy is not only to destroy Israel and Judah’s vines but to destroy Israel and Judah, lopping off the wicked Israelites who, because of their covenant unfaithfulness, the Lord has disowned. If the verse is totally metaphorical one might translate: “Pass through my vineyard, Israel and Judah, wreaking destruction. But do not destroy all of the people. Cut down like branches those unfaithful people because they no longer belong to the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":29181,"verse_id":"JER.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “the house of Israel and the house of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":29182,"verse_id":"JER.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “have denied the Lord .” The words “What…says” are implicit in what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":29183,"verse_id":"JER.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “he will do nothing”; Heb “Not he [or it]!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":29184,"verse_id":"JER.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “we will not see the sword and famine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":29185,"verse_id":"JER.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “will be wind.” sn There is a wordplay on the Hebrew word translated “wind” ( רוּחַ , ruakh ) which also means “spirit.” The prophets spoke by inspiration of the Spirit of the Lord (cf., e.g., 2 Chr 20:14 ); hence the prophet was sometimes called “the man of the spirit” (cf. Hos 9:7 ). The people were claiming that the prophets were speaking lies and hence were full of wind, not the Spirit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":29186,"verse_id":"JER.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “the word is not in them.” The MT has a highly unusual form here, the Piel perfect with the definite article ( הַדִּבֵּר , haddibber ). It is undoubtedly best to read with the LXX (Greek version) and one Hebrew ms the article on the noun ( הַדָּבָר , haddavar ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":29187,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “Therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":29188,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “The Lord God of armies.” See the translator’s note at 2:19 . sn Here the emphasis appears to be on the fact that the Lord is in charge of the enemy armies whom he will use to punish Israel for their denial of his prior warnings through the prophets.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":29189,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"The words, “to me” are not in the text but are implicit in the connection. They are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":29190,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “you have spoken.” The text here דַּבֶּרְכֶם ( dabberkhem , “you have spoken”) is either a case of a scribal error for דַּבֶּרָם ( dabberam , “they have spoken”) or an example of the rapid shift in addressee which is common in Jeremiah.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/4"}
{"id":29191,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “this word.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/5"}
{"id":29192,"verse_id":"JER.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.14","text":"Heb “like wood and it [i.e., the fire I put in your mouth] will consume them.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A14/6"}
{"id":29193,"verse_id":"JER.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":29194,"verse_id":"JER.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":29195,"verse_id":"JER.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “house of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":29196,"verse_id":"JER.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “All of them are mighty warriors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":29197,"verse_id":"JER.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “his quiver [is] an open grave.” The order of the lines has been reversed to make the transition from “nation” to “their arrows” easier.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":29198,"verse_id":"JER.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “eat up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":29199,"verse_id":"JER.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “eat up your grapes and figs”; Heb “eat up your vines and your fig trees.” sn It was typical for an army in time of war in the ancient Near East not only to eat up the crops but to destroy the means of further production.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":29200,"verse_id":"JER.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “They will beat down with the sword.” The term “sword” is a figure of speech (synecdoche) for military weapons in general. Siege ramps, not swords, beat down city walls; swords kill people, not city walls.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":29201,"verse_id":"JER.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “in those days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":29202,"verse_id":"JER.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The word, “Jeremiah,” is not in the text but the second person address in the second half of the verse is obviously to him. The word is supplied in the translation here for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":29203,"verse_id":"JER.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"The MT reads the second masculine plural; this is probably a case of attraction to the second masculine plural pronoun in the preceding line. An alternative would be to understand a shift from speaking first to the people in the first half of the verse and then speaking to Jeremiah in the second half where the verb is second masculine singular. E.g., “When you [people] say, “Why…?” then you, Jeremiah, tell them…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":29204,"verse_id":"JER.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “As you left me and…, so you will….” The translation was chosen so as to break up a rather long and complex sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A19/3"}
{"id":29205,"verse_id":"JER.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “in the house of Jacob.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":29206,"verse_id":"JER.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “they have eyes but they do not see, they have ears but they do not hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":29207,"verse_id":"JER.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “Should you not fear me? Should you not tremble in awe before me?” The rhetorical questions expect the answer explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":29208,"verse_id":"JER.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “it.” The referent is made explicit to avoid any possible confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":29209,"verse_id":"JER.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"The words, “their own way” are not in the text but are implicit and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":29210,"verse_id":"JER.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “say in their hearts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":29211,"verse_id":"JER.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Heb “who keeps for us the weeks appointed for harvest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":29212,"verse_id":"JER.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “have turned these things away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":29213,"verse_id":"JER.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “have withheld the good from you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":29214,"verse_id":"JER.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The meaning of the last three words is uncertain. The pointing and meaning of the Hebrew word rendered “hiding in ambush” is debated. BDB relates the form ( כְּשַׁךְ , kÿshakh ) to a root שָׁכַךְ ( shakhakh ), which elsewhere means “decrease, abate” (cf. BDB 1013 s.v. שָׁכַךְ ), and notes that this is usually understood as “like the crouching of fowlers,” but they say this meaning is dubious. HALOT 1345 s.v. I שׁוֹר questions the validity of the text and offers three proposals; the second appears to create the least textual modification, i.e., reading כְּשַׂךְ ( kesakh , “as in the hiding place of (bird catchers)”; for the word שַׂךְ ( sakh ) see HALOT 1236 s.v. שׂךְ 4 and compare Lam 2:6 for usage. The versions do not help. The Greek does not translate the first two words of the line. The proposal given in HALOT is accepted with some hesitancy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":29215,"verse_id":"JER.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Heb “a destroying thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":29216,"verse_id":"JER.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"The words, “that have been caught” are not in the text but are implicit in the comparison.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":29217,"verse_id":"JER.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “are filled with deceit.” The translation assumes a figure of speech of cause for effect (metonymy). Compare the same word in the same figure in Zeph 1:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":29218,"verse_id":"JER.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.27","text":"Heb “therefore they have gotten great and rich.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A27/3"}
{"id":29219,"verse_id":"JER.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to show that this line is parallel with the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":29220,"verse_id":"JER.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.28","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. This verb occurs only here. The lexicons generally relate it to the word translated “plate” in Song 5:14 and understand it to mean “smooth, shiny” (so BDB 799 s.v. I עֶשֶׁת ) or “fat” (so HALOT 850 s.v. II עֶשֶׁת ). The word in Song 5:14 more likely means “smooth” than “plate” (so TEV). So “sleek” is most likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A28/2"}
{"id":29221,"verse_id":"JER.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.28","text":"Heb “they cross over/transgress with respect to matters of evil.” sn There is a wordplay in the use of this word which has twice been applied in v. 22 to the sea not crossing the boundary set for it by God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A28/3"}
{"id":29222,"verse_id":"JER.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Heb “Should I not punish…? Should I not bring retribution…?” The rhetorical questions function as emphatic declarations. sn These words are repeated from 5:9 to give a kind of refrain justifying again the necessity of punishment in the light of such sins.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":29223,"verse_id":"JER.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Heb “they shall rule at their hands.” Since the word “hand” can be used figuratively for authority or mean “side” and the pronoun “them” can refer to the priests themselves or the prophets, the following translations have also been suggested: “the priests rule under their [the prophets’] directions,” or “the priests rule in league with them [the prophets].” From the rest of the book it would appear that the prophets did not exercise authority over the priests nor did they exercise the same authority over the people that the priests did. Hence it probably mean “by their own hand/power/authority.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":29224,"verse_id":"JER.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.31","text":"Heb “But what will you do at its end?” The rhetorical question implies a negative answer: “Nothing!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%205%3A31/2"}
{"id":29225,"verse_id":"JER.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “Flee for safety, people of Benjamin, out of the midst of Jerusalem.” sn Compare and contrast Jer 4:6 . There people in the outlying areas were warned to seek safety in the fortified city of Jerusalem. Here they are told to flee it because it was about to be destroyed. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":29226,"verse_id":"JER.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “ram’s horn,” but the modern equivalent is “trumpet” and is more readily understandable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":29227,"verse_id":"JER.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “leans down” or “looks down.” This verb personifies destruction leaning/looking down from its window in the sky, ready to attack.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":29228,"verse_id":"JER.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “[It will be] a severe fracture.” The nation is pictured as a limb being fractured. sn This passage is emotionally charged. There are two examples of assonance or wordplay in the verse: “sound” (Heb tiq ’ u , “blow”), which has the same consonants as “Tekoa” (Heb uvitqoa ’), and “signal fire,” which comes from the same root as “light” (Heb sÿ ’ u mas ’ et , “lift up”). There is also an example of personification where disaster is said to “lurk” ( Heb “look down on”) out of the north. This gives a sense of urgency and concern for the coming destruction.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":29229,"verse_id":"JER.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The verb here is another example of the Hebrew verb form that indicates the action is as good as done (a Hebrew prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":29230,"verse_id":"JER.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “The beautiful and delicate one I will destroy, the daughter of Zion. The English versions and commentaries are divided over the rendering of this verse because (1) there are two verbs with these same consonants, one meaning “to be like” and the other meaning “to be destroyed” (intransitive) or “to destroy” (transitive), and (2) the word rendered “beautiful” ( נָוָה , navah ) can be understood as a noun meaning “pasture” or as a defective writing of an adjective meaning “beautiful, comely” ( נָאוָה , na ’ vah ). Hence some render “Fair Zion, you are like a lovely pasture,” reading the verb form as an example of the old second feminine singular perfect. Although this may fit the imagery of the next verse, that rendering ignores the absence of a preposition ( לְ or אֶל , lÿ or ’ el , both of which can be translated “to”) that normally goes with the verb “be like” and drops the conjunction in front of the adjective “delicate.” The parallel usage of the verb in Hos 4:5 argues for the meaning “destroy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":29231,"verse_id":"JER.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “Shepherds and their flocks will come against it.” Rulers are often depicted as shepherds; see BDB 945 s.v. רָעָה 1.d(2) (cf. Jer 12:10 ). The translation of this verse attempts to clarify the point of this extended metaphor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":29232,"verse_id":"JER.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “They will thrust [= pitch] tents around it.” The shepherd imagery has a surprisingly ominous tone. The beautiful pasture filled with shepherds grazing their sheep is in reality a city under siege from an attacking enemy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":29233,"verse_id":"JER.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “They will graze each one his portion.” For the use of the verb “graze” to mean “strip” or “devastate” see BDB 945 s.v. רָעָה 2.c. For a similar use of the word normally meaning “hand” to mean portion compare 2 Sam 19:43 (19:44 HT). sn There is a wordplay involving “sound…in Tekoa” mentioned in the study note on “destruction” in v. 1 . The Hebrew verb “they will pitch” is from the same root as the word translated “sound” ( taqÿ ’ u [ תִּקְעוּ ] here and tiq ’ u [ תִּקְעוּ ] in v. 1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":29234,"verse_id":"JER.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"These words are not in the text but are implicit in the connection. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":29235,"verse_id":"JER.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “Sanctify war.” This is probably an idiom from early Israel’s holy wars in which religious rites were to precede the battle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":29236,"verse_id":"JER.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity. Some commentaries and English versions see these not as the words of the enemy but as those of the Israelites expressing their fear that the enemy will launch a night attack against them and further destroy them. The connection with the next verse, however, fits better with them if they are the words of the enemy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":29237,"verse_id":"JER.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “Woe to us!” For the usage of this phrase see the translator’s note on 4:13 . The usage of this particle here is a little exaggerated. They have lost the most advantageous time for attack but they are scarcely in a hopeless or doomed situation. The equivalent in English slang is “Bad news!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":29238,"verse_id":"JER.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “For.” The translation attempts to make the connection clearer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":29239,"verse_id":"JER.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For an explanation of the significance of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":29240,"verse_id":"JER.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “Cut down its trees and build up a siege ramp against Jerusalem.” The referent has been moved forward from the second line for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":29241,"verse_id":"JER.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “must be punished.” The meaning of this line is uncertain. The LXX reads, “Woe, city of falsehood!” The MT presents two anomalies: a masculine singular verb with a feminine singular subject in a verbal stem (Hophal) that elsewhere does not have the meaning “is to be punished.” Hence many follow the Greek which presupposes הוֹי עִיר הַשֶּׁקֶר ( hoy ’ ir hasheqer ) instead of הִיא הָעִיר הָפְקַד ( hi ’ ha ’ ir hofqad ). The Greek is the easier reading in light of the parallelism, and it would be hard to explain how the MT arose from it. KBL suggests reading a noun meaning “licentiousness” which occurs elsewhere only in Mishnaic Hebrew, hence “this is the city, the licentious one” (attributive apposition; cf. KBL 775 s.v. פֶּקֶר ). Perhaps the Hophal perfect ( הָפְקַד , hofÿqad ) should be revocalized as a Niphal infinitive absolute ( הִפָּקֹד , hippaqod ); this would solve both anomalies in the MT since the Niphal is used in this nuance and the infinitive absolute can function in place of a finite verb (cf. GKC 346 §113. ee and ff ). This, however, is mere speculation and is supported by no Hebrew ms .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A6/4"}
{"id":29242,"verse_id":"JER.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “All of it oppression in its midst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A6/5"}
{"id":29243,"verse_id":"JER.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “As a well makes cool/fresh its water, she makes cool/fresh her wickedness.” The translation follows the reading proposed by the Masoretes ( Qere ) which reads a rare form of the word “well” ( בַּיִר [ bayir ] for בְּאֵר [ bÿ ’ er ]) in place of the form written in the text ( Kethib , בּוֹר [ bor ]), which means “cistern.” The latter noun is masculine and the pronoun “its” is feminine. If indeed בַּיִר ( bayir ) is a byform of בְּאֵר ( be ’ er ), which is feminine, it would agree in gender with the pronoun. It also forms a more appropriate comparison since cisterns do not hold fresh water.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":29244,"verse_id":"JER.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “Violence and destruction are heard in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":29245,"verse_id":"JER.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “Sickness and wound are continually before my face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":29246,"verse_id":"JER.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"This word is not in the text but is supplied in the translation. Jeremiah uses a figure of speech (enallage) where the speaker turns from talking about someone to address him/her directly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":29247,"verse_id":"JER.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “lest my soul [= I] becomes disgusted with you.” sn The wordplay begun with “sound…in Tekoa” in v. 1 and continued with “they will pitch” in v. 3 is concluded here with “turn away” ( וּבִתְקוֹעַ תִּקְעוּ [ uvitqoa ’ tiq ’ u ] in v. 1 , תָּקְעוּ [ taq ’ u ] in v. 3 and תֵּקַע [ teqa ’] here).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":29248,"verse_id":"JER.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For an explanation of the significance of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":29249,"verse_id":"JER.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The words “to me” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":29250,"verse_id":"JER.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “They will thoroughly glean those who are left in Israel like a vine.” That is, they will be carried off by judgment. It is not necessary to read the verb forms here as two imperatives or an infinitive absolute followed by an imperative as some English versions and commentaries do. This is an example of a third plural verb used impersonally and translated as a passive (cf. GKC 460 §144. g ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":29251,"verse_id":"JER.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “Pass your hand back over the branches like a grape harvester.” The translation is intended to clarify the metaphor that Jeremiah should try to rescue some from the coming destruction.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":29252,"verse_id":"JER.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":29253,"verse_id":"JER.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “To whom shall I speak? To whom shall I give warning? Who will listen?” Heb “Unto whom shall I speak and give warning that they may listen?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":29254,"verse_id":"JER.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “are uncircumcised.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":29255,"verse_id":"JER.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":29256,"verse_id":"JER.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “They do not take pleasure in it.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A10/5"}
{"id":29257,"verse_id":"JER.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “I am full of the wrath of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":29258,"verse_id":"JER.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"These words are not in the text but are implicit from the words that follow. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":29259,"verse_id":"JER.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “Pour it out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":29260,"verse_id":"JER.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “are to be captured.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A11/4"}
{"id":29261,"verse_id":"JER.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “I will reach out my hand.” This figure involves both comparing God to a person (anthropomorphism) and substitution (metonymy) where hand is put for the actions or exertions of the hand. A common use of “hand” is for the exertion of power or strength (cf. BDB 290 s.v. יָד 2 and 289-90 s.v. יָד 1.e(2); cf. Deut 34:12 ; Ps 78:42 ; Jer 16:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":29262,"verse_id":"JER.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “They heal [= bandage] the wound of my people lightly”; TEV “They act as if my people’s wounds were only scratches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":29263,"verse_id":"JER.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “They say, ‘Peace! Peace!’ and there is no peace!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":29264,"verse_id":"JER.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “They will fall among the fallen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":29265,"verse_id":"JER.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The words, “to his people” are not in the text but are implicit in the interchange of pronouns in the Hebrew of vv. 16-17 . They are supplied in the translation here for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":29266,"verse_id":"JER.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “Stand at the crossroads and look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":29267,"verse_id":"JER.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “the ancient path,” i.e., the path the Lord set out in ancient times (cf. Deut 32:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":29268,"verse_id":"JER.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “the way of/to the good.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A16/4"}
{"id":29269,"verse_id":"JER.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"These words are not in the text but are implicit in the interchange of pronouns in the Hebrew of vv. 16-17 . They are supplied in the translation here for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":29270,"verse_id":"JER.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “I appointed watchmen over you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":29271,"verse_id":"JER.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.17","text":"Heb “Pay attention to the sound of the trumpet.” The word “warning” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A17/3"}
{"id":29272,"verse_id":"JER.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"These words are not in the text but are implicit from the flow of the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":29273,"verse_id":"JER.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Heb “Know, congregation [or witness], what in [or against] them.” The meaning of this line is somewhat uncertain. The meaning of the noun of address in the second line (“witness,” rendered as an imperative in the translation, “Be witnesses”) is greatly debated. It is often taken as “congregation” but the lexicons and commentaries generally question the validity of reading that word since it is nowhere else applied to the nations. BDB 417 s.v. עֵדָה 3 says that the text is dubious. HALOT 747 s.v. I עֵדָה , 4 emends the text to דֵּעָה ( de ’ ah ). Several modern English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, God’s Word) take it as the feminine singular noun “witness” (cf. BDB 729 s.v. II עֵדָה ) and understand it as a collective. This solution is also proposed by J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 259, n. 3) and appears to make the best sense in the context. The end of the line is very elliptical but is generally taken as either, “what I will do with/to them,” or “what is coming against them” (= “what will happen to them”) on the basis of the following context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":29274,"verse_id":"JER.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":29275,"verse_id":"JER.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":29276,"verse_id":"JER.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “disaster on these people, the fruit of their schemes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":29277,"verse_id":"JER.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.19","text":"Heb “my word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A19/4"}
{"id":29278,"verse_id":"JER.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “To what purpose is it to me?” The question is rhetorical and expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":29279,"verse_id":"JER.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"The words “when they offer up to me” are not in the text but are implicit from the following context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":29280,"verse_id":"JER.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Heb “Your burnt offerings are not acceptable and your sacrifices are not pleasing to me.” “The shift from “your” to “their” is an example of the figure of speech (apostrophe) where the speaker turns from talking about someone to addressing him/her directly. Though common in Hebrew style, it is not common in English. The shift to the third person in the translation is an accommodation to English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":29281,"verse_id":"JER.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"This is an attempt to render the Hebrew particle rendered “behold” joined to the first person pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":29282,"verse_id":"JER.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Heb “I will put stumbling blocks in front of these people.” In this context the stumbling blocks are the invading armies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":29283,"verse_id":"JER.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.21","text":"The words “and fall to their destruction” are implicit in the metaphor and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A21/3"}
{"id":29284,"verse_id":"JER.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":29285,"verse_id":"JER.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"These words are not in the text, but, from the context, someone other than God is speaking and is speaking for and to the people (either Jeremiah or the people themselves). These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":29286,"verse_id":"JER.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Or “We have lost our strength to do battle”; Heb “Our hands hang limp [or helpless at our sides].” According to BDB 951 s.v. רָפָה Qal.2, this idiom is used figuratively for losing heart or energy. The best example of its figurative use of loss of strength or the feeling of helplessness is in Ezek 21:12 where it appears in the context of the heart (courage) melting, the spirit sinking, and the knees becoming like water. For other examples compare 2 Sam 4:1 ; Zeph 3:16 . In Neh 6:9 it is used literally of the builders “dropping their hands from the work” out of fear. The words “with fear” are supplied in the translation because they are implicit in the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":29287,"verse_id":"JER.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “For the enemy has a sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":29288,"verse_id":"JER.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"Heb “Terror is all around!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":29289,"verse_id":"JER.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"These words are not in the text but are implicit from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":29290,"verse_id":"JER.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":29291,"verse_id":"JER.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “suddenly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":29292,"verse_id":"JER.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.26","text":"Heb “the destroyer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A26/4"}
{"id":29293,"verse_id":"JER.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity. Note “I have appointed you.” Compare Jer 1:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":29294,"verse_id":"JER.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “I have made you an assayer of my people, a tester [?].” The meaning of the words translated “assayer” ( בָּחוֹן , bakhon ) and “tester” ( מִבְצָר , mivtsar ) is uncertain. The word בָּחוֹן ( bakhon ) can mean “tower” (cf. BDB 103 s.v. בָּחוֹן ; cf. Isa 23:13 for the only other use) or “assayer” (cf. BDB 103 s.v. בָּחוֹן ). The latter would be the more expected nuance because of the other uses of nouns and verbs from this root. The word מִבְצָר ( mivtsar ) normally means “fortress” (cf. BDB 131 s.v. מִבְצָר ), but most modern commentaries and lexicons deem that nuance inappropriate here. HALOT follows a proposal that the word is to be repointed to מְבַצֵּר ( mÿvatser ) and derived from a root בָּצַר ( batsar ) meaning “to test” (cf. HALOT 143 s.v. IV בָּצַר ). That proposal makes the most sense in the context, but the root appears nowhere else in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":29295,"verse_id":"JER.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.27","text":"Heb “test their way.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A27/3"}
{"id":29296,"verse_id":"JER.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"These words are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity. Some takes these words to be the continuation of the Lord ’s commission of Jeremiah to the task of testing them. However, since this is the evaluation, the task appears to be complete. The words are better to be taken as Jeremiah’s report after he has completed the task.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":29297,"verse_id":"JER.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"Or “arch rebels,” or “hardened rebels.” Literally “rebels of rebels.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":29298,"verse_id":"JER.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “The bellows blow fiercely; the lead is consumed by the fire.” The translation tries to clarify a metaphor involving ancient metallurgy. In the ancient refining process lead was added as a flux to remove impurities from silver ore in the process of oxidizing the lead. Jeremiah says that the lead has been used up and the impurities have not been removed. The translation is based on the recognition of an otherwise unused verb root meaning “blow” ( נָחַר [ nakhar ]; cf. BDB 1123 s.v. I חָרַר and HALOT 651 s.v. נָחַר ) and the Masoretes’ suggestion that the consonants מאשׁתם be read מֵאֵשׁ תַּם ( me ’ esh tam ) rather than as מֵאֶשָּׁתָם ( me ’ eshatam , “from their fire”) from an otherwise unattested noun אֶשָּׁה (’ eshah ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":29299,"verse_id":"JER.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Heb “The refiner refines them in vain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":29300,"verse_id":"JER.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"This translation is intended to reflect the wordplay in the Hebrew text where the same root word is repeated in the two lines.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":29301,"verse_id":"JER.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":29302,"verse_id":"JER.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “Proclaim there…” The adverb is unnecessary in English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":29303,"verse_id":"JER.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God Israel.” sn Compare the use of similar titles in 2:19; 5:14; 6:6 and see the explanation in the study note at 2:19 . In this instance the title appears to emphasize the Lord as the heavenly King who drags his disobedient vassals into court (and threatens them with judgment).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":29304,"verse_id":"JER.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “Make good your ways and your actions.” J. Bright’s translation (“Reform the whole pattern of your conduct”; Jeremiah [AB], 52) is excellent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":29305,"verse_id":"JER.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “place” but this might be misunderstood to refer to the temple.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":29306,"verse_id":"JER.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “Stop trusting in lying words which say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":29307,"verse_id":"JER.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The words “We are safe!” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":29308,"verse_id":"JER.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “The temple of the Lord , the temple of the Lord , the temple of the Lord are these (i.e., these buildings).” Elsewhere triple repetition seems to mark a kind of emphasis (cf. Isa 6:3 ; Jer 22:29 ; Ezek 21:27 [32 HT]). The triple repetition that follows seems to be Jeremiah’s way of mocking the (false) sense of security that people had in the invincibility of Jerusalem because God dwelt in the temple. They appeared to be treating the temple as some kind of magical charm. A similar feeling had grown up around the ark in the time of the judges (cf. 1 Sam 3:3 ) and the temple and city of Jerusalem in Micah’s day (cf. Mic 3:11 ). It is reflected also in some of the Psalms (cf., e.g., , especially v. 5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":29309,"verse_id":"JER.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":29310,"verse_id":"JER.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “you must do justice between a person and his fellow/neighbor.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":29311,"verse_id":"JER.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “Stop oppressing foreigner, orphan, and widow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":29312,"verse_id":"JER.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “Stop shedding innocent blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":29313,"verse_id":"JER.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “going/following after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for an explanation of the idiom involved here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":29314,"verse_id":"JER.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “going after other gods to your ruin.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":29315,"verse_id":"JER.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The translation uses imperatives in vv. 5-6 followed by the phrase, “If you do all this,” to avoid the long and complex sentence structure of the Hebrew sentence which has a series of conditional clauses in vv. 5-6 followed by a main clause in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":29316,"verse_id":"JER.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “live in this place, in this land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":29317,"verse_id":"JER.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “gave to your fathers [with reference to] from ancient times even unto forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":29318,"verse_id":"JER.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":29319,"verse_id":"JER.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “You are trusting in lying words.” See the similar phrase in v. 4 and the note there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":29320,"verse_id":"JER.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “not profit [you].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":29321,"verse_id":"JER.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “Will you steal…then say, ‘We are safe’?” Verses 9-10 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":29322,"verse_id":"JER.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “You go/follow after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for an explanation of the idiom involved here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":29323,"verse_id":"JER.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “over which my name is called.” For this nuance of this idiom cf. BDB 896 s.v. קָרָא Niph.2.d(4) and see the usage in 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":29324,"verse_id":"JER.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Or “‘We are safe!’ – safe, you think, to go on doing all those hateful things.” Verses 9-10 are all one long sentence in the Hebrew text. It has been broken up for English stylistic reasons. Somewhat literally it reads “Will you steal…then come and stand…and say, ‘We are safe’ so as to/in order to do…” The Hebrew of v. 9 has a series of infinitives which emphasize the bare action of the verb without the idea of time or agent. The effect is to place a kind of staccato like emphasis on the multitude of their sins all of which are violations of one of the Ten Commandments. The final clause in v. 8 expresses purpose or result (probably result) through another infinitive. This long sentence is introduced by a marker ( ה interrogative in Hebrew) introducing a rhetorical question in which God expresses his incredulity that they could do these sins, come into the temple and claim the safety of his protection, and then go right back out and commit the same sins. J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 52) catches the force nicely: “What? You think you can steal, murder…and then come and stand…and say, ‘We are safe…’ just so that you can go right on…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":29325,"verse_id":"JER.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “over which my name is called.” For this nuance of this idiom cf. BDB 896 s.v. קָרָא Niph.2.d(4) and see the usage in 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":29326,"verse_id":"JER.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “Is this house…a den/cave of robbers in your eyes?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":29327,"verse_id":"JER.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":29328,"verse_id":"JER.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “where I caused my name to dwell.” The translation does not adequately represent the theology of the Lord ’s deliberate identification with a place where he chose to manifest his presence and desired to be worshiped (cf. Exod 20:25 ; Deut 16:2, 6, 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":29329,"verse_id":"JER.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"This reflects a Hebrew idiom (e.g., 7:25; 11:7; 25:3, 4 ), i.e., an infinitive of a verb meaning “to do something early [or eagerly]” followed by an infinitive of another verb of action. Cf. HALOT 1384 s.v. שָׁכַם Hiph.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":29330,"verse_id":"JER.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “I called to you and you did not answer.” The words “to repent” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":29331,"verse_id":"JER.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “over which my name is called.” For this nuance of this idiom cf. BDB 896 s.v. קָרָא Niph.2.d(4) and see the usage in 2 Sam 12:28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":29332,"verse_id":"JER.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 22, 25, 26 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":29333,"verse_id":"JER.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “I will do to this house which I…in which you put…and to this place which…as I did to Shiloh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":29334,"verse_id":"JER.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “the descendants of Ephraim.” However, Ephraim here stands (as it often does) for all the northern tribes of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":29335,"verse_id":"JER.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"The words “Then the Lord said” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":29336,"verse_id":"JER.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “As for you.” The personal name Jeremiah is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":29337,"verse_id":"JER.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"The words “to save them” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":29338,"verse_id":"JER.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Or “Just look at…” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":29339,"verse_id":"JER.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":29340,"verse_id":"JER.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"The form for “queen” is unusual. It is pointed ( מְלֶכֶת [ mÿlekhet ] instead of מַלְכַּת [ malkat ]) as though the Masoretes wanted to read the word for “work” ( מְלֶאכֶת [ mÿle ’ khet ]), i.e., the “hosts of,” a word that several Hebrew mss read and an understanding the LXX reflects. The other ancient and modern versions generally, however, accept it as a biform for the word “queen.” sn The Queen of Heaven is probably a reference to the goddess known as Ishtar in Mesopotamia, Anat in Canaan, Ashtoreth in Israel. She was the goddess of love and fertility. For further discussion, see G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 266-68.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":29341,"verse_id":"JER.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “to provoke me.” There is debate among grammarians and lexicographers about the nuance of the Hebrew particle לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ). Some say it always denotes purpose, while others say it may denote either purpose or result, depending on the context. For example, BDB 775 s.v. לְמַעַן note 1 says that it always denotes purpose, never result, but that sometimes what is really a result is represented ironically as though it were a purpose. That explanation fits nicely here in the light of the context of the next verse. The translation is intended to reflect some of that ironic sarcasm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":29342,"verse_id":"JER.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “Is it I whom they provoke?” The rhetorical question expects a negative answer which is made explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":29343,"verse_id":"JER.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “Is it not themselves to their own shame?” The rhetorical question expects a positive answer which is made explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":29344,"verse_id":"JER.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” The translation follows the ancient Jewish tradition of substituting the Hebrew word for God for the proper name Yahweh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":29345,"verse_id":"JER.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “this place.” Some see this as a reference to the temple but the context has been talking about what goes on in the towns of Judah and Jerusalem and the words that follow, meant as a further explanation, are applied to the whole land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":29346,"verse_id":"JER.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “the trees of/in the field and the fruit of/in the ground.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":29347,"verse_id":"JER.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"The words “The Lord said to the people of Judah” are not in the text but are implicit in the shift in addressee between vv. 16-20 and vv. 21-26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":29348,"verse_id":"JER.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":29349,"verse_id":"JER.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Heb “Add your burnt offerings to your [other] sacrifices and eat the meat!” See the following sn for explanation. This is an example of the rhetorical use of the imperative for a sarcastic challenge. Cf. GKC 324 §110. a ; cf. Amos 4:4 , “Go to Bethel and sin!” sn All of the burnt offering, including the meat, was to be consumed on the altar (e.g., Lev 1:6-9 ). The meat of the other sacrifices could be eaten by the priest who offered the sacrifice and the person who brought it (e.g., Lev 7:16-18, 32 ). Since, however, the people of Judah were making a mockery of the sacrificial system by offering sacrifices while disobeying the law, the Lord rejected the sacrifices (cf. 6:20 ). Since they were violating the moral law they might as well go ahead and violate the cultic law by eating the meat dedicated to God because he rejected it anyway.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":29350,"verse_id":"JER.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Heb “For” but this introduces a long explanation about the relative importance of sacrifice and obedience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":29351,"verse_id":"JER.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Verses 22-23 a read in Hebrew, “I did not speak with your ancestors and I did not command them when I brought them out of Egypt about words/matters concerning burnt offering and sacrifice, but I commanded them this word:” Some modern commentators have explained this passage as an evidence for the lateness of the Pentateuchal instruction regarding sacrifice or a denial that sacrifice was practiced during the period of the wilderness wandering. However, it is better explained as an example of what R. de Vaux calls a dialectical negative, i.e., “not so much this as that” or “not this without that” ( Ancient Israel , 454-56). For other examples of this same argument see Isa 1:10-17 ; Hos 6:4-6 ; Amos 5:21-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":29352,"verse_id":"JER.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “Obey me and I will be.” The translation is equivalent syntactically but brings out the emphasis in the command.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":29353,"verse_id":"JER.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “Walk in all the way that I command you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":29354,"verse_id":"JER.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “They went backward and not forward”; Heb “They were to the backward and not to the forward.” The two phrases used here appear nowhere else in the Bible and the latter preposition plus adverb elsewhere is used temporally meaning “formerly” or “previously.” The translation follows the proposal of J. Bright, Jeremiah (AB), 57. Another option is “they turned their backs to me, not their faces,” understanding the line as a variant of a line in 2:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":29355,"verse_id":"JER.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Heb “from the day your ancestors…until this very day.” However, “day” here is idiomatic for “the present time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":29356,"verse_id":"JER.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"On the Hebrew idiom see the note at 7:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":29357,"verse_id":"JER.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"There is some textual debate about the legitimacy of this expression here. The text reads merely “day” ( יוֹם , yom ). BHS suggests the word is to be deleted as a dittography of the plural ending of the preceding word. The word is in the Greek and Latin, and the Syriac represents the typical idiom “day after day” as though the noun were repeated. Either יוֹם has dropped out by haplography or a ם ( mem ) has been left out, i.e., reading יוֹמָם ( yomam , “daily”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":29358,"verse_id":"JER.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Or “But your predecessors…”; Heb “But they….” There is a confusing interchange in the pronouns in vv. 25-26 which has led to some leveling in the ancient versions and the modern English versions. What is involved here are four levels of referents, the “you” of the present generation (vv. 21-22 a), the ancestors who were delivered from Egypt (i.e., the “they” of vv. 22 b-24), the “you” of v. 25 which involves all the Israelites from the Exodus to the time of speaking, and the “they” of v. 26 which cannot be the ancestors of vv. 22-24 (since they cannot be more wicked than themselves) but must be an indefinite entity which is a part of the “you” of v. 25 , i.e., the more immediate ancestors of the present generation. If this is kept in mind, there is no need to level the pronouns to “they” and “them” or to “you” and “your” as some of the ancient versions and modern English versions have done.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":29359,"verse_id":"JER.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"Heb “hardened [or made stiff] their neck.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":29360,"verse_id":"JER.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"The words, “Then the Lord said to me” are not in the text but are implicit in the shift from the second and third person plural pronouns in vv. 21-26 and the second singular in this verse. The words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":29361,"verse_id":"JER.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Heb “Faithfulness has vanished. It is cut off from their lips.” sn For the need for faithfulness see 5:1, 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":29362,"verse_id":"JER.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"The word “mourn” is not in the text. It is supplied in the translation for clarity to explain the significance of the words “Cut your hair and throw it away.” sn Cf. Mic 1:16 ; Job 1:20 for other examples of this practice which was involved in mourning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":29363,"verse_id":"JER.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"The words, “you people of this nation” are not in the text. Many English versions supply, “Jerusalem.” The address shifts from second masculine singular addressing Jeremiah (vv. 27-28 a) to second feminine singular. It causes less disruption in the flow of the context to see the nation as a whole addressed here as a feminine singular entity (as, e.g., in 2:19, 23; 3:2, 3; 6:26 ) than to introduce a new entity, Jerusalem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":29364,"verse_id":"JER.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.29","text":"The verbs here are the Hebrew scheduling perfects. For this use of the perfect see GKC 312 §106. m .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A29/3"}
{"id":29365,"verse_id":"JER.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.29","text":"Heb “the generation of his wrath.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A29/4"}
{"id":29366,"verse_id":"JER.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.30","text":"The words “I have rejected them” are not in the Hebrew text, which merely says “because.” These words are supplied in the translation to show more clearly the connection to the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A30/1"}
{"id":29367,"verse_id":"JER.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.30","text":"Heb “have done the evil in my eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A30/2"}
{"id":29368,"verse_id":"JER.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.30","text":"Heb “the house which is called by my name.” Cf. 7:10, 11, 14 and see the translator’s note 7:10 for the explanation for this rendering.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A30/4"}
{"id":29369,"verse_id":"JER.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.31","text":"Heb “high places.” sn These places of worship were essentially open air shrines often located on hills or wooded heights. They were generally connected with pagan worship and equipped with altars of sacrifice and of incense and cult objects such as wooden poles and stone pillars which were symbols of the god and/or goddess worshiped at the sight. The Israelites were commanded to tear down these Canaanite places of worship ( Num 33:52 ) but they did not do so, often taking over the site for the worship of Yahweh but even then incorporating some of the pagan cult objects and ritual into their worship of Yahweh ( 1 Kgs 12:31, 32; 14:23 ). The prophets were especially opposed to these places and to this kind of syncretism ( Hos 10:8 ; Amos 7:9 ) and to the pagan worship that was often practiced at them ( Jer 7:31; 19:5; 32:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A31/1"}
{"id":29370,"verse_id":"JER.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.31","text":"Heb “the high places of [or in] Topheth.” sn The noun Topheth is generally explained as an artificial formation of a word related to the Aramaic word for “cooking stove” combined with the vowels for the word for “shame.” Hence, Jewish piety viewed it as a very shameful act, one that was contrary to the law (see Lev 18:21; 20:2-6 ). Child sacrifice was practiced during the reigns of the wicked kings Ahaz and Manasseh and apparently during Jeremiah’s day (cf. 2 Kgs 16:3; 21:6 ; Jer 32:35 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A31/2"}
{"id":29371,"verse_id":"JER.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.31","text":"Heb “It never entered my heart.” The words “to command such a thing” do not appear in the Hebrew but are added for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A31/3"}
{"id":29372,"verse_id":"JER.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"Heb “Therefore, behold!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":29373,"verse_id":"JER.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.32","text":"Heb “it will no longer be said ‘Topheth’ or ‘the Valley of Ben Hinnom’ but ‘the valley of slaughter.’","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A32/2"}
{"id":29374,"verse_id":"JER.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.32","text":"Heb “And they will bury in Topheth so there is not room.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A32/3"}
{"id":29375,"verse_id":"JER.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.33","text":"Heb “Their dead bodies will be food for the birds of the air and the beasts of the earth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%207%3A33/1"}
{"id":29376,"verse_id":"JER.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “At that time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":29377,"verse_id":"JER.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"reads “the sun and all the stars.” Heb “the host of heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":29378,"verse_id":"JER.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “the sun, moon, and host of heaven which they…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":29379,"verse_id":"JER.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “followed after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for the idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":29380,"verse_id":"JER.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “they will not” but the referent is far enough removed that it might be ambiguous.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A2/4"}
{"id":29381,"verse_id":"JER.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “like dung/manure on the surface of the ground.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A2/5"}
{"id":29382,"verse_id":"JER.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “Death will be chosen rather than life by the remnant who are left from this wicked family in all the places where I have banished them.” The sentence is broken up and restructured to avoid possible confusion because of the complexity of the English to some modern readers. There appears to be an extra “those who are left” that was inadvertently copied from the preceding line. It is missing from one Hebrew ms and from the Greek and Syriac versions and is probably not a part of the original text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":29383,"verse_id":"JER.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of this title see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":29384,"verse_id":"JER.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"The words “the Lord said to me” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation to make clear who is speaking and who is being addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":29385,"verse_id":"JER.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The text is quite commonly emended, changing שׁוֹבְבָה הָעָם ( shovÿvah ha ’ am ) to שׁוֹבָב הָעָם ( shovav ha ’ am ) and omitting יְרוּשָׁלַםִ ( yÿrushalaim ); this is due to the anomaly of a feminine singular verb with a masculine singular subject and the fact that the word “Jerusalem” is absent from one Hebrew ms and the LXX. However, it is possible that this is a case where the noun “Jerusalem” is a defining apposition to the word “these people,” an apposition which GKC 425 §131. k calls “permutation.” In this case the verb could be attracted to the appositional noun and there would be no reason to emend the text. The MT is undoubtedly the harder reading and is for that reason to be preferred. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":29386,"verse_id":"JER.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “to their allegiance to false gods,” or “to their false professions of loyalty”; Heb “to deceit.” Either “to their mistaken beliefs” or “to their allegiance to false gods” would fit the preceding context. The former is more comprehensive than the latter and was chosen for that reason.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":29387,"verse_id":"JER.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “I have paid attention and I have listened.” This is another case of two concepts being joined by “and” where one expresses the main idea and the other acts as an adverbial or adjectival modifier (a figure called hendiadys).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":29388,"verse_id":"JER.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “What have I done?” The addition of the word “wrong” is implicit in the context and is supplied in the translation for clarity. The rhetorical question does not function as a denial of wrongdoing, but rather as contrite shock at one’s own wrongdoing. It is translated as a declaration for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":29389,"verse_id":"JER.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “each one of them turns aside into their own running course.” sn The wordplay begun in v. 4 is continued here. The word translated “turns aside” in the literal translation and “wayward” in the translation is from the same root as “go the wrong way,” “turn around,” “turn away from me,” “apostasy,” “turn back to me.” What God hoped for were confessions of repentance and change of behavior; what he got was denial of wrongdoing and continued turning away from him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":29390,"verse_id":"JER.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “its appointed time.” The translation is contextually motivated to avoid lack of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":29391,"verse_id":"JER.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"There is debate in the commentaries and lexicons about the identification of some of these birds, particularly regarding the identification of the “swallow” which is more likely the “swift” and the “crane” which some identify with the “thrush.” For a discussion see the Bible encyclopedias and the UBS handbook Fauna and Flora of the Bible . The identity of the individual birds makes little difference to the point being made and “swallow” is more easily identifiable to the average reader than the “swift.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":29392,"verse_id":"JER.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “keep.” Ironically birds, which do not think, obey the laws of nature, but Israel does not obey the laws of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":29393,"verse_id":"JER.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “do not know.” But here as elsewhere the word “know” is more than an intellectual matter. It is intended here to summarize both “know” and “follow” ( Heb “observe”) in the preceding lines.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":29394,"verse_id":"JER.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “the ordinance/requirement of the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A7/5"}
{"id":29395,"verse_id":"JER.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “Surely, behold!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":29396,"verse_id":"JER.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “the scribes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":29397,"verse_id":"JER.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “The lying pen of the scribes have made [it] into a lie.” The translation is an attempt to make the most common interpretation of this passage understandable for the average reader. This is, however, a difficult passage whose interpretation is greatly debated and whose syntax is capable of other interpretations. The interpretation of the NJPS, “Assuredly, for naught has the pen labored, for naught the scribes,” surely deserves consideration within the context; i.e. it hasn’t done any good for the scribes to produce a reliable copy of the law, which the people have refused to follow. That interpretation has the advantage of explaining the absence of an object for the verb “make” or “labored” but creates a very unbalanced poetic couplet.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":29398,"verse_id":"JER.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “be trapped.” However, the word “trapped” generally carries with it the connotation of divine judgment. See BDB 540 s.v. לָכַד Niph.2, and compare usage in Jer 6:11 for support. The verbs in the first two lines are again the form of the Hebrew verb that emphasizes that the action is as good as done (Hebrew prophetic perfects).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":29399,"verse_id":"JER.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":29400,"verse_id":"JER.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “They heal the wound of my people lightly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":29401,"verse_id":"JER.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “They say, ‘Peace! Peace!’ and there is no peace!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A11/3"}
{"id":29402,"verse_id":"JER.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “They will fall among the fallen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":29403,"verse_id":"JER.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Or “I will completely destroy them.” The translation which is adopted is based on the revocalization of the MT which appears to mean literally “gathering I will sweep them away,” a rather improbable grammatical combination. It follows the suggestion found in HALOT 705 s.v. סוּף (Hiph) of reading אֹסֵף אֲסִיפָם (’ ose , a first singular Qal imperfect of אָסַף [’ asaf ] followed by a noun אָסִיף [’ asif ] with possessive suffix) instead of the MT’s אָסֹף אֲסִיפֵם (’ aspf ’ asifem , a Qal infinitive absolute of אָסַף [’ asaf ] followed by the Hiphil imperfect of סוּף [ suf ] plus suffix). For parallel usage of the verb אָסַף ( asaf ) see BDB 62 s.v. אָסַף Qal.4, and for a similar form of the verb see Mic 4:6 . The alternate translation follows the suggestion in BDB 692 s.v. סוּף Hiph: אָסֹף (’ asof ) is to be interpreted as a form of the Hiphil infinitive absolute ( הָסֵף [ hasef ] would be expected) chosen for assonance with the following form. This suggestion would gain more credence if the MT is to be retained in Zeph 1:2 where parallel forms are found. However, that text too has been questioned on lexical and grammatical grounds. The translation adopted fits the following context better than the alternate one and is based on less questionable lexical and grammatical parallels. The Greek translation which reads “they shall gather their fruits” supports the translation chosen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":29404,"verse_id":"JER.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"The meaning of this line is very uncertain. A possible alternate translation is: “They have broken the laws that I gave them.” The line reads rather literally “And I gave them they passed over them.” The translation adopted treats the first expression as a noun clause (cf. GKC 488-89 §155. n ) which is the subject of the following verb, i.e., “the things I gave them [contextually, the grapes, etc.] passed over from them.” The alternate translation treats the expression as a dangling object (a Hebrew casus pendens ) resumed by the pronoun “them” and understands “the things that I gave them” to be the law or some related entity which is often the object of this verb (see BDB 717 s.v. עָבַר Qal.1.i). Neither of these translations is without its weakness. The weakness of the translation which has been adopted is the unusual use it assigns to the object suffix of the verb translated “pass over.” The weakness of the alternate translation is the rather abrupt and opaque introduction of a new topic of reference (i.e., the laws) into the context. On the whole the latter weakness would appear to outweigh the former. This line is missing from the Greek version and J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB]) and J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT]) despair of giving a translation. For other possible suggestions see, W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:285-86.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":29405,"verse_id":"JER.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The words “The people say” are not in the text but are implicit in the shift of speakers between vv. 4-13 and vv. 14-16 . They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":29406,"verse_id":"JER.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “Gather together and let us enter into the fortified cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":29407,"verse_id":"JER.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “Let us die there.” The words “at least” and “fighting” are intended to bring out the contrast of passive surrender to death in the open country and active resistance to the death implicit in the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":29408,"verse_id":"JER.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.14","text":"The words “of judgment” are not in the text but are intended to show that “poison water” is not literal but figurative of judgment at the hands of God through the agency of the enemy mentioned in v. 16 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A14/4"}
{"id":29409,"verse_id":"JER.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “against the Lord .” The switch is for the sake of smoothness in English.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A14/5"}
{"id":29410,"verse_id":"JER.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Heb “[We hoped] for a time of healing but behold terror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":29411,"verse_id":"JER.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Heb “his stallions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":29412,"verse_id":"JER.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"The words “They are coming to destroy” are not in the text. They are inserted to break up a long sentence in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":29413,"verse_id":"JER.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"These words which are at the end of the Hebrew verse are brought forward to show at the outset the shift in speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":29414,"verse_id":"JER.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “Indeed [or For] behold!” The translation is intended to convey some of the connection that is suggested by the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":29415,"verse_id":"JER.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “I am sending against you snakes, poisonous ones which cannot be charmed.” In the light of the context literal snakes are scarcely meant. So the metaphor is turned into a simile to prevent possible confusion. For a similar metaphorical use of animals for enemies see 5:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":29416,"verse_id":"JER.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “they will bite you.” There does not appear to be any way to avoid the possible confusion that literal snakes are meant here except to paraphrase. Possibly one could say “And they will attack you and ‘bite’ you,” but the enclosing of the word “bite” in quotations might lead to even further confusion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A17/4"}
{"id":29417,"verse_id":"JER.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"The words, “Then I said” are not in the text but there is a general consensus that the words of vv. 18-19 a are the words of Jeremiah. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":29418,"verse_id":"JER.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. The translation is based on the redivision and repointing of a word that occurs only here in the MT and whose pattern of formation is unparalleled in the Hebrew Bible. The MT reads מַבְלִיגִיתִי ( mavligiti ) which BDB provisionally derives from a verb root meaning “to gleam” or “to shine.” However, BDB notes that the text is dubious (cf. BDB 114 s.v. מַבְלִיגִית ). The text is commonly emended to מִבְּלִי גְּהֹת ( mibbÿli gÿhot ) which is a Qal infinitive from a verb meaning “to heal” preceded by a compound negative “for lack of, to be at a loss for” (cf., e.g., HALOT 514 s.v. מַבְלִיגִית and 174 s.v. גּהה ). This reading is supported by the Greek text which has an adjective meaning “incurable,” which is, however, connected with the preceding verse, i.e., “they will bite you incurably.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":29419,"verse_id":"JER.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":29420,"verse_id":"JER.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “Behold the voice of the crying of the daughter of my people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":29421,"verse_id":"JER.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “Land of distances, i.e., of wide extent.” For parallel usage cf. Isa 33:17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A19/3"}
{"id":29422,"verse_id":"JER.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.19","text":"Heb “her King” but this might be misunderstood by some to refer to the Davidic ruler even with the capitalization.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A19/4"}
{"id":29423,"verse_id":"JER.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.19","text":"The words, “The Lord would answer” are not in the text but are implicit from the words that follow. They are supplied in the translation for clarity. Another option would be to add “And I can just hear the Lord reply.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A19/5"}
{"id":29424,"verse_id":"JER.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"The words “They say” are not in the text; they are supplied in the translation to make clear that the lament of the people begun in v. 19 b is continued here after the interruption of the Lord ’s words in v. 19 c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":29425,"verse_id":"JER.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Heb “Harvest time has passed, the summer is over.” sn This appears to be a proverbial statement for “time marches on.” The people appear to be expressing their frustration that the Lord has not gone about his business of rescuing them as they expected. For a similar misguided feeling based on the offering of shallow repentance see Hos 6:1-3 (and note the Lord ’s reply in 6:4-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":29426,"verse_id":"JER.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":29427,"verse_id":"JER.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “Because of the crushing of the daughter of my people I am crushed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":29428,"verse_id":"JER.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “I go about in black [i.e., mourning clothes]. Dismay has seized me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":29429,"verse_id":"JER.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “balm.” The more familiar “ointment” has been used in the translation, supplemented with the adjective “medicinal.” sn This medicinal ointment ( Heb “balm”) consisted of the gum or resin from a tree that grows in Egypt and Palestine and was thought to have medicinal value (see also Jer 46:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":29430,"verse_id":"JER.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “Is there no balm in Gilead? Is there no physician there?” In this context the questions are rhetorical and expect a positive answer, which is made explicit in the translation. sn The prophet means by this metaphor that there are still means available for healing the spiritual ills of his people, mainly repentance, obedience to the law, and sole allegiance to God, and still people available who will apply this medicine to them, namely prophets like himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":29431,"verse_id":"JER.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A22/3"}
{"id":29432,"verse_id":"JER.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.22","text":"Or more clearly, “restored to spiritual health”; Heb “Why then has healing not come to my dear people?” sn Jeremiah is lamenting that though there is a remedy available for the recovery of his people they have not availed themselves of it.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%208%3A22/4"}
{"id":29433,"verse_id":"JER.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “I wish that my head were water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":29434,"verse_id":"JER.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":29435,"verse_id":"JER.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “I wish I had in the desert a lodging place [inn, or place to spend the night] for travelers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":29436,"verse_id":"JER.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Or “bunch,” but this loses the irony; the word is used for the solemn assemblies at the religious feasts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":29437,"verse_id":"JER.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “they are all adulterers, a congregation of unfaithful people.” However, spiritual adultery is, of course, meant, not literal adultery. So the literal translation would be misleading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":29438,"verse_id":"JER.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"The words “The Lord says” have been moved up from the end of the verse to make clear that a change in speaker has occurred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":29439,"verse_id":"JER.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “They have readied [or strung] their tongue as their bow for lies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":29440,"verse_id":"JER.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “but not through honesty.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":29441,"verse_id":"JER.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “they go from evil to evil.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A3/4"}
{"id":29442,"verse_id":"JER.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “do not acknowledge me”; Heb “do not know me.” But “knowing” in Hebrew thought often involves more than intellectual knowledge; it involves emotional and volitional commitment as well. For יָדַע meaning “acknowledge” see 1 Chr 28:9 ; Isa 29:21 ; Hos 2:20 ; Prov 3:6 . This word is also found in ancient Near Eastern treaty contexts where it has the idea of a vassal king acknowledging the sovereignty of a greater king (cf. H. Huffmon, “The Treaty Background of Hebrew yada,” BASOR 181 [1966]: 31-37).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A3/5"}
{"id":29443,"verse_id":"JER.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “Be on your guard…Do not trust.” The verbs are second masculine plural of direct address and there seems no way to translate literally and not give the mistaken impression that Jeremiah is being addressed. This is another example of the tendency in Hebrew style to turn from description to direct address (a figure of speech called apostrophe).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":29444,"verse_id":"JER.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “cheating, each of them will cheat.” sn There is perhaps an intentional pun and allusion here to Gen 27:36 and the wordplay on the name Jacob there. The text here reads עָקוֹב יַעְקֹב (’ aqob ya ’ qob ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":29445,"verse_id":"JER.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “their tongues.” However, this is probably not a natural idiom in contemporary English and the tongue may stand as a part for the whole anyway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":29446,"verse_id":"JER.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"An alternate reading for vv. 5 d-6b is: “They wear themselves out doing wrong. Jeremiah, you live in the midst of deceitful people. They deceitfully refuse to take any thought of/acknowledge me.” The translation which has been adopted is based on a redivision of the lines, a redivision of some of the words, and a revocalization of some of the consonants. The MT reads literally “doing wrong they weary themselves. Your sitting in the midst of deceit; in deceit they refuse to know me” ( הַעֲוֵה נִלְאוּ׃ שִׁבְתְּךָ בְּתוֹךְ מִרְמָה בְּמִרְמָה מֵאֲנוּ דַעַת־אוֹתִי ). The Greek version reads literally “they do wrong and they do not cease to turn themselves around. Usury upon usury and deceit upon deceit. They do not want to know me.” This suggests that one should read the Hebrew text as שֻׁב׃ תֹּךְ בְּתוֹךְ מִרְ־מָה בְּמִרְ־מָה מֵאֲנוּ דַעַת אוֹתִי הַעֲוֵה נִלְאוּ , which translated literally yields “doing evil [= “they do evil” using the Hiphil infinitive absolute as a finite verb (cf. GKC 346 §113. ff )] they are not able [cf. KBL 468 s.v. לָאָה Niph.3 and see Exod 7:18 for parallel use] to repent. Oppression on oppression [cf. BDB 1067 s.v. תֹּךְ , II תּוֹךְ ]; deceit on deceit. They refuse to know me.” This reading has ancient support and avoids the introduction of an unexpected second masculine suffix into the context. It has been adopted here along with a number of modern commentaries (cf., e.g., W. McKane, Jeremiah [ICC], 1:201) and English versions as the more likely reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":29447,"verse_id":"JER.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “do not acknowledge me”; Heb “do not know me.” See the note on the phrase “do not take any thought of me” in 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":29448,"verse_id":"JER.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of this title see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":29449,"verse_id":"JER.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “I will refine/purify them.” The words “in the fires of affliction” are supplied in the translation to give clarity to the metaphor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":29450,"verse_id":"JER.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “daughter of my people.” For the translation given here see 4:11 and the note on the phrase “dear people” there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":29451,"verse_id":"JER.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “For how else shall I deal because of the wickedness of the daughter of my people.” The MT does not have the word “wickedness.” The word, however, is read in the Greek version. This is probably a case of a word dropping out because of its similarities to the consonants preceding or following it (i.e., haplography). The word “wickedness” ( רַעַת , ra ’ at ) has dropped out before the words “my dear people” ( בַּת־עַמִּי , bat- ’ ammi ). The causal nuance which is normal for מִפְּנֵי ( mippÿne ) does not make sense without some word like this, and the combination of רַעַת מִפְּנֵי ( mippÿne ra ’ at ) does occur in Jer 7:12 and one very like it occurs in Jer 26:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":29452,"verse_id":"JER.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"This reading follows the Masoretic consonants (the Kethib , a Qal active participle from שָׁחַט , shakhat ). The Masoretes preferred to read “a sharpened arrow” (the Qere , a Qal passive participle from the same root or a homonym, meaning “hammered, beaten”). See HALOT 1354 s.v. II שָׁחַט for discussion. The exact meaning of the word makes little difference to the meaning of the metaphor itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":29453,"verse_id":"JER.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “They speak deceit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":29454,"verse_id":"JER.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “With his mouth a person speaks peace to his neighbor, but in his heart he sets an ambush for him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":29455,"verse_id":"JER.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “Should I not punish them…? Should I not bring retribution…?” The rhetorical questions function as emphatic declarations. sn See 5:9, 29 . This is somewhat of a refrain at the end of a catalog of Judah’s sins.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":29456,"verse_id":"JER.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text, but there is general agreement that Jeremiah is the speaker. Cf. the lament in 8:18-9:1 . These words are supplied in the translation for clarity. Some English versions follow the Greek text which reads a plural imperative here. Since this reading would make the transition between 9:10 and 9:11 easier it is probably not original but a translator’s way of smoothing over a difficulty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":29457,"verse_id":"JER.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “I will lift up weeping and mourning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":29458,"verse_id":"JER.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “for the mountains.” However, the context makes clear that it is the grasslands or pastures on the mountains that are meant. The words “for the grasslands” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":29459,"verse_id":"JER.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The words “the Lord said” are not in the text, but it is obvious from the content that he is the speaker. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":29460,"verse_id":"JER.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":29461,"verse_id":"JER.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “a heap of ruins, a haunt for jackals.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":29462,"verse_id":"JER.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"The words, “I said” are not in the text. It is not clear that a shift in speaker has taken place. However, the words of the verse are very unlikely to be a continuation of the Lord ’s threat. It is generally assumed that these are the words of Jeremiah and that a dialogue is going on between him and the Lord in vv. 9-14 . That assumption is accepted here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":29463,"verse_id":"JER.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “Who is the wise man that he may understand this?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":29464,"verse_id":"JER.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “And [who is the man] to whom the mouth of the Lord has spoken that he may explain it?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":29465,"verse_id":"JER.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and they have not walked in it (with “it” referring to “my law”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":29466,"verse_id":"JER.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “they have gone/followed after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for the idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":29467,"verse_id":"JER.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “the Baals,” referring either to the pagan gods called “Baals” or the images of Baal (so NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":29468,"verse_id":"JER.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “forefathers,” or “ancestors.” Here the referent could be the immediate parents or, by their example, more distant ancestors.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":29469,"verse_id":"JER.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See the study notes on 2:9 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":29470,"verse_id":"JER.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “Therefore, thus says the Lord …” The person is shifted from third to first to better conform with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":29471,"verse_id":"JER.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “I will feed this people wormwood and make them drink poison water.” “Wormwood” and “poison water” are not to be understood literally here but are symbolic of judgment and suffering. See, e.g., BDB 542 s.v. לַעֲנָה .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":29472,"verse_id":"JER.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":29473,"verse_id":"JER.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “I will send the sword after them.” The sword here is probably not completely literal but refers to death by violent means, including death by the sword.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":29474,"verse_id":"JER.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of this title see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":29475,"verse_id":"JER.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “Thus says Yahweh of armies.” However, without some addition it is not clear to whom the command is addressed. The words are supplied in the translation for clarity and to help resolve a rather confusing issue of who is speaking throughout vv. 16-21 . As has been evident throughout the translation, the speaker is not always indicated. Sometimes it is not even clear who the speaker is. In general the translation and the notes have reflected the general consensus in identifying who it is. Here, however, there is a good deal of confusion about who is speaking in vv. 18, 20-21 . The Greek translation has the Lord speaking throughout with second plural pronouns in vv. 18, 21 and the absence of the first line in v. 22 . It would be hard to explain how the MT arose if it were the original text. Critical commentators such as J. Bright, W. Holladay, and W. McKane resolve the issue by dropping out the introductory formula in v. 17 and the first line of v. 22 and assigning the whole lament to Jeremiah. It seems obvious from the first plural pronouns and the content of v. 18 (and probably v. 21 as well) and the fact that the Lord is referred to in other than the first person in v. 20 that he is not the speaker of those verses. I have attempted to resolve the issue by having Jeremiah report the Lord ’s command in v. 17 and have the rest of the speech be essentially that of Jeremiah. It should be admitted, however, that the issue is far from resolved. Most English versions simply ignore the problem. The GNB (= TEV) is a rare exception.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":29476,"verse_id":"JER.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “Consider!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":29477,"verse_id":"JER.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “Call for the mourning women that they may come and send for the wise/skilled women that they may come.” The verbs here are masculine plural, addressed to the people.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A17/4"}
{"id":29478,"verse_id":"JER.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"The words “And I said, ‘Indeed” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to try and help clarify who the speaker is who identifies with the lament of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":29479,"verse_id":"JER.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"The words “They will wail” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to make clear that this is the wailing that will be heard. sn The destruction is still in the future, but it is presented graphically as though it had already taken place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":29480,"verse_id":"JER.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “How we are ruined!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":29481,"verse_id":"JER.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text. The text merely has “Indeed, yes.” The words are supplied in the translation to indicate that the speaker is still Jeremiah though he now is not talking about the mourning woman but is talking to them. See the notes on 9:17-18 for further explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":29482,"verse_id":"JER.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"It is a little difficult to explain how the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) is functioning here. W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:311) may be correct in seeing it as introducing the contents of what those who call for the mourning women are to say. In this case, Jeremiah picks up the task as representative of the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":29483,"verse_id":"JER.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “Listen to the word of the Lord .” sn In this context the “word of the Lord” that they are to listen for is the word of the lament that they are to teach their daughters and neighbors.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A20/3"}
{"id":29484,"verse_id":"JER.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “‘Death has climbed…city squares. And the dead bodies of people lie scattered…They lie scattered…but has not been gathered.’ The Lord has told me to tell you this.” Or “For death will climb…It will enter…It will take away…who gather in the city squares. So tell your daughters and neighbors, ‘The Lord wants you to say, “The dead bodies of people lie scattered…They lie scattered…has not been gathered.”’” The main causes of ambiguity are the particle כִּי ( ki ) introducing v. 21 and the verb form דַּבֵּר ( dabber ) at the beginning of v. 22 . כִּי may be interpreted as introducing a causal sentence giving Jeremiah’s grounds for the commands of v. 19 in which case the verbs would best be understood as prophetic perfects (as in the second alternate translation). Or it may be interpreted as introducing the content of the lament the women are to teach their daughters and neighbors (as in the translation adopted and in the first alternate translation). The form דַּבֵּר may be interpreted as a Piel masculine singular imperative addressed to Jeremiah (as in the first alternate translation where it is placed at the end for the sake of clarity) or as a Piel infinitive absolute either explaining what the woman are to teach their daughters and neighbors (as in the second alternate translation; cf. GKC 341 §113. h , i for this use of the infinitive absolute) or as equivalent to an imperative addressed to the women telling them to tell their daughters and neighbors the reason for the lament, i.e., the Lord ’s promise of widespread death (cf. GKC 346 §113. bb for this use of the infinitive absolute). The translation chosen has opted for v. 21 as the content of the lament and v. 22 as the further explanation that Jeremiah has the women pass on to their neighbors and daughters. This appears to this interpreter to create the least confusion and dislocation in the flow of the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":29485,"verse_id":"JER.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Or “Strong people should not brag that they are strong.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":29486,"verse_id":"JER.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.23","text":"Heb “…in their wisdom…in their power…in their riches.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A23/3"}
{"id":29487,"verse_id":"JER.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “fairness and justice, because these things give me pleasure.” Verse 24 reads in Hebrew, “But let the one who brags brag in this: understanding and knowing me that I, the Lord , do faithfulness, justice, and righteousness in the earth for/that I delight in these.” It is uncertain whether the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) before the clause “I delight in these things” is parallel to the כִּי introducing the clause “that I, the Lord , act…” or causal giving the grounds for the Lord acting the way he does. In the light of the contrasts in the passage and the emphasis that Jeremiah has placed on obedience to the covenant and ethical conduct in conjunction with real allegiance to the Lord not mere lip service, it is probable that the clauses are parallel. For the use of כִּי to introduce clauses of further definition after a direct object as here see GKC 365 §117. h and see BDB 393 s.v. יָדַע Qal.1.a. For parallels to the idea of Yahweh requiring these characteristics in people see Hos 6:6 , Mic 6:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":29488,"verse_id":"JER.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":29489,"verse_id":"JER.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “punish all who are circumcised in the flesh.” The translation is contextually motivated to better bring out the contrast that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":29490,"verse_id":"JER.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “all those who are cut off on the side of the head who live in the desert.” KJV and some other English versions (e.g., NIV “who live in the desert in distant places”; NLT “who live in distant places”) have followed the interpretation that this is a biform of an expression meaning “end or remote parts of the [far] corners [of the earth].” This interpretation is generally abandoned by the more recent commentaries and lexicons (see, e.g. BDB 802 s.v. פֵּאָה 1 and HALOT 858 s.v. פֵּאָה 1. β ). It occurs also in 25:33; 49:32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":29491,"verse_id":"JER.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “For all of these nations are uncircumcised.” The words “I will do so” are supplied in the translation to indicate the connection with the preceding statement. sn A contrast is drawn here between circumcision as a mere external cutting of the flesh and a sign of commitment to the covenant and the God of the covenant. The people of these nations practiced circumcision but not as a sign of the covenant. The people of Israel engaged in it as a religious practice but without any obedience to the covenant that it was a sign of or any real commitment to the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":29492,"verse_id":"JER.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “house of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":29493,"verse_id":"JER.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.26","text":"Heb “And all the house of Israel is uncircumcised of heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%209%3A26/4"}
{"id":29494,"verse_id":"JER.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":29495,"verse_id":"JER.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “Do not learn the way of the nations.” For this use of the word “ways” ( דֶּרֶךְ , derekh ) compare for example Jer 12:16 and Isa 2:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":29496,"verse_id":"JER.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “signs.” The words “that occur” are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn The Hebrew word translated here “things that go on in the sky” ( אֹתוֹת , ’ otot ) refers both to unusual disturbances such as eclipses, comets, meteors, etc., but also to such things as the changes in the position of the sun, moon, and stars in conjunction with the changes in seasons (cf. Gen 1:14 ). The people of Assyria and Babylonia worshiped the sun, moon, and stars, thinking that these heavenly bodies had some hold over them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":29497,"verse_id":"JER.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “statutes.” According to BDB 350 s.v. חֻקָּה 2.b it refers to the firmly established customs or practices of the pagan nations. Compare the usage in Lev 20:23 ; 2 Kgs 17:8 . Here it is essentially equivalent to דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh ) in v. 1 , which has already been translated “religious practices.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":29498,"verse_id":"JER.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"The pronoun is plural in Hebrew, referring to the parts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":29499,"verse_id":"JER.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “And it is not in them to do good either.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":29500,"verse_id":"JER.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The words “I said” are not in the Hebrew text, but there appears to be a shift in speaker. Someone is now addressing the Lord . The likely speaker is Jeremiah, so the words “I said” are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":29501,"verse_id":"JER.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"The form that introduces this line has raised debate. The form מֵאֵין ( me ’ en ) normally means “without” and introduces a qualification of a term expressing desolation or “so that not” and introduces a negative result (cf. BDB 35 s.v. II אַיִן 6.b). Neither of these nuances fit either this verse or the occurrence in v. 7 . BDB 35 s.v. II אַיִן 6.b. γ notes that some have explained this as a strengthened form of אַיִן (’ ayin ) which occurs in a similar phrase five other times (cf., e.g., 1 Kgs 8:23 ). Though many including BDB question the validity of this solution it is probably better than the suggestion that BDB gives of repointing to מֵאַיִן ( me ’ ayin , “whence”), which scarcely fits the context of v. 7 , or the solution of HALOT 41 s.v. I אַיִן , which suggests that the מ ( mem ) is a double writing (dittograph) of the final consonant from the preceding word. That would assume that the scribe made the same error twice or was influenced the second time by the first erroneous writing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":29502,"verse_id":"JER.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “Great is your name in power.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":29503,"verse_id":"JER.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “Who should not revere you…?” The question is rhetorical and expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":29504,"verse_id":"JER.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “For it is fitting to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":29505,"verse_id":"JER.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “their royalty/dominion.” This is a case of substitution of the abstract for the concrete “royalty, royal power” for “kings” who exercise it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":29506,"verse_id":"JER.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Or “Those wise people and kings are…” It is unclear whether the subject is the “they” of the nations in the preceding verse, or the wise people and kings referred to. The text merely has “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":29507,"verse_id":"JER.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “The instruction of vanities [worthless idols] is wood.” The meaning of this line is a little uncertain. Various proposals have been made to make sense, most of which involve radical emendation of the text. For some examples see J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 323-24, fn 6. However, this is probably a case of the bold predication that discussed in GKC 452 §141. d , some examples of which may be seen in Ps 109:4 “I am prayer,” and Ps 120:7 “I am peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":29508,"verse_id":"JER.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":".","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":29509,"verse_id":"JER.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"This is a place of unknown location. It is mentioned again in Dan 10:5 . Many emend the word to “Ophir” following the Syriac version and the Aramaic Targum. Ophir was famous for its gold (cf. 1 Kgs 9:28 ; Job 28:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":29510,"verse_id":"JER.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"The words “to cover those idols” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":29511,"verse_id":"JER.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.9","text":"The words “They are” are not in the text. The text reads merely, “the work of the carpenter and of the hands of the goldsmith.” The words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A9/4"}
{"id":29512,"verse_id":"JER.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “Blue and purple their clothing.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A9/5"}
{"id":29513,"verse_id":"JER.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Aram “The gods who did not make…earth will disappear…” The sentence is broken up in the translation to avoid a long, complex English sentence in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":29514,"verse_id":"JER.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"This verse is in Aramaic. It is the only Aramaic sentence in Jeremiah. Scholars debate the appropriateness of this verse to this context. Many see it as a gloss added by a postexilic scribe which was later incorporated into the text. Both R. E. Clendenen (“Discourse Strategies in ,” JBL 106 [1987]: 401-8) and W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:324-25, 334-35) have given detailed arguments that the passage is not only original but the climax and center of the contrast between the Lord and idols in vv. 2-16 . Holladay shows that the passage is a very carefully constructed chiasm (see accompanying study note) which argues that “these” at the end is the subject of the verb “will disappear” not the attributive adjective modifying heaven. He also makes a very good case that the verse is poetry and not prose as it is rendered in the majority of modern English versions. sn This passage is carefully structured and placed to contrast the Lord who is living and eternal (v. 10 ) and made the heavens and earth (v. 12 ) with the idols who did not and will disappear. It also has a very careful concentric structure in the original text where “the gods” is balanced by “these,” “heavens” is balance by “from under the heavens,” “the earth” is balanced by “from the earth,” and “did not make” is balanced and contrasted in the very center by “will disappear.” The structure is further reinforced by the sound play/wordplay between “did not make” ( Aram לָא עֲבַדוּ [ la ’ ’ avadu ]) and “will disappear” ( Aram יֵאבַדוּ [ ye ’ vadu ]). This is the rhetorical climax of Jeremiah’s sarcastic attack on the folly of idolatry.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":29515,"verse_id":"JER.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"The words “The Lord is” are not in the text. They are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation here because of the possible confusion of who the subject is due to the parenthetical address to the people of Israel in v. 11 . The first two verbs are participles and should not merely be translated as the narrative past. They are predicate nominatives of an implied copula intending to contrast the Lord as the one who made the earth with the idols which did not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":29516,"verse_id":"JER.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “At the voice of his giving.” The idiom “to give the voice” is often used for thunder (cf. BDB 679 s.v. נָתַן Qal.1.x).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":29517,"verse_id":"JER.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “from the ends of the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":29518,"verse_id":"JER.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “he brings out the winds from his storehouses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":29519,"verse_id":"JER.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “Every man.” But in the context this is not a reference to all people without exception but to all idolaters. The referent is made explicit for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":29520,"verse_id":"JER.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"Or “nothing but a phony god”; Heb “a lie/falsehood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":29521,"verse_id":"JER.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “There is no breath in them.” The referent is made explicit so that no one will mistakenly take it to refer to the idolaters or goldsmiths.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A14/3"}
{"id":29522,"verse_id":"JER.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “objects of mockery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":29523,"verse_id":"JER.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"The words “The Lord who is” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity. For the significance of the words that follow them see the study note that follows. sn The phrase the portion of Jacob’s descendants , which is applied to God here, has its background in the division of the land where each tribe received a portion of the land of Palestine except the tribe of Levi whose “portion” was the Lord . As the other tribes lived off what their portion of the land provided, the tribe of Levi lived off what the Lord provided, i.e., the tithes and offerings dedicated to him. Hence to have the Lord as one’s portion is to have him provide for all one’s needs (see Ps 16:5 in the context of vv. 2, 6 and Lam 3:24 in the context of vv. 22-23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":29524,"verse_id":"JER.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “The Portion of Jacob.” “Descendants” is implied, and is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":29525,"verse_id":"JER.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “And Israel is the tribe of his possession.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":29526,"verse_id":"JER.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies is his name.” sn For this rendering of the name for God and its significance see 2:19 and the study note there.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A16/4"}
{"id":29527,"verse_id":"JER.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":29528,"verse_id":"JER.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “you who are living in/under siege.” The pronouns in this verse are feminine singular in Hebrew. Jerusalem is being personified as a single woman. This personification carries on down through v. 19 where she speaks in the first person. It is difficult, however, to reflect this in a translation that conveys any meaning without being somewhat paraphrastic like this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":29529,"verse_id":"JER.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"The meaning of this last line is somewhat uncertain: Heb “I will cause them distress in order that [or with the result that] they will find.” The absence of an object for the verb “find” has led to conjecture that the text is wrong. Some commentators follow the lead of the Greek and Latin versions which read the verb as a passive: “they will be found,” i.e., be caught and captured. Others follow a suggestion by G. R. Driver (“Linguistic and Textual Problems: Jeremiah,” JQR 28 [1937-38]: 107) that the verb be read not as “they will find” ( יִמְצָאוּ [ yimtsa ’ u ] from מָצָא [ matsa ’]) but “they will be squeezed/ drained” ( יִמְצוּ [ yimtsu ] from מָצָה [ matsah ]). The translation adopted assumes that this is an example of the ellipsis of the object supplied from the context (cf. E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 8-12). For a similar nuance for the verb “find” = “feel/experience” see BDB 592 s.v. מָצָא Qal.1.f and compare the usage in Ps 116:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":29530,"verse_id":"JER.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"The words, “And I cried out” are not in the text. It is not altogether clear who the speaker is in vv. 19-25 . The words of vv. 19-20 would best be assigned to a personified Jerusalem who laments the destruction of her city (under the figure of a tent) and the exile of her children (under the figure of children). However, the words of v. 21 which assign responsibility to the rulers do not fit well in the mouth of the people but do fit Jeremiah. The words of v. 22 are very appropriate to Jeremiah being similar to the report in 4:19-20 . Likewise the words of v. 23 which appear to express man’s incapacity to control his own destiny and his resignation to the fate which awaits him in the light of v. 24 seem more appropriate to Jeremiah than to the people. There has been no indication elsewhere that the people have shown any indication of being resigned to their fate or willing to accept their punishment. Though the issue is far from resolved a majority of commentators see Jeremiah as the speaker so identifying himself with their fate that he speaks as though he were this personified figure. It is not altogether out of the question, however, that the speaker throughout is personified Jerusalem though I know of no commentator who takes that view. For those who are interested, the most thorough discussion of the issue is probably to be found in W. McKane, Jeremiah (ICC), 1:230-35, especially 233-35. Rendering the pronouns throughout as “we” and “our” alleviates some of the difficulty but some speaker needs to be identified in the introduction to allay any possible confusion. Hence I have opted for what is the majority view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":29531,"verse_id":"JER.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “Woe to me on account of my wound.” The words “woe to” in many contexts carry the connotation of hopelessness and of inevitable doom (cf. 1 Sam 4:7, 8 ; Isa 6:5 ), hence a “deadly blow.” See also the usage in 4:13, 31; 6:4 and the notes on 4:13 . For the rendering of the pronoun as “we” and “our” here and in the verses to follow see the preceding note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":29532,"verse_id":"JER.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Some interpret this as a resignation to the punishment inflicted and translate “But I said, ‘This is my punishment and I will just need to bear it.’” This is unlikely given the meaning and usage of the word rendered “sickness” ( חֳלִי , khali ), the absence of the pronoun “my,” and the likelihood that the particle אַךְ means “only” not “indeed” (cf. BDB s.v. אַךְ 2.b and compare its usage in v. 24 ). sn What is being referred to here is the feeling that was encouraged by the false prophets that the ill fortunes of the nation were just temporary setbacks and everything would soon get better (cf. 6:14; 8:11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":29533,"verse_id":"JER.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “My tent has been destroyed and my tent cords have been ripped apart.” For a very similar identification of Jeremiah’s plight with the plight of the personified community see 4:20 and the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":29534,"verse_id":"JER.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “my children have gone from me and are no more.” sn What is being referred to is the exile of the people of the land. This passage could refer to the exiles of 605 b.c. , 597 b.c., or more probably be anticipatory of the exile of 588 b.c. since the “tent,” (i.e., the city) is pictured as torn down. The picture of devastation and desolation here should be contrasted with that in Isa 54:2-3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":29535,"verse_id":"JER.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “the shepherds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":29536,"verse_id":"JER.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “They have not sought the Lord .” sn The idiom translated sought the Lord ’s advice quite commonly refers to inquiring for the Lord ’s guidance through a prophet. See for example Exod 18:15 ; 1 Sam 9:9 ; 1 Kgs 22:8 . It would not exclude consulting the law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":29537,"verse_id":"JER.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “all their flock (or “pasturage”).” sn This verse uses the figure of rulers as shepherds and the people they ruled as sheep. It is a common figure in the Bible. See for an extended development of this metaphor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":29538,"verse_id":"JER.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “The sound of a report, behold, it is coming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":29539,"verse_id":"JER.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Heb “ coming, even a great quaking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":29540,"verse_id":"JER.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “Not to the man his way.” For the nuance of “fate, destiny, or the way things turn out” for the Hebrew word “way” see Hag 1:5 , Isa 40:27 and probably Ps 49:13 (cf. KBL 218 s.v. דֶּרֶךְ 5). For the idea of “control” or “hold in one’s power” for the preposition “to” see Ps 3:8 (cf. BDB 513 s.v. לְ 5.b[a]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":29541,"verse_id":"JER.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Heb “Not to a man the walking and the establishing his step.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":29542,"verse_id":"JER.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Heb “with justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":29543,"verse_id":"JER.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"The words, “to almost nothing” are not in the text. They are implicit from the general context and are supplied by almost all English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":29544,"verse_id":"JER.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “know you.” For this use of the word “know” ( יָדַע , yada ’) see the note on 9:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":29545,"verse_id":"JER.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “tribes/clans.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":29546,"verse_id":"JER.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “who do not call on your name.” The idiom “to call on your name” (directed to God) refers to prayer (mainly) and praise. See 1 Kgs 18:24-26 and Ps 116:13, 17 . Here “calling on your name” is parallel to “acknowledging you.” In many locations in the OT “name” is equivalent to the person. In the OT, the “name” reflected the person’s character (cf. Gen 27:36 ; 1 Sam 25:25 ) or his reputation ( Gen 11:4 ; 2 Sam 8:13 ). To speak in a person’s name was to act as his representative or carry his authority ( 1 Sam 25:9 ; 1 Kgs 21:8 ). To call someone’s name over something was to claim it for one’s own ( 2 Sam 12:28 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":29547,"verse_id":"JER.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.25","text":"Heb “have devoured Jacob.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A25/4"}
{"id":29548,"verse_id":"JER.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.25","text":"Or “have almost completely destroyed them”; Heb “they have devoured them and consumed them.” The figure of hyperbole is used here; elsewhere Jeremiah and God refer to the fact that they will not be completely consumed. See for example 4:27; 5:10, 18 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2010%3A25/5"}
{"id":29549,"verse_id":"JER.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord , saying.” The proposed translation is more in keeping with contemporary English idiom. Cf. 1:2 and 7:1 and footnotes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":29550,"verse_id":"JER.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"The form is a second masculine plural which is followed in the MT of vv. 2-3 by second masculine singulars. This plus the fact that the whole clause “listen to the terms of this covenant” is nearly repeated at the end of v. 3 has led many modern scholars to delete the whole clause (cf., e.g. W. McKane, Jeremiah [ICC], 1:236-37). However, this only leads to further adjustments in the rest of the verse which are difficult to justify. The form has also led to a good deal of speculation about who these others were that are initially addressed here. The juxtaposition of second plural and singular forms has a precedent in Deuteronomy, where the nation is sometimes addressed with the plural and at other times with a collective singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":29551,"verse_id":"JER.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “this covenant.” The referent of “this” is left dangling until it is further defined in vv. 3-4 . Leaving it undefined in the translation may lead to confusion hence the anticipatory nature of the demonstrative is spelled out explicitly in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":29552,"verse_id":"JER.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “and speak/tell them.” However, the translation chosen is more appropriate to modern idiom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":29553,"verse_id":"JER.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “those living in Jerusalem”; Heb “inhabitants of.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A2/5"}
{"id":29554,"verse_id":"JER.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “Cursed is the person who does not listen to the terms of this covenant.” “This covenant” is further qualified in the following verse by a relative clause. The form of the sentence and the qualification “my” before covenant were chosen for better English idiom and to break up a long sentence which really extends to the middle of v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":29555,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 5, 7, 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":29556,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “does not listen…this covenant which I commanded your fathers.” The sentence is broken up this way in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":29557,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “out of the land of Egypt, out of the iron-smelting furnace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":29558,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"In place of the words “I said at that time” the Hebrew text has “saying.” The sentence is again being restructured in English to avoid the long, confusing style of the Hebrew original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":29559,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “Obey me and carry them out.” The “them” refers back to the terms of the covenant which they were charged to keep according to the preceding. The referent is made specific to avoid ambiguity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":29560,"verse_id":"JER.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.4","text":"The words, “If you do” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to break up a long sentence consisting of an imperative followed by a consequential sentence.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A4/6"}
{"id":29561,"verse_id":"JER.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"The phrase “a land flowing with milk and honey” is very familiar to readers in the Jewish and Christian traditions as a proverbial description of the agricultural and pastoral abundance of the land of Israel. However, it may not mean too much to readers outside those traditions; an equivalent expression would be “a land of fertile fields and fine pastures.” E. W. Bullinger ( Figures of Speech , 626) identifies this as a figure of speech called synecdoche where the species is put for the genus, “a region…abounding with pasture and fruits of all kinds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":29562,"verse_id":"JER.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “‘a land flowing with milk and honey,’ as at this day.” However, the literal reading is too elliptical and would lead to confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":29563,"verse_id":"JER.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"The words “Let it be so” are not in the text; they are an explanation of the significance of the term “Amen” for those who may not be part of the Christian or Jewish tradition. sn The word amen is found at the end of each of the curses in where the people express their agreement with the appropriateness of the curse for the offense mentioned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":29564,"verse_id":"JER.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “the terms of this covenant.” However, this was a separate message and the ambiguity of “this” could still cause some confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":29565,"verse_id":"JER.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “warned them…saying, ‘Obey me.’” However, it allows the long sentence to be broken up easier if the indirect quote is used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":29566,"verse_id":"JER.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"For the explanation for this rendering see the note on 7:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":29567,"verse_id":"JER.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Heb “So I brought on them all the terms of this covenant which I commanded to do and they did not do.” There is an interesting polarity that is being exploited by two different nuances implicit in the use of the word “terms” ( דִּבְרֵי [ divre ], literally “words”), i.e., what the Lord “brings on” them, namely, the curses that are the penalty for disobedience and the stipulations that they are “to do,” that is, to carry out. The sentence is broken up this way in keeping with contemporary English style to avoid the long and complicated style of the original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":29568,"verse_id":"JER.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “Conspiracy [a plot to rebel] is found [or exists] among the men of Judah and the inhabitants of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":29569,"verse_id":"JER.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “They have repeated the evil actions of….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":29570,"verse_id":"JER.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “have walked/followed after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for the idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":29571,"verse_id":"JER.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “house of Israel and house of Judah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":29572,"verse_id":"JER.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Heb “Therefore, thus, says the Lord .” The person has been shifted in the translation in accordance with the difference between Hebrew and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":29573,"verse_id":"JER.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “Then the towns of Judah and those living in Jerusalem will…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":29574,"verse_id":"JER.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"The Hebrew construction is emphatic involving the use of an infinitive of the verb before the verb itself ( Heb “saving they will not save”). For this construction to give emphasis to an antithesis, cf. GKC 343 §113. p .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":29575,"verse_id":"JER.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"This is again an attempt to render the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) contextually. The nuance is a little hard to establish due to the nature of the rhetoric of the passage which utilizes the figure of apostrophe where the Lord turns from talking about Judah to addressing her directly, probably in condemnatory tones. Something like “the very idea that you should…” might best represent the mood. The כִּי is probably asseverative or intensive (cf. BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":29576,"verse_id":"JER.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “For [or Indeed] the number of your [sing.] cities are your [sing.] gods, Judah, and the number of the streets of Jerusalem [or perhaps (your) streets, Jerusalem] you [plur.] have set up altars to the shameful thing, altars to sacrifice to Baal.” This passage involves a figure of speech where the speaker turns from describing something about someone to addressing him/her directly (a figure called apostrophe). This figure is not common in contemporary English literature or conversation and translating literally would lead to confusion on the part of some readers. Hence, the translation retains the third person in keeping with the rest of the context. The shift from singular “your cities” to plural “you have set up” is interpreted contextually to refer to a shift in addressing Judah to addressing the citizens of Jerusalem whose streets are being talked about. The appositional clause, “altars to sacrifice to Baal” has been collapsed with the preceding clause to better identify what the shameful thing is and to eliminate a complex construction. The length of this sentence runs contrary to the usual practice of breaking up long complex sentences in Hebrew into shorter equivalent ones in English. However, breaking up this sentence and possibly losing the connecting link with the preceding used to introduce it might lead to misunderstanding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":29577,"verse_id":"JER.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":29578,"verse_id":"JER.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"The words “to save them” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn Cf. Jer 7:16 where this same command is addressed to Jeremiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":29579,"verse_id":"JER.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.14","text":"The rendering “when disaster strikes them” is based on reading “at the time of” ( בְּעֵת , bÿ ’ et ) with a number of Hebrew mss and the versions instead of “on account of” ( בְּעַד , bÿ ’ ad ). W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:347) is probably right in assuming that the MT has been influenced by “for them” ( בַעֲדָם , va ’ adam ) earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A14/3"}
{"id":29580,"verse_id":"JER.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The words “The Lord says to the people of Judah” are not in the text. It is, however, clear from the words that follow that he is the speaker and Judah the addressee. The words are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":29581,"verse_id":"JER.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Heb “What to my beloved [being] in my house?” The text has been restructured to avoid possible confusion by the shift from third person in the first two lines to second person in the last two lines and the lines of the following verse. The reference to Judah as his “beloved” is certainly ironic and perhaps even sarcastic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":29582,"verse_id":"JER.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"The meaning of this line is uncertain. The text reads somewhat literally either “her doing the wicked thing the many” or “doing it, the wicked thing, the many.” The text, relationship between words, and meaning of this whole verse have been greatly debated. Wholesale emendation based on the ancient versions is common in both the commentaries and the modern English versions. Many follow the lead of the Greek version which in many cases offers a smoother reading but for that very reason may not be original. The notes that follow will explain some of these emendations but will also attempt to explain the most likely meaning of the MT which is the more difficult and probably the more original text. Since it is presumed to be the original the text will be dealt with in the notes line for line in the MT even though the emendations often relate to more than one line. For example the Greek of the first two lines reads: “Why has the beloved done abomination in my house?” This ignores the preposition before “my beloved” ( לִידִידִי , lididi ) and treats the form “her doing” ( עֲשׂוֹתָהּ [’ asotah ], Qal infinitive plus suffix) as a finite verb ( עָשְׂתָה [’ astah ], Qal perfect third feminine). The forms are similar but the Greek is smoother. Moreover, it is difficult to explain the presence of “to” in the MT if the Greek is the original. The Greek text likewise does not have the difficulty that is exhibited in the MT by the word “the many” ( הָרַבִּים , harabbim ). It reads a word for “vows/votive offerings” ( εὐχαί [ eucai ] regularly = נְדָרִים [ gÿdarim ]) in place of the word “many” ( הָרַבִּים , harabbim ) and takes it as part of a compound subject of the verb in the following line meaning “take away.” However, this word is far removed graphically from that in the MT and it would be difficult to explain how the MT arose from it. The Old Latin apparently reads a word for “fat” ( adipes = חֲלָבִים , khalavim ) which is closer in script to the MT and would be more likely original than the Greek. However, both of these resolutions look like attempts to smooth out a difficult text. Because there is no solid support for any single reading, it is probably best to retain the MT’s “the many.” Many do retain it and take it as a second accusative of “doing it” and read “she does the wicked thing with many [i.e., many false gods],” a use of the accusative which is hard to justify. Another alternative, taking the adjective “the many” to modify the noun “the wicked thing” is sometimes suggested but is not possible because the adjective is masculine plural and the noun is feminine singular which is contrary to Hebrew style. Hence one cannot read “she has done many wicked things.” The present translation follows the suggestion in D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 4:209, that it is the subject of the infinitive construct with an object suffix which is anticipatory of the noun “wickedness” that follows (cf. GKC 425 §131. m ), i.e., “the many do it, namely the wickedness” (for the meaning of the noun see BDB 273 s.v. מְזִמָּה 3.b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":29583,"verse_id":"JER.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"The meaning of this line is also uncertain. The Hebrew text reads somewhat literally, “holy meat they pass over from upon you.” The question of the subject of the verb is the main problem here. The verb is masculine plural and the only subject available is “holy meat” which is singular, a “they” which goes back to “the many,” or a noun from the end of the preceding line which is combined with “holy meat.” The latter is the solution of the Greek version which reads “Will votive offerings [or pieces of fat (following the Old Latin)] and holy meats take away from you your wickedness?” However, that resolution has been rejected in the preceding note as smoothing out the difficulties of the first two lines. It also leaves out the כִּי ( ki ) at the beginning of the following line and takes the noun “your wickedness” as the object of the verb. That certainly would make for an easier reading of both this line and the next and the assumption that כִּי may not be in the text is possible because it could be explained as a double writing of the pronoun on the end of the preceding phrase “from upon you” ( מֵעָלָיִךְ , me ’ alayikh ). However, besides being the smoother reading it leaves the last line too short poetically. The solution of the UBS, Preliminary Report , 4:209 is that “they” (referring back to “the many”?) is the subject. They read: “so that they carry away from you even sacrificial flesh.” But who are “they” and “you?” Is the “they” the priests and the “you” the people? (See 1 Sam 2:10-17 for a possible parallel.) This, however, introduces too many unknowns into the text. The translation adopted is based on a revocalization of the form “from upon you” ( מֵעָלָיִךְ , me ’ alayikh ) to “your treacherous acts” ( מַעֲלָיִךְ , ma ’ alayikh ; for this noun cf. BDB 591 s.v. I מַעַל 2), a solution which is also proposed in the margin of the NJPS which reads: “Can your treacheries be canceled by sacral flesh?” For the nuance of the verb presupposed here (= be removed, cease to exist) see BDB 718 s.v. עָבַר Qal.6.c and compare usage in Job 30:15 . While this solution does preserve the consonantal text and is accepted here, it should be acknowledged that there is no ancient support for it and the reading of the noun “treacheries” in place of the compound preposition “from upon” is purely speculative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":29584,"verse_id":"JER.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “The Lord once called you….” This is another example of the rapid shift in person that is common to Hebrew style which is not common in English and could lead to confusion for some readers. Here and in the verses that follow the person has been shifted to first person for consistency in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":29585,"verse_id":"JER.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"The verb form used here is another example of a verb expressing that the action is as good as done (the Hebrew prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":29586,"verse_id":"JER.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “At the sound of a mighty roar he will set fire to it.” For the shift from third person “he” to the first person “I” see the preceding note. The Hebrew use of the pronouns in vv. 16-17 for the olive tree and the people that it represents is likely to cause confusion if retained. In v. 16 the people are “you” and the olive tree is “it.” The people are again “you” in v. 17 but part of the metaphor is carried over, i.e., “he ‘planted’ you.” It creates less confusion in the flow of the passage if the metaphorical identification is carried out throughout by addressing the people/plant as “you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A16/3"}
{"id":29587,"verse_id":"JER.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.16","text":"The verb here has most commonly been derived from a root meaning “to be broken” (cf. BDB 949 s.v. II רָעַע ) which fits poorly with the metaphor of setting the plant on fire. Another common option is to emend it to a verb meaning “to be burned up” ( בָּעַר , ba ’ ar ). However, it is better to follow the lead of the Greek version which translates “be good for nothing” ( ἠχρειώθησαν , hcreiwqhsan ) and derive the verb from רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’) meaning “be bad/evil” (cf. BDB 949 and compare the nuance of the adjective from this verb in BDB 948 s.v. רַע 5).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A16/4"}
{"id":29588,"verse_id":"JER.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of the term see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":29589,"verse_id":"JER.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"The words “in the land” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning of the metaphor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":29590,"verse_id":"JER.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “For Yahweh of armies who planted you speaks disaster upon you.” Because of the way the term Lord of armies has been rendered this sentence has been restructured to avoid confusion in English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":29591,"verse_id":"JER.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “pronounced disaster…on account of the evil of the house of Israel and the house of Judah which they have done to make me angry [or thus making me angry] by sacrificing to Baal.” The lines have been broken up in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":29592,"verse_id":"JER.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “caused me to know that I might know.” Many English versions supply an unstated object “their plots” which is referred to later in the context (cf. v. 19 ). The presupposition of this kind of absolute ellipsis is difficult to justify and would create the need for understanding an ellipsis of “it” also after “I knew.” It is better to see a bipolar use of the verb “know” here. For the second use of the verb “know” meaning “have understanding” see BDB 394 s.v. ָידַע Qal.5.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":29593,"verse_id":"JER.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “Then you showed me their deeds.” This is another example of the rapid shift in person which is common in Jeremiah. As elsewhere, it has been resolved for the sake of avoiding confusion for the English reader by leveling the referent to the same person throughout. The text again involves an apostrophe, talking about the Lord to addressing him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":29594,"verse_id":"JER.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “against me.” The words “to kill me” are implicit from the context and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":29595,"verse_id":"JER.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"The words “I did not know that they were saying” are not in the text. The quote is without formal introduction in the original. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":29596,"verse_id":"JER.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"This word and its pronoun ( לַחְמוֹ , lakhmo , “its bread”) is often emended to read “in/with its sap” = “in its prime” (either לֵחוֹ [ lekho ] or לֵחְמוֹ [ lekhÿmo ]); the latter would be more likely and the מוֹ ( mo ) could be explained as a rare use of the old poetic third plural suffix for the third singular; cf. GKC 258 §91. l for general use and Ps 11:7 and Job 27:23 for third singular use. Though this fits the context nicely the emendation is probably unnecessary since the word “bread” is sometimes used of other foodstuff than grain or its products (cf. BDB 537 s.v. לֶחֶם 2.a). sn The word fruit refers contextually here to the prophecies that Jeremiah was giving, not (as some suppose) his progeny. Jeremiah was not married and had no children.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":29597,"verse_id":"JER.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “cut it [or him] off.” The metaphor of the tree may be continued, though the verb “cut off” is used also of killing people. The rendering clarifies the meaning of the metaphor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A19/4"}
{"id":29598,"verse_id":"JER.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “so that his name will not be remembered any more.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A19/5"}
{"id":29599,"verse_id":"JER.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"The words “So I said to the Lord ” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show the shift in address.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":29600,"verse_id":"JER.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of the term see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":29601,"verse_id":"JER.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “ Lord of armies, just judge, tester of kidneys and heart.” The sentence has been broken up to avoid a long and complex English sentence. The translation is more in keeping with contemporary English style. In Hebrew thought the “kidneys” were thought of as the seat of the emotions and passions and the “heart” was viewed as the seat of intellect, conscience, and will. The “heart” and the “kidneys” are often used figuratively for the thoughts, emotions, motives, and drives that are thought to be seated in them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":29602,"verse_id":"JER.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “Let me see your retribution [i.e., see you exact retribution] from them because I reveal my cause [i.e., plea for justice] to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A20/4"}
{"id":29603,"verse_id":"JER.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “Therefore thus says the Lord .” This phrase is anticipatory of the same phrase at the beginning of v. 22 and is introductory to what the Lord says about them. The translation seeks to show the connection of the “therefore” which is sometimes rather loose (cf. BDB 487 s.v. כֵּן 3.d[b]) with the actual response which is not given until v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":29604,"verse_id":"JER.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “the men of Anathoth.” However, this does not involve all of the people, only the conspirators. The literal might lead to confusion later since v. 21 mentions that there will not be any of them left alive. However, it is known from Ezra 2:23 that there were survivors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":29605,"verse_id":"JER.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"The MT reads the 2nd person masculine singular suffix “your life,” but LXX reflects an alternative reading of the 1st person common singular suffix “my life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":29606,"verse_id":"JER.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “who were seeking my life, saying…” The sentence is broken up in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A21/4"}
{"id":29607,"verse_id":"JER.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “or you will die by our hand.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A21/5"}
{"id":29608,"verse_id":"JER.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of the term see the notes at 2:19 and 7:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":29609,"verse_id":"JER.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “Behold I will.” For the function of this particle see the translator’s note on 1:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":29610,"verse_id":"JER.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “will die by the sword.” Here “sword” stands contextually for “battle” while “starvation” stands for death by starvation during siege.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":29611,"verse_id":"JER.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “There will be no survivors for/among them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":29612,"verse_id":"JER.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “the men of Anathoth.” For the rationale for adding the qualification see the notes on v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":29613,"verse_id":"JER.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “I will bring disaster on…, the year of their punishment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2011%3A23/3"}
{"id":29614,"verse_id":"JER.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “ Lord , you are fair when I present my case before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":29615,"verse_id":"JER.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “judgments” or “matters of justice.” For the nuance of “complain to,” “fair,” “disposition of justice” assumed here, see BDB 936 s.v. רִיב Qal.4 (cf. Judg 21:22 ); BDB 843 s.v. צַדִּיק 1.d (cf. Ps 7:12; 11:7 ); BDB 1049 s.v. מִשְׁפָּט 1.f (cf. Isa 26:8 ; Ps 10:5 ; Ezek 7:27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":29616,"verse_id":"JER.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “Why does the way [= course of life] of the wicked prosper?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":29617,"verse_id":"JER.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “You planted them and they took root.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":29618,"verse_id":"JER.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “they grow and produce fruit.” For the nuance “grow” for the verb which normally means “go, walk,” see BDB 232 s.v. חָלַךְ Qal.I.3 and compare Hos 14:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":29619,"verse_id":"JER.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"Heb “You are near in their mouths, but far from their kidneys.” The figure of substitution is being used here, “mouth” for “words” and “kidneys” for passions and affections. A contemporary equivalent might be, “your name is always on their lips, but their hearts are far from you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":29620,"verse_id":"JER.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “You, Lord , know me. You watch me and you test my heart toward you.” sn Jeremiah appears to be complaining like Job that God cares nothing about the prosperity of the wicked, but watches his every move. The reverse ought to be true. Jeremiah shouldn’t be suffering the onslaughts of his fellow countrymen as he is. The wicked who are prospering should be experiencing punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":29621,"verse_id":"JER.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “set aside for them a day of killing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":29622,"verse_id":"JER.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"The verb here is often translated “mourn.” However, this verb is from a homonymic root meaning “to be dry” (cf. HALOT 7 s.v. II אָבַל and compare Hos 4:3 for usage).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":29623,"verse_id":"JER.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"The words “How long” are not in the text. They are carried over from the first line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":29624,"verse_id":"JER.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “because of the wickedness of those who live in it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":29625,"verse_id":"JER.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “he.” The referent is usually identified as God and is supplied here for clarity. Some identify the referent with Jeremiah. If that is the case, then he returns to his complaint about the conspirators. It is more likely, however, that it refers to God and Jeremiah’s complaint that the people live their lives apart from concern about God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":29626,"verse_id":"JER.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"12.4","text":"Or reading with the Greek version, “God does not see what we are doing.” In place of “what will happen to us ( אַחֲרִיתֵנוּ , ’ akharitenu , “our end”) the Greek version understands a Hebrew text which reads “our ways” ( אָרְחוֹתֵנו , ’ orkhotenu ), which is graphically very close to the MT. The Masoretic is supported by the Latin and is retained here on the basis of external evidence. Either text makes good sense in the context. Some identify the “he” with Jeremiah and understand the text to be saying that the conspirators are certain that they will succeed and he will not live to see his prophecies fulfilled. sn The words here may be an outright rejection of the Lord ’s words in Deut 32:20 , which is part of a song that was to be taught to Israel in the light of their predicted rejection of the Lord .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A4/5"}
{"id":29627,"verse_id":"JER.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"The words “The Lord answered” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":29628,"verse_id":"JER.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Some commentaries and English versions follow the suggestion given in HALOT 116 s.v. II בָּטַח that a homonym meaning “to stumble, fall down” is involved here and in Prov 14:16 . The evidence for this homonym is questionable because both passages can be explained on other grounds with the usual root.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":29629,"verse_id":"JER.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “a land of tranquility.” The expression involves a figure of substitution where the feeling engendered is substituted for the conditions that engender it. For the idea see Isa 32:18 . The translation both here and in the following line is intended to bring out the contrast implicit in the emotive connotations connected with “peaceful country” and “thicket along the Jordan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":29630,"verse_id":"JER.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “the thicket along the Jordan.” The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn The thick undergrowth along the Jordan River refers to the thick woods and underbrush alongside the Jordan where lions were known to have lived, and hence the area was considered dangerous. See Jer 49:14; 50:44 . The Lord here seems to be telling Jeremiah that the situation will only get worse. If he has trouble contending with the plot from his fellow townsmen, what will he do when the whole country sets up a cry against him?","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":29631,"verse_id":"JER.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"This is an attempt to give some contextual sense to the particle “for, indeed” ( כִּי , ki ). sn If the truth be known, Jeremiah wasn’t safe even in the context of his own family. They were apparently part of the plot by the people of Anathoth to kill him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":29632,"verse_id":"JER.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “they have called after you fully”; or “have lifted up loud voices against you.” The word “against” does not seem quite adequate for the preposition “after.” The preposition “against” would be Hebrew עַל (’ al ). The idea appears to be that they are chasing after him, raising their voices along with those of the conspirators to have him killed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":29633,"verse_id":"JER.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “good things.” See BDB 373 s.v. II טוֹב 2 for this nuance and compare Prov 12:25 for usage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":29634,"verse_id":"JER.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “my house.” Or “I have abandoned my nation.” The word “house” has been used throughout Jeremiah for both the temple (e.g., 7:2, 10 ), the nation or people of Israel or of Judah (e.g. 3:18, 20 ), or the descendants of Jacob (i.e., the Israelites, e.g., 2:4 ). Here the parallelism argues that it refers to the nation of Judah. The translation throughout vv. 5-17 assumes that the verb forms are prophetic perfects, the form that conceives of the action as being as good as done. It is possible that the forms are true perfects and refer to a past destruction of Judah. If so, it may have been connected with the assaults against Judah in 598/7 b.c. by the Babylonians and the nations surrounding Judah recorded in 2 Kgs 24:14 . No other major recent English version reflects these as prophetic perfects besides NIV and NCV, which does not use the future until v. 10 . Hence the translation is somewhat tentative. C. Feinberg, “Jeremiah,” EBC 6:459 takes them as prophetic perfects and H. Freedman ( Jeremiah [SoBB], 88) mentions that as a possibility for explaining the presence of this passage here. For another example of an extended use of the prophetic perfect without imperfects interspersed see Isa 8:23-9:6. The translation assumes they are prophetic and are part of the Lord ’s answer to the complaint about the prosperity of the wicked; both the wicked Judeans and the wicked nations God will use to punish them will be punished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":29635,"verse_id":"JER.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “my inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":29636,"verse_id":"JER.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the beloved of my soul.” Here “soul” stands for the person and is equivalent to “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":29637,"verse_id":"JER.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “will give…into the hands of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A7/4"}
{"id":29638,"verse_id":"JER.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"See the note on the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":29639,"verse_id":"JER.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “have become to me like a lion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":29640,"verse_id":"JER.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “have given against me with her voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":29641,"verse_id":"JER.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.8","text":"Or “so I will reject her.” The word “hate” is sometimes used in a figurative way to refer to being neglected, i.e., treated as though unloved. In these contexts it does not have the same emotive connotations that a typical modern reader would associate with hate. See Gen 29:31, 33 and E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 556.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A8/4"}
{"id":29642,"verse_id":"JER.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “like speckled birds of prey.” The meanings of these words are uncertain. In the Hebrew text sentence is a question: “Is not my inheritance to me a bird of prey [or] a hyena/a speckled bird of prey?” The question expects a positive answer and so is rendered here as an affirmative statement. The meaning of the word “speckled” is debated. It occurs only here. BDB 840 s.v. צָבוּעַ relates it to another word that occurs only once in Judg 5:30 which is translated “dyed stuff.” HALOT 936 s.v. צָבוּעַ relates a word found in the cognates meaning “hyena.” This is more likely and is the interpretation followed by the Greek which reads the first two words as “cave of hyena.” This translation has led some scholars to posit a homonym for the word “bird of prey” meaning “cave” which is based on Arabic parallels. The metaphor would then be of Israel carried off by hyenas and surrounded by birds of prey. The evidence for the meaning “cave” is weak and would involve a wordplay of a rare homonym with another word that is better known. For a discussion of the issues see J. Barr, Comparative Philology and the Text of the Old Testament , 128-29, 153.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":29643,"verse_id":"JER.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “Are birds of prey around her?” The question is again rhetorical and expects a positive answer. The birds of prey are of course the hostile nations surrounding her. The metaphor involved in these two lines may be interpreted differently. I.e., God considers Israel a proud bird of prey (hence the word for speckled) but one who is surrounded and under attack by other birds of prey. The fact that the sentences are divided into two rhetorical questions speaks somewhat against this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":29644,"verse_id":"JER.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “Go, gather all the beasts of the field [= wild beasts]. Bring them to devour.” The verbs are masculine plural imperatives addressed rhetorically to some unidentified group (the heavenly counsel?) Cf. the notes on 5:1 for further discussion. Since translating literally would raise question about who the commands are addressed to, they have been turned into passive third person commands to avoid confusion. The metaphor has likewise been turned into a simile to help the modern reader. By the way, the imperatives here implying future action argue that the passage is future and that it is correct to take the verb forms as prophetic perfects.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":29645,"verse_id":"JER.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “Many shepherds.” For the use of the term “shepherd” as a figure for rulers see the notes on 10:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":29646,"verse_id":"JER.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “my vineyard.” To translate literally would presuppose an unlikely familiarity of this figure on the part of some readers. To translate as “vineyards” as some do would be misleading because that would miss the figurative nuance altogether. sn The figure of Israel as God’s vine and the land as God’s vineyard is found several times in the Bible. The best known of these is the extended metaphor in Isa 5:1-7 . This figure also appears in Jer 2:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":29647,"verse_id":"JER.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “my portion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":29648,"verse_id":"JER.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"For the use of this verb see the notes on 12:4 . Some understand the homonym here meaning “it [the desolated land] will mourn to me.” However, the only other use of the preposition עַל (’ al ) with this root means “to mourn over” not “to” (cf. Hos 10:5 ). For the use of the preposition here see BDB 753 s.v. עַל II.1.b and compare the use in Gen 48:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":29649,"verse_id":"JER.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “But there is no man laying it to heart.” For the idiom here see BDB 525 s.v. לֵב II.3.d and compare the usage in Isa 42:25; 47:7 . sn There is a very interesting play on words and sounds in this verse that paints a picture of desolation and the pathos it evokes. Part of this is reflected in the translation. The same Hebrew word referring to a desolation or a waste ( שְׁמֵמָה , shÿmemah ) is repeated three times at the end of three successive lines and the related verb is found at the beginning of the fourth ( נָשַׁמָּה , nashammah ). A similar sounding word is found in the second of the three successive lines ( שָׁמָהּ , shamah = “he [they] will make it”). This latter word is part of a further play because it is repeated in a different form in the last line ( שָׁם , sham = “laying”); they lay it waste but no one lays it to heart. There is also an interesting contrast between the sorrow the Lord feels and the inattention of the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":29650,"verse_id":"JER.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “destroyers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":29651,"verse_id":"JER.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “It is the Lord ’s consuming sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":29652,"verse_id":"JER.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “For a sword of the Lord will devour.” The sword is often symbolic for destructive forces of all kinds. Here and in Isa 34:6 ; Jer 47:6 it is symbolic of the enemy armies that the Lord uses to carry out destructive punishment against his enemies, hence the translation “his destructive weapon.” A similar figure is use in Isa 10:5 where the figure is more clearly identified; Assyria is the rod/club that the Lord will use to discipline unfaithful Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":29653,"verse_id":"JER.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “There is no peace to all flesh.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A12/4"}
{"id":29654,"verse_id":"JER.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"The pronouns here are actually second plural: Heb “Be ashamed/disconcerted because of your harvests.” Because the verb form ( וּבֹשׁוּ , uvoshu ) can either be Qal perfect third plural or Qal imperative masculine plural many emend the pronoun on the noun to third plural (see, e.g., BHS ). However, this is the easier reading and is not supported by either the Latin or the Greek which have second plural. This is probably another case of the shift from description to direct address that has been met with several times already in Jeremiah (the figure of speech called apostrophe; for other examples see, e.g., 9:4; 11:13 ). As in other cases the translation has been leveled to third plural to avoid confusion for the contemporary English reader. For the meaning of the verb here see BDB 101 s.v. בּוֹשׁ Qal.2 and compare the usage in Jer 48:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":29655,"verse_id":"JER.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “be disappointed in their harvests from the fierce anger of the Lord .” The translation makes explicit what is implicit in the elliptical poetry of the Hebrew original.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":29656,"verse_id":"JER.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord concerning….” This structure has been adopted to prevent a long dangling introduction to what the Lord has to say that does not begin until the middle of the verse in Hebrew. The first person address was adopted because the speaker is still the Lord as in vv. 7-13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":29657,"verse_id":"JER.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “my wicked neighbors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":29658,"verse_id":"JER.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “touched.” For the nuance of this verb here see BDB 619 s.v. נָגַע Qal.3 and compare the usage in 1 Chr 16:22 where it is parallel to “do harm to” and Zech 2:8 where it is parallel to “plundered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":29659,"verse_id":"JER.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “the inheritance which I caused my people Israel to inherit.” Compare 3:18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A14/4"}
{"id":29660,"verse_id":"JER.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “I will uproot the house of Judah from their midst.” sn There appears to be an interesting play on the Hebrew word translated “uproot” in this verse. In the first instance it refers to “uprooting the nations from upon their lands,” i.e., to exiling them. In the second instance it refers to “uprooting the Judeans from the midst of them,” i.e., to rescue them.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A14/5"}
{"id":29661,"verse_id":"JER.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"For the use of the verb “turn” ( שׁוּב , shuv ) in this sense, see BDB s.v. שׁוּב Qal.6.g and compare the usage in Pss 90:13; 6:4 ; Joel 2:14 . It does not simply mean “again” as several of the English versions render it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":29662,"verse_id":"JER.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “the ways of my people.” For this nuance of the word “ways” compare 10:2 and the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":29663,"verse_id":"JER.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “taught my people to swear by Baal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":29664,"verse_id":"JER.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"The words “I swear” are not in the text but are implicit to the oath formula. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":29665,"verse_id":"JER.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.16","text":"The words “If they do this” are not in the text. They are part of an attempt to break up a Hebrew sentence which is long and complex into equivalent shorter sentences consistent with contemporary English style. Verse 16 in Hebrew is all one sentence with a long complex conditional clause followed by a short consequence: “If they carefully learn the ways of my people to swear by name, ‘By the life of the Lord, ’ as they taught my people to swear by Baal, then they will be built up in the midst of my people.” The translation strives to create the same contingencies and modifications by breaking up the sentence into shorter sentences in accord with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A16/4"}
{"id":29666,"verse_id":"JER.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.16","text":"Heb “they will be built up among my people.” The expression “be built up among” is without parallel. However, what is involved here is conceptually parallel to the ideas expressed in Isa 19:23-25 and Zech 14:16-19 . That is, these people will be allowed to live on their own land, to worship the Lord there, and to come to Jerusalem to celebrate the feasts. To translate literally would be meaningless or misleading for many readers.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A16/5"}
{"id":29667,"verse_id":"JER.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Heb “But if they will not listen, I will uproot that nation, uprooting and destroying.” IBHS 590-91 §35.3.2d is likely right in seeing the double infinitive construction here as an intensifying infinitive followed by an adverbial infinitive qualifying the goal of the main verb, “uproot it in such a way as to destroy it.” However, to translate that way “literally” would not be very idiomatic in contemporary English. The translation strives for the equivalent. Likewise, to translate using the conditional structure of the original seems to put the emphasis of the passage in its context on the wrong point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":29668,"verse_id":"JER.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"The term here ( אֵזוֹר , ’ ezor ) has been rendered in various ways: “girdle” (KJV, ASV), “waistband” (NASB), “waistcloth” (RSV), “sash” (NKJV), “belt” (NIV, NCV, NLT), and “loincloth” (NAB, NRSV, NJPS, REB). The latter is more accurate according to J. M. Myers, “Dress and Ornaments,” IDB 1:870, and W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:399. It was a short, skirt-like garment reaching from the waist to the knees and worn next to the body (cf. v. 9 ). The modern equivalent is “shorts” as in TEV/GNB, CEV. sn The linen shorts ( Heb “loincloth”) were representative of Israel and the wearing of them was to illustrate the Lord ’s close relation to his people (v. 11 ). Since the priests’ garments were to be made wholly of linen (cf. ; Ezek 44:17-18 ), the fact that the shorts were to be made of linen probably was to symbolize the nature of Israel’s calling: they were to be a kingdom of priests and a holy nation ( Exod 19:5-6 ). Just as the linen garments of the priest were to give him special honor and glory ( Exod 28:40 ), so the linen garment was to be a source of praise and glory to the Lord (v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":29669,"verse_id":"JER.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “upon your loins.” The “loins” were the midriff of the body from the waist to the knees. For a further discussion including the figurative uses see, IDB, “Loins,” 3:149.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":29670,"verse_id":"JER.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"Or “Do not ever put them in water,” i.e., “Do not even wash them.” sn The fact that the garment was not to be put in water is not explained. A possible explanation within the context is that it was to be worn continuously, not even taken off to wash it. That would illustrate that the close relationship that the Lord had with his people was continuous and indissoluble. Other explanations are that it was not to be gotten wet because (1) that would have begun the process of rotting (This assumes that the rotting was done by the water of the Euphrates. But it was buried in a crack in the rocks, not in the river itself); (2) that would have made it softer and easier to wear; or (3) that showed that the garment was new, clean, and fresh from the merchant. For this latter interpretation see J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 64. For a fuller discussion of most of the issues connected with this acted out parable see W. McKane, Jeremiah (ICC), 1:285-92. However, the reason is not explained in the text and there is not enough evidence in the text to come to a firm conclusion, though the most likely possibility is that it was not to be taken off and washed but worn continuously.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":29671,"verse_id":"JER.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “according to the word of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":29672,"verse_id":"JER.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “upon your loins.” The “loins” were the midriff of the body from the waist to the knees. For a further discussion including the figurative uses see R. C. Dentan, “Loins,” IDB 3:149-50.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":29673,"verse_id":"JER.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “which are upon your loins.” See further the notes on v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":29674,"verse_id":"JER.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"Heb “Get up and go.” The first verb is not literal but is idiomatic for the initiation of an action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":29675,"verse_id":"JER.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"There has been a great deal of debate about whether the place referred to here is a place (Parah [= Perath] mentioned in Josh 18:23 , modern Khirbet Farah, near a spring ’ ain Farah ) about three and a half miles from Anathoth which was Jeremiah’s home town or the Euphrates River. Elsewhere the word “Perath” always refers to the Euphrates but it is either preceded by the word “river of” or there is contextual indication that the Euphrates is being referred to. Because a journey to the Euphrates and back would involve a journey of more than 700 miles (1,100 km) and take some months, scholars both ancient and modern have questioned whether “Perath” refers to the Euphrates here and if it does whether a real journey was involved. Most of the attempts to identify the place with the Euphrates involve misguided assumptions that this action was a symbolic message to Israel about exile or the corrupting influence of Assyria and Babylon. However, unlike the other symbolic acts in Jeremiah (and in Isaiah and Ezekiel) the symbolism is not part of a message to the people but to Jeremiah; the message is explained to him (vv. 9-11 ) not the people. In keeping with some of the wordplays that are somewhat common in Jeremiah it is likely that the reference here is to a place, Parah, which was near Jeremiah’s hometown, but whose name would naturally suggest to Jeremiah later in the Lord ’s explanation in vv. 9-11 Assyria-Babylon as a place connected with Judah’s corruption (see the notes on vv. 9-10 ). For further discussion the reader should consult the commentaries, especially W. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:396 and W. McKane, Jeremiah (ICC), 1:285-92 who take opposite positions on this issue.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":29676,"verse_id":"JER.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"as noted in W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:393 instead of בִּפְרָת ( bifrat ) in the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":29677,"verse_id":"JER.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “Get from there.” The words “from there” are not necessary to the English sentence. They would lead to a redundancy later in the verse, i.e., “from there…bury there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":29678,"verse_id":"JER.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “dug and took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":29679,"verse_id":"JER.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “And behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":29680,"verse_id":"JER.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":29681,"verse_id":"JER.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"In a sense this phrase which is literally “according to thus” or simply “thus” points both backward and forward: backward to the acted out parable and forward to the explanation which follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":29682,"verse_id":"JER.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.9","text":"Many of the English versions have erred in rendering this word “pride” or “arrogance” with the resultant implication that the Lord is going to destroy Israel’s pride, i.e., humble them through the punishment of exile. However, BDB 144-45 s.v. גָּאוֹן 1 is more probably correct when they classify this passage among those that deal with the “‘ majesty, excellence ’ of nations, their wealth, power, magnificence of buildings….” The closest parallels to the usage here are in Zech 10:11 (parallel to scepter of Egypt); Ps 47:4 ( 47:5 HT; parallel to “our heritage” = “our land”); Isa 14:11 ; and Amos 8:7 . The term is further defined in v. 11 where it refers to their special relationship and calling. To translate it “pride” or “arrogance” also ruins the wordplay on “ruin” ( נִשְׁחַת [ nishkhat ] in v. 7 and אַשְׁחִית [’ ashkhit ] in v. 9 ). sn Scholars ancient and modern are divided over the significance of the statement I will ruin the highly exalted position in which Judah and Jerusalem take pride ( Heb “I will ruin the pride of Judah and Jerusalem”). Some feel that it refers to the corrupting influence of Assyria and Babylon and others feel that it refers to the threat of Babylonian exile. However, F. B. Huey ( Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 144) is correct in observing that the Babylonian exile did not lead to the rottenness of Judah, the corrupting influence of the foreign nations did. In Jeremiah’s day these came through the age-old influences of the Canaanite worship of Baal but also the astral worship introduced by Ahaz and Manasseh. For an example of the corrupting influence of Assyria on Judah through Ahaz’s political alliances see and also compare the allegory in Ezek 23:14-21 . It was while the “linen shorts” were off Jeremiah’s body and buried in the rocks that the linen shorts were ruined. So the Lord “ruined” the privileged status that resulted from Israel’s close relationship to him (cf. v. 11 ). For the “problem” created by the Lord ruining Israel through corrupting influence compare the notes on Jer 4:10 and compare also passages like Isa 63:17 and Isa 6:10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A9/3"}
{"id":29683,"verse_id":"JER.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.9","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A9/4"}
{"id":29684,"verse_id":"JER.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “to listen to my words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":29685,"verse_id":"JER.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Heb “and [they follow] after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for the idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":29686,"verse_id":"JER.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"The structure of this verse is a little unusual. It consists of a subject, “this wicked people” qualified by several “which” clauses preceding a conjunction and a form which would normally be taken as a third person imperative (a Hebrew jussive; וִיהִי , vihi ). This construction, called casus pendens by Hebrew grammarians, lays focus on the subject, here calling attention to the nature of Israel’s corruption which makes it rotten and useless to God. See GKC 458 §143. d for other examples of this construction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":29687,"verse_id":"JER.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The words “I say” are “Oracle of the Lord ” in Hebrew, and are located at the end of this statement in the Hebrew text rather than the beginning. However, they are rendered in the first person and placed at the beginning for smoother English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":29688,"verse_id":"JER.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “all the house of Israel and all the house of Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":29689,"verse_id":"JER.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"It would be somewhat unnatural in English to render the play on the word translated here “cling tightly” and “bound tightly” in a literal way. They are from the same root word in Hebrew ( דָּבַק , davaq ), a word that emphasizes the closest of personal relationships and the loyalty connected with them. It is used, for example, of the relationship of a husband and a wife and the loyalty expected of them (cf. Gen 2:24 ; for other similar uses see Ruth 1:14 ; 2 Sam 20:2 ; Deut 11:22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":29690,"verse_id":"JER.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “I bound them…in order that they might be to me for a people and for a name and for praise and for honor.” The sentence has been separated from the preceding and an equivalent idea expressed which is more in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":29691,"verse_id":"JER.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “So you shall say this word [or message] to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":29692,"verse_id":"JER.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “Every wine jar is supposed to be filled with wine.” sn Some scholars understand this as a popular proverb like that in Jer 31:29 and Ezek 18:2 . Instead this is probably a truism; the function of wine jars is to be filled with wine. This may relate to the preceding where the Lord has set forth his intention for Israel. It forms the basis for a ironic threat of judgment because they have failed to fulfill his purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":29693,"verse_id":"JER.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"This is an attempt to render a construction which involves an infinitive of a verb being added before the same verb in a question which expects a positive answer. There may, by the way, be a pun being passed back and forth here involving the sound play been “fool” ( נָבָל , naval ) and “wine bottle” ( נֶבֶל , nebel ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":29694,"verse_id":"JER.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"The Greek version is likely right in interpreting the construction of two perfects preceded by the conjunction as contingent or consequential here, i.e., “and when they say…then say.” See GKC 494 §159. g . However, to render literally would create a long sentence. Hence, the words “will probably” have been supplied in v. 12 in the translation to set up the contingency/consequential sequence in the English sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":29695,"verse_id":"JER.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.13","text":"Heb “who sit on David’s throne.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A13/3"}
{"id":29696,"verse_id":"JER.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.13","text":"In Hebrew this is all one long sentence with one verb governing compound objects. It is broken up here in conformity with English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A13/4"}
{"id":29697,"verse_id":"JER.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “children along with their parents”; Heb “fathers and children together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":29698,"verse_id":"JER.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “I will not show…so as not to destroy them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":29699,"verse_id":"JER.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"The words “Then I said to the people of Judah” are not in the text but are implicit from the address in v. 15 and the content of v. 17 . They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show the shift from the Lord speaking to Jeremiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":29700,"verse_id":"JER.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “Give glory/respect to the Lord your God.” For this nuance of the word “glory” ( כָּבוֹד , kavod ), see BDB 459 s.v. כָּבוֹד 6.b and compare the usage in Mal 1:6 and Josh 7:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":29701,"verse_id":"JER.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"The words “of disaster” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to explain the significance of the metaphor to readers who may not be acquainted with the metaphorical use of light and darkness for salvation and joy and distress and sorrow respectively. sn For the metaphorical use of these terms the reader should consult O. A. Piper, “Light, Light and Darkness,” IDB 3:130-32. For the association of darkness with the Day of the Lord , the time when he will bring judgment, see, e.g., Amos 5:18-20 . For the association of darkness with exile see Isa 9:1-2 (8:23-9:1 HT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":29702,"verse_id":"JER.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “your feet stumble.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A16/3"}
{"id":29703,"verse_id":"JER.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “you stumble on the mountains at twilight.” The added words are again supplied in the translation to help explain the metaphor to the uninitiated reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A16/4"}
{"id":29704,"verse_id":"JER.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “and while you hope for light he will turn it into deep darkness and make [it] into gloom.” The meaning of the metaphor is again explained through the addition of the “of” phrases for readers who are unacquainted with the metaphorical use of these terms. sn For the meaning and usage of the term “deep darkness” ( צַלְמָוֶת , tsalmavet ), see the notes on Jer 2:6 . For the association of the term with exile see Isa 9:2 ( 9:1 HT). For the association of the word gloom with the Day of the Lord see Isa 60:2 ; Joel 2:2 ; Zeph 1:15 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A16/5"}
{"id":29705,"verse_id":"JER.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “If you will not listen to it.” For the use of the feminine singular pronoun to refer to the idea(s) expressed in the preceding verse(s), see GKC 440-41 §135. p .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":29706,"verse_id":"JER.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “Tearing [my eye] will tear and my eye will run down [= flow] with tears.” sn The depth of Jeremiah’s sorrow for the sad plight of his people, if they refuse to repent, is emphasized by the triple repetition of the word “tears” twice in an emphatic verbal expression (Hebrew infinitive before finite verb) and once in the noun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":29707,"verse_id":"JER.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “because the Lord ’s flock will…” The pronoun “you” is supplied in the translation to avoid the shift in English from the second person address at the beginning to the third person affirmation at the end. It also helps explain the metaphor of the people of Israel as God’s flock for some readers who may be unfamiliar with that metaphor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":29708,"verse_id":"JER.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"The verb is once again in the form of “as good as done” (the Hebrew prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":29709,"verse_id":"JER.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"The words “The Lord told me” are not in the text but are implicit in the shift from second plural pronouns in vv. 15-17 to second singular in the Hebrew text of this verse. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":29710,"verse_id":"JER.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Or “You will come down from your thrones”; Heb “Make low! Sit!” This is a case of a construction where two forms in the same case, mood, or tense are joined in such a way that one (usually the first) is intended as an adverbial or adjectival modifier of the other (a figure called hendiadys). This is also probably a case where the imperative is used to express a distinct assurance or promise. See GKC 324 §110. b and compare the usage in Isa 37:30 and Ps 110:2 . sn The king and queen mother are generally identified as Jehoiachin and his mother who were taken into captivity with many of the leading people of Jerusalem in 597 b.c . See Jer 22:26; 29:2 ; 2 Kgs 24:14-16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":29711,"verse_id":"JER.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “have come down.” The verb here and those in the following verses are further examples of the “as good as done” form of the Hebrew verb (the prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":29712,"verse_id":"JER.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"13.18","text":"The translation follows the common emendation of a word normally meaning “place at the head” ( מַרְאֲשׁוֹת [ mar ’ ashot ] plus pronoun = מַרְאֲוֹשׁתֵיכֶם [ mar ’ aoshtekhem ]) to “from your heads” ( מֵרָאשֵׁיכֶם , mera ’ shekhem ) following the ancient versions. The meaning “tiara” is nowhere else attested for this word.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A18/4"}
{"id":29713,"verse_id":"JER.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “The towns of the Negev will be shut.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":29714,"verse_id":"JER.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “There is no one to open them.” The translation is based on the parallel in Josh 6:1 where the very expression in the translation is used. Opening the city would have permitted entrance (of relief forces) as well as exit (of fugitives).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":29715,"verse_id":"JER.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The words “Then I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to show the shift in speaker from vv. 18-19 where the Lord is speaking to Jeremiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":29716,"verse_id":"JER.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"The word “Jerusalem” is not in the Hebrew text. It is added in the Greek text and is generally considered to be the object of address because of the second feminine singular verbs here and throughout the following verses. The translation follows the consonantal text ( Kethib ) and the Greek text in reading the second feminine singular here. The verbs and pronouns in vv. 20-22 are all second feminine singular with the exception of the suffix on the word “eyes” which is not reflected in the translation here (“Look up” = “Lift up your eyes”) and the verb and pronoun in v. 23 . The text may reflect the same kind of alternation between singular and plural that takes place in where the pronouns refer to Ahaz as an individual and his entourage, the contemporary ruling class (cf., e.g., Isa 7:4-5 [singular], 9 [plural], 11 [singular], 13-14 [plural]). Here the connection with the preceding may suggest that it is initially the ruling house (the king and the queen mother), then Jerusalem personified as a woman in her role as a shepherdess (i.e., leader). However, from elsewhere in the book the leadership has included the kings, the priests, the prophets, and the citizens as well (cf., e.g., 13:13 ). In v. 27 Jerusalem is explicitly addressed. It may be asking too much of some readers who are not familiar with biblical metaphors to understand an extended metaphor like this. If it is helpful to them, they may substitute plural referents for “I” and “me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":29717,"verse_id":"JER.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.20","text":"The word “enemy” is not in the text but is implicit. It supplied in the translation for clarity. sn On the phrase the enemy that is coming from the north see Jer 1:14-15; 4:6; 6:1, 22; 10:22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A20/3"}
{"id":29718,"verse_id":"JER.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “the flock that was given to you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A20/4"}
{"id":29719,"verse_id":"JER.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “the sheep of your pride.” The word “of your people” and the quotes around “sheep” are intended to carry over the metaphor in such a way that readers unfamiliar with the metaphor will understand it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A20/5"}
{"id":29720,"verse_id":"JER.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Or perhaps more rhetorically equivalent, “Will you not be surprised?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":29721,"verse_id":"JER.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"The words “The Lord ” are not in the text. Some commentators make the enemy the subject, but they are spoken of as “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":29722,"verse_id":"JER.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Or “to be rulers.” The translation of these two lines is somewhat uncertain. The sentence structure of these two lines raises problems in translation. The Hebrew text reads: “What will you do when he appoints over you [or punishes you (see BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Qal.B.2 for the former, Qal.A.3 for the latter)] and you, yourself, taught them over you friends [or chiefs (see BDB 48 s.v. I אַלּוּף 2 and Ps 55:13 for the former and BDB 49 s.v. II אַלּוּף and Exod 15:15 for the latter)] for a head.” The translation assumes that the clause “and you, yourself, taught them [= made them accustomed, i.e., “prepared”] [to be] over you” is parenthetical coming between the verb “appoint” and its object and object modifier (i.e., “appointed over you allies for rulers”). A quick check of other English versions will show how varied the translation of these lines has been. Most English versions seem to ignore the second “over you” after “you taught them.” Some rearrange the text to get what they think is a sensible meaning. For a fairly thorough treatment see W. McKane, Jeremiah (ICC), 1:308-10. sn What is being alluded to here is the political policy of vacillating alliances through which Judah brought about her own downfall, allying herself first with Assyria, then Egypt, then Babylon, and then Egypt again. See 2 Kgs 23:29 – 24:7 for an example of this policy and the disastrous consequences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":29723,"verse_id":"JER.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “Will not pain [here = mental anguish] take hold of you like a woman giving birth.” The question is rhetorical expecting a positive answer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A21/4"}
{"id":29724,"verse_id":"JER.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “say in your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":29725,"verse_id":"JER.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Heb “Your skirt has been uncovered and your heels have been treated with violence.” This is the generally accepted interpretation of these phrases. See, e.g., BDB 784 s.v. עָקֵב a and HALOT 329 s.v. I חָמַס Nif. The significance of the actions here are part of the metaphor (i.e., personification) of Jerusalem as an adulteress having left her husband and have been explained in the translation for the sake of readers unfamiliar with the metaphor. sn The actions here were part of the treatment of an adulteress by her husband, intended to shame her. See Hos 2:3, 10 ( 2:5, 12 HT); Isa 47:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":29726,"verse_id":"JER.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.22","text":"The translation has been restructured to break up a long sentence involving a conditional clause and an elliptical consequential clause. It has also been restructured to define more clearly what “these things” are. The Hebrew text reads: “And if you say, ‘Why have these things happened to me?’ Because of the greatness of your iniquity your skirts [= what your skirt covers] have been uncovered and your heels have been treated with violence.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A22/3"}
{"id":29727,"verse_id":"JER.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"This is a common proverb in English coming from this biblical passage. For cultures where it is not proverbial perhaps it would be better to translate “Can black people change the color of their skin?” Strictly speaking these are “Cushites” inhabitants of a region along the upper Nile south of Egypt. The Greek text is responsible for the identification with Ethiopia. The term in Greek is actually a epithet = “burnt face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":29728,"verse_id":"JER.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Heb “Can the Ethiopian change his skin or the leopard his spots? [Then] you also will be able to do good who are accustomed to do evil.” The English sentence has been restructured and rephrased in an attempt to produce some of the same rhetorical force the Hebrew original has in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":29729,"verse_id":"JER.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"The words, “The Lord says” are not in the text at this point. The words “an oracle of the Lord ” does, however, occur in the middle of the next verse and it is obvious the Lord is the speaker. The words have been moved up from the next verse to enhance clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":29730,"verse_id":"JER.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.24","text":"Heb “them.” This is another example of the rapid shift in pronouns seen several times in the book of Jeremiah. The pronouns in the preceding and the following are second feminine singular. It might be argued that “them” goes back to the “flock”/“sheep” in v. 20 , but the next verse refers the fate described here to “you” (feminine singular). This may be another example of the kind of metaphoric shifts in referents discussed in the notes on 13:20 above. Besides, it would sound a little odd in the translation to speak of scattering one person like chaff.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A24/2"}
{"id":29731,"verse_id":"JER.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Heb “over your face and your shame will be seen.” The words “like a disgraced adulteress” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to explain the metaphor. See the notes on 13:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":29732,"verse_id":"JER.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “Jerusalem.” This word has been pulled up from the end of the verse to help make the transition. The words “people of” have been supplied in the translation here to ease the difficulty mentioned earlier of sustaining the personification throughout.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":29733,"verse_id":"JER.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “[I have seen] your adulteries, your neighings, and your shameless prostitution.” The meanings of the metaphorical references have been incorporated in the translation for the sake of clarity for readers of all backgrounds. sn The sentence is rhetorically loaded. It begins with three dangling objects of the verb all describing their adulterous relationship with the false gods under different figures and which are resumed later under the words “your disgusting acts.” The Hebrew sentence reads: “Your adulteries, your neighings, your shameful prostitution, upon the hills in the fields I have seen your disgusting acts.” This sentence drips with explosive disgust at their adulterous betrayal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":29734,"verse_id":"JER.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “your disgusting acts.” This word is almost always used of idolatry or of the idols themselves. See BDB 1055 s.v. שִׁקֻּוּץ and Deut 29:17 and Jer 4:1; 7:30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A27/3"}
{"id":29735,"verse_id":"JER.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.27","text":"Heb “Woe to you!” sn See Jer 4:13, 31; 6:4; 10:19 for usage, and the notes on 4:13 and 10:19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2013%3A27/4"}
{"id":29736,"verse_id":"JER.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “That which came [as] the word of the Lord to Jeremiah.” The introductory formula here is a variation of that found in 7:1; 10:1; 11:1 , i.e., “The word of the Lord which came to Jeremiah.” The relative pronoun “which” ( אֲשֶׁר , ’ asher ) actually precedes the noun it modifies. See BDB 82 s.v. אֲשֶׁר 6.a for discussion and further examples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":29737,"verse_id":"JER.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “Judah mourns, its gates pine away, they are in mourning on the ground.” There are several figures of speech involved here. The basic figure is that of personification where Judah and it cities are said to be in mourning. However, in the third line the figure is a little hard to sustain because “they” are in mourning on the ground. That presses the imagination of most moderns a little too far. Hence the personification has been interpreted “people of” throughout. The term “gates” here is used as part for whole for the “cities” themselves as in several other passages in the OT (cf. BDB 1045 s.v. שַׁעַר 2.b, c and see, e.g., Isa 14:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":29738,"verse_id":"JER.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"The words “to me” are not in the text. They are implicit from the fact that the Lord is speaking. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":29739,"verse_id":"JER.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":29740,"verse_id":"JER.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Though the concept of “cisterns” is probably not familiar to some readers, it would be a mistake to translate this word as “well.” Wells have continual sources of water. Cisterns were pits dug in the ground and lined with plaster to hold rain water. The drought had exhausted all the water in the cisterns.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":29741,"verse_id":"JER.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"The word “containers” is a generic word in Hebrew = “vessels.” It would probably in this case involve water “jars” or “jugs.” But since in contemporary English one would normally associate those terms with smaller vessels, “containers” may be safer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":29742,"verse_id":"JER.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “they cover their heads.” Some of the English versions have gone wrong here because of the “normal” use of the words translated here “disappointed” and “dismayed.” They are regularly translated “ashamed” and “disgraced, humiliated, dismayed” elsewhere (see e.g., Jer 22:22 ); they are somewhat synonymous terms which are often parallel or combined. The key here, however, is the expression “they cover their heads” which is used in 2 Sam 15:30 for the expression of grief. Moreover, the word translated here “disappointed” ( בּוֹשׁ , bosh ) is used that way several times. See for example Jer 12:13 and consult examples in BDB 101 s.v. בּוֹשׁ Qal.2. A very similar context with the same figure is found in Jer 2:36-37 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":29743,"verse_id":"JER.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"For the use of the verb “is cracked” here see BDB 369 s.v. חָתַת Qal.1 and compare the usage in Jer 51:56 where it refers to broken bows. The form is a relative clause without relative pronoun (cf., GKC 486-87 §155. f ). The sentence as a whole is related to the preceding through a particle meaning “because of” or “on account of.” Hence the subject and verb have been repeated to make the connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":29744,"verse_id":"JER.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “she gives birth and abandons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":29745,"verse_id":"JER.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “their eyes are strained because there is no verdure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":29746,"verse_id":"JER.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The words “Then I said” are not in the text. However, it cannot be a continuation of the Lord ’s speech and the people have consistently refused to acknowledge their sin. The fact that the prayer here and in vv. 19-22 are followed by an address from God to Jeremiah regarding prayer (cf. 4:11 and the interchanges there between God and Jeremiah and 15:1 ) also argues that the speaker is Jeremiah. He is again identifying with his people (cf. 8:18-9:2 ). Here he takes up the petition part of the lament which often contains elements of confession of sin and statements of trust. In 14:1-6 God portrays to Jeremiah the people’s lamentable plight instead of their describing it to him. Here Jeremiah prays what they should pray. The people are strangely silent throughout.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":29747,"verse_id":"JER.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “Act for the sake of your name.” The usage of “act” in this absolute, unqualified sense cf. BDB 794 s.v. עָוֹשָׂה Qal.I.r and compare the usage, e.g., in 1 Kgs 8:32 and 39 . For the nuance of “for the sake of your name” compare the usage in Isa 48:9 and Ezek 20:9, 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":29748,"verse_id":"JER.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"Or “bear witness against us,” or “can be used as evidence against us,” to keep the legal metaphor. Heb “testify against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":29749,"verse_id":"JER.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.7","text":"The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) can scarcely be causal here; it is either intensive (BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e) or concessive (BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c). The parallel usage in Gen 18:20 argues for the intensive force as does the fact that the concessive has already been expressed by אִם (’ im ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A7/4"}
{"id":29750,"verse_id":"JER.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"It would be a mistake to translate this word as “stranger.” This word ( גֵּר , ger ) refers to a resident alien or resident foreigner who stays in a country not his own. He is accorded the privilege of protection through the common rights of hospitality but he does not have the rights of the native born or citizen. The simile here is particularly effective. The land was the Lord ’s land; they were but resident foreigners and tenants on it ( Lev 25:23 ). Jeremiah’s complaint here is particularly bold. For further information on the status of “resident foreigners” see IDB 4:397-99 s.v. “Sojourner.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":29751,"verse_id":"JER.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"This is the only time this word occurs in the Hebrew Bible. The lexicons generally take it to mean “confused” or “surprised” (cf., e.g., BDB 187 s.v. דָּהַם ). However, the word has been found in a letter from the seventh century in a passage where it must mean something like “be helpless”; see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:433, for discussion and bibliography of an article where this letter is dealt with.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":29752,"verse_id":"JER.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “mighty man, warrior.” For this nuance see 1 Sam 17:51 where it parallels a technical term used of Goliath used earlier in 17:4, 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":29753,"verse_id":"JER.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “in our midst.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":29754,"verse_id":"JER.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.9","text":"Heb “Your name is called upon us.” See Jer 7:10, 11, 14, 30 for this idiom with respect to the temple and see the notes on Jer 7:10 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A9/4"}
{"id":29755,"verse_id":"JER.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “Thus said the Lord concerning this people.” sn The Lord answers indirectly, speaking neither to Jeremiah directly nor to the people. Instead of an oracle of deliverance which was hoped for (cf. 2 Chr 20:14-17 ; Pss 12:5 [ 12:6 HT]; 60:6-8 [ 60:8-10 HT]) there is an oracle of doom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":29756,"verse_id":"JER.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"It is difficult to be certain how the particle כֵּן ( ken , usually used for “thus, so”) is to be rendered here. BDB 485 s.v. כֵּן 1.b says that the force sometimes has to be elicited from the general context and points back to the line of v. 9 . IHBS 666 §39.3.4e states that when there is no specific comparative clause preceding a general comparison is intended. They point to Judg 5:31 as a parallel. Ps 127:2 may also be an example if כִּי ( ki ) is not to be read (cf. BHS fn). “Truly” seemed the best way to render this idea in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":29757,"verse_id":"JER.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “They do not restrain their feet.” The idea of “away from me” is implicit in the context and is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":29758,"verse_id":"JER.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “remember.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":29759,"verse_id":"JER.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.10","text":"Heb “their iniquities.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A10/5"}
{"id":29760,"verse_id":"JER.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Heb “on behalf of these people for benefit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":29761,"verse_id":"JER.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Heb “through sword, starvation, and plague.” sn These were penalties (curses) that were to be imposed on Israel for failure to keep her covenant with God (cf. Lev 26:23-26 ). These three occur together fourteen other times in the book of Jeremiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":29762,"verse_id":"JER.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” The translation follows the ancient Jewish tradition of substituting the Hebrew word for God for the proper name Yahweh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":29763,"verse_id":"JER.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “Behold.” See the translator’s note on usage of this particle in 1:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":29764,"verse_id":"JER.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"The words “that you said” are not in the text but are implicit from the first person in the affirmation that follows. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":29765,"verse_id":"JER.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “You will not see sword and you will not have starvation [or hunger].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A13/4"}
{"id":29766,"verse_id":"JER.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “I will give you unfailing peace in this place.” The translation opts for “peace and prosperity” here for the word שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) because in the context it refers both to peace from war and security from famine and plague. The word translated “lasting” ( אֱמֶת , ’ emet ) is a difficult to render here because it has broad uses: “truth, reliability, stability, steadfastness,” etc. “Guaranteed” or “lasting” seem to fit the context the best.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":29767,"verse_id":"JER.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “Falsehood those prophets are prophesying in my name.” In the OT, the “name” reflected the person’s character (cf. Gen 27:36 ; 1 Sam 25:25 ) or his reputation ( Gen 11:4 ; 2 Sam 8:13 ). To speak in someone’s name was to act as his representative or carry his authority ( 1 Sam 25:9 ; 1 Kgs 21:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":29768,"verse_id":"JER.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “I did not command them.” Compare 1 Chr 22:12 for usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":29769,"verse_id":"JER.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"Heb “divination and worthlessness.” The noun “worthlessness” stands as a qualifying “of” phrase (= to an adjective; an attributive genitive in Hebrew) after a noun in Zech 11:17 ; Job 13:4 . This is an example of hendiadys where two nouns are joined by “and” with one serving as the qualifier of the other. sn The word translated “predictions” here is really the word “divination.” Divination was prohibited in Israel (cf. Deut 18:10, 14 ). The practice of divination involved various mechanical means to try to predict the future. The word was used here for its negative connotations in a statement that is rhetorically structured to emphasize the falseness of the promises of the false prophets. It would be unnatural to contemporary English style to try to capture this emphasis in English. In the Hebrew text the last sentence reads: “False vision, divination, and worthlessness and the deceitfulness of their heart they are prophesying to them.” For the emphasis in the preceding sentence see the note there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":29770,"verse_id":"JER.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord about.” The first person construction has been used in the translation for better English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":29771,"verse_id":"JER.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord concerning the prophets who are prophesying in my name and I did not send them [= whom I did not send] and they are saying [= who are saying], ‘Sword and famine…’, by sword and famine those prophets will be killed.” This sentence has been restructured to conform to contemporary English style. sn The rhetoric of the passage is again sustained by an emphatic word order which contrasts what they say will not happen to the land, “war and famine,” with the punishment that the Lord will inflict on them, i.e., “war and starvation [or famine].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":29772,"verse_id":"JER.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":29773,"verse_id":"JER.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “And the people to whom they are prophesying will be thrown out into the streets of Jerusalem and there will not be anyone to bury them, they, their wives, and their sons and their daughters.” This sentence has been restructured to break up a long Hebrew sentence and to avoid some awkwardness due to differences in the ancient Hebrew and contemporary English styles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":29774,"verse_id":"JER.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"Heb “their evil.” Hebrew words often include within them a polarity of cause and effect. Thus the word for “evil” includes both the concept of wickedness and the punishment for it. Other words that function this way are “iniquity” = “guilt [of iniquity]” = “punishment [for iniquity].” Context determines which nuance is proper.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":29775,"verse_id":"JER.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The word “Jeremiah” is not in the text but the address is to a second person singular and is a continuation of 14:14 where the quote starts. The word is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":29776,"verse_id":"JER.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Many of the English versions and commentaries render this an indirect or third person imperative, “Let my eyes overflow…” because of the particle אַל (’ al ) which introduces the phrase translated “without ceasing” ( אַל־תִּדְמֶינָה , ’ al-tidmenah ). However, this is undoubtedly an example where the particle introduces an affirmation that something cannot be done (cf. GKC 322 §109. e ). Clear examples of this are found in Pss 41:2 ( 41:3 HT); 50:3 ; Job 40:32 ( 41:8 ). God here is describing again a lamentable situation and giving his response to it. See 14:1-6 above. sn Once again it is the Lord lamenting the plight of the people, now directed to them, not the people lamenting their plight to him. See 14:1-6 and the study notes on the introduction to this section and on 14:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":29777,"verse_id":"JER.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"Heb “virgin daughter, my people.” The last noun here is appositional to the first two (genitive of apposition). Hence it is not ‘literally’ “virgin daughter of my people.” sn This is a metaphor which occurs several times with regard to Israel, Judah, Zion, and even Sidon and Babylon. It is the poetic personification of the people, the city, or the land. Like other metaphors the quality of the comparison being alluded to must be elicited from the context. This is easy in Isa 23:12 (oppressed) and Isa 47:1 (soft and delicate) but not so easy in other places. From the nature of the context the suspicion here is that the protection the virgin was normally privileged to is being referred to and there is a reminder that the people are forfeiting it by their actions. Hence God laments for them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":29778,"verse_id":"JER.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.17","text":"This is a poetic personification. To translate with the plural “serious wounds” might mislead some into thinking of literal wounds. sn Compare Jer 10:19 for a similar use of this metaphor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A17/4"}
{"id":29779,"verse_id":"JER.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"The word “starvation” has been translated “famine” elsewhere in this passage. It is the word which refers to hunger. The “starvation” here may be war induced and not simply that which comes from famine per se. “Starvation” will cover both.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":29780,"verse_id":"JER.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"The meaning of these last two lines is somewhat uncertain. The meaning of these two lines is debated because of the uncertainty of the meaning of the verb rendered “go about their business” ( סָחַר , sakhar ) and the last phrase translated here “without any real understanding.” The verb in question most commonly occurs as a participle meaning “trader” or “merchant” (cf., e.g., Ezek 27:21, 36 ; Prov 31:14 ). It occurs as a finite verb elsewhere only in Gen 34:10, 21; 42:34 and there in a literal sense of “trading,” “doing business.” While the nuance is metaphorical here it need not extend to “journeying into” (cf., e.g., BDB 695 s.v. סָחַר Qal.1) and be seen as a reference to exile as is sometimes assumed. That seems at variance with the causal particle which introduces this clause, the tense of the verb, and the surrounding context. People are dying in the land (vv. 17-18 a) not because prophet and priest have gone (the verb is the Hebrew perfect or past) into exile but because prophet and priest have no true knowledge of God or the situation. The clause translated here “without having any real understanding” ( Heb “and they do not know”) is using the verb in the absolute sense indicated in BDB 394 s.v. יָדַע Qal.5 and illustrated in Isa 1:3; 56:10 . For a more thorough discussion of the issues one may consult W. McKane, Jeremiah (ICC), 1:330-31. sn For the “business” of the prophets and priest see 2:8; 5:13; 6:13; 8:10 . In the context it refers to the prophets prophesying lies (see vv. 13-15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":29781,"verse_id":"JER.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"The words, “Then I said, ‘ Lord ” are not in the Hebrew text. It is obvious from the context that the Lord is addressee. The question of the identity of the speaker is the same as that raised in vv. 7-9 and the arguments set forth there are applicable here as well. Jeremiah is here identifying with the people and doing what they refuse to do, i.e., confess their sins and express their trust in him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":29782,"verse_id":"JER.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “does your soul despise.” Here as in many places the word “soul” stands as part for whole for the person himself emphasizing emotional and volitional aspects of the person. However, in contemporary English one does not regularly speak of the “soul” in contexts such as this but of the person. sn There is probably a subtle allusion to the curses called down on the nation for failure to keep their covenant with God. The word used here is somewhat rare ( גָּעַל , ga ’ al ). It is used of Israel’s rejection of God’s stipulations and of God’s response to their rejection of him and his stipulations in Lev 26:11, 15, 30, 43-44 . That the allusion is intended is probable when account is taken of the last line of v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":29783,"verse_id":"JER.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “Why have you struck us and there is no healing for us.” The statement involves poetic exaggeration (hyperbole) for rhetorical effect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":29784,"verse_id":"JER.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.19","text":"Heb “[We hope] for a time of healing but behold terror.” sn The last two lines of this verse are repeated word for word from 8:15 . There they are spoken by the people.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A19/4"}
{"id":29785,"verse_id":"JER.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “We acknowledge our wickedness [and] the iniquity of our [fore]fathers.” For the use of the word “know” to mean “confess,” “acknowledge” cf. BDB 394 s.v. יָדַע , Qal.1.f and compare the usage in Jer 3:13 . sn For a longer example of an individual identifying with the nation and confessing their sins and the sins of their forefathers see .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":29786,"verse_id":"JER.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.20","text":"This is another example of the intensive use of כִּי ( ki ). See BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A20/2"}
{"id":29787,"verse_id":"JER.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “For the sake of your name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":29788,"verse_id":"JER.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":29789,"verse_id":"JER.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.21","text":"English versions quite commonly supply “us” as an object for the verb in the first line. This is probably wrong. The Hebrew text reads: “Do not treat with contempt for the sake of your name; do not treat with disdain your glorious throne.” This is case of poetic parallelism where the object is left hanging until the second line. For an example of this see Prov 13:1 in the original and consult E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech, 103-4. There has also been some disagreement whether “your glorious throne” refers to the temple (as in 17:12 ) or Jerusalem (as in 3:17 ). From the beginning of the prayer in v. 19 where a similar kind of verb has been used with respect to Zion/Jerusalem it would appear that the contextual referent is Jerusalem. The absence of an object from the first line makes it possible to retain part of the metaphor in the translation and still convey some meaning. sn The place of God’s glorious throne was first of all the ark of the covenant where God was said to be enthroned between the cherubim, then the temple that housed it, then the city itself. See 2 Kgs 19:14-15 in the context of Sennacherib’s attack on Jerusalem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A21/3"}
{"id":29790,"verse_id":"JER.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.21","text":"Heb “Remember, do not break your covenant with us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A21/4"}
{"id":29791,"verse_id":"JER.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"The word הֶבֶל ( hevel ), often translated “vanities”, is a common pejorative epithet for idols or false gods. See already in 8:19 and 10:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":29792,"verse_id":"JER.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"Heb “Is it not you, O Lord our God?” The words “who does” are supplied in the translation for English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":29793,"verse_id":"JER.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"The rhetorical negatives are balanced by a rhetorical positive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":29794,"verse_id":"JER.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"The words “pleading for” have been supplied in the translation to explain the idiom (a metonymy). For parallel usage see BDB 763 s.v. עָמַד Qal.1.a and compare usage in Gen 19:27 , Deut 4:10 . sn Moses and Samuel were well-known for their successful intercession on behalf of Israel. See Ps 99:6-8 and see, e.g., Exod 32:11-14, 30-34 ; 1 Sam 7:5-9 . The Lord is here rejecting Jeremiah’s intercession on behalf of the people ( 14:19-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":29795,"verse_id":"JER.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “my soul would not be toward them.” For the usage of “soul” presupposed here see BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 6 in the light of the complaints and petitions in Jeremiah’s prayer in 14:19, 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":29796,"verse_id":"JER.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.1","text":"Heb “Send them away from my presence and let them go away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A1/3"}
{"id":29797,"verse_id":"JER.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"It is difficult to render the rhetorical force of this passage in meaningful English. The text answers the question “Where should we go?” with four brief staccato-like expressions with a play on the preposition “to”: Heb “Who to the death, to the death and who to the sword, to the sword and who to the starvation, to the starvation and who to the captivity, to the captivity.” The word “death” here is commonly understood to be a poetic substitute for “plague” because of the standard trio of sword, famine, and plague (see, e.g., 14:12 and the notes there). This is likely here and in 18:21 . For further support see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:440. The nuance “starvation” rather than “famine” has been chosen in the translation because the referents here are all things that accompany war.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":29798,"verse_id":"JER.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"The translation attempts to render in understandable English some rather unusual uses of terms here. The verb translated “punish” is often used that way (cf. BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Qal.A.3 and compare usage in Jer 11:22, 13:21 ). However, here it is accompanied by a direct object and a preposition meaning “over” which is usually used in the sense of appointing someone over someone (cf. BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Qal.B.1 and compare usage in Jer 51:27 ). Moreover the word translated “different ways” normally refers to “families,” “clans,” or “guilds” (cf. BDB 1046-47 s.v. מִשְׁפָּחָה for usage). Hence the four things mentioned are referred to figuratively as officers or agents into whose power the Lord consigns them. The Hebrew text reads: “I will appoint over them four guilds, the sword to kill, the dogs to drag away, the birds of the skies and the beasts of the earth to devour and to destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":29799,"verse_id":"JER.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The length of this sentence runs contrary to the normal policy followed in the translation of breaking up long sentences. However, there does not seem any way to break it up here without losing the connections. sn For similar statements see 2 Kgs 23:26; 24:3-4 and for a description of what Manasseh did see 2 Kgs 21:1-16 . Manasseh was the leader, but they willingly followed (cf. 2 Kgs 21:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":29800,"verse_id":"JER.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"The words “The Lord cried out” are not in the text. However, they are necessary to show the shift in address between speaking to Jeremiah in vv. 1-4 about the people and addressing Jerusalem in vv. 5-6 and the shift back to the address to Jeremiah in vv. 7-9 . The words “oracle of the Lord ” are, moreover, found at the beginning of v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":29801,"verse_id":"JER.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"The words, “in the world” are not in the text but are the translator’s way of trying to indicate that this rhetorical question expects a negative answer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":29802,"verse_id":"JER.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Heb “turn aside.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":29803,"verse_id":"JER.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.5","text":"Or “about your well-being”; Heb “about your welfare” ( שָׁלוֹם , shalom ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A5/4"}
{"id":29804,"verse_id":"JER.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .” In the original text this phrase is found between “you have deserted me” and “you keep turning your back on me.” It is put at the beginning and converted to first person for sake of English style and clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":29805,"verse_id":"JER.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “you are going backward.” This is the only occurrence of this adverb with this verb. It is often used with another verb meaning “turn backward” (= abandon; Heb סוּג [ sug ] in the Niphal). For examples see Jer 38:22; 46:5 . The only other occurrence in Jeremiah has been in the unusual idiom in 7:24 where it was translated “they got worse and worse instead of better.” That is how J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 109) translates it here. However it is translated, it has connotations of apostasy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":29806,"verse_id":"JER.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"Heb “stretched out my hand against you.” For this idiom see notes on 6:12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":29807,"verse_id":"JER.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.6","text":"There is a difference of opinion on how the verbs here and in the following verses are to be rendered, whether past or future. KJV, NASB, NIV for example render them as future. ASV, RSV, TEV render them as past. NJPS has past here and future in vv. 7-9 . This is perhaps the best solution. The imperfect + vav consecutive here responds to the perfect in the first line. The imperfects + vav consecutives followed by perfects in vv. 7-9 and concluded by an imperfect in v. 9 pick up the perfects + vav ( ו ) consecutives in vv. 3-4 . Verses 7-9 are further development of the theme in vv. 1-4 . Verses 5-6 have been an apostrophe or a turning aside to address Jerusalem directly. For a somewhat similar alternation of the tenses see Isa 5:14-17 and consult GKC 329-30 §111. w . One could of course argue that the imperfects + vav consecutive in vv. 7-9 continue the imperfect + vav consecutive here. In this case, vv. 7-9 are not a continuation of the oracle of doom but another lament by God (cf. 14:1-6, 17-18 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A6/4"}
{"id":29808,"verse_id":"JER.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"The words “The Lord continued” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to show the shift back to talking about the people instead of addressing them. The obvious speaker is the Lord ; the likely listener is Jeremiah as in vv. 1-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":29809,"verse_id":"JER.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Heb “I have winnowed them with a winnowing fork in the gates of the land.” The word “gates” is here being used figuratively for the cities, the part for the whole. See 14:2 and the notes there. sn Like straw blown away by the wind . A figurative use of the process of winnowing is referred to here. Winnowing was the process whereby a mixture of grain and straw was thrown up into the wind to separate the grain from the straw and the husks. The best description of the major steps in threshing and winnowing grain in the Bible is seen in another figurative passage in Isa 41:15-16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":29810,"verse_id":"JER.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “did not repent of their wicked ways”; Heb “They did not turn back from their ways.” There is no casual particle here (either כִּי [ ki ], which is more formally casual, or וְ [ vÿ ], which sometimes introduces casual circumstantial clauses). The causal idea is furnished by the connection of ideas. If the verbs throughout this section are treated as pasts and this section seen as a lament, then the clause could be sequential: “but they still did not turn…”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A7/3"}
{"id":29811,"verse_id":"JER.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Heb “to me.” BDB 513 s.v. ל 5.a(d) compares the usage of the preposition “to” here to that in Jonah 3:3 , “Nineveh was a very great city to God [in God’s estimation].” The NEB/REB interpret as though it were the agent after a passive verb, “I have made widows more numerous.” Most English versions ignore it. The present translation follows BDB though the emphasis on God’s agency has been strong in the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":29812,"verse_id":"JER.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"The translation of this line is a little uncertain because of the double prepositional phrase which is not represented in this translation or most of the others. The Hebrew text reads: “I will bring in to them, against mother of young men, a destroyer at noon time.” Many commentaries delete the phrase with the Greek text. If the preposition read “against” like the following one this would be a case of apposition of nearer definition. There is some evidence of that in the Targum and the Syriac according to BHS . Both nouns “mothers” and “young men” are translated as plural here though they are singular; they are treated by most as collectives. It would be tempting to translate these two lines “In broad daylight I have brought destroyers against the mothers of her fallen young men.” But this may be too interpretive. In the light of 6:4 , noontime was a good time to attack. NJPS has “I will bring against them – young men and mothers together – ….” In this case “mother” and “young men” would be a case of asyndetic coordination.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":29813,"verse_id":"JER.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.8","text":"This word is used only here and in Hos 11:9 . It is related to the root meaning “to rouse” (so BDB 735 s.v. I עִיר ). Here it refers to the excitement or agitation caused by terror. In Hos 11:9 it refers to the excitement or arousal of anger.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A8/3"}
{"id":29814,"verse_id":"JER.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.8","text":"The “them” in the Hebrew text is feminine referring to the mothers.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A8/4"}
{"id":29815,"verse_id":"JER.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “who gave birth to seven.” sn To have seven children was considered a blessing and a source of pride and honor ( Ruth 4:15 ; 1 Sam 2:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":29816,"verse_id":"JER.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"The meaning of this line is debated. Some understand this line to mean “she has breathed out her life” (cf., e.g., BDB 656 s.v. נָפַח and 656 s.v. ֶנפֶשׁ 1.c). However, as several commentaries have noted (e.g., W. McKane, Jeremiah [ICC], 1:341; J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 109) it makes little sense to talk about her suffering shame and embarrassment if she has breathed her last. Both the Greek and Latin versions understand “soul” not as the object but as the subject and the idea being one of fainting under despair. This idea seems likely in light of the parallelism. Bright suggests the phrase means either “she gasped out her breath” or “her throat gasped.” The former is more likely. One might also render “she fainted dead away,” but that idiom might not be familiar to all readers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":29817,"verse_id":"JER.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “Her sun went down while it was still day.” sn The sun was the source of light and hence has associations with life, prosperity, health, and blessing. The premature setting of the sun which brought these seems apropos as metaphor for the loss of her children which were not only a source of joy, help, and honor. Two references where “sun” is used figuratively, Ps 84:11 ( 84:12 HT) and Mal 4:2 , may be helpful here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A9/3"}
{"id":29818,"verse_id":"JER.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.9","text":"Heb “I will deliver those of them that survive to the sword before their enemies.” The referent of “them” is ambiguous. Does it refer to the children of the widow (nearer context) or the people themselves (more remote context, v. 7 )? Perhaps it was meant to include both. Verse seven spoke of the destruction of the people and the killing off of the children.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A9/5"}
{"id":29819,"verse_id":"JER.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to mark a shift in the speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":29820,"verse_id":"JER.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “Woe to me, my mother.” See the comments on 4:13 and 10:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":29821,"verse_id":"JER.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"Heb “A man of strife and a man of contention with all the land.” The “of” relationship (Hebrew and Greek genitive) can convey either subjective or objective relationships, i.e., he instigates strife and contention or he is the object of it. A study of usage elsewhere, e.g., Isa 41:11 ; Job 31:35 ; Prov 12:19; 25:24; 26:21; 27:15 , is convincing that it is subjective. In his role as God’s covenant messenger charging people with wrong doing he has instigated counterarguments and stirred about strife and contention against him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":29822,"verse_id":"JER.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"15.10","text":"The translation follows the almost universally agreed upon correction of the MT. Instead of reading כֻּלֹּה מְקַלְלַונִי ( kulloh mÿqallavni , “all of him is cursing me”) as the Masoretes proposed ( Qere ) one should read קִלְלוּנִי ( qilluni ) with the written text ( Kethib ) and redivide and repoint with the suggestion in BHS כֻּלְּהֶם ( qullÿhem , “all of them are cursing me”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A10/4"}
{"id":29823,"verse_id":"JER.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"The word “Jerusalem” is not in the text. It is supplied in the translation for clarity to identify the referent of “you.” A comparison of three or four English versions will show how difficult this verse is to interpret. The primary difficulty is with the meaning of the verb rendered here as “I will surely send you out [ שֵׁרִותִךָ , sherivtikha ].” The text and the meaning of the word are debated (for a rather full discussion see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:446-47, n. b-b). Tied up with that is the meaning of the verb in the second line and the identification of who the speaker and addressee are. One of two approaches are usually followed. Some follow the Greek version which has Jeremiah speaking and supporting his complaint that he has been faithful. In this case the word “said” is left out, the difficult verb is taken to mean “I have served you” ( שֵׁרַתִּיךָ [ sheratikha ] from שָׁרַת [ sharat ; BDB 1058 s.v. שָׁרַת ]) and the parallel verb means “I have made intercession for my enemies.” The second tack is to suppose that God is speaking and is promising Jeremiah deliverance from his detractors. In this case the troublesome word is taken to mean “deliver” (cf. BDB 1056 s.v. I שָׁרָה ), “strengthen” (see BDB’s discussion) or read as a noun “remnant” ( שֵׁרִיתְךָ = שְׁאֵרִיתְךָ [ sheritekha = shÿ ’ eritekha ]; again see BDB’s discussion). In this case the parallel verb is taken to mean “I will cause your enemies to entreat you,” a meaning it has nowhere else. Both of these approaches are probably wrong. The Greek text is the only evidence for leaving out “said.” The problem with making Jeremiah the addressee is twofold. First, the word “enemy” is never used in the book of Jeremiah’s foes, always of political enemies. Second, and more troublesome, one must assume a shift in the addressee between v. 11 and vv.13-14 or assume that the whole is addressed. The latter would be odd if he is promised deliverance from his detractors only to be delivered to captivity. If, however, one assumes that the whole is addressed to Jerusalem, there is no such problem. A check of earlier chapters will show that the second masculine pronoun is used for Judah/Jerusalem in 2:28-29; 4:1-2; 5:17-18; 11:13 . In 2:28-28 and 4:1-2 the same shift from second singular to second plural takes place as does here in vv. 13-14 . Moreover, vv. 13-14 continue much of the same vocabulary and is addressed to Jerusalem. The approach followed here is similar to that taken in REB except “for good” is taken in the way it is always used rather to mean “utterly.” The nuance suggested by BDB 1056 s.v. I שָׁרָה is assumed and the meaning of the parallel verb is assumed to be similar to that in Isa 53:6 (see BDB 803 s.v. פָּגַע Hiph.1). The MT is retained with demonstrable meanings. For the concept of “for good” see Jer 24:5-6 . This assumes that the ultimate goal of God’s discipline is here announced. sn The Lord interrupts Jeremiah’s complaint with a word for Jerusalem. Compare a similar interruption in discussion with Jeremiah in vv. 5-6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":29824,"verse_id":"JER.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"“Surely” represents a construct in Hebrew that indicates a strong oath of affirmation. Cf. BDB 50 s.v. אִם 1.b(2) and compare usage in 2 Kgs 9:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":29825,"verse_id":"JER.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Or “Can iron and bronze break iron from the north?” The question is rhetorical and expects a negative answer. The translation and meaning of this verse are debated. See note for further details. The two main difficulties here involve the relation of words to one another and the obscure allusion to iron from the north. To translate “literally” is difficult since one does not know whether “iron” is subject of “break” or object of an impersonal verb. Likewise, the dangling “and bronze” fits poorly with either understanding. Options: “Can iron break iron from the north and bronze?” Or “Can one break iron, even iron from the north and bronze.” This last is commonly opted for by translators and interpreters, but why add “and bronze” at the end? And what does “iron from the north” refer to? A long history of interpretation relates it to the foe from the north (see already 1:14; 4:6; 6:1; 13:20 ). The translation follows the lead of NRSV and takes “and bronze” as a compound subject. I have no ready parallels for this syntax but the reference to “from the north” and the comparison to the stubbornness of the unrepentant people to bronze and iron in 6:28 suggests a possible figurative allusion. There is no evidence in the Bible that Israel knew about a special kind of steel like iron from the Black Sea mentioned in later Greek sources. The word “fist” is supplied in the translation to try to give some hint that it refers to a hostile force. sn Compare Isa 10:5-6 for the idea here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":29826,"verse_id":"JER.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"This reading follows the Greek and Syriac versions and several Hebrew mss . Other Hebrew mss read “I will cause the enemy to pass through a land.” The difference in the reading is between one Hebrew letter, a dalet ( ד ) and a resh ( ר ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":29827,"verse_id":"JER.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to mark the shift from the Lord speaking to Jerusalem, to Jeremiah speaking to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":29828,"verse_id":"JER.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"The words “how I suffer” are not in the text but are implicit from the continuation. They are supplied in the translation for clarity. Jeremiah is not saying “you are all knowing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":29829,"verse_id":"JER.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Heb “Your name is called upon me.” sn See Jer 14:9 where this idiom is applied to Israel as a whole and Jer 7:10 where it is applied to the temple. For discussion cf. notes on 7:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":29830,"verse_id":"JER.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Heb “because of your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":29831,"verse_id":"JER.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Heb “Will you be to me like a deceptive (brook), like waters which do not last [or are not reliable].” sn Jeremiah is speaking of the stream beds or wadis which fill with water after the spring rains but often dry up in the summer time. A fuller picture is painted in Job 6:14-21 . This contrasts with the earlier metaphor that God had used of himself in Jer 2:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":29832,"verse_id":"JER.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “So the Lord said thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":29833,"verse_id":"JER.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “If you return [ = repent], I will restore [more literally, ‘cause you to return’] that you may stand before me.” For the idiom of “standing before” in the sense of serving see BDB 764 s.v. עָמַד Qal.1.e and compare the usage in 1 Kgs 10:8; 12:8; 17:1 ; Deut 10:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":29834,"verse_id":"JER.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “you shall be as my mouth.” sn For the classic statement of the prophet as God’s “mouth/mouthpiece,” = “spokesman,” see Exod 4:15-16; 7:1-2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":29835,"verse_id":"JER.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.19","text":"Heb “They must turn/return to you and you must not turn/return to them.” sn Once again the root “return” ( שׁוּב , shuv ) is being played on as in 3:1 –4:4. See the threefold call to repentance in 3:12, 14, 22 . The verb is used here four times “repent,” “restore,” and “become” twice. He is to serve as a model of repentance, not an imitator of their apostasy. In accusing God of being unreliable he was coming dangerously close to their kind of behavior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2015%3A19/4"}
{"id":29836,"verse_id":"JER.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “For thus says the Lord concerning…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":29837,"verse_id":"JER.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord concerning the sons and daughters who are born in the place and concerning their mothers who give them birth and their fathers who fathered them in this land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":29838,"verse_id":"JER.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “For thus says the Lord …”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":29839,"verse_id":"JER.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “my peace.” The Hebrew word שְׁלוֹמִי ( shÿlomi ) can be translated “peace, prosperity” or “well-being” (referring to wholeness or health of body and soul).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":29840,"verse_id":"JER.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":29841,"verse_id":"JER.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “For thus says Yahweh of armies the God of Israel.” The introductory formula which appears three times in vv. 1-9 (vv. 1, 3, 5 ) has been recast for smoother English style. sn For the title “the Lord God of Israel who rules over all” see 7:3 and the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":29842,"verse_id":"JER.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Heb “before your eyes and in your days.” The pronouns are plural including others than Jeremiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":29843,"verse_id":"JER.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Heb “all these words/things.” sn The actions of the prophet would undoubtedly elicit questions about his behavior and he would have occasion to explain the reason.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":29844,"verse_id":"JER.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"These two sentences have been recast in English to break up a long Hebrew sentence and incorporate the oracular formula “says the Lord ( Heb ‘oracle of the Lord ’)” which occurs after “Your fathers abandoned me.” In Hebrew the two sentences read: “When you tell them these things and they say, ‘…’, then tell them, ‘Because your ancestors abandoned me,’ oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":29845,"verse_id":"JER.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 12, 13, 15, 19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":29846,"verse_id":"JER.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “followed after.” See the translator’s note at 2:5 for the explanation of the idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A11/3"}
{"id":29847,"verse_id":"JER.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.11","text":"Heb “But me they have abandoned and my law they have not kept.” The objects are thrown forward to bring out the contrast which has rhetorical force. However, such a sentence in English would be highly unnatural.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A11/4"}
{"id":29848,"verse_id":"JER.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"The particle translated here “Yet” ( לָכֵן , lakhen ) is regularly translated “So” or “Therefore” and introduces a consequence. However, in a few cases it introduces a contrasting set of conditions. Compare its use in Judg 11:8 ; Jer 48:12; 49:2; 51:52 ; and Hos 2:14 ( 2:16 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":29849,"verse_id":"JER.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” The Lord has been speaking; the first person has been utilized in translation to avoid a shift which might create confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":29850,"verse_id":"JER.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “Behold the days are coming.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A14/3"}
{"id":29851,"verse_id":"JER.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"These two verses which constitute one long sentence with compound, complex subordinations has been broken up for sake of English style. It reads, “Therefore, behold the days are coming, says the Lord [ Heb ‘oracle of the Lord ’] and it will not be said any longer, ‘By the life of the Lord who…Egypt’ but ‘by the life of the Lord who…’ and I will bring them back….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":29852,"verse_id":"JER.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” The Lord has been speaking; the first person has been utilized in translation to avoid a shift which might create confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":29853,"verse_id":"JER.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Heb “Behold I am about to send for many fishermen and they will catch them. And after that I will send for many hunters and they will hunt them from every mountain and from every hill and from the cracks in the rocks.” sn The picture of rounding up the population for destruction and exile is also seen in Amos 4:2 and Hab 1:14-17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":29854,"verse_id":"JER.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Heb “For my eyes are upon all their ways. They are not hidden from before me. And their sin is not hidden away from before my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":29855,"verse_id":"JER.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “First.” Many English versions and commentaries delete this word because it is missing from the Greek version and is considered a gloss added by a postexilic editor who is said to be responsible also for vv. 14-16 . This is not the place to resolve issues of authorship and date. It is the task of the translator to translate the “original” which in this case is the MT supported by the other versions. The word here refers to order in rank or order of events. Compare Gen 38:28 ; 1 Kgs 18:25 . Here allusion is made to the restoration previously mentioned. First in order of events is the punishment of destruction and exile, then restoration.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":29856,"verse_id":"JER.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “double.” However, usage in Deut 15:18 and probably Isa 40:2 argues for “full compensation.” This is supported also by usage in a tablet from Alalakh in Syria. See P. C. Craigie, P. H. Kelley, J. F. Drinkard, Jeremiah 1-25 (WBC), 218, for bibliography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":29857,"verse_id":"JER.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"Heb “my inheritance.” sn For earlier references to the term used here see Jer 2:7 where it applies as here to the land, Jer 10:16; 12:8-9 where it applies to the people, and Jer 12:7 where it applies to the temple.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":29858,"verse_id":"JER.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.18","text":"Many of the English versions take “lifeless statues of their detestable idols” with “filled” as a compound object. This follows the Masoretic punctuation but violates usage. The verb “fill” never takes an object preceded by the preposition בְּ ( bet ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A18/4"}
{"id":29859,"verse_id":"JER.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"The words “Then I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to show the shift from God, who has been speaking to Jeremiah, to Jeremiah, who here addresses God. sn The shift here is consistent with the interruptions that have taken place in chapters 14 and 15 and in Jeremiah’s response to God’s condemnation of the people of Judah’s idolatry in chapter (note especially vv. 6-16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":29860,"verse_id":"JER.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Heb “O Lord , my strength and my fortress, my refuge in the day of trouble. The literal which piles up attributes is of course more forceful than the predications. However, piling up poetic metaphors like this adds to the length of the English sentence and risks lack of understanding on the part of some readers. Some rhetorical force has been sacrificed for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":29861,"verse_id":"JER.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"Once again the translation has sacrificed some of the rhetorical force for the sake of clarity and English style: Heb “Only falsehood did our ancestors possess, vanity and [things in which?] there was no one profiting in them.” sn This passage offers some rather forceful contrasts. The Lord is Jeremiah’s source of strength, security, and protection. The idols are false gods, worthless idols, that can offer no help at all.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":29862,"verse_id":"JER.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Heb “and they are ‘no gods.’” For the construction here compare 2:11 and a similar construction in 2 Kgs 19:18 and see BDB 519 s.v. לֹא 1.b(b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":29863,"verse_id":"JER.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"The words “The Lord said” are not in the text. However, it is obvious that he is the speaker. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":29864,"verse_id":"JER.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Or “So I will make known to those nations, I will make known to them at this time my power and my might. Then they will know that my name is the Lord .” tn There is a decided ambiguity in this text about the identity of the pronoun “them.” Is it his wicked people he has been predicting judgment upon or the nations that have come to recognize the folly of idolatry? The nearer antecedent would argue for that. However, usage of “hand” (translated here “power”) in 6:12; 15:6 and later 21:5 and especially the threatening motif of “at this time” (or “now”) in 10:18 suggest that the “So” goes back logically to vv. 16-18 , following a grounds of judgment with the threatened consequence as it has in at least 16 out of 18 occurrences thus far. Moreover it makes decidedly more sense that the Jews will know that his name is the Lord as the result of the present (“at this time”) display of his power in judgment than that the idolaters will at some later (cf. Isa 2:2-4 for possible parallel) time. There has been a decided emphasis that the people of Israel do not “know” him (cf. 2:8; 4:22; 9:3, 6 ). Now they will, but in a way they did not wish to. There is probably an allusion (and an ironic reversal) here to Exod 3:13-15; 34:5-7 . They have presumed upon his graciousness and forgotten that his name not only involves being with them to help but being against them to punish sin. Even if the alternate translation is followed the reference is still to God’s mighty power made known in judging the wicked Judeans. The words “power” and “might” are an example of hendiadys in which two nouns joined by “and” in which one modifies the other.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":29865,"verse_id":"JER.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"The chapter division which was not a part of the original text but was added in the middle ages obscures the fact that there is no new speech here. The division may have resulted from the faulty identification of the “them” in the preceding verse. See the translator’s note on that verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":29866,"verse_id":"JER.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"The adjective “stone-hard” is not in the Hebrew text. It is implicit in the metaphor and is supplied in the translation for clarity. Cf. Ezek 11:19; 36:26 ; and Job 19:24 for the figure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":29867,"verse_id":"JER.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Heb “adamant.” The word “diamond” is an accommodation to modern times. There is no evidence that diamond was known in ancient times. This hard stone (perhaps emery) became metaphorical for hardness; see Ezek 3:9 and Zech 7:12 . For discussion see W. E. Staples, “Adamant,” IDB 1:45.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":29868,"verse_id":"JER.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.1","text":"This verse has been restructured for the sake of the English poetry: Heb “The sin of Judah is engraved [or written] with an iron pen, inscribed with a point of a diamond [or adamant] upon the tablet of their hearts and on the horns of their altars.” sn There is biting sarcasm involved in the use of the figures here. The law was inscribed on the tablets of stone by the “finger” of God ( Exod 31:18; 32:16 ). Later under the new covenant it would be written on their hearts ( Jer 31:33 ). Blood was to be applied to the horns of the altar in offering the sin offering (cf., e.g., Lev 4:7, 18, 25, 20 ) and on the bronze altar to cleanse it from sin on the Day of Atonement ( Lev 16:18 ). Here their sins are engraved (permanently written, cf. Job 19:24 ) on their hearts (i.e., control their thoughts and actions) and on their altars (permanently polluting them).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A1/4"}
{"id":29869,"verse_id":"JER.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"It is difficult to convey in good English style the connection between this verse and the preceding. The text does not have a finite verb but a temporal preposition with an infinitive: Heb “while their children remember their altars…” It is also difficult to translate the verb “literally.” (i.e., what does “remember” their altars mean?). Hence it has been rendered “always think about.” Another possibility would be “have their altars…on their minds.” sn There is possibly a sarcastic irony involved here as well. The Israelites were to remember the Lord and what he had done and were to commemorate certain days, e.g., the Passover and the Sabbath which recalled their deliverance. Instead they resorted to the pagan altars and kept them in mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":29870,"verse_id":"JER.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"This reading follows many Hebrew mss and ancient versions. Many other Hebrew mss read “your” [masc. pl.].","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":29871,"verse_id":"JER.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"This reading follows some of the ancient versions. The MT reads, “hills. My mountain in the open field [alluding to Jerusalem] and your wealth…I will give.” The vocalization of the noun plus pronoun and the unusual form of the expression to allude to Jerusalem calls into question the originality of the MT. The MT reads הֲרָרִי ( harari ) which combines the suffix for a singular noun with a pointing of the noun in the plural, a form which would be without parallel (compare the forms in Ps 30:8 for the singular noun with suffix and Deut 8:9 for the plural noun with suffix). Likewise, Jerusalem was not “in the open field.” For a similar expression compare Jer 13:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":29872,"verse_id":"JER.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “I will give away your wealth, all your treasures, and your places of worship…” The translation follows the emendation suggested in the footnote in BHS , reading בִּמְחִיר ( bimkhir ) in place of בָּמֹתֶיךָ ( bamotekha ). The forms are graphically very close and one could explain the origin of either from the other. The parallel in 15:13-14 reads לֹא בִּמְחִיר ( lo ’ bimkhir ). The text here may be a deliberate play on that one. The emended text makes decidedly better sense contextually than the MT unless some sardonic reference to their idolatry is intended.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":29873,"verse_id":"JER.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “Through your own fault you will lose the land…” As W. McKane ( Jeremiah [ICC], 1:386) notes the ancient versions do not appear to be reading וּבְךָ ( uvÿkha ) as in the MT but possibly לְבַדְּךָ ( lÿvaddÿkha ; see BHS fn). The translation follows the suggestion in BHS fn that יָדְךָ ( yadÿkha , literally “your hand”) be read for MT וּבְךָ . This has the advantage of fitting the idiom of this verb with “hand” in Deut 15:2 (see also v. 3 there). The Hebrew text thus reads “You will release your hand from your heritage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":29874,"verse_id":"JER.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"A few Hebrew mss and two Greek mss read “a fire is kindled in my anger” (reading קָדְחָה , qodkha ) as in 15:14 in place of “you have kindled a fire in my anger” (reading קָדַחְתֶּם , qadakhtem ) in the majority of Hebrew mss and versions. The variant may be explained on the basis of harmonization with the parallel passage. tn Heb “you have started a fire in my anger which will burn forever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":29875,"verse_id":"JER.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “who make flesh their arm.” The “arm” is the symbol of strength and the flesh is the symbol of mortal man in relation to the omnipotent God. The translation “mere flesh and blood” reflects this.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":29876,"verse_id":"JER.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"This word occurs only here and in Jer 48:6 . It has been identified as a kind of juniper, which is a short shrub with minute leaves that look like scales. For a picture and more discussion see Fauna and Flora of the Bible , 131.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":29877,"verse_id":"JER.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Heb “Blessed is the person who trusts in the Lord , and whose confidence is in the Lord .” However, because this is a statement of the Lord and the translation chooses to show that the blessing comes from him, the first person is substituted for the divine name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":29878,"verse_id":"JER.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Or “incurably deceitful”; Heb “It is incurable.” For the word “deceitful” compare the usage of the verb in Gen 27:36 and a related noun in 2 Kgs 10:19 . For the adjective “incurable” compare the usage in Jer 15:18 . It is most commonly used with reference to wounds or of pain. In Jer 17:16 it is used metaphorically for a “woeful day” (i.e., day of irreparable devastation). sn The background for this verse is Deut 29:18-19 ( 29:17-18 HT) and Deut 30:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":29879,"verse_id":"JER.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"The term rendered “mind” here and in the previous verse is actually the Hebrew word for “heart.” However, in combination with the word rendered “heart” in the next line, which is the Hebrew for “kidneys,” it is best rendered “mind” because the “heart” was considered the center of intellect, conscience, and will and the “kidneys” the center of emotions. sn For an earlier reference to this motif see Jer 11:20 . For a later reference see Jer 20:12 . See also Ps 17:2-3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":29880,"verse_id":"JER.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"The meaning of this line is somewhat uncertain. The word translated “broods over” occurs only here and Isa 34:15 . It is often defined on the basis of an Aramaic cognate which means “to gather” with an extended meaning of “to gather together under her to hatch.” Many commentators go back to a Rabbinic explanation that the partridge steals the eggs of other birds and hatches them out only to see the birds depart when they recognize that she is not the mother. Modern studies question the validity of this zoologically. Moreover, W. L. Holladay contests the validity on the basis of the wording “and she does hatch them” ( Heb “bring them to birth”). See W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:498, and see also P. C. Craigie, P. H. Kelley, J. F. Drinkard, Jeremiah 1-25 (WBC), 229. The point of the comparison is that the rich gather their wealth but they do not get to see the fruits of it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":29881,"verse_id":"JER.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"The Hebrew text merely says “it.” But the antecedent might be ambiguous in English so the reference to wealth gained by unjust means is here reiterated for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":29882,"verse_id":"JER.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"Heb “he will be [= prove to be] a fool.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":29883,"verse_id":"JER.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"The words, “Then I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show the shift in speaker. sn The Lord is no longer threatening judgment but is being addressed. For a similar doxological interruption compare Jer 16:19-20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":29884,"verse_id":"JER.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “O glorious throne, O high place from the beginning, O hope of Israel, O Lord .” Commentators and translators generally understand these four lines (which are three in the Hebrew original) as two predications, one eulogizing the temple and the other eulogizing God. However, that does not fit the context very well and does not take into account the nature of Jeremiah’s doxology in Jeremiah 16:19-20 (and compare also 10:6-7 ). There the doxology is context motivated, focused on God, and calls on relevant attributes in the form of metaphorical epithets. That fits nicely here as well. For the relevant parallel passages see the study note. sn As King and Judge seated on his heavenly throne on high the Lord metes out justice. For examples of this motif see Jer 25:30 ; Ps 11:4; 9:4, 7 ( 9:5, 8 HT). As the place of sanctuary he offers refuge for those who are fleeing for safety. Ezek 11:16 and Isa 18:1-4 are examples of passages using that motif. Finally, the Lord has been referred to earlier as the object of Israel’s hope ( Jer 14:8 ). All of these are relevant to the choices that the Lord has placed before them, trust or turn away, and the threat that as all-knowing Judge he will reward people according to their behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":29885,"verse_id":"JER.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"The translation is based on an emendation suggested in W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:500, n. b-b. The emendation involves following the reading preferred by the Masoretes (the Qere ) and understanding the preposition with the following word as a corruption of the suffix on it. Thus the present translation reads וּסוּרֶיךָ אֶרֶץ ( usurekha ’ erets ) instead of וּסוּרַי בָּאֶרֶץ ( usuray ba ’ erets , “and those who leave me will be written in the earth”), a reading which is highly improbable since all the other pronouns are second singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":29886,"verse_id":"JER.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “to the world of the dead.” An alternative interpretation is: “will be as though their names were written in the dust”; Heb “will be written in the dust.” The translation follows the nuance of “earth” listed in HALOT 88 s.v. אֶרֶץ 4 and found in Jonah 2:6 ( 2:7 HT); Job 10:21-22 . For the nuance of “enrolling, registering among the number” for the verb translated here “consign” see BDB 507 s.v. כָּתַב Qal.3 and 508 s.v. Niph.2 and compare usage in Ezek 13:9 and Ps 69:28 ( 69:29 HT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A13/3"}
{"id":29887,"verse_id":"JER.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “The fountain of living water.” For an earlier use of this metaphor and the explanation of it see Jer 2:13 and the notes there. There does not appear to be any way to retain this metaphor in the text without explaining it. In the earlier text the context would show that literal water was not involved. Here it might still be assumed that the Lord merely gives life-giving water.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A13/4"}
{"id":29888,"verse_id":"JER.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"The translation fills in the details of the metaphor from a preceding context ( 15:18 ) and from the following context ( 17:18 ). The literal translation “Heal me and I will be healed. Rescue me and I will be rescued.” does not make much sense if these details are not filled in. The metaphor is filled in for clarity for the average reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":29889,"verse_id":"JER.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “Behold, they are saying to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":29890,"verse_id":"JER.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “Where is the word of the Lord . Let it come [or come to pass] please.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":29891,"verse_id":"JER.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “I have not run after you for the sake of disaster.” The translation follows the suggestion of some ancient versions. The Hebrew text reads “I have not run from being a shepherd after you.” The translation follows two Greek versions (Aquila and Symmachus) and the Syriac in reading the word “evil” or “disaster” here in place of the word “shepherd” in the Hebrew text. The issue is mainly one of vocalization. The versions mentioned are reading a form מֵרָעָה ( mera ’ ah ) instead of מֵרֹעֶה ( mero ’ eh ). There does not appear to be any clear case of a prophet being called a shepherd, especially in Jeremiah where it is invariably used of the wicked leaders/rulers of Judah, the leaders/rulers of the enemy that he brings to punish them, or the righteous ruler that he will bring in the future. Moreover, there are no cases where the preposition “after” is used with the verb “shepherd.” Parallelism also argues for the appropriateness of this reading; “disaster” parallels the “incurable day.” The thought also parallels the argument thus far. Other than 11:20; 12:3; 15:15 where he has prayed for vindication by the Lord punishing his persecutors as they deserve, he has invariably responded to the Lord ’s word of disaster with laments and prayers for his people (see 4:19-21; 6:24; 8:18; 10:19-25; 14:7-9, 19-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":29892,"verse_id":"JER.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “the incurable day.” For the use of this word see the note on 17:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":29893,"verse_id":"JER.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “that which goes out of my lip is right in front of your face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":29894,"verse_id":"JER.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “do not be a source of dismay for me.” For this nuance of מְחִתָּה ( mÿkhittah ) rather than “terror” as many of the English versions have it see BDB 370 s.v. מְחִתָּה 1.b and the usage in Prov 21:15 . Compare also the usage of the related verb which occurs in the next verse (see also BDB 369 s.v. חָתַת Qal.2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":29895,"verse_id":"JER.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Or “complete destruction.” See the translator’s note on 16:18 . sn Jeremiah now does what he says he has not wanted to do or been hasty to do. He is, however, seeking his own vindication and that of God whose threats they have belittled.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":29896,"verse_id":"JER.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “Be careful at the risk of your lives.” The expression with the preposition בְּ ( bet ) is unique. Elsewhere the verb “be careful” is used with the preposition לְ ( lamed ) in the sense of the reflexive. Hence the word “soul” cannot be simply reflexive here. BDB 1037 s.v. שָׁמַר Niph.1 understands this as a case where the preposition בְּ introduces the cost or price (cf. BDB 90 s.v. בּ III.3.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":29897,"verse_id":"JER.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “carry loads on the Sabbath and bring [them] in through.” The two verbs “carry” and “bring in” are an example of hendiadys (see the note on “Be careful…by carrying”). This is supported by the next line where only “carry out” of the houses is mentioned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A21/3"}
{"id":29898,"verse_id":"JER.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “Do not carry any loads out of your houses on the Sabbath day and do not do any work.” Translating literally might give the wrong impression that they were not to work at all. The phrase “on the Sabbath day” is, of course, intended to qualify both prohibitions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":29899,"verse_id":"JER.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “But sanctify [or set apart as sacred] the Sabbath day.” The idea of setting it apart as something sacred to the Lord is implicit in the command. See the explicit statements of this in Exod 20:10; 31:5; 35:2 ; Lev 24:8 . For some readers the idea of treating the Sabbath day as something sacred won’t mean much without spelling the qualification out specifically. Sabbath observance was not just a matter of not working.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A22/2"}
{"id":29900,"verse_id":"JER.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.22","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A22/3"}
{"id":29901,"verse_id":"JER.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “They.” The antecedent is spelled out to avoid any possible confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":29902,"verse_id":"JER.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Heb “They hardened [or made stiff] their neck so as not to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":29903,"verse_id":"JER.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":29904,"verse_id":"JER.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “If you will carefully obey me by not bringing…and by sanctifying…by not doing…, then kings will….” The structure of prohibitions and commands followed by a brief “if” clause has been used to break up a long condition and consequence relationship which is contrary to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":29905,"verse_id":"JER.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “who sit [or are to sit] on David’s throne.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A25/2"}
{"id":29906,"verse_id":"JER.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “There will come through the gates of this city the kings and princes…riding in chariots and on horses, they and their officials…” The structure of the original text is broken up here because of the long compound subject which would make the English sentence too long. The term “princes” is often omitted as a supposed double writing of the word that follows it and looks somewhat like it (the Hebrew reads here וְשָׂרִים יֹשְׁבִים , vÿsarim yoshÿvim ) or the same word which occurs later in the verse and is translated “officials” (the word can refer to either). It is argued that “princes” are never said to sit on the throne of David (translated here “follow in the succession of David”). However, the word is in all texts and versions and the concept of sitting on the throne of someone is descriptive of both past, present, and future and is even used with the participle in a proleptic sense of “the one who is to sit on the throne” (cf. Exod 11:5; 12:29 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A25/3"}
{"id":29907,"verse_id":"JER.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.25","text":"Heb “will be inhabited forever.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A25/4"}
{"id":29908,"verse_id":"JER.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Heb “There will come from the cities of Judah and from the environs of Jerusalem and from…those bringing…incense and those bringing thank offerings.” This sentence has been restructured from a long complex original to conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":29909,"verse_id":"JER.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Heb “carry loads on the Sabbath and bring [them] in through.” The translation treats the two verbs “carry” and “bring in” are an example of hendiadys (see the note on “through” in 17:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":29910,"verse_id":"JER.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord , saying:” This same formula occurs ten other times in Jeremiah. It has already occurred at 7:1 and 11:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":29911,"verse_id":"JER.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “Get up and go down.” The first verb is not literal but is idiomatic for the initiation of an action. See 13:4, 6 for other occurrences of this idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":29912,"verse_id":"JER.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Heb “And I will cause you to hear my word there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":29913,"verse_id":"JER.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Heb “And behold he was working.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":29914,"verse_id":"JER.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"The verbs here denote repeated action. They are the Hebrew perfect with the vav ( ו ) consecutive. The text then reads somewhat literally, “Whenever the vessel he was molding…was ruined, he would remold…” For this construction see Joüon 2:393-94 §118.n and 2:628-29 §167.b, and compare the usage in Amos 4:7-8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":29915,"verse_id":"JER.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"The usage of the preposition בְּ ( bet ) to introduce the material from which something is made in Exod 38:8 and 1 Kgs 15:22 should lay to rest the rather forced construction that some (like J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 121) put on the variant כַּחֹמֶר ( kakhomer ) found in a few Hebrew mss . Bright renders that phrase as an elliptical “as clay sometimes will.” The phrase is missing from the Greek version.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":29916,"verse_id":"JER.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “he would turn and work.” This is an example of hendiadys where one of the two verbs joined by “and” becomes the adverbial modifier of the other. The verb “turn” is very common in this construction (see BDB 998 s.v. שׁוּב Qal.8 for references).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A4/4"}
{"id":29917,"verse_id":"JER.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “as it was right in his eyes to do [or work it].” For this idiom see Judg 14:3, 7 ; 1 Sam 18:20, 26 ; 2 Sam 17:4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A4/5"}
{"id":29918,"verse_id":"JER.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"This phrase (literally “Oracle of the Lord ”) has been handled this way on several occasions when it occurs within first person addresses where the Lord is the speaker. See, e.g., 16:16; 17:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":29919,"verse_id":"JER.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"The words “deals with the clay” are not in the text. They are part of an elliptical comparison and are supplied in the translation here for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":29920,"verse_id":"JER.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"The word “Jeremiah” is not in the text but it is implicit from the introduction in v. 5 that he is being addressed. It is important to see how the rhetoric of this passage is structured. The words of vv. 7-10 lead up to the conclusion “So now” in v. 11 which in turns leads to the conclusion “Therefore” in v. 13 . The tense of the verb in v. 12 is very important. It is a vav consecutive perfect indicating the future (cf. GKC 333 §112. p , r ); their response is predictable. The words of vv. 7-10 are addressed to Jeremiah (v. 5 ) in fulfillment of the Lord ’s promise to speak to him (v. 2 ) and furnish the basis for the Lord ’s words of conditional threat to a people who show no promise of responding positively (vv. 11-12 ). Verse six then must be seen as another example of the figure of apostrophe (the turning aside from description about someone to addressing them directly; cf., e.g., Ps 6:8-9 ( 6:9-10 HT). Earlier examples of this figure have been seen in 6:20; 9:4; 11:13; 12:13; 15:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":29921,"verse_id":"JER.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “One moment I may speak about a nation or kingdom to…” So also in v. 9 . The translation is structured this way to avoid an awkward English construction and to reflect the difference in disposition. The constructions are, however, the same.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":29922,"verse_id":"JER.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “turns from its wickedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":29923,"verse_id":"JER.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"There is a good deal of debate about how the word translated here “revoke” should be translated. There is a good deal of reluctance to translate it “change my mind” because some see that as contradicting Num 23:19 and thus prefer “relent.” However, the English word “relent” suggests the softening of an attitude but not necessarily the change of course. It is clear that in many cases (including here) an actual change of course is in view (see, e.g., Amos 7:3, 6 ; Jonah 3:9 ; Jer 26:19 ; Exod 13:17; 32:14 ). Several of these passages deal with “conditional” prophecies where a change in behavior of the people or the mediation of a prophet involves the change in course of the threatened punishment (or the promised benefit). “Revoke” or “forgo” may be the best way to render this in contemporary English idiom. sn There is a wordplay here involving the word “evil” ( רָעָה , ra ’ ah ) which refers to both the crime and the punishment. This same play is carried further in Jonah 3:10-4:1 where Jonah becomes very displeased ( Heb “it was very evil to Jonah with great evil”) when God forgoes bringing disaster (evil) on Nineveh because they have repented of their wickedness (evil).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":29924,"verse_id":"JER.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":29925,"verse_id":"JER.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “Turn, each one from his wicked way.” See v. 8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":29926,"verse_id":"JER.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.11","text":"Or “Make good your ways and your actions.” See the same expression in 7:3, 5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A11/4"}
{"id":29927,"verse_id":"JER.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “It is useless!” See the same expression in a similar context in Jer 2:25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":29928,"verse_id":"JER.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “We will follow our own plans and do each one according to the stubbornness of his own wicked heart.” sn This has been the consistent pattern of their behavior. See 7:24; 9:13; 13:10; 16:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":29929,"verse_id":"JER.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"The precise translation of this verse is somewhat uncertain. Two phrases in this verse are the primary cause of discussion and the source of numerous emendations, none of which has gained consensus. The phrase which is rendered here “rocky slopes” is in Hebrew צוּר שָׂדַי ( tsur saday ), which would normally mean something like “rocky crag of the field” (see BDB 961 s.v. שָׂדַי 1.g). Numerous emendations have been proposed, most of which are listed in the footnotes of J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 436. The present translation has chosen to follow the proposal of several scholars that the word here is related to the Akkadian word shadu meaning mountain. The other difficulty is the word translated “cease” which in the MT is literally “be uprooted” ( יִנָּתְשׁוּ , yinnatshu ). The word is usually emended to read יִנָּשְׁתוּ ( yinnashtu , “are dried up”) as a case of transposed letters (cf., e.g., BDB 684 s.v. נָתַשׁ Niph). This is probably a case of an error in hearing and the word נָטַשׁ ( natash ) which is often parallel to עָזַב (’ azav ), translated here “vanish,” should be read in the sense that it has in 1 Sam 10:2 . Whether one reads “are plucked up” and understands it figuratively of ceasing (“are dried” or “cease”), the sense is the same. For the sense of “distant” for the word זָרִים ( zarim ) see 2 Kgs 19:24 . sn Israel’s actions are contrary to nature. See the same kind of argumentation in Jer 2:11; 8:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":29930,"verse_id":"JER.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"There may be a deliberate double meaning involved here. The word translated here “an object of horror” refers both to destruction (cf. 2:15; 4:17 ) and the horror or dismay that accompanies it (cf. 5:30; 8:21 ). The fact that there is no conjunction or preposition in front of the noun “hissing” that follows this suggests that the reaction is in view here, not the cause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":29931,"verse_id":"JER.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.16","text":"Heb “an object of lasting hissing. All who pass that way will be appalled and shake their head.” sn The actions of “shaking of the head” and “hissing” were obviously gestures of scorn and derision. See Lam 2:15-16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A16/2"}
{"id":29932,"verse_id":"JER.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Heb “I will show them [my] back and not [my] face.” This reading follows the suggestion of some of the versions and some of the Masoretes. The MT reads “I will look on their back and not on their faces.” sn To “turn the back” is universally recognized as a symbol of rejection. The turning of the face toward one is the subject of the beautiful Aaronic blessing in Num 6:24-26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":29933,"verse_id":"JER.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “They.” The referent is unidentified; “some people” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":29934,"verse_id":"JER.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “Let us make plans against Jeremiah.” See 18:18 where this has sinister overtones as it does here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":29935,"verse_id":"JER.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “Instruction will not perish from priest, counsel from the wise, word from the prophet.” sn These are the three channels through whom God spoke to his people in the OT. See Jer 8:8-10 and Ezek 7:26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":29936,"verse_id":"JER.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.18","text":"Heb “Let us smite him with our tongues.” It is clear from the context that this involved plots to kill him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A18/4"}
{"id":29937,"verse_id":"JER.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"The words “Then I said” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show that Jeremiah turns from description of the peoples’ plots to his address to God to deal with the plotters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":29938,"verse_id":"JER.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “the voice of my adversaries.” sn Jeremiah’s prayers against the unjust treatment of his enemies here and elsewhere (see 11:18-20; 12:1-4; 15:15-18; 17:14-18 ) have many of the elements of the prayers of the innocent in the book of Psalms: an invocation of the Lord as just judge, a lament about unjust attacks, an appeal to innocence, and a cry for vindication which often calls for the Lord to pay back in kind those who unjustly attack the petitioner. See for examples Pss 5, 7, 17, 54 among many others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":29939,"verse_id":"JER.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Or “They are plotting to kill me”; Heb “They have dug a pit for my soul.” This is a common metaphor for plotting against someone. See BDB 500 s.v. כָּרָה Qal and for an example see Pss 7:16 ( 7:15 HT) in its context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":29940,"verse_id":"JER.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “to speak good concerning them” going back to the concept of “good” being paid back with evil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":29941,"verse_id":"JER.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “to turn back your anger from them.” sn See Jer 14:7-9, 19-21 and 15:1-4 for the idea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":29942,"verse_id":"JER.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “be poured out to the hand [= power] of the sword.” For this same expression see Ezek 35:5 ; Ps 63:10 ( 63:11 HT). Comparison with those two passages show that it involved death by violent means, perhaps death in battle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":29943,"verse_id":"JER.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Heb “be slain by death.” The commentaries are generally agreed that this refers to death by disease or plague as in 15:2 . Hence, the reference is to the deadly trio of sword, starvation, and disease which were often connected with war. See the notes on 15:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":29944,"verse_id":"JER.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “when you bring marauders in against them.” For the use of the noun translated here “bands of raiders to plunder them” see 1 Sam 30:3, 15, 23 and BDB 151 s.v. גְּדוּד 1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":29945,"verse_id":"JER.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"Heb “in the time of your anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":29946,"verse_id":"JER.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"The word “Jeremiah” is not in the text. Some Hebrew mss and some of the versions have “to me.” This section, 19:1 –20:6 appears to be one of the biographical sections of the book of Jeremiah where incidents in his life are reported in third person. See clearly 9:14 and 20:1-3 . The mss and versions do not represent a more original text but are translational or interpretive attempts to fill in a text which had no referent. They are like the translational addition that has been supplied on the basis of contextual indicators.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":29947,"verse_id":"JER.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “an earthenware jar of the potter.” sn The word translated “clay” here refers to a clay which has been baked or fired in a kiln. In the clay was still soft and pliable, capable of being formed into different kinds of vessels. Here the clay is set, just as Israel is set in its ways. The word for jar refers probably to a water jug or decanter and is onomatopoeic, baqbuq , referring to the gurgling sound made by pouring out the water.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":29948,"verse_id":"JER.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"19.1","text":"The words “Take with you” follow the reading of the Syriac version and to a certain extent the reading of the Greek version (the latter does not have “with you”). The Hebrew text does not have these words but they are undoubtedly implicit.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A1/3"}
{"id":29949,"verse_id":"JER.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “elders” both here and before “of the people.” sn The civil and religious leaders are referred to here. They were to be witnesses of the symbolic act and of the message that Jeremiah proclaimed to the leaders of Jerusalem and its citizens (see v. 3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A1/4"}
{"id":29950,"verse_id":"JER.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Heb “the words that I will speak to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":29951,"verse_id":"JER.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":29952,"verse_id":"JER.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for explanation of this title.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":29953,"verse_id":"JER.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “which everyone who hears it [or about it] his ears will ring.” This is proverbial for a tremendous disaster. See 1 Sam 3:11 ; 2 Kgs 21:12 for similar prophecies.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A3/4"}
{"id":29954,"verse_id":"JER.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"The text merely has “they.” But since a reference is made later to “they” and “their ancestors,” the referent must be to the people that the leaders of the people and leaders of the priests represent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":29955,"verse_id":"JER.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":29956,"verse_id":"JER.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.4","text":"Heb “the blood of innocent ones.” This must be a reference to child sacrifice as explained in the next verse. Some have seen a reference to the sins of social injustice alluded to in 2 Kgs 21:16 and 24:4 but those are connected with the city itself. Hence the word children is supplied in the translation to make the referent explicit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A4/4"}
{"id":29957,"verse_id":"JER.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"The word “here” is not in the text. However, it is implicit from the rest of the context. It is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":29958,"verse_id":"JER.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"The words “such sacrifices” are not in the text. The text merely says “to burn their children in the fire as burnt offerings to Baal which I did not command.” The command obviously refers not to the qualification “to Baal” but to burning the children in the fire as burnt offerings. The words are supplied in the translation to avoid a possible confusion that the reference is to sacrifices to Baal. Likewise the words should not be translated so literally that they leave the impression that God never said anything about sacrificing their children to other gods. The fact is he did. See Lev 18:21 ; Deut 12:30; 18:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":29959,"verse_id":"JER.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"This phrase ( Heb “Oracle of the Lord ”) has been handled this way on several occasions when it occurs within first person addresses where the Lord is the speaker. See, e.g., 16:16; 17:24; 18:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":29960,"verse_id":"JER.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Heb “it will no longer be called to this place Topheth or the Valley of Ben Hinnom but the Valley of Slaughter.” sn See Jer 7:31-32 for an almost word for word repetition of vv. 5-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":29961,"verse_id":"JER.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.7","text":"Heb “I will cause them to fall by the sword before their enemies and in the hand of those who seek their soul [= life].” In this context the two are meant as obvious qualifications of one entity, not two. Some rearrangement of the qualifiers had to be made in the English translation to convey this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A7/3"}
{"id":29962,"verse_id":"JER.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Heb “all its smitings.” This word has been used several times for the metaphorical “wounds” that Israel has suffered as a result of the blows from its enemies. See, e.g., 14:17 . It is used in the Hebrew Bible of scourging, both literally and metaphorically (cf. Deut 25:3 ; Isa 10:26 ), and of slaughter and defeat ( 1 Sam 4:10 ; Josh 10:20 ). Here it refers to the results of the crushing blows at the hands of her enemies which has made her the object of scorn.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":29963,"verse_id":"JER.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"This verse has been restructured to try to bring out the proper thought and subordinations reflected in the verse without making the sentence too long and complex in English: Heb “I will make them eat the flesh of their sons and daughters. And they will eat one another’s flesh in the siege and in the straits which their enemies who are seeking their lives reduce them to.” This also shows the agency through which God’s causation was effected, i.e., the siege. sn Cannibalism is one of the penalties for disobedience to their covenant with the Lord effected through the Mosaic covenant. See Deut 28:53, 55, 57 . For examples of this being carried out see 2 Kgs 6:28-29 ; Lam 4:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":29964,"verse_id":"JER.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The words “And the Lord continued” are not in the text. However, they are necessary to take us clearly back to the flow of the narrative begun in vv. 1-2 and interrupted by the long speech in vv. 3-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":29965,"verse_id":"JER.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “Thus says Yahweh of armies.” For this title see the study note on 2:19 . The translation attempts to avoid the confusion of embedding quotes within quotes by reducing this one to an indirect quote.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":29966,"verse_id":"JER.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"The adverb “Thus” or “Like this” normally points back to something previously mentioned. See, e.g., Exod 29:35 ; Num 11:15; 15:11 ; Deut 25:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":29967,"verse_id":"JER.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “Like this I will break this people and this city, just as one breaks the vessel of a potter which is not able to be repaired.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":29968,"verse_id":"JER.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"This phrase ( Heb “Oracle of the Lord ”) has been handled this way on several occasions when it occurs within first person addresses where the Lord is the speaker. See, e.g., 16:16; 17:24; 18:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":29969,"verse_id":"JER.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"The words “by dead bodies” is not in the text but is implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":29970,"verse_id":"JER.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Heb “the host of heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":29971,"verse_id":"JER.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Heb “And Jeremiah entered from Topheth where the Lord had sent him to prophesy and he stood in the courtyard of the Lord ’s temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":29972,"verse_id":"JER.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":29973,"verse_id":"JER.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “all its towns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":29974,"verse_id":"JER.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Heb “They hardened [or made stiff] their neck so as not to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":29975,"verse_id":"JER.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “chief overseer/officer.” The translation follows the suggestion of P. C. Craigie, P. H. Kelley, J. F. Drinkard, Jeremiah 1-25 (WBC), 267, based on the parallel passage in 29:26-27 where this official appears to have been in charge of maintaining order in the temple. sn Judging from a comparison of this passage with Jer 29:26-27 and that passage in turn with 2 Kgs 25:18 , Pashhur held an office second in rank only to the high priest. He was in charge of keeping order in the temple and took offense at what he heard Jeremiah saying.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":29976,"verse_id":"JER.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Heb “And Pashhur son of Immer, the priest and he [= who] was chief overseer [or officer] in the house of the Lord heard Jeremiah prophesying these words/things 20:2 and Pashhur had the prophet Jeremiah flogged.” This verse and the previous one has been restructured in the translation to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":29977,"verse_id":"JER.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. It occurs only here, in 29:26 where it is followed by a parallel word that occurs only there and is generally translated “collar,” and in 2 Chr 16:10 where it is preceded by the word “house of.” It is most often translated “stocks” and explained as an instrument of confinement for keeping prisoners in a crooked position (from its relation to a root meaning “to turn.” See BDB 246 s.v. מַהְפֶּכֶת and KBL 500 s.v. מַהְפֶּכֶת for definition and discussion.) For a full discussion including the interpretation of the ancient versions see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:542-43.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":29978,"verse_id":"JER.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"This name is translated rather than transliterated to aid the reader in understanding this name and connect it clearly with the explanation that follows in the next verse. For a rather complete discussion on the significance of this name and an attempt to explain it as a pun on the name “Pashhur” see J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 455, n. 35. sn The name Pashhur is essentially a curse pronounced by Jeremiah invoking the Lord ’s authority. The same phrase occurs in Jer 6:25; 46:5; 49:29 which are all in the context of war. In ancient Israelite culture the change in name denoted a change in status or destiny. See, for example, the shift from Jacob (“He grabs the heel” and “Cheater” or “Deceiver,” Gen 25:26; 27:36 ) to Israel (“He perseveres with God,” Gen 32:28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":29979,"verse_id":"JER.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “I will make you an object of terror to both you and your friends.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":29980,"verse_id":"JER.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “And they will fall by the sword of their enemies and [with] your eyes seeing [it].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":29981,"verse_id":"JER.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “Take them [the goods, etc.] as plunder and seize them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":29982,"verse_id":"JER.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “all who live in your house.” This included his family and his servants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":29983,"verse_id":"JER.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"The translation is admittedly interpretive but so is every other translation that tries to capture the nuance of the verb rendered here “coerced.” Here the Hebrew text reads: “You [ – ]ed me and I let myself be [ – ]ed. You overpowered me and prevailed.” The value one assigns to [ – ] is in every case interpretive based on what one thinks the context is referring to. The word is rendered “deceived” or “tricked” by several English versions (see, e.g., KJV, NASB, TEV, ICV) as though God had misled him. It is rendered “enticed” by some (see, e.g., NRSV, NJPS) as though God had tempted him with false hopes. Some go so far as to accuse Jeremiah of accusing God of metaphorically “raping” him. It is true that the word is used of “seducing” a virgin in Exod 22:15 and that it is used in several places to refer to “deceiving” someone with false words ( Prov 24:28 ; Ps 78:36 ). It is also true that it is used of “coaxing” someone to reveal something he does not want to ( Judg 14:15; 16:5 ) and of “enticing” someone to do something on the basis of false hopes ( 1 Kgs 22:20-22 ; Prov 1:10 ). However, it does not always have negative connotations or associations. In Hos 2:14 ( 2:16 HT) God “charms” or “woos” Israel, his estranged ‘wife,’ into the wilderness where he hopes to win her back to himself. What Jeremiah is alluding to here is crucial for translating and interpreting the word. There is no indication in this passage that Jeremiah is accusing God of misleading him or raising false hopes; God informed him at the outset that he would encounter opposition ( 1:17-19 ). Rather, he is alluding to his call to be a prophet, a call which he initially resisted but was persuaded to undertake because of God’s persistence ( Jer 1:7-10 ). The best single word to translate ‘…’ with is thus “persuaded” or “coerced.” The translation spells out the allusion explicitly so the reader is not left wondering about what is being alluded to when Jeremiah speaks of being “coerced.” The translation “I let you do it” is a way of rendering the Niphal of the same verb which must be tolerative rather than passive since the normal passive for the Piel would be the Pual (See IBHS 389-90 §23.4g for discussion and examples.). The translation “you overcame my resistance” is based on allusion to the same context ( 1:7-10 ) and the parallel use of חָזַק ( khazaq ) as a transitive verb with a direct object in 1 Kgs 16:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":29984,"verse_id":"JER.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “speak,” but the speaking is in the context of speaking as a prophet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":29985,"verse_id":"JER.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “I cry out, I proclaim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":29986,"verse_id":"JER.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “Violence and destruction.” sn The words “ Violence and destruction… ” are a synopsis of his messages of judgment. Jeremiah is lamenting that his ministry up to this point has been one of judgment and has brought him nothing but ridicule because the Lord has not carried out his threats. He appears in the eyes of the people to be a false prophet.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":29987,"verse_id":"JER.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord .” For the use of כִּי … כִּי ( ki … ki ) here in the sense of “for…and” see KBL 432 s.v. כּי 10.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A8/4"}
{"id":29988,"verse_id":"JER.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “speak in his name.” This idiom occurs in passages where someone functions as the messenger under the authority of another. See Exod 5:23 ; Deut 18:19, 29:20 ; Jer 14:14 . The antecedent in the first line is quite commonly misidentified as being “him,” i.e., the Lord . Comparison, however, with the rest of the context, especially the consequential clause “then it becomes” ( וְהָיָה , vÿhayah ), and Jer 23:36 shows that it is “the word of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":29989,"verse_id":"JER.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"The English sentence has again been restructured for the sake of English style. The Hebrew construction involves two vav consecutive perfects in a condition and consequence relation, “If I say to myself…then it [his word] becomes.” See GKC 337 §112. kk for the construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":29990,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"It would be difficult to render accurately the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) that introduces this verse without lengthening the English line unduly. It probably means something like “This is true even though I…,” i.e., the particle is concessive (cf. BDB s.v. כִּי 2.c). No other nuance seems appropriate. The particle is left out of the translation, but its presence is acknowledged here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":29991,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"The phrase translated “Those who would cause me terror are everywhere” has already occurred in 6:25 in the context of the terror caused by the enemy from the north and in 20:3 in reference to the curse pronounced on Pashhur who would experience it first hand. Some have seen the phrase here not as Jeremiah’s ejaculation of terror but of his assailant’s taunts of his message or even their taunting nickname for him. But comparison of this passage with the first two lines of Ps 31:13 ( 31:14 HT) which are word for word the same as these two will show that it refers to the terror inspired by the plots of his enemies to do away with him. It is also clear from the context of that passage and the following context here that the “whispering of many” (the literal translation of “many whispering words of intrigue against me) refers to intrigues to take vengeance on him and do away with him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":29992,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “Denounce and let us denounce him.” The verb which is translated “denounce” ( נָגַד , nagad ) does not take an accusative object of person as it does here very often. When it does it usually means to inform someone. The only relevant passage appears to be Job 17:5 where it means something like “denounce.” What is probably involved here are the attempts to portray Jeremiah as a traitor ( Jer 26:10 ) and a false prophet (see his conflict with Hananiah in ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/3"}
{"id":29993,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “the men of my peace [who are concerned about my welfare].” For this phrase compare Ps 41:9 ( 41:10 HT); Jer 38:22 . It is generally agreed that irony is being invoked here, hence “so-called” is supplied in the translation to bring out the irony.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/4"}
{"id":29994,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.10","text":"Heb “watching my stumbling [for me to stumble].” Metaphorically they were watching for some slip-up that would lead to his downfall. Compare the use in Pss 35:15 and 38:17 ( 38:18 HT).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/5"}
{"id":29995,"verse_id":"JER.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.10","text":"All the text says literally is “Perhaps he can be enticed so that we can prevail over him.” However the word “enticed” needs some qualification. As W. McKane ( Jeremiah [ICC], 1:479) notes it should probably be read in the context of the “stumbling” (= “something that would lead to my downfall”). Hence “slipping up” has been supplied as an object. It is vague enough to avoid specifics as the original text does but suggests some reference to “something that would lead to my downfall.” sn There is an interesting ironical play on words here with the earlier use of these same Hebrew words in v. 7 to refer to the Lord coercing him into being his spokesman and overcoming his resistance. Jeremiah is lamenting that it was God’s call to speak his word which he could not (and still cannot) resist that has led ironically to his predicament, which is a source of terror to him.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A10/6"}
{"id":29996,"verse_id":"JER.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study note on 2:19 for explanation of this title for God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":29997,"verse_id":"JER.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “ Lord of armies, the one who tests the righteous, who sees kidneys and heart.” The sentence has been broken up to avoid a long and complex English sentence. The translation is more in keeping with contemporary English style. sn This verse is almost an exact duplication of the petition in one of Jeremiah’s earlier prayers and complaints. See Jer 11:20 and notes there for explanation of the Hebrew psychology underlying the use of “kidneys and heart” here. For the thoughts expressed here see .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":29998,"verse_id":"JER.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “Cursed be the man who brought my father the news saying, ‘A son, a male, has been born to you,’ making glad his joy.” This verse has been restructured for English stylistic purposes. sn The birth of a child was an occasion of great joy. This was especially true if the child was a boy because it meant the continuance of the family line and the right of retention of the family property. See Ruth 4:10, 13-17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":29999,"verse_id":"JER.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “because he did not kill me from the womb so my mother might be to me for my grave and her womb eternally pregnant.” The sentence structure has been modified and the word “womb” moved from the last line to the next to the last line for English stylistic purposes and greater clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":30000,"verse_id":"JER.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “Why did I come forth from the womb to see [= so that I might see] trouble and grief and that my days might be consumed in shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":30001,"verse_id":"JER.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":30002,"verse_id":"JER.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.1","text":"Heb “sent to him…Maaseiah, saying,….”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A1/4"}
{"id":30003,"verse_id":"JER.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"The verb used here is often used of seeking information through a prophet (e.g., 2 Kgs 1:16; 8:8 ) and hence many translate “inquire of the Lord for us.” However, it is obvious from the following that they were not seeking information but help. The word is also used for that in Pss 34:4 ( 34:5 HT); 77:2 ( 77:3 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":30004,"verse_id":"JER.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"The dominant spelling of this name is actually Nebuchadrezzar which is closer to his Babylonian name Nebu kudduri uzzur . An alternate spelling which is found 6 times in the book of Jeremiah and 17 times elsewhere is Nebuchadnezzar which is the form of the name that is usually used in English versions. sn Nebuchadnezzar was the second and greatest king of Babylon. He is known in the Bible both for his two conquests of Jerusalem in 597 b.c. ( 2 Kgs 24:10-17 ) and 587 b.c. ( 2 Kgs 25:1-7 ) and for his having built Babylon the Great ( Dan 4:28-30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":30005,"verse_id":"JER.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “Perhaps the Lord will do according to his miracles that he may go up from against us.” sn The miracles that they may have had in mind would have included the Exodus, the conquest of Jericho, the deliverance of Jehoshaphat ( 2 Chr 20:1-30 ), etc., but predominant in their minds was probably the deliverance of Jerusalem from Sennacherib in the times of Hezekiah ( Isa 37:33-38 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":30006,"verse_id":"JER.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “Tell Zedekiah, ‘Thus says the Lord , the God of Israel.’” Using the indirect quote eliminates one level of embedded quotation and makes it easier for the reader to follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":30007,"verse_id":"JER.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “the weapons which are in your hand.” Weapons stands here by substitution for the soldiers who wield them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":30008,"verse_id":"JER.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.4","text":"The structure of the Hebrew sentence of this verse is long and complex and has led to a great deal of confusion and misunderstanding. There are two primary points of confusion: 1) the relation of the phrase “outside the walls,” and 2) the antecedent of “them” in the last clause of the verse that reads in Hebrew: “I will gather them back into the midst of the city.” Most take the phrase “outside the walls” with “the Babylonians….” Some take it with “turn back/bring back” to mean “from outside….” However, the preposition “from” is part of the idiom for “outside….” The phrase goes with “fighting” as J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 215) notes and as NJPS suggests. The antecedent of “them” has sometimes been taken mistakenly to refer to the Babylonians. It refers rather to “the forces at your disposal” which is literally “the weapons which are in your hands.” This latter phrase is a figure involving substitution (called metonymy) as Bright also correctly notes. The whole sentence reads in Hebrew: “I will bring back the weapons of war which are in your hand with which you are fighting Nebuchadrezzar the King of Babylon and the Chaldeans who are besieging you outside your wall and I will gather them into the midst of the city.” The sentence has been restructured to better reflect the proper relationships and to make the sentence conform more to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A4/4"}
{"id":30009,"verse_id":"JER.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Heb “with outstretched hand and with strong arm.” These are, of course, figurative of God’s power and might. He does not literally have hands and arms. sn The phrases in this order are unique but a very similar phrase “by strong hand and outstretched arm” are found several times with reference to God’s mighty power unleashed against Egypt at the exodus (cf., Deut 4:34; 5:15; 26:8 ; Jer 32:21 ; Ps 136:12 ). Instead of being directed at Israel’s enemies it will now be directed against her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":30010,"verse_id":"JER.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":30011,"verse_id":"JER.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “And afterward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":30012,"verse_id":"JER.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":30013,"verse_id":"JER.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “And/But unto this people you shall say…” “But” is suggested here by the unusual word order which offsets what they are to say to Zedekiah (v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":30014,"verse_id":"JER.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “these people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":30015,"verse_id":"JER.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"Heb “Behold I am setting before you the way of life and the way of death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":30016,"verse_id":"JER.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Heb “his life will be to him for spoil.” sn Spoil was what was carried off by the victor (see, e.g., Judg 5:30 ). Those who surrendered to the Babylonians would lose their property, their freedom, and their citizenship but would at least escape with their lives. Jeremiah was branded a traitor for this counsel (cf. 38:4 ) but it was the way of wisdom since the Lord was firmly determined to destroy the city (cf. v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":30017,"verse_id":"JER.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":30018,"verse_id":"JER.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “I have set my face against this city for evil [i.e., disaster] and not for good [i.e., well-being].” For the use of the idiom “set one’s face against/toward” see, e.g., usage in 1 Kgs 2:15 ; 2 Kgs 2:17 ; Jer 42:15, 17 and note the interesting interplay of usage in Jer 44:11-12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":30019,"verse_id":"JER.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “he will burn it with fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":30020,"verse_id":"JER.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"The words “The Lord told me to say” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity. This text has been treated in two very different ways depending upon how one views the connection of the words “and to/concerning the household of the King of Judah, ‘Hear the word of the Lord :…’” with the preceding and following. Some treat the words that follow as a continuation of Jeremiah’s response to the delegation sent by Zedekiah (cf. vv. 3, 8 ). Others treat this as introducing a new set of oracles parallel to those in 23:9-40 which are introduced by the heading “to/concerning the prophets.” There are three reasons why this is the more probable connection: (1) the parallelism in expression with 23:9 ; (2) the other introductions in vv. 3, 8 use the preposition אֶל (’ el ) instead of לְ ( lÿ ) used here, and they have the formal introduction “you shall say…”; (3) the warning or challenge here would mitigate the judgment pronounced on the king and the city in vv. 4-7 . Verses 8-9 are different. They are not a mitigation but an offer of escape for those who surrender. Hence, these words are a title “Now concerning the royal court.” (The vav [ ו ] that introduces this is disjunctive = “Now.”) However, since the imperative that follows is masculine plural and addressed to the royal house, something needs to be added to introduce it. Hence the translation supplies “The Lord told me to say” to avoid confusion or mistakenly connecting it with the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":30021,"verse_id":"JER.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Heb “house” or “household.” It is clear from 22:1-6 that this involved the King, the royal family, and the court officials.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":30022,"verse_id":"JER.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “house of David.” This is essentially equivalent to the royal court in v. 11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":30023,"verse_id":"JER.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “to the morning” = “morning by morning” or “each morning.” See Isa 33:2 and Amos 4:4 for parallel usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":30024,"verse_id":"JER.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “from the hand [or power] of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":30025,"verse_id":"JER.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.12","text":"Heb “Lest my wrath go out like fire and burn with no one to put it out because of the evil of your deeds.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A12/5"}
{"id":30026,"verse_id":"JER.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Or “Listen, Jerusalem, you…”; Heb text of v. 21a-b reads, “Behold I am against you [fem. sg.], O inhabitant [fem. sg.] of the valley [and of] the rock of the plain, oracle of the Lord , who are saying [masc. pl.].” Verses 13-14 are generally treated as a separate oracle addressed to Jerusalem. The basis for this is (1) the appropriateness of the description here to the city of Jerusalem; (2) the rather similar reference to Jerusalem smugly living in her buildings made from cedars of Lebanon in 22:23 ; (3) the use of the second feminine singular pronoun “you” in other places in reference to Jerusalem (cf. clearly in 4:14; 6:8; 13:20; 15:5-6 ); (4) the use of the feminine singular participle to refer to personified Jerusalem in 10:17 as well as 20:23. However, the description in 21:13 is equally appropriate to the royal household that the Lord has been addressing; the palace stood on the Ophel or fill between the northern and southern hill just south of the temple and overlooked the Kidron valley. Moreover, the word “enthroned” is even more fitting to the royal household than to Jerusalem. The phrase “enthroned above the valley” is literally “inhabitant of the valley.” But since the literal is inappropriate for either Jerusalem or the royal palace, the phrase is regularly interpreted after the parallel phrase referring to the Lord “enthroned above the cherubim.” The royal house was “enthroned” more literally than Jerusalem was. Taking this to refer to the royal court rather than Jerusalem also introduces one less unintroduced entity by the shift in pronoun in vv. 11-14 as well as eliminating the introduction of an otherwise unintroduced oracle. The “you” of “you boast” is actually the masculine plural participle ( Heb “who say”) that modifies the feminine singular participle “you who sit enthroned” and goes back to the masculine plural imperatives in v. 12 rather than introducing a new entity, the people of the city. The participle “you who sit enthroned” is to be interpreted as a collective referring to the royal court not a personification of the city of Jerusalem (cf. GKC 394 §122. s and see, e.g., Isa 12:6 ; Mic 1:11 ). Moreover, taking the referent to be the royal court makes the reference to the word translated “palace” much more natural. The word is literally “forest” and is often seen to be an allusion to the armory which was called the “Forest of Lebanon” ( 1 Kgs 7:2; 10:17; 10:21 ; Isa 22:8 and see also Ezek 17:3 in an allegory ( 17:2-18 ) which may have been contemporary with this oracle). Taking the oracle to refer to the royal court also makes this oracle more parallel with the one that follows where destruction of the palace leads also to the destruction of the city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":30027,"verse_id":"JER.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “I am against you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":30028,"verse_id":"JER.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A13/3"}
{"id":30029,"verse_id":"JER.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “Who can swoop…Who can penetrate…?” The questions are rhetorical and expect a negative answer. They are rendered as negative affirmations for clarity. sn What is being expressed here is the belief in the inviolability of Zion/Jerusalem carried to its extreme. Signal deliverances of Jerusalem such as those experienced under Jehoshaphat () and Hezekiah ( Isa 37:36-37 ) in the context of promises to protect it ( Isa 31:4-5; 37:33-35; 38:6 ) led to a belief that Zion was unconquerable. This belief found expression in several of Israel’s psalms ( Pss 46, 48, 76 ) and led to the mistaken assumption that God would protect it regardless of how the people treated God or one another. Micah and Jeremiah both deny that (cf. Mic 3:8-12 ; Jer 21:13-14 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A13/4"}
{"id":30030,"verse_id":"JER.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":30031,"verse_id":"JER.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Heb “I will set fire in its forest and it will devour its surroundings.” The pronouns are actually third feminine singular going back to the participle “you who sit enthroned above the valley.” However, this is another example of those rapid shifts in pronouns typical of the biblical Hebrew style which are uncommon in English. They have regularly been leveled to the same person throughout in the translation to avoid possible confusion for the English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":30032,"verse_id":"JER.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"The word “me “ is not in the text. It is, however, implicit and is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":30033,"verse_id":"JER.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"Heb “And speak there this word:” The translation is intended to eliminate an awkward and lengthy sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":30034,"verse_id":"JER.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “who sits on David’s throne.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":30035,"verse_id":"JER.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “Hear the word of the Lord , O king of Judah who sits on the throne of David, you, and your officials and your people who pass through these gates.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":30036,"verse_id":"JER.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “from the hand [or power] of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":30037,"verse_id":"JER.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “aliens, orphans, or widows” treating the terms as generic or collective. However, the term “alien” carries faulty connotations and the term “orphan” is not totally appropriate because the Hebrew term does not necessarily mean that both parents have died. sn These were classes of people who had no one to look out for their rights. The laws of Israel, however, were careful to see that their rights were guarded (cf. Deut 10:18 ) and that provision was made for meeting their needs (cf. Deut 24:19-21 ). The Lord promised to protect them (cf. Ps 146:9 ) and a curse was called down on any who deprived them of justice (cf. Deut 27:19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":30038,"verse_id":"JER.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “Do not shed innocent blood.” sn Do not kill innocent people . For an example of one of the last kings who did this see Jer 36:20-23 . Manasseh was notorious for having done this and the book of 2 Kgs attributes the ultimate destruction of Judah to this crime and his sin of worshiping false gods ( 2 Kgs 21:16; 24:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":30039,"verse_id":"JER.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The translation here reflects the emphasizing infinitive absolute before the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":30040,"verse_id":"JER.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “There will come through the gates of this city the kings…riding in chariots and on horses, they and their officials…” The structure of the original text is broken up here because of the long compound subject which would make the English sentence too long. Compare 17:25 for the structure and wording of this sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":30041,"verse_id":"JER.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":30042,"verse_id":"JER.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “Gilead you are to me, the height of Lebanon, but I will surely make you a wilderness [with] cities uninhabited.” The points of comparison are made explicit in the translation for the sake of clarity. See the study note for further explanation. For the use of the preposition לְ ( lamed ) = “in my eyes/in my opinion” see BDB 513 s.v. לְ 5.a(d) and compare Jonah 3:3 ; Esth 10:3 . For the use of the particles אִם לֹא (’ im lo ’) to introduce an emphatic oath see BDB 50 s.v. אִם 1.b(2). sn Lebanon was well known for its cedars and the palace (and the temple) had used a good deal of such timber in its construction (see 1 Kgs 5:6, 8-10; 7:2-3 ). In this section several references are made to cedar (see vv. 7, 14, 15, 23 ) and allusion has also been made to the paneled and colonnade armory of the Forest of Lebanon ( 2:14 ). It appears to have been a source of pride and luxury, perhaps at the expense of justice. Gilead was also noted in antiquity for its forests as well as for its fertile pastures.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":30043,"verse_id":"JER.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"The word “king” is not in the original text of either the first or the third line. It is implicit in the connection and is supplied in the translation for clarity. sn As the next verse makes clear, the king who will never return to see his native land is Shallum, also known as Jehoahaz (cf. 1 Chr 3:15 ; 2 Kgs 23:30, 33-34 ). He was made king by popular acclaim after the death of his father, Josiah, who was killed at Megiddo trying to stop Pharaoh Necho from going to the aid of the Assyrians. According to 2 Kgs 23:32 he was a wicked king. He was deposed by Necho and carried into exile where he died. The dead king alluded to is his father, Josiah, who was a godly king and was accordingly spared from seeing the destruction of his land ( 2 Kgs 22:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":30044,"verse_id":"JER.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “For thus said the Lord concerning Shallum son of Josiah, king of Judah, who reigned instead of his father who went away from this place: He will not return there again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":30045,"verse_id":"JER.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “Woe to the one who builds his house by unrighteousness and its upper rooms with injustice using his neighbor [= countryman] as a slave for nothing and not giving to him his wages.” sn This was a clear violation of covenant law (cf. Deut 24:14-15 ) and a violation of the requirements set forth in Jer 22:3 . The allusion is to Jehoiakim who is not mentioned until v. 18 . He was placed on the throne by Pharaoh Necho and ruled from 609-598 b.c . He became a vassal of Nebuchadnezzar but rebelled against him, bringing about the siege of 597 b.c. in which his son and many of the Judean leaders were carried off to Babylon ( 2 Kgs 23:34 –24:16). He was a wicked king according to the author of the book of Kings ( 2 Kgs 23:37 ). He had Uriah the prophet killed ( Jer 26:23 ) and showed no regard for Jeremiah’s prophecies, destroying the scroll containing them ( Jer 36:23 ) and ordering Jeremiah’s arrest ( Jer 36:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":30046,"verse_id":"JER.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"The MT should be emended to read חַלֹּנָיו וְסָפוֹן ( khallonayv vÿsafon ) instead of חַלֹּנָי וְסָפוּן ( khallonay vÿsafon ), i.e., the plural noun with third singular suffix rather than the first singular suffix and the infinitive absolute rather than the passive participle. The latter form then parallels the form for “paints” and functions in the same way (cf. GKC 345 §113. z for the infinitive with vav [ ו ] continuing a perfect). The errors in the MT involve reading the וְ once instead of twice (haplography) and reading the וּ ( u ) for the וֹ ( o ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":30047,"verse_id":"JER.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"The word translated “red” only occurs here and in Ezek 23:14 where it refers to the pictures of the Babylonians on the wall of the temple. Evidently this was a favorite color for decoration. It is usually identified as vermilion, a mineral product from red ocher (cf. C. L. Wickwire, “Vermilion,” IDB 4:748).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":30048,"verse_id":"JER.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"For the use of this verb see Jer 12:5 where it is used of Jeremiah “competing” with horses. The form is a rare Tiphel (see GKC 153 §55. h ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":30049,"verse_id":"JER.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Heb “Your father, did he not eat and drink and do justice and right.” The copulative vav in front of the verbs here (all Hebrew perfects) shows that these actions are all coordinate not sequential. The contrast drawn here between the actions of Jehoiakim and Josiah show that the phrase eating and drinking should be read in the light of the same contrasts in which ends with the note of contentment in Eccl 2:24 (see also Eccl 3:13; 5:18 [ 5:17 HT]; 8:15 ). The question is, of course, rhetorical setting forth the positive role model against which Jehoiakim’s actions are to be condemned. The key terms here are “then things went well with him” which is repeated in the next verse after the reiteration of Josiah’s practice of justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":30050,"verse_id":"JER.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"The words “for Judah” are not in the text, but the absence of the preposition plus object as in the preceding verse suggests that this is a more general statement, i.e., “things went well for everyone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":30051,"verse_id":"JER.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Heb “Is that not what it means to know me.” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer. It is translated in the light of the context. sn Comparison of the usage of the words “know me” in their context in Jer 2:8; 9:3, 6, 24 and here will show that more than mere intellectual knowledge is involved. It involves also personal commitment to God and obedience to the demands of the agreements with him. The word “know” is used in ancient Near Eastern treaty contexts of submission to the will of the overlord. See further the notes on 9:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":30052,"verse_id":"JER.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Heb “Your eyes and your heart do not exist except for dishonest gain and for innocent blood to shed [it] and for fraud and for oppression to do [them].” The sentence has been broken up to conform more to English style and the significance of “eyes” and “heart” explained before they are introduced into the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":30053,"verse_id":"JER.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.18","text":"The translation follows the majority of scholars who think that the address of brother and sister are the address of the mourners to one another, lamenting their loss. Some scholars feel that all four terms are parallel and represent the relation that the king had metaphorically to his subjects; i.e., he was not only Lord and Majesty to them but like a sister or a brother. In that case something like: “How sad it is for the one who was like a brother to us! How sad it is for the one who was like a sister to us.” This makes for poor poetry and is not very likely. The lover can call his bride sister in Song of Solomon ( Song 4:9, 10 ) but there are no documented examples of a subject ever speaking of a king in this way in Israel or the ancient Near East.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A18/2"}
{"id":30054,"verse_id":"JER.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"The words “people of Jerusalem” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to clarify the referent of the imperative. The imperative is feminine singular and it is generally agreed that personified Zion/Jerusalem is in view. The second feminine singular has commonly been applied to Jerusalem or the people of Judah throughout the book. The reference to allies (v. 20, 22 ) and to leaders (v. 22 ) make it very probable that this is the case here too. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":30055,"verse_id":"JER.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “from Abarim.” This was the mountain range in Moab from which Moses viewed the promised land (cf. Deut 32:49 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":30056,"verse_id":"JER.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “your lovers.” For the usage of this term to refer to allies see 30:14 and a semantically similar term in 4:30 . sn If the passages in this section are chronologically ordered, this refers to the help that Jehoiakim relied on when he rebelled against Nebuchadnezzar.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A20/3"}
{"id":30057,"verse_id":"JER.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “I spoke to you in your security.” The reference is to the sending of the prophets. Compare this context with the context of 7:25 . For the nuance “security” for this noun ( שַׁלְוָה , shalvah ) rather than “prosperity” as many translate see Pss 122:7; 30:6 and the related adjective ( שָׁלֵו , shalev ) in Jer 49:31 ; Job 16:2; 21:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":30058,"verse_id":"JER.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Heb “from your youth.” Compare the usage in 2:2; 3:24 and compare a similar idea in 7:25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":30059,"verse_id":"JER.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Heb “A wind will shepherd away all your shepherds.” The figures have all been interpreted in the translation for the sake of clarity. For the use of the word “wind” as a metaphor or simile for God’s judgment (using the enemy forces) see 4:11-12; 13:24; 18:17 . For the use of the word “shepherd” to refer to rulers/leaders 2:8; 10:21; and 23:1-4 . For the use of the word “shepherd away” in the sense of carry off/drive away see BDB 945 s.v. רָעָה 2.d and compare Job 20:26 . There is an obvious wordplay involved in two different senses of the word “shepherd,” one referring to their leaders and one referring to the loss of those leaders by the wind driving them off. There may even be a further play involving the word “wickedness” which comes from a word having the same consonants. If the oracles in this section are chronologically ordered this threat was fulfilled in 597 b.c. when many of the royal officials and nobles were carried away captive with Jehoiachin (see 2 Kgs 24:15 ) who is the subject of the next oracle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":30060,"verse_id":"JER.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"The use of the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) is intensive here and probably also at the beginning of the last line of v. 21 . (See BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":30061,"verse_id":"JER.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Heb “You who dwell in Lebanon, you who are nested in its cedars, how you….” The metaphor has been interpreted for the sake of clarity. The figure here has often been interpreted of the people of Jerusalem living in paneled houses or living in a city dominated by the temple and palace which were built from the cedars of Lebanon. Some even interpret this as a reference to the king who has been characterized as living in a cedar palace, in a veritable Lebanon (cf. vv. 6-7, 14 and see also the alternate interpretation of 21:13-14 ). However, the reference to “nesting in the cedars” and the earlier reference to “feeling secure” suggests that the figure is rather like that of Ezek 31:6 and Dan 4:12 . See also Hab 2:9 where a related figure is used. The forms for “you who dwell” and “you who are nested” in the literal translation are feminine singular participles referring again to personified Jerusalem. (The written forms of these participles are to be explained as participles with a hireq campaginis according to GKC 253 §90. m . The use of the participle before the preposition is to be explained according to GKC 421 §130. a .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":30062,"verse_id":"JER.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"The verb here should be identified as a Niphal perfect of the verb אָנַח (’ anakh ) with the א ( aleph ) left out (so BDB 336 s.v. חָנַן Niph and GKC 80 §23. f , n. 1). The form is already translated that way by the Greek, Latin, and Syriac versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":30063,"verse_id":"JER.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":30064,"verse_id":"JER.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “Coniah.” This is the spelling of this king’s name here and in v. 28 and 37:1 . Elsewhere in Jeremiah he is called Jeconiah ( 24:1; 27:20; 28:4; 29:2 [see also 1 Chr 3:16, 17 ; Esth 2:6 ]) and Jehoiachin ( 52:31, 33 [see also 2 Kgs 24:6, 8, 12, 15; 25:27, 29 ; 2 Chr 36:8, 9 ; Ezek 1:2 ]). For the sake of consistency the present translation uses the name Jeconiah throughout. sn According to 2 Kgs 24:8-9 Jeconiah (= Jehoiachin) succeeded his father Jehoiakim and evidently followed in his anti-Babylon, anti-God stance. He surrendered to Nebuchadnezzar shortly after he became king and along with his mother, his family, his officials, and some of the leading men of Jerusalem and Judah was carried into exile in 597 b.c . According to Jer 28:4, 10 , there were popular hopes that he would be restored from exile and returned to the throne. This oracle flatly denies that hope. Allusion has already been made to the loss of regal authority by this king and his mother in 13:18-19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":30065,"verse_id":"JER.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “As surely as I live, Jeconiah, King of Judah, son of Jehoiakim will not be a signet ring on my right hand. Indeed I will tear you off from it [i.e., pull you off of my finger as a signet ring].” The signet ring was the king’s seal by which he verified all his legal and political transactions. To have the signet ring was to exercise authority in the king’s name. For examples of this see Gen 41:42, 43 ; 1 Kgs 21:8 ; Esth 3:10; 8:2 . The figure has been interpreted in the translation for the sake of clarity. The particles כִּי אִם ( ki ’ im ) that stand after the oath formula “As I live” introduce a negative statement according to the usage of Hebrew grammar (cf. BDB 474 s.v. כִּי אִם 1.a and BDB 50 s.v. אִם 1.b[2] and compare 2 Sam 3:35 ). The particle כִּי that stands in front of “I will tear you off” introduces a positive affirmation according to the same rules of Hebrew grammar (cf. BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.c and compare 1 Sam 14:39, 44 ). The Lord is swearing emphatically that Jeconiah will not be the earthly representative of his rule; i.e., not carry the authority of the signet ring bearer. As in several other places in Jeremiah there is a sudden shift from the third person to the second person which runs throughout vv. 24-27 . The pronouns are leveled in the translation to the second person to avoid confusion. The figures are interpreted in the translation to convey the proper significance. See the study note for explanation. sn According to the Davidic covenant the Davidic king sat on God’s throne over God’s kingdom, Israel (cf. 2 Chr 29:30; 28:5 ). As God’s representative he ruled in God’s stead and could even be addressed figuratively as God (cf. Ps 45:6 [ 45:7 HT]) and compare the same phenomenon for the earthly judges, Exod 22:7-8 ; Ps 82:1, 6 ). Jeconiah is being denied the right to function any longer as the Davidic king and any hopes of ever regaining that right in his lifetime or through the succession of his sons is also denied. This oracle is reversed by the later oracle of the prophet Haggai to his grandson Zerubbabel in Hag 2:20-23 and both Jeconiah and Zerubbabel are found in the genealogy of Christ in Matt 1:12-13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":30066,"verse_id":"JER.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":30067,"verse_id":"JER.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"Heb “I will hurl you and your mother…into another land where…” The verb used here is very forceful. It is the verb used for Saul throwing a spear at David ( 1 Sam 18:11 ) and for the Lord unleashing a violent storm on the sea ( Jonah 1:4 ). It is used both here and in v. 28 for the forceful exile of Jeconiah and his mother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":30068,"verse_id":"JER.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Heb “And unto the land to which they lift up their souls to return there, there they will not return.” Once again there is a sudden shift in person from the second plural to the third plural. As before the translation levels the pronouns to avoid confusion. For the idiom “to lift up the soul to” = “to long/yearn to/for” see BDB 670 s.v. נָשָׂא 1.b(9).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":30069,"verse_id":"JER.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"The word translated “clay vessel” occurs only here. Its meaning, however, is assured on the basis of the parallelism and on the basis of the verb root which is used for shaping or fashioning in Job 10:8 . The KJV renders it as “idol,” but that word, while having the same consonants, never appears in the singular. The word is missing in the Greek version but is translated “vessel” in the Latin version. The word “clay” is supplied in the translation to clarify what sort of vessel is meant; its inclusion is justified based on the context and the use of the same verb root in Job 10:8 to refer to shaping or fashioning, which would imply clay pots or vessels.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":30070,"verse_id":"JER.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “Is this man, Coniah, a despised, broken vessel or a vessel that no one wants?” The question is rhetorical expecting a positive answer in agreement with the preceding oracle. sn For the image of the rejected, broken vessel see Jer 19:1-13 (where, however, the vessel is rejected first and then broken) and compare also the image of the linen shorts which are good for nothing in (see especially vv. 10-11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A28/2"}
{"id":30071,"verse_id":"JER.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"There is no certain explanation for the triple repetition of the word “land” here. F. B. Huey ( Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 209) suggests the idea of exasperation, but exasperation at what? Their continued apostasy which made these exiles necessary? Or exasperation at their pitiful hopes of seeing Jeconiah restored? Perhaps “pitiful, pitiful, pitiful land of Judah” would convey some of the force of the repetition without being any more suggestive of why the land is so addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":30072,"verse_id":"JER.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “Write this man childless.” For the explanation see the study note. The word translated “childless” has spawned some debate because Jeconiah was in fact not childless. There is record from both the Bible and ancient Near Eastern texts that he had children (see, e.g., 1 Chr 3:17 ). G. R. Driver, “Linguistic and Textual Problems: Jeremiah,” JQR 28 (1937-38): 115, has suggested that the word both here and in Lev 20:20-21 should be translated “stripped of honor.” While that would relieve some of the difficulties here, the word definitely means “childless” in Gen 15:2 and also in Sir 16:3 where it is contrasted with having godless children. The issue is not one of childlessness but of having “one of his sons” succeed to the Davidic throne. The term for “one of his sons” is literally “from his seed a man” and the word “seed” is the same one that is used to refer to his “children” who were forced into exile with him (v. 28 ). sn The figure here is of registering a person on an official roll of citizens, etc. (cf. Num 11:26 ; 1 Chr 4:41 ; Ps 87:6 ). Here it probably refers to the “king list” of dynastic succession. While Jeconiah did have children ( 2 Chr 3:17 ) none of them ever returned to Judah or ruled over it. What is being denied here is his own succession and that of his immediate sons contrary to the popular hopes expressed in Jer 28:4 . His grandson Zerubbabel did return to Judah, became governor ( Hag 1:1; 2:2 ), and along with the high priest Joshua was responsible for rebuilding the second temple (e.g., Ezra 5:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":30073,"verse_id":"JER.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":30074,"verse_id":"JER.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.1","text":"Heb “Woe to the shepherds who are killing and scattering the sheep of my pasture.” See the study note on 22:13 for the significance of “Sure to be judged” ( Heb “Woe”) See the study note for the significance of the metaphor introduced here. sn Verses 1-4 of ch. are an extended metaphor in which the rulers are compared to shepherds and the people are compared to sheep. This metaphor has already been met with in 10:21 and is found elsewhere in the context of the Lord ’s covenant with David (cf. 2 Sam 7:7-8 ; Ps 78:70-72 ). The sheep are God’s people and he is the ultimate shepherd who is personally concerned about their care (cf. Pss 23:1; 80:2 ). He has set rulers over them as his under-shepherds and they are responsible to him for the care of his sheep (see 22:3-4 ). They have been lax shepherds, allowing the sheep to be scattered and destroyed. So he will punish them. As the true shepherd of Israel he will regather his scattered flock and place new shepherds (rulers) over them. These verses lead to a promise of an ideal ruler set over an Israel which has experienced a new and better Exodus (vv. 6-8 ). For a more complete development of this metaphor with similar messianic and eschatological implications see . The metaphor has been interpreted in the translation but some of the flavor left in the simile.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A1/3"}
{"id":30075,"verse_id":"JER.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “about the shepherds who are shepherding my people. ‘You have caused my sheep….’” For the metaphor see the study note on the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":30076,"verse_id":"JER.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “Therefore, thus says the Lord , the God of Israel, concerning the shepherds who should be shepherding my people: You have scattered my sheep and driven them away and you have not taken care of them. Behold I will visit upon you the evil of your deeds.” “Therefore” announces the judgment which does not come until “Behold.” It is interrupted by the messenger formula and a further indictment. The original has been broken up to conform more to contemporary English style, the metaphors have been interpreted for clarity and the connections between the indictments and the judgments have been carried by “So.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":30077,"verse_id":"JER.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.2","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A2/3"}
{"id":30078,"verse_id":"JER.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “my sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":30079,"verse_id":"JER.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Heb “their fold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":30080,"verse_id":"JER.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “shepherds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":30081,"verse_id":"JER.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"There are various nuances of the word פָּקַד ( paqad ) represented in vv. 2, 4 . See Ps 8:4 ( 8:5 HT) and Zech 10:3 for “care for/take care of” (cf. BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Qal.A.1.a). See Exod 20:5 ; Amos 3:2 ; Jer 9:24; 11:22 for “punish” (cf. BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Qal.A.3). See 1 Kgs 20:39 and 2 Kgs 10:19 for “be missing” (cf. BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד Niph.1). sn There is an extended play on the Hebrew word פָּקַד which is a word with rather broad English equivalents. Here the word refers to the fault of the shepherds/rulers who have not “taken care” of the sheep/people (v. 2 ), the “punishment” for the evil they have done in not taking care of them (v. 2 ), and the fact that after the Lord assigns new shepherds/rulers over them they will be cared for in such a way that none of them “will turn up missing” (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":30082,"verse_id":"JER.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.4","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A4/3"}
{"id":30083,"verse_id":"JER.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":30084,"verse_id":"JER.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “Behold the days are coming.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":30085,"verse_id":"JER.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “a righteous sprig to David” or “a righteous shoot” (NAB). sn This passage and the parallel in Jer 33:15 are part of a growing number of prayers and prophecies regarding an ideal ruler to come forth from the Davidic line who will bring the justice, security, and well-being that the continuing line of Davidic rulers did not. Though there were periodic kings like Josiah who did fulfill the ideals set forth in Jer 22:3 (see Jer 22:15 ), by and large they were more like Jehoiakim who did not (see Jer 22:13 ). Hence the Lord brought to an end the Davidic rule. The potential for the ideal, however, remained because of God’s promise to David ( 2 Sam 7:16 ). The Davidic line became like a tree which was cut down, leaving only a stump. But from that stump God would bring forth a “shoot,” a “sprig” which would fulfill the ideals of kingship. See Isa 11:1-6 and Zech 3:8, 6:12 for this metaphor and compare Dan 4:14-15, 23, 26 for a different but related use of the metaphor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":30086,"verse_id":"JER.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “he will reign as king and act wisely.” This is another example of the use of two verbs joined by “and” where one becomes the adverbial modifier of the other (hendiadys). For the nuance of the verb “act wisely” rather than “prosper” see Amos 5:13 ; Ps 2:10 (cf. BDB 968 s.v. שָׂכַל Hiph.5).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A5/4"}
{"id":30087,"verse_id":"JER.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “In his days [= during the time he rules].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":30088,"verse_id":"JER.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.6","text":"Parallelism and context (cf. v. 4 ) suggest this nuance for the word often translated “be saved.” For this nuance elsewhere see Ps 119:117 ; Prov 28:18 for the verb ( יָשַׁע [ yasha ’] in the Niphal); and Ps 12:6 ; Job 5:4, 11 for the related noun ( יֶשַׁע , yesha ’).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A6/2"}
{"id":30089,"verse_id":"JER.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.6","text":"Heb “his name will be called ‘The Lord our righteousness’.” sn The Hebrew word translated “justice” here is very broad in its usage, and it is hard to catch all the relevant nuances for this word in this context. It is used for “vindication” in legal contexts (see, e.g., Job 6:29 ), for “deliverance” or “salvation” in exilic contexts (see, e.g., Isa 58:8 ), and in the sense of ruling, judging with “justice” (see, e.g., Lev 19:15 ; Isa 32:1 ). Here it probably sums up the justice that the Lord provides through raising up this ruler as well as the safety, security, and well-being that result (see vv. 5-6 a). In the NT this takes on soteriological connotations (see 1 Cor 1:31 in its context).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A6/4"}
{"id":30090,"verse_id":"JER.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":30091,"verse_id":"JER.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “Behold the days are coming.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":30092,"verse_id":"JER.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “descendants of the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":30093,"verse_id":"JER.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"It is probably preferable to read the third masculine singular plus suffix ( הִדִּיחָם , hiddikham ) here with the Greek version and the parallel passage in 16:15 rather than the first singular plus suffix in the MT ( הִדַּחְתִּים , hiddakhtim ). If this is not a case of mere graphic confusion, the MT could have arisen under the influence of the first person in v. 3 . Though sudden shifts in person have been common in the book of Jeremiah, that is unlikely in a context reporting an oath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":30094,"verse_id":"JER.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.8","text":"This passage is the same as 16:14-15 with a few minor variations in Hebrew wording. The notes on that passage should be consulted for the rendering here. This passage has the Niphal of the verb “to say” rather than the impersonal use of the Qal. It adds the idea of “bringing out” to the idea of “bringing up out” and ( Heb “who brought up and who brought out,” probably a case of hendiadys) before “the people [here “seed” rather than “children”] of Israel [here “house of Israel”] from the land of the north.” These are minor variations and do not affect the sense in any way. So the passage is rendered in much the same way. sn This passage looks forward to a new and greater Exodus, one that so outstrips the earlier one that the earlier will not serve as the model of deliverance any longer. This same ideal was the subject of Isaiah’s earlier prophecies in Isa 11:11-12, 15-16; 43:16-21; 49:8-13; 51: 1-11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A8/3"}
{"id":30095,"verse_id":"JER.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"The word “false” is not in the text, but it is clear from the context that these are whom the sayings are directed against. The words “Here is what the Lord says” are also not in the text. But comparison with 46:2; 48:1; 49:1, 7, 23, 28; and 21:11 will show that this is a heading. The words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":30096,"verse_id":"JER.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “My heart is crushed within me. My bones tremble.” It has already been noted several times that the “heart” in ancient Hebrew psychology was the intellectual and volitional center of the person, the kidneys were the emotional center, and the bones the locus of strength and also the subject of joy, distress, and sorrow. Here Jeremiah is speaking of his distress of heart and mind in modern psychology, a distress that leads him to trembling of body which he compares to that of a drunken person staggering around under the influence of wine.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":30097,"verse_id":"JER.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “wine has passed over him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A9/4"}
{"id":30098,"verse_id":"JER.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “adulterers.” But spiritual adultery is clearly meant as also in 3:8-9; 9:2 , and probably also 5:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":30099,"verse_id":"JER.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"For the word translated “They live…lives” see usage in Jer 8:6 . For the idea of “misusing” their power ( Heb “their power is not right” i.e., used in the wrong way) see 2 Kgs 7:9; 17:9 . In the original text this line (really two lines in the Hebrew poetry) are at the end of the verse. However, this places the antecedent too far away and could lead to confusion. The lines have been rearranged to avoid such confusion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":30100,"verse_id":"JER.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.10","text":"For the use of this verb see 12:4 and the note there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A10/3"}
{"id":30101,"verse_id":"JER.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"23.10","text":"The translation follows the majority of Hebrew mss ( מֵאָלָה , me ’ alah ) rather than the Greek and Syriac version and a few Hebrew mss which read “because of these” ( מֵאֵלֶּה [ me ’ elleh ], referring to the people unfaithful to him). sn The curse is, of course, the covenant curse. See Deut 29:20-21 ( 29:19-20 HT) and for the specific curse see Deut 28:23-24 . The curse is appropriate since their “adultery” lay in attributing their fertility to the god Baal (see Hos 2:9-13 ( 2:11-15 HT) and violating the covenant (see Hos 4:1-3 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A10/4"}
{"id":30102,"verse_id":"JER.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) which begins this verse is parallel to the one at the beginning of the preceding verse. However, the connection is too distant to render it “for.” “Moreover” is intended to draw the parallel. The words “the Lord says” ( Heb “Oracle of the Lord ”) have been drawn up to the front to introduce the shift in speaker from Jeremiah, who describes his agitated state, to God, who describes the sins of the prophets and priests and his consequent judgment on them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":30103,"verse_id":"JER.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":30104,"verse_id":"JER.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"For the last two lines see 11:23 and the notes there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":30105,"verse_id":"JER.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":30106,"verse_id":"JER.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"The words “The Lord says” are not in the text, but it is clear from the content that he is the speaker. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":30107,"verse_id":"JER.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":30108,"verse_id":"JER.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"According to BDB 1074 s.v. תִּפְלָּה this word means “unseemly, unsavory.” The related adjective is used in Job 6:6 of the tastelessness of something that is unseasoned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":30109,"verse_id":"JER.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.13","text":"Heb “by Baal.” sn Prophesying in the name of the god Baal was a clear violation of Mosaic law and punishable by death (see Deut 13:1-5 ). For an example of the apostasy encouraged by prophets of Baal in the northern kingdom of Israel see 1 Kgs 18:16-40 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A13/4"}
{"id":30110,"verse_id":"JER.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":30111,"verse_id":"JER.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Or “they commit adultery and deal falsely.” The word “shocking” only occurs here and in 5:30 where it is found in the context of prophesying lies. This almost assures that the reference to “walking in lies” ( Heb “in the lie”) is referring to false prophesy. Moreover the references to the prophets in 5:13 and in 14:13-15 are all in the context of false prophesy as are the following references in this chapter in 23:24, 26, 32 and in 28:15 . This appears to be the theme of this section. This also makes it likely that the reference to adultery is not literal adultery, though two of the false prophets in Babylon were guilty of this ( 29:23 ). The reference to “encouraging those who do evil” that follows also makes more sense if they were preaching messages of comfort rather than messages of doom. The verbs here are infinitive absolutes in place of the finite verb, probably used to place greater emphasis on the action (cf. Hos 4:2 in a comparable judgment speech.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":30112,"verse_id":"JER.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “So they strengthen the hands of those doing evil so that they do not turn back from their evil.” For the use of the figure “strengthen the hands” meaning “encourage” see Judg 9:24 ; Ezek 13:22 (and cf. BDB 304 s.v. חָזַק Piel.2). The vav consecutive on the front of the form gives the logical consequence equivalent to “so” in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A14/3"}
{"id":30113,"verse_id":"JER.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.14","text":"Heb “All of them are to me like Sodom and its [Jerusalem’s] inhabitants like Gomorrah.” sn The rhetoric of this passage is very forceful. Like Amos who focuses attention on the sins of the surrounding nations to bring out more forcefully the heinousness of Israel’s sin, God focuses attention on the sins of the prophets of Samaria to bring out the even worse sin of the prophets of Jerusalem. (The oracle is directed at them, not at the prophets of Samaria. See the announcement of judgment that follows.) The Lord has already followed that tack with Judah in (cf. 2:11 ). Moreover, he here compares the prophets and the evil-doing citizens of Jerusalem, whom they were encouraging through their false prophesy, to the people of Sodom and Gomorrah who were proverbial for their wickedness ( Deut 32:32 ; Isa 1:10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A14/4"}
{"id":30114,"verse_id":"JER.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study note on 2:19 for explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":30115,"verse_id":"JER.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “Therefore, thus says the Lord …concerning the prophets.” The person is shifted to better conform with English style and the word “of Jerusalem” is supplied in the translation to avoid the possible misunderstanding that the judgment applies to the prophets of Samaria who had already been judged long before.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":30116,"verse_id":"JER.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “I will feed this people wormwood and make them drink poison water.” For these same words of judgment on another group see 9:15 ( 9:14 HT). “Wormwood” and “poison water” are not to be understood literally here but are symbolic of judgment and suffering. See, e.g., BDB 542 s.v. לַעֲנָה .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":30117,"verse_id":"JER.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.15","text":"The compound preposition מֵאֵת ( me ’ et ) expresses source or origin (see BDB 86 s.v. אֵת 4.c). Context shows that the origin is in their false prophesying which encourages people in their evil behavior.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A15/4"}
{"id":30118,"verse_id":"JER.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study note on 2:19 for explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":30119,"verse_id":"JER.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"The words “to the people of Jerusalem” are not in the Hebrew text but are supplied in the translation to reflect the masculine plural form of the imperative and the second masculine plural form of the pronoun. These words have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":30120,"verse_id":"JER.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “They tell of a vision of their own heart [= mind] not from the mouth of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A16/3"}
{"id":30121,"verse_id":"JER.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"The translation reflects an emphatic construction where the infinitive absolute follows a participle (cf. GKC 343 §113. r ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":30122,"verse_id":"JER.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"The translation follows the Greek version. The Hebrew text reads, “who reject me, ‘The Lord has spoken, “Things…”’” The Greek version is to be preferred here because of (1) the parallelism of the lines “reject what the Lord has said” // “follow the stubborn inclinations of their own hearts;” (2) the preceding context which speaks of “visions of their own imaginations not of what the Lord has given them;” (3) the following context which denies that they have ever had access to the Lord ’s secrets; (4) the general contexts earlier regarding false prophecy where rejection of the Lord ’s word is in view ( 6:14 [see there v. 10 ]; 8:11 [see there v. 9 ]); (5) the meter of the poetic lines (the Hebrew meter /5/4/3; the meter presupposed by the translation /3/4/3 with the 3’s being their words). The difference is one of vocalization of the same consonants. The vocalization of the MT is יְהוָה מְנַאֲצַי דִּבֶּר [ mÿna ’ atsay dibber yÿhvah ]; the Hebrew Vorlage behind the Greek would be vocalized as מְנַאֲצֵי דְּבַר יְהוָה ( mÿna ’ atsey dÿvar yÿhvah ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":30123,"verse_id":"JER.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “You will have peace.” But see the note on 14:13 . See also 6:14 and 8:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A17/3"}
{"id":30124,"verse_id":"JER.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Or “has been the Lord ’s confidant.” sn The Lord ’s inner circle refers to the council of angels ( Ps 89:7 [ 89:8 HT]; 1 Kgs 22:19-22 ; Job 1-2 ; Job 15:8 ) where God made known his counsel/plans ( Amos 3:7 ). They and those they prophesied to will find out soon enough what the purposes of his heart are, and they are not “peace” (see v. 20 ). By their failure to announce the impending doom they were not turning the people away from their wicked course (vv. 21-22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":30125,"verse_id":"JER.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"The form here is a jussive with a vav of subordination introducing a purpose after a question (cf. GKC 322 §109. f ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":30126,"verse_id":"JER.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “his word.” In the second instance (“what he has said” at the end of the verse) the translation follows the suggestion of the Masoretes ( Qere ) and many Hebrew mss rather than the consonantal text ( Kethib ) of the Leningrad Codex.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A18/3"}
{"id":30127,"verse_id":"JER.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Heb “Behold!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":30128,"verse_id":"JER.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.19","text":"The syntax of this line has generally been misunderstood, sometimes to the point that some want to delete the word wrath. Both here and in 30:23 where these same words occur the word “anger” stands not as an accusative of attendant circumstance but an apposition, giving the intended referent to the figure. Comparison should be made with Jer 25:15 where “this wrath” is appositional to “the cup of wine” (cf. GKC 425 §131. k ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A19/2"}
{"id":30129,"verse_id":"JER.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.19","text":"The translation is deliberate, intending to reflect the repetition of the Hebrew root which is “swirl/swirling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A19/3"}
{"id":30130,"verse_id":"JER.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “until he has done and until he has carried out the purposes of his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":30131,"verse_id":"JER.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “in the latter days.” However, as BDB 31 s.v. אַחֲרִית b suggests, the meaning of this idiom must be determined from the context. Sometimes it has remote, even eschatological, reference and other times it has more immediate reference as it does here and in Jer 30:23 where it refers to the coming days of Babylonian conquest and exile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A20/2"}
{"id":30132,"verse_id":"JER.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.20","text":"The translation is intended to reflect a Hebrew construction where a noun functions as the object of a verb from the same root word (the Hebrew cognate accusative).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A20/3"}
{"id":30133,"verse_id":"JER.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “Yet they ran.” sn The image is that of a messenger bearing news from the king. See 2 Sam 18:19-24 ; Jer 51:31 ; Isa 40:9; 52:7 ; Hab 2:2 (the tablet/scroll bore the message the runner was to read to the intended recipients of his message). Their message has been given in v. 17 (see notes there for cross references).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":30134,"verse_id":"JER.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Or “had been my confidant.” See the note on v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":30135,"verse_id":"JER.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"The words “Do you people think” at the beginning of this verse and “Do you really think” at the beginning of the next verse are not in the text but are a way of trying to convey the nature of the rhetorical questions which expect a negative answer. They are also a way of trying to show that the verses are still connected with the preceding discussion addressed to the people (cf. 23:16, 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":30136,"verse_id":"JER.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “Am I a god nearby and not a god far off?” The question is sometimes translated as though there is an alternative being given in v. 23 , one that covers both the ideas of immanence and transcendence (i.e., “Am I only a god nearby and not also a god far off?”). However, the hey interrogative ( הַ ) at the beginning of this verse and the particle ( אִם , ’ im ) at the beginning of the next show that the linkage is between the question in v. 23 and that in v. 24 a. According to BDB 210 s.v. הֲ 1.d both questions in this case expect a negative answer. sn The thought that is expressed here must be viewed against the background of ancient Near Eastern thought where gods were connected with different realms, e.g., Baal, the god of wind, rain, and fertility, Mot, the god of drought, infertility, and death, Yam, the god of the sea and of chaos. Moreover, Baal was worshiped in local manifestations as the Baal of Peor, Baal of Gad, etc. Hence, Baal is sometimes spoken of in the singular and sometimes in the plural. The Lord is the one true God ( Deut 6:4 ). Moreover, he is the maker of heaven and earth ( Gen 14:12 ; 2 Kgs 19:15 ; Ps 115:15 ), sees into the hearts of all men ( Ps 33:13-15 ), and judges men according to what they do ( Ezek 7:3, 7, 27 ). There is no hiding from him ( Job 34:22 ; Ps 139:7-12 ) and no escape from his judgment ( Amos 9:2-4 ). God has already spoken to the people and their leaders through Jeremiah along these lines ( Jer 16:17; 21:14 ). Lurking behind the thoughts expressed here is probably Deut 29:19-21 where God warns that one “bad apple” who thinks he can get away with sinning against the covenant can lead to the destruction of all. The false prophets were the “bad apples” that were encouraging the corruption of the whole nation by their words promoting a false sense of security unconnected with loyalty to God and obedience to his covenant. The first question deals with the issue of God’s transcendence, the second with his omniscience, and the third with his omnipresence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A23/2"}
{"id":30137,"verse_id":"JER.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.23","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A23/3"}
{"id":30138,"verse_id":"JER.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":30139,"verse_id":"JER.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.24","text":"The words “Don’t you know” are not in the text. They are a way of conveying the idea that the question which reads literally “Do I not fill heaven and earth?” expects a positive answer. They follow the pattern used at the beginning of the previous two questions and continue that thought. The words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A24/2"}
{"id":30140,"verse_id":"JER.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A24/3"}
{"id":30141,"verse_id":"JER.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"The words, “The Lord says” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show that the Lord continues speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":30142,"verse_id":"JER.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"The relation of the words to one another in v. 26 and the beginning of v. 27 has created difficulties for translators and commentators. The proper solution is reflected in the NJPS. Verses 26-27 read somewhat literally, “How long is there in the hearts of the prophets who are prophesying the lie and [in the hearts of] the prophets of the delusions of their [own] heart the plotting to cause my people to forget my name…” Most commentaries complain that the text is corrupt, that there is no subject for “is there.” However, the long construct qualification “in the hearts of” has led to the lack of observation that the proper subject is “the plotting to make my people forget.” There are no exact parallels but Jer 14:22 ; Neh 5:5 follow the same structure. The “How long” precedes the other means of asking a question for the purpose of emphasis (cf. BDB 210 s.v. הֲ 1.b and compare for example the usage in 2 Sam 7:7 ). There has also been a failure to see that “the prophets of the delusion of…” is a parallel construct noun after “heart of.” Stripping the syntax down to its barest minimum and translating literally, the sentence would read “How long will the plotting…continue in the hearts of the prophets who…and [in hearts of] the prophets of…” The sentence has been restructured in the translation to conform to contemporary English style but attempt has been made to maintain the same subordinations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":30143,"verse_id":"JER.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “my name.” sn In the OT, the “name” reflected the person’s character (cf. Gen 27:36 ; 1 Sam 25:25 ) or his reputation ( Gen 11:4 ; 2 Sam 8:13 ). To speak in someone’s name was to act as his representative or carry his authority ( 1 Sam 25:9 ; 1 Kgs 21:8 ). To call someone’s name over something was to claim it for one’s own ( 2 Sam 12:28 ). Hence, here to forget the name is equivalent to forgetting who he was in his essential character (cf. Exod 3:13-15; 6:3; 34:5-7 ). By preaching lies they had obliterated part of his essential character and caused people to forget who he really was.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":30144,"verse_id":"JER.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in v. 39 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A27/3"}
{"id":30145,"verse_id":"JER.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “through Baal.” This is an elliptical expression for the worship of Baal. See 11:17; 12:16; 19:5 for other references to their relation to Baal. There is a deliberate paralleling in the syntax here between “through their dreams” and “through Baal.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A27/4"}
{"id":30146,"verse_id":"JER.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “What to the straw with [in comparison with] the grain?” This idiom represents an emphatic repudiation or denial of relationship. See, for example, the usage in 2 Sam 16:10 and note BDB 553 s.v. מָה 1.d(c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":30147,"verse_id":"JER.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A28/2"}
{"id":30148,"verse_id":"JER.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “Is not my message like a fire?” The rhetorical question expects a positive answer that is made explicit in the translation. The words “that purges dross” are not in the text but are implicit to the metaphor. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":30149,"verse_id":"JER.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “Is it not like a hammer that breaks a rock in pieces?” See preceding note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":30150,"verse_id":"JER.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A29/3"}
{"id":30151,"verse_id":"JER.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":30152,"verse_id":"JER.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.30","text":"Heb “who are stealing my words from one another.” However, context shows that it is their own word which they claim is from the Lord (cf. next verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A30/2"}
{"id":30153,"verse_id":"JER.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":30154,"verse_id":"JER.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.31","text":"The word “The Lord ” is not actually in the text but is implicit in the idiom. It is generally supplied in all the English versions. sn Jer 23:30-33 are filled with biting sarcasm. The verses all begin with “Behold I am against the prophets who…” and go on to describe their reprehensible behavior. They “steal” one another’s messages which the Lord sarcastically calls “my words” (The passage shows that they are not; compare Marc Anthony’s use of “noble” to describe the ignoble men who killed Caesar). Here the use of the idiom translated “to use their own tongue” is really the idiom that refers to taking something in preparation for action, i.e., “they take their tongue” and “declare.” The verb “declare” is only used here and is derived from the idiom “oracle of “ which is almost universally used in the idiom “oracle of the Lord ” which occurs 176 times in Jeremiah. I.e., it is their tongue that is “declaring not his mouth (v. 16 ). Moreover in the report of what they “declare” the Lord has left out the qualifying “of the Lord ” to suggest the delusive nature of their message, i.e. they mislead people into believing that their message is from the Lord . Elsewhere in the discussion of the issue of false prophecy the Lord will use the full formula ( Ezek 13:6-7 ). How ironic that their “Oracle of…” is punctuated by the triple “Oracle of the Lord ” (vv. 30, 31, 32 ; translated here “I, the Lord , affirm that…).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A31/2"}
{"id":30155,"verse_id":"JER.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":30156,"verse_id":"JER.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “with their lies and their recklessness.” This is an example of hendiadys where two nouns (in this case a concrete and an abstract one) are joined by “and” but one is intended to be the adjectival modifier of the other.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A32/2"}
{"id":30157,"verse_id":"JER.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.32","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A32/4"}
{"id":30158,"verse_id":"JER.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"The words “The Lord said to me, ‘Jeremiah” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show the shift between the Lord addressing the people (second masculine plural) and the Lord addressing Jeremiah (second masculine singular).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":30159,"verse_id":"JER.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.33","text":"The meaning of vv. 33-40 is debated. The translation given here follows the general direction of NRSV and REB rather than that of NIV and the related direction taken by NCV and God’s Word. The meaning of vv. 33-40 are debated because of (1) the ambiguity involved in the word מָשָּׂא ( masa ’), which can mean either “burden” (as something carried or weighing heavily on a person; see, e.g., Exod 23:5 ; Num 4:27 ; 2 Sam 15:33 ; Ps 38:4 ) or “oracle” (of doom; see, e. g., Isa 13:1 ; Nah 1:1 ); (the translation is debated due to etymological concerns), (2) the ambiguity of the line in v. 36 which has been rendered “For what is ‘burdensome’ really pertains rather to what a person himself says” ( Heb “the burden is to the man his word”), and (3) the text in v. 33 of “you are the burden.” Many commentaries see a wordplay on the two words “burden” and “oracle” which are homonyms. However, from the contrasts that are drawn in the passage, it is doubtful whether the nuance of “oracle” ever is in view. The word is always used in the prophets of an oracle of doom or judgment; it is not merely revelation of God which one of the common people would have been uttering (contra NIV). Jeremiah never uses the word in that sense nor does anyone else in the book of Jeremiah. sn What is in view here is the idea that the people consider Jeremiah’s views of loyalty to God and obedience to the covenant “burdensome.” I.e., what burdensome demands is the Lord asking you to impose on us (See Jer 17:21, 22, 24, 27 where this same word is used regarding Sabbath observance which they chafed at). The Lord answers back that it is not he who is being burdensome to them; they are burdensome to him (See 15:6 : “I am weary” and compare Isa 1:14 where the verb rather than the noun is used).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A33/2"}
{"id":30160,"verse_id":"JER.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"23.33","text":"The translation follows the Latin and Greek versions. The Hebrew text reads “What burden [i.e., burdensome message]?” The syntax of “what message?” is not in itself objectionable; the interrogative can function as an adjective (cf. BDB 552 s.v. מָה 1.a[a]). What is objectionable to virtually all the commentaries and lexicons is the unparalleled use of the accusative particle in front of the interrogative and the noun (see, e.g., BDB 672 s.v. III מָשָּׂא and GKC 365-66 §117. m , n. 3). The emendation only involves the redivision and revocalization of the same consonants: אֶת־מַה־מַשָּׂא (’ et-mah-masa ’) becomes אַתֶּם הַמָּשָּׂא (’ atem hammasa ’). This also makes a much more natural connection for the vav consecutive perfect that follows (cf. GKC 334 §112. x and compare Isa 6:7 ; Judg 13:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A33/3"}
{"id":30161,"verse_id":"JER.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.33","text":"The meaning “cast you away” is questioned by some because the word is regularly used of “forsaking” or “abandoning” (see, e.g., Jer 7:29; 12:7; 15:6 ). However, it is clearly use of “casting down” or “throwing away” in Ezek 29:5; 32:4 and that meaning is virtually assured in v. 39 where the verb is combined with the phrase “from my presence” which is elsewhere used in rejection contexts with verbs like “send away,” “throw out,” or “remove” (see BDB 819 s.v. פָּנֶה II.8.a). This is another example of the bracketing effect of a key word and should be rendered the same in the two passages. Moreover, it fits in nicely with the play on “burden” here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A33/4"}
{"id":30162,"verse_id":"JER.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.33","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A33/5"}
{"id":30163,"verse_id":"JER.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Heb “burden of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":30164,"verse_id":"JER.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.34","text":"Heb “And the prophet or the priest or the people [common person] who says, ‘The burden of the Lord ,” I will visit upon [= punish] that man and his house.” This is an example of the Hebrew construction call nominative absolute or casus pendens (cf. GKC 458 §143. d ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A34/2"}
{"id":30165,"verse_id":"JER.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"The words “So, I, Jeremiah tell you” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity to show that it is he who is addressing the people, not the Lord . See “our God” in v. 38 and “Here is what the Lord says…” which indicate the speaker is other than he.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":30166,"verse_id":"JER.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.35","text":"This line is sometimes rendered as a description of what the people are doing (cf. NIV). However, repetition with some slight modification referring to the prophet in v. 37 followed by the same kind of prohibition that follows here shows that what is being contrasted is two views toward the Lord ’s message, i.e., one of openness to receive what the Lord says through the prophet and one that already characterizes the Lord ’s message as a burden. Allusion to the question that started the discussion in v. 33 should not be missed. The prophet alluded to is Jeremiah. He is being indirect in his reference to himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A35/2"}
{"id":30167,"verse_id":"JER.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “burden of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A36/1"}
{"id":30168,"verse_id":"JER.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “the burden.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A36/2"}
{"id":30169,"verse_id":"JER.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “The burden is [or will be] to a man his word.” There is a good deal of ambiguity regarding how this line is to be rendered. For the major options and the issues involved W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 1:651-52 should be consulted. Most of them are excluded by the observation that מַשָּׂא probably does not mean “oracle” anywhere in this passage (see note on v. 33 regarding the use of this word). Hence it does not mean “every man’s word becomes his oracle” as in NIV or “for that ‘burden’ [= oracle] is what he entrusts to the man of his word” (W. McKane, Jeremiah [ICC], 1:600-601). The latter is also ruled out by the fact that the antecedent of “his” on “his word” is clearly the word “man” in front of it. This would be the only case where the phrase “man of his word” occurs. There is also no textual reason for repointing the noun with the article as the noun with the interrogative to read “For how can his word become a burden to anyone?” There are, of course, other options but this is sufficient to show that the translation has been chosen after looking at other alternatives.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A36/3"}
{"id":30170,"verse_id":"JER.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “turning.” See BDB 245 s.v. הָפַךְ Qal.1.c and Lev 13:55 ; Jer 13:33 “changing, altering.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A36/4"}
{"id":30171,"verse_id":"JER.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study note on 2:19 for the explanation of the significance of this title.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A36/5"}
{"id":30172,"verse_id":"JER.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.37","text":"See the note on v. 35 . sn As noted in v. 35 the prophet is Jeremiah. The message is directed against the prophet, priest, or common people who have characterized his message as a “burden from the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A37/1"}
{"id":30173,"verse_id":"JER.23.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.39","text":"The translation of v. 38 and the first part of v. 39 represents the restructuring of a long and complex Hebrew sentence: Heb “But if you say, ‘The burden of the Lord ,’ therefore this is what the Lord says, ‘Because you said this word, “The burden of the Lord ,” even though I sent unto saying, “you shall not say, ‘The burden of the Lord ,’ therefore…” The first “therefore” picks up the “if” (BDB 487 s.v. כֵּן 3.d) and the second answer the “because” (BDB 774 s.v. יַעַן 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A39/1"}
{"id":30174,"verse_id":"JER.23.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"23.39","text":"The translation follows a few Hebrew mss and the major versions. The majority of Hebrew mss read “I will totally forget [or certainly forget] you.” In place of וְנָשִׁיתִי ( vÿnashiti ) a few Hebrew mss , LXX, Aquila, Symmachus, Syriac, and Vulgate read וְנָשָׂאתִי ( vÿnasa ’ ti ). Instead of the infinitive absolute נָשׁאֹ ( nasho ’) a number of Hebrew mss , Aquila, Symmachus, Syriac, and Vulgate read נָשׂאֹ ( naso ’). For the confusion of III א and III ה verbs presupposed by the miswriting of the Hebrew text see GKC 216 §75. qq and compare the forms of נָבָא ( nava ’) in Jer 26:9 and 1 Sam 10:6 . While the verb “forget” would not be totally inappropriate here it does not fit the concept of “throwing away from my presence” as well as “pick up” does. For the verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’) meaning “carry you off” compare the usage in 1 Kgs 15:22; 18:12 (and see BDB 671 s.v. נָשָׂא 3.b). Many see the nuance “pick you up” carrying through on the wordplay in v. 33 . While that may be appropriate for the repetition of the verb “throw away” ( נָטַשׁ , natash ) that follows, it does not seem as appropriate for the use of the infinitive absolute that follows the verb which expresses some kind of forcefulness (see GKC 343 §113. q ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A39/2"}
{"id":30175,"verse_id":"JER.23.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":23,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.39","text":"Heb “throw you and the city that I gave you and your fathers out of my presence.” The English sentences have been broken down to conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2023%3A39/3"}
{"id":30176,"verse_id":"JER.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Heb “the land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":30177,"verse_id":"JER.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “I will set my eyes upon them for good.” For the nuance of “good” see Jer 21:10 ; Amos 9:4 (in these cases the opposite of harm; see BDB 375 s.v. טוֹבָה 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":30178,"verse_id":"JER.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"The words “There” and “firmly in the land” are not in the text but are implicit from the connection and the metaphor. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":30179,"verse_id":"JER.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “I will give them a heart to know me that I am the Lord .” For the use of “heart” here referring to “inclinations, resolutions, and determinations of the will” see BDB 525 s.v. לֵב 4 and compare the usage in 2 Chr 12:14 . For the use of “know” to mean “acknowledge” see BDB 384 s.v. יָדַע Qal.1.f and compare the usage in Jer 39:4 . For the construction “know ‘someone’ that he…” = “know that ‘someone’…” see GKC 365 §117. h and compare the usage in 2 Sam 3:25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":30180,"verse_id":"JER.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"Heb “with all their heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":30181,"verse_id":"JER.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":30182,"verse_id":"JER.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.8","text":"Heb “Like the bad figs which cannot be eaten from badness [= because they are so bad] surely [emphatic כִּי , ki ] so I regard Zedekiah, king of Judah, and his officials and the remnant of Jerusalem which remains in this land and those who are living in Egypt.” The sentence has been restructured in the translation to conform more to contemporary English style. For the use of נָתַן ( natan ) meaning “regard” or “treat like” see BDB 681 s.v. נָתַן 3.c and compare the usage in Ezek 28:6 ; Gen 42:30 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A8/2"}
{"id":30183,"verse_id":"JER.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Or “an object of reproach in peoples’ proverbs…an object of ridicule in people’s curses.” The alternate translation treats the two pairs which are introduced without vav s ( ו ) but are joined by vav s as examples of hendiadys. This is very possible here but the chain does not contain this pairing in 25:18; 29:18 . sn For an example of how the “example used in curses” worked, see Jer 29:22 . Sodom and Gomorrah evidently function much that same way (see 23:14; 49:18; 50:40 ; Deut 29:23 ; Zeph 2:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":30184,"verse_id":"JER.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.9","text":"Heb “I will make them for a terror for disaster to all the kingdoms of the earth, for a reproach and for a proverb, for a taunt and a curse in all the places which I banish them there.” The complex Hebrew sentence has been broken down into equivalent shorter sentences to conform more with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A9/2"}
{"id":30185,"verse_id":"JER.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.10","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2024%3A10/2"}
{"id":30186,"verse_id":"JER.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"Heb “The word was to Jeremiah.” It is implicit from the context that it was the Lord ’s word. The verbal expression is more in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":30187,"verse_id":"JER.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":30188,"verse_id":"JER.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"For the idiom involved here see the notes at 7:13 and 11:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":30189,"verse_id":"JER.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"For the idiom involved here see the notes at 7:13 and 11:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":30190,"verse_id":"JER.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"The vav consecutive with the perfect in a past narrative is a little unusual. Here it is probably indicating repeated action in past time in keeping with the idiom that precedes and follows it. See GKC 332 §112. f for other possible examples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":30191,"verse_id":"JER.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “inclined your ear to hear.” This is idiomatic for “paying attention.” It is often parallel with “listen” as here or with “pay attention” (see, e.g., Prov 4:20; 51:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A4/3"}
{"id":30192,"verse_id":"JER.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “saying.” The infinitive goes back to “he sent”; i.e., “he sent, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":30193,"verse_id":"JER.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “Turn [masc. pl.] each person from his wicked way and from the evil of your [masc. pl.] doings.” See the same demand in 23:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":30194,"verse_id":"JER.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “gave to you and your fathers with reference to from ancient times even unto forever.” See the same idiom in 7:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A5/3"}
{"id":30195,"verse_id":"JER.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “follow after.” See the translator’s note on 2:5 for this idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":30196,"verse_id":"JER.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “make me angry with the work of your hands.” The term “work of your own hands” is often interpreted as a reference to idolatry as is clearly the case in Isa 2:8; 37:19 . However, the parallelism in 25:14 and the context in 32:30 show that it is more general and refers to what they have done. That is likely the meaning here as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":30197,"verse_id":"JER.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":30198,"verse_id":"JER.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.7","text":"This is a rather clear case where the Hebrew particle לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) introduces a consequence and not a purpose, contrary to the dictum of BDB 775 s.v. מַעַן note 1. They have not listened to him in order to make him angry but with the result that they have made him angry by going their own way. Jeremiah appears to use this particle for result rather than purpose on several other occasions (see, e.g., 7:18, 19; 27:10, 15; 32:29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A7/2"}
{"id":30199,"verse_id":"JER.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.7","text":"Heb “make me angry with the work of your hands.” The term “work of your own hands” is often interpreted as a reference to idolatry as is clearly the case in Isa 2:8; 37:19 . However, the parallelism in 25:14 and the context in 32:30 show that it is more general and refers to what they have done. That is likely the meaning here as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A7/3"}
{"id":30200,"verse_id":"JER.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study note on 2:19 for an explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":30201,"verse_id":"JER.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Heb “You have not listened to my words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":30202,"verse_id":"JER.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":30203,"verse_id":"JER.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.9","text":"The word used here was used in the early years of Israel’s conquest for the action of killing all the men, women, and children in the cities of Canaan, destroying all their livestock, and burning their cities down. This policy was intended to prevent Israel from being corrupted by paganism ( Deut 7:2; 20:17-18 ; Josh 6:18, 21 ). It was to be extended to any city that led Israel away from worshiping God ( Deut 13:15 ) and any Israelite who brought an idol into his house ( Deut 7:26 ). Here the policy is being directed against Judah as well as against her neighbors because of her persistent failure to heed God’s warnings through the prophets. For further usage of this term in application to foreign nations in the book of Jeremiah see 50:21, 26; 51:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A9/4"}
{"id":30204,"verse_id":"JER.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “will utterly destroy them.” The referent (this land, its inhabitants, and the nations surrounding it) has been specified in the translation for clarity, since the previous “them” referred to Nebuchadnezzar and his armies. sn This is essentially the introduction to the “judgment on the nations” in vv. 15-29 which begins with Jerusalem and Judah (v. 18 ) and ultimately ends with Babylon itself (“Sheshach” in v. 26 ; see note there for explanation of the term).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A9/5"}
{"id":30205,"verse_id":"JER.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “I will make them an object of horror and a hissing and everlasting ruins.” The sentence has been broken up to separate the last object from the first two which are of slightly different connotation, i.e., they denote the reaction to the latter. sn Compare Jer 18:16 and 19:8 and the study note at 18:16 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A9/7"}
{"id":30206,"verse_id":"JER.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Heb “All this land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":30207,"verse_id":"JER.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “that nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":30208,"verse_id":"JER.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “the land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for the use of the term “Chaldeans.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":30209,"verse_id":"JER.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “I will visit upon the king of Babylon and upon that nation, oracle of the Lord , their iniquity even upon the land of the Chaldeans and I will make it everlasting ruins.” The sentence has been restructured to avoid ambiguity and to conform the style more to contemporary English. sn Compare Isa 13:19-22 and Jer 50:39-40 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":30210,"verse_id":"JER.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A12/4"}
{"id":30211,"verse_id":"JER.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Or “I will bring upon it everything that is to be written in this book. I will bring upon it everything that Jeremiah is going to prophesy concerning all the nations.” The reference to “this book” and “what Jeremiah has prophesied against the nations” raises issues about the editorial process underlying the current form of the book of Jeremiah. As the book now stands there is no earlier reference to any judgments against Babylon or any book (really “scroll”; books were a development of the first or second century a.d. ) containing them. A common assumption is that this “book” of judgment refers to the judgments against Babylon and the other nations contained at the end of the book of Jeremiah ( 46:1 –51:58). The Greek version actually inserts the prophecies of 46:1 – 51:58 here (but in a different order) and interprets “Which (= What) Jeremiah prophesied concerning all the nations” as a title. It is possible that the Greek version may represent an earlier form of the book. At least two earlier forms of the book are known that date roughly to the period dealt with here (Compare 36:1 with 25:1 and see 36:2, 4 and 36:28, 32 ). Whether reference here is made to the first or second of these scrolls and whether the Greek version represents either is impossible to determine. It is not inconceivable that the referent here is the prophecies which Jeremiah has already uttered in vv. 8-12 and is about to utter in conjunction with the symbolical act that the Lord commands him to perform (vv. 15-26, 30-38 ) and that these are proleptic of the latter prophecies which will be given later and will be incorporated in a future book. That is the tenor of the alternate translation. The verb forms involved are capable of either a past/perfect translation or a proleptic/future translation. For the use of the participle (in the alternate translation = Heb “that is to be written”; הַכָּתוּב , hakkatuv ) to refer to what is proleptic see GKC 356-57 §116. d , e , and compare usage in Jonah 1:3 ; 2 Kgs 11:2 . For the use of the perfect to refer to a future act (in the alternate translation “is going to prophesy,” נִבָּא , nibba ’) see GKC 312 §106. m and compare usage in Judg 1:2 . In support of this interpretation is the fact that the first verb in the next verse ( Heb “they will be subjected,” עָבְדוּ , ’ ovdu ) is undoubtedly prophetic [it is followed by a vav consecutive perfect; cf. Isa 5:14 ]). Reading the text this way has the advantage of situating it within the context of the passage itself which involves prophecies against the nations and against Babylon. Babylon is both the agent of wrath (the cup from which the nations drink, cf. 51:7 ) and the recipient of it (cf. v. 26 ). However, this interpretation admittedly does not explain the reference to “this book,” except as a proleptic reference to some future form of the book and there would be clearer ways of expressing this view if that were what was definitely intended.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":30212,"verse_id":"JER.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “make slaves of them.” The verb form here indicates that the action is as good as done (the Hebrew prophetic perfect). For the use of the verb rendered “makes slaves” see parallel usage in Lev 25:39, 46 (cf. BDB 713 s.v. עָבַד 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":30213,"verse_id":"JER.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “according to their deeds and according to the work of their hands.” The two phrases are synonymous; it would be hard to represent them both in translation without being redundant. The translation attempts to represent them by the qualifier “all” before the first phrase.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A14/2"}
{"id":30214,"verse_id":"JER.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"This is an attempt to render the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) which is probably being used in the sense that BDB 473-74 s.v. כִּי 3.c notes, i.e., the causal connection is somewhat loose, related here to the prophecies against the nations. “So” seems to be the most appropriate way to represent this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":30215,"verse_id":"JER.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “Thus said the Lord , the God of Israel, to me.” It is generally understood that the communication is visionary. God does not have a “hand” and the action of going to the nations and making them drink of the cup are scarcely literal. The words are supplied in the translation to show the figurative nature of this passage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":30216,"verse_id":"JER.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"There is some debate about the meaning of the verb here. Both BDB 172 s.v. גָּעַשׁ Hithpo and KBL 191 s.v. גָּעַשׁ Hitpol interpret this of the back and forth movement of staggering. HALOT 192 s.v. גָּעַשׁ Hitpo interprets it as vomiting. The word is used elsewhere of the up and down movement of the mountains ( 2 Sam 22:8 ) and the up and down movement of the rolling waves of the Nile ( Jer 46:7, 8 ). The fact that a different verb is used in v. 27 for vomiting would appear to argue against it referring to vomiting (contra W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 1:674; it is “they” that do this not their stomachs).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":30217,"verse_id":"JER.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.16","text":"Heb “because of the sword that I will send among them.” Here, as often elsewhere in Jeremiah, the sword is figurative for warfare which brings death. See, e.g., 15:2 . The causal particle here is found in verbal locutions where it is the cause of emotional states or action. Hence there are really two “agents” which produce the effects of “staggering” and “acting insane,” the cup filled with God’s wrath and the sword. The sword is the “more literal” and the actual agent by which the first agent’s action is carried out.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A16/2"}
{"id":30218,"verse_id":"JER.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"The words “the wine of his wrath” are not in the text but are implicit in the metaphor (see vv. 15-16 ). They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":30219,"verse_id":"JER.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":30220,"verse_id":"JER.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.18","text":"The words “I made” and “drink it” are not in the text. The text from v. 18 to v. 26 contains a list of the nations that Jeremiah “made drink it.” The words are supplied in the translation here and at the beginning of v. 19 for the sake of clarity. See also the note on v. 26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A18/2"}
{"id":30221,"verse_id":"JER.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “in order to make them a ruin, an object of…” The sentence is broken up and the antecedents are made specific for the sake of clarity and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A18/3"}
{"id":30222,"verse_id":"JER.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.18","text":"See the study note on 24:9 for explanation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A18/4"}
{"id":30223,"verse_id":"JER.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.18","text":"Heb “as it is today.” This phrase would obviously be more appropriate after all these things had happened as is the case in 44:6, 23 where the verbs referring to these conditions are past. Some see this phrase as a marginal gloss added after the tragedies of 597 b.c. or 586 b.c . However, it may refer here to the beginning stages where Judah has already suffered the loss of Josiah, of its freedom, of some of its temple treasures, and of some of its leaders ( Dan 1:1-3 . The different date for Jehoiakim there is due to the different method of counting the king’s first year; the third year there is the same as the fourth year in 25:1 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A18/5"}
{"id":30224,"verse_id":"JER.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"The meaning of this term and its connection with the preceding is somewhat uncertain. This word is used of the mixture of foreign people who accompanied Israel out of Egypt ( Exod 12:38 ) and of the foreigners that the Israelites were to separate out of their midst in the time of Nehemiah ( Neh 13:3 ). Most commentators interpret it here of the foreign people who were living in Egypt. (See BDB 786 s.v. I עֶרֶב and KBL 733 s.v. II עֶרֶב .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":30225,"verse_id":"JER.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":30226,"verse_id":"JER.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.23","text":"For the discussion regarding the meaning of the terms here see the notes on 9:26 . sn See Jer 9:26 where these are mentioned in connection with Moab, Edom, and Ammon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A23/2"}
{"id":30227,"verse_id":"JER.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.24","text":"Or “and all the kings of people of mixed origin who.” The Greek version gives evidence of having read the term only once; it refers to the “people of mixed origin” without reference to the kings of Arabia. While the term translated “people of mixed origin” seems appropriate in the context of a group of foreigners within a larger entity (e.g. Israel in Exod 12:38 ; Neh 13:3 ; Egypt in Jer 50:37 ), it seems odd to speak of them as a separate entity under their own kings. The presence of the phrase in the Hebrew text and the other versions dependent upon it can be explained as a case of dittography. sn See further Jer 49:28-33 for judgment against some of these Arabian peoples.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A24/1"}
{"id":30228,"verse_id":"JER.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"The words “have drunk the wine of the Lord ’s wrath” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity at the end of the list to serve as a transition to the next sentence which does not directly mention the cup or the Lord ’s wrath.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":30229,"verse_id":"JER.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.26","text":"Heb “the king of Sheshach.” “Sheshach” is a code name for Babylon formed on the principle of substituting the last letter of the alphabet for the first, the next to the last for the second, and so on. On this principle Hebrew שׁ ( shin ) is substituted for Hebrew ב ( bet ) and Hebrew כ ( kaf ) is substituted for Hebrew ל ( lamed ). On the same principle “Leb Kamai” in Jer 51:1 is a code name for Chasdim or Chaldeans which is Jeremiah’s term for the Babylonians. No explanation is given for why the code names are used. The name “Sheshach” for Babylon also occurs in Jer 51:41 where the term Babylon is found in parallelism with it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A26/2"}
{"id":30230,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"The words “Then the Lord said to me” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity, to connect this part of the narrative with vv. 15, 17 after the long intervening list of nations who were to drink the cup of God’s wrath in judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":30231,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for explanation of this extended title.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/2"}
{"id":30232,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “Tell them, ‘Thus says the Lord ….’” The translation is intended to eliminate one level of imbedded quotation marks to help avoid confusion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/3"}
{"id":30233,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.27","text":"The words “this cup” are not in the text but are implicit to the metaphor and the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/4"}
{"id":30234,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “Drink, and get drunk, and vomit and fall down and don’t get up.” The imperatives following drink are not parallel actions but consequent actions. For the use of the imperative plus the conjunctive “and” to indicate consequent action, even intention see GKC 324-25 §110. f and compare usage in 1 Kgs 22:12 ; Prov 3:3 b-4a.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/5"}
{"id":30235,"verse_id":"JER.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"25.27","text":"Heb “because of the sword that I will send among you.” See the notes on 2:16 for explanation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A27/6"}
{"id":30236,"verse_id":"JER.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Heb “Tell them, ‘Thus says the Lord …’” The translation is intended to eliminate one level of imbedded quote marks to help avoid confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":30237,"verse_id":"JER.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.28","text":"The translation attempts to reflect the emphatic construction of the infinitive absolute preceding the finite verb which is here an obligatory imperfect. (See Joüon 2:371-72 §113.m and 2:423 §123.h, and compare usage in Gen 15:13 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A28/2"}
{"id":30238,"verse_id":"JER.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “which is called by my name.” See translator’s note on 7:10 for support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":30239,"verse_id":"JER.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.29","text":"This is an example of a question without the formal introductory particle following a conjunctive vav introducing an opposition. (See Joüon 2:609 §161.a.) It is also an example of the use of the infinitive before the finite verb in a rhetorical question involving doubt or denial. (See Joüon 2:422-23 §123.f, and compare usage in Gen 37:8 .)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A29/2"}
{"id":30240,"verse_id":"JER.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for explanation of this extended title.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A29/3"}
{"id":30241,"verse_id":"JER.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.29","text":"Heb “Oracle of Yahweh of armies.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A29/4"}
{"id":30242,"verse_id":"JER.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.30","text":"The word “Jeremiah” is not in the text. It is supplied in the translation to make clear who is being addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A30/1"}
{"id":30243,"verse_id":"JER.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.30","text":"Heb “Prophesy against them all these words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A30/2"}
{"id":30244,"verse_id":"JER.25.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.30","text":"The words “like a lion about to attack” are not in the text but are implicit in the metaphor. The explicit comparison of the Lord to a lion is made at the end of the passage in v. 38 . The words are supplied in the translation here for clarity. sn For the metaphor of the Lord going forth against his enemies like an attacking lion see Jer 49:19; 50:44 ; Isa 31:4 in all of which the Lord comes against the nations in defense of his people. In Hos 5:14 the metaphor is turned against his own people. The figure of a lion ravaging people has already been used in Jer 4:7 of the enemy from the north (Babylon).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A30/3"}
{"id":30245,"verse_id":"JER.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.31","text":"For the use of this word see Amos 2:2 ; Hos 10:14 ; Ps 74:23 . See also the usage in Isa 66:6 which is very similar to the metaphorical usage here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A31/1"}
{"id":30246,"verse_id":"JER.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “the Lord has a lawsuit against the nations.” For usage of the term see Hos 4:1 ; Mic 6:2 , and compare the usage of the related verb in Jer 2:9; 12:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A31/2"}
{"id":30247,"verse_id":"JER.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “give the wicked over to the sword.” sn There is undoubtedly a deliberate allusion here to the reference to the “wars” ( Heb “sword”) that the Lord had said he would send raging through the nations (vv. 16, 27 ) and the “war” ( Heb “sword”) that he is proclaiming against them (v. 29 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A31/3"}
{"id":30248,"verse_id":"JER.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.31","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A31/4"}
{"id":30249,"verse_id":"JER.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for explanation of this extended title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":30250,"verse_id":"JER.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.32","text":"Heb “will go forth from nation to nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A32/2"}
{"id":30251,"verse_id":"JER.25.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.34","text":"Heb “Wail and cry out, you shepherds. Roll in the dust, you leaders of the flock.” The terms have been reversed to explain the figure. sn The term “shepherd” has been used several times in the book of Jeremiah to refer to the leaders of the people who were responsible for taking care of their people who are compared to a flock. (See Jer 23:1-4 and the notes there.) Here the figure has some irony involved in it. It is the shepherds who are to be slaughtered like sheep. They may have considered themselves “choice vessels” (the literal translation of “fine pottery”), but they would be slaughtered and lie scattered on the ground (v. 33 ) like broken pottery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A34/1"}
{"id":30252,"verse_id":"JER.25.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.34","text":"The meaning of this line is debated. The Greek version does not have the words “lie scattered” and it reads the words “like broken pieces of fine pottery” ( Heb “like choice vessels”; כִּכְלִי חֶמְדָּה , kikhli khemdah ) as “like choice rams” ( כְּאֵילֵי חֶמְדָּה , kÿ ’ ele khemdah ); i.e., “the days have been completed for you to be slaughtered and you will fall like choice rams.” The reading of the Greek version fits the context better, but is probably secondary for that very reason. The word translated “lie scattered” ( תְּפוֹצָה , tÿfotsah ) occurs nowhere else and the switch to the simile of “choice vessels” is rather abrupt. However, this section has been characterized by switching metaphors. The key to the interpretation and translation here is the consequential nature of the verbal actions involved. “Fall” does not merely refer to the action but the effect, i.e., “lie fallen” (cf. BDB 657 s.v. נָפַל 7 and compare Judg 3:25 ; 1 Sam 31:8 ). Though the noun translated “lie scattered” does not occur elsewhere, the verb does. It is quite commonly used of dispersing people and that has led many to see that as the reference here. The word, however, can be used of scattering other things like seed ( Isa 28:25 ), arrows ( 2 Sam 22:15 ; metaphorical for lightning), etc. Here it follows “slaughtered” and refers to their dead bodies. The simile ( Heb “ fallen like choice vessels”) is elliptical, referring to “broken pieces” of choice vessels. In this sense the simile fits in perfectly with v. 33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A34/2"}
{"id":30253,"verse_id":"JER.25.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.35","text":"Heb “Flight [or “place of escape”] will perish from the shepherds.” sn Judging from Gen 14:10 and Judg 8:12 (among many others), it was not uncommon for the leaders to try to save their own necks at the expense of their soldiers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A35/1"}
{"id":30254,"verse_id":"JER.25.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.36","text":"Heb “their pastures,” i.e., the place where they “shepherd” their “flocks.” The verb tenses in this section are not as clear as in the preceding. The participle in this verse is followed by a vav consecutive perfect like the imperatives in v. 34 . The verbs in v. 38 are perfects but they can be and probably should be understood as prophetic like the perfect in v. 31 ( נְתָנָם , nÿtanam ) which is surrounded by imperfects, participles, and vav consecutive perfects. sn Jer 25:36-38 shifts to the future as though the action were already accomplished or going on. It is the sound that Jeremiah hears in his “prophetic ears” of something that has begun (v. 29 ) but will find its culmination in the future (vv. 13, 16, 27, 30-35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A36/1"}
{"id":30255,"verse_id":"JER.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.37","text":"For this meaning of the verb used here see HALOT 217 s.v. דָּמַם Nif. Elsewhere it refers to people dying (see, e.g., Jer 49:26; 50:30 ) hence some see a reference to “lifeless.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A37/1"}
{"id":30256,"verse_id":"JER.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.37","text":"Heb “because of the burning anger of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A37/2"}
{"id":30257,"verse_id":"JER.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.38","text":"Heb “Like a lion he has left his lair.” sn The text returns to the metaphor alluded to in v. 30 . The bracketing of speeches with repeated words or motifs is a common rhetorical device in ancient literature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A38/1"}
{"id":30258,"verse_id":"JER.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.38","text":"This is a way of rendering the Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) which is probably here for emphasis rather than indicating cause (see BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 1.e and compare usage in Jer 22:22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A38/2"}
{"id":30259,"verse_id":"JER.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"25.38","text":"Heb “by the sword of the oppressors.” The reading here follows a number of Hebrew mss and the Greek version. The majority of Hebrew mss read “the anger of the oppressor.” The reading “the sword of the oppressors” is supported also by the parallel use of this phrase in Jer 46:16; 50:16 . The error in the MT may be explained by confusion with the following line which has the same beginning combination ( מִפְּנֵי חֲרוֹן [ mippÿne kharon ] confused for מִפְּנֵי חֶרֶב [ mippÿne kherev ]). This reading is also supported by the Targum, the Aramaic paraphrase of the OT. According to BDB 413 s.v. יָנָה Qal the feminine singular participle ( הַיּוֹנָה , hayyonah ) is functioning as a collective in this idiom (see GKC 394 §122. s for this phenomenon). sn The connection between “war” ( Heb “the sword”) and the wrath or anger of the Lord has already been made in vv. 16, 27 and the sword has been referred to also in vv. 29, 31 . The sword is of course a reference to the onslaughts of the Babylonian armies (see later Jer 51:20-23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2025%3A38/3"}
{"id":30260,"verse_id":"JER.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"The words “to Jeremiah” are not in the Hebrew text. They are added by the Old Latin (not the Vulgate) and the Syriac versions. They are implicit, however, to the narrative style which speaks of Jeremiah in the third person (cf. vv. 7, 12 ). They have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":30261,"verse_id":"JER.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “will turn from his wicked way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":30262,"verse_id":"JER.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"For the idiom and translation of terms involved here see 18:8 and the translator’s note there. sn The Lord is being consistent in the application of the principle laid down in Jer 18:7-8 that reformation of character will result in the withdrawal of the punishment of “uprooting, tearing down, destroying.” His prophecies of doom are conditional threats, open to change with change in behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":30263,"verse_id":"JER.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.3","text":"Heb “because of the wickedness of their deeds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A3/3"}
{"id":30264,"verse_id":"JER.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “thus says the Lord , ‘…’.” The use of the indirect quotation in the translation eliminates one level of embedded quotation to avoid confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":30265,"verse_id":"JER.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Heb “by walking in my law which I set before you.” sn Examples of those laws are found in Jer 7:5-6, 9 . The law was summarized or epitomized in the ten commandments which are called the “words of the covenant” in Exod 34:28 , but it contained much more. However, when Israel is taken to task by God, it often relates to their failure to live up to the standards of the ten commandments ( Heb “the ten words”; see Hos 4:1-3 ; Jer 7:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":30266,"verse_id":"JER.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"See the translator’s note on 7:13 for the idiom here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":30267,"verse_id":"JER.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"26:4-6 are all one long sentence containing a long condition with subordinate clauses (vv. 4-5 ) and a compound consequence in v. 6 : Heb “If you will not obey me by walking in my law…by paying attention to the words of the prophets which…and you did not pay heed, then I will make…and I will make…” The sentence has been broken down in conformity to contemporary English style but an attempt has been made to reflect all the subordinations in the English translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":30268,"verse_id":"JER.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"The translation again represents an attempt to break up a long complex Hebrew sentence into equivalent English ones that conform more to contemporary English style: Heb “And as soon as Jeremiah finished saying all that…the priests…grabbed him and said…” The word “some” has been supplied in the translation, because obviously it was not all the priests, the prophets, and all the people, but only some of them. There is, of course, rhetorical intent here to show that all were implicated, although all may not have actually participated. (This is a common figure called synecdoche where all is put for a part – all for all kinds or representatives of all kinds. See E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 614-19, and compare usage in Acts 10:12 ; Matt 3:5 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":30269,"verse_id":"JER.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"Or “You must certainly die!” The construction here is again emphatic with the infinitive preceding the finite verb (cf. Joüon 2:423 §123.h, and compare usage in Exod 21:28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":30270,"verse_id":"JER.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “Why have you prophesied in the Lord ’s name, saying, ‘This house will become like Shiloh and this city will become a ruin without inhabitant?’” It is clear from the context here and in 7:1-15 that the emphasis is on “in the Lord ’s name” and that the question is rhetorical. The question is not a quest for information but an accusation, a remonstrance. (For this figure see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 953-54, who calls a question like this a rhetorical question of remonstrance or expostulation. For good examples see Pss 11:1; 50:16 .) For the significance of “prophesying in the Lord ’s name” see the study note on 14:14 . The translation again utilizes the indirect quote to eliminate one level of embedded quotation. sn They are questioning his right to claim the Lord ’s authority for what they see as a false prophecy. They believed that the presence of the Lord in the temple guaranteed their safety ( 7:4, 10, 14 ) and that the Lord could not possibly be threatening its destruction. Hence they were ready to put him to death as a false prophet according to the law of Moses ( Deut 18:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":30271,"verse_id":"JER.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":30272,"verse_id":"JER.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “they sat” or “they took their seats.” However, the context is one of judicial trial. sn The gateway or gate complex of an ancient Near Eastern city was often used for court assemblies (cf. Deut 21:19; 22:15 ; Ruth 4:1 ; Isa 29:21 ). Here the gate of the temple was used for the convening of a court to try Jeremiah for the charge of being a false prophet.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A10/3"}
{"id":30273,"verse_id":"JER.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.10","text":"The translation follows many Hebrew mss and ancient versions in reading the word “house” (= temple) here. The majority of Hebrew mss do not have this word. It is, however, implicit in the construction “the New Gate of the Lord .” sn The location of the New Gate is uncertain. It is mentioned again in Jer 36:10 where it is connected with the upper (i.e., inner) court of the temple. Some equate it with the Upper Gate that Jotham rebuilt during his reign ( 2 Kgs 15:35 ; Jotham reigned from 750-735 b.c. ). That gate, however, has already been referred to as the Upper Gate of Benjamin in Jer 20:2 (for more detail see the study note there) and would not likely have been called something different here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A10/4"}
{"id":30274,"verse_id":"JER.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “the priests and prophets said to the leaders and the people….” The long sentence has been broken up to conform better with contemporary English style and the situational context is reflected in “laid their charges.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":30275,"verse_id":"JER.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “a sentence of death to this man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A11/2"}
{"id":30276,"verse_id":"JER.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.11","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A11/3"}
{"id":30277,"verse_id":"JER.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “Jeremiah said to all the leaders and all the people….” See the note on the word “said” in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":30278,"verse_id":"JER.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “Make good your ways and your actions.” For the same expression see 7:3, 5; 18:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":30279,"verse_id":"JER.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"For the idiom and translation of terms involved here see 18:8 and the translator’s note there. sn The Lord is being consistent in the application of the principle laid down in Jer 18:7-8 that reformation of character will result in the withdrawal of the punishment of “uprooting, tearing down, destroying.” His prophecies of doom are conditional threats, open to change with change in behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":30280,"verse_id":"JER.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"Heb “And I, behold I am in your hand.” Hand is quite commonly used for “power” or “control” in biblical contexts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":30281,"verse_id":"JER.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Heb “For in truth the Lord has sent me to you to speak in your ears all these words/things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":30282,"verse_id":"JER.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “Then the officials and all the people said to the priests and the prophets…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":30283,"verse_id":"JER.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “For in the name of the Lord our God he has spoken to us.” The emphasis is on “in the name of…” sn The priests and false prophets claimed that they were speaking in the Lord ’s name (i.e., as his representatives and with his authority [see 1 Sam 25:9 ; 1 Kgs 21:8 and cf. the study note on Jer 23:27 ]) and felt that Jeremiah’s claims to be doing so were false (see v. 9 ). Jeremiah (and the Lord ) charged that the opposite was the case (cf. 14:14-15; 23:21 ). The officials and the people, at least at this time, accepted his claims that the Lord had sent him (vv. 12, 15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A16/3"}
{"id":30284,"verse_id":"JER.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “elders of the land.” sn The elders were important land-owning citizens, separate from the “heads” or leaders of the tribes, the officers and the judges. They were very influential in both the judicial, political, and religious proceedings of the cities and the state. (See, e.g., Josh 24:1 ; 2 Sam 19:11 ; 2 Kgs 23:1 for elders of Israel/Judah, and Deut 21:1-9 ; Ruth 4:1-2 for elders of the cities.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":30285,"verse_id":"JER.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For an explanation of this title for God see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A18/3"}
{"id":30286,"verse_id":"JER.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A18/5"}
{"id":30287,"verse_id":"JER.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"This Hebrew idiom ( חָלָה פָּנִים , khalah panim ) is often explained in terms of “stroking” or “patting the face” of someone, seeking to gain his favor. It is never used in a literal sense and is found in contexts of prayer ( Exod 32:11 ; Ps 119:158 ), worship ( Zech 8:21-22 ), humble submission ( 2 Chr 3:12 ), or amendment of behavior ( Dan 9:13 ). All were true to one extent or another of Hezekiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":30288,"verse_id":"JER.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.19","text":"The he interrogative ( הַ )with the negative governs all three of the verbs, the perfect and the two vav ( ו ) consecutive imperfects that follow it. The next clause has disjunctive word order and introduces a contrast. The question expects a positive answer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A19/2"}
{"id":30289,"verse_id":"JER.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.19","text":"For the translation of the terms involved here see the translator’s note on 18:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A19/3"}
{"id":30290,"verse_id":"JER.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.19","text":"Or “great harm to ourselves.” The word “disaster” (or “harm”) is the same one that has been translated “destroying” in the preceding line and in vv. 3 and 13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A19/4"}
{"id":30291,"verse_id":"JER.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “in the name of the Lord ,” i.e., as his representative and claiming his authority. See the study note on v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A20/2"}
{"id":30292,"verse_id":"JER.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “Now also a man was prophesying in the name of the Lord , Uriah son of…, and he prophesied against this city and against this land according to all the words of Jeremiah.” The long Hebrew sentence has been broken up in conformity with contemporary English style and the major emphasis brought out by putting his prophesying first, then identifying him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A20/3"}
{"id":30293,"verse_id":"JER.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “all his mighty men/soldiers.” It is unlikely that this included all the army. It more likely was the palace guards or royal bodyguards (see where the same word is used of David’s elite corps).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":30294,"verse_id":"JER.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “his words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":30295,"verse_id":"JER.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.21","text":"Heb “But Uriah heard and feared and fled and entered Egypt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A21/3"}
{"id":30296,"verse_id":"JER.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Heb “from Egypt.” sn A standard part of international treaties at this time was a stipulation of mutual extradition of political prisoners. Jehoiakim was a vassal of Pharaoh Necho (see 2 Kgs 23:34-35 ) and undoubtedly had such a treaty with him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":30297,"verse_id":"JER.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.24","text":"Heb “Nevertheless, the hand of Ahikam son of Shaphan was with Jeremiah so that he would not be given (even more literally, ‘so as not to give him’) into the hand of the people to kill him.” “Hand” is often used for “aid,” “support,” “influence,” “power,” “control.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2026%3A24/2"}
{"id":30298,"verse_id":"JER.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.1","text":"The reading here is based on a few Hebrew mss and the Syriac and Arabic versions. The majority of Hebrew mss and most of the versions read “At the beginning of the reign of Josiah’s son, Jehoiakim king of Judah” as in 26:1 . The LXX does not have this whole verse. It has long been recognized that the text of 27:1 is textually corrupt. The date formula in the majority of Hebrew mss at 27:1 is contradictory both with the context of the passage which deals with an event in the reign of Zedekiah (see vv. 3, 13 and v. 20 which presupposes that Jeconiah, Jehoiakim’s son, has been taken captive [i.e., after the death of Jehoiakim!]) and the date formula in 28:1 which refers to an event “in that same year” and then qualifies it with “Early in the reign of Zedekiah.” Hence it is preferable to read “Zedekiah” here in place of “Jehoiakim” and explain the error in the Hebrew manuscripts as an erroneous copying of 26:1 . sn If the text of 28:1 is correct, the date here would be sometime in the fourth year of Zedekiah which would be 594/3 b.c . Zedekiah had been placed on the throne as a puppet king by Nebuchadnezzar after he deposed Zedekiah’s nephew, Jeconiah (Jehoiachin) and sent him, his family, some of the temple treasures, and some of the Judean leaders away to Babylon ( 2 Kgs 23:8-17 ). The author does not state directly why the envoys from the nations mentioned in v. 3 were in Jerusalem, but the implication is that they were there trying to interest Zedekiah in rebelling. Modern scholars have used the data here and in 28:1 and in the Babylonian Chronicles (it contains a record of major events of Nebuchadnezzar’s reign) to suggest a plausible background for such a meeting. Nebuchadnezzar had to put down an uprising in the east and quell a rebellion in Babylon itself in the two years prior to this meeting. Some “prophets” in the nation of Israel and in these other nations (see vv. 9-10 ) saw in these events hopes for not having to pay tribute to (i.e., submit to the yoke of) Nebuchadnezzar and were counseling rebellion. Jeremiah saw this as foolhardy and counseled otherwise. Again, there is a conflict between “prophets” which is what this whole section (–29) is all about.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A1/2"}
{"id":30299,"verse_id":"JER.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"There is some disjunction in the narrative of this chapter. The introduction in v. 1 presents this as a third person narrative. But the rest of the passage reports the narrative in first person. Thus the text reads here “Thus the Lord said to me…” In vv. 12, 16 the narrative picks up in first person report and never indicates that Jeremiah carried out the command in vv. 2-4 that introduces the message which he repeats in summary form himself to Zedekiah. The report is thus an “unedited” first person report. This may create some confusion for some readers, but it is best to leave it in first person here because of the continuation in vv. 12, 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":30300,"verse_id":"JER.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":30301,"verse_id":"JER.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “send by means of them” [i.e., the straps and crossbars made into a yoke] to…through.” The text is broken up in conformity with contemporary English style. Many English versions ignore the suffix on the end of “send” and find some support for this on the basis of its absence in the Lucianic Greek text. However, it is probably functioning metonymically here for the message which they see symbolized before them and is now explained clearly to them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":30302,"verse_id":"JER.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A3/4"}
{"id":30303,"verse_id":"JER.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the significance of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":30304,"verse_id":"JER.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"Heb “Give them a charge to their masters saying, ‘Thus says Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel, “Thus you shall say unto your masters…”’” The sentence is broken up in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":30305,"verse_id":"JER.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “by my great power and my outstretched arm.” Again “arm” is symbolical for “strength.” Compare the similar expression in 21:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":30306,"verse_id":"JER.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “have given…into the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":30307,"verse_id":"JER.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “I have given…to him to serve him.” The verb “give” in this syntactical situation is functioning like the Hiphil stem, i.e., as a causative. See Dan 1:9 for parallel usage. For the usage of “serve” meaning “be subject to” compare 2 Sam 22:44 and BDB 713 s.v. עָבַד 3. sn This statement is rhetorical, emphasizing the totality of Nebuchadnezzar’s dominion. Neither here nor in Dan 2:38 is it to be understood literally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A6/3"}
{"id":30308,"verse_id":"JER.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “until the time of his land, even his, comes.” The independent pronoun is placed here for emphasis on the possessive pronoun. The word “time” is used by substitution for the things that are done in it (compare in the NT John 2:4; 7:30; 8:20 “his hour had not yet come”). sn See Jer 25:12-14, 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A7/2"}
{"id":30309,"verse_id":"JER.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.7","text":"Heb “him.” This is a good example of the figure of substitution where the person is put for his descendants or the nation or subject he rules. (See Gen 28:13-14 for another good example and Acts 22:7 in the NT.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A7/3"}
{"id":30310,"verse_id":"JER.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “put their necks in the yoke of.” See the study note on v. 2 for the figure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":30311,"verse_id":"JER.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":30312,"verse_id":"JER.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “The nation and/or the kingdom which will not serve him, Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon, and which will not put its neck in the yoke of the king of Babylon, by sword, starvation, and disease I will punish [or more literally, “visit upon”] that nation, oracle of the Lord .” The long complex Hebrew sentence has been broken up in conformity with contemporary English style and the figures interpreted for the sake of clarity. The particle אֵת , the sign of the accusative, before “which will not put…” is a little unusual here. For its use to introduce a new topic (here a second relative clause) see BDB 85 s.v. אֵת 3. α .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A8/3"}
{"id":30313,"verse_id":"JER.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.8","text":"Heb “with/by the sword.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A8/4"}
{"id":30314,"verse_id":"JER.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"27.8","text":"The verb translated “destroy” ( תָּמַם , tamam ) is usually intransitive in the stem of the verb used here. It is found in a transitive sense elsewhere only in Ps 64:7 . BDB 1070 s.v. תָּמַם 7 emends both texts. In this case they recommend תִּתִּי ( titi ): “until I give them into his hand.” That reading is suggested by the texts of the Syriac and Targumic translations (see BHS fn c). The Greek translation supports reading the verb “destroy” but treats it as though it were intransitive “until they are destroyed by his hand” (reading תֻּמָּם [ tummam ]). The MT here is accepted as the more difficult reading and support is seen in the transitive use of the verb in Ps 64:7 . tn Heb “I will punish that nation until I have destroyed them [i.e., its people] by his hand.” “Hand” here refers to agency. Hence, “I will use him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A8/5"}
{"id":30315,"verse_id":"JER.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.9","text":"The verb in this context is best taken as a negative obligatory imperfect. See IBHS 508-9 §31.4g for discussion and examples. See Exod 4:15 as an example of positive obligation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A9/3"}
{"id":30316,"verse_id":"JER.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"The words “Don’t listen to them” have been repeated from v. 9 a to pick up the causal connection between v. 9 a and v. 10 that is formally introduced by a causal particle in v. 10 in the original text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":30317,"verse_id":"JER.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “they are prophesying a lie.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A10/2"}
{"id":30318,"verse_id":"JER.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.10","text":"Heb “lies will result in your being taken far…” ( לְמַעַן [ lÿma ’ an ] + infinitive). This is a rather clear case of the particle לְמַעַן introducing result (contra BDB 775 s.v. מַעַן note 1. There is no irony in this statement; it is a bold prediction).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A10/3"}
{"id":30319,"verse_id":"JER.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.10","text":"The words “out of your country” are not in the text but are implicit in the meaning of the verb. The words “in exile” are also not in the text but are implicit in the context. These words have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A10/4"}
{"id":30320,"verse_id":"JER.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “put their necks in the yoke of.” See the study note on v. 2 for the figure.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":30321,"verse_id":"JER.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"The words “Things will go better for” are not in the text. They are supplied contextually as a means of breaking up the awkward syntax of the original which reads “The nation which brings its neck under the yoke of the king of Babylon and subjects itself to him, I will leave it…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":30322,"verse_id":"JER.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":30323,"verse_id":"JER.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “I spoke to Zedekiah…according to all these words, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":30324,"verse_id":"JER.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.12","text":"Heb “put their necks in the yoke of.” See the study note on v. 2 for the figure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A12/3"}
{"id":30325,"verse_id":"JER.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “with/by the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":30326,"verse_id":"JER.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “Why should you and your people die…?” The rhetorical question expects the answer made explicit in the translation, “There is no reason!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":30327,"verse_id":"JER.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.13","text":"Heb “…disease according to what the Lord spoke concerning the nation that…”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A13/3"}
{"id":30328,"verse_id":"JER.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The verb in this context is best taken as a negative obligatory imperfect. See IBHS 508 §31.4g for discussion and examples. See Exod 4:15 as an example of positive obligation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":30329,"verse_id":"JER.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":30330,"verse_id":"JER.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “…drive you out and you will perish, you and the prophets who are prophesying lies.” sn For the fulfillment of this prophecy see Jer 39:5-7; 52:7-11 ; 2 Kgs 25:4-7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A15/3"}
{"id":30331,"verse_id":"JER.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"Heb “don’t listen to the words of the prophets who are prophesying to you….” The sentence has been broken up for the sake of English style and one level of embedded quotes has been eliminated to ease complexity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":30332,"verse_id":"JER.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"The imperative with vav ( ו ) here and in v. 12 after another imperative are a good example of the use of the imperative to introduce a consequence. (See GKC 324-25 §110. f and see Gen 42:18 . This is a common verb in this idiom.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":30333,"verse_id":"JER.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"According to E. W. Bullinger ( Figures of Speech , 954) both this question and the one in v. 13 are examples of rhetorical questions of prohibition / “don’t let this city be made a pile of rubble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":30334,"verse_id":"JER.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"The words “I also told them” are not in the text, but it is obvious from the fact that the Lord is spoken about in the third person in vv. 18, 19, 21 that he is not the speaker. This is part of Jeremiah’s own speech to the priests and the people (v. 16 ). These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":30335,"verse_id":"JER.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord is with them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A18/2"}
{"id":30336,"verse_id":"JER.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.18","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” sn For the significance of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A18/3"}
{"id":30337,"verse_id":"JER.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For the significance of this title see the note at 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":30338,"verse_id":"JER.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"The words “two bronze” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to help identify the referent. sn The two bronze pillars are the two free-standing pillars at the entrance of the temple (Jakin and Boaz) described in 1 Kgs 7:15-22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":30339,"verse_id":"JER.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.19","text":"The words “the large bronze basin called” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to help identify the referent. sn “The Sea” refers to the large basin that was mounted on twelve bronze bulls. It stood in front of the temple and contained water for the priests to bathe themselves ( 2 Chr 4:6 ; cf. Exod 30:17-21 ). It is described in 1 Kgs 7:23-26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A19/3"}
{"id":30340,"verse_id":"JER.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.19","text":"The words “movable bronze” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to help identify the referent. See the study note for further reference. sn The bronze stands are the movable bronze stands described in 1 Kgs 7:27-37 . They were the stands for the bronze basins described in 1 Kgs 7:38-39 . According to 2 Chr 4:6 the latter were used to wash the burnt offerings. The priests would have been very concerned especially about the big bronze basin and the movable stands and their basins because they involved their ritual purification apart from which they would have had no sanctity. These articles (or furnishings in this case) were broken up and the bronze carried away to Babylon along with all the other bronze, silver, and gold furnishings when the temple and the city were destroyed in 587 b.c. (see 2 Kgs 25:13-15 ; Jer 52:17-19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A19/4"}
{"id":30341,"verse_id":"JER.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"27:19-20 are all one long sentence in Hebrew. It has been broken up for the sake of English style. Some of the sentences still violate contemporary English style (e.g., v. 20 ) but breaking them down any further would lose the focus. For further discussion see the study note on v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":30342,"verse_id":"JER.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For the significance of this title see the note at 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":30343,"verse_id":"JER.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"This verb is a little difficult to render here. The word is used in the sense of taking note of something and acting according to what is noticed. It is the word that has been translated several times throughout Jeremiah as “punish [someone].” It is also used in the opposite of sense of taking note and “show consideration for” (or “care for;” see, e.g., Ruth 1:6 ). Here the nuance is positive and is further clarified by the actions that follow, bringing them back and restoring them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":30344,"verse_id":"JER.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.22","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2027%3A22/2"}
{"id":30345,"verse_id":"JER.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"The original text is unusually full here and deemed by many scholars to be corrupt: Heb “And it happened in that year in the beginning of the reign of Zedekiah king of Judah, in the fourth year, in the fifth month Hananiah…said to…” Many scholars see a contradiction between “in the fourth year” and “in the beginning of the reign.” These scholars point to the fact that the Greek version does not have “in that year” and “in the beginning of the reign of”; it merely reads “in the fourth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, in the fifth month.” These scholars generally also regard the heading at 27:1 to be unoriginal and interpret the heading in the MT here as a faulty harmonization of the original (that in the Greek version) with the erroneous one in the Hebrew of 27:1 . However, it is just as possible that the Greek version in both places is an attempt to harmonize the data of 27:1 and 28:1 . I.e., it left out both the heading at 27:1 , and “in that year” and “at the beginning of the reign of” in the heading here because it thought the data was contradictory. However, it is just as likely that there is really no contradiction here. I.e., the term “beginning of the reign” can include the fourth year. E. H. Merrill has argued that the term here refers not to the accession year (see the translator’s note on 26:1 ) but to the early years in general (“The ‘Accession Year’ and Davidic Chronology,” JANESCU 19 [1989]: 105-6, and cf. note 18 for bibliography on Akkadian parallels). Hence the phrase has been translated both here and in 27:1 “early in the reign of…” For other attempts at harmonization see the discussion in G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 41, n. 1a. sn The dating here is very full and precise. “In that same year” ties the events here in with the messages that Jeremiah delivered to the envoys, the king and his court, and the priests and people while wearing the yoke symbolizing servitude to Nebuchadnezzar. The text wants to show that the events here transpired shortly after those in and that Jeremiah is still wearing the yoke. The supplying of the precise month is important because the end of the chapter will show that Jeremiah’s prophecy regarding Hananiah was fulfilled two months later. Hence Jeremiah is the true prophet and Hananiah and the others ( 27:16 ) are false. The supplying of the year is perhaps significant because the author states in 51:59 that Zedekiah went to Babylon that same year, probably to pledge his loyalty. The suggestion lies ready to hand that the events of this chapter and the preceding one lead to his dismissal of the false prophet Hananiah’s advice and the acceptance of Jeremiah’s.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":30346,"verse_id":"JER.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “to me.” The rest of the chapter is all in third person narrative (see vv. 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 15 ). Hence, many explain the first person here as a misunderstanding of the abbreviation “to Jeremiah” ( אֶל יִרְמִיָּה [’ el yirmiyyah ] = אֵלַי , [’ elay ]). It is just as likely that there is a similar kind of disjunction here that was found in 27:1-2 only in the opposite direction. There what started out as a third person report was really a first person report. Here what starts out as a first person report is really a third person report. The text betrays both the hands of the narrator, probably Baruch, and the reportee, Jeremiah, who dictated a synopsis of his messages and his stories to Baruch to write down ( Jer 36:4, 32 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A1/2"}
{"id":30347,"verse_id":"JER.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.1","text":"Heb “And it happened in that year in the beginning of the reign of Zedekiah king of Judah, in the fourth year, in the fifth month, Hananiah son of Azzur the prophet who was from Gibeon said to me in…” The sentence has been broken up in conformity with contemporary English style and the flavor given in modern equivalent terms.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A1/3"}
{"id":30348,"verse_id":"JER.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":30349,"verse_id":"JER.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” sn Notice again that the “false” prophet uses the same formula and claims the same source for his message as the true prophet has (cf. 27:22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":30350,"verse_id":"JER.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “Listen to this word/message which I am about to speak in your ears and the ears of all these people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":30351,"verse_id":"JER.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"The word “invariably” is not in the text but is implicit in the context and in the tense of the Hebrew verb. It is supplied in the translation for clarity and to help bring out the contrast in the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":30352,"verse_id":"JER.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Many Hebrew mss read “starvation/famine” which is the second member of a common triad “sword, famine, and plague” in Jeremiah. This triad occurs thirteen times in the book and undoubtedly influenced a later scribe to read “starvation [= famine]” here. For this triad see the note on 14:14 . The words “disaster and plagues” are missing in the LXX.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":30353,"verse_id":"JER.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"The verbs in this verse are to be interpreted as iterative imperfects in past time rather than as futures because of the explicit contrast that is drawn in the two verses by the emphatic syntactical construction of the two verses. Both verses begin with a casus pendens construction to throw the two verses into contrast: Heb “ The prophets who were before me and you from ancient times, they prophesied… The prophet who prophesied peace, when the word of that prophet came true, that prophet was known that the Lord truly sent him .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":30354,"verse_id":"JER.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “I will break the yoke of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon from upon the necks of all the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":30355,"verse_id":"JER.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Heb “Then the prophet Jeremiah went his way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":30356,"verse_id":"JER.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “Hananiah, ‘Thus says the Lord ….” The translation uses an indirect quotation here used to eliminate one level of embedded quotation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":30357,"verse_id":"JER.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"The Greek version reads “I have made/put” rather than “you have made/put.” This is the easier reading and is therefore rejected.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":30358,"verse_id":"JER.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.13","text":"Heb “the yoke bars of wood you have broken, but you have made in its stead yoke bars of iron.” sn This whole incident (and the preceding one in ) is symbolic. Jeremiah’s wearing of the yoke was symbolic of the Lord ’s message to submit to Babylonian authority. Hananiah’s breaking of the yoke was a prediction that that authority would not last beyond two years. By breaking the yoke he was encouraging rebellion against Nebuchadnezzar’s (and hence the Lord ’s) authority (cf. 27:9, 14 ). However, rebelling would only result in further, harsher, more irresistible measures by Nebuchadnezzar to control such rebellion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A13/3"}
{"id":30359,"verse_id":"JER.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” See the study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":30360,"verse_id":"JER.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “An iron yoke I have put on the necks of all these nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":30361,"verse_id":"JER.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Or “You are giving these people false assurances.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":30362,"verse_id":"JER.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":30363,"verse_id":"JER.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.1","text":"Jer 29:1-3 are all one long sentence in Hebrew containing a parenthetical insertion. The text reads “These are the words of the letter which the prophet Jeremiah sent to the elders…people whom Nebuchadnezzar had exiled from Jerusalem to Babylon after King Jeconiah…had gone from Jerusalem by the hand of Elasah…whom Zedekiah sent…saying, ‘Thus says the Lord …’” The sentence has been broken up for the sake of contemporary English style and clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A1/2"}
{"id":30364,"verse_id":"JER.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"This term is often mistakenly understood to refer to a “eunuch.” It is clear, however, in Gen 39:1 that “eunuchs” could be married. On the other hand it is clear from Isa 59:3-5 that some who bore this title could not have children. In this period, it is possible that the persons who bore this title were high officials like the rab saris who was a high official in the Babylonian court (cf. Jer 39:3, 13; 52:25 ). For further references see HALOT 727 s.v. סָרִיס 1.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":30365,"verse_id":"JER.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A4/1"}
{"id":30366,"verse_id":"JER.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.4","text":"Heb “I sent.” This sentence exhibits a rapid switch in person, here from the third person to the first. Such switches are common to Hebrew poetry and prophecy (cf. GKC 462 §144. p ). Contemporary English, however, does not exhibit such rapid switches and it creates confusion for the careful reader. Such switches have regularly been avoided in the translation. sn Elsewhere Nebuchadnezzar is seen as the one who carried them into exile (cf. 27:20; 29:1 ). Here and in v. 14 the Lord is seen as the one who sends them into exile. The Lord is the ultimate cause and Nebuchadnezzar is his agent or servant (cf. 25:9; 27:6 and notes).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A4/2"}
{"id":30367,"verse_id":"JER.29.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A4/3"}
{"id":30368,"verse_id":"JER.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":30369,"verse_id":"JER.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “prophesying lies to you in my name.” sn For the significance of “in my name” see the study notes on 14:14 and 23:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A9/1"}
{"id":30370,"verse_id":"JER.29.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.9","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A9/2"}
{"id":30371,"verse_id":"JER.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.10","text":"See the translator’s note on Jer 27:22 for this term.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A10/2"}
{"id":30372,"verse_id":"JER.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.10","text":"Verse 10 is all one long sentence in the Hebrew original: “According to the fullness of Babylon seventy years I will take thought of you and I will establish my gracious word to you by bringing you back to this place.” The sentence has been broken up to conform better to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A10/3"}
{"id":30373,"verse_id":"JER.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.10","text":"Heb “this place.” The text has probably been influenced by the parallel passage in 27:22 . The term appears fifteen times in Jeremiah and is invariably a reference to Jerusalem or Judah. sn See Jer 27:22 for this promise.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A10/4"}
{"id":30374,"verse_id":"JER.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A11/1"}
{"id":30375,"verse_id":"JER.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.11","text":"Heb “I know the plans that I am planning for you, oracle of the Lord , plans of well-being and not for harm to give to you….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A11/2"}
{"id":30376,"verse_id":"JER.29.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.11","text":"Or “the future you hope for”; Heb “a future and a hope.” This is a good example of hendiadys where two formally coordinated nouns (adjectives, verbs) convey a single idea where one of the terms functions as a qualifier of the other. For this figure see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 658-72. This example is discussed on p. 661.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A11/3"}
{"id":30377,"verse_id":"JER.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.12","text":"Heb “come and pray to me.” This is an example of verbal hendiadys where two verb formally joined by “and” convey a main concept with the second verb functioning as an adverbial qualifier.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A12/1"}
{"id":30378,"verse_id":"JER.29.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.12","text":"Or “You will call out to me and come to me in prayer and I will hear your prayers.” The verbs are vav consecutive perfects and can be taken either as unconditional futures or as contingent futures. See GKC 337 §112. kk and 494 §159. g and compare the usage in Gen 44:22 for the use of the vav consecutive perfects in contingent futures. The conditional clause in the middle of 29:13 and the deuteronomic theology reflected in both Deut 30:1-5 and 1 Kgs 8:46-48 suggest that the verbs are continent futures here. For the same demand for wholehearted seeking in these contexts which presuppose exile see especially Deut 30:2 , 1 Kgs 8:48 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A12/2"}
{"id":30379,"verse_id":"JER.29.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.13","text":"Or “If you wholeheartedly seek me”; Heb “You will seek me and find [me] because you will seek me with all your heart.” The translation attempts to reflect the theological nuances of “seeking” and “finding” and the psychological significance of “heart” which refers more to intellectual and volitional concerns in the OT than to emotional ones.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A13/1"}
{"id":30380,"verse_id":"JER.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “I will let myself be found by you.” For this nuance of the verb see BDB 594 s.v. מָצָא Niph.1.f and compare the usage in Isa 65:1 ; 2 Chr 15:2 . The Greek version already noted that nuance when it translated the phrase “I will manifest myself to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":30381,"verse_id":"JER.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A14/2"}
{"id":30382,"verse_id":"JER.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “restore your fortune.” Alternately, “I will bring you back from exile.” This idiom occurs twenty-six times in the OT and in several cases it is clearly not referring to return from exile but restoration of fortunes (e.g., Job 42:10 ; Hos 6:11 –7:1; Jer 33:11 ). It is often followed as here by “regather” or “bring back” (e.g., Jer 30:3 ; Ezek 29:14 ) so it is often misunderstood as “bringing back the exiles.” The versions (LXX, Vulg., Tg., Pesh.) often translate the idiom as “to go away into captivity,” deriving the noun from שְׁבִי ( shÿvi , “captivity”). However, the use of this expression in Old Aramaic documents of Sefire parallels the biblical idiom: “the gods restored the fortunes of the house of my father again” (J. A. Fitzmyer, The Aramaic Inscriptions of Sefire [BibOr], 100-101, 119-20). The idiom means “to turn someone's fortune, bring about change” or “to reestablish as it was” ( HALOT 1386 s.v. 3 .c). In Ezek 16:53 it is paralleled by the expression “to restore the situation which prevailed earlier.” This amounts to restitutio in integrum , which is applicable to the circumstances surrounding the return of the exiles.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A14/3"}
{"id":30383,"verse_id":"JER.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.14","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A14/4"}
{"id":30384,"verse_id":"JER.29.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.15","text":"The words “of good news” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A15/1"}
{"id":30385,"verse_id":"JER.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “But thus says the Lord about.” The words “just listen to what” are supplied in the translation to help show the connection with the preceding. sn Jeremiah answers their claims that the Lord has raised up prophets to encourage them that their stay will be short by referring to the Lord ’s promise that the Lord ’s plans are not for restoration but for further destruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":30386,"verse_id":"JER.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.16","text":"The words “of Jerusalem” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to identify the referent and avoid the possible confusion that “this city” refers to Babylon.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A16/2"}
{"id":30387,"verse_id":"JER.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” See the study note on 2:19 for explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A17/1"}
{"id":30388,"verse_id":"JER.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.17","text":"Heb “the sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A17/2"}
{"id":30389,"verse_id":"JER.29.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.17","text":"The meaning of this word is somewhat uncertain. It occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible. BDB 1045 s.v. שֹׁעָר relates it to the noun “horrible thing” (translated “something shocking”) in Jer 5:30; 23:14 and defines it as “horrid, disgusting.” HALOT 1495 s.v. שֹׁעָר relates it to the same noun and define it as “rotten; corrupt.” That nuance is accepted here. sn Compare Jer 24:8-10 in its context for the figure here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A17/3"}
{"id":30390,"verse_id":"JER.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “with the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":30391,"verse_id":"JER.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.19","text":"See the translator’s note on 7:13 for an explanation of this idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A19/1"}
{"id":30392,"verse_id":"JER.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A19/2"}
{"id":30393,"verse_id":"JER.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.19","text":"The word “exiles” is not in the text. It is supplied in the translation to clarify the referent of “you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A19/3"}
{"id":30394,"verse_id":"JER.29.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.19","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A19/4"}
{"id":30395,"verse_id":"JER.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “pay attention to the word of the Lord .” However, the Lord is speaking in the words just previous to this and in the words which follow (“whom I have sent”). This is another example of the shift from third person referent to first person which is common in Hebrew poetry and prophecy but is not common in English style. The person has been adjusted in the translation to avoid confusion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":30396,"verse_id":"JER.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":30397,"verse_id":"JER.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “prophesying lies in my name.” For an explanation of this idiom see the study notes on 14:14 and 23:27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":30398,"verse_id":"JER.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.23","text":"It is commonly assumed that this word is explained by the two verbal actions that follow. The word ( נְבָלָה , nÿvalah ) is rather commonly used of sins of unchastity (cf., e.g., Gen 34:7 ; Judg 19:23 ; 2 Sam 13:12 ) which would fit the reference to adultery. However, the word is singular and not likely to cover both actions that follow. The word is also used of the greedy act of Achan ( Josh 7:15 ) which threatened Israel with destruction and the churlish behavior of Nabal ( 1 Sam 25:25 ) which threatened him and his household with destruction. The word is also used of foolish talk in Isa 9:17 ( 9:16 HT) and Isa 32:6 . It is possible that this refers to a separate act, one that would have brought the death penalty from Nebuchadnezzar, i.e., the preaching of rebellion in conformity with the message of the false prophets in Jerusalem and other nations (cf. 27:9, 13 ). Hence it is possible that the translation should read: “This will happen because of their vile conduct. They have propagated rebellion. They have committed adultery with their neighbors’ wives. They have spoken words that I did not command them to speak. They have spoken lies while claiming my authority.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A23/1"}
{"id":30399,"verse_id":"JER.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “prophesying lies in my name.” For an explanation of this idiom see the study notes on 14:14 and 23:27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A23/2"}
{"id":30400,"verse_id":"JER.29.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.23","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A23/3"}
{"id":30401,"verse_id":"JER.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.24","text":"The words “The Lord told Jeremiah” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation here to indicate the shift in topic and the shift in addressee (the imperative “tell” is second singular). The introduction supplied in the translation here matches that in v. 30 where the words are in the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A24/1"}
{"id":30402,"verse_id":"JER.29.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.24","text":"It is unclear whether this is a family name or a place name. The word occurs nowhere else in the Hebrew Bible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A24/2"}
{"id":30403,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” sn See study notes on 2:19 and 7:3 for the explanation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/1"}
{"id":30404,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “Tell Shemaiah the Nehelamite, ‘Thus says Yahweh of armies the God of Israel….” The indirect quotation is used in the translation to avoid the complexity of embedding a quotation within a quotation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/2"}
{"id":30405,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “In your [own] name.” See the study note on 23:27 for the significance of this idiom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/4"}
{"id":30406,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.25","text":"Heb “letters.” Though GKC 397 §124. b , n. 1 denies it, this is probably a case of the plural of extension. For a similar usage see Isa 37:14 where the plural “letters” is referred to later as an “it.” Even if there were other “letters,” the focus is on the letter to Zephaniah.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/5"}
{"id":30407,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"29.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/7"}
{"id":30408,"verse_id":"JER.29.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"29.25","text":"The words “In your letter you said to Zephaniah” are not in the text: Heb “you sent a letter to…, saying.” The sentence has been broken up to conform better to contemporary English style and these words have been supplied in the translation to make the transition to the address to Zephaniah in vv. 26-28 .","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A25/8"}
{"id":30409,"verse_id":"JER.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “in place of Jehoiada the priest.” The word “the priest” is unnecessary to the English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A26/1"}
{"id":30410,"verse_id":"JER.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"29.26","text":"Heb “The Lord has appointed you priest in place of the priest Jehoiada to be overseer in the house of the Lord for/over.” The translation is based on a reading presupposed by several of the versions. The Hebrew text reads “The Lord has…to be overseers [in] the house of the Lord for/over.” The reading here follows that of the Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions in reading פָּקִיד בְּבֵית ( paqid bÿvet ) in place of פְּקִדִים בֵּית ( pÿqidim bet ). There has been a confusion of the ם ( mem ) and בּ ( bet ) and a transposition of the י ( yod ) and ד ( dalet ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A26/2"}
{"id":30411,"verse_id":"JER.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"29.26","text":"The verb here is a good example of what IBHS 431 §26.2f calls the estimative-declarative reflexive where a person presents himself in a certain light. For examples of this usage see 2 Sam 13:5 ; Prov 13:7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A26/4"}
{"id":30412,"verse_id":"JER.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"29.26","text":"See the translator’s note on 20:2 for this word which only occurs here and in 20:2-3 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A26/5"}
{"id":30413,"verse_id":"JER.29.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"29.26","text":"This word only occurs here in the Hebrew Bible. All the lexicons are agreed as seeing it referring to a collar placed around the neck. The basis for this definition are the cognate languages (see, e.g., HALOT 958-59 s.v. צִינֹק for the most complete discussion).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A26/6"}
{"id":30414,"verse_id":"JER.29.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.27","text":"Heb “So why have you not reprimanded Jeremiah…?” The rhetorical question functions as an emphatic assertion made explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A27/1"}
{"id":30415,"verse_id":"JER.29.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.28","text":"Heb “For he has sent to us in Babylon, saying….” The quote, however, is part of the earlier letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A28/1"}
{"id":30416,"verse_id":"JER.29.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.29","text":"Heb “in the ears of Jeremiah the prophet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A29/1"}
{"id":30417,"verse_id":"JER.29.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.31","text":"Or “is giving you false assurances.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A31/1"}
{"id":30418,"verse_id":"JER.29.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":29,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.32","text":"Heb “Therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2029%3A32/1"}
{"id":30419,"verse_id":"JER.30.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.1","text":"Compare the headings at 7:1; 11:1; 18:1; 21:1 and the translator’s note at those places.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A1/1"}
{"id":30420,"verse_id":"JER.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “Thus says Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel, saying….” For significance of the title “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel” see the note at 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":30421,"verse_id":"JER.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “Write all the words which I speak to you in a scroll.” The verb “which I speak” is the instantaneous use of the perfect tense (cf. GKC 311-12 §106. i or IBHS 488-89 §30.5.1d). The words that the Lord is about to speak follow in chs. –31. sn Reference is made here to the so-called “Book of Consolation” which is the most extended treatment of the theme of hope or deliverance in the book. Jeremiah was called to be a prophet both of judgment (of tearing down and destroying) and of deliverance (of replanting and rebuilding; see Jer 1:10 ). Jeremiah lamented that he had to predominantly pronounce judgment but he has periodically woven in prophecies of hope after judgment in 3:14-18; 16:14-15; 23:3-8; 24:4-7; 29:10-14, 32 . The oracles of hope contained in these chapters are undated but reference is made in them to the restoration of both Israel which had gone into exile in Assyria in 722 b.c. and Judah which began to be exiled in 605 and 597 b.c . Jeremiah had already written as early as the reign of Zedekiah about the exiles who were the good figs who were to experience the “good” of restoration ( 24:4-7; 29:10-14 ) and had spoken of the further exile of those who remained in Judah. So it is possible that these oracles fit in roughly the same time frame as chapters –29.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A2/2"}
{"id":30422,"verse_id":"JER.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":30423,"verse_id":"JER.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “restore the fortune.” For the translation and meaning of this idiom see the note at 29:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":30424,"verse_id":"JER.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A3/3"}
{"id":30425,"verse_id":"JER.30.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.4","text":"Heb “And these are the words/things that the Lord speaks concerning Israel and Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A4/1"}
{"id":30426,"verse_id":"JER.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) is functioning here as loosely causal or epexegetical of the preceding introduction. For this usage cf. BDB 473-74 s.v. כִּי 3.c. This nuance borders on that of the intensive use of כִּי . See the discussion in BDB 472 s.v. כִּי note and כִּי 1.e.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":30427,"verse_id":"JER.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “We have heard the sound of panic and of fear, and there is no peace.” It is generally agreed that the person of the verb presupposes that this is an unintroduced quote of the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":30428,"verse_id":"JER.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “Ask and see/consider.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":30429,"verse_id":"JER.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “with their hands on their loins.” The word rendered “loins” refers to the area between the ribs and the thighs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A6/2"}
{"id":30430,"verse_id":"JER.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “Alas [or Woe] for that day will be great.” For the use of the particle “Alas” to signal a time of terrible trouble, even to sound the death knell for someone, see the translator’s note on 22:13 . sn The reference to a terrible time of trouble ( Heb “that day”) is a common shorthand reference in the prophets to “the Day of the Lord .” The “Day of the Lord ” refers to a time when God intervenes in judgment against the wicked. The time referent can be either near or far, referring to something as near as the Assyrian threat in the time of Ahaz ( Isa 7:18, 20, 21, 23 ) or as distant as the eschatological battle of God against Gog when he attacks Israel ( Ezek 38:14, 18 ). The judgment can be against Israel’s enemies and result in Israel’s deliverance ( Jer 50:30-34 ). At other times as here the Day of the Lord involves judgment on Israel itself. Here reference is to the judgment that the northern kingdom, Israel, has already experienced (cf., e.g., Jer 3:8 ) and which the southern kingdom, Judah, is in the process of experiencing and which Jeremiah has lamented over several times and even described in hyperbolic and apocalyptic terms in Jer 4:19-31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A7/1"}
{"id":30431,"verse_id":"JER.30.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.7","text":"Heb “It is a time of trouble for Jacob but he will be saved out of it.” sn Jacob here is figurative for the people descended from him. Moreover the figure moves from Jacob = descendants of Jacob to only a part of those descendants. Not all of his descendants who have experienced and are now experiencing trouble will be saved. Only a remnant (i.e., the good figs, cf., e.g., Jer 23:3; 31:7 ) will see the good things that the Lord has in store for them ( Jer 24:5-6 ). The bad figs will suffer destruction through war, starvation, and disease (cf., e.g., Jer 24:8-10 among many other references).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A7/2"}
{"id":30432,"verse_id":"JER.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “And it shall happen in that day.” sn The time for them to be rescued ( Heb “that day”) is the day of deliverance from the trouble alluded to at the end of the preceding verse, not the day of trouble mentioned at the beginning. Israel (even the good figs) will still need to go through the period of trouble (cf. vv. 10-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":30433,"verse_id":"JER.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “Oracle of Yahweh of armies.” See the study note on 2:19 for explanation of the title for God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A8/2"}
{"id":30434,"verse_id":"JER.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “I will break his yoke from upon your neck.” For the explanation of the figure see the study note on 27:2 . The shift from third person at the end of v. 7 to second person in v. 8 c, d and back to third person in v. 8 e is typical of Hebrew poetry in the book of Psalms and in the prophetic books (cf., GKC 351 §114. p and compare usage in Deut 32:15 ; Isa 5:8 listed there). The present translation, like several other modern ones, has typically leveled them to the same person to avoid confusion for modern readers who are not accustomed to this poetic tradition. sn In the immediate context the reference to the yoke of their servitude to foreign domination ( Heb “his yoke”) should be understood as a reference to the yoke of servitude to Nebuchadnezzar which has been referred to often in Jer 27-28 (see, e.g., 27:8, 12; 28:2, 4, 11 ). The end of that servitude has already been referred to in 25:11-14; 29:11-14 . Like many other passages in the OT it has been given a later eschatological reinterpretation in the light of subsequent bondages and lack of complete fulfillment, i.e., of restoration to the land and restoration of the Davidic monarchy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A8/3"}
{"id":30435,"verse_id":"JER.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “I will tear off their bands.” The “bands” are the leather straps which held the yoke bars in place (cf. 27:2 ). The metaphor of the “yoke on the neck” is continued. The translation reflects the sense of the metaphor but not the specific referent.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A8/4"}
{"id":30436,"verse_id":"JER.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"The word “subject” in this verse and “subjugate” are from the same root word in Hebrew. A deliberate contrast is drawn between the two powers that they will serve.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":30437,"verse_id":"JER.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “and to David their king whom I will raise up for them.” sn The Davidic ruler which I will raise up as king over them refers to a descendant of David who would be raised up over a regathered and reunited Israel and Judah. He is called “David” in Hos 3:5 , Ezek 34:23-24; 37:24-25 and referred to as a shoot or sprig of Jesse in Isa 11:1, 10 and a “righteous branch” springing from David (the Davidic line). He is called “David” because he is from the Davidic line and because David is the type of the ideal king whom the prophets looked forward to. See further the study notes on 23:5 for this ideal king and for his relation to the NT fulfillment in the person of Jesus the Christ.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A9/2"}
{"id":30438,"verse_id":"JER.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “So do not be afraid, my servant Jacob, oracle of the Lord .” Here and elsewhere in the verse the terms Jacob and Israel are poetic for the people of Israel descended from the patriarch Jacob. The terms have been supplied throughout with plural referents for greater clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":30439,"verse_id":"JER.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “For I will rescue you from far away, your descendants from the land of their captivity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A10/2"}
{"id":30440,"verse_id":"JER.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.11","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A11/1"}
{"id":30441,"verse_id":"JER.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.11","text":"The translation “entirely unpunished” is intended to reflect the emphatic construction of the infinitive absolute before the finite verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A11/2"}
{"id":30442,"verse_id":"JER.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) here is parallel to the one in v. 5 that introduces the first oracle. See the discussion in the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":30443,"verse_id":"JER.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.12","text":"The pronouns in vv. 10-17 are second feminine singular referring to a personified entity. That entity is identified in v. 17 as Zion, which here stands for the people of Zion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A12/2"}
{"id":30444,"verse_id":"JER.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"The translation of these first two lines follows the redivision of the lines suggested in NIV and NRSV rather than that of the Masoretes who read, “There is no one who pleads your cause with reference to [your] wound.” sn This verse exhibits a mixed metaphor of an advocate pleading someone’s case (cf., Jer 5:28; 22:18 ) and of a physician applying medicine to wounds and sores resulting from them (see, e.g., Jer 8:18 for the latter metaphor). Zion’s sins are beyond defense and the wounds inflicted upon her beyond healing. However, God, himself, in his own time will forgive her sins ( Jer 31:34; 33:8 ) and heal her wounds ( Jer 30:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":30445,"verse_id":"JER.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “forgotten you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A14/1"}
{"id":30446,"verse_id":"JER.30.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.14","text":"Heb “attacked you like…with the chastening of a cruel one because of the greatness of your iniquity [and because] your sins are many.” The sentence has been broken down to conform to contemporary English style and better poetic scansion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A14/2"}
{"id":30447,"verse_id":"JER.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"For the translation of this particle, which is normally translated “therefore” and often introduces an announcement of judgment, compare the usage at Jer 16:14 and the translator’s note there. Here as there it introduces a contrast, a rather unexpected announcement of salvation. For a similar use see also Hos 2:14 ( 2:16 HT). Recognition of this usage makes the proposed emendation of BHS of לָכֵן כָּל ( lakhen kol ) to וְכָל ( vÿkhol ) unnecessary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":30448,"verse_id":"JER.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.17","text":"Again the particle כִּי ( ki ) appears to be intensive rather than causal. Compare the translator’s note on v. 12 . It is possible that it has an adversative sense as an implicit contrast with v. 13 which expresses these concepts in the negative (cf. BDB 474 s.v. כִּי 3.e for this use in statements which are contextually closer to one another).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A17/1"}
{"id":30449,"verse_id":"JER.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":30450,"verse_id":"JER.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “I will restore the fortunes of the tents of Jacob and will have compassion on his habitations.” For the meaning of the idiom “restore the fortunes of” see the translator’s note on 29:14 . The “tents of Jacob” refers to their homes or houses (see BDB 14 s.v. אֹהֶל 2 and compare usage in Judg 19:9 ; Mal 2:12 ). The word “ruined” has been supplied in the translation to show more clearly the idea of restoration of their houses on their former sites in conformity to the concepts in the latter half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A18/1"}
{"id":30451,"verse_id":"JER.30.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.18","text":"Heb “according to its custom [or plan].” Cf. BDB 1049 s.v. מִשְׁפָּט 6.d and compare usage in 1 Sam 27:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A18/3"}
{"id":30452,"verse_id":"JER.30.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.19","text":"Heb “Out of them will come thanksgiving and a sound of those who are playful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A19/1"}
{"id":30453,"verse_id":"JER.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"Heb “his children will be as in former times and his congregation/community will be established before me.” “His children” refers to “Jacob” who has been referred to in v. 18 in the phrase “I will restore the fortunes of the tents of Jacob.” “His children” are thus the restored exiles. Some commentaries see the reference here to the restoration of numbers in accordance with the previous verse. However, the last line of this verse and the reference to the ruler in the following verse suggests rather restoration of the religious and political institutions to their former state. For the use of the word translated “community” ( עֵדָה , ’ edah ) to refer to a political congregation as well as its normal use to refer to a religious one see 1 Kgs 12:20 . For the idea of “in my favor” (i.e., under the eye and regard of) for the Hebrew phrase used here ( לְפָנַי , lÿfanay ) see BDB 817 s.v. פָּנֶה II.4.a(b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":30454,"verse_id":"JER.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “For who is he who would pledge his heart to draw near to me.” The question is a rhetorical one expecting the answer “no one” and is a way of expressing an emphatic negative (see BDB 566 s.v. מִי f[c]). The concept of “pledging” something refers to putting up security in guarantee of payment. Here the word is used figuratively of “putting up one’s heart [i.e., his very being (cf. BDB 524 s.v. לֵב 7 and Ps 22:26 )]” for the privilege of access to God. The rhetorical question denies that any one would do that if he were not bidden by God to do so.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A21/3"}
{"id":30455,"verse_id":"JER.30.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":30,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"30.21","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2030%3A21/4"}
{"id":30456,"verse_id":"JER.31.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.1","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A1/2"}
{"id":30457,"verse_id":"JER.31.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.2","text":"Heb “who survived the sword.” sn This refers to the remnant of northern Israel who had not been killed when Assyria conquered Israel in 722 b.c. or who had not died in exile. References to Samaria in v. 5 and to Ephraim in vv. 6, 9 make clear that northern Israel is in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A2/1"}
{"id":30458,"verse_id":"JER.31.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.3","text":"Or “The people of Israel who survived the onslaughts of Egypt and Amalek found favor in the wilderness as they journeyed to find rest. At that time long ago the Lord manifested himself to them. He said, ‘I have…That is why I have drawn you to myself through my unfailing kindness.’” For the basis for each of these translations see the translator’s note. There is debate whether the reference here is to God’s preservation of Israel during their wandering in the Sinai desert or his promise to protect and preserve them on their return through the Arabian desert on the way back from Assyria and Babylon (see e.g., Isa 42:14-16; 43:16-21 ; Jer 16:14-15; 23:7-8 ). The only finite verbs in vv. 2-3 a before the introduction of the quote are perfects which can denote either a past act or a future act viewed as certain of fulfillment (the prophetic perfect; see GKC 312-13 §106. n and see examples in Jer 11:16; 13:17; 25:14; 28:4 ). The phrase at the beginning of v. 3 can either refer to temporal (cf. BDB 935 s.v. רָחוֹק 2.b and Isa 22:11 ) or spatial distance (cf. BDB 935 s.v. רָחוֹק 2.a[2] and Isa 5:29; 59:14 ). The verb in the final clause in v. 3 can refer to either the continuance of God’s love as in Ps 36:10 (cf. BDB 604 s.v. מָשַׁךְ Qal.5) or drawing someone to him in electing, caring love as in Hos 11:4 (cf. BDB 604 s.v. מָשַׁךְ Qal.1). The translation has opted for the prophetic reference to future deliverance because of the preceding context, the use of מֵרָחוֹק ( merakhoq ) to refer to the far off land of exile in Jer 30:10; 46:27; 51:50 , and the reference to survivors from the sword being called on to remember the Lord in that far off land in 51:50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A3/1"}
{"id":30459,"verse_id":"JER.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “Virgin Israel.” sn For the significance of this metaphor see the note on Jer 14:17 . Here the emphasis appears on his special love and care for his people and the hint (further developed in vv. 21-22 ) that, though guilty of sin, he considers them like an innocent young virgin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":30460,"verse_id":"JER.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":30461,"verse_id":"JER.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.7","text":"See the translator’s notes on 30:5, 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A7/1"}
{"id":30462,"verse_id":"JER.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.7","text":"Heb “for the head/chief of the nations.” See BDB 911 s.v. רֹאשׁ 3.c and compare usage in Ps 18:44 referring to David as the “chief” or “foremost ruler” of the nations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A7/2"}
{"id":30463,"verse_id":"JER.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.7","text":"It is unclear who the addressees of the masculine plural imperatives are in this verse. Possibly they are the implied exiles who are viewed as in the process of returning and praying for their fellow countrymen.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A7/3"}
{"id":30464,"verse_id":"JER.31.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"31.7","text":"Or “The Lord will rescue his people. He will deliver those of Israel who remain alive.” The translation used in the text follows the Hebrew: “Rescue your people, O Lord , the remnant of Israel.” The alternate translation which is preferred by several modern English versions (e.g., REB, TEV) and a majority of modern commentaries (see, e.g., J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 569; J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 273, n. s-s) follows the reading of the Greek version and the Aramaic Targum and appears more appropriate to the context of praise presupposed by the preceding imperatives. The difference in the two readings are the omission of one vowel letter and the confusion of a final ךְ ( kaf ) and a וֹ ( holem-vav ) which are very similar in form. (The Greek presupposes הוֹשִׁיעַ יְהוָה אֶת־עַמּוֹ [ hoshi ’ a yÿhvah ’ et- ’ ammo ] for the Hebrew הוֹשַׁע יְהוָה אֶת־עַמְּךְ [ hosha ’ yÿhvah ’ et- ’ ammÿkh ].) The key to a decision here is the shift from the verbs of praise to the imperative “say” which introduces the quotation; there is a shift from praise to petition. The shift in mood is not uncommon, occurring, for example, in Ps 118:25 and 126:4 ; it is the shift in mood between praise for what has begun to petition for what is further hoped for. It is easier to explain the origin contextually of the Greek and Targum than it is the Hebrew text, thus the Greek and Targum are probably a secondary smoothing of the text (this is the decision of the D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 4:263). The mood of prayer also shows up in v. 9 and again in vv. 17-18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A7/4"}
{"id":30465,"verse_id":"JER.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"The words “And I will reply” are not in the text but the words vv. 8-9 appear to be the answer to the petition at the end of v. 7 . These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":30466,"verse_id":"JER.31.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.9","text":"Heb “They will come with weeping; I will bring them with supplication.” The ideas of contrition and repentance are implicit from the context (cf. vv. 18-19 ) and are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A9/1"}
{"id":30467,"verse_id":"JER.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “from the hand/power of the one too strong for him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A11/2"}
{"id":30468,"verse_id":"JER.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Reading a Qal perfect from the root II נָהַר ( nahar ; so KBL 509 s.v. and HALOT 639 s.v.) rather than I נָהַר (so BDB 625 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":30469,"verse_id":"JER.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” This phrase has been brought up to the beginning of v. 13 from the end of v. 14 to introduce the transition from third person description by Jeremiah to first person address by the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":30470,"verse_id":"JER.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.13","text":"The translation follows the reading of the LXX (Greek version). The Hebrew reads “will dance and be glad, young men and old men together.” The Greek version presupposes a Qal imperfect of a rare verb ( יַחְדּוּ [ yakhdu ] from the verb חָדָה [ khadah ]; see BDB 292 s.v. II חָדָה Qal) as opposed to the Hebrew text which reads a common adverb יַחְדָּו ( yakhdav ). The consonantal text is the same but the vocalization is different. There are no other examples of the syntax of the adverb used this way (i.e., of a compound subject added to a third subject) and the vocalization of the Hebrew text can be explained on the basis of a scribe misvocalizing the text based on his greater familiarity with the adverb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A13/2"}
{"id":30471,"verse_id":"JER.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “I will satiate the priests with fat.” However, the word translated “fat” refers literally to the fat ashes of the sacrifices (see Lev 1:16; 4:2 and cf. BDB 206 s.v. דֶּשֶׁן 2. The word is used more abstractly for “abundance” or “rich food” (see Job 36:16 and BDB 206 s.v. דֶּשֶׁן 1). The people and the priests were prohibited from eating the fat ( Lev 7:23-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":30472,"verse_id":"JER.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.15","text":"Or “gone into exile” (cf. v. 16 ), though some English versions take this as meaning “dead” (e.g., NCV, CEV, NLT), presumably in light of Matt 2:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A15/2"}
{"id":30473,"verse_id":"JER.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.16","text":"The words “to her” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A16/1"}
{"id":30474,"verse_id":"JER.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “Refrain your voice from crying and your eyes from tears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A16/2"}
{"id":30475,"verse_id":"JER.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “your work.” Contextually her “work” refers to her weeping and refusing to be comforted, that is, signs of genuine repentance (v. 15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A16/3"}
{"id":30476,"verse_id":"JER.31.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.16","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A16/4"}
{"id":30477,"verse_id":"JER.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"For this nuance for the Hebrew word אַחֲרִית (’ akharit ) see BDB 31 s.v. אַחֲרִית d and compare usage in Pss 37:38; 109:13 . Others translate “your future” but the “future” lies with the return of her descendants, her posterity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":30478,"verse_id":"JER.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A17/2"}
{"id":30479,"verse_id":"JER.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.18","text":"The use of “indeed” is intended to reflect the infinitive absolute which precedes the verb for emphasis (see IBHS 585-86 §35.3.1f).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A18/1"}
{"id":30480,"verse_id":"JER.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “Ephraim.” See the study note on 31:9 . The more familiar term is used, the term “people” added to it, and plural pronouns used throughout the verse to aid in understanding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A18/2"}
{"id":30481,"verse_id":"JER.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “like an untrained calf.” The metaphor is that of a calf who has never been broken to bear the yoke (cf. Hos 4:16; 10:11 ). sn Jer 2:20; 5:5 already referred to Israel’s refusal to bear the yoke of loyalty and obedience to the Lord ’s demands. Here Israel expresses that she has learned from the discipline of exile and is ready to bear his yoke.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A18/3"}
{"id":30482,"verse_id":"JER.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.18","text":"The verb here is from the same root as the preceding and is probably an example of the “tolerative Niphal,” i.e., “I let myself be disciplined/I responded to it.” See IBHS 389-90 §23.4g and note the translation of some of the examples there, especially Isa 19:22; 65:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A18/4"}
{"id":30483,"verse_id":"JER.31.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.18","text":"Heb “Bring me back in order that I may come back.” For the use of the plural pronouns see the marginal note at the beginning of the verse. The verb “bring back” and “come back” are from the same root in two different verbal stems and in the context express the idea of spiritual repentance and restoration of relationship not physical return to the land. (See BDB 999 s.v. שׁוּב Hiph.2.a for the first verb and 997 s.v. Qal.6.c for the second.) For the use of the cohortative to express purpose after the imperative see GKC 320 §108. d or IBHS 575 §34.5.2b. sn There is a wordplay on several different nuances of the same Hebrew verb in vv. 16-19 . The Hebrew verb shub refers both to their turning away from God (v. 19 ) and to their turning back to him (v. 18 ). It is also the word that is used for their return to their homeland (vv. 16-17 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A18/5"}
{"id":30484,"verse_id":"JER.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.19","text":"For this meaning of the verb see HAL 374 s.v. יָדַע Nif 5 or W. L. Holladay, Concise Hebrew and Aramaic Lexicon , 129. REB translates “Now that I am submissive” relating the verb to a second root meaning “be submissive.” (See HALOT 375 s.v. II יָדַע and J. Barr, Comparative Philology and the Text of the Old Testament , 19-21, for evidence for this verb. Other passages cited with this nuance are Judg 8:16 ; Prov 10:9 ; Job 20:20 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A19/1"}
{"id":30485,"verse_id":"JER.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “I struck my thigh.” This was a gesture of grief and anguish (cf. Ezek 21:12 [ 21:17 HT]). The modern equivalent is “to beat the breast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A19/2"}
{"id":30486,"verse_id":"JER.31.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.19","text":"Heb “because I bear the reproach of my youth.” For the plural referents see the note at the beginning of v. 18 . sn The expression the disgraceful things we did in our earlier history refers to the disgrace that accompanied the sins that Israel did in her earlier years before she learned the painful lesson of submission to the Lord through the discipline of exile. For earlier references to the sins of her youth (i.e., in her earlier years as a nation) see 3:24-25; 22:21 and see also 32:29 . At the time that these verses were written, neither northern Israel or Judah had expressed the kind of contrition voiced in vv. 18-19 . As one commentator notes, the words here are both prophetic and instructive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A19/3"}
{"id":30487,"verse_id":"JER.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “Is Ephraim a dear son to me or a child of delight?” For the substitution of Israel for Ephraim and the plural pronouns for the singular see the note on v. 18 . According to BDB 210 s.v. הֲ 1.c the question is rhetorical having the force of an impassioned affirmation. See 1 Sam 2:27 ; Job 41:9 ( 41:1 HT) for parallel usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A20/1"}
{"id":30488,"verse_id":"JER.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “my stomach churns for him.” The parallelism shows that this refers to pity or compassion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A20/2"}
{"id":30489,"verse_id":"JER.31.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.20","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A20/3"}
{"id":30490,"verse_id":"JER.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.21","text":"The words “I will say” are not in the text. They are supplied in the translation to mark the transition from the address about Israel in a response to Rachel’s weeping (vv. 15-20 ) to a direct address to Israel which is essentially the answer to Israel’s prayer of penitence (cf. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 121.) sn The Lord here invites Israel to stop dilly-dallying and prepare themselves to return because he is prepared to do something new and miraculous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A21/1"}
{"id":30491,"verse_id":"JER.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “Virgin Israel.” For the significance see the study note on 31:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A21/2"}
{"id":30492,"verse_id":"JER.31.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.21","text":"Heb “Set your mind to the highway, the way which you went.” The phrase “the way you went” has been translated “the road you took when you were carried off” to help the reader see the reference to the exile implicit in the context. The verb “which you went” is another example of the old second feminine singular which the Masoretes typically revocalize ( Kethib הָלָכְתִּי [ halakhti ]; Qere הָלָכְתְּ [ halakht ]). The vocative has been supplied in the translation at the beginning to help make the transition from third person reference to Ephraim/Israel in the preceding to second person in the following and to identify the referent of the imperatives. Likewise, this line has been moved to the front to show that the reference to setting up sign posts and landmarks is not literal but figurative, referring to making a mental note of the way they took when carried off so that they can easily find their way back. Lines three and four in the Hebrew text read, “Set up sign posts for yourself; set up guideposts/landmarks for yourself.” The word translated “telltale signs marking the way” occurs only here. Though its etymology and precise meaning are unknown, all the lexicons agree in translating it as “sign post” or something similar based on the parallelism.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A21/3"}
{"id":30493,"verse_id":"JER.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.22","text":"The translation “dilly-dally” is suggested by J. Bright, Jeremiah (AB), 276. The verb occurs only here in this stem (the Hitpael) and only one other time in any other stem (the Qal in Song 5:6 ). The dictionaries define it as “to turn this way and that” (cf., e.g., BDB 330 s.v. חָמַק Hithp.). In the context it refers to turning this way and that looking for the way back.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A22/1"}
{"id":30494,"verse_id":"JER.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.22","text":"Heb “For the Lord will create.” The person has been shifted to avoid the possible confusion for some readers of a third person reference to the Lord in what has otherwise been a first person address. The verb “will create” is another one of the many examples of the prophetic perfect that have been seen in the book of Jeremiah. For the significance of the verb “create” here see the study note on “bring about something new.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A22/3"}
{"id":30495,"verse_id":"JER.31.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.22","text":"The meaning of this last line is uncertain. The translation has taken it as proverbial for something new and unique. For a fairly complete discussion of most of the options see C. Feinberg, “Jeremiah,” EBC 6:571. For the nuance of “protecting” for the verb here see BDB 686 s.v. סָבַב Po‘ 1 and compare the usage in Deut 32:10 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A22/5"}
{"id":30496,"verse_id":"JER.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” See 7:3 and the study note of 2:19 for the rendering of this title and an explanation of its significance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A23/1"}
{"id":30497,"verse_id":"JER.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.23","text":"Heb “They [i.e., people (the indefinite plural, GKC 460 §144. g )] will again say in the land of Judah and in its cities when I restore their fortunes.” For the meaning of the idiom “to restore the fortunes” see the translator’s note on 29:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A23/2"}
{"id":30498,"verse_id":"JER.31.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.23","text":"The words “of Jerusalem” are not in the text but it is implicit in the titles that follow. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity to aid in identifying the referent. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A23/3"}
{"id":30499,"verse_id":"JER.31.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.24","text":"The translation “those who move about with their flocks” is based on an emendation of the Hebrew text which reads a third plural Qal perfect ( נָסְעוּ , nos ’ u ) to a masculine plural Qal participle in the construct ( נֹסְעֵי , nosÿ ’ e ) as suggested in the BHS fn. For the use of the construct participle before a noun with a preposition see GKC 421 §130. a . It is generally agreed that three classes of people are referred to here, townspeople, farmers, and shepherds. But the syntax of the Hebrew sentence is a little awkward: “And they [i.e., “people” (the indefinite plural, GKC 460 §144. g )] will live in it, Judah and all its cities [an apposition of nearer definition (GKC 425-26 §131. n )], [along with] farmers and those who move about with their flocks.” The first line refers awkwardly to the townspeople and the other two classes are added asyndetically (i.e., without the conjunction “and”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A24/1"}
{"id":30500,"verse_id":"JER.31.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.25","text":"The verbs here again emphasize that the actions are as good as done (i.e., they are prophetic perfects; cf. GKC 312-13 §106. n ). sn For the concept here compare Jer 31:12 where the promise was applied to northern Israel. This represents the reversal of the conditions that would characterize the exiles according to the covenant curse of Deut 28:65-67 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A25/1"}
{"id":30501,"verse_id":"JER.31.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.26","text":"Or “When I, Jeremiah, heard this, I woke up and looked around. My sleep had been very pleasant.” The text is somewhat enigmatic. It has often been explained as an indication that Jeremiah had received this communication ( 30:3 –31:26) while in a prophetic trance (compare Dan 10:9 ). However, there is no other indication that this is a vision or a vision report. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 124, 128-29) suggest that this is a speech of the restored (and refreshed) exiles like that which is formally introduced in v. 23 . This speech, however, is not formally introduced. This interpretation is also reflected in TEV, CEV and is accepted here as fitting the context better and demanding less presuppositions. The Hebrew text reads literally, “Upon this I awoke and looked and my sleep was sweet to me.” Keown, Scalise, and Smothers have the best discussion of these two options as well as several other options.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A26/1"}
{"id":30502,"verse_id":"JER.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “Behold days are coming!” The particle “Behold” is probably used here to emphasize the reality of a fact. See the translator’s note on 1:6 . sn This same expression is found in the introduction to the Book of Consolation ( Jer 30:1-3 ) and in the introduction to the promise of a new covenant (or covenant; 31:31 ). In all three passages it is emphasized that the conditions apply to both Israel and Judah. The Lord will reverse their fortunes and restore them to their lands ( 30:3 ), increase their numbers and build them up ( 31:27-28 ), and make a new covenant with them involving forgiveness of sins ( 31:31-34 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A27/1"}
{"id":30503,"verse_id":"JER.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A27/2"}
{"id":30504,"verse_id":"JER.31.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.27","text":"Heb “Behold, the days are coming and [= when] I will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with the seed of people and of animals.” For the significance of the metaphor see the study note. sn The metaphor used here presupposes that drawn in Hos 2:23 ( 2:25 HT) which is in turn based on the wordplay with Jezreel (meaning “God sows”) in Hos 2:22 . The figure is that of plant seed in the ground which produces a crop; here what are sown are the “seeds of people and animals.” For a similar picture of the repopulating of Israel and Judah see Ezek 36:10-11 . The promise here reverses the scene of devastation that Jeremiah had depicted apocalyptically and hyperbolically in Jer 4:23-29 as judgment for Judah’s sins.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A27/3"}
{"id":30505,"verse_id":"JER.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.28","text":"Heb “Just as I watched over them to uproot and to tear down, to destroy and demolish, so I will watch over them to build and to plant.” The words here repeat those of 1:10 and 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A28/1"}
{"id":30506,"verse_id":"JER.31.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.28","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A28/2"}
{"id":30507,"verse_id":"JER.31.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.29","text":"This word only occurs here and in the parallel passage in Ezek 18:2 in the Qal stem and in Eccl 10:10 in the Piel stem. In the latter passage it refers to the bluntness of an ax that has not been sharpened. Here the idea is of the “bluntness” of the teeth, not from having ground them down due to the bitter taste of sour grapes but to the fact that they have lost their “edge,” “bite,” or “sharpness” because they are numb from the sour taste. For this meaning for the word see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:197. sn This is a proverbial statement that is also found in Ezek 18:2 . It served to articulate the complaint that the present generation was suffering for the accrued sins of their ancestors (cf. Lam 5:7 ) and that the Lord was hence unjust ( Ezek 18:25, 29 ). However, Jeremiah had repeatedly warned his own generation that they were as guilty or even more so than their ancestors. The ancestors were indeed guilty of sin but the present generation had compounded the problem by their stubborn refusal to turn back to God despite repeated warnings from the prophets and hence God would withhold judgment no longer (cf. especially Jer 16:10-13 and compare Jer 7:24-34; 9:12-16 ( 9:11-15 HT); 11:1-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A29/1"}
{"id":30508,"verse_id":"JER.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A31/1"}
{"id":30509,"verse_id":"JER.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.31","text":"Or “a renewed covenant” (also in vv. 22-23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A31/2"}
{"id":30510,"verse_id":"JER.31.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.31","text":"Heb “the house of Israel and the house of Judah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A31/3"}
{"id":30511,"verse_id":"JER.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.32","text":"The word “old” is not in the text but is implicit in the use of the word “new.” It is supplied in the translation for greater clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A32/1"}
{"id":30512,"verse_id":"JER.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “fathers.” sn This refers to the Mosaic covenant which the nation entered into with God at Sinai and renewed on the plains of Moab. The primary biblical passages explicating this covenant are –24 and the book of Deuteronomy; see as well the study note on Jer 11:2 for the form this covenant took and its relation to the warnings of the prophets. The renewed document of Deuteronomy was written down and provisions made for periodic public reading and renewal of commitment to it ( Deut 31:9-13 ). Josiah had done this after the discovery of the book of the law (which was either Deuteronomy or a synopsis of it) early in the ministry of Jeremiah ( 2 Kgs 23:1-4 ; the date would be near 622 b.c. shortly after Jeremiah began prophesying in 627 [see the note on Jer 1:2 ]). But it is apparent from Jeremiah’s confrontation with Judah after that time that the commitment of the people was only superficial (cf. Jer 3:10 ). The prior history of the nations of Israel and Judah and Judah’s current practice had been one of persistent violation of this covenant despite repeated warnings of the prophets that God would punish them for that (see especially Jer 7, 11 ). Because of that, Israel had been exiled (cf., e.g., Jer 3:8 ), and now Judah was threatened with the same (cf., e.g., Jer 7:15 ). –31 look forward to a time when both Israel and Judah will be regathered, reunited, and under a new covenant which includes the same stipulations but with a different relationship (v. 32 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A32/2"}
{"id":30513,"verse_id":"JER.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “when I took them by the hand and led them out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A32/3"}
{"id":30514,"verse_id":"JER.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.32","text":"Or “I was their master.” See the study note on 3:14 . sn The metaphor of Yahweh as husband and Israel as wife has been used already in and is implicit in the repeated allusions to idolatry as spiritual adultery or prostitution. The best commentary on the faithfulness of God to his “husband-like” relation is seen in the book of Hosea, especially in Hos 1-3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A32/4"}
{"id":30515,"verse_id":"JER.31.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.32","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A32/5"}
{"id":30516,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “with the house of Israel.” All commentators agree that the term here refers to both the whole nation which was divided into the house of Israel and the house of Judah in v. 30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/1"}
{"id":30517,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “after those days.” Commentators are generally agreed that this refers to the return from exile and the repopulation of the land referred to in vv. 27-28 and not to something subsequent to the time mentioned in v. 30 . This is the sequencing that is also presupposed in other new covenant passages such as Deut 30:1-6 ; Ezek 11:17-20; 36:24-28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/2"}
{"id":30518,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/3"}
{"id":30519,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “‘But this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after these days:’ says the Lord , ‘I will….’” The sentence has been reworded and restructured to avoid the awkwardness of the original style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/4"}
{"id":30520,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.33","text":"Heb “in their inward parts.” The Hebrew word here refers to the seat of the thoughts, emotions, and decisions ( Jer 9:8 [ 9:7 HT]). It is essentially synonymous with “heart” in Hebrew psychological terms.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/5"}
{"id":30521,"verse_id":"JER.31.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":33,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"31.33","text":"The words “and minds” is not in the text but is supplied in the translation to bring the English psychology more into line with the Hebrew where the “heart” is the center both of knowing/thinking/reflecting and deciding/willing. sn Two contexts are relevant for understanding this statement. First is the context of the first or old covenant which was characterized by a law written on stone tablets (e.g., Exod 32:15-16; 34:1, 28 ; Deut 4:13; 5:22; 9:10 ) or in a “book” or “scroll” ( Deut 31:9-13 ) which could be lost (cf. 2 Kgs 22:8 ), forgotten ( Hos 4:6 ), ignored ( Jer 6:19 ; Amos 4:2 ), or altered ( Jer 8:8 ). Second is the context of the repeated fault that Jeremiah has found with their stubborn ( 3:17; 7:24; 9:14; 11:8; 13:10; 16:12; 18:12; 23:17 ), uncircumcised ( 4:4; 9:26 ), and desperately wicked hearts ( 4:4; 17:9 ). Radical changes were necessary to get the people to obey the law from the heart and not just pay superficial or lip service to it ( 3:10; 12:2 ). Deut 30:1-6 ; Ezek 11:17-20; 36:24-28 speak of these radical changes. The Lord will remove the “foreskin” of their heart and give them a circumcised heart, or take away their “stony” heart and give them a new heart. With this heart they will be able to obey his laws, statutes, ordinances, and commands ( Deut 30:8 ; Ezek 11:20; 36:27 ). The new covenant does not entail a new law; it is the same law that Jeremiah has repeatedly accused them of rejecting or ignoring ( 6:19; 9:13; 16:11; 26:4; 44:10 ). What does change is their inner commitment to keep it. Jeremiah has already referred to this in Jer 24:7 and will refer to it again in Jer 32:39 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A33/6"}
{"id":30522,"verse_id":"JER.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.34","text":"Heb “teach…, saying, ‘Know the Lord .’” The indirect quote has been chosen for stylistic reasons, i.e., to better parallel the following line. sn As mentioned in the translator’s note on 9:3 ( 9:2 HT) “knowing” God in covenant contexts like this involves more than just an awareness of who he is ( 9:23 [ 9:22 HT]). It involves an acknowledgment of his sovereignty and whole hearted commitment to obedience to him. This is perhaps best seen in the parallelisms in Hos 4:1; 6:6 where “the knowledge of God” is parallel with faithfulness and steadfast love and in the context of refers to obedience to the Lord ’s commands.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A34/1"}
{"id":30523,"verse_id":"JER.31.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.34","text":"The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) that introduces this clause refers to more than just the preceding clause (i.e., that all will know the Lord ) but to all of vv. 31-34 a (See BDB 474 s.v. כִּי 3.c).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A34/3"}
{"id":30524,"verse_id":"JER.31.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.35","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” See the study note on 2:19 for this title. In the Hebrew text the verse reads: “Thus says the Lord who provides the sun for light by day, the fixed ordering of the moon and stars for light by night, who stirs up the sea and its waves roar, whose name is Yahweh of armies, ‘…’” The hymnic introduction to the quote which does not begin until v. 36 has been broken down to avoid a long awkward sentence in English. The word “said” has been translated “made a promise” to reflect the nature of the content in vv. 36-37 . The first two lines of the Hebrew poetry are a case of complex or supplementary ellipsis where the complete idea of “providing/establishing the fixed laws” is divided between the two lines (cf. E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 110-13). The necessity for recombining the ellipsis is obvious from reference to the fixed ordering in the next verse. (Some commentators prefer to delete the word as an erroneous glossing of the word in the following line (see, e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 277, n. y).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A35/1"}
{"id":30525,"verse_id":"JER.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.36","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A36/1"}
{"id":30526,"verse_id":"JER.31.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.36","text":"Heb “‘If these fixed orderings were to fail to be present before me,’ oracle of the Lord , ‘then the seed of Israel could cease from being a nation before me forever (or more literally, “all the days”).’” The sentence has been broken up to conform more to modern style. The connection has been maintained by reversing the order of condition and consequence and still retaining the condition in the second clause. For the meaning of “cease to operate” for the verb מוּשׁ ( mush ) compare the usage in Isa 54:10 ; Ps 55:11 ( 55:12 HT); Prov 17:13 where what is usually applied to persons or things is applied to abstract things like this (see HALOT 506 s.v. II מוּשׁ Qal for general usage).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A36/2"}
{"id":30527,"verse_id":"JER.31.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.37","text":"Heb “If the heavens above could be measured or the foundations of the earth below be explored, then also I could reject all the seed of Israel for all they have done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A37/2"}
{"id":30528,"verse_id":"JER.31.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.37","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A37/3"}
{"id":30529,"verse_id":"JER.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"31.38","text":"The words “is coming” ( בָּאִים , ba ’ im ) are not in the written text ( Kethib ) but are supplied in the margin ( Qere ), in several Hebrew mss and in the versions. It is part of the idiom that also occurs in vv. 27, 31 . sn On this idiom compare vv. 27, 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A38/1"}
{"id":30530,"verse_id":"JER.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.38","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A38/2"}
{"id":30531,"verse_id":"JER.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.38","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A38/3"}
{"id":30532,"verse_id":"JER.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.38","text":"Heb “the city will be built to [or for] the Lord .” The words “of Jerusalem” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity. However, the word occurs in a first person speech so the translation has accommodated the switch in person as it has in a number of other places (compare also NIV, TEV, ICV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A38/4"}
{"id":30533,"verse_id":"JER.31.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"31.38","text":"The word “westward” is not in the text but is supplied in the translation to give some orientation. sn The Tower of Hananel is referred to in Neh 3:1; 12:39 ; Zech 14:10 . According to the directions given in it was in the northern wall, perhaps in the northeast corner, north of the temple mount. The Corner Gate is mentioned again in 2 Kgs 14:13 ; 2 Chr 25:23; 26:9 ; Zech 14:10 . It is generally agreed that it was located in the northwest corner of the city.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A38/5"}
{"id":30534,"verse_id":"JER.31.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.39","text":"The words “west” and “southward” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to give some orientation. sn The location of the Hill of Gareb and the place called Goah are not precisely known. However, it has been plausibly suggested from the other localities mentioned that the reference is to the hill west of the Hinnom valley mentioned in Josh 15:8 . The location of Goah is generally placed south of that near the southwest corner of the Hinnom Valley which is referred to in the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A39/1"}
{"id":30535,"verse_id":"JER.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"31.40","text":"The translation here follows the Qere and a number of Hebrew mss in reading שְׁדֵמוֹת ( shÿdemot ) for the otherwise unknown word שְׁרֵמוֹת ( shÿremot ) exhibiting the common confusion of ר ( resh ) and ד ( dalet ). The fields of Kidron are mentioned also in 2 Kgs 23:4 as the place where Josiah burned the cult objects of Baal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A40/2"}
{"id":30536,"verse_id":"JER.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"31.40","text":"The words “on the east” and “north” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to give orientation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A40/4"}
{"id":30537,"verse_id":"JER.31.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":31,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"31.40","text":"The words “will be included within this city that is” are not in the text. The text merely says that “The whole valley…will be sacred to the Lord .” These words have been supplied in the translation because they are really implicit in the description of the whole area as being included within the new city plan, not just the Hinnom and terraced fields as far as the Kidron Valley. sn The area that is here delimited is larger than any of the known boundaries of Jerusalem during the OT period. Again, this refers to the increase in population of the restored community (cf. 31:27 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2031%3A40/6"}
{"id":30538,"verse_id":"JER.32.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord in the eleventh year of…” See 7:1; 11:1; 18:1; 21:1; 30:1 for this same formula. sn The dating formulas indicate that the date was 588/87 b.c . Zedekiah had begun to reign in 598/97 and Nebuchadnezzar had begun to reign in 605/604 b.c . The dating of Nebuchadnezzar’s rule here includes the partial year before he was officially crowned on New Year’s day. See the translator’s note on 25:1 for the method of dating a king’s reign.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A1/1"}
{"id":30539,"verse_id":"JER.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.2","text":"Heb “the courtyard of the guarding” or “place of guarding.” This expression occurs only in the book of Jeremiah ( 32:2, 8, 12; 33:1; 37:21; 38:6, 12, 28; 39:14, 15 ) and in Neh 3:25 . It is not the same as an enclosed prison which is where Jeremiah was initially confined ( 37:15-16 ; literally a “house of imprisoning” [ בֵּית הָאֵסוּר , bet ha ’ esur ] or “house of confining” [ בֵּית הַכֶּלֶא , bet hakkele ’]). It is said to have been in the palace compound ( 32:2 ) near the citadel or upper palace ( Neh 3:25 ). Though it was a place of confinement ( 32:2; 33:1; 39:15 ) Jeremiah was able to receive visitors, e.g., his cousin Hanamel ( 32:8 ) and the scribe Baruch ( 32:12 ), and conduct business there ( 32:12 ). According to 32:12 other Judeans were also housed there. A cistern of one of the royal princes, Malkijah, was located in this courtyard, so this is probably not a “prison compound” as NJPS interpret but a courtyard adjacent to a guardhouse or guard post (so G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 151, and compare Neh 12:39 where reference is made to a Gate of the Guard/Guardhouse) used here for housing political prisoners who did not deserve death or solitary confinement as some of the officials though Jeremiah did.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A2/3"}
{"id":30540,"verse_id":"JER.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"Heb “Zedekiah king of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":30541,"verse_id":"JER.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.3","text":"The translation represents an attempt to break up a very long Hebrew sentence with several levels of subordination and embedded quotations and also an attempt to capture the rhetorical force of the question “Why…” which is probably an example of what E. W. Bullinger ( Figures of Speech , 953-54) calls a rhetorical question of expostulation or remonstrance (cf. the note on 26:9 and compare also the question in 36:29 . In all three of these cases NJPS translates “How dare you…” which captures the force nicely). The Hebrew text reads, “For Zedekiah king of Judah had confined him, saying, ‘Why are you prophesying, saying, “Thus says the Lord , ‘Behold I am giving this city into the hands of the king of Babylon and he will capture it.’”’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A3/2"}
{"id":30542,"verse_id":"JER.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":30543,"verse_id":"JER.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “his [Zedekiah’s] mouth will speak with his [Nebuchadnezzar’s] mouth and his eyes will see his eyes.” The verbs here are an obligatory imperfect and its vav consecutive perfect equivalent. (See IBHS 508-9 §31.4g for discussion and examples of the former and IBHS 528 §32.2.1d, n. 16, for the latter.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":30544,"verse_id":"JER.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"This is the verb ( פָּקַד , paqad ) that has been met with several times in the book of Jeremiah, most often in the ominous sense of “punish” (e.g., 6:15; 11:22; 23:24 ) but also in the good sense of “resume concern for” (e.g., 27:22; 29:10 ). Here it is obviously in the ominous sense referring to his imprisonment and ultimate death ( 52:11 ). sn Compare Jer 34:2-3 for this same prophecy. The incident in Jer 34:1-7 appears to be earlier than this one. Here Jeremiah is confined to the courtyard of the guardhouse; there he appears to have freedom of movement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":30545,"verse_id":"JER.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A5/2"}
{"id":30546,"verse_id":"JER.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.5","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A5/4"}
{"id":30547,"verse_id":"JER.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord came to me, saying.” This verse resumes the narrative introduction in v. 1 which was interrupted by the long parenthetical note about historical background. There is again some disjunction in the narrative (compare the translator’s notes on 27:2 and 28:1 ). What was begun as a biographical (third person) narrative turns into an autobiographical (first person) narrative until v. 26 where the third person is again resumed. Again this betrays the hand of the narrator, Baruch.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":30548,"verse_id":"JER.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “your right.” The term מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) here and in v. 8 refers to legal entitlement for the option to purchase a property (BDB 1049 s.v. מִשְׁפָּט 5; cf. Deut 21:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":30549,"verse_id":"JER.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “I weighed out the money [more literally, “silver”] for him, seventeen shekels of silver.” sn Coins were not in common use until the postexilic period. Payment in gold and silver was made by cutting off pieces of silver or gold and weighing them in a beam balance using standard weights as the measure. A shekel weighed approximately 0.4 ounce or 11.4 grams. The English equivalents are only approximations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":30550,"verse_id":"JER.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.10","text":"The words “of purchase” are not in the text but are implicit. The qualification is spelled out explicitly in vv. 11, 12, 13 . These words are supplied in the translation for clarity. An alternative translation would be “I put the deed in writing.” However, since the same idiom כָּתַב בְּסֵפֶר ( catav bÿsefer ) is used later in v. 12 with respect to the witnesses, it is likely that it merely refers to signing the document.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A10/1"}
{"id":30551,"verse_id":"JER.32.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.10","text":"The words “to the purchase” are not in the text but are implicit in the idiom “I had some witnesses serve as witness.” The words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A10/2"}
{"id":30552,"verse_id":"JER.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.11","text":"There is some uncertainty about the precise meaning of the phrases translated “the order of transfer and the regulations.” The translation follows the interpretation suggested by J. Bright, Jeremiah (AB), 237; J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 586, n. 5; and presumably BDB 349 s.v. חֹק 7, which defines the use of חֹק ( khoq ) here as “conditions of the deed of purchase.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A11/1"}
{"id":30553,"verse_id":"JER.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “the deed, the purchase.” This is a case of apposition of species in place of the genitive construction (cf. GKC 423 §131. b and compare the usage in Exod 24:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A12/1"}
{"id":30554,"verse_id":"JER.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.12","text":"Heb “I took the deed of purchase, both that which was sealed [and contained] the order and the regulations and that which was open [i.e., unsealed], and I gave the deed of purchase to Baruch…in the presence of my cousin Hanamel and in the presence of…and in the presence of….” It is awkward to begin a sentence with “I took…” without finishing the thought, and the long qualifiers in v. 12 make that sentence too long. The sentence is broken up in accordance with contemporary English style. The reference to the “deed of purchase” in v. 12 should be viewed as a plural consisting of both written and sealed copies as is clear from v. 11 and also v. 14 . Part of the confusion is due to the nature of this document which consisted of a single papyrus scroll, half of which was rolled up and sealed and the other half which was left “opened” or unsealed. J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 237-38) is probably incorrect in assuming that the copies were duplicate since the qualification “containing the order of transfer and the regulations” is only applied to the appositional participle, “the sealed one [or copy].” sn Aramaic documents from a slightly later period help us understand the nature of such deeds. The document consisted of a single papyrus sheet divided in half. One half contained all the particulars and was tightly rolled up, bound with strips of cloth or thread, sealed with wax upon which the parties affixed their seal, and signed by witnesses. The other copy consisted of an abstract and was left loosely rolled and unsealed (i.e., open to be consulted at will). If questions were raised about legality of the contract then the sealed copy could be unsealed and consulted.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A12/2"}
{"id":30555,"verse_id":"JER.32.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"32.12","text":"The translation follows a number of Hebrew mss and the Greek and Syriac version in reading “the son of my uncles (= my cousin; בֶּן דֹּדִי , ben dodi ).” The majority of Hebrew mss do not have the word “son of ( בֶּן ).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A12/3"}
{"id":30556,"verse_id":"JER.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For this title see 7:3 and the study notes on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A14/1"}
{"id":30557,"verse_id":"JER.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “many days.” See BDB s.v. יוֹם 5.b for this usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A14/2"}
{"id":30558,"verse_id":"JER.32.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For this title see 7:3 and the study notes on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A15/1"}
{"id":30559,"verse_id":"JER.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “Lord Yahweh.” For an explanation of the rendering here see the study note on 1:6 . sn The parallel usage of this introduction in Jer 1:6; 4:10; 14:13 shows that though this prayer has a lengthy introductory section of praise vv. 17-22 , this prayer is really one of complaint or lament.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":30560,"verse_id":"JER.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.17","text":"This is an attempt to render the Hebrew particle normally translated “behold.” See the translator’s note on 1:6 for the usage of this particle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A17/2"}
{"id":30561,"verse_id":"JER.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.17","text":"Heb “by your great power and your outstretched arm.” See 21:5; 27:5 and the marginal note on 27:5 for this idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A17/3"}
{"id":30562,"verse_id":"JER.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"Or “to thousands of generations.” The contrast of showing steadfast love to “thousands” to the limitation of punishing the third and fourth generation of children for their parents’ sins in Exod 20:5-6 ; Deut 5:9-10 ; Exod 34:7 has suggested to many commentators and translators (cf., e.g., NRSV, TEV, NJPS) that reference here is to “thousands of generations.” The statement is, of course, rhetorical emphasizing God’s great desire to bless as opposed to the reluctant necessity to punish. It is part of the attributes of God spelled out in Exod 34:6-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":30563,"verse_id":"JER.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “pays back into the bosom of their children the sin of their parents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A18/2"}
{"id":30564,"verse_id":"JER.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “Nothing is too hard for you who show…and who punishes…the great [and] powerful God whose name is Yahweh of armies, [you who are] great in counsel…whose eyes are open…who did signs…” Jer 32:18-22 is a long series of relative clauses introduced by participles or relative pronouns in vv. 18-20 a followed by second person vav consecutive imperfects carrying on the last of these relative clauses in vv. 20 b-22. This is typical of hymnic introductions to hymns of praise (cf., e.g., ) but it is hard to sustain the relative subordination which all goes back to the suffix on “hard for you.” The sentences have been broken up but the connection with the end of v. 17 has been sacrificed for conformity to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A18/3"}
{"id":30565,"verse_id":"JER.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “[you are] great in counsel and mighty in deed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":30566,"verse_id":"JER.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “your eyes are open to the ways of the sons of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A19/2"}
{"id":30567,"verse_id":"JER.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “giving to each according to his way [= behavior/conduct] and according to the fruit of his deeds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A19/3"}
{"id":30568,"verse_id":"JER.32.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.20","text":"Or “You did miracles and amazing deeds in the land of Egypt. And you continue to do them until this day both in Israel and among mankind. By this mean you have gained a renown…” The translation here follows the syntactical understanding reflected also in NJPS. The Hebrew text reads: “you did miracles and marvelous acts in the land of Egypt until this day and in Israel and in mankind and you made for yourself a name as this day.” The majority of English versions and commentaries understand the phrases “until this day and in Israel and in mankind” to be an elliptical sentence with the preceding verb and objects supplied as reflected in the alternate translation. However, the emphasis on the miraculous deeds in Egypt in this section both before and after this elliptical phrase and the dominant usage of the terms “signs and wonders” to refer to the plagues and other miraculous signs in Egypt calls this interpretation into question. The key here is understanding “both in Israel and in mankind” as an example of a casus pendens construction (a dangling subject, object, or other modifier) before a conjunction introducing the main clause (cf. GKC 327 §111. h and 458 §143. d and compare the usage in Jer 6:19; 33:24 ; 1 Kgs 15:13 ). This verse is the topic sentence which is developed further in v. 21 and initiates a narrative history of the distant past that continues until v. 22 b where reference is made to the long history of disobedience which has led to the present crisis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A20/1"}
{"id":30569,"verse_id":"JER.32.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.21","text":"Heb “You brought your people Israel out of the land of Egypt with signs and wonders and with a mighty hand and with outstretched arm and with great terror.” For the figurative expressions involved here see the marginal notes on 27:5 . The sentence has been broken down to better conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A21/1"}
{"id":30570,"verse_id":"JER.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":30571,"verse_id":"JER.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"For an alternative translation of the expression “a land flowing with milk and honey” see the translator’s note on 11:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":30572,"verse_id":"JER.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"Or “They did not do everything that you commanded them to do.” This is probably a case where the negative ( לֹא , lo ’) negates the whole category indicated by “all” ( כָּל , kol ; see BDB 482 s.v. כָּל 1.e(c) and compare usage in Deut 12:16; 28:14 ). Jeremiah has repeatedly emphasized that the history of Israel since their entry into the land has been one of persistent disobedience and rebellion (cf., e.g. 7:22-26; 11:7-8 ). The statement, of course, is somewhat hyperbolical as all categorical statements of this kind are.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":30573,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “Siege ramps have come up to the city to capture it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/1"}
{"id":30574,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/2"}
{"id":30575,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/3"}
{"id":30576,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “And the city has been given into the hands of the Chaldeans who are fighting against it because of the sword, starvation, and disease.” The verb “has been given” is one of those perfects that view the action as good as done (the perfect of certainty or prophetic perfect).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/4"}
{"id":30577,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.24","text":"The word “ Lord ” is not in the text but is supplied in the translation as a reminder that it is he who is being addressed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/5"}
{"id":30578,"verse_id":"JER.32.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":24,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"32.24","text":"Heb “And what you said has happened and behold you see it.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A24/6"}
{"id":30579,"verse_id":"JER.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":30580,"verse_id":"JER.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “And you, Lord Yahweh, have said to me, ‘Buy the field for…’ even though the city will be given into the hands of the Babylonians.” The sentence has been broken up and the order reversed for English stylistic purposes. For the rendering “is sure to fall into the hands of” see the translator’s note on the preceding verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A25/2"}
{"id":30581,"verse_id":"JER.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “Lord God .” For the rendering of this title see the study note on 1:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A25/3"}
{"id":30582,"verse_id":"JER.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “call in witnesses to witness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A25/4"}
{"id":30583,"verse_id":"JER.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “Behold, I am the Lord , the God of all flesh. Is anything too hard for me?” The question is rhetorical expecting an emphatic negative answer (cf. E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 949, citing the parallel in Gen 18:14 ). The Hebrew particle “Behold” ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ) introduces the grounds for this rhetorical negative (cf. T. O. Lambdin, Introduction to Biblical Hebrew , 170, §135 [3]), i.e., “Since I am the Lord , the God of all mankind, there is indeed nothing too hard for me [or is there anything too hard for me?].” sn This statement furnishes the grounds both for the assurance that the city will indeed be delivered over to Nebuchadnezzar (vv. 28-29 a) and that it will be restored and repopulated (vv. 37-41 ). This can be seen from the parallel introductions in vv. 28 , “Therefore the Lord says” and “Now therefore the Lord says.” As the creator of all and God of all mankind he has the power and authority to do with his creation what he wishes (cf. Jer 27:5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A27/1"}
{"id":30584,"verse_id":"JER.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord .” However, the speech has already been introduced as first person. So the first person style has been retained for smoother narrative style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A28/1"}
{"id":30585,"verse_id":"JER.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “Behold, I will give this city into the hand of…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A28/2"}
{"id":30586,"verse_id":"JER.32.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.28","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A28/3"}
{"id":30587,"verse_id":"JER.32.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.29","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A29/1"}
{"id":30588,"verse_id":"JER.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “that which is evil in my eyes.” For this idiom see BDB 744 s.v. עַיִן 3.c and compare usage in 18:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A30/1"}
{"id":30589,"verse_id":"JER.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “from their youth.” sn Compare Jer 3:24-25; 11:21 . The nation is being personified and reference is made to her history from the time she left Egypt onward (cf. 2:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A30/2"}
{"id":30590,"verse_id":"JER.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “the people of Israel.” However, since “people of Israel” has been used in the preceding line for the northern kingdom as opposed to the kingdom of Judah, it might lead to confusion to translate literally. Moreover, the pronoun “they” accomplishes the same purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A30/3"}
{"id":30591,"verse_id":"JER.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “by the work of their hands.” See the translator’s note on 25:6 and the parallelism in 25:14 for this rendering rather than referring it to the making of idols as in 1:16; 10:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A30/4"}
{"id":30592,"verse_id":"JER.32.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"32.30","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A30/5"}
{"id":30593,"verse_id":"JER.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.31","text":"The statements in vv. 28-29 regarding the certain destruction of the city are motivated by three parallel causal clauses in vv. 30 a, b, 31, the last of which extends through subordinate and coordinate clauses until the end of v. 35 . An attempt has been made to bring out this structure by repeating the idea “This/it will happen” in front of each of these causal clauses in the English translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A31/1"}
{"id":30594,"verse_id":"JER.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “from the day they built it until this day.” sn The Israelites did not in fact “build” Jerusalem. They captured it from the Jebusites in the time of David. This refers perhaps to the enlarging and fortifying of the city after it came into the hands of the Israelites ( 2 Sam 5:6-10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A31/2"}
{"id":30595,"verse_id":"JER.32.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.31","text":"Heb “For this city has been to me for a source of my anger and my wrath from the day they built it until this day so as remove it.” The preposition ְל ( lamed ) with the infinitive ( Heb “so as to remove it”; לַהֲסִירָהּ , lahasirah ) expresses degree (cf. R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 37, §199, and compare usage in 2 Sam 13:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A31/3"}
{"id":30596,"verse_id":"JER.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A32/1"}
{"id":30597,"verse_id":"JER.32.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.32","text":"Heb “remove it from my sight 32:33 because of all the wickedness of the children of Israel and the children of Judah which they have done to make me angry, they, their kings, their officials, their priests, and their prophets, and the men of Judah, and the inhabitants of Jerusalem.” The sentence has been broken up in conformity with contemporary English style and an attempt has been made to preserve the causal connections.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A32/2"}
{"id":30598,"verse_id":"JER.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.33","text":"Heb “they have turned [their] backs to me, not [their] faces.” Compare the same idiom in 2:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A33/1"}
{"id":30599,"verse_id":"JER.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.33","text":"For the idiom involved here see the translator’s note on 7:13 . The verb that introduces this clause is a Piel infinitive absolute which is functioning in place of the finite verb (see, e.g., GKC 346 §113. ff and compare usage in Jer 8:15; 14:19 . This grammatical point means that the versions cited in BHS fn a may not be reading a different text after all, but may merely be interpreting the form as syntactically equivalent to a finite verb as the present translation has done.). sn This refers to God teaching them through the prophets whom he has sent as indicated by the repeated use of this idiom elsewhere in 7:13, 25; 11:7; 25:3, 4; 26:5, 19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A33/2"}
{"id":30600,"verse_id":"JER.32.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.33","text":"Heb “But they were not listening so as to accept correction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A33/3"}
{"id":30601,"verse_id":"JER.32.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.34","text":"Heb “the house which is called by my name.” Cf. 7:10, 11, 14 and see the translator’s note on 7:10 for the explanation for this rendering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A34/1"}
{"id":30602,"verse_id":"JER.32.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.35","text":"Heb “They built high places to Baal which are in the Valley of Ben Hinnom to cause their sons and daughters to pass through [the fire] to Molech [a thing] which I did not command them and [which] did not go up into my heart [= “mind” in modern psychology] to do this abomination so as to make Judah liable for punishment.” For the use of the Hiphil of חָטָא ( khata ’) to refer to the liability for punishment see BDB s.v. חָטָא Hiph.3 and compare the usage in Deut 24:8 . Coming at the end as this does, this nuance is much more likely than “cause Judah to sin” which is the normal translation assigned to the verb here. The particle לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) that precedes it is here once again introducing a result and not a purpose (compare other clear examples in 27:10, 15 ). The sentence has been broken down in conformity to contemporary English style and an attempt has been made to make clear that what is detestable and not commanded is not merely child sacrifice to Molech but child sacrifice in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A35/2"}
{"id":30603,"verse_id":"JER.32.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.36","text":"Heb “you.” However, the pronoun is plural and is addressed to more than just Jeremiah (v. 26 ). It includes Jeremiah and those who have accepted his prophecy of doom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A36/1"}
{"id":30604,"verse_id":"JER.32.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.36","text":"Heb “sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A36/2"}
{"id":30605,"verse_id":"JER.32.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.36","text":"Heb “And now therefore thus says the Lord , the God of Israel, concerning this city which you [masc. pl.] are saying has been given [prophetic perfect = will be given] into the hand of the king of Babylon through sword, starvation, and disease.” The translation attempts to render the broader structure mentioned in the study note and to break the sentence down in a way that conforms more to contemporary English style and that will lead into the speech which does not begin until the next verse. As in v. 28 the third person introduction has been changed to first person for smoother narrative style in a first person speech (i.e., vv. 27-44 are all the Lord ’s answer to Jeremiah’s prayer). The words “right in” added to “are saying” are intended to reflect the connection between v. 28 and the statement here (which is a repetition of v. 24 ). I.e., God does not deny that Jeremiah’s assessment is correct; he affirms it but has something further to say in answer to Jeremiah’s prayer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A36/4"}
{"id":30606,"verse_id":"JER.32.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.37","text":"The verb here should be interpreted as a future perfect; though some of the people have already been exiled (in 605 and 597 b.c. ), some have not yet been exiled at the time this prophesy is given (see study note on v. 1 for the date). However, contemporary English style does not regularly use the future perfect, choosing instead to use the simple future or the simple perfect as the present translation has done here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A37/1"}
{"id":30607,"verse_id":"JER.32.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.39","text":"Heb “I will give to them one heart and one way to [= in order that they may] fear me all the days for good to them.” The phrase “one heart” refers both to unanimity of will and accord (cf. 1 Chr 12:38 [ 12:39 HT]; 2 Chr 30:12 ) and to singleness of purpose or intent (cf. Ezek 11:19 and see BDB 525 s.v. ֵלב 4 where reference is made to “inclinations, resolutions, and determinations of the will”). The phrase “one way” refers to one way of life or conduct (cf. BDB 203 s.v. דֶּרֶךְ 6.a where reference is made to moral action and character), a way of life that is further qualified by the goal of showing “fear, reverence, respect” for the Lord . The Hebrew sentence has been broken up to avoid a long complex sentence in English which is contrary to contemporary English style. However, an attempt has been made to preserve all the connections of the original. sn Other passages also speak about the “single-minded purpose” ( Heb “one heart”) and “living in a way that shows respect for me.” Deut 30:6-8 speaks of a circumcised heart that will love him, obey him, and keep his commands. Ezek 11:20-21 speaks of the removal of a stony heart and the giving of a single-minded, “fleshy” heart and a new spirit that will follow his decrees and keep his laws. Ezek 36:26-27 speaks of the removal of a stony heart and the giving of a new, “fleshy” heart and a new spirit and an infusion of God’s own spirit so that they will be able to follow his decrees and keep his laws. Jer 24:7 speaks of the giving of a (new) heart so that they might “know” him. And Jer 31:33 speaks of God writing his law on their hearts. All this shows that there is a new motivation and a new enablement for fulfilling the old stipulations, especially that of whole-hearted devotion to him (cf. Deut 6:4-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A39/1"}
{"id":30608,"verse_id":"JER.32.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.40","text":"Heb “an everlasting covenant.” For the rationale for the rendering “agreement” and the nature of the biblical covenants see the study note on 11:2 . sn For other references to the lasting (or everlasting) nature of the new covenant see Isa 55:3; 61:8 ; Jer 50:5 ; Ezek 16:60; 37:26 . The new covenant appears to be similar to the ancient Near Eastern covenants of grants whereby a great king gave a loyal vassal a grant of land or dynastic dominion over a realm in perpetuity in recognition of past loyalty. The right to such was perpetual as long as the great king exercised dominion, but the actual enjoyment could be forfeited by individual members of the vassal’s dynasty. The best example of such an covenant in the OT is the Davidic covenant where the dynasty was given perpetual right to rule over Israel. Individual kings might be disciplined and their right to enjoy dominion taken away, but the dynasty still maintained the right to rule (see 2 Sam 23:5 ; Ps 89:26-37 and note especially 1 Kgs 11:23-39 ). The new covenant appears to be the renewal of God’s promise to Abraham to always be the God of his descendants and for his descendants to be his special people ( Gen 17:7 ) something they appear to have forfeited by their disobedience (see Hos 1:9 ). However, under the new covenant he promises to never stop doing them good and grants them a new heart, a new spirit, the infusion of his own spirit, and the love and reverence necessary to keep from turning away from him. The new covenant is not based on their past loyalty but on his gracious forgiveness and his gifts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A40/1"}
{"id":30609,"verse_id":"JER.32.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.40","text":"Or “stop being gracious to them” or “stop blessing them with good”; Heb “turn back from them to do good to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A40/2"}
{"id":30610,"verse_id":"JER.32.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.40","text":"Or “I will make them want to fear and respect me so much that”; Heb “I will put the fear of me in their hearts.” However, as has been noted several times, “heart” in Hebrew is more the center of the volition (and intellect) than the center of emotions as it is in English. Both translations are intended to reflect the difference in psychology.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A40/3"}
{"id":30611,"verse_id":"JER.32.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.40","text":"The words “never again” are not in the text but are implicit from the context and are supplied not only by this translation but by a number of others.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A40/4"}
{"id":30612,"verse_id":"JER.32.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.41","text":"Heb “will plant them in the land with faithfulness with all my heart and with all my soul.” The latter expressions are, of course, anthropomorphisms (see Deut 6:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A41/1"}
{"id":30613,"verse_id":"JER.32.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.42","text":"Heb “For thus says the Lord .” See the translator’s notes on 32:27, 36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A42/1"}
{"id":30614,"verse_id":"JER.32.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.42","text":"Heb “As I have brought all this great disaster on these people so I will bring upon them all the good fortune which I am promising them.” The translation has broken down the longer Hebrew sentence to better conform to English style. sn See the same guarantee in Jer 31:27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A42/2"}
{"id":30615,"verse_id":"JER.32.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.43","text":"Heb “you.” However, the pronoun is plural and is addressed to more than just Jeremiah (v. 26 ). It includes Jeremiah and those who have accepted his prophecy of doom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A43/1"}
{"id":30616,"verse_id":"JER.32.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.43","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A43/2"}
{"id":30617,"verse_id":"JER.32.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.43","text":"The noun is singular with the article, but it is a case of the generic singular (cf. GKC 406 §126. m ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A43/3"}
{"id":30618,"verse_id":"JER.32.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.43","text":"Heb “Fields will be bought in this land of which you [masc. pl.] are saying, ‘It will be desolate [a perfect of certainty or prophetic perfect] without man or beast; it will be given into the hand of the Chaldeans.’” The original sentence has been broken down to better conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A43/4"}
{"id":30619,"verse_id":"JER.32.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.44","text":"Heb “They will buy fields with silver and write in the deed and seal [it] and have witnesses witness [it] in the land of Benjamin, in the environs of Jerusalem, in the towns in Judah, in the towns in the hill country, in the towns in the Shephelah, and in the towns in the Negev.” The long Hebrew sentence has again been restructured to better conform to contemporary English style. The indefinite “they will buy” is treated as a passive. It is followed by three infinitive absolutes which substitute for the finite verb (cf. GKC 345 §113. y ) which is a common feature of the style of the book of Jeremiah. sn For the geographical districts mentioned here compare Jer 17:26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A44/1"}
{"id":30620,"verse_id":"JER.32.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.44","text":"Or “I will reverse their fortunes.” For this idiom see the translator’s note on 29:14 and compare the usage in 29:14; 30:3, 18; 31:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A44/2"}
{"id":30621,"verse_id":"JER.32.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":32,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.44","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2032%3A44/3"}
{"id":30622,"verse_id":"JER.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Or “I, the Lord , made the earth. I formed it in such a way as to firmly establish it”; Heb “Thus says the Lord who makes/does it, the Lord who forms it to establish it, whose name is the Lord .” It is unclear what the antecedent of “it” is. The Greek version supplies the object “the earth.” However, as D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 4:269, notes, this is probably a smoothing of a text which had no object other than the pronoun. No other text or version has an object other than the pronoun. It could be argued that “the earth” is to be understood as the intended referent from other contexts within the book of Jeremiah ( Jer 10:12, 16; 51:15 ) where these verbs refer to the Lord as creator and from the prior context in 32:17 where the Lord ’s power as creator is the basis for the assertion that nothing is too hard for him. This is the object that is supplied in a number of modern English versions and commentaries. However, the use of the feminine singular pronoun in other contexts to refer to an indefinite reality which is spelled out in the preceding or following context (cf. 2 Kgs 19:25 ; Isa 22:11; 37:26; 44:7 ) lends credence to the suggestion by the committee for The Hebrew Old Testament Project that the pronoun refers to the work or plan of the Lord , a view which is reflected in the NJPS and has been adopted here. For the use of the verb “form” here in the sense of “plan” see BDB 427 s.v. יָצַר 2.b and compare the usage in Isa 22:11; 37:26 . The best discussion of options is given in G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 169-70, who see the pronoun referring ahead to the great and hidden things of v. 3 . As in several other cases our translation has opted for a first person introduction rather than the third person of the original because the Lord himself is speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":30623,"verse_id":"JER.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"This passive participle or adjective is normally used to describe cities or walls as “fortified” or “inaccessible.” All the lexicons, however, agree in seeing it used here metaphorically of “secret” or “mysterious” things, things that Jeremiah could not know apart from the Lord ’s revelation. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 170) make the interesting observation that the word is used here in a context in which the fortifications of Jerusalem are about to fall to the Babylonians; the fortified things in God’s secret counsel fall through answer to prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":30624,"verse_id":"JER.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “the sword.” The figure has been interpreted for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":30625,"verse_id":"JER.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for further explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":30626,"verse_id":"JER.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “Because I have hidden my face from.” The modern equivalent for this gesture of rejection is “to turn the back on.” See Ps 13:1 for comparable usage. The perfect is to be interpreted as a perfect of resolve (cf. IBHS 488-89 §30.5.1d and compare the usage in Ruth 4:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A5/3"}
{"id":30627,"verse_id":"JER.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.5","text":"The translation and meaning of vv. 4-5 are somewhat uncertain. The translation and precise meaning of vv. 4-5 are uncertain at a number of points due to some difficult syntactical constructions and some debate about the text and meaning of several words. The text reads more literally, “ 33:4 For thus says the Lord , the God of Israel, concerning the houses of this city and concerning the houses of the kings of Judah which have been torn down on account the siege ramps and the sword 33:5 going to fight the Chaldeans and to fill them with the dead bodies of the men whom I have killed in my anger and in my wrath and on account of all whose wickedness I have hidden my face from this city.” There are two difficult syntactical forms (1) the participle at the beginning of v. 5 “going [or those going] to fight” ( בָּאִים , ba ’ im ) and (2) the infinitive plus suffix that introduces the next clause “and to fill them” ( וּלְמַלְאָם , ulÿmal ’ am ). The translation has interpreted the former as a verbal use of the participle with an indefinite subject “they” (= the defenders of Jerusalem who have torn down the buildings; cf. GKC 460-61 §144. i for this point of grammar). The conjunction plus preposition plus infinitive construct has been interpreted as equivalent to a finite verb (cf. IBHS 611 §36.3.2a, i.e., “and they will fill them [the houses and buildings of v. 4 ]”). Adopting the Greek text of these two verses would produce a smoother reading. It reads “For thus says the Lord concerning the houses of this city and concerning the houses of the kings of Judah which have been pulled down for mounds and fortifications to fight against the Chaldeans and to fill it [should be “them”] with the corpses of men whom I smote in my anger and my wrath and I turned away my face from them [rather than from “this city” of the Hebrew text] for all their wickedness: Behold I will…” The Greek does not have the problem with the participle because it has seen it as part of a word meaning fortification. This also eliminates the problem with the infinitive because it is interpreted as parallel with “to fight.” I.e., the defenders used these torn-down buildings for defensive fortifications and for burial places. It would be tempting to follow this reading. However, there is no graphically close form for “fortification” that would explain how the more difficult בָּאִים הֶחָרֶב ( hekharev ba ’ im ) of the Hebrew text arose and there is doubt whether סֹלְלוֹת ( solÿlot ) can refer to a defense mound. W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:221, 225) has suggested reading הַחֲרַכִּים ( hakharakim ) in place of הֶחָרֶב ( hekharev ) in the technical sense of “crenels,” the gaps between the raised portion on top of the wall (which raised portion he calls “merlons” and equates with סֹלְלוֹת , solÿlot ). He does not, however, further suggest seeing בָּאִים ( ba ’ im ) as part of this corrupted form, choosing to see it rather as a gloss. His emendation and interpretation, however, have been justly criticized as violating the usage of both סֹלְלוֹת which is elsewhere “siege mound” and חֲרַכִּים ( kharakim ) which elsewhere refers only to the latticed opening of a window ( Song 2:9 ). Until a more acceptable explanation of how the difficult Hebrew text could have arisen from the Greek, the Hebrew should be retained, though it is admittedly awkward. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 166, 172) have perhaps the best discussion of the issues and the options involved here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A5/4"}
{"id":30628,"verse_id":"JER.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “Behold I am healing.” For the usage of the particle “behold” indicating certainty see the translator’s note on 1:6 . These are the great and hidden things that the Lord promised to reveal. The statements in v. 5 have been somewhat introductory. See the usage of הִנְנִי ( hinni ) after the introductory “Thus says the Lord ” in Jer 32:28, 37 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":30629,"verse_id":"JER.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.6","text":"The meaning and text of this word is questioned by KBL 749 s.v. עֲתֶרֶת . However, KBL also emends both occurrences of the verb from which BDB 801 s.v. עֲתֶרֶת derives this noun. BDB is more likely correct in seeing this and the usage of the verb in Prov 27:6 ; Ezek 35:13 as Aramaic loan words from a root meaning to be rich (equivalent to the Hebrew עָשַׁר , ’ ashar ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A6/3"}
{"id":30630,"verse_id":"JER.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.7","text":"Heb “I will reverse [or restore] the fortunes of Judah and the fortunes of Israel.” For this idiom see the translator’s note on Jer 29:14 and see the usage in 30:3, 18; 31:23; 32:44 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A7/1"}
{"id":30631,"verse_id":"JER.33.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.7","text":"This phrase simply means “as formerly” (BDB 911 s.v. רִאשׁוֹן 3.a). The reference to the “as formerly” must be established from the context. See the usage in Judg 20:32 ; 1 Kgs 13:6 ; Isa 1:26 . sn Reference is to the reunification of Israel and Judah to the state that they were before the division after Solomon. Compare Jer 3:18; 30:3; 31:27 and see the study note on 30:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A7/2"}
{"id":30632,"verse_id":"JER.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord .” For the first person rendering see the translator’s note at the end of v. 2 . sn The phrase here is parallel to that in v. 4 and introduces a further amplification of the “great and mysterious things” of v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":30633,"verse_id":"JER.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “You.” However, the pronoun is plural as in 32:36, 43 . See the translator’s note on 32:36 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A10/2"}
{"id":30634,"verse_id":"JER.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A10/3"}
{"id":30635,"verse_id":"JER.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “ 33:10 Thus says the Lord , ‘There will again be heard in this place of which you are saying [masc. pl.], “It is a ruin without people and without animals,” [that is] in the towns of Judah and the streets of Jerusalem which are desolate without people and without inhabitants and without animals 33:11 the sound of….” The long run-on sentence in Hebrew has been broken down to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":30636,"verse_id":"JER.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A11/4"}
{"id":30637,"verse_id":"JER.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.11","text":"Or “I will restore the fortunes of the land.” sn See the study note on Jer 29:18 and compare 29:14; 30:3, 18; 31:23; 32:44; 33:7 for the meaning and usage of this idiom. The promise here repeats that in 33:7 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A11/5"}
{"id":30638,"verse_id":"JER.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"33.11","text":"This phrase simply means “as formerly” (BDB 911 s.v. רִאשׁוֹן 3.a). The reference to the “as formerly” must be established from the context. See the usage in Judg 20:32 ; 1 Kgs 13:6 ; Isa 1:26 . sn This refers to the reunification of Israel and Judah to the state that they were before the division after Solomon. Compare Jer 3:18; 30:3; 31:27 and see the study note on 30:3 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A11/6"}
{"id":30639,"verse_id":"JER.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “Thus says Yahweh of armies.” For the explanation for the first person introduction see the translator’s notes on 33:2, 10 . Verses 4, 10, 12 introduce three oracles, all under the answer to the Lord ’s promise to Jeremiah to show him “great and mysterious things which you still do not know about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":30640,"verse_id":"JER.33.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.14","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” For the first person form of address see the translator’s notes on vv. 2, 10, 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A14/1"}
{"id":30641,"verse_id":"JER.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “sprig” or “shoot.” sn For the meaning of this term and its significance in biblical prophecy see the study note on 23:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":30642,"verse_id":"JER.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"For the translation of this term in this context see the parallel context in 23:6 and consult the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":30643,"verse_id":"JER.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A16/2"}
{"id":30644,"verse_id":"JER.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “And this is what will be called to it: ‘The Lord our righteousness.’” sn For the significance of this title see the study note on the parallel text in 23:6 . Other titles by which Jerusalem is to be known are found in Isa 62:2-4 ; Jer 3:17 ; Ezek 48:35 ; Zech 8:3 emphasizing that the Lord takes up his relation with it once again, dwells in it, delights in it, and finds it faithful once more (cf. Isa 1:26 ). In 23:6 the title is applied to the Davidic ruler that the Lord will raise up over them who will do what is just and right. God’s vindication of the city by its restoration after exile and his provision of this just ruler over it is the probable source for the title.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A16/3"}
{"id":30645,"verse_id":"JER.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “a man shall not be cut off to David [i.e., belonging to the Davidic line] sitting on the throne of the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":30646,"verse_id":"JER.33.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.18","text":"Heb “And to the Levites, the priests [= the Levitical priests, the apposition in place of the adjective] there shall not be cut off a man from before me who offers up burnt offering, sacrifices a cereal offering, or makes a sacrifice all the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A18/1"}
{"id":30647,"verse_id":"JER.33.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.19","text":"Heb “And the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah, saying.” See v. 1 . This is a continuation of “the second time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A19/1"}
{"id":30648,"verse_id":"JER.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord .” However, the Lord is speaking so the first person introduction has again been adopted. The content of the verse shows that it is a promise to David (vv. 21-22 ) and the Levites based on a contrary to fact condition (v. 20 ). See further the translator’s note at the end of the next verse for explanation of the English structure adopted here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":30649,"verse_id":"JER.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.20","text":"The word יוֹמָם ( yomam ) is normally an adverb meaning “daytime, by day, daily.” However, here and in v. 25 and in Jer 15:9 it means “day, daytime” (cf. BDB 401 s.v. יוֹמָם 1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A20/2"}
{"id":30650,"verse_id":"JER.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “you.” The pronoun is plural as in 32:36, 43; 33:10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A20/3"}
{"id":30651,"verse_id":"JER.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"The very complex and elliptical syntax of the original Hebrew of vv. 20-21 has been broken down to better conform with contemporary English style. The text reads somewhat literally (after the addition of a couple of phrases which have been left out by ellipsis): “Thus says the Lord , ‘If you can break my covenant with the day and my covenant with the night so that there is not to be daytime and night in their proper time then also my covenant can be broken with my servant David so that there is not to him a son reigning upon his throne [and also my covenant can be broken] with the Levites [so there are not] priests who minister to me.” The two phrases in brackets are elliptical, the first serving double duty for the prepositional phrase “with the Levites” as well as “with David” and the second serving double duty with the noun “priests” which parallels “a son.” The noun “priests” is not serving here as appositional because that phrase is always “the priests, the Levites,” never “the Levites, the priests.” sn This refers to a reaffirmation of the Davidic covenant (cf., e.g., 2 Sam 7:11-16, 25-29 ; Ps 89:3-4, 19-29 ) and God’s covenant with the Levites (cf. Num 25:10-13 ; Mal 2:4-6 ; Deut 32:8-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":30652,"verse_id":"JER.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “Just as the stars in the sky cannot be numbered or the sand on the seashore cannot be measured, so I will greatly increase [or multiply] the seed of my servant David and the Levites who minister before me.” The word “seed of” does not carry over to the “the Levites” as a noun governing two genitives because “the Levites” has the accusative marker in front of it. The sentence has been broken down in conformity with contemporary English style. sn Context makes it clear that what is in view is an innumerable line of descendants from the righteous ruler that the Lord raises up over Israel and Judah after their regathering and restoration to the land. What is in view, then, is a reinstitution or reinstatement of the Davidic covenant of grant, the perpetual right of the Davidic dynasty to rule over the nation of Israel for all time (see also v. 26 ). This is guaranteed by the creation order which is the object of both God’s creative decree ( Gen 1:14-19 ) and his covenant with Noah after the flood ( Gen 8:22 ). (For further discussion on the nature of a covenant of grant see the study note on 32:40 .) The rejection of the lines of Jehoiakim ( 36:30 ) and Jeconiah ( 22:30 ) and the certain captivity and death of Zedekiah ( 32:4 ) may have called into question the continuance of the Davidic promise which always had a certain conditional nature to it (cf. 1 Kgs 2:4; 8:25; 9:5 ). This promise and this guarantee show that the covenant of grant still stands and will ultimately find its fulfillment. Because this promise never found its fulfillment after the return from exile, it is left to the NT to show how it is fulfilled (cf., e.g., Matt 1:1-17 where it is emphasized that Jesus is the son (and heir) of both Abraham and David).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A22/1"}
{"id":30653,"verse_id":"JER.33.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.23","text":"Heb “And the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah, saying.” See v. 1 . This is a continuation of “the second time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A23/1"}
{"id":30654,"verse_id":"JER.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.24","text":"Heb “Have you not seen what this people have said, saying.” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer. The sentence has been broken in two to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A24/1"}
{"id":30655,"verse_id":"JER.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.24","text":"Heb “The two families which the Lord chose, he has rejected them.” This is an example of an object prepositioned before the verb and resumed by a redundant pronoun to throw emphasis of focus on it (called casus pendens in the grammars; cf. GKC 458 §143. d ). Some commentators identify the “two families” as those of David and Levi mentioned in the previous verses, and some identify them as the families of the Israelites and of David mentioned in the next verse. However, the next clause in this verse and the emphasis on the restoration and regathering of Israel and Judah in this section (cf. 33:7, 14 ) show that the reference is to Israel and Judah (see also 30:3, 4; 31:27, 31 and 3:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A24/2"}
{"id":30656,"verse_id":"JER.33.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.24","text":"Heb “and my people [i.e., Israel and Judah] they disdain [or look down on] from being again a nation before them.” The phrase “before them” refers to their estimation, their mental view (cf. BDB s.v. פָּנֶה II.4.a[g]). Hence it means they look with disdain on the people being a nation again (cf. BDB s.v. עוֹד 1.a[b] for the usage of עוֹד [’ od ] here).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A24/3"}
{"id":30657,"verse_id":"JER.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.25","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord .” See the translator’s note at the beginning of v. 20 for the style adopted here. Here the promise is in v. 26 following the contrary to fact condition in v. 25 . The Hebrew text of vv. 25-26 reads: “Thus says the Lord , “If I have not established my covenant with day and night [and] the laws/statutes of heaven and earth, also I could reject the seed of Jacob and David my servant from taking from his seed as rulers over the seed of Abraham…” The syntax of the original is a little awkward because it involves the verbs “establish” and “reject” governing two objects, the first governing two similar objects “my covenant” and “the regulations” and the second governing two dissimilar objects “the seed of Jacob” and “my servant David from taking [so as not to take].” The translation has sought to remove these awkward syntactical constructions and also break down the long complex original sentence in such a way as to retain its original intent, i.e., the guarantee of the continuance of the seed of Jacob and of the rule of a line of David’s descendants over them based on the fixed order of God’s creation decrees.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A25/1"}
{"id":30658,"verse_id":"JER.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.26","text":"The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) is probably intensive here as it has been on a number of occasions in the book of Jeremiah (see BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e for the category).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A26/1"}
{"id":30659,"verse_id":"JER.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.26","text":"Or “I will make them prosperous once again,” or “I will bring them back from captivity.” sn For the meaning of this idiom see the translator’s note on Jer 29:14 and compare the usage in 29:14; 30:3, 18; 31:23; 32:44; 33:7, 11 . This has been the emphasis on this section which is called by some commentators “The Book of Consolation.” Jeremiah’s emphasis up until chapters 30-33 had been on judgment but he was also called to be the prophet of restoration (cf. Jer 1:10 ). Promises of restoration though rare up to this point have, however, occurred on occasion (see, e.g., Jer 3:18; 23:5-7; 24:6-7; 29:10-14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2033%3A26/2"}
{"id":30660,"verse_id":"JER.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A1/1"}
{"id":30661,"verse_id":"JER.34.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord while Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and all his army and all the kingdoms of the earth under the dominion of his hand and all the peoples were fighting against Jerusalem and against all its towns, saying.” The sentence is obviously too long and the qualifiers obviously too ill-defined to translate literally. This same introductory formula has occurred in 7:1; 11:1; 18:1; 21:1; 30:1; 32:1 but without such a long introductory phrase. It is generally agreed that the phrase “all the peoples” should be seen as a parallel term to “all the kingdoms” under the qualifying “under the dominion of his hand/ control” and what is referred to are contingent forces supplied by these vassal kingdoms and peoples under the terms of their vassal treaties with Nebuchadnezzar. Some of the nature of the make-up of these forces may be seen from a reference to Babylonian, Aramean, Moabite, and Ammonite raiders in the earlier attacks on Jerusalem during the reign of Jehoiakim ( 2 Kgs 24:2 ). sn It is difficult to assign dates to passages which have no dating formulas but there is sufficient detail in this passage to show that this incident occurred sometime early in the siege of Jerusalem while Jeremiah was still free to come and go (see v. 2 and compare 37:4 and see the second study note on 32:2 ). The Babylonian forces blockaded Jerusalem and attacked the outlying cities, reducing them one by one until Jerusalem had no further help. According to v. 7 Azekah and Lachish in the western foothills still held out and there is evidence from some of the correspondence from Lachish at this period that help was being sought from Egypt.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A1/2"}
{"id":30662,"verse_id":"JER.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"Heb “told him”; the referent (Jeremiah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":30663,"verse_id":"JER.34.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.3","text":"Heb “Your eyes will see the eyes of the king of Babylon and his mouth will speak with your mouth.” For this same idiom in reverse order see 32:4 and consult the translator’s note there for the obligatory nuance given to the verbs. sn For the fulfillment of this see Jer 52:7-11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A3/1"}
{"id":30664,"verse_id":"JER.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"Heb “However, hear the word of the Lord , Zedekiah king of Judah, ‘Thus says the Lord to you, “You will not die by the sword.”’” The translation has tried to avoid the complexity created by embedding quotes within quotes and has used the first person address within the Lord ’s speech as has also been done elsewhere.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":30665,"verse_id":"JER.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “And like the burning [of incense] for your fathers, the former kings who were before you, so will they burn [incense] for you.” The sentence has been reversed for easier style and the technical use of the terms interpreted. sn For the custom referred to compare 2 Chr 16:14; 21:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":30666,"verse_id":"JER.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “For [or Indeed] I myself have spoken [this] word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A5/3"}
{"id":30667,"verse_id":"JER.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.5","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A5/4"}
{"id":30668,"verse_id":"JER.34.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.7","text":"Heb “And the army of the king of Babylon was fighting against Jerusalem and against all the cities of Judah which were left, [namely] against Lachish and Azekah for they alone were left of the cities of Judah as fortified cities.” The intent of this sentence is to serve as a circumstantial sentence to v. 6 (= “while the army…”). That thought is picked up by “he did this while….” The long complex sentence in v. 7 has been broken down and qualifying material placed in the proper places to convey the same information in shorter English sentences in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A7/1"}
{"id":30669,"verse_id":"JER.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.8","text":"Usually translated “covenant.” See the study note on 11:2 for the rationale for the translation here. sn There are no details regarding the nature of this covenant, but it was probably a parity covenant in which the people agreed to free their slaves in exchange for some concessions from the king (see the study note on 11:2 for more details on the nature of ancient Near Eastern covenants). More details about this covenant are given in vv. 15, 18-19 where it is said to have been made before the Lord in the temple and involved passing between the pieces of a cut-up calf. Hence it involved their swearing an oath invoking the Lord ’s name (cf. Gen 21:23; 31:51-53 ; 1 Sam 20:42 ) and pronouncing self-maledictory curses on themselves calling down on themselves a fate similar to that of the dead calf if they failed to keep it. (This latter practice is illustrated in treaty documents from the ancient Near East and is reflected in the covenant ceremony in Gen 15:8-16 .)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A8/1"}
{"id":30670,"verse_id":"JER.34.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A8/2"}
{"id":30671,"verse_id":"JER.34.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.9","text":"Heb “after King Zedekiah made a covenant…to proclaim liberty to them [the slaves mentioned in the next verse] so that each would send away free his male slave and his female slave, the Hebrew man and the Hebrew woman, so that a man would not hold them in bondage, namely a Judean, his brother [this latter phrase is explicative of “them” because it repeats the preposition in front of “them”].” The complex Hebrew syntax has been broken down into shorter English sentences but an attempt has been made to retain the proper subordinations. sn Through economic necessity some of the poorer people of the land had on occasion to sell themselves or their children to wealthier Hebrew landowners. The terms of their servitude were strictly regulated under Hebrew law (cf. Exod 21:2-11 ; Lev 25:39-55 ; Deut 15:12-18 ). In brief, no Hebrew was to serve a fellow Hebrew for any longer than six years. In the seventh year he or she was to go free. The period could even be shortened if the year of jubilee intervened since all debts were to be canceled, freedom restored, and indentured property returned in that year. Some see the covenant here coming in conjunction with such a jubilee year since it involved the freedom of all slaves regardless of how long they had served. Others see this covenant as paralleling an old Babylonian practice of a king declaring liberty for slaves and canceling all debts generally at the beginning of his reign (but also at other significant times within it) in order to ingratiate himself with his subjects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A9/1"}
{"id":30672,"verse_id":"JER.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “And they complied, [that is] all the leaders and all the people who entered into the covenant that they would each let his male slave and his female slave go free so as not to hold them in bondage any longer; they complied and they let [them] go.” The verb “they complied” ( Heb “they hearkened”) is repeated at the end after the lengthy description of the subject. This is characteristic of Hebrew style. The translation has resolved the complex sentence by making the relative clauses modifying the subject independent sentences describing the situational background before mentioning the main focus, “they had complied and let them go.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":30673,"verse_id":"JER.34.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.11","text":"Heb “they had brought them into subjection for male and female slaves.” However, the qualification of “male and female” is already clear from the preceding and is unnecessary to the English sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A11/2"}
{"id":30674,"verse_id":"JER.34.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.12","text":"Heb “And the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah from the Lord , saying.” This is the resumption of the introduction in v. 8 after the lengthy description of the situation that had precipitated the Lord ’s message to Jeremiah. “That was when” is intended to take the reader back to v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A12/1"}
{"id":30675,"verse_id":"JER.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord , the God of Israel, ‘…’” The style adopted here has been used to avoid a longer, more complex English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A13/1"}
{"id":30676,"verse_id":"JER.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 14, 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A13/2"}
{"id":30677,"verse_id":"JER.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “out of the house of bondage.” sn This refers to the Mosaic covenant, initiated at Mount Sinai and renewed on the plains of Moab. The statement “I brought you out of Egypt, out of the house of bondage” functions as the “historical prologue” in the Ten Commandments which is the Lord ’s vassal treaty with Israel in miniature. (See the study note on 11:2 and see Exod 20:2 ; Deut 5:6 and Exod 34:8 . As such it was a motivating factor in their pledge of loyalty to him. This statement was also invoked within the law itself as a motivation for kindly treatment of slaves including their emancipation (see Deut 15:15 ).)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A13/3"}
{"id":30678,"verse_id":"JER.34.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"34.13","text":"Heb “made a covenant, saying.” This was only one of several stipulations of the covenant. The form used here has been chosen as an indirect way of relating the specific stipulation that is being focused upon to the general covenant that is referred to in v. 13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A13/4"}
{"id":30679,"verse_id":"JER.34.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.15","text":"The presence of the independent pronoun in the Hebrew text is intended to contrast their actions with those of their ancestors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A15/1"}
{"id":30680,"verse_id":"JER.34.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.16","text":"Heb “and you brought them into subjection to be to you for male and female slaves.” See the translator’s note on v. 11 for the same redundant repetition which is not carried over into the contemporary English sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A16/3"}
{"id":30681,"verse_id":"JER.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.17","text":"The Hebrew text has a compound object, the two terms of which have been synonyms in vv. 14, 15 . G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 189) make the interesting observation that these two terms ( Heb “brother” and “neighbor”) emphasize the relationships that should have taken precedence over their being viewed as mere slaves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A17/1"}
{"id":30682,"verse_id":"JER.34.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"34.17","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A17/3"}
{"id":30683,"verse_id":"JER.34.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.18","text":"There is a little confusion in the syntax of this section because the noun “the calf” does not have any formal conjunction or preposition with it showing how it relates to the rest of the sentence. KJV treats it and the following words as though they were a temporal clause modifying “covenant which they made.” The majority of modern English versions and commentaries, however, understand it as a second accusative after the verb + object “I will make the men.” This fits under the category of what GKC 375 §118. r calls an accusative of comparison (compare usage in Isa 21:8 ; Zech 2:8 ). Stated baldly, “I will make the people…the calf,” it is, however, more forceful than the formal use of the noun + preposition כְּ just as metaphors are generally more forceful than similes. The whole verse is one long, complex sentence in Hebrew: “I will make the men who broke my covenant [referring to the Mosaic covenant containing the stipulation to free slaves after six years] [and] who did not keep the terms of the covenant which they made before me [referring to their agreement to free their slaves] [like] the calf which they cut in two and passed between its pieces.” The sentence has been broken down into shorter sentences in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A18/2"}
{"id":30684,"verse_id":"JER.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.19","text":"For the rendering of this term see the translator’s note on 29:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A19/1"}
{"id":30685,"verse_id":"JER.34.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.19","text":"This verse is not actually a sentence in the Hebrew original but is a prepositioned object to the verb in v. 20 , “I will hand them over.” This construction is called casus pendens in the older grammars and is used to call attention to a subject or object (cf. GKC 458 §143. d and compare the usage in 33:24 ). The same nondescript “I will punish” which was used to resolve the complex sentence in the previous verse has been chosen to introduce the objects here before the more specific “I will hand them over” in the next verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A19/2"}
{"id":30686,"verse_id":"JER.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “And Zedekiah king of Judah and his officials I will give into the hand of their enemies and into the hand of those who seek their lives and into the hands of the army of the king of Babylon which has gone up from against them.” The last two “and into the hand” phrases are each giving further explication of “their enemies” (the conjunction is explicative [cf. BDB 252 s.v. וְ 1.b]). The sentence has been broken down into shorter English sentences in conformity with contemporary English style. sn This refers to the relief offered by the withdrawal of the Babylonian troops to fight against the Egyptians which were coming to Zedekiah’s aid (cf. 37:5, 7, 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":30687,"verse_id":"JER.34.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":34,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.22","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2034%3A22/1"}
{"id":30688,"verse_id":"JER.35.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord in the days of Jehoiakim son of Josiah king of Judah, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A1/2"}
{"id":30689,"verse_id":"JER.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"Heb “the house of the Rechabites.” “House” is used here in terms of “household” or “family” (cf. BDB 109 s.v. בַּיִת 5.a, b). sn Nothing is known about the Rechabite community other than what is said about them in this chapter. From vv. 7-8 it appears that they were a nomadic tribe that had resisted settling down and taking up farming. They had also agreed to abstain from drinking wine. Most scholars agree in equating the Jonadab son of Rechab mentioned as the leader who had instituted these strictures as the same Jonadab who assisted Jehu in his religious purge of Baalism following the reign of Ahab ( 2 Kgs 10:15, 23-24 ). If this is the case, the Rechabites followed these same rules for almost 250 years because Jehu’s purge of Baalism and the beginning of his reign was in 841 b.c. and the incident here took place some time after Jehoiakim’s rebellion in 603 b.c. (see the study note on v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":30690,"verse_id":"JER.35.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.4","text":"Heb “the sons of Hanan son of Igdaliah, the man of God.” The reference to “sons” and to “man of God” fits the usage of these terms elsewhere to refer to prophets and their disciples (see BDB 43-44 s.v. אֱלֹהִים 3(b) and compare usage in 2 Kgs 4:40 for the former and BDB 121 s.v. בֵּן 7.a and compare the usage in 2 Kgs 4:38 for the latter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A4/1"}
{"id":30691,"verse_id":"JER.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"Heb “Drink wine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":30692,"verse_id":"JER.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.7","text":"Heb “Don’t plant a vineyard and it shall not be to you [= and you shall/must not have one].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A7/1"}
{"id":30693,"verse_id":"JER.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.7","text":"Heb “Don’t…and don’t…but live…in order that you might….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A7/2"}
{"id":30694,"verse_id":"JER.35.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.8","text":"Heb “We have not drunk wine all our days.” Actually vv. 8 b-9a are a series of infinitive constructs plus the negative לְבִלְתִּי ( lÿvilti ) explaining the particulars of how they have obeyed, i.e., by not drinking wine…and by not building….” The more direct declarative statement is used here to shorten the sentence and is more in keeping with contemporary style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A8/1"}
{"id":30695,"verse_id":"JER.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “We have obeyed and done according to all which our ancestor Jonadab commanded us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A10/1"}
{"id":30696,"verse_id":"JER.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A11/1"}
{"id":30697,"verse_id":"JER.35.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.11","text":"Heb “Chaldean.” For explanation see the study note on 21:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A11/2"}
{"id":30698,"verse_id":"JER.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For this title see 7:3 and the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A13/1"}
{"id":30699,"verse_id":"JER.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “ 35:12 And the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah, saying, ‘Thus says Yahweh of armies the God of Israel, “Go and say…‘Will you not learn…’”’” The use of the indirect introduction has been chosen here as in 34:1-2 to try to cut down on the confusion created by embedding quotations within quotations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A13/2"}
{"id":30700,"verse_id":"JER.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A13/3"}
{"id":30701,"verse_id":"JER.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"35.13","text":"The words “from this” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A13/4"}
{"id":30702,"verse_id":"JER.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “Will you not learn a lesson…?” The rhetorical question here has the force of an imperative, made explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A13/5"}
{"id":30703,"verse_id":"JER.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.14","text":"Heb “The words of Jonadab son of Rechab which he commanded his descendants not to drink wine have been carried out.” (For the construction of the accusative of subject after a passive verb illustrated here see GKC 388 §121. b .) The sentence has been broken down and made more direct to better conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A14/1"}
{"id":30704,"verse_id":"JER.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.14","text":"The vav ( ו ) plus the independent pronoun before the verb is intended to mark a sharp contrast. It is difficult, if not impossible to mark this in English other than “But I.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A14/2"}
{"id":30705,"verse_id":"JER.35.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"35.14","text":"On this idiom (which occurs again in the following verse) see the translator’s note on 7:13 for this idiom and compare its use in 7:13, 25; 11:7; 25:3, 4; 26:5; 29:19; 32:33; 35:14, 15; 44:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A14/3"}
{"id":30706,"verse_id":"JER.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.15","text":"Heb “Turn, each of you, from his [= your] wicked way and make good your deeds.” Compare 18:11 where the same idiom occurs with the added term of “make good your ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A15/1"}
{"id":30707,"verse_id":"JER.35.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.15","text":"Heb “Don’t go after/follow other gods.” See the translator’s note on 2:5 for an explanation of the idiom and see 11:10; 13:10; 25:6 for the same idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A15/2"}
{"id":30708,"verse_id":"JER.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.16","text":"This is an attempt to represent the particle כִּי ( ki ) which is probably not really intensive here (cf. BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e) but is one of those causal uses of כִּי that BDB discusses on 473-74 s.v. כִּי 3.c where the cause is really the failure of the people of Judah and Jerusalem to listen/obey. I.e., the causal particle is at the beginning of the sentence so as not to interrupt the contrast drawn.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A16/1"}
{"id":30709,"verse_id":"JER.35.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.16","text":"Heb “this people.” However, the speech is addressed to the people of Judah and the citizens of Jerusalem, so the second person is retained in English. In addition to the stylistic difference that Hebrew exhibits in the rapid shift between persons (second to third and third to second, which have repeatedly been noted and documented from GKC 462 §144. p ) there may be a subtle rhetorical reason for the shift here. The shift from direct address to indirect address which characterizes this verse and the next may reflect the Lord ’s rejection of the people he is addressing. A similar shift takes place in Wisdom’s address to the simple minded, fools, and mockers in Prov 1:28-32 after the direct address of 1:22-27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A16/2"}
{"id":30710,"verse_id":"JER.35.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.17","text":"Heb “Therefore, thus says the Lord , the God of armies, the God of Israel.” For the title see 7:13 and the study note on 2:19 . The first person address is again used in the translation because this whole section is a speech from the Lord (see vv. 12-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A17/1"}
{"id":30711,"verse_id":"JER.35.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.18","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For this title, which occurs again in the following verse, see the notes on 7:3 and the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A18/1"}
{"id":30712,"verse_id":"JER.35.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":35,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.19","text":"Heb “There shall not be cut to Jonadab son of Rechab a man standing before me all the days.” For the first part of this idiom see 33:17-18 where it is applied to David always having a descendant to occupy the throne and the Levites will always have priests to offer up sacrifices. For the latter part of the idiom “to stand before” referring to service see BDB 764 s.v. עָמַד 1.e and compare the usage in 1 Kgs 1:2 ; 2 Kgs 3:14 ; Jer 15:19 ; Deut 10:8 . As comparison with those passages will show, it refers to attending on, or serving a superior, a king, or the Lord . It is used of both prophets (e.g., 1 Kgs 17:1 ) and priests (e.g., Deut 10:8 ) serving the Lord . Its most common use is to refer to priestly service. The nature of the service is not further defined in this case, though several of the commentaries point out a Mishnaic tradition that the Rechabites later were given the function of bringing wood for the altar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2035%3A19/1"}
{"id":30713,"verse_id":"JER.36.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.1","text":"Heb “This word came to Jeremiah from the Lord in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah the king of Judah, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A1/2"}
{"id":30714,"verse_id":"JER.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “will turn each one from his wicked way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":30715,"verse_id":"JER.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “their iniquity and their sin.” sn The offer of withdrawal of punishment for sin is consistent with the principles of Jer 18:7-8 and the temple sermon delivered early in the reign of this king (cf. 26:1-3; 7:5-7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A3/2"}
{"id":30716,"verse_id":"JER.36.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.4","text":"Heb “Then Baruch wrote down on a scroll from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the Lord which he [the Lord ] had spoken to him [Jeremiah].” The syntax of the Hebrew sentence is awkward and hard to reproduce “literally” in any meaningful way. The English sentence has been restructured to reproduce all the pertinent facts in more simplified language.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A4/1"}
{"id":30717,"verse_id":"JER.36.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.5","text":"Heb “I am restrained; I cannot go into.” The word “restrained” is used elsewhere in Jeremiah of his being confined to the courtyard of the guardhouse ( 33:1; 39:15 ). However, that occurred only later during the tenth year of Zedekiah ( Jer 32:1-2 ) and Jeremiah appears here to be free to come and go as he pleased (vv. 19, 26 ). The word is used in the active voice of the Lord preventing Sarah from having a baby ( Gen 16:2 ). The probable nuance is here “I am prevented/ debarred” from being able to go. No reason is given why he was prevented/debarred. It has been plausibly suggested that he was prohibited from going into the temple any longer because of the scathing sermon he delivered there earlier ( Jer 26:1-3; 7:1-15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A5/1"}
{"id":30718,"verse_id":"JER.36.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.6","text":"Heb “So you go and read from the scroll which you have written from my mouth the words of the Lord in the ears of the people in the house of the Lord on a fast day, and in that way [for the explanation of this rendering see below] you will be reading them in the ears of all Judah [= the people of Judah] who come from their towns [i.e., to the temple to fast].” Again the syntax of the original is awkward, separating several of the qualifying phrases from the word or phrase they are intended to modify. In most of the “literal” English versions the emphasis on “what the Lord said” tends to get lost and it looks like two separate groups are to be addressed rather than one. The intent of the phrase is to define who the people are who will hear; the וַ that introduces the clause is explicative (BDB 252 s.v. וַ 1.b) and the גַּם ( gam ) is used to emphasize the explicative “all Judah who come in from their towns” (cf. BDB 169 s.v. גַּם 2). If some force were to be given to the “literal” rendering of that particle here it would be “actually.” This is the group that is to be addressed according to v. 3 . The complex Hebrew sentence has been restructured to include all the relevant information in more comprehensible and shorter English sentences.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A6/2"}
{"id":30719,"verse_id":"JER.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “will turn each one from his wicked way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":30720,"verse_id":"JER.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “For great is the anger and the wrath which the Lord has spoken against this people.” The translation uses the more active form which is more in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A7/2"}
{"id":30721,"verse_id":"JER.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"Heb “And Baruch son of Neriah did according to all that the prophet Jeremiah commanded him with regard to reading from the scroll the words of the Lord in the temple of the Lord .” The sentence has been broken down and the modifiers placed where they belong to better conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":30722,"verse_id":"JER.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":30723,"verse_id":"JER.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.9","text":"There is some debate about the syntax of the words translated “All the people living in Jerusalem and all the people who came into Jerusalem from the towns in Judah.” As the sentence is structured in Hebrew it looks like these words are the subject of “proclaim a fast.” However, most commentaries point out that the people themselves would hardly proclaim a fast; they would be summoned to fast (cf. 1 Kgs 21:9, 12 ; Jonah 3:7 ). Hence many see these words as the object of the verb which has an impersonal subject “they.” This is most likely unless with J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 180) the word “proclaim” is used in a looser sense as “observed.” The translation has chosen to follow this latter tack rather than use the impersonal (or an equivalent passive) construction in English. For a similar problem see Jonah 3:5 which precedes the official proclamation in 3:7 . The Hebrew text reads: “In the fifth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah king of Judah, in the ninth month they proclaimed a fast before the Lord , all the people in Jerusalem and all the people who came from the cities of Judah into Jerusalem.” The sentence has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style. sn Judging from v. 22 this was one of the winter months meaning that the reckoning is based on the calendar which starts with April rather than the one which starts with September (Nisan to Nisan rather than Tishri to Tishri). The ninth month would have been Kislev which corresponds roughly to December. According to Babylonian historical records this is the same year and the same month when Ashkelon was captured and sacked. The surrender of Jerusalem and the subsequent looting of the temple in the previous year ( Dan 1:1 ) and the return of the menacing presence of Nebuchadnezzar in the near vicinity were probably the impetus for the fast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A9/2"}
{"id":30724,"verse_id":"JER.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.10","text":"The syntax of the original is complicated due to all the qualifying terms: Heb “And Baruch read from the scroll the words of Jeremiah in the house of the Lord in (i.e., in the entrance of) the room of Gemariah son of Shaphan the scribe in the upper court at the entrance of the New Gate in the house of the Lord in the ears of all the people.” The sentence has been broken down and restructured to contain all the same information in shorter English sentences that better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A10/4"}
{"id":30725,"verse_id":"JER.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.11","text":"Heb “Micaiah son of Gemariah son of Shaphan heard all the words of the Lord from upon the scroll.” The words “heard Baruch read” are implicit from the context and are supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A11/1"}
{"id":30726,"verse_id":"JER.36.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.13","text":"Heb “Micaiah reported to them all the words which he heard when Baruch read from the scroll in the ears of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A13/1"}
{"id":30727,"verse_id":"JER.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “in your hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A14/1"}
{"id":30728,"verse_id":"JER.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.14","text":"The original has another example of a prepositioned object (called casus pendens in the grammars; cf. GKC 458 §143. b ) which is intended to focus attention on “the scroll.” The Hebrew sentence reads: “The scroll which you read from it in the ears of the people take it and come.” Any attempt to carry over this emphasis into the English translation would be awkward. Likewise, the order of the two imperatives has been reversed as more natural in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A14/2"}
{"id":30729,"verse_id":"JER.36.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.14","text":"Heb “So Baruch son of Neriah took the scroll in his hand and went to them.” The clause order has been rearranged in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A14/3"}
{"id":30730,"verse_id":"JER.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.15","text":"Or “‘to us personally’…to them personally”; Heb “‘in our ears’…in their ears.” Elsewhere this has been rendered “in the hearing of” or “where they could hear.” All three of those idioms sound unnatural in this context. The mere personal pronoun seems adequate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A15/1"}
{"id":30731,"verse_id":"JER.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “all the words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A16/1"}
{"id":30732,"verse_id":"JER.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.16","text":"According to BDB 808 s.v. פָּחַד Qal.1 and 40 s.v. אֶל 3.a, this is an example of the “pregnant” use of a preposition where an implied verb has to be supplied in the translation to conform the normal range of the preposition with the verb that is governing it. The Hebrew text reads: “they feared unto one another.” BDB translates “they turned in dread to each other.” The translation adopted seems more appropriate in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A16/2"}
{"id":30733,"verse_id":"JER.36.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.16","text":"Heb “We must certainly report to the king all these things.” Here the word דְּבָרִים ( dÿvarim ) must mean “things” (cf. BDB 183 s.v. דָּבָר IV.3) rather than “words” because a verbatim report of all the words in the scroll is scarcely meant. The present translation has chosen to use a form that suggests a summary report of all the matters spoken about in the scroll rather than the indefinite “things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A16/3"}
{"id":30734,"verse_id":"JER.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.17","text":"Or “Did Jeremiah dictate them to you?” The words “Do they actually come from Jeremiah’s mouth?” assume that the last phrase ( מִפִּיו , mippiv ) is a question, either without the formal he ( הֲ ) interrogative (see GKC 473 §150. a and compare usage in 1 Sam 16:4 ; Prov 5:16 ) or with a letter supplied from the end of the preceding word (single writing of a letter following the same letter [haplography]; so the majority of modern commentaries). The word is missing in the Greek version. The presence of this same word at the beginning of the answer in the next verse suggests that this was a question (probably without the he [ הֲ ] interrogative to make it more emphatic) since the common way to answer affirmatively is to repeat the emphatic word in the question (cf. GKC 476 §150. n and compare usage in Gen 24:58 ). The intent of the question is to make sure that these were actually Jeremiah’s words not Baruch’s own creation (cf. Jer 42:2-3 for a similar suspicion).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A17/1"}
{"id":30735,"verse_id":"JER.36.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.18","text":"The verbal forms emphasize that each word came from his mouth. The first verb is an imperfect which emphasizes repeated action in past time and the second verb is a participle which emphasizes ongoing action. However, it is a little awkward to try to express this nuance in contemporary English. Even though it is not reflected in the translation, it is noted here for future reference.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A18/1"}
{"id":30736,"verse_id":"JER.36.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.19","text":"The verbs here are both direct imperatives but it sounds awkward to say “You and Jeremiah, go and hide” in contemporary English. The same force is accomplished by phrasing the statement as strong advice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A19/1"}
{"id":30737,"verse_id":"JER.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.20","text":"Heb “they deposited.” For the usage of the verb here see BDB 824 s.v. פָּקַד Hiph.2.b and compare the usage in Jer 37:21 where it is used for “confining” Jeremiah in the courtyard of the guardhouse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A20/1"}
{"id":30738,"verse_id":"JER.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.20","text":"Heb “all the matters.” Compare the translator’s note on v. 16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A20/2"}
{"id":30739,"verse_id":"JER.36.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.20","text":"Both here and in the next verse the Hebrew has “in the ears of” before “the king” (and also before “all the officials”). As in v. 15 these words are not represented in the translation due to the awkwardness of the idiom in contemporary English (see the translator’s note on v. 15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A20/3"}
{"id":30740,"verse_id":"JER.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “and Jehudi read it.” However, Jehudi has been the subject of the preceding; so it would be awkward in English to use the personal subject. The translation has chosen to bring out the idea that Jehudi himself read it by using the reflexive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":30741,"verse_id":"JER.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “in the autumn house.” Commentators are agreed that this was not a separate building or palace but the winter quarters in the palace. sn Larger houses, including the palace, were two-storied buildings with a lower quarters better suited for the cold of winter and an upper quarters which was better ventilated to provide cool in the summer. Since this was the ninth month (December) the king had taken up residence in the lower, warmer quarters which were equipped with a portable fire pot or brazier to keep him warm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A22/1"}
{"id":30742,"verse_id":"JER.36.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"36.22","text":"Heb “the fire in the firepot was burning before him.” The translation assumes that the word “fire” ( אֵשׁ , ’ esh ) has dropped out after the particle אֶת (’ et ) because of the similar beginnings of the two words. The word “fire” is found in the Greek, Syriac, and Targumic translations according to BHS . The particle אֵת should be retained rather than dropped as an erroneous writing of אֵשׁ . Its presence is to be explained as the usage of the sign of the accusative introducing a new subject (cf. BDB 85 s.v. אֶת 3. α and compare the usage in 27:8; 38:16 [in the Kethib ]; 45:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A22/2"}
{"id":30743,"verse_id":"JER.36.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.23","text":"Heb “doors.” This is the only time the word “door” is used in this way but all the commentaries and lexicons agree that it means “columns.” The meaning is figurative based on the similarity of shape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A23/1"}
{"id":30744,"verse_id":"JER.36.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.23","text":"Heb “he.” The majority of commentaries and English versions are agreed that “he” is the king. However, since a penknife ( Heb “a scribe’s razor”) is used to cut the columns off, it is possible that Jehudi himself did it. However, even if Jehudi himself did it, he was acting on the king’s orders.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A23/2"}
{"id":30745,"verse_id":"JER.36.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"36.23","text":"Heb “until the whole scroll was consumed upon the fire which was in the fire pot.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A23/4"}
{"id":30746,"verse_id":"JER.36.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.24","text":"Heb “Neither the king nor any of his servants who heard all these words were afraid or tore their clothes.” The sentence has been broken up into two shorter sentences to better conform to English style and some of the terms explained (e.g., tore their clothes) for the sake of clarity. sn There are some interesting wordplays and contrasts involved here. The action of the king and his attendants should be contrasted with that of the officials who heard the same things read (v. 16 ). The king and his officials did not tear their garments in grief and sorrow; instead the king cut up the scroll (the words “tear” and “cut off” are the same in Hebrew [ קָרַע , qara ’]). Likewise, the actions of Jehoiakim and his attendants is to be contrasted with that of his father Josiah who some twenty or more years earlier tore his clothes in grief and sorrow ( 2 Kgs 22:11-20 ) and led the people in renewing their commitment to the covenant ( 2 Kgs 23:1-3 ). That was what the Lord had hoped would happen when the king and the people heard the warnings of Jeremiah ( Jer 36:2-3 ). Instead, Jehoiakim expressed his contempt for the word of God by destroying the scroll.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A24/1"}
{"id":30747,"verse_id":"JER.36.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.25","text":"Heb “And also Elnathan, Delaiah, and Gemariah urged [or had urged] the king not to burn the scroll, but he did not listen to them.” The translation attempts to lessen the clash in chronological sequencing with the preceding. This sentence is essentially a flash back to a time before the scroll was totally burned (v. 23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A25/1"}
{"id":30748,"verse_id":"JER.36.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.26","text":"Heb “the son of the king.” Many of the commentaries express doubt that this actually refers to Jehoiakim’s own son since Jehoiakim was only about thirty at this time and one of his sons would not have been old enough to have been in such a position of authority. The same doubt is expressed about the use of this term in 38:6 and in 1 Kgs 22:26 . The term need not refer to the ruling king’s own son but one of the royal princes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A26/1"}
{"id":30749,"verse_id":"JER.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.27","text":"Heb “Then the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah after the king had burned the scroll and the words [= containing the words] which Baruch wrote down from the mouth of Jeremiah, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A27/1"}
{"id":30750,"verse_id":"JER.36.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.28","text":"Heb “Return, take another.” The verb “return” is used in the sense of repetition “take again” (cf. BDB 998 s.v. שׁוּב Qal.8). The idea is already contained in “Get another” so most modern English versions do not represent it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A28/1"}
{"id":30751,"verse_id":"JER.36.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.28","text":"Heb “all the former words/things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A28/2"}
{"id":30752,"verse_id":"JER.36.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.28","text":"Heb “first [or former] scroll.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A28/3"}
{"id":30753,"verse_id":"JER.36.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.29","text":"Or “In essence you asked.” For explanation see the translator’s note on the end of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A29/1"}
{"id":30754,"verse_id":"JER.36.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.29","text":"Heb “You burned this scroll, saying, ‘Why did you write on it, saying, “The king of Babylon will certainly come [the infinitive absolute before the finite verb expresses certainty here as several places elsewhere in Jeremiah] and destroy this land and exterminate from it both man and beast.”’” The sentence raises several difficulties for translating literally. I.e., the “you” in “why did you write” is undefined, though it obviously refers to Jeremiah. The gerund “saying” that introduces ‘Why did you write’ does not fit very well with “you burned the scroll.” Gerunds of this sort are normally explanatory. Lastly, there is no indication in the narrative that Jehoiakim ever directly asked Jeremiah this question. In fact, he had been hidden out of sight so Jehoiakim couldn’t confront him. The question is presented rhetorically, expressing Jehoiakim’s thoughts or intents and giving the rational for burning the scroll, i.e., he questioned Jeremiah’s right to say such things. The translation has attempted to be as literal as possible without resolving some of these difficulties. One level of embedded quotes has been eliminated for greater simplicity. For the rendering of “How dare you” for the interrogative “why do you” see the translator’s note on 26:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A29/2"}
{"id":30755,"verse_id":"JER.36.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.31","text":"Heb “for their iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A31/1"}
{"id":30756,"verse_id":"JER.36.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A31/2"}
{"id":30757,"verse_id":"JER.36.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":36,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.32","text":"Heb “And he wrote upon it from the mouth of Jeremiah all the words of the scroll which Jehoiakim king of Judah burned in the fire. And many words like these were added to them besides [or further].” The translation uses the more active form in the last line because of the tendency in contemporary English style to avoid the passive. It also uses the words “everything” for “all the words” and “messages” for “words” because those are legitimate usages of these phrases, and they avoid the mistaken impression that Jeremiah repeated verbatim the words on the former scroll or repeated verbatim the messages that he had delivered during the course of the preceding twenty-three years.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2036%3A32/1"}
{"id":30758,"verse_id":"JER.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.1","text":"Heb “Coniah.” For explanation of the rendering here see the translator’s note on 22:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A1/1"}
{"id":30759,"verse_id":"JER.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.1","text":"Heb “And Zedekiah son of Josiah whom Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon made king in the land of Judah ruled as king instead of Coniah son of Jehoiakim.” The sentence has been restructured and simplified to better conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A1/2"}
{"id":30760,"verse_id":"JER.37.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.4","text":"The words “as he pleased” are not in the text but are implicit in the idiom both in Hebrew and in English. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity and the sake of English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A4/2"}
{"id":30761,"verse_id":"JER.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for the rendering “Babylonian.” The word “forces” is supplied in the translation here for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A5/1"}
{"id":30762,"verse_id":"JER.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A5/2"}
{"id":30763,"verse_id":"JER.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “And the army of Pharaoh had set out from Egypt and the Chaldeans who were besieging Jerusalem heard a report about them and they went up from besieging them.” The sentence has been restructured and reworded to give greater emphasis to the most pertinent fact, i.e., that the siege had been temporarily lifted. The word “temporarily” is not in the text but is implicit from the rest of the context. It is supplied in the translation here to better show that the information in vv. 4-5 is all parenthetical, providing a background for the oracle that will follow. For the meaning “given up their siege against” ( Heb “had taken themselves away from against”) see BDB 749 s.v. עָלָה Niph.1.c(2); 759 s.v. עַל IV.2.b. sn The Pharaoh referred to here is Pharaoh Hophra who is named in Jer 44:30 . He ruled from 589-570 b.c . Shortly after he began to rule, Zedekiah had been enticed by some of the officials in his court to appeal to him for aid. This act of rebellion quickly brought Nebuchadnezzar’s wrath and he invaded Judah, blockading Jerusalem and reducing the fortified cities of Judah one by one. According to Jer 39:1 the siege began in Zedekiah’s ninth year (589/88 b.c. ) and lasted until his eleventh year when Jerusalem fell (587/86 b.c. ). The army of Pharaoh likely came sometime during 588 b.c .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A5/3"}
{"id":30764,"verse_id":"JER.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"Or “to ask me what will happen.” The dominant usage of the verb דָּרַשׁ ( darash ) is to “inquire” in the sense of gaining information about what will happen (cf., e.g., 1 Kgs 14:5 ; 2 Kgs 8:8; 22:7-8 ) but it is also used in the sense of “seeking help” from (cf., e.g., Isa 31:1 ; 2 Chr 16:12; 20:3 ). The latter nuance appears appropriate in Jer 20:2 where Zedekiah is hoping for some miraculous intervention. That nuance also appears appropriate here where Zedekiah has sent messengers to ask Jeremiah to intercede on their behalf. However, it is also possible that the intent of both verbs is to find out from God whether the Egyptian mission will succeed and more permanent relief from the siege will be had.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":30765,"verse_id":"JER.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.7","text":"Heb “will go back to its land, Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A7/2"}
{"id":30766,"verse_id":"JER.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for the rendering “Babylonian.” The word “forces” is supplied in the translation here for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":30767,"verse_id":"JER.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for the rendering “Babylonian.” The word “forces” is supplied in the translation here for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":30768,"verse_id":"JER.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.9","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord , ‘Do not deceive yourselves, saying, “The Chaldeans will surely go away from against us” because they will not go away.’” The first person “I, the Lord ,” has been used because the whole of vv. 7-8 has been a quote from the Lord and it would be confusing to go back and start a separate quote. The indirect quote has been used instead of the direct quote to avoid the proliferation of quote marks at the end and the possible confusion that creates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A9/2"}
{"id":30769,"verse_id":"JER.37.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.10","text":"Heb “all the army of the Chaldeans.” For the rendering “Babylonian” in place of Chaldean see the study note on 21:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A10/1"}
{"id":30770,"verse_id":"JER.37.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.10","text":"The length and complexity of this English sentence violates the more simple style that has been used to conform such sentences to contemporary English style. However, there does not seem to be any alternative that would enable a simpler style and still retain the causal and conditional connections that give this sentence the rhetorical force that it has in the original. The condition is, of course, purely hypothetical and the consequence a poetic exaggeration. The intent is to assure Zedekiah that there is absolutely no hope of the city being spared.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A10/2"}
{"id":30771,"verse_id":"JER.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.11","text":"The words “The following events also occurred” are not in the text. They are a way to introduce the incidents recorded in 37:11-21 without creating a long complex sentence in English like the Hebrew does. The Hebrew of vv. 11-12 a reads “And it was/happened while the army of the Chaldeans had taken themselves up from against Jerusalem, Jeremiah set out from Jerusalem to go to the land of Benjamin to take part…” For the rendering “temporarily withdrawn from Jerusalem” see the translator’s note on v. 5 . The words “was coming” are not in the text either but are implicit and have been supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness of English expression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A11/1"}
{"id":30772,"verse_id":"JER.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.11","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for the rendering “Babylonian.” The word “forces” is supplied in the translation here for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A11/2"}
{"id":30773,"verse_id":"JER.37.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A11/3"}
{"id":30774,"verse_id":"JER.37.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.12","text":"The meaning of this last sentence is somewhat uncertain. The Hebrew expression here occurs nowhere else in the Hebrew Bible and its meaning is debated. The verb is pointed as a shortened form of the Hiphil infinitive construct of חָלַק ( khalaq ; see GKC 148 §53. q for explanation of the phenomenon and other examples). There are, however, no other examples of the use of this verb in the Hiphil. BDB 324 s.v. חָלַק Hiph defines it as “receive a portion” and explains it as a denominative from חֵלֶק ( kheleq , “portion”) but says that the form is dubious. KBL s.v. חָלַק Hif defines it as “take part in dividing” but that does not fit the prepositional phrase that follows ( מִשָּׁם , misham , “from there”) as well as “to receive a portion.” The Greek version did not understand this of dividing property but of conducting business. Later revisions of the Greek and the Latin version, however, did understand it of “taking a share.” The translation of BDB has been expanded to better reflect the probable situation. For the meaning of “his family” for the noun עַם (’ am ) compare the usage in Job 18:19 . For a fuller discussion of the probable situation see J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 633-34. sn Though some commentators disagree, this transaction should not be viewed as subsequent to the transaction recorded in and seen as an attempt to take possession of a field that he had already bought. That transaction took place sometime later after he had been confined to the courtyard of the guardhouse (compare 32:2 with 37:21 ) and involved his buying a near relative’s field. The word used here refers to “getting one’s own share” (compare 1 Sam 30:24 ; Josh 15:13 , and see also Mic 2:4 ) not taking possession of someone else’s. “There” refers to the territory of Benjamin just mentioned but more specifically to Jeremiah’s hometown, Anathoth (cf. 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A12/1"}
{"id":30775,"verse_id":"JER.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “And he was in the gate of Benjamin and there was an officer of the guard whose name [more literally, and his name] was Irijah…and he seized the prophet Jeremiah, saying.” The sentence has been broken down and simplified to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A13/3"}
{"id":30776,"verse_id":"JER.37.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"37.13","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation. sn Irijah’s charge was based on the suspicion that Jeremiah was following his own counsel to the people to surrender to the Babylonians if they wanted to save their lives ( Jer 21:9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A13/4"}
{"id":30777,"verse_id":"JER.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.14","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A14/1"}
{"id":30778,"verse_id":"JER.37.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.15","text":"Heb “for they had made it into the house of confinement.” The causal particle does not fit the English sentence very well and “house of confinement” needs some explanation. Some translate this word “prison” but that creates redundancy with the earlier word translated “prison” ( בֵּית הָאֵסוּר , bet ha ’ esur , “house of the band/binding”] which is more closely related to the concept of prison [cf. אָסִיר , ’ asir , “prisoner”]). It is clear from the next verse that Jeremiah was confined in a cell in the dungeon of this place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A15/2"}
{"id":30779,"verse_id":"JER.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.16","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) here is probably temporal, introducing the protasis to the main clause in v. 17 (cf. BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.a). However, that would make the translation too long, so the present translation does what several modern English versions do here, though there are no parallels listed for this nuance in the lexicons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A16/1"}
{"id":30780,"verse_id":"JER.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.16","text":"Heb “Jeremiah came into the house of the pit [= “dungeon,” BDB 92 s.v. בּוֹר 4 and compare usage in Gen 40:15; 41:14 ] and into the cells [this word occurs only here; it is defined on the basis of the cognate languages (cf. BDB 333 s.v. חָנוּת )].” The sentence has been restructured and some words supplied in the translation to better relate it to the preceding context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A16/2"}
{"id":30781,"verse_id":"JER.37.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.16","text":"Heb “Jeremiah.” But the proper name is somewhat redundant and unnecessary in a modern translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A16/3"}
{"id":30782,"verse_id":"JER.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “Then King Zedekiah sent and brought him and the king asked him privately [or more literally, in secret] and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":30783,"verse_id":"JER.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “Then he said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A17/2"}
{"id":30784,"verse_id":"JER.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"Heb “What crime have I committed against you, or your servants, or this people that you [masc. pl.] have put me in prison?” Some of the terms have been expanded for clarification and the sentence has been broken in two to better conform with contemporary English style. The masculine plural is used here because Zedekiah is being addressed as representative of the whole group previously named.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":30785,"verse_id":"JER.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “And where are your prophets who prophesied to you, saying, ‘The king of Babylon will not come against you or against this land?’” The indirect quote has been used in the translation because of its simpler, more direct style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":30786,"verse_id":"JER.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.20","text":"Heb “My lord, the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A20/1"}
{"id":30787,"verse_id":"JER.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.20","text":"Heb “let my plea for mercy fall before you.” I.e., let it come before you and be favorably received (= granted; by metonymical extension).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A20/2"}
{"id":30788,"verse_id":"JER.37.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.20","text":"Or “So that I will not die there,” or “or I will die there”; Heb “and I will not die there.” The particle that introduces this clause ( וְלֹא ) regularly introduces negative purpose clauses after the volitive sequence ( אַל [’ al ] + jussive here) according to GKC 323 §109. g . However, purpose and result clauses in Hebrew (and Greek) are often indistinguishable. Here the clause is more in the nature of a negative result.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A20/3"}
{"id":30789,"verse_id":"JER.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “And/Then King Zedekiah ordered and they committed Jeremiah to [or deposited…in] the courtyard of the guardhouse and they gave to him a loaf of bread.” The translation has been structured the way it has to avoid the ambiguous “they” which is the impersonal subject which is sometimes rendered passive in English (cf. GKC 460 §144. d ). This text also has another example of the vav ( ו ) + infinitive absolute continuing a finite verbal form ( וְנָתֹן [ vÿnaton ] = “and they gave”; cf. GKC 345 §113. y and see Jer 32:44; 36:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A21/1"}
{"id":30790,"verse_id":"JER.37.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":37,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.21","text":"Heb “Stayed/Remained/ Lived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2037%3A21/2"}
{"id":30791,"verse_id":"JER.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.1","text":"The name is spelled “Jucal” in the Hebrew text here rather than “Jehucal” as in Jer 37:3 . The translation uses the same spelling throughout so that the English reader can identify these as the same individual. sn Jehucal was a member of the delegation sent to Jeremiah by Zedekiah in Jer 37:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A1/1"}
{"id":30792,"verse_id":"JER.38.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.1","text":"J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 226, 30) is probably correct in translating the verbs here as pluperfects and in explaining that these words are prophecies that Jeremiah uttered before his arrest not prophecies that were being delivered to the people through intermediaries sent by Jeremiah who was confined in the courtyard of the guardhouse. For the use of the vav consecutive + imperfect to denote the pluperfect see the discussion and examples in IBHS 552-53 §33.2.3a and see the usage in Exod 4:19 . The words that are cited in v. 2 are those recorded in 21:9 on the occasion of the first delegation and those in v. 3 are those recorded in 21:10; 34:2; 37:8; 32:28 all except the last delivered before Jeremiah was confined in the courtyard of the guardhouse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A1/3"}
{"id":30793,"verse_id":"JER.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “by sword, by starvation, or by disease.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":30794,"verse_id":"JER.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “those who go out to the Chaldeans.” For the rendering “Babylonians” for “Chaldeans” see the study note on 21:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A2/2"}
{"id":30795,"verse_id":"JER.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “his life will be to him for spoil and he will live.” For the meaning of this idiom see the study note on 21:9 . The words and “he will live” have been left out of the translation because they are redundant after “will live” and “they will escape with their lives.” sn See Jer 21:9 for this prophecy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A2/3"}
{"id":30796,"verse_id":"JER.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"The words “They had also heard him say,” are not in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity so as to avoid any possible confusion that might be created by saying merely “And the Lord says,” without any introduction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":30797,"verse_id":"JER.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.4","text":"Heb “weakening the hands of.” For this idiom see BDB 951 s.v. רָפָה Pi. and compare the usage in Isa 13:7 ; Ezek 21:7 ( 21:12 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A4/1"}
{"id":30798,"verse_id":"JER.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.4","text":"Heb “by saying these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A4/2"}
{"id":30799,"verse_id":"JER.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.4","text":"The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) has not been rendered here because it is introducing a parallel causal clause to the preceding one. To render “For” might be misunderstood as a grounds for the preceding statement. To render “And” or “Moreover” sounds a little odd here. If it must be represented, “Moreover” is perhaps the best rendering.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A4/3"}
{"id":30800,"verse_id":"JER.38.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.4","text":"Or “is not looking out for these people’s best interests but is really trying to do them harm”; Heb “is not seeking the welfare [or “well-being”; Hebrew shalom ] of this people but [their] harm [more literally, evil].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A4/4"}
{"id":30801,"verse_id":"JER.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “Behold, he is in your hands [= power/control].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A5/1"}
{"id":30802,"verse_id":"JER.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.5","text":"Heb “For the king cannot do a thing with/against you.” The personal pronoun “I” is substituted in the English translation due to differences in style; Hebrew style often uses the third person or the title in speaking of oneself but English rarely if ever does. Compare the common paraphrasis of “your servant” for “I” in Hebrew (cf. BDB 714 s.v. עֶבֶד 6 and usage in 1 Sam 20:7, 8 ) and compare the usage in Pss 63:11 (63:12 HT); 61:6 ( 61:7 HT) where the king is praying for himself. For the meaning of יָכֹל ( yakhol ) as “to be able to do anything,” see BDB 407 s.v. יָכֹל 1.g.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A5/2"}
{"id":30803,"verse_id":"JER.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.6","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A6/1"}
{"id":30804,"verse_id":"JER.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.6","text":"Heb “the son of the king.” See the translator’s note on Jer 36:26 for the rendering here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A6/3"}
{"id":30805,"verse_id":"JER.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.6","text":"Heb “And they let Jeremiah down with ropes and in the cistern there was no water, only mud, and Jeremiah sank in the mud.” The clauses have been reordered and restructured to create a more natural and smoother order in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A6/4"}
{"id":30806,"verse_id":"JER.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “Ebed Melech, the Cushite, a man, an eunuch/official, and he was [= who was; a circumstantial clause] in the house of the king, heard that they had put Jeremiah…” The passive construction “Jeremiah had been put” has been used to avoid the indefinite subject “they” or the addition of “the officials.” For the translation of סָרִיס ( saris ) as “official” here rather than “eunuch” see the translator’s note on 29:2 and see also the usage in 34:19 . For the translation of “Cushite” as Ethiopian see the study note on 13:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A7/2"}
{"id":30807,"verse_id":"JER.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.7","text":"Heb “And the king was sitting in the Benjamin Gate.” This clause is circumstantial to the following clause; thus “while the king was…” Most commentators agree that the reference to sitting in the gate here likely refers to the same kind of judicial context that has been posited for 26:10 (see the translator’s note there for further references). Hence the translation uses “sitting” with the more technical “holding court” to better reflect the probable situation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A7/3"}
{"id":30808,"verse_id":"JER.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “Those men have made evil all they have done to the prophet Jeremiah in that they have thrown him into the cistern and he will die of starvation in the place where he is because there is no more food in the city.” The particle אֵת (’ et ) before “they have thrown” ( אֵת אֲשֶׁר הִשְׁלִיכוּ , ’ et ’ asher hishlikhu ) is explanatory or further definition of “all they have done to” (i.e., the particle is repeated for apposition). The verb form “and he is sure to die” is an unusual use of the vav ( ו ) consecutive + imperfect that the grammars see as giving a logical consequence without a past nuance (cf. GKC 328 §111. l and IBHS 557-58 §33.3.1f). sn “Because there isn’t any food left in the city” is rhetorical exaggeration; the food did not run out until just before the city fell. Perhaps the intent is to refer to the fact that there was no food in the city for people so confined (i.e., in solitary confinement).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":30809,"verse_id":"JER.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"Some modern English versions (e.g., NRSV, REB, TEV) and commentaries read “three” on the basis that thirty men would not be necessary for the task (cf. J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 231). Though the difference in “three” and “thirty” involves minimal emendation ( שְׁלֹשָׁה [ shÿlosha ] for שְׁלֹשִׁים [ shÿloshim ]) there is no textual or versional evidence for it except for one Hebrew ms . Perhaps the number was large to prevent the officials from hindering Ebed Melech from accomplishing the task.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":30810,"verse_id":"JER.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “went into the palace in under the treasury.” Several of the commentaries (e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 227; J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 639, n. 6) emend the prepositional phrase “in under” ( אֶל־תַּחַת , ’ el-takhat ) to the noun “wardrobe” plus the preposition “to” ( אֶל־מֶלְתַחַת , ’ el-meltakhat ). This is a plausible emendation which would involve dropping out מֶל ( mel ) due to its similarity with the אֶל (’ el ) which precedes it. However, there is no textual or versional evidence for such a reading and the compound preposition is not in itself objectionable (cf. BDB 1066 s.v. תַּחַת III.1.a). The Greek version reads “the part underground” (representing a Hebrew Vorlage of אֶל תַּחַת הָאָרֶץ , ’ el takhat ha ’ arets ) in place of אֶל תַּחַת הָאוֹצָר (’ el takhat ha ’ otsar ). The translation follows the Hebrew text but adds the word “room” for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":30811,"verse_id":"JER.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “worn-out clothes and worn-out rags.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":30812,"verse_id":"JER.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “Ebed Melech the Ethiopian.” The words “the Ethiopian” are unnecessary and are not repeated in the translation because he has already been identified as such in vv. 7, 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":30813,"verse_id":"JER.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “under the joints of your arms under the ropes.” The two uses of “under” have different orientations and are best reflected by “between your armpits and the ropes” or “under your armpits to pad the ropes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":30814,"verse_id":"JER.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.12","text":"Or “Jeremiah did so.” The alternate translation is what the text reads literally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A12/3"}
{"id":30815,"verse_id":"JER.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.13","text":"Heb “Jeremiah remained/stayed in the courtyard of the guardhouse.” The translation is meant to better reflect the situation; i.e., Jeremiah was released from the cistern but still had to stay in the courtyard of the guardhouse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A13/1"}
{"id":30816,"verse_id":"JER.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"The words “Some time later” are not in the text but are a way of translating the conjunction “And” or “Then” that introduces this narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":30817,"verse_id":"JER.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.14","text":"The words “when you answer” are not in the text but are implicit in the connection. They are supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness of style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A14/3"}
{"id":30818,"verse_id":"JER.38.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.15","text":"Or “you will most certainly kill me, won’t you?” Heb “Will you not certainly kill me?” The question is rhetorical and expects a positive answer. In situations like this BDB s.v. לֹא 4.b( β ) says that הֲלֹא ( halo ’) “has a tendency to become little more than an affirmative particle, declaring with some rhetorical emphasis what is, or might be, well known.” The idea of certainty is emphasized here by the addition of the infinitive absolute before the finite verb (Joüon 2:422 §123.e).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A15/1"}
{"id":30819,"verse_id":"JER.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “So King Zedekiah secretly swore an oath to Jeremiah, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":30820,"verse_id":"JER.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “who has made this life/soul/ breath [ נֶפֶשׁ , nefesh ] for us.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ refers to the living, breathing substance of a person which constitutes his very life (cf. BDB 659 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 1; 3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A16/2"}
{"id":30821,"verse_id":"JER.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “who are seeking your life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A16/3"}
{"id":30822,"verse_id":"JER.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “Yahweh, the God of armies, the God of Israel.” Compare 7:3 and 35:17 and see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":30823,"verse_id":"JER.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “Your life/soul will live.” The quote is a long condition-consequence sentence with compound consequential clauses. It reads, “If you will only go out to the officers of the king of Babylon, your soul [= you yourself; BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.a] will live and this city will not be burned with fire and you and your household will live.” The sentence has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style. The infinitive absolute in the condition emphasizes the one condition, i.e., going out or surrendering (cf. Joüon 2:423 §123.g, and compare usage in Exod 15:26 ). For the idiom “go out to” = “surrender to” see the full idiom in 21:9 “go out and fall over to” which is condensed in 38:2 to “go out to.” The expression here is the same as in 38:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A17/2"}
{"id":30824,"verse_id":"JER.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":30825,"verse_id":"JER.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.18","text":"Heb “will not escape from their hand.” sn Zedekiah held out this hope of escape until the end and attempted to do so but was unsuccessful (cf. 39:4-5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A18/2"}
{"id":30826,"verse_id":"JER.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.19","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A19/1"}
{"id":30827,"verse_id":"JER.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.19","text":"Or “and they will badly abuse me.” For the usage of this verb in the situation presupposed see Judg 19:25 and 1 Sam 31:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A19/2"}
{"id":30828,"verse_id":"JER.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “Please listen to the voice of the Lord with regard to what I have been telling you.” For the idiom “listen to the voice” = “obey” see BDB 1034 s.v. שָׁמַע 1.m. Obedience here is expressed by following the advice in the qualifying clause, i.e., what I have been telling you.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":30829,"verse_id":"JER.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.20","text":"Heb “your life [or you yourself] will live.” Compare v. 17 and the translator’s note there for the idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A20/2"}
{"id":30830,"verse_id":"JER.38.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.22","text":"Heb “And they will say.” The words “taunt you” are supplied in the translation to give the flavor of the words that follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A22/1"}
{"id":30831,"verse_id":"JER.38.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.22","text":"Heb “The men of your friendship incited you and prevailed over you. Your feet are sunk in the mud. They turned backward.” The term “men of your friendship” (cf. BDB 1023 s.v. שָׁלוֹם 5.a) is used to refer to Jeremiah’s “so-called friends” in 20:10 , to the trusted friend who deserted the psalmist in Ps 41:10 , and to the allies of Edom in Obad 7 . According to most commentators it refers here to the false prophets and counselors who urged the king to rebel against Nebuchadnezzar. The verb translated “misled” is a verb that often refers to inciting or instigating someone to do something, often with negative connotations (so BDB 694 s.v. סוּת Hiph.2). It is generally translated “deceive” or “mislead” in 2 Kgs 18:32 ; 2 Chr 32:11, 15 . Here it refers to the fact that his pro-Egyptian counselors induced him to rebel. They have proven too powerful for him and prevailed on him ( יָכֹל לְ , yakhol lÿ ; see BDB 408 s.v. יָכֹל 2.b) to follow a policy which will prove detrimental to him, his family, and the city. The phrase “your feet are sunk in the mud” is figurative for being entangled in great difficulties (so BDB 371 s.v. טָבַע Hoph and compare the usage in the highly figurative description of trouble in Ps 69:2 [ 69:3 HT]). sn The taunt song here refers to the fact that Zedekiah had been incited into rebellion by pro-Egyptian nobles in his court who prevailed on him to seek aid from the new Egyptian Pharaoh in 589 b.c. and withhold tribute from Nebuchadnezzar. This led to the downfall of the city which is depicted in Jeremiah’s vision from the standpoint of its effects on the king himself and his family.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A22/2"}
{"id":30832,"verse_id":"JER.38.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.23","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A23/1"}
{"id":30833,"verse_id":"JER.38.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.23","text":"Heb “you yourself will not escape from their hand but will be seized by [caught in] the hand of the king of Babylon.” Neither use of “hand” is natural to the English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A23/2"}
{"id":30834,"verse_id":"JER.38.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"38.23","text":"This translation follows the reading of the Greek version and a few Hebrew mss . The majority of the Hebrew mss read “and you will burn down this city.” This reading is accepted by the majority of modern commentaries and English versions. Few of the commentaries, however, bother to explain the fact that the particle אֶת (’ et ), which normally marks the accusative object, is functioning here as the subject. For this point of grammar see BDB 85 s.v. I אֵת 1.b. Or this may be another case where אֵת introduces a new subject (see BDB 85 s.v. אֵת 3. α and see usage in 27:8; 36:22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A23/3"}
{"id":30835,"verse_id":"JER.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.24","text":"Heb “about these words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A24/1"}
{"id":30836,"verse_id":"JER.38.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.24","text":"Or “so that you will not die.” Or “or you will die.” See the similar construction in 37:20 and the translator’s note there. sn This is probably not a threat that the king himself will kill Jeremiah, but a premonition that if the pro-Egyptian party that was seeking to kill Jeremiah found out about the conversation they would go ahead and kill Jeremiah (cf. 38:2-4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A24/2"}
{"id":30837,"verse_id":"JER.38.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.25","text":"The phrase “and what the king said to you” is actually at the end of the verse, but most commentators see it as also under the governance of “tell us” and many commentaries and English versions move the clause forward for the sake of English style as has been done here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A25/1"}
{"id":30838,"verse_id":"JER.38.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.25","text":"Or “lest we kill you”; Heb “and we will not kill you,” which as stated in the translator’s note on 37:20 introduces a negative purpose (or result) clause. See 37:20, 38:24 for parallel usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A25/2"}
{"id":30839,"verse_id":"JER.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.26","text":"Verses 25-26 form a long compound, complex conditional sentence. The condition is found in v. 25 and contains a long quote. The consequence is found in v. 26 and contains another long quote. The Hebrew sentence literally reads: “And if the officials hear that I have talked with you and come to you and say to you, ‘Please tell us what you said to the king. Do not hide from us and we will not kill you [so that we will not kill you] and [tell us] what the king said to you,’ then tell them.” The sentence has been broken up to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A26/1"}
{"id":30840,"verse_id":"JER.38.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.26","text":"Heb “I was causing to fall [= presenting] my petition before the king not to send me back to Jonathan’s house to die there.” The word “dungeon of” is supplied in the translation to help the reader connect this petition with Jeremiah’s earlier place of imprisonment where the officials had put him with every intention of letting him die there ( 37:15-16, 20 ). sn See Jer 37:15-16, 20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A26/2"}
{"id":30841,"verse_id":"JER.38.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.27","text":"Heb “All the officials came to Jeremiah and questioned him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A27/1"}
{"id":30842,"verse_id":"JER.38.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.27","text":"Heb “And he reported to them according to all these words which the king had commanded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A27/2"}
{"id":30843,"verse_id":"JER.38.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.27","text":"Heb “And they were silent from him because the word/matter [i.e., the conversation between Jeremiah and the king] had not been heard.” According to BDB 578 s.v. מִן 1.a the preposition “from” is significant in this construction, implying a verb of motion. I.e., “they were [fell] silent [and turned away] from him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A27/3"}
{"id":30844,"verse_id":"JER.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.28","text":"Heb “And Jeremiah stayed/remained in the courtyard of the guardhouse…” The translation once again intends to reflect the situation. Jeremiah had a secret meeting with the king at the third entrance to the temple (v. 14 ). He was returned to the courtyard of the guardhouse (cf. v. 13 ) after the conversation with the king where the officials came to question him (v. 27 ). He was not sent back to the dungeon in Jonathan’s house as he feared, but was left confined in the courtyard of the guardhouse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A28/1"}
{"id":30845,"verse_id":"JER.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A28/2"}
{"id":30846,"verse_id":"JER.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"38.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A28/3"}
{"id":30847,"verse_id":"JER.38.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":38,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"38.28","text":"The precise meaning of this line and its relation to the context are somewhat uncertain. This line is missing from the Greek and Syriac versions and from a few Hebrew mss . Some English versions and commentaries omit it as a double writing of the final words of the preceding line (see, e.g., REB; W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:268). Others see it as misplaced from the beginning of 39:3 (see, e.g., NRSV, TEV, J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 245). The clause probably does belong syntactically with 39:3 (i.e., כַּאֲשֶׁר [ ka ’ asher ] introduces a temporal clause which is resumed by the vav consecutive on וַיָּבֹאוּ ( vayyavo ’ u ; see BDB 455 s.v. כַּאֲשֶׁר 3), but it should not be moved there because there is no textual evidence for doing so. The intervening verses are to be interpreted as parenthetical, giving the background for the events that follow (see, e.g., the translation in D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 4:280). The chapter is not so much concerned with describing how Jerusalem fell as it is with contrasting the fate of Zedekiah who disregarded the word of the Lord with the fate of Jeremiah and that of Jeremiah’s benefactor Ebed Melech. The best way to treat the line without actually moving it before 39:3 a is to treat it as a heading as has been done here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2038%3A28/4"}
{"id":30848,"verse_id":"JER.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.3","text":"English versions and commentaries differ on the number of officials named here and the exact spelling of their names. For a good discussion of the options see F. B. Huey, Jeremiah, Lamentations (NAC), 341, n. 71. Most commentaries follow the general lead of J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 243) as the present translation has done here. However, the second name is not emended on the basis of v. 13 as Bright does, nor is the second Nergal-Sharezer regarded as the same man as the first and the information on the two combined as he does. The first Nergal-Sharezer is generally identified on the basis of Babylonian records as the man who usurped the throne from Nebuchadnezzar’s son, Awel-Marduk or Evil-Merodach as he is known in the OT ( Jer 52:31 ; 2 Kgs 25:27 ). The present translation renders the two technical Babylonian terms “Rab-Saris” (only in Jer 39:3, 13 ; 2 Kgs 18:17 ) and “Rab-Mag” (only in Jer 39:3, 13 ) as “chief officer” and “high official” without knowing precisely what offices they held. This has been done to give the modern reader some feeling of their high position without specifying exactly what their precise positions were (i.e., the generic has been used for the [unknown] specific).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A3/1"}
{"id":30849,"verse_id":"JER.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.3","text":"Heb “sat.” The precise meaning of this phrase is not altogether clear, but J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 243) is undoubtedly correct in assuming that it had to do with setting up a provisional military government over the city.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A3/2"}
{"id":30850,"verse_id":"JER.39.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.3","text":"The Hebrew style here is typically full or redundant, giving a general subject first and then listing the specifics. The Hebrew text reads: “Then all the officers of the king of Babylon came and sat in the Middle Gate, Nergal-Sharezer…and all the rest of the officers of the king of Babylon.” In the translation the general subject has been eliminated and the list of the “real” subjects used instead; this eliminates the dashes or commas typical of some modern English versions. sn The identification of the location of the Middle Gate is uncertain since it is mentioned nowhere else in the OT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A3/3"}
{"id":30851,"verse_id":"JER.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.5","text":"Heb “The Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A5/1"}
{"id":30852,"verse_id":"JER.39.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.5","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A5/2"}
{"id":30853,"verse_id":"JER.39.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.7","text":"Heb “fetters of bronze.” The more generic “chains” is used in the translation because “fetters” is a word unfamiliar to most modern readers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A7/1"}
{"id":30854,"verse_id":"JER.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.8","text":"Heb “Chaldean.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A8/1"}
{"id":30855,"verse_id":"JER.39.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"39.8","text":"The reading here is based on an emendation following the parallels in Jer 52:13 and 2 Kgs 25:9 . The Hebrew text here does not have “the temple of the Lord ” and reads merely “house of the people.” The text here is probably corrupt. It reads וְאֶת־בֵּית הָעָם ( vÿ ’ et-bet ha ’ am , “and the house of the people”), which many explain as a collective use of בַּיִת ( bayit ). However, no parallels are cited by any of the commentaries, grammars, or lexicons for such a use. It is more likely that the words יְהוָה וְאֶת־בָּתֵּי ( yÿhvah vÿ ’ et-bate ) have fallen out of the text due to similar beginnings. The words וְאֶת־בֵּית יהוה ( vÿ ’ et-bet yhwh ) are found in the parallel texts cited in the marginal note. The Greek version is no help here because vv. 4-13 are omitted, probably due to the similarities in ending of vv. 3, 13 (i.e., homoioteleuton of מֶלֶךְ בָּבֶל , melekh bavel ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A8/2"}
{"id":30856,"verse_id":"JER.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.9","text":"For the meaning of this phrase see BDB 371 s.v. טַבָּח 2 and compare the usage in Gen 39:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A9/1"}
{"id":30857,"verse_id":"JER.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"39.9","text":"The translation is based on an emendation of the text which leaves out “the rest of the people who were left” as a double writing of the same phrase at the beginning of the verse. Some commentators emend the phrase “the rest of the people who were left” ( הַנִּשְׁאָרִים וְאֶת יֶתֶר הָעָם , hannish ’ arim vÿ ’ et yeter ha ’ am ) to read “the rest of the craftsmen who were left” ( וְאֶת יֶתֶר הָאָמוֹן הַנִּשְׁאָרִים , vÿ ’ et yeter ha ’ amon hannish ’ arim ) on the basis of the parallel in Jer 52:15 (which does not have הַנִּשְׁאָרִים , hannish ’ arim ). However, it is easier to explain the phrase as a dittography of the phrase at the beginning (which is exactly the same except הָעִיר [ ha ’ ir ] follows it). The text is redundant because it refers twice to the same group of people. The Hebrew text reads: “And the rest of the people who were left in the city and the deserters who had deserted to him and the rest of the people Nebuzaradan, the captain of the guard, carried into exile to Babylon.” The text has also been divided up to create two shorter sentences to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A9/2"}
{"id":30858,"verse_id":"JER.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “Nebuzaradan, the captain of the royal guard.” However, the subject is clear from the preceding and contemporary English style would normally avoid repeating the proper name and title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":30859,"verse_id":"JER.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.11","text":"Heb “And Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon commanded concerning Jeremiah by the hand of Nebuzaradan, the captain of the guard, saying.” Since Nebuchadnezzar is at Riblah (v. 6 ) and Nebuzaradan and the other officers named in the next verse are at Jerusalem, the vav consecutive imperfect should again be translated as a pluperfect (see 38:2 and the translator’s notes there for explanation). For the meaning of “through” or “through the agency of” for the phrase בְּיַד ( bÿyad ) see BDB 391 s.v. יָד 5.d. The sentence has been broken up to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A11/1"}
{"id":30860,"verse_id":"JER.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “Get [or fetch] him.” The referent is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A12/1"}
{"id":30861,"verse_id":"JER.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.12","text":"Or “take care of him”; Heb “set your eyes on him.” For the meaning of this idiom see BDB 963 s.v. שִׂים 2.c and compare 24:6 where the phrase “for good” is added.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A12/2"}
{"id":30862,"verse_id":"JER.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “Don’t do anything evil [= harmful] to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A12/3"}
{"id":30863,"verse_id":"JER.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.13","text":"See the translator’s notes on 39:3, 9 for the names and titles here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A13/1"}
{"id":30864,"verse_id":"JER.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.14","text":"The meaning of the last phrase is uncertain. An alternate translation is “to take him home with him.” The text reads literally “to bring him into the house.” However, it is unclear whether “the house” refers to Jeremiah’s house or to Gedaliah’s. The fact that Nebuzaradan later offers Jeremiah the option of going back to Gedaliah ( 40:5 ) suggests that the house is here Gedaliah’s where Jeremiah would be looked out for in accord with Nebuchadnezzar’s command (v. 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A14/2"}
{"id":30865,"verse_id":"JER.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.14","text":"Many translate this last clause as a conclusion or summary remark, “So Jeremiah stayed…” However, it is better to translate it as an adversative because it probably refers to the fact that rather than staying with Gedaliah in the governor’s residence Jeremiah stayed among the people. That is how he wound up being led off as a prisoner to Ramah. See further the study note on 40:1 . According to IBHS 550 §33.2.1d the vav ( ו ) consecutive can have either of these values (see examples 11 and 12 for the adversative or contrastive nuance).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A14/3"}
{"id":30866,"verse_id":"JER.39.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.15","text":"Heb “Now the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah while he…saying.” The form of this clause is disjunctive showing that it does not follow the preceding events in either chronological or logical sequence. For a discussion of the form and function of such disjunctive clauses see IBHS 650-52 §39.2.3. This example most closely fits the description and function of example 12, Ruth 4:18, 21-22 on p. 652.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A15/2"}
{"id":30867,"verse_id":"JER.39.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.16","text":"Heb “Behold, I will bring to pass my words against this city for evil/disaster and not for good/good fortune.” For the form of the verb מֵבִי ([ mevi ] Kethib , מֵבִיא [ mevi ’] Qere ) see GKC 206-7 §74. k , where the same form is noted for the Kethib in 2 Sam 5:2 ; 1 Kgs 21:21 ; Jer 19:15 all of which occur before a word beginning with א . For the nuance “carry out” (or “bring to pass”) see BDB 99 s.v. בּוֹא Hiph.2.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A16/2"}
{"id":30868,"verse_id":"JER.39.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.16","text":"Heb “And they [= my words for disaster] will come to pass [= happen] before you on that day [i.e., the day that I bring them to pass/carry them out].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A16/3"}
{"id":30869,"verse_id":"JER.39.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.17","text":"Heb “But I will rescue you on that day” (referring to the same day mentioned in the preceding verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A17/1"}
{"id":30870,"verse_id":"JER.39.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.17","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A17/2"}
{"id":30871,"verse_id":"JER.39.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.18","text":"Heb “your life will be to you for spoil.” For the meaning of this idiom see the study note on 21:9 and compare the usage in 21:9; 38:2; 45:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A18/2"}
{"id":30872,"verse_id":"JER.39.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":39,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"39.18","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2039%3A18/3"}
{"id":30873,"verse_id":"JER.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.1","text":"Heb “The word which came to Jeremiah from the Lord .” This phrase regularly introduces the Lord ’s directions to Jeremiah which immediately follow (cf. 7:1; 11:1; 18:1; 30:1; 34:1; 35:1 ). In 21:1; 44:1 it introduces a word of the Lord that Jeremiah communicates to others. However, no directions to Jeremiah follow here nor does any oracle that Jeremiah passes on to the people. Some commentators explain this as a heading parallel to that in 1:1-3 (which refers to messages and incidents in the life of Jeremiah up to the fall of Jerusalem) introducing the oracles that Jeremiah delivered after the fall of Jerusalem. However, no oracles follow until 42:9 . It is possible that the intervening material supply background material for the oracle that is introduced in 42:7 . An analogy to this structure but in a much shorter form may be found in 34:8-12 . Another possible explanation is that the words of the captain of the guard in vv. 2-3 are to be seen as the word of the Lord to Jeremiah. In this case, it is a rather ironical confirmation of what Jeremiah had been saying all along. If it is thought strange that a pagan soldier would have said these words, it should be remembered that foreign soldiers knew through their intelligence sources what kings and prophets were saying (cf. Isa 36:7 ), and it is not unusual for God to speak through pagan prophets (cf. Balaam’s oracles, e.g. Num 23:7-10 ) or even a dumb animal (e.g., Balaam’s donkey [ Num 22:28, 30 ]). Given the penchant for the use of irony in the book of Jeremiah, this is the most likely explanation. For further discussion on this view see G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 235-36.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A1/1"}
{"id":30874,"verse_id":"JER.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.1","text":"Heb “when he took him and he was in chains.” The subject is probably Nebuzaradan or the indefinite third singular (GKC 460 §144. d ). The Kethib of the word for בָּאזִקִּים ( ba ’ ziqqim ) is to be explained as a secondary formation with prosthetic א ( aleph ) from the normal word for “fetter” ( זֵק , zeq ) according to HALOT 27 s.v. אֲזִקִּים (see GKC 70 §19. m and 235-36 §85. b for the phenomenon).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A1/3"}
{"id":30875,"verse_id":"JER.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A1/4"}
{"id":30876,"verse_id":"JER.40.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.3","text":"Heb “Because you [masc. pl.] sinned against the Lord and did not hearken to his voice [a common idiom for “obey him”], this thing has happened to you [masc. pl.].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A3/1"}
{"id":30877,"verse_id":"JER.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.4","text":"The verb here is an example of the perfect of resolve where the speaker announces his intention to do something according to IBHS 488-89 §30.5.1d. The word “Jeremiah” is supplied in the translation to avoid the possible misunderstanding that the you is still plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A4/1"}
{"id":30878,"verse_id":"JER.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.4","text":"Or “look out for you.” See 39:12 and the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A4/2"}
{"id":30879,"verse_id":"JER.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.4","text":"Or “Stay here”; Heb “Forbear.” The imperative is used in a permissive sense; “you may forbear.” See GKC 324 §110. b and compare usage in Gen 50:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A4/3"}
{"id":30880,"verse_id":"JER.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “See all the land [or the whole land] is before you.” For this idiom see BDB 817 s.v. פָּנֶה II.4.a(f) and compare the usage in Gen 20:15; 47:6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A4/4"}
{"id":30881,"verse_id":"JER.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “Unto the good and the right in your eyes to go, go there.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A4/5"}
{"id":30882,"verse_id":"JER.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"Or “Before Jeremiah could answer, the captain of the guard added.” Or “But if you remain, then go back.” The meaning of the first part of v. 5 is uncertain. The text is either very cryptic here or is corrupt, perhaps beyond restoration. The Hebrew text reads, “and he was not yet turning and return to Gedaliah” ( וְעוֹדֶנּוּ לֹא־יָשׁוּב וְשֻׁבָה אֶל־גְּדַלְיָה ) which is very cryptic. The Greek version lacks everything in v. 4 after “I will look out for you” and begins v. 5 with “But if not, run, return to Gedaliah” (= וְאִם לֹא רוּץ וְשֻׁבָה אֶל־גְּדַלְיָה ). The Latin version reads the same as the Hebrew in v. 4 but reads “and don’t come with me but stay with Gedaliah” (= a possible Hebrew text of וְעִמָּדִי לֹא תָּשׁוּב וְשֵׁבָה אֶת־גְּדַלְיָה ). The Syriac version reads “But if you are remaining then return to Gedaliah” (reading a possible Hebrew text of יֹשֵׁב וְשֻׁבָה אֶל־גְּדַלְיָה וְעוֹדְךָ לֻא with an abnormal writing of a conditional particle normally written לוּ [ lu ] and normally introducing conditions assumed to be untrue or reading וְעוֹדְךָ לְיֹשֵׁב וְשֻׁבָה אֶל־גְּדַלְיָה with an emphatic לְ [ lÿ , see IBHS 211-12 §11.2.10i] and an informally introduced condition). NRSV does not explain the Hebrew base for its reading but accepts the Syriac as the original. It does appear to be the most likely alternative if the Hebrew is not accepted. However, the fact that none of the versions agree and all appear to be smoother than the Hebrew text suggests that they were dealing with an awkward original that they were trying to smooth out. Hence it is perhaps best to retain the Hebrew and make the best sense possible out of it. The most common reading of the Hebrew text as it stands is “and while he was not yet turning [= but before he was able to turn (to go)] [Nebuzaradan continued], ‘Go back to Gedaliah.’” (The imperfect in this case is an imperfect of capability [see IBHS 507 §31.4c, examples 2, 4, 5].) That is the reading that is adopted here. REB and TEV appear to accept a minor emendation of the verb “turn to leave” ( יָשׁוּב , yashuv , a Qal imperfect) to “answer” ( יָשִׁיב , yashiv , a Hiphil imperfect with an elided object [see BDB 999 s.v. שׁוּב Hiph.3 and compare 2 Chr 10:16 ]). All of this shows that the meaning of the text at this point is very uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":30883,"verse_id":"JER.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “set him over/ made him overseer over.” See BDB 823-24 s.v. פָּקִיד Hiph.1 and compare usage in Gen 39:4-5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A5/2"}
{"id":30884,"verse_id":"JER.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “Go back to Gedaliah…and live with him among the people.” The long Hebrew sentence has been restructured to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A5/3"}
{"id":30885,"verse_id":"JER.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.6","text":"Heb “So Jeremiah went to Gedaliah…and lived with him among the people who had been left in the land.” The long Hebrew sentence has been divided in two to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A6/2"}
{"id":30886,"verse_id":"JER.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “set him over/ made him overseer over.” See BDB 823-24 s.v. פָּקִיד Hiph.1 and compare usage in Gen 39:4-5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":30887,"verse_id":"JER.40.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.8","text":"Verse 6 consists of a very long conditional clause whose main clause is found in v. 7 . The text reads literally “When all the officers of the forces who were in the countryside heard, they and their men, that the king of Babylon had appointed Gedaliah…over the land and that he had committed to him men, women, and children, even from the poorest of the land from those who had not been carried off into exile to Babylon, they came.” The sentence has been broken up to better conform with contemporary English style. The phrase “the forces who were in the countryside” has been translated to reflect the probable situation, i.e., they had escaped and were hiding in the hills surrounding Jerusalem waiting for the Babylonians to leave (cf. Judg 6:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A8/1"}
{"id":30888,"verse_id":"JER.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.9","text":"The words “so as to give them some assurance of safety” are not in the text but are generally understood by all commentators. This would be a case of substitution of cause for effect, the oath, put for the effect, the assurance of safety (NJPS translates directly “reassured them”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A9/1"}
{"id":30889,"verse_id":"JER.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A9/2"}
{"id":30890,"verse_id":"JER.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A10/1"}
{"id":30891,"verse_id":"JER.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.10","text":"Heb “summer fruit.” “Summer fruit” is meaningless to most modern readers; dates and figs are what is involved.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A10/2"}
{"id":30892,"verse_id":"JER.40.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.10","text":"This plus “Things will go well with you” is in essence the substance of the oath. The pronouns are emphatic, “And I, behold I will stay…and you, you may gather.” The imperatives in the second half of the verse are more a form of permission than of command or advice (cf. NJPS, REB, TEV and compare the usage in 40:4 and the references in the translator’s note there).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A10/3"}
{"id":30893,"verse_id":"JER.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “summer fruit.” “Summer fruit” is meaningless to most modern readers; dates and figs are what is involved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":30894,"verse_id":"JER.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"The translation is intended to reflect the emphasizing infinitive absolute before the finite verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":30895,"verse_id":"JER.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.15","text":"Heb “Why should he kill you?” However, this is one of those cases listed in BDB 554 s.v. מָה 4.d(b) where it introduces a question introducing rhetorically the reason why something should not be done. In cases like this BDB notes that it approximates the meaning “lest” and is translated in Greek by μήποτε ( mhpote ) or μή ( mh ) as the Greek version does here. Hence it is separated from the preceding and translated “otherwise” for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A15/1"}
{"id":30896,"verse_id":"JER.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.16","text":"Heb “this thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A16/1"}
{"id":30897,"verse_id":"JER.40.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":40,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.16","text":"Heb “is false” or “is a lie.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2040%3A16/2"}
{"id":30898,"verse_id":"JER.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “Chaldean.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation. There are two cases of apposition with the repetition of the preposition or of the sign of the accusative in this verse, e.g., “who were with him, [namely] with Gedaliah” and “all the Chaldeans who happened to be there, [namely] the soldiers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":30899,"verse_id":"JER.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “were found there.” For this nuance of the verb see BDB 594 s.v. מָצָא Niph.2.c.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A3/3"}
{"id":30900,"verse_id":"JER.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"The words “to show they were mourning” are not in the text but are implicit in the acts. They are supplied in the translation for clarification for readers who may not be familiar with ancient mourning customs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":30901,"verse_id":"JER.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.5","text":"The words “in Jerusalem” are not in the text but are implicit. They are supplied in the translation for clarity. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A5/3"}
{"id":30902,"verse_id":"JER.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “he was weeping/crying.” The translation is intended to better reflect the situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A6/1"}
{"id":30903,"verse_id":"JER.41.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.6","text":"Heb “Come to Gedaliah the son of Ahikam.” The words that are supplied in the translation are implicit to the situation and are added for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A6/2"}
{"id":30904,"verse_id":"JER.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.7","text":"The words “and threw their bodies” result from the significant use of the preposition אֶל (’ el , so GKC 384 §119. gg and BDB 39 s.v. אֶל 1). Hence the suggestion in BHS (fn a) that the Syriac and two Greek mss are reading a different text is not really a textual issue but a translational one; the versions are supplying the words for stylistic purposes as has been done here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A7/1"}
{"id":30905,"verse_id":"JER.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “But there were ten men found among them and they said.” However, for the use of “were found” = “be, happened to be” see BDB 594 s.v. מָצָא 2.c and compare the usage in 41:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":30906,"verse_id":"JER.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.8","text":"This sentence is a good example of the elliptical nature of some of the causal connections in the Hebrew Bible. All the Hebrew says literally is “For we have hidden stores of wheat, barley, olive oil, and honey in a field.” However, it is obvious that they are using this as their bargaining chip to prevent Ishmael and his men from killing them. For the use of “for” ( כִּי , ki ) for such elliptical thoughts see BDB 473-74 s.v. כִּי 3.c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A8/2"}
{"id":30907,"verse_id":"JER.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.8","text":"Or “So he refrained from killing them”; Heb “he refrained and did not kill them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A8/3"}
{"id":30908,"verse_id":"JER.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “in the midst of their brothers/fellow countrymen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A8/4"}
{"id":30909,"verse_id":"JER.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"41.9","text":"The translation here follows the reading of the Greek version. The meaning of the Hebrew is uncertain; some understand it to mean “because of Gedaliah [i.e., to cover up the affair with Gedaliah]” and others understand it to mean “alongside of Gedaliah.” The translation presupposes that the Hebrew text reads בּוֹר גָּדוֹל הוּא ( bor gadol hu ’) in place of בְּיַד־גְּדַלְיָהוּ הוּא ( bÿyad-gÿdalyahu ). The meaning of בְּיַד ( bÿyad ) does not fit any of the normal ones given for this expression and those who retain the Hebrew text normally explain it as an unparalleled use of “because” or “in the affair of” (so NJPS) or a rare use meaning “near, by the side of “ (see BDB 391 s.v. יָד 5.d where only Ps 141:6 and Zech 4:12 are cited. BDB themselves suggest reading with the Greek version as the present translation does [so BDB 391 s.v. יָד 5.c(3)]). For the syntax presupposed by the Greek text which has been followed consult IBHS 298 §16.3.3d and 133 §8.4.2b. The first clause is a classifying clause with normal order of subject-predicate-copulative pronoun and it is followed by a further qualifying relative clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A9/1"}
{"id":30910,"verse_id":"JER.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.9","text":"Or “with corpses”; Heb “with the slain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A9/3"}
{"id":30911,"verse_id":"JER.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.10","text":"Heb “the daughters of the king.” Most commentators do not feel that this refers to the actual daughters of Zedekiah since they would have been too politically important to have escaped exile with their father. As noted in the translator’s note on 36:26 this need not refer to the actual daughters of the king but may refer to other royal daughters, i.e., the daughters of other royal princes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A10/1"}
{"id":30912,"verse_id":"JER.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.11","text":"Or “crimes,” or “evil things”; Heb “the evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A11/1"}
{"id":30913,"verse_id":"JER.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “the many [or great] waters.” This is generally identified with the pool of Gibeon mentioned in 2 Sam 2:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":30914,"verse_id":"JER.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “all the people who were with Ishmael.” However, this does not refer to his own troops but to those he had taken with him from Mizpah, i.e., the captives. The phrase is specifically clarified in the next verse, i.e. “the people whom Ishmael had taken captive from Mizpah.” Hence the phrase is translated here according to sense, not according to the literal wording.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A13/1"}
{"id":30915,"verse_id":"JER.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.17","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A17/1"}
{"id":30916,"verse_id":"JER.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A17/3"}
{"id":30917,"verse_id":"JER.41.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":41,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.18","text":"Verses 16-18 a are a long complex sentence in the Hebrew text with some rather awkward placement of qualifying terms. In the Hebrew text these verses read: “ 41:16 And he took, Johanan…and all the army officers with him, all the people who were left alive which he [Johanan] had taken back from Ishmael son of Nethaniah from Mizpah after he [Ishmael] had killed Gedaliah…men, men of war, and women and children and court officials which he [Johanan] had brought back from Gibeon 41:17 and they went and they stayed at Geruth Kimham…to go to enter Egypt 41:18 because of the Chaldean because they were afraid of them because Ishmael…” The sentence has been broken down and restructured to reflect all the relevant data in shorter sentences which better conform with contemporary English style. There are a couple of places where the text and syntax are debated. Many modern English versions and commentaries read “They led off/took control of/took all survivors of the people whom Ishmael…had taken captive [reading שָׁבָה ֹאתָם ( shavah ’ otam ) in place of הֵשִׁיב מֵאֵת ( heshiv me ’ et ), “whom he (Johanan) had taken back/rescued from Ishmael] from Mizpah after he had…” This is a decidedly smoother text but there is no manuscript or versional evidence for it and so it has been rejected here. Some commentators and English versions see the words “men of war” (“soldiers”) following the word “men” as appositional to that word and hence see only one category. However, there are no parallels to these words used in this kind of apposition. So the translation reflects two categories.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2041%3A18/1"}
{"id":30918,"verse_id":"JER.42.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.1","text":"Or “without distinction,” or “All the people from the least important to the most important”; Heb “from the least to the greatest.” This is a figure of speech that uses polar opposites as an all-inclusive designation of everyone without exception (i.e., it included all the people from the least important or poorest to the most important or richest.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A1/2"}
{"id":30919,"verse_id":"JER.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “please let our petition fall before you.” For the idiom here see 37:20 and the translator’s note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A2/1"}
{"id":30920,"verse_id":"JER.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “on behalf of us, [that is] on behalf of all this remnant.” sn This refers to the small remnant of people who were left of those from Mizpah who had been taken captive by Ishmael after he had killed Gedaliah and who had been rescued from him at Gibeon. There were other Judeans still left in the land of Judah who had not been killed or deported by the Babylonians.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A2/2"}
{"id":30921,"verse_id":"JER.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “For we are left a few from the many as your eyes are seeing us.” The words “used to be” are not in the text but are implicit. These words are supplied in the translation for clarity and smoothness of English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A2/3"}
{"id":30922,"verse_id":"JER.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “I have heard” = “I agree.” For this nuance of the verb see BDB 1034 s.v. שָׁמַע Qal.1.j and compare the usage in Gen 37:27 and Judg 11:17 listed there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":30923,"verse_id":"JER.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “all the word which the Lord will answer you.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A4/2"}
{"id":30924,"verse_id":"JER.42.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.5","text":"Heb “do according to all the word which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A5/1"}
{"id":30925,"verse_id":"JER.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"Heb “Whether good or whether evil we will hearken to the voice of the Lord our God to whom we are sending you in order that it may go well for us because/when we hearken to the voice of the Lord our God.” The phrase “whether good or whether evil” is an abbreviated form of the idiomatic expressions “to be good in the eyes of” = “to be pleasing to” (BDB 374 s.v. טוֹב 2.f and see 1 Kgs 21:2 ) and “to be bad in the eyes of” = “to be displeasing to” (BDB 948 s.v. רַע 3 and see Num 22:34 ). The longer Hebrew sentence has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":30926,"verse_id":"JER.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.8","text":"Or “without distinction,” or “All the people from the least important to the most important”; Heb “from the least to the greatest.” This is a figure of speech that uses polar opposites as an all-inclusive designation of everyone without exception (i.e., it included all the people from the least important or poorest to the most important or richest.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A8/1"}
{"id":30927,"verse_id":"JER.42.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.9","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord God of Israel to whom you sent me to present your petition before him, ‘…’” The sentence has been restructured to cut down on the length of the introduction leading in to the long quote. sn Their “request” is that Jeremiah would tell them where to go and what to do (v. 3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A9/1"}
{"id":30928,"verse_id":"JER.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"The word “just” is intended to reflect the infinitive absolute before the finite verb emphasizing here the condition rather than the verb root (see Joüon 2:423 §123.g, and compare the usage in Exod 15:26 ). The form looks like the infinitive absolute of the verb שׁוּב ( shuv ), but all the versions interpret it as though it is from יָשַׁב ( yashav ) which is the root of the verb that follows it. Either this is a textual error of the loss of a י ( yod ) or this is one of the cases that GKC 69 §19. i list as the possible loss of a weak consonant at the beginning of a word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":30929,"verse_id":"JER.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.10","text":"Or “I will firmly plant you in the land,” or “I will establish you.” This is part of the metaphor that has been used of God (re)establishing Israel in the land. See 24:6; 31:28; 32:41 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A10/2"}
{"id":30930,"verse_id":"JER.42.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.11","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A11/2"}
{"id":30931,"verse_id":"JER.42.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.14","text":"Heb “see [or experience] war.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A14/1"}
{"id":30932,"verse_id":"JER.42.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.14","text":"Heb “hear the sound of the trumpet.” The trumpet was used to gather the troops and to sound the alarm for battle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A14/2"}
{"id":30933,"verse_id":"JER.42.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.14","text":"Jer 42:13-14 are a long complex condition (protasis) whose consequence (apodosis) does not begin until v. 15 . The Hebrew text of vv. 13-14 reads: 42:13 “But if you say [or continue to say (the form is a participle)], ‘We will not stay in this land’ with the result that you do not obey [or “more literally, do not hearken to the voice of] the Lord your God, 42:14 saying, ‘No, but to the land of Egypt we will go where we…and there we will live,’ 42:15 now therefore hear the word of the Lord …” The sentence has been broken up and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style but an attempt has been made to maintain the contingencies and the qualifiers that are in the longer Hebrew original.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A14/3"}
{"id":30934,"verse_id":"JER.42.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” See the study note on 2:19 for the translation and significance of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A15/1"}
{"id":30935,"verse_id":"JER.42.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.15","text":"Heb “set your face to.” See Jer 42:17; 44:11 ; Dan 11:17 ; 2 Kgs 12:17 ( 12:18 HT) for parallel usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A15/2"}
{"id":30936,"verse_id":"JER.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.16","text":"Or “will follow you right into Egypt,” or “will dog your steps all the way to Egypt”; Heb “cling after.” This is the only case of this verb with this preposition in the Qal stem. However, it is used with this preposition several times in the Hiphil, all with the meaning of “to pursue closely.” See BDB 180 s.v. דָּבַק Hiph.2 and compare Judg 20:45 ; 1 Sam 14:22 ; 1 Chr 10:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A16/1"}
{"id":30937,"verse_id":"JER.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.16","text":"The repetition of the adverb “there” in the translation of vv. 14, 16 is to draw attention to the rhetorical emphasis on the locale of Egypt in the original text of both v. 14 and v. 16 . In v. 14 they say, “to the land of Egypt we will go…and there we will live.” In v. 16 God says, “wars…there will catch up with you…the hunger…there will follow after you…and there you will die.” God rhetorically denies their focus on Egypt as a place of safety and of relative prosperity. That can only be found in Judah under the protective presence of the Lord (vv. 10-12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A16/2"}
{"id":30938,"verse_id":"JER.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.18","text":"Or “Indeed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A18/1"}
{"id":30939,"verse_id":"JER.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.18","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” See the study note on 2:19 for the translation and significance of this title.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A18/2"}
{"id":30940,"verse_id":"JER.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A18/3"}
{"id":30941,"verse_id":"JER.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"42.18","text":"See the study note on 24:9 and the usage in 29:22 for the meaning and significance of this last phrase.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A18/4"}
{"id":30942,"verse_id":"JER.42.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"42.18","text":"Or “land.” The reference is, of course, to the land of Judah.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A18/5"}
{"id":30943,"verse_id":"JER.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.19","text":"Heb “Know for certain that I warn you…” The idea of “for certain” is intended to reflect the emphatic use of the infinitive absolute before the volitive use of the imperfect (see IBHS 587-88 §35.3.1h and 509 §31.5b). The substitution “of this:” for “that” has been made to shorten the sentence in conformity with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A19/1"}
{"id":30944,"verse_id":"JER.42.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.19","text":"Heb “today.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A19/2"}
{"id":30945,"verse_id":"JER.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.20","text":"Heb “you are erring at the cost of your own lives” (BDB 1073 s.v. תָּעָה Hiph.3 and HALOT 1626 s.v. תָּעָה Hif 4, and cf. BDB 90 s.v. בְּ 3 and see parallels in 1 Kgs 2:23 ; 2 Sam 23:17 for the nuance of “at the cost of your lives”). This fits the context better than “you are deceiving yourselves” (KBL 1035 s.v. תָּעָה Hif 4). The reading here follows the Qere הִתְעֵיתֶם ( hit ’ etem ) rather than the Kethib which has a metathesis of י ( yod ) and ת ( tav ), i.e., הִתְעֵתֶים . The Greek text presupposes הֲרֵעֹתֶם ( hare ’ otem , “you have done evil”), but that reading is generally rejected as secondary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A20/1"}
{"id":30946,"verse_id":"JER.42.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.20","text":"Heb “According to all which the Lord our God says so tell us and we will do.” The restructuring of the sentence is intended to better reflect contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A20/2"}
{"id":30947,"verse_id":"JER.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.21","text":"Or “Today.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A21/1"}
{"id":30948,"verse_id":"JER.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.21","text":"The words “what he said” are not in the text but are implicit and seem necessary for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A21/2"}
{"id":30949,"verse_id":"JER.42.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":42,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.21","text":"Heb “But you have not hearkened to the voice of [idiomatic for “obeyed” see BDB 1034 s.v. שָׁמַע Qal.1.m] the Lord your God, namely [cf. BDB 252 s.v. וְ 1.b] with respect [cf. BDB 514 s.v. לְ 5.f(c)] all which he has sent to us.” The verb is translated “don’t seem to want to obey” because they have not yet expressed their refusal or their actual disobedience. Several commentaries sensing this apparent discrepancy suggest that 42:19-22 are to be transposed after 43:1-3 (see, e.g., BHS note 18a, W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:275; J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 252, 256, 258). However, there is absolutely no textual evidence for the transposition and little reason to suspect an early scribal error (in spite of Holladay’s suggestion). It is possible that Jeremiah here anticipates this answer in 43:1-3 through the response on their faces (so Bright, 256; F. B. Huey, Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 361). G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 249) also call attention to the stated intention in 41:17 and the fact that the strong warning in 42:15-17 seems to imply that a negative response is expected). The use of the perfect here is perhaps to be related to the perfect expressing resolve or determination (see IBHS 489 §30.5.1d). It is also conceivable that these two verses are part of a conditional sentence which has no formal introduction. I.e., “And if you will not obey…then you should know for certain that…” For examples of this kind of conditional clause introduced by two vav s ( ו ) see Joüon 2:628-29 §167.b, and compare Jer 18:4 ; Judg 6:13 . However, though this interpretation is within the possibilities of Hebrew grammar, I know of no translation or commentary that follows it. So it has not been followed in the translation or given as an alternate translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2042%3A21/3"}
{"id":30950,"verse_id":"JER.43.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.1","text":"This sentence contains an emphasis that is impossible to translate into idiomatic English that would not sound redundant. In Hebrew the sentence reads: “When Jeremiah finished [the temporal subordination is left out here because it would make the sentence too long] telling all the people all the words [or all the things] which the Lord their God had sent him [to say] to them, namely all these words,…” The last phrase has been left out of the translation as already having been included. Though they have been left out of the translation, attention is called to their presence here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A1/1"}
{"id":30951,"verse_id":"JER.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.3","text":"Or “is inciting you against us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A3/1"}
{"id":30952,"verse_id":"JER.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.3","text":"Heb “in order to give us into the hands of the Chaldeans.” The substitution “he wants to” as the equivalent of the purpose clause has been chosen to shorten the sentence to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A3/2"}
{"id":30953,"verse_id":"JER.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.3","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A3/3"}
{"id":30954,"verse_id":"JER.43.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.6","text":"Heb “the daughters of the king.” See the translator’s note on 41:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A6/1"}
{"id":30955,"verse_id":"JER.43.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.9","text":"Heb “Take some large stones in your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A9/1"}
{"id":30956,"verse_id":"JER.43.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.9","text":"The meaning of the expression “mortar of the clay pavement” is uncertain. The noun translated “mortar” occurs only here and the etymology is debated. Both BDB 572 s.v. מֶלֶט and KBL 529 s.v. מֶלֶט give the meaning “mortar.” The noun translated “clay pavement” is elsewhere used of a “brick mold.” Here BDB 527 s.v. מַלְבֵּן 2 gives “quadrangle” and KBL 527 s.v. מַלְבֵּן 2 gives “terrace of bricks.” HALOT 558 s.v. מֶלֶט and מַלְבֵּן 2 give “loamy soil” for both words, seeing the second noun as a dittography or gloss of the first (see also note c in BHS ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A9/2"}
{"id":30957,"verse_id":"JER.43.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.9","text":"Heb “in Tahpanhes in the eyes of the men of Judah.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A9/4"}
{"id":30958,"verse_id":"JER.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.10","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” Compare 7:3 and see the study note on 2:19 for explanation of the translation and significance of this title.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A10/2"}
{"id":30959,"verse_id":"JER.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.10","text":"Heb “send and take/fetch.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A10/3"}
{"id":30960,"verse_id":"JER.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"43.10","text":"The Greek version reads the verbs in this sentence as third person, “he will set,” and second person, “you have buried.” This fits the context better but it is difficult to explain how the Hebrew could have arisen from this smoother reading. The figure of substitution (metonymy of cause for effect) is probably involved: “I will have him set” and “I have had you bury.” The effect of these substitutions is to emphasize the sovereignty of God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A10/5"}
{"id":30961,"verse_id":"JER.43.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"43.10","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. The word here ( שַׁפְרִירוֹ [ shafriro ] Qere , שַׁפְרוּרוֹ [ shafruro ] Kethib ) occurs only here in the Hebrew Bible. According to the lexicons it refers to either the carpet for his throne or the canopy over it. See, e.g., HALOT 1510 s.v. שַׁפְרִיר .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A10/6"}
{"id":30962,"verse_id":"JER.43.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.11","text":"As in 15:2 the Hebrew is very brief and staccato-like: “those to death to death, and those to captivity to captivity, and those to the sword to the sword.” As in 15:2 most commentaries and English versions assume that the word “death” refers to death by disease. See the translator’s note on 15:2 and compare also 18:21 where the sword is distinctly connected with “war” or “battle” and is distinct from “killed by death [i.e., disease].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A11/1"}
{"id":30963,"verse_id":"JER.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"43.12","text":"The translation follows the Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions. The Hebrew text reads: “I will set fire to.” While it would be possible to explain the first person subject here in the same way as in the two verbs in v. 12 b, the corruption of the Hebrew text is easy to explain here as a metathesis of two letters, י ( yod ) and ת ( tav ). The Hebrew reads הִצַּתִּי ( hitsatti ) and the versions presuppose הִצִּית ( hitsit ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A12/1"}
{"id":30964,"verse_id":"JER.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.12","text":"Heb “burn them or carry them off as captives.” Some of the commentaries and English versions make a distinction between the objects of the verbs, i.e., burn the temples and carry off the gods. However, the burning down of the temples is referred to later in v. 13 . sn It was typical in the ancient Near East for the images of the gods of vanquished nations to be carried off and displayed in triumphal procession on the return from battle to show the superiority of the victor’s gods over those of the vanquished (cf., e.g., Isa 46:1-2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A12/2"}
{"id":30965,"verse_id":"JER.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.12","text":"Or “he will take over Egypt as easily as a shepherd wraps his cloak around him.” The translation follows the interpretation of HALOT 769 s.v. II ָעטָה Qal, the Greek translation, and a number of the modern commentaries (e.g., J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 671). The only other passage where that translation is suggested for this verb is Isa 22:17 according to HAL . The alternate translation follows the more normal meaning of עָטָה (’ atah ; cf. BDB 741 s.v. I עָטָה Qal which explains “so completely will it be in his power”). The fact that the subject is “a shepherd” lends more credence to the former view though there may be a deliberate double meaning playing on the homonyms (cf. W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:302).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A12/3"}
{"id":30966,"verse_id":"JER.43.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":43,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.12","text":"Heb “in peace/wholeness/well-being/safety [ shalom ].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2043%3A12/4"}
{"id":30967,"verse_id":"JER.44.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.1","text":"Heb “The word came to Jeremiah concerning.” Though the phrase “from the Lord ” is missing from this formula which occurs elsewhere at 7:1; 11:1; 18:1; 21:1; 30:1; 32:1; 34:1, 8; 35:1; 40:1 , it is clearly implied from the words that follow. As in these other passages, the more active form has been chosen for the translation to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A1/1"}
{"id":30968,"verse_id":"JER.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” Compare 7:3 and see the study note on 2:19 for explanation and translation of this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A2/1"}
{"id":30969,"verse_id":"JER.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A2/2"}
{"id":30970,"verse_id":"JER.44.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.2","text":"Heb “Behold, they are in ruins this day and there is no one living in them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A2/3"}
{"id":30971,"verse_id":"JER.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “they.” The referent must be supplied from the preceding, i.e., Jerusalem and all the towns of Judah. “They” are those who have experienced the disaster and are distinct from those being addressed and their ancestors ( 44:3 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A3/1"}
{"id":30972,"verse_id":"JER.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “thus making me angry.” However, this is a good place to break the sentence to create a shorter sentence that is more in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A3/2"}
{"id":30973,"verse_id":"JER.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “by going to offer sacrifice in serving/worshiping.” The second לְ ( lamed ) + infinitive is epexegetical of the first (cf. IBHS 608-9 §36.2.3e).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A3/3"}
{"id":30974,"verse_id":"JER.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “fathers” (also in vv. 9, 10, 17, 21 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A3/4"}
{"id":30975,"verse_id":"JER.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.4","text":"See 7:13 for an explanation of this idiom and compare 7:25; 25:4; 26:5; 29:19; 35:15 for similar references to the persistent warnings of the prophets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A4/1"}
{"id":30976,"verse_id":"JER.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.4","text":"Heb “sent…over again, saying, ‘Do not do this terrible thing that I hate.’” The indirect quote has been used to shorten the sentence and eliminate one level of embedded quotes. sn This refers to the worship of other gods mentioned in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A4/2"}
{"id":30977,"verse_id":"JER.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.5","text":"There appears to be a deliberate shift in the pronouns used in vv. 2-5 . “You” refers to the people living in Egypt who are being addressed (v. 2 ) and to the people of present and past generations to whom the Lord persistently sent the prophets (v. 4 ). “They” refers to the people of Jerusalem and the towns of Judah who have suffered disaster (v. 2 ) because of the wickedness of sacrificing to other gods (vv. 3, 5 ). The referents have been explicitly identified in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A5/1"}
{"id":30978,"verse_id":"JER.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “They did not listen or incline their ear [= pay attention] by turning from their wickedness by not sacrificing to other gods.” The לְ ( lamed ) + the negative + the infinitive is again epexegetical. The sentence has been restructured and more idiomatic English expressions have been used to better conform with contemporary English style but an attempt has been made to retain the basic relationships of subordination.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A5/2"}
{"id":30979,"verse_id":"JER.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb “Yahweh, the God of armies, the God of Israel.” Compare 35:17; 38:17 and for the title “God of armies” see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A7/1"}
{"id":30980,"verse_id":"JER.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.8","text":"Heb “the works of your hands.” Here the phrase is qualified by the epexegetical לְ ( lamed ) + infinitive, לְקַטֵּר ( lÿqatter , “by sacrificing [to other gods]”). For further discussion on the use of this phrase see the translator’s note on 25:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A8/1"}
{"id":30981,"verse_id":"JER.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.8","text":"Heb “a curse.” For the meaning of this phrase see the translator’s note on 24:9 and see the usage in 24:9; 25:18; 26:6; 29:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A8/2"}
{"id":30982,"verse_id":"JER.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.8","text":"Verses 7 b-8 are all one long, complex sentence governed by the interrogative “Why.” The Hebrew text reads: “Why are you doing great harm to your souls [= “yourselves” (cf. BDB 660 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 4.b[6])] so as to cut off [= destroy] from yourselves man and woman, child and baby [the terms are collective singulars and are to be interpreted as plurals] from the midst of Judah so as not to leave to yourselves a remnant by making me angry with the works of your hands by sacrificing to other gods in the land of Egypt where you have come to live so as to cut off [an example of result rather than purpose after the particle לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ; see the translator’s note on 25:7 )] yourselves and so that you may become a curse and an object of ridicule among all the nations of the earth.” The sentence has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style. An attempt has been made to retain an equivalent for all the subordinations and qualifying phrases. sn What is being threatened is not the total destruction of a remnant of Judah. Jeremiah recognizes those who have been carried off to Babylon as well as other places as seeds for a new beginning (e.g., 24:5-6; 29:14; 30:3 ). But he denies here that any of those who have gone to Egypt and are continuing to practice idolatry will be among them. All of them will be cut off (i.e., destroyed) from the midst of Judah so that not a remnant of them will be left.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A8/3"}
{"id":30983,"verse_id":"JER.44.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.9","text":"Heb “his.” This should not be viewed as a textual error but as a distributive singular use of the suffix, i.e., the wives of each of the kings of Judah (cf. GKC 464 §145. l and compare the usage in Isa 2:8 ; Hos 4:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A9/1"}
{"id":30984,"verse_id":"JER.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “they” but as H. Freedman ( Jeremiah [SoBB], 284) notes the third person is used here to include the people just referred to as well as the current addressees. Hence “your people” or “the people of Judah.” It is possible that the third person again reflects the rhetorical distancing that was referred to earlier in 35:16 (see the translator’s note there for explanation) in which case one might translate “you have shown,” and “you have not revered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A10/1"}
{"id":30985,"verse_id":"JER.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “to set before.” According to BDB 817 s.v. פָּנֶה II.4.b(g) this refers to “propounding to someone for acceptance or choice.” This is clearly the usage in Deut 30:15, 19 ; Jer 21:8 and is likely the case here. However, to translate literally would not be good English idiom and “proposed to” might not be correctly understood, so the basic translation of נָתַן ( natan ) has been used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A10/2"}
{"id":30986,"verse_id":"JER.44.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.11","text":"Heb “Behold I am setting my face against you for evil/disaster.” For the meaning of the idiom “to set the face to/against” see the translator’s note on 42:15 and compare the references listed there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A11/1"}
{"id":30987,"verse_id":"JER.44.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.11","text":"Heb “and to destroy all Judah.” However, this statement must be understood within the rhetoric of the passage (see vv. 7-8 and the study note on v. 8 ) and within the broader context of the Lord ’s promises to restore the remnant who are in Babylon and those scattered in other lands ( 23:3; 24:5-6; 29:14; 30:3; 32:27 ). In this context “all Judah” must refer to all the Judeans living in Egypt whom Jeremiah is now addressing. This involves the figure of synecdoche where all does not extend to all individuals but to all that are further specified or implied (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 616-18, and the comments in H. Freedman, Jeremiah [SoBB], 285). The “and” in front of “to destroy” is to be understood as an example of the epexegetical use of the conjunction ו ( vav ; see BDB 252 s.v. וַ 1.b and compare the translation of J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 260).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A11/2"}
{"id":30988,"verse_id":"JER.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “they set their face to go.” Compare 44:11 and 42:14 and see the translator’s note at 42:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A12/1"}
{"id":30989,"verse_id":"JER.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “fall by the sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A12/2"}
{"id":30990,"verse_id":"JER.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.12","text":"Or “All of them without distinction,” or “All of them from the least important to the most important”; Heb “From the least to the greatest.” See the translator’s note on 42:1 for the meaning of this idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A12/3"}
{"id":30991,"verse_id":"JER.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"44.12","text":"See the study note on 24:9 and the usage in 29:22 for the meaning and significance of this last phrase. sn See Jer 42:18 for parallel usage.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A12/4"}
{"id":30992,"verse_id":"JER.44.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.14","text":"Heb “There shall not be an escapee or a survivor to the remnant of Judah who came to sojourn there in the land of Egypt even to return to the land of Judah which they are lifting up their souls [= “longing/desiring” (BDB 672 s.v. נָשָׂא Piel.2)] to return to live there; for none shall return except fugitives.” The long, complex Hebrew original has been broken up and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style. Another possible structure would be “None of the Judean remnant who have come to live in the land of Egypt will escape or survive. None of them will escape or survive to return to the land of Judah where they long to return to live. Indeed (emphatic use of כִּי [ ki ]; cf. BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e) none of them shall return except a few fugitives.” This verse is a good example of rhetorical hyperbole where a universal negative does not apply to absolutely all the particulars. Though the Lord denies at the outset that any will escape or survive the punishment of vv. 12-13 to return to Judah, he says at the end that a few fugitives will return (the two words for fugitive are from the same root and mean the same thing). (E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 618-19, might classify this as a synecdoche of genus where a universal negative does not deny particularity.) That this last statement is not a gloss or an afterthought is supported by what is said later in v. 28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A14/1"}
{"id":30993,"verse_id":"JER.44.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.15","text":"The translation is very interpretive at several key points: Heb “Then all the men who were aware that their wives were sacrificing to other gods and all their wives who were standing by, a great crowd/congregation, and all the people who were living in the land of Egypt in Pathros answered, saying.” It is proper to assume that the phrase “a great crowd” is appositional to “all the men…and their wives….” It is also probably proper to assume that the phrase “who were standing by” is unnecessary to the English translation. What is interpretive is the assumption that the “and all the people who were living in Egypt in Pathros” is explicative of “the great crowd” and that the phrase “in Pathros” is conjunctive and not appositional. Several commentaries and English versions (e.g., J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 678-79, n. 2; NJPS) assume that the phrase is descriptive of a second group, i.e., all the Jews from Pathros in Egypt (i.e., southern Egypt [see the study note on 44:1 ]). Those who follow this interpretation generally see this as a gloss (see Thompson, 678, n. 2, and also W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:279, n. 15b). It is probably better to assume that the phrase is explicative and that “all” is used in the same rhetorical way that it has been used within the chapter, i.e., “all” = representatives of all. Likewise the phrase “in Pathros” should be assumed to be conjunctive as in the Syriac translation and as suggested by BHS fn c since Jeremiah’s answer in vv. 24, 26 is directed to all the Judeans living in Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A15/1"}
{"id":30994,"verse_id":"JER.44.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.16","text":"Heb “the word [or message] you have spoken to us in the name of the Lord .” For an explanation of the rendering of “in the name of the Lord ” see the study notes on 10:25 and 23:27 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A16/1"}
{"id":30995,"verse_id":"JER.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “that went out of our mouth.” I.e., everything we said, promised, or vowed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A17/1"}
{"id":30996,"verse_id":"JER.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “sacrifice to the Queen of Heaven and pour out drink offerings to her.” The expressions have been combined to simplify and shorten the sentence. The same combination also occurs in vv. 18, 19 . sn See the translator’s note and the study note on 7:18 for the problem of translation and identification of the term translated here “the goddess called the Queen of Heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A17/2"}
{"id":30997,"verse_id":"JER.44.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.17","text":"Heb “saw [or experienced] no disaster/trouble/harm.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A17/3"}
{"id":30998,"verse_id":"JER.44.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.18","text":"Heb “we have been consumed/destroyed by sword or by starvation.” The “we” cannot be taken literally here since they are still alive. sn What is being contrasted here is the relative peace and prosperity under the reign of Manasseh, who promoted all kinds of pagan cults including the worship of astral deities ( 2 Kgs 21:2-9 ), and the disasters that befell Judah after the reforms of Josiah, which included the removal of all the cult images and altars from Jerusalem and Judah ( 2 Kgs 23:4-15 ). The disasters included the death of Josiah himself at the battle of Megiddo, the deportation of his son Jehoahaz to Egypt, the death of Jehoiakim, the deportation of Jehoiachin (Jeconiah) and many other Judeans in 597 b.c. , the death by war, starvation, and disease of many Judeans during the siege of Jerusalem in 588-86 b.c. , and the captivity of many of those who survived. Instead of seeing these as punishments for their disobedience to the Lord as Jeremiah had preached to them, they saw these as consequences of their failure to continue the worship of the foreign gods.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A18/1"}
{"id":30999,"verse_id":"JER.44.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"44.19","text":"The words “And the women added” are not in the Hebrew text. They are, however, implicit in what is said. They are found in the Syriac version and in one recension of the Greek version. W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:279, n. 19a) suggests that these words are missing from the Hebrew text because of haplography, i.e., that the scribe left out וַהַנָּשִׁים אָמְרוּ כִי ( vahannashim ’ omru khi ) because his eye jumped from the ו at the beginning to the כִּי ( ki ) that introduced the temporal clause and left out everything in between. It is, however, just as likely, given the fact that there are several other examples of quotes which have not been formally introduced in the book of Jeremiah, that the words were not there and are supplied by these two ancient versions as a translator’s clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A19/1"}
{"id":31000,"verse_id":"JER.44.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.19","text":"Or “When we sacrificed and poured out drink offering to the Queen of Heaven and made cakes in her image, wasn’t it with the knowledge and approval of our husbands?” Heb “When we sacrificed to the Queen of Heaven and poured out drink offerings [for the use of לְ ( lamed ) + the infinitive construct to carry on the tense of the preceding verb see BDB 518 s.v. לְ 7.b(h)] to her, did we make cakes to make an image of her and pour out drink offerings apart from [i.e., “without the knowledge and consent of,” so BDB 116 s.v. בִּלְעֲדֵי b(a)] our husbands?” The question expects a positive answer and has been rendered as an affirmation in the translation. The long, complex Hebrew sentence has again been broken in two and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style. sn According to Jer 7:18-19 it was not only with the full knowledge and approval of their husbands but also with their active participation. Most of the commentaries call attention to the fact that what is being alluded to here is that a woman’s vow had to have her husband’s conscious approval to have any validity (cf. Num 30:7-16 and see the reference to the vow in v. 17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A19/2"}
{"id":31001,"verse_id":"JER.44.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.20","text":"Heb “And Jeremiah said to all the people, to the men and to the women, namely to all the people who answered him a word.” The appositional phrases have been combined to eliminate what would be redundant to a modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A20/1"}
{"id":31002,"verse_id":"JER.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.21","text":"The words “to other gods” are not in the text but are implicit from the context (cf. v. 17 ). They are supplied in the translation for clarity. It was not the act of sacrifice that was wrong but the recipient.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A21/1"}
{"id":31003,"verse_id":"JER.44.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.21","text":"Heb “The sacrifices which you sacrificed in the towns of Judah and in the streets of Jerusalem, you and your fathers, your kings and your leaders and the people of the land, did not the Lord remember them and [did they not] come into his mind?” The question is again rhetorical and expects a positive answer. So it is rendered here as an affirmative statement for the sake of clarity and simplicity. An attempt has been made to shorten the long Hebrew sentence to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A21/2"}
{"id":31004,"verse_id":"JER.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “And/Then the Lord could no longer endure because of the evil of your deeds [and] because of the detestable things that you did and [or so] your land became a desolation and a waste and an occasion of a curse without inhabitant as this day.” The sentence has been broken up and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style, but an attempt has been made to preserve the causal and consequential connections.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A22/1"}
{"id":31005,"verse_id":"JER.44.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.23","text":"Heb “Because you have sacrificed and you have sinned against the Lord and you have not listened to the voice of the Lord and in his laws, in his statutes, and in his decrees you have not walked, therefore this disaster has happened to you as this day.” The text has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A23/1"}
{"id":31006,"verse_id":"JER.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.24","text":"Heb “and to all the women.” The “and” ( ו , vav ) is to be explained here according to BDB 252 s.v. וַ 1.a. The focus of the address that follows is on the women. See the translator’s note on the next verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A24/1"}
{"id":31007,"verse_id":"JER.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.25","text":"Or “You and your wives.” The text and referent here is uncertain because of the confusing picture that the alternation of pronouns presents in this verse. Three of the main verbs are second feminine plurals and one of them is second masculine plural. All the pronominal suffixes on the nouns are second masculine plurals. The Hebrew text reads: “You [masc. pl.] and your [masc. pl.] wives have spoken [2nd fem. pl.; תְּדַבֵּרְנָה , tÿdabberÿnah ] with your [masc. pl.] mouth and you have fulfilled [masc. pl.; מִלֵּאתֶם , mille ’ tem ] with your [masc. pl.] hands, saying, ‘We [common gender] will certainly carry out….’ Indeed fulfill [2nd fem. pl.; תָּקִימְנָה , taqimnah ] your [masc. pl.] vows and indeed carry out [2nd fem. pl.; תַעֲשֶׂינָה , ta ’ asenah ] your [masc. pl.] vows.” Older commentaries, such as K&D 22:165, explain the feminine verbs as a matter of the women being the principle subject. Most all modern commentaries (e.g., J. A. Thompson, J. Bright, W. L. Holladay, and G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers) follow the reading of the Greek version which reads “you women” (= אַתֵּנָה הַנָּשִּׁים , [’ attenah hannashim ]) in place of “you and your wives” ( אַתֶּם וּנְשֵׁיכֶם , ’ attem unÿshekhem ) in the Hebrew. None of them, however, explain the use of the 2nd masc. plurals here. This is possibly a case where the masculine forms are used in the place of the feminine due to the dislike of Hebrew to use the feminine plural forms (cf. GKC 459 §144. a and 466 §145. t ). This seems all the more probable when 2nd fem. pl. verbs are qualified by nouns with 2nd masc. pl. suffixes. The translation here follows this interpretation of the masc. pl. forms and reads “you women” with the Greek version in place of “you and your wives” and sees the referents throughout as the women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A25/1"}
{"id":31008,"verse_id":"JER.44.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.25","text":"Heb “Carry out your vows!” sn The commands here are, of course, sarcastic and not meant to be taken literally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A25/2"}
{"id":31009,"verse_id":"JER.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “Therefore.” This particle quite often introduces the announcement of judgment after an indictment or accusation of a crime. That is its function here after the statement of cause in vv. 24-25 . However, it would not sound right after the immediately preceding ironical or sarcastic commands to go ahead and fulfill their vows. “But” is a better transition unless one wants to paraphrase “Therefore, since you are so determined to do that….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A26/1"}
{"id":31010,"verse_id":"JER.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “Behold I swear by…that my name will no more be pronounced in the mouth of any man of Judah in all the land of Egypt saying, ‘As the Lord Yahweh lives.’” The sentence has been broken up and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style and the significance of pronouncing the name has been interpreted for the sake of readers who might not be familiar with this biblical idiom. sn They will no longer be able to invoke his name in an oath because they will all be put to death (v. 27 ; cf. vv. 11-14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A26/2"}
{"id":31011,"verse_id":"JER.44.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.27","text":"Heb “Behold I.” For the use of this particle see the translator’s note on 1:6 . Here it announces the reality of a fact.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A27/1"}
{"id":31012,"verse_id":"JER.44.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.27","text":"Heb “Behold, I am watching over them for evil/disaster/harm not for good/prosperity/ blessing.” See a parallel usage in 31:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A27/2"}
{"id":31013,"verse_id":"JER.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “The survivors of the sword will return from the land of Egypt to the land of Judah few in number [more literally, “men of number”; for the idiom see BDB 709 s.v. מִסְפָּר 1.a].” The term “survivors of the sword” may be intended to represent both those who survive death in war or death by starvation or disease, a synecdoche of species for all three genera. sn This statement shows that the preceding “none,” “never again,” “all” in vv. 26-27 are rhetorical hyperbole. Not all but almost all; very few would survive. The following statement implies that the reason that they are left alive is to bear witness to the fact that the Lord ’s threats were indeed carried out. See vv. 11-14 for a parallel use of “all” and “none” qualified by a “few.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A28/1"}
{"id":31014,"verse_id":"JER.44.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.28","text":"Heb “will stand,” i.e., in the sense of being fulfilled, proving to be true, or succeeding (see BDB 878 s.v. קוּם 7.g).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A28/2"}
{"id":31015,"verse_id":"JER.44.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.29","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A29/1"}
{"id":31016,"verse_id":"JER.44.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.29","text":"Heb “This will be to you the sign, oracle of the Lord , that I will punish you in this place in order that you may know that my threats against you for evil/disaster/harm will certainly stand [see the translator’s note on the preceding verse for the meaning of this word here].” The word “sign” refers to an event that is a pre-omen or portent of something that will happen later (see BDB 16 s.v. אוֹת 2 and compare usage in 1 Sam 14:10 ; 2 Kgs 19:29 ). The best way to carry that idea across in this context seems to be “I will make something happen to prove [or portend].” Another possibility would be “I will give you a pre-omen that,” but many readers would probably not be familiar with “omen/pre-omen.” Again the sentence has been broken in two and restructured to better conform with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A29/2"}
{"id":31017,"verse_id":"JER.44.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":44,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.30","text":"Heb “Thus says the Lord , ‘Behold I will hand…’” The first person and indirect quote have been chosen because the Lord is already identified as the speaker and the indirect quote eliminates an extra level of embedded quotes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2044%3A30/1"}
{"id":31018,"verse_id":"JER.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “[This is] the word/message which Jeremiah the prophet spoke to Baruch son of Neriah when he wrote these words on a scroll from the mouth of Jeremiah in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah king of Judah, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A1/2"}
{"id":31019,"verse_id":"JER.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.3","text":"Heb “Woe to me!” See the translator’s note on 4:13 and 10:19 for the rendering of this term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A3/1"}
{"id":31020,"verse_id":"JER.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.4","text":"The words, “The Lord told Jeremiah” are not in the text but are implicit in the address that follows, “Thus you shall say to him.” These words are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A4/1"}
{"id":31021,"verse_id":"JER.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.4","text":"Heb “Thus you shall say to him [i.e., Baruch].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A4/2"}
{"id":31022,"verse_id":"JER.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.4","text":"Heb “and this is with regard to the whole earth.” The feminine pronoun הִיא ( hi ’) at the end refers to the verbal concepts just mentioned, i.e., this process (cf. GKC 459 §144. b and compare the use of the feminine singular suffix in the same function GKC 440-41 §135. p ). The particle אֶת (’ et ) is here functioning to introduce emphatically the object of the action (cf. BDB 85 s.v. I אֵת 3. α ). There is some debate whether אֶרֶץ (’ erets ) here applies to the whole land of Israel or to the whole earth. However, the reference to “all mankind” ( Heb “all flesh”) in the next verse as well as “anywhere you go” points to “the whole earth” as the referent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A4/3"}
{"id":31023,"verse_id":"JER.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A5/1"}
{"id":31024,"verse_id":"JER.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “I will give you your life for a spoil.” For this idiom see the translator’s note on 21:9 and compare the usage in 21:9; 38:2; 39:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2045%3A5/3"}
{"id":31025,"verse_id":"JER.46.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.2","text":"Heb “Concerning Egypt: Concerning the army of Pharaoh Necho king of Egypt which was beside the Euphrates River at Carchemish which Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon defeated in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah king of Judah.” The sentence has been broken up, restructured, and introductory words supplied in the translation to make the sentences better conform with contemporary English style. The dating formula is placed in brackets because the passage is prophetic about the battle, but the bracketed words were superscription or introduction and thus were added after the outcome was known.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A2/2"}
{"id":31026,"verse_id":"JER.46.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.3","text":"This is often translated “prepare your shields, both small and large.” However, the idea of “prepare” is misleading because the Hebrew word here ( עָרַךְ , ’ arakh ) refers in various senses to arranging or setting things in order, such as altars in a row, dishes on a table, soldiers in ranks. Here it refers to the soldiers lining up in rank with ranks of soldiers holding at the ready the long oval or rectangular “shield” ( צִנָּה [ tsinnah ]; cf. BDB 857 s.v. III צִנָּה ) which protected the whole body and the smaller round “buckler” ( מָגֵן , magen ) which only protected the torso (the relative size of these two kinds of shields can be seen from the weight of each in 1 Kgs 10:16-17 ). These were to be arranged in solid ranks to advance into battle. It would be pedantic and misleading to translate here “Fall into ranks with your large and small shields at the ready” because that might suggest that soldiers had more than one kind. It is uncertain who is issuing the commands here. TEV adds “The Egyptian officers shout,” which is the interpretation of J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 688).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A3/1"}
{"id":31027,"verse_id":"JER.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “Why do I see?” The rendering is that of J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 685, 88) and J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 301; TEV; NIV). The question is not asking for information but is expressing surprise or wonder (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 951). sn The passage takes an unexpected turn at v. 5 . After ironically summoning the Egyptian army to battle, the Lord rhetorically expresses his surprise that they are so completely routed and defeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A5/1"}
{"id":31028,"verse_id":"JER.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .” This phrase, which is part of a messenger formula (i.e., that the words that are spoken are from him), are actually at the end of the verse. They have been put here for better poetic balance and to better identify the “I.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A5/2"}
{"id":31029,"verse_id":"JER.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “Their soldiers.” These words are actually at the midpoint of the stanza as the subject of the third of the five verbs. However, as G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 291) note, this is the subject of all five verbs “are terrified,” “are retreating,” “have been defeated,” “have run away,” and “have not looked back.” The subject is put at the front to avoid an unidentified “they.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A5/3"}
{"id":31030,"verse_id":"JER.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “terror is all around.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A5/4"}
{"id":31031,"verse_id":"JER.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.6","text":"The translation assumes that the adjectives with the article are functioning as superlatives in this context (cf. GKC 431 §133. g ). It also assumes that אַל (’ al ) with the jussive is expressing here an emphatic negative rather than a negative wish (cf. GKC 317 §107. p and compare the usage in Ps 50:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A6/1"}
{"id":31032,"verse_id":"JER.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.6","text":"Heb “they stumble and fall.” However, the verbs here are used of a fatal fall, of a violent death in battle (see BDB 657 s.v. נָפַל Qal.2.a), and a literal translation might not be understood by some readers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A6/2"}
{"id":31033,"verse_id":"JER.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.7","text":"The word translated “streams” here refers to the streams of the Nile (cf. Exod 7:19; 8:1 ) for parallel usage. sn The hubris of the Egyptian Pharaoh is referred to in vv. 7-8 as he compares his might to that of the Nile River whose annual flooding was responsible for the fertility of Egypt. A very similar picture of the armies of Assyria overcoming everything in its path is presented in Isa 8:7-8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A7/1"}
{"id":31034,"verse_id":"JER.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.9","text":"The words “Go ahead and” are not in the text but are intended to suggest the ironical nature of the commands here. The Lord is again setting them up for a fall (v. 10 ). See the translator’s note on v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A9/1"}
{"id":31035,"verse_id":"JER.46.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.9","text":"Heb “who grasp and bend the bow.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A9/3"}
{"id":31036,"verse_id":"JER.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.10","text":"Heb “the Lord Yahweh of armies.” See the study note at 2:19 for the translation and significance of this title for God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A10/1"}
{"id":31037,"verse_id":"JER.46.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.10","text":"Or more paraphrastically, “he will kill them/ until he has exacted full vengeance”; Heb “The sword will eat and be sated; it will drink its fill of their blood.” sn This passage is, of course, highly figurative. The Lord does not have a literal “sword,” but he uses agents of destruction like the Assyrian armies (called his “rod” in Isa 10:5-6 ) and the Babylonian armies (called his war club in Jer 51:20 ) to wreak vengeance on his foes. Likewise, swords do not “eat” or “drink.” What is meant here is that God will use this battle against the Egyptians to kill off many Egyptians until his vengeance is fully satisfied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A10/3"}
{"id":31038,"verse_id":"JER.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “balm.” See 8:22 and the notes on this phrase there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A11/1"}
{"id":31039,"verse_id":"JER.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “In vain you multiply [= make use of many] medicines.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A11/3"}
{"id":31040,"verse_id":"JER.46.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.12","text":"Heb “of your shame.” The “shame,” however, applies to the devastating defeat they will suffer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A12/1"}
{"id":31041,"verse_id":"JER.46.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.12","text":"The words “In the panic of their flight” and “defeated” are not in the text but are supplied in the translation to give clarity to the metaphor for the average reader. The verbs in this verse are all in the tense that emphasizes that the action is viewed as already having been accomplished (i.e., the Hebrew prophetic perfect). This is consistent with the vav consecutive perfects in v. 10 which look to the future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A12/2"}
{"id":31042,"verse_id":"JER.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.13","text":"Heb “The word which the Lord spoke to the prophet Jeremiah about the coming of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon to attack the land of Egypt.” sn Though there is much debate in the commentaries regarding the dating and reference of this prophecy, it most likely refers to a time shortly after 604 b.c. when Nebuchadnezzar followed up his successful battle against Necho at Carchemish with a campaign into the Philistine plain which resulted in the conquest and sacking of Ashkelon. Nebuchadnezzar now stood poised on the border of Egypt to invade it. See J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 691, and for a fuller discussion including the other main options see G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 287-88.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A13/1"}
{"id":31043,"verse_id":"JER.46.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.14","text":"Heb “Declare in Egypt and announce in Migdol and announce in Noph [= Memphis] and in Tahpanhes.” The sentence has been restructured to reflect the fact that the first command is a general one, followed by announcements in specific (representative?) cities. sn For the location of the cities of Migdol, Memphis, and Tahpanhes see the note on Jer 44:1 . These were all cities in Lower or northern Egypt that would have been the first affected by an invasion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A14/1"}
{"id":31044,"verse_id":"JER.46.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.14","text":"Heb “For the sword devours those who surround you.” The “sword” is again figurative of destructive forces. Here it is a reference to the forces of Nebuchadnezzar which have already destroyed the Egyptian forces at Carchemish and have made victorious forays into the Philistine plain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A14/2"}
{"id":31045,"verse_id":"JER.46.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.15","text":"The word translated “soldiers” ( אַבִּירִים , ’ abbirim ) is not the Hebrew word that has been used of soldiers elsewhere in these oracles ( גִּבּוֹרִים , gibborim ). It is an adjective used as a noun that can apply to animals, i.e., of a bull ( Ps 50:13 ) or a stallion ( Judg 5:22 ). Moreover, the form is masculine plural and the verbs are singular. Hence, many modern commentaries and English versions follow the redivision of the first line presupposed by the Greek version, “Apis has fled” ( נָס חַף , nas khaf ) and see this as a reference to the bull god of Memphis. However, the noun is used of soldiers in Lam 1:15 and the plural could be the distributive plural, i.e., each and every one (cf. GKC 464 §145. l and compare usage in Gen 27:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A15/1"}
{"id":31046,"verse_id":"JER.46.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.15","text":"The Hebrew word used here only occurs here (in the Niphal) and in Prov 28:3 (in the Qal) where it refers to a rain that beats down grain. That idea would fit nicely with the idea of the soldiers being beaten down, or defeated. It is possible that the rarity of this verb (versus the common verb נוּס , nus , “flee”) and the ready identification of Apis with the bull calf ( אַבִּיר , ’ abbir ) has led to the reading of the Greek text (so C. von Orelli, Jeremiah , 327). The verbs in this verse and the following are in the perfect tense but should be understood as prophetic perfects since the text is dealing with what will happen when Nebuchadnezzar comes into Egypt. The text of vv. 18-24 shows a greater mixture with some perfects and some imperfects, sometimes even within the same verse (e.g., v. 22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A15/2"}
{"id":31047,"verse_id":"JER.46.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.15","text":"Heb “the Lord will thrust them down.” However, the Lord is speaking (cf. clearly in v. 18 ), so the first person is adopted for the sake of consistency. This has been a consistent problem in the book of Jeremiah where the prophet is so identified with the word of the Lord that he sometimes uses the first person and sometimes the third. It creates confusion for the average reader who is trying to follow the flow of the argument and has been shifted to the first person like this on a number of occasions. TEV and CEV have generally adopted the same policy as have some other modern English versions at various points.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A15/3"}
{"id":31048,"verse_id":"JER.46.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.16","text":"Heb “he multiplied the one stumbling.” For the first person reference see the preceding translator’s note.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A16/1"}
{"id":31049,"verse_id":"JER.46.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"46.16","text":"The words “in their hurry to flee” are not in the text but appear to be necessary to clarify the point that the stumbling and falling here is not the same as that in vv. 6, 12 where they occur in the context of defeat and destruction. Reference here appears to be to the mercenary soldiers who in their hurried flight to escape stumble over one another and fall. This is fairly clear from the literal translation “he multiplies the stumbling one. Also [= and] a man falls against a man and they say [probably = “saying”; an epexegetical use of the vav ( ו ) consecutive ( IBHS 551 §33.2.2a, and see Exod 2:10 as a parallel)] ‘Get up! Let’s go…’” A reference to the flight of the mercenaries is also seen in v. 21 . Many of the modern commentaries and a few of the modern English versions follow the Greek text and read vv. 15 a-16 very differently. The Greek reads “Why has Apis fled from you? Your choice calf [i.e., Apis] has not remained. For the Lord has paralyzed him. And your multitudes have fainted and fallen; and each one said to his neighbor…” (reading רֻבְּךָ כָּשַׁל גַּם־נָפַל וַיֹּאמְרוּ אִישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ instead of כּוֹשֵׁל הִרְבָּה גַּם־נָפַל אִישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ ). One would expect אִישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ (’ ish ’ el-re ’ ehu ) to go with וַיֹּאמְרוּ ( vayyo ’ mÿru ) because it is idiomatic in this expression (cf., e.g., Gen 11:3 ; Judg 6:29 ). However, אִישׁ אֶל־רֵעֵהוּ (’ ish ’ el-re ’ ehu ) is also found with singular verbs as here in Exod 22:9; 33:11 ; 1 Sam 10:11 . There is no doubt that the Hebrew text is the more difficult and thus probably original. The reading of the Greek version is not supported by any other text or version and looks like an attempt to smooth out a somewhat awkward Hebrew original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A16/2"}
{"id":31050,"verse_id":"JER.46.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.16","text":"Heb “to our native lands from before the sword of the oppressor.” The compound preposition “from before” is regularly used in a causal sense (see BDB 818 s.v. פָּנֶה 6.a, b, c). The “sword” is again interpreted as a figure for the destructive power of an enemy army.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A16/3"}
{"id":31051,"verse_id":"JER.46.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.17","text":"Heb “is a noise.” The addition of “just a big” is contextually motivated and is supplied in the translation to suggest the idea of sarcasm. The reference is probably to his boast in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A17/1"}
{"id":31052,"verse_id":"JER.46.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.17","text":"Heb “he has let the appointed time pass him by.” It is unclear what is meant by the reference to “appointed time” other than the fact that Pharaoh has missed his opportunity to do what he claimed to be able to do. The Greek text is again different here. It reads “Call the name of Pharaoh Necho king of Egypt Saon esbeie moed,” reading קִרְאוּ שֵׁם ( qir ’ u shem ) for קָרְאוּ שָׁם ( qor ’ u ) and transliterating the last line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A17/2"}
{"id":31053,"verse_id":"JER.46.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.18","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For the significance of this title see the note at 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A18/1"}
{"id":31054,"verse_id":"JER.46.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.18","text":"Heb “As I live, oracle of the King, whose….” The indirect quote has been chosen to create a smoother English sentence and avoid embedding a quote within a quote.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A18/2"}
{"id":31055,"verse_id":"JER.46.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.18","text":"Heb “Like Tabor among the mountains and like Carmel by the sea he will come.” The addition of “conqueror” and “imposing” are implicit from the context and from the metaphor. They have been supplied in the translation to give the reader some idea of the meaning of the verse. sn Most of the commentaries point out that neither Tabor nor Carmel are all that tall in terms of sheer height. Mount Tabor, on the east end of the Jezreel Valley, is only about 1800 feet (540 m) tall. Mount Carmel, on the Mediterranean Coast, is only about 1700 feet (510 m) at its highest. However, all the commentators point out that the idea of imposing height and majesty are due to the fact that they are rugged mountains that stand out dominantly over their surroundings. The point of the simile is that Nebuchadnezzar and his army will stand out in power and might over all the surrounding kings and their armies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A18/3"}
{"id":31056,"verse_id":"JER.46.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.19","text":"Heb “inhabitants of daughter Egypt.” Like the phrase “daughter Zion,” “daughter Egypt” is a poetic personification of the land, here perhaps to stress the idea of defenselessness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A19/1"}
{"id":31057,"verse_id":"JER.46.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.19","text":"For the verb here see HALOT 675 s.v. II נָצָה Nif and compare the usage in Jer 4:7; 9:11 and 2 Kgs 19:25 . BDB derives the verb from יָצַת (so BDB 428 s.v. יָצַת Niph meaning “kindle, burn”) but still give it the meaning “desolate” here and in 2:15 and 9:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A19/2"}
{"id":31058,"verse_id":"JER.46.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.20","text":"Heb “Egypt is a beautiful heifer. A gadfly from the north will come against her.” The metaphors have been turned into similes for the sake of clarity. The exact meaning of the word translated “stinging fly” is uncertain due to the fact that it occurs nowhere else in Hebrew literature. For a discussion of the meaning of the word which probably refers to the “gadfly,” which bites and annoys livestock, see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:331, who also suggests, probably correctly, that the word is a collective referring to swarms of such insects (cf. the singular אַרְבֶּה [’ arbeh ] in v. 23 which always refers to swarms of locusts). The translation presupposes the emendation of the second בָּא ( ba ’) to בָּהּ ( bah ) with a number of Hebrew mss and a number of the versions (cf. BHS , fn b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A20/1"}
{"id":31059,"verse_id":"JER.46.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.21","text":"Heb “her hirelings in her midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A21/1"}
{"id":31060,"verse_id":"JER.46.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.21","text":"The word “pampered” is not in the text. It is supplied in the translation to explain the probable meaning of the simile. The mercenaries were well cared for like stall-fed calves, but in the face of the danger they will prove no help because they will turn and run away without standing their ground. Some see the point of the simile to be that they too are fattened for slaughter. However, the next two lines do not fit that interpretation too well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A21/2"}
{"id":31061,"verse_id":"JER.46.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.21","text":"The temporal use of the particle כִּי ( ki ; BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 2.a) seems more appropriate to the context than the causal use.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A21/3"}
{"id":31062,"verse_id":"JER.46.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.22","text":"Or “Egypt will rustle away like a snake”; Heb “her sound goes like the snake,” or “her sound [is] like the snake [when] it goes.” The meaning of the simile is debated. Some see a reference to the impotent hiss of a fleeing serpent (F. B. Huey, Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 382), others the sound of a serpent stealthily crawling away when it is disturbed (H. Freedman, Jeremiah [SoBB], 297-98). The translation follows the former interpretation because of the irony involved. sn Several commentators point out the irony of the snake slithering away (or hissing away) in retreat. The coiled serpent was a part of the royal insignia, signifying its readiness to strike. Pharaoh had boasted of great things (v. 8 ) but was just a big noise (v. 17 ); now all he could do was hiss as he beat his retreat (v. 22 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A22/1"}
{"id":31063,"verse_id":"JER.46.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.23","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” Again the first person is adopted because the Lord is speaking and the indirect quotation is used to avoid an embedded quotation with quotation marks on either side.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A23/1"}
{"id":31064,"verse_id":"JER.46.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.23","text":"The precise meaning of this verse is uncertain. The Hebrew text reads: “They [those who enter in great force] will cut down her forest, oracle of the Lord , though it [the forest] cannot be searched out/through for they [those who come in great force] are more numerous than locusts and there is no number to them.” Some see the reference to the forest as metaphorical of Egypt’s population which the Babylonian army decimates (H. Freedman, Jeremiah [SoBB], 298, and see BDB 420 s.v. I יַעַר 1.a which refers to the forest as a figure of foes to be cut down and destroyed and compare Isa 10:34 ). Others see the reference to literal trees and see the decimation of Egypt in general (C. von Orelli, Jeremiah , 329). And some see it as a continuation of the simile of the snake fleeing, the soldiers cutting down the trees because they cannot find it (J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 693). However, the simile of v. 22 a has already been dropped in v. 22 b-d; they come against her. Hence it is probably best to see this as a continuation of the simile in v. 22 c-d and see the reference to the Babylonian army coming against her, i.e., Egypt (the nation or people of Egypt), like woodcutters cutting down trees.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A23/2"}
{"id":31065,"verse_id":"JER.46.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.24","text":"Heb “Daughter Egypt.” See the translator’s note on v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A24/1"}
{"id":31066,"verse_id":"JER.46.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.25","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For the significance of this title see the note at 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A25/1"}
{"id":31067,"verse_id":"JER.46.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.25","text":"Heb “Amon of No.” sn The Egyptian city called No ( נֹא , no ’) in Hebrew was Thebes. It is located about 400 miles (666 km) south of modern-day Cairo. It was the capital of Upper or southern Egypt and the center for the worship of the God Amon who became the state god of Egypt. Thebes is perhaps best known today for the magnificent temples at Karnak and Luxor on the east bank of the Nile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A25/2"}
{"id":31068,"verse_id":"JER.46.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"46.25","text":"Heb “Behold I will punish Amon of No and Pharaoh and Egypt and its gods and its kings and Pharaoh and all who trust in him.” There appears to be a copyist slip involving a double writing of וְעַל־פַּרְעֹה ( vÿ ’ al-par ’ oh ). The present translation has followed the suggestion of BHS and deleted the first one since the second is necessary for the syntactical connection, “Pharaoh and all who trust in him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A25/3"}
{"id":31069,"verse_id":"JER.46.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.26","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A26/1"}
{"id":31070,"verse_id":"JER.46.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.27","text":"Heb “And/But you do not be afraid, my servant Jacob.” Here and elsewhere in the verse the terms Jacob and Israel are poetic for the people of Israel descended from the patriarch Jacob. The terms have been supplied throughout with plural referents for greater clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A27/2"}
{"id":31071,"verse_id":"JER.46.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.27","text":"Heb “For I will rescue you from far away, your descendants from the land of their captivity.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A27/3"}
{"id":31072,"verse_id":"JER.46.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.28","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” Again the first person is adopted because the Lord is speaking and the indirect quotation is used to avoid an embedded quotation with quotation marks on either side.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A28/1"}
{"id":31073,"verse_id":"JER.46.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":46,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.28","text":"The translation “entirely unpunished” is intended to reflect the emphatic construction of the infinitive absolute before the finite verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2046%3A28/2"}
{"id":31074,"verse_id":"JER.47.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.1","text":"Heb “That which came [as] the word of the Lord to Jeremiah.” For this same construction see 14:1; 46:1 and see the translator’s note at 14:1 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A1/1"}
{"id":31075,"verse_id":"JER.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.2","text":"Heb “Behold! Waters are rising from the north.” The metaphor of enemy armies compared to overflowing water is seen also in Isa 8:8-9 (Assyria) and 46:7-8 (Egypt). Here it refers to the foe from the north ( Jer 1:14; 4:6 ; etc) which is specifically identified with Babylon in . The metaphor has been turned into a simile in the translation to help the average reader identify that a figure is involved and to hint at the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A2/1"}
{"id":31076,"verse_id":"JER.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “From the noise of the stamping of the hoofs of his stallions, from the rattling of his chariots at the rumbling of their wheels, fathers will not turn to their children from sinking of hands.” According to BDB 952 s.v. רִפָּיוֹן the “sinking of the hands” is figurative of helplessness caused by terror. A very similar figure is seen with a related expression in Isa 35:3-4 . The sentence has been restructured to put the subject up front and to suggest through shorter sentences more in keeping with contemporary English style the same causal connections. The figures have been interpreted for the sake of clarity for the average reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A3/1"}
{"id":31077,"verse_id":"JER.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.4","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A4/1"}
{"id":31078,"verse_id":"JER.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.4","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A4/2"}
{"id":31079,"verse_id":"JER.47.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.4","text":"Heb “For the Lord will.” The first person style has been adopted because the Lord is speaking (cf. v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A4/3"}
{"id":31080,"verse_id":"JER.47.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.5","text":"Or “you who are left alive on the Philistine plain.” Or “you who remain of the Anakim.” The translation follows the suggestion of several of the modern commentaries that the word עֵמֶק (’ emeq ) means “strength” or “power” here (see J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 698; J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 310; and see also HALOT 803 s.v. II עֵמֶק ). It is a rare homonym of the word that normally means “valley” that seems to be an inappropriate designation of the Philistine plain. Many of the modern English versions and commentaries follow the Greek version which reads here “remnant of the Anakim” ( עֲנָקִים [’ anaqim ] instead of עִמְקָם [’ imqam ], a confusion of basically one letter). This emendation is followed by both BDB 771 s.v. עֵמֶק and KBL 716 s.v. עֵמֶק . The Anakim were generally associated with the southern region around Hebron but an enclave of them was known to have settled in Gaza, Gath, and Ekron, three of the Philistine cities (cf. Josh 11:22 ). However, the fact that this judgment is directed against the Philistines not the Anakim and that this homonym apparently appears also in Jer 49:4 makes the reading of “power” more likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A5/2"}
{"id":31081,"verse_id":"JER.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.6","text":"The words “How long will you cry out” are not in the text but some such introduction seems necessary because the rest of the speech assumes a personal subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A6/1"}
{"id":31082,"verse_id":"JER.47.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.6","text":"Heb “before you are quiet/at rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A6/2"}
{"id":31083,"verse_id":"JER.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.7","text":"The reading here follows the Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions. The Hebrew text reads “how can you rest” as a continuation of the second person in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A7/1"}
{"id":31084,"verse_id":"JER.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “When the Lord has.” The first person is again adopted because the Lord has been speaking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A7/2"}
{"id":31085,"verse_id":"JER.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.7","text":"Heb “Against Ashkelon and the sea coast, there he has appointed it.” For the switch to the first person see the preceding translator’s note. “There” is poetical and redundant and the idea of “attacking” is implicit in “against.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2047%3A7/3"}
{"id":31086,"verse_id":"JER.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” For this title see 7:3 and the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A1/1"}
{"id":31087,"verse_id":"JER.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.1","text":"Heb “Woe to Nebo for it is destroyed.” For the use of the Hebrew particle “Woe” ( הוֹי , hoy ) see the translator’s note on 22:13 . The translation has taken this form because the phrase “Woe to” probably does not convey the proper meaning or significance to the modern reader. The verbs again are in the tense (Hebrew prophetic perfect) that views the action as if it were as good as done. The particle כִּי ( ki ) probably is causal but the asseverative works better in the modified translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A1/3"}
{"id":31088,"verse_id":"JER.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"48.1","text":"Or “Misgab.” The translation here follows the majority of commentaries and English versions. Only REB sees this as a place name, “Misgab,” which is otherwise unknown. The constant use of this word to refer to a fortress, the presence of the article on the front of it, and the lack of any reference to a place of this name anywhere else argues against it being a place name. However, the fact that the verbs that accompany it are feminine while the noun for “fortress” is masculine causes some pause.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A1/5"}
{"id":31089,"verse_id":"JER.48.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"48.1","text":"For the meaning of the verb here see BDB 369 s.v. חָתַת Qal.1 and compare usage in Isa 7:8; 30:31 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A1/6"}
{"id":31090,"verse_id":"JER.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “In Heshbon they plot evil against her [i.e., Moab].” The “they” is undefined, but it would scarcely be Moabites living in Heshbon. Hence TEV and CEV are probably correct in seeing a reference to the enemy which would imply the conquest of this city which lay on the northern border of Moab.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A2/3"}
{"id":31091,"verse_id":"JER.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.2","text":"The meaning of this line is somewhat uncertain. The translation here follows all the modern English versions and commentaries in reading the place name “Madmen” even though the place is otherwise unknown and the Greek, Syriac, and Latin version all read this word as an emphasizing infinitive absolute of the following verb “will be destroyed,” i.e. דָּמוֹם יִדֹּמּוּ ( damom yiddommu ). Some see this word as a variant of the name Dimon in Isa 15:9 which in turn is a playful variant of the place name Dibon. There is once again a wordplay on the word “Madmen” and “will be destroyed”: מַדְמֵן ( madmen ) and יִדֹּמּוּ ( yiddommu ). For the meaning of the verb = “perish” or “be destroyed” see Jer 8:14 ; Ps 31:18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A2/4"}
{"id":31092,"verse_id":"JER.48.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"48.2","text":"Heb “A sword will follow after you.” The sword is again figurative of destructive forces, here the army of the Babylonians.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A2/5"}
{"id":31093,"verse_id":"JER.48.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"48.4","text":"The reading here follows the Qere צְעִירֶיהָ ( tsÿ ’ ireha ) which is the same noun found in Jer 14:3 in the sense of “servants.” Here it refers to the young ones, i.e., the children (cf. the use of the adjective BDB 859 s.v. I צָעִיר 2 and see Gen 43:33 ). Many of the modern commentaries and a few of the modern English versions follow the Greek version and read “their cry is heard as far as Zoar” (reading צֹעֲרָה , tso ’ arah ; see, for example, J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 699, n. 4, and BDB 858 s.v. צֹעַר ). However, that leaves the verb with an indefinite subject (the verb is active 3rd plural not passive) not otherwise identified in the preceding context. Many of the modern English versions such as NRSV, NJPS, NIV retain the Hebrew as the present translation has done. In this case the masculine plural noun furnishes a logical subject for the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A4/1"}
{"id":31094,"verse_id":"JER.48.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.5","text":"Or “Indeed her fugitives will…” It is unclear what the subject of the verbs are in this verse. The verb in the first two lines “climb” ( יַעֲלֶה , ya ’ aleh ) is third masculine singular and the verb in the second two lines “will hear” ( שָׁמֵעוּ , shame ’ u ) is third common plural. The causal particles at the beginning of the two halves of the verse suggest some connection with the preceding, so the translation assumes that the children are still the subject. In this case the singular verb would be a case of the distributive singular already referred to in the translator’s note on 46:15 . The parallel passage in Isa 15:5 refers to the “fugitives” ( בְּרִיחֶהָ , bÿrikheha ) with the same singular verb as here and that may be the implied subject here. sn The location of Luhith and Horonaim are uncertain, though, from their connection with Zoar in Isa 15:5 , they appear to be located in southern Moab. Zoar was at the southern tip of the Dead Sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A5/1"}
{"id":31095,"verse_id":"JER.48.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.5","text":"Heb “the distresses of the cry of destruction.” Many commentaries want to leave out the word “distresses” because it is missing from the Greek version and the parallel passage in Isa 15:5 . However, it is in all the Hebrew mss and in the other early versions, and it is hard to see why it would be added here if it were not original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A5/2"}
{"id":31096,"verse_id":"JER.48.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"48.6","text":"The meaning of this line is uncertain. The translation follows one reading of the Hebrew text. The Greek version reads “Be like a wild donkey in the desert!” There are three points of debate in this line: the syntax of the verb form “be” ( תִהְיֶינָה , tihyenah ) and the text and meaning of the word translated “shrub” in the Hebrew text. This word only occurs with this meaning here and in Jer 17:6 . A related word occurs in Ps 102:17 ( 102:18 HT). Elsewhere this spelling refers to the place name Aroer which was a place in Moab on the edge of the Arnon River. Most commentators do not feel that a reference to that place is appropriate here because it was not in the desert. The Greek version reads “like a wild donkey” (reading כְּעָרוֹד [ kÿ ’ arod ] in place of כַּעֲרוֹעֵר [ ka ’ aro ’ er ]). That would make an appropriate simile here because the wild donkey enjoys its freedom and is hard to capture. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 312) explain the simile of the “shrub” as referring to the marginal and rudimentary existence of a displaced person. That may not be as optimistic as the reference to the wild donkey but it does give an appropriate meaning. The third feminine plural has been explained as the singular noun + suffix = “yourselves” ( נַפְשְׁכֶם , nafshÿkhem ) used as a collective (so S. R. Driver, Jeremiah , 368, with cross reference to GKC 462-63 §145. c ). J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 314, n. e-e) follows a suggestion of D. N. Freedman in seeing the form ( תִהְיֶינָה , tihyenah ) as a mistake for the 2nd masculine plural plus energic ( תִהְיוּן , tihyun ). Given the number of other textual corruptions in this passage, this is possible. The resultant meaning in either case is the same.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A6/1"}
{"id":31097,"verse_id":"JER.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “The valley will be destroyed and the tableland be laid waste.” However, in the context this surely refers to the towns and not to the valley and the tableland itself. sn Most commentaries see a reference to the towns in the Jordan valley referred to in Josh 13:27 and the towns mentioned in Josh 13:15-17 which were on the high tableland or high plateau or plain north of the Arnon. The mention of the towns in the first half of the verse is broader than that because it would include all the towns in the southern half of Moab between the Arnon and Zered as well as those mentioned in the second half in conjunction with the valley and the high plateau north of the Arnon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A8/1"}
{"id":31098,"verse_id":"JER.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “which/for/as the Lord has spoken.” The first person form has again been adopted because the Lord is the speaker throughout (cf. v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A8/2"}
{"id":31099,"verse_id":"JER.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.9","text":"Or “Scatter salt over Moab for it will certainly be laid in ruins.” The meaning of these two lines is very uncertain. The Hebrew of these two lines presents several difficulties. It reads תְּנוּ־צִיץ לְמוֹאָב נָצֹא תֵּצֵא ( tÿnu-tsits lÿmo ’ av natso ’ tetse ’). Of the five words two are extremely problematic and the meaning of the second affects also the meaning of the last word which normally means “go out.” The word צִיץ ( tsits ) regularly refers to a blossom or flower or the diadem on the front of Aaron’s mitre. BDB 851 s.v. II צִיץ gives a nuance “wings (coll)” based on the interpretation of Abu Walid and some medieval Jewish interpreters who related it to an Aramaic root. But BDB says that meaning is dubious and refers to the Greek which reads σημεῖα ( shmeia , “sign” or “sign post”). Along with KBL 802 s.v. I צִיץ and HALOT 959 s.v. II צִיץ , BDB suggests that the Greek presupposes the word צִיּוּן ( tsiyyun ) which refers to a road marker ( Jer 31:21 ) or a gravestone ( 2 Kgs 23:17 ). That is the meaning followed here. Several modern commentaries and English versions have followed a proposal by W. Moran that the word is related to a Ugaritic word meaning salt (cf., e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 320). However, HALOT 959 s.v. II צִיץ questions the validity of this on philological grounds saying that the meaning of salt does not really fit the Ugaritic either. The present translation follows the suggestions of the lexicons here and reads the word as though the Greek supported the meaning “gravestone.” The other difficulty is with the word נָצֹא ( natso ’), which looks like a Qal infinitive absolute of an otherwise unattested root which BDB s.v. נָצָא says is defined in Gesenius’ Thesaurus as “fly.” However, see the meaning and the construction of an infinitive absolute of one root with that of another as highly improbable. Hence, most modern lexicons either emend the forms to read נָצֹה תִּצֶּה ( natsoh titseh ) from the root נָצָה ( natsah ) meaning “to fall into ruins” (so KBL 629 s.v. נָצָה Qal, and see among others J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 700, n. 10, who notes that final א [ aleph ] and final ה [ hey ] are often confused; see the discussion and examples in GKC 216-17 §75. nn - rr ). This is the option that this translation as well as a number of modern ones have taken. A second option is to see נָצֹא ( natso ’) as an error for יָצֹא ( yatso ’) and read the text in the sense of “she will certainly surrender,” a meaning that the verb יָצָא ( yatsa ’) has in 1 Sam 11:3 ; Isa 36:6 . The best discussion of this option as well as a discussion on the problem of reading צִיץ ( tsits ) as salt is found in G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 313-14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A9/1"}
{"id":31100,"verse_id":"JER.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “who withholds his sword from bloodshed.” This verse is an editorial aside (or apostrophe) addressed to the Babylonian destroyers to be diligent in carrying out the work of the Lord in destroying Moab.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A10/1"}
{"id":31101,"verse_id":"JER.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.11","text":"Heb “Therefore his taste remains in him and his aroma is not changed.” The metaphor is changed into a simile in an attempt to help the reader understand the figure in the context. sn The picture is that of undisturbed complacency (cf. Zeph 1:12 ). Because Moab had never known the discipline of exile she had remained as she always was.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A11/1"}
{"id":31102,"verse_id":"JER.48.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.12","text":"Heb “Therefore, behold the days are coming, oracle of Yahweh, when I will send against him decanters [those who pour from one vessel to another] and they will decant him [pour him out] and they will empty his vessels and break their jars in pieces.” The verse continues the metaphor from the preceding verse where Moab/the people of Moab are like wine left undisturbed in a jar, i.e., in their native land. In this verse the picture is that of the decanter emptying the wine from the vessels and then breaking the jars. The wine represents the people and the vessels the cities and towns where the people lived. The verse speaks of the exile of the people and the devastation of the land. The metaphor has been interpreted so it conveys meaning to the average reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A12/1"}
{"id":31103,"verse_id":"JER.48.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.12","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A12/2"}
{"id":31104,"verse_id":"JER.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “Moab will be ashamed because of Chemosh as the house of Israel was ashamed because of Bethel, their [source of] confidence.” The “shame” is, of course, the disappointment, disillusionment because of the lack of help from these gods in which they trusted (for this nuance of the verb see BDB 101 s.v. בּוֹשׁ Qal.2 and compare usage in Jer 2:13 ; Isa 20:5 ). Because of the parallelism, some see the reference to Bethel to be a reference to a West Semitic god worshiped by the people of Israel (see J. P. Hyatt, “Bethel [Deity],” IDB 1:390 for the arguments). However, there is no evidence in the OT that such a god was worshiped in Israel, and there is legitimate evidence that northern Israel placed its confidence in the calf god that Jeroboam set up in Bethel (cf. 1 Kgs 12:28-32 ; Hos 10:5; 8:5-6 ; Amos 7:10-17 ). map For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A13/1"}
{"id":31105,"verse_id":"JER.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “will go down to the slaughter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A15/1"}
{"id":31106,"verse_id":"JER.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of the translation and meaning of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A15/2"}
{"id":31107,"verse_id":"JER.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “Oracle of the King whose name is Yahweh of armies.” The first person form has again been adopted because the Lord is the speaker throughout this oracle/ these oracles (cf. v. 1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A15/3"}
{"id":31108,"verse_id":"JER.48.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.17","text":"For the use of the word “name” ( שֵׁם , shem ) to “fame” or “repute” see BDB 1028 s.v. שֵׁם 2.b and compare the usage in Ezek 16:14 ; 2 Chr 26:15 . sn This refers to both the nearby nations and those who lived further away who had heard of Moab’s power and might only by repute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A17/1"}
{"id":31109,"verse_id":"JER.48.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.17","text":"Heb “How is the strong staff broken, the beautiful rod.” “How” introduces a lament which is here rendered by “Alas.” The staff and rod refer to the support that Moab gave to others not to the fact that she ruled over others which was never the case. According to BDB 739 s.v. עוֹז 1 the “strong staff” is figurative of political power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A17/2"}
{"id":31110,"verse_id":"JER.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “sit in thirst.” The abstract “thirst” is put for the concrete, i.e., thirsty or parched ground (cf. Deut 8:19 ; Isa 35:7 ; Ps 107:33 ) for the concrete. There is no need to emend to “filth” ( צֹאָה [ tso ’ ah ] for צָמָא [ tsama ’]) as is sometimes suggested.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A18/1"}
{"id":31111,"verse_id":"JER.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “inhabitant of Daughter Dibon.” “Daughter” is used here as often in Jeremiah for the personification of a city, a country, or its inhabitants. The word “inhabitant” is to be understood as a collective as also in v. 19 . sn Dibon was an important fortified city located on the “King’s Highway,” the main north-south road in Transjordan. It was the site at which the Moabite Stone was found in 1868 and was one of the cities mentioned on it. It was four miles north of the Arnon River and thirteen miles east of the Dead Sea. It was one of the main cities on the northern plateau and had been conquered from Sihon and allotted to the tribe of Reuben ( Josh 13:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A18/2"}
{"id":31112,"verse_id":"JER.48.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.25","text":"Heb “The horn of Moab will be cut off. His arm will be broken.” “Horn” and “arm” are both symbols of strength (see BDB 902 s.v. קֶרֶן 2 [and compare usage in Lam 2:3 ] and BDB 284 s.v. זְרוֹעַ 2 [and compare usage in 1 Sam 2:31 ]). The figures have been interpreted for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A25/1"}
{"id":31113,"verse_id":"JER.48.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.25","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A25/2"}
{"id":31114,"verse_id":"JER.48.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.26","text":"Heb “Make him drunk because he has magnified himself against the Lord .” The first person has again been adopted for consistency within a speech of the Lord . Almost all of the commentaries relate the figure of drunkenness to the figure of drinking the cup of God’s wrath spelled out in where reference is made at one point to the nations drinking, staggering, vomiting, and falling ( 25:27 and see G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 316, for a full list of references to this figure including this passage and 49:12-13; 51:6-10, 39, 57 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A26/1"}
{"id":31115,"verse_id":"JER.48.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.26","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. It is usually used of clapping the hands or the thigh in helpless anger or disgust. Hence J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 321) paraphrases “shall vomit helplessly.” HALOT 722 s.v. II סָפַק relates this to an Aramaic word and see a homonym meaning “vomit” or “spew out.” The translation is that of BDB 706 s.v. סָפַק Qal.3, “splash (fall with a splash),” from the same root that refers to slapping or clapping the thigh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A26/2"}
{"id":31116,"verse_id":"JER.48.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.27","text":"Heb “were they caught among thieves?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A27/1"}
{"id":31117,"verse_id":"JER.48.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.27","text":"Heb “that you shook yourself.” But see the same verb in 18:16 in the active voice with the object “head” in a very similar context of contempt or derision.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A27/2"}
{"id":31118,"verse_id":"JER.48.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"48.27","text":"The reading here presupposes the emendation of דְבָרֶיךָ ( dÿvarekha , “your words”) to דַבֶּרְךָ ( dabberkha , “your speaking”), suggested by BHS (cf. fn c) on the basis of one of the Greek versions (Symmachus). For the idiom cf. BDB 191 s.v. דַּי 2.c. α .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A27/3"}
{"id":31119,"verse_id":"JER.48.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.28","text":"Heb “in the sides of the mouth of a pit/chasm.” The translation follows the suggestion of J. Bright, Jeremiah (AB), 321. The point of the simile is inaccessibility.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A28/1"}
{"id":31120,"verse_id":"JER.48.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.29","text":"Heb “We have heard of the pride of Moab – [he is] exceedingly proud – of his haughtiness, and his pride, and his haughtiness, and the loftiness of his heart.” These words are essentially all synonyms, three of them coming from the same Hebrew root ( גָּאָה , ga ’ ah ) and one of the words being used twice ( גָּאוֹן ). Since the first person singular is used in the next verse, the present translation considers the “we” of this verse to refer to the plural of majesty or the plural referring to the divine council in such passages as Gen 1:26; 3:22; 11:7 ; Isa 6:8 and has translated in the singular to avoid possible confusion of who the “we” are. Most understand the reference to be to Jeremiah and his fellow Judeans.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A29/1"}
{"id":31121,"verse_id":"JER.48.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.30","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A30/1"}
{"id":31122,"verse_id":"JER.48.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.30","text":"The meaning of this verse is somewhat uncertain: Heb “I know, oracle of the Lord ,/ his arrogance and [that it is?] not true; // his boastings accomplish that which is not true.” Several of the modern English versions and commentaries redivide the verse and read something like, “I know his insolence…his boastings are false; his deeds are false (NRSV, REB).” However, the word translated “deeds” in the last line is a verb in the third person plural and can only have as its logical grammatical subject the word “boastings.” The adjective כֵּן ( ken ) + the negative לֹא ( lo ’) is evidently repeated here and applied to two different subjects “arrogance” and “boasting” to emphasize that Moab’s arrogant boasts will prove “untrue” (Cf. HALOT 459 s.v. II כֵּן 2.c for the meaning “untrue” for both this passage and the parallel one in Isa 16:6 ). There is some difference of opinion about the identification of the “I” in this verse. Most commentators see it as referring to the prophet. However, F. B. Huey ( Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 395) is probably correct in seeing it as referring to the Lord . He points to the fact that the “I” in vv. 33, 35, 38 can only refer to God. The “I know” in v. 30 also clearly has the Lord as its subject. There are other cases in the book of Jeremiah where the Lord expresses his lament over the fate of a people (cf. 14:1-6, 17-18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A30/2"}
{"id":31123,"verse_id":"JER.48.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"48.31","text":"The translation is based on the emendation of the Hebrew third masculine singular ( יֶהְגֶּה , yehggeh ) to the first singular ( אֶהְגֶּה , ’ ehgeh ). This emendation is assumed by almost all of the modern English versions and commentaries even though the textual evidence for it is weak (only one Hebrew ms and the Eastern Qere according to BHS ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A31/1"}
{"id":31124,"verse_id":"JER.48.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"48.32","text":"Or “I will weep for the grapevines of Sibmah more than I will weep over the town of Jazer.” The translation here assumes that there has been a graphic confusion of מ ( mem ) with כְּ ( kaf ) or בְּ ( bet ). The parallel passage in Isa 16:9 has the preposition בְּ and the Greek version presupposes a comparative idea “as with.” Many of the modern English versions render the passage with the comparative מִן ( min ) as in the alternate translation, but it is unclear what the force of the comparison would be here. The verse is actually in the second person, an apostrophe or direct address to the grapevine(s) of Sibmah. However, the translation has retained the third person throughout because such sudden shifts in person are uncommon in contemporary English literature and retaining the third person is smoother. The Hebrew text reads: “From/With the weeping of Jazer I will weep for you, vine of Sibmah. Your tendrils crossed over the sea. They reached unto the sea of Jazer. Upon your summer fruit and your vintage [grape harvest] the destroyer has fallen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A32/1"}
{"id":31125,"verse_id":"JER.48.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.32","text":"Heb “crossed over to the Sea.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A32/2"}
{"id":31126,"verse_id":"JER.48.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.32","text":"Or “reached the sea of Jazer.” The Sea is generally taken to be a reference to the Dead Sea. The translation presupposes that the word “sea” is to be omitted before “Jazer.” The word is missing from two Hebrew mss , from the parallel passage in Isa 16:8 , and from the Greek version. It may have arisen from a mistaken copying of the same word in the preceding line. sn Though there is some doubt about the precise location of these places, Sibmah is generally considered to have been located slightly north and west of Heshbon and Jazer further north toward the border of Ammon not far from the city of Amman. Most commentators see the reference here (and in the parallel in Isa 16:8 ) to the spread of viticulture westward and northward from the vineyards of Sibmah. G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 318-19), however, see the reference rather to the spread of trade in wine westward beyond the coast of the Mediterranean and eastward into the desert.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A32/3"}
{"id":31127,"verse_id":"JER.48.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.32","text":"Heb “her summer fruit.” See the translator’s note on 40:10 for the rendering here. According to BDB 657 s.v. נָפַל Qal.4.a, the verb means to “fall upon” or “attack” but in the context it is probably metonymical for attack and destroy.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A32/4"}
{"id":31128,"verse_id":"JER.48.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.33","text":"Heb “from the garden land, even from the land of Moab.” Comparison with the parallel passage in Isa 16:10 and the translation of the Greek text here (which has only “the land of Moab”) suggest that the second phrase is appositional to the first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A33/1"}
{"id":31129,"verse_id":"JER.48.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.33","text":"Heb “no one will tread [the grapes] with shout of joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A33/2"}
{"id":31130,"verse_id":"JER.48.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.33","text":"Heb “shouts will not be shouts.” The text has been expanded contextually to explain that the shouts of those treading grapes in winepresses will come to an end (v. 33 a-d) and be replaced by the shouts of the soldiers who trample down the vineyards (v. 32 e-f). Compare 25:30 and 51:41 for the idea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A33/3"}
{"id":31131,"verse_id":"JER.48.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.34","text":"The meaning of this verse is very uncertain. The ambiguity of the syntax and the apparent elliptical nature of this text makes the meaning of this verse uncertain. The Hebrew text reads: “From the cry of Heshbon unto Elealeh unto Jahaz they utter their voice from Zoar unto Horonaim Eglath Shelishiyah.” The translation and interpretation here are based on interpreting the elliptical syntax here by the parallel passage in Isaiah 15:4-6 where cries of anguish rise from Heshbon and Elealeh which are heard all the way to Jahaz. The people flee southward arriving at Zoar and Eglath Shelishiyah where they voice the news of the destruction in the north. Hence, the present translation interprets the phrase “from the cry of Heshbon unto Elealeh” to be parallel to “Heshbon and Elealeh cry out” and take the preposition “from” with the verb “they utter their voice,” i.e., with the cry of Heshbon and Elealeh. The impersonal “they raise their voice” is then treated as a passive and made the subject of the whole verse. There is some debate about the identification of the waters of Nimrim. They may refer to the waters of the Wadi Nimrim which enters the Jordan about eight miles north of the Dead Sea or those of the Wadi en-Numeirah which flows into the southern tip of the Dead Sea from about ten miles south. Most commentators take the reference to be the latter because of association with Zoar. However, if the passage is talking about the destruction in the north which is reported in the south by the fleeing refugees, the reference is probably to the Wadi Nimrim in the north. sn Elealeh was about two miles (3.3 km) north of Heshbon. Jahaz was about twenty miles (33 km) south of it. These three cities were in the north and Zoar , Horonaim , and Eglath Shelishiyah were apparently in the south. The verse is speaking about the news of destruction in the north spreading to the south. Comparison should be made with the parallel passage in Isa 15:4-6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A34/1"}
{"id":31132,"verse_id":"JER.48.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.35","text":"Heb “high place[s].” For the meaning and significance of this term see the study note on 7:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A35/1"}
{"id":31133,"verse_id":"JER.48.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.35","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A35/2"}
{"id":31134,"verse_id":"JER.48.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.37","text":"Heb “upon every loin [there is] sackcloth.” The word “all” is restored here before “loin” with a number of Hebrew mss and a number of versions. The words “in mourning” and “to show their sorrow” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to give the average reader some idea of the significance of these acts. sn The actions referred to here were all acts that were used to mourn the dead (cf. Isa 15:2-3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A37/1"}
{"id":31135,"verse_id":"JER.48.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.38","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A38/1"}
{"id":31136,"verse_id":"JER.48.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.39","text":"Heb “turn her back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A39/1"}
{"id":31137,"verse_id":"JER.48.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.40","text":"Heb “Behold! Like an eagle he will swoop and will spread his wings against Moab.” The sentence has been reordered in English to give a better logical flow and the unidentified “he” has been identified as “a nation.” The nation is, of course, Babylon, but it is nowhere identified so the referent has been left ambiguous. sn Conquering nations are often identified with a swiftly flying eagle swooping down on its victims (cf. Deut 28:49 ). In this case the eagle is to be identified with the nation (or king) of Babylon (cf. Ezek 17:3, 12 where reference is to the removal of Jehoiachin (Jeconiah) and his replacement with Zedekiah).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A40/1"}
{"id":31138,"verse_id":"JER.48.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.41","text":"Parallelism argues that the word קְרִיּוֹת ( qÿriyyot ) be understood as the otherwise unattested feminine plural of the noun קִרְיָה ( qiryah , “city”) rather than the place name Kerioth mentioned in v. 24 (cf. HALOT 1065 s.v. קִרְיָה ). Both this noun and the parallel term “fortresses” are plural but are found with feminine singular verbs, being treated either as collectives or distributive plurals (cf. GKC 462-63 §145. c or 464 §145. l ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A41/1"}
{"id":31139,"verse_id":"JER.48.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.41","text":"Heb “The heart of the soldiers of Moab will be like the heart of a woman in labor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A41/2"}
{"id":31140,"verse_id":"JER.48.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.42","text":"Heb “Moab will be destroyed from [being] a people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A42/1"}
{"id":31141,"verse_id":"JER.48.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.43","text":"Heb “are upon you, inhabitant of Moab.” This is another example of the rapid switch in person or direct address (apostrophe) in the midst of a third person description or prediction which the present translation typically keeps in the third person for smoother English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A43/2"}
{"id":31142,"verse_id":"JER.48.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.43","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A43/3"}
{"id":31143,"verse_id":"JER.48.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.44","text":"Heb “For I will bring upon her, even upon Moab, the year of her punishment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A44/2"}
{"id":31144,"verse_id":"JER.48.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.44","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A44/3"}
{"id":31145,"verse_id":"JER.48.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.45","text":"Or “of those noisy boasters.” Or “They will burn up the frontiers of Moab. They will burn up the mountain heights of those war-loving people.” The meaning of this verse is not entirely certain because of the highly figurative nature of the last two lines. The Hebrew text has been translated somewhat literally here. The Hebrew text reads: “In the shadow of Heshbon those fleeing stand without strength. For a fire goes forth from Heshbon, a flame from the midst of Sihon. And it devours the forehead of Moab and the skull of the sons of noise.” The meaning of the first part is fairly clear because v. 2 has already spoken of the conquest of Heshbon and a plot formed there to conquer the rest of the nation. The fire going forth from Heshbon would hence refer here to the conflagrations of war spreading from Heshbon to the rest of the country. The reference to the “midst of Sihon” is to be understood metonymically as a reference for the ruler to what he once ruled (cf. E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 583). The last two lines must refer to more than the fugitives who stopped at Heshbon for protection because it refers to the forehead of Moab (a personification of the whole land or nation). It is unclear, however, why reference is made to the foreheads and skulls of the Moabites, other than the fact that this verse seems to be a readaptation or reuse of Num 24:17 where the verb used with them is “smite” which fits nicely in the sense of martial destruction. Translated rather literally, it appears here to refer to the destruction by the fires of war of the Moabites, the part (forehead and skulls) put for the whole. TEV sees a reference here to the “frontiers” and “mountain heights” of Moab and this would work nicely for “foreheads” which is elsewhere used of the corner or border of a land in Neh 9:22 . The word “crown” or “skull” might be a picturesque metaphor for the mountain heights of a land, but the word is never used elsewhere in such a figurative way. TEV (and CEV) which follows it might be correct here but there is no way to validate it. The meaning “war-loving people” for the phrase “sons of noise” is based on the suggestion of BDB 981 s.v. שָׁאוֹן 1 which relates the phrase to the dominant use for שָׁאוֹן ( sha ’ on ) and is adopted also by TEV, CEV, and C. von Orelli, Jeremiah , 341. REB “braggarts” and NIV “noisy boasters” seem to base the nuance on the usage of שָׁאוֹן ( sha ’ on ) in Jer 46:17 where Pharaoh is referred to as an empty noise and the reference to Moab’s arrogance and boasting in 48:29 . sn This verse and the next are an apparent adaptation and reuse of a victory song in Num 21:28-29 and a prophecy in Num 24:17 . That explains the reference to Sihon who was the Amorite king who captured Heshbon and proceeded from there to capture most of northern Moab (the area between Heshbon and the Arnon) which has been referred to earlier in this prophecy. This prophecy appears to speak of the destruction of Moab beginning from the same place under the picture of a destructive fire which burns up all the people. The fire is a reference to the conflagrations of war in which the enemy captures the cities and sets them on fire and burns all the people in them. What Sihon once did ( Num 21:28-29 ) and what Balaam prophesied would happen to Moab in the future (by David? Num 24:17 ) are being reapplied to a new situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A45/1"}
{"id":31146,"verse_id":"JER.48.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.46","text":"Heb “Woe to you, Moab.” For the usage of this expression see 4:13, 31; 13:17 and the translator’s note on 4:13 and 10:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A46/1"}
{"id":31147,"verse_id":"JER.48.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.46","text":"Heb “Your sons will be taken away into captivity, your daughters into exile.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A46/2"}
{"id":31148,"verse_id":"JER.48.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.47","text":"See 29:14; 30:3 and the translator’s note on 29:14 for the idiom used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A47/1"}
{"id":31149,"verse_id":"JER.48.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":48,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.47","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2048%3A47/2"}
{"id":31150,"verse_id":"JER.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"49.1","text":"The reading here and in v. 3 follows the reading of the Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions and 1 Kgs 11:5, 33 ; 2 Kgs 23:13 . The Hebrew reads “Malcom” both here, in v. 3 , and Zeph 1:5 . This god is to be identified with the god known elsewhere as Molech (cf. 1 Kgs 11:7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A1/2"}
{"id":31151,"verse_id":"JER.49.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.1","text":"Heb “Does not Israel have any sons? Does not he have any heir [or “heirs” as a collective]? Why [then] has Malcom taken possession of Gad and [why] do his [Malcom’s] people live in his [Gad’s] land?” A literal translation here will not produce any meaning without major commentary. Hence the meaning that is generally agreed on is reflected in an admittedly paraphrastic translation. The reference is to the fact that the Ammonites had taken possession of the cities that had been deserted when the Assyrians carried off the Transjordanian tribes in 733 b.c. assuming that the Israelites would not return in sufficient numbers to regain control of it. The thought underlying the expression “Why has Milcom taken possession…” reflects the idea, common in the OT and the ancient Near East, that the god of a people drove out the previous inhabitants, gave their land to his worshipers to possess, and took up residence with them there (cf., e.g., Deut 1:21 ; Judg 11:24 and line 33-34 of the Moabite stone: “Chemosh said to me, ‘Go down, fight against Hauronen.’ And I went down [and I fought against the town and took it], and Chemosh dwelt there in my time.” [ ANET 321]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A1/3"}
{"id":31152,"verse_id":"JER.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.2","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A2/1"}
{"id":31153,"verse_id":"JER.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.2","text":"Heb “a desolate tel.” For the explanation of what a “tel” is see the study note on 30:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A2/2"}
{"id":31154,"verse_id":"JER.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.2","text":"Heb “Its daughters will be burned with fire.” For the use of the word “daughters” to refer to the villages surrounding a larger city see BDB 123 s.v. I בַּת 4 and compare the usage in Judg 1:27 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A2/3"}
{"id":31155,"verse_id":"JER.49.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.2","text":"Heb “says the Lord .” The first person is used to maintain the first person address throughout.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A2/4"}
{"id":31156,"verse_id":"JER.49.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.3","text":"Or “you women of Rabbah”; Heb “daughters of Rabbah.” It is difficult to tell whether the word “daughters” is used here in the same sense that it has in v. 2 (see the translator’s note there) or in the literal sense of “daughters.” The former has been preferred because the cities themselves (e.g., Heshbon) are called to wail in the earlier part of the verse and the term “daughters” has been used in the previous verse of the surrounding villages.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A3/1"}
{"id":31157,"verse_id":"JER.49.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"49.3","text":"Or “Run back and forth inside the walls of your towns.” Or “slash yourselves with gashes.” The meaning of this line is uncertain. The Hebrew text reads “run back and forth among the walls.” The word “run back and forth” is generally taken as a Hitpolel of a verb that means to “go about” in the Qal and to “go back and forth” in the Polel (cf. BDB 1002 s.v. I שׁוּט ). The noun that follows in the Hebrew means “wall, hedge” and is quite commonly modified by the noun צֹאן ( tso ’ n , “sheep”) referring to sheepfolds (cf., e.g., Num 32:36 ; 1 Sam 24:3 ). But the phrase “run back and forth among the sheepfolds” yields little meaning here. In Ps 89:40 ( 89:41 HT) the word “wall” is used in parallelism with fortified cities and refers to the walls of the city. That is the sense that is assumed in one of the alternate translations with the words “of your towns” being supplied in the translation for clarification. However, that figure is a little odd in a context which speaks of mourning rites. Hence, some emend the word “walls” ( גְּדֵרוֹת , gÿderot ) to “gashes” ( גְּדֻדוֹת , gÿdudot ), a word that has occurred in a similar context in Jer 48:37 . That would involve only the common confusion of ר and ד . That is the reading adopted here and fits the context nicely. NRSV appears to go one step further and read the verb as a Hitpolel from a root that is otherwise used only as a noun to mean “whip” or “scourge.” NRSV reads “slash yourselves with whips” which also makes excellent sense in the context but is not supported by any parallel use of the verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A3/2"}
{"id":31158,"verse_id":"JER.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.4","text":"Or “Why do you brag about your valleys, about the fruitfulness of your valleys.” The meaning of the first two lines of this verse are uncertain primarily due to the ambiguity of the expression זָב עִמְקֵךְ ( zav ’ imqekh ). The form זָב ( zav ) is either a Qal perfect or Qal participle of a verb meaning flow. It is common in the expression “a land flowing with milk and honey” and is also common to refer to the seminal discharge or discharge of blood which makes a man or woman unclean. BDB 264 s.v. זוּב Qal.2 sees it as an abbreviation of the idea of “flowing with milk and honey” and sees it as referring to the fertility of Ammon’s valley. However, there are no other examples of such an ellipsis. Several of the modern English versions and commentaries have taken the word עֵמֶק (’ emeq ) not as a reference to a valley but to the homonym cited in the note on 47:5 and see the reference here to the flowing away of Ammon’s strength. That interpretation is followed here. Instead of explaining the plural ending on עֲמָקִים (’ amaqim ) as being an enclitic ם ( mem ) as others who follow this interpretation (e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 325), the present translation understands the plural as a plural of amplification (cf. GKC 397-98 §124. e and compare the noun “might” in Isa 40:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A4/1"}
{"id":31159,"verse_id":"JER.49.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.4","text":"Heb “apostate daughter.” This same term is applied to Israel in Jer 31:22 but seems inappropriate here to Ammon because she had never been loyal to the Lord and could not hence be called “apostate.” However, if it is used of the fact that she rebelled against the Lord ’s servant, Nebuchadnezzar, it might be appropriate (cf. Jer 27:6, 8 ). Hence the term “rebellious” is used in the translation to represent it. The word “daughter” is again a personification of the land (cf. BDB 123 s.v. בַּת 3) and is here translated “people of Ammon” to make it easier for the modern reader to identify the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A4/2"}
{"id":31160,"verse_id":"JER.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.5","text":"Heb “The Lord Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of the rendering here and of the significance of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A5/1"}
{"id":31161,"verse_id":"JER.49.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.5","text":"Heb “You will be scattered each man [straight] before him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A5/2"}
{"id":31162,"verse_id":"JER.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.6","text":"See Jer 29:14; 30:3 and the translator’s note on 29:14 for the idiom used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A6/1"}
{"id":31163,"verse_id":"JER.49.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.6","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A6/2"}
{"id":31164,"verse_id":"JER.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.7","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” See the study note on 2:19 for this title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A7/1"}
{"id":31165,"verse_id":"JER.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.7","text":"Heb “Has counsel perished from men of understanding?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A7/4"}
{"id":31166,"verse_id":"JER.49.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"49.7","text":"The meaning of this last word is based on the definition given in KBL 668 s.v. II סָרַח Nif and HALOT 726 s.v. II סָרַח Nif, which give the nuance “to be [or become] corrupt” rather than that of BDB 710 s.v. סָרַח Niph who give the nuance “let loose (i.e., to be dismissed; to be gone)” from a verb that is elsewhere used of the overhanging of a curtains or a cliff.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A7/5"}
{"id":31167,"verse_id":"JER.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.8","text":"Heb “make deep to dwell.” The meaning of this phrase is debated. Some take it as a reference for the Dedanites who were not native to Edom to go down from the heights of Edom and go back home (so G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 330). The majority of commentaries, however, take it as a reference to the Dedanites disassociating themselves from the Edomites and finding remote hiding places to live in (so J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 718). For the options see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:375.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A8/1"}
{"id":31168,"verse_id":"JER.49.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.8","text":"Heb “For I will bring the disaster of Esau upon him, the time when I will punish him.” Esau was the progenitor of the tribes and nation of Edom (cf. Gen 36:1, 8, 9, 19 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A8/3"}
{"id":31169,"verse_id":"JER.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.9","text":"The translation of this verse is generally based on the parallels in Obad 5 . There the second line has a ה interrogative in front of it. The question can still be assumed because questions can be asked in Hebrew without a formal marker (cf. GKC 473 §150. a and BDB 519 s.v. לֹא 1.a[e] and compare usage in 2 Kgs 5:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A9/1"}
{"id":31170,"verse_id":"JER.49.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.9","text":"The tense and nuance of the verb translated “pillage” are both different than the verb in Obad 5 . There the verb is the imperfect of גָּנַב ( ganav , “to steal”). Here the verb is the perfect of a verb which means to “ruin” or “spoil.” The English versions and commentaries, however, almost all render the verb here in much the same way as in Obad 5 . The nuance must mean they only “ruin, destroy” (by stealing) only as much as they need ( Heb “their sufficiency”), and the verb is used as metonymical substitute, effect for cause. The perfect must be some kind of a future perfect; “would they not have destroyed only…” The negative question is carried over by ellipsis from the preceding lines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A9/2"}
{"id":31171,"verse_id":"JER.49.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.11","text":"Or “Their children and relatives will all be destroyed. And none of their neighbors will say, ‘Leave your orphans with me and I’ll keep them alive. Your widows can trust in me.’” This latter interpretation is based on a reading in a couple of the Greek versions (Symmachus and Lucian) and is accepted by a number of the modern commentaries, (J. Bright, J. A. Thompson, W. L. Holladay, and G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers). However, the majority of modern English versions do not follow it and lacking any other Hebrew or versional evidence it is probable that this is an interpretation to explain the mitigation of what appears as a prophecy of utter annihilation. There have been other cases in Jeremiah where a universal affirmation (either positive or negative) has been modified in the verses that follow. The verb in the second line תִּבְטָחוּ ( tivtakhu ) is highly unusual; it is a second masculine plural form with a feminine plural subject. The form is explained in GKC 127-28 §47. k and 160-61 §60. a , n. 1 as a pausal substitution for the normal form תִּבְטַחְנָה ( tivtakhnah ) and a similar form in Ezek 37:7 cited as a parallel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A11/1"}
{"id":31172,"verse_id":"JER.49.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.12","text":"The words “of my wrath” after “cup” in the first line and “from the cup of my wrath” in the last line are not in the text but are implicit in the metaphor. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn The reference here is to the cup of God’s wrath which is connected with the punishment of war at the hands of the Babylonians referred to already in Jer 25:15-29 . Those who do not deserve to drink are the innocent victims of war who get swept away with the guilty. Edom was certainly not one of the innocent victims as is clear from this judgment speech and those referred to in the study note on 49:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A12/1"}
{"id":31173,"verse_id":"JER.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.13","text":"Heb “I swear by myself.” See 22:5 and the study note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A13/1"}
{"id":31174,"verse_id":"JER.49.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.13","text":"See the study note on 24:9 for the rendering of this term.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A13/3"}
{"id":31175,"verse_id":"JER.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.14","text":"The words “I said” are not in the text but it is generally agreed that the words that follow are Jeremiah’s. These words are supplied in the translation to make clear that the speaker has shifted from the Lord to Jeremiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A14/1"}
{"id":31176,"verse_id":"JER.49.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.14","text":"Heb “Rise up for battle.” The idea “against her” is implicit from the context and has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A14/2"}
{"id":31177,"verse_id":"JER.49.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.15","text":"The words “The Lord says to Edom” are not in the text. They have been supplied in the translation to mark the shift from the address of the messenger summoning the nations to prepare to do battle against Edom. The Lord is clearly the speaker (see the end of v. 16 ) and Edom is clearly the addressee. Such sudden shifts are common in Hebrew poetry, particularly Hebrew prophecy, but are extremely disruptive to a modern reader trying to follow the argument of a passage. TEV adds “The Lord said” and then retains third person throughout. CEV puts all of vv. 14-16 in the second person and uses indirect discourse in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A15/1"}
{"id":31178,"verse_id":"JER.49.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.16","text":"The meaning of this Hebrew word ( תִּפְלֶצֶת , tifletset ) is uncertain because it occurs only here. However, it is related to a verb root that refers to the shaking of the pillars (of the earth) in Job 9:6 and a noun ( מִפְלֶצֶת , mifletset ) that refers to “horror” or “shuddering” used in Job 21:6 ; Isa 21:4 ; Ezek 7:18 ; Ps 55:6 . This is the nuance that is accepted by BDB, KBL, HAL and a majority of the modern English versions. The suffix is an objective genitive. The fact that the following verb is masculine singular suggests that the text here ( הִשִּׁיא אֹתָךְ , hishi ’ ’ otakh ) is in error for הִשִּׁיאָתָךְ ( hishi ’ atakh ; so G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 327, n. 16.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A16/1"}
{"id":31179,"verse_id":"JER.49.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.16","text":"The Hebrew text of the first four lines reads: “Your terror [= the terror you inspire] has deceived you, [and] the arrogance of your heart, you who dwell in the clefts of the rock, who occupy the heights of the hill.” The sentence is broken up and restructured to better conform with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A16/2"}
{"id":31180,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.19","text":"See the study note on Jer 12:5 for the rendering of this term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/1"}
{"id":31181,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.19","text":"“The pasture-ground on the everflowing river” according to KBL 42 s.v. I אֵיתָן 1. The “everflowing river” refers to the Jordan.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/2"}
{"id":31182,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.19","text":"Heb “Behold, like a lion comes up from the thicket of the Jordan into the pastureland of everflowing water so [reading כֵּן ( ken ) for כִּי ( ki ); or “indeed” (reading כִּי as an asseverative particle with J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 719, n. 6)] I will suddenly chase him [Edom] from upon it [the land].” The sentence has been restructured to better conform with contemporary English style and the significance of the simile drawn from the comparison has been spelled out for the sake of clarity. The form אַרְגִּיעָה (’ argi ’ ah ) is functioning here as an adverbial modifier in a verbal hendiadys (cf. GKC 386 §120. g ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/3"}
{"id":31183,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.19","text":"For the use of the interrogative מִי ( mi ) in the sense of “whoever” and functioning like an adjective see BDB 567 s.v. מִי g and compare the usage in Prov 9:4, 16 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/4"}
{"id":31184,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"49.19","text":"For the meaning of this verb in the sense of “arraign” or “call before the bar of justice” compare Job 9:19 and see BDB 417 s.v. יָעַד Hiph.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/5"}
{"id":31185,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"49.19","text":"The interrogative מִי ( mi ) is rendered “there is no one” in each of the last three occurrences in this verse because it is used in a rhetorical question that expects the answer “no one” or “none” and is according to BDB 566 s.v. מִי f(c) equivalent to a rhetorical negative.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/6"}
{"id":31186,"verse_id":"JER.49.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":19,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"49.19","text":"The word “shepherd” ( רֹעֶה , ro ’ eh ) has been used often in the book of Jeremiah to refer metaphorically to the ruler or leader (cf. BDB 945 s.v. I רָעָה Qal.1.d(2) and compare usage, e.g., in Jer 2:8; 23:1 ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A19/7"}
{"id":31187,"verse_id":"JER.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “Therefore listen to the plan of the Lord which he has planned against Edom, and the purposes which he has purposed against…” The first person has again been adopted in the translation to avoid the shift from the first person address in v. 19 to the third person in v. 20 , a shift that is common in Hebrew poetry, particularly Hebrew prophecy, but which is not common in contemporary English literature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A20/1"}
{"id":31188,"verse_id":"JER.49.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.20","text":"Heb “They will surely drag them off, namely the young ones of the flock. He will devastate their habitation [or their sheepfold] on account of them.” The figure of the lion among the flock of sheep appears to be carried on here where the people are referred to as a flock and their homeland is referred to as a sheepfold. It is hard, however, to carry the figure over here into the translation, so the figures have been interpreted instead. Both of these last two sentences are introduced by a formula that indicates a strong affirmative oath (i.e., they are introduced by אִם לֹא [’ im lo ’; cf. BDB 50 s.v. אִם 1.b(2)]). The subject of the verb “they will drag them off” is the indefinite third plural which may be taken as a passive in English (cf. GKC 460 §144. g ). The subject of the last line is the Lord which has been rendered in the first person for stylistic reasons (see the translator’s note on the beginning of the verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A20/3"}
{"id":31189,"verse_id":"JER.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.21","text":"Heb “The earth will quake when at the sound of their downfall.” However, as in many other places “earth” stands here metonymically for the inhabitants or people of the earth (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 578-79, and compare usage in 2 Sam 15:23 ; Ps 66:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A21/1"}
{"id":31190,"verse_id":"JER.49.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.21","text":"Heb “the Red Sea,” of which the Gulf of Aqaba formed the northeastern arm. The land of Edom once reached this far according to 1 Kgs 9:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A21/2"}
{"id":31191,"verse_id":"JER.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.23","text":"The words “The Lord spoke” and “he said” are not in the text. There is only a title here: “Concerning Damascus.” However, something needs to be supplied to show that these are the Lord ’s words of judgment (cf. v. 26 “oracle of the Lord ” and the “I” in v. 27 ). These words have been supplied in the translation for clarity and consistency with the introduction to the other judgment speeches.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A23/1"}
{"id":31192,"verse_id":"JER.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.23","text":"Heb “Hamath and Arpad.” There is no word for people in the text. The cities are being personified. However, since it is really the people who are involved and it is clearer for the modern reader, the present translation supplies the words “people of” both here and in v. 24 . The verbs in vv. 23-25 are all to be interpreted as prophetic perfects, the tense of the Hebrew verb that views an action as though it were as good as done. The verbs are clearly future in vv. 26-27 which begin with a “therefore.” sn Hamath was a city on the Orontes River about 110 miles (183 km) north of Damascus. Arpad was a city that was 95 miles (158 km) farther north from there. These two cities were in the path of the northern descent of the kings of Assyria and Babylonia and had been conquered earlier under the Assyrian kings ( Isa 10:9; 36:19; 37:13 ). The apparent reference here is to their terror and loss of courage when they hear the news that Nebuchadnezzar’s armies are on the move toward them and Damascus. They would have been in the path of Nebuchadnezzar as he chased Necho south after the battle of Carchemish.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A23/3"}
{"id":31193,"verse_id":"JER.49.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"49.23","text":"The meaning of this verse is very uncertain. The Hebrew text apparently reads “Hamath and Arpad are dismayed. They melt away because they have heard bad news. Anxiety is in the sea; it [the sea] cannot be quiet.” Many commentaries and English versions redivide the verse and read “like the sea” for “in the sea” ( כַּיָּם [ kayyam ] for בַּיָּם [ bayyam ]) and read the feminine singular noun דְּאָגָה ( dÿ ’ agam ) as though it were the third masculine plural verb דָּאֲגוּ ( da ’ agu ): “They are troubled like the sea.” The translation follows the emendation proposed in BHS and accepted by a number of commentaries (e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 333; J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 723, n. 1). That emendation involves reading נָמֹג לִבָּם מִדְּאָגָה ( namog libbam middÿ ’ agah ) instead of נָמֹגוּ בַּיָּם דְּאָגָה ( namogu bayyam dÿ ’ agah ). The translation also involves a double reading of “heart,” for the sake of English style, once in the sense of courage (BDB 525 s.v. לֵב 10) because that is the nuance that best fits “melts” in the English idiom and once in the more general sense of hearts as the seat of fear, anxiety, worry. The double translation is a concession to English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A23/4"}
{"id":31194,"verse_id":"JER.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.25","text":"Heb “city of praise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A25/1"}
{"id":31195,"verse_id":"JER.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.25","text":"Heb “city of joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A25/2"}
{"id":31196,"verse_id":"JER.49.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"49.25","text":"Or “Why has that famous city not been abandoned, that city I once took delight in?” The translation follows the majority of modern commentaries in understanding לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) before “abandoned” as a misunderstanding of the emphatic ל ( lamed ; so J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 723, n. 3, and J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 333, n. c; see also IBHS 211-12 §11.2.10i and HALOT 485-86 s.v. II לְ for the phenomenon). The particle is missing from the Vulgate. The translation also follows the versions in omitting the suffix on the word “joy” that is found in the Hebrew text (see BHS note b for a listing of the versions). This gives a better connection with the preceding and the following verse than the alternate translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A25/3"}
{"id":31197,"verse_id":"JER.49.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.26","text":"Heb “Oracle of Yahweh of armies.” For this title for God see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A26/1"}
{"id":31198,"verse_id":"JER.49.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.28","text":"The words “Army of Babylon” are not in the Hebrew text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A28/3"}
{"id":31199,"verse_id":"JER.49.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.29","text":"Or “Let their tents…be taken….Let their tent…be carried…. Let people shout….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A29/1"}
{"id":31200,"verse_id":"JER.49.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.30","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A30/1"}
{"id":31201,"verse_id":"JER.49.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.30","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-D3 ; Map3-A2 ; Map4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A30/2"}
{"id":31202,"verse_id":"JER.49.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.30","text":"Heb “Make deep to dwell.” See Jer 49:8 and the translator’s note there. The use of this same phrase here argues against the alternative there of going down from a height and going back home.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A30/3"}
{"id":31203,"verse_id":"JER.49.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"49.30","text":"Heb “has counseled a counsel against you, has planned a plan against you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A30/4"}
{"id":31204,"verse_id":"JER.49.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.31","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A31/1"}
{"id":31205,"verse_id":"JER.49.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.31","text":"The words “Army of Babylon” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A31/2"}
{"id":31206,"verse_id":"JER.49.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.31","text":"Heb “no gates and no bar,” i.e., “that lives securely without gates or bars.” The phrase is used by the figure of species for genus (synecdoche) to refer to the fact that they have no defenses, i.e., no walls, gates, or bars on the gates. The figure has been interpreted in the translation for the benefit of the average reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A31/3"}
{"id":31207,"verse_id":"JER.49.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.32","text":"See the translator’s note at Jer 9:26 and compare the usage in 9:26 and 25:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A32/1"}
{"id":31208,"verse_id":"JER.49.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.32","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A32/2"}
{"id":31209,"verse_id":"JER.49.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.34","text":"Or “In the beginning of the reign.” For a discussion of the usage of the terms here see the translator’s note on 28:1 . If this refers to the accession year the dating would be 598/97 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A34/1"}
{"id":31210,"verse_id":"JER.49.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.34","text":"Heb “That which came [as] the word of the Lord to Jeremiah the prophet about the Elam.” See the translator’s note on 14:1 for the construction here and compare also 46:1; 47:1; 50:1 . sn Elam was a country on the eastern side of the Tigris River in what is now southwestern Iran. Its capital city was Susa. It was destroyed in 640 b.c. by Ashurbanipal after a long period of conflict with the Assyrian kings. It appears from Babylonian records to have regained its independence shortly thereafter, perhaps as early as 625 b.c. , and was involved in the fall of Assyria in 612 b.c . If the date refers to the first year of Zedekiah’s rule (597 b.c. ), this prophecy appears to be later than the previous ones (cf. the study notes on 46:2 and 47:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A34/2"}
{"id":31211,"verse_id":"JER.49.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.35","text":"Heb “I will break the bow of Elam, the chief source of their might.” The phrase does not mean that God will break literal bows or that he will destroy their weapons (synecdoche of species for genus) or their military power (so Hos 1:5 ). Because of the parallelism, the “bow” here stands for the archers who wield the bow, and were the strongest force (or chief contingent) in their military.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A35/1"}
{"id":31212,"verse_id":"JER.49.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.36","text":"Or more simply, “I will bring enemies against Elam from every direction. / And I will scatter the people of Elam to the four winds. // There won’t be any nation / where the refugees of Elam will not go.” Or more literally, “I will bring the four winds against Elam / from the four quarters of heaven. / I will scatter….” However, the winds are not to be understood literally here. God isn’t going to “blow the Elamites” out of Elam with natural forces. The winds must figuratively represent enemy forces that God will use to drive them out. Translating literally would be misleading at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A36/1"}
{"id":31213,"verse_id":"JER.49.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.37","text":"Heb “I will bring disaster upon them, even my fierce anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A37/1"}
{"id":31214,"verse_id":"JER.49.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.37","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A37/2"}
{"id":31215,"verse_id":"JER.49.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.37","text":"Heb “I will send the sword after them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A37/3"}
{"id":31216,"verse_id":"JER.49.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.38","text":"Or “I will sit in judgment over Elam”; Heb “I will set up my throne in Elam.” Commentators are divided over whether this refers to a king sitting in judgment over his captured enemies or whether it refers to formally establishing his rule over the country. Those who argue for the former idea point to the supposed parallels in 1:15 (which the present translation understands not to refer to this but to setting up siege) and 43:8-13 . The parallelism in the verse here, however, argues that it refers to the Lord taking over the reins of government by destroying their former leaders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A38/1"}
{"id":31217,"verse_id":"JER.49.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"49.38","text":"Heb “I will destroy king and leaders from there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A38/2"}
{"id":31218,"verse_id":"JER.49.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"49.38","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A38/3"}
{"id":31219,"verse_id":"JER.49.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":49,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"49.39","text":"See Jer 29:14; 30:3 and the translator’s note on 29:14 for the idiom used here. sn See a similar note on the reversal of Moab’s fortunes in Jer 48:47 and compare also 46:26 for a future restoration of Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2049%3A39/1"}
{"id":31220,"verse_id":"JER.50.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.1","text":"Heb “the land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A1/1"}
{"id":31221,"verse_id":"JER.50.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.1","text":"Heb “The word which the Lord spoke concerning Babylon, concerning the land of the Chaldeans by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A1/2"}
{"id":31222,"verse_id":"JER.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.2","text":"The verbs are masculine plural. Jeremiah is calling on other unnamed messengers to spread the news.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A2/1"}
{"id":31223,"verse_id":"JER.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.2","text":"Heb “Raise a signal flag.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A2/2"}
{"id":31224,"verse_id":"JER.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.2","text":"The Hebrew word used here ( גִּלּוּלִים , gillulim ) is always used as a disdainful reference to idols. It is generally thought to have originally referred to “dung pellets” (cf. KBL 183 s.v. גִלּוּלִים ). It is only one of several terms used in this way, such as “worthless things” ( אַלִילִים , ’ alilim ), “vanities,” or “empty winds” ( הֲבָלִים , havalim ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A2/4"}
{"id":31225,"verse_id":"JER.50.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"50.2","text":"The verbs here are all in the tense that views the actions as though they were already done (the Hebrew prophetic perfect). The verbs in the next verse are a mixture of prophetic perfects and imperfects which announce future actions. sn This refers to the fact that the idols that the Babylonians worshiped will not be able to protect them, but will instead be carried off into exile with the Babylonians themselves (cf. Isa 46:1-2 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A2/5"}
{"id":31226,"verse_id":"JER.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A4/1"}
{"id":31227,"verse_id":"JER.50.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.4","text":"Heb “and the children of Israel will come, they and the children of Judah together. They shall go, weeping as they go, and they will seek the Lord their God.” The concept of “seeking” the Lord often has to do with seeking the Lord in worship (by sacrifice [ Hos 5:6 ; 2 Chr 11:16 ]; prayer [ Zech 8:21, 22 ; 2 Sam 12:16 ; Isa 65:1 ; 2 Chr 15:4 ]). In Hos 7:10 it is in parallel with returning to the Lord . In Ps 69:6 it is in parallel with hoping in or trusting in the Lord . Perhaps the most helpful parallels here, however, are Hos 3:5 (in comparison with Jer 30:9 ) and 2 Chr 15:15 where it is in the context of a covenant commitment to be loyal to the Lord which is similar to the context here (see the next verse). The translation is admittedly paraphrastic but “seeking the Lord ” does not mean here looking for God as though he were merely a person to be found.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A4/2"}
{"id":31228,"verse_id":"JER.50.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"50.5","text":"The translation here assumes that the Hebrew בֹּאוּ ( bo ’ u ; a Qal imperative masculine plural) should be read בָּאוּ ( ba ’ u ; a Qal perfect third plural). This reading is presupposed by the Greek version of Aquila, the Latin version, and the Targum (see BHS note a, which mistakenly assumes that the form must be imperfect).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A5/1"}
{"id":31229,"verse_id":"JER.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.7","text":"This same Hebrew phrase “the habitation of righteousness” is found in Jer 31:23 in relation to Jerusalem in the future as “the place where righteousness dwells.” Here, however, it refers to the same entity as “their resting place” in v. 6 and means “true pasture.” For the meaning of “pasture” for the word נָוֶה ( naveh ) see 2 Sam 7:8 and especially Isa 65:10 where it is parallel with “resting place” for the flocks. For the meaning of “true” for צֶדֶק ( tsedeq ) see BDB 841 s.v. צֶדֶק 1. For the interpretation adopted here see G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 365. The same basic interpretation is reflected in NRSV, NJPS, and God’s Word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A7/1"}
{"id":31230,"verse_id":"JER.50.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.7","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A7/2"}
{"id":31231,"verse_id":"JER.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.8","text":"The words “People of Judah” are not in the Hebrew text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the subject of the address.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A8/1"}
{"id":31232,"verse_id":"JER.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.8","text":"Heb “the land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A8/2"}
{"id":31233,"verse_id":"JER.50.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.8","text":"The words “Be the first to leave” are not in the text but spell out the significance of the simile that follows. They have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A8/3"}
{"id":31234,"verse_id":"JER.50.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.9","text":"Heb “She will be captured from there (i.e., from the north).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A9/2"}
{"id":31235,"verse_id":"JER.50.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"50.9","text":"Read Heb ַָמשְׂכִּיל ( moskil ) with a number of Hebrew mss and some of the versions in place of מַשְׁכִּיל ( mashkil , “one who kills children”) with the majority of Hebrew mss and some of the versions. See BHS note d for the details.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A9/3"}
{"id":31236,"verse_id":"JER.50.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.9","text":"Or more freely, “Their arrows will be as successful at hitting their mark // as a skilled soldier always returns from battle with plunder.” sn I.e., none of the arrows misses its mark.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A9/4"}
{"id":31237,"verse_id":"JER.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.10","text":"Heb “The land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A10/1"}
{"id":31238,"verse_id":"JER.50.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.10","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A10/2"}
{"id":31239,"verse_id":"JER.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.11","text":"The words “People of Babylonia” are not in the text but they are implicit in the reference in the next verse to “your mother” which refers to the city and the land as the mother of its people. These words have been supplied in the translation to identify the referent of “you” and have been added for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A11/1"}
{"id":31240,"verse_id":"JER.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.11","text":"Or “my land.” The word can refer to either the land ( Jer 2:7, 16:8 ) or the nation/people ( Jer 12:7, 8, 9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A11/2"}
{"id":31241,"verse_id":"JER.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"50.11","text":"Reading כְּעֶגְלֵי דֶשֶׁא ( kÿ ’ egle deshe ’) or כְּעֵגֶל בַּדֶּשֶׁא ( kÿ ’ egel baddeshe ’) as presupposed by the Greek and Latin versions (cf. BHS note d-d) in place of the reading in the Hebrew text כְּעֶגְלָה דָשָׁה ( kÿ ’ eglah dashah , “like a heifer treading out the grain”) which does not fit the verb ( פּוּשׁ [ push ] = “spring about” [BDB 807 s.v. I פּוּשׁ ] or “paw the ground” [KBL 756 s.v. פּוּשׁ ] and compare Mal 3:20 for usage). This variant reading is also accepted by J. Bright, J. A. Thompson, F. B. Huey, and G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A11/3"}
{"id":31242,"verse_id":"JER.50.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.11","text":"Heb “Though you rejoice, though you exult, you who have plundered my heritage, though you frolic like calves in a pasture and neigh like stallions, your mother…” The particle כִּי ( ki ) introduces a concessive protasis according to BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c(a). Many interpret the particle as introducing the grounds for the next verse, i.e., “because…” The translation here will reflect the concessive by beginning the next verse with “But.” The long protasis has been broken up and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A11/4"}
{"id":31243,"verse_id":"JER.50.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.12","text":"Heb “Your mother will be utterly shamed, the one who gave you birth…” The word “mother” and the parallel term “the one who gave you birth” are used metaphorically for the land of Babylonia. For the figure compare the usage in Isa 50:1 (Judah) and Hos 2:2, 5 ( 2:4, 7 HT) and see BDB 52 s.v. אֵם 2 and 408 s.v. יָלַד Qal.2.c.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A12/1"}
{"id":31244,"verse_id":"JER.50.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.12","text":"Heb “Behold.” For the use of this particle see the translator’s note on 1:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A12/2"}
{"id":31245,"verse_id":"JER.50.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.13","text":"Heb “From [or Because of] the wrath of the Lord it will be uninhabited.” The causal connection is spelled out more clearly and actively and the first person has been used because the speaker is the Lord . The referent “it” has been spelled out clearly from the later occurrence in the verse, “all who pass by Babylon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A13/1"}
{"id":31246,"verse_id":"JER.50.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.14","text":"Heb “all you who draw the bow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A14/1"}
{"id":31247,"verse_id":"JER.50.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"50.14","text":"The verb here should probably be read as a Qal imperative יְרוּ ( yÿru ) from יָרָה ( yarah ) with a few Hebrew mss rather than a Qal imperative יְדוּ ( yidu ) from יָדָה ( yadah ) with the majority of Hebrew mss . The verb יָדָה ( yadah ) does not otherwise occur in the Qal and only elsewhere in the Piel with a meaning “cast” (cf. KBL 363 s.v. I יָדָה ). The verb יָרָה ( yarah ) is common in both the Qal and the Hiphil with the meaning of shooting arrows (cf. BDB 435 s.v. יָרָה Qal.3 and Hiph.2). The confusion between ד ( dalet ) and ר ( resh ) is very common.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A14/2"}
{"id":31248,"verse_id":"JER.50.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.14","text":"Heb “Shoot at her! Don’t save any arrows!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A14/3"}
{"id":31249,"verse_id":"JER.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.15","text":"Heb “She has given her hand.” For the idiom here involving submission/surrender see BDB 680 s.v. נָתַן Qal.1.z and compare the usage in 1 Chr 29:24 ; 2 Chr 30:8 . For a different interpretation, however, see the rather complete discussion in G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 366) who see this as a reference to making a covenant. The verb in this line and the next two lines are all Hebrew perfects and most translators and commentaries see them as past. God’s Word, however, treats them as prophetic perfects and translates them as future. This is more likely in the light of the imperatives both before and after.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A15/1"}
{"id":31250,"verse_id":"JER.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.15","text":"The meaning of this word is uncertain. The definition here follows that of HALOT 91 s.v. אָשְׁיָה , which defines it on the basis of an Akkadian word and treats it as a loanword.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A15/2"}
{"id":31251,"verse_id":"JER.50.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.15","text":"Heb “Because it is the Lord ’s vengeance.” The first person has again been used because the Lord is the speaker and the nominal expression has been turned into a verbal one more in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A15/3"}
{"id":31252,"verse_id":"JER.50.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.16","text":"Heb “Cut off the sower from Babylon, and the one who wields the sickle at harvest time.” For the meaning “kill” for the root “cut off” see BDB 503 s.v. כָּרַת Qal.1.b and compare usage in Jer 11:19 . The verb is common in this nuance in the Hiphil, cf. BDB 504 s.v. כָּרַת Hiph, 2.b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A16/1"}
{"id":31253,"verse_id":"JER.50.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.16","text":"Heb “Because of [or out of fear of] the sword of the oppressor, let each of them turn toward his [own] people and each of them flee to his [own] country.” Compare a similar expression in 46:16 where the reference was to the flight of the mercenaries. Here it refers most likely to foreigners who are counseled to leave Babylon before they are caught up in the destruction. Many of the commentaries and English versions render the verbs as futures but they are more likely third person commands (jussives). Compare the clear commands in v. 8 followed by essentially the same motivation. The “sword of the oppressor,” of course, refers to death at the hands of soldiers wielding all kinds of weapons, chief of which has been a reference to the bow (v. 14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A16/2"}
{"id":31254,"verse_id":"JER.50.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.17","text":"The verb used here only occurs this one time in the Hebrew Bible. It is a denominative from the Hebrew word for “bones” ( עֶצֶם , ’ etsem ). BDB 1126 s.v. עֶָצַם , denom Pi, define it as “break his bones.” HALOT 822 s.v. II עָצַם Pi defines it as “gnaw on his bones.” sn If the prophecies which are referred to in Jer 51:59-64 refer to all that is contained in –51 (as some believe), this would have referred to the disasters of 605 b.c. and 598 b.c. and all the harassment that Israel experienced from Babylon up until the fourth year of Zedekiah (594 b.c. ). If on the other hand, the prophecy related there refers to something less than this final form, the destruction of 587/6 b.c. could be referred to as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A17/2"}
{"id":31255,"verse_id":"JER.50.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.18","text":"Heb “Therefore thus says Yahweh of armies, the God of Israel.” The first person is again adopted because the Lord is speaking. For this title, “Yahweh of armies,” compare 7:3 and the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A18/1"}
{"id":31256,"verse_id":"JER.50.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.19","text":"Heb “their soul [or hunger/appetite] will be satisfied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A19/1"}
{"id":31257,"verse_id":"JER.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “In those days and at that time, oracle of the Lord , the iniquity [or guilt] of Israel will be sought but there will be none and the sins of Judah but they will not be found.” The passive construction “will be sought” raises the question of who is doing the seeking which is not really the main point. The translation has avoided this question by simply referring to the result which is the main point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A20/1"}
{"id":31258,"verse_id":"JER.50.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.20","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .” In this case it is necessary to place this in the first person because this is already in a quote whose speaker is identified as the Lord (v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A20/3"}
{"id":31259,"verse_id":"JER.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A21/1"}
{"id":31260,"verse_id":"JER.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “Smite down and completely destroy after them.” The word translated “kill” or “smite down” is a word of uncertain meaning and derivation. BDB 352 s.v. III חָרַב relates it to an Aramaic word meaning “attack, smite down.” KBL 329-30 s.v. II חָרַב sees it as a denominative from the word חֶרֶב ( kherev , “sword”), a derivation which many modern commentaries accept and reflect in a translation “put to the sword.” KBL, however, gives “to smite down; to slaughter” which is roughly the equivalent of the meaning assigned to it in BDB. The word only occurs here and in v. 27 in the Qal and in 2 Kgs 3:23 in the Niphal where it means something like “attacked one another, fought with one another.” Many commentators question the validity of the word “after them” ( אַחֲרֵיהֶם , ’ akharehem ) which occurs at the end of the line after “completely destroy.” The Targum reads “the last of them” ( אַחֲרִיתָם , ’ akharitam ) which is graphically very close and accepted by some commentators. The present translation has chosen to represent “after them” by a paraphrase at the beginning “pursue them.” sn For the concept underlying the words translated here “completely destroy” see the study note on Jer 25:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A21/4"}
{"id":31261,"verse_id":"JER.50.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"50.21","text":"Heb “Do according to all I have commanded you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A21/5"}
{"id":31262,"verse_id":"JER.50.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.22","text":"The words “of Babylonia” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent. sn The verbs in vv. 22-25 are all descriptive of the present, but all of this is really to take place in the future. Hebrew poetry has a way of rendering future actions as though they were already accomplished. The poetry of this section makes it difficult, however, to render the verbs as future, as has been done regularly in the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A22/1"}
{"id":31263,"verse_id":"JER.50.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.23","text":"Heb “How broken and shattered is the hammer of all the earth!” The “hammer” is a metaphor for Babylon who was God’s war club to shatter the nations and destroy kingdoms just like Assyria is represented in Isa 10:5 as a rod and a war club. Some readers, however, might not pick up on the metaphor or identify the referent, so the translation has incorporated an identification of the metaphor and the referent within it. “See how” and “See what” are an attempt to capture the nuance of the Hebrew particle אֵיךְ (’ ekh ) which here expresses an exclamation of satisfaction in a taunt song (cf. BDB 32 s.v. אֵיךְ 2 and compare usage in Isa 14:4, 12 ; Jer 50:23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A23/1"}
{"id":31264,"verse_id":"JER.50.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.24","text":"Heb “You were found [or found out] and captured because you fought against the Lord .” The same causal connection is maintained by the order of the translation but it puts more emphasis on the cause and connects it also more closely with the first half of the verse. The first person is used because the Lord is speaking of himself first in the first person “I set” and then in the third. The first person has been maintained throughout. Though it would be awkward, perhaps one could retain the reference to the Lord by translating, “I, the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A24/1"}
{"id":31265,"verse_id":"JER.50.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.25","text":"Or “I have opened up my armory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A25/1"}
{"id":31266,"verse_id":"JER.50.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.25","text":"Heb “The Lord has opened up his armory and has brought out the weapons of his wrath.” The problem of the Lord referring to himself in the third person (or of the prophet speaking on his behalf) is again raised here and is again resolved by using the first person throughout. The construction “weapons of my wrath” would not convey any meaning to many readers so the significance has been spelled out in the translation. sn The weapons are the nations which God is bringing from the north against them. Reference has already been made in the study notes that Assyria is the “rod” or “war club” by which God vents his anger against Israel ( Isa 10:5-6 ) and Babylon a hammer or war club with which he shatters the nations ( Jer 50:23; 51:20 ). Now God will use other nations as weapons to execute his wrath against Babylon. For a similar idea see Isa 13:2-5 where reference is made to marshaling the nations against Babylon. Some of the nations that the Lord will marshal against Babylon are named in Jer 51:27-28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A25/2"}
{"id":31267,"verse_id":"JER.50.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.25","text":"Heb “the Lord Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of this rendering and the significance of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A25/3"}
{"id":31268,"verse_id":"JER.50.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.25","text":"The words “of Babylonia” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent. sn The verbs in vv. 22-25 are all descriptive of the present but, all of this is really to take place in the future. Hebrew poetry has a way of rendering future actions as though they were already accomplished. The poetry of this section makes it difficult, however, to render the verbs as future as the present translation has regularly done.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A25/4"}
{"id":31269,"verse_id":"JER.50.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.26","text":"Heb “Come against her from the end.” There is a great deal of debate about the meaning of “from the end” ( מִקֵּץ , miqqets ). Some follow the suggestion of F. Giesebrecht in BDB 892 s.v. קָצֶה 3 and emend the text to מִקָּצֶה ( miqqatseh ) on the basis of the presumed parallel in Jer 51:31 which is interpreted as “on all sides,” i.e., “from every quarter/side.” However, the phrase does not mean that in Jer 51:31 but is used as it is elsewhere of “from one end to another,” i.e., in its entirety (so Gen 19:4 ). The only real parallel here is the use of the noun קֵץ ( qets ) with a suffix in Isa 37:24 referring to the remotest part, hence something like from the end (of the earth), i.e., from a far away place. The referent “her” has been clarified here to refer to Babylonia in case someone might not see the connection between v. 25 d and v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A26/1"}
{"id":31270,"verse_id":"JER.50.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.26","text":"Heb “Pile her up like heaps.” Many commentators understand the comparison to be to heaps of grain (compare usage of עֲרֵמָה (’ aremah ) in Hag 2:16 ; Neh 13:15 ; Ruth 3:7 ). However, BDB 790 s.v. עֲרֵמָה is more likely correct that this refers to heaps of ruins (compare the usage in Neh 4:2 [3:34 HT]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A26/2"}
{"id":31271,"verse_id":"JER.50.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.26","text":"Heb “Do not let there be to her a remnant.” According to BDB 984 s.v. שְׁאֵרִית this refers to the last remnant of people, i.e., there won’t be any survivors. Compare the usage in Jer 11:23 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A26/4"}
{"id":31272,"verse_id":"JER.50.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.27","text":"Heb “Kill all her young bulls.” Commentators are almost universally agreed that the reference to “young bulls” is figurative here for the princes and warriors (cf. BDB 831 s.v. פַּר 2.f, which compares Isa 34:7 and Ezek 39:18 ). This is virtually certain because of the reference to the time coming for them to be punished; this would scarcely fit literal bulls. For the verb rendered “kill” here see the translator’s note on v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A27/1"}
{"id":31273,"verse_id":"JER.50.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.27","text":"Heb “Let them go down to the slaughter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A27/2"}
{"id":31274,"verse_id":"JER.50.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.27","text":"Or “How terrible it will be for them”; Heb “Woe to them.” See the study note on 22:13 and compare the usage in 23:1; 48:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A27/3"}
{"id":31275,"verse_id":"JER.50.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.27","text":"The words “of reckoning” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A27/4"}
{"id":31276,"verse_id":"JER.50.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.28","text":"Heb “Hark! Fugitives and refugees from the land of Babylon to declare in Zion the vengeance of the Lord our God, vengeance for his temple.” For the meaning “Hark!” for the noun קוֹל ( qol ) see BDB 877 s.v. קוֹל 1.f and compare the usage in Jer 10:22 . The syntax is elliptical because there is no main verb. The present translation has supplied the verb “come” as many other English versions have done. The translation also expands the genitival expression “vengeance for his temple” to explain what all the commentaries agree is involved. sn This verse appears to be a parenthetical exclamation of the prophet in the midst of his report of what the Lord said through him. He throws himself into the future and sees the fall of Babylon and hears the people reporting in Zion how God has destroyed Babylon to get revenge for the Babylonians destroying his temple. Jeremiah prophesied from 627 b.c. (see the study note on 1:2 ) until sometime after 586 b.c. after Jerusalem fell and he was taken to Egypt. The fall of Babylon occurred in 538 b.c. some fifty years later. However, Jeremiah had prophesied as early as the first year of Nebuchadnezzar’s reign (605 b.c. ; Jer 25:1 ) that many nations and great kings would come and subject Babylon, the instrument of God’s wrath – his sword against the nations – to bondage ( Jer 25:12-14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A28/1"}
{"id":31277,"verse_id":"JER.50.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.29","text":"For this word see BDB 914 s.v. III רַב and compare usage in Prov 26:10 and Job 16:12 and compare the usage of the verb in Gen 49:23 . Based on this evidence, it is not necessary to emend the form to רֹבִים ( rovim ) as many commentators contend.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A29/1"}
{"id":31278,"verse_id":"JER.50.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.29","text":"Heb “for she has acted insolently against the Lord .” Once again there is the problem of the Lord speaking about himself in the third person (or the prophet dropping his identification with the Lord ). As in several other places the present translation, along with several other modern English versions (TEV, CEV, NIrV), has substituted the first person to maintain consistency with the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A29/2"}
{"id":31279,"verse_id":"JER.50.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.30","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A30/1"}
{"id":31280,"verse_id":"JER.50.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.31","text":"Heb “Behold, I am against you, proud one.” The word “city” is not in the text but it is generally agreed that the word is being used as a personification of the city which had “proudly defied” the Lord (v. 29 ). The word “city” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A31/1"}
{"id":31281,"verse_id":"JER.50.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.31","text":"Heb “oracle of the Lord Yahweh of armies.” For the rendering of this title and an explanation of its significance see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A31/2"}
{"id":31282,"verse_id":"JER.50.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.31","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) is probably asseverative here (so J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 739, n. 13, and cf. BDB 472 s.v. כִּי 1.e for other examples). This has been a common use of this particle in the book of Jeremiah.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A31/3"}
{"id":31283,"verse_id":"JER.50.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.31","text":"The words “of reckoning” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A31/4"}
{"id":31284,"verse_id":"JER.50.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.32","text":"Heb “And the proud one will fall and there will be no one to help him up. I will start a fire in his towns and it will consume all that surround him.” The personification continues but now the stance is indirect (third person) rather than direct (second person). It is easier for the modern reader who is not accustomed to such sudden shifts if the second person is maintained. The personification of the city (or nation) as masculine is a little unusual; normally cities and nations are personified as feminine, as daughters or mothers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A32/1"}
{"id":31285,"verse_id":"JER.50.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.33","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A33/1"}
{"id":31286,"verse_id":"JER.50.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.33","text":"Heb “Oppressed are the people of Israel and the people of Judah together,” i.e., both the people of Israel and Judah are oppressed. However, neither of these renderings is very poetic. The translation seeks to achieve the same meaning with better poetic expression.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A33/2"}
{"id":31287,"verse_id":"JER.50.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.34","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies is his name.” For the rendering of this title see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A34/2"}
{"id":31288,"verse_id":"JER.50.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.34","text":"Or “he will certainly champion.” The infinitive absolute before the finite verb here is probably functioning to intensify the verb rather than to express the certainty of the action (cf. GKC 333 §112. n and compare usage in Gen 43:3 and 1 Sam 20:6 listed there).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A34/3"}
{"id":31289,"verse_id":"JER.50.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.34","text":"This appears to be another case where the particle לְמַעַן ( lÿma ’ an ) introduces a result rather than giving the purpose or goal. See the translator’s note on 25:7 for a listing of other examples in the book of Jeremiah and also the translator’s note on 27:10 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A34/4"}
{"id":31290,"verse_id":"JER.50.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"50.34","text":"Heb “he will bring rest to the earth and will cause unrest to.” The terms “rest” and “unrest” have been doubly translated to give more of the idea underlying these two concepts.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A34/5"}
{"id":31291,"verse_id":"JER.50.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"50.34","text":"This translation again reflects the problem often encountered in these prophecies where the Lord appears to be speaking but refers to himself in the third person. It would be possible to translate here using the first person as CEV and NIrV do. However, to sustain that over the whole verse results in a considerably greater degree of paraphrase. The verse could be rendered “But I am strong and I will rescue them. I am the Lord who rules over all. I will champion their cause. And I will bring peace and rest to….”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A34/6"}
{"id":31292,"verse_id":"JER.50.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.35","text":"Heb “the Chaldeans.” For explanation of the rendering see the study note on 21:4 . There is no verb in this clause. Therefore it is difficult to determine whether this should be understood as a command or as a prediction. The presence of vav ( ו ) consecutive perfects after a similar construction in vv. 36 b, d, 37c, 38a and the imperfects after “therefore” ( לָכֵן , lakhen ) all suggest the predictive or future nuance. However, the vav consecutive perfect could be used to carry on the nuance of command (cf. GKC 333 §112. q ) but not in the sense of purpose as NRSV, NJPS render them. sn Heb “A sword against the Chaldeans.” The “sword” here is metaphorical for destructive forces in the persons of the armies of the north (vv. 3, 9 ) which the Lord is marshaling against Babylon and which he has addressed by way of command several times (e.g., vv. 14, 21, 26-27, 29 ). Compare 46:14 and the study note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A35/1"}
{"id":31293,"verse_id":"JER.50.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.35","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A35/2"}
{"id":31294,"verse_id":"JER.50.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.36","text":"The meaning and the derivation of the word translated “false prophets” is uncertain. The same word appears in conjunction with the word for “diviners” in Isa 44:25 and probably also in Hos 11:6 in conjunction with the sword consuming them “because of their counsel.” BDB 95 s.v. III בַּד b sees this as a substitution of “empty talk” for “empty talkers” (the figure of metonymy) and refer to them as false prophets. KBL 108 s.v. II בַּד emends the form in both places to read בָּרִים ( barim ) in place of בַּדִּים ( baddim ) and defines the word on the basis of Akkadian to mean “soothsayer” (KBL 146 s.v. V בָּר ). HALOT 105 s.v. V בַּד retains the pointing, derives it from an Amorite word found in the Mari letters, and defines it as “oracle priest.” However, G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, and T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 368) call this identification into question because the word only occurs in one letter from Mari and its meaning is uncertain there. It is hazardous to emend the text in two places, perhaps even three, in light of no textual evidence in any of the passages and to define the word on the basis of an uncertain parallel. Hence the present translation opts here for the derivation and extended definition given in BDB.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A36/1"}
{"id":31295,"verse_id":"JER.50.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.36","text":"This translation follows the suggestion of BDB 383 s.v. I יָאַל Niph.2. Compare the usage in Isa 19:13 and Jer 5:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A36/2"}
{"id":31296,"verse_id":"JER.50.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.36","text":"The verb here ( חָתַת , khatat ) could also be rendered “be destroyed” (cf. BDB 369 s.v. חָתַת Qal.1 and compare the usage in Jer 48:20, 39 ). However, the parallelism with “shown to be fools” argues for the more dominant usage of “be dismayed” or “be filled with terror.” The verb is found in parallelism with both בּוֹשׁ ( bosh , “be ashamed, dismayed”) and יָרֵא ( yare ’, “be afraid”) and can refer to either emotion. Here it is more likely that they are filled with terror because of the approaching armies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A36/3"}
{"id":31297,"verse_id":"JER.50.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.37","text":"Hebrew has “his” in both cases here whereas the rest of the possessive pronouns throughout vv. 35-37 are “her.” There is no explanation for this switch unless the third masculine singular refers as a distributive singular to the soldiers mentioned in the preceding verse (cf. GKC 464 §145. l ). This is probably the case here, but to refer to “their horses and their chariots” in the midst of all the “her…” might create more confusion than what it is worth to be that pedantic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A37/1"}
{"id":31298,"verse_id":"JER.50.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.37","text":"Or “in the country,” or “in her armies”; Heb “in her midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A37/2"}
{"id":31299,"verse_id":"JER.50.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.37","text":"Heb “A sword against his horses and his chariots and against all the mixed company [or mixed multitude] in her midst and they will become like women.” The sentence had to be split up because it is too long and the continuation of the second half with its consequential statement would not fit together with the first half very well. Hence the subject and verb have been repeated. The Hebrew word translated “foreign troops” ( עֶרֶב , ’ erev ) is the same word that is used in 25:20 to refer to the foreign peoples living in Egypt and in Exod 12:38 for the foreign people that accompanied Israel out of Egypt. Here the word is translated contextually to refer to foreign mercenaries, an identification that most of the commentaries and many of the modern English versions accept (see, e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 355; NRSV; NIV). The significance of the simile “they will become like women” has been spelled out for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A37/3"}
{"id":31300,"verse_id":"JER.50.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"50.38","text":"Heb “a drought against her waters and they will dry up.” Several of the commentaries and modern English versions accept the emendation proposed by BHS and read here “sword” ( חֶרֶב [ kherev ] in place of חֹרֶב [ khorev ], the change of only one vowel) in keeping with the rest of the context. According to BHS this reading is supported by the Lucianic and Hexaplaric recensions of the LXX (the Greek version) and the Syriac version. In this case the drying up of the waters (of the canals) is attributed to neglect brought about by war conditions. However, it is just as likely that these versions are influenced by the repetition of the word “sword” as the Hebrew and the other versions are influenced by the concept of “drying up” of the waters to read “drought.” Hence the present translation, along with the majority of modern English versions, retains the Hebrew “drought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A38/1"}
{"id":31301,"verse_id":"JER.50.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.38","text":"Heb “for it is a land of idols.” The “for,” however, goes back to the whole context not just to the preceding prediction (cf. BDB 473-74 s.v. כִּי 1.c and compare usage in Isa 21:6 listed there).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A38/2"}
{"id":31302,"verse_id":"JER.50.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"50.38","text":"Or “Her people boast in.” This translation is based on the reading of the majority of Hebrew mss which read יִתְהֹלָלוּ ( yitholalu ; cf. usage in Jer 46:9 and see also 25:16; 51:7 ). Two Hebrew mss and the versions read יִתְהַלָּלוּ ( yithallalu ; cf. usage in Jer 4:2; 9:23, 24 and Ps 97:7 where a parallel expression is found with “idols”). The reading is again basically the difference in one Hebrew vowel. All of the modern commentaries consulted and all the modern English versions except NEB, REB follow the Hebrew text here rather than the versions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A38/3"}
{"id":31303,"verse_id":"JER.50.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"50.38","text":"Heb “by the terrors.” However, as HALOT 40 s.v. אֵימָה indicates these are “images that cause terror” (a substitution of the effect for the cause). The translation of this line follows the interpretation of the majority of modern English versions and all the commentaries consulted. NIV, NCV, and God’s Word reflect a different syntax, understanding the subject to be the idols just mentioned rather than “her people” which is supplied here for the sake of clarity (the Hebrew text merely says “they.”) Following that lead, one could render “but those idols will go mad with terror.” This makes excellent sense in the context which often refers to effects (vv. 36 b, d, 37c, 38b) of the war that is coming. However, that interpretation does not fit as well with the following “therefore/so,” which basically introduces a judgment or consequence after an accusation of sin.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A38/4"}
{"id":31304,"verse_id":"JER.50.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.39","text":"The identification of this bird has been called into question by G. R. Driver, “Birds in the Old Testament,” PEQ 87 (1955): 137-38. He refers to this bird as an owl. That identification, however, is not reflected in any of the lexicons including the most recent, which still gives “ostrich” ( HALOT 402 s.v. יַעֲנָה ) as does W. S. McCullough, “Ostrich,” IDB 3:611. REB, NIV, NCV, and God’s Word all identify this bird as “owl/desert owl.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A39/1"}
{"id":31305,"verse_id":"JER.50.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.39","text":"Heb “Therefore desert creatures will live with jackals and ostriches will live in it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A39/2"}
{"id":31306,"verse_id":"JER.50.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"50.39","text":"Heb “It will never again be inhabited nor dwelt in unto generation and generation.” For the meaning of this last phrase compare the usage in Ps 100:5 and Isaiah 13:20 . Since the first half of the verse has spoken of animals living there, it is necessary to add “people” and turn the passive verbs into active ones.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A39/3"}
{"id":31307,"verse_id":"JER.50.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.40","text":"Heb “‘Like [when] God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah and the neighboring towns,’ oracle of the Lord , ‘no man will live there.’” The Lord is speaking so the first person has been substituted for “God.” The sentence has again been broken up to better conform with contemporary English style. sn Compare Jer 49:18 where the same prophecy is applied to Edom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A40/1"}
{"id":31308,"verse_id":"JER.50.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.40","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A40/2"}
{"id":31309,"verse_id":"JER.50.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.42","text":"Heb “daughter Babylon.” The word “daughter” is a personification of the city of Babylon and its inhabitants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A42/1"}
{"id":31310,"verse_id":"JER.50.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.43","text":"Heb “his hands will drop/hang limp.” For the meaning of this idiom see the translator’s note on 6:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A43/1"}
{"id":31311,"verse_id":"JER.50.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"50.43","text":"Heb “The king of Babylon hears report of them and his hands hang limp.” The verbs are translated as future because the passage is prophetic and the verbs may be interpreted as prophetic perfects (the action viewed as if it were as good as done). In the parallel passage in 6:24 the verbs could be understood as present perfects because the passage could be viewed as in the present. Here it is future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A43/2"}
{"id":31312,"verse_id":"JER.50.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.45","text":"The words “of Babylonia” are not in the text but are implicit from the context. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent. sn The verbs in vv. 22-25 are all descriptive of the present, but all of this is really to take place in the future. Hebrew poetry has a way of rendering future actions as though they were already accomplished. The poetry of this section makes it difficult, however, to render the verbs as future as the present translation has regularly done.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A45/1"}
{"id":31313,"verse_id":"JER.50.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":50,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"50.46","text":"Heb “among the nations.” With the exception of this phrase, the different verb in v. 46 a, the absence of a suffix on the word for “land” in v. 45 d, the third plural suffix instead of the third singular suffix on the verb for “chase…off of,” this passage is identical with 49:19-21 with the replacement of Babylon or the land of the Chaldeans for Edom. For the translation notes explaining the details of the translation here see the translator’s notes on 49:19-21 . sn This passage is virtually identical with Jer 49:19-21 with the replacement of Babylon, land of Babylonia for Edom. As God used Nebuchadnezzar and the Babylonians to destroy Edom, so he would use Cyrus and the Medes and Persians and their allies to destroy Babylon (cf. 25:13, 14 ). As Nebuchadnezzar was God’s servant to whom all would be subject ( 25:9; 27:6 ), so Cyrus is called in Isaiah “his anointed one,” i.e., his chosen king whom he will use to shatter other nations and set Israel free ( Isa 45:1-4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2050%3A46/1"}
{"id":31314,"verse_id":"JER.51.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.1","text":"Or “I will arouse the spirit of hostility of a destroying nation”; Heb “I will stir up against Babylon…a destroying wind [or the spirit of a destroyer].” The word רוּחַ ( ruakh ) can refer to either a wind (BDB 924 s.v. רוּחַ 2.a) or a spirit (BDB 925 s.v. רוּחַ 2.g). It can be construed as either a noun followed by an adjectival participle (so, “a destroying wind”) or a noun followed by another noun in the “of” relationship (a construct or genitival relationship; so, “spirit of a destroyer”). The same noun with this same verb is translated “stir up the spirit of” in 1 Chr 5:26 ; 2 Chr 21:16; 36:22 ; Hag 1:14 ; and most importantly in Jer 51:11 where it refers to the king of the Medes. However, the majority of the exegetical tradition (all the commentaries consulted and all the English versions except NASB and NIV) opt for the “destructive wind” primarily because of the figure of winnowing that is found in the next verse. The translation follows the main line exegetical tradition here for that same reason.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A1/2"}
{"id":31315,"verse_id":"JER.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.2","text":"Or “I will send foreign people against Babylonia.” The translation follows the reading of the Greek recensions of Aquila and Symmachus and the Latin version (the Vulgate). That reading is accepted by the majority of modern commentaries and several of the modern versions (e.g., NRSV, REB, NAB, and God’s Word). It fits better with the verb that follows it than the reading of the Hebrew text and the rest of the versions. The difference in the two readings is again only the difference in vocalization, the Hebrew text reading זָרִים ( zarim ) and the versions cited reading זֹרִים ( zorim ). If the Hebrew text is followed, there is a wordplay between the two words, “foreigners” and “winnow.” The words “like a wind blowing away chaff” have been supplied in the translation to clarify for the reader what “winnow” means. sn Winnowing involved throwing a mixture of grain and chaff (or straw) into the air and letting the wind blow away the lighter chaff, leaving the grain to fall on the ground. Since God considered all the Babylonians chaff, they would all be “blown away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A2/1"}
{"id":31316,"verse_id":"JER.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.2","text":"Or “They will strip her land bare like a wind blowing away chaff.” The alternate translation would be necessary if one were to adopt the alternate reading of the first line (the reading of the Hebrew text). The explanation of “winnow” would then be necessary in the second line. The verb translated “strip…bare” means literally “to empty out” (see BDB 132 s.v. בָּקַק Polel). It has been used in 19:7 in the Qal of “making void” Judah’s plans in a wordplay on the word for “bottle.” See the study note on 19:7 for further details.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A2/2"}
{"id":31317,"verse_id":"JER.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.2","text":"This assumes that the particle כִּי ( ki ) is temporal (cf. BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.a). This is the interpretation adopted also by NRSV and G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers, Jeremiah 26-52 (WBC), 349. J. Bright ( Jeremiah [AB], 345) and J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 747, n. 3) interpret it as asseverative or emphatic, “Truly, indeed.” Many of the modern English versions merely ignore it. Reading it as temporal makes it unnecessary to emend the following verb as Bright and Thompson do (from הָיוּ [ hayu ] to יִהְיוּ [ yihyu ]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A2/3"}
{"id":31318,"verse_id":"JER.51.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.2","text":"Heb “in the day of disaster.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A2/4"}
{"id":31319,"verse_id":"JER.51.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"51.3","text":"The text and consequent meaning of these first two lines are uncertain. Literally the Masoretic reads “against let him string let him string the one who strings his bow and against let him raise himself up in his coat of armor.” This makes absolutely no sense and the ancient versions and Hebrew mss did not agree in reading this same text. Many Hebrew mss and all the versions as well as the Masoretes themselves (the text is left unpointed with a marginal note not to read it) delete the second “let him string.” The LXX (or Greek version) left out the words “against” at the beginning of the first two lines. It reads “Let the archer bend his bow and let the one who has armor put it on.” The Lucianic recension of the LXX and some Targum mss supplied the missing object “it” and thus read “Let the archer ready his bow against it and let him array himself against it in his coat of mail.” This makes good sense but does not answer the question of why the Hebrew text left off the suffix on the preposition twice in a row. Many Hebrew mss and the Syriac, Targum, and Vulgate (the Latin version) change the pointing of “against” ( אֶל [’ el ]) to “not” ( אַל [’ al ]) and thus read “Let the archer not string the bow and let him not array himself in his armor.” However, many commentators feel that this does not fit the context because it would apparently be addressed to the Babylonians, not the enemy, which would create a sudden shift in addressee with the second half of the verse. However, if it is understood in the sense taken here it refers to the enemy not allowing the Babylonian archers to get ready for the battle, i.e., a surprise attack. This sense is suggested as an alternative in J. Bright, Jeremiah (AB), 346, n. u-u, and J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah (NICOT), 747, n. 5, and is the interpretation adopted in TEV and probably also in NIrV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A3/1"}
{"id":31320,"verse_id":"JER.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.4","text":"The majority of English versions and the commentaries understand the vav ( ו ) consecutive + perfect as a future here “They will fall.” However, it makes better sense in the light of the commands in the previous verse to understand this as an indirect third person command (= a jussive; see GKC 333 §112. q , r ) as REB and NJPS do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A4/1"}
{"id":31321,"verse_id":"JER.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.4","text":"Heb “the land of the Chaldeans.” See the study note on 21:4 for explanation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A4/2"}
{"id":31322,"verse_id":"JER.51.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.4","text":"The words “cities” is not in the text. The text merely says “in her streets” but the antecedent is “land” and must then refer to the streets of the cities in the land.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A4/3"}
{"id":31323,"verse_id":"JER.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “widowed” (cf. BDB 48 s.v. אַלְמָן , an adjective occurring only here but related to the common word for “widow”). It is commonly translated as has been done here. sn The verses from v. 5 to v. 19 all speak of the Lord in the third person. The prophet who is the spokesman for the Lord ( 50:1 ) thus is speaking. However, the message is still from God because this was all what he spoke “through the prophet Jeremiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A5/1"}
{"id":31324,"verse_id":"JER.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.5","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of this rendering see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A5/2"}
{"id":31325,"verse_id":"JER.51.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.5","text":"Or “all, though their land was…” The majority of the modern English versions understand the land here to refer to the land of Israel and Judah (the text reads “their land” and Israel and Judah are the nearest antecedents). In this case the particle כִּי ( ki ) is concessive (cf. BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c[b]). Many of the modern commentaries understand the referent to be the land of the Chaldeans/Babylonians. However, most of them feel that the line is connected as a causal statement to 51:2-4 and see the line as either textually or logically out of place. However, it need not be viewed as logically out of place. It is parallel to the preceding and gives a second reason why they are to be destroyed. It also forms an excellent transition to the next lines where the exiles and other foreigners are urged to flee and not get caught up in the destruction which is coming “because of her sin.” It might be helpful to note that both the adjective “widowed” and the suffix on “their God” are masculine singular, looking at Israel and Judah as one entity. The “their” then goes back not to Israel and Judah of the preceding lines but to the “them” in v. 4 . This makes for a better connection with the following and understands the particle כִּי in its dominant usage not an extremely rare one (see the comment in BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c[b]). This interpretation is also reflected in RSV.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A5/3"}
{"id":31326,"verse_id":"JER.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.6","text":"The words “you foreign people” are not in the text and many think the referent is the exiles of Judah. While this is clearly the case in v. 45 the referent seems broader here where the context speaks of every man going to his own country (v. 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A6/1"}
{"id":31327,"verse_id":"JER.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A6/2"}
{"id":31328,"verse_id":"JER.51.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.6","text":"Heb “paying to her a recompense [i.e., a payment in kind].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A6/3"}
{"id":31329,"verse_id":"JER.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.7","text":"The words “of her wrath” are not in the Hebrew text but are supplied in the translation to help those readers who are not familiar with the figure of the “cup of the Lord ’s wrath.” sn The figure of the cup of the Lord ’s wrath invoked in Jer 25:15-29 is invoked again here and Babylon is identified as the agent through which the wrath of the Lord is visited on the other nations. See the study note on 25:15 for explanation and further references.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A7/1"}
{"id":31330,"verse_id":"JER.51.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.7","text":"Heb “upon the grounds of such conditions the nations have gone mad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A7/2"}
{"id":31331,"verse_id":"JER.51.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.8","text":"The verbs in this verse and the following are all in the Hebrew perfect tense, a tense that often refers to a past action or a past action with present results. However, as the translator’s notes have indicated, the prophets use this tense to view the actions as if they were as good as done (the Hebrew prophetic perfect). The stance here is ideal, viewed as already accomplished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A8/1"}
{"id":31332,"verse_id":"JER.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.9","text":"The words “Foreigners living there will say” are not in the text but are implicit from the third line. These words are generally assumed by the commentaries and are explicitly added in TEV and NCV which are attempting to clarify the text for the average reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A9/1"}
{"id":31333,"verse_id":"JER.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.9","text":"Heb “Leave/abandon her.” However, it is smoother in the English translation to make this verb equivalent to the cohortative that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A9/2"}
{"id":31334,"verse_id":"JER.51.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.9","text":"This is an admittedly very paraphrastic translation that tries to make the figurative nuance of the Hebrew original understandable for the average reader. The Hebrew text reads: “For her judgment [or punishment (cf. BDB 1078 s.v. מִשְׁפָּט 1.f) = ‘execution of judgment’] touches the heavens, and is lifted up as far as the clouds.” The figure of hyperbole or exaggeration is being used here to indicate the vastness of Babylon’s punishment which is the reason to escape (vv. 6, 9 c). For this figure see Deut 1:28 in comparison with Num 13:28 and see also Deut 9:1 . In both of the passages in Deut it refers to an exaggeration about the height of the walls of fortified cities. The figure also may be a play on Gen 11:4 where the nations gather in Babylon to build a tower that reaches to the skies. The present translation has interpreted the perfects here as prophetic because it has not happened yet or they would not be encouraging one another to leave and escape. For the idea here compare 50:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A9/3"}
{"id":31335,"verse_id":"JER.51.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.10","text":"The words “The exiles from Judah will say” are not in the text but are implicit from the words that follow. They are supplied in the translation to clearly identify for the reader the referent of “us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A10/1"}
{"id":31336,"verse_id":"JER.51.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.10","text":"There is some difference of opinion as to the best way to render the Hebrew expression here. Literally it means “brought forth our righteousnesses.” BDB 842 s.v. צְדָקָה 7.b interprets this of the “righteous acts” of the people of Judah and compares the usage in Isa 64:6 ; Ezek 3:20; 18:24; 33:13 . However, Judah’s acts of righteousness (or more simply, their righteousness) was scarcely revealed in their deliverance. Most of the English versions and commentaries refer to “vindication” i.e., that the Lord has exonerated or proven Israel’s claims to be true. However, that would require more explanation than the idea of “deliverance” which is a perfectly legitimate usage of the term (cf. BDB 842 s.v. צְדָקָה 6.a and compare the usage in Isa 46:13; 51:6, 8; 56:1 ). The present translation interprets the plural form here as a plural of intensity or amplification (GKC 397-98 §124. e ) and the suffix as a genitive of advantage ( IBHS 147 §9.5.2e). This interpretation is also reflected in REB and God’s Word.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A10/2"}
{"id":31337,"verse_id":"JER.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.11","text":"The meaning of this word is debated. The most thorough discussion of this word including etymology and usage in the OT and Qumran is in HALOT 1409-10 s.v. שֶׁלֶט , where the rendering “quiver” is accepted for all the uses of this word in the OT. For a more readily accessible discussion for English readers see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:422-23. The meaning “quiver” fits better with the verb “fill” than the meaning “shield” which is adopted in BDB 1020 s.v. שֶׁלֶט . “Quiver” is the meaning adopted also in NRSV, REB, NAB, and NJPS.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A11/2"}
{"id":31338,"verse_id":"JER.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “The Lord has stirred up the spirit of…” The verb is rendered here as a prophetic perfect. The rendering “arouse a spirit of hostility” is an attempt to render some meaning to the phrase and not simply ignore the word “spirit” as many of the modern English versions do. For a fuller discussion including cross references see the translator’s note on v. 1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A11/3"}
{"id":31339,"verse_id":"JER.51.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.11","text":"Heb “For it is the vengeance of the Lord , vengeance for his temple.” As in the parallel passage in 50:28 , the genitival construction has been expanded in the translation to clarify for the English reader what the commentaries in general agree is involved. sn Verse 11 c-f appears to be a parenthetical or editorial comment by Jeremiah to give some background for the attack which is summoned in vv. 11-12 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A11/5"}
{"id":31340,"verse_id":"JER.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “Raise a banner against the walls of Babylon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A12/1"}
{"id":31341,"verse_id":"JER.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “Strengthen the watch.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A12/2"}
{"id":31342,"verse_id":"JER.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “Station the guards.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A12/3"}
{"id":31343,"verse_id":"JER.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “Prepare ambushes.” sn The commands are here addressed to the kings of the Medes to fully blockade the city by posting watchmen and setting men in ambush to prevent people from escaping from the city (cf. 2 Kgs 25:4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A12/4"}
{"id":31344,"verse_id":"JER.51.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.12","text":"Heb “For the Lord has both planned and done what he said concerning the people living in Babylon,” i.e., “he has carried out what he planned.” Here is an obvious case where the perfects are to be interpreted as prophetic; the commands imply that the attack is still future.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A12/5"}
{"id":31345,"verse_id":"JER.51.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.13","text":"Heb “You who live upon [or beside] many waters, rich in treasures, your end has come, the cubit of your cutting off.” The sentence has been restructured and paraphrased to provide clarity for the average reader. The meaning of the last phrase is debated. For a discussion of the two options see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:423. Most modern commentaries and English versions see an allusion to the figure in Isa 38:12 where the reference is to the end of life compared to a tapestry which is suddenly cut off from the loom. Hence, NRSV renders the last line as “the thread of your life is cut” and TEV renders “its thread of life is cut.” That idea is accepted also in HALOT 141 s.v. בצע Qal.1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A13/2"}
{"id":31346,"verse_id":"JER.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “Yahweh of armies.” For an explanation of this rendering see the study note on 2:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A14/1"}
{"id":31347,"verse_id":"JER.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “has sworn by himself.” See the study note on 22:5 for background.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A14/2"}
{"id":31348,"verse_id":"JER.51.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.14","text":"Heb “I will fill you with men like locusts.” The “you” refers to Babylon (Babylon is both the city and the land it ruled, Babylonia) which has been alluded to in the preceding verses under descriptive titles. The words “your land” have been used because of the way the preceding verse has been rendered, alluding to people rather than to the land or city. The allusion of “men” is, of course, to enemy soldiers and they are here compared to locusts both for their quantity and their destructiveness (see Joel 1:4 ). For the use of the particles כִּי אִם ( ki ’ im ) to introduce an oath see BDB 475 s.v. כִּי אִם 2.c and compare usage in 2 Kgs 5:20 ; one would normally expect אִם לֹא (cf. BDB 50 s.v. אִם 1.b[2]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A14/3"}
{"id":31349,"verse_id":"JER.51.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.15","text":"The participle here is intended to be connected with “ Lord who rules over all” in the preceding verse. The passage is functioning to underline the Lord ’s power to carry out what he has sworn in contrast to the impotence of their idols who will be put to shame and be dismayed ( 50:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A15/1"}
{"id":31350,"verse_id":"JER.51.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.19","text":"Heb “For he is the former of all [things] and the tribe of his inheritance.” This is the major exception to the verbatim repetition of 10:12-16 in 51:15-19 . The word “Israel” appears before “the tribe of his inheritance” in 10:16 . It is also found in a number of Hebrew mss , in the Lucianic recension of the LXX (the Greek version), the Aramaic Targums, and the Latin Vulgate. Most English versions and many commentaries assume it here. However, it is easier to explain why the word is added in a few of the versions and some Hebrew than to explain why it was left out. It is probable that the word is not original here because the addressees are different and the function of this hymnic piece is slightly different (see the study note on the next line for details). Here it makes good sense to understand that the Lord is being called the creator of the special tribe of people he claims as his own property (see the study note on the first line of 10:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A19/1"}
{"id":31351,"verse_id":"JER.51.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.20","text":"Or “Media.” The referent is not identified in the text; the text merely says “you are my war club.” Commentators in general identify the referent as Babylon because Babylon has been referred to as a hammer in 50:23 and Babylon is referred to in v. 25 as a “destroying mountain” (compare v. 20 d). However, S. R. Driver, Jeremiah , 317, n. c maintains that v. 24 speaks against this. It does seem a little inconsistent to render the vav consecutive perfect at the beginning of v. 24 as future while rendering those in vv. 20 b-23 as customary past. However, change in person from second masculine singular (vv. 20 b-23) to the second masculine plural in “before your very eyes” and its position at the end of the verse after “which they did in Zion” argue that a change in address occurs there. Driver has to ignore the change in person and take “before your eyes” with the verb “repay” at the beginning to maintain the kind of consistency he seeks. The vav ( ו ) consecutive imperfect can be used for either the customary past (GKC 335-36 §112. dd with cross reference back to GKC 331-32 §112. e ) or the future (GKC 334 §112. x ). Hence the present translation has followed the majority of commentaries (and English versions like TEV, NCV, CEV, NIrV) in understanding the referent as Babylon and v. 24 being a transition to vv. 25-26 (cf., e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 356-57, and J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 756-57). If the referent is understood as Media then the verbs in vv. 20-23 should all be translated as futures. See also the translator’s note on v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A20/1"}
{"id":31352,"verse_id":"JER.51.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.20","text":"This Hebrew word ( מַפֵּץ , mappets ) only occurs here in the Hebrew Bible, but its meaning is assured from the use of the verbs that follow which are from the same root ( נָפַץ , nafats ) and there is a cognate noun מַפָּץ ( mappats ) that occurs in Ezek 9:2 in the sense of weapon of “smashing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A20/2"}
{"id":31353,"verse_id":"JER.51.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.20","text":"Heb “I smash nations with you.” This same structure is repeated throughout the series in vv. 20 c-23.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A20/3"}
{"id":31354,"verse_id":"JER.51.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.21","text":"Heb “horse and its rider.” However, the terms are meant as generic or collective singulars (cf. GKC 395 §123. b ) and are thus translated by the plural. The same thing is true of all the terms in vv. 21-23 b. The terms in vv. 20 c-d, 23c are plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A21/1"}
{"id":31355,"verse_id":"JER.51.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.23","text":"These two words are Akkadian loan words into Hebrew which often occur in this pairing (cf. Ezek 23:6, 12, 23 ; Jer 51:23, 28, 57 ). BDB 688 s.v. סָגָן ( sagan ) gives “prefect, ruler” as the basic definition for the second term but neither works very well in a modern translation because “prefect” would be unknown to most readers and “ruler” would suggest someone along the lines of a king, which these officials were not. The present translation has chosen “leaders” by default, assuming there is no other term that would be any more appropriate in light of the defects noted in “prefect” and “ruler.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A23/1"}
{"id":31356,"verse_id":"JER.51.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.24","text":"Or “Media, you are my war club…I will use you to smash…leaders. So before your very eyes I will repay…for all the wicked things they did in Zion.” For explanation see the translator’s note on v. 20 . The position of the phrase “before your eyes” at the end of the verse after “which they did in Zion” and the change in person from second masculine singular in vv. 20 b-23 (“I used you to smite”) to second masculine plural in “before your eyes” argue that a change in referent/addressee occurs in this verse. To maintain that the referent in vv. 20-23 is Media/Cyrus requires that this position and change in person be ignored; “before your eyes” then is attached to “I will repay.” The present translation follows J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 757) and F. B. Huey ( Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 423) in seeing the referent as the Judeans who had witnessed the destruction of Zion/Jerusalem. The word “Judean” has been supplied for the sake of identifying the referent for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A24/1"}
{"id":31357,"verse_id":"JER.51.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.24","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A24/2"}
{"id":31358,"verse_id":"JER.51.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.25","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A25/1"}
{"id":31359,"verse_id":"JER.51.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.25","text":"The word “Babylon” is not in the text but is universally understood as the referent. It is supplied in the translation here to clarify the referent for the sake of the average reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A25/2"}
{"id":31360,"verse_id":"JER.51.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.25","text":"Heb “I will reach out my hand against you.” See the translator’s note on 6:12 for explanation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A25/3"}
{"id":31361,"verse_id":"JER.51.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.25","text":"Heb “I am against you, oh destroying mountain that destroys all the earth. I will reach out my hand against you and roll you down from the cliffs and make you a mountain of burning.” The interpretation adopted here follows the lines suggested by S. R. Driver, Jeremiah , 318, n. c and reflected also in BDB 977 s.v. שְׂרֵפָה . Babylon is addressed as a destructive mountain because it is being compared to a volcano. The Lord , however, will make it a “burned-out mountain,” i.e., an extinct volcano which is barren and desolate. This interpretation seems to this translator to fit the details of the text more consistently than alternative ones which separate the concept of “destroying/destructive” from “mountain” and explain the figure of the mountain to refer to the dominating political position of Babylon and the reference to a “mountain of burning” to be a “burned [or burned over] mountain.” The use of similes in place of metaphors makes it easier for the modern reader to understand the figures and also more easily incorporates the dissonant figure of “rolling you down from the cliffs” which involves the figure of personification. sn The figure here involves comparing Babylon to a destructive volcano which the Lord makes burned-out, i.e., he will destroy her power to destroy. The figure of personification is also involved because the Lord is said to roll her off the cliffs; that would not be applicable to a mountain.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A25/4"}
{"id":31362,"verse_id":"JER.51.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.26","text":"This is a fairly literal translation of the original which reads “No one will take from you a stone for a cornerstone nor a stone for foundations.” There is no unanimity of opinion in the commentaries, many feeling that the figure of the burned mountain continues and others feeling that the figure here shifts to a burned city whose stones are so burned that they are useless to be used in building. The latter is the interpretation adopted here (see, e.g., F. B. Huey, Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 423; W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:426; NCV). sn The figure here shifts to that of a burned-up city whose stones cannot be used for building. Babylon will become a permanent heap of ruins.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A26/1"}
{"id":31363,"verse_id":"JER.51.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.26","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A26/2"}
{"id":31364,"verse_id":"JER.51.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.27","text":"Heb “Raise up a standard on the earth. Blow a ram’s horn among the nations. Consecrate nations against her.” According to BDB 651 s.v. נֵס 1, the raising of a standard was a signal of a war – a summons to assemble and attack (see usage in Isa 5:26; 13:2 ; Jer 51:12 ). The “blowing of the ram’s horn” was also a signal to rally behind a leader and join in an attack (see Judg 3:27; 6:34 ). For the meaning of “consecrate nations against her” see the study note on 6:4 . The usage of this phrase goes back to the concept of holy war where soldiers had to be consecrated for battle by the offering of a sacrifice. The phrase has probably lost its ritual usage in later times and become idiomatic for making necessary preparations for war.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A27/1"}
{"id":31365,"verse_id":"JER.51.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.27","text":"The translation of this line is uncertain because it includes a word which only occurs here and in Nah 3:17 where it is found in parallelism with a word that is only used once and whose meaning in turn is uncertain. It is probably related to the Akkadian word tupsharru which refers to a scribe ( Heb “a tablet writer”). The exact function of this official is disputed. KBL 356 s.v. טִפְסָר relates it to a “recruiting officer,” a sense which is reflected in NAB. The majority of modern English versions render “commander” or “marshal” following the suggestion of BDB 381 s.v. טִפְסָר . G. L. Keown, P. J. Scalise, T. G. Smothers ( Jeremiah 26-52 [WBC], 351) translate “recruiter (scribe)” but explain the function on p. 371 as that of recording the plunder captured in war. The rendering here follows that of TEV and God’s Word and is the nuance suggested by the majority of modern English versions who rendered “appoint a marshal/commander against it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A27/3"}
{"id":31366,"verse_id":"JER.51.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.27","text":"Heb “Bring up horses like bristly locusts.” The meaning of the Hebrew word “bristly” ( סָמָר , samar ) is uncertain because the word only occurs here. It is generally related to a verb meaning “to bristle” which occurs in Job 4:15 and Ps 119:120 . Exactly what is meant by “bristly” in connection with “locust” is uncertain, though most relate it to a stage of the locust in which its wings are still encased in a rough, horny casing. J. A. Thompson ( Jeremiah [NICOT], 759) adds that this is when the locust is very destructive. However, no other commentary mentions this. Therefore the present translation omits the word because it is of uncertain meaning and significance. For a fuller discussion of the way the word has been rendered see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:427.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A27/5"}
{"id":31367,"verse_id":"JER.51.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.28","text":"See the first translator’s note on 51:27 and compare also 6:4 and the study note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A28/1"}
{"id":31368,"verse_id":"JER.51.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.28","text":"See the translator’s note at 51:23 for the rendering of the terms here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A28/2"}
{"id":31369,"verse_id":"JER.51.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"51.28","text":"The Hebrew text has a confusing switch of possessive pronouns in this verse: “Consecrate the nations against her, the kings of the Medes, her governors and prefects, and all the land of his dominion.” This has led to a number of different resolutions. The LXX (the Greek version) renders the word “kings” as singular and levels all the pronouns to “his,” paraphrasing the final clause and combining it with “king of the Medes” to read “and of all the earth.” The Latin Vulgate levels them all to the third masculine plural, and this is followed by the present translation as well as a number of other modern English versions (NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, NCV). The ASV and NJPS understand the feminine to refer to Media, i.e., “her governors and all her prefects” and understand the masculine in the last line to be a distributive singular referring back to the lands each of the governors and prefects ruled over. This is probably correct but since governors and prefects refer to officials appointed over provinces and vassal states it amounts to much the same interpretation that the Latin Vulgate, the present translation, and other modern English versions have given.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A28/3"}
{"id":31370,"verse_id":"JER.51.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.29","text":"Heb “For the plans of the Lord have been carried out to make the land of Babylon…” The passive has been turned into an active and the sentence broken up to better conform with contemporary English style. For the meaning of the verb קוּם ( qum ) in the sense used here see BDB 878 s.v. קוּם 7.g and compare the usage in Prov 19:21 and Isa 46:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A29/2"}
{"id":31371,"verse_id":"JER.51.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.29","text":"The verbs in this verse and v. 30 are all in the past tense in Hebrew, in the tense that views the action as already as good as done (the Hebrew prophetic perfect). The verb in v. 31 a, however, is imperfect, viewing the action as future; the perfects that follow are all dependent on that future. Verse 33 looks forward to a time when Babylon will be harvested and trampled like grain on the threshing floor and the imperatives imply a time in the future. Hence the present translation has rendered all the verbs in vv. 29-30 as future.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A29/3"}
{"id":31372,"verse_id":"JER.51.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.30","text":"Heb “Their strength is dry.” This is a figurative nuance of the word “dry” which BDB 677 s.v. נָשַׁת Qal.1 explain as meaning “fails.” The idea of “strength to do battle” is implicit from the context and is supplied in the translation here for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A30/1"}
{"id":31373,"verse_id":"JER.51.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.30","text":"Heb “They have become women.” The metaphor has been turned into a simile and the significance of the comparison drawn out for the sake of clarity. See 50:37 for the same figure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A30/2"}
{"id":31374,"verse_id":"JER.51.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.30","text":"Heb “Her dwelling places have been set on fire. Her bars [i.e., the bars on the gates of her cities] have been broken.” The present translation has substituted the word “gates” for “bars” because the intent of the figure is to show that the bars of the gates have been broken giving access to the city. “Gates” makes it easier for the modern reader to understand the figure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A30/3"}
{"id":31375,"verse_id":"JER.51.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.31","text":"Heb “Runner will run to meet runner and…” The intent is to portray a relay of runners carrying the news that follows on in vv. 31 d-33 to the king of Babylon. The present translation attempts to spell out the significance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A31/1"}
{"id":31376,"verse_id":"JER.51.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.31","text":"Heb “Runner will run to meet runner and messenger to meet messenger to report to the king of Babylon that his city has been taken in [its] entirety.” There is general agreement among the commentaries that the first two lines refer to messengers converging on the king of Babylon from every direction bringing news the sum total of which is reported in the lines that follow. For the meaning of the last phrase see BDB 892 s.v. קָצֶה 3 and compare the usage in Gen 19:4 and Isa 56:11 . The sentence has been broken down and restructured to better conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A31/2"}
{"id":31377,"verse_id":"JER.51.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.32","text":"The words “They will report that” have been supplied in the translation to show the linkage between this verse and the previous one. This is still a part of the report of the messengers. The meaning of the word translated “reed marshes” has seemed inappropriate to some commentators because it elsewhere refers to “pools.” However, all the commentaries consulted agree that the word here refers to the reedy marshes that surrounded Babylon. (For a fuller discussion regarding the meaning of this word and attempts to connect it with a word meaning “fortress” see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:427.) sn Babylon was a city covering over a thousand acres. The city itself was surrounded by two walls, the inner one 21 feet (6.3 m) thick and the outer 11 feet (3.3 m) thick. To provide further security, walls were built to the south and east of the city and irrigation ditches and canals north and east of the city were flooded to prevent direct access to the city. The reference to “fords” here is to the river crossings of the Euphrates River which ran right through the city and the crossings at the ditches and canals. The reference to the “reed marshes” refers to the low lying areas around the city where reeds grew. The burning of the reed marshes would deprive any fugitives of places to hide and flush out any who had already escaped.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A32/1"}
{"id":31378,"verse_id":"JER.51.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.33","text":"Heb “Daughter Babylon will be [or is; there is no verb and the tense has to be supplied from the context] like a threshing floor at the time one tramples it. Yet a little while and the time of the harvest will come for her.” It is generally agreed that there are two figures here: one of leveling the threshing floor and stamping it into a smooth, hard surface and the other of the harvest where the grain is cut, taken to the threshing floor, and threshed by trampling the sheaves of grain to loosen the grain from the straw, and finally winnowed by throwing the mixture into the air (cf., e.g., J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 760). The translation has sought to convey those ideas as clearly as possible without digressing too far from the literal. sn There are two figures involved here: one of the threshing floor being leveled and stamped down hard and smooth and the other of the harvest. At harvest time the stalks of grain were cut down, gathered in sheaves, taken to the harvest floor where the grain was loosened from the husk by driving oxen and threshing sleds over them. The grain was then separated from the mixture of grain, straw and husks by repeatedly throwing it in the air and letting the wind blow away the lighter husks and ground-up straw. The figure of harvest is often used of judgment in the OT. See, e.g., Joel 3:13 ( 4:13 Hebrew text) and Hos 6:11 and compare also Mic 4:12-13 and Jer 51:2 where different steps in this process are also used figuratively in connection with judgment. Babylon will be leveled to the ground and its people cut down in judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A33/2"}
{"id":31379,"verse_id":"JER.51.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.34","text":"This verse is extremely difficult to translate because of the shifting imagery, the confusion over the meaning of one of the verbs, and the apparent inconsistency of the pronominal suffixes here with those in the following verse which everyone agrees is connected with it. The pronominal suffixes are first common plural but the versions all read them as first common singular which the Masoretes also do in the Qere . That reading has been followed here for consistency with the next verse which identifies the speaker as the person living in Zion and the personified city of Jerusalem. The Hebrew text reads: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon devoured me [cf. 50:7, 17 ] and threw me into confusion. He set me down an empty dish. He swallowed me like a monster from the deep [cf. BDB 1072 s.v. תַּנִּין 3 and compare usage in Isa 27:1 ; Ezek 29:3; 32:2 ]. He filled his belly with my dainties. He rinsed me out [cf. BDB s.v. דּוּח Hiph.2 and compare the usage in Isa 4:4 ].” The verb “throw into confusion” has proved troublesome because its normal meaning does not seem appropriate. Hence various proposals have been made to understand it in a different sense. The present translation has followed W. L. Holladay ( Jeremiah [Hermeneia], 2:428) in understanding the verb to mean “disperse” or “route” (see NAB). The last line has seemed out of place and has often been emended to read “he has spewed me out” (so NIV, NRSV, a reading that presupposes הִדִּיחָנִי [ hiddikhani ] for הֱדִיחָנִי [ hedikhani ]). The reading of the MT is not inappropriate if it is combined with the imagery of an empty jar and hence is retained here (see F. B. Huey, Jeremiah, Lamentations [NAC], 425, n. 59; H. Freedman, Jeremiah [SoBB], 344; NJPS). The lines have been combined to keep the imagery together. sn The speaker in this verse and the next is the personified city of Jerusalem. She laments her fate at the hands of the king of Babylon and calls down a curse on Babylon and the people who live in Babylonia. Here Nebuchadnezzar is depicted as a monster of the deep who has devoured Jerusalem, swallowed her down, and filled its belly with her riches, leaving her an empty dish, which has been rinsed clean.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A34/1"}
{"id":31380,"verse_id":"JER.51.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.35","text":"Heb “‘The violence done to me and to my flesh be upon Babylon,’ says the one living in Zion. ‘My blood be upon those living in Chaldea,’ says Jerusalem.” For the usage of the genitive here in the phrase “violence done to me and my relatives” see GKC 414 §128. a (a construct governing two objects) and IBHS 303 §16.4d (an objective genitive). For the nuance of “pay” in the sense of retribution see BDB 756 s.v. עַל 7.a(b) and compare the usage in Judg 9:24 . For the use of שְׁאֵר ( shÿ ’ er ) in the sense of “relatives” see BDB 985 s.v. שְׁאֵר 2 and compare NJPS. For the use of “blood” in this idiom see BDB 197 s.v. דָּם 2.k and compare the usage in 2 Sam 4:11 ; Ezek 3:18, 20 . The lines have been reversed for better English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A35/1"}
{"id":31381,"verse_id":"JER.51.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.36","text":"Heb “I will avenge your vengeance [= I will take vengeance for you; the phrase involves a verb and a cognate accusative].” The meaning of the phrase has been spelled out in more readily understandable terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A36/1"}
{"id":31382,"verse_id":"JER.51.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.36","text":"Heb “I will dry up her [Babylon’s] sea and make her fountain dry.” “Their” has been substituted for “her” because “Babylonians” has been inserted in the previous clause and is easier to understand than the personification of Babylon = “her.” sn The reference to their sea is not clear. Most interpreters understand it to be a figurative reference to the rivers and canals surrounding Babylon. But some feel it refers to the reservoir that the wife of Nebuchadnezzar, Queen Nictoris, had made.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A36/2"}
{"id":31383,"verse_id":"JER.51.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.37","text":"Heb “a heap of ruins, a haunt for jackals.” Compare 9:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A37/1"}
{"id":31384,"verse_id":"JER.51.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.37","text":"Heb “without an inhabitant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A37/2"}
{"id":31385,"verse_id":"JER.51.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.38","text":"Heb “They [the Babylonians] all roar like lions. They growl like the cubs of lions.” For the usage of יַחְדָו ( yakhdav ) meaning “all” see Isa 10:8; 18:6; 41:20 . The translation strives to convey in clear terms what is the generally accepted meaning of the simile (cf., e.g., J. Bright, Jeremiah [AB], 358, and J. A. Thompson, Jeremiah [NICOT], 762).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A38/1"}
{"id":31386,"verse_id":"JER.51.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.39","text":"Heb “When they are hot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A39/1"}
{"id":31387,"verse_id":"JER.51.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"51.39","text":"The translation follows the suggestion of KBL 707 s.v. עָלַז and a number of modern commentaries (e.g., Bright, J. A. Thompson, and W. L. Holladay) in reading יְעֻלְּפוּ ( ye ’ ullÿfu ) for יַעֲלֹזוּ ( ya ’ alozu ) in the sense of “swoon away” or “grow faint” (see KBL 710 s.v. עָלַף Pual). That appears to be the verb that the LXX (the Greek version) was reading when they translated καρωθῶσιν ( karwqwsin , “they will be stupefied”). For parallel usage KBL cites Isa 51:20 . This fits the context much better than “they will exult” in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A39/2"}
{"id":31388,"verse_id":"JER.51.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.39","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A39/4"}
{"id":31389,"verse_id":"JER.51.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.40","text":"Heb “I will bring them down like lambs to be slaughtered, like rams and he goats.” sn This statement is highly ironic in light of the fact that the Babylonians were compared to lions and lion cubs (v. 38 ). Here they are like lambs, rams, and male goats which are to be lead off to be slaughtered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A40/1"}
{"id":31390,"verse_id":"JER.51.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.41","text":"Heb “How Sheshach has been captured, the pride of the whole earth has been seized! How Babylon has become an object of horror among the nations!” For the usage of “How” here see the translator’s note on 50:23 . sn This is part of a taunt song (see Isa 14:4 ) and assumes prophetically that the city has already been captured. The verbs in vv. 41-43 a are all in the Hebrew tense that the prophets often use to look at the future as “a done deal” (the so-called prophetic perfect). In v. 44 which is still a part of this picture the verbs are in the future. The Hebrew tense has been retained here and in vv. 42-43 but it should be remembered that the standpoint is prophetic and future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A41/2"}
{"id":31391,"verse_id":"JER.51.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.42","text":"For the meaning “multitude” here rather than “tumult” see BDB 242 s.v. הָמוֹן 3.c, where reference is made that this refers to a great throng of people under the figure of an overwhelming mass of waves. The word is used of a multitude of soldiers, or a vast army in 1 Sam 14:16 ; 1 Kgs 20:13, 18 (cf. BDB 242 s.v. הָמוֹן 3.a for further references).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A42/1"}
{"id":31392,"verse_id":"JER.51.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.42","text":"Heb “The sea has risen up over Babylon. She has been covered by the multitude of its waves.” sn This is a poetic and figurative reference to the enemies of Babylon, the foe from the north (see 50:3, 9, 51:27-28 ), which has attacked Babylon in wave after wave. This same figure is used in Isa 17:12 . In Isa 8:7-8 the king of Assyria (and his troops) are compared to the Euphrates which rises up and floods over the whole land of Israel and Judah. This same figure, but with application to Babylon, is assumed in Jer 47:2-3 . In Jer 46:7-8 the same figure is employed in a taunt of Egypt which had boasted that it would cover the earth like the flooding of the Nile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A42/2"}
{"id":31393,"verse_id":"JER.51.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.43","text":"Heb “Its towns have become a desolation, [it has become] a dry land and a desert, a land which no man passes through them [referring to “her towns”] and no son of man [= human being] passes through them.” Here the present translation has followed the suggestion of BHS and a number of the modern commentaries in deleting the second occurrence of the word “land,” in which case the words that follow are not a relative clause but independent statements. A number of modern English versions appear to ignore the third feminine plural suffixes which refer back to the cities and refer the statements that follow to the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A43/1"}
{"id":31394,"verse_id":"JER.51.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.44","text":"Heb “And I will punish Bel in Babylon…And the nations will not come streaming to him anymore. Yea, the walls of Babylon have fallen.” The verbs in the first two lines are vav consecutive perfects and the verb in the third line is an imperfect all looking at the future. That indicates that the perfect that follows and the perfects that precede are all prophetic perfects. The translation adopted seemed to be the best way to make the transition from the pasts which were adopted in conjunction with the taunting use of אֵיךְ (’ ekh ) in v. 41 to the futures in v. 44 . For the usage of גַּם ( gam ) to indicate a climax, “yea” or “indeed” see BDB 169 s.v. גַּם 3. It seemed to be impossible to render the meaning of v. 44 in any comprehensible way, even in a paraphrase. sn In the ancient Near East the victory of a nation over another nation was attributed to its gods. The reference is a poetic way of referring to the fact that God will be victorious over Babylon and its chief god, Bel/Marduk (see the study note on 50:2 for explanation). The reference to the disgorging of what Bel had swallowed is to captured people and plundered loot that had been taken to Babylon under the auspices of the victory of Bel over the foreign god (cf. Dan 5:2-4 ). The plundered treasures and captive people will be set free and nations will no longer need to pay homage to him because Babylon will be destroyed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A44/1"}
{"id":31395,"verse_id":"JER.51.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.45","text":"Heb “Go out from her [Babylon’s] midst, my people. Save each man his life from the fierce anger of the Lord .” The verb has been paraphrased to prevent gender specific terms. sn Compare Jer 50:8-10; 51:6 where the significance of saving oneself from the fierce anger of the Lord is clarified.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A45/1"}
{"id":31396,"verse_id":"JER.51.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.47","text":"Heb “That being so, look, days are approaching.” לָכֵן ( lakhen ) often introduces the effect of an action. That may be the case here, the turmoil outlined in v. 46 serving as the catalyst for the culminating divine judgment described in v. 47 . Another possibility is that לָכֵן here has an asseverative force (“certainly”), as in Isa 26:14 and perhaps Jer 5:2 (see the note there). In this case the word almost has the force of “for, since,” because it presents a cause for an accompanying effect. See Judg 8:7 and the discussion of Isa 26:14 in BDB 486-87 s.v. כֵּן 3.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A47/1"}
{"id":31397,"verse_id":"JER.51.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.47","text":"Or “all her slain will fall in her midst.” In other words, her people will be overtaken by judgment and be unable to escape. The dead will lie in heaps in the very heart of the city and land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A47/2"}
{"id":31398,"verse_id":"JER.51.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.48","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A48/1"}
{"id":31399,"verse_id":"JER.51.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.49","text":"The infinitive construct is used here to indicate what is about to take place. See IBHS 610 §36.2.3g.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A49/1"}
{"id":31400,"verse_id":"JER.51.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.49","text":"Heb “the slain of Israel.” The words “because of” are supplied in the translation for clarification. The preceding context makes it clear that Babylon would be judged for its atrocities against Israel (see especially 50:33-34; 51:10, 24, 35 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A49/2"}
{"id":31401,"verse_id":"JER.51.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.49","text":"The juxtaposition of גַם … גַם ( gam...gam ), often “both…and,” here indicates correspondence. See BDB 169 s.v. גַּם 4. Appropriately Babylon will fall slain just as her victims, including God’s covenant people, did.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A49/3"}
{"id":31402,"verse_id":"JER.51.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.50","text":"Heb “don’t stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A50/2"}
{"id":31403,"verse_id":"JER.51.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.50","text":"Heb “let Jerusalem go up upon your heart.” The “heart” is often viewed as the seat of one’s mental faculties and thought life. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A50/3"}
{"id":31404,"verse_id":"JER.51.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.51","text":"Heb “we have heard an insult.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A51/2"}
{"id":31405,"verse_id":"JER.51.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.51","text":"Heb “disgrace covers our face.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A51/3"}
{"id":31406,"verse_id":"JER.51.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.51","text":"Or “holy places, sanctuaries.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A51/4"}
{"id":31407,"verse_id":"JER.51.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.52","text":"Heb “that being so, look, days are approaching.” Here לָכֵן ( lakhen ) introduces the Lord’s response to the people’s lament (v. 51 ). It has the force of “yes, but” or “that may be true.” See Judg 11:8 and BDB 486-87 s.v. כֵּן 3.d.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A52/1"}
{"id":31408,"verse_id":"JER.51.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.52","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A52/2"}
{"id":31409,"verse_id":"JER.51.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.53","text":"Or “ascends [into] heaven.” Note the use of the phrase in Deut 30:12 ; 2 Kgs 2:11 ; and Amos 9:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A53/1"}
{"id":31410,"verse_id":"JER.51.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.53","text":"Heb “and even if she fortifies her strong elevated place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A53/2"}
{"id":31411,"verse_id":"JER.51.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.53","text":"Heb “from me destroyers will go against her.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A53/3"}
{"id":31412,"verse_id":"JER.51.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":53,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.53","text":"Heb “Oracle of the Lord .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A53/4"}
{"id":31413,"verse_id":"JER.51.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.55","text":"The antecedent of the third masculine plural pronominal suffix is not entirely clear. It probably refers back to the “destroyers” mentioned in v. 53 as the agents of God’s judgment on Babylon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A55/1"}
{"id":31414,"verse_id":"JER.51.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.55","text":"Or “mighty waters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A55/2"}
{"id":31415,"verse_id":"JER.51.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.55","text":"Heb “and the noise of their sound will be given,”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A55/3"}
{"id":31416,"verse_id":"JER.51.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.56","text":"Heb “for a destroyer is coming against her, against Babylon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A56/1"}
{"id":31417,"verse_id":"JER.51.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.56","text":"The Piel form (which would be intransitive here, see GKC 142 §52. k ) should probably be emended to Qal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A56/2"}
{"id":31418,"verse_id":"JER.51.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":56,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.56","text":"Or “God of retribution.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A56/3"}
{"id":31419,"verse_id":"JER.51.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":56,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.56","text":"The infinitive absolute emphasizes the following finite verb. Another option is to translate, “he certainly pays one back.” The translation assumes that the imperfect verbal form here describes the Lord ’s characteristic actions. Another option is to take it as referring specifically to his judgment on Babylon, in which case one should translate, “he will pay (Babylon) back in full.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A56/4"}
{"id":31420,"verse_id":"JER.51.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.57","text":"For the title “Yahweh of armies” see the study note on Jer 2:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A57/3"}
{"id":31421,"verse_id":"JER.51.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.58","text":"The text has the plural “walls,” but many Hebrew mss read the singular “wall,” which is also supported by the ancient Greek version. The modifying adjective “thick” is singular as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A58/2"}
{"id":31422,"verse_id":"JER.51.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.58","text":"The infinitive absolute emphasizes the following finite verb. Another option is to translate, “will certainly be demolished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A58/3"}
{"id":31423,"verse_id":"JER.51.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":58,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"51.58","text":"Heb “for what is empty.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A58/4"}
{"id":31424,"verse_id":"JER.51.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":58,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"51.58","text":"Heb “and the nations for fire, and they grow weary.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A58/5"}
{"id":31425,"verse_id":"JER.51.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.59","text":"Heb “an officer of rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A59/2"}
{"id":31426,"verse_id":"JER.51.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.60","text":"Or “wrote.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A60/1"}
{"id":31427,"verse_id":"JER.51.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.60","text":"Or “disaster”; or “calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A60/2"}
{"id":31428,"verse_id":"JER.51.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":60,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"51.60","text":"Heb “words” (or “things”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A60/3"}
{"id":31429,"verse_id":"JER.51.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.61","text":"Heb “see [that].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A61/1"}
{"id":31430,"verse_id":"JER.51.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"51.61","text":"Heb “words” (or “things”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A61/2"}
{"id":31431,"verse_id":"JER.51.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.63","text":"The word “River” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A63/1"}
{"id":31432,"verse_id":"JER.51.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":51,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"51.64","text":"Or “disaster”; or “calamity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2051%3A64/1"}
{"id":31433,"verse_id":"JER.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A1/2"}
{"id":31434,"verse_id":"JER.52.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.1","text":"Some textual witnesses support the Kethib (consonantal text) in reading “Hamital.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A1/3"}
{"id":31435,"verse_id":"JER.52.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.2","text":"Heb “what was evil in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A2/1"}
{"id":31436,"verse_id":"JER.52.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.3","text":"Heb “Surely (or “for”) because of the anger of the Lord this happened in Jerusalem and Judah until he drove them out from upon his face.” For the phrase “drive out of his sight,” see 7:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A3/1"}
{"id":31437,"verse_id":"JER.52.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.4","text":"Or “against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A4/1"}
{"id":31438,"verse_id":"JER.52.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.6","text":"Heb “the people of the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A6/2"}
{"id":31439,"verse_id":"JER.52.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.8","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A8/1"}
{"id":31440,"verse_id":"JER.52.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.11","text":"Heb “fetters of bronze.” The more generic “chains” is used in the translation because “fetters” is a word unfamiliar to most modern readers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A11/1"}
{"id":31441,"verse_id":"JER.52.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.12","text":"The parallel account in 2 Kgs 25:8 has “seventh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A12/1"}
{"id":31442,"verse_id":"JER.52.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.12","text":"For the meaning of this phrase see BDB 371 s.v. טַבָּח 2 and compare the usage in Gen 39:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A12/3"}
{"id":31443,"verse_id":"JER.52.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"52.12","text":"Heb “stood before.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A12/4"}
{"id":31444,"verse_id":"JER.52.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.15","text":"Heb “poor of the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A15/1"}
{"id":31445,"verse_id":"JER.52.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.16","text":"Heb “Nebuzaradan, the captain of the royal guard.” However, the subject is clear from the preceding and modern English style would normally avoid repeating the proper name and title.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A16/1"}
{"id":31446,"verse_id":"JER.52.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.16","text":"Heb “poor of the land.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A16/2"}
{"id":31447,"verse_id":"JER.52.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.18","text":"Heb “with which they served (or “fulfilled their duty”).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A18/3"}
{"id":31448,"verse_id":"JER.52.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"52.20","text":"The translation follows the LXX (Greek version), which reflects the description in 1 Kgs 7:25-26 . The Hebrew text reads, “the twelve bronze bulls under the movable stands.” הַיָּם ( hayyam , “The Sea”) has been accidentally omitted by homoioarcton; note that the following form, הַמְּכֹנוֹת ( hammÿkhonot , “the movable stands”), also begins with the article.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A20/1"}
{"id":31449,"verse_id":"JER.52.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.21","text":"Heb “eighteen cubits.” A “cubit” was a unit of measure, approximately equivalent to a foot and a half.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A21/1"}
{"id":31450,"verse_id":"JER.52.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"52.21","text":"Heb “twelve cubits.” A “cubit” was a unit of measure, approximately equivalent to a foot and a half.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A21/2"}
{"id":31451,"verse_id":"JER.52.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.21","text":"Heb “four fingers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A21/3"}
{"id":31452,"verse_id":"JER.52.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.22","text":"Heb “five cubits.” A “cubit” was a unit of measure, approximately equivalent to a foot and a half.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A22/1"}
{"id":31453,"verse_id":"JER.52.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.25","text":"Heb “men, from the people of the land” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A25/1"}
{"id":31454,"verse_id":"JER.52.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.27","text":"Heb “struck them down and killed them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A27/1"}
{"id":31455,"verse_id":"JER.52.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.28","text":"Heb “these are the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A28/1"}
{"id":31456,"verse_id":"JER.52.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"52.31","text":"Heb “lifted up the head of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A31/3"}
{"id":31457,"verse_id":"JER.52.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.32","text":"Heb “made his throne above the throne of","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A32/1"}
{"id":31458,"verse_id":"JER.52.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JER","chapter":52,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"52.33","text":"The subject is unstated in the Hebrew text, but Jehoiachin is clearly the subject of the following verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jeremiah%2052%3A33/1"}
{"id":31459,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The LXX and Vulgate (dependent on the LXX) include a preface that is lacking in the MT: “And it came to pass after Israel had been taken captive and Jerusalem had been laid waste, Jeremiah sat weeping and lamented this lament over Jerusalem, and said….” Scholars generally view the preface in the LXX and Vulgate as a later addition, though the style is Hebrew rather than Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":31460,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The adverb אֵיכָה (’ ekhah ) is used as an exclamation of lament or desperation: “How!” (BDB 32 s.v.) or “Alas!” ( HALOT 40 s.v. 1 .e). It is often the first word in laments ( Isa 1:21 ; Jer 48:17 ; Lam 1:1; 2:1; 4:1, 2 ). Like the less emphatic exclamation אֵיךְ (’ ekh , “Alas!”) ( 2 Sam 1:19 ; Isa 14:4, 12 ; Ezek 26:17 ), it is used in contexts of lament and mourning. sn The term אֵיכָה (’ ekhah , “Alas!”) and counterpart אֵיךְ (’ ekh , “Alas!”) are normally uttered in contexts of mourning as exclamations of lament over a deceased person ( 2 Sam 1:19 ; Isa 14:4, 12 ). The prophets borrow this term from its normal Sitz im Leben in the funeral lament and rhetorically place it in the context of announcements or descriptions of God’s judgment ( Isa 1:21 ; Jer 48:17 ; Ezek 26:17 ; Lam 1:1; 2:1; 4:1, 2 ). This creates a personification of the city/nation which is either in danger of imminent “death” or already has “died” as a result of the Lord ’s judgment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":31461,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “great of people.” The construct רַבָּתִי עָם ( rabbati ’ am , “great of people”) is an idiom for large population: “full of people, populous” (BDB 912-13 s.v. I רַב ; HALOT 1172 s.v. 7 .a). The hireq-campaginis ending on רַבָּתִי ( rabbati ), from the adjective רַב ( rav , “great”), is a remnant of the old genitive-construct case (GKC 253 §90. l ). By contrast to the first half of the line, it is understood that she was full of people formerly. רַבָּתִי עָם ( rabbati ’ am ) may also be construed as a title. sn Two thirds of Lamentations is comprised of enjambed lines rather than Hebrew poetry’s more frequent couplets of parallel phrasing. This serves a rhetorical effect not necessarily apparent if translated in the word order of English prose. Together with the alphabetic acrostic form, these pull the reader/hearer along through the various juxtaposed pictures of horror and grief. For further study on the import of these stylistic features to the function of Lamentations see F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp, Lamentations (IBC), 12-20; idem, “The Enjambing Line in Lamentations: A Taxonomy (Part 1),” ZAW 113/2 (2001): 219-39; idem, “The Effects of Enjambment in Lamentations,” ZAW 113/5 (2001): 1-16. However, for the sake of English style and clarity, the translation does not necessarily reflect the Hebrew style and word order.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":31462,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The noun בָּדָד ( badad , “isolation, alone”) functions as adverbial accusative of state. After verbs of dwelling, it pictures someone sitting apart, which may be linked to dwelling securely, especially of a city or people ( Num 23:9 ; Deut 33:28 ; Jer 49:31 ; Ps 4:8 [HT 9]), or to isolation ( Lev 13:46 ; Jer 15:17; 3:28 ). Applied to personified Jerusalem, it contrasts a possible connotation of dwelling securely, instead stating that Lady Jerusalem is abandoned and connoting that the city is deserted.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":31463,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “great.” The adjective רַב ( rav , “great”) is used in reference to a position of prominence, leadership ( Ps 48:3 ; Dan 11:3, 5 ) or strength ( Isa 53:12; 63:1 ; 2 Chr 14:10 ) (BDB 913 s.v. 2 .b; HALOT 1172 s.v. 6 ). The hireq-campaginis ending on רַבָּתִי ( rabbati ) from the adjective רַב ( rav , “great”) is a remnant of the old genitive-construct case (GKC 253 §90. l ). This adjective is the same word mentioned at the beginning of the verse in the phrase “full of people.” These may also be construed as epithets.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":31464,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"The kaf ( כּ ) prefixed to אַלְמָנָה (’ almanah , “widow”) expresses identity (“has become a widow”) rather than comparison (“has become like a widow”) (see HALOT 453 s.v. 1 ; BDB 454 s.v. כְּ 1.d). The construction emphasizes the class of widowhood.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":31465,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"The noun שָׂרָתִי ( sarati , “princess”) is in construct with the following noun. The hireq-campaginis ending on שָׂרָתִי ( sarati ) is a remnant of the old genitive-construct case (GKC 253 §90. l ). sn Judah was organized into administrative districts or provinces under the rule of provincial governors ( שָׂרִים , sarim ) ( 1 Kgs 20:14, 17, 19 ). The feminine term שָׂרָה ( sarah , “princess, provincial governess”) is a wordplay alluding to this political background: personified Jerusalem had ruled over the Judean provinces.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":31466,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “princess among the provinces.” The noun מְדִינָה ( mÿdinah ) is an Aramaic loanword which refers to an administrative district or province in the empire (e.g., Ezek 19:8 ; Dan 8:2 ) (BDB 193 s.v. 2 ; HALOT 549 s.v.).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/9"}
{"id":31467,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.1","text":"Following the verb הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”), the preposition ל ( lamed ) designates a transition into a new state or condition: “to become” (BDB 512 s.v. לְ 4.a; e.g., Gen 2:7 ; 1 Sam 9:16; 15:1 ).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/10"}
{"id":31468,"verse_id":"LAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"11","reference":"1.1","text":"The noun מַס ( mas ) means “forced labor, corveé slave, conscripted worker.” It refers to a subjugated population, subject to forced labor and/or heavy taxes ( Gen 49:15 ; Exod 1:11 ; Deut 20:11 ; Josh 16:10; 17:13 ; Judg 1:28, 30, 33, 35 ; 1 Kgs 5:28; 9:15, 21; 12:18; 2 Chr 10:18 ; Isa 31:8 ; Lam 1:1 ).","source_note_position":11,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A1/11"}
{"id":31469,"verse_id":"LAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “her tears are on her cheek.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":31470,"verse_id":"LAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “lovers.” The term “lovers” is a figurative expression (hypocatastasis), comparing Jerusalem’s false gods and foreign political alliances to sexually immoral lovers. Hosea uses similar imagery ( Hos 2:5, 7, 10, 13 ). It may also function as a double entendre, first evoking a disconcerting picture of a funeral where the widow has no loved ones present to comfort her. God also does not appear to be present to comfort Jerusalem and will later be called her enemy. The imagery in Lamentations frequently capitalizes on changing the reader’s expectations midstream.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":31471,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Judah.” The term “Judah” is a synecdoche of nation (= Judah) for the inhabitants of the nation (= people).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":31472,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"There is a debate over the function of the preposition מִן ( min ): (1) temporal sense: “after” ( HALOT 598 s.v. 2 .c; BDB 581 s.v. 4 .b) (e.g., Gen 4:3; 38:24 ; Josh 23:1 ; Judg 11:4; 14:8 ; Isa 24:22 ; Ezek 38:8 ; Hos 6:2 ) is adopted by one translation: “After affliction and harsh labor, Judah has gone into exile” (NIV). (2) causal sense: “because” ( HALOT 598 s.v. 6 ; BDB 580 s.v. 2 .f) (e.g., Isa 5:13 ) is adopted by many English versions: “Judah has gone into exile because of misery and harsh oppression/servitude” (cf. KJV, NKJV, RSV, NRSV, NJPS). (3) instrumentality: “by, through” (BDB 579 s.v. 2 .e): “Judah has gone into exile under affliction, and under harsh servitude” (NASB). The issue here is whether this verse states that Judah went into exile after suffering a long period of trouble and toil, or that Judah went into exile because of the misery and affliction that the populace suffered under the hands of the Babylonians. For fuller treatment of this difficult syntactical problem, see D. R. Hillers, Lamentations (AB), 6-7.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":31473,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “great servitude.” The noun עֲבֹדָה (’ avodah , “servitude”) refers to the enforced labor and suffering inflicted upon conquered peoples who are subjugated into slavery ( Exod 1:14; 2:23; 5:9, 11; 6:9 ; Deut 26:6 ; 1 Kgs 12:4 ; 1 Chr 26:30 ; 2 Chr 10:4; 12:8 ; Isa 14:3 ; Lam 1:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":31474,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"The antecedent of “she” is “Judah,” which functions as a synecdoche of nation (= Judah) for the inhabitants of the nation (= people). Thus, “she” (= Judah) is tantamount to “they” (= former inhabitants of Judah).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":31475,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"The preposition בִּין ( bin ) is used in reference to a location: “between” (BDB 107 s.v. 1 ). The phrase בִּין הַמְּצָרִים ( bin hammÿtsarim , “between the narrow places”) is unparalleled elsewhere in the Hebrew scriptures; however, this line is paraphrased in “The Thanksgiving Psalm” from Qumran (Hodayoth = 1QH v 29) which adds the phrase “so I could not get away.” Following the interpretation of this line at Qumran, it describes a futile attempt to flee from the enemies in narrow straits which thwarted a successful escape.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":31476,"verse_id":"LAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “distresses.” The noun מֵצַר ( metsar , “distress”) occurs only here and in Ps 118:5 (NIV, “anguish”). Here, the plural form מְצָרִים ( mÿtsarim , lit., “distresses”) is an example of the plural of intensity: “intense distress.” The phrase בִּין הַמְּצָרִים ( bin hammÿtsarim , “between the narrow places”) is unparalleled elsewhere in the Hebrew scriptures; however, this line is paraphrased in “The Thanksgiving Psalm” from Qumran (Hodayoth = 1QH v 29) which adds the phrase “so I could not get away.” Following the interpretation of this line at Qumran, it describes a futile attempt to flee from the enemies in narrow straits which thwarted a successful escape.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":31477,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “roads of Zion.” The noun צִיּוֹן ( tsiyyon , Zion) is a genitive of direction (termination) following the construct noun, meaning “roads to Zion.” sn The noun דַּרְכֵי ( darkhe , “roads”) is normally masculine in gender, but here it is feminine (e.g., Exod 18:20 ) (BDB 202 s.v.) as indicated by the following feminine adjective אֲבֵּלּוֹת (’ avelot , “mourning”). This rare feminine usage is probably due to the personification of Jerusalem as a bereaved woman throughout chap. .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":31478,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The adjective אֲבֵּלּוֹת (’ avelot , “mourning”) functions as a predicate of state. sn The term אָבַּלּ (’ aval , “mourn”) refers to the mourning rites for the dead or to those mourning the deceased ( Gen 37:35 ; Job 29:25 ; Ps 35:14 ; Jer 16:7 ; Esth 6:12 ; Sir 7:34; 48:24). The prophets often use it figuratively to personify Jerusalem as a mourner, lamenting her deceased and exiled citizens ( Isa 57:18; 61:2, 3 ) (BDB 5 s.v.; HALOT 7 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":31479,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “from lack of.” The construction מִבְּלִי ( mibbÿli ) is composed of the preposition מִן ( min ) functioning in a causal sense (BDB 580 s.v. מִן 2.f) and the adverb of negation בְּלִי ( bÿli ) to denote the negative cause: “from want of” or “without” ( HALOT 133 s.v. בְּלִי 4; BDB 115 s.v. בְּלִי 2.c) ( Num 14:16 ; Deut 9:28; 28:55 ; Eccl 3:11 ; Isa 5:13 ; Jer 2:15; 9:11 ; Hos 4:6 ; Ezek 34:5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":31480,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “those coming of feast.” The construct chain בָּאֵי מוֹעֵד ( ba ’ e mo ’ ed ) consists of (1) the substantival plural construct participle בָּאֵי ( ba ’ e , “those who come”) and (2) the collective singular genitive of purpose מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , “for the feasts”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":31481,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The MT reads שְׁעָרֶיהָ ( shÿ ’ areha , “her gates”). The BHS editors suggest revocalizing the text to the participle שֹׁעֲרֶיהָ ( sho ’ areha , “her gate-keepers”) from שֹׁעֵר ( sho ’ er , “porter”; BDB 1045 s.v. שֹׁעֵר ). The revocalization creates tight parallelism: “her gate-keepers”//“her priests,” but ruins the chiasm: (A) her gate-keepers, (B) her priests, (B’) her virgins, (A’) the city itself.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":31482,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"The verb שָׁמֵם ( shamem ) normally means “to be desolated; to be appalled,” but when used in reference to land, it means “deserted” ( Isa 49:8 ; Ezek 33:28; 35:12, 15; 36:4 ) (BDB 1030 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":31483,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “groan” or “sigh.” The verb אָנַח (’ anakh ) is an expression of grief ( Prov 29:2 ; Isa 24:7 ; Lam 1:4, 8 ; Ezek 9:4; 21:11 ). BDB 58 s.v. 1 suggests that it means “sigh” but HALOT 70-71 s.v. prefers “groan” here.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/7"}
{"id":31484,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"1.4","text":"The MT reads נּוּגוֹת ( nugot , “are grieved”), Niphal participle feminine plural from יָגָה ( yagah , “to grieve”). The LXX ἀγόμεναι ( agomenai ) reflects נָהוּגוֹת ( nahugot , “are led away”), Qal passive participle feminine plural from נָהַג ( nahag , “to lead away into exile”), also reflected in Aquila and Symmachus. The MT reading is an unusual form (see translator’s note below) and best explains the origin of the LXX which is a more common root. It would be difficult to explain the origin of the MT reading if the LXX reflects the original. Therefore, the MT is probably the original reading. tn Heb “are grieved” or “are worried.” The unusual form נּוּגוֹת ( nugot ) is probably best explained as Niphal feminine plural participle (with dissimilated nun [ ן ]) from יָגָה ( yagah , “to grieve”). The similarly formed Niphal participle masculine plural construct נוּגֵי ( nuge ) appears in Zeph 3:18 (GKC 421 §130. a ). The Niphal of יָגָה ( yagah , “to grieve”) appears only twice, both in contexts of sorrow: “to grieve, sorrow” ( Lam 1:4 ; Zeph 3:18 ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/8"}
{"id":31485,"verse_id":"LAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “and she is bitter to herself,” that is, “sick inside” ( 2 Kgs 4:27 )","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A4/9"}
{"id":31486,"verse_id":"LAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “her foes became [her] head” ( הָיוּ צָרֶיהָ לְרֹאשׁ , hayu tsareha lÿro ’ sh ) or more idiomatically “have come out on top.” This is a Semitic idiom for domination or subjugation, with “head” as a metaphor for leader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":31487,"verse_id":"LAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The nuance expressed in the LXX is that her enemies prosper (cf. KJV, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":31488,"verse_id":"LAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “because of her many rebellions.” The plural פְּשָׁעֶיהָ ( pÿsha ’ eha , “her rebellions”) is an example of the plural of repeated action or characteristic behavior (see IBHS 121 §7.4.2c). The 3rd person feminine singular suffix (“her”) probably functions as a subjective genitive: “her rebellions” = “she has rebelled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":31489,"verse_id":"LAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The singular noun שְׁבִי ( shÿvi ) is a collective singular, meaning “captives, prisoners.” It functions as an adverbial accusative of state: “[they] went away as captives.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":31490,"verse_id":"LAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the daughter of Zion.” This phrase is used as an epithet for the city. “Daughter” may seem extraneous in English but consciously joins the various epithets and metaphors of Jerusalem as a woman, a device used to evoke sympathy from the reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":31491,"verse_id":"LAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “all her splendor.” The 3rd person feminine singular pronominal suffix (“her”) functions as a subjective genitive: “everything in which she gloried.” The noun הָדָר ( hadar , “splendor”) is used of personal and impersonal referents in whom Israel gloried: Ephraim ( Deut 33:17 ), Jerusalem ( Isa 5:14 ), Carmel ( Isa 35:2 ). The context focuses on the exile of Zion’s children ( 1:5 c) and leaders ( 1:6 bc). The departure of the children and leaders of Jerusalem going away into exile suggested to the writer the departure of the glory of Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":31492,"verse_id":"LAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “It has gone out from the daughter of Zion, all her splendor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":31493,"verse_id":"LAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “they fled with no strength” ( וַיֵּלְכוּ בְלֹא־כֹחַ , vayelÿkhu bÿlo ’ -khoakh ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":31494,"verse_id":"LAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the pursuer” or “chaser.” The term רָדַף (“to chase, pursue”) here refers to a hunter (e.g., 1 Sam 26:20 ). It is used figuratively (hypocatastasis) of military enemies who “hunt down” those who flee for their lives (e.g., Gen 14:15 ; Lev 26:7, 36 ; Judg 4:22 ; Ps 7:6; 69:27; 83:16; 143:3 ; Isa 17:13 ; Lam 5:5 ; Amos 1:11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":31495,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":31496,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the days of her poverty and her homelessness,” or “the days of her affliction and wandering.” The plural construct יְמֵי ( yÿme , “days of”) functions in the general sense “the time of” or “when,” envisioning the time period in which this occurred. The principal question is whether the phrase is a direct object or an adverb. If a direct object, she remembers either the season when the process happened or she remembers, i.e. reflects on, her current season of life. An adverbial sense, “during” or “throughout” normally occurs with כֹּל ( kol , “all”) in the phrase “all the days of…” but may also occur without כֹּל ( kol ) in poetry as in Job 10:20 . The adverbial sense would be translated “during her poor homeless days.” Treating “days” adverbially makes better sense with line 7b, whereas treating “days” as a direct object makes better sense with line 7c.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":31497,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"The 3rd person feminine singular suffixes on the terms עָנְיָהּ וּמְרוּדֶיהָ (’ onyah umÿrudeha , “her poverty and her homelessness,” or “the days of her affliction and wandering”) function as subjective genitives: “she became impoverished and homeless.” The plural noun וּמְרוּדֶיהָ ( umÿrudeha , lit. “her homelessnesses”) is an example of the plural of intensity. The two nouns עָנְיָהּ וּמְרוּדֶיהָ (’ onyah umÿrudeha , lit., “her poverty and her homelessness”) form a nominal hendiadys in which one noun functions adjectivally and the other retains its full nominal sense: “her impoverished homelessness” or “homeless poor” (GKC 397-98 §124. e ). The nearly identical phrase עֲנִיִּים מְרוּדִים (’ aniyyim mÿrudim , “homeless poor”) is used in Isa 58:7 (see GKC 226 §83. c ), suggesting this was a Hebrew idiom. Jerusalem is personified as one of its inhabitants who became impoverished and homeless when the city was destroyed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":31498,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"The BHS editors suggest that the second bicola in 1:7 is a late addition and should be deleted. Apart from the four sets of bicola here in 1:7 and again in 2:19 , every stanza in chapters 1-4 consists of three sets of bicola. Commentators usually suggest dropping line b or line c. Depending on the meaning of “days” in line a (see note on “when” earlier in the verse) either line makes sense. The four lines would make sense as two bicola if “days of” in line 7a is understood adverbially and 7b as the direct object completing the sentence. Lines 7c-d would begin with a temporal modifier and the rest of the couplet describe conditions that were true at that time.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":31499,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “into the hand of.” In such phrases “hand” represents power or authority.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/6"}
{"id":31500,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “and there was no helper for her.” This phrase is used idiomatically in OT to describe the plight of a city whose allies refuse to help ward off a powerful attacker. The nominal participle עוֹזֵר II (’ oser ) refers elsewhere to military warriors ( 1 Chr 12:1, 18, 22 ; 2 Chr 20:23; 26:7; 28:23; 26:15 ; Ps 28:7; 46:6 ; Ezek 12:14; 30:8; 32:21 ; Dan 11:34 ) and the related noun refers to military allies upon whom an attacked city calls for help (Lachish Letters 19:1).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/7"}
{"id":31501,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the adversaries” ( צָרִים , tsarim ). The 3rd person feminine singular pronoun “her” is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and good English style.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/8"}
{"id":31502,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.7","text":"The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to look”) has a broad range of meanings, including “to feast the eyes upon” and “to look down on” or “to gloat over” fallen enemies with exultation and triumph (e.g., Judg 16:27 ; Pss 22:18; 112:8; 118:7 ; Ezek 28:17 ; Mic 7:10 ; Obad 12, 13 ). This nuance is clarified by the synonymous parallelism between רָאוּהָ ( ra ’ uha , “they gloated over her”) in the A-line and שָׂחֲקוּ עַל־מִשְׁבַּתֶּהָ ( sakhaqu ’ al-mishbatteha , “they mocked at her downfall”) in the B-line.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/9"}
{"id":31503,"verse_id":"LAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “laughed” or “sneered.” The verb שָׂחַק ( sakhaq , “to laugh”) is often used in reference to contempt and derision (e.g., Job 30:1 ; Pss 37:13; 52:8; 59:9 ; Lam 1:7 ).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A7/10"}
{"id":31504,"verse_id":"LAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The MT reads חֵטְא ( khet ’, “sin”), but the BHS editors suggest the vocalization חָטֹא ( khato ’, “sin”), Qal infinitive absolute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":31505,"verse_id":"LAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “she has become an object of head-nodding” ( לְנִידָה הָיָתָה , lÿniydah hayatah ). This reflects the ancient Near Eastern custom of shaking the head in scorn (e.g., Jer 18:16 ; Ps 44:15 [HT 14]), hence the translation “object of scorn.” There is debate whether נִידָה ( nidah ) means (1) “object of head-shaking” from נוּד ( nud , “to shake,” BDB 626-27 s.v. נוּד ); (2) “unclean thing” from נָדַה ( nadah , “to be impure”); or (3) “wanderer” from נָדַד ( nadad , “to wander,” BDB 622 s.v. I נָדַד ). The LXX and Rashi connected it to נָדַד ( nadad , “to wander”); however, several important early Greek recensions (Aquila and Symmachus) and Syriac translated it as “unclean thing.” The modern English versions are split: (1) “unclean thing” (NASB); “unclean” (NIV); (2) “a mockery” (NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":31506,"verse_id":"LAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"The verb הִזִּילוּהָ ( hizziluha ) is generally understood as a rare form of Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural + 3rd person feminine singular suffix from I זָלַל ( zalal , “to despise”): “they despise her.” This follows the I nun ( ן ) pattern with daghesh (dot) in zayin ( ז ) rather than the expected geminate pattern הִזִילּוּהָ ( hizilluha ) with daghesh in lamed ( ל ) (GKC 178-79 §67. l ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":31507,"verse_id":"LAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “groan” or “sigh.” The verb אָנַח (’ anakh , appearing only in Niphal) means “sigh” (BDB 58 s.v. 1 ) or “groan” ( HALOT 70-71 s.v.) as an expression of grief ( Prov 29:2 ; Isa 24:7 ; Lam 1:4, 8 ; Ezek 9:4; 21:11 ). The word גַּם ( gam ) is usually a particle meaning “also,” but has been shown from Ugaritic to have the meaning “aloud.” See T. McDaniel, “Philological Studies in Lamentations, I-II,” Bib 49 (1968): 31-32.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":31508,"verse_id":"LAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “and turns backward.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A8/7"}
{"id":31509,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “uncleanness.” The noun טֻמְאָה ( tum ’ ah , “uncleanness”) refers in general to the state of ritual uncleanness and specifically to (1) sexual uncleanness ( Num 5:19 ); (2) filthy mass ( Ezek 24:11 ; 2 Chr 29:16 ); (3) ritual uncleanness ( Lev 16:16, 19 ; Ezek 22:15; 24:13; 36:25, 29; 39:24 ; Zech 13:2 ); (4) menstrual uncleanness ( Lev 15:25, 26, 30; 18:19 ; Ezek 36:17 ); (5) polluted meat ( Judg 13:7, 14 ). Here, Jerusalem is personified as a woman whose menstrual uncleanness has soiled even her own clothes; this is a picture of the consequences of the sin of Jerusalem: uncleanness = her sin, and soiling her own clothes = consequences of sin. The poet may also be mixing metaphors allowing various images (of shame) to circulate in the hearer’s mind, including rape and public exposure. By not again mentioning sin directly (a topic relatively infrequent in this book), the poet lays a general acknowledgment of sin in 1:8 alongside an exceptionally vivid picture of the horrific circumstances which have come to be. It is no simplistic explanation that sin merits such inhumane treatment. Instead 1:9 insists that no matter the legal implications of being guilty, the Lord should be motivated to aid Jerusalem (and therefore her people) because her obscene reality is so revolting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":31510,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “her uncleanness is in her skirts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":31511,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “her skirts.” This term is a synecdoche of specific (skirts) for general (clothing).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":31512,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"The basic meaning of זָכַר ( zakhar ) is “to remember, call to mind” ( HALOT 270 s.v. I זכר ). Although it is often used in reference to recollection of past events or consideration of present situations, it also may mean “to consider, think about” the future outcome of conduct (e.g., Isa 47:7 ) (BDB 270 s.v. 5 ). The same term is used a.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":31513,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “she did not consider her end.” The noun אַחֲרִית (’ akharit , “end”) here refers to an outcome or the consequences of an action; in light of 1:8 here it is the consequence of sin or immoral behavior ( Num 23:10; 24:20 ; Deut 32:20, 29 ; Job 8:7 ; Pss 37:37; 73:17 ; Prov 14:12; 23:32; 25:8 ; Eccl 7:8 ; Isa 46:10; 47:7 ; Jer 5:31; 17:11 ; Dan 12:8 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/5"}
{"id":31514,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"1.9","text":"The MT reads וַתֵּרֶד ( vattered ) vav ( ו ) consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person feminine singular from יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”). Symmachus καὶ κατήχθη ( kai kathcqh , “and she was brought down”) and Vulgate deposita est use passive forms which might reflect וַתּוּרַד ( vatturad , vav consecutive + Pual preterite 3rd person feminine singular from from יָרַד [ yarad , “to go down”]). External evidence favors the MT (supported by all other ancient versions and medieval Hebrew mss ); none of the other ancient versions preserve/reflect a passive form. Symmachus is known to have departed from a wooden literal translation (characteristic of Aquila) in favor of smooth and elegant Greek style. The second edition of the Latin Vulgate drew on Symmachus; thus, it is not an independent witness to the passive reading, but merely a secondary witness reflecting Symmachus. The MT is undoubtedly the original reading. tn Heb “and she came down in an astonishing way” or “and she was brought down in an astonishing way.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/6"}
{"id":31515,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.9","text":"The noun פֶּלֶא ( pele ’) means not only “miracle, wonder” (BDB 810 s.v.) but “something unusual, astonishing” ( HALOT 928 s.v.). The plural פְּלָאִים ( pÿla ’ im , lit., “astonishments”) is an example of the plural of intensity: “very astonishing.” The noun functions as an adverbial accusative of manner; the nature of her descent shocks and astounds. Rendering פְּלָאִים וַתֵּרֶד ( vattered pÿla ’ im ) as “she has come down marvelously” (cf. BDB 810 s.v. 1 and KJV, ASV) is hardly appropriate; it is better to nuance it “in an astonishing way” ( HALOT 928 s.v. 3 ) or simply “was astonishing.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/7"}
{"id":31516,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.9","text":"The words “she cried” do not appear in the Hebrew. They are added to indicate that personified Jerusalem is speaking.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/8"}
{"id":31517,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"9","reference":"1.9","text":"The MT reads עָנְיִי (’ onyi , “my affliction”) as reflected in all the ancient versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta) and the medieval Hebrew mss . The Bohairic version and Ambrosius, however, read “her affliction,” which led the BHS editors to suggest a Vorlage of עָנְיָהּ (’ onyah , “her affliction”). External evidence strongly favors the MT reading. The 3rd person feminine singular textual variant probably arose out of an attempt to harmonize this form with all the other 3rd person feminine singular forms in 1:1-11 a. The MT is undoubtedly the original reading.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/9"}
{"id":31518,"verse_id":"LAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “an enemy.” While it is understood that the enemy is Jerusalem’s, not using the pronoun in Hebrew leaves room to imply to God that the enemy is not only Jerusalem’s but also God’s.","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A9/10"}
{"id":31519,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “stretched out his hand.” The war imagery is of seizure of property; the anthropomorphic element pictures rape. This is an idiom that describes greedy actions (BDB 831 s.v. פָרַשׂ ), meaning “to seize” ( HALOT 976 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":31520,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The Kethib is written מַחֲמוֹדֵּיהֶם ( makhamodehem , “her desired things”); the Qere and many medieval Hebrew mss read מַחֲמַדֵּיהֶם ( makhamaddehem , “her desirable things”). The Qere reading should be adopted. tn Heb “all her desirable things.” The noun מַחְמָד ( makhmad , “desirable thing”) refers to valuable possessions, such as gold and silver which people desire (e.g., Ezra 8:27 ). This probably refers, not to the valuable possessions of Jerusalem in general, but to the sacred objects in the temple in particular, as suggested by the rest of the verse. For the anthropomorphic image compare Song 5:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":31521,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “she watched” or “she saw.” The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”) has a broad range of meanings, including “to see” a spectacle causing grief ( Gen 21:16; 44:34 ; Num 11:15 ; 2 Kgs 22:20 ; 2 Chr 34:28 ; Esth 8:6 ) or abhorrence ( Isa 66:24 ). The words “in horror” are added to “she watched” to bring out this nuance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":31522,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “her sanctuary.” The term מִקְדָּשָׁהּ ( miqdashah , “her sanctuary”) refers to the temple. Anthropomorphically, translating as “her sacred place” would also allow for the rape imagery.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":31523,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “enter.” The Hebrew term בּוֹא ( bo ’) is also a sexual metaphor.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/7"}
{"id":31524,"verse_id":"LAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.10","text":"The noun קָהָל ( qahal , “assembly”) does not refer here to the collective group of people assembled to worship the Lord , but to the place of their assembly: the temple. This is an example of a synecdoche of the people contained (= assembly) for the container (= temple). The intent is to make the violation feel more personal than someone walking into a building. sn This is a quotation from Deut 23:3 , “No Ammonite or Moabite or any of his descendants may enter the assembly of the Lord , even down to the tenth generation.” Jeremiah applies this prohibition against Ammonites and Moabites to the Babylonians who ransacked and destroyed the temple in 587/586 b.c . This hermeneutical move may be explained on the basis of synecdoche of species (= Ammonites and Moabites) for general (= unconverted Gentiles as a whole). On a different note, the prohibition forbidding Ammonites and Moabites from entering the “assembly” ( קָהָל , qahal , Deut 23:2-8 ) did not disallow Gentile proselytes from converting to Yahwism or from living within the community (= assembled body) of Israel. For example, Ruth the Moabitess abandoned the worship of Moabite gods and embraced Yahweh, then was welcomed into the community of Bethlehem in Judah ( Ruth 1:15-22 ) and even incorporated into the lineage leading to King David ( Ruth 4:18-22 ). This Deuteronomic law did not disallow such genuine conversions of repentant faith toward Yahweh, nor their incorporation into the life of the Israelite community. Nor did it discourage Gentiles from offering sacrifices to the Lord ( Num 15:15-16 ). Rather, it prohibited Gentiles from entering into the tabernacle/temple (= place of assembly) of Israel. This is clear from the reaction of the post-exilic community when it realized that Deut 23:3-5 had been violated by Tobiah the Ammonite who had been given living quarters in the temple precincts ( Neh 13:1-9 ). This is also reflected in the days of the Second Temple when Gentile proselytes were allowed to enter the “court of the Gentiles” in Herod’s temple, but were forbidden further access into the inner temple precincts.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A10/8"}
{"id":31525,"verse_id":"LAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “bread.” In light of its parallelism with אֹכֶל (’ okhel , “food”) in the following line, it is possible that לֶחֶם ( lekhem , “bread”) is used in its broader sense of food or nourishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":31526,"verse_id":"LAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “they sell.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":31527,"verse_id":"LAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “their desirable things.” The noun מַחְמָד ( makhmad , “desirable thing”) refers to valuable possessions, such as gold and silver which people desire (e.g., Ezra 8:27 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":31528,"verse_id":"LAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"The preposition ב ( bet ) denotes the purchase price paid for an object (BDB 90 s.v. בְּ III.3; HALOT 105 s.v. בְּ 17) (e.g., Gen 23:9; 29:18, 20; 30:16 ; Lev 25:37 ; Deut 21:14 ; 2 Sam 24:24 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":31529,"verse_id":"LAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) functions as a metonymy (= soul) of association (= life) (e.g., Gen 44:30 ; Exod 21:23 ; 2 Sam 14:7 ; Jon 1:14 ). When used with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), the Hiphil הָשִׁיב ( hashiv ) of שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, return”) may mean “to restore a person’s vitality,” that is, to keep a person alive ( Lam 1:14, 19 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":31530,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"The Heb לוֹא אֲלֵיכֶם ( lo ’ ’ alekhem , “not to you”) is awkward and often considered corrupt but there is no textual evidence yet adduced to certify a more original reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":31531,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The line as it stands is imbalanced, such that the reference to the passersby may belong here or as a vocative with the following verb translated “look.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":31532,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “He.” The personal pronoun “he” and the personal name “the Lord ,” both appearing in this verse, are transposed in the translation for the sake of readability. In the Hebrew text, “He” appears in the A-line and “the Lord ” appears in the B-line – good Hebrew poetic style, but awkward English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":31533,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “which was afflicted on me.” The Polal of עָלַל (’ alal ) gives the passive voice of the Polel. The Polel of the verb עָלַל (’ alal ) occurs ten times in the Bible, appearing in agricultural passages for gleaning or some other harvest activity and also in military passages. Jer 6:9 plays on this by comparing an attack to gleaning. The relationship between the meaning in the two types of contexts is unclear, but the very neutral rendering “to treat” in some dictionaries and translations misses the nuance appropriate to the military setting. Indeed it is not at all feasible in a passage like Judges 20:45 where “they treated them on the highway” would make no sense but “they mowed them down on the highway” would fit the context. Accordingly the verb is sometimes rendered “treat” or “deal severely,” as HALOT 834 s.v. poel.3 suggests for Lam 3:51 , although simply suggesting “to deal with” in Lam 1:22 and 2:20 . A more injurious nuance is given to the translation here and in 1:22; 2:20 and 3:51 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":31534,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “in the day of.” The construction בְּיוֹם ( bÿyom , “in the day of”) is a common Hebrew idiom, meaning “when” or “on the occasion of” (e.g., Gen 2:4 ; Lev 7:35 ; Num 3:1 ; Deut 4:15 ; 2 Sam 22:1 ; Pss 18:1; 138:3 ; Zech 8:9 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/6"}
{"id":31535,"verse_id":"LAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “on the day of burning anger.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A12/7"}
{"id":31536,"verse_id":"LAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “He sent fire from on high.” Normally God sends fire from heaven. The idiom מִמָּרוֹם ( mimmarom , “from on high”) can still suggest the location but as an idiom may focus on the quality of the referent. For example, “to speak from on high” means “to presume to speak as if from heaven” = arrogantly ( Ps 73:8 ); “they fight against me from on high” = proudly ( Ps 56:3 ) (BDB 928-29 s.v. מָרוֹם ). As a potential locative, מִמָּרוֹם ( mimmarom , “from on high”) designates God as the agent; idiomatically the same term paints him as pitiless.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":31537,"verse_id":"LAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"The MT reads וַיִּרְדֶּנָּה ( vayyirdennah , “it prevailed against them”), representing a vav ( ו ) consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person masculine singular + 3rd person feminine plural suffix from רָדָה ( radah , “to prevail”). The LXX κατήγαγεν αὐτό ( kathgagen auto , “it descended”) reflects an alternate vocalization tradition of וַיֹּרִדֶנָּה ( vayyoridennah , “it descended against them”), representing a vav ( ו ) consecutive + Hiphil preterite 3rd person masculine singular + 3rd person feminine plural suffix from יָרָד ( yarad , “to go down”), or הֹרִידָהּ ( horidah , “it descended against her”), a Hiphil perfect ms + 3rd person feminine singular suffix from from יָרָד ( yarad , “to go down”). Internal evidence favors the MT. The origin of the LXX vocalization can be explained by the influence of the preceding line, “He sent down fire from on high.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":31538,"verse_id":"LAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “net.” The term “trapper’s” is supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":31539,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The consonantal text נשקד על פּשעי ( nsqd ’ l ps ’ y ) is vocalized by the MT as נִשְׂקַד עֹל פְּשָׁעַי ( nisqad ’ ol pÿsha ’ ay , “my transgression is bound by a yoke”); but the ancient versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta) and many medieval Hebrew mss vocalize the text as נִשְׁקַד עַל פְּשָׁעַי ( nishqad ’ al pÿsha ’ ay , “watch is kept upon my transgression”). There are two textual deviations: (1) the MT vocalizes the verb as נִשְׂקַד ( nisqad , Niphal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׂקַד [ saqad , “to bind”]), while the alternate tradition vocalizes it as נִשְׁקַד ( nishqad , Niphal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׁקַד [ shaqad , “to keep watch”]); and (2) the MT vocalizes על (’ l ) as the noun עֹל (’ ol , “yoke”), while the ancient versions and medieval Hebrew mss vocalize it as the preposition עַל (’ al , “upon”). External evidence favors the alternate vocalization: all the early versions (LXX, Targum, Vulgate, Peshitta) and many medieval Hebrew mss versus the relatively late MT vocalization tradition. However, internal evidence favors the MT vocalization: (1) The MT verb שָׂקַד ( saqar , “to bind”) is a hapax legomenon (BDB 974 s.v. שָׂקַד ) which might have been easily confused for the more common verb שָׂקַד ( saqar , “to keep watch”) which is well attested elsewhere ( Job 21:32 ; Pss 102:8; 127:1 ; Prov 8:34 ; Isa 29:20 ; Jer 1:12; 5:6; 31:28; 44:27 ; Ezr 8:29 ; Dan 9:14 ) (BDB 1052 s.v. שָׂקַד Qal.2). (2) The syntax of the MT is somewhat awkward, which might have influenced a scribe toward the alternate vocalization. (3) The presence of the noun עֻלּוֹ (’ ullo , “his yoke”) in the following line supports the presence of the same term in this line. (4) Thematic continuity of 1:14 favors the MT: throughout the verse, the inhabitants of Jerusalem are continually compared to yoked animals who are sold into the hands of cruel task-masters. The alternate vocalization intrudes into an otherwise unified stanza. In summary, despite strong external evidence in favor of the alternate vocalization tradition, even stronger internal evidence favors the MT. tn Heb “my transgressions are bound with a yoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":31540,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The MT reads עָלוּ (’ alu , “they went up”), Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from עָלָה (’ alah , “to go up”). However, several important recensions of the LXX reflect an alternate vocalization tradition: Lucian and Symmachus both reflect a Vorlage of עֻלּוֹ (’ ullo , “his yoke”), the noun עֹל (’ ol , “yoke”) + 3rd person masculine singular suffix. The Lucianic recension was aimed at bringing the LXX into closer conformity to the Hebrew; therefore, this is an important textual witness. Internal evidence favors the readings of Lucian and Symmachus as well: the entire stanza focuses on the repeated theme of the “yoke” of the Lord . The MT reading is obscure in meaning, and the 3rd person common plural form violates the syntactical flow: “[my sins] are lashed together by his hand; they have gone up upon my neck, he has weakened my strength; the Lord has handed me over ….” On the other hand, the Lucian/Symmachus reflects contextual congruence: “My sins are bound around my neck like a yoke , they are lashed together by his hand; his yoke is upon my neck, he has weakened my strength; he has handed me over to those whom I am powerless to resist.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":31541,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “his yoke is upon my neck.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":31542,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “he has caused my strength to stumble.” The phrase הִכְשִׁיל כֹּחִי ( hikhshil kokhi , “He has made my strength stumble”) is an idiom that means “to weaken, make feeble.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":31543,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"Here the MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”), the perpetual Qere reading for יהוה (YHWH, “Yahweh”), but a multitude of Hebrew mss read consonantal יהוה (YHWH, traditionally translated “the Lord ”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":31544,"verse_id":"LAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “The Lord has given me into the hands of.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A14/6"}
{"id":31545,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The verb סָלַה ( salah ) occurs only twice in OT; once in Qal ( Ps 119:118 ) and once here in Piel. It is possibly a by-form of סָלַל ( salal , “to heap up”). It may also be related to Aramaic סלא ( sl ’) meaning “to throw away” and Assyrian salu/shalu meaning “to hurl (away)” ( AHw 1152) or “to kick up dust, shoot (arrows), reject, throw away?” ( CAD 17:272). With people as its object shalu is used of people casting away their children, specifically meaning selling them on the market. The LXX translates סָלַה ( salah ) as ἐξῆρεν ( exhren , “to remove, lead away”). Thus God is either (1) heaping them up (dead) in the city square, (2) putting them up for sale in the city square, or (3) leading them out of the city (into exile or to deprive it of defenders prior to attack). The English “round up” could accommodate any of these and is also a cattle term, which fits well with the use of the word “bulls” (see following note).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":31546,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “bulls.” Metaphorically, bulls may refer to mighty ones, leaders or warriors. F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp ( Lamentations [IBC], 69) insightfully suggests that the Samek stanza presents an overarching dissonance by using terms associated with a celebratory feast (bulls, assembly, and a winepress) in sentences where God is abusing the normally expected celebrants, i.e. the “leaders” are the sacrifice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":31547,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”); this occurs again a second time later in this verse. See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":31548,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"The verb is elided and understood from the preceding colon. Naming “my Lord” as the subject of the verb late, as it were, emphasizes the irony of the action taken by a person in this position.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":31549,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.15","text":"The MT reads the preposition בּ ( bet , “in”) prefixed to קִרְבִּי ( qirbi , “my midst”): בְּקִרְבִּי ( bÿkirbi , “in my midst”); however, the LXX reads ἐκ μέσου μου ( ek mesou mou ) which may reflect a Vorlage of the preposition מִן ( min , “from”): מִקִּרְבִּי ( miqqirbi , “from my midst”). The LXX may have chosen ἐκ to accommodate understanding סִלָּה ( sillah ) as ἐξῆρεν ( exhren , “to remove, lead away”). The textual deviation may have been caused by an unusual orthographic confusion. tn Or “out of my midst.” See the preceding tc note.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/5"}
{"id":31550,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “an assembly.” The noun מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , “assembly”) is normally used in reference to the annual religious festive assemblies of Israel ( Ezek 45:17 ; Hos 9:5 ; Zeph 3:18 ; Zech 8:19 ), though a number of English versions take this “assembly” to refer to the invading army which attacks the city (e.g., NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/6"}
{"id":31551,"verse_id":"LAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “a winepress he has stomped.” The noun גַּת ( gat , “winepress”) functions as an adverbial accusative of location: “in a winepress.” The translation reflects the synecdoche that is involved – one stomps the grapes that are in the winepress, not the winepress itself.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A15/7"}
{"id":31552,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The MT and several medieval Hebrew mss read עֵינִי עֵינִי (’ eni , ’ eni , “my eye, my eye”). However, the second עֵינִי (’ eni ) does not appear in several other medieval Hebrew mss , or in Old Greek, Syriac Peshitta or Latin Vulgate. tn Heb “My eye, my eye.” The Hebrew text repeats the term for literary emphasis to stress the emotional distress of personified Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":31553,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “with water.” The noun מַּיִם ( mayim , “water”) functions as an adverbial accusative of manner or impersonal instrument. The term מַּיִם ( mayim , “water”) is a metonymy of material (= water) for the thing formed (= tears).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":31554,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “For a comforter is far from me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":31555,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"The phrase מֵשִׁיב נַפְשִׁי ( meshiv nafshi , “one who could cause my soul to return”) is a Hebrew idiom that means “one who could encourage me.” The noun נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi ) refers to the whole person (e.g., Gen 27:4, 25; 49:6 ; Lev 26:11, 30 ; Num 23:10 ; Judg 5:21; 16:30 ; Isa 1:14 ; Lam 3:24 ). When used with the noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) the Hiphil הָשִׁיב ( hashiv ) of שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, return”) means “to encourage, refresh, cheer” a person emotionally ( Ruth 4:15 ; Pss 19:8; 23:3 ; Prov 25:13 ; Lam 1:11, 16, 19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":31556,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “my sons.” The term “my sons” ( בַנַי , banay ) is a figurative description (hypocatastasis) of the former inhabitants of Jerusalem/Judah personified as the Lady Jerusalem’s children. Jerusalem mourns (and views) their devastation like a mother would her children.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":31557,"verse_id":"LAM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.16","text":"The verb שָׁמֵם ( shamem ) means “to be desolated.” The verb is used used in reference to land destroyed in battle and left “deserted” ( Isa 49:8 ; Ezek 33:28; 35:12, 15; 36:4 ). When used in reference to persons, it describes the aftermath of a physical attack, such as rape ( 2 Sam 13:20 ) or military overthrow of a city ( Isa 54:1 ; Lam 1:13, 16; 3:11 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A16/6"}
{"id":31558,"verse_id":"LAM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “his neighbors,” which refers to the surrounding nations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":31559,"verse_id":"LAM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The noun II נִדָּה ( niddah , “unclean thing”) has three basic categories of meaning: (1) biological uncleanness: menstruation of a woman ( Lev 12:2, 5; 15:19-33 [9x]; Num 19:9, 13, 20; 31:23 ; Ezek 18:6; 22:10; 36:17 ); (2) ceremonial uncleanness: moral impurity and idolatry ( Lev 20:21 ; 2 Chr 29:5 ; Ezra 9:11 ; Zech 13:1 ); and (3) physical uncleanness: filthy garbage ( Lam 1:17 ; Ezek 7:19, 20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":31560,"verse_id":"LAM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"The MT reads בֵּינֵיהֶם ( bÿnehem , “in them” = “in their midst”). The BHS editors suggest that this is a textual corruption for בְּעֵינֵיהֶם ( be ’ enehem , “in their eyes” = “in their view”). The ע ( ayin ) might have dropped out due to orthographic confusion. tn Or “in their eyes.” See the preceding tc note.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":31561,"verse_id":"LAM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “The Lord himself is right.” The phrase “to judge me” is not in the Hebrew, but is added in the translation to clarify the expression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":31562,"verse_id":"LAM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “His mouth.” The term “mouth” ( פֶּה , peh ) is a metonymy of instrument (= mouth) for the product (= words). The term פֶּה ( peh ) often stands for spoken words ( Ps 49:14 ; Eccl 10:3 ; Isa 29:13 ), declaration ( Gen 41:40 ; Exod 38:21 ; Num 35:30 ; Deut 17:6 ; Ezra 1:1 ) and commands of God ( Exod 17:1 ; Num 14:41; 22:18 ; Josh 15:13 ; 1 Sam 15:24 ; 1 Chr 12:24 ; Prov 8:29 ; Isa 34:16; 62:2 ). When the verb מָרָה ( marah , “to rebel”) is used with the accusative direct object פֶּה ( peh , “mouth”) to connote disobedience to God’s commandments ( Num 20:24 ; 1 Sam 12:14, 15 ; 1 Kgs 13:21 ) (BDB 805 s.v. פֶּה 2.c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":31563,"verse_id":"LAM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"The Kethib is written עַמִּים (’ ammim , “peoples”), but the Qere, followed by many medieval Hebrew mss and the ancient versions (LXX and Aramaic Targum), read הָעַמִּים ( ha ’ ammim , “O peoples”). The Qere is probably the original reading. tn Heb “O peoples.” Here Jerusalem addresses the peoples of the surrounding nations (note the use of “neighbors” in the preceding verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":31564,"verse_id":"LAM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Here the conjunction כּי ( ki ) functions in (1) a temporal sense in reference to a past event, following a perfect: “when” (BDB 473 s.v. 2 .a; cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or (2) a concessive sense, following a perfect: “although” ( Pss 21:12; 119:83 ; Mic 7:8 ; Nah 1:10 ; cf. BDB 473 s.v. 2 .c. β ) or (3) with an intensive force, introducing a statement with emphasis: “surely, certainly” (BDB 472 s.v. 1 .e). The present translation follows the third option.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":31565,"verse_id":"LAM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The vav ( ו ) prefixed to וַיָשִׁיבוּ ( vayashivu ) introduces a purpose clause: “they sought food for themselves, in order to keep themselves alive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":31566,"verse_id":"LAM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) functions as a metonymy (= soul) of association (= life) (e.g., Gen 44:30 ; Exod 21:23 ; 2 Sam 14:7 ; Jon 1:14 ). When used with נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ), the Hiphil הָשִׁיב ( hashiv ) of שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, return”) may mean “to preserve a person’s life,” that is, to keep a person alive ( Lam 1:14, 19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":31567,"verse_id":"LAM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"The LXX adds καὶ οὐχ εὗρον ( kai ouc Jeuron , “but they did not find it”). This is probably an explanatory scribal gloss, indicated to explicate what appeared to be ambiguous. The LXX often adds explanatory glosses in many OT books.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":31568,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “because I have distress” ( כִּי־צַר־לִי , ki-tsar-li ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":31569,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “my bowels burn” or “my bowels are in a ferment.” The verb חֳמַרְמָרוּ ( khamarmaru ) is an unusual form and derived from a debated root: Poalal perfect 3rd person common plural from III חָמַר ( khamar , “to be red,” HALOT 330 s.v. III חמר ) or Pe`al`al perfect 3rd person common plural from I חָמַר ( khamar , “to ferment, boil up,” BDB 330 s.v. I חָמַר ). The Poalal stem of this verb occurs only three times in OT: with פָּנִים ( panim , “face,” Job 16:16 ) and מֵעִים ( me ’ im , “bowels,” Lam 1:20; 2:11 ). The phrase מֵעַי חֳמַרְמָרוּ ( me ’ ay khamarmaru ) means “my bowels burned” ( HALOT 330 s.v.) or “my bowels are in a ferment,” as a euphemism for lower-intestinal bowel problems (BDB 330 s.v.). This phrase also occurs in later rabbinic literature ( m. Sanhedrin 7:2). The present translation, “my stomach is in knots,” is not a literal equivalent to this Hebrew idiom; however, it is an attempt to approximate the equivalent English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":31570,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"The participle נֶהְפַּךְ ( nehpakh ), Niphal participle masculine singular הָפַךְ ( hafakh , “to turn over”) functions verbally, referring to progressive present-time action (from the speaker’s viewpoint). The verb הָפַךְ ( hafakh ) is used here to describe emotional distress (e.g., Ezek 4:8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":31571,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “because I was very rebellious.” The Hebrew uses an emphatic construction in which the root מָרַה ( marah , “to rebel”) is repeated: מָרוֹ מָרִיתִי ( maro mariti ), Qal infinitive absolute from מָרָה ( marah ) followed by Qal perfect 1st person common singular from מָרָה ( marah ). When an infinitive absolute is used with a finite verb of the same root, it affirms the verbal idea (e.g., Gen 2:17; 18:10; 22:17; 31:15; 46:4 ; Num 16:13; 23:11 ; Judg 4:9; 15:13; 20:39 ; 1 Sam 2:30; 9:6 ; 2 Sam 24:24 ; Isa 6:9 ; Ezek 16:4 ). See IBHS 585-86 §35.3.1f.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/4"}
{"id":31572,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “in the street the sword bereaves.” The words “a mother of her children” are supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/5"}
{"id":31573,"verse_id":"LAM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “in the house it is like death.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A20/6"}
{"id":31574,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The MT reads שָׁמְעוּ ( sham ’ u , “They heard”), Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from שָׁמַע ( shama ’, “to hear”). The LXX ἀκούσατε ( akousate ) reflects the vocalization שִׁמְעוּ ( shim ’ u , “Hear!”), Qal imperative 2nd person masculine plural from שָׁמַע ( shama ’, “to hear”). Internal evidence favors the MT. Elsewhere in Lamentations, personified Jerusalem urges God with singular imperatives (“Look! See!”); however, nowhere else is a plural imperative used. In fact, the Qal perfect 3rd person common plural form שָׁמְעוּ ( sham ’ u , “They hear”) appears in the following line. The referent of שָׁמְעוּ ( sham ’ u ) is the enemy who has destroyed Jerusalem and now mocks her when they hear her laments. The MT vocalization is undoubtedly original. Most English versions follow the MT: “They hear” (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV, NJPS, CEV); but several follow the LXX and revocalize the text as an imperative: “Hear!” (RSV, NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":31575,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"“You” here and in the following line refers to the Lord .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":31576,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “that You have done it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":31577,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.21","text":"The verb הֵבֵאתָ ( heve ’ ta ) Hiphil perfect 2nd person masculine singular from בּוֹא ( bo ’, “to bring” in the Hiphil) probably functions, not as a simple past-time perfect, but as a precative perfect, an unusual volitional nuance similar to the imperative of request. The precative is used in reference to situations the speaker prays for and expects to be realized; it is a prayer or request of confidence (e.g., 2 Sam 7:29 ; Job 21:16; 22:18 ; Pss 3:8; 4:2; 7:7; 22:22; 31:5-6; 71:3 ; Lam 1:21 ). See IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4c, d. This volitional precative nuance is reflected in the Syriac Peshitta which translates this verb using an imperative. Most English versions adopt the precative nuance: “Bring on the day you have announced” (NRSV), “Oh, that Thou wouldst bring the day which Thou hast proclaimed” (NASB), “May you bring the day you have announced” (NIV), “Bring the day you promised” (TEV), “Oh, bring on them what befell me!” (NJPS), “Hurry and punish them, as you have promised” (CEV). A few English versions adopt a prophetic perfect future-time nuance: “thou wilt bring the day that thou hast called” (KJV, NKJV, ASV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/4"}
{"id":31578,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.21","text":"The term יוֹם ( yom , “day”) is often used as a metonymy of association, standing for the event associated with that particular time period: judgment (e.g., Isa 2:12; 13:6, 9 ; Jer 46:10 ; Lam 2:22 ; Ezek 13:5; 30:3 ; Amos 5:18, 20 ; Obad 15 ; Zeph 1:7, 14 ; Zech 14:1 ; Mal 3:23) (BDB 399 s.v. 3 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/5"}
{"id":31579,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “proclaimed.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/6"}
{"id":31580,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “and.” Following a volitive use of the perfect, the vav ( ו ) prefixed to וְיִהְיוּ ( vÿyihyu , “and let it be!”) introduces a purpose/result clause in a dependent volitive construction: “so that they may be like me!”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/7"}
{"id":31581,"verse_id":"LAM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “that they be like me.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A21/8"}
{"id":31582,"verse_id":"LAM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"For the nuance “afflict” see the note at 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":31583,"verse_id":"LAM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"For the nuance “afflict” see the note at 1:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":31584,"verse_id":"LAM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"The parallel statements “afflict them” and “just as you have afflicted me” in the translation mirror the Hebrew wordplay between עוֹלֵל לָמוֹ (’ olel lamo , “May you deal with them”) and עוֹלַלְתָּ לִי (’ olalta li , “you dealt with me”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":31585,"verse_id":"LAM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.22","text":"Heb “all my rebellions,” that is, “all my rebellious acts.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%201%3A22/4"}
{"id":31586,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"See the note at 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":31587,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":31588,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"The verb יָעִיב ( ya ’ iv ) is a hapax legomenon (a term that appears only once in Hebrew OT). Most lexicons take it as a denominative verb from the noun עָב (’ av , “cloud,” HALOT 773 s.v. II עָב ; BDB 728 s.v. עוּב ): Hiphil imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from עוֹב (’ ov ) meaning “cover with a cloud, make dark” ( HALOT 794 s.v. עוב ) or “becloud” (BDB 728 s.v.): “the Lord has covered Daughter Zion with the cloud of His anger.” This approach is followed by many English versions (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV). However, a few scholars relate it to a cognate Arabic verb “to blame, revile” (Ehrlich, Rudolph, Hillers): “the Lord has shamed Daughter Zion in His anger.” Several English versions adopt this (NRSV, NJPS, CEV). The picture of cloud and wrath concurs with the stanza’s connection to “day of the Lord” imagery.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":31589,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"The common gloss for זָכַר ( zakhar ) is “remember.” זָכַר ( zakhar ) entails “bearing something in mind” in a broader sense than the English gloss “remember.” When God “bears someone in mind,” the consequences are beneficial for them. The implication of not regarding his footstool is to not esteem and so not care for or protect it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":31590,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “the footstool of His feet.” The noun הֲדֹם ( hadom , “footstool”), always joined with רַגְלַיִם ( raglayim , “feet”) is always used figuratively in reference to the dwelling place of God (BDB 213 s.v. הֲדֹם ). It usually refers to the Lord ’s temple in Jerusalem ( Isa 60:13 ; Lam 2:1 ) or to the ark as the place above which the Lord is enthroned ( Pss 99:5; 132:7 ; 1 Chr 28:2 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":31591,"verse_id":"LAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “in the day of His anger.” As a temporal reference this phrase means “when he displayed his anger.” The Hebrew term “day,” associated with the “day of the Lord” or “day of his wrath” also functions as a title in a technical sense.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A1/7"}
{"id":31592,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":31593,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “has swallowed up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":31594,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The Kethib is written לֹא חָמַל ( lo ’ khamal , “without mercy”), while the Qere reads וְלֹא חָמַל ( vÿlo ’ khamal , “and he has shown no mercy”). The Kethib is followed by the LXX, while the Qere is reflected in many Hebrew mss and the ancient versions (Syriac Peshitta, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate). The English versions are split between the Kethib: “The Lord swallowed all the dwellings of Jacob without mercy” (cf. RSV, NRSV, NIV, TEV, NJPS) and the Qere: “The Lord swallowed all the dwellings of Jacob, and has shown no mercy” (cf. KJV, NASB, CEV). As these words occur between a verb and its object ( חָמַל [ khamal ] is not otherwise followed by אֵת [’ et , direct object marker]), an adverbial reading is the most natural, although interrupting the sentence with an insertion is possible. Compare 2:17, 21; 3:43 . In contexts of harming, to show mercy often means to spare from harm.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":31595,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “all the dwellings of Jacob.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":31596,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “the strongholds.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":31597,"verse_id":"LAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “He brought down to the ground in disgrace the kingdom and its princes.” The verbs חִלֵּל … הִגִּיע ( higgi ’… khillel , “he has brought down…he has profaned”) function as a verbal hendiadys, as the absence of the conjunction ו ( vav ) suggests. The first verb retains its full verbal force, while the second functions adverbially: “he has brought down [direct object] in disgrace.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A2/6"}
{"id":31598,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The MT reads אַף (’ af , “anger”), while the ancient versions (LXX, Syriac Peshitta, Latin Vulgate) reflect אַפּוֹ (’ appo , “His anger”). The MT is the more difficult reading syntactically, while the ancient versions are probably smoothing out the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":31599,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “cut off, scattered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":31600,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “every horn of Israel.” The term “horn” ( קֶרֶן , qeren ) normally refers to the horn of a bull, one of the most powerful animals in ancient Israel. This term is often used figuratively as a symbol of strength, usually in reference to the military might of an army ( Deut 33:17 ; 1 Sam 2:1, 10 ; 2 Sam 22:3 ; Pss 18:3; 75:11; 89:18, 25; 92:11; 112:9 ; 1 Chr 25:5 ; Jer 48:25 ; Lam 2:3, 17 ; Ezek 29:21 ) (BDB 901 s.v. 2 ), just as warriors are sometimes figuratively described as “bulls.” Cutting off the “horn” is a figurative expression for destroying warriors ( Jer 48:25 ; Ps 75:10 [HT 11]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":31601,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “he caused his right hand to turn back.” The implication in such contexts is that the Lord ’s right hand protects his city. This image of the right hand is consciously reversed in 2:4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":31602,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “from the presence of the enemy.” This figurative expression refers to the approach of the attacking army.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":31603,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “he burned in Jacob like a flaming fire.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/6"}
{"id":31604,"verse_id":"LAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “He burned against Jacob, like a raging fire consumes all around.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A3/7"}
{"id":31605,"verse_id":"LAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “bent His bow.” When the verb דָּרַךְ ( darakh ) is used with the noun קֶשֶׁת ( qeshet , “archer-bow”), it means “to bend [a bow]” to string it in preparation for shooting arrows ( 1 Chr 5:18; 8:40 ; 2 Chr 14:7 ; Jer 50:14, 29; 51:3 ). This idiom is used figuratively to describe the assaults of the wicked ( Pss 11:2; 37:14 ) and the judgments of the Lord ( Ps 7:13 ; Lam 2:4; 3:12 ) (BDB 202 s.v. דָּרַךְ 4). The translation “he prepared his bow” is the slightly more general modern English idiomatic equivalent of the ancient Hebrew idiom “he bent his bow” – both refer to preparations to get ready to shoot arrows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":31606,"verse_id":"LAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “His right hand is stationed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":31607,"verse_id":"LAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “the ones who were pleasing to the eye.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":31608,"verse_id":"LAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"The singular noun אֹהֶל (’ ohel , “tent”) may function as a collective, referring to all tents in Judah. A parallel expression occurs in verse 2 using the plural: “all the dwellings of Jacob” ( כָּל־נְאוֹת יַעֲקֹב , kol-nÿ ’ ot ya ’ aqov ). The singular “tent” matches the image of “Daughter Zion.” On the other hand, the singular “the tent of Daughter Zion” might be a hyperbolic synecdoche of container (= tent) for contents (= inhabitants of Zion).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":31609,"verse_id":"LAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":31610,"verse_id":"LAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “swallowed up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":31611,"verse_id":"LAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “swallowed up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":31612,"verse_id":"LAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “his.” For consistency this has been translated as “her.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":31613,"verse_id":"LAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “He increased in Daughter Judah mourning and lamentation.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":31614,"verse_id":"LAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “His booth.” The noun שׂךְ ( sokh , “booth,” BDB 968 s.v.) is a hapax legomenon (term that appears only once in the Hebrew OT), but it is probably an alternate spelling of the more common noun סֻכָּה ( sukkah , “booth”) which is used frequently of temporary shelters and booths (e.g., Neh 8:15 ) (BDB 697 s.v. סֻכָּה ). Related to the verb שָׂכַךְ ( sakhakh , “to weave”), it refers to a temporary dwelling constructed of interwoven boughs. This is a figurative description of the temple, as the parallel term מוֹעֲדוֹ ( mo ’ ado , “his tabernacle” or “his appointed meeting place”) makes clear. Jeremiah probably chose this term to emphasize the frailty of the temple, and its ease of destruction. Contrary to the expectation of Jerusalem, it was only a temporary dwelling of the Lord – its permanence cut short due to sin of the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":31615,"verse_id":"LAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The MT reads כַּגַּן ( kaggan , “like a garden”). The LXX reads ὡς ἄμπελον ( Jw\" ampelon ) which reflects כְּגֶפֶן ( kÿgefen , “like a vineyard”). Internal evidence favors כְּגֶפֶן ( kÿgefen ) because God’s judgment is often compared to the destruction of a vineyard (e.g., Job 15:33 ; Isa 34:4 ; Ezek 15:2, 6 ). The omission of פ ( pe ) is easily explained due to the similarity in spelling between כְּגֶפֶן ( kÿgefen ) and כַּגַּן ( kaggan ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":31616,"verse_id":"LAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “The Lord has caused to be forgotten in Zion both appointed festival and Sabbath.” The verb שִׁכַּח ( shikkakh , “to cause someone to forget”), Piel perfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׁכַח ( shakhakh , “to forget”) is used figuratively. When people forget “often the neglect of obligations is in view” (L. C. Allen, NIDOTTE 4:104). When people forget the things of God, they are in disobedience and often indicted for ignoring God or neglecting their duties to him ( Deut 4:23, 31; 6:12; 8:11, 19; 26:13; 31:21; 32:18 ; Judg 3:7 ; 1 Sam 12:9 ; 2 Kgs 17:38 ; Is 49:14; 51:13; 65:11 ; Jer 18:15 ; Exek 23:35 ; Hos 4:6 ). The irony is that the one to whom worship is due has made it so that people must neglect it. Most English versions render this in a metonymical sense: “the Lord has brought to an end in Zion appointed festival and sabbath” (RSV), “[he] did away with festivals and Sabbaths” (CEV), “he has put an end to holy days and Sabbaths” (TEV), “the Lord has ended…festival and sabbath” (NJPS), “the Lord has abolished…festivals and sabbath” (NRSV). Few English versions employ the gloss “remember”: “the Lord hath caused the solemn feasts and sabbaths to be forgotten” (KJV) and “the Lord has made Zion forget her appointed feasts and her sabbaths”(NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":31617,"verse_id":"LAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “In the fury of his anger” ( זַעַם־אפּוֹ , za ’ am- ’ appo ). The genitive noun אפּוֹ (’ appo , “his anger”) functions as an attributed genitive with the construct noun זַעַם ( za ’ am , “fury, rage”): “his furious anger.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":31618,"verse_id":"LAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"The verb נָאַץ ( na ’ ats , “to spurn, show contempt”) functions as a metonymy of cause (= to spurn king and priests) for effect (= to reject them; cf. CEV). Since spurning is the cause, this may be understood as “to reject with a negative attitude.” However, retaining “spurn” in the translation keeps the term emotionally loaded. The most frequent term for נָאַץ ( na ’ ats ) in the LXX ( παροξύνω , paroxunw ) also conveys emotion beyond a decision to reject.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":31619,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”), which occurs near the end of this verse. See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":31620,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The Heb verb זָנַח ( zanakh ) is a rejection term often used in military contexts. Emphasizing emotion, it may mean “to spurn.” In military contexts it may be rendered “to desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":31621,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “His sanctuary.” The term מִקְדָּשׁוֹ ( miqdasho , “His sanctuary”) refers to the temple (e.g., 1 Chr 22:19 ; 2 Chr 36:17 ; Ps 74:7 ; Isa 63:18 ; Ezek 48:21 ; Dan 8:11 ) (BDB 874 s.v. מִקְדָּשׁ ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":31622,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “He delivered into the hand of the enemy.” The verb הִסְגִּיר ( hisgir ), Hiphil perfect 3rd person masculine singular from סָגַר ( sagar ), means “to give into someone’s control: to deliver” ( Deut 23:16 ; Josh 20:5 ; 1 Sam 23:11, 20; 30:15 ; Job 16:11 ; Pss 31:9; 78:48, 50, 62 ; Lam 2:7 ; Amos 1:6, 9 ; Obad 14 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":31623,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":31624,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “they gave voice” ( קוֹל נָתְנוּ , kol natno ). The verb נָתַן ( natan , “to give”) with the noun קוֹל ( kol , “voice, sound”) is an idiom meaning: “to utter a sound, make a noise, raise the voice” (e.g., Gen 45:2 ; Prov 2:3 ; Jer 4:16; 22:20; 48:34 ) ( HALOT 734 s.v. נתן 12; BDB 679 s.v. נָתַן 1.x). Contextually, this describes the shout of victory by the Babylonians celebrating their conquest of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":31625,"verse_id":"LAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “as on the day of an appointed time.” The term מוֹעֵד ( mo ’ ed , “appointed time”) refers to the religious festivals that were celebrated at appointed times in the Hebrew calendar (BDB 417 s.v. 1 .b). In contrast to making festivals neglected (forgotten) in v 6 , the enemy had a celebration which was entirely out of place.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A7/7"}
{"id":31626,"verse_id":"LAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “he stretched out a measuring line.” In Hebrew, this idiom is used (1) literally: to describe a workman’s preparation of measuring and marking stones before cutting them for building ( Job 38:5 ; Jer 31:39 ; Zech 1:16 ) and (2) figuratively: to describe the Lord ’s planning and preparation to destroy a walled city, that is, to mark off for destruction ( 2 Kgs 21:13 ; Isa 34:11 ; Lam 2:8 ). It is not completely clear how a phrase from the vocabulary of building becomes a metaphor for destruction; however, it might picture a predetermined and carefully planned measure from which God will not deviate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":31627,"verse_id":"LAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “He did not return His hand from swallowing.” That is, he persisted until it was destroyed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":31628,"verse_id":"LAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “they languished together.” The verbs אָבַּלּ (’ aval , “to lament”) and אָמַל (’ amal , “languish, mourn”) are often used in contexts of funeral laments in secular settings. The Hebrew prophets often use these terms to describe the aftermath of the Lord ’s judgment on a nation. Based on parallel terms, אָמַל (’ amal ) may describe either mourning or deterioration and so makes for a convenient play on meaning when destroyed objects are personified. Incorporating this play into the translation, however, may obscure the parallel between this line and the deterioration of the gates beginning in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":31629,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “have sunk down.” This expression, “her gates have sunk down into the ground,” is a personification, picturing the city gates descending into the earth, as if going down into the grave or the netherworld. Most English versions render it literally (KJV, RSV, NRSV, NASB, NIV, NJPS); however, a few paraphrases have captured the equivalent sense quite well: “Zion’s gates have fallen facedown on the ground” (CEV) and “the gates are buried in rubble” (TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":31630,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “he has destroyed and smashed her bars.” The two verbs אִבַּד וְשִׁבַּר (’ ibbad vÿshibbar ) form a verbal hendiadys that emphasizes the forcefulness of the destruction of the locking bars on the gates. The first verb functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal sense: “he has smashed to pieces.” Several English versions render this expression literally and miss the rhetorical point: “he has ruined and broken” (RSV, NRSV), “he has destroyed and broken” (KJV, NASB), “he has broken and destroyed” (NIV). The hendiadys has been correctly noted by others: “smashed to pieces” (TEV, CEV) and “smashed to bits” (NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":31631,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “her bars.” Since the literal “bars” could be misunderstood as referring to saloons, the phrase “the bars that lock her gates” has been used in the present translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":31632,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “are among the nations.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":31633,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “there is no torah” or “there is no Torah” ( אֵין תּוֹרָה , ’ en torah ). Depending on whether תּוֹרָה ( torah , “instruction, law”) is used in parallelism with the preceding or following line, it refers to (1) political guidance that the now-exiled king had formerly provided or (2) prophetic instruction that the now-ineffective prophets had formerly provided (BDB 434 s.v. תּוֹרָה 1.b). It is possible that the three lines are arranged in an ABA chiastic structure, exploiting the semantic ambiguity of the term תּוֹרָה ( torah , “instruction”). Possibly it is an oblique reference to the priests’ duties of teaching, thus introducing a third group of the countries leaders. It is possible to hear in this a lament in reference to the destruction of Torah scrolls that may have been at the temple when it was destroyed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":31634,"verse_id":"LAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “they cannot find.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A9/6"}
{"id":31635,"verse_id":"LAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Consonantal ישׁבו ( yshvy ) is vocalized by the MT as יֵשְׁבוּ ( yeshvu ), Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from יָשַׁב ( yashav , “to sit”): “they sit on the ground.” However, the ancient versions (Aramaic Targum, Greek Septuagint, Syriac Peshitta, Latin Vulgate) reflect an alternate vocalization tradition of יָשְׁבוּ ( yashvu ), Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”): “they return to the ground (= the grave).” The parallelism with the following line favors the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":31636,"verse_id":"LAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “they sit on the ground, they are silent.” Based on meter, the two verbs יִדְּמוּ … יֵשְׁבוּ ( yeshvu … yidÿmu , “they sit…they are silent”) are in the same half of the line. Joined without a ו ( vav ) conjunction they form a verbal hendiadys. The first functions in its full verbal sense while the second functions adverbially: “they sit in silence.” The verb יִדְּמוּ ( yidÿmu ) may mean to be silent or to wail.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":31637,"verse_id":"LAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “they have girded themselves with sackcloth.” sn Along with putting dirt on one’s head, wearing sackcloth was a sign of mourning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":31638,"verse_id":"LAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “the virgins of Jerusalem.” The term “virgins” is a metonymy of association, standing for single young women who are not yet married. These single women are in grief because their potential suitors have been killed. The elders, old men, and young women function together as a merism for all of the survivors (F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp, Lamentations [IBC], 92).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":31639,"verse_id":"LAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “have bowed down their heads to the ground.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A10/5"}
{"id":31640,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “my eyes are spent” or “my eyes fail.” The verb כָּלָה ( kalah ) is used of eyes exhausted by weeping ( Job 11:20; 17:5 ; Ps 69:4 ; Jer 14:6; 4:17 ), and means either “to be spent” (BDB 477 s.v. 2 .b) or “to fail” ( HALOT 477 s.v. 6 ). It means to have used up all one’s tears or to have worn out the eyes because of so much crying. It is rendered variously: “my eyes fail” (KJV, NIV), “my eyes are spent” (RSV, NRSV, NASB, NJPS), “my eyes are worn out” (TEV), and “my eyes are red” (CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":31641,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “because of tears.” The plural noun דִּמְעוֹת ( dim ’ ot , “tears”) is an example of the plural of intensity or repeated behavior: “many tears.” The more common singular form דִּמְעָה ( dim ’ ah ) normally functions in a collective sense (“tears”); therefore, the plural form here does not indicate simple plural of number.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":31642,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “my bowels burn” or “my bowels are in a ferment.” The verb חֳמַרְמְרוּ ( khomarmÿru ) is an unusual form and derived from a debated root: Poalal perfect 3rd person common plural from III חָמַר ( khamar , “to be red,” HALOT 330 s.v. III חמר ) or Pe`al`al perfect 3rd person common plural from I חָמַר ( khamar , “to ferment, boil up,” BDB 330 s.v. I חָמַר ). The Poalal stem of this verb occurs only three times in OT: with פָּנִים ( panim , “face,” Job 16:16 ) and מֵעִים ( me ’ im , “bowels,” Lam 1:20; 2:11 ). The phrase חֳמַרְמְרוּ מֵעַיּ ( khomarmÿru me ’ ay ) means “my bowels burned” ( HALOT 330 s.v.) or “my bowels are in a ferment,” as a euphemism for lower-intestinal bowel problems (BDB 330 s.v.). This phrase also occurs in later rabbinic literature ( m. Sanhedrin 7:2). The present translation, “my stomach is in knots,” is not a literal equivalent to this Hebrew idiom; however, it is an attempt to approximate the equivalent English idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":31643,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “my liver,” viewed as the seat of the emotions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":31644,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “on account of the breaking.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":31645,"verse_id":"LAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people.” Rather than a genitive of relationship (“daughter of X”), the phrase בַּת־עַמִּי ( bat- ’ ammi ) is probably a genitive of apposition. The idiom “Daughter X” occurs often in Lamentations: “Daughter Jerusalem” (2x), “Daughter Zion” (7x), “Virgin Daughter Zion” (1x), “Daughter of My People” (5x), “Daughter Judah” (2x), and “Virgin Daughter Judah” (1x). In each case, it is a poetic description of Jerusalem or Judah as a whole. The idiom בַּת־עַמִּי ( bat- ’ ammi , lit., “daughter of my people” is rendered variously by the English versions: “the daughter of my people” (KJV, RSV, NASB), “my people” (NIV, TEV, CEV), and “my poor people” (NJPS). The metaphor here pictures the people as vulnerable and weak.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A11/6"}
{"id":31646,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “they”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":31647,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “to their mother,” understood as a collective singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":31648,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “Where is bread and wine?” The terms “bread” and “wine” are synecdoches of specific (= bread, wine) for general (= food, drink).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":31649,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “as they faint” or “when they faint.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":31650,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “as their life is poured out.” The term בְּהִשְׁתַּפֵּךְ ( bÿhishtappekh ), Hitpael infinitive construct + the preposition בּ ( bet ), from שָׁפַךְ ( shafakh , “to pour out”) may be rendered “as they expire” (BDB 1050 s.v. שָׁפַךְ ), referring to the process of dying. Note the repetition of the word “pour out” with various direct objects in this poem at 2:4, 11, 12, and 19 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/5"}
{"id":31651,"verse_id":"LAM.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “chest, lap.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A12/6"}
{"id":31652,"verse_id":"LAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reads אֲעִידֵךְ (’ a ’ idekh ), Hiphil imperfect 1st person common singular + 2fs suffix from עָדָה (’ adah , “to testify”): “[How] can I testify for you?” However, Latin Vulgate comparabo te reflects the reading אֶעֱרָךְ (’ e ’ erakh ), Qal imperfect 1st person common singular from עָרַךְ (’ arakh , “to liken”): “[To what] can I liken [you]?” The verb עָרַךְ (’ arakh ) normally means “to lay out, set in rows; to get ready, set in order; to line up for battle, set battle formation,” but it also may denote “to compare (as a result of arranging in order), to make equal” (e.g., Pss 40:6; 89:6 [HT 7]; Job 28:17, 19 ; Isa 40:18; 44:7 ). The BHS editors suggest the emendation which involves simple orthographic confusion between ר ( resh ) and ד ( dalet ), and deletion of י ( yod ) that the MT added to make sense of the form. The variant is favored based on internal evidence: (1) it is the more difficult reading because the meaning “to compare” for עָרַךְ (’ arakh ) is less common than עָדָה (’ adah , “to testify”), (2) it recovers a tight parallelism between עָרַךְ (’ arakh , “to liken”) and דָּמָה ( damah , “to compare”) (e.g., Ps 89:6 [HT 7]; Isa 40:18 ), and (3) the MT reading: “How can I testify for you?” makes little sense in the context. Nevertheless, most English versions hold to the MT reading: KJV, RSV, NRSV, NASB, NIV, TEV, CEV. This textual emendation was first proposed by J. Meinhold, “Threni 2,13,” ZAW 15 (1895): 286.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":31653,"verse_id":"LAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reads מָה אַשְׁוֶה־לָּךְ וַאֲנַחֲמֵךְ ( mah ’ ashveh-lakh va ’ anakhamekh , “To what can I compare you so that I might comfort you?”). The LXX reflects a Vorlage of מִי יוֹשִׁיעַ לָךְ וְנִחַמְךָ ( mi yoshia ’ lakh vÿnikhamÿkha , “Who will save you so that he might comfort you?”). This textual variant reflects several cases of orthographic confusion between similarly spelled words. The MT best explains the origin of the LXX textual variants. Internal evidence of contextual congruence favors the MT as the original reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":31654,"verse_id":"LAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The ו ( vav ) prefixed to וַאֲנַחֲמֵךְ ( va ’ anakhamekh , “I might comfort you”) denotes purpose: “so that….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":31655,"verse_id":"LAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “as great as the sea.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":31656,"verse_id":"LAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reads כָּיָּם ( kayyam , “as the sea”), while the LXX reflects a Vorlage of כּוֹס ( kos , “a cup”). The textual variant is probably due to simple orthographic confusion between letters of similar appearance. The idiomatic expression favors the MT.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A13/5"}
{"id":31657,"verse_id":"LAM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “emptiness and whitewash.” The nouns שָׁוְא וְתָפֵל ( shv ’ vÿtafel ) form a nominal hendiadys. The first noun functions adjectivally, modifying the second noun that retains its full nominal sense: “empty whitewash” or “empty deceptions” (see following translation note on meaning of תָּפֵל [ tafel ]). The noun תָּפֵל ( tafel , “whitewash”) is used literally in reference to a white-washed wall ( Ezek 13:10, 11, 14, 15 ) and figuratively in reference to false prophets ( Ezek 22:28 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":31658,"verse_id":"LAM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"The Kethib שְׁבִיתֵךְ ( shÿvitekh ) and Qere שְׁבוּתֵךְ ( shÿvutekh ), which is preserved in many medieval Hebrew mss here and elsewhere ( Ps 85:1 Heb 85:2; 126:4; Job 42:10 ), are struggling with the root. The ancient versions take it from ָָשׁבָה ( shavah ) meaning “captivity.” Such a meaning is not tenable for the Job passage, which along with a similar phrase in the Sefire inscription suggest that the proper meaning is “to restore someone’s fortunes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":31659,"verse_id":"LAM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The nouns שָׁוְא וּמַדּוּחִים ( shav ’ umaddukhim , lit., “emptiness and enticements”) form a nominal hendiadys. The first functions adjectivally, modifying the second noun that retains its nominal sense: “empty enticements” or “false deceptions.” The noun מַדּוּחַ ( madduakh ), meaning “enticement” or “transgression” is a hapax legomenon (term that appears only once in the Hebrew OT). It is related to the verb נָדָח ( nadakh , “to entice, lead astray”) which is often used in reference to idolatry.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":31660,"verse_id":"LAM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “clap their hands at you.” Clapping hands at someone was an expression of malicious glee, derision and mockery ( Num 24:10 ; Job 27:23 ; Lam 2:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":31661,"verse_id":"LAM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “of which they said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":31662,"verse_id":"LAM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “perfection of beauty.” The noun יֹפִי ( yofi , “beauty”) functions as a genitive of respect in relation to the preceding construct noun: Jerusalem was perfect in respect to its physical beauty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":31663,"verse_id":"LAM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the joy of all the earth.” This is similar to statements found in Pss 48:2 and 50:2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":31664,"verse_id":"LAM.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “they have opened wide their mouth against you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":31665,"verse_id":"LAM.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “We have swallowed!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":31666,"verse_id":"LAM.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “We have attained, we have seen!” The verbs מָצָאנוּ רָאִינוּ ( matsa ’ nu ra ’ inu ) form a verbal hendiadys in which the first retains its full verbal sense and the second functions as an object complement. It forms a Hebrew idiom that means something like, “We have lived to see it!” The three asyndetic 1st person common plural statements in 2:16 (“We waited, we destroyed, we saw!”) are spoken in an impassioned, staccato style reflecting the delight of the conquerors.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":31667,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The verb בָּצַע ( batsa ’) has a broad range of meanings: (1) “to cut off, break off,” (2) “to injure” a person, (3) “to gain by violence,” (4) “to finish, complete” and (5) “to accomplish, fulfill” a promise.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":31668,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “His word.” When used in collocation with the verb בָּצַע ( batsa ’, “to fulfill,” see previous tn ), the accusative noun אִמְרָה (’ imrah ) means “promise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":31669,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “commanded” or “decreed.” If a reference to prophetic oracles is understood, then “decreed” is preferable. If understood as a reference to the warnings in the covenant, then “threatened” is a preferable rendering.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":31670,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “from days of old.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":31671,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “He has overthrown and has not shown mercy.” The two verbs חָרַס וְלֹא חָמָל ( kharas vÿlo ’ khamal ) form a verbal hendiadys in which the first retains its verbal sense and the second functions adverbially: “He has overthrown you without mercy.” וְלֹא חָמָל ( vÿlo ’ khamal ) alludes to 2:2 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/5"}
{"id":31672,"verse_id":"LAM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “He has exalted the horn of your adversaries.” The term “horn” ( קֶרֶן , qeren ) normally refers to the horn of a bull, one of the most powerful animals in ancient Israel. This term is often used figuratively as a symbol of strength, usually in reference to the military might of an army ( Deut 33:17 ; 1 Sam 2:1, 10 ; 2 Sam 22:3 ; Pss 18:3; 75:11; 89:18, 25; 92:11; 112:9 ; 1 Chr 25:5 ; Jer 48:25 ; Lam 2:3 ; Ezek 29:21 ), just as warriors are sometimes figuratively described as “bulls.” To lift up the horn often means to boast and to lift up someone else’s horn is to give victory or cause to boast.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A17/6"}
{"id":31673,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The MT reads צָעַק לִבָּם אֵל־אֲדֹנָי ( tsa ’ aq libbam el- ’ adonay , “their heart cried out to the Lord”) which neither matches the second person address characterizing 2:13-19 nor is in close parallel to the rest of verse 18 . Since the perfect צָעַק ( tsa ’ aq , “cry out”) is apparently parallel to imperatives, it could be understood as a precative (“let their heart cry out”), although this understanding still has the problem of being in the third person. The BHS editors and many text critics suggest emending the MT צָעַק ( tsa ’ aq ), Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular, to צָעֲקִי ( tsa ’ aqi ), Qal imperative 2nd person masculine singular: “Cry out!” This restores a tighter parallelism with the two 2nd person masculine singular imperatives introducing the following lines: הוֹרִידִי ( horidi , “Let [your tears] flow down!”) and אַל־תִּתְּנִי (’ al-tittni , “Do not allow!”). In such a case, לִבָּם ( libbam ) must be taken adverbially. For לִבָּם ( libbam , “their heart”) see the following note. The adverbial translation loses a potential parallel to the mention of the heart in the next verse. Emending the noun to “your heart” while viewing the verb as a precative perfect would maintain this connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":31674,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “their heart” or “from the heart.” Many English versions take the ־ם ( mem ) on לִבָּם ( libbam ) as the 3rd person masculine plural pronominal suffix: “their heart” (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NJPS, CEV). However, others take it as an enclitic or adverbial ending: “from the heart” (cf. RSV, NRSV, TEV, NJPS margin). See T. F. McDaniel, “The Alleged Sumerian Influence upon Lamentations,” VT 18 (1968): 203-4.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":31675,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":31676,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"The wall is a synecdoche of a part standing for the whole city.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":31677,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “day and night.” The expression “day and night” forms a merism which encompasses everything in between two polar opposites: “from dawn to dusk” or “all day and all night long.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":31678,"verse_id":"LAM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “the daughter of your eye.” The term “eye” functions as a metonymy for “tears” that are produced by the eyes. Jeremiah exhorts personified Jerusalem to cry out to the Lord day and night without ceasing in repentance and genuine sorrow for its sins.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A18/6"}
{"id":31679,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The Kethib is written בַּלַּיִל ( ballayil ) a defective spelling for בַּלַּיְלָה ( ballaylah , “night”). The Qere reads בַּלַּיְלָה ( ballaylah , “night”), which is preserved in numerous medieval Hebrew mss . tn The noun בַּלַּיְלָה ( ballaylah , “night”) functions as an adverbial accusative of time: “in the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":31680,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “at the head of the watches.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":31681,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The noun לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) functions here as a metonymy of association for the thoughts and emotions in the heart. The Hebrew לֵבָב ( levav ) includes the mind so that in some cases the translation “heart” implies an inappropriate division between the cognitive and affective. This context is certainly emotionally loaded, but as part of a series of admonitions to address God in prayer, these emotions are inextricably bound with the thoughts of the mind. The singular “heart” is retained in the translation to be consistent with the personification of Jerusalem (cf. v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":31682,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":31683,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “on account of the life of your children.” The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) refers to the “life” of their dying children (e.g., Lam 2:12 ). The singular noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “life”) is used as a collective, as the plural genitive noun that follows makes clear: “your children.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/6"}
{"id":31684,"verse_id":"LAM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"2.19","text":"The BHS editors and many commentators suggest that the fourth bicola in 2:19 is a late addition and should be deleted. Apart from the four sets of bicola in 1:7 and 2:19 , every stanza in chapters 1-4 consists of three sets of bicola. tn Heb “who are fainting.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A19/7"}
{"id":31685,"verse_id":"LAM.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “Look, O Lord ! See!” When used in collocation with verbs of cognition, רָאָה ( ra ’ ah ) means “to see for oneself” or “to take notice” ( 1 Sam 26:12 ). The parallelism between seeing and understanding is often emphasized (e.g., Exod 16:6 ; Isa 5:19; 29:15 ; Job 11:11 ; Eccl 6:5 ). See also 1:11 and cf. 1:9, 12, 20; 3:50, 59, 60; 5:1 . sn Integral to battered Jerusalem’s appeal, and part of the ancient Near Eastern lament genre, is the request for God to look at her pain. This should evoke pity regardless of the reason for punishment. The request is not for God to see merely that there are misfortunes, as one might note items on a checklist. The cognitive (facts) and affective (feelings) are not divided. The plea is for God to watch, think about, and be affected by these facts while listening to the petitioner’s perspective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":31686,"verse_id":"LAM.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"For the nuance “afflict” see the note at 1:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":31687,"verse_id":"LAM.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “their fruit.” The term פְּרִי ( pÿri , “fruit”) is used figuratively to refer to children as the fruit of a mother’s womb (e.g., Gen 30:2 ; Deut 7:13; 28:4, 11, 18, 53; 30:9 ; Pss 21:11; 127:3; 132:11 ; Isa 13:18 ; Mic 6:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":31688,"verse_id":"LAM.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “infants of healthy childbirth.” The genitive-construct phrase עֹלֲלֵי טִפֻּחִים (’ olale tippukhim ) functions as an attributive genitive construction: “healthy newborn infants.” The noun טִפֻּחִים ( tippukhim ) appears only here. It is related to the verb טָפַח ( tafakh ), meaning “to give birth to a healthy child” or “to raise children” depending on whether the Arabic or Akkadian cognate is emphasized. For the related verb, see below at 2:22 . sn Placing the specific reference to children at the end of the line in apposition to clarify that it does not describe the normal eating of fruit helps produce the repulsive shock of the image. Furthermore, the root of the word for “infants” ( עוֹלֵל , ’ olel ) has the same root letters for the verb “to afflict” occurring in the first line of the verse, making a pun (F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp, Lamentations [IBC], 99-100).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":31689,"verse_id":"LAM.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"2.20","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”) as at the beginning of the verse. See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A20/5"}
{"id":31690,"verse_id":"LAM.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “virgins.” The term “virgin” probably functions as a metonymy of association for single young women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":31691,"verse_id":"LAM.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “in the day of your anger.” The construction בָּיוֹם ( bayom , “in the day of…”) is a common Hebrew idiom, meaning “when…” (e.g., Gen 2:4 ; Lev 7:35 ; Num 3:1 ; Deut 4:15 ; 2 Sam 22:1 ; Pss 18:1; 138:3 ; Zech 8:9 ). This temporal idiom refers to a general time period, but uses the term “day” as a forceful rhetorical device to emphasize the vividness and drama of the event, depicting it as occurring within a single day. In the ancient Near East, military minded kings often referred to a successful campaign as “the day of X” in order to portray themselves as powerful conquerors who, as it were, could inaugurate and complete a victory military campaign within the span of one day.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":31692,"verse_id":"LAM.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"The MT reads לֹא חָמָלְתָּ ( lo ’ khamalta , “You showed no mercy”). However, many medieval Hebrew mss and most of the ancient versions (Aramaic Targum, Syriac Peshitta and Latin Vulgate) read וְלֹא חָמָלְתָּ ( vÿlo ’ khamalta , “and You showed no mercy”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":31693,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"The syntax of the line is awkward. English versions vary considerably in how they render it: “Thou hast called as in a solemn day my terrors round about” (KJV), “Thou hast called, as in the day of a solemn assembly, my terrors on every side” (ASV), “You did call as in the day of an appointed feast my terrors on every side” (NASB), “Thou didst invite as to the day of an appointed feast my terrors on every side” (RSV), “As you summon to a feast day, so you summoned against me terrors on every side” (NIV), “You summoned, as on a festival, my neighbors from roundabout” (NJPS), “You invited my enemies to hold a carnival of terror all around me” (TEV), “You invited my enemies like guests for a party” (CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":31694,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"The term “enemies” is supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":31695,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “my terrors” or “my enemies.” The expression מְגוּרַי ( mÿguray , “my terrors”) is difficult and may refer to either enemies, the terror associated with facing enemies, or both.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":31696,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “surrounding me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":31697,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.22","text":"The meaning of the verb טָפַח ( tafakh ) is debated: (1) BDB suggests that it is derived from טָפַה ( tafah , “to extend, spread” the hands) and here means “to carry in the palm of one’s hands” (BDB 381 s.v. טָפַה 2). (2) HALOT 378 s.v. II טָפַח suggests that it is derived from the root II טָפַח ( tafakh ) and means “to give birth to healthy children.” The recent lexicons suggest that it is related to Arabic tafaha “to bring forth fully formed children” and to Akkadian tuppu “to raise children.” The use of this particular term highlights the tragic irony of what the army of Babylon has done: it has destroyed the lives of perfectly healthy children whom the women of Israel had raised.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/5"}
{"id":31698,"verse_id":"LAM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.22","text":"This entire line is an accusative noun clause, functioning as the direct object of the following line: “my enemy has destroyed the perfectly healthy children….” Normal word order in Hebrew is: verb + subject + direct object. Here, the accusative direct object clause is moved forward for rhetorical emphasis: those whom the Babylonians killed had been children born perfectly healthy and well raised … what a tragic loss of perfectly good human life!","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%202%3A22/6"}
{"id":31699,"verse_id":"LAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The noun גֶּבֶר ( gever , “man”) refers to a strong man, distinguished from women, children, and other non-combatants whom he is to defend. According to W. F. Lanahan the speaking voice in this chapter is that of a defeated soldier (“The Speaking Voice in the Book of Lamentations” JBL 93 [1974]: 41-49.) F. W. Dobbs-Allsopp ( Lamentations [IBC], 108) argues that is the voice of an “everyman” although “one might not unreasonably suppose that some archetypal communal figure like the king does in fact stand in the distant background.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":31700,"verse_id":"LAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”) has a broad range of meanings, including (1) “to see” as to learn from experience and (2) “to see” as to experience (e.g., Gen 20:10 ; Ps 89:49 ; Eccl 5:17 ; Jer 5:12; 14:13; 20:18; 42:14 ; Zeph 3:15 ). Here it means that the speaker has experienced these things. The same Hebrew verb occurs in 2:20 where the Lord is asked to “see” (translated “Consider!”), although it is difficult to maintain this connection in an English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":31701,"verse_id":"LAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"The noun שֵׁבֶט ( shevet , “rod”) refers to the weapon used for smiting an enemy ( Exod 21:20 ; 2 Sam 23:21 ; 1 Chr 11:3 ; Isa 10:15 ; Mic 4:14) and instrument of child-discipline ( Prov 10:13; 22:15; 29:15 ). It is used figuratively to describe discipline of the individual ( Job 9:34; 21:9; 37:13 ; 2 Sam 7:14 ; Ps 89:33 ) and the nation ( Isa 10:5, 24; 14:29; 30:31 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":31702,"verse_id":"LAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The verb נָהַג ( nahag ) describes the process of directing (usually a group of) something along a route, hence commonly “to drive,” when describing flocks, caravans, or prisoners and spoils of war ( 1 Sam 23:5; 30:2 ). But with people it may also have a positive connotation “to shepherd” or “to guide” ( Ps 48:14; 80:1 ). The line plays on this through the reversal of expectations. Rather than being safely shepherded by the Lord their king, he has driven them away into captivity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":31703,"verse_id":"LAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The Hiphil of הָלַךְ ( halakh , “to walk”) may be nuanced either “brought” (BDB 236 s.v. 1 ) or “caused to walk” (BDB 237 s.v. 5 .a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":31704,"verse_id":"LAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The two verbs יָשֻׁב יַהֲפֹךְ ( yashuv yahafokh , “he returns, he turns”) form a verbal hendiadys: the second verb retains its full verbal sense, while the first functions adverbially: “he repeatedly turns…” The verb שׁוּב ( shuv , lit., “to return”) functions adverbially to denote repetition: “to do repeatedly, do again and again” (GKC 386-87 §120. d , g ) ( Gen 26:18; 30:31 ; Num 11:4 ; Judg 19:7 ; 1 Sam 3:5, 6 ; 1 Kgs 13:33; 19:6; 21:3 ; 2 Chr 33:3 ; Job 10:16; 17:10 ; Ps 7:13 ; Jer 18:4; 36:28 ; Lam 3:3 ; Dan 9:25 ; Zech 5:1; 6:1 ; Mal 1:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":31705,"verse_id":"LAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The idiom “to turn the hand against” someone is a figurative expression denoting hostility. The term “hand” ( יָד , yad ) is often used in idioms denoting hostility ( Exod 9:3, 15 ; Deut 2:15 ; Judg 2:15 ; 1 Sam 5:3, 6, 9; 6:9 ; 2 Sam 24:16 ; 2 Chr 30:12 ; Ezra 7:9 ; Job 19:21 ; Ps 109:27 ; Jer 15:17; 16:21 ; Ezek 3:14 ). The reference to God’s “hand” is anthropomorphic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":31706,"verse_id":"LAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “all of the day.” The idiom כָּל־הַיּוֹם ( kol-hayom , “all day”) means “continually” or “all day long” ( Gen 6:5 ; Deut 28:32; 33:12 ; Pss 25:5; 32:3; 35:28; 37:26; 38:7, 13; 42:4, 11; 44:9, 16, 23; 52:3; 56:2, 3, 6; 71:8, 15, 24; 72:15; 73:14; 74:22; 86:3; 88:18; 89:17; 102:9; 119:97 ; Prov 21:26; 23:17 ; Isa 28:24; 51:13; 52:5; 65:2, 5 ; Jer 20:7, 8 ; Lam 1:13, 14, 62 ; Hos 12:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":31707,"verse_id":"LAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “my flesh and my skin.” The two nouns joined with ו ( vav ), בְשָׂרִי וְעוֹרִי ( basari vÿ ’ ori , “my flesh and my skin”), form a nominal hendiadys: the first functions adjectivally and the second retains its full nominal sense: “my mortal skin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":31708,"verse_id":"LAM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “he has built against me.” The verb בָּנָה ( banah , “to build”) followed by the preposition עַל (’ al , “against”) often refers to the action of building siege-works against a city, that is, to besiege a city (e.g., Deut 20:2 ; 2 Kgs 25:1 ; Eccl 9:14 ; Jer 52:4 ; Ezek 4:2; 17:17; 21:27 ). Normally, an explicit accusative direct object is used (e.g., מָצוֹד [ matsor ] or מָצוֹדִים [ matsorim ]); however, here, the expression is used absolutely without an explicit accusative [BDB 124 s.v. בָּנָה 1a. η ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":31709,"verse_id":"LAM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The verb נָקַף ( naqaf , “to surround”) refers to the military action of an army surrounding a besieged city by placing army encampments all around the city, to prevent anyone in the city from escaping ( 2 Kgs 6:14; 11:8 ; Pss 17:9; 88:18 ; Job 19:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":31710,"verse_id":"LAM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “with bitterness and hardship.” The nouns רֹאשׁ וּתְלָאָה ( ro ’ sh utÿla ’ ah , lit. “bitterness and hardship”) function as adverbial accusatives of manner: “ with bitterness and hardship.” The two nouns רֹאשׁ וּתְלָאָה ( ro ’ sh utÿla ’ ah , “bitterness and hardship”) form a nominal hendiadys: the second retains its full nominal sense, while the first functions adverbially: “bitter hardship.” The noun II רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh , “bitterness”) should not be confused with the common homonymic root I רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh , “head”). The noun תְּלָאָה ( tÿla ’ ah , “hardship”) is used elsewhere in reference to the distress of Israel in Egypt ( Num 20:14 ), in the wilderness ( Exod 18:8 ), and in exile ( Neh 9:32 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":31711,"verse_id":"LAM.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The plural form of the noun מַחֲשַׁכִּים ( makhashakkim , “darknesses”) is an example of the plural of intensity (see IBHS 122 §7.4.3a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":31712,"verse_id":"LAM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"The verb גָּדַר ( garad ) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “to build up a wall” with stones, and (2) “to block a road” with a wall of stones. The imagery depicts the Lord building a wall to seal off personified Jerusalem with no way of escape out of the city, or the Lord blocking the road of escape. Siege imagery prevails in 3:4-6 , but 3:7-9 pictures an unsuccessful escape that is thwarted due to blocked roads in 3:7 and 3:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":31713,"verse_id":"LAM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “he has made heavy my chains.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":31714,"verse_id":"LAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “I call and I cry out.” The verbs אֶזְעַק וַאֲשַׁוֵּעַ (’ ez ’ aq va ’ asha ’ vvea ’, “I call and I cry out”) form a verbal hendiadys: the second retains its full verbal sense, while the first functions adverbially: “I cry out desperately.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":31715,"verse_id":"LAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb שׁוע (“to cry out”) usually refers to calling out to God for help or deliverance from a lamentable plight (e.g., Job 30:20; 36:13; 38:41 ; Pss 5:3; 18:7, 42; 22:25; 28:2; 30:3; 31:23; 88:14; 119:147 ; Isa 58:9 ; Lam 3:8 ; Jon 2:3 ; Hab 1:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":31716,"verse_id":"LAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb שָׂתַם ( satam ) is a hapax legomenon (term that appears in the Hebrew scriptures only once) that means “to stop up” or “shut out.” It functions as an idiom here, meaning “he has shut his ears to my prayer” (BDB 979 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":31717,"verse_id":"LAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The verb גָּדַר ( garad ) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “to build up a wall” with stones, and (2) “to block a road” with a wall of stones. The collocated terms דְּרָכַי ( dÿrakhay , “my roads”) in 3:9 clearly indicate that the second category of meaning is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":31718,"verse_id":"LAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “my roads.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":31719,"verse_id":"LAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “he had made my paths crooked.” The implication is that the paths by which one might escape cannot be traversed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":31720,"verse_id":"LAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “he is to me [like] a bear lying in wait.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":31721,"verse_id":"LAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The Kethib is written אַרְיֵה (’ aryeh , “lion”), while the Qere is אֲרִי (’ ari , “lion”), simply a short spelling of the same term (BDB 71 s.v. אַרְיֵה ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":31722,"verse_id":"LAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “a lion in hiding places.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":31723,"verse_id":"LAM.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “he made my paths deviate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":31724,"verse_id":"LAM.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"“Since the Heb. וַיְפַשְּׁחֵנִי ( vaypashÿkheni ) occurs only here, and the translation relies on the Syriac and the Targum, it is not certain that the image of God as a predatory animal continues into this verse especially since [the beginning of the verse] is also of uncertain meaning” (D. R. Hillers, Lamentations [AB], 54).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":31725,"verse_id":"LAM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “bent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":31726,"verse_id":"LAM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “and set me as the target.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":31727,"verse_id":"LAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"The Hiphil stem of בוֹא ( bo ’, lit., “cause to come in”) here means “to shoot” arrows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":31728,"verse_id":"LAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “sons of his quiver.” This idiom refers to arrows (BDB 121 s.v. בֵּן 6). The term “son” ( בֵּן , ben ) is often used idiomatically with a following genitive, e.g., “son of flame” = sparks ( Job 5:7 ), “son of a constellation” = stars ( Job 38:22 ), “son of a bow” = arrows ( Job 41:2 ), “son of a quiver” = arrows ( Lam 3:13 ), “son of threshing-floor” = corn ( Isa 21:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":31729,"verse_id":"LAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “my kidneys.” In Hebrew anthropology, the kidneys are often portrayed as the most sensitive and vital part of man. Poetic texts sometimes portray a person fatally wounded, being shot by the Lord ’s arrows in the kidneys ( Job 16:13 ; here in Lam 3:13 ). The equivalent English idiomatic counterpart is the heart, which is employed in the present translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":31730,"verse_id":"LAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The MT reads עַמִּי (’ ammi , “my people”). Many medieval Hebrew mss read עַמִּים (’ ammim , “peoples”), as reflected also in Syriac Peshitta. The internal evidence (contextual congruence) favors the variant עַמִּים (’ ammim , “peoples”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":31731,"verse_id":"LAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The noun נְגִינָה ( nÿginah ) is a musical term: (1) “music” played on strings ( Isa 38:20 ; Lam 5:14 ), (2) a technical musical term ( Pss 4:1; 6:1; 54:1; 55:1; 67:1; 76:1 ; Hab 3:19 ) and (3) “mocking song” ( Pss 69:13; 77:7 ; Job 30:9 ; Lam 3:14 ). The parallelism with שׂחוֹק “laughingstock” indicates that the latter category of meaning is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":31732,"verse_id":"LAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “all of the day.” The idiom כָּל־הַיּוֹם ( kol-hayyom , “all day”) means “continually” ( Gen 6:5 ; Deut 28:32; 33:12 ; Pss 25:5; 32:3; 35:28; 37:26; 38:7, 13; 42:4, 11; 44:9, 16, 23; 52:3; 56:2, 3, 6; 71:8, 15, 24; 72:15; 73:14; 74:22; 86:3; 88:18; 89:17; 102:9; 119:97 ; Prov 21:26; 23:17 ; Isa 28:24; 51:13; 52:5; 65:2, 5 ; Jer 20:7, 8 ; Lam 1:13; 3:3, 62 ; Hos 12:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":31733,"verse_id":"LAM.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “wormwood” or “bitterness” (BDB 542 s.v. לַעֲנָה ; HALOT 533 s.v. לַעֲנָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":31734,"verse_id":"LAM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “crushed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":31735,"verse_id":"LAM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"The Hiphil stem of כָּפַשׁ ( kafash ) means “to tread down” or “make someone cower.” It is rendered variously: “trampled me in the dust” (NIV), “covered me with ashes” (KJV, NKJV), “ground me into the dust” (NJPS), “made me cower in ashes” (RSV, NRSV), “rubbed my face in the ground” (TEV) and “rubbed me in the dirt” (CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":31736,"verse_id":"LAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “my soul.” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is used as a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= I ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":31737,"verse_id":"LAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The MT reads וַתִּזְנַח ( vattiznakh ), vav ( ו ) consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person feminine singular from זָנַח ( zanakh , “to reject”), resulting in the awkward phrase “my soul rejected from peace.” The LXX καὶ ἀπώσατο ( kai apwsato ) reflects a Vorlage of וַיִּזְנַח ( vayyiznakh ), vav ( ו ) consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person masculine singular from זָנַח ( zanakh ): “He deprives my soul of peace.” Latin Vulgate repulsa est reflects a Vorlage of וַתִּזָּנַח ( vattizzanakh ), vav ( ו ) consecutive + Niphal preterite 3rd person feminine singular from זָנַח ( zanakh ): “My soul is excluded from peace.” The MT best explains the origin of the LXX and Vulgate readings. The מ ( mem ) beginning the next word may have been an enclitic on the verb rather than a preposition on the noun. This would be the only Qal occurrence of זָנַח ( zanakh ) used with the preposition מִן ( min ). Placing the מ ( mem ) on the noun would have created the confusion leading to the changes made by the LXX and Vulgate. HALOT 276 s.v. II זנח attempts to deal with the problem lexically by positing a meaning “to exclude from” for זָנַח ( zanakh ) plus מִן ( min ), but also allows that the Niphal may be the correct reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":31738,"verse_id":"LAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “from peace.” H. Hummel suggests that שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) is the object and the מ ( mem ) is not the preposition מִן ( min ), but an enclitic on the verb (“Enclitic Mem in Early Northwest Semitic, Especially in Hebrew” JBL 76 [1957]: 105). שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ) has a wide range of meaning. The connotation is that there is no peace within; the speaker is too troubled for any calm to take hold.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":31739,"verse_id":"LAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “goodness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":31740,"verse_id":"LAM.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “and my hope from the Lord .” The hope is for deliverance. The words, “I have lost all…” have been supplied in the translation in order to clarify the Hebrew idiom for the English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":31741,"verse_id":"LAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The LXX records ἐμνήσθην ( emnhsqhn , “I remembered”) which may reflect a first singular form זָכַרְתִּי ( zakharti ) whereas the MT preserves the form זְכָר ( zÿkhor ) which may be Qal imperative 2nd person masculine singular (“Remember!”) or infinitive construct (“To remember…”). A 2nd person masculine singular imperative would most likely address God. In the next verse נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is the subject of זְכָר ( zÿkhor ). If נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi ) is also the subject here one would expect a 2fs Imperative זִכְרִי ( zikhri ) a form that stands in the middle of the MT’s זְכָר ( zÿkhor ) and the presumed זָכַרְתִּי ( zakharti ) read by the LXX. English versions are split between the options: “To recall” (NJPS), “Remember!” (RSV, NRSV, NASB), “Remembering” (KJV, NKJV), “I remember” (NIV). tn The basic meaning of זָכַר ( zakhar ) is “to remember, call to mind” ( HALOT 270 s.v. I זכר ). Although it is often used in reference to recollection of past events, it can also describe consideration of present situations: “to consider, think about” something present (BDB 270 s.v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":31742,"verse_id":"LAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"The two nouns עָנְיִי וּמְרוּדִי (’ onyi umÿrudi , lit., “my poverty and my homelessness”) form a nominal hendiadys in which one noun functions adjectivally and the other retains its full nominal sense: “my impoverished homelessness” or “homeless poor” (GKC 397-98 §124. e ). The nearly identical phrase is used in Lam 1:7 and Isa 58:7 (see GKC 226 §83. c ), suggesting this was a Hebrew idiom. Jerusalem’s inhabitants were impoverished and homeless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":31743,"verse_id":"LAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “wormwood and gall.” The two nouns joined by ו ( vav ), לַעֲנָה וָרֹאשׁ ( la ’ ana varo ’ sh , “wormwood and bitterness”) form a nominal hendiadys. The first retains its full verbal sense and the second functions adjectivally: “bitter poison.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":31744,"verse_id":"LAM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The MT reads נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”); however, the Masoretic scribes preserve an alternate textual tradition, marked by the Tiqqune Sopherim (“corrections by the scribes”) of נַפְשֶׁךָ ( nafshekha , “your soul”). tn Heb “my soul.” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is used as a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= I ). The verb תִּזְכּוֹר ( tizkor ) is Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular and the subject is נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”), though the term does not appear until the end of the verse functioning as the subject of both verbs. Due to the synecdoche, the line is translated as though the verb were 1st person common singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":31745,"verse_id":"LAM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"The infinitive absolute followed by an imperfect of the same root is an emphatic rhetorical statement: זָכוֹר תִּזְכּוֹר ( zakhor tizkor , “continually think”). Although the basic meaning of זָכַר ( zakhar ) is “to remember, call to mind” ( HALOT 270 I זכר ), here it refers to consideration of a present situation: “to consider, think about” something present (BDB 270 s.v. זָכַר 5). The referent of the 3rd person feminine singular form of תִּזְכּוֹר ( tizkor ) is the feminine singular noun נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":31746,"verse_id":"LAM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"The MT reads נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”); however, the Masoretic scribes preserve an alternate textual tradition, included in some lists of the Tiqqune Sopherim (“corrections by the scribes”) of נַפְשֶׁךָ ( nafshekha , “your soul”). tn Heb “my soul…” or “your soul…” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is used as a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= I ). Likewise, נַפְשֶׁךָ ( nafshekha , “your soul”) is also a synecdoche of part (= your soul) for the whole person (= you).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":31747,"verse_id":"LAM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.20","text":"The MT preserves the Kethib וְתָשִׁיחַ ( vÿtashiakh ), Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular from II שׁוּחַ ( shuakh ) + vav ( ו ) consecutive, while the Qere reads וְתָשׁוֹחַ ( vÿtashoakh ), Hiphil imperfect 3rd person feminine singular from II שׁוּחַ ( shuakh ) + vav ( ו ) consecutive. According to D. R. Hillers ( Lamentations [AB], 56), the Kethib implies a Hiphil of שׁוּחַ ( shuakh ) which is unclear due to a lack of parallels, and reads the Qere as from the root שָׁחַח ( shakhakh ) which has close parallels in Ps 42:6, 7, 11; 43:5 . The conjectured meaning for שׁוּחַ ( shuakh ) in BDB 1005 s.v שׁוּחַ is that of שָׁחַח ( shakhakh ). HALOT 1438-39 s.v. שׁוח reads the root as שָׁחַח ( shakhakh ) but the form as Qal. tn Heb “and my soul sinks down within me.” The verb II שׁוּחַ ( shuakh , “to sink down”) is used here in a figurative sense, meaning “to be depressed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A20/4"}
{"id":31748,"verse_id":"LAM.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “I cause to return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":31749,"verse_id":"LAM.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “to my heart.” The noun לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) has a broad range of meanings, including its use as a metonymy of association, standing for thoughts and thinking = “mind” (e.g., Deut 32:46 ; 1 Chr 29:18 ; Job 17:11 ; Ps 73:7 ; Isa 10:7 ; Hag 1:5, 7; 2:15, 18 ; Zech 7:10; 8:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":31750,"verse_id":"LAM.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"It is difficult to capture the nuances of the Hebrew word חֶסֶד ( khesed ). When used of the Lord it is often connected to his covenant loyalty. This is the only occasion when the plural form of חֶסֶד ( khesed ) precedes the plural form of רַחֲמִים ( rakhamim , “mercy, compassion”). The plural forms, as with this one, tend to be in late texts. The plural may indicate several concrete expressions of God’s kindnesses or may indicate the abstract concept of his kindness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":31751,"verse_id":"LAM.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The MT reads תָמְנוּ ( tamnu ) “indeed we are [not] cut off,” Qal perfect 1st person common plural from תָּמַם ( tamam , “be finished”): “[Because of] the kindnesses of the Lord , we are not cut off.” However, the ancient versions (LXX, Syriac Peshitta, Aramaic Targum) and many medieval Hebrew mss preserve the alternate reading תָּמּוּ ( tammu ), Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from תָּמַם ( tamam , “to be finished”): “The kindnesses of the Lord never cease.” The external evidence favors the alternate reading. The internal evidence supports this as well, as the parallel B-line suggests: “his compassions never come to an end.” Several English versions follow the MT: “It is of the Lord ’s mercies that we are not consumed” (KJV, NKJV), “Because of the Lord ’s great love we are not consumed” (NIV). Other English versions follow the alternate textual tradition: “The steadfast love of the Lord never ceases” (RSV, NRSV), “The Lord ’s lovingkindnesses indeed never cease” (NASB), “The kindness of the Lord has not ended” (NJPS) and “The Lord ’s unfailing love still continues” (TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":31752,"verse_id":"LAM.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"The plural form of רַחֲמִים ( rakhamim ) may denote the abstract concept of mercy, several concrete expressions of mercy, or the plural of intensity: “great compassion.” See IBHS 122 §7.4.3a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":31753,"verse_id":"LAM.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Heb “they are new.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":31754,"verse_id":"LAM.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"The adjective רַב ( rav ) has a broad range of meanings: (1) quantitative: “much, numerous, many (with plurals), abundant, enough, exceedingly” and (2) less often in a qualitative sense: “great” (a) of space and location, (b) “strong” as opposed to “weak” and (c) “major.” The traditional translation, “great is thy faithfulness,” is less likely than the quantitative sense: “your faithfulness is abundant” [or, “plentiful”]. NJPS is on target in its translation: “Ample is your grace!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":31755,"verse_id":"LAM.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “My soul said…” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= I ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":31756,"verse_id":"LAM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “wait for him”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":31757,"verse_id":"LAM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Heb “to the soul…” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is a synecdoche of part (= “the soul who seeks him”) for the whole person (= “the person who seeks him”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":31758,"verse_id":"LAM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “waiting and silently.” The two adjectives וְיָחִיל וְדוּמָם ( vÿyakhil vÿdumam , “waiting and silently”) form a hendiadys: The first functions verbally and the second functions adverbially: “to wait silently.” The adjective דוּמָם ( dumam , “silently”) also functions as a metonymy of association, standing for patience or rest ( HALOT 217 s.v.). This metonymical nuance is captured well in less literal English versions: “wait in patience” (TEV) and “wait patiently” (CEV, NJPS). The more literal English versions do not express the metonymy as well: “quietly wait” (KJV, NKJV, ASV), “waits silently” (NASB), “wait quietly” (RSV, NRSV, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":31759,"verse_id":"LAM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “deliverance of the Lord .” In the genitive-construct, the genitive יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”) denotes source, that is, he is the source of the deliverance: “deliverance from the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":31760,"verse_id":"LAM.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"See note at 3:1 on the Hebrew term for “man” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":31761,"verse_id":"LAM.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “that he bear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":31762,"verse_id":"LAM.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “in his youth.” The preposition ב ( bet ) functions in a temporal sense: “when.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A27/4"}
{"id":31763,"verse_id":"LAM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “him.” The speaking voice in this chapter continues to be that of the גֶּבֶר ( gever , “man”). The image of female Jerusalem in chs. 1-2 was fluid, being able to refer to the city or its inhabitants, both female and male. So too the “defeated soldier” or “everyman” (see note at 3:1 on “man”) is fluid and can represent any member of the Jewish community, male and female. This line especially has a proverbial character which can be extended to any person, hence the translation. But masculine pronouns are otherwise maintained reflecting the Hebrew grammatical system and the speaking voice of the poem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":31764,"verse_id":"LAM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":31765,"verse_id":"LAM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.28","text":"Heb “has laid it on him.” The verb נָטַל ( natal ) is used 4 times in Biblical Hebrew; the related noun refers to heaviness or a burden. The entry of BDB 642 s.v. is outdated while HALOT 694 s.v. נטל is acceptable for the Qal. See D. R. Hillers, Lamentations (AB), 57. Hillers’ suggestion of a stative meaning for the Qal is followed here, though based on 2 Sam 24:12 “impose” is also possible.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A28/3"}
{"id":31766,"verse_id":"LAM.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Heb “Let him put his mouth in the dust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":31767,"verse_id":"LAM.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.30","text":"Heb “to the smiter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A30/1"}
{"id":31768,"verse_id":"LAM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":31769,"verse_id":"LAM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"The verse is unusually short and something unrecoverable may be missing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":31770,"verse_id":"LAM.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “Although he has caused grief.” The word “us” is added in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":31771,"verse_id":"LAM.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.32","text":"Heb “He will have compassion.” The words “on us” are added in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A32/2"}
{"id":31772,"verse_id":"LAM.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.32","text":"The Kethib preserves the singular form חַסְדּוֹ ( khasdo , “his kindness”), also reflected in the LXX and Aramaic Targum. The Qere reads the plural form חֲסָדָיו ( khasadayv , “his kindnesses”) which is reflected in the Latin Vulgate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A32/3"}
{"id":31773,"verse_id":"LAM.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"Heb “he does not afflict from his heart.” The term לֵבָב ( levav , “heart”) preceded by the preposition מִן ( min ) most often describes one’s initiative or motivation, e.g. “of one’s own accord” ( Num. 16:28; 24:13 ; Deut. 4:9 ; 1Kings 12:33 ; Neh. 6:8 ; Job 8:10 ; Is. 59:13 ; Ezek. 13:2, 17 ). It is not God’s internal motivation to bring calamity and trouble upon people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":31774,"verse_id":"LAM.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.33","text":"Heb “sons of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A33/2"}
{"id":31775,"verse_id":"LAM.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.34","text":"Heb “prisoners of earth/land.” The term ארצ may refer to (1) the earth or (2) a country or (3) the promised land in particular (as well as other referents). “Earth” is chosen here since the context presents God’s general principles in dealing with humanity. Given the historical circumstances, however, prisoners from the land of Israel are certainly in the background.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A34/1"}
{"id":31776,"verse_id":"LAM.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.35","text":"The speaking voice is still that of the גֶּבֶר ( gever , “man”), but the context and line are more universal in character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A35/1"}
{"id":31777,"verse_id":"LAM.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.35","text":"Heb “to turn away a man’s justice,” that is, the justice or equitable judgment he would receive. See the previous note regarding the “man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A35/2"}
{"id":31778,"verse_id":"LAM.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.36","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A36/1"}
{"id":31779,"verse_id":"LAM.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.36","text":"Heb “the Lord does not see.” The verb רָאָה ( ra ’ ah , “to see”) is here used in reference to mental observation and approval: “to gaze at” with joy and pleasure (e.g., 2 Kgs 10:16 ; Mic 7:9 ; Jer 29:32 ; Isa 52:8 ; Job 20:17; 33:28 ; Pss 54:9; 106:5; 128:5; Son 3:11; 6:11 ; Eccl 2:1 ). If the line is parallel to the end of v. 35 then a circumstantial clause “the Lord not seeing” would be appropriate. The infinitives in 34-36 would then depend on the verbs in v. 33 ; see D. R. Hillers, Lamentations (AB), 71.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A36/2"}
{"id":31780,"verse_id":"LAM.3.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.37","text":"Heb “Who is this, he spoke and it came to pass?” The general sense is to ask whose commands are fulfilled. The phrase “he spoke and it came to pass” is taken as an allusion to the creation account (see Gen 1:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A37/1"}
{"id":31781,"verse_id":"LAM.3.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.37","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”). See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A37/2"}
{"id":31782,"verse_id":"LAM.3.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.38","text":"Heb “From the mouth of the Most High does it not go forth, both evil and good?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A38/1"}
{"id":31783,"verse_id":"LAM.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.39","text":"The Hebrew word here is אָדָם (’ adam ) which can mean “man” or “person.” The second half of the line is more personalized to the speaking voice of the defeated soldier using גֶּבֶר ( gever , “man”). See the note at 3:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A39/1"}
{"id":31784,"verse_id":"LAM.3.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.39","text":"Kethib reads the singular חֶטְאוֹ ( khet ’ o , “his sin”), which is reflected in the LXX. Qere reads the plural חֲטָאָיו ( khata ’ ayv , “his sins”) which is preserved in many medieval Hebrew mss and reflected in the other early versions (Aramaic Targum, Syriac Peshitta, Latin Vulgate). The external and internal evidence are not decisive in favor of either reading. tn Heb “concerning his punishment.” The noun חֵטְא ( khet ’) has a broad range of meanings: (1) “sin,” (2) “guilt of sin” and (3) “punishment for sin,” which fits the context of calamity as discipline and punishment for sin (e.g., Lev 19:17; 20:20; 22:9; 24:15 ; Num 9:13; 18:22, 32 ; Isa 53:12 ; Ezek 23:49 ). The metonymical (cause-effect) relation between sin and punishment is clear in the expressions חֵטְא מִשְׁפַט־מָוֶת ( khet ’ mishpat-mavet , “sin deserving death penalty,” Deut 21:22 ) and חֵטְא מָוֶת ( khet ’ mavet , “sin unto death,” Deut 22:26 ). The point of this verse is that the punishment of sin can sometimes lead to death; therefore, any one who is being punished by God for his sins, and yet lives, has little to complain about.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A39/2"}
{"id":31785,"verse_id":"LAM.3.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.40","text":"Heb “Let us test our ways and examine.” The two verbs וְנַחְקֹרָה … נַחְפְּשָׂה ( nakhpÿsah … vÿnakhqorah , “Let us test and let us examine”) form a verbal hendiadys in which the first functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal force: “Let us carefully examine our ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A40/1"}
{"id":31786,"verse_id":"LAM.3.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.41","text":"The MT reads the singular noun לְבָבֵנוּ ( lÿvavenu , “our heart”) but the ancient versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate) and many medieval Hebrew mss read the plural noun לְבָבֵינוּ ( lÿvavenu , “our hearts”). Hebrew regularly places plural pronouns on singular nouns used as a collective (135 times on the singular “heart” and only twice on the plural “hearts”). The plural “hearts” in any Hebrew construction is actually rather rare. The LXX renders similar Hebrew constructions (singular “heart” plus a plural pronoun) with the plural “hearts” about 1/3 of the time, therefore it cannot be considered evidence for the reading. The Vulgate may have been influenced by the LXX. Although a distributive sense is appropriate for a much higher percentage of passages using the plural “hearts” in the LXX, no clear reason for the differentiation in the LXX has emerged. Likely the singular Hebrew form is original but the meaning is best represented in English with the plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A41/1"}
{"id":31787,"verse_id":"LAM.3.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.42","text":"The Heb emphasiszes the pronoun “We – we have sinned….” Given the contrast with the following, it means “For our part, we have sinned….” A poetic reading in English would place vocal emphasis on “we” followed by a short pause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A42/1"}
{"id":31788,"verse_id":"LAM.3.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.42","text":"Heb “We have revolted and we have rebelled.” The two verbs פָשַׁעְנוּ וּמָרִינוּ ( pasha ’ nu umarinu , “we have revolted and we have rebelled”) form a verbal hendiadys in which the synonyms emphasize the single idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A42/2"}
{"id":31789,"verse_id":"LAM.3.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.42","text":"The Heb emphasiszes the pronoun “You – you have not forgiven.” Given the contrast with the preceding, it means “For your part, you have not forgiven.” A poetic reading in English would place vocal emphasis on “you” followed by a short pause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A42/3"}
{"id":31790,"verse_id":"LAM.3.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.43","text":"Heb “covered.” The object must be supplied either from the next line (“covered yourself”) or from the end of this line (“covered us”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A43/1"}
{"id":31791,"verse_id":"LAM.3.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.45","text":"Heb “offscouring and refuse.” The two nouns סְחִי וּמָאוֹס ( sÿkhi uma ’ os ) probably form a nominal hendiadys, in which the first noun functions as an adjective and the second retains its full nominal sense: “filthy refuse,” i.e., “filthy scum.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A45/1"}
{"id":31792,"verse_id":"LAM.3.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.45","text":"Heb “in the midst of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A45/2"}
{"id":31793,"verse_id":"LAM.3.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.46","text":"Heb “open wide their mouths.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A46/1"}
{"id":31794,"verse_id":"LAM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.47","text":"The similar sounding nouns פַּחַד וָפַחַת ( pakhad vafakhat , “panic and pitfall”) are an example of paronomasia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A47/1"}
{"id":31795,"verse_id":"LAM.3.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.47","text":"Similar to the paronomasia in the preceding line, the words הַשֵּׁאת וְהַשָּׁבֶר ( hashe ’ t vÿhashaver , “devastation and destruction”) form an example of alliteration: the beginning of the words sound alike.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A47/2"}
{"id":31796,"verse_id":"LAM.3.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.48","text":"Heb “canals.” The phrase “canals of water” (eye water = tears) is an example of hyperbole. The English idiom “streams of tears” is also hyperbolic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A48/1"}
{"id":31797,"verse_id":"LAM.3.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.48","text":"Heb “my eyes flow down with canals of water.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A48/2"}
{"id":31798,"verse_id":"LAM.3.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.48","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people,” or “the Daughter, my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A48/3"}
{"id":31799,"verse_id":"LAM.3.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.48","text":"Heb “because of the destruction of [the daughter of my people].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A48/4"}
{"id":31800,"verse_id":"LAM.3.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.49","text":"Heb “my eye flows.” The term “eye” is a metonymy of association, standing for the “tears” which flow from one’s eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A49/1"}
{"id":31801,"verse_id":"LAM.3.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.49","text":"Heb “without stopping.” The noun הַפוּגָה ( hafugah , “stop”) is a hapax legomenon (word that occurs only once in Hebrew scriptures). The form of the noun is unusual, probably being derived from the denominative Hiphil verbal stem of the root פּוּג ( pug , “to grow weary, ineffective; numb, become cold”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A49/2"}
{"id":31802,"verse_id":"LAM.3.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.50","text":"The phrase “what has happened” is added in the translation for smoother English style and readability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A50/1"}
{"id":31803,"verse_id":"LAM.3.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.51","text":"Heb “my eye causes grief to my soul.” The term “eye” is a metonymy of association, standing for that which one sees with the eyes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A51/1"}
{"id":31804,"verse_id":"LAM.3.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.51","text":"Heb “my soul.” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= me).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A51/2"}
{"id":31805,"verse_id":"LAM.3.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.51","text":"Heb “at the sight of all the daughters of my city.” It is understood that seeing the plight of the women, not simply seeing the women, is what is so grievous. To make this clear, “suffering” was supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A51/3"}
{"id":31806,"verse_id":"LAM.3.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.52","text":"Heb “without cause.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A52/1"}
{"id":31807,"verse_id":"LAM.3.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.52","text":"The construction צוֹד צָדוּנִי ( tsod tsaduni , “they have hunted me down”) is emphatic: Qal infinitive absolute of the same root of Qal perfect 3rd person common plural + 1st person common singular suffix.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A52/2"}
{"id":31808,"verse_id":"LAM.3.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.53","text":"Heb “my life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A53/1"}
{"id":31809,"verse_id":"LAM.3.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.54","text":"Heb “I said,” meaning “I said to myself” = “I thought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A54/1"}
{"id":31810,"verse_id":"LAM.3.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.54","text":"Heb “I was about to be cut off.” The verb נִגְזָרְתִּי ( nigzarti ), Niphal perfect 1st person common singular from גָּזַר ( gazar , “to be cut off”), functions in an ingressive sense: “about to be cut off.” It is used in reference to the threat of death (e.g., Ezek 37:11 ). To be “cut off” from the hand of the living means to experience death ( Ps 88:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A54/2"}
{"id":31811,"verse_id":"LAM.3.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.55","text":"Heb “from a pit of lowest places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A55/1"}
{"id":31812,"verse_id":"LAM.3.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.56","text":"The verb could be understood as a precative, “hear my plea,” parallel to the following volitive verb, “do not close.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A56/1"}
{"id":31813,"verse_id":"LAM.3.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.56","text":"Heb “my voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A56/2"}
{"id":31814,"verse_id":"LAM.3.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":56,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.56","text":"The preposition ל ( lamed ) continues syntactically from “my plea” in the previous line (e.g. Ex 5:2 ; Josh 22:2 ; 1 Sam 8:7; 12:1 ; Jer 43:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A56/3"}
{"id":31815,"verse_id":"LAM.3.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.57","text":"The verb could be understood as a precative (“Draw near”). The perspective of the poem seems to be that of prayer during distress rather than a testimony that God has delivered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A57/1"}
{"id":31816,"verse_id":"LAM.3.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.57","text":"The verb could be understood as a precative (“Say”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A57/2"}
{"id":31817,"verse_id":"LAM.3.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.58","text":"The MT reads אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay , “the Lord”) here rather than יהוה (YHWH, “the Lord ”) as in the following verse. See the tc note at 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A58/1"}
{"id":31818,"verse_id":"LAM.3.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.58","text":"This verb, like others in this stanza, could be understood as a precative (“Plead”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A58/2"}
{"id":31819,"verse_id":"LAM.3.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.58","text":"Heb “the causes of my soul.” The term נַפְשִׁי ( nafshi , “my soul”) is a synecdoche of part (= my soul) for the whole person (= me).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A58/3"}
{"id":31820,"verse_id":"LAM.3.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.59","text":"Heb “Please judge my judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A59/1"}
{"id":31821,"verse_id":"LAM.3.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.60","text":"The MT reads לִי ( li , “to me”); but many medieval Hebrew mss and the ancient versions (Aramaic Targum, Syriac Peshitta, Latin Vulgate) all reflect a Vorlage of עָלָי (’ alay , “against me”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A60/1"}
{"id":31822,"verse_id":"LAM.3.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.61","text":"The verb could be understood as a precative (“Hear”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A61/1"}
{"id":31823,"verse_id":"LAM.3.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.62","text":"Heb “the lips of my assailants and their thoughts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A62/1"}
{"id":31824,"verse_id":"LAM.3.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.63","text":"Heb “their rising and their sitting.” The two terms שִׁבְתָּם וְקִימָתָם ( shivtam vÿqimatam , “their sitting and their rising”) form a merism: two terms that are polar opposites are used to encompass everything in between. The idiom “from your rising to your sitting” refers to the earliest action in the morning and the latest action in the evening (e.g., Deut 6:7 ; Ps 139:3 ). The enemies mock Jerusalem from the moment they arise in the morning until the moment they sit down in the evening.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A63/1"}
{"id":31825,"verse_id":"LAM.3.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.64","text":"Heb “Please cause to return.” The imperfect verb תָּשִׁיב ( tashiv ), Hiphil imperfect 2nd person masculine singular from שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”), functions in a volitional sense, like an imperative of request. The Hiphil stem of שׁוּב ( shuv , in the Hiphil “to cause to return”) often means “to make requital, to pay back” (e.g., Judg 9:5, 56 ; 1 Sam 25:39 ; 1 Kgs 2:32, 44 ; Neh 3:36; Prov 24:12, 29 ; Hos 12:3 ; Joel 4:4, 7) (BDB 999 s.v. שׁוּב 4.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A64/1"}
{"id":31826,"verse_id":"LAM.3.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":64,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.64","text":"Heb “recompense to them.” The noun גְּמוּל ( gÿmul , “dealing, accomplishment”) has two metonymical (cause-effect) meanings: (1) positive “benefit” and (2) negative “retribution, requital, recompense,” the sense used here (e.g., Pss 28:4; 94:2; 137:8 ; Prov 19:17 ; Isa 35:4; 59:18; 66:6 ; Jer 51:6 ; Lam 3:64 ; Joel 4:4, 7). The phrase תָּשִׁיב גְּמוּל ( tashiv gÿmul ) means “to pay back retribution” (e.g., Joel 4:4, 7), that is, to return the deeds of the wicked upon them as a display of talionic or poetic justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A64/2"}
{"id":31827,"verse_id":"LAM.3.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":64,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.64","text":"Heb “their hands.” The term “hand” is a synecdoche of part (= hands) for the whole person (= they).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A64/3"}
{"id":31828,"verse_id":"LAM.3.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":64,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.64","text":"Heb “according to the work of their hands.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A64/4"}
{"id":31829,"verse_id":"LAM.3.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.65","text":"The noun מְגִנַּה ( mÿginnah ) is a hapax legomenon . Its meaning is debated; earlier lexicographers suggested that it meant “covering” (BDB 171 s.v.), but more recent lexicons suggest “shamelessness” or “insanity” ( HALOT 546 s.v.). The translation is based on the term being parallel to “curse” and needing to relate to “heart.” Cf. NRSV “anguish of heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A65/1"}
{"id":31830,"verse_id":"LAM.3.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":3,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.66","text":"Heb “pursue.” The accusative direct object is implied in the Hebrew, and inserted in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%203%3A66/1"}
{"id":31831,"verse_id":"LAM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"See the note at 1:1","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":31832,"verse_id":"LAM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “had grown dim.” The verb יוּעַם ( yu ’ am ), Hophal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from עָמַם (’ amam , “to conceal, darken”), literally means “to be dimmed” or “to be darkened.” Most English versions render this literally: the gold has “become dim” (KJV, NKJV), “grown dim” (RSV, NRSV), “is dulled” (NJPS), “grown dull” (TEV); however, but NIV has captured the sense well: “How the gold has lost its luster.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":31833,"verse_id":"LAM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"The verb יִשְׁנֶא ( yishne ’, Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular) is typically taken to be the only Qal imperfect of I שָׁנָהּ ( shanah ). Such a spelling with א ( aleph ) instead of ה ( he ) is feasible. D. R. Hillers suggests the root שָׂנֵא ( sane ’, “to hate”): “Pure gold is hated”. This maintains the consonantal text and also makes sense in context. In either case the point is that gold no longer holds the same value, probably because there is nothing available to buy with it. tn Heb “changes.” The imagery in this verse about gold is without parallel in the Bible and its precise nuance uncertain.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":31834,"verse_id":"LAM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the stones of holiness/jewelry.” קֹדֶשׁ ( qodesh ) in most cases refers to holiness or sacredness. For the meaning “jewelry” see J. A. Emerton, “The Meaning of אַבְנֵי־קֹדֶשׁ in Lamentations 4:1 ” ZAW 79 (1967): 233-36.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":31835,"verse_id":"LAM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “at the head of every street.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A1/6"}
{"id":31836,"verse_id":"LAM.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “they are regarded as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":31837,"verse_id":"LAM.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “the work of the hands of a potter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":31838,"verse_id":"LAM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The noun תַּנִּין ( tannin ) means “jackals.” The plural ending ־ִין (- in ) is diminutive (GKC 242 §87. e ) (e.g., Lam 1:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":31839,"verse_id":"LAM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “draw out the breast and suckle their young.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":31840,"verse_id":"LAM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":31841,"verse_id":"LAM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"The MT Kethib form כִּי עֵנִים ( ki ’ enim ) is by all accounts a textual corruption for כַּיְעֵנִים ( kay ’ enim , “like ostriches”) which is preserved in the Qere and the medieval Hebrew mss , and reflected in the LXX.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":31842,"verse_id":"LAM.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “bread.” The term “bread” might function as a synecdoche of specific (= bread) for general (= food); however, the following parallel line does indeed focus on the act of breaking bread in two.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":31843,"verse_id":"LAM.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “there is not a divider to them.” The term פָּרַשׂ ( paras ), Qal active participle ms from פָּרַס ( paras , “to divide”) refers to the action of breaking bread in two before giving it to a person to eat ( Isa 58:7 ; Jer 16:7 ; Lam 4:4 ). The form פָּרַשׂ ( paras ) is the alternate spelling of the more common פָּרַס ( paras) .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":31844,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “eaters of delicacies.” An alternate English gloss would be “connoisseurs of fine foods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":31845,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “are desolate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":31846,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “were reared.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":31847,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “in purple.” The term תוֹלָע ( tola ’, “purple”) is a figurative description of expensive clothing: it is a metonymy of association: the color of the dyed clothes (= purple) stands for the clothes themselves.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":31848,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “embrace garbage.” One may also translate “rummage through” (cf. NCV “pick through trash piles”; TEV “pawing through refuse”; NLT “search the garbage pits.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/5"}
{"id":31849,"verse_id":"LAM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.5","text":"The Hebrew word אַשְׁפַּתּוֹת (’ ashpatot ) can also mean “ash heaps.” Though not used as a combination elsewhere, to “embrace ash heaps” might also envision a state of mourning or even dead bodies lying on the ash heaps.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A5/6"}
{"id":31850,"verse_id":"LAM.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The noun עֲוֹן (’ avon ) has a basic two-fold range of meanings: (1) basic meaning: “iniquity, sin” and (2) metonymical cause for effect meaning: “punishment for iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":31851,"verse_id":"LAM.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":31852,"verse_id":"LAM.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “the sin of.” The noun חַטָּאת ( khatta ’ t ) often means “sin, rebellion,” but here it probably functions in a metonymical (cause for effect) sense: “punishment for sin” (e.g., Zech 14:19 ). The context focuses on the severity of the punishment of Jerusalem rather than the depths of its degradation and depravity that led to the judgment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":31853,"verse_id":"LAM.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “without a hand turned.” The preposition ב ( bet ) after the verb חוּל ( khul ) in Hos 11:6 is adversative “the sword will turn against [Assyria’s] cities.” Other contexts with חוּל ( khul ) plus ב ( bet ) are not comparable ( ב [ bet ] often being locative). However, it is not certain that hands must be adversarial as the sword clearly is in Hos 11:6 . The present translation pictures the suddenness of Sodom’s overthrow as an easier fate than the protracted military campaign and subsequent exile and poverty of Judah’s survivor’s.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":31854,"verse_id":"LAM.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “Nazirites” (so KJV). The Nazirites were consecrated under a vow to refrain from wine, contact with the dead, and from cutting their hair. In Gen 49:26 and Deut 33:16 Joseph, who was not a Nazirite, is called the “Nazir” of his brothers. From context, many translate this as “prince” (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), though the nuance is uncertain. If it is valid, then princes might be understood in this context as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":31855,"verse_id":"LAM.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The noun גִּזְרָה ( gizrah ) is used primarily in Ezekiel 41-42 (seven of its nine uses), where it refers to a separated area of the temple complex described in Ezekiel’s vision. It is not used of people other than here. Probably based on the reference to a precious stone BDB 160 s.v. 1 postulated that it refers to the cutting or polishing of precious stones, but this is conjecture. The English versions handle this variously. D. R. Hillers suggests beards, hair, or eyebrows based on other ancient Near Eastern comparisons between lapis lazuli and the body ( Lamentations [AB], 81).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":31856,"verse_id":"LAM.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “lapis lazuli.” Lapis lazuli is a dark blue semi-precious stone.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":31857,"verse_id":"LAM.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “their outline” or “their form.” The Hebrew noun תֹּאַר ( to ’ ar , “outline, form”) is related to the Phoenician noun תֹּאַר ( to ’ ar , “something gazed at”), and Aramaic verb תָּאַר ( ta ’ ar , “to gaze at”). It is used in reference to the form of a woman ( Gen 29:17 ; Deut 21:11 ; 1 Sam 25:3 ; Esth 2:7 ) and of a man ( Gen 39:11 ; Judg 8:18 ; 1 Sam 16:18; 28:14 ; 1 Kgs 1:6 ; 1 Chr 17:17 ; Isa 52:14; 53:2 ). Here it is used in a metonymical sense: “appearance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":31858,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “those pierced of the sword.” The genitive-construct denotes instrumentality: “those pierced by the sword” ( חַלְלֵי־חֶרֶב , khalle-kherev ). The noun חָלָל ( khalal ) refers to a “fatal wound” and is used substantivally to refer to “the slain” ( Num 19:18; 31:8, 19 ; 1 Sam 17:52 ; 2 Sam 23:8, 18 ; 1 Chr 11:11, 20 ; Isa 22:2; 66:16 ; Jer 14:18; 25:33; 51:49 ; Lam 4:9 ; Ezek 6:7; 30:11; 31:17, 18; 32:20 ; Zeph 2:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":31859,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “those slain of hunger.” The genitive-construct denotes instrumentality: “those slain by hunger,” that is, those who are dying of hunger.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":31860,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “who…” The antecedent of the relative pronoun שֶׁהֵם ( shehem , “who”) are those dying of hunger in the previous line: מֵחַלְלֵי רָעָב ( mekhalle ra ’ av , “those slain of hunger”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":31861,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “they flow away.” The verb זוּב ( zuv , “to flow, gush”) is used figuratively here, meaning “to pine away” or “to waste away” from hunger. See also the next note.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/4"}
{"id":31862,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “pierced through and through.” The term מְדֻקָּרִים ( mÿduqqarim ), Pual participle masculine plural from דָּקַר ( daqar , “to pierce”), is used figuratively. The verb דָּקַר ( daqar , “to pierce”) usually refers to a fatal wound inflicted by a sword or spear ( Num 25:8 ; Judg 9:54 ; 1 Sam 31:4 ; 1 Chr 10:4 ; Isa 13:15 ; Jer 37:10; 51:4 ; Zech 12:10; 13:3 ). Here, it describes people dying from hunger. This is an example of hypocatastasis: an implied comparison between warriors being fatally pierced by sword and spear and the piercing pangs of hunger and starvation. Alternatively “those who hemorrhage ( זוּב [ zuv , “flow, gush”]) [are better off] than those pierced by lack of food” in parallel to the structure of the first line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/5"}
{"id":31863,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.9","text":"The preposition מִן ( min , “from”) denotes deprivation: “from lack of” something (BDB 580 s.v. 2 .f; HALOT 598 s.v. 6 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/6"}
{"id":31864,"verse_id":"LAM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “produce of the field.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A9/7"}
{"id":31865,"verse_id":"LAM.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “the hands of compassionate women.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":31866,"verse_id":"LAM.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “eating.” The infinitive construct (from I בָּרָה , barah ) is translated as a noun. Three passages employ the verb ( 2 Sam 3:35; 12:17; 13:5,6,10 ) for eating when ill or in mourning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":31867,"verse_id":"LAM.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “the daughter of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":31868,"verse_id":"LAM.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “in the destruction of the daughter of my people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A10/4"}
{"id":31869,"verse_id":"LAM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “has completed.” The verb כִּלָּה ( killah ), Piel perfect 3rd person masculine singular from כָּלָה ( kalah , “to complete”), has a range of closely related meanings: (1) “to complete, bring to an end,” (2) “to accomplish, finish, cease,” (3) “to use up, exhaust, consume.” Used in reference to God’s wrath, it describes God unleashing his full measure of anger so that divine justice is satisfied. This is handled admirably by several English versions: “The Lord has given full vent to his wrath” (NIV), “The Lord gave full vent to his wrath” (RSV, NRSV), “The Lord vented all his fury” (NJPS), “The Lord turned loose the full force of his fury” (TEV). Others miss the mark: “The Lord has accomplished his wrath/fury” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":31870,"verse_id":"LAM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “the heat of his anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":31871,"verse_id":"LAM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"The term יְסוֹד ( yÿsod , “foundation”) refers to the ground-level and below ground-level foundation stones of a city wall ( Ps 137:7 ; Lam 4:11 ; Mic 1:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":31872,"verse_id":"LAM.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “inhabitants of the mainland.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":31873,"verse_id":"LAM.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “they did not believe that.” The verb הֶאֱמִינוּ ( he ’ eminu ), Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural from אָמַן (’ aman , “to believe”), ordinarily is a term of faith and trust, but occasionally it functions cognitively: “to think that” ( Job 9:16; 15:22 ; Ps 116:10 ; Lam 4:12 ) and “to be convinced that” ( Ps 27:13 ) ( HALOT 64 s.v. I אמן hif.1). The semantic relationship between “to believe” = “to think” is metonymical, that is, effect for cause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":31874,"verse_id":"LAM.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"These words do not appear in the Hebrew, but are supplied to make sense of the line. The introductory causal preposition מִן ( min ) (“because”) indicates that this phrase – or something like it – is implied through elision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":31875,"verse_id":"LAM.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"There is no main verb in the verse; it is an extended prepositional phrase. One must either assume a verbal idea such as “But it happened due to…” or connect it to the following verses, which themselves are quite difficult. The former option was employed in the present translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":31876,"verse_id":"LAM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"“They” are apparently the people, rather than the prophets and priests mentioned in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":31877,"verse_id":"LAM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"The Hebrew word עִוְרִים (’ ivrim ) appears to be an adjective based on the root I עִוֵּר (’ ivver , “blind”). The LXX, using a rare perfect optative of ἐγείρω ( egeirw ), seems to have read a form of II עוּר (’ ur , “to rise”), while the Syriac reads “her nobles,” possibly from reading שָׂרִים ( sarim ). The evidence is unclear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":31878,"verse_id":"LAM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Heb “defiled with blood.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":31879,"verse_id":"LAM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.14","text":"The translation is conjecture. The MT has the preposition ב ( bet , “in,” “by,” “with,” “when,” etc.), the negative particle לֹא ( lo ’), then a finite verb from יָכַל ( yakhal , Qal impfect 3rd person masculine plural): “in not they are able.” Normally יָכַל ( yakhal ) would be followed by an infinitive, identifying what someone is or is not able to do, or by some other modifying clause. לֹא יָכַל ( lo ’ yakhal ) on its own may mean “they do not prevail.” The preposition ב ( bet ) suggests possible dependence on another verb (cp. Jer 2:11 , the only other verse with the sequence ב [ bet ] plus לֹא [ lo ’] plus finite verb). The following verb נָגַע ( naga ’, “touch”) regularly indicates its object with the preposition ב ( bet ), but the preposition ב ( bet ) is already used with “their garments.” If both are the object of נָגַע ( naga ’), the line would read “they touched what they could not, their garments.” As this makes no sense, one should note that any other verb on which the phrase would be dependent is not recoverable. The preposition ב ( bet ) can also introduce temporal clauses, though there are no examples with לֹא ( lo ’) plus a finite verb. A temporal understanding could yield “when they could not succeed, they touched [clutched?] their garments” or “while no one is able [to ?] they touch their garments.” In Jer 49:10 the meaning of יָכַל ( yakhal ) is completed by a finite verb (though it is not governed by the preposition ב [ bet ]). If so here, then we may understand “while ( ב [ bet ]) no one dares ( יָכַל , yakhal ) to touch their garments.” This gives the picture of blind people stumbling about while others cannot help because they are afraid to touch them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A14/4"}
{"id":31880,"verse_id":"LAM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Heb “They say among the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":31881,"verse_id":"LAM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb “the face of the Lord .” The term פָּנֶה ( paneh , “face”) is a synecdoche of part (= face) for the whole person (= the Lord himself). The phrase is often translated “the presence of the Lord .” The term “face” also functions anthropomorphically, depicting the invisible spirit God as though he had a physical face.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":31882,"verse_id":"LAM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The MT reads the plural verb לֹא נָשָׂאוּ ( lo ’ nasa ’ u , “they did not lift up”), Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift up” the face); however, the ancient versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta) have singular verbs, reflecting a Vorlage of לֹא נָשָׂא ( lo ’ nasa ’, “he did not lift up”), Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from נָשָׂא ( nasa ’). D. R. Hillers suggests that the MT plural is an intentional scribe change, to avoid the appearance that God brought about evil on the priests and elders. Equally possible is that consonantal לא חננו ( l ’ khnnv ) should be revocalized as Qal passive perfect 3rd person common plural, and that כֹהֲנִים ( kohanim , “the priests”) functions as the subject of a passive verb rather than the accusative direct object of an active verb: “(the faces of ) the priests were not lifted up.” tn Heb “did not lift up.” The verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’) means “to lift up” (the face); however, the specific contextual nuance here is probably “to show consideration” (e.g., Deut 28:50 ; Lam 4:16 ) (BDB 670 s.v. 1 .b.3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":31883,"verse_id":"LAM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"The MT reads the plural verb לֹא חָנָנוּ ( lo ’ khananu , “they did not show favor”), Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from חָנַן ( khanan , “to show favor, be merciful”); however, the ancient versions (LXX, Aramaic Targum, Latin Vulgate, Syriac Peshitta) have singular verbs, reflecting a Vorlage of לֹא חָנַן ( lo ’ khanan , “he did not show favor”), Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from חָנַן ( khanan ). D. R. Hillers suggests that the MT plural is an intentional scribe change, to avoid the appearance that God brought about evil on the priests and elders. Equally possible is that consonantal לא חננו ( l ’ khnnv ) should be revocalized as Qal passive perfect 3rd person common plural, and that זְקֵנִים ( zÿqenim , “the elders”) functions as the subject of a passive verb rather than the accusative direct object of an active verb: “the elders were not shown favor/mercy.” tn The basic meaning of the verb חָנַן ( khanan ) is “to show favor [to], be gracious [to].” In some contexts this can mean “to spare” the lives of someone ( Deut 7:2; 28:50 ; Job 19:21 ; Lam 4:16 ) (BDB 336 s.v. 1 .c), though it is not clear whether that is the case here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":31884,"verse_id":"LAM.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Heb “Our eyes failed in vain for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":31885,"verse_id":"LAM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “they”; this has been specified in the translation as “our enemies” for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":31886,"verse_id":"LAM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “they hunted our steps.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":31887,"verse_id":"LAM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"Heb “our days were full.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":31888,"verse_id":"LAM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"The bird referred to here could be one of several species of eagles, but more likely is the griffin-vulture (cf. NEB “vultures”). However, because eagles are more commonly associated with swiftness than vultures in contemporary English, “eagles” was used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":31889,"verse_id":"LAM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Or “in the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":31890,"verse_id":"LAM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “the anointed one of the Lord .” The term “king” is added in the translation to clarify the referent of the phrase “the Lord ’s anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":31891,"verse_id":"LAM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “was captured in their pits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":31892,"verse_id":"LAM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “of whom we had said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":31893,"verse_id":"LAM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.20","text":"Heb “under his shadow.” The term צֵל ( tsel , “shadow”) is used figuratively here to refer the source of protection from military enemies. In the same way that the shade of a tree gives physical relief and protection from the heat of the sun (e.g., Judg 9:15 ; Job 40:22 ; Ps 80:11 ; Song 2:3 ; Ezek 17:23; 31:6, 12, 17 ; Hos 4:13; 14:8 ; Jon 4:5, 6 ), a faithful and powerful king can provide “shade” (= protection) from enemies and military attack ( Num 14:19 ; Ps 91:1 ; Isa 30:2, 3; 49:2; 51:16 ; Jer 48:45 ; Lam 4:20 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A20/4"}
{"id":31894,"verse_id":"LAM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"The phrase “for now” is added in the translation to highlight the implied contrast between the present joy of the Gentiles ( 4:21 a) and their future judgment ( 4:21 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":31895,"verse_id":"LAM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “O Daughter of Edom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":31896,"verse_id":"LAM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"Heb “the cup.” Judgment is often depicted as a cup of wine that God forces a person to drink, causing him to lose consciousness, red wine drooling out of his mouth – resembling corpses lying on the ground as a result of the actual onslaught of the Lord ’s judgment. The drunkard will reel and stagger, causing bodily injury to himself – an apt metaphor to describe the devastating effects of God’s judgment. Just as a cup of poison kills all those who are forced to drink it, the cup of God’s wrath destroys all those who must drink it (e.g., Ps 75:9 ; Isa 51:17, 22 ; Jer 25:15, 17, 28; 49:12; 51:7 ; Lam 4:21 ; Ezek 23:33 ; Hab 2:16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":31897,"verse_id":"LAM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.21","text":"The imperfect verb “will pass” may also be a jussive, continuing the element of request, “let the cup pass…”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A21/4"}
{"id":31898,"verse_id":"LAM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “O Daughter Zion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":31899,"verse_id":"LAM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “your iniquity.” The noun עָוֹן (’ avon ) has a broad range of meanings, including: (1) iniquity, (2) guilt of iniquity, and (3) consequence or punishment for iniquity (cause-effect metonymical relation). The context suggests that “punishment for sin” is most appropriate here (e.g., Gen 4:13; 19:15 ; Exod 28:38, 43 ; Lev 5:1, 17; 7:18; 10:17; 16:22; 17:16; 19:8; 20:17, 19; 22:16; 26:39, 41, 43 ; Num 5:31; 14:34; 18:1, 23; 30:15 ; 1 Sam 25:24; 28:10 ; 2 Sam 14:9 ; 2 Kgs 7:9 ; Job 10:14 ; Pss 31:11; 69:28; 106:43 ; Prov 5:22 ; Isa 5:18; 30:13; 40:2; 53:6, 11; 64:5, 6 ; Jer 51:6 ; Lam 4:22; 5:7 ; Ezek 4:4-6, 17; 7:16; 14:10; 18:19-20; 21:30, 34; 24:23; 32:27; 35:5; 39:23; 44:10, 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":31900,"verse_id":"LAM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “will be completed.” The perfect tense verb תַּם ( tam ), Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular from תָּמַם ( tamam , “to be complete”), could be taken as a precative perfect expressing a request (“may your punishment be complete”). The translation understands it as an example of the so-called “prophetic perfect.” The perfect tense often describes actions that are viewed as complete (normally past- or present-time events). When the perfect tense describes a future event, it often depicts it as “complete,” that is, “as good as done” or certain to take place from the viewpoint of the prophet. Thus, by using the perfect tense, Jeremiah may be emphasizing the certainty that the exile will eventually come to an end. It has also been viewed as a simple perfect “your punishment is ended.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A22/3"}
{"id":31901,"verse_id":"LAM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.22","text":"The verb לֹא יוֹסִיף ( lo ’ yosif ) could be taken as a precative perfect, making a request to God. See the note at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A22/4"}
{"id":31902,"verse_id":"LAM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.22","text":"Heb “O Daughter of Edom.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%204%3A22/5"}
{"id":31903,"verse_id":"LAM.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The basic meaning of זָכַר ( zakhar ) is “to remember, call to mind” ( HALOT 270 s.v. I זכר ). Although often used of recollection of past events, זָכַר ( zakhar , “to remember”) can also describe consideration of present situations: “to consider, think about” something present (BDB 270 s.v. 5 ), hence “reflect on,” the most appropriate nuance here. Verses 1-6 describe the present plight of Jerusalem. The parallel requests הַבֵּיט וּרְאֵה ( habbet urÿ ’ eh , “Look and see!”) have a present-time orientation as well. See also 2:1; 3:19-20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":31904,"verse_id":"LAM.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “Look!” Although often used in reference to visual perception, נָבַט ( navat , “to look”) can also refer to cognitive consideration and mental attention shown to a situation: “to regard” (e.g., 1 Sam 16:7 ; 2 Kgs 3:14 ), “to pay attention to, consider” (e.g., Isa 22:8 ; Isa 51:1, 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":31905,"verse_id":"LAM.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Although normally used in reference to visual sight, רָאָה ( ra ’ ah ) is often used in reference to cognitive processes and mental observation. See the note on “Consider” at 2:20 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":31906,"verse_id":"LAM.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “Our inheritance”; or “Our inherited possessions/property.” The term נַחֲלָה ( nakhalah ) has a range of meanings: (1) “inheritance,” (2) “portion, share” and (3) “possession, property.” The land of Canaan was given by the Lord to Israel as its inheritance ( Deut 4:21; 15:4; 19:10; 20:16; 21:23; 24:4; 25:19; 26:1 ; Josh 20:6 ) and distributed among the tribes, clans and families ( Num 16:14; 36:2 ; Deut 29:7 ; Josh 11:23; 13:6; 14:3, 13; 17:4, 6, 14; 19:49; 23:4 ; Judg 18:1 ; Ezek 45:1; 47:22, 29 ). Through the family, the family provided an inheritance (property) to its children with the first-born receiving pride of position ( Gen 31:14 ; Num 27:7-11; 36:3, 8 ; 1 Kgs 21:3, 4 ; Job 42:15 ; Prov 19:14 ; Ezek 46:16 ). Here, the parallelism between “our inheritance” and “our homes” would allow for the specific referent of the phrase “our inheritance” to be (1) land or (2) material possessions, or given the nature of the poetry in Lamentations, to carry both meanings at the same time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":31907,"verse_id":"LAM.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “our homes [are turned over] to foreigners.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":31908,"verse_id":"LAM.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “silver.” The term “silver” is a synecdoche of species (= silver) for general (= money).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":31909,"verse_id":"LAM.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “We drink our water for silver.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":31910,"verse_id":"LAM.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “our wood comes for a price.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":31911,"verse_id":"LAM.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “We are hard-driven on our necks”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":31912,"verse_id":"LAM.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “we have given the hand”; cf. NRSV “We have made a pact.” This is a Semitic idiom meaning “to make a treaty with” someone, placing oneself in a subservient position as vassal. The prophets criticized these treaties.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":31913,"verse_id":"LAM.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “bread.” The term “bread” is a synecdoche of specific (= bread) for the general (= food).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":31914,"verse_id":"LAM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “fathers,” but here the term also refers to “forefathers,” i.e., more distant ancestors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":31915,"verse_id":"LAM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “and are no more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":31916,"verse_id":"LAM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"The Kethib is written אֲנַחְנוּ (’ anakhnu , “we”) but the Qere reads וַאֲנַחְנוּ ( va ’ anakhnu , “but we”). The Qere is supported by many medieval Hebrew mss , as well as most of the ancient versions (Aramaic Targum, Syriac Peshitta, Latin Vulgate). The ו ( vav ) prefixed to וַאֲנַחְנוּ ( va ’ anakhnu ) functions either in a disjunctive sense (“but”) or resultant sense (“so”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":31917,"verse_id":"LAM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “so we bear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":31918,"verse_id":"LAM.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “their iniquities.” The noun עָוֹן (’ avon ) has a broad range of meanings, including: (1) iniquity, (2) guilt of iniquity, and (3) consequence or punishment for iniquity (cause-effect metonymical relation). The context suggests that “punishment for sin” is most appropriate here (e.g., Gen 4:13; 19:15 ; Exod 28:38, 43 ; Lev 5:1, 17; 7:18; 10:17; 16:22; 17:16; 19:8; 20:17, 19; 22:16; 26:39, 41, 43 ; Num 5:31; 14:34; 18:1, 23; 30:15 ; 1 Sam 25:24; 28:10 ; 2 Sam 14:9 ; 2 Kgs 7:9 ; Job 10:14 ; Pss 31:11; 69:28; 106:43 ; Prov 5:22 ; Isa 5:18; 30:13; 40:2; 53:6, 11; 64:5, 6 ; Jer 51:6 ; Lam 4:22; 5:7 ; Ezek 4:4-6, 17; 7:16; 14:10; 18:19-20; 21:30, 34; 24:23; 32:27; 35:5; 39:23; 44:10, 12 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":31919,"verse_id":"LAM.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “slaves.” While indicating that social structures are awry, the expression “slaves rule over us” might be an idiom for “tyrants rule over us.” This might find its counterpart in the gnomic truth that the most ruthless rulers are made of former slaves: “Under three things the earth quakes, under four it cannot bear up: under a slave when he becomes king” ( Prov 30:21-22 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":31920,"verse_id":"LAM.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":31921,"verse_id":"LAM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “at the cost of our lives.” The preposition ב ( bet ) here denotes purchase price paid (e.g., Gen 30:16 ; Exod 34:20 ; 2 Sam 3:14; 24:24 ) (BDB 90 s.v. בְּ 3.a). The expression בְּנַפְשֵׁנוּ ( bÿnafshenu ) means “at the risk of our lives.” Similar expressions include בְנַפְשׁוֹ ( bÿnafsho , “at the cost of his life,” 1 Kgs 2:23 ; Prov 7:23 ) and בְּנַפְשׁוֹתָם ( bÿnafshotam , “at peril of their lives,” 2 Sam 23:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":31922,"verse_id":"LAM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “our soul.” The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is used as a metonymy (= soul) of association (= life) (e.g., Gen 44:30 ; Exod 21:23 ; 2 Sam 14:7 ; Jon 1:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":31923,"verse_id":"LAM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “bread.” The term “bread” is a synecdoche of specific (= bread) for the general (= food).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":31924,"verse_id":"LAM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “because of the sword.” The term “sword” is a metonymy of instrument (= sword) for the persons who use the instrument (= murderers or marauders).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A9/4"}
{"id":31925,"verse_id":"LAM.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “because of the burning heat of famine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":31926,"verse_id":"LAM.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “ravished.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":31927,"verse_id":"LAM.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “elders were shown no respect.” The phrase “shown no respect” is an example of tapeinosis, a figurative expression of understatement: to show no respect to elders = to terribly mistreat elders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":31928,"verse_id":"LAM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"The text is difficult. Word by word the MT has “young men hand mill(?) they take up” Perhaps it means “they take [our] young men for mill grinding,” or perhaps it means “the young men take up [the labor of] mill grinding.” This expression is an example of synecdoche where the mill stands for the labor at the mill and then that labor stands for performing menial physical labor as servants. The surface reading, “young men carry hand mills,” does not portray any great adversity for them. The Vulgate translates as an abusive sexual metaphor (see D. R. Hillers, Lamentations [AB], 99), but this gives no known parallel to the second part of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":31929,"verse_id":"LAM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “boys trip over wood.” This phrase makes little sense. The translation adopts D. R. Hillers’ suggestion ( Lamentations [AB], 99) of בְּעֶצֶב כָּשָׁלוּ ( bÿ ’ etsev kashalu ). Due to letter confusion and haplography the final ב ( bet ) of בְּעֶצֶב ( bÿ ’ etsev ) which looks like the כ ( kaf ) beginning the next word, was dropped. This verb can have an abstract noun after the preposition ב ( bet ) meaning “from, due to” rather than “over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":31930,"verse_id":"LAM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “the joy of our heart has ceased.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":31931,"verse_id":"LAM.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “are faint” or “are sick.” The adjective דַּוָּי ( davvay , “faint”) is used in reference to emotional sorrow (e.g., Isa 1:5 ; Lam 1:22 ; Jer 8:18 ). The related adjective דָּוֶה ( daveh ) means “(physically) sick” and “(emotionally) sad,” while the related verb דָּוָה ( davah ) means “to be sad.” The cognate Aramaic term means “sorrow,” and the cognate Syriac term refers to “misery.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":31932,"verse_id":"LAM.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “our eyes are dim.” The physical description of losing sight is metaphorical, perhaps for being blinded by tears or more abstractly for being unable to see (= envision) any hope. The collocation “darkened eyes” is too rare to clarify the nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":31933,"verse_id":"LAM.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"The phrase “through our tears” is added in the translation for the sake of clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":31934,"verse_id":"LAM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Heb “jackals.” The term “jackals” is a synecdoche of species (= jackals) for general (= wild animals).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":31935,"verse_id":"LAM.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"The Hebrew verb “forget” often means “to not pay attention to, ignore,” just as the Hebrew “remember” often means “to consider, attend to.” sn The verbs “to forget” and “to remember” are often used figuratively in scripture when God is the subject, particularly in contexts of judgment (God forgets his people) and restoration of blessing (God remembers his people). In this case, the verb “to forget” functions as a hypocatastasis (implied comparison), drawing a comparison between God’s judgment and rejection of Jerusalem to a person forgetting that Jerusalem even exists. God’s judgment of Jerusalem was so intense and enduring that it seemed as though he had forgotten her. The synonymous parallelism makes this clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":31936,"verse_id":"LAM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"The Kethib is וְנָשׁוּב ( vÿnashuv , “and we will return,” ו [ vav ] conjunction + Qal imperfect 1st person common plural from שׁוּב [ shuv , “to return”]). The Qere is וְנָשׁוּבָה ( vÿnashuvah , “and let us return,” ו [ vav ] conjunction + Qal cohortative 1st person common plural from שׁוּב [ shuv , “to return”]). tn The cohortative after a volitive indicates purpose (“so that”). There is a wordplay in Hebrew between “Bring us back” (Hiphil imperative of שׁוּב [ shuv , “to return”]) and “let us return” (Qal imperfect of שׁוּב [ shuv , “to return”]). This repetition of the root שׁוּב ( shuv ) is significant; it depicts a reciprocal relationship between God’s willingness to allow the nation to return to him on one hand and its national repentance on the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":31937,"verse_id":"LAM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “our days.” The term “days” is a synecdoche of time (= days) for what is experienced within that time span (= life) (e.g., Gen 5:4, 8, 11; 6:3; 9:29; 11:32; 25:7; 47:8, 9 ; Deut 22:19, 29; 23:7 ; Josh 24:31 ; Judg 2:7, 18 ; 2 Sam 19:35 ; Job 7:1, 16, 18 ; Pss 8:9; 39:5, 6; 90:9, 10, 12, 14; 103:15 ; Prov 31:12 ; Eccl 2:3; 5:17, 19; 6:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":31938,"verse_id":"LAM.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “as of old.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":31939,"verse_id":"LAM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The compound conjunction כִּי אִם ( ki ’ im ) functions to limit the preceding clause: “unless, or…” (e.g., Ruth 3:18 ; Isa 65:6 ; Amos 3:7 ) (BDB 474 s.v. 2 .a): “Bring us back to yourself… unless you have utterly rejected us” (as in the present translation) or “Bring us back to yourself… Or have you utterly rejected us?” It is Jeremiah’s plea that the Lord be willing to relent of his anger and restore a repentant nation to himself; however, Jeremiah acknowledges that this wished-for restoration might not be possible if the Lord has become so angry with Jerusalem/Judah that he is determined to reject the nation once and for all. Then, Jerusalem/Judah’s restoration would be impossible.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":31940,"verse_id":"LAM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “Or have you utterly rejected us?” The construction מָאֹס מְאַסְתָּנוּ ( ma ’ os mÿ ’ astanu ), Qal infinitive absolute + Qal perfect 2nd person masculine singular from מָאַס ( ma ’ as , “to reject”) is emphatic: the root מָאַס ( ma ’ as ) is repeated in these two verbal forms for emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":31941,"verse_id":"LAM.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LAM","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “Are you exceedingly angry with us?” The construction עַד־מְאֹד (’ ad-mÿ ’ od ) means “up to an abundance, to a great degree, exceedingly” (e.g., Gen 27:33, 34 ; 1 Sam 11:15; 25:36 ; 2 Sam 2:17 ; 1 Kgs 1:4 ; Pss 38:7, 9; 119:8, 43, 51, 107 ; Isa 64:9, 12 ; Lam 5:22 ; Dan 8:8; 11:25 ). Used in reference to God’s judgment, this phrase denotes total and irrevocable rejection by God and his refusal to forgive the sin and restore the people to a status under his grace and blessings, e.g., “Do not be angry beyond measure ( עַד־מְאֹד , ’ ad-mÿ ’ od ), O Lord ; do not remember our sins forever” ( Isa 64:9 ) and “Will you keep silent and punish us beyond measure ( עַד־מְאֹד , ’ ad-mÿ ’ od )?” ( Isa 64:12 ). The sentiment is expressed well in TEV, “Or have you rejected us forever? Is there no limit to your anger?” and CEV, “Or do you despise us so much that you don’t want us?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Lamentations%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":31942,"verse_id":"EZK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “saw visions from God.” References to divine visions occur also in Ezek 8:3; 40:2","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":31943,"verse_id":"EZK.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “to Ezekiel son of Buzi the priest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":31944,"verse_id":"EZK.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” The name of the tribal group ruling Babylon, “Chaldeans” is used as metonymy for the whole empire of Babylon. The Babylonians worked with the Medes to destroy the Assyrian Empire near the end of the 7th century b.c . Then, over the next century, the Babylonians dominated the West Semitic states (such as Phoenicia, Aram, Moab, Edom, and Judah in the modern countries of Syria, Lebanon, Jordan, and Israel) and made incursions into Egypt.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":31945,"verse_id":"EZK.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “power.” sn Hand in the OT can refer metaphorically to power, authority, or influence. In Ezekiel God’s “hand” being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":31946,"verse_id":"EZK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":31947,"verse_id":"EZK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “fire taking hold of itself,” perhaps repeatedly. The phrase occurs elsewhere only in Exod 9:24 in association with a hailstorm. The LXX interprets the phrase as fire flashing like lightning, but it is possibly a self-sustaining blaze of divine origin. The LXX also reverses the order of the descriptors, i.e., “light went around it and fire flashed like lightning within it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":31948,"verse_id":"EZK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “radiance.” The term also occurs in 1:27 b.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":31949,"verse_id":"EZK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “was in it”; cf. LXX ἐν τῷ μέσῳ αὐτοῦ ( en tw mesw autou , “in its midst”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":31950,"verse_id":"EZK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"The LXX translates חַשְׁמַל ( khashmal ) with the word ἤλεκτρον ( hlektron , “electrum”; so NAB), an alloy of silver and gold, perhaps envisioning a comparison to the glow of molten metal.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":31951,"verse_id":"EZK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “from its midst” ( מִתּוֹכָהּ , mitokhah ). The LXX reads ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ( en tw mesw , “in the midst of it”). The LXX also reads ἐν for מִתּוֹךְ ( mitokh ) in v. 4 . The translator of the LXX of Ezekiel either read בְּתוֹךְ ( bÿtokh , “within”) in his Hebrew exemplar or could not imagine how מִתּוֹךְ could make sense and so chose to use ἐν . The Hebrew would be understood by adding “ from its midst emerged the forms of four living beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":31952,"verse_id":"EZK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “form, figure, appearance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":31953,"verse_id":"EZK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hebrew term is feminine plural yet thirty-three of the forty-five pronominal suffixes and verbal references which refer to the living beings in the chapter are masculine plural. The grammatical vacillation between masculine and feminine plurals suggests the difficulty Ezekiel had in penning these words as he was overcome by the vision of God. In ancient Near Eastern sculpture very similar images of part-human, part-animal creatures serve as throne and sky bearers. For a discussion of ancient Near Eastern parallels, see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:26-31. Ezekiel’s vision is an example of contextualization, where God accommodates his self-revelation to cultural expectations and norms.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":31954,"verse_id":"EZK.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The MT reads “his hand” while many Hebrew mss as well as the Qere read “hands of.” Two similar Hebrew letters, vav and yod , have been confused.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":31955,"verse_id":"EZK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “They each went in the direction of one of his faces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":31956,"verse_id":"EZK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The MT has an additional word at the beginning of v. 11 , וּפְנֵיהֶם ( ufÿnehem , “and their faces”), which is missing from the LXX. As the rest of the verse only applies to wings, “their faces” would have to somehow be understood in the previous clause. But this would be very awkward and is doubly problematic since “their faces” are already introduced as the topic at the beginning of v. 10 . The Hebrew scribe appears to have copied the phrase “and their faces and their wings” from v. 8 , where it introduces the content of 9-11. Only “and (as for) their wings” belongs here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":31957,"verse_id":"EZK.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"See the note on “straight ahead” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":31958,"verse_id":"EZK.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “wind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":31959,"verse_id":"EZK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The MT reads “and the form of the creatures” ( וּדְמוּת הַחַיּוֹת , udÿmut hakhayyot ). The LXX reads “and in the midst of the creatures,” suggesting an underlying Hebrew text of וּמִתּוֹךְ הַחַיּוֹת ( umittokh hakhayyot ). The subsequent description of something moving among the creatures supports the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":31960,"verse_id":"EZK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"The MT reads “and the form of the creatures – their appearance was like burning coals of fire.” The LXX reads “in the midst of the creatures was a sight like burning coals of fire.” The MT may have adjusted “appearance” to “their appearance” to fit their reading of the beginning of the verse (see the tc note on “in the middle”). See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 1:46.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":31961,"verse_id":"EZK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The LXX omits v. 14 and may well be correct. The verse may be a later explanatory gloss of the end of v. 13 which was copied into the main text. See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 1:46. tn Lit., “like the appearance of lightning.” The Hebrew term translated “lightning” occurs only here in the OT. In postbiblical Hebrew the term refers to a lightning flash.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":31962,"verse_id":"EZK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The MT adds “at the living beings” which is absent from the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":31963,"verse_id":"EZK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"The Hebrew word may be translated either “earth” or “ground” in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":31964,"verse_id":"EZK.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"This word is omitted from the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":31965,"verse_id":"EZK.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “Tarshish stone.” The meaning of this term is uncertain. The term has also been translated “topaz” (NEB); “beryl” (KJV, NASB, NRSV); or “chrysolite” (RSV, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":31966,"verse_id":"EZK.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “like a wheel at right angles to another wheel.” Some envision concentric wheels here, while others propose “a globe-like structure in which two wheels stand at right angles” (L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:33-34). The description given in v. 17 favors the latter idea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":31967,"verse_id":"EZK.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The MT reads וְיִרְאָה לָהֶם ( vÿyir ’ ah lahem , “and fear belonged to them”). In a similar vision in 10:12 the wheels are described as having spokes ( יִדֵיהֶם , yideyhem ). That parallel would suggest יָדוֹת ( yadot ) here (written יָדֹת without the mater ). By positing both a ד / ר ( dalet / resh ) confusion and a ת / ה ( hey / khet ) confusion the form was read as וְיָרֵה ( vÿyareh ) and was then misunderstood and subsequently written as וְיִרְאָה ( vÿyir ’ ah ) in the MT. The reading וְיִרְאָה does not seem to fit the context well, though in English it can be made to sound as if it does. See W. H. Brownlee, Ezekiel 1-19 (WBC), 8-9. The LXX reads καὶ εἶδον αὐτά ( kai eidon auta , “and I saw”), which assumes וָאֵרֶא ( va ’ ere ’). The existing consonants of the MT may also be read as “it was visible to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":31968,"verse_id":"EZK.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “wind”; the same Hebrew word can be translated as either “wind” or “spirit” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":31969,"verse_id":"EZK.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The MT adds the additional phrase “the spirit would go,” which seems unduly redundant here and may be dittographic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":31970,"verse_id":"EZK.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “wind.” The Hebrew is difficult since the text presents four creatures and then talks about “the spirit” (singular) of “the living being” (singular). According to M. Greenberg ( Ezekiel [AB], 1:45) the Targum interprets this as “will.” Greenberg views this as the spirit of the one enthroned above the creatures, but one would not expect the article when the one enthroned has not yet been introduced.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":31971,"verse_id":"EZK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The LXX reads “when it went, they went; when it stood, they stood.” tn Heb “when they went, they went; when they stood, they stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":31972,"verse_id":"EZK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “like a dome” (NCV, NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":31973,"verse_id":"EZK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “like crystal” (NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":31974,"verse_id":"EZK.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Heb “each had two wings covering and each had two wings covering,” a case of dittography. On the analogy of v. 11 and the support of the LXX, which reads the same for v. 11 and this verse, one should perhaps read “each had two wings touching another being and each had two wings covering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":31975,"verse_id":"EZK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Heb “Shaddai” (probably meaning “one of the mountain”), a title that depicts God as the sovereign ruler of the world who dispenses justice. The Old Greek translation omitted the phrase “voice of the Almighty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":31976,"verse_id":"EZK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"The only other occurrence of the Hebrew word translated “tumult” is in Jer 11:16 . It indicates a noise like that of the turmoil of a military camp or the sound of an army on the march.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":31977,"verse_id":"EZK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"The MT continues “when they stood still they lowered their wings,” an apparent dittography from the end of v. 24 . The LXX commits haplography by homoioteleuton, leaving out vv. 25 b and 26a by skipping from רֹאשָׁם ( rosham ) in v. 25 to רֹאשָׁם in v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":31978,"verse_id":"EZK.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"See Ezek 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":31979,"verse_id":"EZK.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"The LXX lacks this phrase. Its absence from the LXX may be explained as a case of haplography resulting from homoioteleuton, skipping from כְּמַרְאֵה ( kÿmar ’ eh ) to מִמַּרְאֵה ( mimmar ’ eh ). On the other hand, the LXX presents a much more balanced verse structure when it is recognized that the final words of this verse belong in the next sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":31980,"verse_id":"EZK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"The vision closes with the repetition of the verb “I saw” from the beginning of the vision in 1:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":31981,"verse_id":"EZK.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The phrase “as he spoke to me” is absent from the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":31982,"verse_id":"EZK.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “spirit.” NIV has “the Spirit,” but the absence of the article in the Hebrew text makes this unlikely. Elsewhere in Ezekiel the Lord’s Spirit is referred to as “the Spirit of the Lord” ( 11:5; 37:1 ), “the Spirit of God” ( 11:24 ), or “my (that is, the Lord’s) Spirit” ( 36:27; 37:14; 39:29 ). Some identify the “spirit” of 2:2 as the spirit that energized the living beings, however, that “spirit” is called “the spirit” ( 1:12, 20 ) or “the spirit of the living beings” ( 1:20-21; 10:17 ). Still others see the term as referring to an impersonal “spirit” of strength or courage, that is, the term may also be understood as a disposition or attitude. The Hebrew word often refers to a wind in Ezekiel ( 1:4; 5:10, 12; 12:4; 13:11, 13; 17:10, 21; 19:12; 27:26; 37:9 ). In 37:5-10 a “breath” originates in the “four winds” and is associated with the Lord’s life-giving breath (see v. 14). This breath enters into the dry bones and gives them life. In a similar fashion the breath of 2:2 (see also 3:24 ) energizes paralyzed Ezekiel. Breath and wind are related. On the one hand it is a more normal picture to think of breath rather than wind entering someone, but since wind represents an external force it seems more likely for wind rather than breath to stand someone up (unless we should understand it as a disposition). It may be that one should envision the breath of the speaker moving like a wind to revive Ezekiel, helping him to regain his breath and invigorating him to stand. A wind also transports the prophet from one place to another ( 3:12, 14; 8:3; 11:1, 24; 43:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":31983,"verse_id":"EZK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The Hebrew reads “sons of,” while the LXX reads “house,” implying the more common phrase in Ezekiel. Either could be abbreviated with the first letter ב ( bet ). In preparation for the characterization “house of rebellion,” in vv. 5, 6, and 8 , “house” is preferred (L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:10 and W. Zimmerli, Ezekiel [Hermeneia], 2:564-65).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":31984,"verse_id":"EZK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “to the rebellious nations.” The phrase “to the rebellious nations” is omitted in the LXX. Elsewhere in Ezekiel the singular word “nation” is used for Israel ( 36:13-15; 37:22 ). Here “nations” may have the meaning of “tribes” or refer to the two nations of Israel and Judah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":31985,"verse_id":"EZK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"This word is omitted from the LXX. tn The Hebrew term used here is the strongest word available for expressing a covenant violation. The word is used in the diplomatic arena to express a treaty violation ( 2 Kgs 1:1; 3:5, 7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":31986,"verse_id":"EZK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “sons.” The word choice may reflect treaty idiom, where the relationship between an overlord and his subjects can be described as that of father and son.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":31987,"verse_id":"EZK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “stern of face and hard of heart.” The phrases “stern of face” and “hard of heart” are lacking in the LXX.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":31988,"verse_id":"EZK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"The phrase “thus says [the Lord ]” occurs 129 times in Ezekiel; the announcement is identical to the way messengers often introduced their messages ( Gen 32:5; 45:9 ; Exod 5:10 ; Num 20:14 ; Judg 11:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":31989,"verse_id":"EZK.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “they”; the phrase “And as for them” has been used in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":31990,"verse_id":"EZK.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The Hebrew word implies obedience rather than mere hearing or paying attention.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":31991,"verse_id":"EZK.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"This Hebrew adjective is also used to describe the Israelites in Num 17:25 and Isa 30:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":31992,"verse_id":"EZK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The Hebrew term occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":31993,"verse_id":"EZK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The Hebrew term is found elsewhere in the OT only in Ezek 28:24 . sn Here thorns may be a figure for hostility ( Ezek 28:24 ; Mic 7:4 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":31994,"verse_id":"EZK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “of their faces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":31995,"verse_id":"EZK.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “on the face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":31996,"verse_id":"EZK.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “eat what you find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":31997,"verse_id":"EZK.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “I ate,” a first common singular preterite plus paragogic he ( ה ). The ancient versions read “I ate it,” which is certainly the meaning in the context, and indicates they read the he as a third feminine singular pronominal suffix. The Masoretes typically wrote a mappiq in the he for the pronominal suffix but apparently missed this one. sn I ate it . A similar idea of consuming God’s word is found in Jer 15:16 and Rev 10:10 , where it is also compared to honey and may be specifically reminiscent of this text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":31998,"verse_id":"EZK.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “deep of lip” (in the sense of incomprehensible).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":31999,"verse_id":"EZK.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “heavy of tongue.” Similar language occurs in Exod 4:10 ; Isa 33:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":32000,"verse_id":"EZK.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"The conjunction “but” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":32001,"verse_id":"EZK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":32002,"verse_id":"EZK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The MT reads “if not” but most ancient versions translate only “if.” The expression occurs with this sense in Isa 5:9; 14:24 . See also Ezek 34:8; 36:5; 38:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":32003,"verse_id":"EZK.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “hard of forehead and stiff of heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":32004,"verse_id":"EZK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “strong, resolute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":32005,"verse_id":"EZK.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The Hebrew term translated “diamond” is parallel to “iron” in Jer 17:1 . The Hebrew uses two terms which are both translated at times as “flint,” but here one is clearly harder than the other. The translation “diamond” attempts to reflect this distinction in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":32006,"verse_id":"EZK.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “of their faces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":32007,"verse_id":"EZK.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “to the sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":32008,"verse_id":"EZK.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"This translation accepts the emendation suggested in BHS of בְּרוּם ( bÿrum ) for בָּרוּךְ ( barukh ). The letters mem ( מ ) and kaph ( כ ) were easily confused in the old script while בָּרוּךְ (“blessed be”) both implies a quotation which is out of place here and also does not fit the later phrase, “from its place,” which requires a verb of motion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":32009,"verse_id":"EZK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The traditional interpretation is that Ezekiel embarked on his mission with bitterness and anger, either reflecting God’s attitude toward the sinful people or his own feelings about having to carry out such an unpleasant task. L. C. Allen ( Ezekiel [WBC], 1:13) takes “bitterly” as a misplaced marginal note and understands the following word, normally translated “anger,” in the sense of fervor or passion. He translates, “I was passionately moved” (p. 4). Another option is to take the word translated “bitterly” as a verb meaning “strengthened” (attested in Ugaritic). See G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 152.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":32010,"verse_id":"EZK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “the hand of the Lord was on me heavily.” The “hand of the Lord” is a metaphor for his power or influence; the modifier conveys intensity. sn In Ezekiel God’s “hand” being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 1:3; 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":32011,"verse_id":"EZK.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “canal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":32012,"verse_id":"EZK.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The literal role of a watchman is described in 2 Sam 18:24 ; 2 Kgs 9:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":32013,"verse_id":"EZK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “in his punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here and v. 19; 4:17; 7:13, 16; 18: 17, 18, 19, 20; 24:23; 33:6, 8, 9; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment for iniquity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":32014,"verse_id":"EZK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “his blood I will seek from your hand.” The expression “seek blood from the hand” is equivalent to requiring the death penalty ( 2 Sam 4:11-12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":32015,"verse_id":"EZK.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Verses 17-19 are repeated in Ezek 33:7-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":32016,"verse_id":"EZK.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “stumbling block.” The Hebrew term refers to an obstacle in the road in Lev 19:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":32017,"verse_id":"EZK.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Heb “the righteous man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":32018,"verse_id":"EZK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “power.” sn Hand in the OT can refer metaphorically to power, authority, or influence. In Ezekiel God’s hand being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 1:3; 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":32019,"verse_id":"EZK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Or “canal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":32020,"verse_id":"EZK.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"See the note on “wind” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":32021,"verse_id":"EZK.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":32022,"verse_id":"EZK.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Heb “you will not be to them a reprover.” In Isa 29:21 and Amos 5:10 “a reprover” issued rebuke at the city gate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":32023,"verse_id":"EZK.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “open your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":32024,"verse_id":"EZK.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Heb “the listener will listen, the refuser will refuse.” Because the word for listening can also mean obeying, the nuance may be that the obedient will listen, or that the one who listens will obey. Also, although the verbs are not jussive as pointed in the MT, some translate them with a volitive sense: “the one who listens – let that one listen, the one who refuses – let that one refuse.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":32025,"verse_id":"EZK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Or perhaps “draw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":32026,"verse_id":"EZK.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “a barricade.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":32027,"verse_id":"EZK.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “set camps against it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":32028,"verse_id":"EZK.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “a griddle,” that is, some sort of plate for cooking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":32029,"verse_id":"EZK.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"That is, a symbolic object lesson.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":32030,"verse_id":"EZK.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “punishment” (also in vv. 5, 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":32031,"verse_id":"EZK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “I have assigned for you that the years of their iniquity be the number of days.” Num 14:33-34 is an example of the reverse, where the days were converted into years, the number of days spying out the land becoming the number of years of the wilderness wanderings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":32032,"verse_id":"EZK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"The LXX reads “190 days.” sn The significance of the number 390 is not clear. The best explanation is that “days” are used figuratively for years and the number refers to the years of the sinfulness of Israel during the period of the First Temple. Some understand the number to refer to the length of the division of the northern and southern kingdoms down to the fall of Jerusalem (931-586 b.c. ), but this adds up to only 345 years.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":32033,"verse_id":"EZK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “When you have carried the iniquity of the house of Israel,” and continuing on to the next verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":32034,"verse_id":"EZK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “bread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":32035,"verse_id":"EZK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"The LXX reads “190 days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":32036,"verse_id":"EZK.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “from time to time.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":32037,"verse_id":"EZK.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The Hebrew term refers to sacrificial meat not eaten by the appropriate time ( Lev 7:18; 19:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":32038,"verse_id":"EZK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Heb, “break the staff of bread.” The bread supply is compared to a staff that one uses for support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":32039,"verse_id":"EZK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":32040,"verse_id":"EZK.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “in their punishment.” Ezek 4:16-17 alludes to Lev 26:26, 39 . The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here, 3:18, 19; 7:13, 16; 18: 17, 18, 19, 20; 24:23; 33:6, 8, 9; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment for iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":32041,"verse_id":"EZK.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":32042,"verse_id":"EZK.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb, “pass (it) over your head and your beard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":32043,"verse_id":"EZK.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “from there a few in number.” The word “strands” has been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":32044,"verse_id":"EZK.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “into the midst of” (so KJV, ASV). This phrase has been left untranslated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":32045,"verse_id":"EZK.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “she defied my laws, becoming wicked more than the nations, and [she defied] my statutes [becoming wicked] more than the countries around her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":32046,"verse_id":"EZK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Traditionally this difficult form has been derived from a hypothetical root הָמוֹן ( hamon ), supposedly meaning “be in tumult/uproar,” but such a verb occurs nowhere else. It is more likely that it is to be derived from a root מָנוֹן ( manon ), meaning “disdain” (see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:52). A derivative from this root is used in Prov 29:21 of a rebellious servant. See HALOT 600 s.v. מָנוֹן .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":32047,"verse_id":"EZK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Some Hebrew mss and the Syriac omit the words “not even.” In this case they are being accused of following the practices of the surrounding nations. See Ezek 11:12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":32048,"verse_id":"EZK.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8. The Hebrew text switches to a second feminine singular form here, indicating that personified Jerusalem is addressed (see vv. 5-6 a). The address to Jerusalem continues through v. 15 . In vv. 16-17 the second masculine plural is used, as the people are addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":32049,"verse_id":"EZK.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The Hebrew text uses wordplay here to bring out the appropriate nature of God’s judgment. “Execute” translates the same Hebrew verb translated “carried out” (literally meaning “do”) in v. 7 , while “judgment” in v. 8 and “regulations” in v. 7 translate the same Hebrew noun (meaning “regulations” or in some cases “judgments” executed on those who break laws). The point seems to be this: God would “carry out judgments” against those who refused to “carry out” his “laws.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":32050,"verse_id":"EZK.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “in the sight of the nations.” sn This is one of the ironies of the passage. The Lord set Israel among the nations for honor and praise as they would be holy and obey God’s law as told in Ezek 5:5 and Deut 26:16-19 . The practice of these laws and statutes would make the peoples consider Israel wise. (See Deut 4:5-8 , where the words for laws and statutes are the same as those used here). Since Israel did not obey, they are made a different kind of object lesson to the nations, not by their obedience but in their punishment as told in Ezek 5:8 and Deut 29:24-29 . Yet goes on to say that when they remember the cursings and blessings of the covenant and repent, God will restore them from the nations to which they have been scattered.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":32051,"verse_id":"EZK.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Or “abominable idols.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":32052,"verse_id":"EZK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"In context “you” refers to the city of Jerusalem. To make this clear for the modern reader, “Jerusalem” has been supplied in the translation in apposition to “you.” sn This cannibalism would occur as a result of starvation due to the city being besieged. It is one of the judgments threatened for a covenant law violation ( Lev 26:29 ; see also Deut 28:53 ; Jer 19:9 ; Lam 2:20 ; Zech 11:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":32053,"verse_id":"EZK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “all of your survivors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":32054,"verse_id":"EZK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “to every wind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":32055,"verse_id":"EZK.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":32056,"verse_id":"EZK.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “calm myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":32057,"verse_id":"EZK.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The Hebrew noun translated “jealousy” is used in the human realm to describe suspicion of adultery ( Num 5:14 ff.; Prov 6:34 ). Since Israel’s relationship with God was often compared to a marriage this term is appropriate here. The term occurs elsewhere in Ezekiel in 8:3, 5; 16:38, 42; 23:25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":32058,"verse_id":"EZK.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"This reading is supported by the versions and by the Dead Sea Scrolls (11QEzek). Most Masoretic Hebrew mss read “it will be,” but if the final he ( ה ) is read as a mater lectionis , as it can be with the second masculine singular perfect, then they are in agreement. In either case the subject refers to Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":32059,"verse_id":"EZK.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT. A related verb means “revile, taunt” (see Ps 44:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":32060,"verse_id":"EZK.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “discipline and devastation.” These words are omitted in the Old Greek. The first term pictures Jerusalem as a recipient or example of divine discipline; the second depicts her as a desolate ruin (see Ezek 6:14 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":32061,"verse_id":"EZK.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “in anger and in fury and in rebukes of fury.” The heaping up of synonyms emphasizes the degree of God’s anger.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A15/4"}
{"id":32062,"verse_id":"EZK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The Hebrew word carries the basic idea of “bad, displeasing, injurious,” but when used of weapons has the nuance “deadly” (see Ps 144:10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":32063,"verse_id":"EZK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “which are/were to destroy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":32064,"verse_id":"EZK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"The language of this verse may have been influenced by Deut 32:23 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":32065,"verse_id":"EZK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “which were to destroy those whom I will send to destroy you” (cf. NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A16/4"}
{"id":32066,"verse_id":"EZK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb, “break the staff of bread.” The bread supply is compared to a staff that one uses for support. See 4:16 , as well as the covenant curse in Lev 26:26 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A16/5"}
{"id":32067,"verse_id":"EZK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “will bereave you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":32068,"verse_id":"EZK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Heb “will pass through you.” This threat recalls the warning of Lev 26:22, 25 and Deut 32:24-25 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":32069,"verse_id":"EZK.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “set your face against.” The expression occurs at the beginning of Ezekiel’s prophetic oracles in Ezek 13:17; 20:46; 21:2; 25:2; 28:21; 29:2; 35:2; 38:2 . sn Based on comparison to a similar expression in Ugaritic, the phrase may imply that Ezekiel was to actually go to these locations to deliver his message.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":32070,"verse_id":"EZK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The phrase “mountains of Israel” occurs only in the book of Ezekiel ( 6:2, 3; 19:9; 33:28; 34:13, 14; 35:12; 36:1, 4, 8; 37:22; 38:8; 39:2, 4, 17 ). The expression refers to the whole land of Israel. sn The mountainous terrain of Israel would contrast with the exiles’ habitat in the river valley of Babylonia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":32071,"verse_id":"EZK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"The introductory formula “Hear the word of the sovereign Lord ” parallels a pronouncement delivered by the herald of a king ( 2 Kgs 18:28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":32072,"verse_id":"EZK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “Look I, I am bringing.” The repetition of the pronoun draws attention to the speaker. The construction also indicates that the action is soon to come; the Lord is “about to bring a sword against” them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":32073,"verse_id":"EZK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"The Hebrew term refers to elevated platforms where pagan sacrifices were performed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":32074,"verse_id":"EZK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Thirty-nine of the forty-eight biblical occurrences of this Hebrew word are found in the book of Ezekiel. sn This verse is probably based on Lev 26:30 in which God forecasts that he will destroy their high places, cut off their incense altars, and set their corpses by the corpses of their idols.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":32075,"verse_id":"EZK.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"This first sentence, which explains the meaning of the last sentence of the previous verse, does not appear in the LXX and may be an instance of a marginal explanatory note making its way into the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":32076,"verse_id":"EZK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “wiped out” is used to describe the judgment of the Flood ( Gen 6:7; 7:4, 23 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":32077,"verse_id":"EZK.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “when you have fugitives from the sword among the nations, when you are scattered among the lands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":32078,"verse_id":"EZK.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"The words “they will realize” are not in the Hebrew text; they are added here for stylistic reasons since this clause assumes the previous verb “to remember” or “to take into account.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":32079,"verse_id":"EZK.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “how I was broken by their adulterous heart.” The image of God being “broken” is startling, but perfectly natural within the metaphorical framework of God as offended husband. The idiom must refer to the intense grief that Israel’s unfaithfulness caused God. For a discussion of the syntax and semantics of the Hebrew text, see M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 1:134.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":32080,"verse_id":"EZK.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb adds “in their faces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":32081,"verse_id":"EZK.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “not in vain did I speak to do to them this catastrophe.” The wording of the last half of v. 10 parallels God’s declaration after the sin of the golden calf ( Exod 32:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":32082,"verse_id":"EZK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “the one who is left, the one who is spared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":32083,"verse_id":"EZK.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"The Vulgate reads the name as “Riblah,” a city north of Damascus. The MT reads Diblah, a city otherwise unknown. The letters resh ( ר ) and dalet ( ד ) may have been confused in the Hebrew text. The town of Riblah was in the land of Hamath ( 2 Kgs 23:33 ) which represented the northern border of Israel ( Ezek 47:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":32084,"verse_id":"EZK.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “earth.” Elsewhere the expression “four corners of the earth” figuratively refers to the whole earth ( Isa 11:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":32085,"verse_id":"EZK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “punish” (cf. BDB 1047 s.v. שָׁפַט 3.c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":32086,"verse_id":"EZK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":32087,"verse_id":"EZK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “I will place on you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":32088,"verse_id":"EZK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":32089,"verse_id":"EZK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The pronoun “you” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":32090,"verse_id":"EZK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"“I will set your behavior on your head.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":32091,"verse_id":"EZK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and your abominable practices will be among you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A4/4"}
{"id":32092,"verse_id":"EZK.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The Hebrew term often refers to moral evil (see Ezek 6:10; 14:22 ), but in many contexts it refers to calamity or disaster, sometimes as punishment for evil behavior.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":32093,"verse_id":"EZK.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"So most Hebrew mss ; many Hebrew mss read “disaster after disaster” (cf. NAB, NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":32094,"verse_id":"EZK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “has come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":32095,"verse_id":"EZK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “has come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":32096,"verse_id":"EZK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"With different vowels the verb rendered “it has awakened” would be the noun “the end,” as in “the end is upon you.” The verb would represent a phonetic wordplay. The noun by virtue of repetition would continue to reinforce the idea of the end. Whether verb or noun, this is the only instance to occur with this preposition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":32097,"verse_id":"EZK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"For this entire verse, the LXX has only “the end is come.” tn In each of the three cases of the verb translated with forms of “to come,” the form may either be a participle (“comes/is coming”) or a perfect (“has come”). Either form would indicate that the end is soon to arrive. This last form appears also to be feminine, although “end” is masculine. This shift may be looking ahead to the next verse, whose first noun (“Doom”) is feminine.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":32098,"verse_id":"EZK.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"The LXX reads “neither tumult nor birth pains.” The LXX varies at many points from the MT in this chapter. The context suggests that one or both of these would be present on a day of judgment, thus favoring the MT. Perhaps more significant is the absence of “the mountains” in the LXX. If the ר ( resh ) in הָרִים ( harim , “the mountains” not “on the mountains”) were a ד ( dalet ), which is a common letter confusion, then it could be from the same root as the previous word, הֵד ( hed ), meaning “the day is near – with destruction, not joyful shouting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":32099,"verse_id":"EZK.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"The expression “to pour out rage” also occurs in Ezek 9:8; 14:19; 20:8, 13, 21; 22:31; 30:15; 36:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":32100,"verse_id":"EZK.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":32101,"verse_id":"EZK.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “According to your behavior I will place on you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":32102,"verse_id":"EZK.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"The MT lacks “you.” It has been added for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":32103,"verse_id":"EZK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Heb “the violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":32104,"verse_id":"EZK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"The LXX reads “he will crush the wicked rod without confusion or haste.” tn The verb has been supplied for the Hebrew text to clarify the sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":32105,"verse_id":"EZK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":32106,"verse_id":"EZK.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “wrath.” Context clarifies that God’s wrath is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":32107,"verse_id":"EZK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The translation follows the LXX for the first line of the verse, although the LXX has lost the second line due to homoioteleuton (similar endings of the clauses). The MT reads “The seller will not return to the sale.” This Hebrew reading has been construed as a reference to land redemption, the temporary sale of the use of property, with property rights returned to the seller in the year of Jubilee. But the context has no other indicator that land redemption is in view. If correct, the LXX evidence suggests that one of the cases of “the customer” has been replaced by “the seller” in the MT, perhaps due to hoimoioarcton (similar beginnings of the words).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":32108,"verse_id":"EZK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"The Hebrew word refers to the din or noise made by a crowd, and by extension may refer to the crowd itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":32109,"verse_id":"EZK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “in their punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here and in v. 16; 3:18, 19; 4:17; 18:17, 18, 19, 20; 24:23; 33:6, 8, 9; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment for iniquity.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A13/3"}
{"id":32110,"verse_id":"EZK.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"The Hebrew word refers to the din or noise made by a crowd, and by extension may refer to the crowd itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":32111,"verse_id":"EZK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “their knees will run with water.” The expression probably refers to urination caused by fright, which is how the LXX renders the phrase. More colloquial English would simply be “they will wet their pants,” but as D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:261, n. 98) notes, the men likely wore skirts which were short enough to expose urine on the knees.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":32112,"verse_id":"EZK.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “baldness will be on their heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":32113,"verse_id":"EZK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"The Hebrew term can refer to menstrual impurity. The term also occurs at the end of v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":32114,"verse_id":"EZK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “it.” Apparently the subject is the silver and gold mentioned earlier (see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:102).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":32115,"verse_id":"EZK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.19","text":"The “stumbling block of their iniquity” is a unique phrase of the prophet Ezekiel ( Ezek 14:3, 4, 7; 18:30; 44:12 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A19/4"}
{"id":32116,"verse_id":"EZK.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The MT reads “he set up the beauty of his ornament as pride.” The verb may be repointed as plural without changing the consonantal text. The Syriac reads “their ornaments” (plural), implying עֶדְיָם (’ edyam ) rather than עֶדְיוֹ (’ edyo ) and meaning “they were proud of their beautiful ornaments.” This understands “ornaments” in the common sense of women’s jewelry, which then were used to make idols. The singular suffix “his ornaments” would refer to using items from the temple treasury to make idols. D. I. Block points out the foreshadowing of Ezek 16:17 which, with Rashi and the Targum, supports the understanding that this is a reference to temple items. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:265.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":32117,"verse_id":"EZK.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"The Hebrew word “the chain” occurs only here in the OT. The reading of the LXX (“and they will make carnage”) seems to imply a Hebrew text of ַהבַּתּוֹק ( habbattoq , “disorder, slaughter”) instead of הָרַתּוֹק ( haratoq , “the chain”). The LXX is also translating the verb as a third person plural future and taking this as the end of the preceding verse. As M. Greenberg ( Ezekiel [AB], 1:154) notes, this may refer to a chain for a train of exiles but “the context does not speak of exile but of the city’s fall. The versions guess desperately and we can do little better.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":32118,"verse_id":"EZK.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Heb “judgment for blood,” i.e., indictment or accountability for bloodshed. The word for “judgment” does not appear in the similar phrase in 9:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":32119,"verse_id":"EZK.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT. It is interpreted based on a Syriac cognate meaning “to bristle or stiffen (in terror).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":32120,"verse_id":"EZK.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Heb “and by their judgments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":32121,"verse_id":"EZK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The LXX reads “In the sixth year, in the fifth month, on the fifth of the month.” sn In the sixth year, in the sixth month, on the fifth of the month would be September 17, 592 b.c. , about fourteen months after the initial vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":32122,"verse_id":"EZK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “power.” sn Hand in the OT can refer metaphorically to power, authority, or influence. In Ezekiel God’s hand being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":32123,"verse_id":"EZK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “fell upon me there,” that is, God’s influence came over him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":32124,"verse_id":"EZK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb (so also throughout the chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":32125,"verse_id":"EZK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"The MT reads “fire” rather than “man,” the reading of the LXX. The nouns are very similar in Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":32126,"verse_id":"EZK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"The MT reads “what appeared to be his waist and downwards was fire.” The LXX omits “what appeared to be,” reading “from his waist to below was fire.” Suggesting that “like what appeared to be” belongs before “fire,” D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:277) points out the resulting poetic symmetry of form with the next line as followed in the translation here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":32127,"verse_id":"EZK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"8.2","text":"The LXX omits “like a brightness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A2/4"}
{"id":32128,"verse_id":"EZK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.2","text":"See Ezek 1:4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A2/5"}
{"id":32129,"verse_id":"EZK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"The Hebrew term is normally used as an architectural term in describing the pattern of the tabernacle or temple or a representation of it (see Exod 25:8 ; 1 Chr 28:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":32130,"verse_id":"EZK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “spirit.” See note on “wind” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":32131,"verse_id":"EZK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":32132,"verse_id":"EZK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “image.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A3/4"}
{"id":32133,"verse_id":"EZK.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “lift your eyes (to) the way of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":32134,"verse_id":"EZK.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":32135,"verse_id":"EZK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “pattern.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":32136,"verse_id":"EZK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “detestable.” The word is often used to describe the figures of foreign gods.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":32137,"verse_id":"EZK.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":32138,"verse_id":"EZK.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “the room of his images.” The adjective “idolatrous” has been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn This type of image is explicitly prohibited in the Mosaic law ( Lev 26:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":32139,"verse_id":"EZK.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Given the context this could be understood as a shock, e.g., idiomatically “Good grief! I saw….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":32140,"verse_id":"EZK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":32141,"verse_id":"EZK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"The LXX reads “twenty” instead of twenty-five, perhaps because of the association of the number twenty with the Mesopotamian sun god Shamash. tn Or “exactly twenty-five.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":32142,"verse_id":"EZK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “the sun god.” sn The worship of astral entities may have begun during the reign of Manasseh ( 2 Kgs 21:5 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A16/5"}
{"id":32143,"verse_id":"EZK.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"It is not clear what the practice of “holding a branch to the nose” indicates. A possible parallel is the Syrian relief of a king holding a flower to his nose as he worships the stars ( ANEP 281). See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:145-46. The LXX glosses the expression as “Behold, they are like mockers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":32144,"verse_id":"EZK.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":32145,"verse_id":"EZK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “they approached.” Reading the imperative assumes the same consonantal text but different vowels.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":32146,"verse_id":"EZK.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":32147,"verse_id":"EZK.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.2","text":"Or “a scribe’s inkhorn.” The Hebrew term occurs in the OT only in and is believed to be an Egyptian loanword.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A2/4"}
{"id":32148,"verse_id":"EZK.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":32149,"verse_id":"EZK.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “through the midst of the city, through the midst of Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":32150,"verse_id":"EZK.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"The word translated “mark” is in Hebrew the letter ת ( tav ). Outside this context the only other occurrence of the word is in Job 31:35 . In ancient Hebrew script this letter was written like the letter X. sn For a similar concept in the Bible, see Rev 7:2-4; 13:16; 14:9, 11; 20:4; 22:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":32151,"verse_id":"EZK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “to these he said in my ears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":32152,"verse_id":"EZK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":32153,"verse_id":"EZK.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Or “lawlessness” (NAB); “perversity” (NRSV). The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT, and its meaning is uncertain. The similar phrase in 7:23 has a common word for “violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":32154,"verse_id":"EZK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is primarily emotional: “to pity,” which in context implies an action, as in being moved by pity in order to spare them from the horror of their punishment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":32155,"verse_id":"EZK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “their way on their head I have placed.” The same expression occurs in 1 Kgs 8:32 ; Ezek 11:21; 16:43; 22:31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":32156,"verse_id":"EZK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":32157,"verse_id":"EZK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “like a dome.” See 1:22-26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":32158,"verse_id":"EZK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":32159,"verse_id":"EZK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"The Hebrew term often refers to chariot wheels ( Isa 28:28 ; Ezek 23:24; 26:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":32160,"verse_id":"EZK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"The LXX, Syriac, Vulgate, and Targum mss read plural “cherubim” while the MT is singular here, “cherub.” The plural ending was probably omitted in copying the MT due to the similar beginning of the next word.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":32161,"verse_id":"EZK.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “right side.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":32162,"verse_id":"EZK.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The name (“El Shaddai”) has often been translated “God Almighty,” primarily because Jerome translated it omnipotens (“all powerful”) in the Latin Vulgate. There has been much debate over the meaning of the name. For discussion see W. F. Albright, “The Names Shaddai and Abram ,” JBL 54 (1935): 173-210; R. Gordis, “The Biblical Root sdy-sd ,” JTS 41 (1940): 34-43; and especially T. N. D. Mettinger, In Search of God , 69-72.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":32163,"verse_id":"EZK.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":32164,"verse_id":"EZK.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the man dressed in linen) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":32165,"verse_id":"EZK.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “the wheel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":32166,"verse_id":"EZK.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “the cherub.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":32167,"verse_id":"EZK.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"The Hebrew text adds, “from among the cherubim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":32168,"verse_id":"EZK.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"The Hebrew term is normally used as an architectural term in describing the plan or pattern of the tabernacle or temple or a representation of it (see Exod 25:8 ; 1 Chr 28:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":32169,"verse_id":"EZK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":32170,"verse_id":"EZK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"The MT repeats this phrase, a clear case of dittography.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":32171,"verse_id":"EZK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “Tarshish stone.” The meaning is uncertain. The term has also been translated “topaz” (NEB), “beryl” (KJV, NASB, NRSV), and “chrysolite” (RSV, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":32172,"verse_id":"EZK.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “like a wheel at right angles to another wheel.” Some envision concentric wheels here, while others propose “a globe-like structure in which two wheels stand at right angles” (L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:33-34). See also 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":32173,"verse_id":"EZK.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Many interpreters assume that the human face of each cherub was the one that looked forward.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":32174,"verse_id":"EZK.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"The phrase “along with their entire bodies” is absent from the LXX and may be a gloss explaining the following words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":32175,"verse_id":"EZK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “the whirling wheels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":32176,"verse_id":"EZK.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “each one”; the referent (the cherubim) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":32177,"verse_id":"EZK.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “it was the living creature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":32178,"verse_id":"EZK.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “lifted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":32179,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the cherubim) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":32180,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the wheels) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":32181,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the wheels) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":32182,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.17","text":"Or “wind.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/4"}
{"id":32183,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “living creature.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/5"}
{"id":32184,"verse_id":"EZK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the wheels) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A17/6"}
{"id":32185,"verse_id":"EZK.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “lifted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":32186,"verse_id":"EZK.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “the ground” (NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":32187,"verse_id":"EZK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Heb “That was the living creature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":32188,"verse_id":"EZK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Or “spirit.” See note on “wind” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":32189,"verse_id":"EZK.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":32190,"verse_id":"EZK.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The Hebrew verb may mean “think” in this context. This content of what they say (or think) represents their point of view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":32191,"verse_id":"EZK.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Heb “she” or “it”; the feminine pronoun refers here to Jerusalem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":32192,"verse_id":"EZK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “fell.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":32193,"verse_id":"EZK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"The Hebrew verb commonly means “to say,” but may also mean “to think” (see also v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":32194,"verse_id":"EZK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “I know the steps of your spirits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":32195,"verse_id":"EZK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “placed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":32196,"verse_id":"EZK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “in its midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":32197,"verse_id":"EZK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “she/it.” See v. 3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":32198,"verse_id":"EZK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"Many of the versions read “I will bring you out” (active) rather than “he brought out” (the reading of MT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":32199,"verse_id":"EZK.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “its midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":32200,"verse_id":"EZK.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"The Hebrew text does not have the negative particle, but it is implied. The negative particle in the previous line does double duty here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":32201,"verse_id":"EZK.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The LXX reads this statement as a question. Compare this to the question in 9:8 . It is possible that the interrogative particle has been omitted by haplography. However, an exclamatory statement as in the MT also makes sense and the LXX may have simply tried to harmonize this passage with 9:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":32202,"verse_id":"EZK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The MT reads “your brothers, your brothers” either for empahsis (D. I. Block, Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:341, n. 1; 346) or as a result of dittography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":32203,"verse_id":"EZK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"The MT reads גְאֻלָּתֶךָ ( gÿ ’ ullatekha , “your redemption-men”), referring to the relatives responsible for deliverance in times of hardship (see Lev 25:25-55 ). The LXX and Syriac read “your fellow exiles,” assuming an underlying Hebrew text of גָלוּתֶךָ ( galutekha ) or having read the א ( aleph ) as an internal mater lectionis for holem .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":32204,"verse_id":"EZK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":32205,"verse_id":"EZK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"The MT has an imperative form (“go far!”), but it may be read with different vowels as a perfect verb (“they have gone far”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":32206,"verse_id":"EZK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Or “have been partially a sanctuary”; others take this as temporal (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV “a little while”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":32207,"verse_id":"EZK.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"The MT reads “you”; many Hebrew mss along with the LXX and other ancient versions read “within them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":32208,"verse_id":"EZK.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “their flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":32209,"verse_id":"EZK.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"Heb “heart of flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":32210,"verse_id":"EZK.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Heb “their way on their head I have placed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":32211,"verse_id":"EZK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “lifted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":32212,"verse_id":"EZK.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":32213,"verse_id":"EZK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Or “spirit.” See note on “wind” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":32214,"verse_id":"EZK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “to Chaldea.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":32215,"verse_id":"EZK.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “all the words of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":32216,"verse_id":"EZK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “see.” This plays on the uses of “see” in v. 2 . They will see his actions with their eyes and perhaps they will “see” with their mind, that is, understand or grasp the point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":32217,"verse_id":"EZK.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Apart from this context the Hebrew term occurs only in Gen 15:17 in reference to the darkness after sunset. It may mean twilight.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":32218,"verse_id":"EZK.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “land” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":32219,"verse_id":"EZK.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"The words “my baggage” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":32220,"verse_id":"EZK.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"The nearly incoherent Hebrew reads “The prince is this burden (prophetic oracle?) in Jerusalem.” The Targum, which may only be trying to make sense of a very difficult text, says “Concerning the prince is this oracle,” assuming the addition of a preposition. This would be the only case where Ezekiel uses this term for a prophetic oracle. The LXX reads the word for “burden” as a synonym for leader, as both words are built on the same root ( נָשִׂיא , nasi ’), but the verse is still incoherent because it is only a phrase with no verb. The current translation assumes that the verb יִשָּׂא ( yisa ’) from the root נָשִׂיא has dropped out due to homoioteleuton. If indeed the verb has dropped out (the syntax of the verbless clause being the problem), then context clearly suggests that it be a form of נָשִׂיא (see vv. 7 and 12 ). Placing the verb between the subject and object would result in three consecutive words based on the root נָשִׂיא and an environment conducive to an omission in copying: הַנָּשִׂיא יִשָּׁא הַמַּשָּׂא הַזֶּה ( hannasi ’ yisha ’ hammasa ’ hazzeh , “the Prince will raise this burden”). sn The prince in Jerusalem refers to King Zedekiah. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":32221,"verse_id":"EZK.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"The MT reads “within them.” Possibly a scribe copied this form from the following verse “among them,” but only “within it” makes sense in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":32222,"verse_id":"EZK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"The words “his belongings” are not in the Hebrew text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":32223,"verse_id":"EZK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.12","text":"The MT reads “they”; the LXX and Syriac read “he.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A12/3"}
{"id":32224,"verse_id":"EZK.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Or “Babylonians” (NCV, NLT). sn The Chaldeans were a group of people in the country south of Babylon from which Nebuchadnezzar came. The Chaldean dynasty his father established became the name by which the Babylonians are regularly referred to in the book of Jeremiah, while Jeremiah’s contemporary, Ezekiel, uses both terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":32225,"verse_id":"EZK.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The Hebrew term normally refers to an earthquake (see 1 Kgs 19:11 ; Amos 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":32226,"verse_id":"EZK.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Heb “the days draw near and the word of every vision (draws near).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":32227,"verse_id":"EZK.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “from their mind.” sn Who prophesy from their imagination . Note the testimony of Moses in Num 16:28 , which contains a similar expression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":32228,"verse_id":"EZK.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"Or “confirmed”; NIV “to be fulfilled”; TEV “to come true.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":32229,"verse_id":"EZK.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The word h!nn@h indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":32230,"verse_id":"EZK.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":32231,"verse_id":"EZK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The Hebrew term may refer to the secret council of the Lord ( Jer 23:18 ; Job 15:8 ), but here it more likely refers to a human council comprised of civic leaders ( Gen 49:6 ; Jer 6:11; 15:17 Ps 64:3; 111:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":32232,"verse_id":"EZK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"The reference here is probably to a civil list (as in Ezra 2:16 ; Neh 7:64 ) rather than to a “book of life” ( Exod 32:32 ; Isa 4:3 ; Ps 69:29 ; Dan 12:1 ). This registry may have been established at the making of David’s census ( 2 Sam 24:2, 9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":32233,"verse_id":"EZK.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":32234,"verse_id":"EZK.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"The Hebrew word only occurs here in the Bible. According to L. C. Allen ( Ezekiel [WBC], 1:202-3) it is also used in the Mishnah of a wall of rough stones without mortar. This fits the context here comparing the false prophetic messages to a nice coat of whitewash on a structurally unstable wall.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":32235,"verse_id":"EZK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Heb “and you, O hailstones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":32236,"verse_id":"EZK.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “within it,” referring to the city of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":32237,"verse_id":"EZK.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":32238,"verse_id":"EZK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “set your face against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":32239,"verse_id":"EZK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Heb “from their heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":32240,"verse_id":"EZK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “joints of the hands.” This may include the elbow and shoulder joints.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":32241,"verse_id":"EZK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"The Hebrew term occurs in the Bible only here and in v. 21 . It has also been understood as a veil or type of head covering. D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:414) suggests that given the context of magical devices, the expected parallel to the magical arm bands, and the meaning of this Hebrew root ( סָפַח [ safakh , “to attach” or “join”]), it may refer to headbands or necklaces on which magical amulets were worn.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":32242,"verse_id":"EZK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.18","text":"Heb “human lives” or “souls” (three times in v. 18 and twice in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A18/4"}
{"id":32243,"verse_id":"EZK.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Heb “human lives” or “souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":32244,"verse_id":"EZK.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":32245,"verse_id":"EZK.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Heb “human lives” or “souls.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":32246,"verse_id":"EZK.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Heb “from your hand(s).” This refers to their power over the people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":32247,"verse_id":"EZK.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"The Hebrew verb is feminine plural, indicating that it is the false prophetesses who are addressed here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":32248,"verse_id":"EZK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “the stumbling block of their iniquity.” This phrase is unique to the prophet Ezekiel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":32249,"verse_id":"EZK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Or “I will not reveal myself to them.” The Hebrew word is used in a technical sense here of seeking an oracle from a prophet ( 2 Kgs 1:16; 3:11; 8:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":32250,"verse_id":"EZK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Heb “in accordance with the multitude of his idols.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":32251,"verse_id":"EZK.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “proverbs.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":32252,"verse_id":"EZK.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"The translation is uncertain due to difficulty both in determining the meaning of the verb’s stem and its conjugation in this context. In the Qal stem the basic meaning of the verbal root פָּתַה ( patah ) is “to be gullible, foolish.” The doubling stems (the Pual and Piel used in this verse) typically give such stative verbs a factitive sense, hence either “make gullible” (i.e., “entice”) or “make into a fool” (i.e., “to show to be a fool”). The latter represents the probable meaning of the term in Jer 20:7, 10 and is followed here (see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:193; R. Mosis “Ez 14, 1-11 - ein Ruf zur Umkehr,” BZ 19 [1975]: 166-69 and ThWAT 4:829-31). In this view, if a prophet speaks when not prompted by God, he will be shown to be a fool, but this does not reflect negatively on the Lord because it is God who shows him to be a fool. Secondly, the verb is in the perfect conjugation and may be translated “I have made a fool of him” or “I have enticed him,” or to show determination (see IBHS 439-41 §27.2f and g), or in certain syntactical constructions as future. Any of these may be plausible if the doubling stems used are understood in the sense of “making a fool of.” But if understood as “to make gullible,” more factors come into play. As the Hebrew verbal form is a perfect, it is often translated as present perfect: “I have enticed.” In this case the Lord states that he himself enticed the prophet to cooperate with the idolaters. Such enticement to sin would seem to be a violation of God’s moral character, but sometimes he does use such deception and enticement to sin as a form of punishment against those who have blatantly violated his moral will (see, e.g., ). If one follows this line of interpretation in Ezek 14:9 , one would have to assume that the prophet had already turned from God in his heart. However, the context gives no indication of this. Therefore, it is better to take the perfect as indicating certitude and to translate it with the future tense: “I will entice.” In this case the Lord announces that he will judge the prophet appropriately. If a prophet allows himself to be influenced by idolaters, then the Lord will use deception as a form of punishment against that deceived prophet. A comparison with the preceding oracles also favors this view. In 14:4 the perfect of certitude is used for emphasis (see “I will answer”), though in v. 7 a participle is employed. For a fuller discussion of this text, see R. B. Chisholm, Jr., “Does God Deceive?” BSac 155 (1998): 23-25.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":32253,"verse_id":"EZK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “They will bear responsibility for their iniquity.” The Hebrew term “iniquity” (three times in this verse) often refers by metonymy to the consequence of sin (see Gen 4:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":32254,"verse_id":"EZK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “As is the guilt of the inquirer so is the guilt of the prophet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":32255,"verse_id":"EZK.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Heb “break its staff of bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":32256,"verse_id":"EZK.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":32257,"verse_id":"EZK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Most modern translations take the statement as a comparison (“how is vine wood better than any forest wood?”) based on the preposition מִן ( min ). But a comparison should have a word as an adjective or stative verb designating a quality, i.e., a word for “good/better” is lacking. The preposition is translated above in its partitive sense. sn Comparing Israel to the wood of the vine may focus on Israel’s inferiority to the other nations. For the vine imagery in relation to Israel and the people of God, see Ps 80:8-13 ; John 15:1-7 ; Rom 11:17-22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":32258,"verse_id":"EZK.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) draws one’s attention to something. Sometimes it may be translated as a verb of perception; here it is treated as a particle that fits the context (so also in v. 5 , but with a different English word).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":32259,"verse_id":"EZK.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":32260,"verse_id":"EZK.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"The words “as fuel” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":32261,"verse_id":"EZK.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"The word translated “set” is the same Hebrew word translated as “provide” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":32262,"verse_id":"EZK.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"The word translated “make” is the same Hebrew word translated as “provide” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":32263,"verse_id":"EZK.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":32264,"verse_id":"EZK.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Heb “in water you were not washed for cleansing” or “with water you were not washed smooth” (see D. I. Block, Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:473, n. 57, for a discussion of possible meanings of this hapax legomenon ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":32265,"verse_id":"EZK.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"The translation reflects the Hebrew text, which repeats the statement, perhaps for emphasis. However, a few medieval Hebrew manuscripts, the Old Greek, and the Syriac do not include the repetition. The statement could have been accidentally repeated or the second occurrence could have been accidentally omitted. Based on the available evidence it is difficult to know which is more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":32266,"verse_id":"EZK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":32267,"verse_id":"EZK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"See similar use of this term in Ezek 23:17 ; Prov 7:16 ; Song of Songs 4:10; 7:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":32268,"verse_id":"EZK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.8","text":"Heb “wing” or “skirt.” The gesture symbolized acquiring a woman in early Arabia (similarly, see Deut 22:30 ; Ruth 3:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A8/3"}
{"id":32269,"verse_id":"EZK.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":32270,"verse_id":"EZK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Heb “it” (so KJV, ASV); the referent (the beauty in which the prostitute trusted, see the beginning of the verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":32271,"verse_id":"EZK.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"The text as written in the MT is incomprehensible (“not coming [plural] and he will not”). Driver has suggested a copying error of similar-sounding words, specifically לֹא ( lo ’) for לוֹ ( lo ). The feminine participle בָאוֹת ( va ’ ot ) has also been read as the feminine perfect בָאת ( va ’ t ). See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:228, n. 15.b, and D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:486, n. 137.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":32272,"verse_id":"EZK.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or perhaps “and worshiped them,” if the word “prostitution” is understood in a figurative rather than a literal sense (cf. CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":32273,"verse_id":"EZK.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Heb “and you gave them, by passing them through to them.” Some believe this alludes to the pagan practice of making children pass through the fire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":32274,"verse_id":"EZK.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The Hebrew גֶּב ( gev ) may represent more than one word, each rare in the Old Testament. It may refer to a “mound” or to “rafters.” The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate interpret this as a brothel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":32275,"verse_id":"EZK.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"Or “lofty place” (NRSV). See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:229, and B. Lang, Frau Weisheit , 137.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":32276,"verse_id":"EZK.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Heb “treated as if abominable,” i.e., repudiated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":32277,"verse_id":"EZK.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.25","text":"The only other occurrence of the Hebrew root is found in Prov 13:3 in reference to the talkative person who habitually “opens wide” his lips.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A25/2"}
{"id":32278,"verse_id":"EZK.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Heb “your neighbors, large of flesh.” The word “flesh” is used here of the genitals. It may simply refer to the size of their genitals in general, or, as the translation suggests, depicts them as sexually aroused.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":32279,"verse_id":"EZK.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Heb “Chaldea.” The name of the tribal group ruling Babylon (“Chaldeans”) and the territory from which they originated (“Chaldea”) is used as metonymy for the whole empire of Babylon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":32280,"verse_id":"EZK.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"The Hebrew term, which also occurs in vv. 34 and 41 of this chapter, always refers to the payment of a prostitute ( Deut 23:19 ; Isa 23:17 ; Hos 9:1 ; Mic 1:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":32281,"verse_id":"EZK.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":32282,"verse_id":"EZK.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Heb “With you it was opposite of women in your prostitution.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":32283,"verse_id":"EZK.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.36","text":"The Hebrew word occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A36/1"}
{"id":32284,"verse_id":"EZK.16.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.38","text":"Heb “and I will judge you (with) the judgments of adulteresses and of those who shed blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A38/1"}
{"id":32285,"verse_id":"EZK.16.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.38","text":"Heb “and I will give you the blood of rage and zeal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A38/2"}
{"id":32286,"verse_id":"EZK.16.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.41","text":"The words “to your clients” are not in the Hebrew text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A41/1"}
{"id":32287,"verse_id":"EZK.16.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.43","text":"Heb “your way on (your) head I have placed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A43/1"}
{"id":32288,"verse_id":"EZK.16.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.46","text":"Heb “left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A46/1"}
{"id":32289,"verse_id":"EZK.16.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.46","text":"Heb “right.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A46/2"}
{"id":32290,"verse_id":"EZK.16.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.47","text":"Heb “walked in their ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A47/1"}
{"id":32291,"verse_id":"EZK.16.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.47","text":"The Hebrew expression has a temporal meaning as illustrated by the use of the phrase in 2 Chr 12:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A47/2"}
{"id":32292,"verse_id":"EZK.16.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.49","text":"Or “guilt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A49/1"}
{"id":32293,"verse_id":"EZK.16.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.49","text":"Heb “strengthen the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A49/2"}
{"id":32294,"verse_id":"EZK.16.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.51","text":"Or “you have multiplied your abominable deeds beyond them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A51/1"}
{"id":32295,"verse_id":"EZK.16.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.52","text":"Heb “because you have interceded for your sisters with your sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A52/1"}
{"id":32296,"verse_id":"EZK.16.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.56","text":"Or “pride.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A56/1"}
{"id":32297,"verse_id":"EZK.16.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.57","text":"So MT, LXX, and Vulgate; many Hebrew mss and Syriac read “Edom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A57/1"}
{"id":32298,"verse_id":"EZK.16.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.60","text":"Or “eternal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A60/1"}
{"id":32299,"verse_id":"EZK.16.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.63","text":"Heb “and your mouth will not be open any longer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A63/1"}
{"id":32300,"verse_id":"EZK.16.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":16,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.63","text":"Heb “when I make atonement for you for all which you have done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2016%3A63/2"}
{"id":32301,"verse_id":"EZK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"The parable assumes the defection of Zedekiah to Egypt and his rejection of Babylonian lordship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":32302,"verse_id":"EZK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"Hebrew has two words for wings; it is unknown whether they are fully synonymous or whether one term distinguishes a particular part of the wing such as the wing coverts (nearest the shoulder), secondaries (mid-feathers of the wing) or primaries (last and longest section of the wing).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":32303,"verse_id":"EZK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"This term was used in 16:10, 13, and 18 of embroidered cloth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":32304,"verse_id":"EZK.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “took of the seed of the land.” For the vine imagery, “seedling” is a better translation, though in its subsequent interpretation the “seed” refers to Zedekiah through its common application to offspring.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":32305,"verse_id":"EZK.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Heb “a field for seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":32306,"verse_id":"EZK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Heb “short of stature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":32307,"verse_id":"EZK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"That is, the eagle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":32308,"verse_id":"EZK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “him,” i.e., the eagle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":32309,"verse_id":"EZK.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"The Hebrew root occurs only here in the OT and appears to have the meaning of “strip off.” In application to fruit the meaning may be “cause to rot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":32310,"verse_id":"EZK.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Heb “all the טַרְפֵּי ( tarpey ) of branches.” The word טַרְפֵּי occurs only here in the Bible; its precise meaning is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":32311,"verse_id":"EZK.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"Or “there will be no strong arm or large army when it is pulled up by the roots.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A9/3"}
{"id":32312,"verse_id":"EZK.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"The words “of Israel” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation as a clarification of the referent. sn The book of Ezekiel frequently refers to the Israelites as a rebellious house ( Ezek 2:5, 6, 8; 3:9, 26-27; 12:2-3, 9, 25; 17:12; 24:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":32313,"verse_id":"EZK.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":32314,"verse_id":"EZK.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “descendants”; Heb “seed” (cf. v. 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":32315,"verse_id":"EZK.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Heb “caused him to enter into an oath.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":32316,"verse_id":"EZK.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the member of the royal family, v. 13 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":32317,"verse_id":"EZK.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the king of Babylon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":32318,"verse_id":"EZK.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Heb “place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":32319,"verse_id":"EZK.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Heb “deal with” or “work with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":32320,"verse_id":"EZK.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates being aware of or taking notice of something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":32321,"verse_id":"EZK.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Heb “place it on his head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":32322,"verse_id":"EZK.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"Some manuscripts and versions read “choice men,” while most manuscripts read “fugitives”; the difference arises from the reversal, or metathesis, of two letters, מִבְרָחָיו ( mivrakhyv ) for מִבְחָריו ( mivkharyv ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":32323,"verse_id":"EZK.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":32324,"verse_id":"EZK.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"17.22","text":"The LXX lacks “and plant it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2017%3A22/2"}
{"id":32325,"verse_id":"EZK.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"This word only occurs here and in the parallel passage in Jer 31:29-30 in the Qal stem and in Eccl 10:10 in the Piel stem. In the latter passage it refers to the bluntness of an ax that has not been sharpened. Here the idea is of the “bluntness” of the teeth, not from having ground them down due to the bitter taste of sour grapes but to the fact that they have lost their “edge,” “bite,” or “sharpness” because they are numb from the sour taste. For this meaning for the word, see W. L. Holladay, Jeremiah (Hermeneia), 2:197.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":32326,"verse_id":"EZK.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"This expression occurs often in Ezekiel ( 5:11; 14:16, 18, 20; 16:48; 17:16, 19; 20:3, 31, 33; 33:11, 27; 34:8; 35:6, 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":32327,"verse_id":"EZK.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Heb “life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":32328,"verse_id":"EZK.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb, “on the mountains he does not eat.” The mountains are often mentioned as the place where idolatrous sacrifices were eaten ( Ezek 20:28; 22:9; 34:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":32329,"verse_id":"EZK.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb, “does not lift up his eyes.” This refers to looking to idols for help.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":32330,"verse_id":"EZK.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Heb, “does not draw near to.” “Draw near” is a euphemism for sexual intercourse ( Lev 18:14 ; Deut 22:14 ; Isa 8:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":32331,"verse_id":"EZK.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Heb “restores to the debtor his pledge.” The root occurs in Exod 22:25 in reference to restoring a man’s garment as a pledge before nightfall.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":32332,"verse_id":"EZK.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"The Hebrew term refers to seizure of property, usually by the rich ( Isa 3:14; 10:2 ; Mic 2:2 [see Lev 5:21, 22]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":32333,"verse_id":"EZK.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb, “turns back his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":32334,"verse_id":"EZK.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Heb “justice of truth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":32335,"verse_id":"EZK.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The MT reads לַעֲשׂוֹת אֱמֶת ( la ’ asot ’ emet , “to do with integrity”), while the LXX reads “to do them,” presupposing לַעֲשׂוֹת אֹתָם ( la ’ asot ’ otam ). The ם ( mem ) and ת ( tav ) have been reversed in the MT. The LXX refelcts the original, supported by similar phrasing in Ezekiel 11:20; 20:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":32336,"verse_id":"EZK.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":32337,"verse_id":"EZK.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Heb “living, he will live.” The infinitive absolute precedes the finite verb for emphasis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":32338,"verse_id":"EZK.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “begets.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":32339,"verse_id":"EZK.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Heb “and he does, a brother, from one of these.” If “brother” is retained, it may be an adverbial accusative, “against a brother” (i.e., fellow Israelite). But the form is likely dittographic (note the אח [ aleph-heth ] combination in the following form).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":32340,"verse_id":"EZK.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Heb “and he all of these did not do.” The parenthetical note refers back to the father described in the preceding verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":32341,"verse_id":"EZK.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Heb “lifts up his eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":32342,"verse_id":"EZK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “be put to death.” The translation follows an alternative reading that appears in several ancient textual witnesses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":32343,"verse_id":"EZK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Heb “his blood will be upon him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":32344,"verse_id":"EZK.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Heb “and he sees and does not do likewise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":32345,"verse_id":"EZK.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"This translation follows the LXX. The MT reads “restrains his hand from the poor,” which makes no sense here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":32346,"verse_id":"EZK.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Or “in his father’s punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity/punishment” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here and in vv. 18, 19, 20; 3:18, 19; 4:17; 7:13, 16; 24:23; 33:6, 8, 9; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment for iniquity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":32347,"verse_id":"EZK.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Heb “lift up, bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":32348,"verse_id":"EZK.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “lift up, bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":32349,"verse_id":"EZK.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “lift up, bear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":32350,"verse_id":"EZK.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"Heb “the righteousness of the righteous one will be upon him, and the wickedness of the wicked one will be upon him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":32351,"verse_id":"EZK.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Heb “remembered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":32352,"verse_id":"EZK.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Heb “because of them he will die.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":32353,"verse_id":"EZK.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Heb “way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":32354,"verse_id":"EZK.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Heb “for them” or “because of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":32355,"verse_id":"EZK.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Heb “he saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":32356,"verse_id":"EZK.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":32357,"verse_id":"EZK.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"The verbs and persons in this verse are plural whereas the individual has been the subject of the chapter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":32358,"verse_id":"EZK.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.30","text":"Or “leading to punishment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A30/3"}
{"id":32359,"verse_id":"EZK.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Heb “the death of the one dying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":32360,"verse_id":"EZK.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Heb “lift up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":32361,"verse_id":"EZK.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":32362,"verse_id":"EZK.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads “knew,” but is apparently the result of a ר - ד ( dalet-resh ) confusion. For a defense of the emendation, see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:284. However, Allen retains the reading “widows” as the object of the verb, which he understands in the sense of “do harm to,” and translates the line: “He did harm to women by making them widows” (p. 282). The line also appears to be lacking a beat for the meter of the poem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":32363,"verse_id":"EZK.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"The Hebrew text reads “widows” instead of “strongholds,” apparently due to a confusion of ר ( resh ) and ל ( lamed ). L. C. Allen ( Ezekiel [WBC], 1:284) favors the traditional text, understanding “widows” in the sense of “women made widows.” D. I. Block, ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:602) also defends the Hebrew text, arguing that the image is that of a dominant male lion who takes over the pride and by copulating with the females lays claim to his predecessor’s “widows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":32364,"verse_id":"EZK.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Or “They put him in a neck stock with hooks.” The noun סּוּגַר ( sugar ), translated “collar,” occurs only here in the Bible. L. C. Allen and D. I. Block point out a Babylonian cognate that refers to a device for transporting prisoners of war that held them by their necks (D. I. Block, Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:597, n. 35; L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 1:284). Based on the Hebrew root, the traditional rendering had been “cage” (cf. ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":32365,"verse_id":"EZK.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"The term in the MT occurs only here and in Eccl 9:12 where it refers to a net for catching fish. The LXX translates this as “prison,” which assumes a confusion of dalet and resh took place in the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":32366,"verse_id":"EZK.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"The Hebrew text reads “in your blood,” but most emend to “in your vineyard,” assuming a ב - כ ( beth-kaph ) confusion. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 1:284. Another attractive emendation assumes a faulty word division and yields the reading “like a vine full of tendrils, which/because…”; see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:607, n. 68.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":32367,"verse_id":"EZK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"The word “fit” does not occur in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":32368,"verse_id":"EZK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Heb “and it was seen by its height and by the abundance of its branches.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":32369,"verse_id":"EZK.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"The verse describes the similar situation recorded in Judg 9:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":32370,"verse_id":"EZK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Heb “men from the elders.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":32371,"verse_id":"EZK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.1","text":"See the note at 14:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A1/3"}
{"id":32372,"verse_id":"EZK.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Or “I will not reveal myself to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":32373,"verse_id":"EZK.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Heb “will you judge.” Here the imperfect form of the verb is probably used with a desiderative nuance. Addressed to the prophet, “judge” means to warn of or pronounce God’s impending judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":32374,"verse_id":"EZK.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":32375,"verse_id":"EZK.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “seed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":32376,"verse_id":"EZK.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.5","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A5/3"}
{"id":32377,"verse_id":"EZK.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":32378,"verse_id":"EZK.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"Or “searched out.” The Hebrew word is used to describe the activity of the spies in “spying out” the land of Canaan ( Num 13-14 ); cf. KJV “I had espied for them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":32379,"verse_id":"EZK.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Heb “each one, the detestable things of his eyes, throw away.” The Pentateuch does not refer to the Israelites worshiping idols in Egypt, but Josh 24:14 appears to suggest that they did so.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":32380,"verse_id":"EZK.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “each one, the detestable things of their eyes did not throw away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":32381,"verse_id":"EZK.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.8","text":"Heb “and I said/thought to pour out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A8/2"}
{"id":32382,"verse_id":"EZK.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “for the sake of my name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":32383,"verse_id":"EZK.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “before the eyes of the nations in whose midst they were.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":32384,"verse_id":"EZK.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"Heb “to whom I made myself known before their eyes to bring them out from the land of Egypt.” The translation understands the infinitive construct (“to bring them out”) as indicating manner. God’s deliverance of his people from Egypt was an act of self-revelation in that it displayed his power and his commitment to his promises.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":32385,"verse_id":"EZK.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “the man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":32386,"verse_id":"EZK.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.11","text":"Heb “does.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A11/3"}
{"id":32387,"verse_id":"EZK.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.11","text":"The wording and the concept is contained in Lev 18:5 and Deut 30:15-19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A11/4"}
{"id":32388,"verse_id":"EZK.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Heb “to become a sign between me and them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":32389,"verse_id":"EZK.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.12","text":"Or “set them apart.” The last phrase of verse 12 appears to be a citation of Exod 31:13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A12/3"}
{"id":32390,"verse_id":"EZK.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “and I said/thought to pour out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":32391,"verse_id":"EZK.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Heb “to bring them to an end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":32392,"verse_id":"EZK.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":32393,"verse_id":"EZK.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"The words “I did this” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for stylistic reasons. Verses 15-16 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. The translation divides this sentence into two for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":32394,"verse_id":"EZK.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Heb “for after their idols their heart was going.” The use of the active participle (“was going”) in the Hebrew text draws attention to the ongoing nature of their idolatrous behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":32395,"verse_id":"EZK.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Heb “my eye pitied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":32396,"verse_id":"EZK.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Heb “sons,” reflecting the patriarchal idiom of the culture.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":32397,"verse_id":"EZK.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Or “standard of justice.” See Ezek 7:27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":32398,"verse_id":"EZK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Or “set apart my Sabbaths.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":32399,"verse_id":"EZK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Heb “and they will become a sign between me and you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":32400,"verse_id":"EZK.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":32401,"verse_id":"EZK.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"Or “carries them out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":32402,"verse_id":"EZK.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.21","text":"Heb “and I said/thought to pour out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A21/3"}
{"id":32403,"verse_id":"EZK.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Heb “drew my hand back.” This idiom also occurs in Lam 2:8 and Ps 74:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":32404,"verse_id":"EZK.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":32405,"verse_id":"EZK.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"The words “I did this” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied for stylistic reasons. Verses 23-24 are one long sentence in the Hebrew text. The translation divides this sentence into two for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":32406,"verse_id":"EZK.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Or “they worshiped” (NCV, TEV, CEV); Heb “their eyes were on” or “were after” (cf. v. 16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":32407,"verse_id":"EZK.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Or “permitted.” sn The content of the verse is shocking: that God would “give” bad decrees. This probably does not refer to the Mosaic law but to the practices of the Canaanites who were left in the land in order to test Israel. See Judg 2:20-23 , the note on “decrees” in v. 25 , and the note on “pass through the fire” in v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":32408,"verse_id":"EZK.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"The Hebrew term חֻקּוֹת ( khuqot ; translated “statutes” elsewhere in this chapter) is normally feminine. Here Ezekiel changes the form to masculine: חֻקִּים ( khuqim ). Further, they are not called “my decrees” as vv. 11 and 13 refer to “my statutes.” The change is a signal that Ezekiel is not talking about the same statutes in vv. 11 and 13 , which lead to life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":32409,"verse_id":"EZK.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Or “gifts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":32410,"verse_id":"EZK.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Heb “which I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":32411,"verse_id":"EZK.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"The Hebrew word (“Bamah”) means “high place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":32412,"verse_id":"EZK.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Heb “in the way of your fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":32413,"verse_id":"EZK.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “gifts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":32414,"verse_id":"EZK.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “Will I reveal myself to you?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":32415,"verse_id":"EZK.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “I will not reveal myself to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A31/3"}
{"id":32416,"verse_id":"EZK.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.32","text":"Heb “what comes upon your mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A32/1"}
{"id":32417,"verse_id":"EZK.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.32","text":"The Hebrew could also read: “Let us be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A32/2"}
{"id":32418,"verse_id":"EZK.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.32","text":"Heb “serving wood and stone.” sn This verse echoes the content of 1 Sam 8:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A32/3"}
{"id":32419,"verse_id":"EZK.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"This is the same Hebrew verb used to describe the passing of the children through the fire.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":32420,"verse_id":"EZK.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.38","text":"See the note at 2:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A38/1"}
{"id":32421,"verse_id":"EZK.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.39","text":"Heb “and after, if you will not listen to me.” The translation leaves out “and after” for smoothness. The text is difficult. M. Greenberg ( Ezekiel [AB], 1:374) suggests that it may mean “but afterwards, if you will not listen to me…” with an unspoken threat.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A39/2"}
{"id":32422,"verse_id":"EZK.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.39","text":"Or “gifts.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A39/4"}
{"id":32423,"verse_id":"EZK.20.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.40","text":"Heb “all of it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A40/1"}
{"id":32424,"verse_id":"EZK.20.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.42","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A42/1"}
{"id":32425,"verse_id":"EZK.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.43","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A43/1"}
{"id":32426,"verse_id":"EZK.20.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.43","text":"Heb “loathe yourselves in your faces.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A43/2"}
{"id":32427,"verse_id":"EZK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.46","text":"Heb “set your face toward.” This expression occurs as well in Ezek 6:2; 13:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A46/1"}
{"id":32428,"verse_id":"EZK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.46","text":"Or “the way toward the south,” or “the way toward Teman.” Teman is in the south and may be a location or the direction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A46/2"}
{"id":32429,"verse_id":"EZK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.46","text":"Or “toward Darom.” Darom may mean the south or a region just north of southern city of Beer Sheba. See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:417-18.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A46/3"}
{"id":32430,"verse_id":"EZK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.46","text":"The Hebrew term can also mean “forest,” but a meaning of uncultivated wasteland fits the Negev region far better. See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:418.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A46/4"}
{"id":32431,"verse_id":"EZK.20.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.47","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A47/1"}
{"id":32432,"verse_id":"EZK.20.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.47","text":"Fire also appears as a form of judgment in Ezek 15:4-7; 19:12, 14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A47/2"}
{"id":32433,"verse_id":"EZK.20.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":20,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.48","text":"Heb “all flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2020%3A48/1"}
{"id":32434,"verse_id":"EZK.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Heb “set your face toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":32435,"verse_id":"EZK.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A2/2"}
{"id":32436,"verse_id":"EZK.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Heb “the land of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":32437,"verse_id":"EZK.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) draws attention to something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":32438,"verse_id":"EZK.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A3/3"}
{"id":32439,"verse_id":"EZK.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “all flesh” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":32440,"verse_id":"EZK.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Heb “Negev.” The Negev is the south country.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":32441,"verse_id":"EZK.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Heb “breaking loins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":32442,"verse_id":"EZK.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Heb “every spirit will be dim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":32443,"verse_id":"EZK.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Heb “Or shall we rejoice, scepter of my son, it despises every tree.” The translation understands the subject of the verb “despises,” which is a feminine form in the Hebrew text, to be the sword (which is a feminine noun) mentioned just before this. Alternatively, the line may be understood as “let us not rejoice, O tribe of my son; it despises every tree.” The same word in Hebrew may be either “rod,” “scepter,” or “tribe.” The word sometimes translated as “or” or taken as an interrogative particle may be a negative particle. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:672, n. 79. sn The people of Judah should not place false hope in their king, symbolized by his royal scepter, for God’s judgment (symbolized by fire and then a sword) would destroy every tree (see 20:47 ), symbolizing the righteous and wicked (see 21:3-4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":32444,"verse_id":"EZK.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Heb “For testing (will come) and what if also a scepter, it despises, will not be?” The translation understands the subject of the verb “despises,” which is a feminine form in the Hebrew text, to be the sword (which is a feminine noun) mentioned in the previous verses. The text is very difficult and any rendering is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":32445,"verse_id":"EZK.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “Put to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":32446,"verse_id":"EZK.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":32447,"verse_id":"EZK.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"The MT reads “Judah in fortified Jerusalem,” a geographic impossibility. The translation follows the LXX, which assumes בְּתוֹכָהּ ( bÿtokhah , “in it”) for בְּצוּרָה ( bÿtsurah , “fortified”). sn As the Babylonians approached from the north, one road would branch off to the left and lead down the east side of the Jordan River to Ammon. The other road would veer to the right and lead down west of the Jordan to Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":32448,"verse_id":"EZK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “mother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":32449,"verse_id":"EZK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"This word refers to personal idols that were apparently used for divination purposes ( Gen 31:19 ; 1 Sam 19:13, 16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":32450,"verse_id":"EZK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “sees.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A21/4"}
{"id":32451,"verse_id":"EZK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.21","text":"Heb “the liver.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A21/5"}
{"id":32452,"verse_id":"EZK.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Or “on the right side,” i.e., the omen mark on the right side of the liver.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":32453,"verse_id":"EZK.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “to open the mouth” for slaughter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":32454,"verse_id":"EZK.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"Heb “to raise up a voice in a battle cry.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A22/3"}
{"id":32455,"verse_id":"EZK.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people in Jerusalem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":32456,"verse_id":"EZK.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king of Babylon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":32457,"verse_id":"EZK.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.23","text":"Or “iniquity.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A23/4"}
{"id":32458,"verse_id":"EZK.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.23","text":"Heb “and he will remind of guilt for the purpose of being captured.” The king would counter their objections by pointing out that they had violated their treaty with him (see 17:18 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A23/5"}
{"id":32459,"verse_id":"EZK.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “caused to be remembered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":32460,"verse_id":"EZK.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"Heb “Because you have brought to remembrance your guilt when your transgressions are uncovered so that your sins are revealed in all your deeds – because you are remembered, by the hand you will be seized.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":32461,"verse_id":"EZK.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"This probably refers to King Zedekiah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":32462,"verse_id":"EZK.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Elsewhere in the Bible the turban is worn by priests ( Exod 28:4, 37, 39; 29:6; 39:28, 31 ; Lev 8:9; 16:4 ), but here a royal crown is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":32463,"verse_id":"EZK.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “This not this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":32464,"verse_id":"EZK.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.26","text":"Heb “the high one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A26/3"}
{"id":32465,"verse_id":"EZK.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “A ruin, a ruin, a ruin I will make it.” The threefold repetition of the noun “ruin” is for emphasis and draws attention to the degree of ruin that would take place. See IBHS 233 §12.5a and GKC 431-32 §133. k . The pronominal suffix (translated “it”) on the verb “make” is feminine in Hebrew. The probable antecedent is the “turban/crown” (both nouns are feminine in form) mentioned in verse 26 . The point is that the king’s royal splendor would be completely devastated as judgment overtook his realm and brought his reign to a violent end.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":32466,"verse_id":"EZK.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"Heb “Also this, he was not, until the coming of the one to whom the judgment belongs and I have given it.” The Hebrew text, as it stands, is grammatically difficult. The pronoun “this” is feminine, while the following negated verb (“was not”) is masculine. Some emend the verb to a feminine form (see BHS ). In this case the statement refers to the destiny of the king’s turban/crown (symbolizing his reign). See the previous note. The preposition translated “when” normally means “until,” but here it seems to refer to the period during which the preceding situation is realized, rather than its termination point. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:19, 21. The second part of the statement, though awkward, probably refers to the arrival of the Babylonian king, to whom the Lord had assigned the task of judgment (see 23:24 ). Or the verse may read “A total ruin I will make, even this. It will not be until the one comes to whom is (the task of) judgment and I have assigned it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":32467,"verse_id":"EZK.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “their reproach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A28/1"}
{"id":32468,"verse_id":"EZK.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.28","text":"Heb “to contain, endure.” Since the Hebrew text as it stands makes little, if any, sense, most emend the text to read either “to consume” or “for destruction.” For discussion of options see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:693.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A28/2"}
{"id":32469,"verse_id":"EZK.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “in the seeing concerning you falsehood, in divining concerning you a lie.” This probably refers to the attempts of the Ammonites to ward off judgment through prophetic visions and divination.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":32470,"verse_id":"EZK.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"Heb “you”; the referent (the sword mentioned in v. 28 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":32471,"verse_id":"EZK.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.30","text":"In the Hebrew text of vv. 30-32 the second person verbal and pronominal forms are feminine singular. This may indicate that the personified Babylonian sword is being addressed. The Hebrew word for “sword” (see v. 28 ) is feminine. However, it may refer to the Ammonites.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A30/2"}
{"id":32472,"verse_id":"EZK.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Heb “your blood will be in the middle of the land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":32473,"verse_id":"EZK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Heb “will you judge.” Here the imperfect form of the verb is probably used with a desiderative nuance. Addressed to the prophet, “judge” means to warn of or pronounce God’s impending judgment upon the city. See 20:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":32474,"verse_id":"EZK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"The phrase “bloody city” is used of Nineveh in Nah 3:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":32475,"verse_id":"EZK.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Heb “her time”; this refers to the time of impending judgment (see the note on “doom” in v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":32476,"verse_id":"EZK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “you have brought near your days.” The expression “bring near your days” appears to be an adaptation of the idiom “days draw near,” which is used to indicate that an event, such as death, is imminent (see Gen 27:41; 47:29 ; Deut 31:14 ; 1 Kgs 2:1 ; Ezek 12:23 ). Here “your days” probably refers to the days of the personified city’s life, which was about to come to an end through God’s judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":32477,"verse_id":"EZK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Heb “and you have come to your years.” This appears to mean that she has arrived at the time when her years (i.e., life) would end, though it may mean that her years of punishment will begin. Because “day” and “time” are so closely associated in the immediate context (see 21:25, 29 ) some prefer to emend the text and read “you have brought near your time.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:31, as well as the translator’s note on verse 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":32478,"verse_id":"EZK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"The Hebrew verb is a prophetic perfect, emphasizing that the action is as good as done from the speaker’s perspective.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":32479,"verse_id":"EZK.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Heb “unclean of name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":32480,"verse_id":"EZK.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Heb “Look! The princes of Israel, each according to his arm, were in you in order to shed blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":32481,"verse_id":"EZK.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Heb “treated lightly, cursed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":32482,"verse_id":"EZK.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Widows and orphans are often coupled together in the OT ( Deut 14:29; 16:11, 14; 24:19-21; 26:12-13 ; Jer 7:6; 22:3 ). They represented all who were poor and vulnerable to economic exploitation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":32483,"verse_id":"EZK.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “men of slander are in you in order to shed blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":32484,"verse_id":"EZK.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"Heb “and on the mountains they eat within you.” The mountains mentioned here were the site of pagan sacrifices. See 18:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":32485,"verse_id":"EZK.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “the nakedness of a father one uncovers within you.” The ancient versions read the verb as plural (“they uncover”). If the singular is retained, it must be taken as indefinite and representative of the entire group. The idiomatic expression “uncover the nakedness” refers here to sexual intercourse (cf. Lev 18:6 ). To uncover a father’s nakedness could include sexual relations with one’s own mother ( Lev 18:7 ), but more likely it refers to having intercourse with another wife of one’s father, such as a stepmother ( Lev 18:8 ; cf. Gen 35:22; 49:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":32486,"verse_id":"EZK.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Heb “(one who is) unclean due to the impurity they humble within you.” The use of the verb “to humble” suggests that these men forced themselves upon women during menstruation. Having sexual relations with a woman during her period was forbidden by the Law ( Lev 18:19; 20:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":32487,"verse_id":"EZK.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Heb “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":32488,"verse_id":"EZK.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"The verb is the same one used in verse 10 b and suggests forcible sexual violation of the woman.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":32489,"verse_id":"EZK.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Heb “usury and interest you take.” See 18:13, 17 . This kind of economic exploitation violated the law given in Lev 25:36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":32490,"verse_id":"EZK.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.12","text":"The second person verb forms are feminine singular in Hebrew, indicating that the personified city is addressed here as representing its citizens.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A12/3"}
{"id":32491,"verse_id":"EZK.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Heb “the blood which was in you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":32492,"verse_id":"EZK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “stand.” The heart here stands for the emotions; Jerusalem would panic in the face of God’s judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":32493,"verse_id":"EZK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Heb “in the days when I act against you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":32494,"verse_id":"EZK.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Several ancient versions read the verb as first person, in which case the Lord refers to how his people’s sin brings disgrace upon him. For a defense of the Hebrew text, see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:712, n. 68, and M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:457-58. tn The phrase “within yourself” is the same as the several previous occurrences of “within you” but adjusted to fit this clause which is the culmination of the series of indictments.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":32495,"verse_id":"EZK.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"For similar imagery, see Isa 1:21-26 ; Jer 6:27-30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":32496,"verse_id":"EZK.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"The Hebrew second person pronoun is masculine plural here and in vv. 19 b-21, indicating that the people are being addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":32497,"verse_id":"EZK.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":32498,"verse_id":"EZK.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Heb “I will put.” No object is supplied in the Hebrew, prompting many to emend the text to “I will blow.” See BHS and verse 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":32499,"verse_id":"EZK.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"The MT reads “that is not cleansed”; the LXX reads “that is not drenched,” which assumes a different vowel pointing as well as the loss of a מ ( mem ) due to haplography. In light of the following reference to showers, the reading of the LXX certainly fits the context well. For a defense of the emendation, see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:32. Yet the MT is not an unreasonable reading since uncleanness in the land also fits the context, and a poetic connection between rain and the land being uncleansed may be feasible since washing with water is elsewhere associated with cleansing ( Num 8:7; 31:23 ; Ps 51:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":32500,"verse_id":"EZK.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Heb “in a day of anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":32501,"verse_id":"EZK.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “a conspiracy of her prophets is in her midst.” The LXX reads “whose princes” rather than “a conspiracy of prophets.” The prophets are mentioned later in the paragraph (v. 28 ). If one follows the LXX in verse 25 , then five distinct groups are mentioned in vv. 25-29 : princes, priests, officials, prophets, and the people of the land. For a defense of the Septuagintal reading, see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:32, and D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:720, n. 4.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":32502,"verse_id":"EZK.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Heb “her widows they have multiplied.” The statement alludes to their murderous acts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":32503,"verse_id":"EZK.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"Or “between the consecrated and the common.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":32504,"verse_id":"EZK.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"Heb “hide their eyes from.” The idiom means to disregard or ignore something or someone (see Lev 20:4 ; 1 Sam 12:3 ; Prov 28:27 ; Isa 1:15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":32505,"verse_id":"EZK.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Heb “her prophets coat for themselves with whitewash.” The expression may be based on Ezek 13:10-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":32506,"verse_id":"EZK.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Heb “and the foreigner they have oppressed without justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":32507,"verse_id":"EZK.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Heb “I did not find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":32508,"verse_id":"EZK.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Heb “their way on their head I have placed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":32509,"verse_id":"EZK.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"In the Hebrew text the subject is left unstated and must be supplied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":32510,"verse_id":"EZK.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The names Oholah and Oholibah are both derived from the word meaning “tent.” The meaning of Oholah is “her tent,” while Oholibah means “my tent is in her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":32511,"verse_id":"EZK.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “while she was under me.” The expression indicates that Oholah is viewed as the Lord’s wife. See Num 5:19-20, 29 . sn Played the harlot refers to alliances with pagan nations in this context. In harlotry described the sin of idolatry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":32512,"verse_id":"EZK.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Heb “Assyria.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":32513,"verse_id":"EZK.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"The term apparently refers to Assyrian military officers; it is better construed with the description that follows. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:738.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":32514,"verse_id":"EZK.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Heb “lusted after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":32515,"verse_id":"EZK.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Heb “and poured out their harlotry on her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":32516,"verse_id":"EZK.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Heb “I gave her into the hand of her lovers, into the hand of the sons of Assyria.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":32517,"verse_id":"EZK.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":32518,"verse_id":"EZK.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"The word “this” is not in the original text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":32519,"verse_id":"EZK.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"The only other occurrence of the Hebrew term is in Jer 22:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":32520,"verse_id":"EZK.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Heb “the sons of Babel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":32521,"verse_id":"EZK.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Heb “at the appearance of her eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":32522,"verse_id":"EZK.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “The sons of Babel came to her on a bed of love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":32523,"verse_id":"EZK.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.17","text":"Heb “her soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A17/2"}
{"id":32524,"verse_id":"EZK.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “She exposed her harlotry and she exposed her nakedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":32525,"verse_id":"EZK.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “my soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":32526,"verse_id":"EZK.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.18","text":"Heb “my soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A18/3"}
{"id":32527,"verse_id":"EZK.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Heb “She lusted after their concubines (?) whose flesh was the flesh of donkeys.” The phrase “their concubines” is extremely problematic here. The pronoun is masculine plural, suggesting that the Egyptian men are in view, but how concubines would fit into the picture envisioned here is not clear. Some suggest that Ezekiel uses the term in an idiomatic sense of “paramour,” but this still fails to explain how the pronoun relates to the noun. It is more likely that the term refers here to the Egyptians’ genitals. The relative pronoun that follows introduces a more specific description of their genitals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":32528,"verse_id":"EZK.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Or “you took note of.” The Hebrew verb פָּקַד ( paqad ) in the Qal implies evaluating something and then acting in light of that judgment; here the prophet depicts Judah as approving of her youthful unfaithfulness and then magnifying it at the present time. Some translations assume the verb should be repointed as a Niphal, rendering “you missed” or by extension “you longed for,” but such an extension of the Niphal “to be missing” is otherwise unattested.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":32529,"verse_id":"EZK.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “when (they) did,” but the verb makes no sense here and is better emended to “when (they) fondled,” a verb used in vv. 3 and 8 . See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:43.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":32530,"verse_id":"EZK.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.21","text":"Heb “for the sake of,” but the expression is awkward and is better emended to read “to squeeze.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:43.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A21/3"}
{"id":32531,"verse_id":"EZK.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":32532,"verse_id":"EZK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “come against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":32533,"verse_id":"EZK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.24","text":"This is the only occurrence of this term in the OT. The precise meaning is uncertain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A24/2"}
{"id":32534,"verse_id":"EZK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “an assembly of peoples.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A24/3"}
{"id":32535,"verse_id":"EZK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.24","text":"Heb “I will place before them judgment.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A24/4"}
{"id":32536,"verse_id":"EZK.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":32537,"verse_id":"EZK.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “they will remove.” sn This method of punishment is attested among ancient Egyptian and Hittite civilizations. See W. Zimmerli, Ezekiel (Hermeneia), 1:489.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A25/2"}
{"id":32538,"verse_id":"EZK.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.25","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A25/3"}
{"id":32539,"verse_id":"EZK.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “I will cause your obscene conduct to cease from you and your harlotry from the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":32540,"verse_id":"EZK.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Heb “lift your eyes to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":32541,"verse_id":"EZK.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":32542,"verse_id":"EZK.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.28","text":"Heb “I am giving you into the hand of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A28/2"}
{"id":32543,"verse_id":"EZK.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"The Hebrew term means “labor,” but by extension it can also refer to that for which one works.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":32544,"verse_id":"EZK.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Heb “The nakedness of your prostitution will be exposed, and your obscene conduct and your harlotry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":32545,"verse_id":"EZK.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"The infinitive absolute continues the sequence begun in v. 28 : “Look here, I am about to deliver you.” See Joüon 2:430 §123.w.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":32546,"verse_id":"EZK.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Heb “her cup.” A cup of intoxicating strong drink is used, here and elsewhere, as a metaphor for judgment because both leave one confused and reeling. (See Jer 25:15, 17, 28 ; Hab 2:16 .) The cup of wrath is a theme also found in the NT ( Mark 14:36 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":32547,"verse_id":"EZK.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"Heb “filled with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":32548,"verse_id":"EZK.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Heb “You will drink it and drain (it).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":32549,"verse_id":"EZK.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.34","text":"D. I. Block compares this to the idiom of “licking the plate” ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:754, n. 137). The text is difficult as the word translated “gnaw” is rare. The noun is used of the shattered pieces of pottery and so could envision a broken cup. But the Piel verb form is used in only one other place ( Num 24:8 ), where it is a denominative from the noun “bone” and seems to mean to “break (bones).” Why it would be collocated with “sherds” is not clear. For this reason some emend the phrase to read “consume its dregs” (see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 2:44) or emend the verb to read “swallow,” as if the intoxicated Oholibah breaks the cup and then eats the very sherds in an effort to get every last drop of the beverage that dampens them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A34/2"}
{"id":32550,"verse_id":"EZK.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"Heb “and you cast me behind your back.” The expression pictures her rejection of the Lord (see 1 Kgs 14:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":32551,"verse_id":"EZK.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.35","text":"The word “punishment” is not in the Hebrew text but is demanded by the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A35/2"}
{"id":32552,"verse_id":"EZK.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.36","text":"Heb “will you judge.” Here the imperfect form of the verb is probably used with a desiderative nuance. Addressed to the prophet, “judge” means to warn of or pronounce God’s impending judgment. See 20:4; 22:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A36/1"}
{"id":32553,"verse_id":"EZK.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.37","text":"Heb “they have passed to them for food.” The verb is commonly taken to refer to passing children through fire, especially as an offering to the pagan god Molech. See Jer 32:35 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A37/2"}
{"id":32554,"verse_id":"EZK.23.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.38","text":"Heb “in that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A38/1"}
{"id":32555,"verse_id":"EZK.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.40","text":"Heb “to whom a messenger was sent, and look, they came.” Foreign alliances are in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A40/1"}
{"id":32556,"verse_id":"EZK.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.40","text":"The Hebrew verb form is feminine singular, indicating that Oholibah (Judah) is specifically addressed here. This address continues through verse 42 a (note “her”), but then both sisters are described in verse 42 b, where the feminine pronouns are again plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A40/2"}
{"id":32557,"verse_id":"EZK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.42","text":"Heb “(was) in her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A42/1"}
{"id":32558,"verse_id":"EZK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.42","text":"Heb “and men from the multitude of mankind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A42/2"}
{"id":32559,"verse_id":"EZK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.42","text":"An alternate reading is “drunkards.” Sheba is located in the area of modern day Yemen.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A42/3"}
{"id":32560,"verse_id":"EZK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.42","text":"Heb “they”; the referents (the sisters) have been specified in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A42/4"}
{"id":32561,"verse_id":"EZK.23.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.44","text":"Heb “and they came to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A44/1"}
{"id":32562,"verse_id":"EZK.23.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.45","text":"Heb “and upright men will judge them (with) the judgment of adulteresses and the judgment of those who shed blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A45/1"}
{"id":32563,"verse_id":"EZK.23.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.46","text":"Heb “assembly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A46/1"}
{"id":32564,"verse_id":"EZK.23.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.46","text":"Heb “give them to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A46/2"}
{"id":32565,"verse_id":"EZK.23.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.47","text":"The Hebrew text adds “with fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A47/1"}
{"id":32566,"verse_id":"EZK.23.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":23,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.49","text":"Heb “and the sins of your idols you will bear.” By extension it can mean the punishment for the sins.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2023%3A49/1"}
{"id":32567,"verse_id":"EZK.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"The date of this oracle was January 15, 588 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":32568,"verse_id":"EZK.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Heb “lean on, put pressure on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":32569,"verse_id":"EZK.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":32570,"verse_id":"EZK.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Or “rust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":32571,"verse_id":"EZK.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"Heb “has not gone out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":32572,"verse_id":"EZK.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.6","text":"Here “lot” may refer to the decision made by casting lots; it is not chosen at all.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A6/3"}
{"id":32573,"verse_id":"EZK.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Heb “set it upon its coals, empty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":32574,"verse_id":"EZK.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"Or “rust” (so also in v. 12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":32575,"verse_id":"EZK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “(with) toil she has wearied.” The meaning of the statement is unclear in the Hebrew text; some follow the LXX and delete it. The first word in the statement (rendered “toil” in the literal translation above) occurs only here in the OT, and the verb “she has wearied” lacks a stated object. Elsewhere the Hiphil of the verb refers to wearying someone or trying someone’s patience. The feminine subject is apparently the symbolic pot.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":32576,"verse_id":"EZK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “does not go out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":32577,"verse_id":"EZK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"Heb “in fire its rust.” The meaning of the expression is unclear. The translation understands the statement as a command to burn the rust away. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:768.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":32578,"verse_id":"EZK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “in your uncleanness (is) obscene conduct.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":32579,"verse_id":"EZK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"Heb “because I cleansed you.” In this context (see especially the very next statement), the statement must refer to divine intention and purpose. Despite God’s efforts to cleanse his people, they resisted him and remained morally impure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":32580,"verse_id":"EZK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.13","text":"The Hebrew text adds the word “again.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A13/3"}
{"id":32581,"verse_id":"EZK.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “it”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":32582,"verse_id":"EZK.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Or perhaps, “change my mind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":32583,"verse_id":"EZK.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"24.14","text":"Some medieval Hebrew mss and the major ancient versions read a first person verb here. Most Hebrew mss read have an indefinite subject, “they will judge you,” which could be translated, “you will be judged.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A14/3"}
{"id":32584,"verse_id":"EZK.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.14","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A14/4"}
{"id":32585,"verse_id":"EZK.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"Heb “a strike.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":32586,"verse_id":"EZK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Or “Groan silently. As to the dead….” Cf. M. Greenberg’s suggestion that דֹּם מֵתִים ( dom metim ) be taken together and דֹּם be derived from ָדּמַם ( damam , “to moan, murmur”). See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:508.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":32587,"verse_id":"EZK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “(For) the dead mourning you shall not conduct.” In the Hebrew text the word translated “dead” is plural, indicating that mourning rites are in view. Such rites would involve outward demonstrations of one’s sorrow, including wailing and weeping.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A17/2"}
{"id":32588,"verse_id":"EZK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.17","text":"Heb “the bread of men.” The translation follows the suggestion accepted by M. Greenberg ( Ezekiel [AB], 2:509) that this refers to a meal brought by comforters to the one mourning. Some repoint the consonantal text to read “the bread of despair” (see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 2:56), while others, with support from the Targum and Vulgate, emend the consonantal text to read “the bread of mourners” (see D. I. Block, Ezekiel [NICOT], 1:784).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A17/5"}
{"id":32589,"verse_id":"EZK.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"This may refer to the following morning. For a discussion of various interpretive options in understanding the chronology reflected in verse 18 , see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:790.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":32590,"verse_id":"EZK.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “the pride of your strength” means “your strong pride.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":32591,"verse_id":"EZK.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “the object of compassion of your soul.” The accentuation in the traditional Hebrew text indicates that the descriptive phrases (“the source of your confident pride, the object in which your eyes delight, and your life’s passion”) modify the preceding “my sanctuary.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A21/3"}
{"id":32592,"verse_id":"EZK.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.21","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A21/4"}
{"id":32593,"verse_id":"EZK.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.22","text":"See v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A22/1"}
{"id":32594,"verse_id":"EZK.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"The same verb appears in 4:17 and 33:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":32595,"verse_id":"EZK.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Or “in your punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity/punishment” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here; 3:18, 19; 4:17; 7:13, 16; 18:17, 18, 19, 20; 33:6, 8, 9; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment” for iniquity or “guilt” of iniquity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":32596,"verse_id":"EZK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “(Will) it not (be) in the day I take?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":32597,"verse_id":"EZK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Heb “the uplifting of their soul.” According to BDB 672 s.v. מַשָּׂא 2, the term “uplifting” refers to “that to which they lift up their soul, their heart’s desire.” However, this text is the only one listed for this use. It seems more likely that the term has its well-attested nuance of “burden, load,” here and refers to that which weighs them down emotionally and is a constant source of concern or worry.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":32598,"verse_id":"EZK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.25","text":"In the Hebrew text there is no conjunction before “their sons and daughters.” For this reason one might assume that the preceding descriptive phrases refer to the sons and daughters, but verse 21 suggests otherwise. The descriptive phrases appear to refer to the “stronghold,” which parallels “my sanctuary” in verse 21 . The children constitute a separate category.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A25/3"}
{"id":32599,"verse_id":"EZK.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Heb “to make the ears hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":32600,"verse_id":"EZK.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Heb “your mouth will open.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":32601,"verse_id":"EZK.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “set your face toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":32602,"verse_id":"EZK.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"Heb “the sons of Ammon.” Ammon was located to the east of Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":32603,"verse_id":"EZK.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.4","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates being aware of or taking notice of something and has been translated here with a verb (so also throughout the chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A4/1"}
{"id":32604,"verse_id":"EZK.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “Look I am about to give you for a possession to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A4/2"}
{"id":32605,"verse_id":"EZK.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.4","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A4/3"}
{"id":32606,"verse_id":"EZK.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Heb “the sons of Ammon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":32607,"verse_id":"EZK.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"Heb “with all your scorn in (the) soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":32608,"verse_id":"EZK.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"The translation here follows the marginal reading ( Qere ) of the Hebrew text. The consonantal text ( Kethib ) is meaningless.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":32609,"verse_id":"EZK.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “shoulder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":32610,"verse_id":"EZK.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “from the cities.” The verb “eliminating” has been added in the translation to reflect the privative use of the preposition (see BDB 583 s.v. מִן 7.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":32611,"verse_id":"EZK.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.9","text":"Heb “from its cities, from its end.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A9/3"}
{"id":32612,"verse_id":"EZK.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “I will give it for a possession.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":32613,"verse_id":"EZK.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “the sons of Ammon” (twice in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":32614,"verse_id":"EZK.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"Heb “the sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":32615,"verse_id":"EZK.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “and they have become guilty, becoming guilty.” The infinitive absolute following the finite verb makes the statement emphatic and draws attention to the degree of guilt incurred by Edom due to its actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":32616,"verse_id":"EZK.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Heb “and they have taken vengeance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":32617,"verse_id":"EZK.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “and I will cut off from her man and beast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":32618,"verse_id":"EZK.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.13","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A13/2"}
{"id":32619,"verse_id":"EZK.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":32620,"verse_id":"EZK.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “have acted with vengeance and taken vengeance with vengeance.” The repetition emphasizes the degree of vengeance which they exhibited, presumably toward Judah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":32621,"verse_id":"EZK.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “with scorn in (the) soul.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A15/3"}
{"id":32622,"verse_id":"EZK.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.15","text":"The object is not specified in the Hebrew text, but has been clarified as “Judah” in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A15/4"}
{"id":32623,"verse_id":"EZK.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.15","text":"Heb “to destroy (with) perpetual hostility.” Joel 3:4-8 also speaks of the Philistines taking advantage of the fall of Judah.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A15/5"}
{"id":32624,"verse_id":"EZK.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"In Hebrew the verb “and I will cut off” sounds like its object, “the Cherethites,” and draws attention to the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":32625,"verse_id":"EZK.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"Heb “with acts of punishment of anger.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":32626,"verse_id":"EZK.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Date formulae typically include the month. According to D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 2:34, n. 27) some emend to “in the twelfth year in the eleventh month” based partially on the copy of the LXX from Alexandrinus, where Albright suggested that “eleventh month” may have dropped out due to haplography. sn April 23, 587 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":32627,"verse_id":"EZK.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A2/2"}
{"id":32628,"verse_id":"EZK.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.2","text":"Heb “I will be filled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A2/3"}
{"id":32629,"verse_id":"EZK.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) draws attention to something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":32630,"verse_id":"EZK.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8. The Hebrew text switches to a second feminine singular form here, indicating that personified Jerusalem is addressed (see vv. 5-6 a). The address to Jerusalem continues through v. 15 . In vv. 16-17 the second masculine plural is used, as the people are addressed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":32631,"verse_id":"EZK.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Or “debris.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":32632,"verse_id":"EZK.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) draws attention to something.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":32633,"verse_id":"EZK.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"Heb “Nebuchadrezzar” is a variant and more correct spelling of Nebuchadnezzar, as the Babylonian name Nabu-kudurri-usur has an an “ r ” rather than an “ n .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":32634,"verse_id":"EZK.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Heb “swords.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":32635,"verse_id":"EZK.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “From the abundance of his horses he will cover you (with) their dust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":32636,"verse_id":"EZK.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Heb “like those who enter a breached city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":32637,"verse_id":"EZK.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “desirable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":32638,"verse_id":"EZK.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “set.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":32639,"verse_id":"EZK.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.12","text":"Heb “into the midst of the water.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A12/3"}
{"id":32640,"verse_id":"EZK.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Heb “cause to end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":32641,"verse_id":"EZK.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “descend from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":32642,"verse_id":"EZK.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"Heb “and they will be astonished over you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":32643,"verse_id":"EZK.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “and they will lift up over you a lament and they will say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":32644,"verse_id":"EZK.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “O inhabitant.” The translation follows the LXX and understands a different Hebrew verb, meaning “cease,” behind the consonantal text. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel [WBC], 2:72, and D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:43.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A17/2"}
{"id":32645,"verse_id":"EZK.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.17","text":"Heb “she and her inhabitants who placed their terror to all her inhabitants.” The relationship of the final prepositional phrase to what precedes is unclear. The preposition probably has a specifying function here, drawing attention to Tyre’s inhabitants as the source of the terror mentioned prior to this. In this case, one might paraphrase verse 17 b: “she and her inhabitants, who spread their terror; yes, her inhabitants (were the source of this terror).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A17/3"}
{"id":32646,"verse_id":"EZK.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Heb “from your going out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":32647,"verse_id":"EZK.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Heb “many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":32648,"verse_id":"EZK.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “to the people of antiquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":32649,"verse_id":"EZK.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “like.” The translation assumes an emendation of the preposition כְּ ( kÿ , “like”), to בְּ ( bÿ , “in, among”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A20/2"}
{"id":32650,"verse_id":"EZK.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.20","text":"Heb “and I will place beauty.” This reading makes little sense; many, following the lead of the LXX, emend the text to read “nor will you stand” with the negative particle before the preceding verb understood by ellipsis; see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:73. D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 2:47) offers another alternative, taking the apparent first person verb form as an archaic second feminine form and translating “nor radiate splendor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2026%3A20/3"}
{"id":32651,"verse_id":"EZK.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Heb “lift up over Tyre a lament.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":32652,"verse_id":"EZK.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Heb “entrances.” The plural noun may reflect the fact that Tyre had two main harbors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":32653,"verse_id":"EZK.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"The city of Tyre is described in the following account as a merchant ship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":32654,"verse_id":"EZK.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Heb “built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":32655,"verse_id":"EZK.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.5","text":"Perhaps the hull or deck. The term is dual, so perhaps it refers to a double-decked ship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A5/2"}
{"id":32656,"verse_id":"EZK.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Or “hull.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":32657,"verse_id":"EZK.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"27.6","text":"The Hebrew reads “Your deck they made ivory, daughter of Assyria.” The syntactically difficult “ivory” is understood here as dittography and omitted, though some construe this to refer to ivory inlays. “Daughter of Assyria” is understood here as improper word division and the vowels repointed as “cypresses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A6/2"}
{"id":32658,"verse_id":"EZK.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.6","text":"Heb “from the coastlands (or islands) of Kittim,” generally understood to be a reference to the island of Cyprus, where the Phoenicians had a trading colony on the southeast coast. Many modern English versions have “Cyprus” (CEV, TEV), “the coastlands of Cyprus” (NASB), “the coasts of Cyprus” (NIV, NRSV), or “the southern coasts of Cyprus” (NLT). sn The Kittean isles is probably a reference to southeast Cyprus where the Phoenicians had a colony.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A6/3"}
{"id":32659,"verse_id":"EZK.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"The MT reads “the residents of”; the LXX reads “your rulers who dwell in.” With no apparent reason for the LXX to add “the rulers” many suppose something has dropped out of the Hebrew text. While more than one may be possible, Allen’s proposal, positing a word meaning “elders,” is the most likely to explain the omission in the MT from a graphic standpoint and also provides a parallel to the beginning of v. 9 . See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:81.a parallel to v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":32660,"verse_id":"EZK.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":32661,"verse_id":"EZK.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.8","text":"Or “wise.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A8/4"}
{"id":32662,"verse_id":"EZK.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Heb “strengthening damages.” Here “to strengthen” means to repair. The word for “damages” occurs several times in about some type of damage to the temple, which may have referred to or included cracks. Since the context describes Tyre in its glory, we do not expect this reference to damages to be of significant scale, even if there are repairmen. This may refer to using pitch to seal the seams of the ship, which had to be done periodically and could be considered routine maintenance rather than repair of damage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":32663,"verse_id":"EZK.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Heb “sons of Arvad.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":32664,"verse_id":"EZK.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"See note on “quivers” in Jer 51:11 on the meaning of Hebrew שֶׁלֶט ( shelet ) and also M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:553.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":32665,"verse_id":"EZK.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"The way in which these horses may have been distinguished from other horses is unknown. Cf. ASV “war-horses” (NASB, NIV, NRSV, CEV all similar); NLT “chariot horses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":32666,"verse_id":"EZK.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “sons of Dedan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":32667,"verse_id":"EZK.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"Heb “they returned as your gift.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":32668,"verse_id":"EZK.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"Many Hebrew mss , Aquila’s Greek translation, and the Syriac version read “Edom.” The LXX reads “man,” a translation which assumes the same consonants as Edom. This reading is supported from the context as the text deals with Damascus, the capital of Syria (Aram), later (in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":32669,"verse_id":"EZK.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"The MT leaves v. 18 as an incomplete sentence and begins v. 19 with “and Dan and Javan (Ionia) from Uzal.” The LXX mentions “wine.” The translation follows an emendation assuming some confusions of vav and yod . See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:82.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":32670,"verse_id":"EZK.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.25","text":"Or perhaps “Large merchant ships.” The expression “ships of Tarshish” may describe a class of vessel, that is, large oceangoing merchant ships.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A25/1"}
{"id":32671,"verse_id":"EZK.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Heb “your repairers of damage.” See v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":32672,"verse_id":"EZK.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Compare this phrase to Isa 57:20 and Amos 8:8 . See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:561.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":32673,"verse_id":"EZK.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.30","text":"Heb “make heard over you with their voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A30/1"}
{"id":32674,"verse_id":"EZK.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.30","text":"Note a similar expression to “roll in the ashes” in Mic 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A30/2"}
{"id":32675,"verse_id":"EZK.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.31","text":"Heb “and they will weep concerning you with bitterness of soul, (with) bitter mourning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A31/1"}
{"id":32676,"verse_id":"EZK.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.32","text":"As it stands, the meaning of the Hebrew text is unclear. The translation follows the suggestion of M. Dahood, “Accadian-Ugaritic dmt in Ezekiel 27:32 ,” Bib 45 (1964): 83-84. Several other explanations and emendations have been offered. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:83, and D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:85-86, for a list of options.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A32/1"}
{"id":32677,"verse_id":"EZK.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.34","text":"Heb “fallen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A34/1"}
{"id":32678,"verse_id":"EZK.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.34","text":"Heb “in the midst of you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2027%3A34/2"}
{"id":32679,"verse_id":"EZK.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Or “ruler” (NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":32680,"verse_id":"EZK.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “lifted up.” sn See Prov 16:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":32681,"verse_id":"EZK.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.2","text":"Or “I am divine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A2/3"}
{"id":32682,"verse_id":"EZK.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.2","text":"Heb “and you made your heart (mind) like the heart (mind) of gods.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A2/4"}
{"id":32683,"verse_id":"EZK.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Or “wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":32684,"verse_id":"EZK.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Heb “because of your making your heart like the heart of gods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":32685,"verse_id":"EZK.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"Heb “they will draw their swords against the beauty of your wisdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":32686,"verse_id":"EZK.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Heb “you will die the death of the slain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":32687,"verse_id":"EZK.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Heb “lift up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":32688,"verse_id":"EZK.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.12","text":"For a discussion of possible nuances of this phrase, see M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:580-81.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A12/2"}
{"id":32689,"verse_id":"EZK.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.13","text":"The exact identification of each gemstone is uncertain. The list should be compared to that of the priest in Exod 28:17-20 , which lists twelve stones in rows of three. The LXX apparently imports the list. See reference to the types of stones in L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A13/2"}
{"id":32690,"verse_id":"EZK.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Or “winged”; see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:91.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":32691,"verse_id":"EZK.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"The meaning of this phrase in Hebrew is uncertain. The word translated here “guards” occurs in Exod 25:20 in reference to the cherubim “covering” the ark.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":32692,"verse_id":"EZK.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.14","text":"Heb “you (were) an anointed cherub that covers and I placed you.” In the Hebrew text the ruler of Tyre is equated with a cherub, and the verb “I placed you” is taken with what follows (“on the holy mountain of God”). However, this reading is problematic. The pronoun “you” at the beginning of verse 14 is feminine singular in the Hebrew text; elsewhere in this passage the ruler of Tyre is addressed with masculine singular forms. It is possible that the pronoun is a rare (see Deut 5:24 ; Num 11:15 ) or defectively written (see 1 Sam 24:19 ; Neh 9:6 ; Job 1:10 ; Ps 6:3 ; Eccl 7:22 ) masculine form, but it is more likely that the form should be repointed as the preposition “with” (see the LXX). In this case the ruler of Tyre is compared to the first man, not to a cherub. If this emendation is accepted, then the verb “I placed you” belongs with what precedes and concludes the first sentence in the verse. It is noteworthy that the verbs in the second and third lines of the verse also appear at the end of the sentence in the Hebrew text. The presence of a conjunction at the beginning of “I placed you” is problematic for the proposal, but it may reflect a later misunderstanding of the syntax of the verse. For a defense of the proposed emendation, see L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:91.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A14/3"}
{"id":32693,"verse_id":"EZK.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":32694,"verse_id":"EZK.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “they filled your midst with violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":32695,"verse_id":"EZK.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “I defiled you.” The presence of the preposition “from” following the verb indicates that a verb of motion is implied as well. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A16/2"}
{"id":32696,"verse_id":"EZK.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.16","text":"Heb “and I expelled you, O guardian cherub.” The Hebrew text takes the verb as first person and understands “guardian cherub” as a vocative, in apposition to the pronominal suffix on the verb. However, if the emendation in verse 14 a is accepted (see the note above), then one may follow the LXX here as well and emend the verb to a third person perfect. In this case the subject of the verb is the guardian cherub. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:91.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A16/3"}
{"id":32697,"verse_id":"EZK.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Heb “set your face against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":32698,"verse_id":"EZK.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":32699,"verse_id":"EZK.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.22","text":"Or “reveal my holiness.” God’s “holiness” is fundamentally his transcendence as sovereign ruler of the world. The revelation of his authority and power through judgment is in view in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A22/2"}
{"id":32700,"verse_id":"EZK.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “into it”; the referent of the feminine pronoun has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":32701,"verse_id":"EZK.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Heb “by a sword against it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":32702,"verse_id":"EZK.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.24","text":"Heb “and there will not be for the house of Israel a brier that pricks and a thorn that inflicts pain from all the ones who surround them, the ones who scorn them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A24/2"}
{"id":32703,"verse_id":"EZK.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"Or “reveal my holiness.” See verse 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":32704,"verse_id":"EZK.29.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.1","text":"January 7, 587 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A1/1"}
{"id":32705,"verse_id":"EZK.29.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.2","text":"Heb “set your face against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A2/1"}
{"id":32706,"verse_id":"EZK.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.3","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A3/1"}
{"id":32707,"verse_id":"EZK.29.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.3","text":"Heb “jackals,” but many medieval Hebrew mss read correctly “the serpent.” The Hebrew term appears to refer to a serpent in Exod 7:9-10, 12 ; Deut 32:33 ; and Ps 91:13 . It also refers to large creatures that inhabit the sea ( Gen 1:21 ; Ps 148:7 ). In several passages it is associated with the sea or with the multiheaded sea monster Leviathan ( Job 7:12 ; Ps 74:13 ; Isa 27:1; 51:9 ). Because of the Egyptian setting of this prophecy and the reference to the creature’s scales (v. 4 ), many understand a crocodile to be the referent here (e.g., NCV “a great crocodile”; TEV “you monster crocodile”; CEV “a giant crocodile”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A3/2"}
{"id":32708,"verse_id":"EZK.29.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.5","text":"Some Hebrew mss , the Targum, and the LXX read “buried.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A5/1"}
{"id":32709,"verse_id":"EZK.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.7","text":"The Hebrew consonantal text ( Kethib ) has “by your hand,” but the marginal reading ( Qere ) has simply “by the hand.” The LXX reads “with their hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A7/1"}
{"id":32710,"verse_id":"EZK.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.7","text":"Or perhaps “dislocated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A7/2"}
{"id":32711,"verse_id":"EZK.29.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"29.7","text":"Heb “you caused to stand for them all their hips.” An emendation which switches two letters but is supported by the LXX yields the reading “you caused all their hips to shake.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:103. In 2 Kgs 18:21 and Isa 36:6 trusting in the Pharaoh is compared to leaning on a staff. The oracle may reflect Hophra’s attempt to aid Jerusalem ( Jer 37:5-8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A7/3"}
{"id":32712,"verse_id":"EZK.29.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.8","text":"Heb “I will cut off from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A8/1"}
{"id":32713,"verse_id":"EZK.29.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.10","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A10/1"}
{"id":32714,"verse_id":"EZK.29.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"29.14","text":"Thus the Masoretic Text. The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate translate as though the Hebrew read “cause to inhabit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A14/1"}
{"id":32715,"verse_id":"EZK.29.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.16","text":"Heb “reminding of iniquity when they turned after them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A16/1"}
{"id":32716,"verse_id":"EZK.29.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.18","text":"Heb “Nebuchadrezzar” is a variant and more correct spelling of Nebuchadnezzar, as the Babylonian name Nabu-kudurri-usur has an “ r ” rather than an “ n ” (so also in v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A18/1"}
{"id":32717,"verse_id":"EZK.29.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.20","text":"Heb “for which he worked,” referring to the assault on Tyre (v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A20/1"}
{"id":32718,"verse_id":"EZK.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “I will cause a horn to sprout for the house of Israel.” The horn is used as a figure for military power in the OT ( Ps 92:10 ). A similar expression is made about the Davidic dynasty in Ps 132:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A21/1"}
{"id":32719,"verse_id":"EZK.29.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":29,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"29.21","text":"Heb “I will grant you an open mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2029%3A21/2"}
{"id":32720,"verse_id":"EZK.30.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.2","text":"Heb “Alas for the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A2/1"}
{"id":32721,"verse_id":"EZK.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “a day of clouds.” The expression occurs also in Joel 2:2 and Zeph 1:15 ; it recalls the appearance of God at Mount Sinai ( Exod 19:9, 16, 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A3/1"}
{"id":32722,"verse_id":"EZK.30.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.3","text":"Heb “a time.” The words “of judgment” have been added in the translation for clarification (see the following verses).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A3/2"}
{"id":32723,"verse_id":"EZK.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.5","text":"The same expression appears in Exod 12:38 ; Jer 25:20; 50:37 ; Neh 13:3 . It may refer to foreign mercenaries serving in the armies of the nations listed here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A5/1"}
{"id":32724,"verse_id":"EZK.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.5","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A5/2"}
{"id":32725,"verse_id":"EZK.30.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"30.5","text":"The expression “sons of the covenant land” possibly refers to Jews living in Egypt ().","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A5/3"}
{"id":32726,"verse_id":"EZK.30.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.6","text":"Heb “come down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A6/1"}
{"id":32727,"verse_id":"EZK.30.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.8","text":"Heb “all who aid her are broken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A8/1"}
{"id":32728,"verse_id":"EZK.30.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.9","text":"Heb “in the day of Egypt.” The word “doom” has been added in the translation to clarify the nature of this day.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A9/1"}
{"id":32729,"verse_id":"EZK.30.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.10","text":"Heb “Nebuchadrezzar” is a variant and more correct spelling of Nebuchadnezzar, as the Babylonian name Nabu-kudurri-usur has an “ r ” rather than an “ n .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A10/1"}
{"id":32730,"verse_id":"EZK.30.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.11","text":"The Babylonians were known for their cruelty ( 2 Kgs 25:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A11/1"}
{"id":32731,"verse_id":"EZK.30.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.12","text":"Heb “and I will sell the land into the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A12/1"}
{"id":32732,"verse_id":"EZK.30.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.13","text":"Heb “I will put fear in the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A13/1"}
{"id":32733,"verse_id":"EZK.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.15","text":"Heb “Sin” (so KJV, NASB), a city commonly identified with Pelusium, a fortress on Egypt’s northeastern frontier.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A15/1"}
{"id":32734,"verse_id":"EZK.30.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.15","text":"Or “kill.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A15/2"}
{"id":32735,"verse_id":"EZK.30.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"30.16","text":"The LXX reads “Syene,” which is Aswan in the south. The MT reads Sin, which has already been mentioned in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A16/1"}
{"id":32736,"verse_id":"EZK.30.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.17","text":"Heb “they will go.” The pronoun and verb are feminine plural, indicating that the cities just mentioned are the antecedent of the pronoun and the subject of the verb. The translation makes this clear by stating the subject as “the cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A17/2"}
{"id":32737,"verse_id":"EZK.30.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.20","text":"April 29, 587 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A20/1"}
{"id":32738,"verse_id":"EZK.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.22","text":"The word h!nn@h indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A22/1"}
{"id":32739,"verse_id":"EZK.30.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"30.22","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A22/2"}
{"id":32740,"verse_id":"EZK.30.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":30,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"30.24","text":"Heb “him”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2030%3A24/1"}
{"id":32741,"verse_id":"EZK.31.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.4","text":"Heb “Waters made it grow; the deep made it grow tall. It (the deep) was flowing with its rivers around the place it (the tree) was planted, it (the deep) sent out its channels to all the trees of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A4/1"}
{"id":32742,"verse_id":"EZK.31.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.5","text":"Heb “when it sends forth.” Repointing the consonants of the Masoretic text would render the proposed reading “shoots” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A5/1"}
{"id":32743,"verse_id":"EZK.31.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.6","text":"Or “many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A6/1"}
{"id":32744,"verse_id":"EZK.31.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.8","text":"Or “cypress trees” (cf. NASB, NLT); NIV “pine trees.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A8/1"}
{"id":32745,"verse_id":"EZK.31.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.11","text":"Heb “acting he has acted with regard to it.” The infinitive absolute precedes the main verb to emphasize the certainty and decisiveness of the action depicted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A11/1"}
{"id":32746,"verse_id":"EZK.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.12","text":"Or “earth” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A12/1"}
{"id":32747,"verse_id":"EZK.31.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.12","text":"Heb “gone down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A12/2"}
{"id":32748,"verse_id":"EZK.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field,” referring to wild as opposed to domesticated animals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A13/1"}
{"id":32749,"verse_id":"EZK.31.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.13","text":"Heb “be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A13/2"}
{"id":32750,"verse_id":"EZK.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “and they will not stand to them in their height, all the drinkers of water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A14/1"}
{"id":32751,"verse_id":"EZK.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “for death, to the lower earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A14/2"}
{"id":32752,"verse_id":"EZK.31.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"31.14","text":"Heb “the sons of men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A14/3"}
{"id":32753,"verse_id":"EZK.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.15","text":"Or “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A15/1"}
{"id":32754,"verse_id":"EZK.31.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"31.15","text":"Heb “I caused lamentation.” D. I. Block ( Ezekiel [NICOT], 2:194-95) proposes an alternative root which would give the meaning “I gated back the waters,” i.e., shut off the water supply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A15/2"}
{"id":32755,"verse_id":"EZK.31.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":31,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"31.17","text":"Heb “its arm.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2031%3A17/1"}
{"id":32756,"verse_id":"EZK.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.2","text":"The lion was a figure of royalty ( Ezek 19:1-9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A2/1"}
{"id":32757,"verse_id":"EZK.32.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"32.2","text":"The Hebrew reads “their streams”; the LXX reads “your streams.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A2/2"}
{"id":32758,"verse_id":"EZK.32.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.3","text":"The expression “throw my net” is common in Ezekiel ( 12:13; 17:20; 19:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A3/1"}
{"id":32759,"verse_id":"EZK.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.4","text":"Or “cause.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A4/1"}
{"id":32760,"verse_id":"EZK.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A4/2"}
{"id":32761,"verse_id":"EZK.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.4","text":"Or “cause.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A4/3"}
{"id":32762,"verse_id":"EZK.32.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.4","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field,” referring to wild as opposed to domesticated animals.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A4/4"}
{"id":32763,"verse_id":"EZK.32.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.5","text":"The Hebrew text is difficult here, apparently meaning “your height.” Following Symmachus and the Syriac, it is preferable to emend the text to read “your maggots.” See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:203.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A5/1"}
{"id":32764,"verse_id":"EZK.32.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.6","text":"Heb “from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A6/1"}
{"id":32765,"verse_id":"EZK.32.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.7","text":"Heb “will not shine its light.” For similar features of cosmic eschatology, see Joel 2:10; 4:15 ; Amos 5:18-20 ; Zeph 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A7/1"}
{"id":32766,"verse_id":"EZK.32.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.9","text":"Heb “I will provoke the heart of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A9/1"}
{"id":32767,"verse_id":"EZK.32.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.11","text":"Heb “approach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A11/2"}
{"id":32768,"verse_id":"EZK.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “muddy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A13/1"}
{"id":32769,"verse_id":"EZK.32.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.13","text":"Heb “them,” that is, the waters mentioned in the previous line. The translation clarifies the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A13/2"}
{"id":32770,"verse_id":"EZK.32.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.14","text":"Heb “sink,” that is, to settle and become clear, not muddied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A14/1"}
{"id":32771,"verse_id":"EZK.32.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.17","text":"March 17, 585 b.c . The LXX adds “first month.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A17/1"}
{"id":32772,"verse_id":"EZK.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.18","text":"The Hebrew verb is used as a response to death ( Jer 9:17-19 ; Amos 5:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A18/1"}
{"id":32773,"verse_id":"EZK.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"32.18","text":"Heb “Bring him down, her and the daughters of the powerful nations, to the earth below.” The verb “bring down” appears in the Hebrew text only once. Because the verb takes several objects here, the repetition of the verb in the translation improves the English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A18/3"}
{"id":32774,"verse_id":"EZK.32.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"32.18","text":"This apparently refers to personified Egypt.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A18/4"}
{"id":32775,"verse_id":"EZK.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.19","text":"The LXX places this verse after v. 21 . tn The words “say to them” are added in the translation for clarity to indicate the shift in addressee from the prophet to Egypt.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A19/1"}
{"id":32776,"verse_id":"EZK.32.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.19","text":"Heb “pleasantness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A19/2"}
{"id":32777,"verse_id":"EZK.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “around him his graves.” The masculine pronominal suffixes are problematic; the expression is best emended to correspond to the phrase “around her grave” in v. 23 . See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:219.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A22/1"}
{"id":32778,"verse_id":"EZK.32.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.22","text":"Heb “all of them slain, the ones felled by the sword.” See as well vv. 23-24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A22/2"}
{"id":32779,"verse_id":"EZK.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.23","text":"Heb “whose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A23/1"}
{"id":32780,"verse_id":"EZK.32.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.23","text":"The only other occurrence of the phrase “remote slopes of the pit” is in Isa 14:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A23/2"}
{"id":32781,"verse_id":"EZK.32.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.25","text":"Heb “around him her graves,” but the expression is best emended to read “around her grave” (see vv. 23-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A25/1"}
{"id":32782,"verse_id":"EZK.32.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"32.26","text":"Heb “around him her graves,” but the expression is best emended to read “around her grave” (see vv. 23-24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A26/1"}
{"id":32783,"verse_id":"EZK.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “of the uncircumcised.” The LXX reads, probably correctly, “from of old” rather than “of the uncircumcised.” The phrases are very similar in spelling. The warriors of Meshech-Tubal are described as uncircumcised, so it would be odd for them to not be buried with the uncircumcised. Verse 28 specifically says that they would lie with the uncircumcised.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A27/1"}
{"id":32784,"verse_id":"EZK.32.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":32,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"32.27","text":"Heb “and their iniquities were over their bones.” The meaning of this statement is unclear; in light of the parallelism (see “swords”) it is preferable to emend “their iniquities” to “their swords.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:135.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2032%3A27/2"}
{"id":32785,"verse_id":"EZK.33.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.2","text":"Heb “sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A2/1"}
{"id":32786,"verse_id":"EZK.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.3","text":"Heb “shofar,” a ram’s horn rather than a brass instrument (so throughout the chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A3/1"}
{"id":32787,"verse_id":"EZK.33.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.3","text":"Sounding the trumpet was a warning of imminent danger ( Neh 4:18-20 ; Jer 4:19 ; Amos 3:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A3/2"}
{"id":32788,"verse_id":"EZK.33.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.4","text":"Heb “his blood will be on his own head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A4/1"}
{"id":32789,"verse_id":"EZK.33.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.5","text":"Heb “his blood will be on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A5/1"}
{"id":32790,"verse_id":"EZK.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.6","text":"Or “in his punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity/punishment” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here and in vv. 8 and 9; 3:18, 19; 4:17; 7:13, 16; 18: 17, 18, 19, 20; 24:23; 39:23 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment” for iniquity or “guilt” of iniquity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A6/1"}
{"id":32791,"verse_id":"EZK.33.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.6","text":"Heb “his blood from the hand of the watchman I will seek.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A6/2"}
{"id":32792,"verse_id":"EZK.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.8","text":"The same expression occurs in Gen 2:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A8/1"}
{"id":32793,"verse_id":"EZK.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “and you do not speak to warn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A8/2"}
{"id":32794,"verse_id":"EZK.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “way.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A8/3"}
{"id":32795,"verse_id":"EZK.33.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.8","text":"Heb “and his blood from your hand I will seek.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A8/4"}
{"id":32796,"verse_id":"EZK.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “from his way to turn from it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A9/1"}
{"id":32797,"verse_id":"EZK.33.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.9","text":"Heb “and he does not turn from his way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A9/2"}
{"id":32798,"verse_id":"EZK.33.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.10","text":"Heb “(are) upon us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A10/1"}
{"id":32799,"verse_id":"EZK.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “turn from his way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A11/1"}
{"id":32800,"verse_id":"EZK.33.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.11","text":"Heb “ways.” This same word is translated “behavior” earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A11/2"}
{"id":32801,"verse_id":"EZK.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “the sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A12/1"}
{"id":32802,"verse_id":"EZK.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “in the day of his rebellion.” The statement envisions a godly person rejecting what is good and becoming sinful. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:247-48.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A12/2"}
{"id":32803,"verse_id":"EZK.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “and the wickedness of the wicked, he will not stumble in it in the day of his turning from his wickedness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A12/3"}
{"id":32804,"verse_id":"EZK.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “by it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A12/4"}
{"id":32805,"verse_id":"EZK.33.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.12","text":"Heb “in the day of his sin.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A12/5"}
{"id":32806,"verse_id":"EZK.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “the wicked one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A15/1"}
{"id":32807,"verse_id":"EZK.33.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.15","text":"Heb “and in the statutes of life he walks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A15/2"}
{"id":32808,"verse_id":"EZK.33.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.16","text":"Heb “remembered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A16/1"}
{"id":32809,"verse_id":"EZK.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “the sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A17/1"}
{"id":32810,"verse_id":"EZK.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.17","text":"Heb “way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A17/2"}
{"id":32811,"verse_id":"EZK.33.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.17","text":"The Hebrew verb translated “is (not) right” has the basic meaning of “to measure.” For a similar concept, see Ezek 18:25, 29 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A17/3"}
{"id":32812,"verse_id":"EZK.33.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.20","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A20/1"}
{"id":32813,"verse_id":"EZK.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.21","text":"January 19, 585 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A21/1"}
{"id":32814,"verse_id":"EZK.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A21/2"}
{"id":32815,"verse_id":"EZK.33.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.21","text":"Heb “smitten.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A21/3"}
{"id":32816,"verse_id":"EZK.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.22","text":"The other occurrences of the phrase “the hand of the Lord ” in Ezekiel are in the context of prophetic visions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A22/1"}
{"id":32817,"verse_id":"EZK.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A22/2"}
{"id":32818,"verse_id":"EZK.33.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.22","text":"Heb “by the time of the arrival to me.” For clarity the translation specifies the refugee as the one who arrived.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A22/3"}
{"id":32819,"verse_id":"EZK.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.25","text":"Heb “lift up your eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A25/2"}
{"id":32820,"verse_id":"EZK.33.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.25","text":"Heb “Will you possess?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A25/3"}
{"id":32821,"verse_id":"EZK.33.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.26","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A26/1"}
{"id":32822,"verse_id":"EZK.33.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.27","text":"Heb “fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A27/1"}
{"id":32823,"verse_id":"EZK.33.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.30","text":"Heb “sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A30/1"}
{"id":32824,"verse_id":"EZK.33.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.30","text":"Heb “one to one, a man to his brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A30/2"}
{"id":32825,"verse_id":"EZK.33.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.30","text":"Heb “comes out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A30/3"}
{"id":32826,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.31","text":"Heb “as people come.” Apparently this is an idiom indicating that they come in crowds. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:264.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/1"}
{"id":32827,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.31","text":"The word “as” is supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/2"}
{"id":32828,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"33.31","text":"Heb “do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/3"}
{"id":32829,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"33.31","text":"Heb “They do lust with their mouths.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/4"}
{"id":32830,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"33.31","text":"Heb “goes after.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/5"}
{"id":32831,"verse_id":"EZK.33.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":31,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"33.31","text":"The present translation understands the term often used for “unjust gain” in a wider sense, following M. Greenberg, who also notes that the LXX uses a term which can describe either sexual or ritual pollution. See M. Greenberg, Ezekiel (AB), 2:687.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A31/6"}
{"id":32832,"verse_id":"EZK.33.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.32","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A32/1"}
{"id":32833,"verse_id":"EZK.33.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"33.32","text":"Heb “one who makes playing music well.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A32/2"}
{"id":32834,"verse_id":"EZK.33.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":33,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"33.33","text":"Heb “behold it is coming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2033%3A33/1"}
{"id":32835,"verse_id":"EZK.34.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.2","text":"The term shepherd is applied to kings in the ancient Near East. In the OT the Lord is often addressed as shepherd of Israel ( Gen 49:24 ; Ps 8:1 ). The imagery of shepherds as Israel’s leaders is also employed ( Jer 23:1-2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A2/1"}
{"id":32836,"verse_id":"EZK.34.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.4","text":"The term translated “harshness” is used to describe the oppression the Israelites suffered as slaves in Egypt ( Exod 1:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A4/1"}
{"id":32837,"verse_id":"EZK.34.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.5","text":"As a case of dittography, the MT repeats “and they were scattered” at the end of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A5/1"}
{"id":32838,"verse_id":"EZK.34.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.10","text":"Heb “I will cause them to cease from feeding sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A10/1"}
{"id":32839,"verse_id":"EZK.34.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.14","text":"Heb “good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A14/1"}
{"id":32840,"verse_id":"EZK.34.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.21","text":"Heb “outside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A21/1"}
{"id":32841,"verse_id":"EZK.34.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.25","text":"The phrase “live securely” occurs in Ezek 28:26; 38:8, 11, 14; 39:26 as an expression of freedom from fear. It is a promised blessing resulting from obedience (see Lev 26:5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A25/1"}
{"id":32842,"verse_id":"EZK.34.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.26","text":"Heb “showers of blessing.” Abundant rain, which in turn produces fruit and crops (v. 27 ), is a covenantal blessing for obedience ( Lev 26:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A26/1"}
{"id":32843,"verse_id":"EZK.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"34.29","text":"The MT reads לְשֵׁם ( lÿshem , “for a name”), meaning perhaps a renowned planting (place). The translation takes this to be a metathesis of שָׁלֹם ( shalom ) as was read by the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A29/1"}
{"id":32844,"verse_id":"EZK.34.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"34.29","text":"Heb “those gathered” for famine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A29/2"}
{"id":32845,"verse_id":"EZK.34.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":34,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"34.31","text":"Heb , “the sheep of my pasture, you are human.” See 36:37-38 for a similar expression. The possessive pronoun “my” is supplied in the translation to balance “I am your God” in the next clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2034%3A31/1"}
{"id":32846,"verse_id":"EZK.35.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.2","text":"Heb “set your face against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A2/1"}
{"id":32847,"verse_id":"EZK.35.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.5","text":"Or “gave over…to the power of the sword.” This phrase also occurs in Jer 18:21 and Ps 63:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A5/1"}
{"id":32848,"verse_id":"EZK.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"35.7","text":"The translation reads with some manuscripts לְשִׁמְמָה וּמְשַׁמָּה ( lÿshimmah umÿshammah , “desolate ruin”) as in verse 3 and often in Ezekiel. The majority reading reverses the first mem ( מ ) with the shin ( שׁ ) resulting in the repetition of the word desolate: לְשִׁמְמָה וּשְׁמָמָה ( lÿshimmah ushÿmamah ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A7/1"}
{"id":32849,"verse_id":"EZK.35.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.7","text":"Or “kill.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A7/2"}
{"id":32850,"verse_id":"EZK.35.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.10","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A10/2"}
{"id":32851,"verse_id":"EZK.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A13/1"}
{"id":32852,"verse_id":"EZK.35.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":35,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"35.13","text":"Heb “and you multiplied against me your words.” The Hebrew verb occurs only here and in Prov 27:6 , where it refers to the “excessive” kisses of an enemy. The basic idea of the verb appears to be “to be abundant.” Here it occurs in the causative (Hiphil) stem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2035%3A13/2"}
{"id":32853,"verse_id":"EZK.36.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.2","text":"Or “high places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A2/1"}
{"id":32854,"verse_id":"EZK.36.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.3","text":"Heb “lip of the tongue.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A3/1"}
{"id":32855,"verse_id":"EZK.36.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.7","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A7/1"}
{"id":32856,"verse_id":"EZK.36.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.8","text":"Heb “they draw near to arrive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A8/1"}
{"id":32857,"verse_id":"EZK.36.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.9","text":"Heb “I (am) toward you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A9/1"}
{"id":32858,"verse_id":"EZK.36.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.10","text":"Heb “I will multiply on you human(s).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A10/1"}
{"id":32859,"verse_id":"EZK.36.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.11","text":"Heb “your beginning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A11/2"}
{"id":32860,"verse_id":"EZK.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.15","text":"Heb “cause you to hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A15/1"}
{"id":32861,"verse_id":"EZK.36.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"36.15","text":"The MT reads תַכְשִׁלִי ( takhshiliy ), a metathesis for תַשְׁכִלִי ( tashkhiliy ) from the root שָׁכַל ( shakhal ) which is used in each of the previous verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A15/2"}
{"id":32862,"verse_id":"EZK.36.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.17","text":"Heb “way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A17/1"}
{"id":32863,"verse_id":"EZK.36.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.21","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A21/1"}
{"id":32864,"verse_id":"EZK.36.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.23","text":"Or “sanctify,” Heb “make holy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A23/1"}
{"id":32865,"verse_id":"EZK.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.27","text":"Or “in the midst of you.” The word “you” is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A27/1"}
{"id":32866,"verse_id":"EZK.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"36.27","text":"Heb “and I will do that which in my statutes you will walk.” The awkward syntax (verb “to do, act” + accusative sign + relative clause + prepositional phrase + second person verb) is unique, though Eccl 3:14 contains a similar construction. In the last line of that verse we read that “God acts so that (relative pronoun) they fear before him.” However, unlike Ezek 36:27 , the statement has no accusative sign before the relative pronoun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A27/2"}
{"id":32867,"verse_id":"EZK.36.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"36.27","text":"Heb “and my laws you will guard and you will do them.” Jer 31:31-34 is parallel to this passage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A27/3"}
{"id":32868,"verse_id":"EZK.36.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.31","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A31/1"}
{"id":32869,"verse_id":"EZK.36.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.32","text":"Heb “Let it be known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A32/1"}
{"id":32870,"verse_id":"EZK.36.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":36,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"36.37","text":"The Niphal verb may have a tolerative function here, “Again (for) this I will allow myself to be sought by the house of Israel to act for them.” Or it may be reflexive: “I will reveal myself to the house of Israel by doing this also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2036%3A37/1"}
{"id":32871,"verse_id":"EZK.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.1","text":"Or “power.” sn Hand in the OT can refer metaphorically to power, authority, or influence. In Ezekiel God’s hand being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A1/1"}
{"id":32872,"verse_id":"EZK.37.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.1","text":"Heb “caused me to rest.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A1/2"}
{"id":32873,"verse_id":"EZK.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.2","text":"Heb “and he made me pass over them, around, around.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A2/1"}
{"id":32874,"verse_id":"EZK.37.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.2","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and is here translated as “I realized” because it results from Ezekiel’s recognition of the situation around him. In Hebrew, the exclamation is repeated in the following sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A2/2"}
{"id":32875,"verse_id":"EZK.37.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.5","text":"Heb “I am about to bring a spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A5/1"}
{"id":32876,"verse_id":"EZK.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.6","text":"The exact physiological meaning of the term is uncertain. In addition to v. 8 , the term occurs only in Gen 32:33; Job 10:11; 40:17 ; and Jer 48:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A6/1"}
{"id":32877,"verse_id":"EZK.37.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.6","text":"Or “a spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A6/2"}
{"id":32878,"verse_id":"EZK.37.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.7","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A7/1"}
{"id":32879,"verse_id":"EZK.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.8","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A8/1"}
{"id":32880,"verse_id":"EZK.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.8","text":"Heb “came up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A8/2"}
{"id":32881,"verse_id":"EZK.37.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"37.8","text":"Or “spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A8/3"}
{"id":32882,"verse_id":"EZK.37.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.9","text":"Or “spirit,” and several times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A9/1"}
{"id":32883,"verse_id":"EZK.37.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.14","text":"Or “spirit.” This is likely an allusion to and God’s breath which creates life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A14/1"}
{"id":32884,"verse_id":"EZK.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “bring near.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A17/1"}
{"id":32885,"verse_id":"EZK.37.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.17","text":"Heb “one to one for you for one stick.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A17/2"}
{"id":32886,"verse_id":"EZK.37.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.18","text":"Heb “the sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A18/1"}
{"id":32887,"verse_id":"EZK.37.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.19","text":"Heb “I will place them on it, that is, on the stick of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A19/1"}
{"id":32888,"verse_id":"EZK.37.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"37.23","text":"Heb “their dwellings.” The text as it stands does not make sense. Based on the LXX, a slight emendation of two vowels, including a mater , yields the reading “from their turning,” a reference here to their turning from God and deviating from his commandments. See BDB 1000 s.v. מְשׁוּבָה , and D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:407.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A23/1"}
{"id":32889,"verse_id":"EZK.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"37.24","text":"Heb “walk [in].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A24/1"}
{"id":32890,"verse_id":"EZK.37.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.24","text":"Heb “and my statutes they will guard and they will do them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A24/2"}
{"id":32891,"verse_id":"EZK.37.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":37,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"37.26","text":"Heb “give them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2037%3A26/2"}
{"id":32892,"verse_id":"EZK.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “set your face against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A2/1"}
{"id":32893,"verse_id":"EZK.38.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"38.2","text":"Heb “the prince, the chief of Meshech and Tubal.” Some translate “the prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal,” but it is more likely that the Hebrew noun in question is a common noun in apposition to “prince,” rather than a proper name. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:434-35. As Block demonstrates, attempts by some popular writers to identify these proper names with later geographical sites in Russia are anachronistic. See as well E. Yamauchi, Foes From the Northern Frontier , 19-27. sn Meshech and Tubal were two nations in Cappadocia of Asia Minor. They were also sons of Japheth ( Gen 10:2 ; 1 Chr 1:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A2/4"}
{"id":32894,"verse_id":"EZK.38.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.3","text":"Or “I challenge you.” The phrase “I am against you” may be a formula for challenging someone to combat or a duel. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 1:201-2, and P. Humbert, “Die Herausforderungsformel ‘ h!nn#n' ?l?K> ,’” ZAW 45 (1933): 101-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A3/1"}
{"id":32895,"verse_id":"EZK.38.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.5","text":"D. I. Block prefers to see the Hebrew word as referring here to a western ally of Egypt or as an alternative spelling for Pathros, that is, Upper Egypt. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:439-40.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A5/1"}
{"id":32896,"verse_id":"EZK.38.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.6","text":"The words “they are joined by” are added in the translation for purposes of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A6/1"}
{"id":32897,"verse_id":"EZK.38.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.7","text":"The second person singular verbal and pronominal forms in the Hebrew text indicate that Gog is addressed here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A7/1"}
{"id":32898,"verse_id":"EZK.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “from the sword.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A8/1"}
{"id":32899,"verse_id":"EZK.38.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.8","text":"Heb “it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A8/2"}
{"id":32900,"verse_id":"EZK.38.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.9","text":"Heb “go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A9/1"}
{"id":32901,"verse_id":"EZK.38.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.10","text":"Heb “words will go up upon your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A10/1"}
{"id":32902,"verse_id":"EZK.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “go up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A11/1"}
{"id":32903,"verse_id":"EZK.38.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.11","text":"Heb “come (to).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A11/2"}
{"id":32904,"verse_id":"EZK.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.12","text":"Heb “to turn your hand against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A12/1"}
{"id":32905,"verse_id":"EZK.38.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.12","text":"The Hebrew term occurs elsewhere only in Judg 9:37 . Perhaps it means “high point, top.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A12/2"}
{"id":32906,"verse_id":"EZK.38.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.13","text":"Heb “young lions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A13/1"}
{"id":32907,"verse_id":"EZK.38.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.14","text":"The Hebrew text is framed as a rhetorical question: “will you not take notice?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A14/1"}
{"id":32908,"verse_id":"EZK.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.16","text":"Heb “come up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A16/1"}
{"id":32909,"verse_id":"EZK.38.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.16","text":"Or “reveal my holiness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A16/2"}
{"id":32910,"verse_id":"EZK.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.17","text":"Heb “by the hand of my servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A17/1"}
{"id":32911,"verse_id":"EZK.38.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.17","text":"The Hebrew text adds “years” here, but this is probably a scribal gloss on the preceding phrase. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:201.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A17/2"}
{"id":32912,"verse_id":"EZK.38.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.18","text":"Heb “goes up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A18/1"}
{"id":32913,"verse_id":"EZK.38.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.19","text":"Or “shaking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A19/2"}
{"id":32914,"verse_id":"EZK.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.20","text":"Or “tremble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A20/1"}
{"id":32915,"verse_id":"EZK.38.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.20","text":"The term occurs only here and in Song of Songs 2:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A20/2"}
{"id":32916,"verse_id":"EZK.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"38.21","text":"Heb “against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A21/1"}
{"id":32917,"verse_id":"EZK.38.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":38,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"38.21","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (Gog, cf. v. 18 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2038%3A21/2"}
{"id":32918,"verse_id":"EZK.39.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.2","text":"The Hebrew root occurs only here in the OT. An apparent cognate in the Ethiopic language means “walk along.” For a discussion of the research on this verb, see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:460.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A2/1"}
{"id":32919,"verse_id":"EZK.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.9","text":"Heb “burn and kindle the weapons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A9/1"}
{"id":32920,"verse_id":"EZK.39.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.9","text":"Two different types of shields are specified in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A9/2"}
{"id":32921,"verse_id":"EZK.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “they will not carry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A10/1"}
{"id":32922,"verse_id":"EZK.39.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.10","text":"Heb “loot their looters and plunder their plunderers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A10/2"}
{"id":32923,"verse_id":"EZK.39.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.11","text":"The name means “horde of Gog.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A11/1"}
{"id":32924,"verse_id":"EZK.39.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.12","text":"Heb “the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A12/1"}
{"id":32925,"verse_id":"EZK.39.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.13","text":"Heb “name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A13/1"}
{"id":32926,"verse_id":"EZK.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.14","text":"Heb “men of perpetuity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A14/1"}
{"id":32927,"verse_id":"EZK.39.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.14","text":"Heb “and bury the travelers and those who remain on the surface of the ground.” The reference to “travelers” seems odd and is omitted in the LXX. It is probably an accidental duplication (see v. 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A14/2"}
{"id":32928,"verse_id":"EZK.39.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.15","text":"Heb “as the scouts scout.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A15/1"}
{"id":32929,"verse_id":"EZK.39.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.15","text":"That is, the aforementioned bone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A15/2"}
{"id":32930,"verse_id":"EZK.39.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.16","text":"This name appears to be a feminine form of the word “horde,” used in the name Hamon-Gog.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A16/1"}
{"id":32931,"verse_id":"EZK.39.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.17","text":"Or “sacrifice” (so also in the rest of this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A17/1"}
{"id":32932,"verse_id":"EZK.39.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.19","text":"Or “sacrifice” (so also in the rest of this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A19/2"}
{"id":32933,"verse_id":"EZK.39.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.20","text":"Heb “chariots.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A20/1"}
{"id":32934,"verse_id":"EZK.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.21","text":"Or “my glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A21/1"}
{"id":32935,"verse_id":"EZK.39.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"39.21","text":"Heb “my hand which I have placed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A21/2"}
{"id":32936,"verse_id":"EZK.39.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.23","text":"Or “in their punishment.” The phrase “in/for [a person’s] iniquity/punishment” occurs fourteen times in Ezekiel: here; 3:18, 19; 4:17; 7:13, 16; 18: 17, 18, 19, 20; 24:23; 33:6, 8, 9 . The Hebrew word for “iniquity” may also mean the “punishment” for iniquity or “guilt” of iniquity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A23/1"}
{"id":32937,"verse_id":"EZK.39.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.25","text":"Heb “cause to return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A25/1"}
{"id":32938,"verse_id":"EZK.39.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":39,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"39.28","text":"Heb “there,” referring to the foreign nations to which they were exiled. The translation makes the referent clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2039%3A28/1"}
{"id":32939,"verse_id":"EZK.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.1","text":"April 19, 573 b.c .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A1/2"}
{"id":32940,"verse_id":"EZK.40.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.1","text":"Or “power.” sn Hand in the OT can refer metaphorically to power, authority, or influence. In Ezekiel God’s hand being on the prophet is regularly associated with communication or a vision from God ( 3:14, 22; 8:1; 37:1; 40:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A1/3"}
{"id":32941,"verse_id":"EZK.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.2","text":"The expression introduces the three major visions of Ezekiel ( 1:1; 8:3; 40:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A2/1"}
{"id":32942,"verse_id":"EZK.40.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.2","text":"The reference to a very high mountain is harmonious with Isa 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A2/2"}
{"id":32943,"verse_id":"EZK.40.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.3","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A3/1"}
{"id":32944,"verse_id":"EZK.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “look with your eyes, hear with your ears, and set your mind on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A4/1"}
{"id":32945,"verse_id":"EZK.40.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.4","text":"Heb “in order to show (it) to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A4/2"}
{"id":32946,"verse_id":"EZK.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.5","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A5/1"}
{"id":32947,"verse_id":"EZK.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A5/2"}
{"id":32948,"verse_id":"EZK.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “a measuring stick of six cubits, [each] a cubit and a handbreadth.” The measuring units here and in the remainder of this section are the Hebrew “long” cubit, consisting of a cubit (about 18 inches or 45 cm) and a handbreadth (about 3 inches or 7.5 cm), for a total of 21 inches (52.5 cm). Therefore the measuring stick in the man’s hand was 10.5 feet (3.15 meters) long. Because modern readers are not familiar with the cubit as a unit of measurement, and due to the additional complication of the “long” cubit as opposed to the regular cubit, all measurements have been converted to American standard feet and inches, with the Hebrew measurements and the metric equivalents given in the notes.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A5/3"}
{"id":32949,"verse_id":"EZK.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “building.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A5/4"}
{"id":32950,"verse_id":"EZK.40.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"40.5","text":"Heb “one rod [or “reed”]” (also a second time in this verse, twice in v. 6 , three times in v. 7 , and once in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A5/5"}
{"id":32951,"verse_id":"EZK.40.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.6","text":"The Hebrew text adds “the one threshold 10½ feet deep.” This is probably an accidental duplication of what precedes. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:517.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A6/1"}
{"id":32952,"verse_id":"EZK.40.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.7","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters) according to the “long” cubit. See the note on the first occurrence of the phrase “10½ feet” in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A7/1"}
{"id":32953,"verse_id":"EZK.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “eight cubits” (i.e., 4.2 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A9/1"}
{"id":32954,"verse_id":"EZK.40.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.9","text":"Heb “two cubits” (i.e., 1.05 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A9/2"}
{"id":32955,"verse_id":"EZK.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.11","text":"Heb “ten cubits” (i.e., 5.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A11/1"}
{"id":32956,"verse_id":"EZK.40.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.11","text":"Heb “thirteen cubits” (i.e., 6.825 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A11/2"}
{"id":32957,"verse_id":"EZK.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A12/1"}
{"id":32958,"verse_id":"EZK.40.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.12","text":"Heb “six cubits” (i.e., 3.15 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A12/2"}
{"id":32959,"verse_id":"EZK.40.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.13","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A13/1"}
{"id":32960,"verse_id":"EZK.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A14/1"}
{"id":32961,"verse_id":"EZK.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"40.14","text":"The MT reads “jambs” which does not make sense in context. Supposing a confusion of yod for vav , the text may be emended to read “porch.” See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:518.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A14/2"}
{"id":32962,"verse_id":"EZK.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.14","text":"Heb “sixty cubits” (i.e., 31.5 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A14/3"}
{"id":32963,"verse_id":"EZK.40.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.14","text":"The word “high” is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied for sense.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A14/4"}
{"id":32964,"verse_id":"EZK.40.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.15","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A15/1"}
{"id":32965,"verse_id":"EZK.40.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.17","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A17/1"}
{"id":32966,"verse_id":"EZK.40.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.19","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A19/1"}
{"id":32967,"verse_id":"EZK.40.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.21","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A21/1"}
{"id":32968,"verse_id":"EZK.40.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.21","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A21/2"}
{"id":32969,"verse_id":"EZK.40.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.23","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A23/1"}
{"id":32970,"verse_id":"EZK.40.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.24","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A24/1"}
{"id":32971,"verse_id":"EZK.40.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.25","text":"Heb “as these windows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A25/1"}
{"id":32972,"verse_id":"EZK.40.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.25","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A25/2"}
{"id":32973,"verse_id":"EZK.40.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.25","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A25/3"}
{"id":32974,"verse_id":"EZK.40.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.27","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A27/1"}
{"id":32975,"verse_id":"EZK.40.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.29","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A29/1"}
{"id":32976,"verse_id":"EZK.40.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.29","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A29/2"}
{"id":32977,"verse_id":"EZK.40.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.30","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A30/1"}
{"id":32978,"verse_id":"EZK.40.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.30","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A30/2"}
{"id":32979,"verse_id":"EZK.40.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.33","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A33/1"}
{"id":32980,"verse_id":"EZK.40.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.33","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A33/2"}
{"id":32981,"verse_id":"EZK.40.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.36","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A36/1"}
{"id":32982,"verse_id":"EZK.40.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.36","text":"Heb “twenty-five cubits” (i.e., 13.125 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A36/2"}
{"id":32983,"verse_id":"EZK.40.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"40.37","text":"The LXX reads “porches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A37/1"}
{"id":32984,"verse_id":"EZK.40.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"40.38","text":"The MT reads “jambs of the gates” which does not make sense in a context discussing one chamber. The emendation to “porch” is similar to v. 14 . See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:530.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A38/1"}
{"id":32985,"verse_id":"EZK.40.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.42","text":"Heb “one and a half cubits” (i.e., 78.75 cm).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A42/1"}
{"id":32986,"verse_id":"EZK.40.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.42","text":"Heb “one and a half cubits” (i.e., 78.75 cm).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A42/2"}
{"id":32987,"verse_id":"EZK.40.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"40.42","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A42/3"}
{"id":32988,"verse_id":"EZK.40.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"40.43","text":"This reading is supported by the Aramaic Targum. The LXX, Vulgate, and Syriac read “shelves” or some type of projection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A43/1"}
{"id":32989,"verse_id":"EZK.40.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.43","text":"Heb “one handbreadth” (7.5 cm).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A43/2"}
{"id":32990,"verse_id":"EZK.40.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.44","text":"“One” is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied for clarity in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A44/1"}
{"id":32991,"verse_id":"EZK.40.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"40.44","text":"This reading is supported by the LXX; the MT reads “east.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A44/2"}
{"id":32992,"verse_id":"EZK.40.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.45","text":"Heb “the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A45/1"}
{"id":32993,"verse_id":"EZK.40.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.47","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits long and one hundred cubits wide, a square” (i.e., 52.5 meters by 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A47/1"}
{"id":32994,"verse_id":"EZK.40.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.48","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A48/1"}
{"id":32995,"verse_id":"EZK.40.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.48","text":"The LXX reads “fourteen cubits” (i.e., 7.35 meters). See following note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A48/2"}
{"id":32996,"verse_id":"EZK.40.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"40.48","text":"The translation follows the LXX. The MT reads “the width of the gate was three cubits,” the omission due to haplography. tn Or “sidewalls.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A48/3"}
{"id":32997,"verse_id":"EZK.40.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"40.48","text":"Heb “three cubits” (i.e., 1.575 meters).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A48/4"}
{"id":32998,"verse_id":"EZK.40.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"40.49","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A49/1"}
{"id":32999,"verse_id":"EZK.40.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"40.49","text":"Heb “eleven cubits” (i.e., 5.775 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A49/2"}
{"id":33000,"verse_id":"EZK.40.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":40,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"40.49","text":"The LXX reads “ten steps.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2040%3A49/3"}
{"id":33001,"verse_id":"EZK.41.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.1","text":"Heb “six cubits” (i.e., 3.15 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A1/1"}
{"id":33002,"verse_id":"EZK.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “ten cubits” (i.e., 5.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A2/1"}
{"id":33003,"verse_id":"EZK.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.2","text":"The translation follows the LXX. The MT reads “the width of the gate was three cubits,” the omission due to haplography. tn Or “sidewalls.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A2/2"}
{"id":33004,"verse_id":"EZK.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A2/3"}
{"id":33005,"verse_id":"EZK.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “forty cubits” (i.e., 21 meters).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A2/4"}
{"id":33006,"verse_id":"EZK.41.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"41.2","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A2/5"}
{"id":33007,"verse_id":"EZK.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “two cubits” (i.e., 1.05 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A3/1"}
{"id":33008,"verse_id":"EZK.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “six cubits” (i.e., 3.15 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A3/2"}
{"id":33009,"verse_id":"EZK.41.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.3","text":"Heb “seven cubits” (i.e., 3.675 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A3/3"}
{"id":33010,"verse_id":"EZK.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.4","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A4/1"}
{"id":33011,"verse_id":"EZK.41.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.4","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A4/2"}
{"id":33012,"verse_id":"EZK.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “house” throughout .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A5/1"}
{"id":33013,"verse_id":"EZK.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “six cubits” (i.e., 3.15 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A5/2"}
{"id":33014,"verse_id":"EZK.41.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.5","text":"Heb “four cubits” (2.1 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A5/3"}
{"id":33015,"verse_id":"EZK.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"41.7","text":"The Hebrew is difficult here. The Targum envisions a winding ramp or set of stairs, which entails reading the first word as a noun rather than a verb and reading the second word also not as a verb, supposing that an initial mem has been read as vav and nun . See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:549.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A7/1"}
{"id":33016,"verse_id":"EZK.41.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.7","text":"The Hebrew term occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A7/2"}
{"id":33017,"verse_id":"EZK.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “reed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A8/1"}
{"id":33018,"verse_id":"EZK.41.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.8","text":"Heb “six cubits” (i.e., 3.15 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A8/2"}
{"id":33019,"verse_id":"EZK.41.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.9","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A9/1"}
{"id":33020,"verse_id":"EZK.41.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.10","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A10/1"}
{"id":33021,"verse_id":"EZK.41.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.11","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A11/1"}
{"id":33022,"verse_id":"EZK.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “seventy cubits” (36.75 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A12/1"}
{"id":33023,"verse_id":"EZK.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “five cubits” (i.e., 2.625 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A12/2"}
{"id":33024,"verse_id":"EZK.41.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"41.12","text":"Heb “ninety cubits” (i.e., 47.25 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A12/3"}
{"id":33025,"verse_id":"EZK.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A13/1"}
{"id":33026,"verse_id":"EZK.41.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.13","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A13/2"}
{"id":33027,"verse_id":"EZK.41.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.14","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A14/1"}
{"id":33028,"verse_id":"EZK.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.15","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A15/1"}
{"id":33029,"verse_id":"EZK.41.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"41.15","text":"Some Hebrew mss read “and its outer court.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A15/2"}
{"id":33030,"verse_id":"EZK.41.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"41.17","text":"The LXX does not have the word “by measurements.” The word may be a technical term referring to carpentry technique, the exact meaning of which is unclear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A17/1"}
{"id":33031,"verse_id":"EZK.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “three cubits” (i.e., 1.575 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A22/1"}
{"id":33032,"verse_id":"EZK.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"41.22","text":"Heb “two cubits” (i.e., 1.05 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A22/2"}
{"id":33033,"verse_id":"EZK.41.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"41.22","text":"So the Masoretic text. The LXX reads “base.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A22/3"}
{"id":33034,"verse_id":"EZK.41.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.24","text":"Heb “turning” leaves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A24/1"}
{"id":33035,"verse_id":"EZK.41.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":41,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"41.25","text":"Or “railings.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:218.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2041%3A25/1"}
{"id":33036,"verse_id":"EZK.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A2/1"}
{"id":33037,"verse_id":"EZK.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “the door of the north.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A2/2"}
{"id":33038,"verse_id":"EZK.42.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"42.2","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A2/3"}
{"id":33039,"verse_id":"EZK.42.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.3","text":"Heb “twenty cubits” (i.e., 10.5 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A3/1"}
{"id":33040,"verse_id":"EZK.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “ten cubits” (i.e., 5.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A4/1"}
{"id":33041,"verse_id":"EZK.42.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"42.4","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm). The LXX and the Syriac read “one hundred cubits” (= 175 feet).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A4/2"}
{"id":33042,"verse_id":"EZK.42.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.6","text":"The phrase “upper chambers” is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A6/1"}
{"id":33043,"verse_id":"EZK.42.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.7","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A7/1"}
{"id":33044,"verse_id":"EZK.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.8","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A8/1"}
{"id":33045,"verse_id":"EZK.42.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.8","text":"Heb “one hundred cubits” (i.e., 52.5 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A8/2"}
{"id":33046,"verse_id":"EZK.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"42.10","text":"The reading is supported by the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A10/1"}
{"id":33047,"verse_id":"EZK.42.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"42.10","text":"This reading is supported by the LXX; the MT reads “east.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A10/2"}
{"id":33048,"verse_id":"EZK.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “reed” (also in the following verses).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A16/1"}
{"id":33049,"verse_id":"EZK.42.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":42,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"42.16","text":"Heb “five hundred cubits” (i.e., 262.5 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2042%3A16/2"}
{"id":33050,"verse_id":"EZK.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.2","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A2/1"}
{"id":33051,"verse_id":"EZK.43.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"43.2","text":"Heb “shone from.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A2/5"}
{"id":33052,"verse_id":"EZK.43.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"43.3","text":"Heb “I.” The reading is due to the confusion of yod ( י , indicating a first person pronoun) and vav ( ו , indicating a third person pronoun). A few medieval Hebrew mss , Theodotion’s Greek version, and the Latin Vulgate support a third person pronoun here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A3/1"}
{"id":33053,"verse_id":"EZK.43.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.5","text":"See note on “wind” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A5/1"}
{"id":33054,"verse_id":"EZK.43.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.5","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A5/2"}
{"id":33055,"verse_id":"EZK.43.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.7","text":"Heb “by their corpses in their death.” But the term normally translated “corpses” is better understood here as a reference to funeral pillars or funerary offerings. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:583-85, and L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:257.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A7/3"}
{"id":33056,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “the measurements of the altar by cubits, the cubit being a cubit and a handbreadth.” The measuring units here and in the remainder of this section are the Hebrew “long” cubit, consisting of a cubit (about 18 inches or 45 cm) and a handbreadth (about 3 inches or 7.5 cm), for a total of 21 inches (52.5 cm). Because modern readers are not familiar with the cubit as a unit of measurement, and due to the additional complication of the “long” cubit as opposed to the regular cubit, all measurements have been converted to American standard feet and inches, with the Hebrew measurements and the metric equivalents given in the notes. On the altar see Ezek 40:47 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/1"}
{"id":33057,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.13","text":"The Hebrew term normally means “bosom.” Here it refers to a hollow in the ground.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/2"}
{"id":33058,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/3"}
{"id":33059,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"43.13","text":"The word “high” is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/4"}
{"id":33060,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/5"}
{"id":33061,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “one span.” A span was three handbreadths, or about nine inches (i.e., 22.5 cm).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/6"}
{"id":33062,"verse_id":"EZK.43.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"43.13","text":"Heb “bulge, protuberance, mound.” The translation follows the LXX.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A13/7"}
{"id":33063,"verse_id":"EZK.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “two cubits” (i.e., 1.05 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A14/1"}
{"id":33064,"verse_id":"EZK.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm; the phrase occurs again later in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A14/2"}
{"id":33065,"verse_id":"EZK.43.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.14","text":"Heb “four cubits” (i.e., 2.1 meters; the phrase also occurs in the next verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A14/3"}
{"id":33066,"verse_id":"EZK.43.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.16","text":"The precise Hebrew word used here to refer to an “altar hearth” occurs only here in the OT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A16/1"}
{"id":33067,"verse_id":"EZK.43.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.16","text":"Heb “twelve cubits” (i.e., 6.3 meters; the phrase occurs twice in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A16/2"}
{"id":33068,"verse_id":"EZK.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “fourteen”; the word “cubits” is not in the Hebrew text but is understood from the context; the phrase occurs again later in this verse. Fourteen cubits is about 7.35 meters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A17/1"}
{"id":33069,"verse_id":"EZK.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “half a cubit” (i.e., 26.25 cm).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A17/2"}
{"id":33070,"verse_id":"EZK.43.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"43.17","text":"Heb “one cubit” (i.e., 52.5 cm).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A17/3"}
{"id":33071,"verse_id":"EZK.43.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.26","text":"Heb “fill its hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A26/1"}
{"id":33072,"verse_id":"EZK.43.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":43,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"43.27","text":"Heb “and they will complete the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2043%3A27/1"}
{"id":33073,"verse_id":"EZK.44.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.3","text":"Heb “to eat bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A3/1"}
{"id":33074,"verse_id":"EZK.44.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.4","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A4/1"}
{"id":33075,"verse_id":"EZK.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “set your heart” (so also in the latter part of the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A5/1"}
{"id":33076,"verse_id":"EZK.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.5","text":"Heb “Set your mind, look with your eyes, and with your ears hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A5/2"}
{"id":33077,"verse_id":"EZK.44.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"44.5","text":"The Syriac, Vulgate, and Targum read the plural. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:618.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A5/3"}
{"id":33078,"verse_id":"EZK.44.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"44.6","text":"The LXX reads “house of rebellion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A6/1"}
{"id":33079,"verse_id":"EZK.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.7","text":"Heb “to desecrate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A7/1"}
{"id":33080,"verse_id":"EZK.44.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"44.7","text":"The Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions read “you.” The Masoretic text reads “they.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A7/2"}
{"id":33081,"verse_id":"EZK.44.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"44.8","text":"Instead of an energic nun ( ן ), the text may have read a third masculine plural suffix ם ( mem ), “them,” which was confused with ן ( nun ) in the old script. See D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:621. tn This word is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A8/1"}
{"id":33082,"verse_id":"EZK.44.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.10","text":"Heb “will bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A10/1"}
{"id":33083,"verse_id":"EZK.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “a stumbling block of iniquity.” This is a unique phrase of the prophet Ezekiel (cf. also Ezek 7:19; 14:3, 4, 7; 18:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A12/1"}
{"id":33084,"verse_id":"EZK.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “I lifted up my hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A12/2"}
{"id":33085,"verse_id":"EZK.44.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"44.12","text":"Heb “will bear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A12/3"}
{"id":33086,"verse_id":"EZK.44.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.22","text":"Heb “from the offspring of the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A22/1"}
{"id":33087,"verse_id":"EZK.44.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"44.24","text":"Heb “sanctify, set apart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A24/2"}
{"id":33088,"verse_id":"EZK.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.26","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the priest) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A26/1"}
{"id":33089,"verse_id":"EZK.44.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"44.26","text":"One medieval Hebrew ms , the LXX, and the Syriac along with Lev 15:13, 28 read the verb as singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A26/2"}
{"id":33090,"verse_id":"EZK.44.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.30","text":"Heb has in addition “from your contributions,” a repetition unnecessary in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A30/1"}
{"id":33091,"verse_id":"EZK.44.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":44,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"44.31","text":"The words “by a wild animal” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation as a clarification of the circumstances. sn For this law, see Lev 7:24; 17:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2044%3A31/1"}
{"id":33092,"verse_id":"EZK.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “a contribution.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A1/1"}
{"id":33093,"verse_id":"EZK.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers). The measuring units here are the Hebrew “long” cubit, consisting of a cubit (about 18 inches or 45 cm) and a handbreadth (about 3 inches or 7.5 cm), for a total of 21 inches (52.5 cm). Because modern readers are not familiar with the cubit as a unit of measurement, and due to the additional complication of the “long” cubit as opposed to the regular cubit, all measurements have been converted to American standard miles (one mile = 5,280 feet), with the Hebrew measurements and the metric equivalents given in the notes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A1/2"}
{"id":33094,"verse_id":"EZK.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"45.1","text":"The LXX reads “twenty thousand cubits.” tn Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A1/3"}
{"id":33095,"verse_id":"EZK.45.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"45.1","text":"Heb “holy it is in all its territory round about.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A1/4"}
{"id":33096,"verse_id":"EZK.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “five hundred cubits” (i.e., 262.5 meters); the phrase occurs twice in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A2/1"}
{"id":33097,"verse_id":"EZK.45.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.2","text":"Heb “fifty cubits” (i.e., 26.25 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A2/2"}
{"id":33098,"verse_id":"EZK.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.3","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A3/1"}
{"id":33099,"verse_id":"EZK.45.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.3","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A3/2"}
{"id":33100,"verse_id":"EZK.45.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"45.4","text":"The LXX apparently understood “open land” instead of “sanctuary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A4/1"}
{"id":33101,"verse_id":"EZK.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A5/1"}
{"id":33102,"verse_id":"EZK.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.5","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A5/2"}
{"id":33103,"verse_id":"EZK.45.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"45.5","text":"The translation follows the LXX here. The MT reads “twenty.” See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:246.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A5/3"}
{"id":33104,"verse_id":"EZK.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.6","text":"Heb “five thousand cubits” (i.e., 2.625 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A6/1"}
{"id":33105,"verse_id":"EZK.45.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.6","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A6/2"}
{"id":33106,"verse_id":"EZK.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “ephah,” which was 1/2 bushel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A10/2"}
{"id":33107,"verse_id":"EZK.45.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"45.10","text":"Heb “bath,” a liquid measure, was 5 1/2 gallons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A10/3"}
{"id":33108,"verse_id":"EZK.45.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.12","text":"Heb “twenty shekels, twenty-five shekels, fifteen shekels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A12/1"}
{"id":33109,"verse_id":"EZK.45.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.16","text":"Heb “will be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A16/1"}
{"id":33110,"verse_id":"EZK.45.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"45.24","text":"Heb “a hin of oil.” A hin was about 1/16 of a bath. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:266, and O. R. Sellers, “Weights,” IDB 4:835 g.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A24/1"}
{"id":33111,"verse_id":"EZK.45.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":45,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"45.24","text":"Heb “ephah.” The words “of grain” are supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2045%3A24/2"}
{"id":33112,"verse_id":"EZK.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.5","text":"Or “as much as he wishes.” Heb “a gift of his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A5/1"}
{"id":33113,"verse_id":"EZK.46.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.5","text":"Heb “a hin of oil.” A hin was about 1/16 of a bath. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:266, and O. R. Sellers, “Weights,” IDB 4:835 g.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A5/2"}
{"id":33114,"verse_id":"EZK.46.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.6","text":"The phrase “he will offer” is not in the Hebrew text but is warranted from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A6/1"}
{"id":33115,"verse_id":"EZK.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.7","text":"Heb “with the lambs as his hand can reach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A7/1"}
{"id":33116,"verse_id":"EZK.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.7","text":"Heb “a hin of oil.” A hin was about 1/16 of a bath. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:266, and O. R. Sellers, “Weights,” IDB 4:835 g.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A7/2"}
{"id":33117,"verse_id":"EZK.46.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.7","text":"Heb “ephah.” The words “of grain” are supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A7/3"}
{"id":33118,"verse_id":"EZK.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.11","text":"Or “as much as he wishes.” Heb “a gift of his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A11/1"}
{"id":33119,"verse_id":"EZK.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “a hin of oil.” A hin was about 1/16 of a bath. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:266, and O. R. Sellers, “Weights,” IDB 4:835 g.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A11/2"}
{"id":33120,"verse_id":"EZK.46.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.11","text":"Heb “ephah.” The words “of grain” are supplied in the translation as a clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A11/3"}
{"id":33121,"verse_id":"EZK.46.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.12","text":"Heb “he shall shut the gate after he goes out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A12/1"}
{"id":33122,"verse_id":"EZK.46.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"46.13","text":"A few Hebrew mss , the LXX, and the Vulgate read the verb as third person singular (referring to the prince), both here and later in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A13/1"}
{"id":33123,"verse_id":"EZK.46.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"46.14","text":"Two medieval Hebrew mss , the LXX, the Syriac, and the Vulgate read the verb as third person singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A14/1"}
{"id":33124,"verse_id":"EZK.46.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.14","text":"Heb “a hin of oil.” A hin was about 1/16 of a bath. See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:266, and O. R. Sellers, “Weights,” IDB 4:835 g.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A14/2"}
{"id":33125,"verse_id":"EZK.46.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.16","text":"The Hebrew text has no preposition; the LXX reads “from” (see v. 17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A16/1"}
{"id":33126,"verse_id":"EZK.46.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.19","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A19/1"}
{"id":33127,"verse_id":"EZK.46.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"46.21","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A21/1"}
{"id":33128,"verse_id":"EZK.46.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"46.22","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term is unclear. The LXX and Syriac render “small.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A22/1"}
{"id":33129,"verse_id":"EZK.46.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"46.22","text":"Heb “forty cubits” (i.e., 21 meters).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A22/2"}
{"id":33130,"verse_id":"EZK.46.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":46,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"46.22","text":"Heb “thirty cubits” (i.e., 15.75 meters).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2046%3A22/3"}
{"id":33131,"verse_id":"EZK.47.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.1","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A1/1"}
{"id":33132,"verse_id":"EZK.47.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.2","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A2/1"}
{"id":33133,"verse_id":"EZK.47.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.3","text":"Heb “one thousand cubits” (i.e., 525 meters); this phrase occurs three times in the next two verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A3/1"}
{"id":33134,"verse_id":"EZK.47.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.7","text":"The word הִנֵּה ( hinneh , traditionally “behold”) indicates becoming aware of something and has been translated here as a verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A7/1"}
{"id":33135,"verse_id":"EZK.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “the sea,” referring to the Dead Sea. This has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A8/1"}
{"id":33136,"verse_id":"EZK.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “to the sea, those which are brought out.” The reading makes no sense. The text is best emended to read “filthy” (i.e., stagnant). See L. C. Allen, Ezekiel (WBC), 2:273.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A8/2"}
{"id":33137,"verse_id":"EZK.47.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"47.8","text":"Heb “the waters become healed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A8/3"}
{"id":33138,"verse_id":"EZK.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “two rivers,” perhaps under the influence of Zech 14:8 . The translation follows the LXX and other ancient versions in reading the singular, which is demanded by the context (see vv. 5-7, 9 b, 12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A9/1"}
{"id":33139,"verse_id":"EZK.47.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.9","text":"Heb “will be healed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A9/2"}
{"id":33140,"verse_id":"EZK.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"47.13","text":"This translation follows the reading זֶה ( zeh ) instead of גֵּה ( geh ), a nonexistent word, as supported by the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A13/1"}
{"id":33141,"verse_id":"EZK.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.13","text":"Or “territory”; see D. I. Block, Ezekiel (NICOT), 2:715.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A13/2"}
{"id":33142,"verse_id":"EZK.47.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"47.13","text":"The grammar is awkward, though the presence of these words is supported by the versions. L. C. Allen ( Ezekiel [WBC], 2:274) suggests that it is an explanatory gloss. sn One portion for Ephraim, the other for Manasseh ( Gen 48:17-20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A13/3"}
{"id":33143,"verse_id":"EZK.47.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"47.14","text":"Heb “will fall to you as an inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A14/2"}
{"id":33144,"verse_id":"EZK.47.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":47,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"47.19","text":"Or “valley.” The syntax is difficult. Some translate “to the river,” others “from the river”; in either case the preposition is supplied for the sake of English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2047%3A19/1"}
{"id":33145,"verse_id":"EZK.48.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.8","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A8/1"}
{"id":33146,"verse_id":"EZK.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A9/1"}
{"id":33147,"verse_id":"EZK.48.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.9","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A9/2"}
{"id":33148,"verse_id":"EZK.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A10/1"}
{"id":33149,"verse_id":"EZK.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A10/2"}
{"id":33150,"verse_id":"EZK.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A10/3"}
{"id":33151,"verse_id":"EZK.48.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.10","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A10/4"}
{"id":33152,"verse_id":"EZK.48.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.11","text":"Heb “strayed off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A11/1"}
{"id":33153,"verse_id":"EZK.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A13/1"}
{"id":33154,"verse_id":"EZK.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A13/2"}
{"id":33155,"verse_id":"EZK.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A13/3"}
{"id":33156,"verse_id":"EZK.48.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"48.13","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A13/4"}
{"id":33157,"verse_id":"EZK.48.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.14","text":"Or “holy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A14/1"}
{"id":33158,"verse_id":"EZK.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “five thousand cubits” (i.e., 2.625 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A15/1"}
{"id":33159,"verse_id":"EZK.48.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.15","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A15/2"}
{"id":33160,"verse_id":"EZK.48.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.16","text":"Heb “four thousand five hundred cubits” (i.e., 2.36 kilometers); the phrase occurs three more times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A16/1"}
{"id":33161,"verse_id":"EZK.48.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.17","text":"Heb “two hundred fifty cubits” (i.e., 131.25 meters); the phrase occurs three more times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A17/1"}
{"id":33162,"verse_id":"EZK.48.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.18","text":"Heb “ten thousand cubits” (i.e., 5.25 kilometers); the phrase occurs again later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A18/1"}
{"id":33163,"verse_id":"EZK.48.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.20","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A20/1"}
{"id":33164,"verse_id":"EZK.48.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.21","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A21/1"}
{"id":33165,"verse_id":"EZK.48.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"48.21","text":"Heb “twenty-five thousand cubits” (i.e., 13.125 kilometers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A21/2"}
{"id":33166,"verse_id":"EZK.48.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.28","text":"Traditionally “the Brook of Egypt,” although a number of recent translations have “the Wadi of Egypt” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV). The word “Egypt” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A28/1"}
{"id":33167,"verse_id":"EZK.48.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.30","text":"Heb “four thousand five hundred cubits” (i.e., 2.36 kilometers); the phrase occurs again in vv. 32-34 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A30/1"}
{"id":33168,"verse_id":"EZK.48.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EZK","chapter":48,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"48.35","text":"Heb “eighteen thousand cubits” (i.e., 9.45 kilometers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ezekiel%2048%3A35/1"}
{"id":33169,"verse_id":"DAN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":33170,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":33171,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":33172,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “hand,” which is often used idiomatically for one’s power and authority. See BDB 390 s.v. יָד 2.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":33173,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “utensils”; or “articles.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":33174,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “house of God.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":33175,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “gods” (NCV, NRSV, TEV; also later in this verse). The Hebrew term can be used as a numerical plural for many gods or as a plural of majesty for one particular god. Since Nebuchadnezzar was a polytheist, it is not clear if the reference here is to many gods or one particular deity. The plural of majesty, while normally used for Israel’s God, is occasionally used of foreign gods (cf. BDB 43 s.v. אֱלֹהִים 1, 2). See Judg 11:24 (of the Moabite god Chemosh); 1 Sam 5:7 (of the Philistine god Dagon); 1 Kgs 11:33 (of the Canaanite goddess Astarte, the Moabite god Chemosh, and the Ammonite god Milcom); 2 Kgs 19:37 (of the Assyrian god Nisroch). Since gods normally had their own individual temples, Dan 1:2 probably refers to a particular deity, perhaps Marduk, the supreme god of Babylon, or Marduk’s son Nabu, after whom Nebuchadnezzar was named. The name Nebuchadnezzar means “Nabu has protected the son who will inherit” ( HALOT 660 s.v. נְבוּכַדְרֶאצַּר ). For a discussion of how temples functioned in Babylonian religion see H. Ringgren, Religions of the Ancient Near East , 77-81.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/7"}
{"id":33176,"verse_id":"DAN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “brought.” Though the Hebrew verb “brought” is repeated in this verse, the translation uses “brought…put” for stylistic variation.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A2/8"}
{"id":33177,"verse_id":"DAN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “gave orders to.” Heb “said to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":33178,"verse_id":"DAN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “bring.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":33179,"verse_id":"DAN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and from the seed of royalty and from the nobles.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":33180,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “good of appearance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":33181,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “knowers of knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":33182,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “understanders of knowledge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":33183,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “who had strength.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":33184,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “to stand in the palace of the king.” Cf. vv. 5, 19 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":33185,"verse_id":"DAN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “Chaldeans” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV). This is an ancient name for the Babylonians.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A4/7"}
{"id":33186,"verse_id":"DAN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “a thing of a day in its day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":33187,"verse_id":"DAN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “from the delicacies of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":33188,"verse_id":"DAN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “educated.” See HALOT 179 s.v. I גדל .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":33189,"verse_id":"DAN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “stand before the king.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":33190,"verse_id":"DAN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “and it happened that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":33191,"verse_id":"DAN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “among them”; the referent (the young men taken captive from Judah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":33192,"verse_id":"DAN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the sons of Judah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":33193,"verse_id":"DAN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The LXX and Vulgate lack the verb here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":33194,"verse_id":"DAN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “placed on his heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":33195,"verse_id":"DAN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “would not make himself ceremonially unclean”; TEV “become ritually unclean.” sn Various reasons have been suggested as to why such food would defile Daniel. Perhaps it had to do with violations of Mosaic law with regard to unclean foods, or perhaps it had to do with such food having been offered to idols. Daniel’s practice in this regard is strikingly different from that of Esther, who was able successfully to conceal her Jewish identity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":33196,"verse_id":"DAN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “with the delicacies of the king and with the wine of his drinking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":33197,"verse_id":"DAN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Then God granted Daniel loyal love and compassion before the overseer of the court officials.” The expression “loyal love and compassion” is a hendiadys; the two words combine to express one idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":33198,"verse_id":"DAN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “The overseer of the court officials.” The subject has been specified in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":33199,"verse_id":"DAN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “assigned.” See v. 5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":33200,"verse_id":"DAN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “Why should he see your faces thin from the young men who are according to your age?” The term translated “thin” occurs only here and in Gen 40:6 , where it appears to refer to a dejected facial expression. The word is related to an Arabic root meaning “be weak.” See HALOT 277 s.v. II זעף .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":33201,"verse_id":"DAN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"The words “if that happened” are not in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":33202,"verse_id":"DAN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “my head.” Presumably this is an implicit reference to capital punishment (cf. NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT), although this is not entirely clear.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":33203,"verse_id":"DAN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “let our appearance be seen before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":33204,"verse_id":"DAN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “the appearance of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":33205,"verse_id":"DAN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “delicacies of the king.” So also in v. 15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":33206,"verse_id":"DAN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “your servants.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":33207,"verse_id":"DAN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the warden mentioned in v. 11 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":33208,"verse_id":"DAN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “listened to them with regard to this matter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":33209,"verse_id":"DAN.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “fat of flesh”; KJV, ASV “fatter in flesh”; NASB, NRSV “fatter” (although this is no longer a sign of health in Western culture).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":33210,"verse_id":"DAN.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “the wine of their drinking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":33211,"verse_id":"DAN.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"The words “from their diet” are not in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":33212,"verse_id":"DAN.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “at the end of the days which the king said to bring them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":33213,"verse_id":"DAN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “from all of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":33214,"verse_id":"DAN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “stood before the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":33215,"verse_id":"DAN.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The MT lacks the conjunction, reading the first word in the phrase as a construct (“wisdom of insight”). While this reading is not impossible, it seems better to follow Theodotion, the Syriac, the Vulgate, and the Sahidic Coptic, all of which have the conjunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":33216,"verse_id":"DAN.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":33217,"verse_id":"DAN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Nebuchadnezzar’s.” The possessive pronoun is substituted in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":33218,"verse_id":"DAN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “dreamed dreams.” The plural is used here and in v. 2 , but the singular in v. 3 . The plural “dreams” has been variously explained. Some interpreters take the plural as denoting an indefinite singular (so GKC 400 §124. o ). But it may be that it is describing a stream of related dreams, or a dream state. In the latter case, one might translate: “Nebuchadnezzar was in a trance.” See further, J. A. Montgomery, Daniel (ICC), 142.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":33219,"verse_id":"DAN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “his spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":33220,"verse_id":"DAN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “his sleep left (?) him.” The use of the verb הָיָה ( hayah , “to be”) here is unusual. The context suggests a meaning such as “to be finished” or “gone.” Cf. Dan 8:27 . Some scholars emend the verb to read נָדְדָה ( nadÿdah , “fled”); cf. Dan 6:19 . See further, DCH 2:540 s.v. היה I Ni.3; HALOT 244 s.v. היה nif; BDB 227-28 s.v. הָיָה Niph.2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":33221,"verse_id":"DAN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “said.” So also in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":33222,"verse_id":"DAN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “Chaldeans.” The term Chaldeans (Hebrew כַּשְׂדִּים , kasdim ) is used in the book of Daniel both in an ethnic sense and, as here, to refer to a caste of Babylonian wise men and astrologers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":33223,"verse_id":"DAN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “to explain to the king his dreams.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":33224,"verse_id":"DAN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “stood before the king.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":33225,"verse_id":"DAN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “I have dreamed a dream” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":33226,"verse_id":"DAN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “my spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":33227,"verse_id":"DAN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “the.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":33228,"verse_id":"DAN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Aram “answered and said,” a common idiom to indicate a reply, but redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":33229,"verse_id":"DAN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"It seems clear from what follows that Nebuchadnezzar clearly recalls the content of the dream, although obviously he does not know what to make of it. By not divulging the dream itself to the would-be interpreters, he intends to find out whether they are simply leading him on. If they can tell him the dream’s content, which he is able to verify, he then can have confidence in their interpretation, which is what eludes him. The translation “the matter is gone from me” (cf. KJV, ASV), suggesting that the king had simply forgotten the dream, is incorrect. The Aramaic word used here ( אַזְדָּא , ’ azda ’) is probably of Persian origin; it occurs in the OT only here and in v. 8 . There are two main possibilities for the meaning of the word: “the matter is promulgated by me” (see KBL 1048 s.v.) and therefore “publicly known” (cf. NRSV; F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 62-63, §189), or “the matter is irrevocable” (cf. NAB, NIV, TEV, CEV, NLT; HALOT 1808 s.v. אזד ; cf. also BDB 1079 s.v.). The present translation reflects this latter option. See further E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":33230,"verse_id":"DAN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Aram “made limbs.” Cf. 3:29 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":33231,"verse_id":"DAN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Aram “his servants.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":33232,"verse_id":"DAN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “the.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":33233,"verse_id":"DAN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Aram “one is your law,” i.e., only one thing is applicable to you.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":33234,"verse_id":"DAN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Aram “a lying and corrupt word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":33235,"verse_id":"DAN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Aram “I will know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":33236,"verse_id":"DAN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Aram “matter, thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":33237,"verse_id":"DAN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Aram “whose dwelling is not with flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":33238,"verse_id":"DAN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Aram “was angry and very furious.” The expression is a hendiadys (two words or phrases expressing a single idea).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":33239,"verse_id":"DAN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The Aramaic participle is used here to express the imminent future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":33240,"verse_id":"DAN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The impersonal active plural (“they sought”) of the Aramaic verb could also be translated as an English passive: “Daniel and his friends were sought” (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":33241,"verse_id":"DAN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Aram “returned prudence and counsel.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":33242,"verse_id":"DAN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The Aramaic word מְהַחְצְפָה ( mÿhakhtsÿfah ) may refer to the severity of the king’s decree (i.e., “harsh”; so HALOT 1879 s.v. חצף ; BDB 1093 s.v. חֲצַף ), although it would seem that in a delicate situation such as this Daniel would avoid this kind of criticism of the king’s actions. The translation above understands the word to refer to the immediacy, not harshness, of the decree. See further, F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 50, §116; E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 67.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":33243,"verse_id":"DAN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Theodotion and the Syriac lack the words “went in and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":33244,"verse_id":"DAN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Aram “Daniel.” The proper name is redundant here in English, and has not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":33245,"verse_id":"DAN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “blessed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":33246,"verse_id":"DAN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Aram “Daniel answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":33247,"verse_id":"DAN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “blessed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":33248,"verse_id":"DAN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Aram “kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":33249,"verse_id":"DAN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Aram “the knowers of understanding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":33250,"verse_id":"DAN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Aram “we.” Various explanations have been offered for the plural, but it is probably best understood as the editorial plural; so also with “me” later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":33251,"verse_id":"DAN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Aram “the word of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":33252,"verse_id":"DAN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The MT has עַל עַל (’ al ’ al , “he entered upon”). Several medieval Hebrew MSS lack the verb, although this may be due to haplography.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":33253,"verse_id":"DAN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"The LXX and Vulgate, along with one medieval Hebrew MS , lack this verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":33254,"verse_id":"DAN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.24","text":"Aram “cause me to enter.” So also in v. 25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A24/3"}
{"id":33255,"verse_id":"DAN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.24","text":"Aram “the king.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A24/4"}
{"id":33256,"verse_id":"DAN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Aram “a revealer of mysteries.” The phrase serves as a quasi-title for God in Daniel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":33257,"verse_id":"DAN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Aram “in the latter days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":33258,"verse_id":"DAN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.28","text":"Aram “your dream and the visions of your head upon your bed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A28/3"}
{"id":33259,"verse_id":"DAN.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"Aram “your thoughts upon your bed went up to what will be after this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":33260,"verse_id":"DAN.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"Aram “not for any wisdom which is in me more than [in] any living man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":33261,"verse_id":"DAN.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.30","text":"Aram “they might cause the king to know.” The impersonal plural is used here to refer to the role of God’s spirit in revealing the dream and its interpretation to the king. As J. A. Montgomery says, “it appropriately here veils the mysterious agency” ( Daniel [ICC], 164-65).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A30/2"}
{"id":33262,"verse_id":"DAN.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.30","text":"Aram “heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A30/3"}
{"id":33263,"verse_id":"DAN.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Aram “an image.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":33264,"verse_id":"DAN.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"Aram “until.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":33265,"verse_id":"DAN.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.34","text":"The LXX, Theodotion, and the Vulgate have “from a mountain,” though this is probably a harmonization with v. 45 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A34/2"}
{"id":33266,"verse_id":"DAN.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.35","text":"Aram “as one.” For the meaning “without distinction” see the following: F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 36, §64, and p. 93; E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A35/1"}
{"id":33267,"verse_id":"DAN.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Various suggestions have been made concerning the plural “we.” It is probably the editorial plural and could be translated here as “I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":33268,"verse_id":"DAN.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.38","text":"Aram “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A38/1"}
{"id":33269,"verse_id":"DAN.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.38","text":"Aram “the beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A38/2"}
{"id":33270,"verse_id":"DAN.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.38","text":"Aram “hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A38/3"}
{"id":33271,"verse_id":"DAN.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.40","text":"Theodotion and the Vulgate lack the phrase “and as iron breaks in pieces.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A40/1"}
{"id":33272,"verse_id":"DAN.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.40","text":"The Aramaic text does not have this word, but it has been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A40/2"}
{"id":33273,"verse_id":"DAN.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.40","text":"The words “the others” are supplied from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A40/3"}
{"id":33274,"verse_id":"DAN.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.41","text":"The LXX lacks “and toes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A41/1"}
{"id":33275,"verse_id":"DAN.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.41","text":"Aram “potter’s clay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A41/2"}
{"id":33276,"verse_id":"DAN.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.41","text":"Aram “clay of clay” (also in v. 43 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A41/3"}
{"id":33277,"verse_id":"DAN.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.43","text":"The present translation reads the conjunction, with most medieval Hebrew MSS , LXX, Vulgate, and the Qere . The Kethib lacks the conjunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A43/1"}
{"id":33278,"verse_id":"DAN.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.43","text":"Aram “with the seed of men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A43/3"}
{"id":33279,"verse_id":"DAN.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.43","text":"The present translation reads הֵיךְ דִּי ( hekh diy ) rather than the MT הֵא־כְדִי ( he ’ -khÿdi ). It is a case of wrong word division.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A43/4"}
{"id":33280,"verse_id":"DAN.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.45","text":"Aram “after this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A45/1"}
{"id":33281,"verse_id":"DAN.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"Aram “fell on his face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A46/1"}
{"id":33282,"verse_id":"DAN.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.49","text":"Aram “and Daniel sought from the king and he appointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A49/1"}
{"id":33283,"verse_id":"DAN.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.49","text":"Aram “was at the gate of the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%202%3A49/2"}
{"id":33284,"verse_id":"DAN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Aram “sixty cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 inches for the standard cubit, the image would be 90 feet (27.4 m) high.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":33285,"verse_id":"DAN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Aram “six cubits.” Assuming a length of 18 inches for the standard cubit, the image would be 9 feet (2.74 m) wide. sn The dimensions of the image (ninety feet high and nine feet wide) imply that it did not possess normal human proportions, unless a base for the image is included in the height dimension. The ancient world knew of other tall statues. For example, the Colossus of Rhodes – the huge statue of Helios which stood (ca. 280-224 B.C. ) at the entrance to the harbor at Rhodes and was one of the seven wonders of the ancient world – was said to be seventy cubits (105 ft or 32 m) in height, which would make it even taller than Nebuchadnezzar’s image.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":33286,"verse_id":"DAN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Aram “Nebuchadnezzar the king.” The proper name and title have been replaced by the relative pronoun (“he”) in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":33287,"verse_id":"DAN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The LXX and Theodotion lack the words “that Nebuchadnezzar had erected.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":33288,"verse_id":"DAN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"According to BDB 1097 s.v. כָּרוֹז the Aramaic word used here is a Greek loanword, but other scholars have argued instead for a Persian derivation ( HALOT 1902 s.v. * כָּרוֹז ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":33289,"verse_id":"DAN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Aram “in strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":33290,"verse_id":"DAN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Aram “they are saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":33291,"verse_id":"DAN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The imperfect Aramaic verbs have here an injunctive nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":33292,"verse_id":"DAN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Aram “in that hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":33293,"verse_id":"DAN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Aram “all the peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":33294,"verse_id":"DAN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Though not in the Aramaic text of BHS , this word appears in many medieval Hebrew MSS , some LXX MSS , and Vulgate. Cf. vv. 5, 10, 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":33295,"verse_id":"DAN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"This expression is absent in Theodotion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":33296,"verse_id":"DAN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Aram “men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":33297,"verse_id":"DAN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Aram “ate the pieces of.” This is a rather vivid idiom for slander.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":33298,"verse_id":"DAN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Aram “answered and said,” a common Aramaic idiom that occurs repeatedly in this chapter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":33299,"verse_id":"DAN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Aram “in anger and wrath”; NASB “in rage and anger.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":33300,"verse_id":"DAN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The Aramaic infinitive is active.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":33301,"verse_id":"DAN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Aram “these men.” The pronoun is used in the translation to avoid undue repetition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":33302,"verse_id":"DAN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Aram “hand.” So also in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":33303,"verse_id":"DAN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"In the MT this word is understood to begin the following address (“answered and said to the king, ‘O Nebuchadnezzar’”). However, it seems unlikely that Nebuchadnezzar’s subordinates would address the king in such a familiar way, particularly in light of the danger that they now found themselves in. The present translation implies moving the atnach from “king” to “Nebuchadnezzar.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":33304,"verse_id":"DAN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Aram “to return a word to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":33305,"verse_id":"DAN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"The ancient versions typically avoid the conditional element of v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":33306,"verse_id":"DAN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The Aramaic expression used here is very difficult to interpret. The question concerns the meaning and syntax of אִיתַי (’ itay , “is” or “exist”). There are several possibilities. (1) Some interpreters take this word closely with the participle later in the verse יָכִל ( yakhil , “able”), understanding the two words to form a periphrastic construction (“if our God is…able”; cf. H. Bauer and P. Leander, Grammatik des Biblisch-Aramäischen , 365, §111b). But the separation of the two elements from one another is not an argument in favor of this understanding. (2) Other interpreters take the first part of v. 17 to mean “If it is so, then our God will deliver us” (cf. KJV, ASV, RSV, NASB). However, the normal sense of ’ itay is existence; on this point see F. Rosenthal, Grammar , 45, §95. The present translation maintains the sense of existence for the verb (“If our God…exists”), even though the statement is admittedly difficult to understand in this light. The statement may be an implicit reference back to Nebuchadnezzar’s comment in v. 15 , which denies the existence of a god capable of delivering from the king’s power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":33307,"verse_id":"DAN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Aram “the appearance of his face was altered”; cf. NLT “his face became distorted with rage”; NAB “[his] face became livid with utter rage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":33308,"verse_id":"DAN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Aram “he answered and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":33309,"verse_id":"DAN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"This is sometimes taken as a comparative: “[some of the] strongest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":33310,"verse_id":"DAN.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Aram “into the midst of the furnace.” For stylistic reasons the words “the midst of” have been left untranslated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":33311,"verse_id":"DAN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Aram “caused to go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":33312,"verse_id":"DAN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The Aramaic verb is active.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":33313,"verse_id":"DAN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"Aram “the flame of the fire” (so KJV, ASV, NASB); NRSV “the raging flames.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":33314,"verse_id":"DAN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Aram “into the midst of the furnace.” For stylistic reasons the words “the midst of” have been left untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":33315,"verse_id":"DAN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Aram “we threw…bound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":33316,"verse_id":"DAN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Aram “into the midst of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":33317,"verse_id":"DAN.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Aram “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":33318,"verse_id":"DAN.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Aram “from the midst of the fire.” For stylistic reasons the words “the midst of” have been left untranslated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":33319,"verse_id":"DAN.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Aram “in their bodies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":33320,"verse_id":"DAN.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Aram “the fire did not have power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":33321,"verse_id":"DAN.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Aram “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":33322,"verse_id":"DAN.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.28","text":"Aram “they changed” or “violated.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A28/3"}
{"id":33323,"verse_id":"DAN.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.28","text":"Aram “so that they might not.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A28/4"}
{"id":33324,"verse_id":"DAN.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Aram “from me is placed an edict.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":33325,"verse_id":"DAN.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.29","text":"Aram “speaks negligence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A29/2"}
{"id":33326,"verse_id":"DAN.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.30","text":"Aram “and the king.” The proper name has been supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%203%3A30/1"}
{"id":33327,"verse_id":"DAN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Aram “May your peace increase!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":33328,"verse_id":"DAN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Aram “his kingdom is an everlasting kingdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":33329,"verse_id":"DAN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Aram “my house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":33330,"verse_id":"DAN.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Aram “happy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":33331,"verse_id":"DAN.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Aram “and it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":33332,"verse_id":"DAN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Aram “from me there was placed a decree.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":33333,"verse_id":"DAN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The Aramaic infinitive here is active.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":33334,"verse_id":"DAN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The present translation assumes the reading חֲזִי ( khazi , “consider”) rather than the MT חֶזְוֵי ( khezvey , “visions”). The MT implies that the king required Daniel to disclose both the dream and its interpretation, as in chapter . But in the following verses Nebuchadnezzar recounts his dream, while Daniel presents only its interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":33335,"verse_id":"DAN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The LXX lacks the first two words ( Aram “the visions of my head”) of the Aramaic text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":33336,"verse_id":"DAN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Instead of “in the middle of the land,” some English versions render this phrase “a tree at the center of the earth” (NRSV); NAB, CEV “of the world”; NLT “in the middle of the earth.” The Hebrew phrase can have either meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":33337,"verse_id":"DAN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Aram “its height was great.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":33338,"verse_id":"DAN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Aram “its sight.” So also v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":33339,"verse_id":"DAN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “to the end of all the earth” (so KJV, ASV); NCV, CEV “from anywhere on earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":33340,"verse_id":"DAN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Aram “the beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":33341,"verse_id":"DAN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Aram “all flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":33342,"verse_id":"DAN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Aram “the visions of my head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":33343,"verse_id":"DAN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Aram “a watcher and a holy one.” The expression is a hendiadys; so also in v. 23 . This “watcher” is apparently an angel. The Greek OT (LXX) in fact has ἄγγελος ( angelo\" , “angel”) here. Theodotion simply transliterates the Aramaic word (’ ir ). The term is sometimes rendered “sentinel” (NAB) or “messenger” (NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":33344,"verse_id":"DAN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Aram “in strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":33345,"verse_id":"DAN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Aram “and thus he was saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":33346,"verse_id":"DAN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “the stock of its root.” So also v. 23 . The implication here is that although the tree is chopped down, it is not killed. Its life-giving root is spared. The application to Nebuchadnezzar is obvious.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":33347,"verse_id":"DAN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Aram “its lot be.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":33348,"verse_id":"DAN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Aram “its heart.” The metaphor of the tree begins to fade here and the reality behind the symbol (the king) begins to emerge.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":33349,"verse_id":"DAN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Aram “over” (also in vv. 23, 25, 32 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":33350,"verse_id":"DAN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The present translation follows an underlying reading of עַל־דִּבְרַת (’ al-divrat , “so that”) rather than MT עַד־דִּבְרַת (’ ad-divrat , “until”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":33351,"verse_id":"DAN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Aram “the kingdom of man”; NASB “the realm of mankind”; NCV “every kingdom on earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":33352,"verse_id":"DAN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"The present translation reads פִּשְׁרֵהּ ( pishreh , “its interpretation”) with the Qere and many medieval Hebrew MSS ; the Kethib is פִּשְׁרָא ( pishra ’, “the interpretation”); so also v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":33353,"verse_id":"DAN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Aram “of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":33354,"verse_id":"DAN.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Aram “about one hour.” The expression refers idiomatically to a brief period of time of undetermined length.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":33355,"verse_id":"DAN.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Aram “my lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":33356,"verse_id":"DAN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Aram “its sight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":33357,"verse_id":"DAN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Aram “the beasts of the field” (also in vv. 23, 25, 32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":33358,"verse_id":"DAN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"The Aramaic indefinite active plural is used here like the English passive. So also in v. 28, 29,32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":33359,"verse_id":"DAN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Aram “from mankind.” So also in v. 32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":33360,"verse_id":"DAN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Aram “your dwelling will be.” So also in v. 32 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":33361,"verse_id":"DAN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.25","text":"Or perhaps “be made to eat.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A25/4"}
{"id":33362,"verse_id":"DAN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.25","text":"Aram “until.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A25/6"}
{"id":33363,"verse_id":"DAN.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Aram “if there may be a lengthening to your prosperity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":33364,"verse_id":"DAN.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"Aram “reached.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":33365,"verse_id":"DAN.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"The word “battlements” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied from context. Many English versions supply “roof” here (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); cf. NLT “on the flat roof.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":33366,"verse_id":"DAN.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Aram “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":33367,"verse_id":"DAN.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.30","text":"Aram “by the might of my strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A30/2"}
{"id":33368,"verse_id":"DAN.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Aram “in the mouth of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":33369,"verse_id":"DAN.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.31","text":"Aram “to you they say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A31/2"}
{"id":33370,"verse_id":"DAN.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Aram “until.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":33371,"verse_id":"DAN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Aram “hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":33372,"verse_id":"DAN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.33","text":"Or “on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A33/2"}
{"id":33373,"verse_id":"DAN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.33","text":"Aram “was fulfilled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A33/3"}
{"id":33374,"verse_id":"DAN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.33","text":"The words “feathers” and “claws” are not present in the Aramaic text, but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A33/4"}
{"id":33375,"verse_id":"DAN.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"Aram “days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":33376,"verse_id":"DAN.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.34","text":"Aram “lifted up my eyes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A34/2"}
{"id":33377,"verse_id":"DAN.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"The present translation reads כְּלָא ( kÿla ’), with many medieval Hebrew MSS , rather than כְּלָה ( kÿlah ) of BHS.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":33378,"verse_id":"DAN.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.35","text":"Aram “strikes against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A35/2"}
{"id":33379,"verse_id":"DAN.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"The translation reads הַדְרֵת ( hadret , “I returned”) rather than the MT הַדְרִי ( hadri , “my honor”); cf. Theodotion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":33380,"verse_id":"DAN.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.36","text":"The translation reads הָתְקְנֵת ( hotqÿnet , “I was established”) rather than the MT הָתְקְנַת ( hotqÿnat , “it was established”). As it stands, the MT makes no sense here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A36/2"}
{"id":33381,"verse_id":"DAN.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"Aram “walk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":33382,"verse_id":"DAN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Aram “the thousand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":33383,"verse_id":"DAN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or perhaps, “when he had tasted” (cf. NASB) in the sense of officially initiating the commencement of the banquet. The translation above seems preferable, however, given the clear evidence of inebriation in the context (cf. also CEV “he got drunk and ordered”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":33384,"verse_id":"DAN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “ancestor”; or “predecessor” (also in vv. 11, 13, 18 ). The Aramaic word translated “father” can on occasion denote these other relationships.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":33385,"verse_id":"DAN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “taken.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":33386,"verse_id":"DAN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":33387,"verse_id":"DAN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The present translation reads וְכַסְפָּא ( vÿkhaspa ’, “and the silver”) with Theodotion and the Vulgate. Cf. v. 2 . The form was probably accidentally dropped from the Aramaic text by homoioteleuton.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":33388,"verse_id":"DAN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Aram “the temple of the house of God.” The phrase seems rather awkward. The Vulgate lacks “of the house of God,” while Theodotion and the Syriac lack “the house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":33389,"verse_id":"DAN.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Aram “came forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":33390,"verse_id":"DAN.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"While Aramaic פַּס ( pas ) can mean the palm of the hand, here it seems to be the back of the hand that is intended.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":33391,"verse_id":"DAN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Aram “[the king’s] brightness changed for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":33392,"verse_id":"DAN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Aram “his thoughts were alarming him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":33393,"verse_id":"DAN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Aram “his loins went slack.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":33394,"verse_id":"DAN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Aram “in strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":33395,"verse_id":"DAN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Aram “cause to enter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":33396,"verse_id":"DAN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Aram “answered and said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":33397,"verse_id":"DAN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.7","text":"The term translated “golden collar” here probably refers to something more substantial than merely a gold chain (cf. NIV, NCV, NRSV, NLT) or necklace (cf. NASB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A7/5"}
{"id":33398,"verse_id":"DAN.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Read וּפִשְׁרֵהּ ( ufishreh ) with the Qere rather than וּפִשְׁרָא ( ufishra ’) of the Kethib .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":33399,"verse_id":"DAN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Aram “his visage altered upon him.” So also in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":33400,"verse_id":"DAN.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Aram “words of the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":33401,"verse_id":"DAN.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Aram “the queen” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). In the following discourse this woman is able to recall things about Daniel that go back to the days of Nebuchadnezzar, things that Belshazzar does not seem to recollect. It is likely that she was the wife not of Belshazzar but of Nabonidus or perhaps even Nebuchadnezzar. In that case, “queen” here means “queen mother” (cf. NCV “the king’s mother”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":33402,"verse_id":"DAN.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Aram “The queen.” The translation has used the pronoun “she” instead because repetition of the noun here would be redundant in terms of English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":33403,"verse_id":"DAN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Aram “[there were] discovered to be in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":33404,"verse_id":"DAN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Aram “wisdom like the wisdom.” This would be redundant in terms of English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":33405,"verse_id":"DAN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Theodotion lacks the phrase “and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":33406,"verse_id":"DAN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"The MT includes a redundant reference to “your father the king” at the end of v. 11 . None of the attempts to explain this phrase as original are very convincing. The present translation deletes the phrase, following Theodotion and the Syriac.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":33407,"verse_id":"DAN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The translation reads מִפְשַׁר ( mifshar ) rather than the MT מְפַשַּׁר ( mÿfashar ) and later in the verse reads וּמִשְׁרֵא ( mishre ’) rather than the MT וּמְשָׁרֵא ( mÿshare ’). The Masoretes have understood these Aramaic forms to be participles, but they are more likely to be vocalized as infinitives. As such, they have an epexegetical function in the syntax of their clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":33408,"verse_id":"DAN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Aram “to loose knots.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":33409,"verse_id":"DAN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Aram “let [Daniel] be summoned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":33410,"verse_id":"DAN.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Aram “there has been found in you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":33411,"verse_id":"DAN.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"The Aramaic text does not have “and.” The term “astrologers” is either an appositive for “wise men” (cf. KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV, NRSV), or the construction is to be understood as asyndetic (so the translation above).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":33412,"verse_id":"DAN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"The Aramaic text has also the words “about you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":33413,"verse_id":"DAN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Or perhaps “one of three rulers,” in the sense of becoming part of a triumvir. So also v. 29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":33414,"verse_id":"DAN.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “the.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":33415,"verse_id":"DAN.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Or “royal greatness and majestic honor,” if the four terms are understood as a double hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":33416,"verse_id":"DAN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Aram “were trembling and fearing.” This can be treated as a hendiadys, “were trembling with fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":33417,"verse_id":"DAN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Aram “let live.” This Aramaic form is the aphel participle of חַיָה ( khayah , “to live”). Theodotion and the Vulgate mistakenly take the form to be from מְחָא ( mÿkha ’, “to smite”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":33418,"verse_id":"DAN.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Aram “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":33419,"verse_id":"DAN.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Aram “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":33420,"verse_id":"DAN.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Aram “his dwelling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":33421,"verse_id":"DAN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Or “descendant”; or “successor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":33422,"verse_id":"DAN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Aram “your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":33423,"verse_id":"DAN.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Aram “which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":33424,"verse_id":"DAN.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"Aram “in whose hand [are].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":33425,"verse_id":"DAN.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"The Greek version of Theodotion lacks the repetition of מְנֵא ( mÿne ’, cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":33426,"verse_id":"DAN.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"The Aramaic word is plural. Theodotion has the singular (cf. NAB “ PERES ”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":33427,"verse_id":"DAN.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “word” or “event.” See HALOT 1915 s.v. מִלָּה .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":33428,"verse_id":"DAN.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"The Aramaic term מְנֵא ( mÿne ’) is a noun referring to a measure of weight. The linkage here to the verb “to number” (Aram. מְנָה , mÿnah ) is a case of paronomasia rather than strict etymology. So also with תְּקֵל ( tÿqel ) and פַרְסִין ( farsin ). In the latter case there is an obvious wordplay with the name “Persian.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":33429,"verse_id":"DAN.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Aram “Belshazzar spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":33430,"verse_id":"DAN.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Aram “king of the Chaldeans.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":33431,"verse_id":"DAN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Aram “It was pleasing before Darius.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":33432,"verse_id":"DAN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"This is a technical term for an official placed in charge of a region of the empire (cf. KJV, NLT “prince[s]”; NCV, TEV “governors”). These satraps were answerable to a supervisor, who in turn answered to Darius.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":33433,"verse_id":"DAN.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Aram “giving an account.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":33434,"verse_id":"DAN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “looking to find.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":33435,"verse_id":"DAN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “from the side of the kingdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":33436,"verse_id":"DAN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “pretext and corruption.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":33437,"verse_id":"DAN.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"Aram “no negligence or corruption was found in him.” The Greek version of Theodotion lacks the phrase “and no negligence or corruption was found in him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":33438,"verse_id":"DAN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Aram “were saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":33439,"verse_id":"DAN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Aram “unless we find [it] against him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":33440,"verse_id":"DAN.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"The Aramaic verb רְגַשׁ ( rÿgash ) occurs three times in this chapter (vv. 7, 12, 16 ). Its meaning is widely disputed by commentators, and the versions vary considerably in how they render the word. The suggestion that it means “to come thronging” (BDB 1112 s.v.; cf. NAB) seems inappropriate, since it is unlikely that subordinates would enter a royal court in such a reckless fashion. The ancient versions struggled with the word and are not in agreement in their understanding of its meaning. In this chapter the word apparently means to act in agreement with other parties in the pursuit of a duplicitous goal, namely the entrapment of Daniel. Cf. NIV, NCV “went as a group”; NRSV “conspired and came to the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":33441,"verse_id":"DAN.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Aram “thus they were saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":33442,"verse_id":"DAN.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Aram “prays a prayer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":33443,"verse_id":"DAN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Aram “establish a written interdict and inscribe a written decree.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":33444,"verse_id":"DAN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Or “removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":33445,"verse_id":"DAN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Aram “knew.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":33446,"verse_id":"DAN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":33447,"verse_id":"DAN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"6.10","text":"Read with several medieval Hebrew MSS and printed editions הֲוָה ( havah ) rather than the MT הוּא ( hu ’).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A10/5"}
{"id":33448,"verse_id":"DAN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.10","text":"Aram “kneeling on his knees” (so NASB). sn No specific posture for offering prayers is prescribed in the OT. Kneeling, as here, and standing were both practiced.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A10/6"}
{"id":33449,"verse_id":"DAN.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Aram “those men”; the referent (the administrative officials who had earlier approached the king about the edict) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":33450,"verse_id":"DAN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"The MT also has “about the edict of the king,” but this phrase is absent in the LXX and the Syriac. The present translation deletes the expression. tn Aram “before the king.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":33451,"verse_id":"DAN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Aram “the word is true.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":33452,"verse_id":"DAN.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Aram “from the sons of the captivity [of].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":33453,"verse_id":"DAN.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Aram “prays his prayer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":33454,"verse_id":"DAN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Aram “the word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":33455,"verse_id":"DAN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Aram “placed his mind on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":33456,"verse_id":"DAN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"Aram “the entrances of the sun.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":33457,"verse_id":"DAN.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Theodotion lacks the words “came by collusion to the king and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":33458,"verse_id":"DAN.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Aram “the king.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":33459,"verse_id":"DAN.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Aram “know”; NAB “Keep in mind”; NASB “Recognize”; NIV, NCV “Remember.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":33460,"verse_id":"DAN.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Aram “said.” So also in vv. 24, 25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":33461,"verse_id":"DAN.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Aram “answered and said [to Daniel].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":33462,"verse_id":"DAN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Aram “mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":33463,"verse_id":"DAN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.17","text":"Aram “the signet rings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A17/3"}
{"id":33464,"verse_id":"DAN.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"The meaning of Aramaic דַּחֲוָה ( dakhavah ) is a crux interpretum . Suggestions include “music,” “dancing girls,” “concubines,” “table,” “food” – all of which are uncertain. The translation employed here, suggested by earlier scholars, is deliberately vague. A number of recent English versions follow a similar approach with “entertainment” (e.g., NASB, NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT). On this word see further, HALOT 1849-50 s.v.; E. Vogt, Lexicon linguae aramaicae , 37.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":33465,"verse_id":"DAN.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Aram “his sleep fled from him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":33466,"verse_id":"DAN.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Aram “The king answered and said to Daniel.” This phrase has not been included in the translation for stylistic reasons; it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":33467,"verse_id":"DAN.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Aram “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":33468,"verse_id":"DAN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Aram “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":33469,"verse_id":"DAN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Aram “had eaten the pieces of.” The Aramaic expression is ironic, in that the accusers who had figuratively “eaten the pieces of Daniel” are themselves literally devoured by the lions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":33470,"verse_id":"DAN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"The Aramaic active impersonal verb is often used as a substitute for the passive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":33471,"verse_id":"DAN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"6.24","text":"The LXX specifies only the two overseers, together with their families, as those who were cast into the lions’ den.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A24/4"}
{"id":33472,"verse_id":"DAN.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Aram “May your peace be increased!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":33473,"verse_id":"DAN.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Aram “until the end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":33474,"verse_id":"DAN.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Aram “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":33475,"verse_id":"DAN.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Or perhaps “in the reign of Darius, even in the reign of Cyrus.” The identity of this Darius is disputed. Some take the name to be referring to Cyrus, understanding the following vav ( ו , “and”) in an epexegetical sense (“even”). Others identify Darius with a governor of Babylon known from extra-biblical records as Gubaru, or with Cambyses, son of Cyrus. Many scholars maintain that the reference is historically inaccurate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":33476,"verse_id":"DAN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Aram “saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":33477,"verse_id":"DAN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Aram “and visions of his head.” The Aramaic is difficult here. Some scholars add a verb thought to be missing (e.g., “the visions of his head [were alarming him]”), but there is no external evidence to support such a decision and the awkwardness of the text at this point may be original.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":33478,"verse_id":"DAN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"Aram “head of words.” The phrase is absent in Theodotion. Cf. NIV “the substance of his dream.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":33479,"verse_id":"DAN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Aram “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":33480,"verse_id":"DAN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Aram “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":33481,"verse_id":"DAN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":33482,"verse_id":"DAN.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Aram “heart of a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":33483,"verse_id":"DAN.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Aram “and behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":33484,"verse_id":"DAN.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"The LXX lacks the phrase “between its teeth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":33485,"verse_id":"DAN.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Aram “and thus they were saying to it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":33486,"verse_id":"DAN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Aram “this.” So also in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":33487,"verse_id":"DAN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Aram “and behold, another one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":33488,"verse_id":"DAN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “sides.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":33489,"verse_id":"DAN.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"The Aramaic text has also “and behold.” So also in vv. 8, 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":33490,"verse_id":"DAN.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"The Aramaic word for “teeth” is dual rather than plural, suggesting two rows of teeth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":33491,"verse_id":"DAN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Aram “were uprooted from before it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":33492,"verse_id":"DAN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Aram “great.” So also in vv. 11, 20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":33493,"verse_id":"DAN.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Or “the Ancient One” (NAB, NRSV, NLT), although the traditional expression has been retained in the present translation because it is familiar to many readers. Cf. TEV “One who had been living for ever”; CEV “the Eternal God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":33494,"verse_id":"DAN.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Traditionally the Aramaic word נְקֵא ( nÿqe ’) has been rendered “pure,” but here it more likely means “of a lamb.” Cf. the Syriac neqya ’ (“a sheep, ewe”). On this word see further, M. Sokoloff, “’ amar neqe ’, ‘Lamb’s Wool’ ( Dan 7:9 ),” JBL 95 (1976): 277-79.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":33495,"verse_id":"DAN.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Aram “a flaming fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":33496,"verse_id":"DAN.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Aram “were standing before him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":33497,"verse_id":"DAN.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Aram “judgment sat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":33498,"verse_id":"DAN.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"The LXX and Theodotion lack the words “I was watching” here. It is possible that these words in the MT are a dittography from the first part of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":33499,"verse_id":"DAN.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Aram “and given over to” (so NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":33500,"verse_id":"DAN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Aram “a prolonging of life was granted to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":33501,"verse_id":"DAN.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"The LXX has ἐπί ( epi , “upon”) here (cf. Matt 24:30; 26:64 ). Theodotion has μετά ( meta , “with”) here (cf. Mark 14:62 ; Rev 1:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":33502,"verse_id":"DAN.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":33503,"verse_id":"DAN.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.13","text":"Aram “they brought him near.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A13/4"}
{"id":33504,"verse_id":"DAN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Some take “serving” here in the sense of “worshiping.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":33505,"verse_id":"DAN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Aram “is an eternal authority which will not pass away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":33506,"verse_id":"DAN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Aram “is one which will not be destroyed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":33507,"verse_id":"DAN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"The Aramaic text includes the phrase “in its sheath,” apparently viewing the body as a container or receptacle for the spirit somewhat like a sheath or scabbard is for a knife or a sword (cf. NAB “within its sheath of flesh”). For this phrase the LXX and Vulgate have “in these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":33508,"verse_id":"DAN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Aram “head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":33509,"verse_id":"DAN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Aram “what is certain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":33510,"verse_id":"DAN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Aram “and made known.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":33511,"verse_id":"DAN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"Aram “matter,” but the matter at hand is of course the vision.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":33512,"verse_id":"DAN.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Aram “to make certain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":33513,"verse_id":"DAN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"The words “I also wanted to know” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":33514,"verse_id":"DAN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"The conjunction in the MT before “eyes” is odd. The ancient versions do not seem to presuppose it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":33515,"verse_id":"DAN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Aram “greater than its companions.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":33516,"verse_id":"DAN.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Aram “prevailing against” (KJV and ASV both similar); NASB “overpowering them”; TEV “conquered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":33517,"verse_id":"DAN.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"In the LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate the verb is active, understanding “judgment” to be the object rather than the subject of the verb (i.e., “the Ancient of Days rendered judgment”). This presupposes a different vocalization of the verb ( יְהַב [ yÿhav ] rather than the MT יְהִב [ yÿhiv ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":33518,"verse_id":"DAN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Aram “thus he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":33519,"verse_id":"DAN.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “subjugate”; KJV, NASB, NIV “subdue”; ASV, NRSV “put down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":33520,"verse_id":"DAN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Aram “wear out” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV); NASB, NLT “wear down.” The word is a hapax legomenon in biblical Aramaic, but in biblical Hebrew it especially refers to wearing out such things as garments. Here it is translated “harass…continually.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":33521,"verse_id":"DAN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Aram “he will think.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":33522,"verse_id":"DAN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"Aram “times and law.” The present translation is based on the understanding that the expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":33523,"verse_id":"DAN.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Aram “judgment will sit” (KJV similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":33524,"verse_id":"DAN.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"If the “holy ones” are angels, then this probably refers to the angels as protectors of God’s people. If the “holy ones” are God’s people, then this is an appositional construction, “the people who are the holy ones.” See 8:24 for the corresponding Hebrew phrase and the note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":33525,"verse_id":"DAN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Aram “my brightness was changing on me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":33526,"verse_id":"DAN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"Aram “in my heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":33527,"verse_id":"DAN.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “in the beginning.” This refers to the vision described in chapter seven.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":33528,"verse_id":"DAN.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “the.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":33529,"verse_id":"DAN.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"The Hebrew word בִּירָה ( birah , “castle, palace”) usually refers to a fortified structure within a city, but here it is in apposition to the city name Susa and therefore has a broader reference to the entire city (against this view, however, see BDB 108 s.v. 2 ). Cf. NAB “the fortress of Susa”; TEV “the walled city of Susa.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":33530,"verse_id":"DAN.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.2","text":"The term אוּבַל (’ uval = “stream, river”) is a relatively rare word in biblical Hebrew, found only here and in vv. 3 and 6 . The Ulai was apparently a sizable artificial canal in Susa (cf. NASB, NIV, NCV), and not a river in the ordinary sense of that word.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A2/4"}
{"id":33531,"verse_id":"DAN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “lifted my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":33532,"verse_id":"DAN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":33533,"verse_id":"DAN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “one.” The Hebrew numerical adjective occasionally functions like an English indefinite article. See GKC 401 §125. b .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":33534,"verse_id":"DAN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “high” (also “higher” later in this verse).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A3/4"}
{"id":33535,"verse_id":"DAN.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Or “beast” (NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":33536,"verse_id":"DAN.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “hand.” So also in v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":33537,"verse_id":"DAN.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"In the Hiphil the Hebrew verb גָּדַל ( gadal , “to make great; to magnify”) can have either a positive or a negative sense. For the former, used especially of God, see Ps 126:2, 3 ; Joel 2:21 . In this chapter ( 8:4, 8, 11, 25 ) the word has a pejorative sense, describing the self-glorification of this king. The sense seems to be that of vainly assuming one’s own superiority through deliberate hubris.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":33538,"verse_id":"DAN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The words “all this” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":33539,"verse_id":"DAN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “and behold, a he-goat of the goats.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":33540,"verse_id":"DAN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “of the whole earth” (NAB, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":33541,"verse_id":"DAN.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “a horn of vision” [or “conspicuousness”], i.e., “a conspicuous horn,” one easily seen.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A5/4"}
{"id":33542,"verse_id":"DAN.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “the wrath of its strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":33543,"verse_id":"DAN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":33544,"verse_id":"DAN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “the ram.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":33545,"verse_id":"DAN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “stand before him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":33546,"verse_id":"DAN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Heb “he hurled him.” The referents of both pronouns (the male goat and the ram) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":33547,"verse_id":"DAN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"The word “horns” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":33548,"verse_id":"DAN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":33549,"verse_id":"DAN.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Traditionally, “host.” The term refers to God’s heavenly angelic assembly, which he sometimes leads into battle as an army.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":33550,"verse_id":"DAN.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Or perhaps “and by him,” referring to Antiochus rather than to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":33551,"verse_id":"DAN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The present translation reads וּצְבָאָהּ נִתַּן ( utsÿva ’ ah nittan ) for the MT וְצָבָא תִּנָּתֵן ( vÿtsava ’ tinnaten ). The context suggests a perfect rather than an imperfect verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":33552,"verse_id":"DAN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “in (the course of) rebellion.” The meaning of the phrase is difficult to determine. It could mean “due to rebellion,” referring to the failures of the Jews, but this is not likely since it is not a point made elsewhere in the book. The phrase more probably refers to the rebellion against God and the atrocities against the Jews epitomized by Antiochus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":33553,"verse_id":"DAN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Two medieval Hebrew MSS and the LXX have a passive verb here: “truth was hurled to the ground” (cf. NIV, NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":33554,"verse_id":"DAN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “it acted and prospered.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A12/5"}
{"id":33555,"verse_id":"DAN.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “will be vindicated” or “will be justified.” This is the only occurrence of this verb in the Niphal in the OT. English versions interpret it as “cleansed” (KJV, ASV), “restored” (NASB, TEV, NLT), or “reconsecrated” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":33556,"verse_id":"DAN.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Heb “on my face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":33557,"verse_id":"DAN.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Or “human one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":33558,"verse_id":"DAN.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Heb “on my standing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":33559,"verse_id":"DAN.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"The Hebrew text does not actually state the referent (the vision Daniel saw in vv. 8-12 ; cf. also v. 13 ), which has been specified in the translation for clarity. Some Greek witnesses add “the vision” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":33560,"verse_id":"DAN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “the he-goat, the buck.” The expression is odd, and the second word may be an explanatory gloss.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":33561,"verse_id":"DAN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Heb “Javan.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":33562,"verse_id":"DAN.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Heb “the broken one.” The word “horn” has been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":33563,"verse_id":"DAN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"The present translation reads הַפְּשָׁעִים ( happÿsha ’ im , “rebellious acts”) for the MT הַפֹּשְׁעִים ( happoshÿ ’ im , “rebels”). While the MT is understandable (cf. NIV, “when rebels have become completely wicked”), the filling up of transgressions is a familiar OT expression (cf. Gen 15:16 ) and fits this context well. Cf. the LXX, Theodotion, the Vulgate, and the Syriac.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":33564,"verse_id":"DAN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “strong of face.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":33565,"verse_id":"DAN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “understanding riddles.” Possible meanings include “double-dealing” (BDB 295 s.v. חִידָה ; cf. TEV, CEV) and “with a good knowledge of intrigue” ( HALOT 309 s.v. חִידָה ; cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A23/3"}
{"id":33566,"verse_id":"DAN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.23","text":"Heb “stand” or “stand up.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A23/4"}
{"id":33567,"verse_id":"DAN.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “extraordinarily he will destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":33568,"verse_id":"DAN.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Heb “he will succeed and act.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":33569,"verse_id":"DAN.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"See the corresponding Aramaic expression in 7:27 . If the “holy ones” are angels, then this probably refers to the angels as protectors of God’s people. One could translate, “people belonging to (i.e., protected by) the holy ones.” If the “holy ones” are God’s people, then this is an appositional construction, “the people who are the holy ones.” One could translate simply “holy people.” For examples of a plural appositional genitive after “people,” see 11:15, 32 . Because either interpretation is possible, the translation has deliberately preserved the ambiguity of the Hebrew grammar here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":33570,"verse_id":"DAN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"The Hebrew term has a primary meaning of “skill, insight,” but here it has the connotation “cunning, treachery.” See BDB 968 s.v. שֵׂכֶל , שֶׂכֶל .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":33571,"verse_id":"DAN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “he will cause deceit to succeed by his hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":33572,"verse_id":"DAN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “in his heart he will act arrogantly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A25/3"}
{"id":33573,"verse_id":"DAN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “in peace.” The Hebrew word used here is difficult. It may refer to the security felt by those who did not realize the danger of imminent attack, or it may refer to the condition of being unaware of the impending danger. The latter idea is reflected in the present translation. See further, BDB 1017 s.v. שַׁלְוָה .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A25/4"}
{"id":33574,"verse_id":"DAN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.25","text":"Heb “with nothingness of hand.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A25/5"}
{"id":33575,"verse_id":"DAN.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Heb “truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":33576,"verse_id":"DAN.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"The Hebrew word here is נִהְיֵיתִי ( nihyetiy ). Its meaning is not entirely clear. Hebrew הָיָה ( hayah ) normally has meanings such as “to be” or “become.” Here, however, it describes Daniel’s emotional and physical response to the enigmatic vision that he has seen. It is parallel to the following verb, which refers to illness, and seems to refer to a state of utter exhaustion due to the amazing things that Daniel has just seen. The LXX lacks the word. On the meaning of the word see further, BDB 227-28 s.v. הָיָה Niph.2; DCH 2:540 s.v. היה I Ni.3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":33577,"verse_id":"DAN.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The LXX reads “Xerxes.” This is the reading used by some English versions (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV). Most other English versions retain the Hebrew name “Ahasuerus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":33578,"verse_id":"DAN.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"The present translation follows the MT in reading a Hophal (i.e., passive). Theodotion, the Syriac, and the Vulgate all presuppose the Hiphil (i.e., active). Even though this is the only occurrence of the Hophal of this verb in the Bible, there is no need to emend the vocalization to the Hiphil.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":33579,"verse_id":"DAN.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “was made king over the kingdom of the Chaldeans.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":33580,"verse_id":"DAN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"This phrase, repeated from v. 1 , is absent in Theodotion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":33581,"verse_id":"DAN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"The Hebrew text has “books”; the word “sacred” has been added in the translation to clarify that it is Scriptures that are referred to.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":33582,"verse_id":"DAN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A2/4"}
{"id":33583,"verse_id":"DAN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":33584,"verse_id":"DAN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"The Hebrew phrase translated “Lord God” here is אֲדֹנָי הָאֱלֹהִים (’ adonay ha ’ elohim ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":33585,"verse_id":"DAN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here and in vv. 7, 9, 15, 16, and 19 is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":33586,"verse_id":"DAN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “who keeps the covenant and the loyal love.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":33587,"verse_id":"DAN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “in your name.” Another option is to translate, “as your representatives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":33588,"verse_id":"DAN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “our fathers” (also in vv. 8, 16 ). The Hebrew term translated “father” can refer to more distant relationships such as grandfathers or ancestors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":33589,"verse_id":"DAN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":33590,"verse_id":"DAN.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “to you (belongs) righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":33591,"verse_id":"DAN.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and to us (belongs) shame of face like this day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":33592,"verse_id":"DAN.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":33593,"verse_id":"DAN.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “to us (belongs) shame of face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":33594,"verse_id":"DAN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “to the Lord our God (belong) compassion and forgiveness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":33595,"verse_id":"DAN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “paid attention to the voice of,” which is an idiomatic expression for obedience (cf. NASB “nor have we obeyed the voice of”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":33596,"verse_id":"DAN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “to walk in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":33597,"verse_id":"DAN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"The LXX and Vulgate have the singular.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":33598,"verse_id":"DAN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Or “transgressed.” The Hebrew verb has the primary sense of crossing a boundary, in this case, God’s law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":33599,"verse_id":"DAN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “by not paying attention to your voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":33600,"verse_id":"DAN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “the curse and the oath which is written.” The term “curse” refers here to the judgments threatened in the Mosaic law (see ) for rebellion. The expression “the curse and the oath” is probably a hendiadys (cf. Num 5:21 ; Neh 10:29 ) referring to the fact that the covenant with its threatened judgments was ratified by solemn oath and made legally binding upon the covenant community.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":33601,"verse_id":"DAN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":33602,"verse_id":"DAN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “he has fulfilled his word(s) which he spoke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":33603,"verse_id":"DAN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “our judges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":33604,"verse_id":"DAN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “who judged.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":33605,"verse_id":"DAN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “we have not pacified the face of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":33606,"verse_id":"DAN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “by gaining insight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":33607,"verse_id":"DAN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “by your truth.” The Hebrew term does not refer here to abstract truth, however, but to the reliable moral guidance found in the covenant law. See vv 10-11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":33608,"verse_id":"DAN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":33609,"verse_id":"DAN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “in all his deeds which he has done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":33610,"verse_id":"DAN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “we have not listened to his voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":33611,"verse_id":"DAN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “with a powerful hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":33612,"verse_id":"DAN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Or “righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":33613,"verse_id":"DAN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Heb “your anger and your rage.” The synonyms are joined here to emphasize the degree of God’s anger. This is best expressed in English by making one of the terms adjectival (cf. NLT “your furious anger”; CEV “terribly angry”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":33614,"verse_id":"DAN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “hear.” Here the verb refers to hearing favorably, accepting the prayer and responding positively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":33615,"verse_id":"DAN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “let your face shine.” This idiom pictures God smiling in favor. See Pss 31:16; 67:1; 80:3, 7, 19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":33616,"verse_id":"DAN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Heb “for the sake of my Lord.” Theodotion has “for your sake.” Cf. v. 19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":33617,"verse_id":"DAN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “turn your ear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":33618,"verse_id":"DAN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “desolations.” The term refers here to the ruined condition of Judah’s towns.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":33619,"verse_id":"DAN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “over which your name is called.” Cf. v. 19 . This expression implies that God is the owner of his city, Jerusalem. Note the use of the idiom in 2 Sam 12:28 ; Isa 4:1 ; Amos 9:12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":33620,"verse_id":"DAN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.18","text":"Heb “praying our supplications before you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A18/4"}
{"id":33621,"verse_id":"DAN.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Heb “for your name is called over your city and your people.” See the note on this expression in v 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":33622,"verse_id":"DAN.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Heb “the holy mountain of my God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":33623,"verse_id":"DAN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “speaking in prayer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":33624,"verse_id":"DAN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Heb “in the beginning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":33625,"verse_id":"DAN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"The Hebrew expression בִּיעָף מֻעָף ( mu ’ af bi ’ af ) is very difficult. The issue is whether the verb derives from עוּף (’ uf , “to fly”) or from יָעַף ( ya ’ af , “to be weary”). Many ancient versions and modern commentators take the first of these possibilities and understand the reference to be to the swift flight of the angel Gabriel in his coming to Daniel. The words more likely refer to the extreme weariness, not of the angel, but of Daniel. Cf. 7:28; 8:27; 10:8-9, 16-17 ; also NASB.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":33626,"verse_id":"DAN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Heb “he instructed and spoke with me.” The expression is a verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":33627,"verse_id":"DAN.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Or “a precious treasure”; KJV “greatly beloved”; NASB, NIV “highly esteemed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":33628,"verse_id":"DAN.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"This sentence is perhaps a compound hendiadys (“give serious consideration to the revelatory vision”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":33629,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “sevens.” Elsewhere the term is used of a literal week (a period of seven days), cf. Gen 29:27-28 ; Exod 34:22 ; Lev 12:5 ; Num 28:26 ; Deut 16:9-10 ; 2 Chr 8:13 ; Jer 5:24 ; Dan 10:2-3 . Gabriel unfolds the future as if it were a calendar of successive weeks. Most understand the reference here as periods of seventy “sevens” of years, or a total of 490 years.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":33630,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “to finish.” The present translation reads the Qere (from the root תָּמַם , tamam ) with many witnesses. The Kethib has “to seal up” (from the root הָתַם , hatam ), a confusion with a reference later in the verse to sealing up the vision.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":33631,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"The present translation reads the Qere (singular), rather than the Kethib (plural).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":33632,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.24","text":"The Hebrew phrase לְכַלֵּא ( lÿkhalle ’) is apparently an alternative (metaplastic) spelling of the root כָּלָה ( kalah , “to complete, finish”), rather than a form of כָּלָא ( kala ’, “to shut up, restrain”), as has sometimes been supposed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/4"}
{"id":33633,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “everlasting.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/5"}
{"id":33634,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.24","text":"Heb “vision and prophecy.” The expression is a hendiadys.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/7"}
{"id":33635,"verse_id":"DAN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “the most holy place” (NASB, NLT); or “a most holy one”; or “the most holy one,” though the expression is used of places or objects elsewhere, not people.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A24/8"}
{"id":33636,"verse_id":"DAN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Or “decree” (NASB, NIV); or “word” (NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":33637,"verse_id":"DAN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":33638,"verse_id":"DAN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.25","text":"The word “arrives” is added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A25/3"}
{"id":33639,"verse_id":"DAN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “sevens” (also later in this line and in v. 26 ). sn The accents in the MT indicate disjunction at this point, which would make it difficult, if not impossible, to identify the “anointed one/prince” of this verse as messianic. The reference in v. 26 to the sixty-two weeks as a unit favors the MT accentuation, not the traditional translation. If one follows the MT accentuation, one may translate “From the going forth of the message to restore and rebuild Jerusalem until an anointed one, a prince arrives, there will be a period of seven weeks. During a period of sixty-two weeks it will again be built, with plaza and moat, but in distressful times.” The present translation follows a traditional reading of the passage that deviates from the MT accentuation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A25/4"}
{"id":33640,"verse_id":"DAN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.25","text":"Heb “it will return and be built.” The expression is a verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A25/5"}
{"id":33641,"verse_id":"DAN.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Some witnesses (e.g., the Syriac) understand a passive verb and the preposition עִם (’ im , “with) rather than the noun עַם (’ am , “people”), thus reading “the city and the sanctuary will be destroyed with the coming prince.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":33642,"verse_id":"DAN.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"The words “will come speedily” are not in the Hebrew text but have been added in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":33643,"verse_id":"DAN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Heb “one seven” (also later in this line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":33644,"verse_id":"DAN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"The referent of the Hebrew word כְּנַף ( kÿnaf , “wing”) is unclear here. The LXX and Theodotion have “the temple.” Some English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV) take this to mean “a wing of the temple,” but this is not clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":33645,"verse_id":"DAN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"The Hebrew text does not have this verb, but it has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":33646,"verse_id":"DAN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"The LXX has “first.” sn Cyrus’ third year would have been ca. 536 B.C . Daniel would have been approximately eighty-four years old at this time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":33647,"verse_id":"DAN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word צָבָא ( tsava ’) is uncertain in this context. The word most often refers to an army or warfare. It may also mean “hard service,” and many commentators take that to be the sense here (i.e., “the service was great”). The present translation assumes the reference to be to the spiritual conflicts described, for example, in 10:16 – 11:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":33648,"verse_id":"DAN.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “three weeks of days.” The inclusion of “days” here and in v. 3 is perhaps intended to call attention to the fact that these weeks are very different in nature from those of chap. , which are “weeks of years.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":33649,"verse_id":"DAN.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Heb “mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":33650,"verse_id":"DAN.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"The Hebrew text has חִדָּקֶל ( hiddaqel ). “Tigris” appears here in the LXX, since it is the Greek name for this river. Elsewhere in the OT “the great river” refers to the Euphrates (e.g., Gen 15:18 ; Josh 1:4 ), leading some interpreters to think that a mistake is involved in using the expression to refer to the Tigris. But it is doubtful that the expression had such a fixed and limited usage. The Syriac, however, does render the word here by “Euphrates” (Syr. perat ) in keeping with biblical usage elsewhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":33651,"verse_id":"DAN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “I lifted up my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":33652,"verse_id":"DAN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “one.” The Hebrew numerical adjective is used here like an English indefinite article.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":33653,"verse_id":"DAN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.5","text":"The Hebrew word בַּדִּים ( baddim ) is a plural of extension. See GKC 396-97 §124. a , b , c and Joüon 2:500 §136.c.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A5/4"}
{"id":33654,"verse_id":"DAN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.5","text":"The location of this place and even the exact form of the Hebrew name אוּפָז (’ ufaz ) are uncertain. Apparently it was a source for pure gold. (See Jer 10:9 .) The Hebrew word פָז ( paz , “refined gold” or “pure gold”) is more common in the OT than אוּפָז , and some scholars emend the text of Dan 10:5 to read this word. Cf. also “Ophir” ( 1 Kgs 9:28 ; Isa 13:12 ; Job 22:24; 28:16 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A5/5"}
{"id":33655,"verse_id":"DAN.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The Hebrew word translated “yellow jasper” is תַּרשִׁישׁ ( tarshish ); it appears to be a semiprecious stone, but its exact identity is somewhat uncertain. It may be the yellow jasper, although this is conjectural. Cf. NAB, NIV “chrysolite”; NASB, NRSV “beryl.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":33656,"verse_id":"DAN.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “torches of fire.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":33657,"verse_id":"DAN.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “The sound of his words” (cf. v. 9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":33658,"verse_id":"DAN.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “the vision.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":33659,"verse_id":"DAN.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Heb “great trembling fell on them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":33660,"verse_id":"DAN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “did not remain in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":33661,"verse_id":"DAN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “was changed upon me for ruin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":33662,"verse_id":"DAN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.8","text":"Heb “strength.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A8/3"}
{"id":33663,"verse_id":"DAN.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “I heard the sound of his words.” These words are absent in the LXX and the Syriac.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":33664,"verse_id":"DAN.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “as I listened to the sound of his words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":33665,"verse_id":"DAN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":33666,"verse_id":"DAN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Theodotion lacks “and the palms of my hands.” tn Heb “on my knees and the palms of my hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":33667,"verse_id":"DAN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “a treasured person”; KJV “a man greatly beloved”; NASB “man of high esteem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":33668,"verse_id":"DAN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"The Hebrew participle is often used, as here, to refer to the imminent future.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":33669,"verse_id":"DAN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “stand upon your standing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":33670,"verse_id":"DAN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “spoke this word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":33671,"verse_id":"DAN.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “gave your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":33672,"verse_id":"DAN.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Heb “and behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":33673,"verse_id":"DAN.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"The Greek version of Theodotion reads “I left him [i.e., Michael] there,” and this is followed by a number of English translations (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":33674,"verse_id":"DAN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “speaking to me according to these words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":33675,"verse_id":"DAN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “I placed my face toward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":33676,"verse_id":"DAN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":33677,"verse_id":"DAN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"So most Hebrew MSS ; one Hebrew MS along with the Dead Sea Scrolls and LXX read “something that looked like a man’s hand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":33678,"verse_id":"DAN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"Heb “my lord,” here a title of polite address. Cf. v. 19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":33679,"verse_id":"DAN.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “How is the servant of this my lord able to speak with this my lord?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":33680,"verse_id":"DAN.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Heb “does not stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":33681,"verse_id":"DAN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Heb “He added and touched me.” The construction is a verbal hendiadys.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":33682,"verse_id":"DAN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “treasured man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":33683,"verse_id":"DAN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Heb “my lord may speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":33684,"verse_id":"DAN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Heb “a book of truth.” Several English versions treat this as a title of some sort (cf. NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT), although the NAB’s rendering “the truthful book” regards “truth” as an attributive adjective, as does the present translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":33685,"verse_id":"DAN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"The word “princes” is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":33686,"verse_id":"DAN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"The pronoun is plural in Hebrew, suggesting that Michael is the angelic prince of Daniel and his people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":33687,"verse_id":"DAN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Heb “rich with great riches.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":33688,"verse_id":"DAN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"The text is difficult. The Hebrew has here אֶת (’ et ), the marker of a definite direct object. As it stands, this would suggest the meaning that “he will arouse everyone, that is, the kingdom of Greece.” The context, however, seems to suggest the idea that this Persian king will arouse in hostility against Greece the constituent elements of his own empire. This requires supplying the word “against,” which is not actually present in the Hebrew text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":33689,"verse_id":"DAN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “and when he stands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":33690,"verse_id":"DAN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":33691,"verse_id":"DAN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “princes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":33692,"verse_id":"DAN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the subordinate prince mentioned in the previous clause) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":33693,"verse_id":"DAN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “be strong against.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A5/4"}
{"id":33694,"verse_id":"DAN.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “greater than his kingdom.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A5/5"}
{"id":33695,"verse_id":"DAN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “the strength of the arm.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":33696,"verse_id":"DAN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “stand.” So also in vv. 7, 8, 11, 13 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":33697,"verse_id":"DAN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.6","text":"Heb “and his arm.” Some understand this to refer to the descendants of the king of the north.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A6/5"}
{"id":33698,"verse_id":"DAN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"11.6","text":"The present translation reads יַלְדָּה ( yaldah , “her child”) rather than the MT יֹלְדָהּ ( yolÿdah , “the one who begot her”). Cf. Theodotion, the Syriac, and the Vulgate.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A6/6"}
{"id":33699,"verse_id":"DAN.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “the stock of her roots.” sn The reference to one from her family line is probably to Berenice’s brother, Ptolemy III Euergetes (ca. 246-221 B.C. ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":33700,"verse_id":"DAN.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"Heb “will deal with them and prevail.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":33701,"verse_id":"DAN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The Hebrew preposition מִן ( min ) is used here with the verb עָמַד (’ amad , “to stand”). It probably has a sense of separation (“stand away from ”), although it may also be understood in an adversative sense (“stand against ”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":33702,"verse_id":"DAN.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king of the north) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":33703,"verse_id":"DAN.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the enemy of the king of the north) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":33704,"verse_id":"DAN.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.10","text":"Heb “and he will certainly come and overflow and cross over and return and be aroused unto a fortress.” The translation has attempted to simplify the syntax of this difficult sequence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A10/3"}
{"id":33705,"verse_id":"DAN.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “his heart will be lifted up.” The referent (the king of the south) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":33706,"verse_id":"DAN.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “cause to fall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":33707,"verse_id":"DAN.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"Heb “of myriads.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":33708,"verse_id":"DAN.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “stand against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":33709,"verse_id":"DAN.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “sons of violence.” “Son(s) is sometimes used idiomatically in Hebrew to indicate that someone is characterized by a certain quality. So the expression “sons of violence” means that these individuals will be characterized by violent deeds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A14/3"}
{"id":33710,"verse_id":"DAN.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.14","text":"Heb “to cause to stand.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A14/4"}
{"id":33711,"verse_id":"DAN.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “choice troops” (BDB 104 s.v. מִבְחָר ), or “elite troops” ( HALOT 542 s.v. מִבְחָר ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":33712,"verse_id":"DAN.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":33713,"verse_id":"DAN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “and he will set his face.” Cf. vv. 18, 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":33714,"verse_id":"DAN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"The present translation reads מֵישָׁרִים ( mesharim , “alliances”) for the MT וִישָׁרִים ( viysharim , “uprightness”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":33715,"verse_id":"DAN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (the king of the south) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":33716,"verse_id":"DAN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Heb “the daughter of the women.” sn The daughter refers to Cleopatra, the daughter of Antiochus, who was given in marriage to Ptolemy V.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":33717,"verse_id":"DAN.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “his face.” See v. 19 as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":33718,"verse_id":"DAN.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"The Hebrew here is difficult in that the negative בִּלְתִּי ( biltiy , “not”) is used in an unusual way. The sense is not entirely clear.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":33719,"verse_id":"DAN.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.18","text":"Heb “his shameful conduct he will return to him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A18/4"}
{"id":33720,"verse_id":"DAN.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “on his place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":33721,"verse_id":"DAN.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.20","text":"Heb “broken” or “shattered.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A20/4"}
{"id":33722,"verse_id":"DAN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “arms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":33723,"verse_id":"DAN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"The present translation reads הִשָּׁטֹף ( hishatof ), Niphal infinitive absolute of שָׁטַף ( shataf , “to overflow”), for the MT הַשֶּׁטֶף ( hashetef , “flood”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":33724,"verse_id":"DAN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"The words “in defeat” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":33725,"verse_id":"DAN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “a prince of the covenant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A22/4"}
{"id":33726,"verse_id":"DAN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.22","text":"Heb “broken” or “shattered.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A22/5"}
{"id":33727,"verse_id":"DAN.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) is probably temporal here (so BDB 583 s.v. 7 .c; cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV), although it could also be understood here as indicating means (so J. Goldingay, Daniel [WBC], 279, n. 23a; cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":33728,"verse_id":"DAN.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Heb “nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":33729,"verse_id":"DAN.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Heb “and unto a time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":33730,"verse_id":"DAN.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Heb “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":33731,"verse_id":"DAN.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"The present translation reads יִשָׁטֵף ( yishatef , passive) rather than the MT יִשְׁטוֹף ( yishtof , active).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":33732,"verse_id":"DAN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “heart.” So also in v. 28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":33733,"verse_id":"DAN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Heb “speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":33734,"verse_id":"DAN.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the king of the north) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":33735,"verse_id":"DAN.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.30","text":"Heb “show regard for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A30/3"}
{"id":33736,"verse_id":"DAN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “arms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":33737,"verse_id":"DAN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “the sanctuary, the fortress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":33738,"verse_id":"DAN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"Heb “will give.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":33739,"verse_id":"DAN.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Or “corrupt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":33740,"verse_id":"DAN.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “acted wickedly toward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":33741,"verse_id":"DAN.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.32","text":"Heb “know.” The term “know” sometimes means “to recognize.” In relational contexts it can have the connotation “recognize the authority of, be loyal to,” as it does here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A32/3"}
{"id":33742,"verse_id":"DAN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “the many.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":33743,"verse_id":"DAN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “stumble.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":33744,"verse_id":"DAN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.33","text":"Or “by burning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A33/3"}
{"id":33745,"verse_id":"DAN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.33","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A33/4"}
{"id":33746,"verse_id":"DAN.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.36","text":"The words “the time of” are added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A36/2"}
{"id":33747,"verse_id":"DAN.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.36","text":"Heb “has been done.” The Hebrew verb used here is the perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of fulfillment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A36/3"}
{"id":33748,"verse_id":"DAN.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “consider.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":33749,"verse_id":"DAN.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.37","text":"Heb “[the one] desired by women.” The referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A37/2"}
{"id":33750,"verse_id":"DAN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “act against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A39/1"}
{"id":33751,"verse_id":"DAN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Heb “with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":33752,"verse_id":"DAN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.39","text":"Or perhaps “for a reward.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A39/3"}
{"id":33753,"verse_id":"DAN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “engage in thrusting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A40/1"}
{"id":33754,"verse_id":"DAN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.40","text":"The referent of the pronoun is most likely the king of the south, in which case the text describes the king of the north countering the attack of the king of the south.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A40/2"}
{"id":33755,"verse_id":"DAN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “many ships.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A40/3"}
{"id":33756,"verse_id":"DAN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.40","text":"This most likely refers to the king of the north who, in response to the aggression of the king of the south, launches an invasion of the southern regions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A40/4"}
{"id":33757,"verse_id":"DAN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.40","text":"Heb “and will overflow and pass over.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A40/5"}
{"id":33758,"verse_id":"DAN.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.41","text":"This can be understood as “many people” (cf. NRSV) or “many countries” (cf. NASB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A41/2"}
{"id":33759,"verse_id":"DAN.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.41","text":"Heb “be delivered from his hand.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A41/3"}
{"id":33760,"verse_id":"DAN.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.42","text":"Heb “hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A42/1"}
{"id":33761,"verse_id":"DAN.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.43","text":"Or “Nubians” (NIV, NCV); Heb “Cushites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A43/1"}
{"id":33762,"verse_id":"DAN.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.43","text":"Heb “Libyans and Cushites [will be] at his footsteps.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2011%3A43/2"}
{"id":33763,"verse_id":"DAN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “stands over the sons of your people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":33764,"verse_id":"DAN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “will stand up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":33765,"verse_id":"DAN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “from the beginning of a nation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":33766,"verse_id":"DAN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.1","text":"The words “whose names are” are added in the translation for stylistic reasons and for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A1/4"}
{"id":33767,"verse_id":"DAN.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Or “will run back and forth”; KJV “shall run to and fro”; NIV “will go here and there”; CEV “will go everywhere.” sn Many will dash about is probably an allusion to Amos 8:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":33768,"verse_id":"DAN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “one to this edge of the river and one to that edge of the river.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":33769,"verse_id":"DAN.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “to the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":33770,"verse_id":"DAN.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"The present translation reads יַד־נֹפֵץ ( yad-nofets , “hand of one who shatters”) rather than the MT נַפֵּץ־יַד ( nappets-yad , “to shatter the hand”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":33771,"verse_id":"DAN.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “my lord,” a title of polite address.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":33772,"verse_id":"DAN.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “to give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":33773,"verse_id":"DAN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"The words “your way” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":33774,"verse_id":"DAN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"The LXX lacks “until the end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":33775,"verse_id":"DAN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"DAN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"The word “receive” is added in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Daniel%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":33776,"verse_id":"HOS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":") contain numerous textual variants that differ from the MT; unfortunately, these texts are quite fragmentary (frequently in the very place that an important textual problem appears). The textual tradition and translation quality of the LXX and the early Greek recensions (Aquila, Symmachus, Theodotion) is mixed; in some places they are inferior to the MT but in other places they preserve a better reading. The textual apparatus of BHK and BHS contains many proposed emendations based on the ancient versions (Greek, Syriac, Latin, Aramaic) that often appear to be superior readings than what is preserved in the MT. In numerous cases, the MT readings are so difficult morphologically, syntactically, and contextually that conservative conjectural emendations are necessary to make sense of the text. Most major English versions (e.g., KJV, ASV, RSV, NEB, NAB, NASB, NIV, TEV, NKJV, NJPS, NJB, NRSV, REB, NCV, CEV, NLT) adopt (either occasionally or frequently) textual variants reflected in the versions and occasionally adopt conservative conjectural emendations proposed in BHK and/or BHS . However, many of the textual problems in Hosea are so difficult that the English versions frequently are split among themselves. With this in mind, the present translation of Hosea must necessarily be viewed as only preliminary. Further work on the text and translation of Hosea is needed, not only in terms of the NET Bible but in Hosea studies in general. The text of Hosea should be better clarified when the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project completes work on the book of Hosea. For further study of textual problems in Hosea, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:228-71.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":33777,"verse_id":"HOS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord which was to Hosea.” The words “This is” are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":33778,"verse_id":"HOS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the days of” (again later in this verse). Cf. NASB “during the days of”; NIV “during the reigns of”; NLT “during the years when.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":33779,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The construct noun תְּחִלַּת ( tékhillat , “beginning of”) displays a wider use of the construct state here, preceding a perfect verb דִּבֶּר ( dibber , “he spoke”; Piel perfect 3rd person masculine singular) rather than a genitive noun. This is an unusual temporal construction (GKC 422 §130. d ). It may be rendered, “When he (= the Lord ) began to speak” (cf. ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, and most other modern English versions, all of which are similar). This time-determinative was not correctly understood by the LXX or by the KJV: “The beginning of the word of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":33780,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) on בְּהוֹשֵׁעַ ( bÿhoshea ’) is an instrumental use of the preposition (BDB 89 s.v. בְּ III.2.b): “by, with, through Hosea” rather than a directional “to Hosea.” This focuses on the entire prophetic revelation through Hosea to Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":33781,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the Lord. ” This is redundant in English, so the pronoun has been used in the translation (cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":33782,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “to Hosea.” The proper name is replaced by the pronoun here to avoid redundancy in English (cf. NIV, NCV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":33783,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Go, take for yourself” (so NRSV; NASB, NIV “to yourself”). In conjunction with the following phrase this means “marry.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":33784,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “a wife of harlotries.” The noun זְנוּנִים ( zÿnunim ) means “prostitute; harlot” ( HALOT 275-76 s.v. זְנוּנִים ). The term does not refer to mere adultery (cf. NIV; also NCV, TEV, CEV “unfaithful”) which is expressed by the root נַאַף ( na ’ af , “adultery”; HALOT 658 s.v. נאף ). The plural noun זְנוּנִים ( zénunim , literally, “harlotries”) is an example of the plural of character or plural of repeated behavior. The phrase “wife of harlotries” ( אֵשֶׁת זְנוּנִים , ’ eshet zénunim ) probably refers to a prostitute, possibly a temple prostitute serving at a Baal temple.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":33785,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “and children of harlotries.” However, TEV takes the phrase to mean the children will behave like their mother (“your children will be just like her”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/7"}
{"id":33786,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the land.” The term “the land” is frequently used as a synecdoche of container (the land of Israel) for the contained (the people of Israel).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/8"}
{"id":33787,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “prostitution.” The adjective “spiritual” is supplied in the translation to clarify that apostasy is meant here. The construction זָנֹה תִזְנֶה ( zanoh tizneh , infinitive absolute + imperfect of the same root) repeats the root זָנַה ( zanah , “harlotry”) for rhetorical emphasis. Israel was guilty of gross spiritual prostitution by apostatizing from Yahweh. The verb זָנַה is used in a concrete sense to refer to a spouse being unfaithful in a marriage relationship ( HALOT 275 s.v. זנה 1), and figuratively meaning “to be unfaithful” in a relationship with God by prostituting oneself with other gods and worshiping idols ( Exod 34:15 ; Lev 17:7; 20:5, 6 ; Deut 31:16 ; Judg 8:27, 33; 21:17 ; 1 Chr 5:25 ; Ezek 6:9; 20:30; 23:30 ; Hos 4:15 ; Ps 106:39 ; see HALOT 275 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/9"}
{"id":33788,"verse_id":"HOS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “from after.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A2/10"}
{"id":33789,"verse_id":"HOS.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “so he went and took” ( וַיֵּלֶךְ וַיִּקַּח , vayyelekh vayyiqqakh ; so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":33790,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “to him.” The referent (Hosea) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":33791,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “I will visit.” The verb פָּקַד ( paqad , “to visit”) has a very broad range of meanings: (1) “to pay attention to; to look at” (a) favorably: to look after; to provide for; to care for; (b) unfavorably: to seek vengeance for; to punish for; (2) militarily: (a) “to muster; to enroll”; (b) “to inspect; to review”; (3) leadership: (a) “to rule over; to oversee”; (b) Hiphil: “to appoint an overseer” (see BDB 823 s.v. פָּקַד ; HALOT 955-58 s.v. פקד ). In this context, the nuance “to punish” or “to take vengeance” (see b above) is most appropriate. Cf. KJV, ASV “I will avenge”; NAB, NASB, NRSV “I will punish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":33792,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NRSV); NCV “family”; CEV “descendants.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":33793,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The plural form of דָּם ( dam , “blood”) refers to “bloodshed” (BDB 196 s.v. דָּם 2.f). This is an example of a plural of abnormal condition (GKC 400 §124. n ). The plural is used to represent natural objects which are found in an unnatural or abnormal condition. The plural is used because the natural object is normally found as a whole or in one unit, but in the abnormal condition the object is found in many parts. Normally, blood is contained as a whole within the body. However, when a brutal murder occurs, blood is shed and literally spilled all over the place. Cf. NIV “the massacre”; TEV, CEV, NLT “the murders.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":33794,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “I will visit the bloodshed of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":33795,"verse_id":"HOS.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the kingdom of the house of Israel” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV). This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":33796,"verse_id":"HOS.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “In that day” (so NIV; NAB, NRSV “On that day”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":33797,"verse_id":"HOS.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “I will break the bow” (so NAB, NRSV). The phrase “break the bow” ( וְשַׁבָרְתִּי אֶת־קֶשֶׁת , véshavarti ’ et-qeshet ) is figurative. The term קֶשֶׁת ( qeshet , “bow”) frequently refers to the warrior’s weapon ( 2 Sam 22:35 ; Ps 18:35 ; Job 20:24 ; Hos 2:20 ; Zech 9:10; 10:4 ). The reference to the warrior’s bow is a synecdoche of specific (bow) for general (military weaponry or power; see HALOT 1155 s.v. קֶשֶׁת 3). The noun קֶשֶׁת is used figuratively for “power” several times (e.g., Gen 49:24 ; 1 Sam 2:4 ; Jer 49:35 ; Job 29:20 ; Ps 37:15 ; BDB 906 s.v. 1 .e).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":33798,"verse_id":"HOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Then he said”; the referent (the Lord ) does not appear in Hebrew, but has been specified in the translation for clarity. Many English versions specify the speaker here (KJV “God”; ASV “Jehovah”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “the Lord”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":33799,"verse_id":"HOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “house”; cf. TEV, NLT “the people of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":33800,"verse_id":"HOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) probably denotes cause (so NCV, TEV, CEV) or result here (GKC 505 §166. b ; BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 3.c).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":33801,"verse_id":"HOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"The verb נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to take away”) frequently denotes “to forgive” meaning to take away sin (BDB 671 s.v. נָשָׂא 3.c). The construction נָשׂא אֶשָּׂא ( naso ’ ’ esa ’, “I will certainly take away,” infinitive absolute + imperfect of the same root) repeats the root נָשָׂא for rhetorical emphasis, stressing the divine resolution not to forgive Israel.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":33802,"verse_id":"HOS.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.6","text":"The phrase “their guilt” does not appear in Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for clarification. The ellipsis of the accusative direct object of נָשׂא אֶשָּׂא ( naso ’ ’ esa ’, “I will certainly take away”) is an example of brachyology. The accusative “guilt” must be supplied frequently with נָשַׂא (see BDB 671 s.v. נָשָׂא 3.c; e.g., Num 14:19 ; Isa 2:9 ; Ps 99:8 ). Many recent English versions simplify this to “forgive them” (e.g., NASB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A6/6"}
{"id":33803,"verse_id":"HOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “house”; cf. NCV, TEV, NLT “the people of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":33804,"verse_id":"HOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The word order in this line is rhetorical, emphasizing the divine decision to withhold pity from Israel but to bestow it on Judah. The accusative direct object, which is introduced by a disjunctive vav (to denote contrast), appears before the verb: וְאֶת־בֵּית יְהוּדָה אֲרַחֵם ( vé ’ et-bet yéhudah ’ arakhem , “but upon the house of Judah I will show pity”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":33805,"verse_id":"HOS.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “by war” (so NAB, NRSV, TEV); KJV, NASB, NIV “battle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":33806,"verse_id":"HOS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The preterite וַתִּגְמֹל ( vatigmol , literally, “and she weaned”) functions in a synchronic sense with the following preterite וַתַּהַר ( vattahar , literally, “and she conceived”) and may be treated in translation as a dependent temporal clause: “When she had weaned…she conceived” (cf. KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV). Other English versions render this as sequential with “After” (NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":33807,"verse_id":"HOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Then he said”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity. As in v. 6 , many English versions specify the speaker here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":33808,"verse_id":"HOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The independent personal pronoun אַתֶּם (’ attem , “you”) is a plural form, referring to the people of Israel as a whole. To make this clear TEV translates this as third person: “the people of Israel are not my people” (cf. CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":33809,"verse_id":"HOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The pronominal suffix on the preposition לָכֶם ( lakhem , “your”) is a plural form, referring to the people of Israel as a whole.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":33810,"verse_id":"HOS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"The MT reads לֹא־אֶהְיֶה לָכֶם ( lo ’ - ’ ehyeh lakhem , “I will not be yours”). The editors of BHS suggest emending the text to לֹא־אֱלֹהֵיכֶם ( lo ’ - ’ elohekhem , “I will not be your God”). The emendation creates a tighter parallel with the preceding אַתֶּם לֹא עַמִּי (’ attem lo ’ ’ ammi , “you are not my people”). Because of a lack of external evidence, however, the reading of the MT should be retained. tn Heb “I am not yours.” The divine name “God” is supplied in the translation for clarity even though the reading of the MT is followed (see previous tc note). Almost all English versions (including KJV, ASV, NASB) supply “God” here. sn This is an allusion to Yahweh’s promise to Moses אֶהְיֶה עִמָּךְ (’ ehyeh ’ immakh , “I will be with you”; Exod 3:12, 14 ). In effect, it is a negation of Exod 3:12, 14 and a cancellation of Israel’s status as vassal of Yahweh in the conditional Mosaic covenant.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":33811,"verse_id":"HOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The vav prefixed to וְהָיָה ( véhaya ) functions in an adversative sense: “however” (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 71, §432).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":33812,"verse_id":"HOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “sons” (so NASB); KJV, ASV “the children”; NAB, NIV “the Israelites.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":33813,"verse_id":"HOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “in the place” ( בִּמְקוֹם , bimqom ). BDB 880 s.v. מָקוֹם 7.b suggests that בִּמְקוֹם (preposition בְּ , bet , + noun מָקוֹם , maqom ) is an idiom carrying a concessive sense: “instead of” (e.g., Isa 33:21 ; Hos 2:1 ). However, HALOT suggests that it functions in a locative sense: “in the same place” ( HALOT 626 s.v. מָקוֹם 2b; e.g., 1 Kgs 21:19 ; Isa 33:21 ; Hos 2:1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":33814,"verse_id":"HOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"The predicate nominative, “You are…,” is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":33815,"verse_id":"HOS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “sons” (so KJV, NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A10/6"}
{"id":33816,"verse_id":"HOS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “sons” (twice in this verse, so NASB); KJV, ASV “children”; NIV, NRSV, TEV “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":33817,"verse_id":"HOS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “head” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":33818,"verse_id":"HOS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Alternatively, “gain possession of the land” (cf. NRSV) or “rise up from the land” (cf. NIV). This clause may be understood in two ways: (1) Israel will gain ascendancy over the land or conquer the land (e.g., Exod 1:10 ; cf. NAB “come up from other lands”) or (2) Israel will be “planted” in the land (Hos 2:24-25; cf. NLT “will…plant his people”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":33819,"verse_id":"HOS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “For” (so NASB); NCV “because”; TEV “Yes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":33820,"verse_id":"HOS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Say to….” The imperative אִמְרוּ (’ imru , Qal imperative masculine plural) functions rhetorically, as an example of erotesis of one verbal form (imperative) for another (indicative). The imperative is used as a rhetorical device to emphasize the certainty of a future action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":33821,"verse_id":"HOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “Plead with your mother, plead!” The imperative רִיבוּ ( rivu , “plead!”) is repeated twice in this line for emphasis. This rhetorical expression is handled in a woodenly literal sense by most English translations: NASB “Contend…contend”; NAB “Protest…protest!”; NIV “Rebuke…rebuke”; NRSV “Plead…plead”; CEV “Accuse! Accuse your mother!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":33822,"verse_id":"HOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The particle כִּי ( ki ) introduces a parenthetical explanatory clause (however, cf. NCV “because”). sn The reason that Hosea (representing the Lord ) calls upon his children (representing the children of Israel) to plead with Gomer (representing the nation as a whole), rather than pleading directly with her himself, is because Hosea (the Lord ) has turned his back on his unfaithful wife (Israel). He no longer has a relationship with her (“for she is not my wife, and I am not her husband”) because she abandoned him for her lovers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":33823,"verse_id":"HOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"The dependent volitive sequence of imperative followed by vav + jussive ( רִיבוּ , rivu followed by וְתָסֵר , vétaser ) creates a purpose clause: “so that she might turn away from” (= “put an end to”); cf. NRSV “that she put away”; KJV “let her therefore put away.” Many English translations begin a new sentence here, presumably to improve the English style (so NAB, NIV, TEV, NLT), but this obscures the connection with the preceding clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":33824,"verse_id":"HOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “put away her adulteries from her face.” The plural noun זְנוּנֶיהָ ( zénuneha , “adulteries”) is an example of the plural of repeated (or habitual) action: she has had multiple adulterous affairs.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":33825,"verse_id":"HOS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “[put away] her immoral behavior from between her breasts.” Cf. KJV “her adulteries”; NIV “the unfaithfulness.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A2/6"}
{"id":33826,"verse_id":"HOS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and kill her with thirst.” The vav prefixed to the verb ( וַהֲמִתִּיהָ , vahamittiha ) introduces a purpose/result clause: “in order to make her die of thirst” (purpose) or “and thus make her die of thirst” (result).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":33827,"verse_id":"HOS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “her sons.” English versions have long translated this as “children,” however; cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT. sn The word order is rhetorical: the accusative וְאֶת־בָּנֶיהָ ( vé ’ et - baneha , “her sons”) is moved forward for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":33828,"verse_id":"HOS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “sons of adulteries”; KJV “children of whoredoms.” sn The word order is rhetorical: the construct clause בְנֵי זְנוּנִים ( vÿne zÿnunim , “sons of adulteries”), which functions as the predicate nominative, is moved forward, before the independent personal pronoun הֵמָּה ( hemma , “they”) which functions as the subject, to focus on the immoral character of her children.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":33829,"verse_id":"HOS.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “I will go after” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":33830,"verse_id":"HOS.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “my drinks.” Many English versions use the singular “drink” here, but cf. NCV, TEV, CEV “wine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":33831,"verse_id":"HOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The deictic particle הִנְנִי ( hinni , “Behold!”) introduces a future-time reference participle that refers to imminent future action: “I am about to” (TEV “I am going to”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":33832,"verse_id":"HOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “I will hedge up her way”; NIV “block her path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":33833,"verse_id":"HOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “I will wall in her wall.” The cognate accusative construction וְגָדַרְתִּי אֶת־גְּדֵרָהּ ( vÿgadarti ’ et-gÿderah , “I will wall in her wall”) is an emphatic literary device. The 3rd person feminine singular suffix on the noun functions as a dative of disadvantage: “as a wall against her” (A. B. Davidson, Hebrew Syntax , 3, remark 2). The expression means “I will build a wall to bar her way.” Cf. KJV “I will make a wall”; TEV “I will build a wall”; RSV, NASB, NRSV “I will build a wall against her”; NLT “I will fence her in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":33834,"verse_id":"HOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"The disjunctive clause (object followed by negated verb) introduces a clause which can be understood as either purpose or result.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":33835,"verse_id":"HOS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “her paths” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":33836,"verse_id":"HOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “overtake” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NLT “be able to catch up with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":33837,"verse_id":"HOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"In the Hebrew text the accusative direct object pronoun אֹתָם (’ otam , “them”) is omitted/elided for balanced poetic parallelism. The LXX supplies αὐτους ( autous , “them”); but it is not necessary to emend the MT because this is a poetic literary convention rather than a textual problem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":33838,"verse_id":"HOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “I will go and return” (so NRSV). The two verbs joined with vav form a verbal hendiadys. Normally, the first verb functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal sense (GKC 386-87 §120. d , h ). The Hebrew phrase אֵלְכָה וְאָשׁוּבָה (’ elkhah vÿ ’ ashuvah , “I will go and I will return”) connotes, “I will return again.” As cohortatives, both verbs emphasize the resolution of the speaker.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":33839,"verse_id":"HOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “to my man, the first.” Many English translations (e.g., KJV, NAB, NRSV, TEV) take this as “my first husband,” although this implies that there was more than one husband involved. The text refers to multiple lovers, but these were not necessarily husbands.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":33840,"verse_id":"HOS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “because it was better for me then than now” (cf. NCV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":33841,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “For” (so KJV, NASB); or “But” (so NCV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":33842,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The phrase “until now” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":33843,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “she does not know” (so NASB, NCV); or “she does not acknowledge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":33844,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"The 1st person common singular independent personal pronoun אָנֹכִי (’ anokhi , “I”) is emphatic, since the subject of this verbal clause is already explicit in the verb נָתַתִּי ( natatti , Qal perfect 1st person common singular: “I gave”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":33845,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.8","text":"The phrase “that it was I who” does not appear in the Hebrew text here, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/5"}
{"id":33846,"verse_id":"HOS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “for Baal” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); cf. TEV “in the worship of Baal.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A8/7"}
{"id":33847,"verse_id":"HOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “I will return and I will take.” The two verbs joined with vav conjunction form a verbal hendiadys in which the first verb functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal sense (GKC 386-87 §120. d , h ): אָשׁוּב וְלָקַחְתִּי (’ ashuv vÿlaqakhti ) means “I will take back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":33848,"verse_id":"HOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “in its time” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":33849,"verse_id":"HOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “in its season” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":33850,"verse_id":"HOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"The words “which I had provided” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons; cf. NIV “intended to cover.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":33851,"verse_id":"HOS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “to cover her nakedness” (so KJV and many other English versions); TEV “for clothing.” sn This announcement of judgment is extremely ironic and forcefully communicates poetic justice: The punishment will fit the crime. The Israelites were literally uncovering their nakedness in temple prostitution in the Baal fertility cult rituals. Yahweh will, in effect, give them what they wanted (nakedness) but not in the way they wanted it: Yahweh will withhold the agricultural fertility they sought from Baal which would lead to nakedness caused by impoverishment.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":33852,"verse_id":"HOS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"The particle עַתָּה (’ attah ) often refers to the imminent or the impending future: “very soon” (BDB 774 s.v. עַתָּה 1.b). In Hosea it normally introduces imminent judgment ( Hos 2:12; 4:16; 5:7; 8:8, 13; 10:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":33853,"verse_id":"HOS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “her lewdness” (so KJV, NIV); NAB, NRSV “her shame.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":33854,"verse_id":"HOS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “out of my hand” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV); TEV “save her from my power.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":33855,"verse_id":"HOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “my wages.” The words “for prostitution” are not in the Hebrew text but are supplied for clarity; cf. CEV “gave…as payment for sex.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":33856,"verse_id":"HOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “I will turn them”; the referents (vines and fig trees) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":33857,"verse_id":"HOS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field” (so KJV, NASB); the same expression also occurs in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":33858,"verse_id":"HOS.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “the days of the Baals, to whom she burned incense.” The word “festival” is supplied to clarify the referent of “days,” and the word “idols” is supplied in light of the plural “Baals” (cf. NLT “her images of Baal”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":33859,"verse_id":"HOS.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The vav prefixed to a nonverb ( וְאֹתִי , vé ’ oti ) introduces a disjunctive contrastive clause, which is rhetorically powerful.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":33860,"verse_id":"HOS.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The accusative direct object pronoun וְאֹתִי ( vé ’ oti , “me”) is emphatic in the word order of this clause (cf. NIV “but me she forgot”), emphasizing the heinous inappropriateness of Israel’s departure from the Lord .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":33861,"verse_id":"HOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The participle מְפַתֶּיהָ ( méfatteha , Piel participle masculine singular + 3rd feminine singular suffix from פָּתָה , patah , “to allure”) following the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “Now!”) describes an event that will occur in the immediate or near future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":33862,"verse_id":"HOS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Following the future-time referent participle ( מְפַתֶּיהָ , méfatteha ) there is a string of perfects introduced by vav consecutive that refer to future events.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":33863,"verse_id":"HOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “Valley of Achor,” so named because of the unfortunate incident recorded in Josh 7:1-26 (the name is explained in v. 26; the Hebrew term Achor means “disaster” or “trouble”). Cf. TEV, CEV “Trouble Valley.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":33864,"verse_id":"HOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “door” or “doorway”; cf. NLT “gateway.” Unlike the days of Joshua, when Achan’s sin jeopardized Israel’s mission and cast a dark shadow over the nation, Israel’s future return to the land will be marked by renewed hope.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":33865,"verse_id":"HOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “as in the days of her youth” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":33866,"verse_id":"HOS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “as in the day when” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":33867,"verse_id":"HOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “And in that day”; NLT “In that coming day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":33868,"verse_id":"HOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The MT reads תִּקְרְאִי ( tiqrÿ ’ i , “you will call”; Qal imperfect 2nd person feminine singular). The versions (LXX, Syriac, Vulgate) all reflect an alternate Vorlage of תִּקְרָא לִי ( tiqra ’ li , “she will call me”; Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular followed by preposition לְ , lamed , + 1st person common singular pronominal suffix). This textual variant undoubtedly arose under the influence of לִי תִּקְרְאִי ( tiqrÿ ’ i li ) which follows. Most English versions follow the reading of the MT (KJV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT, CEV), but some follow the ancient versions and read the 3rd person (“she”, so NAB, NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":33869,"verse_id":"HOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"There are wordplays on the terms אִישׁ (’ ish ) and בַּעַל ( ba ’ al ) here. The term אִישִׁי (’ ishi , “my man, husband”) is a title of affection ( Gen 2:23; 3:6, 16 ) as the counterpart to אִשָּׁה (’ ishah , “woman, wife”). The term בַּעְלִי ( ba ’ li , “my lord”) emphasizes the husband’s legal position ( Exod 21:3 ; Deut 22:22; 24:4 ). The relationship will no longer be conditioned on the outward legal commitment but on a new inward bond of mutual affection and love.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":33870,"verse_id":"HOS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.16","text":"The MT reads תִקְרְאִי לִי ( tiqrÿ ’ i li , “you will call me”; Qal imperfect 2nd person feminine singular followed by preposition לְ , lamed , + 1st person common singular pronominal suffix). The versions (LXX, Syriac, Vulgate) all reflect an alternate Vorlage of תִקְרְא לִי ( tiqrÿ ’ li , “she will call me”; Qal imperfect 3rd person feminine singular followed by preposition לְ + 1st person common singular pronominal suffix). This textual variant is related to the preceding textual issue (see preceding tc note).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A16/4"}
{"id":33871,"verse_id":"HOS.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The vav consecutive prefixed to וַהֲסִרֹתִי ( vahasiroti ) “I will remove” ( vav consecutive + Hiphil perfect 1st person common singular) introduces an explanatory clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":33872,"verse_id":"HOS.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “the Baals.” The singular term בַּעַל ( ba ’ al ) refers to the Canaanite god Baal himself, while the plural form הַבְּעָלִים ( habbé ’ alim ) refers to the manifestations of the god (i.e., idols; BDB 127 s.v. בָּעַל II.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":33873,"verse_id":"HOS.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “from her mouth.” In the translation this is rendered as second person for consistency.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":33874,"verse_id":"HOS.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “they will no longer be mentioned by their name.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":33875,"verse_id":"HOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “And in that day” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":33876,"verse_id":"HOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “I will break”; NAB “I will destroy”; NCV “I will smash”; NLT “I will remove.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":33877,"verse_id":"HOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “bow and sword and warfare.” The first two terms in the triad וְקֶשֶׁת וְחֶרֶב וּמִלְחָמָה ( vÿqeshet vÿkherev umilkhamah , literally, “bow and sword and warfare”) are examples of synecdoche of specific (bow and sword) for general (weapons of war, so CEV). However, they might be examples of metonymy (bow and sword) of association (warfare).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":33878,"verse_id":"HOS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “and I will cause them to lie down in safety.” The causative nuance (“will make them”) is retained in several English versions (e.g., KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":33879,"verse_id":"HOS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “I will betroth you to me” (so NIV) here and in the following lines. Cf. NRSV “I will take you for my wife forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":33880,"verse_id":"HOS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ), which is repeated throughout 2:19-20 [21-22], denotes price paid (BDB 90 s.v. בְּ III.3; e.g., Ezek 3:14 ). The text contains an allusion to the payment of bridal gifts. The Lord will impute the moral character to Israel that will be necessary for a successful covenant relationship ( contra 4:1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":33881,"verse_id":"HOS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"The vav consecutive on the suffix conjugation verb וְיָדַעַתְּ ( véyada ’ at , “then you will know”) introduces a result clause (cf. NASB, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":33882,"verse_id":"HOS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “know.” The term יָדַע ( yada ’, “know, acknowledge”) is often used in covenant contexts. It can refer to the suzerain’s acknowledgment of his covenant obligations to his vassal or to the vassal’s acknowledgment of his covenant obligations to his suzerain. When used in reference to a vassal, the verb “know” is metonymical (cause for effect) for “obey.” See H. Huffmann, “The Treaty Background of Hebrew ya„daà ,” BASOR 181 (1966): 31-37.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":33883,"verse_id":"HOS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"The MT reads יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , “the Lord ”); however, many Hebrew mss read כִּי אָנִי ( ki ’ ani , “that it is I”), as also reflected in the Latin Vulgate (cf. CEV “know who I am”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":33884,"verse_id":"HOS.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “And in that day”; NAB, NRSV “On that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":33885,"verse_id":"HOS.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"The verb עָנָה , (’ anah ) which is used throughout 2:23-24, is related to the root I עָנָה (’ anah ), “to answer, listen attentively, react willingly” (BDB 772 s.v. 1 .b; HALOT 852 s.v. ענה 3.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":33886,"verse_id":"HOS.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Heb “and they.” In the Hebrew text the plural pronoun is used because it refers back to the term translated “sky,” which is a dual form in Hebrew. Many English versions (e.g., NAB, NASB, NRSV) use the plural term “heavens” here, which agrees with a plural pronoun (cf. also NIV, NCV “skies”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":33887,"verse_id":"HOS.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “Jezreel.” The use of the name יִזְרְעֶאל ( yizré ’ e ’ l , “Jezreel”) creates a powerful three-fold wordplay: (1) The proper name יִזְרְעֶאל (“Jezreel”) is a phonetic wordplay on the similar sounding name יִשְׂרָאֵל ( yisra ’ el , “Israel”): God will answer Israel, that is, Jezreel. (2) The name יִזְרְעֶאל (“Jezreel”) plays on the verb זָרַע ( zara ’, “to sow, plant”), the immediately following word: וּזְרַעְתִּיהָ ( uzéra ’ tiha , vav + Qal perfect 1st person common singular + 3rd person feminine singular suffix: “I will sow/plant her”). This wordplay creates a popular etymology for יִזְרְעֶאל meaning, “God sows/plants,” which fits well into the agricultural fertility imagery in 2:21-23 [2:23-25]. (3) This positive connotation of יִזְרְעֶאל (“Jezreel”) in 2:21-23 [23-25] reverses the negative connotation of יִזְרְעֶאל (“Jezreel”) in 1:4-5 (bloodshed of Jehu in the Jezreel Valley).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":33888,"verse_id":"HOS.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “for myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":33889,"verse_id":"HOS.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"The Hebrew text, carrying out the reference to the son born in 1:8-9 , uses the third person masculine singular pronoun here; some English translations use third person plural (“they,” so KJV, NASB, NIV, CEV) in keeping with the immediate context, which refers to reestablished Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":33890,"verse_id":"HOS.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"The words “You are” do not appear in the Hebrew text, but are implied. It is necessary to supply the phrase in the translation to prevent the reader from understanding the predicate “my God” as an exclamation (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":33891,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Go again! Love!” Cf. NAB “Give your love to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":33892,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “a woman.” The probable referent is Gomer. Some English translations (e.g., NIV, NLT) specify the referent as “your wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":33893,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The MT vocalizes אֲהֻבַת (’ ahuvat ) as a construct form of the Qal passive participle and takes רֵעַ ( rea ’) as a genitive of agent: “who is loved by רֵעַ .” However, the ancient versions (LXX, Syriac, Vulgate) all vocalize אֲהֻבַת as an absolute form of the Qal active participle, and take רֵעַ as the accusative direct object: “who loves רֵעַ .” The English translations consistently follow the MT. The editors of BHS suggest the revocalization but with some reservation. For discussion of the vocalization, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:230. tn Heb “a woman who is loved by a companion” ( אִשָּׁה אֲהֻבַת רֵעַ , ’ ishah ’ ahuvat rea ’). The substantival participle אֲהֻבַת (“one who is loved”) is in apposition to אִשָּׁה (“a woman”). The genitive noun רֵעַ (“companion”) functions as the agent of the preceding construct noun: “who is loved by a companion” ( אֲהֻבַת רֵעַ ). Cf. NAB “a woman beloved of a paramour”; NRSV “a woman who has a lover.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":33894,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"The meaning of the noun רֵעַ ( rea ’) is debated because it has a broad range of meanings: (1) “friend,” (2) “lover,” (3) “companion,” (4) “neighbor,” and (5) “another” ( HALOT 1253-55 s.v. II רֵעַ ; BDB 945-46 s.v. II רֵעַ ). The Hebrew lexicons favor the nuance “lover; paramour” here ( HALOT 1255 s.v. 2 ; BDB 946 s.v. 1 ). Most scholars adopt the same approach; however, a few suggest that רֵעַ does not refer to another man, but to her husband (Hosea). Both approaches are reflected in English translations: NASB “a woman who is loved by her husband”; NIV “though she is loved by another”; NAB “a woman beloved of a paramour”; KJV “a woman beloved of her friend”; NJPS “a woman who, while befriended by a companion”; TEV “a woman who is committing adultery with a lover”; CEV “an unfaithful woman who has a lover.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":33895,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “love a woman who is loved of a lover and is an adulteress.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":33896,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “like the love of the Lord .” The genitive after the construct functions as a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/6"}
{"id":33897,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “sons of Israel” (so NASB); KJV “children of Israel”; NAB “people of Israel.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/7"}
{"id":33898,"verse_id":"HOS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “they are lovers of cakes of raisins.” A number of English translations render this literally (e.g., ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A1/8"}
{"id":33899,"verse_id":"HOS.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The LXX reads “a homer of barley and a measure of wine,” a reading followed by some English translations (e.g., NRSV, NLT). tn Heb “a homer of barley and a lethech of barley.” A homer was about 5 bushels (180 liters) and a lethech about 2.5 bushels (90 liters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":33900,"verse_id":"HOS.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “and you will not be for”; NIV “be intimate with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":33901,"verse_id":"HOS.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “sons of Israel” (so NASB); KJV “children of Israel”; NAB “people of Israel” (likewise in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":33902,"verse_id":"HOS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “David their king”; cf. NCV “the king from David’s family”; TEV “a descendant of David their king”; NLT “David’s descendant, their king.” sn It is not clear whether Hosea was predicting a restoration of Davidic kingship over Israel and Judah (e.g., Jer 17:25; 22:2 ) or referring to the ultimate Davidic king, namely, the Messiah, who will fulfill the conditions of the Davidic covenant and inaugurate/fulfill the blessings of the Davidic covenant for Israel. The Messiah is frequently pictured as the “New David” because he would fulfill the ideals of the Davidic covenant and be everything that David and his descendants were commissioned to be (e.g., Isa 9:7 [6]; 16:5 ; Jer 23:5-6; 30:9; 33:15-16 ; Ezek 34:23-24; 37:24-25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":33903,"verse_id":"HOS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “his goodness”; NLT “his good gifts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":33904,"verse_id":"HOS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “in the end of the days.” Cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, NLT “in the last days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":33905,"verse_id":"HOS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “sons of Israel” (so NASB); KJV “children of Israel”; NAB, NRSV “people of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":33906,"verse_id":"HOS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"The noun רִיב ( riv , “dispute, lawsuit”) is used in two contexts: (1) nonlegal contexts: (a) “dispute” between individuals (e.g., Gen 13:7 ; Isa 58:1 ; Jer 15:10 ) or (b) “brawl; quarrel” between people (e.g., Exod 17:7 ; Deut 25:1 ); and (2) legal contexts: (a) “lawsuit; legal process” (e.g., Exod 23:3-6 ; Deut 19:17; 21:5 ; Ezek 44:24 ; Ps 35:23 ), (b) “lawsuit; legal case” (e.g., Deut 1:12; 17:8 ; Prov 18:17; 25:9 ), and (c) God’s “lawsuit” on behalf of a person or against his own people ( Hos 4:1; 12:3 ; Mic 6:2 ; HALOT 1225-26 s.v. רִיב ). The term in Hosea refers to a covenant lawsuit in which Yahweh the suzerain lodges a legal case against his disobedient vassal, accusing Israel and Judah of breach of covenant which will elicit the covenant curses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":33907,"verse_id":"HOS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “with the inhabitants of the land” (so KJV); NAB, NASB, NRSV “against the inhabitants of the land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":33908,"verse_id":"HOS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “there is no truthfulness nor loyalty nor knowledge of God in the land.” Here “knowledge of God” refers to recognition of his authority and obedience to his will.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":33909,"verse_id":"HOS.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “they break out and bloodshed touches bloodshed.” The Hebrew term פָּרַץ ( parats , “to break out”) refers to violent and wicked actions (BDB 829 s.v. פָּרַץ 7; HALOT 972 s.v. פרץ 6.c). It is used elsewhere in a concrete sense to describe breaking through physical barriers. Here it is used figuratively to describe breaking moral barriers and restraints (cf. TEV “Crimes increase, and there is one murder after another”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":33910,"verse_id":"HOS.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “languish” (so KJV, NRSV); NIV “waste away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":33911,"verse_id":"HOS.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “the beasts of the field” (so NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":33912,"verse_id":"HOS.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “Let no one contend or accuse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":33913,"verse_id":"HOS.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The MT reads וְעַמְּךָ כִּמְרִיבֵי כֹהֵן ( vÿ ’ ammÿkha kimrive khohen ): “And your people [are] like those who contend against the priest.” This is reflected in the LXX and the versions; however, it is syntactically awkward and makes little sense in context. Several textual critics suggest emending the text to read וְעִמְּךָ רִיבִי כֹהֵן ( vÿ ’ immÿkha rivi khohen ): “My contention is with/against you, O priest!” This involves (1) the revocalization of עַמְּךָ (“your people”) to עִמְּךָ (“with/against you”) and (2) positing dittography (a letter written twice instead of once) of כְּ ( kaf ) between original וְעַמְּךָ רִיבִי to create וְעַמְּךָ כִּרִיבִי (MT). The BHS editors suggest that the MT is corrupt and should be emended. However, the editors of the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project retain the MT reading with a “B” rating. Likewise, the English translations are split: (1) KJV “for thy people are as they that strive with the priest”; NASB “for your people are like those who contend with the priest”; NIV “for your people are like those who bring charges against a priest”; (2) RSV “for with you is my contention, O priest”; NJPS “for this your people has a grievance against [you], O priest!”; TEV “my complaint is against you priests”; CEV “My case is against you, the priests!” tn The singular noun כֹּהֵן ( cohen , “priest”) may be understood as a singular of number (so KJV, NASB, NRSV), referring to a singular individual (perhaps the high priest); however, it is more likely that it functions as a collective singular, referring to the priesthood as a whole (e.g., 4:7-10 , so NAB, NCV, TEV, NLT, CEV). Collective singular forms alternate with plural forms throughout the oracle against the priests in 4:4-10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":33914,"verse_id":"HOS.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The MT reads וְדָמִיתִי אִמֶּךָ ( vÿdamiti ’ immekha , “and I will destroy your mother”), and is followed by most English versions; however, the text should probably be emended to וְדָמִית עַמֶּךָ ( vÿdamit ’ ammekha , “and you have destroyed your own people”). The 2nd person masculine singular form וְדָמִית ( vÿdamit , “and you have destroyed”) is preserved in several medieval Hebrew mss and reflected in Jerome’s Vulgate. For discussion in favor of the MT reading, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:232. tn Or “and I will destroy your mother” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":33915,"verse_id":"HOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “they have destroyed” or “my people are destroyed” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":33916,"verse_id":"HOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “Because you reject knowledge”; NLT “because they don’t know me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":33917,"verse_id":"HOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “have forgotten”; NAB, NIV “have ignored.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":33918,"verse_id":"HOS.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “forget” (so KJV, NRSV); NLT “forget to bless.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":33919,"verse_id":"HOS.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"The MT reads אָמִיר (’ amir , “I will change, exchange”; Hiphil imperfect 1st person common singular from מוּר , mur , “to change, exchange”). However, an alternate scribal tradition ( tiqquneh sopherim , that is, an intentional scribal change when the Masoretes believed that the received consonantal reading was corrupt) preserves the reading הֵמִירוּ ( hemiru , “they have exchanged”; Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural from מוּר ). This alternate scribal tradition is also found in the Targum and reflected in the Syriac Peshitta. Several translations follow the MT: KJV, RSV, NASB “I will change their glory into shame” and TEV “I will turn your honor into disgrace”; however, others adopt the alternate tradition: NRSV “they changed their glory into shame” and NIV “they exchanged their Glory for something disgraceful.” For discussion in favor of the MT reading, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:232.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":33920,"verse_id":"HOS.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “And it shall be, like people, like priest” (so ASV); NAB “The priests shall fare no better than the people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":33921,"verse_id":"HOS.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “by guarding harlotry.” The present translation assumes that the first word of v. 11 in the Hebrew text is to be taken with the infinitive at the end of v. 10 (so also NAB, NIV, NCV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":33922,"verse_id":"HOS.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “take away the heart of my people.” The present translation assumes that the first word of v. 12 in the Hebrew text is to be construed with the noun at the end of v. 11 (so also TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":33923,"verse_id":"HOS.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Heb “adultery.” The adjective “spiritual” is supplied in the translation to clarify that apostasy is meant here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":33924,"verse_id":"HOS.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The phrase “they sacrifice” is not repeated in the Hebrew text here but is implied by parallelism; it is provided in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":33925,"verse_id":"HOS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The words “it is true” are supplied in the translation to indicate that this is a conclusion drawn on the preceding behavior. Cf. NAB “So must a people”; NRSV “thus a people”; TEV “As the proverb says, ‘A people.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":33926,"verse_id":"HOS.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The Hebrew verb “has rebelled” ( סָרַר , sarar ) can also mean “to be stubborn.” This is the same root used in the simile: “like a stubborn ( סֹרֵרָה , sorerah ) heifer.” The similarity between Israel and a stubborn heifer is emphasized by the repetition of the same term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":33927,"verse_id":"HOS.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The particle עַתָּה (’ attah ) often refers to the imminent or the impending future: “very soon” (BDB 774 s.v. עַתָּה 1.b). In Hosea it normally introduces imminent judgment ( Hos 2:12; 4:16; 5:7; 8:8, 13; 10:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":33928,"verse_id":"HOS.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “How can the Lord feed them like a lamb in a meadow?” The syntax of this line is difficult and has been understood in two ways: (1) a declarative statement as an announcement of judgment (BDB 774 s.v. עַתָּה 1.b): “Now the Lord will feed them like a lamb in the broad field” (cf. KJV, ASV, NCV, NLT) or (2) as a rhetorical question lamenting the uncooperative spirit of Israel: “How can the Lord feed them like a lamb in a meadow?”; cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV), designed to produce a negative answer (“He cannot feed them…!”). However, this statement lacks an explicit interrogative marker. Although Hosea occasionally asks a rhetorical question without an explicit interrogative marker (e.g., 10:9; 13:14 a), he normally does use a rhetorical particle to introduce rhetorical questions (e.g., 6:4; 8:5; 9:5, 14; 11:8; 13:9-10, 14 b). Elsewhere, Hosea uses the introductory temporal adverb עַתָּה (“soon”) to introduce announcements of imminent future judgment ( 2:12; 4:16; 5:7; 8:8, 13; 10:2 ) and accusations of sin ( 5:3; 13:2 ). Although Israel has been as rebellious as a stubborn heifer, the Lord will indeed gain control of Israel: they will be like lambs (weakened and defeated) when he puts them out to pasture in a broad field (exile).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":33929,"verse_id":"HOS.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Heb “their altars” (so NAB, NRSV) or “their sacrifices” (so KJV, NASB, NIV). Here זִבְחוֹתָם ( zivkhotam , “altars; sacrifices”) is a metonymy of association for Israel’s apostate idolatrous Baal worship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":33930,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “O house of Israel” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV); NLT “all of Israel’s leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":33931,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “Use the ear”; ASV “give ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":33932,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “O house of the king” (so KJV); NIV “O royal house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":33933,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “for the judgment is to you”; or “For this accusation is against you.” Cf. NIV “This judgment is against you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":33934,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “you were a trap to Mizpah.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/6"}
{"id":33935,"verse_id":"HOS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “and a net spread out over Tabor.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A1/8"}
{"id":33936,"verse_id":"HOS.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"The MT reads וְשַׁחֲטָה שֵׂטִים הֶעְמִיקוּ ( vÿshakhatah setim he ’ miqu ): “and rebels have made deep the slaughter.” The BHS editors propose ושַׁחַת הַשִּׁטִּים הֶעְמִיקוּ ( vÿshakhat hashittim he ’ miqu ): “they have made the pit of Shittim [place of idolatry] deep” (cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT; see BDB 1006 s.v. שַׁחֲטָּה ). This involves: (1) phonological confusion between the similar sounding consonants ת ( tav ) and ט ( tet ), (2) redivision of words to take ה ( hey ) as the article with הַשִּׁטִּים rather than feminine noun ending of וְשַׁחֲטָה , and (3) revocalization of הַשִּׁטִּים with the two daghesh fortes . Retaining the reading of the MT is preferable here. tn Heb “and those who revolt have gone deep into slaughter” (similar KJV, NIV); NASB “deep in depravity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":33937,"verse_id":"HOS.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “but I am discipline to all of them”; ASV “but I am a rebuker of them all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":33938,"verse_id":"HOS.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The phrase “all too well” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":33939,"verse_id":"HOS.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The phrase “the evil of” does not appear in the Hebrew text here, but is implied by the metonymical (cause-effect) use of the term “Israel.” It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. Cf. NCV “what they have done is not hidden from me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":33940,"verse_id":"HOS.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “Israel has become corrupt”; NCV “has made itself unclean”; TEV “are unfit to worship me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":33941,"verse_id":"HOS.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “a spirit of harlotries”; NIV “a spirit of prostitution”; TEV “Idolatry has a powerful hold on them.” However, CEV takes this literally: “your constant craving for sex keeps you from knowing me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":33942,"verse_id":"HOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “will stumble” (so NCV, NLT). The verb כָּשַׁל ( kashal , “to stumble; to stagger; to totter”) is used figuratively to describe distress ( Isa 59:10 ; Ps 107:12 ), the debilitating effects of misfortune and calamity ( Isa 5:27 ), and toil in exile ( Lam 5:13 ). It is often used figuratively to describe the overthrow of a people or nation through divine judgment ( Isa 8:15 ; Jer 6:21; 50:32 ; Hos 4:5; 5:5; 14:2 ). The Niphal stem used here is also frequently used in reference to divine judgment: “be overthrown,” of nations, armies ( Jer 6:15; 8:12 ; Dan 11:19, 33, 34, 41 ; BDB 505 s.v. כָּשַׁל 1.b). This figurative use of כָּשַׁל is often used in collocation with נָפַל ( nafal , “to fall”; Isa 3:8; 31:3; 8:15 ; Jer 6:15 ; Dan 11:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":33943,"verse_id":"HOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “in” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":33944,"verse_id":"HOS.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “will stumble” (so NCV). The term כָּשַׁל ( kashal ) appeared in the preceding line (Niphal “be overthrown”) and now appears here (Qal “will stumble”). The repetition of כָּשַׁל emphasizes that a similar fate will befall Judah because it failed to learn its lesson from God’s judgment on Israel. The verb כָּשַׁל (“to stumble”) does not describe the moral stumbling of Judah, but the effect of God’s judgment ( Isa 8:15 ; Jer 6:21; 50:32 ; Hos 4:5; 5:5; 14:2 ), and the toil of exile ( Lam 5:13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":33945,"verse_id":"HOS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “they go out to seek the Lord ”; NCV “to worship the Lord”; NLT “to offer sacrifices to the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":33946,"verse_id":"HOS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “the Lord”; the phrase “the favor of” does not appear in Hebrew here, but is supplied for the sake of clarity. It is implied by the metonymical (cause-effect) reference to the Lord, the source of favor and forgiveness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":33947,"verse_id":"HOS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “dealt treacherously against” (so KJV, NASB); NRSV “dealt faithlessly”; NLT “betrayed the honor of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":33948,"verse_id":"HOS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"The particle עַתָּה (’ attah ) often refers to the imminent or the impending future: “very soon” (BDB 774 s.v. עַתָּה 1.b). In Hosea it normally introduces imminent judgment ( Hos 2:12; 4:16; 5:7; 8:8, 13; 10:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":33949,"verse_id":"HOS.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"The MT reads the anomalous אַחֲרֶיךָ בִּנְיָמִין (’ akharekha binyamin , “behind you, O Benjamin”), a reading followed by many English versions. The LXX reads ἐξέστη ( exesth ) which might reflect an alternate textual tradition of הַחֲרִדוּ בִּנְיָמִין ( hakharidu binyamin , “Tremble in fear, O Benjamin”); the verb form would be a Hiphil imperative 2nd person masculine plural from חָרַד ( kharad , “to tremble, be terrified”; BDB 353 s.v. חָרַד ). For discussion of this textual problem, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:236.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":33950,"verse_id":"HOS.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “day of rebuke” (so KJV, NASB); NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT “day of punishment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":33951,"verse_id":"HOS.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"The verb הוֹדַעְתִּי ( hoda ’ ti , Hiphil perfect 1st person common singular from יָדַע , yada ’; Qal “to know,” Hiphil “to make known, declare”) here functions as (1) an instantaneous perfect, representing an action being performed at the same instant that the speaker utters the statement (e.g., Gen 14:22 ; Deut 8:19; 26:3 ; 2 Sam 17:11; 19:30 ; Ps 143:6 ); or (2) an epistolary perfect, representing a situation in past time from the viewpoint of the recipient of the message but in present time from the viewpoint of the writer (e.g., 1 Kgs 15:19 ; 2 Chr 2:12 ). For functions of the perfect tense (suffix-conjugation), see IBHS 486-90 §30.5.1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":33952,"verse_id":"HOS.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"The substantival use of the Niphal participle נֶאֱמָנָה ( ne ’ emanah , “that which is sure”) refers to an event that will occur in the future (BDB 52 s.v. אָמַן 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":33953,"verse_id":"HOS.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “like water” (so KJV, NAB, NRSV); NLT “like a waterfall.” The term מַיִם ( mayim , “water”) often refers to literal flood waters ( Gen 7:7, 10; 8:3, 7-9 ; Isa 54:9 ) and figuratively describes the Lord ’s judgment that totally destroys the wicked (BDB 566 s.v. מַי 4.k).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":33954,"verse_id":"HOS.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The verb עָשַׁק (’ ashaq , “to oppress”) may refer to (1) oppressing the poor and defenseless (BDB 798 s.v. עָשַׁק 1), or more likely to (2) oppression of one nation by another as the judgment of God ( Deut 28:29, 33 ; 1 Chr 16:21 ; Pss 105:14; 119:121, 122 ; Isa 52:4 ; Jer 50:33 ; Hos 5:11 ; BDB 798 s.v. 2 ). The Qal passive participles עָשׁוּק (’ ashuq , “oppressed”) and רְצוּץ ( rÿtsuts , “crushed”) might refer to a present situation (so KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); however, the context suggests that they refer to a future situation (so NLT). When a participle is used in reference to the future, it often denotes an imminent future situation and may be rendered, “about to” (e.g., Gen 6:17; 15:14; 20:3; 37:30; 41:25; 49:29 ; Exod 9:17-18 ; Deut 28:31 ; 1 Sam 3:11 ; 1 Kgs 2:2; 20:22 ; 2 Kgs 7:2 ). For functions of the participle, see IBHS 627-28 §37.6f.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":33955,"verse_id":"HOS.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “crushed of judgment” ( רְצוּץ מִשְׁפָּט , rÿtsuts mishpat ). The second term is a genitive of cause (“crushed because of judgment” or “crushed under judgment”) rather than respect (“crushed in judgment,” as in many English versions).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":33956,"verse_id":"HOS.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term translated “worthless idols” is uncertain; cf. KJV “the commandment”; NASB “man’s command”; NAB “filth”; NRSV “vanity.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":33957,"verse_id":"HOS.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The noun רָקָב ( raqav , “rottenness, decay”) refers to wood rot caused by the ravages of worms (BDB 955 s.v. רָקָב ); cf. NLT “dry rot.” The related noun רִקָּבוֹן ( riqqavon ) refers to “rotten wood” ( Job 41:27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":33958,"verse_id":"HOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Hosea employs three preterites ( vayyiqtol forms) in verse 13 a-b to describe a past-time situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":33959,"verse_id":"HOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “went to” (so NAB, NRSV, TEV); CEV “asked help from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":33960,"verse_id":"HOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “sent to” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":33961,"verse_id":"HOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"5.13","text":"The MT reads מֶלֶךְ יָרֵב ( melekh yarev , “a contentious king”). This is translated as a proper name (“king Jareb”) by KJV, ASV, NASB. However, the stative adjective יָרֵב (“contentious”) is somewhat awkward. The words should be redivided as an archaic genitive-construct מַלְכִּי רָב ( malki rav , “great king”; cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) which preserves the old genitive hireq yod ending. This is the equivalent of the Assyrian royal epithet sarru rabbu (“the great king”). See also the tc note on the same phrase in 10:6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A13/4"}
{"id":33962,"verse_id":"HOS.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.13","text":"Heb “your wound will not depart from you.” sn Hosea personifies Ephraim’s “wound” as if it could depart from the sickly Ephraim (see the formal equivalent rendering in the preceding tn ). Ephraim’s sinful action in relying upon an Assyrian treaty for protection will not dispense with its problems.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A13/5"}
{"id":33963,"verse_id":"HOS.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"The verb יֶאְשְׁמוּ ( ye ’ shÿmu , Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from אָשַׁם , ’ asham , “to be guilty”) means “to bear their punishment” (Ps 34:22-23; Prov 30:10 ; Isa 24:6 ; Jer 2:3 ; Hos 5:15; 10:2; 14:1 ; Zech 11:5 ; Ezek 6:6 ; BDB 79 s.v. אָשַׁם 3). Many English versions translate this as “admit their guilt” (NIV, NLT) or “acknowledge their guilt” (NASB, NRSV), but cf. NAB “pay for their guilt” and TEV “have suffered enough for their sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":33964,"verse_id":"HOS.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “seek my face” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “seek my presence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":33965,"verse_id":"HOS.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"“has struck”; NRSV “struck down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":33966,"verse_id":"HOS.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The Piel of חָיָה ( khayah ) may mean: (1) to keep/preserve persons alive from the threat of premature death ( 1 Kgs 20:31 ; Ezek 13:18; 18:27 ); (2) to restore the dead to physical life ( Deut 32:39 ; 1 Sam 2:6 ; cf. NCV “will put new life in us”); or (3) to restore the dying back to life from the threat of death ( Ps 71:20 ; BDB 311 s.v. חָיָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":33967,"verse_id":"HOS.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “after two days” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV). The expression “after two days” is an idiom meaning “after a short time” (see, e.g., Judg 11:4 ; BDB 399 s.v. יוֹם 5.a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":33968,"verse_id":"HOS.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “on the third day” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV), which parallels “after two days” and means “in a little while.” The “2-3” sequence is an example of graded numerical parallelism ( Prov 30:15-16, 18-19, 21-23, 24-28, 29-31 ). This expresses the unrepentant overconfidence of Israel that the Lord ’s discipline of Israel would be relatively short and that he would restore them quickly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":33969,"verse_id":"HOS.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The object (“him”) is omitted in the Hebrew text, but supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":33970,"verse_id":"HOS.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “let us pursue in order to know.” The Hebrew term רָדַף ( radaf , “to pursue”) is used figuratively: “to aim to secure” (BDB 923 s.v. רָדַף 2). It describes the pursuit of a moral goal: “Do not pervert justice…nor accept a bribe…pursue [ רָדַף ] justice” ( Deut 16:20 ); “those who pursue [ רָדַף ] righteousness and who seek [ בָּקַשׁ , baqash ] the Lord ” ( Isa 51:1 ); “He who pursues [ רָדַף ] righteousness and love finds life, prosperity, and honor” ( Prov 21:20 ); “Seek [ בָּקַשׁ ] peace and pursue [ רָדַף ] it” ( Ps 34:15 ); “they slander me when I pursue [ רָדַף ] good” ( Ps 38:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":33971,"verse_id":"HOS.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"The vav prefixed to וְחַסְדְּכֶם ( vÿkhasdÿkhem , “your faithfulness”) functions in an explanatory sense (“For”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":33972,"verse_id":"HOS.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “your faithfulness [so NCV; NASB “your loyalty”; NIV, NRSV, NLT “your love”] is like a morning cloud” ( וְחַסְדְּכֶם כַּעֲנַן־בֹּקֶר , vÿkhasdÿkhem ka ’ anan-boqer ). sn The Hebrew poets and prophets frequently refer to the morning clouds as a simile for transitoriness (e.g., Job 7:9 ; Isa 44:22 ; Hos 6:4; 13:3 ; BDB 778 s.v. עָנָן 1.c). For discussion of this phenomena in Palestine, see Chaplin, PEQ (1883): 19.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":33973,"verse_id":"HOS.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “the dew departing early” (BDB 1014 s.v. שָׁכַם ); cf. NRSV “the dew that goes away early.” The Hiphil participle מַשְׁכִּים ( mashkim ) means “to depart early” ( Gen 19:27 ; Josh 8:14 ; Judg 19:9 ). The idiom means “early morning” ( 1 Sam 17:16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":33974,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The two suffix conjugation verbs חָצַבְתִּי ( khatsavti , Qal perfect 1st person common singular from חָצַב , khatsav , “to cut into pieces”) and הֲרַגְתִּים ( haragtim , Qal perfect 1st person common singular + 3rd person masculine plural suffix from הָרַג , harag , “to kill”) are used in reference to future-time events. These are examples of the so-called “prophetic perfect” which emphasizes the certainty of the future event (e.g., Num 24:17 ; Josh 10:19 ; Isa 8:23; 9:1). For this function of the perfect, see IBHS 480-81 §30.1d. Most English versions, however, render these as past tenses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":33975,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “by the prophets” (so KJV, NRSV). The prophets are pictured as the executioners of Israel and Judah because they announced their imminent destruction. The prophetic word was endowed with the power of fulfillment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":33976,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “them.” The shift from the 2nd person masculine singular referents (“your” and “you”) in 6:4-5 to the 3rd person masculine plural referent (“them”) is an example of enallage, a poetic device used for emphasis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":33977,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “with the words of my mouth” (so NIV); TEV “with my message of judgment and destruction.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":33978,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.5","text":"The disjunctive vav prefixed to the noun ( וּמִשְׁפָּטֶיךָ , umishpatekha ) has an explanatory function.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/5"}
{"id":33979,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"6.5","text":"The MT reads וּמִשְׁפָּטֶיךָ אוֹר יֵצֵא ( umishpatekha ’ or yetse ’, “and your judgments [are] a light [which] goes forth”) which is enigmatic and syntactically awkward (cf. KJV, NASB). The LXX reads καὶ τὸ κρίμα μου ὡς φώς ( kai to krima mou {ws fos , “my judgment goes forth like light”) which reflects וּמִשְׁפָּטִי כָאוֹר יֵצֵא ( umishpati kha ’ or yetse ’, “my judgment goes forth like the light”) and posits only a simple misdivision of words. This is reflected in the Syriac Peshitta and Aramaic Targum and is followed by the present translation (so also NCV, NRSV). See D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:238.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/6"}
{"id":33980,"verse_id":"HOS.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.5","text":"The noun אוֹר (’ or , “light”) is used here in reference to the morning light or dawn (e.g., Judg 16:2; 19:26 ; 1 Sam 14:36; 25:34, 36 ; 2 Sam 17:22; 23:4 ; 2 Kgs 7:9 ; Neh 8:3 ; Job 24:14 ; Prov 4:18 ; Mic 2:1 ; cf. CEV, NLT) rather than lightning (cf. NIV). This continues the early morning imagery used throughout 6:2-5 . sn In 6:3 unrepentant Israel uttered an over-confident boast that the Lord would rescue the nation from calamity as certainly as the “light of the dawn” ( שַׁחַר , shakhar ) “comes forth” ( יֵצֵא , yetse ’) every morning. Playing upon the early morning imagery, the Lord responded in 6:4 that Israel’s prerequisite repentance was as fleeting as the early morning dew. Now in 6:5 , the Lord announces that he will indeed appear as certainly as the morning; however, it will not be to rescue but to punish Israel: punishment will “come forth” ( יֵצֵא ) like the “light of the dawn” ( אוֹר ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A5/7"}
{"id":33981,"verse_id":"HOS.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"The phrase “I delight” does not appear in the Hebrew text a second time in this verse, but is implied from the parallelism in the preceding line.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":33982,"verse_id":"HOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “Like Adam”; or “Like [sinful] men.” The MT reads כְּאָדָם ( kÿ ’ adam , “like Adam” or “as [sinful] men”); however, the editors of BHS suggest this reflects an orthographic confusion of בְּאָדָם ( bÿ ’ adam , “at Adam”), as suggested by the locative adverb שָׁם ( sham , “there”) in the following line. However, שָׁם sometimes functions in a nonlocative sense similar to the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “Behold!”). The singular noun אָדָם (’ adam ) has been taken in several different ways: (1) proper name: “like Adam” ( כְּאָדָם ), (2) collective singular: “like [sinful] men” ( כְּאָדָם ), (3) proper location: “at Adam,” referring to a city in the Jordan Valley ( Josh 3:16 ), emending comparative כְּ ( kaf ) to locative בְּ ( bet , “at”): “at Adam” ( בְּאָדָם ). BDB 9 s.v. אָדָם 2 suggests the collective sense, referring to sinful men ( Num 5:6 ; 1 Kgs 8:46 ; 2 Chr 6:36 ; Jer 10:14 ; Job 31:33 ; Hos 6:7 ). The English versions are divided: KJV margin, ASV, RSV margin, NASB, NIV, TEV margin, NLT “like Adam”; RSV, NRSV, TEV “at Adam”; KJV “like men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":33983,"verse_id":"HOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"The verb עָבַר (’ avar ) refers here to breaking a covenant and carries the nuance “to overstep, transgress” (BDB 717 s.v. עָבַר 1.i). Cf. NAB “violated”; NRSV “transgressed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":33984,"verse_id":"HOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"The adverb שָׁם ( sham ) normally functions in a locative sense meaning “there” (BDB 1027 s.v. שָׁם ). This is how it is translated by many English versions (e.g., KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). However, in poetry שָׁם sometimes functions in a nonlocative sense to introduce expressions of astonishment or when a scene is vividly visualized in the writer’s imagination (see BDB 1027 s.v. 1 .a. β ), or somewhat similar to the deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “Behold!”): “See [ שָׁם ] how the evildoers lie fallen!” (Ps 36:13); “Listen! The cry on the day of the Lord will be bitter! See [ שָׁם ]! The shouting of the warrior!” ( Zeph 1:14 ); “They saw [ רָאוּ , ra ’ u ] her and were astonished…See [ שָׁם ] how trembling seized them!” ( Ps 48:7 ). In some cases, it introduces emphatic statements in a manner similar to הִנֵּה (“Behold!”): “Come and see [ לְכוּ וּרְאוּ , lÿkhu urÿ ’ u ] what God has done…Behold [ שָׁם ], let us rejoice in him!” ( Ps 66:5 ); “See/Behold [ שָׁם ]! I will make a horn grow for David” ( Ps 132:17 ). The present translation’s use of “Oh how!” in Hos 6:7 is less visual than the Hebrew idiom שָׁם (“See! See how!”), but it more closely approximates the parallel English idiom of astonishment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":33985,"verse_id":"HOS.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.7","text":"The verb בָּגַד ( bagad , “to act treacherously”) is often used in reference to faithlessness in covenant relationships (BDB 93 s.v. בָּגַד ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A7/4"}
{"id":33986,"verse_id":"HOS.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The participle phrase פֹּעֲלֵי אָוֶן ( po ’ ale ’ aven , “workers of wickedness”) emphasizes continual (uninterrupted), habitual action. This particular use of the participle is an ironic play on the professional occupation function (see IBHS 615 §37.2c). In effect, the major “professional guild” in Gilead is evil-working; the people are producers of evil!","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":33987,"verse_id":"HOS.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “it is foot-tracked with blood”; NAB “tracked with (+ footprints of NLT) blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":33988,"verse_id":"HOS.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “a harvest is appointed for you also, O Judah” (similar ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":33989,"verse_id":"HOS.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"In the verse divisions of the MT (Leningrad Codex and Aleppo Codex), this is the last line of 6:11 . However, the BHK and BHS editors suggest that it belongs with the beginning of 7:1 . The ancient versions (Greek, Syriac, Latin) all reflect textual traditions that connect it with 6:11 . The English versions are divided: some connect it with 6:11 (KJV, NASB, NLT), while others connect it with 7:1 (RSV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NJPS). The parallelism between this line and 7:1 a favors connecting it with 7:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":33990,"verse_id":"HOS.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “and they do not say in their heart”; TEV “It never enters their heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":33991,"verse_id":"HOS.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “they [the sinful deeds] are before my face” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NCV “they are right in front of me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":33992,"verse_id":"HOS.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"The MT reads מְנָאֲפִים ( mÿna ’ afim , “adulterers”; Piel participle masculine plural from נָאַף , na ’ af , “to commit adultery”), which does not seem to fit the context. The original reading was probably אוֹפִים (’ ofim , “bakers”; Qal participle masculine plural from אָפַה , ’ afah , “to bake”), which harmonizes well with the baker/oven/fire motif in 7:4-7 . The textual deviation was caused by: (1) confusion of נ ( nun ) and ו ( vav ), (2) metathesis of נ / ו ( nun / vav ) and א ( alef ), and (3) dittography of מ ( mem ) from the preceding word. Original כֻּלָּם אוֹפִים ( kullam ’ ofim , “all of them are bakers”) was confused for כֻּלָּם מְנָאֲפִים (“all of them are adulterers”). In spite of this most English versions follow the reading of the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":33993,"verse_id":"HOS.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The MT preserves the enigmatic כְּמוֹ תַנּוּר בֹּעֵרָה מֵ ( kÿmo tannur bo ’ erah me , “Like a burning oven, from…?”). The adjectival participle בֹּעֵרָה (“burning”) is feminine while the noun תַנּוּר ( tannur , “oven”) that it modifies is masculine. The BHS editors solve this problem by simply redividing the words: כְּמוֹ תַנּוּר בֹּעֵר הֵם ( cÿmo tannur bo ’ er hem , “they are like a burning oven”). This solution is followed by many English versions (e.g., NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":33994,"verse_id":"HOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “the day of” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “On the day of the festival of our king”; NLT “On royal holidays.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":33995,"verse_id":"HOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"The MT preserves the awkward 1st person common plural suffix reading מַלְכֵּנוּ ( malakenu , “our king”). The BHS editors suggest reading the 3rd person masculine plural suffix מַלְכָּם ( malkam , “their king”; so CEV), as reflected in the Aramaic Targum.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":33996,"verse_id":"HOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"The MT vocalizes the consonants החלו as הֶחֱלוּ a Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural from I חָלָה (“to become sick”). However, this is syntactically awkward. The BHS editors suggest revocalizing it as Hiphil infinitive construct + 3rd person masculine singular suffix from חָלַל ( khalal , “to begin”) or Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural from חָלַל . For a discussion of this textual problem, see D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:240. tn Heb “when their king began [to reign].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":33997,"verse_id":"HOS.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “he joined hands”; NCV “make agreements.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":33998,"verse_id":"HOS.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"The words “like flour” are not in the Hebrew text, but are implied by the imagery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":33999,"verse_id":"HOS.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “a cake of bread not turned.” This metaphor compares Ephraim to a ruined cake of bread that was not turned over in time to avoid being scorched and burned (see BDB 728 s.v. עֻגָה ). Cf. NLT “as worthless as a half-baked cake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":34000,"verse_id":"HOS.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “foreigners consume his strength”; NRSV “devour (sap NIV) his strength.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":34001,"verse_id":"HOS.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “redeem” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NCV, TEV “save”; CEV “I would have rescued them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":34002,"verse_id":"HOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “they do not cry out to me in their heart”; NLT “with sincere hearts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":34003,"verse_id":"HOS.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"The MT reads יִתְגּוֹרָרוּ ( yitgoraru ) which is either (1) Hitpolel imperfect 3rd person masculine plural (“they assemble themselves”; so KJV, NASB) from I גּוּר ( gur , “to sojourn”; BDB 157 s.v. I גּוּר ) or (2) Hitpolel imperfect 3rd person masculine plural (“they excite themselves”) from II גּוּר ( gur , “to stir up”; BDB 158 s.v. II גּוּר ). However, the Hebrew lexicographers suggest that both of these options are unlikely. Several other Hebrew mss preserve an alternate textual tradition of יִתְגּוֹדָדוּ ( yitgodadu ) which is a Hitpolel imperfect 3rd person common plural (“they slash themselves”) from גָּדַד ( gadad , “to cut”; BDB 151 s.v. גָּדַד ), as also reflected in the LXX (cf. NAB “they lacerated themselves”; NRSV, TEV “gash themselves”; NLT “cut themselves.” This reflects the pagan Canaanite cultic practice of priests cutting themselves and draining their blood on the ground to elicit agricultural fertility by resurrecting the slain fertility god Baal from the underworld ( Deut 14:1 ; 1 Kgs 18:28 ; Jer 16:6; 41:5; 47:5 ). Cf. CEV which adds “in the hope that Baal will bless their crops.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":34004,"verse_id":"HOS.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “their arms” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":34005,"verse_id":"HOS.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"The MT reads the enigmatic יָשׁוּבוּ לֹא עָל ( yashuvu lo ’ ’ al ) which is taken variously: “they turn, but not upward” (NASB); “they do not turn to the Most High” (NIV); “they return, but not to the most High” (KJV). The BHS editors suggest יָשׁוּבוּ לַבַּעַל ( yashuvu labba ’ al , “they turn to Baal”; so RSV) or יָשׁוּבוּ לַבְּלִיַּעַל ( yashuvu labbÿliyya ’ al , “they turn to Belial”) which is reflected by the LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":34006,"verse_id":"HOS.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “because their tongue.” The term “tongue” is used figuratively, as a metonymy of cause (tongue) for the effect (prayers to Baal).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":34007,"verse_id":"HOS.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “this [will] be for scorn in the land of Egypt”; NIV “they will be ridiculed (NAB shall be mocked) in the land of Egypt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%207%3A16/3"}
{"id":34008,"verse_id":"HOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “A horn unto your gums!”; NAB “A trumpet to your lips!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":34009,"verse_id":"HOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Or perhaps “A vulture.” Some identify the species indicated by the Hebrew term נֶשֶׁר ( nesher ) as the griffon vulture (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":34010,"verse_id":"HOS.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “my covenant” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “the covenant I made with them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":34011,"verse_id":"HOS.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “but without me”; NCV “without asking my permission”; CEV “without consulting me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":34012,"verse_id":"HOS.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “but I did not know”; NRSV “but without my knowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":34013,"verse_id":"HOS.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"Heb “in order to be cut off.” The text gives the impression that they made the idols for this purpose, but the language is ironic and sarcastic, bringing out the futility of their efforts. One could paraphrase, “they made idols…but only so that they might be destroyed.” Though they had other plans for the idols, God’s judgment would bring their intentions to naught.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":34014,"verse_id":"HOS.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “How long will they be able to be free from punishment?” This rhetorical question affirms that Israel will not survive much longer until God punishes it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":34015,"verse_id":"HOS.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “has hired herself out to lovers”; cf. NIV “has sold herself to lovers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":34016,"verse_id":"HOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “they have hired themselves out to lovers”; cf. NASB “they hire allies among the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":34017,"verse_id":"HOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"The Piel stem of קָבַץ ( qavats ) is often used in a positive sense, meaning “to regather” a dispersed people ( HALOT 1063 s.v. קבץ 3.a; BDB 868 s.v. קָבַץ 1. α ). However, in Hosea 8:10 it is used in a negative sense, meaning “to assemble (people) for judgment” (e.g., Ezek 20:34 ; Hos 9:6 ; HALOT 1063 s.v. 3 .e.i). Cf. JPS “I will hold them fast” (in judgment, see the parallel in 9:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":34018,"verse_id":"HOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"The vav consecutive + preterite וַיָּחֵלּוּ ( vayyakhellu , Hiphil preterite 3rd person common plural from חָלַל , khalal , “to begin”]) denotes temporal subordination to the preceding clause: “then…” (so NLT); cf. TEV, CEV “Soon.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":34019,"verse_id":"HOS.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “a king of princes” (cf. KJV, NASB); TEV “the emperor of Assyria.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":34020,"verse_id":"HOS.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “foreign” or “alien”; NASB, NRSV “as a strange thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":34021,"verse_id":"HOS.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “does not accept them”; the referent (their sacrifices) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":34022,"verse_id":"HOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “do not rejoice unto jubilation”; KJV “Rejoice not…for joy”; NASB “Do not rejoice…with exultation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":34023,"verse_id":"HOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “you have committed adultery”; NRSV “you have played the whore.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":34024,"verse_id":"HOS.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “you love the wages of the prostitute” (NIV similar); NAB “loving a harlot’s hire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":34025,"verse_id":"HOS.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":34026,"verse_id":"HOS.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “her” (so KJV, ASV). This is taken as a collective singular (so also most modern English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":34027,"verse_id":"HOS.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"The deictic particle הִנֵּה ( hinneh , “Behold!”) is used frequently in prophetic announcements, introducing a solemn or important declaration, particularly in threats of judgment (BDB 244 s.v. הִנֵּה b. β ). Many modern English versions leave this particle untranslated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":34028,"verse_id":"HOS.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"The conjunction כִּי ( ki ) introduces a concessive clause: “Although, when, if, even if” (BDB 473 s.v. כִּי 2.c. β ). It has a force approximating “even if” (so NIV, NCV, NRSV, CEV, NLT), but it represents a situation as more likely to occur than אִם ( ‘im , “if”). The concessive use of כִּי is normally followed by an imperfect, but occasionally a perfect is used, as is the case here (e.g., Mic 7:8 ; Nah 1:10 ; Pss 21:12; 119:83 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":34029,"verse_id":"HOS.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"The verb קָבַץ ( qavats , “to gather together”) should be nuanced “grab hold” in this context ( HALOT 1063 s.v. קבץ ). This pictures a personified Egypt taking the fugitives prisoner.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":34030,"verse_id":"HOS.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “the treasured things of their silver”; NASB, NIV, TEV, NLT “treasures of silver.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":34031,"verse_id":"HOS.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.6","text":"Heb “their tents” (so NIV, NRSV); CEV “your tents.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A6/5"}
{"id":34032,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the days of the visitation”; NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “the days of punishment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":34033,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “has come” ( בָּאוּ , ba ’ u ). The two perfect tense (suffix-conjugation) verbs בָּאוּ (Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from בּוֹא , bo ’, “to come”) repeated in this verse are both examples of the so-called “prophetic perfect”: the perfect, which connotes completed or factual action, is used in reference to future events to emphasize the certainty of the announced event taking place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":34034,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the days of the retribution”; NIV “of reckoning”; NRSV “of recompense.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":34035,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “has come”; NIV “are at hand”; NLT “is almost here.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":34036,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"9.7","text":"The Aleppo Codex and Leningrad Codex (the MT ms employed for BHS ) both place the atnach (colon-divider) after יֵדְעוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל ( yedÿ ’ u yisra ’ el , “Let Israel know!”), indicating that this line belongs with 9:7 a (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV). However, the LXX reads κακωθήσεται ( kakwqhsetai ) which reflects an underlying Vorlage of יָרֵעוּ ( yare ’ u , Qal imperfect 3rd person common plural from יָרַע , yara ’, “to cry”), as opposed to the MT יֵדְעוּ ( yedÿ ’ u , Qal jussive 3rd common plural from יָדַע , yada ’, “to know”). The Old Greek connects יֵדְעוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל (“Israel cries out”) with the following lines (cf. NRSV), which appear to be quotations of Israel mocking Hosea. Aquila ( ἔγνω , egnw ) and Symmachus ( γνώσεται , gnwsetai ) both reflect the proto-MT tradition. For a discussion of this textual and syntactical problem, see H. W. Wolff, Hosea (Hermeneia), 150.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/5"}
{"id":34037,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “is distraught”; cf. CEV, NLT “are crazy.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/6"}
{"id":34038,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “the man of the Spirit”; NAB, NRSV “spirit.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/7"}
{"id":34039,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “is driven to despair.” The term מְשֻׁגָּע ( mÿshugga ’, Pual participle masculine singular from שָׁגַע , shaga ’, “to be mad”) may be understood in two senses: (1) It could be a predicate adjective which is a figure of speech: “to be maddened,” to be driven to despair ( Deut 28:34 ); or (2) it could be a substantive: “a madman,” referring to prophets who attempted to enter into a prophetic state through whipping themselves into a frenzy (1 Sam 21:16; 2 Kgs 9:11 ; Jer 29:26 ; see BDB 993 s.v. שָׁגַע ). The prophetic context of 9:7 favors the latter option (which is followed by most English versions). Apparently, the general populace viewed these mantics with suspicion and questioned the legitimacy of their claim to be true prophets (e.g., 2 Kgs 9:11 ; Jer 29:26 ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/8"}
{"id":34040,"verse_id":"HOS.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A7/9"}
{"id":34041,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"The Leningrad Codex (the MT ms used for BHS ) and Aleppo Codex both place the atnach (colon divider) after אלהי (“my God”) and connect נָבִיא ( navi ’, “prophet”) with the following colon. On the other hand, BHS suggests that נָבִיא ( navi ’, “prophet”) belongs with the first colon. For discussion of this syntactical problem, see F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Hosea (AB), 533-34.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":34042,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"The syntax of this line is difficult, and the text is questionable. The major options include: (1) Adopt the MT vocalization and BHS line division: צֹפֶה אֶפְרַיִם עִם־אֱלֹהָי נָבִיא ( tsofeh ’ efrayim ’ im-elohay navi ’, “The prophet is a watchman over Ephraim with my God [= on behalf of God]”). There are two problems with this: (a) Although BHS places נָבִיא (“prophet”) with this colon, the Aleppo Codex and Leningrad Codex both connect נָבִיא with the next colon (as do KJV, ASV). (b) The phrase עִם־אֱלֹהָי (“with my God”) is difficult to explain. (2) Adopt the MT vocalization and the MT line division: עִם־אֱלֹהָי צֹפֶה אֶפְרַיִם (“Ephraim is a watchman with my God,” cf. NASB). The problem with this, of course, is that Ephraim hardly fits the description of a prophetic watchman. (3) Revocalize the MT and adopt BHS line division: צֹפֶה אֶפְרַיִם עַם אֱלֹהָי נָבִיא (“Ephraim – the people of my God! – lies in ambush for the prophet”) This involves: (a) revocalization of the preposition עִם (’ im , “with”) to the noun עַם (’ am , “people”), (b) taking עַם־אֱלֹהָי (“people of my God”) in apposition to אֶפְרַיִם (“Ephraim”), and (c) nuancing צֹפֶה as “to lie in wait (=set ambush)” (e.g., Ps 37:32 ). This is contextually attractive and harmonizes well with the following line: “traps are laid along all of his paths.” However, it has two problems: (a) there is no textual evidence supporting the revocalization of עם as “people” and (b) the unusual nuance “to lie in wait” for צֹפֶה occurs only in Ps 37:32 , where it takes the preposition לְ ( lamed , i.e., “to lie in wait for the righteous”; HALOT 1044 s.v. צפה 4). (4) Emend אֱלֹהָי (“my God”) to אֹהֶל (’ ohel , “tent”), as suggested in the BHS textual apparatus: אֶפְרַיִם עַם־אֹהֶל נָבִיא צֹפֶה (“Ephraim spies on the prophet’s tent”). The verb צָפָה may mean “to spy” (BDB 859 s.v. צָפָה ; HALOT 1044 s.v. צפה 3); however, the preposition עִם (’ im ) does not normally mean “upon” and צָפָה is not used with עִם elsewhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":34043,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “Ephraim is a watchman with my God”; cf. ASV, NASB.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":34044,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “with my God” (so ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/4"}
{"id":34045,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “bird trap of a bird catcher” or “snare of a fowler” (so KJV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/5"}
{"id":34046,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “The prophet is like a trap along all of his paths.” The Aleppo Codex and Leningrad Codex ( ms used in BHS ) both connect נָבִיא ( navi ’, “prophet”) with this colon. On the other hand, BHS places נָבִיא (“prophet”) at the end of the preceding colon.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/6"}
{"id":34047,"verse_id":"HOS.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “house.” The term בַּיִת ( bayit , “house”) is used as a figure of speech, referring to either (1) the temple or official sanctuaries (so TEV, CEV) or (2) the land of Israel (e.g., Hos 9:15 ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A8/7"}
{"id":34048,"verse_id":"HOS.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Or more literally, “they are deeply corrupted.” The two verbs הֶעְמִיקוּ־שִׁחֵתוּ ( he ’ miqu-shikhetu ; literally, “they have made deep, they act corruptly”) are coordinated without a conjunction vav to form a verbal hendiadys: the second verb represents the main idea, while the first functions adverbially (GKC 386-87 §120. g ). Here Gesenius suggests “they are deeply/radically corrupted.” Several translations mirror the syntax of this hendiadys: “They have deeply corrupted themselves” (KJV, ASV, NRSV), “They have been grievously corrupt” (NJPS), and “They are hopelessly evil” (TEV). Others reverse the syntax for the sake of a more graphic English idiom: “They have gone deep in depravity” (NASB) and “They have sunk deep into corruption” (NIV). Some translations fail to represent the hendiadys at all: “You are brutal and corrupt” (CEV). The translation “They are deeply corrupted” mirrors the Hebrew syntax, but “They have sunk deep into corruption” is a more graphic English idiom and is preferred here (cf. NAB “They have sunk to the depths of corruption”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":34049,"verse_id":"HOS.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “fathers”; a number of more recent English versions use the more general “ancestors” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":34050,"verse_id":"HOS.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “their glory” (so NASB); TEV “Israel’s greateness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":34051,"verse_id":"HOS.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “no childbearing, no pregnancy, no conception.” The preposition מִן ( min ) prefixed to the three parallel nouns functions in a privative sense, indicating deprivation (BDB 583 s.v. מִן 7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":34052,"verse_id":"HOS.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “I will bereave them from a man”; NRSV “I will bereave them until no one is left.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":34053,"verse_id":"HOS.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The MT is corrupt in 9:13 . The BHS editors suggest emending the text to follow the LXX reading. See D. Barthélemy, ed. , Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:250-51.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":34054,"verse_id":"HOS.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “breasts that shrivel up dry”; cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “dry breasts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":34055,"verse_id":"HOS.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “out of my house” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV, NCV, NLT “my land.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":34056,"verse_id":"HOS.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Or perhaps, following the plant metaphor, “will be blighted” (NIV similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":34057,"verse_id":"HOS.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The phrase “to Baal” does not appear in the Hebrew text here, but is implied; it is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity. Cf. NCV “altars for idols”; NLT “altars of their foreign gods.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":34058,"verse_id":"HOS.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":34059,"verse_id":"HOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"The referent of the 3rd person common plural verb דִּבְּרוּ ( dibbÿru , “they speak”) is the masculine singular noun וְהַמֶּלֶךְ ( vÿhammelekh , “a king” in v. 3 ) which is used generically, representing all human kings of Israel to which the 3rd common plural verb refers. Although this is a bit syntactically awkward, it is not necessary to emend the MT to the 3rd masculine singular verb form דָּבַר ( davar , “he speaks”) as the BHS editors suggest. The LXX, however, reads the singular form λαλῶν ( lalwn , “uttering”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":34060,"verse_id":"HOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Heb “they speak words.” The cognate accusative construction דִּבְּרוּ דְבָרִים ( dibbÿru dÿvarim ; literally, “they speak words”) is an idiom that means “they speak mere words” (so NASB; NRSV similar) or “they utter empty words” (so TEV), that is, they make empty promises (e.g., Isa 58:13 ; BDB 180-181 s.v. דָּבַר 2). The immediately following collocated phrase אָלוֹת שָׁוְא (’ alot shavÿ ’, “swearing an empty oath”) confirms this nuance. The LXX understood this idiom in the same way: λαλῶν ῥήματα προφάσειας ψευδεῖς ( lalwn r{hmata profaseias yeudeis , “speaking false professions as his words”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":34061,"verse_id":"HOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"The two infinitive absolutes אָלוֹת (’ alot , Qal infinitive absolute from II אָלָה , ’ alah , “to swear an oath”; BDB 46 s.v. II אָלָה ) and כָּרֹת ( karot , Qal infinitive absolute from כָּרַת , karat , “to make [a covenant]”; BDB 503 s.v. כָּרַת 4), which appear without conjunctions, continue the description of the action of the preceding finite verb דִּבְּרוּ ( dibbÿru , Piel perfect 3rd person common plural from דָּבַר , davar , “to speak”). Although the infinitives continue the description of the action of the finite verb, they call special attention to the action of the infinitive rather than the action of the finite verb. See IBHS 595 §35.5.2b.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":34062,"verse_id":"HOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"The word “empty” is not in the Hebrew text, but is implied. It is supplied in the translation for clarity. Cf. TEV “useless treaties.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":34063,"verse_id":"HOS.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.4","text":"The noun II רֹאשׁ ( ro ’ sh ) refers to a “poisonous plant” ( Deut 29:17 ; Hos 10:4 ) or “bitter herb” ( Ps 69:22 ; Lam 3:5 ; BDB 912 s.v. רֹאשׁ 1; HALOT 1167 s.v. רֹאשׁ 1).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A4/5"}
{"id":34064,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The MT reads the singular construct noun שְׁכַן ( shÿkhan , “the inhabitant [of Samaria]”), while the LXX and Syriac reflect the plural construct noun שְׁכַנֵי ( shÿkhane , “the inhabitants [of Samaria]”). The singular noun may be a collective referring to the population of Samaria as a whole (BDB 1015 s.v. שָׁכֵן ; e.g., Isa 33:24 ). Most English translations view this as a reference to the inhabitants of the city as a whole (KJV, RSV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NJPS, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":34065,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"The MT reads יָגוּרוּ ( yaguru , Qal imperfect 3rd person common plural from III גוּר , gur , “to dread”; see BDB 159 s.v. III גוּר 1). This reading is followed by most English versions but is syntactically awkward because III גוּר (“to dread”) is used nowhere else with the preposition לְ ( lamed , “they are in dread for…”?). BDB suggests reading יָנוּדוּ ( yanudu , Qal imperfect 3rd person common plural from נוּד , nud , “to lament”; BDB 626 s.v. נוּד 2.a) which harmonizes better with the parallelism with אָבַל (’ aval , “to mourn”) in the following line. The verb נוּד (“to lament”) is used with the preposition לְ in the idiom “to lament for” (e.g., Isa 51:19 ; Jer 15:5; 16:5; 48:17 ; Nah 3:7 ). This involves simple orthographic confusion between ג ( gimel ) and נ ( nun ), as well as ר ( resh ) and ד ( dalet ) which were often confused by the scribes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":34066,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"The MT reads the plural לְעֶגְלוֹת ( lÿ ’ eglot , “for the calves”), while some Greek versions (LXX, Theodotion) and the Syriac reflect the singular לְעֵגֶל (“for the calf [calf idol]”). The singular reading is preferred on the basis of internal evidence: the oracle denounces the calf idol worship of Samaria. The plural form probably arose due to the ambiguity of the term “calf” when a scribe did not realize that the term was being used as a metonymy for the worship of the Egyptian calf goddess. Most recent English versions adopt the singular form and relate it to the calf goddess cult (RSV, NASB, NIV, NCV, NJPS, TEV, CEV, NLT); however, older English versions follow the MT plural (KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":34067,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"10.5","text":"The MT appears to read יָגִילוּ ( yagilu , “they will rejoice”; Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from גִּיל , gil , “to rejoice”), but this is likely an example of semantic polarization. See F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Hosea (AB), 556-67. The BHS editors propose the reading יְיֵלִילוּ ( yÿyelilu , “they will lament”; Hiphil imperfect 3rd person masculine plural from יָלַל , yalal , “to lament”), which also appears in Hos 7:14 . If this reading is original, the textual variant may be attributed to: (1) orthographic confusion between ל ( lamed ) and ג ( gimel ), and (2) haplography or dittography of י ( yod ). English versions are split; some follow the MT (KJV, ASV, NIV, NJPS), others the proposed emendation (RSV, NASB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/5"}
{"id":34068,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"10.5","text":"This line division follows the MT rather than the line division suggested by the BHS editors.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/6"}
{"id":34069,"verse_id":"HOS.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “from it” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A5/7"}
{"id":34070,"verse_id":"HOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"The antecedent of the 3rd person masculine singular direct object pronoun אוֹתוֹ (’ oto , “it”) is probably the calf idol of Beth Aven mentioned in 10:5 a. This has been specified in the translation for clarity (cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":34071,"verse_id":"HOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"The MT reads מֶלֶךְ יָרֵב ( melekh yarev , “a king who contends”?) which is syntactically awkward: מֶלֶךְ (“king”) followed by יָרֵב (“let him contend!”; Qal jussive 3rd person masculine singular from רִיב , riv , “to contend”). Note that KJV, ASV, NASB treat this as a proper name (“king Jareb”). The MT reading is probably the result of faulty word division. As the BHS editors suggest, the original reading most likely is מַלְכִּי רָב ( malki rav , “the great king”). The suffixed י ( yod ) on מַלְכִּי is the remnant of the old genitive ending. This is the equivalent of the Assyrian royal epithet sarru rabbu (“the great king”). See also the tc note on the same phrase in 5:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":34072,"verse_id":"HOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) functions in a causal sense specifying the logical cause: “because of” or “on account of” (e.g., Exod 2:23 ; Deut 7:7 ; Nah 3:4 ; BDB 580 s.v. מִן 2.f; HALOT 598 s.v. מִן 6).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":34073,"verse_id":"HOS.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.6","text":"The meaning of the root of מֵעֲצָתוֹ ( me ’ atsato , preposition מִן , min , + feminine singular noun עֵצָה , ’ etsah , + 3rd person masculine singular suffix) is debated. There are three options: (1) “its counsel” from I עֵצָה (“counsel; advice; plan”; BDB 420 s.v. עֵצָה ; HALOT 867 s.v. I עֵצָה 3.a); (2) “its disobedience” from II עֵצָה (“disobedience,” but the existence of this root is debated; see HALOT 867 s.v. II עֵצָה ); and (3) “its wooden idol” from III עֵצָה (“wood”; cf. Jer 6:6 ) referring to the wooden idol/effigy (the calf idol in 10:5 ), a stick of wood covered with gold ( HALOT 867 s.v.). The last option is favored contextually: (a) the idol is called “a stick of wood” in Hos 4:12 , and (b) the calf idol (probably the referent) of the cult is mentioned in 10:5 . The English versions are divided: (1) “his idol” (RSV, NRSV), “its wooden idols” (NIV), “image” (NJPS margin), “that idol” (CEV), “this idol” (NLT); and (2) “his own counsel” (KJV, ASV), “its own counsel” (NASB), “his plans” (NJPS), “his schemes” (NAB), “the advice” (TEV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A6/4"}
{"id":34074,"verse_id":"HOS.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"The term נִדְמֶה ( nidmeh , Niphal participle feminine singular) is derived from II דָמָה ( damah ; so BDB 198 s.v. דָמָה ; HALOT 225 s.v. III דמה ): “be cut off, cease to exist, be destroyed.” The Niphal form נִדְמֶה (“will be destroyed”) is paralleled by the Niphal וְנִשְׁמְדוּ ( vÿnishmÿdu , “will be destroyed”) in 10:8 . Several English versions nuance the literal wording for the sake of the idiom: “will float away like a twig on the surface of the waters” (NIV), “Like a twig in a stream…will be swept away” (CEV), “will be carried off like a chip of wood on an ocean wave” (NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":34075,"verse_id":"HOS.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"The noun II קֶצֶף ( qetsef ) is a hapax legomenon (a term that occurs only once). Historically, it has been understood in two different ways: (1) “foam” (Vulgate, Aquila, Symmachus) and (2) “snapped-off twig” (LXX, Theodotion, Syriac Peshitta). Both interpretations make sense in the light of the simile. The latter has more support because of the related verb קָצַץ ( qatsats , “to cut off, chop off”) used in reference to wood (BDB 893 s.v. קָצַץ ; HALOT 1125 s.v. קצץ ) and the related feminine noun קְצָפָה ( qÿtsafah , “stump; splinter” of fig-tree; BDB 893 s.v. קְצָפָה ; HALOT 1125 s.v. קְצָפָה ). English versions differ along these lines: (1) “foam” (KJV, NAB, NJPS) and (2) “chip” (NRSV, TEV, NCV, NLT), “stick” (NASB), “twig” (NIV, CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":34076,"verse_id":"HOS.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Alternately, “Aven” (KJV, NAB, NRSV, NLT) for the city name “Beth Aven.” The term “Beth” (house) does not appear in the Hebrew text here, but is implied (e.g., Hos 4:15 ). It is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":34077,"verse_id":"HOS.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"The MT reads בָּמוֹת אָוֶן ( bamot ’ aven , “high places of Aven”); however, several Hebrew mss read בָּמוֹת בֵּית אָוֶן ( bamot bet ’ aven , “high places of Beth Aven”). In Hos 4:15 the name בֵּית אָוֶן (“Beth Aven”; Heb “house of wickedness”) is a wordplay on “Bethel” ( Heb “house of God”). It is possible that בָּמוֹת בֵּית אָוֶן (“high places of Beth Aven”) was original: בֵּית ( bet , “house”) dropped out as an unintentional scribal error by haplography due to presence of the consonants בת in the preceding word במות ( bamot , “high places”). tn Heb “high places of wickedness” ( בָּמוֹת אָוֶן , bamot ’ aven ); so NIV. The noun אָוֶן (“wickedness”) is an attributive genitive: “wicked high places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":34078,"verse_id":"HOS.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Heb “days” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":34079,"verse_id":"HOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “in my desire”; ASV, NASB “When it is my desire”; NCV “When I am ready.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":34080,"verse_id":"HOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"The MT reads וְאֶסֳּרֵם ( vÿ ’ essorem , vav conjunction + Niphal imperfect 1st person common singular + 3rd person masculine plural suffix from אָסַר , ’ asar , “to bind”). The LXX reads παιδεῦσαι αὐτούς ( paideusai autous , “to discipline them”) which reflects a Vorlage of אִיסַּרֶם (’ issarem , Qal imperfect 1st person common singular + 3rd person masculine plural suffix from יָסַר , yasar , “to discipline”; BDB 416 s.v. יָסַר 3). The textual variant was caused by orthographic confusion between ו ( vav ) and י ( yod ) with metathesis of the two letters.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":34081,"verse_id":"HOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Heb “Nations will be gathered together against them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":34082,"verse_id":"HOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.10","text":"The verb אָסַר (’ asar , “to bind”) often refers to conquered peoples being bound as prisoners (BDB 63 s.v. אָסַר ). Here it is used figuratively to describe the Israelites being taken into exile. Cf. NIV “to put them in bonds.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A10/4"}
{"id":34083,"verse_id":"HOS.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"10.10","text":"The Kethib is לִשְׁתֵּי עֵינֹתָם ( lishte ’ enotam , “for their two eyes”), while the Qere reads לִשְׁתֵּי עוֹנֹתָם ( lishte ’ onotam , “for their two sins”). The phrase “two sins” could refer to (1) the sinful episode at Gibeah and the subsequent war between the tribe of Benjamin and the other tribes ( Judges 19-21 ), or (2) the entire Gibeah incident ( Judges 19-21 ) and Israel’s subsequent failure to repent up to the time of Hosea: “the time of Gibeah” (first sin) and “there you have remained” (second sin).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A10/5"}
{"id":34084,"verse_id":"HOS.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"The MT is unintelligible: עַל־טוּב (’ al-tuv , “upon a fine [thing]”?). Cf. KJV “I passed over upon her fair neck”; NRSV “I spared her fair neck.” The BHS editors suggest the revocalization עֹל־טוּב (’ ol-tuv , “a fine yoke”), followed by many modern English versions (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NCV, TEV, NLT). The noun עֹל (’ ol , “yoke”) also appears in 11:4 in a metaphor which compares Israel to a young heifer as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":34085,"verse_id":"HOS.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “Judah will plow” (so NASB); NIV, NRSV, CEV “Judah must plow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":34086,"verse_id":"HOS.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “Jacob will break up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":34087,"verse_id":"HOS.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “righteousness” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NAB “justice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":34088,"verse_id":"HOS.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"The MT (followed by KJV, NASB) reads the enigmatic בְּדַרְכְּךָ ( bÿdarkÿkha , “in your own way”) which does not seem to fit the context or the parallelism with בְּרֹב גִּבּוֹרֶיךָ ( bÿrov gibborekha , “in your multitude of warriors”). The BHS editors suggest the original reading was בְרִכְבְּךָ ( vÿrikhbÿkha , “in your chariots”), a reading followed by NAB, TEV. If this is correct, the textual corruption was caused by orthographic confusion between רֶכֶב ( rekhev , “chariot”) and דֶּרֶכ ( derekh , “way”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":34089,"verse_id":"HOS.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"The phrase “you have relied” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism in the preceding line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":34090,"verse_id":"HOS.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Heb “as the devastation of Shalman.” The genitive noun שַׁלְמַן ( shalman , “Shalman”) functions as a subjective genitive: “as Shalman devastated [Beth Arbel].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":34091,"verse_id":"HOS.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":34092,"verse_id":"HOS.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Heb “when the dawn is cut off” or “when the day ceases.” Cf. NLT “When the day of judgment dawns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":34093,"verse_id":"HOS.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"The root דָמָה ( damah , “to be cut off, cease to exist, be destroyed”; BDB 198 s.v. דָמָה ; HALOT 225 s.v. דמה ) is repeated in the Hebrew text. The form נִדְמֹה ( nidmoh , Niphal infinitive absolute) appears in the first colon, and the form נִדְמָה ( nidmah , Niphal perfect 3rd person masculine singular) appears in the second colon. This striking repetition creates a dramatic wordplay which, for stylistic reasons, cannot be reproduced in English translations: “The moment the dawn ceases to exist (i.e., at the break of dawn), the king of Israel will cease to exist .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":34094,"verse_id":"HOS.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"The words “like a son” are not in the Hebrew text, but are necessary to clarify what sort of love is intended (cf. also NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":34095,"verse_id":"HOS.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"The MT reads בְנִי ( vÿni , “My son”); however, the LXX reflects בָנָיו ( vanav , “his sons”). The MT should be retained as original here because of internal evidence; it is much more appropriate to the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":34096,"verse_id":"HOS.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"The MT reads קָרְאוּ ( qar ’ u , “they called”; Qal perfect 3rd person common plural from קָרַא , qara ’, “to call”), cf. KJV, NASB; however, the LXX and Syriac reflect כְּקָרְאִי ( kÿqar ’ i , “as I called”; preposition כְּ ( kaf ) + Qal infinitive construct from קָרַא + 1st person common singular suffix). The presence of the resumptive adverb כֵּן ( ken , “even so”) in the following clause supports the alternate textual tradition reflected in the LXX and Syriac (cf. NAB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":34097,"verse_id":"HOS.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The MT reads מִפְּנֵיהֶם ( mippÿnehem , “from them”; preposition + masculine plural noun + 3rd person masculine plural suffix), so KJV, ASV, NASB; however, the LXX and Syriac reflect an alternate Hebrew textual tradition of מִפָּנַי הֵם ( mippanay hem , “they [went away] from me”; preposition + masculine plural noun + 1st person common singular suffix, followed by 3rd person masculine plural independent personal pronoun); cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV. The textual variant was caused simply by faulty word division.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":34098,"verse_id":"HOS.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “taught Ephraim to walk” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). The verb תִרְגַּלְתִּי ( tirgalti , “I taught [him] to walk, I led [him]”; Tiphil perfect 1st person common singular from רָגַל , ragal , “to walk”) is an unusual verb stem: the Tiphil (properly Taphel) is attested three times in Biblical Hebrew ( Hos 11:3 ; Jer 12:5; 22:15 ) and once in Biblical Aramaic ( Ezra 4:7 ; see GKC 153 §55. h ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":34099,"verse_id":"HOS.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “that it was I who had healed them” (NIV, NLT similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":34100,"verse_id":"HOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “humane cords” or “cords of human kindness.” The noun אָדָם (’ adam ) is traditionally related to I אָדָם (“man”) and translated either literally or figuratively (as a metonymy of association for humane compassion): “cords of a man” (KJV, RSV margin, NASB), “cords of human kindness” (NIV, NCV), “human ties” (NJPS), “cords of compassion” (RSV). It is better to relate it to II אָדָם (“leather”; HALOT 14 s.v. אָדָם ), as the parallelism with II אַהֲבָה (’ ahavah , “leather”) suggests (see below). This homonymic root is well attested in Arabic ’ adam (“skin”) and ’ adim (“tanned skin; leather”). This better fits the context of 11:4 which compares Israel to a heifer: the Lord led him with leather cords, lifted the yoke from his neck, and fed him. Elsewhere, Hosea compares Israel to a stubborn cow ( 4:6 ) and harnessed heifer ( 10:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":34101,"verse_id":"HOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “ropes of love.” The noun אַהֲבָה (’ ahava ) is traditionally related to I אַהֲבָה (“love”; BDB 13 s.v. אַהֲבָה 2). This approach is adopted by most English translations: “bands of love” (KJV, RSV), “bonds of love” (NASB), “ties of love” (NIV), “cords of love” (NJPS). However, it is probably better to derive אַהֲבָה from the homonymic root II אַהֲבָה (“leather”; HALOT 18 s.v. II אַהֲבָה ). This root is attested in Arabic and Ugaritic. It probably occurs in the description of Solomon’s sedan chair: “upholstered with purple linen, and lined with leather” ( Song 3:10 ). This fits the context of 11:4 which compares Israel to a young heifer: the Lord led him with leather ropes, lifted the yoke from his neck, and bent down to feed him. Elsewhere, Hosea compares Israel to a stubborn cow ( 4:6 ) and a young heifer harnessed for plowing ( 10:11 ). This is supported by the parallelism with II אָדָם (’ adam , “leather”; HALOT 14 s.v. II אָדָם ). Of course, this might be an example of a homonymic wordplay on both roots: “ropes of leather/love.” For discussions of II אַהֲבָה , see G. R. Driver, “Supposed Arabisms in the Old Testament,” JBL 55 (1936): 111; G. R. Driver, Canaanite Myths and Legends , 133; S. E. Loewenstamm, Thesaurus of the Language of the Bible , 1:39. D. Grossberg, “Canticles 3:10 in the Light of a Homeric Analogue and Biblical Poetics,” BTB 11 (1981): 75-76. For homonymic wordplays, see W. G. E. Watson, Classical Hebrew Poetry [JSOTSup], 237-38; J. Barr , Comparative Philology and the Text of the Old Testament , 151-55.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":34102,"verse_id":"HOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “And I was to them like those who lift a yoke.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":34103,"verse_id":"HOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “their jaws” (so KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":34104,"verse_id":"HOS.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Heb “him.” This is regarded as a collective singular by most English versions and thus translated as a plural pronoun.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":34105,"verse_id":"HOS.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Or “Will they not return to Egypt?” (so NIV). Following the LXX and BHS , the MT לֹא ( lo ’, “not”) should probably be read as לוֹ ( lo , “to him”) and connected to the end of 11:4 rather than the beginning of 11:5 . The textual confusion between לֹא and לוֹ probably reflects an unintentional scribal error due to a mistake in hearing (cf., e.g., Kethib / Qere in Ps 100:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":34106,"verse_id":"HOS.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “Assyria, he will be his [Israel’s] king” (NASB similar).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":34107,"verse_id":"HOS.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Heb “return” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV). The root שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, return”) appears at the beginning and ending of this verse, creating an inclusio . This repetition produces an ironic wordplay: because Israel refuses to “return” to God or “turn” from its sin, it will “return” to Egypt. The punishment fits the crime.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":34108,"verse_id":"HOS.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"The term תְלוּאִים ( tÿlu ’ im , Qal passive participle masculine plural from תָּלָא , tala ’, “to hang”) literally means “[My people] are hung up” (BDB 1067 s.v. תָּלָא ). The verb תָּלָא // תָּלָה (“to hang”) is often used in a concrete sense to describe hanging an item on a peg ( Ps 137:2 ; Song 4:4 ; Isa 22:24 ; Ezek 15:3; 27:10 ) or the impaling of the body of an executed criminal ( Gen 40:19, 22; 41:13 ; Deut 21:22, 23 ; Josh 8:29; 10:26 ; 2 Sam 21:12 ; Esth 2:23; 5:14; 6:4; 7:9, 10; 8:7; 9:13, 14, 25 ). It is used figuratively here to describe Israel’s moral inability to detach itself from apostasy. Several English versions capture the sense well: “My people are bent on turning away from me” (RSV, NASB), “My people are determined to turn from me” (NIV), “My people are determined to reject me” (CEV; NLT “desert me”), “My people persist in its defection from me” (NJPS), and “they insist on turning away from me” (TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":34109,"verse_id":"HOS.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"The 1st person common singular suffix on the noun מְשׁוּבָתִי ( mÿshuvati ; literally, “turning of me”) functions as an objective genitive: “turning away from me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":34110,"verse_id":"HOS.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"The meaning and syntax of the MT is enigmatic: וְאֶל־עַל יִקְרָאֻהוּ ( vÿ ’ el- ’ al yiqra ’ uhu , “they call upwards to him”). Many English versions including KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT take the referent of “him” as the “most High.” The BHS editors suggest reading וְאֶל־בַּעַל יִקְרָא וְהוּא ( vÿ ’ el-ba ’ al yiqra ’ vehu ’, “they call to Baal, but he…”), connecting the 3rd person masculine singular independent personal pronoun וְהוּא ( vÿhu ’, “but he…”) with the following clause. The early Greek recensions (Aquila and Symmachus), as well as the Aramaic Targum and the Vulgate, vocalized עֹל (’ ol ) as “yoke” (as in 11:4 ): “they cry out because of [their] yoke” (a reading followed by TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":34111,"verse_id":"HOS.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"The imperfect verbs in 11:8 function as imperfects of capability. See IBHS 564 §34.1a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":34112,"verse_id":"HOS.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"The phrase נֶהְפַּךְ עָלַי לִבִּי ( nehpakh ’ alay libbi ) is an idiom that can be taken in two ways: (1) emotional sense: to describe a tumult of emotions, not just a clash of ideas, that are afflicting a person ( Lam 1:20 ; HALOT 253 s.v. הפך 1.c) and (2) volitional sense: to describe a decisive change of policy, that is, a reversal of sentiment from amity to hatred ( Exod 14:5 ; Ps 105:25 ; BDB 245 s.v. הָפַךְ 1; HALOT 253 s.v. 3 ). The English versions alternate between these two: (1) emotional discomfort and tension over the prospect of destroying Israel: “mine heart is turned within me” (KJV), “my heart recoils within me” (RSV, NRSV), “My heart is turned over within Me” (NASB), “My heart is torn within me” (NLT); and (2) volitional reversal of previous decision to totally destroy Israel: “I have had a change of heart” (NJPS), “my heart is changed within me” (NIV), and “my heart will not let me do it!” (TEV). Both BDB 245 s.v. 1 .b and HALOT 253 s.v. 3 suggest that the idiom describes a decisive change of heart (reversal of decision to totally destroy Israel once and for all) rather than emotional turbulence of God shifting back and forth between whether to destroy or spare Israel. This volitional nuance is supported by the modal function of the 1st person common singular imperfects in 11:8 (“I will not carry out my fierce anger…I will not destroy Ephraim…I will not come in wrath”) and by the prophetic announcement of future restoration in 11:10-11 . Clearly, a dramatic reversal both in tone and in divine intention occurs between 11:5-11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":34113,"verse_id":"HOS.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"The Niphal of כָּמַר ( kamar ) means “to grow warm, tender” (BDB 485 s.v. כָּמַר ), as its use in a simile with the oven demonstrates ( Lam 5:10 ). It is used several times to describe the arousal of the most tender affection ( Gen 43:30 ; 1 Kgs 3:26 ; Hos 11:8 ; BDB 485 s.v. 1 ; HALOT 482 s.v. כמר 1). Cf. NRSV “my compassion grows warm and tender.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":34114,"verse_id":"HOS.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The three imperfect verbs function as imperfects of capability, similar to the imperfects of capability in 11:8 . See IBHS 564 §34.1a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":34115,"verse_id":"HOS.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"When the verb חָרַד ( kharad , “to tremble”) is used with prepositions of direction, it denotes “to go or come trembling” (BDB 353 s.v. חָרַד 4; e.g., Gen 42:28 ; 1 Sam 13:7; 16:4; 21:2 ; Hos 11:10, 11 ). Thus, the phrase מִיָּם … וְיֶחֶרְדוּ ( vÿyekherdu … miyyam ) means “to come trembling from the west.” Cf. NAB “shall come frightened from the west.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":34116,"verse_id":"HOS.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"For the meaning of חָרַד ( harad , “to tremble”) with prepositions of direction, see 11:10 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":34117,"verse_id":"HOS.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"The phrase “has surrounded me” is not repeated in the Hebrew text here, but is implied by the parallelism in the preceding line. It is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons, smoothness, and readability.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":34118,"verse_id":"HOS.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"The verb רוּד ( rud , “to roam about freely”) is used in a concrete sense to refer to someone wandering restlessly and roaming back and forth (BDB 923 s.v. רוּד ; Judg 11:37 ). Here, it is used figuratively, possibly with positive connotations, as indicated by the preposition עִם (’ im , “with”), to indicate accompaniment: “but Judah still goes about with God” ( HALOT 1194 s.v. רוד ). Some English versions render it positively: “Judah still walks with God” (RSV, NRSV); “Judah is restive under God” (REB); “but Judah stands firm with God” (NJPS); “but Judah yet ruleth with God” (KJV, ASV). Other English versions adopt the negative connotation “to wander restlessly” and nuance עִם in an adversative sense (“against”): “Judah is still rebellious against God” (NAB), “Judah is unruly against God” (NIV), and “the people of Judah are still rebelling against me” (TEV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":34119,"verse_id":"HOS.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “a treaty” (so NIV, NRSV); KJV, NASB “a covenant”; NAB “comes to terms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":34120,"verse_id":"HOS.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The phrase “as tribute” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity. Cf. NCV “send a gift of olive oil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":34121,"verse_id":"HOS.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"The noun רִיב ( riv , “dispute”) is used in two contexts: (1) nonlegal contexts: (a) “dispute” between individuals (e.g., Gen 13:7 ; Isa 58:1 ; Jer 15:10 ) or (b) “brawl, quarrel” between people (e.g., Exod 17:7 ; Deut 25:1 ); and (2) legal contexts: (a) “lawsuit, legal process” (e.g., Exod 23:3-6 ; Deut 19:17; 21:5 ; Ezek 44:24 ; Ps 35:23 ), (b) “lawsuit, legal case” (e.g., Deut 1:12; 17:8 ; Prov 18:17; 25:9 ), and (c) God’s “lawsuit” on behalf of a person or against his own people ( Hos 4:1; 12:3 ; Mic 6:2 ; HALOT 1225-26 s.v. רִיב ). The term in Hosea refers to a covenant lawsuit in which Yahweh, the suzerain, lodges a legal case against his disobedient vassal, accusing Israel and Judah of breach of covenant which will elicit the covenant curses. Cf. NLT “is bringing a lawsuit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":34122,"verse_id":"HOS.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The verb שָׂרָה ( sarah ) means “to strive, contend” ( HALOT 1354 s.v. שׂרה ) or “persevere, persist” (BDB 975 s.v. שָׂרָה ; see Gen 32:29 ). Almost all English versions render the verb here in terms of the former: NAB, NASB “contended”; NRSV “strove”; TEV, CEV “fought against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":34123,"verse_id":"HOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"The MT vocalizes the consonantal text וָיָּשַׂר ( vayyasar , vav consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person masculine singular from שׂוּר , sur , “to see”); however, parallelism with שָׂרַה ( sarah , “he contended”) in 12:3 suggested that it be vocalized as ויּשׂר ( vav consecutive + Qal preterite 3rd person masculine singular from שׂרה [“to strive, contend”]). The latter is followed by almost all English versions here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":34124,"verse_id":"HOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":34125,"verse_id":"HOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":34126,"verse_id":"HOS.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"The Leningrad Codex and the Allepo Codex both read 1st person common plural עִמָּנוּ (’ immanu , “with us”). The LXX and Peshitta both reflect an alternate Hebrew Vorlage of 3rd person masculine singular עִמוֹ (’ imo , “with him”). The BHS editors suggest emending the MT in favor of the Greek and Syriac. The internal evidence of 12:4-5 favors the 3rd person masculine singular reading. It is likely that the 1st person common plural ־נוּ reading on עִמָּנוּ arose due to a misunderstanding of the 3rd person masculine singular ־נוּ suffix on יִמְצָאֶנּוּ ( yimtsa ’ ennu , “he found him”; Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular + 3rd person masculine singular suffix) which was probably misunderstood as the 1st person common plural suffix: “he found us.” Several English versions follow the LXX and Syriac: “there he spoke with him” (RSV, NAB, NEB, NIV, NJPS, TEV). Others follow the MT: “there he spoke with us” (KJV, NASB, CEV). The Hebrew University Old Testament Project, which tends to preserve the MT whenever possible, adopts the MT reading but gives it only a “C” rating. See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:262-63.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":34127,"verse_id":"HOS.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Heb “[is] his memorial name” (so ASV); TEV “the name by which he is to be worshipped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":34128,"verse_id":"HOS.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"The verb תָשׁוּב ( tashuv , Qal imperfect 2nd person masculine singular from שׁוּב , shuv , “to return”) functions as an imperfect of moral obligation, introducing the following imperatives (e.g., Gen 20:9 ; Exod 4:15 ). For this function of the imperfect, see IBHS 508-9 §31.4g.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":34129,"verse_id":"HOS.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"The verb וְקַוֵּה ( vÿqavveh , vav + Piel imperative 2nd person masculine singular from קָוָה , qavah , “to wait for”) means “to hope for, wait for, look eagerly for” (BDB 875 s.v. קָוָה 1; HALOT 1082 s.v. קָוָה 2.b). The Qal meaning refers to a general hope; the Piel meaning refers to hope directed toward an object, or hope inserted within a sequence of expectation and fulfillment. When the Piel is used in reference to a thing, it refers to waiting expectantly for something to occur (e.g., Gen 49:18 ; Isa 5:2, 4, 7; 59:9, 11 ; Jer 8:15; 13:16; 14:19 ; Ps 69:21 ; Job 3:9; 6:19; 11:20 ). When it is used in reference to God, it refers to the people of God waiting expectantly for God to do something or to fulfill his promise (e.g., Pss 25:5, 21; 27:14; 37:34; 40:2; 52:11; 130:5 ; Isa 8:17; 25:9; 26:8; 33:2; 51:5; 60:9 ; Hos 12:7 ). The personal object can be introduced by the preposition לְ ( lamed , “for”; HALOT 1082 s.v. קָוָה 2.a) or אֶל (’ el , “for”; HALOT 1082 s.v. קָוָה 2.b; e.g., Pss 27:14; 37:34 ; Isa 51:5 ; Hos 12:7 ). The point seems to be that if Israel will repent and practice moral righteousness, she can look to God in confident expectation that he will intervene on her behalf by relenting from judgment and restoring the covenant blessings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":34130,"verse_id":"HOS.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"The phrase “to return to you” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is implied; it is provided in the translation for clarity. This ellipsis fills out the implicit connotations of the verb קָוָה ( qavah , “to wait for”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":34131,"verse_id":"HOS.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the merchant…loves to cheat.” The Hebrew has singular forms (noun and verb) which are used generically to refer to all Israelite merchants and traders in general. The singular noun II כְּנַעַן ( kÿna ’ an , “a merchant; a trader”; BDB 488 s.v. II כְּנַעַן ) is used in a generic sense to refer to the merchant class of Israel as a whole (e.g., Ezek 16:29; 17:4 ; Zeph 1:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":34132,"verse_id":"HOS.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “The merchant – in his hand are scales of deceit – loves to cheat.” The present translation rearranges the Hebrew line division to produce a smoother English rendering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":34133,"verse_id":"HOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “says” (so NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":34134,"verse_id":"HOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Heb “I have found wealth for myself.” The verb מָצַא ( matsa ’, “to find”) is repeated in 12:8 to create a wordplay that is difficult to reproduce in translation. The Israelites have “found” ( מָצַא ) wealth for themselves (i.e., become wealthy; v. 8 a) through dishonest business practices (v. 7 ). Nevertheless, they claim that no guilt can be “found” ( מָצַא ) in anything they have done in gaining their wealth (v. 8 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":34135,"verse_id":"HOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"The MT reads the 1st person common singular suffix on the noun יְגִיעַי ( yÿgi ’ ay , “my labors/gains”; masculine plural noun + 1st person common singular suffix). The LXX’s οἱ πόνοι αὐτοῦ ( {oi ponoi autou , “his labors”) assumes a 3rd person masculine singular suffix on the noun יְגִיעַיו ( yÿgi ’ av , “his labors/gains”; masculine plural noun + 3rd person masculine singular suffix). The BHS editors suggest adopting the LXX reading. The textual decision is based upon whether or not this line continues the speech of Ephraim (1st person common singular suffix) or whether these are the words of the prophet (3rd person masculine singular suffix). See the following translator’s note for the two rival lexical meanings which in turn lead to the textual options for the line as a whole. tn Heb “In all my gains/labors.” The noun יְגִיעַ ( yÿgi ’ a ) has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “toil, labor” and (2) metonymical result of toil: “product, produce, gain, acquired property” (i.e., wealth gained by labor; BDB 388 s.v.; HALOT 385-86 s.v.). Normally, only one of the categories of meaning is present in any usage; however, it is possible that intentional semantic ambiguity is present in this usage because the context invokes both ideas: action + wealth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":34136,"verse_id":"HOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.8","text":"The phrase מָצָאתִי אוֹן לִי ( matsa ’ ti ’ on li , “I have found wealth for myself” = I have become wealthy) forms a wordplay with לֹא יִמְצְאוּ לִי עָוֹן ( lo ’ yimtsÿ ’ u li ’ avon , “they will not find guilt in me”). The repetition of מָצָא לִי ( matsa ’ li ) is enhanced by the paronomasia between the similar sounding nouns עוֹן (’ on , “guilt”) and אוֹן (’ on , “wealth”). The wordplay emphasizes that Israel’s acquisition of wealth cannot be divorced from his guilt in dishonest business practices. Israel has difficulty in protesting his innocence that he is not guilty ( עוֹן ) of the dishonest acquisition of wealth ( אוֹן ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A8/4"}
{"id":34137,"verse_id":"HOS.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"12.8","text":"The MT reads “[in] all my gains, they will not find guilt in me which would be sin.” The LXX reflects a Hebrew Vorlage which would be translated “in all his labors, he cannot offset his guilt which is sin.” Some translations follow the LXX: “but all his riches can never offset the guilt he has incurred” (RSV); “None of his gains shall atone for the guilt of his sins” (NEB); “All his gain shall not suffice him for the guilt of his sin” (NAB). Most follow the MT: “In all my labours they shall find none iniquity in me that were sin” (KJV); “In all my labors they will find in me no iniquity, which would be sin” (NASB); “With all my wealth they will not find in me any iniquity or sin” (NIV); “All my gains do not amount to an offense which is real guilt” (NJPS); “No one can accuse us [ sic ] of getting rich dishonestly” (TEV); “I earned it all on my own, without committing a sin” (CEV). See D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:262-63. tn Heb “In all my gains/labors, no one can find in me any guilt which is sin.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A8/5"}
{"id":34138,"verse_id":"HOS.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “[Ever since you came] out of Egypt”; CEV “just as I have been since the time you were in Egypt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":34139,"verse_id":"HOS.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Heb “as in the days of meeting” ( כִּימֵי מוֹעֵד , kime mo ’ ed ). This phrase might refer to “time of the festival” (e.g., Hos 2:13; 9:5 ; cf. NASB, NRSV, NLT) or the Lord ’s first “meeting” with Israel in the desert (cf. NAB, TEV, CEV). In his announcements about Israel’s future, Hosea uses “as in the days of […]” ( כִּימֵי ) or “as in the day of […]” ( כְּיוֹם , kÿyom ) to introduce analogies drawn from Israel’s early history (e.g., Hos 2:5, 17; 9:9; 10:9 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":34140,"verse_id":"HOS.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “I myself multiplied vision[s]”; cf. NASB “I gave numerous visions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":34141,"verse_id":"HOS.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"There is debate whether אֲדַמֶּה (’ adammeh , Piel imperfect 1st person common singular) is derived from I דָמָה ( damah , “similitude, parable”) or II דָמָה (“oracle of doom”). The lexicons favor the former (BDB 198 s.v. I דָּמָה 1; HALOT 225-26 s.v. I דמה ). Most translators favor “parables” (cf. KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NJPS), but a few opt for “oracles of doom” (cf. NRSV, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":34142,"verse_id":"HOS.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Heb “by the hand of”; KJV, ASV “by the ministry of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":34143,"verse_id":"HOS.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"The noun אָוֶן (’ aven ) has a broad range of meanings which includes: (1) “wickedness, sin, injustice” (2) “deception, nothingness,” and (3) “idolatry, idolatrous cult” ( HALOT 22 s.v. אָוֶן ; BDB 19 s.v. אָוֶן ). While any of these meanings would fit the present context, the second-half of the verse refers to cultic sins, suggesting that Hosea is denouncing Gilead for its idolatry. Cf. NLT “Gilead is filled with sinners who worship idols.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":34144,"verse_id":"HOS.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"The introductory deictic particle אִם (’ im ) functions as an interrogative and introduces an interrogative clause: “Is there…?” (see HALOT 60 s.v. אִם 5; BDB 50 s.v. אִם 2). The LXX assumed that אִם was being used in its more common function as a conditional particle: “If there….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":34145,"verse_id":"HOS.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the inhabitants of Gilead) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":34146,"verse_id":"HOS.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.11","text":"The noun שָׁוְא ( shav ’, “emptiness, nothing”), which describes the imminent judgment of the people of Gilead, creates a wordplay in Hebrew with the noun אָוֶן (’ aven , “nothingness” = idolatry). Because Gilead worshiped “nothingness” (idols), it would become “nothing” (i.e., be destroyed).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A11/4"}
{"id":34147,"verse_id":"HOS.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Heb “served” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “earned a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":34148,"verse_id":"HOS.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “by a prophet” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":34149,"verse_id":"HOS.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (Israel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":34150,"verse_id":"HOS.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"Heb “was protected”; NASB “was kept.” The verb שָׁמַר ( shamar , “to watch, guard, keep, protect”) is repeated in 12:13-14 HT ( 12:12-13 ET). This repetition creates parallels between Jacob’s sojourn in Aram and Israel’s sojourn in the wilderness. Jacob “tended = kept” ( שָׁמַר ) sheep in Aram, and Israel was “preserved = kept” ( נִשְׁמָר , nishmar ) by Moses in the wilderness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":34151,"verse_id":"HOS.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"The noun תַּמְרוּרִים ( tamrurim , “bitter things”) functions as an adverbial accusative of manner, modifying the finite verb: “He bitterly provoked Him to anger” (GKC 375 §118. q ). The plural form of the noun functions as a plural of intensity: “very bitterly.” For the adverbial function of the accusative, see IBHS 172-73 §10.2.2e.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":34152,"verse_id":"HOS.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “He will leave his blood upon him”; NIV “will leave upon him the guilt of his bloodshed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":34153,"verse_id":"HOS.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The Hebrew term translated “Lord” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":34154,"verse_id":"HOS.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.14","text":"Heb “for his contempt” (so NIV); NRSV “for his insults”; NAB “for his outrage.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2012%3A14/4"}
{"id":34155,"verse_id":"HOS.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"The rulers of Ephraim (i.e., Samaria) issued many political decisions in the 8th century b.c. which brought “terror” to the other regions of the Northern Kingdom, as well as to Judah: “hearts shook as the trees of the forest shake before the wind” ( Isa 7:2 ; 2 Kgs 16:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":34156,"verse_id":"HOS.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"The noun רְתֵת ( rÿtet , “terror, trembling”) appears only here in OT (BDB 958 s.v. רְתֵת ; HALOT 1300-1301 s.v. רְתֵת ). However, it is attested in 1QH 4:33 where it means “trembling” and is used as a synonym with רַעַד ( ra ’ ad , “quaking”). It also appears in Mishnaic Hebrew, meaning “trembling” (G. Dalman, Aramäisch-neuhebräisches Handwörterbuch , 406, s.v. רעד ). This is the meaning reflected in the Greek recensions of Aquila, Symmachus, and Theodotion, as well as Jerome’s Latin Vulgate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":34157,"verse_id":"HOS.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"13.1","text":"The MT vocalizes the consonantal text as נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “he exalted”; Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular) which is syntactically awkward. The LXX and Syriac reflect a vocalization tradition of נִשָּׂא ( nisa ’, “he was exalted”; Niphal perfect 3rd person masculine singular). The BHS editors suggest that this revocalization should be adopted, and it has been followed by NAB, NIV, NRSV.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A1/4"}
{"id":34158,"verse_id":"HOS.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"The phrase יוֹסִפוּ לַחֲטֹא ( yosifu lakhato ’, “they add to sin”) is an idiom meaning either (1) “they sin more and more” or (2) “they continue to sin” (see BDB 415 s.v. יָסַף 2.a; HALOT 418 s.v. יסף 3.b). The English versions are divided: (1) “they sin more and more” (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV) and (2) “they go on sinning” (NJPS), “they continue to sin” (NAB), “they (+ still TEV, NCV) keep on sinning” (NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":34159,"verse_id":"HOS.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"The term כִּתְבוּנָם ( kitvunam , “according to their skill”; preposition כְּ + feminine singular noun תְּבוּנָה , tÿvunah + 3rd person masculine plural suffix) is an abbreviated form of כִּתְבוּנָתָם ( kitvunatam ; GKC 255-56 §91. e ). תְּבוּנָה means “understanding, faculty, skill” (BDB 108 s.v. תְּבוּנָה 1). It refers to a builder skillfully constructing a house ( Prov 24:3 ), God skillfully fashioning creation ( Ps 136:5 ; Prov 3:19 ), and a craftsman skillfully making an idol ( Hos 13:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":34160,"verse_id":"HOS.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “They say about them.” Another possible rendering for the line is: “It is said of them – those men who sacrifice, ‘They kiss calves!’” The phrase זֹבְחֵי אָדָם ( zovkhe ’ adam , “those men who sacrifice”) functions either (1) as the subject of the verb יִשָּׁקוּן ( yishaqun , “they kiss”) in the quotation in the direct discourse: “It is said of them, ‘Those men who sacrifice kiss calves!’” or (2) in apposition to the indirect object 3rd person masculine plural suffix לָהֶם ( lahem , “about them”): “It is said of them, that is, those men who sacrifice….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":34161,"verse_id":"HOS.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “Those among men who offer sacrifices.” The genitive construct זֹבְחֵי אָדָם ( zovkhe ’ adam , “the sacrificers of men”) is misunderstood by NIV as an objective genitive phrase: “they offer human sacrifice.” Such a classification is questionable: (1) Nowhere else in the book does Hosea accuse Israel of human sacrifice, and (2) archaeological evidence does not provide any evidence of human sacrifice in the Northern Kingdom during Iron Age I (1200-722 b.c. ). This phrase should be classified as a genitive of species: the genitive represents the whole class or kind of a species (men) and the construct represents a part of the whole or subspecies within the whole (those who sacrifice): “those among men who offer sacrifice” (those who offer sacrifices). The expression “a fool of men” in Prov 15:20 provides a similar example: the genitive represents the whole class/species (men) and the construct represents a part of the whole/subspecies (a fool): “a foolish man.” This is the tactic adopted by most English versions: “the men that sacrifice” (KJV), “the men who sacrifice” (NASB), “they appoint men to sacrifice [to them]” (NJPS).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A2/4"}
{"id":34162,"verse_id":"HOS.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “They kiss calves!” The verb יִשָּׁקוּן ( yishaqun ) may be parsed as an imperfect (“they kiss [calves]”) or jussive (“let them kiss [calves]!”). Paragogic nun endings ( ן + יִשָּׁקוּ ) are attached to imperfects to connote rhetorical emphasis. It is used either (1) to mark out an action that is contrary to normal practice and deviates from normal expectations (those who worship the calf idol are, in effect, kissing calves!), or (2) to express strong emotion (in this case disgust) at the action of the calf idolaters (they kiss calves!). For function of paragogic nun , see IBHS 516-17 §31.7.1.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A2/5"}
{"id":34163,"verse_id":"HOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “they will be like” (so NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":34164,"verse_id":"HOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"The phrase כְּעֲנַן־בֹּקֶר ( kÿ ’ anan-boqer , “like a cloud of the morning”) occurs also in Hos 6:4 in a similar simile. The Hebrew poets and prophets refer to morning clouds as a simile for transitoriness ( Job 7:9 ; Isa 44:22 ; Hos 6:4; 13:3 ; HALOT 858 s.v. עָנָן 1.b; BDB 778 s.v. עָנָן 1.c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":34165,"verse_id":"HOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “like the early rising dew that goes away”; TEV “like the dew that vanishes early in the day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":34166,"verse_id":"HOS.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"Heb “storm-driven away”; KJV, ASV “driven with the whirlwind out.” The verb יְסֹעֵר ( yÿso ’ er , Poel imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from סָעַר , sa ’ ar , “to storm”) often refers to the intense action of strong, raging storm winds (e.g., Jonah 1:11, 13 ). The related nouns refer to “heavy gale,” “storm wind,” and “high wind” (BDB 704 s.v. סָעַר ; HALOT 762 s.v. סער ). The verb is used figuratively to describe the intensity of God’s destruction of the wicked whom he will “blow away” ( Isa 54:11 ; Hos 13:3 ; Hab 3:14 ; Zech 7:14 ; BDB 704 s.v.; HALOT 762 s.v.).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":34167,"verse_id":"HOS.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"The MT reads יְדַעְתִּיךָ ( yÿda ’ tikha , Qal perfect 1st person common singular + 2nd person masculine singular suffix from יָדַע , yada ’, “to know”), followed by KJV, ASV (“I did know thee”). The LXX and Syriac reflect an alternate textual tradition of רְעִיתִיךָ ( rÿ ’ it ’ kha , Qal perfect 1st person common singular + 2nd person masculine singular suffix from רָעָה , ra ’ ah , “to feed”), which is followed by most recent English versions (e.g., NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":34168,"verse_id":"HOS.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Heb “land of intense drought” or “intensely thirsty land.” The noun תַּלְאֻבוֹת ( tal ’ uvot ) occurs in the OT only here. It probably means “drought” (BDB 520 s.v. תַּלְאֻבָה ). The related Arabic verb means “to be thirsty” and the related Arabic noun means “a stony tract of land.” The plural form (singular = תַּלְאֻבָה , tal ’ uvah ) is a plural of intensity: “a [land] of intense drought.” The term functions as an attributive genitive, modifying the construct אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “land”). The phrase is variously rendered: “land of (+ great KJV) drought” (RSV, NASB), “thirsty land” (NJPS), “thirsty desert” (CEV), “dry, desert land” (TEV), and the metonymical (effect for cause) “land of burning heat” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":34169,"verse_id":"HOS.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"The MT reads כְּמַרְעִיתָם ( kÿmar ’ itam , “according to their pasturage”; preposition כְּ ( kaf ) + noun מַרְעִית , mar ’ it , “pasture” + 3rd person masculine plural suffix). Text-critics propose: (1) כְּמוֹ רְעִיתִים ( kÿmo rÿ ’ itim , “as I pastured them”; preposition כְּמוֹ ( kÿmo ) + Qal perfect 1st person common singular from רָעַה , ra ’ ah , “to pasture, feed” + 3rd person masculine plural suffix) and (2) כִּרְעוֹתָם (“when they had pastured”; preposition כְּ + Qal perfect 3rd person masculine plural from רָעַה ). Some English versions follow the MT: “according to their pasture” (KJV), “as they had their pasture” (NASB), “when you entered the good land” (TEV). Others adopt the first emendation: “when I fed them” (NIV, NRSV), “I fed you [ sic = them]” (CEV). Still others follow the second emendation: “but when they had fed to the full” (RSV), “when they grazed” (NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":34170,"verse_id":"HOS.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “their heart became exalted”; KJV, ASV “was exalted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":34171,"verse_id":"HOS.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"The vav consecutive + preterite form וָאֱהִי ( va ’ ehi ) introduces a consequential or result clause; cf. NAB “Therefore”; NCV “That is why.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":34172,"verse_id":"HOS.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Heb “So I will be like a lion to them” (so NASB); NIV “I will come upon them like a lion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":34173,"verse_id":"HOS.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The MT reads שִׁחֶתְךָ ( shikhetkha , “he destroyed you”; Piel perfect 3rd person masculine singular from שָׁחַת , shakhat , “to destroy” + 2nd person masculine singular suffix). The BHS editors suggest שׁחתיךָ (“I will destroy you”; Piel perfect 1st person common singular + 2nd person masculine singular suffix). Contextually, this fits: If the Lord is intent on destroying Israel, there is no one who will be able to rescue her from him. This reading is also followed by NCV, NRSV, TEV.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":34174,"verse_id":"HOS.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"The MT reads כִּי־בִי בְעֶזְרֶךָ ( ki-vi ve ’ ezrekha , “but in me is your help”); cf. KJV, NIV, NLT. The LXX and Syriac reflect an underlying Hebrew text of כִּי־מִי בְעֶזְרֶךָ ( ki-mi ve ’ ezrekha , “For who will help you?”). The interrogative מִי (“Who?”) harmonizes well with the interrogatives in 13:9-10 and should be adopted, as the BHS editors suggest; the reading is also followed by NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":34175,"verse_id":"HOS.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"The MT reads the enigmatic אֱהִי (’ ehi , “I want to be [your king]”; apocopated Qal imperfect 1st person common singular from הָיָה , hayah , “to be”) which makes little sense and conflicts with the 3rd person masculine singular form in the dependent clause: “that he might save you” ( וְיוֹשִׁיעֲךָ , vÿyoshi ’ akha ). All the versions (Greek, Syriac, Vulgate) read the interrogative particle אַיֵּה (’ ayyeh , “where?”) which the BHS editors endorse. The textual corruption was caused by metathesis of the י ( yod ) and ה ( hey ). Few English versions follow the MT: “I will be thy/your king” (KJV, NKJV). Most recent English versions follow the ancient versions in reading “Where is your king?” (ASV, RSV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NJPS, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":34176,"verse_id":"HOS.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"The repetition of the phrase “Where are…?” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is implied by the parallelism in the preceding lines. It is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":34177,"verse_id":"HOS.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The prefix-conjugation verb אֶתֶּן (’ eten , “I gave”) refers to past-time action, specifying a definite past event (the enthronement of Saul); therefore, this should be classified as a preterite. While imperfects are occasionally used in reference to past-time events, they depict repeated action in the past. See IBHS 502-4 §31.2 and 510-14 §31.6.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":34178,"verse_id":"HOS.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The noun עָוֹן (’ avon ) has a three-fold range of meanings: (1) “iniquity,” so KJV, NASB, NRSV; (2) “guilt,” so NAB, NIV; and (3) “punishment” (BDB 730 s.v. עָוֹן ). The oracle of 13:12-13 announces that Israel’s punishment, though momentarily withheld, will suddenly come upon her like labor pains that will kill her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":34179,"verse_id":"HOS.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Heb “has been bound.” צָרַר ( tsarar , “to bind”) refers elsewhere to the action of scribes binding a document into a sealed scroll of safekeeping ( Isa 8:16 ; HALOT 1058 s.v. I צרר 1; BDB 864 s.v. צָרַר 1). Here it figuratively depicts the record of Israel’s sins being written down and permanently bound in a sealed scroll for safekeeping (cf. NCV, TEV “are on record”). The guilt of Israel’s sin will be retained.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":34180,"verse_id":"HOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"The translation of the first two lines of this verse reflects the interpretation adopted. There are three interpretive options to v. 14 : (1) In spite of Israel’s sins, the Lord will redeem them from the threat of death and destruction (e.g., 11:8 ). However, against this view, the last line of 13:14 probably means that the Lord will not show compassion to Israel. (2) The Lord announces the triumphant victory over death through resurrection (cf. KJV, ASV, NIV). However, although Paul uses the wording of Hosea 13:14 as an illustration of victory over death, the context of Hosea’s message is the imminent judgment in 723-722 b.c . (3) The first two lines of 13:14 are rhetorical questions without explicit interrogative markers, implying negative answers: “I will not rescue them!” (cf. NAB, NASB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT). The next two lines in 13:14 are words of encouragement to Death and Sheol to destroy Israel. The final line announces that the Lord will not show compassion on Israel; he will not spare her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":34181,"verse_id":"HOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “Where, O Death, are your plagues?” (so NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":34182,"verse_id":"HOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “Where, O Sheol, is your destruction?” (NRSV similar). sn The two rhetorical questions in 13:14 b function as words of encouragement, inviting personified Death and Sheol to draw near like foreign invading armies to attack and kill Israel (cf. TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":34183,"verse_id":"HOS.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.14","text":"Heb “Compassion will be hidden from my eyes” (NRSV similar; NASB “from my sight”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A14/4"}
{"id":34184,"verse_id":"HOS.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"The MT reads בֵּן אַחִים יַפְרִיא ( ben ’ akhim yafri ’, “he flourishes [as] a son of brothers”), which is awkward syntactically and enigmatic contextually. The Greek, Syriac, and Latin versions reflect a Vorlage of בֵּין אַחִים יַפְרִיד ( ben ’ akhim yafrid , “he causes division between brothers”). The BHS editors suggest the MT confused the common term אָח (’ akh , “brother”) for the rarer term אָחוּ (’ akhu , “marsh plant, reed plant” [ Job 8:11 ] and “reed bed” [ Gen 41:2, 18 ; HALOT 31 s.v. אָחוּ ]). This is an Egyptian loanword which is also attested in Ugaritic and Old Aramaic. The original text probably read either כְּאָחוּ מַפְרִיא ( kÿ ’ akhu mafri ’, “he flourishes like a reed plant”; comparative כְּ , kaf , + noun אָחוּ , “reed” followed by Hiphil participle masculine singular from פָּרַה , parah , “to flourish”) or בֵּין אָחוּ מַפְרִיא ( ben ’ akhu mafri ’, “he flourishes among the reeds”; preposition בֵּין , ben , “between” followed by masculine singular noun אָחוּ “reed” followed by Hiphil participle masculine singular from פָּרַה ). The confusion over אָחוּ (“reed plant”) probably led to secondary scribal errors: (1) faulty word-division of אָחוּ מַפְרִיא to אָחוּם יַפְרִיא , and (2) secondary orthographic confusion of י ( yod ) and ו ( vav ) between אָחוּם and resultant אָחִים . For discussion, see D. Barthélemy, ed., Preliminary and Interim Report on the Hebrew Old Testament Text Project , 5:268-69. Several English versions retain the MT: “even though he thrives among his brothers” (NIV), “Though he be fruitful among his brethren” (KJV), “No matter how much you prosper more than the other tribes” (CEV), “Ephraim was the most fruitful of all his brothers (NLT). Others adopt one of the two emendations: (1) “though he flourishes among the reeds” (NEB, NASB, NJPS), and (2) “even though he flourishes like weeds” (TEV), “though he may flourish as the reed plant” (RSV). tn Or “among the reed plants” (cf. NEB, NASB, NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":34185,"verse_id":"HOS.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"The MT וְיֵבוֹשׁ ( vÿyevosh , “will be ashamed”; vav + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from בּוֹשׁ , bosh , “to be ashamed”) does not fit the context. The LXX, Syriac, and Vulgate reflect a Vorlage of וְיוֹבִישׁ ( vÿyovish , “will dry up”; vav + Hiphil imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from יָבַשׁ , yavash , “to be dry”; HALOT 384 s.v. יבשׁ 1). This fits well with the parallel וְיֶחֱרַב ( vÿyekherav , “will become dry”; vav + Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular from חָרַב , kharav , “to be dry”). See Isa 42:15; 44:27 ; Jer 51:36 . The variant read by the ancient versions is followed by almost all modern English versions (as well as KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":34186,"verse_id":"HOS.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"The term “wind” is not repeated in the Hebrew text at this point but is implied; it is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":34187,"verse_id":"HOS.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “must bear its guilt” (NIV similar); NLT “must bear the consequences of their guilt”; CEV “will be punished.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":34188,"verse_id":"HOS.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.16","text":"Heb “his.” This is a collective singular, as recognized by almost all English versions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2013%3A16/3"}
{"id":34189,"verse_id":"HOS.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “For you have stumbled in your iniquity”; NASB, NRSV “because of your iniquity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":34190,"verse_id":"HOS.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “Take words with you and return to the Lord ” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":34191,"verse_id":"HOS.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"The word order כָּל־תִּשָּׂא עָוֹן ( kol-tisa ’ ’ avon ) is syntactically awkward. The BHS editors suggest rearranging the word order: תִּשָּׂא כָּל־עוֹן (“Forgive all [our] iniquity!”). However, Gesenius suggests that כָּל (“all”) does not function as the construct in the genitive phrase כָּל־עוֹן (“all [our] iniquity”); it functions adverbially modifying the verb תִּשָּׂא (“Completely forgive!”; see GKC 415 §128. e ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":34192,"verse_id":"HOS.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “and accept [our] speech.” The word טוֹב ( tov ) is often confused with the common homonymic root I טוֹב ( tov , “good”; BDB 373 s.v. I טוֹב ). However, this is probably IV טוֹב ( tov , “word, speech”; HALOT 372 s.v. IV טוֹב ), a hapax legomenon that is related to the verb טבב (“to speak”; HALOT 367 s.v. טבב ) and the noun טִבָּה ( tibbah , “rumor”; HALOT 367 s.v. טִבָּה ). The term טוֹב (“word; speech”) refers to the repentant prayer mentioned in 14:1-3 . Most translations relate it to I טוֹב and treat it as (1) accusative direct object: “accept that which is good” (RSV, NJPS), “Accept our good sacrifices” (CEV), or (2) adverbial accusative of manner: “receive [us] graciously” (KJV, NASB, NIV). Note TEV, however, which follows the suggestion made here: “accept our prayer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A2/4"}
{"id":34193,"verse_id":"HOS.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"14.2","text":"The MT reads פָרִים ( farim , “bulls”), but the LXX reflects פְּרִי ( pÿri , “fruit”), a reading followed by NASB, NIV, NRSV: “that we may offer the fruit of [our] lips [as sacrifices to you].” Although the Greek expression in Heb 13:15 ( καρπὸν χειλέων , karpon xeilewn , “the fruit of lips”) reflects this LXX phrase, the MT makes good sense as it stands; NT usage of the LXX should not be considered decisive in resolving OT textual problems. The noun פָרִים ( parim , “bulls”) functions as an adverbial accusative of state.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A2/5"}
{"id":34194,"verse_id":"HOS.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “For the orphan is shown compassion by you.” The present translation takes “orphan” as a figurative reference to Israel, which is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":34195,"verse_id":"HOS.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"The noun נְדָבָה ( nÿdavah , “voluntariness; free-will offering”) is an adverbial accusative of manner: “freely, voluntarily” (BDB 621 s.v. נְדָבָה 1). Cf. CEV “without limit”; TEV “with all my heart”; NLT “my love will know no bounds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":34196,"verse_id":"HOS.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Heb “like Lebanon” (so KJV; also in the following verse). The phrase “a cedar of” does not appear in the Hebrew text; it is supplied in translation for clarity. Cf. TEV “the trees of Lebanon”; NRSV “the forests of Lebanon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":34197,"verse_id":"HOS.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Hosea uses the similar-sounding terms יָשֻׁבוּ יֹשְׁבֵי ( yashuvu yoshve , “the dwellers will return”) to create a wordplay between the roots שׁוּב ( shuv , “to return”) and יָשַׁב ( yashav , “to dwell; to reside”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":34198,"verse_id":"HOS.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Heb “they will cause the grain to live” or “they will revive the grain.” Some English versions treat this as a comparison: “they shall revive as the corn” (KJV); “will flourish like the grain” (NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":34199,"verse_id":"HOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"The Hebrew expression מַה־לִּי עוֹד ( mah-li ’ od ) is a formula of repudiation/emphatic denial that God has anything in common with idols: “I want to have nothing to do with […] any more!” Cf., e.g., Judg 11:12 ; 2 Sam 16:10; 19:23 ; 1 Kgs 17:18 ; 2 Kgs 3:13 ; 2 Chr 35:21 ; Jer 2:18 ; Ps 50:16 ; BDB 553 s.v. מָה 1.d.(c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":34200,"verse_id":"HOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"The term “like” does not appear in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity, as in the majority of English versions (including KJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":34201,"verse_id":"HOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Cf. KJV “a green fir tree”; NIV, NCV “a green pine tree”; NRSV “an evergreen cypress.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":34202,"verse_id":"HOS.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.8","text":"Heb “your fruit is found in me”; NRSV “your faithfulness comes from me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A8/4"}
{"id":34203,"verse_id":"HOS.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HOS","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"The shortened form of the prefix-conjugation verb וְיָבֵן ( vÿyaven ) indicates that it is a jussive rather than an imperfect. When a jussive comes from a superior to an inferior, it may connote exhortation and instruction or advice and counsel. For the functions of the jussive, see IBHS 568-70 §34.3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hosea%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":34204,"verse_id":"JOL.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":34205,"verse_id":"JOL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “give ear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":34206,"verse_id":"JOL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “days.” The term “days” functions here as a synecdoche for one’s lifespan.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":34207,"verse_id":"JOL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":34208,"verse_id":"JOL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “fathers.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":34209,"verse_id":"JOL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “sons.” This word occurs several times in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":34210,"verse_id":"JOL.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “eaten.” This verb is repeated three times in v. 4 to emphasize the total devastation of the crops by this locust invasion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":34211,"verse_id":"JOL.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The four Hebrew terms used in this verse are of uncertain meaning. English translations show a great deal of variation in dealing with these: (1) For ָגּזָם ( gazam ) KJV has “palmerworm,” NEB “locust,” NAB “cutter”, NASB “gnawing locust,” NIV “locust swarm,” NKJV “chewing locust,” NRSV, NLT “cutting locust(s),” NIrV “giant locusts”; (2) for אַרְבֶּה (’ arbeh ) KJV has “locust,” NEB “swarm,” NAB “locust swarm,” NASB, NKJV, NRSV, NLT “swarming locust(s),” NIV “great locusts,” NIrV “common locusts”; (3) for יֶלֶק ( yeleq ) KJV has “cankerworm,” NEB “hopper,” NAB “grasshopper,” NASB “creeping locust,” NIV, NIrV “young locusts,” NKJV “crawling locust,” NRSV, NLT “hopping locust(s)”; (4) for חָסִיל ( khasil ) KJV has “caterpillar,” NEB “grub,” NAB “devourer,” NASB, NLT “stripping locust(s),” NIV, NIrV “other locusts,” NKJV “consuming locust,” NRSV “destroying locust.” It is debated whether the Hebrew terms describe different species of locusts or similar insects or different developmental stages of the same species, or are virtual synonyms. While the last seems more likely, given the uncertainty over their exact meaning, the present translation has transliterated the Hebrew terms in combination with the word “locust.” sn Four different words for “locust” are used in this verse. Whether these words represent different life-stages of the locusts, or whether virtual synonyms are being used to underscore the severity of damage caused by the relentless waves of locust invasion, is not entirely certain. The latter seems more likely. Many interpreters have understood the locust plagues described here to be symbolic of invading armies that will devastate the land, but the symbolism could also work the other way, with real plagues of locusts described in the following verses as an invading army.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":34212,"verse_id":"JOL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “over the sweet wine, because it.” Cf. KJV, NIV, TEV, NLT “new wine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":34213,"verse_id":"JOL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “cut off” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV); NAB “will be withheld.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":34214,"verse_id":"JOL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “your mouth.” This is a synecdoche of part (the mouth) for whole (the person).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":34215,"verse_id":"JOL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “has come up against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":34216,"verse_id":"JOL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":34217,"verse_id":"JOL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “it.” Throughout vv. 6-7 the Hebrew uses singular forms to describe the locust swarm, but the translation uses plural forms because several details of the text make more sense in English as if they are describing the appearance and effects of individual locusts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":34218,"verse_id":"JOL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":34219,"verse_id":"JOL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Both “vines” and “fig trees” are singular in the Hebrew text, but are regarded as collective singulars.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":34220,"verse_id":"JOL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “my.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":34221,"verse_id":"JOL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “a young woman” (TEV, CEV). See the note on the phrase “husband-to-be” in the next line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":34222,"verse_id":"JOL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “over the death of.” The term “lamenting” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":34223,"verse_id":"JOL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “house.” So also in vv. 13, 14, 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":34224,"verse_id":"JOL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “grain offering and drink offering are cut off from the house of the Lord ,”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":34225,"verse_id":"JOL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “the field has been utterly destroyed.” The term “field,” a collective singular for “fields,” is a metonymy for crops produced by the fields.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":34226,"verse_id":"JOL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Joel uses intentionally alliterative language in the phrases שֻׁדַּד שָׂדֶה ( shuddad sadeh , “the field is destroyed”) and אֲבְלָה אֲדָמָה (’ avlah ’ adamah , “the ground is in mourning”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":34227,"verse_id":"JOL.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “embarrassed”; or “be ashamed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":34228,"verse_id":"JOL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"This Hebrew word וְתַפּוּחַ ( vÿtappuakh ) probably refers to the apple tree (so most English versions), but other suggestions that scholars have offered include the apricot, citron, or quince.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":34229,"verse_id":"JOL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"These words are not in the Hebrew text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":34230,"verse_id":"JOL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “the sons of man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":34231,"verse_id":"JOL.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “put on.” There is no object present in the Hebrew text, but many translations assume “sackcloth” to be the understood object of the verb “put on.” Its absence in the Hebrew text of v. 13 is probably due to metrical considerations. The meter here + 3, and that has probably influenced the prophet’s choice of words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":34232,"verse_id":"JOL.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “for grain offering and drink offering are withheld from the house of your God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":34233,"verse_id":"JOL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “consecrate a fast” (so NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":34234,"verse_id":"JOL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":").","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":34235,"verse_id":"JOL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “Alas for the day!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":34236,"verse_id":"JOL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"There is a wordplay in Hebrew here with the word used for “destruction” ( שׁוֹד , shod ) and the term used for God ( שַׁדַּי , shadday ). The exact meaning of “Shaddai” in the OT is somewhat uncertain, although the ancient versions and many modern English versions tend to translate it as “Almighty” (e.g., Greek παντοκράτωρ [ pantokratwr ], Latin omnipotens ). Here it might be rendered “Destroyer,” with the thought being that “destruction will come from the Divine Destroyer,” which should not be misunderstood as a reference to the destroying angel. The name “Shaddai” (outside Genesis and without the element “El” [“God”]) is normally used when God is viewed as the sovereign king who blesses/protects or curses/brings judgment. The name appears in the introduction to two of Balaam’s oracles ( Num 24:4, 16 ) of blessing upon Israel. Naomi employs the name when accusing the Lord of treating her bitterly by taking the lives of her husband and sons ( Ruth 1:20-21 ). In Ps 68:14 , Isa 13:6 , and the present passage, Shaddai judges his enemies through warfare, while Ps 91:1 depicts him as the protector of his people. In Ezek 1:24 and 10:5 the sound of the cherubs’ wings is compared to Shaddai’s powerful voice. The reference may be to the mighty divine warrior’s battle cry which accompanies his angry judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":34237,"verse_id":"JOL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “Has not the food been cut off right before our eyes?” This rhetorical question expects an affirmative answer; the question has been translated as an affirmation for the sake of clarity and emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":34238,"verse_id":"JOL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “joy and gladness from the house of our God?” Verse 16 b is a continuation of the rhetorical question begun in v. 16 a, but has been translated as an affirmative statement to make the meaning clear. The words “There is no longer any” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":34239,"verse_id":"JOL.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “seed.” The phrase “the grains of” does not appear in the Hebrew, but has been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":34240,"verse_id":"JOL.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":") reads “the heifers decay in [their] s[talls].” LXX reads “the heifers leap in their stalls.” These two lines of v. 17 comprise only four words in the Hebrew; three of the four are found only here in the OT. The translation and meaning are rather uncertain. A number of English versions render the word translated “shovels” as “clods,” referring to lumps of soil (e.g., KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":34241,"verse_id":"JOL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “how the cattle groan!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":34242,"verse_id":"JOL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “the herds of cattle are confused.” The verb בּוּךְ ( bukh , “be confused”) sometimes refers to wandering aimlessly in confusion (cf. Exod 14:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":34243,"verse_id":"JOL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"The phrase “for help” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":34244,"verse_id":"JOL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “consumed.” This entire line is restated at the end of v. 20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":34245,"verse_id":"JOL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “the pastures of the wilderness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":34246,"verse_id":"JOL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":34247,"verse_id":"JOL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “long for you.” Animals of course do not have religious sensibilities as such; they do not in any literal sense long for Yahweh. Rather, the language here is figurative (metonymy of cause for effect). The animals long for food and water (so BDB 788 s.v. עָרַג ), the ultimate source of which is Yahweh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":34248,"verse_id":"JOL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “sources of water.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":34249,"verse_id":"JOL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “consumed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A20/4"}
{"id":34250,"verse_id":"JOL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “the pastures of the wilderness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%201%3A20/5"}
{"id":34251,"verse_id":"JOL.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The word translated “trumpet” here (so most English versions) is the Hebrew שׁוֹפָר ( shofar ). The shophar was a wind instrument made from a cow or ram’s horn and used as a military instrument for calling people to attention in the face of danger or as a religious instrument for calling people to occasions of communal celebration.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":34252,"verse_id":"JOL.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":34253,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The phrase “It will be” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":34254,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “darkness and gloom.” These two terms probably form a hendiadys here. This picture recalls the imagery of the supernatural darkness in Egypt during the judgments of the exodus ( Exod 10:22 ). These terms are also frequently used as figures (metonymy of association) for calamity and divine judgment ( Isa 8:22; 59:9 ; Jer 23:12 ; Zeph 1:15 ). Darkness is often a figure (metonymy of association) for death, dread, distress and judgment (BDB 365 s.v. חשֶׁךְ 3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":34255,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “a day of cloud and darkness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":34256,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"The present translation here follows the proposed reading שְׁחֹר ( shÿkhor , “blackness”) rather than the MT שַׁחַר ( shakhar , “morning”). The change affects only the vocalization; the Hebrew consonants remain unchanged. Here the context calls for a word describing darkness. The idea of morning or dawn speaks instead of approaching light, which does not seem to fit here. The other words in the verse (e.g., “darkness,” “gloominess,” “cloud,” “heavy overcast”) all emphasize the negative aspects of the matter at hand and lead the reader to expect a word like “blackness” rather than “dawn.” However, NIrV paraphrases the MT nicely: “A huge army of locusts is coming. They will spread across the mountains like the sun when it rises.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":34257,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “A huge and powerful people”; KJV, ASV “a great people and a strong.” Many interpreters understand to describe an invasion of human armies, either in past history (e.g., the Babylonian invasion of Palestine in the sixth century b.c. ) or in an eschatological setting. More probably, however, the language of this chapter referring to “people” and “armies” is a hypocatastic description of the locusts of chapter one. Cf. TEV “The great army of locusts advances like darkness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":34258,"verse_id":"JOL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “it will not be repeated for years of generation and generation.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A2/6"}
{"id":34259,"verse_id":"JOL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “a fire devours before it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":34260,"verse_id":"JOL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “like the garden of Eden, the land is before them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":34261,"verse_id":"JOL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and surely a survivor there is not for it.” The antecedent of the pronoun “it” is apparently עַם (’ am , “people”) of v. 2 , which seems to be a figurative way of referring to the locusts. K&D 26:191-92 thought that the antecedent of this pronoun was “land,” but the masculine gender of the pronoun does not support this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":34262,"verse_id":"JOL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Like the appearance of horses [is] its appearance.” sn The fact that a locust’s head resembles a miniature replica of a horse’s head has often been noticed. For example, the German word for locust ( Heupferd , “hay horse”) and the Italian word as well ( cavaletta , “little horse”) are based on this similarity in appearance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":34263,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “like the sound of.” sn The repetition of the word of comparison (“like”) in vv. 4-7 should not go unnoticed. The author is comparing the locust invasion to familiar aspects of human invasion. If the preposition has its normal force here, it is similarity and not identity that is intended. In other words, locusts are being likened to human armies, but human armies are not actually present. On the other hand, this Hebrew preposition is also on occasion used to indicate exactitude, a function described by grammarians as kaph veritatis .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":34264,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “jostling” or “leaping.” There is question whether this pictures chariots rumbling over the mountains (e.g., 2 Sam 6:14,16 ; 1 Chr 15:29 ; Nah 3:2 ) or the locusts flying – or “leaping” – over the mountains (e.g., Job 21:11 ); see BDB 955 s.v. רָקַד .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":34265,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “sound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":34266,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"The phrase “the noise of” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is implied by the parallelism, so it has been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":34267,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “people.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":34268,"verse_id":"JOL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “being arrayed of battle.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A5/6"}
{"id":34269,"verse_id":"JOL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":34270,"verse_id":"JOL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “before it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":34271,"verse_id":"JOL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “all faces gather beauty”; or “all faces gather a glow.” The Hebrew word פָּארוּר ( pa ’ rur ) is found in the OT only here and in Nah 2:11 . Its meaning is very uncertain. Some scholars associate it with a root that signifies “glowing”; hence “all faces gather a glow of dread.” Others associate the word with פָּרוּר ( parur , “pot”); hence “all faces gather blackness.” Still others take the root to signify “beauty”; hence “all faces gather in their beauty” in the sense of growing pale due to fear. This is the view assumed here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":34272,"verse_id":"JOL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “run.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":34273,"verse_id":"JOL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “men of battle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":34274,"verse_id":"JOL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"The translation reads יְעַבְּתוּן ( yÿ ’ abbÿtun ) for MT יְעַבְּטוּן ( yÿ ’ abbÿtun ). The verb found in MT ( עָבַט , ’ avat ) means “take or give a pledge” (cf. Deut 15:6, 8; 24:10 ) and does not fit the context. Some scholars have proposed various emendations: (1) יְעָוְּתוּן ( yÿ ’ avvÿtun , “they make crooked”); (2) יָטּוּן ( yattun , “they turn aside”); (3) יָעַוּוּן ( ya ’ avvun , “they err”); and (4) יְעָבְּתוּן (adopted in the present translation) from the root I עָבַת (’ avat , “to twist, pervert”) or II עָבַת (’ avat , “to change, abandon”). KBL adopt the latter option, but the only biblical evidence for this is the problematic reference in Joel 2:7 . Another option is to view it as a variant of the root חבט ( khavat , “turn aside from”), a meaning attested for the Arabic cognate. The difference in spelling would be due to the interchange of the guttural letters khet ( ח ) and ayin ( ע ). This may lay behind LXX rendering ἐκκλίνωσιν ( ekklinwsin ; cf. Syriac Peshitta nstwn and Vg declinabunt ). See S. F. Whitley, “ ‘bt in Joel 2, 7 ,” Bib 65 (1984): 101-2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":34275,"verse_id":"JOL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"“each one does not crowd his brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":34276,"verse_id":"JOL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “each warrior walks in his own course.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":34277,"verse_id":"JOL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “they fall upon.” This line has been interpreted in two different ways: (1) although they fall upon the sword, they shall not be wounded (KJV), or (2) when they “burst through” the city’s defenses, they will not break ranks (RSV, NASB, NIV, NIrV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":34278,"verse_id":"JOL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “missile” or “javelin.” This term appears to function as a synecdoche for the city’s defenses as a whole (cf. NASB, NIV, TEV). Some scholars instead understand the reference to be an aqueduct by which the locusts (or armies) entered the city.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":34279,"verse_id":"JOL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “dart about in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":34280,"verse_id":"JOL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “they run upon its wall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":34281,"verse_id":"JOL.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “before it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":34282,"verse_id":"JOL.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “trembles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":34283,"verse_id":"JOL.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “gather their brightness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":34284,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “the Lord gives his voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":34285,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “before his army.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":34286,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “military encampment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":34287,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “very large.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":34288,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “he makes his word powerful.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":34289,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “powerful.” Heb “great.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/6"}
{"id":34290,"verse_id":"JOL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.11","text":") has “bear.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A11/7"}
{"id":34291,"verse_id":"JOL.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “and great of loyal love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":34292,"verse_id":"JOL.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “and he relents from calamity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":34293,"verse_id":"JOL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “turn” or “turn back.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":34294,"verse_id":"JOL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “leave a blessing behind him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":34295,"verse_id":"JOL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The phrase “for you to offer” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":34296,"verse_id":"JOL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"See the note on this term in 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":34297,"verse_id":"JOL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “between the vestibule and the altar.” The vestibule was located at the entrance of the temple and the altar was located at the other end of the building. So “between the vestibule and the altar” is a merism referring to the entire structure. The priestly lament permeates the entire house of worship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":34298,"verse_id":"JOL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"For the MT reading לִמְשָׁל ( limshol , an infinitive, “to rule”), one should instead read לְמָשָׁל ( lÿmashal , a noun, “to a byword”). While the consonantal Hebrew text permits either, the context suggests that the concern here is more one of not wanting to appear abandoned by God to ongoing economic depression rather than one of concern over potential political subjection of Israel (cf. v. 19 ). The possibility that the form in the MT is an infinitive construct of the denominative verb II מָשַׁל ( mashal , “to utter a proverb”) does not seem likely because of the following preposition (Hebrew בְּ [ bÿ ], rather than עַל [’ al ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":34299,"verse_id":"JOL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “Why will they say?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":34300,"verse_id":"JOL.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The time-frame entertained by the verbs of v.18 constitutes a crux interpretum in this chapter. The Hebrew verb forms used here are preterites with vav consecutive and are most naturally understood as describing a past situation. However, some modern English versions render these verbs as futures (e.g., NIV, NASV), apparently concluding that the context requires a future reference. According to Joüon 2:363 §112.h, n.1 Ibn Ezra explained the verbs of Joel 2:18 as an extension of the so-called prophetic perfect; as such, a future fulfillment was described with a past tense as a rhetorical device lending certainty to the fulfillment. But this lacks adequate precedent and is very unlikely from a syntactical standpoint. It seems better to take the verbs in the normal past sense of the preterite. This would require a vantage point for the prophet at some time after the people had responded favorably to the Lord’s call for repentance and after the Lord had shown compassion and forgiveness toward his people, but before the full realization of God’s promises to restore productivity to the land. In other words, it appears from the verbs of vv. 18-19 that at the time of Joel’s writing this book the events of successive waves of locust invasion and conditions of drought had almost run their course and the people had now begun to turn to the Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":34301,"verse_id":"JOL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":34302,"verse_id":"JOL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “Look! I am sending grain to you.” The participle used in the Hebrew text seems to suggest imminent action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":34303,"verse_id":"JOL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":") inserts “and you will eat” before “and you will be fully satisfied” (the reading of the MT, LXX).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":34304,"verse_id":"JOL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “his face to the eastern sea.” In this context the eastern sea is probably the Dead Sea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":34305,"verse_id":"JOL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “and his rear to the western sea.” The western sea refers to the Mediterranean Sea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":34306,"verse_id":"JOL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.20","text":"The Hebrew text does not have “the Lord .” Two interpretations are possible. This clause may refer to the enemy described in the immediately preceding verses, in which case it would have a negative sense: “he has acted in a high-handed manner.” Or it may refer to the Lord , in which case it would have a positive sense: “the Lord has acted in a marvelous manner.” This is clearly the sense of the same expression in v. 21 , where in fact “the Lord ” appears as the subject of the verb. It seems best to understand the clause the same way in both verses.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A20/5"}
{"id":34307,"verse_id":"JOL.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “beasts of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":34308,"verse_id":"JOL.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “their strength.” The trees and vines will produce a maximum harvest, in contrast to the failed agricultural conditions previously described.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":34309,"verse_id":"JOL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “sons of Zion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":34310,"verse_id":"JOL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “be glad in the Lord your God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":34311,"verse_id":"JOL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Normally the Hebrew word הַמּוֹרֶה ( hammoreh ) means “the teacher,” but here and in Ps 84:7 it refers to “early rains.” Elsewhere the word for “early rains” is יוֹרֶה ( yoreh ). The phrase here הַמּוֹרֶה לִצְדָקָה ( hammoreh litsdaqah ) is similar to the expression “teacher of righteousness” (Heb., מוֹרֶה הַצֶּדֶק , moreh hatsedeq ) found in the Dead Sea Scrolls referring to a particular charismatic leader, although the Qumran community seems not to have invoked this text in support of that notion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":34312,"verse_id":"JOL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"Heb “caused to come down.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":34313,"verse_id":"JOL.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Heb “I will restore to you the years.” sn The plural years suggests that the plague to which Joel refers was not limited to a single season. Apparently the locusts were a major problem over several successive years. One season of drought and locust invasion would have been bad enough. Several such years would have been devastating.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":34314,"verse_id":"JOL.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"The term “your crops” does not appear in the Hebrew, but has been supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":34315,"verse_id":"JOL.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Heb “you will surely eat and be satisfied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":34316,"verse_id":"JOL.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “Now it will be after this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":34317,"verse_id":"JOL.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “all flesh.” As a term for humanity, “flesh” suggests the weakness and fragility of human beings as opposed to God who is “spirit.” The word “all” refers not to all human beings without exception (cf. NAB, NASB “all mankind”; NLT “all people”), but to all classes of human beings without distinction (cf. NCV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A28/4"}
{"id":34318,"verse_id":"JOL.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.28","text":"Heb “your old men will dream dreams.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A28/5"}
{"id":34319,"verse_id":"JOL.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"Or “in the heavens.” The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":34320,"verse_id":"JOL.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Heb “to blood,” but no doubt this is intended to indicate by metonymy the color of blood rather than the substance itself. The blood red color suggests a visual impression here – something that could be caused by fires, volcanic dust, sandstorms, or other atmospheric phenomena.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":34321,"verse_id":"JOL.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"While a number of English versions render this as “saved” (e.g., NIV, NRSV, NLT), this can suggest a “spiritual” or “theological” salvation rather than the physical deliverance from the cataclysmic events of the day of the Lord described in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":34322,"verse_id":"JOL.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A32/2"}
{"id":34323,"verse_id":"JOL.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “deliverance”; or “escape.” The abstract noun “deliverance” or “escape” probably functions here as an example of antimeria, referring to those who experience deliverance or escape with their lives: “escaped remnant” or “surviving remnant” ( Gen 32:8; 45:7 ; Judg 21:17 ; 2 Kgs 19:30, 31 ; Isa 4:2; 10:20; 15:9; 37:31, 32 ; Ezek 14:22 ; Obad 1:17 ; Ezra 9:8, 13-15 ; Neh 1:2 ; 1 Chr 4:43 ; 2 Chr 30:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A32/3"}
{"id":34324,"verse_id":"JOL.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.32","text":"Heb “and among the remnant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A32/4"}
{"id":34325,"verse_id":"JOL.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.32","text":"The participle used in the Hebrew text seems to indicate action in the imminent future.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%202%3A32/5"}
{"id":34326,"verse_id":"JOL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The MT and LXX read “in those days,” while MurXII reads “in that day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":34327,"verse_id":"JOL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The Kethib reads אָשִׁיב (’ ashiv , “return the captivity [captives]), while the Qere is אָשׁוּב (’ ashuv , “restore the fortunes”). Many modern English versions follow the Qere reading. Either reading seems to fit the context. Joel refers to an exile of the inhabitants of Judah and Jerusalem in 3:2-6 and their return from exile in 3:7 . On the other hand, 2:25-26 describes the reversal of judgment and restoration of the covenant blessings. However, the former seems to be the concern of the immediate context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":34328,"verse_id":"JOL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":34329,"verse_id":"JOL.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “I will execute judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":34330,"verse_id":"JOL.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “concerning my people and my inheritance Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":34331,"verse_id":"JOL.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":34332,"verse_id":"JOL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “What [are] you [doing] to me, O Tyre and Sidon?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":34333,"verse_id":"JOL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “districts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":34334,"verse_id":"JOL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “quickly, speedily, I will return your recompense on your head.” This is an idiom for retributive justice and an equitable reversal of situation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":34335,"verse_id":"JOL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or perhaps, “temples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":34336,"verse_id":"JOL.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “border.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":34337,"verse_id":"JOL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “I will return your recompense on your head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":34338,"verse_id":"JOL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “into the hand of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":34339,"verse_id":"JOL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “the sons of Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":34340,"verse_id":"JOL.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “draw near and go up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":34341,"verse_id":"JOL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"This Hebrew verb is found only here in the OT; its meaning is uncertain. Some scholars prefer to read here עוּרוּ (’ uru , “arouse”) or חוּשׁוּ ( khushu , “hasten”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":34342,"verse_id":"JOL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The present translation follows the reading of the imperative הִקָּבְצוּ ( hiqqavÿtsu ) rather than the perfect with vav ( ו ) consecutive וְנִקְבָּצוּ ( vÿniqbbatsu ) of the MT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":34343,"verse_id":"JOL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Some commentators prefer to delete the line “Bring down, O Lord , your warriors,” understanding it to be a later addition. But this is unnecessary. Contrary to what some have suggested, a prayer for the Lord ’s intervention is not out of place here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":34344,"verse_id":"JOL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “send.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":34345,"verse_id":"JOL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “go down” or “tread.” The Hebrew term רְדוּ ( rÿdu ) may be from יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”) or from רָדָה ( radah , “have dominion,” here in the sense of “to tread”). If it means “go down,” the reference would be to entering the vat to squash the grapes. If it means “tread,” the verb would refer specifically to the action of those who walk over the grapes to press out their juice. The phrase “the grapes” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":34346,"verse_id":"JOL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “gather in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":34347,"verse_id":"JOL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":34348,"verse_id":"JOL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “he sounds forth his voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":34349,"verse_id":"JOL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “the sky.” See the note on “sky” in 2:30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":34350,"verse_id":"JOL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “sons.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":34351,"verse_id":"JOL.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":34352,"verse_id":"JOL.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":34353,"verse_id":"JOL.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “strangers” or “foreigners.” In context, this refers to invasions by conquering armies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":34354,"verse_id":"JOL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “and it will come about in that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":34355,"verse_id":"JOL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Many English translations read “new wine” or “sweet wine,” meaning unfermented wine, i.e., grape juice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":34356,"verse_id":"JOL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “seasonal streams.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":34357,"verse_id":"JOL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A18/5"}
{"id":34358,"verse_id":"JOL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “valley of Shittim.” The exact location of the Valley of Acacia Trees is uncertain. The Hebrew word שִׁטִּים ( shittim ) refers to a place where the acacia trees grow, which would be a very arid and dry place. The acacia tree can survive in such locations, whereas most other trees require more advantageous conditions. Joel’s point is that the stream that has been mentioned will proceed to the most dry and barren of locations in the vicinity of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A18/6"}
{"id":34359,"verse_id":"JOL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “violence of the sons of Judah.” The phrase “of the sons of Judah” is an objective genitive (cf. KJV “the violence against the children of Judah”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “violence done to the people of Judah”). It refers to injustices committed against the Judeans, not violence that the Judeans themselves had committed against others.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":34360,"verse_id":"JOL.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The phrase “will be secure” does not appear in the Hebrew, but are supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":34361,"verse_id":"JOL.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JOL","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"The present translation follows the reading וְנִקַּמְתִּי ( vÿniqqamti , “I will avenge”) rather than וְנִקֵּתִי ( vÿniqqeti , “I will acquit”) of the MT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Joel%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":34362,"verse_id":"AMO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The words of Amos.” Among the prophetic books this opening phrase finds a parallel only at Jer 1:1 but is not that uncommon in other genres (note, e.g., Prov 30:1; 31:1 ; Eccl 1:1 ; Neh 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":34363,"verse_id":"AMO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “who.” Here a new sentence has been started in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":34364,"verse_id":"AMO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “which he saw concerning Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":34365,"verse_id":"AMO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the days of.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":34366,"verse_id":"AMO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew text repeats, “and in the days of.” This phrase has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":34367,"verse_id":"AMO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “he;” the referent (Amos) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":34368,"verse_id":"AMO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":34369,"verse_id":"AMO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “gives his voice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":34370,"verse_id":"AMO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Lexicographers debate whether there are two roots אָבַל (’ aval ), one signifying “mourn” and the other “be dry,” or simply one (“mourn”). The parallel verb (“withers”) might favor the first option and have the meaning “wilt away.” It is interesting to note, however, that the root appears later in the book in the context of lament ( 5:16; 8:8, 10; 9:5 ). Either 1:2 is a possible wordplay to alert the reader to the death that will accompany the judgment (the option of two roots), or perhaps the translation “mourns” is appropriate here as well (cf. KJV, NASB, NKJV, NJPS; see also D. J. A. Clines, “Was There an ’BL II ‘Be Dry’ in Classical Hebrew?” VT 42 [1992]: 1-10).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":34371,"verse_id":"AMO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” or “sins.” The word refers to rebellion against authority and is used in the international political realm (see 1 Kgs 12:19 ; 2 Kgs 1:1; 3:5, 7; 8:22 ). There is debate over its significance in this context. Some relate the “rebellion” of the foreign nations to God’s mandate to Noah ( Gen 9:5-7 ). This mandate is viewed as a treaty between God and humankind, whereby God holds humans accountable to populate the earth and respect his image as it is revealed in all people. While this option is a possible theological explanation of the message in light of the Old Testament as a whole, nothing in these oracles alludes to that Genesis passage. J. Barton suggests that the prophet is appealing to a common morality shared across the ancient Near East regarding the conduct of war since all of the oracles can be related to activities and atrocities committed in warfare ( Amos’s Oracles against the Nations [SOTSMS], 39-61). The “transgression” then would be a violation of what all cultures would take as fundamental human decency. Some argue that the nations cited in Amos 1-2 had been members of the Davidic empire. Their crime would consist of violating the mutual agreements that all should have exhibited toward one another (cf. M. E. Polley, Amos and the Davidic Empire ). This interpretation is connected to the notion that Amos envisions a reconstituted Davidic empire for Israel and the world ( 9:11-15 ). Ultimately, we can only speculate what lay behind Amos’ thinking. He does not specify the theological foundation of his universal moral vision, but it is clear that Amos believes that all nations are responsible before the Lord for their cruelty toward other human beings. He also assumes that even those who did not know his God would recognize their inhumane treatment of others as inherently wrong. The translation “crimes” is general enough to communicate that a standard (whether human or divine) has been breached. For a survey of the possible historical events behind each oracle, see S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":34372,"verse_id":"AMO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Damascus, even because of four.” sn The three…four style introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 . Based on the use of a similar formula in wisdom literature (see Prov 30:18-19, 29-31 ), one expects to find in each case a list of four specific violations. However, only in the eighth oracle (against Israel) does one find the expected fourfold list. Through this adaptation and alteration of the normal pattern the Lord indicates that his focus is Israel (he is too bent on judging Israel to dwell very long on her neighbors) and he emphasizes Israel’s guilt with respect to the other nations. (Israel’s list fills up before the others’ lists do.) See R. B. Chisholm, “For Three Sins…Even for Four: The Numerical Sayings in Amos,” BSac 147 (1990): 188-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":34373,"verse_id":"AMO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The pronominal object (1) refers to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 46-47. Another option (2) is to understand the suffix as referring to the particular nation mentioned in the oracle and to translate, “I will not take him [i.e., that particular nation] back.” In this case the Lord makes it clear that he does not intend to resume treaty relations with the nation in view. See M. L. Barré, “The Meaning of lá ásŒybnw in Amos 1:3-2:6 ,” JBL 105 (1986): 622.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":34374,"verse_id":"AMO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “they threshed [or “trampled down”] Gilead with sharp iron implements” (NASB similar). sn Like threshing sledges with iron teeth . A threshing sledge was made of wooden boards embedded with sharp stones or iron teeth. As the sledge was pulled over the threshing floor the stones or iron teeth would separate the grain from the stalks. See O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 64-65. Here the threshing metaphor is used to emphasize how violently and inhumanely the Arameans (the people of Damascus) had treated the people of Gilead (located east of the Jordan River).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":34375,"verse_id":"AMO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"“Hazael’s house” (“the house of Hazael”) refers to the dynasty of Hazael. sn Hazael took the throne of Aram in 843 b.c. and established a royal dynasty. See 2 Kgs 8:7-15 and W. Pitard, Ancient Damascus , 145-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":34376,"verse_id":"AMO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":34377,"verse_id":"AMO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":34378,"verse_id":"AMO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “the one who sits.” Some English versions take the Hebrew term in a collective sense as “inhabitants” (e.g., KJV, NKJV, NASB, NRSV). The context and the parallel in the next clause (“the one who holds the royal scepter”), however, suggest that the royal house is in view. For this term ( יוֹשֵׁב , yoshev ), see N. K. Gottwald, The Tribes of Yahweh , 512-30.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":34379,"verse_id":"AMO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “valley of wickedness.” Though many English versions take the Hebrew phrase בִקְעַת־אָוֶן ( biq ’ -at ’ aven ) as a literal geographical place name (“Valley of Aven,” so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT), it appears to be a derogatory epithet for Damascus and the kingdom of Aram.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":34380,"verse_id":"AMO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Many associate the name “Beth Eden” with Bit Adini, an Aramean state located near the Euphrates River, but it may be a sarcastic epithet meaning “house of pleasure.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":34381,"verse_id":"AMO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) or “sins” (NIV). For an explanation of the atrocities outlined in this oracle as treaty violations of God’s mandate to Noah in Gen 9:5-7 , see the note on the word “violations” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":34382,"verse_id":"AMO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Gaza, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":34383,"verse_id":"AMO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":34384,"verse_id":"AMO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “[group of] exiles.” A number of English translations take this as a collective singular and translate it with a plural (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":34385,"verse_id":"AMO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “in order to hand them over.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A6/6"}
{"id":34386,"verse_id":"AMO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":34387,"verse_id":"AMO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":34388,"verse_id":"AMO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “the one who sits.” Some translations take this expression as a collective singular referring to the inhabitants rather than the ruler (e.g., NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":34389,"verse_id":"AMO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “I will turn my hand against Ekron.” For other uses of the idiom, “turn the hand against,” see Ps 81:14 ; Isa 1:25 ; Jer 6:9 ; Zech 13:7 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":34390,"verse_id":"AMO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “and the remnant of the Philistines will perish.” The translation above assumes that reference is made to other Philistines beside those living in the cities mentioned. Another option is to translate, “Every last Philistine will die.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A8/7"}
{"id":34391,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) or “sins” (NIV). For an explanation of the atrocities outlined in this oracle as treaty violations of God’s mandate to Noah in Gen 9:5-7 , see the note on the word “violations” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":34392,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Tyre, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":34393,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":34394,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “handed over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":34395,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “[group of] exiles.” A similar phrase occurs in v. 6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/5"}
{"id":34396,"verse_id":"AMO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “did not remember.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A9/6"}
{"id":34397,"verse_id":"AMO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":34398,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) or “sins” (NIV). For an explanation of the atrocities outlined in this oracle as treaty violations of God’s mandate to Noah in Gen 9:5-7 , see the note on the word “violations” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":34399,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Edom, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":34400,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":34401,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “He stifled his compassion.” The Hebrew term רָחֲמָיו ( rakhamayv ) is better understood here (parallel to “brother/treaty partner”) as a reference to “allies” which Edom betrayed. An Aramaic cognate is attested (see DNWSI 2:1069-70). See M. Fishbane, “The Treaty Background of Amos 1:11 and Related Matters,” JBL 89 (1970): 313-18; idem, “Critical Note: Additional Remarks on rh£myw ( Amos 1:11 ),” JBL 91 (1972): 391-93; and M. Barré, “ Amos 1:11 reconsidered,” CBQ 47 (1985) 420-27. Some argue that the clause is best translated as “and destroyed his womenfolk.” רַחַם ( rakham ) means “womb”; the plural here would be a metonymy for “women” and could establish a parallel with the atrocity of 1:13 . See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 64-65.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":34402,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “his anger tore continually.” The Hebrew verb טָרַף ( taraf , “tear apart”) is often used of an animal tearing apart its prey. The word picture here is that of a vicious predator’s feeding frenzy.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/6"}
{"id":34403,"verse_id":"AMO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.11","text":"Traditionally, “he kept his fury continually.” The Hebrew term שְׁמָרָה ( shÿmarah ) could be taken as a Qal perfect 3rd person masculine singular with 3rd person feminine singular suffix (with mappiq omitted), “he kept it” (NASB, NKJV, NRSV). It is also possible in light of the parallelism that שָׁמַר ( shamar ) is a rare homonym cognate to an Akkadian verb meaning “to rage; to be furious.” Repointing the verb as שָׁמְרָה ( shamÿrah , third person feminine singular), one could translate literally, “his fury raged continually” (NIV, NJPS).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A11/7"}
{"id":34404,"verse_id":"AMO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":34405,"verse_id":"AMO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) or “sins” (NIV). For an explanation of the atrocities outlined in this oracle as treaty violations of God’s mandate to Noah in Gen 9:5-7 , see the note on the word “violations” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":34406,"verse_id":"AMO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of the Ammonites, even because of four.” On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":34407,"verse_id":"AMO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":34408,"verse_id":"AMO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":34409,"verse_id":"AMO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “with a war cry in the day of battle.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":34410,"verse_id":"AMO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “with wind in the day of the windstorm.” sn A windstorm is a metaphor for judgment and destruction in the OT (see Isa 29:6 ; Jer 23:19 ) and ancient Near Eastern literature.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":34411,"verse_id":"AMO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “their”; the referent (Ammon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":34412,"verse_id":"AMO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “will go into exile.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":34413,"verse_id":"AMO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “princes” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NLT); TEV “officers”; CEV “leaders.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":34414,"verse_id":"AMO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"The words “will be carried off” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":34415,"verse_id":"AMO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions” (KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV) or “sins” (NIV). For an explanation of the atrocities outlined in this oracle as treaty violations of God’s mandate to Noah in Gen 9:5-7 , see the note on the word “violations” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":34416,"verse_id":"AMO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Moab, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":34417,"verse_id":"AMO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":34418,"verse_id":"AMO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “die” (KJV, NASB, NRSV, TEV); NAB “shall meet death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":34419,"verse_id":"AMO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “in the tumult.” This word refers to the harsh confusion of sounds that characterized an ancient battle – a mixture of war cries, shouts, shrieks of pain, clashes of weapons, etc.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":34420,"verse_id":"AMO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “sound” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":34421,"verse_id":"AMO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “cut off” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NAB “root out”; NCV “bring to an end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":34422,"verse_id":"AMO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the leader [traditionally, “judge”] from her midst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":34423,"verse_id":"AMO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Moab) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":34424,"verse_id":"AMO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “princes” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NLT); TEV, CEV “leaders.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":34425,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"This is the same Hebrew term that is translated “crimes” in the previous oracles (see at 1:3 ). The change to “covenant transgressions” reflects the probability that the prophet is condemning the nation of Israel for violating stipulations of the Mosaic Law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":34426,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Judah, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":34427,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":34428,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “instruction”; NCV “teachings.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":34429,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “lies.” This may very well be a derogatory term for idols (perhaps also at Ps. 40:4 [Heb 40:5]). Elsewhere false gods are called “vanities” ( Deut 32:21 ; 1 Kgs 16:13, 26 ) and a delusion ( Isa 66:3 ). In no other prophetic passages, however, are they called “lies.” The term could refer to the deceptions of false prophets (note Ezek 13:6-9 ; cf. Hab 2:3 ). See F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos (AB), 301-6.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":34430,"verse_id":"AMO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “after which their fathers walked.” The expression “to walk after” is an idiom meaning “to be loyal to.” See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 75-76. sn Here the idolatry of the parents carried over to the children, who persisted in worshiping the idols to which their fathers were loyal .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A4/6"}
{"id":34431,"verse_id":"AMO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":34432,"verse_id":"AMO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"For this translation see the note at 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":34433,"verse_id":"AMO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “Because of three violations of Israel, even because of four.” sn On the three…four style that introduces each of the judgment oracles of chaps. 1-2 see the note on the word “four” in 1:3 . Only in this last oracle against Israel does one find the list of four specific violations expected based on the use of a similar formula elsewhere in wisdom literature (see Prov 30:18-19, 29-31 ). This adaptation of the normal pattern indicates the Lord ’s focus on Israel here (he is too bent on judging Israel to dwell very long on her neighbors) and emphasizes Israel’s guilt with respect to the other nations (Israel’s list fills up before the others’ lists do). See R. B. Chisholm, “‘For three sins...even for four’: the numerical sayings in Amos,” BSac 147 (1990) 188-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":34434,"verse_id":"AMO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “I will not bring it [or “him”] back.” The translation understands the pronominal object to refer to the decree of judgment that follows; the referent (the decree) has been specified in the translation for clarity. For another option see the note on the word “judgment” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":34435,"verse_id":"AMO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “honest” (CEV, NLT). The Hebrew word sometimes has a moral-ethical connotation, “righteous, godly,” but the parallelism (note “poor”) suggests a socio-economic or legal sense here. The practice of selling debtors as slaves is in view ( Exod 21:2-11 ; Lev 25:35-55 ; Deut 15:12-18 ) See the note at Exod 21:8 and G. C. Chirichigno, Debt-Slavery in Israel and the Ancient Near East (JSOTSup). Probably the only “crime” the victim had committed was being unable to pay back a loan or an exorbitant interest rate on a loan. Some have suggested that this verse refers to bribery in legal proceedings: The innocent are “sold” in the sense that those in power pay off the elders or judges for favorable decisions ( 5:12 ; cf. Exod 23:6-7 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":34436,"verse_id":"AMO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"Perhaps the expression “for a pair of sandals” indicates a relatively small price or debt. Some suggest that the sandals may have been an outward token of a more substantial purchase price. Others relate the sandals to a ritual attached to the transfer of property, signifying here that the poor would be losing their inherited family lands because of debt ( Ruth 4:7 ; cf. Deut 25:8-10 ). Still others emend the Hebrew form slightly to נֶעְלָם ( ne ’ lam , “hidden thing”; from the root עָלַם , ’ alam , “to hide”) and understand this as referring to a bribe.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":34437,"verse_id":"AMO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Most scholars now understand this verb as derived from the root II שָׁאַף ( sha ’ af , “to crush; to trample”), an alternate form of שׁוּף ( shuf ), rather than from I שָׁאַף ( sha ’ af , “to pant, to gasp”; cf. KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":34438,"verse_id":"AMO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “those who stomp on the dirt of the ground on the head of the poor.” It is possible to render the line as “they trample the heads of the poor into the dust of the ground,” thereby communicating that the poor are being stepped on in utter contempt (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 79-80). The participial form הַשֹּׁאֲפִים ( hasho ’ afim ) is substantival and stands in apposition to the pronominal suffix on מִכְרָם ( mikhram , v. 6 b). sn The picture of the poor having dirt-covered heads suggests their humiliation before their oppressors and/or their sorrow (see 2 Sam 1:2; 15:32 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":34439,"verse_id":"AMO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “they turn aside the way of the destitute.” Many interpreters take “way” to mean “just cause” and understand this as a direct reference to the rights of the destitute being ignored. The injustice done to the poor is certainly in view, but the statement is better taken as a word picture depicting the powerful rich pushing the “way of the poor” (i.e., their attempt to be treated justly) to the side. An even more vivid picture is given in Amos 5:12 , where the rich are pictured as turning the poor away from the city gate (where legal decisions were made, and therefore where justice should be done).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":34440,"verse_id":"AMO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “pollute”; “desecrate”; “dishonor.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":34441,"verse_id":"AMO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “my holy name.” Here “name” is used metonymically for God’s moral character or reputation, while “holy” has a moral and ethical connotation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":34442,"verse_id":"AMO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The words “They do so right” are supplied twice in the translation of this verse for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":34443,"verse_id":"AMO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":34444,"verse_id":"AMO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “gods.” The Hebrew term אֱלֹהֵיהֶם (’ elohehem ) may be translated “their gods” (referring to pagan gods), “their god” (referring to a pagan god, cf. NAB, NIV, NLT), or “their God” (referring to the God of Israel, cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":34445,"verse_id":"AMO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “I destroyed the Amorites from before them.” The translation takes מִפְּנֵי ( mippÿney ) in the sense of “for the sake of.” See BDB 818 s.v. פָּנֻה II.6.a and H. W. Wolff, Joel and Amos (Hermeneia), 134. Another option is to take the phrase in a spatial sense, “I destroyed the Amorites, [clearing them out] from before them [i.e., Israel]” (cf. NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":34446,"verse_id":"AMO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “whose height was like the height of cedars.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":34447,"verse_id":"AMO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “his fruit from above.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":34448,"verse_id":"AMO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “and his roots from below.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":34449,"verse_id":"AMO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Or perhaps “religious devotees” (also in the following verse). The Hebrew term נָזִיר ( nazir ) refers to one who “consecrated” or “devoted” to God (see Num 6:1-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":34450,"verse_id":"AMO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The precise meaning of this verse is unclear. Various suggested meanings have been proposed (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 94): (1) One option is to relate the verb to an Arabic verb, meaning “to hinder; to hamper,” and translate, “I am making you immobile, like a cart filled with grain is immobile.” In this case, the Lord refers to Israel’s inability to escape his coming judgment (see vv. 14-16 ; NJPS). (2) Another view relates the verb to a different Arabic verb meaning “to cut in pieces,” translating “I will cut you in pieces as a cart cuts in pieces [the earth],” referring to the ruts and rifts in the ground caused by an earthquake. (3) Some relate the verb to an Arabic root meaning “to groan” with the idea that the Lord causes the ground underneath Israel to groan (cf. NLT). (4) The translation connects the verb to an Aramaism signifying to “press down” (cf. NIV, NRSV). Some English versions translate the verb in an intransitive sense as “I am weighted down” (cf. NASB, NKJV) or “I groan beneath you” (NEB). For this last option, see F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos (AB), 334.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":34451,"verse_id":"AMO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “and a place of refuge will perish from the swift.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":34452,"verse_id":"AMO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “the strong will not increase his strength.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":34453,"verse_id":"AMO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the one who holds the bow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":34454,"verse_id":"AMO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"For the idiom of “holding [or “standing”] one’s ground” in battle, there is a similar phrase in Ezek 13:5 ; also related is the expression “to hold one’s own against” (or “to withstand”) in Judg 2:14 ; 2 Kgs 10:4 ; Dan 8:7 (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 97). Other options include “will not endure” or “will not survive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":34455,"verse_id":"AMO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"The last two lines read literally, “The one fast in his feet will not rescue [his life], and the rider of the horse will not rescue his life.” The phrase “his life” does double duty in the parallelism and should be understood in both lines.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":34456,"verse_id":"AMO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “the most stouthearted” (NAB); NRSV “those who are stout of heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":34457,"verse_id":"AMO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":34458,"verse_id":"AMO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"One might expect a third person verb form (“he brought up”), since the Lord apparently refers to himself in the third person in the preceding sentence. This first person form, however, serves to connect this message to the earlier indictment ( 2:10 ) and anticipates the words of the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":34459,"verse_id":"AMO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “You only have I known.” The Hebrew verb יָדַע ( yada ’) is used here in its covenantal sense of “recognize in a special way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":34460,"verse_id":"AMO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “without having prey [or “food”].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":34461,"verse_id":"AMO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “If the ram’s horn is blown.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":34462,"verse_id":"AMO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “tremble” (NASB, NIV, NCV); or “shake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":34463,"verse_id":"AMO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “is in”; NIV, NCV, NLT “comes to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":34464,"verse_id":"AMO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “has the Lord not acted?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":34465,"verse_id":"AMO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “on” or “over” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":34466,"verse_id":"AMO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"The Hebrew noun carries the nuance of “panic” or “confusion.” Here it refers metonymically to the violent deeds that terrorize the oppressed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":34467,"verse_id":"AMO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “in her midst” (so NAB, NASB); NIV “among her people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":34468,"verse_id":"AMO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"The translation assumes the form is an abstract plural (see Job 35:9 ; Eccl 4:1 ). Another option is to understand the form as a substantival passive participle and translate, “the oppressed” (so KJV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A9/5"}
{"id":34469,"verse_id":"AMO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “within her.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A9/6"}
{"id":34470,"verse_id":"AMO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “those who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":34471,"verse_id":"AMO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “violence and destruction.” The expression “violence and destruction” stand metonymically for the goods the oppressors have accumulated by their unjust actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":34472,"verse_id":"AMO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"The MT reads “an enemy and around the land.” It is also possible to take the MT as an exclamation (“an enemy, and all about the land!”; see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 118; NJPS; cf. NLT).Most scholars and versions emend the text to יְסוֹבֵב ( yÿsovev , Polel imperfect), “will encircle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":34473,"verse_id":"AMO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “He will bring down your power from you.” Some emend the text to read “Your power will be brought down from you.” The shift, however, from an active to a passive sense also appears at 3:14 (“I will destroy Bethel’s altars. The horns of the altar will be cut off.”) The pronouns (“your…you”) are feminine singular, indicating that the personified city of Samaria is addressed here. Samaria’s “power” here is her defenses and/or wealth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":34474,"verse_id":"AMO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “with a corner of a bed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":34475,"verse_id":"AMO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word דְּמֶשֶׁק ( dÿmesheq ), which occurs only here, is uncertain. If not emended, it is usually related to the term ַדּמֶּשֶׂק ( dammeseq ) and translated as the “Damask linens” of the bed (cf. NASB “the cover”) or as “in Damascus” (so KJV, NJB, NIV). The differences in spelling (Damascus is spelled correctly in 5:27 ), historical considerations, and the word order make both of these derivations unlikely. Many emendations have been proposed (e.g., “a part from the foot [of a bed],” based on a different division of the Hebrew letters (cf. NEB, NRSV); “on the edge,” based on a Hebrew term not attested in the Bible (NKJV). Some suggest a resemblance to an Akkadian term which means “sideboard [of a bed],” which is sometimes incorrectly rendered “headboard” (NJPS; see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 121-22). Most likely another part of a bed or couch is in view, but it is difficult to be more specific.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":34476,"verse_id":"AMO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “testify against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":34477,"verse_id":"AMO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":34478,"verse_id":"AMO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"These words are spoken to either the unidentified heralds addressed at the beginning of v. 9 , or to the Egyptians and Philistines (see v. 9 b). Another possibility is that one is not to look for a specific addressee but rather appreciate the command simply as a rhetorical device to grab the attention of the listeners and readers of the prophetic message.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":34479,"verse_id":"AMO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"Traditionally, “the God of hosts.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":34480,"verse_id":"AMO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “in the day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":34481,"verse_id":"AMO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “his.” With the referent “Israel” here, this amounts to a collective singular.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":34482,"verse_id":"AMO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Traditionally, “transgressions, sins,” but see the note on the word “crimes” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":34483,"verse_id":"AMO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “punish” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":34484,"verse_id":"AMO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.14","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A14/5"}
{"id":34485,"verse_id":"AMO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the winter house along with the summer house.” sn Like kings, many in Israel’s wealthy class owned both winter and summer houses (cf. 1 Kgs 21:1,18 ; Jer 36:22 ). For a discussion of archaeological evidence relating to these structures, see P. King, Amos, Hosea, Micah , 64-65.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":34486,"verse_id":"AMO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “houses of ivory.” These houses were not made of ivory, but they had ivory panels and furniture decorated with ivory inlays. See P. King, Amos, Hosea, Micah , 139-48.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":34487,"verse_id":"AMO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “many,” cf. NAB “their many rooms.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":34488,"verse_id":"AMO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"The translation assumes the form is from the Hebrew verb סָפָה ( safah , “to sweep away”) rather than סוּף ( suf , “to come to an end”), which is the choice of most versions. Either option effectively communicates the destruction of the structures.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":34489,"verse_id":"AMO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “the ones who” (three times in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":34490,"verse_id":"AMO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “their.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":34491,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “swears by his holiness.” sn The message that follows is an unconditional oath, the fulfillment of which is just as certain as the Lord ’s own holy character .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":34492,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “Look, certainly days are coming upon you”; NRSV “the time is surely coming upon you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":34493,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “one will carry you away”; NASB “they will take you away.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":34494,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word translated “baskets” is uncertain. The translation follows the suggestion of S. M. Paul ( Amos [Hermeneia], 128), who discusses the various options (130-32): “shields” (cf. NEB); “ropes”; “thorns,” which leads to the most favored interpretation, “hooks” (cf. NASB “meat hooks”; NIV, NRSV “hooks”); “baskets,” and (derived from “baskets”) “boats.” Against the latter, it is unlikely that Amos envisioned a deportation by boat for the inhabitants of Samaria! See also the note on the expression “fishermen’s pots” later in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":34495,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “your children”; KJV “your posterity.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/5"}
{"id":34496,"verse_id":"AMO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.2","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew expression translated “in fishermen’s pots” is uncertain. The translation follows that of S. M. Paul ( Amos [Hermeneia], 128), who discusses the various options (132-33): “thorns,” understood by most modern interpreters to mean (by extension) “fishhooks” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV); “boats,” but as mentioned in the previous note on the word “baskets,” a deportation of the Samaritans by boat is geographically unlikely; and “pots,” referring to a container used for packing fish (cf. NEB “fish-baskets”). Paul (p. 134) argues that the imagery comes from the ancient fishing industry. When hauled away into exile, the women of Samaria will be like fish packed and transported to market. sn The imagery of catching fish in connection with the captivity of Israel is also found in Jer 16:16 and Hab 1:14 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A2/6"}
{"id":34497,"verse_id":"AMO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “and [through the] breaches you will go out, each straight ahead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":34498,"verse_id":"AMO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The Hiphil verb form has no object. It may be intransitive (F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos [AB], 425), though many emend it to a Hophal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":34499,"verse_id":"AMO.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"The meaning of this word is unclear. Many understand it as a place name, though such a location is not known. Some (e.g., H. W. Wolff, Joel and Amos [Hermeneia[, 204) emend to “Hermon” or to similarly written words, such as “the dung heap” (NEB, NJPS), “the garbage dump” (NCV), or “the fortress” (cf. NLT “your fortresses”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":34500,"verse_id":"AMO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"The Hebrew word translated “rebel” (also in the following line) could very well refer here to Israel’s violations of their covenant with God (see also the term “crimes” in 1:3 [with note] and the phrase “covenant transgressions” in 2:4 [with note]; 3:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":34501,"verse_id":"AMO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A4/4"}
{"id":34502,"verse_id":"AMO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A4/5"}
{"id":34503,"verse_id":"AMO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “proclaim voluntary offerings, announce.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":34504,"verse_id":"AMO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The Hebrew construction is emphatic (pronoun + verb). It underscores the stark contrast between the judgments that the Lord had been sending with the God of blessing Israel was celebrating in its worship ( 4:4-5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":34505,"verse_id":"AMO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “But I gave to you cleanness of teeth in all your cities, and lack of food in all your places.” The phrase “cleanness of teeth” is a vivid way of picturing the famine Israel experienced.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":34506,"verse_id":"AMO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “portion”; KJV, ASV “piece”; NASB “part.” The same word occurs a second time later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":34507,"verse_id":"AMO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The words “people from” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":34508,"verse_id":"AMO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “to drink.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":34509,"verse_id":"AMO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “were not satisfied.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":34510,"verse_id":"AMO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “you.” By metonymy the crops belonging to these people are meant. See the remainder of this verse, which describes the agricultural devastation caused by locusts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":34511,"verse_id":"AMO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"The Hiphil infinitive construct is taken adverbially (“kept”) and connected to the activity of the locusts (NJPS). It also could be taken with the preceding sentence and related to the Lord’s interventions (“I kept destroying,” cf. NEB, NJB, NIV, NRSV), or it could be understood substantivally in construct with the following nouns (“Locusts devoured your many orchards,” cf. NASB; cf. also KJV, NKJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":34512,"verse_id":"AMO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “gardens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":34513,"verse_id":"AMO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “in the manner [or “way”] of Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":34514,"verse_id":"AMO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “of your camps [or “armies”].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":34515,"verse_id":"AMO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Several English versions substitute the first person pronoun (“I”) here for stylistic reasons (e.g., NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":34516,"verse_id":"AMO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “like God’s overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah.” The divine name may be used in an idiomatic superlative sense here, in which case one might translate, “like the great [or “disastrous”] overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah.” sn The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah is described in Gen 19:1-29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":34517,"verse_id":"AMO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “like that which is burning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":34518,"verse_id":"AMO.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The Lord appears to announce a culminating judgment resulting from Israel’s obstinate refusal to repent. The following verse describes the Lord in his role as sovereign judge, but it does not outline the judgment per se. For this reason F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman ( Amos [AB], 450) take the prefixed verbal forms as preterites referring to the series of judgments detailed in vv. 6-11 . It is more likely that a coming judgment is in view, but that its details are omitted for rhetorical effect, creating a degree of suspense (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 149-50) that will find its solution in chapter . This line is an ironic conclusion to the section begun at 4:4 . Israel thought they were meeting the Lord at the sanctuaries, yet they actually had misunderstood how he had been trying to bring them back to himself. Now Israel would truly meet the Lord – not at the sanctuaries, but face-to-face in judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":34519,"verse_id":"AMO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “For look, the one who.” This verse is considered to be the first hymnic passage in the book. The others appear at 5:8-9 and 9:5-6 . Scholars debate whether these verses were originally part of a single hymn or three distinct pieces deliberately placed in each context for particular effect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":34520,"verse_id":"AMO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “declares” (NAB, NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":34521,"verse_id":"AMO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “his thoughts.” The translation assumes that the pronominal suffix refers to God and that divine self-revelation is in view (see 3:7 ). If the suffix refers to the following term אָדַם (’ adam , “men”), then the expression refers to God’s ability to read men’s minds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":34522,"verse_id":"AMO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “he who makes dawn, darkness.” The meaning of the statement is unclear. The present translation assumes that allusion is made to God’s approaching judgment, when the light of day will be turned to darkness (see 5:20 ). Other options include: (1) “He makes the dawn [and] the darkness.” A few Hebrew mss , as well as the LXX, add the conjunction (“and”) between the two nouns. (2) “He turns darkness into glimmering dawn” (NJPS). See S. M. Paul ( Amos [Hermeneia], 154), who takes שָׁחַר ( shakhar ) as “blackness” rather than “dawn” and עֵיפָה (’ efah ) as “glimmering dawn” rather than “darkness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A13/4"}
{"id":34523,"verse_id":"AMO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.13","text":"Traditionally, “God of hosts.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%204%3A13/5"}
{"id":34524,"verse_id":"AMO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “Listen to this word which I am about to take up against you, a funeral song.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":34525,"verse_id":"AMO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":34526,"verse_id":"AMO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “young lady.” The term “Israel” is an appositional genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":34527,"verse_id":"AMO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “with no one to lift her up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":34528,"verse_id":"AMO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The word “soldiers” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":34529,"verse_id":"AMO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “The one.” The word “town” has been used in the translation in keeping with the relative sizes of the armed contingents sent out by each. It is also possible that this line is speaking of the same city of the previous line. In other words, the contingent sent by that one city would have suffered a ninety-nine percent casualty loss.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":34530,"verse_id":"AMO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"The word “soldiers” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":34531,"verse_id":"AMO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “for/to the house of Israel.” The translation assumes that this is a graphic picture of what is left over for the defense of the nation (NEB, NJB, NASB, NKJV). Others suggest that this phrase completes the introductory formula (“The sovereign Lord says this…”; see v. 4 a; NJPS). Another option is that the preposition has a vocative force, “O house of Israel” (F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos [AB], 476). Some simply delete the phrase as dittography from the following line (NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A3/4"}
{"id":34532,"verse_id":"AMO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":34533,"verse_id":"AMO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “cross over.” sn To worship at Beer Sheba, northern worshipers had to journey down (i.e., cross the border) between Israel and Judah. Apparently, the popular religion of Israel for some included pilgrimage to holy sites in the South.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":34534,"verse_id":"AMO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “For Gilgal.” By metonymy the place name “Gilgal” is used instead of referring directly to the inhabitants. The words “the people of” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":34535,"verse_id":"AMO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"In the Hebrew text the statement is emphasized by sound play. The name “Gilgal” sounds like the verb גָּלָה ( galah , “to go into exile”), which occurs here in the infinitival + finite verb construction ( גָּלֹה יִגְלֶה , galoh yigleh ). The repetition of the “ ג ” ( g ) and “ ל ” ( l ) sounds draws attention to the announcement and suggests that Gilgal’s destiny is inherent in its very name. sn That the people of Gilgal would be taken into exile is ironic, for Gilgal was Israel’s first campsite when the people entered the land under Joshua and the city became a symbol of Israel’s possession of the promised land.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":34536,"verse_id":"AMO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “disaster,” or “nothing”; NIV “Bethel will be reduced to nothing.” sn Again there is irony. The name Bethel means “house of God” in Hebrew. How surprising and tragic that Bethel, the “house of God” where Jacob received the inheritance given to Abraham, would be overrun by disaster .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A5/5"}
{"id":34537,"verse_id":"AMO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “rush.” The verb depicts swift movement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":34538,"verse_id":"AMO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":34539,"verse_id":"AMO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the fire mentioned in the previous line) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":34540,"verse_id":"AMO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “to/for Bethel.” The translation assumes that the preposition indicates advantage, “on behalf of.” Another option is to take the preposition as vocative, “O Bethel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A6/5"}
{"id":34541,"verse_id":"AMO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “Those who”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity. In light of vv. 11-13 , it is also possible that the words are directed at a more limited group within the nation – those with social and economic power.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":34542,"verse_id":"AMO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"There is an interesting wordplay here with the verb הָפַךְ ( hafakh , “overturn, turn”). Israel “turns” justice into wormwood (cf. 6:12 ), while the Lord “turns” darkness into morning (v. 8 ; cf. 4:11; 8:10 ). Israel’s turning is for evil, whereas the Lord’s is to demonstrate his absolute power and sovereignty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":34543,"verse_id":"AMO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “they throw righteousness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":34544,"verse_id":"AMO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “darkens the day into night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":34545,"verse_id":"AMO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The precise meaning of the Hebrew verb בָּלַג ( balag , translated here “flashes”) is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":34546,"verse_id":"AMO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “comes upon.” Many prefer to repoint the verb as Hiphil and translate, “he brings destruction upon the fortified places.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":34547,"verse_id":"AMO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":34548,"verse_id":"AMO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Traditionally, “because you trample on the poor” (cf. KJV, ASV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). The traditional view derives the verb from בּוּס ( bus , “to trample”; cf. Isa. 14:25 ), but more likely it is cognate to an Akkadian verb meaning “to exact an agricultural tax” (see H. R. Cohen, Biblical Hapax Legomena [SBLDS], 49; S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 172-73).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":34549,"verse_id":"AMO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “lovely”; KJV, NASB, NRSV “pleasant”; NAB “choice”; NIV “lush.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":34550,"verse_id":"AMO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “Houses of chiseled stone you built, but you will not live in them. Fine vineyards you planted, but you will not drink their wine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":34551,"verse_id":"AMO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":34552,"verse_id":"AMO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “I know” (so most English versions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":34553,"verse_id":"AMO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “transgressions,” “sins.” See the note on the word “crimes” in 1:3 and on the phrase “covenant violations” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":34554,"verse_id":"AMO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “Those who.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":34555,"verse_id":"AMO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “turn aside.” They “turn aside” the needy by denying them the justice they deserve at the city gate (where legal decisions were made, and therefore where justice should be done).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A12/5"}
{"id":34556,"verse_id":"AMO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “the wise”; or “the prudent.” Another option is to translate “the successful, prosperous” and understand this as a reference to the rich oppressors. See G. V. Smith, Amos , 169-70. In this case the following verb will also have a different nuance, that is, the wealthy remain silent before the abuses they perpetuate. See the note on the verb translated “keeps quiet” later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":34557,"verse_id":"AMO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “moans, laments,” from a homonymic verbal root. If the rich oppressors are in view, then the verb (whether translated “will be silenced” or “will lament”) describes the result of God’s judgment upon them. See G. V. Smith, Amos , 170.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":34558,"verse_id":"AMO.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"If this is a judgment announcement against the rich, then the Hebrew phrase עֵת רָעָה (’ et ra ’ ah ) must be translated, “[a] disastrous time.” See G. V. Smith, Amos , 170.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":34559,"verse_id":"AMO.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Heb “set up, establish.” In the ancient Near East it was the responsibility especially of the king to establish justice. Here the prophet extends that demand to local leaders and to the nation as a whole (cf. 5:24 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":34560,"verse_id":"AMO.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “will show favor to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A15/3"}
{"id":34561,"verse_id":"AMO.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “the remnant of” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); CEV “what’s left of your people.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A15/4"}
{"id":34562,"verse_id":"AMO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “Therefore.” This logical connector relates back to the accusation of vv. 10-13 , not to the parenthetical call to repentance in vv. 14-15 . To indicate this clearly, the phrase “Because of Israel’s sins” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":34563,"verse_id":"AMO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “the Lord.” The Hebrew term translated “sovereign One” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":34564,"verse_id":"AMO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “they will say, ‘Ah! Ah!’” The Hebrew term הוֹ ( ho , “ah, woe”) is an alternate form of הוֹי ( hoy ), a word used to mourn the dead and express outwardly one’s sorrow. See 1 Kgs 13:30 ; Jer 22:18; 34:5 . This wordplay follows quickly, as v. 18 begins with הוֹי (“woe”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":34565,"verse_id":"AMO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “farmers” (NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV, CEV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A16/4"}
{"id":34566,"verse_id":"AMO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.16","text":"Heb “those who know lamentation.” sn Professional mourners are referred to elsewhere in the OT ( 2 Chr 35:25 ; Jer 9:17 ) and ancient Near Eastern literature. See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 180.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A16/5"}
{"id":34567,"verse_id":"AMO.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"The term הוֹי ( hoy , “woe”) was used when mourning the dead (see the note on the word “dead” in 5:16 ). The prophet here either engages in role playing and mourns the death of the nation in advance or sarcastically taunts those who hold to this misplaced belief.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":34568,"verse_id":"AMO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The words “Disaster will be inescapable” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":34569,"verse_id":"AMO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Heb “went” (so KJV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":34570,"verse_id":"AMO.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Heb “Will not the day of the Lord be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":34571,"verse_id":"AMO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “I hate”; “I despise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":34572,"verse_id":"AMO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Heb “I will not smell.” These verses are full of vivid descriptions of the Lord’s total rejection of Israelite worship. In the first half of this verse two verbs are used together for emphasis. Here the verb alludes to the sense of smell, a fitting observation since offerings would have been burned on the altar ideally to provide a sweet aroma to God (see, e.g., Lev 1:9, 13, 17 ; Num 29:36 ). Other senses that are mentioned include sight and hearing in vv. 22-23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":34573,"verse_id":"AMO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “burnt offerings and your grain offerings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":34574,"verse_id":"AMO.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Heb “Peace offering[s], your fattened calves, I will not look at.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":34575,"verse_id":"AMO.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"In this verse the second person suffixes are singular and not plural like they are in vv. 21-22 and vv. 25-27 . Some have suggested that perhaps a specific individual or group within the nation is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":34576,"verse_id":"AMO.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.23","text":"The Hebrew word probably refers to “harps” (NASB, NIV, NRSV) or “lutes” (NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A23/2"}
{"id":34577,"verse_id":"AMO.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Traditionally, “righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":34578,"verse_id":"AMO.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “Did you bring me…?” This rhetorical question expects a negative answer. The point seems to be this: Since sacrifices did not characterize God’s relationship with Israel during the nation’s formative years, the people should not consider them to be so fundamental. The Lord places a higher priority on justice than he does on empty ritual. sn Like Jer 7:22-23 , this passage seems to contradict the Pentateuchal accounts that indicate Israel did offer sacrifices during the wilderness period. It is likely that both Amos and Jeremiah overstate the case to emphasize the relative insignificance of sacrifices in comparison to weightier matters of the covenant. See R. de Vaux, Ancient Israel , 428.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":34579,"verse_id":"AMO.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":34580,"verse_id":"AMO.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"This word appears in an awkward position in the Hebrew, following “Kiyyun.” It is placed here for better sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":34581,"verse_id":"AMO.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"The Hebrew term סִכּוּת ( sikkut ) apparently refers to Sakkuth, a Mesopotamian star god identified with Ninurta in an Ugaritic god list. The name is vocalized in the Hebrew text after the pattern of שִׁקוּץ ( shiqquts , “detestable thing”). See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 195-96. Some English versions, following the LXX, translate as “tent” or “shrine” (NEB, NIV), pointing the term as סֻכַּת ( sukkat ; cf. 9:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":34582,"verse_id":"AMO.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"LXX, Vulgate, and Acts 7:43 read “Moloch” (cf. KJV). The Hebrew consonants are the same for both “king” and “Moloch” ( מֹלֶךְ ; molekh ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":34583,"verse_id":"AMO.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.26","text":"The Hebrew term כִּיּוּן ( kiyyun ) apparently refers to the Mesopotamian god Kayamanu, or Saturn. The name, like “Sikkuth” in the previous line, is vocalized in the Hebrew text after the pattern of שִׁקוּץ ( shiqquts , “detestable thing”). See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 195-96. Some versions translate as “pedestal” (NEB, NIV), relating the term to the root כּוּן ( kun ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%205%3A26/4"}
{"id":34584,"verse_id":"AMO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"On the Hebrew term הוֹי ( hoy ; “ah, woe”) as a term of mourning, see the notes in 5:16, 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":34585,"verse_id":"AMO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"The words “They think of themselves as” are supplied in the translation for clarification. In the Hebrew text the term נְקֻבֵי ( nÿquvey ; “distinguished ones, elite”) is in apposition to the substantival participles in the first line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":34586,"verse_id":"AMO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":34587,"verse_id":"AMO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “comes to them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A1/5"}
{"id":34588,"verse_id":"AMO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"The words “They say to the people” are interpretive and supplied in the translation for clarification. The translation understands v. 2 as the boastful words, which the leaders (described in v. 1 ) spoke to those who came to them (v. 1 b). Some interpret v. 2 differently, understanding the words as directed to the leaders by the prophet. Verse 2 b would then be translated: “Are you (i.e., Israel and Judah) better than these kingdoms (i.e., Calneh, etc.)? Is your border larger than their border?” (This reading requires an emendation of the Hebrew text toward the end of the verse.) In this case the verse is a reminder to Judah/Israel that they are not superior to other nations, which have already fallen victim to military conquest. Consequently Judah/Israel should not expect to escape the same fate. Following this line of interpretation, some take v. 2 as a later addition since the Assyrians under Tiglath-pileser III conquered Calneh, Hamath, and Gath after the time of Amos’ ministry. However, this conclusion is not necessary since the kingdoms mentioned here had suffered military setbacks prior to Amos’ time as well. See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 201-4.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":34589,"verse_id":"AMO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “Great Hamath” (cf. NIV); or “Hamath the great” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); the word “rabbah” means “great” in Hebrew.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":34590,"verse_id":"AMO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Heb “to these,” referring to Judah and Israel (see v. 1 a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":34591,"verse_id":"AMO.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"Both rhetorical questions in this verse expect the answer “no.” If these words do come from the leaders, then this verse underscores their self-delusion of power (compare 6:13 ). The prophet had no such mistaken sense of national grandeur ( 7:2, 5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":34592,"verse_id":"AMO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “those who push away a day of disaster.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":34593,"verse_id":"AMO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “you bring near a seat of violence.” The precise meaning of the Hebrew term שֶׁבֶת ( shevet , “seat, sitting”) is unclear in this context. The translation assumes that it refers to a throne from which violence (in the person of the oppressive leaders) reigns. Another option is that the expression refers not to the leaders’ oppressive rule, but to the coming judgment when violence will overtake the nation in the person of enemy invaders.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":34594,"verse_id":"AMO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “beds of ivory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":34595,"verse_id":"AMO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew verb פָּרַט ( parat ), which occurs only here in the OT, is unclear. Some translate “strum,” “pluck,” or “improvise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":34596,"verse_id":"AMO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “upon the mouth of,” that is, “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":34597,"verse_id":"AMO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew phrase חָשְׁבוּ לָהֶם ( khoshvu lahem ) is uncertain. Various options include: (1) “they think their musical instruments are like David’s”; (2) “they consider themselves musicians like David”; (3) “they esteem musical instruments highly like David”; (4) “they improvise [new songs] for themselves [on] instruments like David”; (5) “they invent musical instruments like David.” However, the most commonly accepted interpretation is that given in the translation (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 206-7).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":34598,"verse_id":"AMO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Heb “with the best of oils they anoint [themselves].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":34599,"verse_id":"AMO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “not sickened by.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":34600,"verse_id":"AMO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “they will go into exile at the head of the exiles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":34601,"verse_id":"AMO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “of the sprawled out.” See v. 4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":34602,"verse_id":"AMO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “swears by his life”; or “swears by himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":34603,"verse_id":"AMO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “his,” referring to Jacob, which stands here for the nation of Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":34604,"verse_id":"AMO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"The words “to their enemies” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":34605,"verse_id":"AMO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “the city”; this probably refers to the city of Samaria (cf. 6:1 ), which in turn, by metonymy, represents the entire northern kingdom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A8/4"}
{"id":34606,"verse_id":"AMO.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The translation assumes that “their relatives” and “the ones who will burn the corpses” are in apposition. Another option is to take them as distinct individuals, in which case one could translate, “When their close relatives and the ones who will burn the corpses pick up…” The meaning of the form translated “the ones who burn the corpses” is uncertain. Another option is to translate, “the ones who prepare the corpses for burial” (NASB “undertaker”; cf. also CEV). See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 215-16.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":34607,"verse_id":"AMO.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"This verse is notoriously difficult to interpret. The Hebrew text literally reads, “And he will lift him up, his uncle, and the one burning him, to bring out bones from the house. And he will say to the one who is in the inner parts of the house, ‘Is there [anyone] still with you?’ And he will say, ‘Be quiet for not to invoke the name of the Lord .’” The translation assumes that the singular pronominal and verbal forms throughout the verse are collective or distributive. This last sentence has been interpreted in several ways: a command not to call on the name of the Lord out of fear that he might return again in judgment; the realization that it is not appropriate to seek a blessing in the Lord’s name upon the dead in the house since the judgment was deserved; an angry refusal to call on the Lord out of a sense that he has betrayed his people in allowing them to suffer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":34608,"verse_id":"AMO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Or “is issuing the decree.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":34609,"verse_id":"AMO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “Does one plow with oxen?” This obviously does not fit the parallelism, for the preceding rhetorical question requires the answer, “Of course not!” An error of fusion has occurred in the Hebrew, with the word יָם ( yam , “sea”) being accidentally added as a plural ending to the collective noun בָּקָר ( baqar , “oxen”). A proper division of the consonants produces the above translation, which fits the parallelism and also anticipates the answer, “Of course not!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":34610,"verse_id":"AMO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “those who rejoice over Lo-Debar.” sn Lo-Debar was located across the Jordan River in Gilead, which the Israelite army had conquered. However, there is stinging irony here, for in Hebrew the name Lo-Debar means “nothing.” In reality Israel was happy over nothing of lasting consequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":34611,"verse_id":"AMO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “raise up” (KJV, NASB); NIV “stir up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":34612,"verse_id":"AMO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":34613,"verse_id":"AMO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “from the entrance to Hamath.” The Hebrew term לְבוֹא ( lÿvo ’) can either be translated or considered a part of the place name.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%206%3A14/4"}
{"id":34614,"verse_id":"AMO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":34615,"verse_id":"AMO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “the mowings of the king.” sn This royal harvest may refer to an initial mowing of crops collected as taxes by the royal authorities.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":34616,"verse_id":"AMO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"“Israel” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":34617,"verse_id":"AMO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “stand” (so ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":34618,"verse_id":"AMO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “small.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":34619,"verse_id":"AMO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “changed his mind about this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":34620,"verse_id":"AMO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":34621,"verse_id":"AMO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The Hebrew appears to read, “summoning to contend with fire,” or “summoning fire to contend,” but both are problematic syntactically (H. W. Wolff, Joel and Amos [Hermeneia], 292; S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 230-31). Many emend the text to לרבב אשׁ , “(calling) for a shower of fire,” though this interpretation is also problematic (see F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos [AB], 746-47).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":34622,"verse_id":"AMO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":34623,"verse_id":"AMO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “small.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":34624,"verse_id":"AMO.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “changed his mind about this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":34625,"verse_id":"AMO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":34626,"verse_id":"AMO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “the Lord.” The Hebrew term translated “sovereign One” here and in the following verse is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":34627,"verse_id":"AMO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"The Hebrew word אֲנָךְ (’ anakh , “tin”) occurs only in this passage (twice in this verse and twice in the following verse). (Its proposed meaning is based on an Akkadian cognate annaku .) The tin wall of the vision, if it symbolizes Israel, may suggest weakness and vulnerability to judgment. See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 233-35. The symbolic significance of God holding tin in his hand and then placing tin among the people is unclear. Possibly the term אֲנָךְ in v. 8 b is a homonym meaning “grief” (this term is attested in postbiblical Hebrew). In this case there is a wordplay, the אֲנָךְ (“tin”) of the vision suggesting the אֲנָךְ (“grief”) that judgment will bring upon the land. See F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman, Amos (AB), 759. Another option is to maintain the meaning “tin” and understand that the Lord has ripped off a piece of the tin wall and placed it in front of all to see. Their citadels, of which the nation was so proud and confident, are nothing more than tin fortresses. The traditional interpretation of these verses (reflected in many English versions) understands the term אֲנָךְ to mean “lead,” and by extension, “plumb line.” In this case, one may translate: “I saw the sovereign one standing by a wall built true to plumb holding a plumb line in his hand. The Lord said to me, ‘What do you see, Amos?’ I said, ‘A plumb line.’ The sovereign one then said, ‘Look, I am about to place a plumb line among my people…’” According to this view, the plumb line symbolizes God’s moral standards by which he will measure Israel to see if they are a straight or crooked wall.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":34628,"verse_id":"AMO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Heb “And I will no longer pass over him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":34629,"verse_id":"AMO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Traditionally, “the high places” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “pagan shrines.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":34630,"verse_id":"AMO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “And I will rise up against the house of Jeroboam with a sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":34631,"verse_id":"AMO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":34632,"verse_id":"AMO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"The direct object of the verb translated “sent” is elided in the Hebrew text. The words “this message” are supplied in the translation for clarity and for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":34633,"verse_id":"AMO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “in the middle of the house of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":34634,"verse_id":"AMO.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “words.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A10/4"}
{"id":34635,"verse_id":"AMO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":34636,"verse_id":"AMO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"See the note on the word “exile” in 5:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":34637,"verse_id":"AMO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Traditionally, “seer.” The word is a synonym for “prophet,” though it may carry a derogatory tone on the lips of Amaziah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":34638,"verse_id":"AMO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “Eat bread there.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":34639,"verse_id":"AMO.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":34640,"verse_id":"AMO.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “for it is a temple of a king and it is a royal house.” It is possible that the phrase “royal house” refers to a temple rather than a palace. See S. M. Paul, Amos (Hermeneia), 243.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":34641,"verse_id":"AMO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “replied and said.” The phrase “and said” is pleonastic (redundant) and has not been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":34642,"verse_id":"AMO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “I was not a prophet nor was I the son of a prophet.” The phrase “son of a prophet” refers to one who was trained in a prophetic guild. Since there is no equative verb present in the Hebrew text, another option is to translate with the present tense, “I am not a prophet by profession.” In this case Amos, though now carrying out a prophetic ministry (v. 15 ), denies any official or professional prophetic status. Modern English versions are divided about whether to understand the past (JB, NIV, NKJV) or present tense (NASB, NEB, NRSV, NJPS) here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":34643,"verse_id":"AMO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":34644,"verse_id":"AMO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “gashed”; or “pierced.” sn For a discussion of the agricultural background, see O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 128-29.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":34645,"verse_id":"AMO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “from [following] after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":34646,"verse_id":"AMO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “and the Lord said to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":34647,"verse_id":"AMO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"The verb, which literally means “to drip,” appears to be a synonym of “to prophesy,” but it might carry a derogatory tone here, perhaps alluding to the impassioned, frenzied way in which prophets sometimes delivered their messages. If so, one could translate, “to drivel; to foam at the mouth” (see HALOT 694 s.v. נטף ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":34648,"verse_id":"AMO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “in the city,” that is, “in public.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":34649,"verse_id":"AMO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “will fall by the sword.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":34650,"verse_id":"AMO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “will be divided up with a [surveyor’s] measuring line.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A17/3"}
{"id":34651,"verse_id":"AMO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “[an] unclean”; or “[an] impure.” This fate would be especially humiliating for a priest, who was to distinguish between the ritually clean and unclean (see Lev 10:10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A17/4"}
{"id":34652,"verse_id":"AMO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.17","text":"See the note on the word “exile” in 5:5 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%207%3A17/5"}
{"id":34653,"verse_id":"AMO.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":34654,"verse_id":"AMO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"There is a wordplay here. The Hebrew word קֵץ ( qets , “end”) sounds like קָיִץ ( qayits , “summer fruit”). The summer fruit arrived toward the end of Israel’s agricultural year; Israel’s national existence was similarly at an end.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":34655,"verse_id":"AMO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Heb “I will no longer pass over him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":34656,"verse_id":"AMO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “palace” (NASB, NCV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":34657,"verse_id":"AMO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Heb “Many corpses in every place he will throw out.” The subject of the verb is probably impersonal, though many emend the active (Hiphil) form to a passive (Hophal): “Many corpses in every place will be thrown out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":34658,"verse_id":"AMO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"See the note on the word “trample” in 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":34659,"verse_id":"AMO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Or “put an end to”; or “exterminate.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":34660,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “pass by.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":34661,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"The verb, though omitted in the Hebrew text, is supplied in the translation from the parallel line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":34662,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “sell grain.” Here “grain” could stand by metonymy for the bins where it was stored.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/4"}
{"id":34663,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.5","text":"Here and in v. 6 the words “we’re eager” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/5"}
{"id":34664,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “to make small the ephah and to make great the shekel.” The “ephah” was a unit of dry measure used to determine the quantity purchased, while the “shekel” was a standard weight used to determine the purchase price. By using a smaller than standard ephah and a heavier than standard shekel, these merchants were able to increase their profit (“sell less for a higher price”) by cheating the buyer.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/6"}
{"id":34665,"verse_id":"AMO.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.5","text":"Heb “and to cheat with deceptive scales”; NASB, NIV “dishonest scales”; NRSV “false balances.” sn Rigged scales may refer to bending the crossbar or shifting the center point of the scales to make the amount weighed appear heavier than it actually was, thus cheating the buyer.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A5/7"}
{"id":34666,"verse_id":"AMO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “to buy the poor for silver.” sn The expression trade silver for the poor refers to the slave trade.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":34667,"verse_id":"AMO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"See the note on the word “sandals” in 2:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":34668,"verse_id":"AMO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Heb “The chaff of the grain we will sell.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":34669,"verse_id":"AMO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “swears.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":34670,"verse_id":"AMO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"The words “I swear” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation because a self-imprecation is assumed in oaths of this type.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":34671,"verse_id":"AMO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “I will never forget all your deeds.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":34672,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Or “land” (also later in this verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":34673,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"It is not clear whether the speaker in this verse is the Lord or the prophet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":34674,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"Heb “all of it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":34675,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"The MT reads “like the light” ( כָאֹר , kha ’ or ; note this term also appears in v. 9 ), which is commonly understood to be an error for “like the Nile” ( כִּיאוֹר , ki ’ or ). See the parallel line and Amos 9:5 . The word “River” is supplied in the translation for clarity. If this emendation is correct, in the Hebrew of Amos “Nile” is actually spelled three slightly different ways. sn The movement of the quaking earth is here compared to the annual flooding and receding of the River Nile .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":34676,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.8","text":"Or “churn.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/5"}
{"id":34677,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.8","text":"Or “sink back down.” The translation assumes the verb שָׁקַע ( shaqa ’), following the Qere .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/6"}
{"id":34678,"verse_id":"AMO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.8","text":"The entire verse is phrased in a series of rhetorical questions which anticipate the answer, “Of course!” (For example, the first line reads, “Because of this will the earth not quake?”). The rhetorical questions entrap the listener in the logic of the judgment of God (cf. 3:3-6; 9:7 ). The rhetorical questions have been converted to affirmative statements in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A8/7"}
{"id":34679,"verse_id":"AMO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Heb “in a day of light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":34680,"verse_id":"AMO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “mourning.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":34681,"verse_id":"AMO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “I will place sackcloth on all waists.” sn Mourners wore sackcloth ( funeral clothes ) as an outward expression of grief.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":34682,"verse_id":"AMO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “and make every head bald.” This could be understood in a variety of ways, while the ritual act of mourning typically involved shaving the head (although occasionally the hair could be torn out as a sign of mourning). sn Shaving the head or tearing out one’s hair was a ritual act of mourning. See Lev 21:5 ; Deut 14:1 ; Isa 3:24; 15:2 ; Jer 47:5; 48:37 ; Ezek 7:18; 27:31 ; Mic 1:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":34683,"verse_id":"AMO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “I will make it like the mourning for an only son.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":34684,"verse_id":"AMO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.10","text":"Heb “and its end will be like a bitter day.” The Hebrew preposition כְּ ( kaf ) sometimes carries the force of “in every respect,” indicating identity rather than mere comparison.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A10/5"}
{"id":34685,"verse_id":"AMO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":34686,"verse_id":"AMO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “the days are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":34687,"verse_id":"AMO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.11","text":"Heb “not a hunger for food or a thirst for water, but for hearing the words of the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A11/3"}
{"id":34688,"verse_id":"AMO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":34689,"verse_id":"AMO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"That is, from the Mediterranean Sea in the west to the Dead Sea in the east – that is, across the whole land.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":34690,"verse_id":"AMO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"Heb “looking for the word of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":34691,"verse_id":"AMO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “the.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":34692,"verse_id":"AMO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Or “virgins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":34693,"verse_id":"AMO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"Heb “the.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":34694,"verse_id":"AMO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.13","text":"It is not clear whether the speaker in this verse is the Lord or the prophet.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A13/4"}
{"id":34695,"verse_id":"AMO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “those who swear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":34696,"verse_id":"AMO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “the sin [or “guilt”] of Samaria.” This could be a derogatory reference to an idol-goddess popular in the northern kingdom, perhaps Asherah (cf. 2 Chr 24:18 , where this worship is labeled “their guilt”), or to the golden calf at the national sanctuary in Bethel ( Hos 8:6, 10:8 ). Some English versions (e.g., NEB, NRSV, CEV) repoint the word and read “Ashimah,” the name of a goddess worshiped in Hamath in Syria (see 2 Kgs 17:30 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":34697,"verse_id":"AMO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.14","text":"Heb “say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A14/3"}
{"id":34698,"verse_id":"AMO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"8.14","text":"The MT reads, “As surely as the way [to] Beer Sheba lives,” or “As surely as the way lives, O Beer Sheba.” Perhaps the term דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh , “the way”) refers to the pilgrimage route to Beersheba (see S. M. Paul, Amos [Hermeneia], 272) or it may be a title for a god. The notion of pilgrimage appears elsewhere in the book (cf. 4:4-5; 5:4-5; 8:12 ). The translation above assumes an emendation to דֹּדְךְ ( dodÿkh , “your beloved” or “relative”; the term also is used in 6:10 ) and understands this as referring either to the Lord (since other kinship terms are used of him, such as “Father”) or to another deity that was particularly popular in Beer Sheba. Besides the commentaries, see S. M. Olyan, “The Oaths of Amos 8:14 ” Priesthood and Cult in Ancient Israel , 121-49.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%208%3A14/5"}
{"id":34699,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “the Lord.” The Hebrew term translated “sovereign One” here is אֲדֹנָי (’ adonay ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":34700,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “the capitals.” The Hebrew singular form is collective.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":34701,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “cut them off on the head of all of them.” The translation assumes the objective suffix on the verb refers to the tops of the pillars and that the following prepositional phrase refers to the people standing beneath. Another option is to take this phrase as referring to the pillars, in which case one could translate, “Knock all the tops of the pillars off.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":34702,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “the remnant of them.” One could possibly translate, “every last one of them” (cf. NEB “to the last man”). This probably refers to those who survive the collapse of the temple, which may symbolize the northern kingdom.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/5"}
{"id":34703,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “a fugitive belonging to them will not run away.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/6"}
{"id":34704,"verse_id":"AMO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “a survivor belonging to them will not escape.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A1/7"}
{"id":34705,"verse_id":"AMO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Heb “into Sheol” (so ASV, NASB, NRSV), that is, the land of the dead localized in Hebrew thought in the earth’s core or the grave. Cf. KJV “hell”; NCV, NLT “the place of the dead”; NIV “the depths of the grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":34706,"verse_id":"AMO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Heb “from before my eyes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":34707,"verse_id":"AMO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Or perhaps simply, “there,” if the מ ( mem ) prefixed to the adverb is dittographic (note the preceding word ends in mem ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":34708,"verse_id":"AMO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “Even if they go into captivity before their enemies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":34709,"verse_id":"AMO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Or perhaps simply, “there,” if the מ ( mem ) prefixed to the adverb is dittographic (note the preceding word ends in mem ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":34710,"verse_id":"AMO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Heb “I will set my eye on them for disaster, not good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":34711,"verse_id":"AMO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The words “will do this” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":34712,"verse_id":"AMO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “melts.” The verb probably depicts earthquakes and landslides. See v. 5 b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":34713,"verse_id":"AMO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “all of it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":34714,"verse_id":"AMO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.5","text":"Heb “the Nile.” The word “River” is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A5/4"}
{"id":34715,"verse_id":"AMO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “sinks back down.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A5/5"}
{"id":34716,"verse_id":"AMO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"The MT reads “his steps.” If this is correct, then the reference may be to the steps leading up to the heavenly temple or the throne of God (cf. 1 Kgs 10:19-20 ). The prefixed מ ( mem ) may be dittographic (note the preceding word ends in mem ). The translation assumes an emendation to עֲלִיָּתוֹ (’ aliyyato , “his upper rooms”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":34717,"verse_id":"AMO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Traditionally, “vault” (so ASV, NAB, NRSV). The precise meaning of this word in this context is unclear. Elsewhere it refers to objects grouped or held together. F. I. Andersen and D. N. Freedman ( Amos [AB], 845-46) suggest the foundational structure of a building is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":34718,"verse_id":"AMO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The Hebrew text has a rhetorical question, “Are you children of Israel not like the Cushites to me?” The rhetorical question has been converted to an affirmative statement in the translation for clarity. See the comment at 8:8 . sn Though Israel was God’s special covenant people (see 3:2 a), the Lord emphasizes they are not inherently superior to the other nations subject to his sovereign rule.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":34719,"verse_id":"AMO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"The second half of v. 7 is also phrased as a rhetorical question in the Hebrew text, “Did I not bring Israel up from the land of Egypt, and the Philistines from Caphtor, and Aram from Kir?” The translation converts the rhetorical question into an affirmation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":34720,"verse_id":"AMO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “the eyes of the sovereign Lord are on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":34721,"verse_id":"AMO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “kingdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":34722,"verse_id":"AMO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “house” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":34723,"verse_id":"AMO.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Heb “like being shaken with a sieve, and a pebble does not fall to the ground.” The meaning of the Hebrew word צְרוֹר ( tsÿror ), translated “pebble,” is unclear here. In 2 Sam 17:13 it appears to refer to a stone. If it means “pebble,” then the sieve described in v. 6 allows the grain to fall into a basket while retaining the debris and pebbles. However, if one interprets צְרוֹר as a “kernel of grain” (cf. NASB, NIV, NKJV, NLT) then the sieve is constructed to retain the grain and allow the refuse and pebbles to fall to the ground. In either case, the simile supports the last statement in v. 8 by making it clear that God will distinguish between the righteous (the grain) and the wicked (the pebbles) when he judges, and will thereby preserve a remnant in Israel. Only the sinners will be destroyed (v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":34724,"verse_id":"AMO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"The phrase translated “collapsing hut” refers to a temporary shelter (cf. NASB, NRSV “booth”) in disrepair and emphasizes the relatively weakened condition of the once powerful Davidic dynasty. Others have suggested that the term refers to Jerusalem, while still others argue that it should be repointed to read “Sukkoth,” a garrison town in Transjordan. Its reconstruction would symbolize the rebirth of the Davidic empire and its return to power (e.g., M. E. Polley, Amos and the Davidic Empire , 71-74).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":34725,"verse_id":"AMO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"The MT reads a third feminine plural suffix, which could refer to the two kingdoms (Judah and Israel) or, more literally, to the breaches in the walls of the cities that are mentioned in v. 4 (cf. 4:3 ). Some emend to third feminine singular, since the “hut” of the preceding line (a feminine singular noun) might be the antecedent. In that case, the final nun ( ן ) is virtually dittographic with the vav ( ו ) that appears at the beginning of the following word.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":34726,"verse_id":"AMO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"The MT reads a third masculine singular suffix, which could refer back to David. However, it is possible that an original third feminine singular suffix ( יה -, yod-hey ) has been misread as masculine ( יו -, yod-vav ). In later Hebrew script a ה ( he ) resembles a יו - ( yod-vav ) combination.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":34727,"verse_id":"AMO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Heb “and I will rebuild as in days of antiquity.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":34728,"verse_id":"AMO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “take possession of the remnant of Edom”; NASB, NIV, NRSV “possess the remnant of Edom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":34729,"verse_id":"AMO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Heb “nations over whom my name is proclaimed.” The Hebrew idiom indicates ownership, sometimes as a result of conquest. See 2 Sam 12:28 . sn This verse envisions a new era of Israelite rule, perhaps patterned after David’s imperialistic successes (see 2 Sam 8-10 ). At the same time, however, the verse does not specify how this rule is to be accomplished. Note that the book ends with a description of peace and abundance, and its final reference to God (v. 15 ) does not include the epithet “the Lord who commands armies,” which has militaristic overtones. This is quite a different scene than what the book began with: nations at war and standing under the judgment of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":34730,"verse_id":"AMO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “behold” or “look.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":34731,"verse_id":"AMO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “the days are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":34732,"verse_id":"AMO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.13","text":"The verb is omitted here in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation from the parallel line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A13/5"}
{"id":34733,"verse_id":"AMO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “hills,” where the vineyards were planted.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A13/7"}
{"id":34734,"verse_id":"AMO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"9.13","text":"Heb “and all the hills will melt.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A13/8"}
{"id":34735,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"This line can also be translated “I will restore the fortunes of my people, Israel” and is a common idiom (e.g., Deut 30:3 ; Jer 30:3 ; Hos 6:11 ; Zeph 3:20 ). This rendering is followed by several modern English versions (e.g., NEB, NRSV, NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":34736,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “the ruined [or “desolate”] cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":34737,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “and live [in them].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":34738,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “drink their wine.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/4"}
{"id":34739,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “gardens.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/5"}
{"id":34740,"verse_id":"AMO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.14","text":"Heb “eat their fruit.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A14/6"}
{"id":34741,"verse_id":"AMO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"AMO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “their.” The pronoun was replaced by the English definite article in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Amos%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":34742,"verse_id":"OBA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “the vision of Obadiah” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); TEV “This is the prophecy of Obadiah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":34743,"verse_id":"OBA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “Lord Lord. ” The phrase אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה (’ adonay yÿhvih ) is customarily rendered by Jewish tradition as “Lord God .” Cf. NIV, TEV, NLT “Sovereign Lord.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":34744,"verse_id":"OBA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The Hebrew preposition לְ ( lÿ ) is better translated here “concerning” (so KJV, ASV, NASB, NRSV, NLT) or “about” (so NIV, NCV, TEV, CEV) Edom rather than “to” Edom, although much of the book does speak directly to Edom.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":34745,"verse_id":"OBA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"Although the word “saying” is not in the Hebrew text, it has been supplied in the translation because what follows seems to be the content of the envoy’s message. Cf. ASV, NASB, NCV, all of which supply “saying”; NIV, NLT “to say.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":34746,"verse_id":"OBA.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “Arise, and let us arise against her in battle!” The term “Edom” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation to specify the otherwise ambiguous referent of the term “her.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A1/8"}
{"id":34747,"verse_id":"OBA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The introductory phrase “the Lord says” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied in the translation to clarify the identity of the speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":34748,"verse_id":"OBA.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew perfect verb form used here usually describes past events. However, here and several times in the following verses it is best understood as portraying certain fulfillment of events that at the time of writing were still future . It is the perfect of certitude. See GKC 312-13 §106. n ; Joüon 2:363 §112.h.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":34749,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “the presumption of your heart”; NAB, NIV “the pride of your heart”; NASB “arrogance of your heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":34750,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “in the concealed places of the rock”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “in the clefts of the rock”; NCV “the hollow places of the cliff”; CEV “a mountain fortress.” sn The word rock in Hebrew ( סֶלַע , sela ’) is a wordplay on Sela, the name of a prominent Edomite city. Its impregnability was a cause for arrogance on the part of its ancient inhabitants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":34751,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “on high (is) his dwelling”; NASB “in the loftiness of your dwelling place”; NRSV “whose dwelling (abode NAB) is in the heights.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":34752,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “the one who says in his heart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":34753,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"The Hebrew imperfect verb used here is best understood in a modal sense (“Who can bring me down?”) rather than in the sense of a simple future (“Who will bring me down?”). So also in v. 4 (“I can bring you down”). The question is not so much whether this will happen at some time in the future, but whether it even lies in the realm of possible events. In their hubris the Edomites were boasting that no one had the capability of breaching their impregnable defenses. However, their pride caused them to fail to consider the vast capabilities of Yahweh as warrior.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":34754,"verse_id":"OBA.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Who can bring me down?” This rhetorical question implies a negative answer: “No one!”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":34755,"verse_id":"OBA.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The present translation follows the reading תָּשִׂים ( tasim ; active) rather than שִׁים ( sim ; passive) of the MT (“and your nest be set among the stars,” NAB). Cf. LXX, Syriac, Vg.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":34756,"verse_id":"OBA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “If thieves came to you, or if plunderers of the night” (NRSV similar). The repetition here adds rhetorical emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":34757,"verse_id":"OBA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Would they not have stolen only their sufficiency?” The rhetorical question is used to make an emphatic assertion, which is perhaps best represented by the indicative form in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":34758,"verse_id":"OBA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “If grape pickers came to you.” The phrase “to harvest your vineyards” does not appear in the Hebrew, but is supplied in the translation to clarify the point of the entire simile which is assumed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":34759,"verse_id":"OBA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Would they not have left some gleanings?” The rhetorical question makes an emphatic assertion, which for the sake of clarity is represented by the indicative form in the translation. The implied answer to these rhetorical questions is “yes.” The fact that something would have remained after the imagined acts of theft or harvest stands in stark contrast to the totality of Edom’s destruction as predicted by Obadiah. Edom will be so decimated as a result of God’s judgment that nothing at all will be left sn According to the Mosaic law, harvesters were required to leave some grain behind in the fields for the poor ( Lev 19:9; 23:22 ; see also ); there was a similar practice with grapes and olives ( Lev 19:10 ; Deut 24:21 ). Regarding gleanings left behind from grapes, see Judg 8:2 ; Jer 6:9; 49:9 ; Mic 7:1 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":34760,"verse_id":"OBA.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “O how you will be cut off.” This emotional interjection functions rhetorically as the prophet’s announcement of judgment on Edom. In Hebrew this statement actually appears between the first and second metaphors, that is, in the middle of this verse. As the point of the comparison, one would expect it to follow both of the two metaphors; however, Obadiah interrupts his own sentence to interject his emphatic exclamation that cannot wait until the end of the sentence. This emphatic sentence structure is eloquent in Hebrew but awkward in English. Since this emphatic assertion is the point of his comparison, it appears at the end of the sentence in this translation, where one normally expects to find the concluding point of a metaphorical comparison.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":34761,"verse_id":"OBA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Esau.” The name Esau here is a synecdoche of part for whole referring to the Edomites. Cf. “Jacob” in v. 10 , where the meaning is “Israelites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":34762,"verse_id":"OBA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “How Esau will be searched!”; NAB “How they search Esau.” The Hebrew verb חָפַשׂ ( khafas , “to search out”) is used metonymically here for plundering the hidden valuables of a conquered people (e.g., 1 Kgs 20:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":34763,"verse_id":"OBA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “his” (so KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV); this is singular agreeing with “Esau” in the previous line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":34764,"verse_id":"OBA.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “searched out” (so NASB, NRSV); NIV “pillaged”; TEV “looted”; NLT “found and taken.” This pictures the violent action of conquering warriors ransacking the city in order to loot and plunder its valuables.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":34765,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “All the men of your covenant”; KJV, ASV “the men of thy confederacy.” In Hebrew “they will send you unto the border” and “all the men of your covenant” appear in two separate poetic lines (cf. NAB “To the border they drive you – all your allies”). Since the second is a noun clause functioning as the subject of the first clause, the two are rendered as a single sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":34766,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “send”; NASB “send you forth”; NAB “drive”; NIV “force.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":34767,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “to the border” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":34768,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the men of your peace.” This expression refers to a political/military alliance or covenant of friendship.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":34769,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “your bread,” which makes little sense in the context. The Hebrew word can be revocalized to read “those who eat bread with you,” i.e., “your friends.” Cf. KJV “they that eat thy bread”; NIV “those who eat your bread”; TEV “Those friends who ate with you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":34770,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “set a trap” (so NIV, NRSV). The meaning of the Hebrew word מָזוֹר ( mazor ; here translated “ambush”) is uncertain; it occurs nowhere else in the Hebrew Bible. The word probably refers to something “spread out” for purposes of entrapment, such as a net. Other possibilities include “trap,” “fetter,” or “stumbling block.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/6"}
{"id":34771,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “beneath” (so NAB).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/7"}
{"id":34772,"verse_id":"OBA.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “there is no understanding in him.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A7/8"}
{"id":34773,"verse_id":"OBA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “in that day” (so KJV, NIV); NAB, NASB, NRSV “on that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":34774,"verse_id":"OBA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “Will I not destroy those who are wise from Edom?” The rhetorical question functions as an emphatic affirmation. For the sake of clarity this has been represented by the emphatic indicative in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":34775,"verse_id":"OBA.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “understanding”; NIV “men of understanding.” This undoubtedly refers to members of the royal court who offered political and military advice to the Edomite kings. In the ancient Near East, such men of wisdom were often associated with divination and occultic practices (cf. Isa 3:3, 47:10, 13 ). The Edomites were also renown in the ancient Near East as a center of traditional sagacity and wisdom; perhaps that is referred to here (cf. Jer 49:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":34776,"verse_id":"OBA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The Hebrew word used here ( לְמַעַן , lÿma ’ an ) usually expresses purpose. The sense in this context, however, is more likely that of result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":34777,"verse_id":"OBA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “a man,” meaning “every single person” here; cf. KJV “every one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":34778,"verse_id":"OBA.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “cut off” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV); NIV, NLT “cut down”; CEV “wiped out.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":34779,"verse_id":"OBA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “from.” The preposition is used here with a causal sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":34780,"verse_id":"OBA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “because of the slaughter and because of the violence.” These two expressions form a hendiadys meaning “because of the violent slaughter.” Traditional understanding connects the first phrase “because of the slaughter” with the end of v. 9 (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NLT). It is preferable, however, to regard it as parallel to the reference to violence at the beginning of v. 11 . Both the parallel linguistic structure of the two phrases and the metrical structure of the verse favor connecting this phrase with the beginning of v. 10 (cf. NRSV, TEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":34781,"verse_id":"OBA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “the violence of your brother.” The genitive construction is to be understood as an objective genitive. The meaning is not that Jacob has perpetrated violence (= subjective genitive), but that violence has been committed against him (= objective genitive).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":34782,"verse_id":"OBA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “your brother Jacob” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NCV “your relatives, the Israelites.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":34783,"verse_id":"OBA.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “be cut off” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":34784,"verse_id":"OBA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “in the day of your standing”; NAB “On the day when you stood by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":34785,"verse_id":"OBA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or perhaps, “wealth” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). The Hebrew word is somewhat ambiguous here. This word also appears in v. 13 , where it clearly refers to wealth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":34786,"verse_id":"OBA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"The present translation follows the Qere which reads the plural (“gates”) rather than the singular.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":34787,"verse_id":"OBA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":34788,"verse_id":"OBA.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “like one from them”; NASB “You too were as one of them.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A11/6"}
{"id":34789,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"In vv. 12-14 there are eight prohibitions which summarize the nature of the Lord’s complaint against Edom. Each prohibition alludes to something that Edom did to Judah that should not have been done by one “brother” to another. It is because of these violations that the Lord has initiated judgment against Edom. In the Hebrew text these prohibitions are expressed by אַל (’ al , “not”) plus the jussive form of the verb, which is common in negative commands of immediate urgency. Such constructions would normally have the sense of prohibiting something either not yet begun (i.e., “do not start to …”) or something already in process at the time of speaking (i.e., “stop…”). Here, however, it seems more likely that the prohibitions refer to a situation in past rather than future time (i.e., “you should not have …”). If so, the verbs are being used in a rhetorical fashion, as though the prophet were vividly projecting himself back into the events that he is describing and urging the Edomites not to do what in fact they have already done.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":34790,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The Hebrew expression “to look upon” often has the sense of “to feast the eyes upon” or “to gloat over” (cf. v. 13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":34791,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “your brother” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV); NCV “your brother Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":34792,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “in the day of your brother, in the day of his calamity.” This expression is probably a hendiadys meaning, “in the day of your brother’s calamity.” The Hebrew word נָכְרוֹ ( nokhro , “his calamity”)_is probably a word-play on נָכְרִים ( nokherim , “foreigners”) in v. 11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":34793,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “in the day of their destruction” (so KJV, NASB, NIV); NAB, NRSV “on the day of their ruin.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":34794,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “boasted with your mouth.” The Hebrew text includes the phrase “with your mouth,” which is redundant in English and has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/6"}
{"id":34795,"verse_id":"OBA.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “in the day of adversity”; NASB “in the day of their distress.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A12/7"}
{"id":34796,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “the gate.” The term “gate” here functions as a synecdoche for the city as a whole, which the Edomites plundered.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":34797,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “in the day of their distress.” The phrase is used three times in this verse; the Hebrew word translated “distress” ( אֵידָם , ’ edam ) is a wordplay on the name Edom. For stylistic reasons and to avoid monotony, in the present translation this phrase is rendered: “when they experienced distress,” “when they suffered distress,” and “when they endured distress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":34798,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “you, also you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":34799,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “in the day of his distress.” In this and the following phrase at the end of v. 13 the suffix is 3 rd person masculine singular. As collective singulars both occurrences have been translated as plurals (“they suffered distress…endured distress” rather than “he suffered distress…endured distress”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":34800,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"In the MT the verb is feminine plural, but the antecedent is unclear. The Hebrew phrase תִּשְׁלַחְנָה ( tishlakhnah ) here should probably be emended to read תִּשְׁלַח יָד ( tishlakh yad ), although yad (“hand”) is not absolutely essential to this idiom.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":34801,"verse_id":"OBA.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.13","text":"See the note on the phrase “suffered distress” in the previous line.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A13/6"}
{"id":34802,"verse_id":"OBA.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word פֶּרֶק ( pereq ; here translated “fork in the road”) is uncertain. The word is found in the Hebrew Bible only here and in Nah 3:1 , where it means “plunder.” In the present context it seems to refer to a strategic intersection or fork in a road where bands of Edomites apprehended Israelites who were fleeing from the attack on Jerusalem. Cf. NAB, NIV, NLT “crossroads”; NRSV “crossings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":34803,"verse_id":"OBA.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “to cut off” (so KJV, NRSV); NASB, NIV “to cut down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":34804,"verse_id":"OBA.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “his fugitives”; NAB, CEV “refugees.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":34805,"verse_id":"OBA.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “in the day of distress” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":34806,"verse_id":"OBA.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “near” (so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); NCV “is coming soon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":34807,"verse_id":"OBA.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “your deed will return on your own head.” Verses 15 and 16 provide an example of ironic reversal, whereby the tables are turned and poetic justice is served. This is a motif that is common in prophetic oracles against foreign nations.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":34808,"verse_id":"OBA.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The identification of the referent of “you” in v. 16 a is uncertain. There are three major options: (1) On the surface, it would appear to be Edom, which is addressed in v. 15 b and throughout the prophecy. However, when Edom is addressed, second person singular forms are normally used in the Hebrew. In v. 16 a the Hebrew verb “you drank” is a plural form שְׁתִיתֶם ( shÿtitem ), perhaps suggesting that Edom is no longer addressed, at least solely. Perhaps Edom and the nations, mentioned in v. 15 a, are both addressed in v. 16 a. However, since the nations are referred to in the third person in v. 16 b, it seems unlikely that they are addressed here. (2) Another option is to take the final mem ( ם ) on the Hebrew verb form ( שְׁתִיתֶם ) as an enclitic particle and revocalize the form as a singular verb ( שָׁתִיתָ , shatita ) addressed to Edom. In this case v. 16 a would allude to the time when Edom celebrated Jerusalem’s defeat on Mount Zion, God’s “holy hill.” Verse 16 b would then make the ironic point that just as Edom once drank in victory, so the nations (Edom included) would someday drink the cup of judgment. However, this interpretation is problematic for it necessitates taking the drinking metaphor in different ways (as signifying celebration and then judgment) within the same verse. (3) Another option is that the exiled people of Judah are addressed. Just as God’s people were forced to drink the intoxicating wine of divine judgment, so the nations, including those who humiliated Judah, would be forced to drink this same wine. However, the problem here is that God’s people are never addressed elsewhere in the prophecy, making this approach problematic as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":34809,"verse_id":"OBA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “will be a fugitive.” This is a collective singular. Cf. NCV “some will escape the judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":34810,"verse_id":"OBA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “house” (so most English versions); NCV, TEV “the people of Jacob.” The word “house” also occurs four times in v. 18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":34811,"verse_id":"OBA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “dispossess.” This root is repeated in the following line to emphasize poetic justice: The punishment will fit the crime.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":34812,"verse_id":"OBA.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"The present translation follows the reading מוֹרִשֵׁיהֶם ( morishehem ; literally, “those dispossessing them”; cf. NAB, NRSV, CEV) rather than מוֹרָשֵׁיהֶם ( morashehem , “their possessions”) of the MT (cf. LXX, Syriac, and Vg, followed by KJV, ASV, NASB).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":34813,"verse_id":"OBA.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “will be no survivor”; NAB “none shall survive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":34814,"verse_id":"OBA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Heb “the Negev”; ASV “the South”; NCV, TEV “southern Judah.” The Hebrew text does not have the words “the people of,” but these words have been supplied in the translation for clarity. The place name “the Negev” functions as a synecdoche (container for contents) for the people living in the Negev. sn The Negev is a dry, hot, arid region in the southern portion of Judah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":34815,"verse_id":"OBA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The Hebrew text does not have the words “the people of,” but they are supplied in the translation since “the Shephelah” functions as a synecdoche referring to residents of this region. sn The Shephelah as a region refers to the Palestinian foothills that rise from the coastal plain. In much of Old Testament times they served as a divide between the people of Judah and the Philistines.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":34816,"verse_id":"OBA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"The phrase “will take possession” does not appear in this clause, but is implied from its previous use in this verse. It is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":34817,"verse_id":"OBA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"The words “the land of” are not present in the Hebrew text. They are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":34818,"verse_id":"OBA.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.19","text":"The phrase “will take possession” does not appear in this clause, but is implied from its previous use in this verse. It is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A19/6"}
{"id":34819,"verse_id":"OBA.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “army” (TEV); KJV, NAB, NASB “host”; NIV “company.” Some text critics suggest revocalizing MT הַחֵל ( hakhel , “the fortress”) to the place- name הָלָה ( halah , “Halah”; so NRSV), the location to which many of the Israelite exiles were sent in the 8th century ( 2 Kgs 7:6; 18:11 ; 1 Chr 5:26 ). The MT form is from הַיִל ( hayil , “strength”), which is used elsewhere to refer to an army ( Exod 14:17 ; 1 Sam 17:20 ; 2 Sam 8:9 ), military fortress ( 2 Sam 20:15; 22:33 ), leaders ( Exod 18:21 ) and even wealth or possessions ( Obad 1:11, 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":34820,"verse_id":"OBA.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The Hebrew text has no verb here. The words “will possess” have been supplied from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":34821,"verse_id":"OBA.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.20","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A20/4"}
{"id":34822,"verse_id":"OBA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The present translation follows the reading מוּשָׁעִים ( musha ’ im , “those who have been delivered”; cf. NRSV, CEV) rather than מוֹשִׁעִים ( moshi ’ im ,“deliverers”; cf. NASB, NIV, NLT) of the MT (cf. LXX, Aquila, Theodotion, and Syriac).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":34823,"verse_id":"OBA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “to judge.” In this context the term does not mean “to render judgment on,” but “to rule over” (cf. NAB “to rule”; NIV “to govern”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":34824,"verse_id":"OBA.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"OBA","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “then the kingdom will belong to the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Obadiah%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":34825,"verse_id":"JON.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord .” The genitive noun in the construction דְּבַר־יְהוָה ( dÿvar-yÿhvah , “word of the Lord ”) could function as a possessive genitive (“the Lord ’s word”; see IBHS 145 §9.5.1g), but more likely it functions as a subjective genitive (“the Lord said”; see IBHS 143 §9.5.1a). The Aramaic translation of Jonah 1:1 (Aramaic translations of the Hebrew Bible are known as Targums) interprets the Hebrew as “There was a word of prophecy from the Lord ” (cf. Tg. Hos 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":34826,"verse_id":"JON.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord was to Jonah…saying….” The infinitive לֵאמֹר ( le ’ mor , “saying”) introduces direct discourse and is untranslated in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":34827,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Arise, go.” The two imperatives without an intervening vav ( קוּם לֵךְ , qum lekh ; “Arise, go!”), form a verbal hendiadys in which the first verb functions adverbially and the second retains its full verbal force: “Go immediately.” This construction emphasizes the urgency of the command. The translations “Go at once” (NRSV, NJPS) or simply “Go!” (NIV) are better than the traditional “Arise, go” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV, NASB) or “Get up and go” (NLT). For similar constructions with קוּם , see Gen 19:14-15 ; Judg 4:14; 8:20-21 ; 1 Sam 9:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":34828,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the.” The article draws attention to a well-known fact and may function as a demonstrative pronoun: “that great city” (see IBHS 242 §13.5.1e).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":34829,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Surri uru rabitu ) for the king my lord” (EA 147:61-63). Hebrew constructions in which a determined noun is modified by the determined adjective הָגְּדוֹלָה (“the great…”) often denote singular, unique greatness, e.g., הַנָּהָר הָגָּדֹל ( hannahar haggadol , “the great river”) = the Euphrates ( Deut 1:7 ); הַיָּם הַגָּדוֹל ( hayyam haggadol , “the great sea”) = the Mediterranean ( Josh 1:4 ); הַכֹּהֵן הַגָּדוֹל ( hakkohen haggadol , “the great priest”) = the chief priest ( Lev 21:10 ); and לָעִיר הַגְּדוֹלָה הַזֹּאת ( la ’ ir haggÿdolah hazzo ’ t , “[to] this great city”) = this capital city ( Jer 22:8 ). So הָעִיר הָגְּדוֹלָה may well connote “the capital city” here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":34830,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “Nineveh, the great city.” The description “the great city” stands in apposition to “Nineveh.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":34831,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “cry out against it.” The basic meaning of קָרָא ( qara ’) is “to call out; to cry out; to shout out,” but here it is a technical term referring to what a prophet has to say: “to announce” (e.g., 1 Kgs 13:32 ; Isa 40:2, 6 ; Jer 3:12 ; see HALOT 1129 s.v. קרא 8). When used with the preposition עַל (’ al , “against” [in a hostile sense]; 826 s.v. עַל 5.a), it refers to an oracle announcing or threatening judgment (e.g., 1 Kgs 13:2, 4, 32 ; BDB 895 s.v. עַל 3.a). This nuance is reflected in several English versions: “Announce my judgment against it” (NLT) and “proclaim judgment upon it” (JPS, NJPS). Other translations are less precise: “cry out against it” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV), “denounce it” (NEB, REB). Some are even misleading: “preach against it” (NAB, NIV) and “preach in it” (Douay). Tg . Jonah 1:2 nuances this interpretively as “prophesy against.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/6"}
{"id":34832,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “it.” The pronoun functions as a synecdoche of container for contents, referring to the people of Nineveh.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/7"}
{"id":34833,"verse_id":"JON.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “has come up before me.” The term לְפָנָי ( lÿfanay , “before me”) often connotes “in the full cognitive knowledge of” or “in the full mental view” of someone (BDB 817 s.v. פָּנֶה II.4.a.(c); e.g., Gen 6:13 ; Isa 65:6 ; Jer 2:22 ; Lam 1:22 ). The use of the verb עָלָה (’ alah , “to ascend”) complements this idea; it is sometimes used to describe actions or situations on earth that have “come up” into heaven to God’s attention, so to speak (e.g., Exod 2:23 ; 1 Sam 5:12 ; 2 Kgs 19:28 ; Ps 74:23 ; Isa 37:29 ; Jer 14:2 ; see BDB 749 s.v. עָלָה 8). The point is that God was fully aware of the evil of the Ninevites.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A2/9"}
{"id":34834,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “he arose to flee.” The phrase וַיָּקָם לִבְרֹחַ ( vayyaqam livroakh , “he arose to flee”) is a wordplay on the Lord ’s command ( קוּם לֵךְ , qum lekh ; “Arise! Go!”) in v. 2 . By repeating the first verb קוּם the narrator sets up the reader to expect that Jonah was intending to obey God. But Jonah did not “arise to go” to Nineveh; he “arose to flee” to Tarshish. Jonah looks as though he was about to obey, but he does not. This unexpected turn of events creates strong irony. The narrator does not reveal Jonah’s motivation to the reader at this point. He delays this revelation for rhetorical effect until 4:2-3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":34835,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Tar-si-si (R. Borger, Die Inschriften Asarhaddons [AfO], 86, §57 line 10) and Greek Ταρτησσος ( tarthssos ; HALOT 1797 s.v. C). Most English versions render תַּרְשִׁישׁ as “Tarshish” (KJV, NKJV, ASV, NASB, RSV, NRSV, NIV, NEB, NJB, JPS, NJPS), but TEV, CEV render it more generally as “to Spain.” NLT emphasizes the rhetorical point: “in the opposite direction,” though “Tarshish” is mentioned later in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":34836,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Jonah arose to flee to Tarshish away from the Lord .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":34837,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “away from the presence of the Lord .” The term מִלִּפְנֵי ( millifne , “away from the presence of”) is composed of the preposition לְפָנָי ( lÿfanay , “in front of, before the presence of”) and מִן ( min , “away from”). The term מִלִּפְנֵי is used with בָּרַח ( barakh , “to flee”) only here in biblical Hebrew so it is difficult to determine its exact meaning ( HALOT 942 s.v. פָּנֶה 4.h.ii; see E. Jenni, “‘Fliehen’ im akkadischen und im hebräischen Sprachgebrauch,” Or 47 [1978]: 357). The most likely options are: (1) Jonah simply fled from the Lord ’s presence manifested in the temple (for mention of the temple elsewhere in Jonah, see 2:5,8 ). This is reflected in Jerome’s rendering fugeret in Tharsis a facie Domini (“he fled to Tarshish away from the face/presence of the Lord ”). The term מִלִּפְנֵי is used in this sense with יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “to go out”) to depict someone or something physically leaving the manifested presence of the Lord ( Lev 9:24 ; Num 17:11, 24 ; cf. Gen 4:16 ). This is reflected in several English versions: “from the presence of the Lord ” (KJV, NKJV, RSV, NRSV, ASV, NASB) and “out of the reach of the Lord ” (REB). (2) Jonah was fleeing to a distant place outside the land of Israel (D. Stuart, Hosea-Jonah [WBC], 450). The term לְפָנָי is used in various constructions with מִן to describe locations outside the land of Israel where Yahweh was not worshiped ( 1 Sam 26:19-20 ; 2 Kgs 13:23; 17:20, 23 ; Jer 23:39 ). This would be the equivalent of a self-imposed exile. (3) The term מִלִּפְנֵי can mean “out of sight” ( Gen 23:4,8 ), so perhaps Jonah was trying to escape from the Lord ’s active awareness – out of the Lord ’s sight. The idea would either be an anthropomorphism (standing for a distance out of the sight of God) or it would reflect an inadequate theology of the limited omniscience and presence of God. This is reflected in some English versions: “ran away from the Lord” (NIV), “running away from Yahweh” (NJB), “to get away from the Lord” (NLT), “to escape from the Lord” (NEB) and “to escape” (CEV). (4) The term לְפָנָי can mean “in front of someone in power” ( Gen 43:33 ; HALOT 942 s.v. c.i) and “at the disposal of” a king ( Gen 13:9; 24:51; 34:10 ; 2 Chr 14:6 ; Jer 40:4 ; HALOT 942 s.v. 4 .f). The expression would be a metonymy: Jonah was trying to escape from his commission (effect) ordered by God (cause). This is reflected in several English versions: “to flee from the Lord ’s service” (JPS, NJPS). Jonah confesses in 4:2-3 that he fled to avoid carrying out his commission – lest God relent from judging Nineveh if its populace might repent. But it is also clear in chs. 1-2 that Jonah could not escape from the Lord himself. sn Three times in chap. (in vv. 3 and 10 ) Jonah’s voyage is described as an attempt to escape away from the Lord – from the Lord ’s presence (and therefore his active awareness; compare v. 2 ). On one level, Jonah was attempting to avoid a disagreeable task, but the narrator’s description personalizes Jonah’s rejection of the task. Jonah’s issue is with the Lord himself, not just his commission. The narrator’s description is also highly ironic, as the rest of the book shows. Jonah tries to sail to Tarshish, in the opposite direction from Nineveh, as if by doing that he could escape from the Lord , when the Lord is the one who knows all about Nineveh’s wickedness and is involved in all that happens to Jonah throughout the book. Compare Jonah’s explanation when talking with the Lord (see 4:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":34838,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “he went down.” The verb יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”) can refer to a journey that is physically downhill. This suggests that Jonah had started out from Jerusalem, which is at a higher elevation. He probably received his commission in the temple (see 2:4, 7 for mention of the temple). sn The verb יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”) is repeated four times in chs. 1-2 for rhetorical effect ( 1:3 a, 3b, 5; 2:7 ). Jonah’s “downward” journey from Jerusalem down to Joppa ( 1:3 a) down into the ship ( 1:3 b) down into the cargo hold ( 1:5 ) and ultimately down into the bottom of the sea, pictured as down to the very gates of the netherworld ( 2:7 ), does not end until he turns back to God who brings him “up” from the brink of death ( 2:6-7 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":34839,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"century b.c. ) and Yapu in Neo-Assyrian inscriptions (9th-8th centuries b.c. ). It was a port through which imported goods could flow into the Levant ( Josh 19:46 ; 2 Chr 2:15 [16]; Ezra 3:7 ). It was never annexed by Israel until the Maccabean period (ca. 148 b.c.; 1 Macc 10:76). Jonah chose a port where the people he would meet and the ships he could take were not likely to be Israelite. Once in Joppa he was already partly “away from the Lord ” as he conceived it.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":34840,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “going to” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “bound for”; NLT “leaving for.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/7"}
{"id":34841,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.3","text":"See note on the phrase “to Tarshish” at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/8"}
{"id":34842,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “its fare.” The 3rd person feminine singular suffix on the noun probably functions as a genitive of worth or value: “the fare due it.” However, it is translated here simply as “the fare” for the sake of readability. On the other hand “bought a ticket” (CEV, NLT) is somewhat overtranslated, since the expression “paid the fare” is still understandable to most English readers.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/9"}
{"id":34843,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “he went down into it.” The verb יָרַד ( yarad , “to go down”) is repeated for rhetorical effect in v. 3 a, 3b, 5. See note on the word “traveled” in v. 3 a.","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/10"}
{"id":34844,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":11,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"11","reference":"1.3","text":"“Them” refers to the other passengers and sailors in the ship.","source_note_position":11,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/11"}
{"id":34845,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":12,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"12","reference":"1.3","text":"See note on the phrase “to Tarshish” at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":12,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/12"}
{"id":34846,"verse_id":"JON.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":13,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"13","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “away from the presence of the Lord .” See note on the phrase “from the commission of the Lord ” in v. 3 a.","source_note_position":13,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A3/13"}
{"id":34847,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The disjunctive construction of vav + nonverb followed by a nonpreterite marks a strong contrast in the narrative action ( וַיהוָה הֵטִיל , vayhvah hetil ; “But the Lord hurled…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":34848,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The Hiphil of טוּל ( tul , “to hurl”) is used here and several times in this episode for rhetorical emphasis (see vv. 5 and 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":34849,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “great.” Typically English versions vary the adjective here and before “tempest” to avoid redundancy: e.g., KJV, ASV, NRSV “great...mighty”; NAB “violent…furious”; NIV “great…violent”; NLT “powerful…violent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":34850,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":34851,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The nonconsecutive construction of vav + nonverb followed by nonpreterite is used to emphasize this result clause ( וְהָאֳנִיָּה חִשְּׁבָה לְהִשָׁבֵר , vÿha ’ oniyyah khishvah lÿhishaver ; “that the ship threatened to break up”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":34852,"verse_id":"JON.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the ship seriously considered breaking apart.” The use of חָשַׁב ( khashav , “think”) in the Piel (“to think about; to seriously consider”) personifies the ship to emphasize the ferocity of the storm. The lexicons render the clause idiomatically: “the ship was about to be broken up” (BDB 363 s.v. חָשַׁב 2; HALOT 360 s.v. חשׁב ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":34853,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “they cried out, each one.” The shift from the plural verb וַיִּזְעֲקוּ ( vayyiz ’ aqu , “they cried out to”) to the singular subject אִישׁ (’ ish , “each one”) is a rhetorical device used to emphasize that each one of the sailors individually cried out. In contrast, Jonah slept.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":34854,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “gods” (CEV, NLT). The plural noun אֱלֹהִים (’ elohim ) might be functioning either as a plural of number (“gods”) or a plural of majesty (“god”) – the form would allow for either. As members of a polytheistic culture, each sailor might appeal to several gods. However, individuals could also look to a particular god for help in trouble. Tg . Jonah 1:5 interpretively renders the line, “Each man prayed to his idols, but they saw that they were useless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":34855,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “hurled.” The Hiphil of טוּל ( tul , “to hurl”) is again used, repeated from v. 4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":34856,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The plural word rendered “cargo” ( כֵּלִים , kelim ) is variously translated “articles, vessels, objects, baggage, instruments” (see 1 Sam 17:22 ; 1 Kgs 10:21 ; 1 Chr 15:16 ; Isa 18:2 ; Jer 22:7 ). As a general term, it fits here to describe the sailors throwing overboard whatever they could. The English word “cargo” should be taken generally to include the ship’s payload and whatever else could be dispensed with.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":34857,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “into the sea.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":34858,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “to lighten it from them.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":34859,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “but Jonah.” The disjunctive construction of vav + nonverb followed by nonpreterite ( וְיוֹנָה יָרַד , vÿyonah yarad ; “but Jonah had gone down…”) introduces a parenthetical description of Jonah’s earlier actions before the onset of the storm.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/7"}
{"id":34860,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.5","text":"Following a vav -disjunctive introducing parenthetical material, the suffixed-conjugation verb יָרַד ( yarad ) functions as a past perfect here: “he had gone down” (see IBHS 490-91 §30.5.2). This describes Jonah’s previous actions before the onset of the storm.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/8"}
{"id":34861,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “stern.” There is some question whether the term יַרְכָה ( yarkhah ) refers to the ship’s hold below deck (R. S. Hess, NIDOTTE 3:282) or to the stern in the back of the ship ( HALOT 439 s.v. * יְרֵכָה 2.b). This is the only use of this term in reference to a ship in biblical Hebrew. When used elsewhere, this term has a two-fold range of meanings: (1) “rear,” such as rear of a building ( Exod 26:22, 27; 36:27, 32 ; Ezek 46:19 ), back room of a house ( 1 Kgs 6:16 ; Ps 128:3 ; Amos 6:10 ), flank of a person’s body (figurative for rear border; Gen 49:13 ); and (2) “far part” that is remote, such as the back of a cave ( 1 Sam 24:4 ), the bottom of a cistern ( Isa 14:15 ), the lower recesses of Sheol ( Ezek 32:23 ), the remotest part of a mountain range ( Judg 19:1, 18 ; 2 Kgs 19:23 ; Isa 37:24 ), the highest summit of a mountain ( Ps 48:3 ), and the north – viewed as the remotest part of the earth ( Isa 14:13 ; Ezek 38:6, 15; 39:2 ). So the term could refer to the “back” (stern) or “remote part” (lower cargo hold) of the ship. The related Akkadian expression arkat eleppi , “stern of a ship” ( HALOT 439 s.v. 2 .b) seems to suggest that יַרְכָה means “stern” ( HALOT 439 s.v. 2 .b). However, the preceding יָרַד אֶל ( yarad ’ el , “he went down into”) suggests a location below deck. Also the genitive noun סְפִינָה ( sÿfinah ) refers to a “ship” with a deck (BDB 706 s.v. סְפִינָה ; HALOT 764 s.v. סְפִינָה ; R. S. Hess, NIDOTTE 3:282).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/9"}
{"id":34862,"verse_id":"JON.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":10,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “of the ship.” The noun סְפִינָה ( sÿfinah ) refers to a “ship” with a deck ( HALOT 764 s.v. סְפִינָה ). The term is a hapax legomenon in Hebrew and is probably an Aramaic loanword. The term is used frequently in the related Semitic languages to refer to ships with multiple decks. Here the term probably functions as a synecdoche of whole for the part, referring to the “lower deck” rather than to the ship as a whole (R. S. Hess, NIDOTTE 3:282). An outdated approach related the noun to the verb סָפַן ( safan , “to cover”) and suggested that סְפִינָה describes a ship covered with sheathing (BDB 706 s.v. סְפִינָה ).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A5/10"}
{"id":34863,"verse_id":"JON.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “What to you sleeping!” The Niphal participle נִרְדָּם ( nirdam ) from רָדַם ( radam , “to sleep”) functions here not as a vocative use of the noun (so KJV, NKJV, ASV: “O sleeper,” RSV: “you sleeper”) but as a verbal use to depict uninterrupted sleep up to this point. The expression מַה־לְּךָ ( mah-lÿkha , “what to you?”) can express surprise (BDB 552 s.v. מָה 1.a; e.g., Job 9:12; 22:12 ; Eccl 8:4 ; Isa 45:9,10 ) or indignation and contempt (BDB 552 s.v. מָה 1.c; e.g., 1 Kgs 19:9, 13 ). Accordingly, the captain is either surprised that Jonah is able to sleep so soundly through the storm (NIV “How can you sleep?”; JPS, NJPS “How can you be sleeping so soundly?”; NEB, REB “What, sound asleep?”) or indignant that Jonah would sleep in a life-threatening situation when he should be praying (CEV “How can you sleep at a time like this?”; NAB “What are you doing [+ sound NRSV] asleep?”; NJB: “What do you mean by sleeping?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":34864,"verse_id":"JON.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “cry out” or “call upon.” The verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “to call out, to cry out”) + the preposition אֶל (’ el , “to”) often depicts a loud, audible cry of prayer to God for help in the midst of trouble: “to call on, to shout to” ( HALOT 1129 s.v. קרא 9.b; BDB 895 s.v. קָרָא 2.a; e.g., Judg 15:18 ; 1 Sam 12:17, 18 ; 2 Sam 22:7 ; Hos 7:7 ; Pss 3:4 [5 HT]; 4:3 [4 HT]). Jonker notes: “The basic meaning of qr’ is to draw attention to oneself by the audible use of one’s voice in order to establish contact with someone else. The reaction of the called person is normally expressed by the verbs…‘answer’ and…‘hear’” (L. Jonker, NIDOTTE 3:971). sn The imperatives “arise!” and “cry out!” are repeated from v. 2 for ironic effect. The captain’s words would have rung in Jonah’s ears as a stinging reminder that the Lord had uttered them once before. Jonah was hearing them again because he had disobeyed them before.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":34865,"verse_id":"JON.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the god.” The article on הָאֱלֹהִים ( ha ’ elohim ) denotes previous reference to אֱלֹהֶיךָ (’ elohekha , “your god”; see IBHS 242-43 §13.5.1d). The captain refers here to the “god” just mentioned, that is, whatever god Jonah might pray to (“your god”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":34866,"verse_id":"JON.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “give thought to us.” The verb is found only here in the OT. Related nouns are in Job 12:5 and Ps 146:5 . The captain hopes for some favorable attention from a god who might act on behalf of his endangered crewmen.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":34867,"verse_id":"JON.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “And they said, a man to his companion.” The plural verb is individualized by “a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":34868,"verse_id":"JON.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “On whose account this calamity is upon us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":34869,"verse_id":"JON.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the lot fell on Jonah.” From their questions posed to Jonah, it does not appear that the sailors immediately realize that Jonah was the one responsible for the storm. Instead, they seem to think that he is the one chosen by their gods to reveal to them the one responsible for their plight. It is only after he admits in vv. 9-10 that he was fleeing from the God whom he served that they realize that Jonah was in fact the cause of their trouble.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":34870,"verse_id":"JON.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “On whose account is this calamity upon us?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":34871,"verse_id":"JON.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “And from what people are you?” sn Whose fault…What’s…Where…What’s… The questions delivered in rapid succession in this verse indicate the sailors’ urgency to learn quickly the reason for the unusual storm.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":34872,"verse_id":"JON.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “fear.” The verb יָרֵא ( yare ’) has a broad range of meanings, including “to fear, to worship, to revere, to respect” (BDB 431 s.v.). When God is the object, it normally means “to fear” (leading to obedience; BDB 431 s.v. 1 ) or “to worship” (= to stand in awe of; BDB 431 s.v. 2 ). Because the fear of God leads to wisdom and obedience, that is probably not the sense here. Instead Jonah professes to be a loyal Yahwist – in contrast to the pagan Phoenician sailors who worshiped false gods, he worshiped the one true God. Unfortunately his worship of the Lord lacked the necessary moral prerequisite.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":34873,"verse_id":"JON.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “The Lord , the God of heaven, I fear.” The Hebrew word order is unusual. Normally the verb appears first, but here the direct object “the Lord , the God of heaven” precedes the verb. Jonah emphasizes the object of his worship. In contrast to the Phoenician sailors who worship pagan polytheistic gods, Jonah took pride in his theological orthodoxy. Ironically, his “fear” of the Lord in this case was limited to this profession of theological orthodoxy because his actions betrayed his refusal to truly “fear” God by obeying him. sn The word fear appears in v. 5 , here in v. 9 , and later in vv. 10 and 16 . Except for this use in v. 9 , every other use describes the sailors’ response (emotional fear prompting physical actions) to the storm or to the Lord . By contrast, Jonah claims to fear God but his attitude and actions do not reflect this. It is clear that Jonah does not “fear” in the same way that they do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":34874,"verse_id":"JON.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “the God of the heavens.” The noun שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim , “heavens”) always appears in the dual form. Although the dual form sometimes refers to things that exist in pairs, the dual is often used to refer to geographical locations, e.g., יְרוּשָׁלַיִם ( yÿrushalayim , “Jerusalem”), אֶפְרַיִם (’ efrayim , “Ephraim”), and מִצְרַיִם ( mitsrayim , “Egypt,” but see IBHS 118 §7.3d). The dual form of שָׁמַיִם does not refer to two different kinds of heavens or to two levels of heaven; it simply refers to “heaven” as a location – the dwelling place of God. Jonah’s point is that he worships the High God of heaven – the one enthroned over all creation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":34875,"verse_id":"JON.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “Then the men feared…” The vav -consecutive describes the consequence of Jonah’s statement. The phrase “Hearing this” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":34876,"verse_id":"JON.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “The men feared a great fear.” The cognate accusative construction using the verb יָרֵא ( yare ’, “to fear”) and the noun יִרְאָה ( yir ’ ah , “fear”) from the same root ( ירא , yr ’) emphasizes the sailors’ escalating fright: “they became very afraid” (see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":34877,"verse_id":"JON.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “fleeing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":34878,"verse_id":"JON.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “because he had told them.” The verb הִגִּיד ( higgid , “he had told”) functions as a past perfect, referring to a previous event.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":34879,"verse_id":"JON.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “the sea was walking and storming.” The two participles הוֹלֵךְ וְסֹעֵר ( holekh vÿso ’ er , “walking and storming”) form an idiom that means “the storm was growing worse and worse.” When the participle הוֹלֵךְ precedes another participle with vav , it often denotes the idea of “growing, increasing” (BDB 233 s.v. הָלַךְ 4.d; e.g., Exod 19:19 ; 1 Sam 2:26 ; 2 Sam 3:1; 15:12 ; 2 Chr 17:12 ; Esth 9:4 ; Prov 4:18 ; Eccl 1:6 ). For example, “the power of David grew stronger and stronger ( הֹלֵךְ וְחָזֵק , holek vÿkhazeq ; “was walking and becoming strong”), while the dynasty of Saul grew weaker and weaker ( הֹלְכִים וְדַלִּים , holÿkhim vÿdallim ; “was walking and becoming weak”)” ( 2 Sam 3:1 ; see IBHS 625-26 §37.6d).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":34880,"verse_id":"JON.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"The vav -consecutive prefixed to the imperfect/prefixed conjugation verb וְיִשְׁתֹּק ( vÿyishtoq , “to quiet”) denotes purpose/result (see IBHS 638-40 §38.3), translated here by the English infinitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":34881,"verse_id":"JON.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “quiet for you”; NAB “that it may quiet down for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":34882,"verse_id":"JON.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “but they were not able.” The phrase “to do so” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":34883,"verse_id":"JON.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “the sea was walking and storming.” See the note on the same idiom in v. 11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":34884,"verse_id":"JON.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “Do not put against us innocent blood,” that is, “Do not assign innocent blood to our account.” It seems that the sailors were afraid that they would die if they kept Jonah in the ship and also that they might be punished with death if they threw him overboard.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":34885,"verse_id":"JON.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Pss 115:3 and 135:6 likewise use these verbs ( חָפֵץ and עָשָׂה , khafets and ’ asah ; “to delight” and “to do, make”) in speaking of the Lord as characteristically doing what he wishes to do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":34886,"verse_id":"JON.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"The editors of BHS suggest that the direct object אֶת־יְהוָה (’ et-yÿhvah , “the Lord ”) might be a scribal addition, and that the original text simply read, “The men became greatly afraid…” However, there is no shred of external evidence to support this conjectural emendation. Admittedly, the apparent “conversion” of these Phoenician sailors to Yahwism is a surprising development. But two literary features support the Hebrew text as it stands. First, it is not altogether clear whether or not the sailors actually converted to faith in the Lord . They might have simply incorporated him into their polytheistic religion. Second, the narrator has taken pains to portray the pagan sailors as a literary foil to Jonah by contrasting Jonah’s hypocritical profession to fear the Lord (v. 9 ) with the sailors’ actions that reveal an authentic fear of God (v. 10, 14, 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":34887,"verse_id":"JON.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “they feared the Lord with a great fear.” The root ירא ( yr ’, “fear”) is repeated in the verb and accusative noun, forming a cognate accusative construction which is used for emphasis (see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g). The idea is that they greatly feared the Lord or were terrified of him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":34888,"verse_id":"JON.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “they vowed vows.” The root נדר ( ndr , “vow”) is repeated in the verb and accusative noun, forming an emphatic effected accusative construction in which the verbal action produces the object specified by the accusative (see IBHS 166-67 §10.2.1f). Their act of vowing produced the vows. This construction is used to emphasize their earnestness and zeal in making vows to worship the God who had just spared their lives from certain death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":34889,"verse_id":"JON.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “they sacrificed sacrifices.” The root זבח ( zbkh , “sacrifice”) is repeated in the verb and accusative noun, forming an emphatic effected accusative construction in which the verbal action produces the object (see IBHS 166-67 §10.2.1f). Their act of sacrificing would produce the sacrifices. It is likely that the two sets of effected accusative constructions here (“they vowed vows and sacrificed sacrifices”) form a hendiadys; the two phrases connote one idea: “they earnestly vowed to sacrifice lavishly.” It is unlikely that they offered animal sacrifices at this exact moment on the boat – they had already thrown their cargo overboard, presumably leaving no animals to sacrifice. Instead, they probably vowed that they would sacrifice to the Lord when – and if – they reached dry ground. Tg . Jonah 1:16 also takes this as a vow to sacrifice but for a different reason. According to Jewish tradition, the heathen are not allowed to make sacrifice to the God of Israel outside Jerusalem, so the Targum modified the text by making it a promise to sacrifice: “they promised to offer a sacrifice before the Lord and they made vows” (see B. Levine, The Aramaic Version of Jonah , 70; K. Cathcart and R. Gordon, The Targum of the Minor Prophets [ArBib], 14:106, n. 29).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":34890,"verse_id":"JON.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “The men feared the Lord [with] a great fear, they sacrificed sacrifices, and they vowed vows” (cf. v. 10 ). By pairing verbs with related nouns as direct objects, the account draws attention to the sailors’ response and its thoroughness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":34891,"verse_id":"JON.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “appointed” (NASB); NLT “had arranged for.” The Piel verb מִנָּה ( minnah ) means “to send, to appoint” ( Ps 61:8 ; Jonah 2:1; 4:6-8 ; Dan 1:5, 10-11 ; HALOT 599 s.v. מנה 2; BDB 584 s.v. מָנָה ). Joyce Baldwin notes, “Here, with YHWH as the subject, the verb stresses God’s sovereign rule over events for the accomplishment of his purpose (as in 4:6-8 , where the verb recurs in each verse). The ‘great fish’ is in exactly the right place at the right time by God’s command, in order to swallow Jonah and enclose him safely” (Joyce Baldwin, “Jonah,” The Minor Prophets , 2:566).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":34892,"verse_id":"JON.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “great.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":34893,"verse_id":"JON.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Tg . Jonah 2:2 renders this interpretively: “and he heard my prayer.” sn The first verse of the prayer summarizes the whole – “I was in trouble; I called to the Lord for help; he rescued me; I will give him thanks” – before elaborating on the nature and extent of the trouble (vv. 3-7 a), mentioning the cry for help and the subsequent rescue (6b-7), and promising to give thanks (8-9). These elements, as well as much vocabulary and imagery found in Jonah’s prayer, appear also in other Hebrew psalms. With Jonah 2:1 compare, for example, Pss 18:6; 22:24; 81:7; 116:1-4; 120:1; 130:1-2 ; Lam 3:55-56 . These references and others indicate that Jonah was familiar with prayers used in worship at the temple in Jerusalem; he knew “all the right words.” Consider also with Jonah as a whole.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":34894,"verse_id":"JON.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “voice” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “my cry.” The term קוֹל ( qol , “voice”) functions as a metonymy for the content of what is uttered: cry for help in prayer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":34895,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “You had thrown me.” Verse 3 begins the detailed description of Jonah’s plight, which resulted from being thrown into the sea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":34896,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the deep” (so KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV); NLT “into the ocean depths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":34897,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “heart” (so many English versions); CEV “to the (+ very TEV) bottom of the sea.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":34898,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"The BHS editors suggest deleting either מְצוּלָה ( mÿtsulah , “into the deep”) or בִּלְבַב יַמִּים ( bilvav yammim , “into the heart of the sea”). They propose that one or the other is a scribal gloss on the remaining term. However, the use of an appositional phrase within a poetic colon is not unprecedented in Hebrew poetry. The MT is therefore best retained.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":34899,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “the stream”; KJV, ASV, NRSV “the flood.” The Hebrew word נָהָר ( nahar ) is used in parallel with יַם ( yam , “sea”) in Ps 24:2 (both are plural) to describe the oceans of the world and in Ps 66:6 to speak of the sea crossed by Israel in the exodus from Egypt.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":34900,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “surrounded” (so NRSV); NAB “enveloped.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/6"}
{"id":34901,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “your breakers and your waves.” This phrase is a nominal hendiadys; the first noun functions as an attributive adjective modifying the second noun: “your breaking waves.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/7"}
{"id":34902,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “your… your…” The 2nd person masculine singular suffixes on מִשְׁבָּרֶיךָ וְגַלֶּיךָ ( mishbarekha vÿgallekha , “your breakers and your waves”) function as genitives of source. Just as God had hurled a violent wind upon the sea ( 1:4 ) and had sovereignly sent the large fish to swallow him ( 1:17 [ 2:1 HT]), Jonah viewed God as sovereignly responsible for afflicting him with sea waves that were crashing upon his head, threatening to drown him. Tg . Jonah 2:3 alters the 2nd person masculine singular suffixes to 3rd person masculine singular suffixes to make them refer to the sea and not to God, for the sake of smoothness: “all the gales of the sea and its billows.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/8"}
{"id":34903,"verse_id":"JON.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “crossed”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV “passed.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A3/9"}
{"id":34904,"verse_id":"JON.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “And I said.” The verb אָמַר (’ amar , “to say”) is sometimes used to depict inner speech and thoughts of a character ( HALOT 66 s.v. אמר 4; BDB 56 s.v. אָמַר 2; e.g., Gen 17:17 ; Ruth 4:4 ; 1 Sam 20:26 ; Esth 6:6 ). While many English versions render this “I said” (KJV, NKJV, NAB, ASV, NASB, NIV, NLT), several nuance it “I thought” (JPS, NJPS, NEB, REB, NJB, TEV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":34905,"verse_id":"JON.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “I have been expelled from your attention”; Heb “from in front of your eyes.” See also Ps 31:22 ; Lam 3:54-56 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":34906,"verse_id":"JON.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “Yet I will look again to your holy temple” or “Surely I will look again to your holy temple.” The MT and the vast majority of ancient textual witnesses vocalize consonantal אך (’ kh ) as the adverb אַךְ (’ akh ) which functions as an emphatic asseverative “surely” (BDB 36 s.v. אַךְ 1) or an adversative “yet, nevertheless” (BDB 36 s.v. אַךְ 2; so Tg . Jonah 2:4 : “However, I shall look again upon your holy temple”). These options understand the line as an expression of hopeful piety. As a positive statement, Jonah expresses hope that he will live to return to worship in Jerusalem. It may be a way of saying, “I will pray for help, even though I have been banished” (see v. 8 ; cf. Dan 6:10 ). The sole dissenter is the Greek recension of Theodotion which reads the interrogative πῶς ( pws , “how?”) which reflects an alternate vocalization tradition of אֵךְ (’ ekh ) – a defectively written form of אֵיךְ (’ ekh , “how?”; BDB 32 s.v. אֵיךְ 1). This would be translated, “How shall I again look at your holy temple?” (cf. NRSV). Jonah laments that he will not be able to worship at the temple in Jerusalem again – this is a metonymical statement (effect for cause) that he feels certain that he is about to die. It continues the expression of Jonah’s distress and separation from the Lord , begun in v. 2 and continued without relief in vv. 3-7 a. The external evidence favors the MT; however, internal evidence seems to favor the alternate vocalization tradition reflected in Theodotion for four reasons. First, the form of the psalm is a declarative praise in which Jonah begins with a summary praise (v. 2 ), continues by recounting his past plight (vv. 3-6 a) and the Lord ’s intervention (vv. 6 b-7), and concludes with a lesson (v. 8 ) and vow to praise (v. 9 ). So the statement with אֵךְ in v. 4 falls within the plight – not within a declaration of confidence. Second, while the poetic parallelism of v. 4 could be antithetical (“I have been banished from your sight, yet I will again look to your holy temple”), synonymous parallelism fits the context of the lament better (“I have been banished from your sight; Will I ever again see your holy temple?”). Third, אֵךְ is the more difficult vocalization because it is a defectively written form of אֵיךְ (“how?”) and therefore easily confused with אַךְ (“surely” or “yet, nevertheless”). Fourth, nothing in the first half of the psalm reflects any inkling of confidence on the part of Jonah that he would be delivered from imminent death. In fact, Jonah states in v. 7 that he did not turn to God in prayer until some time later when he was on the very brink of death. sn Both options for the start of the line (“how?” and “yet” or “surely”) fit the ironic portrayal of Jonah in the prayer (see also vv.8-9). Jonah, who had been trying to escape the Lord ’s attention, here appears remarkably fond of worshiping him. Is there perhaps also a hint of motivation for the Lord to rescue this eager worshiper? Confession of disobedience, on the other hand, is absent. Compare Ps 31:22 , where the first half (describing the plight) is very similar to the first half of Jonah 2:3 , and the second half starts with “nevertheless” ( אָכֵן , ’ akhen ) and is a positive contrast, a report that God heard, using four words that appear in Jonah 2:2 (cf. Job 32:7-8 ; Ps 82:6-7 ; Isa 49:4 ; Zeph 3:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":34907,"verse_id":"JON.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Will I ever see your holy temple again?” The rhetorical question expresses denial: Jonah despaired of ever seeing the temple again.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":34908,"verse_id":"JON.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “as far as the throat.” The noun נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) refers sometimes to the throat or neck ( Pss 69:1 [2]; 105:18; 124:4, 5 ; Isa 5:14 ; HALOT 712 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 2). The water was up to Jonah’s neck (and beyond), so that his life was in great danger (cf. Ps 69:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":34909,"verse_id":"JON.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “the deep; the abyss” ( תְּהוֹם , tÿhom ). The simple “ocean” is perhaps too prosaic, since this Hebrew word has primeval connections ( Gen 1:2; 7:11; 8:2 ; Prov 8:27-28 ) and speaks of the sea at its vastest ( Job 38:16-18 ; Ps 36:6; 104:5-9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":34910,"verse_id":"JON.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"The consonantal form סוף ( svf ) is vocalized by the MT as סוּף ( suf , “reed”) but the LXX’s ἐσχάτη ( escath , “end”) reflects a vocalization of סוֹף ( sof , “end”). The reading in Tg . Jonah 2:5 interpreted this as a reference to the Reed Sea (also known as the Red Sea). In fact, the Jewish Midrash known as Pirqe Rabbi Eliezer 10 states that God showed Jonah the way by which the Israelites had passed through the Red Sea. The MT vocalization tradition is preferred. tn The noun סוּף ( suf ) normally refers to “reeds” – freshwater plants that grow in Egyptian rivers and marshes ( Exod 2:3,5 ; Isa 10:19 ) – but here it refers to “seaweed” ( HALOT 747 s.v. סוּף 1). Though the same freshwater plants do not grow in the Mediterranean, the name may be seen to fit similarly long plants growing in seawater.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":34911,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Jonah began going “down” ( יָרַד , yarad ) in chap. (vv. 3, 5 ; see also 1:15; 2:2-3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":34912,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The MT לְקִצְבֵי הָרִים ( lÿqitsve harim , “to the extremities [i.e., very bottoms] of the mountains”) is a bit unusual, appearing only here in the Hebrew Bible. Therefore, the BHS editors suggest a conjectural emendation of the MT’s לְקִצְבֵי (“to the extremities”) to לְקַצְוֵי ( lÿqatswey , “to the ends [of the mountains])” based on orthographic confusion between vav ( ו ) and bet ( ב ). However, the phrase קצבי הרים does appear in the OT Apocrypha in Sir 16:19; therefore, it is not without precedent. Since Jonah emphasizes that he descended, as it were, to the very gates of the netherworld in the second half of this verse, it would be appropriate for Jonah to say that he went down “to the extremities [i.e., very bottoms] of the mountains” ( לְקִצְבֵי הָרִים ). Therefore, the MT may be retained with confidence. tn The noun קֶצֶב ( qetseb ) is used only three times in the Hebrew Bible, and this is the only usage in which it means “extremity; bottom” (BDB 891 s.v. קֶצֶב 2). The exact phrase קצבי הרים (“the extremities [bottoms] of the mountains”) is used in the OT Apocrypha once in Sir 16:19.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":34913,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Some English versions (e.g., NEB, NRSV) have connected the “bottoms of the mountains” with the preceding – “weeds were wrapped around my head at the bottoms of the mountains” – and connect “I went down” with “the earth.” Such a connection between “I went down” and “the earth” is difficult to accept. It would be more normal in Hebrew to express “I went down to the earth” with a directive ending ( אַרְצָה , ’ artsah ) or with a Hebrew preposition before “earth” or without the definite article. The Masoretic accents, in addition, connect “ends of the mountains” with the verb “I went down” and call for a break between the verb and “earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":34914,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “As for the earth, its bars…” This phrase is a rhetorical nominative construction (also known as casus pendens ) in which the noun הָאָרֶץ ( ha ’ arets , “the earth”) stands grammatically isolated and in an emphatic position prior to the third feminine singular suffix that picks up on it in בְּרִחֶיהָ ( bÿrikheha , “its bars”; see IBHS 128-30 §8.3). This construction is used to emphasize the subject, in this case, the “bars of the netherworld.” The word translated “bars” appears elsewhere to speak of bars used in constructing the sides of the tabernacle and often of crossbars (made of wood or metal) associated with the gates of fortified cities (cf. Exod 36:31-34 ; Judg 16:3 ; 1 Kgs 4:13 ; Neh 3:3 ; Pss 107:16; 147:13 ; Isa 45:1-2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":34915,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “the earth.” The noun אֶרֶץ (’ erets ) usually refers to the “earth” but here refers to the “netherworld” (e.g., Job 10:21, 22 ; Ps 139:15 ; Isa 26:19; 44:23 ; BDB 76 s.v. אֶרֶץ 2.g). This is parallel to the related Akkadian term irsitu used in the phrase “the land of no return,” that is, the netherworld. This refers to the place of the dead (along with “belly of Sheol,” v. 2 , and “the grave,” v. 6 ), which is sometimes described as having “gates” ( Job 38:17 ; Ps 107:18 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":34916,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “behind me.” The preposition בַּעַד ( ba ’ ad ) with a pronominal suffix and with the meaning “behind” is found also in Judg 3:23 . Jonah pictures himself as closed in and so unable to escape death. Having described how far he had come (totally under water and “to the ends of mountains”), Jonah describes the way back as permanently closed against him. Just as it was impossible for a lone individual to walk through the barred gates of a walled city, so Jonah expected it was impossible for him to escape death.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/6"}
{"id":34917,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “As for the earth, its bars [were] against me forever.” This line is a verbless clause. The verb in the translation has been supplied for the sake of clarity and smoothness. The rhetorical nominative construction (see the note on the word “gates” earlier in this verse) has also been smoothed out in the translation.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/7"}
{"id":34918,"verse_id":"JON.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “my life.” The term חַיַּי ( khayyay , “my life”) functions metonymically as a first common singular pronoun (“me”).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A6/8"}
{"id":34919,"verse_id":"JON.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “my soul.” The term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh , “soul”) is often used as a metonymy for the life and the animating vitality in the body: “my life” (BDB 659 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ 3.c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":34920,"verse_id":"JON.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “fainting away from me.” The verb הִתְעַטֵּף ( hit ’ attef , “to faint away”) is used elsewhere to describe (1) the onset of death when a person’s life begins to slip away ( Lam 2:12 ), (2) the loss of one’s senses due to turmoil ( Ps 107:5 ), and (3) the loss of all hope of surviving calamity ( Pss 77:4; 142:4; 143:4 ; BDB 742 s.v. עַטֵף ). All three options are reflected in various English versions: “when my life was ebbing away” (JPS, NJPS), “when my life was slipping away” (CEV), “when I felt my life slipping away” (TEV), “as my senses failed me” (NEB), and “when I had lost all hope” (NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":34921,"verse_id":"JON.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “remembered.” The verb זָכַר ( zakhar ) usually means “to remember, to call to mind” but it can also mean “to call out” (e.g., Nah 2:6 ) as in the related Akkadian verb zikaru , “to name, to mention.” The idiom “to remember the Lord ” here encompasses calling to mind his character and past actions and appealing to him for help ( Deut 8:18-19 ; Ps 42:6-8 ; Isa 64:4-5 ; Zech 10:9 ). Tg . Jonah 2:7 glosses the verb as “I remembered the worship of the Lord , ” which somewhat misses the point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":34922,"verse_id":"JON.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “those who pay regard to.” The verbal root שָׁמַר ( shamar , “to keep, to watch”) appears in the Piel stem only here in biblical Hebrew, meaning “to pay regard to” (BDB 1037 s.v. שָׁמַר ). This is metonymical for the act of worship (e.g., Qal “to observe” = to worship, Ps 31:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":34923,"verse_id":"JON.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “worthlessnesses of nothingness” or “vanities of emptiness.” The genitive construct הַבְלֵי־שָׁוְא ( havle-shavÿ ’) forms an attributive adjective expression: “empty worthlessness” or “worthless vanities.” This ironic reference to false gods is doubly insulting (e.g., Ps 31:7 ). The noun הֶבֶל ( hevel , “vapor, breath”) is often used figuratively to describe what is insubstantial, empty, and futile (31 times in Eccl; see also, e.g., Pss 39:4-6, 11; 144:4 ; Prov 13:11; 21:6 ; Isa 30:7; 49:4 ). It often refers to idols – the epitome of emptiness, nothingness, and worthlessness ( Deut 32:21 ; 1 Kgs 16:13, 26 ; Ps 31:7 ; Jer 8:19; 10:8, 15; 14:22; 16:19; 51:18 ). The noun שָׁוְא (“worthlessness, emptiness, nothingness”) describes what is ineffective and lacking reality (BDB 996 s.v. שָׁוְא ; e.g., Exod 20:7 ; Pss 60:11; 127:1 ; Ezek 22:28 ). It is also often used to refer to idols (e.g., Ps 31:7 ; Jer 18:15 ; Hos 5:11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":34924,"verse_id":"JON.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “abandon their mercy/loyalty.” The meaning of חַסְדָּם יַעֲזֹבוּ ( khasdam ya ’ azovu , “forsake their mercy/loyalty”) is greatly debated. There are two exegetical issues that are mutually related. First, does the noun חֶסֶד ( khesed ) here mean (1) “mercy, kindness” that man receives from God, or (2) “loyalty, faithfulness” that man must give to God (see BDB 338-39 s.v חֶסֶד ; HALOT 336-37 s.v. חֶסֶד )? Second, the third masculine plural suffix on חַסְדָּם (“their loyalty/mercy”) has been taken as (1) subjective genitive, referring to the loyal allegiance they ought to display to the true God: “they abandon the loyalty they should show.” Examples of subjective genitives are: “This is your kindness ( חַסְדֵּךְ , khasdek ) which you must do for me: every place to which we come, say of me, ‘He is my brother’” ( Gen 20:13 ; also cf. Gen 40:14 ; 1 Sam 20:14-15 ). Several English versions take this approach: “forsake their faithfulness” (NASB), “abandon their faithful love” (NJB), “abandon their loyalty” (NEB, REB), “forsake their true loyalty” (RSV, NRSV), “turn their backs on all God’s mercies” (NLT), “have abandoned their loyalty to you” (TEV). (2) This has also been taken as objective genitive, referring to the mercy they might have received from God: “they forfeit the mercy that could be theirs.” The ancient versions interpret חַסְדָּם in this sense: “they do not know the source of their welfare” ( Tg . Jonah 2:8 ), “forsake the source of their welfare” (Vulgate), and “abandon their own mercy” (LXX). Several English versions follow this approach: “forsake their source of mercy” (NAB); “forfeit the grace that could be theirs” (NIV), “forsake their own welfare” (JPS, NJPS), “forsake their own mercy” (KJV, ASV), “forsake their own Mercy” (NKJV), “turn from the God who offers them mercy” (CEV). This is a difficult lexical/syntactical problem. On the one hand, the next line contrasts their failure with Jonah’s boast of loyalty to the true God – demonstrating that he, unlike pagan idolaters, deserves to be delivered. On the other hand, the only other use of חֶסֶד in the book refers to “mercy” God bestows ( 4:2 ) – something that Jonah did not believe that the (repentant) pagan idolaters had a right to receive. BDB 339 s.v. I חֶסֶד II takes this approach – “He is חַסְדָּם their goodness, favour Jonah 2:9 ” – and cites other examples of חֶסֶד with suffixes referring to God: חַסְדִּי ( khasdi ) “my kindness” = he shows kindness to me ( Ps 144:2 ); and אֱלֹהֵי חַסְדִּי (’ elohe khasdi ) “the God of my kindness” = the God who shows kindness to me (Ps 59:18).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":34925,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “voice” or “sound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":34926,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The MT reads בְּקוֹל תּוֹדָה ( bÿqol todah , “with a voice of thanksgiving”). Some mss of Tg . Jonah read “with the sound of hymns of thanksgiving” here in 2:9 – the longer reading probably reflects an editorial gloss, explaining תּוֹדָה (“thanksgiving”) as “hymns of thanksgiving.” tn Heb “voice/sound of thanksgiving.” The genitive תּוֹדָה ( todah , “thanksgiving”) specifies the kind of public statement that will accompany the sacrifice. The construct noun קוֹל ( qol , “voice, sound”) functions as a metonymy of cause for effect, referring to the content of what the voice/sound produces: hymns of praise or declarative praise testimony.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":34927,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"The verbs translated “I will sacrifice” and “I will pay” are Hebrew cohortatives, expressing Jonah’s resolve and firm intention.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":34928,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “what I have vowed I will pay.” Jonah promises to offer a sacrifice and publicly announce why he is thankful. For similar pledges, see Pss 22:25-26; 50:14-15; 56:12; 69:29-33; 71:14-16, 22-24; 86:12-13; 116:12-19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":34929,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “deliverance” (NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":34930,"verse_id":"JON.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “comes from the Lord .” For similar uses of the preposition lamed ( לְ , lÿ ) to convey a sort of ownership in which the owner does or may by right do something, see Lev 25:48 ; Deut 1:17 ; 1 Sam 17:47 ; Jer 32:7-8 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A9/6"}
{"id":34931,"verse_id":"JON.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “spoke to.” The fish functions as a literary foil to highlight Jonah’s hesitancy to obey God up to this point. In contrast to Jonah who immediately fled when God commanded him, the fish immediately obeyed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":34932,"verse_id":"JON.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “Nineveh, the great city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":34933,"verse_id":"JON.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"The verb קָרָא ( qara ’, “proclaim”) is repeated from 1:2 but with a significant variation. The phrase in 1:2 was the adversative קְרָא עָל ( qÿra ’ ’ al , “proclaim against”), which often designates an announcement of threatened judgment ( 1 Kgs 13:4, 32 ; Jer 49:29 ; Lam 1:15 ). However, here the phrase is the more positive קְרָא אֶל ( qÿra ’ ’ el , “proclaim to”) which often designates an oracle of deliverance or a call to repentance, with an accompanying offer of deliverance that is either explicit or implied ( Deut 20:10 ; Isa 40:2 ; Zech 1:4 ; HALOT 1129 s.v. קרא 8; BDB 895 s.v. קָרָא 3.a). This shift from the adversative preposition עַל (“against”) to the more positive preposition אֶל (“to”) might signal a shift in God’s intentions or perhaps it simply makes his original intention more clear. While God threatened to judge Nineveh, he was very willing to relent and forgive when the people repented from their sins ( 3:8-10 ). Jonah later complains that he knew that God was likely to relent from the threatened judgment all along ( 4:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":34934,"verse_id":"JON.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “was a great city to God/gods.” The greatness of Nineveh has been mentioned already in 1:2 and 3:2 . What is being added now? Does the term לֵאלֹהִים ( le ’ lohim , “to God/gods”) (1) refer to the Lord ’s personal estimate of the city, (2) does it speak of the city as “belonging to” God, (3) does it refer to Nineveh as a city with many shrines and gods, or (4) is it simply an idiomatic reinforcement of the city’s size? Interpreters do not agree on the answer. To introduce the idea either of God’s ownership or of dedication to idolatry (though not impossible) is unexpected here, being without parallel or follow-up elsewhere in the book. The alternatives “great/large/important in God’s estimation” (consider Ps 89:41 b) or the merely idiomatic “exceptionally great/large/important” could both be amplified by focus on physical size in the following phrase and are both consistent with emphases elsewhere in the book ( Jonah 4:11 again puts attention on size – of population). If “great” is best understood as a reference primarily to size here, in view of the following phrase and v. 4 a (Jonah went “one day’s walk”), rather than to importance, this might weigh slightly in favor of an idiomatic “very great/large,” though no example with “God” used idiomatically to indicate superlative ( Gen 23:6; 30:8 ; Exod 9:28 ; 1 Sam 14:15 ; Pss 36:6; 80:10 ) has exactly the same construction as the wording in Jonah 3:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":34935,"verse_id":"JON.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “a three-day walk.” The term “required” is supplied in the translation for the sake of smoothness and clarity. sn Required three days to walk through it . Although this phrase is one of the several indications in the book of Jonah of Nineveh’s impressive size, interpreters are not precisely sure what “a three-day walk” means. In light of the existing archaeological remains, the phrase does not describe the length of time it would have taken a person to walk around the walls of the city or to walk from one end of the walled city to the other. Other suggestions are that it may indicate the time required to walk from one edge of Nineveh’s environs to the other (in other words, including outlying regions) or that it indicates the time required to arrive, do business, and leave. More information might also show that the phrase involved an idiomatic description (consider Gen 30:36 ; Exod 3:18 ; a three-day-journey would be different for families than for soldiers, for example), rather than a precise measurement of distance, for which terms were available ( Ezek 45:1-6; 48:8-35 ). With twenty miles as quite a full day’s walk, it seems possible and simplest, however, to take the phrase as including an outlying region associated with Nineveh, about sixty miles in length.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":34936,"verse_id":"JON.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “Yet forty days and Nineveh will be overthrown!” The adverbial use of עוֹד (’ od , “yet”) denotes limited temporal continuation (BDB 728 s.v. עוֹד 1.a; Gen 29:7 ; Isa 10:32 ). Tg . Jonah 3:4 rendered it as “at the end of [forty days, Nineveh will be overthrown].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":34937,"verse_id":"JON.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “be overturned.” The Niphal נֶהְפָּכֶת ( nehpakhet , “be overturned”) refers to a city being overthrown and destroyed (BDB 246 s.v. הָפַךְ 2.d). The related Qal form refers to the destruction of a city by military conquest ( Judg 7:3 ; 2 Sam 10:3 ; 2 Kgs 21:13 ; Amos 4:11 ) or divine intervention as in the case of Sodom and Gomorrah ( Gen 19:21, 25, 29 ; Deut 29:22 ; Jer 20:16 ; Lam 4:6 ; BDB 245 s.v. 1 .b). The participle form used here depicts an imminent future action (see IBHS 627-28 §37.6f) which is specified as only “forty days” away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":34938,"verse_id":"JON.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “men.” The term is used generically here for “people” (so KJV, ASV, and many other English versions); cf. NIV “the Ninevites.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":34939,"verse_id":"JON.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “from the greatest of them to the least of them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":34940,"verse_id":"JON.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “word” or “matter.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":34941,"verse_id":"JON.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Contrary to many modern English versions, the present translation understands the king’s proclamation to begin after the phrase “and he said” (rather than after “in Nineveh”), as do quotations in 1:14; 2:2, 4; 4:2, 8, 9 . In Jonah where the quotation does not begin immediately after “said” ( אָמַר , ’ amar ), it is only the speaker or addressee or both that come between “said” and the start of the quotation ( 1:6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; 4:4, 9, 10 ; cf. 1:1; 3:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":34942,"verse_id":"JON.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “with strength”; KJV, NRSV “mightily”; NAB, NCV “loudly”; NIV “urgently.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":34943,"verse_id":"JON.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “let them turn, a man from his evil way.” The alternation between the plural verb וְיָשֻׁבוּ ( vÿyashuvu , “and let them turn”) and the singular noun אִישׁ (’ ish , “a man, each one”) and the singular suffix on מִדַּרְכּוֹ ( middarko , “from his way”) emphasizes that each and every person in the collective unity is called to repent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":34944,"verse_id":"JON.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “his.” See the preceding note on “one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":34945,"verse_id":"JON.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “evil way.” For other examples of “way” as “way of living,” see Judg 2:17 ; Ps 107:17-22 ; Prov 4:25-27; 5:21 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":34946,"verse_id":"JON.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “that is in their hands.” By speaking of the harm they did as “in their hands,” the king recognized the Ninevites’ personal awareness and immediate responsibility. The term “hands” is either a synecdoche of instrument (e.g., “Is not the hand of Joab in all this?” 2 Sam 14:19 ) or a synecdoche of part for the whole. The king's descriptive figure of speech reinforces their guilt.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":34947,"verse_id":"JON.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"“he might turn and relent.” The two verbs יָשׁוּב וְנִחַם ( yashub vÿnikham ) may function independently (“turn and repent”) or form a verbal hendiadys (“be willing to turn”; see IBHS 540 §32.3b). The imperfect יָשׁוּב and the perfect with prefixed vav וְנִחַם form a future-time narrative sequence. Both verbs function in a modal sense, denoting possibility, as the introductory interrogative suggests (“Who knows…?”). When used in reference to past actions, שׁוּב ( shub ) can mean “to be sorry” or “to regret” that someone did something in the past, and when used in reference to future planned actions, it can mean “to change one’s mind” about doing something or “to relent” from sending judgment (BDB 997 s.v. שׁוּב 6). The verb נִחַם ( nikham ) can mean “to be sorry” about past actions (e.g., Gen 6:6, 7 ; 1 Sam 15:11, 35 ) and “to change one’s mind” about future actions (BDB 637 s.v. נחם 2). These two verbs are used together elsewhere in passages that consider the question of whether or not God will change his mind and relent from judgment he has threatened (e.g., Jer 4:28 ). The verbal root שׁוּב is used four times in vv. 8-10 , twice of the Ninevites “repenting” from their moral evil and twice of God “relenting” from his threatened calamity. This repetition creates a wordplay that emphasizes the appropriateness of God’s response: if the people repent, God might relent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":34948,"verse_id":"JON.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “from the burning of his nose/face.” See Exod 4:14; 22:24; 32:12 ; Num 25:4; 32:14 ; Deut 9:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":34949,"verse_id":"JON.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"The imperfect verb נֹאבֵד ( no ’ ved , “we might not die”) functions in a modal sense, denoting possibility. The king’s hope parallels that of the ship’s captain in 1:6 . See also Exod 32:7-14 ; 2 Sam 12:14-22 ; 1 Kgs 8:33-43; 21:17-29 ; Jer 18:6-8 ; Joel 2:11-15 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":34950,"verse_id":"JON.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"This clause is introduced by כִּי ( ki , “that”) and functions as an epexegetical, explanatory clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":34951,"verse_id":"JON.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “from their evil way” (so KJV, ASV, NAB); NASB “wicked way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":34952,"verse_id":"JON.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “calamity” or “disaster.” The noun רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “calamity, disaster”) functions as a metonymy of result – the cause being the threatened judgment (e.g., Exod 32:12, 14 ; 2 Sam 24:16 ; Jer 18:8; 26:13, 19; 42:10 ; Joel 2:13 ; Jonah 4:2 ; HALOT 1263 s.v. רָעָה 6). The root רָעָה is repeated three times in vv. 8 and 10 . Twice it refers to the Ninevites’ moral “evil” (vv. 8 and 10 a) and here it refers to the “calamity” or “disaster” that the Lord had threatened (v. 10 b). This repetition of the root forms a polysemantic wordplay that exploits this broad range of meanings of the noun. The wordplay emphasizes that God’s response was appropriate: because the Ninevites repented from their moral “evil” God relented from the “calamity” he had threatened.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":34953,"verse_id":"JON.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “the disaster that he had spoken to do to them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":34954,"verse_id":"JON.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “It was evil to Jonah, a great evil.” The cognate accusative construction רוַיֵּרע...רָעָהַ ( vayyera ’… ra ’ ah ) emphasizes the great magnitude of his displeasure (e.g., Neh 2:10 for the identical construction; see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g). The verb רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’) means “to be displeasing” (BDB 949 s.v. רָעַע 1; e.g., Gen 21:11, 12; 48:17 ; Num 11:16; 22:34 ; Josh 24:15 ; 1 Sam 8:6 ; 2 Sam 11:25 ; Neh 2:10; 13:8 ; Prov 24:18 ; Jer 40:4 ). The use of the verb רָעַע (“to be evil, bad”) and the noun רָעָה (“evil, bad, calamity”) here in 4:1 creates a wordplay with the use of רָעָה in 3:8-10 . When God saw that the Ninevites repented from their moral evil ( רָעָה ), he relented from the calamity ( רָעָה ) that he had threatened – and this development greatly displeased ( רָעָה ) Jonah.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":34955,"verse_id":"JON.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “it burned to him.” The verb חָרָה ( kharah , “to burn”) functions figuratively here (hypocatastasis) referring to anger (BDB 354 s.v. חָרָה ). It is related to the noun חֲרוֹן ( kharon , “heat/burning”) in the phrase “the heat of his anger” in 3:9 . The repetition of the root highlights the contrast in attitudes between Jonah and God: God’s burning anger “cooled off” when the Ninevites repented, but Jonah’s anger was “kindled” when God did not destroy Nineveh.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":34956,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “my saying?” The first common singular suffix on דְבָרִי ( dÿvari , “my saying”) functions as a subjective genitive: “I said.” The verb אָמַר (’ amar , “to say”) here refers to the inner speech and thoughts of Jonah (see HALOT 66 s.v. אמר 4; BDB 56 s.v. אָמַר 2; e.g., Gen 17:17 ; Ruth 4:4 ; 1 Sam 20:26 ; Esth 6:6 ; Jonah 2:4 ). There is no hint anywhere else in the book that Jonah had argued with God when he was originally commissioned. While most English versions render it “I said” or “my saying,” a few take it as inner speech: “This is what I feared” (NEB), “It is just as I feared” (REB), “I knew from the very beginning” (CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":34957,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"The phrase “would happen” does not appear in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for the sake of clarity and smoothness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":34958,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “Is this not my saying while I was in my own country?” The rhetorical question implies a positive answer (“Yes, this was the very thing that Jonah had anticipated would happen all along!”) so it is rendered as an emphatic declaration in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":34959,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “This is why I originally fled to Tarshish.” The verb קָדַם ( qadam ) in the Piel stem has a broad range of meanings and here could mean: (1) “to go before, be in front of” ( 1 Sam 20:25 ; Ps 68:26 ); (2) “to do [something] beforehand,” ( Ps 119:147 ); or (3) “to anticipate, to do [something] early, forestall [something]” ( Ps 119:148 ). The lexicons nuance Jonah 4:2 as “to do [something] for the first time” ( HALOT 1069 s.v. קדם 4) or “to do [something] beforehand” (BDB 870 s.v. קָדַם 3). The phrase קִדַּמְתִּי לִבְרֹחַ ( qiddamti livroakh , “I did the first time to flee”) is an idiom that probably means “I originally fled” or “I fled the first time.” The infinitive construct לִבְרֹחַ (“to flee”) functions as an object complement. This phrase is translated variously by English versions, depending on the category of meaning chosen for קָדַם : (1) “to do [something] for the first time, beforehand”: “That is why I fled beforehand” (JPS, NJPS), “I fled before” (KJV), “I fled previously” (NKJV), “I fled at the beginning” (NRSV), “I first tried to flee” (NJB), “I fled at first” (NAB); (2) “to do [something] early, to hasten to do [something]”: “That is why I was so quick to flee” (NIV), “I hastened to flee” (ASV), “I made haste to flee” (RSV), “I did my best to run away” (TEV); and (3) “to anticipate, forestall [something]”: “it was to forestall this that I tried to escape to Tarshish” (REB), “to forestall it I tried to escape to Tarshish” (NEB), “in order to forestall this I fled” (NASB). The ancient versions also handle it variously: (1) “to do [something] early, to hasten to do [something]”: “Therefore I made haste to flee” (LXX), “That is why I hastened to run away” ( Tg . Jonah 4:2 ); and (2) “to go before, to be in front”: “Therefore I went before to flee to Tarshish” (Vulgate). The two most likely options are (1) “to do [something] the first time” = “This is why I originally fled to Tarshish” and (2) “to anticipate, forestall [something]” = “This is what I tried to forestall [= prevent] by fleeing to Tarshish.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":34960,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.2","text":"See note on the phrase “to Tarshish” in 1:3 . sn The narrator skillfully withheld Jonah’s motivations from the reader up to this point for rhetorical effect – to build suspense and to create a shocking, surprising effect. Now, for the first time, the narrator reveals why Jonah fled from the commission of God in 1:3 – he had not wanted to give God the opportunity to relent from judging Nineveh! Jonah knew that if he preached in Nineveh, the people might repent and as a result, God might more than likely relent from sending judgment. Hoping to seal their fate, Jonah had originally refused to preach so that the Ninevites would not have an opportunity to repent. Apparently Jonah hoped that God would have therefore judged them without advance warning. Or perhaps he was afraid he would betray his nationalistic self-interests by functioning as the instrument through which the Lord would spare Israel’s main enemy. Jonah probably wanted God to destroy Nineveh for three reasons: (1) as a loyal nationalist, he despised non-Israelites (cf. 1:9 ); (2) he believed that idolaters had forfeited any opportunity to be shown mercy (cf. 2:9-10 ); and (3) the prophets Amos and Hosea had recently announced that God would sovereignly use the Assyrians to judge unrepentant Israel ( Hos 9:3; 11:5 ) and take them into exile ( Amos 5:27 ). If God destroyed Nineveh, the Assyrians would not be able to destroy Israel. The better solution would have been for Jonah to work for the repentance of Nineveh and Israel.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/5"}
{"id":34961,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “know.” What Jonah knew then he still knows about the Lord ’s character, which is being demonstrated in his dealings with both Nineveh and Jonah. The Hebrew suffixed tense accommodates both times here.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/6"}
{"id":34962,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “long of nostrils.” Because the nose often expresses anger through flared nostrils it became the source of this idiom meaning “slow to anger” (e.g., Exod 34:6 ; Num 14:18 ; Neh 9:17 ; Pss 86:15; 103:8; 145:8 ; Jer 15:15 ; Nah 1:3 ; BDB 74 s.v. אָרֵךְ ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/7"}
{"id":34963,"verse_id":"JON.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “great” (so KJV); ASV, NASB “abundant”; NAB “rich in clemency.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A2/8"}
{"id":34964,"verse_id":"JON.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “take my life from me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":34965,"verse_id":"JON.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “better my death than my life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":34966,"verse_id":"JON.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “Rightly does it burn to you?” Note this question occurs again in v. 9 , there concerning the withered plant. “Does it so thoroughly burn to you?” or “Does it rightly burn to you?” or “Does it burn so thoroughly to you?” The Hiphil of יָטַב ( yatav , “to do good”) here may have one of two meanings: (1) It may mean “to do [something] rightly” in terms of ethical right and wrong (BDB 406 s.v. יָטַב 5.b; HALOT 408 s.v. יטב 3.c; e.g., Gen 4:7 ; Lev 5:4 ; Pss 36:4; 119:68 ; Isa 1:17 ; Jer 4:22; 13:23 ). This approach is adopted by many English versions: “Do you have any right to be angry?” (NIV); “Are you right to be angry?” (REB, NJB); “Is it right for you to be angry?” (NRSV, NLT); “Do you have good reason to be angry?” (NASB); “Do you do well to be angry?” (cf. KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV); “What right do you have to be angry?” (cf. TEV, CEV). (2) It may be used as an adverb meaning “well, utterly, thoroughly” (BDB 405 s.v. 3 ; HALOT 408 s.v. 5 ; e.g., Deut 9:21; 13:15; 17:4; 19:18; 27:8 ; 1 Sam 16:17 ; 2 Kgs 11:18 ; Prov 15:2 ; Isa 23:16 ; Jer 1:12 ; Ezek 33:32 ; Mic 7:3 ). This view is adopted by other English versions: “Are you that deeply grieved?” (JPS, NJPS); “Are you so angry?” (NEB). This is also the approach of the Tg . Jonah 4:4 : “Are you that greatly angered?” Whether or not Jonah had the right to be angry about the death of the plant is a trivial issue. Instead the dialogue focuses on the depth of Jonah’s anger: he would rather be dead than alive (vv. 3, 8 ) and he concludes by saying that he was as angry as he could possibly be (v. 9 ; see note on עַד־מָוֶת [’ ad-mavet , “to death”] in v. 9 ). the Lord then uses an a fortiori argument (from lesser to greater): Jonah was very upset that the plant had died (v. 10 ), likewise God was very concerned about averting the destruction of Nineveh (v. 11 ). sn The use of the term יָטַב ( yatab , “rightly, good”) creates a wordplay with its antonym רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil, wrong”) which is used in 4:1 of Jonah’s bad attitude.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":34967,"verse_id":"JON.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “Does it burn to you?” The verb חָרָה ( kharah , “to burn”) functions figuratively here (hypocatastasis) to refer to strong anger (BDB 354 s.v. חָרָה ). The verb is repeated from v. 1 and will be used again in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":34968,"verse_id":"JON.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “from the east” or “from the front.” When used to designate a location, the noun קֶדֶם ( qedem ) may mean “front” (BDB 869 s.v. קֶדֶם 1.a) or “east” (BDB 869 s.v. 1 .b). The construction קֶדֶם + preposition מִן ( min , “from”) means “from the front” = “in front of” ( Job 23:8 ; Ps 139:5 ; Isa 9:11 ) or “from the east” = “eastward, on the east side” ( Gen 3:21; 12:8 ; Num 34:11 ; Josh 7:2 ; Ezek 11:23 ). Because the morning sunrise beat down upon Jonah (v. 8 ) and because the main city gate of Nineveh opened to the east, the term probably means “on the east side” of the city. But “in front of” the city would mean the same in this case.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":34969,"verse_id":"JON.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “of the city.” For stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy, the noun “city” has been replaced here by the pronoun (“it”) in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":34970,"verse_id":"JON.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"The verb מָנָה ( manah ) in the Piel stem is used elsewhere in Jonah meaning “to send, to appoint” ( Jonah 2:1; 4:6-8 ; HALOT 599 s.v. מנה 2; BDB 584 s.v. מָנָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":34971,"verse_id":"JON.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The noun קִיקָיוֹן ( qiqayon , “plant”) has the suffixed ending וֹן - which denotes a diminutive (see IBHS 92 §5.7b), so it can be nuanced “little plant.” For the probable reason that the narrator used the diminutive form here, see the note on “little” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":34972,"verse_id":"JON.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"The consonantal form להציל is vocalized by the MT as לִהַצִּיל ( lÿhatsil ), a Hiphil infinitive construct from נָצַל ( natsal , “to deliver, rescue”; BDB 664-65 s.v. נָצַל ). However, the LXX’s τοῦ σκιάζειν ( tou skiazein , “to shade”) reflects an alternate vocalization tradition of לְהָצֵיל ( lÿhatsel ), a Niphal infinitive construct from צָלַל ( tsalal , “to shade”; see BDB 853 s.v. צָלַל ). The MT vocalization is preferred for several reasons. First, it is the more difficult form with the assimilated nun . Second, the presence of the noun צֵל ( tsel , “shadow”) just two words before helps to explain the origin of the LXX vocalization which was influenced by this noun in the immediate context. Third, God’s primary motivation in giving the plant to Jonah was not simply to provide shade for him because the next day the Lord killed the plant (v. 7 ). God’s primary motivation was to create a situation to “rescue” Jonah from his bad attitude. Nevertheless, the narrator’s choice of the somewhat ambiguous consonantal form להציל might have been done to create a wordplay on נָצַל (“to rescue, deliver”) and צָלַל (“to shade”). Jonah thought that God was providing him shade, but God was really working to deliver him from his evil attitude, as the ensuing dialogue indicates.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":34973,"verse_id":"JON.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"Or “evil attitude.” The meaning of the noun רָעָה ( ra ’ ah ) is intentionally ambiguous; the author puns on its broad range of meanings to create a polysemantic wordplay. It has a broad range of meanings: (1) “distress, misery, discomfort” (2) “misfortune, injury,” (3) “calamity, disaster,” (4) “moral evil,” and (5) “ill-disposed, evil attitude” (see BDB 949 s.v. רָעָה ; HALOT 1262-63 s.v. רָעָה ). The narrator has used several meanings of רָעָה in 3:8-4:2 , namely, “moral evil” ( 3:8, 10 ) and “calamity, disaster” ( 3:9, 10; 4:2 ), as well as the related verb רָעַע ( ra ’ a ’, “to be displeasing”; see 4:1 ). Here the narrator puns on the meaning “discomfort” created by the scorching desert heat, but God’s primary motivation is to “deliver” Jonah – not from something as trivial as physical discomfort from heat – but from his sinful attitude about God's willingness to spare Nineveh. This gives the term an especially ironic twist: Jonah is only concerned about being delivered from his physical “discomfort,” while God wants to deliver him from his “evil attitude.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":34974,"verse_id":"JON.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “he rejoiced with great joy.” The cognate accusative construction repeats the verb and noun of the consonantal root שׂמח ( smkh , “rejoice”) for emphasis; it means “he rejoiced with great joy” or “he was greatly delighted” (see IBHS 167 §10.2.1g). This cognate accusative construction ironically mirrors the identical syntax of v. 1 , “he was angry with great anger.” The narrator repeated this construction to emphasize the contrast between Jonah’s anger that Nineveh was spared and his joy that his discomfort was relieved.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A6/5"}
{"id":34975,"verse_id":"JON.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Or “appointed.” The verb מָנָה ( manah ) in the Piel stem means “to send, to appoint” ( Ps 61:8 ; Jonah 2:1; 4:6-8 ; Dan 1:5, 10-11 ; HALOT 599 s.v. מנה 2; BDB 584 s.v. מָנָה ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":34976,"verse_id":"JON.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “appointed.” See preceding note on v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":34977,"verse_id":"JON.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"The MT adjective חֲרִישִׁית ( kharishit , “autumnal”) is a hapax legomenon with an unclear meaning (BDB 362 s.v. חֲרִישִׁי ); therefore, the BHS editors propose a conjectural emendation to the adjective חֲרִיפִית ( kharifit , “autumnal”) from the noun חֹרֶף ( khoref , “autumn”; see BDB 358 s.v. חרֶף ). However, this emendation would also create a hapax legomenon and it would be no more clear than relating the MT’s חֲרִישִׁית to I חָרַשׁ ( kharash , “to plough” [in autumn harvest]). tn Heb “autumnal” or “sultry.” The adjective חֲרִישִׁית is a hapax legomenon whose meaning is unclear; it might mean “autumnal” (from I חָרַשׁ , kharash ; “to plough” [in the autumn harvest-time]), “silent” = “sultry” (from IV. חרשׁ , “to be silent”; BDB 362 s.v. חֲרִישִׁי ). The form חֲרִישִׁית might be an alternate spelling of חֲרִיסִית ( kharisit ) from the noun חֶרֶס ( kheres , “sun”) and so mean “hot” (BDB 362 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":34978,"verse_id":"JON.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “attacked” or “smote.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":34979,"verse_id":"JON.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “he asked his soul to die.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":34980,"verse_id":"JON.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “better my death than my life.” sn Jonah repeats his assessment, found also in 4:3 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A8/5"}
{"id":34981,"verse_id":"JON.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “Does it burn so thoroughly to you?” or “Does it burn rightly to you?” See note on this expression in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":34982,"verse_id":"JON.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “It thoroughly burns to me” or “It rightly burns to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":34983,"verse_id":"JON.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “unto death.” The phrase עַד־מָוֶת (’ ad-mavet , “unto death”) is an idiomatic expression meaning “to the extreme” or simply “extremely [angry]” ( HALOT 563 s.v. מָוֶת 1.c). The noun מָוֶת (“death”) is often used as an absolute superlative with a negative sense, similar to the English expression “bored to death” ( IBHS 267-69 §14.5). For example, “his soul was vexed to death” ( לָמוּת , lamut ) means that he could no longer endure it ( Judg 16:16 ), and “love is as strong as death” ( כַמָּוֶת , kammavet ) means love is irresistible or exceedingly strong ( Song 8:6 ). Here the expression “I am angry unto death” ( עַד־מָוֶת ) means that Jonah could not be more angry. Unfortunately, this idiomatic expression has gone undetected by virtually every other major English version to date (KJV, NKJV, RSV, NRSV, ASV, NASB, NIV, NJB, JPS, NJPS). The only English version that comes close to representing the idiom correctly is BBE: “I have a right to be truly angry.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":34984,"verse_id":"JON.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “were troubled.” The verb חוּס ( khus ) has a basic three-fold range of meanings: (1) “to be troubled about,” (2) “to look with compassion upon,” and (3) “to show pity, to spare [someone from death/judgment]” ( HALOT 298 s.v. חוס ; BDB 299 s.v. חוּס ). Clearly, here God is referring to Jonah’s remorse and anger when the plant died (vv. 7-9 ), so here it means “to be troubled about” ( HALOT 298 s.v. 1 .c) rather than “to pity” (BDB 299 s.v. c). Elsewhere חוּס describes emotional grief caused by the loss of property ( Gen 45:20 ) and the death of family members ( Deut 13:9 [ET 13:8 ]). The verb חוּס is derived from a common Semitic root which has a basic meaning “to pour out; to flow” which is used in reference to emotion and tears in particular. This is seen in the Hebrew expression תָחוּס עֵין ( takhush ’ en , “the eyes flow”) picturing tears of concern and grief (c.f., Gen 45:20 ; Deut 13:9 [ET 13:8 ]). The verb חוּס will be used again in v. 11 but in a different sense (see note on v. 11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":34985,"verse_id":"JON.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The noun קִיקָיוֹן ( qiqayon , “plant”) has the suffixed ending וֹן - which denotes a diminutive (see IBHS 92 §5.7b); so it can be nuanced “little plant.” The contrast between Jonah’s concern for his “little” plant (v. 10 ) and God’s concern about this “enormous” city (v. 11 ) could not be greater! Jonah’s misplaced priorities look exceedingly foolish and self-centered in comparison to God’s global concern about the fate of 120,000 pagans.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":34986,"verse_id":"JON.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “which was a son of a night and perished [as] a son of a night.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":34987,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The emphatic use of the independent pronouns “you” and “I” ( אַתָּה , ’ attah , and אֲנִי , ’ ani ) in vv. 10 and 11 creates an ironic comparison and emphasizes the strong contrast between the attitudes of Jonah and the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":34988,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “You…Should I not spare…?” This is an a fortiori argument from lesser to greater. Since Jonah was “upset” ( חוּס , khus ) about such a trivial matter as the death of a little plant (the lesser), God had every right to “spare” ( חוּס ) the enormously populated city of Nineveh (the greater). The phrase “even more” does not appear in Hebrew but is implied by this a fortiori argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":34989,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “Should I not spare?”; or “Should I not show compassion?” The verb חוּס ( khus ) has a basic three-fold range of meanings: (1) “to be troubled about,” (2) “to look with compassion upon,” and (3) “to show pity, to spare (someone from death/judgment)” ( HALOT 298 s.v. חוס ; BDB 299 s.v. חוּס ). In v. 10 it refers to Jonah’s lament over the death of his plant, meaning “to be upset about” or “to be troubled about” ( HALOT 298 s.v. 1 .c). However, here in v. 11 it means “to show pity, spare” from judgment (BDB 298 s.v. b; HALOT 298 s.v. 1 .a; e.g., 1 Sam 24:11 ; Jer 21:7 ; Ezek 24:14 ). It is often used in contexts which contemplate whether God will or will not spare a sinful people from judgment ( Ezek 5:11; 7:4, 9; 8:19; 9:5, 10; 20:17 ). So this repetition of the same verb but in a different sense creates a polysemantic wordplay in vv. 10-11 . However, the wordplay is obscured by the appropriate translation for each usage – “be upset about” in v. 10 and “to spare” in v. 11 – therefore, the translation above attempts to bring out the wordplay in English: “to be [even more] concerned about.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":34990,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “the great city.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/4"}
{"id":34991,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “their right from their left.” Interpreters wonder exactly what deficiency is meant by the phrase “do not know their right from their left.” The expression does not appear elsewhere in biblical Hebrew. It probably does not mean, as sometimes suggested, that Nineveh had 120,000 small children (the term אָדָם , ’ adam , “people,” does not seem to be used of children alone). In any case, it refers to a deficiency in discernment that Jonah and the initial readers of Jonah would no doubt have considered themselves free of. For partial parallels see 2 Sam 19:35 ; Eccl 10:2 ; Ezek 22:26; 44:23 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/5"}
{"id":34992,"verse_id":"JON.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JON","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “and many animals.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jonah%204%3A11/6"}
{"id":34993,"verse_id":"MIC.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord which came to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":34994,"verse_id":"MIC.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The words “he delivered this message” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":34995,"verse_id":"MIC.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “in the days of” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":34996,"verse_id":"MIC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “O peoples, all of them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":34997,"verse_id":"MIC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “O earth and all its fullness”; KJV “and all that therein is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":34998,"verse_id":"MIC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “May the sovereign Lord testify against you.” The verb וִיהִי ( vihiy ) is jussive, which normally conveys a volitional sense of an urgent request or prayer (“may he testify!”). However, GKC 325-26 §109. k notes that here the jussive form is used without any volitional sense for the ordinary imperfect, as a rhythmic shortening at the beginning of a sentence, thus removed as far as possible from the principal accent (cf. Gen 49:17 ; Deut 28:8 ; 1 Sam 10:5 ; 2 Sam 5:24 ; Hos 6:1; 11:4 ; Amos 5:14 ; Zeph 2:13 ; Zech 9:5 ; Pss 72:16-17; 104:31 ; Job 18:12; 20:23, 26, 28; 27:8; 33:21; 34:37 ; Ruth 3:4 ). Thus, the translation here renders the jussive as an ordinary imperfect. Some translations render it in a traditional jussive sense: (1) urgent request: “And let my Lord God be your accuser” (NJPS); or (2) dependent purpose/result: “that the Sovereign Lord may witness against you” (NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":34999,"verse_id":"MIC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the Lord from his majestic palace.” Since the verb is omitted it is unclear whether the implied term be supplied from the preceding line (“he will testify against you”) or the following line (“he is leaving”). So the line may be rendered “the Lord will accuse you from his majestic temple” or “the Lord will come forth from his majestic temple.” Most translations render it literally, but some remove the ambiguity: “the Lord God accuses you from his holy temple” (CEV); “He speaks from his holy temple” (TEV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":35000,"verse_id":"MIC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “his holy temple” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). This refers to the Lord’s dwelling in heaven, however, rather than the temple in Jerusalem (note the following verse, which describes a theophany).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":35001,"verse_id":"MIC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “For look.” The expression כִּי־הִנֵּה ( ki-hinneh ) may function as an explanatory introduction (“For look!”; Isa 26:21; 60:2; 65:17, 18: 66:15 ; Jer 1:15; 25:29; 30:10; 45:5; 46:27; 50:9 ; Ezek 30:9; 36:9 ; Zech 2:10; 3:8 ), or as an emphatic introduction (“Look!”; Jdgs 3:15; Isa 3:1 ; Jer 8:17; 30:3; 49:15 ; Hos 9:6 ; Joel 3:1 [HT 4:1 ]; Amos 4:2, 13; 6:11, 14; 9:9 ; Hab 1:6 ; Zech 2:9 [HT 2:13 ]; Zech 3:9; 11:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35002,"verse_id":"MIC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “high places” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":35003,"verse_id":"MIC.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “melt” (NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). This is a figurative description of earthquakes, landslides, and collapse of the mountains, rather than some sort of volcanic activity (note the remainder of the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":35004,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “and because of.” This was simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":35005,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":35006,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “What is the rebellion of Jacob?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":35007,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Is it not Samaria?” The negated rhetorical question expects the answer, “It certainly is!” To make this clear the question has been translated as a strong affirmative statement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":35008,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “What are Judah’s high places?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":35009,"verse_id":"MIC.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Is it not Jerusalem?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “It certainly is!” sn In vv. 2-5 Micah narrows the scope of God’s judgment from the nations (vv. 2-4 ) to his covenant people (v. 5 ). Universal judgment is coming, but ironically Israel is the focal point of God’s anger. In v. 5 c the prophet includes Judah within the scope of divine judgment, for it has followed in the pagan steps of the northern kingdom. He accomplishes this with rhetorical skill. In v. 5 b he develops the first assertion of v. 5 a (“All of this is because of Jacob’s rebellion”). One expects in v. 5 c an elaboration of the second assertion in v. 5 a (“and the sins of the nation of Israel”), which one assumes, in light of v. 5 b, pertains to the northern kingdom. But the prophet specifies the “sins” as “high places” and makes it clear that “the nation of Israel” includes Judah. Verses 6-7 further develop v. 5 b (judgment on the northern kingdom), while vv. 8-16 expand on v. 5 c (judgment on Judah). map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":35010,"verse_id":"MIC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"For location see Map2-B1 ; Map4-D3 ; Map5-E2 ; Map6-A4 ; Map7-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35011,"verse_id":"MIC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “into a planting place for vineyards.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":35012,"verse_id":"MIC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “pour” (so NASB, NIV); KJV, NRSV “pour down”; NAB “throw down”; NLT “roll.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":35013,"verse_id":"MIC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “and all her prostitute’s wages will be burned with fire.” sn The precious metal used by Samaria’s pagan worship centers to make idols are here compared to a prostitute’s wages because Samaria had been unfaithful to the Lord and prostituted herself to pagan gods, such as Baal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":35014,"verse_id":"MIC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “I will make desolate” (so NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":35015,"verse_id":"MIC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":35016,"verse_id":"MIC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"No object is specified in the Hebrew text; the words “the metal” are supplied from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":35017,"verse_id":"MIC.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “for from a prostitute’s wages she gathered, and to a prostitute’s wages they will return.” When the metal was first collected it was comparable to the coins a prostitute would receive for her services. The metal was then formed into idols, but now the Lord ’s fiery judgment would reduce the metal images to their original condition.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":35018,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The prophet is probably the speaker here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35019,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “stripped.” The precise meaning of this Hebrew word is unclear. It may refer to walking barefoot (see 2 Sam 15:30 ) or to partially stripping oneself (see Job 12:17-19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":35020,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “naked.” This probably does not refer to complete nudity, but to stripping off one’s outer garments as an outward sign of the destitution felt by the mourner.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":35021,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “I will make lamentation.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":35022,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “a jackal”; CEV “howling wolves.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":35023,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “[make] a mourning.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":35024,"verse_id":"MIC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.8","text":"Or perhaps “ostrich” (cf. ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A8/7"}
{"id":35025,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Samaria) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":35026,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The MT reads the plural “wounds”; the singular is read by the LXX, Syriac, and Vg. tn Or “wound.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":35027,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “come to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":35028,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “reached.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":35029,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “the gate.” Kings and civic leaders typically conducted important business at the city gate (see 1 Kgs 22:10 for an example), and the term is understood here to refer by metonymy to the leadership who would be present at the gate.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/5"}
{"id":35030,"verse_id":"MIC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “to Jerusalem.” The expression “it has contaminated” do not appear in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied to fill out the parallelism with the preceding line. map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A9/6"}
{"id":35031,"verse_id":"MIC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “Tell it not in Gath.” The Hebrew word for “tell” ( נָגַד , nagad ) sounds like the name of the city, Gath ( גַּת , gat ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":35032,"verse_id":"MIC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The Hebrew infinitive absolute before the negated jussive emphasizes the prohibition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":35033,"verse_id":"MIC.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The translation assumes a masculine plural imperative. If one were to emend בְּבֵית ( bÿvet ) to בֵית ( vet ), Beth Leaphrah would then be the addressee and the feminine singular imperative (see Qere ) could be retained, “O Beth Leaphrah, sit in the dust.” tn Heb “roll about in mourning in the dust”; or “wallow about in mourning in the dust.” The verb פָּלַשׁ ( palash , “roll about in mourning [in dust]”; HALOT 935 s.v. פלשׁ ) is figurative (metonymy) for sitting as an outward sign of mourning. sn To sit in the dust was an outward sign of mourning. The name Beth Leaphrah means “house of dust.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":35034,"verse_id":"MIC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The Hebrew participial form, which is feminine singular, is here used in a collective sense for the all the residents of the town. See GKC 394 §122. s .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":35035,"verse_id":"MIC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"The imperatival form is used rhetorically, emphasizing that the inhabitants of Shaphir will pass by into exile.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":35036,"verse_id":"MIC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “have not come out”; NIV “will not come out”; NLT “dare not come outside.” sn The expression can’t leave their city alludes to a siege of the town. The place name Zaanan sounds like the verb “come out” (i.e., “can’t leave”) in Hebrew.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":35037,"verse_id":"MIC.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “the lamentation of Beth Ezel.” The following words could be the lamentation offered up by Beth Ezel (subjective genitive) or the mourning song sung over it (objective genitive).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A11/6"}
{"id":35038,"verse_id":"MIC.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The translation assumes an emendation of חָלָה ( khalah ; from חִיל , khil , “to writhe”) to יִחֲלָה ( yikhalah ; from יָחַל , yakhal , “to wait”). tn Heb “[the residents of Maroth] writhe [= “anxiously long for”?] good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35039,"verse_id":"MIC.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “though disaster has come down from the Lord to the gate of Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":35040,"verse_id":"MIC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “she”; this has been translated as second person (“you”) in keeping with the direct address to the residents of Lachish in the previous line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":35041,"verse_id":"MIC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “She was the beginning of sin for Daughter Zion.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":35042,"verse_id":"MIC.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “for in you was found the transgressions of Israel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":35043,"verse_id":"MIC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The subject of the feminine singular verb is probably Lachish.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35044,"verse_id":"MIC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “you will give a dowry to”; NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV “give parting gifts to.” Lachish is compared to a father who presents wedding gifts to his daughter as she leaves her father’s home to take up residence with her husband. In similar fashion Lachish will bid farewell to Moresheth Gath, for the latter will be taken by the invader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":35045,"verse_id":"MIC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “houses.” By metonymy this refers to the people who live in them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":35046,"verse_id":"MIC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “will be a deception.” The term אַכְזָב (’ akhzav ) is often translated “deception,” as derived from the verb I כָּזָב (“to deceive, lie”; HALOT 467-68 s.v. I כזב ). However, it probably means “what is dried up,” since (1) the noun elsewhere refers to an empty well or dried river in summer ( Jer 15:18 ; cf. Job 6:15-20 ) ( HALOT 45 s.v. אַכְזָב ); (2) the place-name “Achzib” ( אַכְזִיב ) literally means “place on the אַכְזָב [dried up river]” ( HALOT 45 s.v. אַכְזָב ); and (3) it is derived from the verb II כָּזָב (“to dry up [brook]”; Isa 58:11 ), which also appears in Mishnaic Hebrew and Arabic. The point of the metaphor is that Achzib will be as disappointing to the kings of Israel as a dried up spring in the summer is to a thirsty traveler in the Jordanian desert.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":35047,"verse_id":"MIC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “Again a conqueror I will bring to you, residents of Mareshah.” The first person verb is problematic, for the Lord would have to be the subject (cf. NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT). But the prophet appears to be delivering this lament and the Lord is referred to in the third person in v. 12 . Consequently many emend the verb to a third person form ( יָבוֹא , yavo ’) and understand the “conqueror” as subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":35048,"verse_id":"MIC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “to Adullam the glory of Israel will go.” This probably means that the nation’s leadership will run for their lives and, like David of old, hide from their enemy in the caves of Adullam. Cf. NIV’s “He who is the glory of Israel will come to Adullam,” which sounds as if an individual is in view, and could be understood as a messianic reference.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":35049,"verse_id":"MIC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “over the sons of your delight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":35050,"verse_id":"MIC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “make wide your baldness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":35051,"verse_id":"MIC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “a vulture” (cf. NIV, TEV); CEV “a buzzard.” The Hebrew term נֶשֶׁר ( nesher ) refers to the griffon vulture or eagle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":35052,"verse_id":"MIC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Woe to those who plan sin.” The Hebrew term הוֹי ( hoy , “woe”; “ah”) was a cry used in mourning the dead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":35053,"verse_id":"MIC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “those who do evil upon their beds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":35054,"verse_id":"MIC.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “at the light of morning they do it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":35055,"verse_id":"MIC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “they desire fields and rob [them], and houses and take [them] away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35056,"verse_id":"MIC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “and they oppress a man and his home.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":35057,"verse_id":"MIC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “and a man and his inheritance.” The verb עָשַׁק (’ ashaq , “to oppress”; “to wrong”) does double duty in the parallel structure and is understood by ellipsis in the second line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":35058,"verse_id":"MIC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “clan” or “extended family.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35059,"verse_id":"MIC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “from which you will not remove your neck.” The words “It will be like a yoke” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":35060,"verse_id":"MIC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “you will not.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":35061,"verse_id":"MIC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The form נִהְיָה ( nihyah ) should be omitted as dittographic (note the preceding וְנָהָה נְהִי vÿnahah nÿhiy ). tn Heb “one will lament [with] a lamentation [and] say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":35062,"verse_id":"MIC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “exchange.” The LXX suggests a reading יִמַּד ( yimmad ) from מָדַד ( madad , “to measure”). In this case one could translate, “the property of my people is measured out [i.e., for resale].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":35063,"verse_id":"MIC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “how one removes for me.” Apparently the preposition has the nuance “from” here (cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":35064,"verse_id":"MIC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"The Hebrew term שׁוֹבֵב ( shovev , “the one turning back”) elsewhere has the nuance “apostate” (cf. NASB) or “traitor” (cf. NIV). The translation assumes an emendation to שָׁבָה ( shavah , “captor”). tn Heb “to the one turning back he assigns our fields.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":35065,"verse_id":"MIC.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “therefore you will not have one who strings out a measuring line by lot in the assembly of the Lord .” sn No one will assign you land in the Lord ’s community . When judgment passes and the people are restored to the land, those greedy ones who disregarded the ancient land allotments will not be allowed to participate in the future redistribution of the land.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":35066,"verse_id":"MIC.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “‘Do not foam at the mouth,’ they foam at the mouth.” The verb נָטַף ( nataf ) means “to drip.” When used of speech it probably has the nuance “to drivel, to foam at the mouth” ( HALOT 694 s.v. נטף ). The sinful people tell the Lord ’s prophets not to “foam at the mouth,” which probably refers in a derogatory way to their impassioned style of delivery. But the Lord (who is probably still speaking here, see v. 3 ) sarcastically refers to their impassioned exhortation as “foaming at the mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":35067,"verse_id":"MIC.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"If one follows the MT as it stands, it would appear that the Lord here condemns the people for their “foaming at the mouth” and then announces that judgment is inevitable. The present translation assumes that this is a continuation of the quotation of what the people say. In this case the subject of “foam at the mouth” is the Lord ’s prophets. In the second line יִסַּג ( yissag , a Niphal imperfect from סוּג , sug , “to remove”) is emended to יַסִּגֵנוּ ( yassigenu ; a Hiphil imperfect from נָסַג / נָשַׂג , nasag / nasag , “to reach; to overtake”). tn Heb “they should not foam at the mouth concerning these things, humiliation will not be removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35068,"verse_id":"MIC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “house” (so many English versions); CEV “descendants.’","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35069,"verse_id":"MIC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT has אָמוּר (’ amur ), an otherwise unattested passive participle, which is better emended to אָמוֹר (’ amor ), an infinitive absolute functioning as a finite verb (see BDB 55 s.v. אָמַר ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":35070,"verse_id":"MIC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"The Hebrew word רוּחַ ( ruach ) often means “Spirit” when used of the Lord , but here it seems to have an abstract sense, “patience.” See BDB 925 s.v. 3 .d.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":35071,"verse_id":"MIC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “Has the patience of the Lord run short? Or are these his deeds?” The rhetorical questions expect the answer, “No, of course not.” The people contest the prophet’s claims that the Lord ’s judgment is falling on the nation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":35072,"verse_id":"MIC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “Do not my words accomplish good for the one who walks uprightly?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course they do!” The Lord begins his response to the claim of the house of Jacob that they are immune to judgment (see v. 7 a). He points out that the godly are indeed rewarded, but then he goes on to show that those in the house of Jacob are not godly and can expect divine judgment, not blessing (vv. 8-11 ). Some emend “my words” to “his words.” In this case, v. 7 b is a continuation of the immediately preceding quotation. The people, thinking they are godly, confidently ask, “Do not his [God’s] words accomplish good for the one who walks uprightly?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":35073,"verse_id":"MIC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “Recently my people rise up as an enemy.” The MT is problematic in light of v. 9 , where “my people” are the object of oppression, not the perpetrators of it. The form וְאֶתְמוּל ( vÿ ’ etmul , “and recently”) is probably the product of fusion and subsequent suppression of an ( ע ) ayin . The translation assumes an emendation to וְאַתֶּם עַל ( vÿ ’ attem ’ al , “and you against [my people]”). The second person plural pronoun fits well with the second plural verb forms of vv. 8 b-10. If this emendation is accepted, then יְקוֹמֵם ( yÿqomem , the imperfect of קוּם [ qum ]) should be emended to קָמִים ( qamim ; a participle from the same root).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":35074,"verse_id":"MIC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “From the front of a garment glory [or perhaps, “a robe”] you strip off,” but this makes little if any sense. The term מִמּוּל ( mimmul , “from the front of”) is probably the product of dittography (note the preceding word, which ends in [ ם ] mem ) and subsequent suppression of ע ( ayin ). The translation assumes an emendation to מֵעַל ( me ’ al , “from upon”). The translation also assumes an emendation of שַׂלְמָה אֶדֶר ( salmah ’ eder , “a garment, glory [or robe]”) to שֹׁלְמִים אֲדֶרֶת ( sholÿmim ’ aderet , “[from] a friend the robe [you strip off]”). The MT’s אֶדֶר (’ eder ) is the result of misdivision (the article has erroneously been attached to the preceding word) and haplography (of the final tav , which also begins the following word).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":35075,"verse_id":"MIC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The passive participle שׁוּבֵי ( shuvey ) is unattested elsewhere and should be emended to a participle שָׁבִים ( shavim ). tn Heb “from those passing by peacefully, returnees from war.” Actual refugees, however, are probably not in view. The second line compares those who pass by peacefully with individuals returning from war. The battle is over and they do not expect their own countrymen to attack them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":35076,"verse_id":"MIC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “women.” This may be a synecdoche of the whole (women) for the part (widows).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35077,"verse_id":"MIC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “her little children” or “her infants”; ASV, NRSV “young children.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":35078,"verse_id":"MIC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “from their children you take my glory forever.” The yod ( י ) ending on הֲדָרִי ( hadariy ) is usually taken as a first person common singular suffix (“my glory”). But it may be the archaic genitive ending (“glory of”) in the construct expression “glory of perpetuity,” that is, “perpetual glory.” In either case, this probably refers to the dignity or honor the Lord bestowed on each Israelite family by giving them a share of his land to be inherited perpetually from one generation to another within each family. The term הָדָר ( hadar ) may refer to possessions that a person prizes ( Lam 1:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":35079,"verse_id":"MIC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “Arise and go!” These imperatives are rhetorical. Those who wrongly drove widows and orphans from their homes and land inheritances will themselves be driven out of the land (cf. Isa 5:8-17 ). This is an example of poetic justice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":35080,"verse_id":"MIC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “for this is no resting place.” The Lord speaks to the oppressors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":35081,"verse_id":"MIC.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “uncleanness will destroy, and destruction will be severe.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":35082,"verse_id":"MIC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “if a man, coming [as] wind and falsehood, should lie”; NASB “walking after wind and falsehood”; NIV “a liar and a deceiver.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":35083,"verse_id":"MIC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “I will foam at the mouth concerning wine and beer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":35084,"verse_id":"MIC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “he would be the foamer at the mouth for this people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":35085,"verse_id":"MIC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “the remnant of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":35086,"verse_id":"MIC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The MT reads בָּצְרָה ( batsrah , “Bozrah”) but the form should be emended to בַּצִּרָה ( batsirah , “into the fold”). See D. R. Hillers, Micah (Hermeneia), 38.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":35087,"verse_id":"MIC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"The MT reads “its pasture,” but the final vav ( ו ) belongs with the following verb. See GKC 413 §127. i .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":35088,"verse_id":"MIC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “and they will be noisy [or perhaps, “excited”] from men.” The subject of the third feminine plural verb תְּהִימֶנָה ( tÿhimenah , “they will be noisy”) is probably the feminine singular צֹאן ( tso ’ n , “flock”). (For another example of this collective singular noun with a feminine plural verb, see Gen 30:38 .) In the construction מֵאָדָם ( me ’ adam , “from men”) the preposition is probably causal. L. C. Allen translates “bleating in fear of men” ( Joel, Obadiah, Jonah, and Micah [NICOT], 300), but it is possible to take the causal sense as “because of the large quantity of men.” In this case the sheep metaphor and the underlying reality are mixed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":35089,"verse_id":"MIC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “the one who breaks through goes up before them.” The verb form is understood as a perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of this coming event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35090,"verse_id":"MIC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The three verb forms (a perfect and two preterites with vav [ ו ] consecutive) indicate certitude. sn The “fold” from which the sheep/people break out is probably a reference to their place of exile.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":35091,"verse_id":"MIC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The verb form (a preterite with vav [ ו ] consecutive) indicates certitude.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":35092,"verse_id":"MIC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “the Lord [will be] at their head.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":35093,"verse_id":"MIC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “heads.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":35094,"verse_id":"MIC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":35095,"verse_id":"MIC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Should you not know justice?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course you should!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":35096,"verse_id":"MIC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “the ones who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":35097,"verse_id":"MIC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":35098,"verse_id":"MIC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":35099,"verse_id":"MIC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “their skin from upon them.” The referent of the pronoun (“my people,” referring to Jacob and/or the house of Israel, with the Lord as the speaker) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":35100,"verse_id":"MIC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “and their flesh from their bones.” sn Micah compares the social injustice perpetrated by the house of Jacob/Israel to cannibalism, because it threatens the very lives of the oppressed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":35101,"verse_id":"MIC.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":35102,"verse_id":"MIC.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The MT reads “and they chop up as in a pot.” The translation assumes an emendation of כַּאֲשֶׁר ( ka ’ asher , “as”) to כִּשְׁאֵר ( kish ’ er , “like flesh”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":35103,"verse_id":"MIC.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “then they will cry out to the Lord .” The words “Someday these sinners” have been supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":35104,"verse_id":"MIC.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “concerning the prophets, those who mislead my people.” The first person pronominal suffix is awkward in a quotation formula that introduces the words of the Lord . For this reason some prefer to begin the quotation after “the Lord says” (cf. NIV), but this leaves “concerning the prophets” hanging very awkwardly at the beginning of the quotation. It is preferable to add הוֹי ( hoy , “woe, ah”) at the beginning of the quotation, right after the graphically similar יְהוָה ( yÿhvah ; see D. R. Hillers, Micah [Hermeneia], 44). The phrase הוֹי עַל ( hoy ’ al , “woe upon”) occurs in Jer 50:27 and Ezek 13:3 (with “the prophets” following the preposition in the latter instance).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":35105,"verse_id":"MIC.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “those who bite with their teeth and cry out, ‘peace.’” The phrase “bite with the teeth” is taken here as idiomatic for eating. Apparently these prophets were driven by mercenary motives. If they were paid well, they gave positive oracles to their clients, but if someone could not afford to pay them, they were hostile and delivered oracles of doom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":35106,"verse_id":"MIC.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “but [as for the one] who does not place [food] in their mouths, they prepare for war against him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":35107,"verse_id":"MIC.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “it will be night for you without a vision.” sn The coming of night (and darkness in the following line) symbolizes the cessation of revelation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":35108,"verse_id":"MIC.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “it will be dark for you without divination.” sn The reading of omens ( Heb “divination”) was forbidden in the law ( Deut 18:10 ), so this probably reflects the prophets’ view of how they received divine revelation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":35109,"verse_id":"MIC.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “and the day will be dark over them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":35110,"verse_id":"MIC.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “seers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":35111,"verse_id":"MIC.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “the mustache,” or perhaps “the beard.” Cf. KJV, NAB, NRSV “cover their lips.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":35112,"verse_id":"MIC.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “for there will be no answer from God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":35113,"verse_id":"MIC.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “am full of power, the Spirit of the Lord , and justice and strength.” The appositional phrase “the Spirit of the Lord ” explains the source of the prophet’s power. The phrase “justice and strength” is understood here as a hendiadys, referring to the prophet’s strong sense of justice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":35114,"verse_id":"MIC.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “to declare to Jacob his rebellion and to Israel his sin.” The words “this enables me” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":35115,"verse_id":"MIC.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":35116,"verse_id":"MIC.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":35117,"verse_id":"MIC.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “who.” A new sentence was begun here in the translation for stylistic reasons (also at the beginning of v. 10 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":35118,"verse_id":"MIC.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":35119,"verse_id":"MIC.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “bloodshed” (so NAB, NASB, NIV); NLT “murder.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":35120,"verse_id":"MIC.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":35121,"verse_id":"MIC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “judge for a bribe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":35122,"verse_id":"MIC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “they lean upon” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV); NAB “rely on.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":35123,"verse_id":"MIC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “Is not the Lord in our midst?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Of course he is!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A11/4"}
{"id":35124,"verse_id":"MIC.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “come upon” (so many English versions); NCV “happen to us”; CEV “come to us.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A11/5"}
{"id":35125,"verse_id":"MIC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The plural pronoun refers to the leaders, priests, and prophets mentioned in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":35126,"verse_id":"MIC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “into” (an adverbial accusative of result).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":35127,"verse_id":"MIC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “the mountain of the house” (so KJV, ASV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":35128,"verse_id":"MIC.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “a high place of overgrowth.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":35129,"verse_id":"MIC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “at the end of days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":35130,"verse_id":"MIC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “will be established as the head of the mountains.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":35131,"verse_id":"MIC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “it will be lifted up above the hills.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":35132,"verse_id":"MIC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":35133,"verse_id":"MIC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “ways.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":35134,"verse_id":"MIC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “judge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":35135,"verse_id":"MIC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “mighty” (NASB); KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV “strong”; TEV “among the great powers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":35136,"verse_id":"MIC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “[for many nations] to a distance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":35137,"verse_id":"MIC.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.3","text":"Heb “take up the sword.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A3/6"}
{"id":35138,"verse_id":"MIC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “and there will be no one making [him] afraid.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":35139,"verse_id":"MIC.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “for the mouth of the Lord of Hosts has spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":35140,"verse_id":"MIC.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “walk each in the name of his god.” The term “name” here has the idea of “authority.” To “walk in the name” of a god is to recognize the god’s authority as binding over one’s life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":35141,"verse_id":"MIC.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Heb “walk in the name of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":35142,"verse_id":"MIC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “make the lame into a remnant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":35143,"verse_id":"MIC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The precise meaning of this difficult form is uncertain. The present translation assumes the form is a Niphal participle of an otherwise unattested denominative verb הָלָא ( hala ’, “to be far off”; see BDB 229 s.v.), but attractive emendations include הַנַּחֲלָה ( hannakhalah , “the sick one[s]”) from חָלָה ( khalah ) and הַנִּלְאָה ( hannil ’ ah , “the weary one[s]”) from לָאָה ( la ’ ah ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":35144,"verse_id":"MIC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Heb “from now until forever.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":35145,"verse_id":"MIC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “Migdal-eder.” Some English versions transliterate this phrase, apparently because they view it as a place name (cf. NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":35146,"verse_id":"MIC.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Heb “to you it will come, the former dominion will arrive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":35147,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The Hebrew form is feminine singular, indicating that Jerusalem, personified as a young woman, is now addressed (see v. 10 ). In v. 8 the tower/fortress was addressed with masculine forms, so there is clearly a shift in addressee here. “Jerusalem” has been supplied in the translation at the beginning of v. 9 to make this shift apparent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":35148,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “Now why are you shouting [with] a shout.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":35149,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “Is there no king over you?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":35150,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Traditionally, “counselor” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). This refers to the king mentioned in the previous line; the title points to the king’s roles as chief strategist and policy maker, both of which required extraordinary wisdom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/4"}
{"id":35151,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “that.” The Hebrew particle כִּי ( ki ) is used here in a resultative sense; for this use see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §450.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/5"}
{"id":35152,"verse_id":"MIC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “grabs hold of, seizes.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A9/6"}
{"id":35153,"verse_id":"MIC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Or perhaps “scream”; NRSV, TEV, NLT “groan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":35154,"verse_id":"MIC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Or “redeem” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":35155,"verse_id":"MIC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “hand.” The Hebrew idiom is a metonymy for power or control.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":35156,"verse_id":"MIC.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “let her be desecrated.” the referent (Jerusalem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":35157,"verse_id":"MIC.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Heb “and let our eye look upon Zion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":35158,"verse_id":"MIC.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The words “to be threshed” are not in the Hebrew text, but have been supplied in the translation to make it clear that the Lord is planning to enable “Daughter Zion” to “thresh” her enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":35159,"verse_id":"MIC.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “I will make your horn iron.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":35160,"verse_id":"MIC.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “the Lord” (so many English versions); Heb “the master.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":35161,"verse_id":"MIC.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.13","text":"Heb “and their wealth to the master of all the earth.” The verb “devote” does double duty in the parallelism and is supplied in the second line for clarification. sn In vv. 11-13 the prophet jumps from the present crisis (which will result in exile, v. 10 ) to a time beyond the restoration of the exiles when God will protect his city from invaders. The Lord ’s victory over the Assyrian armies in 701 b.c. foreshadowed this.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%204%3A13/4"}
{"id":35162,"verse_id":"MIC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The Hebrew verb גָדַד ( gadad ) can be translated “slash yourself” or “gather in troops.” A number of English translations are based on the latter meaning (e.g., NASB, NIV, NLT). sn Slash yourself . Slashing one’s body was a form of mourning. See Deut 14:1 ; 1 Kgs 18:28 ; Jer 16:6; 41:5; 47:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":35163,"verse_id":"MIC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Heb “daughter of a troop of warriors.” sn The daughter surrounded by soldiers is an image of the city of Jerusalem under siege (note the address “Daughter Jerusalem” in 4:8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":35164,"verse_id":"MIC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “staff”; KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “rod”; CEV “stick”; NCV “club.” sn Striking a king with a scepter , a symbol of rulership, would be especially ironic and humiliating.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A1/4"}
{"id":35165,"verse_id":"MIC.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.1","text":"Traditionally, “the judge of Israel” (so KJV, NASB).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A1/5"}
{"id":35166,"verse_id":"MIC.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “being small.” Some omit לִהְיוֹת ( lihyot , “being”) because it fits awkwardly and appears again in the next line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":35167,"verse_id":"MIC.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “from you for me one will go out to be a ruler over Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":35168,"verse_id":"MIC.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “his goings out.” The term may refer to the ruler’s origins (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT) or to his activities.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":35169,"verse_id":"MIC.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “from the past, from the days of antiquity.” Elsewhere both phrases refer to the early periods in the history of the world or of the nation of Israel. For מִקֶּדֶם ( miqqedem , “from the past”) see Neh 12:46 ; Pss 74:12; 77:11 ; Isa 45:21; 46:10 . For מִימֵי עוֹלָם ( mimey ’ olam , “from the days of antiquity”) see Isa 63:9, 11 ; Amos 9:11 ; Mic 7:14 ; Mal 3:4 . In Neh 12:46 and Amos 9:11 the Davidic era is in view. sn In riddle-like fashion this verse alludes to David, as the references to Bethlehem and to his ancient origins/activities indicate. The passage anticipates the second coming of the great king to usher in a new era of national glory for Israel. Other prophets are more direct and name this coming ideal ruler “David” ( Jer 30:9 ; Ezek 34:23-24; 37:24-25 ; Hos 3:5 ). Of course, this prophecy of “David’s” second coming is actually fulfilled through his descendant, the Messiah, who will rule in the spirit and power of his famous ancestor and bring to realization the Davidic royal ideal in an even greater way than the historical David (see Isa 11:1, 10 ; Jer 33:15 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A2/5"}
{"id":35170,"verse_id":"MIC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":35171,"verse_id":"MIC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “them”; the referent (the people of Israel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":35172,"verse_id":"MIC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"The words “to their enemies” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":35173,"verse_id":"MIC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (the king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A3/6"}
{"id":35174,"verse_id":"MIC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.3","text":"Heb “to the sons of Israel.” The words “be reunited with” are supplied in the translation for clarity. sn The rest of the king’s brothers are the coming king’s fellow Judahites, while the sons of Israel are the northern tribes. The verse pictures the reunification of the nation under the Davidic king. See Isa 11:12-13 ; Jer 31:2-6, 15-20 ; ; Hos 1:11; 3:5 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A3/7"}
{"id":35175,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “stand up”; NAB “stand firm”; NASB “will arise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":35176,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"The words “the people” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":35177,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “by the majesty of the name of the Lord his God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":35178,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"The words “in peace” are supplied in the translation for clarification. Perhaps וְיָשָׁבוּ ( vÿyashavu , “and they will live”) should be emended to וְשָׁבוּ ( vÿshavu , “and they will return”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":35179,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.4","text":"Heb “be great.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/5"}
{"id":35180,"verse_id":"MIC.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “to the ends of.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A4/6"}
{"id":35181,"verse_id":"MIC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and this one will be peace”; ASV “and this man shall be our peace” (cf. Eph 2:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":35182,"verse_id":"MIC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Some prefer to read “in our land,” emending the text to בְּאַדְמָתֵנוּ ( bÿ ’ admatenu ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":35183,"verse_id":"MIC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “raise up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":35184,"verse_id":"MIC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “shepherds.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A5/5"}
{"id":35185,"verse_id":"MIC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.5","text":"Heb “and eight leaders of men.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A5/6"}
{"id":35186,"verse_id":"MIC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Or perhaps “break”; or “defeat.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":35187,"verse_id":"MIC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"The MT reads “in her gates,” but the text should be emended to בַּפְּתִיחָה ( baptikhah , “with a drawn sword”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":35188,"verse_id":"MIC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the coming king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":35189,"verse_id":"MIC.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “the remnant of” (also in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":35190,"verse_id":"MIC.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":35191,"verse_id":"MIC.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"This could mean “(scattered) among the nations” (cf. CEV, NLT) or “surrounded by many nations” (cf. NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":35192,"verse_id":"MIC.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Heb “that does not hope for man, and does not wait for the sons of men.” sn Men wait eagerly for the dew and the rain , not vice versa. Just as the dew and rain are subject to the Lord , not men, so the remnant of Israel will succeed by the supernatural power of God and not need the support of other nations. There may even be a military metaphor here. Israel will overwhelm their enemies, just as the dew completely covers the grass (see 2 Sam 17:12 ). This interpretation would be consistent with the image of v. 7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":35193,"verse_id":"MIC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The words “its prey” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":35194,"verse_id":"MIC.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Heb “and there is no deliverer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":35195,"verse_id":"MIC.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “let your hand be lifted against your adversaries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":35196,"verse_id":"MIC.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Heb “be cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":35197,"verse_id":"MIC.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Heb “cut off” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":35198,"verse_id":"MIC.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “magic charms” (so NCV, TEV); NIV, NLT “witchcraft”; NAB “the means of divination.” The precise meaning of this Hebrew word is uncertain, but note its use in Isa 47:9, 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":35199,"verse_id":"MIC.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “from your hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":35200,"verse_id":"MIC.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Heb “and you will not have omen-readers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":35201,"verse_id":"MIC.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “Asherah poles.” sn Asherah was a leading deity of the Canaanite pantheon, wife/sister of El and goddess of fertility. She was commonly worshiped at shrines in or near groves of evergreen trees, or, failing that, at places marked by wooden poles. These were to be burned or cut down ( Deut 12:3; 16:21 ; Judg 6:25, 28, 30 ; 2 Kgs 18:4 ). The Lord states that he will destroy these images, something the Israelites themselves should have done but failed to do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":35202,"verse_id":"MIC.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"The MT reads “your cities,” but many emend the text to צִרֶיךָ ( tsirekha , “your images”) or עֲצַבֶּיךָ (’ atsbbekha , “your idols”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":35203,"verse_id":"MIC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “plead your case” (NASB, NIV, NRSV); NAB “present your plea”; NLT “state your case.” sn Defend yourself . The Lord challenges Israel to defend itself against the charges he is bringing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":35204,"verse_id":"MIC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “let the hills hear your voice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":35205,"verse_id":"MIC.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"This verse briefly interrupts the Lord ’s statement (see vv. 1, 3 ) as the prophet summons the mountains as witnesses. Because of this v. 2 has been placed in parentheses in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":35206,"verse_id":"MIC.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Heb “My people, what have I done to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":35207,"verse_id":"MIC.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Heb “before you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":35208,"verse_id":"MIC.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “remember what Balak…planned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":35209,"verse_id":"MIC.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Heb “From Shittim to Gilgal, in order to know the just acts of the Lord .” Something appears to be missing at the beginning of the line. The present translation supplies the words, “Recall how you went.” This apparently refers to how Israel crossed the Jordan River (see Josh 3:1; 4:19-24 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":35210,"verse_id":"MIC.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"The words “with what” do double duty in the parallelism and are supplied in the second line of the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":35211,"verse_id":"MIC.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “the exalted God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":35212,"verse_id":"MIC.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Heb “the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul.” The Hebrew term נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is often translated “soul,” but the word usually refers to the whole person; here “the sin of my soul” = “my sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":35213,"verse_id":"MIC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “except.” This statement is actually linked with what precedes, “What does he want from you except….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":35214,"verse_id":"MIC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “to do,” in the sense of “promote.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":35215,"verse_id":"MIC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “to love faithfulness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A8/4"}
{"id":35216,"verse_id":"MIC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “to walk humbly [or perhaps, “carefully”] with.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A8/5"}
{"id":35217,"verse_id":"MIC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Or “the voice of the Lord is calling.” The translation understands קוֹל ( qol , “voice”) as equivalent to an imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":35218,"verse_id":"MIC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb “one who sees your name is wisdom.” It is probably better to emend יִרְאֶה ( yir ’ eh , “he sees”) to יִרְאָה ( yir ’ ah , “fearing”). One may then translate, “fearing your name is wisdom.” The Lord ’s “name” here stands by metonymy for his authority.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":35219,"verse_id":"MIC.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Heb (apparently) “Listen [to] the staff and the one who appointed it.” Verse 10 then begins with עוֹד ( yod , “still” or “again”). The translation assumes an emendation to שִׁמְעוּ מַטֶּה וּמוֹעֵד הָעִיר ( shim ’ u matteh umo ’ ed ha ’ ir , “listen, O tribe and the assembly of the city”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":35220,"verse_id":"MIC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The meaning of the first Hebrew word in the line is unclear. Possibly it is a combination of the interrogative particle and אִשׁ (’ ish ), an alternate form of יֵשׁ ( yesh , “there is/are”). One could then translate literally, “Are there treasures of sin [in] the house of the sinful?” The translation assumes an emendation to הַאֶשֶּׁה ( ha ’ esheh , from נָשָׁא , nasha ’, “to forget”), “Will I forget?” The rhetorical question expects an answer, “No, I will not forget.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":35221,"verse_id":"MIC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “the treasures of sin”; NASB “treasures of wickedness”; NIV “ill-gotten treasures.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":35222,"verse_id":"MIC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Heb “the accursed scant measure.” sn Merchants would use a smaller than standard measure so they could give the customer less than he thought he was paying for.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":35223,"verse_id":"MIC.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “Do I acquit sinful scales, and a bag of deceptive weights?” The rhetorical question expects an answer, “No, I do not,” and has been translated as a declarative statement for clarity and emphasis. sn Merchants also used rigged scales and deceptive weights to cheat their customers. See the note at Amos 8:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":35224,"verse_id":"MIC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “because her rich are full of violence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":35225,"verse_id":"MIC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Heb “speak lies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":35226,"verse_id":"MIC.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Heb “and also I, I will make you sick, striking you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":35227,"verse_id":"MIC.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"The first Hebrew term in the line ( וְיֶשְׁחֲךָ , vÿyeshkhakha ) is obscure. HALOT 446 s.v. יֶשַׁח understands a noun meaning “filth,” which would yield the translation, “and your filth is inside you.” The translation assumes an emendation to כֹּחַ - וְיֶשׁ ( vÿyesh-koakh , “and [if] there is strength inside you”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":35228,"verse_id":"MIC.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew term וְתַסֵּג ( vÿtasseg ) is unclear. The translation assumes it is a Hiphal imperfect from נָסַג / נָשַׂג ( nasag / nasag , “reach; overtake”) and that hunting imagery is employed. (Note the reference to hunger in the first line of the verse.) See D. R. Hillers, Micah (Hermeneia), 80.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":35229,"verse_id":"MIC.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"The Hiphal of פָּלַט ( palat ) is used in Isa 5:29 of an animal carrying its prey to a secure place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":35230,"verse_id":"MIC.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “you will tread olives.” Literally treading on olives with one’s feet could be harmful and would not supply the necessary pressure to release the oil. See O. Borowski, Agriculture in Iron Age Israel , 119. The Hebrew term דָּרַךְ ( darakh ) may have an idiomatic sense of “press” here, or perhaps the imagery of the following parallel line (referring to treading grapes) has dictated the word choice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":35231,"verse_id":"MIC.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “but you will not rub yourselves with oil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":35232,"verse_id":"MIC.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Heb “and juice, but you will not drink wine.” The verb תִדְרֹךְ ( tidrokh , “you will tread”) must be supplied from the preceding line.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":35233,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “the edicts of Omri are kept, and all the deeds of the house of Ahab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":35234,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “and you walk in their plans.” sn The Omride dynasty, of which Ahab was the most infamous king, had a reputation for implementing unjust and oppressive measures. See .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":35235,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"The Hebrew term שַׁמָּה ( shammah ) can refer to “destruction; ruin,” or to the reaction it produces in those who witness the destruction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":35236,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (the city) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/4"}
{"id":35237,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.16","text":"Heb “[an object] of hissing,” which was a way of taunting someone.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/5"}
{"id":35238,"verse_id":"MIC.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"6.16","text":"The translation assumes an emendation of the MT’s עַמִּי (’ ammi , “my people”) to עַמִּים (’ ammim , “nations”). tn Heb “and the reproach of my people you will bear.” The second person verb is plural here, in contrast to the singular forms used in vv. 13-15 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%206%3A16/6"}
{"id":35239,"verse_id":"MIC.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Heb “woe to me!” In light of the image that follows, perhaps one could translate, “I am disappointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":35240,"verse_id":"MIC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “have perished”; “have been destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":35241,"verse_id":"MIC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “and an upright one among men there is not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":35242,"verse_id":"MIC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Heb “for bloodshed” (so NASB); TEV “for a chance to commit murder.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":35243,"verse_id":"MIC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “upon evil [are their] hands to do [it] well.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":35244,"verse_id":"MIC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “the official asks – and the judge – for a bribe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":35245,"verse_id":"MIC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"More literally, “the great one announces what his appetite desires and they weave it together.” Apparently this means that subordinates plot and maneuver to make sure the prominent man’s desires materialize.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":35246,"verse_id":"MIC.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “[the] godly from a row of thorn bushes.” The preposition מִן ( min ) is comparative and the comparative element (perhaps “sharper” is the idea) is omitted. See BDB 582 s.v. 6 and GKC 431 §133. e .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":35247,"verse_id":"MIC.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “the day of your watchmen, your appointed [time], is coming.” The present translation takes “watchmen” to refer to actual sentries. However, the “watchmen” could refer figuratively to the prophets who had warned Judah of approaching judgment. In this case one could translate, “The day your prophets warned about – your appointed time of punishment – is on the way.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":35248,"verse_id":"MIC.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Heb “and now will be their confusion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":35249,"verse_id":"MIC.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Heb “from the one who lies in your arms, guard the doors of your mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":35250,"verse_id":"MIC.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “rises up against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":35251,"verse_id":"MIC.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Heb “the enemies of a man are the men of his house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":35252,"verse_id":"MIC.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"The singular form is understood as collective.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":35253,"verse_id":"MIC.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Or “rejoice” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV); NCV “don’t laugh at me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":35254,"verse_id":"MIC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “lift, bear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":35255,"verse_id":"MIC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “until.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":35256,"verse_id":"MIC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Or “plead my case” (NASB and NIV both similar); NRSV “until he takes my side.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":35257,"verse_id":"MIC.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.9","text":"Heb “see.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A9/4"}
{"id":35258,"verse_id":"MIC.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “who say.” A new sentence was begun here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":35259,"verse_id":"MIC.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “My eyes will look on them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":35260,"verse_id":"MIC.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.10","text":"Heb “a trampled-down place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A10/3"}
{"id":35261,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “they.” The referent has been specified as “people,” referring either to the nations (coming to God with their tribute) or to the exiles of Israel (returning to the Lord ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":35262,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"The masculine pronominal suffix suggests the Lord is addressed. Some emend to a feminine form and take Jerusalem as the addressee.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":35263,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"The MT reads וְעָרֵי ( vÿ ’ arey , “and the cities [of Egypt]”), but the parallel line indicates this is a corruption of וְעַד ( vÿ ’ ad , “even to”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":35264,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “the River,” referring to the Euphrates River. This has been specified in the translation for clarity (so also NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/4"}
{"id":35265,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “and sea from sea.” Many prefer to emend this to מִיָּם עַד יָם ( miyyam ’ ad yam , “from sea to sea”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/5"}
{"id":35266,"verse_id":"MIC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.12","text":"Heb “and mountain of the mountain.” Many prefer to emend this to וּמֵהַר עַד הַר ( umehar ’ ad har , “and mountain to mountain”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A12/6"}
{"id":35267,"verse_id":"MIC.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “will be ruined.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":35268,"verse_id":"MIC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “with your scepter” (the Hebrew term can mean either “rod” or “scepter”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":35269,"verse_id":"MIC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “the flock of your inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":35270,"verse_id":"MIC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “in the midst of Carmel.” The Hebrew term translated “pastureland” may be a place name. sn The point seems to be that Israel is in a vulnerable position, like sheep in a thicket populated by predators, while rich pastureland (their homeland and God’s blessings) is in view.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":35271,"verse_id":"MIC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.14","text":"Heb “as in the days of antiquity.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A14/5"}
{"id":35272,"verse_id":"MIC.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Heb “him.” This probably refers to Israel in a collective sense. Because the switch from direct address to the third person is awkward, some prefer to emend the suffix to a second person form. In any case, it is necessary to employ a second person pronoun in the translation to maintain the connection for the English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":35273,"verse_id":"MIC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Or “be ashamed of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":35274,"verse_id":"MIC.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Heb “and their ears will be deaf.” Apparently this means the opposing nations will be left dumbfounded by the Lord ’s power. Their inability to respond will make them appear to be deaf mutes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":35275,"verse_id":"MIC.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “like crawling things on the ground.” The parallelism suggests snakes are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":35276,"verse_id":"MIC.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Thetranslationassumesthatthe phrase אֶל־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ (’ el-yÿhvah ’ elohenu , “to the Lord our God”) goes with what precedes. Another option is to take the phrase with the following verb, in which case one could translate, “to the Lord our God they will turn in dread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":35277,"verse_id":"MIC.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.17","text":"Heb “they will be in dread and afraid.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A17/3"}
{"id":35278,"verse_id":"MIC.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.17","text":"The Lord is addressed directly using the second person.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A17/4"}
{"id":35279,"verse_id":"MIC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “Who is a God like you?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “No one!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":35280,"verse_id":"MIC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “one who.” The prayer moves from direct address (second person) in v. 18 a to a descriptive (third person) style in vv. 18 b-19a and then back to direct address (second person) in vv. 19 b-20. Due to considerations of English style and the unfamiliarity of the modern reader with alternation of persons in Hebrew poetry, the entire section has been rendered as direct address (second person) in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":35281,"verse_id":"MIC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “pass over.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A18/3"}
{"id":35282,"verse_id":"MIC.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.18","text":"Heb “of the remnant of his inheritance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A18/4"}
{"id":35283,"verse_id":"MIC.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"The verb יָשׁוּב ( yashuv , “he will return”) is here used adverbially in relation to the following verb, indicating that the Lord will again show mercy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":35284,"verse_id":"MIC.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Some prefer to read יִכְבֹּס ( yikhbos , “he will cleanse”; see HALOT 459 s.v. כבס pi). If the MT is taken as it stands, sin is personified as an enemy that the Lord subdues.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":35285,"verse_id":"MIC.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Heb “their sins,” but the final mem ( ם ) may be enclitic rather than a pronominal suffix. In this case the suffix from the preceding line (“our”) may be understood as doing double duty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":35286,"verse_id":"MIC.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"More literally, “You will extend loyalty to Jacob, and loyal love to Abraham.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":35287,"verse_id":"MIC.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “our fathers.” The Hebrew term refers here to more distant ancestors, not immediate parents.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":35288,"verse_id":"MIC.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MIC","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Heb “which you swore [or, “pledged”] to our fathers from days of old.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Micah%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":35289,"verse_id":"NAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “of Nineveh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":35290,"verse_id":"NAM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “Nahum of Elkosh” (NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":35291,"verse_id":"NAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “jealous.” The Hebrew term קַנּוֹא ( qanno ’, “jealous, zealous”) refers to God’s zealous protection of his people and his furious judgment against his enemies. The root קָנָא ( qana ’) can denote jealous envy ( Gen 26:14; 30:1; 37:11 ; Pss 37:1; 73:3; 106:16 ; Prov 3:31; 23:17; 24:1, 19 ; Ezek 31:9 ), jealous rivalry ( Eccl 4:4; 9:6 ; Isa 11:13 ), marital jealousy ( Num 5:14, 15, 18, 25, 30 ; Prov 6:34; 27:4 ), zealous loyalty ( Num 11:29; 25:11, 13 ; 2 Sam 21:2 ; 1 Kgs 19:10, 14 ; 2 Kgs 10:16 ; Ps 69:10 ; Song 8:6 ; Isa 9:6; 37:32; 42:13; 59:17; 63:15 ; Zech 1:14; 8:2 ), jealous anger ( Deut 32:16, 21 ; Ps 78:58 ), and zealous fury ( Exod 34:14 ; Deut 5:9; 29:19 ; 1 Kgs 14:22 ; Job 5:2 ; Pss 79:5; 119:139 ; Prov 14:30 ; Isa 26:11 ; Ezek 5:13; 8:3; 16:38, 42; 23:25; 35:11; 36:5, 6; 38:19 ; Zeph 1:18 ). See BDB 888 s.v. קָנָא ; E. Reuter, TDOT 13:47-58.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":35292,"verse_id":"NAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The syntax of this line has been understood in two ways: (1) as a single clause with the Lord as the subject: “A jealous and avenging God is the Lord ” (NRSV; NASB) or “The Lord is a jealous and avenging God” (NIV); and (2) as two parallel clauses: “God is jealous, and the Lord avenges” (KJV). The LXX reflects the latter. Masoretic accentuation and Hebrew syntax support the former. Accentuation links קַנּוֹא וְנֹקֵם ( qano ’ vÿnoqem , “jealous and avenging”) together rather than dividing them into separate clauses. Normal word order suggests that קַנּוֹא וְנֹקֵם (“jealous and avenging”) are attributive adjectives modifying אֵל (’ el , “God”). In verbless clauses such as this, the predicate normally precedes the subject; thus, “a jealous and avenging God” ( אֵל קַנּוֹא וְנֹקֵם , ’ el qanno ’ vÿnoqem ) is the predicate and “the Lord ” ( יְהוָה , yÿhvah ) is the subject.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":35293,"verse_id":"NAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “exceedingly wrathful”; Heb “a lord of wrath.” The idiom “lord of wrath” ( וּבַעַל חֵמָה , uva ’ al khemah ) means “wrathful” or “full of wrath” ( Prov 22:24; 29:22 ). The noun “lord” ( בַעַל ) is used in construct as an idiom to describe a person’s outstanding characteristic or attribute (e.g., Gen 37:19 ; 1 Sam 28:7 ; 2 Kgs 1:8 ; Prov 1:17; 18:9; 22:24; 23:2; 24:8 ; Eccl 7:12; 8:8; 10:11, 20 ; Isa 41:15; 50:8 ; Dan 8:6, 20 ); see IBHS 149-51 §9.5.3.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":35294,"verse_id":"NAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"The term נָקַם ( naqam , “avenge, vengeance”) is used three times in 1:2 for emphasis. The Lord will exact just retribution against his enemies (the Assyrians) to avenge their wickedness against his people (Judah).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":35295,"verse_id":"NAM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.2","text":"The verb “rage” ( נָטַר , natar ) is used elsewhere of keeping a vineyard ( Song 1:6; 8:11-12 ) and guarding a secret ( Dan 7:28 ). When used of anger, it does not so much mean “to control anger” or “to be slow to anger” ( HALOT 695 s.v.) but “to stay angry” ( TWOT 2:576). It describes a person bearing a grudge, seeking revenge, and refusing to forgive ( Lev 19:18 ). It is often used as a synonym of שָׁמַר ( shamar , “to maintain wrath, stay angry”) in collocation with לְעוֹלָם ( lÿ ’ olam , “forever, always”) and לָעַד ( la ’ ad , “continually”) to picture God harboring rage against his enemies forever ( Jer 3:5, 12 ; Amos 1:11 ; Ps 103:9 ). The long-term rage depicted by נָטַר (“maintain rage”) serves as an appropriate bridge to the following statement in Nahum that the Lord is slow to anger but furious in judgment. God seeks vengeance against his enemies; he continually rages and maintains his anger; he is slow to anger, but will eventually burst out with the full fury of his wrath.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A2/5"}
{"id":35296,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “long of anger,” i.e., “slow to anger” ( Exod 34:6 ; Num 14:18 ; Joel 2:13 ; Jonah 4:2 ; Pss 86:15; 103:8; 145:8 ; Prov 14:29; 15:18; 16:32 ; Neh 9:17 ) or restraining anger ( Jer 15:15 ; Prov 25:15 ). Cf. NCV “The Lord does not become angry quickly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35297,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The BHS editors suggest emending MT “power” ( כֹּחַ , koakh ) to “mercy” ( חֶסֶד , khesed ) as in Exod 34:6 ; Num 14:18 ; Joel 2:13 ; Jonah 4:2 ; Ps 103:8 ; Neh 9:17 . However, this is unnecessary, it has no textual support, and it misses the rhetorical point intended by Nahum’s modification of the traditional expression. sn This is an allusion to the well-known statement, “The Lord is slow to anger but great in mercy” ( Exod 34:6 ; Num 14:18 ; Joel 2:13 ; Jonah 4:2 ; Ps 103:8 ; Neh 9:17 ). Nahum subtly modifies this by substituting “great in mercy” with “great in power.” God’s patience at the time of Jonah ( Jonah 4:2 ) one century earlier (ca. 750 b.c. ), had run out. Nineveh had exhausted the “great mercy” of God and now would experience the “great power” of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":35298,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “he will certainly not acquit [the wicked]”; KJV “and will not at all acquit the wicked.” The root נָקַה ( naqah , “to acquit”) is repeated for emphasis. The phrase “he will certainly not allow the wicked to go unpunished” ( וְנַקֵּה לֹא יְנַקֶּה , vÿnaqqeh lo ’ yÿnaqqeh ) is an emphatic construction (see GKC 215 §75. hh ; IBHS 584-88 §35.3.1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":35299,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"The words “the wicked” are not in the Hebrew text but are supplied in the translation; they are implied when this idiom is used ( Exod 34:7 ; Num 14:18 ). In legal contexts the nuance “the guilty” is most appropriate; in nonlegal contexts the nuance “the wicked” is used.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":35300,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “His way is in the whirlwind” (so NIV). The noun דַּרְכּוֹ ( darko , “his way”) is nuanced here in a verbal sense. The noun דֶּרֶךְ ( derekh ) often denotes a “journey” ( Gen 28:20; 30:36; 45:23 ; Num 9:10 ; Josh 9:13 ; 1 Sam 21:6 ; 1 Kgs 18:27 ). The verb דָּרַךְ ( darakh ) often means “to tread a path” ( Job 22:15 ) and “to march out” ( Judg 5:21 ). The Lord is portrayed as the Divine Warrior marching out to battle ( Exod 15:1-12 ; Deut 33:2 ; Judg 5:4-5 ; Pss 18:7-15; 68:4-10, 32-35; 77:16-19 ; Mic 1:3-4 ; Hab 3:3-15 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":35301,"verse_id":"NAM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “clouds are dust.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A3/6"}
{"id":35302,"verse_id":"NAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The term גָּעַר ( ga ’ ar ) often denotes “reprimand” and “rebuke” (cf. KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV). When it is used in the context of a military attack, it denotes an angry battle cry shouted by a mighty warrior to strike fear into his enemies to drive them away (e.g., 2 Sam 23:16 ; Isa 30:17 ; Pss 18:15; 76:6; 80:17; 104:7 ). For example, the parallel Ugaritic term is used when Baal utters a battle cry against Yamm before they fight to the death. For further study see, A. A. MacIntosh, “A Consideration of Hebrew g`r,” VT 14 (1969): 474; P. J. van Zijl, “A Consideration of the root ga ’ ar (“rebuke”),” OTWSA 12 (1969): 56-63; A. Caquot, TDOT 3:49-53.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":35303,"verse_id":"NAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"This somewhat unusual use of the preterite ( וַיַּבְּשֵׁהוּ , vayyabbÿshehu ) follows a participle which depicts characteristic (present-time) action or imminent future action; the preterite depicts the subsequent present or future-time action (see IBHS 561-62 §33.3.5).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":35304,"verse_id":"NAM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The term אֻמְלַל (’ umlal , “withers”) occurs twice in this verse in MT. The repetition of אֻמְלַל is also supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah). The BHS editors suggest emending the first occurrence of אֻמְלַל (“withers”) to דָּלְלוּ ( dollu , “languishes”) to recover the letter ד ( dalet ) in the partial acrostic. Several versions do, in fact, employ two different verbs in the line (LXX, Syr, Targum, and Vg). However, the first verb at the beginning of the line in all of the versions reflects a reading of אֻמְלַל . Although several elements of an acrostic are present in , the acrostic is incomplete (only א [ alef ] to כ [ kaf ] in vv. 2-8 ) and broken (several elements are missing within vv. 2-8 ). There is no textual evidence for a complete, unbroken acrostic throughout the book of Nahum in any ancient Hebrew mss or other textual versions; it is most prudent simply to leave the MT as it stands.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":35305,"verse_id":"NAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “because of him.” The Hebrew preposition מִמֶּנּוּ ( mimmenu ) is taken in a causal sense (“because of him”) by NASB, NJPS; however, it is taken in a locative sense (“before him”) by KJV, NKJV, NRSV, NIV. On the other hand, the LXX rendered it in a separative sense: ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ( ap autou , “from him”). The parallelism between 1:5 a and 1:5 b seems to favor the locative nuance: “The mountains quake before him ( מִמֶּנּוּ ), the earth is laid waste before him ( מִפָּנָיו , mifanayv ).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":35306,"verse_id":"NAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Traditionally, “the hills melt.” English versions typically render הִתְמֹגָגוּ ( hitmogagu ) as “melt” (KJV, NRSV, NIV, NJPS) or “dissolve” (NASB). The LXX renders it ἐσαλεύθησαν ( esaleuqhsan , “are shaken”). The Hebrew root has a range of meanings: (1) “to melt,” of courage ( Ps 107:26 ) or troops retreating (“melting away” in fear) in battle ( 1 Sam 14:16 ); (2) “to dissolve,” of mountains dissolving due to erosion ( Amos 9:13 ); (3) “to quake, shake apart,” of mountains quaking, swaying backwards and forwards, coming apart, and collapsing in an earthquake ( Amos 9:5 ; Pss 46:6 [7]; 75:3 [4]). The latter fits the imagery of v. 5 (violent earthquakes): the earth trembles in fear at the approach of the Divine Warrior (e.g., Hab 3:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":35307,"verse_id":"NAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “is upheaved”; or “heaves.” There is debate whether the originally unpointed Hebrew verb וַתִּשָּׂא ( vattissa ’) should be vocalized as וְתִּשָּׂא ( vÿttissa ’; NASB “is upheaved”; NRSV, NJPS “heaves”) from the root נָשָׂא ( nasa ’, “to lift up”) or as וַתִּשָּׁא ( vattisha ’, “is devastated, laid waste”) from the root שֹׁאָה ( sho ’ ah , “to devastate, lay waste”). The vocalization וְתִּשָּׂא is attested in the Masoretic tradition and the Greek versions: Origen (“was raised up”), Symmachus (“was moved”), and Aquila (“shivered”). However, וְתִּשָּׂא demands an intransitive (“heaves”) or passive (“is upheaved”) sense which is not attested for the Qal stem. The vocalization וַתִּשָּׁא (“is devastated, laid waste”) is supported by the Syriac and Vulgate. The revocalization of the MT וְתִּשָּׂא (“is lifted up”) to וַתִּשָּׁא (“is devastated”) is suggested by the BHS editors and several Hebrew lexicons ( HALOT 726 s.v. נשׁא ; BDB 670-71 s.v. נָשָׂא ). The revocalization involves only the difference between the form שׂ ( sin ) and שׁ ( shin ) and is followed in the present translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":35308,"verse_id":"NAM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The words “are laid waste” are not in the Hebrew text, but are an implied repetition from the previous line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":35309,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “stand before” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV, NLT). The Hebrew verb עָמַד (’ amad , “stand”) here denotes “to resist, withstand.” It is used elsewhere of warriors taking a stand in battle to hold their ground against enemies ( Judg 2:14 ; Josh 10:8; 21:44; 23:9 ; 2 Kgs 10:4 ; Dan 11:16 ; Amos 2:15 ). It is also used of people trying to protect their lives from enemy attack ( Esth 8:11; 9:16 ). Like a mighty warrior, the Lord will attack his enemies, but none will be able to make a stand against him; none will be able to hold their ground against him; and none will be able to protect themselves from his onslaught ( Pss 76:7 [8]; 147:17 ; Mal 3:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35310,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Who can stand before his indignation?” The rhetorical question expects a negative answer; it is translated here as an emphatic denial. The Hebrew noun זַעַם ( za ’ am , “indignation, curse”) connotes the angry wrath or indignant curse of God ( Isa 10:5, 25; 13:5; 26:20; 30:27 ; Jer 10:10; 15:17; 50:25 ; Ezek 21:36; 22:24, 31; Hab 3:12 ; Zeph 3:8 ; Pss 38:4; 69:25; 78:49; 102:11 ; Lam 2:6 ; Dan 8:19; 11:36 ). It depicts anger expressed in the form of punishment ( HALOT 276 s.v.; TWOT 1:247).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":35311,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Who can rise up against…?” The verb יָקוּם ( yaqum , “arise”) is here a figurative expression connoting resistance. Although the adversative sense of בְּ ( bet ) with יָקוּם ( yaqum , “against him”) is attested, denoting hostile action taken against one’s enemy ( Mic 7:6 ; Ps 27:12 ), the locative sense (“before him”) is preferred due to the parallelism with לִפְנֵי ( lifney , “before him”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":35312,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “Who can rise up against the heat of his anger?” The rhetorical question expects a negative answer which is translated as an emphatic denial to clarify the point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":35313,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “burst into flames.” The Niphal perfect נִתְּצוּ ( nittÿtsu ) from נָתַץ ( natats , “to break up, throw down”) may denote “are broken up” or “are thrown down.” The BHS editors suggest emending the MT’s נִתְּצוּ ( nittÿtsu ) to נִצְּתּוּ ( nitsÿtu , Niphal perfect from יָצַת [ yatsat , “to burn, to kindle, to burst into flames”]): “boulders burst into flames.” This merely involves the simple transposition of the second and third consonants. This emendation is supported by a few Hebrew mss (cited in BHS apparatus). It is supported contextually by fire and heat motifs in 1:5-6 . The same metathesis of נִתְּצוּ and נִצְּתּוּ occurs in Jer 4:26 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":35314,"verse_id":"NAM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “before him” (so NAB, NIV, TEV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A6/6"}
{"id":35315,"verse_id":"NAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The Masoretic disjunctive accent marker ( zaqeph parvum ) divides the lines here. Most English versions reflect this line division (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NKJV). Some extend the line: “Yahweh is better than a fortress” (NJB); “The Lord is good to those who hope in him” (NJPS); and “The Lord is good to those who trust him” (NEB). This issue is complicated by the textual problems in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":35316,"verse_id":"NAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The preposition לְ ( lamed ) probably functions in an emphatic asseverative sense, suggested by D. L. Christensen, “The Acrostic of Nahum Reconsidered,” ZAW 87 (1975): 22. This explains the preceding statement: the Lord is good to his people ( 1:7 a) because – like a fortress – he protects them in time of distress ( 1:7 b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":35317,"verse_id":"NAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Some ancient versions read, “The Lord is good to those who trust him.” The MT reads לְמָעוֹז ( lÿma ’ oz , “a fortress”): the noun מָעוֹז ( ma ’ oz , “fortress”) with the preposition לְ ( lÿ , see below). However, the LXX reflects the reading לְמֵעִיז ( lÿme ’ iz , “to those who trust [him]”): the Hiphil participle from עוּז (’ uz , “seek refuge”) with the preposition לְ . The variants involve only different vocalizations and the common confusion of vav ( ו ) with yod . Most English versions follow the traditional Hebrew reading (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NKJV); however, several others follow the alternate Greek reading (NEB, NJPS). The BHS editors and several other scholars favor the LXX tradition; however, the Masoretic tradition has been defended by others. The Masoretic tradition is supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah). The problem with the LXX reading is the absence of the direct object in the Hebrew text; the LXX is forced to supply the direct object αὐτόν ( auton , “him”; for a similar addition of the direct object αὐτόν by the LXX, see Amos 9:12 ). The main objection to the MT reading לְמָעוֹז (“a fortress”) is that לְ is hard to explain. However, לְ may be taken in a comparative sense (Cathcart: “Yahweh is better than a fortress in time of distress”) or an asseverative sense (Christensen: “Yahweh is good; indeed, a fortress in time of distress”). See K. J. Cathcart, Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic (BibOr), 55; idem, “More Philological Studies in Nahum,” JNSL 7 (1979): 4; D. L. Christensen, “The Acrostic of Nahum Reconsidered,” ZAW 87 (1975): 22. Elsewhere, the Lord is commonly portrayed as a “fortress” ( מָעוֹז ) protecting his people ( Pss 27:1; 28:8; 31:3, 5; 37:39; 43:2; 52:9 ; Isa 17:10; 25:4; 27:5 ; Joel 4:16; Jer 16:19 ; Neh 8:10 ; Prov 10:29 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":35318,"verse_id":"NAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “he knows” or “he recognizes.” The basic meaning of the verb יָדַע ( yada ’) is “to know,” but it may denote “to take care of someone” or “to protect” ( HALOT 391 s.v.; see Gen 39:6 ; Job 9:21 ; Ps 31:8 ). Most English versions render it as “know” here (KJV, RSV, NASB, NKJV) but at least two recognize the nuance “protect” (NRSV, NIV [which reads “cares for”]). It often refers to God protecting and caring for his people ( 2 Sam 7:20 ; Ps 144:3 ). When the subject is a king (suzerain) and the object is a servant (vassal), it often has covenantal overtones. In several ancient Near Eastern languages this term depicts the king (suzerain) recognizing his treaty obligation to protect and rescue his servant (vassal) from its enemies. For example, a letter from Abdi-Ashirta governor of Ammuru to the Egyptian king Amenophis III ends with a plea for protection from the raids of the Mittani: “May the king my lord know [= protect] me” ( yi - da - an - ni ; EA 60:30-32). Similarly, in the treaty between Muwattallis and Alaksandus, the Hittite suzerain assures his vassal that in case he was attacked, “As he is an enemy of you, even so he is an enemy to the Sun; I the Sun, will know [= “protect”] only you, Alaksandus” (see H. B. Huffmon, “The Treaty Background of Hebrew YADA`,” BASOR 181 (1966): 31-37; idem, “A Further Note on the Treaty Background of Hebrew YADA`,” BASOR 184 (1966): 36-38.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":35319,"verse_id":"NAM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “those who trust in him” (NIV); NAB “those who have recourse to him.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A7/6"}
{"id":35320,"verse_id":"NAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Some scholars connect “in an overwhelming flood” ( וּבְשֶׁטֶף עֹבֵר , uvÿshetef ’ over ) with the preceding line: “he protects those who trust him in an overwhelming flood.” However, others connect it with the following line: “But with an overwhelming flood he will make a complete end of its [Nineveh’s] site.” D. T. Tsumura (“Janus Parallelism in Nah 1:8 ,” JBL 102 [1983]: 109-11) suggests that it does double duty and should be read with both lines: “he knows those who trust him in an overwhelming flood, / but with an overwhelming flood he will make a complete end of its [Nineveh’s] site.” Connecting it with the preceding line creates a tight parallelism and a balanced 5+5 metrical count. Connecting it with the following line harmonizes with Nah 2:9 [8], which describes the walls of Nineveh being destroyed by flood waters, and with historical evidence (Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca Historica , 2.27.1-3; Xenophon, Anabasis , 3.4.12) and modern archaeological evidence (A. T. Olmstead, History of Assyria , 637). This might be an example of intentional ambiguity: God will protect his people from the very calamity that he will use to destroy his enemies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35321,"verse_id":"NAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “her place.” Alternately, some ancient versions read “his adversaries.” The MT reads מְקוֹמָהּ ( mÿqomah , “her place”). This is supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls ( מקומה , “her place,” found in 4QpNah) and Symmachus ( τῆς τόποῦ αὐτοῦ , th\" topou autou , “her place”). The reading of the LXX ( τούς ἐπεγειρουμένους , tou\" epegeiroumenou\" , “those who rise up [against Him]”) and Aquila ( ἀντισταμενω ¡ ν , antistamenw>n , “adversaries”) reflect מְקּוֹמיהוּ or מְקִימיהוּ or מְקִּמָיו (“his adversaries”), also reflected in the Vulgate and Targum. Some scholars suggest emending the MT in the light of the LXX to create a tight parallelism between “his adversaries” ( מקומיו ) and “his enemies” ( וְאֹיְבָיו , vÿ ’ oyÿvayv ) which is a parallel word pair elsewhere ( Deut 28:7 ; 2 Sam 22:40-41, 49 ; Mic 7:6 ; Ps 59:2 ). Likewise, Tsumura suggests emending the MT because the text, as it stands, does not have a clear parallel word for “his enemies” ( וְאֹיְבָיו ) – emending the MT’s מְקוֹמָהּ (“her place”) to מקומיו (“his adversaries”) would result in a parallel word (D. T. Tsumura, “Janus Parallelism in Nah 1:8 ,” JBL 102 [1983]: 109-11). The BHS editors propose emending the MT in favor of the Greek tradition. The English versions reflect both textual traditions – several follow the MT with “her place” and “its site” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NKJV, NJPS), while others adopt the LXX reading and emend the Hebrew, resulting in “his adversaries” (NRSV) or “those who defy him” (NJB). The MT makes sense as it stands, but the proposed emendation is attractive and involves only the common confusion between ה and יו .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":35322,"verse_id":"NAM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"The BHS editors propose emending the Masoretic reading יְרַדֶּף ( yÿraddef , Piel imperfect of רָדַּף [ raddaf ], “to chase”) to יֶהְדֹּף ( yekhdof , Qal imperfect of הָדַף [ hadaf ], “to thrust away, drive away”). Although הָדַף is used with חֹשֶׁךְ ( khoshekh , “darkness”) in Job 18:18 (“he is driven from light into darkness”), the MT makes good sense as it stands, and is supported by the versions. The conjectural emendation has no support and is unnecessary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":35323,"verse_id":"NAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Alternately, “Why are you plotting?” or “What are you plotting?” The term מַה ( mah ) ordinarily functions as the interrogative pronoun “what?” ( HALOT 550-51 s.v.; BDB 552-53 s.v.). It is often used in reproachful, ridiculing questions and in accusations with an insinuation of blame, reproach, or contempt; see Gen 4:10; 37:10; 44:15 ; Josh 22:16 ; Judg 8:1; 15:11; 20:12 ; 1 Sam 29:3 ; 2 Sam 9:8 ; 1 Kgs 9:13 ; 2 Kgs 9:22; 18:19 ). It is more disparaging than מִי ( mi ; HALOT 551 s.v. מַה ). The LXX translates it with the interrogative pronoun τί (“what?”). R. L. Smith ( Micah-Malachi [WBC], 76) takes it as the indefinite pronoun “whatever” (see also BDB 553 s.v. מָה 3; GKC 443-44 §137. c ; Num 23:3 ; 1 Sam 19:3; 20:10 ; 2 Sam 18:22-23, 29 ; Job 13:13 ; Prov 25:8 ). W. A. Maier ( Nahum , 186) takes it as the interrogative adverb “why?” (see also BDB 553 s.v. מָה 2.b; Gen 3:13; 12:18; 26:10 ; Exod 14:15; 17:2 ; 2 Kgs 6:33; 7:3 ; Pss 42:6, 12; 43:5; 52:3 ; Job 7:21; 15:12 ; Song 8:4 ). All three are represented in English versions: “What?” (KJV, NKJV), “Why?” (NRSV, NJPS), and “Whatever” (NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":35324,"verse_id":"NAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Less likely, “[What are you] thinking about.” When used with אֶל (’ el ) the verb חָשַׁב ( khashav ) may be taken (1) in a hostile sense: “What are you plotting against the Lord ?” or (2) in a nonhostile sense: “What are you thinking about the Lord ?” The hostile sense is clearly intended when it is used in collocation with the direct object רָעָה ( ra ’ ah , “evil”; Zech 7:10; 8:17 ; Pss 35:4; 140:3 ; Prov 16:9 ) or when it is followed by the preposition עַל (’ al ; Gen 50:20 ; 2 Sam 14:13 ; Jer 11:19; 18:11, 18; 29:11; 48:2; 49:30 ; Mic 2:3 ; Nah 1:11 ; Pss 36:5 ; Esth 8:3; 9:24, 25 ; Dan 11:25 ). It is also used in a hostile sense when followed by the preposition אֶל , as it is here ( Jer 49:20; 50:45 ; Hos 7:15 ; Nah 1:9 ). The major lexicons classify this usage in a hostile sense (BDB 363 s.v. חָשַׁב ; HALOT 360 s.v. חשׁב ). The verb is repeated in Nah 1:11 where it is clearly used in a hostile sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":35325,"verse_id":"NAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “The Lord will completely foil whatever you plot against him”; or “Whatever you may think about the Lord , he [always] brings everything to a conclusion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":35326,"verse_id":"NAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"The MT reads צָרָה ( tsarah , “distress”). This is supported by the LXX. However, the BHS editors propose emending the MT’s צָרָה (“distress”) to צָרָיו ( tsarayv , “his adversaries”). Several English versions follow course (NRSV, NJPS); however, the majority of English versions follow the traditional MT reading (KJV, NASB, NIV, NKJV). The term “distress” ( צָרָה , tsarah ) is repeated from v. 7 : God will not only protect his people in time of “distress” ( צָרָה ) from the Assyrians (v. 7 ), he will put an end to “distress” ( צָרָה ) by destroying the Assyrians (v. 9 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":35327,"verse_id":"NAM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.9","text":"The originally unvocalized consonantal form תקום is vocalized in the MT as תָקוּם ( taqum , “will arise”) from קוּם ( qum , “to arise”). However, the LXX reflects a vocalization of תִקּוֹם ( tiqom , “will take vengeance”) from נָקַם ( naqam , “to avenge”). The Masoretic vocalization makes sense and should be retained. The LXX vocalization probably arose under the influence of the three-fold repetition of נקם in Nah 1:2 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A9/5"}
{"id":35328,"verse_id":"NAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The verb אֻכְּלוּ (’ ukkÿlu , “they will be consumed”) is an example of the old Qal passive perfect 3rd person common plural which was erroneously pointed by the Masoretes as Pual perfect 3rd person common plural. The Qal passive of אָכַל (’ akhal ) occurs several times in the Hebrew Bible, pointed as Pual (e.g., Exod 3:2 ; Neh 2:3, 13 ; Isa 1:20 ; Nah 1:10 ). For further discussion on the old Qal passive see H. L. Ginsberg, “Studies on the Biblical Hebrew Verb: Masoretically Misconstrued Internal Passives,” AJSL 46 (1929): 53-56; R. J. Williams, “The Passive Qal Theme in Hebrew,” Essays on the Ancient Semitic World , 43-50; Joüon 1:166-67 §58.a; IBHS 373-76 §22.6 (see especially n. 36 on p. 375).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":35329,"verse_id":"NAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"The particle עַד (’ ad ) is taken as a comparative of degree (“like”) by many lexicographers (BDB 724 s.v. I.3; HALOT 787 s.v. 5 ), English versions (NASB, NRSV, NJPS), and scholars (W. A. Maier, Nahum , 192; R. L. Smith, Micah-Malachi [WBC], 76; R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah [WEC], 42). Although the comparative sense is rare ( 1 Sam 11:15 ; 2 Sam 23:19 ; 2 Kgs 24:20 ; 1 Chr 4:27 ), it is suggested by the similes in v. 10 (see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 57, §312). The comparative sense is reflected in the Greek versions of Symmachus, Aquila, and Theodotion. Although Origen took עַד in its more common spatial sense (“up to”), his approach can be dismissed because he misunderstood the entire line: ὅτι ἕως θεμελίου αὐτοῦ ξερσωθήσεται ( Joti Jew\" qemeliou autou xerswqhsetai , “up to his foundation he shall be laid bare”). The KJV takes עַד in its rare temporal sense (“while”; see BDB 725 s.v. II.2). T. Longman suggests a locative sense: “by the entangled thorns they are like drunkards stinking of drink” (“Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:794, 796; see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 56-57, §310). Because of its difficulty, several scholars have resorted to conjectural emendations of the MT: (1) K. J. Cathcart ( Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 61) suggests emending the MT’s עַד to the temporal particle עוֹד (’ od , “again”); (2) The BHS editors suggest emending the MT’s כִּי עַד ( ki ’ ad ) to הוֹי עִיר ( hoy ’ ir , “woe to the city!”) which appears in Nah 3:1 ; (3) The BHS editors suggest the alternate conjectural emendation of יִבְעֲרוּ כְ ( yiv ’ aru kÿ , “they will burn like …”); (4) H. Junker ( Die zwolf kleinen Propheten , 175) suggests emending כִּי עַד ( ki ’ ad ) to כְּיַעַד ( kÿya ’ ad , “like a forest”). Although the Masoretic reading is difficult, it is more plausible than any conjectural emendation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":35330,"verse_id":"NAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"The MT reading וּכְסָבְאָם סְבוּאִים ( ukhÿsav ’ am sÿvu ’ im , “and like the drink of drunkards”) is supported by Symmachus (“and as those drinking their drink with one another”) who is known for his wooden literalness to the Hebrew text, and by Vulgate which reads et sicut vino suo inebriati . K. J. Cathcart revocalizes as וּכְסֹבְאִים סְבֻאִים ( ukhÿsovÿ ’ im sÿvu ’ im , “and like drunkards sodden with drink”; Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 61). Haldar equates Hebrew סָבָא ( sava ’) with Ugaritic sp ’ (“eat”) due to an interchange between ב ( bet ) and פ ( pe ), and produces “and as they consume a consuming” (A. Haldar, Studies in the Book of Nahum , 32). Barr argues that the mem ( מ ) on MT וּכְסָבְאָם ( ukhÿsov ’ am ) is enclitic, and he translates the line as “and as the drunken are getting drunk” (J. Barr, Comparative Philology , 33). tn The MT’s וּכְסָבְאָם is a noun with masculine plural suffix from סֹבֶא ( sove ’, “drink, liquor”), meaning “their drink, liquor” (e.g., Hos 4:18 ). This is supported by Symmachus (“their drink”) and is reflected in the Syriac (“in their drink”). The Masoretic סְבוּאִים ( sÿvu ’ im ) is the passive participle from סָבָא ( sava ’, “to drink,” BDB 684-85 s.v. סָבָא ). This produces “and like their liquor/drink being drunken.” This makes good sense with the following line in which אֻכְּלוּ (’ ukkÿlu , “they will be consumed”) appears. The verb אֻכְּלוּ is frequently used in comparisons of consuming liquor and being consumed like chaff.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":35331,"verse_id":"NAM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"The BHS editors propose emending the MT’s מָלֵא ( male ’, “fully”) to the negative interrogative הֲלֹא ( halo ’, “Has not…?”) and connecting it with the next line: “Has not one plotting evil marched out from you?” However, this emendation is unnecessary because the MT makes sense as it stands, and there is no textual support for the emendation. The MT is supported by the Greek tradition, the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah), and the other versions. tn Or “They will be fully consumed like dried stubble.” The term מָלֵא (“fully”) functions either as: (1) an adjective modifying כְּקַשׁ יָבֵשׁ ( kÿqash yavesh , “like fully dried stubble”) or (2) an adverb modifying אֻכְּלוּ (’ ukkÿlu , “they will be fully consumed”); see BDB 571 s.v. מָלֵא . The adverbial sense is rare, appearing elsewhere only in Jer 12:6 ; thus, the adjectival sense is more probable. The Hebrew word order also suggests the adjectival sense because מָלֵא follows כְּקַשׁ יָבֵשׁ ( kÿqash yavesh ) rather than אֻכְּלוּ .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":35332,"verse_id":"NAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The words “O Nineveh” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity. The preceding pronoun is feminine singular, indicating the personified city is in view. See 2:1 ( 2:2 HT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":35333,"verse_id":"NAM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “a counselor of wickedness”; NASB “a wicked counselor”; NAB “the scoundrel planner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":35334,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The syntax of this line is complicated and difficult to translate. The first clause is the concessive protasis of a real condition, while the second is the logical apodosis of a comparative clause. This creates an a fortiori argument: “Even though they are strong and likewise many, so much more will they be cut down and pass away!” The first use of the particle וְכֵן ( vÿkhen , “Even though”) introduces a concessive or conditional protasis of a present-time or immediate future-time real condition (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 87, §515; IBHS 636-37 §38.2). The second use of the particle וְכֵן (“so much more…”) introduces the apodosis of a logical resultative clause (see IBHS 641-42 §38.5).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35335,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “are strong” (cf. NCV); or “are at full strength” (NAB, NRSV); or “are intact.” Alternately, “Even though they have allies” (cf. NIV, NLT). The Hebrew noun שְׁלֵמִים ( shÿlemim , from שָׁלֵם [ shalem ]) means “complete, healthy, sound, safe, intact, peaceful” (BDB 1023-24 s.v. שָׁלֵם ; HALOT 1538-1539 s.v. שָׁלֵם ). It can connote “full strength” or “full number” of an object ( Gen 15:16 ; Deut 25:15 ; Prov 11:1 ; Amos 1:6, 9 ). Most commentators view this as a reference to the strength or numbers of the Assyrian army: “strong” (R. L. Smith, Micah-Malachi [WBC], 77-78), “full strength” (NASB, NRSV) or “intact” (T. Longman, “Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:798). On the other hand, NIV and NLT follow the lead of Wiseman who points out that שְׁלֵמִים can refer to military allies: “Even though they will have allies and so be all the more numerous” (D. J. Wiseman, “Is It Peace? Covenant and Diplomacy,” VT 32 [1982]: 311-26). Nahum refers to the allies of the Assyrians elsewhere ( Nah 3:15-17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":35336,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"The particle וְכֵן ( vÿkhen , “and moreover”) functions as an emphatic comparative adverb of degree (BDB 486 s.v. כֵּן ; IBHS 663, 665-67 §39.3.4). It draws a comparison between שְׁלֵמִים ( shÿlemim , “strong”) and רַבִּים ( rabbim , “many”) but goes one step further for emphasis. This creates an “A, what is more B!” parallelism: “They are strong – what is more – they are many!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":35337,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"The MT reads אִם־שְׁלֵמִים וְכֵן רַבִּים (’ im-shÿlemim vÿkhen rabbim , “Even though they are strong and numerous”). The complicated syntax of this line led to textual confusion and several textual variants among the versions. For example, the LXX’s κατάρξων ὑδάτων πολλῶν ( katarxwn Judatwn pollwn , “ruler of many waters”) reflects מֹשֵׁל מַיִם רַבִּים ( moshel mayim rabbim , “ruler of many waters”) which redivides the words, and omits the letter א ( aleph ) and the word וְכֵן ( vÿkhen ). Similarly, the Syriac reflects אֶל מֹשְׁלֵי מַיִם רַבִּים (’ el mosÿle rabbim , “to the rulers of many waters”). The MT is the most difficult reading and therefore best explains the origin of these textual variants. Moreover, the LXX of Nahum is well-known for its unusual mistranslations of the Hebrew text of Nahum. The LXX butchers v. 12 in several other places (see below). All major English versions follow the MT here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":35338,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.12","text":"The particle וְכֵן ( vÿkhen , “so much more…”) introduces the apodosis of a logical resultative clause ( IBHS 641-42 §38.5). It emphasizes that the action described in the apodosis will occur almost immediately (e.g., 1 Kgs 20:40 ; Ps 48:6 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/6"}
{"id":35339,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"1.12","text":"In v. 12 the MT preserves a string of plural forms followed by a seemingly anomalous singular form: וְעָבָר … נָגֹזּוּ … רַבִּים … שְׁלֵמִים ( shÿlemim … rabbim … nagozzu … vÿ ’ avar , “Even though they are numerous…they are many…they will be cut off…and he [?] will pass away”). Several other versions (LXX, Syr, Targum) read the plural form וְעָבָרוּ ( vÿ ’ avaru , “and they will pass away”). Several scholars emend the MT to the plural form, noting that the next word ( וְעִנִּתִךְ , vÿ ’ innitikh ) begins with vav ( ו ); they suggest that the plural ending of וְעָבָרוּ dropped out due to haplography or faulty word division (e.g., T. Longman, “Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:798). Another scholar retains the consonantal text, but repoints the form as an infinitive absolute: “They will be cut off, passing away” (K. J. Cathcart). On the other hand, more conservative scholars defend the MT reading and try to solve the problem by suggesting a shift from a plural referent (the Assyrians) to a singular referent (God or the Assyrian king): “They shall be cut down, when he passes through” (KJV) and “They will be cut off and he will pass over” (R. L. Smith, Micah-Malachi [WBC], 77). Still others suggest that the singular form functions as a collective: “They will be cut off and [they] will pass away” (W. A. Maier, Nahum , 206; K&D 27:15). However, rather than resorting to textual emendations or performing syntactical improbabilities, the best solution may be simply to posit the presence of a rhetorical, stylistic device. The shift from these plural forms to the concluding singular form may be an example of heterosis of the plural to the singular (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 525 [4.5]). This is a common poetic device used for emphasis, especially at the climactic point in a speech (e.g., Gen 29:27 ; Num 22:6; 32:25 ; Job 12:7; 18:2 ; Esth 9:23 ; Ps 73:7 ; Prov 14:1, 9 ; John 3:11 ; 1 Tim 2:15 ). tn Or “pass away.” The term עָבַר (’ avar , “to pass through”) is a key word in ; it occurs three times ( Nah 1:8, 12, 15 [ 2:1 HT]). This verb is often used in reference to water, both the raging onset of flood waters ( Nah 1:8 ) and the passive trickling or dwindling away of receding waters ( Job 6:15; 11:16 ). sn The phrase trickle away is an example of a hypocatastasis (implied comparison); Nahum compares the destruction of the mighty Assyrians with the trickling away of once high waters. This imagery has strong rhetorical impact because the Assyrians often boasted that they overwhelmed their enemies like a flood. It is ironic then that they would soon dwindle away to a mere trickle! This is also an appropriate image in the light of the historical destruction of Nineveh through the use of flood waters, as predicted by the prophet ( Nah 2:7-9 ) and recorded by ancient historians (Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca Historica 2.26-27; Xenophon, Anabasis 3.4.12; also see P. Haupt, “Xenophon’s Account of the Fall of Nineveh,” JAOS 28 [1907]: 99-107).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/8"}
{"id":35340,"verse_id":"NAM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.12","text":"The terms אֲעַנֵּךְ (’ a ’ annekh , “I will [no longer] afflict you”) and וְעִנִּתִךְ ( vÿ ’ innitikh , “I afflicted you”) are both derived from the root II עָנָה (’ anah , “to afflict”). The LXX mistakenly confused this with the more common root I עָנָה (“to answer, respond”). Although it mistranslated the roots, the LXX reflects the same consonantal text as the MT: וְעִנִּתִךְ לֹא אֲעַנֵּךְ ( vÿ ’ innitikh lo ’ ’ a ’ annekh , “Although I have afflicted you, I will afflict you no longer”). Some modern English versions supply various terms not in the Hebrew text to indicate the addressee: NIV “O Judah”; NLT “O my people.” Judah is specifically addressed in 1:15 ( 2:1 HT) and the feminine singular is used there, just as it is in 1:12 .","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A12/9"}
{"id":35341,"verse_id":"NAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The particle וְעַתָּה ( vÿ ’ attah , “And now”) often introduces a transition in a prophetic oracle ( HALOT 902 s.v. 3 .a). It often draws a contrast between a past condition (as described in v. 12 ) and what will happen in the immediate future (as described in v. 13 ; see, e.g., Gen 11:6 ; 2 Sam 2:6 ; 2 Kgs 12:8 ). See H. A. Brongers, “Bemerkungen zum Gebrauch des adverbialen we ’ attah im Alten Testament,” VT 15 (1965): 289-99.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":35342,"verse_id":"NAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Assyria) has been supplied from context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":35343,"verse_id":"NAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"The BHS editors propose revocalizing the MT מֹטֵהוּ ( motehu , “his yoke bar”) to מַטַּהַוּ ( mattahu , “his scepter”). The threat of breaking an enemy’s scepter was a common ancient Near Eastern treaty curse (see D. Hillers, Treaty-Curses and the Old Testament Prophets [BibOr], 61). This proposed revocalization has no external support. The MT is supported by the use of the parallel word pair מוֹטָה / מוֹסֵר ( motah , “scepter” /moser , “bonds”) elsewhere ( Jer 27:2 ). The term מוֹטָה is never used in parallelism with מוֹסֵר elsewhere. sn The terms yoke bar and shackles are figures of speech (hypocatastasis) for Assyrian subjugation of Judah. The imagery of the yoke bar draws an implied comparison between the yoking of a beast of burden to the subjugation of a nation under a foreign power, i.e., vassaldom ( Lev 26:13 ; Jer 27:2; 28:14 ; Ezek 30:18; 34:27 ). This imagery also alludes to the Assyrian use of “yoke” imagery to describe their subjugation of foreign nations to the status of vassal. When describing their subjugation of nations, Assyrian rulers frequently spoke of causing them to “pull my yoke.” Sennacherib subjugated Judah to the Assyrian “yoke” in 701 b.c. when he invaded Judah and forced Hezekiah into a position of Assyrian vassal: “I laid waste the large district of Judah and put the straps of my yoke upon Hezekiah, its king” (“Sennacherib: The Siege of Jerusalem,” lines 13-15, in ANET 288).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":35344,"verse_id":"NAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “from you”; the word “neck” is supplied in the translation as a clarification for the modern reader who may be less familiar with the imagery of a yoke around the neck of farm animals or draft animals. sn The statement I will break Assyria’s yoke bar from your neck draws an implied comparison (hypocatastasis) between breaking a plowing yoke off the neck of a farming animal and freeing a vassal from the tyranny of an oppressive suzerain through military conquest ( Lev 26:13 ; Isa 58:6 ; Jer 30:8 ; Ezek 30:18; 34:27 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":35345,"verse_id":"NAM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “your shackles.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A13/6"}
{"id":35346,"verse_id":"NAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “has commanded concerning you.” The referent of the 2nd person masculine singular suffix (“you”) probably refers to the Assyrian king (cf. 3:18-19 ) rather than to the personified city of Nineveh (so NIV). Elsewhere in the book of Nahum, the city of Nineveh is referred to by the feminine rather than masculine gender. Some modern English versions supply terms not in the Hebrew text to indicate the addressee more clearly: NIV “Nineveh”; NLT “the Assyrians in Nineveh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35347,"verse_id":"NAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “from your name there will no longer be sown.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":35348,"verse_id":"NAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The MT reading אָשִׂים קִבְרֶךָ (’ asim qivrekha , “I will make your grave”) is usually understood as a figure of speech (metonymy of effect) meaning that the Lord will destroy/execute the Assyrian king. On the other hand, the Targum and Syriac treat this as a double-accusative construction – the implied second object of אָשִׂים being מִבֵּית אֱלֹהֶיךָ ( mibbet ’ elohekha , “the house [i.e., “temple”] of your gods”): “I will make it [the house (i.e., temple) of your gods] your grave.” Cathcart suggests revocalizing the MT אָשִׂים to a Hiphil imperfect אָשִׁיִם (’ ashiyim ) from שָׁמֵם ( shamem , “to devastate”): “I will devastate your grave.” Cathcart notes that the destruction of one’s grave, like the threat of no burial, was a common ancient Near Eastern treaty-curse: “Tombs, especially royal tombs, were often protected by curses directed against persons who might violate and desecrate them, and the very curse kings used to have inscribed on their tombs were precisely the curse of no progeny and no resting-place” (K. J. Cathcart, “Treaty-Curses and the Book of Nahum,” CBQ 35 [1973]: 180-81). This might reflect the background of the ancient Near Eastern kudurru curses which were made against those who might devastate a royal grave and which were put into effect by the gods of the king (see F. C. Fensham, “Common Trends in Curses of the Near Eastern Treaties and Kudurru-Inscriptions Compared with Maledictions of Amos and Isaiah,” ZAW 75 [1963]: 157-59). Despite the fact the king’s grave was allegedly protected by the Assyrian gods, the Lord would nevertheless successfully destroy it, and it would be the Assyrian king who would receive the curse. This approach respects the traditional consonantal text and only involves the revocalization of the MT’s שׂ ( sin ) to שׁ ( shin ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":35349,"verse_id":"NAM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"The Hebrew verb קַלֹּוֹתָ ( qallota ) is usually rendered “you are despised” (e.g., Gen 16:4-5 ; 1 Sam 2:30 ). However, it is possible that the Hebrew root קָלַל ( qalal ) is related to the Assyrian term qalu “accursed” (W. von Soden, “Hebraische Wortforschung,” VTSup 16 [1967]: 295).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":35350,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “the feet of a herald.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":35351,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “a messenger of peace.” The Hebrew noun translated “peace” is sometimes used in reference to deliverance or freedom from enemy attack or destruction (e.g., Jer 4:10; 6:14; 8:11; 12:5; 28:9; 29:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":35352,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"1.15","text":"The LXX reflects the plural יוֹסִיפוּ ( yosifu , “they shall [never]”). The MT reads the singular יוֹסִיף ( yosif , “he shall [never]”) which is also found in the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah). The subject of the verb is the singular noun בְּלִיַּעַל ( bÿliyya ’ al , “the wicked one”) which is also misunderstood by the LXX (see below).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/5"}
{"id":35353,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"1.15","text":"The MT reads בְּלִיַּעַל ( bÿliyya ’ al , “the wicked one”; so ASV, NASB). The LXX reading εἰς παλαίωσιν ( ei\" palaiwsin , “to old age”) mistakenly derived בְּלִיַּעַל from בָּלָה ( balah , “to become worn”). There are several places in the book of Nahum where the LXX produced poor translations. tn Heb “the wicked one.” This is a collective singular and has been translated as a plural.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/6"}
{"id":35354,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.15","text":"The term “Assyrians” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied from context for clarity. If left unspecified, the prophetic statement could be understood to mean that the wicked [i.e., wicked conquerors in general] would never again invade Judah. Cf. NLT “your enemies from Nineveh.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/7"}
{"id":35355,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “pass through you” (NASB); or “march against you”; NCV “attack you.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/8"}
{"id":35356,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “he.” This is in agreement with the singular “wicked one” in the previous line.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/9"}
{"id":35357,"verse_id":"NAM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “he is completely cut off.”","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%201%3A15/10"}
{"id":35358,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The introductory phrase “The watchmen of Nineveh shout” is not in the Hebrew text, but has been supplied from the context for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":35359,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The MT reads מֵפִיץ ( mefits , “scatterer, disperser”), the Hiphil participle of פּוּץ ( puts , “to scatter, to disperse”; HALOT 755 s.v. פוּץ , but see BDB 807 s.v. מֵפִיץ , which classifies it as a noun). The Vulgate’s qui dispergat (“one who disperses”) and the LXX’s ἐμφυσῶν ( emfuswn , “one who blows hard; one who scatters”) also reflect מֵפִיץ . The BHS editors propose the emendation מַפֵּץ ( mappets , “shatterer, hammerer, war club”; e.g., Jer 51:20 and Prov 25:18 ). This is unnecessary; the text makes sense as it stands and there is no textual support for the emendation. The theme of exile and dispersion is prominent in the book ( Nah 2:7; 3:10-11, 17-18 ). tn Heb “a scatterer.” The Hebrew term מֵפִיץ ( mefits , “scatterer”) is either a collective singular referring to the Babylonian army or a singular of number referring to the Babylonian commander. Singular forms occur elsewhere in the vision of the fall of Nineveh ( 2:1-10 ), used in reference to the Babylonian commander ( Nah 2:3, 5 )","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":35360,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “has come up”; or “has advanced.” Used in reference to an army, the verb עָלָה (’ alah , “to go up”) means “to advance; to march against” ( HALOT 829 s.v. 3 .d; see 1 Sam 7:7 ; 1 Kgs 20:22 ; Isa 7:1; 21:2 ; Jer 46:9 ; Joel 1:6 ; Mic 2:3 ). Appearing in a prophetic vision, the suffix conjugation (perfect tense) form עָלָה can denote a future-time action that is pictured as complete (certain) and independent (not contingent upon other factors). The so-called “prophetic perfect” or “perfect of confidence” vividly expresses a future action that is “as good as done” (cf. Num 24:17 ; Isa 5:13; 8:23-9:1 ). See R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 33, §165; IBHS 489-90 §30.5.1.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":35361,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “against your face”; NASB, NRSV “against you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":35362,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"The Qal infinitive absolute נָצוֹר ( notsar , from נָצַר [ nastar ], “to guard”) is used in an imperatival sense as the following string of imperatives suggests. The imperatival use of the infinitive absolute is often used to introduce a series of imperatives with special urgency (e.g., Deut 1:16 ; 2 Sam 24:12 ; 2 Kgs 5:10 ). See IBHS 593-94 §35.5.1; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 42, §211.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":35363,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"The BHS editors suggest revocalizing the Masoretic noun מְצֻרָה ( mÿtsurah , “rampart”) to the noun מַצָּרָה ( matsarah , “the watchtower”) from the root נָצַר ( natsar , “to watch, guard”). This would create a repetition of the root נָצַר which immediately precedes it: מַצָּרָה נָצוֹר ( natsor matsarah , “Watch the watchtower!”). However, the proposed noun מַצָּרָה (“the watchtower”) appears nowhere in the Hebrew Bible. On the other hand, the Masoretic reading מְצֻרָה (“rampart”) and the related noun מָצוֹר ( matsor , “rampart”) appear often ( Pss 31:22; 60:11 ; Hab 2:1 ; Zech 9:3 ; 2 Chr 8:5; 11:5, 10, 11, 23; 12:4; 14:5, 21:3; 32:10 ). Thus, the Masoretic vocalization should be preserved. The LXX completely misunderstood this line. The LXX reading (“one who delivers out of tribulation”) has probably arisen from a confusion of the MT noun נָצוֹר (“guard”) with the common verb נָצַר (“deliver”). It also reflects a confusion of MT מְצֻרָה (“road, rampart”) with מִצְּרָה ( mitsÿrah , “from distress”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":35364,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Make strong your loins,” an expression which could refer (1) to the practice of tucking the ends of the long cloak (outer garment) into the belt to shorten it in preparation for activities like running, fighting in battle, etc. (cf. NAB, NRSV “gird your loins”); (2) to preparing oneself physically for the onslaught of the enemy (cf. NASB “strengthen your back”); or (3) to a combination of mental and physical preparation for battle (cf. NIV “brace yourselves”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/7"}
{"id":35365,"verse_id":"NAM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “Make [your] strength exceedingly firm.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A1/8"}
{"id":35366,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The Qal perfect שָׁב ( shav , “restore, return”) is an example of the so-called “prophetic perfect.” In this case, the perfect tense does not denote past-time action, but a future-time action that is pictured as complete (certain) and independent (not contingent upon other factors). The so-called “prophetic perfect” or “perfect of confidence” vividly expresses a future action that is deemed “as good as done” ( Num 24:17 ; Isa 5:13; 8:23-9:1 ). See R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 33, §165; IBHS 489-90 §30.5.1. Though the transitive use of the Qal of this verb is problematic, most scholars derive שָׁב from the root שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, to return, to restore”). However, W. A. Maier ( Nahum , 232) contends that שָׁב is derived from I שָׁבַב ( shavav , “to cut off, to destroy, to smite”) which is related to Arabic sabba (“to cut”), Aramaic sibba ’(“splinter”), and New Hebrew. Maier admits that this would be the only occurrence of a verb from I שָׁבָב in the OT; however, he argues that the appearance of the plural noun שְׁבָבִים ( shÿvavim , “splinters”) in Hos 8:6 provides adequate support. There are several problems with Maier’s proposal. First, his support from Arabic, Aramaic (Targum) and New Hebrew is all late. Second, it creates a hapax legomenon (a word that occurs only once in the Hebrew Bible) for a well-known Hebrew word which frequently appears in climactic contexts in prophetic speeches, as here. Third, the root שׁוּב ( shuv , “to turn, to return, to restore”) makes perfectly good sense in this context. The meaning of this usage of שָׁב (from the root שׁוּב ) is debated. The LXX took it in the negative sense “has turned aside.” On the other hand, it is nuanced in a positive, salvific sense by the Vulgate, Targum, and Syriac. The salvific nuance is best for the following reasons: (1) its direct object is גְּאוֹן ( ge ’ on ) which should be understood in the positive sense of “majesty; exaltation; glory” (see following note on the word “majesty”); (2) the motive clause introduced by causative/ explanatory כִּי ( ki , “for”) would make little sense, saying that the reason the Lord was about to destroy Nineveh was because he had turned away the pride of Judah; however, it makes good sense to say that the Lord would destroy Nineveh because he was about to deliver Judah; and (3) a reference to the Lord turning aside from Judah would be out of harmony with the rest of the book.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35367,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The BHS editors propose emending the MT reading גְּאוֹן ( gÿ ’ on , “majesty; pride”) to גֶּפֶן ( gefen , “vineyard”) due to the mention of “their branches” ( וּזְמֹרֵיהֶם , uzÿmorehem ) in the following line (so HALOT 169 s.v. גָּאוֹן [2.b]). However, the LXX supports the MT. tn While גְּאוֹן ( ge ’ on ) sometimes has the negative connotation “pride; arrogance; presumption” ( Isa 13:11, 19; 14:11; 16:6; 23:9 ; Jer 13:9; 48:29 ; Ezek 16:49, 56; 32:12 ; Hos 5:5; 7:10 ; Amos 6:8 ; Zeph 2:10 ; Zech 9:6; 10:11; 11:3 ; Ps 59:13 ; Job 35:12; 40:10 ), it probably has the positive connotation “eminence; majesty; glory” (e.g., as in Exod 15:7 ; Isa 2:10, 19, 21; 4:2; 24:14; 60:15 ; Mic 5:3 ; Ps 47:5 ) in this context (BDB 145 s.v. 1 .a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":35368,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The preposition כְּ ( kaf ) on כִּגְאוֹן ( kig ’ on , “the glory of Israel”) may be comparative (“like the glory of Israel”) or emphatic (“the glory of Jacob, indeed, the glory of Israel”). See J. O’Rourke, “Book Reviews and Short Notes: Review of Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic by Kevin J. Cathcart,” CBQ 36 (1974): 397.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":35369,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “for.” The introductory particle כִּי ( ki ) may be causal (“because”), explanatory (“for”), or concessive (“although”). KJV adopts the causal sense (“For”), while the concessive sense (“Although”) is adopted by NASB, NIV, NJPS, NRSV.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":35370,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “plunderers have plundered them.” The Hebrew root בָּקַק ( baqaq , “to lay waste, to empty”) is repeated for emphasis: בְקָקוּם בֹּקְקִים ( vÿqaqum boqÿqim , “plunderers have plundered them”). Similar repetition of the root בָּקַק occurs in Isa 24:3 : “[The earth] will be completely laid waste” ( הִבּוֹק תִּבּוֹק , hibboq tibboq ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":35371,"verse_id":"NAM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “their vine-branches.” The term “vine-branches” is a figurative expression (synecdoche of part for the whole) representing the agricultural fields as a whole.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A2/6"}
{"id":35372,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The MT reads מְאָדָּם ( mÿ ’ adam , “reddened”) from אָדֹם (’ adom , “red”). The LXX confused the roots אָדָם (“man”) and אָדֹם (“red”): ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ( ex anqrwpwn , “from among men”) which reflects מֵאָדָם ( me ’ adam , “from man”) from אָדָם . tn The Hebrew term מְאָדָּם (“reddened”) from אָדֹם (“red”) refers to clothes made red with dye ( Exod 25:6; 26:14; 35:7, 23; 36:13; 39:34 ) or made red from bloodshed ( Isa 63:2 ). The parallelism between מְאָדָּם (“reddened”) and מְתֻלָּעִים ( mÿtulla ’ im , “clad in scarlet colored clothing”) suggests that the shields were dyed prior to battle, like the scarlet dyed uniforms. Nahum 2:1-10 unfolds the assault in chronological sequence; thus, the spattering of blood on the warrior’s shields would be too early in the account (R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah [WEC], 65). sn As psychological warfare, warriors often wore uniforms colored blood-red, to strike fear into the hearts of their enemy (see Xenophon, Cyropaedia 6.4.1; Ezek 23:5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35373,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The Pual participle מְתֻלָּעִים ( mÿtulla ’ im , “dressed in scarlet”) from תָּלָע ( tala ’, “scarlet”) is used elsewhere of clothing dyed red or purple ( Isa 1:18 ; Lam 4:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":35374,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “the steel.” The Hebrew term פְּלָדוֹת is a hapax legomenon . The corresponding noun פְּלָדָה ( pÿladah ) probably means “metal, steel” (BDB 811 s.v. פְּלָדָה ; HALOT 761 s.v. פְּלָדָה ), and it is probably related to Arabic puladu , Syriac pld ’, and early Persian fulad (all of which mean “steel”). This rendering is followed by NASB, NIV, NRSV. The term פְּלָדוֹת (“steel”) probably refers to the metallic pole attachments for the chariot spears, the side armor of the chariots, or the steel scythes fastened to the axle of a chariot. Xenophon described the army of Cyrus in a similar manner; the side armor of the chariots and the breastplates and thigh-pieces of the chariot-horses were “flashing with bronze” (Xenophon, Cyropaedia 6.4.1). On the other hand, Cathcart connects Hebrew פְּלָדָה to Ugaritic paladu , which means “a garment made of linen hair,” and suggests that פְּלָדוֹת הָרֶכֶב ( pÿladot harekhev ) refers to the coverings, blankets, or caparisons of chariot horses (K. J. Cathcart, Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 88). This demands that הָרֶכֶב be nuanced “chariot horses” – a problem when it means “chariots” in Nah 2:4; 3:2 . tc The MT reads פְּלָדוֹת ( pÿladot , “steel”; see the following tn ). The LXX’s αἱ ἡνιάι ( Jai Jhniai , “the reins”) and Vulgate’s habenai (“reins”) confused פְּלָדוֹת ( pÿladot ) with כְּלָיוֹת ( kÿlayot , “reins, kidneys”). The BHS editors suggest emending the MT’s פְּלָדוֹת ( peladot ) to לַפִּדוֹת ( lappidot , “torches”) to create the simile כְּאֵשׁ לַפִּדוֹת ( kÿ ’ esh lappidot , “like torches of fire” or “like flaming torches”) which is reflected in the Syriac Peshitta and Symmachus (so KJV, RSV, NJPS). The problem with this is that לַפִּיד ( lappid , “torch”) is masculine in gender, so the plural form is not לַפִּדוֹת but לַפִּדִים ( lappidim ) – which appears in Nah 2:4 (BDB 542 s.v. לַפִּיד ; HALOT 533 s.v. לַפִּיד ). Others propose a complete reversal of the consonants to דלפות from the root דָּלַף ( dalaf , “to drip, to trickle, to leak, to weep”) and translate כְּאֵשׁ דְלָפוֹת ( kÿ ’ esh dÿlafot ) as “like flickering fire” (so NEB). Against this proposal is the fact that דָּלָף is usually used in reference to water, but it is never used in reference to fire ( HALOT 223 s.v. דלף ; BDB 196 s.v. דָּלַף ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":35375,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"The collective singular רֶכֶב ( rekhev , “chariot”) refers to all of the chariots in the army as a whole: “chariots; chariotry” (BDB 939 s.v. 1 ; HALOT 891 s.v. 1 ). The singular form rarely refers to a single chariot (BDB 939 s.v. 2 ; HALOT 891 s.v. 3 ). The collective use is indicated by the plural verb “they race back and forth” ( יִתְהוֹלְלוּ , yitholÿlu ) in v. 5 (GKC 462 §145. b ). The term רֶכֶב usually refers to war chariots ( Exod 14:7 ; Josh 11:4; 17:16, 18; 24:6 ; Judg 1:19; 4:3, 7, 13; 5:28 ; 1 Sam 13:5 ; 2 Sam 1:6; 8:4; 10:18 ; 1 Kgs 9:19, 22; 10:26 ; Jer 47:3; 50:37; 51:21 ; Ezek 23:24 ; Nah 2:3, 4, 13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":35376,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “The chariots are…” The preposition בְּ on בְּאֵשׁ ( bÿ ’ esh ) denotes essence: “The chariots are…” (GKC 430 §133. c ; HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ 3). The use of this preposition creates a metaphor, comparing the steel fittings of the chariots to flashes of fire. tc The MT reads the preposition בְּ ( bet , “are [like]”), but several Hebrew mss read the comparative preposition כְּ ( kaf , “like”). This textual variant probably arose due to the visual similarity of the two letters (orthographic confusion) and the relatively rare use of בְּ in metaphors – the comparative preposition כְּ (“like”) is much more common in metaphors. The MT is the more difficult reading and best explains the origin of the variant.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":35377,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.3","text":"Or perhaps “The chariots are [like] flaming torches.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/6"}
{"id":35378,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “on the day of its preparation.” The Hiphil infinitive construct הֲכִינוֹ ( hakhino ; from כּוּן , kun ) means “to prepare, to make ready” ( HALOT 465 s.v. כּוּן ; BDB 466 s.v. כּוּן ). The Hiphil verb is used of preparing weapons and military equipment for the day of battle ( 2 Chr 26:14 ; Ps 7:13 [HT 7:14 ]; 57:6 [HT 57:7 ]). The 3rd person masculine singular suffix (“ its preparation”) is a collective singular, referring to the chariotry as a whole.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/7"}
{"id":35379,"verse_id":"NAM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"2.3","text":"Some scholars adopt the variant reading הַפְּרֹשִׁים ( happÿroshim , “the horses”) and relate הָרְעָלוּ ( hor ’ alu ) to Arabic raàala (“to stand in row and rank”): “the horses stand in row and rank,” that is, at attention. However, it is preferable to retain the MT for the noun, with the verb given its normal Hebrew meaning. tn Heb “the spears quiver”; or “the spears are made to quiver.” Alternately, “the horses quiver” or “the horses shake [with excitement].” The Hophal perfect הָרְעָלוּ ( hor ’ alu , “are made to quiver”) is from רָעַל ( ra ’ al , “to quiver, to shake”) which appears elsewhere only in Hab 2:16 (BDB 947 s.v. רָעַל ; HALOT 900 s.v. II רעל ); the related noun רַעַל (“reeling”) appears only once ( Zech 12:2 ). This Hebrew root is related to the Aramaic רְעַל ( rÿ ’ al , “to quiver, to shake”). The action of the spear-shafts quivering is metonymical (effect for cause) to the action of the spear-shafts being brandished by the warriors. In the translation the words “the soldiers” are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A3/8"}
{"id":35380,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “the chariot.” The Hebrew noun הָרֶכֶב ( harekhev , “the chariot”) is a collective use of the singular, as indicated by the plural verb “[they] race madly” (see GKC 462 §145. b ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":35381,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The Hitpolel imperfect יִתְהוֹלְלוּ ( yitholÿlu , “they rush wildly”) is from the root III הלל (“to be foolish, to be senseless, to be insane”). The Hitpolel stem describes seemingly insane actions: “to pretend to be insane; to act like a madman” ( 1 Sam 21:14 ; Jer 25:16; 50:38; 51:7 ; see HALOT 249 s.v. III הלל ). When used in military contexts, it describes the wild, furious action of war-chariots charging forward to attack the enemy ( Jer 46:9 ). The Hitpolel stem is the equivalent to the Hitpael stem for geminate verbs (see IBHS 425-26 §26.1.1). The Hitpolel stem expresses energetic, intense, and rapid action; it gives special energy and movement to the verbal idea (J. Muilenburg, “Hebrew Rhetoric: Repetition and Style,” VTSup 1 [1953]: 101).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":35382,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"The Hitpalpel imperfect יִשְׁתַּקְשְׁקוּן ( yishtaqshÿqun , “they rush back and forth”; see GKC 153 §55. g ) is from שָׁקַק ( shaqaq , “to rush upon; to rush forth”); cf. Prov 28:15 ; Isa 33:4 ; Joel 2:9 ( HALOT 1009 s.v. I שׁקק ). The Hitpalpel is the Hitpael stem for geminate verbs ( IBHS 425-26 §26.1.1). The Hitpalpel stem gives special energy and movement to the verbal idea; it connotes intense, furious, and energetic action (e.g., Deut 9:20 ; Jer 5:22 ; see J. Muilenburg, “Hebrew Rhetoric: Repetition and Style,” VTSup 1 [1953]: 101). The nun ending on יִשְׁתַּקְשְׁקוּן may denote additional energy and emphasis (see IBHS 516-17 §31.7.1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":35383,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Their appearance is like.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":35384,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “like torches.” The Hebrew term לַפִּיד ( lappid ) often means “torch, flame” ( Gen 15:17 ; Judg 7:16, 20; 15:4, 5 ; Isa 62:1 ; Ezek 1:13 ; Zech 12:6 ; Dan 10:6 ), but sometimes refers to “lightning bolts” ( Exod 20:18 ; Job 12:5 ; see HALOT 533 s.v. לַפִּיד ; BDB 542 s.v. לַפִּיד ). Most English versions render this usage as “torches” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NJPS). However, the parallelism with כַּבְּרָקִים ( kabbÿraqim , “like lightning flashes”) suggests that in this context כַּלַּפִּידִם ( kalappidim ) may be nuanced “like lightning bolts.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":35385,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “they flash here and there.” The Polel imperfect יְרוֹצֵצוּ ( yirotsetsu , “they dash here and there”) is from the root רוּץ ( ruts ) which means “to run quickly” in reference to men ( Gen 18:2 ; 2 Kgs 23:12 ; Prov 4:12 ) and “to gallop” in reference to horsemen ( Joel 2:14 ). The Hiphil stem denotes “to drive off with haste” ( Jer 49:19; 50:44 ). The Polel stem, which is used here, means “to race about swiftly; to flash by speedily; to run to and fro” ( HALOT 1208 s.v. רוץ ; BDB 930 s.v. רוּץ ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/6"}
{"id":35386,"verse_id":"NAM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.4","text":"Or simply, “like lightning.” The term “lightning flash” ( בָּרָק , baraq ) is often used to compare the brightness of an object to the flash of lightning: the glory of Yahweh ( Ezek 1:13 ), the splendor of an angel ( Dan 10:6 ), the glitter of swords ( Deut 32:41 ; Ezek 21:15 ; Nah 3:3 ; Hab 3:11 ), and the gleam of arrowheads ( Job 20:25 ). It is also used as a figure (hypocatastasis) for speed, such as the swift destruction of an enemy ( Zech 9:14 ). Perhaps both images are suggested here: the bright glitter of the chariots ( v. 4 b) and the speed of the chariots as suggested by the verb “they dash here and there” ( יְרוֹצֵצוּ , yÿrotsetsu , v. 5 b).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A4/7"}
{"id":35387,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “ he”; the referent (the commander) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":35388,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The MT reads the Qal imperfect 3rd person masculine singular יִזְכֹּר ( yizkor , “he commands”) from II זָכַּר ( zakkar , “to command”); see above. The rarity of this homonymic root in Hebrew has led to textual variants and several proposed emendations. The LXX misunderstood זָכַּר and the syntax of the line: καὶ μνησθνήσονται οἱ μεγιστα ¡ τες ( mnhsqnhsontai Joi megista>te\" , “And their mighty men will be remembered”; or “will remember themselves”). The LXX reflects the Niphal imperfect 3rd person common plural יִזָּכְרוּ ( yizzakhru , “they will be remembered”). The BHS editors suggest emending to יִזָּכְרוּ on the basis of the LXX. The BHK editors proposed emending to pilpel imperfect 3rd person common plural יְכַרְכְרוּ ( yÿkharkhÿru , “they prance, they whirl”) from II כָּרַר ( karar , “to dance”). None of the emendations are necessary once the existence of the homonym II זָכַּר (“to order”) is recognized. tn The Hebrew verb II זָכַּר is related to Akkadian zakartu (“to give an order”; see CAD 2:17). This is distinct from the more common root zakar I (“to remember”) which is related to Akkadian zakaru . The English versions are split between the two roots: “he commands” (NJPS) and “he summons” (NIV) versus “he recounts” (KJV), “he remembers” (NASB), and “he calls” (NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":35389,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"The MT reads the Niphal imperfect 3rd person masculine plural יִכָּשְׁלוּ ( yikoshlu , “they stumble”) from the root כָּשַׁל ( kashal , “stumble”). G. R. Driver argues that the MT makes little sense in the portrayal of a successful assault; the motif of stumbling warriors usually connotes defeat ( Isa 5:27 ; Jer 46:6 ). Driver argues that MT’s יִכָּשְׁלוּ (“they stumble”) arose from metathesis (reversal of consonants) from an original יִשָּׁלְכוּ ( yishalkhu , Niphal from שָׁלַךְ [ shalakh , “to cast forth”]) which also appears in 2 Kgs 13:24-25, 28 (“hurled himself,” i.e., rushed headlong). Driver suggests that this is related to Arabic s alaka VII (“to rush in”). He notes that the emendation would produce a tighter parallelism with the following noun: יְמַהֲרוּ ( yÿmaharu , “they hasten”). See G. R. Driver, “Linguistic and Textual Problems: Minor Prophets II,” JTS 39 (1938): 270. On the other hand, Armerding argues that the anomalous MT reading יִכָּשְׁלוּ (“they stumble”) can be explained without recourse to textual emendation. The stumbling of the attacking army is caused, not by their weakness, but by the corpses of the Assyrians strewn in their path which obstructs their advance. Armerding suggests that this motif appears in Nah 3:3 (C. E. Armerding, “Nahum,” EBC 7:475). tn Alternately, “they rush forward.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":35390,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “in their trenches”; or “in their columns”; Heb “ in their advance”; or “in their march.” The noun הֲלִיכָה ( halikhah , “procession, journey”) is nuanced “march; advance” in a military context (BDB 237 s.v. 1 .a; HALOT 246 s.v. 1 .a). Similarly, the related verb הָלַךְ ( halakh ) means “to march, to advance” in battle contexts ( Judg 1:10 ; Hab 1:6 ). This is related to the Assyrian noun alaktu (“to advance”) which is often used of military advances ( CAD 1.1.299). The related Assyrian noun aliktu means “detachment of soldiers” ( CAD 1.1.346). HALOT suggests that הֲלִיכָה is related to an Assyrian noun which is a technical military term: “trenches, columns” ( HALOT 246 s.v. * הֲלִיכָה ). This line could be rendered, “They stumble in their trenches” or “They stumble in their columns.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":35391,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “ to her wall,” referring to Nineveh. tc The MT reads הוֹמָתָהּ ( homatah , “her wall”). On the other hand, several Hebrew mss , Targum Jonathan, and the Syriac Peshitta omit the mappiq and preserve an alternate textual tradition of the directive - he ending: הוֹמָתָה (“to the wall”). The directive sense is seen in the LXX. Although the MT lacks the directive - he ( ה ) ending, it is possible that the MT’s הוֹמָתָהּ functions as an adverbial accusative of direction meaning “ to her wall.” The adverbial accusative of direction often occurs after verbs of motion (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 13-14, §54; IBHS 169-71 §10.2.2).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":35392,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “the mantelet is prepared.” tc The MT reads the Hophal perfect 3rd person masculine singular וְהֻכַן ( vÿhukhan , “and [it] is prepared”). On the other hand, the LXX reading reflects the Hiphil perfect 3rd person common plural וְהֵכִינּוּ ( vÿhekhinnu , “and they will prepare”). Arguing that the active sense is necessary because the three preceding verbs are all active, K. J. Cathcart ( Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 95) suggests emending to the Hiphil infinitive absolute וְהָכִין ( vÿhakhin , “and [they] prepare”). However, the Masoretic form should be retained because it is the more difficult reading that best explains the origin of the LXX reading. The shift from active to passive verbs is common in Hebrew, marking a cause-result sequence (e.g., Pss 24:7; 69:14 [15]; Jer 31:4 ; Hos 5:5 ). See M. Weinfeld, “The Active-Passive (Factitive-Resultive) Sequence of Identical Verbs in Biblical Hebrew and Ugaritic,” JBL 84 (1965): 272-82.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/6"}
{"id":35393,"verse_id":"NAM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “mantelet.” The Hebrew noun סֹכֵךְ ( sokhekh , “mantelet”) is a military technical term referring to a large movable shelter used as a protective cover for soldiers besieging a fortified city, designed to shield them from the arrows shot down from the city wall ( HALOT 754 s.v.; BDB 697 s.v.). This noun is a hapax legomenon (a word that only occurs once in the Hebrew Bible) and is derived from the verb III סָכַךְ ( sakhakh , “to cover; to protect”; TWOT 2:623-24). K. J. Cathcart ( Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 95) suggests that the translation “mantelet” is supported by the use of the verb III סָכַךְ in Ps 140:7 [8]: “Yahweh, my Lord, my fortress of safety; shelter ( סַכֹּתָּה , sakotah ) my head in the day of arms.” This is reflected in several recent English versions: “wheeled shelters” (NJPS), “protective shield” (NIV), “covering used in a siege” (NASB margin), and “mantelet” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV). Cf. also TEV “the shield for the battering ram.” sn The Hebrew term translated covered siege tower probably does not refer to a battering ram, but to a movable protective tower, used to cover the soldiers and the siege machinery. These are frequently depicted in Neo-Assyrian bas-reliefs, such as the relief of Sennacherib’s siege of Lachish. The Neo-Assyrians used both small, hut-like shelters that could be carried by a few men, as well as larger, tower-like structures rolled on wheels to the top of siege embankments. These mantelets protected the attackers while they built the embankments and undermined the foundations of the city walls to hasten their collapse. Siege towers were equipped with machines designed to hurl stones to smash the fortifications and firebrands to start conflagrations (see A. H. Layard, Nineveh and Its Remains , 2:281-86).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A5/7"}
{"id":35394,"verse_id":"NAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “river dam gates”; NAB, NIV, NRSV, NLT “river gates.” sn Nineveh employed a system of dams and sluice gates to control the waters of the Tebiltu and Khoser Rivers which flowed through the city (R. C. Thompson and R. W. Hutchinson, A Century of Exploration at Nineveh , 120-132). However, the Tebiltu often flooded its banks inside the city, undermining palace foundations and weakening other structures. To reduce this flooding, Sennacherib changed the course of the Tebiltu inside the city. Outside the city, he dammed up the Khoser and created a reservoir, regulating the flow of water into the city through an elaborate system of double sluice gates (D. D. Luckenbill, Ancient Records of Assyria and Babylon , 99-100; J. Reade, “Studies in Assyrian Geography, Part I: Sennacherib and the Waters of Nineveh,” RA 72 [1978]: 47-72; idem, “Studies in Assyrian Geography, Part II: The Northern Canal System,” RA 72 [1978]: 157-80). According to classical tradition (Diodorus and Xenophon), just before Nineveh fell, a succession of very high rainfalls deluged the area. The Khoser River swelled and the reservoir was breached. The waters rushed through the overloaded canal system, breaking a hole twenty stades (about 2.3 miles or 3.7 km) wide in the city wall and flooding the city. When the waters receded, the Babylonians stormed into Nineveh and conquered the city (Diodorus Siculus, Bibliotheca Historica , 2.26-27, especially 27.1-3; Xenophon, Anabasis , 3.4.12; P. Haupt, “Xenophon’s Account of the Fall of Nineveh,” JAOS 28 [1907]: 65-83). This scenario seems to be corroborated by the archaeological evidence (A. T. Olmstead, History of Assyria , 637).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":35395,"verse_id":"NAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “ and the palace melts.” The Niphal perfect נָמוֹג ( namog , “is undulated”) from מוּג ( mug , “to melt, to soften, to dissolve”) is sometimes used of material objects (earth, hills) being softened or eroded by water ( Ps 65:11 ; Amos 9:13 ). Nahum pictures the river banks inside Nineveh overflowing in a torrent, crashing into the royal palace and eroding its limestone slab foundations. sn Ironically, a few decades earlier, Sennacherib engaged in a program of flood control because the Tebiltu River often flooded its banks inside Nineveh and undermined the palace foundations. Sennacherib also had to strengthen the foundations of his palace with “mighty slabs of limestone” so that “its foundation would not be weakened by the flood of high water” (D. D. Luckenbill, Ancient Records of Assyria and Babylon , 99-100). At the time of the fall of Nineveh, the Palace of Ashurbanipal was located on the edge of the sharpest bend of the Khoser River as it flowed through the city; when the Khoser overflowed its banks, the palace foundation was weakened (J. Reade, “Studies in Assyrian Geography, Part I: Sennacherib and the Waters of Nineveh,” RA 72 [1978]: 51).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35396,"verse_id":"NAM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “the palace collapses and crumbles.” The Hophal perfect 3rd person masculine singular וְהֻצַּב ( vÿhutsav ) is from either I נָצַב (“to stand”; HALOT 715 s.v. I נצב ; BDB 662 s.v. נָצַב ) or II נָצַב (“to dissolve, weaken”; HALOT 715 s.v. II נצב ). Many scholars who take וְהֻצַּב from I נָצָב (“to stand”) suggest that the meaning is “it is fixed; it is determined” (BDB 662 s.v. נָצַב ). This is followed by several English versions: “it is decreed” (NIV, NRSV) and “it is fixed” (NASB). This is a rather awkward idea and does not seem to fit the context of the description of the destruction of the palace or the exile of the Ninevites. On the other hand, several scholars suggest that וְהֻצַּב is derived from נָצָב II (“to be weak”; cf. Ps 39:6 ; Zech 11:16 ;) which is related to Arabic nasiba (“to be weak”) or Arabic nasaba (“to suck out, to dissolve”) and Assyrian nasabu (“to suck out”); see W. H. F. Saggs, “Nahum and the Fall of Nineveh,” JTS 20 (1969): 220-21; R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah (WEC), 69-70. As a parallel word to נָמוֹג ( namog , “is deluged” or “melts”), וְהֻצַּב (“is weakened” or “is dissolved”) describes the destructive effect of the flood waters on the limestone foundations of the palace. The verse divisions in the MT place וְהֻצַּב at the beginning of v. 7 ET [v. 8 HT]; however, it probably should be placed at the end of v. 6 ET [v. 7 HT] and connected with the last two words of the line: וְהַהֵיכָל נָמוֹג וְהֻצַּב ( vÿhahekhal namog vÿhutsav , “the palace is deluged and dissolved”; see Patterson, 69-70). This is supported by several factors: (1) the gender of וְהֻצַּב is masculine, while the verbs in v. 7 are feminine: גֻּלְּתָה הֹעֲלָתָה ( gullÿtah ho ’ alatah , “she is led into exile and taken away”); (2) the gender of the final verb in v. 6 is masculine: נָמוֹג (“[the palace] is deluged”); (3) both וְהֻצַּב and נָמוֹג are passive verbs (Niphal and Hophal); (4) both נָמוֹג (“is deluged”) and וְהֻצַּב (“is dissolved/weakened”) are parallel in meaning, describing the effects of flood waters on the limestone foundation of the royal palace; (5) this redivision of the lines produces a balanced 3+3 and 2+2 colon count in these two lines; and (6) this produces a balance of two verbs each in each colon. The meaning of וְהֻצַּב is notoriously difficult. Scholars offer over a dozen different proposals but only the most important are summarized here: (1) Most scholars take וְהֻצַּב as Hophal perfect 3rd person masculine singular with vav ( ו ) conjunction from I נָצַב (“to stand”), meaning “it is fixed; it is determined” (BDB 662 s.v. נָצַב ). This is followed by several English versions: “it is decreed” (NIV, NRSV) and “it is fixed” (NASB). The LXX translation καὶ ἡ ὑπόστασις ( kai Jh Jupostasi\" , “and the foundation”) reflects a reading of וְהֻצַּב with a meaning similar to its use in Gen 28:12 (“a stairway resting on the earth”) or a reading of וְהַמַּצָּב ( vÿhammatsav ) from the noun מַצָּב ( matsav , “place of standing”; cf. BDB 662 s.v. מַצָּב ; HALOT 620 s.v. מַצָּב ). (2) The BHS editors suggest emending to Hophal perfect 3rd person feminine singular וְהֻצְאָה ( vÿhuts ’ ah ) from יָצָא ( yatsa ’, “to go out”), meaning “she is led out into exile” or “she is led out to be executed” ( HALOT 427 s.v. יצא ; see, e.g., Gen 38:25 ; Jer 38:22 ; Ezek 14:22; 38:8; 44:5 ; Amos 4:3 ). (3) Early Jewish interpreters (Targum Jonathan, Kimchi, Rashi) and modern Christian interpreters (e.g., W. A. Maier, Nahum , 259-62) view וְהֻצַּב as the proper name of an Assyrian queen, “Huzzab.” This is adopted by several English versions: “And Huzzab is exiled” (KJV, RV, NJPS). However, this view has been severely criticized by several scholars because no queen in Assyrian history is known by this name (G. R. Driver, “Farewell to Queen Huzzab!” JTS 16 [1965]: 296-98; W. H. F. Saggs, “Nahum and the Fall of Nineveh,” JTS 20 [1969]: 220). (4) Several scholars suggest that וְהֻצַּב is the Hophal perfect of II נָצַב which is related to Assyrian nasabu (“to suck out”) and Arabic nasaba (“to suck out; to dissolve”), as in Ps 39:6 and Zech 11:16 . Taking גֻּלְּתָה ( gullÿtah ) as the noun “column-base” (see translator’s note on the word “exile” in this verse), Saggs translates the line as: “its column-base is dissolved” (W. H. F. Saggs, “Nahum and the Fall of Nineveh,” JTS 20 [1969]: 220-21). Patterson connects it to the last two words of the previous line: וְהַהֵיכָל נָמוֹג וְהֻצַּב , “The palace collapses and crumbles” (Patterson, 69-70). (5) Driver revocalizes it as the noun וְהַצֹּב (“and the [captive] train”) which he relates to the Arabic noun sub (“train”): “the train of captives goes into exile” (so NEB). This is reflected in the Greek text of the Minor Prophets from Nahal Heber which took וְהֻצַּב as “wagon, chariot.” (6) Cathcart suggests that the MT’s וְהֻצַּב may be repointed as וְהַצַּב which is related to Assyrian hassabu (“goddess”). (7) Several scholars emend to וְהַצְּבִי ( vÿhatsÿvi , “the Beauty”) from צְבִי ( tsÿvi , “beauty”) and take this as a reference to the statue of Ishtar in Nineveh (K. J. Cathcart, Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 96-98; M. Delcor, “Allusions à la déesse Istar en Nahum 2,8 ?” Bib 58 [1977]: 73-83; T. Longman, “Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:806). (8) R. L. Smith ( Micah-Malachi [WBC], 82) derives consonantal והצב from נְצִיב ( nitsiv , “pillar”; HALOT 716-17 s.v. נְצִיב ) which is related to Assyrian nisibi which refers to the statue of a goddess.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":35397,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The term “Nineveh” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied from context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35398,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT reads the Pual perfect 3rd person feminine singular גֻּלְּתָה ( gullÿtah ) from גָלָה ( galah , “to uncover, to go into exile”; BDB 162-63 s.v. גָלָה ; HALOT 191-92 s.v. גלה ). There are two basic views of the meaning of גֻּלְּתָה in this verse: (1) “She is stripped” (see R. L. Smith, Micah-Malachi [WBC], 81). This may describe the exposure of the foundation of a building ( Ezek 13:14 ) or the uncovering of intimate parts of the body ( Exod 20:26 ; Isa 47:3 ; Ezek 16:36, 57; 23:29 ;). This is reflected in the LXX reading ἀπεκαλύφθη ( apekalufqh , “she has been exposed”). This approach is followed by NASB (“she is stripped”). (2) “She is taken into exile” (KJV, NIV, NRSV, NJPS). The Qal stem of גָלָה often means “to go into exile” ( Judg 18:30 ; 2 Kgs 24:14 ; Isa 5:13; 49:21 ; Jer 1:3 ; Ezek 39:23 ; Amos 1:5; 5:5; 6:7 ; Lam 1:3 ); the Hiphil often means “to deport exiles” ( 2 Kgs 15:20; 16:9; 17:6, 11, 26, 28, 33; 18:11; 24:14-15; 25:11 ; Jer 20:4; 22:12; 24:1; 27:20; 29:1, 4, 7, 14; 39:9; 43:3; 52:15, 28, 30 ; Ezek 39:28 ; Amos 1:6; 5:27 ; Lam 4:22 ; Esth 2:6 ; Ezra 2:1 ; Neh 7:6 ; 1 Chr 5:6, 26, 41; 8:6 ; 2 Chr 36:20 ); and the Hophal stem always means “to be deported; to be taken into exile” ( Jer 40:1, 7 ; Esth 2:6 ; 1 Chr 9:1 ). This makes the best sense in the light of the parallel verb הֹעֲלָתָה ( ho ’ alatah , “she is led away”) in v. 7 [8 HT] and the description of the fleeing Ninevites in v. 8 [9 HT]. The BHS editors and HALOT suggest that consonantal גלתה be vocalized as Qal perfect 3rd person feminine singular גָּלְתָה ( goltah , “she goes into exile”) from גָלָה (Qal: “go into exile”). R. D. Patterson suggests vocalizing consonantal גלתה as the noun with 3rd person feminine singular suffix גָּלְתָהּ for גּוֹלְתָהּ ( goltah , “her exiles/captives”) and taking the singular form as collective in meaning: “her exiles/captives are carried away” ( Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah [WEC], 70). W. H. F. Saggs suggests that גֻלְּתָה is the noun גֻּלָּה ( gullah , “column-base”) as in 1 Kgs 7:41-42 ; 2 Chr 4:12-13 (BDB 165 s.v. גֻּלָּה 2.b; HALOT 192 s.v. גֻּלָּה 1.b) which is related to Assyrian gullatu (“column-base”; CAD 5:128). He renders the phrase וְהֻצַּב גֻּלְּתָה ( vÿhutsav gullÿtah ) as “its column-base[s] is/are dissolved” (see above). He suggests that this provides an excellent parallel to “the palace begins to melt” ( וְהַהֵיכָל נָמוֹג , vÿhahekhal namog ). W. H. F. Saggs also proposes that the LXX reflects this picture (“Nahum and the Fall of Nineveh,” JTS 20 [1969]: 220-25).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":35399,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “And its column-bases collapse and it goes up [in smoke].” The MT reads the Hophal perfect 3rd person feminine singular הֹעֲלָתָה ( ho ’ alatah , “she is carried away”) from עָלָה (’ alah , “to go up”). The Hiphil stem of עָלָה often describes a military commander leading a group of forced workers out of a town ( 1 Kgs 5:13 [HT 5:27]; 9:15, 21 ; 2 Chr 8:8 ); likewise, the Hophal stem may denote “to be led away into exile” ( HALOT 830 s.v.; BDB 748 s.v. עָלָה ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":35400,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT reads the Piel participle מְנַהֲגוֹת ( mÿnahagot , “sobbing, moaning”) from II נָהַג (“to moan, to lament”; HALOT 675 s.v.; BDB 624 s.v. II נָהַג ). This root is related to Assyrian nagagu (“to cry”; AHw 2:709.b). This harmonizes well with the following cola: “Her maidservants moan like doves, they beat upon their breasts.” This is adopted by several English versions (NASB, NIV, NRSV). On the other hand, an alternate vocalization tradition (represented by several Hebrew mss , Targum Jonathan, LXX, and Vulgate) reads the Pual participle מְנֹהֲגוֹת ( mÿnohagot , “forcibly removed”) from the more common root I נַהַג (“to drive away, to lead away”; HALOT 675 s.v. נהג ). This root is often used of conquerors leading away exiles or prisoners of war ( Gen 31:26 ; Deut 4:27; 28:37 ; Isa 20:4 ; Lam 3:2 ). This picture is clearly seen in the LXX reading καὶ αἱ δοῦλαι αὐτῆς ἤγοντο ( kai Jai doulai auth\" hjgonto , “and her maidservants were led away”). This textual tradition harmonizes with the imagery of exile in the preceding colon (see translator’s note on the word “exile” in this verse). This approach is adopted by several English versions (KJV, NJPS). tn Or “her maidservants are led away [into exile].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":35401,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “like the sound of doves.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":35402,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"The Poel participle מְתֹפְפֹת ( mÿtofÿfot , “beating continuously”) is from תָפַף (“to beat”; HALOT 1037-38 s.v. תֹּף ; BDB 1074 s.v. תָּפַף ). Elsewhere it is used of beating timbrels ( Ps 68:26 ; 1 Sam 21:14 ). The participle describes a circumstance accompanying the main action (“her maidservants moan”) and functions in a continual, repetitive manner (see IBHS 625-26 §37.6; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 43, §221).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":35403,"verse_id":"NAM.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"2.7","text":"The MT reads מְתֹפְפֹת עַל־לִבְבֵהֶן ( mÿtofÿfot ’ al-livvehen , “beating upon their hearts [= breasts]”). The LXX reading φθεγγόμεναι ἐν καρδίαις αὐτῶν ( fqengomenai en kardiai\" autwn , “moaning in their hearts”) reflects either an alternate textual tradition or simple textual confusion. The Greek participle φθεγγόμεναι seems to reflect either: (1) the Qal participle הֹגוֹת ( hogot ) from הָגָה ( hagah , “to moan”) as reflected in Targum Jonathan and Vulgate or (2) the Poel participle מְנֹהֲגוֹת ( mÿnohagot , “moaning”) from II נָהַג (“to moan”) which appears in the previous line, pointing to a transposition of words between the two lines. tn Heb “upon their heart.” The term “their heart” ( לִבְבֵהֶן , livvehen ) is a figure of speech (synecdoche of the inner organ for the outer body part) representing their breasts/chests (e.g., Dan 4:16 [13]; see HALOT 516 s.v. לֵבָב ; BDB 523 s.v. לֵבָב II.1). The singular noun is used collectively for all the maidservants as a whole, as the plural suffix indicates (see IBHS 113 §7.2.1; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 7, §2).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A7/7"}
{"id":35404,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The term “pool” ( בְּרֵכָה , bÿrekhah ) usually refers to a man-made artificial water reservoir fed by water aqueducts rather than to a natural pond ( HALOT 161 s.v.). For example, it is used in reference to man-made water reservoirs for the royal gardens ( Eccl 2:6 ; Neh 2:14 ); man-made water reservoirs in Jerusalem, some of which were fed by aqueducts ( 2 Kgs 18:17; 20:20 ; Isa 7:3; 22:9, 11; 36:2 ; Neh 3:15, 16 ); the pool of Gibeon ( 2 Sam 2:13 ); the pool of Hebron ( 2 Sam 4:12 ); the pool of Samaria ( 1 Kgs 22:38 ); and the pools of Heshbon ( Song 7:5 ). The pool of Siloam, built by Hezekiah and fed by the underground aqueduct known as Hezekiah’s Tunnel, is designated by the term בְּרֵכָה in 2 Kgs 20:20 and the Siloam Inscription (line 5). sn Nineveh was like a pool of water . This is an appropriate simile because Nineveh was famous for its artificial pools, many of which serviced the royal gardens. Two rivers also flowed through the city: the Tebiltu and the Khoser.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":35405,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “Nineveh [is] like a pool of water.” Either a present tense or a past tense verb may be supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":35406,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The MT reads מִימֵי הִיא ( mime hi ’, “from her days”). The form מִימֵי is composed of the assimilated preposition מִן ( min , “from”) prefixed to the plural construct of יוֹם ( yom , “day”; see HALOT 399 s.v. יוֹם ). The preposition מִן is used temporally, marking the beginning of a continuous period (“since, from”; see HALOT 597 s.v. מִן 2; BDB 581 s.v. מִן 4.a). Several scholars suggest that the third-person independent pronoun הִיא ( hi ’) functions as a possessive genitive (“her”), a usage attested in Ugaritic, Akkadian, and elsewhere in Hebrew ( 2 Kgs 9:18 ; Isa 18:2 ; Nah 2:12 ). See K. J. Cathcart, Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic (BibOr), 100-101; IBHS 291 §16.2 n. 9; T. Longman, “Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:807. The plural of יוֹם (“day”) here denotes “lifetime” ( HALOT 400 s.v. יוֹם 6.c). The phrase מִימֵי הִיא probably means “from the beginning of her days” or “throughout her days” or “during her lifetime.” This is similar to “from the beginning of your days” or “since your days began” or “as long as you live” ( 1 Sam 25:28 ; Job 38:12 ; see HALOT 400 s.v. יוֹם 6.c; 597 s.v. מִן 2.a; BDB 581 s.v. מִן 4.a). Several English versions adopt this: “throughout her days” (NASB), “from earliest times” (NJPS), and “[Nineveh] of old” (KJV). In contrast to the Masoretic vocalization, the consonantal text מִימֵי הִיא is rendered “her waters” by the LXX and critical scholars. The reading of the LXX ( τὰ ὕδατα αὐτῆς , ta Judata auth\" , “her waters”) reflects the alternate vocalization מֵימֶיהָ ( memeha , “her waters”). The BHS editors suggest emending the MT to מֵימֶיהָ (“her waters”). Saggs suggests that the original form was מֵימֶיהָא ( memeha ’, “her waters”) which he explains thus: מִימֶי is the plural construct of מָיִם ( mayim , “waters”); הָא is the 3rd person feminine singular suffix on the plural noun, as in Ezek 41:15 (GKC 107 §32. l ); the yod ( י ) of Masoretic הִיא ( hi ’) is a secondary matres lectionis inserted into wrongly-divided and misunderstood ־הָא (W. H. F. Saggs, “Nahum and the Fall of Nineveh,” JTS 20 [1969]: 220-25). These alternative approaches are followed by several English versions: “its water is draining away” (NIV); “whose waters run away” (NRSV); and “its waters are fleeing” (NJB). tn Heb “from days of her” or “from her days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":35407,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"The translation takes the vav on וְהֵמָּה ( vÿhemmah ) in a temporal sense. This approach is also adopted by NJPS: “Now they flee.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":35408,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the people of Nineveh) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/5"}
{"id":35409,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “fleeing away”; or (maintaining the imagery of the pool of water) “draining away.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/6"}
{"id":35410,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.8","text":"The introductory phrase “she cries out” is not in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/7"}
{"id":35411,"verse_id":"NAM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “can turn [them] back.” The Hebrew verb ָָפּנַה ( panah , “to turn”) often describes the fearful flight from an attacking enemy army ( Josh 7:12 ; Judg 20:42, 45, 47 ; Jer 46:5, 21; 47:3; 48:39; 49:8, 24 ). Nahum pictures the people of Nineveh fleeing from their attackers; nothing can be done to stop their fearful flight. The Hiphil participle מַפְנֶה ( mafneh ) may be taken in an intransitive ( Jer 46:5, 21; 47:3; 49:24 ) or transitive sense ( Judg 15:4 ; 1 Sam 10:9 ; Jer 48:39 ), i.e., “no one turns back” or “no one can turn [them] back,” respectively (see IBHS 436-43 §27.2).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A8/8"}
{"id":35412,"verse_id":"NAM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The phrase “Her conquerors cry out” has been supplied from context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35413,"verse_id":"NAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “Emptiness and devastation and being laid waste.” Several English versions attempt to reproduce the assonance, alliteration, and paronomasia of three similarly sounding Hebrew words: בּוּקַָה וּמְבוּקָה וּמְבֻלָּקָה ( buqah umÿvuqah umÿvullaqah ; NJPS “Desolation, devastation, and destruction!”; NRSV: “Devastation, desolation, and destruction!”). sn Destruction, devastation, and desolation . The feminine form of each of these terms is used, referring to Nineveh (e.g., NASB: “She is emptied! Yes, she is desolate and laid waste!”). Conquered cities are often personified as a desolated woman (e.g., Isa 47:1; 54:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":35414,"verse_id":"NAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and melting heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":35415,"verse_id":"NAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and tottering of knees.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":35416,"verse_id":"NAM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “and shaking in all of the loins.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":35417,"verse_id":"NAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “What has become of the den of the lions?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":35418,"verse_id":"NAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"The Masoretic form וּמִרְעֶה ( umir ’ eh , “the feeding ground”) is supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls: ומרעה (4QpNah). It is also reflected in the LXX reading ἡ νομή ( Je nomh , “the pasture”). The BHS editors suggest emending to וּמְעָרָה ( umÿ ’ arah , “the cave”), which involves the metathesis of ר ( resh ) and ע ( ayin ). This proposed emendation is designed to create a tighter parallelism with מְעוֹן ( mÿ ’ on , “the den”) in the preceding line. However, this emendation has no textual support and conflicts with the grammar of the rest of the line: the feminine noun וּמְעָרָה ( umÿ ’ arah , “the cave”) would demand a feminine independent pronoun instead of the masculine independent pronoun הוּא which follows. Nevertheless, several English versions adopt the emendation (NJB, NEB, RSV, NRSV), while others follow the reading of the MT (KJV, NASB, NIV, NJPS).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":35419,"verse_id":"NAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Alternately, “the lion…[once] prowled there.” The construction שָׁם … אֲשֶׁר (’ asher...sham ) denotes “where…there” (BDB 81 s.v. אֲשֶׁר ). This locative construction is approximately reflected in the LXX interrogative ποῦ ( pou , “where?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":35420,"verse_id":"NAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"The meaning of the term לָבִיא ( lavi ’) is debated. There are three basic approaches: (1) The MT reads לָבִיא , which is supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah) which preserves the consonantal form לביא (see DJD 5:38). Most English versions render לָבִיא as “lioness,” the parallel term for אַרְיֵה (’ aryeh , “lion”); so RSV, NASB, NIV, NJPS; in contrast, KJV has “old lion.” Indeed, the noun לָבִיא (“lioness” or “lion”; BDB 522 s.v. לָבִיא ) occurs frequently in poetic texts ( Gen 49:9 ; Num 23:24; 24:9 ; Deut 33:20 ; Isa 5:29; 30:6 ; Joel 1:6 ; Job 4:11; 38:39 ). The problem is the absence of a vav ( ו ) conjunction between the two nouns and the presence of a singular rather than plural verb: הָלַךְ אַרְיֵה לָבִיא ( halakh ’ aryeh lavi ’, “lion [and] lioness prowled”). Furthermore, the term for “lioness” in the following verse is not לָבִיא but לִבְאָה ( liv ’ ah ; see HALOT 515 s.v. * לִבְאָה ; BDB 522 s.v. לָבִיא ). (2) Due to the grammatical, syntactical, and lexical difficulties of the previous approach, several scholars propose that the MT’s לָבִיא is a Hiphil infinitive construct form shortened from לְהָבִיא ( lÿhavi ’, “to bring”); cf. Jer 27:7; 39:7 ; 2 Chr 31:10 ; HALOT 114 s.v. בוא . Because the Hiphil of בּוֹא ( bo ’) can depict an animal bringing food to its dependents (cf. 1 Kgs 17:6 ), they treat the line thus: “where the lion prowled to bring [food]” (Ehrlich, Haldar, Maier). The Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah) reading לביא does not solve the problem because the pesher to this line uses לבוא (“to enter”), and it is not clear whether this is a literal translation or creative word-play: “Its pesher concerns Demetrius, king of Greece, who sought to enter ( לבוא ) Jerusalem” (, line 4). (3) The LXX translation τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν ( tou eiselqein , “would enter”) seems to have confused the consonantal form לביא with לבוא which it viewed as Qal infinitive construct לָבוֹא from בּוֹא (“to enter”). This approach is followed by at least one modern translation: “where the lion goes” (NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":35421,"verse_id":"NAM.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.11","text":"The verb הָלַךְ ( halakh , “to go, to walk”) is occasionally used of animals ( 1 Sam 6:12 ). Here it is nuanced “prowled” in the light of the hunting or stalking imagery in vv. 12-13 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A11/5"}
{"id":35422,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The term נְאֻם ( nÿ ’ um ) is a fixed formulaic term meaning “oracle” ( Isa 14:22-23; 17:3; 22:25 ; Jer 8:3; 25:29; 31:38; 49:26 ; Zech 13:2, 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35423,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord of hosts.” The title pictures God as the sovereign king who has at his disposal a multitude of attendants, messengers, and warriors to do his bidding. In some contexts, like this one, the military dimension of his rulership is highlighted. In this case, the title pictures him as one who leads armies into battle against his enemies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":35424,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reads the 3rd person feminine singular suffix on a singular noun: רִכְבָּהּ ( rikhbah , “her chariot”). However, the BHS editors suggest emending to the 2nd person feminine singular suffix on a plural noun: רִכְבֵּךְ ( rikhbekh , “your chariots”) due to the use of 2nd person feminine singular suffixes throughout this verse and the anomaly of the singular noun. On the other hand, the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah) read רובכה (“your abundance”) which is the plene spelling of רֹבְכָה ( rovÿkhah ). This reflects the transposition (metathesis) of כ ( kaf ) and ב ( bet ) in the consonantal forms רכבה and רבכה . The textual tradition attested at Qumran is reflected in the LXX’s πλῆθος σου ( plhqo\" sou , “your abundance”) which reflects a reading of רֹבְכָה (“your abundance”) as well. It should be noted that the plene form of the 2nd person feminine singular suffix appears elsewhere in the MT of this verse: מַלְאָכֵכֵה ( mal ’ akhekheh , “your messenger”). Although there is good evidence for the alternate traditions, the MT reading may be retained for three reasons: (1) The burning of enemy chariots was a common threat in ancient Near Eastern warfare (see D. R. Hillers, Treaty-Curses and the Old Testament Prophets , 60; K. J. Cathcart, “Treaty-Curses and the Book of Nahum,” CBQ 35 [1973]: 182). (2) The singular רֶכֶב ( rekhev , “chariot”) is often used collectively to refer to all the chariots of a nation ( Exod 14:7 ; Josh 11:4; 24:6 ; Judg 4:7, 13; 5:28 ). (3) The abrupt shift from the 2nd person feminine singular suffix on אֵלַיִךְ (’ elayikh , “I am against you!”) to the 3rd person feminine singular suffix on רִכְבָּהּ (“her chariot”) is an example of a common poetic/stylistic device: heterosis of second to third person (see E. W. Bullinger, Figures of Speech , 525 [4.5]). The 2nd person feminine singular suffix in the translation above is used simply for smooth literary style. This is a good example of how sensitivity to figures of speech, ancient Near Eastern backgrounds, and syntax can prevent unnecessary textual emendations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":35425,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “with smoke.” The term “smoke” ( עָשָׁן , ’ ashan ) is a figure of speech (metonymy of effect for the cause) representing the fire which produces the smoke ( Josh 8:19-20 ; Isa 65:5 ; cf. Rev 14:11 ). In the translation this has been replaced with “fire” since most English readers would find the expression “to burn [something] with smoke” unfamiliar.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":35426,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reads וּכְפִירַיִךְ ( ukhÿfirayikh , “and your young lions”), as reflected by the LXX. The BHS editors emend to וּגִיבֹּרַיִךְ ( ugibborayikh , “and your warriors”); this lacks textual support and is unnecessary. sn The Assyrian warriors are pictured as young lions in Nah 2:11-13 . The Assyrians often pictured themselves with lion imagery (see D. Marcus, “Animal Similes in Assyrian Royal Inscriptions,” Or 46 [1977]: 87).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/5"}
{"id":35427,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “I will cut off your prey from the land.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/6"}
{"id":35428,"verse_id":"NAM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"7","reference":"2.13","text":"The MT reading מַלְאָכֵכֵה ( mal ’ akhekheh , “your messengers”) has a very unusual ending: the plural ending of the noun is spelled defectively (short spelling), while the 2nd person feminine singular pronominal suffix is spelled plene (long spelling); see GKC 258 §91. l . It is possible that the final ה ( hey ) is due to dittography with the first letter of the first word of the next verse, הוֹי ( hoy , “Woe!”). On the other hand, the LXX reads τὰ ἔργα σου ( ta erga sou , “your deeds”) which reflects מַלְאֲכַיִךְ ( mal ’ akhayikh , “your deeds”) – a confusion of מַלְאָךְ ( mal ’ akh , “messenger”) for מְלָאכָה ( mÿla ’ khah , “deed”) due to the unusual Hebrew ending here.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%202%3A13/7"}
{"id":35429,"verse_id":"NAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “of bloods.” The plural noun דָּמִים ( damim , “bloods”) connotes “bloodshed” or “blood guilt” (BDB 196-97 s.v. דָּם 2.f; HALOT 224-25 s.v. דָּם 5; DCH 2:443-47 s.v. דָּם ). Human blood in its natural state in the body is generally designated by the singular form דָּם ( dam , “blood”); after it has been spilled, the plural form is used to denote the abundance of blood in quantity ( IBHS 119-20 §7.4.1; BDB 196-97 s.v. דָּם 2.f). The plural is often used with the verb שָׁפַךְ ( shafakh , “to spill, to shed”) to connote bloodshed ( Gen 9:6; 37:22 ; Lev 17:4 ; Num 35:33 ; Deut 21:7 ; 1 Sam 25:31 ; 1 Kgs 18:28 ; 2 Kgs 21:16; 24:4 ; 1 Chr 22:8 ; Ezek 16:38; 22:4, 6, 9, 12, 27; 23:45; 33:25; 36:18 ; Prov 1:16 ). The plural often denotes bloodshed ( Gen 4:10 ; 2 Sam 3:27, 28; 16:8; 20:12 ; 1 Kgs 2:5 ; 2 Kgs 9:7, 26, 33 ; 2 Chr 24:25 ; Job 16:18 ; Isa 1:15; 4:4; 9:4; 26:21; 33:15; 34:3, 6, 7 ; Ezek 7:23; 16:6, 9, 36; 21:37; 22:13; 24:8 ; Hos 1:4; 4:2 ; Hab 2:8, 12, 17 ; Mic 3:10 ; Zech 9:7 ) or blood-guilt ( Exod 22:1 ; Lev 20:9 ; Num 35:27 ; Deut 19:10; 22:8 ; Judg 9:24 ; 1 Sam 25:26, 33 ; 2 Sam 21:1 ; Isa 33:15 ; Ezek 9:9 ). The term can refer to murder ( 2 Sam 16:7, 8 ; Pss 5:7; 26:9; 55:24; 59:3; 139:10 ; Prov 29:10 ) or more generally, connote social injustice, cruelty, and oppression ( Deut 21:8, 9 ; 1 Sam 19:5 ; 2 Kgs 21:6; 24:4 ; Pss 94:21; 106:38 ; Prov 6:17 ; Isa 59:7 ; Jer 7:6; 22:3 ; Joel 4:19; Jonah 1:14 ). The term may refer to blood that has been shed in war ( 1 Kgs 2:5 ) and the unnecessary shedding of blood of one’s enemy ( 1 Kgs 2:31 ), which is probably the intended meaning here. The phrase “city of bloodshed” ( עִיר דָּמִים [’ ir damim ], “city of bloods”) is used elsewhere to describe a city held guilty before God of blood-guilt and about to be judged by God ( Ezek 22:2; 24:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":35430,"verse_id":"NAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “All of her [is] lying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":35431,"verse_id":"NAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “full of plunder.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":35432,"verse_id":"NAM.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “prey does not depart.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":35433,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “the sound of a whip.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":35434,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “the shaking of a chariot wheel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":35435,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “a horse.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":35436,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Albright argues that the term דֹּהֵר ( doher ) should be translated as “chariot driver” (W. F. Albright, “The Song of Deborah in Light of Archaeology,” BASOR 62 [1936]: 30). More recent research indicates that this term denotes “to dash” ( HALOT 215 s.v.) or “to gallop, neigh” ( DCH 2:417 s.v. דהר I). It is used as a synonym for רָקַד ( raqad , “to skip”). This Hebrew verb is related to Egyptian thr (“to travel by chariot”) and Arabic dahara VII (“to hurry”). The related noun דַּהֲרָה ( daharah ) means “dashing, galloping” ( Judg 5:22 ; HALOT 215 s.v.; DCH 2:417 s.v. דַּהֲרָה I).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":35437,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “a chariot.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":35438,"verse_id":"NAM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.2","text":"The Piel participle מְרַקֵּדָה ( mÿraqqedah , “jolting”) is from רַקַד ( raqad ); this verb means “to dance, to leap” (of children, Job 21:11 ), “to skip about, to dance” ( Eccl 3:4 ), and “to leap” (of chariots, Joel 2:5 ). In related Semitic languages (Akkadian, Ugaritic, and Arabic) the root raqad means “to dance, to skip about.” Here, the verb is used as a figurative expression (hypocatastasis) to describe the jostling of the madly rushing war-chariots.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A2/6"}
{"id":35439,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “a horseman.” Although the Hebrew term פָּרָס ( paras , alternately spelled פָּרָשׂ [ paras ] here) could denote “horse” ( 1 Sam 8:11 ; Joel 2:4 ; Hab 1:8 ; Jer 46:4 ), the Hiphil participle מַעֲלֶה ( ma ’ aleh , “cause to charge”) – the subject of which is פָּרָס – suggests that פָּרָס refers here to “horsemen” charging their horses ( 2 Sam 1:6 ; 1 Kgs 20:20 ; Jer 4:29; 46:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":35440,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The term מַעֲלֶה ( ma ’ aleh ; the Hiphil participle “cause to charge”) refers to charioteers bringing war-horses up to a charge or attack (e.g., Jer 46:9; 51:27 ). On the other hand, the KJV translates this as “lifteth up [both the bright sword and the glittering sword],” while RV renders it as “mounts [his horse (or chariot)].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":35441,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “a sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":35442,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “flash of a sword.” Alternately, “swords flash.” Although לַהַב ( lahav ) can mean “blade” ( Judg 3:22 ; 1 Sam 17:7 ), it means “flash [of the sword]” here (e.g., Hab 3:11 ; see HALOT 520 s.v.) as suggested by its parallelism with וּבְרַק ( uvÿraq , “flashing, gleaming point [of the spear]”); cf. Job 20:25 ; Deut 32:41 ; Hab 3:11 ; Ezek 21:15 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":35443,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “a spear.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/5"}
{"id":35444,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “and flash of a spear.” Alternately, “spears glimmer” ( HALOT 162 s.v. בָּרָק ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/6"}
{"id":35445,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “many slain.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/7"}
{"id":35446,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"8","reference":"3.3","text":"The MT reads לַגְּוִיָּה ( laggÿviyyah , “to the dead bodies”). The LXX reflects לְגוֹיָה ( lÿgoyah , “to her nations”) which arose due to confusion between the consonant ו ( vav ) and the vowel וֹ ( holem-vav ) in an unpointed text. tn Heb “There is no end to the dead bodies.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/8"}
{"id":35447,"verse_id":"NAM.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “they.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A3/9"}
{"id":35448,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The preposition מִן ( min ) on מֵרֹב ( merov ; Heb “from the abundance of harlotries”) is causal: “because of; in consequence of” ( HALOT 598 מִן 6; BDB 579-80 s.v. מִן 2.e). See, e.g., Exod 2:23; 15:23 ; Deut 7:7 ; 2 Sam 3:11, 37 ; Job 22:4 ; Isa 6:4; 43:4; 53:5 ; Ezek 28:5, 18 ; Nah 1:5 ; Zech 2:8 ; see also IBHS 213 §11.2.11.d; R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 58, §319. The causal sense is supported by the LXX’s ἀπό ( apo , “from, because of”). Most English versions adopt the causal sense (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NJPS).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":35449,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “Because of the many harlotries of the harlot.” The MT connects v. 4 with vv. 5-6 ; however, the LXX connects v. 4 with vv. 1-3 . The Masoretic division is followed by NRSV and NJPS; the LXX division is followed by KJV and NIV; and the NASB division equivocates on the issue. It is best to connect v. 4 with vv. 5-6 (following the MT) because: (1) vv. 1-3 constitute a self-contained woe-oracle; and (2) the theme of the harlot unifies vv. 4-6 : the accusation against the harlot (v. 4 ) and the stereotypical punishment of the harlot (vv. 5-6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":35450,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “fair of form, a mistress of sorceries.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":35451,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “she.” This has been translated as a relative pronoun for stylistic reasons. The shift from 2nd person feminine singular (“you”) to 3rd person feminine singular (“she”) is an example of heterosis of persons, a common literary/poetic device used in Hebrew poetry and prophetic literature.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":35452,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"3.4","text":"The MT reads the Qal participle הַמֹּכֶרֶת ( hammokheret ) which is derived from מָכַר (makhar , “to sell, to betray”): “the one who sells/betrays [nations].” The MT is supported by the LXX. The Dead Sea Scrolls read הממכרת (4QpNah 2:7 ): “the one who sells/betrays [nations]” (see DJD 5:38). Dahood repoints the MT as a Hophal participle, הַמֻּכֶּרֶת ( hammukkeret ) from נָכַר ( nakhar , “to know, to recognize”): “the one who is known [by the nations for her harlotries]” (M. Dahood, “Causal Beth and the Root NKR in Nahum 3.4 ,” Bib 52 [1971]: 395-96). The BHS editors suggest emending the MT, due to metathesis, to הַכֹּמֶרֶת ( hakkomeret ) from II כמר (“to ensnare”; HALOT 482 s.v. II כמר ) which is related to Assyrian kamaru [A] (“to ensnare”): “The one who ensnares [nations].” The related nouns “snare; net” ( מִכְמָר , mikhmar ) and “net” ( מִכְמֶרֶת , mikhmeret ) are used as metaphors of the wicked destroying their victims ( Ps 141:10 ; Isa 51:20 ; Hab 1:15, 16 ). This approach is adopted by NJPS: “who ensnared nations.” Others suggest emending to the Qal participle הַכֹּמֶרֶת from III כמר (“to destroy, to overthrow”; BDB 485 s.v. III כמר ) related to Assyrian kamaru [B] (“to destroy; to annihilate”): “the one who destroys nations.” The MT may be retained due to strong external support (LXX and 4QpNah) and adequate internal support; the conjectural emendations are unnecessary. tn Heb “sells.” Alternately, “enslaves”; or perhaps “deceives.” Most scholars derive the Qal participle הַמֹּכֶרֶת from מָכַר (“to sell, to betray”): “who sells nations.” When used in reference to people, this verb may denote three things: (1) to sell slaves or prisoners of war ( Exod 21:8 ; Deut 21:14; 24:7 ; Joel 4:3, 6); (2) to sell off someone into the hands of the enemy, that is, to give someone entirely into their power ( Exod 21:7; 22:2 ; Deut 32:30 ; Judg 2:14; 3:8; 4:2; 10:7 ; 1 Sam 12:9 ; Isa 50:1 ; Joel 4:8; Ps 44:13 ); and (3) to betray someone (possibly the meaning here in Nah 3:4 ?); see HALOT 581-82 s.v. I מכר ; BDB 569 s.v. מָכַר . This is related to Assyrian makara (“to carry out trade; to make merchandise of”). Some English versions nuance הַמֹּכֶרֶת as “who sells nations” (KJV, NASB); others nuance it metonymically, “who enslaves nations” (NIV, NRSV). Thomas derives הַמֹּכֶרֶת from II מָכַר (“to deceive, to beguile, to betray”) which is related to Arabic makara (“to betray”): “who deceives the nations” (D. W. Thomas, “The Root mkr in Hebrew,” JTS 37 [1936]: 388-89; idem, “A Further Note on the Root mkr in Hebrew,” JTS 3 [1952]: 214).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/5"}
{"id":35453,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “the one who sells nations by her harlotries.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/6"}
{"id":35454,"verse_id":"NAM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and clans by her sorceries.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A4/7"}
{"id":35455,"verse_id":"NAM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord of hosts.” See the note on the expression “the Lord who commands armies” in 2:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":35456,"verse_id":"NAM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “I will uncover your skirts over your face.” sn Strip off your clothes . In the ancient Near East, the typical punishment for a prostitute was to strip her of her clothes publicly to expose her to open shame, embarrassment, and public ridicule. Because Nineveh had acted like a prostitute, the Lord would punish her as a prostitute.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":35457,"verse_id":"NAM.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “detestable things”; KJV, ASV “abominable filth”; NCV “filthy garbage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":35458,"verse_id":"NAM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"While the MT reads 2nd person feminine singular לָךְ ( lakh , “for you”), the LXX reads αὔτή ( Jauth , “for her”). The Dead Sea Scrolls from Wadi Murabba’at read לך (“for you”). The MT reading is preferred for several reasons: (1) it is supported by the scrolls from Wadi Murabba’at; (2) it is the most difficult reading; and (3) it explains the origin of the LXX which probably harmonized this with the preceding 3rd person feminine singular pronoun. Abrupt switches from third to second person are commonly found in poetic and prophetic literature (e.g., Deut 32:15 ; Isa 5:8 ; Jer 29:19 ; Job 16:7 ) as well as in Northwest Semitic curses (see S. Gevirtz, “West-Semitic Curses and the Problem of the Origins of Hebrew Law,” VT 11 [1961]: 147, n. 4). tn Heb “From whence shall I find comforters for you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":35459,"verse_id":"NAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “Are you better than Thebes?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":35460,"verse_id":"NAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “No-Amon.” The name is transliterated by NAB, NASB; many other English versions employ the equivalent “Thebes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":35461,"verse_id":"NAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"The relative pronoun אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) is functioning in a possessive sense: “whose” ( Job 37:17 ; Ps 95:5 ; Isa 5:28; 49:23 ; Jer 31:32 ; see HALOT 98 s.v. 4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":35462,"verse_id":"NAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"The consonantal form חיל is vocalized in the MT as חֵיל ( khel , “rampart”). The LXX translation ἡ ἀρξή ( Jh arxh , “strength”) reflects confusion between the relatively rare חֵיל and the more common חַיִל ( khayil , “strength”); see HALOT 310-12.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":35463,"verse_id":"NAM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “from (the) sea.” The form should be emended to מַיִם ( mayim , “water”). This is a figurative description of the Nile River: It functioned like a fortress wall for Thebes.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":35464,"verse_id":"NAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “Cush was limitless and Egypt was strong.” The NIV treats the two nations (“Cush and Egypt”) as a hendiadys of the predicate and translates them as one clause. On the other hand, NJPS treats them separately and translates them in two different clauses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":35465,"verse_id":"NAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “Lubim.” Most modern English versions render this as “Libya” or “the Libyans.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":35466,"verse_id":"NAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"The preposition בְּ ( bet ) in בְּעֶזְרָתֵךְ ( bÿ ’ ezratekh ) should probably be taken as a bet of identity rather than in a locative sense ( DCH 2:84 s.v. בְּ 7; HALOT 104 s.v. בְּ 3).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":35467,"verse_id":"NAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"Although the LXX and Syriac read a 3 fs suffix, the 2 fs suffix on MT בְּעֶזְרָתֵךְ ( bÿ ’ ezratekh , “your strength”) should be retained because of the support of 4QpNah, which reads בעזרתך . The MT is the more difficult reading and best explains the origin of the variants, which attempt to harmonize with the preceding 3 fs suffix. tn Heb “your strength.” sn This is an example of enallage – a figure of speech in which a speaker addresses a party who is not present. Here, the prophet Nahum addresses the city of Thebes.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A9/5"}
{"id":35468,"verse_id":"NAM.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"The Hebrew noun עָזָר (’ azar ) has been understood in two ways: (1) In the light of the Ugaritic root gzr (“hero, valiant one, warrior”), several scholars posit the existence of the Hebrew root II עָזַר (“warrior”), and translate בְּעֶזְרָתֵךְ ( bÿ ’ ezratekh ) as “in your army” (M. Dahood, Psalms , 1:210; P. Miller, “Ugaritic GZR and Hebrew `ZR II,” UF 2 [1970]: 168). (2) It is better to relate the Hebrew עָזָר to Canaanite izirtu (“military help”) which appears several times in the El-Amarna correspondence: “Let him give you soldiers and chariots as help for you so that they may protect the city” ( EA 87:13) and “I have provided help for Tyre” ( EA 89:18); see K. J. Cathcart, “More Philological Studies in Nahum,” JNWSL 7 (1979): 11.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A9/6"}
{"id":35469,"verse_id":"NAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The MT reads לַגֹּלָה ( laggolah , “as a captive”) with the preposition לְ ( lamed ) denoting essence/identity. On the other hand, 4QpNah reads בגולה (“as a captive”) with the preposition בְּ ( bet ) denoting essence/identity (“as a captive”). The LXX’s αἰξμάλωτος ( aixmalwto\" , “as a prisoner”) does not reveal which preposition was the original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":35470,"verse_id":"NAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The past-time reference of the context indicates that the Pual verb יְרֻטְּשׁוּ ( yÿruttÿshu ) is a preterite describing past action (“they were smashed to pieces”) rather than an imperfect describing future action (“they will be smashed to pieces”). The past-time sense is supported by the Syriac and Vulgate. The LXX, however, misunderstood the form as an imperfect. Not recognizing that the form is a preterite, the BHS editors suggest emending to Pual perfect רֻטְּשׁוּ ( ruttÿshu , “they were smashed to pieces”). This emendation is unnecessary once the possibility of a preterite is recognized. The Masoretic reading is supported by the reading ירוטשו found in the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah 3:10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":35471,"verse_id":"NAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"The MT reads יַדּוּ ( yadu , “they cast [lots]”) from יָדַד ( yadad , “to cast [lots]”). On the other hand, the Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah) read ירו (“they threw, cast [lots]”) from יָרָה ( yarah , “to throw, cast [lots]”) (e.g., Josh 18:6 ). The textual variant arose due to orthographic confusion between ד ( dalet ) and ר ( resh ) – two Hebrew letters very similar in appearance. The root יָדַד is relatively rare – it occurs only two other times ( Obad 11 ; Joel 4:3 [ 3:3 ET]) – therefore, it might have been confused with יָרָה which appears more frequently.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":35472,"verse_id":"NAM.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"The MT and Dead Sea Scrolls (4QpNah) read ועל נכבדיה (“for her nobles”). The LXX reflects וְעַל כָּל נִכְבַּדֶּיהָ ( vÿ ’ al kol nikhbaddeha , “for all her nobles”), adding כָּל (“all”). The LXX addition probably was caused by the influence of the repetition of כָּל in the preceding and following lines.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":35473,"verse_id":"NAM.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"The editors of BHS suggest emending the MT reading, the Qal imperfect תִּשְׁכְּרִי ( tishkÿri , “you will become drunk”) from שָׁכַר ( shakhar , “to become drunk”; BDB 1016 s.v. שָׁכַר ; HALOT 971 s.v. שׁכר ). However, there is no external textual support for the emendation. The imagery of drunkenness is a common figure for defeat in battle. tn Heb “you will be drunken.” sn You…will act like drunkards . The imagery of drunkenness is frequently used to describe defeat in battle ( Isa 49:26 ; Jer 25:27; 51:21 ). It is an appropriate use of imagery: Drunkards frequently pass out and wine drools out of their mouth; likewise, slain warriors lie fallen and their blood flows out of their mouths.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":35474,"verse_id":"NAM.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The MT reads the Niphal participle נַעֲלָמָה ( na ’ alamah ) from I עָלַם (’ alam , “to conceal”). This is supported by the Dead Sea Scrolls, נעלמה (4QpNah 3:11 ), and is reflected by the LXX. Several scholars suggest nuancing the Niphal in a passive sense: “you will be concealed” or “you will be obscured” (BDB 761 s.v. I. עָלַם 2). However, the reflexive sense “you will conceal yourself; you will hide yourself” (e.g., Ps 26:4 ) is better ( HALOT 835 s.v. עלם ). On the other hand, the BHS editors suggest emending to the Niphal participle נֶעֱלָפָה ( ne ’ elafah ) from עָלַף (’ alaf , “become faint”): “you will become faint,” “you will pass out,” or “you will swoon” ( HALOT 836 s.v. עלף ; BDB 761 s.v. I. עָלַם 2). This is unnecessary and lacks textual support. tn Heb “you will hide yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":35475,"verse_id":"NAM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"This conditional sentence expresses a real anticipated situation expected to occur in the future, rather than an unreal completely hypothetical situation. The particle אִם (’ im , “if”) introduces real conditions (R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 75, §453). The imperfect tense verb יִנּוֹעוּ ( yinno ’ u , “they are shaken”) depicts a future-time action conceived as a real situation expected to occur (see Joüon 2:629 §167.c; IBHS 510-11 §31.6.1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":35476,"verse_id":"NAM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “they”; the referent (the first ripe fruit of the previous line, rendered here as “their figs”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":35477,"verse_id":"NAM.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.12","text":"The syntax of the concluding clause (apodosis) emphasizes that this action is expected and certain to occur. This clause is introduced by vav conjunction and the perfect tense verb וְנָפְלוּ ( vÿnoflu , “they will fall”) which emphasizes the expected certainty of the action (see Joüon 2:627-33 §167; IBHS 526-29 §32.2.1).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A12/5"}
{"id":35478,"verse_id":"NAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “have been opened wide.” The Niphal perfect נִפְתְּחוּ ( niftÿkhu ) from פָּתַח ( patach , “to open”) may designate a past-time action (“have been opened wide”) or a present-time circumstance (“are wide open”). The present-time sense is preferred in vv. 13-14 . When used in reference to present-time circumstances, the perfect tense represents a situation occurring at the very instant the expression is being uttered; this is the so-called “instantaneous perfect” ( IBHS 488-89 §30.5.1). The root פָּתַח (“to open”) is repeated for emphasis to depict the helpless state of the Assyrian defenses: פָּתוֹחַ נִפְתְּחוּ ( patoakh niftÿkhu , “wide open”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":35479,"verse_id":"NAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “has consumed.” The Qal perfect אָכְלָה (’ okhlah ) from אָכַל (’ akhal , “to consume”) refers either to a past-time action (“has consumed”) or a present-time action (“consumes”). The context suggests the present-time sense is preferable here. This is an example of the “instantaneous perfect” which represents a situation occurring at the very instant the expression is being uttered (see IBHS 488-89 §30.5.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":35480,"verse_id":"NAM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “your bars.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":35481,"verse_id":"NAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “waters of siege.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":35482,"verse_id":"NAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “go into the mud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":35483,"verse_id":"NAM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “Take hold of the mud-brick mold!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":35484,"verse_id":"NAM.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"The verb אָכַל (’ akhal , “to consume, to devour”) is used twice for emphasis: “the fire will consume you, the sword…will devour you.” sn The expression the sword…will devour you is an example of personification; the sword is frequently portrayed as consuming or devouring a defeated enemy ( Deut 32:42 ; 2 Sam 2:26; 11:25; 18:8 ; Hos 11:6 ; Jer 2:30; 12:12 ); see BDB 37 s.v. אָכַל 4; HALOT 46 s.v. אכל .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":35485,"verse_id":"NAM.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The root כָּבֵּד ( kabbed , “be numerous”) is repeated for emphasis: the forms are the Hitpael infinitive absolute הִתְכַּבֵּד ( hitkabbed ) and Hitpael imperative הִתְכַּבְּדִי ( hitkabbÿdi ), both translated here as “Multiply yourself”). The infinitive absolute functions as an imperative (GKC §113. bb , 346). The BHS editors suggest emending the Hitpael infinitive absolute form הִתְכַּבֵּד to the Hitpael imperative form הִתְכַּבְּדִי in order to have two identical forms in this line. However, this is not necessary; the infinitive absolute is used for stylistic variation and often precedes imperatives to add urgency. The MT makes sense as it stands.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":35486,"verse_id":"NAM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “Increase!” or “You have increased.” The form and meaning of the MT perfect tense verb הִרְבֵּית ( hirbet ; from רָבָה [ ravah ], “to increase”) is debated. The LXX translated it as a simple past meaning. However, some scholars argue for an imperatival form or an imperatival nuance due to the presence of the two preceding volitive forms: הִתְכַּבֵּד ( hitkabbed ) and הִתְכַּבְּדִי ( hitkabbÿdi , “Multiply…multiply!”). For example, the editors of BHS propose emending the perfect tense הִרְבֵּית to the imperative form הַרְבִי ( harvi , “multiply!”). K. J. Cathcart ( Nahum in the Light of Northwest Semitic [BibOr], 145) retains the MT perfect form but classifies it as a precative perfect with an imperatival nuance (“increase!”). Some scholars deny the existence of the precative perfect in Hebrew (G. R. Driver, Tenses in Hebrew , 25-26); however, others argue for its existence ( IBHS 494-95 §30.5.4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":35487,"verse_id":"NAM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"The words “they are like” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":35488,"verse_id":"NAM.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"The verb פָּשַׁט ( pashat , “to strip off”) refers to the action of the locust shedding its outer layer of skin or sheaths of wings while in the larval stage (BDB 833 s.v.). In a similar sense, this verb is normally used of a person stripping off garments ( Gen 37:23 ; Lev 6:4; 16:23 ; Num 20:26, 28 ; 1 Sam 18:4; 19:24; 31:8, 9 ; 2 Sam 23:10 ; 1 Chr 10:8, 9 ; Neh 4:17 ; Job 19:9; 22:6 ; Ezek 16:39; 23:26; 26:16; 44:19 ; Hos 2:5 ; Mic 2:8; 3:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":35489,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “your guards.” The noun מִגְּזָרַיִךְ ( miggÿzarayikh , “your courtiers”) is related to Assyrian manzazu (“courtier”; AHw 2:639.a) or massaru (“guard”; AHw 2:621.a); see HALOT 601 s.v. * מִגְּזָר ). The nuance “princes,” suggested by older lexicographers (BDB 634 s.v. מִנְזַר ), is obsolete.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":35490,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The noun טַפְסְרַיִךְ ( tafsÿrayikh , “your scribes”) from טִפְסָר ( tifsar , “scribe, marshal”) is a loanword from Assyrian tupsarru and Sumerian DUB.SAR (“tablet-writer; scribe; official”); see BDB 381 s.v. טִפְסָר ; HALOT 379 s.v. This term is also attested in Ugaritic tupsarru and in Phoenician dpsr . As in Jer 51:27 , it is used of military and administrative officials. This term designated military officials who recorded the names of recruits and the military activities of Assyrian kings (see P. Machinist, “Assyria and its Image in the First Isaiah,” JAOS 103 [1983]: 736).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":35491,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “it flees.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":35492,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"The BHS editors propose redividing the singular MT reading וְנוֹדַד ( vÿnodad , “and it flees”) to the plural וְנוֹדְדוּ ( vÿnodÿdu , “and they flee”) due to the difficulty of a singular verb. However, the LXX supports the singular MT reading. The subject is גוֹב ( gov , “swarm”), not individual locusts.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":35493,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"3.17","text":"The MT reads the noun with 3rd person masculine singular suffix מְקוֹמוֹ ( mÿqomo , “its place”). The BHS editors suggest emending to 3rd person masculine plural suffix מְקוֹמָם ( mÿqomam , “their place”). The MT is supported by the LXX reading, which has a singular suffix. The 3rd person masculine singular suffix is not as awkward as the BHS editors claim – its antecedent is the singular אַרְבֶּה (’ arbeh , “locust”) and גוֹב גֹבָי ( gov govay , “a swarm of locusts”), as reflected by the 3rd person masculine singular verb וְנוֹדַד (translated “it flies away”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/5"}
{"id":35494,"verse_id":"NAM.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"3.17","text":"The MT reads אַיָּם (’ ayyam , “Where are they?”); see, e.g., Isa 19:12 ; DCH 1:202-3 s.v. אֵי ; HALOT 40 s.v.). On the other hand, the LXX’s οὐαί αὐτοῖς ( ouai autoi\" , “Woe to them!”) seems to reflect a reading of אֶיָּם (’ eyyam , “Alas to them!”). The BHS editors suggest emending to אֵיכָה (“Alas!” or “How?”) and join it to v. 18 , or אוֹי מַה (’ oy mah , “Woe! Why…?”) joined to v. 18 . HALOT (40 s.v.) suggests the emendation אֵיךָ (’ ekha , “Alas to you!”). tn Heb “Its place is not known – where are they?” The form אַיָּם has been taken in various ways: (1) an interrogative adverb with 3rd person masculine plural suffix (“where are they?”; GKC 296-97 §100. o ; BDB 32 s.v. אַי 1.a); (2) an interrogative particle אֵי (’ ey , “where?”) lengthened to אַיָּה ( ayyah ) and written with the enclitic particle ־ם ( mem ; GKC 295 §100. g ), similar to ayyami (“where?”) in Assyrian ( CAD 1.1.220); see W. A. Maier, Nahum , 356; R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah (WEC), 111; T. Longman, “Nahum,” The Minor Prophets , 2:826.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A17/6"}
{"id":35495,"verse_id":"NAM.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"The Hebrew term אַדִּירֶיךָ (’ addirekha , “your officers”) from the root אַדִּיר (’ addir , “high noble, majestic one”) designates “prominent people” in society ( Judg 5:13, 25 ; Jer 14:3 ; Ps 16:3 ; Neh 3:5; 10:30 ; 2 Chr 23:20 ) and prominent “officers” in the military ( Nah 2:6; 3:18 ); see HALOT 14 s.v.; BDB 12 s.v. אַדִּיר . This is related to Assyrian adaru (“high noble official”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":35496,"verse_id":"NAM.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"The MT reads יִשְׁכְּנוּ ( yishkÿnu , “they are settling down; they are lying down”) from שָׁכַן ( shakhan , “to settle down, to lie down”). The BHS editors suggest emending to יָשְׁנוּ ( yashnu , “they are slumbering”) in order to produce a tighter parallelism with the parallel verb נָמוּ ( namu , “they are sleeping”). However, the MT has an adequate parallelism because the verb שָׁכַן is often used in reference to the dead lying down in the grave ( Job 4:19; 26:5 ; Ps 94:17 ; Isa 26:19 ; see BDB 1015 s.v. שָׁכַן Qal.2.b). This is a figurative expression (hypocatastasis) for someone dying. Although the LXX misunderstood the syntax of this line, the LXX translation ἐκοίμισε ( ekoimise , “he has laid low”) points to a form of the Masoretic verbal root שָׁכַן .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":35497,"verse_id":"NAM.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"The words “like sheep” are not in the Hebrew text; they are added for clarification of the imagery. The previous line compares Assyria’s leaders to shepherds.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":35498,"verse_id":"NAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The MT reads the hapax legomenon כֵּהָה ( kehah , “relief, alleviation”). On the other hand, the LXX reads ἴασις ( iasi\" , “healing”) which seems to reflect a reading of גֵּהָה ( gehah , “cure, healing”). In the light of the LXX, the BHS editors suggest emending the MT to גֵּהָה ( gehah ) – which occurs only once elsewhere ( Prov 17:22 ) – on the basis of orthographic and phonological confusion between Hebrew כ ( kaf ) and ג ( gimel ). This emendation would produce the common ancient Near Eastern treaty-curse: “there is no cure for your wound” (e.g., Hos 5:13 ); see HALOT 461 s.v. כֵּהָה ; K. J. Cathcart, “Treaty-Curses and the Book of Nahum,” CBQ 35 (1973): 186; D. Hillers, Treaty-Curses and the Old Testament Prophets , 64-66. tn Heb “There is no relief of your fracture.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":35499,"verse_id":"NAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “your injury is fatal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":35500,"verse_id":"NAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “the report of you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":35501,"verse_id":"NAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “will clap their hands over you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":35502,"verse_id":"NAM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"NAM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “For who ever escaped…?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Nahum%203%3A19/5"}
{"id":35503,"verse_id":"HAB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The burden” (so KJV, ASV). The Hebrew term מַשָּׂא ( masa ’), usually translated “oracle” (NAB, NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or “utterance” (BDB 672 s.v. III מַשָּׂא ), in prophetic literature is a technical term introducing a message from the Lord (see Zech 9:1; 12:1 ; Mal 1:1 ). Since it derives from a verb meaning “to carry,” its original nuance was that of a burdensome message, that is, one with ominous content.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":35504,"verse_id":"HAB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Why do you make me see injustice?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35505,"verse_id":"HAB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “Why do you look at wrongdoing?” sn Habakkuk complains that God tolerates social injustice and fails to intervene on behalf of the oppressed ( put up with wrongdoing ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":35506,"verse_id":"HAB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “are before.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":35507,"verse_id":"HAB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and there is conflict and strife he lifts up.” The present translation takes the verb יִשָּׂא ( yisa ’) in the sense of “carry, bear,” and understands the subject to be indefinite (“one”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":35508,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the law is numb,” i.e., like a hand that has “fallen asleep” (see Ps 77:2 ). Cf. NAB “is benumbed”; NIV “is paralyzed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":35509,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “never goes out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":35510,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":35511,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “surround” (so NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":35512,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “righteous” (KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":35513,"verse_id":"HAB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “comes out crooked.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":35514,"verse_id":"HAB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “look among the nations and observe.” The imperatival forms in v. 5 are plural, indicating that the Lord’s message is for the whole nation, not just the prophet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":35515,"verse_id":"HAB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The Hebrew text combines the Hitpael and Qal imperatival forms of the verb תָּמַה ( tamah , “be amazed”). A literal translation might read, “Shock yourselves and be shocked!” The repetition of sounds draws attention to the statement. The imperatives here have the force of an emphatic assertion. On this use of the imperative in Hebrew, see GKC 324 §110. c and IBHS 572-73 §34.4c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":35516,"verse_id":"HAB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “for a work working in your days.” Following the LXX reading, some supply a first person singular pronoun with the participle פֹּעֵל ( po ’ el ). Ellipsis of a first singular pronoun before participles is relatively rare (see GKC 360 §116. s ); perhaps an original אֲנֹכִי (’ anoki ; or אֲנִי , ’ aniy ) followed the initial כִּי ( ki ) and was omitted by homoioteleuton.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":35517,"verse_id":"HAB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “you will not believe when it is told.” In this context the force of כִּי ( ki ) may be “when,” “if,” or “even though.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":35518,"verse_id":"HAB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “raise up” (so KJV, ASV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35519,"verse_id":"HAB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “bitter.” Other translation options for this word in this context include “fierce” (NASB, NRSV); “savage” (NEB); or “grim.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":35520,"verse_id":"HAB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “hasty, quick.” Some translate here “impetuous” (so NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV) or “rash,” but in this context greed may very well be the idea. The Babylonians move quickly and recklessly ahead in their greedy quest to expand their empire.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":35521,"verse_id":"HAB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “the open spaces.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":35522,"verse_id":"HAB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “from him his justice, even his lifting up, goes out.” In this context שְׂאֵת ( sÿ ’ et ) probably has the nuance “authority.” See R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah (WEC), 150.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":35523,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “sharper,” in the sense of “keener” or “more alert.” Some translate “quicker” on the basis of the parallelism with the first line (see HALOT 291 s.v. חדד ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35524,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “wolves of the evening,” that is, wolves that prowl at night. The present translation assumes an emendation to עֲרָבָה (’ aravah , “desert”). On this phrase see also Zeph 3:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":35525,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “horsemen,” “cavalry.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":35526,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"The precise nuance of the rare verb פָּוַשׁ ( parash ) is unclear here. Elsewhere it is used of animals jumping or leaping (see Jer 50:11 ; Mal 4:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":35527,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “eagle” (so NASB, NRSV). The term can refer to either eagles or vultures, but in this context of gruesome destruction and death “vulture” is preferred.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":35528,"verse_id":"HAB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “they fly like a vulture/an eagle quickly to devour.” The direct object “their prey” is not included in the Hebrew text but is implied, and has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":35529,"verse_id":"HAB.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":35530,"verse_id":"HAB.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “The totality of their faces is to the east” (or “is forward”). The precise meaning of the Hebrew term מְגַמַּת ( megammat ) is unclear. For a discussion of options see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 93. NEB has “a sea of faces rolls on”; NIV “their hordes advance like a desert wind”; NRSV “with faces pressing forward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":35531,"verse_id":"HAB.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “and he gathers like sand, prisoners.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":35532,"verse_id":"HAB.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “they heap up dirt.” This is a reference to the piling up of earthen ramps in the process of laying siege to a fortified city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":35533,"verse_id":"HAB.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The precise meaning of v. 11 a is uncertain. The present translation assumes the first line further describes the Babylonian hordes, comparing them to a destructive wind. Another option is to understand רוּחַ ( ruakh ) as “spirit,” rather than “wind,” and take the form וְאָשֵׁם ( vÿ ’ ashem ) with what precedes (as suggested by the scribal punctuation). Repointing this form as a geminate verb from שָׁמַם ( shamam , “be astonished”), one could then translate the line, “The spirit passed on and departed, and I was astonished.” In this case the line would describe the cessation of the divine revelation which began in v. 5 . For a detailed defense of this view, see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 97-100.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":35534,"verse_id":"HAB.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “and guilty is the one whose strength is his god.” This assumes that אָשֵׁם (’ ashem ) is a predicate adjective meaning “guilty” and that it relates to what follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":35535,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “Are you not from antiquity, O Lord ?” The rhetorical question expects the answer, “Yes, of course.” The present translation reflects the force of the rhetorical question, rendering it as an affirmation. When used in a temporal sense the phrase מִקֶדֶם ( miqedem ) means “from antiquity, ancient times,” often referring to earlier periods in Israel’s history. See its use in Neh 12:46 ; Pss 74:12; 77:11 ; Isa 45:21; 46:10 ; Mic 5:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":35536,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “My God, my holy one.” God’s “holiness” in this context is his sovereign transcendence as the righteous judge of the world (see vv. 12 b-13a), thus the translation “My sovereign God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35537,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"The MT reads, “we will not die,” but an ancient scribal tradition has “you [i.e., God] will not die.” This is preferred as a more difficult reading that can explain the rise of the other variant. Later scribes who copied the manuscripts did not want to associate the idea of death with God in any way, so they softened the statement to refer to humanity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":35538,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “him,” a collective singular referring to the Babylonians. The plural pronoun “them” has been used in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":35539,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “for judgment.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":35540,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “Rock” or “Cliff.” This divine epithet views God as a place where one can go to be safe from danger. The translation “Protector” conveys the force of the metaphor (cf. KJV, NEB “O mighty God”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/6"}
{"id":35541,"verse_id":"HAB.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “to correct, reprove.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A12/7"}
{"id":35542,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “[you] are too pure of eyes.” God’s “eyes” here signify what he looks at with approval. His “eyes” are “pure” in that he refuses to tolerate any wrongdoing in his presence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":35543,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “to see.” Here “see” is figurative for “tolerate,” “put up with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":35544,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “to look at.” Cf. NEB “who canst not countenance wrongdoing”; NASB “You can not look on wickedness with favor.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":35545,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “Why do you look at treacherous ones?” The verb בָּגַד ( bagad , “be treacherous”) is often used of those who are disloyal or who violate agreements. See S. Erlandsson, TDOT 1:470-73.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":35546,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “swallow up.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":35547,"verse_id":"HAB.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “more innocent than themselves.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A13/6"}
{"id":35548,"verse_id":"HAB.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"The Hebrew word רֶמֶשׂ ( remesh ) usually refers to animals that creep, but here the referent seems to be marine animals that glide through the water (note the parallelism in the previous line). See also Ps 104:25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35549,"verse_id":"HAB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “he”; the referent (the Babylonian tyrant) has been specified in the translation for clarity (cf. NASB “The Chaldeans”; NIV “The wicked foe”; NRSV “The enemy”). Babylonian imperialism is here compared to a professional fisherman who repeatedly brings in his catch and has plenty to eat.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":35550,"verse_id":"HAB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Apparently two different types of fishing nets are referred to here. The חֵרֶם ( kherem , “throw net”) was used by fishermen standing on the shore (see Ezek 47:10 ), while the מִכְמֶרֶת ( mikhmeret , “dragnet”) was used by men in a boat. See R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah (WEC), 165.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":35551,"verse_id":"HAB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “and he gathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":35552,"verse_id":"HAB.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “Therefore he is happy and rejoices.” Here two synonyms are joined for emphasis.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":35553,"verse_id":"HAB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":35554,"verse_id":"HAB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “for by them his portion is full [or, “fat”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":35555,"verse_id":"HAB.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “and his food is plentiful [or, “fat”].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":35556,"verse_id":"HAB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":35557,"verse_id":"HAB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “Will he then empty his throw net?” The words “continue to fill and” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":35558,"verse_id":"HAB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “continually.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":35559,"verse_id":"HAB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “kill.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":35560,"verse_id":"HAB.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “without showing compassion.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%201%3A17/5"}
{"id":35561,"verse_id":"HAB.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The word “know” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":35562,"verse_id":"HAB.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “concerning my correction [or, “reproof”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":35563,"verse_id":"HAB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “the Lord answered and said.” The redundant expression “answered and said” has been simplified in the translation as “responded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35564,"verse_id":"HAB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “[the] vision.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":35565,"verse_id":"HAB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “reads from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":35566,"verse_id":"HAB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “might run,” which here probably means “run [through it quickly with one’s eyes],” that is, read it easily.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":35567,"verse_id":"HAB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “For the vision is still for the appointed time.” The Hebrew word עוֹד (’ od , “still”) is better emended to עֵד (’ ed , “witness”) in light of the parallelism (see the note on the word “turn out” in the following line). The “appointed time” refers to the time when the divine judgment anticipated in vv. 6-20 will be realized.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35568,"verse_id":"HAB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “and a witness to the end and it does not lie.” The Hebrew term יָפֵחַ ( yafeakh ) has been traditionally understood as a verb form from the root פּוּחַ ( puakh , “puff, blow”; cf. NEB “it will come in breathless haste”; NASB “it hastens toward the goal”) but recent scholarship has demonstrated that it is actually a noun meaning “witness” (cf. NIV “it speaks of the end / and will not prove false”; NRSV “it speaks of the end, and does not lie”). See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 106. “The end” corresponds to “the appointed time” of the preceding line and refers to the time when the prophecy to follow will be fulfilled.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":35569,"verse_id":"HAB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “it”; the referent (the message) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":35570,"verse_id":"HAB.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “If it should delay, wait for it.” The Hebrew word חָזוֹן ( khazon , “vision, message”) is the subject of the third person verbs in v. 3 and the antecedent of the pronominal suffix in the phrase “for it.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":35571,"verse_id":"HAB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The meaning of this line is unclear, primarily because of the uncertainty surrounding the second word, עֲפְּלָה (’ apÿlah ). Some read this as an otherwise unattested verb עָפַל (’ afal , “swell”) from which are derived nouns meaning “mound” and “hemorrhoid.” This “swelling” is then understood in an abstract sense, “swell with pride.” This would yield a translation, “As for the proud, his desires are not right within him” (cf. NASB “as for the proud one”; NIV “he is puffed up”; NRSV “Look at the proud!”). A multitude of other interpretations of this line, many of which involve emendations of the problematic form, may be found in the commentaries and periodical literature. The present translation assumes an emendation to a Pual form of the verb עָלַף (’ alaf , “be faint, exhausted”). (See its use in the Pual in Isa 51:20 , and in the Hitpael in Amos 8:13 and Jonah 4:8 .) In the antithetical parallelism of the verse, it corresponds to חָיָה ( khayah , “live”). The phrase לֹא יָשְׁרָה נַפְשׁוֹ בּוֹ ( lo ’ yoshrah nafsho bo ), literally, “not upright his desire within him,” is taken as a substantival clause that contrasts with צַדִּיק ( tsadiq , “the righteous one”) and serves as the subject of the preceding verb. Here נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is understood in the sense of “desire” (see BDB 660-61 s.v. נֶפֶשׁ for a list of passages where the word carries this sense).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":35572,"verse_id":"HAB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “righteous.” The oppressed individuals mentioned in 1:4 are probably in view here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":35573,"verse_id":"HAB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “will be preserved.” In the immediate context this probably refers to physical preservation through both the present oppression and the coming judgment (see Hab 3:16-19 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":35574,"verse_id":"HAB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “loyalty”; or “integrity.” The Hebrew word אֱמוּנָה (’ emunah ) has traditionally been translated “faith,” but the term nowhere else refers to “belief” as such. When used of human character and conduct it carries the notion of “honesty, integrity, reliability, faithfulness.” The antecedent of the suffix has been understood in different ways. It could refer to God’s faithfulness, but in this case one would expect a first person suffix (the original form of the LXX has “my faithfulness” here). Others understand the “vision” to be the antecedent. In this case the reliability of the prophecy is in view. For a statement of this view, see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 111-12. The present translation assumes that the preceding word “[the person of] integrity” is the antecedent. In this case the Lord is assuring Habakkuk that those who are truly innocent will be preserved through the coming oppression and judgment by their godly lifestyle, for God ultimately rewards this type of conduct. In contrast to these innocent people, those with impure desires (epitomized by the greedy Babylonians; see v. 5 ) will not be able to withstand God’s judgment (v. 4 a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":35575,"verse_id":"HAB.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “Indeed wine betrays a proud man and he does not dwell.” The meaning of the last verb, “dwell,” is uncertain. Many take it as a denominative of the noun נָוָה ( navah , “dwelling place”). In this case it would carry the idea, “he does not settle down,” and would picture the drunkard as restless (cf. NIV “never at rest”; NASB “does not stay at home”). Some relate the verb to an Arabic cognate and translate the phrase as “he will not succeed, reach his goal.” sn The Babylonian tyrant is the proud, restless man described in this line as the last line of the verse, with its reference to the conquest of the nations, makes clear. Wine is probably a metaphor for imperialistic success. The more success the Babylonians experience, the more greedy they become just as a drunkard wants more and more wine to satisfy his thirst. But eventually this greed will lead to their downfall, for God will not tolerate such imperialism and will judge the Babylonians appropriately (vv. 6-20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":35576,"verse_id":"HAB.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “who opens wide like Sheol his throat.” Here נֶפֶשׁ ( nefesh ) is understood in a physical sense, meaning “throat,” which in turn is figurative for the appetite. See H. W. Wolff, Anthropology of the Old Testament , 11-12.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":35577,"verse_id":"HAB.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “he gathers for himself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":35578,"verse_id":"HAB.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “he collects for himself.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A5/5"}
{"id":35579,"verse_id":"HAB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “Will not these, all of them, take up a taunt against him…?” The rhetorical question assumes the response, “Yes, they will.” The present translation brings out the rhetorical force of the question by rendering it as an affirmation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":35580,"verse_id":"HAB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and a mocking song, riddles, against him? And one will say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35581,"verse_id":"HAB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the one who increases [what is] not his.” The Hebrew term הוֹי ( hoy , “woe,” “ah”) was used in funeral laments and carries the connotation of death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":35582,"verse_id":"HAB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"This question is interjected parenthetically, perhaps to express rhetorically the pain and despair felt by the Babylonians’ victims.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":35583,"verse_id":"HAB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “and the one who makes himself heavy [i.e., wealthy] [by] debts.” Though only appearing in the first line, the term הוֹי ( hoy ) is to be understood as elliptical in the second line.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":35584,"verse_id":"HAB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “Will not your creditors suddenly rise up?” The rhetorical question assumes the response, “Yes, they will.” The present translation brings out the rhetorical force of the question by rendering it as an affirmation. sn Your creditors will suddenly attack . The Babylonians are addressed directly here. They have robbed and terrorized others, but now the situation will be reversed as their creditors suddenly attack them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35585,"verse_id":"HAB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “[Will not] the ones who make you tremble awake?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":35586,"verse_id":"HAB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “and you will become their plunder.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":35587,"verse_id":"HAB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":35588,"verse_id":"HAB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “peoples.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":35589,"verse_id":"HAB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “because of the shed blood of humankind and violence against land, city.” The singular forms אֶרֶץ (’ erets , “land”) and קִרְיָה ( qiryah , “city”) are collective, referring to all the lands and cities terrorized by the Babylonians.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":35590,"verse_id":"HAB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the one who profits unjustly by evil unjust gain for his house.” On the term הוֹי ( hoy ) see the note on the word “dead” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35591,"verse_id":"HAB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “to place his nest in the heights in order to escape from the hand of disaster.” sn Here the Babylonians are compared to a bird, perhaps an eagle, that builds its nest in an inaccessible high place where predators cannot reach it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":35592,"verse_id":"HAB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “you planned shame for your house, cutting off many nations, and sinning [against] your life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":35593,"verse_id":"HAB.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"On the term הוֹי ( hoy ) see the note on the word “dead” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":35594,"verse_id":"HAB.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “Is it not, look, from the Lord of hosts that the nations work hard for fire, and the peoples are exhausted for nothing?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35595,"verse_id":"HAB.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “for the earth will be filled with the knowledge of the glory of the Lord , just as the waters cover over the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":35596,"verse_id":"HAB.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"No direct object is present after “drink” in the Hebrew text. “Wine” is implied, however, and has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":35597,"verse_id":"HAB.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"On the term הוֹי ( hoy ) see the note on the word “dead” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":35598,"verse_id":"HAB.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “pouring out your anger and also making drunk”; or “pouring out your anger and [by] rage making drunk.” The present translation assumes that the final khet ( ח ) on מְסַפֵּחַ ( misapeakh , “pouring”) is dittographic and that the form should actually be read מִסַּף ( missaf , “from a bowl”). sn Forcing them to drink from the bowl of your furious anger . The Babylonian’s harsh treatment of others is compared to intoxicating wine which the Babylonians force the nations to drink so they can humiliate them. Cf. the imagery in Rev 14:10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":35599,"verse_id":"HAB.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “are filled.” The translation assumes the verbal form is a perfect of certitude, emphasizing the certainty of Babylon’s coming judgment, which will reduce the majestic empire to shame and humiliation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":35600,"verse_id":"HAB.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":35601,"verse_id":"HAB.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “drink, even you, and show the foreskin.” Instead of הֵעָרֵל ( he ’ arel , “show the foreskin”) one of the Dead Sea scrolls has הֵרָעֵל ( hera ’ el , “stumble”). This reading also has support from several ancient versions and is followed by the NEB (“you too shall drink until you stagger”) and NRSV (“Drink, you yourself, and stagger”). For a defense of the Hebrew text, see P. D. Miller, Jr., Sin and Judgment in the Prophets , 63-64.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":35602,"verse_id":"HAB.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “for the violence against Lebanon will cover you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":35603,"verse_id":"HAB.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The Hebrew appears to read literally, “and the violence against the animals [which] he terrified.” The verb form יְחִיתַן ( yÿkhitan ) appears to be a Hiphil imperfect third masculine singular with third feminine plural suffix (the antecedent being the animals) from חָתַת ( khatat , “be terrified”). The translation above follows the LXX and assumes a reading יְחִתֶּךָ ( yÿkhittekha , “[the violence against the animals] will terrify you”; cf. NRSV “the destruction of the animals will terrify you”; NIV “and your destruction of animals will terrify you”). In this case the verb is a Hiphil imperfect third masculine singular with second masculine singular suffix (the antecedent being Babylon). This provides better symmetry with the preceding line, where Babylon’s violence is the subject of the verb “cover.” sn The language may anticipate Nebuchadnezzar’s utilization of trees from the Lebanon forest in building projects. Lebanon and its animals probably represent the western Palestinian states conquered by the Babylonians.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":35604,"verse_id":"HAB.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “of what value.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":35605,"verse_id":"HAB.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “so that the one who forms it fashions it?” Here כִּי ( ki ) is taken as resultative after the rhetorical question. For other examples of this use, see R. J. Williams, Hebrew Syntax , 73, §450.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":35606,"verse_id":"HAB.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “or a metal image, a teacher of lies.” The words “What good is” in the translation are supplied from the previous parallel line. “Teacher of lies” refers to the false oracles that the so-called god would deliver through a priest. See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 126.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":35607,"verse_id":"HAB.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “so that the one who forms his image trusts in it?” As earlier in the verse, כִּי ( ki ) is resultative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":35608,"verse_id":"HAB.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “to make.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":35609,"verse_id":"HAB.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Heb “Woe [to] the one who says.” On the term הוֹי ( hoy ) see the note on the word “dead” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":35610,"verse_id":"HAB.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The words “he who says” in the translation are supplied from the previous parallel line.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":35611,"verse_id":"HAB.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “holy temple.” The Lord ’s heavenly palace, rather than the earthly temple, is probably in view here (see Ps 11:4 ; Mic 1:2-3 ). The Hebrew word ֹקדֶשׁ ( qodesh , “holy”) here refers to the sovereign transcendence associated with his palace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":35612,"verse_id":"HAB.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “Be quiet before him, all the earth!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":35613,"verse_id":"HAB.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The Hebrew text adds עַל שִׁגְיֹנוֹת (’ al shigyonot , “upon [or, “according to”] shigyonot ”). The meaning of this word is uncertain. It may refer to the literary genre of the prayer or to the musical style to be employed when it is sung. The NEB leaves the term untranslated; several other modern English versions transliterate the term into English, sometimes with explanatory notes (NASB, NRSV “according to Shigionoth”; NIV “On shigyonoth ”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":35614,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “your report,” that is, “the report concerning you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":35615,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “I fear.” Some prefer to read, “I saw, Lord , what you accomplished” (cf. NEB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":35616,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “your work.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":35617,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “in the midst of years.” The meaning of the phrase, which occurs only here in the OT, is uncertain (cf. NIV “in our day”; NEB, NASB “in the midst of the years”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":35618,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “revive it” (i.e., “your work”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":35619,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “make known.” The implied object is “your deeds”; the pronoun “them,” referring to “deeds” in the previous line, was employed in the translation to avoid redundancy. The suffix on the form חַיֵּיהוּ ( khayyehu , “revive it”) does double duty in the parallelism.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/6"}
{"id":35620,"verse_id":"HAB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “in turmoil remember [to show] compassion.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A2/7"}
{"id":35621,"verse_id":"HAB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"In vv. 3-15 there is a mixture of eleven prefixed verbal forms (without vav [ ו ] consecutive or with vav conjunctive), sixteen suffixed forms, and three prefixed forms with vav consecutive. All of the forms are best taken as indicating completed action from the speaker’s standpoint (all of the prefixed forms being regarded as preterites). The forms could be translated with the past tense, but this would be misleading, for this is not a mere recital of God’s deeds in Israel’s past history. Habakkuk here describes, in terms reminiscent of past theophanies, his prophetic vision of a future theophany (see v. 7 , “I saw”). From the prophet’s visionary standpoint the theophany is “as good as done.” This translation uses the English present tense throughout these verses to avoid misunderstanding. A similar strategy is followed by the NEB; in contrast note the NIV and NRSV, which consistently use past tenses throughout the section, and the NASB, which employs present tenses in vv. 3-5 and mostly past tenses in vv. 6-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":35622,"verse_id":"HAB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Or traditionally, “holy one.” The term קָדוֹשׁ ( qadosh , “holy [one]”) here refers to God’s sovereignty. See v. 3 b.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":35623,"verse_id":"HAB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.3","text":"Selah . The meaning of this musical term (which also appears in vv. 9, 13 , and in the Psalms as well) is unknown.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A3/5"}
{"id":35624,"verse_id":"HAB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “heavens.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A3/6"}
{"id":35625,"verse_id":"HAB.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “praise.” This could mean that the earth responds in praise as God’s splendor is observed in the skies. However, the Hebrew term תְּהִלָּה ( tÿhillah , “praise”) can stand by metonymy for what prompts it (i.e., fame, glory, deeds).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A3/7"}
{"id":35626,"verse_id":"HAB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “[His] radiance is like light.” Some see a reference to sunlight, but the Hebrew word אוֹר (’ or ) here refers to lightning, as the context indicates (see vv. 4 b, 9, 11). The word also refers to lightning in Job 36:32 and 37:3, 11, 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":35627,"verse_id":"HAB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “two horns from his hand to him.” Sharp, pointed lightning bolts have a “horn-like” appearance. The weapon of “double lightning” appears often in Mesopotamian representations of gods. See Elizabeth Van Buren, Symbols of the Gods in Mesopotamian Art (AnOr), 70-73.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":35628,"verse_id":"HAB.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and there [is] the covering of his strength”; or “and there is his strong covering.” The meaning of this line is unclear. The point may be that the lightning bolts are merely a covering, or outward display, of God’s raw power. In Job 36:32 one reads that God “covers his hands with light [or, “lightning”].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":35629,"verse_id":"HAB.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Because of parallelism with the previous line, the meaning “pestilence” is favored for רֶשֶׁף ( reshef ) here, but usage elsewhere suggests a destructive bolt of fire may be in view. See BDB 958 s.v. sn There are mythological echoes here, for in Canaanite literature the god Resheph aids Baal in his battles. See J. Day, “New Light on the Mythological Background of the Allusion to Resheph in Habakkuk III 5,” VT 29 (1979): 353-55.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":35630,"verse_id":"HAB.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “goes out at his feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":35631,"verse_id":"HAB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “he stands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":35632,"verse_id":"HAB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"This verb has been traditionally understood as “measure” (from מוּד , mud ), but the immediately following context (vv. 6 b-7) favors the meaning “shake” from מָוד ( mavd ; see HALOT 555 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":35633,"verse_id":"HAB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “makes [the nations] jump [in fear].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":35634,"verse_id":"HAB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “crumbled,” broke into pieces.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":35635,"verse_id":"HAB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “ancient ways [or, “doings”] are his.” The meaning of this line is unclear. Traditionally it has been translated, “his ways are eternal.” However, in this context (see vv. 3, 7 ) it is more likely that the line speaks of the Lord taking the same route as in the days of Moses and Deborah (see Deut 33:2 ; Judg 5:4 ). See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 154.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A6/5"}
{"id":35636,"verse_id":"HAB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “under trouble I saw the tents of Cushan.” sn Cushan was located in southern Transjordan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":35637,"verse_id":"HAB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"R. D. Patterson takes תַּחַת אֲוֶן ( takhat ’ aven ) in the first line as a place name, “Tahath-Aven.” ( Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah [WEC], 237.) In this case one may translate the verse as a tricolon: “I look at Tahath-Aven. The tents of Cushan are shaking, the tent curtains of the land of Midian.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":35638,"verse_id":"HAB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “so that.” Here כִּי ( ki ) is resultative. See the note on the phrase “make it” in 2:18 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":35639,"verse_id":"HAB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “you mount your horses.” As the next line makes clear, the Lord is pictured here as a charioteer, not a cavalryman. Note NRSV here, “when you drove your horses, // your chariots to victory.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":35640,"verse_id":"HAB.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “chariots of deliverance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":35641,"verse_id":"HAB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “[into] nakedness your bow is laid bare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":35642,"verse_id":"HAB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “sworn in are the arrow-shafts with a word.” The passive participle of שָׁבַע ( shava ’), “swear an oath,” also occurs in Ezek 21:23 ET ( 21:28 HT) referencing those who have sworn allegiance. Here the Lord ’s arrows are personified and viewed as having received a commission which they have vowed to uphold. In Jer 47:6-7 the Lord ’s sword is given such a charge. In the Ugaritic myths Baal’s weapons are formally assigned the task of killing the sea god Yam.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":35643,"verse_id":"HAB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “[with] rivers you split open the earth.” A literal rendering like “You split the earth with rivers” (so NIV, NRSV) suggests geological activity to the modern reader, but in the present context of a violent thunderstorm, the idea of streams swollen to torrents by downpours better fits the imagery. sn As the Lord comes in a thunderstorm the downpour causes streams to swell to river-like proportions and spread over the surface of the ground, causing flash floods .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":35644,"verse_id":"HAB.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “a heavy rain of waters passes by.” Perhaps the flash floods produced by the downpour are in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":35645,"verse_id":"HAB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “in their lofty dwelling places.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":35646,"verse_id":"HAB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “at the light of your arrows they vanish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":35647,"verse_id":"HAB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “at the brightness of the lightning of your spear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":35648,"verse_id":"HAB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “anointed one.” In light of the parallelism with “your people” in the preceding line this could refer to Israel, but elsewhere the Lord’s anointed one is always an individual. The Davidic king is the more likely referent here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":35649,"verse_id":"HAB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “you strike the head from the house of wickedness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":35650,"verse_id":"HAB.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “laying bare [from] foundation to neck.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":35651,"verse_id":"HAB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Some take “warriors” with the following line, in which case one should translate, “you pierce [his] head with a spear; his warriors storm forward to scatter us” (cf. NIV). The meaning of the Hebrew term פְּרָזוֹ ( pÿrazo ), translated here “his warriors,” is uncertain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":35652,"verse_id":"HAB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “his shafts.” Some emend to “your shafts.” The translation above assumes an emendation to מַטֶּה ( matteh , “shaft, spear”), the vav-yod ( ו - י ) sequence being a corruption of an original he ( ה ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":35653,"verse_id":"HAB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “me,” but the author speaks as a representative of God’s people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":35654,"verse_id":"HAB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “their rejoicing is like devouring the poor in secret.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":35655,"verse_id":"HAB.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “the foaming of the mighty [or “many”] waters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":35656,"verse_id":"HAB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “my insides trembled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":35657,"verse_id":"HAB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “decay entered my bones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":35658,"verse_id":"HAB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “beneath me I shook, which….” The Hebrew term אֲשֶׁר (’ asher ) appears to be a relative pronoun, but a relative pronoun does not fit here. The translation assumes a reading אֲשֻׁרָי (’ ashuray , “my steps”) as well as an emendation of the preceding verb to a third plural form.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":35659,"verse_id":"HAB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"The translation assumes that אָנוּחַ (’ anuakh ) is from the otherwise unattested verb נָוָח ( navakh , “sigh”; see HALOT 680 s.v. II נוח ; so also NEB). Most take this verb as נוּחַ ( nuakh , “to rest”) and translate, “I wait patiently” (cf. NIV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":35660,"verse_id":"HAB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “to come up toward.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A16/5"}
{"id":35661,"verse_id":"HAB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “though.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":35662,"verse_id":"HAB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “the produce of the olive disappoints.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":35663,"verse_id":"HAB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “food.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":35664,"verse_id":"HAB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “are cut off.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":35665,"verse_id":"HAB.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":35666,"verse_id":"HAB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Or perhaps, “is my wall,” that is, “my protector.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":35667,"verse_id":"HAB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “he makes my feet like those of deer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":35668,"verse_id":"HAB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “he makes me walk on my high places.” sn Difficult times are coming, but Habakkuk is confident the Lord will sustain him. Habakkuk will be able to survive, just as the deer negotiates the difficult rugged terrain of the high places without injury.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":35669,"verse_id":"HAB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “For the leader, on my stringed instruments.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Habakkuk%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":35670,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord which came to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":35671,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The Hebrew text combines the infinitive absolute of אָסַף (’ asaf , “gather up, sweep away”) with a Hiphil prefixed first person form of סוּף ( suf , “come to an end”; see Jer 8:13 for the same combination). This can be translated literally, “Sweeping away, I will bring to an end.” Some prefer to emend the text so that the infinitive and finite form of the verb are from the same root (“I will certainly sweep away,” if from אָסַף [cf. NEB, NIV, NRSV]; “I will certainly bring to an end,” if from סוּף ). For a discussion of proposals see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 167, 169.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":35672,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “And the stumbling blocks [or, “ruins”] with the evil”; or “the things that make the evil stumble.” The line does not appear in the original form of the LXX; it may be a later scribal addition. The present translation assumes the “stumbling blocks” are idolatrous images of animals, birds, and fish. See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 167, and Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB), 73-74.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35673,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":35674,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “I will stretch out my hand against,” is an idiom for hostile action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":35675,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":35676,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":35677,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “the remnant of Baal.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":35678,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “name.” Here the “name” is figurative for the memory of those who bear it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":35679,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “of the pagan priests and priests.” The first word ( כְּמָרִים , kÿmarim ) refers to idolatrous priests in its two other appearances in the OT ( 2 Kgs 23:5 , Hos 10:5 ), while the second word ( כֹּהֲנִים , kohanim ) is the normal term for “priest” and is used of both legitimate and illegitimate priests in the OT. It is likely that the second term, which is omitted in the LXX, is a later scribal addition to the Hebrew text, defining the extremely rare word that precedes (see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah [OTL], 167-68; cf. also NEB, NRSV). Some argue that both words are original; among the modern English versions that include both are NASB and NIV. Possibly the first word refers to outright pagan priests, while the second has in view once-legitimate priests of the Lord who had drifted into idolatrous practices. Another option is found in Adele Berlin, who translates, “the idolatrous priests among the priests,” understanding the second word as giving the general category of which the idolatrous priests are a part ( Zephaniah [AB 25A], 75).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":35680,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The words “I will remove” are repeated from v. 4 b for stylistic reasons. In the Hebrew text vv. 4 b-6 contain a long list of objects for the verb “I will remove” in v. 4 b. In the present translation a new sentence was begun at the beginning of v. 5 in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":35681,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “those who worship on their roofs the host of heaven.” The “host of heaven” included the sun, moon, planets, and stars, all of which were deified in the ancient Near East.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":35682,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The MT reads, “those who worship, those who swear allegiance to the Lord .” The original form of the LXX omits the phrase “those who worship”; it may have been accidentally repeated from the preceding line. J. J. M. Roberts prefers to delete as secondary the phrase “those who swear allegiance” (J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah [OTL], 168).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":35683,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “those who swear by.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":35684,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The referent of “their king” is unclear. It may refer sarcastically to a pagan god (perhaps Baal) worshiped by the people. Some English versions (cf. NEB, NASB, NRSV) prefer to emend the text to “Milcom,” the name of an Ammonite god (following some LXX mss , Syriac, and Vulgate) or “Molech,” a god to whom the Israelites offered their children (cf. NIV, NLT). For a discussion of the options, see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 75-77.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":35685,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “turn back from [following] after.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35686,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “who do not seek the Lord and do not inquire of him.” The present translation assumes the first verb refers to praying for divine help and the second to seeking his revealed will through an oracle. Note the usage of the two verbs in 2 Chr 20:3-4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":35687,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “Lord Lord. ” The phrase אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה ( adonai yÿhvih) is customarily rendered by Jewish tradition as “Lord God .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":35688,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “the day of the Lord .” sn The origin of the concept of “the day of the Lord ” is uncertain. It may have originated in the ancient Near Eastern idea of the sovereign’s day of conquest, where a king would boast that he had concluded an entire military campaign in a single day (see D. Stuart, “The Sovereign’s Day of Conquest,” BASOR 221 [1976]: 159-64). In the OT the expression is applied to several acts of divine judgment, some historical and others still future (see A. J. Everson, “The Days of Yahweh,” JBL 93 [1974]: 329-37). In the OT the phrase first appears in Amos (assuming that Amos predates Joel and Obadiah), where it seems to refer to a belief on the part of the northern kingdom that God would intervene on Israel’s behalf and judge the nation’s enemies. Amos affirms that the Lord’s day of judgment is indeed approaching, but he declares that it will be a day of disaster, not deliverance, for Israel. Here in Zephaniah, the “day of the Lord” includes God’s coming judgment of Judah, as well as a more universal outpouring of divine anger.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":35689,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “near.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":35690,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “a sacrifice.” This same word also occurs in the following verse. sn Because a sacrificial meal presupposes the slaughter of animals, it is used here as a metaphor of the bloody judgment to come.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":35691,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “consecrated” (ASV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":35692,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “officials” (NRSV, TEV); NLT “leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35693,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The referent of “their master” is unclear. The king or a pagan god may be in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":35694,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “who fill…with violence and deceit.” The expression “violence and deceit” refers metonymically to the wealth taken by oppressive measures.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":35695,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The words “will go up” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":35696,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “from the second area.” This may refer to an area northwest of the temple where the rich lived (see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah [AB 25A], 86; cf. NASB, NRSV “the Second Quarter”; NIV “the New Quarter”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":35697,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Heb “great breaking.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":35698,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “in the Mortar.” The Hebrew term מַכְתֵּשׁ ( makhtesh , “mortar”) is apparently here the name of a low-lying area where economic activity took place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":35699,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or perhaps “Canaanites.” Cf. BDB 489 s.v. I and II כְּנַעֲנִי . Translators have rendered the term either as “the merchant people” (KJV, NKJV), “the traders” (NRSV), “merchants” (NEB, NIV), or, alternatively, “the people of Canaan” (NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":35700,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “be destroyed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":35701,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “weigh out silver.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":35702,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “be cut off.” In the Hebrew text of v. 11 b the perfect verbal forms emphasize the certainty of the judgment, speaking of it as if it were already accomplished.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":35703,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “who thicken on their sediment.” The imagery comes from wine making, where the wine, if allowed to remain on the sediment too long, will thicken into syrup. The image suggests that the people described here were complacent in their sinful behavior and interpreted the delay in judgment as divine apathy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":35704,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “who say in their hearts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35705,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “The Lord does not do good nor does he do evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":35706,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “The great day of the Lord .” The words “of judgment” are supplied in the translation here and later in this verse for clarity. See the note on the expression “day of judgment” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35707,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “the sound of the day of the Lord , bitter [is] one crying out there, a warrior.” The present translation does four things: (1) It takes מַר ( mar , “bitter”) with what precedes (contrary to the accentuation of the MT). (2) It understands the participle צָרַח ( tsarakh , “cry out in battle”) as verbal with “warrior” as its subject. (3) It takes שָׁם ( sham , “there”) in a temporal sense, meaning “then, at that time.” (4) It understands “warrior” as collective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":35708,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Heb “a day of wrath.” The word “God’s” is supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":35709,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “a ram’s horn.” By metonymy the Hebrew text mentions the trumpet (“ram’s horn”) in place of the sound it produces (“trumpet blasts”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":35710,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “against.” The words “judgment will fall” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":35711,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"“The people” refers to mankind in general (see vv. 2-3 ) or more specifically to the residents of Judah (see vv. 4-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":35712,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Heb “walk.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":35713,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Some take the referent of “flesh” to be more specific here; cf. NEB (“bowels”), NAB (“brains”), NIV (“entrails”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":35714,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"The words “will be scattered” are supplied in the translation for clarity based on the parallelism with “will be poured out” in the previous line.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":35715,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “land” (cf. NEB). This same word also occurs at the end of the present verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":35716,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “passion”; traditionally, “jealousy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":35717,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":35718,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.18","text":"Heb “complete destruction, even terror, he will make.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A18/4"}
{"id":35719,"verse_id":"ZEP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.18","text":"It is not certain where the Lord ’s words end and the prophet’s words begin. It is possible that Zephaniah begins speaking in the middle of v. 17 or at the beginning of v. 18 (note the third person pronouns referring to the Lord ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%201%3A18/5"}
{"id":35720,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The Hebrew text combines a Hitpolel imperative of קָשַׁשׁ ( qashash ) with a Qal imperative of the same root. Elsewhere this root appears in the polel stem with the meaning “gather stubble.” Zephaniah’s command is ironic, implying the people are like stubble or straw. As such, they are vulnerable to the Lord’s fiery judgment that will quickly consume them (see 1:18 ). See Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 96.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":35721,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Some relate this word to an Aramaic cognate meaning “to be ashamed.” With the negative particle it would then mean “unashamed” (cf. NIV “shameful”; NRSV “shameless”). However, elsewhere in biblical Hebrew the verb means “to desire,” or with the negative particle “undesirable.” Cf. also NEB “unruly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":35722,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “before the giving birth of a decree.” For various alternative readings, see J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 187-88.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35723,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The second half of the line reads literally, “like chaff it passes by a day.” The translation above assumes the “day” is the brief time God is giving the nation to repent. The comparison of this quickly passing opportunity to chaff is consistent with the straw imagery of v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":35724,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “the fury of the anger of the Lord .” The synonyms are combined to emphasize the extreme degree of the Lord’s anger.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":35725,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “comes upon.” This phrase occurs twice in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":35726,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “seek the Lord ,” but “favor” seems to be implied from the final line of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35727,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “poor.” The precise referent of this Hebrew term is unclear. The word may refer to the economically poor or to the spiritually humble.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":35728,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"The present translation assumes the Hebrew term מִשְׁפָּט ( mishpat ) here refers to God’s covenantal requirements and is a synonym for the Law. The word can mean “justice” and could refer more specifically to the principles of justice contained in the Law. In this case the phrase could be translated, “who have promoted the justice God demands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":35729,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “Seek what is right.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":35730,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “Seek humility.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/5"}
{"id":35731,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “hidden.” Cf. NEB “it may be that you will find shelter”; NRSV “perhaps you may be hidden.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A3/6"}
{"id":35732,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “for” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":35733,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"There is a sound play here in the Hebrew text: the name Gaza ( עַזָּה , ’ azzah ) sounds like the word translated “deserted” ( עֲזוּבָה , ’ azuvah ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":35734,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “a desolate place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":35735,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “[As for] Ashdod, at noon they will drive her away.” sn The reference to noon may suggest a sudden, quick defeat (see Jer 6:4; 15:8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":35736,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “uprooted.” There is a sound play here in the Hebrew text: the name “Ekron” ( עֶקְרוֹן , ’ eqron ) sounds like the word translated “uprooted” ( תֵּעָקֵר , te ’ aqer ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":35737,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “Kerethites,” a people settled alongside the Philistines in the coastal areas of southern Palestine (cf. 1 Sam 30:14 ; Ezek 25:16 ). They originally came from the island of Crete.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":35738,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “Woe, inhabitants of the coast of the sea, nation of Kerethites.” The Hebrew term הוֹי ( hoy , “ah, woe”), is used to mourn the dead and express outwardly one’s sorrow (see 1 Kgs 13:30 ; Jer 22:18; 34:5 ). By using it here the prophet mourns in advance the downfall of the Philistines, thereby emphasizing the certainty of their demise (“as good as dead”). Some argue the word does not have its earlier connotation here and is simply an attention-getting interjection, equivalent to “Hey!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":35739,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The NIV here supplies the phrase “where the Kerethites dwell” (“Kerethites” is translated in v. 5 as “the people who came from Crete”) as an interpretive gloss, but this phrase is not in the MT. The NAB likewise reads “the coastland of the Cretans,” supplying “Cretans” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":35740,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The Hebrew phrase here is נְוֹת כְּרֹת ( nÿvot kÿrot ). The first word is probably a plural form of נָוָה ( navah , “pasture”). The meaning of the second word is unclear. It may be a synonym of the preceding word (cf. NRSV “pastures, meadows for shepherds”); there is a word כַּר ( kar , “pasture”) in biblical Hebrew, but elsewhere it forms its plural with a masculine ending. Some have suggested the meaning “wells” or “caves” used as shelters (cf. NEB “shepherds’ huts”); in this case, one might translate, “The seacoast will be used for pasturelands; for shepherds’ wells/caves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35741,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “the remnant of the house of Judah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35742,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “the coast will belong to the remnant of the house of Judah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":35743,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “on them,” but the antecedent of the masculine pronoun is unclear. It may refer back to the “pasture lands,” though that noun is feminine. It is preferable to emend the text from עֲלֵיהֶם (’ alehem ) to עַל־הַיָּם (’ al-hayyam , “by the sea”) an emendation that assumes a misdivision and transposition of letters in the MT (cf. NEB “They shall pasture their flocks by the sea”). See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 192.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":35744,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"The referent of the pronominal subject (“they”) is unclear. It may refer (1) to the shepherds (in which case the first verb should be translated, “pasture their sheep,” cf. NEB), or (2) to the Judahites occupying the area, who are being compared to sheep (cf. NIV, “there they will find pasture”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":35745,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “will care for them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/5"}
{"id":35746,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.7","text":"Traditionally, “restore their captivity,” i.e., bring back their captives, but it is more likely the expression means “restore their fortunes” in a more general sense (cf. NEB, NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A7/6"}
{"id":35747,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “who.” A new sentence was begun here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":35748,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “and they made great [their mouth?] against their territory.” Other possible translation options include (1) “they enlarged their own territory” (cf. NEB) and (2) “they bragged about [the size] of their own territory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":35749,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew text reads מִמְשַׁק חָרוּל ( mimshaq kharul , “[?] of weeds”). The meaning of the first word is unknown. The present translation (“They will be overrun by weeds”) is speculative, based on the general sense of the context. For a defense of “overrun” on linguistic grounds, see R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah (WEC), 347. Cf. NEB “a pile of weeds”; NIV “a place of weeds”; NRSV “a land possessed by nettles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35750,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"The Hebrew text reads וּמִכְרֵה־מֶלַח ( umikhreh-melakh , “and a [?] of salt”). The meaning of the first word is unclear, though “pit” (NASB, NIV, NRSV; NKJV “saltpit”), “mine,” and “heap” (cf. NEB “a rotting heap of saltwort”) are all options. The words “filled with” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":35751,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “The remnant of my people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":35752,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “them.” The actual object of the plundering, “their belongings,” has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":35753,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “[the] nation.” For clarity the “nation” has been specified as “Judah” in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":35754,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “this is for them in place of their arrogance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":35755,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “made great [their mouth?] against” (cf. the last phrase of v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":35756,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “will be awesome over [or, “against”] them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":35757,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":35758,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"The meaning of this rare Hebrew word is unclear. If the meaning is indeed “weaken,” then this line may be referring to the reduction of these gods’ territory through conquest (see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah [AB 25A], 110-11). Cf. NEB “reduce to beggary”; NASB “starve”; NIV “when he destroys”; NRSV “shrivel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":35759,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “and all the coastlands of the nations will worship [or, “bow down”] to him, each from his own place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":35760,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “Cushites.” This is traditionally assumed to refer to people from the region south of Egypt, i.e., Nubia or northern Sudan, referred to as “Ethiopia” by classical authors (not the more recent Abyssinia).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":35761,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “Also you Cushites, who lie dead by my sword.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":35762,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “He”; the referent (the Lord ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35763,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “he will stretch out his hand against the north.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":35764,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “dry.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":35765,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “flocks.” The Hebrew word can refer to both flocks of sheep and herds of cattle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":35766,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “[and] all the wild animals of a nation.” How גוֹי ( goy , “nation”) relates to what precedes is unclear. It may be a corruption of another word. See J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 193.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":35767,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"The Hebrew text reads here גַּם־קָאַת גַּם־קִפֹּד ( gam-qa ’ at gam-qippod ). The term קָאַת refers to some type of bird (see Lev 11:18 ; Deut 14:17 ) that was typically found near ruins ( Isa 34:11 ); one of the most common translations is “owl” (cf. NEB “horned owl”; NIV, NRSV “desert owl”; contra NASB “pelican”). The term קִפֹּד may also refer to a type of bird (cf. NEB “ruffed bustard”; NIV, NRSV “screech owl”). Some suggest a rodent may be in view (cf. NASB “hedgehog”); this is not unreasonable, for a rodent or some other small animal would be able to sleep in the tops of pillars which would be lying in the ruins of the fallen buildings.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":35768,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “a sound will sing in the window.” If some type of owl is in view, “hoot” is a more appropriate translation (cf. NEB, NRSV).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":35769,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “rubble [will be] on the threshold.” “Rubble” translates the Hebrew word חֹרֶב ( khorev , “desolation”). Some emend to עֹרֵב (’ orev , “raven”) following the LXX and Vulgate; Adele Berlin translates, “A voice shall shriek from the window – a raven at the sill” ( Zephaniah [AB 25A], 104).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/5"}
{"id":35770,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.14","text":"The meaning of the Hebrew word translated “cedar work” (so NASB, NRSV) is unclear; NIV has “the beams of cedar.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/6"}
{"id":35771,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “one will expose.” The subject is probably indefinite, though one could translate, “for he [i.e., God] will lay bare.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A14/7"}
{"id":35772,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “this is the proud city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":35773,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the one that lived securely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":35774,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the one who says in her heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":35775,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “I [am], and besides me there is no other.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":35776,"verse_id":"ZEP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “hisses”; or “whistles.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%202%3A15/5"}
{"id":35777,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The present translation assumes מֹרְאָה ( mor ’ ah ) is derived from רֹאִי ( ro ’ i ,“excrement”; see Jastrow 1436 s.v. רֳאִי ). The following participle, “stained,” supports this interpretation (cf. NEB “filthy and foul”; NRSV “soiled, defiled”). Another option is to derive the form from מָרָה ( marah , “to rebel”); in this case the term should be translated “rebellious” (cf. NASB, NIV “rebellious and defiled”). This idea is supported by v. 2 . For discussion of the two options, see HALOT 630 s.v. I מרא and J. J. M. Roberts, Nahum, Habakkuk, and Zephaniah (OTL), 206.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":35778,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Heb “Woe, soiled and stained one, oppressive city.” The verb “is finished” is supplied in the second line. On the Hebrew word הוֹי ( hoy , “ah, woe”), see the note on the word “dead” in 2:5 . sn The following verses show that Jerusalem, personified as a woman (“she”), is the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":35779,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “she does not hear a voice” Refusing to listen is equated with disobedience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":35780,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “she does not receive correction.” The Hebrew phrase, when negated, refers elsewhere to rejecting verbal advice ( Jer 17:23; 32:33; 35:13 ) and refusing to learn from experience ( Jer 2:30; 5:3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":35781,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Heb “draw near to.” The present translation assumes that the expression “draw near to” refers to seeking God’s will (see 1 Sam 14:36 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":35782,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “officials.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":35783,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “her princes in her midst are roaring lions.” The metaphor has been translated as a simile (“as fierce as”) for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":35784,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Traditionally “judges.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":35785,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “her judges [are] wolves of the evening,” that is, wolves that prowl at night. The translation assumes an emendation to עֲרָבָה (’ aravah , “desert”). For a discussion of this and other options, see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 128. The metaphor has been translated as a simile (“as hungry as”) for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":35786,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.3","text":"Heb “they do not gnaw [a bone] at morning.” The precise meaning of the line is unclear. The statement may mean these wolves devour their prey so completely that not even a bone is left to gnaw by the time morning arrives. For a discussion of this and other options, see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 129.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A3/5"}
{"id":35787,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “defile the temple.” sn These priests defile what is holy by not observing the proper distinctions between what is ritually clean and unclean (see Ezek 22:26 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":35788,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “they treat violently [the] law.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":35789,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The word “resides” is supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":35790,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “he does no injustice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":35791,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “gives”; or “dispenses.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":35792,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “at the light he is not missing.” Note that NASB (which capitalizes pronouns referring to Deity) has divided the lines differently: “Every morning He brings His justice to light; // He does not fail.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":35793,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":35794,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “corner towers”; NEB, NRSV “battlements.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":35795,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"This Hebrew verb ( צָדָה , tsadah ) occurs only here in the OT, but its meaning is established from the context and from an Aramaic cognate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":35796,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “so that there is no man, without inhabitant.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":35797,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":35798,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “fear.” The second person verb form (“you will respect”) is feminine singular, indicating that personified Jerusalem is addressed. sn God’s judgment of the nations (v. 6 ) was an object lesson for Israel’s benefit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":35799,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “dwelling place.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":35800,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “cut off.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":35801,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “all which I have punished her.” The precise meaning of this statement and its relationship to what precedes are unclear.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/5"}
{"id":35802,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “But they got up early, they made corrupt all their actions.” The phrase “they got up early” probably refers to their eagerness to engage in sinful activities.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A7/6"}
{"id":35803,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The second person verb form (“you must wait patiently”) is masculine plural, indicating that a group is being addressed. Perhaps the humble individuals addressed earlier (see 2:3 ) are in view. Because of Jerusalem’s sin, they must patiently wait for judgment to pass before their vindication arrives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":35804,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “when I arise for plunder.” The present translation takes עַד (’ ad ) as “plunder.” Some, following the LXX, repoint the term עֵד (’ ed) and translate, “as a witness” (cf. NASB, NIV, NRSV). In this case the Lord uses a legal metaphor to picture himself as testifying against his enemies. Adele Berlin takes לְעַד ( lÿ ’ ad) in a temporal sense (“forever”) and translates “once and for all” ( Zephaniah [AB 25A], 133).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":35805,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “for my decision is.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":35806,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “certainly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":35807,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “Certainly [or perhaps, “For”] then I will restore to the nations a pure lip.” sn I will then enable the nations to give me acceptable praise . This apparently refers to a time when the nations will reject their false idol-gods and offer genuine praise to the one true God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":35808,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “so that all of them will call on the name of the Lord .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":35809,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “so that [they] will serve him [with] one shoulder.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":35810,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “Nubia”; Heb “Cush.” “Cush” is traditionally assumed to refer to the region south of Egypt, i.e. Nubia or northern Sudan, referred to as “Ethiopia” by classical authors (not the more recent Abyssinia).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":35811,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “those who pray to me, the daughter of my dispersed ones.” The meaning of the phrase is unclear. Perhaps the text is corrupt at this point or a proper name should be understood. For a discussion of various options see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 134-35. sn It is not certain if those who pray to me refers to the converted nations or to God’s exiled covenant people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":35812,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “In that day you not be ashamed because of all your actions, [in] which you rebelled against me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":35813,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the arrogant ones of your pride.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":35814,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “needy and poor people.” The terms often refer to a socioeconomic group, but here they may refer to those who are humble in a spiritual sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":35815,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “and they will take refuge in the name of the Lord .” sn Safety in the Lord ’s presence . From the time the Lord introduced his special covenant name (Yahweh) to Moses, it served as a reminder of his protective presence as Israel’s faithful deliverer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":35816,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “the remnant of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":35817,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The words “peacefully like sheep” are supplied in the translation for clarification.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":35818,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “your judgments,” that is, “the judgments directed against you.” The translation reflects the implications of the parallelism.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":35819,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “it will be said.” The passive construction has been translated as active for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":35820,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “your hands must not go limp.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":35821,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “he rejoices over you with joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":35822,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"The MT reads, “he is silent in his love,” but this makes no sense in light of the immediately preceding and following lines. Some take the Hiphil verb form as causative (see Job 11:3 ) rather than intransitive and translate, “he causes [you] to be silent by his love,” that is, “he soothes [you] by his love.” The present translation follows the LXX and assumes an original reading יְחַדֵּשׁ ( yÿkhaddesh , “he renews”) with ellipsis of the object (“you”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":35823,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Heb “he rejoices over you with a shout of joy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":35824,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “The ones grieving from an assembly I gathered from you they were, tribute upon her, a reproach.” Any translation of this difficult verse must be provisional at best. The present translation assumes three things: (1) The preposition מִן ( min) prefixed to “assembly” is causal (the individuals are sorrowing because of the assemblies or festivals they are no longer able to hold). (2) מַשְׂאֵת ( mas ’ et) means “tribute” and refers to the exiled people being treated as the spoils of warfare (see R. D. Patterson, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah [WEC], 385-86). (3) The third feminine singular suffix refers to personified Jerusalem, which is addressed earlier in the verse (the pronominal suffix in “from you” is second feminine singular). For other interpretive options see Adele Berlin, Zephaniah (AB 25A), 146.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":35825,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The word “sheep” is supplied for clarification. As in Mic 4:6-7 , the exiles are here pictured as injured and scattered sheep whom the divine shepherd rescues from danger.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":35826,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Heb “I will make them into praise and a name, in all the earth, their shame.” The present translation assumes that “their shame” specifies “them” and that “name” stands here for a good reputation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":35827,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"In this line the second person pronoun is masculine plural, indicating that the exiles are addressed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":35828,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":35829,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “I will make you into a name and praise among all the peoples of the earth.” Here the word “name” carries the nuance of “good reputation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":35830,"verse_id":"ZEP.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEP","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.20","text":"Heb “when I restore your fortunes to your eyes.” See the note on the phrase “restore them” in 2:7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zephaniah%203%3A20/4"}
{"id":35831,"verse_id":"HAG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord came by the hand of Haggai the prophet” ( בְּיַד־חַגַּי , bÿyad-khaggay ). This suggests that the prophet is only an instrument of the Lord ; the Lord is to be viewed as the true author (see 1:3; 2:1 ; Mal 1:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":35832,"verse_id":"HAG.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The typical translation “Joshua (the) son of Jehozadak, the high priest” (cf. ASV, NASB, NIV, NRSV) can be understood to mean that Jehozadak was high priest. However, Zech 3:1, 8 clearly indicates that Joshua was high priest (see also Ezra 5:1-2 ; cf. NAB). The same potential misunderstanding occurs in Hag 1:12, 14 and 2:2 , where the same solution has been employed in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":35833,"verse_id":"HAG.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “the time has not come, the time for the house of the Lord to be built” (similar KJV). A number of English versions refer to “rebuilding” (so NAB, NCV, NRSV, TEV, NLT) since the reconstruction of Solomon’s temple is actually in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":35834,"verse_id":"HAG.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord came by the hand of Haggai the prophet, saying.” Cf. the similar expression in v. 1 and the note there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35835,"verse_id":"HAG.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “Is it time for you, [yes] you, to live in paneled houses, while this house is in ruins”; NASB “lies desolate”; NIV “remains a ruin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":35836,"verse_id":"HAG.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Heb “Set your heart upon your ways” (see 2:15, 18 ); traditionally “Consider your ways” (so KJV, ASV, NAB, NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":35837,"verse_id":"HAG.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Some translate “pockets” (so NLT) but the Hebrew word צְרוֹר ( tsÿror ) refers to a bag, pouch, or purse of money (BDB 865 s.v. צְרוֹר ; HALOT 1054 s.v. צְרוֹר 1). Because coinage had been invented by the Persians and was thus in use in Haggai’s day, this likely is a money bag or purse rather than pouches or pockets in the clothing. Since in contemporary English “purse” (so NASB, NIV, NCV) could be understood as a handbag, the present translation uses “money bags.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35838,"verse_id":"HAG.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Heb “Set your heart upon your ways”; see v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":35839,"verse_id":"HAG.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “and build the house” (so NIV, NRSV), with “house” referring specifically to the temple here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35840,"verse_id":"HAG.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"The Hebrew verb אֶכָּבְדָ (’ ekkavda ) appears to be a defectively written cohortative (“that I may be glorified”). The cohortatives (note that the preceding אֶרְצֶה , ’ ertseh , “I will be pleased,” may also be taken as cohortative) indicate purpose/result (cf. NIV, NRSV “so that”; CEV “so”) following the imperatives of v. 8 a (“go up,” “bring back,” “build”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":35841,"verse_id":"HAG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “look!” ( הִנֵּה , hinneh ). The term, an interjection, draws attention to the point being made.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":35842,"verse_id":"HAG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “I blew it away” (so NRSV, TEV, NLT). The imagery here suggests that human achievements are so fragile and temporal that a mere breath from God can destroy them (see Ezek 22:20, 21 ; and Isa 40:7 with נָשַׁב , nashav ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":35843,"verse_id":"HAG.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “and each of you runs to his own house”; NIV “is busy with”; TEV “is busy working on”; NCV “work hard for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":35844,"verse_id":"HAG.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The Hebrew text has “over you” (so KJV), but this is redundant in contemporary English and has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":35845,"verse_id":"HAG.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Heb “all the labor of hands” (similar KJV, NASB, NIV); cf. NAB “all that is produced by hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":35846,"verse_id":"HAG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Many English versions have “Joshua [the] son of Jehozadak, the high priest,” but this is subject to misunderstanding. See the note on the name “Jehozadak” at the end of v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":35847,"verse_id":"HAG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “all the remnant of the people.” The Hebrew phrase שְׁאֵרִית הָעָם ( shÿ ’ erit ha ’ am ) in this postexilic context is used as a technical term to refer to the returned remnant (see Ezra 9:14 ; Isa 10:20-22; 11:11, 16 ; Jer 23:3; 31:7 ; and many other passages). Cf. TEV “all the people who had returned from the exile in Babylonia.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35848,"verse_id":"HAG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “heard the voice of”; NAB “listened to the voice of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":35849,"verse_id":"HAG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “and according to the words of Haggai the prophet just as the Lord their God sent him.” Some English versions (e.g., NAB, NIV, NCV) take the last clause as causal: “because the Lord their God had sent him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":35850,"verse_id":"HAG.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “and the people feared from before the Lord ”; NASB “showed reverence for the Lord .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":35851,"verse_id":"HAG.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “Haggai, the messenger of the Lord , said by the message of the Lord to the people.” The Hebrew is highly repetitive; in keeping with contemporary English style this has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":35852,"verse_id":"HAG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “stirred up” (as in many English versions). Only one verb appears in the Hebrew text, but the translation “energized and encouraged” brings out its sense in this context. Cf. TEV “inspired”; NLT “sparked the enthusiasm of”; CEV “made everyone eager to work.” sn It was God who initiated the rebuilding by providing the people with motivation and ability.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35853,"verse_id":"HAG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “the spirit of Zerubbabel” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":35854,"verse_id":"HAG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “the spirit of Joshua son of Jehozadak, the high priest” (as in many English versions), but this is subject to misunderstanding. See the note on the name “Jehozadak” at the end of v. 1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":35855,"verse_id":"HAG.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “and the spirit of all the remnant of the people.” The Hebrew phrase שְׁאֵרִית הָעָם ( shÿ ’ erit ha ’ am ) in this postexilic context is used as a technical term to refer to the returned remnant; see the note on the phrase “the whole remnant of the people” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":35856,"verse_id":"HAG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “In the seventh [month], on the twenty-first day of the month.” sn The seventh month was the month Tishri, according to the modern (Julian) calendar October 17, 520 b.c . The twenty-first day of Tishri marked the seventh day of the Feast of Tabernacles ( Num 29:32-34 ). It also coincided with the date 440 years earlier (960 b.c. ) when Solomon finished building his temple ( 1 Kgs 6:38; 8:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":35857,"verse_id":"HAG.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord came by the hand of Haggai the prophet, saying.” The MT has בְּיַד ( bÿyad , “by the hand of” = “through” [so NAB, NIV, NLT] as in 1:1, 3 ); the Murabba’at Dead Sea text reads אֶל (’ el , “to”), perhaps because the following command is given to the prophet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":35858,"verse_id":"HAG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “say to”; NAB “Tell this to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35859,"verse_id":"HAG.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Many English versions have “Joshua (the) son of Jehozadak the high priest,” but this is subject to misunderstanding. See the note on the name “Jehozadak” at the end of v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":35860,"verse_id":"HAG.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Heb “this house in its earlier splendor”; NAB, NIV, NRSV “in its former glory.” sn Solomon’s temple was demolished in 586 b.c. , 66 years prior to Haggai’s time. There surely would have been some older people who remembered the former splendor of that magnificent structure and who lamented the contrast to the small, unimpressive temple they were building (see Ezra 3:8-13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35861,"verse_id":"HAG.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “and take heart.” Although emphatic, the repetition of the verb is redundant in contemporary English style and has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":35862,"verse_id":"HAG.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"The MT of v. 5 reads “with the word which I cut with you when you went out from Egypt and my spirit [which] stands in your midst, do not fear.” BHS proposes emending “with the word” to זֹאת הַבְּרִית ( zo ’ t habbÿrit , “this is the covenant”) at the beginning of the verse. The proposed emendation makes excellent sense and is expected with the verb כָּרַת ( karat , “cut” or “make” a covenant), but it has no textual support. Most English versions (including the present translation) therefore follow the MT here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":35863,"verse_id":"HAG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The difficult MT reading עוֹד אַחַת מְעַט הִיא (’ od ’ akhat mÿ ’ at hi ’, “yet once, it is little”; cf. NAB “One moment yet, a little while”) appears as “yet once” in the LXX, omitting the last two Hebrew words. However, the point being made is that the anticipated action is imminent; thus the repetition provides emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":35864,"verse_id":"HAG.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “the heavens.” The same Hebrew word, שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ), may be translated “sky” or “heavens” depending on the context. Although many English versions translate the term as “heavens” here, the other three elements present in this context (earth, sea, dry ground) suggest “sky” is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35865,"verse_id":"HAG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “all the nations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35866,"verse_id":"HAG.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Though the subject here is singular ( חֶמְדַּה , khemdah ; “desire”), the preceding plural predicate mandates a collective subject, “desired (things)” or, better, an emendation to a plural form, חֲמֻדֹת ( khamudot , “desirable [things],” hence “treasures”). Cf. ASV “the precious things”; NASB “the wealth”; NRSV “the treasure.” In the OT context this has no direct reference to the coming of the Messiah.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":35867,"verse_id":"HAG.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “greater will be the latter splendor of this house than the former”; NAB “greater will be the future glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35868,"verse_id":"HAG.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"In the Hebrew text there is an implicit play on words in the clause “in this place [i.e., Jerusalem] I will give peace”: in יְרוּשָׁלַיִם ( yÿrushalayim ) there will be שָׁלוֹם ( shalom ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":35869,"verse_id":"HAG.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Heb “the word of the Lord came to Haggai the prophet, saying.” This Hebrew expression is slightly different from the one in 1:1, 3; 2:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":35870,"verse_id":"HAG.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “Ask the priests a torah, saying”; KJV “concerning the law”; NAB “for a decision”; NCV “for a teaching”; NRSV “for a ruling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":35871,"verse_id":"HAG.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “unclean of a person,” a euphemism for “unclean because of a dead person”; see Lev 21:11 ; Num 6:6 . Cf. NAB “unclean from contact with a corpse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35872,"verse_id":"HAG.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “so this people, and so this nation before me.” In this context “people” and “nation” refer to the same set of individuals; the repetition is emphatic. Cf. CEV “this entire nation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":35873,"verse_id":"HAG.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “and now set your heart from this day and upward.” The juxtaposition of מָעְלָה ( ma ’ lah , “upward”) with the following מִטֶּרֶם ( mitterem , “before”) demands a look to the past. Cf. ASV “consider from this day and backward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":35874,"verse_id":"HAG.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “from their being,” idiomatic for “from the time they were then,” or “since the time.” Cf. KJV “Since those days were.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":35875,"verse_id":"HAG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “you, all the work of your hands”; NRSV “you and all the products of your toil”; NIV “all the work of your hands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":35876,"verse_id":"HAG.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “and there was not with you.” The context favors the idea that the harvests were so poor that the people took care of only themselves, leaving no offering for the Lord . Cf. KJV and many English versions “yet ye turned not to me,” understanding the phrase to refer to the people’s repentance rather than their failure to bring offerings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":35877,"verse_id":"HAG.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “set your heart.” A similar expression occurs in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":35878,"verse_id":"HAG.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Heb “set your heart.” A similar expression occurs in v. 15 and at the beginning of this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":35879,"verse_id":"HAG.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Heb “and the word of the Lord came a second time to Haggai.” This Hebrew expression is like the one in 2:10 and is slightly different from the one in 1:1, 3; 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":35880,"verse_id":"HAG.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"The participle here suggests an imminent undertaking of action (cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT “I am about to”). The overall language of the passage is eschatological, but eschatology finds its roots in the present.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":35881,"verse_id":"HAG.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"See the note on the word “sky” in 2:6 . Most English translations render the Hebrew term as “heavens” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":35882,"verse_id":"HAG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “the kingdoms of the nations.” Cf. KJV “the kingdoms of the heathen”; NIV, NLT “foreign kingdoms.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":35883,"verse_id":"HAG.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Heb “and horses and their riders will go down, a man with a sword his brother”; KJV “every one by the sword of his brother.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":35884,"verse_id":"HAG.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HAG","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"The repetition of the formula “says the Lord who rules over all” in v. 23 emphasizes the solemn and divine nature of the promise.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Haggai%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":35885,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Heb “fathers” (so KJV, NAB); NIV “forefathers” (also in vv. 4, 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":35886,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “to them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":35887,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The Hebrew verb שׁוּב ( shuv ) is common in covenant contexts. To turn from the Lord is to break the covenant and to turn to him (i.e., to repent) is to renew the covenant relationship (cf. 2 Kgs 17:13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":35888,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"BHS suggests אֶתְכֶם (’ etkhem , “you”) for the MT אֲבֹתֵיכֶם (’ avotekhem , “your fathers”) to harmonize with v. 4 . In v. 4 the ancestors would not turn but in v. 6 they appear to have done so. The subject in v. 6 , however, is to be construed as Zechariah’s own listeners.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":35889,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Heb “they turned” (so ASV). Many English versions have “they repented” here; cf. CEV “they turned back to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":35890,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “riding,” but since this verb in English is usually associated with horses in motion rather than standing still, the translation uses “seated.” Cf. NAB “the driver of a red horse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":35891,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The LXX presupposes הֶהָרִים ( heharim , “mountains”) rather than the MT הַהֲדַסִּים ( hahadassim , “myrtles”), probably because of reference to the ravine. The MT reading is preferred and is followed by most English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":35892,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “messenger” or “angel” ( מַלְאָךְ , mal ’ akh ). This being appears to serve as an interpreter to the prophet (cf. vv. 13, 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":35893,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":35894,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Heb “jealous for” (so KJV, ASV); NIV, NRSV “very jealous for”; CEV “very protective of.” The meaning is that Jerusalem/Zion is the special object of God’s grace and purposes. This results in his unusual protection of his people, a protection not accorded others with whom he does not have such a close relationship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":35895,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “the nations that are at ease” (so ASV, NRSV). The Hebrew word in question is שַׁאֲנָן ( sha ’ anan ) which has the idea of a careless, even arrogant attitude (see BDB 983 s.v. שַׁאֲנָן ); cf. NAB “the complacent nations.” Here it suggests that the nations take for granted that God will never punish them just because he hasn't already done so. Thus they presume on the grace and patience of the Lord. The translation attempts to bring out this nuance rather than the more neutral renderings of TEV “nations that enjoy quiet and peace” or NLT “enjoy peace and security.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":35896,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “I have turned.” This suggests that the Lord has responded to the “turning” (i.e., repentance) of the people (v. 6 ) and now, with great love and forgiveness, allows construction of the temple to proceed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":35897,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":35898,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Heb “house.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":35899,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"See the note on the expression “angelic messenger” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":35900,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":35901,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Heb “craftsmen” (so NASB, NIV; KJV “carpenters”), a generic term which can mean “metalworker, smith, armorer” ( HALOT 358 s.v. חָרָשׁ ). “Blacksmiths” was chosen for the present translation because of its relative familiarity among contemporary English readers. sn The horns are perhaps made of iron, the strongest of all metals known to the ancient Near Eastern world, since military activity is implied in the context. Only blacksmiths can cut the horns off. If the horns represent oppressive nations, the blacksmiths must represent deliverers whom the Lord raises up, kings like Cyrus of Persia (cf. Isa 54:16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":35902,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “so that no man lifts up his head.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":35903,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “terrify them”; the referent (Judah’s enemies) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":35904,"verse_id":"ZEC.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Heb “to scatter it.” The word “people” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":35905,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":35906,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"See the note on the expression “angelic messenger” in 1:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":35907,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Heb “Jerusalem will dwell as open regions ( פְּרָזוֹת , pÿrazot )”; cf. NAB “in open country”; CEV “won’t have any boundaries.” The population will be so large as to spill beyond the ancient and normal enclosures. The people need not fear, however, for the Lord will be an invisible but strong wall (v. 5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":35908,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Heb “her”; the referent (Jerusalem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":35909,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “of the sky.” The same Hebrew term, שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ), may be translated “heaven(s)” or “sky” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":35910,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “live in [or “with” (cf. NASB), i.e., “among”] the daughter of Babylon” (so NIV; NAB “dwell in daughter Babylon”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":35911,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “After glory has he sent me” (similar KJV, NASB). What is clearly in view is the role of Zechariah who, by faithful proclamation of the message, will glorify the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":35912,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Heb “gate” ( בָּבָה , bavah ) of the eye, that is, pupil. The rendering of this term by KJV as “apple” has created a well-known idiom in the English language, “the apple of his eye” (so ASV, NIV). The pupil is one of the most vulnerable and valuable parts of the body, so for Judah to be considered the “pupil” of the Lord ’s eye is to raise her value to an incalculable price (cf. NLT “my most precious possession”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":35913,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"A scribal emendation ( tiqqun sopherim ) has apparently altered an original “my eye” to “his eye” in order to allow the prophet to be the speaker throughout vv. 8-9 . This alleviates the problem of the Lord saying, in effect, that he has sent himself on the mission to the nations.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":35914,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “I will wave my hand over them” (so NASB); NIV, NRSV “raise my hand against them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":35915,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “on that day.” The descriptive phrase “of salvation” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":35916,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"The LXX and Syriac have the 3rd person masculine singular suffix in both places (“his people” and “he will settle”; cf. NAB, TEV) in order to avoid the Lord ’s speaking of himself in the third person. Such resort is unnecessary, however, in light of the common shifting of person in Hebrew narrative (cf. 3:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":35917,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “will inherit” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":35918,"verse_id":"ZEC.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Heb “all flesh”; NAB, NIV “all mankind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":35919,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The Hebrew term הַשָּׂטָן ( hassatan , “the satan”) suggests not so much a personal name (as in almost all English translations) but an epithet, namely, “the adversary.” This evil being is otherwise thus described in Job 1 and 2 and 1 Chr 21:1 . In this last passage the article is dropped and “the satan” becomes “Satan,” a personal name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":35920,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":35921,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Heb “and he”; the referent (the angel, cf. v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":35922,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"The occurrence of the infinitive absolute here for an expected imperfect 1st person common singular (or even imperative 2nd person masculine plural or preterite 3rd person masculine plural) is well-attested elsewhere. Most English translations render this as 1st person singular (“and I will clothe”), but cf. NAB “Take off…and clothe him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":35923,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “walk,” a frequent biblical metaphor for lifestyle or conduct; TEV “If you [+ truly CEV] obey.” To “walk” in the ways of the Lord is to live life as he intends (cf. Deut 8:6; 10:12-22; 28:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":35924,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Heb “these men.” The cleansing of Joshua and his elevation to enhanced leadership as a priest signify the coming of the messianic age.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":35925,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Some understand the Hebrew term עַיִן (’ ayin ) here to refer to facets (cf. NAB, NRSV, NLT) or “faces” (NCV, CEV “seven sides”) of the stone rather than some representation of organs of sight. sn The seven eyes are symbolic of divine omniscience and universal dominion (cf. Zech 1:10; 4:10 ; 2 Chr 16:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":35926,"verse_id":"ZEC.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Heb “under the vine and under the fig tree,” with the Hebrew article used twice as a possessive pronoun (cf. NASB “his”). Some English translations render this as second person rather than third (NRSV “your vine”; cf. also NAB, NCV, TEV). sn The imagery of fellowship under his vine and under his fig tree describes the peaceful dominion of the Lord in the coming messianic age ( Mic 4:4 ; cf. 1 Kgs 4:25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":35927,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"See the note on the expression “angelic messenger” in 1:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":35928,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The present translation (along with most other English versions) follows the reading of the Qere and many ancient versions, “I said,” as opposed to the MT Kethib “he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":35929,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The word “temple” has been supplied in the translation to clarify the referent (cf. NLT “final stone of the Temple”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":35930,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":35931,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Heb “these seven.” Eyes are clearly intended in the ellipsis as v. 10 b shows. As in 3:9 the idea is God’s omniscience. He who knows the end from the beginning rejoices at the completion of his purposes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":35932,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"This term is traditionally translated “plumb line” (so NASB, NIV, NLT; cf. KJV, NRSV “plummet”), but it is more likely that the Hebrew בְּדִיל ( bÿdil ) is to be derived not from בָּדַל ( badal ), “to divide,” but from a root meaning “tin.” This finds support in the ancient Near Eastern custom of placing inscriptions on tin plates in dedicatory foundation deposits.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":35933,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The usual meaning of the Hebrew term שְׁבֹּלֶת ( shÿbolet ) is “ears” (as in ears of grain). Here it probably refers to the produce of the olive trees, i.e., olives. Many English versions render the term as “branches,” but cf. NAB “tufts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":35934,"verse_id":"ZEC.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The usual word for “anointed (one),” מָשִׁיַח ( mashiakh ), is not used here but rather בְנֵי־הַיִּצְהָר ( vÿne-hayyitshar ), literally, “sons of fresh oil.” This is to maintain consistency with the imagery of olive trees. In the immediate context these two olive trees should be identified with Joshua and Zerubbabel, the priest and the governor. Only the high priest and king were anointed for office in the OT and these two were respectively the descendants of Aaron and David.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":35935,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Heb “twenty cubits…ten cubits” (so NAB, NRSV). These dimensions (“thirty feet long and fifteen feet wide”) can hardly be referring to the scroll when unrolled since that would be all out of proportion to the normal ratio, in which the scroll would be 10 to 15 times as long as it was wide. More likely, the scroll is 15 feet thick when rolled, a hyperbole expressing the enormous amount and the profound significance of the information it contains.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":35936,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The Hebrew word translated “curse” ( אָלָה , ’ alah ) alludes to the covenant sanctions that attend the violation of God’s covenant with Israel (cf. Deut 29:12, 14, 20-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":35937,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"See the note on the expression “angelic messenger” in 1:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":35938,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Heb “[This is] the ephah.” An ephah was a liquid or solid measure of about a bushel (five gallons or just under twenty liters). By metonymy it refers here to a measuring container (probably a basket) of that quantity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":35939,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The LXX and Syriac read עֲוֹנָם (’ avonam , “their iniquity,” so NRSV; NIV similar) for the MT עֵינָם (’ enam , “their eye”), a reading that is consistent with the identification of the woman in v. 8 as wickedness, but one that is unnecessary. In 4:10 the “eye” represented divine omniscience and power; here it represents the demonic counterfeit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":35940,"verse_id":"ZEC.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Heb “house” (so NIV, NRSV, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":35941,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Heb “two mountains, and the mountains [were] mountains of bronze.” This has been simplified in the translation for stylistic reasons. sn Bronze , a hard, almost impenetrable metal, is an apt figure to speak of the obstacles standing in the way of the accomplishment of God’s purposes for the postexilic Jewish community (cf. 4:7 ). The cleft between the two from which the chariots emerge might be related to the eschatological triumph of the Lord who will return to the Mount of Olives and divide it into two mountains, one on the north and the other on the south (cf. Zech 14:1-8 ; Ezek 47:1-12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":35942,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"For the MT reading אֲמֻצִּים (’ amutsim , “strong”) Aquila and Syriac presuppose אֲדֻמִּים (’ adummim , “red”), thus giving the red horse an assignment and eliminating the problem of a fifth, “spotted” horse. The fourth would be a mottled red horse according to this view. There is, however, no manuscript support for this interpretation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":35943,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"See the note on the expression “angelic messenger” in 1:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":35944,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"The Hebrew term translated “spirit” here may also be translated “wind” or “breath” depending on the context (cf. ASV, NRSV, CEV “the four winds of heaven”; NAB similar).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":35945,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"The present translation takes אֲמֻצִּים (’ amutsim , “strong”) to be a descriptive of all the horses – white, black, red, and spotted (cf. NAB, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":35946,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Heb “my spirit.” The subject appears to be the Lord who exclaims here that the horsemen have accomplished their task of bringing peace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":35947,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"The words “some people” are supplied in the translation. The Hebrew verb translated “choose” (alternatively “take” [NAB, NIV]; “collect” [NRSV, CEV]) has no direct object specified in the text. Some translations supply “silver and gold” (NIV, NRSV) or “an offering” (NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":35948,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Heb “crowns” (so KJV, ASV; also in v. 14 ). The Hebrew word for “crown” here is עֲטֶרֶת (’ ateret ), a term never used in the OT for the priestly crown or mitre. Thus, the scene here describes the investing of the priest with royal authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":35949,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"The epithet “Branch” ( צֶמַח , tsemakh ) derives from the verb used here ( יִצְמָח , yitsmakh , “will sprout up”) to describe the rise of the Messiah, already referred to in this manner in Zech 3:8 (cf. Isa 11:1; 53:2 ; Jer 33:15 ). In the immediate context this refers to Zerubbabel, but the ultimate referent is Jesus (cf. John 19:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":35950,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"“Helem” is probably the same individual as “Heldai” in v. 10 . Since the MT and the major ancient versions leave the apparent conflict unresolved it is probably best to view “Helem” as interchangeable with “Heldai” (cf. “Heled” in 1 Chr 11:30 with “Heleb” [ 2 Sam 23:29 ] and “Heldai” [ 1 Chr 27:15 ]). A number of modern English versions use “Heldai” here (e.g., NAB, NIV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":35951,"verse_id":"ZEC.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Since the “son of Zephaniah” in v. 10 is Josiah, it might be best here to understand “Hen” in its meaning “grace” ( חֵן , khen ); that is, “Hen” is a nickname for Josiah – “the gracious one.” A number of modern English translations use “Josiah” here (e.g., NCV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":35952,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"For location see Map4-G4 ; Map5-C1 ; Map6-E3 ; Map7-D1 ; Map8-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":35953,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":35954,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"The seventh month apparently refers to the anniversary of the assassination of Gedaliah, governor of Judah ( Jer 40:13-14; 41:1 ), in approximately 581 b.c .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":35955,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":35956,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"The Hebrew term שָׁמִיר ( shamir ) means literally “hardness” and since it is said in Ezek 3:9 to be harder than flint, many scholars suggest that it refers to diamond. It is unlikely that diamond was known to ancient Israel, however, so probably a hard stone like emery or corundum is in view. The translation nevertheless uses “diamond” because in modern times it has become proverbial for its hardness. A number of English versions use “flint” here (e.g., NASB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":35957,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Heb “he.” Since the third person pronoun refers to the Lord , it has been translated as a first person pronoun (“I”) to accommodate English style, which typically does not exhibit switches between persons of pronouns in the same immediate context as Hebrew does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":35958,"verse_id":"ZEC.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “desirable”; traditionally “pleasant” (so many English versions; cf. TEV “This good land”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":35959,"verse_id":"ZEC.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":35960,"verse_id":"ZEC.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Or “the heavens” (so KJV, NAB, NIV). The Hebrew term שָׁמַיִם ( shamayim ) may be translated “heavens” or “skies” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":35961,"verse_id":"ZEC.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"The verb זָמַם ( zamam ) usually means “to plot to do evil,” but with a divine subject (as here), and in light of v. 15 where it means to plan good, the meaning here has to be the implementation of discipline (cf. NCV, CEV “punish”). God may bring hurt but its purpose is redemptive and/or pedagogical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":35962,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Heb “Damascus its resting place.” The 3rd person masculine singular suffix on “resting place” ( מְנֻחָתוֹ , mÿnukhato ), however, precludes “land” or even “Hadrach,” both of which are feminine, from being the antecedent. Most likely “word” (masculine) is the antecedent, i.e., the “word of the Lord ” is finding its resting place, that is, its focus in or on Damascus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":35963,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Though without manuscript and version support, many scholars suggest emendation here to clarify what, to them, is an unintelligible reading. Thus some propose עָדֵי אָרָם (’ ade ’ aram , “cities of Aram”; cf. NAB, NRSV) for עֵין אָדָם (’ en ’ adam , “eye of man”) or אֲדָמָה (’ adamah , “ground”) for אָדָם (’ adam , “man”), “(surface of) the earth.” It seems best, however, to see “eye” as collective and to understand the passage as saying that the attention of the whole earth will be upon the Lord (cf. NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":35964,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":35965,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":35966,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"The Hebrew word חַיִל ( khayil , “strength, wealth”) can, with certain suffixes, look exactly like חֵל ( khel , “fortress, rampart”). The chiastic pattern here suggests that not Tyre’s riches but her defenses will be cast into the sea. Thus the present translation renders the term “fortifications” (so also NLT) rather than “wealth” (NASB, NRSV, TEV) or “power” (NAB, NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":35967,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"The present translation presupposes a Hiphil perfect of יָבֵשׁ ( yavesh , “be dry”; cf. NRSV “are withered”) rather than the usually accepted Hiphil of בּוֹשׁ ( bosh , “be ashamed”; cf. KJV, ASV), a sense that is less suitable with the removal of hope.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":35968,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and I will take away their blood from their mouth and their abominations from between their teeth.” These expressions refer to some type of abominable religious practices, perhaps eating meat with the blood still in it (less likely NCV “drinking blood”) or eating unclean or forbidden foods.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":35969,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Heb “and they will be a remnant for our God”; cf. NIV “will belong to our God”; NLT “will worship our God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":35970,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Heb “house” (so NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":35971,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Though a hapax legomenon , the מִצָּבָה ( mitsavah ) of the MT (from נָצַב , natsav , “take a stand”) is preferable to the suggestion מַצֵּבָה ( matsevah , “pillar”) or even מִצָּבָא ( mitsava ’, “from” or “against the army”). The context favors the idea of the Lord as a protector.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":35972,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"The Hebrew term צַדִּיק ( tsadiq ) ordinarily translated “righteous,” frequently occurs, as here, with the idea of conforming to a standard or meeting certain criteria. The Messianic king riding into Jerusalem is fully qualified to take the Davidic throne (cf. 1 Sam 23:3 ; Isa 9:5-6; 11:4; 16:5 ; Jer 22:1-5; 23:5-6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":35973,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"The Hebrew term נוֹשָׁע ( nosha ’) a Niphal participle of יָשַׁע ( yasha ’, “to save”) could mean “one delivered” or, if viewed as active, “one bringing salvation” (similar KJV, NIV, NKJV). It is preferable to take the normal passive use of the Niphal and understand that the king, having been delivered, is as a result “victorious” (so also NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":35974,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"The MT first person pronoun (“I”), which seems to shift the subject too abruptly, becomes 3rd person masculine singular (“he”) in the LXX ( הִכְרִית , hikhrit , presupposed for הִכְרַתִּי , hikhratti ). However, the Lord is the subject of v. 8 , which speaks of his protection of Jerusalem, so it is not surprising that he is the subject in v. 10 as well. tn Heb “cut off” (so NASB, NRSV; also later in this verse); NAB “banish”; NIV, CEV “take away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":35975,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Heb “the river.” The Hebrew expression typically refers to the Euphrates, so the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":35976,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"The words “my arrow” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation to clarify the imagery for the modern reader (cf. NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":35977,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"The word “Zion” is not repeated here in the Hebrew text, but is supplied in the translation to indicate that the statement refers to Zion and not to Greece.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":35978,"verse_id":"ZEC.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Heb “they will drink and roar as with wine”; the LXX (followed here by NAB, NRSV) reads “they will drink blood like wine” (referring to a figurative “drinking” of the blood of their enemies).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":35979,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Heb “the latter rain.” This expression refers to the last concentration of heavy rainfall in the spring of the year in Palestine, about March or April. Metaphorically and eschatologically (as here) the “latter rain” speaks of God’s outpouring of blessing in the end times (cf. Hos 6:3 ; Joel 2:21-25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":35980,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"The Hebrew word תְּרָפִים ( tÿrafim , “teraphim”) refers to small images used as means of divination and in other occult practices (cf. Gen 31:19, 34-35 ; 1 Sam 19:13, 16 ; Hos 3:4 ). A number of English versions transliterate the Hebrew term (cf. ASV, NAB, NASB, NRSV) or simply use the generic term “idols” (so KJV, NIV, TEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":35981,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"This is not the usual word to describe a king of Israel or Judah (such as מֶלֶךְ , melekh , or נָשִׂיא , nasi ’), but נוֹגֵשׂ , noges , “dictator” (cf. KJV “oppressor”). The author is asserting by this choice of wording that in the messianic age God’s rule will be by force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":35982,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Heb “and the riders on horses will be put to shame,” figurative for the defeat of mounted troops. The word “enemy” in the translation is supplied from context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":35983,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Heb “the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":35984,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “the kingdom of Israel”; Heb “the house of Joseph.” sn Joseph is mentioned here instead of the usual Israel (but see 2 Sam 19:20 ; Ps 78:67; 80:1; 81:5 ; Ezek 37:16 ; Amos 5:6, 15; 6:6 ) because of the exodus motif that follows in vv. 8-11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":35985,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"The anomalous MT reading וְחוֹשְׁבוֹתִים ( vÿkhoshÿvotim ) should probably be וַהֲשִׁי בוֹתִם ( vahashi votim ), the Hiphil perfect consecutive of שׁוּב ( shuv ), “return” (cf. Jer 12:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":35986,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “sow” (so KJV, ASV). The imagery is taken from the sowing of seed by hand.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":35987,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “he,” in which case the referent is the Lord . This reading is followed by KJV, ASV, NAB (which renders it as first person), and NASB. The LXX reads “they,” referring to the Israelites themselves, a reading followed by many modern English versions (e.g., NIV, NRSV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":35988,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Heb “scepter,” referring by metonymy to the dominating rule of Egypt (cf. NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":35989,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Heb “I will strengthen them in the Lord .” Because of the perceived problem of the Lord saying he will strengthen the people “in the Lord ,” both BHK and BHS suggest emending גִּבַּרְתִּים ( gibbartim , “I will strengthen them”) to גְּבֻרָתָם ( gevuratam , “their strength”). This is unnecessary, however, for the Lord frequently refers to himself in that manner (see Zech 2:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":35990,"verse_id":"ZEC.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"The LXX and Syriac presuppose יִתְהַלָּלוּ ( yithallalu , “they will glory”) for יִתְהַלְּכוּ ( yithallÿkhu , “they will walk about”). Since walking about is a common idiom in Zechariah (cf. 1:10, 11; 6:7 [3x]) to speak of dominion, and dominion is a major theme of the present passage, there is no reason to reject the MT reading, which is followed by most modern English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":35991,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"For the MT reading לָכֵן עֲנִיֵּי ( lakhen ’ aniyyey , “therefore the [most] afflicted of”) the LXX presupposes לִכְנַעֲנֵיּי (“to the merchants of”). The line would then read “So I began to shepherd the flock destined for slaughter for the sheep merchants” (cf. NAB). This helps to explain the difficult לָכֵן ( lakhen ) here but otherwise has no attestation or justification, so the MT is followed by most modern English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":35992,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"The Hebrew term נֹעַם ( no ’ am ) is frequently translated “Favor” (so NAB, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT); cf. KJV “Beauty”; CEV “Mercy.” sn The name of the first staff, pleasantness , refers to the rest and peace of the covenant between the Lord and his people (cf. v. 10 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":35993,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.7","text":"The Hebrew term חֹבְלִים ( khovlim ) is often translated “Union” (so NASB, NIV, NLT); cf. KJV, ASV “Bands”; NAB “Bonds”; NRSV, TEV, CEV “Unity”). sn The name of the second staff, Binders , refers to the relationship between Israel and Judah (cf. v. 14 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A7/5"}
{"id":35994,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “splendor of splendor” ( אֶדֶר הַיְקָר , ’ eder hayqar ). This expression sarcastically draws attention to the incredibly low value placed upon the Lord ’s redemptive grace by his very own people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":35995,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"The Syriac presupposes הָאוֹצָר ( ha ’ otsar , “treasury”) for the MT הַיּוֹצֵר ( hayyotser , “potter”) perhaps because of the lack of evidence for a potter’s shop in the area of the temple. The Syriac reading is followed by NAB, NRSV, TEV. Matthew seems to favor this when he speaks of Judas having thrown the thirty shekels for which he betrayed Jesus into the temple treasury (27:5-6). However, careful reading of the whole gospel pericope makes it clear that the money actually was used to purchase a “potter’s field,” hence Zechariah’s reference to a potter. The MT reading is followed by most other English versions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":35996,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Heb “house” (so NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":35997,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “the broken” (so KJV, NASB; NRSV “the maimed”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":35998,"verse_id":"ZEC.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Heb “the fat [ones].” Cf. ASV “the fat sheep”; NIV “the choice sheep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":35999,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Heb “who forms the spirit of man within him” (so NIV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":36000,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":36001,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Heb “heavy stone” (so NRSV, TEV, NLT); KJV “burdensome stone”; NIV “an immovable rock.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":36002,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Heb “every horse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":36003,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Or “peoples” (so NAB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":36004,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Heb “a firepot” (so NASB, NIV); NRSV “a blazing pot”; NLT “a brazier.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":36005,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “the tents” (so NAB, NRSV); NIV “the dwellings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":36006,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Heb “house,” referring here to the dynastic line. Cf. NLT “the royal line”; CEV “the kingdom.” The same expression is translated “dynasty” in the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":36007,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “peoples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":36008,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “dynasty”; Heb “house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":36009,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Because of the difficulty of the concept of the mortal piercing of God, the subject of this clause, and the shift of pronoun from “me” to “him” in the next, many mss read אַלֵי אֵת אֲשֶׁר (’ ale ’ et ’ asher , “to the one whom,” a reading followed by NAB, NRSV) rather than the MT’s אֵלַי אֵת אֲשֶׁר (’ ela ’ et ’ asher , “to me whom”). The reasons for such alternatives, however, are clear – they are motivated by scribes who found such statements theologically objectionable – and they should be rejected in favor of the more difficult reading ( lectio difficilior ) of the MT. tn Or “on me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":36010,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"The Hebrew term בְּכוֹר ( bÿkhor , “firstborn”), translated usually in the LXX by πρωτότοκος ( prwtotokos ), has unmistakable messianic overtones as the use of the Greek term in the NT to describe Jesus makes clear (cf. Col 1:15, 18 ). Thus, the idea of God being pierced sets the stage for the fatal wounding of Jesus, the Messiah and the Son of God (cf. John 19:37 ; Rev 1:7 ). Note that some English translations supply “son” from the context (e.g., NIV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":36011,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"“Hadad-Rimmon” is a compound of the names of two Canaanite deities, the gods of storm and thunder respectively. The grammar (a subjective genitive) allows, and the problem of comparing Israel’s grief at God’s “wounding” with pagan mourning seems to demand, that this be viewed as a place name, perhaps where Judah lamented the death of good king Josiah (cf. 2 Chr 35:25 ). However, some translations render this as “for” (NRSV, NCV, TEV, CEV), suggesting a person, while others translate as “of” (KJV, NAB, NASB, NIV, NLT) which is ambiguous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":36012,"verse_id":"ZEC.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"For location see Map1-D4 ; Map2-C1 ; Map4-C2 ; Map5-F2 ; Map7-B1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":36013,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “house” (so NIV, NRSV), referring to dynastic descendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":36014,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":36015,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"Heb “for sin and for impurity.” The purpose implied here has been stated explicitly in the translation for clarity. sn This reference to the fountain opened up…to cleanse them from sin and impurity is anticipatory of the cleansing from sin that lies at the heart of the NT gospel message ( Rom 10:9-10 ; Titus 3:5 ). “In that day” throughout the passage (vv. 1, 2, 4 ) locates this cleansing in the eschatological (church) age ( John 19:37 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":36016,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Heb “cut off” (so NRSV); NAB “destroy”; NIV “banish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":36017,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"The “hairy garment of a prophet” ( אַדֶּרֶת שֵׁעָר , ’ adderet she ’ ar ) was the rough clothing of Elijah ( 1 Kgs 19:13 ), Elisha ( 1 Kgs 19:19 ; 2 Kgs 2:14 ), and even John the Baptist ( Matt 3:4 ). Yet, אַדֶּרֶת alone suggests something of beauty and honor ( Josh 7:21 ). The prophet’s attire may have been simple the image it conveyed was one of great dignity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":36018,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"The words “the people” are not in the Hebrew text, but are supplied in the translation from context (cf. NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":36019,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Or perhaps “for the land has been my possession since my youth” (so NRSV; similar NAB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":36020,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Heb “wounds between your hands.” Cf. NIV “wounds on your body”; KJV makes this more specific: “wounds in thine hands.” sn These wounds on your chest . Pagan prophets were often self-lacerated ( Lev 19:28 ; Deut 14:1 ; 1 Kgs 18:28 ) for reasons not entirely clear, so this false prophet betrays himself as such by these graphic and ineradicable marks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":36021,"verse_id":"ZEC.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"The words “of the people” are supplied in the translation for clarity (cf. NCV, TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":36022,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Heb “your plunder.” Cf. NCV “the wealth you have taken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":36023,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":36024,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Heb “not be cut off from the city” (so NRSV); NAB “not be removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":36025,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Heb “as he fights on a day of battle” (similar NASB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":36026,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"For the MT reading נַסְתֶּם ( nastem , “you will escape”) the LXX presupposes נִסְתַּם ( nistam , “will be stopped up”; this reading is followed by NAB). This appears to derive from a perceived need to eliminate the unexpected “you” as subject. This not only is unnecessary to Hebrew discourse (see “you” in the next clause), but it contradicts the statement in the previous verse that the mountain will be split open, not stopped up.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":36027,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Heb “the splendid will congeal.” This difficult phrase (MT יְקָרוֹת יְקִפָּאוֹן , yÿqarot yÿqippa ’ on ) is not clarified by the LXX which presupposes וְקָרוּת וְקִפָּאוֹן ( vÿqarut vÿqippa ’ on , “and cold and ice,” a reading followed by NAB, NIV, NCV, NRSV, TEV). Besides the fact that cold and ice do not necessarily follow the absence of light, the idea here is that day will be night and night day. The heavenly sources of light “freeze up” as it were, and refuse to shine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":36028,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “like a plain” (similar KJV, NAB, NASB, NCV, NRSV, NLT); or “like a steppe”; cf. CEV “flatlands.” The Hebrew term עֲרָבָה (’ aravah ) refers to an arid plain or steppe, but can be used specifically as the name of the rift valley running from the Sea of Galilee via the Jordan Valley and the Dead Sea to the Gulf of Aqaba.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":36029,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “old gate” (NLT); or “former gate” (NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":36030,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"The Hebrew phrase בִּירוּשָׁלָם ( birushalam ) with the verb נִלְחַם ( nilkham , “make war”) would ordinarily suggest that Judah is fighting against Jerusalem (so NAB, CEV). While this could happen accidentally, the context here favors the idea that Judah is fighting alongside Jerusalem against a common enemy. The preposition בְּ ( bÿ ), then, should be construed as locative (“at”; cf. KJV, NASB, NIV, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":36031,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The term translated “gathered up” could also be rendered “collected” (so NIV, NCV, NRSV, although this might suggest a form of taxation) or “confiscated” (which might imply seizure of property against someone’s will). The imagery in the context, however, suggests the aftermath of a great battle, where the spoils are being picked up by the victors (cf. NLT “captured”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":36032,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Heb “house” (also in the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":36033,"verse_id":"ZEC.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ZEC","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “merchant”; “trader” (because Canaanites, especially Phoenicians, were merchants and traders; cf. BDB 489 s.v. I and II כְּנַעֲנִי ). English versions have rendered the term as “Canaanite” (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV), “trader” (RSV, NEB), “traders” (NRSV, NLT), or “merchant” (NAB), although frequently a note is given explaining the other option. Cf. also John 2:16 . sn This is not to preclude the Canaanite (or anyone else) from worship; the point is that in the messianic age all such ethnic and religious distinctions will be erased and all people will be eligible to worship the Lord .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Zechariah%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":36034,"verse_id":"MAL.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The burden.” The Hebrew term III מַשָּׂא ( massa ’), usually translated “oracle” or “utterance” (BDB 672 s.v. מַשָּׂא ), is a technical term in prophetic literature introducing a message from the Lord (see Zech 9:1; 12:1 ). Since it derives from a verb meaning “to carry,” its original nuance was that of a burdensome message, that is, one with ominous content. The grammatical structure here suggests that the term stands alone (so NAB, NRSV) and is not to be joined with what follows, “the burden [or “revelation”] of” (so KJV, NASB, ESV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":36035,"verse_id":"MAL.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Heb “The word of the Lord to Israel by the hand of Malachi.” There is some question as to whether מַלְאָכִי ( mal ’ akhi ) should be understood as a personal name (so almost all English versions) or as simply “my messenger” (the literal meaning of the Hebrew). Despite the fact that the word should be understood in the latter sense in 3:1 (where, however, it refers to a different person), to understand it that way here would result in the book being of anonymous authorship, a situation anomalous among all the prophetic literature of the OT.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":36036,"verse_id":"MAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “and I loved Jacob, but Esau I hated.” The context indicates this is technical covenant vocabulary in which “love” and “hate” are synonymous with “choose” and “reject” respectively (see Deut 7:8 ; Jer 31:3 ; Hos 3:1; 9:15; 11:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":36037,"verse_id":"MAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “his”; the referent (Esau) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":36038,"verse_id":"MAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Heb “I set his mountains as a desolation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":36039,"verse_id":"MAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “inheritance” (so NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":36040,"verse_id":"MAL.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Heb “and they will call them.” The third person plural subject is indefinite; one could translate, “and people will call them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":36041,"verse_id":"MAL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “Great is the Lord ” (so NAB; similar NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":36042,"verse_id":"MAL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The verb “respects” is not in the Hebrew text but is supplied in the translation for stylistic reasons. It is understood by ellipsis (see “honors” in the preceding line).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":36043,"verse_id":"MAL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The pronoun “your” is supplied in the translation for clarification (also a second time before “master” later in this verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":36044,"verse_id":"MAL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Heb “it” (so NAB, NASB). Contemporary English more naturally uses a plural pronoun to agree with “the lame and sick” in the previous question (cf. NIV, NCV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":36045,"verse_id":"MAL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"The LXX and Vulgate read “with it” (which in Hebrew would be הֲיִרְצֵהוּ , hayirtsehu , a reading followed by NAB) rather than “with you” of the MT ( הֲיִרְצְךָ , hayirtsÿkha ). The MT (followed here by most English versions) is to be preferred because of the parallel with the following phrase פָנֶיךָ ( fanekha , “receive you,” which the present translation renders as “show you favor”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":36046,"verse_id":"MAL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Heb “seek the face of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":36047,"verse_id":"MAL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"After the imperative, the prefixed verbal form with vav conjunction indicates purpose (cf. NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":36048,"verse_id":"MAL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Heb “fruit.” The following word “food” in the Hebrew text ( אָכְלוֹ , ’ okhlo ) appears to be an explanatory gloss to clarify the meaning of the rare word נִיב ( niv , “fruit”; see Isa 57:19 Qere ; נוֹב , nov , “fruit,” in Kethib ). Cf. ASV “the fruit thereof, even its food.” In this cultic context the reference is to the offerings on the altar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":36049,"verse_id":"MAL.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Heb “from your hand,” a metonymy of part (the hand) for whole (the person).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":36050,"verse_id":"MAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “and if you do not place upon [the] heart”; KJV, NAB, NRSV “lay it to heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":36051,"verse_id":"MAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Heb “the curse” (so NASB, NRSV); NLT “a terrible curse.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":36052,"verse_id":"MAL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The phrase “discipline your children” is disputed. The LXX and Vulgate suppose זְרוֹעַ ( zÿroa ’, “arm”) for the MT זֶרַע ( zera ’, “seed”; hence, “children”). Then, for the MT גֹעֵר ( go ’ er , “rebuking”) the same versions suggest גָּרַע ( gara ’, “take away”). The resulting translation is “I am about to take away your arm” (cf. NAB “deprive you of the shoulder”). However, this reading is unlikely. It is common for a curse (v. 2 ) to fall on offspring (see, e.g., Deut 28:18, 32, 41, 53, 55, 57 ), but a curse never takes the form of a broken or amputated arm. It is preferable to retain the reading of the MT here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":36053,"verse_id":"MAL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The Hebrew term פֶרֶשׁ ( feresh , “offal”) refers to the entrails as ripped out in preparing a sacrificial victim (BDB 831 s.v. פֶּרֶשׁ ). This graphic term has been variously translated: “dung” (KJV, RSV, NRSV, NLT); “refuse” (NKJV, NASB); “offal” (NEB, NIV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":36054,"verse_id":"MAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Heb “True teaching was in his mouth”; cf. NASB, NRSV “True instruction (doctrine NAB) was in his mouth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":36055,"verse_id":"MAL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Heb “from his mouth” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":36056,"verse_id":"MAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The definite article embedded within בַּתּוֹרָה ( battorah ) may suggest that the Torah is in mind and not just “ordinary” priestly instruction, though it might refer to the instruction previously mentioned (v. 7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":36057,"verse_id":"MAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “the Levitical covenant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":36058,"verse_id":"MAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Heb “in the instruction” (so NASB). The Hebrew article is used here as a possessive pronoun (cf. NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":36059,"verse_id":"MAL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":36060,"verse_id":"MAL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or perhaps “secularized”; cf. NIV “desecrated”; TEV, NLT “defiled”; CEV “disgraced.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":36061,"verse_id":"MAL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Heb “has married the daughter of a foreign god.” Marriage is used here as a metaphor to describe Judah’s idolatry, that is, her unfaithfulness to the Lord and “remarriage” to pagan gods. But spiritual intermarriage found expression in literal, physical marriage as well, as vv. 14-16 indicate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":36062,"verse_id":"MAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “tents,” used figuratively for the community here (cf. NCV, TEV); NLT “the nation of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":36063,"verse_id":"MAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Heb “every man who does this, him who is awake and him who answers.” For “answers” the LXX suggests an underlying Hebrew text of עָנָה (’ anah , “to be humbled”), and then the whole phrase is modified slightly: “until he is humbled.” This requires also that the MT עֵר (’ er , “awake”) be read as עֵד (’ ed , “until”; here the LXX reads ἕως , Jews ). The reading of the LXX is most likely an alteration to correct what is arguably a difficult text. tn Heb “every man who does this, him who is awake and him who answers.” The idea seems to be a merism expressing totality, that is, everybody from the awakener to the awakened, thus “every last person who does this” (NLT similar); NIV “whoever he may be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":36064,"verse_id":"MAL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Heb “the Lord is a witness between you and [between] the wife of your youth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":36065,"verse_id":"MAL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “and not one has done, and a remnant of the spirit to him.” The very elliptical nature of the statement suggests it is proverbial. The present translation represents an attempt to clarify the meaning of the statement (cf. NASB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":36066,"verse_id":"MAL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Heb “the one.” This is an oblique reference to Abraham who sought to obtain God’s blessing by circumventing God’s own plan for him by taking Hagar as wife ( Gen 16:1-6 ). The result of this kind of intermarriage was, of course, disastrous ( Gen 16:11-12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":36067,"verse_id":"MAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The verb שָׂנֵא ( sane ’) appears to be a third person form, “he hates,” which makes little sense in the context, unless one emends the following word to a third person verb as well. Then one might translate, “he [who] hates [his wife] [and] divorces her…is guilty of violence.” A similar translation is advocated by M. A. Shields, “Syncretism and Divorce in Malachi 2,10-16 ,” ZAW 111 (1999): 81-85. However, it is possible that the first person pronoun אָנֹכִי (’ anokhi , “I”) has accidentally dropped from the text after כִּי ( ki ). If one restores the pronoun, the form שָׂנֵא can be taken as a participle and the text translated, “for I hate” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV, NLT). sn Though the statement “I hate divorce” may (and should) be understood as a comprehensive biblical principle, the immediate context suggests that the divorce in view is that of one Jewish person by another in order to undertake subsequent marriages. The injunction here by no means contradicts Ezra’s commands to Jewish men to divorce their heathen wives (–10).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":36068,"verse_id":"MAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Heb “him who covers his garment with violence” (similar ASV, NRSV). Here “garment” is a metaphor for appearance and “violence” a metonymy of effect for cause. God views divorce as an act of violence against the victim.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":36069,"verse_id":"MAL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Heb “in the eyes of the Lord .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":36070,"verse_id":"MAL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"In Hebrew the phrase “my messenger” is מַלְאָכִי ( mal ’ akhi ), the same form as the prophet’s name (see note on the name “Malachi” in 1:1 ). However, here the messenger appears to be an eschatological figure who is about to appear, as the following context suggests. According to 4:5 , this messenger is “Elijah the prophet,” whom the NT identifies as John the Baptist ( Matt 11:10 ; Mark 1:2 ) because he came in the “spirit and power” of Elijah ( Matt 11:14; 17:11-12 ; Lk 1:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":36071,"verse_id":"MAL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Here the Hebrew term הָאָדוֹן ( ha ’ adon ) is used, not יְהוָה ( yÿhvah , typically rendered Lord ). Thus the focus is not on the Lord as the covenant God, but on his role as master.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":36072,"verse_id":"MAL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “gift.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":36073,"verse_id":"MAL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":36074,"verse_id":"MAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The first person pronoun (a reference to the Lord ) indicates that the Lord himself now speaks (see also v. 1 ). The prophet speaks in vv. 2-4 (see also 2:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":36075,"verse_id":"MAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “those who swear [oaths] falsely.” Cf. NIV “perjurers”; TEV “those who give false testimony”; NLT “liars.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":36076,"verse_id":"MAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “and against the oppressors of the worker for a wage, [the] widow and orphan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":36077,"verse_id":"MAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Heb “those who turn aside.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":36078,"verse_id":"MAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “resident foreigner”; NIV “aliens”; NRSV “the alien.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A5/5"}
{"id":36079,"verse_id":"MAL.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Heb “do not change.” This refers to God’s ongoing commitment to his covenant promises to Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":36080,"verse_id":"MAL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Heb “turned aside from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":36081,"verse_id":"MAL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “statutes” (so NAB, NASB, NRSV); NIV “decrees”; NLT “laws.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":36082,"verse_id":"MAL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The LXX presupposes an underlying Hebrew text of עָקַב (’ aqav , “deceive”), a metathesis of קָבַע ( qava ’, “rob”), in all four uses of the verb here (vv. 8-9 ). The intent probably is to soften the impact of “robbing” God, but the language of the passage is intentionally bold and there is no reason to go against the reading of the MT (which is followed here by most English versions).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":36083,"verse_id":"MAL.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Heb “cursed with a curse” that is, “under a curse” (so NIV, NLT, CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":36084,"verse_id":"MAL.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The phrase “is guilty” is not present in the Hebrew text but is implied, and has been supplied in the translation for clarification and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":36085,"verse_id":"MAL.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The Hebrew phrase בֵּית הָאוֹצָר ( bet ha ’ otsar , here translated “storehouse”) refers to a kind of temple warehouse described more fully in Nehemiah (where the term לִשְׁכָּה גְדוֹלָה [ lishkah gÿdolah , “great chamber”] is used) as a place for storing grain, frankincense, temple vessels, wine, and oil ( Neh 13:5 ). Cf. TEV “to the Temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":36086,"verse_id":"MAL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “the eater” ( אֹכֵל , ’ okhel ), a general term for any kind of threat to crops and livelihood. This is understood as a reference to a locust plague by a number of English versions: NAB, NRSV “the locust”; NIV “pests”; NCV, TEV “insects.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":36087,"verse_id":"MAL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Heb “and I will rebuke for you the eater and it will not ruin for you the fruit of the ground.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":36088,"verse_id":"MAL.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Heb “will be” (so NAB, NRSV); TEV “your land will be a good place to live in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":36089,"verse_id":"MAL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Heb “your words are hard [or “strong”] against me”; cf. NIV “said harsh things against me”; TEV, NLT “said terrible things about me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":36090,"verse_id":"MAL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Heb “What [is the] profit”; NIV “What did we gain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":36091,"verse_id":"MAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Heb “built up” (so NASB); NIV, NRSV “prosper”; NLT “get rich.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":36092,"verse_id":"MAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “test”; NRSV, CEV “put God to the test.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":36093,"verse_id":"MAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “fear” (so NAB); NRSV “revered”; NCV “honored.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":36094,"verse_id":"MAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Heb “heard and listened”; NAB “listened attentively.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":36095,"verse_id":"MAL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Heb “you will see between.” Cf. NRSV, TEV, NLT “see the difference.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":36096,"verse_id":"MAL.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Heb “so that it” (so NASB, NRSV). For stylistic reasons a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":36097,"verse_id":"MAL.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Here the Hebrew word צְדָקָה ( tsÿdaqah ), usually translated “righteousness” (so KJV, NIV, NRSV, NLT; cf. NAB “justice”), has been rendered as “vindication” because it is the vindication of God’s people that is in view in the context. Cf. BDB 842 s.v. צְדָקָה 6; “ righteousness as vindicated, justification , salvation , etc.” sn The expression the sun of vindication will rise is a metaphorical way of describing the day of the Lord as a time of restoration when God vindicates his people (see 2 Sam 23:4 ; Isa 30:26; 60:1, 3 ). Their vindication and restoration will be as obvious and undeniable as the bright light of the rising sun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":36098,"verse_id":"MAL.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Heb “you will go out and skip about.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":36099,"verse_id":"MAL.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Heb “which I commanded him in Horeb concerning all Israel, statutes and ordinances.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":36100,"verse_id":"MAL.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “he will turn the heart[s] of [the] fathers to [the] sons, and the heart[s] of [the] sons to their fathers.” This may mean that the messenger will encourage reconciliation of conflicts within Jewish families in the postexilic community (see Mal 2:10 ; this interpretation is followed by most English versions). Another option is to translate, “he will turn the hearts of the fathers together with those of the children [to me], and the hearts of the children together with those of their fathers [to me].” In this case the prophet encourages both the younger and older generations of sinful society to repent and return to the Lord (cf. Mal 3:7 ). This option is preferred in the present translation; see Beth Glazier-McDonald, Malachi (SBLDS), 256.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":36101,"verse_id":"MAL.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAL","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Heb “[the] ban” ( חֵרֶם , kherem ). God’s prophetic messenger seeks to bring about salvation and restoration, thus avoiding the imposition of the covenant curse, that is, the divine ban that the hopelessly unrepentant must expect (see Deut 7:2; 20:17 ; Judg 1:21 ; Zech 14:11 ). If the wicked repent, the purifying judgment threatened in 4:1-3 will be unnecessary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Malachi%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":36102,"verse_id":"MAT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “the book of the genealogy.” The noun βίβλος ( biblo\" ), though it is without the article, is to be translated as definite due to Apollonius’ corollary and the normal use of anarthrous nouns in titles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":36103,"verse_id":"MAT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “fathered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":36104,"verse_id":"MAT.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"700 pc it co). Although Asaph was a psalmist and Asa was a king, it is doubtful that the author mistook one for the other since other ancient documents have variant spellings on the king’s name (such as “Asab,” “Asanos,” and “Asaph”). Thus the spelling ᾿Ασάφ that is almost surely found in the original of Matt 1:7-8 has been translated as “Asa” in keeping with the more common spelling of the king’s name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":36105,"verse_id":"MAT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"33 pc it sa bo), and as such is most likely original, but this is a variant spelling of the name ᾿Αμών ( Amwn ). The translation uses the more well-known spelling “Amon” found in the Hebrew MT and the majority of LXX mss . See also the textual discussion of “Asa” versus “Asaph” (vv. 7-8 ); the situation is similar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":36106,"verse_id":"MAT.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Because of the difference between Greek style, which usually begins a sentence with a conjunction, and English style, which generally does not, the conjunction δέ ( de ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":36107,"verse_id":"MAT.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn The term χριστός ( cristos ) was originally an adjective (“anointed”), developing in LXX into a substantive (“an anointed one”), then developing still further into a technical generic term (“the anointed one”). In the intertestamental period it developed further into a technical term referring to the hoped-for anointed one, that is, a specific individual. In the NT the development starts there (technical-specific), is so used in the gospels, and then develops in Paul to mean virtually Jesus’ last name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":36108,"verse_id":"MAT.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":36109,"verse_id":"MAT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The connotation of the Greek is “before they came together in marital and domestic union” (so BDAG 970 s.v. συνέρχομαι 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":36110,"verse_id":"MAT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “husband.” See following note for discussion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":36111,"verse_id":"MAT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “send her away.” sn In the Jewish context, “full betrothal was so binding that its breaking required a certificate of divorce, and the death of one party made the other a widow or widower ( m. Ketub. 1:2; m. Sota 1:5; m. Git. passim…)” (R. H. Gundry, Matthew: A Commentary on his Literary and Theological Art , 21).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":36112,"verse_id":"MAT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “behold, an angel.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":36113,"verse_id":"MAT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” Linguistically, “angel of the Lord” is the same in both testaments (and thus, he is either “an angel of the Lord” or “the angel of the Lord” in both testaments). For arguments and implications, see ExSyn 252; M. J. Davidson, “Angels,” DJG , 9; W. G. MacDonald argues for “an angel” in both testaments: “Christology and ‘The Angel of the Lord’,” Current Issues in Biblical and Patristic Interpretation , 324-35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":36114,"verse_id":"MAT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “you will call his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":36115,"verse_id":"MAT.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “they will call his name.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":36116,"verse_id":"MAT.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “is translated.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A23/3"}
{"id":36117,"verse_id":"MAT.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"See the note on the word “Lord” in 1:20 . Here the translation “the angel of the Lord” is used because the Greek article ( ὁ , Jo ) which precedes ἄγγελος ( angelos ) is taken as an anaphoric article ( ExSyn 217-19) referring back to the angel mentioned in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":36118,"verse_id":"MAT.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Or “did not have sexual relations”; Grk “was not knowing her.” The verb “know” (in both Hebrew and Greek) is a frequent biblical euphemism for sexual relations. However, a translation like “did not have sexual relations with her” is too graphic in light of the popularity and wide use of Matthew’s infancy narrative. Thus the somewhat more subdued but still clear “did not have marital relations” was selected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":36119,"verse_id":"MAT.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “and he called his name Jesus.” The coordinate clause has been translated as a relative clause in English for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":36120,"verse_id":"MAT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":36121,"verse_id":"MAT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “in the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":36122,"verse_id":"MAT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":36123,"verse_id":"MAT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “in its rising,” referring to the astrological significance of a star in a particular portion of the sky. The term used for the “East” in v. 1 is ἀνατολαί ( anatolai , a plural form that is used typically of the rising of the sun), while in vv. 2 and 9 the singular ἀνατολή ( anatolh ) is used. The singular is typically used of the rising of a star and as such should not normally be translated “in the east” (cf. BDAG 74 s.v. 1 : “because of the sg. and the article in contrast to ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν , vs. 1, [it is] prob. not a geograph. expr. like the latter, but rather astronomical…likew. vs. 9”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":36124,"verse_id":"MAT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “and scribes of the people.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":36125,"verse_id":"MAT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":36126,"verse_id":"MAT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":36127,"verse_id":"MAT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “and behold the star.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":36128,"verse_id":"MAT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"See the note on the word “rose” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":36129,"verse_id":"MAT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “they rejoiced with very great joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":36130,"verse_id":"MAT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “they fell down.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":36131,"verse_id":"MAT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “behold, an angel.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":36132,"verse_id":"MAT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 1:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":36133,"verse_id":"MAT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The feminine singular genitive noun νυκτός ( nuktos , “night”) indicates the time during which the action of the main verb takes place ( ExSyn 124).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":36134,"verse_id":"MAT.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “soldiers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":36135,"verse_id":"MAT.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":36136,"verse_id":"MAT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"pc lat co).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":36137,"verse_id":"MAT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “are”; the Greek text uses a present tense verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":36138,"verse_id":"MAT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “behold, an angel.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":36139,"verse_id":"MAT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":36140,"verse_id":"MAT.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":36141,"verse_id":"MAT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"There is no expressed subject of the third person singular verb here; the pronoun “he” is implied. Instead of this pronoun the referent “Jesus” has been supplied in the text to clarify to whom this statement refers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":36142,"verse_id":"MAT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"The Greek could be indirect discourse (as in the text), or direct discourse (“he will be called a Nazarene”). Judging by the difficulty of finding OT quotations (as implied in the plural “prophets”) to match the wording here, it appears that the author was using a current expression of scorn that conceptually (but not verbally) found its roots in the OT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":36143,"verse_id":"MAT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":36144,"verse_id":"MAT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “and saying, ‘Repent.’” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) at the beginning of v. 2 is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":36145,"verse_id":"MAT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying.” The participle λέγοντος ( legonto\" ) is redundant and has not been translated. The passive construction has also been rendered as active in the translation for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":36146,"verse_id":"MAT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “A voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":36147,"verse_id":"MAT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “Then Jerusalem.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":36148,"verse_id":"MAT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “they were being baptized by him.” The passive construction has been rendered as active in the translation for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":36149,"verse_id":"MAT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “fruit worthy of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":36150,"verse_id":"MAT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “of whom I am not worthy.” sn The humility of John is evident in the statement I am not worthy . This was considered one of the least worthy tasks of a slave, and John did not consider himself worthy to do even that for the one to come, despite the fact he himself was a prophet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":36151,"verse_id":"MAT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “granary,” “barn” (referring to a building used to store a farm’s produce rather than a building to house livestock).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":36152,"verse_id":"MAT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":36153,"verse_id":"MAT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"33 Ï lat[t] sy mae bo), it looks to be a motivated and predictable reading: Scribes apparently could not resist adding this clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":36154,"verse_id":"MAT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated conatively.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":36155,"verse_id":"MAT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “but Jesus, answering, said.” This construction with passive participle and finite verb is pleonastic (redundant) and has been simplified in the translation to “replied to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":36156,"verse_id":"MAT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “Permit now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":36157,"verse_id":"MAT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":36158,"verse_id":"MAT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “permitted him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":36159,"verse_id":"MAT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":36160,"verse_id":"MAT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “behold the heavens.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":36161,"verse_id":"MAT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ourano\" ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The same word is used in v. 17 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":36162,"verse_id":"MAT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":36163,"verse_id":"MAT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “and behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":36164,"verse_id":"MAT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “behold, a voice from the cloud, saying.” This is an incomplete sentence in Greek which portrays intensity and emotion. The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) was translated as a finite verb in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":36165,"verse_id":"MAT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “my beloved Son,” or “my Son, the beloved [one].” The force of ἀγαπητός ( agaphtos ) is often “pertaining to one who is the only one of his or her class, but at the same time is particularly loved and cherished” (L&N 58.53; cf. also BDAG 7 s.v. 1 ). sn The parallel accounts in Mark 1:11 and Luke 3:22 read “You are” rather than “This is,” portraying the remark as addressed personally to Jesus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":36166,"verse_id":"MAT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “in whom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A17/4"}
{"id":36167,"verse_id":"MAT.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “with whom I am well pleased.” sn The allusions in the remarks of the text recall Ps 2:7 a; Isa 42:1 and either Isa 41:8 or, less likely, Gen 22:12,16 . God is marking out Jesus as his chosen one (the meaning of “[in him I take] great delight”), but it may well be that this was a private experience that only Jesus and John saw and heard (cf. John 1:32-33 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%203%3A17/5"}
{"id":36168,"verse_id":"MAT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":36169,"verse_id":"MAT.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “and having fasted forty days and forty nights, afterward he was hungry.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":36170,"verse_id":"MAT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “say that these stones should become bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":36171,"verse_id":"MAT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “answering, he said.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant, but the syntax of the phrase has been changed for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":36172,"verse_id":"MAT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “a person.” Greek ὁ ἄνθρωπος ( Jo anqrwpo\" ) is used generically for humanity. The translation “man” is used because the emphasis in Jesus’ response seems to be on his dependence on God as a man .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":36173,"verse_id":"MAT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “will not live.” The verb in Greek is a future tense, but it is unclear whether it is meant to be taken as a command (also known as an imperatival future) or as a statement of reality (predictive future).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":36174,"verse_id":"MAT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “and he stood him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":36175,"verse_id":"MAT.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":36176,"verse_id":"MAT.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “if, falling down, you will worship.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":36177,"verse_id":"MAT.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"565 579* 700 al ). Thus, both externally and internally, the shorter reading is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":36178,"verse_id":"MAT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “and behold, angels.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":36179,"verse_id":"MAT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":36180,"verse_id":"MAT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “arrested,” “taken into custody” (see L&N 37.12).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":36181,"verse_id":"MAT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"For location see Map1-D3 ; Map2-C2 ; Map3-D5 ; Map4-C1 ; Map5-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":36182,"verse_id":"MAT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “and leaving Nazareth, he came and took up residence in Capernaum.” sn Capernaum was a town located on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee, 680 ft (204 m) below sea level. It was a major trade and economic center in the North Galilean region, and it became the hub of operations for Jesus’ Galilean ministry. map For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":36183,"verse_id":"MAT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “by the lake.” sn By the sea refers to the Sea of Galilee.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":36184,"verse_id":"MAT.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"The redundant participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":36185,"verse_id":"MAT.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “and to say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":36186,"verse_id":"MAT.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":36187,"verse_id":"MAT.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"The two phrases in this verse placed in parentheses are explanatory comments by the author, parenthetical in nature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":36188,"verse_id":"MAT.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"The Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, thus “people.” sn The kind of fishing envisioned was net – not line – fishing (cf. v. 18 ; cf. also BDAG 55 s.v. ἀμφιβάλλω , ἀμφίβληστρον ) which involved a circular net that had heavy weights around its perimeter. The occupation of fisherman was labor-intensive. The imagery of using a lure and a line (and waiting for the fish to strike) is thus foreign to this text. Rather, the imagery of a fisherman involved much strain, long hours, and often little results. Jesus’ point may have been one or more of the following: the strenuousness of evangelism, the work ethic that it required, persistence and dedication to the task (often in spite of minimal results), the infinite value of the new “catch” (viz., people), and perhaps an eschatological theme of snatching people from judgment (cf. W. L. Lane, Mark [NICNT], 67). If this last motif is in view, then catching people is the opposite of catching fish: The fish would be caught, killed, cooked, and eaten; people would be caught so as to remove them from eternal destruction and to give them new life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":36189,"verse_id":"MAT.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":36190,"verse_id":"MAT.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “their boat.” The phrase ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ( en tw ploiw ) can either refer to a generic boat, some boat (as it seems to do here); or it can refer to “their” boat, implying possession. Mark assumes a certain preunderstanding on the part of his readers about the first four disciples and hence the translation “their boat” is justified (cf. also v. 20 in which the “hired men” indicates that Zebedee’s family owned the boats), while Matthew does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":36191,"verse_id":"MAT.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":36192,"verse_id":"MAT.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":36193,"verse_id":"MAT.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “And he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":36194,"verse_id":"MAT.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “And they”; “they” is probably an indefinite plural, referring to people in general rather than to the Syrians (cf. v. 25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":36195,"verse_id":"MAT.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “those who were moonstruck,” possibly meaning “lunatic” (so NAB), although now the term is generally regarded as referring to some sort of seizure disorder such as epilepsy (L&N 23.169; BDAG 919 s.v. σεληνιάζομαι ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":36196,"verse_id":"MAT.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"The translation has adopted a different phrase order here than that in the Greek text. The Greek text reads, “People brought to him all who suffered with various illnesses and afflictions, those possessed by demons, epileptics, and paralytics.” Even though it is obvious that four separate groups of people are in view here, following the Greek word order could lead to the misconception that certain people were possessed by epileptics and paralytics. The word order adopted in the translation avoids this problem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":36197,"verse_id":"MAT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated before each of the places in the list, since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. sn The Decapolis refers to a league of towns (originally consisting of ten; the Greek name literally means “ten towns”) whose region (except for Scythopolis) lay across the Jordan River.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":36198,"verse_id":"MAT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":36199,"verse_id":"MAT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity. The region referred to here is sometimes known as Transjordan (i.e., “across the Jordan”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":36200,"verse_id":"MAT.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":36201,"verse_id":"MAT.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “up a mountain” ( εἰς τὸ ὄρος , eis to oro\" ). sn The expression up the mountain here may be idiomatic or generic, much like the English “he went to the hospital” (cf. 15:29 ), or even intentionally reminiscent of Exod 24:12 (LXX), since the genre of the Sermon on the Mount seems to be that of a new Moses giving a new law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":36202,"verse_id":"MAT.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":36203,"verse_id":"MAT.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “And opening his mouth he taught them, saying.” The imperfect verb ἐδίδασκεν ( edidasken ) has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":36204,"verse_id":"MAT.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “sons,” though traditionally English versions have taken this as a generic reference to both males and females, hence “children” (cf. KJV, NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":36205,"verse_id":"MAT.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “when they insult you.” The third person pronoun (here implied in the verb ὀνειδίσωσιν [ ojneidiswsin ]) has no specific referent, but refers to people in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":36206,"verse_id":"MAT.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Tert does not help its case. Since the Western text is known for numerous free alterations, without corroborative evidence the shorter reading must be judged as secondary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":36207,"verse_id":"MAT.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Grk “Nor do they light.” The plural in Greek is indefinite, referring to people in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":36208,"verse_id":"MAT.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “a bowl”; this refers to any container for dry material of about eight liters (two gallons) capacity. It could be translated “basket, box, bowl” (L&N 6.151).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":36209,"verse_id":"MAT.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “not come to abolish but to fulfill.” Direct objects (“these things,” “them”) were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but have been supplied here to conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":36210,"verse_id":"MAT.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “For I tell.” Here an explanatory γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":36211,"verse_id":"MAT.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":36212,"verse_id":"MAT.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “Not one iota or one serif.” sn The smallest letter refers to the smallest Hebrew letter ( yod ) and the stroke of a letter to a serif (a hook or projection on a Hebrew letter).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":36213,"verse_id":"MAT.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “teaches men” ( in a generic sense, people).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":36214,"verse_id":"MAT.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “that of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":36215,"verse_id":"MAT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “to the ancient ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":36216,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":") lack it. The ms evidence favors its exclusion, though there is a remote possibility that εἰκῇ could have been accidentally omitted from these witnesses by way of homoioarcton (the next word, ἔνοχος [ enocos , “guilty”], begins with the same letter). An intentional change would likely arise from the desire to qualify “angry,” especially in light of the absolute tone of Jesus’ words. While “without cause” makes good practical sense in this context, and must surely be a true interpretation of Jesus’ meaning (cf. Mark 3:5 ), it does not commend itself as original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":36217,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “whoever says to his brother ‘ Raca ,’” an Aramaic word of contempt or abuse meaning “fool” or “empty head.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":36218,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “subjected,” “guilty,” “liable.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":36219,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/4"}
{"id":36220,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.22","text":"The meaning of the term μωρός ( mwros ) is somewhat disputed. Most take it to mean, following the Syriac versions, “you fool,” although some have argued that it represents a transliteration into Greek of the Hebrew term מוֹרֵה ( moreh ) “rebel” ( Deut 21:18, 20 ; cf. BDAG 663 s.v. μωρός c).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/5"}
{"id":36221,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “subjected,” “guilty,” “liable.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/6"}
{"id":36222,"verse_id":"MAT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “the Gehenna of fire.” sn The word translated hell is “Gehenna” ( γέεννα , geenna ), a Greek transliteration of the Hebrew words ge hinnom (“Valley of Hinnom”). This was the valley along the south side of Jerusalem. In OT times it was used for human sacrifices to the pagan god Molech (cf. Jer 7:31; 19:5-6; 32:35 ), and it came to be used as a place where human excrement and rubbish were disposed of and burned. In the intertestamental period, it came to be used symbolically as the place of divine punishment (cf. 1 En. 27:2, 90:26; 4 Ezra 7:36).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A22/7"}
{"id":36223,"verse_id":"MAT.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “Make friends.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":36224,"verse_id":"MAT.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"The words “to court” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":36225,"verse_id":"MAT.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “the accuser.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A25/3"}
{"id":36226,"verse_id":"MAT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":36227,"verse_id":"MAT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Here the English word “penny” is used as opposed to the parallel in Luke 12:59 where “cent” appears since the Greek word there is different and refers to a different but similar coin. sn The penny here was a quadrans, a Roman copper coin worth 1/64 of a denarius (L&N 6.78). The parallel passage in Luke 12:59 mentions the lepton, equal to one-half of a quadrans and thus the smallest coin available.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":36228,"verse_id":"MAT.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.33","text":"Grk “the ancient ones.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A33/1"}
{"id":36229,"verse_id":"MAT.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.35","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A35/1"}
{"id":36230,"verse_id":"MAT.5.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.37","text":"The term πονηροῦ ( ponhrou ) may be understood as specific and personified, referring to the devil, or possibly as a general reference to evil. It is most likely personified, however, since it is articular ( τοῦ πονηροῦ , tou ponhrou ). Cf. also “the evildoer” in v. 39 , which is the same construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A37/1"}
{"id":36231,"verse_id":"MAT.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.39","text":"The articular πονηρός ( ponhro\" , “the evildoer”) cannot be translated simply as “evil” for then the command would be “do not resist evil.” Every instance of this construction in Matthew is most likely personified, referring either to an evildoer ( 13:49 ) or, more often, “the evil one” (as in 5:37; 6:13; 13:19, 38 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A39/1"}
{"id":36232,"verse_id":"MAT.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.39","text":"has σου in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A39/2"}
{"id":36233,"verse_id":"MAT.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.40","text":"Or “shirt” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). The name for this garment ( χιτών , citwn ) presents some difficulty in translation. Most modern readers would not understand what a “tunic” was any more than they would be familiar with a “ chiton .” On the other hand, attempts to find a modern equivalent are also a problem: “Shirt” conveys the idea of a much shorter garment that covers only the upper body, and “undergarment” (given the styles of modern underwear) is more misleading still. “Tunic” was therefore employed, but with a note to explain its nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A40/1"}
{"id":36234,"verse_id":"MAT.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.42","text":"Grk “do not turn away from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A42/2"}
{"id":36235,"verse_id":"MAT.5.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.44","text":"pc sa, as well as several fathers and versional witnesses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A44/1"}
{"id":36236,"verse_id":"MAT.5.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":5,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.45","text":"Grk “be sons of your Father in heaven.” Here, however, the focus is not on attaining a relationship (becoming a child of God) but rather on being the kind of person who shares the characteristics of God himself (a frequent meaning of the Semitic idiom “son of”). See L&N 58.26.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%205%3A45/1"}
{"id":36237,"verse_id":"MAT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"has δέ in brackets, indicating reservations about its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":36238,"verse_id":"MAT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “before people in order to be seen by them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":36239,"verse_id":"MAT.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “give alms,” but this term is not in common use today. The giving of alms was highly regarded in the ancient world ( Deut 15:7-11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":36240,"verse_id":"MAT.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":36241,"verse_id":"MAT.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"33 al ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":36242,"verse_id":"MAT.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"See the tc note on “will reward you” in 6:4 : The problem is the same and the ms support differs only slightly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":36243,"verse_id":"MAT.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":36244,"verse_id":"MAT.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “So do not.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":36245,"verse_id":"MAT.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “hallowed be your name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":36246,"verse_id":"MAT.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Or “Give us bread today for the coming day,” or “Give us today the bread we need for today.” The term ἐπιούσιος ( epiousio\" ) does not occur outside of early Christian literature (other occurrences are in Luke 11:3 and Didache 8:2 ), so its meaning is difficult to determine. Various suggestions include “daily,” “the coming day,” and “for existence.” See BDAG 376-77 s.v.; L&N 67:183, 206.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":36247,"verse_id":"MAT.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “as even we.” The phrase ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ( Jw\" kai Jhmei\" ) makes ἡμεῖς emphatic. The translation above adds an appropriate emphasis to the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":36248,"verse_id":"MAT.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “into a time of testing.” sn The request do not lead us into temptation is not to suggest God causes temptation, but is a rhetorical way to ask for his protection from sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":36249,"verse_id":"MAT.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"pc lat mae Or). The phrase was probably composed for the liturgy of the early church and most likely was based on 1 Chr 29:11-13 ; a scribe probably added the phrase at this point in the text for use in public scripture reading (see TCGNT 13-14). Both external and internal evidence argue for the shorter reading. The term πονηροῦ ( ponhrou ) may be understood as specific and personified, referring to the devil, or possibly as a general reference to evil. It is most likely personified since it is articular ( τοῦ πονηροῦ , tou ponhrou ). Cf. also “the evildoer” in 5:39 , which is the same construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":36250,"verse_id":"MAT.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense: “people, others.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":36251,"verse_id":"MAT.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":36252,"verse_id":"MAT.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Here the term “disfigure” used in a number of translations was not used because it could convey to the modern reader the notion of mutilation. L&N 79.17 states, “‘to make unsightly, to disfigure, to make ugly.’ ἀφανίζουσιν γὰρ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν ‘for they make their faces unsightly’ Mt 6:16 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":36253,"verse_id":"MAT.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":36254,"verse_id":"MAT.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":36255,"verse_id":"MAT.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"The term σής ( shs ) refers to moths in general. It is specifically the larvae of moths that destroy clothing by eating holes in it (L&N 4.49; BDAG 922 s.v.). See Jas 5:2 , which mentions “moth-eaten” clothing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":36256,"verse_id":"MAT.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"The pronouns in this verse are singular while the pronouns in vv. 19-20 are plural. The change to singular emphasizes personal responsibility as opposed to corporate responsibility; even if others do not listen, the one who hears Jesus’ commands should obey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":36257,"verse_id":"MAT.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Or “sound” (so L&N 23.132 and most scholars). A few scholars take this word to mean something like “generous” here (L&N 57.107). partly due to the immediate context concerning money, in which case the “eye” is a metonymy for the entire person (“if you are generous”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":36258,"verse_id":"MAT.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “if your eye is sick” (L&N 23.149). sn There may be a slight wordplay here, as this term can also mean “evil,” so the figure uses a term that points to the real meaning of being careful as to what one pays attention to or looks at.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":36259,"verse_id":"MAT.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Or “and treat [the other] with contempt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":36260,"verse_id":"MAT.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"Grk “God and mammon.” sn The term money is used to translate mammon , the Aramaic term for wealth or possessions. The point is not that money is inherently evil, but that it is often misused so that it is a means of evil; see 1 Tim 6:6-10, 17-19 . God must be first, not money or possessions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":36261,"verse_id":"MAT.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Or “do not be anxious,” and so throughout the rest of this paragraph.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":36262,"verse_id":"MAT.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":36263,"verse_id":"MAT.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Or “God gives them food to eat.” L&N 23.6 has both “to provide food for” and “to give food to someone to eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":36264,"verse_id":"MAT.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “of more value.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":36265,"verse_id":"MAT.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Or “a cubit to his height.” A cubit ( πῆχυς , phcu\" ) can measure length (normally about 45 cm or 18 inches) or time (a small unit, “hour” is usually used [BDAG 812 s.v.] although “day” has been suggested [L&N 67.151]). The term ἡλικία ( Jhlikia ) is ambiguous in the same way as πῆχυς ( phcus ). Most scholars take the term to describe age or length of life here, although a few refer it to bodily stature (see BDAG 436 s.v. 3 for discussion). Worry about length of life seems a more natural figure than worry about height. However, the point either way is clear: Worrying adds nothing to life span or height.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":36266,"verse_id":"MAT.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Traditionally, “lilies.” According to L&N 3.32, “Though traditionally κρίνον has been regarded as a type of lily, scholars have suggested several other possible types of flowers, including an anemone, a poppy, a gladiolus, and a rather inconspicuous type of daisy.” In view of the uncertainty, the more generic “flowers” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":36267,"verse_id":"MAT.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"Or, traditionally, “toil.” Although it might be argued that “work hard” would be a more precise translation of κοπιάω ( kopiaw ) here, the line in English reads better in terms of cadence with a single syllable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":36268,"verse_id":"MAT.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Grk “grass of the field.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":36269,"verse_id":"MAT.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.30","text":"Grk “into the oven.” The expanded translation “into the fire to heat the oven” has been used to avoid misunderstanding; most items put into modern ovens are put there to be baked, not burned. sn The oven was most likely a rounded clay oven used for baking bread, which was heated by burning wood and dried grass.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A30/2"}
{"id":36270,"verse_id":"MAT.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Or “unbelievers”; Grk “Gentiles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":36271,"verse_id":"MAT.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “Sufficient for the day is its evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":36272,"verse_id":"MAT.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “by [the measure] with which you measure it will be measured to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":36273,"verse_id":"MAT.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":36274,"verse_id":"MAT.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.3","text":"Or “do not notice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A3/3"}
{"id":36275,"verse_id":"MAT.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “how will you say?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":36276,"verse_id":"MAT.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “otherwise the latter will trample them under their feet and the former will turn around and tear you to pieces.” This verse is sometimes understood as a chiasm of the pattern a-b-b-a , in which the first and last clauses belong together (“dogs…turn around and tear you to pieces”) and the second and third clauses belong together (“pigs…trample them under their feet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":36277,"verse_id":"MAT.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (a door) is implied by the context and has been specified in the translation here and in v. 8 for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":36278,"verse_id":"MAT.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “Or is there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":36279,"verse_id":"MAT.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"The participle ὄντες ( ontes ) has been translated concessively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":36280,"verse_id":"MAT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “Therefore in.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":36281,"verse_id":"MAT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":36282,"verse_id":"MAT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “is.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A12/4"}
{"id":36283,"verse_id":"MAT.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “They do not gather.” This has been simplified to the passive voice in the translation since the subject “they” is not specified further in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":36284,"verse_id":"MAT.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “rotten.” The word σαπρός , modifying “tree” in both v. 17 and 18 , can also mean “diseased” (L&N 65.28).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":36285,"verse_id":"MAT.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Grk “and in your name do.” This phrase was not repeated here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":36286,"verse_id":"MAT.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “workers of lawlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":36287,"verse_id":"MAT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “Therefore everyone.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":36288,"verse_id":"MAT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “will be like.” The same phrase occurs in v. 26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":36289,"verse_id":"MAT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Here and in v. 26 the Greek text reads ἀνήρ ( anhr ), while the parallel account in Luke 6:47-49 uses ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) in vv. 48 and 49.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":36290,"verse_id":"MAT.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “the rivers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":36291,"verse_id":"MAT.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “and great was its fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":36292,"verse_id":"MAT.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “And it happened when.” The introductory phrase καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":36293,"verse_id":"MAT.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"Or “their scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":36294,"verse_id":"MAT.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Grk “And behold, a leper came.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ). sn The ancient term for leprosy covers a wider array of conditions than what we call leprosy today. A leper was totally ostracized from society until he was declared cured ( Lev 13:45-46 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":36295,"verse_id":"MAT.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Grk “a leper approaching, bowed low before him, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":36296,"verse_id":"MAT.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"This is a third class condition. The report portrays the leper making no presumptions about whether Jesus will heal him or not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":36297,"verse_id":"MAT.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"Grk “gift.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":36298,"verse_id":"MAT.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.4","text":"Or “as an indictment against them.” The pronoun αὐτοῖς ( autoi\" ) may be a dative of disadvantage.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A4/4"}
{"id":36299,"verse_id":"MAT.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “and saying, ‘Lord.’” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) at the beginning of v. 6 is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":36300,"verse_id":"MAT.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"The Greek term here is παῖς ( pais ), often used of a slave who was regarded with some degree of affection, possibly a personal servant ( Luke 7:7 uses the more common term δοῦλος , doulos ). See L&N 87.77.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":36301,"verse_id":"MAT.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":36302,"verse_id":"MAT.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “But answering, the centurion replied.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":36303,"verse_id":"MAT.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Grk “having soldiers under me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":36304,"verse_id":"MAT.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.9","text":"Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times… in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v. 1 ). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ) in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A9/3"}
{"id":36305,"verse_id":"MAT.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.9","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A9/4"}
{"id":36306,"verse_id":"MAT.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":36307,"verse_id":"MAT.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":36308,"verse_id":"MAT.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “and recline at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away. The word “banquet” has been supplied to clarify for the modern reader the festive nature of the imagery. The banquet imagery is a way to describe the fellowship and celebration of being among the people of God at the end. sn 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":36309,"verse_id":"MAT.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “and Isaac and Jacob,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":36310,"verse_id":"MAT.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"has the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":36311,"verse_id":"MAT.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":36312,"verse_id":"MAT.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Grk “having been thrown down.” The verb βεβλημένην ( beblhmenhn ) is a perfect passive participle of the verb βάλλω ( ballw , “to throw”). This indicates the severity of her sickness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":36313,"verse_id":"MAT.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":36314,"verse_id":"MAT.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Grk “was fulfilled, saying.” The participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":36315,"verse_id":"MAT.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"33 Ï lat; it is judged to be superior on internal grounds (the possibility of accidental omission of πολλούς / πολύν in isolated witnesses) and, to a lesser extent, external grounds (geographically widespread, various texttypes). For reasons of English style, however, this phrase has been translated as “a large crowd.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":36316,"verse_id":"MAT.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"The phrase “of the lake” is not in the Greek text but is clearly implied; it has been supplied here for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":36317,"verse_id":"MAT.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":36318,"verse_id":"MAT.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Or “a scribe.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":36319,"verse_id":"MAT.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":36320,"verse_id":"MAT.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":36321,"verse_id":"MAT.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"includes the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":36322,"verse_id":"MAT.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"The participle προσελθόντες ( proselqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":36323,"verse_id":"MAT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":36324,"verse_id":"MAT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":36325,"verse_id":"MAT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"It is difficult to know whether ἄνθρωποι ( anqrwpoi ) should be translated as “men” or “people” (in a generic sense) here. At issue is whether (1) only the Twelve were with Jesus in the boat, as opposed to other disciples (cf. v. 23 ), and (2) whether any of those other disciples would have been women. The issue is complicated further by the parallel in Mark (4:35-41), where the author writes (4:36) that other boats accompanied them on this journey.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":36326,"verse_id":"MAT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “the men were amazed, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) has been translated as a finite verb to make the sequence of events clear in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":36327,"verse_id":"MAT.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “And behold, they cried out, saying.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ). The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":36328,"verse_id":"MAT.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “what to us and to you?” (an idiom). The phrase τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί ( ti Jhmin kai soi ) is Semitic in origin, though it made its way into colloquial Greek (BDAG 275 s.v. ἐγώ ). The equivalent Hebrew expression in the OT had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 , 2 Chr 35:21 , 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his own, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 , Hos 14:8 ). These nuances were apparently expanded in Greek, but the basic notions of defensive hostility (option 1) and indifference or disengagement (option 2) are still present. BDAG suggests the following as glosses for this expression: What have I to do with you? What have we in common? Leave me alone! Never mind! Hostility between Jesus and the demons is certainly to be understood in this context, hence the translation: “Leave us alone….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":36329,"verse_id":"MAT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":36330,"verse_id":"MAT.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":36331,"verse_id":"MAT.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “And he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":36332,"verse_id":"MAT.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.32","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a conclusion and transition in the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A32/2"}
{"id":36333,"verse_id":"MAT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":36334,"verse_id":"MAT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “city.” But see the sn on “Gadarenes” in 8:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":36335,"verse_id":"MAT.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":36336,"verse_id":"MAT.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":36337,"verse_id":"MAT.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “And behold, they were bringing.” Here καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ) has been translated as “just then” to indicate the somewhat sudden appearance of the people carrying the paralytic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ), especially in conjunction with the suddenness of the stretcher bearers’ appearance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":36338,"verse_id":"MAT.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (some unnamed people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":36339,"verse_id":"MAT.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Traditionally, “on a bed,” but this could be confusing to the modern reader who might envision a large piece of furniture. In various contexts, κλίνη ( klinh ) may be translated “bed, couch, cot, stretcher, or bier” (in the case of a corpse). See L&N 6.106.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":36340,"verse_id":"MAT.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “And behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ). Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":36341,"verse_id":"MAT.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “some of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":36342,"verse_id":"MAT.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “to your house.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":36343,"verse_id":"MAT.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “to his house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":36344,"verse_id":"MAT.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":36345,"verse_id":"MAT.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"33 892 1424 al lat co and thus is surely authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":36346,"verse_id":"MAT.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “people.” The plural of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) usually indicates people in general, but the singular is used in the expression “Son of Man.” There is thus an ironic allusion to Jesus’ statement in v. 6 : His self-designation as “Son of Man” is meant to be unique, but the crowd regards it simply as meaning “human, person.” To maintain this connection for the English reader the plural ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) has been translated here as “men” rather than as the more generic “people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":36347,"verse_id":"MAT.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"While “tax office” is sometimes given as a translation for τελώνιον ( telwnion , so L&N 57.183), this could give the modern reader a false impression of an indoor office with all its associated furnishings. sn The tax booth was a booth located on the edge of a city or town to collect taxes for trade. There was a tax booth in Capernaum, which was on the trade route from Damascus to Galilee and the Mediterranean. The “taxes” were collected on produce and goods brought into the area for sale, and were a sort of “sales tax” paid by the seller but obviously passed on to the purchaser in the form of increased prices (L&N 57.183). It was here that Jesus met Matthew (also named Levi [see Mark 2:14 , Luke 5:27 ]) who was ultimately employed by the Romans, though perhaps more directly responsible to Herod Antipas. It was his job to collect taxes for Rome and he was thus despised by Jews who undoubtedly regarded him as a traitor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":36348,"verse_id":"MAT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":36349,"verse_id":"MAT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":36350,"verse_id":"MAT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “was reclining at table.” sn As Jesus was having a meal. 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":36351,"verse_id":"MAT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “in the house.” The Greek article is used here in a context that implies possession, and the referent of the implied possessive pronoun (Matthew) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A10/4"}
{"id":36352,"verse_id":"MAT.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":36353,"verse_id":"MAT.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":36354,"verse_id":"MAT.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “sons of the wedding hall,” an idiom referring to wedding guests, or more specifically friends of the bridegroom present at the wedding celebration (L&N 11.7).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":36355,"verse_id":"MAT.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “days.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":36356,"verse_id":"MAT.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “And behold a woman.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":36357,"verse_id":"MAT.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “garment,” but here ἱμάτιον ( Jimation ) denotes the outer garment in particular.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A20/4"}
{"id":36358,"verse_id":"MAT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The imperfect verb is here taken iteratively, for the context suggests that the woman was trying to find the courage to touch Jesus’ cloak.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":36359,"verse_id":"MAT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “saved.” sn In this pericope the author uses a term for being healed ( Grk “saved”) that would have spiritual significance to his readers. It may be a double entendre (cf. parallel in Mark 5:28 which uses the same term), since elsewhere he uses verbs that simply mean “heal”: If only the reader would “touch” Jesus, he too would be “saved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":36360,"verse_id":"MAT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “has delivered you”; Grk “has saved you.” This should not be understood as an expression for full salvation in the immediate context; it refers only to the woman’s healing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":36361,"verse_id":"MAT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Grk “saved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":36362,"verse_id":"MAT.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Grk “They were laughing at him.” The imperfect verb has been taken ingressively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":36363,"verse_id":"MAT.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"For the translation of τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην ( thn ghn ekeinhn ) as “that region,” see L&N 1.79.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":36364,"verse_id":"MAT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “shouting, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":36365,"verse_id":"MAT.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":36366,"verse_id":"MAT.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “to him, and Jesus.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in Greek, but a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":36367,"verse_id":"MAT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"For the translation of τὴν γῆν ἐκείνην ( thn ghn ekeinhn ) as “that region,” see L&N 1.79.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":36368,"verse_id":"MAT.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":36369,"verse_id":"MAT.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “away, behold, they brought a man to him.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":36370,"verse_id":"MAT.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"Or “prince.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":36371,"verse_id":"MAT.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":36372,"verse_id":"MAT.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.35","text":"Grk “and every [kind of] sickness.” Here “every” was not repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A35/3"}
{"id":36373,"verse_id":"MAT.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":36374,"verse_id":"MAT.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.36","text":"Or “because they had been bewildered and helpless.” The translational issue is whether the perfect participles are predicate (as in the text) or are pluperfect periphrastic (the alternate translation). If the latter, the implication would seem to be that the crowds had been in such a state until the Great Shepherd arrived.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A36/2"}
{"id":36375,"verse_id":"MAT.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.38","text":"Grk “to thrust out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%209%3A38/2"}
{"id":36376,"verse_id":"MAT.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “And he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":36377,"verse_id":"MAT.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “and every [kind of] sickness.” Here “every” was not repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":36378,"verse_id":"MAT.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"892 pc lat co) call him merely Θαδδαῖος ( Qaddaio\" , “Thaddaeus”), a reading which, because of this support, is most likely correct.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":36379,"verse_id":"MAT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “the Cananean,” but according to both BDAG 507 s.v. Καναναῖος and L&N 11.88, this term has no relation at all to the geographical terms for Cana or Canaan, but is derived from the Aramaic term for “ enthusiast, zealot ” (see Luke 6:15 ; Acts 1:13 ), possibly because of an earlier affiliation with the party of the Zealots. He may not have been technically a member of the particular Jewish nationalistic party known as “Zealots” (since according to some scholars this party had not been organized at that time), but simply someone who was zealous for Jewish independence from Rome, in which case the term would refer to his temperament.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":36380,"verse_id":"MAT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “who even betrayed him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":36381,"verse_id":"MAT.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “instructing them, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":36382,"verse_id":"MAT.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “on the road of the Gentiles.” That is, a path that leads to Gentile regions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":36383,"verse_id":"MAT.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “town [or city] of the Samaritans.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":36384,"verse_id":"MAT.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Grk “But go.” The Greek μᾶλλον ( mallon , “rather, instead”) conveys the adversative nuance here so that δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":36385,"verse_id":"MAT.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"33 565 al lat; P W Δ 348 have a word-order variation, but nevertheless include νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε . Although some Byzantine-text proponents charge the Alexandrian witnesses with theologically-motivated alterations toward heterodoxy, it is interesting to find a variant such as this in which the charge could be reversed (do the Byzantine scribes have something against the miracle of resurrection?). In reality, such charges of wholesale theologically-motivated changes toward heterodoxy are immediately suspect due to lack of evidence of intentional changes (here the change is evidently due to accidental omission).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":36386,"verse_id":"MAT.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “no traveler’s bag”; or possibly “no beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145; BDAG 811 s.v. πήρα ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":36387,"verse_id":"MAT.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “two tunics.” See the note on the word “tunic” in Matt 5:40 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":36388,"verse_id":"MAT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":36389,"verse_id":"MAT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “Into whatever town or village you enter.” This acts as a distributive, meaning every town or village they enter; this is expressed more naturally in English as “whenever you enter a town or village.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":36390,"verse_id":"MAT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “in it” (referring to the city or village).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":36391,"verse_id":"MAT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “there.” This was translated as “with them” to avoid redundancy in English and to clarify where the disciples were to stay. sn Jesus telling his disciples to stay with them in one house contrasts with the practice of religious philosophers in the ancient world who went from house to house begging.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":36392,"verse_id":"MAT.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"This is a metonymy; the “house” is put for those who live in it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":36393,"verse_id":"MAT.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":36394,"verse_id":"MAT.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “Behold I.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":36395,"verse_id":"MAT.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":36396,"verse_id":"MAT.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1.a states, “of flogging as a punishment decreed by the synagogue ( Dt 25:2 f; s. the Mishna Tractate Sanhedrin-Makkoth, edited w. notes by SKrauss ’33) w. acc. of pers. Mt 10:17; 23:34 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":36397,"verse_id":"MAT.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":36398,"verse_id":"MAT.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.19","text":"Grk “how or what you might speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A19/2"}
{"id":36399,"verse_id":"MAT.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Grk “in that hour.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":36400,"verse_id":"MAT.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":36401,"verse_id":"MAT.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “will rebel against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":36402,"verse_id":"MAT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":36403,"verse_id":"MAT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"The Greek word here is πόλις ( polis ), which can mean either “town” or “city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":36404,"verse_id":"MAT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “For truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ) I say to you.” Here γάρ ( gar , “for”) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A23/3"}
{"id":36405,"verse_id":"MAT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.23","text":"The Greek word here is πόλις ( polis ), which can mean either “town” or “city.” “Town” was chosen here to emphasize the extensive nature of the disciples’ ministry. The same word is translated earlier in the verse as “place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A23/4"}
{"id":36406,"verse_id":"MAT.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":36407,"verse_id":"MAT.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Grk “Therefore do not.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":36408,"verse_id":"MAT.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"Or “concealed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":36409,"verse_id":"MAT.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “what you hear in the ear,” an idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":36410,"verse_id":"MAT.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"The expression “proclaim from the housetops” is an idiom for proclaiming something publicly (L&N 7.51). Roofs of many first century Jewish houses in Judea and Galilee were flat and had access either from outside or from within the house. Something shouted from atop a house would be heard by everyone in the street below.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":36411,"verse_id":"MAT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":36412,"verse_id":"MAT.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Or “to the ground without the knowledge and consent of your Father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":36413,"verse_id":"MAT.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Or “confesses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":36414,"verse_id":"MAT.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.32","text":"Grk “I will acknowledge him also.” sn This acknowledgment will take place at the judgment. On Jesus and judgment, see Luke 22:69 ; Acts 10:42-43; 17:31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A32/2"}
{"id":36415,"verse_id":"MAT.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Grk “cast.” For βάλλω ( ballw ) in the sense of causing a state or condition, see L&N 13.14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":36416,"verse_id":"MAT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.36","text":"Matt 10:35-36 are an allusion to Mic 7:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A36/1"}
{"id":36417,"verse_id":"MAT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “his soul,” but ψυχή ( yuch ) is frequently used of one’s physical life. It clearly has that meaning in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":36418,"verse_id":"MAT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.39","text":"Or “for my sake.” The traditional rendering “for my sake” can be understood in the sense of “for my benefit,” but the Greek term ἕνεκα indicates the cause or reason for something (BDAG 334 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A39/3"}
{"id":36419,"verse_id":"MAT.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “And whoever.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":36420,"verse_id":"MAT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.42","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2010%3A42/1"}
{"id":36421,"verse_id":"MAT.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “And it happened when.” The introductory phrase καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":36422,"verse_id":"MAT.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"The Western codex D and a few other mss (0233 1424 al ) read “Jesus” here instead of “Christ.” This is not likely to be original because it is not found in the earliest and most important mss , nor in the rest of the ms tradition. tn Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":36423,"verse_id":"MAT.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"33 sa), and thus should be considered original. Grk “sending by his disciples he said to him.” The words “a question” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":36424,"verse_id":"MAT.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said to them.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":36425,"verse_id":"MAT.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. Two other conjunctions are omitted in this series.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":36426,"verse_id":"MAT.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “whoever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":36427,"verse_id":"MAT.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":36428,"verse_id":"MAT.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"There is a debate as to whether one should read this figuratively (“to see someone who is easily blown over?”) or literally ( Grk “to see the wilderness vegetation?… No, to see a prophet”). Either view makes good sense, but the following examples suggest the question should be read literally and understood to point to the fact that a prophet drew them to the desert.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":36429,"verse_id":"MAT.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “But what.” Here ἀλλά ( alla , a strong contrastive in Greek) produces a somewhat awkward sense in English, and has not been translated. The same situation occurs at the beginning of v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":36430,"verse_id":"MAT.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"Or “palaces.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":36431,"verse_id":"MAT.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"John the Baptist is “more” because he introduces the one (Jesus) who brings the new era. The term is neuter, but may be understood as masculine in this context (BDAG 806 s.v. περισσότερος b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":36432,"verse_id":"MAT.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Grk “before your face” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":36433,"verse_id":"MAT.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":36434,"verse_id":"MAT.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":36435,"verse_id":"MAT.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Or “the kingdom of heaven is forcibly entered and violent people take hold of it.” For a somewhat different interpretation of this passage, see the note on the phrase “urged to enter in” in Luke 16:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":36436,"verse_id":"MAT.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The word “appeared” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":36437,"verse_id":"MAT.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 13:9, 43 ; Mark 4:9, 23 ; Luke 8:8, 14:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":36438,"verse_id":"MAT.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":36439,"verse_id":"MAT.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “who call out to one another, saying.” The participle λέγουσιν ( legousin ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":36440,"verse_id":"MAT.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"The verb ἐθρηνήσαμεν ( eqrhnhsamen ) refers to the loud wailing and lamenting used to mourn the dead in public in 1st century Jewish culture.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":36441,"verse_id":"MAT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “Behold a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":36442,"verse_id":"MAT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “shown to be right.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A19/4"}
{"id":36443,"verse_id":"MAT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.19","text":") as well as early versional and patristic support.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A19/5"}
{"id":36444,"verse_id":"MAT.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"The Greek word here is πόλις ( polis ) which can be translated “city” or “town.” “Cities” was chosen here to emphasize the size of the places Jesus’ mentions in the following verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":36445,"verse_id":"MAT.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"This introduces a second class (contrary to fact) condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":36446,"verse_id":"MAT.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"Or “powerful deeds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":36447,"verse_id":"MAT.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.21","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A21/4"}
{"id":36448,"verse_id":"MAT.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"The interrogative particle introducing this question expects a negative reply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":36449,"verse_id":"MAT.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Grk “At that time, answering, Jesus said.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":36450,"verse_id":"MAT.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"Or “thank.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":36451,"verse_id":"MAT.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.25","text":"Or “that.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A25/4"}
{"id":36452,"verse_id":"MAT.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “for (to do) thus was well-pleasing before you,” BDAG 325 s.v. ἔμπροσθεν 1.b. δ ; speaking of something taking place “before” God is a reverential way of avoiding direct connection of the action to him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":36453,"verse_id":"MAT.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “wishes”; or “intends”; or “plans” (cf. BDAG 182 s.v. βούλομαι 2.b). Here it is the Son who has sovereignty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":36454,"verse_id":"MAT.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":36455,"verse_id":"MAT.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “heads of grain.” While the generic term στάχυς ( stacus ) can refer to the cluster of seeds at the top of grain such as barley or wheat, in the NT the term is restricted to wheat (L&N 3.40; BDAG 941 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":36456,"verse_id":"MAT.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":36457,"verse_id":"MAT.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"33 Ï latt sy co) in place of ἔφαγον ( efagon , “they ate”), the wording found in א B pc . ἔφαγεν is most likely motivated by the parallels in Mark and Luke (both of which have the singular).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":36458,"verse_id":"MAT.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “the bread of presentation.” sn The sacred bread refers to the “bread of presentation,” “showbread,” or “bread of the Presence,” twelve loaves prepared weekly for the tabernacle and later, the temple. See Exod 25:30; 35:13; 39:36 ; Lev 24:5-9 . Each loaf was made from 3 quarts (3.5 liters; Heb “two tenths of an ephah”) of fine flour. The loaves were placed on a table in the holy place of the tabernacle, on the north side opposite the lampstand ( Exod 26:35 ). It was the duty of the priest each Sabbath to place fresh bread on the table; the loaves from the previous week were then given to Aaron and his descendants, who ate them in the holy place, because they were considered sacred ( Lev 24:9 ). See also Mark 2:23-28 , Luke 6:1-5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":36459,"verse_id":"MAT.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":36460,"verse_id":"MAT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":36461,"verse_id":"MAT.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"The term “lord” is in emphatic position in the Greek text. sn A second point in Jesus’ defense of his disciples’ actions was that his authority as Son of Man also allowed it, since as Son of Man he was lord of the Sabbath .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":36462,"verse_id":"MAT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":36463,"verse_id":"MAT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":36464,"verse_id":"MAT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Grk “And behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":36465,"verse_id":"MAT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Grk “and they asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated. The referent of the pronoun (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":36466,"verse_id":"MAT.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Grk “destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":36467,"verse_id":"MAT.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":36468,"verse_id":"MAT.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"א B pc lat read only πολλοί ( polloi , “many”) here, the first hand of N reads ὄχλοι ( ocloi , “crowds”), while virtually all the rest of the witnesses have ὄχλοι πολλοί ( ocloi polloi , “great crowds”). In spite of the good quality of both א and B (especially in combination), and the testimony of the Latin witnesses, the longer reading is most likely correct; the shorter readings were probably due to homoioteleuton.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":36469,"verse_id":"MAT.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “so that what was said by Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled, saying.” This final clause, however, is part of one sentence in Greek (vv. 15 b-17) and is thus not related only to v. 16 . The participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":36470,"verse_id":"MAT.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “Behold my servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":36471,"verse_id":"MAT.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “in whom my soul is well pleased.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":36472,"verse_id":"MAT.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Or “the nations” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":36473,"verse_id":"MAT.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":36474,"verse_id":"MAT.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"Grk “demoniac, and he healed him, so that the mute man spoke and saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":36475,"verse_id":"MAT.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Grk “except by Beelzebul.” sn Beelzebul is another name for Satan. So some people recognized Jesus’ work as supernatural, but called it diabolical.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":36476,"verse_id":"MAT.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “prince.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A24/3"}
{"id":36477,"verse_id":"MAT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"sa bo), both the pedigree of the mss and the strong internal evidence (viz., scribes were not prone to intentionally delete the name of Jesus) argue for the omission of Jesus’ name. The name has been included in the translation, however, for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":36478,"verse_id":"MAT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “is left in ruins.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A25/3"}
{"id":36479,"verse_id":"MAT.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"This first class condition, the first of three “if” clauses in the following verses, presents the example vividly as if it were so. In fact, all three conditions in these verses are first class. The examples are made totally parallel. The expected answer is that Satan’s kingdom will not stand, so the suggestion makes no sense. Satan would not seek to heal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":36480,"verse_id":"MAT.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"The pronoun “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":36481,"verse_id":"MAT.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.28","text":"The phrase ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ( efqasen ef ’ Juma\" ) is quite important. Does it mean merely “approach” (which would be reflected in a translation like “has come near to you”) or actually “come upon” (as in the translation given above, “has already overtaken you,” which has the added connotation of suddenness)? Is the arrival of the kingdom merely anticipated or already in process? Two factors favor arrival over anticipation here. First, the prepositional phrase ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ( ef ’ Jumas , “upon you”) in the Greek text suggests arrival ( Dan 4:24, 28 Theodotion). Second, the following illustration in v. 29 looks at the healing as portraying Satan being overrun. So the presence of God’s authority has arrived. See also L&N 13.123 for the translation of φθάνω ( fqanw ) as “to happen to already, to come upon, to come upon already.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A28/2"}
{"id":36482,"verse_id":"MAT.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"Grk “Or how can.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":36483,"verse_id":"MAT.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Grk “every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":36484,"verse_id":"MAT.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"Grk “it will be forgiven him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A32/1"}
{"id":36485,"verse_id":"MAT.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.32","text":"Grk “it will not be forgiven him.” sn Whoever speaks against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven. This passage has troubled many people, who have wondered whether or not they have committed this sin. Three things must be kept in mind: (1) the nature of the sin is to ascribe what is the obvious work of the Holy Spirit (e.g., releasing people from Satan’s power) to Satan himself; (2) it is not simply a momentary doubt or sinful attitude, but is indeed a settled condition which opposes the Spirit’s work, as typified by the religious leaders who opposed Jesus; and (3) a person who is concerned about it has probably never committed this sin, for those who commit it here (i.e., the religious leaders) are not in the least concerned about Jesus’ warning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A32/2"}
{"id":36486,"verse_id":"MAT.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.33","text":"Grk “rotten.” The word σαπρός , modifying both “tree” and “fruit,” can also mean “diseased” (L&N 65.28).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A33/1"}
{"id":36487,"verse_id":"MAT.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"The Greek text reads here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ). The term is generic referring to any person.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":36488,"verse_id":"MAT.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.35","text":"Grk “the”; the Greek article has been translated here and in the following clause (“his evil treasury”) as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A35/2"}
{"id":36489,"verse_id":"MAT.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.36","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A36/1"}
{"id":36490,"verse_id":"MAT.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"Or “Then some of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":36491,"verse_id":"MAT.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “and Pharisees.” The word “some” before “Pharisees” has been supplied for clarification. sn See the note on Pharisees in 3:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":36492,"verse_id":"MAT.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “answered him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant, but the syntax of the sentence was changed to conform to English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A38/3"}
{"id":36493,"verse_id":"MAT.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.39","text":"Grk “But answering, he said to them.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A39/1"}
{"id":36494,"verse_id":"MAT.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Grk “large sea creature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A40/1"}
{"id":36495,"verse_id":"MAT.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.41","text":"Grk “men”; the word here ( ἀνήρ , anhr ) usually indicates males or husbands, but occasionally is used in a generic sense of people in general, as here (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 1 .a, 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A41/1"}
{"id":36496,"verse_id":"MAT.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.41","text":"Grk “at the preaching of Jonah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A41/2"}
{"id":36497,"verse_id":"MAT.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.41","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A41/3"}
{"id":36498,"verse_id":"MAT.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.42","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A42/2"}
{"id":36499,"verse_id":"MAT.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.43","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A43/1"}
{"id":36500,"verse_id":"MAT.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.43","text":"Grk “man.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females. This same use occurs in v. 45 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A43/3"}
{"id":36501,"verse_id":"MAT.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.43","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A43/5"}
{"id":36502,"verse_id":"MAT.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “I will return to my house from which I came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A44/1"}
{"id":36503,"verse_id":"MAT.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “comes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A44/2"}
{"id":36504,"verse_id":"MAT.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.44","text":"The words “the house” are not in Greek but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A44/3"}
{"id":36505,"verse_id":"MAT.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the concluding point of the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A45/1"}
{"id":36506,"verse_id":"MAT.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.46","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A46/1"}
{"id":36507,"verse_id":"MAT.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.46","text":"Grk “crowds, behold, his mother.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A46/2"}
{"id":36508,"verse_id":"MAT.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.46","text":"“His mother and brothers came and” is a translation of “behold, his mother and brothers came.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A46/4"}
{"id":36509,"verse_id":"MAT.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.47","text":"sa). The witness of א and B is especially strong, but internal considerations override this external evidence. Both v. 46 and 47 end with the word λαλῆσαι (“to speak”), so early scribes probably omitted the verse through homoioteleuton. The following verses make little sense without v. 47 ; its omission is too hard a reading. Thus v. 47 was most likely part of the original text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A47/1"}
{"id":36510,"verse_id":"MAT.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.47","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A47/2"}
{"id":36511,"verse_id":"MAT.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.47","text":"Grk “seeking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A47/3"}
{"id":36512,"verse_id":"MAT.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A48/1"}
{"id":36513,"verse_id":"MAT.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “And answering, he said to the one who had said this.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) at the beginning of the clause has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A48/2"}
{"id":36514,"verse_id":"MAT.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.49","text":"Grk “extending his hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A49/1"}
{"id":36515,"verse_id":"MAT.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.49","text":"Grk “Behold my mother and my brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A49/2"}
{"id":36516,"verse_id":"MAT.12.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":12,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.50","text":"The pleonastic pronoun αὐτός ( autos , “he”) which precedes this verb has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2012%3A50/1"}
{"id":36517,"verse_id":"MAT.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “and all the crowd.” The clause in this phrase, although coordinate in terms of grammar, is logically subordinate to the previous clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":36518,"verse_id":"MAT.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":36519,"verse_id":"MAT.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":36520,"verse_id":"MAT.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"In Matthew’s version of this parable, plural pronouns are used to refer to the seed in v. 4 ( ἅ … αὐτά [ Ja … auta ]), although the collective singular is used in v. 5 and following (indicated by the singular verbs like ἔπεσεν [ epesen ]). For the sake of consistency in English, plural pronouns referring to the seed are used in the translation throughout the Matthean account. In both Mark and Luke the collective singular is used consistently throughout (cf. Mark 4:1-9 ; Luke 8:4-8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":36521,"verse_id":"MAT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Here and in vv. 7 and 8 δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":36522,"verse_id":"MAT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “it did not have enough depth of earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":36523,"verse_id":"MAT.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15, 13:43 ; Mark 4:9, 23 ; Luke 8:8, 14:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":36524,"verse_id":"MAT.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":36525,"verse_id":"MAT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “And answering, he said to them.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":36526,"verse_id":"MAT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"This is an example of a “divine passive,” with God understood to be the source of the revelation (see ExSyn 437-38).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":36527,"verse_id":"MAT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “to you it has been given to know.” The dative pronoun occurs first, in emphatic position in the Greek text, although this position is awkward in contemporary English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":36528,"verse_id":"MAT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “the mysteries.” sn The key term secrets ( μυστήριον , musthrion ) can mean either (1) a new revelation or (2) a revealing interpretation of existing revelation as in Dan 2:17-23, 27-30 . Jesus seems to be explaining how current events develop old promises, since the NT consistently links the events of Jesus’ ministry and message with old promises ( Rom 1:1-4 ; Heb 1:1-2 ). The traditional translation of this word, “mystery,” is misleading to the modern English reader because it suggests a secret which people have tried to uncover but which they have failed to understand (L&N 28.77).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":36529,"verse_id":"MAT.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “with hearing,” a cognate dative that intensifies the action of the main verb “you will listen” ( ExSyn 168-69).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":36530,"verse_id":"MAT.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “look by looking.” The participle is redundant, functioning to intensify the force of the main verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":36531,"verse_id":"MAT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ) I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":36532,"verse_id":"MAT.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":36533,"verse_id":"MAT.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Grk “The one sown on rocky ground, this is the one.” The next two statements like this one have this same syntactical structure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":36534,"verse_id":"MAT.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Grk “is temporary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":36535,"verse_id":"MAT.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":36536,"verse_id":"MAT.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":36537,"verse_id":"MAT.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “the deceitfulness of riches.” Cf. BDAG 99 s.v. ἀπάτη 1, “the seduction which comes from wealth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":36538,"verse_id":"MAT.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"The Greek is difficult to translate because it switches from a generic “he” to three people within this generic class (thus, something like: “Who indeed bears fruit and yields, in one instance a hundred times, in another, sixty times, in another, thirty times”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":36539,"verse_id":"MAT.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “He set before them another parable, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":36540,"verse_id":"MAT.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Grk “sowed darnel.” The Greek term ζιζάνιον ( zizanion ) refers to an especially undesirable weed that looks like wheat but has poisonous seeds (L&N 3.30).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":36541,"verse_id":"MAT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":36542,"verse_id":"MAT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":36543,"verse_id":"MAT.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the owner’s statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":36544,"verse_id":"MAT.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":36545,"verse_id":"MAT.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.30","text":"Grk “but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A30/2"}
{"id":36546,"verse_id":"MAT.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “put before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":36547,"verse_id":"MAT.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “He set before them another parable, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A31/2"}
{"id":36548,"verse_id":"MAT.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":36549,"verse_id":"MAT.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Grk “hid in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":36550,"verse_id":"MAT.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Grk “it was all leavened.” sn The parable of the yeast and the dough teaches that the kingdom of God will start small but eventually grow to permeate everything. Jesus’ point was not to be deceived by its seemingly small start, the same point made in the parable of the mustard seed, which preceded this one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":36551,"verse_id":"MAT.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.35","text":"B C D L W 0233 0242 Ï lat sy co). However, as B. M. Metzger points out, “if no prophet were originally named, more than one scribe might have been prompted to insert the name of the best known prophet – something which has, in fact, happened elsewhere more than once” ( TCGNT 27). In light of the paucity of evidence for the reading ᾿Ησαΐου , as well as the proclivity of scribes to add his name, it is probably best to consider the shorter reading as authentic. Grk “was spoken by the prophet, saying.” The participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A35/1"}
{"id":36552,"verse_id":"MAT.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.37","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A37/1"}
{"id":36553,"verse_id":"MAT.13.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.38","text":"Grk “the sons of the kingdom.” This idiom refers to people who should properly be, or were traditionally regarded as, a part of God’s kingdom. L&N 11.13 translates the phrase: “people of God’s kingdom, God’s people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A38/1"}
{"id":36554,"verse_id":"MAT.13.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.38","text":"Grk “the sons of the evil one.” See the preceding note on the phrase “people of the kingdom” earlier in this verse, which is the opposite of this phrase. See also L&N 9.4; 11.13; 11.14.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A38/2"}
{"id":36555,"verse_id":"MAT.13.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.40","text":"Grk “Therefore as.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A40/1"}
{"id":36556,"verse_id":"MAT.13.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.41","text":"Grk “the ones who practice lawlessness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A41/1"}
{"id":36557,"verse_id":"MAT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.43","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15, 13:9 ; Mark 4:9, 23 ; Luke 8:8, 14:35 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A43/2"}
{"id":36558,"verse_id":"MAT.13.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.52","text":"Or “every scribe.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 . It is possible that the term translated “expert in the law” (traditionally, “scribe”) here is a self-description used by the author, Matthew, to represent his role in conveying the traditions about Jesus to his intended audience. See David E. Orton, The Understanding Scribe [JSNTSup].","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A52/1"}
{"id":36559,"verse_id":"MAT.13.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.53","text":"Grk “Now it happened that when.” The introductory phrase καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A53/1"}
{"id":36560,"verse_id":"MAT.13.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.54","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A54/1"}
{"id":36561,"verse_id":"MAT.13.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.54","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A54/3"}
{"id":36562,"verse_id":"MAT.13.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":13,"verse":54,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.54","text":"Grk “synagogue, so that they.” Here ὥστε ( Jwste ) has not been translated. Instead a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2013%3A54/5"}
{"id":36563,"verse_id":"MAT.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating reservations about its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":36564,"verse_id":"MAT.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The imperfect tense verb is here rendered with an iterative force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":36565,"verse_id":"MAT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":36566,"verse_id":"MAT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":36567,"verse_id":"MAT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “him” (also in the following phrase, Grk “accepted him”); in both cases the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":36568,"verse_id":"MAT.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"The Greek text reads here ὁμολογέω ( Jomologew ); though normally translated “acknowledge, confess,” BDAG (708 s.v. 1 ) lists “assure, promise with an oath” for certain contexts such as here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":36569,"verse_id":"MAT.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “and being grieved, the king commanded.” sn Herod was technically not a king , but this reflects popular usage. See the note on tetrarch in 14:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":36570,"verse_id":"MAT.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":36571,"verse_id":"MAT.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “And his”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":36572,"verse_id":"MAT.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":36573,"verse_id":"MAT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":36574,"verse_id":"MAT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":36575,"verse_id":"MAT.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Or “a desert” (meaning a deserted or desolate area with sparse vegetation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":36576,"verse_id":"MAT.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":36577,"verse_id":"MAT.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Here the pronoun ὑμεῖς ( Jumeis ) is used, making “you” in the translation emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":36578,"verse_id":"MAT.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":36579,"verse_id":"MAT.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":36580,"verse_id":"MAT.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Grk “And after instructing the crowds to recline for a meal on the grass, after taking the five loaves and the two fish, after looking up to heaven, he gave thanks, and after breaking the loaves he gave them to the disciples.” Although most of the participles are undoubtedly attendant circumstance, there are but two indicative verbs – “he gave thanks” and “he gave.” The structure of the sentence thus seems to focus on these two actions and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":36581,"verse_id":"MAT.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"Grk “to the disciples, and the disciples to the crowds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":36582,"verse_id":"MAT.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":36583,"verse_id":"MAT.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Grk “The boat was already many stades from the land.” A stade ( στάδιον , stadion ) was a unit of distance about 607 feet (187 meters) long.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":36584,"verse_id":"MAT.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Grk “In the fourth watch of the night,” that is, between 3 a.m. and 6 a.m.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":36585,"verse_id":"MAT.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Or “on the lake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":36586,"verse_id":"MAT.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":36587,"verse_id":"MAT.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “on the sea”; or “on the lake.” The translation “water” has been used here for stylistic reasons (cf. the same phrase in v. 25 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":36588,"verse_id":"MAT.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"sa bo). Although such additions are often suspect (due to liturgical influences, piety, or for the sake of clarity), in this case it is likely that ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς dropped out accidentally. Apart from a few albeit important witnesses, as noted above, the rest of the tradition has either ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς αὐτοῖς ( Jo Ihsous autois ) or αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ( autois Jo Ihsous ). In uncial letters, with Jesus’ name as a nomen sacrum , this would have been written as autoisois_ or ois_autois . Thus homoioteleuton could explain the reason for the omission of Jesus’ name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":36589,"verse_id":"MAT.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"Grk “he said to them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":36590,"verse_id":"MAT.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":36591,"verse_id":"MAT.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Grk “answering him, Peter said.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":36592,"verse_id":"MAT.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Grk “he cried out, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":36593,"verse_id":"MAT.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Grk “men”; the word here ( ἀνήρ , anhr ) usually indicates males or husbands, but occasionally is used in a generic sense of people in general, as here (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 1 .a, 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A35/1"}
{"id":36594,"verse_id":"MAT.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"Grk “asked that they might touch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":36595,"verse_id":"MAT.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":36596,"verse_id":"MAT.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A1/3"}
{"id":36597,"verse_id":"MAT.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.1","text":"The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) has been translated as a finite verb so that its telic (i.e., final or conclusive) force can be more easily detected: The Pharisees and legal experts came to Jesus in order to speak with him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A1/4"}
{"id":36598,"verse_id":"MAT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"has the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":36599,"verse_id":"MAT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “when they eat bread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":36600,"verse_id":"MAT.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “But answering, he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":36601,"verse_id":"MAT.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"579 700 892 pc lat co, as well as other versions and fathers).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":36602,"verse_id":"MAT.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Grk “is a gift,” that is, something dedicated to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":36603,"verse_id":"MAT.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"33 579 700 892 pc ), which is usually an indication of a predictable addition to the text rather than an authentic reading. Further, the shorter reading (without any mention of “mother”) is found in early and important witnesses ( א B D sa). Although it is possible that the shorter reading came about accidentally (due to the repetition of – ερα αὐτοῦ ), the evidence more strongly suggests that the longer readings were intentional scribal alterations. Grk “he will never honor his father.” Here Jesus is quoting the Pharisees, whose intent is to release the person who is giving his possessions to God from the family obligation of caring for his parents. The verb in this phrase is future tense, and it is negated with οὐ μή ( ou mh ), the strongest negation possible in Greek. A literal translation of the phrase does not capture the intended sense of the statement; it would actually make the Pharisees sound as if they agreed with Jesus. Instead, a more interpretive translation has been used to focus upon the release from family obligations that the Pharisees allowed in these circumstances. sn Here Jesus refers to something that has been set aside as a gift to be given to God at some later date, but which is still in the possession of the owner. According to contemporary Jewish tradition, the person who made this claim was absolved from responsibility to support or assist his parents, a clear violation of the Mosaic law to honor one’s parents (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":36604,"verse_id":"MAT.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"The term “heart” is a collective singular in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":36605,"verse_id":"MAT.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Grk “And calling the crowd, he said to them.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesamenos ) has been translated as attendant circumstance. The emphasis here is upon Jesus’ speaking to the crowd.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":36606,"verse_id":"MAT.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Grk “but what.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":36607,"verse_id":"MAT.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":36608,"verse_id":"MAT.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"places τυφλῶν in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":36609,"verse_id":"MAT.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Grk “If blind leads blind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":36610,"verse_id":"MAT.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Grk “And answering, Peter said to him.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":36611,"verse_id":"MAT.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":36612,"verse_id":"MAT.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Or “into the latrine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":36613,"verse_id":"MAT.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Grk “but to eat with unwashed hands does not defile a person.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":36614,"verse_id":"MAT.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":36615,"verse_id":"MAT.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":36616,"verse_id":"MAT.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “And behold a Canaanite.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":36617,"verse_id":"MAT.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk The participle ἐξελθοῦσα ( exelqousa ) is here translated as a finite verb. The emphasis is upon her crying out to Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":36618,"verse_id":"MAT.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “cried out, saying.” The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A22/3"}
{"id":36619,"verse_id":"MAT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":36620,"verse_id":"MAT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":36621,"verse_id":"MAT.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” The construction in Greek is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the disciples’ request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":36622,"verse_id":"MAT.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"In this context the verb προσκυνέω ( proskunew ), which often describes worship, probably means simply bowing down to the ground in an act of reverence or supplication (see L&N 17.21).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":36623,"verse_id":"MAT.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.25","text":"Grk “she bowed down to him, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A25/2"}
{"id":36624,"verse_id":"MAT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Grk “And answering, he said, ‘It is not right.’” The introductory phrase “answering, he said” has been simplified and placed at the end of the English sentence for stylistic reasons. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":36625,"verse_id":"MAT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"Or “lap dogs, house dogs,” as opposed to dogs on the street. The diminutive form originally referred to puppies or little dogs, then to house pets. In some Hellenistic uses κυνάριον ( kunarion ) simply means “dog.” sn The term dogs does not refer to wild dogs (scavenging animals roaming around the countryside) in this context, but to small dogs taken in as house pets. It is thus not a derogatory term per se, but is instead intended by Jesus to indicate the privileged position of the Jews (especially his disciples) as the initial recipients of Jesus’ ministry. The woman’s response of faith and her willingness to accept whatever Jesus would offer pleased him to such an extent that he granted her request.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":36626,"verse_id":"MAT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.26","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A26/3"}
{"id":36627,"verse_id":"MAT.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Grk “she said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":36628,"verse_id":"MAT.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"Grk “Then answering, Jesus said to her.” This expression has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":36629,"verse_id":"MAT.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":36630,"verse_id":"MAT.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A30/2"}
{"id":36631,"verse_id":"MAT.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.36","text":"Grk “was giving them to the disciples, and the disciples to the crowd.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A36/1"}
{"id":36632,"verse_id":"MAT.15.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A37/1"}
{"id":36633,"verse_id":"MAT.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.38","text":", however, agrees with the majority of witnesses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A38/1"}
{"id":36634,"verse_id":"MAT.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.38","text":"Grk “And those eating were four thousand men, apart from children and women.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2015%3A38/2"}
{"id":36635,"verse_id":"MAT.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"The object of the participle πειράζοντες ( peirazontes ) is not given in the Greek text but has been supplied here for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":36636,"verse_id":"MAT.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “But answering, he said to them.” The construction has been simplified in the translation and δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":36637,"verse_id":"MAT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Or “red and gloomy” (L&N 14.56).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":36638,"verse_id":"MAT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “The face of the sky you know how to discern.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":36639,"verse_id":"MAT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":36640,"verse_id":"MAT.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ saying about the Pharisees and Sadducees.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":36641,"verse_id":"MAT.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Or “becoming aware of it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":36642,"verse_id":"MAT.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “Those of little faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":36643,"verse_id":"MAT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":36644,"verse_id":"MAT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"For location see Map1-C1 ; Map2-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":36645,"verse_id":"MAT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “he asked his disciples, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has been left untranslated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":36646,"verse_id":"MAT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “And answering, Simon Peter said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":36647,"verse_id":"MAT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":36648,"verse_id":"MAT.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “answering, Jesus said to him.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant, but the syntax of this phrase has been modified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":36649,"verse_id":"MAT.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"The expression “flesh and blood” could refer to “any human being” (so TEV, NLT; cf. NIV “man”), but it could also refer to Peter himself (i.e., his own intuition; cf. CEV “You didn’t discover this on your own”). Because of the ambiguity of the referent, the phrase “flesh and blood” has been retained in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":36650,"verse_id":"MAT.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Or “and the power of death” (taking the reference to the gates of Hades as a metonymy). sn In the OT, Hades was known as Sheol . It is the place where the unrighteous will reside ( Matt 11:23 ; Luke 16:23 ; Rev 20:13-14 ). Some translations render this by its modern equivalent, “hell”; others see it as a reference to the power of death.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":36651,"verse_id":"MAT.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"565 700 1424 al it sa. Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":36652,"verse_id":"MAT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “From then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":36653,"verse_id":"MAT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":36654,"verse_id":"MAT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.21","text":"Or “and scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A21/4"}
{"id":36655,"verse_id":"MAT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “began to rebuke him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":36656,"verse_id":"MAT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “Merciful to you.” A highly elliptical expression: “May God be merciful to you in sparing you from having to undergo [some experience]” (L&N 88.78). A contemporary English equivalent is “God forbid!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":36657,"verse_id":"MAT.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":36658,"verse_id":"MAT.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Grk “to come after me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":36659,"verse_id":"MAT.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"This translation better expresses the force of the Greek third person imperative than the traditional “let him deny,” which could be understood as merely permissive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":36660,"verse_id":"MAT.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “soul” (throughout vv. 25-26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":36661,"verse_id":"MAT.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Grk “a man,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here to refer to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":36662,"verse_id":"MAT.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":36663,"verse_id":"MAT.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"The Greek negative here ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is the strongest possible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":36664,"verse_id":"MAT.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.28","text":"Grk “will not taste.” Here the Greek verb does not mean “sample a small amount” (as a typical English reader might infer from the word “taste”), but “experience something cognitively or emotionally; come to know something” (cf. BDAG 195 s.v. γεύομαι 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2016%3A28/3"}
{"id":36665,"verse_id":"MAT.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “And after six days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":36666,"verse_id":"MAT.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “John his brother” with “his” referring to James.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":36667,"verse_id":"MAT.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":36668,"verse_id":"MAT.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Grk “And behold, Moses.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":36669,"verse_id":"MAT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that the appearance of Moses and Elijah prompted Peter’s comment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":36670,"verse_id":"MAT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Grk “Peter answering said.” This construction is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":36671,"verse_id":"MAT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"33 Ï lat sy co) have the plural aorist subjunctive ποιήσωμεν ( poihswmen , “let us make”). But since ποιήσωμεν is the reading found in the parallel accounts in Mark and Luke, it is almost surely a motivated reading. Further, the earliest and best witnesses, as well as a few others ( א B C* 700 pc ) have ποιήσω . It is thus more likely that the singular verb is authentic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":36672,"verse_id":"MAT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “booths,” “dwellings” (referring to the temporary booths constructed in the celebration of the feast of Tabernacles). sn Peter apparently wanted to celebrate the feast of Tabernacles or Booths that looked forward to the end and wanted to treat Moses, Elijah, and Jesus as equals by making three shelters (one for each). It was actually a way of expressing honor to Jesus, but the next verse makes it clear that it was not enough honor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A4/4"}
{"id":36673,"verse_id":"MAT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “behold, a.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated here or in the following clause because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":36674,"verse_id":"MAT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.5","text":"Or “surrounded.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A5/3"}
{"id":36675,"verse_id":"MAT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “behold, a voice from the cloud, saying.” This is an incomplete sentence in Greek which portrays intensity and emotion. The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) was translated as a finite verb in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A5/4"}
{"id":36676,"verse_id":"MAT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “my beloved Son,” or “my Son, the beloved [one].” The force of ἀγαπητός ( agaphtos ) is often “pertaining to one who is the only one of his or her class, but at the same time is particularly loved and cherished” (L&N 58.53; cf. also BDAG 7 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A5/5"}
{"id":36677,"verse_id":"MAT.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Grk “they fell down on their faces.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":36678,"verse_id":"MAT.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":36679,"verse_id":"MAT.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “Jesus commanded them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":36680,"verse_id":"MAT.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":36681,"verse_id":"MAT.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Or “do the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":36682,"verse_id":"MAT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” This has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":36683,"verse_id":"MAT.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":36684,"verse_id":"MAT.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":36685,"verse_id":"MAT.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Grk “he is moonstruck,” possibly meaning “lunatic” (so NAB, NASB), although now the term is generally regarded as referring to some sort of seizure disorder such as epilepsy (L&N 23.169; BDAG 919 s.v. σεληνιάζομαι ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":36686,"verse_id":"MAT.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":36687,"verse_id":"MAT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":36688,"verse_id":"MAT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Grk “O.” The marker of direct address, ὦ ( w ), is functionally equivalent to a vocative and is represented in the translation by “you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":36689,"verse_id":"MAT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “faithless.” sn The rebuke for lack of faith has OT roots: Num 14:27 ; Deut 32:5, 30 ; Isa 59:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A17/3"}
{"id":36690,"verse_id":"MAT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.17","text":"Grk “how long.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A17/4"}
{"id":36691,"verse_id":"MAT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “put up with.” See Num 11:12 ; Isa 46:4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A17/5"}
{"id":36692,"verse_id":"MAT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":36693,"verse_id":"MAT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.18","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A18/2"}
{"id":36694,"verse_id":"MAT.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Grk “coming, the disciples said.” The participle προσελθόντες ( proselqontes ) has been translated as a finite verb to make the sequence of events clear in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":36695,"verse_id":"MAT.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Grk “For truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":36696,"verse_id":"MAT.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"Grk “faith as,” “faith like.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":36697,"verse_id":"MAT.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A20/3"}
{"id":36698,"verse_id":"MAT.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":36699,"verse_id":"MAT.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.22","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is considered by some to be used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NRSV “into human hands”; TEV, CEV “to people”). However, because this can be taken as a specific reference to the group responsible for Jesus’ arrest, where it is unlikely women were present (cf. Matt 26:47-56 ; Mark 14:43-52 ; Luke 22:47-53 ; John 18:2-12 ), the word “men” has been retained in the translation. There may also be a slight wordplay with “the Son of Man” earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A22/2"}
{"id":36700,"verse_id":"MAT.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":36701,"verse_id":"MAT.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":36702,"verse_id":"MAT.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.24","text":"Grk “Collectors of the double drachma.” This is a case of metonymy, where the coin formerly used to pay the tax (the double drachma coin, or δίδραχμον [ didracmon ]) was put for the tax itself (cf. BDAG 241 s.v.). Even though this coin was no longer in circulation in NT times and other coins were used to pay the tax, the name for the coin was still used to refer to the tax itself. sn The temple tax refers to the half-shekel tax paid annually by male Jews to support the temple ( Exod 30:13-16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A24/3"}
{"id":36703,"verse_id":"MAT.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"Grk “spoke first to him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":36704,"verse_id":"MAT.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":36705,"verse_id":"MAT.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"The negation in Greek ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is very strong here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":36706,"verse_id":"MAT.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"This verb, δέχομαι ( decomai ), is a term of hospitality (L&N 34.53).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":36707,"verse_id":"MAT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"The Greek term σκανδαλίζω ( skandalizw ), translated here “causes to sin” can also be translated “offends” or “causes to stumble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":36708,"verse_id":"MAT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Grk “the millstone of a donkey.” This refers to a large flat stone turned by a donkey in the process of grinding grain (BDAG 661 s.v. μύλος 2; L&N 7.68-69). The same term is used in the parallel account in Mark 9:42 . sn The punishment of drowning with a heavy weight attached is extremely gruesome and reflects Jesus’ views concerning those who cause others who believe in him to sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":36709,"verse_id":"MAT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"The term translated “open” here ( πελάγει , pelagei ) refers to the open sea as opposed to a stretch of water near a coastline (BDAG 794 s.v. πέλαγος ). A similar English expression would be “the high seas.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":36710,"verse_id":"MAT.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “For it.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":36711,"verse_id":"MAT.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":36712,"verse_id":"MAT.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"Grk “than having.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":36713,"verse_id":"MAT.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “than having.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":36714,"verse_id":"MAT.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “the Gehenna of fire.” sn See the note on the word hell in 5:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":36715,"verse_id":"MAT.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Grk “a certain man.” The Greek word ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in a somewhat generic sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":36716,"verse_id":"MAT.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":36717,"verse_id":"MAT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated. All the “if” clauses in this paragraph are third class conditions in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":36718,"verse_id":"MAT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"The Greek term “brother” can mean “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a) whether male or female. It can also refer to siblings, though here it is used in a broader sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God. Therefore, because of the familial connotations, “brother” has been retained in the translation here in preference to the more generic “fellow believer” (“fellow Christian” would be anachronistic in this context).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":36719,"verse_id":"MAT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.15","text":"includes the words in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A15/3"}
{"id":36720,"verse_id":"MAT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “go reprove him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A15/4"}
{"id":36721,"verse_id":"MAT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":36722,"verse_id":"MAT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":36723,"verse_id":"MAT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"Grk “let him be to you as.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":36724,"verse_id":"MAT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"Or “a pagan.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":36725,"verse_id":"MAT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":36726,"verse_id":"MAT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":36727,"verse_id":"MAT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “if two of you…agree about whatever they ask, it will be done for them by my Father who is in heaven.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one in keeping with contemporary English style, and the pronouns, which change from second person plural to third person plural in the Greek text, have been consistently translated as second person plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":36728,"verse_id":"MAT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a), whether male or female. Concerning the familial connotations, see also the note on the first occurrence of this term in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":36729,"verse_id":"MAT.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Or “seventy times seven,” i.e., an unlimited number of times. See L&N 60.74 and 60.77 for the two possible translations of the phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":36730,"verse_id":"MAT.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":36731,"verse_id":"MAT.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":36732,"verse_id":"MAT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":36733,"verse_id":"MAT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":36734,"verse_id":"MAT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.25","text":"Grk “and his wife.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A25/3"}
{"id":36735,"verse_id":"MAT.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Grk “falling therefore the slave bowed down to the ground.” The redundancy of this expression signals the desperation of the slave in begging for mercy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":36736,"verse_id":"MAT.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.26","text":"Or Chr). Understanding the parable to refer to the Lord, scribes would be naturally prone to add the vocative here, especially as the slave’s plea is a plea for mercy. Thus, the shorter reading is more likely to be authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A26/2"}
{"id":36737,"verse_id":"MAT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":36738,"verse_id":"MAT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"Grk “one hundred denarii.” The denarius was a silver coin worth about a day’s wage for a laborer; this would be about three month’s pay.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":36739,"verse_id":"MAT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so.” A new sentence was started at this point in the translation in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":36740,"verse_id":"MAT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Grk “and he grabbed him and started choking him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":36741,"verse_id":"MAT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.28","text":"The word “me” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A28/5"}
{"id":36742,"verse_id":"MAT.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Grk “begged him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":36743,"verse_id":"MAT.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Grk “Therefore when.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":36744,"verse_id":"MAT.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the first slave mentioned in v. 24 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":36745,"verse_id":"MAT.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “handed him over to the torturers,” referring specifically to guards whose job was to torture prisoners who were being questioned. According to L&N 37.126, it is difficult to know for certain in this instance whether the term actually envisions torture as a part of the punishment or is simply a hyperbole. However, in light of the following verse and Jesus’ other warning statements in Matthew about “fiery hell,” “the outer darkness,” etc., it is best not to dismiss this as mere imagery.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A34/1"}
{"id":36746,"verse_id":"MAT.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.35","text":"Grk “his.” The pronoun has been translated to follow English idiom (the last pronoun of the verse [“from your heart”] is second person plural in the original).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A35/1"}
{"id":36747,"verse_id":"MAT.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.35","text":"Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a), whether male or female. Concerning the familial connotations, see also the note on the first occurrence of this term in v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2018%3A35/2"}
{"id":36748,"verse_id":"MAT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Grk “it happened when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":36749,"verse_id":"MAT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity. The region referred to here is sometimes known as Transjordan (i.e., “across the Jordan”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":36750,"verse_id":"MAT.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “And Pharisees.” sn See the note on Pharisees in 3:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":36751,"verse_id":"MAT.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":", however, reads ἀνθρώπῳ here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":36752,"verse_id":"MAT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"A few important mss ( א Φ pc ) have the name “Jesus” here, but it is probably not original. Nevertheless, this translation routinely specifies the referents of pronouns to improve clarity, so that has been done here. tn Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":36753,"verse_id":"MAT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Grk “heart” (a collective singular).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":36754,"verse_id":"MAT.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"includes the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":36755,"verse_id":"MAT.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":36756,"verse_id":"MAT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “from the womb of the mother” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":36757,"verse_id":"MAT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"The verb εὐνουχίζω occurs twice in this verse, translated the first time as “made eunuchs” and the second time as “became eunuchs.” The term literally refers to castration. The second occurrence of the word in this verse is most likely figurative, though, referring to those who willingly maintain a life of celibacy for the furtherance of the kingdom (see W. D. Davies and D. C. Allison, Matthew [ICC], 3:23).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":36758,"verse_id":"MAT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":36759,"verse_id":"MAT.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “so that he would lay his hands on them and pray.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":36760,"verse_id":"MAT.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “the disciples scolded them.” In the translation the referent has been specified as “those who brought them,” since otherwise the statement could be understood to mean that the disciples scolded the children rather than their parents who brought them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":36761,"verse_id":"MAT.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “went from there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":36762,"verse_id":"MAT.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Grk “And behold one came.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ). Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":36763,"verse_id":"MAT.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Grk “kept.” The implication of this verb is that the man has obeyed the commandments without fail, so the adverb “wholeheartedly” has been added to the translation to bring out this nuance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":36764,"verse_id":"MAT.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"Grk “these things.” The referent of the pronoun (the laws mentioned by Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn While the rich man was probably being sincere when he insisted I have wholeheartedly obeyed all these laws , he had confined his righteousness to external obedience. The rich man’s response to Jesus’ command – to give away all he had – revealed that internally he loved money more than God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":36765,"verse_id":"MAT.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":36766,"verse_id":"MAT.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Grk “he had many possessions.” This term ( κτῆμα , kthma ) is often used for land as a possession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":36767,"verse_id":"MAT.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":36768,"verse_id":"MAT.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":36769,"verse_id":"MAT.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"A few late witnesses (579 1424 pc ) read κάμιλον ( kamilon , “rope”) for κάμηλον ( kamhlon , “camel”), either through accidental misreading of the text or intentionally so as to soften Jesus’ words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":36770,"verse_id":"MAT.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":36771,"verse_id":"MAT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":36772,"verse_id":"MAT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"The plural Greek term ἄνθρωποις ( anqrwpois ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NASB 1995 update, “people”). Because of the contrast here between mere mortals and God (“impossible for men , but for God all things are possible”) the phrase “mere humans” has been used in the translation. There may also be a slight wordplay with “the Son of Man” in v. 28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":36773,"verse_id":"MAT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Grk “Then answering, Peter said.” This construction is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":36774,"verse_id":"MAT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.27","text":"Grk “We have left everything and followed you.” Koine Greek often used paratactic structure when hypotactic was implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A27/3"}
{"id":36775,"verse_id":"MAT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":36776,"verse_id":"MAT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":36777,"verse_id":"MAT.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Grk “agreeing with the workers for a denarius a day.” sn The standard wage was a denarius a day. The denarius was a silver coin worth about a day’s wage for a laborer in Palestine in the 1st century.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":36778,"verse_id":"MAT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Grk “about the third hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":36779,"verse_id":"MAT.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":36780,"verse_id":"MAT.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.5","text":"Grk “he went out again about the sixth and ninth hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A5/2"}
{"id":36781,"verse_id":"MAT.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Grk “about the eleventh hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":36782,"verse_id":"MAT.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":36783,"verse_id":"MAT.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"includes the pronoun on the basis of the greater external attestation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":36784,"verse_id":"MAT.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Grk “each received a denarius.” See the note on the phrase “standard wage” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":36785,"verse_id":"MAT.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":36786,"verse_id":"MAT.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"The imperfect verb ἐγόγγυζον ( egonguzon ) has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":36787,"verse_id":"MAT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the landowner) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":36788,"verse_id":"MAT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “And answering, he said to one of them.” This construction is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":36789,"verse_id":"MAT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “for a denarius a day.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A13/3"}
{"id":36790,"verse_id":"MAT.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":36791,"verse_id":"MAT.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"Grk “this last one,” translated as “this last man” because field laborers in 1st century Palestine were men.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":36792,"verse_id":"MAT.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":36793,"verse_id":"MAT.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"Grk “Is your eye evil because I am good?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":36794,"verse_id":"MAT.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":36795,"verse_id":"MAT.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":36796,"verse_id":"MAT.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Traditionally, “scourged” (the term means to beat severely with a whip, L&N 19.9). BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1.a states, “The ‘verberatio’ is denoted in the passion predictions and explicitly as action by non-Israelites Mt 20:19 ; Mk 10:34 ; Lk 18:33 ”; the verberatio was the beating given to those condemned to death in the Roman judicial system. Here the term μαστιγόω ( mastigow ) has been translated “flog…severely” to distinguish it from the term φραγελλόω ( fragellow ) used in Matt 27:26 ; Mark 15:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":36797,"verse_id":"MAT.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":36798,"verse_id":"MAT.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Grk “asked something from him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":36799,"verse_id":"MAT.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":36800,"verse_id":"MAT.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"Grk “Say that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":36801,"verse_id":"MAT.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.21","text":"includes σου here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A21/3"}
{"id":36802,"verse_id":"MAT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":36803,"verse_id":"MAT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"The verbs in Greek are plural here, indicating that Jesus is not answering the mother but has turned his attention directly to the two disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":36804,"verse_id":"MAT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.22","text":"pc lat, as well as other versional and patristic authorities).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A22/3"}
{"id":36805,"verse_id":"MAT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"See the tc note on “about to drink” in v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":36806,"verse_id":"MAT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":36807,"verse_id":"MAT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Grk “the ten.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":36808,"verse_id":"MAT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":36809,"verse_id":"MAT.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":36810,"verse_id":"MAT.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":36811,"verse_id":"MAT.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Grk “And behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":36812,"verse_id":"MAT.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"Grk “shouted, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":36813,"verse_id":"MAT.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":36814,"verse_id":"MAT.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “rebuked.” The crowd’s view was that surely Jesus would not be bothered with someone as unimportant as a blind beggar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":36815,"verse_id":"MAT.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.31","text":"has κύριε after ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς here; a majority of that committee felt that since the placement of κύριε in last place was the nonliturgical order it “would have been likely to be altered in transcription to the more familiar sequence” ( TCGNT 44).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2020%3A31/3"}
{"id":36816,"verse_id":"MAT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":36817,"verse_id":"MAT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":36818,"verse_id":"MAT.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “the village lying before you” (BDAG 530 s.v. κατέναντι 2.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":36819,"verse_id":"MAT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":36820,"verse_id":"MAT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Grk “what was spoken by the prophet, saying.” The present participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":36821,"verse_id":"MAT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “Tell the daughter of Zion” (the phrase “daughter of Zion” is an idiom for the inhabitants of Jerusalem: “people of Zion”). The idiom “daughter of Zion” has been translated as “people of Zion” because the original idiom, while firmly embedded in the Christian tradition, is not understandable to most modern English readers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":36822,"verse_id":"MAT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “the foal of an animal under the yoke,” i.e., a hard-working animal. This is a quotation from Zech 9:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":36823,"verse_id":"MAT.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ instructions in vv. 2-3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":36824,"verse_id":"MAT.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “garments”; but this refers in context to their outer cloaks. The action is like 2 Kgs 9:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":36825,"verse_id":"MAT.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":36826,"verse_id":"MAT.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Grk “were shouting, saying.” The participle λέγοντας ( legontas ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":36827,"verse_id":"MAT.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"The expression ῾Ωσαννά ( Jwsanna , literally in Hebrew, “O Lord, save”) in the quotation from Ps 118:25-26 was probably by this time a familiar liturgical expression of praise, on the order of “Hail to the king,” although both the underlying Aramaic and Hebrew expressions meant “O Lord, save us.” In words familiar to every Jew, the author is indicating that at this point every messianic expectation is now at the point of realization. It is clear from the words of the psalm shouted by the crowd that Jesus is being proclaimed as messianic king. See E. Lohse, TDNT 9:682-84. sn Hosanna is an Aramaic expression that literally means, “help, I pray,” or “save, I pray.” By Jesus’ time it had become a strictly liturgical formula of praise, however, and was used as an exclamation of praise to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":36828,"verse_id":"MAT.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Grk “was shaken.” The translation “thrown into an uproar” is given by L&N 25.233.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":36829,"verse_id":"MAT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"For location see Map1-D3 ; Map2-C2 ; Map3-D5 ; Map4-C1 ; Map5-G3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":36830,"verse_id":"MAT.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":36831,"verse_id":"MAT.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “the temple.” sn The merchants ( those who were selling ) would have been located in the Court of the Gentiles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":36832,"verse_id":"MAT.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “the temple.” sn Matthew (here, 21:12-27 ), Mark ( 11:15-19 ) and Luke (19:45-46) record this incident of the temple cleansing at the end of Jesus’ ministry. John ( 2:13-16 ) records a cleansing of the temple at the beginning of Jesus’ ministry. See the note on the word temple courts in John 2:14 for a discussion of the relationship of these accounts to one another.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":36833,"verse_id":"MAT.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"Or “a hideout” (see L&N 1.57).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":36834,"verse_id":"MAT.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":36835,"verse_id":"MAT.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “crying out in the temple [courts] and saying.” The participle λέγοντας ( legontas ) is somewhat redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":36836,"verse_id":"MAT.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “one fig tree.” sn The fig tree is a variation on the picture of a vine as representing the nation; see Isa 5:1-7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":36837,"verse_id":"MAT.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":36838,"verse_id":"MAT.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":36839,"verse_id":"MAT.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Grk “believing”; the participle here is conditional.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":36840,"verse_id":"MAT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":36841,"verse_id":"MAT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":36842,"verse_id":"MAT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ . 1","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":36843,"verse_id":"MAT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Grk “answering, Jesus said to them.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":36844,"verse_id":"MAT.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is used here (and in v. 26 ) in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NAB, NRSV, “of human origin”; TEV, “from human beings”; NLT, “merely human”). sn The question is whether John’s ministry was of divine or human origin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":36845,"verse_id":"MAT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “So” to indicate that the clause is a result of the deliberations of the leaders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":36846,"verse_id":"MAT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “answering Jesus, they said.” This construction is somewhat awkward in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":36847,"verse_id":"MAT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.27","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ . This is exactly the same phrase as in v. 23 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A27/5"}
{"id":36848,"verse_id":"MAT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.28","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A28/1"}
{"id":36849,"verse_id":"MAT.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here the referent (“the boy”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":36850,"verse_id":"MAT.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"The Greek text reads here μεταμέλομαι ( metamelomai ): “to change one’s mind about something, with the probable implication of regret” (L&N 31.59); cf. also BDAG 639 s.v. The idea in this context involves more than just a change of mind, for the son regrets his initial response. The same verb is used in v. 32 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":36851,"verse_id":"MAT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"“And he”; here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":36852,"verse_id":"MAT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.30","text":"Grk “And answering, he said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated. Here the referent (“this boy”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A30/2"}
{"id":36853,"verse_id":"MAT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"700 and several versional witnesses. Both of these latter two readings make good sense and have significantly better textual support than the first reading. The real question, then, is this: Is the first son or the second the obedient one? If one were to argue simply from the parabolic logic, the second son would be seen as the obedient one (hence, the third reading). The first son would represent the Pharisees (or Jews) who claim to obey God, but do not (cf. Matt 23:3 ). This accords well with the parable of the prodigal son (in which the oldest son represents the unbelieving Jews). Further, the chronological sequence of the second son being obedient fits well with the real scene: Gentiles and tax collectors and prostitutes were not, collectively, God’s chosen people, but they did repent and come to God, while the Jewish leaders claimed to be obedient to God but did nothing. At the same time, the external evidence is weaker for this reading (though stronger than the first reading), not as widespread, and certainly suspect because of how neatly it fits. One suspects scribal manipulation at this point. Thus the second reading looks to be superior to the other two on both external and transcriptional grounds. But what about intrinsic evidence? One can surmise that Jesus didn’t always give predictable responses. In this instance, he may well have painted a picture in which the Pharisees saw themselves as the first son, only to stun them with his application (v. 32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":36854,"verse_id":"MAT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.31","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A31/2"}
{"id":36855,"verse_id":"MAT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":36856,"verse_id":"MAT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.33","text":"The term here refers to the owner and manager of a household.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A33/1"}
{"id":36857,"verse_id":"MAT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A33/3"}
{"id":36858,"verse_id":"MAT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 . sn These slaves represent the prophets God sent to the nation, who were mistreated and rejected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":36859,"verse_id":"MAT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.34","text":"Grk “to collect his fruits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A34/2"}
{"id":36860,"verse_id":"MAT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the tenants’ decision to kill the son in v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A39/1"}
{"id":36861,"verse_id":"MAT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.39","text":"Grk “seizing him.” The participle λαβόντες ( labontes ) has been translated as attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A39/2"}
{"id":36862,"verse_id":"MAT.21.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.42","text":"Or “capstone,” “keystone.” Although these meanings are lexically possible, the imagery in Eph 2:20-22 and 1 Cor 3:11 indicates that the term κεφαλὴ γωνίας ( kefalh gwnia\" ) refers to a cornerstone, not a capstone. sn The stone the builders rejected has become the cornerstone . The use of Ps 118:22-23 and the “stone imagery” as a reference to Christ and his suffering and exaltation is common in the NT (see also Mark 12:10 ; Luke 20:17 ; Acts 4:11 ; 1 Pet 2:6-8 ; cf. also Eph 2:20 ). The irony in the use of Ps 118:22-23 here is that in the OT, Israel was the one rejected (or perhaps her king) by the Gentiles, but in the NT it is Jesus who is rejected by Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A42/1"}
{"id":36863,"verse_id":"MAT.21.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.43","text":"Or “to a nation” (so KJV, NASB, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A43/1"}
{"id":36864,"verse_id":"MAT.21.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.44","text":"co and should be included as authentic. Grk “on whomever it falls, it will crush him.” sn This proverb basically means that the stone crushes, without regard to whether it falls on someone or someone falls on it. On the stone as a messianic image, see Isa 28:16 and Dan 2:44-45 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A44/1"}
{"id":36865,"verse_id":"MAT.21.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A45/1"}
{"id":36866,"verse_id":"MAT.21.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":21,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.46","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the crowds) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Both previous occurrences of “they” in this verse refer to the chief priests and the Pharisees.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2021%3A46/1"}
{"id":36867,"verse_id":"MAT.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Grk “And answering again, Jesus spoke.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":36868,"verse_id":"MAT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":36869,"verse_id":"MAT.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Grk “Behold, I have prepared my dinner.” In some contexts, however, to translate ἄριστον ( ariston ) as “dinner” somewhat misses the point. L&N 23.22 here suggests, “See now, the feast I have prepared (for you is ready).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":36870,"verse_id":"MAT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":36871,"verse_id":"MAT.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":36872,"verse_id":"MAT.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.7","text":"Grk “he sent his soldiers, destroyed those murderers.” The verb ἀπώλεσεν ( apwlesen ) is causative, indicating that the king was the one behind the execution of the murderers. In English the causative idea is not expressed naturally here; either a purpose clause (“he sent his soldiers to put those murderers to death”) or a relative clause (“he sent his soldier who put those murderers to death”) is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A7/2"}
{"id":36873,"verse_id":"MAT.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.7","text":"The Greek text reads here πόλις ( polis ), which could be translated “town” or “city.” The prophetic reference is to the city of Jerusalem, so “city” is more appropriate here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A7/3"}
{"id":36874,"verse_id":"MAT.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Grk “he was silent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":36875,"verse_id":"MAT.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Grk “trap him in word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":36876,"verse_id":"MAT.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.16","text":"Grk “And it is not a concern to you about anyone because you do not see the face of men.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A16/3"}
{"id":36877,"verse_id":"MAT.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “lawful,” that is, in accordance with God’s divine law. On the syntax of ἔξεστιν ( exestin ) with an infinitive and accusative, see BDF §409.3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":36878,"verse_id":"MAT.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"According to L&N 57.180 the term κῆνσος ( khnso\" ) was borrowed from Latin and referred to a poll tax, a tax paid by each adult male to the Roman government. sn This question concerning taxes was specifically designed to trap Jesus. If he answered yes, then his opponents could publicly discredit him as a sympathizer with Rome. If he answered no, then they could go to the Roman governor and accuse Jesus of rebellion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":36879,"verse_id":"MAT.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.17","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A17/3"}
{"id":36880,"verse_id":"MAT.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate their response to Jesus’ request for a coin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":36881,"verse_id":"MAT.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Here the specific name of the coin was retained in the translation, because not all coins in circulation in Palestine at the time carried the image of Caesar. In other places δηνάριον ( dhnarion ) has been translated simply as “silver coin” with an explanatory note. sn A denarius was a silver coin worth approximately one day’s wage for a laborer. The fact that they had such a coin showed that they already operated in the economic world of Rome. The denarius would have had a picture of Tiberius Caesar stamped on it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":36882,"verse_id":"MAT.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":36883,"verse_id":"MAT.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “whose likeness.” sn In this passage Jesus points to the image ( Grk εἰκών , eikwn ) of Caesar on the coin. This same Greek word is used in Gen 1:26 (LXX) to state that humanity is made in the “image” of God. Jesus is making a subtle yet powerful contrast: Caesar’s image is on the denarius, so he can lay claim to money through taxation, but God’s image is on humanity, so he can lay claim to each individual life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":36884,"verse_id":"MAT.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Grk “they said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":36885,"verse_id":"MAT.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.21","text":"Grk “then he said to them.” τότε ( tote ) has not been translated to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A21/2"}
{"id":36886,"verse_id":"MAT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “they were amazed; they marveled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":36887,"verse_id":"MAT.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.23","text":"Grk “and asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A23/3"}
{"id":36888,"verse_id":"MAT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “and raise up seed,” an idiom for fathering children (L&N 23.59).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":36889,"verse_id":"MAT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":36890,"verse_id":"MAT.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Grk “For all had her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":36891,"verse_id":"MAT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said to them.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":36892,"verse_id":"MAT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"Or “mistaken” (cf. BDAG 822 s.v. πλανάω 2.c. γ ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":36893,"verse_id":"MAT.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"Grk “spoken to you by God, saying.” The participle λέγοντος ( legontos ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":36894,"verse_id":"MAT.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.34","text":"Grk “for the same.” That is, for the same purpose that the Sadducees had of testing Jesus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A34/3"}
{"id":36895,"verse_id":"MAT.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.35","text":"Traditionally, “a lawyer.” This was an expert in the interpretation of the Mosaic law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A35/1"}
{"id":36896,"verse_id":"MAT.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.35","text":"Grk “testing.” The participle, however, is telic in force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A35/2"}
{"id":36897,"verse_id":"MAT.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.36","text":"Or possibly “What sort of commandment in the law is great?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A36/1"}
{"id":36898,"verse_id":"MAT.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.37","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A37/1"}
{"id":36899,"verse_id":"MAT.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.37","text":"Grk “You will love.” The future indicative is used here with imperatival force (see ExSyn 452 and 569).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A37/2"}
{"id":36900,"verse_id":"MAT.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.38","text":"Grk “the great and first.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A38/1"}
{"id":36901,"verse_id":"MAT.22.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.40","text":"Grk “hang.” The verb κρεμάννυμι ( kremannumi ) is used here with a figurative meaning (cf. BDAG 566 s.v. 2 .b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A40/1"}
{"id":36902,"verse_id":"MAT.22.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.41","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A41/1"}
{"id":36903,"verse_id":"MAT.22.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.41","text":"Grk “asked them a question, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is somewhat redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A41/3"}
{"id":36904,"verse_id":"MAT.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.42","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A42/1"}
{"id":36905,"verse_id":"MAT.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.45","text":"Grk “how is he his son?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A45/1"}
{"id":36906,"verse_id":"MAT.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.46","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2022%3A46/1"}
{"id":36907,"verse_id":"MAT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Grk “saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":36908,"verse_id":"MAT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “The scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":36909,"verse_id":"MAT.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Grk “for they say and do not do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":36910,"verse_id":"MAT.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":36911,"verse_id":"MAT.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":36912,"verse_id":"MAT.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"The term κράσπεδον ( kraspedon ) in some contexts could refer to the outer fringe of the garment (possibly in Mark 6:56 ). This edge could have been plain or decorated. L&N 6.180 states, “In Mt 23:5 κράσπεδον denotes the tassels worn at the four corners of the outer garment (see 6.194).” sn Tassels refer to the tassels that a male Israelite was obligated to wear on the four corners of his outer garment according to the Mosaic law ( Num 15:38 ; Deut 22:12 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":36913,"verse_id":"MAT.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":36914,"verse_id":"MAT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":36915,"verse_id":"MAT.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":36916,"verse_id":"MAT.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":36917,"verse_id":"MAT.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Grk “Woe to you…because you…” The causal particle ὅτι ( Joti ) has not been translated here for rhetorical effect (and so throughout this chapter).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":36918,"verse_id":"MAT.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.13","text":"Grk “because you are closing the kingdom of heaven before people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A13/3"}
{"id":36919,"verse_id":"MAT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":36920,"verse_id":"MAT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Or “one proselyte.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":36921,"verse_id":"MAT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “when he becomes [one].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":36922,"verse_id":"MAT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “a son of Gehenna.” Expressions constructed with υἱός ( Juios ) followed by a genitive of class or kind denote a person belonging to the class or kind specified by the following genitive (L&N 9.4). Thus the phrase here means “a person who belongs to hell.” sn See the note on the word hell in 5:22 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A15/4"}
{"id":36923,"verse_id":"MAT.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Grk “Whoever swears by the temple, it is nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":36924,"verse_id":"MAT.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “Whoever swears by the altar, it is nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":36925,"verse_id":"MAT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":36926,"verse_id":"MAT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.23","text":"Or “you tithe mint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A23/2"}
{"id":36927,"verse_id":"MAT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.23","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A23/4"}
{"id":36928,"verse_id":"MAT.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Grk “Blind guides who strain out a gnat yet who swallow a camel!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":36929,"verse_id":"MAT.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":36930,"verse_id":"MAT.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"al ) hints that their archetype lacked the words ( TCGNT 50). Further, scribes would be motivated both to add the phrase from v. 25 and to change αὐτοῦ to the plural pronoun αὐτῶν ( aujtwn , “their”). Although the external evidence for the shorter reading is not compelling in itself, combined with these two prongs of internal evidence, it is to be slightly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":36931,"verse_id":"MAT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":36932,"verse_id":"MAT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":36933,"verse_id":"MAT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Grk “Because you.” Here ὅτι ( Joti ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":36934,"verse_id":"MAT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.29","text":"Or perhaps “the monuments” (see L&N 7.75-76).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A29/3"}
{"id":36935,"verse_id":"MAT.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Grk “fathers” (so also in v. 32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":36936,"verse_id":"MAT.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"Grk “the judgment of Gehenna.” sn See the note on the word hell in 5:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":36937,"verse_id":"MAT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “behold I am sending.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":36938,"verse_id":"MAT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.34","text":"Or “scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A34/2"}
{"id":36939,"verse_id":"MAT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.34","text":"BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1.a states, “of flogging as a punishment decreed by the synagogue ( Dt 25:2 f; s. the Mishna Tractate Sanhedrin-Makkoth, edited w. notes by SKrauss ’33) w. acc. of pers. Mt 10:17; 23:34 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A34/4"}
{"id":36940,"verse_id":"MAT.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.36","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A36/1"}
{"id":36941,"verse_id":"MAT.23.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.36","text":"Grk “all these things will come on this generation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A36/2"}
{"id":36942,"verse_id":"MAT.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.37","text":"Although the opening address (“Jerusalem, Jerusalem”) is direct (second person), the remainder of this sentence in the Greek text is third person (“who kills the prophets and stones those sent to her”). The following sentences then revert to second person (“your… you”), so to keep all this consistent in English, the third person pronouns in the present verse were translated as second person (“you who kill… sent to you”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A37/2"}
{"id":36943,"verse_id":"MAT.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A37/4"}
{"id":36944,"verse_id":"MAT.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.37","text":"Grk “you were not willing.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2023%3A37/5"}
{"id":36945,"verse_id":"MAT.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A1/1"}
{"id":36946,"verse_id":"MAT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “answering, he said to them.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( ajpokriqei\" ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":36947,"verse_id":"MAT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":36948,"verse_id":"MAT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “not one stone will be left here on another which will not be thrown down.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A2/4"}
{"id":36949,"verse_id":"MAT.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A3/1"}
{"id":36950,"verse_id":"MAT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Grk “answering, Jesus said to them.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":36951,"verse_id":"MAT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Or “Be on guard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":36952,"verse_id":"MAT.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":36953,"verse_id":"MAT.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Grk “it is not yet the end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":36954,"verse_id":"MAT.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"For the translation “rise up in arms” see L&N 55.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":36955,"verse_id":"MAT.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Ï ) have “and plagues” ( καὶ λοιμοί , kai loimoi ) between “famines” ( λιμοί , limoi ) and “earthquakes” ( σεισμοί , seismoi ), while others have “plagues and famines and earthquakes” (L W 33 pc lat). The similarities between λιμοί and λοιμοί could explain how καὶ λοιμοί might have accidentally dropped out, but since the Lukan parallel has both terms (and W lat have the order λοιμοὶ καὶ λιμοί there too, as they do in Matthew), it seems more likely that scribes added the phrase here. The shorter reading does not enjoy overwhelming support ([ א ] B D 892 pc , as well as versional witnesses), but it is nevertheless significant; coupled with the internal evidence it should be given preference.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":36956,"verse_id":"MAT.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":36957,"verse_id":"MAT.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “nations” or “Gentiles”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":36958,"verse_id":"MAT.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Or “many will fall away.” This could also refer to apostasy.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":36959,"verse_id":"MAT.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"Or “and lead many astray.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":36960,"verse_id":"MAT.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “nations” or “Gentiles”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":36961,"verse_id":"MAT.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":36962,"verse_id":"MAT.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":36963,"verse_id":"MAT.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"Traditionally, “great tribulation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":36964,"verse_id":"MAT.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.23","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A23/1"}
{"id":36965,"verse_id":"MAT.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Or “false christs”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":36966,"verse_id":"MAT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Or “Pay attention!” Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":36967,"verse_id":"MAT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Grk “they say.” The third person plural is used here as an indefinite and translated “someone” ( ExSyn 402).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":36968,"verse_id":"MAT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.26","text":"Or “in the desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A26/2"}
{"id":36969,"verse_id":"MAT.24.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.28","text":"The same Greek term can refer to “eagles” or “vultures” (L&N 4.42; BDAG 22 s.v. ἀετός ), but in this context it must mean vultures because the gruesome image is one of dead bodies being consumed by scavengers. sn Jesus’ answer is that when the judgment comes, the scenes of death will be obvious and so will the location of the judgment. See also Luke 17:37 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A28/1"}
{"id":36970,"verse_id":"MAT.24.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.28","text":"Grk “will be gathered.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A28/2"}
{"id":36971,"verse_id":"MAT.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":36972,"verse_id":"MAT.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.29","text":"Traditionally, “tribulation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A29/2"}
{"id":36973,"verse_id":"MAT.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A30/1"}
{"id":36974,"verse_id":"MAT.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.30","text":"Or “in the sky”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A30/2"}
{"id":36975,"verse_id":"MAT.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.30","text":"Here τότε ( tote , “then”) has not been translated to avoid redundancy in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A30/3"}
{"id":36976,"verse_id":"MAT.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A30/4"}
{"id":36977,"verse_id":"MAT.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Or “of the sky”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":36978,"verse_id":"MAT.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.32","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A32/1"}
{"id":36979,"verse_id":"MAT.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.33","text":"The verb γινώσκετε ( ginwskete , “know”) can be parsed as either present indicative or present imperative. In this context the imperative fits better, since the movement is from analogy (trees and seasons) to the future (the signs of the coming of the kingdom) and since the emphasis is on preparation for this event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A33/1"}
{"id":36980,"verse_id":"MAT.24.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.34","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A34/1"}
{"id":36981,"verse_id":"MAT.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.36","text":"includes οὐδὲ ὁ υἱός here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A36/1"}
{"id":36982,"verse_id":"MAT.24.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.38","text":"Grk “they,” but in an indefinite sense, “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A38/1"}
{"id":36983,"verse_id":"MAT.24.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.39","text":"Grk “So also will be the coming of the Son of Man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A39/2"}
{"id":36984,"verse_id":"MAT.24.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.41","text":"According to L&N 46.16, this refers to a hand mill normally operated by two women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A41/1"}
{"id":36985,"verse_id":"MAT.24.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.42","text":"33 892 1424, as well as several versions and fathers}), the more general term is surely correct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A42/1"}
{"id":36986,"verse_id":"MAT.24.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.45","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A45/1"}
{"id":36987,"verse_id":"MAT.24.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.45","text":"Grk “give them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A45/2"}
{"id":36988,"verse_id":"MAT.24.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.46","text":"That is, doing his job, doing what he is supposed to be doing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A46/1"}
{"id":36989,"verse_id":"MAT.24.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.47","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A47/1"}
{"id":36990,"verse_id":"MAT.24.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.47","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the master) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A47/2"}
{"id":36991,"verse_id":"MAT.24.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.48","text":"In the Greek text this is a third class condition that for all practical purposes is a hypothetical condition (note the translation of the following verb “should say”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A48/1"}
{"id":36992,"verse_id":"MAT.24.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.48","text":"Grk “should say in his heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A48/2"}
{"id":36993,"verse_id":"MAT.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.51","text":"The verb διχοτομέω ( dicotomew ) means to cut an object into two parts (L&N 19.19). This is an extremely severe punishment compared to the other two later punishments. To translate it simply as “punish” is too mild. If taken literally this servant is dismembered, although it is possible to view the stated punishment as hyperbole (L&N 38.12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2024%3A51/1"}
{"id":36994,"verse_id":"MAT.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":36995,"verse_id":"MAT.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"Grk “Five of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":36996,"verse_id":"MAT.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Grk “For when.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":36997,"verse_id":"MAT.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"The word “extra” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The point is that the five foolish virgins had only the oil in their lamps, but took along no extra supply from which to replenish them. This is clear from v. 8 , where the lamps of the foolish virgins are going out because they are running out of oil.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":36998,"verse_id":"MAT.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.3","text":"On the use of olive oil in lamps, see L&N 6.202.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A3/3"}
{"id":36999,"verse_id":"MAT.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":37000,"verse_id":"MAT.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":37001,"verse_id":"MAT.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.9","text":"Grk “The wise answered, saying, ‘No.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A9/1"}
{"id":37002,"verse_id":"MAT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":37003,"verse_id":"MAT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":37004,"verse_id":"MAT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"Grk “Open to us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":37005,"verse_id":"MAT.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"Grk “But answering, he said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":37006,"verse_id":"MAT.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.12","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A12/2"}
{"id":37007,"verse_id":"MAT.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.13","text":"33 565 892 1424* lat co}) lack this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A13/1"}
{"id":37008,"verse_id":"MAT.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":37009,"verse_id":"MAT.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":37010,"verse_id":"MAT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"Grk “traded with them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":37011,"verse_id":"MAT.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":37012,"verse_id":"MAT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":37013,"verse_id":"MAT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.20","text":"Grk Or “Lord; or “Master” (and so throughout this paragraph).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A20/2"}
{"id":37014,"verse_id":"MAT.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"Grk “His master said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":37015,"verse_id":"MAT.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A22/1"}
{"id":37016,"verse_id":"MAT.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.25","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A25/1"}
{"id":37017,"verse_id":"MAT.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.26","text":"Grk “But answering, his master said to him.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A26/1"}
{"id":37018,"verse_id":"MAT.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"For the translation “deposited my money with the bankers,” see L&N 57.216.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":37019,"verse_id":"MAT.25.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.28","text":"Grk “the ten talents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A28/1"}
{"id":37020,"verse_id":"MAT.25.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.29","text":"Grk “to everyone who has, he will be given more.” sn The one who has will be given more . Faithfulness yields great reward (see Matt 13:12 ; also Mark 4:25 ; Luke 8:18, 19:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A29/1"}
{"id":37021,"verse_id":"MAT.25.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.31","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A31/1"}
{"id":37022,"verse_id":"MAT.25.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A32/1"}
{"id":37023,"verse_id":"MAT.25.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A33/1"}
{"id":37024,"verse_id":"MAT.25.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.37","text":"Grk “answer him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A37/1"}
{"id":37025,"verse_id":"MAT.25.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.38","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A38/1"}
{"id":37026,"verse_id":"MAT.25.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.39","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A39/1"}
{"id":37027,"verse_id":"MAT.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.40","text":"Grk “answering, the king will say to them.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A40/1"}
{"id":37028,"verse_id":"MAT.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.40","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A40/2"}
{"id":37029,"verse_id":"MAT.25.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.40","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). In this context Jesus is ultimately speaking of his “followers” (whether men or women, adults or children), but the familial connotation of “brothers and sisters” is also important to retain here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A40/3"}
{"id":37030,"verse_id":"MAT.25.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A41/1"}
{"id":37031,"verse_id":"MAT.25.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.44","text":"Grk “Then they will answer, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A44/1"}
{"id":37032,"verse_id":"MAT.25.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.45","text":"Grk “answer them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A45/1"}
{"id":37033,"verse_id":"MAT.25.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":25,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.45","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2025%3A45/2"}
{"id":37034,"verse_id":"MAT.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.1","text":"Grk “And it happened when.” The introductory phrase καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto , “it happened that”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A1/1"}
{"id":37035,"verse_id":"MAT.26.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.2","text":"Or “will be delivered up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A2/1"}
{"id":37036,"verse_id":"MAT.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":37037,"verse_id":"MAT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"Μύρον ( muron ) was usually made of myrrh (from which the English word is derived) but here it is used in the sense of ointment or perfumed oil (L&N 6.205). sn Nard or spikenard is a fragrant oil from the root and spike of the nard plant of northern India. This perfumed oil , if made of something like nard, would have been extremely expensive , costing up to a year’s pay for an average laborer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":37038,"verse_id":"MAT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.7","text":"Grk “as he was reclining at table.” sn 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A7/3"}
{"id":37039,"verse_id":"MAT.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":37040,"verse_id":"MAT.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":37041,"verse_id":"MAT.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied (as the proceeds from the sale of the perfumed oil).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":37042,"verse_id":"MAT.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":37043,"verse_id":"MAT.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Grk “For she.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":37044,"verse_id":"MAT.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"In the Greek text of this clause, “me” is in emphatic position (the first word in the clause). To convey some impression of the emphasis, an exclamation point is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":37045,"verse_id":"MAT.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Grk “For when.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":37046,"verse_id":"MAT.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":37047,"verse_id":"MAT.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Grk “What will you give to me, and I will betray him to you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":37048,"verse_id":"MAT.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":37049,"verse_id":"MAT.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.16","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A16/2"}
{"id":37050,"verse_id":"MAT.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"The words “the feast of” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":37051,"verse_id":"MAT.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.17","text":"Grk “the disciples came to Jesus, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) has been translated as a finite verb to make the sequence of events clear in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A17/2"}
{"id":37052,"verse_id":"MAT.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.18","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A18/1"}
{"id":37053,"verse_id":"MAT.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A19/1"}
{"id":37054,"verse_id":"MAT.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":37055,"verse_id":"MAT.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.20","text":"Grk “he was reclining at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A20/2"}
{"id":37056,"verse_id":"MAT.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.20","text":"565 579 700 pm . Thus both internally and externally the reading that ends the verse with “the twelve” is to be preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A20/3"}
{"id":37057,"verse_id":"MAT.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":37058,"verse_id":"MAT.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.21","text":"Or “will hand me over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A21/2"}
{"id":37059,"verse_id":"MAT.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":37060,"verse_id":"MAT.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.22","text":"The participle λυπούμενοι ( lupoumenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb to make the sequence of events clear in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A22/2"}
{"id":37061,"verse_id":"MAT.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"Grk “answering, he said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":37062,"verse_id":"MAT.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"Grk “answering, Judas.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to reflect the sequence of events in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":37063,"verse_id":"MAT.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.25","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A25/2"}
{"id":37064,"verse_id":"MAT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":37065,"verse_id":"MAT.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.28","text":"Grk “for this is my blood of the covenant that is poured out for many.” In order to avoid confusion about which is poured out, the translation supplies “blood” twice so that the following phrase clearly modifies “blood,” not “covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A28/1"}
{"id":37066,"verse_id":"MAT.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A29/1"}
{"id":37067,"verse_id":"MAT.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.29","text":"Grk “produce” (“the produce of the vine” is a figurative expression for wine).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A29/2"}
{"id":37068,"verse_id":"MAT.26.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A30/1"}
{"id":37069,"verse_id":"MAT.26.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.33","text":"Grk “answering, Peter said to him.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A33/1"}
{"id":37070,"verse_id":"MAT.26.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.34","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A34/1"}
{"id":37071,"verse_id":"MAT.26.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.39","text":"Grk “ground, praying and saying.” Here the participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A39/1"}
{"id":37072,"verse_id":"MAT.26.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.39","text":"Grk “if it is possible.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A39/2"}
{"id":37073,"verse_id":"MAT.26.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.40","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A40/1"}
{"id":37074,"verse_id":"MAT.26.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.42","text":"Grk “saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A42/1"}
{"id":37075,"verse_id":"MAT.26.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.42","text":"Grk “this”; the referent (the cup) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A42/2"}
{"id":37076,"verse_id":"MAT.26.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.43","text":"Grk “because their eyes were weighed down,” an idiom for becoming extremely or excessively sleepy (L&N 23.69).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A43/1"}
{"id":37077,"verse_id":"MAT.26.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.46","text":"Grk “the one who betrays me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A46/1"}
{"id":37078,"verse_id":"MAT.26.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.47","text":"Grk “behold, Judas.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A47/1"}
{"id":37079,"verse_id":"MAT.26.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.48","text":"Grk “the one who betrays him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A48/1"}
{"id":37080,"verse_id":"MAT.26.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.48","text":"Grk “The one I kiss is he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A48/2"}
{"id":37081,"verse_id":"MAT.26.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.49","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A49/1"}
{"id":37082,"verse_id":"MAT.26.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.50","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A50/1"}
{"id":37083,"verse_id":"MAT.26.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.50","text":"Grk “and put their hands on Jesus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A50/2"}
{"id":37084,"verse_id":"MAT.26.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.51","text":"Grk “And behold one.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A51/1"}
{"id":37085,"verse_id":"MAT.26.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.51","text":"Grk “extending his hand, drew out his sword, and struck.” Because rapid motion is implied in the circumstances, the translation “grabbed” was used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A51/2"}
{"id":37086,"verse_id":"MAT.26.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.51","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 8:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A51/3"}
{"id":37087,"verse_id":"MAT.26.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.52","text":"The translation “put your sword back in its place” for this phrase is given in L&N 85.52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A52/1"}
{"id":37088,"verse_id":"MAT.26.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.55","text":"Or “a revolutionary.” This term can refer to one who stirs up rebellion: BDAG 594 s.v. λῃστής 2 has “ revolutionary, insurrectionist , guerrilla ” citing evidence from Josephus ( J. W. 2.13.2-3 [2.253-254]). However, this usage generally postdates Jesus’ time. It does refer to a figure of violence. Luke uses the same term for the highwaymen who attack the traveler in the parable of the good Samaritan ( Luke 10:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A55/1"}
{"id":37089,"verse_id":"MAT.26.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.55","text":"Grk “and” ( καί , kai ), a conjunction that is elastic enough to be used to indicate a contrast, as here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A55/2"}
{"id":37090,"verse_id":"MAT.26.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.57","text":"Grk “where.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A57/1"}
{"id":37091,"verse_id":"MAT.26.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.57","text":"Or “where the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A57/2"}
{"id":37092,"verse_id":"MAT.26.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.58","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A58/1"}
{"id":37093,"verse_id":"MAT.26.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.59","text":"Grk “Now the.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A59/1"}
{"id":37094,"verse_id":"MAT.26.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.60","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A60/1"}
{"id":37095,"verse_id":"MAT.26.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.61","text":"Grk “This one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A61/1"}
{"id":37096,"verse_id":"MAT.26.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.62","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the false testimony.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A62/1"}
{"id":37097,"verse_id":"MAT.26.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.63","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A63/1"}
{"id":37098,"verse_id":"MAT.26.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.63","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A63/2"}
{"id":37099,"verse_id":"MAT.26.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.65","text":"Grk “the high priest tore his clothes, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A65/1"}
{"id":37100,"verse_id":"MAT.26.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.65","text":"Grk “Behold now.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A65/2"}
{"id":37101,"verse_id":"MAT.26.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.66","text":"Grk “What do you think?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A66/1"}
{"id":37102,"verse_id":"MAT.26.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.66","text":"Grk “answering, they said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A66/2"}
{"id":37103,"verse_id":"MAT.26.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":66,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.66","text":"Grk “he is guilty of death.” L&N 88.313 states, “pertaining to being guilty and thus deserving some particular penalty – ‘guilty and deserving, guilty and punishable by.’ οἱ δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπαν , ᾿Ενοχος θανάτου ἐστίν ‘they answered, He is guilty and deserves death’ Mt 26:66 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A66/3"}
{"id":37104,"verse_id":"MAT.26.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":68,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.68","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A68/1"}
{"id":37105,"verse_id":"MAT.26.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":68,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.68","text":"Grk “Who is the one who hit you?” sn Who hit you? This is a variation of one of three ancient games that involved blindfolds.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A68/2"}
{"id":37106,"verse_id":"MAT.26.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.69","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A69/1"}
{"id":37107,"verse_id":"MAT.26.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":69,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.69","text":"The Greek term here is παιδίσκη ( paidiskh ), referring to a slave girl or slave woman.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A69/2"}
{"id":37108,"verse_id":"MAT.26.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.70","text":"Grk “he denied it…saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A70/1"}
{"id":37109,"verse_id":"MAT.26.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.71","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A71/1"}
{"id":37110,"verse_id":"MAT.26.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":71,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.71","text":"The words “slave girl” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by the feminine singular form ἄλλη ( allh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A71/2"}
{"id":37111,"verse_id":"MAT.26.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":73,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.73","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A73/1"}
{"id":37112,"verse_id":"MAT.26.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":73,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.73","text":"Grk “your speech.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A73/2"}
{"id":37113,"verse_id":"MAT.26.74","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":26,"verse":74,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.74","text":"] in Matt 26:34 ) which would have been sounded at 3 a.m.; in this case Jesus would have prophesied a precise time by which the denials would have taken place. For more details see J. H. Bernard, St. John (ICC), 2:604. However, in light of the fact that Mark mentions the rooster crowing twice ( Mark 14:72 ) and in Luke 22:60 the words are reversed ( ἐφώνησεν ἀλέκτωρ , efwnhsen alektwr ), it is more probable that a real rooster is in view. In any event natural cockcrow would have occurred at approximately 3 a.m. in Palestine at this time of year (March-April) anyway.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2026%3A74/1"}
{"id":37114,"verse_id":"MAT.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.1","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A1/1"}
{"id":37115,"verse_id":"MAT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":37116,"verse_id":"MAT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.2","text":"Ï latt) have Ποντίῳ ( Pontiw , “Pontius”) before Πιλάτῳ ( Pilatw , “Pilate”), but there seems to be no reason for omitting the tribal name, either intentionally or unintentionally. Adding “Pontius,” however, is a natural expansion on the text, and is in keeping with several other NT and patristic references to the Roman governor (cf. Luke 3:1 ; Acts 4:27 ; 1 Tim 6:13 ; Ign. Magn . 11.1; Ign. Trall . 9.1; Ign. Smyrn . 1.2; Justin Martyr, passim ). The shorter reading, supported by א B L 0281 33 pc co, is thus strongly preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A2/2"}
{"id":37117,"verse_id":"MAT.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"Grk “Then when.” Here τότε ( tote ) has been translated as “now” to indicate a somewhat parenthetical interlude in the sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":37118,"verse_id":"MAT.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A3/2"}
{"id":37119,"verse_id":"MAT.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the leaders’ response to Judas.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":37120,"verse_id":"MAT.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A6/1"}
{"id":37121,"verse_id":"MAT.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":37122,"verse_id":"MAT.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"The problematic citing of Jeremiah for a text which appears to come from Zechariah has prompted certain scribes to alter it. Codex 22 has Ζαχαρίου ( Zacariou , “Zechariah”) while Φ 33 omit the prophet’s name altogether. And codex 21 and the Latin ms l change the prophet’s name to “Isaiah,” in accordance with natural scribal proclivities to alter the text toward the most prominent OT prophet. But unquestionably the name Jeremiah is the wording of the original here, because it is supported by virtually all witnesses and because it is the harder reading. See D. A. Carson, “Matthew,” EBC 8:562-63, for a discussion of the textual and especially hermeneutical problem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":37123,"verse_id":"MAT.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.9","text":"Grk “the sons of Israel,” an idiom referring to the people of Israel as an ethnic entity (L&N 11.58).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A9/2"}
{"id":37124,"verse_id":"MAT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A11/1"}
{"id":37125,"verse_id":"MAT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":37126,"verse_id":"MAT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A11/4"}
{"id":37127,"verse_id":"MAT.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"), the omission of the Lord’s name in apposition to “Barabbas” is such a strongly motivated reading that it can hardly be original. There is no good explanation for a scribe unintentionally adding ᾿Ιησοῦν ( Ihsoun ) before Βαραββᾶν ( Barabban ), especially since Barabbas is mentioned first in each verse (thus dittography is ruled out). Further, the addition of τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν ( ton legomenon Criston , “who is called Christ”) to ᾿Ιησοῦν in v. 17 makes better sense if Barabbas is also called “Jesus” (otherwise, a mere “Jesus” would have been a sufficient appellation to distinguish the two).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":37128,"verse_id":"MAT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"( Θ 700* lack the article τόν [ ton ] before Βαραββᾶν [ Barabban ]). The same argument for accepting the inclusion of “Jesus” as original in the previous verse applies here as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":37129,"verse_id":"MAT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":37130,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":37131,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.19","text":"Or “the judge’s seat.” sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and usually furnished with a seat. It was used by officials in addressing an assembly or making official pronouncements, often of a judicial nature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/2"}
{"id":37132,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.19","text":"The word “message” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/3"}
{"id":37133,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.19","text":"Grk “saying.” The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/4"}
{"id":37134,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.19","text":"The Greek particle γάρ ( gar , “for”) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/5"}
{"id":37135,"verse_id":"MAT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.19","text":"Or “suffered greatly in a dream.” See the discussion on the construction κατ᾿ ὄναρ ( kat ’ onar ) in BDAG 710 s.v. ὄναρ .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A19/6"}
{"id":37136,"verse_id":"MAT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Grk “answering, the governor said to them.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":37137,"verse_id":"MAT.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 1:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":37138,"verse_id":"MAT.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.22","text":"Grk “Him – be crucified!” The third person imperative is difficult to translate because English has no corresponding third person form for the imperative. The traditional translation “Let him be crucified” sounds as if the crowd is giving consent or permission. “He must be crucified” is closer, but it is more natural in English to convert the passive to active and simply say “Crucify him.” sn See the note on crucified in 20:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A22/2"}
{"id":37139,"verse_id":"MAT.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":37140,"verse_id":"MAT.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.25","text":"Grk “answering, all the people said.” This construction is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A25/1"}
{"id":37141,"verse_id":"MAT.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.26","text":"The Greek term φραγελλόω ( fragellow ) refers to flogging. BDAG 1064 s.v. states, “ flog, scourge, a punishment inflicted on slaves and provincials after a sentence of death had been pronounced on them. So in the case of Jesus before the crucifixion… Mt 27:26 ; Mk 15:15 .” sn A Roman flogging (traditionally, “scourging”) was an excruciating punishment. The victim was stripped of his clothes and bound to a post with his hands fastened above him (or sometimes he was thrown to the ground). Guards standing on either side of the victim would incessantly beat him with a whip ( flagellum ) made out of leather with pieces of lead and bone inserted into its ends. While the Jews only allowed 39 lashes, the Romans had no such limit; many people who received such a beating died as a result. See C. Schneider, TDNT , 515-19.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A26/1"}
{"id":37142,"verse_id":"MAT.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.26","text":"Or “delivered him up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A26/2"}
{"id":37143,"verse_id":"MAT.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Or “into their headquarters”; Grk “into the praetorium.” sn The governor’s residence ( Grk “praetorium”) was the Roman governor’s official residence. The one in Jerusalem may have been Herod’s palace in the western part of the city, or the fortress Antonia northwest of the temple area.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":37144,"verse_id":"MAT.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":37145,"verse_id":"MAT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.29","text":"Or “weaving.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A29/1"}
{"id":37146,"verse_id":"MAT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A29/3"}
{"id":37147,"verse_id":"MAT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.29","text":"Or “a reed.” The Greek term can mean either “staff” or “reed.” See BDAG 502 s.v. κάλαμος 2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A29/4"}
{"id":37148,"verse_id":"MAT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.29","text":"Grk “they mocked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A29/5"}
{"id":37149,"verse_id":"MAT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.29","text":"Or “Long live the King of the Jews!” sn The statement Hail, King of the Jews! is a mockery patterned after the Romans’ cry of Ave, Caesar (“Hail, Caesar!”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A29/6"}
{"id":37150,"verse_id":"MAT.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A30/1"}
{"id":37151,"verse_id":"MAT.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.30","text":"Or “the reed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A30/2"}
{"id":37152,"verse_id":"MAT.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.30","text":"The verb here has been translated as an iterative imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A30/3"}
{"id":37153,"verse_id":"MAT.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A31/1"}
{"id":37154,"verse_id":"MAT.27.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A31/2"}
{"id":37155,"verse_id":"MAT.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.32","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A32/1"}
{"id":37156,"verse_id":"MAT.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.32","text":"Or “conscripted”; or “pressed into service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A32/2"}
{"id":37157,"verse_id":"MAT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A33/1"}
{"id":37158,"verse_id":"MAT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.33","text":"This is an Aramaic name; see John 19:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A33/2"}
{"id":37159,"verse_id":"MAT.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.34","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A34/1"}
{"id":37160,"verse_id":"MAT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.35","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A35/1"}
{"id":37161,"verse_id":"MAT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.35","text":"Grk “by throwing the lot” (probably by using marked pebbles or broken pieces of pottery). A modern equivalent, “throwing dice,” was chosen here because of its association with gambling. According to L&N 6.219 a term for “dice” is particularly appropriate. sn An allusion to Ps 22:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A35/3"}
{"id":37162,"verse_id":"MAT.27.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A37/1"}
{"id":37163,"verse_id":"MAT.27.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.37","text":"Grk “was written.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A37/3"}
{"id":37164,"verse_id":"MAT.27.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.39","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A39/1"}
{"id":37165,"verse_id":"MAT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.40","text":"puts the καί in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A40/2"}
{"id":37166,"verse_id":"MAT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A41/1"}
{"id":37167,"verse_id":"MAT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.41","text":"Or “with the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 2:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A41/2"}
{"id":37168,"verse_id":"MAT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.41","text":"Only “chief priests” is in the nominative case; this sentence structure attempts to capture this emphasis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A41/3"}
{"id":37169,"verse_id":"MAT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.41","text":"Grk “Mocking him, the chief priests…said.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A41/4"}
{"id":37170,"verse_id":"MAT.27.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.42","text":"Here the aorist imperative καταβάτω ( katabatw ) has been translated as a conditional imperative. This fits the pattern of other conditional imperatives (imperative + καί + future indicative) outlined by ExSyn 489.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A42/1"}
{"id":37171,"verse_id":"MAT.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.44","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A44/1"}
{"id":37172,"verse_id":"MAT.27.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.45","text":"Grk “from the sixth hour to the ninth hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A45/1"}
{"id":37173,"verse_id":"MAT.27.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.46","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A46/1"}
{"id":37174,"verse_id":"MAT.27.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.46","text":"Grk “with a loud voice, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant here in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A46/2"}
{"id":37175,"verse_id":"MAT.27.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.47","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A47/1"}
{"id":37176,"verse_id":"MAT.27.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.48","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A48/1"}
{"id":37177,"verse_id":"MAT.27.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.48","text":"Grk “a reed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A48/3"}
{"id":37178,"verse_id":"MAT.27.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.49","text":"33 Ï lat sy sa bo) is not nearly as impressive, internal considerations on its behalf are compelling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A49/1"}
{"id":37179,"verse_id":"MAT.27.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.51","text":"Grk “And behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A51/1"}
{"id":37180,"verse_id":"MAT.27.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.51","text":"The referent of this term, καταπέτασμα ( katapetasma ), is not entirely clear. It could refer to the curtain separating the holy of holies from the holy place (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.5 [5.219]), or it could refer to one at the entrance of the temple court (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.4 [5.212]). Many argue that the inner curtain is meant because another term, κάλυμμα ( kalumma ), is also used for the outer curtain. Others see a reference to the outer curtain as more likely because of the public nature of this sign. Either way, the symbolism means that access to God has been opened up. It also pictures a judgment that includes the sacrifices.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A51/2"}
{"id":37181,"verse_id":"MAT.27.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.51","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A51/3"}
{"id":37182,"verse_id":"MAT.27.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.52","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A52/1"}
{"id":37183,"verse_id":"MAT.27.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.53","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A53/1"}
{"id":37184,"verse_id":"MAT.27.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.55","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A55/1"}
{"id":37185,"verse_id":"MAT.27.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.55","text":"Grk “and ministered to him.” sn Cf. Luke 8:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A55/2"}
{"id":37186,"verse_id":"MAT.27.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.57","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A57/1"}
{"id":37187,"verse_id":"MAT.27.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.59","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A59/1"}
{"id":37188,"verse_id":"MAT.27.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.59","text":"The term σινδών ( sindwn ) can refer to a linen cloth used either for clothing or for burial.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A59/2"}
{"id":37189,"verse_id":"MAT.27.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.60","text":"includes αὐτό here, no doubt due to the overwhelming external attestation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A60/1"}
{"id":37190,"verse_id":"MAT.27.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.60","text":"That is, cut or carved into an outcropping of natural rock, resulting in a cave-like structure (see L&N 19.25).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A60/2"}
{"id":37191,"verse_id":"MAT.27.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.62","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A62/1"}
{"id":37192,"verse_id":"MAT.27.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.64","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A64/1"}
{"id":37193,"verse_id":"MAT.27.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.65","text":"Grk “You have a guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A65/1"}
{"id":37194,"verse_id":"MAT.27.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.66","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Pilate’s order.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A66/1"}
{"id":37195,"verse_id":"MAT.27.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":27,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.66","text":"Grk “with the guard.” The words “soldiers of the” have been supplied in the translation to prevent “guard” from being misunderstood as a single individual.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2027%3A66/2"}
{"id":37196,"verse_id":"MAT.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 1:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":37197,"verse_id":"MAT.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":37198,"verse_id":"MAT.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":37199,"verse_id":"MAT.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"Grk “But answering, the angel said.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":37200,"verse_id":"MAT.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"Grk “for I know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":37201,"verse_id":"MAT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"The verb here is passive ( ἠγέρθη , hgerqh ). This “divine passive” (see ExSyn 437-38) points to the fact that Jesus was raised by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":37202,"verse_id":"MAT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.6","text":"Ï lat), τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου ( to swma tou kuriou , “the body of the Lord”; 1424 pc ), and ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ( Jo Ihsou\" , “Jesus”; Φ ). The reading with no explicit subject, however, is superior on both internal and external grounds, being supported by א B Θ 33 892* pc co.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A6/2"}
{"id":37203,"verse_id":"MAT.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"Grk “And behold he.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":37204,"verse_id":"MAT.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s instructions to tell the disciples.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":37205,"verse_id":"MAT.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate that the return of the women from the tomb was interrupted by this appearance of Jesus. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":37206,"verse_id":"MAT.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A9/2"}
{"id":37207,"verse_id":"MAT.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":37208,"verse_id":"MAT.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Grk “behold, some of the guard.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":37209,"verse_id":"MAT.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":37210,"verse_id":"MAT.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":37211,"verse_id":"MAT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":37212,"verse_id":"MAT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Here ἐπί ( epi ) followed by the genitive = “before,” especially in the language of lawsuits (BDAG 363 s.v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":37213,"verse_id":"MAT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.14","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A14/3"}
{"id":37214,"verse_id":"MAT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.14","text":"Grk “and you will not have to be worried” = “we will keep you out of trouble.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A14/4"}
{"id":37215,"verse_id":"MAT.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.15","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating reservations about its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A15/1"}
{"id":37216,"verse_id":"MAT.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ instructions in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":37217,"verse_id":"MAT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":37218,"verse_id":"MAT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.17","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A17/2"}
{"id":37219,"verse_id":"MAT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.17","text":"The Greek text reads here οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν ( Joi de edistasan ). Some scholars argue that the article is functioning like a personal pronoun, thus “ they doubted” (e.g., D. A. Hagner, Matthew [WBC], 2:884). If so, then all the disciples would be in view. The translation of the text takes οἱ as an alternative pronoun which has a partitive notion (i.e., some of the disciples doubted, but not all). The difficulty with the personal pronoun view is that there are no examples of it in Matthew in which the same subject immediately precedes with its own verb (as would be the case in “they worshiped…they doubted”). Such, in fact, would be quite awkward, for the article would be unnecessary since the pronominal referent is already embedded in the verb. The only reason for the article here would be to distinguish the subject in some way; but if the same subject is in view, no distinction is being made.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A17/3"}
{"id":37220,"verse_id":"MAT.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Grk “coming, Jesus spoke to them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn , “saying”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":37221,"verse_id":"MAT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"“Go…baptize…teach” are participles modifying the imperative verb “make disciples.” According to ExSyn 645 the first participle ( πορευθέντες , poreuqentes , “Go”) fits the typical structural pattern for the attendant circumstance participle (aorist participle preceding aorist main verb, with the mood of the main verb usually imperative or indicative) and thus picks up the mood (imperative in this case) from the main verb ( μαθητεύσατε , maqhteusate , “make disciples”). This means that semantically the action of “going” is commanded, just as “making disciples” is. As for the two participles that follow the main verb ( βαπτίζοντες , baptizontes , “baptizing”; and διδάσκοντες , didaskontes , “teaching”), these do not fit the normal pattern for attendant circumstance participles, since they are present participles and follow the aorist main verb. However, some interpreters do see them as carrying additional imperative force in context. Others regard them as means, manner, or even result.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":37222,"verse_id":"MAT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"Although some scholars have denied that the trinitarian baptismal formula in the Great Commission was a part of the original text of Matthew, there is no ms support for their contention. F. C. Conybeare, “The Eusebian Form of the Text of Mt. 28:19 ,” ZNW 2 (1901): 275-88, based his view on a faulty reading of Eusebius’ quotations of this text. The shorter reading has also been accepted, on other grounds, by a few other scholars. For discussion (and refutation of the conjecture that removes this baptismal formula), see B. J. Hubbard, The Matthean Redaction of a Primitive Apostolic Commissioning (SBLDS 19), 163-64, 167-75; and Jane Schaberg, The Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit (SBLDS 61), 27-29.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":37223,"verse_id":"MAT.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.20","text":"The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has been translated here as “remember” (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 .c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A20/1"}
{"id":37224,"verse_id":"MAT.28.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MAT","chapter":28,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.20","text":"33 al lat sa.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Matthew%2028%3A20/3"}
{"id":37225,"verse_id":"MRK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The genitive in the phrase τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( tou euangeliou Ihsou Cristou , “the gospel of Jesus Christ”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“the gospel which Jesus brings [or proclaims]”) or an objective genitive (“the gospel about Jesus Christ”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, an interplay between the two concepts is intended: The gospel which Jesus proclaims is in fact the gospel about himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":37226,"verse_id":"MRK.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"co Ir. This evidence runs deep into the 2nd century, is widespread, and is found in the most important Alexandrian, Western, and Caesarean witnesses. The “Isaiah” reading has a better external pedigree in every way. It has the support of the earliest and best witnesses from all the texttypes that matter. Moreover it is the harder reading, since the quotation in the first part of the verse appears to be from Exod 23:20 and Mal 3:1 , with the quotation from Isa 40:3 coming in the next verse. The reading of the later mss seems motivated by a desire to resolve this difficulty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":37227,"verse_id":"MRK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":37228,"verse_id":"MRK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"While Matthew and Luke consistently use the noun βαπτίστης ( baptisths , “[the] Baptist”) to refer to John, as a kind of a title, Mark prefers the substantival participle ὁ βαπτίζων ( Jo baptizwn , “the one who baptizes, the baptizer”) to describe him (only twice does he use the noun [ Mark 6:25; 8:28 ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":37229,"verse_id":"MRK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “And the whole Judean countryside.” Mark uses the Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) at numerous places in his Gospel to begin sentences and paragraphs. This practice is due to Semitic influence and reflects in many cases the use of the Hebrew ו ( vav ) which is used in OT narrative, much as it is here, to carry the narrative along. Because in contemporary English style it is not acceptable to begin every sentence with “and,” καί was often left untranslated or rendered as “now,” “so,” “then,” or “but” depending on the context. When left untranslated it has not been noted. When given an alternative translation, this is usually indicated by a note.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":37230,"verse_id":"MRK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":37231,"verse_id":"MRK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “they were being baptized by him.” The passive construction has been rendered as active in the translation for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":37232,"verse_id":"MRK.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “proclaimed, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":37233,"verse_id":"MRK.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “of whom I am not worthy.” sn The humility of John is evident in the statement I am not worthy . This was considered one of the least worthy tasks of a slave, and John did not consider himself worthy to do even that for the one to come, despite the fact he himself was a prophet.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":37234,"verse_id":"MRK.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The term refers to the leather strap or thong used to bind a sandal. This is often viewed as a collective singular and translated as a plural, “the straps of his sandals,” but it may be more emphatic to retain the singular here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":37235,"verse_id":"MRK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":37236,"verse_id":"MRK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"For location see Map1-D3 ; Map2-C2 ; Map3-D5 ; Map4-C1 ; Map5-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":37237,"verse_id":"MRK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":37238,"verse_id":"MRK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “and immediately coming up out of the water, he saw.” The present participle has been translated temporally, with the subject (Jesus) specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":37239,"verse_id":"MRK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The same word is used in v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":37240,"verse_id":"MRK.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “my beloved Son,” or “my Son, the beloved [one].” The force of ἀγαπητός ( agaphtos ) is often “pertaining to one who is the only one of his or her class, but at the same time is particularly loved and cherished” (L&N 58.53; cf. also BDAG 7 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":37241,"verse_id":"MRK.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “with you I am well pleased.” sn The allusions in the remarks of the text recall Ps 2:7 a; Isa 42:1 and either Isa 41:8 or, less likely, Gen 22:12,16 . God is marking out Jesus as his chosen one (the meaning of “[in you I take] great delight”), but it may well be that this was a private experience that only Jesus and John saw and heard (cf. John 1:32-33 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":37242,"verse_id":"MRK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “And he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":37243,"verse_id":"MRK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “were serving him,” “were ministering to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":37244,"verse_id":"MRK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “arrested,” “taken into custody” (see L&N 37.12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":37245,"verse_id":"MRK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"28* 33 565 579 892 2427 sa) is significantly stronger than that for the longer reading. There is little doubt, therefore, that the shorter reading is authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":37246,"verse_id":"MRK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ ( to euangelion tou qeou , “the gospel of God”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“the gospel which God brings”) or an objective genitive (“the gospel about God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, an interplay between the two concepts is intended: The gospel which God brings is in fact the gospel about himself.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":37247,"verse_id":"MRK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":37248,"verse_id":"MRK.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, thus “people.” sn The kind of fishing envisioned was net – not line – fishing (cf. v. 16 ; cf. also BDAG 55 s.v. ἀμφιβάλλω , ἀμφίβληστρον ) which involved a circular net that had heavy weights around its perimeter. The occupation of fisherman was labor-intensive. The imagery of using a lure and a line (and waiting for the fish to strike) is thus foreign to this text. Rather, the imagery of a fisherman involved much strain, long hours, and often little results. Jesus’ point may have been one or more of the following: the strenuousness of evangelism, the work ethic that it required, persistence and dedication to the task (often in spite of minimal results), the infinite value of the new “catch” (viz., people), and perhaps an eschatological theme of snatching people from judgment (cf. W. L. Lane, Mark [NICNT], 67). If this last motif is in view, then catching people is the opposite of catching fish: The fish would be caught, killed, cooked, and eaten; people would be caught so as to remove them from eternal destruction and to give them new life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":37249,"verse_id":"MRK.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “a boat.” The phrase ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ( en tw ploiw ) can either refer to a generic boat, some boat (as it seems to do in Matt 4:21 ); or it can refer to “their” boat, implying possession. Mark assumes a certain preunderstanding on the part of his readers about the first four disciples and hence the translation “their boat” is justified (cf. also v. 20 in which the “hired men” indicates that Zebedee’s family owned the boats).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":37250,"verse_id":"MRK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":37251,"verse_id":"MRK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"The Greek word εὐθύς ( euqus , often translated “immediately” or “right away”) has not been translated here. It sometimes occurs with a weakened, inferential use (BDAG 406 s.v. 2 ), not contributing significantly to the flow of the narrative. For further discussion, see R. J. Decker, Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect (SBG 10), 73-77.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":37252,"verse_id":"MRK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A21/4"}
{"id":37253,"verse_id":"MRK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “They.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":37254,"verse_id":"MRK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “the scribes.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":37255,"verse_id":"MRK.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “he cried out, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":37256,"verse_id":"MRK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “ What to us and to you?” This is an idiom meaning, “We have nothing to do with one another,” or “Why bother us!” The phrase τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί ( ti Jhmin kai soi ) is Semitic in origin, though it made its way into colloquial Greek (BDAG 275 s.v. ἐγώ ). The equivalent Hebrew expression in the OT had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 , 2 Chr 35:21 , 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his own, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 , Hos 14:8 ). Option (1) implies hostility, while option (2) merely implies disengagement. BDAG suggests the following as glosses for this expression: What have I to do with you? What have we in common? Leave me alone! Never mind! Hostility between Jesus and the demons is certainly to be understood in this context, hence the translation: “Leave me alone….” For a very similar expression see Lk 8:28 and (in a different context) John 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":37257,"verse_id":"MRK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":37258,"verse_id":"MRK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “rebuked him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":37259,"verse_id":"MRK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":37260,"verse_id":"MRK.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":37261,"verse_id":"MRK.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":37262,"verse_id":"MRK.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A30/2"}
{"id":37263,"verse_id":"MRK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"The imperfect verb is taken ingressively here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":37264,"verse_id":"MRK.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":37265,"verse_id":"MRK.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.34","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A34/3"}
{"id":37266,"verse_id":"MRK.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.34","text":"700] 892 1241 [1424] pc ); codex D has “they knew him and he healed many who were sick with various diseases and drove out many demons,” reproducing exactly the first half of the verse. These first two longer readings are predictable expansions to an enticingly brief statement; the fact that there are significant variations on the word order and presence or absence of τόν argues against their authenticity as well. D’s reading is a palpable error of sight. The reading adopted in the translation is supported by א * A 0130 Ï lat. This support, though hardly overwhelming in itself, in combination with strong internal evidence, renders the shorter reading fairly certain.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A34/5"}
{"id":37267,"verse_id":"MRK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.35","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A35/1"}
{"id":37268,"verse_id":"MRK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A35/2"}
{"id":37269,"verse_id":"MRK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.35","text":"The imperfect προσηύχετο ( proshuceto ) implies some duration to the prayer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A35/3"}
{"id":37270,"verse_id":"MRK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.38","text":"Grk “And he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A38/1"}
{"id":37271,"verse_id":"MRK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.38","text":"Grk “Because for this purpose I have come forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A38/2"}
{"id":37272,"verse_id":"MRK.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A39/1"}
{"id":37273,"verse_id":"MRK.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A40/1"}
{"id":37274,"verse_id":"MRK.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.40","text":"This is a third class condition. The report portrays the leper making no presumptions about whether Jesus will heal him or not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A40/3"}
{"id":37275,"verse_id":"MRK.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":") here read ὀργισθείς ( ojrgisqei\" , “moved with anger”). It is more difficult to account for a change from “moved with compassion” to “moved with anger” than it is for a copyist to soften “moved with anger” to “moved with compassion,” making the decision quite difficult. B. M. Metzger ( TCGNT 65) suggests that “moved with anger” could have been prompted by 1:43 , “Jesus sent the man away with a very strong warning.” It also could have been prompted by the man’s seeming doubt about Jesus’ desire to heal him (v. 40 ). As well, it is difficult to explain why scribes would be prone to soften the text here but not in Mark 3:5 or 10:14 (where Jesus is also said to be angry or indignant). Thus, in light of diverse mss supporting “moved with compassion,” and at least a plausible explanation for ὀργισθείς as arising from the other reading, it is perhaps best to adopt σπλαγχνισθείς as the original reading. Nevertheless, a decision in this case is not easy. For the best arguments for ὀργισθείς , however, see M. A. Proctor, “The ‘Western’ Text of Mark 1:41 : A Case for the Angry Jesus” (Ph.D. diss., Baylor University, 1999).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A41/1"}
{"id":37276,"verse_id":"MRK.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.41","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A41/2"}
{"id":37277,"verse_id":"MRK.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A43/1"}
{"id":37278,"verse_id":"MRK.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the man who was healed) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A43/2"}
{"id":37279,"verse_id":"MRK.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"Grk “And after warning him, he immediately sent him away and told him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A44/1"}
{"id":37280,"verse_id":"MRK.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.44","text":"Or “as an indictment against them”; or “as proof to the people.” This phrase could be taken as referring to a positive witness to the priests, a negative testimony against them, or as a testimony to the community that the man had indeed been cured. In any case, the testimony shows that Jesus is healing and ministering to those in need.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A44/4"}
{"id":37281,"verse_id":"MRK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man who was healed) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A45/1"}
{"id":37282,"verse_id":"MRK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A45/2"}
{"id":37283,"verse_id":"MRK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.45","text":"Grk “and”; καί ( kai ) often has a mildly contrastive force, as here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A45/3"}
{"id":37284,"verse_id":"MRK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.45","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated iteratively.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%201%3A45/4"}
{"id":37285,"verse_id":"MRK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":37286,"verse_id":"MRK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “it was heard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":37287,"verse_id":"MRK.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Some translations (e.g., NIV, NLT) take the preposition πρός ( pro\" ), which indicates proximity, to mean “outside the door.” Others render it as “in front of the door” (TEV, CEV), and still others, “around the door” (NAB). There is some ambiguity inherent in the description here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":37288,"verse_id":"MRK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (some unnamed people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":37289,"verse_id":"MRK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The redundancy in this verse is characteristic of the author’s rougher style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":37290,"verse_id":"MRK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":37291,"verse_id":"MRK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":37292,"verse_id":"MRK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “some of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":37293,"verse_id":"MRK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “Reasoning within their hearts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":37294,"verse_id":"MRK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the shift from the thoughts of the experts in the law to Jesus’ response.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":37295,"verse_id":"MRK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “they were thus reasoning within themselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":37296,"verse_id":"MRK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “Why are you reasoning these things in your hearts?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":37297,"verse_id":"MRK.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “to your house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":37298,"verse_id":"MRK.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man who was healed) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":37299,"verse_id":"MRK.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":37300,"verse_id":"MRK.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"While “tax office” is sometimes given as a translation for τελώνιον ( telwnion , so L&N 57.183), this could give the modern reader a false impression of an indoor office with all its associated furnishings. sn The tax booth was a booth located on the edge of a city or town to collect taxes for trade. There was a tax booth in Capernaum, which was on the trade route from Damascus to Galilee and the Mediterranean. The “taxes” were collected on produce and goods brought into the area for sale, and were a sort of “sales tax” paid by the seller but obviously passed on to the purchaser in the form of increased prices (L&N 57.183). It was here that Jesus met Levi (also named Matthew [see Matt 9:9 ]) who was ultimately employed by the Romans, though perhaps more directly responsible to Herod Antipas. It was his job to collect taxes for Rome and he was thus despised by Jews who undoubtedly regarded him as a traitor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":37301,"verse_id":"MRK.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":37302,"verse_id":"MRK.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “As he reclined at table.” sn As Jesus was having a meal. 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":37303,"verse_id":"MRK.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “his.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":37304,"verse_id":"MRK.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":37305,"verse_id":"MRK.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":37306,"verse_id":"MRK.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate that in the narrative this question happened as a result of the fasting of John’s disciples and the Pharisees.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":37307,"verse_id":"MRK.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A18/6"}
{"id":37308,"verse_id":"MRK.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “And Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":37309,"verse_id":"MRK.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “sons of the wedding hall,” an idiom referring to wedding guests, or more specifically, friends of the bridegroom present at the wedding celebration (L&N 11.7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":37310,"verse_id":"MRK.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “can they?”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":37311,"verse_id":"MRK.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “then on that day.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":37312,"verse_id":"MRK.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":37313,"verse_id":"MRK.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “heads of grain.” While the generic term στάχυς ( stacus ) can refer to the cluster of seeds at the top of grain such as barley or wheat, in the NT the term is restricted to wheat (L&N 3.40; BDAG 941 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":37314,"verse_id":"MRK.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":37315,"verse_id":"MRK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"and many others} add τοῦ before ἀρχιερέως , giving the meaning “in the days of Abiathar the high priest,” suggesting a more general time frame. Neither reading has significant external support and both most likely are motivated by the difficulty of the original reading. (2) Many scholars have hypothesized that one of the three individuals who would have been involved in the transmission of the statement (Jesus who uttered it originally, Mark who wrote it down in the Gospel, or Peter who served as Mark’s source) was either wrong about Abiathar or intentionally loose with the biblical data in order to make a point. (3) It is possible that what is currently understood to be the most natural reading of the text is in fact not correct. (a) There are very few biblical parallels to this grammatical construction ( ἐπί + genitive proper noun, followed by an anarthrous common noun), so it is possible that an extensive search for this construction in nonbiblical literature would prove that the meaning does involve a wide time frame. If this is so, “in the days of Abiathar the high priest” would be a viable option. (b) It is also possible that this phrasing serves as a loose way to cite a scripture passage. There is a parallel to this construction in Mark 12:26 : “Have you not read in the book of Moses, in the passage about the bush?” Here the final phrase is simply ἐπὶ τοῦ βάτου ( ejpi tou batou ), but the obvious function of the phrase is to point to a specific passage within the larger section of scripture. Deciding upon a translation here is difficult. The translation above has followed the current consensus on the most natural and probable meaning of the phrase ἐπὶ ᾿Αβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως : “when Abiathar was high priest.” It should be recognized, however, that this translation is tentative because the current state of knowledge about the meaning of this grammatical construction is incomplete, and any decision about the meaning of this text is open to future revision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":37316,"verse_id":"MRK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “the bread of presentation.” sn The sacred bread refers to the “bread of presentation,” “showbread,” or “bread of the Presence,” twelve loaves prepared weekly for the tabernacle and later, the temple. See Exod 25:30; 35:13; 39:36 ; Lev 24:5-9 . Each loaf was made from 3 quarts (3.5 liters; Heb “two tenths of an ephah”) of fine flour. The loaves were placed on a table in the holy place of the tabernacle, on the north side opposite the lampstand ( Exod 26:35 ). It was the duty of the priest each Sabbath to place fresh bread on the table; the loaves from the previous week were then given to Aaron and his descendants, who ate them in the holy place, because they were considered sacred ( Lev 24:9 ). See also Matt 12:1-8 , Luke 6:1-5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":37317,"verse_id":"MRK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":37318,"verse_id":"MRK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"The Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ) is used twice in this verse in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, thus “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":37319,"verse_id":"MRK.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"The term “lord” is in emphatic position in the Greek text. sn A second point in Jesus’ defense of his disciples’ actions was that his authority as Son of Man also allowed it, since as Son of Man he was lord of the Sabbath .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":37320,"verse_id":"MRK.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":37321,"verse_id":"MRK.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":37322,"verse_id":"MRK.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":37323,"verse_id":"MRK.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “Stand up in the middle.” sn Most likely synagogues were arranged with benches along the walls and open space in the center for seating on the floor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":37324,"verse_id":"MRK.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":37325,"verse_id":"MRK.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The aorist participle περιβλεψάμενος ( peribleyameno\" ) has been translated as antecedent (prior) to the action of the main verb. It could also be translated as contemporaneous (“Looking around…he said”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":37326,"verse_id":"MRK.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"This term is a collective singular in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":37327,"verse_id":"MRK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":37328,"verse_id":"MRK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk inserts “against him” after “Herodians.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has not been translated. sn The Herodians are mentioned in the NT only once in Matt (22:16 = Mark 12:13 ) and twice in Mark ( 3:6; 12:13 ; some mss also read “Herodians” instead of “Herod” in Mark 8:15 ). It is generally assumed that as a group the Herodians were Jewish supporters of the Herodian dynasty (or of Herod Antipas in particular). In every instance they are linked with the Pharisees. This probably reflects agreement regarding political objectives (nationalism as opposed to submission to the yoke of Roman oppression) rather than philosophy or religious beliefs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":37329,"verse_id":"MRK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “destroy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":37330,"verse_id":"MRK.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":37331,"verse_id":"MRK.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":37332,"verse_id":"MRK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":37333,"verse_id":"MRK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity. The region referred to here is sometimes known as Transjordan (i.e., “across the Jordan”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":37334,"verse_id":"MRK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":37335,"verse_id":"MRK.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":37336,"verse_id":"MRK.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":37337,"verse_id":"MRK.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":37338,"verse_id":"MRK.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “up a mountain” ( εἰς τὸ ὅρος , eis to Joro\" ). sn The expression up the mountain here may be idiomatic or generic, much like the English “he went to the hospital” (cf. 15:29 ), or even intentionally reminiscent of Exod 24:12 (LXX), since the genre of the Sermon on the Mount seems to be that of a new Moses giving a new law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":37339,"verse_id":"MRK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “And he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":37340,"verse_id":"MRK.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"33 2427 Ï lat sy bo). Some important witnesses include the phrase ( א B C* Δ 565 579 pc ), but perhaps the best explanation for the omission of the clause in the majority of witnesses is haplography in combination with homoioarcton: The first word of the clause in question is καί ( kai ), and the first word after the clause in question is also καί . And the first two letters of the second word, in each instance, are επ ( ep ). Early scribes most likely jumped accidentally from the first καί to the second, omitting the intervening material. Thus the clause was most likely in the original text. (See 3:14 above for a related textual problem.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":37341,"verse_id":"MRK.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “to James, the son of Zebedee, and John, the brother of James.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":37342,"verse_id":"MRK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"This disciple is called Λεββαῖον ( Lebbaion , “Lebbaeus”) in D it; see the discussion of the parallel text in Matt 10:3 where conflation occurs among other witnesses as well.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":37343,"verse_id":"MRK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “the Cananean,” but according to both BDAG 507 s.v. Καναναῖος and L&N 11.88, this term has no relation at all to the geographical terms for Cana or Canaan, but is derived from the Aramaic term for “ enthusiast, zealot ” (see Luke 6:15 ; Acts 1:13 ), possibly because of an earlier affiliation with the party of the Zealots. He may not have been technically a member of the particular Jewish nationalistic party known as “Zealots” (since according to some scholars this party had not been organized at that time), but simply someone who was zealous for Jewish independence from Rome, in which case the term would refer to his temperament.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":37344,"verse_id":"MRK.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “who even betrayed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":37345,"verse_id":"MRK.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":37346,"verse_id":"MRK.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":37347,"verse_id":"MRK.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Western witnesses D W it, instead of reading οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ( Joi par ’ aujtou , here translated “family”), have περὶ αὐτοῦ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ λοιποί ( peri autou Joi grammatei\" kai Joi loipoi , “[when] the scribes and others [heard] about him”). But this reading is obviously motivated, for it removes the embarrassing statement about Jesus’ family’s opinion of him as “out of his mind” and transfers this view to the Lord’s opponents. The fact that virtually all other witnesses have οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ here, coupled with the strong internal evidence for the shorter reading, shows this Western reading to be secondary. tn On the meaning “family” for οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ( Joi par ’ autou ), see BDAG 756-57 s.v. παρά A.3.b. β . ב . sn The incident involving the religious leaders accusing Jesus of being in league with the devil ( 3:22-30 ) is sandwiched between Mark’s mention of Jesus’ family coming to restrain him (the Greek word for restrain here is also used to mean arrest ; see Mark 6:17; 12:12; 14:1, 44, 46, 49, 51 ) because they thought he was out of his mind ( 3:21 ). It is probably Mark’s intention in this structure to show that Jesus’ family is to be regarded as not altogether unlike the experts in the law [scribes] in their perception of the true identity of Jesus; they are incorrect in their understanding of him as well. The tone is obviously one of sadness and the emphasis on Jesus’ true family in vv. 31-35 serves to underscore the comparison between his relatives and the scribes on the one hand, and those who truly obey God on the other.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":37348,"verse_id":"MRK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “The scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":37349,"verse_id":"MRK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":37350,"verse_id":"MRK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “He has Beelzebul.” sn Beelzebul is another name for Satan. So some people recognized Jesus’ work as supernatural, but called it diabolical.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":37351,"verse_id":"MRK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “prince.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A22/4"}
{"id":37352,"verse_id":"MRK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":37353,"verse_id":"MRK.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":37354,"verse_id":"MRK.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"Grk “all the sins and blasphemies they may speak will be forgiven the sons of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":37355,"verse_id":"MRK.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":37356,"verse_id":"MRK.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":37357,"verse_id":"MRK.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.31","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A31/4"}
{"id":37358,"verse_id":"MRK.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"has the words in brackets, indicating some doubt as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":37359,"verse_id":"MRK.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"Grk “Who is my mother and my brothers?” The use of the singular verb ἐστιν ( estin ) here singles out Mary above Jesus’ brothers, giving her special prominence (see ExSyn 401-2). This is slightly unnatural in English since the predicate nominative is plural, though, so a plural verb was used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":37360,"verse_id":"MRK.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.34","text":"Grk “Behold my mother and my brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A34/1"}
{"id":37361,"verse_id":"MRK.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.35","text":"The pleonastic pronoun οὗτος ( Jouto\" , “this one”) which precedes this verb has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%203%3A35/1"}
{"id":37362,"verse_id":"MRK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “and all the crowd.” The clause in this phrase, although coordinate in terms of grammar, is logically subordinate to the previous clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":37363,"verse_id":"MRK.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Mark’s version of the parable, like Luke’s (cf. Luke 8:4-8 ), uses the collective singular to refer to the seed throughout, so singular pronouns have been used consistently throughout this parable in the English translation. However, the parallel account in Matt 13:1-9 begins with plural pronouns in v. 4 but then switches to the collective singular in v. 5 ff.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":37364,"verse_id":"MRK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “it did not have enough depth of earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":37365,"verse_id":"MRK.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “it did not have root.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":37366,"verse_id":"MRK.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in the final stage of the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":37367,"verse_id":"MRK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15; 13:9, 43 ; Mark 4:23 ; Luke 8:8, 14:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":37368,"verse_id":"MRK.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “the mystery.” sn The key term secret ( μυστήριον , musthrion ) can mean either (1) a new revelation or (2) a revealing interpretation of existing revelation as in Dan 2:17-23, 27-30 . Jesus seems to be explaining how current events develop old promises, since the NT consistently links the events of Jesus’ ministry and message with old promises ( Rom 1:1-4 ; Heb 1:1-2 ). The traditional translation of this word, “mystery,” is misleading to the modern English reader because it suggests a secret which people have tried to uncover but which they have failed to understand (L&N 28.77).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":37369,"verse_id":"MRK.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"This is an example of a “divine passive,” with God understood to be the source of the revelation (see ExSyn 437-38).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":37370,"verse_id":"MRK.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":37371,"verse_id":"MRK.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":37372,"verse_id":"MRK.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “are temporary.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":37373,"verse_id":"MRK.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":37374,"verse_id":"MRK.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “the deceitfulness of riches.” Cf. BDAG 99 s.v. ἀπάτη 1, “the seduction which comes from wealth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":37375,"verse_id":"MRK.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":37376,"verse_id":"MRK.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “a bowl”; this refers to any container for dry material of about eight liters (two gallons) capacity. It could be translated “basket, box, bowl” (L&N 6.151).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":37377,"verse_id":"MRK.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Or “disclosed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":37378,"verse_id":"MRK.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15; 13:9, 43 ; Mark 4:9 ; Luke 8:8, 14:35 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":37379,"verse_id":"MRK.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “by [the measure] with which you measure it will be measured to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":37380,"verse_id":"MRK.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":37381,"verse_id":"MRK.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"The Greek word εὐθύς ( euqus , often translated “immediately” or “right away”) has not been translated here. It sometimes occurs with a weakened, inferential use (BDAG 406 s.v. 2 ), not contributing significantly to the flow of the narrative. For further discussion, see R. J. Decker, Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect (SBG 10), 73-77.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":37382,"verse_id":"MRK.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Mark 4:31-32 is fairly awkward in Greek. Literally the sentence reads as follows: “As a mustard seed, which when sown in the earth, being the smallest of all the seeds in the earth, and when it is sown, it grows up…” The structure has been rendered in more idiomatic English, although some of the awkward structure has been retained for rhetorical effect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":37383,"verse_id":"MRK.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.32","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A32/2"}
{"id":37384,"verse_id":"MRK.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":37385,"verse_id":"MRK.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":37386,"verse_id":"MRK.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.35","text":"The phrase “of the lake” is not in the Greek text but is clearly implied; it has been supplied here for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A35/2"}
{"id":37387,"verse_id":"MRK.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the response to Jesus’ request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":37388,"verse_id":"MRK.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.36","text":"It is possible that this prepositional phrase modifies “as he was,” not “they took him along.” The meaning would then be “they took him along in the boat in which he was already sitting” (see 4:1 ). sn A boat that held all the disciples would be of significant size.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A36/2"}
{"id":37389,"verse_id":"MRK.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":37390,"verse_id":"MRK.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.37","text":"Or “a squall.” sn The Sea of Galilee is located in a depression some 700 ft (200 m) below sea level and is surrounded by hills. Frequently a rush of wind and the right mix of temperatures can cause a storm to come suddenly on the lake. Storms on the Sea of Galilee were known for their suddenness and violence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A37/2"}
{"id":37391,"verse_id":"MRK.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.38","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A38/1"}
{"id":37392,"verse_id":"MRK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.39","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A39/1"}
{"id":37393,"verse_id":"MRK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.39","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A39/2"}
{"id":37394,"verse_id":"MRK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.39","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%204%3A39/4"}
{"id":37395,"verse_id":"MRK.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a summary and transition in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":37396,"verse_id":"MRK.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":37397,"verse_id":"MRK.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “met him from the tombs a man with an unclean spirit.” When this is converted to normal English word order (“a man met him from the tombs with an unclean spirit”) it sounds as if “with an unclean spirit” modifies “the tombs.” Likewise, “a man with an unclean spirit from the tombs met him” implies that the unclean spirit came from the tombs, while the Greek text is clear that it is the man who had the unclean spirit who came from the tombs. To make this clear a second verb, “came,” is supplied in English: “came from the tombs and met him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":37398,"verse_id":"MRK.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “he had often been bound with chains and shackles.” “Shackles” could also be translated “fetters”; they were chains for the feet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":37399,"verse_id":"MRK.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":37400,"verse_id":"MRK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":37401,"verse_id":"MRK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “ What to me and to you?” (an idiom). The phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( ti emoi kai soi ) is Semitic in origin, though it made its way into colloquial Greek (BDAG 275 s.v. ἐγώ ). The equivalent Hebrew expression in the OT had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 , 2 Chr 35:21 , 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his own, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 , Hos 14:8 ). These nuances were apparently expanded in Greek, but the basic notions of defensive hostility (option 1) and indifference or disengagement (option 2) are still present. BDAG suggests the following as glosses for this expression: What have I to do with you? What have we in common? Leave me alone! Never mind! Hostility between Jesus and the demons is certainly to be understood in this context, hence the translation: “Leave me alone….”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":37402,"verse_id":"MRK.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":37403,"verse_id":"MRK.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":37404,"verse_id":"MRK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":37405,"verse_id":"MRK.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “mountain,” but this might give the English reader the impression of a far higher summit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":37406,"verse_id":"MRK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the demonic spirits) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":37407,"verse_id":"MRK.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":37408,"verse_id":"MRK.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a conclusion and transition in the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":37409,"verse_id":"MRK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate a transition to the response to the miraculous healing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":37410,"verse_id":"MRK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":37411,"verse_id":"MRK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":37412,"verse_id":"MRK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “be,” that is, “remain.” In this context that would involve accompanying Jesus as he went on his way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":37413,"verse_id":"MRK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":37414,"verse_id":"MRK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":37415,"verse_id":"MRK.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate the conclusion of the episode in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":37416,"verse_id":"MRK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":37417,"verse_id":"MRK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"That is, “an official in charge of the synagogue”; ἀρχισυνάγωγος ( arcisunagwgo\" ) refers to the “president of a synagogue” (so BDAG 139 s.v. and L&N 53.93; cf. Luke 8:41 ). sn The synagogue was a place for Jewish prayer and worship, with recognized leadership. See also the note on synagogue in 1:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":37418,"verse_id":"MRK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"א A B C L Ï lat sy co}. The best explanation is that the phrase was accidentally dropped during the transmission of one strand of the Western text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":37419,"verse_id":"MRK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A22/4"}
{"id":37420,"verse_id":"MRK.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":37421,"verse_id":"MRK.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":37422,"verse_id":"MRK.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “a flow of blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":37423,"verse_id":"MRK.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “garment,” but here ἱμάτιον ( Jimation ) denotes the outer garment in particular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":37424,"verse_id":"MRK.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"The imperfect verb is here taken iteratively, for the context suggests that the woman was trying to muster up the courage to touch Jesus’ cloak.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":37425,"verse_id":"MRK.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.28","text":"Grk “saved.” sn In this pericope the author uses a term for being healed ( Grk “saved”) that would have spiritual significance to his readers. It may be a double entendre (cf. parallel in Matt 9:21 which uses the same term), since elsewhere he uses verbs that simply mean “heal”: If only the reader would “touch” Jesus, he too would be “saved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A28/2"}
{"id":37426,"verse_id":"MRK.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Grk “the flow of her blood dried up.” sn The woman was most likely suffering from a vaginal hemorrhage, in which case her bleeding would make her ritually unclean.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":37427,"verse_id":"MRK.5.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.32","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A32/1"}
{"id":37428,"verse_id":"MRK.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.34","text":"Or “has delivered you”; Grk “has saved you.” This should not be understood as an expression for full salvation in the immediate context; it refers only to the woman’s healing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A34/1"}
{"id":37429,"verse_id":"MRK.5.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.37","text":"Grk “and James,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A37/1"}
{"id":37430,"verse_id":"MRK.5.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.38","text":"Grk “and,” though such paratactic structure is rather awkward in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A38/1"}
{"id":37431,"verse_id":"MRK.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.40","text":"Grk “They were laughing at him.” The imperfect verb has been taken ingressively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A40/1"}
{"id":37432,"verse_id":"MRK.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.40","text":"Or “threw them all outside.” The verb used, ἐκβάλλω ( ekballw ), almost always has the connotation of force in Mark.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A40/2"}
{"id":37433,"verse_id":"MRK.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.40","text":"Grk “those with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A40/3"}
{"id":37434,"verse_id":"MRK.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.40","text":"Grk “into where the child was.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A40/4"}
{"id":37435,"verse_id":"MRK.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.42","text":"The Greek word εὐθύς ( euqus , often translated “immediately” or “right away”) has not been translated here. It sometimes occurs with a weakened, inferential use (BDAG 406 s.v. 2 ), not contributing significantly to the flow of the narrative. For further discussion, see R. J. Decker, Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect (SBG 10), 73-77.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%205%3A42/1"}
{"id":37436,"verse_id":"MRK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":37437,"verse_id":"MRK.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “this teaching”; Grk “these things.” The response of the people centers upon the content of Jesus’ teaching, so the phrase “these ideas” was supplied in the text to make this clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":37438,"verse_id":"MRK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":") harmonize the words “carpenter, the son” to the parallel passage in Matt 13:55 , “the son of the carpenter.” Almost all the rest of the mss read “the carpenter, the son.” Since the explicit designation of Jesus as a carpenter is the more difficult reading, and is much better attested, it is most likely correct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":37439,"verse_id":"MRK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":37440,"verse_id":"MRK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":37441,"verse_id":"MRK.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":37442,"verse_id":"MRK.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Or “no traveler’s bag”; or possibly “no beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145; BDAG 811 s.v. πήρα ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":37443,"verse_id":"MRK.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Or “shirts” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). The name for this garment ( χιτών , citwn ) presents some difficulty in translation. Most modern readers would not understand what a “tunic” was any more than they would be familiar with a “ chiton .” On the other hand, attempts to find a modern equivalent are also a problem: “Shirt” conveys the idea of a much shorter garment that covers only the upper body, and “undergarment” (given the styles of modern underwear) is more misleading still. “Tunic” was therefore employed, but with a note to explain its nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":37444,"verse_id":"MRK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":37445,"verse_id":"MRK.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":37446,"verse_id":"MRK.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":37447,"verse_id":"MRK.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.14","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A14/4"}
{"id":37448,"verse_id":"MRK.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.14","text":"While Matthew and Luke consistently use the noun βαπτίστης ( baptisths , “the Baptist”) to refer to John, as a kind of a title, Mark prefers the substantival participle ὁ βαπτίζων ( Jo baptizwn , “the one who baptizes, the baptizer”) to describe him (only twice does he use the noun [ Mark 6:25; 8:28 ]).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A14/5"}
{"id":37449,"verse_id":"MRK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “he”; here it is necessary to specify the referent as “Herod,” since the nearest previous antecedent in the translation is Philip.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":37450,"verse_id":"MRK.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"The imperfect tense verb is here rendered with an iterative force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":37451,"verse_id":"MRK.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":37452,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “was fearing,” “was respecting”; the imperfect tense connotes an ongoing fear or respect for John.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":37453,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":37454,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":37455,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.20","text":"33 Ï lat sy) have ἐποίει ( epoiei , “he did”; cf. KJV’s “he did many things.”) The best mss ( א B L [W] Θ 2427 co) support the reading followed in the translation. The variation may be no more than a simple case of confusion of letters, since the two readings look very much alike. The verb ποιέω ( poiew , “I do”) certainly occurs more frequently than ἀπορέω ( aporew , “I am at a loss”), so a scribe would be more likely to write a more familiar word. Further, even though the reading ἐποίει is the harder reading in terms of the sense, it is virtually nonsensical here, rendering it most likely an unintentional corruption. Or “terribly disturbed,” “rather perplexed.” The verb ἀπορέω ( aporew ) means “to be in perplexity, with the implication of serious anxiety” (L&N 32.9).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/4"}
{"id":37456,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “and yet” to indicate the concessive nature of the final clause.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/5"}
{"id":37457,"verse_id":"MRK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A20/6"}
{"id":37458,"verse_id":"MRK.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":37459,"verse_id":"MRK.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “a day of opportunity”; cf. BDAG 407 s.v. εὔκαιρος , “in our lit. only pert. to time than is considered a favorable occasion for some event or circumstance, well-timed, suitable .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":37460,"verse_id":"MRK.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"pc , but this reading probably arose from an accidental omission of αὐτῆς in the previous reading. The reading τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ ῾Ηρῳδιάδος , despite its historical difficulties, is most likely original due to external attestation and the fact that it most likely gave rise to the other readings as scribes sought to correct it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":37461,"verse_id":"MRK.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":37462,"verse_id":"MRK.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":37463,"verse_id":"MRK.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"Grk “She said”; the referent (the girl’s mother) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":37464,"verse_id":"MRK.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"While Matthew and Luke consistently use the noun βαπτίστης ( baptisths , “the Baptist”) to refer to John, as a kind of a title, Mark employs the substantival participle ὁ βαπτίζων ( Jo baptizwn , “the one who baptizes, the baptizer”) to describe him (though twice he does use the noun [ Mark 6:25; 8:28 ]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":37465,"verse_id":"MRK.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Grk “she asked, saying.” The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":37466,"verse_id":"MRK.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “and being deeply grieved, the king did not want.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":37467,"verse_id":"MRK.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":37468,"verse_id":"MRK.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":37469,"verse_id":"MRK.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":37470,"verse_id":"MRK.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A30/1"}
{"id":37471,"verse_id":"MRK.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Grk “ran together on foot.” The idea of συντρέχω ( suntrecw ) is “to come together quickly to form a crowd” (L&N 15.133).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":37472,"verse_id":"MRK.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.33","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A33/2"}
{"id":37473,"verse_id":"MRK.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.33","text":"), conflate the two readings ( προῆλθον αὐτοὺς καὶ συνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν , “they preceded them and came together to him”). The reading adopted here thus has better external credentials than the variants. As well, it is the harder reading internally, being changed “by copyists who thought it unlikely that the crowd on the land could have outstripped the boat” ( TCGNT 78).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A33/3"}
{"id":37474,"verse_id":"MRK.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":37475,"verse_id":"MRK.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “came out [of the boat],” with the reference to the boat understood.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A34/2"}
{"id":37476,"verse_id":"MRK.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate this action is the result of Jesus’ compassion on the crowd in the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A34/3"}
{"id":37477,"verse_id":"MRK.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Or “a desert” (meaning a deserted or desolate area with sparse vegetation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":37478,"verse_id":"MRK.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.37","text":"Grk “answering, he said to them.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant, but the syntax of the sentence has been changed for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A37/1"}
{"id":37479,"verse_id":"MRK.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.37","text":"Here the pronoun ὑμεῖς ( Jumeis ) is used, making “you” in the translation emphatic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A37/2"}
{"id":37480,"verse_id":"MRK.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.41","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A41/1"}
{"id":37481,"verse_id":"MRK.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.41","text":"puts αὐτοῦ in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity. Grk “the disciples”; the Greek article has been translated here as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A41/2"}
{"id":37482,"verse_id":"MRK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.44","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate a somewhat parenthetical remark by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A44/1"}
{"id":37483,"verse_id":"MRK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.44","text":"The Greek word here is ἀνήρ , meaning “adult male” (BDAG 79 s.v. 1 ). According to Matt 14:21 , Jesus fed not only five thousand men, but also an unspecified number of women and children.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A44/2"}
{"id":37484,"verse_id":"MRK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.44","text":"28 565 700 2542 lat sa) lack τοὺς ἄρτους ( tous artous , lit. “the loaves” [here translated “the bread”]). On the other hand, just as weighty mss (A B L 33 2427 Ï ) have the words. Although a decision is not easy, the most satisfactory explanation seems to be that scribes were more prone to delete than to add the words here. They may have been puzzled as to why “the bread” should be mentioned without a corresponding mention of “fish.” Since neither Matt 14:21 or Luke 9:17 explicitly mention the bread, a desire for harmonization may have motivated the copyists as well. On the other hand, D and W are prone to longer, explanatory readings. Since they both lack the words here, it is likely that their archetypes also lacked the words. But given Mark’s pleonastic style, the good witnesses with “the bread,” and a reasonable explanation for the omission, “the bread” is most likely part of the original text of Mark.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A44/3"}
{"id":37485,"verse_id":"MRK.6.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A45/1"}
{"id":37486,"verse_id":"MRK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.48","text":"This verse is one complete sentence in the Greek text, but it has been broken into two sentences in English for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A48/1"}
{"id":37487,"verse_id":"MRK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.48","text":"Grk “about the fourth watch of the night,” between 3 a.m. and 6 a.m.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A48/2"}
{"id":37488,"verse_id":"MRK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.48","text":"Or “on the lake.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A48/3"}
{"id":37489,"verse_id":"MRK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.48","text":"The καί ( kai ) was translated so as to introduce a subordinate clause, i.e., with the use of “for.” See BDF §442.9.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A48/4"}
{"id":37490,"verse_id":"MRK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.49","text":"Grk “on the sea,” “on the lake.” The translation “water” has been used here for stylistic reasons (cf. the same phrase in v. 48 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A49/1"}
{"id":37491,"verse_id":"MRK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.49","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A49/2"}
{"id":37492,"verse_id":"MRK.6.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.50","text":"Grk “he spoke with them, and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A50/1"}
{"id":37493,"verse_id":"MRK.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.54","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A54/1"}
{"id":37494,"verse_id":"MRK.6.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.55","text":"Grk “wherever they heard he was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A55/1"}
{"id":37495,"verse_id":"MRK.6.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":6,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.56","text":"Grk “asked that they might touch.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%206%3A56/1"}
{"id":37496,"verse_id":"MRK.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":37497,"verse_id":"MRK.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “and some of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":37498,"verse_id":"MRK.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":37499,"verse_id":"MRK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “except they wash the hands with a fist,” a ceremonial washing (though the actual method is uncertain).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":37500,"verse_id":"MRK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"33 Ï latt) have the reading. Although normally the shorter reading is to be preferred, especially when it is backed by excellent witnesses as in this case, there are some good reasons to consider καὶ κλινῶν as authentic: (1) Although the addition of κλινῶν could be seen as motivated by a general assimilation to the purity regulations in (as some have argued), there are three problems with such a supposition: (a) the word κλίνη ( klinh ) does not occur in the LXX of ; (b) nowhere in is the furniture washed or sprinkled; and (c) the context of is about sexual impurity, while the most recent evidence suggests that κλίνη in Mark 7:4 , in keeping with the other terms used here, refers to a dining couch (cf. BDAG 549 s.v. κλίνη 2). Thus, it is difficult to see καὶ κλινῶν as a motivated reading. (2) κλίνη , though a relatively rare term in the NT, is in keeping with Markan usage (cf. Mark 4:21; 7:30 ). (3) The phrase could have been dropped accidentally, at least in some cases, via homoioteleuton. (4) The phrase may have been deliberately expunged by some scribes who thought the imagery of washing a dining couch quite odd. The longer reading, in this case, can thus be argued as the harder reading. On balance, even though a decision is difficult (especially because of the weighty external evidence for the shorter reading), it is preferable to retain καὶ κλινῶν in the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":37501,"verse_id":"MRK.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “eat bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":37502,"verse_id":"MRK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"The term “heart” is a collective singular in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":37503,"verse_id":"MRK.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “Having left the command.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":37504,"verse_id":"MRK.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"2427 co), lacked this material also strongly suggests that the longer reading is secondary.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":37505,"verse_id":"MRK.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"33 Ï co) or τηρῆτε ( thrhte ; B 2427), both translated “keep.” It is hard to know which reading is best: On the one hand, τηρήσητε / τηρῆτε has much stronger external support, but στήσητε is a more difficult reading. What makes “keep” suspect is that it appears in two different forms, suggesting independent alterations of a difficult reading. Further, scribes may have been influenced by the preceding “commandment of God” to change the text toward “keep” ( TCGNT 81), a common enough expression (cf. Matt 19:17 ; John 14:15 ; 1 Tim 6:1 ; 1 John 5:3 ; Rev 14:12 ). Thus, the more difficult reading is “set up.” Also, the more natural opposite of “reject” ( ἀθεῖτε [ aqeite ], literally “you set aside”) is “set up.” However, the Western reading may have been influenced by Exod 6:4 or Heb 10:9 , but this likelihood seems remote. Thus, “set up” is more likely to be the original wording of Mark here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":37506,"verse_id":"MRK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Grk “nullifying.” This participle shows the results of the Pharisees’ command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":37507,"verse_id":"MRK.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":37508,"verse_id":"MRK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":37509,"verse_id":"MRK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":37510,"verse_id":"MRK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “into the latrine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":37511,"verse_id":"MRK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":37512,"verse_id":"MRK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"33 2427 Ï lat), have here καὶ Σιδῶνος ( kai Sidwno\" , “and Sidon”). The Western text, as well as several other important mss (D L W Δ Θ 28 565 it), lack the words. Although the external evidence is on the side of inclusion, it is difficult to explain why scribes would omit the mention of Sidon. On the other hand, the parallels in v. 31 and Matt 15:21 would be sufficient motivation for scribes to add Sidon here. Furthermore, every other mention of Tyre in the Gospels is accompanied by Sidon, putting pressure on scribes to conform this text as well. The shorter reading therefore, though without compelling external evidence on its side, is strongly supported by internal evidence, rendering judgment on its authenticity fairly certain. For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":37513,"verse_id":"MRK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":37514,"verse_id":"MRK.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":37515,"verse_id":"MRK.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Or “lap dogs, house dogs,” as opposed to dogs on the street. The diminutive form originally referred to puppies or little dogs, then to house pets. In some Hellenistic uses κυνάριον ( kunarion ) simply means “dog.” sn The term dogs does not refer to wild dogs (scavenging animals roaming around the countryside) in this context, but to small dogs taken in as house pets. It is thus not a derogatory term per se, but is instead intended by Jesus to indicate the privileged position of the Jews (especially his disciples) as the initial recipients of Jesus’ ministry. The woman’s response of faith and her willingness to accept whatever Jesus would offer pleased him to such an extent that he granted her request. This is the only miracle mentioned in Mark that Jesus performed at a distance without ever having seen the afflicted person, or issuing some sort of audible command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":37516,"verse_id":"MRK.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":37517,"verse_id":"MRK.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A31/1"}
{"id":37518,"verse_id":"MRK.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A31/2"}
{"id":37519,"verse_id":"MRK.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.31","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A31/3"}
{"id":37520,"verse_id":"MRK.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.31","text":"For location see Map1-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A31/4"}
{"id":37521,"verse_id":"MRK.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.33","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A33/1"}
{"id":37522,"verse_id":"MRK.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.33","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the deaf man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A33/2"}
{"id":37523,"verse_id":"MRK.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":37524,"verse_id":"MRK.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the man who had been a deaf mute) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":37525,"verse_id":"MRK.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “but as much as he ordered them, these rather so much more proclaimed.” Greek tends to omit direct objects when they are clear from the context, but these usually need to be supplied for the modern English reader. Here what Jesus ordered has been clarified (“ordered them not to do this”), and the pronoun “it” has been supplied after “proclaimed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":37526,"verse_id":"MRK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":37527,"verse_id":"MRK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":37528,"verse_id":"MRK.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":37529,"verse_id":"MRK.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":37530,"verse_id":"MRK.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “They.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":37531,"verse_id":"MRK.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"The words “who ate” are not in the Greek text but have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":37532,"verse_id":"MRK.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “seeking from him.” The participle ζητοῦντες ( zhtountes ) shows the means by which the Pharisees argued with Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":37533,"verse_id":"MRK.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":37534,"verse_id":"MRK.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":37535,"verse_id":"MRK.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":37536,"verse_id":"MRK.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":37537,"verse_id":"MRK.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Grk “was giving them orders, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":37538,"verse_id":"MRK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Grk “And they were discussing with one another that they had no bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":37539,"verse_id":"MRK.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Or “becoming aware of it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":37540,"verse_id":"MRK.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Or “discussing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":37541,"verse_id":"MRK.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Grk “do you not hear?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":37542,"verse_id":"MRK.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"puts αὐτῷ in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":37543,"verse_id":"MRK.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to indicate the implied sequence in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":37544,"verse_id":"MRK.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":37545,"verse_id":"MRK.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Grk “to him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":37546,"verse_id":"MRK.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “village, and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":37547,"verse_id":"MRK.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “on him,” but the word πάλιν in v. 25 implies that Jesus touched the man’s eyes at this point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":37548,"verse_id":"MRK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"The verb ἀναβλέπω , though normally meaning “look up,” when used in conjunction with blindness means “regain sight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":37549,"verse_id":"MRK.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":37550,"verse_id":"MRK.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the blind man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":37551,"verse_id":"MRK.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.25","text":"Or “he looked intently”; or “he stared with eyes wide open” (BDAG 226 s.v. διαβλέπω 1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A25/3"}
{"id":37552,"verse_id":"MRK.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":37553,"verse_id":"MRK.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"28 565 2542 pc ) expand on this prohibition to read “Go to your house, and if you go into the village, do not tell anyone.” There are several other variants here as well. While these expansions are not part of Mark’s original text, they do accurately reflect the sense of Jesus’ prohibition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":37554,"verse_id":"MRK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Fpr location see Map1-C1 ; Map2-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":37555,"verse_id":"MRK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “he asked his disciples, saying to them.” The phrase λέγων αὐτοῖς ( legwn autois ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":37556,"verse_id":"MRK.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “And they said to him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":37557,"verse_id":"MRK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “Answering, Peter said to him.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “Peter answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":37558,"verse_id":"MRK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn The term χριστός ( cristos ) was originally an adjective (“anointed”), developing in LXX into a substantive (“an anointed one”), then developing still further into a technical generic term (“the anointed one”). In the intertestamental period it developed further into a technical term referring to the hoped-for anointed one, that is, a specific individual. In the NT the development starts there (technical-specific), is so used in the gospels, and then develops in Paul to mean virtually Jesus’ last name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":37559,"verse_id":"MRK.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to indicate the conclusion of the episode.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":37560,"verse_id":"MRK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":37561,"verse_id":"MRK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":37562,"verse_id":"MRK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.31","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A31/4"}
{"id":37563,"verse_id":"MRK.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate Peter’s rebuke is in response to Jesus’ teaching about the suffering of the Son of Man.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":37564,"verse_id":"MRK.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Grk “people’s.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":37565,"verse_id":"MRK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":37566,"verse_id":"MRK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":37567,"verse_id":"MRK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.34","text":"Grk “to follow after me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A34/3"}
{"id":37568,"verse_id":"MRK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.34","text":"This translation better expresses the force of the Greek third person imperative than the traditional “let him deny,” which could be understood as merely permissive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A34/4"}
{"id":37569,"verse_id":"MRK.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Or “soul” (throughout vv. 35-37 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":37570,"verse_id":"MRK.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Grk “a man,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here to refer to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":37571,"verse_id":"MRK.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.36","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%208%3A36/2"}
{"id":37572,"verse_id":"MRK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":37573,"verse_id":"MRK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The Greek negative here ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is the strongest possible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":37574,"verse_id":"MRK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"Grk “will not taste.” Here the Greek verb does not mean “sample a small amount” (as a typical English reader might infer from the word “taste”), but “experience something cognitively or emotionally; come to know something” (cf. BDAG 195 s.v. γεύομαι 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":37575,"verse_id":"MRK.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “And after six days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":37576,"verse_id":"MRK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":37577,"verse_id":"MRK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “And answering, Peter said to Jesus.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":37578,"verse_id":"MRK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “dwellings,” “booths” (referring to the temporary booths constructed in the celebration of the feast of Tabernacles). sn Peter apparently wanted to celebrate the feast of Tabernacles or Booths that looked forward to the end and wanted to treat Moses, Elijah, and Jesus as equals by making three shelters (one for each). It was actually a way of expressing honor to Jesus, but the next few verses make it clear that it was not enough honor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":37579,"verse_id":"MRK.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":37580,"verse_id":"MRK.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “And there came a cloud, surrounding them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":37581,"verse_id":"MRK.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “my beloved Son,” or “my Son, the beloved [one].” The force of ἀγαπητός ( agaphtos ) is often “pertaining to one who is the only one of his or her class, but at the same time is particularly loved and cherished” (L&N 58.53; cf. also BDAG 7 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":37582,"verse_id":"MRK.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":37583,"verse_id":"MRK.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “And they were asking him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":37584,"verse_id":"MRK.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Or “Why do the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":37585,"verse_id":"MRK.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “and scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":37586,"verse_id":"MRK.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk The participle προστρέχοντες ( prostrecontes ) has been translated as a finite verb to make the sequence of events clear in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":37587,"verse_id":"MRK.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":37588,"verse_id":"MRK.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"The words “to do so” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":37589,"verse_id":"MRK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “And answering, he said to them.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant, but the phrasing of the sentence was modified slightly to make it clearer in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":37590,"verse_id":"MRK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “O.” The marker of direct address, ὦ ( w ), is functionally equivalent to a vocative and is represented in the translation by “you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":37591,"verse_id":"MRK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “faithless.” sn The rebuke for lack of faith has OT roots: Num 14:27 ; Deut 32:5, 30 ; Isa 59:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A19/3"}
{"id":37592,"verse_id":"MRK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “how long.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A19/4"}
{"id":37593,"verse_id":"MRK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “put up with.” See Num 11:12 ; Isa 46:4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A19/5"}
{"id":37594,"verse_id":"MRK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":37595,"verse_id":"MRK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":37596,"verse_id":"MRK.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":37597,"verse_id":"MRK.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"] W). The reading that best explains the rise of the others is τὸ εἰ δύνῃ . The neuter article indicates that the Lord is now quoting the boy’s father who, in v. 22 , says εἴ τι δύνῃ ( ei ti dunh , “if you are able to do anything”). The article is thus used anaphorically (see ExSyn 238). However, scribes could easily have overlooked this idiom and would consequently read τὸ εἰ δύνῃ as the protasis of a conditional clause of the Lord’s statement. As such, it would almost demand the infinitive πιστεῦσαι , producing the reading τὸ εἰ δύνασαι πιστεῦσαι (“if you are able to believe, all things are possible…”). But the article here seems to be meaningless, prompting other scribes to modify the text still further. Some dropped the nonsensical article, while others turned it into the demonstrative τοῦτο and dropped the infinitive. It is clear that scribes had difficulty with the original wording here, and made adjustments in various directions. What might not be so clear is the exact genealogy of the descent of all the readings. However, τὸ εἰ δύνῃ is both a hard saying, best explains the rise of the other readings, and is supported by the best witnesses. It thus rightly deserves to be considered authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":37598,"verse_id":"MRK.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":37599,"verse_id":"MRK.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the boy) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":37600,"verse_id":"MRK.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":37601,"verse_id":"MRK.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"33 Ï lat co), have “and fasting” ( καὶ νηστείᾳ , kai nhsteia ) after “prayer” here. But this seems to be a motivated reading, due to the early church’s emphasis on fasting ( TCGNT 85; cf., e.g., 2 Clem . 16:4; Pol. Phil 7:2; Did . 1:3; 7:4). That the most important witnesses ( א * B), as well as a few others (0274 2427 k), lack καὶ νηστείᾳ , when a good reason for the omission is difficult to find, argues strongly for the shorter reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":37602,"verse_id":"MRK.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":37603,"verse_id":"MRK.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":37604,"verse_id":"MRK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is considered by some to be used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NRSV, “into human hands”; CEV, “to people”). However, because this can be taken as a specific reference to the group responsible for Jesus’ arrest, where it is unlikely women were present (cf. Matt 26:47-56 ; Mark 14:43-52 ; Luke 22:47-53 ; John 18:2-12 ), the word “men” has been retained in the translation. There may also be a slight wordplay with “the Son of Man” earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":37605,"verse_id":"MRK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":37606,"verse_id":"MRK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “They will kill him, and being killed, after…” The redundancy in the statement has been removed in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":37607,"verse_id":"MRK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":37608,"verse_id":"MRK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.33","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A33/2"}
{"id":37609,"verse_id":"MRK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A33/3"}
{"id":37610,"verse_id":"MRK.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"This verb, δέχομαι ( decomai ), is a term of hospitality (L&N 34.53).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":37611,"verse_id":"MRK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":37612,"verse_id":"MRK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “in [the] name that of Christ you are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A41/2"}
{"id":37613,"verse_id":"MRK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.41","text":"Or “bear the Messiah’s”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 8:29 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A41/3"}
{"id":37614,"verse_id":"MRK.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"Grk “the millstone of a donkey.” This refers to a large flat stone turned by a donkey in the process of grinding grain (BDAG 661 s.v. μύλος 2; L&N 7.68-69). The same term is used in the parallel account in Matt 18:6 . sn The punishment of drowning with a heavy weight attached is extremely gruesome and reflects Jesus’ views concerning those who cause others who believe in him to sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A42/1"}
{"id":37615,"verse_id":"MRK.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.43","text":"Grk “than having.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A43/1"}
{"id":37616,"verse_id":"MRK.9.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.45","text":"Grk “than having.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A45/1"}
{"id":37617,"verse_id":"MRK.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.47","text":"Grk “throw it out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A47/1"}
{"id":37618,"verse_id":"MRK.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.47","text":"Grk “than having.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%209%3A47/2"}
{"id":37619,"verse_id":"MRK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":37620,"verse_id":"MRK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":37621,"verse_id":"MRK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"28 565 579 1241 al ) read πέραν (simply “beyond”). It is difficult to decide between the Alexandrian and Western readings here, but since the parallel in Matt 19:1 omits καί the weight is slightly in favor of including it here; scribes may have omitted the word here to harmonize this passage to the Matthean passage. Because of the perceived geographical difficulties found in the earlier readings (omission of the word “and” would make it seem as though Judea is beyond the Jordan), the majority of the witnesses (A Ï ) read διὰ τοῦ πέραν ( dia tou peran , “through the other side”), perhaps trying to indicate the direction of Jesus’ travel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":37622,"verse_id":"MRK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity. The region referred to here is sometimes known as Transjordan (i.e., “across the Jordan”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":37623,"verse_id":"MRK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"In Greek this phrase occurs at the end of the sentence. It has been brought forward to conform to English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":37624,"verse_id":"MRK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"The personal pronoun “his” is not in the Greek text, but is certainly implied and has been supplied in the English translation to clarify the sense of the statement (cf. “his wife” in 10:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":37625,"verse_id":"MRK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.2","text":"The particle εἰ ( ei ) is often used to introduce both indirect and direct questions. Thus, another possible translation is to take this as an indirect question: “They asked him if it were lawful for a man to divorce his wife.” See BDF §440.3. sn The question of the Pharisees was anything but sincere; they were asking it to test him . Jesus was now in the jurisdiction of Herod Antipas (i.e., Judea and beyond the Jordan) and it is likely that the Pharisees were hoping he might answer the question of divorce in a way similar to John the Baptist and so suffer the same fate as John, i.e., death at the hands of Herod (cf. 6:17-19 ). Jesus answered the question not on the basis of rabbinic custom and the debate over Deut 24:1 , but rather from the account of creation and God’s original design.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A2/4"}
{"id":37626,"verse_id":"MRK.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “But answering, he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":37627,"verse_id":"MRK.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “to divorce.” The pronoun has been supplied in the translation for clarity. sn An allusion to Deut 24:1 . The Pharisees were all in agreement that the OT permitted a man to write a certificate of dismissal and divorce his wife (not vice-versa) and that remarriage was therefore sanctioned. But the two rabbinic schools of Shammai and Hillel differed on the grounds for divorce. Shammai was much stricter than Hillel and permitted divorce only in the case of sexual immorality. Hillel permitted divorce for almost any reason (cf. the Mishnah, m. Gittin 9.10).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":37628,"verse_id":"MRK.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “heart” (a collective singular).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":37629,"verse_id":"MRK.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Ï lat sy), while the most important witnesses, along with a few others, lack ὁ θεός ( א B C L Δ 579 2427 co). On the one hand, it is possible that the shorter reading is an assimilation to the wording of the LXX of Gen 1:27 b where ὁ θεός is lacking. However, since it is mentioned at the beginning of the verse ( Gen 1:27 a) with ἐποίησεν scribes may have been motivated to add it in Mark to make the subject clear. Further, confusion could easily arise in this dominical saying, because Moses was the previously mentioned subject (v. 5 ) and inattentive readers might regard him as the subject of ἐποίησεν in v. 6 . Thus, both on internal and external grounds, the most probable wording of the original text here lacked ὁ θεός .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":37630,"verse_id":"MRK.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"has the longer reading in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":37631,"verse_id":"MRK.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate that Jesus’ statement is in response to the disciples’ question (v. 10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":37632,"verse_id":"MRK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":37633,"verse_id":"MRK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “so that he would touch them.” Here the touch is connected with (or conveys) a blessing (cf. v. 16 ; also BDAG 126 s.v. ἅπτω 2.c).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":37634,"verse_id":"MRK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"] Ï lat sy), but it is probably a motivated reading. Since the subject is not explicit in the earliest and best witnesses as well as several others ( א B C L Δ Ψ 579 892 2427), scribes would be prone to add “those who brought them” here to clarify that the children were not the ones being scolded. It could be argued that the masculine pronoun αὐτοῖς ( autois , “them”) only rarely was used with the neuter antecedent παιδία ( paidia , “children”), and thus the longer reading was not motivated by scribal clarification. However, such rare usage is found in Mark (cf. 5:41; 9:24-26 ); further, scribes routinely added clarifications when such were not necessary. Thus, both on external and internal grounds, the shorter reading is strongly preferred. Similar motivations are behind the translation here, namely, “those who brought them” has been supplied to ensure that the parents who brought the children are in view, not the children themselves. Grk “the disciples scolded them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":37635,"verse_id":"MRK.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":37636,"verse_id":"MRK.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.15","text":"The negation in Greek ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is very strong here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A15/4"}
{"id":37637,"verse_id":"MRK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":37638,"verse_id":"MRK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn Mark 10:17-31 . The following unit, Mark 10:17-31 , can be divided up into three related sections: (1) the rich man’s question (vv. 17-22 ); (2) Jesus’ teaching on riches and the kingdom of God (vv. 23-27 ); and (3) Peter’s statement and Jesus’ answer (vv. 28-31 ). They are all tied together around the larger theme of the relationship of wealth to the kingdom Jesus had been preaching. The point is that it is impossible to attain to the kingdom by means of riches. The passage as a whole is found in the section 8:27-10:52 in which Mark has been focusing on Jesus’ suffering and true discipleship. In vv. 28-31 Jesus does not deny great rewards to those who follow him, both in the present age and in the age to come, but it must be thoroughly understood that suffering will be integral to the mission of the disciples and the church, for in the very next section ( 10:32-34 ) Jesus reaffirmed the truth about his coming rejection, suffering, death, and resurrection.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":37639,"verse_id":"MRK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the man who asked the question in v. 17 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":37640,"verse_id":"MRK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “kept.” The implication of this verb is that the man has obeyed the commandments without fail throughout his life, so the adverb “wholeheartedly” has been added to the translation to bring out this nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":37641,"verse_id":"MRK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “these things.” The referent of the pronoun (the laws mentioned by Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn While the rich man was probably being sincere when he insisted I have wholeheartedly obeyed all these laws , he had confined his righteousness to external obedience. The rich man’s response to Jesus’ command to give away all he had revealed that internally he loved money more than God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":37642,"verse_id":"MRK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":37643,"verse_id":"MRK.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man who asked the question in v. 17 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":37644,"verse_id":"MRK.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Grk “he had many possessions.” This term ( κτῆμα , kthma ) is often used for land as a possession.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":37645,"verse_id":"MRK.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":37646,"verse_id":"MRK.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Grk “But answering, Jesus again said to them.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":37647,"verse_id":"MRK.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"28 565 2427 Ï lat sy) have here “for those who trust in riches” ( τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ [ τοῖς ] χρήμασιν , tou\" pepoiqota\" epi [ toi\" ] crhmasin ); W has πλούσιον ( plousion ) later in the verse, producing the same general modification on the dominical saying (“how hard it is for the rich to enter…”). But such qualifications on the Lord’s otherwise harsh and absolute statements are natural scribal expansions, intended to soften the dictum. Further, the earliest and best witnesses, along with a few others ( א B Δ Ψ sa), lack any such qualifications. That W lacks the longer expansion and only has πλούσιον suggests that its archetype agreed with א B here; its voice should be heard with theirs. Thus, both on external and internal grounds, the shorter reading is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":37648,"verse_id":"MRK.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"28 579 pc ) read κάμιλον ( kamilon , “rope”) for κάμηλον ( kamhlon , “camel”), either through accidental misreading of the text or intentionally so as to soften Jesus’ words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":37649,"verse_id":"MRK.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Grk “But they were even more astonished, saying.” The participle λέγονες ( legontes ) has been translated here as a finite verb to emphasize the sequence of events: The disciples were astonished, then they spoke.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":37650,"verse_id":"MRK.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of thought.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":37651,"verse_id":"MRK.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"The plural Greek term ἄνθρωποις ( anqrwpois ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NASB 1995 update, “people”). Because of the contrast here between mere mortals and God (“impossible for men …all things are possible for God ”) the phrase “mere humans” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":37652,"verse_id":"MRK.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “We have left everything and followed you.” Koine Greek often used paratactic structure when hypotactic was implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":37653,"verse_id":"MRK.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":37654,"verse_id":"MRK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “this time” ( καιρός , kairos ), but for stylistic reasons this has been translated “this age” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":37655,"verse_id":"MRK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “with persecutions.” The “all” has been supplied to clarify that the prepositional phrase belongs not just to the “fields.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A30/2"}
{"id":37656,"verse_id":"MRK.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":37657,"verse_id":"MRK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Or “chief priests and scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":37658,"verse_id":"MRK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Traditionally, “scourge him” (the term means to beat severely with a whip, L&N 19.9). BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1.a states, “The ‘verberatio’ is denoted in the passion predictions and explicitly as action by non-Israelites Mt 20:19 ; Mk 10:34 ; Lk 18:33 ”; the verberatio was the beating given to those condemned to death in the Roman judicial system. Here the term μαστιγόω ( mastigow ) has been translated “flog…severely” to distinguish it from the term φραγελλόω ( fragellow ) used in Matt 27:26 ; Mark 15:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":37659,"verse_id":"MRK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A34/2"}
{"id":37660,"verse_id":"MRK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.34","text":"Ï sy), have “on the third day” ( τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ , th trith Jhmera ) instead of “after three days.” But not only does Mark nowhere else speak of the resurrection as occurring on the third day, the idiom he uses is a harder reading (cf. Mark 8:31; 9:31 , though in the latter text the later witnesses also have τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ). Further, τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ conforms to the usage that is almost universally used in Matthew and Luke, and is found in the parallels to this text ( Matt 20:19 ; Luke 18:33 ). Thus, scribes would be doubly motivated to change the wording. The most reliable witnesses, along with several other mss ( א B C D L Δ Ψ 579 892 2427 it co), have resisted this temptation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A34/3"}
{"id":37661,"verse_id":"MRK.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":37662,"verse_id":"MRK.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"Grk “baptism I am baptized with.” This same change has been made in v. 39 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":37663,"verse_id":"MRK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":37664,"verse_id":"MRK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “the ten.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A41/2"}
{"id":37665,"verse_id":"MRK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.41","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A41/3"}
{"id":37666,"verse_id":"MRK.10.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.44","text":"Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v. 1 ). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A44/1"}
{"id":37667,"verse_id":"MRK.10.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.46","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A46/1"}
{"id":37668,"verse_id":"MRK.10.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.46","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A46/2"}
{"id":37669,"verse_id":"MRK.10.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.47","text":"Grk “to shout and to say.” The infinitive λέγειν ( legein ) is redundant here and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A47/1"}
{"id":37670,"verse_id":"MRK.10.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.48","text":"Or “rebuked.” The crowd’s view was that surely Jesus would not be bothered with someone as unimportant as a blind beggar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A48/1"}
{"id":37671,"verse_id":"MRK.10.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.49","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A49/1"}
{"id":37672,"verse_id":"MRK.10.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.51","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A51/1"}
{"id":37673,"verse_id":"MRK.10.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.51","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said to him.” The participle ἀποκριθείς is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A51/2"}
{"id":37674,"verse_id":"MRK.10.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.51","text":"Or “Master”; Grk ῥαββουνί ( rabbouni ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A51/3"}
{"id":37675,"verse_id":"MRK.10.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.51","text":"Grk “that I may see [again].” The phrase can be rendered as an imperative of request, “Please, give me sight.” Since the man is not noted as having been blind from birth (as the man in was) it is likely the request is to receive back the sight he once had.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A51/4"}
{"id":37676,"verse_id":"MRK.10.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":10,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.52","text":"Or “received” (see the note on the phrase “let me see again” in v. 51 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2010%3A52/1"}
{"id":37677,"verse_id":"MRK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":37678,"verse_id":"MRK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":37679,"verse_id":"MRK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A1/5"}
{"id":37680,"verse_id":"MRK.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Grk “the village lying before you” (BDAG 530 s.v. κατέναντι 2.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":37681,"verse_id":"MRK.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Grk “a colt tied there on which no one of men has ever sat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":37682,"verse_id":"MRK.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":37683,"verse_id":"MRK.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the people mentioned in v. 5 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":37684,"verse_id":"MRK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":37685,"verse_id":"MRK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Grk “garments”; but this refers in context to their outer cloaks. The action is like 2 Kgs 9:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":37686,"verse_id":"MRK.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The expression ῾Ωσαννά ( Jwsanna , literally in Hebrew, “O Lord, save”) in the quotation from Ps 118:25-26 was probably by this time a familiar liturgical expression of praise, on the order of “Hail to the king,” although both the underlying Aramaic and Hebrew expressions meant “O Lord, save us.” The introductory ὡσαννά is followed by the words of Ps 118:25 , εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου ( euloghmeno\" Jo ercomeno\" en onomati kuriou ), although in the Fourth Gospel the author adds for good measure καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ ( kai Jo basileu\" tou Israhl ). In words familiar to every Jew, the author is indicating that at this point every messianic expectation is now at the point of realization. It is clear from the words of the psalm shouted by the crowd that Jesus is being proclaimed as messianic king. See E. Lohse, TDNT 9:682-84. sn Hosanna is an Aramaic expression that literally means, “help, I pray,” or “save, I pray.” By Jesus’ time it had become a strictly liturgical formula of praise, however, and was used as an exclamation of praise to God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":37687,"verse_id":"MRK.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to indicate the transition from the previous narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":37688,"verse_id":"MRK.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":37689,"verse_id":"MRK.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":37690,"verse_id":"MRK.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Grk “anything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":37691,"verse_id":"MRK.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Grk “And answering, he said to it.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":37692,"verse_id":"MRK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":37693,"verse_id":"MRK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":37694,"verse_id":"MRK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.15","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A15/3"}
{"id":37695,"verse_id":"MRK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.15","text":"Grk “the temple.” sn The merchants ( those who were selling ) would have been located in the Court of the Gentiles.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A15/4"}
{"id":37696,"verse_id":"MRK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.15","text":"Grk “the temple.” sn Matthew (21:12-27), Mark (here, 11:15-19 ), and Luke (19:45-46) record this incident of the temple cleansing at the end of Jesus’ ministry. John ( 2:13-16 ) records a cleansing of the temple at the beginning of Jesus’ ministry. See the note on the word temple courts in John 2:14 for a discussion of the relationship of these accounts to one another.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A15/5"}
{"id":37697,"verse_id":"MRK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Or “things.” The Greek word σκεῦος ( skeuos ) can refer to merchandise, property, goods, a vessel, or even generally “things” (but in the sense of some implement or tool). The idea here is almost certainly restricted to merchandise, rather than the more general “things,” although some suggest from the parallel with m. Berakhot 9.5 that Jesus was not even allowing sandals, staffs, or coin-purses to be carried through the court. The difficulty with this interpretation, however, is that it is fundamentally an appeal to Jewish oral tradition (something Jesus rarely sided with) as well as being indiscriminate toward all the worshipers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":37698,"verse_id":"MRK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":37699,"verse_id":"MRK.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"The imperfect ἐδίδασκεν ( edidasken ) is here taken ingressively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":37700,"verse_id":"MRK.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “a hideout” (see L&N 1.57).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":37701,"verse_id":"MRK.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “The chief priests and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":37702,"verse_id":"MRK.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “how they could destroy him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":37703,"verse_id":"MRK.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Jesus and his disciples) have been specified in the translation for clarity. Without such clarification there is room for considerable confusion here, since there are two prior sets of plural referents in the context, “the chief priests and experts in the law” and “the whole crowd” (both in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":37704,"verse_id":"MRK.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":37705,"verse_id":"MRK.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Although the Greek subjunctive mood, formally required in a subordinate clause introduced by ἵνα ( {ina ), is traditionally translated by an English subjunctive (e.g., “may,” so KJV, NAB, NIV, NRSV), changes in the use of the subjunctive in English now result in most readers understanding such a statement as indicating permission (“may” = “has permission to”) or as indicating uncertainty (“may” = “might” or “may or may not”). Thus a number of more recent translations render such instances by an English future tense (“will,” so TEV, CEV, NLT, NASB 1995 update). That approach has been followed here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":37706,"verse_id":"MRK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":37707,"verse_id":"MRK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":37708,"verse_id":"MRK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A27/3"}
{"id":37709,"verse_id":"MRK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “the chief priests, the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A27/4"}
{"id":37710,"verse_id":"MRK.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":37711,"verse_id":"MRK.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is probably used here (and in v. 32 ) in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NAB, NRSV, “of human origin”; TEV, “from human beings”; NLT, “merely human”). sn The question is whether John’s ministry was of divine or human origin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":37712,"verse_id":"MRK.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":37713,"verse_id":"MRK.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Grk “answering, they said to Jesus.” The participle ἀποκριθέντες ( apokriqentes ) is redundant, but the syntax of the phrase has been modified to conform to English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":37714,"verse_id":"MRK.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.33","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ . This is exactly the same phrase as in v. 28 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2011%3A33/5"}
{"id":37715,"verse_id":"MRK.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":37716,"verse_id":"MRK.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":37717,"verse_id":"MRK.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 10:44 . sn This slave (along with the others) represent the prophets God sent to the nation, who were mistreated and rejected.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":37718,"verse_id":"MRK.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “from the tenants,” but this is redundant in English, so the pronoun (“them”) was used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":37719,"verse_id":"MRK.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “from the fruits of the vineyard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":37720,"verse_id":"MRK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":37721,"verse_id":"MRK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Grk “But they”; the referent (the tenants, v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":37722,"verse_id":"MRK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Grk “seizing him, they beat and sent away empty-handed.” The referent of the direct object of “seizing” (the slave sent by the owner) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The objects of the verbs “beat” and “sent away” have been supplied in the translation to conform to English style. Greek often omits direct objects when they are clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":37723,"verse_id":"MRK.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the tenants’ mistreatment of the first slave.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":37724,"verse_id":"MRK.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “one beloved son.” See comment at Mark 1:11 . sn The owner’s decision to send his one dear son represents God sending Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":37725,"verse_id":"MRK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":37726,"verse_id":"MRK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “seizing him.” The participle λαβόντες ( labontes ) has been translated as attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":37727,"verse_id":"MRK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":37728,"verse_id":"MRK.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “capstone,” “keystone.” Although these meanings are lexically possible, the imagery in Eph 2:20-22 and 1 Cor 3:11 indicates that the term κεφαλὴ γωνίας ( kefalh gwnia\" ) refers to a cornerstone, not a capstone. sn The stone the builders rejected has become the cornerstone . The use of Ps 118:22-23 and the “stone imagery” as a reference to Christ and his suffering and exaltation is common in the NT (see also Matt 21:42 ; Luke 20:17 ; Acts 4:11 ; 1 Pet 2:6-8 ; cf. also Eph 2:20 ). The irony in the use of Ps 118:22-23 in Mark 12:10-11 is that in the OT, Israel was the one rejected (or perhaps her king) by the Gentiles, but in the NT it is Jesus who is rejected by Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":37729,"verse_id":"MRK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to introduce a somewhat parenthetical remark by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":37730,"verse_id":"MRK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":37731,"verse_id":"MRK.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":37732,"verse_id":"MRK.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.13","text":"Grk “trap him in word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A13/4"}
{"id":37733,"verse_id":"MRK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Grk “and it is not a concern to you about anyone because you do not see the face of men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":37734,"verse_id":"MRK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"Or “lawful,” that is, in accordance with God’s divine law. On the syntax of ἔξεστιν ( exestin ) with an infinitive and accusative, see BDF §409.3.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":37735,"verse_id":"MRK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.14","text":"According to L&N 57.180 the term κῆνσος ( khnso\" ) was borrowed from Latin and referred to a poll tax, a tax paid by each adult male to the Roman government. sn This question concerning taxes was specifically designed to trap Jesus. If he answered yes, then his opponents could publicly discredit him as a sympathizer with Rome. If he answered no, then they could go to the Roman governor and accuse Jesus of rebellion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A14/4"}
{"id":37736,"verse_id":"MRK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.14","text":"Or “the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A14/5"}
{"id":37737,"verse_id":"MRK.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “Aware of their hypocrisy he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":37738,"verse_id":"MRK.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Here the specific name of the coin was retained in the translation, because not all coins in circulation in Palestine at the time carried the image of Caesar. In other places δηνάριον ( dhnarion ) has been translated simply as “silver coin” with an explanatory note. sn A denarius was a silver coin stamped with the image of the emperor and worth approximately one day’s wage for a laborer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":37739,"verse_id":"MRK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate their response to Jesus’ request for a coin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":37740,"verse_id":"MRK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Or “whose likeness.” sn In this passage Jesus points to the image ( Grk εἰκών , eikwn ) of Caesar on the coin. This same Greek word is used in Gen 1:26 (LXX) to state that humanity is made in the “image” of God. Jesus is making a subtle yet powerful contrast: Caesar’s image is on the denarius, so he can lay claim to money through taxation, but God’s image is on humanity, so he can lay claim to each individual life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":37741,"verse_id":"MRK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “they said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":37742,"verse_id":"MRK.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “and asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":37743,"verse_id":"MRK.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “his brother”; but this would be redundant in English with the same phrase “his brother” at the end of the verse, so most modern translations render this phrase “the man” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":37744,"verse_id":"MRK.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"The use of ἵνα ( Jina ) with imperatival force is unusual (BDF §470.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":37745,"verse_id":"MRK.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “raise up seed” (an idiom for fathering children).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":37746,"verse_id":"MRK.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Grk “took a wife” (an idiom for marrying a woman).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":37747,"verse_id":"MRK.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":". The strong external pedigree of the shorter reading gives one pause. Nevertheless, the Alexandrian and other mss most likely dropped the words from the text either to conform the wording to the parallel in Matt 22:28 or because “when they rise again” was redundant. But the inclusion of these words is thoroughly compatible with Mark’s usually pleonastic style (see TCGNT 93), and therefore most probably authentic to Mark’s Gospel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":37748,"verse_id":"MRK.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “For the seven had her as wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A23/2"}
{"id":37749,"verse_id":"MRK.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “mistaken” (cf. BDAG 822 s.v. πλανάω 2.c. γ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":37750,"verse_id":"MRK.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"Grk “Now as for the dead that they are raised.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":37751,"verse_id":"MRK.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.26","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A26/3"}
{"id":37752,"verse_id":"MRK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":37753,"verse_id":"MRK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.28","text":"Or “One of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A28/2"}
{"id":37754,"verse_id":"MRK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A28/3"}
{"id":37755,"verse_id":"MRK.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Grk “You will love.” The future indicative is used here with imperatival force (see ExSyn 452 and 569).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":37756,"verse_id":"MRK.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"Or “that the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":37757,"verse_id":"MRK.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.35","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 8:29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A35/2"}
{"id":37758,"verse_id":"MRK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.37","text":"Grk “David himself calls him ‘Lord.’ So how is he his son?” The conditional nuance, implicit in Greek, has been made explicit in the translation (cf. Matt 22:45 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A37/1"}
{"id":37759,"verse_id":"MRK.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":37760,"verse_id":"MRK.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Or “for the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":37761,"verse_id":"MRK.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"In Greek this is the only infinitive in vv. 38-39 . It would be awkward in English to join an infinitive to the following noun clauses, so this has been translated as a gerund.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A38/3"}
{"id":37762,"verse_id":"MRK.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Grk “who,” continuing the sentence begun in v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A40/1"}
{"id":37763,"verse_id":"MRK.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.40","text":"Grk “houses,” “households”; however, the term can have the force of “property” or “possessions” as well (O. Michel, TDNT 5:131; BDAG 695 s.v. οἶκια 1.a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A40/2"}
{"id":37764,"verse_id":"MRK.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A41/1"}
{"id":37765,"verse_id":"MRK.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.41","text":"33 2542 Ï lat), have ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ( Jo Ihsou\" , “Jesus”) as the explicit subject here, while א B L Δ Ψ 892 2427 pc lack the name. A natural scribal tendency is to expand the text, especially to add the Lord’s name as the explicit subject of a verb. Scribes much less frequently omitted the Lord’s name (cf. the readings of W Θ 565 1424 in Mark 12:17 ). The internal and external evidence support one another here in behalf of the shorter reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A41/2"}
{"id":37766,"verse_id":"MRK.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.41","text":"On the term γαζοφυλάκιον ( gazofulakion ), often translated “treasury,” see BDAG 186 s.v., which states, “For Mk 12:41, 43 ; Lk 21:1 the mng. contribution box or receptacle is attractive. Acc. to Mishnah, Shekalim 6, 5 there were in the temple 13 such receptacles in the form of trumpets. But even in these passages the general sense of ‘treasury’ is prob., for the contributions would go [into] the treasury via the receptacles.” Based upon the extra-biblical evidence (see sn following), however, the translation opts to refer to the actual receptacles and not the treasury itself. sn The offering box probably refers to the receptacles in the temple forecourt by the Court of Women used to collect freewill offerings. These are mentioned by Josephus, J. W. 5.5.2 (5.200); 6.5.2 (6.282); Ant. 19.6.1 (19.294), and in 1 Macc 14:49 and 2 Macc 3:6, 24, 28, 40 (see also Luke 21:1 ; John 8:20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A41/3"}
{"id":37767,"verse_id":"MRK.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.43","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A43/1"}
{"id":37768,"verse_id":"MRK.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.43","text":"See the note on the term “offering box” in v. 41 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A43/2"}
{"id":37769,"verse_id":"MRK.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “out of what abounded to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2012%3A44/1"}
{"id":37770,"verse_id":"MRK.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":37771,"verse_id":"MRK.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":37772,"verse_id":"MRK.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “not one stone will be left here on another which will not be thrown down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":37773,"verse_id":"MRK.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":37774,"verse_id":"MRK.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “and James and John,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":37775,"verse_id":"MRK.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “Be on guard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":37776,"verse_id":"MRK.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"That is, “I am the Messiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":37777,"verse_id":"MRK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “it is not yet the end.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":37778,"verse_id":"MRK.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"For the translation “rise up in arms” see L&N 55.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":37779,"verse_id":"MRK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Grk “They will hand you over.” “They” is an indefinite plural, referring to people in general. The parallel in Matt 10:17 makes this explicit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":37780,"verse_id":"MRK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “in that hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":37781,"verse_id":"MRK.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “will rebel against.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":37782,"verse_id":"MRK.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Traditionally, “tribulation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":37783,"verse_id":"MRK.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Grk “the days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":37784,"verse_id":"MRK.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":37785,"verse_id":"MRK.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 8:29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":37786,"verse_id":"MRK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Or “false christs”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":37787,"verse_id":"MRK.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Traditionally, “tribulation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":37788,"verse_id":"MRK.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":37789,"verse_id":"MRK.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Or “of the sky”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":37790,"verse_id":"MRK.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"The verb γινώσκετε ( ginwskete , “know”) can be parsed as either present indicative or present imperative. In this context the imperative fits better, since the movement is from analogy (trees and seasons) to the future (the signs of the coming of the kingdom) and since the emphasis is on preparation for this event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":37791,"verse_id":"MRK.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":37792,"verse_id":"MRK.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Ï lat sy co) have καὶ προσεύχεσθε after ἀγρυπνεῖτε ( agrupneite kai proseucesqe , “stay alert and pray”). This may be a motivated reading, influenced by the similar command in Mark 14:38 where προσεύχεσθε is solidly attested, and more generally from the parallel in Luke 21:36 (though δέομαι [ deomai , “ask”] is used there). As B. M. Metzger notes, it is a predictable variant that scribes would have been likely to produce independently of each other ( TCGNT 95). The words are not found in B D 2427 a c {d} k. Although the external evidence for the shorter reading is slender, it probably better accounts for the longer reading than vice versa.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":37793,"verse_id":"MRK.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 10:44 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":37794,"verse_id":"MRK.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.34","text":"Grk “giving.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2013%3A34/2"}
{"id":37795,"verse_id":"MRK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “the chief priests and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":37796,"verse_id":"MRK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “were seeking how.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":37797,"verse_id":"MRK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":37798,"verse_id":"MRK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":37799,"verse_id":"MRK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":37800,"verse_id":"MRK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.3","text":"Μύρον ( muron ) was usually made of myrrh (from which the English word is derived) but here it is used in the sense of ointment or perfumed oil (L&N 6.205). The adjective πιστικῆς ( pistikh\" ) is difficult with regard to its exact meaning; some have taken it to derive from πίστις ( pistis ) and relate to the purity of the oil of nard. More probably it is something like a brand name, “pistic nard,” the exact significance of which has not been discovered. sn Nard or spikenard is a fragrant oil from the root and spike of the nard plant of northern India. This aromatic oil , if made of something like nard, would have been extremely expensive, costing up to a year’s pay for an average laborer.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A3/5"}
{"id":37801,"verse_id":"MRK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The word “expensive” is not in the Greek text but has been included to suggest a connection to the lengthy phrase “costly aromatic oil from pure nard” occurring earlier in v. 3 . The author of Mark shortened this long phrase to just one word in Greek when repeated here, and the phrase “expensive ointment” used in the translation is intended as an abbreviated paraphrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":37802,"verse_id":"MRK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":37803,"verse_id":"MRK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “three hundred denarii.” One denarius was the standard day’s wage, so the value exceeded what a laborer could earn in a year (taking in to account Sabbaths and feast days when no work was done).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":37804,"verse_id":"MRK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied (as the proceeds from the sale of the perfumed oil).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":37805,"verse_id":"MRK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A5/4"}
{"id":37806,"verse_id":"MRK.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"In the Greek text of this clause, “me” is in emphatic position (the first word in the clause). To convey some impression of the emphasis, an exclamation point is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":37807,"verse_id":"MRK.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":37808,"verse_id":"MRK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":37809,"verse_id":"MRK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “betray him to them”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":37810,"verse_id":"MRK.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":37811,"verse_id":"MRK.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A11/4"}
{"id":37812,"verse_id":"MRK.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":37813,"verse_id":"MRK.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"The words “the feast of” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":37814,"verse_id":"MRK.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A12/4"}
{"id":37815,"verse_id":"MRK.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the flow within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":37816,"verse_id":"MRK.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “and came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":37817,"verse_id":"MRK.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":37818,"verse_id":"MRK.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"The prepositional phrase “to the house” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":37819,"verse_id":"MRK.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “while they were reclined at the table.” sn 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table , but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":37820,"verse_id":"MRK.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":37821,"verse_id":"MRK.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.18","text":"Or “will hand me over”; Grk “one of you will betray me, the one who eats with me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A18/3"}
{"id":37822,"verse_id":"MRK.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “one who dips with me.” The phrase “his hand” has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":37823,"verse_id":"MRK.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Grk “this is my blood of the covenant that is poured out for many.” In order to avoid confusion about which is poured out, the translation supplies “blood” twice so that the following phrase clearly modifies “blood,” not “covenant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":37824,"verse_id":"MRK.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":37825,"verse_id":"MRK.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Grk “the produce” (“the produce of the vine” is a figurative expression for wine).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":37826,"verse_id":"MRK.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":37827,"verse_id":"MRK.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":37828,"verse_id":"MRK.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":37829,"verse_id":"MRK.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"Grk “said emphatically.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":37830,"verse_id":"MRK.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":37831,"verse_id":"MRK.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.32","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A32/2"}
{"id":37832,"verse_id":"MRK.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"Grk “and James,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":37833,"verse_id":"MRK.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"The word means “Father” in Aramaic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":37834,"verse_id":"MRK.14.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A37/1"}
{"id":37835,"verse_id":"MRK.14.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.40","text":"Grk “because their eyes were weighed down,” an idiom for becoming extremely or excessively sleepy (L&N 23.69).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A40/1"}
{"id":37836,"verse_id":"MRK.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.41","text":"Or “Sleep on, and get your rest.” This sentence can be taken either as a question or a sarcastic command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A41/1"}
{"id":37837,"verse_id":"MRK.14.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.41","text":"565 2542 pc it) reads, “Enough of that! It is the end and the hour has come.” Evidently, this addition highlights Jesus’ assertion that what he had predicted about his own death was now coming true (cf. Luke 22:37 ). Even though the addition highlights the accuracy of Jesus’ prediction, it should not be regarded as part of the text of Mark, since it receives little support from the rest of the witnesses and because D especially is prone to expand the wording of a text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A41/2"}
{"id":37838,"verse_id":"MRK.14.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.42","text":"Grk “the one who betrays me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A42/1"}
{"id":37839,"verse_id":"MRK.14.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.43","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A43/1"}
{"id":37840,"verse_id":"MRK.14.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.43","text":"Or “approached.” This is a different verb than the one translated “arrived” in Matt 26:47 and below in v. 45 , although in this context the meanings probably overlap.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A43/2"}
{"id":37841,"verse_id":"MRK.14.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.43","text":"Or “from the chief priests, scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A43/3"}
{"id":37842,"verse_id":"MRK.14.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.44","text":"Grk “the one who betrays him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A44/1"}
{"id":37843,"verse_id":"MRK.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A45/1"}
{"id":37844,"verse_id":"MRK.14.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.45","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A45/2"}
{"id":37845,"verse_id":"MRK.14.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.46","text":"Grk “put their hands on him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A46/1"}
{"id":37846,"verse_id":"MRK.14.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.47","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 10:44 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A47/1"}
{"id":37847,"verse_id":"MRK.14.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.48","text":"Or “a revolutionary.” This term can refer to one who stirs up rebellion: BDAG 594 s.v. λῃστής 2 has “ revolutionary, insurrectionist ,” citing evidence from Josephus ( J. W. 2.13.2-3 [2.253-254]). However, this usage generally postdates Jesus’ time. It does refer to a figure of violence. Luke uses the same term for the highwaymen who attack the traveler in the parable of the good Samaritan ( Luke 10:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A48/1"}
{"id":37848,"verse_id":"MRK.14.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.49","text":"Grk “and”; καί ( kai ) is elastic enough to be used contrastively on occasion, as here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A49/1"}
{"id":37849,"verse_id":"MRK.14.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.49","text":"Grk “But so that”; the verb “has happened” is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A49/2"}
{"id":37850,"verse_id":"MRK.14.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.50","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A50/1"}
{"id":37851,"verse_id":"MRK.14.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.50","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (Jesus’ disciples) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A50/2"}
{"id":37852,"verse_id":"MRK.14.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.53","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A53/1"}
{"id":37853,"verse_id":"MRK.14.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.53","text":"Or “and scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A53/2"}
{"id":37854,"verse_id":"MRK.14.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.54","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A54/1"}
{"id":37855,"verse_id":"MRK.14.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.57","text":"Grk “Some standing up gave false testimony against him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A57/1"}
{"id":37856,"verse_id":"MRK.14.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.60","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A60/1"}
{"id":37857,"verse_id":"MRK.14.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.60","text":"Grk “in the middle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A60/2"}
{"id":37858,"verse_id":"MRK.14.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.61","text":"Grk “questioned him and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A61/1"}
{"id":37859,"verse_id":"MRK.14.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.61","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 8:29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A61/2"}
{"id":37860,"verse_id":"MRK.14.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.64","text":"Grk “What do you think?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A64/1"}
{"id":37861,"verse_id":"MRK.14.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.65","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A65/1"}
{"id":37862,"verse_id":"MRK.14.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.65","text":"For the translation of ῥάπισμα ( rJapisma ), see L&N 19.4.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A65/2"}
{"id":37863,"verse_id":"MRK.14.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.66","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A66/1"}
{"id":37864,"verse_id":"MRK.14.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.66","text":"The Greek term here is παιδίσκη ( paidiskh ), referring to a slave girl or slave woman.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A66/2"}
{"id":37865,"verse_id":"MRK.14.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":68,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.68","text":"Grk “he denied it, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A68/1"}
{"id":37866,"verse_id":"MRK.14.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":68,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.68","text":"Grk “I do not know or understand what you are saying.” In the translation this is taken as a hendiadys (a figure of speech where two terms express a single meaning, usually for emphatic reasons).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A68/2"}
{"id":37867,"verse_id":"MRK.14.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":68,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.68","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A68/3"}
{"id":37868,"verse_id":"MRK.14.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":68,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.68","text":"33 [1424] Ï lat). The omission could have been intentional on the part of some Alexandrian scribes who wished to bring this text in line with the other Gospel accounts that only mention a rooster crowing once ( Matt 26:74 ; Luke 22:60 ; John 18:27 ). The insertion could be an attempt to make the fulfillment of Jesus’ prophecy in 14:30 more explicit. Internally, the words “and a rooster crowed” fit Mark’s Gospel here, not only in view of 14:30 , “before a rooster crows twice,” but also in view of the mention of “a second time” in 14:71 (a reading which is much more textually secure). Nevertheless, a decision is difficult. A real rooster crowing is probably in view here (rather than the Roman trumpet call known as gallicinium ), in part due to the fact that Mark mentions the rooster crowing twice. See the discussion at Matt 26:74 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A68/4"}
{"id":37869,"verse_id":"MRK.14.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.70","text":"Grk “Truly you are.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A70/1"}
{"id":37870,"verse_id":"MRK.14.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":72,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.72","text":"This occurrence of the word ἀλέκτωρ ( alektwr , “rooster”) is anarthrous and consequently may not point back explicitly to the rooster which had crowed previously in v. 68 . The reason for the anarthrous construction is most likely to indicate generically that some rooster crowed. Further, the translation of ἀλέκτωρ as an indefinite noun retains the subtlety of the Greek in only hinting at the Lord’s prediction v. 30 . See also NAB, TEV, NASB.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A72/1"}
{"id":37871,"verse_id":"MRK.14.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":72,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.72","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A72/2"}
{"id":37872,"verse_id":"MRK.14.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":14,"verse":72,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.72","text":"Grk “he wept deeply.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2014%3A72/3"}
{"id":37873,"verse_id":"MRK.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":37874,"verse_id":"MRK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":37875,"verse_id":"MRK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “answering, he said to him.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant, but the syntax of the phrase has been modified for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":37876,"verse_id":"MRK.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":37877,"verse_id":"MRK.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “Pilate asked him again, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":37878,"verse_id":"MRK.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The custom of Pilate to release one prisoner to them is unknown outside the gospels in Jewish writings, but it was a Roman custom at the time and thus probably used in Palestine as well (cf. Matt 27:15 ; John 18:39 ); see W. W. Wessel, “Mark,” EBC 8:773-74.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":37879,"verse_id":"MRK.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “Coming up the crowd began to ask [him to do] as he was doing for them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":37880,"verse_id":"MRK.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Grk “Pilate answered them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":37881,"verse_id":"MRK.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Grk “to have him release for them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":37882,"verse_id":"MRK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “answering, Pilate spoke to them again.” The participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqeis ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":37883,"verse_id":"MRK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"33 892 2427 pc ), lack θέλετε ( qelete , “you want”), turning the question into the more abrupt “what should I do?” Although the witnesses for the longer reading are not as significant (A D Θ 0250 Ï latt sy), the reading without θέλετε conforms to Matt 27:22 and thus is suspected of being a scribal emendation. The known scribal tendency to assimilate one synoptic passage to another parallel, coupled with the lack of such assimilation in mss that are otherwise known to do this most frequently (the Western and Byzantine texts), suggests that θέλετε is authentic. Further, Mark’s known style of being generally more verbose and redundant than Matthew’s argues that θέλετε is authentic here. That this is the longer reading, however, and that a good variety of witnesses omit the word, gives one pause. Perhaps the wording without θέλετε would have been perceived as having greater homiletical value, motivating scribes to move in this direction. A decision is difficult, but on the whole internal evidence leads toward regarding θέλετε as authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":37884,"verse_id":"MRK.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":37885,"verse_id":"MRK.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"The Greek term φραγελλόω ( fragellow ) refers to flogging. BDAG 1064 s.v. states, “ flog, scourge, a punishment inflicted on slaves and provincials after a sentence of death had been pronounced on them. So in the case of Jesus before the crucifixion… Mt 27:26 ; Mk 15:15 .” sn A Roman flogging (traditionally, “scourging”) was an excruciating punishment. The victim was stripped of his clothes and bound to a post with his hands fastened above him (or sometimes he was thrown to the ground). Guards standing on either side of the victim would incessantly beat him with a whip ( flagellum ) made out of leather with pieces of lead and bone inserted into its ends. While the Jews only allowed 39 lashes, the Romans had no such limit; many people who received such a beating died as a result. See C. Schneider, TDNT , 4:515-19.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":37886,"verse_id":"MRK.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Or “delivered him up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":37887,"verse_id":"MRK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “So” to indicate that the soldiers’ action is in response to Pilate’s condemnation of the prisoner in v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":37888,"verse_id":"MRK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “(that is, the praetorium).” sn The governor’s residence ( Grk “praetorium”) was the Roman governor’s official residence. The one in Jerusalem may have been Herod’s palace in the western part of the city, or the fortress Antonia northwest of the temple area.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":37889,"verse_id":"MRK.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Or “weaving.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":37890,"verse_id":"MRK.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Or “Long live the King of the Jews!” sn The statement Hail, King of the Jews! is a mockery patterned after the Romans’ cry of Ave, Caesar (“Hail, Caesar!”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":37891,"verse_id":"MRK.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"The verb here has been translated as an iterative imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":37892,"verse_id":"MRK.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “a reed.” The Greek term can mean either “staff” or “reed.” See BDAG 502 s.v. κάλαμος 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":37893,"verse_id":"MRK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"The aorist tense is taken consummatively here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":37894,"verse_id":"MRK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":37895,"verse_id":"MRK.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Grk “They”; the referent (the soldiers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":37896,"verse_id":"MRK.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “conscripted”; or “pressed into service.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":37897,"verse_id":"MRK.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.21","text":"Or perhaps, “was coming in from his field” outside the city (BDAG 15-16 s.v. ἀγρός 1).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A21/4"}
{"id":37898,"verse_id":"MRK.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":37899,"verse_id":"MRK.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “a place, Golgotha.” This is an Aramaic name; see John 19:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A22/2"}
{"id":37900,"verse_id":"MRK.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":37901,"verse_id":"MRK.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “by throwing the lot” (probably by using marked pebbles or broken pieces of pottery). A modern equivalent, “throwing dice,” was chosen here because of its association with gambling. According to L&N 6.219 a term for “dice” is particularly appropriate. sn An allusion to Ps 22:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A24/3"}
{"id":37902,"verse_id":"MRK.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"Grk “It was the third hour.” This time would have been approximate, and could refer to the beginning of the process, some time before Jesus was lifted on the cross.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":37903,"verse_id":"MRK.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Or “with the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 1:22 . Only “chief priests” is in the nominative case; this sentence structure attempts to capture this emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":37904,"verse_id":"MRK.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"Grk “Mocking him, the chief priests…said among themselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":37905,"verse_id":"MRK.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 8:29 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":37906,"verse_id":"MRK.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":37907,"verse_id":"MRK.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.33","text":"Grk “When the sixth hour had come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A33/2"}
{"id":37908,"verse_id":"MRK.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.33","text":"Grk “until the ninth hour.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A33/4"}
{"id":37909,"verse_id":"MRK.15.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.34","text":"The repetition of the phrase “three o’clock” preserves the author’s rougher, less elegant style (cf. Matt 27:45-46 ; Luke 23:44 ). Although such stylistic matters are frequently handled differently in the translation, because the issue of synoptic literary dependence is involved here, it was considered important to reflect some of the stylistic differences among the synoptics in the translation, so that the English reader can be aware of them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A34/1"}
{"id":37910,"verse_id":"MRK.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.36","text":"Grk “a reed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A36/2"}
{"id":37911,"verse_id":"MRK.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.38","text":"The referent of this term, καταπέτασμα ( katapetasma ), is not entirely clear. It could refer to the curtain separating the holy of holies from the holy place (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.5 [5.219]), or it could refer to one at the entrance of the temple court (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.4 [5.212]). Many argue that the inner curtain is meant because another term, κάλυμμα ( kalumma ), is also used for the outer curtain. Others see a reference to the outer curtain as more likely because of the public nature of this sign. Either way, the symbolism means that access to God has been opened up. It also pictures a judgment that includes the sacrifices.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A38/1"}
{"id":37912,"verse_id":"MRK.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.39","text":"Grk “the way he breathed his last”; or “the way he expired”; or “that he thus breathed no more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A39/2"}
{"id":37913,"verse_id":"MRK.15.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.41","text":"Grk “and ministered to him.” sn Cf. Luke 8:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A41/1"}
{"id":37914,"verse_id":"MRK.15.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.41","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A41/2"}
{"id":37915,"verse_id":"MRK.15.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.42","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic and introduction of a new character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A42/1"}
{"id":37916,"verse_id":"MRK.15.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.43","text":"Grk “a councillor” (as a member of the Sanhedrin, see L&N 11.85). This indicates that some individuals among the leaders did respond to Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A43/1"}
{"id":37917,"verse_id":"MRK.15.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.43","text":"Or “waiting for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A43/2"}
{"id":37918,"verse_id":"MRK.15.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.44","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A44/1"}
{"id":37919,"verse_id":"MRK.15.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Pilate) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A45/1"}
{"id":37920,"verse_id":"MRK.15.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.46","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Joseph of Arimathea) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A46/1"}
{"id":37921,"verse_id":"MRK.15.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.46","text":"The term σινδών ( sindwn ) can refer to a linen cloth used either for clothing or for burial.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A46/2"}
{"id":37922,"verse_id":"MRK.15.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.46","text":"That is, cut or carved into an outcropping of natural rock, resulting in a cave-like structure (see L&N 19.25).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A46/3"}
{"id":37923,"verse_id":"MRK.15.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.46","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A46/4"}
{"id":37924,"verse_id":"MRK.15.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":46,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.46","text":"Or “to the door,” “against the door.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A46/5"}
{"id":37925,"verse_id":"MRK.15.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":15,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.47","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (Jesus’ body) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2015%3A47/1"}
{"id":37926,"verse_id":"MRK.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"On this term see BDAG 140 s.v. ἄρωμα . The Jews did not practice embalming, so these materials were used to cover the stench of decay and slow decomposition. sn Spices were used not to preserve the body, but as an act of love, and to mask the growing stench of a corpse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":37927,"verse_id":"MRK.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":37928,"verse_id":"MRK.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":37929,"verse_id":"MRK.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"The verb here is passive ( ἠγέρθη , hgerqh ). This “divine passive” (see ExSyn 437-38) points to the fact that Jesus was raised by God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":37930,"verse_id":"MRK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":37931,"verse_id":"MRK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “they began to have trembling and bewilderment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":37932,"verse_id":"MRK.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “tongues,” though the word is used figuratively (perhaps as a metonymy of cause for effect). To “speak in tongues” meant to “speak in a foreign language,” though one that was new to the one speaking it and therefore due to supernatural causes. For a discussion concerning whether such was a human language, heavenly language, or merely ecstatic utterance, see BDAG 201-2 s.v. γλῶσσα 2, 3; BDAG 399 s.v. ἕτερος 2; L&N 33.2-4; ExSyn 698; C. M. Robeck Jr., “Tongues,” DPL , 939-43.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":37933,"verse_id":"MRK.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"MRK","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"For further comment on the nature of this statement, whether it is a promise or prediction, see ExSyn 403-6.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Mark%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":37934,"verse_id":"LUK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Since” or “Because.” This begins a long sentence that extends through v. 4 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, the Greek sentence has been divided up into shorter English sentences in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":37935,"verse_id":"LUK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"This is sometimes translated “narrative,” but the term itself can refer to an oral or written account. It is the verb “undertaken” which suggests a written account, since it literally is “to set one’s hand” to something (BDAG 386 s.v. ἐπιχειρέω ). “Narrative” is too specific, denoting a particular genre of work for the accounts that existed in the earlier tradition. Not all of that material would have been narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":37936,"verse_id":"LUK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “events.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":37937,"verse_id":"LUK.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “have been accomplished.” Given Luke’s emphasis on divine design (e.g., Luke 24:43-47 ) a stronger sense (“fulfilled”) is better than a mere reference to something having taken place (“accomplished”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":37938,"verse_id":"LUK.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “even as”; this compares the recorded tradition of 1:1 with the original eyewitness tradition of 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":37939,"verse_id":"LUK.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":37940,"verse_id":"LUK.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “like the accounts those who from the beginning were eyewitnesses and servants of the word passed on to us.” The location of “in the beginning” in the Greek shows that the tradition is rooted in those who were with Jesus from the start.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":37941,"verse_id":"LUK.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The conjunction “so” is supplied here to bring out the force of the latter part of this Greek sentence, which the translation divides up because of English style. Luke, in compiling his account, is joining a tradition with good precedent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":37942,"verse_id":"LUK.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “having followed”; the participle παρηκολουθηκότι ( parhkolouqhkoti ) has been translated causally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":37943,"verse_id":"LUK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “know the truth about”; or “know the certainty of.” The issue of the context is psychological confidence; Luke’s work is trying to encourage Theophilus. So in English this is better translated as “know for certain” than “know certainty” or “know the truth,” which sounds too cognitive. “Certain” assumes the truth of the report. On this term, see Acts 2:36; 21:34; 22:30; and 25:26 . The meaning “have assurance concerning” is also possible here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":37944,"verse_id":"LUK.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “you heard about.” This term can refer merely to a report of information ( Acts 21:24 ) or to instruction ( Acts 18:25 ). The scope of Luke’s Gospel as a whole, which calls for perseverance in the faith and which assumes much knowledge of the OT, suggests Theophilus had received some instruction and was probably a believer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":37945,"verse_id":"LUK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “It happened that in the days.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":37946,"verse_id":"LUK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “of”; but the meaning of the preposition ἐκ ( ek ) is more accurately expressed in contemporary English by the relative clause “who belonged to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":37947,"verse_id":"LUK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “and her name was Elizabeth.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":37948,"verse_id":"LUK.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “a wife of the daughters of Aaron.” sn It was not unusual for a priest to have a wife from a priestly family ( a descendant of Aaron ); this was regarded as a special blessing.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":37949,"verse_id":"LUK.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “And they.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":37950,"verse_id":"LUK.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “walking in” (an idiom for one’s lifestyle). sn The description of Zechariah and Elizabeth as following… blamelessly was not to say that they were sinless, but that they were faithful and pious. Thus a practical righteousness is meant here ( Gen 6:8 ; Deut 28:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":37951,"verse_id":"LUK.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"The predicate adjective has the effect of an adverb here (BDF §243).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":37952,"verse_id":"LUK.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “were both advanced in days” (an idiom for old age).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":37953,"verse_id":"LUK.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “Now it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":37954,"verse_id":"LUK.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Zechariah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":37955,"verse_id":"LUK.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “serving as priest in the order of his division before God.” sn Zechariah’s division would be on duty twice a year for a week at a time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":37956,"verse_id":"LUK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “according to the custom of the priesthood it fell to him by lot.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation to make it clear that the prepositional phrase κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἱερατείας ( kata to eqo\" th\" Jierateia\" , “according to the custom of the priesthood”) modifies the phrase “it fell to him by lot” rather than the preceding clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":37957,"verse_id":"LUK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"This is an aorist participle and is temporally related to the offering of incense, not to when the lot fell.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":37958,"verse_id":"LUK.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “temple.” Such sacrifices, which included the burning of incense, would have occurred in the holy place according to the Mishnah ( m. Tamid 1.2; 3.1; 5-7). A priest would have given this sacrifice, which was offered for the nation, once in one’s career. It would be offered either at 9 a.m. or 3 p.m., since it was made twice a day.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":37959,"verse_id":"LUK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “And,” but “now” better represents the somewhat parenthetical nature of this statement in the flow of the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":37960,"verse_id":"LUK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “all the multitude.” While “assembly” is sometimes used here to translate πλῆθος ( plhqo\" ), that term usually implies in English a specific or particular group of people. However, this was simply a large group gathered outside, which was not unusual, especially for the afternoon offering.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":37961,"verse_id":"LUK.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The “hour of the incense offering” is another way to refer to the time of sacrifice.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":37962,"verse_id":"LUK.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “And an angel.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, δέ ( de ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":37963,"verse_id":"LUK.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” Linguistically, “angel of the Lord” is the same in both testaments (and thus, he is either “an angel of the Lord” or “the angel of the Lord” in both testaments). For arguments and implications, see ExSyn 252; M. J. Davidson, “Angels,” DJG , 9; W. G. MacDonald argues for “an angel” in both testaments: “Christology and ‘The Angel of the Lord’,” Current Issues in Biblical and Patristic Interpretation , 324-35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":37964,"verse_id":"LUK.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"The words “the angel” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":37965,"verse_id":"LUK.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “and he was afraid”; Grk “fear fell upon him.” Fear is common when supernatural agents appear ( 1:29-30, 65; 2:9; 5:8-10; 9:34; 24:38 ; Exod 15:16 ; Judg 6:22-23; 13:6, 22 ; 2 Sam 6:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":37966,"verse_id":"LUK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The passive means that the prayer was heard by God. sn Your prayer has been heard. Zechariah’s prayer while offering the sacrifice would have been for the nation, but the answer to the prayer also gave them a long hoped-for child, a hope they had abandoned because of their old age.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":37967,"verse_id":"LUK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “a son, and you”; καί ( kai ) has not been translated. Instead a semicolon is used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":37968,"verse_id":"LUK.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “you will call his name John.” The future tense here functions like a command (see ExSyn 569-70). This same construction occurs in v. 31 . sn “ Do not be afraid…you must call his name John. ” This is a standard birth announcement (see Gen 16:11 ; Isa 7:14 ; Matt 1:21 ; Luke 1:31 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":37969,"verse_id":"LUK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “This will be joy and gladness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":37970,"verse_id":"LUK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “because of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":37971,"verse_id":"LUK.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"“At his birth” is more precise as the grammatical subject ( 1:58 ), though “at his coming” is a possible force, since it is his mission, as the following verses note, that will really bring joy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":37972,"verse_id":"LUK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “before.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":37973,"verse_id":"LUK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “and he”; because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":37974,"verse_id":"LUK.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “even from his mother’s womb.” While this idiom may be understood to refer to the point of birth (“even from his birth”), Luke 1:41 suggests that here it should be understood to refer to a time before birth. sn He will be filled with the Holy Spirit, even before his birth. This is the language of the birth of a prophet ( Judg 13:5, 7 ; Isa 49:1 ; Jer 1:5 ; Sir 49:7); see 1:41 for the first fulfillment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":37975,"verse_id":"LUK.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":37976,"verse_id":"LUK.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “sons”; but clearly this is a generic reference to people of both genders.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":37977,"verse_id":"LUK.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “before him”; the referent (the Lord) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":37978,"verse_id":"LUK.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “And Zechariah.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":37979,"verse_id":"LUK.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “How will I know this?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":37980,"verse_id":"LUK.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “is advanced in days” (an idiom for old age).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":37981,"verse_id":"LUK.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":37982,"verse_id":"LUK.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “the one who is standing before God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":37983,"verse_id":"LUK.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “to announce these things of good news to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":37984,"verse_id":"LUK.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":37985,"verse_id":"LUK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":37986,"verse_id":"LUK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"The imperfect verb ἐθαύμαζον ( eqaumazon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":37987,"verse_id":"LUK.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “temple.” See the note on the phrase “the holy place” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":37988,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":37989,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “and they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":37990,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"That is, “he had had a supernatural encounter in the holy place,” since the angel came to Zechariah by the altar. This was not just a “mental experience.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":37991,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “temple.” See the note on the phrase “the holy place” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/4"}
{"id":37992,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “and,” but the force is causal or explanatory in context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/5"}
{"id":37993,"verse_id":"LUK.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “dumb,” but this could be understood to mean “stupid” in contemporary English, whereas the point is that he was speechless.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A22/6"}
{"id":37994,"verse_id":"LUK.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “And it happened that as the days of his service were ended.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":37995,"verse_id":"LUK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “After these days.” The phrase refers to a general, unspecified period of time that passes before fulfillment comes.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":37996,"verse_id":"LUK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"Or “Elizabeth conceived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":37997,"verse_id":"LUK.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “she kept herself in seclusion, saying.” The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A24/4"}
{"id":37998,"verse_id":"LUK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “Thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":37999,"verse_id":"LUK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “in the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":38000,"verse_id":"LUK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “has looked on me” (an idiom for taking favorable notice of someone).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A25/3"}
{"id":38001,"verse_id":"LUK.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “among men”; but the context clearly indicates a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A25/5"}
{"id":38002,"verse_id":"LUK.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “in the sixth month.” The phrase “of Elizabeth’s pregnancy” was supplied in the translation to clarify the exact time meant by this reference. That Elizabeth’s pregnancy is meant is clear from vv. 24-25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":38003,"verse_id":"LUK.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"Or “from.” The account suggests God’s planned direction in these events, so “by” is better than “from,” as six months into Elizabeth’s pregnancy, God acts again.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A26/3"}
{"id":38004,"verse_id":"LUK.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Or “promised in marriage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":38005,"verse_id":"LUK.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “Joseph, of the house of David.” sn The Greek word order here favors connecting Davidic descent to Joseph, not Mary, in this remark.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":38006,"verse_id":"LUK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “And coming to her.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":38007,"verse_id":"LUK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “And coming to her, he said”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":38008,"verse_id":"LUK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “coming to her, he said.” The participle εἰσελθών ( eiselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":38009,"verse_id":"LUK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.28","text":"The address, “favored one” (a perfect participle, Grk “Oh one who is favored”) points to Mary as the recipient of God’s grace, not a bestower of it. She is a model saint in this passage, one who willingly receives God’s benefits. The Vulgate rendering “full of grace” suggests something more of Mary as a bestower of grace, but does not make sense here contextually.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A28/4"}
{"id":38010,"verse_id":"LUK.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.28","text":"565 579 700 1241 pc co), is thus preferred.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A28/5"}
{"id":38011,"verse_id":"LUK.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"565 579 1241 sa) and on balance should probably be considered authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":38012,"verse_id":"LUK.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “to wonder what kind of greeting this might be.” Luke often uses the optative this way to reveal a figure’s thinking ( 3:15; 8:9; 18:36; 22:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A29/3"}
{"id":38013,"verse_id":"LUK.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Gabriel’s statement is a response to Mary’s perplexity over the greeting.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":38014,"verse_id":"LUK.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.30","text":"Or “grace.” sn The expression found favor is a Semitism, common in the OT ( Gen 6:8; 18:3; 43:14 ; 2 Sam 15:25 ). God has chosen to act on this person’s behalf.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A30/3"}
{"id":38015,"verse_id":"LUK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Grk “And behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":38016,"verse_id":"LUK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.31","text":"Grk “you will conceive in your womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A31/2"}
{"id":38017,"verse_id":"LUK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.31","text":"Or “and bear.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A31/3"}
{"id":38018,"verse_id":"LUK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.31","text":"Grk “you will call his name.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A31/4"}
{"id":38019,"verse_id":"LUK.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.31","text":"See v. 13 for a similar construction. sn You will name him Jesus. This verse reflects the birth announcement of a major figure; see 1:13 ; Gen 16:7 ; Judg 13:5 ; Isa 7:14 . The Greek form of the name Ihsous , which was translated into Latin as Jesus , is the same as the Hebrew Yeshua (Joshua), which means “Yahweh saves” (Yahweh is typically rendered as “Lord” in the OT). It was a fairly common name among Jews in 1st century Palestine, as references to a number of people by this name in the LXX and Josephus indicate.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A31/5"}
{"id":38020,"verse_id":"LUK.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.32","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A32/1"}
{"id":38021,"verse_id":"LUK.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.32","text":"Or “ancestor.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A32/4"}
{"id":38022,"verse_id":"LUK.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.33","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. A new sentence is begun here in the translation because of the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A33/1"}
{"id":38023,"verse_id":"LUK.1.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.33","text":"Or “over Israel.” sn The expression house of Jacob refers to Israel. This points to the Messiah’s relationship to the people of Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A33/2"}
{"id":38024,"verse_id":"LUK.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"Grk “And Mary.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":38025,"verse_id":"LUK.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.34","text":"Grk “have not known.” The expression in the Greek text is a euphemism for sexual relations. Mary seems to have sensed that the declaration had an element of immediacy to it that excluded Joseph. Many modern translations render this phrase “since I am a virgin,” but the Greek word for virgin is not used in the text, and the euphemistic expression is really more explicit, referring specifically to sexual relations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A34/2"}
{"id":38026,"verse_id":"LUK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.35","text":"Grk “And the angel said to her.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. The pronoun αὐτῇ ( auth , “to her”) has not been included in the translation since it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A35/1"}
{"id":38027,"verse_id":"LUK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.35","text":"Or “the one born holy will be called the Son of God.” The wording of this phrase depends on whether the adjective is a predicate adjective, as in the text, or is an adjective modifying the participle serving as the subject. The absence of an article with the adjective speaks for a predicate position. Other less appealing options supply a verb for “holy”; thus “the one who is born will be holy”; or argue that both “holy” and “Son of God” are predicates, so “The one who is born will be called holy, the Son of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A35/3"}
{"id":38028,"verse_id":"LUK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.35","text":"33 pc ) add “by you” here. This looks like a scribal addition to bring symmetry to the first three clauses of the angel’s message (note the second person pronoun in the previous two clauses), and is too poorly supported to be seriously considered as authentic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A35/4"}
{"id":38029,"verse_id":"LUK.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.35","text":"Or “Therefore the holy child to be born will be called the Son of God.” There are two ways to understand the Greek phrase τὸ γεννώμενον ἅγιον ( to gennwmenon {agion ) here. First, τὸ γεννώμενον could be considered a substantival participle with ἅγιον as an adjective in the second predicate position, thus making a complete sentence; this interpretation is reflected in the translation above. Second, τὸ ἅγιον could be considered a substantival adjective with γεννώμενον acting as an adjectival participle, thus making the phrase the subject of the verb κληθήσεται ( klhqhsetai ); this interpretation is reflected in the alternative reading. Treating the participle γεννώμενον as adjectival is a bit unnatural for the very reason that it forces one to understand ἅγιον as substantival; this introduces a new idea in the text with ἅγιον when an already new topic is being introduced with γεννώμενον . Semantically this would overload the new subject introduced at this point. For this reason the first interpretation is preferred.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A35/5"}
{"id":38030,"verse_id":"LUK.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.36","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A36/1"}
{"id":38031,"verse_id":"LUK.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.36","text":"Some translations render the word συγγενίς ( sungeni\" ) as “cousin” (so Phillips) but the term is not necessarily this specific.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A36/2"}
{"id":38032,"verse_id":"LUK.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.36","text":"Or “has conceived.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A36/3"}
{"id":38033,"verse_id":"LUK.1.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.36","text":"Grk “and this is the sixth month for her who was called barren.” Yet another note on Elizabeth’s loss of reproach also becomes a sign of the truth of the angel’s declaration.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A36/4"}
{"id":38034,"verse_id":"LUK.1.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.37","text":"In Greek, the phrase πᾶν ῥῆμα ( pan rJhma , “nothing”) has an emphatic position, giving it emphasis as the lesson in the entire discussion. The remark is a call for faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A37/1"}
{"id":38035,"verse_id":"LUK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.38","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A38/1"}
{"id":38036,"verse_id":"LUK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.38","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A38/2"}
{"id":38037,"verse_id":"LUK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.38","text":"Traditionally, “handmaid”; Grk “slave woman.” Though δούλη ( doulh ) is normally translated “woman servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free woman serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times… in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v. δοῦλος ). The most accurate translation is “bondservant,” sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ( doulos ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself or herself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A38/3"}
{"id":38038,"verse_id":"LUK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.38","text":"Grk “let this be to me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A38/4"}
{"id":38039,"verse_id":"LUK.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.38","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A38/6"}
{"id":38040,"verse_id":"LUK.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":"Grk “And it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here either.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A41/1"}
{"id":38041,"verse_id":"LUK.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.41","text":"The antecedent of “her” is Elizabeth.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A41/3"}
{"id":38042,"verse_id":"LUK.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"Grk “and she.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A42/1"}
{"id":38043,"verse_id":"LUK.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.42","text":"Grk “and she exclaimed with a great cry and said.” The verb εἶπεν ( eipen , “said”) has not been included in the translation since it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A42/2"}
{"id":38044,"verse_id":"LUK.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.42","text":"Grk “fruit,” which is figurative here for the child she would give birth to.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A42/4"}
{"id":38045,"verse_id":"LUK.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “From where this to me?” The translation suggests the note of humility and surprise that Elizabeth feels in being a part of these events. The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause which follows explains what “this” is. A literal translation would read “From where this to me, that is, that the mother of my Lord comes to visit me?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A43/1"}
{"id":38046,"verse_id":"LUK.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.44","text":"Grk “for behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A44/1"}
{"id":38047,"verse_id":"LUK.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.44","text":"Grk “when the sound of your greeting [reached] my ears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A44/2"}
{"id":38048,"verse_id":"LUK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.45","text":"This ὅτι ( Joti ) clause, technically indirect discourse after πιστεύω ( pisteuw ), explains the content of the faith, a belief in God’s promise coming to pass.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A45/2"}
{"id":38049,"verse_id":"LUK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.45","text":"That is, “ what was said to her (by the angel) at the Lord’s command ” (BDAG 756 s.v. παρά A.2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A45/3"}
{"id":38050,"verse_id":"LUK.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.45","text":"Grk “that there would be a fulfillment of what was said to her from the Lord.” sn This term speaks of completion of something planned ( 2 Chr 29:35 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A45/4"}
{"id":38051,"verse_id":"LUK.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.46","text":"mss Nic) read “Elizabeth” here, since she was just speaking, but the ms evidence overwhelmingly supports “Mary” as the speaker.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A46/1"}
{"id":38052,"verse_id":"LUK.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.46","text":"Or “lifts up the Lord in praise.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A46/3"}
{"id":38053,"verse_id":"LUK.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.47","text":"Or “rejoices.” The translation renders this aorist, which stands in contrast to the previous line’s present tense, as ingressive, which highlights Mary’s joyous reaction to the announcement. A comprehensive aorist is also possible here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A47/1"}
{"id":38054,"verse_id":"LUK.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"See the note on the word “servant” in v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A48/1"}
{"id":38055,"verse_id":"LUK.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.48","text":"Grk “for behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A48/2"}
{"id":38056,"verse_id":"LUK.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.49","text":"Traditionally, “the Mighty One.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A49/1"}
{"id":38057,"verse_id":"LUK.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.50","text":"Grk “and from.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated by a semicolon to improve the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A50/1"}
{"id":38058,"verse_id":"LUK.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.50","text":"That is, “who revere.” This refers to those who show God a reverential respect for his sovereignty.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A50/3"}
{"id":38059,"verse_id":"LUK.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.51","text":"Or “shown strength,” “performed powerful deeds.” The verbs here switch to aorist tense through 1:55 . This is how God will act in general for his people as they look to his ultimate deliverance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A51/1"}
{"id":38060,"verse_id":"LUK.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.51","text":"Grk “in the imaginations of their hearts.” The psalm rebukes the arrogance of the proud, who think that power is their sovereign right. Here διανοίᾳ ( dianoia ) can be understood as a dative of sphere or reference/respect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A51/2"}
{"id":38061,"verse_id":"LUK.1.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.52","text":"Or “rulers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A52/1"}
{"id":38062,"verse_id":"LUK.1.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.52","text":"Or “those of humble position” sn The contrast between the mighty and those of lowly position is fundamental for Luke. God cares for those that the powerful ignore ( Luke 4:18-19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A52/2"}
{"id":38063,"verse_id":"LUK.1.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.54","text":"Or “because he remembered mercy,” understanding the infinitive as causal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A54/1"}
{"id":38064,"verse_id":"LUK.1.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.54","text":"Or “his [God’s] loyal love.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A54/2"}
{"id":38065,"verse_id":"LUK.1.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.55","text":"Grk “as he spoke.” Since this is a reference to the covenant to Abraham, ἐλάλησεν ( elalhsen ) can be translated in context “as he promised.” God keeps his word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A55/1"}
{"id":38066,"verse_id":"LUK.1.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.55","text":"Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A55/2"}
{"id":38067,"verse_id":"LUK.1.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.55","text":"Grk “his seed” (an idiom for offspring or descendants).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A55/3"}
{"id":38068,"verse_id":"LUK.1.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.56","text":"Grk “And.” Here ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion of the topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A56/1"}
{"id":38069,"verse_id":"LUK.1.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.56","text":"Grk “her”; the referent (Elizabeth) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A56/2"}
{"id":38070,"verse_id":"LUK.1.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.57","text":"Grk “the time was fulfilled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A57/1"}
{"id":38071,"verse_id":"LUK.1.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.57","text":"The words “her baby” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A57/2"}
{"id":38072,"verse_id":"LUK.1.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.58","text":"Grk “And her.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A58/1"}
{"id":38073,"verse_id":"LUK.1.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.58","text":"Grk “had magnified his mercy with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A58/2"}
{"id":38074,"verse_id":"LUK.1.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":58,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.58","text":"The verb συνέχαιρον ( sunecairon ) is an imperfect and could be translated as an ingressive force, “they began to rejoice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A58/3"}
{"id":38075,"verse_id":"LUK.1.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.59","text":"Grk “And it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A59/1"}
{"id":38076,"verse_id":"LUK.1.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.59","text":"This could be understood as a conative imperfect, expressing an unrealized desire (“they were trying to name him”). It has been given more of a voluntative nuance in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A59/3"}
{"id":38077,"verse_id":"LUK.1.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.60","text":"Grk “And,” but with clearly contrastive emphasis in context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A60/1"}
{"id":38078,"verse_id":"LUK.1.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.60","text":"Grk “his mother answering, said.” The combination of participle and finite verb is redundant in English and has been simplified to “replied” in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A60/2"}
{"id":38079,"verse_id":"LUK.1.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":60,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.60","text":"This future passive indicative verb has imperatival force and thus has been translated “he must be named.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A60/3"}
{"id":38080,"verse_id":"LUK.1.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.61","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A61/1"}
{"id":38081,"verse_id":"LUK.1.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.61","text":"The word “but” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A61/2"}
{"id":38082,"verse_id":"LUK.1.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":61,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.61","text":"Grk “There is no one from your relatives who is called by this name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A61/3"}
{"id":38083,"verse_id":"LUK.1.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.62","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the consequential nature of the action described.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A62/1"}
{"id":38084,"verse_id":"LUK.1.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":62,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.62","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the baby) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A62/2"}
{"id":38085,"verse_id":"LUK.1.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":62,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.62","text":"Grk “what he might wish to call him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A62/4"}
{"id":38086,"verse_id":"LUK.1.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.63","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A63/1"}
{"id":38087,"verse_id":"LUK.1.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.63","text":"Grk “and wrote, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant is English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A63/3"}
{"id":38088,"verse_id":"LUK.1.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.64","text":"Grk “And immediately.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A64/1"}
{"id":38089,"verse_id":"LUK.1.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":64,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.64","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Zechariah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A64/2"}
{"id":38090,"verse_id":"LUK.1.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":64,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.64","text":"“Released” is implied; in the Greek text both στόμα ( stoma ) and γλῶσσα ( glwssa ) are subjects of ἀνεῴχθη ( anewcqh ), but this would be somewhat redundant in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A64/4"}
{"id":38091,"verse_id":"LUK.1.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.65","text":"Grk “And all.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. sn Fear is the emotion that comes when one recognizes something unusual, even supernatural, has taken place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A65/1"}
{"id":38092,"verse_id":"LUK.1.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.66","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. A new sentence was begun at this point in the translation because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A66/1"}
{"id":38093,"verse_id":"LUK.1.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.66","text":"Grk “heard them”; the referent (these things, from the previous verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A66/2"}
{"id":38094,"verse_id":"LUK.1.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":66,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.66","text":"Grk “heart.” The term “heart” ( καρδία , kardia ) could also be translated as “mind,” or “thoughts,” and the entire phrase be rendered as “kept them in mind,” “thought about,” or the like. But the immediate context is clearly emotive, suggesting that much more is at work than merely the mental processes of thinking or reasoning about “these things.” There is a sense of joy and excitement (see the following question, “What then will this child be?”) and even fear. Further, the use of καρδία in 1:66 suggests connections with the same term in 2:19 where deep emotion is being expressed as well. Therefore, recognizing both the dramatic nature of the immediate context and the literary connections to 2:19 , the translation renders the term in 1:66 as “hearts” to capture both the cognitive and emotive aspects of the people’s response.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A66/3"}
{"id":38095,"verse_id":"LUK.1.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":66,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.66","text":"Or “what manner of child will this one be?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A66/4"}
{"id":38096,"verse_id":"LUK.1.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.67","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A67/1"}
{"id":38097,"verse_id":"LUK.1.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":67,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.67","text":"Grk “and he prophesied, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated. sn Prophesied. The reference to prophecy reflects that Zechariah is enabled by the Spirit to speak God’s will. He does so in this case through a praise psalm, which calls for praise and then gives the reason why God should be praised.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A67/2"}
{"id":38098,"verse_id":"LUK.1.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":68,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.68","text":"Or “has delivered”; Grk “has accomplished redemption.” sn Has redeemed is a reference to redemption, but it anticipates the total release into salvation that the full work of Messiah will bring for Israel. This involves both spiritual and material benefits eventually.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A68/3"}
{"id":38099,"verse_id":"LUK.1.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.69","text":"Grk “and,” but specifying the reason for the praise in the psalm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A69/1"}
{"id":38100,"verse_id":"LUK.1.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.70","text":"Grk “from the ages,” “from eternity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A70/1"}
{"id":38101,"verse_id":"LUK.1.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.71","text":"Grk “from long ago, salvation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A71/1"}
{"id":38102,"verse_id":"LUK.1.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":72,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.72","text":"The words “He has done this” (referring to the raising up of the horn of salvation from David’s house) are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to allow a new sentence to be started in the translation. The Greek sentence is lengthy and complex at this point, while contemporary English uses much shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A72/1"}
{"id":38103,"verse_id":"LUK.1.72","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":72,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.72","text":"Or “our forefathers”; Grk “our fathers.” This begins with the promise to Abraham (vv. 55, 73 ), and thus refers to many generations of ancestors.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A72/3"}
{"id":38104,"verse_id":"LUK.1.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":73,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.73","text":"This is linked back grammatically by apposition to “covenant” in v. 72 , specifying which covenant is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A73/1"}
{"id":38105,"verse_id":"LUK.1.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":73,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.73","text":"Or “forefather”; Grk “father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A73/2"}
{"id":38106,"verse_id":"LUK.1.73","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":73,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.73","text":"Again for reasons of English style, the infinitival clause “to grant us” has been translated “This oath grants” and made the beginning of a new sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A73/3"}
{"id":38107,"verse_id":"LUK.1.74","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":74,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.74","text":"565 892 pc ) lack “our,” while most (A C D [K] Θ Ψ 0177 33 Ï pc ) supply it. Although the addition is most likely not authentic, “our” has been included in the translation due to English stylistic requirements.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A74/1"}
{"id":38108,"verse_id":"LUK.1.74","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":74,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.74","text":"This phrase in Greek is actually thrown forward to the front of the verse to give it emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A74/2"}
{"id":38109,"verse_id":"LUK.1.75","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":75,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.75","text":"Grk “all our days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A75/2"}
{"id":38110,"verse_id":"LUK.1.76","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":76,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.76","text":"Or “a prophet”; but since Greek nouns can be definite without the article, and since in context this is a reference to the eschatological forerunner of the Messiah (cf. John 1:17 ), the concept is better conveyed to the English reader by the use of the definite article “the.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A76/2"}
{"id":38111,"verse_id":"LUK.1.76","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":76,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.76","text":"א B W 0177 pc ) and is thus more likely to be authentic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A76/4"}
{"id":38112,"verse_id":"LUK.1.76","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":76,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.76","text":"This term is often translated in the singular, looking specifically to the forerunner role, but the plural suggests the many elements in that salvation. sn On the phrase prepare his ways see Isa 40:3-5 and Luke 3:1-6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A76/5"}
{"id":38113,"verse_id":"LUK.1.78","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":78,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.78","text":"For reasons of style, a new sentence has been started in the translation at this point. God’s mercy is ultimately seen in the deliverance John points to, so v. 78 a is placed with the reference to Jesus as the light of dawning day.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A78/1"}
{"id":38114,"verse_id":"LUK.1.78","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":78,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.78","text":"Grk “shall visit us.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A78/4"}
{"id":38115,"verse_id":"LUK.1.79","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":79,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.79","text":"Or “the path.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A79/2"}
{"id":38116,"verse_id":"LUK.1.80","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":80,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.80","text":"This verb is imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A80/1"}
{"id":38117,"verse_id":"LUK.1.80","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":80,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.80","text":"This verb is also imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A80/2"}
{"id":38118,"verse_id":"LUK.1.80","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":80,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.80","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A80/3"}
{"id":38119,"verse_id":"LUK.1.80","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":1,"verse":80,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.80","text":"Grk “until the day of his revealing.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%201%3A80/4"}
{"id":38120,"verse_id":"LUK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “Now it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":38121,"verse_id":"LUK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “from the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":38122,"verse_id":"LUK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “that all the empire should be registered for taxes.” The passive infinitive ἀπογράφεσθαι ( apografesqai ) has been rendered as an active in the translation to improve the English style. The verb is regarded as a technical term for official registration in tax lists (BDAG 108 s.v. ἀπογράφω a). sn This census ( a decree…to register all the empire ) is one of the more disputed historical remarks in Luke. Josephus ( Ant. 18.1.1 [18.1-2]) only mentions a census in a.d. 6, too late for this setting. Such a census would have been a massive undertaking; it could have started under one ruler and emerged under another, to whose name it became attached. This is one possibility to explain the data. Another is that Quirinius, who became governor in Syria for the later census, may have been merely an administrator for this census. See also Luke 2:2 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":38123,"verse_id":"LUK.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “the whole (inhabited) world,” but this was a way to refer to the Roman empire (L&N 1.83).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":38124,"verse_id":"LUK.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “was a minister of Syria.” This term could simply refer to an administrative role Quirinius held as opposed to being governor (Josephus, Ant. 18.4.2 [18.88]). See also Luke 2:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":38125,"verse_id":"LUK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “And everyone.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":38126,"verse_id":"LUK.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “hometown” (so CEV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":38127,"verse_id":"LUK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the consequential nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":38128,"verse_id":"LUK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “town.” The translation “city” is used here because of its collocation with “of David,” suggesting its importance, though not its size.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":38129,"verse_id":"LUK.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “family,” “lineage.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A4/6"}
{"id":38130,"verse_id":"LUK.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The words “He went” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to begin a new sentence in the translation. The Greek sentence is longer and more complex than normal contemporary English usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":38131,"verse_id":"LUK.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Traditionally, “Mary, his betrothed.” Although often rendered in contemporary English as “Mary, who was engaged to him,” this may give the modern reader a wrong impression, since Jewish marriages in this period were typically arranged marriages. The term ἐμνηστευμένῃ ( emnhsteumenh ) may suggest that the marriage is not yet consummated, not necessarily that they are not currently married. Some mss read “the betrothed to him wife”; others, simply “his wife.” These readings, though probably not original, may give the right sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":38132,"verse_id":"LUK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":38133,"verse_id":"LUK.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The words “her child” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to clarify what was being delivered. The wording here is like Luke 1:57 . Grk “the days for her to give birth were fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":38134,"verse_id":"LUK.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “a feeding trough.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":38135,"verse_id":"LUK.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"The Greek word κατάλυμα is flexible, and usage in the LXX and NT refers to a variety of places for lodging (see BDAG 521 s.v.). Most likely Joseph and Mary sought lodging in the public accommodations in the city of Bethlehem (see J. Nolland, Luke [WBC], 1:105), which would have been crude shelters for people and animals. However, it has been suggested by various scholars that Joseph and Mary were staying with relatives in Bethlehem (e.g., C. S. Keener, The IVP Bible Background Commentary: New Testament , 194; B. Witherington, “Birth of Jesus,” DJG , 69-70); if that were so the term would refer to the guest room in the relatives’ house, which would have been filled beyond capacity with all the other relatives who had to journey to Bethlehem for the census. sn There was no place for them in the inn. There is no drama in how this is told. There is no search for a variety of places to stay or a heartless innkeeper. (Such items are later, nonbiblical embellishments.) Bethlehem was not large and there was simply no other place to stay. The humble surroundings of the birth are ironic in view of the birth’s significance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":38136,"verse_id":"LUK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":38137,"verse_id":"LUK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “in that region.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":38138,"verse_id":"LUK.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “living in the field (see BDAG 15 s.v. ἀγραυλέω ) and guarding their flock.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":38139,"verse_id":"LUK.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":38140,"verse_id":"LUK.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":38141,"verse_id":"LUK.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “stood in front of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":38142,"verse_id":"LUK.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “they feared a great fear” (a Semitic idiom which intensifies the main idea, in this case their fear). sn Terrified. See similar responses in Luke 1:12, 29 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":38143,"verse_id":"LUK.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":38144,"verse_id":"LUK.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “I evangelize to you great joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":38145,"verse_id":"LUK.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “town.” See the note on “city” in v. 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":38146,"verse_id":"LUK.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"This is another indication of a royal, messianic connection.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":38147,"verse_id":"LUK.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn The term χριστός ( cristos ) was originally an adjective (“anointed”), developing in LXX into a substantive (“an anointed one”), then developing still further into a technical generic term (“the anointed one”). In the intertestamental period it developed further into a technical term referring to the hoped-for anointed one, that is, a specific individual. In the NT the development starts there (technical-specific), is so used in the gospels, and then develops in Paul to mean virtually Jesus’ last name.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":38148,"verse_id":"LUK.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “And this.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":38149,"verse_id":"LUK.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “a feeding trough,” see Luke 2:7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":38150,"verse_id":"LUK.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “And suddenly.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":38151,"verse_id":"LUK.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “a multitude of the armies of heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":38152,"verse_id":"LUK.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":38153,"verse_id":"LUK.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Ï sy bo) have ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκία ( en anqrwpoi\" eudokia , “good will among people”) instead of ἐν ἀνθρώποις εὐδοκίας ( en anqrwpoi\" eudokia\" , “among people with whom he is pleased”), a reading attested by א * A B* D W pc (sa). Most of the Itala witnesses and some other versional witnesses reflect a Greek text which has the genitive εὐδοκίας but drops the preposition ἐν . Not only is the genitive reading better attested, but it is more difficult than the nominative. “The meaning seems to be, not that divine peace can be bestowed only where human good will is already present, but that at the birth of the Saviour God’s peace rests on those whom he has chosen in accord with his good pleasure” ( TCGNT 111).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":38154,"verse_id":"LUK.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":38155,"verse_id":"LUK.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-E2 ; Map10-B4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":38156,"verse_id":"LUK.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “a feeding trough.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":38157,"verse_id":"LUK.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":38158,"verse_id":"LUK.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":38159,"verse_id":"LUK.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “the word which had been spoken to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":38160,"verse_id":"LUK.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “marveled.” It is a hard word to translate with one term in this context. There is a mixture of amazement and pondering at work in considering the surprising events here. See Luke 1:21, 63; 2:33 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":38161,"verse_id":"LUK.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The term συμβάλλουσα ( sumballousa ) suggests more than remembering. She is trying to put things together here (Josephus, Ant. 2.5.3 [2.72]). The words “what they might mean” have been supplied in the translation to make this clear. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":38162,"verse_id":"LUK.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion of the topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":38163,"verse_id":"LUK.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “just as [it] had been spoken to them.” This has been simplified in the English translation by making the prepositional phrase (“to them”) the subject of the passive verb. sn The closing remark just as they had been told notes a major theme of Luke 1-2 as he sought to reassure Theophilus: God does what he says he will do.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":38164,"verse_id":"LUK.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Grk “And when eight days were completed.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":38165,"verse_id":"LUK.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":38166,"verse_id":"LUK.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"vg} [though the Latin word eius could be either masculine or feminine]) that read “her purification.” But the extant evidence for an unambiguous “her” is shut up to one late minuscule ({codex 76}) and a couple of patristic citations of dubious worth ({Pseudo-Athanasius} whose date is unknown, and the { Catenae in euangelia Lucae et Joannis }, edited by J. A. Cramer. The Catenae is a work of collected patristic sayings whose exact source is unknown [thus, it could come from a period covering hundreds of years]). A few other witnesses (D pc lat) read “his purification.” The KJV has “her purification,” following Beza’s Greek text (essentially a revision of Erasmus’). Erasmus did not have it in any of his five editions. Most likely Beza put in the feminine form αὐτῆς ( auths ) because, recognizing that the eius found in several Latin mss could be read either as a masculine or a feminine, he made the contextually more satisfying choice of the feminine. Perhaps it crept into one or two late Greek witnesses via this interpretive Latin back-translation. So the evidence for the feminine singular is virtually nonexistent, while the masculine singular αὐτοῦ ( autou , “his”) was a clear scribal blunder. There can be no doubt that “ their purification” is the authentic reading. Or “when the days of their purification were completed.” In addition to the textual problem concerning the plural pronoun (which apparently includes Joseph in the process) there is also a question whether the term translated “purification” ( καθαρισμός , kaqarismo\" ) refers to the time period prescribed by the Mosaic law or to the offering itself which marked the end of the time period (cf. NLT, “it was time for the purification offering”). sn Exegetically the plural pronoun “their” creates a problem. It was Mary’s purification that was required by law, forty days after the birth ( Lev 12:2-4 ). However, it is possible that Joseph shared in a need to be purified by having to help with the birth or that they also dedicated the child as a first born ( Exod 13:2 ), which would also require a sacrifice that Joseph would bring. Luke’s point is that the parents followed the law. They were pious.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":38167,"verse_id":"LUK.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Joseph and Mary) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":38168,"verse_id":"LUK.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":38169,"verse_id":"LUK.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.22","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A22/5"}
{"id":38170,"verse_id":"LUK.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “every male that opens the womb” (an idiom for the firstborn male).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":38171,"verse_id":"LUK.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":38172,"verse_id":"LUK.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":38173,"verse_id":"LUK.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “This man was righteous.” The Greek text begins a new sentence here, but this was changed to a relative clause in the translation to avoid redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":38174,"verse_id":"LUK.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.25","text":"Or “deliverance,” “consolation.” sn The restoration of Israel refers to Simeon’s hope that the Messiah would come and deliver the nation ( Isa 40:1; 49:13; 51:3; 57:18; 61:2; 2 Bar 44:7).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A25/4"}
{"id":38175,"verse_id":"LUK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “And it.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":38176,"verse_id":"LUK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"The use of the passive suggests a revelation by God, and in the OT the corresponding Hebrew term represented here by κεχρηματισμένον ( kecrhmatismenon ) indicated some form of direct revelation from God ( Jer 25:30; 33:2 ; Job 40:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":38177,"verse_id":"LUK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “would not see death” (an idiom for dying).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A26/3"}
{"id":38178,"verse_id":"LUK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.26","text":"On the grammar of this temporal clause, see BDF §§383.3; 395.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A26/4"}
{"id":38179,"verse_id":"LUK.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.26","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn The revelation to Simeon that he would not die before he had seen the Lord ’ s Christ is yet another example of a promise fulfilled in Luke 1-2 . Also, see the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A26/5"}
{"id":38180,"verse_id":"LUK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the consequential nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":38181,"verse_id":"LUK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Simeon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":38182,"verse_id":"LUK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “So in the Spirit” or “So by the Spirit,” but since it refers to the Spirit’s direction the expanded translation “directed by the Spirit” is used here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A27/3"}
{"id":38183,"verse_id":"LUK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “the temple.” sn The temple courts is a reference to the larger temple area, not the holy place. Simeon was either in the court of the Gentiles or the court of women, since Mary was present.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A27/4"}
{"id":38184,"verse_id":"LUK.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “to do for him according to the custom of the law.” See Luke 2:22-24 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A27/5"}
{"id":38185,"verse_id":"LUK.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Simeon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":38186,"verse_id":"LUK.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Grk “and said.” The finite verb in Greek has been replaced with a participle in English to improve the smoothness of the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":38187,"verse_id":"LUK.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"The Greek word translated here by “Sovereign Lord” is δεσπότης ( despoth\" ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":38188,"verse_id":"LUK.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.29","text":"Here the Greek word δοῦλος ( doulos , “slave”) has been translated “servant” since it acts almost as an honorific term for one specially chosen and appointed to carry out the Lord’s tasks. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A29/4"}
{"id":38189,"verse_id":"LUK.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.29","text":"Grk “now release your servant.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A29/5"}
{"id":38190,"verse_id":"LUK.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"The syntax of this verse is disputed. Most read “light” and “glory” in parallelism, so Jesus is a light for revelation to the Gentiles and is glory to the people for Israel. Others see “light” ( 1:78-79 ) as a summary, while “revelation” and “glory” are parallel, so Jesus is light for all, but is revelation for the Gentiles and glory for Israel. Both readings make good sense and either could be correct, but Luke 1:78-79 and Acts 26:22-23 slightly favor this second option.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":38191,"verse_id":"LUK.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the consequential nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":38192,"verse_id":"LUK.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.33","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the child) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A33/2"}
{"id":38193,"verse_id":"LUK.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.33","text":"33 Ï it) read “Joseph,” but in favor of the reading ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ( Jo pathr autou , “his father”) is both external ( א B D L W 1 700 1241 pc sa) and internal evidence. Internally, the fact that Mary is not named at this point and that “Joseph” is an obviously motivated reading, intended to prevent confusion over the virgin conception of Christ, argues strongly for ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ as the authentic reading here. See also the tc note on “parents” in 2:43 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A33/3"}
{"id":38194,"verse_id":"LUK.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.33","text":"The term refers to the amazement at what was happening as in other places in –2 ( 1:63; 2:18 ). The participle is plural, while the finite verb used in the periphrastic construction is singular, perhaps to show a unity in the parents’ response (BDF §135.1.d: Luke 8:19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A33/4"}
{"id":38195,"verse_id":"LUK.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A34/1"}
{"id":38196,"verse_id":"LUK.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.34","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A34/2"}
{"id":38197,"verse_id":"LUK.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.34","text":"Grk “this one”; the referent (the child) is supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A34/3"}
{"id":38198,"verse_id":"LUK.2.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.34","text":"Grk “and for a sign of contradiction.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A34/5"}
{"id":38199,"verse_id":"LUK.2.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.35","text":"Or “reasonings” (in a hostile sense). See G. Schrenk, TDNT 2:97.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A35/1"}
{"id":38200,"verse_id":"LUK.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Her age is emphasized by the Greek phrase here, “she was very old in her many days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":38201,"verse_id":"LUK.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.37","text":"Grk “living with her husband for seven years from her virginity and she was a widow for eighty four years.” The chronology of the eighty-four years is unclear, since the final phrase could mean “she was widowed until the age of eighty-four” (so BDAG 423 s.v. ἕως 1.b. α ). However, the more natural way to take the syntax is as a reference to the length of her widowhood, the subject of the clause, in which case Anna was about 105 years old (so D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 1:251-52; I. H. Marshall, Luke , [NIGTC], 123-24).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A37/1"}
{"id":38202,"verse_id":"LUK.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.38","text":"Grk “at that very hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A38/1"}
{"id":38203,"verse_id":"LUK.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.38","text":"Grk “And coming up.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. The participle ἐπιστᾶσα ( epistasa ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A38/2"}
{"id":38204,"verse_id":"LUK.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.38","text":"The imperfect ἐλάλει ( elalei ) here looks at a process of declaration, not a single moment. She clearly was led by God to address men and women about the hope Jesus was. The testimony of —2 to Jesus has involved all types of people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A38/3"}
{"id":38205,"verse_id":"LUK.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.38","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the child) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A38/4"}
{"id":38206,"verse_id":"LUK.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.38","text":"33 Ï ), though the preposition was almost surely added to clarify (and perhaps alter) the meaning of the original. The simple ᾿Ιερουσαλήμ , without preposition, is found in א B W Ξ 1 565* lat co. For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A38/5"}
{"id":38207,"verse_id":"LUK.2.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion of the topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A39/1"}
{"id":38208,"verse_id":"LUK.2.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.39","text":"Grk “when they”; the referents (Joseph and Mary) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A39/2"}
{"id":38209,"verse_id":"LUK.2.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.39","text":"Or “completed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A39/3"}
{"id":38210,"verse_id":"LUK.2.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.39","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A39/5"}
{"id":38211,"verse_id":"LUK.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.40","text":"33 Ï ) read πνεύματι ( pneumati , “in spirit”) after “became strong,” but this looks like an assimilation to Luke 1:80 . The better witnesses ( א B D L N W pc lat co) lack the word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A40/1"}
{"id":38212,"verse_id":"LUK.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.40","text":"Or “grace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A40/3"}
{"id":38213,"verse_id":"LUK.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A41/1"}
{"id":38214,"verse_id":"LUK.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.41","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A41/2"}
{"id":38215,"verse_id":"LUK.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.41","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A41/3"}
{"id":38216,"verse_id":"LUK.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.41","text":"On the distributive use of the term κατά ( kata ), see BDF §305.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A41/4"}
{"id":38217,"verse_id":"LUK.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.42","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A42/1"}
{"id":38218,"verse_id":"LUK.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.42","text":"33 Ï lat) have εἰς ῾Ιεροσόλυμα ( eij\" &ierosoluma , “to Jerusalem”) here, but the ms support for the omission is much stronger ( א B D L W 579 1241 pc co); further, the longer reading clarifies what they went up to and thus looks like a motivated reading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A42/3"}
{"id":38219,"verse_id":"LUK.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.43","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated contrastively in keeping with the context. This outcome is different from what had happened all the times before.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A43/1"}
{"id":38220,"verse_id":"LUK.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.43","text":"Grk “when the days ended.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A43/2"}
{"id":38221,"verse_id":"LUK.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.43","text":"The word “home” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A43/3"}
{"id":38222,"verse_id":"LUK.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.43","text":"Grk “And his.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A43/4"}
{"id":38223,"verse_id":"LUK.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.43","text":"33 579 1241 pc lat sa read οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ ( Joi gonei\" autou , “his parents”) as in the translation. Such motivated readings as the former lack credibility, especially since the better witnesses affirm the virgin conception of Christ in Luke 1:34-35 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A43/5"}
{"id":38224,"verse_id":"LUK.2.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.44","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A44/2"}
{"id":38225,"verse_id":"LUK.2.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.44","text":"Or “and friends.” See L&N 28.30 and 34.17.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A44/3"}
{"id":38226,"verse_id":"LUK.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.45","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A45/1"}
{"id":38227,"verse_id":"LUK.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"Grk “And it happened that after.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A46/1"}
{"id":38228,"verse_id":"LUK.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.46","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A46/3"}
{"id":38229,"verse_id":"LUK.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.46","text":"This is the only place in Luke’s Gospel where the term διδάσκαλος ( didaskalo\" , “teacher”) is applied to Jews.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A46/4"}
{"id":38230,"verse_id":"LUK.2.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.47","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A47/1"}
{"id":38231,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.48","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/1"}
{"id":38232,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.48","text":"Grk “when they”; the referent (his parents) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/2"}
{"id":38233,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.48","text":"Grk “And his.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/3"}
{"id":38234,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.48","text":"The Greek word here is τέκνον ( teknon ) rather than υἱός ( Juios , “son”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/4"}
{"id":38235,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.48","text":"Or “Child, why did you do this to us?”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/5"}
{"id":38236,"verse_id":"LUK.2.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":48,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.48","text":"Or “your father and I have been terribly worried looking for you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A48/6"}
{"id":38237,"verse_id":"LUK.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.49","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A49/1"}
{"id":38238,"verse_id":"LUK.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.49","text":"Grk “he said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A49/2"}
{"id":38239,"verse_id":"LUK.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.49","text":"Grk “Why is it that you were looking for me?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A49/3"}
{"id":38240,"verse_id":"LUK.2.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":49,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.49","text":"Or “I must be about my Father’s business” (so KJV, NKJV); Grk “in the [things] of my Father,” with an ellipsis. This verse involves an idiom that probably refers to the necessity of Jesus being involved in the instruction about God, given what he is doing. The most widely held view today takes this as a reference to the temple as the Father’s house. Jesus is saying that his parents should have known where he was.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A49/4"}
{"id":38241,"verse_id":"LUK.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.50","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A50/1"}
{"id":38242,"verse_id":"LUK.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.50","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (his parents) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A50/2"}
{"id":38243,"verse_id":"LUK.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.50","text":"Or “the matter.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A50/4"}
{"id":38244,"verse_id":"LUK.2.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":50,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.50","text":"Grk “which he spoke.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A50/5"}
{"id":38245,"verse_id":"LUK.2.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.51","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A51/1"}
{"id":38246,"verse_id":"LUK.2.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.51","text":"For location see Map1-D3 ; Map2-C2 ; Map3-D5 ; Map4-C1 ; Map5-G3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A51/2"}
{"id":38247,"verse_id":"LUK.2.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.51","text":"Or “was submitting.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A51/3"}
{"id":38248,"verse_id":"LUK.2.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.51","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A51/4"}
{"id":38249,"verse_id":"LUK.2.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":51,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.51","text":"Or “all these words.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A51/5"}
{"id":38250,"verse_id":"LUK.2.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":2,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.52","text":"Or “kept increasing.” The imperfect tense suggests something of a progressive force to the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%202%3A52/1"}
{"id":38251,"verse_id":"LUK.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “Emperor Tiberius” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor). sn Tiberius Caesar was the Roman emperor Tiberius Claudius Caesar Augustus, who ruled from a.d. 14-37.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":38252,"verse_id":"LUK.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The term translated “word” here is not λόγος ( logos ) but ῥῆμα ( rJhma ), and thus could refer to the call of the Lord to John to begin ministry.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":38253,"verse_id":"LUK.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":38254,"verse_id":"LUK.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":38255,"verse_id":"LUK.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":38256,"verse_id":"LUK.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “A voice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":38257,"verse_id":"LUK.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “desert.” The syntactic position of the phrase “in the wilderness” is unclear in both Luke and the LXX. The MT favors taking it with “Prepare a way,” while the LXX takes it with “a voice shouting.” If the former, the meaning would be that such preparation should be done “in the wilderness.” If the latter, the meaning would be that the place from where John’s ministry went forth was “in the wilderness.” There are Jewish materials that support both renderings: 1QS 8:14 and 9 .19-20 support the MT while certain rabbinic texts favor the LXX (see D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 1:290-91). While it is not absolutely necessary that a call in the wilderness led to a response in the wilderness, it is not unlikely that such would be the case. Thus, in the final analysis, the net effect between the two choices may be minimal. In any case, a majority of commentators and translations take “in the wilderness” with “The voice of one shouting” (D. L. Bock; R. H. Stein, Luke [NAC], 129; I. H. Marshall, Luke [NIGTC], 136; NIV, NRSV, NKJV, NLT, NASB, REB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":38258,"verse_id":"LUK.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"This call to “make paths straight” in this context is probably an allusion to preparation through repentance as the verb ποιέω ( poiew ) reappears in vv. 8, 10, 11, 12, 14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":38259,"verse_id":"LUK.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “all flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":38260,"verse_id":"LUK.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":38261,"verse_id":"LUK.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “snakes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":38262,"verse_id":"LUK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The verb here is ποιέω ( poiew ; see v. 4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":38263,"verse_id":"LUK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “fruits.” The plural Greek term καρπούς has been translated with the collective singular “fruit” (so NIV; cf. Matt 3:8 where the singular καρπός is found). Some other translations render the plural καρπούς as “fruits” (e.g., NRSV, NASB, NAB, NKJV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":38264,"verse_id":"LUK.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"In other words, “do not even begin to think this.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":38265,"verse_id":"LUK.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “is”; the present tense ( ἐκκόπτεται , ekkoptetai ) has futuristic force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":38266,"verse_id":"LUK.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the consequential nature of the people’s response.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":38267,"verse_id":"LUK.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Though this verb is imperfect, in this context it does not mean repeated, ongoing questions, but simply a presentation in vivid style as the following verbs in the other examples are aorist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":38268,"verse_id":"LUK.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":38269,"verse_id":"LUK.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “Answering, he said to them.” This construction with passive participle and finite verb is pleonastic (redundant) and has been simplified in the translation to “answered them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":38270,"verse_id":"LUK.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “shirt” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). The name for this garment ( χιτών , citwn ) presents some difficulty in translation. Most modern readers would not understand what a ‘tunic’ was any more than they would be familiar with a ‘ chiton .’ On the other hand, attempts to find a modern equivalent are also a problem: “Shirt” conveys the idea of a much shorter garment that covers only the upper body, and “undergarment” (given the styles of modern underwear) is more misleading still. “Tunic” was therefore employed, but with a note to explain its nature.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":38271,"verse_id":"LUK.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"In the Greek text μηδὲν πλέον ( mhden pleon , “no more”) is in an emphatic position. sn By telling the tax collectors to collect no more than…required John was calling for honesty and integrity in a business that was known for greed and dishonesty.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":38272,"verse_id":"LUK.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “than you are ordered to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":38273,"verse_id":"LUK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “And soldiers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":38274,"verse_id":"LUK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “And what should we ourselves do?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":38275,"verse_id":"LUK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “Rob no one.” The term διασείσητε ( diaseishte ) here refers to “shaking someone.” In this context it refers to taking financial advantage of someone through violence, so it refers essentially to robbery. Soldiers are to perform their tasks faithfully. A changed person is to carry out his tasks in life faithfully and without grumbling.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":38276,"verse_id":"LUK.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"The term translated “accusation” ( συκοφαντήσητε , sukofanthshte ) refers to a procedure by which someone could bring charges against an individual and be paid a part of the fine imposed by the court. Soldiers could do this to supplement their pay, and would thus be tempted to make false accusations.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":38277,"verse_id":"LUK.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “with expectation.” The participle προσδοκῶντος ( prosdokwnto\" ) is taken temporally. sn The people were filled with anticipation because they were hoping God would send someone to deliver them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":38278,"verse_id":"LUK.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “pondered in their hearts.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":38279,"verse_id":"LUK.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “in their hearts concerning John, (whether) perhaps he might be the Christ.” The translation simplifies the style here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":38280,"verse_id":"LUK.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":38281,"verse_id":"LUK.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “answered them all, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":38282,"verse_id":"LUK.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"A few mss (C D 892 1424 pc it ) add εἰς μετάνοιαν ( ei\" metanoian , “for repentance”). Although two of the mss in support are early and important, it is an obviously motivated reading to add clarification, probably representing a copyist’s attempt to harmonize Luke’s version with Matt 3:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":38283,"verse_id":"LUK.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “of whom I am not worthy.” sn The humility of John is evident in the statement I am not worthy . This was considered one of the least worthy tasks of a slave, and John did not consider himself worthy to do even that for the one to come, despite the fact he himself was a prophet!","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":38284,"verse_id":"LUK.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"The term refers to the leather strap or thong used to bind a sandal. This is often viewed as a collective singular and translated as a plural, “the straps of his sandals,” but it may be more emphatic to retain the singular here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":38285,"verse_id":"LUK.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “granary,” “barn” (referring to a building used to store a farm’s produce rather than a building for housing livestock).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":38286,"verse_id":"LUK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"On construction μὲν οὖν καί ( men oun kai ), see BDF §451.1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":38287,"verse_id":"LUK.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":38288,"verse_id":"LUK.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Several mss (A C K W Ψ 33 565 579 1424 2542 al bo) read τῆς γυναικὸς Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ( th\" gunaiko\" Filippou tou adelfou autou , “the wife of his brother Philip”), specifying whose wife Herodias was. The addition of “Philip,” however, is an assimilation to Matt 14:3 and is lacking in the better witnesses. sn This marriage to his brother’s wife was a violation of OT law ( Lev 18:16; 20:21 ). In addition, both Herod Antipas and Herodias had each left previous marriages to enter into this union.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":38289,"verse_id":"LUK.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “immoralities.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":38290,"verse_id":"LUK.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “Now it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":38291,"verse_id":"LUK.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “and while Jesus was being baptized and praying.” The first of these participles has been translated as a finite verb to be more consistent with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":38292,"verse_id":"LUK.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “the sky”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. In this context, although the word is singular, the English plural “heavens” connotes the Greek better than the singular “heaven” would, for the singular does not normally refer to the sky.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A21/3"}
{"id":38293,"verse_id":"LUK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"This phrase is a descriptive comparison. The Spirit is not a dove, but descends like one in some type of bodily representation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":38294,"verse_id":"LUK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “my beloved Son,” or “my Son, the beloved [one].” The force of ἀγαπητός ( agaphtos ) is often “pertaining to one who is the only one of his or her class, but at the same time is particularly loved and cherished” (L&N 58.53; cf. also BDAG 7 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":38295,"verse_id":"LUK.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.22","text":"Instead of “You are my one dear Son; in you I take great delight,” one Greek ms and several Latin mss and church fathers (D it Ju [Cl] Meth Hil Aug) quote Ps 2:7 outright with “You are my Son; today I have fathered you.” But the weight of the ms testimony is against this reading. tn Or “with you I am well pleased.” sn The allusions in the remarks of the text recall Ps 2:7 a; Isa 42:1 and either Isa 41:8 or, less likely, Gen 22:12,16 . God is marking out Jesus as his chosen one (the meaning of “[in you I take] great delight”), but it may well be that this was a private experience that only Jesus and John saw and heard (cf. John 1:32-33 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A22/3"}
{"id":38296,"verse_id":"LUK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the summary nature of the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":38297,"verse_id":"LUK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"The words “his ministry” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the contemporary English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":38298,"verse_id":"LUK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.23","text":"Grk “of age, being.” Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the participle ὤν ( wn ) has been translated as a finite verb with the pronoun “he” supplied as subject, and a new sentence begun in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A23/3"}
{"id":38299,"verse_id":"LUK.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"3.23","text":"Several of the names in the list have alternate spellings in the ms tradition, but most of these are limited to a few mss . Only significant differences are considered in the notes through v. 38 . tn The construction of the genealogy is consistent throughout as a genitive article ( τοῦ , tou ) marks sonship. Unlike Matthew’s genealogy, this one runs from Jesus down. It also goes all the way to Adam, not stopping at Abraham as Matthew’s does. Jesus has come for all races of humanity. Both genealogies go through David.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A23/5"}
{"id":38300,"verse_id":"LUK.3.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.32","text":"bo) have Σαλμών ( Salmwn , “Salmon”), an assimilation to Matt 1:4-5 and 1 Chr 2:11 (LXX). “In view of the early tradition that Luke was a Syrian of Antioch it is perhaps significant that the form Σαλά appears to embody a Syriac tradition” ( TCGNT 113).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A32/1"}
{"id":38301,"verse_id":"LUK.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"pc ). Deciding between these variants is quite difficult. The reading “Amminadab, Aram” is the strongest externally since it is represented by Alexandrian, Western, and Byzantine witnesses, although it is significantly weaker internally because it disrupts the artistic balance of the number of generations and their groups that three names would preserve (see TCGNT 113, fn. 1 for discussion). In this case, the subtle intrinsic arguments that would most likely be overlooked by scribes argues for the reading “Amminadab, Admin, Arni,” although a decision is quite difficult because of the lack of strong external support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":38302,"verse_id":"LUK.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.36","text":"Ï ( Καϊνάν , Kainan ). The translation above has adopted the more common spelling “Cainan,” although it is based on the reading Καϊνάμ .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%203%3A36/1"}
{"id":38303,"verse_id":"LUK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate continuity with the previous topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":38304,"verse_id":"LUK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":38305,"verse_id":"LUK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"א B D L W 579 892 1241 pc it).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":38306,"verse_id":"LUK.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":38307,"verse_id":"LUK.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “in the desert, for forty days being tempted.” The participle πειραζόμενος ( peirazomeno\" ) has been translated as an adverbial clause in English to avoid a run-on sentence with a second “and.” Here the present participle suggests a period of forty days of testing. Three samples of the end of the testing are given in the following verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":38308,"verse_id":"LUK.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":38309,"verse_id":"LUK.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"The Greek word here is συντελεσθείσων ( suntelesqeiswn ) from the verb συντελέω ( suntelew ). sn This verb and its cognate noun, sunteleia , usually implies not just the end of an event, but its completion or fulfillment. The noun is always used in the NT in eschatological contexts; the verb is often so used (cf. Matt 13:39, 40; 24:3; 28:20 ; Mark 13:4 ; Rom 9:28 ; Heb 8:8; 9:26 ). The idea here may be that the forty-day period of temptation was designed for a particular purpose in the life of Christ (the same verb is used in v. 13 ). The cognate verb teleiow is a key NT term for the completion of God’s plan: See Luke 12:50; 22:37 ; John 19:30 ; and (where it has the additional component of meaning “to perfect”) Heb 2:10; 5:8-9; 7:28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":38310,"verse_id":"LUK.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"This is a first class condition: “If (and let’s assume that you are) the Son of God…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":38311,"verse_id":"LUK.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “say to this stone that it should become bread.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":38312,"verse_id":"LUK.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “a person.” The Greek word ὁ ἄνθρωπος ( Jo anqrwpo\" ) is used generically for humanity. The translation “man” is used because the emphasis in Jesus’ response seems to be on his dependence on God as a man .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":38313,"verse_id":"LUK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. sn The order of Luke’s temptations differs from Matthew’s at this point as numbers two and three are reversed. It is slightly more likely that Luke has made the change to put the Jerusalem temptation last, as Jerusalem is so important to Luke’s later account. The temporal markers in Matthew’s account are also slightly more specific.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":38314,"verse_id":"LUK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":38315,"verse_id":"LUK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"33 700 2542 Ï it) refer to Jesus being taken up “to a high mountain” (with many of these also explicitly adding “the devil”) here in parallel with Matt 4:8 , but both scribal harmonization to that text and the pedigree of the witnesses for the shorter reading ( א * B L 1241 pc ) is the reason it should be omitted from Luke.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":38316,"verse_id":"LUK.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"“A high place” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":38317,"verse_id":"LUK.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “And the devil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":38318,"verse_id":"LUK.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Or “authority.” BDAG 353 s.v. ἐξουσία 6 suggests, concerning this passage, that the term means “the sphere in which the power is exercised, domain .” Cf. also Luke 22:53; 23:7 ; Acts 26:18 ; Eph 2:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":38319,"verse_id":"LUK.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"The addendum referring to the glory of the kingdoms of the world forms something of an afterthought, as the following pronoun (“it”) makes clear, for the singular refers to the realm itself.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":38320,"verse_id":"LUK.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.6","text":"For the translation of παραδέδοται ( paradedotai ) see L&N 57.77. The devil is erroneously implying that God has given him such authority with the additional capability of sharing the honor.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A6/5"}
{"id":38321,"verse_id":"LUK.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"This is a third class condition: “If you worship me (and I am not saying whether you will or will not)…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":38322,"verse_id":"LUK.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Or “will prostrate yourself in worship before…” The verb προσκυνέω ( proskunew ) can allude not only to the act of worship but the position of the worshiper. See L&N 53.56.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":38323,"verse_id":"LUK.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"One could translate this phrase “it will all be yours.” The sense is the same, but the translation given is a touch more emphatic and more likely to catch the force of the offer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":38324,"verse_id":"LUK.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":38325,"verse_id":"LUK.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Ï it), have “Get behind me, Satan!” at the beginning of the quotation. This roughly parallels Matt 4:10 (though the Lukan mss add ὀπίσω μου to read ὕπαγε ὀπίσω μου , σατανᾶ [ {upage opisw mou, satana ]); for this reason the words are suspect as a later addition to make the two accounts agree more precisely. A similar situation occurred in v. 5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":38326,"verse_id":"LUK.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “You will prostrate yourself in worship before…” The verb προσκυνέω ( proskunew ) can allude not only to the act of worship but the position of the worshiper. See L&N 53.56.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":38327,"verse_id":"LUK.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"Most later mss (A Θ 0102 Ï ) alter the word order by moving the verb forward in the quotation. This alteration removes the emphasis from “the Lord your God” as the one to receive worship (as opposed to Satan) by moving it away from the beginning of the quotation. sn In the form of the quotation in the Greek text found in the best mss , it is the unique sovereignty of the Lord that has the emphatic position.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":38328,"verse_id":"LUK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":38329,"verse_id":"LUK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the devil) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":38330,"verse_id":"LUK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":38331,"verse_id":"LUK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “and stood him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A9/4"}
{"id":38332,"verse_id":"LUK.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.9","text":"This is another first class condition, as in v. 3 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A9/6"}
{"id":38333,"verse_id":"LUK.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":38334,"verse_id":"LUK.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “Jesus, answering, said to him.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified to “Jesus answered him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":38335,"verse_id":"LUK.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a summary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":38336,"verse_id":"LUK.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the devil) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":38337,"verse_id":"LUK.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “until a favorable time.” sn Until a more opportune time. Though some have argued that the devil disappears until Luke 22:3 , this is unlikely since the cosmic battle with Satan and all the evil angels is consistently mentioned throughout Luke ( 8:26-39; 11:14-23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":38338,"verse_id":"LUK.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":38339,"verse_id":"LUK.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “went out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":38340,"verse_id":"LUK.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “all the surrounding region.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A14/4"}
{"id":38341,"verse_id":"LUK.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":38342,"verse_id":"LUK.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":38343,"verse_id":"LUK.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “being glorified.” The participle δοξαζόμενος ( doxazomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. This is the only place Luke uses the verb δοξάζω ( doxazw ) of Jesus.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A15/4"}
{"id":38344,"verse_id":"LUK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":38345,"verse_id":"LUK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":38346,"verse_id":"LUK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “according to his custom.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A16/5"}
{"id":38347,"verse_id":"LUK.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A16/6"}
{"id":38348,"verse_id":"LUK.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “And unrolling the scroll he found.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Instead a new sentence has been started in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":38349,"verse_id":"LUK.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “opening,” but a scroll of this period would have to be unrolled. The participle ἀναπτύξας ( anaptuxa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to the requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":38350,"verse_id":"LUK.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “to evangelize,” “to preach the gospel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":38351,"verse_id":"LUK.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.18","text":"co), including representatives from both the Alexandrian and Western texttypes. From the standpoint of external evidence, the omission of the phrase is more likely original. When internal evidence is considered, the shorter reading becomes almost certain. Scribes would be much more prone to add the phrase here to align the text with Isa 61:1 , the source of the quotation, than to remove it from the original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A18/4"}
{"id":38352,"verse_id":"LUK.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “And closing.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":38353,"verse_id":"LUK.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “closing,” but a scroll of this period would have to be rolled up. The participle πτύξας ( ptuxas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to the requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":38354,"verse_id":"LUK.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"Or “gazing at,” “staring at.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":38355,"verse_id":"LUK.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":38356,"verse_id":"LUK.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “in your hearing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":38357,"verse_id":"LUK.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Grk “And all.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":38358,"verse_id":"LUK.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":38359,"verse_id":"LUK.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":38360,"verse_id":"LUK.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “said,” but since this is a continuation of previous remarks, “added” is used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":38361,"verse_id":"LUK.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":38362,"verse_id":"LUK.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. Since the context here refers to a drought (which produced the famine), “sky” is preferable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":38363,"verse_id":"LUK.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “as.” The particle ὡς can also function temporally (see BDAG 1105-6 s.v. 8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":38364,"verse_id":"LUK.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":38365,"verse_id":"LUK.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":38366,"verse_id":"LUK.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"The words “the people” are not in the Greek text but have been supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":38367,"verse_id":"LUK.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “cast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":38368,"verse_id":"LUK.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.29","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A29/2"}
{"id":38369,"verse_id":"LUK.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.29","text":"The Greek conjunction ὥστε ( Jwste ) here indicates their purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A29/3"}
{"id":38370,"verse_id":"LUK.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"Grk “their midst.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":38371,"verse_id":"LUK.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.30","text":"The verb πορεύομαι ( poreuomai ) in Luke often suggests divine direction, “to go in a led direction” ( 4:42; 7:6, 11; 9:51, 52, 56, 57; 13:33; 17:11; 22:22, 29; 24:28 ). It could suggest that Jesus is on a journey, a theme that definitely is present later in Luke 9-19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A30/2"}
{"id":38372,"verse_id":"LUK.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the continuation of the topic; in light of his rejection at Nazareth, Jesus went on to Capernaum.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":38373,"verse_id":"LUK.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.31","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A31/3"}
{"id":38374,"verse_id":"LUK.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.31","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A31/4"}
{"id":38375,"verse_id":"LUK.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":38376,"verse_id":"LUK.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.32","text":"Grk “because his word was.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A32/3"}
{"id":38377,"verse_id":"LUK.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a specific example of how Jesus spoke with authority (v. 32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":38378,"verse_id":"LUK.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.33","text":"Grk “having an unclean, demonic spirit,” that is, an evil spirit. This is the only place Luke uses this lengthy phrase. Normally he simply says an “unclean spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A33/3"}
{"id":38379,"verse_id":"LUK.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"Grk “What to us and to you?” This is an idiom meaning, “We have nothing to do with one another,” or “Why bother us!” The phrase τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί ( ti Jhmin kai soi ) is Semitic in origin, though it made its way into colloquial Greek (BDAG 275 s.v. ἐγώ ). The equivalent Hebrew expression in the Old Testament had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 ; 2 Chr 35:21 ; 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 ; Hos 14:8 ). Option (1) implies hostility, while option (2) merely implies disengagement. BDAG suggests the following as glosses for this expression: What have I to do with you? What have we in common? Leave me alone! Never mind! Hostility between Jesus and the demons is certainly to be understood in this context, hence the translation: “Leave me alone….” For a very similar expression, see Luke 8:28 and (in a different context) John 2:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":38380,"verse_id":"LUK.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast involved in Jesus’ reply.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":38381,"verse_id":"LUK.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.35","text":"Grk “rebuked him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A35/2"}
{"id":38382,"verse_id":"LUK.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.35","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A35/4"}
{"id":38383,"verse_id":"LUK.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":38384,"verse_id":"LUK.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.36","text":"This imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A36/2"}
{"id":38385,"verse_id":"LUK.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.36","text":"Grk “What is this word?” The Greek term λόγος ( logos ) has a wide range of meaning. Here it seems to mean, “What is this matter?” More idiomatically it would be, “What’s going on here?!”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A36/3"}
{"id":38386,"verse_id":"LUK.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate resultative nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":38387,"verse_id":"LUK.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.37","text":"That is, “information concerning a person or an event – ‘report, news, word, information’” (L&N 33.211).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A37/2"}
{"id":38388,"verse_id":"LUK.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.38","text":"Grk “Arising from the synagogue, he entered.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anastas ) has been taken temporally here, and the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A38/1"}
{"id":38389,"verse_id":"LUK.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.38","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A38/2"}
{"id":38390,"verse_id":"LUK.4.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.38","text":"Grk “they asked him about her.” It is clear from the context that they were concerned about her physical condition. The verb “to help” in the translation makes this explicit.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A38/3"}
{"id":38391,"verse_id":"LUK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the resultative nature of Jesus’ actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A39/1"}
{"id":38392,"verse_id":"LUK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.39","text":"Or “rebuked,” but “rebuke” implies strong disapproval, while the usage here involves more of a command with perhaps the implication of a threat (L&N 33.331). sn The language here ( commanded ) almost treats the illness as a personal force (see vv. 35, 41 ), but this is not the case. This healing shows Jesus’ power over sickness and should not be construed as an exorcism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A39/2"}
{"id":38393,"verse_id":"LUK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.39","text":"Grk “and immediately.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, δέ ( de ) has not been translated here. Instead a new sentence is started in the translation. sn The note that this happened immediately shows the speed and totality of the recovery.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A39/3"}
{"id":38394,"verse_id":"LUK.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.39","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A39/4"}
{"id":38395,"verse_id":"LUK.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.40","text":"Grk “everyone, as many as had those being sick.” The use of εἶχον ( eicon , “had”) suggests that the subject of the accusative participle ἀσθενοῦντας ( asqenountas , “those being sick”) is not simply acquaintances, but rather relatives, perhaps immediate family, and certainly close friends.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A40/1"}
{"id":38396,"verse_id":"LUK.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.40","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A40/2"}
{"id":38397,"verse_id":"LUK.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.40","text":"Or “laid.” The participle ἐπιτεθείς ( epiteqei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A40/3"}
{"id":38398,"verse_id":"LUK.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.41","text":"Grk “crying out and saying.” The participle λέγοντα ( legonta ) is redundant in English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A41/2"}
{"id":38399,"verse_id":"LUK.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.41","text":"Ï ) read “the Christ, the Son of God.” But the earliest and best mss , along with several other witnesses ( א B C D L W Ξ 33 579 700 1241 2542 lat sa), lack “the Christ” here. It is likely that later scribes wished to bring the demons’ confession in line with what Luke says they knew later in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A41/3"}
{"id":38400,"verse_id":"LUK.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.41","text":"Or “commanded,” but “rebuke” implies strong disapproval, which seems to be more in keeping with the context here (L&N 33.419).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A41/4"}
{"id":38401,"verse_id":"LUK.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.41","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn Note how Luke associates Son of God with Messiah ( Christ ) in this context, a regal connection with OT roots ( Ps 2:7 ). Also, see the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A41/6"}
{"id":38402,"verse_id":"LUK.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.42","text":"Grk “When it became day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A42/1"}
{"id":38403,"verse_id":"LUK.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.42","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A42/2"}
{"id":38404,"verse_id":"LUK.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.42","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate that the crowds still sought Jesus in spite of his withdrawal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A42/3"}
{"id":38405,"verse_id":"LUK.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.43","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A43/1"}
{"id":38406,"verse_id":"LUK.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.43","text":"Here δεῖ ( dei , “it is necessary”) indicates divine commission (cf. Luke 2:49 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A43/2"}
{"id":38407,"verse_id":"LUK.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.43","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A43/4"}
{"id":38408,"verse_id":"LUK.4.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.43","text":"Grk “because for this purpose I was sent.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A43/6"}
{"id":38409,"verse_id":"LUK.4.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.44","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the summarization.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A44/1"}
{"id":38410,"verse_id":"LUK.4.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":4,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.44","text":"1241) is probably the original reading since it is both the harder reading and supported by the best witnesses. “Galilee” is an assimilation to Mark 1:39 and Matt 4:23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%204%3A44/2"}
{"id":38411,"verse_id":"LUK.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “Now it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":38412,"verse_id":"LUK.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":38413,"verse_id":"LUK.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “Getting into”; the participle ἐμβάς ( embas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":38414,"verse_id":"LUK.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":38415,"verse_id":"LUK.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":38416,"verse_id":"LUK.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “sitting down”; the participle καθίσας ( kaqisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A3/4"}
{"id":38417,"verse_id":"LUK.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “let down.” The verb here is plural, so this is a command to all in the boat, not just Peter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":38418,"verse_id":"LUK.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “And Simon.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":38419,"verse_id":"LUK.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “answering, Simon said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation to “Simon answered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":38420,"verse_id":"LUK.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"The word ἐπιστάτης is a term of respect for a person of high status (see L&N 87.50).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":38421,"verse_id":"LUK.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"The expression “at your word,” which shows Peter’s obedience, stands first in the Greek clause for emphasis.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":38422,"verse_id":"LUK.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “let down.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A5/5"}
{"id":38423,"verse_id":"LUK.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":38424,"verse_id":"LUK.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"In context, this imperfect verb is best taken as an ingressive imperfect (BDF §338.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":38425,"verse_id":"LUK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate consequential nature of the action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":38426,"verse_id":"LUK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"That is, “they signaled by making gestures” (L&N 33.485).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":38427,"verse_id":"LUK.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"This infinitive conveys the idea that the boats were at the point of sinking.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":38428,"verse_id":"LUK.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":38429,"verse_id":"LUK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “business associates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":38430,"verse_id":"LUK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":38431,"verse_id":"LUK.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, thus “people.” sn The kind of fishing envisioned was net – not line – fishing, which involved a circular net that had heavy weights around its perimeter. The occupation of fisherman was labor-intensive. The imagery of using a lure and a line (and waiting for the fish to strike) is thus foreign to this text. Rather, the imagery of a fisherman involved much strain, long hours, and often little results. Jesus’ point may have been one or more of the following: the strenuousness of evangelism, the work ethic that it required, persistence and dedication to the task (often in spite of minimal results), the infinite value of the new “catch” (viz., people), and perhaps an eschatological theme of snatching people from judgment (cf. W. L. Lane, Mark [NICNT], 67; D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 1:461). If this last motif is in view, then catching people is the opposite of catching fish: The fish would be caught, killed, cooked, and eaten; people would be caught so as to remove them from eternal destruction and to give them new life. With the statement “ You will be catching people ” Jesus turns the miracle into a metaphor for mission.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":38432,"verse_id":"LUK.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of Jesus’ pronouncement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":38433,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":38434,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":38435,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":38436,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “towns, behold, a man covered with leprosy.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou , “behold”) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":38437,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “full of leprosy” (an idiom for a severe condition).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/5"}
{"id":38438,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “And seeing.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, δέ ( de ) has not been translated here. The participle ἰδών ( idwn ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/7"}
{"id":38439,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “he fell on his face”; an idiom for bowing down with one’s face to the ground.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/8"}
{"id":38440,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “and begged him, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/9"}
{"id":38441,"verse_id":"LUK.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"5.12","text":"This is a third class condition. The report portrays the leper making no presumptions about whether Jesus will heal him or not.","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A12/10"}
{"id":38442,"verse_id":"LUK.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the response of Jesus to the man’s request.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":38443,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":38444,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":38445,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.14","text":"The words “commanded him” are not in the Greek text but have been supplied for clarity. This verse moves from indirect to direct discourse. This abrupt change is very awkward, so the words have been supplied to smooth out the transition.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/4"}
{"id":38446,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “Going, show.” The participle ἀπελθών ( apelqwn ) has been translated as an attendant circumstance participle. Here the syntax also changes somewhat abruptly from indirect discourse to direct discourse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/5"}
{"id":38447,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.14","text":"The words “the offering” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/6"}
{"id":38448,"verse_id":"LUK.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “as an indictment against them”; or “as proof to the people.” This phrase could be taken as referring to a positive witness to the priests, a negative testimony against them, or as a testimony to the community that the man had indeed been cured. In any case, the testimony shows that Jesus is healing and ministering to those in need.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A14/8"}
{"id":38449,"verse_id":"LUK.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":38450,"verse_id":"LUK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Here αὐτός ( autos ) has been translated reflexively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":38451,"verse_id":"LUK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “was withdrawing” ( ἦν ὑποχωρῶν , hn jJupocwrwn ). The adverb “frequently” has been added in the translation to bring out what is most likely an iterative force to the imperfect. However, the imperfect might instead portray an ingressive idea: “he began to withdraw.” See ExSyn 542-43.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":38452,"verse_id":"LUK.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":38453,"verse_id":"LUK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “And it happened that on.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":38454,"verse_id":"LUK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"That is, those who were skilled in the teaching and interpretation of the OT law. These are called “experts in the law” ( Grk “scribes”) in v. 21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":38455,"verse_id":"LUK.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.17","text":"33 Ï latt bo) read αὐτούς ( autous ) instead of αὐτόν ( auton ) here. If original, this plural pronoun would act as the direct object of the infinitive ἰᾶσθαι ( iasqai , “to heal”). However, the reading with the singular pronoun αὐτόν , which acts as the subject of the infinitive, is to be preferred. Externally, it has support from better mss ( א B L W al sa). Internally, it is probable that scribes changed the singular αὐτόν to the plural αὐτούς , expecting the object of the infinitive to come at this point in the text. The singular as the harder reading accounts for the rise of the other reading.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A17/5"}
{"id":38456,"verse_id":"LUK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ) has been translated as “just then” to indicate the somewhat sudden appearance of the men carrying the paralytic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ), especially in conjunction with the suddenness of the stretcher-bearers’ appearance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":38457,"verse_id":"LUK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “a man who was paralyzed”; the relative clause in Greek has adjectival force and has been simplified to a simple adjective in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":38458,"verse_id":"LUK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Traditionally, “on a bed,” but this could be confusing to the modern reader who might envision a large piece of furniture. In various contexts, κλίνη ( klinh ) may be translated “bed, couch, cot, stretcher, or bier” (in the case of a corpse). See L&N 6.106.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":38459,"verse_id":"LUK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “stretcher, and.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Instead, because of the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A18/4"}
{"id":38460,"verse_id":"LUK.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A18/5"}
{"id":38461,"verse_id":"LUK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast implied in the context: They wanted to bring the man to Jesus, but found no way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":38462,"verse_id":"LUK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “But finding.” The participle εὑρόντες ( Jeuronte\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":38463,"verse_id":"LUK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.19","text":"This word, κλινίδιον ( klinidion ), is a different Greek word than the one used in the previous verse ( κλίνη , klinh ). In this context both may be translated “stretcher” (see L&N 6.106 and 6.107).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A19/4"}
{"id":38464,"verse_id":"LUK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.19","text":"There is a translational problem at this point in the text. The term Luke uses is κέραμος ( keramo\" ). It can in certain contexts mean “clay,” but usually this is in reference to pottery (see BDAG 540 s.v. 1 ). The most natural definition in this instance is “roof tile” (used in the translation above). However, tiles were generally not found in Galilee. Recent archaeological research has suggested that this house, which would have probably been typical for the area, could not have supported “a second story, nor could the original roof have been masonry; no doubt it was made from beams and branches of trees covered with a mixture of earth and straw” (J. F. Strange and H. Shanks, “Has the House Where Jesus Stayed in Capernaum Been Found?” BAR 8, no. 6 [Nov/Dec 1982]: 34). Luke may simply have spoken of building materials that would be familiar to his readers.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A19/5"}
{"id":38465,"verse_id":"LUK.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “in the midst.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A19/6"}
{"id":38466,"verse_id":"LUK.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":38467,"verse_id":"LUK.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":38468,"verse_id":"LUK.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “Man,” but the term used in this way was not derogatory in Jewish culture. Used in address (as here) it means “friend” (see BDAG 82 s.v. ἄνθρωπος 8).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A20/4"}
{"id":38469,"verse_id":"LUK.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “Man, your sins are forgiven you.” Luke stresses the forgiveness of sins (cf. 1:77; 3:3; 24:47 ). In 5:20 he uses both the perfect ἀφέωνται and the personal pronoun σοι which together combine to heighten the subjective aspect of the experience of forgiveness. The σοι has been omitted in translation in light of normal English style. sn The passive voice here is a divine passive ( ExSyn 437). It is clear that God does the forgiving.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A20/5"}
{"id":38470,"verse_id":"LUK.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":38471,"verse_id":"LUK.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Or “Then the scribes.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":38472,"verse_id":"LUK.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Or “to reason” (in a hostile sense). See G. Schrenk, TDNT 2:97.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":38473,"verse_id":"LUK.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.21","text":"The participle λέγοντες ( legontes , “saying”) has not been translated because it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A21/4"}
{"id":38474,"verse_id":"LUK.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “this one” ( οὗτος , Joutos ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A21/5"}
{"id":38475,"verse_id":"LUK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “reasonings.” This is the noun form of the infinitive διαλογίζεσθαι ( dialogizesqai , “began to reason to themselves”) used in v. 21 . Jesus’ reply to them in the latter part of the present verse makes clear that these reasonings were mental and internal, so the translation “thoughts” was used here. On the hostile or evil nature of these thoughts, see G. Schrenk, TDNT 2:97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":38476,"verse_id":"LUK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “answering, he said to them.” This construction with passive participle and finite verb is pleonastic (redundant) and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":38477,"verse_id":"LUK.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.22","text":"The Greek verb διαλογίζεσθε ( dialogizesqe , “you reason”), used in context with διαλογισμούς ( dialogismous , “reasonings”), connotes more than neutral reasoning or thinking. While the verb can refer to normal “reasoning,” “discussion,” or “reflection” in the NT, its use here in Luke 5:22 , alongside the noun – which is regularly used with a negative sense in the NT (cf. Matt 15:19 ; Mark 7:21 ; Luke 2:35, 6:8, 9:47 ; Rom 1:21 ; 1 Cor 3:20 ; G. Schrenk, TDNT 2:96-97; D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 1:484) – suggests the idea of “contention.” Therefore, in order to reflect the hostility evident in the reasoning of the Pharisees and teachers of the law, the verb has been translated as “raising objections.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A22/4"}
{"id":38478,"verse_id":"LUK.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “to the one who was paralyzed”; the Greek participle is substantival and has been simplified to a simple adjective and noun in the translation. sn Jesus did not finish his sentence with words but with action, that is, healing the paralytic with an accompanying pronouncement to him directly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":38479,"verse_id":"LUK.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.24","text":"This word, κλινίδιον ( klinidion ), is the same as the one used in v. 19 . In this context it may be translated “stretcher” (see L&N 6.107).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A24/4"}
{"id":38480,"verse_id":"LUK.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “to your house.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A24/5"}
{"id":38481,"verse_id":"LUK.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “And immediately.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":38482,"verse_id":"LUK.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “and picked up.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because contemporary English normally places a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":38483,"verse_id":"LUK.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “picked up what he had been lying on”; the referent of the relative pronoun (the stretcher) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A25/3"}
{"id":38484,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":38485,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “amazement.” See L&N 25.217, which translates this clause, “astonishment seized all of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":38486,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"This imperfect verb could be translated as an ingressive (“they began to glorify God”), but this is somewhat awkward in English since the following verb is aorist and is normally translated as a simple past.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":38487,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “fear,” but the context and the following remark show that it is mixed with wonder; see L&N 53.59.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/4"}
{"id":38488,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “remarkable.” The term παράδοξος ( paradoxos ) is hard to translate exactly; it suggests both the unusual and the awe inspiring in this context. For the alternatives see L&N 31.44 (“incredible”) and 58.56 (“remarkable”). It is often something beyond belief (G. Kittel, TDNT 2:255).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/5"}
{"id":38489,"verse_id":"LUK.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.26","text":"The word “things” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied because the adjective παράδοξος ( paradoxos ) is substantival. Other translations sometimes supply alternate words like “miracles” or “signs,” but “things” is the most neutral translation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A26/6"}
{"id":38490,"verse_id":"LUK.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “And after.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":38491,"verse_id":"LUK.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":38492,"verse_id":"LUK.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.27","text":"While “tax office” is sometimes given as a translation for τελώνιον ( telwnion ; so L&N 57.183), this could give the modern reader a false impression of an indoor office with all its associated furnishings. sn The tax booth was a booth located on the edge of a city or town to collect taxes for trade. There was a tax booth in Capernaum, which was on the trade route from Damascus to Galilee and the Mediterranean. The “taxes” were collected on produce and goods brought into the area for sale, and were a sort of “sales tax” paid by the seller but obviously passed on to the purchaser in the form of increased prices (L&N 57.183). It was here that Jesus met Levi (also named Matthew [see Matt 9:9 ]) who was ultimately employed by the Romans, though perhaps more directly responsible to Herod Antipas. It was his job to collect taxes for Rome and he was thus despised by Jews who undoubtedly regarded him as a traitor.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A27/5"}
{"id":38493,"verse_id":"LUK.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.28","text":"The participial phrase “leaving everything behind” occurs at the beginning of the sentence, but has been transposed to the end in the translation for logical reasons, since it serves to summarize Levi’s actions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A28/2"}
{"id":38494,"verse_id":"LUK.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":38495,"verse_id":"LUK.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.29","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A29/3"}
{"id":38496,"verse_id":"LUK.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.29","text":"Grk “reclining.” This term reflects the normal practice in 1st century Jewish culture of eating a meal in a semi-reclining position. Since it is foreign to most modern readers, the translation “sitting” has been substituted.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A29/4"}
{"id":38497,"verse_id":"LUK.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the implied contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":38498,"verse_id":"LUK.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “and their scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A30/3"}
{"id":38499,"verse_id":"LUK.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “grumbled”; a term often used in the OT for inappropriate grumbling: Exod 15:24; 16:7-8 ; Num 14:2, 26-35; 16:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A30/4"}
{"id":38500,"verse_id":"LUK.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":38501,"verse_id":"LUK.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A33/1"}
{"id":38502,"verse_id":"LUK.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.33","text":"Grk “and offer prayers,” but this idiom ( δέησις + ποιέω ) is often simply a circumlocution for praying.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A33/4"}
{"id":38503,"verse_id":"LUK.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.33","text":"Grk “but yours are eating and drinking.” The translation “continue to eat and drink” attempts to reflect the progressive or durative nature of the action described, which in context is a practice not limited to the specific occasion at hand (the banquet).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A33/6"}
{"id":38504,"verse_id":"LUK.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.34","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ pronouncement is a result of their statements about his disciples.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A34/1"}
{"id":38505,"verse_id":"LUK.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.34","text":"Grk “the sons of the wedding hall,” an idiom referring to guests at the wedding, or more specifically, friends of the bridegroom present at the wedding celebration (L&N 11.7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A34/2"}
{"id":38506,"verse_id":"LUK.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.34","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here it is “can you?”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A34/4"}
{"id":38507,"verse_id":"LUK.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.35","text":"Grk “then in those days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A35/2"}
{"id":38508,"verse_id":"LUK.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “puts”; but since the means of attachment would normally be sewing, the translation “sews” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A36/2"}
{"id":38509,"verse_id":"LUK.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “he tears.” The point is that the new garment will be ruined to repair an older, less valuable one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A36/3"}
{"id":38510,"verse_id":"LUK.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.39","text":"The Western textual tradition (D it) lacks 5:39 . The verse is unique to Luke, so the omission by these mss looks like assimilation to the other synoptic accounts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A39/1"}
{"id":38511,"verse_id":"LUK.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.39","text":"puts the word in brackets indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A39/2"}
{"id":38512,"verse_id":"LUK.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.39","text":"א B L W 1241 pc ) is preferred as the more difficult reading. This reading could suggest that the new thing Jesus brings is not even considered, since the “old wine” is already found quite acceptable. Grk “good.” sn The third illustration points out that those already satisfied with what they have will not seek the new ( The old is good enough ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%205%3A39/3"}
{"id":38513,"verse_id":"LUK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":38514,"verse_id":"LUK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “Now it happened that on.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":38515,"verse_id":"LUK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"33 579 1241 2542 it sa). The longer reading is most likely secondary, though various explanations may account for it (for discussion, see TCGNT 116).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":38516,"verse_id":"LUK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “heads of grain.” While the generic term στάχυς ( stacus ) can refer to the cluster of seeds at the top of grain such as barley or wheat, in the NT the term is restricted to wheat (L&N 3.40; BDAG 941 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":38517,"verse_id":"LUK.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “picked and ate some heads of grain, rubbing them in their hands.” The participle ψώχοντες ( ywconte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style, and the order of the clauses has been transposed to reflect the logical order, which sounds more natural in English.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A1/5"}
{"id":38518,"verse_id":"LUK.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Note that the verb is second person plural (with an understood plural pronominal subject in Greek). The charge is again indirectly made against Jesus by charging the disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":38519,"verse_id":"LUK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":38520,"verse_id":"LUK.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “Jesus, answering them, said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “Jesus answered them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":38521,"verse_id":"LUK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “and took.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":38522,"verse_id":"LUK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “the bread of presentation.” sn The sacred bread refers to the “bread of presentation,” “showbread,” or “bread of the Presence,” twelve loaves prepared weekly for the tabernacle and later, the temple. See Exod 25:30; 35:13; 39:36 ; Lev 24:5-9 . Each loaf was made from 3 quarts (3.5 liters; Heb “two tenths of an ephah”) of fine flour. The loaves were placed on a table in the holy place of the tabernacle, on the north side opposite the lampstand ( Exod 26:35 ). It was the duty of the priest each Sabbath to place fresh bread on the table; the loaves from the previous week were then given to Aaron and his descendants, who ate them in the holy place, because they were considered sacred ( Lev 24:9 ). These were the loaves that David requested from Ahimelech for himself and his men ( 1 Sam 21:1-6 ; cf. also Matt 12:1-8 ; Mark 2:23-28 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":38523,"verse_id":"LUK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"lat sa) lacks the word “also.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":38524,"verse_id":"LUK.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"6.4","text":"The Western ms D adds here a full saying that reads, “On the same day, as he saw someone working on the Sabbath he said, ‘Man, if you know what you are doing, you are blessed, but if you do not know, you are cursed and a violator of the law.’” Though this is not well enough attested to be considered authentic, many commentators have debated whether this saying might go back to Jesus. Most reject it, though it does have wording that looks like Rom 2:25, 27 and Jas 2:11 . sn See 1 Sam 21:1-6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A4/5"}
{"id":38525,"verse_id":"LUK.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":38526,"verse_id":"LUK.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The term “lord” is in emphatic position in the Greek text. To make this point even clearer a few mss add “also” before the reference to the Son of Man, while a few others add it before the reference to the Sabbath. sn A second point in Jesus’ defense of his disciples’ actions was that his authority as Son of Man also allowed it, since as Son of Man he was lord of the Sabbath .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":38527,"verse_id":"LUK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “Now it happened that on.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":38528,"verse_id":"LUK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":38529,"verse_id":"LUK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. In addition, because the Greek sentence is rather long and complex, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A6/4"}
{"id":38530,"verse_id":"LUK.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “a man was there and his right hand was withered.” sn Withered means the man’s hand was shrunken and paralyzed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A6/5"}
{"id":38531,"verse_id":"LUK.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “The scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":38532,"verse_id":"LUK.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A7/4"}
{"id":38533,"verse_id":"LUK.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.7","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text; Jesus’ opponents anticipated he would do this.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A7/5"}
{"id":38534,"verse_id":"LUK.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Here the conjunction δέ ( de ) has been translated as contrastive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":38535,"verse_id":"LUK.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “their reasonings.” The implication is that Jesus knew his opponents’ plans and motives, so the translation “thoughts” was used here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":38536,"verse_id":"LUK.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the man’s action was a result of Jesus’ order.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A8/5"}
{"id":38537,"verse_id":"LUK.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":38538,"verse_id":"LUK.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “And after.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":38539,"verse_id":"LUK.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"The aorist participle περιβλεψάμενος ( peribleyameno\" ) has been translated as antecedent (prior) to the action of the main verb. It could also be translated as contemporaneous (“Looking around… he said”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":38540,"verse_id":"LUK.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the man with the withered hand) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":38541,"verse_id":"LUK.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":38542,"verse_id":"LUK.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"The term ἄνοια ( anoia ) denotes a kind of insane or mindless fury; the opponents were beside themselves with rage. They could not rejoice in the healing, but could only react against Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":38543,"verse_id":"LUK.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"The use of the optative ( ποιήσαιεν , poihsaien , “might do”) in an indirect question indicates that the formal opposition and planning of Jesus’ enemies started here (BDF §§385.1; 386.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":38544,"verse_id":"LUK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “Now it happened that in.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":38545,"verse_id":"LUK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":38546,"verse_id":"LUK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “to a mountain” ( εἰς τὸ ὅρος , eis to Joro\" ). sn The expression to the mountain here may be idiomatic or generic, much like the English “he went to the hospital” (cf. 15:29 ), or even intentionally reminiscent of Exod 24:12 (LXX), since the genre of the Sermon on the Mount seems to be that of a new Moses giving a new law.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":38547,"verse_id":"LUK.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.12","text":"This is an objective genitive, so prayer “to God.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A12/5"}
{"id":38548,"verse_id":"LUK.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":38549,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":38550,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “on a plateau.” This could refer to a message given in a flat locale or in a flat locale in the midst of a more mountainous region ( Jer 21:13 ; Isa 13:2 ). It is quite possible that this sermon is a summary version of the better known Sermon on the Mount from Matt 5-7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":38551,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “large crowd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/3"}
{"id":38552,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.17","text":"There is no verb in Greek at this point, but since “a large crowd” (see preceding tn ) is in the nominative case, one needs to be supplied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/4"}
{"id":38553,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/5"}
{"id":38554,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “and from,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/6"}
{"id":38555,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/7"}
{"id":38556,"verse_id":"LUK.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"6.17","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A17/8"}
{"id":38557,"verse_id":"LUK.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Or “were oppressed by,” “were troubled with.” See L&N 22.17.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":38558,"verse_id":"LUK.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":38559,"verse_id":"LUK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":38560,"verse_id":"LUK.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “lifting up his eyes” (an idiom). The participle ἐπάρας ( epara\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":38561,"verse_id":"LUK.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":38562,"verse_id":"LUK.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Or “disdain you”; Grk “cast out your name as evil.” The word “name” is used here as a figure of speech to refer to the person as a whole. sn The phrase when they exclude you and insult you and reject you as evil alludes to a person being ostracized and socially isolated because of association with the Son of Man, Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":38563,"verse_id":"LUK.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Grk “because behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this clause has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":38564,"verse_id":"LUK.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":38565,"verse_id":"LUK.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.24","text":"Grk “your consolation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A24/3"}
{"id":38566,"verse_id":"LUK.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Grk “who are filled.” See L&N 23.18 for the translation “well satisfied with food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":38567,"verse_id":"LUK.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.25","text":"A D Q Ψ 33 Ï lat co). The longer reading looks to be a clarifying addition; nevertheless, “to you” is included in the translation because of English requirements.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A25/2"}
{"id":38568,"verse_id":"LUK.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"The wording “to you” ( ὑμῖν , Jumin ) is lacking throughout the ms tradition except for a few witnesses (D W* Δ 1424 pc co). The Western witnesses tend to add freely to the text. Supported by the vast majority of witnesses and the likelihood that “to you” is a clarifying addition, the shorter reading should be considered original; nevertheless, “to you” is included in the translation because of English requirements.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":38569,"verse_id":"LUK.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":38570,"verse_id":"LUK.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":38571,"verse_id":"LUK.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"The substantival participle ἐπηρεαζόντων ( ephreazontwn ), sometimes translated “those who abuse” (NRSV), is better rendered “those who mistreat,” a more general term (see L&N 88.129).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":38572,"verse_id":"LUK.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"Or “cloak.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":38573,"verse_id":"LUK.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.29","text":"See the note on the word “tunics” in 3:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A29/4"}
{"id":38574,"verse_id":"LUK.6.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.30","text":"Grk “your things,” sometimes translated “what is yours” or “what belongs to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A30/2"}
{"id":38575,"verse_id":"LUK.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":38576,"verse_id":"LUK.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Grk “And if.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. This is a first class condition, but the next two conditional clauses are third class conditions, so that stylistic variation is probably at work.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":38577,"verse_id":"LUK.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":38578,"verse_id":"LUK.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.33","text":"33 Ï lat) include γάρ ( gar , “for”) following καί ( kai , here translated “even”), but a few important mss ( א B W 700 892* 1241 pc ) lack the conjunction. The inclusion of the conjunction seems to be motivated by clarity and should probably be considered inauthentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A33/2"}
{"id":38579,"verse_id":"LUK.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “to receive”; but in context the repayment of the amount lent is implied. Jesus was noting that utilitarian motives are the way of the world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":38580,"verse_id":"LUK.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.34","text":"Grk “to receive as much again.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A34/3"}
{"id":38581,"verse_id":"LUK.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Or “in return.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":38582,"verse_id":"LUK.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the outcome or result. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A35/2"}
{"id":38583,"verse_id":"LUK.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.35","text":"Or “to the ungrateful and immoral.” The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A35/5"}
{"id":38584,"verse_id":"LUK.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.37","text":"Grk “And do.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A37/1"}
{"id":38585,"verse_id":"LUK.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.38","text":"Grk “they will give”; that is, “pour.” The third person plural has been replaced by the passive in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A38/2"}
{"id":38586,"verse_id":"LUK.6.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.38","text":"Grk “by [the measure] with which you measure it will be measured back to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A38/3"}
{"id":38587,"verse_id":"LUK.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here it is “can he?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A39/1"}
{"id":38588,"verse_id":"LUK.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"Or “student.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A40/1"}
{"id":38589,"verse_id":"LUK.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.40","text":"Or “significantly different.” The idea, as the next phrase shows, is that teachers build followers who go the same direction they do.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A40/2"}
{"id":38590,"verse_id":"LUK.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.41","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A41/1"}
{"id":38591,"verse_id":"LUK.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.41","text":"Or “do not notice.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A41/3"}
{"id":38592,"verse_id":"LUK.6.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.43","text":"The explanatory connective γάρ ( gar ) is often dropped from translations, but the point of the passage is that one should be self-corrective and be careful who one follows (vv. 41-42 ), because such choices also reflect what the nature of the tree is and its product.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A43/1"}
{"id":38593,"verse_id":"LUK.6.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.43","text":"Grk “rotten.” The word σαπρός , modifying both “fruit” and “tree,” can also mean “diseased” (L&N 65.28).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A43/2"}
{"id":38594,"verse_id":"LUK.6.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.43","text":"579 892 1241 2542).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A43/3"}
{"id":38595,"verse_id":"LUK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.44","text":"Grk “they do not gather”; this has been simplified to the passive voice in the translation since the subject “they” is not specified further in the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A44/2"}
{"id":38596,"verse_id":"LUK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.44","text":"This is a different verb ( τρυγῶσιν , trugwsin ) for gathering from the previous one ( συλλέγουσιν , sullegousin ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A44/3"}
{"id":38597,"verse_id":"LUK.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.44","text":"This is a different term ( βάτος , batos ) for a thorn or bramble bush than the previous one ( ἄκανθα , akanqa ). sn The statement nor are grapes picked from brambles illustrates the principle: That which cannot produce fruit, does not produce fruit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A44/4"}
{"id":38598,"verse_id":"LUK.6.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.45","text":"Grk “the”; the Greek article has been translated here and in the following clause (“out of the evil”) as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A45/1"}
{"id":38599,"verse_id":"LUK.6.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.45","text":"The word “treasury” is not repeated in the Greek text at this point, but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A45/3"}
{"id":38600,"verse_id":"LUK.6.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.45","text":"Grk “for out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A45/5"}
{"id":38601,"verse_id":"LUK.6.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.46","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A46/1"}
{"id":38602,"verse_id":"LUK.6.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.46","text":"The double use of the vocative is normally used in situations of high emotion or emphasis. Even an emphatic confession without action means little.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A46/2"}
{"id":38603,"verse_id":"LUK.6.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.47","text":"Grk “and does them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A47/1"}
{"id":38604,"verse_id":"LUK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.48","text":"Here and in v. 49 the Greek text reads ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), while the parallel account in Matt 7:24-27 uses ἀνήρ ( anhr ) in vv. 24 and 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A48/1"}
{"id":38605,"verse_id":"LUK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.48","text":"There are actually two different Greek verbs used here: “who dug ( ἔσκαψεν , eskayen ) and dug deep ( ἐβάθυνεν , ebaqunen ).” Jesus is placing emphasis on the effort to which the man went to prepare his foundation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A48/2"}
{"id":38606,"verse_id":"LUK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.48","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A48/3"}
{"id":38607,"verse_id":"LUK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.48","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in the context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A48/5"}
{"id":38608,"verse_id":"LUK.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.48","text":"א B L W Ξ 33 579 892 1241 2542 pc sa). The reading of the later mss seems to be a harmonization to Matt 7:25 , rendering it most likely secondary.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A48/6"}
{"id":38609,"verse_id":"LUK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.49","text":"Grk “does not do [them].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A49/1"}
{"id":38610,"verse_id":"LUK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.49","text":"Grk “against which”; because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative clause was converted to a temporal clause in the translation and a new sentence started here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A49/2"}
{"id":38611,"verse_id":"LUK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.49","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (that house) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A49/3"}
{"id":38612,"verse_id":"LUK.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.49","text":"Grk “and its crash was great.” sn The extra phrase at the end of this description ( and was utterly destroyed ) portrays the great disappointment that the destruction of the house caused as it crashed and was swept away.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%206%3A49/4"}
{"id":38613,"verse_id":"LUK.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":38614,"verse_id":"LUK.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “After he had completed all his sayings in the hearing of the people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":38615,"verse_id":"LUK.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":38616,"verse_id":"LUK.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times… in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v. 1 ). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ) in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. In addition, the parallel passage in Matt 8:6 uses the Greek term παῖς ( pais ), to refer to the centurion’s slave. This was a term often used of a slave who was regarded with some degree of affection, possibly a personal servant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":38617,"verse_id":"LUK.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"The term ἔντιμος ( entimos ) could mean “highly valued,” but this sounds too much like the slave was seen as an asset, while the text suggests a genuine care for the person. More archaically, it could be said the centurion was fond of this slave.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":38618,"verse_id":"LUK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the centurion) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":38619,"verse_id":"LUK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"The participle ἀκούσας ( akousas ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":38620,"verse_id":"LUK.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.3","text":"The participle ἐλθών ( elqwn ) has been translated as an infinitive in parallel with διασώσῃ ( diaswsh ) due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A3/4"}
{"id":38621,"verse_id":"LUK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":38622,"verse_id":"LUK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Although the participle παραγενόμενοι ( paragenomenoi ) is preceded by the Greek article ( οἱ , Joi ) which would normally cause it to be regarded as an adjectival or substantival participle, most modern translations, probably as a result of the necessities of contemporary English style, render it as a temporal participle (“when they came”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":38623,"verse_id":"LUK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Or “implored.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":38624,"verse_id":"LUK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “urged him earnestly, saying”; the participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is pleonastic (redundant) and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A4/4"}
{"id":38625,"verse_id":"LUK.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “Worthy is he to have you do this”; the term “worthy” comes first in the direct discourse and is emphatic.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A4/5"}
{"id":38626,"verse_id":"LUK.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Or “people.” The use of ἔθνος ( eqnos , “nation”) here instead of “God” probably meant the man was not a full proselyte, but that he had simply been supportive of the Jews and their culture. He could have been a God-fearer. The Romans saw a stable religious community as politically helpful and often supported it (Josephus, Ant. 16.6.2 [16.162-165], 19.6.3 [19.300-311]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":38627,"verse_id":"LUK.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"In the Greek text, the pronoun αὐτός ( autos ) is included, making this emphatic. Naturally the force of this statement is causative, meaning the centurion either had the synagogue built or donated the cost of its construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":38628,"verse_id":"LUK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the resultative action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":38629,"verse_id":"LUK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"The participle ἀπέχοντος ( apeconto\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":38630,"verse_id":"LUK.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “do not be bothered.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":38631,"verse_id":"LUK.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “roof; therefore.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":38632,"verse_id":"LUK.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Grk “I did not consider myself worthy to come to you.” See BDAG 94 s.v. ἀξιόω 1. “Presume” assumes this and expresses the idea in terms of offense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":38633,"verse_id":"LUK.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"33 Ï latt bo) have instead a future indicative, ἰαθήσεται ( iaqhsetai , “will be healed”). This is most likely an assimilation to Matt 8:8 , and thus, as a motivated reading, should be considered secondary. The meaning either way is essentially the same. The aorist imperative may be translated as an imperative of command (“must be healed” or, more periphrastically, “command [my servant] to be healed”) or as a permissive imperative (“let my servant be healed”), which lessens the force of the imperative somewhat in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":38634,"verse_id":"LUK.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “having soldiers under me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":38635,"verse_id":"LUK.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":38636,"verse_id":"LUK.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Or “pleased with him and amazed.” The expanded translation brings out both Jesus’ sense of wonder at the deep insight of the soldier and the pleasure he had that he could present the man as an example of faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":38637,"verse_id":"LUK.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the summarization at the end of the account.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":38638,"verse_id":"LUK.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"579 700 892* 1241 2542 it co).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":38639,"verse_id":"LUK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “And it happened that soon.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":38640,"verse_id":"LUK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Several variants to ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ( egeneto en tw ) are found before the adverb ἑξῆς ( Jexh\" ), all of them clarifying by the use of the feminine article that the next day is meant ( τῇ [ th ] in D; ἐγένετο τῇ in W; ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ in א * C K 565 892 1424 pm ). But these readings are decidedly secondary, for they are more specific than Luke usually is, and involve an unparalleled construction (viz., article + ἡμέρα [ Jhmera ] + ἑξῆς ; elsewhere, when Luke uses this adverb, the noun it modifies is either implied or after the adverb [cf. Luke 9:37 ; Acts 21:1; 25:17; 27:18 )]. The reading adopted for the translation is a more general time indicator; the article τῷ modifies an implied χρόνῳ ( cronw ), with the general sense of “soon afterward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":38641,"verse_id":"LUK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A11/3"}
{"id":38642,"verse_id":"LUK.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.11","text":"The term πόλις ( polis ) can refer to a small town, which is what Nain was. It was about six miles southeast of Nazareth.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A11/4"}
{"id":38643,"verse_id":"LUK.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":38644,"verse_id":"LUK.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"That is, carried out for burial. This was a funeral procession.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":38645,"verse_id":"LUK.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “and she.” The clause introduced by καί ( kai ) has been translated as a relative clause for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":38646,"verse_id":"LUK.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A12/5"}
{"id":38647,"verse_id":"LUK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Grk “And seeing her, the Lord.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. The participle ἰδών ( idwn ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":38648,"verse_id":"LUK.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.13","text":"The verb κλαίω ( klaiw ) denotes the loud wailing or lamenting typical of 1st century Jewish mourning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A13/3"}
{"id":38649,"verse_id":"LUK.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":38650,"verse_id":"LUK.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “coming up, he touched.” The participle προσελθών ( proselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":38651,"verse_id":"LUK.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A14/5"}
{"id":38652,"verse_id":"LUK.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of Jesus’ command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":38653,"verse_id":"LUK.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “the deceased.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":38654,"verse_id":"LUK.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A15/3"}
{"id":38655,"verse_id":"LUK.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.15","text":"In the context, the verb δίδωμι ( didwmi ) has been translated “gave back” rather than simply “gave.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A15/4"}
{"id":38656,"verse_id":"LUK.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Or “Awe.” Grk “fear,” but the context and the following remark show that it is mixed with wonder; see L&N 53.59. This is a reaction to God’s work; see Luke 5:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":38657,"verse_id":"LUK.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"This imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":38658,"verse_id":"LUK.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “arisen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A16/4"}
{"id":38659,"verse_id":"LUK.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “visited,” but this conveys a different impression to a modern reader. L&N 85.11 renders the verb, “to be present, with the implication of concern – ‘to be present to help, to be on hand to aid.’ … ‘God has come to help his people’ Lk 7:16 .” The language recalls Luke 1:68, 78 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A16/5"}
{"id":38660,"verse_id":"LUK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “And this.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":38661,"verse_id":"LUK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A17/3"}
{"id":38662,"verse_id":"LUK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “went out.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A17/4"}
{"id":38663,"verse_id":"LUK.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “through the whole of.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A17/5"}
{"id":38664,"verse_id":"LUK.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “And John’s.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. This is a reference to John the Baptist as the following context makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":38665,"verse_id":"LUK.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that John’s action was a result of the report he had heard.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":38666,"verse_id":"LUK.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “And calling two of his disciples, John sent.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A18/3"}
{"id":38667,"verse_id":"LUK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"33 pc sa) read πρὸς τὸν κύριον ( pro\" ton kurion , “to the Lord”). A decision is difficult in this instance, as there are good witnesses on both sides. In light of this, that “Jesus” is more widespread than “the Lord” with almost equally important witnesses argues for its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":38668,"verse_id":"LUK.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Grk “to Jesus, saying,” but since this takes the form of a question, it is preferable to use the phrase “to ask” in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":38669,"verse_id":"LUK.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":38670,"verse_id":"LUK.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":38671,"verse_id":"LUK.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “to you, saying,” but since this takes the form of a question, it is preferable to use the phrase “to ask” in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":38672,"verse_id":"LUK.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.20","text":"This question is repeated word for word from v. 19 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A20/4"}
{"id":38673,"verse_id":"LUK.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “In that hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":38674,"verse_id":"LUK.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":38675,"verse_id":"LUK.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “and sicknesses,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":38676,"verse_id":"LUK.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “and bestowed (sight) on.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A21/4"}
{"id":38677,"verse_id":"LUK.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the relationship to Jesus’ miraculous cures in the preceding sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":38678,"verse_id":"LUK.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"Grk “answering, he said to them.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation to “he answered them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":38679,"verse_id":"LUK.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.22","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A22/5"}
{"id":38680,"verse_id":"LUK.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “whoever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":38681,"verse_id":"LUK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":38682,"verse_id":"LUK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":38683,"verse_id":"LUK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":38684,"verse_id":"LUK.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.24","text":"There is a debate as to whether one should read this figuratively (“to see someone who is easily blown over?”) or literally ( Grk “to see the wilderness vegetation?…No, to see a prophet”). Either view makes good sense, but the following examples suggest the question should be read literally and understood to point to the fact that a prophet drew them to the desert.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A24/4"}
{"id":38685,"verse_id":"LUK.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “But what.” Here ἀλλά ( alla , a strong contrastive in Greek) produces a somewhat awkward sense in English, and has not been translated. The same situation occurs at the beginning of v. 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":38686,"verse_id":"LUK.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Or “soft”; see L&N 79.100.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":38687,"verse_id":"LUK.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.25","text":"See L&N 88.253, “to revel, to carouse, to live a life of luxury.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A25/4"}
{"id":38688,"verse_id":"LUK.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"John the Baptist is “more” because he introduces the one (Jesus) who brings the new era. The term is neuter, but may be understood as masculine in this context (BDAG 806 s.v. περισσότερος b.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":38689,"verse_id":"LUK.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “before your face” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":38690,"verse_id":"LUK.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"Ï lat), or “the prophet John” ( Ψ 700 [892 1241] pc ). “It appears that προφήτης was inserted by pedantic copyists who wished thereby to exclude Christ from the comparison, while others added τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ , assimilating the text to Mt 11.11 ” ( TCGNT 119).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":38691,"verse_id":"LUK.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the parenthetical nature of the comment by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":38692,"verse_id":"LUK.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.29","text":"Or “vindicated God”; Grk “justified God.” This could be expanded to “vindicated and responded to God.” The point is that God’s goodness and grace as evidenced in the invitation to John was justified and responded to by the group one might least expect, tax collector and sinners. They had more spiritual sensitivity than others. The contrastive response is clear from v. 30 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A29/3"}
{"id":38693,"verse_id":"LUK.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.29","text":"The participle βαπτισθέντες ( baptisqente\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A29/4"}
{"id":38694,"verse_id":"LUK.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.30","text":"That is, the experts in the interpretation of the Mosaic law (see also Luke 5:17 , although the Greek term is not identical there, and Luke 10:25 , where it is the same).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A30/2"}
{"id":38695,"verse_id":"LUK.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.30","text":"Or “plan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A30/3"}
{"id":38696,"verse_id":"LUK.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.30","text":"The participle βαπτισθέντες ( baptisqente\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle; it could also be translated as means (“for themselves, by not having been baptized”). This is similar to the translation found in the NRSV.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A30/4"}
{"id":38697,"verse_id":"LUK.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.30","text":"Grk “by him”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A30/5"}
{"id":38698,"verse_id":"LUK.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.31","text":"Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ). The comparison that follows in vv. 32-34 describes “this generation,” not Jesus and John.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A31/1"}
{"id":38699,"verse_id":"LUK.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"Grk “They are like children sitting…and calling out…who say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":38700,"verse_id":"LUK.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.32","text":"The verb ἐθρηνήσαμεν ( eqrhnhsamen ) refers to the loud wailing and lamenting used to mourn the dead in public in 1st century Jewish culture.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A32/3"}
{"id":38701,"verse_id":"LUK.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.33","text":"The perfect tenses in both this verse and the next do more than mere aorists would. They not only summarize, but suggest the characteristics of each ministry were still in existence at the time of speaking.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A33/1"}
{"id":38702,"verse_id":"LUK.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.33","text":"Grk “neither eating bread nor drinking wine,” but this is somewhat awkward in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A33/2"}
{"id":38703,"verse_id":"LUK.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Grk “Behold a man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":38704,"verse_id":"LUK.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “shown to be right.” This is the same verb translated “acknowledged… justice” in v. 29 , with a similar sense – including the notion of response. Wisdom’s children are those who respond to God through John and Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":38705,"verse_id":"LUK.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “by all those who follow her” (cf. CEV, NLT). Note that the parallel in Matt 11:19 reads “by her deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A35/2"}
{"id":38706,"verse_id":"LUK.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":38707,"verse_id":"LUK.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.36","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ action was the result of the Pharisee’s invitation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A36/3"}
{"id":38708,"verse_id":"LUK.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “and reclined at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A36/4"}
{"id":38709,"verse_id":"LUK.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.37","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A37/1"}
{"id":38710,"verse_id":"LUK.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.37","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A37/2"}
{"id":38711,"verse_id":"LUK.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.37","text":"Grk “was reclining at table.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A37/3"}
{"id":38712,"verse_id":"LUK.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.37","text":"Μύρον ( muron ) was usually made of myrrh (from which the English word is derived) but here it is used in the sense of ointment or perfumed oil (L&N 6.205). The same phrase occurs at the end of v. 38 and in v. 46 . sn Nard or spikenard is a fragrant oil from the root and spike of the nard plant of northern India. This perfumed oil , if made of something like nard, would have been extremely expensive, costing up to a year’s pay for an average laborer.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A37/5"}
{"id":38713,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “And standing.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/1"}
{"id":38714,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “standing”; the participle στᾶσα ( stasa ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/2"}
{"id":38715,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “tears, and she.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/3"}
{"id":38716,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “with the hair of her head.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/4"}
{"id":38717,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “and kissed,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/5"}
{"id":38718,"verse_id":"LUK.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “kissed his feet,” but this has been replaced by the pronoun “them” in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A38/6"}
{"id":38719,"verse_id":"LUK.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A39/1"}
{"id":38720,"verse_id":"LUK.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.39","text":"This is a good example of a second class (contrary to fact) Greek conditional sentence. The Pharisee said, in effect, “If this man were a prophet (but he is not)…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A39/2"}
{"id":38721,"verse_id":"LUK.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the connection with the preceding statement recording the Pharisee’s thoughts.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A40/1"}
{"id":38722,"verse_id":"LUK.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.40","text":"Grk “answering, said to him.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “answered him.” sn Jesus answered him. Note that as the Pharisee is denying to himself that Jesus is a prophet, Jesus is reading his thoughts.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A40/2"}
{"id":38723,"verse_id":"LUK.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.40","text":"Grk “he said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A40/3"}
{"id":38724,"verse_id":"LUK.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.41","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A41/2"}
{"id":38725,"verse_id":"LUK.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.41","text":"Grk “five hundred denarii.” sn The silver coins were denarii. The denarius was worth about a day’s wage for a laborer; this would be an amount worth not quite two years’ pay. The debts were significant: They represented two months’ pay and one and three quarter years’ pay (20 months) based on a six day work week.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A41/3"}
{"id":38726,"verse_id":"LUK.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.42","text":"The verb ἐχαρίσατο ( ecarisato ) could be translated as “forgave.” Of course this pictures the forgiveness of God’s grace, which is not earned but bestowed with faith (see v. 49 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A42/1"}
{"id":38727,"verse_id":"LUK.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.43","text":"Grk “answering, said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A43/1"}
{"id":38728,"verse_id":"LUK.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.43","text":"Grk “the one to whom he forgave more” (see v. 42 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A43/2"}
{"id":38729,"verse_id":"LUK.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.43","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A43/3"}
{"id":38730,"verse_id":"LUK.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.44","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A44/1"}
{"id":38731,"verse_id":"LUK.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.45","text":"Grk “no kiss.” This refers to a formalized kiss of greeting, standard in that culture. To convey this to the modern reader, the words “of greeting” have been supplied to qualify what kind of kiss is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A45/1"}
{"id":38732,"verse_id":"LUK.7.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.47","text":"Grk “for she loved much.” The connection between this statement and the preceding probably involves an ellipsis, to the effect that the ὅτι clause gives the evidence of forgiveness, not the ground. For similar examples of an “evidentiary” ὅτι , cf. Luke 1:22; 6:21; 13:2 . See discussion in D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 1:703-5. Further evidence that this is the case here is the final statement: “the one who is forgiven little loves little” means that the one who is forgiven little is thus not able to love much. The REB renders this verse: “her great love proves that her many sins have been forgiven; where little has been forgiven, little love is shown.” sn She loved much. Jesus’ point is that the person who realizes how great a gift forgiveness is (because they have a deep sense of sin) has a great love for the one who forgives, that is, God. The woman’s acts of reverence to Jesus honored him as the one who brought God’s message of grace.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A47/1"}
{"id":38733,"verse_id":"LUK.7.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.48","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A48/1"}
{"id":38734,"verse_id":"LUK.7.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.48","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A48/2"}
{"id":38735,"verse_id":"LUK.7.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.49","text":"Grk “And”; here καί ( kai ) has been translated as an adversative (contrastive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A49/1"}
{"id":38736,"verse_id":"LUK.7.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.49","text":"Grk “were reclining at table.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A49/2"}
{"id":38737,"verse_id":"LUK.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.50","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%207%3A50/1"}
{"id":38738,"verse_id":"LUK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “And it happened that some time.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":38739,"verse_id":"LUK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Καθεξῆς ( Kaqexh\" ) is a general temporal term and need not mean “soon afterward”; see Luke 1:3 ; Acts 3:24; 11:4; 18:23 and L&N 61.1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":38740,"verse_id":"LUK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":38741,"verse_id":"LUK.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A1/6"}
{"id":38742,"verse_id":"LUK.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"Or “illnesses.” The term ἀσθένεια ( asqeneia ) refers to the state of being ill and thus incapacitated in some way – “illness, disability, weakness.” (L&N 23.143).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":38743,"verse_id":"LUK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"Here ἐπίτροπος ( epitropo\" ) is understood as referring to the majordomo or manager of Herod’s household (BDAG 385 s.v. ἐπίτροπος 1). However, as BDAG notes, the office may be political in nature and would then be translated something like “governor” or “procurator.” Note that in either case the gospel was reaching into the highest levels of society.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":38744,"verse_id":"LUK.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.3","text":"700 892 1424 pm lat). From an internal standpoint the singular pronoun looks like an assimilation to texts like Matt 27:55 and Mark 15:41 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A3/4"}
{"id":38745,"verse_id":"LUK.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Grk “to him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":38746,"verse_id":"LUK.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"This phrase renders a distributive use of κατά ( kata ) with πόλις ( polis ), literally “according to [each] town.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":38747,"verse_id":"LUK.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.4","text":"The words “to them” do not appear in the Greek text but are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A4/3"}
{"id":38748,"verse_id":"LUK.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Luke’s version of the parable, like Mark’s (cf. Mark 4:1-9 ) uses the collective singular to refer to the seed throughout, so singular pronouns have been used consistently throughout this parable in the English translation. However, the parallel account in Matt 13:1-9 begins with plural pronouns in v. 4 but then switches to the collective singular in v. 5 ff.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":38749,"verse_id":"LUK.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":38750,"verse_id":"LUK.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in the final stage of the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":38751,"verse_id":"LUK.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “when it grew, after it grew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":38752,"verse_id":"LUK.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “said these things.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":38753,"verse_id":"LUK.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.8","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15; 13:9, 43 ; Mark 4:9, 23 ; Luke 14:35 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A8/5"}
{"id":38754,"verse_id":"LUK.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":38755,"verse_id":"LUK.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"Grk “what this parable might be” (an optative after a secondary tense, in keeping with good Koine style).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":38756,"verse_id":"LUK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":38757,"verse_id":"LUK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"This is an example of a so-called “divine passive,” with God understood to be the source of the revelation (see ExSyn 437-38).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":38758,"verse_id":"LUK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “it has been given to you to know.” The dative pronoun occurs first, in emphatic position in the Greek text, although this position is awkward in contemporary English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":38759,"verse_id":"LUK.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “the mysteries.” sn The key term secrets ( μυστήριον , musthrion ) can mean either (1) a new revelation or (2) a revealing interpretation of existing revelation as in Dan 2:17-23, 27-30 . Jesus seems to be explaining how current events develop old promises, since the NT consistently links the events of Jesus’ ministry and message with old promises ( Rom 1:1-4 ; Heb 1:1-2 ). The traditional translation of this word, “mystery,” is misleading to the modern English reader because this English word suggests a secret which people have tried to uncover but which they have failed to understand (L&N 28.77).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A10/4"}
{"id":38760,"verse_id":"LUK.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “is,” but in this context it is clearly giving an explanation of the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":38761,"verse_id":"LUK.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"The participle πιστεύσαντες ( pisteusante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb here. It may be regarded as an adverbial participle of attendant circumstance. From a logical standpoint the negative must govern both the participle and the finite verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":38762,"verse_id":"LUK.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":38763,"verse_id":"LUK.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":38764,"verse_id":"LUK.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.13","text":"Traditionally, “temptation.” Such a translation puts the emphasis on temptation to sin rather than testing of faith, which is what the context seems to indicate.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A13/4"}
{"id":38765,"verse_id":"LUK.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Grk “What”; the referent (the seed) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":38766,"verse_id":"LUK.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":38767,"verse_id":"LUK.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.14","text":"The verb τελεσφορέω ( telesforew ) means “to produce mature or ripe fruit” (L&N 23.203). Once again the seed does not reach its goal.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A14/5"}
{"id":38768,"verse_id":"LUK.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The aorist participle ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) has been taken temporally, reflecting action antecedent (prior to) that of the main verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":38769,"verse_id":"LUK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"The participle ἅψας ( {aya\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":38770,"verse_id":"LUK.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “its light,” if the Greek article is translated as a possessive pronoun (for such usage, cf. ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":38771,"verse_id":"LUK.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"Or “disclosed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":38772,"verse_id":"LUK.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Or “Therefore pay close attention”; Grk “Take heed therefore how you hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":38773,"verse_id":"LUK.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Grk “and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":38774,"verse_id":"LUK.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":38775,"verse_id":"LUK.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A19/3"}
{"id":38776,"verse_id":"LUK.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":38777,"verse_id":"LUK.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Grk “answering, he said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “he replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":38778,"verse_id":"LUK.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"There is some discussion about the grammar of this verse in Greek. If “these” is the subject, then it reads, “These are my mother and brothers, those who.” If “these” is a nominative absolute, which is slightly more likely, then the verse more literally reads, “So my mother and brothers, they are those who.” The sense in either case is the same.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":38779,"verse_id":"LUK.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Grk “Now it happened that one.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated either.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":38780,"verse_id":"LUK.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":38781,"verse_id":"LUK.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.22","text":"Grk “lake, and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the response to Jesus’ request. In addition, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A22/4"}
{"id":38782,"verse_id":"LUK.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Or “a squall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":38783,"verse_id":"LUK.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “they were being swamped,” but English idiom speaks of the boat being swamped rather than the people in it, so the referent (the boat) has been supplied to reflect this usage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A23/3"}
{"id":38784,"verse_id":"LUK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":38785,"verse_id":"LUK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"The participle προσελθόντες ( proselqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":38786,"verse_id":"LUK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.24","text":"The double vocative shows great emotion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A24/3"}
{"id":38787,"verse_id":"LUK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.24","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the connection to the preceding events.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A24/4"}
{"id":38788,"verse_id":"LUK.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.24","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A24/5"}
{"id":38789,"verse_id":"LUK.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":38790,"verse_id":"LUK.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a summary and transition in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":38791,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":38792,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":38793,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “stepped out on land.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/3"}
{"id":38794,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.27","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/4"}
{"id":38795,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “who had demons.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/5"}
{"id":38796,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the demon-possessed man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/6"}
{"id":38797,"verse_id":"LUK.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.27","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A27/7"}
{"id":38798,"verse_id":"LUK.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “And seeing.” The participle ἰδών ( idwn ) has been taken temporally. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":38799,"verse_id":"LUK.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “and fell,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":38800,"verse_id":"LUK.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “What to me and to you?” (an idiom). The phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί ( ti emoi kai soi ) is Semitic in origin, though it made its way into colloquial Greek (BDAG 275 s.v. ἐγώ ). The equivalent Hebrew expression in the OT had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 ; 2 Chr 35:21 ; 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his own, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 ; Hos 14:8 ). These nuances were apparently expanded in Greek, but the basic notions of defensive hostility (option 1) and indifference or disengagement (option 2) are still present. BDAG suggests the following as glosses for this expression: What have I to do with you? What have we in common? Leave me alone! Never mind! Hostility between Jesus and the demons is certainly to be understood in this context, hence the translation: “Leave me alone….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A28/3"}
{"id":38801,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":38802,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"579 700 1241 1424 2542 pm ), the internal evidence favors the imperfect παρήγγελλεν ( parhngellen , here translated “he had started commanding”; א A C K L W Γ Δ 1 33 565 892 pm ). The aorist is suspect because it can more easily be taken as a single command, and thus an immediate exorcism. The imperfect would most likely be ingressive (BDF §§328; 329; 331), suggesting that Jesus started to command the evil spirit to depart, and continued the command.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":38803,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “unclean.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/3"}
{"id":38804,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so,” introducing a clause that gives the result of the man being seized by the demon.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/4"}
{"id":38805,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.29","text":"Or “fetters”; these were chains for the feet.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/5"}
{"id":38806,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/6"}
{"id":38807,"verse_id":"LUK.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “into the deserts.” The plural use here has been translated as “deserted places,” that is, uninhabited areas.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A29/7"}
{"id":38808,"verse_id":"LUK.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to pick up the sequence of the narrative prior to the parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":38809,"verse_id":"LUK.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.30","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A30/2"}
{"id":38810,"verse_id":"LUK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"One could also translate the imperfect tense here with a repetitive force like “begged him repeatedly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":38811,"verse_id":"LUK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Or “command.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":38812,"verse_id":"LUK.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.31","text":"This word, ἄβυσσος ( abusso\" ), is a term for the place where the dead await the judgment. It also could hold hostile spirits according to Jewish belief ( Jub. 5:6-7; 1 En. 10:4-6; 18:11-16).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A31/3"}
{"id":38813,"verse_id":"LUK.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “mountain,” but this might give the English reader the impression of a far higher summit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":38814,"verse_id":"LUK.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the demonic spirits) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A32/2"}
{"id":38815,"verse_id":"LUK.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A32/3"}
{"id":38816,"verse_id":"LUK.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a conclusion and transition in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":38817,"verse_id":"LUK.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"The words “of pigs” are supplied because of the following verb in English, “were drowned,” which is plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":38818,"verse_id":"LUK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":38819,"verse_id":"LUK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Or “reported it.” This verb is used three times in the next few verses (vv. 36, 37 ), showing how the healing became a major topic of conversation in the district.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":38820,"verse_id":"LUK.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.34","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A34/3"}
{"id":38821,"verse_id":"LUK.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the people’s response to the report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":38822,"verse_id":"LUK.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.35","text":"Grk “Jesus, and they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A35/2"}
{"id":38823,"verse_id":"LUK.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":38824,"verse_id":"LUK.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.36","text":"Or “had been delivered”; Grk “had been saved.” This should not be understood as an expression for full salvation. They were only discussing the healing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A36/2"}
{"id":38825,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/1"}
{"id":38826,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"8.37","text":"See the tc note on “Gerasenes” in v. 26 for the same geographical options for the textual variants.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/2"}
{"id":38827,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “all the people of the surrounding region of the Gerasenes,” but according to L&N 1.80, “ περίχωρος may include not only the surrounding region but also the point of reference, for example…‘the Gerasenes and the people living around them’ Lk 8:37 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/3"}
{"id":38828,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/4"}
{"id":38829,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.37","text":"Or “to depart from them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/5"}
{"id":38830,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.37","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ departure was the result of the Gerasenes’ response. A new sentence was started in the translation at this point for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/7"}
{"id":38831,"verse_id":"LUK.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “returned,” but the effect is that he departed from the Gerasene region.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A37/8"}
{"id":38832,"verse_id":"LUK.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"Grk “be,” that is, “remain.” In this context that would involve accompanying Jesus as he went on his way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":38833,"verse_id":"LUK.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.38","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A38/2"}
{"id":38834,"verse_id":"LUK.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.39","text":"Grk “your house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A39/1"}
{"id":38835,"verse_id":"LUK.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.39","text":"Or “describe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A39/2"}
{"id":38836,"verse_id":"LUK.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the man’s response to Jesus’ instructions.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A39/4"}
{"id":38837,"verse_id":"LUK.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.39","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A39/5"}
{"id":38838,"verse_id":"LUK.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"This is a temporal infinitival clause in contrast to Mark’s genitive absolute ( Mark 5:21 ). sn Here the author notes that Jesus returned to the western shore of the Sea of Galilee after his brief excursion into Gentile territory ( 8:26-39 ; cf. also Mark 5:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A40/1"}
{"id":38839,"verse_id":"LUK.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.41","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A41/1"}
{"id":38840,"verse_id":"LUK.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.41","text":"Jairus is described as ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ( arcwn th\" sunagwghs ), the main elder at the synagogue who was in charge of organizing the services.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A41/2"}
{"id":38841,"verse_id":"LUK.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.41","text":"Grk “and falling.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A41/4"}
{"id":38842,"verse_id":"LUK.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.41","text":"This verb is an imperfect tense, commonly used by Luke for vividness.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A41/5"}
{"id":38843,"verse_id":"LUK.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.42","text":"This imperfect verb could be understood ingressively: “she was beginning to die” or “was approaching death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A42/1"}
{"id":38844,"verse_id":"LUK.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.43","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A43/1"}
{"id":38845,"verse_id":"LUK.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.43","text":"Grk “a flow of blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A43/2"}
{"id":38846,"verse_id":"LUK.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.43","text":"includes the words in brackets, indicating doubt as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A43/3"}
{"id":38847,"verse_id":"LUK.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.44","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A44/1"}
{"id":38848,"verse_id":"LUK.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A44/2"}
{"id":38849,"verse_id":"LUK.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “garment,” but here ἱμάτιον ( Jimation ) denotes the outer garment in particular.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A44/4"}
{"id":38850,"verse_id":"LUK.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “the flow of her blood.” sn The woman was most likely suffering from a vaginal hemorrhage, in which case her bleeding would make her ritually unclean.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A44/5"}
{"id":38851,"verse_id":"LUK.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A45/1"}
{"id":38852,"verse_id":"LUK.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.45","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A45/2"}
{"id":38853,"verse_id":"LUK.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.45","text":"B Π 700* al sa). The singular verb εἶπεν ( eipen , “he said”) could possibly suggest that only Peter was originally mentioned, but, if the longer reading is authentic, then εἶπεν would focus on Peter as the spokesman for the group, highlighting his prominence (cf. ExSyn 401-2). Nevertheless, the longer reading looks like a clarifying note, harmonizing this account with Mark 5:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A45/3"}
{"id":38854,"verse_id":"LUK.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.46","text":"This is a consummative perfect. Jesus sensed that someone had approached him to be healed, as his reference to power makes clear. The perception underlies Jesus’ prophetic sense as well.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A46/1"}
{"id":38855,"verse_id":"LUK.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.47","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A47/1"}
{"id":38856,"verse_id":"LUK.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.47","text":"Or “could not remain unnoticed” (see L&N 28.83).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A47/2"}
{"id":38857,"verse_id":"LUK.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.47","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. The order of the clauses in the remainder of the verse has been rearranged to reflect contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A47/3"}
{"id":38858,"verse_id":"LUK.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.47","text":"Grk “told for what reason.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A47/4"}
{"id":38859,"verse_id":"LUK.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.48","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A48/1"}
{"id":38860,"verse_id":"LUK.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.48","text":"Or “has delivered you”; Grk “has saved you.” This should not be understood as an expression for full salvation in the immediate context; it refers only to the woman’s healing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A48/2"}
{"id":38861,"verse_id":"LUK.8.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.49","text":"That is, “the official in charge of the synagogue”; ἀρχισυνάγωγος ( arcisunagwgo\" ) refers to the “president of a synagogue” (so BDAG 139 s.v. and L&N 53.93). In this case the referent is Jairus (v. 41 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A49/1"}
{"id":38862,"verse_id":"LUK.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.50","text":"Grk “answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A50/1"}
{"id":38863,"verse_id":"LUK.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.50","text":"Or “will be delivered”; Grk “will be saved.” This should not be understood as an expression for full salvation in the immediate context; it refers only to the girl’s healing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A50/2"}
{"id":38864,"verse_id":"LUK.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A51/1"}
{"id":38865,"verse_id":"LUK.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “and John,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A51/2"}
{"id":38866,"verse_id":"LUK.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “beating the breasts” (in mourning); see L&N 52.1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A52/2"}
{"id":38867,"verse_id":"LUK.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.53","text":"This imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A53/1"}
{"id":38868,"verse_id":"LUK.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.53","text":"The participle εἰδότες ( eidotes ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A53/2"}
{"id":38869,"verse_id":"LUK.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.53","text":"Or “had died.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A53/3"}
{"id":38870,"verse_id":"LUK.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.54","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A54/1"}
{"id":38871,"verse_id":"LUK.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.54","text":"Grk “and called, saying.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation to “and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A54/2"}
{"id":38872,"verse_id":"LUK.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.55","text":"Grk “And her.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A55/1"}
{"id":38873,"verse_id":"LUK.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.55","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A55/3"}
{"id":38874,"verse_id":"LUK.8.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":8,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.56","text":"Grk “And her.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%208%3A56/1"}
{"id":38875,"verse_id":"LUK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":38876,"verse_id":"LUK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":38877,"verse_id":"LUK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"An aorist participle preceding an aorist main verb may indicate either contemporaneous (simultaneous) action (“When he called… he gave”) or antecedent (prior) action (“After he called… he gave”). The participle συγκαλεσάμενος ( sunkalesameno\" ) has been translated here as indicating antecedent action.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":38878,"verse_id":"LUK.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.1","text":"al it) here, but such clarifying notes are clearly secondary.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A1/4"}
{"id":38879,"verse_id":"LUK.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Or “to preach.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":38880,"verse_id":"LUK.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":38881,"verse_id":"LUK.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":38882,"verse_id":"LUK.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “no traveler’s bag”; or possibly “no beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145; BDAG 811 s.v. πήρα ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A3/4"}
{"id":38883,"verse_id":"LUK.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “have two tunics.” See the note on the word “tunics” in 3:11 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A3/5"}
{"id":38884,"verse_id":"LUK.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “And whatever.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":38885,"verse_id":"LUK.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “and depart from there.” The literal wording could be easily misunderstood; the meaning is that the disciples were not to move from house to house in the same town or locality, but remain at the same house as long as they were in that place.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":38886,"verse_id":"LUK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “And wherever.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":38887,"verse_id":"LUK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “all those who do not receive you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":38888,"verse_id":"LUK.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":38889,"verse_id":"LUK.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":38890,"verse_id":"LUK.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"This is a distributive use of κατά ( kata ); see L&N 83:12 where this verse is cited as an example of the usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":38891,"verse_id":"LUK.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “preaching the gospel.” sn This verse is similar to Luke 9:2 , except for good news at this point. The change means that to “preach the kingdom” is to “preach the good news.” The ideas are interchangeable as summaries for the disciples’ message. They are combined in Luke 8:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":38892,"verse_id":"LUK.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “was very confused.” See L&N 32.10 where this verse is given as an example of the usage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":38893,"verse_id":"LUK.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “John I beheaded”; John’s name is in emphatic position in the Greek text. The verb is causative, since Herod would not have personally carried out the execution.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":38894,"verse_id":"LUK.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"The expression ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν αὐτόν ( ezhtei idein auton , “was seeking to see him”) probably indicates that Herod, for curiosity’s sake or more likely for evil purposes, wanted to get to know Jesus, i.e., who he was and what he was doing. See I. H. Marshall, Luke (NIGTC), 357. Herod finally got his wish in Luke 23:6-12 , with inconclusive results from his point of view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":38895,"verse_id":"LUK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":38896,"verse_id":"LUK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"The participle ὑποστρέψαντες ( Jupostreyante\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":38897,"verse_id":"LUK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":38898,"verse_id":"LUK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A10/4"}
{"id":38899,"verse_id":"LUK.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.10","text":". Or “city.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A10/5"}
{"id":38900,"verse_id":"LUK.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":38901,"verse_id":"LUK.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “the day began to decline,” looking to the approach of sunset.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":38902,"verse_id":"LUK.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that the disciples’ request was related to the approach of sunset.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":38903,"verse_id":"LUK.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":38904,"verse_id":"LUK.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.12","text":"That is, find someone to show them hospitality. L&N 34.61 has “find lodging,” using this verse as an example.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A12/4"}
{"id":38905,"verse_id":"LUK.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.12","text":"Or “in a desert” (meaning a deserted or desolate area with sparse vegetation). Here ὧδε ( Jwde ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A12/5"}
{"id":38906,"verse_id":"LUK.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Here the pronoun ὑμεῖς ( Jumeis ) is used, making “you” in the translation emphatic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":38907,"verse_id":"LUK.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":38908,"verse_id":"LUK.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":38909,"verse_id":"LUK.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.13","text":"This possibility is introduced through a conditional clause, but it is expressed with some skepticism (BDF §376).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A13/4"}
{"id":38910,"verse_id":"LUK.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.13","text":"The participle πορευθέντες ( poreuqente\" ) has been taken as indicating attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A13/5"}
{"id":38911,"verse_id":"LUK.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"The Greek text reads here ἄνδρες ( andres ) – that is, adult males. The actual count would be larger, since the use of this Greek term suggests that women and children were not included in this number (see the parallel in Matt 14:21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":38912,"verse_id":"LUK.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.14","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A14/3"}
{"id":38913,"verse_id":"LUK.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “Make” (depending on how the force of the imperative verb is understood). Grk “cause them to recline” (the verb has causative force here).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A14/4"}
{"id":38914,"verse_id":"LUK.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “And they did thus.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that the disciples’ action was a result of Jesus’ instructions. The adverb οὕτως ( {outw\" , “thus”) has been expanded in the translation to “as Jesus directed” to clarify what was done.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":38915,"verse_id":"LUK.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “and they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":38916,"verse_id":"LUK.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":38917,"verse_id":"LUK.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “And it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":38918,"verse_id":"LUK.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":38919,"verse_id":"LUK.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “the disciples were with him, and he asked them, saying.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A18/4"}
{"id":38920,"verse_id":"LUK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":38921,"verse_id":"LUK.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “And answering, they said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “They answered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":38922,"verse_id":"LUK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":38923,"verse_id":"LUK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":38924,"verse_id":"LUK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “Peter answering, said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “Peter answered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A20/3"}
{"id":38925,"verse_id":"LUK.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.20","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A20/4"}
{"id":38926,"verse_id":"LUK.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"The combination of the participle and verb ἐπιτιμήσας and παρήγγειλεν ( epitimhsa\" and parhngeilen , “commanding, he ordered”) is a hendiadys that makes the instruction emphatic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":38927,"verse_id":"LUK.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “and scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":38928,"verse_id":"LUK.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":38929,"verse_id":"LUK.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.23","text":"Grk “to come after me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A23/3"}
{"id":38930,"verse_id":"LUK.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.23","text":"This translation better expresses the force of the Greek third person imperative than the traditional “let him deny,” which could be understood as merely permissive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A23/4"}
{"id":38931,"verse_id":"LUK.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Grk “a man,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here to refer to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":38932,"verse_id":"LUK.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"This pronoun ( τοῦτον , touton ) is in emphatic position in its own clause in the Greek text: “of that person the Son of Man will be ashamed…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":38933,"verse_id":"LUK.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"Grk “in the glory of him and of the Father and of the holy angels.” “Glory” is repeated here in the translation for clarity and smoothness because the literal phrase is unacceptably awkward in contemporary English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":38934,"verse_id":"LUK.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “I tell you truly” ( λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς , legw de Jumin alhqw\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":38935,"verse_id":"LUK.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"The Greek negative here ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is the strongest possible.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":38936,"verse_id":"LUK.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “will not taste.” Here the Greek verb does not mean “sample a small amount” (as a typical English reader might infer from the word “taste”), but “experience something cognitively or emotionally; come to know something” (cf. BDAG 195 s.v. γεύομαι 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":38937,"verse_id":"LUK.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “Now it happened that about.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":38938,"verse_id":"LUK.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"Matt 17:1 and Mark 9:2 specify the interval more exactly, saying it was the sixth day. Luke uses ὡσεί ( Jwsei , “about”) to give an approximate reference.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":38939,"verse_id":"LUK.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A28/3"}
{"id":38940,"verse_id":"LUK.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Grk “And as.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":38941,"verse_id":"LUK.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Here the preposition ἐν ( en ) plus the dative articular aorist infinitive has been translated as a temporal clause ( ExSyn 595).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":38942,"verse_id":"LUK.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.29","text":"Or “the appearance of his face became different.” sn In 1st century Judaism and in the NT, there was the belief that the righteous get new, glorified bodies in order to enter heaven ( 1 Cor 15:42-49 ; 2 Cor 5:1-10 ). This transformation means the righteous will share the glory of God. One recalls the way Moses shared the Lord’s glory after his visit to the mountain in . So the disciples saw the appearance of his face transformed , and they were getting a sneak preview of the great glory that Jesus would have (only his glory is more inherent to him as one who shares in the rule of the kingdom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A29/3"}
{"id":38943,"verse_id":"LUK.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.29","text":"Or “became bright as a flash of lightning” (cf. BDAG 346 s.v. ἐξαστράπτω ); or “became brilliant as light” (cf. BDAG 593 s.v. λευκός 1).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A29/4"}
{"id":38944,"verse_id":"LUK.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":38945,"verse_id":"LUK.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “two men were talking with him, who were Moses and Elijah.” The relative clause has been simplified to an appositive and transposed in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A30/3"}
{"id":38946,"verse_id":"LUK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “his exodus,” which refers to Jesus’ death in Jerusalem and journey back to glory. Here is the first lesson that the disciples must learn. The wondrous rule comes only after suffering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":38947,"verse_id":"LUK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “accomplish,” “bring to completion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":38948,"verse_id":"LUK.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":38949,"verse_id":"LUK.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “weighed down with sleep” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":38950,"verse_id":"LUK.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Or “after they became fully awake,” “but they became fully awake and saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":38951,"verse_id":"LUK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “And it happened that as.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":38952,"verse_id":"LUK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “as they”; the referent (“the men,” referring to Moses and Elijah) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A33/2"}
{"id":38953,"verse_id":"LUK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “to leave from him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A33/3"}
{"id":38954,"verse_id":"LUK.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.33","text":"Or “booths,” “dwellings” (referring to the temporary booths constructed in the celebration of the feast of Tabernacles). sn By making three shelters Peter apparently wanted to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles or Booths that looked forward to the end and to treat Moses, Elijah, and Jesus as equals. It was actually a way of expressing honor to Jesus, but the remark at the end of the verse makes it clear that it was not enough honor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A33/4"}
{"id":38955,"verse_id":"LUK.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":38956,"verse_id":"LUK.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.34","text":"Or “appeared.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A34/3"}
{"id":38957,"verse_id":"LUK.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.34","text":"Or “surrounded.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A34/4"}
{"id":38958,"verse_id":"LUK.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":38959,"verse_id":"LUK.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.35","text":"א B L Ξ (579) 892 1241 pc co. The participle ὁ ἐκλελεγμένος ( Jo eklelegmeno\" ), which could be translated “the One who has been chosen,” is best understood as a title rather than a descriptive phrase, probably deriving from Isa 42:1 (LXX) which uses the similar ὁ ἐκλεκτός ( Jo eklekto\" ) which also appears in Luke 23:35 . sn This divine endorsement is like Luke 3:22 at Jesus’ baptism. One difference here is the mention of the Chosen One , a reference to the unique and beloved role of the regal, messianic Son.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A35/2"}
{"id":38960,"verse_id":"LUK.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":38961,"verse_id":"LUK.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.36","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the concluding summary of the account.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A36/2"}
{"id":38962,"verse_id":"LUK.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.36","text":"Grk “in those days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A36/4"}
{"id":38963,"verse_id":"LUK.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Grk “Now it happened that on.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":38964,"verse_id":"LUK.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.38","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the somewhat unexpected appearance of the man. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A38/1"}
{"id":38965,"verse_id":"LUK.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.38","text":"Grk “cried out, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A38/2"}
{"id":38966,"verse_id":"LUK.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.38","text":"This verb means “to have regard for”; see Luke 1:48 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A38/3"}
{"id":38967,"verse_id":"LUK.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.39","text":"Grk “and behold, a.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; instead a new sentence was started in the translation. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A39/1"}
{"id":38968,"verse_id":"LUK.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.39","text":"The Greek here is slightly ambiguous; the subject of the verb “screams” could be either the son or the spirit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A39/2"}
{"id":38969,"verse_id":"LUK.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.39","text":"Or “bruising,” or “crushing.” This verb appears to allude to the damage caused when it throws him to the ground. According to L&N 19.46 it is difficult to know from this verb precisely what the symptoms caused by the demon were, but it is clear they must have involved severe pain. The multiple details given in the account show how gruesome the condition of the boy was.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A39/4"}
{"id":38970,"verse_id":"LUK.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “And I.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; instead a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A40/1"}
{"id":38971,"verse_id":"LUK.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.40","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A40/3"}
{"id":38972,"verse_id":"LUK.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.40","text":"The words “do so” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity and stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A40/4"}
{"id":38973,"verse_id":"LUK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “And answering, Jesus said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “Jesus answered.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":38974,"verse_id":"LUK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “O.” The marker of direct address, ὦ ( w ), is functionally equivalent to a vocative and is represented in the translation by “you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A41/2"}
{"id":38975,"verse_id":"LUK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.41","text":"Or “faithless.” sn The rebuke for lack of faith has OT roots: Num 14:27 ; Deut 32:5, 30 ; Isa 59:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A41/3"}
{"id":38976,"verse_id":"LUK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “how long.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A41/4"}
{"id":38977,"verse_id":"LUK.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.41","text":"Or “and put up with.” See Num 11:12 ; Isa 46:4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A41/5"}
{"id":38978,"verse_id":"LUK.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A42/1"}
{"id":38979,"verse_id":"LUK.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.42","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the boy) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A42/2"}
{"id":38980,"verse_id":"LUK.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.42","text":"See L&N 23.167-68, where the second verb συσπαράσσω ( susparassw ) is taken to mean the violent shaking associated with the convulsions, thus the translation here “and shook him with convulsions.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A42/4"}
{"id":38981,"verse_id":"LUK.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.42","text":"Or “commanded” (often with the implication of a threat, L&N 33.331).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A42/5"}
{"id":38982,"verse_id":"LUK.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.43","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the response at the conclusion of the account.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A43/1"}
{"id":38983,"verse_id":"LUK.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.43","text":"Grk “all”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A43/3"}
{"id":38984,"verse_id":"LUK.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.43","text":"579 700 1241 2542 pc lat), lack the name, and since scribes were unlikely to intentionally omit it, the shorter reading is preferred as the original reading. Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Some mss have done the same.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A43/4"}
{"id":38985,"verse_id":"LUK.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.44","text":"Grk “Place these words into your ears,” an idiom. The meaning is either “do not forget these words” (L&N 29.5) or “Listen carefully to these words” (L&N 24.64). See also Exod 17:14 . For a variation of this expression, see Luke 8:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A44/1"}
{"id":38986,"verse_id":"LUK.9.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.44","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is considered by some to be used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NRSV, “into human hands”; TEV, “to the power of human beings”). However, because this can be taken as a specific reference to the group responsible for Jesus’ arrest, where it is unlikely women were present (cf. Matt 26:47-56 ; Mark 14:43-52 ; Luke 22:47-53 ; John 18:2-12 ), the word “men” has been retained in the translation. There may also be a slight wordplay with “the Son of Man” earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A44/2"}
{"id":38987,"verse_id":"LUK.9.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.45","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (the meaning of the statement) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A45/1"}
{"id":38988,"verse_id":"LUK.9.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate that in spite of their lack of understanding, the disciples were afraid to ask about it. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A45/3"}
{"id":38989,"verse_id":"LUK.9.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.46","text":"Grk “among them”; the referent (the disciples) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A46/1"}
{"id":38990,"verse_id":"LUK.9.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.46","text":"The use of the optative mood means the answer is not clear (BDF §§267.2.3; 385.2.2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A46/2"}
{"id":38991,"verse_id":"LUK.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.47","text":"Grk “knowing the thoughts of their hearts” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A47/1"}
{"id":38992,"verse_id":"LUK.9.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.47","text":"On this use of παρά ( para ), see BDF §239.1.1.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A47/2"}
{"id":38993,"verse_id":"LUK.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.48","text":"This verb, δέχομαι ( decomai ), is a term of hospitality (L&N 34.53).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A48/1"}
{"id":38994,"verse_id":"LUK.9.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.48","text":"Grk “among you all, this one is great.” The absence of a comparative term here makes the point that comparison should not be done.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A48/3"}
{"id":38995,"verse_id":"LUK.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.49","text":"Grk “And answering, John said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “John answered.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A49/1"}
{"id":38996,"verse_id":"LUK.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.49","text":"33 Ï co), which would be translated “we forbade him.” The imperfect enjoys the best external and internal support.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A49/2"}
{"id":38997,"verse_id":"LUK.9.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":49,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.49","text":"Grk “does not follow with us.” BDAG 36 s.v. ἀκολουθέω 2 indicates that the pronoun σοι ( soi , “you”) is to be supplied after the verb in this particular instance; the translation in the text best represents this nuance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A49/3"}
{"id":38998,"verse_id":"LUK.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.51","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A51/1"}
{"id":38999,"verse_id":"LUK.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.51","text":"Grk “the days were being fulfilled.” There is literary design here. This starts what has been called in the Gospel of Luke the “Jerusalem Journey.” It is not a straight-line trip, but a journey to meet his fate ( Luke 13:31-35 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A51/2"}
{"id":39000,"verse_id":"LUK.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.51","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A51/4"}
{"id":39001,"verse_id":"LUK.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.51","text":"Grk “he set his face,” a Semitic idiom that speaks of a firm, unshakable resolve to do something ( Gen 31:21 ; Isa 50:7 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A51/5"}
{"id":39002,"verse_id":"LUK.9.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":51,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.51","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A51/6"}
{"id":39003,"verse_id":"LUK.9.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.52","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A52/1"}
{"id":39004,"verse_id":"LUK.9.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.52","text":"Grk “sent messengers before his face,” an idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A52/2"}
{"id":39005,"verse_id":"LUK.9.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.52","text":"Grk “And going along, they entered.” The aorist passive participle πορευθέντες ( poreuqente\" ) has been taken temporally. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A52/3"}
{"id":39006,"verse_id":"LUK.9.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":52,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.52","text":"Or “to prepare (things) for him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A52/4"}
{"id":39007,"verse_id":"LUK.9.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.53","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the villagers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A53/1"}
{"id":39008,"verse_id":"LUK.9.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.53","text":"Or “did not receive”; this verb, δέχομαι ( decomai ), is a term of hospitality or welcome (L&N 34.53).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A53/2"}
{"id":39009,"verse_id":"LUK.9.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.53","text":"Grk “because his face was set toward Jerusalem.” sn Jerusalem is to be the place of rejection, as Luke 9:44 suggested. Jesus had resolved to meet his fate in Jerusalem, so the rejection was no surprise.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A53/3"}
{"id":39010,"verse_id":"LUK.9.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.54","text":"Or “destroy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A54/1"}
{"id":39011,"verse_id":"LUK.9.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.55","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A55/1"}
{"id":39012,"verse_id":"LUK.9.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.57","text":"Grk “And as.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A57/1"}
{"id":39013,"verse_id":"LUK.9.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.57","text":"Grk “going,” but “walking” is an accurate description of how they traveled about.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A57/2"}
{"id":39014,"verse_id":"LUK.9.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.58","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A58/1"}
{"id":39015,"verse_id":"LUK.9.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.59","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A59/1"}
{"id":39016,"verse_id":"LUK.9.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.59","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A59/2"}
{"id":39017,"verse_id":"LUK.9.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.60","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A60/1"}
{"id":39018,"verse_id":"LUK.9.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.61","text":"Grk “And another also said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A61/1"}
{"id":39019,"verse_id":"LUK.9.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.61","text":"Grk “to those in my house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A61/2"}
{"id":39020,"verse_id":"LUK.9.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.62","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A62/1"}
{"id":39021,"verse_id":"LUK.9.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":9,"verse":62,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.62","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%209%3A62/2"}
{"id":39022,"verse_id":"LUK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “And after these things.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":39023,"verse_id":"LUK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"B D 0181 pc lat as well as other versions and fathers). The more difficult reading is “seventy-two,” since scribes would be prone to assimilate this passage to several OT passages that refer to groups of seventy people ( Num 11:13-17 ; Deut 10:22 ; Judg 8:30 ; 2 Kgs 10:1 et al. ); this reading also has slightly better ms support. “Seventy” could be the preferred reading if scribes drew from the tradition of the number of translators of the LXX, which the Letter of Aristeas puts at seventy-two ( TCGNT 127), although this is far less likely. All things considered, “seventy-two” is a much more difficult reading and accounts for the rise of the other. Only Luke notes a second larger mission like the one in 9:1-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":39024,"verse_id":"LUK.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":39025,"verse_id":"LUK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":39026,"verse_id":"LUK.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “to thrust out.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":39027,"verse_id":"LUK.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “Behold I.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":39028,"verse_id":"LUK.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Traditionally, “a purse.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":39029,"verse_id":"LUK.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Or possibly “a beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145; BDAG 811 s.v. πήρα ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":39030,"verse_id":"LUK.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Or “no one along the way.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":39031,"verse_id":"LUK.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":39032,"verse_id":"LUK.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “Into whatever house you enter.” This acts as a distributive, meaning every house they enter; this is expressed more naturally in English as “whenever you enter a house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":39033,"verse_id":"LUK.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Grk “a son of peace,” a Hebrew idiom for a person of a certain class or kind, as specified by the following genitive construction (in this case, “of peace”). Such constructions are discussed further in L&N 9.4. Here the expression refers to someone who responds positively to the disciples’ message, like “wisdom’s child” in Luke 7:30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":39034,"verse_id":"LUK.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":39035,"verse_id":"LUK.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Grk “eating and drinking the things from them” (an idiom for what the people in the house provide the guests).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":39036,"verse_id":"LUK.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “And whatever town you enter,” but this is more often expressed in English as “whenever you enter a town.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":39037,"verse_id":"LUK.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Or “city.” Jesus now speaks of the town as a whole, as he will in vv. 10-12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":39038,"verse_id":"LUK.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “and they”; the referent (the people who live in the town) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A8/3"}
{"id":39039,"verse_id":"LUK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. sn Ministry ( heal the sick ) is to take place where it is well received (note welcome in the preceding verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":39040,"verse_id":"LUK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Grk “in it”; the referent (that town) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":39041,"verse_id":"LUK.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “come near to you,” suggesting the approach (but not arrival) of the kingdom. But the combination of the perfect tense of ἐγγίζω ( engizw ) with the preposition ἐπί ( epi ) most likely suggests that the sense is “has come upon” (see BDAG 270 s.v. ἐγγίζω 2; W. R. Hutton, “The Kingdom of God Has Come,” ExpTim 64 [Dec 1952]: 89-91; and D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 2:1000; cf. also NAB “is at hand for you”). These passages argue that a key element of the kingdom is its ability to overcome the power of Satan and those elements in the creation that oppose humanity. Confirmation of this understanding comes in v. 18 and in Luke 11:14-23 , especially the parable of vv. 21-23 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A9/4"}
{"id":39042,"verse_id":"LUK.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “whatever town you enter,” but this is more often expressed in English as “whenever you enter a town.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":39043,"verse_id":"LUK.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":39044,"verse_id":"LUK.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “and they”; the referent (the people who live in the town) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":39045,"verse_id":"LUK.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.10","text":"The term πλατεῖα ( plateia ) refers to the “broad street,” so this refers to the main roads of the town.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A10/5"}
{"id":39046,"verse_id":"LUK.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":39047,"verse_id":"LUK.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Here ὑμῖν ( Jumin ) has been translated as a dative of disadvantage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":39048,"verse_id":"LUK.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “has come near.” As in v. 9 (see above), the combination of ἐγγίζω ( engizw ) with the preposition ἐπί ( epi ) is decisive in showing that the sense is “has come” (see BDAG 270 s.v. ἐγγίζω 2, and W. R. Hutton, “The Kingdom of God Has Come,” ExpTim 64 [Dec 1952]: 89-91).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":39049,"verse_id":"LUK.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":39050,"verse_id":"LUK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"This introduces a second class (contrary to fact) condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":39051,"verse_id":"LUK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “powerful deeds.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":39052,"verse_id":"LUK.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.13","text":"For location see Map1-A2 ; Map2-G2 ; Map4-A1 ; JP3-F3 ; JP4-F3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A13/4"}
{"id":39053,"verse_id":"LUK.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"The interrogative particle introducing this question expects a negative reply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":39054,"verse_id":"LUK.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “hears you”; but as the context of vv. 8-9 makes clear, it is response that is the point. In contemporary English, “listen to” is one way to express this function (L&N 31.56).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":39055,"verse_id":"LUK.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.16","text":"The double mention of rejection in this clause – ἀθετῶν ἀθετεῖ ( aqetwn aqetei ) in the Greek text – keeps up the emphasis of the section.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A16/3"}
{"id":39056,"verse_id":"LUK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":39057,"verse_id":"LUK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"See the tc note on the number “seventy-two” in Luke 10:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":39058,"verse_id":"LUK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"Or “the demons obey”; see L&N 36.18.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":39059,"verse_id":"LUK.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.17","text":"The prepositional phrase “in your name” indicates the sphere of authority for the messengers’ work of exorcism.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A17/4"}
{"id":39060,"verse_id":"LUK.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ reply in vv. 18-20 follows from the positive report of the messengers in v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":39061,"verse_id":"LUK.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"This is an imperfect tense verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":39062,"verse_id":"LUK.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"In Greek, this is a participle and comes at the end of the verse, making it somewhat emphatic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":39063,"verse_id":"LUK.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.18","text":"This is probably best taken as allusion to Isa 14:12 ; the phrase in common is ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( ek tou ouranou ). These exorcisms in Jesus’ name are a picture of Satan’s greater defeat at Jesus’ hands (D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 2:1006-7).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A18/4"}
{"id":39064,"verse_id":"LUK.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Or perhaps, “trample on” (which emphasizes the impact of the feet on the snakes). See L&N 15.226.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":39065,"verse_id":"LUK.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.19","text":"Or “I have given you authority to tread on snakes and scorpions, and [authority] over the full force of the enemy.” The second prepositional phrase can be taken either as modifying the infinitive πατεῖν ( patein , “to tread”) or the noun ἐξουσίαν ( exousian , “power”). The former is to be preferred and has been represented in the translation. sn The enemy is a reference to Satan (mentioned in v. 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A19/3"}
{"id":39066,"verse_id":"LUK.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.19","text":"This is an emphatic double negative in the Greek text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A19/4"}
{"id":39067,"verse_id":"LUK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “do not rejoice in this, that.” This is awkward in contemporary English and has been simplified to “do not rejoice that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":39068,"verse_id":"LUK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"The verb here is a present imperative, so the call is to an attitude of rejoicing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":39069,"verse_id":"LUK.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.20","text":"The verb here, a perfect tense, stresses a present reality of that which was a completed action, that is, their names were etched in the heavenly stone, as it were.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A20/3"}
{"id":39070,"verse_id":"LUK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “In that same hour” (L&N 67.1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":39071,"verse_id":"LUK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":39072,"verse_id":"LUK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “thank.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A21/4"}
{"id":39073,"verse_id":"LUK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “that.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A21/6"}
{"id":39074,"verse_id":"LUK.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “for (to do) thus was well pleasing before you,” BDAG 325 s.v. ἔμπροσθεν 1. δ ; speaking of something taking place “before” God is a reverential way of avoiding direct connection of the action to him.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A21/8"}
{"id":39075,"verse_id":"LUK.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “wishes”; or “intends”; or “plans” (cf. BDAG 182 s.v. βούλομαι 2.b). Here it is the Son who has sovereignty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":39076,"verse_id":"LUK.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":39077,"verse_id":"LUK.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":39078,"verse_id":"LUK.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “turning to the disciples, he said.” The participle στραφείς ( strafei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A23/3"}
{"id":39079,"verse_id":"LUK.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A23/4"}
{"id":39080,"verse_id":"LUK.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":39081,"verse_id":"LUK.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Traditionally, “a lawyer.” This was an expert in the interpretation of the Mosaic law (see also Luke 7:30 , where the same term occurs).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":39082,"verse_id":"LUK.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":39083,"verse_id":"LUK.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Grk “How do you read?” The pronoun “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":39084,"verse_id":"LUK.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (the expert in religious law, shortened here to “the expert”) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":39085,"verse_id":"LUK.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “You will love.” The future indicative is used here with imperatival force (see ExSyn 452 and 569).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":39086,"verse_id":"LUK.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.27","text":"This portion of the reply is a quotation from Lev 19:18 . The verb is repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A27/4"}
{"id":39087,"verse_id":"LUK.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":39088,"verse_id":"LUK.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (the expert in religious law, shortened here to “the expert”) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":39089,"verse_id":"LUK.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Or “vindicate.” sn The expert in religious law picked up on the remark about the neighbor and sought to limit his responsibility for loving. Some believed this obligation would only be required toward the righteous (Sir 12:1-4). The lawyer was trying to see if that was right and thus confidently establish his righteousness ( wanting to justify himself ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":39090,"verse_id":"LUK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “answering, said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":39091,"verse_id":"LUK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.30","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A30/3"}
{"id":39092,"verse_id":"LUK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.30","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A30/4"}
{"id":39093,"verse_id":"LUK.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “and beat,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A30/5"}
{"id":39094,"verse_id":"LUK.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context between the priest’s expected action (helping the victim) and what he really did.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A31/2"}
{"id":39095,"verse_id":"LUK.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.31","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the injured man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A31/3"}
{"id":39096,"verse_id":"LUK.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Here κατά ( kata ) has been translated “up to”; it could also be translated “upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":39097,"verse_id":"LUK.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.32","text":"The clause containing the aorist active participle ἐλθών ( elqwn ) suggests that the Levite came up to the place, took a look, and then moved on.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A32/2"}
{"id":39098,"verse_id":"LUK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context between the previous characters (considered by society to be examples of piety and religious duty) and a hated Samaritan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":39099,"verse_id":"LUK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.33","text":"This is at the beginning of the clause, in emphatic position in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A33/2"}
{"id":39100,"verse_id":"LUK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.33","text":"The participle ὁδεύων ( Jodeuwn ) has been translated as an adjectival participle (cf. NAB, NASB, TEV); it could also be taken temporally (“while he was traveling,” cf. NRSV, NIV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A33/3"}
{"id":39101,"verse_id":"LUK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.33","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the injured man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A33/4"}
{"id":39102,"verse_id":"LUK.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.33","text":"“Him” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The verb means “to feel compassion for,” and the object of the compassion is understood. sn Here is what made the Samaritan different: He felt compassion for him . In the story, compassion becomes the concrete expression of love. The next verse details explicitly six acts of compassion.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A33/5"}
{"id":39103,"verse_id":"LUK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Instead, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":39104,"verse_id":"LUK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.34","text":"The words “to him” are not in the Greek text but are implied. The participle προσελθών ( proselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A34/2"}
{"id":39105,"verse_id":"LUK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.34","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. Because of the length and complexity of this Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A34/4"}
{"id":39106,"verse_id":"LUK.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.34","text":"It is not clear whether the causative nuance of the verb included actual assistance or not (“helped him on” versus “had him get on”; see L&N 15.98), but in light of the severity of the man’s condition as described in the preceding verses, some degree of assistance was almost certainly needed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A34/5"}
{"id":39107,"verse_id":"LUK.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":39108,"verse_id":"LUK.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.35","text":"Grk “two denarii.” sn The two silver coins were denarii. A denarius was a silver coin worth about a day’s pay for a laborer; this would be an amount worth about two days’ pay.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A35/2"}
{"id":39109,"verse_id":"LUK.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.35","text":"Grk “when I come back”; the words “this way” are part of an English idiom used to translate the phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A35/3"}
{"id":39110,"verse_id":"LUK.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.37","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (the expert in religious law) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A37/1"}
{"id":39111,"verse_id":"LUK.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.37","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the concluding summary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A37/3"}
{"id":39112,"verse_id":"LUK.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.37","text":"This recalls the verb of the earlier reply in v. 28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A37/4"}
{"id":39113,"verse_id":"LUK.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":39114,"verse_id":"LUK.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.38","text":"B sa. For the meaning “to welcome, to have as a guest” see L&N 34.53.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A38/2"}
{"id":39115,"verse_id":"LUK.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":39116,"verse_id":"LUK.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.39","text":"This reflexive makes it clear that Mary took the initiative in sitting by Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A39/2"}
{"id":39117,"verse_id":"LUK.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.40","text":"Grk “with much serving.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A40/2"}
{"id":39118,"verse_id":"LUK.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.40","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that the following was a result of Martha’s distraction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A40/3"}
{"id":39119,"verse_id":"LUK.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.40","text":"The negative οὐ ( ou ) used with the verb expects a positive reply. Martha expected Jesus to respond and rebuke Mary.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A40/4"}
{"id":39120,"verse_id":"LUK.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.40","text":"Grk “has left me to serve alone.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A40/5"}
{"id":39121,"verse_id":"LUK.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.40","text":"The conjunction οὖν ( oun , “then, therefore”) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A40/6"}
{"id":39122,"verse_id":"LUK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"L 579 892 pc lat sa).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":39123,"verse_id":"LUK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “answering, said to her.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “answered her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A41/2"}
{"id":39124,"verse_id":"LUK.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.41","text":"Or “upset.” Here the meanings of μεριμνάω ( merimnaw ) and θορυβάζομαι ( qorubazomai ) reinforce each other (L&N 25.234).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A41/4"}
{"id":39125,"verse_id":"LUK.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.42","text":"Ï lat sa).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A42/1"}
{"id":39126,"verse_id":"LUK.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.42","text":"Or “better”; Grk “good.” This is an instance of the positive adjective used in place of the superlative adjective. According to ExSyn 298, this could also be treated as a positive for comparative (“better”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2010%3A42/2"}
{"id":39127,"verse_id":"LUK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":39128,"verse_id":"LUK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":39129,"verse_id":"LUK.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":39130,"verse_id":"LUK.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Grk “hallowed be your name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":39131,"verse_id":"LUK.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “Give us bread each day for the coming day,” or “Give us each day the bread we need for today.” The term ἐπιούσιος ( epiousio\" ) does not occur outside of early Christian literature (other occurrences are in Matt 6:11 and Didache 8:2 ), so its meaning is difficult to determine. Various suggestions include “daily,” “the coming day,” and “for existence.” See BDAG 376 s.v.; L&N 67:183, 206.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":39132,"verse_id":"LUK.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “who is indebted to us” (an idiom). The picture of sin as debt is not unusual. As for forgiveness offered and forgiveness given, see 1 Pet 3:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":39133,"verse_id":"LUK.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"B L 1 700 pc vg sa Or). Internally, since the mss that have the longer reading here display the same tendency throughout the Lord’s Prayer to assimilate the Lukan version to the Matthean version, the shorter reading should be regarded as authentic in Luke. Or “into a time of testing.” sn The request Do not lead us into temptation is not to suggest that God causes temptation, but is a rhetorical way to ask for his protection from sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":39134,"verse_id":"LUK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":39135,"verse_id":"LUK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Grk “Who among you will have a friend and go to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":39136,"verse_id":"LUK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Grk “he will go to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":39137,"verse_id":"LUK.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.5","text":"The words “of bread” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by ἄρτους ( artou\" , “loaves”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A5/4"}
{"id":39138,"verse_id":"LUK.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “has come to me from the road.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":39139,"verse_id":"LUK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Κἀκεῖνος ( kakeino\" ) has been translated “Then he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":39140,"verse_id":"LUK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Grk “answering, he will say.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “he will reply.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":39141,"verse_id":"LUK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.7","text":"Grk “my children are with me in the bed.” In Jewish homes in the time of Jesus, the beds were often all together in one room; thus the householder may be speaking of individual beds (using a collective singular) rather than a common bed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A7/3"}
{"id":39142,"verse_id":"LUK.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.7","text":"The syntax of vv. 6-7 is complex. In the Greek text Jesus’ words in v. 6 begin as a question. Some see Jesus’ question ending at v. 6 , but the reply starting in v. 8 favors extending the question through the entire illustration. The translation breaks up the long sentence at the beginning of v. 7 and translates Jesus’ words as a statement for reasons of English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A7/4"}
{"id":39143,"verse_id":"LUK.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man in bed in the house) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":39144,"verse_id":"LUK.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the first man mentioned) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":39145,"verse_id":"LUK.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"The term ἀναίδεια ( anaideia ) is hard to translate. It refers to a combination of ideas, a boldness that persists over time, or “audacity,” which comes close. It most likely describes the one making the request, since the unit’s teaching is an exhortation about persistence in prayer. Some translate the term “shamelessness” which is the term’s normal meaning, and apply it to the neighbor as an illustration of God responding for the sake of his honor. But the original question was posed in terms of the first man who makes the request, not of the neighbor, so the teaching underscores the action of the one making the request.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":39146,"verse_id":"LUK.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Here καί ( kai , from καγώ [ kagw ]) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion drawn from the preceding parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":39147,"verse_id":"LUK.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.9","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (a door) is implied by the context and has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A9/3"}
{"id":39148,"verse_id":"LUK.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (a door) is implied by the context and has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":39149,"verse_id":"LUK.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":39150,"verse_id":"LUK.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"sa.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":39151,"verse_id":"LUK.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"The participle ὑπάρχοντες ( Juparconte\" ) has been translated as a concessive participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":39152,"verse_id":"LUK.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":39153,"verse_id":"LUK.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.14","text":"The phrase “a demon that was mute” should probably be understood to mean that the demon caused muteness or speechlessness in its victim, although it is sometimes taken to refer to the demon’s own inability to speak (cf. TEV, “a demon that could not talk”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A14/2"}
{"id":39154,"verse_id":"LUK.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.14","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated either.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A14/3"}
{"id":39155,"verse_id":"LUK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Grk “By Beelzebul.” sn Beelzebul is another name for Satan. So some people recognized Jesus’ work as supernatural, but called it diabolical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":39156,"verse_id":"LUK.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “prince.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":39157,"verse_id":"LUK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “testing”; the participle is taken as indicating the purpose of the demand.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":39158,"verse_id":"LUK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"The pronoun “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":39159,"verse_id":"LUK.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “seeking from him.” The imperfect ἐζήτουν ( ezhtoun ) is taken ingressively. It is also possible to regard it as iterative (“kept on asking”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A16/3"}
{"id":39160,"verse_id":"LUK.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":39161,"verse_id":"LUK.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “is left in ruins.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":39162,"verse_id":"LUK.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “and house falls on house.” This phrase pictures one house collapsing on another, what is called today a “house of cards.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":39163,"verse_id":"LUK.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that the clause that follows is a logical conclusion based on the preceding examples.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":39164,"verse_id":"LUK.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"This first class condition, the first of three “if” clauses in the following verses, presents the example vividly as if it were so. In fact, all three conditions in these verses are first class. The examples are made totally parallel. The expected answer is that Satan’s kingdom will not stand, so the suggestion makes no sense. Satan would not seek to heal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":39165,"verse_id":"LUK.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “because.” “I ask you this” is supplied for the sake of English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":39166,"verse_id":"LUK.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"The pronoun “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":39167,"verse_id":"LUK.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"The phrase ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς ( efqasen ef ’ Juma\" ) is important. Does it mean merely “approach” (which would be reflected in a translation like “has come near to you”) or actually “come upon” (as in the translation given above, “has already overtaken you,” which has the added connotation of suddenness)? The issue here is like the one in 10:9 (see note there on the phrase “come on”). Is the arrival of the kingdom merely anticipated or already in process? Two factors favor arrival over anticipation here. First, the prepositional phrase “upon you” suggests arrival ( Dan 4:24, 28 Theodotion). Second, the following illustration in vv. 21-23 looks at the healing as portraying Satan being overrun. So the presence of God’s authority has arrived. See also L&N 13.123 for the translation of φθάνω ( fqanw ) as “to happen to already, to come upon, to come upon already.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":39168,"verse_id":"LUK.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"The referent of the expression “a strong man” is Satan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":39169,"verse_id":"LUK.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"The word αὐλή ( aulh ) describes any building large and elaborate enough to have an interior courtyard, thus “dwelling, palace, mansion” (L&N 7.6).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":39170,"verse_id":"LUK.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"Grk “his goods are in peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":39171,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":39172,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"The referent of the expression “a stronger man” is Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":39173,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “stronger man than he attacks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":39174,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the first man mentioned) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/4"}
{"id":39175,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “on which he relied.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/5"}
{"id":39176,"verse_id":"LUK.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.22","text":"Or “and distributes.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A22/6"}
{"id":39177,"verse_id":"LUK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"Grk “man.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":39178,"verse_id":"LUK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A24/4"}
{"id":39179,"verse_id":"LUK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.24","text":"has τότε in brackets indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A24/5"}
{"id":39180,"verse_id":"LUK.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.24","text":"Grk “I will return to my house from which I came.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A24/6"}
{"id":39181,"verse_id":"LUK.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Grk “comes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":39182,"verse_id":"LUK.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"The words “the house” are not in Greek but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":39183,"verse_id":"LUK.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the concluding point of the story.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":39184,"verse_id":"LUK.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “man.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":39185,"verse_id":"LUK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “And it happened that as.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":39186,"verse_id":"LUK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “lifted up her voice and said.” This idiom is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “spoke out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":39187,"verse_id":"LUK.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.27","text":"For this term see L&N 8.69.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A27/3"}
{"id":39188,"verse_id":"LUK.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":39189,"verse_id":"LUK.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":39190,"verse_id":"LUK.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":39191,"verse_id":"LUK.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “to the Ninevites.” What the Ninevites experienced was Jonah’s message ( Jonah 3:4, 10; 4:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":39192,"verse_id":"LUK.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.30","text":"The repetition of the words “a sign” are not in the Greek text, but are implied and are supplied here for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A30/2"}
{"id":39193,"verse_id":"LUK.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"11.30","text":"Only the Western ms D and a few Itala mss add here a long reference to Jonah being in the belly of the fish for three days and nights and the Son of Man being three days in the earth, apparently harmonizing the text to the parallel in Matt 12:40 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A30/3"}
{"id":39194,"verse_id":"LUK.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"Grk “men”; the word here ( ἀνήρ , anhr ) usually indicates males or husbands, but occasionally is used in a generic sense of people in general, as is the case here (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 1, 2 ). The same term, translated the same way, occurs in v. 32 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":39195,"verse_id":"LUK.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.31","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A31/4"}
{"id":39196,"verse_id":"LUK.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"See the note on the word “people” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":39197,"verse_id":"LUK.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"Grk “at the preaching of Jonah.” sn The phrase repented when Jonah preached to them confirms that in this context the sign of Jonah (v. 30 ) is his message.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":39198,"verse_id":"LUK.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.32","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A32/3"}
{"id":39199,"verse_id":"LUK.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Or perhaps “in a cellar” (L&N 28.78). The point is that the light of Jesus’ teaching has been put in public view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":39200,"verse_id":"LUK.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Ï latt). The parallel passage in Luke 8:16 does not include “under a basket.” If the phrase “under a basket” were added as a harmonization with Mark 4:21 and Matt 5:15 , it is perhaps surprising that scribes did not add the phrase at Luke 8:16 as well. It seems somewhat more likely that a scribe copying Luke would be inclined to harmonize 11:33 with 8:16 by omitting the phrase here. Thus, the words “or under a basket” seem to have the marks of authenticity. Or “a bowl”; this refers to any container for dry material of about eight liters (two gallons) capacity. It could be translated “basket, box, bowl” (L&N 6.151).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":39201,"verse_id":"LUK.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"Or “sound” (so L&N 23.132 and most scholars). A few scholars take this word to mean something like “generous” here (L&N 57.107), partly due to the immediate context of this saying in Matt 6:22 which concerns money, in which case the “eye” is a metonymy for the entire person (“if you are generous”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":39202,"verse_id":"LUK.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"Or “when it is sick” (L&N 23.149). sn There may be a slight wordplay here, as this term can also mean “evil,” so the figure uses a term that points to the real meaning of being careful as to what one pays attention to or looks at.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":39203,"verse_id":"LUK.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"This is a present imperative, calling for a constant watch (L&N 24.32; ExSyn 721).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":39204,"verse_id":"LUK.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.36","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text, so the example ends on a hopeful, positive note.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A36/1"}
{"id":39205,"verse_id":"LUK.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.36","text":"Grk “Therefore”; the same conjunction as at the beginning of v. 35 , but since it indicates a further inference or conclusion, it has been translated “then” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A36/2"}
{"id":39206,"verse_id":"LUK.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.36","text":"Grk “not having any part dark.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A36/3"}
{"id":39207,"verse_id":"LUK.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.36","text":"Grk “it will be completely illumined as when a lamp illumines you with its rays.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A36/4"}
{"id":39208,"verse_id":"LUK.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"The use of the aorist infinitive here should probably be translated “as he spoke” rather than “while he was speaking” (see ExSyn 595). The Pharisee did not necessarily interrupt Jesus to issue the invitation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":39209,"verse_id":"LUK.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.37","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A37/3"}
{"id":39210,"verse_id":"LUK.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.37","text":"Grk “and reclined at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A37/4"}
{"id":39211,"verse_id":"LUK.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A38/1"}
{"id":39212,"verse_id":"LUK.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.38","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A38/2"}
{"id":39213,"verse_id":"LUK.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.38","text":"The words “his hands” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity. sn Washing before meals was a cultural practice that was described in the OT, but not prescribed there ( Gen 18:4 ; Judg 19:21 ). It was apparently related to concern about contracting ceremonial uncleanness ( Lev 11:31-38 ; t. Demai 2.11-12).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A38/3"}
{"id":39214,"verse_id":"LUK.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Or “and evil.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":39215,"verse_id":"LUK.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.40","text":"The question includes a Greek particle, οὐ ( ou ), that expects a positive reply. God, the maker of both, is concerned for what is both inside and outside.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A40/2"}
{"id":39216,"verse_id":"LUK.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.41","text":"Grk “Give the things inside as alms.” Three different approaches have been taken to the syntax and meaning of this phrase: (1) τὰ ἐνόντα ( ta enonta , “the things inside”) is an accusative of respect (“give alms with respect to the things inside”); (2) τὰ ἐνόντα is an adverbial accusative (“give alms inwardly,” i.e., from the heart); (3) the word translated “alms” represents a mistranslation of the original Aramaic term “cleanse,” so the statement urges the hearers to “cleanse the things inside.” According to D. L. Bock ( Luke [BECNT], 2:1115) the latter meaning is unlikely because the present verse is independent of Matt 23:26 , not parallel to it, and makes good sense as it stands. sn In Jewish culture giving alms to the poor was a very important religious observance; it was meant to be an act of mercy, kindness, and love (D. L. Bock, Luke [BECNT], 2:1114). The implication from the text is that the Pharisees gave alms, but without any of the spiritual concern which should have motivated those generous actions. Here Jesus commands the Pharisees to give from within themselves to those in need instead of just giving of their possessions. In so doing they would show true inner purity acceptable to God. This is in keeping with the author’s social concerns elsewhere in the Gospel (cf., e.g., 1:52-53, 4:18-19, 6:20-21, 14:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A41/1"}
{"id":39217,"verse_id":"LUK.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.41","text":"Grk “and behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this clause has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A41/2"}
{"id":39218,"verse_id":"LUK.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.42","text":"Grk “Woe to you…because you…” The causal particle ὅτι ( Joti ) has not been translated here for rhetorical effect (and so to the end of this chapter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A42/1"}
{"id":39219,"verse_id":"LUK.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.42","text":"Or “you tithe mint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A42/2"}
{"id":39220,"verse_id":"LUK.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.42","text":"Grk “and rue.” Καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. sn Rue was an evergreen herb used for seasoning.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A42/4"}
{"id":39221,"verse_id":"LUK.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.42","text":"Grk “those”; but this has been translated as “the others” to clarify which are meant.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A42/6"}
{"id":39222,"verse_id":"LUK.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.43","text":"Or “seats of honor.” The term here is plural and is not a reference only to the lead “seat of Moses” in the synagogue, but includes the front seats near the ark.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A43/1"}
{"id":39223,"verse_id":"LUK.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.43","text":"Grk “and the greetings.” sn The later Jewish summary of oral tradition, the Talmud, notes elaborate greetings for rabbis. The rebuke here is for pride.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A43/3"}
{"id":39224,"verse_id":"LUK.11.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.44","text":"33 1241 2542 lat sa).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A44/1"}
{"id":39225,"verse_id":"LUK.11.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.44","text":"Grk “men.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A44/2"}
{"id":39226,"verse_id":"LUK.11.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.45","text":"For this term, see Matt 22;6 ; Luke 18:32 ; Acts 14:5 ; 1 Thess 2:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A45/2"}
{"id":39227,"verse_id":"LUK.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.46","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A46/1"}
{"id":39228,"verse_id":"LUK.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.46","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A46/2"}
{"id":39229,"verse_id":"LUK.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.46","text":"Here “as well” is used to translate καί ( kai ) at the beginning of the statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A46/3"}
{"id":39230,"verse_id":"LUK.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.46","text":"Grk “men.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both males and females.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A46/4"}
{"id":39231,"verse_id":"LUK.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.46","text":"Grk “you yourselves do not touch.” This could mean one of two things: (1) Either they make others do what they themselves do not (through various technical exceptions) or (2) they make no effort to help the others fulfill what they are required to do. Considering the care these religious figures are said to have given to the law, the second option is more likely (see L&N 18.11).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A46/5"}
{"id":39232,"verse_id":"LUK.11.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.47","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A47/2"}
{"id":39233,"verse_id":"LUK.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.48","text":"Grk “you are witnesses and approve of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A48/1"}
{"id":39234,"verse_id":"LUK.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.48","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A48/2"}
{"id":39235,"verse_id":"LUK.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.48","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (the prophets) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A48/3"}
{"id":39236,"verse_id":"LUK.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.48","text":"“Their,” i.e., the prophets.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A48/4"}
{"id":39237,"verse_id":"LUK.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.48","text":"א B D L 579 1241 it sa), it is likely that they were not part of the original text of Luke. Nevertheless, the words “their tombs” are inserted in the translation because of requirements of English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A48/5"}
{"id":39238,"verse_id":"LUK.11.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.50","text":"Or “that this generation may be charged with”; or “the blood of all the prophets… may be required from this generation.” This is a warning of judgment. These people are responsible for the shedding of prophetic blood.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A50/1"}
{"id":39239,"verse_id":"LUK.11.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.50","text":"Or “foundation.” However, this does not suggest a time to the modern reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A50/2"}
{"id":39240,"verse_id":"LUK.11.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.50","text":"The order of the clauses in this complicated sentence has been rearranged to simplify it for the modern reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A50/3"}
{"id":39241,"verse_id":"LUK.11.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.51","text":"Or “who perished.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A51/3"}
{"id":39242,"verse_id":"LUK.11.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.51","text":"Or “and the temple”; Grk “and the house,” but in this context a reference to the house of God as a place of sanctuary.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A51/4"}
{"id":39243,"verse_id":"LUK.11.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.51","text":"Or “required from.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A51/5"}
{"id":39244,"verse_id":"LUK.11.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.52","text":"Or “you tried to prevent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A52/2"}
{"id":39245,"verse_id":"LUK.11.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.53","text":"Or “the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A53/1"}
{"id":39246,"verse_id":"LUK.11.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.53","text":"Or “terribly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A53/2"}
{"id":39247,"verse_id":"LUK.11.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.53","text":"For this term see L&N 33.183.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A53/3"}
{"id":39248,"verse_id":"LUK.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.54","text":"Grk “lying in ambush against,” but this is a figurative extension of that meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A54/1"}
{"id":39249,"verse_id":"LUK.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.54","text":"This term was often used in a hunting context (BDAG 455 s.v. θηρεύω ; L&N 27.30). Later examples of this appear in .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2011%3A54/2"}
{"id":39250,"verse_id":"LUK.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"The phrase ἐν οἷς ( en Jois ) can be translated “meanwhile.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":39251,"verse_id":"LUK.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":39252,"verse_id":"LUK.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"According to L&N 27.59, “to pay attention to, to keep on the lookout for, to be alert for, to be on your guard against.” This is another Lukan present imperative calling for constant vigilance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":39253,"verse_id":"LUK.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Or “concealed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":39254,"verse_id":"LUK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Or “because.” Understanding this verse as a result of v. 2 is a slightly better reading of the context. Knowing what is coming should impact our behavior now.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":39255,"verse_id":"LUK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Grk “spoken in the ear,” an idiom. The contemporary expression is “whispered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":39256,"verse_id":"LUK.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.3","text":"The expression “proclaimed from the housetops” is an idiom for proclaiming something publicly (L&N 7.51). Roofs of many first century Jewish houses in Judea and Galilee were flat and had access either from outside or from within the house. Something shouted from atop a house would be heard by everyone in the street below.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A3/4"}
{"id":39257,"verse_id":"LUK.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":39258,"verse_id":"LUK.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Grk “will show,” but in this reflective context such a demonstration is a warning or exhortation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":39259,"verse_id":"LUK.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"The direct object (“you”) is understood.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":39260,"verse_id":"LUK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":39261,"verse_id":"LUK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Or “confesses.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":39262,"verse_id":"LUK.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Although this is a generic reference and includes both males and females, in this context “men” has been retained because of the wordplay with the Son of Man and the contrast with the angels. The same is true of the occurrence of “men” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":39263,"verse_id":"LUK.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Grk “it will not be forgiven the person who blasphemes against the Holy Spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":39264,"verse_id":"LUK.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":39265,"verse_id":"LUK.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “about how or what you should say in your defense,” but this is redundant with the following clause, “or what you should say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A11/3"}
{"id":39266,"verse_id":"LUK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Grk “in that very hour” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":39267,"verse_id":"LUK.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Grk “what it is necessary to say.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":39268,"verse_id":"LUK.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":39269,"verse_id":"LUK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":39270,"verse_id":"LUK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"This term of address can be harsh or gentle depending on the context (BDAG 82 s.v. ἄνθρωπος 8). Here it is a rebuke.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":39271,"verse_id":"LUK.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The pronoun ὑμᾶς ( Jumas ) is plural, referring to both the man and his brother; thus the translation “you two.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":39272,"verse_id":"LUK.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":39273,"verse_id":"LUK.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"See L&N 13.154 for this use of the middle voice of φυλάσσω ( fulassw ) in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":39274,"verse_id":"LUK.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"Or “avarice,” “covetousness.” Note the warning covers more than money and gets at the root attitude – the strong desire to acquire more and more possessions and experiences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":39275,"verse_id":"LUK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “And he.” Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the connection to the preceding statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":39276,"verse_id":"LUK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “a parable, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":39277,"verse_id":"LUK.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Or “yielded a plentiful harvest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":39278,"verse_id":"LUK.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that this is a result of the preceding statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":39279,"verse_id":"LUK.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “to himself, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":39280,"verse_id":"LUK.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":39281,"verse_id":"LUK.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “to my soul,” which is repeated as a vocative in the following statement, but is left untranslated as redundant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":39282,"verse_id":"LUK.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Grk “your soul,” but ψυχή ( yuch ) is frequently used of one’s physical life. It clearly has that meaning in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":39283,"verse_id":"LUK.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “required back.” This term, ἀπαιτέω ( apaitew ), has an economic feel to it and is often used of a debt being called in for repayment (BDAG 96 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":39284,"verse_id":"LUK.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.20","text":"Grk “the things you have prepared, whose will they be?” The words “for yourself” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A20/3"}
{"id":39285,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. Jesus’ remarks to the disciples are an application of the point made in the previous parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":39286,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":39287,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.22","text":"B 1241 c e. Although the addition of clarifying pronouns is a known scribal alteration, in this case it is probably better to view the dropping of the pronoun as the alteration in light of its minimal attestation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/3"}
{"id":39288,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.22","text":"Or “do not be anxious.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/4"}
{"id":39289,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.22","text":"700 2542 al lat). Externally, the shorter reading is superior. Internally, the pronoun looks to be a scribal clarification. In context the article can be translated as a possessive pronoun anyway ( ExSyn 215), as it has been done for this translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/5"}
{"id":39290,"verse_id":"LUK.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.22","text":"Ï lat). See previous tc note for more discussion.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A22/6"}
{"id":39291,"verse_id":"LUK.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “crows.” Crows and ravens belong to the same family of birds. English uses “crow” as a general word for the family. Palestine has several indigenous members of the crow family.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":39292,"verse_id":"LUK.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “God gives them food to eat.” L&N 23.6 has both “to provide food for” and “to give food to someone to eat.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":39293,"verse_id":"LUK.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “by being anxious.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":39294,"verse_id":"LUK.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “a cubit to his height.” A cubit ( πῆχυς , phcu\" ) can measure length (normally about 45 cm or 18 inches) or time (a small unit, “hour” is usually used [BDAG 812 s.v.] although “day” has been suggested [L&N 67.151]). The term ἡλικία ( Jhlikia ) is ambiguous in the same way as πῆχυς . Most scholars take the term to describe age or length of life here, although a few refer it to bodily stature (see BDAG 435-36 s.v. 1 .a for discussion). Worry about length of life seems a more natural figure than worry about height. However, the point either way is clear: Worrying adds nothing to life span or height.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A25/2"}
{"id":39295,"verse_id":"LUK.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":39296,"verse_id":"LUK.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.26","text":"Or “why are you anxious for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A26/2"}
{"id":39297,"verse_id":"LUK.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.27","text":"Traditionally, “lilies.” According to L&N 3.32, “Though traditionally κρίνον has been regarded as a type of lily, scholars have suggested several other possible types of flowers, including an anemone, a poppy, a gladiolus, and a rather inconspicuous type of daisy.” In view of the uncertainty, the more generic “flowers” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A27/1"}
{"id":39298,"verse_id":"LUK.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Traditionally, “toil.” Although it might be argued that “work hard” would be a more precise translation of κοπιάω ( kopiaw ) here, the line in English scans better in terms of cadence with a single syllable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":39299,"verse_id":"LUK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":39300,"verse_id":"LUK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.28","text":"Grk “grass in the field.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A28/2"}
{"id":39301,"verse_id":"LUK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.28","text":"Grk “which is in the field today.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A28/3"}
{"id":39302,"verse_id":"LUK.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.28","text":"Grk “into the oven.” The expanded translation “into the fire to heat the oven” has been used to avoid misunderstanding; most items put into modern ovens are put there to be baked, not burned. sn The oven was most likely a rounded clay oven used for baking bread, which was heated by burning wood and dried grass.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A28/4"}
{"id":39303,"verse_id":"LUK.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate a conclusion drawn from the previous illustrations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":39304,"verse_id":"LUK.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.29","text":"Grk “do not seek,” but this could be misunderstood to mean that people should make no attempt to obtain their food. The translation “do not be overly concerned” attempts to reflect the force of the original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A29/2"}
{"id":39305,"verse_id":"LUK.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.29","text":"The words “about such things” have been supplied to qualify the meaning; the phrase relates to obtaining food and drink mentioned in the previous clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A29/3"}
{"id":39306,"verse_id":"LUK.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Grk “seek.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":39307,"verse_id":"LUK.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Grk “seek,” but in the sense of the previous verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":39308,"verse_id":"LUK.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.31","text":"includes neither and as such would support the translation above since the article alone can often be translated as a possessive pronoun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A31/2"}
{"id":39309,"verse_id":"LUK.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"Or perhaps, “your Father chooses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A32/1"}
{"id":39310,"verse_id":"LUK.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.33","text":"Grk “give alms,” but this term is not in common use today.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A33/2"}
{"id":39311,"verse_id":"LUK.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.33","text":"Grk “in the heavens.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A33/3"}
{"id":39312,"verse_id":"LUK.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.33","text":"Or “an unfailing treasure in heaven,” or “an inexhaustible treasure in heaven.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A33/4"}
{"id":39313,"verse_id":"LUK.12.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.33","text":"The term σής ( shs ) refers to moths in general. It is specifically the larvae of moths that destroy clothing by eating holes in it (L&N 4.49; BDAG 922 s.v.). See Jas 5:2 , which mentions “moth-eaten” clothing.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A33/5"}
{"id":39314,"verse_id":"LUK.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"Grk “Let your loins be girded,” an idiom referring to the practice of tucking the ends of the long cloak (outer garment) into the belt to shorten it in preparation for activities like running, etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":39315,"verse_id":"LUK.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.36","text":"That is, like slaves (who are mentioned later, vv. 37-38 ), although the term ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is used here. Since in this context it appears generic rather than gender-specific, the translation “people” is employed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A36/1"}
{"id":39316,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.37","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/1"}
{"id":39317,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.37","text":"Or “watching”; Grk “awake,” but in context this is not just being awake but alert and looking out.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/2"}
{"id":39318,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.37","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/3"}
{"id":39319,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.37","text":"See v. 35 (same verb).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/4"}
{"id":39320,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.37","text":"Grk “have them recline at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/5"}
{"id":39321,"verse_id":"LUK.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.37","text":"The participle παρελθών ( parelqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A37/6"}
{"id":39322,"verse_id":"LUK.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “finds (them) thus”; but this has been clarified in the translation by referring to the status (“alert”) mentioned in v. 37 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":39323,"verse_id":"LUK.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “blessed are they”; the referent (the watchful slaves, v. 37 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A38/3"}
{"id":39324,"verse_id":"LUK.12.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.39","text":"), coupled with much stronger internal evidence, suggests that the shorter reading is authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A39/2"}
{"id":39325,"verse_id":"LUK.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.41","text":"Grk “And Peter.” Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the connection to the preceding statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A41/1"}
{"id":39326,"verse_id":"LUK.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.42","text":"Grk “And the Lord said.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A42/1"}
{"id":39327,"verse_id":"LUK.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.42","text":"Or “administrator,” “steward” (L&N 37.39).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A42/2"}
{"id":39328,"verse_id":"LUK.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.42","text":"This term, θεραπεία ( qerapeia ), describes the group of servants working in a particular household (L&N 46.6).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A42/3"}
{"id":39329,"verse_id":"LUK.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.43","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A43/1"}
{"id":39330,"verse_id":"LUK.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.43","text":"That is, doing his job, doing what he is supposed to be doing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A43/2"}
{"id":39331,"verse_id":"LUK.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀληθῶς , alhqw\" ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A44/1"}
{"id":39332,"verse_id":"LUK.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the master) has been specified in the translation for clarity. See also Luke 19:11-27 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A44/2"}
{"id":39333,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.45","text":"In the Greek text this is a third class condition that for all practical purposes is a hypothetical condition (note the translation of the following verb “should say”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/1"}
{"id":39334,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.45","text":"The term “that” ( ἐκεῖνος , ekeino\" ) is used as a catchword to list out, in the form of a number of hypothetical circumstances, what the possible responses of “that” servant could be. He could be faithful (vv. 43-44 ) or totally unfaithful (vv. 45-46 ). He does not complete his master’s will with knowledge (v. 47 ) or from ignorance (v 48 ). These differences are indicated by the different levels of punishment in vv. 46-48 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/2"}
{"id":39335,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.45","text":"Grk “should say in his heart.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/3"}
{"id":39336,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.45","text":"Or “is taking a long time.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/4"}
{"id":39337,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.45","text":"The word “other” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/6"}
{"id":39338,"verse_id":"LUK.12.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":45,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.45","text":"Grk “the menservants and the maidservants.” The term here, used in both masculine and feminine grammatical forms, is παῖς ( pais ), which can refer to a slave, but also to a slave who is a personal servant, and thus regarded kindly (L&N 87.77).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A45/7"}
{"id":39339,"verse_id":"LUK.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.46","text":"The verb διχοτομέω ( dicotomew ) means to cut an object into two parts (L&N 19.19). This is an extremely severe punishment compared to the other two later punishments. To translate it simply as “punish” is too mild. If taken literally this servant is dismembered, although it is possible to view the stated punishment as hyperbole (L&N 38.12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A46/1"}
{"id":39340,"verse_id":"LUK.12.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.46","text":"Or “unbelieving.” Here the translation employs the slightly more ambiguous “unfaithful,” which creates a link with the point of the parable – faithfulness versus unfaithfulness in servants. The example of this verse must be taken together with the examples of vv. 47-48 as part of a scale of reactions with the most disobedient response coming here. The fact that this servant is placed in a distinct group, unlike the one in vv. 47-48 , also suggests ultimate exclusion. This is the hypocrite of Matt 24:51 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A46/2"}
{"id":39341,"verse_id":"LUK.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.47","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A47/1"}
{"id":39342,"verse_id":"LUK.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.47","text":"Grk “or do according to his will”; the referent (the master) has been specified in the translation for clarity. This example deals with the slave who knew what the command was and yet failed to complete it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A47/2"}
{"id":39343,"verse_id":"LUK.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “did not know”; the phrase “his master’s will” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the contemporary English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A48/1"}
{"id":39344,"verse_id":"LUK.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “blows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A48/2"}
{"id":39345,"verse_id":"LUK.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “will receive few (blows).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A48/3"}
{"id":39346,"verse_id":"LUK.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “required from him”; but the words “from him” are redundant in English and have not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A48/4"}
{"id":39347,"verse_id":"LUK.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “they will ask even more.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A48/6"}
{"id":39348,"verse_id":"LUK.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.49","text":"Grk “cast.” For βάλλω ( ballw ) in the sense of causing a state or condition, see L&N 13.14.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A49/2"}
{"id":39349,"verse_id":"LUK.12.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.50","text":"Grk “to be baptized with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A50/2"}
{"id":39350,"verse_id":"LUK.12.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.51","text":"Or “hostility.” This term pictures dissension and hostility (BDAG 234 s.v. διαμερισμός ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A51/1"}
{"id":39351,"verse_id":"LUK.12.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.53","text":"There is dispute whether this phrase belongs to the end of v. 52 or begins v. 53 . Given the shift of object, a connection to v. 53 is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A53/1"}
{"id":39352,"verse_id":"LUK.12.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.54","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “also” and δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A54/1"}
{"id":39353,"verse_id":"LUK.12.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.54","text":"The term ὄμβρος ( ombro\" ) refers to heavy rain, such as in a thunderstorm (L&N 14.12).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A54/3"}
{"id":39354,"verse_id":"LUK.12.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.56","text":"א B L Θ 33 892 1241 pc .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A56/2"}
{"id":39355,"verse_id":"LUK.12.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.57","text":"Jesus calls for some personal reflection. However, this unit probably does connect to the previous one – thus the translation of δέ ( de ) here as “And” – to make a good spiritual assessment, thus calling for application to the spiritual, rather than personal, realm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A57/1"}
{"id":39356,"verse_id":"LUK.12.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":12,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.59","text":"Here the English word “cent” is used as opposed to the parallel in Matt 5:26 where “penny” appears, since the Greek word there is different and refers to a different but similar coin. sn This cent was a lepton, the smallest coin available. It was copper or bronze, worth one-half of a quadrans or 1/128 of a denarius. The parallel in Matt 5:26 mentions the quadrans instead of the lepton. The illustration refers to the debt one owes God and being sure to settle with him in the right time, before it is too late. Some interpreters, however, consider it to be like Matt 5:26 , which has similar imagery but a completely different context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2012%3A59/1"}
{"id":39357,"verse_id":"LUK.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":39358,"verse_id":"LUK.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":39359,"verse_id":"LUK.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Or “you will all likewise perish,” but this could be misunderstood to mean that they would perish by the same means as the Galileans. Jesus’ point is that apart from repentance all will perish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":39360,"verse_id":"LUK.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Grk “on whom the tower in Siloam fell and killed them.” This relative clause embedded in a prepositional phrase is complex in English and has been simplified to an adjectival and a temporal clause in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":39361,"verse_id":"LUK.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":39362,"verse_id":"LUK.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “similarly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":39363,"verse_id":"LUK.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":39364,"verse_id":"LUK.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":39365,"verse_id":"LUK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the man’s response as a result of the lack of figs in the preceding clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":39366,"verse_id":"LUK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “Behold, for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":39367,"verse_id":"LUK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.7","text":"The phrase “each time I inspect it” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied to indicate the customary nature of the man’s search for fruit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A7/4"}
{"id":39368,"verse_id":"LUK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.7","text":"puts the conjunction in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A7/5"}
{"id":39369,"verse_id":"LUK.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “Why indeed.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A7/6"}
{"id":39370,"verse_id":"LUK.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the worker who tended the vineyard) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":39371,"verse_id":"LUK.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Grk “toss manure [on it].” This is a reference to manure used as fertilizer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":39372,"verse_id":"LUK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"This is a third class condition in the Greek text. The conjunction καί ( kai , a component of κάν [ kan ]) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":39373,"verse_id":"LUK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Grk “the coming [season].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":39374,"verse_id":"LUK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.9","text":"The phrase “very well” is supplied in the translation to complete the elided idea, but its absence is telling.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A9/3"}
{"id":39375,"verse_id":"LUK.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.9","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text, showing which of the options is assumed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A9/4"}
{"id":39376,"verse_id":"LUK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “and behold, a woman.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":39377,"verse_id":"LUK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “a woman having a spirit of weakness” (or “a spirit of infirmity”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":39378,"verse_id":"LUK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “years, and.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":39379,"verse_id":"LUK.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Or “and could not straighten herself up at all.” If εἰς τὸ παντελές ( ei\" to pantele\" ) is understood to modify δυναμένη ( dunamenh ), the meaning is “she was not able at all to straighten herself up”; but the phrase may be taken with ἀνακύψαι ( anakuyai ) and understood to mean the same as the adverb παντελῶς ( pantelws ), with the meaning “she was not able to straighten herself up completely.” See BDAG 754 s.v. παντελής 1 for further discussion. The second option is preferred in the translation because of proximity: The phrase in question follows ἀνακύψαι in the Greek text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":39380,"verse_id":"LUK.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"The participle ἰδών ( idwn ) has been taken temporally. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":39381,"verse_id":"LUK.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"The verb προσεφώνησεν ( prosefwnhsen ) has been translated as “called (her) to (him),” with the direct object (“her”) and the indirect object (“him”) both understood.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":39382,"verse_id":"LUK.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “released.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A12/4"}
{"id":39383,"verse_id":"LUK.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.12","text":"Or “sickness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A12/5"}
{"id":39384,"verse_id":"LUK.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":39385,"verse_id":"LUK.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “on which it is necessary to work.” This has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A14/2"}
{"id":39386,"verse_id":"LUK.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"The participle ἐρχόμενοι ( ercomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":39387,"verse_id":"LUK.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “answered him and said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been shortened to “answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":39388,"verse_id":"LUK.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “from the manger [feeding trough],” but by metonymy of part for whole this can be rendered “stall.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":39389,"verse_id":"LUK.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to show the connection with Jesus’ previous statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":39390,"verse_id":"LUK.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Grk “is it not necessary that.” Jesus argues that no other day is more appropriate to heal a descendant of Abraham than the Sabbath, the exact opposite view of the synagogue leader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":39391,"verse_id":"LUK.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.16","text":"The word “long” reflects the emphasis added in the Greek text by ἰδού ( idou ). See BDAG 468 s.v. 1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A16/4"}
{"id":39392,"verse_id":"LUK.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “bondage”; Grk “bond.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A16/5"}
{"id":39393,"verse_id":"LUK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":39394,"verse_id":"LUK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “were put to shame.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":39395,"verse_id":"LUK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":39396,"verse_id":"LUK.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “that were being done by him.” The passive has been converted to an active construction in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A17/5"}
{"id":39397,"verse_id":"LUK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":39398,"verse_id":"LUK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “said,” but what follows is a question.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":39399,"verse_id":"LUK.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “And to.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A18/5"}
{"id":39400,"verse_id":"LUK.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “threw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":39401,"verse_id":"LUK.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “garden, and it.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A19/3"}
{"id":39402,"verse_id":"LUK.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A19/5"}
{"id":39403,"verse_id":"LUK.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Grk “And again.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":39404,"verse_id":"LUK.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Grk “hid in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":39405,"verse_id":"LUK.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Grk “it was all leavened.” sn The parable of the yeast and the dough teaches that the kingdom of God will start small but eventually grow to permeate everything. Jesus’ point was not to be deceived by its seemingly small start, the same point made in the parable of the mustard seed, which preceded this one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":39406,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":39407,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/2"}
{"id":39408,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.22","text":"This is a distributive use of κατά ( kata ); see L&N 83:12.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/3"}
{"id":39409,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.22","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/4"}
{"id":39410,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “making his journey toward.” This is the first of several travel notes in Luke’s Jerusalem journey section of Luke 9-19 ; other notes appear at 17:11; 18:31; 19:28, 41 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/5"}
{"id":39411,"verse_id":"LUK.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.22","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A22/6"}
{"id":39412,"verse_id":"LUK.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":39413,"verse_id":"LUK.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “said to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":39414,"verse_id":"LUK.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.23","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ reply was triggered by the preceding question.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A23/4"}
{"id":39415,"verse_id":"LUK.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Or “Make every effort” (L&N 68.74; cf. NIV); “Do your best” (TEV); “Work hard” (NLT); Grk “Struggle.” The idea is to exert one’s maximum effort (cf. BDAG 17 s.v. ἀγωνίζομαι 2.b, “strain every nerve to enter”) because of the supreme importance of attaining entry into the kingdom of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":39416,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"The syntactical relationship between vv. 24-25 is disputed. The question turns on whether v. 25 is connected to v. 24 or not. A lack of a clear connective makes an independent idea more likely. However, one must then determine what the beginning of the sentence connects to. Though it makes for slightly awkward English, the translation has opted to connect it to “he will answer” so that this functions, in effect, as an apodosis. One could end the sentence after “us” and begin a new sentence with “He will answer” to make simpler sentences, although the connection between the two sentences is thereby less clear. The point of the passage, however, is clear. Once the door is shut, because one failed to come in through the narrow way, it is closed permanently. The moral: Do not be too late in deciding to respond.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":39417,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"Or “the master of the household.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":39418,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.25","text":"Or “rises,” or “stands up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/3"}
{"id":39419,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.25","text":"Or “Sir.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/4"}
{"id":39420,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.25","text":"Grk “Open to us.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/5"}
{"id":39421,"verse_id":"LUK.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.25","text":"Grk “and answering, he will say to you.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “he will answer you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A25/6"}
{"id":39422,"verse_id":"LUK.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":39423,"verse_id":"LUK.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"B 892 pc ). Given the indicative λέγω , it is difficult to explain how the other readings would have arisen. But if the participle λέγων were original, the other readings can more easily be explained as arising from it. Although the external evidence is significantly stronger in support of the indicative reading, the internal evidence is on the side of the participle. Grk “he will say, saying to you.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) and its indirect object ὑμῖν ( Jumin ) are redundant in contemporary English and have not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":39424,"verse_id":"LUK.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.27","text":"Grk “all you workers of iniquity.” The phrase resembles Ps 6:8 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A27/4"}
{"id":39425,"verse_id":"LUK.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “and Isaac and Jacob,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":39426,"verse_id":"LUK.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.28","text":"Or “being thrown out.” The present accusative participle, ἐκβαλλομένους ( ekballomenous ), related to the object ὑμᾶς ( Jumas ), seems to suggest that these evildoers will witness their own expulsion from the kingdom.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A28/4"}
{"id":39427,"verse_id":"LUK.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events in the discourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":39428,"verse_id":"LUK.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.29","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (people who will come to participate in the kingdom) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A29/2"}
{"id":39429,"verse_id":"LUK.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.29","text":"Grk “and recline at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away. The word “banquet” has been supplied to clarify for the modern reader the festive nature of the imagery The banquet imagery is a way to describe the fellowship and celebration of accompanying those who are included as the people of God at the end.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A29/3"}
{"id":39430,"verse_id":"LUK.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":39431,"verse_id":"LUK.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.30","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A30/2"}
{"id":39432,"verse_id":"LUK.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “At that very hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":39433,"verse_id":"LUK.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A31/3"}
{"id":39434,"verse_id":"LUK.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “Go away and leave from here,” which is redundant in English and has been shortened to “Get away from here.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A31/4"}
{"id":39435,"verse_id":"LUK.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":39436,"verse_id":"LUK.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"The participle πορευθέντες ( poreuqente\" ) has been taken as indicating attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":39437,"verse_id":"LUK.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.32","text":"Or “I reach my goal.” The verb τελειόω ( teleiow ) is a key NT term for the completion of God’s plan: See Luke 12:50; 22:37 ; John 19:30 ; and (where it has the additional component of meaning “to perfect”) Heb 2:10; 5:8-9; 7:28 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A32/5"}
{"id":39438,"verse_id":"LUK.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"This is the frequent expression δεῖ ( dei , “it is necessary”) that notes something that is a part of God’s plan.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":39439,"verse_id":"LUK.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"Or “unthinkable.” See L&N 71.4 for both possible meanings.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":39440,"verse_id":"LUK.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.33","text":"Or “should perish away from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A33/3"}
{"id":39441,"verse_id":"LUK.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.34","text":"Although the opening address (“Jerusalem, Jerusalem”) is direct (second person), the remainder of this sentence in the Greek text is third person (“who kills the prophets and stones those sent to her”). The following sentences then revert to second person (“your… you”), so to keep all this consistent in English, the third person pronouns in the present verse were translated as second person (“you who kill… sent to you”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A34/2"}
{"id":39442,"verse_id":"LUK.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A34/4"}
{"id":39443,"verse_id":"LUK.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.34","text":"Grk “you were not willing.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2013%3A34/5"}
{"id":39444,"verse_id":"LUK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “Now it happened that one.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":39445,"verse_id":"LUK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “to eat bread,” an idiom for participating in a meal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":39446,"verse_id":"LUK.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “a ruler of the Pharisees.” He was probably a synagogue official.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A1/3"}
{"id":39447,"verse_id":"LUK.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Grk “And there.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":39448,"verse_id":"LUK.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Grk “behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ). Here it has been translated as “right” in the phrase “right in front of him,” giving a similar effect of vividness in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":39449,"verse_id":"LUK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the sequence of events (Jesus’ question was prompted by the man’s appearance).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":39450,"verse_id":"LUK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “Jesus, answering, said.” This is redundant in contemporary English. In addition, since the context does not describe a previous question to Jesus (although one may well be implied), the phrase has been translated here as “Jesus asked.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":39451,"verse_id":"LUK.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"That is, experts in the interpretation of the Mosaic law (traditionally, “lawyers”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":39452,"verse_id":"LUK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the sequence of events (Jesus’ healing the man was in response to their refusal to answer).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":39453,"verse_id":"LUK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":39454,"verse_id":"LUK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.4","text":"Grk “taking hold [of the man].” The participle ἐπιλαβόμενος ( epilabomeno\" ) has been taken as indicating attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A4/3"}
{"id":39455,"verse_id":"LUK.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.4","text":"Or “and let him go.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A4/4"}
{"id":39456,"verse_id":"LUK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":39457,"verse_id":"LUK.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"33 579 892 1241 2542 al lat bo), looks like an assimilation to Luke 13:15 and Deut 22:4 ; Isa 32:20 , and was perhaps motivated by an attempt to soften the unusual collocation of “son” and “ox.” The Western ms D differs from all others and reads “sheep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":39458,"verse_id":"LUK.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"καί ( kai ) has been translated here as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context. The experts, who should be expected to know the law, are unable to respond to Jesus’ question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":39459,"verse_id":"LUK.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":39460,"verse_id":"LUK.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":39461,"verse_id":"LUK.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.7","text":"Grk “those who were invited.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A7/3"}
{"id":39462,"verse_id":"LUK.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.7","text":"Or “the best places.” The “places of honor” at the meal would be those closest to the host.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A7/4"}
{"id":39463,"verse_id":"LUK.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “banquet.” This may not refer only to a wedding feast, because this term can have broader sense (note the usage in Esth 2:18; 9:22 LXX). However, this difference does not affect the point of the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":39464,"verse_id":"LUK.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “do not recline in the place of honor.” 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":39465,"verse_id":"LUK.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “by him”; the referent (the host) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":39466,"verse_id":"LUK.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “host, and.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate this action is a result of the situation described in the previous verse. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":39467,"verse_id":"LUK.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Or “then in disgrace”; Grk “with shame.” In this culture avoiding shame was important.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":39468,"verse_id":"LUK.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “lowest place” (also in the repetition of the phrase in the next verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":39469,"verse_id":"LUK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “the one who invited you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":39470,"verse_id":"LUK.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “Go up higher.” This means to move to a more important place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":39471,"verse_id":"LUK.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context, which involves the reversal of expected roles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":39472,"verse_id":"LUK.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":39473,"verse_id":"LUK.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"The meaning of the two terms for meals here, ἄριστον ( ariston ) and δεῖπνον ( deipnon ), essentially overlap (L&N 23.22). Translators usually try to find two terms for a meal to use as equivalents (e.g., lunch and dinner, dinner and supper, etc.). In this translation “dinner” and “banquet” have been used, since the expected presence of rich neighbors later in the verse suggests a rather more elaborate occasion than an ordinary meal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":39474,"verse_id":"LUK.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"This term, δοχή ( doch ), is a third term for a meal (see v. 12 ) that could also be translated “banquet, feast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":39475,"verse_id":"LUK.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"Here “and” has been supplied between the last two elements in the series in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":39476,"verse_id":"LUK.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate that this follows from the preceding action. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":39477,"verse_id":"LUK.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":39478,"verse_id":"LUK.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":39479,"verse_id":"LUK.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “whoever” (the indefinite relative pronoun). This has been translated as “everyone who” to conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":39480,"verse_id":"LUK.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"Or “will dine”; Grk “eat bread.” This refers to those who enjoy the endless fellowship of God’s coming rule.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":39481,"verse_id":"LUK.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":39482,"verse_id":"LUK.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Or “dinner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":39483,"verse_id":"LUK.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.16","text":"The word “guests” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A16/4"}
{"id":39484,"verse_id":"LUK.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Grk “And at.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":39485,"verse_id":"LUK.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Or “dinner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":39486,"verse_id":"LUK.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":39487,"verse_id":"LUK.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Or “all unanimously” (BDAG 107 s.v. ἀπό 6). \"One after another\" is suggested by L&N 61.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":39488,"verse_id":"LUK.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Grk “And another.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":39489,"verse_id":"LUK.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"The translation “going out” for πορεύομαι ( poreuomai ) is used because “going” in this context could be understood to mean “I am about to” rather than the correct nuance, “I am on my way to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":39490,"verse_id":"LUK.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “And another.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":39491,"verse_id":"LUK.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the preceding responses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":39492,"verse_id":"LUK.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"Grk “being furious, said.” The participle ὀργισθείς ( orgisqei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":39493,"verse_id":"LUK.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “town.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A21/4"}
{"id":39494,"verse_id":"LUK.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.21","text":"Grk “and the crippled.” Normally crippled as a result of being maimed or mutilated (L&N 23.177). Καί ( kai ) has not been translated here and before the following category ( Grk “and the blind and the lame”) since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A21/6"}
{"id":39495,"verse_id":"LUK.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the order of events within the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":39496,"verse_id":"LUK.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the master’s response to the slave’s report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":39497,"verse_id":"LUK.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":39498,"verse_id":"LUK.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.23","text":"The Greek word φραγμός ( fragmo\" ) refers to a fence, wall, or hedge surrounding a vineyard (BDAG 1064 s.v. 1 ). “Highways” and “country roads” probably refer not to separate places, but to the situation outside the town where the rural roads run right alongside the hedges or fences surrounding the fields (cf. J. A. Fitzmyer, Luke [AB], 1057).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A23/4"}
{"id":39499,"verse_id":"LUK.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.23","text":"Traditionally “force” or “compel,” but according to BDAG 60 s.v. ἀναγκάζω 2 this is a weakened nuance: “strongly urge/invite.” The meaning in this context is more like “persuade.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A23/5"}
{"id":39500,"verse_id":"LUK.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.23","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A23/6"}
{"id":39501,"verse_id":"LUK.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"The Greek word here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which frequently stresses males or husbands (in contrast to women or wives). However, the emphasis in the present context is on identifying these individuals as the ones previously invited, examples of which were given in vv. 18-20 . Cf. also BDAG 79 s.v. ἀνήρ 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":39502,"verse_id":"LUK.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.24","text":"Or “dinner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A24/3"}
{"id":39503,"verse_id":"LUK.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.25","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A25/2"}
{"id":39504,"verse_id":"LUK.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"This figurative use operates on a relative scale. God is to be loved more than family or self.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":39505,"verse_id":"LUK.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “his own soul,” but ψυχή ( yuch ) is frequently used of one’s physical life. It clearly has that meaning in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":39506,"verse_id":"LUK.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"Grk “and come after.” In combination with the verb ἔρχομαι ( ercomai ) the improper preposition ὀπίσω ( opisw ) means “follow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":39507,"verse_id":"LUK.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"The participle καθίσας ( kaqisas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":39508,"verse_id":"LUK.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"The first illustration involves checking to see if enough funds exist to build a watchtower. Both ψηφίζω ( yhfizw , “compute”) and δαπάνη ( dapanh , “cost”) are economic terms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":39509,"verse_id":"LUK.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.29","text":"Grk “to complete it, lest.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation and ἵνα μήποτε ( {ina mhpote , “lest”) has been translated as “Otherwise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A29/1"}
{"id":39510,"verse_id":"LUK.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.29","text":"The participle θέντος ( qentos ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A29/2"}
{"id":39511,"verse_id":"LUK.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.29","text":"The words “the tower” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A29/3"}
{"id":39512,"verse_id":"LUK.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.29","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A29/4"}
{"id":39513,"verse_id":"LUK.14.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.29","text":"Or “mock,” “ridicule.” The person who did not plan ahead becomes an object of joking and ridicule.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A29/5"}
{"id":39514,"verse_id":"LUK.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Grk “make fun of him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":39515,"verse_id":"LUK.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"The participle καθίσας ( kaqisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":39516,"verse_id":"LUK.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"On the meaning of this verb see also L&N 55.3, “to meet in battle, to face in battle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":39517,"verse_id":"LUK.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.32","text":"Grk “And if not.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated; “succeed” is implied and has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A32/1"}
{"id":39518,"verse_id":"LUK.14.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.32","text":"Grk “a messenger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A32/2"}
{"id":39519,"verse_id":"LUK.14.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.33","text":"Grk “Likewise therefore every one of you who does not renounce all his own possessions cannot be my disciple.” The complex double negation is potentially confusing to the modern reader and has been simplified in the translation. See L&N 57.70. sn The application of the saying is this: Discipleship requires that God be in first place. The reference to renunciation of all his own possessions refers to all earthly attachments that have first place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A33/1"}
{"id":39520,"verse_id":"LUK.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"Grk “Now salt…”; here οὖν has not been translated. sn Salt was used as seasoning or fertilizer (BDAG 41 s.v. ἅλας a), or as a preservative. If salt ceased to be useful, it was thrown away. With this illustration Jesus warned about a disciple who ceased to follow him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A34/1"}
{"id":39521,"verse_id":"LUK.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Or “It is not useful” (L&N 65.32).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A35/1"}
{"id":39522,"verse_id":"LUK.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.35","text":"Grk “they throw it out.” The third person plural with unspecified subject is a circumlocution for the passive here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A35/2"}
{"id":39523,"verse_id":"LUK.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.35","text":"The translation “had better listen!” captures the force of the third person imperative more effectively than the traditional “let him hear,” which sounds more like a permissive than an imperative to the modern English reader. This was Jesus’ common expression to listen and heed carefully (cf. Matt 11:15; 13:9, 43 ; Mark 4:9, 23 ; Luke 8:8 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2014%3A35/3"}
{"id":39524,"verse_id":"LUK.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “were drawing near.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":39525,"verse_id":"LUK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":39526,"verse_id":"LUK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":39527,"verse_id":"LUK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “grumbling”; Grk “were complaining, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A2/4"}
{"id":39528,"verse_id":"LUK.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “accepts,” “receives.” This is not the first time this issue has been raised: Luke 5:27-32; 7:37-50 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A2/5"}
{"id":39529,"verse_id":"LUK.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ telling of the parable is in response to the complaints of the Pharisees and experts in the law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":39530,"verse_id":"LUK.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":39531,"verse_id":"LUK.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “parable, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A3/4"}
{"id":39532,"verse_id":"LUK.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “What man.” The Greek word ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in a somewhat generic sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":39533,"verse_id":"LUK.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “desert,” but here such a translation might suggest neglect of the 99 sheep left behind.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":39534,"verse_id":"LUK.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “go after,” but in contemporary English the idiom “to look for” is used to express this.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":39535,"verse_id":"LUK.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":39536,"verse_id":"LUK.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “And coming into his…” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":39537,"verse_id":"LUK.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215). It occurs before “neighbors” as well (“his friends and his neighbors”) but has not been translated the second time because of English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":39538,"verse_id":"LUK.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Here δικαίοις ( dikaioi\" ) is an adjective functioning substantivally and has been translated “righteous people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":39539,"verse_id":"LUK.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “who do not need to repent”; Grk “who do not have need of repentance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A7/3"}
{"id":39540,"verse_id":"LUK.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “What woman who has ten silver coins, if she loses.” The initial participle ἔχουσα ( ecousa ) has been translated as a finite verb parallel to ἀπολέσῃ ( apolesh ) in the conditional clause to improve the English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":39541,"verse_id":"LUK.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “one coin.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A8/3"}
{"id":39542,"verse_id":"LUK.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “and sweep,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A8/4"}
{"id":39543,"verse_id":"LUK.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":39544,"verse_id":"LUK.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":39545,"verse_id":"LUK.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.9","text":"Grk “drachma.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A9/4"}
{"id":39546,"verse_id":"LUK.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":39547,"verse_id":"LUK.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":39548,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":39549,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":39550,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.12","text":"L&N 57.19 notes that in nonbiblical contexts in which the word οὐσία ( ousia ) occurs, it refers to considerable possessions or wealth, thus “estate.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/3"}
{"id":39551,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.12","text":"L&N 57.3, “to belong to or come to belong to, with the possible implication of by right or by inheritance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/4"}
{"id":39552,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.12","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the father’s response to the younger son’s request.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/5"}
{"id":39553,"verse_id":"LUK.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “the”; in context the article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A12/6"}
{"id":39554,"verse_id":"LUK.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Grk “And after.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":39555,"verse_id":"LUK.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"Grk “after not many days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":39556,"verse_id":"LUK.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.13","text":"Or “wasted.” This verb is graphic; it means to scatter (L&N 57.151).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A13/3"}
{"id":39557,"verse_id":"LUK.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.13","text":"Or “estate” (the same word has been translated “estate” in v. 12 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A13/4"}
{"id":39558,"verse_id":"LUK.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the sequence of events in the parable. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":39559,"verse_id":"LUK.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Grk “joined himself to” (in this case an idiom for beginning to work for someone).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":39560,"verse_id":"LUK.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Grk “and he.” Here the conjunction καί ( kai ) and the personal pronoun have been translated by a relative pronoun to improve the English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":39561,"verse_id":"LUK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “And he.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":39562,"verse_id":"LUK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Or “would gladly have eaten”; Grk “was longing to be filled with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":39563,"verse_id":"LUK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.16","text":"This term refers to the edible pods from a carob tree (BDAG 540 s.v. κεράτιον ). They were bean-like in nature and were commonly used for fattening pigs, although they were also used for food by poor people (L&N 3.46).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A16/3"}
{"id":39564,"verse_id":"LUK.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A16/4"}
{"id":39565,"verse_id":"LUK.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Grk “came to himself” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":39566,"verse_id":"LUK.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Grk “bread,” but used figuratively for food of any kind (L&N 5.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":39567,"verse_id":"LUK.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.18","text":"According to BDAG 342 s.v. ἐνωπιον 4.a, “ in relation to ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ . τινος sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21 (cf. Jdth 5:17; 1 Km 7:6; 20:1).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A18/3"}
{"id":39568,"verse_id":"LUK.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “make me.” Here is a sign of total humility.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":39569,"verse_id":"LUK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the son’s decision to return home. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":39570,"verse_id":"LUK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Grk “a long way off from [home].” The word “home” is implied (L&N 85.16).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":39571,"verse_id":"LUK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.20","text":"Or “felt great affection for him,” “felt great pity for him.” sn The major figure of the parable, the forgiving father , represents God the Father and his compassionate response. God is ready with open arms to welcome the sinner who comes back to him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A20/3"}
{"id":39572,"verse_id":"LUK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.20","text":"Grk “he fell on his neck,” an idiom for showing special affection for someone by throwing one’s arms around them. The picture is of the father hanging on the son’s neck in welcome.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A20/4"}
{"id":39573,"verse_id":"LUK.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.20","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the son) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A20/5"}
{"id":39574,"verse_id":"LUK.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":39575,"verse_id":"LUK.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":39576,"verse_id":"LUK.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “hand”; but χείρ ( ceir ) can refer to either the whole hand or any relevant part of it (L&N 8.30).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A22/3"}
{"id":39577,"verse_id":"LUK.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “And bring.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":39578,"verse_id":"LUK.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Or “the prize calf” (L&N 65.8). See also L&N 44.2, “grain-fattened.” Such a calf was usually reserved for religious celebrations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":39579,"verse_id":"LUK.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.23","text":"The participle φαγόντες ( fagontes ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A23/3"}
{"id":39580,"verse_id":"LUK.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the father’s remarks in the preceding verses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":39581,"verse_id":"LUK.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"Grk “And as.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":39582,"verse_id":"LUK.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the older son hearing the noise of the celebration in progress.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":39583,"verse_id":"LUK.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"The Greek term here, παῖς ( pais ), describes a slave, possibly a household servant regarded with some affection (L&N 87.77).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":39584,"verse_id":"LUK.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Grk “And he said to him.” Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated. The rest of the phrase has been simplified to “the slave replied,” with the referent (the slave) specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":39585,"verse_id":"LUK.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.27","text":"See note on the phrase “fattened calf” in v. 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A27/2"}
{"id":39586,"verse_id":"LUK.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.27","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the younger son) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A27/3"}
{"id":39587,"verse_id":"LUK.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the older son, v. 25 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":39588,"verse_id":"LUK.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.28","text":"The aorist verb ὠργίσθη ( wrgisqh ) has been translated as an ingressive aorist, reflecting entry into a state or condition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A28/2"}
{"id":39589,"verse_id":"LUK.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"Grk “but answering, he said.” This is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified to “but he answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":39590,"verse_id":"LUK.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.29","text":"Or simply, “have served,” but in the emotional context of the older son’s outburst the translation given is closer to the point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A29/2"}
{"id":39591,"verse_id":"LUK.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to bring out the contrast indicated by the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A29/3"}
{"id":39592,"verse_id":"LUK.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events in the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":39593,"verse_id":"LUK.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":39594,"verse_id":"LUK.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"Or “necessary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":39595,"verse_id":"LUK.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":39596,"verse_id":"LUK.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"These are not formal legal charges, but reports from friends, acquaintances, etc.; Grk “A certain man was rich who had a manager, and this one was reported to him as wasting his property.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":39597,"verse_id":"LUK.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.1","text":"Or “squandering.” This verb is graphic; it means to scatter (L&N 57.151).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A1/4"}
{"id":39598,"verse_id":"LUK.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the reports the man received about his manager.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":39599,"verse_id":"LUK.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the manager) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":39600,"verse_id":"LUK.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Or “stewardship”; the Greek word οἰκονομία ( oikonomia ) is cognate with the noun for the manager ( οἰκονόμος , oikonomo\" ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":39601,"verse_id":"LUK.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events in the parable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":39602,"verse_id":"LUK.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “the stewardship,” “the management.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":39603,"verse_id":"LUK.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"Here “dig” could refer (1) to excavation (“dig ditches,” L&N 19.55) or (2) to agricultural labor (“work the soil,” L&N 43.3). In either case this was labor performed by the uneducated, so it would be an insult as a job for a manager.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":39604,"verse_id":"LUK.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “I do not have strength to dig; I am ashamed to beg.” sn To beg would represent a real lowering of status for the manager, because many of those whom he had formerly collected debts from, he would now be forced to beg from.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A3/4"}
{"id":39605,"verse_id":"LUK.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"This is a dramatic use of the aorist and the verse is left unconnected to the previous verse by asyndeton, giving the impression of a sudden realization.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":39606,"verse_id":"LUK.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the manager’s decision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":39607,"verse_id":"LUK.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Grk “summoning.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":39608,"verse_id":"LUK.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the first debtor) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":39609,"verse_id":"LUK.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the manager) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":39610,"verse_id":"LUK.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the second debtor) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":39611,"verse_id":"LUK.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the manager) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":39612,"verse_id":"LUK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":39613,"verse_id":"LUK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “sons” (an idiom).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A8/4"}
{"id":39614,"verse_id":"LUK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “with their own generation.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A8/5"}
{"id":39615,"verse_id":"LUK.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “sons.” Here the phrase “sons of light” is a reference to the righteous. The point is that those of the world often think ahead about consequences better than the righteous do.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A8/6"}
{"id":39616,"verse_id":"LUK.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “unrighteous mammon.” Mammon is the Aramaic term for wealth or possessions. The point is not that money is inherently evil, but that it is often misused so that it is a means of evil; see 1 Tim 6:6-10, 17-19 . The call is to be generous and kind in its use. Zacchaeus becomes the example of this in Luke’s Gospel ( 19:1-10 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":39617,"verse_id":"LUK.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “eternal tents” (as dwelling places).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":39618,"verse_id":"LUK.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Or “faithful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":39619,"verse_id":"LUK.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Grk “the unrighteous mammon.” See the note on the phrase “worldly wealth” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":39620,"verse_id":"LUK.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Or “faithful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":39621,"verse_id":"LUK.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “have not been faithful with what is another’s.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":39622,"verse_id":"LUK.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “what is your own.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":39623,"verse_id":"LUK.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Or “and treat [the other] with contempt.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":39624,"verse_id":"LUK.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “God and mammon.” This is the same word ( μαμωνᾶς , mamwnas ; often merely transliterated as “mammon”) translated “worldly wealth” in vv. 9, 11 . sn The term money is used to translate mammon , the Aramaic term for wealth or possessions. The point is not that money is inherently evil, but that it is often misused so that it is a means of evil; see 1 Tim 6:6-10, 17-19 . God must be first, not money or possessions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A13/3"}
{"id":39625,"verse_id":"LUK.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"A figurative extension of the literal meaning “to turn one’s nose up at someone”; here “ridicule, sneer at, show contempt for” (L&N 33.409).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":39626,"verse_id":"LUK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":39627,"verse_id":"LUK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":39628,"verse_id":"LUK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “before men.” The contrast is between outward appearance (“in people’s eyes”) and inward reality (“God knows your hearts”). Here the Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used twice in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, but “men” has been retained in the text to provide a strong verbal contrast with “God” in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":39629,"verse_id":"LUK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.15","text":"Or “exalted.” This refers to the pride that often comes with money and position.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A15/4"}
{"id":39630,"verse_id":"LUK.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.15","text":"Or “is an abomination,” “is abhorrent” (L&N 25.187).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A15/5"}
{"id":39631,"verse_id":"LUK.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"There is no verb in the Greek text; one must be supplied. Some translations (NASB, NIV) supply “proclaimed” based on the parallelism with the proclamation of the kingdom. The transitional nature of this verse, however, seems to call for something more like “in effect” (NRSV) or, as used here, “in force.” Further, Greek generally can omit one of two kinds of verbs – either the equative verb or one that is already mentioned in the preceding context ( ExSyn 39).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":39632,"verse_id":"LUK.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.16","text":"Many translations have “entereth violently into it” (ASV) or “is forcing his way into it” (NASB, NIV). This is not true of everyone. It is better to read the verb here as passive rather than middle, and in a softened sense of “be urged.” See Gen 33:11 ; Judg 13:15-16; 19:7 ; 2 Sam 3:25, 27 in the LXX. This fits the context well because it agrees with Jesus’ attempt to persuade his opponents to respond morally. For further discussion and details, see D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1352-53.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A16/5"}
{"id":39633,"verse_id":"LUK.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “one small part of a letter” (L&N 33.37).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":39634,"verse_id":"LUK.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “to fall”; that is, “to drop out of the text.” Jesus’ point may be that the law is going to reach its goal without fail, in that the era of the promised kingdom comes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":39635,"verse_id":"LUK.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Or “celebrated with ostentation” (L&N 88.255), that is, with showing off. Here was the original conspicuous consumer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":39636,"verse_id":"LUK.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"The passive verb ἐβέβλητο ( ebeblhto ) does not indicate how Lazarus got there. Cf. BDAG 163 s.v. βάλλω 1.b, “he lay before the door”; Josephus, Ant. 9.10.2 (9.209).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":39637,"verse_id":"LUK.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “was covered with ulcers.” The words “whose body” are implied in the context (L&N 23.180).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A20/3"}
{"id":39638,"verse_id":"LUK.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “to eat his fill,” but this phrase has been simplified as “to eat” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":39639,"verse_id":"LUK.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"The term κύνες ( kunes ) refers to “wild” dogs (either “street” dogs or watchdogs), not house pets (L&N 4.34).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":39640,"verse_id":"LUK.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “Now it happened that the.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":39641,"verse_id":"LUK.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “to Abraham’s bosom.” The phrase “carried by the angels to Abraham’s bosom” describes being gathered to the fathers and is a way to refer to heaven ( Gen 15:15; 47:30 ; Deut 31:16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":39642,"verse_id":"LUK.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A22/3"}
{"id":39643,"verse_id":"LUK.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “he lifted up his eyes” (an idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A23/3"}
{"id":39644,"verse_id":"LUK.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “in his bosom,” the same phrase used in 16:22 . This idiom refers to heaven and/or participation in the eschatological banquet. An appropriate modern equivalent is “at Abraham’s side.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A23/4"}
{"id":39645,"verse_id":"LUK.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous actions in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":39646,"verse_id":"LUK.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"Grk “calling out he said”; this is redundant in contemporary English style and has been simplified to “he called out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":39647,"verse_id":"LUK.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.24","text":"Or “in terrible pain” (L&N 24.92).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A24/5"}
{"id":39648,"verse_id":"LUK.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"The Greek term here is τέκνον ( teknon ), which could be understood as a term of endearment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":39649,"verse_id":"LUK.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “in terrible pain” (L&N 24.92). Here is the reversal Jesus mentioned in Luke 6:20-26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A25/2"}
{"id":39650,"verse_id":"LUK.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Grk “And in all these things.” There is no way Lazarus could carry out this request even if divine justice were not involved.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":39651,"verse_id":"LUK.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.26","text":"Grk “between us and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A26/3"}
{"id":39652,"verse_id":"LUK.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the rich man’s response to Abraham’s words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":39653,"verse_id":"LUK.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the rich man, v. 19 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A27/2"}
{"id":39654,"verse_id":"LUK.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.27","text":"Grk “Then I beg you, father, that you send him”; the referent (Lazarus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A27/3"}
{"id":39655,"verse_id":"LUK.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.28","text":"Grk “lest they also come.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A28/2"}
{"id":39656,"verse_id":"LUK.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Grk “says.” This is one of the few times Luke uses the historical present.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":39657,"verse_id":"LUK.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “obey”; Grk “hear.” This recalls the many OT texts calling for a righteous heart to respond to people in need ( Deut 14:28-29 ; Isa 3:14-15 ; Amos 2:6-8 ; Mic 2:1-2 ; Zech 7:9-10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":39658,"verse_id":"LUK.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":39659,"verse_id":"LUK.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the rich man, v. 19 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":39660,"verse_id":"LUK.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":39661,"verse_id":"LUK.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.31","text":"Or “obey”; Grk “hear.” See the note on the phrase “respond to” in v. 29 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2016%3A31/2"}
{"id":39662,"verse_id":"LUK.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":39663,"verse_id":"LUK.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"This term refers to the heavy upper stone of a grinding mill (L&N 7.70; BDAG 660 s.v. μυλικός ). sn The punishment of drowning with a heavy weight attached is extremely gruesome and reflects Jesus’ views concerning those who cause others who believe in him to sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":39664,"verse_id":"LUK.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Grk “if a millstone were tied…and he were thrown.” The conditional construction in Greek has been translated by English infinitives: “to have… and be thrown.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":39665,"verse_id":"LUK.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.2","text":"Or “to stumble.” This verb, σκανδαλίσῃ ( skandalish ), has the same root as the noun σκάνδαλον ( skandalon ) in 17:1 , translated “stumbling blocks”; this wordplay is difficult to reproduce in English. It is possible that the primary cause of offense here would be leading disciples (“little ones”) astray in a similar fashion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A2/3"}
{"id":39666,"verse_id":"LUK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"It is difficult to know if this looks back or forward or both. The warning suggests it looks back. For this verb, see Luke 8:18; 12:1, 15; 20:46; 21:8, 34 . The present imperative reflects an ongoing spirit of watchfulness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":39667,"verse_id":"LUK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Both the “if” clause in this verse and the “if” clause in v. 4 are third class conditions in Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":39668,"verse_id":"LUK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a, contra BDAG 19 s.v. 2 .c), but with a familial connotation. It refers equally to men, women, or children. However, because of the familial connotations, “brother” has been retained in the translation here in preference to the more generic “fellow believer” (“fellow Christian” would be anachronistic in this context).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":39669,"verse_id":"LUK.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"Grk “And if.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":39670,"verse_id":"LUK.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":39671,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of previous action(s) in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":39672,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":39673,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"This is a mixed condition, with ἄν ( an ) in the apodosis.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":39674,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.6","text":"Grk “faith as,” “faith like.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/4"}
{"id":39675,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.6","text":"The passives here ( ἐκριζώθητι and φυτεύθητι , ekrizwqhti and futeuqhti ) are probably a circumlocution for God performing the action (the so-called divine passive, see ExSyn 437-38). The issue is not the amount of faith (which in the example is only very tiny), but its presence, which can accomplish impossible things. To cause a tree to be uprooted and planted in the sea is impossible. The expression is a rhetorical idiom. It is like saying a camel can go through the eye of a needle ( Luke 18:25 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/6"}
{"id":39676,"verse_id":"LUK.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"17.6","text":"The verb is aorist, though it looks at a future event, another rhetorical touch to communicate certainty of the effect of faith.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A6/7"}
{"id":39677,"verse_id":"LUK.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “Who among you, having a slave… would say to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":39678,"verse_id":"LUK.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":39679,"verse_id":"LUK.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “and recline at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away. See BDAG 70 s.v. ἀναπίπτω 1.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A7/3"}
{"id":39680,"verse_id":"LUK.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"The question includes a Greek particle, οὐχί ( ouci ), that expects a positive reply. The slave is expected to prepare a meal before eating himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":39681,"verse_id":"LUK.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":39682,"verse_id":"LUK.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Grk “and gird yourself” (with an apron or towel, in preparation for service).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":39683,"verse_id":"LUK.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"BDAG 423 s.v. ἕως 2.b, “to denote contemporaneousness as long as, while … w. subjunctive… Lk 17:8 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":39684,"verse_id":"LUK.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.8","text":"Grk “after these things.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A8/5"}
{"id":39685,"verse_id":"LUK.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “did what was commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":39686,"verse_id":"LUK.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative reply which is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ at the end, “will he?” Thanks are not required.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":39687,"verse_id":"LUK.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Some translations describe the slaves as “worthless” (NRSV) or “unworthy” (NASB, NIV) but that is not Jesus’ point. These disciples have not done anything deserving special commendation or praise (L&N 33.361), but only what would normally be expected of a slave in such a situation (thus the translation “we have only done what was our duty”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":39688,"verse_id":"LUK.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Or “we have only done what we were supposed to do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":39689,"verse_id":"LUK.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk “Now it happened that on.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":39690,"verse_id":"LUK.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":39691,"verse_id":"LUK.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “was traveling about.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A11/4"}
{"id":39692,"verse_id":"LUK.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":39693,"verse_id":"LUK.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"The participle εἰσερχομένου ( eisercomenou ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":39694,"verse_id":"LUK.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"Grk “leprosy, who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun was replaced with a personal pronoun and a new sentence started at this point in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":39695,"verse_id":"LUK.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":39696,"verse_id":"LUK.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"The participle πορευθέντες ( poreuqente\" ) is a good example of an adverbial participle of attendant circumstance. As such, it picks up the force of an imperative from the verb to which it is related ( ExSyn 640-45).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":39697,"verse_id":"LUK.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.14","text":"Grk “And it happened that as.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A14/4"}
{"id":39698,"verse_id":"LUK.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Grk “glorifying God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":39699,"verse_id":"LUK.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":39700,"verse_id":"LUK.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Grk “he fell on his face” (an idiom for complete prostration).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":39701,"verse_id":"LUK.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of a parenthetical comment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A16/4"}
{"id":39702,"verse_id":"LUK.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":39703,"verse_id":"LUK.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Grk “Jesus answering said”; this is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":39704,"verse_id":"LUK.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.17","text":"The Greek construction used here ( οὐχί , ouci ) expects a positive reply.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A17/3"}
{"id":39705,"verse_id":"LUK.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.17","text":"The word “other” is implied in the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A17/4"}
{"id":39706,"verse_id":"LUK.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":39707,"verse_id":"LUK.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Grk “to him”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":39708,"verse_id":"LUK.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “has delivered you”; Grk “has saved you.” The remark about faith suggests the benefit of trusting in Jesus’ ability to deliver. Apparently the Samaritan benefited from the healing in a way the other nine did not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A19/3"}
{"id":39709,"verse_id":"LUK.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"The words “at one point” are supplied to indicate that the following incident is not necessarily in chronological sequence with the preceding event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":39710,"verse_id":"LUK.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.20","text":"Grk “having been asked by the Pharisees.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one in keeping with contemporary English style, and the direct object, Jesus, has been supplied from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A20/3"}
{"id":39711,"verse_id":"LUK.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.20","text":"Or “is not coming in a way that it can be closely watched” (L&N 24.48). Although there are differing interpretations of what this means, it probably refers to the cosmic signs often associated with the kingdom’s coming in the Jewish view ( 1 En. 91, 93; 2 Bar. 53—74). See D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1412-14, also H. Riesenfeld, TDNT 8:150.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A20/5"}
{"id":39712,"verse_id":"LUK.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"This is a present tense in the Greek text. In contrast to waiting and looking for the kingdom, it is now available.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":39713,"verse_id":"LUK.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"This is a far better translation than “in you.” Jesus would never tell the hostile Pharisees that the kingdom was inside them. The reference is to Jesus present in their midst. He brings the kingdom. Another possible translation would be “in your grasp.” For further discussion and options, see D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1414-19.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":39714,"verse_id":"LUK.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":39715,"verse_id":"LUK.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Grk “And they will say.” The plural in Greek is indefinite, referring to people in general. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":39716,"verse_id":"LUK.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"The words “he is” here and in the following clause are understood and have been supplied from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":39717,"verse_id":"LUK.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"rightly has the words in brackets, expressing doubt as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":39718,"verse_id":"LUK.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":39719,"verse_id":"LUK.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"Or “as it happened.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A26/2"}
{"id":39720,"verse_id":"LUK.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"Grk “They.” The plural in Greek is indefinite, referring to people in general.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":39721,"verse_id":"LUK.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.27","text":"These verbs (“eating… drinking… marrying… being given in marriage”) are all progressive imperfects, describing action in progress at that time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A27/2"}
{"id":39722,"verse_id":"LUK.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A27/3"}
{"id":39723,"verse_id":"LUK.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"Or “as it happened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":39724,"verse_id":"LUK.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.28","text":"Grk “they.” The plural in Greek is indefinite, referring to people in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A28/2"}
{"id":39725,"verse_id":"LUK.17.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.33","text":"Or “tries to preserve”; Grk “seeks to gain.” sn If there is no willingness to suffer the world’s rejection at this point, then one will not respond to Jesus (which is trying to keep his life ) and then will be subject to this judgment (which is losing it).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A33/1"}
{"id":39726,"verse_id":"LUK.17.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.35","text":"Grk “at the same place.” According to L&N 46.16, this refers to a hand mill normally operated by two women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A35/1"}
{"id":39727,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.37","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/1"}
{"id":39728,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.37","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the disciples, v. 22 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/2"}
{"id":39729,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.37","text":"Grk “answering, they said to him.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/3"}
{"id":39730,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.37","text":"Or “corpse.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/5"}
{"id":39731,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.37","text":"The same Greek term can refer to “eagles” or “vultures” (L&N 4.42; BDAG 22 s.v. ἀετός ), but in this context it must mean vultures, because the gruesome image is one of dead bodies being consumed by scavengers. sn Jesus’ answer is that when the judgment comes, the scenes of death will be obvious and so will the location of the judgment.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/6"}
{"id":39732,"verse_id":"LUK.17.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":17,"verse":37,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"17.37","text":"Grk “will be gathered.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one in English.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2017%3A37/7"}
{"id":39733,"verse_id":"LUK.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":39734,"verse_id":"LUK.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":39735,"verse_id":"LUK.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Or “should pray at all times” (L&N 67.88).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":39736,"verse_id":"LUK.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Grk “lose heart, saying.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text, but a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronominal subject “He.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":39737,"verse_id":"LUK.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “town.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":39738,"verse_id":"LUK.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"Grk “man,” but the singular ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used as a generic in comparison to God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":39739,"verse_id":"LUK.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"Or “town.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":39740,"verse_id":"LUK.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"This is an iterative imperfect; the widow did this on numerous occasions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":39741,"verse_id":"LUK.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “And for.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":39742,"verse_id":"LUK.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “after these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":39743,"verse_id":"LUK.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “man,” but the singular ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used as a generic in comparison to God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":39744,"verse_id":"LUK.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"The term ὑπωπιάζω ( Jupwpiazw ) in this context means “to wear someone out by continual annoying” (L&N 25.245).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":39745,"verse_id":"LUK.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Grk “by her continual coming,” but the point of annoyance to the judge is her constant pleas for justice (v. 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":39746,"verse_id":"LUK.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":39747,"verse_id":"LUK.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"The emphatic particles in this sentence indicate that God will indeed give justice to the righteous.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":39748,"verse_id":"LUK.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Some argue this should be translated “suddenly.” When vindication comes it will be quick. But the more natural meaning is “soon.” God will not forget his elect and will respond to them. It may be that this verse has a prophetic perspective. In light of the eternity that comes, vindication is soon.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":39749,"verse_id":"LUK.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “He”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":39750,"verse_id":"LUK.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “and despised.” This is a second parable with an explanatory introduction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":39751,"verse_id":"LUK.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Or “stood by himself and prayed like this.” The prepositional phrase πρὸς ἑαυτόν ( pros eauton , “to/about himself”) could go with either the aorist participle σταθείς ( staqeis , “stood”) or with the imperfect verb προσηύχετο ( proshuceto , “he prayed”). If taken with the participle, then the meaning would seem at first glance to be: “stood ‘by himself’,” or “stood ‘alone’.” Now it is true that πρός can mean “by” or “with” when used with intransitive verbs such as ἵστημι ( {isthmi , “I stand”; cf. BDAG 874 s.v. πρός 2.a), but πρὸς ἑαυτόν together never means “by himself” or “alone” in biblical Greek. On the other hand, if πρὸς ἑαυτόν is taken with the verb, then two different nuances emerge, both of which highlight in different ways the principal point Jesus seems to be making about the arrogance of this religious leader: (1) “prayed to himself,” but not necessarily silently, or (2) “prayed about himself,” with the connotation that he prayed out loud, for all to hear. Since his prayer is really a review of his moral résumé, directed both at advertising his own righteousness and exposing the perversion of the tax collector, whom he actually mentions in his prayer, the latter option seems preferable. If this is the case, then the Pharisee’s mention of God is really nothing more than a formality.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":39752,"verse_id":"LUK.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.11","text":"Here the plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is used as a generic and can refer to both men and women (NASB, NRSV, “people”; NLT, “everyone else”; NAB, “the rest of humanity”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A11/3"}
{"id":39753,"verse_id":"LUK.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.11","text":"Or “swindlers” (BDAG 134 s.v. ἅρπαξ 2); see also Isa 10:2 ; Josephus, J. W. 6.3.4 [6.203].","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A11/4"}
{"id":39754,"verse_id":"LUK.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Or “I tithe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":39755,"verse_id":"LUK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “standing”; the Greek participle has been translated as a finite verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":39756,"verse_id":"LUK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “even lift up his eyes” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":39757,"verse_id":"LUK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.13","text":"The prayer is a humble call for forgiveness. The term for mercy ( ἱλάσκομαι , Jilaskomai ) is associated with the concept of a request for atonement (BDAG 473-74 s.v. 1 ; Ps 51:1, 3; 25:11; 34:6, 18 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A13/3"}
{"id":39758,"verse_id":"LUK.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “the sinner.” The tax collector views himself not just as any sinner but as the worst of all sinners. See ExSyn 222-23.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A13/4"}
{"id":39759,"verse_id":"LUK.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Grk “the other”; the referent (the Pharisee, v. 10 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":39760,"verse_id":"LUK.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":39761,"verse_id":"LUK.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"The term βρέφος ( brefos ) here can refer to babies or to toddlers ( 2:12, 16 ; Acts 7:19 ; 2 Tim 3:15 ; 1 Pet 2:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":39762,"verse_id":"LUK.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “so that he would touch them.” Here the touch is connected with (or conveys) a blessing (cf. Mark 10:16 ; also BDAG 126 s.v. ἅπτω 2.c).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A15/3"}
{"id":39763,"verse_id":"LUK.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “the disciples began to scold them.” In the translation the referent has been specified as “those who brought them,” since otherwise the statement could be understood to mean that the disciples began scolding the children rather than their parents who brought them.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A15/4"}
{"id":39764,"verse_id":"LUK.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Grk “summoned them”; the referent (the children) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":39765,"verse_id":"LUK.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":39766,"verse_id":"LUK.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"The negation in Greek used here ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is very strong.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":39767,"verse_id":"LUK.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":39768,"verse_id":"LUK.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":39769,"verse_id":"LUK.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (the ruler mentioned in v. 18 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":39770,"verse_id":"LUK.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “kept.” The implication of this verb is that the man has obeyed the commandments without fail throughout his life, so the adverb “wholeheartedly” has been added to the translation to bring out this nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":39771,"verse_id":"LUK.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “these things.” The referent of the pronoun (the laws mentioned by Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn While the rich man was probably being sincere when he insisted I have wholeheartedly obeyed all these laws , he had confined his righteousness to external obedience. The rich man’s response to Jesus’ command to give away all he had revealed that internally he loved money more than God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A21/3"}
{"id":39772,"verse_id":"LUK.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":39773,"verse_id":"LUK.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the conversation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A22/5"}
{"id":39774,"verse_id":"LUK.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":39775,"verse_id":"LUK.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"Or “very distressed” (L&N 25.277).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":39776,"verse_id":"LUK.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"places the words in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity. Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":39777,"verse_id":"LUK.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of thought.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":39778,"verse_id":"LUK.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.27","text":"The plural Greek term ἄνθρωποις ( anqrwpois ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NASB 1995 update, “people”). Because of the contrast here between mere mortals and God (“impossible for men …possible for God ”) the phrase “mere humans” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A27/2"}
{"id":39779,"verse_id":"LUK.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Or “left our homes,” “left our possessions”; Grk “left our own things.” The word ἴδιος ( idios ) can refer to one’s home (including the people and possessions in it) or to one’s property or possessions. Both options are mentioned in BDAG 467 s.v. 4 .b. See also I. H. Marshall, Luke (NIGTC), 688; D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1488.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":39780,"verse_id":"LUK.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":39781,"verse_id":"LUK.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A29/2"}
{"id":39782,"verse_id":"LUK.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.29","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A29/3"}
{"id":39783,"verse_id":"LUK.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.29","text":"The term “brothers” could be understood as generic here, referring to either male or female siblings. However, it is noteworthy that in the parallel passages in both Matt 19:29 and Mark 10:29 , “sisters” are explicitly mentioned in the Greek text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A29/4"}
{"id":39784,"verse_id":"LUK.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"Grk “this time” ( καιρός , kairos ), but for stylistic reasons this has been translated “this age” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":39785,"verse_id":"LUK.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":39786,"verse_id":"LUK.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A31/2"}
{"id":39787,"verse_id":"LUK.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.31","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A31/3"}
{"id":39788,"verse_id":"LUK.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.31","text":"Or “fulfilled.” Jesus goes to Jerusalem by divine plan as the scripture records ( Luke 2:39; 12:50; 22:37 ; Acts 13:29 ). See Luke 9:22, 44 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A31/4"}
{"id":39789,"verse_id":"LUK.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.32","text":"Or “and insulted.” L&N 33.390 and 88.130 note ὑβρίζω ( Jubrizw ) can mean either “insult” or “mistreat with insolence.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A32/3"}
{"id":39790,"verse_id":"LUK.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Traditionally, “scourge” (the term means to beat severely with a whip, L&N 19.9). BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1. states, “Of the beating (Lat. verberatio ) given those condemned to death…J 19:1 ; cf. Mt 20:19 ; Mk 10:34 ; Lk 18:33 .” Here the term has been translated “flog…severely” to distinguish it from the term φραγελλόω ( fragellow ) used in Matt 27:26 ; Mark 15:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":39791,"verse_id":"LUK.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A33/2"}
{"id":39792,"verse_id":"LUK.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A34/1"}
{"id":39793,"verse_id":"LUK.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the twelve, v. 31 ) has been specified in the context for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A34/2"}
{"id":39794,"verse_id":"LUK.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “And this.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A34/3"}
{"id":39795,"verse_id":"LUK.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “the things having been said.” The active agent, Jesus, has been specified for clarity, and “said” has been translated as “meant” to indicate that comprehension of the significance is really in view here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A34/5"}
{"id":39796,"verse_id":"LUK.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.35","text":"Grk “Now it happened that as.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A35/1"}
{"id":39797,"verse_id":"LUK.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A35/2"}
{"id":39798,"verse_id":"LUK.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.35","text":"The phrase is “he drew near to” ( 19:29; 24:28 ). It is also possible the term merely means “is in the vicinity of.” Also possible is a reversal in the timing of the healing and Zacchaeus events for literary reasons as the blind man “sees” where the rich man with everything did not.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A35/3"}
{"id":39799,"verse_id":"LUK.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.35","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A35/4"}
{"id":39800,"verse_id":"LUK.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.37","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated. “They” could refer to bystanders or people in the crowd.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A37/1"}
{"id":39801,"verse_id":"LUK.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.38","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the blind man learning that Jesus was nearby.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A38/1"}
{"id":39802,"verse_id":"LUK.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.38","text":"Grk “called out, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A38/2"}
{"id":39803,"verse_id":"LUK.18.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.39","text":"Or “rebuked.” The crowd’s view was that surely Jesus would not be bothered with someone as unimportant as a blind beggar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A39/2"}
{"id":39804,"verse_id":"LUK.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.40","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the beggar’s cries.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A40/1"}
{"id":39805,"verse_id":"LUK.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.40","text":"Grk “ordered him”; the referent (the blind beggar, v. 35 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A40/2"}
{"id":39806,"verse_id":"LUK.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.40","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the beggar) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A40/3"}
{"id":39807,"verse_id":"LUK.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.40","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A40/4"}
{"id":39808,"verse_id":"LUK.18.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.41","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A41/1"}
{"id":39809,"verse_id":"LUK.18.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.41","text":"Grk “Lord, that I may see [again].” The phrase can be rendered as an imperative of request, “Please, give me sight.” Since the man is not noted as having been blind from birth (as the man in was) it is likely the request is to receive back the sight he once had.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A41/2"}
{"id":39810,"verse_id":"LUK.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.42","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A42/1"}
{"id":39811,"verse_id":"LUK.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.42","text":"Or “Regain” (see the note on the phrase “let me see again” in the previous verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A42/2"}
{"id":39812,"verse_id":"LUK.18.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.42","text":"Grk “has saved you,” but in a nonsoteriological sense; the man has been delivered from his disability.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A42/3"}
{"id":39813,"verse_id":"LUK.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.43","text":"Or “received” (see the note on the phrase “let me see again” in v. 41 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A43/1"}
{"id":39814,"verse_id":"LUK.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.43","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A43/2"}
{"id":39815,"verse_id":"LUK.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.43","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A43/4"}
{"id":39816,"verse_id":"LUK.18.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":18,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.43","text":"The word “too” has been supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2018%3A43/5"}
{"id":39817,"verse_id":"LUK.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Grk “And entering, he passed through”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":39818,"verse_id":"LUK.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":39819,"verse_id":"LUK.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of a new character. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":39820,"verse_id":"LUK.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":39821,"verse_id":"LUK.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “He was trying to see who Jesus was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":39822,"verse_id":"LUK.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “and he was not able to because of the crowd, for he was short in stature.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":39823,"verse_id":"LUK.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Zacchaeus not being able to see over the crowd.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":39824,"verse_id":"LUK.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.4","text":"Grk “that one”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A4/3"}
{"id":39825,"verse_id":"LUK.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"579 1241 2542 pc co. Both the testimony for the omission and the natural tendency toward scribal expansion argue for the shorter reading here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":39826,"verse_id":"LUK.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Grk “hastening, come down.” σπεύσας ( speusa\" ) has been translated as a participle of manner.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":39827,"verse_id":"LUK.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Grk “hastening, he came down.” σπεύσας ( speusas ) has been translated as a participle of manner.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":39828,"verse_id":"LUK.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":39829,"verse_id":"LUK.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The participle χαίρων ( cairwn ) has been taken as indicating manner. sn Zacchaeus responded joyfully. Luke likes to mention joy as a response to what God was doing ( 1:14; 2:10; 10:20; 13:17; 15:5, 32; 19:37; 24:41, 52 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":39830,"verse_id":"LUK.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Grk “they”; the referent is unspecified but is probably the crowd in general, who would have no great love for a man like Zacchaeus who had enriched himself many times over at their expense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":39831,"verse_id":"LUK.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"This term is used only twice in the NT, both times in Luke (here and 15:2 ) and has negative connotations both times (BDAG 227 s.v. διαγογγύζω ). The participle λέγοντες ( legonte\" ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":39832,"verse_id":"LUK.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text. It virtually confesses fraud.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":39833,"verse_id":"LUK.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":39834,"verse_id":"LUK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":39835,"verse_id":"LUK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":39836,"verse_id":"LUK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"The present active infinitive δοκεῖν ( dokein ) has been translated as causal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":39837,"verse_id":"LUK.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.11","text":"Or perhaps, “the kingdom of God must appear immediately (see L&N 71.36).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A11/5"}
{"id":39838,"verse_id":"LUK.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “a man of noble birth” or “a man of noble status” (L&N 87.27).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":39839,"verse_id":"LUK.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":39840,"verse_id":"LUK.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Or “subjects.” Technically these people were not his subjects yet, but would be upon his return. They were citizens of his country who opposed his appointment as their king; later the newly-appointed king will refer to them as his “enemies” (v. 27 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":39841,"verse_id":"LUK.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"The imperfect is intense in this context, suggesting an ongoing attitude.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":39842,"verse_id":"LUK.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.14","text":"Grk “this one” (somewhat derogatory in this context).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A14/3"}
{"id":39843,"verse_id":"LUK.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.14","text":"Or “to rule.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A14/4"}
{"id":39844,"verse_id":"LUK.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":39845,"verse_id":"LUK.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “he said for these slaves to be called to him.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one and simplified to “he summoned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":39846,"verse_id":"LUK.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “in order that he might know” (a continuation of the preceding sentence). Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “he” as subject and the verb “wanted” to convey the idea of purpose.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":39847,"verse_id":"LUK.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the royal summons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":39848,"verse_id":"LUK.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Or “Lord”; or “Master.” (and so throughout this paragraph).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":39849,"verse_id":"LUK.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.16","text":"See the note on the word “minas” in v. 13 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A16/3"}
{"id":39850,"verse_id":"LUK.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the nobleman of v. 12 , now a king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":39851,"verse_id":"LUK.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"See Luke 16:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":39852,"verse_id":"LUK.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":39853,"verse_id":"LUK.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the second slave’s report.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":39854,"verse_id":"LUK.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the nobleman of v. 12 , now a king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":39855,"verse_id":"LUK.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"The word “slave” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":39856,"verse_id":"LUK.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":39857,"verse_id":"LUK.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.20","text":"Or “that I stored away.” L&N 85.53 defines ἀπόκειμαι ( apokeimai ) here as “to put something away for safekeeping – ‘to store, to put away in a safe place.’”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A20/4"}
{"id":39858,"verse_id":"LUK.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.20","text":"The piece of cloth, called a σουδάριον ( soudarion ), could have been a towel, napkin, handkerchief, or face cloth (L&N 6.159).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A20/5"}
{"id":39859,"verse_id":"LUK.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Or “exacting,” “harsh,” “hard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":39860,"verse_id":"LUK.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Grk “man, taking out.” The Greek word can refer to withdrawing money from a bank (L&N 57.218), and in this context of financial accountability that is the most probable meaning. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “you” as subject and translating the participle αἴρεις ( airei\" ) as a finite verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":39861,"verse_id":"LUK.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.21","text":"The Greek verb τίθημι ( tiqhmi ) can be used of depositing money with a banker to earn interest (L&N 57.217). In effect the slave charges that the master takes what he has not earned.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A21/3"}
{"id":39862,"verse_id":"LUK.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the nobleman of v. 12 , now a king) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":39863,"verse_id":"LUK.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Grk “out of your own mouth” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":39864,"verse_id":"LUK.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.22","text":"Note the contrast between this slave, described as “wicked,” and the slave in v. 17 , described as “good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A22/3"}
{"id":39865,"verse_id":"LUK.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.22","text":"Or “exacting,” “harsh,” “hard.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A22/4"}
{"id":39866,"verse_id":"LUK.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"That is, “If you really feared me why did you not do a minimum to get what I asked for?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":39867,"verse_id":"LUK.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"Grk “on the table”; the idiom refers to a place where money is kept or managed, or credit is established, thus “bank” (L&N 57.215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":39868,"verse_id":"LUK.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “to those standing by,” but in this context involving an audience before the king to give an accounting, these would not be casual bystanders but courtiers or attendants.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":39869,"verse_id":"LUK.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “the ten minas.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":39870,"verse_id":"LUK.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context. Those watching the evaluation are shocked, as the one with the most gets even more. The word “already” is supplied at the end of the statement to indicate this surprise and shock.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":39871,"verse_id":"LUK.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"A few mss (D W 69 pc and a few versional witnesses) omit this verse either to harmonize it with Matt 25:28-29 or to keep the king’s speech seamless.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":39872,"verse_id":"LUK.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Grk “to everyone who has, he will be given more.” sn Everyone who has will be given more. Again, faithfulness yields great reward (see Luke 8:18 ; also Matt 13:12 ; Mark 4:25 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":39873,"verse_id":"LUK.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Grk “to rule over them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":39874,"verse_id":"LUK.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.27","text":"This term, when used of people rather than animals, has some connotations of violence and mercilessness (L&N 20.72).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A27/2"}
{"id":39875,"verse_id":"LUK.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":39876,"verse_id":"LUK.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"This could mean “before [his disciples],” but that is slightly more awkward, requiring an elided element (the disciples) to be supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":39877,"verse_id":"LUK.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":39878,"verse_id":"LUK.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.29","text":"Grk “at the mountain called ‘of Olives.’” This form of reference is awkward in contemporary English, so the more familiar “Mount of Olives” has been used in the translation. sn “Mountain” in English generally denotes a higher elevation than it often does in reference to places in Palestine. The Mount of Olives is really a ridge running north to south about 1.8 mi (3 km) long, east of Jerusalem across the Kidron Valley. Its central elevation is about 100 ft (30 m) higher than Jerusalem. It was named for the large number of olive trees which grew on it.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A29/3"}
{"id":39879,"verse_id":"LUK.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":39880,"verse_id":"LUK.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.30","text":"Grk “the village lying before [you]” (BDAG 530 s.v. κατέναντι 2.a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A30/2"}
{"id":39881,"verse_id":"LUK.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.30","text":"Grk “in which entering.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in Greek, but because of the length and complexity of the construction a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A30/3"}
{"id":39882,"verse_id":"LUK.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.30","text":"Grk “a colt tied there on which no one of men has ever sat.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A30/4"}
{"id":39883,"verse_id":"LUK.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Grk “sent ahead and went and found.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":39884,"verse_id":"LUK.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A33/1"}
{"id":39885,"verse_id":"LUK.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.33","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A33/2"}
{"id":39886,"verse_id":"LUK.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":39887,"verse_id":"LUK.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"Grk “garments”; but this refers in context to their outer cloaks. The action is like 2 Kgs 9:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":39888,"verse_id":"LUK.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.35","text":"Although ἐπεβίβασαν ( epebibasan ) is frequently translated “set [Jesus] on it” or “put [Jesus] on it,” when used of a riding animal the verb can mean “to cause to mount” (L&N 15.98); thus here “had Jesus get on it.” The degree of assistance is not specified.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A35/4"}
{"id":39889,"verse_id":"LUK.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":39890,"verse_id":"LUK.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.36","text":"The disciples initiated this action (since in 19:35 and 37 they are the subject) but the other gospels indicate the crowds also became involved. Thus it is difficult to specify the referent here as “the disciples” or “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A36/2"}
{"id":39891,"verse_id":"LUK.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.37","text":"Grk “the descent of”; this could refer to either the slope of the hillside itself or the path leading down from it (the second option has been adopted for the translation, see L&N 15.109).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A37/1"}
{"id":39892,"verse_id":"LUK.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.37","text":"Grk “the”; the Greek article has been translated here as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A37/3"}
{"id":39893,"verse_id":"LUK.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.37","text":"Here the participle χαίροντες ( caironte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb in English; it could also be translated adverbially as a participle of manner: “began to praise God joyfully.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A37/4"}
{"id":39894,"verse_id":"LUK.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.37","text":"Or “works of power,” “miracles.” Jesus’ ministry of miracles is what has drawn attention. See Luke 7:22 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A37/6"}
{"id":39895,"verse_id":"LUK.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.37","text":"Grk “they had seen, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A37/7"}
{"id":39896,"verse_id":"LUK.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context. Not all present are willing to join in the acclamation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A39/1"}
{"id":39897,"verse_id":"LUK.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.40","text":"Grk “and answering, he said.” This has been simplified in the translation to “He answered.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A40/1"}
{"id":39898,"verse_id":"LUK.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.40","text":"Grk “these.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A40/2"}
{"id":39899,"verse_id":"LUK.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.41","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A41/1"}
{"id":39900,"verse_id":"LUK.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A41/2"}
{"id":39901,"verse_id":"LUK.19.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.42","text":"Grk “the things toward peace.” This expression seems to mean “the things that would ‘lead to,’ ‘bring about,’ or ‘make for’ peace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A42/2"}
{"id":39902,"verse_id":"LUK.19.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.44","text":"Grk “They will raze you to the ground.” sn The singular pronoun you refers to the city of Jerusalem personified.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A44/1"}
{"id":39903,"verse_id":"LUK.19.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.44","text":"Grk “your children within you.” The phrase “[your] walls” has been supplied in the translation to clarify that the city of Jerusalem, metaphorically pictured as an individual, is spoken of here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A44/2"}
{"id":39904,"verse_id":"LUK.19.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.44","text":"Grk “leave stone on stone.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A44/4"}
{"id":39905,"verse_id":"LUK.19.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":44,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.44","text":"Grk “the time of your visitation.” To clarify what this refers to, the words “from God” are supplied at the end of the verse, although they do not occur in the Greek text. sn You did not recognize the time of your visitation refers to the time God came to visit them. They had missed the Messiah; see Luke 1:68-79 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A44/5"}
{"id":39906,"verse_id":"LUK.19.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A45/1"}
{"id":39907,"verse_id":"LUK.19.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.45","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A45/2"}
{"id":39908,"verse_id":"LUK.19.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.45","text":"Grk “the temple” (also in v. 47 ). sn The merchants ( those who were selling things there ) would have been located in the Court of the Gentiles.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A45/3"}
{"id":39909,"verse_id":"LUK.19.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.46","text":"Or “a hideout” (see L&N 1.57).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A46/2"}
{"id":39910,"verse_id":"LUK.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.47","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A47/1"}
{"id":39911,"verse_id":"LUK.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.47","text":"Grk “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A47/2"}
{"id":39912,"verse_id":"LUK.19.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.47","text":"Grk “to destroy.” sn The action at the temple was the last straw. In their view, if Jesus could cause trouble in the holy place, then he must be stopped, so the leaders were seeking to assassinate him .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A47/3"}
{"id":39913,"verse_id":"LUK.19.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.48","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A48/1"}
{"id":39914,"verse_id":"LUK.19.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":19,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.48","text":"Grk “they did not find the thing that they might do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2019%3A48/2"}
{"id":39915,"verse_id":"LUK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Grk “Now it happened that one.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":39916,"verse_id":"LUK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":39917,"verse_id":"LUK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.1","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A1/3"}
{"id":39918,"verse_id":"LUK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.1","text":"Or “preaching.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A1/4"}
{"id":39919,"verse_id":"LUK.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.1","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A1/5"}
{"id":39920,"verse_id":"LUK.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Grk “and said, saying to him.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":39921,"verse_id":"LUK.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":39922,"verse_id":"LUK.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Grk “answering, he said to them.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":39923,"verse_id":"LUK.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is used here (and in v. 6 ) in a generic sense, referring to both men and women (cf. NAB, NRSV, “of human origin”; TEV, “from human beings”; NLT, “merely human”). sn The question is whether John’s ministry was of divine or human origin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":39924,"verse_id":"LUK.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":39925,"verse_id":"LUK.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the dilemma Jesus’ opponents faced.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":39926,"verse_id":"LUK.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":39927,"verse_id":"LUK.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"On this phrase, see BDAG 844 s.v. ποῖος 2.a. γ . This is exactly the same phrase as in v. 2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":39928,"verse_id":"LUK.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. The parable Jesus tells here actually addresses the question put to him by the leaders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":39929,"verse_id":"LUK.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"places τις in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":39930,"verse_id":"LUK.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"33 579 1241 2542 al ), have δώσουσιν . It is thus more likely that the future indicative is authentic. For a discussion of this construction, see BDF §369.2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":39931,"verse_id":"LUK.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.10","text":"Grk “from the fruit of the vineyard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A10/3"}
{"id":39932,"verse_id":"LUK.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.10","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the slave sent by the owner) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The image of the tenants beating up the owner’s slave pictures the nation’s rejection of the prophets and their message.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A10/4"}
{"id":39933,"verse_id":"LUK.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the tenants’ mistreatment of the first slave.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":39934,"verse_id":"LUK.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the tenants’ mistreatment of the first two slaves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":39935,"verse_id":"LUK.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":39936,"verse_id":"LUK.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “my beloved son.” See comment at Luke 3:22 . sn The owner’s decision to send his one dear son represents God sending Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":39937,"verse_id":"LUK.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the tenants’ decision to kill the son.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":39938,"verse_id":"LUK.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the people addressed in v. 9 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":39939,"verse_id":"LUK.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":39940,"verse_id":"LUK.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"Or “capstone,” “keystone.” Although these meanings are lexically possible, the imagery in Eph 2:20-22 and 1 Cor 3:11 indicates that the term κεφαλὴ γωνίας ( kefalh gwnia\" ) refers to a cornerstone, not a capstone. sn The stone the builders rejected has become the cornerstone . The use of Ps 118:22-23 and the “stone imagery” as a reference to Christ and his suffering and exaltation is common in the NT (see also Matt 21:42 ; Mark 12:10 ; Acts 4:11 ; 1 Pet 2:6-8 ; cf. also Eph 2:20 ). The irony in the use of Ps 118:22-23 here is that in the OT, Israel was the one rejected (or perhaps her king) by the Gentiles, but in the NT it is Jesus who is rejected by Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":39941,"verse_id":"LUK.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"On this term, see BDAG 972 s.v. συνθλάω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":39942,"verse_id":"LUK.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Grk “on whomever it falls, it will crush him.” sn This proverb basically means that the stone crushes, without regard to whether it falls on someone or someone falls on it. On the stone as a messianic image, see Isa 28:16 and Dan 2:44-45 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":39943,"verse_id":"LUK.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":39944,"verse_id":"LUK.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"Or “The scribes” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":39945,"verse_id":"LUK.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Grk “tried to lay hands on him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":39946,"verse_id":"LUK.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A19/4"}
{"id":39947,"verse_id":"LUK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":39948,"verse_id":"LUK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Grk “righteous,” but in this context the point is their false sincerity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":39949,"verse_id":"LUK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.20","text":"Grk “so that they might catch him in some word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A20/3"}
{"id":39950,"verse_id":"LUK.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.20","text":"This word is often translated “authority” in other contexts, but here, in combination with ἀρχή ( arch ), it refers to the domain or sphere of the governor’s rule (L&N 37.36).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A20/4"}
{"id":39951,"verse_id":"LUK.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of the plans by the spies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":39952,"verse_id":"LUK.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.21","text":"Or “precisely”; Grk “rightly.” Jesus teaches exactly, the straight and narrow.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A21/2"}
{"id":39953,"verse_id":"LUK.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Or “lawful,” that is, in accordance with God’s divine law. On the syntax of ἔξεστιν ( exestin ) with an infinitive and accusative, see BDF §409.3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":39954,"verse_id":"LUK.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"This was a “poll tax.” L&N 57.182 states this was “a payment made by the people of one nation to another, with the implication that this is a symbol of submission and dependence – ‘tribute tax.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":39955,"verse_id":"LUK.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.22","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A22/3"}
{"id":39956,"verse_id":"LUK.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":39957,"verse_id":"LUK.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"Or “craftiness.” The term always has negative connotations in the NT ( 1 Cor 3:19 ; 2 Cor 4:2; 11:3 ; Eph 4:14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":39958,"verse_id":"LUK.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Here the specific name of the coin was retained in the translation, because not all coins in circulation in Palestine at the time carried the image of Caesar. In other places δηνάριον ( dhnarion ) has been translated simply as “silver coin” with an explanatory note. sn A denarius was a silver coin worth approximately one day’s wage for a laborer. The fact that the leaders had such a coin showed that they already operated in the economic world of Rome. The denarius would have had a picture of Tiberius Caesar, the Roman emperor, on it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":39959,"verse_id":"LUK.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Or “whose likeness.” sn In this passage Jesus points to the image ( Grk εἰκών , eikwn ) of Caesar on the coin. This same Greek word is used in Gen 1:26 (LXX) to state that humanity is made in the “image” of God. Jesus is making a subtle yet powerful contrast: Caesar’s image is on the denarius, so he can lay claim to money through taxation, but God’s image is on humanity, so he can lay claim to each individual life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":39960,"verse_id":"LUK.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"Grk “whose likeness and inscription does it have?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":39961,"verse_id":"LUK.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ pronouncement results from the opponents’ answer to his question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":39962,"verse_id":"LUK.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ unexpected answer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":39963,"verse_id":"LUK.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"On this term, see BDAG 374 s.v. ἐπιλαμβάνομαι 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":39964,"verse_id":"LUK.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.26","text":"Grk “to trap him in a saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A26/3"}
{"id":39965,"verse_id":"LUK.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.26","text":"Or “amazed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A26/4"}
{"id":39966,"verse_id":"LUK.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":39967,"verse_id":"LUK.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.28","text":"Grk “his brother”; but this would be redundant in English with the same phrase “his brother” at the end of the verse, so most modern translations render this phrase “the man” (so NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A28/2"}
{"id":39968,"verse_id":"LUK.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.28","text":"The use of ἵνα ( Jina ) with imperatival force is unusual (BDF §470.1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A28/3"}
{"id":39969,"verse_id":"LUK.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.28","text":"Grk “and raise up seed,” an idiom for procreating children (L&N 23.59).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A28/4"}
{"id":39970,"verse_id":"LUK.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"Grk “took a wife” (an idiom for marrying a woman).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":39971,"verse_id":"LUK.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"33 Ï lat) have the words, “took the wife and this one died childless” after “the second.” But this looks like a clarifying addition, assimilating the text to Mark 12:21 . In light of the early and diverse witnesses that lack the expression ( א B D L 0266 892 1241 co), the shorter reading should be considered authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":39972,"verse_id":"LUK.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.33","text":"Grk “For the seven had her as wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A33/2"}
{"id":39973,"verse_id":"LUK.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that Jesus’ response is a result of their framing of the question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":39974,"verse_id":"LUK.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.34","text":"Grk “sons of this age” (an idiom, see L&N 11.16). The following clause which refers to being “given in marriage” suggests both men and women are included in this phrase.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A34/2"}
{"id":39975,"verse_id":"LUK.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.35","text":"Grk “to attain to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A35/1"}
{"id":39976,"verse_id":"LUK.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.36","text":"Grk “sons of God, being.” The participle ὄντες ( ontes ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A36/2"}
{"id":39977,"verse_id":"LUK.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.36","text":"Or “people.” The noun υἱός ( Juios ) followed by the genitive of class or kind (“sons of…”) denotes a person of a class or kind, specified by the following genitive construction. This Semitic idiom is frequent in the NT (L&N 9.4).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A36/3"}
{"id":39978,"verse_id":"LUK.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Grk “But that the dead are raised even Moses revealed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":39979,"verse_id":"LUK.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.38","text":"On this syntax, see BDF §192. The point is that all live “to” God or “before” God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A38/2"}
{"id":39980,"verse_id":"LUK.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.39","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A39/1"}
{"id":39981,"verse_id":"LUK.20.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.39","text":"Or “some of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A39/2"}
{"id":39982,"verse_id":"LUK.20.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.41","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A41/2"}
{"id":39983,"verse_id":"LUK.20.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.44","text":"Grk “David thus calls him ‘Lord.’ So how is he his son?” The conditional nuance, implicit in Greek, has been made explicit in the translation (cf. Matt 22:45 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A44/1"}
{"id":39984,"verse_id":"LUK.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.45","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A45/1"}
{"id":39985,"verse_id":"LUK.20.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A45/2"}
{"id":39986,"verse_id":"LUK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.46","text":"Or “Be on guard against.” This is a present imperative and indicates that pride is something to constantly be on the watch against.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A46/1"}
{"id":39987,"verse_id":"LUK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.46","text":"Or “of the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A46/2"}
{"id":39988,"verse_id":"LUK.20.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.46","text":"Grk “who,” continuing the sentence begun by the prior phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A46/3"}
{"id":39989,"verse_id":"LUK.20.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.47","text":"Grk “who,” continuing the sentence begun in v. 46 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A47/1"}
{"id":39990,"verse_id":"LUK.20.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":20,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.47","text":"Grk “houses,” “households”; however, the term can have the force of “property” or “possessions” as well (O. Michel, TDNT 5:131; BDAG 695 s.v. οἶκια 1.a).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2020%3A47/3"}
{"id":39991,"verse_id":"LUK.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Grk “He”; the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":39992,"verse_id":"LUK.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"Grk “looking up, he saw.” The participle ἀναβλέψας ( anableya\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":39993,"verse_id":"LUK.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"On the term γαζοφυλάκιον ( gazofulakion ), often translated “treasury,” see BDAG 186 s.v., which states, “For Mk 12:41, 43 ; Lk 21:1 the mng. contribution box or receptacle is attractive. Acc. to Mishnah, Shekalim 6, 5 there were in the temple 13 such receptacles in the form of trumpets. But even in these passages the general sense of ‘treasury’ is prob., for the contributions would go [into] the treasury via the receptacles.” Based upon the extra-biblical evidence (see sn following), however, the translation opts to refer to the actual receptacles and not the treasury itself. sn The offering box probably refers to the receptacles in the temple forecourt by the Court of Women used to collect freewill offerings. These are mentioned by Josephus, J. W. 5.5.2 (5.200), 6.5.2 (6.282); Ant. 19.6.1 (19.294); and in 1 Macc 14:49 and 2 Macc 3:6, 24, 28, 40 (see also Mark 12:41 ; John 8:20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":39994,"verse_id":"LUK.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":39995,"verse_id":"LUK.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Grk “Truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":39996,"verse_id":"LUK.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Grk “out of what abounded to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":39997,"verse_id":"LUK.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"Or “put in her entire livelihood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":39998,"verse_id":"LUK.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":39999,"verse_id":"LUK.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"For the translation of ἀνάθημα ( anaqhma ) as “offering” see L&N 53.18.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":40000,"verse_id":"LUK.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A5/4"}
{"id":40001,"verse_id":"LUK.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"Grk “the days will come when not one stone will be left on another that will not be thrown down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":40002,"verse_id":"LUK.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ comments about the temple’s future destruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":40003,"verse_id":"LUK.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A7/2"}
{"id":40004,"verse_id":"LUK.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “when.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A7/4"}
{"id":40005,"verse_id":"LUK.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":40006,"verse_id":"LUK.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Or “Be on guard.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":40007,"verse_id":"LUK.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"That is, “I am the Messiah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":40008,"verse_id":"LUK.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Social and political chaos also precedes the end. This term refers to revolutions (L&N 39.34).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":40009,"verse_id":"LUK.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"This is not the usual term for fear, but refers to a deep sense of terror and emotional distress ( Luke 24:37 ; BDAG 895 s.v. πτοέω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":40010,"verse_id":"LUK.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"For the translation “rise up in arms” see L&N 55.2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":40011,"verse_id":"LUK.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"This term, φόβητρον ( fobhtron ), occurs only here in the NT. It could refer to an object, event, or condition that causes fear, but in the context it is linked with great signs from heaven, so the translation “sights” was preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":40012,"verse_id":"LUK.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “will lay their hands on you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":40013,"verse_id":"LUK.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":40014,"verse_id":"LUK.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"Grk “This will turn out to you for [a] testimony.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":40015,"verse_id":"LUK.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Grk “determine in your hearts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":40016,"verse_id":"LUK.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"This term could refer to rehearsing a speech or a dance. On its syntax, see BDF §392.2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":40017,"verse_id":"LUK.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “a mouth.” It is a metonymy and refers to the reply the Lord will give to them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":40018,"verse_id":"LUK.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “and wisdom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":40019,"verse_id":"LUK.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “and brothers and relatives,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated twice here since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":40020,"verse_id":"LUK.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":40021,"verse_id":"LUK.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"33 pc lat sa) read the future indicative κτήσεσθε ( kthsesqe ). A decision is difficult because the evidence is so evenly balanced, but the aorist imperative is the harder reading and better explains the rise of the other. J. A. Fitzmyer assesses the translation options this way: “In English one has to use something similar [i.e., a future indicative], even if one follows the [aorist imperative]” ( Luke [AB], 2:1341); in the same vein, although this translation follows the aorist imperative, because of English requirements it has been translated as though it were a future indicative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":40022,"verse_id":"LUK.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “your souls,” but ψυχή ( yuch ) is frequently used of one’s physical life. In light of v. 16 that does not seem to be the case here. The entire phrase could be taken as an idiom meaning “you will save yourselves” (L&N 21.20), or (as in v. 18 ) this could refer to living ultimately in the presence of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A19/3"}
{"id":40023,"verse_id":"LUK.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":40024,"verse_id":"LUK.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Grk “her,” referring to the city of Jerusalem (the name “Jerusalem” in Greek is a feminine noun).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":40025,"verse_id":"LUK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":40026,"verse_id":"LUK.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A21/3"}
{"id":40027,"verse_id":"LUK.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Or “of punishment.” This is a time of judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":40028,"verse_id":"LUK.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"The passive construction with the infinitive πλησθῆναι ( plhsqhnai ) has been translated as an active construction for simplicity, in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":40029,"verse_id":"LUK.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":40030,"verse_id":"LUK.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"Grk “by the mouth of the sword” (an idiom for the edge of a sword).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":40031,"verse_id":"LUK.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.24","text":"Grk “And Jerusalem.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A24/4"}
{"id":40032,"verse_id":"LUK.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"Grk “distress of nations.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":40033,"verse_id":"LUK.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"Or “in consternation” (L&N 32.9).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":40034,"verse_id":"LUK.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"According to L&N 23.184 this could be mainly a psychological experience rather than actual loss of consciousness. It could also refer to complete discouragement because of fear, leading people to give up hope (L&N 25.293).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":40035,"verse_id":"LUK.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “And then” ( καὶ τότε , kai tote ). Here καί has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":40036,"verse_id":"LUK.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":40037,"verse_id":"LUK.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"Grk “all the trees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":40038,"verse_id":"LUK.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"Grk “seeing for yourselves, you know.” The participle βλέποντες ( bleponte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":40039,"verse_id":"LUK.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"The verb γινώσκετε ( ginwskete , “know”) can be parsed as either present indicative or present imperative. In this context the imperative fits better, since the movement is from analogy (trees and seasons) to the future (the signs of the coming of the kingdom) and since the emphasis is on preparation for this event.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":40040,"verse_id":"LUK.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":40041,"verse_id":"LUK.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"Grk “watch out for yourselves.” sn Disciples are to watch out. If they are too absorbed into everyday life, they will stop watching and living faithfully.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":40042,"verse_id":"LUK.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.35","text":"There is debate in the textual tradition about the position of γάρ ( gar ) and whether v. 35 looks back to v. 34 or is independent. The textual evidence does slightly favor placing γάρ after the verb and thus linking it back to v. 34 . The other reading looks like Isa 24:17 . However, the construction is harsh and the translation prefers for stylistic reasons to start a new English sentence here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A35/1"}
{"id":40043,"verse_id":"LUK.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.35","text":"Or “come upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A35/2"}
{"id":40044,"verse_id":"LUK.21.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.36","text":"For the translation of μέλλω ( mellw ) as “must,” see L&N 71.36.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A36/2"}
{"id":40045,"verse_id":"LUK.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.37","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” since vv. 37-38 serve as something of a summary or transition from the discourse preceding to the passion narrative that follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A37/1"}
{"id":40046,"verse_id":"LUK.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A37/2"}
{"id":40047,"verse_id":"LUK.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A37/3"}
{"id":40048,"verse_id":"LUK.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “and spent the night,” but this is redundant because of the previous use of the word “night.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A37/4"}
{"id":40049,"verse_id":"LUK.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “at the mountain called ‘of Olives.’” sn See the note on the phrase Mount of Olives in 19:29 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A37/5"}
{"id":40050,"verse_id":"LUK.21.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":21,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.38","text":") place John 7:53-8:11 here after v. 38 , no doubt because it was felt that this was a better setting for the pericope. Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2021%3A38/2"}
{"id":40051,"verse_id":"LUK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “And the.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":40052,"verse_id":"LUK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":40053,"verse_id":"LUK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “were seeking how.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A2/3"}
{"id":40054,"verse_id":"LUK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.2","text":"The Greek verb here means “to get rid of by execution” (BDAG 64 s.v. ἀναιρέω 2; cf. also L&N 20.71, which states, “to get rid of someone by execution, often with legal or quasi-legal procedures”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A2/4"}
{"id":40055,"verse_id":"LUK.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A2/5"}
{"id":40056,"verse_id":"LUK.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":40057,"verse_id":"LUK.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “Iscariot, being of the number of the twelve.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":40058,"verse_id":"LUK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"The full title στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ ( strathgo\" tou Jierou ; “officer of the temple” or “captain of the temple guard”) is sometimes shortened to στρατηγός as here (L&N 37.91).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":40059,"verse_id":"LUK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.4","text":"Luke uses this frequent indirect question to make his point (BDF §267.2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A4/2"}
{"id":40060,"verse_id":"LUK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":40061,"verse_id":"LUK.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.4","text":"Grk “how he might hand him over to them,” in the sense of “betray him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A4/4"}
{"id":40062,"verse_id":"LUK.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":40063,"verse_id":"LUK.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the arrangement worked out in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":40064,"verse_id":"LUK.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":40065,"verse_id":"LUK.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “betray him to them”; the referent of the first pronoun (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":40066,"verse_id":"LUK.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “apart from the crowd.” sn The leaders wanted to do this quietly, when no crowd was present , so no public uproar would result (cf. v. 21:38; 22:2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":40067,"verse_id":"LUK.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"The words “for the feast” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":40068,"verse_id":"LUK.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":40069,"verse_id":"LUK.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"Grk “for us, so that we may eat.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":40070,"verse_id":"LUK.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":40071,"verse_id":"LUK.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"In the Greek text this a deliberative subjunctive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":40072,"verse_id":"LUK.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":40073,"verse_id":"LUK.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Grk “to the master of the household,” referring to one who owns and manages the household, including family, servants, and slaves (L&N 57.14).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":40074,"verse_id":"LUK.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ instructions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":40075,"verse_id":"LUK.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"The word “things” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":40076,"verse_id":"LUK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":40077,"verse_id":"LUK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":40078,"verse_id":"LUK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Grk “reclined at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":40079,"verse_id":"LUK.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.14","text":"Grk “the apostles with him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A14/4"}
{"id":40080,"verse_id":"LUK.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"This phrase parallels a Hebrew infinitive absolute and serves to underline Jesus’ enthusiasm for holding this meal (BDF §198.6).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":40081,"verse_id":"LUK.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"Although the word “again” is not in the Greek text, it is supplied to indicate that Jesus did indeed partake of this Passover meal, as statements in v. 18 suggest (“from now on”). For more complete discussion see D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1720.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":40082,"verse_id":"LUK.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":40083,"verse_id":"LUK.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Grk “the produce” (“the produce of the vine” is a figurative expression for wine).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":40084,"verse_id":"LUK.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":40085,"verse_id":"LUK.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"Some important Western mss (D it) lack the words from this point to the end of v. 20 . However, the authenticity of these verses is very likely. The inclusion of the second cup is the harder reading, since it differs from Matt 26:26-29 and Mark 14:22-25 , and it has much better ms support. It is thus easier to explain the shorter reading as a scribal accident or misunderstanding. Further discussion of this complicated problem (the most difficult in Luke) can be found in TCGNT 148-50.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":40086,"verse_id":"LUK.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.20","text":"The words “he took” are not in the Greek text at this point, but are an understood repetition from v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A20/1"}
{"id":40087,"verse_id":"LUK.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.20","text":"The phrase “after they had eaten” translates the temporal infinitive construction μετὰ τὸ δειπνῆσαι ( meta to deipnhsai ), where the verb δειπνέω ( deipnew ) means “to eat a meal” or “to have a meal.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A20/2"}
{"id":40088,"verse_id":"LUK.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ comments: The disciples begin wondering who would betray him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":40089,"verse_id":"LUK.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Or “happened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":40090,"verse_id":"LUK.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Though the term μείζων ( meizwn ) here is comparative in form, it is superlative in sense (BDF §244).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":40091,"verse_id":"LUK.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the dispute among the apostles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":40092,"verse_id":"LUK.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.25","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A25/2"}
{"id":40093,"verse_id":"LUK.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.26","text":"Grk “But you are not thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A26/1"}
{"id":40094,"verse_id":"LUK.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"Or “the ruler.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":40095,"verse_id":"LUK.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Grk “who reclines at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":40096,"verse_id":"LUK.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"The interrogative particle used here in the Greek text ( οὐχί , ouci ) expects a positive reply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":40097,"verse_id":"LUK.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Or “continued” (L&N 34.3). Jesus acknowledges the disciples’ faithfulness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":40098,"verse_id":"LUK.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of the disciples’ perseverance with Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":40099,"verse_id":"LUK.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.29","text":"Or “I give you the right to rule” (cf. CEV). For this translation of διατίθεμαι βασιλείαν ( diatiqemai basileian ) see L&N 37.105.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A29/3"}
{"id":40100,"verse_id":"LUK.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"This verb is future indicative, and thus not subordinate to “grant” ( διατίθεμαι , diatiqemai ) as part of the result clause beginning with ἵνα ἔσθητε ( {ina esqhte ) at the beginning of v. 30 . It is better understood as a predictive future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":40101,"verse_id":"LUK.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.31","text":"co), do not contain these words. The abrupt shift is the more difficult reading and thus more likely to be original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A31/1"}
{"id":40102,"verse_id":"LUK.22.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.31","text":"Grk “behold” (for “pay attention” see L&N 91.13).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A31/2"}
{"id":40103,"verse_id":"LUK.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.32","text":"Grk “And when.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A32/3"}
{"id":40104,"verse_id":"LUK.22.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.32","text":"Or “turned around.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A32/4"}
{"id":40105,"verse_id":"LUK.22.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.33","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A33/1"}
{"id":40106,"verse_id":"LUK.22.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.34","text":"Grk “he said”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A34/1"}
{"id":40107,"verse_id":"LUK.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.35","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A35/1"}
{"id":40108,"verse_id":"LUK.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A35/2"}
{"id":40109,"verse_id":"LUK.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.35","text":"Traditionally, “purse” (likewise in v. 36 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A35/3"}
{"id":40110,"verse_id":"LUK.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.35","text":"Or possibly “beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A35/4"}
{"id":40111,"verse_id":"LUK.22.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":35,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.35","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A35/6"}
{"id":40112,"verse_id":"LUK.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.36","text":"The syntax of this verse is disputed, resulting in various translations. The major options are either (1) that reflected in the translation or (2) that those who have a money bag and traveler’s bag should get a sword, just as those who do not have these items should sell their cloak to buy a sword. The point of all the options is that things have changed and one now needs full provisions. Opposition will come. But “sword” is a figure for preparing to fight. See Luke 22:50-51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A36/1"}
{"id":40113,"verse_id":"LUK.22.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.36","text":"Or possibly “beggar’s bag” (L&N 6.145).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A36/2"}
{"id":40114,"verse_id":"LUK.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.37","text":"Or “with the lawless.” sn This is a quotation from Isa 53:12 . It highlights a theme of Luke 22-23 . Though completely innocent, Jesus dies as if he were a criminal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A37/2"}
{"id":40115,"verse_id":"LUK.22.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.37","text":"Grk “is having its fulfillment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A37/3"}
{"id":40116,"verse_id":"LUK.22.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.38","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ comments about obtaining swords.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A38/1"}
{"id":40117,"verse_id":"LUK.22.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.39","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A39/1"}
{"id":40118,"verse_id":"LUK.22.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.39","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A39/2"}
{"id":40119,"verse_id":"LUK.22.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.39","text":"Grk “went.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A39/3"}
{"id":40120,"verse_id":"LUK.22.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.42","text":"Luke’s term παρένεγκε is not as exact as the one in Matt 26:39 . Luke’s means “take away” (BDAG 772 s.v. παρένεγκε 2.c) while Matthew’s means “take away without touching,” suggesting an alteration (if possible) in God’s plan. For further discussion see D. L. Bock, Luke (BECNT), 2:1759-60.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A42/1"}
{"id":40121,"verse_id":"LUK.22.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.44","text":"Grk “And being in anguish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A44/1"}
{"id":40122,"verse_id":"LUK.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.45","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A45/1"}
{"id":40123,"verse_id":"LUK.22.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.45","text":"Grk “from grief.” The word “exhausted” is not in the Greek text, but is implied; the disciples have fallen asleep from mental and emotional exhaustion resulting from their distress (see L&N 25.273; cf. TEV, NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A45/2"}
{"id":40124,"verse_id":"LUK.22.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.46","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus finding them asleep.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A46/1"}
{"id":40125,"verse_id":"LUK.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.47","text":"Grk “While he was still speaking, behold, a crowd, and the one called Judas…was leading them.” The abrupt appearance of the crowd on the scene is indicated in the translation by “suddenly” and “appeared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A47/1"}
{"id":40126,"verse_id":"LUK.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.47","text":"Grk “drew near.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A47/2"}
{"id":40127,"verse_id":"LUK.22.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.47","text":"700 pm as well as several versional mss ) add here, “for this is the sign he gave to them: Whoever I kiss is [the one].” This addition is almost certainly not original, since most of the important mss lack it. It may be a copyist’s attempt to clarify the text, or the accidental inclusion of a marginal gloss.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A47/3"}
{"id":40128,"verse_id":"LUK.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.49","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A49/1"}
{"id":40129,"verse_id":"LUK.22.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.49","text":"The direct question using “if” in Greek is not unusual (BDF §440.3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A49/2"}
{"id":40130,"verse_id":"LUK.22.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.50","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A50/1"}
{"id":40131,"verse_id":"LUK.22.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.50","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A50/3"}
{"id":40132,"verse_id":"LUK.22.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.51","text":"Grk “But answering, Jesus said.” This is redundant in contemporary English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A51/1"}
{"id":40133,"verse_id":"LUK.22.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.51","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the slave of the high priest mentioned in the previous verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A51/2"}
{"id":40134,"verse_id":"LUK.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.52","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A52/1"}
{"id":40135,"verse_id":"LUK.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.52","text":"This title, literally “official of the temple” ( στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ , strathgo\" tou Jierou ), referred to the commander of the Jewish soldiers who guarded and maintained order in the Jerusalem temple. Here, since the term is plural, it has been translated “officers of the temple guard” rather than “commanders of the temple guard,” since the idea of a number of commanders might be confusing to the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A52/2"}
{"id":40136,"verse_id":"LUK.22.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.52","text":"Or “a revolutionary.” This term can refer to one who stirs up rebellion: BDAG 594 s.v. λῃστής 2 has “ revolutionary, insurrectionist , guerrilla ” citing evidence from Josephus ( J. W. 2.13.2-3 [2.253-254]). However, this usage generally postdates Jesus’ time. It does refer to a figure of violence. Luke uses the same term for the highwaymen who attack the traveler in the parable of the good Samaritan ( 10:30 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A52/3"}
{"id":40137,"verse_id":"LUK.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.53","text":"Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A53/1"}
{"id":40138,"verse_id":"LUK.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.53","text":"Grk “lay hands on me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A53/2"}
{"id":40139,"verse_id":"LUK.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.53","text":"Or “your time.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A53/3"}
{"id":40140,"verse_id":"LUK.22.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":53,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.53","text":"Or “authority,” “domain.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A53/4"}
{"id":40141,"verse_id":"LUK.22.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.54","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A54/1"}
{"id":40142,"verse_id":"LUK.22.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.54","text":"Or “seized” (L&N 37.109).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A54/2"}
{"id":40143,"verse_id":"LUK.22.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":54,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.54","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A54/3"}
{"id":40144,"verse_id":"LUK.22.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.56","text":"The Greek term here is παιδίσκη ( paidiskh ), referring to a slave girl or slave woman.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A56/1"}
{"id":40145,"verse_id":"LUK.22.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.57","text":"Grk “he denied it, saying.” The referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A57/1"}
{"id":40146,"verse_id":"LUK.22.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.58","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A58/1"}
{"id":40147,"verse_id":"LUK.22.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.58","text":"Here and in v. 60 “Man” is used as a neutral form of address to a stranger.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A58/3"}
{"id":40148,"verse_id":"LUK.22.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.59","text":"Grk “insisted, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A59/1"}
{"id":40149,"verse_id":"LUK.22.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.60","text":"Grk “And immediately.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A60/1"}
{"id":40150,"verse_id":"LUK.22.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.60","text":"A real rooster crowing is probably in view here (rather than the Roman trumpet call known as gallicinium ), in part due to the fact that Mark 14:72 mentions the rooster crowing twice. See the discussion at Matt 26:74 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A60/2"}
{"id":40151,"verse_id":"LUK.22.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.61","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A61/1"}
{"id":40152,"verse_id":"LUK.22.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.61","text":"“The word of the Lord” is a technical expression in OT literature, often referring to a divine prophetic utterance (e.g., Gen 15:1 , Isa 1:10 , Jonah 1:1 ). In the NT it occurs 15 times: 3 times as ῥῆμα τοῦ κυρίου ( rJhma tou kuriou ; here and in Acts 11:16 , 1 Pet 1:25 ) and 12 times as λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ( logo\" tou kuriou ; Acts 8:25; 13:44, 48, 49; 15:35, 36; 16:32; 19:10, 20 ; 1 Thess 1:8, 4:15 ; 2 Thess 3:1 ). As in the OT, this phrase focuses on the prophetic nature and divine origin of what has been said. Because of its technical nature the expression has been retained in the translation in preference to a smoother rendering like “remembered what the Lord had said” (cf. TEV, NLT).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A61/2"}
{"id":40153,"verse_id":"LUK.22.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.63","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A63/1"}
{"id":40154,"verse_id":"LUK.22.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.63","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A63/2"}
{"id":40155,"verse_id":"LUK.22.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":64,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.64","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A64/1"}
{"id":40156,"verse_id":"LUK.22.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":64,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.64","text":"The verb ἐπηρώτων ( ephrwtwn ) has been translated as an iterative imperfect. The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A64/2"}
{"id":40157,"verse_id":"LUK.22.64","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":64,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.64","text":"Grk “Who is the one who hit you?” sn Who hit you? This is a variation of one of three ancient games that involved blindfolds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A64/3"}
{"id":40158,"verse_id":"LUK.22.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.65","text":"Or “insulting.” Luke uses a strong word here; it means “to revile, to defame, to blaspheme” (L&N 33.400).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A65/1"}
{"id":40159,"verse_id":"LUK.22.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.66","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A66/1"}
{"id":40160,"verse_id":"LUK.22.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.66","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A66/2"}
{"id":40161,"verse_id":"LUK.22.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":66,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.66","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A66/3"}
{"id":40162,"verse_id":"LUK.22.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.67","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A67/1"}
{"id":40163,"verse_id":"LUK.22.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":67,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.67","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A67/2"}
{"id":40164,"verse_id":"LUK.22.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":67,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.67","text":"This is a third class condition in the Greek text. Jesus had this experience already in 20:1-8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A67/3"}
{"id":40165,"verse_id":"LUK.22.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":67,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.67","text":"The negation in the Greek text is the strongest possible ( οὐ μή , ou mh ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A67/4"}
{"id":40166,"verse_id":"LUK.22.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":68,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.68","text":"This is also a third class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A68/1"}
{"id":40167,"verse_id":"LUK.22.68","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":68,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.68","text":"The negation in the Greek text is the strongest possible ( οὐ μή , ou mh ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A68/2"}
{"id":40168,"verse_id":"LUK.22.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.70","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ pronouncement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A70/1"}
{"id":40169,"verse_id":"LUK.22.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":70,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.70","text":"Grk “He said to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A70/3"}
{"id":40170,"verse_id":"LUK.22.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.71","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A71/1"}
{"id":40171,"verse_id":"LUK.22.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":22,"verse":71,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.71","text":"Grk “from his own mouth” (an idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2022%3A71/3"}
{"id":40172,"verse_id":"LUK.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":40173,"verse_id":"LUK.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":40174,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":40175,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.2","text":"On the use of the term διαστρέφω ( diastrefw ) here, see L&N 31.71 and 88.264. sn Subverting our nation was a summary charge, as Jesus “subverted” the nation by making false claims of a political nature, as the next two detailed charges show.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/3"}
{"id":40176,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.2","text":"Grk “and forbidding.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated to suggest to the English reader that this and the following charge are specifics, while the previous charge was a summary one. See the note on the word “misleading” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/4"}
{"id":40177,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.2","text":"This was a “poll tax.” L&N 57.182 states this was “a payment made by the people of one nation to another, with the implication that this is a symbol of submission and dependence – ‘tribute tax.’”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/5"}
{"id":40178,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/6"}
{"id":40179,"verse_id":"LUK.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A2/7"}
{"id":40180,"verse_id":"LUK.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the charges brought in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A3/1"}
{"id":40181,"verse_id":"LUK.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":40182,"verse_id":"LUK.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":40183,"verse_id":"LUK.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"Grk “find no cause.” sn Pilate’s statement “ I find no reason for an accusation ” is the first of several remarks in that Jesus is innocent or of efforts to release him (vv. 13, 14, 15, 16, 20, 22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":40184,"verse_id":"LUK.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Or “were adamant.” For “persisted in saying,” see L&N 68.71.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":40185,"verse_id":"LUK.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.5","text":"Grk “beginning from Galilee until here.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A5/3"}
{"id":40186,"verse_id":"LUK.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":40187,"verse_id":"LUK.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":40188,"verse_id":"LUK.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.8","text":"Grk “to see some sign performed by him.” Here the passive construction has been translated as an active one in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A8/2"}
{"id":40189,"verse_id":"LUK.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the previous statements in the narrative about Herod’s desire to see Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":40190,"verse_id":"LUK.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":40191,"verse_id":"LUK.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":40192,"verse_id":"LUK.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":40193,"verse_id":"LUK.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.11","text":"This is a continuation of the previous Greek sentence, but because of its length and complexity, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying “then” to indicate the sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A11/1"}
{"id":40194,"verse_id":"LUK.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":40195,"verse_id":"LUK.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Grk “at enmity with each other.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":40196,"verse_id":"LUK.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":40197,"verse_id":"LUK.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.13","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A13/2"}
{"id":40198,"verse_id":"LUK.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"This term also appears in v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":40199,"verse_id":"LUK.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Grk “behold, I” A transitional use of ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":40200,"verse_id":"LUK.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.14","text":"Grk “nothing did I find in this man by way of cause.” The reference to “nothing” is emphatic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A14/3"}
{"id":40201,"verse_id":"LUK.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “nothing deserving death has been done by him.” The passive construction has been translated as an active one in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":40202,"verse_id":"LUK.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Or “scourged” (BDAG 749 s.v. παιδεύω 2.b. γ ). This refers to a whipping Pilate ordered in an attempt to convince Jesus not to disturb the peace. It has been translated “flogged” to distinguish it from the more severe verberatio .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":40203,"verse_id":"LUK.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “together, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":40204,"verse_id":"LUK.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “this one.” The reference to Jesus as “this man” is pejorative in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":40205,"verse_id":"LUK.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Grk “who” (a continuation of the previous sentence).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":40206,"verse_id":"LUK.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “shouting, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":40207,"verse_id":"LUK.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"This double present imperative is emphatic. sn Crucifixion was the cruelest form of punishment practiced by the Romans. Roman citizens could not normally undergo it. It was reserved for the worst crimes, like treason and evasion of due process in a capital case. The Roman historian Cicero called it “a cruel and disgusting penalty” ( Against Verres 2.5.63-66 §§163-70); Josephus ( J. W. 7.6.4 [7.203]) called it the worst of deaths.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":40208,"verse_id":"LUK.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Grk “no cause of death I found in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":40209,"verse_id":"LUK.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.22","text":"Or “scourge” (BDAG 749 s.v. παιδεύω 2.b. γ ). See the note on “flogged” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A22/3"}
{"id":40210,"verse_id":"LUK.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Though a different Greek term is used here (BDAG 373 s.v. ἐπίκειμαι ), this remark is like 23:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":40211,"verse_id":"LUK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the crowd’s cries prevailing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":40212,"verse_id":"LUK.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.24","text":"Although some translations render ἐπέκρινεν ( epekrinen ) here as “passed sentence” or “gave his verdict,” the point in context is not that Pilate sentenced Jesus to death here, but that finally, although convinced of Jesus’ innocence, he gave in to the crowd’s incessant demand to crucify an innocent man.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A24/3"}
{"id":40213,"verse_id":"LUK.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Or “delivered up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":40214,"verse_id":"LUK.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":40215,"verse_id":"LUK.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.26","text":"Or perhaps, “was coming in from his field” outside the city (BDAG 15-16 s.v. ἀγρός 1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A26/3"}
{"id":40216,"verse_id":"LUK.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.26","text":"Grk “they placed the cross on him to carry behind Jesus.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A26/4"}
{"id":40217,"verse_id":"LUK.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Or “who were beating their breasts,” implying a ritualized form of mourning employed in Jewish funerals. See the note on the term “women” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":40218,"verse_id":"LUK.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Grk “For behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":40219,"verse_id":"LUK.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"Grk “Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that have not borne, and the breasts that have not nursed!” sn Normally barrenness is a sign of judgment, because birth would be seen as a sign of blessing. The reversal of imagery indicates that something was badly wrong.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":40220,"verse_id":"LUK.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"Grk “if they do such things.” The plural subject here is indefinite, so the active voice has been translated as a passive (see ExSyn 402).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":40221,"verse_id":"LUK.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion of the preceding material.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":40222,"verse_id":"LUK.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":". It also fits a major Lukan theme of forgiving the enemies ( 6:27-36 ), and it has a parallel in Stephen’s response in Acts 7:60 . The lack of parallels in the other Gospels argues also for inclusion here. On the other hand, the fact of the parallel in Acts 7:60 may well have prompted early scribes to insert the saying in Luke’s Gospel alone. Further, there is the great difficulty of explaining why early and diverse witnesses lack the saying. A decision is difficult, but even those who regard the verse as inauthentic literarily often consider it to be authentic historically. For this reason it has been placed in single brackets in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":40223,"verse_id":"LUK.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.34","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A34/2"}
{"id":40224,"verse_id":"LUK.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “cast lots” (probably by using marked pebbles or broken pieces of pottery). A modern equivalent “threw dice” was chosen here because of its association with gambling.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A34/3"}
{"id":40225,"verse_id":"LUK.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"A figurative extension of the literal meaning “to turn one’s nose up at someone”; here “ridicule, sneer at, show contempt for” (L&N 33.409).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":40226,"verse_id":"LUK.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.35","text":"This is a first class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A35/3"}
{"id":40227,"verse_id":"LUK.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.35","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A35/4"}
{"id":40228,"verse_id":"LUK.23.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.37","text":"This is also a first class condition in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A37/1"}
{"id":40229,"verse_id":"LUK.23.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.39","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A39/2"}
{"id":40230,"verse_id":"LUK.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.40","text":"Grk “But answering, the other rebuking him, said.” This is somewhat redundant and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A40/1"}
{"id":40231,"verse_id":"LUK.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.40","text":"The particle used here ( οὐδέ , oude ), which expects a positive reply, makes this a rebuke – “You should fear God and not speak!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A40/2"}
{"id":40232,"verse_id":"LUK.23.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.40","text":"The words “of condemnation” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A40/3"}
{"id":40233,"verse_id":"LUK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.42","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A42/1"}
{"id":40234,"verse_id":"LUK.23.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.42","text":"33 Ï lat sy – looks at his return. It could be argued that the reading with εἰς is more in keeping with Luke’s theology elsewhere, but the contrast with Jesus’ reply, “Today,” slightly favors the reading “in your kingdom.” Codex Bezae (D), in place of this short interchange between the criminal and Jesus, reads “Then he turned to the Lord and said to him, ‘Remember me in the day of your coming.’ Then the Lord said in reply to [him], ‘Take courage; today you will be with me in paradise.’” This reading emphasizes the future aspect of the coming of Christ; it has virtually no support in any other mss .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A42/3"}
{"id":40235,"verse_id":"LUK.23.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.43","text":"Grk “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A43/1"}
{"id":40236,"verse_id":"LUK.23.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.43","text":"Grk “Truly ( ἀμήν , amhn ), I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A43/2"}
{"id":40237,"verse_id":"LUK.23.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.44","text":"Grk “And it was.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A44/1"}
{"id":40238,"verse_id":"LUK.23.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.44","text":"Grk “the sixth hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A44/2"}
{"id":40239,"verse_id":"LUK.23.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.44","text":"Grk “until the ninth hour.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A44/3"}
{"id":40240,"verse_id":"LUK.23.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.45","text":"any reference is intended to an eclipse . To find such a reference is to involve the Evangelist in a needless blunder, as an eclipse is impossible at full moon, and to run counter to his general usage of the verb = ‘fail’…” [p. 195]. They enlist Luke 16:9; 22:32 ; and Heb 1:12 for the general meaning “fail,” and further cite several contemporaneous examples from papyri of this meaning [195-96]) Thus, the very fact that the verb can refer to an eclipse would be a sufficient basis for later scribes altering the text out of pious motives; conversely, the very fact that the verb does not always refer to an eclipse and, in fact, does not normally do so, is enough of a basis to exonerate Luke of wholly uncharacteristic carelessness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A45/1"}
{"id":40241,"verse_id":"LUK.23.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.45","text":"The referent of this term, καταπέτασμα ( katapetasma ), is not entirely clear. It could refer to the curtain separating the holy of holies from the holy place (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.5 [5.219]), or it could refer to one at the entrance of the temple court (Josephus, J. W. 5.5.4 [5.212]). Many argue that the inner curtain is meant because another term, κάλυμμα ( kalumma ), is also used for the outer curtain. Others see a reference to the outer curtain as more likely because of the public nature of this sign. Either way, the symbolism means that access to God has been opened up. It also pictures a judgment that includes the sacrifices.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A45/2"}
{"id":40242,"verse_id":"LUK.23.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.47","text":"Or “righteous.” It is hard to know whether “innocent” or “righteous” is intended, as the Greek term used can mean either, and both make good sense in this context. Luke has been emphasizing Jesus as innocent, so that is slightly more likely here. Of course, one idea entails the other. sn Here is a fourth figure who said that Jesus was innocent in this chapter (Pilate, Herod, a criminal, and now a centurion).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A47/2"}
{"id":40243,"verse_id":"LUK.23.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.49","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A49/1"}
{"id":40244,"verse_id":"LUK.23.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.49","text":"Technically the participle ὁρῶσαι ( Jorwsai ) modifies only γυναῖκες ( gunaike\" ) since both are feminine plural nominative, although many modern translations refer this as well to the group of those who knew Jesus mentioned in the first part of the verse. These events had a wide array of witnesses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A49/2"}
{"id":40245,"verse_id":"LUK.23.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.50","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A50/1"}
{"id":40246,"verse_id":"LUK.23.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.50","text":"Grk “a councillor” (as a member of the Sanhedrin, see L&N 11.85). This indicates that some individuals among the leaders did respond to Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A50/2"}
{"id":40247,"verse_id":"LUK.23.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.51","text":"Grk “This one.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A51/1"}
{"id":40248,"verse_id":"LUK.23.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.51","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A51/3"}
{"id":40249,"verse_id":"LUK.23.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.51","text":"Or “Judean city”; Grk “from Arimathea, a city of the Jews.” Here the expression “of the Jews” ( ᾿ I ουδαίων , Ioudaiwn ) is used in an adjectival sense to specify a location (cf. BDAG 478 s.v. ᾿ I ουδαῖος 2.c) and so has been translated “Judean.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A51/4"}
{"id":40250,"verse_id":"LUK.23.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.51","text":"Or “waiting for.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A51/5"}
{"id":40251,"verse_id":"LUK.23.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.53","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A53/1"}
{"id":40252,"verse_id":"LUK.23.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.53","text":"The term σινδών ( sindwn ) can refer to a linen cloth used either for clothing or for burial.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A53/2"}
{"id":40253,"verse_id":"LUK.23.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.53","text":"In the Greek text this pronoun ( αὐτόν , auton ) is masculine, while the previous one ( αὐτό , auto ) is neuter, referring to the body.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A53/3"}
{"id":40254,"verse_id":"LUK.23.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":53,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.53","text":"That is, cut or carved into an outcropping of natural rock, resulting in a cave-like structure (see L&N 19.26).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A53/4"}
{"id":40255,"verse_id":"LUK.23.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"5","reference":"23.53","text":"Codex Bezae (D), with some support from 070, one Itala ms, and the Sahidic version, adds the words, “And after he [Jesus] was laid [in the tomb], he [Joseph of Arimathea] put a stone over the tomb which scarcely twenty men could roll.” Although this addition is certainly not part of the original text of Luke, it does show how interested the early scribes were in the details of the burial and may even reflect a very primitive tradition. Matt 27:60 and Mark 15:46 record the positioning of a large stone at the door of the tomb. tn Or “laid to rest.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A53/5"}
{"id":40256,"verse_id":"LUK.23.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.54","text":"Normally, “dawning,” but as the Jewish Sabbath begins at 6 p.m., “beginning” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A54/2"}
{"id":40257,"verse_id":"LUK.23.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.55","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A55/1"}
{"id":40258,"verse_id":"LUK.23.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.55","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A55/2"}
{"id":40259,"verse_id":"LUK.23.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.56","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A56/1"}
{"id":40260,"verse_id":"LUK.23.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.56","text":"On this term see BDAG 140-41 s.v. ἄρωμα . The Jews did not practice embalming, so these preparations were used to cover the stench of decay and slow decomposition. The women planned to return and anoint the body. But that would have to wait until after the Sabbath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A56/2"}
{"id":40261,"verse_id":"LUK.23.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":23,"verse":56,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.56","text":"Or “ointments.” This was another type of perfumed oil.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2023%3A56/3"}
{"id":40262,"verse_id":"LUK.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the women mentioned in 23:55 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":40263,"verse_id":"LUK.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.1","text":"On this term see BDAG 140-41 s.v. ἄρωμα . See also the note on “aromatic spices” in 23:56 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A1/3"}
{"id":40264,"verse_id":"LUK.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":40265,"verse_id":"LUK.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":40266,"verse_id":"LUK.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Or “bewildered.” The term refers to a high state of confusion and anxiety.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":40267,"verse_id":"LUK.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":40268,"verse_id":"LUK.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":40269,"verse_id":"LUK.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the women) has been specified in the translation for clarity (the same has been done in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":40270,"verse_id":"LUK.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.5","text":"Or “They were extremely afraid.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A5/3"}
{"id":40271,"verse_id":"LUK.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"places the phrase at the beginning of v. 6 , as do most modern English translations, it is omitted from the RSV and placed at the end of v. 5 in the NRSV. The verb here is passive ( ἠγέρθη , hgerqh ). This “divine passive” (see ExSyn 437-38) points to the fact that Jesus was raised by God, and such activity by God is a consistent Lukan theological emphasis: Luke 20:37; 24:34 ; Acts 3:15; 4:10; 5:30; 10:40; 13:30, 37 . A passive construction is also used to refer to Jesus’ exaltation: Luke 24:51 ; Acts 1:11, 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":40272,"verse_id":"LUK.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.7","text":"Grk “saying that,” but this would be redundant in English. Although the translation represents this sentence as indirect discourse, the Greek could equally be taken as direct discourse: “Remember how he told you, while he was still in Galilee: ‘the Son of Man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and on the third day rise again.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A7/1"}
{"id":40273,"verse_id":"LUK.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.7","text":"See Luke 9:22, 44; 13:33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A7/2"}
{"id":40274,"verse_id":"LUK.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.7","text":"Because in the historical context the individuals who were primarily responsible for the death of Jesus (the Jewish leadership in Jerusalem in Luke’s view [see Luke 9:22 ]) would have been men, the translation “sinful men” for ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν ( anqrwpwn Jamartwlwn ) is retained here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A7/3"}
{"id":40275,"verse_id":"LUK.24.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.7","text":"Here the infinitive ἀναστῆναι ( anasthnai ) is active rather than passive.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A7/5"}
{"id":40276,"verse_id":"LUK.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":40277,"verse_id":"LUK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"In the NT this term is used only for strips of cloth used to wrap a body for burial (LN 6.154; BDAG 693 s.v. ὀθόνιον ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":40278,"verse_id":"LUK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.12","text":"Or “went away, wondering to himself.” The prepositional phrase πρὸς ἑαυτόν ( pros Jeauton ) can be understood with the preceding verb ἀπῆλθεν ( aphlqen ) or with the following participle θαυμάζων ( qaumazwn ), but it more likely belongs with the former (cf. John 20:10 , where the phrase can only refer to the verb).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A12/4"}
{"id":40279,"verse_id":"LUK.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.12","text":"and the rest of the ms tradition.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A12/6"}
{"id":40280,"verse_id":"LUK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"Grk “And behold.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":40281,"verse_id":"LUK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"These are disciples as they know about the empty tomb and do not know what to make of it all.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":40282,"verse_id":"LUK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.13","text":"Grk “sixty stades” or about 11 kilometers. A stade ( στάδιον , stadion ) was a unit of distance about 607 feet (187 meters) long.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A13/3"}
{"id":40283,"verse_id":"LUK.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.13","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A13/4"}
{"id":40284,"verse_id":"LUK.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":40285,"verse_id":"LUK.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":40286,"verse_id":"LUK.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.15","text":"This term suggests emotional dialogue and can thus be translated “debated.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A15/2"}
{"id":40287,"verse_id":"LUK.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.15","text":"The phrase “these things” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A15/3"}
{"id":40288,"verse_id":"LUK.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"This is an epexegetical (i.e., explanatory) infinitive in Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":40289,"verse_id":"LUK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":40290,"verse_id":"LUK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.17","text":"Grk “words,” but the term λόγος ( logos ) can refer to “matters” rather than only “words” (BDAG 600 s.v. 1 .a. ε ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A17/2"}
{"id":40291,"verse_id":"LUK.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.17","text":"“Discussing so intently” translates the reciprocal idea conveyed by πρὸς ἀλλήλους ( pro\" allhlou\" ). The term ἀντιβάλλω ( antiballw ), used only here in the NT, has the nuance of “arguing” or “debating” a point (the English idiom “to exchange words” also comes close).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A17/3"}
{"id":40292,"verse_id":"LUK.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.18","text":"Grk “answering him, said.” This is redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A18/1"}
{"id":40293,"verse_id":"LUK.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.18","text":"Grk “in it” (referring to the city of Jerusalem).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A18/3"}
{"id":40294,"verse_id":"LUK.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":40295,"verse_id":"LUK.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"This translates the Greek term ἀνήρ ( anhr ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":40296,"verse_id":"LUK.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"The imperfect verb looks back to the view that they held during Jesus’ past ministry.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":40297,"verse_id":"LUK.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence, but because of the length and complexity of the construction a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":40298,"verse_id":"LUK.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A24/1"}
{"id":40299,"verse_id":"LUK.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.24","text":"Here the pronoun αὐτόν ( auton ), referring to Jesus, is in an emphatic position. The one thing they lacked was solid evidence that he was alive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A24/2"}
{"id":40300,"verse_id":"LUK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the disciples’ inability to believe in Jesus’ resurrection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":40301,"verse_id":"LUK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Grk “O,” an interjection used both in address and emotion (BDAG 1101 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":40302,"verse_id":"LUK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.25","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to complete the interjection.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A25/3"}
{"id":40303,"verse_id":"LUK.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.25","text":"On the syntax of this infinitival construction, see BDAG 364-65 s.v. ἐπί 6.b.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A25/5"}
{"id":40304,"verse_id":"LUK.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"This Greek particle ( οὐχί , ouci ) expects a positive reply.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":40305,"verse_id":"LUK.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.26","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A26/3"}
{"id":40306,"verse_id":"LUK.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":40307,"verse_id":"LUK.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.27","text":"Or “regarding,” “concerning.” “Written” is implied by the mention of the scriptures in context; “said” could also be used here, referring to the original utterances, but by now these things had been committed to writing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A27/3"}
{"id":40308,"verse_id":"LUK.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.29","text":"Grk “urged him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes , “saying”) has not been translated because it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A29/1"}
{"id":40309,"verse_id":"LUK.24.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the disciples’ request.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A29/2"}
{"id":40310,"verse_id":"LUK.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.30","text":"Grk “And it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A30/1"}
{"id":40311,"verse_id":"LUK.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.30","text":"Grk “had reclined at table,” as 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A30/2"}
{"id":40312,"verse_id":"LUK.24.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.30","text":"The pronoun “it” is not in the Greek text here or in the following clause, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A30/3"}
{"id":40313,"verse_id":"LUK.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.31","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “At this point” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. “Then,” which is normally used to indicate this, would be redundant with the following clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A31/1"}
{"id":40314,"verse_id":"LUK.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.31","text":"This pronoun is somewhat emphatic.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A31/3"}
{"id":40315,"verse_id":"LUK.24.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.31","text":"This translates a καί ( kai , “and”) that has clear sequential force.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A31/4"}
{"id":40316,"verse_id":"LUK.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A32/1"}
{"id":40317,"verse_id":"LUK.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.32","text":"This question uses a Greek particle ( οὐχί , ouci ) that expects a positive reply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A32/2"}
{"id":40318,"verse_id":"LUK.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.32","text":"This is a collective singular use of the term καρδία ( kardia ), so each of their hearts were burning, a reference itself to the intense emotion of their response.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A32/3"}
{"id":40319,"verse_id":"LUK.24.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.32","text":"Grk “opening” (cf. Acts 17:3 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A32/5"}
{"id":40320,"verse_id":"LUK.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the Lord’s appearance to them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A33/1"}
{"id":40321,"verse_id":"LUK.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.33","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A33/2"}
{"id":40322,"verse_id":"LUK.24.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A33/3"}
{"id":40323,"verse_id":"LUK.24.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.34","text":"Here the word “and” has been supplied to make it clear that the disciples who had been to Emmaus found the eleven plus the others gathered and saying this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A34/1"}
{"id":40324,"verse_id":"LUK.24.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.35","text":"Grk “how he was made known to them”; or “how he was recognized by them.” Here the passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A35/2"}
{"id":40325,"verse_id":"LUK.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.36","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A36/1"}
{"id":40326,"verse_id":"LUK.24.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.36","text":"and the rest of the ms tradition, and should be considered an original part of Luke.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A36/2"}
{"id":40327,"verse_id":"LUK.24.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.37","text":"This is not a reference to “a phantom” as read by the Western ms D. For πνεῦμα ( pneuma ) having the force of “ghost,” or “an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses,” see BDAG 833-34 s.v. πνεῦμα 4.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A37/2"}
{"id":40328,"verse_id":"LUK.24.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.38","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A38/1"}
{"id":40329,"verse_id":"LUK.24.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.38","text":"Or “disturbed,” “troubled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A38/2"}
{"id":40330,"verse_id":"LUK.24.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.38","text":"The expression here is an idiom; see BDAG 58 s.v. ἀναβαίνω 2. Here καρδία ( kardia ) is a collective singular; the expression has been translated as plural in English. sn Jesus calls the disciples to faith with a gentle rebuke about doubts and a gracious invitation to see for themselves the evidence of his resurrection.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A38/3"}
{"id":40331,"verse_id":"LUK.24.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.39","text":"Grk “that it is I myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A39/1"}
{"id":40332,"verse_id":"LUK.24.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.39","text":"See tc note on “ghost” in v. 37 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A39/2"}
{"id":40333,"verse_id":"LUK.24.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.40","text":", and should thus be regarded as an original part of Luke’s Gospel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A40/1"}
{"id":40334,"verse_id":"LUK.24.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.42","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Jesus’ request for food.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A42/1"}
{"id":40335,"verse_id":"LUK.24.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.44","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A44/1"}
{"id":40336,"verse_id":"LUK.24.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.46","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A46/1"}
{"id":40337,"verse_id":"LUK.24.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.46","text":"Three Greek infinitives are the key to this summary: (1) to suffer, (2) to rise, and (3) to be preached. The Christ (Messiah) would be slain, would be raised, and a message about repentance would go out into all the world as a result. All of this was recorded in the scripture. The remark shows the continuity between Jesus’ ministry, the scripture, and what disciples would be doing as they declared the Lord risen.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A46/2"}
{"id":40338,"verse_id":"LUK.24.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.47","text":"Or “preached,” “announced.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A47/2"}
{"id":40339,"verse_id":"LUK.24.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.49","text":"Grk “sending on you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A49/1"}
{"id":40340,"verse_id":"LUK.24.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.49","text":"Grk “the promise of my Father,” with τοῦ πατρός ( tou patros ) translated as a subjective genitive. This is a reference to the Holy Spirit and looks back to how one could see Messiah had come with the promise of old ( Luke 3:15-18 ). The promise is rooted in Jer 31:31 and Ezek 36:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A49/2"}
{"id":40341,"verse_id":"LUK.24.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.50","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A50/1"}
{"id":40342,"verse_id":"LUK.24.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.50","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A50/2"}
{"id":40343,"verse_id":"LUK.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.51","text":"Grk “And it happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A51/1"}
{"id":40344,"verse_id":"LUK.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.51","text":"Grk “while he blessed them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A51/2"}
{"id":40345,"verse_id":"LUK.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.51","text":"Grk “he departed from them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A51/3"}
{"id":40346,"verse_id":"LUK.24.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.51","text":"and the rest of the ms tradition. The authenticity of the statement here seems to be presupposed in Acts 1:2 , for otherwise it is difficult to account for Luke’s reference to the ascension there. For a helpful discussion, see TCGNT 162-63. For the translation of ἀνεφέρετο ( anefereto ) as “was taken up” see BDAG 75 s.v. ἀναφέρω 1. sn There is great debate whether this event equals Acts 1:9-11 so that Luke has telescoped something here that he describes in more detail later. The text can be read in this way because the temporal marker in v. 50 is vague.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A51/4"}
{"id":40347,"verse_id":"LUK.24.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.52","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of Jesus’ ascension and the concluding summary of Luke’s Gospel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A52/1"}
{"id":40348,"verse_id":"LUK.24.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"24.52","text":"The reference to worship is lacking in the Western ms D, its last major omission in this Gospel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A52/2"}
{"id":40349,"verse_id":"LUK.24.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.53","text":"Grk “in the temple.” sn Luke’s gospel story proper ends where it began, in the temple courts ( Luke 1:4-22 ). The conclusion is open-ended, because the story continues in Acts with what happened from Jerusalem onwards, once the promise of the Father (v. 49 ) came.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A53/1"}
{"id":40350,"verse_id":"LUK.24.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.53","text":"33 Ï lat). It is more difficult to decide between the two earlier readings. Internal arguments can go either way, but what seems decisive in this instance are the superior witnesses for εὐλογοῦντες .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A53/2"}
{"id":40351,"verse_id":"LUK.24.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"LUK","chapter":24,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.53","text":"א C* D L W 1 33 pc it co ), it is evidently not original.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Luke%2024%3A53/3"}
{"id":40352,"verse_id":"JHN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"The preposition πρός ( pros ) implies not just proximity, but intimate personal relationship. M. Dods stated, “ Πρός …means more than μετά or παρά , and is regularly employed in expressing the presence of one person with another” (“The Gospel of St. John,” The Expositor ’ s Greek Testament , 1:684). See also Mark 6:3 , Matt 13:56 , Mark 9:19 , Gal 1:18 , 2 John 12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":40353,"verse_id":"JHN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “and what God was the Word was.” Colwell’s Rule is often invoked to support the translation of θεός ( qeos ) as definite (“God”) rather than indefinite (“a god”) here. However, Colwell’s Rule merely permits , but does not demand, that a predicate nominative ahead of an equative verb be translated as definite rather than indefinite. Furthermore, Colwell’s Rule did not deal with a third possibility, that the anarthrous predicate noun may have more of a qualitative nuance when placed ahead of the verb. A definite meaning for the term is reflected in the traditional rendering “the word was God.” From a technical standpoint, though, it is preferable to see a qualitative aspect to anarthrous θεός in John 1:1 c ( ExSyn 266-69). Translations like the NEB, REB, and Moffatt are helpful in capturing the sense in John 1:1 c, that the Word was fully deity in essence (just as much God as God the Father). However, in contemporary English “the Word was divine” (Moffatt) does not quite catch the meaning since “divine” as a descriptive term is not used in contemporary English exclusively of God. The translation “what God was the Word was” is perhaps the most nuanced rendering, conveying that everything God was in essence, the Word was too. This points to unity of essence between the Father and the Son without equating the persons. However, in surveying a number of native speakers of English, some of whom had formal theological training and some of whom did not, the editors concluded that the fine distinctions indicated by “what God was the Word was” would not be understood by many contemporary readers. Thus the translation “the Word was fully God” was chosen because it is more likely to convey the meaning to the average English reader that the Logos (which “became flesh and took up residence among us” in John 1:14 and is thereafter identified in the Fourth Gospel as Jesus) is one in essence with God the Father. The previous phrase, “the Word was with God,” shows that the Logos is distinct in person from God the Father. sn And the Word was fully God. John’s theology consistently drives toward the conclusion that Jesus, the incarnate Word, is just as much God as God the Father. This can be seen, for example, in texts like John 10:30 (“The Father and I are one”), 17:11 (“so that they may be one just as we are one”), and 8:58 (“before Abraham came into existence, I am”). The construction in John 1:1 c does not equate the Word with the person of God (this is ruled out by 1:1 b, “the Word was with God”); rather it affirms that the Word and God are one in essence .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":40354,"verse_id":"JHN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the Word) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":40355,"verse_id":"JHN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “made”; Grk “came into existence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":40356,"verse_id":"JHN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “made”; Grk “nothing came into existence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":40357,"verse_id":"JHN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"moved the words to the beginning of v. 4 . In a detailed article K. Aland defended the change (“Eine Untersuchung zu Johannes 1, 3-4. Über die Bedeutung eines Punktes,” ZNW 59 [1968]: 174-209). He sought to prove that the attribution of ὃ γέγονεν ( }o gegonen ) to v. 3 began to be carried out in the 4th century in the Greek church. This came out of the Arian controversy, and was intended as a safeguard for doctrine. The change was unknown in the West. Aland is probably correct in affirming that the phrase was attached to v. 4 by the Gnostics and the Eastern Church; only when the Arians began to use the phrase was it attached to v. 3 . But this does not rule out the possibility that, by moving the words from v. 4 to v. 3 , one is restoring the original reading. Understanding the words as part of v. 3 is natural and adds to the emphasis which is built up there, while it also gives a terse, forceful statement in v. 4 . On the other hand, taking the phrase ὃ γέγονεν with v. 4 gives a complicated expression: C. K. Barrett says that both ways of understanding v. 4 with ὃ γέγονεν included “are almost impossibly clumsy” ( St. John , 157): “That which came into being – in it the Word was life”; “That which came into being – in the Word was its life.” The following stylistic points should be noted in the solution of this problem: (1) John frequently starts sentences with ἐν ( en ); (2) he repeats frequently (“nothing was created that has been created”); (3) 5:26 and 6:53 both give a sense similar to v. 4 if it is understood without the phrase; (4) it makes far better Johannine sense to say that in the Word was life than to say that the created universe (what was made, ὃ γέγονεν ) was life in him. In conclusion, the phrase is best taken with v. 3 . Schnackenburg, Barrett, Carson, Haenchen, Morris, KJV, and NIV concur (against Brown, Beasley-Murray, and NEB). The arguments of R. Schnackenburg, St. John , 1:239-40, are particularly persuasive. Or “made”; Grk “that has come into existence.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":40358,"verse_id":"JHN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"John uses ζωή ( zwh ) 37 times: 17 times it occurs with αἰώνιος ( aiwnios ), and in the remaining occurrences outside the prologue it is clear from context that “eternal” life is meant. The two uses in 1:4 , if they do not refer to “eternal” life, would be the only exceptions. (Also 1 John uses ζωή 13 times, always of “eternal” life.) sn An allusion to Ps 36:9 , which gives significant OT background: “For with you is the fountain of life; In your light we see light.” In later Judaism, Bar 4:2 expresses a similar idea. Life, especially eternal life, will become one of the major themes of John’s Gospel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":40359,"verse_id":"JHN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “humanity”; Grk “of men” (but ἄνθρωπος [ anqrwpo\" ] is used in a generic sense here, not restricted to males only, thus “mankind,” “humanity”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":40360,"verse_id":"JHN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"To this point the author has used past tenses (imperfects, aorists); now he switches to a present. The light continually shines (thus the translation, “shines on”). Even as the author writes, it is shining. The present here most likely has gnomic force (though it is possible to take it as a historical present); it expresses the timeless truth that the light of the world (cf. 8:12, 9:5, 12:46 ) never ceases to shine. sn The light shines on. The question of whether John has in mind here the preincarnate Christ or the incarnate Christ is probably too specific. The incarnation is not really introduced until v. 9 , but here the point is more general: It is of the very nature of light , that it shines .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":40361,"verse_id":"JHN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “and,” but the context clearly indicates a contrast, so this has been translated as an adversative use of καί ( kai ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":40362,"verse_id":"JHN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “comprehended it,” or “overcome it.” The verb κατέλαβεν ( katelaben ) is not easy to translate. “To seize” or “to grasp” is possible, but this also permits “to grasp with the mind” in the sense of “to comprehend” (esp. in the middle voice). This is probably another Johannine double meaning – one does not usually think of darkness as trying to “understand” light. For it to mean this, “darkness” must be understood as meaning “certain people,” or perhaps “humanity” at large, darkened in understanding. But in John’s usage, darkness is not normally used of people or a group of people. Rather it usually signifies the evil environment or ‘sphere’ in which people find themselves: “They loved darkness rather than light” ( John 3:19 ). Those who follow Jesus do not walk in darkness ( 8:12 ). They are to walk while they have light, lest the darkness “overtake/overcome” them ( 12:35 , same verb as here). For John, with his set of symbols and imagery, darkness is not something which seeks to “understand (comprehend)” the light, but represents the forces of evil which seek to “overcome (conquer)” it. The English verb “to master” may be used in both sorts of contexts, as “he mastered his lesson” and “he mastered his opponent.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":40363,"verse_id":"JHN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “came for a testimony.” sn Witness is also one of the major themes of John’s Gospel. The Greek verb μαρτυρέω ( marturew ) occurs 33 times (compare to once in Matthew, once in Luke, 0 in Mark) and the noun μαρτυρία ( marturia ) 14 times (0 in Matthew, once in Luke, 3 times in Mark).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":40364,"verse_id":"JHN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “to bear witness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":40365,"verse_id":"JHN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “all.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":40366,"verse_id":"JHN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “to bear witness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":40367,"verse_id":"JHN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “every man” (but in a generic sense, “every person,” or “every human being”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":40368,"verse_id":"JHN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “He was the true light, who gives light to everyone who comes into the world.” The participle ἐρχόμενον ( ercomenon ) may be either (1) neuter nominative, agreeing with τὸ φῶς ( to fw\" ), or (2) masculine accusative, agreeing with ἄνθρωπον ( anqrwpon ). Option (1) results in a periphrastic imperfect with ἦν ( hn ), ἦν τὸ φῶς… ἐρχόμενον , referring to the incarnation. Option (2) would have the participle modifying ἄνθρωπον and referring to the true light as enlightening “every man who comes into the world.” Option (2) has some rabbinic parallels: The phrase “all who come into the world” is a fairly common expression for “every man” (cf. Leviticus Rabbah 31.6). But (1) must be preferred here, because: (a) In the next verse the light is in the world; it is logical for v. 9 to speak of its entering the world; (b) in other passages Jesus is described as “coming into the world” ( 6:14, 9:39, 11:27, 16:28 ) and in 12:46 Jesus says: ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα ( egw fw\" ei\" ton kosmon elhluqa ); (c) use of a periphrastic participle with the imperfect tense is typical Johannine style: 1:28, 2:6, 3:23, 10:40, 11:1, 13:23, 18:18 and 25 . In every one of these except 13:23 the finite verb is first and separated by one or more intervening words from the participle. sn In v. 9 the world ( κόσμος , kosmos ) is mentioned for the first time. This is another important theme word for John. Generally, the world as a Johannine concept does not refer to the totality of creation (the universe), although there are exceptions at 11:9 . 17:5, 24, 21:25 , but to the world of human beings and human affairs. Even in 1:10 the world created through the Logos is a world capable of knowing (or reprehensibly not knowing) its Creator. Sometimes the world is further qualified as this world ( ὁ κόσμος οὗτος , Jo kosmos Joutos ) as in 8:23, 9:39, 11:9, 12:25, 31; 13:1, 16:11, 18:36 . This is not merely equivalent to the rabbinic phrase “this present age” ( ὁ αἰών οὗτος , Jo aiwn Joutos ) and contrasted with “the world to come.” For John it is also contrasted to a world other than this one, already existing; this is the lower world, corresponding to which there is a world above (see especially 8:23, 18:36 ). Jesus appears not only as the Messiah by means of whom an eschatological future is anticipated (as in the synoptic gospels) but also as an envoy from the heavenly world to this world .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":40369,"verse_id":"JHN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “was made”; Grk “came into existence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":40370,"verse_id":"JHN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “and,” but in context this is an adversative use of καί ( kai ) and is thus translated “but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":40371,"verse_id":"JHN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":40372,"verse_id":"JHN.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “to his own things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":40373,"verse_id":"JHN.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “and,” but in context this is an adversative use of καί ( kai ) and is thus translated “but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":40374,"verse_id":"JHN.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"“People” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":40375,"verse_id":"JHN.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"On the use of the πιστεύω + εἰς ( pisteuw + ei\" ) construction in John: The verb πιστεύω occurs 98 times in John (compared to 11 times in Matthew, 14 times in Mark [including the longer ending], and 9 times in Luke). One of the unsolved mysteries is why the corresponding noun form πίστις ( pistis ) is never used at all. Many have held the noun was in use in some pre-Gnostic sects and this rendered it suspect for John. It might also be that for John, faith was an activity, something that men do (cf. W. Turner, “Believing and Everlasting Life – A Johannine Inquiry,” ExpTim 64 [1952/53]: 50-52). John uses πιστεύω in 4 major ways: (1) of believing facts, reports, etc., 12 times; (2) of believing people (or the scriptures), 19 times; (3) of believing “in” Christ” ( πιστεύω + εἰς + acc.), 36 times; (4) used absolutely without any person or object specified, 30 times (the one remaining passage is 2:24 , where Jesus refused to “trust” himself to certain individuals). Of these, the most significant is the use of πιστεύω with εἰς + accusative. It is not unlike the Pauline ἐν Χριστῷ ( en Cristw ) formula. Some have argued that this points to a Hebrew (more likely Aramaic) original behind the Fourth Gospel. But it probably indicates something else, as C. H. Dodd observed: “ πιστεύειν with the dative so inevitably connoted simple credence, in the sense of an intellectual judgment, that the moral element of personal trust or reliance inherent in the Hebrew or Aramaic phrase – an element integral to the primitive Christian conception of faith in Christ – needed to be otherwise expressed” ( The Interpretation of the Fourth Gospel , 183).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":40376,"verse_id":"JHN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The Greek term translated “born” here also involves conception.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":40377,"verse_id":"JHN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “of blood(s).” The plural αἱμάτων ( Jaimatwn ) has seemed a problem to many interpreters. At least some sources in antiquity imply that blood was thought of as being important in the development of the fetus during its time in the womb: thus Wis 7:1: “in the womb of a mother I was molded into flesh, within the period of 10 months, compacted with blood, from the seed of a man and the pleasure of marriage.” In John 1:13 , the plural αἱμάτων may imply the action of both parents. It may also refer to the “genetic” contribution of both parents, and so be equivalent to “human descent” (see BDAG 26 s.v. αἷμα 1.a). E. C. Hoskyns thinks John could not have used the singular here because Christians are in fact ‘begotten’ by the blood of Christ ( The Fourth Gospel , 143), although the context would seem to make it clear that the blood in question is something other than the blood of Christ.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":40378,"verse_id":"JHN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “of the will of the flesh.” The phrase οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκός ( oude ek qelhmato\" sarko\" ) is more clearly a reference to sexual desire, but it should be noted that σάρξ ( sarx ) in John does not convey the evil sense common in Pauline usage. For John it refers to the physical nature in its weakness rather than in its sinfulness. There is no clearer confirmation of this than the immediately following verse, where the λόγος ( logos ) became σάρξ .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":40379,"verse_id":"JHN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “man’s.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":40380,"verse_id":"JHN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"The third phrase, οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρός ( oude ek qelhmato\" andros ), means much the same as the second one. The word here ( ἀνηρ , anhr ) is often used for a husband, resulting in the translation “or a husband’s decision,” or more generally, “or of any human volition whatsoever.” L. Morris may be right when he sees here an emphasis directed at the Jewish pride in race and patriarchal ancestry, although such a specific reference is difficult to prove ( John [NICNT] , 101).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":40381,"verse_id":"JHN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic, the incarnation of the Word. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":40382,"verse_id":"JHN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"This looks at the Word incarnate in humility and weakness; the word σάρξ ( sarx ) does not carry overtones of sinfulness here as it frequently does in Pauline usage. See also John 3:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":40383,"verse_id":"JHN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “and tabernacled.” sn The Greek word translated took up residence ( σκηνόω , skhnow ) alludes to the OT tabernacle, where the Shekinah, the visible glory of God’s presence, resided. The author is suggesting that this glory can now be seen in Jesus (note the following verse). The verb used here may imply that the Shekinah glory that once was found in the tabernacle has taken up residence in the person of Jesus. Cf. also John 2:19-21 . The Word became flesh. This verse constitutes the most concise statement of the incarnation in the New Testament. John 1:1 makes it clear that the Logos was fully God, but 1:14 makes it clear that he was also fully human. A Docetic interpretation is completely ruled out. Here for the first time the Logos of 1:1 is identified as Jesus of Nazareth – the two are one and the same. Thus this is the last time the word logos is used in the Fourth Gospel to refer to the second person of the Trinity. From here on it is Jesus of Nazareth who is the focus of John’s Gospel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":40384,"verse_id":"JHN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “and we saw.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":40385,"verse_id":"JHN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “of the unique one.” Although this word is often translated “only begotten,” such a translation is misleading, since in English it appears to express a metaphysical relationship. The word in Greek was used of an only child (a son [ Luke 7:12, 9:38 ] or a daughter [ Luke 8:42 ]). It was also used of something unique (only one of its kind) such as the mythological Phoenix ( 1 Clem . 25:2). From here it passes easily to a description of Isaac ( Heb 11:17 and Josephus, Ant. , 1.13.1 [1.222]) who was not Abraham’s only son, but was one-of-a-kind because he was the child of the promise. Thus the word means “one-of-a-kind” and is reserved for Jesus in the Johannine literature of the NT. While all Christians are children of God, Jesus is God’s Son in a unique, one-of-a-kind sense. The word is used in this way in all its uses in the Gospel of John ( 1:14, 1:18, 3:16, and 3:18 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":40386,"verse_id":"JHN.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “bore witness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":40387,"verse_id":"JHN.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “and shouted out saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant is English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":40388,"verse_id":"JHN.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “has a higher rank than I.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":40389,"verse_id":"JHN.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “for from his fullness we have all received, and grace upon grace.” The meaning of the phrase χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος ( carin anti carito\" ) could be: (1) love (grace) under the New Covenant in place of love (grace) under the Sinai Covenant, thus replacement; (2) grace “on top of” grace, thus accumulation; (3) grace corresponding to grace, thus correspondence. The most commonly held view is (2) in one sense or another, and this is probably the best explanation. This sense is supported by a fairly well-known use in Philo, Posterity 43 (145). Morna D. Hooker suggested that Exod 33:13 provides the background for this expression: “Now therefore, I pray you, if I have found χάρις (LXX) in your sight, let me know your ways, that I may know you, so that I may find χάρις (LXX) in your sight.” Hooker proposed that it is this idea of favor given to one who has already received favor which lies behind 1:16 , and this seems very probable as a good explanation of the meaning of the phrase (“The Johannine Prologue and the Messianic Secret,” NTS 21 [1974/75]: 53). sn Earlier commentators (including Origen and Luther) took the words For we have all received from his fullness one gracious gift after another to be John the Baptist’s. Most modern commentators take them as the words of the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":40390,"verse_id":"JHN.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"“But” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the implied contrast between the Mosaic law and grace through Jesus Christ. John 1:17 seems to indicate clearly that the Old Covenant (Sinai) was being contrasted with the New. In Jewish sources the Law was regarded as a gift from God (Josephus, Ant. 3.8.10 [3.223]; Pirqe Avot 1.1; Sifre Deut 31:4 §305). Further information can be found in T. F. Glasson, Moses in the Fourth Gospel (SBT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":40391,"verse_id":"JHN.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"א * B C* L pc . The articular θεός is almost certainly a scribal emendation to the anarthrous θεός , for θεός without the article is a much harder reading. The external evidence thus strongly supports μονογενὴς θεός . Internally, although υἱός fits the immediate context more readily, θεός is much more difficult. As well, θεός also explains the origin of the other reading ( υἱός ), because it is difficult to see why a scribe who found υἱός in the text he was copying would alter it to θεός . Scribes would naturally change the wording to υἱός however, since μονογενὴς υἱός is a uniquely Johannine christological title (cf. John 3:16, 18 ; 1 John 4:9 ). But θεός as the older and more difficult reading is preferred. As for translation, it makes the most sense to see the word θεός as in apposition to μονογενής , and the participle ὁ ὤν ( Jo wn ) as in apposition to θεός , giving in effect three descriptions of Jesus rather than only two. (B. D. Ehrman, The Orthodox Corruption of Scripture , 81, suggests that it is nearly impossible and completely unattested in the NT for an adjective followed immediately by a noun that agrees in gender, number, and case, to be a substantival adjective: “when is an adjective ever used substantivally when it immediately precedes a noun of the same inflection?” This, however, is an overstatement. First, as Ehrman admits, μονογενής in John 1:14 is substantival. And since it is an established usage for the adjective in this context, one might well expect that the author would continue to use the adjective substantivally four verses later. Indeed, μονογενής is already moving toward a crystallized substantival adjective in the NT [cf. Luke 9:38 ; Heb 11:17 ]; in patristic Greek, the process continued [cf. PGL 881 s.v. 7 ]. Second, there are several instances in the NT in which a substantival adjective is followed by a noun with which it has complete concord: cf., e.g., Rom 1:30 ; Gal 3:9 ; 1 Tim 1:9 ; 2 Pet 2:5 .) The modern translations which best express this are the NEB (margin) and TEV. Several things should be noted: μονογενής alone, without υἱός , can mean “only son,” “unique son,” “unique one,” etc. (see 1:14 ). Furthermore, θεός is anarthrous. As such it carries qualitative force much like it does in 1:1 c, where θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος ( qeo\" hn Jo logo\" ) means “the Word was fully God” or “the Word was fully of the essence of deity.” Finally, ὁ ὤν occurs in Rev 1:4, 8; 4:8, 11:17; and 16:5 , but even more significantly in the LXX of Exod 3:14 . Putting all of this together leads to the translation given in the text. Or “The unique one.” For the meaning of μονογενής ( monogenh\" ) see the note on “one and only” in 1:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":40392,"verse_id":"JHN.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “in the bosom of” (an idiom for closeness or nearness; cf. L&N 34.18; BDAG 556 s.v. κόλπος 1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":40393,"verse_id":"JHN.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":40394,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":40395,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":40396,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “witness.” sn John the Baptist’s testimony seems to take place over 3 days: day 1, John’s testimony about his own role is largely negative ( 1:19-28 ); day 2, John gives positive testimony about who Jesus is ( 1:29-34 ); day 3, John sends his own disciples to follow Jesus ( 1:35-40 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":40397,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿ I ουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. Here the author refers to the authorities or leaders in Jerusalem. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.)","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":40398,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.19","text":"has πρὸς αὐτόν in brackets, indicating doubt as to the phrase’s authenticity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/6"}
{"id":40399,"verse_id":"JHN.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.19","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A19/7"}
{"id":40400,"verse_id":"JHN.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn “ I am not the Christ. ” A 3rd century work, the pseudo-Clementine Recognitions (1.54 and 1.60 in the Latin text; the statement is not as clear in the Syriac version) records that John’s followers proclaimed him to be the Messiah. There is no clear evidence that they did so in the 1st century, however – but Luke 3:15 indicates some wondered. Concerning the Christ , the term χριστός ( cristos ) was originally an adjective (“anointed”), developing in LXX into a substantive (“an anointed one”), then developing still further into a technical generic term (“the anointed one”). In the intertestamental period it developed further into a technical term referring to the hoped-for anointed one, that is, a specific individual. In the NT the development starts there (technical-specific), is so used in the gospels, and then develops in Paul to mean virtually Jesus’ last name.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":40401,"verse_id":"JHN.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “What then?” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":40402,"verse_id":"JHN.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The words “Tell us” are not in the Greek but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":40403,"verse_id":"JHN.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (John the Baptist) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":40404,"verse_id":"JHN.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “And they asked him, and said to him”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity, and the phrase has been simplified in the translation to “So they asked John.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":40405,"verse_id":"JHN.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":40406,"verse_id":"JHN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “answered them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":40407,"verse_id":"JHN.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A26/2"}
{"id":40408,"verse_id":"JHN.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “of whom I am not worthy.” sn The humility of John is evident in the statement I am not worthy . This was considered one of the least worthy tasks of a slave, and John did not consider himself worthy to do even that for the one to come, despite the fact he himself was a prophet.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":40409,"verse_id":"JHN.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"The term refers to the leather strap or thong used to bind a sandal. This is often viewed as a collective singular and translated as a plural, “the straps of his sandals,” but it may be more emphatic to retain the singular here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":40410,"verse_id":"JHN.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Δ Θ Ψ * 565 579 700 1241 1424 pm latt bo as well as several fathers}. Since there is no known Bethany “beyond the Jordan,” it is likely that the name would have been changed to a more etymologically edifying one (Origen mistakenly thought the name Bethabara meant “house of preparation” and for this reason was appropriate in this context; see TCGNT 171 for discussion). On the other hand, both since Origen’s understanding of the Semitic etymology of Bethabara was incorrect, and because Bethany was at least a well-known location in Palestine, mentioned in the Gospels about a dozen times, one has to wonder whether scribes replaced Βηθαβαρᾷ with Βηθανίᾳ . However, if Origen’s understanding of the etymology of the name was representative, scribes may have altered the text in the direction of Bethabara. And even if most scribes were unfamiliar with what the name might signify, that a reading which did not contradict the Gospels’ statements of a Bethany near Jerusalem was already at hand may have been sufficient reason for them to adopt Bethabara. Further, in light of the very strong testimony for Βηθανίᾳ , this reading should be regarded as authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":40411,"verse_id":"JHN.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":40412,"verse_id":"JHN.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (John) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":40413,"verse_id":"JHN.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Or “has a higher rank than I.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":40414,"verse_id":"JHN.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":40415,"verse_id":"JHN.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.32","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events in the narrative. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A32/1"}
{"id":40416,"verse_id":"JHN.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.32","text":"Grk “testified, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A32/2"}
{"id":40417,"verse_id":"JHN.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.32","text":"Or “from the sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A32/4"}
{"id":40418,"verse_id":"JHN.1.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.34","text":"sa and a [with slight variation]). Although the evidence for ἐκλεκτός is not as impressive as that for υἱός , the reading is found in early Alexandrian and Western witnesses. Turning to the internal evidence, “the Chosen One” clearly comes out ahead. “Son of God” is a favorite expression of the author (cf. 1:49; 3:18; 5:25; 10:36; 11:4, 27; 19:7; 20:31 ); further, there are several other references to “his Son,” “the Son,” etc. Scribes would be naturally motivated to change ἐκλεκτός to υἱός since the latter is both a Johannine expression and is, on the surface, richer theologically in 1:34 . On the other hand, there is not a sufficient reason for scribes to change υἱός to ἐκλεκτός . The term never occurs in John; even its verbal cognate ( ἐκλέγω , eklegw ) is never affirmed of Jesus in this Gospel. ἐκλεκτός clearly best explains the rise of υἱός . Further, the third reading (“Chosen Son of God”) is patently a conflation of the other two. It has all the earmarks of adding υἱός to ἐκλεκτός . Thus, ὁ υἱός τοῦ θεοῦ is almost certainly a motivated reading. As R. E. Brown notes ( John [AB], 1:57), “On the basis of theological tendency…it is difficult to imagine that Christian scribes would change ‘the Son of God’ to ‘God’s chosen one,’ while a change in the opposite direction would be quite plausible. Harmonization with the Synoptic accounts of the baptism (‘You are [This is] my beloved Son ’) would also explain the introduction of ‘the Son of God’ into John; the same phenomenon occurs in vi 69. Despite the weaker textual evidence, therefore, it seems best – with Lagrange, Barrett, Boismard, and others – to accept ‘God’s chosen one’ as original.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A34/1"}
{"id":40419,"verse_id":"JHN.1.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.35","text":"“There” is not in the Greek text but is implied by current English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A35/2"}
{"id":40420,"verse_id":"JHN.1.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.37","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (John) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A37/1"}
{"id":40421,"verse_id":"JHN.1.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.37","text":"Grk “And the two disciples heard him speaking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A37/2"}
{"id":40422,"verse_id":"JHN.1.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.38","text":"Grk “What are you seeking?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A38/1"}
{"id":40423,"verse_id":"JHN.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.39","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A39/1"}
{"id":40424,"verse_id":"JHN.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.39","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A39/2"}
{"id":40425,"verse_id":"JHN.1.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.39","text":"Grk “about the tenth hour.” sn About four o’clock in the afternoon. What system of time reckoning is the author using? B. F. Westcott thought John, unlike the synoptic gospels, was using Roman time, which started at midnight ( St. John , 282). This would make the time 10 a.m., which would fit here. But later in the Gospel’s Passover account ( John 19:42 , where the sixth hour is on the “eve of the Passover”) it seems clear the author had to be using Jewish reckoning, which began at 6 a.m. This would make the time here in 1:39 to be 4 p.m. This may be significant: If the hour was late, Andrew and the unnamed disciple probably spent the night in the same house where Jesus was staying, and the events of 1:41-42 took place on the next day. The evidence for Westcott’s view, that the Gospel is using Roman time, is very slim. The Roman reckoning which started at midnight was only used by authorities as legal time (for contracts, official documents, etc.). Otherwise, the Romans too reckoned time from 6 a.m. (e.g., Roman sundials are marked VI, not XII, for noon).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A39/3"}
{"id":40426,"verse_id":"JHN.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.40","text":"Grk “who heard from John.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A40/1"}
{"id":40427,"verse_id":"JHN.1.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.40","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A40/2"}
{"id":40428,"verse_id":"JHN.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.41","text":"892 al lat.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A41/1"}
{"id":40429,"verse_id":"JHN.1.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.41","text":"Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “the one who has been anointed.” sn This is a parenthetical note by the author. See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A41/3"}
{"id":40430,"verse_id":"JHN.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.42","text":"Grk “He brought him”; both referents (Andrew, Simon) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A42/1"}
{"id":40431,"verse_id":"JHN.1.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.42","text":"Ï ) read “Simon, the son of Jonah” here instead, but that is perhaps an assimilation to Matt 16:17 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A42/2"}
{"id":40432,"verse_id":"JHN.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Jesus is best taken as the subject of εὑρίσκει ( Jeuriskei ), since Peter would scarcely have wanted to go to Galilee.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A43/1"}
{"id":40433,"verse_id":"JHN.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A43/3"}
{"id":40434,"verse_id":"JHN.1.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.43","text":"Grk “and Jesus said.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A43/4"}
{"id":40435,"verse_id":"JHN.1.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.44","text":"Probably ἀπό ( apo ) indicates “originally from” in the sense of birthplace rather than current residence; Mark 1:21, 29 seems to locate the home of Andrew and Peter at Capernaum. The entire remark (v. 44 ) amounts to a parenthetical comment by the author.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A44/2"}
{"id":40436,"verse_id":"JHN.1.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.45","text":"“Also” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A45/2"}
{"id":40437,"verse_id":"JHN.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.46","text":"Grk “And Nathanael.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A46/1"}
{"id":40438,"verse_id":"JHN.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.46","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A46/2"}
{"id":40439,"verse_id":"JHN.1.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.46","text":"Grk “And Philip said to him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A46/4"}
{"id":40440,"verse_id":"JHN.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.47","text":"Grk “said about him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A47/1"}
{"id":40441,"verse_id":"JHN.1.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.47","text":"Or “treachery.” sn An allusion to Ps 32:2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A47/2"}
{"id":40442,"verse_id":"JHN.1.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.48","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.” This is somewhat redundant in English and has been simplified in the translation to “replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A48/1"}
{"id":40443,"verse_id":"JHN.1.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.49","text":"Although βασιλεύς ( basileus ) lacks the article it is definite due to contextual and syntactical considerations. See ExSyn 263.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A49/1"}
{"id":40444,"verse_id":"JHN.1.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.50","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.” This has been simplified in the translation to “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A50/1"}
{"id":40445,"verse_id":"JHN.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.51","text":"Grk “and he said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A51/1"}
{"id":40446,"verse_id":"JHN.1.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":1,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.51","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%201%3A51/2"}
{"id":40447,"verse_id":"JHN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map1-C3 ; Map2-D2 ; Map3-C5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":40448,"verse_id":"JHN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “in Galilee, and Jesus’ mother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":40449,"verse_id":"JHN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The word “left” is not in the Greek text but is implied. sn They have no wine left. On the backgrounds of this miracle J. D. M. Derrett pointed out among other things the strong element of reciprocity about weddings in the Ancient Near East. It was possible in certain circumstances to take legal action against the man who failed to provide an appropriate wedding gift. The bridegroom and family here might have been involved in a financial liability for failing to provide adequately for their guests (“Water into Wine,” BZ 7 [1963]: 80-97). Was Mary asking for a miracle? There is no evidence that Jesus had worked any miracles prior to this (although this is an argument from silence). Some think Mary was only reporting the situation, or (as Calvin thought) asking Jesus to give some godly exhortations to the guests and thus relieve the bridegroom’s embarrassment. But the words, and the reply of Jesus in v. 4 , seem to imply more. It is not inconceivable that Mary, who had probably been witness to the events of the preceding days, or at least was aware of them, knew that her son’s public career was beginning. She also knew the supernatural events surrounding his birth, and the prophetic words of the angel, and of Simeon and Anna in the temple at Jesus’ dedication. In short, she had good reason to believe Jesus to be the Messiah, and now his public ministry had begun. In this kind of context, her request does seem more significant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":40450,"verse_id":"JHN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “and Jesus said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":40451,"verse_id":"JHN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “Woman, what to me and to you?” (an idiom). The phrase τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί , γύναι ( ti emoi kai soi, gunai ) is Semitic in origin. The equivalent Hebrew expression in the Old Testament had two basic meanings: (1) When one person was unjustly bothering another, the injured party could say “What to me and to you?” meaning, “What have I done to you that you should do this to me?” ( Judg 11:12 , 2 Chr 35:21 , 1 Kgs 17:18 ). (2) When someone was asked to get involved in a matter he felt was no business of his, he could say to the one asking him, “What to me and to you?” meaning, “That is your business, how am I involved?” ( 2 Kgs 3:13 , Hos 14:8 ). Option (1) implies hostility, while option (2) implies merely disengagement. Mere disengagement is almost certainly to be understood here as better fitting the context (although some of the Greek Fathers took the remark as a rebuke to Mary, such a rebuke is unlikely).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":40452,"verse_id":"JHN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “my hour” (referring to the time of Jesus’ crucifixion and return to the Father). sn The Greek word translated time ( ὥρα , Jwra ) occurs in John 2:4; 4:21, 23; 5:25, 28, 29; 7:30; 8:20; 12:23, 27; 13:1; 16:25; and 17:1 . It is a reference to the special period in Jesus’ life when he was to leave this world and return to the Father ( 13:1 ); the hour when the Son of man is glorified ( 17:1 ). This is accomplished through his suffering, death, resurrection (and ascension – though this last is not emphasized by John). John 7:30 and 8:20 imply that Jesus’ arrest and death are included. John 12:23 and 17:1 , referring to the glorification of the Son, imply that the resurrection and ascension are included as part of the “hour.” In John 2:4 Jesus’ remark to his mother indicates that the time for this self-manifestation has not yet arrived; his identity as Messiah is not yet to be publicly revealed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":40453,"verse_id":"JHN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The pronoun “it” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":40454,"verse_id":"JHN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “for the purification of the Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":40455,"verse_id":"JHN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “holding two or three metretes” (about 75 to 115 liters). Each of the pots held 2 or 3 μετρηταί ( metrhtai ). A μετρητῆς ( metrhths ) was about 9 gallons (40 liters); thus each jar held 18-27 gallons (80-120 liters) and the total volume of liquid involved was 108-162 gallons (480-720 liters). sn Significantly, these jars held water for Jewish ceremonial washing (purification rituals). The water of Jewish ritual purification has become the wine of the new messianic age. The wine may also be, after the fashion of Johannine double meanings, a reference to the wine of the Lord’s Supper. A number have suggested this, but there does not seem to be anything in the immediate context which compels this; it seems more related to how frequently a given interpreter sees references to the sacraments in John’s Gospel as a whole.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":40456,"verse_id":"JHN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “them” (it is clear from the context that the servants are addressed).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":40457,"verse_id":"JHN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “the master of ceremonies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":40458,"verse_id":"JHN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, δέ ( de ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":40459,"verse_id":"JHN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “and he did not know where it came from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":40460,"verse_id":"JHN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “the head steward”; here the repetition of the phrase is somewhat redundant in English and the pronoun (“he”) is substituted in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":40461,"verse_id":"JHN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “every man” (in a generic sense).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":40462,"verse_id":"JHN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “poorer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":40463,"verse_id":"JHN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “when they”; the referent (the guests) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":40464,"verse_id":"JHN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"This sentence in Greek involves an object-complement construction. The force can be either “Jesus did this as,” or possibly “Jesus made this to be.” The latter translation accents not only Jesus’ power but his sovereignty too. Cf. also 4:54 where the same construction occurs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":40465,"verse_id":"JHN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"For location see Map1-C3 ; Map2-D2 ; Map3-C5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":40466,"verse_id":"JHN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “in Cana of Galilee, and he revealed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":40467,"verse_id":"JHN.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “his disciples trusted in him,” or “his disciples put their faith in him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":40468,"verse_id":"JHN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “the Passover of the Jews.” This is first of at least three (and possibly four) Passovers mentioned in John’s Gospel. If it is assumed that the Passovers appear in the Gospel in their chronological order (and following a date of a.d. 33 for the crucifixion), this would be the Passover of the spring of a.d. 30, the first of Jesus’ public ministry. There is a clear reference to another Passover in 6:4 , and another still in 11:55, 12:1, 13:1, 18:28, 39, and 19:14 . The latter would be the Passover of a.d. 33. There is a possibility that 5:1 also refers to a Passover, in which case it would be the second of Jesus’ public ministry ( a.d. 31), while 6:4 would refer to the third ( a.d. 32) and the remaining references would refer to the final Passover at the time of the crucifixion. It is entirely possible, however, that the Passovers occurring in the Fourth Gospel are not intended to be understood as listed in chronological sequence. If the material of the Fourth Gospel originally existed in the form of homilies or sermons by the Apostle John on the life and ministry of Jesus, the present arrangement would not have to be in strict chronological order (it does not explicitly claim to be). In this case the Passover mentioned in 2:13 , for example, might actually be later in Jesus’ public ministry than it might at first glance appear. This leads, however, to a discussion of an even greater problem in the passage, the relationship of the temple cleansing in John’s Gospel to the similar account in the synoptic gospels.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":40469,"verse_id":"JHN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":40470,"verse_id":"JHN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “in the temple.” sn The merchants ( those who were selling ) would have been located in the Court of the Gentiles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":40471,"verse_id":"JHN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “the money changers sitting”; the words “at tables” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":40472,"verse_id":"JHN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Ï co). Internal evidence, though, leans toward the shorter reading. Scribes tended to add to the text, and the addition of ὡς here clearly softens the assertion of the evangelist: Instead of making a whip of cords, Jesus made “[something] like a whip of cords.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":40473,"verse_id":"JHN.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":40474,"verse_id":"JHN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or (perhaps) “Stop making.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":40475,"verse_id":"JHN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “a house of merchants” (an allusion to Zech 14:21 ). sn A marketplace. Zech 14:20-21 , in context, is clearly a picture of the messianic kingdom. The Hebrew word translated “Canaanite” may also be translated “merchant” or “trader.” Read in this light, Zech 14:21 states that there will be no merchant in the house of the Lord in that day (the day of the Lord, at the establishment of the messianic kingdom). And what would Jesus’ words (and actions) in cleansing the temple have suggested to the observers? That Jesus was fulfilling messianic expectations would have been obvious – especially to the disciples, who had just seen the miracle at Cana with all its messianic implications.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":40476,"verse_id":"JHN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “Fervent devotion to your house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":40477,"verse_id":"JHN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. Here the author refers to the authorities or leaders in Jerusalem. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":40478,"verse_id":"JHN.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":40479,"verse_id":"JHN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":40480,"verse_id":"JHN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"The imperative here is really more than a simple conditional imperative (= “if you destroy”); its semantic force here is more like the ironical imperative found in the prophets ( Amos 4:4 , Isa 8:9 ) = “Go ahead and do this and see what happens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":40481,"verse_id":"JHN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"See the note on this phrase in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":40482,"verse_id":"JHN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"A close parallel to the aorist οἰκοδομήθη ( oikodomhqh ) can be found in Ezra 5:16 (LXX), where it is clear from the following verb that the construction had not yet been completed. Thus the phrase has been translated “This temple has been under construction for forty-six years.” Some, however, see the term ναός ( naos ) here as referring only to the sanctuary and the aorist verb as consummative, so that the meaning would be “this temple was built forty-six years ago” (so ExSyn 560-61). Ultimately in context the logic of the authorities’ reply appears to fit more naturally if it compares length of time for original construction with length of time to reconstruct it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":40483,"verse_id":"JHN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Grk “that one”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. This Greek term is frequently used as a way of referring to Jesus in the Johannine letters (cf. 1 John 2:6; 3:3, 5, 7, 16; 4:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":40484,"verse_id":"JHN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"The genitive “of his body” ( τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ , tou swmato\" autou ) is a genitive of apposition, clarifying which temple Jesus was referring to. Thus, Jesus not only was referring to his physical resurrection, but also to his participation in the resurrection process. The New Testament thus records the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit as all performing the miracle of Christ's resurrection. sn Jesus was speaking about the temple of his body. For the author, the temple is not just the building, it is Jesus’ resurrected body . Compare the nonlocalized worship mentioned in John 4:21-23 , and also Rev 21:22 (there is to be no temple in the New Jerusalem; the Lord and the Lamb are its temple). John points to the fact that, as the place where men go in order to meet God, the temple has been supplanted and replaced by Jesus himself, in whose resurrected person people may now encounter God (see John 1:18, 14:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":40485,"verse_id":"JHN.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “statement”; Grk “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":40486,"verse_id":"JHN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":40487,"verse_id":"JHN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":40488,"verse_id":"JHN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “all.” The word “people” has been supplied for clarity, since the Greek word πάντας ( pantas ) is masculine plural (thus indicating people rather than things).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":40489,"verse_id":"JHN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"The masculine form has been retained here in the translation to maintain the connection with “a man of the Pharisees” in 3:1 , with the understanding that the reference is to people of both genders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":40490,"verse_id":"JHN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"See previous note on “man” in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":40491,"verse_id":"JHN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “a ruler of the Jews” (denoting a member of the Sanhedrin, the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":40492,"verse_id":"JHN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":40493,"verse_id":"JHN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “during the night.” sn Possibly Nicodemus came … at night because he was afraid of public association with Jesus, or he wanted a lengthy discussion without interruptions; no explanation for the timing of the interview is given by the author. But the timing is significant for John in terms of the light-darkness motif – compare John 9:4, 11:10, 13:30 (especially), 19:39, and 21:3. Out of the darkness of his life and religiosity Nicodemus came to the Light of the world. The author probably had multiple meanings or associations in mind here, as is often the case.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":40494,"verse_id":"JHN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":40495,"verse_id":"JHN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":40496,"verse_id":"JHN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The word ἄνωθεν ( anwqen ) has a double meaning, either “again” (in which case it is synonymous with παλίν [ palin ]) or “from above” (BDAG 92 s.v. ἄνωθεν ). This is a favorite technique of the author of the Fourth Gospel, and it is lost in almost all translations at this point. John uses the word 5 times, in 3:3, 7; 3:31; 19:11 and 23 . In the latter 3 cases the context makes clear that it means “from above.” Here ( 3:3, 7 ) it could mean either, but the primary meaning intended by Jesus is “from above.” Nicodemus apparently understood it the other way, which explains his reply, “How can a man be born when he is old? He can’t enter his mother’s womb a second time and be born, can he?” The author uses the technique of the “misunderstood question” often to bring out a particularly important point: Jesus says something which is misunderstood by the disciples or (as here) someone else, which then gives Jesus the opportunity to explain more fully and in more detail what he really meant. sn Or born again. The Greek word ἄνωθεν ( anwqen ) can mean both “again” and “from above,” giving rise to Nicodemus’ misunderstanding about a second physical birth (v. 4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":40497,"verse_id":"JHN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The grammatical structure of the question in Greek presupposes a negative reply.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":40498,"verse_id":"JHN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":40499,"verse_id":"JHN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “born of water and wind” (the same Greek word, πνεύματος [ pneumatos ], may be translated either “spirit/Spirit” or “wind”). sn Jesus’ somewhat enigmatic statement points to the necessity of being born “from above,” because water and wind/spirit/Spirit come from above. Isaiah 44:3-5 and Ezek 37:9-10 are pertinent examples of water and wind as life-giving symbols of the Spirit of God in his work among people. Both occur in contexts that deal with the future restoration of Israel as a nation prior to the establishment of the messianic kingdom. It is therefore particularly appropriate that Jesus should introduce them in a conversation about entering the kingdom of God. Note that the Greek word πνεύματος is anarthrous (has no article) in v. 5 . This does not mean that spirit in the verse should be read as a direct reference to the Holy Spirit, but that both water and wind are figures (based on passages in the OT, which Nicodemus, the teacher of Israel should have known) that represent the regenerating work of the Spirit in the lives of men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":40500,"verse_id":"JHN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"“All” has been supplied to indicate the plural pronoun in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":40501,"verse_id":"JHN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “born again.” The same Greek word with the same double meaning occurs in v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":40502,"verse_id":"JHN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The same Greek word, πνεύματος ( pneumatos ), may be translated “wind” or “spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":40503,"verse_id":"JHN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “Nicodemus answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":40504,"verse_id":"JHN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “Jesus answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":40505,"verse_id":"JHN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":40506,"verse_id":"JHN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to show the contrast present in the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":40507,"verse_id":"JHN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied in the translation to indicate that the verb is second person plural (referring to more than Nicodemus alone).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":40508,"verse_id":"JHN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to indicate that the verb is second person plural (referring to more than Nicodemus alone).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":40509,"verse_id":"JHN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “And no one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":40510,"verse_id":"JHN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “And just as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":40511,"verse_id":"JHN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"This is the first use of the term ζωὴν αἰώνιον ( zwhn aiwnion ) in the Gospel, although ζωή ( zwh ) in chap. is to be understood in the same way without the qualifying αἰώνιος ( aiwnios ). sn Some interpreters extend the quotation of Jesus’ words through v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":40512,"verse_id":"JHN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “this is how much”; or “in this way.” The Greek adverb οὕτως ( Joutws ) can refer (1) to the degree to which God loved the world, that is, to such an extent or so much that he gave his own Son (see R. E. Brown, John [AB], 1:133-34; D. A. Carson, John , 204) or (2) simply to the manner in which God loved the world, i.e., by sending his own son (see R. H. Gundry and R. W. Howell, “The Sense and Syntax of John 3:14-17 with Special Reference to the Use of Οὕτως … ὥστε in John 3:16 ,” NovT 41 [1999]: 24-39) . Though the term more frequently refers to the manner in which something is done (see BDAG 741-42 s.v. οὕτω / οὕτως ), the following clause involving ὥστε ( Jwste ) plus the indicative (which stresses actual, but [usually] unexpected result) emphasizes the greatness of the gift God has given. With this in mind, then, it is likely (3) that John is emphasizing both the degree to which God loved the world as well as the manner in which He chose to express that love. This is in keeping with John’s style of using double entendre or double meaning. Thus, the focus of the Greek construction here is on the nature of God's love, addressing its mode, intensity, and extent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":40513,"verse_id":"JHN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Although this word is often translated “only begotten,” such a translation is misleading, since in English it appears to express a metaphysical relationship. The word in Greek was used of an only child (a son [ Luke 7:12, 9:38 ] or a daughter [ Luke 8:42 ]). It was also used of something unique (only one of its kind) such as the mythological Phoenix (1 Clement 25:2). From here it passes easily to a description of Isaac ( Heb 11:17 and Josephus, Ant. 1.13.1 [1.222]) who was not Abraham’s only son, but was one-of-a-kind because he was the child of the promise. Thus the word means “one-of-a-kind” and is reserved for Jesus in the Johannine literature of the NT. While all Christians are children of God ( τέκνα θεοῦ , tekna qeou ), Jesus is God’s Son in a unique, one-of-a-kind sense. The word is used in this way in all its uses in the Gospel of John ( 1:14, 1:18, 3:16, and 3:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":40514,"verse_id":"JHN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"In John the word ἀπόλλυμι ( apollumi ) can mean either (1) to be lost (2) to perish or be destroyed, depending on the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":40515,"verse_id":"JHN.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “judged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":40516,"verse_id":"JHN.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “judged.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":40517,"verse_id":"JHN.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"See the note on the term “one and only” in 3:16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":40518,"verse_id":"JHN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “this is the reason for God judging,” or “this is how judgment works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":40519,"verse_id":"JHN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “and men,” but in a generic sense, referring to people of both genders (as “everyone” in v. 20 makes clear).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":40520,"verse_id":"JHN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"This section is related loosely to the preceding by μετὰ ταῦτα ( meta tauta ). This constitutes an indefinite temporal reference; the intervening time is not specified.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":40521,"verse_id":"JHN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"The precise locations of Αἰνών ( Ainwn ) and Σαλείμ ( Saleim ) are unknown. Three possibilities are suggested: (1) In Perea, which is in Transjordan (cf. 1:28 ). Perea is just across the river from Judea. (2) In the northern Jordan Valley, on the west bank some 8 miles [13 km] south of Scythopolis. But with the Jordan River so close, the reference to abundant water ( 3:23 ) seems superfluous. (3) Thus Samaria has been suggested. 4 miles (6.6 km) east of Shechem is a town called Salim, and 8 miles (13 km) northeast of Salim lies modern Ainun. In the general vicinity are many springs. Because of the meanings of the names ( Αἰνών = “springs” in Aramaic and Σαλείμ = Salem, “peace”) some have attempted to allegorize here that John the Baptist is near salvation. Obviously there is no need for this. It is far more probable that the author has in mind real places, even if their locations cannot be determined with certainty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":40522,"verse_id":"JHN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.23","text":"Or “people were continually coming.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A23/3"}
{"id":40523,"verse_id":"JHN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.23","text":"The words “to him” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A23/4"}
{"id":40524,"verse_id":"JHN.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"A B L Ψ 33 1241 the majority of Byzantine minuscules and others}). Or “a certain Judean.” Here BDAG 478 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαίος 2.a states, “Judean (with respect to birth, nationality, or cult).” If the emphasis is simply on the individual’s origin, “Judean” would be preferable since it designates a nationality or place of origin. However, the mention of ceremonial washing in the context suggests the dispute was religious in nature, so “Jew” has been retained in the translation here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":40525,"verse_id":"JHN.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Or “ceremonial cleansing,” or “purification.” sn What was the controversy concerning ceremonial washing ? It is not clear. Some have suggested that it was over the relative merits of the baptism of Jesus and John. But what about the ceremonial nature of the washing? There are so many unanswered questions here that even R. E. Brown (who does not usually resort to dislocations in the text as a solution to difficulties) proposes that this dialogue originally took place immediately after 1:19-34 and before the wedding at Cana. (Why else the puzzled hostility of the disciples over the crowds coming to Jesus?) Also, the synoptics imply John was imprisoned before Jesus began his Galilean ministry. At any rate, there is no reason to rearrange the material here – it occurs in this place for a very good reason. As far as the author is concerned, it serves as a further continuation of the point made to Nicodemus, that is, the necessity of being born “from above” ( 3:3 ). Note that John the Baptist describes Jesus as “the one who comes from heaven” in 3:31 ( ἄνωθεν [ anwqen ], the same word as in 3:3 ). There is another lexical tie to preceding material: The subject of the dispute, ceremonial washing ( 3:25 ), calls to mind the six stone jars of water changed to wine at the wedding feast in 2:6 , put there for “Jewish ceremonial washing.” This section ultimately culminates and concludes ideas begun in chap. and continued in chap. . Although the author does not supply details, one scenario would be this: The disciples of John, perplexed after this disagreement with an individual Jew (or with the Jewish authorities), came to John and asked about the fact that Jesus was baptizing and more and more were coming to him. John had been preaching a baptism of repentance for forgiveness of sin (see Mark 1:4 , Luke 3:3 ). Possibly what the Jew(s) reported to John’s disciples was that Jesus was now setting aside the Jewish purification rituals as unnecessary. To John’s disciples this might also be interpreted as: (a) a falling away from Judaism, and (b) a break with John’s own teaching. That Jesus could have said this is very evident from many incidents in his ministry in all the gospels. The thrust would be that outward cleansing (that is, observance of purification rituals) was not what made a person clean. A new heart within (that is, being born from above) is what makes a person clean. So John’s disciples came to him troubled about an apparent contradiction in doctrine though the explicit problem they mentioned is that Jesus was baptizing and multitudes were coming to him. (Whether Jesus was or was not baptizing really wasn’t the issue though, and John the Baptist knew that because he didn’t mention it in his reply. In 4:2 the author says that Jesus was not baptizing, but his disciples. That reference would seem to cover this incident as well, and so the disciples of John are just reporting what they have heard, or thought they heard.) The real point at issue is the authority of Jesus to “overturn” the system of ritual purification within Judaism. John replied to this question of the authority of Jesus in 3:27-36 . In 3:27-30 he reassured his disciples, reminding them that if more people were coming to Jesus, it did not threaten him at all, because “heaven” had ordained it to be so (v. 27 ). (After all, some of these very disciples of John had presumably heard him tell the Jewish delegation that he was not the Messiah but was sent before him, mentioned in .) Then John compared himself to the friend of the bridegroom who stands by and yet participates in the bridegroom’s joy (v. 29 ). John was completely content in his own position as forerunner and preparer of the way.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":40526,"verse_id":"JHN.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"“River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":40527,"verse_id":"JHN.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Grk “answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":40528,"verse_id":"JHN.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":40529,"verse_id":"JHN.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Grk “rejoices with joy” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":40530,"verse_id":"JHN.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.29","text":"Grk “Therefore this my joy is fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A29/2"}
{"id":40531,"verse_id":"JHN.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Or “is above all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":40532,"verse_id":"JHN.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"Grk “speaks from the earth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":40533,"verse_id":"JHN.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.31","text":"bo). On balance, the longer reading should probably be considered authentic. Or “is above all.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A31/4"}
{"id":40534,"verse_id":"JHN.3.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.33","text":"Or “is true.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A33/1"}
{"id":40535,"verse_id":"JHN.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.34","text":"That is, Christ.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A34/1"}
{"id":40536,"verse_id":"JHN.3.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.34","text":"Grk “for not by measure does he give the Spirit” (an idiom). Leviticus Rabbah 15:2 states: “The Holy Spirit rested on the prophets by measure.” Jesus is contrasted to this. The Spirit rests upon him without measure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A34/2"}
{"id":40537,"verse_id":"JHN.3.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.35","text":"Grk “has given all things into his hand” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A35/1"}
{"id":40538,"verse_id":"JHN.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.36","text":"Or “refuses to believe,” or “disobeys.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A36/1"}
{"id":40539,"verse_id":"JHN.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.36","text":"Or “anger because of evil,” or “punishment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A36/2"}
{"id":40540,"verse_id":"JHN.3.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":3,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.36","text":"Or “resides.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%203%3A36/3"}
{"id":40541,"verse_id":"JHN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"565 1241 al lat bo). On the other hand, this Gospel speaks of Jesus as Lord in the evangelist’s narrative descriptions elsewhere only in 11:2; 20:18, 20; 21:12 ; and probably 6:23 , preferring ᾿Ιησοῦς most of the time. This fact could be used to argue that scribes, acquainted with John’s style, changed κύριος to ᾿Ιησοῦς . But the immediate context generally is weighed more heavily than an author’s style. It is possible that neither word was in the original text and scribes supplied what they thought most appropriate (see TCGNT 176). But without ms evidence to this effect coupled with the harder reading ᾿Ιησοῦς , this conjecture must remain doubtful. All in all, it is best to regard ᾿Ιησοῦς as the original reading here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":40542,"verse_id":"JHN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “Jesus”; the repetition of the proper name is somewhat redundant in English (see the beginning of the verse) and so the pronoun (“he”) has been substituted here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":40543,"verse_id":"JHN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “was making.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":40544,"verse_id":"JHN.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “town of Samaria.” The noun Σαμαρείας ( Samareias ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":40545,"verse_id":"JHN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"(“on the ground”) may be correct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":40546,"verse_id":"JHN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “the sixth hour.” sn It was about noon. The suggestion has been made by some that time should be reckoned from midnight rather than sunrise. This would make the time 6 a.m. rather than noon. That would fit in this passage but not in John 19:14 which places the time when Jesus is condemned to be crucified at “the sixth hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":40547,"verse_id":"JHN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “a woman from Samaria.” According to BDAG 912 s.v. Σαμάρεια , the prepositional phrase is to be translated as a simple attributive: “ γυνὴ ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας a Samaritan woman J 4:7 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":40548,"verse_id":"JHN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"The phrase “some water” is supplied as the understood direct object of the infinitive πεῖν ( pein ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":40549,"verse_id":"JHN.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “buy food.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":40550,"verse_id":"JHN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “a Judean.” Here BDAG 478 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαίος 2.a states, “Judean (with respect to birth, nationality, or cult).” The same term occurs in the plural later in this verse. In one sense “Judean” would work very well in the translation here, since the contrast is between residents of the two geographical regions. However, since in the context of this chapter the discussion soon becomes a religious rather than a territorial one (cf. vv. 19-26 ), the translation “Jew” has been retained here and in v. 22 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":40551,"verse_id":"JHN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"“Water” is supplied as the understood direct object of the infinitive πεῖν ( pein ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":40552,"verse_id":"JHN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"D. Daube (“Jesus and the Samaritan Woman: the Meaning of συγχράομαι [ Jn 4:7 ff],” JBL 69 [1950]: 137-47) suggests this meaning. sn The background to the statement use nothing in common is the general assumption among Jews that the Samaritans were ritually impure or unclean. Thus a Jew who used a drinking vessel after a Samaritan had touched it would become ceremonially unclean.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":40553,"verse_id":"JHN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “answered and said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":40554,"verse_id":"JHN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Or “if you knew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":40555,"verse_id":"JHN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"The phrase “some water” is supplied as the understood direct object of the infinitive πεῖν ( pein ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":40556,"verse_id":"JHN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.10","text":"This is a second class conditional sentence in Greek. sn The word translated living is used in Greek of flowing water, which leads to the woman’s misunderstanding in the following verse. She thought Jesus was referring to some unknown source of drinkable water.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A10/4"}
{"id":40557,"verse_id":"JHN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “Lord.” The Greek term κύριος ( kurios ) means both “Sir” and “Lord.” In this passage there is probably a gradual transition from one to the other as the woman’s respect for Jesus grows throughout the conversation ( 4:11, 15, 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":40558,"verse_id":"JHN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"has ἡ γυνή in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity. For English stylistic reasons, the translation also includes “the woman” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":40559,"verse_id":"JHN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"The word for “well” has now shifted to φρέαρ ( frear , “cistern”); earlier in the passage it was πηγή ( phgh ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":40560,"verse_id":"JHN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.11","text":"The anaphoric article has been translated “this.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A11/4"}
{"id":40561,"verse_id":"JHN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “our forefather”; Grk “our father.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":40562,"verse_id":"JHN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end. In this instance all of v. 12 is one question. It has been broken into two sentences for the sake of English style (instead of “for he” the Greek reads “who”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":40563,"verse_id":"JHN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “answered and said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":40564,"verse_id":"JHN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “will thirst.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":40565,"verse_id":"JHN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “will never be thirsty forever.” The possibility of a later thirst is emphatically denied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":40566,"verse_id":"JHN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “well.” “Fountain” is used as the translation for πηγή ( phgh ) here since the idea is that of an artesian well that flows freely, but the term “artesian well” is not common in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":40567,"verse_id":"JHN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"The verb ἁλλομένου ( Jallomenou ) is used of quick movement (like jumping) on the part of living beings. This is the only instance of its being applied to the action of water. However, in the LXX it is used to describe the “Spirit of God” as it falls on Samson and Saul. See Judg 14:6, 19; 15:14; 1 Kgdms 10:2, 10 LXX (= 1 Sam 10:6, 10 ET); and Isa 35:6 (note context).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":40568,"verse_id":"JHN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “or come here to draw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":40569,"verse_id":"JHN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"The direct object of the infinitive ἀντλεῖν ( antlein ) is understood in Greek but supplied for clarity in the English translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":40570,"verse_id":"JHN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"pc ). It is unlikely that scribes would have deliberately expunged the name of Jesus from the text here, especially since it aids the reader with the flow of the dialogue. Further, that the name occurs both anarthrously and with the article suggests that it was a later addition. (For similar arguments, see the tc note on “woman” in 4:11 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":40571,"verse_id":"JHN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “come here” (“back” is implied).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":40572,"verse_id":"JHN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":40573,"verse_id":"JHN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “Well have you said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":40574,"verse_id":"JHN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"The word order in Jesus’ reply is reversed from the woman’s original statement. The word “husband” in Jesus’ reply is placed in an emphatic position.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":40575,"verse_id":"JHN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “the one you have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":40576,"verse_id":"JHN.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “behold” or “perceive,” but these are not as common in contemporary English usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":40577,"verse_id":"JHN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to indicate that the Greek verb translated “say” is second person plural and thus refers to more than Jesus alone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":40578,"verse_id":"JHN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":40579,"verse_id":"JHN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":40580,"verse_id":"JHN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.21","text":"The verb is plural.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A21/3"}
{"id":40581,"verse_id":"JHN.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to indicate that the Greek verb translated “worship” is second person plural and thus refers to more than the woman alone.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":40582,"verse_id":"JHN.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Or “from the Judeans.” See the note on “Jew” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":40583,"verse_id":"JHN.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":40584,"verse_id":"JHN.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"“Here” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to conform to contemporary English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":40585,"verse_id":"JHN.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.23","text":"Or “as.” The object-complement construction implies either “as” or “to be.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A23/4"}
{"id":40586,"verse_id":"JHN.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.23","text":"This is a double accusative construction of object and complement with τοιούτους ( toioutous ) as the object and the participle προσκυνοῦντας ( proskunounta\" ) as the complement. sn The Father wants such people as his worshipers. Note how the woman has been concerned about where people ought to worship, while Jesus is concerned about who people ought to worship.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A23/5"}
{"id":40587,"verse_id":"JHN.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Here πνεῦμα ( pneuma ) is understood as a qualitative predicate nominative while the articular θεός ( qeos ) is the subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":40588,"verse_id":"JHN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “the one who has been anointed.” sn The one called Christ . This is a parenthetical statement by the author. See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":40589,"verse_id":"JHN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “that one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":40590,"verse_id":"JHN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “he will announce to us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":40591,"verse_id":"JHN.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A25/4"}
{"id":40592,"verse_id":"JHN.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"Or “his disciples returned”; Grk “came” (“back” is supplied in keeping with English usage). Because of the length of the Greek sentence it is better to divide here and begin a new English sentence, leaving the καί ( kai ) before ἐθαύμαζον ( eqaumazon ) untranslated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":40593,"verse_id":"JHN.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"BDAG 444 s.v. θαυμάζω 1.a. γ has “be surprised that” followed by indirect discourse. The context calls for a slightly stronger wording.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":40594,"verse_id":"JHN.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.27","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) could also be translated as declarative (“that he had been speaking with a woman”) but since this would probably require translating the imperfect verb as a past perfect (which is normal after a declarative ὅτι ), it is preferable to take this ὅτι as causal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A27/3"}
{"id":40595,"verse_id":"JHN.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.27","text":"Grk “seek.” See John 4:23 . sn The question “What do you want?” is John’s editorial comment (for no one in the text was asking it). The author is making a literary link with Jesus’ statement in v. 23 : It is evident that, in spite of what the disciples may have been thinking, what Jesus was seeking is what the Father was seeking, that is to say, someone to worship him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A27/4"}
{"id":40596,"verse_id":"JHN.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"The term ἄνθρωποι ( anqrwpoi ) used here can mean either “people” (when used generically) or “men” (though there is a more specific term in Greek for adult males, ανήρ [ anhr ]). Thus the woman could have been speaking either (1) to all the people or (2) to the male leaders of the city as their representatives. However, most recent English translations regard the former as more likely and render the word “people” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":40597,"verse_id":"JHN.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “the Christ” (both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). Although the Greek text reads χριστός ( cristos ) here, it is more consistent based on 4:25 (where Μεσσίας [ Messias ] is the lead term and is qualified by χριστός ) to translate χριστός as “Messiah” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":40598,"verse_id":"JHN.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.29","text":"The use of μήτι ( mhti ) normally presupposes a negative answer. This should not be taken as an indication that the woman did not believe, however. It may well be an example of “reverse psychology,” designed to gain a hearing for her testimony among those whose doubts about her background would obviate her claims.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A29/2"}
{"id":40599,"verse_id":"JHN.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"“So” is supplied for transitional smoothness in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":40600,"verse_id":"JHN.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Grk “were asking him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":40601,"verse_id":"JHN.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.31","text":"The direct object of φάγε ( fage ) in Greek is understood; “something” is supplied in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A31/2"}
{"id":40602,"verse_id":"JHN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"An ingressive imperfect conveys the idea that Jesus’ reply provoked the disciples’ response.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":40603,"verse_id":"JHN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.33","text":"The direct object of ἤνεγκεν ( hnenken ) in Greek is understood; “anything” is supplied in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A33/2"}
{"id":40604,"verse_id":"JHN.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.33","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here it is “did they?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A33/3"}
{"id":40605,"verse_id":"JHN.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.34","text":"Or “to accomplish.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A34/2"}
{"id":40606,"verse_id":"JHN.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.34","text":"The substantival ἵνα ( Jina ) clause has been translated as an English infinitive clause. sn No one brought him anything to eat, did they? In the discussion with the disciples which took place while the woman had gone into the city, note again the misunderstanding: The disciples thought Jesus referred to physical food, while he was really speaking figuratively and spiritually again. Thus Jesus was forced to explain what he meant, and the explanation that his food was his mission, to do the will of God and accomplish his work, leads naturally into the metaphor of the harvest. The fruit of his mission was represented by the Samaritans who were coming to him.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A34/3"}
{"id":40607,"verse_id":"JHN.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"The recitative ὅτι ( Joti ) after λέγετε ( legete ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":40608,"verse_id":"JHN.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.35","text":"Grk “lift up your eyes” (an idiom). BDAG 357 s.v. ἐπαίρω 1 has “look up” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A35/2"}
{"id":40609,"verse_id":"JHN.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.35","text":"That is, “ripe.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A35/3"}
{"id":40610,"verse_id":"JHN.4.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.36","text":"Or “a reward”; see L&N 38.14 and 57.173. This is something of a wordplay.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A36/1"}
{"id":40611,"verse_id":"JHN.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"The recitative ὅτι ( Joti ) after ἀληθινός ( alhqino\" ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":40612,"verse_id":"JHN.4.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.39","text":"Grk “when she testified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A39/1"}
{"id":40613,"verse_id":"JHN.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.40","text":"Following the arrival of the Samaritans, the imperfect verb has been translated as ingressive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A40/1"}
{"id":40614,"verse_id":"JHN.4.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.40","text":"Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the sequencing with the following verse, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A40/2"}
{"id":40615,"verse_id":"JHN.4.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.41","text":"Or “and they believed much more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A41/1"}
{"id":40616,"verse_id":"JHN.4.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.42","text":"Or “this.” The Greek pronoun can mean either “this one” or “this” (BDAG 740 s.v. οὗτος 1).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A42/1"}
{"id":40617,"verse_id":"JHN.4.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.46","text":"For location see Map1-C3 ; Map2-D2 ; Map3-C5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A46/1"}
{"id":40618,"verse_id":"JHN.4.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.46","text":"Grk “And in.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A46/3"}
{"id":40619,"verse_id":"JHN.4.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.46","text":"Although βασιλικός ( basiliko\" ) has often been translated “nobleman” it is almost certainly refers here to a servant of Herod, tetrarch of Galilee (who in the NT is called a king, Matt 14:9 , Mark 6:14-29 ). Capernaum was a border town, so doubtless there were many administrative officials in residence there.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A46/5"}
{"id":40620,"verse_id":"JHN.4.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.47","text":"The direct object of ἠρώτα ( hrwta ) is supplied from context. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A47/1"}
{"id":40621,"verse_id":"JHN.4.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.48","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to indicate that the verb is second person plural (referring to more than the royal official alone).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A48/1"}
{"id":40622,"verse_id":"JHN.4.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.48","text":"Or “you never believe.” The verb πιστεύσητε ( pisteushte ) is aorist subjunctive and may have either nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A48/2"}
{"id":40623,"verse_id":"JHN.4.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.50","text":"Grk “Go”; the word “home” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A50/1"}
{"id":40624,"verse_id":"JHN.4.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.50","text":"Grk “and left.” The words “for home” are implied by the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A50/2"}
{"id":40625,"verse_id":"JHN.4.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.51","text":"Traditionally, “servants.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A51/2"}
{"id":40626,"verse_id":"JHN.4.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.52","text":"Grk “the hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A52/1"}
{"id":40627,"verse_id":"JHN.4.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.52","text":"BDAG 558 s.v. κομψότερον translates the idiom κομψότερον ἔχειν ( komyoteron ecein ) as “begin to improve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A52/2"}
{"id":40628,"verse_id":"JHN.4.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.52","text":"The second οὖν ( oun ) in 4:52 has been translated as “and” to improve English style by avoiding redundancy.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A52/3"}
{"id":40629,"verse_id":"JHN.4.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":52,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.52","text":"Grk “at the seventh hour.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A52/4"}
{"id":40630,"verse_id":"JHN.4.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.53","text":"Grk “at that hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A53/1"}
{"id":40631,"verse_id":"JHN.4.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":4,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.54","text":"This sentence in Greek involves an object-complement construction. The force can be either “Jesus did this as,” or possibly “Jesus made this to be.” The latter translation accents not only Jesus’ power but his sovereignty too. Cf. 2:11 where the same construction occurs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%204%3A54/1"}
{"id":40632,"verse_id":"JHN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":40633,"verse_id":"JHN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Regarding the use of the present tense ἐστιν ( estin ) and its implications for the dating of the Gospel of John, see the article by D. B. Wallace, “ John 5,2 and the Date of the Fourth Gospel,” Bib 71 (1990): 177-205.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":40634,"verse_id":"JHN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The site of the miracle is also something of a problem: προβατικῇ ( probatikh ) is usually taken as a reference to the Sheep Gate near the temple. Some (R. E. Brown and others) would place the word κολυμβήθρα ( kolumbhqra ) with προβατικῇ to read “in Jerusalem, by the Sheep Pool , there is (another pool) with the Hebrew name.” This would imply that there is reference to two pools in the context rather than only one. This does not seem necessary (although it is a grammatical possibility). The gender of the words does not help since both are feminine (as is the participle ἐπιλεγομένη [ epilegomenh ]). Note however that Brown’s suggestion would require a feminine word to be supplied (for the participle ἐπιλεγομένη to modify). The traditional understanding of the phrase as a reference to the Sheep Gate near the temple appears more probably correct.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":40635,"verse_id":"JHN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “in Hebrew.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":40636,"verse_id":"JHN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “porticoes,” or “colonnades”; Grk “stoas.” sn The pool had five porticoes . These were covered walkways formed by rows of columns supporting a roof and open on the side facing the pool. People could stand, sit, or walk on these colonnaded porches, protected from the weather and the heat of the sun.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A2/5"}
{"id":40637,"verse_id":"JHN.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “who had had thirty-eight years in his disability.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":40638,"verse_id":"JHN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Or “knew.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":40639,"verse_id":"JHN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “he.” The referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":40640,"verse_id":"JHN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “Lord.” The Greek κύριος ( kurios ) means both “Sir” and “Lord.” In this passage the paralytic who was healed by Jesus never acknowledges Jesus as Lord – he rather reports Jesus to the authorities.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":40641,"verse_id":"JHN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “while I am going.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":40642,"verse_id":"JHN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “another.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":40643,"verse_id":"JHN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":40644,"verse_id":"JHN.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Or “pallet,” “mattress,” “cot,” or “stretcher.” Some of these items, however, are rather substantial (e.g., “mattress”) and would probably give the modern English reader a false impression.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":40645,"verse_id":"JHN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “became well.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":40646,"verse_id":"JHN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Or “pallet,” “mattress,” “cot,” or “stretcher.” See the note on “mat” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":40647,"verse_id":"JHN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “Now it was Sabbath on that day.” sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":40648,"verse_id":"JHN.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. Here the author refers to the Jewish authorities or leaders in Jerusalem. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":40649,"verse_id":"JHN.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “pallet,” “mattress,” “cot,” or “stretcher.” See the note on “mat” in v. 8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":40650,"verse_id":"JHN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “pallet,” “mattress,” “cot,” or “stretcher.” See the note on “mat” in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":40651,"verse_id":"JHN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"א B C* L) do not. Nevertheless, in the translation, it is necessary to supply the words due to the demands of English style, which does not typically allow for understood or implied direct objects as Greek does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":40652,"verse_id":"JHN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “Pick up and walk”; the object (the mat) is implied but not repeated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":40653,"verse_id":"JHN.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Since this is a prohibition with a present imperative, the translation “stop sinning” is sometimes suggested. This is not likely, however, since the present tense is normally used in prohibitions involving a general condition (as here) while the aorist tense is normally used in specific instances. Only when used opposite the normal usage (the present tense in a specific instance, for example) would the meaning “stop doing what you are doing” be appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":40654,"verse_id":"JHN.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":40655,"verse_id":"JHN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":40656,"verse_id":"JHN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “harassing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":40657,"verse_id":"JHN.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating some doubts as to authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":40658,"verse_id":"JHN.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “answered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":40659,"verse_id":"JHN.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":40660,"verse_id":"JHN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":40661,"verse_id":"JHN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":40662,"verse_id":"JHN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “nothing from himself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A19/3"}
{"id":40663,"verse_id":"JHN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “that one”; the referent (the Father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A19/4"}
{"id":40664,"verse_id":"JHN.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “and makes them live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":40665,"verse_id":"JHN.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “the Son makes whomever he wants to live.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":40666,"verse_id":"JHN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Or “condemn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":40667,"verse_id":"JHN.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Or “given,” or “handed over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":40668,"verse_id":"JHN.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Grk “all.” The word “people” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for stylistic reasons and for clarity (cf. KJV “all men”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":40669,"verse_id":"JHN.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":40670,"verse_id":"JHN.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Or “obeys.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":40671,"verse_id":"JHN.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":40672,"verse_id":"JHN.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “and does not come into judgment.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A24/4"}
{"id":40673,"verse_id":"JHN.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":40674,"verse_id":"JHN.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A25/2"}
{"id":40675,"verse_id":"JHN.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":40676,"verse_id":"JHN.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “authority to judge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":40677,"verse_id":"JHN.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":40678,"verse_id":"JHN.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Or “a resurrection resulting in judgment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":40679,"verse_id":"JHN.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Grk “nothing from myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":40680,"verse_id":"JHN.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “righteous,” or “proper.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A30/2"}
{"id":40681,"verse_id":"JHN.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.30","text":"That is, “the will of the Father who sent me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A30/3"}
{"id":40682,"verse_id":"JHN.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.34","text":"Or “I do not receive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A34/1"}
{"id":40683,"verse_id":"JHN.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.35","text":"Grk “for an hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A35/2"}
{"id":40684,"verse_id":"JHN.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.36","text":"Or “works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A36/1"}
{"id":40685,"verse_id":"JHN.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “complete, which I am now doing”; the referent of the relative pronoun has been specified by repeating “deeds” from the previous clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A36/2"}
{"id":40686,"verse_id":"JHN.5.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.37","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to clarify that the following verbs (“heard,” “seen,” “have residing,” “do not believe”) are second person plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A37/1"}
{"id":40687,"verse_id":"JHN.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.39","text":"Or “Study the scriptures thoroughly” (an imperative). For the meaning of the verb see G. Delling, TDNT 2:655-57.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A39/1"}
{"id":40688,"verse_id":"JHN.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.39","text":"The words “same scriptures” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to clarify the referent (“these”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A39/3"}
{"id":40689,"verse_id":"JHN.5.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.41","text":"Or “I do not receive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A41/1"}
{"id":40690,"verse_id":"JHN.5.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.41","text":"Or “honor” ( Grk “glory,” in the sense of respect or honor accorded to a person because of their status).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A41/2"}
{"id":40691,"verse_id":"JHN.5.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.41","text":"Grk “from men,” but in a generic sense; both men and women are implied here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A41/3"}
{"id":40692,"verse_id":"JHN.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.42","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ ( thn agaphn tou qeou , “the love of God”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“God’s love”) or an objective genitive (“love for God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, the emphasis would be on the love God gives which in turn produces love for him, but Jesus’ opponents are lacking any such love inside them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A42/1"}
{"id":40693,"verse_id":"JHN.5.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.43","text":"Or “you do not receive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A43/1"}
{"id":40694,"verse_id":"JHN.5.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.43","text":"Or “you will receive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A43/2"}
{"id":40695,"verse_id":"JHN.5.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.44","text":"Or “honor” ( Grk “glory,” in the sense of respect or honor accorded to a person because of their status).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A44/1"}
{"id":40696,"verse_id":"JHN.5.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.44","text":"Or “honor” ( Grk “glory,” in the sense of respect or honor accorded to a person because of their status).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A44/2"}
{"id":40697,"verse_id":"JHN.5.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.44","text":"B W a b sa) lack θεοῦ ( qeou , “God”) here, thus reading “the only one,” while most of the rest of the tradition, including some important mss , has the name ({ א A D L Θ Ψ 33 Ï }). Internally, it could be argued that the name of God was not used here, in keeping with the NT practice of suppressing the name of God at times for rhetorical effect, drawing the reader inexorably to the conclusion that the one being spoken of is God himself. On the other hand, never is ὁ μόνος ( Jo mono\" ) used absolutely in the NT (i.e., without a noun or substantive with it), and always the subject of the adjunct is God (cf. Matt 24:36 ; John 17:3 ; 1 Tim 6:16 ). What then is to explain the shorter reading? In uncial script, with θεοῦ written as a nomen sacrum , envisioning accidental omission of the name by way of homoioteleuton requires little imagination, largely because of the succession of words ending in - ου : toumonouqMuou . It is thus preferable to retain the word in the text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A44/3"}
{"id":40698,"verse_id":"JHN.5.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.46","text":"Grk “For if.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A46/1"}
{"id":40699,"verse_id":"JHN.5.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":5,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.47","text":"Grk “that one” (“he”); the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%205%3A47/1"}
{"id":40700,"verse_id":"JHN.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Again, μετὰ ταῦτα ( meta tauta ) is a vague temporal reference. How Jesus got from Jerusalem to Galilee is not explained, which has led many scholars (e.g., Bernard, Bultmann, and Schnackenburg) to posit either editorial redaction or some sort of rearrangement or dislocation of material (such as reversing the order of chaps. 5 and 6 , for example). Such a rearrangement of the material would give a simple and consistent connection of events, but in the absence of all external evidence it does not seem to be supportable. R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 1:236) says that such an arrangement is attractive in some ways but not compelling, and that no rearrangement can solve all the geographical and chronological problems in John.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":40701,"verse_id":"JHN.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “when he lifted up his eyes” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":40702,"verse_id":"JHN.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":40703,"verse_id":"JHN.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “Philip answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":40704,"verse_id":"JHN.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “two hundred denarii.” The denarius was a silver coin worth about a day’s wage for a laborer; this would be an amount worth about eight months’ pay.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":40705,"verse_id":"JHN.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “one of his disciples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":40706,"verse_id":"JHN.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “but what are these”; the word “good” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":40707,"verse_id":"JHN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “Make.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":40708,"verse_id":"JHN.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"Here “men” has been used in the translation because the following number, 5,000, probably included only adult males (see the parallel in Matt 14:21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":40709,"verse_id":"JHN.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “likewise also (he distributed) from the fish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":40710,"verse_id":"JHN.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":40711,"verse_id":"JHN.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":40712,"verse_id":"JHN.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “sea.” The Greek word indicates a rather large body of water, but the English word “sea” normally indicates very large bodies of water, so the word “lake” in English is a closer approximation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":40713,"verse_id":"JHN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “sea.” See the note on “lake” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":40714,"verse_id":"JHN.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":40715,"verse_id":"JHN.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “about twenty-five or thirty stades” (a stade as a unit of linear measure is about 607 feet or 187 meters). sn About three or four miles . The Sea of Galilee was at its widest point 7 mi (11.6 km) by 12 mi (20 km). So at this point the disciples were in about the middle of the lake.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":40716,"verse_id":"JHN.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Or “sea.” See the note on “lake” in v. 16 . John uses the phrase ἐπί ( epi , “on”) followed by the genitive (as in Mark, instead of Matthew’s ἐπί followed by the accusative) to describe Jesus walking “on the lake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":40717,"verse_id":"JHN.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Or “sea.” See the note on “lake” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":40718,"verse_id":"JHN.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"A B L N W Ψ 1 565 579 1241 al lat). The clarifying nature of the longer reading, the multiple variants from it, and the weighty testimony for the shorter reading all argue against the authenticity of the longer text in any of its variations. Grk “one”; the referent (a small boat) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":40719,"verse_id":"JHN.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.22","text":"Grk “entered.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A22/3"}
{"id":40720,"verse_id":"JHN.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"For location see Map1-E2 ; Map2-C2 ; Map3-C3 ; Map4-D1 ; Map5-G4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":40721,"verse_id":"JHN.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.23","text":"Or “boats from Tiberias landed”; Grk “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A23/2"}
{"id":40722,"verse_id":"JHN.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.23","text":"pbo} read ᾿Ιησοῦ [ Ihsou , “Jesus”] instead of κυρίου ). Although the shorter reading has minimal support, it is significant that this Gospel speaks of Jesus as Lord in the evangelist’s narrative descriptions only in 11:2; 20:18, 20; 21:12 ; and possibly 4:1 (but see tc note on “Jesus” there). There is thus but one undisputed preresurrection text in which the narrator calls Jesus “Lord.” This fact can be utilized on behalf of either reading: The participial phrase could be seen as a scribal addition harking back to 6:11 but which does not fit Johannine style, or it could be viewed as truly authentic and in line with what John indisputably does elsewhere even if rarely. On balance, in light of the overwhelming support for these words it is probably best to retain them in the text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A23/3"}
{"id":40723,"verse_id":"JHN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Or “embarked in the boats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":40724,"verse_id":"JHN.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":40725,"verse_id":"JHN.6.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.25","text":"Or “sea.” See the note on “lake” in v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A25/1"}
{"id":40726,"verse_id":"JHN.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A26/1"}
{"id":40727,"verse_id":"JHN.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A26/2"}
{"id":40728,"verse_id":"JHN.6.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.26","text":"Grk “because you ate of the loaves of bread and were filled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A26/3"}
{"id":40729,"verse_id":"JHN.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.27","text":"Or “perishes” (this might refer to spoiling, but is more focused on the temporary nature of this kind of food). sn Do not work for the food that disappears. Note the wordplay on “work” here. This does not imply “working” for salvation, since the “work” is later explained (in John 6:29 ) as “to believe in the one whom he (the Father) sent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A27/1"}
{"id":40730,"verse_id":"JHN.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.27","text":"The referent (the food) has been specified for clarity by repeating the word “food” from the previous clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A27/2"}
{"id":40731,"verse_id":"JHN.6.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.27","text":"Grk “on this one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A27/3"}
{"id":40732,"verse_id":"JHN.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.28","text":"Grk “the works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A28/1"}
{"id":40733,"verse_id":"JHN.6.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.28","text":"Grk “What must we do to work the works of God?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A28/2"}
{"id":40734,"verse_id":"JHN.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.29","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A29/1"}
{"id":40735,"verse_id":"JHN.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.29","text":"Grk “the work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A29/2"}
{"id":40736,"verse_id":"JHN.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.29","text":"Grk “This is the work of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A29/3"}
{"id":40737,"verse_id":"JHN.6.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.29","text":"Grk “that one” (i.e., God).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A29/4"}
{"id":40738,"verse_id":"JHN.6.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.31","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A31/1"}
{"id":40739,"verse_id":"JHN.6.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.32","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A32/1"}
{"id":40740,"verse_id":"JHN.6.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.33","text":"Or “he who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A33/1"}
{"id":40741,"verse_id":"JHN.6.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.34","text":"Or “Lord.” The Greek κύριος ( kurios ) means both “Sir” and “Lord.” In this passage it is not at all clear at this point that the crowd is acknowledging Jesus as Lord. More likely this is simply a form of polite address (“sir”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A34/1"}
{"id":40742,"verse_id":"JHN.6.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.35","text":"Grk “the one who believes in me will not possibly thirst, ever.” sn The one who believes in me will never be thirsty. Note the parallelism between “coming to Jesus” in the first part of v. 35 and “believing in Jesus” in the second part of v. 35 . For the author of the Gospel of John these terms are virtually equivalent, both referring to a positive response to Jesus (see John 3:17-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A35/1"}
{"id":40743,"verse_id":"JHN.6.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.36","text":"Grk “But I said to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A36/1"}
{"id":40744,"verse_id":"JHN.6.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.36","text":"rell ). It is possible that the mss that lack the pronoun preserve the original wording here, with the rest of the witnesses adding the pronoun for clarity’s sake. This likelihood increases since the object is not required in Greek. Without it, however, ambiguity increases: The referent could be “me” or it could be “signs,” reaching back to vv. 26 and 30 . However, the oblique form of ἐγώ ( egw , the first person personal pronoun) occurs some two dozen times in this chapter alone, yet it vacillates between the emphatic form and the unemphatic form. Although generally the unemphatic form is used with verbs, there are several exceptions to this in John (cf. 8:12; 12:26, 45, 48; 13:20; 14:9 ). If the pronoun is a later addition here, one wonders why it is so consistently the unemphatic form in the mss . Further, that two unrelated Greek witnesses lack this small word could easily be due to accidental deletion. Finally, the date and diversity of the witnesses for the pronoun are so weighty that it is likely to be authentic and should thus be retained in the text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A36/2"}
{"id":40745,"verse_id":"JHN.6.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.37","text":"Or “drive away”; Grk “cast out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A37/1"}
{"id":40746,"verse_id":"JHN.6.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.39","text":"Or “resurrect them all,” or “make them all live again”; Grk “raise it up.” The word “all” is supplied to bring out the collective nature of the neuter singular pronoun αὐτό ( auto ) in Greek. The plural pronoun “them” is used rather than neuter singular “it” because this is clearer in English, which does not use neuter collective singulars in the same way Greek does.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A39/1"}
{"id":40747,"verse_id":"JHN.6.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.40","text":"Or “resurrect him,” or “make him live again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A40/1"}
{"id":40748,"verse_id":"JHN.6.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.41","text":"Grk “Then the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the translation restricts the phrase to those Jews who were hostile to Jesus (cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e. β ), since the “crowd” mentioned in 6:22-24 was almost all Jewish (as suggested by their addressing Jesus as “Rabbi” ( 6:25 ). Likewise, the designation “Judeans” does not fit here because the location is Galilee rather than Judea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A41/1"}
{"id":40749,"verse_id":"JHN.6.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.43","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A43/1"}
{"id":40750,"verse_id":"JHN.6.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.43","text":"Or “Do not grumble among yourselves.” The words “about me” are supplied to clarify the translation “complain to one another” (otherwise the Jewish opponents could be understood to be complaining about one another, rather than complaining to one another about Jesus).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A43/2"}
{"id":40751,"verse_id":"JHN.6.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.44","text":"Or “attracts him,” or “pulls him.” The word is used of pulling or dragging, often by force. It is even used once of magnetic attraction (A. Oepke, TDNT 2:503). sn The Father who sent me draws him. The author never specifically explains what this “drawing” consists of. It is evidently some kind of attraction; whether it is binding and irresistible or not is not mentioned. But there does seem to be a parallel with 6:65 , where Jesus says that no one is able to come to him unless the Father has allowed it. This apparently parallels the use of Isaiah by John to reflect the spiritual blindness of the Jewish leaders (see the quotations from Isaiah in John 9:41 and 12:39-40 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A44/1"}
{"id":40752,"verse_id":"JHN.6.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.45","text":"Or “listens to the Father and learns.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A45/2"}
{"id":40753,"verse_id":"JHN.6.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.46","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A46/1"}
{"id":40754,"verse_id":"JHN.6.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.47","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A47/1"}
{"id":40755,"verse_id":"JHN.6.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.47","text":"א B C* L T W Θ 892 pc ) lack any object is solid testimony to the shorter text’s authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A47/2"}
{"id":40756,"verse_id":"JHN.6.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.47","text":"Compare John 6:40 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A47/3"}
{"id":40757,"verse_id":"JHN.6.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.48","text":"That is, “the bread that produces (eternal) life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A48/1"}
{"id":40758,"verse_id":"JHN.6.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.49","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A49/1"}
{"id":40759,"verse_id":"JHN.6.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.50","text":"Or “Here.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A50/1"}
{"id":40760,"verse_id":"JHN.6.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.50","text":"Grk “someone” ( τις , tis ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A50/2"}
{"id":40761,"verse_id":"JHN.6.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.51","text":"Grk “And the bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A51/1"}
{"id":40762,"verse_id":"JHN.6.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.52","text":"Grk “Then the Jews began to argue.” Here the translation restricts the phrase to those Jews who were hostile to Jesus (cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e. β ), since the “crowd” mentioned in 6:22-24 was almost all Jewish (as suggested by their addressing Jesus as “Rabbi” ( 6:25 ). See also the note on the phrase “the Jews who were hostile to Jesus” in v. 41 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A52/1"}
{"id":40763,"verse_id":"JHN.6.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.52","text":"Grk “with one another, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A52/2"}
{"id":40764,"verse_id":"JHN.6.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.52","text":"Grk “this one,” “this person.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A52/3"}
{"id":40765,"verse_id":"JHN.6.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.53","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A53/1"}
{"id":40766,"verse_id":"JHN.6.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.53","text":"That is, “no eternal life” (as opposed to physical life).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A53/3"}
{"id":40767,"verse_id":"JHN.6.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.54","text":"Or “who chews”; Grk ὁ τρώγων ( Jo trwgwn ). The alternation between ἐσθίω ( esqiw , “eat,” v. 53 ) and τρώγω ( trwgw , “eats,” vv. 54, 56, 58 ; “consumes,” v. 57 ) may simply reflect a preference for one form over the other on the author’s part, rather than an attempt to express a slightly more graphic meaning. If there is a difference, however, the word used here ( τρώγω ) is the more graphic and vivid of the two (“gnaw” or “chew”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A54/1"}
{"id":40768,"verse_id":"JHN.6.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.55","text":"Or “real.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A55/1"}
{"id":40769,"verse_id":"JHN.6.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.55","text":"Or “real.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A55/2"}
{"id":40770,"verse_id":"JHN.6.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.56","text":"Or “who chews.” On the alternation between ἐσθίω ( esqiw , “eat,” v. 53 ) and τρώγω ( trwgw , “eats,” vv. 54, 56, 58 ; “consumes,” v. 57 ) see the note on “eats” in v. 54 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A56/1"}
{"id":40771,"verse_id":"JHN.6.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.57","text":"Or “who chews”; Grk “who eats.” Here the translation “consumes” is more appropriate than simply “eats,” because it is the internalization of Jesus by the individual that is in view. On the alternation between ἐσθίω ( esqiw , “eat,” v. 53 ) and τρώγω ( trwgw , “eats,” vv. 54, 56, 58 ; “consumes,” v. 57 ) see the note on “eats” in v. 54 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A57/1"}
{"id":40772,"verse_id":"JHN.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.58","text":"Or “This one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A58/1"}
{"id":40773,"verse_id":"JHN.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.58","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A58/2"}
{"id":40774,"verse_id":"JHN.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.58","text":"Grk “This is the bread that came down from heaven, not just like your ancestors ate and died.” The cryptic Greek expression has been filled out in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A58/3"}
{"id":40775,"verse_id":"JHN.6.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":58,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.58","text":"Or “who chews.” On the alternation between ἐσθίω ( esqiw , “eat,” v. 53 ) and τρώγω ( trwgw , “eats,” vv. 54, 56, 58 ; “consumes,” v. 57 ) see the note on “eats” in v. 54 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A58/4"}
{"id":40776,"verse_id":"JHN.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.59","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A59/1"}
{"id":40777,"verse_id":"JHN.6.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.59","text":"For location see Map1-D2 ; Map2-C3 ; Map3-B2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A59/3"}
{"id":40778,"verse_id":"JHN.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.60","text":"The words “these things” are not present in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, and must be supplied for the English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A60/1"}
{"id":40779,"verse_id":"JHN.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.60","text":"Or “hard,” “demanding.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A60/2"}
{"id":40780,"verse_id":"JHN.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.60","text":"Or “teaching”; Grk “word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A60/3"}
{"id":40781,"verse_id":"JHN.6.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":60,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.60","text":"Or “obey it”; Grk “hear it.” The Greek word ἀκούω ( akouw ) could imply hearing with obedience here, in the sense of “obey.” It could also point to the acceptance of what Jesus had just said, (i.e., “who can accept what he said?” However, since the context contains several replies by those in the crowd of hearers that suggest uncertainty or confusion over the meaning of what Jesus had said ( 6:42; 6:52 ), the meaning “understand” is preferred here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A60/4"}
{"id":40782,"verse_id":"JHN.6.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":61,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.61","text":"Grk “When Jesus knew within himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A61/1"}
{"id":40783,"verse_id":"JHN.6.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":61,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.61","text":"Or “were grumbling.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A61/2"}
{"id":40784,"verse_id":"JHN.6.61","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":61,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.61","text":"Or “Does this cause you to no longer believe?” ( Grk “cause you to stumble?”) sn Does this cause you to be offended? It became apparent to some of Jesus’ followers at this point that there would be a cost involved in following him. They had taken offense at some of Jesus’ teaching (perhaps the graphic imagery of “eating his flesh” and “drinking his blood,” and Jesus now warned them that if they thought this was a problem, there was an even worse cause for stumbling in store: his upcoming crucifixion ( John 6:61 b-62). Jesus asked, in effect, “Has what I just taught caused you to stumble? What will you do, then, if you see the Son of Man ascending where he was before? ” This ascent is to be accomplished through the cross; for John, Jesus’ departure from this world and his return to the Father form one continual movement from cross to resurrection to ascension.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A61/3"}
{"id":40785,"verse_id":"JHN.6.62","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":62,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.62","text":"Or “he was formerly?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A62/1"}
{"id":40786,"verse_id":"JHN.6.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":63,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.63","text":"Grk “the flesh counts for nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A63/1"}
{"id":40787,"verse_id":"JHN.6.63","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":63,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.63","text":"Or “are spirit-giving and life-producing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A63/2"}
{"id":40788,"verse_id":"JHN.6.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":65,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.65","text":"Grk “And he said”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A65/1"}
{"id":40789,"verse_id":"JHN.6.65","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":65,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.65","text":"Grk “unless it has been permitted to him by the Father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A65/2"}
{"id":40790,"verse_id":"JHN.6.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":66,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.66","text":"Grk “many of his disciples went back to what lay behind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A66/1"}
{"id":40791,"verse_id":"JHN.6.66","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":66,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.66","text":"Grk “were not walking with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A66/2"}
{"id":40792,"verse_id":"JHN.6.67","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":67,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.67","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here it is “do you?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A67/1"}
{"id":40793,"verse_id":"JHN.6.69","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":69,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.69","text":"Grk “And we.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A69/1"}
{"id":40794,"verse_id":"JHN.6.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":70,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.70","text":"Grk “Jesus answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A70/1"}
{"id":40795,"verse_id":"JHN.6.70","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":70,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.70","text":"Although most translations render this last phrase as “one of you is a devil,” such a translation presupposes that there is more than one devil. This finds roots in the KJV in which the Greek word for demon was often translated “devil.” In fact, the KJV never uses the word “demon.” (Sixty-two of the 63 NT instances of δαιμόνιον [ daimonion ] are translated “devil” [in Acts 17:18 the plural has been translated “gods”]. This can get confusing in places where the singular “devil” is used: Is Satan or one of the demons in view [cf. Matt 9:33 (demon); 13:39 (devil); 17:18 (demon); Mark 7:26 (demon); Luke 4:2 (devil); etc.]?) Now regarding John 6:70 , both the construction in Greek and the technical use of διάβολος ( diabolos ) indicate that the one devil is in view. To object to the translation “the devil” because it thus equates Judas with Satan does not take into consideration that Jesus often spoke figuratively (e.g., “destroy this temple” [ John 2:19 ]; “he [John the Baptist] is Elijah” [ Matt 11:14 ]), even equating Peter with the devil on one occasion ( Mark 8:33 ). According to ExSyn 249, “A curious phenomenon has occurred in the English Bible with reference to one particular monadic noun, διάβολος . The KJV translates both διάβολος and δαιμόνιον as ‘devil.’ Thus in the AV translators’ minds, ‘devil’ was not a monadic noun. Modern translations have correctly rendered δαιμόνιον as ‘demon’ and have, for the most part, recognized that διάβολος is monadic (cf., e.g., 1 Pet 5:8 ; Rev 20:2 ). But in John 6:70 modern translations have fallen into the error of the King James translators. The KJV has ‘one of you is a devil.’ So does the RSV, NRSV, ASV, NIV, NKJV, and the JB [Jerusalem Bible]. Yet there is only one devil…The legacy of the KJV still lives on, then, even in places where it ought not.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A70/2"}
{"id":40796,"verse_id":"JHN.6.71","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":6,"verse":71,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.71","text":"Grk “this one”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%206%3A71/2"}
{"id":40797,"verse_id":"JHN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “Jesus was traveling around in Galilee.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":40798,"verse_id":"JHN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “For he.” Here γάρ ( gar , “for”) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":40799,"verse_id":"JHN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “he did not want to travel around in Judea.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":40800,"verse_id":"JHN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase should be restricted to the Jewish authorities or leaders who were Jesus’ primary opponents.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A1/5"}
{"id":40801,"verse_id":"JHN.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “were seeking.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A1/6"}
{"id":40802,"verse_id":"JHN.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “feast of the Tents” (the feast where people lived in tents or shelters, which was celebrated in the autumn after harvest). John’s use of σκηνοπηγία ( skhnophgia ) for the feast of Tabernacles constitutes the only use of this term in the New Testament.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":40803,"verse_id":"JHN.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “his brothers.” sn Jesus ’ brothers. Jesus’ brothers (really his half-brothers) were mentioned previously by John in 2:12 (see the note on brothers there). They are also mentioned elsewhere in Matt 13:55 and Mark 6:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":40804,"verse_id":"JHN.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “your deeds that you are doing.” sn Should the advice by Jesus’ brothers, Leave here and go to Judea so your disciples may see your miracles that you are performing , be understood as a suggestion that he should attempt to win back the disciples who had deserted him earlier ( 6:66 )? Perhaps. But it is also possible to take the words as indicating that if Jesus is going to put forward messianic claims (i.e., through miraculous signs) then he should do so in Jerusalem, not in the remote parts of Galilee. Such an understanding seems to fit better with the following verse. It would also indicate misunderstanding on the part of Jesus’ brothers of the true nature of his mission – he did not come as the royal Messiah of Jewish apocalyptic expectation, to be enthroned as king at this time.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":40805,"verse_id":"JHN.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Or “seeks to be well known.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":40806,"verse_id":"JHN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “Then Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":40807,"verse_id":"JHN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “my opportunity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":40808,"verse_id":"JHN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “is not yet here.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":40809,"verse_id":"JHN.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “your time is always ready.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A6/4"}
{"id":40810,"verse_id":"JHN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Ï sa), including most of the better witnesses, have “not yet” ( οὔπω , oupw ) here. Those with the reading οὐκ are not as impressive ( א D K 1241 al lat), but οὐκ is the more difficult reading here, especially because it stands in tension with v. 10 . On the one hand, it is possible that οὐκ arose because of homoioarcton: A copyist who saw oupw wrote ouk . However, it is more likely that οὔπω was introduced early on to harmonize with what is said two verses later. As for Jesus’ refusal to go up to the feast in v. 8 , the statement does not preclude action of a different kind at a later point. Jesus may simply have been refusing to accompany his brothers with the rest of the group of pilgrims, preferring to travel separately and “in secret” (v. 10 ) with his disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":40811,"verse_id":"JHN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Although the word is καιρός ( kairos ) here, it parallels John’s use of ὥρα ( Jwra ) elsewhere as a reference to the time appointed for Jesus by the Father – the time of his return to the Father, characterized by his death, resurrection, and ascension (glorification). In the Johannine literature, synonyms are often interchanged for no apparent reason other than stylistic variation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":40812,"verse_id":"JHN.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"Or “my time has not yet come to an end” (a possible hint of Jesus’ death at Jerusalem); Grk “my time is not yet fulfilled.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":40813,"verse_id":"JHN.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":40814,"verse_id":"JHN.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish authorities or leaders who were Jesus’ primary opponents. See the note on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":40815,"verse_id":"JHN.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “Where is that one?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":40816,"verse_id":"JHN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “And there was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":40817,"verse_id":"JHN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “complaining.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":40818,"verse_id":"JHN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “among the common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities mentioned in the previous verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":40819,"verse_id":"JHN.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “the crowd.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A12/4"}
{"id":40820,"verse_id":"JHN.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish authorities or leaders who were Jesus’ primary opponents. See also the note on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":40821,"verse_id":"JHN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “to the temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":40822,"verse_id":"JHN.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “started teaching.” An ingressive sense for the imperfect verb (“began to teach” or “started teaching”) fits well here, since the context implies that Jesus did not start his teaching at the beginning of the festival, but began when it was about half over.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":40823,"verse_id":"JHN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish authorities or leaders who were Jesus’ primary opponents. See the note on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":40824,"verse_id":"JHN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “began to be astonished.” This imperfect verb could also be translated ingressively (“began to be astonished”), but for English stylistic reasons it is rendered as a simple past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":40825,"verse_id":"JHN.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.15","text":"Grk “How does this man know learning since he has not been taught?” The implication here is not that Jesus never went to school (in all probability he did attend a local synagogue school while a youth), but that he was not the disciple of a particular rabbi and had not had formal or advanced instruction under a recognized rabbi (compare Acts 4:13 where a similar charge is made against Peter and John; see also Paul’s comment in Acts 22:3 ). sn He has never had formal instruction. Ironically when the Jewish leaders came face to face with the Word become flesh – the preexistent Logos , creator of the universe and divine Wisdom personified – they treated him as an untaught, unlearned person, without the formal qualifications to be a teacher.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A15/3"}
{"id":40826,"verse_id":"JHN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “So Jesus answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":40827,"verse_id":"JHN.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"The phrase “the one who sent me” refers to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":40828,"verse_id":"JHN.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “his will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":40829,"verse_id":"JHN.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “or whether I speak from myself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":40830,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “who speaks from himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":40831,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “seeks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":40832,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “praise”; Grk “glory.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/3"}
{"id":40833,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “seeks.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/4"}
{"id":40834,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “praise”; Grk “glory.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/5"}
{"id":40835,"verse_id":"JHN.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.18","text":"Or “is truthful”; Grk “is true.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A18/6"}
{"id":40836,"verse_id":"JHN.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “accomplishes”; Grk “does.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":40837,"verse_id":"JHN.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Grk “seek.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":40838,"verse_id":"JHN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Or “The common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities mentioned in 7:15 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":40839,"verse_id":"JHN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “You have a demon!”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":40840,"verse_id":"JHN.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “Who is seeking to kill you?” sn Who is trying to kill you? Many of the crowd (if they had come in from surrounding regions for the feast) probably were ignorant of any plot. The plot was on the part of the Jewish leaders. Note how carefully John distinguishes between the leadership and the general populace in their respective responses to Jesus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A20/3"}
{"id":40841,"verse_id":"JHN.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “Jesus answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":40842,"verse_id":"JHN.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “I did one deed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":40843,"verse_id":"JHN.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Grk “gave you circumcision.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":40844,"verse_id":"JHN.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"Grk “a man.” While the text literally reads “circumcise a man” in actual fact the practice of circumcising male infants on the eighth day after birth (see Phil 3:5 ) is primarily what is in view here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":40845,"verse_id":"JHN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “a man.” See the note on “male child” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":40846,"verse_id":"JHN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “receives circumcision.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":40847,"verse_id":"JHN.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.23","text":"Or “made an entire man well.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A23/4"}
{"id":40848,"verse_id":"JHN.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “based on sight.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":40849,"verse_id":"JHN.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “honest”; Grk “righteous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":40850,"verse_id":"JHN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":40851,"verse_id":"JHN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “Is it not this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":40852,"verse_id":"JHN.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “seeking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":40853,"verse_id":"JHN.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Or “speaking openly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":40854,"verse_id":"JHN.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.26","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A26/3"}
{"id":40855,"verse_id":"JHN.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.26","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A26/4"}
{"id":40856,"verse_id":"JHN.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":40857,"verse_id":"JHN.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.27","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A27/3"}
{"id":40858,"verse_id":"JHN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":40859,"verse_id":"JHN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “Then Jesus cried out in the temple, teaching and saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":40860,"verse_id":"JHN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “And I have not come from myself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A28/4"}
{"id":40861,"verse_id":"JHN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.28","text":"The phrase “the one who sent me” refers to God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A28/5"}
{"id":40862,"verse_id":"JHN.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “the one who sent me is true, whom you do not know.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A28/6"}
{"id":40863,"verse_id":"JHN.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Although the conjunction “but” is not in the Greek text, the contrast is implied (an omitted conjunction is called asyndeton ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":40864,"verse_id":"JHN.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"The preposition παρά ( para ) followed by the genitive has the local sense preserved and can be used of one person sending another. This does not necessarily imply origin in essence or eternal generation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":40865,"verse_id":"JHN.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.29","text":"Grk “and that one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A29/3"}
{"id":40866,"verse_id":"JHN.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.30","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn Here the response is on the part of the crowd, who tried to seize Jesus . This is apparently distinct from the attempted arrest by the authorities mentioned in 7:32 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A30/1"}
{"id":40867,"verse_id":"JHN.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.30","text":"Grk “his hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A30/2"}
{"id":40868,"verse_id":"JHN.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.31","text":"Or “The common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A31/1"}
{"id":40869,"verse_id":"JHN.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.31","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A31/2"}
{"id":40870,"verse_id":"JHN.7.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.31","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here it is “will he?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A31/3"}
{"id":40871,"verse_id":"JHN.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.32","text":"Or “The common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities like the Pharisees).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A32/2"}
{"id":40872,"verse_id":"JHN.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.32","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A32/3"}
{"id":40873,"verse_id":"JHN.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.32","text":"Or “servants.” The “chief priests and Pharisees” is a comprehensive term for the groups represented in the ruling council (the Sanhedrin) as in John 7:45; 18:3 ; Acts 5:22, 26 . As “servants” or “officers” of the Sanhedrin their representatives should be distinguished from the Levites serving as temple police (perhaps John 7:30 and 44 ; also John 8:20; 10:39; 19:6 ; Acts 4:3 ). Even when performing “police” duties such as here, their “officers” are doing so only as part of their general tasks (see K. H. Rengstorf, TDNT 8:540).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A32/4"}
{"id":40874,"verse_id":"JHN.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.32","text":"Grk “to seize him.” In the context of a deliberate attempt by the servants of the chief priests and Pharisees to detain Jesus, the English verb “arrest” conveys the point more effectively.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A32/5"}
{"id":40875,"verse_id":"JHN.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.33","text":"Grk “Yet a little I am with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A33/1"}
{"id":40876,"verse_id":"JHN.7.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.33","text":"The word “then” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A33/2"}
{"id":40877,"verse_id":"JHN.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Grk “seek me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":40878,"verse_id":"JHN.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase is understood to refer to the Jewish authorities or leaders, since the Jewish leaders are mentioned in this context both before and after the present verse ( 7:32, 45 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A35/1"}
{"id":40879,"verse_id":"JHN.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.35","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A35/2"}
{"id":40880,"verse_id":"JHN.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.35","text":"Grk “will not find him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A35/3"}
{"id":40881,"verse_id":"JHN.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.35","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “is he?”). sn Note the Jewish opponents’ misunderstanding of Jesus’ words, as made clear in vv. 35-36 . They didn’t realize he spoke of his departure out of the world. This is another example of the author’s use of misunderstanding as a literary device to emphasize a point.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A35/5"}
{"id":40882,"verse_id":"JHN.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “What is this word that he said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":40883,"verse_id":"JHN.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “seek me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":40884,"verse_id":"JHN.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.37","text":"Grk “Jesus stood up and cried out, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A37/2"}
{"id":40885,"verse_id":"JHN.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"does place a full stop after πινέτω ( pinetw ), but this may be theologically motivated and could have been added later. Grammatical and stylistic arguments are inconclusive. More important is (2) the determination of the antecedent of αὐτοῦ . Can any other Johannine parallels be found which make the believer the source of the living water? John 4:14 is often mentioned in this regard, but unlike 4:14 the water here becomes a source for others also. Neither does 14:12 provide a parallel. Furthermore, such an interpretation becomes even more problematic in light of the explanation given in v. 39 that the water refers to the Holy Spirit, since it is extremely difficult to see the individual believer becoming the ‘source’ of the Spirit for others. On the other hand, the Gospel of John repeatedly places Jesus himself in this role as source of the living water: 4:10 , of course, for the water itself; but according to 20:22 Jesus provides the Spirit (cf. 14:16 ). Furthermore, the symbolism of 19:34 is difficult to explain as anything other than a deliberate allusion to what is predicted here. This also explains why the Spirit cannot come to the disciples unless Jesus “departs” ( 16:7 ). As to (3) the source of the scripture quotation, M. E. Boismard has argued that John is using a targumic rendering of Ps 78:15-16 which describes the water brought forth from the rock in the wilderness by Moses (“Les citations targumiques dans le quatrième évangile,” RB 66 [1959]: 374-78). The frequency of Exodus motifs in the Fourth Gospel (paschal lamb, bronze serpent, manna from heaven) leads quite naturally to the supposition that the author is here drawing on the account of Moses striking the rock in the wilderness to bring forth water ( Num 20:8 ff.). That such imagery was readily identified with Jesus in the early church is demonstrated by Paul’s understanding of the event in 1 Cor 10:4 . Jesus is the Rock from which the living water – the Spirit – will flow. Carson (see note above) discusses this imagery although he favors the traditional or “Eastern” interpretation. In summary, the latter or “Western” interpretation is to be preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A38/1"}
{"id":40886,"verse_id":"JHN.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “out of the innermost part of his person”; Grk “out of his belly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A38/2"}
{"id":40887,"verse_id":"JHN.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"Grk “for the Spirit was not yet.” Although only B and a handful of other NT mss supply the participle δεδομένον ( dedomenon ), this is followed in the translation to avoid misunderstanding by the modern English reader that prior to this time the Spirit did not exist. John’s phrase is expressed from a human standpoint and has nothing to do with the preexistence of the third Person of the Godhead. The meaning is that the era of the Holy Spirit had not yet arrived; the Spirit was not as yet at work in a way he later would be because Jesus had not yet returned to his Father. Cf. also Acts 19:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A39/1"}
{"id":40888,"verse_id":"JHN.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Or “The common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities like the chief priests and Pharisees).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A40/1"}
{"id":40889,"verse_id":"JHN.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.40","text":"Or “truly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A40/2"}
{"id":40890,"verse_id":"JHN.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.41","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A41/1"}
{"id":40891,"verse_id":"JHN.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.41","text":"An initial negative reply (“No”) is suggested by the causal or explanatory γάρ ( gar ) which begins the clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A41/2"}
{"id":40892,"verse_id":"JHN.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.41","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “does he?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A41/3"}
{"id":40893,"verse_id":"JHN.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.42","text":"Grk “is from the seed” (an idiom for human descent).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A42/1"}
{"id":40894,"verse_id":"JHN.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.42","text":"Grk “the village where David was.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A42/4"}
{"id":40895,"verse_id":"JHN.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.43","text":"Or “among the common people” (as opposed to the religious authorities like the chief priests and Pharisees).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A43/1"}
{"id":40896,"verse_id":"JHN.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.43","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A43/2"}
{"id":40897,"verse_id":"JHN.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.45","text":"Or “servants.” The “chief priests and Pharisees” is a comprehensive term for the groups represented in the ruling council (the Sanhedrin) as in John 7:45; 18:3 ; Acts 5:22, 26 . As “servants” or “officers” of the Sanhedrin, their representatives should be distinguished from the Levites serving as temple police (perhaps John 7:30 and 44 ; also John 8:20; 10:39; 19:6 ; Acts 4:3 ). Even when performing ‘police’ duties such as here, their “officers” are doing so only as part of their general tasks (See K. H. Rengstorf, TDNT 8:540).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A45/1"}
{"id":40898,"verse_id":"JHN.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.45","text":"Grk “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A45/2"}
{"id":40899,"verse_id":"JHN.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.45","text":"Grk “Why did you not bring him?” The words “back with you” are implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A45/4"}
{"id":40900,"verse_id":"JHN.7.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.47","text":"Grk “answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A47/1"}
{"id":40901,"verse_id":"JHN.7.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.47","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “have you?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A47/2"}
{"id":40902,"verse_id":"JHN.7.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.48","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “have they?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A48/2"}
{"id":40903,"verse_id":"JHN.7.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.49","text":"Grk “crowd.” “Rabble” is a good translation here because the remark by the Pharisees is so derogatory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A49/1"}
{"id":40904,"verse_id":"JHN.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.50","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A50/1"}
{"id":40905,"verse_id":"JHN.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.50","text":"Grk “who was one of them”; the referent (the rulers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A50/2"}
{"id":40906,"verse_id":"JHN.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.50","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A50/3"}
{"id":40907,"verse_id":"JHN.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.51","text":"Grk “judge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A51/1"}
{"id":40908,"verse_id":"JHN.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.51","text":"Grk “knows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A51/2"}
{"id":40909,"verse_id":"JHN.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.51","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “does it?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A51/3"}
{"id":40910,"verse_id":"JHN.7.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.52","text":"Grk “They answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A52/1"}
{"id":40911,"verse_id":"JHN.7.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.52","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “are you?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A52/2"}
{"id":40912,"verse_id":"JHN.7.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":7,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.52","text":"which is articular), by this time an eschatological figure in popular belief. This would produce in the text of John’s Gospel a high sense of irony indeed, since the religious authorities by their insistence that “the Prophet” could not come from Galilee displayed their true ignorance of where Jesus came from on two levels at once (Bethlehem, his birthplace, the fulfillment of Mic 5:2 , but also heaven, from which he was sent by the Father). The author does not even bother to refute the false attestation of Jesus’ place of birth as Galilee (presumably Christians knew all too well where Jesus came from).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%207%3A52/3"}
{"id":40913,"verse_id":"JHN.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"An ingressive sense for the imperfect fits well here following the aorist participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":40914,"verse_id":"JHN.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “The scribes.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":40915,"verse_id":"JHN.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Grk “to him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":40916,"verse_id":"JHN.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “so that they could accuse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":40917,"verse_id":"JHN.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Or possibly “Jesus bent down and wrote an accusation on the ground with his finger.” The Greek verb καταγράφω ( katagrafw ) may indicate only the action of writing on the ground by Jesus, but in the overall context (Jesus’ response to the accusation against the woman) it can also be interpreted as implying that what Jesus wrote was a counteraccusation against the accusers (although there is no clue as to the actual content of what he wrote, some scribes added “the sins of each one of them” either here or at the end of v. 8 [U 264 700 al ]).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":40918,"verse_id":"JHN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “he straightened up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":40919,"verse_id":"JHN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “and said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":40920,"verse_id":"JHN.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Or “sinless.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":40921,"verse_id":"JHN.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the narrative. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":40922,"verse_id":"JHN.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “beginning from the eldest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":40923,"verse_id":"JHN.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “straightened up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":40924,"verse_id":"JHN.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"The earliest and best mss do not contain 7:53 –8:11 (see note on 7:53 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":40925,"verse_id":"JHN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Grk “Then again Jesus spoke to them saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":40926,"verse_id":"JHN.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"The double negative οὐ μή ( ou mh ) is emphatic in 1st century Hellenistic Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":40927,"verse_id":"JHN.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “Then the Pharisees said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":40928,"verse_id":"JHN.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Grk “Jesus answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":40929,"verse_id":"JHN.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"The word “people” is supplied in the translation to indicate that the pronoun (“you”) and verb (“do not know”) in Greek are plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":40930,"verse_id":"JHN.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The word “people” is supplied in the translation to indicate that the pronoun and verb (“judge”) in Greek are plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":40931,"verse_id":"JHN.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"Or “judge according to external things”; Grk “according to the flesh.” These translations are given by BDAG 916 s.v. σάρξ 5.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":40932,"verse_id":"JHN.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Grk “my judgment is true.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":40933,"verse_id":"JHN.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"The phrase “when I judge” is not in the Greek text, but is implied by the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":40934,"verse_id":"JHN.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.16","text":"The phrase “do so together” is not in the Greek text, but is implied by the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A16/3"}
{"id":40935,"verse_id":"JHN.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Grk “I am the one who testifies about myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":40936,"verse_id":"JHN.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Grk “Then they were saying to him.” The imperfect verb has been translated with ingressive force here because of the introduction of a new line of questioning by the Pharisees. Jesus had just claimed his Father as a second witness; now his opponents want to know who his father is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":40937,"verse_id":"JHN.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":40938,"verse_id":"JHN.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"The term γαζοφυλάκιον ( gazofulakion ) can be translated “treasury” or “treasure room” in this context. BDAG 186 s.v. 1 notes, “It can be taken in this sense J 8:20 (sing.) in (or at ) the treasury .” BDAG 186 s.v. 2 argues that the occurrences of this word in the synoptic gospels also refer to the treasury: “For Mk 12:41, 43 ; Lk 21:1 the mng. contribution box or receptacle is attractive. Acc. to Mishnah, Shekalim 6, 5 there were in the temple 13 such receptacles in the form of trumpets. But even in these passages the general sense of ‘treasury’ is prob., for the contributions would go [into] the treasury via the receptacles.” Based upon the extra-biblical evidence (see sn following), however, the translation opts to refer to the actual receptacles and not the treasury itself. sn The offering box probably refers to the receptacles in the temple forecourt by the Court of Women used to collect freewill offerings. These are mentioned by Josephus, J. W. 5.5.2 (5.200), 6.5.2 (6.282); Ant. 19.6.1 (19.294); and in 1 Macc 14:49 and 2 Macc 3:6, 24, 28, 40 (see also Mark 12:41 ; Luke 21:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":40939,"verse_id":"JHN.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A20/3"}
{"id":40940,"verse_id":"JHN.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “his hour.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A20/4"}
{"id":40941,"verse_id":"JHN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":40942,"verse_id":"JHN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"The expression οὖν πάλιν ( oun palin ) indicates some sort of break in the sequence of events, but it is not clear how long. The author does not mention the interval between 8:12-20 and this next recorded dialogue. The feast of Tabernacles is past, and the next reference to time is 10:22 , where the feast of the Dedication is mentioned. The interval is two months, and these discussions could have taken place at any time within that interval, as long as one assumes something of a loose chronological framework. However, if the material in the Fourth Gospel is arranged theologically or thematically, such an assumption would not apply.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":40943,"verse_id":"JHN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.21","text":"Grk “you will seek me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A21/3"}
{"id":40944,"verse_id":"JHN.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.21","text":"The expression ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε ( en th Jamartia Jumwn apoqaneisqe ) is similar to an expression found in the LXX at Ezek 3:18, 20 and Prov 24:9 . Note the singular of ἁμαρτία (the plural occurs later in v. 24 ). To die with one’s sin unrepented and unatoned would be the ultimate disaster to befall a person. Jesus’ warning is stern but to the point.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A21/4"}
{"id":40945,"verse_id":"JHN.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish authorities or leaders in Jerusalem. It was the Pharisees who had begun this line of questioning in John 8:13 , and there has been no clear change since then in the identity of Jesus’ opponents.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":40946,"verse_id":"JHN.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated with ingressive force (“began to say”) because the comments that follow were occasioned by Jesus’ remarks in the preceding verse about his upcoming departure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":40947,"verse_id":"JHN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “And he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":40948,"verse_id":"JHN.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"The word “people” is supplied in English to clarify the plural Greek pronoun and verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":40949,"verse_id":"JHN.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Grk “thus I said to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":40950,"verse_id":"JHN.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Grk “unless you believe that I am.” In this context there is an implied predicate nominative (“he”) following the “I am” phrase. What Jesus’ hearers had to acknowledge is that he was who he claimed to be, i.e., the Messiah (cf. 20:31 ). This view is also reflected in English translations like NIV (“if you do not believe that I am the one I claim to be”), NLT (“unless you believe that I am who I say I am”), and CEV (“if you don’t have faith in me for who I am”). For a different view that takes this “I am” and the one in 8:28 as nonpredicated (i.e., absolute), see R. E. Brown, John (AB), 1:533-38. Such a view refers sees the nonpredicated “I am” as a reference to the divine Name revealed in Exod 3:14 , and is reflected in English translations like NAB (“if you do not believe that I AM, you will die in your sins”) and TEV (“you will die in your sins if you do not believe that ‘I Am Who I Am’”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":40951,"verse_id":"JHN.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Grk “Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":40952,"verse_id":"JHN.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “I have many things to pronounce in judgment about you.” The two Greek infinitives could be understood as a hendiadys, resulting in one phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":40953,"verse_id":"JHN.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “the one”; the referent (the Father) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":40954,"verse_id":"JHN.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “true” (in the sense of one who always tells the truth).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A26/3"}
{"id":40955,"verse_id":"JHN.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “and what things I have heard from him, these things I speak to the world.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A26/4"}
{"id":40956,"verse_id":"JHN.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “Then Jesus said to them” (the words “to them” are not found in all mss ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":40957,"verse_id":"JHN.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “that I am.” See the note on this phrase in v. 24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":40958,"verse_id":"JHN.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “I do nothing from myself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A28/3"}
{"id":40959,"verse_id":"JHN.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “but just as the Father taught me, these things I speak.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A28/4"}
{"id":40960,"verse_id":"JHN.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"That is, “he has not abandoned me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":40961,"verse_id":"JHN.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity and smoothness in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":40962,"verse_id":"JHN.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “to the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory (i.e., “Judeans”), the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9; also BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish people in Jerusalem who had been listening to Jesus’ teaching in the temple and had believed his claim to be the Messiah, hence, “those Judeans who had believed him.” The term “Judeans” is preferred here to the more general “people” because the debate concerns descent from Abraham (v. 33 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":40963,"verse_id":"JHN.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “If you continue in my word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":40964,"verse_id":"JHN.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.31","text":"Or “truly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A31/3"}
{"id":40965,"verse_id":"JHN.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Or “the truth will release you.” The translation “set you free” or “release you” (unlike the more traditional “make you free”) conveys more the idea that the hearers were currently in a state of slavery from which they needed to be freed. The following context supports precisely this idea. sn The statement the truth will set you free is often taken as referring to truth in the philosophical (or absolute) sense, or in the intellectual sense, or even (as the Jews apparently took it) in the political sense. In the context of John’s Gospel (particularly in light of the prologue) this must refer to truth about the person and work of Jesus. It is saving truth. As L. Morris says, “it is the truth which saves men from the darkness of sin, not that which saves them from the darkness of error (though there is a sense in which men in Christ are delivered from gross error)” ( John [NICNT], 457).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":40966,"verse_id":"JHN.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"Grk “We are the seed” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":40967,"verse_id":"JHN.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"Grk “They answered to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":40968,"verse_id":"JHN.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “How is it that you say.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A33/3"}
{"id":40969,"verse_id":"JHN.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":40970,"verse_id":"JHN.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Or “who commits.” This could simply be translated, “everyone who sins,” but the Greek is more emphatic, using the participle ποιῶν ( poiwn ) in a construction with πᾶς ( pas ), a typical Johannine construction. Here repeated, continuous action is in view. The one whose lifestyle is characterized by repeated, continuous sin is a slave to sin. That one is not free; sin has enslaved him. To break free from this bondage requires outside (divine) intervention. Although the statement is true at the general level (the person who continually practices a lifestyle of sin is enslaved to sin) the particular sin of the Jewish authorities, repeatedly emphasized in the Fourth Gospel, is the sin of unbelief. The present tense in this instance looks at the continuing refusal on the part of the Jewish leaders to acknowledge who Jesus is, in spite of mounting evidence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":40971,"verse_id":"JHN.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.34","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A34/3"}
{"id":40972,"verse_id":"JHN.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Or “household.” The Greek work οἰκία ( oikia ) can denote the family as consisting of relatives by both descent and marriage, as well as slaves and servants, living in the same house (more the concept of an “extended family”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":40973,"verse_id":"JHN.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Or “Son.” The question is whether “son” is to be understood as a direct reference to Jesus himself, or as an indirect reference (a continuation of the generic illustration begun in the previous verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":40974,"verse_id":"JHN.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “seed” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A37/1"}
{"id":40975,"verse_id":"JHN.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “you are seeking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A37/2"}
{"id":40976,"verse_id":"JHN.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.37","text":"Grk “my word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A37/3"}
{"id":40977,"verse_id":"JHN.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.37","text":"Or “finds no place in you.” The basic idea seems to be something (in this case Jesus’ teaching) making headway or progress where resistance is involved. See BDAG 1094 s.v. χωρέω 2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A37/4"}
{"id":40978,"verse_id":"JHN.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"B C L 070 pc. This problem cannot be isolated from the second in the verse, however. See that discussion below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":40979,"verse_id":"JHN.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.38","text":"Grk “The things which I have seen with the Father I speak about.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A38/2"}
{"id":40980,"verse_id":"JHN.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.38","text":"Grk “and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A38/3"}
{"id":40981,"verse_id":"JHN.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.38","text":"33 565 892 Ï al lat sy). However, these mss do not agree on the placement of the pronoun: τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν ποιεῖτε ( tou patro\" Jumwn poieite ), τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν ( tw patri Jumwn ), and τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν ταῦτα ( tw patri Jumwn tauta ) all occur. If the pronoun is read, then the devil is in view and the text should be translated as “you are practicing the things you have heard from your father.” If it is not read, then the same Father mentioned in the first part of the verse is in view. In this case, ποιεῖτε should be taken as an imperative: “you [must] practice the things you have heard from the Father.” The omission is decidedly the harder reading, both because the contrast between God and the devil is now delayed until v. 41 , and because ποιεῖτε could be read as an indicative, especially since the two clauses are joined by καί ( kai , “and”). Thus, the pronoun looks to be a motivated reading. In light of the better external and internal evidence the omission is preferred.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A38/4"}
{"id":40982,"verse_id":"JHN.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.39","text":"Grk “They answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A39/1"}
{"id":40983,"verse_id":"JHN.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.39","text":"Or “Our father is Abraham.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A39/2"}
{"id":40984,"verse_id":"JHN.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.39","text":"Grk “Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A39/3"}
{"id":40985,"verse_id":"JHN.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.39","text":"א B D L 070 pc lat).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A39/4"}
{"id":40986,"verse_id":"JHN.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.39","text":"D W Γ Θ 070 0250 1424 pm ). Or “you would do.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A39/5"}
{"id":40987,"verse_id":"JHN.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"Grk “seeking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A40/1"}
{"id":40988,"verse_id":"JHN.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.40","text":"Grk “has spoken to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A40/2"}
{"id":40989,"verse_id":"JHN.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.40","text":"The Greek word order is emphatic: “This Abraham did not do.” The emphasis is indicated in the translation by an exclamation point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A40/3"}
{"id":40990,"verse_id":"JHN.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.41","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied in English to clarify the plural Greek pronoun and verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A41/1"}
{"id":40991,"verse_id":"JHN.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.41","text":"has the conjunction in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A41/2"}
{"id":40992,"verse_id":"JHN.8.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.41","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A41/3"}
{"id":40993,"verse_id":"JHN.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.42","text":"Grk “Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A42/1"}
{"id":40994,"verse_id":"JHN.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.42","text":"Or “I came from God and have arrived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A42/2"}
{"id":40995,"verse_id":"JHN.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.42","text":"Grk “For I.” Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A42/3"}
{"id":40996,"verse_id":"JHN.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.42","text":"Grk “from myself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A42/4"}
{"id":40997,"verse_id":"JHN.8.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":42,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.42","text":"Grk “that one” (referring to God).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A42/5"}
{"id":40998,"verse_id":"JHN.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.43","text":"Grk “you cannot hear,” but this is not a reference to deafness, but rather hearing in the sense of listening to something and responding to it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A43/1"}
{"id":40999,"verse_id":"JHN.8.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.43","text":"Grk “my word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A43/2"}
{"id":41000,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.44","text":"The word “people” is supplied in the translation to clarify that the Greek pronoun and verb are plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/1"}
{"id":41001,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.44","text":"Many translations read “You are of your father the devil” (KJV, ASV, RSV, NASB) or “You belong to your father, the devil” (NIV), but the Greek preposition ἐκ ( ek ) emphasizes the idea of source or origin. Jesus said his opponents were the devil’s very offspring (a statement which would certainly infuriate them).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/2"}
{"id":41002,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “the desires of your father you want to do.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/3"}
{"id":41003,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “That one” (referring to the devil).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/4"}
{"id":41004,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “he does not stand in the truth” (in the sense of maintaining, upholding, or accepting the validity of it).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/5"}
{"id":41005,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “Whenever he speaks the lie.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/6"}
{"id":41006,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “he speaks from his own.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/7"}
{"id":41007,"verse_id":"JHN.8.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":44,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.44","text":"Grk “because he is a liar and the father of it.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A44/8"}
{"id":41008,"verse_id":"JHN.8.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.45","text":"Or “because I tell you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A45/1"}
{"id":41009,"verse_id":"JHN.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.46","text":"Or “can convict me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A46/1"}
{"id":41010,"verse_id":"JHN.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.46","text":"Or “of having sinned”; Grk “of sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A46/2"}
{"id":41011,"verse_id":"JHN.8.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.46","text":"Or “if I tell you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A46/3"}
{"id":41012,"verse_id":"JHN.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.47","text":"Grk “who is of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A47/1"}
{"id":41013,"verse_id":"JHN.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.47","text":"Grk “to God hears” (in the sense of listening to something and responding to it).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A47/2"}
{"id":41014,"verse_id":"JHN.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.47","text":"Grk “you do not hear” (in the sense of listening to something and responding to it).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A47/3"}
{"id":41015,"verse_id":"JHN.8.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":47,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.47","text":"Grk “you are not of God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A47/4"}
{"id":41016,"verse_id":"JHN.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.48","text":"Grk “the Jews.” See the note on this term in v. 31 . Here the phrase refers to the Jewish people in Jerusalem (“Judeans”; cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e) who had been listening to Jesus’ teaching in the temple courts ( 8:20 ) and had initially believed his claim to be the Messiah (cf. 8:31 ). They had become increasingly hostile as Jesus continued to teach. Now they were ready to say that Jesus was demon-possessed.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A48/1"}
{"id":41017,"verse_id":"JHN.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.48","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A48/2"}
{"id":41018,"verse_id":"JHN.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.48","text":"Grk “Do we not say rightly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A48/3"}
{"id":41019,"verse_id":"JHN.8.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":48,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.48","text":"Grk “and have a demon.” It is not clear what is meant by the charge Σαμαρίτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ( Samarith\" ei su kai daimonion ecei\" ). The meaning could be “you are a heretic and are possessed by a demon.” Note that the dual charge gets one reply ( John 8:49 ). Perhaps the phrases were interchangeable: Simon Magus ( Acts 8:14-24 ) and in later traditions Dositheus, the two Samaritans who claimed to be sons of God, were regarded as mad, that is, possessed by demons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A48/4"}
{"id":41020,"verse_id":"JHN.8.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.49","text":"Grk “I do not have a demon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A49/1"}
{"id":41021,"verse_id":"JHN.8.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.49","text":"“Yet” is supplied to show the contrastive element present in the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A49/2"}
{"id":41022,"verse_id":"JHN.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.50","text":"Grk “I am not seeking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A50/1"}
{"id":41023,"verse_id":"JHN.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.50","text":"Grk “my glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A50/2"}
{"id":41024,"verse_id":"JHN.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.50","text":"Grk “who seeks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A50/3"}
{"id":41025,"verse_id":"JHN.8.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":50,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.50","text":"Or “will be the judge.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A50/4"}
{"id":41026,"verse_id":"JHN.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A51/1"}
{"id":41027,"verse_id":"JHN.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “If anyone keeps.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A51/2"}
{"id":41028,"verse_id":"JHN.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “my word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A51/3"}
{"id":41029,"verse_id":"JHN.8.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":51,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.51","text":"Grk “he will never see death forever.” The Greek negative here is emphatic. sn Those who keep Jesus’ words will not see death because they have already passed from death to life (cf. 5:24 ). In Johannine theology eternal life begins in the present rather than in the world to come.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A51/4"}
{"id":41030,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.52","text":"has the conjunction in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/1"}
{"id":41031,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “the Jews.” See the note on this term in v. 31 . Here, as in vv. 31 and 48 , the phrase refers to the Jewish people in Jerusalem (“Judeans”; cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e) who had been listening to Jesus’ teaching in the temple courts ( 8:20 ) and had initially believed his claim to be the Messiah (cf. 8:31 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/2"}
{"id":41032,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/3"}
{"id":41033,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “you have a demon.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/4"}
{"id":41034,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.52","text":"“Yet” has been supplied to show the contrastive element present in the context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/5"}
{"id":41035,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “If anyone keeps.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/6"}
{"id":41036,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “my word.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/7"}
{"id":41037,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “will never taste.” Here the Greek verb does not mean “sample a small amount” (as a typical English reader might infer from the word “taste”), but “experience something cognitively or emotionally; come to know something” (cf. BDAG 195 s.v. γεύομαι 2).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/8"}
{"id":41038,"verse_id":"JHN.8.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":52,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"8.52","text":"Grk “he will never taste of death forever.” The Greek negative here is emphatic.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A52/9"}
{"id":41039,"verse_id":"JHN.8.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.53","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “are you?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A53/1"}
{"id":41040,"verse_id":"JHN.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.54","text":"Grk “Jesus answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A54/1"}
{"id":41041,"verse_id":"JHN.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.54","text":"Grk “is nothing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A54/2"}
{"id":41042,"verse_id":"JHN.8.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":54,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.54","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied in English to clarify the plural Greek pronoun and verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A54/3"}
{"id":41043,"verse_id":"JHN.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.55","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Yet” to indicate the contrast present in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A55/1"}
{"id":41044,"verse_id":"JHN.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.55","text":"Grk “If I say, ‘I do not know him.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A55/2"}
{"id":41045,"verse_id":"JHN.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.55","text":"Grk “I keep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A55/3"}
{"id":41046,"verse_id":"JHN.8.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":55,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.55","text":"Grk “his word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A55/4"}
{"id":41047,"verse_id":"JHN.8.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.56","text":"Or “rejoiced greatly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A56/1"}
{"id":41048,"verse_id":"JHN.8.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.56","text":"What is the meaning of Jesus’ statement that the patriarch Abraham “saw” his day and rejoiced? The use of past tenses would seem to refer to something that occurred during the patriarch’s lifetime. Genesis Rabbah 44:25ff, (cf. 59:6) states that Rabbi Akiba, in a debate with Rabbi Johanan ben Zakkai, held that Abraham had been shown not this world only but the world to come (this would include the days of the Messiah). More realistically, it is likely that Gen 22:13-15 lies behind Jesus’ words. This passage, known to rabbis as the Akedah (“Binding”), tells of Abraham finding the ram which will replace his son Isaac on the altar of sacrifice – an occasion of certain rejoicing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A56/2"}
{"id":41049,"verse_id":"JHN.8.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.57","text":"Grk “Then the Jews.” See the note on this term in v. 31 . Here, as in vv. 31, 48, and 52 , the phrase refers to the Jewish people in Jerusalem (“Judeans”; cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e) who had been listening to Jesus’ teaching in the temple courts ( 8:20 ) and had initially believed his claim to be the Messiah (cf. 8:31 ). They have now become completely hostile, as John 8:59 clearly shows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A57/1"}
{"id":41050,"verse_id":"JHN.8.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.57","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A57/2"}
{"id":41051,"verse_id":"JHN.8.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":57,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.57","text":"Grk ‘You do not yet have fifty years” (an idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A57/3"}
{"id":41052,"verse_id":"JHN.8.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":57,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.57","text":"Grk “And have.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A57/4"}
{"id":41053,"verse_id":"JHN.8.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.58","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A58/1"}
{"id":41054,"verse_id":"JHN.8.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.58","text":"Grk “before Abraham was.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A58/2"}
{"id":41055,"verse_id":"JHN.8.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.59","text":"Grk “they took up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A59/1"}
{"id":41056,"verse_id":"JHN.8.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":8,"verse":59,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.59","text":"א * B D W Θ * lat sa) lack these words, rendering the shorter text virtually certain. Grk “from the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%208%3A59/3"}
{"id":41057,"verse_id":"JHN.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “going along.” The opening words of chap. , καὶ παράγων ( kai paragwn ), convey only the vaguest indication of the circumstances. sn Since there is no break with chap. , Jesus is presumably still in Jerusalem, and presumably not still in the temple area. The events of chap. fall somewhere between the feast of Tabernacles ( John 7:2 ) and the feast of the Dedication ( John 10:22 ). But in the author’s narrative the connection exists – the incident recorded in chap. (along with the ensuing debates with the Pharisees) serves as a real-life illustration of the claim Jesus made in 8:12 , I am the light of the world. This is in fact the probable theological motivation behind the juxtaposition of these two incidents in the narrative. The second serves as an illustration of the first, and as a concrete example of the victory of light over darkness. One other thing which should be pointed out about the miracle recorded in chap. is its messianic significance. In the OT it is God himself who is associated with the giving of sight to the blind ( Exod 4:11 , Ps 146:8 ). In a number of passages in Isa (29:18, 35:5, 42:7) it is considered to be a messianic activity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":41058,"verse_id":"JHN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “asked him, saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":41059,"verse_id":"JHN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":41060,"verse_id":"JHN.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “in order that he should be born blind.” sn The disciples assumed that sin (regardless of who committed it) was the cause of the man’s blindness. This was a common belief in Judaism; the rabbis used Ezek 18:20 to prove there was no death without sin, and Ps 89:33 to prove there was no punishment without guilt (the Babylonian Talmud, b. Shabbat 55a, although later than the NT, illustrates this). Thus in this case the sin must have been on the part of the man’s parents, or during his own prenatal existence. Song Rabbah 1:41 (another later rabbinic work) stated that when a pregnant woman worshiped in a heathen temple the unborn child also committed idolatry. This is only one example of how, in rabbinic Jewish thought, an unborn child was capable of sinning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":41061,"verse_id":"JHN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":41062,"verse_id":"JHN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “but so that.” There is an ellipsis that must be supplied: “but [he was born blind] so that” or “but [it happened to him] so that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":41063,"verse_id":"JHN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “deeds”; Grk “works.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":41064,"verse_id":"JHN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “manifested,” “brought to light.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A3/4"}
{"id":41065,"verse_id":"JHN.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “in him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A3/5"}
{"id":41066,"verse_id":"JHN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “We must work the works.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":41067,"verse_id":"JHN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “of him who sent me” (God).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":41068,"verse_id":"JHN.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “while.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":41069,"verse_id":"JHN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “said these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":41070,"verse_id":"JHN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “clay” (moistened earth of a clay-like consistency). The textual variant preserved in the Syriac text of Ephraem’s commentary on the Diatessaron (“he made eyes from his clay”) probably arose from the interpretation given by Irenaeus in Against Heresies : “that which the Artificer, the Word, had omitted to form in the womb, he then supplied in public.” This involves taking the clay as an allusion to Gen 2:7 , which is very unlikely.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":41071,"verse_id":"JHN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) was replaced by a third person pronoun and a new sentence started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":41072,"verse_id":"JHN.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “on his.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":41073,"verse_id":"JHN.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The pool’s name in Hebrew is shiloah from the Hebrew verb “to send.” In Gen 49:10 the somewhat obscure shiloh was interpreted messianically by later Jewish tradition, and some have seen a lexical connection between the two names (although this is somewhat dubious). It is known, however, that it was from the pool of Siloam that the water which was poured out at the altar during the feast of Tabernacles was drawn.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":41074,"verse_id":"JHN.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “So he”; the referent (the blind man) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":41075,"verse_id":"JHN.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “formerly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":41076,"verse_id":"JHN.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"An ingressive force (“began saying”) is present here because the change in status of the blind person provokes this new response from those who knew him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":41077,"verse_id":"JHN.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “the one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":41078,"verse_id":"JHN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “Others were saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":41079,"verse_id":"JHN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “This is the one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":41080,"verse_id":"JHN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “No, but he is like him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A9/3"}
{"id":41081,"verse_id":"JHN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “That one”; the referent (the man himself) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A9/4"}
{"id":41082,"verse_id":"JHN.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “I am he.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A9/5"}
{"id":41083,"verse_id":"JHN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “So they were saying to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":41084,"verse_id":"JHN.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “How then were your eyes opened” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":41085,"verse_id":"JHN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “That one answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":41086,"verse_id":"JHN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Or “clay” (moistened earth of a clay-like consistency).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":41087,"verse_id":"JHN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “and smeared.” Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when obvious from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":41088,"verse_id":"JHN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “said to me.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A11/4"}
{"id":41089,"verse_id":"JHN.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.11","text":"Or “and I gained my sight.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A11/5"}
{"id":41090,"verse_id":"JHN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “And they said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":41091,"verse_id":"JHN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “that one.” “Man” is more normal English style for the referent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A12/2"}
{"id":41092,"verse_id":"JHN.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “He said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A12/3"}
{"id":41093,"verse_id":"JHN.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Grk “who was formerly blind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":41094,"verse_id":"JHN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Or “clay” (moistened earth of a clay-like consistency).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":41095,"verse_id":"JHN.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"Grk “and opened his eyes” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":41096,"verse_id":"JHN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Or “how he had become able to see.” sn So the Pharisees asked him. Note the subtlety here: On the surface, the man is being judged. But through him, Jesus is being judged. Yet in reality (as the discerning reader will realize) it is ironically the Pharisees themselves who are being judged by their response to Jesus who is the light of the world (cf. 3:17-21 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":41097,"verse_id":"JHN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “And he said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":41098,"verse_id":"JHN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Or “clay” (moistened earth of a clay-like consistency).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":41099,"verse_id":"JHN.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"The word “now” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to indicate the contrast between the man’s former state (blind) and his present state (able to see).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":41100,"verse_id":"JHN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"As a response to the answers of the man who used to be blind, the use of the imperfect tense in the reply of the Pharisees is best translated as an ingressive imperfect (“began to say” or “started saying”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":41101,"verse_id":"JHN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Grk “he does not keep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":41102,"verse_id":"JHN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.16","text":"Grk “do.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A16/4"}
{"id":41103,"verse_id":"JHN.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.16","text":"Or “So there was discord.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A16/5"}
{"id":41104,"verse_id":"JHN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “the blind man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":41105,"verse_id":"JHN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “since he opened your eyes” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":41106,"verse_id":"JHN.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “And he said, ‘He is a prophet.’” sn At this point the man, pressed by the Pharisees, admitted there was something special about Jesus. But here, since prophet is anarthrous (is not accompanied by the Greek article) and since in his initial reply in 9:11-12 the man showed no particular insight into the true identity of Jesus, this probably does not refer to the prophet of Deut 18:15 , but merely to an unusual person who is capable of working miracles. The Pharisees had put this man on the spot, and he felt compelled to say something about Jesus, but he still didn’t have a clear conception of who Jesus was, so he labeled him a “prophet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":41107,"verse_id":"JHN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Or “the Jewish religious authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers mainly to the Pharisees, mentioned by name in John 9:13, 15, 16 . References in this context to Pharisees and to the synagogue (v. 22 ) suggest an emphasis on the religious nature of the debate which is brought out by the translation “the Jewish religious leaders.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":41108,"verse_id":"JHN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"The Greek text contains the words “about him” at this point: “the Jewish authorities did not believe about him…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":41109,"verse_id":"JHN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “they called.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":41110,"verse_id":"JHN.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.18","text":"Or “the man who had gained his sight.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A18/4"}
{"id":41111,"verse_id":"JHN.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “and they asked them, saying”; the referent (the parents) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":41112,"verse_id":"JHN.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"The Greek pronoun and verb are both plural (both parents are addressed).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":41113,"verse_id":"JHN.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “So his parents answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":41114,"verse_id":"JHN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “who opened his eyes” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":41115,"verse_id":"JHN.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Or “he is of age.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":41116,"verse_id":"JHN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “the Jewish religious authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Twice in this verse the phrase refers to the Pharisees, mentioned by name in John 9:13, 15, 16 . The second occurrence is shortened to “the Jewish leaders” for stylistic reasons. See the note on the phrase “the Jewish religious leaders” in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":41117,"verse_id":"JHN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Grk “confessed him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":41118,"verse_id":"JHN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":41119,"verse_id":"JHN.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “would be expelled from.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A22/4"}
{"id":41120,"verse_id":"JHN.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Or “he is of age.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":41121,"verse_id":"JHN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Grk “they called.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":41122,"verse_id":"JHN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Grk “who was blind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":41123,"verse_id":"JHN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"Grk “Give glory to God” (an idiomatic formula used in placing someone under oath to tell the truth).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":41124,"verse_id":"JHN.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.24","text":"The phrase “this man” is a reference to Jesus.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A24/4"}
{"id":41125,"verse_id":"JHN.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Grk “Then that one answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":41126,"verse_id":"JHN.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Grk “open your eyes” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":41127,"verse_id":"JHN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “He answered them.” The indirect object αὐτοῖς ( autois ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":41128,"verse_id":"JHN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “you did not hear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":41129,"verse_id":"JHN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"“It” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when they were clearly implied in the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":41130,"verse_id":"JHN.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.27","text":"The word “people” is supplied in the translation to clarify the plural Greek pronoun and verb.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A27/4"}
{"id":41131,"verse_id":"JHN.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “And they.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":41132,"verse_id":"JHN.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"The Greek word means “to insult strongly” or “slander.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":41133,"verse_id":"JHN.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “and said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A28/3"}
{"id":41134,"verse_id":"JHN.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “You are that one’s disciple.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A28/4"}
{"id":41135,"verse_id":"JHN.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Grk “where this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":41136,"verse_id":"JHN.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “The man answered and said to them.” This has been simplified in the translation to “The man replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A30/1"}
{"id":41137,"verse_id":"JHN.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “For in this is a remarkable thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A30/2"}
{"id":41138,"verse_id":"JHN.9.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.30","text":"Grk “and he opened my eyes” (an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A30/3"}
{"id":41139,"verse_id":"JHN.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “God does not hear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":41140,"verse_id":"JHN.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “godly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":41141,"verse_id":"JHN.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":41142,"verse_id":"JHN.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “hears.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A31/4"}
{"id":41143,"verse_id":"JHN.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A31/5"}
{"id":41144,"verse_id":"JHN.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Or “Never from the beginning of time,” Grk “From eternity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":41145,"verse_id":"JHN.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “someone opening the eyes of a man born blind” (“opening the eyes” is an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":41146,"verse_id":"JHN.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":41147,"verse_id":"JHN.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"Grk “They answered and said to him.” This has been simplified in the translation to “They replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":41148,"verse_id":"JHN.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":"Or “From birth you have been evil.” The implication of this insult, in the context of , is that the man whom Jesus caused to see had not previously adhered rigorously to all the conventional requirements of the OT law as interpreted by the Pharisees. Thus he had no right to instruct them about who Jesus was.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":41149,"verse_id":"JHN.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.34","text":"Grk “and are you teaching us?”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A34/3"}
{"id":41150,"verse_id":"JHN.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Grk “found him”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":41151,"verse_id":"JHN.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.35","text":") have ἀνθρώπου . Not only is the external evidence decidedly on the side of ἀνθρώπου , but it is difficult to see such early and diverse witnesses changing θεοῦ to ἀνθρώπου . The wording “Son of Man” is thus virtually certain.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A35/2"}
{"id":41152,"verse_id":"JHN.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.36","text":"Grk “That one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A36/1"}
{"id":41153,"verse_id":"JHN.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.36","text":"Grk answered and said.” This has been simplified in the translation to “replied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A36/2"}
{"id":41154,"verse_id":"JHN.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.36","text":"Or “And who is he, sir? Tell me so that…” Some translations supply elliptical words like “Tell me” (NIV, NRSV) following the man’s initial question, but the shorter form given in the translation is clear enough.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A36/3"}
{"id":41155,"verse_id":"JHN.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Grk “that one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":41156,"verse_id":"JHN.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.37","text":"The καί – καί ( kai – kai ) construction would normally be translated “both – and”: “You have both seen him, and he is the one speaking with you.” In this instance the English semicolon was used instead because it produces a smoother and more emphatic effect in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A37/2"}
{"id":41157,"verse_id":"JHN.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.39","text":"Grk “And Jesus.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A39/1"}
{"id":41158,"verse_id":"JHN.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.39","text":"here, since it is the only currently available papyrus ms extant for the text of John 9:38-39 . Further, א is an important and early Alexandrian witness for the omission. The versional testimony and codex W also give strong support to the omission. Nearly all other mss , however, include these words. The omission may have been occasioned by parablepsis (both vv. 37 and 39 begin with “Jesus said to him”), though it is difficult to account for such an error across such a wide variety of witnesses. On the other hand, the longer reading appears to be motivated by liturgical concerns (so R. E. Brown, John [AB], 1:375), since the verb προσκυνέω ( proskunew , “I worship”) is used in John 4:20-25 of worshiping God, and again with the same sense in 12:20 . If these words were authentic here, this would be the only place in John’s Gospel where Jesus is the explicit object of προσκυνέω . Even if these words are not authentic, such an omission would nevertheless hardly diminish John’s high Christology (cf. 1:1; 5:18-23; 14:6-10; 20:28 ), nor the implicit worship of him by Thomas ( 20:28 ). Nevertheless, a decision is difficult, and the included words may reflect a very early tradition about the blind man’s response to Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A39/2"}
{"id":41159,"verse_id":"JHN.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.39","text":"Or “that those who do not see may see.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A39/3"}
{"id":41160,"verse_id":"JHN.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “heard these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A40/2"}
{"id":41161,"verse_id":"JHN.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “and said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A40/3"}
{"id":41162,"verse_id":"JHN.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.40","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “are we?”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A40/4"}
{"id":41163,"verse_id":"JHN.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":41164,"verse_id":"JHN.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “you would not have sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A41/2"}
{"id":41165,"verse_id":"JHN.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “now because you say, ‘We see…’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A41/3"}
{"id":41166,"verse_id":"JHN.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.41","text":"Or “your sin.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%209%3A41/4"}
{"id":41167,"verse_id":"JHN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":41168,"verse_id":"JHN.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “entrance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":41169,"verse_id":"JHN.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Or “porter” (British English). sn There have been many attempts to identify who the doorkeeper represents, none of which are convincing. More likely there are some details in this parable that are included for the sake of the story, necessary as parts of the overall picture but without symbolic significance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":41170,"verse_id":"JHN.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"The words “the door” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":41171,"verse_id":"JHN.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “For this one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":41172,"verse_id":"JHN.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A3/4"}
{"id":41173,"verse_id":"JHN.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"The word “sheep” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":41174,"verse_id":"JHN.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “because they know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":41175,"verse_id":"JHN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Or “someone whom they do not know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":41176,"verse_id":"JHN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":41177,"verse_id":"JHN.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Or “the voice of someone they do not know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":41178,"verse_id":"JHN.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.6","text":"Grk “these.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A6/2"}
{"id":41179,"verse_id":"JHN.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “comprehend.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A6/3"}
{"id":41180,"verse_id":"JHN.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":41181,"verse_id":"JHN.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Or “I am the sheep’s door.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":41182,"verse_id":"JHN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “are” (present tense).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":41183,"verse_id":"JHN.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Or “the sheep did not hear them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":41184,"verse_id":"JHN.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Since the Greek phrase εἰσέρχομαι καὶ ἐξέρχομαι ( eisercomai kai exercomai , “come in and go out”) is in some places an idiom for living or conducting oneself in relationship to some community (“to live with, to live among” [cf. Acts 1:21 ; see also Num 27:17 ; 2 Chr 1:10 ]), it may well be that Jesus’ words here look forward to the new covenant community of believers. Another significant NT text is Luke 9:4 , where both these verbs occur in the context of the safety and security provided by a given household for the disciples. See also BDAG 294 s.v. εἰσέρχομαι 1.b. β .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":41185,"verse_id":"JHN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"That is, “to slaughter” (in reference to animals).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":41186,"verse_id":"JHN.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"That is, more than one would normally expect or anticipate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":41187,"verse_id":"JHN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “model” (see R. E. Brown, John [AB], 1:386, who argues that “model” is a more exact translation of καλός [ kalos ] here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":41188,"verse_id":"JHN.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “The good shepherd dies willingly.” sn Jesus speaks openly of his vicarious death twice in this section ( John 10:11, 15 ). Note the contrast: The thief takes the life of the sheep ( 10:10 ), the good shepherd lays down his own life for the sheep. Jesus is not speaking generally here, but specifically: He has his own substitutionary death on the cross in view. For a literal shepherd with a literal flock, the shepherd’s death would have spelled disaster for the sheep; in this instance it spells life for them (Compare the worthless shepherd of Zech 11:17 , by contrast).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":41189,"verse_id":"JHN.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Grk “leaves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":41190,"verse_id":"JHN.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “flees.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":41191,"verse_id":"JHN.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “seizes.” The more traditional rendering, “snatches,” has the idea of seizing something by force and carrying it off, which is certainly possible here. However, in the sequence in John 10:12 , this action precedes the scattering of the flock of sheep, so “attacks” is preferable.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A12/4"}
{"id":41192,"verse_id":"JHN.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “does not have a care for the sheep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":41193,"verse_id":"JHN.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"B D L [W] Θ 1 33 1241 al co). Most likely it was added by a later scribe to improve the readability of vv. 12-13 , which is one long sentence in Greek. It has been included in the translation for the same stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":41194,"verse_id":"JHN.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Grk “And I.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":41195,"verse_id":"JHN.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.14","text":"The direct object is frequently omitted in Greek and must be supplied from the context. Here it could be “sheep,” but Jesus was ultimately talking about “people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A14/2"}
{"id":41196,"verse_id":"JHN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “I die willingly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":41197,"verse_id":"JHN.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “on behalf of” or “for the sake of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":41198,"verse_id":"JHN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “And I have.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":41199,"verse_id":"JHN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.16","text":"Or “that do not belong to”; Grk “that are not of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A16/2"}
{"id":41200,"verse_id":"JHN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “they will hear my voice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A16/4"}
{"id":41201,"verse_id":"JHN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “voice, and.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A16/5"}
{"id":41202,"verse_id":"JHN.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.16","text":"The word “and” is not in the Greek text, but must be supplied to conform to English style. In Greek it is an instance of asyndeton (omission of a connective), usually somewhat emphatic.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A16/6"}
{"id":41203,"verse_id":"JHN.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Grk “Because of this the Father loves me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":41204,"verse_id":"JHN.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Or “die willingly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":41205,"verse_id":"JHN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “give it up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":41206,"verse_id":"JHN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “of my own accord.” “Of my own free will” is given by BDAG 321 s.v. ἐμαυτοῦ c.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":41207,"verse_id":"JHN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “I have the right.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":41208,"verse_id":"JHN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “I have the right.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A18/4"}
{"id":41209,"verse_id":"JHN.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.18","text":"Or “order.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A18/5"}
{"id":41210,"verse_id":"JHN.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Or perhaps “the Jewish religious leaders”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase could be taken to refer to the Jewish religious leaders, since the Pharisees were the last to be mentioned specifically by name, in John 9:40 . However, in light of the charge about demon possession, which echoes 8:48 , it is more likely that Jewish people in general (perhaps in Jerusalem, if that is understood to be the setting of the incident) are in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":41211,"verse_id":"JHN.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Or “is insane.” To translate simply “he is mad” (so KJV, ASV, RSV; “raving mad” NIV) could give the impression that Jesus was angry, while the actual charge was madness or insanity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":41212,"verse_id":"JHN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Or “the sayings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":41213,"verse_id":"JHN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “open the eyes of the blind” (“opening the eyes” is an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":41214,"verse_id":"JHN.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.21","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “can it?”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A21/3"}
{"id":41215,"verse_id":"JHN.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"That is, Hanukkah or the ‘Festival of Lights.’ The Greek name for the feast, τὰ ἐγκαίνια ( ta enkainia ), literally means “renewal” and was used to translate Hanukkah which means “dedication.” The Greek noun, with its related verbs, was the standard term used in the LXX for the consecration of the altar of the Tabernacle ( Num 7:10-11 ), the altar of the temple of Solomon ( 1 Kgs 8:63 ; 2 Chr 7:5 ), and the altar of the second temple ( Ezra 6:16 ). The word is thus connected with the consecration of all the houses of God in the history of the nation of Israel. sn The feast of the Dedication (also known as Hanukkah) was a feast celebrating annually the Maccabean victories of 165-164 b.c. – when Judas Maccabeus drove out the Syrians, rebuilt the altar, and rededicated the temple on 25 Kislev (1 Macc 4:41-61). From a historical standpoint, it was the last great deliverance the Jewish people had experienced, and it came at a time when least expected. Josephus ends his account of the institution of the festival with the following statement: “And from that time to the present we observe this festival, which we call the festival of Lights, giving this name to it, I think, from the fact that the right to worship appeared to us at a time when we hardly dared hope for it” ( Ant. 12.7.6 [12.325]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":41216,"verse_id":"JHN.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":41217,"verse_id":"JHN.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":41218,"verse_id":"JHN.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.23","text":"Or “portico,” “colonnade”; Grk “stoa.” sn Solomon ’ s Portico was a covered walkway formed by rows of columns supporting a roof and open on the inner side facing the center of the temple complex.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A23/3"}
{"id":41219,"verse_id":"JHN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders. The question they ask Jesus (“Are you the Christ?”) is the same one they sent and asked of John the Baptist in the desert (see John 1:19-34 ). See also the note on the phrase “the Jewish people” in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":41220,"verse_id":"JHN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.24","text":"Grk “said to him.” This has been translated as “asked” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A24/2"}
{"id":41221,"verse_id":"JHN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.24","text":"Grk “How long will you take away our life?” (an idiom which meant to keep one from coming to a conclusion about something). The use of the phrase τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις ( thn yuchn Jhmwn airei\" ) meaning “to keep in suspense” is not well attested, although it certainly fits the context here. In modern Greek the phrase means “to annoy, bother.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A24/3"}
{"id":41222,"verse_id":"JHN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A24/4"}
{"id":41223,"verse_id":"JHN.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.24","text":"Or “publicly.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A24/5"}
{"id":41224,"verse_id":"JHN.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":41225,"verse_id":"JHN.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Or “the works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":41226,"verse_id":"JHN.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “And I give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":41227,"verse_id":"JHN.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"Or “will never die” or “will never be lost.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":41228,"verse_id":"JHN.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.28","text":"Or “no one will seize.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A28/3"}
{"id":41229,"verse_id":"JHN.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Or “is superior to all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":41230,"verse_id":"JHN.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Or “no one can seize.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":41231,"verse_id":"JHN.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “I and the Father.” The order has been reversed to reflect English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":41232,"verse_id":"JHN.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.30","text":"The phrase ἕν ἐσμεν ( {en esmen ) is a significant assertion with trinitarian implications. ἕν is neuter, not masculine, so the assertion is not that Jesus and the Father are one person, but one “thing.” Identity of the two persons is not what is asserted, but essential unity (unity of essence).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A30/2"}
{"id":41233,"verse_id":"JHN.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders. See the notes on the phrases “Jewish people” in v. 19 and “Jewish leaders” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":41234,"verse_id":"JHN.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Grk “Jesus answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":41235,"verse_id":"JHN.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.32","text":"Or “good works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A32/2"}
{"id":41236,"verse_id":"JHN.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here again the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders. See the notes on the phrase “Jewish people” in v. 19 and “Jewish leaders” in vv. 24, 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":41237,"verse_id":"JHN.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.33","text":"Grk “answered him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A33/2"}
{"id":41238,"verse_id":"JHN.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.33","text":"Or “good work.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A33/3"}
{"id":41239,"verse_id":"JHN.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.33","text":"Grk “and because.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A33/5"}
{"id":41240,"verse_id":"JHN.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.33","text":"Grk “you, a man, make yourself to be God.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A33/6"}
{"id":41241,"verse_id":"JHN.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Grk “answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":41242,"verse_id":"JHN.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.36","text":"Or “dedicated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A36/1"}
{"id":41243,"verse_id":"JHN.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.37","text":"Or “do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A37/1"}
{"id":41244,"verse_id":"JHN.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.37","text":"Or “works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A37/2"}
{"id":41245,"verse_id":"JHN.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"Or “works.” sn Jesus says that in the final analysis, the deeds he did should indicate whether he was truly from the Father. If the authorities could not believe in him, it would be better to believe in the deeds he did than not to believe at all.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":41246,"verse_id":"JHN.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.38","text":"Or “so that you may learn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A38/2"}
{"id":41247,"verse_id":"JHN.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"and D may have committed haplography, leaving later scribes in the chain to guess at the conjunction needed. In sum, the best reading appears to be ἐζήτουν οὖν .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":41248,"verse_id":"JHN.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “they were seeking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A39/2"}
{"id":41249,"verse_id":"JHN.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “he departed out of their hand.” sn It is not clear whether the authorities simply sought to “arrest” him, or were renewing their attempt to stone him (cf. John 10:31 ) by seizing him and taking him out to be stoned. In either event, Jesus escaped their clutches . Nor is it clear whether Jesus’ escape is to be understood as a miracle. If so, the text gives little indication and even less description. What is clear is that until his “hour” comes, Jesus is completely safe from the hands of men: His enemies are powerless to touch him until they are permitted to do so.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A39/3"}
{"id":41250,"verse_id":"JHN.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.40","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A40/1"}
{"id":41251,"verse_id":"JHN.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.40","text":"The word “River” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A40/2"}
{"id":41252,"verse_id":"JHN.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.40","text":"Grk “formerly.” sn This refers to the city of Bethany across the Jordan River (see John 1:28 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A40/4"}
{"id":41253,"verse_id":"JHN.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “And many.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":41254,"verse_id":"JHN.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “did.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A41/3"}
{"id":41255,"verse_id":"JHN.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.41","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A41/4"}
{"id":41256,"verse_id":"JHN.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.42","text":"Grk “in him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2010%3A42/1"}
{"id":41257,"verse_id":"JHN.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “from Bethany, the village of Mary and her sister Martha.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":41258,"verse_id":"JHN.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “perfume,” “ointment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":41259,"verse_id":"JHN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The phrase “a message” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":41260,"verse_id":"JHN.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Grk “to him, saying”; the referent (Jesus) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":41261,"verse_id":"JHN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “This sickness is not to death.” sn Jesus plainly stated the purpose of Lazarus’ sickness in the plan of God: The end of the matter would not be death , but the glorification of the Son. Johannine double-meanings abound here: Even though death would not be the end of the matter, Lazarus is going to die; and ultimately his death and resurrection would lead to the death and resurrection of the Son of God ( 11:45-53 ). Furthermore, the glorification of the Son is not praise that comes to him for the miracle, but his death, resurrection, and return to the Father which the miracle precipitates (note the response of the Jewish authorities in 11:47-53 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":41262,"verse_id":"JHN.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “to God’s praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":41263,"verse_id":"JHN.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “that he”; the referent (Lazarus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":41264,"verse_id":"JHN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “The disciples said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":41265,"verse_id":"JHN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders. See the previous references and the notes on the phrase “Jewish people” in v. 19 , and “Jewish religious leaders” in vv. 24, 31, 33 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":41266,"verse_id":"JHN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “seeking.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":41267,"verse_id":"JHN.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “And are.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A8/4"}
{"id":41268,"verse_id":"JHN.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Grk “Jesus answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":41269,"verse_id":"JHN.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Or “he does not trip.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":41270,"verse_id":"JHN.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Grk “in the night.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":41271,"verse_id":"JHN.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “he trips.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":41272,"verse_id":"JHN.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “He said these things, and after this he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":41273,"verse_id":"JHN.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for death when speaking of believers. This metaphorical usage by its very nature emphasizes the hope of resurrection: Believers will one day “wake up” out of death. Here the term refers to death, but “asleep” was used in the translation to emphasize the metaphorical, rhetorical usage of the term, especially in light of the disciples’ confusion over what Jesus actually meant (see v. 13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":41274,"verse_id":"JHN.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Grk “Then the disciples said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":41275,"verse_id":"JHN.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Or “speaking about.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":41276,"verse_id":"JHN.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Grk “these.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":41277,"verse_id":"JHN.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.13","text":"Grk “the sleep of slumber”; this is a redundant expression to emphasize physical sleep as opposed to death. sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A13/3"}
{"id":41278,"verse_id":"JHN.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Grk “and I rejoice.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":41279,"verse_id":"JHN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “Then when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":41280,"verse_id":"JHN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “came.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":41281,"verse_id":"JHN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Lazarus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":41282,"verse_id":"JHN.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “he had already had four days in the tomb” (an idiom). sn There is no description of the journey itself. The author simply states that when Jesus arrived, he found that Lazarus had been in the tomb four days already . He had died some time before this but probably not very long (cf. Ananias and Sapphira in Acts 5:6,10 who were buried immediately after they died, as was the common practice of the time). There is some later evidence (early 3rd century) of a rabbinic belief that the soul hovered near the body of the deceased for three days, hoping to be able to return to the body. But on the fourth day it saw the beginning of decomposition and finally departed ( Leviticus Rabbah 18.1). If this belief is as old as the 1st century, it might suggest the significance of the four days: After this time, resurrection would be a first-order miracle, an unequivocal demonstration of the power of God. It is not certain if the tradition is this early, but it is suggestive. Certainly the author does not appear to attach any symbolic significance to the four days in the narrative.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":41283,"verse_id":"JHN.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “three kilometers”; Grk “fifteen stades” (a stade as a unit of linear measure is about 607 feet or 187 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":41284,"verse_id":"JHN.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":41285,"verse_id":"JHN.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “many of the Judeans” (cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e); Grk “many of the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the residents of Jerusalem and the surrounding area in general (those who had been friends or relatives of Lazarus or his sisters would mainly be in view) since the Jewish religious authorities (“the chief priests and the Pharisees”) are specifically mentioned as a separate group in John 11:46-47 . See also the note on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":41286,"verse_id":"JHN.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “to comfort them” or “to offer them sympathy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":41287,"verse_id":"JHN.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “to comfort them concerning their brother”; the words “loss of” are not in the Greek text but are implied. sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":41288,"verse_id":"JHN.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Grk “Then Martha.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":41289,"verse_id":"JHN.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Or “give.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":41290,"verse_id":"JHN.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Grk “Jesus said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":41291,"verse_id":"JHN.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"Or “Your brother will rise again.” sn Jesus’ remark to Martha that Lazarus would come back to life again is another example of the misunderstood statement. Martha apparently took it as a customary statement of consolation and joined Jesus in professing belief in the general resurrection of the body at the end of the age. However, as Jesus went on to point out in 11:25-26 , Martha’s general understanding of the resurrection at the last day was inadequate for the present situation, for the gift of life that conquers death was a present reality to Jesus. This is consistent with the author’s perspective on eternal life in the Fourth Gospel: It is not only a future reality, but something to be experienced in the present as well. It is also consistent with the so-called “realized eschatology” of the Fourth Gospel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":41292,"verse_id":"JHN.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Grk “Martha said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":41293,"verse_id":"JHN.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.24","text":"Or “will rise again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A24/2"}
{"id":41294,"verse_id":"JHN.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"That is, will come to life.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":41295,"verse_id":"JHN.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “will never die forever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":41296,"verse_id":"JHN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “She said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":41297,"verse_id":"JHN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"The perfect tense in Greek is often used to emphasize the results or present state of a past action. Such is the case here. To emphasize this nuance the perfect tense verb πεπίστευκα ( pepisteuka ) has been translated as a present tense. This is in keeping with the present context, where Jesus asks of her present state of belief in v. 26 , and the theology of the Gospel as a whole, which emphasizes the continuing effects and present reality of faith. For discussion on this use of the perfect tense, see ExSyn 574-76 and B. M. Fanning, Verbal Aspect , 291-97.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":41298,"verse_id":"JHN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A27/3"}
{"id":41299,"verse_id":"JHN.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.27","text":"Or “the Son of God, the one who comes into the world.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A27/4"}
{"id":41300,"verse_id":"JHN.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “she”; the referent (Martha) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":41301,"verse_id":"JHN.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Or “in secret” (as opposed to publicly, so that the other mourners did not hear).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":41302,"verse_id":"JHN.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “is calling you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A28/3"}
{"id":41303,"verse_id":"JHN.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"Grk “she”; the referent (Mary) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":41304,"verse_id":"JHN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"Or “the Judeans”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the friends, acquaintances, and relatives of Lazarus or his sisters who had come to mourn, since the Jewish religious authorities are specifically mentioned as a separate group in John 11:46-47 . See also the notes on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 8 and “the Jewish people of the region” in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":41305,"verse_id":"JHN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.31","text":"Grk “her”; the referent (Mary) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A31/2"}
{"id":41306,"verse_id":"JHN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.31","text":"Grk “Mary”; the proper name (Mary) has been replaced with the pronoun (her) in keeping with conventional English style, to avoid repetition.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A31/3"}
{"id":41307,"verse_id":"JHN.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.31","text":"Or “to mourn” (referring to the loud wailing or crying typical of public mourning in that culture).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A31/4"}
{"id":41308,"verse_id":"JHN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Or “the Judeans”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the friends, acquaintances, and relatives of Lazarus or his sisters who had come to mourn, since the Jewish religious authorities are specifically mentioned as a separate group in John 11:46-47 . See also the notes on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 8 , “the Jewish people of the region” in v. 19 , and the word “people” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":41309,"verse_id":"JHN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Or (perhaps) “he was deeply indignant.” The verb ἐνεβριμήσατο ( enebrimhsato ), which is repeated in John 11:38 , indicates a strong display of emotion, somewhat difficult to translate – “shuddered, moved with the deepest emotions.” In the LXX, the verb and its cognates are used to describe a display of indignation ( Dan 11:30 , for example – see also Mark 14:5 ). Jesus displayed this reaction to the afflicted in Mark 1:43 , Matt 9:30 . Was he angry at the afflicted? No, but he was angry because he found himself face-to-face with the manifestations of Satan’s kingdom of evil. Here, the realm of Satan was represented by death.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":41310,"verse_id":"JHN.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.33","text":"Or “greatly troubled.” The verb ταράσσω ( tarassw ) also occurs in similar contexts to those of ἐνεβριμήσατο ( enebrimhsato ). John uses it in 14:1 and 27 to describe the reaction of the disciples to the imminent death of Jesus, and in 13:21 the verb describes how Jesus reacted to the thought of being betrayed by Judas, into whose heart Satan had entered.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A33/3"}
{"id":41311,"verse_id":"JHN.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"Grk “And he said.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":41312,"verse_id":"JHN.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"Or “Where have you placed him?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":41313,"verse_id":"JHN.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.34","text":"Grk “They said to him.” The indirect object αὐτῷ ( autw ) has not been translated here for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A34/3"}
{"id":41314,"verse_id":"JHN.11.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.36","text":"Or “the Judeans”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the friends, acquaintances, and relatives of Lazarus or his sisters who had come to mourn, since the Jewish religious authorities are specifically mentioned as a separate group in John 11:46-47 . See also the notes on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 8 and “the Jewish people of the region” in v. 19 , as well as the notes on the word “people” in vv. 31, 33 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A36/1"}
{"id":41315,"verse_id":"JHN.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Grk “who opened the eyes of the blind man” (“opening the eyes” is an idiom referring to restoration of sight).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":41316,"verse_id":"JHN.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.37","text":"Grk “this one”; the second half of 11:37 reads Grk “Could not this one who opened the eyes of the blind have done something to keep this one from dying?” In the Greek text the repetition of “this one” in 11:37 b referring to two different persons (first Jesus, second Lazarus) could confuse a modern reader. Thus the first reference, to Jesus, has been translated as “he” to refer back to the beginning of v. 37 , where the reference to “the man who caused the blind man to see” is clearly a reference to Jesus. The second reference, to Lazarus, has been specified (“Lazarus”) in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A37/2"}
{"id":41317,"verse_id":"JHN.11.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.38","text":"Or (perhaps) “Jesus was deeply indignant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A38/1"}
{"id":41318,"verse_id":"JHN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.39","text":"Or “Remove the stone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A39/1"}
{"id":41319,"verse_id":"JHN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Grk “the sister of the one who had died.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":41320,"verse_id":"JHN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.39","text":"Grk “already he stinks.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A39/3"}
{"id":41321,"verse_id":"JHN.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.39","text":"Or “been there” (in the tomb – see John 11:17 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A39/4"}
{"id":41322,"verse_id":"JHN.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.40","text":"Grk “Jesus said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A40/1"}
{"id":41323,"verse_id":"JHN.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.41","text":"Or “they removed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A41/1"}
{"id":41324,"verse_id":"JHN.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.41","text":"Grk “lifted up his eyes above.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A41/2"}
{"id":41325,"verse_id":"JHN.11.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.41","text":"Or “that you have heard me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A41/3"}
{"id":41326,"verse_id":"JHN.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.42","text":"Grk “that you always hear me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A42/1"}
{"id":41327,"verse_id":"JHN.11.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.42","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A42/2"}
{"id":41328,"verse_id":"JHN.11.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.43","text":"Grk “And when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A43/1"}
{"id":41329,"verse_id":"JHN.11.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.44","text":"Grk “and his face tied around with cloth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A44/2"}
{"id":41330,"verse_id":"JHN.11.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.44","text":"Grk “Loose him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A44/3"}
{"id":41331,"verse_id":"JHN.11.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.45","text":"Or “the Judeans”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the friends, acquaintances, and relatives of Lazarus or his sisters who had come to mourn, since the Jewish religious authorities are specifically mentioned as a separate group in John 11:46-47 . See also the notes on the phrase “the Jewish leaders” in v. 8 and “the Jewish people of the region” in v. 19 , as well as the notes on the word “people” in vv. 31, 33 and the phrase “people who had come to mourn” in v. 36 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A45/1"}
{"id":41332,"verse_id":"JHN.11.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.45","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A45/2"}
{"id":41333,"verse_id":"JHN.11.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.46","text":"Grk “told them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A46/2"}
{"id":41334,"verse_id":"JHN.11.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.47","text":"The phrase “chief priests and Pharisees” is a comprehensive name for the groups represented in the ruling council (the Sanhedrin) as in John 7:45; 18:3 ; Acts 5:22, 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A47/1"}
{"id":41335,"verse_id":"JHN.11.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.47","text":"Or “Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews). The συνέδριον ( sunedrion ) which they gathered was probably an informal meeting rather than the official Sanhedrin. This is the only occurrence of the word συνέδριον in the Gospel of John, and the only anarthrous singular use in the NT. There are other plural anarthrous uses which have the general meaning “councils.” The fact that Caiaphas in 11:49 is referred to as “one of them” supports the unofficial nature of the meeting; in the official Sanhedrin he, being high priest that year, would have presided over the assembly. Thus it appears that an informal council was called to discuss what to do about Jesus and his activities.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A47/2"}
{"id":41336,"verse_id":"JHN.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.48","text":"Grk “If we let him do thus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A48/1"}
{"id":41337,"verse_id":"JHN.11.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.48","text":"Or “holy place”; Grk “our place” (a reference to the temple in Jerusalem).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A48/2"}
{"id":41338,"verse_id":"JHN.11.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.49","text":"Grk “said to them.” The indirect object αὐτοῖς ( autois ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A49/1"}
{"id":41339,"verse_id":"JHN.11.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.50","text":"Or “you are not considering.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A50/1"}
{"id":41340,"verse_id":"JHN.11.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.50","text":"Although it is possible to argue that ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) should be translated “person” here since it is not necessarily masculinity that is in view in Caiaphas’ statement, “man” was retained in the translation because in 11:47 “this man” ( οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος , outo\" Jo anqrwpo\" ) has as its referent a specific individual, Jesus, and it was felt this connection should be maintained.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A50/2"}
{"id":41341,"verse_id":"JHN.11.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.51","text":"Grk “say this from himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A51/1"}
{"id":41342,"verse_id":"JHN.11.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.51","text":"The word “Jewish” is not in the Greek text, but is clearly implied by the context (so also NIV; TEV “the Jewish people”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A51/2"}
{"id":41343,"verse_id":"JHN.11.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.52","text":"See the note on the word “nation” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A52/1"}
{"id":41344,"verse_id":"JHN.11.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.52","text":"Grk “that he might gather together.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A52/3"}
{"id":41345,"verse_id":"JHN.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.54","text":"Grk “walked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A54/1"}
{"id":41346,"verse_id":"JHN.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.54","text":"Or “openly.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A54/2"}
{"id":41347,"verse_id":"JHN.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.54","text":"Grk “among the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the residents of Judea in general, who would be likely to report Jesus to the religious authorities. The vicinity around Jerusalem was no longer safe for Jesus and his disciples. On the translation “Judeans” cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e. See also the references in vv. 8, 19, 31, 33, 36, and 45 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A54/3"}
{"id":41348,"verse_id":"JHN.11.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":54,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.54","text":"There is no certain identification of the location to which Jesus withdrew in response to the decision of the Jewish authorities. Many have suggested the present town of Et-Taiyibeh, identified with ancient Ophrah ( Josh 18:23 ) or Ephron ( Josh 15:9 ). If so, this would be 12-15 mi (19-24 km) northeast of Jerusalem.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A54/4"}
{"id":41349,"verse_id":"JHN.11.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.55","text":"Grk “the Passover of the Jews.” This is the final Passover of Jesus’ ministry. The author is now on the eve of the week of the Passion. Some time prior to the feast itself, Jerusalem would be crowded with pilgrims from the surrounding districts ( ἐκ τῆς χώρας , ek th\" cwra\" ) who had come to purify themselves ceremonially before the feast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A55/1"}
{"id":41350,"verse_id":"JHN.11.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.55","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A55/2"}
{"id":41351,"verse_id":"JHN.11.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.55","text":"Or “to purify themselves” (to undergo or carry out ceremonial cleansing before participating in the Passover celebration).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A55/3"}
{"id":41352,"verse_id":"JHN.11.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.56","text":"Grk “they were seeking Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A56/1"}
{"id":41353,"verse_id":"JHN.11.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":56,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.56","text":"Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A56/2"}
{"id":41354,"verse_id":"JHN.11.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":57,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.57","text":"The phrase “chief priests and Pharisees” is a comprehensive name for the groups represented in the ruling council (the Sanhedrin) as in John 7:45; 18:3 ; Acts 5:22, 26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A57/1"}
{"id":41355,"verse_id":"JHN.11.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":57,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.57","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A57/2"}
{"id":41356,"verse_id":"JHN.11.57","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":11,"verse":57,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.57","text":"Or “could seize.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2011%3A57/3"}
{"id":41357,"verse_id":"JHN.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “whom Jesus,” but a repetition of the proper name (Jesus) here would be redundant in the English clause structure, so the pronoun (“he”) is substituted in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":41358,"verse_id":"JHN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity and to conform with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":41359,"verse_id":"JHN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “And Martha.” The connective καί ( kai , “and”) has been omitted in the translation because it would produce a run-on sentence in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":41360,"verse_id":"JHN.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “reclining at the table.” sn 1st century middle eastern meals were not eaten while sitting at a table, but while reclining on one’s side on the floor with the head closest to the low table and the feet farthest away.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A2/3"}
{"id":41361,"verse_id":"JHN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Or “half a liter”; Grk “a pound” (that is, a Roman pound, about 325 grams or 12 ounces).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":41362,"verse_id":"JHN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Μύρον ( muron ) was usually made of myrrh (from which the English word is derived) but here it is used in the sense of ointment or perfumed oil (L&N 6.205). The adjective πιστικῆς ( pistikh\" ) is difficult with regard to its exact meaning; some have taken it to derive from πίστις ( pistis ) and relate to the purity of the oil of nard. More probably it is something like a brand name, “pistic nard,” the exact significance of which has not been discovered. sn Nard or spikenard is a fragrant oil from the root and spike of the nard plant of northern India. This aromatic oil , if made of something like nard, would have been extremely expensive, costing up to a year’s pay for an average laborer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":41363,"verse_id":"JHN.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.3","text":"Grk “And she.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A3/3"}
{"id":41364,"verse_id":"JHN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Grk “three hundred denarii.” The denarius was a silver coin worth a standard day’s wage, so the value exceeded what a laborer could earn in a year (taking into account Sabbaths and feast days when no work was done).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":41365,"verse_id":"JHN.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"The words “the money” are not in the Greek text, but are implied (as the proceeds from the sale of the perfumed oil).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":41366,"verse_id":"JHN.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":41367,"verse_id":"JHN.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “a thief, and having the money box.” Dividing the single Greek sentence improves the English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":41368,"verse_id":"JHN.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “Leave her alone, that for the day of my burial she may keep it.” The construction with ἵνα ( Jina ) is somewhat ambiguous. The simplest way to read it would be, “Leave her alone, that she may keep it for the day of my burial.” This would imply that Mary was going to use the perfumed oil on that day, while vv. 3 and 5 seem to indicate clearly that she had already used it up. Some understand the statement as elliptical: “Leave her alone; (she did this) in order to keep it for the day of my burial.” Another alternative would be an imperatival use of ἵνα with the meaning: “Leave her alone; let her keep it.” The reading of the Byzantine text, which omits the ἵνα and substitutes a perfect tense τετήρηκεν ( tethrhken ), while not likely to be original, probably comes close to the meaning of the text, and that has been followed in this translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":41369,"verse_id":"JHN.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"), or vv. 7-8 ({0250}). The latter two omissions are surely due to errors of sight, while the former can be attributed to D’s sometimes erratic behavior. The verse is secure in light of the overwhelming evidence on its behalf. In the Greek text of this clause, “me” is in emphatic position (the first word in the clause). To convey some impression of the emphasis, an exclamation point is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":41370,"verse_id":"JHN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “of the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory (“Judeans”; cf. BDAG 479 s.v. ᾿Ιουδαῖος 2.e), the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the residents of Jerusalem and the surrounding area who by this time had heard about the resurrection of Lazarus and were curious to see him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":41371,"verse_id":"JHN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “knew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":41372,"verse_id":"JHN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “he”; normal English clause structure specifies the referent first and substitutes the pronoun in subsequent references to the same individual, so the referent (Jesus) has been specified here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":41373,"verse_id":"JHN.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “Jesus”; normal English clause structure specifies the referent first and substitutes the pronoun in subsequent references to the same individual, so the pronoun (“him”) has been substituted here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A9/4"}
{"id":41374,"verse_id":"JHN.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the residents of Jerusalem who had heard about the resurrection of Lazarus and as a result were embracing Jesus as Messiah. See also the note on the phrase “Judeans” in v. 9 . map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":41375,"verse_id":"JHN.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":41376,"verse_id":"JHN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Grk “And they were shouting.” An ingressive force for the imperfect tense (“they began to shout” or “they started shouting”) is natural in this sequence of events. The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) is left untranslated to improve the English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":41377,"verse_id":"JHN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.13","text":"The expression ῾Ωσαννά ( Jwsanna , literally in Hebrew, “O Lord, save”) in the quotation from Ps 118:25-26 was probably by this time a familiar liturgical expression of praise, on the order of “Hail to the king,” although both the underlying Aramaic and Hebrew expressions meant “O Lord, save us.” As in Mark 11:9 the introductory ὡσαννά is followed by the words of Ps 118:25 , εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου ( euloghmeno\" Jo ercomeno\" en onomati kuriou ), although in the Fourth Gospel the author adds for good measure καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ ( kai Jo basileu\" tou Israhl ). In words familiar to every Jew, the author is indicating that at this point every messianic expectation is now at the point of realization. It is clear from the words of the psalm shouted by the crowd that Jesus is being proclaimed as messianic king. See E. Lohse, TDNT 9:682-84. sn Hosanna is an Aramaic expression that literally means, “help, I pray,” or “save, I pray.” By Jesus’ time it had become a strictly liturgical formula of praise, however, and was used as an exclamation of praise to God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A13/3"}
{"id":41378,"verse_id":"JHN.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.13","text":"Grk “Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord, even the King of Israel.” The words “Blessed is” are not repeated in the Greek text, but are repeated in the translation to avoid the awkwardness in English of the ascensive καί ( kai ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A13/5"}
{"id":41379,"verse_id":"JHN.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “Do not be afraid, daughter of Zion” (the phrase “daughter of Zion” is an idiom for the inhabitants of Jerusalem: “people of Zion”). The idiom “daughter of Zion” has been translated as “people of Zion” because the original idiom, while firmly embedded in the Christian tradition, is not understandable to most modern English readers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":41380,"verse_id":"JHN.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Or “did not understand these things at first”; Grk “formerly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":41381,"verse_id":"JHN.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “and that they had done these things,” though the referent is probably indefinite and not referring to the disciples; as such, the best rendering is as a passive (see ExSyn 402-3; R. E. Brown, John [AB], 1:458).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":41382,"verse_id":"JHN.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"The word “it” is not included in the Greek text. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":41383,"verse_id":"JHN.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":41384,"verse_id":"JHN.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Grk “and were asking him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":41385,"verse_id":"JHN.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Grk “Andrew and Philip”; because a repetition of the proper names would be redundant in contemporary English style, the phrase “they both” has been substituted in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":41386,"verse_id":"JHN.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “Jesus answered them, saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":41387,"verse_id":"JHN.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “the hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A23/2"}
{"id":41388,"verse_id":"JHN.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":41389,"verse_id":"JHN.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “it remains only a single kernel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":41390,"verse_id":"JHN.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “bears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A24/3"}
{"id":41391,"verse_id":"JHN.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.24","text":"Grk “much fruit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A24/4"}
{"id":41392,"verse_id":"JHN.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":41393,"verse_id":"JHN.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “loses.” Although the traditional English translation of ἀπολλύει ( apolluei ) in John 12:25 is “loses,” the contrast with φυλάξει ( fulaxei , “keeps” or “guards”) in the second half of the verse favors the meaning “destroy” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A25/2"}
{"id":41394,"verse_id":"JHN.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.25","text":"Or “keeps.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A25/3"}
{"id":41395,"verse_id":"JHN.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"As a third person imperative in Greek, ἀκολουθείτω ( akolouqeitw ) is usually translated “let him follow me.” This could be understood by the modern English reader as merely permissive, however (“he may follow me if he wishes”). In this context there is no permissive sense, but rather a command, so the translation “he must follow me” is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":41396,"verse_id":"JHN.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.26","text":"Grk “where I am, there my servant will be too.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A26/2"}
{"id":41397,"verse_id":"JHN.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.27","text":"Or “save me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A27/1"}
{"id":41398,"verse_id":"JHN.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.27","text":"Or “this occasion.” sn Father, deliver me from this hour. It is now clear that Jesus’ hour has come – the hour of his return to the Father through crucifixion, death, resurrection, and ascension (see 12:23 ). This will be reiterated in 13:1 and 17:1 . Jesus states (employing words similar to those of Ps 6:4 ) that his soul is troubled. What shall his response to his imminent death be? A prayer to the Father to deliver him from that hour? No, because it is on account of this very hour that Jesus has come. His sacrificial death has always remained the primary purpose of his mission into the world. Now, faced with the completion of that mission, shall he ask the Father to spare him from it? The expected answer is no.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A27/2"}
{"id":41399,"verse_id":"JHN.12.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.27","text":"Or “this occasion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A27/3"}
{"id":41400,"verse_id":"JHN.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.28","text":"Or “from the sky” (see note on 1:32 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A28/1"}
{"id":41401,"verse_id":"JHN.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.28","text":"“It” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A28/2"}
{"id":41402,"verse_id":"JHN.12.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.28","text":"“It” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A28/3"}
{"id":41403,"verse_id":"JHN.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.29","text":"“The voice” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A29/1"}
{"id":41404,"verse_id":"JHN.12.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.29","text":"Grk “Others said, “An angel has spoken to him.” The direct discourse in the second half of v. 29 was converted to indirect discourse in the translation to maintain the parallelism with the first half of the verse, which is better in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A29/2"}
{"id":41405,"verse_id":"JHN.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.30","text":"Grk “Jesus answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A30/1"}
{"id":41406,"verse_id":"JHN.12.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.30","text":"Or “for my sake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A30/2"}
{"id":41407,"verse_id":"JHN.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.31","text":"Or “will be thrown out.” This translation regards the future passive ἐκβληθήσεται ( ekblhqhsetai ) as referring to an event future to the time of speaking. sn The phrase driven out must refer to Satan’s loss of authority over this world. This must be in principle rather than in immediate fact, since 1 John 5:19 states that the whole world (still) lies in the power of the evil one (a reference to Satan). In an absolute sense the reference is proleptic. The coming of Jesus’ hour (his crucifixion, death, resurrection, and exaltation to the Father) marks the end of Satan’s domain and brings about his defeat, even though that defeat has not been ultimately worked out in history yet and awaits the consummation of the age.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A31/2"}
{"id":41408,"verse_id":"JHN.12.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.32","text":"Grk “all.” The word “people” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for stylistic reasons and for clarity (cf. KJV “all men”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A32/1"}
{"id":41409,"verse_id":"JHN.12.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.34","text":"Grk “Then the crowd answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A34/1"}
{"id":41410,"verse_id":"JHN.12.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.34","text":"Or “the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A34/2"}
{"id":41411,"verse_id":"JHN.12.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.34","text":"Probably an allusion to Ps 89:35-37 . It is difficult to pinpoint the passage in the Mosaic law to which the crowd refers. The ones most often suggested are Ps 89:36-37 , Ps 110:4 , Isa 9:7 , Ezek 37:25 , and Dan 7:14 . None of these passages are in the Pentateuch per se , but “law” could in common usage refer to the entire OT (compare Jesus’ use in John 10:34 ). Of the passages mentioned, Ps 89:36-37 is the most likely candidate. This verse speaks of David’s “seed” remaining forever. Later in the same psalm, v. 51 speaks of the “anointed” (Messiah), and the psalm was interpreted messianically in both the NT ( Acts 13:22 , Rev 1:5, 3:14 ) and in the rabbinic literature ( Genesis Rabbah 97).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A34/3"}
{"id":41412,"verse_id":"JHN.12.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.34","text":"Grk “And how”; the conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has been left untranslated here for improved English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A34/4"}
{"id":41413,"verse_id":"JHN.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.35","text":"Grk “Then Jesus said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A35/1"}
{"id":41414,"verse_id":"JHN.12.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.35","text":"Grk “Yet a little while the light is with you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A35/2"}
{"id":41415,"verse_id":"JHN.12.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.36","text":"The idiom “sons of light” means essentially “people characterized by light,” that is, “people of God.” sn The expression sons of light refers to men and women to whom the truth of God has been revealed and who are therefore living according to that truth, thus, “people of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A36/1"}
{"id":41416,"verse_id":"JHN.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.37","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A37/1"}
{"id":41417,"verse_id":"JHN.12.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.37","text":"Or “done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A37/2"}
{"id":41418,"verse_id":"JHN.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.38","text":"Or “message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A38/1"}
{"id":41419,"verse_id":"JHN.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.38","text":"Grk “who said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A38/2"}
{"id":41420,"verse_id":"JHN.12.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.38","text":"“The arm of the Lord” is an idiom for “God’s great power” (as exemplified through Jesus’ miraculous signs). This response of unbelief is interpreted by the author as a fulfillment of the prophetic words of Isaiah ( Isa 53:1 ). The phrase ὁ βραχίων κυρίου ( Jo braciwn kuriou ) is a figurative reference to God’s activity and power which has been revealed in the sign-miracles which Jesus has performed (compare the previous verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A38/3"}
{"id":41421,"verse_id":"JHN.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.40","text":"Or “closed their mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A40/1"}
{"id":41422,"verse_id":"JHN.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.40","text":"Or “their mind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A40/2"}
{"id":41423,"verse_id":"JHN.12.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.40","text":"One could also translate στραφῶσιν ( strafwsin ) as “repent” or “change their ways,” but both of these terms would be subject to misinterpretation by the modern English reader. The idea is one of turning back to God, however. The words “to me” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A40/3"}
{"id":41424,"verse_id":"JHN.12.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.41","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Christ) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The referent supplied here is “Christ” rather than “Jesus” because it involves what Isaiah saw. It is clear that the author presents Isaiah as having seen the preincarnate glory of Christ, which was the very revelation of the Father (see John 1:18 ; John 14:9 ). sn Because he saw Christ ’ s glory. The glory which Isaiah saw in Isa 6:3 was the glory of Yahweh (typically rendered as “Lord” in the OT). Here John speaks of the prophet seeing the glory of Christ since in the next clause and spoke about him , “him” can hardly refer to Yahweh, but must refer to Christ. On the basis of statements like 1:14 in the prologue, the author probably put no great distinction between the two. Since the author presents Jesus as fully God (cf. John 1:1 ), it presents no problem to him to take words originally spoken by Isaiah of Yahweh himself and apply them to Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A41/1"}
{"id":41425,"verse_id":"JHN.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.42","text":"The words “Jesus to be the Christ” are not in the Greek text, but are implied (see 9:22 ). As is often the case in Greek, the direct object is omitted for the verb ὡμολόγουν ( Jwmologoun ). Some translators supply an ambiguous “it,” or derive the implied direct object from the previous clause “believed in him” so that the rulers would not confess “their faith” or “their belief.” However, when one compares John 9:22 , which has many verbal parallels to this verse, it seems clear that the content of the confession would have been “Jesus is the Christ (i.e., Messiah).” sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A42/3"}
{"id":41426,"verse_id":"JHN.12.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.42","text":"Or “be expelled from.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A42/4"}
{"id":41427,"verse_id":"JHN.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.43","text":"Grk “the glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A43/1"}
{"id":41428,"verse_id":"JHN.12.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.43","text":"Grk “the glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A43/2"}
{"id":41429,"verse_id":"JHN.12.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.44","text":"Grk “shouted out and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A44/1"}
{"id":41430,"verse_id":"JHN.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.47","text":"Grk “And if anyone”; the conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has been left untranslated here for improved English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A47/1"}
{"id":41431,"verse_id":"JHN.12.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.47","text":"Or “guard them,” “keep them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A47/2"}
{"id":41432,"verse_id":"JHN.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.48","text":"Or “does not receive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A48/1"}
{"id":41433,"verse_id":"JHN.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.48","text":"Grk “has one who judges him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A48/2"}
{"id":41434,"verse_id":"JHN.12.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":48,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.48","text":"Or “message.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A48/3"}
{"id":41435,"verse_id":"JHN.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.49","text":"Grk “I have not spoken from myself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A49/1"}
{"id":41436,"verse_id":"JHN.12.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":49,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.49","text":"Grk “has given me commandment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A49/2"}
{"id":41437,"verse_id":"JHN.12.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.50","text":"Or “his commandment results in eternal life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A50/1"}
{"id":41438,"verse_id":"JHN.12.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":12,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.50","text":"Grk “The things I speak, just as the Father has spoken to me, thus I speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2012%3A50/2"}
{"id":41439,"verse_id":"JHN.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “his hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":41440,"verse_id":"JHN.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “that he should depart.” The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause in Koine Greek frequently encroached on the simple infinitive (for the sake of greater clarity).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":41441,"verse_id":"JHN.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"Or “he now loved them completely,” or “he now loved them to the uttermost” (see John 19:30 ). All of John 13:1 is a single sentence in Greek, although in English this would be unacceptably awkward. At the end of the verse the idiom εἰς τέλος ( eis telos ) was translated literally as “to the end” and the modern equivalents given in the note above, because there is an important lexical link between this passage and John 19:30 , τετέλεσται ( tetelestai , “It is ended”). sn The full extent of Jesus’ love for his disciples is not merely seen in his humble service to them in washing their feet (the most common interpretation of the passage). The full extent of his love for them is demonstrated in his sacrificial death for them on the cross. The footwashing episode which follows then becomes a prophetic act, or acting out beforehand, of his upcoming death on their behalf. The message for the disciples was that they were to love one another not just in humble, self-effacing service, but were to be willing to die for one another. At least one of them got this message eventually, though none understood it at the time (see 1 John 3:16 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":41442,"verse_id":"JHN.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Or “Supper.” To avoid possible confusion because of different regional English usage regarding the distinction between “dinner” and “supper” as an evening meal, the translation simply refers to “the evening meal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":41443,"verse_id":"JHN.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Or “that he should hand over.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":41444,"verse_id":"JHN.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “betray him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A2/4"}
{"id":41445,"verse_id":"JHN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “Because he knew”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":41446,"verse_id":"JHN.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “had given all things into his hands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":41447,"verse_id":"JHN.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Grk “and removed”; the conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has been left untranslated here for improved English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":41448,"verse_id":"JHN.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"The plural τὰ ἱμάτια ( ta Jimatia ) is probably a reference to more than one garment (cf. John 19:23-24 ). If so, this would indicate that Jesus stripped to a loincloth, like a slave. The translation “outer clothes” is used to indicate that Jesus was not completely naked, since complete nudity would have been extremely offensive to Jewish sensibilities in this historical context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":41449,"verse_id":"JHN.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.4","text":"Grk “taking a towel he girded himself.” Jesus would have wrapped the towel ( λέντιον , lention ) around his waist ( διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν , diezwsen Jeauton ) for use in wiping the disciples’ feet. The term λέντιον is a Latin loanword ( linteum ) which is also found in the rabbinic literature (see BDAG 592 s.v.). It would have been a long piece of linen cloth, long enough for Jesus to have wrapped it about his waist and still used the free end to wipe the disciples’ feet.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A4/3"}
{"id":41450,"verse_id":"JHN.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “with the towel with which he was girded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":41451,"verse_id":"JHN.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Peter) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":41452,"verse_id":"JHN.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “do you wash” or “are you washing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":41453,"verse_id":"JHN.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":41454,"verse_id":"JHN.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “You do not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":41455,"verse_id":"JHN.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “you will know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":41456,"verse_id":"JHN.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Grk “You will never wash my feet forever.” The negation is emphatic in Greek but somewhat awkward in English. Emphasis is conveyed in the translation by the use of an exclamation point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":41457,"verse_id":"JHN.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"Grk “Jesus answered him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":41458,"verse_id":"JHN.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"Or “you have no part in me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":41459,"verse_id":"JHN.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"The word “wash” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Here it is supplied to improve the English style by making Peter’s utterance a complete sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":41460,"verse_id":"JHN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Grk “Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":41461,"verse_id":"JHN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"Grk “has no need except to wash his feet.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":41462,"verse_id":"JHN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “entirely.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":41463,"verse_id":"JHN.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.10","text":"The word “disciples” is supplied in English to clarify the plural Greek pronoun and verb. Peter is not the only one Jesus is addressing here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A10/5"}
{"id":41464,"verse_id":"JHN.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":41465,"verse_id":"JHN.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “Not all of you are.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":41466,"verse_id":"JHN.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":41467,"verse_id":"JHN.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “he reclined at the table.” The phrase reflects the normal 1st century Near Eastern practice of eating a meal in a semi-reclining position.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":41468,"verse_id":"JHN.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “Do you know.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":41469,"verse_id":"JHN.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “rightly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":41470,"verse_id":"JHN.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"Grk “and I am these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":41471,"verse_id":"JHN.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":41472,"verse_id":"JHN.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":41473,"verse_id":"JHN.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “nor is the apostle” (“apostle” means “one who is sent” in Greek).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A16/3"}
{"id":41474,"verse_id":"JHN.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “If you know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":41475,"verse_id":"JHN.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “But so that the scripture may be fulfilled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":41476,"verse_id":"JHN.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Or “The one who shares my food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":41477,"verse_id":"JHN.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"Or “has become my enemy”; Grk “has lifted up his heel against me.” The phrase “to lift up one’s heel against someone” reads literally in the Hebrew of “has made his heel great against me.” There have been numerous interpretations of this phrase, but most likely it is an idiom meaning “has given me a great fall,” “has taken cruel advantage of me,” or “has walked out on me.” Whatever the exact meaning of the idiom, it clearly speaks of betrayal by a close associate. See E. F. F. Bishop, “‘He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me’ – Jn xiii.18 (Ps xli.9),” ExpTim 70 (1958-59): 331-33. sn A quotation from Ps 41:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":41478,"verse_id":"JHN.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Or (perhaps) “I am certainly telling you this.” According to BDF §12.3 ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ( ap ’ arti ) should be read as ἀπαρτί ( aparti ), meaning “exactly, certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":41479,"verse_id":"JHN.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “so that you may believe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":41480,"verse_id":"JHN.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “that I am.” R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 2:555) argues for a nonpredicated ἐγώ εἰμι ( egw eimi ) here, but this is far from certain.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A19/3"}
{"id":41481,"verse_id":"JHN.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":41482,"verse_id":"JHN.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Or “receives,” and so throughout this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":41483,"verse_id":"JHN.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"Or “greatly troubled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":41484,"verse_id":"JHN.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"Grk “and testified and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":41485,"verse_id":"JHN.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.21","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A21/3"}
{"id":41486,"verse_id":"JHN.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.21","text":"Or “will hand me over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A21/4"}
{"id":41487,"verse_id":"JHN.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “uncertain,” “at a loss.” Here two terms, “worried and perplexed,” were used to convey the single idea of the Greek verb ἀπορέω ( aporew ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":41488,"verse_id":"JHN.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “was reclining.” This reflects the normal 1st century practice of eating a meal in a semi-reclining position.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":41489,"verse_id":"JHN.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “was reclining in the bosom (or “lap”) of Jesus” (according to both L&N 17.25 and BDAG 65 s.v. ἀνάκειμαι 2 an idiom for taking the place of honor at a meal, but note the similar expression in John 1:18 ). Whether this position or the position to the left of Jesus should be regarded as the position of second highest honor (next to the host, in this case Jesus, who was in the position of highest honor) is debated. F. Prat, “Les places d’honneur chez les Juifs contemporains du Christ” ( RSR 15 [1925]: 512-22), who argued that the table arrangement was that of the Roman triclinium (a U-shaped table with Jesus and two other disciples at the bottom of the U), considered the position to the left of Jesus to be the one of second highest honor. Thus the present translation renders this “a position of honor” without specifying which one (since both of the two disciples to the right and to the left of Jesus would be in positions of honor). Other translations differ as to how they handle the phrase ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ( en tw kolpw tou Ihsou ; “leaning on Jesus’ bosom,” KJV; “lying close to the breast of Jesus,” RSV; “reclining on Jesus’ breast,” NASB; “reclining next to him,” NIV, NRSV) but the symbolic significance of the beloved disciple’s position seems clear. He is close to Jesus and in an honored position. The phrase as an idiom for a place of honor at a feast is attested in the Epistles of Pliny (the Younger) 4.22.4, an approximate contemporary of Paul. sn Note that the same expression translated in a place of honor here ( Grk “in the bosom of”) is used to indicate Jesus’ relationship with the Father in 1:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A23/3"}
{"id":41490,"verse_id":"JHN.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “to this one”; the referent (the beloved disciple) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A24/2"}
{"id":41491,"verse_id":"JHN.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A24/3"}
{"id":41492,"verse_id":"JHN.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the disciple Jesus loved) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":41493,"verse_id":"JHN.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “Jesus answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":41494,"verse_id":"JHN.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “after I have dipped it.” The words “in the dish” are not in the Greek text, but the presence of a bowl or dish is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A26/3"}
{"id":41495,"verse_id":"JHN.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.26","text":"The words “in the dish” are not in the Greek text, but the presence of a bowl or dish is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A26/4"}
{"id":41496,"verse_id":"JHN.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":41497,"verse_id":"JHN.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"Grk “into that one”; the pronoun “he” is more natural English style here. sn This is the only time in the Fourth Gospel that Satan is mentioned by name. Luke 22:3 uses the same terminology of Satan “entering into” Judas but indicates it happened before the last supper at the time Judas made his deal with the authorities. This is not necessarily irreconcilable with John’s account, however, because John 13:2 makes it clear that Judas had already come under satanic influence prior to the meal itself. The statement here is probably meant to indicate that Judas at this point came under the influence of Satan even more completely and finally. It marks the end of a process which, as Luke indicates, had begun earlier.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":41498,"verse_id":"JHN.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.27","text":"Grk “Then Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A27/3"}
{"id":41499,"verse_id":"JHN.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “reclining at the table.” The phrase reclining at the table reflects the normal practice in 1st century Near Eastern culture of eating a meal in a semi-reclining position.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":41500,"verse_id":"JHN.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"Or “knew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":41501,"verse_id":"JHN.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A28/3"}
{"id":41502,"verse_id":"JHN.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “to him”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A28/4"}
{"id":41503,"verse_id":"JHN.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Grk “telling him, ‘Buy whatever we need for the feast.’” The first clause is direct discourse and the second clause indirect discourse. For smoothness of English style, the first clause has been converted to indirect discourse to parallel the second (the meaning is left unchanged).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":41504,"verse_id":"JHN.13.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.30","text":"Grk “That one”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A30/1"}
{"id":41505,"verse_id":"JHN.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “Then when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":41506,"verse_id":"JHN.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Judas) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A31/2"}
{"id":41507,"verse_id":"JHN.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"rightly places the words in brackets, indicating doubt as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":41508,"verse_id":"JHN.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.32","text":"Or “immediately.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A32/2"}
{"id":41509,"verse_id":"JHN.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Or “You will seek me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":41510,"verse_id":"JHN.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the residents of Jerusalem in general, or to the Jewish religious leaders in particular, who had sent servants to attempt to arrest Jesus on that occasion ( John 7:33-35 ). The last option is the one adopted in the translation above.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":41511,"verse_id":"JHN.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.33","text":"The words “the same” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A33/4"}
{"id":41512,"verse_id":"JHN.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause gives the content of the commandment. This is indicated by a dash in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":41513,"verse_id":"JHN.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.35","text":"Grk “All people,” although many modern translations have rendered πάντες ( pantes ) as “all men” (ASV, RSV, NASB, NIV). While the gender of the pronoun is masculine, it is collective and includes people of both genders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A35/1"}
{"id":41514,"verse_id":"JHN.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.36","text":"Grk “Jesus answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A36/1"}
{"id":41515,"verse_id":"JHN.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.37","text":"Or “I will die willingly for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A37/1"}
{"id":41516,"verse_id":"JHN.13.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.38","text":"Or “Will you die willingly for me?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A38/1"}
{"id":41517,"verse_id":"JHN.13.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":13,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.38","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2013%3A38/2"}
{"id":41518,"verse_id":"JHN.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “Believe in God.” The translation of the two uses of πιστεύετε ( pisteuete ) is difficult. Both may be either indicative or imperative, and as L. Morris points out ( John [NICNT], 637), this results in a bewildering variety of possibilities. To complicate matters further, the first may be understood as a question: “Do you believe in God? Believe also in me.” Morris argues against the KJV translation which renders the first πιστεύετε as indicative and the second as imperative on the grounds that for the writer of the Fourth Gospel, faith in Jesus is inseparable from faith in God. But this is precisely the point that Jesus is addressing in context. He is about to undergo rejection by his own people as their Messiah. The disciples’ faith in him as Messiah and Lord would be cast into extreme doubt by these events, which the author makes clear were not at this time foreseen by the disciples. After the resurrection it is this identification between Jesus and the Father which needs to be reaffirmed (cf. John 20:24-29 ). Thus it seems best to take the first πιστεύετε as indicative and the second as imperative, producing the translation “You believe in God; believe also in me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":41519,"verse_id":"JHN.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Many interpreters have associated μοναί ( monai ) with an Aramaic word that can refer to a stopping place or resting place for a traveler on a journey. This is similar to one of the meanings the word can have in secular Greek (Pausanius 10.31.7). Origen understood the use here to refer to stations on the road to God. This may well have been the understanding of the Latin translators who translated μονή ( monh ) by mansio , a stopping place. The English translation “mansions” can be traced back to Tyndale, but in Middle English the word simply meant “a dwelling place” (not necessarily large or imposing) with no connotation of being temporary. The interpretation put forward by Origen would have been well suited to Gnosticism, where the soul in its ascent passes through stages during which it is gradually purified of all that is material and therefore evil. It is much more likely that the word μονή should be related to its cognate verb μένω ( menw ), which is frequently used in the Fourth Gospel to refer to the permanence of relationship between Jesus and the Father and/or Jesus and the believer. Thus the idea of a permanent dwelling place, rather than a temporary stopping place, would be in view. Luther’s translation of μοναί by Wohnungen is very accurate here, as it has the connotation of a permanent residence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":41520,"verse_id":"JHN.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.2","text":", which aligns with the Byzantine, needs to be given some value. At the same time, the scribe of this papyrus was known for freely omitting and adding words, and the fact that the ms was corrected discounts its testimony here. But because the shorter reading is out of character for the Byzantine text, the shorter reading (omitting the ὅτι ) may well be authentic. Internally, the question comes down to whether the shorter reading is more difficult or not. And here, it loses the battle, for it seems to be a clarifying omission (so TCGNT 206). R. E. Brown is certainly right when he states: “all in all, the translation without ὅτι makes the best sense” ( John [AB], 2:620). But this tacitly argues for the authenticity of the word. Thus, on both external and internal grounds, the ὅτι should be regarded as authentic. If the ὅτι ( Joti ) is included (see tc above), there are no less than four possible translations for this sentence: The sentence could be either a question or a statement, and in addition the ὅτι could either indicate content or be causal. How does one determine the best translation? (1) A question here should probably be ruled out because it would imply a previous statement by Jesus that either there are many dwelling places in his Father’s house (if the ὅτι is causal) or he was going off to make a place ready for them (if the ὅτι indicates content). There is no indication anywhere in the Fourth Gospel that Jesus had made such statements prior to this time. So understanding the sentence as a statement is the best option. (2) A statement with ὅτι indicating content is understandable but contradictory. If there were no dwelling places, Jesus would have told them that he was going off to make dwelling places. But the following verse makes clear that Jesus’ departure is not hypothetical but real – he is really going away. So understanding the ὅτι with a causal nuance is the best option. (3) A statement with a causal ὅτι can be understood two ways: (a) “Otherwise I would have told you” is a parenthetical statement, and the ὅτι clause goes with the preceding “There are many dwelling places in my Father’s house.” This would be fairly awkward syntactically, however; it would be much more natural for the ὅτι clause to modify what directly preceded it. (b) “Otherwise I would have told you” is explained by Jesus’ statement that he is going to make ready a place. He makes a logical, necessary connection between his future departure and the reality of the dwelling places in his Father’s house. To sum up, all the possibilities for understanding the verse with the inclusion of ὅτι present some interpretive difficulties, but last option given seems best: “Otherwise, I would have told you, because I am going to make ready a place.” Of all the options it provides the best logical flow of thought in the passage without making any apparent contradictions in the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A2/3"}
{"id":41521,"verse_id":"JHN.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “to prepare.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A2/4"}
{"id":41522,"verse_id":"JHN.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “If not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?” What is the meaning of the last clause with or without the ὅτι ? One of the questions that must be answered here is whether or not τόπος ( topos ) is to be equated with μονή ( monh ). In Rev 12:8 τόπος is used to refer to a place in heaven, which would suggest that the two are essentially equal here. Jesus is going ahead of believers to prepare a place for them, a permanent dwelling place in the Father’s house (see the note on this phrase in v. 2 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A2/5"}
{"id":41523,"verse_id":"JHN.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Or “prepare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":41524,"verse_id":"JHN.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.3","text":"Or “bring you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A3/2"}
{"id":41525,"verse_id":"JHN.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “to myself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":41526,"verse_id":"JHN.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":41527,"verse_id":"JHN.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":41528,"verse_id":"JHN.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Or “I am the way, even the truth and the life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":41529,"verse_id":"JHN.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":". As well, the fact that the readings with a second-class condition utilize two different verbs with ἄν in different positions suggests that these readings are secondary. However, it could be argued that the second-class conditions are harder readings in that they speak negatively of the apostles (so K. Aland in TCGNT 207); in this case, the ἐγνώκειτε … ἐγνώκειτε ἄν reading should be given preference. Although a decision is difficult, the first-class condition is to be slightly preferred. In this case Jesus promises the disciples that, assuming they have known him, they will know the Father. Contextually this fits better with the following phrase (v. 7 b) which asserts that “from the present time you know him and have seen him” (cf. John 1:18 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":41530,"verse_id":"JHN.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":41531,"verse_id":"JHN.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “and that is enough for us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":41532,"verse_id":"JHN.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":41533,"verse_id":"JHN.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Or “recognized.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":41534,"verse_id":"JHN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"The mutual interrelationship of the Father and the Son ( ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν , egw en tw patri kai Jo pathr en emoi estin ) is something that Jesus expected even his opponents to recognize (cf. John 10:38 ). The question Jesus asks of Philip ( οὐ πιστεύεις , ou pisteuei\" ) expects the answer “yes.” Note that the following statement is addressed to all the disciples, however, because the plural pronoun ( ὑμῖν , Jumin ) is used. Jesus says that his teaching (the words he spoke to them all) did not originate from himself, but the Father, who permanently remains ( μένων , menwn ) in relationship with Jesus, performs his works. One would have expected “speaks his words” here rather than “performs his works”; many of the church fathers (e.g., Augustine and Chrysostom) identified the two by saying that Jesus’ words were works. But there is an implicit contrast in the next verse between words and works, and v. 12 seems to demand that the works are real works, not just words. It is probably best to see the two terms as related but not identical; there is a progression in the idea here. Both Jesus’ words (recall the Samaritans’ response in John 4:42 ) and Jesus’ works are revelatory of who he is, but as the next verse indicates, works have greater confirmatory power than words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":41535,"verse_id":"JHN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “I do not speak from myself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":41536,"verse_id":"JHN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “does.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":41537,"verse_id":"JHN.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.10","text":"Or “his mighty acts”; Grk “his works.” sn Miraculous deeds is most likely a reference to the miraculous signs Jesus had performed, which he viewed as a manifestation of the mighty acts of God. Those he performed in the presence of the disciples served as a basis for faith (although a secondary basis to their personal relationship to him; see the following verse).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A10/4"}
{"id":41538,"verse_id":"JHN.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The phrase “but if you do not believe me” contains an ellipsis; the Greek text reads Grk “but if not.” The ellipsis has been filled out (“but if [you do] not [believe me]…”) for the benefit of the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":41539,"verse_id":"JHN.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “because of the works.” sn In the context of a proof or basis for belief, Jesus is referring to the miraculous deeds (signs) he has performed in the presence of the disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":41540,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":41541,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Or “will do.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":41542,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “the works.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":41543,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.12","text":"Or “that I do.” sn See the note on miraculous deeds in v. 11 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/4"}
{"id":41544,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.12","text":"Or “will do.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/5"}
{"id":41545,"verse_id":"JHN.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “greater works.” sn What are the greater deeds that Jesus speaks of, and how is this related to his going to the Father? It is clear from both John 7:39 and 16:7 that the Holy Spirit will not come until Jesus has departed. After Pentecost and the coming of the Spirit to indwell believers in a permanent relationship, believers would be empowered to perform even greater deeds than those Jesus did during his earthly ministry. When the early chapters of Acts are examined, it is clear that, from a numerical standpoint, the deeds of Peter and the other Apostles surpassed those of Jesus in a single day (the day of Pentecost). On that day more were added to the church than had become followers of Jesus during the entire three years of his earthly ministry. And the message went forth not just in Judea, Samaria, and Galilee, but to the farthest parts of the known world. This understanding of what Jesus meant by “greater deeds” is more probable than a reference to “more spectacular miracles.” Certainly miraculous deeds were performed by the apostles as recounted in Acts, but these do not appear to have surpassed the works of Jesus himself in either degree or number.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A12/6"}
{"id":41546,"verse_id":"JHN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Grk “And whatever you ask in my name, I will do it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":41547,"verse_id":"JHN.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “may be praised” or “may be honored.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":41548,"verse_id":"JHN.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Or “will keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":41549,"verse_id":"JHN.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to reflect the implied sequence in the discourse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":41550,"verse_id":"JHN.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"Or “Helper” or “Counselor”; Grk “Paraclete,” from the Greek word παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). Finding an appropriate English translation for παράκλητος is a very difficult task. No single English word has exactly the same range of meaning as the Greek word. “Comforter,” used by some of the older English versions, appears to be as old as Wycliffe. But today it suggests a quilt or a sympathetic mourner at a funeral. “Counselor” is adequate, but too broad, in contexts like “marriage counselor” or “camp counselor.” “Helper” or “Assistant” could also be used, but could suggest a subordinate rank. “Advocate,” the word chosen for this translation, has more forensic overtones than the Greek word does, although in John 16:5-11 a forensic context is certainly present. Because an “advocate” is someone who “advocates” or supports a position or viewpoint and since this is what the Paraclete will do for the preaching of the disciples, it was selected in spite of the drawbacks.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":41551,"verse_id":"JHN.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Or “cannot receive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":41552,"verse_id":"JHN.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Or “he remains.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":41553,"verse_id":"JHN.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"and D were corrected from the present tense to the future. If ἐστιν were the original reading, one would expect a few manuscripts to be corrected to read the present when they originally read the future, but that is not the case. When one considers what the author would have written, the future is on much stronger ground. The immediate context (both in 14:16 and in the chapter as a whole) points to the future, and the theology of the book regards the advent of the Spirit as a decidedly future event (see, e.g., 7:39 and 16:7 ). The present tense could have arisen from an error of sight on the part of some scribes or more likely from an error of thought as scribes reflected upon the present role of the Spirit. Although a decision is difficult, the future tense is most likely authentic. For further discussion on this textual problem, see James M. Hamilton, Jr., “He Is with You and He Will Be in You” (Ph.D. diss., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary, 2003), 213-20.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":41554,"verse_id":"JHN.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Or “leave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":41555,"verse_id":"JHN.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"The entire phrase “abandon you as orphans” could be understood as an idiom meaning, “leave you helpless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":41556,"verse_id":"JHN.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Grk “Yet a little while, and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":41557,"verse_id":"JHN.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “will know in that day.” sn At that time could be a reference to the parousia (second coming of Christ). But the statement in 14:19 , that the world will not see Jesus, does not fit. It is better to take this as the postresurrection appearances of Jesus to his disciples (which has the advantage of taking in a little while in v. 19 literally).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":41558,"verse_id":"JHN.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “keeps.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":41559,"verse_id":"JHN.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.21","text":"Grk “obeys them, that one is the one who loves me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A21/2"}
{"id":41560,"verse_id":"JHN.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.21","text":"Grk “And the one.” Here the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated to improve the English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A21/3"}
{"id":41561,"verse_id":"JHN.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.21","text":"Or “will disclose.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A21/4"}
{"id":41562,"verse_id":"JHN.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Grk “(not Iscariot).” The proper noun (Judas) has been repeated for clarity and smoothness in English style. sn This is a parenthetical comment by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":41563,"verse_id":"JHN.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.22","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A22/2"}
{"id":41564,"verse_id":"JHN.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.22","text":"Or “disclose.” sn The disciples still expected at this point that Jesus, as Messiah, was going to reveal his identity as such to the world (cf. 7:4 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A22/3"}
{"id":41565,"verse_id":"JHN.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":41566,"verse_id":"JHN.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"Or “will keep.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":41567,"verse_id":"JHN.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.23","text":"Grk “we will come to him and will make our dwelling place with him.” The context here is individual rather than corporate indwelling, so the masculine singular pronoun has been retained throughout v. 23 . It is important to note, however, that the pronoun is used generically here and refers equally to men, women, and children.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A23/3"}
{"id":41568,"verse_id":"JHN.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Or “does not keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":41569,"verse_id":"JHN.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.24","text":"Or “the message.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A24/2"}
{"id":41570,"verse_id":"JHN.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Or “while remaining” or “while residing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":41571,"verse_id":"JHN.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Or “Helper” or “Counselor”; Grk “Paraclete,” from the Greek word παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). See the note on the word “Advocate” in v. 16 for a discussion of how this word is translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":41572,"verse_id":"JHN.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “that one will teach you.” The words “that one” have been omitted from the translation since they are redundant in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":41573,"verse_id":"JHN.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A26/3"}
{"id":41574,"verse_id":"JHN.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A26/4"}
{"id":41575,"verse_id":"JHN.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.27","text":"The pronoun “it” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A27/2"}
{"id":41576,"verse_id":"JHN.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.27","text":"Grk “not as the world gives do I give to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A27/3"}
{"id":41577,"verse_id":"JHN.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.27","text":"Or “distressed or fearful and cowardly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A27/4"}
{"id":41578,"verse_id":"JHN.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"Or “You have heard that I said to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":41579,"verse_id":"JHN.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Or “you would rejoice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":41580,"verse_id":"JHN.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.30","text":"Grk “I will no longer speak many things with you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A30/1"}
{"id":41581,"verse_id":"JHN.14.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.30","text":"Grk “in me he has nothing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A30/3"}
{"id":41582,"verse_id":"JHN.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.31","text":"Or “may learn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A31/1"}
{"id":41583,"verse_id":"JHN.14.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":14,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.31","text":"Grk “But so that the world may know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged in the translation to conform to contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2014%3A31/2"}
{"id":41584,"verse_id":"JHN.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Or “the farmer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":41585,"verse_id":"JHN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “He cuts off.” sn The Greek verb αἴρω ( airw ) can mean “lift up” as well as “take away,” and it is sometimes argued that here it is a reference to the gardener “lifting up” (i.e., propping up) a weak branch so that it bears fruit again. In Johannine usage the word occurs in the sense of “lift up” in 8:59 and 5:8-12 , but in the sense of “remove” it is found in 11:39, 11:48, 16:22, and 17:15 . In context (theological presuppositions aside for the moment) the meaning “remove” does seem more natural and less forced (particularly in light of v. 6 , where worthless branches are described as being “thrown out” – an image that seems incompatible with restoration). One option, therefore, would be to understand the branches which are taken away (v. 2 ) and thrown out (v. 6 ) as believers who forfeit their salvation because of unfruitfulness. However, many see this interpretation as encountering problems with the Johannine teaching on the security of the believer, especially John 10:28-29 . This leaves two basic ways of understanding Jesus’ statements about removal of branches in 15:2 and 15:6 : (1) These statements may refer to an unfaithful (disobedient) Christian, who is judged at the judgment seat of Christ “through fire” (cf. 1 Cor 3:11-15 ). In this case the “removal” of 15:2 may refer (in an extreme case) to the physical death of a disobedient Christian. (2) These statements may refer to someone who was never a genuine believer in the first place (e.g., Judas and the Jews who withdrew after Jesus’ difficult teaching in 6:66 ), in which case 15:6 refers to eternal judgment. In either instance it is clear that 15:6 refers to the fires of judgment (cf. OT imagery in Ps 80:16 and Ezek 15:1-8 ). But view (1) requires us to understand this in terms of the judgment of believers at the judgment seat of Christ. This concept does not appear in the Fourth Gospel because from the perspective of the author the believer does not come under judgment; note especially 3:18, 5:24, 5:29 . The first reference ( 3:18 ) is especially important because it occurs in the context of 3:16-21 , the section which is key to the framework of the entire Fourth Gospel and which is repeatedly alluded to throughout. A similar image to this one is used by John the Baptist in Matt 3:10 , “And the ax is already laid at the root of the trees; every tree therefore that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.” Since this is addressed to the Pharisees and Sadducees who were coming to John for baptism, it almost certainly represents a call to initial repentance. More importantly, however, the imagery of being cast into the fire constitutes a reference to eternal judgment, a use of imagery which is much nearer to the Johannine imagery in 15:6 than the Pauline concept of the judgment seat of Christ (a judgment for believers) mentioned above. The use of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 15:6 also supports view (2). When used of the relationship between Jesus and the disciple and/or Jesus and the Father, it emphasizes the permanence of the relationship ( John 6:56, 8:31, 8:35, 14:10 ). The prototypical branch who has not remained is Judas, who departed in 13:30 . He did not bear fruit, and is now in the realm of darkness, a mere tool of Satan. His eternal destiny, being cast into the fire of eternal judgment, is still to come. It seems most likely, therefore, that the branches who do not bear fruit and are taken away and burned are false believers, those who profess to belong to Jesus but who in reality do not belong to him. In the Gospel of John, the primary example of this category is Judas. In 1 John 2:18-19 the “antichrists” fall into the same category; they too may be thought of as branches that did not bear fruit. They departed from the ranks of the Christians because they never did really belong, and their departure shows that they did not belong.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":41586,"verse_id":"JHN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “does not yield.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":41587,"verse_id":"JHN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “And he”; the conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has been omitted in the translation in keeping with the tendency in contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":41588,"verse_id":"JHN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “trims”; Grk “cleanses” (a wordplay with “clean” in v. 3 ). Καθαίρει ( kaqairei ) is not the word one would have expected here, but it provides the transition from the vine imagery to the disciples – there is a wordplay (not reproducible in English) between αἴρει ( airei ) and καθαίρει in this verse. While the purpose of the Father in cleansing his people is clear, the precise means by which he does so is not immediately obvious. This will become clearer, however, in the following verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A2/4"}
{"id":41589,"verse_id":"JHN.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “that yields.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A2/5"}
{"id":41590,"verse_id":"JHN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “Reside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":41591,"verse_id":"JHN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “and I in you.” The verb has been repeated for clarity and to conform to contemporary English style, which typically allows fewer ellipses (omitted or understood words) than Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":41592,"verse_id":"JHN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “resides.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":41593,"verse_id":"JHN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.4","text":"While it would be more natural to say “on the vine” (so NAB), the English preposition “in” has been retained here to emphasize the parallelism with the following clause “unless you remain in me.” To speak of remaining “in” a person is not natural English either, but is nevertheless a biblical concept (cf. “in Christ” in Eph 1:3, 4, 6, 7, 11 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A4/5"}
{"id":41594,"verse_id":"JHN.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “you reside.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A4/6"}
{"id":41595,"verse_id":"JHN.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Or “resides.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":41596,"verse_id":"JHN.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"Or “yields.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":41597,"verse_id":"JHN.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Grk “in him, this one bears much fruit.” The pronoun “this one” has been omitted from the translation because it is redundant according to contemporary English style. sn Many interpret the imagery of fruit here and in 15:2, 4 in terms of good deeds or character qualities, relating it to passages elsewhere in the NT like Matt 3:8 and 7:20 , Rom 6:22 , Gal 5:22 , etc. This is not necessarily inaccurate, but one must remember that for John, to have life at all is to bear fruit, while one who does not bear fruit shows that he does not have the life (once again, conduct is the clue to paternity, as in John 8:41 ; compare also 1 John 4:20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":41598,"verse_id":"JHN.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.5","text":"Or “do.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A5/4"}
{"id":41599,"verse_id":"JHN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":41600,"verse_id":"JHN.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “they gather them up and throw them into the fire, and they are burned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":41601,"verse_id":"JHN.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":41602,"verse_id":"JHN.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":41603,"verse_id":"JHN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “glorified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":41604,"verse_id":"JHN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause is best taken as substantival in apposition to ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) at the beginning of the verse. The Father is glorified when the disciples bring forth abundant fruit. Just as Jesus has done the works which he has seen his Father doing ( 5:19-29 ) so also will his disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":41605,"verse_id":"JHN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.8","text":"Or “yield.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A8/3"}
{"id":41606,"verse_id":"JHN.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.8","text":"B D L Θ 0250 1 565 al ) have the aorist subjunctive γένησθε ( genhsqe ; “[and show that] you are”). The original reading is difficult to determine because the external evidence is fairly evenly divided. On the basis of the external evidence alone the first reading has some credibility because of א and 33, but it is not enough to overthrow the Alexandrian and Western witnesses for the aorist. Some who accept the future indicative see a consecutive (or resultative) sequence between φέρητε ( ferhte ) in the ἵνα ( Jina ) clause and γενήσεσθε , so that the disciples’ bearing much fruit results in their becoming disciples. This alleviates the problem of reading a future indicative within a ἵνα clause (a grammatical solecism that is virtually unattested in Attic Greek), although such infrequently occurs in the NT, particularly in the Apocalypse (cf. Gal 2:4 ; Rev 3:9; 6:4, 11; 8:3; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14 ; even here, however, the Byzantine mss , with א occasionally by their side, almost always change the future indicative to an aorist subjunctive). It seems more likely, however, that the second verb (regardless of whether it is read as aorist or future) is to be understood as coordinate in meaning with the previous verb φέρητε (So M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek §342). Thus the two actions are really one and the same: Bearing fruit and being Jesus’ disciple are not two different actions, but a single action. The first is the outward sign or proof of the second – in bearing fruit the disciples show themselves to be disciples indeed (cf. 15:5 ). Thus the translation followed here is, “that you bear much fruit and show that you are my disciples.” As far as the textual reading is concerned, it appears somewhat preferable to accept the aorist subjunctive reading ( γένησθε ) on the basis of better external testimony.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A8/4"}
{"id":41607,"verse_id":"JHN.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":41608,"verse_id":"JHN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":41609,"verse_id":"JHN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A10/2"}
{"id":41610,"verse_id":"JHN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “kept.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":41611,"verse_id":"JHN.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “reside.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A10/4"}
{"id":41612,"verse_id":"JHN.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Grk “These things I have spoken to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":41613,"verse_id":"JHN.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Or “one dies willingly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":41614,"verse_id":"JHN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":41615,"verse_id":"JHN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.15","text":"Or “does not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A15/2"}
{"id":41616,"verse_id":"JHN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.15","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A15/3"}
{"id":41617,"verse_id":"JHN.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.15","text":"Or “learned.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A15/4"}
{"id":41618,"verse_id":"JHN.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"Or “and yield.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":41619,"verse_id":"JHN.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Grk “These things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":41620,"verse_id":"JHN.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Grk “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":41621,"verse_id":"JHN.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.18","text":"Grk “it hated me before you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A18/2"}
{"id":41622,"verse_id":"JHN.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Grk “if you were of the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":41623,"verse_id":"JHN.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"The words “you as” are not in the original but are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":41624,"verse_id":"JHN.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"Grk “because you are not of the world.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":41625,"verse_id":"JHN.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “world, therefore.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A19/4"}
{"id":41626,"verse_id":"JHN.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"Grk “Remember the word that I said to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":41627,"verse_id":"JHN.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":41628,"verse_id":"JHN.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.20","text":"Or “if they kept.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A20/4"}
{"id":41629,"verse_id":"JHN.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.20","text":"Or “they will keep.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A20/5"}
{"id":41630,"verse_id":"JHN.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “because of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":41631,"verse_id":"JHN.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Jesus is referring to God as “the one who sent me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":41632,"verse_id":"JHN.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"Grk “they would not have sin” (an idiom). sn Jesus now describes the guilt of the world. He came to these people with both words ( 15:22 ) and sign-miracles ( 15:24 ), yet they remained obstinate in their unbelief, and this sin of unbelief was without excuse. Jesus was not saying that if he had not come and spoken to these people they would be sinless; rather he was saying that if he had not come and spoken to them, they would not be guilty of the sin of rejecting him and the Father he came to reveal. Rejecting Jesus is the one ultimate sin for which there can be no forgiveness, because the one who has committed this sin has at the same time rejected the only cure that exists. Jesus spoke similarly to the Pharisees in 9:41 : “If you were blind, you would have no sin (same phrase as here), but now you say ‘We see’ your sin remains.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":41633,"verse_id":"JHN.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Or “If I had not done.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":41634,"verse_id":"JHN.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “the works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":41635,"verse_id":"JHN.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “they would not have sin” (an idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A24/3"}
{"id":41636,"verse_id":"JHN.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.24","text":"The words “the deeds” are supplied to clarify from context what was seen. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A24/4"}
{"id":41637,"verse_id":"JHN.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.24","text":"Or “But now they have both seen and hated both me and my Father.” It is possible to understand both the “seeing” and the “hating” to refer to both Jesus and the Father, but this has the world “seeing” the Father, which seems alien to the Johannine Jesus. (Some point out John 14:9 as an example, but this is addressed to the disciples, not to the world.) It is more likely that the “seeing” refers to the miraculous deeds mentioned in the first half of the verse. Such an understanding of the first “both – and” construction is apparently supported by BDF §444.3.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A24/5"}
{"id":41638,"verse_id":"JHN.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"The words “this happened” are not in the Greek text but are supplied to complete an ellipsis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":41639,"verse_id":"JHN.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Or “Helper” or “Counselor”; Grk “Paraclete,” from the Greek word παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). See the note on the word “Advocate” in John 14:16 for discussion of how this word is translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":41640,"verse_id":"JHN.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"Grk “that one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":41641,"verse_id":"JHN.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Grk “so that you will not be caused to stumble.” sn In Johannine thought the verb σκανδαλίζω ( skandalizw ) means to trip up disciples and cause them to fall away from Jesus’ company ( John 6:61 , 1 John 2:10 ). Similar usage is found in Didache 16:5, an early Christian writing from around the beginning of the 2nd century a.d. An example of a disciple who falls away is Judas Iscariot. Here and again in 16:4 Jesus gives the purpose for his telling the disciples about coming persecution: He informs them so that when it happens, the disciples will not fall away , which in this context would refer to the confusion and doubt which they would certainly experience when such persecution began. There may have been a tendency for the disciples to expect immediately after Jesus’ victory over death the institution of the messianic kingdom, particularly in light of the turn of events recorded in the early chapters of Acts. Jesus here forestalls such disillusionment for the disciples by letting them know in advance that they will face persecution and even martyrdom as they seek to carry on his mission in the world after his departure. This material has parallels in the Olivet Discourse ( Matt 24-25 ) and the synoptic parallels.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":41642,"verse_id":"JHN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Or “expel you from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":41643,"verse_id":"JHN.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":41644,"verse_id":"JHN.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “And they.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":41645,"verse_id":"JHN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"The first half of v. 4 resumes the statement of 16:1 , ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ( tauta lelalhka Jumin ), in a somewhat more positive fashion, omitting the reference to the disciples being caused to stumble.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":41646,"verse_id":"JHN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Grk “their hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":41647,"verse_id":"JHN.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"The words “about them” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":41648,"verse_id":"JHN.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Or “distress” or “grief.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":41649,"verse_id":"JHN.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “Helper” or “Counselor”; Grk “Paraclete,” from the Greek word παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). See the note on the word “Advocate” in John 14:16 for a discussion of how this word is translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":41650,"verse_id":"JHN.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “when that one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":41651,"verse_id":"JHN.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Or “will convict the world,” or “will expose the world.” The conjunction περί ( peri ) is used in 16:8-11 in the sense of “concerning” or “with respect to.” But what about the verb ἐλέγχω ( elencw )? The basic meanings possible for this word are (1) “to convict or convince someone of something”; (2) “to bring to light or expose something; and (3) “to correct or punish someone.” The third possibility may be ruled out in these verses on contextual grounds since punishment is not implied. The meaning is often understood to be that the Paraclete will “convince” the world of its error, so that some at least will repent. But S. Mowinckel (“Die Vorstellungen des Spätjudentums vom heiligen Geist als Fürsprecher und der johanneische Paraklet,” ZNW 32 [1933]: 97-130) demonstrated that the verb ἐλέγχω did not necessarily imply the conversion or reform of the guilty party. This means it is far more likely that conviction in something of a legal sense is intended here (as in a trial). The only certainty is that the accused party is indeed proven guilty (not that they will acknowledge their guilt). Further confirmation of this interpretation is seen in John 14:17 where the world cannot receive the Paraclete and in John 3:20 , where the evildoer deliberately refuses to come to the light, lest his deeds be exposed for what they really are (significantly, the verb in John 3:20 is also ἐλέγχω ). However, if one wishes to adopt the meaning “prove guilty” for the use of ἐλέγχω in John 16:8 a difficulty still remains: While this meaning fits the first statement in 16:9 – the world is ‘proven guilty’ concerning its sin of refusing to believe in Jesus – it does not fit so well the second and third assertions in vv. 10-11 . Thus R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 2:705) suggests the more general meaning “prove wrong” which would fit in all three cases. This may be so, but there may also be a developmental aspect to the meaning, which would then shift from v. 9 to v. 10 to v. 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":41652,"verse_id":"JHN.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “and concerning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A8/3"}
{"id":41653,"verse_id":"JHN.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “and concerning.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A8/4"}
{"id":41654,"verse_id":"JHN.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Or “that.” It is very difficult to determine whether ὅτι ( Joti ; 3 times in 16:9, 10, 11 ) should be understood as causal or appositional/explanatory: Brown and Bultmann favor appositional or explanatory, while Barrett and Morris prefer a causal sense. A causal idea is preferable here, since it also fits the parallel statements in vv. 10-11 better than an appositional or explanatory use would. In this case Jesus is stating in each instance the reason why the world is proven guilty or wrong by the Spirit-Paraclete.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":41655,"verse_id":"JHN.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"There are two questions that need to be answered: (1) what is the meaning of δικαιοσύνη ( dikaiosunh ) in this context, and (2) to whom does it pertain – to the world, or to someone else? (1) The word δικαιοσύνη occurs in the Gospel of John only here and in v. 8 . It is often assumed that it refers to forensic justification, as it does so often in Paul’s writings. Thus the answer to question (2) would be that it refers to the world. L. Morris states, “The Spirit shows men (and no-one else can do this) that their righteousness before God depends not on their own efforts but on Christ’s atoning work for them” ( John [NICNT], 699). Since the word occurs so infrequently in the Fourth Gospel, however, the context must be examined very carefully. The ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which follows provides an important clue: The righteousness in view here has to do with Jesus’ return to the Father and his absence from the disciples. It is true that in the Fourth Gospel part of what is involved in Jesus’ return to the Father is the cross, and it is through his substitutionary death that people are justified, so that Morris’ understanding of righteousness here is possible. But more basic than this is the idea that Jesus’ return to the Father constitutes his own δικαιοσύνη in the sense of vindication rather than forensic justification. Jesus had repeatedly claimed oneness with the Father, and his opponents had repeatedly rejected this and labeled him a deceiver, a sinner, and a blasphemer ( John 5:18, 7:12, 9:24, 10:33 , etc.). But Jesus, by his glorification through his return to the Father, is vindicated in his claims in spite of his opponents. In his vindication his followers are also vindicated as well, but their vindication derives from his. Thus one would answer question (1) by saying that in context δικαιοσύνης ( dikaiosunh\" ) refers not to forensic justification but vindication, and question (2) by referring this justification/vindication not to the world or even to Christians directly, but to Jesus himself. Finally, how does Jesus’ last statement in v. 10 , that the disciples will see him no more, contribute to this? It is probably best taken as a reference to the presence of the Spirit-Paraclete, who cannot come until Jesus has departed ( 16:7 ). The meaning of v. 10 is thus: When the Spirit-Paraclete comes he will prove the world wrong concerning the subject of righteousness, namely, Jesus’ righteousness which is demonstrated when he is glorified in his return to the Father and the disciples see him no more (but they will have instead the presence of the Spirit-Paraclete, whom the world is not able to receive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":41656,"verse_id":"JHN.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Or “that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":41657,"verse_id":"JHN.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Or “that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":41658,"verse_id":"JHN.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.11","text":"Or “judged.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A11/4"}
{"id":41659,"verse_id":"JHN.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Or (perhaps) “you cannot accept.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":41660,"verse_id":"JHN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “that one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":41661,"verse_id":"JHN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"Or “will lead.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":41662,"verse_id":"JHN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “speak from himself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A13/4"}
{"id":41663,"verse_id":"JHN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.13","text":"Or will announce to you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A13/5"}
{"id":41664,"verse_id":"JHN.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “will tell you the things to come.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A13/6"}
{"id":41665,"verse_id":"JHN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Grk “That one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":41666,"verse_id":"JHN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"Or “will honor me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":41667,"verse_id":"JHN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.14","text":"Or “he will take.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A14/3"}
{"id":41668,"verse_id":"JHN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.14","text":"The words “what is mine” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A14/4"}
{"id":41669,"verse_id":"JHN.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.14","text":"Or “will announce it to you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A14/5"}
{"id":41670,"verse_id":"JHN.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “I said he”; the referent (the Spirit) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":41671,"verse_id":"JHN.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"The words “what is mine” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":41672,"verse_id":"JHN.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"Or “will announce it to you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":41673,"verse_id":"JHN.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “A little while, and you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":41674,"verse_id":"JHN.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “and again a little while, and you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":41675,"verse_id":"JHN.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “What is this that he is saying to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":41676,"verse_id":"JHN.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “A little while, and you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":41677,"verse_id":"JHN.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “and again a little while, and you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A17/3"}
{"id":41678,"verse_id":"JHN.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “they kept on saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":41679,"verse_id":"JHN.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “What is this that he says.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":41680,"verse_id":"JHN.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “A little while.” Although the phrase τὸ μικρόν ( to mikron ) in John 16:18 could be translated simply “a little while,” it was translated “in a little while” to maintain the connection to John 16:16 , where it has the latter meaning in context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":41681,"verse_id":"JHN.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.18","text":"Or “we do not know.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A18/4"}
{"id":41682,"verse_id":"JHN.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “what he is speaking.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A18/5"}
{"id":41683,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “knew.” sn Jesus could see. Supernatural knowledge of what the disciples were thinking is not necessarily in view here. Given the disciples’ confused statements in the preceding verses, it was probably obvious to Jesus that they wanted to ask what he meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":41684,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"The words “about these things” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":41685,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"Καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” here to indicate the following statement is a result of Jesus’ observation in v. 19 a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":41686,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “inquiring” or “seeking.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/4"}
{"id":41687,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “A little while, and you.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/5"}
{"id":41688,"verse_id":"JHN.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “and again a little while, and you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A19/6"}
{"id":41689,"verse_id":"JHN.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":41690,"verse_id":"JHN.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “wail,” “cry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":41691,"verse_id":"JHN.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “lament.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A20/3"}
{"id":41692,"verse_id":"JHN.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “sorrowful.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A20/4"}
{"id":41693,"verse_id":"JHN.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “will become.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A20/5"}
{"id":41694,"verse_id":"JHN.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “her hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":41695,"verse_id":"JHN.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “that a man” (but in a generic sense, referring to a human being).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A21/3"}
{"id":41696,"verse_id":"JHN.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"Or “distress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":41697,"verse_id":"JHN.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “And in that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":41698,"verse_id":"JHN.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A23/2"}
{"id":41699,"verse_id":"JHN.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":41700,"verse_id":"JHN.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “in parables”; or “in metaphors.” There is some difficulty in defining παροιμίαις ( paroimiai\" ) precisely: A translation like “parables” does not convey accurately the meaning. BDAG 779-80 s.v. παροιμία suggests in general “ proverb, saw, maxim ,” but for Johannine usage “ veiled saying, figure of speech, in which esp. lofty ideas are concealed.” In the preceding context of the Farewell Discourse, Jesus has certainly used obscure language and imagery at times: John 13:8-11; 13:16; 15:1-17; and 16:21 could all be given as examples. In the LXX this word is used to translate the Hebrew mashal which covers a wide range of figurative speech, often containing obscure or enigmatic elements.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":41701,"verse_id":"JHN.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.25","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A25/2"}
{"id":41702,"verse_id":"JHN.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “inform you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A25/3"}
{"id":41703,"verse_id":"JHN.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.25","text":"Or “openly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A25/4"}
{"id":41704,"verse_id":"JHN.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Grk “In that day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":41705,"verse_id":"JHN.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.26","text":"Grk “I do not say to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A26/2"}
{"id":41706,"verse_id":"JHN.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"Ï ). Although externally πατρός has relatively strong support, it is evidently an assimilation to “I came from the Father” at the beginning of v. 28 , or more generally to the consistent mention of God as Father throughout this chapter ( πατήρ [ pathr , “Father”] occurs eleven times in this chapter, while θεός [ qeos , “God”] occurs only two other times [ 16:2, 30 ]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":41707,"verse_id":"JHN.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Or “into the world; again.” Here πάλιν ( palin ) functions as a marker of contrast, with the implication of a sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":41708,"verse_id":"JHN.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “openly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":41709,"verse_id":"JHN.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “not in parables.” or “not in metaphors.” sn How is the disciples’ reply to Jesus now you are speaking plainly and not in obscure figures of speech to be understood? Their claim to understand seems a bit impulsive. It is difficult to believe that the disciples have really understood the full implications of Jesus’ words, although it is true that he spoke to them plainly and not figuratively in 16:26-28 . The disciples will not fully understand all that Jesus has said to them until after his resurrection, when the Holy Spirit will give them insight and understanding ( 16:13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":41710,"verse_id":"JHN.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":41711,"verse_id":"JHN.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"Grk “and have no need of anyone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":41712,"verse_id":"JHN.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.30","text":"The word “anything” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A30/3"}
{"id":41713,"verse_id":"JHN.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.30","text":"Or “By this.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A30/4"}
{"id":41714,"verse_id":"JHN.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Grk “Jesus answered them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":41715,"verse_id":"JHN.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.32","text":"Grk “an hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A32/1"}
{"id":41716,"verse_id":"JHN.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.32","text":"Grk “each one to his own”; the word “home” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The phrase “each one to his own” may be completed in a number of different ways: “each one to his own property”; “each one to his own family”; or “each one to his own home.” The last option seems to fit most easily into the context and so is used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A32/2"}
{"id":41717,"verse_id":"JHN.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.32","text":"Grk “And” (but with some contrastive force).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A32/4"}
{"id":41718,"verse_id":"JHN.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.32","text":"Grk “the Father.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A32/5"}
{"id":41719,"verse_id":"JHN.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"The one Greek term θλῖψις ( qliyis ) has been translated by an English hendiadys (two terms that combine for one meaning) “trouble and suffering.” For modern English readers “tribulation” is no longer clearly understandable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":41720,"verse_id":"JHN.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.33","text":"Or “but be courageous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A33/2"}
{"id":41721,"verse_id":"JHN.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.33","text":"Or “I am victorious over the world,” or “I have overcome the world.” sn The Farewell Discourse proper closes on the triumphant note I have conquered the world , which recalls 1:5 (in the prologue): “the light shines on in the darkness, but the darkness has not mastered it.” Jesus’ words which follow in chap. are addressed not to the disciples but to his Father, as he prays for the consecration of the disciples.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2016%3A33/3"}
{"id":41722,"verse_id":"JHN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “he raised his eyes” (an idiom). sn Jesus also looked upward before his prayer in John 11:41 . This was probably a common posture in prayer. According to the parable in Luke 18:13 the tax collector did not feel himself worthy to do this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":41723,"verse_id":"JHN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Or “to the sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven” depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":41724,"verse_id":"JHN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “the hour.” sn The time has come. Jesus has said before that his “hour” had come, both in 12:23 when some Greeks sought to speak with him, and in 13:1 where just before he washed the disciples’ feet. It appears best to understand the “hour” as a period of time starting at the end of Jesus’ public ministry and extending through the passion week, ending with Jesus’ return to the Father through death, resurrection, and exaltation. The “hour” begins as soon as the first events occur which begin the process that leads to Jesus’ death.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":41725,"verse_id":"JHN.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.1","text":"33 Ï ) read “your Son also” ( καὶ ὁ υἱὸς σου , kai Jo Juio\" sou ), or “your Son” ( ὁ υἱὸς σου ; A D Θ 0250 1 579 pc lat sy); the second corrector of C has καὶ ὁ υἱός (“the Son also”). The longer readings appear to be predictable scribal expansions and as such should be considered secondary. Grk “the Son”; “your” has been added here for English stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A1/4"}
{"id":41726,"verse_id":"JHN.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Or “all people”; Grk “all flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":41727,"verse_id":"JHN.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Grk “so that to everyone whom you have given to him, he may give to them eternal life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":41728,"verse_id":"JHN.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Using αὕτη δέ ( Jauth de ) to introduce an explanation is typical Johannine style; it was used before in John 1:19, 3:19, and 15:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":41729,"verse_id":"JHN.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “and Jesus the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":41730,"verse_id":"JHN.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “by finishing” or “by accomplishing.” Jesus now states that he has glorified the Father on earth by finishing ( τελειώσας [ teleiwsas ] is best understood as an adverbial participle of means) the work which the Father had given him to do. sn By completing the work. The idea of Jesus being sent into the world on a mission has been mentioned before, significantly in 3:17 . It was even alluded to in the immediately preceding verse here ( 17:3 ). The completion of the “work” the Father had sent him to accomplish was mentioned by Jesus in 4:34 and 5:36 . What is the nature of the “work” the Father has given the Son to accomplish? It involves the Son’s mission to be the Savior of the world, as 3:17 indicates. But this is accomplished specifically through Jesus’ sacrificial death on the cross (a thought implied by the reference to the Father “giving” the Son in 3:16 ). It is not without significance that Jesus’ last word from the cross is “ It is completed ” ( 19:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":41731,"verse_id":"JHN.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Grk “the work that you gave to me so that I may do it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":41732,"verse_id":"JHN.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Or “in your presence”; Grk “with yourself.” The use of παρά ( para ) twice in this verse looks back to the assertion in John 1:1 that the Word (the Λόγος [ Logos ], who became Jesus of Nazareth in 1:14 ) was with God ( πρὸς τὸν θεόν , pro\" ton qeon ). Whatever else may be said, the statement in 17:5 strongly asserts the preexistence of Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":41733,"verse_id":"JHN.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “before the world was.” The word “created” is not in the Greek text but is implied. sn It is important to note that although Jesus prayed for a return to the glory he had at the Father’s side before the world was created , he was not praying for a “de-incarnation.” His humanity which he took on at the incarnation ( John 1:14 ) remains, though now glorified.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":41734,"verse_id":"JHN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “made known,” “disclosed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":41735,"verse_id":"JHN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Here “men” is retained as a translation for ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) rather than the more generic “people” because in context it specifically refers to the eleven men Jesus had chosen as apostles (Judas had already departed, John 13:30 ). If one understands the referent here to be the broader group of Jesus’ followers that included both men and women, a translation like “to the people” should be used here instead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":41736,"verse_id":"JHN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"Grk “Yours they were.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":41737,"verse_id":"JHN.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “have kept.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A6/4"}
{"id":41738,"verse_id":"JHN.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Or “they have come to know,” or “they have learned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":41739,"verse_id":"JHN.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “all things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":41740,"verse_id":"JHN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Grk And they.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":41741,"verse_id":"JHN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Or “received.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":41742,"verse_id":"JHN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":41743,"verse_id":"JHN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.8","text":"Or “truly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A8/4"}
{"id":41744,"verse_id":"JHN.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.8","text":"Or have come to know.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A8/5"}
{"id":41745,"verse_id":"JHN.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “I am asking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":41746,"verse_id":"JHN.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “I am not asking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":41747,"verse_id":"JHN.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"Or “because they are yours.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A9/3"}
{"id":41748,"verse_id":"JHN.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"Grk And all things.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":41749,"verse_id":"JHN.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Or “Everything I have is yours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":41750,"verse_id":"JHN.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.10","text":"Or “everything you have is mine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A10/3"}
{"id":41751,"verse_id":"JHN.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.10","text":"Or “I have been honored among them.” sn The theme of glory with which Jesus began this prayer in 17:1-5 now recurs. Jesus said that he had been glorified by his disciples, but in what sense was this true? Jesus had manifested his glory to them in all of the sign-miracles which he had performed, beginning with the miracle at the wedding feast in Cana ( 2:11 ). He could now say that he had been glorified by them in the light of what he had already said in vv. 7-8 , that the disciples had come to know that he had come from the Father and been sent by the Father. He would, of course, be glorified by them further after the resurrection, as they carried on his ministry after his departure.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A10/4"}
{"id":41752,"verse_id":"JHN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk And I.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":41753,"verse_id":"JHN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"The context indicates that this should be translated as an adversative or contrastive conjunction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":41754,"verse_id":"JHN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “protect them”; Grk “keep them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A11/3"}
{"id":41755,"verse_id":"JHN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “by your name.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A11/4"}
{"id":41756,"verse_id":"JHN.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.11","text":"The second repetition of “one” is implied, and is supplied here for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A11/5"}
{"id":41757,"verse_id":"JHN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Or “I protected them”; Grk “I kept them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":41758,"verse_id":"JHN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Grk “and guarded them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":41759,"verse_id":"JHN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.12","text":"Or “by your name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A12/3"}
{"id":41760,"verse_id":"JHN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.12","text":"Grk And not one.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A12/4"}
{"id":41761,"verse_id":"JHN.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.12","text":"Grk “the son of destruction” (a Semitic idiom for one appointed for destruction; here it is a reference to Judas). sn The one destined to destruction refers to Judas. Clearly in John’s Gospel Judas is portrayed as a tool of Satan. He is described as “the devil” in 6:70 . In 13:2 Satan put into Judas’ heart the idea of betraying Jesus, and 13:27 Satan himself entered Judas. Immediately after this Judas left the company of Jesus and the other disciples and went out into the realm of darkness ( 13:30 ). Cf. 2 Thess 2:3 , where this same Greek phrase (“the son of destruction”; see tn above) is used to describe the man through whom Satan acts to rebel against God in the last days.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A12/5"}
{"id":41762,"verse_id":"JHN.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"Grk “they may have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":41763,"verse_id":"JHN.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Or “fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":41764,"verse_id":"JHN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Or “your message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":41765,"verse_id":"JHN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Grk “because they are not of the world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":41766,"verse_id":"JHN.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.14","text":"Grk “just as I am not of the world.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A14/3"}
{"id":41767,"verse_id":"JHN.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Or “that you protect them”; Grk “that you keep them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":41768,"verse_id":"JHN.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"The phrase “the evil one” is a reference to Satan. The genitive noun τοῦ πονηροῦ ( tou ponhrou ) is ambiguous with regard to gender: It may represent the neuter τὸ πονηρόν ( to ponhron ), “that which is evil,” or the masculine ὁ πονηρός ( Jo ponhro\" ), “the evil one,” i.e., Satan. In view of the frequent use of the masculine in 1 John 2:13-14, 3:12, and 5:18-19 it seems much more probable that the masculine is to be understood here, and that Jesus is praying for his disciples to be protected from Satan. Cf. BDAG 851 s.v. πονηρός 1.b. β and 1.b. γ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":41769,"verse_id":"JHN.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Grk “they are not of the world.” This is a repetition of the second half of v. 14 . The only difference is in word order: Verse 14 has οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ( ouk eisin ek tou kosmou ), while here the prepositional phrase is stated first: ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσίν ( ek tou kosmou ouk eisin ). This gives additional emphasis to the idea of the prepositional phrase, i.e., origin, source, or affiliation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":41770,"verse_id":"JHN.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Grk “just as I am not of the world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":41771,"verse_id":"JHN.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “Consecrate them” or “Sanctify them.” sn The Greek word translated set…apart ( ἁγιάζω , Jagiazw ) is used here in its normal sense of being dedicated, consecrated, or set apart. The sphere in which the disciples are to be set apart is in the truth . In 3:21 the idea of “practicing” ( Grk “doing”) the truth was introduced; in 8:32 Jesus told some of his hearers that if they continued in his word they would truly be his disciples, and would know the truth, and the truth would make them free. These disciples who are with Jesus now for the Farewell Discourse have continued in his word (except for Judas Iscariot, who has departed), and they do know the truth about who Jesus is and why he has come into the world ( 17:8 ). Thus Jesus can ask the Father to set them apart in this truth as he himself is set apart, so that they might carry on his mission in the world after his departure (note the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":41772,"verse_id":"JHN.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “I sanctify.” sn In what sense does Jesus refer to his own ‘sanctification’ with the phrase I set myself apart ? In 10:36 Jesus referred to himself as “the one whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world,” which seems to look at something already accomplished. Here, however, it is something he does on behalf of the disciples ( on their behalf ) and this suggests a reference to his impending death on the cross. There is in fact a Johannine wordplay here based on slightly different meanings for the Greek verb translated set apart ( ἁγιάζω , Jagiazw ). In the sense it was used in 10:36 of Jesus and in 17:17 and here to refer to the disciples, it means to set apart in the sense that prophets (cf. Jer 1:5 ) and priests ( Exod 40:13 , Lev 8:30 , and 2 Chr 5:11 ) were consecrated (or set apart) to perform their tasks. But when Jesus speaks of setting himself apart (consecrating or dedicating himself) on behalf of the disciples here in 17:19 the meaning is closer to the consecration of a sacrificial animal ( Deut 15:19 ). Jesus is “setting himself apart,” i.e., dedicating himself, to do the will of the Father, that is, to go to the cross on the disciples’ behalf (and of course on behalf of their successors as well).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":41773,"verse_id":"JHN.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “for their sake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":41774,"verse_id":"JHN.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “they may be truly consecrated,” or “they may be truly sanctified.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A19/3"}
{"id":41775,"verse_id":"JHN.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"Or “I do not pray.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":41776,"verse_id":"JHN.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"Although πιστευόντων ( pisteuontwn ) is a present participle, it must in context carry futuristic force. The disciples whom Jesus is leaving behind will carry on his ministry and in doing so will see others come to trust in him. This will include not only Jewish Christians, but other Gentile Christians who are “not of this fold” ( 10:16 ), and thus Jesus’ prayer for unity is especially appropriate in light of the probability that most of the readers of the Gospel are Gentiles (much as Paul stresses unity between Jewish and Gentile Christians in Eph 2:10-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":41777,"verse_id":"JHN.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.20","text":"Grk “their word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A20/3"}
{"id":41778,"verse_id":"JHN.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"The words “I pray” are repeated from the first part of v. 20 for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":41779,"verse_id":"JHN.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Grk And the glory.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":41780,"verse_id":"JHN.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Or “completely unified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":41781,"verse_id":"JHN.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Grk “the ones you have given me, I want these to be where I am with me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":41782,"verse_id":"JHN.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"Grk “before the foundation of the world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":41783,"verse_id":"JHN.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"The word “men” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The translation uses the word “men” here rather than a more general term like “people” because the use of the aorist verb ἔγνωσαν ( egnwsan ) implies that Jesus is referring to the disciples present with him as he spoke these words (presumably all of them men in the historical context), rather than to those who are yet to believe because of their testimony (see John 17:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":41784,"verse_id":"JHN.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.26","text":"The translation “will continue to make it known” is proposed by R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 2:773).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2017%3A26/1"}
{"id":41785,"verse_id":"JHN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Grk “the wadi of the Kidron,” or “the ravine of the Kidron” (a wadi is a stream that flows only during the rainy season and is dry during the dry season).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":41786,"verse_id":"JHN.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Or “a garden.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":41787,"verse_id":"JHN.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “often.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":41788,"verse_id":"JHN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Grk “a cohort.” The word σπεῖραν ( speiran ) is a technical term for a Roman cohort, normally a force of 600 men (one tenth of a legion). It was under the command of a χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" , v. 12 ). Because of the improbability of an entire cohort being sent to arrest a single man, some have suggested that σπεῖραν here refers only to a maniple, a force of 200. But the use of the word here does not necessarily mean the entire cohort was present on this mission, but only that it was the cohort which performed the task (for example, saying the fire department put out the fire does not mean that every fireman belonging to the department was on the scene at the time). These Roman soldiers must have been ordered to accompany the servants of the chief priests and Pharisees by Pilate, since they would have been under the direct command of the Roman prefect or procurator. It is not difficult to understand why Pilate would have been willing to assist the Jewish authorities in such a way. With a huge crowd of pilgrims in Jerusalem for the Passover, the Romans would have been especially nervous about an uprising of some sort. No doubt the chief priests and Pharisees had informed Pilate that this man Jesus was claiming to be the Messiah, or in the terms Pilate would understand, king of Israel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":41789,"verse_id":"JHN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"The phrase “officers of the chief priests and Pharisees” is a comprehensive name for the groups represented in the ruling council (the Sanhedrin) as in John 7:32, 45; 18:3, 12, 18, 22; 19:6 . They are different from the Levites who served as “temple police” according to K. H. Rengstorf ( TDNT 8:540). In John 7:32 ff. these officers had made an unsuccessful attempt to arrest Jesus, and perhaps this is part of the reason why their leaders had made sure they were accompanied by Roman soldiers this time. No more mistakes were to be tolerated. sn See the note on Pharisees in 1:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":41790,"verse_id":"JHN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"The words “to the orchard” are not in the Greek text but are repeated from v. 1 for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":41791,"verse_id":"JHN.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.3","text":"These were lamps that had some sort of covering to protect them from wind and rain. In earlier usage the word meant “torch” but by NT times it apparently meant a lamp designed to be used outdoors, so “lantern” is a good contemporary English equivalent. sn Mention of the lanterns and torches suggests a detail remembered by one who was an eyewitness, but in connection with the light/darkness motif of John’s Gospel, it is a vivid reminder that it is night; the darkness has come at last (cf. 13:30 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A3/4"}
{"id":41792,"verse_id":"JHN.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “knowing all things that were coming upon him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":41793,"verse_id":"JHN.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “Whom do you seek?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A4/2"}
{"id":41794,"verse_id":"JHN.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Grk “They answered.” sn The author does not state precisely who from the group of soldiers and temple police replied to Jesus at this point. It may have been the commander of the Roman soldiers, although his presence is not explicitly mentioned until 18:12 . It may also have been one of the officers of the chief priests. To the answer given, “Jesus the Nazarene,” Jesus replies “I am [he].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":41795,"verse_id":"JHN.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":41796,"verse_id":"JHN.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"Grk “moved back” (but here a fairly rapid movement is implied).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":41797,"verse_id":"JHN.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":41798,"verse_id":"JHN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Grk “Jesus answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":41799,"verse_id":"JHN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Grk “if you are seeking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":41800,"verse_id":"JHN.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"The word “men” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The translation uses the word “men” here rather than a more generic word like “people” because in context Jesus referred only to the eleven remaining disciples who were loyal to him and were present at his arrest.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":41801,"verse_id":"JHN.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"The words “He said this” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. There is an ellipsis in the Greek text that must be supplied for the modern English reader at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":41802,"verse_id":"JHN.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “Of the ones whom you gave me, I did not lose one of them.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged to reflect contemporary English style. sn This action of Jesus on behalf of his disciples is interpreted by the author as a fulfillment of Jesus’ own words: “ I have not lost a single one of those whom you gave me .” Here it is Jesus’ own words, rather than the OT scriptures, which are quoted. This same formula will be used by the author again of Jesus’ words in 18:32 , but the verb is used elsewhere in the Fourth Gospel to describe the NT fulfillment of OT passages ( 12:38, 13:18, 15:25, 17:12, 19:24, and 19:36 ). It is a bit difficult to determine the exact referent, since the words of Jesus quoted in this verse are not an exact reproduction of a saying of Jesus elsewhere in John’s Gospel. Although some have identified the saying with John 6:39 , the closest parallel is in 17:12 , where the betrayer, Judas, is specifically excluded. The words quoted here in 18:9 appear to be a free rendition of 17:12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":41803,"verse_id":"JHN.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":41804,"verse_id":"JHN.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Grk “The cup that the Father has given me to drink, shall I not drink it?” The order of the clauses has been rearranged to reflect contemporary English style. sn Jesus continues with what most would take to be a rhetorical question expecting a positive reply: “ Shall I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? ” The cup is also mentioned in Gethsemane in the synoptics ( Matt 26:39 , Mark 14:36 , and Luke 22:42 ). In connection with the synoptic accounts it is mentioned in Jesus’ prayer; this occurrence certainly complements the synoptic accounts if Jesus had only shortly before finished praying about this. Only here in the Fourth Gospel is it specifically said that the cup is given to Jesus to drink by the Father, but again this is consistent with the synoptic mention of the cup in Jesus’ prayer: It is the cup of suffering which Jesus is about to undergo.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":41805,"verse_id":"JHN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Grk “a cohort” (but since this was a unit of 600 soldiers, a smaller detachment is almost certainly intended).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":41806,"verse_id":"JHN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"Grk “their chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). In Greek the term χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" ) literally described the “commander of a thousand,” but it was used as the standard translation for the Latin tribunus militum or tribunus militaris , the military tribune who commanded a cohort of 600 men.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":41807,"verse_id":"JHN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, who were named as “chief priests and Pharisees” in John 18:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":41808,"verse_id":"JHN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.12","text":"Or “seized.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A12/4"}
{"id":41809,"verse_id":"JHN.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.12","text":"Or “bound him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A12/5"}
{"id":41810,"verse_id":"JHN.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “up, and brought.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":41811,"verse_id":"JHN.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Or “counseled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":41812,"verse_id":"JHN.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, specifically members of the Sanhedrin (see John 11:49-50 ). See also the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":41813,"verse_id":"JHN.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"The words “them as they brought Jesus to Annas” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to clarify who Peter and the other disciple were following. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":41814,"verse_id":"JHN.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “that disciple.” sn Many have associated this unnamed other disciple with the beloved disciple, that is, John son of Zebedee, mainly because the phrase the other disciple which occurs here is also used to describe the beloved disciple in John 20:2, 3, 4, and 8 . Peter is also closely associated with the beloved disciple in 13:23-26, 20:2-10, 21:7, and 21:20-23 . But other identifications have also been proposed, chiefly because v. 16 states that this disciple who was accompanied by Peter was known to the high priest. As C. K. Barrett ( St. John , 525) points out, the term γνωστός ( gnwstos ) is used in the LXX to refer to a close friend (Ps 54:14 LXX [55:14 ET]). This raises what for some is an insurmountable difficulty in identifying the “other disciple” as John son of Zebedee, since how could the uneducated son of an obscure Galilean fisherman be known to such a powerful and influential family in Jerusalem? E. A. Abbott (as quoted in “Notes of Recent Exposition,” ExpTim 25 [1913/14]: 149-50) proposed that the “other disciple” who accompanied Peter was Judas, since he was the one disciple of whom it is said explicitly (in the synoptic accounts) that he had dealings with the high priest. E. A. Tindall (“Contributions and Comments: John xviii.15,” ExpTim 28 [1916/17]: 283-84) suggested the disciple was Nicodemus, who as a member of the Sanhedrin, would have had access to the high priest’s palace. Both of these suggestions, while ingenious, nevertheless lack support from the text of the Fourth Gospel itself or the synoptic accounts. W. Wuellner ( The Meaning of “ Fishers of Men ” [NTL]) argues that the common attitude concerning the low social status and ignorance of the disciples from Galilee may in fact be a misconception. Zebedee is presented in Mark 1:20 as a man wealthy enough to have hired servants, and Mark 10:35-45 presents both of the sons of Zebedee as concerned about status and prestige. John’s mother appears in the same light in Matt 20:20-28 . Contact with the high priestly family in Jerusalem might not be so unlikely in such circumstances. Others have noted the possibility that John came from a priestly family, some of which is based upon a statement in Eusebius ( Ecclesiastical History 3.31.3) quoting Polycrates that John son of Zebedee was a priest. For further information on possible priestly connections among members of John’s family see L. Morris ( John [NICNT], 752, n. 32). None of this is certain, but on the whole it seems most probable that the disciple who accompanied Peter and gained entry into the courtyard for him was John son of Zebedee.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":41815,"verse_id":"JHN.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Grk “spoke to the doorkeeper”; her description as a slave girl is taken from the following verse. The noun θυρωρός ( qurwro\" ) may be either masculine or feminine, but the article here indicates that it is feminine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":41816,"verse_id":"JHN.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"Grk “slave girl.” Since the descriptive term “slave girl” was introduced in the translation in the previous verse, it would be redundant to repeat the full expression here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":41817,"verse_id":"JHN.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “are you?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":41818,"verse_id":"JHN.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"Grk “He said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":41819,"verse_id":"JHN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":41820,"verse_id":"JHN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"That is, the “guards of the chief priests” as distinguished from the household slaves of Annas.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":41821,"verse_id":"JHN.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Grk “because it was cold, and they were warming themselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":41822,"verse_id":"JHN.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"The introductory phrase “While this was happening” is not in the Greek text. It has been supplied in the translation to clarify the alternation of scenes in the narrative for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":41823,"verse_id":"JHN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"Grk “Jesus answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":41824,"verse_id":"JHN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.20","text":"Grk “in the temple.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A20/3"}
{"id":41825,"verse_id":"JHN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.20","text":"Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish people generally, for whom the synagogues and the temple courts in Jerusalem were important public gathering places. See also the note on the phrase “Jewish religious leaders” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A20/4"}
{"id":41826,"verse_id":"JHN.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.20","text":"Grk “And I.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A20/5"}
{"id":41827,"verse_id":"JHN.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “Ask those who heard what I said to them.” The words “to them” are not translated since they are redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":41828,"verse_id":"JHN.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “Look, these know what I said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":41829,"verse_id":"JHN.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":41830,"verse_id":"JHN.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Grk “one of the high priest’s servants standing by gave Jesus a strike, saying.” For the translation of ῥάπισμα ( rJapisma ), see L&N 19.4.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":41831,"verse_id":"JHN.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Grk “Jesus answered him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":41832,"verse_id":"JHN.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"Or “something incorrect.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":41833,"verse_id":"JHN.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.23","text":"Grk “testify.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A23/3"}
{"id":41834,"verse_id":"JHN.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.23","text":"Or “incorrect.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A23/4"}
{"id":41835,"verse_id":"JHN.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Or “still bound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":41836,"verse_id":"JHN.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"The words “in the courtyard” are not in the Greek text. They are supplied for the benefit of the modern reader, to link this scene to the preceding one in John 18:15-18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":41837,"verse_id":"JHN.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “are you?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":41838,"verse_id":"JHN.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.25","text":"Grk “That one denied it and said”; the referent of the pronoun (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A25/3"}
{"id":41839,"verse_id":"JHN.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 4:51 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":41840,"verse_id":"JHN.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.26","text":"Or “garden.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A26/3"}
{"id":41841,"verse_id":"JHN.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.26","text":"This question, prefaced with οὐκ ( ouk ) in Greek, anticipates a positive answer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A26/4"}
{"id":41842,"verse_id":"JHN.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Grk “to the praetorium.” sn The permanent residence of the Roman governor of Palestine was in Caesarea ( Acts 23:35 ). The governor had a residence in Jerusalem which he normally occupied only during principal feasts or in times of political unrest. The location of this building in Jerusalem is uncertain, but is probably one of two locations: either (1) the fortress or tower of Antonia, on the east hill north of the temple area, which is the traditional location of the Roman praetorium since the 12th century, or (2) the palace of Herod on the west hill near the present Jaffa Gate. According to Philo ( Embassy 38 [299]) Pilate had some golden shields hung there, and according to Josephus ( J. W. 2.14.8 [2.301], 2.15.5 [2.328]) the later Roman governor Florus stayed there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":41843,"verse_id":"JHN.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Grk “And they.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":41844,"verse_id":"JHN.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Grk “into the praetorium.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":41845,"verse_id":"JHN.18.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.29","text":"Or “charge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A29/1"}
{"id":41846,"verse_id":"JHN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.30","text":"Grk “They answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A30/1"}
{"id":41847,"verse_id":"JHN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.30","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A30/2"}
{"id":41848,"verse_id":"JHN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.30","text":"Or “an evildoer”; Grk “one doing evil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A30/3"}
{"id":41849,"verse_id":"JHN.18.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.30","text":"Or “would not have delivered him over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A30/4"}
{"id":41850,"verse_id":"JHN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.31","text":"Grk “Then Pilate said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A31/1"}
{"id":41851,"verse_id":"JHN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.31","text":"Or “judge him.” For the translation “pass judgment on him” see R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 2:848).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A31/2"}
{"id":41852,"verse_id":"JHN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.31","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin. See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A31/4"}
{"id":41853,"verse_id":"JHN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.31","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A31/5"}
{"id":41854,"verse_id":"JHN.18.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.31","text":"Grk “It is not permitted to us to kill anyone.” sn The historical background behind the statement We cannot legally put anyone to death is difficult to reconstruct. Scholars are divided over whether this statement in the Fourth Gospel accurately reflects the judicial situation between the Jewish authorities and the Romans in 1st century Palestine. It appears that the Roman governor may have given the Jews the power of capital punishment for specific offenses, some of them religious (the death penalty for Gentiles caught trespassing in the inner courts of the temple, for example). It is also pointed out that the Jewish authorities did carry out a number of executions, some of them specifically pertaining to Christians (Stephen, according to Acts 7:58-60 ; and James the Just, who was stoned in the 60s according to Josephus, Ant. 20.9.1 [20.200]). But Stephen’s death may be explained as a result of “mob violence” rather than a formal execution, and as Josephus in the above account goes on to point out, James was executed in the period between two Roman governors, and the high priest at the time was subsequently punished for the action. Two studies by A. N. Sherwin-White ( Roman Society and Roman Law in the New Testament , 1-47; and “The Trial of Christ,” Historicity and Chronology in the New Testament [SPCKTC], 97-116) have tended to support the accuracy of John’s account. He concluded that the Romans kept very close control of the death penalty for fear that in the hands of rebellious locals such power could be used to eliminate factions favorable or useful to Rome. A province as troublesome as Judea would not have been likely to be made an exception to this.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A31/6"}
{"id":41855,"verse_id":"JHN.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.32","text":"The words “This happened” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A32/1"}
{"id":41856,"verse_id":"JHN.18.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.32","text":"Or “making clear.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A32/2"}
{"id":41857,"verse_id":"JHN.18.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.33","text":"Grk “into the praetorium.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A33/1"}
{"id":41858,"verse_id":"JHN.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “Jesus answered.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A34/1"}
{"id":41859,"verse_id":"JHN.18.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.34","text":"Grk “saying this from yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A34/2"}
{"id":41860,"verse_id":"JHN.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.35","text":"Or “your own nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A35/2"}
{"id":41861,"verse_id":"JHN.18.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.35","text":"Or “delivered you over.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A35/3"}
{"id":41862,"verse_id":"JHN.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.36","text":"Grk “so that I may not be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A36/1"}
{"id":41863,"verse_id":"JHN.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.36","text":"Or “delivered over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A36/2"}
{"id":41864,"verse_id":"JHN.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.36","text":"Or “the Jewish leaders”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin. See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 12 . In the translation “authorities” was preferred over “leaders” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A36/3"}
{"id":41865,"verse_id":"JHN.18.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.36","text":"Grk “now.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A36/4"}
{"id":41866,"verse_id":"JHN.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.37","text":"Grk “said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A37/1"}
{"id":41867,"verse_id":"JHN.18.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.37","text":"Or “obeys”; Grk “hears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A37/2"}
{"id":41868,"verse_id":"JHN.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.38","text":"Grk “Pilate said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A38/1"}
{"id":41869,"verse_id":"JHN.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.38","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin. See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 12 . The term also occurs in v. 31 , where it is clear the Jewish leaders are in view, because they state that they cannot legally carry out an execution. Although it is likely (in view of the synoptic parallels) that the crowd here in 18:38 was made up not just of the Jewish leaders, but of ordinary residents of Jerusalem and pilgrims who were in Jerusalem for the Passover, nevertheless in John’s Gospel Pilate is primarily in dialogue with the leadership of the nation, who are expressly mentioned in 18:35 and 19:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A38/3"}
{"id":41870,"verse_id":"JHN.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.38","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A38/4"}
{"id":41871,"verse_id":"JHN.18.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.38","text":"Grk “find no cause.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A38/5"}
{"id":41872,"verse_id":"JHN.18.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.39","text":"The word “prisoner” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A39/1"}
{"id":41873,"verse_id":"JHN.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.40","text":"Or “they shouted again,” or “they shouted in turn.” On the difficulty of translating πάλιν ( palin ) see BDAG 753 s.v. 5 . It is simplest in the context of John’s Gospel to understand the phrase to mean “they shouted back” as a reply to Pilate’s question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A40/1"}
{"id":41874,"verse_id":"JHN.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.40","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A40/2"}
{"id":41875,"verse_id":"JHN.18.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":18,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.40","text":"Or “robber.” It is possible that Barabbas was merely a robber or highwayman, but more likely, given the use of the term ληστής ( lhsth\" ) in Josephus and other early sources, that he was a guerrilla warrior or revolutionary leader. See both R. E. Brown ( John [AB], 2:857) and K. H. Rengstorf ( TDNT 4:258) for more information. The word λῃστής was used a number of times by Josephus ( J. W. 2.13.2-3 [2.253-254]) to describe the revolutionaries or guerrilla fighters who, from mixed motives of nationalism and greed, kept the rural districts of Judea in constant turmoil.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2018%3A40/4"}
{"id":41876,"verse_id":"JHN.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Or “had him flogged,” or (traditional), “scourged him.” The verb should be read as causative. Pilate ordered Jesus to be flogged. A Roman governor would not carry out such a sentence in person. BDAG 620 s.v. μαστιγόω 1. states, “If J refers to the ‘verberatio’ given those condemned to death (TMommsen, Röm. Strafrecht 1899, 938f; Jos., Bell. 2, 308; 5, 449), it is odd that Pilate subsequently claims no cause for action (vs. 6); but if the latter statement refers only to the penalty of crucifixion, μ . vs. 1 may be equivalent to παιδεύω (q.v. 2 b γ ) in Lk 23:16, 22 (for μ . of a non-capital offense PFlor I, 61, 61 [85ad]=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 80 II, 61).” sn This severe flogging was not administered by Pilate himself but his officers, who took Jesus at Pilate’s order and scourged him. The author’s choice of wording here may constitute an allusion to Isa 50:6 , “I gave my back to those who scourge me.” Three forms of corporal punishment were employed by the Romans, in increasing degree of severity: (1) fustigatio (beating), (2) flagellatio (flogging), and (3) verberatio (severe flogging, scourging). The first could be on occasion a punishment in itself, but the more severe forms were part of the capital sentence as a prelude to crucifixion. The most severe, verberatio , is what is indicated here by the Greek verb translated flogged severely ( μαστιγόω , mastigow ). People died on occasion while being flogged this way; frequently it was severe enough to rip a person’s body open or cut muscle and sinew to the bone. It was carried out with a whip that had fragments of bone or pieces of metal bound into the tips.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":41877,"verse_id":"JHN.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Grk “And the soldiers.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":41878,"verse_id":"JHN.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Or “wove.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":41879,"verse_id":"JHN.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “And they.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":41880,"verse_id":"JHN.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"The words “again and again” are implied by the (iterative) imperfect verb ἤρχοντο ( hrconto ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":41881,"verse_id":"JHN.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.3","text":"Or “Long live the King of the Jews!” sn The greeting used by the soldiers, “ Hail, King of the Jews! ”, is a mockery based on the standard salutation for the Roman emperor, “ Ave, Caesar! ” (“Hail to Caesar!”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A3/3"}
{"id":41882,"verse_id":"JHN.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.3","text":"The word “repeatedly” is implied by the (iterative) imperfect verb ἐδιδοσαν ( edidosan ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A3/4"}
{"id":41883,"verse_id":"JHN.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Grk “to them.” The words “the Jewish leaders” are supplied from John 18:38 for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":41884,"verse_id":"JHN.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.4","text":"Or “find no basis for an accusation”; Grk “find no cause.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A4/2"}
{"id":41885,"verse_id":"JHN.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.5","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Pilate) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A5/2"}
{"id":41886,"verse_id":"JHN.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":41887,"verse_id":"JHN.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"Grk “said to them.” The words “to them” are not translated because they are unnecessary in contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":41888,"verse_id":"JHN.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.6","text":"On this use of γάρ ( gar ) used in exclamations and strong affirmations, see BDAG 190 s.v. γάρ 3.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A6/5"}
{"id":41889,"verse_id":"JHN.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.6","text":"Or “find no basis for an accusation”; Grk “find no cause.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A6/6"}
{"id":41890,"verse_id":"JHN.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin, and their servants (mentioned specifically as “the chief priests and their servants” in John 19:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":41891,"verse_id":"JHN.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.7","text":"Grk “answered him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A7/2"}
{"id":41892,"verse_id":"JHN.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.7","text":"Grk “because he made himself out to be the Son of God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A7/4"}
{"id":41893,"verse_id":"JHN.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Grk “heard this word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":41894,"verse_id":"JHN.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Grk “became more afraid.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":41895,"verse_id":"JHN.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Grk “into the praetorium.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":41896,"verse_id":"JHN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Grk “said to him.” The words “to him” are not translated because they are unnecessary in contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":41897,"verse_id":"JHN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Or “the power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":41898,"verse_id":"JHN.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Grk “know that I have the authority to release you and the authority to crucify you.” Repetition of “the authority” is unnecessarily redundant English style. sn See the note on Crucify in 19:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":41899,"verse_id":"JHN.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “power.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":41900,"verse_id":"JHN.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “who delivered me over to you.” sn The one who handed me over to you appears to be a reference to Judas at first; yet Judas did not deliver Jesus up to Pilate, but to the Jewish authorities. The singular may be a reference to Caiaphas, who as high priest was representative of all the Jewish authorities, or it may be a generic singular referring to all the Jewish authorities directly. In either case the end result is more or less the same.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":41901,"verse_id":"JHN.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"Grk “has the greater sin” (an idiom). sn Because Pilate had no authority over Jesus except what had been given to him from God, the one who handed Jesus over to Pilate was guilty of greater sin . This does not absolve Pilate of guilt; it simply means his guilt was less than those who handed Jesus over to him, because he was not acting against Jesus out of deliberate hatred or calculated malice, like the Jewish religious authorities. These were thereby guilty of greater sin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":41902,"verse_id":"JHN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “sought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":41903,"verse_id":"JHN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin, and their servants (mentioned specifically as “the chief priests and their servants” in John 19:6 ). See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":41904,"verse_id":"JHN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “shouted out, saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":41905,"verse_id":"JHN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A12/4"}
{"id":41906,"verse_id":"JHN.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “who makes himself out to be a king.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A12/6"}
{"id":41907,"verse_id":"JHN.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Or “the judge’s seat.” sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and usually furnished with a seat. It was used by officials in addressing an assembly or making official pronouncements, often of a judicial nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":41908,"verse_id":"JHN.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “in Hebrew.” sn The author does not say that Gabbatha is the Aramaic (or Hebrew) translation for the Greek term Λιθόστρωτον ( Liqostrwton ). He simply points out that in Aramaic (or Hebrew) the place had another name. A number of meanings have been suggested, but the most likely appears to mean “elevated place.” It is possible that this was a term used by the common people for the judgment seat itself, which always stood on a raised platform.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":41909,"verse_id":"JHN.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"Grk “about the sixth hour.” sn For John, the time was especially important. When the note concerning the hour, about noon , is connected with the day, the day of preparation for the Passover , it becomes apparent that Jesus was going to die on the cross at the very time that the Passover lambs were being slain in the temple courts. Exod 12:6 required that the Passover lamb be kept alive until the 14th Nisan , the eve of the Passover, and then slaughtered by the head of the household at twilight ( Grk “between the two evenings”). By this time the slaughtering was no longer done by the heads of households, but by the priests in the temple courts. But so many lambs were needed for the tens of thousands of pilgrims who came to Jerusalem to celebrate the feast (some estimates run in excess of 100,000 pilgrims) that the slaughter could not be completed during the evening, and so the rabbis redefined “between the two evenings” as beginning at noon, when the sun began to decline toward the horizon. Thus the priests had the entire afternoon of 14th Nisan in which to complete the slaughter of the Passover lambs. According to the Fourth Gospel, this is the time Jesus was dying on the cross.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":41910,"verse_id":"JHN.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.14","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Pilate) has been specified in the translation for clarity, and the conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A14/4"}
{"id":41911,"verse_id":"JHN.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.14","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially members of the Sanhedrin, and their servants (mentioned specifically as “the chief priests and their servants” in John 19:6 ). See the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A14/5"}
{"id":41912,"verse_id":"JHN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “Then these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":41913,"verse_id":"JHN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"The words “with him” (twice) are not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":41914,"verse_id":"JHN.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “Pilate said to them.” The words “to them” are not translated because it is clear in English who Pilate is addressing.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A15/4"}
{"id":41915,"verse_id":"JHN.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Grk “Then he”; the referent (Pilate) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":41916,"verse_id":"JHN.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Or “delivered him over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":41917,"verse_id":"JHN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Or “carrying the cross by himself.” sn As was customary practice in a Roman crucifixion, the prisoner was made to carry his own cross . In all probability this was only the crossbeam, called in Latin the patibulum , since the upright beam usually remained in the ground at the place of execution. According to Matt 27:32 and Mark 15:21 , the soldiers forced Simon to take the cross; Luke 23:26 states that the cross was placed on Simon so that it might be carried behind Jesus. A reasonable explanation of all this is that Jesus started out carrying the cross until he was no longer able to do so, at which point Simon was forced to take over.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":41918,"verse_id":"JHN.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Grk “in Hebrew.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":41919,"verse_id":"JHN.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Grk “where they.” This is a continuation of the previous verse in Greek, but contemporary English style tends toward shorter sentences. A literal translation would result in a lengthy and awkward English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":41920,"verse_id":"JHN.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.18","text":"Grk “and with him two others.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A18/3"}
{"id":41921,"verse_id":"JHN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Or “an inscription.” sn Mention of the inscription is an important detail, because the inscription would normally give the reason for the execution. It shows that Jesus was executed for claiming to be a king. It was also probably written with irony from the executioners’ point of view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":41922,"verse_id":"JHN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"Grk “Pilate also wrote a notice and placed it on the cross.” The two verbs should be read as causatives, since it is highly unlikely that the Roman governor would perform either of these actions himself. He ordered them to be done. sn John says simply that the notice was fastened to the cross . Luke 23:38 says the inscription was placed “over him” (Jesus), and Matt 27:37 that it was placed over Jesus’ head. On the basis of Matthew’s statement Jesus’ cross is usually depicted as the crux immissa , the cross which has the crossbeam set below the top of the upright beam. The other commonly used type of cross was the crux commissa , which had the crossbeam atop the upright beam. But Matthew’s statement is not conclusive, since with the crux commissa the body would have sagged downward enough to allow the placard to be placed above Jesus’ head. The placard with Pilate’s inscription is mentioned in all the gospels, but for John it was certainly ironic. Jesus really was the King of the Jews , although he was a king rejected by his own people (cf. 1:11 ). Pilate’s own motivation for placing the title over Jesus is considerably more obscure. He may have meant this as a final mockery of Jesus himself, but Pilate’s earlier mockery of Jesus seemed to be motivated by a desire to gain pity from the Jewish authorities in order to have him released. More likely Pilate saw this as a subtle way of getting back at the Jewish authorities who had pressured him into the execution of one he considered to be an innocent man.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":41923,"verse_id":"JHN.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.19","text":"Grk “Now it was written.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A19/3"}
{"id":41924,"verse_id":"JHN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the residents of Jerusalem in general. See also the note on the phrase Jewish religious leaders” in v. 7 . map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":41925,"verse_id":"JHN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"Or “this inscription.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":41926,"verse_id":"JHN.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"Grk “in Hebrew.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":41927,"verse_id":"JHN.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Or “the Jewish chief priests.” Nowhere else in the Fourth Gospel are the two expressions οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ( Joi arcierei\" twn Ioudaiwn ) combined. Earlier in 19:15 the chief priests were simply referred to as οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς . It seems likely that this is another example of Johannine irony, to be seen in contrast to the inscription on the cross which read ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ( Jo basileu\" twn Ioudaiwn ). For this reason the phrase has been translated “the chief priests of the Jews” (which preserves in the translation the connection with “King of the Jews”) rather than “the Jewish chief priests.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":41928,"verse_id":"JHN.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.23","text":"Or “shirt” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). The name for this garment ( χιτών , citwn ) presents some difficulty in translation. Most modern readers would not understand what a ‘tunic’ was any more than they would be familiar with a ‘ chiton .’ On the other hand, attempts to find a modern equivalent are also a problem: “Shirt” conveys the idea of a much shorter garment that covers only the upper body, and “undergarment” (given the styles of modern underwear) is more misleading still. “Tunic” was therefore employed, but with a note to explain its nature.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A23/3"}
{"id":41929,"verse_id":"JHN.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.23","text":"Or “shirt” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). See the note on the same word earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A23/4"}
{"id":41930,"verse_id":"JHN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “but choose by lot” (probably by using marked pebbles or broken pieces of pottery). A modern equivalent, “throw dice,” was chosen here because of its association with gambling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":41931,"verse_id":"JHN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “to see whose it will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A24/2"}
{"id":41932,"verse_id":"JHN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.24","text":"The words “This took place” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A24/3"}
{"id":41933,"verse_id":"JHN.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “cast lots.” See the note on “throw dice” earlier in the verse. sn A quotation from Ps 22:18 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A24/4"}
{"id":41934,"verse_id":"JHN.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Grk “from that very hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":41935,"verse_id":"JHN.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Or “that already.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":41936,"verse_id":"JHN.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Or “finished,” “accomplished”; Grk “fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":41937,"verse_id":"JHN.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.29","text":"Or “and brought it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A29/3"}
{"id":41938,"verse_id":"JHN.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"Grk “Then when.” Here οὖν ( oun ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":41939,"verse_id":"JHN.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.30","text":"Or “It is accomplished,” “It is finished,” or “It is ended.” See tn on John 13:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A30/2"}
{"id":41940,"verse_id":"JHN.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.30","text":"Or “he bowed his head and died”; Grk “he bowed his head and gave over the spirit.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A30/3"}
{"id":41941,"verse_id":"JHN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.31","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders. See also the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A31/3"}
{"id":41942,"verse_id":"JHN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.31","text":"Grk “asked Pilate that the legs of them might be broken.” The referent of “them” (the three individuals who were crucified, collectively referred to as “the victims”) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A31/4"}
{"id":41943,"verse_id":"JHN.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.31","text":"Grk “asked Pilate that their legs might be broken and they might be taken down.” Here because of the numerous ambiguous third person references it is necessary to clarify that it was the crucified men whose legs were to be broken and whose corpses were to be removed from the crosses.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A31/6"}
{"id":41944,"verse_id":"JHN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.32","text":"Grk “with him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A32/2"}
{"id":41945,"verse_id":"JHN.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.32","text":"Grk “broke the legs of the first and of the other who had been crucified with him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A32/3"}
{"id":41946,"verse_id":"JHN.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":41947,"verse_id":"JHN.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"Grk “and that one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":41948,"verse_id":"JHN.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.38","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders, especially the Pharisees (see John 12:42 ). See also the note on the phrase “Jewish leaders” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A38/1"}
{"id":41949,"verse_id":"JHN.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.38","text":"Grk “And Pilate.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A38/3"}
{"id":41950,"verse_id":"JHN.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.38","text":"Grk “took away his body.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A38/4"}
{"id":41951,"verse_id":"JHN.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.39","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A39/1"}
{"id":41952,"verse_id":"JHN.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.39","text":"Grk “came”; the words “accompanied Joseph” are not in the Greek text but are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A39/3"}
{"id":41953,"verse_id":"JHN.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.40","text":"On this term see BDAG 140-41 s.v. ἄρωμα . The Jews did not practice embalming, so these materials were used to cover the stench of decay and slow decomposition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A40/1"}
{"id":41954,"verse_id":"JHN.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.40","text":"The Fourth Gospel uses ὀθονίοις ( oqonioi\" ) to describe the wrappings, and this has caused a good deal of debate, since it appears to contradict the synoptic accounts which mention a σινδών ( sindwn ), a large single piece of linen cloth. If one understands ὀθονίοις to refer to smaller strips of cloth, like bandages, there would be a difference, but diminutive forms have often lost their diminutive force in Koine Greek (BDF §111.3), so there may not be any difference.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A40/2"}
{"id":41955,"verse_id":"JHN.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.40","text":"Grk “cloth as is the custom of the Jews to prepare for burial.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A40/3"}
{"id":41956,"verse_id":"JHN.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A41/1"}
{"id":41957,"verse_id":"JHN.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.41","text":"Or “an orchard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A41/3"}
{"id":41958,"verse_id":"JHN.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.41","text":"Or “orchard.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A41/4"}
{"id":41959,"verse_id":"JHN.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “been placed.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2019%3A41/5"}
{"id":41960,"verse_id":"JHN.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.1","text":"Grk “from the tomb.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A1/3"}
{"id":41961,"verse_id":"JHN.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Grk “So she ran and came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":41962,"verse_id":"JHN.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Grk “went out and were coming to the tomb.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":41963,"verse_id":"JHN.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “and came first to the tomb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":41964,"verse_id":"JHN.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Grk “And he saw.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":41965,"verse_id":"JHN.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Or “yet know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":41966,"verse_id":"JHN.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":41967,"verse_id":"JHN.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":41968,"verse_id":"JHN.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “She said to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A13/3"}
{"id":41969,"verse_id":"JHN.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":41970,"verse_id":"JHN.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Grk “that one” (referring to Mary Magdalene).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":41971,"verse_id":"JHN.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “That one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":41972,"verse_id":"JHN.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “in Hebrew.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":41973,"verse_id":"JHN.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.17","text":"Grk “Jesus said to her.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A17/1"}
{"id":41974,"verse_id":"JHN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"The words “she told them” are repeated from the first part of the same verse to improve clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":41975,"verse_id":"JHN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Grk “the things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":41976,"verse_id":"JHN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A18/3"}
{"id":41977,"verse_id":"JHN.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.18","text":"The first part of Mary’s statement, introduced by ὅτι ( Joti ), is direct discourse ( ἑώρακα τὸν κύριον , Jewraka ton kurion ), while the second clause switches to indirect discourse ( καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ , kai tauta eipen auth ). This has the effect of heightening the emphasis on the first part of the statement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A18/4"}
{"id":41978,"verse_id":"JHN.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.19","text":"Although the words “had gathered together” are omitted in some of the earliest and best mss , they are nevertheless implied, and have thus been included in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A19/1"}
{"id":41979,"verse_id":"JHN.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.19","text":"Grk “the doors were shut”; “locked” conveys a more appropriate idea for the modern English reader. sn The fact that the disciples locked the doors is a perfectly understandable reaction to the events of the past few days. But what is the significance of the inclusion of this statement by the author? It is often taken to mean that Jesus, when he entered the room, passed through the closed doors. This may well be the case, but it may be assuming too much about our knowledge of the mode in which the resurrected body of Jesus exists. The text does not explicitly state how Jesus got through the closed doors. It is possible to assume that the doors opened of their own accord before him, or that he simply appeared in the middle of the room without passing through the doors at all. The point the author makes here is simply that the closed doors were no obstacle at all to the resurrected Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A19/2"}
{"id":41980,"verse_id":"JHN.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.19","text":"Grk “where they were.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A19/3"}
{"id":41981,"verse_id":"JHN.20.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.19","text":"Or “the Jewish authorities”; Grk “the Jews.” In NT usage the term ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ( Ioudaioi ) may refer to the entire Jewish people, the residents of Jerusalem and surrounding territory, the authorities in Jerusalem, or merely those who were hostile to Jesus. (For further information see R. G. Bratcher, “‘The Jews’ in the Gospel of John,” BT 26 [1975]: 401-9.) Here the phrase refers to the Jewish leaders.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A19/4"}
{"id":41982,"verse_id":"JHN.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":41983,"verse_id":"JHN.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"Grk “they are forgiven to them.” The words “to them” are unnecessary in English and somewhat redundant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":41984,"verse_id":"JHN.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Grk “but he said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":41985,"verse_id":"JHN.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Or “marks.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":41986,"verse_id":"JHN.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.25","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context. The use of “it” here as direct object of the verb πιστεύσω ( pisteusw ) specifies exactly what Thomas was refusing to believe: that Jesus had risen from the dead, as reported by his fellow disciples. Otherwise the English reader may be left with the impression Thomas was refusing to “believe in” Jesus, or “believe Jesus to be the Christ.” The dramatic tension in this narrative is heightened when Thomas, on seeing for himself the risen Christ, believes more than just the resurrection (see John 20:28 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A25/3"}
{"id":41987,"verse_id":"JHN.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Grk “were inside”; the word “together” is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":41988,"verse_id":"JHN.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Grk “the doors were shut”; “locked” conveys a more appropriate idea for the modern English reader. sn See the note on the phrase locked the doors in 20:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":41989,"verse_id":"JHN.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"Or “Extend” or “Reach out.” The translation “put” or “reach out” for φέρω ( ferw ) here is given in BDAG 1052 s.v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":41990,"verse_id":"JHN.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.27","text":"Grk “see.” The Greek verb ἴδε ( ide ) is often used like its cognate ἰδού ( idou ) in Hellenistic Greek (which is “used to emphasize the …importance of someth.” [BDAG 468 s.v. ἰδού 1.b. ε ]).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A27/2"}
{"id":41991,"verse_id":"JHN.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.27","text":"Or “reach out” or “put.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A27/3"}
{"id":41992,"verse_id":"JHN.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.27","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A27/4"}
{"id":41993,"verse_id":"JHN.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.27","text":"Grk “and do not be unbelieving, but believing.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A27/5"}
{"id":41994,"verse_id":"JHN.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Grk “answered and said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":41995,"verse_id":"JHN.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"Grk “are those.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":41996,"verse_id":"JHN.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.29","text":"Some translations treat πιστεύσαντες ( pisteusante\" ) as a gnomic aorist (timeless statement) and thus equivalent to an English present tense: “and yet believe” (RSV). This may create an effective application of the passage to the modern reader, but the author is probably thinking of those people who had already believed without the benefit of seeing the risen Jesus, on the basis of reports by others or because of circumstantial evidence (see John 20:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A29/2"}
{"id":41997,"verse_id":"JHN.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Or “did.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":41998,"verse_id":"JHN.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"puts the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":41999,"verse_id":"JHN.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.30","text":"Grk “are not written.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A30/3"}
{"id":42000,"verse_id":"JHN.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Grk “these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":42001,"verse_id":"JHN.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Grk “are written.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":42002,"verse_id":"JHN.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.31","text":"puts the aorist’s sigma in brackets, thus representing both readings virtually equally (so TCGNT 220).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A31/3"}
{"id":42003,"verse_id":"JHN.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “Jesus is the Messiah” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed”). sn See the note on Christ in 1:20 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2020%3A31/4"}
{"id":42004,"verse_id":"JHN.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"The time reference indicated by μετὰ ταῦτα ( meta tauta ) is indefinite, in comparison with the specific “after eight days” ( μεθ᾿ ἡμέρας ὀκτώ , meq ’ Jhmera\" oktw ) between the two postresurrection appearances of Jesus in 20:26 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":42005,"verse_id":"JHN.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"Grk “how he revealed himself.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":42006,"verse_id":"JHN.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “and Thomas.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements of a series.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":42007,"verse_id":"JHN.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “and Nathanael.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements of a series.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":42008,"verse_id":"JHN.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.2","text":"For location see Map1-C3 ; Map2-D2 ; Map3-C5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A2/4"}
{"id":42009,"verse_id":"JHN.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “and the sons.” The conjunction καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated here in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements of a series.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A2/5"}
{"id":42010,"verse_id":"JHN.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Grk “they said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":42011,"verse_id":"JHN.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"The word προσφάγιον ( prosfagion ) is unusual. According to BDAG 886 s.v. in Hellenistic Greek it described a side dish to be eaten with bread, and in some contexts was the equivalent of ὄψον ( oyon ), “fish.” Used in addressing a group of returning fishermen, however, it is quite clear that the speaker had fish in mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":42012,"verse_id":"JHN.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “do you?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":42013,"verse_id":"JHN.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “They answered him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":42014,"verse_id":"JHN.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"The word “some” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":42015,"verse_id":"JHN.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The words “the net” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":42016,"verse_id":"JHN.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “the disciple, that one whom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":42017,"verse_id":"JHN.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “for he was naked.” Peter’s behavior here has been puzzling to many interpreters. It is usually understood that the Greek word γυμνός ( gumnos , usually translated “naked”) does not refer to complete nudity (as it could), since this would have been offensive to Jewish sensibilities in this historical context. It is thus commonly understood to mean “stripped for work” here (cf. NASB, NLT), that is, with one’s outer clothing removed, and Peter was wearing either a loincloth or a loose-fitting tunic (a long shirt-like garment worn under a cloak, cf. NAB, “for he was lightly clad”). Believing himself inadequately dressed to greet the Lord, Peter threw his outer garment around himself and dived into the sea. C. K. Barrett ( St. John, 580-81) offered the explanation that a greeting was a religious act and thus could not be performed unless one was clothed. This still leaves the improbable picture of a person with much experience around the water putting on his outer garment before diving in. R. E. Brown’s suggestion ( John [AB], 2:1072) seems much more probable here: The Greek verb used ( διαζώννυμι , diazwnnumi ) does not necessarily mean putting clothing on, but rather tying the clothing around oneself (the same verb is used in 13:4-5 of Jesus tying the towel around himself). The statement that Peter was “naked” could just as well mean that he was naked underneath the outer garment , and thus could not take it off before jumping into the water. But he did pause to tuck it up and tie it with the girdle before jumping in, to allow himself more freedom of movement. Thus the clause that states Peter was naked is explanatory (note the use of for ), explaining why Peter girded up his outer garment rather than taking it off – he had nothing on underneath it and so could not remove it. sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A7/3"}
{"id":42018,"verse_id":"JHN.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.7","text":"Grk “threw himself.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A7/4"}
{"id":42019,"verse_id":"JHN.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Or “about a hundred meters”; Grk “about two hundred cubits.” According to BDAG 812 s.v., a πῆχυς ( phcu\" ) was about 18 inches or .462 meters, so two hundred πηχῶν ( phcwn ) would be about 100 yards (92.4 meters).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":42020,"verse_id":"JHN.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"The words “on the beach” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":42021,"verse_id":"JHN.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Grk “placed,” “laid.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":42022,"verse_id":"JHN.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Grk “said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":42023,"verse_id":"JHN.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"The words “It was” are not in the Greek text. Here a new sentence was begun in the translation in keeping with the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences. For this reason the words “It was” had to be supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":42024,"verse_id":"JHN.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “said to them.” The words “to them” are omitted because it is clear in context to whom Jesus was speaking, and the words are slightly redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":42025,"verse_id":"JHN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"( א * only has “Simon” without mention of his father) B C* D L W lat co.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":42026,"verse_id":"JHN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"To whom (or what) does “these” ( τούτων , toutwn ) refer? Three possibilities are suggested: (1) τούτων should be understood as neuter, “these things,” referring to the boats, nets, and fishing gear nearby. In light of Peter’s statement in 21:3 , “I am going fishing,” some have understood Peter to have renounced his commission in light of his denials of Jesus. Jesus, as he restores Peter and forgives him for his denials, is asking Peter if he really loves his previous vocation more than he loves Jesus. Three things may be said in evaluation of this view: (a) it is not at all necessary to understand Peter’s statement in 21:3 as a renouncement of his discipleship, as this view of the meaning of τούτων would imply; (b) it would probably be more likely that the verb would be repeated in such a construction (see 7:31 for an example where the verb is repeated); and (c) as R. E. Brown has observed ( John [AB], 2:1103) by Johannine standards the choice being offered to Peter between material things and the risen Jesus would seem rather ridiculous, especially after the disciples had realized whom it was they were dealing with (the Lord, see v. 12 ). (2) τούτων refers to the other disciples, meaning “Do you love me more than you love these other disciples?” The same objection mentioned as (c) under (1) would apply here: Could the author, in light of the realization of who Jesus is which has come to the disciples after the resurrection, and which he has just mentioned in 21:12 , seriously present Peter as being offered a choice between the other disciples and the risen Jesus? This leaves option (3), that τούτων refers to the other disciples, meaning “Do you love me more than these other disciples do?” It seems likely that there is some irony here: Peter had boasted in 13:37 , “I will lay down my life for you,” and the synoptics present Peter as boasting even more explicitly of his loyalty to Jesus (“Even if they all fall away, I will not,” Matt 26:33 ; Mark 14:29 ). Thus the semantic force of what Jesus asks Peter here amounts to something like “Now, after you have denied me three times, as I told you you would, can you still affirm that you love me more than these other disciples do?” The addition of the auxiliary verb “do” in the translation is used to suggest to the English reader the third interpretation, which is the preferred one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":42027,"verse_id":"JHN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “He said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A15/3"}
{"id":42028,"verse_id":"JHN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.15","text":"Is there a significant difference in meaning between the two words for love used in the passage, ἀγαπάω and φιλέω ( agapaw and filew )? Aside from Origen, who saw a distinction in the meaning of the two words, most of the Greek Fathers like Chrysostom and Cyril of Alexandria, saw no real difference of meaning. Neither did Augustine nor the translators of the Itala (Old Latin). This was also the view of the Reformation Greek scholars Erasmus and Grotius. The suggestion that a distinction in meaning should be seen comes primarily from a number of British scholars of the 19th century, especially Trench, Westcott, and Plummer. It has been picked up by others such as Spicq, Lenski, and Hendriksen. But most modern scholars decline to see a real difference in the meaning of the two words in this context, among them Bernard, Moffatt, Bonsirven, Bultmann, Barrett, Brown, Morris, Haenchen, and Beasley-Murray. There are three significant reasons for seeing no real difference in the meaning of ἀγαπάω and φιλέω in these verses: (1) the author has a habit of introducing slight stylistic variations in repeated material without any significant difference in meaning (compare, for example, 3:3 with 3:5, and 7:34 with 13:33 ). An examination of the uses of ἀγαπάω and φιλέω in the Fourth Gospel seems to indicate a general interchangeability between the two. Both terms are used of God’s love for man ( 3:16, 16:27 ); of the Father’s love for the Son ( 3:35, 5:20 ); of Jesus’ love for men ( 11:5, 11:3 ); of the love of men for men ( 13:34, 15:19 ); and of the love of men for Jesus ( 8:42, 16:27 ). (2) If (as seems probable) the original conversation took place in Aramaic (or possibly Hebrew), there would not have been any difference expressed because both Aramaic and Hebrew have only one basic word for love. In the LXX both ἀγαπάω and φιλέω are used to translate the same Hebrew word for love, although ἀγαπάω is more frequent. It is significant that in the Syriac version of the NT only one verb is used to translate vv. 15-17 (Syriac is very similar linguistically to Palestinian Aramaic). (3) Peter’s answers to the questions asked with ἀγαπάω are ‘yes’ even though he answers using the verb φιλέω . If he is being asked to love Jesus on a higher or more spiritual level his answers give no indication of this, and one would be forced to say (in order to maintain a consistent distinction between the two verbs) that Jesus finally concedes defeat and accepts only the lower form of love which is all that Peter is capable of offering. Thus it seems best to regard the interchange between ἀγαπάω and φιλέω in these verses as a minor stylistic variation of the author, consistent with his use of minor variations in repeated material elsewhere, and not indicative of any real difference in meaning. Thus no attempt has been made to distinguish between the two Greek words in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A15/4"}
{"id":42029,"verse_id":"JHN.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A15/5"}
{"id":42030,"verse_id":"JHN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":42031,"verse_id":"JHN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “said again.” The word “again” (when used in connection with the phrase “a second time”) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":42032,"verse_id":"JHN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “He said to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":42033,"verse_id":"JHN.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A16/4"}
{"id":42034,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":42035,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “said to him.” The words “to him” are clear from the context and slightly redundant in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":42036,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.17","text":"Or “was sad.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/3"}
{"id":42037,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/4"}
{"id":42038,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “said to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/5"}
{"id":42039,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “and said to him.” The words “to him” are clear from the context and slightly redundant in English.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/6"}
{"id":42040,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.17","text":"includes the words in brackets, indicating some doubts as to their authenticity. Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/7"}
{"id":42041,"verse_id":"JHN.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"21.17","text":"Grk “Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A17/8"}
{"id":42042,"verse_id":"JHN.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Grk “Truly, truly, I say to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":42043,"verse_id":"JHN.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.18","text":"Or “you girded yourself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A18/2"}
{"id":42044,"verse_id":"JHN.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.18","text":"Grk “others will gird you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A18/3"}
{"id":42045,"verse_id":"JHN.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":42046,"verse_id":"JHN.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":42047,"verse_id":"JHN.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “After he said this, he said to him”; the referents (first Jesus, second Peter) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A19/4"}
{"id":42048,"verse_id":"JHN.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":42049,"verse_id":"JHN.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"The words “This was the disciple” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":42050,"verse_id":"JHN.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":42051,"verse_id":"JHN.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.20","text":"Grk “and said.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A20/4"}
{"id":42052,"verse_id":"JHN.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Grk “saw this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":42053,"verse_id":"JHN.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Grk “Jesus said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":42054,"verse_id":"JHN.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"Grk “to stay” or “to remain”; but since longevity is the issue in the context, “to live” conveys the idea more clearly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":42055,"verse_id":"JHN.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.22","text":"The word “back” is supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A22/3"}
{"id":42056,"verse_id":"JHN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “went out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":42057,"verse_id":"JHN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “the brothers,” but here the term refers to more than just the immediate disciples of Jesus (as it does in 20:17 ). Here, as R. E. Brown notes ( John [AB], 2:1110), it refers to Christians of the Johannine community (which would include both men and women).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":42058,"verse_id":"JHN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “to stay” or “to remain”; but since longevity is the issue in the context, “to live” conveys the idea more clearly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":42059,"verse_id":"JHN.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.23","text":"The word “back” is supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A23/4"}
{"id":42060,"verse_id":"JHN.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"Grk “written”; the word “down” is supplied in keeping with contemporary English idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":42061,"verse_id":"JHN.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JHN","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"Grk “the world itself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/John%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":42062,"verse_id":"ACT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “produced,” Grk “made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":42063,"verse_id":"ACT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “first.” The translation “former” is preferred because “first” could imply to the modern English reader that the author means that his previous account was the first one to be written down. The Greek term πρῶτος ( prwtos ) does not necessarily mean “first” in an absolute sense, but can refer to the first in a set or series. That is what is intended here – the first account (known as the Gospel of Luke) as compared to the second one (known as Acts).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":42064,"verse_id":"ACT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The Greek word λόγος ( logos ) is sometimes translated “book” (NRSV, NIV) or “treatise” (KJV). A formal, systematic treatment of a subject is implied, but the word “book” may be too specific and slightly misleading to the modern reader, so “account” has been used. sn The former account refers to the Gospel of Luke, which was “volume one” of the two-volume work Luke-Acts.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":42065,"verse_id":"ACT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “O Theophilus,” but the usage of the vocative in Acts with ὦ ( w ) is unemphatic, following more the classical idiom (see ExSyn 69).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":42066,"verse_id":"ACT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The words “to heaven” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied from v. 11 . Several modern translations (NIV, NRSV) supply the words “to heaven” after “taken up” to specify the destination explicitly mentioned later in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":42067,"verse_id":"ACT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “commands.” Although some modern translations render ἐντειλάμενος ( enteilameno\" ) as “instructions” (NIV, NRSV), the word implies authority or official sanction (G. Schrenk, TDNT 2:545), so that a word like “orders” conveys the idea more effectively. The action of the temporal participle is antecedent (prior) to the action of the verb it modifies (“taken up”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":42068,"verse_id":"ACT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “through.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":42069,"verse_id":"ACT.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “to them”; the referent (the apostles) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":42070,"verse_id":"ACT.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “during forty days.” The phrase “over a forty-day period” is used rather than “during forty days” because (as the other NT accounts of Jesus’ appearances make clear) Jesus was not continually visible to the apostles during the forty days, but appeared to them on various occasions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":42071,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “While he was assembling with them,” or “while he was sharing a meal with them.” There are three basic options for translating the verb συναλίζω ( sunalizw ): (1) “Eat (salt) with, share a meal with”; (2) “bring together, assemble”; (3) “spend the night with, stay with” (see BDAG 964 s.v.). The difficulty with the first option is that it does not fit the context, and this meaning is not found elsewhere. The second option is difficult because of the singular number and the present tense. The third option is based on a spelling variation of συναυλιζόμενος ( sunaulizomeno\" ), which some minuscules actually read here. The difference in meaning between (2) and (3) is not great, but (3) seems to fit the context somewhat better here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":42072,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “ordered them”; the command “Do not leave” is not in Greek but is an indirect quotation in the original (see note at end of the verse for explanation).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":42073,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":42074,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text (direct objects in Greek were frequently omitted when clear from the context).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":42075,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “the,” with the article used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":42076,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “for the promise of the Father.” Jesus is referring to the promised gift of the Holy Spirit (see the following verse).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":42077,"verse_id":"ACT.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “While he was with them, he ordered them not to leave Jerusalem, but to wait there for ‘what my Father promised, which you heard about from me.’” This verse moves from indirect to direct discourse. This abrupt change is very awkward, so the entire quotation has been rendered as direct discourse in the translation.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A4/7"}
{"id":42078,"verse_id":"ACT.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"In the Greek text v. 5 is a continuation of the previous sentence, which is long and complicated. In keeping with the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":42079,"verse_id":"ACT.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The pronoun is plural in Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":42080,"verse_id":"ACT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “they began to ask him, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. The imperfect tense of the Greek verb ἠρώτων ( hrwtwn ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":42081,"verse_id":"ACT.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “It is not for you to know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":42082,"verse_id":"ACT.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “to the ends.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":42083,"verse_id":"ACT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":42084,"verse_id":"ACT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “And as.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":42085,"verse_id":"ACT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":42086,"verse_id":"ACT.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The word “here” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":42087,"verse_id":"ACT.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Codex Bezae (D) and several other witnesses lack the words εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ( ei\" ton ouranon , “into heaven”) here, most likely by way of accidental deletion. In any event, it is hardly correct to suppose that the Western text has intentionally suppressed references to the ascension of Christ here, for the phrase is solidly attested in the final clause of the verse. tn Or “into the sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” (vv. 10, 11 a) or “heaven” (twice in v. 11 b) depending on the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":42088,"verse_id":"ACT.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":42089,"verse_id":"ACT.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “from the hill.” The Greek term ὄρος ( oros ) refers to a relatively high elevation of land in contrast with βουνός ( bounos , “hill”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":42090,"verse_id":"ACT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":42091,"verse_id":"ACT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"The word “Jerusalem” is not in the Greek text but is implied (direct objects were often omitted when clear from the context).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":42092,"verse_id":"ACT.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"The words “were there” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":42093,"verse_id":"ACT.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “And in those days.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":42094,"verse_id":"ACT.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “brethren” (but the term includes both male and female believers present in this gathering, as indicated by those named in vv. 13-14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":42095,"verse_id":"ACT.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “Men brothers.” In light of the compound phrase ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί ( andre\" adelfoi , “Men brothers”) Peter’s words are best understood as directly addressed to the males present, possibly referring specifically to the twelve (really ten at this point – eleven minus the speaker, Peter) mentioned by name in v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":42096,"verse_id":"ACT.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “foretold by the mouth of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":42097,"verse_id":"ACT.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “and was chosen to have a share in this ministry.” The term λαγχάνω ( lancanw ) here and in 2 Pet 1:1 can be understood as referring to the process of divine choice and thus be translated, “was chosen to have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":42098,"verse_id":"ACT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The referent of “this man” (Judas) was specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":42099,"verse_id":"ACT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Traditionally, “with the reward of his wickedness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":42100,"verse_id":"ACT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Traditionally, “falling headlong.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":42101,"verse_id":"ACT.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “all his bowels.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A18/4"}
{"id":42102,"verse_id":"ACT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “And this.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":42103,"verse_id":"ACT.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “that field was called.” The passive voice has been converted to active in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":42104,"verse_id":"ACT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “uninhabited” or “empty.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":42105,"verse_id":"ACT.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “Let another take his office.” sn A quotation from Ps 109:8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":42106,"verse_id":"ACT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, where a successor to Judas is being chosen, only men were under consideration in the original historical context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":42107,"verse_id":"ACT.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “the Lord Jesus went in and out among us.” According to BDAG 294 s.v. εἰσέρχομαι 1.b. β , “ ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς went in and out among us = associated with us Ac 1:21 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":42108,"verse_id":"ACT.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Here the pronoun “he” refers to Jesus.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":42109,"verse_id":"ACT.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Codex Bezae (D) and other Western witnesses have “he proposed,” referring to Peter, thus emphasizing his role above the other apostles. The Western text displays a conscious pattern of elevating Peter in Acts, and thus the singular verb here is a palpably motivated reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":42110,"verse_id":"ACT.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “So they proposed two.” The word “candidates” was supplied in the text for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":42111,"verse_id":"ACT.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “And praying, they said.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":42112,"verse_id":"ACT.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “to take the place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":42113,"verse_id":"ACT.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Or “of this ministry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":42114,"verse_id":"ACT.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.25","text":"Or “the task of this service and apostleship which Judas ceased to perform.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A25/3"}
{"id":42115,"verse_id":"ACT.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the continuity with the preceding verse. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":42116,"verse_id":"ACT.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “and the lot fell on Matthias.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A26/2"}
{"id":42117,"verse_id":"ACT.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"Or “he was counted as one of the apostles along with the eleven.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%201%3A26/3"}
{"id":42118,"verse_id":"ACT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “And” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":42119,"verse_id":"ACT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated for stylistic reasons. It occurs as part of the formula καὶ ἐγένετο ( kai egeneto ) which is often left untranslated in Luke-Acts because it is redundant in contemporary English. Here it is possible (and indeed necessary) to translate ἐγένετο as “came” so that the initial clause of the English translation contains a verb; nevertheless the translation of the conjunction καί is not necessary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":42120,"verse_id":"ACT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “a noise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":42121,"verse_id":"ACT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"While φέρω ( ferw ) generally refers to movement from one place to another with the possible implication of causing the movement of other objects, in Acts 2:2 φέρομαι ( feromai ) should probably be understood in a more idiomatic sense of “blowing” since it is combined with the noun for wind ( πνοή , pnoh ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":42122,"verse_id":"ACT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “from the sky.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven” depending on the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":42123,"verse_id":"ACT.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “And divided tongues as of fire.” The precise meaning of διαμερίζομαι ( diamerizomai ) in Acts 2:3 is difficult to determine. The meaning could be “tongues as of fire dividing up one to each person,” but it is also possible that the individual tongues of fire were divided (“And divided tongues as of fire appeared”). The translation adopted in the text (“tongues spreading out like a fire”) attempts to be somewhat ambiguous.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":42124,"verse_id":"ACT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “And all.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":42125,"verse_id":"ACT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The Greek term is γλώσσαις ( glwssai\" ), the same word used for the tongues of fire. sn Other languages. Acts 2:6-7 indicates that these were languages understandable to the hearers, a diverse group from “every nation under heaven.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":42126,"verse_id":"ACT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “just as the spirit gave them to utter.” The verb ἀποφθέγγομαι ( apofqengomai ) was used of special utterances in Classical Greek (BDAG 125 s.v.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":42127,"verse_id":"ACT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “Jews, devout men.” It is possible that only men are in view here in light of OT commands for Jewish men to make a pilgrimage to Jerusalem at various times during the year (cf. Exod 23:17, 34:23 ; Deut 16:16 ). However, other evidence seems to indicate that both men and women might be in view. Luke 2:41-52 shows that whole families would make the temporary trip to Jerusalem. In addition, it is probable that the audience consisted of families who had taken up permanent residence in Jerusalem. The verb κατοικέω ( katoikew ) normally means “reside” or “dwell,” and archaeological evidence from tombs in Jerusalem does indicate that many families immigrated to Jerusalem permanently (see B. Witherington, Acts , 135); this would naturally include women. Also, the word ἀνήρ ( ajnhr ), which usually does mean “male” or “man” (as opposed to woman), sometimes is used generically to mean “a person” (BDAG 79 s.v. 2 ; cf. Matt 12:41 ). Given this evidence, then, it is conceivable that the audience in view here is not individual male pilgrims but a mixed group of men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":42128,"verse_id":"ACT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “Now there were residing in Jerusalem Jews, devout men from every nation under heaven.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":42129,"verse_id":"ACT.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “this noise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":42130,"verse_id":"ACT.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “was bewildered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":42131,"verse_id":"ACT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “They were astounded and amazed, saying.” The two imperfect verbs, ἐξίσταντο ( existanto ) and ἐθαύμαζον ( eqaumazon ), show both the surprise and the confusion on the part of the hearers. The verb ἐξίσταντο (from ἐξίστημι , existhmi ) often implies an illogical perception or response (BDAG 350 s.v. ἐξίστημι ): “to be so astonished as to almost fail to comprehend what one has experienced” (L&N 25.218).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":42132,"verse_id":"ACT.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “Behold, aren’t all these.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":42133,"verse_id":"ACT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “we hear them, each one of us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":42134,"verse_id":"ACT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “in our own language in which we were born.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":42135,"verse_id":"ACT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":42136,"verse_id":"ACT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"According to BDAG 595 s.v. Λιβύη , the western part of Libya, Libya Cyrenaica, is referred to here (see also Josephus, Ant. 16.6.1 [16.160] for a similar phrase).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":42137,"verse_id":"ACT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":42138,"verse_id":"ACT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “God’s mighty works.” Here the genitive τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) has been translated as a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":42139,"verse_id":"ACT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The words “the speakers” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied for clarity. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":42140,"verse_id":"ACT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “They are full of new wine!” sn New wine refers to a new, sweet wine in the process of fermentation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":42141,"verse_id":"ACT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “standing up.” The participle σταθείς ( staqei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":42142,"verse_id":"ACT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “You Jewish men.” “Judea” is preferred here because it is paired with “Jerusalem,” a location. This suggests locality rather than ethnic background is the primary emphasis in the context. As for “men,” the Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, where “all” who live in Jerusalem are addressed, it is conceivable that this is a generic usage, although it can also be argued that Peter’s remarks were addressed primarily to the men present, even if women were there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":42143,"verse_id":"ACT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":42144,"verse_id":"ACT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “let this be known to you.” The passive construction has been translated as an active for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":42145,"verse_id":"ACT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “These men are not drunk, as you suppose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":42146,"verse_id":"ACT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “only the third hour.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":42147,"verse_id":"ACT.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “on all flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":42148,"verse_id":"ACT.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “slaves.” Although this translation frequently renders δοῦλος ( doulos ) as “slave,” the connotation is often of one who has sold himself into slavery; in a spiritual sense, the idea is that of becoming a slave of God or of Jesus Christ voluntarily. The voluntary notion is not conspicuous here; hence, the translation “servants.” In any case, the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":42149,"verse_id":"ACT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “in the heaven.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated “sky” or “heaven” depending on the context. Here, in contrast to “the earth below,” a reference to the sky is more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":42150,"verse_id":"ACT.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Here the context indicates the miraculous nature of the signs mentioned; this is made explicit in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":42151,"verse_id":"ACT.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Or “and wonderful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":42152,"verse_id":"ACT.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Grk “And it will be that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":42153,"verse_id":"ACT.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “Israelite men,” although this is less natural English. The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, it is conceivable that this is a generic usage, although it can also be argued that Peter’s remarks were addressed primarily to the men present, even if women were there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":42154,"verse_id":"ACT.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “miraculous deeds.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":42155,"verse_id":"ACT.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"Again, the context indicates the miraculous nature of these signs, and this is specified in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":42156,"verse_id":"ACT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “you killed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":42157,"verse_id":"ACT.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “at the hands of lawless men.” At this point the term ἄνομος ( anomo\" ) refers to non-Jews who live outside the Jewish (Mosaic) law, rather than people who broke any or all laws including secular laws. Specifically it is a reference to the Roman soldiers who carried out Jesus’ crucifixion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":42158,"verse_id":"ACT.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “Whom God raised up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":42159,"verse_id":"ACT.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"Or “having freed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":42160,"verse_id":"ACT.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.24","text":"Or “for him to be held by it” (in either case, “it” refers to death’s power).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A24/4"}
{"id":42161,"verse_id":"ACT.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Or “always before me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":42162,"verse_id":"ACT.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “my flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":42163,"verse_id":"ACT.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Or “will not abandon my soul to Hades.” Often “Hades” is the equivalent of the Hebrew term Sheol, the place of the dead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":42164,"verse_id":"ACT.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “to see,” but the literal translation of the phrase “to see decay” could be misunderstood to mean simply “to look at decay,” while here “see decay” is really figurative for “experience decay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":42165,"verse_id":"ACT.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"Since this represents a continuation of the address beginning in v.14 and continued in v. 22 , “brothers” has been used here rather than a generic expression like “brothers and sisters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":42166,"verse_id":"ACT.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.29","text":"Or “about our noted ancestor,” “about the patriarch.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A29/3"}
{"id":42167,"verse_id":"ACT.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"The participles ὑπάρχων ( Juparcwn ) and εἰδώς ( eidw\" ) are translated as causal adverbial participles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":42168,"verse_id":"ACT.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.30","text":"Grk “one from the fruit of his loins.” “Loins” is the traditional translation of ὀσφῦς ( osfu\" ), referring to the male genital organs. A literal rendering like “one who came from his genital organs” would be regarded as too specific and perhaps even vulgar by many contemporary readers. Most modern translations thus render the phrase “one of his descendants.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A30/2"}
{"id":42169,"verse_id":"ACT.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.31","text":"Grk “David foreseeing spoke.” The participle προϊδών ( proidwn ) is taken as indicating means. It could also be translated as a participle of attendant circumstance: “David foresaw [this] and spoke.” The word “this” is supplied in either case as an understood direct object (direct objects in Greek were often omitted, but must be supplied for the modern English reader).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A31/1"}
{"id":42170,"verse_id":"ACT.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.31","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn The term χριστός ( cristos ) was originally an adjective (“anointed”), developing in LXX into a substantive (“an anointed one”), then developing still further into a technical generic term (“the anointed one”). In the intertestamental period it developed further into a technical term referring to the hoped-for anointed one, that is, a specific individual. In the NT the development starts there (technical-specific), is so used in the gospels, and then develops in Paul’s letters to mean virtually Jesus’ last name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A31/2"}
{"id":42171,"verse_id":"ACT.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.31","text":"Or “abandoned in the world of the dead.” The translation “world of the dead” for Hades is suggested by L&N 1.19. The phrase is an allusion to Ps 16:10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A31/3"}
{"id":42172,"verse_id":"ACT.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.31","text":"Grk “flesh.” See vv. 26 b-27. The reference to “body” in this verse picks up the reference to “body” in v. 26 . The Greek term σάρξ ( sarx ) in both verses literally means “flesh”; however, the translation “body” stresses the lack of decay of his physical body. The point of the verse is not merely the lack of decay of his flesh alone, but the resurrection of his entire person, as indicated by the previous parallel line “he was not abandoned to Hades.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A31/4"}
{"id":42173,"verse_id":"ACT.2.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.31","text":"Grk “see,” but the literal translation of the phrase “see decay” could be misunderstood to mean simply “look at decay,” while here “see decay” is really figurative for “experience decay.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A31/5"}
{"id":42174,"verse_id":"ACT.2.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.32","text":"Or “of him”; Grk “of which [or whom] we are all witnesses” ( Acts 1:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A32/1"}
{"id":42175,"verse_id":"ACT.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.33","text":"The aorist participle ὑψωθείς ( Juywqei\" ) could be taken temporally: “So then, after he was exalted…” In the translation the more neutral “exalted” (a shorter form of “having been exalted”) was used to preserve the ambiguity of the original Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A33/1"}
{"id":42176,"verse_id":"ACT.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.33","text":"The aorist participle λαβών ( labwn ) could be taken temporally: “So then, after he was exalted…and received from the Father the promised Holy Spirit.” In the translation the more neutral “having received” was used to preserve the ambiguity of the original Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A33/3"}
{"id":42177,"verse_id":"ACT.2.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.33","text":"Here the genitive τοῦ πνεύματος ( tou pneumato\" ) is a genitive of apposition; the promise consists of the Holy Spirit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A33/4"}
{"id":42178,"verse_id":"ACT.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.36","text":"Or “know for certain.” This term is in an emphatic position in the clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A36/1"}
{"id":42179,"verse_id":"ACT.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.36","text":"Grk “has made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified.” The clause has been simplified in the translation by replacing the pronoun “him” with the explanatory clause “this Jesus whom you crucified” which comes at the end of the sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A36/2"}
{"id":42180,"verse_id":"ACT.2.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.36","text":"Or “and Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A36/4"}
{"id":42181,"verse_id":"ACT.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.37","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A37/1"}
{"id":42182,"verse_id":"ACT.2.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.37","text":"Grk “they were pierced to the heart” (an idiom for acute emotional distress).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A37/2"}
{"id":42183,"verse_id":"ACT.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.38","text":"The verb is a third person imperative, but the common translation “let each of you be baptized” obscures the imperative force in English, since it sounds more like a permissive (“each of you may be baptized”) to the average English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A38/1"}
{"id":42184,"verse_id":"ACT.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.38","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn In the name of Jesus Christ. Baptism in Messiah Jesus’ name shows how much authority he possesses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A38/2"}
{"id":42185,"verse_id":"ACT.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.38","text":"There is debate over the meaning of εἰς in the prepositional phrase εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν ( eis afesin twn Jamartiwn Jumwn , “for/because of/with reference to the forgiveness of your sins”). Although a causal sense has been argued, it is difficult to maintain here. ExSyn 369-71 discusses at least four other ways of dealing with the passage: (1) The baptism referred to here is physical only, and εἰς has the meaning of “for” or “unto.” Such a view suggests that salvation is based on works – an idea that runs counter to the theology of Acts, namely: (a) repentance often precedes baptism (cf. Acts 3:19; 26:20 ), and (b) salvation is entirely a gift of God, not procured via water baptism ( Acts 10:43 [cf. v. 47 ]; 13:38-39, 48; 15:11; 16:30-31; 20:21; 26:18 ); (2) The baptism referred to here is spiritual only. Although such a view fits well with the theology of Acts, it does not fit well with the obvious meaning of “baptism” in Acts – especially in this text (cf. 2:41 ); (3) The text should be repunctuated in light of the shift from second person plural to third person singular back to second person plural again. The idea then would be, “Repent for/with reference to your sins, and let each one of you be baptized…” Such a view is an acceptable way of handling εἰς , but its subtlety and awkwardness count against it; (4) Finally, it is possible that to a first-century Jewish audience (as well as to Peter), the idea of baptism might incorporate both the spiritual reality and the physical symbol . That Peter connects both closely in his thinking is clear from other passages such as Acts 10:47 and 11:15-16 . If this interpretation is correct, then Acts 2:38 is saying very little about the specific theological relationship between the symbol and the reality, only that historically they were viewed together. One must look in other places for a theological analysis. For further discussion see R. N. Longenecker, “Acts,” EBC 9:283-85; B. Witherington, Acts , 154-55; F. F. Bruce, The Acts of the Apostles: The Greek Text with Introduction and Commentary , 129-30; BDAG 290 s.v. εἰς 4.f.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A38/3"}
{"id":42186,"verse_id":"ACT.2.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.38","text":"Here the genitive τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ( tou Jagiou pneumato\" ) is a genitive of apposition; the gift consists of the Holy Spirit.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A38/4"}
{"id":42187,"verse_id":"ACT.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.40","text":"Or “warned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A40/1"}
{"id":42188,"verse_id":"ACT.2.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.40","text":"Or “crooked” (in a moral or ethical sense). See Luke 3:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A40/2"}
{"id":42189,"verse_id":"ACT.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.41","text":"Or “who acknowledged the truth of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A41/1"}
{"id":42190,"verse_id":"ACT.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.41","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A41/2"}
{"id":42191,"verse_id":"ACT.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.41","text":"Grk “souls” (here an idiom for the whole person).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A41/3"}
{"id":42192,"verse_id":"ACT.2.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.41","text":"Or “were won over.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A41/4"}
{"id":42193,"verse_id":"ACT.2.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.42","text":"Grk “prayers.” This word was translated as a collective singular in keeping with English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A42/2"}
{"id":42194,"verse_id":"ACT.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.43","text":"Or “Fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A43/1"}
{"id":42195,"verse_id":"ACT.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.43","text":"Grk “on every soul” (here “soul” is an idiom for the whole person).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A43/2"}
{"id":42196,"verse_id":"ACT.2.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.43","text":"In this context the miraculous nature of these signs is implied. Cf. BDAG 920 s.v. σημεῖον 2.a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A43/3"}
{"id":42197,"verse_id":"ACT.2.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.44","text":"Grk “had.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A44/1"}
{"id":42198,"verse_id":"ACT.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.45","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive (“began…”). Since in context this is a description of the beginning of the community of believers, it is more likely that these statements refer to the start of various activities and practices that the early church continued for some time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A45/1"}
{"id":42199,"verse_id":"ACT.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.45","text":"It is possible that the first term for property ( κτήματα , kthmata ) refers to real estate (as later usage seems to indicate) while the second term ( ὑπάρξεις , Juparxeis ) refers to possessions in general, but it may also be that the two terms are used together for emphasis, simply indicating that all kinds of possessions were being sold. However, if the first term is more specifically a reference to real estate, it foreshadows the incident with Ananias and Sapphira in Acts 5:1-11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A45/2"}
{"id":42200,"verse_id":"ACT.2.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.45","text":"Grk “distributing them” ( αὐτά , auta ). The referent (the proceeds of the sales) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A45/3"}
{"id":42201,"verse_id":"ACT.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.46","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A46/1"}
{"id":42202,"verse_id":"ACT.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.46","text":"Grk “in the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A46/2"}
{"id":42203,"verse_id":"ACT.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.46","text":"Here κατά ( kata ) is used as a distributive (BDAG 512 s.v. B.1.d).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A46/3"}
{"id":42204,"verse_id":"ACT.2.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.46","text":"Grk “with gladness and humbleness of hearts.” It is best to understand καρδίας ( kardias ) as an attributed genitive, with the two nouns it modifies actually listing attributes of the genitive noun which is related to them.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A46/5"}
{"id":42205,"verse_id":"ACT.2.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.47","text":"Or “the favor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A47/1"}
{"id":42206,"verse_id":"ACT.2.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":2,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.47","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%202%3A47/2"}
{"id":42207,"verse_id":"ACT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":42208,"verse_id":"ACT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “at the ninth hour.” This is calculated from sunrise (Josephus, Ant. 14.4.3 [14.65]; Dan 9:21 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":42209,"verse_id":"ACT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “crippled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":42210,"verse_id":"ACT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “from his mother’s womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":42211,"verse_id":"ACT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":42212,"verse_id":"ACT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “alms.” The term “alms” is not in common use today, so what the man expected, “money,” is used in the translation instead. The idea is that of money given as a gift to someone who was poor. Giving alms was viewed as honorable in Judaism (Tob 1:3, 16; 12:8-9; m. Pe’ah 1:1). See also Luke 11:41; 12:33 ; Acts 9:36; 10:2, 4, 31; 24:17 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":42213,"verse_id":"ACT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly. sn Into the temple courts. The exact location of this incident is debated. The ‘Beautiful Gate’ referred either to the Nicanor Gate (which led from the Court of the Gentiles into the Court of Women) or the Shushan Gate at the eastern wall.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":42214,"verse_id":"ACT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly. sn See the note on the phrase the temple courts in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":42215,"verse_id":"ACT.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “alms.” See the note on the word “money” in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":42216,"verse_id":"ACT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “Peter, looking directly at him, as did John, said.” The participle ἀτενίσας ( atenisas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":42217,"verse_id":"ACT.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “So he”; the referent (the lame man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":42218,"verse_id":"ACT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “I have no money.” L&N 6.69 classifies the expression ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον ( argurion kai crusion ) as an idiom that is a generic expression for currency, thus “money.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":42219,"verse_id":"ACT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":42220,"verse_id":"ACT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"The words “stand up and” ( ἔγειρε καί , egeire kai ) are not in a few mss ( א B D sa), but are included in A C E Ψ 095 33 1739 Ï lat sy mae bo. The external testimony is thus fairly evenly divided, with few but important representatives of the Alexandrian and Western texttypes supporting the shorter reading. Internally, the words look like a standard scribal emendation, and may have been motivated by other healing passages where Jesus gave a similar double command (cf. Matt 9:5 ; Mark 2:9 , [11]; Luke 5:23 ; [ 6:8 ]; John 5:8 ). On the other hand, there is some motivation for deleting ἔγειρε καί here, namely, unlike Jesus’ healing miracles, Peter raises ( ἤγειρεν , hgeiren ) the man to his feet (v. 7 ) rather than the man rising on his own. In light of the scribal tendency to harmonize, especially in immediate context, the longer reading is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":42221,"verse_id":"ACT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to reflect the sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":42222,"verse_id":"ACT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":42223,"verse_id":"ACT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “Peter taking hold of him…raised him up.” The participle πιάσας ( piasas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":42224,"verse_id":"ACT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":42225,"verse_id":"ACT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":42226,"verse_id":"ACT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “Jumping up, he stood.” The participle ἐξαλλόμενος ( exallomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. It is possible that the paralyzed man actually jumped off the ground, but more probably this term simply refers to the speed with which he stood up. See L&N 15.240.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":42227,"verse_id":"ACT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":42228,"verse_id":"ACT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “And all.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":42229,"verse_id":"ACT.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “alms,” but this term is not in common use today, so the closest modern equivalent, “donations,” is used instead. The idea is that of a donation to charity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":42230,"verse_id":"ACT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":42231,"verse_id":"ACT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “portico,” “colonnade”; Grk “stoa.” The translation “covered walkway” (a descriptive translation) was used here because the architectural term “portico” or “colonnade” is less familiar. However, the more technical term “portico” was retained in the actual name that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":42232,"verse_id":"ACT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or perhaps “People of Israel,” since this was taking place in Solomon’s Portico and women may have been present. The Greek ἄνδρες ᾿Ισραηλῖται ( andre\" Israhlitai ) used in the plural would normally mean “men, gentlemen” (BDAG 79 s.v. ἀνήρ 1.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":42233,"verse_id":"ACT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “or why.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":42234,"verse_id":"ACT.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":42235,"verse_id":"ACT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"has the words in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":42236,"verse_id":"ACT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “ancestors”; Grk “fathers.” sn The reference to the God of the patriarchs is a reminder that God is the God of the nation and of promises. The phrase God of our forefathers is from the Hebrew scriptures ( Exod 3:6, 15-16; 4:5 ; see also the Jewish prayer known as “The Eighteen Benedictions”). Once again, event has led to explanation, or what is called the “sign and speech” pattern.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":42237,"verse_id":"ACT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “denied,” “disowned.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A13/5"}
{"id":42238,"verse_id":"ACT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.13","text":"This genitive absolute construction could be understood as temporal (“when he had decided”) or concessive (“although he had decided”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A13/6"}
{"id":42239,"verse_id":"ACT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “denied,” “disowned.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":42240,"verse_id":"ACT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “You put to death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":42241,"verse_id":"ACT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “Founder,” “founding Leader.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":42242,"verse_id":"ACT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “whom God raised from the dead, of which we are witnesses.” The two consecutive relative clauses make for awkward English style, so the second was begun as a new sentence with the words “to this fact” supplied in place of the Greek relative pronoun to make a complete sentence in English. sn We are witnesses. Note the two witnesses here, Peter and John ( Acts 5:32 ; Heb 2:3-4 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":42243,"verse_id":"ACT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “in his name”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":42244,"verse_id":"ACT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “see and know, and the faith.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation and καί ( kai , “and”) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":42245,"verse_id":"ACT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn The faith that is through Jesus. Note how this verse explains how the claim to “faith in Jesus’ name” works and what it means. To appeal to the name is to point to the person. It is not clear that the man expressed faith before the miracle. This could well be a “grace-faith miracle” where God grants power through the apostles to picture how much a gift life is ( Luke 17:11-19 ). Christology and grace are emphasized here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":42246,"verse_id":"ACT.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “in full view.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A16/5"}
{"id":42247,"verse_id":"ACT.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “by the mouth of” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":42248,"verse_id":"ACT.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":42249,"verse_id":"ACT.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “relief.” sn Times of refreshing. The phrase implies relief from difficult, distressful or burdensome circumstances. It is generally regarded as a reference to the messianic age being ushered in.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":42250,"verse_id":"ACT.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":").","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":42251,"verse_id":"ACT.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “the Christ”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn He may send the Messiah appointed for you – that is, Jesus. The language points to the expectation of Jesus’ return to gather his people. It is a development of the question raised in Acts 1:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":42252,"verse_id":"ACT.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “designated in advance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A20/4"}
{"id":42253,"verse_id":"ACT.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “whom,” continuing the sentence from v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":42254,"verse_id":"ACT.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “until the times of the restoration of all things.” Because of the awkward English style of the extended genitive construction, and because the following relative clause has as its referent the “time of restoration” rather than “all things,” the phrase was translated “until the time all things are restored.” sn The time all things are restored. What that restoration involves is already recorded in the scriptures of the nation of Israel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A21/3"}
{"id":42255,"verse_id":"ACT.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “spoke.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A21/4"}
{"id":42256,"verse_id":"ACT.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “from all ages past.” sn From times long ago. Once again, God’s plan is emphasized.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A21/5"}
{"id":42257,"verse_id":"ACT.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “hear,” but the idea of “hear and obey” or simply “obey” is frequently contained in the Greek verb ἀκούω ( akouw ; see L&N 36.14) and the following context (v. 23 ) makes it clear that failure to “obey” the words of this “prophet like Moses” will result in complete destruction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":42258,"verse_id":"ACT.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Grk “every soul” (here “soul” is an idiom for the whole person).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":42259,"verse_id":"ACT.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"Or “will be completely destroyed.” In Acts 3:23 the verb ἐξολεθρεύω ( exoleqreuw ) is translated “destroy and remove” by L&N 20.35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":42260,"verse_id":"ACT.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Or “proclaimed.” sn All the prophets…have spoken about and announced. What Peter preaches is rooted in basic biblical and Jewish hope as expressed in the OT scriptures.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":42261,"verse_id":"ACT.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":42262,"verse_id":"ACT.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Or “in your offspring”; Grk “in your seed.” sn In your descendants ( Grk “in your seed”). Seed has an important ambiguity in this verse. The blessing comes from the servant (v. 26 ), who in turn blesses the responsive children of the covenant as the scripture promised. Jesus is the seed who blesses the seed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":42263,"verse_id":"ACT.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.25","text":"Or “families.” The Greek word πατριά ( patria ) can indicate persons of succeeding generations who are related by birth (“lineage,” “family”) but it can also indicate a relatively large unit of people who make up a sociopolitical group and who share a presumed biological descent. In many contexts πατριά is very similar to ἔθνος ( eqnos ) and λαός ( laos ). In light of the context of the OT quotation, it is better to translate πατριά as “nations” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A25/3"}
{"id":42264,"verse_id":"ACT.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Grk “God raising up his servant, sent him.” The participle ἀναστήσας ( anasthsa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Some translations (e.g., NIV, NRSV) render this participle as temporal (“when God raised up his servant”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":42265,"verse_id":"ACT.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.26","text":"For the translation of plural πονηρία ( ponhria ) as “iniquities,” see G. Harder, TDNT 6:565. The plural is important, since for Luke turning to Jesus means turning away from sins, not just the sin of rejecting Jesus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%203%3A26/3"}
{"id":42266,"verse_id":"ACT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “While they”; the referents (Peter and John) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":42267,"verse_id":"ACT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “captain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":42268,"verse_id":"ACT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “the official of the temple,” a title for the commander of the Jewish soldiers guarding the temple (thus the translation, “the commander of the temple guard”). See L&N 37.91. sn The commander of the temple guard was the title of the officer commanding the Jewish soldiers responsible for guarding and keeping order in the temple courts in Jerusalem.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":42269,"verse_id":"ACT.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “approached.” This verb often denotes a sudden appearing (BDAG 418 s.v. ἐφίστημι 1).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":42270,"verse_id":"ACT.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “greatly annoyed,” “provoked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":42271,"verse_id":"ACT.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “proclaiming.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":42272,"verse_id":"ACT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “And” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the logical sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":42273,"verse_id":"ACT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “they arrested”; Grk “they laid hands on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":42274,"verse_id":"ACT.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “prison,” “custody.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":42275,"verse_id":"ACT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “had heard.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":42276,"verse_id":"ACT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":42277,"verse_id":"ACT.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"In the historical setting it is likely that only men are referred to here. The Greek term ἀνήρ ( anhr ) usually refers to males or husbands rather than people in general. Thus to translate “of the people” would give a false impression of the number, since any women and children were apparently not included in the count.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":42278,"verse_id":"ACT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “It happened that on the next day.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":42279,"verse_id":"ACT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “and scribes.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader. sn Experts in the law would have been mostly like the Pharisees in approach. Thus various sects of Judaism were coming together against Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":42280,"verse_id":"ACT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “law assembled,” “law met together.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":42281,"verse_id":"ACT.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":42282,"verse_id":"ACT.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new sentence is begun in the translation at the beginning of v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":42283,"verse_id":"ACT.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “making them”; the referents (Peter and John) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":42284,"verse_id":"ACT.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “Spirit, said to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":42285,"verse_id":"ACT.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"א A B 0165 1175 vg sa bo), lack this modifier. The longer reading was most likely added by scribes to give literary balance to the addressees in that “Rulers” already had an adjunct while “elders” was left absolute.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":42286,"verse_id":"ACT.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"This clause is a first class condition. It assumes for the sake of argument that this is what they were being questioned about.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":42287,"verse_id":"ACT.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “questioned.” The Greek term ἀνακρίνω ( anakrinw ) points to an examination similar to a legal one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":42288,"verse_id":"ACT.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “for an act of kindness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":42289,"verse_id":"ACT.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “delivered” ( σέσωται [ seswtai ], from σώζω [ swzw ]). See 4:12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A9/4"}
{"id":42290,"verse_id":"ACT.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":42291,"verse_id":"ACT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “This one”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":42292,"verse_id":"ACT.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"The word “you” is inserted into the quotation because Peter is making a direct application of Ps 118:22 to his hearers. Because it is not in the OT, it has been left as normal type (rather than bold italic). The remarks are like Acts 2:22-24 and 3:12-15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":42293,"verse_id":"ACT.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) has been translated as a generic noun (“people”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":42294,"verse_id":"ACT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “courage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":42295,"verse_id":"ACT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “and found out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":42296,"verse_id":"ACT.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.13","text":"For the translation of ἰδιῶται ( idiwtai ) as “ordinary men” see L&N 27.26.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A13/4"}
{"id":42297,"verse_id":"ACT.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “nothing to say in opposition.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":42298,"verse_id":"ACT.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “the Sanhedrin” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":42299,"verse_id":"ACT.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “evident.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":42300,"verse_id":"ACT.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Here σημεῖον ( shmeion ) has been translated as “miraculous sign” rather than simply “sign” or “miracle” since both components appear to be present in the context. It is clear that the healing of the lame man was a miracle, but for the Sanhedrin it was the value of the miraculous healing as a sign that concerned them because it gave attestation to the message of Peter and John. The sign “speaks” as Peter claimed in 3:11-16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":42301,"verse_id":"ACT.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “has been done by them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":42302,"verse_id":"ACT.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “speak no longer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":42303,"verse_id":"ACT.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Or “commanded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":42304,"verse_id":"ACT.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":42305,"verse_id":"ACT.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “hear,” but the idea of “hear and obey” or simply “obey” is frequently contained in the Greek verb ἀκούω ( akouw ; see L&N 36.14).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":42306,"verse_id":"ACT.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “for we are not able not to speak about what we have seen and heard,” but the double negative, which cancels out in English, is emphatic in Greek. The force is captured somewhat by the English translation “it is impossible for us not to speak…” although this is slightly awkward.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":42307,"verse_id":"ACT.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “glorifying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":42308,"verse_id":"ACT.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Here σημεῖον ( shmeion ) has been translated as “miraculous sign” rather than simply “sign” or “miracle” since both components appear to be present in the context. See also the note on this word in v. 16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":42309,"verse_id":"ACT.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"Or “had been done.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":42310,"verse_id":"ACT.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Peter and John) have been specified in the translation for clarity, since a new topic begins in v. 23 and the last specific reference to Peter and John in the Greek text is in 4:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":42311,"verse_id":"ACT.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “to their own [people].” In context this phrase is most likely a reference to other believers rather than simply their own families and/or homes, since the group appears to act with one accord in the prayer that follows in v. 24 . At the literary level, this phrase suggests how Jews were now splitting into two camps, pro-Jesus and anti-Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":42312,"verse_id":"ACT.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Or “Lord of all.” sn The use of the title Master of all ( δεσπότης , despoths ) emphasizes that there is a sovereign God who is directing what is taking place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":42313,"verse_id":"ACT.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “and the earth, and the sea,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated before “the earth” and “the sea” since contemporary English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A24/3"}
{"id":42314,"verse_id":"ACT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “by the mouth of” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":42315,"verse_id":"ACT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “ancestor”; Grk “father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":42316,"verse_id":"ACT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “Gentiles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":42317,"verse_id":"ACT.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “futile”; traditionally, “vain.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A25/5"}
{"id":42318,"verse_id":"ACT.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.26","text":"Traditionally, “The kings of the earth took their stand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A26/1"}
{"id":42319,"verse_id":"ACT.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":42320,"verse_id":"ACT.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"Grk “hand,” here a metaphor for God’s strength or power or authority.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":42321,"verse_id":"ACT.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.28","text":"Or “purpose,” “will.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A28/2"}
{"id":42322,"verse_id":"ACT.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.28","text":"Or “had predestined.” Since the term “predestine” is something of a technical theological term, not in wide usage in contemporary English, the translation “decide beforehand” was used instead (see L&N 30.84). God’s direction remains as the major theme.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A28/3"}
{"id":42323,"verse_id":"ACT.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Or “Lord, take notice of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":42324,"verse_id":"ACT.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “slaves.” See the note on the word “servants” in 2:18 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A29/3"}
{"id":42325,"verse_id":"ACT.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A29/4"}
{"id":42326,"verse_id":"ACT.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.29","text":"Or “with all boldness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A29/5"}
{"id":42327,"verse_id":"ACT.4.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.30","text":"The miraculous nature of these signs is implied in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A30/1"}
{"id":42328,"verse_id":"ACT.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":42329,"verse_id":"ACT.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.31","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive imperfect (“began to speak”). Logical sequencing suggests that their speaking began after they were filled with the Spirit. The prayer was answered immediately.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A31/3"}
{"id":42330,"verse_id":"ACT.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.31","text":"Or “speak God’s message.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A31/4"}
{"id":42331,"verse_id":"ACT.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.31","text":"Or “with boldness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A31/5"}
{"id":42332,"verse_id":"ACT.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"Grk “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":42333,"verse_id":"ACT.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.32","text":"Grk “but all things were to them in common.” sn Everything was held in common. The remark is not a reflection of political philosophy, but of the extent of their spontaneous commitment to one another. Such a response does not have the function of a command, but is reflective of an attitude that Luke commends as evidence of their identification with one another.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A32/2"}
{"id":42334,"verse_id":"ACT.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.33","text":"Grk “And with.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A33/1"}
{"id":42335,"verse_id":"ACT.4.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.33","text":"Or “were witnessing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A33/2"}
{"id":42336,"verse_id":"ACT.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.34","text":"Or “poor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A34/1"}
{"id":42337,"verse_id":"ACT.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.34","text":"Grk “houses, selling them were bringing.” The participle πωλοῦντες ( pwlounte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A34/2"}
{"id":42338,"verse_id":"ACT.4.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.34","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A34/3"}
{"id":42339,"verse_id":"ACT.4.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.35","text":"Grk “It” (or “They,” plural). The referent of the understood pronoun subject, the proceeds from the sales, of the verb διεδίδετο ( diedideto ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A35/1"}
{"id":42340,"verse_id":"ACT.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.37","text":"Grk “selling a field that belonged to him, brought” The participle πωλήσας ( pwlhsa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A37/1"}
{"id":42341,"verse_id":"ACT.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.37","text":"Or “a farm.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A37/2"}
{"id":42342,"verse_id":"ACT.4.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":4,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.37","text":"Normally a reference to actual coins (“currency”). See L&N 6.68.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%204%3A37/3"}
{"id":42343,"verse_id":"ACT.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":42344,"verse_id":"ACT.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"The participle ἐνέγκας ( enenka\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":42345,"verse_id":"ACT.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"The words “from the sale of” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to clarify the meaning, since the phrase “proceeds from the land” could possibly be understood as crops rather than money from the sale.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":42346,"verse_id":"ACT.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “Remaining to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":42347,"verse_id":"ACT.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"The negative interrogative particle οὐχί ( ouci ) expects a positive reply to this question and the following one (“And when it was sold, was it not at your disposal?”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":42348,"verse_id":"ACT.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “it”; the referent of the pronoun (the money generated from the sale of the land) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":42349,"verse_id":"ACT.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “How is it that you have [or Why have you] placed this deed in your heart?” Both of these literal translations differ from the normal way of expressing the thought in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":42350,"verse_id":"ACT.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “to men.” If Peter’s remark refers only to the apostles, the translation “to men” would be appropriate. But if (as is likely) the action was taken to impress the entire congregation (who would presumably have witnessed the donation or been aware of it) then the more general “to people” is more appropriate, since the audience would have included both men and women.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A4/5"}
{"id":42351,"verse_id":"ACT.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “fear came on,” “fear seized”; Grk “fear happened to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":42352,"verse_id":"ACT.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Or “arose.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":42353,"verse_id":"ACT.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"The translation “wrapped up” for συνέστειλαν ( sunesteilan ) is suggested by L&N 79.119, but another interpretation is possible. The same verb could also be translated “removed” (see L&N 15.200), although that sense appears somewhat redundant and out of sequence with the following verb and participle (“carried him out and buried him”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":42354,"verse_id":"ACT.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “It happened that after an interval of about three hours.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":42355,"verse_id":"ACT.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “came in, not knowing.” The participle has been translated with concessive or adversative force: “although she did not know.” In English, the adversative conjunction (“but”) conveys this nuance more smoothly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":42356,"verse_id":"ACT.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The words “the two of” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to indicate that the verb ( ἀπέδοσθε , apedosqe ) is plural and thus refers to both Ananias and Sapphira.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":42357,"verse_id":"ACT.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “so much,” “as much as this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":42358,"verse_id":"ACT.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “She”; the referent (Sapphira) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A8/3"}
{"id":42359,"verse_id":"ACT.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “And at once.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":42360,"verse_id":"ACT.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “And great.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":42361,"verse_id":"ACT.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “fear came on,” “fear seized”; Grk “fear happened to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":42362,"verse_id":"ACT.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The miraculous nature of these signs is implied in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":42363,"verse_id":"ACT.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “And by.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":42364,"verse_id":"ACT.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “With one mind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":42365,"verse_id":"ACT.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “colonnade”; Grk “stoa.” sn Solomon ’ s Portico was a covered walkway formed by rows of columns supporting a roof and open on the inner side facing the center of the temple complex. Located beside the Court of the Gentiles, it was a very public area.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":42366,"verse_id":"ACT.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “to associate with them.” The group was beginning to have a controversial separate identity. People were cautious about joining them. The next verse suggests that the phrase “none of the rest” in this verse is rhetorical hyperbole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":42367,"verse_id":"ACT.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “the people thought very highly of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":42368,"verse_id":"ACT.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “More and more believers were added to the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":42369,"verse_id":"ACT.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"This is a continuation of the preceding sentence in Greek, but because this would produce an awkward sentence in English, a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":42370,"verse_id":"ACT.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":42371,"verse_id":"ACT.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Literally a relative pronoun, “who.” In English, however, a relative clause (“bringing the sick and those troubled by unclean spirits, who were all being healed”) could be understood to refer only to the second group (meaning only those troubled by unclean spirits were being healed) or even that the unclean spirits were being healed. To avoid this ambiguity the pronoun “they” was used to begin a new English sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":42372,"verse_id":"ACT.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “jealousy, and they.” In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence, but a new sentence has been started here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":42373,"verse_id":"ACT.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Or “they arrested.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":42374,"verse_id":"ACT.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” Linguistically, “angel of the Lord” is the same in both testaments (and thus, he is either “an angel of the Lord” or “the angel of the Lord” in both testaments). For arguments and implications, see ExSyn 252; M. J. Davidson, “Angels,” DJG , 9; W. G. MacDonald argues for “an angel” in both testaments: “Christology and ‘The Angel of the Lord’,” Current Issues in Biblical and Patristic Interpretation , 324-35.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":42375,"verse_id":"ACT.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “opening the doors of the prison.” The participle ἀνοίξας ( anoixa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to the requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":42376,"verse_id":"ACT.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.19","text":"Greek φυλακῆς ( fulakh\" ), a different word from the one in v. 18 ( τήρησις , thrhsi\" , “jail”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A19/3"}
{"id":42377,"verse_id":"ACT.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.19","text":"Or “brought them out.” Grk “and leading them out, said.” The participle ἐξαγαγών ( exagagwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. sn Led them out. The action by God served to vindicate the apostles. It showed that whatever court the Jewish leaders represented, they did not represent God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A19/4"}
{"id":42378,"verse_id":"ACT.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":42379,"verse_id":"ACT.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “speak.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":42380,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “the temple.” See the note on the same phrase in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":42381,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"The imperfect verb ἐδίδασκον ( edidaskon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":42382,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Or “the council” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":42383,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.21","text":"A hendiadys (two different terms referring to a single thing) is likely here (a reference to a single legislative body rather than two separate ones) because the term γερουσίαν ( gerousian ) is used in both 1 Macc 12:6 and Josephus, Ant. 13.5.8 (13.166) to refer to the Sanhedrin.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/4"}
{"id":42384,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/5"}
{"id":42385,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “have them”; the referent (the apostles) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/6"}
{"id":42386,"verse_id":"ACT.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.21","text":"The words “before them” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A21/7"}
{"id":42387,"verse_id":"ACT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"The Greek term ὑπηρέτης ( Juphreth\" ) generally means “servant,” but in the NT is used for many different types of servants, like attendants to a king, the officers of the Sanhedrin (as here), assistants to magistrates, and (especially in the Gospel of John) Jewish guards in the Jerusalem temple (see L&N 35.20).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":42388,"verse_id":"ACT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"The words “for them” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":42389,"verse_id":"ACT.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “reported, saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":42390,"verse_id":"ACT.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":42391,"verse_id":"ACT.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Or “captain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":42392,"verse_id":"ACT.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “the official of the temple,” a title for the commander of the Jewish soldiers guarding the temple (thus the translation, “the commander of the temple guard”). See L&N 37.91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":42393,"verse_id":"ACT.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “heard these words.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":42394,"verse_id":"ACT.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “concerning them,” agreeing with the plural antecedent “these words.” Since the phrase “these words” was translated as the singular “this report,” the singular “concerning it” is used here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A24/4"}
{"id":42395,"verse_id":"ACT.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.24","text":"The optative verb here expresses confused uncertainty.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A24/5"}
{"id":42396,"verse_id":"ACT.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":42397,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “captain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":42398,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “the official [of the temple],” a title for the commander of the Jewish soldiers guarding the temple (thus the translation, “the commander of the temple guard”). See L&N 37.91.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":42399,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"The Greek term ὑπηρέτης ( Juphreth\" ) generally means “servant,” but in the NT is used for many different types of servants. See the note on the word “officers” in v. 22 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":42400,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “brought them”; the referent (the apostles) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/4"}
{"id":42401,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “without violence.” It is clear, as well, that the apostles did not resist arrest.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/5"}
{"id":42402,"verse_id":"ACT.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “for they feared lest they be stoned by the people.” The translation uses a less awkward English equivalent. This is an explanatory note by the author.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A26/6"}
{"id":42403,"verse_id":"ACT.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Or “the Sanhedrin” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":42404,"verse_id":"ACT.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Or “interrogated,” “asked.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":42405,"verse_id":"ACT.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"includes the particle in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":42406,"verse_id":"ACT.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.28","text":"Grk “We commanded you with a commandment” (a Semitic idiom that is emphatic).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A28/2"}
{"id":42407,"verse_id":"ACT.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.28","text":"Grk “And behold.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A28/4"}
{"id":42408,"verse_id":"ACT.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.28","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A28/5"}
{"id":42409,"verse_id":"ACT.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Grk “apostles answered and said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":42410,"verse_id":"ACT.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.29","text":"Here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) has been translated as a generic noun (“people”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A29/3"}
{"id":42411,"verse_id":"ACT.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “ancestors”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":42412,"verse_id":"ACT.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.30","text":"Or “by crucifying him” (“hang on a tree” is by the time of the first century an idiom for crucifixion). The allusion is to the judgment against Jesus as a rebellious figure, appealing to the language of Deut 21:23 . The Jewish leadership has badly “misjudged” Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A30/2"}
{"id":42413,"verse_id":"ACT.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Grk “This one God exalted” (emphatic).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":42414,"verse_id":"ACT.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.31","text":"Or “Founder” (of a movement).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A31/2"}
{"id":42415,"verse_id":"ACT.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.31","text":"Or “to give repentance and forgiveness of sins to Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A31/3"}
{"id":42416,"verse_id":"ACT.5.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.32","text":"Or “things.” They are preaching these things even to the hostile leadership.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A32/1"}
{"id":42417,"verse_id":"ACT.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.34","text":"Grk “standing up in the council, ordered.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anasta\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A34/3"}
{"id":42418,"verse_id":"ACT.5.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.34","text":"Or “the Sanhedrin” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A34/4"}
{"id":42419,"verse_id":"ACT.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.35","text":"Grk “said to them”; the referent (the council) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A35/1"}
{"id":42420,"verse_id":"ACT.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.35","text":"Or “Israelite men,” although this is less natural English. The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, it is highly unlikely that this is a generic usage, since Gamaliel was addressing the Sanhedrin, the Jewish high council, which would have been exclusively male.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A35/2"}
{"id":42421,"verse_id":"ACT.5.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.35","text":"Or “men, be careful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A35/3"}
{"id":42422,"verse_id":"ACT.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “For before these days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A36/1"}
{"id":42423,"verse_id":"ACT.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “he,” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A36/2"}
{"id":42424,"verse_id":"ACT.5.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.36","text":"Grk “and they came to nothing.” Gamaliel’s argument is that these two insurrectionists were taken care of by natural events.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A36/3"}
{"id":42425,"verse_id":"ACT.5.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.37","text":"Or “registration.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A37/1"}
{"id":42426,"verse_id":"ACT.5.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.37","text":"The verb ἀφίστημι ( afisthmi ) as a transitive means “cause to revolt” as used in Josephus, Ant. 8.7.5 (8.198), 20.5.2 (20.102); see BDAG 157 s.v. 1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A37/2"}
{"id":42427,"verse_id":"ACT.5.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.38","text":"Here ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) has been translated as a generic noun (“people”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A38/1"}
{"id":42428,"verse_id":"ACT.5.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.38","text":"Or “it will be put to an end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A38/2"}
{"id":42429,"verse_id":"ACT.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.39","text":"This is expressed in a first class condition, in contrast to the condition in v. 38 b, which is third class. As such, v. 39 is rhetorically presented as the more likely option.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A39/1"}
{"id":42430,"verse_id":"ACT.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.39","text":"According to L&N 39.32, the verb εὑρεθῆτε ( Jeureqhte , an aorist passive subjunctive) may also be translated “find yourselves” – “lest you find yourselves fighting against God.” The Jewish leader Gamaliel is shown contemplating the other possible alternative about what is occurring.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A39/2"}
{"id":42431,"verse_id":"ACT.5.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.39","text":") places it at the end of v. 39 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A39/3"}
{"id":42432,"verse_id":"ACT.5.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.40","text":"The word “Then” is supplied as the beginning of a new sentence in the translation. The construction in Greek has so many clauses (most of them made up of participles) that a continuous English sentence would be very awkward.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A40/2"}
{"id":42433,"verse_id":"ACT.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.42","text":"Grk “temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A42/1"}
{"id":42434,"verse_id":"ACT.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.42","text":"Grk “teaching and evangelizing.” They were still obeying God, not men (see 4:18-20; 5:29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A42/2"}
{"id":42435,"verse_id":"ACT.5.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":5,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.42","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%205%3A42/3"}
{"id":42436,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “these.” The translation uses “those” for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":42437,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “were multiplying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":42438,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “the Hellenists,” but this descriptive term is largely unknown to the modern English reader. The translation “Greek-speaking Jews” attempts to convey something of who these were, but it was more than a matter of language spoken; it involved a degree of adoption of Greek culture as well. sn The Greek-speaking Jews were the Hellenists, Jews who to a greater or lesser extent had adopted Greek thought, customs, and lifestyle, as well as the Greek language. The city of Alexandria in Egypt was a focal point for them, but they were scattered throughout the Roman Empire.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":42439,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “against the Hebrews,” but as with “Hellenists” this needs further explanation for the modern reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":42440,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “neglected.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/6"}
{"id":42441,"verse_id":"ACT.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “in the daily serving.” sn The daily distribution of food. The early church saw it as a responsibility to meet the basic needs of people in their group.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A1/7"}
{"id":42442,"verse_id":"ACT.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “calling the whole group…together, said.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενοι ( proskalesamenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":42443,"verse_id":"ACT.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “the multitude.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":42444,"verse_id":"ACT.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “to serve tables.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":42445,"verse_id":"ACT.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"It is not clear from a historical standpoint (but it is unlikely) that women would have been involved in the selection process too. For this reason the translation “brothers” has been retained, rather than “brothers and sisters” (used in contexts where both male and female believers are clearly addressed).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":42446,"verse_id":"ACT.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.3","text":"Or “are of good reputation” (BDAG 618 s.v. μαρτυρέω 2.b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A3/3"}
{"id":42447,"verse_id":"ACT.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.3","text":"The translation “ put in charge ” is given by BDAG 492 s.v. καθίστημι 2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A3/4"}
{"id":42448,"verse_id":"ACT.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “of this need”; translated “necessary work” or “needed task” by L&N 42.22.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A3/5"}
{"id":42449,"verse_id":"ACT.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":42450,"verse_id":"ACT.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"The translation “so” has been used to indicate the logical sequence in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":42451,"verse_id":"ACT.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"“With” is smoother English style for an addition like this. Because of differences between Greek and English style, καί ( kai ), which occurs between each name in the list, has not been translated except preceding the last element.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":42452,"verse_id":"ACT.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.5","text":"Or “a proselyte.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A5/5"}
{"id":42453,"verse_id":"ACT.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.5","text":"For location see JP1-F2 ; JP2-F2 ; JP3-F2 ; JP4-F2 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A5/6"}
{"id":42454,"verse_id":"ACT.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Literally this is a participle in the Greek text ( προσευξάμενοι , proseuxamenoi ). It could be translated as a finite verb (“and they prayed and placed their hands on them”) but much smoother English results if the entire coordinate clause is converted to a relative clause that refers back to the apostles. sn Who prayed. The prayer indicates their acceptance and commissioning for ministry (cf. Deut 34:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":42455,"verse_id":"ACT.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “laid.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":42456,"verse_id":"ACT.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “kept on spreading”; the verb has been translated as a progressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":42457,"verse_id":"ACT.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":42458,"verse_id":"ACT.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “a great multitude.” sn A large group. Many Jews, even some religious leaders, were responding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":42459,"verse_id":"ACT.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"The miraculous nature of these signs is implied in the context. Here the work of miracles extends beyond the Twelve for the first time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":42460,"verse_id":"ACT.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “the so-called Synagogue of the Freedmen.” The translation of the participle λεγομένης ( legomenh\" ) by the phrase “as it was called” is given by L&N 87.86. “Freedmen” would be slaves who had gained their freedom, or the descendants of such people (BDAG 594-95 s.v. Λιβερτῖνος ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":42461,"verse_id":"ACT.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":42462,"verse_id":"ACT.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “and.” The context, however, indicates that the conjunction carries an adversative force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":42463,"verse_id":"ACT.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Another translation would be “they suborned” (but this term is not in common usage). “ Instigate (secretly), suborn ” is given by BDAG 1036 s.v. ὑποβάλλω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":42464,"verse_id":"ACT.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “heard him”; but since this is direct discourse, it is more natural (and clearer) to specify the referent (Stephen) as “this man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":42465,"verse_id":"ACT.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “and the,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":42466,"verse_id":"ACT.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “and the scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 4:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":42467,"verse_id":"ACT.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “approaching, they seized him”; the referent (Stephen) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":42468,"verse_id":"ACT.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “the Sanhedrin” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews). Stephen suffers just as Peter and John did.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":42469,"verse_id":"ACT.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “practices.” sn Will destroy this place and change the customs. Stephen appears to view the temple as a less central place in light of Christ’s work, an important challenge to Jewish religion, since it was at this time a temple-centered state and religion. Unlike Acts 3-4 , the issue here is more than Jesus and his resurrection. Now the impact of his resurrection and the temple’s centrality has also become an issue. The “falseness” of the charge may not be that the witnesses were lying, but that they falsely read the truth of Stephen’s remarks.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":42470,"verse_id":"ACT.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “And all.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":42471,"verse_id":"ACT.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Or “Sanhedrin” (the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":42472,"verse_id":"ACT.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “at him”; the referent (Stephen) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":42473,"verse_id":"ACT.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “If it is so concerning these things” (see BDAG 422 s.v. ἔχω 10.a for this use).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":42474,"verse_id":"ACT.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":42475,"verse_id":"ACT.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “ancestor”; Grk “father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":42476,"verse_id":"ACT.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":42477,"verse_id":"ACT.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"The translation “made him move” for the verb μετοικίζω ( metoikizw ) is given by L&N 85.83. The verb has the idea of “resettling” someone (BDAG 643 s.v.); see v. 43 , where it reappears.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":42478,"verse_id":"ACT.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":42479,"verse_id":"ACT.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “He did not give him an inheritance in it.” This could be understood to mean that God did not give something else to Abraham as an inheritance while he was living there. The point of the text is that God did not give any of the land to him as an inheritance, and the translation makes this clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":42480,"verse_id":"ACT.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “a step of a foot” (cf. Deut 2:5 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":42481,"verse_id":"ACT.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A5/4"}
{"id":42482,"verse_id":"ACT.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A5/6"}
{"id":42483,"verse_id":"ACT.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “that his”; the discourse switches from indirect to direct with the following verbs. For consistency the entire quotation is treated as second person direct discourse in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":42484,"verse_id":"ACT.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “will be strangers,” that is, one who lives as a noncitizen of a foreign country.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":42485,"verse_id":"ACT.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 5.b. α states, “Oft. the emphasis is unmistakably laid upon that which follows the Divine Judge’s verdict, upon the condemnation or punishment: condemn, punish … Ac 7:7 ( Gen 15:14 ).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":42486,"verse_id":"ACT.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"The words “of there” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. sn A quotation from Gen 15:14 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":42487,"verse_id":"ACT.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “and serve,” but with religious/cultic overtones (BDAG 587 s.v. λατρεύω ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":42488,"verse_id":"ACT.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":42489,"verse_id":"ACT.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A8/2"}
{"id":42490,"verse_id":"ACT.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “circumcised him on the eighth day,” but many modern readers will not understand that this procedure was done on the eighth day after birth. The temporal clause “when he was eight days old” conveys this idea more clearly. See Gen 17:11-12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":42491,"verse_id":"ACT.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.8","text":"The words “became the father of” are not in the Greek text due to an ellipsis, but must be supplied for the English translation. The ellipsis picks up the verb from the previous clause describing how Abraham fathered Isaac.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A8/5"}
{"id":42492,"verse_id":"ACT.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":42493,"verse_id":"ACT.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"The meaning “ sell ” for the middle voice of ἀποδίδωμι ( apodidwmi ) is given by BDAG 110 s.v. 5 .a. See Gen 37:12-36 , esp. v. 28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":42494,"verse_id":"ACT.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Though the Greek term here is καί ( kai ), in context this remark is clearly contrastive: Despite the malicious act, God was present and protected Joseph.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":42495,"verse_id":"ACT.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Or “appointed.” See Gen 41:41-43 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":42496,"verse_id":"ACT.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “came upon all Egypt.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":42497,"verse_id":"ACT.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “and,” but logically causal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":42498,"verse_id":"ACT.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A11/4"}
{"id":42499,"verse_id":"ACT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Or possibly “food,” since in a number of extrabiblical contexts the phrase σιτία καὶ ποτά ( sitia kai pota ) means “food and drink,” where solid food is contrasted with liquid nourishment (L&N 3.42).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":42500,"verse_id":"ACT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.12","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A12/2"}
{"id":42501,"verse_id":"ACT.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.12","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A12/3"}
{"id":42502,"verse_id":"ACT.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"BDAG 194 s.v. γένος 2. gives “family, relatives” here; another alternative is “race” (see v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":42503,"verse_id":"ACT.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"The words “a message” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":42504,"verse_id":"ACT.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Or “Joseph had his father summoned” (BDAG 121 s.v. ἀποστέλλω 2.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":42505,"verse_id":"ACT.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “souls” (here an idiom for the whole person).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":42506,"verse_id":"ACT.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":42507,"verse_id":"ACT.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":42508,"verse_id":"ACT.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"“and they.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":42509,"verse_id":"ACT.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “But as the time for the fulfillment of the promise drew near that God had declared to Abraham.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged to improve English style. See vv. 6-7 above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":42510,"verse_id":"ACT.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “the people increased and multiplied.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A17/2"}
{"id":42511,"verse_id":"ACT.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Or simply “did not know.” However, in this context the point is that the new king knew nothing about Joseph, not whether he had known him personally (which is the way “did not know Joseph” could be understood).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":42512,"verse_id":"ACT.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “arose,” but in this context it clearly refers to a king assuming power.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":42513,"verse_id":"ACT.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.19","text":"According to L&N 88.147 it is also possible to translate κατασοφισάμενος ( katasofisameno\" ) as “took advantage by clever words” or “persuaded by sweet talk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A19/1"}
{"id":42514,"verse_id":"ACT.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “race.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A19/2"}
{"id":42515,"verse_id":"ACT.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A19/3"}
{"id":42516,"verse_id":"ACT.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.19","text":"Or “expose” (BDAG 303 s.v. ἔκθετος ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A19/4"}
{"id":42517,"verse_id":"ACT.7.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.19","text":"Grk “so that they could not be kept alive,” but in this context the phrase may be translated either “so that they would not continue to live,” or “so that they would die” (L&N 23.89).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A19/5"}
{"id":42518,"verse_id":"ACT.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Or “was well-formed before God,” or “was well-pleasing to God” (BDAG 145 s.v. ἀστεῖος suggests the meaning is more like “well-bred” as far as God was concerned; see Exod 2:2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":42519,"verse_id":"ACT.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “who was brought up for three months.” The continuation of the sentence as a relative clause is awkward in English, so a new sentence was started in the translation by changing the relative pronoun to a regular pronoun (“he”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A20/2"}
{"id":42520,"verse_id":"ACT.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “exposed” (see v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":42521,"verse_id":"ACT.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “Pharaoh’s daughter took him up for herself.” According to BDAG 64 s.v. ἀναιρέω , “The pap. exx. involve exposed children taken up and reared as slaves…The rendering ‘adopt’ lacks philological precision and can be used only in a loose sense (as NRSV), esp. when Gr-Rom. terminology relating to adoption procedures is taken into account.” In this instance both the immediate context and the OT account ( Exod 2:3-10 ) do support the normal sense of the English word “adopt,” although it should not be understood to refer to a technical, legal event.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":42522,"verse_id":"ACT.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.21","text":"Or “and reared him” (BDAG 74 s.v. ἀνατρέφω b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A21/3"}
{"id":42523,"verse_id":"ACT.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Or “instructed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":42524,"verse_id":"ACT.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.22","text":"Or “was able” (BDAG 264 s.v. δυνατός 1.b. α ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A22/2"}
{"id":42525,"verse_id":"ACT.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":42526,"verse_id":"ACT.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “brothers.” The translation “compatriot” is given by BDAG 18-19 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":42527,"verse_id":"ACT.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":42528,"verse_id":"ACT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":42529,"verse_id":"ACT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.24","text":"“Hurt unfairly” conveys a better sense of the seriousness of the offense against the Israelite than “treated unfairly,” which can sometimes refer to slight offenses, or “wronged,” which can refer to offenses that do not involve personal violence, as this one probably did.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A24/2"}
{"id":42530,"verse_id":"ACT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A24/3"}
{"id":42531,"verse_id":"ACT.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.24","text":"Or “he defended,” “he retaliated” (BDAG 55 s.v. ἀμύνομαι ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A24/4"}
{"id":42532,"verse_id":"ACT.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “his brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":42533,"verse_id":"ACT.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “was granting them deliverance.” The narrator explains that this act pictured what Moses could do for his people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":42534,"verse_id":"ACT.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “by his hand,” where the hand is a metaphor for the entire person.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":42535,"verse_id":"ACT.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.26","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A26/1"}
{"id":42536,"verse_id":"ACT.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.26","text":"Grk “saw them”; the context makes clear that two individuals were involved (v. 27 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A26/2"}
{"id":42537,"verse_id":"ACT.7.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.26","text":"Or “tried to reconcile” (BDAG 964-65 s.v. συναλλάσσω ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A26/3"}
{"id":42538,"verse_id":"ACT.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Or “repudiated Moses,” “rejected Moses” (BDAG 126-27 s.v. ἀπωθέω 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":42539,"verse_id":"ACT.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Moses) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A27/2"}
{"id":42540,"verse_id":"ACT.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.27","text":"Or “appointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A27/3"}
{"id":42541,"verse_id":"ACT.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative reply which is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ at the end, “do you?” sn A quotation from Exod 2:14 . Even though a negative reply was expected, the question still frightened Moses enough to flee, because he knew his deed had become known. This understanding is based on the Greek text, not the Hebrew of the original setting. Yet the negative here expresses the fact that Moses did not want to kill the other man. Once again the people have badly misunderstood the situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":42542,"verse_id":"ACT.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Grk “At this word,” which could be translated either “when the man said this” or “when Moses heard this.” Since λόγος ( logos ) refers to the remark made by the Israelite, this translation has followed the first option.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":42543,"verse_id":"ACT.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.29","text":"Or “resident alien.” Traditionally πάροικος ( paroiko\" ) has been translated “stranger” or “alien,” but the level of specificity employed with “foreigner” or “resident alien” is now necessary in contemporary English because a “stranger” is a person not acquainted with someone, while an “alien” can suggest science fiction imagery.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A29/2"}
{"id":42544,"verse_id":"ACT.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.30","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and contemporary English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A30/1"}
{"id":42545,"verse_id":"ACT.7.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.30","text":"Or “wilderness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A30/2"}
{"id":42546,"verse_id":"ACT.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.32","text":"Or “ancestors”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A32/1"}
{"id":42547,"verse_id":"ACT.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.32","text":"Grk “and Isaac,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A32/2"}
{"id":42548,"verse_id":"ACT.7.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.32","text":"Or “to investigate,” “to contemplate” (BDAG 522 s.v. κατανοέω 2).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A32/4"}
{"id":42549,"verse_id":"ACT.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.34","text":"Or “mistreatment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A34/1"}
{"id":42550,"verse_id":"ACT.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.34","text":"Or “to set them free.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A34/2"}
{"id":42551,"verse_id":"ACT.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.34","text":"Grk “And now.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A34/3"}
{"id":42552,"verse_id":"ACT.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.35","text":"Or “liberator.” The meaning “liberator” for λυτρωτήν ( lutrwthn ) is given in L&N 37.129: “a person who liberates or releases others.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A35/3"}
{"id":42553,"verse_id":"ACT.7.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.35","text":"Or simply “through the angel.” Here the “hand” could be understood as a figure for the person or the power of the angel himself. The remark about the angel appearing fits the first century Jewish view that God appears to no one ( John 1:14-18 ; Gal 3:19 ; Deut 33:2 LXX).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A35/4"}
{"id":42554,"verse_id":"ACT.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Here the context indicates the miraculous nature of the signs mentioned. sn Performing wonders and miraculous signs. Again Moses acted like Jesus. The phrase appears 9 times in Acts ( 2:19, 22, 43; 4:30; 5:12; 6:8; 7:36; 14:3; 15:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":42555,"verse_id":"ACT.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Or simply “in Egypt.” The phrase “the land of” could be omitted as unnecessary or redundant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":42556,"verse_id":"ACT.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “and at,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A36/3"}
{"id":42557,"verse_id":"ACT.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.36","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A36/4"}
{"id":42558,"verse_id":"ACT.7.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.37","text":"Grk “to the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A37/1"}
{"id":42559,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"This term, ἐκκλησία ( ekklhsia ), is a secular use of the term that came to mean “church” in the epistles. Here a reference to an assembly is all that is intended.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/1"}
{"id":42560,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/2"}
{"id":42561,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/3"}
{"id":42562,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.38","text":"Grk “fathers, who.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “he” and a new clause introduced by “and” was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/4"}
{"id":42563,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “messages.” This is an allusion to the law given to Moses.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/5"}
{"id":42564,"verse_id":"ACT.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.38","text":"א B 36 453 al co . The second person pronoun thus has significantly better external support. As well, ὑμῖν is a harder reading in this context, both because it is surrounded by first person pronouns and because Stephen perhaps “does not wish to disassociate himself from those who received God’s revelation in the past, but only from those who misinterpreted and disobeyed that revelation” ( TCGNT 307). At the same time, Stephen does associate himself to some degree with his disobedient ancestors in v. 39 , suggesting that the decisive break does not really come until v. 51 (where both his present audience and their ancestors are viewed as rebellious). Thus, both externally and internally ὑμῖν is the preferred reading.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A38/6"}
{"id":42565,"verse_id":"ACT.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"Grk “whom our.” The continuation of the sentence as a relative clause is awkward in English, so a new sentence was started in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A39/1"}
{"id":42566,"verse_id":"ACT.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.39","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A39/2"}
{"id":42567,"verse_id":"ACT.7.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.40","text":"Or simply “of Egypt.” The phrase “the land of” could be omitted as unnecessary or redundant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A40/1"}
{"id":42568,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.41","text":"Grk “And.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/1"}
{"id":42569,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.41","text":"Grk “In those days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/2"}
{"id":42570,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.41","text":"Or “a bull calf” (see Exod 32:4-6 ). The term μοσχοποιέω ( moscopoiew ) occurs only in Christian writings according to BDAG 660 s.v.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/3"}
{"id":42571,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.41","text":"Grk “and brought,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/4"}
{"id":42572,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.41","text":"The imperfect verb εὐφραίνοντο ( eufrainonto ) has been translated ingressively. See BDAG 414-15 s.v. εὐφραίνω 2.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/5"}
{"id":42573,"verse_id":"ACT.7.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":41,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.41","text":"Or “in what they had done.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A41/6"}
{"id":42574,"verse_id":"ACT.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.42","text":"Or “stars.” sn To worship the hosts of heaven. Their action violated Deut 4:19; 17:2-5 . See Ps 106:36-43 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A42/2"}
{"id":42575,"verse_id":"ACT.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.42","text":"The two terms for sacrifices “semantically reinforce one another and are here combined essentially for emphasis” (L&N 53.20).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A42/3"}
{"id":42576,"verse_id":"ACT.7.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.42","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative reply which is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ question, “was it?”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A42/4"}
{"id":42577,"verse_id":"ACT.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.43","text":"Or “tent.” sn A tabernacle was a tent used to house religious objects or a shrine (i.e., a portable sanctuary).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A43/1"}
{"id":42578,"verse_id":"ACT.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.43","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A43/3"}
{"id":42579,"verse_id":"ACT.7.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.43","text":"Or “I will make you move.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A43/5"}
{"id":42580,"verse_id":"ACT.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.44","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A44/1"}
{"id":42581,"verse_id":"ACT.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.44","text":"Or “tent.” sn The tabernacle was the tent used to house the ark of the covenant before the construction of Solomon’s temple. This is where God was believed to reside, yet the people were still unfaithful.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A44/2"}
{"id":42582,"verse_id":"ACT.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.44","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A44/3"}
{"id":42583,"verse_id":"ACT.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.44","text":"Grk “the one”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A44/4"}
{"id":42584,"verse_id":"ACT.7.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":44,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.44","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A44/5"}
{"id":42585,"verse_id":"ACT.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.45","text":"Grk “And.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A45/1"}
{"id":42586,"verse_id":"ACT.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.45","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A45/2"}
{"id":42587,"verse_id":"ACT.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.45","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.” sn Before our ancestors. Stephen has backtracked here to point out how faithful God had been before the constant move to idolatry just noted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A45/3"}
{"id":42588,"verse_id":"ACT.7.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.45","text":"Grk “In those days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A45/4"}
{"id":42589,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.46","text":"Grk “David, who” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “he” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/1"}
{"id":42590,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.46","text":"Or “grace.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/2"}
{"id":42591,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.46","text":"Grk “before,” “in the presence of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/3"}
{"id":42592,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.46","text":"The words “that he could” are not in the Greek text, but are implied as the (understood) subject of the infinitive εὑρεῖν ( Jeurein ). This understands David’s request as asking that he might find the dwelling place. The other possibility would be to supply “that God” as the subject of the infinitive: “and asked that God find a dwelling place.” Unfortunately this problem is complicated by the extremely difficult problem with the Greek text in the following phrase (“house of Jacob” vs. “God of Jacob”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/4"}
{"id":42593,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.46","text":"On this term see BDAG 929 s.v. σκήνωμα a ( Ps 132:5 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/5"}
{"id":42594,"verse_id":"ACT.7.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":46,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.46","text":"א * B D H 049 pc . Thus the second reading is preferred both externally because of better ms evidence and internally because it is hard to see how a copyist finding the reading “God” would change it to “house,” while it is easy to see how (given the LXX of Ps 132:5 ) a copyist might assimilate the reading and change “house” to “God.” However, some scholars think the reading “house” is so difficult as to be unacceptable. Others (like Lachmann and Hort) resorted to conjectural emendation at this point. Others (Ropes) sought an answer in an underlying Aramaic expression. Not everyone thinks the reading “house” is too difficult to be accepted as original (see Lake and Cadbury). A. F. J. Klijn, “Stephen’s Speech – Acts vii.2-53,” NTS 4 (1957): 25-31, compared the idea of a “house within the house of Israel” with the Manual of Discipline from Qumran, a possible parallel that seems to support the reading “house” as authentic. (For the more detailed discussion from which this note was derived, see TCGNT 308-9.)","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A46/6"}
{"id":42595,"verse_id":"ACT.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.50","text":"Or “Did I.” The phrase “my hand” is ultimately a metaphor for God himself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A50/1"}
{"id":42596,"verse_id":"ACT.7.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.50","text":"The question in Greek introduced with οὐχί ( ouci ) expects a positive reply. sn A quotation from Isa 66:1-2 . If God made the heavens, how can a human building contain him?","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A50/2"}
{"id":42597,"verse_id":"ACT.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.51","text":"The term ἀπερίτμητοι ( aperitmhtoi , “uncircumcised”) is a NT hapax legomenon (occurs only once). See BDAG 101-2 s.v. ἀπερίτμητος and Isa 52:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A51/2"}
{"id":42598,"verse_id":"ACT.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.51","text":"Or “You stubborn and obstinate people!” (The phrase “ uncircumcised hearts and ears ” is another figure for stubbornness.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A51/3"}
{"id":42599,"verse_id":"ACT.7.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":51,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.51","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A51/4"}
{"id":42600,"verse_id":"ACT.7.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.52","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A52/1"}
{"id":42601,"verse_id":"ACT.7.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":52,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.52","text":"Grk “And they.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A52/3"}
{"id":42602,"verse_id":"ACT.7.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":53,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.53","text":"Grk “whose betrayers and murderers you have now become, who received the law” The two consecutive relative clauses make for awkward English style, so the second was begun as a new sentence with the pronoun “You” supplied in place of the Greek relative pronoun to make a complete sentence in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A53/1"}
{"id":42603,"verse_id":"ACT.7.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":53,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.53","text":"Traditionally, “as ordained by angels,” but εἰς ( eis ) with the accusative here should be understood as instrumental (a substitute for ἐν [ en ]); so BDAG 291 s.v. εἰς 9, BDF §206. Thus the phrase literally means “received the law by the decrees [orders] of angels” with the genitive understood as a subjective genitive, that is, the angels gave the decrees. sn Decrees given by angels. According to Jewish traditions in the first century, the law of Moses was mediated through angels. See also the note on “angel” in 7:35 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A53/2"}
{"id":42604,"verse_id":"ACT.7.53","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":53,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.53","text":"The Greek word φυλάσσω ( fulassw , traditionally translated “keep”) in this context connotes preservation of and devotion to an object as well as obedience.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A53/3"}
{"id":42605,"verse_id":"ACT.7.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":54,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.54","text":"This verb, which also occurs in Acts 5:33 , means “cut to the quick” or “deeply infuriated” (BDAG 235 s.v. διαπρίω ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A54/1"}
{"id":42606,"verse_id":"ACT.7.54","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":54,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.54","text":"Or “they gnashed their teeth.” This idiom is a picture of violent rage (BDAG 184 s.v. βρύχω ). See also Ps 35:16 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A54/2"}
{"id":42607,"verse_id":"ACT.7.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":55,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.55","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Stephen) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A55/1"}
{"id":42608,"verse_id":"ACT.7.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":55,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.55","text":"Grk “being full,” but the participle ὑπάρχων ( Juparcwn ) has not been translated since it would be redundant in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A55/2"}
{"id":42609,"verse_id":"ACT.7.55","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":55,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.55","text":"Grk “looking intently toward heaven, saw.” The participle ἀτενίσας ( atenisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A55/3"}
{"id":42610,"verse_id":"ACT.7.56","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":56,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.56","text":"Grk “And he said, ‘Look!’” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; a new sentence is begun instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A56/1"}
{"id":42611,"verse_id":"ACT.7.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.58","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; a new sentence is begun instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A58/1"}
{"id":42612,"verse_id":"ACT.7.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":58,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.58","text":"Or “outer garments.” sn Laid their cloaks. The outer garment, or cloak, was taken off and laid aside to leave the arms free (in this case for throwing stones).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A58/3"}
{"id":42613,"verse_id":"ACT.7.59","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":59,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.59","text":"Grk “And they.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; a new sentence is begun instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A59/1"}
{"id":42614,"verse_id":"ACT.7.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":60,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.60","text":"Grk “Then falling to his knees he cried out.” The participle θείς ( qeis ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A60/1"}
{"id":42615,"verse_id":"ACT.7.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":60,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.60","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English style to use shorter sentences, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here; a new sentence is begun instead.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A60/3"}
{"id":42616,"verse_id":"ACT.7.60","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":7,"verse":60,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.60","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%207%3A60/4"}
{"id":42617,"verse_id":"ACT.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"The term ἀναίρεσις ( anairesi\" ) can refer to murder (BDAG 64 s.v.; 2 Macc 5:13; Josephus, Ant. 5.2.12 [5.165]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":42618,"verse_id":"ACT.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “severe.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":42619,"verse_id":"ACT.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “Now there happened on that day a great persecution.” It is less awkward to say in English “Now on that day a great persecution began.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A1/3"}
{"id":42620,"verse_id":"ACT.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A1/4"}
{"id":42621,"verse_id":"ACT.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.1","text":"Or “countryside.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A1/6"}
{"id":42622,"verse_id":"ACT.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"“Some” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":42623,"verse_id":"ACT.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.2","text":"Or “mourned greatly for him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A2/3"}
{"id":42624,"verse_id":"ACT.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “began to harm [the church] severely.” If the nuance of this verb is “destroy,” then the imperfect verb ἐλυμαίνετο ( elumaineto ) is best translated as a conative imperfect as in the translation above. If instead the verb is taken to mean “injure severely” (as L&N 20.24), it should be translated in context as an ingressive imperfect (“began to harm the church severely”). Either option does not significantly alter the overall meaning, since it is clear from the stated actions of Saul in the second half of the verse that he intended to destroy or ravage the church.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":42625,"verse_id":"ACT.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"The participle σύρων ( surwn ) has been translated as an finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":42626,"verse_id":"ACT.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.3","text":"BDAG 762 s.v. παραδίδωμι 1.b has “ εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A3/3"}
{"id":42627,"verse_id":"ACT.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"The word “main” is supplied in the translation to clarify that “Samaria” is not the name of the city (at least in NT times). See both BDAG 912 s.v. Σαμάρεια , and L&N 93.568. sn The main city of Samaria most likely refers to the principal city of Samaria, rebuilt by Herod the Great as Sebaste in honor of Augustus (J. Boehmer, “Studien zur Geographie Palästinas bes. im Neuen Testament,” ZNW 9 [1908]: 216-18; D. Gill and C. Gempf, eds., The Book of Acts in its Graeco-Roman Setting , 272). This is the best option if the article before “city” is taken as original. If the reading without the article is taken as original, then another city may be in view: Gitta, the hometown of Simon Magus according to Justin Martyr (cf. C. K. Barrett, Acts [ICC], 1:402-3; F. F. Bruce, Acts [NICNT], 165).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":42628,"verse_id":"ACT.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"The imperfect ἐκήρυσσεν ( ekhrussen ) has been translated as an ingressive, since this is probably the first time such preaching took place.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":42629,"verse_id":"ACT.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":42630,"verse_id":"ACT.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “to what was being said by Philip,” a passive construction that has been changed to active voice in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":42631,"verse_id":"ACT.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Here the following context indicates the miraculous nature of the signs mentioned. This term appears 13 times in Acts, but only twice more after Acts 8:13 (i.e., 14:3; 15:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":42632,"verse_id":"ACT.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “For [in the case of] many who had unclean spirits, they were coming out, crying in a loud voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":42633,"verse_id":"ACT.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “and there came about,” but this is somewhat awkward in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":42634,"verse_id":"ACT.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"On the idiom προϋπῆρχεν μαγεύων ( prouphrcen mageuwn ) meaning “had been practicing magic” see BDAG 889 s.v. προϋπάρχω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":42635,"verse_id":"ACT.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “all of them”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":42636,"verse_id":"ACT.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “This man is what is called the Great Power of God.” The translation “ what is called the Great Power of God ” is given by BDAG 263 s.v. δύναμις 5, but the repetition of the article before καλουμένη μεγάλη ( kaloumenh megalh ) suggests the translation “the power of God that is called ‘Great.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":42637,"verse_id":"ACT.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":42638,"verse_id":"ACT.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.12","text":"The imperfect verb ἐβαπτίζοντο ( ebaptizonto ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A12/3"}
{"id":42639,"verse_id":"ACT.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Or “he kept close company with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":42640,"verse_id":"ACT.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":42641,"verse_id":"ACT.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.14","text":"Or “message.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A14/2"}
{"id":42642,"verse_id":"ACT.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the phrase “these two” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":42643,"verse_id":"ACT.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Grk “For he”; the referent (the Spirit) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":42644,"verse_id":"ACT.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “fallen on.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A16/2"}
{"id":42645,"verse_id":"ACT.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Grk “on them”; the referent (the Samaritans) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":42646,"verse_id":"ACT.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"B sa mae). Although it is possible that some scribes omitted τὸ ἅγιον because of its perceived superfluity (note vv. 15, 17, 19 ), it is far more likely that others added the adjective out of pious motives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":42647,"verse_id":"ACT.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Or “ability”; Grk “authority.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":42648,"verse_id":"ACT.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “May your silver together with you be sent into destruction.” This is a strong curse. The gifts of God are sovereignly bestowed and cannot be purchased.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":42649,"verse_id":"ACT.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.20","text":"Or “obtain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A20/2"}
{"id":42650,"verse_id":"ACT.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.21","text":"The translation “share or part” is given by L&N 63.13.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A21/1"}
{"id":42651,"verse_id":"ACT.8.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.21","text":"Since the semantic range for λόγος ( logos ) is so broad, a number of different translations could be given for the prepositional phrase here. Something along the lines of “in this thing” would work well, but is too colloquial for the present translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A21/2"}
{"id":42652,"verse_id":"ACT.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"Or “and implore the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":42653,"verse_id":"ACT.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.22","text":"Grk “that if possible the intent of your heart may be forgiven you.” The passive construction is somewhat awkward in contemporary English and has thus been converted to an active construction in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A22/2"}
{"id":42654,"verse_id":"ACT.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “in the gall of bitterness,” an idiom meaning to be particularly envious or resentful of someone. In this case Simon was jealous of the apostles’ power to bestow the Holy Spirit by the laying on of hands, and wanted that power for himself. The literal phrase does not convey this to the modern reader, and in fact some modern translations have simply rendered the phrase as involving bitterness, which misses the point of the envy on Simon’s part. See L&N 88.166. The OT images come from Deut 29:17-18 and Isa 58:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":42655,"verse_id":"ACT.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Grk “Simon answered and said.” sn Given that Simon does not follow Peter’s call for repentance, many interpreters read this reply as flippant rather than sincere. But the exact nature of Simon’s reply is not entirely clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":42656,"verse_id":"ACT.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Grk “may come upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":42657,"verse_id":"ACT.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Grk “after they”; the referents (Peter and John) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":42658,"verse_id":"ACT.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.25","text":"The verb διαμαρτύρομαι ( diamarturomai ) can mean “warn,” and could be taken to refer specifically to the warning given to Simon in the preceding verses. However, a more general reference is more likely, referring to parting exhortations from Peter and John to the entire group of believers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A25/2"}
{"id":42659,"verse_id":"ACT.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.25","text":"Grk “they were returning to Jerusalem and were proclaiming.” The first imperfect is taken ingressively and the second is viewed iteratively (“proclaiming…as they went”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A25/4"}
{"id":42660,"verse_id":"ACT.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.25","text":"“As they went” is not in the Greek text, but is implied by the imperfect tense (see tn above).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A25/6"}
{"id":42661,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 5:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":42662,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.26","text":"Grk “Lord spoke to Philip, saying.” The redundant participle λέγων ( legwn ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/2"}
{"id":42663,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “Get up and go about noon.” The phrase κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ( kata meshmbrian ) can be translated either “about noon” (L&N 67.74) or “toward the south” (L&N 82.4). Since the angel’s command appears to call for immediate action (“Get up”) and would not therefore need a time indicator, a directional reference (“toward the south”) is more likely here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/3"}
{"id":42664,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.26","text":"For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/4"}
{"id":42665,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “wilderness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/5"}
{"id":42666,"verse_id":"ACT.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.26","text":"The words “This is a desert road” are probably best understood as a comment by the author of Acts, but it is possible they form part of the angel’s speech to Philip, in which case the verse would read: “Get up and go south on the road that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza – the desert road.” sn The concluding note about the road appears to be a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A26/6"}
{"id":42667,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “And,” but καί ( kai ) carries something of a resultative force in this context because what follows describes Philip’s response to the angel’s command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/1"}
{"id":42668,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “So getting up he went.” The aorist participle ἀναστάς ( anastas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":42669,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “And there.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/3"}
{"id":42670,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “and behold.” This expression is used to portray Philip’s encounter with the Ethiopian in a vivid way. In the English translation this vividness is difficult to convey; it is necessary to supply the words “he met.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/4"}
{"id":42671,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.27","text":"Or “the Candace” (the title of the queen of the Ethiopians). The term Κανδάκης ( Kandakh\" ) is much more likely a title rather than a proper name (like Pharaoh, which is a title); see L&N 37.77. A few, however, still take the word to be the name of the queen (L&N 93.209). BDAG 507 s.v. Κανδάκη , treats the term as a title and lists classical usage by Strabo ( Geography 17.1.54) and others. sn Candace was the title of the queen of the Ethiopians. Ethiopia refers to the kingdom of Nubia in the northern Sudan, whose capital was Meroe (not to be confused with Abyssinia, which was later called Ethiopia and converted to Christianity in the 4th century a.d. ). Classical writers refer to several queens of Meroe in the 1st century b.c. and 1st century a.d. who had the title Candace ( Kandake ). The Candace referred to here was probably Amantitere, who ruled a.d. 25-41.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/6"}
{"id":42672,"verse_id":"ACT.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “who was over all her treasury, who.” The two consecutive relative clauses make for awkward English style, so the second was begun as a new sentence with the pronoun “he” supplied in place of the Greek relative pronoun to make a complete sentence in English.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A27/7"}
{"id":42673,"verse_id":"ACT.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “and was sitting.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":42674,"verse_id":"ACT.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.28","text":"Grk “and was reading.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. sn The fact that this man was reading from a scroll (an expensive item in the first century) indicates his connection to a wealthy house.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A28/2"}
{"id":42675,"verse_id":"ACT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.30","text":"The participle προσδραμών ( prosdramwn ) is regarded as attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A30/1"}
{"id":42676,"verse_id":"ACT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.30","text":"The words “to it” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A30/2"}
{"id":42677,"verse_id":"ACT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.30","text":"Grk “heard him”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A30/3"}
{"id":42678,"verse_id":"ACT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.30","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A30/4"}
{"id":42679,"verse_id":"ACT.8.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.30","text":"Grk “he said”; but since what follows is a question, it is better English style to translate the introduction to the question “he asked him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A30/5"}
{"id":42680,"verse_id":"ACT.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A31/1"}
{"id":42681,"verse_id":"ACT.8.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.31","text":"Grk “How am I able, unless…” The translation is based on the force of the conjunction γάρ ( gar ) in this context. The translation “ How in the world can I? ” is given in BDAG 189 s.v. γάρ 1.f.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A31/2"}
{"id":42682,"verse_id":"ACT.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":42683,"verse_id":"ACT.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “does.” The present tense here was translated as a past tense to maintain consistency with the first line of the quotation (“he was led like a sheep to slaughter”), which has an aorist passive verb normally translated as a past tense in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A32/2"}
{"id":42684,"verse_id":"ACT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.33","text":"א A B 1739 pc lat). However, the LXX of Isa 53:8 also lacks the pronoun, supplying motivation for scribes to omit it here. At the same time, scribes would also be motivated to add the pronoun both for clarity’s sake (note the similar impulse that led to the addition of δέ [ de ] by many of the same mss at the beginning of the next line) and to give balance to the lines (the pronoun is indisputably used five other times in vv. 32-33 in quoting ). On balance, the shorter reading is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A33/1"}
{"id":42685,"verse_id":"ACT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “justice was denied him”; Grk “his justice was taken away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A33/2"}
{"id":42686,"verse_id":"ACT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.33","text":"Or “family; or “origin.” The meaning of γενεά ( genea ) in the quotation is uncertain; BDAG 192 s.v. γενεά 4 suggests “ family history .” sn The rhetorical question suggests the insensitivity of this generation for its act against God’s servant, who was slain unjustly as he was silent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A33/3"}
{"id":42687,"verse_id":"ACT.8.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.33","text":"Grk “is taken away.” The present tense here was translated as a past tense to maintain consistency with the rest of the quotation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A33/4"}
{"id":42688,"verse_id":"ACT.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"Grk “answered and said.” The redundant participle ἀποκριθείς ( apokriqei\" ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":42689,"verse_id":"ACT.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.34","text":"Grk “I beg you,” “I ask you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A34/2"}
{"id":42690,"verse_id":"ACT.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Grk “opening his mouth” (a Semitic idiom for beginning to speak in a somewhat formal manner). The participle ἀνοίξας ( anoixa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":42691,"verse_id":"ACT.8.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.36","text":"Or “What prevents me.” The rhetorical question means, “I should get baptized, right?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A36/1"}
{"id":42692,"verse_id":"ACT.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"Grk “and they both went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch.” Since this is somewhat redundant in English, it was simplified to “and both Philip and the eunuch went down into the water.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":42693,"verse_id":"ACT.8.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.39","text":"BDAG 189 s.v. γάρ 2 indicates that under certain circumstances γάρ ( gar ) has the same meaning as δέ ( de ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A39/1"}
{"id":42694,"verse_id":"ACT.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.40","text":"Or “appeared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A40/1"}
{"id":42695,"verse_id":"ACT.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.40","text":"The words “the area” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A40/3"}
{"id":42696,"verse_id":"ACT.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.40","text":"Or “he preached the gospel.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A40/4"}
{"id":42697,"verse_id":"ACT.8.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":8,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.40","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%208%3A40/5"}
{"id":42698,"verse_id":"ACT.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “Saul, making dire threats.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":42699,"verse_id":"ACT.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"The expression “breathing out threats and murder” is an idiomatic expression for “making threats to murder” (see L&N 33.293). Although the two terms “threats” and “murder” are syntactically coordinate, the second is semantically subordinate to the first. In other words, the content of the threats is to murder the disciples.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":42700,"verse_id":"ACT.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “bring them bound”; the translation “ bring someone as prisoner ” for δεδεμένον ἄγειν τινά ( dedemenon agein tina ) is given by BDAG 221 s.v. δέω 1.b.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":42701,"verse_id":"ACT.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “As he was going along, it happened that when he was approaching.” The phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":42702,"verse_id":"ACT.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “shone” (BDAG 799 s.v. περιαστράπτω ). The light was more brilliant than the sun according to Acts 26:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":42703,"verse_id":"ACT.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":42704,"verse_id":"ACT.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"The double vocative suggests emotion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":42705,"verse_id":"ACT.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “But arise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":42706,"verse_id":"ACT.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Literally a passive construction, “it will be told to you.” This has been converted to another form of passive construction in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":42707,"verse_id":"ACT.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which is used only rarely in a generic sense of both men and women. In the historical setting here, Paul’s traveling companions were almost certainly all males.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":42708,"verse_id":"ACT.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"That is, unable to speak because of fear or amazement. See BDAG 335 s.v. ἐνεός .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":42709,"verse_id":"ACT.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “his eyes being open,” a genitive absolute construction that has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":42710,"verse_id":"ACT.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Saul’s companions) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":42711,"verse_id":"ACT.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “And for.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":42712,"verse_id":"ACT.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"The word “anything” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader. The fasting might indicate an initial realization of Luke 5:33-39 . Fasting was usually accompanied by reflective thought.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":42713,"verse_id":"ACT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":42714,"verse_id":"ACT.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “behold, I,” but this construction often means “here is/there is” (cf. BDAG 468 s.v. ἰδού 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":42715,"verse_id":"ACT.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":42716,"verse_id":"ACT.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Grk “to bind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":42717,"verse_id":"ACT.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Or “tool.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":42718,"verse_id":"ACT.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “the sons of Israel.” In Acts, Paul is a minister to all nations, including Israel ( Rom 1:16-17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":42719,"verse_id":"ACT.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Or “because of my name.” BDAG 1031 s.v. ὑπέρ 2 lists Acts 9:16 as an example of ὑπέρ ( Juper ) used to indicate “the moving cause or reason, because of, for the sake of, for .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":42720,"verse_id":"ACT.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “and placing his hands on Saul, he said.” The participle ἐπιθείς ( epiqei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. For the same reason καί ( kai ) has not been translated before the participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":42721,"verse_id":"ACT.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “on him”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":42722,"verse_id":"ACT.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “on the road in which you came,” but the relative clause makes for awkward English style, so it was translated as a temporal clause (“as you came here”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":42723,"verse_id":"ACT.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “And immediately.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":42724,"verse_id":"ACT.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"The comparison to “scales” suggests a crusty covering which peeled away (cf. BDAG 592 s.v. λεπίς 2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":42725,"verse_id":"ACT.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence was started, with “and” placed before the final element of the previous clause as required by English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":42726,"verse_id":"ACT.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “It happened that for several days.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":42727,"verse_id":"ACT.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) is understood to introduce direct (“This man is the Son of God”) rather than indirect discourse (“that this man is the Son of God”) because the pronoun οὗτος ( Jouto\" ) combined with the present tense verb ἐστιν ( estin ) suggests the contents of what was proclaimed are a direct (albeit summarized) quotation. sn This is the only use of the title Son of God in Acts. The book prefers to allow a variety of descriptions to present Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":42728,"verse_id":"ACT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “And all.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":42729,"verse_id":"ACT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"The Greek interrogative particle used in this verse ( οὐχ , ouc ) expects a positive reply. They all knew about Saul’s persecutions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":42730,"verse_id":"ACT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.21","text":"Normally, “destroying,” but compare 4 Macc 4:23; 11:4 and MM 529 s.v. πορθέω for examples from Koine papyri. See also BDAG 853 s.v. πορθέω .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A21/3"}
{"id":42731,"verse_id":"ACT.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “bring them bound”; the translation “ bring someone as prisoner ” for δεδεμένον ἄγειν τινά ( dedemenon agein tina ) is given by BDAG 221 s.v. δέω 1.b.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A21/4"}
{"id":42732,"verse_id":"ACT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Grk “was becoming stronger,” but this could be understood in a physical sense, while the text refers to Saul’s growing ability to demonstrate to fellow Jews that Jesus was the Messiah. The translation “to become capable” for ἐνδυναμόω ( endunamow ) is given in L&N 74.7, with this specific verse as an example.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":42733,"verse_id":"ACT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “was confounding.” For the translation “to cause consternation” for συγχέω ( suncew ) see L&N 25.221.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":42734,"verse_id":"ACT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “by showing for certain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":42735,"verse_id":"ACT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.22","text":"Grk “that this one”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A22/4"}
{"id":42736,"verse_id":"ACT.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” Note again the variation in the titles used. sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A22/5"}
{"id":42737,"verse_id":"ACT.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"The words “against him” are implied, as suggested by L&N 30.71.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":42738,"verse_id":"ACT.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “guarding.” This is a negative term in Luke-Acts ( Luke 6:7; 14:1; 20:20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":42739,"verse_id":"ACT.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.24","text":"The word πύλη ( pulh ) may refer to a house door or gate, or to the large gates used in a palace, temple, or city wall. Here the context clearly indicates a reference to the latter, so the translation “city gates” is used.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A24/3"}
{"id":42740,"verse_id":"ACT.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"The opening in the wall is not specifically mentioned here, but the parallel account in 2 Cor 11:33 mentions a “window” or “opening” ( θυρίς , quris ) in the city wall through which Paul was lowered. One alternative to introducing mention of the opening is to translate Acts 9:25 “they let him down over the wall,” as suggested in L&N 7.61. This option is not employed by many translations, however, because for the English reader it creates an (apparent) contradiction between Acts 9:25 and 2 Cor 11:33 . In reality the account here is simply more general, omitting the detail about the window.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":42741,"verse_id":"ACT.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.25","text":"On the term for “basket” used here, see BDAG 940 s.v. σπυρίς .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A25/2"}
{"id":42742,"verse_id":"ACT.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":42743,"verse_id":"ACT.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.26","text":"Or “join.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A26/2"}
{"id":42744,"verse_id":"ACT.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.26","text":"The participle πιστεύοντες ( pisteuonte\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A26/3"}
{"id":42745,"verse_id":"ACT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “taking Saul, brought him.” The participle ἐπιλαβόμενος ( epilabomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":42746,"verse_id":"ACT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Saul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":42747,"verse_id":"ACT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “and brought,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A27/3"}
{"id":42748,"verse_id":"ACT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “and that,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A27/4"}
{"id":42749,"verse_id":"ACT.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.27","text":"On this verb which is used 7 times in Acts, see BDAG 782 s.v. παρρησιάζομαι 1. See also v. 28 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A27/5"}
{"id":42750,"verse_id":"ACT.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “he was with them going in and going out in Jerusalem.” The expression “going in and going out” is probably best taken as an idiom for association without hindrance. Some modern translations (NASB, NIV) translate the phrase “moving about freely in Jerusalem,” although the NRSV retains the literal “he went in and out among them in Jerusalem.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":42751,"verse_id":"ACT.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Or “arguing.” BDAG 954 s.v. συζητέω 2 gives “ dispute, debate, argue … τινί ‘w. someone’” for συνεζήτει ( sunezhtei ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":42752,"verse_id":"ACT.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Grk “the Hellenists,” but this descriptive term is largely unknown to the modern English reader. The translation “Greek-speaking Jews” attempts to convey something of who these were, but it was more than a matter of language spoken; it involved a degree of adoption of Greek culture as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":42753,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “Therefore.” This verse is another summary text in Acts (cf. 2:41-47; 4:32-37; 5:12-16; 6:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":42754,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “and Galilee,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":42755,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “had.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":42756,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “Built up.” The participle οἰκοδομουμένη ( oikodomoumenh ) has been translated as a participle of result related to εἶχεν ( eicen ). It could also be understood as adverbial to ἐπληθύνετο ( eplhquneto ): “Then the church throughout Judea, Galilee, and Samaria experienced peace. Strengthened and living in the fear of the Lord and in the encouragement of the Holy Spirit, it increased in numbers.” Although some scholars do not regard the participle of result as a legitimate category, it is actually fairly common (see ExSyn 637-39).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/4"}
{"id":42757,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “And living.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/5"}
{"id":42758,"verse_id":"ACT.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (the church) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A31/6"}
{"id":42759,"verse_id":"ACT.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “Now it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":42760,"verse_id":"ACT.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “As Peter was going through all [the places],” which is somewhat awkward in English. The meaning is best expressed by a phrase like “going around from place to place” or “traveling around from place to place.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":42761,"verse_id":"ACT.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Since the participle κατακείμενον ( katakeimenon ), an adjectival participle modifying Αἰνέαν ( Ainean ), has been translated into English as a relative clause (“who had been confined to a mattress”), it would be awkward to follow with a second relative clause ( Grk “who was paralyzed”). Furthermore, the relative pronoun here has virtually a causal force, giving the reason for confinement to the mattress, so it is best translated “because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":42762,"verse_id":"ACT.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.34","text":"Grk “And Peter.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A34/1"}
{"id":42763,"verse_id":"ACT.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.34","text":") have “Jesus the Christ” ( ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ Χριστός ). Although the pedigree of this last reading is relatively weak, it draws strength from the fact that (a) the other readings are much more natural and thus more predictable, and (b) there are several variants for this text. It seems hardly likely that scribes would intentionally change a more common expression into a title that is used nowhere else in the NT (although 1 John 2:22; 5:1 come close with “Jesus is the Christ”), nor would they unintentionally change a frequently used designation into an unusual one. Thus, in spite of the external evidence (which is nevertheless sufficient to argue for authenticity), ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ Χριστός is the reading that best explains the rise of the others. Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A34/2"}
{"id":42764,"verse_id":"ACT.9.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.34","text":"The translation “make your own bed” for στρῶσον σεαυτῷ ( strwson seautw ) is given by BDAG 949 s.v. στρωννύω 1. Naturally this involves some adaptation, since a pallet or mat would not be ‘made up’ in the sense that a modern bed would be. The idea may be closer to “straighten” or “rearrange,” and the NIV’s “take care of your mat” attempts to reflect this, although this too probably conveys a slightly different idea to the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A34/3"}
{"id":42765,"verse_id":"ACT.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.35","text":"Grk “And all.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A35/1"}
{"id":42766,"verse_id":"ACT.9.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.35","text":"Repetition of the pronoun “they” as subject of ἐπέστρεψαν ( epestreyan ) is not strictly necessary in English, but emphasizes slightly the resultative nature of the final clause: They turned to the Lord as a result of seeing Aeneas after he was healed.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A35/4"}
{"id":42767,"verse_id":"ACT.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.36","text":"Grk “which being translated is called.” In English this would normally be expressed “which is translated as” or “which in translation means.” The second option is given by L&N 33.145.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A36/2"}
{"id":42768,"verse_id":"ACT.9.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.36","text":"Or “and helping the poor.” Grk “She was full of good deeds and acts of charity which she was continually doing.” Since it is somewhat redundant in English to say “she was full of good deeds…which she was continually doing,” the translation has been simplified to “she was continually doing good deeds and acts of charity.” The imperfect verb ἐποίει ( epoiei ) has been translated as a progressive imperfect (“was continually doing”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A36/4"}
{"id":42769,"verse_id":"ACT.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.37","text":"Grk “It happened that in those days.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A37/1"}
{"id":42770,"verse_id":"ACT.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.37","text":"Grk “becoming sick, she died.” The participle ἀσθενήσασαν ( asqenhsasan ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A37/2"}
{"id":42771,"verse_id":"ACT.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.37","text":"The participle λούσαντες ( lousante\" ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A37/3"}
{"id":42772,"verse_id":"ACT.9.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.37","text":"Grk “washed her,” but the reference is to her corpse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A37/4"}
{"id":42773,"verse_id":"ACT.9.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.38","text":"Grk “Do not delay to come to us.” It is somewhat smoother to say in English, “Come to us without delay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A38/2"}
{"id":42774,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.39","text":"Grk “who.” The relative clause makes for awkward English style here, so the following clause was made coordinate with the conjunction “and” supplied in place of the Greek relative pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/1"}
{"id":42775,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.39","text":"The participle παραγενόμενον ( paragenomenon ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/2"}
{"id":42776,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.39","text":"Grk “and all.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/3"}
{"id":42777,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.39","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/4"}
{"id":42778,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.39","text":"Or “shirts” (a long garment worn under the cloak next to the skin). The name for this garment ( χιτών , citwn ) presents some difficulty in translation. Most modern readers would not understand what a ‘tunic’ was any more than they would be familiar with a ‘ chiton .’ On the other hand attempts to find a modern equivalent are also a problem: “shirt” conveys the idea of a much shorter garment that covers only the upper body, and “undergarment” (given the styles of modern underwear) is more misleading still. “Tunic” was therefore employed, but with a note to explain its nature.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/5"}
{"id":42779,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.39","text":"Grk “and garments,” referring here to other types of clothing besides the tunics just mentioned.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/6"}
{"id":42780,"verse_id":"ACT.9.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":39,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.39","text":"The verb ἐποίει ( epoiei ) has been translated as a customary imperfect.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A39/7"}
{"id":42781,"verse_id":"ACT.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “Peter, sending them all outside, knelt down.” The participle ἐκβαλών ( ekbalwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A40/1"}
{"id":42782,"verse_id":"ACT.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “and kneeling down,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. Instead the “and” is placed before the verb προσηύξατο ( proshuxato , “and prayed”). The participle θείς ( qeis ) is taken as a participle of attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A40/2"}
{"id":42783,"verse_id":"ACT.9.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.40","text":"Grk “and turning.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A40/3"}
{"id":42784,"verse_id":"ACT.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “Giving her his hand, he helped her.” The participle δούς ( dous ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A41/1"}
{"id":42785,"verse_id":"ACT.9.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.41","text":"Grk “Then calling the saints…he presented her.” The participle φωνήσας ( fwnhsa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style; it could also be taken temporally (“After he called”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A41/2"}
{"id":42786,"verse_id":"ACT.9.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.42","text":"Or “known all over.” BDAG 511 s.v. κατά A.1.c. has “ became known throughout all Joppa ” for γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθ᾿ ὅλης ᾿Ιόππης ( gnwston genesqai kaq ’ {olh\" Iopph\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A42/1"}
{"id":42787,"verse_id":"ACT.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.43","text":"Grk “So it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A43/1"}
{"id":42788,"verse_id":"ACT.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.43","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A43/2"}
{"id":42789,"verse_id":"ACT.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.43","text":"Grk “with a certain Simon.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A43/3"}
{"id":42790,"verse_id":"ACT.9.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":9,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.43","text":"Or “with a certain Simon Berseus.” Although most modern English translations treat βυρσεῖ ( bursei ) as Simon’s profession (“Simon the tanner”), it is possible that the word is actually Simon’s surname (“Simon Berseus” or “Simon Tanner”). BDAG 185 s.v. βυρσεύς regards it as a surname. See also MM 118.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%209%3A43/4"}
{"id":42791,"verse_id":"ACT.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"In the Greek text this represents a continuation of the previous sentence. Because of the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":42792,"verse_id":"ACT.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.2","text":"Or “gave many gifts to the poor.” This was known as “giving alms,” or acts of mercy (Sir 7:10; BDAG 315-16 s.v. ἐλεημοσύνη ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A2/3"}
{"id":42793,"verse_id":"ACT.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “at about the ninth hour of the day.” This would be the time for afternoon prayer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":42794,"verse_id":"ACT.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Or “the angel of God.” Linguistically, “angel of God” is the same in both testaments (and thus, he is either “an angel of God” or “the angel of God” in both testaments). For arguments and implications, see ExSyn 252; M. J. Davidson, “Angels,” DJG , 9; W. G. MacDonald argues for “an angel” in both testaments: “Christology and ‘The Angel of the Lord’,” Current Issues in Biblical and Patristic Interpretation , 324-35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":42795,"verse_id":"ACT.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"The participles εἰσελθόντα ( eiselqonta ) and εἰπόντα ( eiponta ) are accusative, and thus best taken as adjectival participles modifying ἄγγελον ( angelon ): “an angel who came in and said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":42796,"verse_id":"ACT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Cornelius) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":42797,"verse_id":"ACT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “said,” but in response to the angel’s address, “replied” is better English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":42798,"verse_id":"ACT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A4/3"}
{"id":42799,"verse_id":"ACT.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Or “your gifts to the needy.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":42800,"verse_id":"ACT.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “And now.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":42801,"verse_id":"ACT.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “a certain Simon.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A5/3"}
{"id":42802,"verse_id":"ACT.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “with a certain Simon Berseus.” Although most modern English translations treat βυρσεῖ ( bursei ) as Simon’s profession (“Simon the tanner”), it is possible that the word is actually Simon’s surname (“Simon Berseus” or “Simon Tanner”). BDAG 185 s.v. βυρσεύς regards it as a surname. See also MM 118.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":42803,"verse_id":"ACT.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Cornelius) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":42804,"verse_id":"ACT.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"Or “domestic servants.” The Greek word here is οἰκέτης ( oiketh\" ), which technically refers to a member of the household, but usually means a household servant (slave) or personal servant rather than a field laborer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":42805,"verse_id":"ACT.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"The meaning of the genitive participle προσκαρτερούντων ( proskarterountwn ) could either be “a soldier from the ranks of those who served him” (referring to his entire command) or “a soldier from among his personal staff” (referring to a group of soldiers who were his personal attendants). The translation “from among those who served him” is general enough to cover either possibility.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":42806,"verse_id":"ACT.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Grk “about the sixth hour.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":42807,"verse_id":"ACT.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"The participles ὁδοιπορούντων ( Jodoiporountwn , “while they were on their way”) and ἐγγιζόντων ( engizontwn , “approaching”) have been translated as temporal participles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":42808,"verse_id":"ACT.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"The traditional translation, “he fell into a trance,” is somewhat idiomatic; it is based on the textual variant ἐπέπεσεν ( epepesen , “he fell”) found in the Byzantine text but almost certainly not original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":42809,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":42810,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":42811,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"On the heavens “opening,” see Matt 3:16 ; Luke 3:21 ; Rev 19:11 (cf. BDAG 84 s.v. ἀνοίγω 2). This is the language of a vision or a revelatory act of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":42812,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “a large linen cloth” (the term was used for the sail of a ship; BDAG 693 s.v. ὀθόνη ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/4"}
{"id":42813,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “coming down.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/5"}
{"id":42814,"verse_id":"ACT.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “to the ground.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A11/6"}
{"id":42815,"verse_id":"ACT.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Grk “in which.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “it,” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":42816,"verse_id":"ACT.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “snakes.” Grk “creeping things.” According to L&N 4.51, in most biblical contexts the term (due to the influence of Hebrew classifications such as Gen 1:25-26, 30 ) included small four-footed animals like rats, mice, frogs, toads, salamanders, and lizards. In this context, however, where “creeping things” are contrasted with “four-footed animals,” the English word “reptiles,” which primarily but not exclusively designates snakes, is probably more appropriate. See also Gen 6:20 , as well as the law making such creatures unclean food in Lev 11:2-47 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A12/2"}
{"id":42817,"verse_id":"ACT.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.12","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A12/3"}
{"id":42818,"verse_id":"ACT.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “And there came.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":42819,"verse_id":"ACT.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “a voice to him”; the word “said” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":42820,"verse_id":"ACT.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “kill.” Traditionally θῦσον ( quson ) is translated “kill,” but in the case of animals intended for food, “slaughter” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":42821,"verse_id":"ACT.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Possibly there is a subtle distinction in meaning between κοινός ( koinos ) and ἀκάθαρτος ( akaqarto\" ) here, but according to L&N 53.39 it is difficult to determine precise differences in meaning based on existing contexts. sn Peter insisted he would not violate the law by eating anything defiled and ritually unclean . These food laws were one of the practices that distinguished Jews from their Gentile neighbors. The practice made table fellowship with Gentiles awkward. For an example of Jewish attitudes to this, see Dan 1:8-16 ; 1 Macc 1:41-64; Letter of Aristeas 142; Tacitus, History 5.5.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":42822,"verse_id":"ACT.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “And the voice.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":42823,"verse_id":"ACT.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “declare.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":42824,"verse_id":"ACT.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Or “into the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":42825,"verse_id":"ACT.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Or “was greatly confused over.” The term means to be perplexed or at a loss (BDAG 235 s.v. διαπορέω ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":42826,"verse_id":"ACT.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"Grk “having learned.” The participle διερωτήσαντες ( dierwthsante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":42827,"verse_id":"ACT.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.17","text":"BDAG 418 s.v. ἐφίστημι 1 has “ ἐπί τι approach or stand by someth. (Sir 41:24) Ac 10:17 .” sn As Peter puzzled over the meaning of the vision, the messengers from Cornelius approached the gate . God’s direction here had a sense of explanatory timing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A17/3"}
{"id":42828,"verse_id":"ACT.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Grk “and.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun by supplying the pronoun “they” as the subject of the following verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":42829,"verse_id":"ACT.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Grk “Simon, the one called Peter.” This qualification was necessary because the owner of the house was also named Simon ( Acts 9:43 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":42830,"verse_id":"ACT.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"The translation “think seriously about” for διενθυμέομαι ( dienqumeomai ) is given in L&N 30.2. Peter was “pondering” the vision (BDAG 244 s.v.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":42831,"verse_id":"ACT.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “But getting up, go down.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anastas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":42832,"verse_id":"ACT.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.20","text":"The term means “without doubting” or “without deliberation.” It is a term of conscience and discernment. In effect, Peter is to listen to them rather than hesitate (BDAG 231 s.v. διακρίνω 6).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A20/2"}
{"id":42833,"verse_id":"ACT.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “Peter going down to the men, said.” The participle καταβάς ( katabas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":42834,"verse_id":"ACT.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “Behold, it is I whom you seek,” or “Behold, I am the one you seek.” “Here I am” is used to translate ἰδοὺ ἐγώ εἰμι ( idou egw eimi ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A21/2"}
{"id":42835,"verse_id":"ACT.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.22","text":"Or “just.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A22/2"}
{"id":42836,"verse_id":"ACT.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.22","text":"The phrase τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ( tou eqnou\" twn Ioudaiwn ) is virtually a technical term for the Jewish nation (1 Macc 10:25; 11:30, 33; Josephus, Ant. 14.10.22 [14.248]). “All the Jewish people,” while another possible translation of the Greek phrase, does not convey the technical sense of a reference to the nation in English. sn The long introduction of Cornelius by his messengers is an attempt to commend this Gentile to his Jewish counterpart, which would normally be important to do in the culture of the time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A22/3"}
{"id":42837,"verse_id":"ACT.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.22","text":"Grk “hear words.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A22/4"}
{"id":42838,"verse_id":"ACT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn When Peter entertained them as guests , he performed a culturally significant act denoting acceptance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A23/1"}
{"id":42839,"verse_id":"ACT.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Or “went forth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":42840,"verse_id":"ACT.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Grk “On the next day,” but since this phrase has already occurred in v. 23 , it would be redundant in English to use it again here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":42841,"verse_id":"ACT.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.24","text":"Normally προσδοκάω ( prosdokaw ) means “to wait with apprehension or anxiety for something,” often with the implication of impending danger or trouble (L&N 25.228), but in this context the anxiety Cornelius would have felt came from the importance of the forthcoming message as announced by the angel.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A24/3"}
{"id":42842,"verse_id":"ACT.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “So it happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A25/1"}
{"id":42843,"verse_id":"ACT.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “meeting him.” The participle συναντήσας ( sunanthsa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":42844,"verse_id":"ACT.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.25","text":"Grk “falling at his feet, worshiped.” The participle πεσών ( peswn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A25/3"}
{"id":42845,"verse_id":"ACT.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"BDAG 271 s.v. ἐγείρω 3 has “ raise, help to rise ….Stretched out Ac 10:26 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":42846,"verse_id":"ACT.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.26","text":"Although it is certainly true that Peter was a “man,” here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) has been translated as “mere mortal” because the emphasis in context is not on Peter’s maleness, but his humanity. Contrary to what Cornelius thought, Peter was not a god or an angelic being, but a mere mortal.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A26/2"}
{"id":42847,"verse_id":"ACT.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “And he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":42848,"verse_id":"ACT.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Or “many people assembled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":42849,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Here ὡς ( Jws ) is used like ὅτι ( Joti ) to introduce indirect discourse (cf. BDAG 1105 s.v. ὡς 5).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":42850,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.28","text":"This term is used of wanton or callously lawless acts (BDAG 24 s.v. ἀθέμιτος ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/2"}
{"id":42851,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “a Jewish man” ( ἀνδρὶ ᾿Ιουδαίῳ , andri Ioudaiw ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/3"}
{"id":42852,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “a foreigner,” but in this context, “a non-Jew,” that is, a Gentile. This term speaks of intimate association (BDAG 556 s.v. κολλάω 2.b. α ). On this Jewish view, see John 18:28 , where a visit to a Gentile residence makes a Jewish person unclean.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/4"}
{"id":42853,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.28","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/5"}
{"id":42854,"verse_id":"ACT.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.28","text":"Possibly there is a subtle distinction in meaning between κοινός ( koinos ) and ἀκάθαρτος ( akaqartos ) here, but according to L&N 53.39 it is difficult to determine precise differences in meaning based on existing contexts. sn God has shown me…unclean. Peter sees the significance of his vision as not about food, but about open fellowship between Jewish Christians and Gentiles.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A28/6"}
{"id":42855,"verse_id":"ACT.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “Therefore when I was sent for.” The passive participle μεταπεμφθείς ( metapemfqei\" ) has been taken temporally and converted to an active construction which is less awkward in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":42856,"verse_id":"ACT.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “ask for what reason.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":42857,"verse_id":"ACT.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “And Cornelius.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":42858,"verse_id":"ACT.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A30/2"}
{"id":42859,"verse_id":"ACT.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “at the ninth hour.” Again, this is the hour of afternoon prayer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A30/3"}
{"id":42860,"verse_id":"ACT.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “and behold.” The interjection ἰδού ( idou ) is difficult at times to translate into English. Here it has been translated as “suddenly” to convey the force of Cornelius’ account of the angel’s appearance.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A30/4"}
{"id":42861,"verse_id":"ACT.10.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.31","text":"Or “your gifts to the needy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A31/1"}
{"id":42862,"verse_id":"ACT.10.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.32","text":"Or “with a certain Simon Berseus.” Although most modern English translations treat βυρσεῖ ( bursei ) as Simon’s profession (“Simon the tanner”), it is possible that the word is actually Simon’s surname (“Simon Berseus” or “Simon Tanner”). BDAG 185 s.v. βυρσεύς regards it as a surname.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A32/1"}
{"id":42863,"verse_id":"ACT.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Grk “you have done well by coming.” The idiom καλῶς ποιεῖν ( kalw\" poiein ) is translated “ be kind enough to do someth .” by BDAG 505-6 s.v. καλῶς 4.a. The participle παραγενόμενος ( paragenomeno\" ) has been translated as an English infinitive due to the nature of the English idiom (“kind enough to” + infinitive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":42864,"verse_id":"ACT.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.33","text":"The translation “ we are here in the presence of God ” for ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ( enwpion tou qeou paresmen ) is given by BDAG 773 s.v. πάρειμι 1.a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A33/2"}
{"id":42865,"verse_id":"ACT.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.33","text":"Or “to hear everything.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A33/3"}
{"id":42866,"verse_id":"ACT.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.33","text":"The words “to say to us” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Cornelius knows Peter is God’s representative, bringing God’s message.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A33/4"}
{"id":42867,"verse_id":"ACT.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Grk “Opening his mouth Peter said” (a Semitic idiom for beginning to speak in a somewhat formal manner). The participle ἀνοίξας ( anoixa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":42868,"verse_id":"ACT.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.34","text":"Grk “God is not one who is a respecter of persons,” that is, “God is not one to show partiality” (cf. BDAG 887 s.v. προσωπολήμπτης ). L&N 88.239 translates this verse “I realize that God does not show favoritism (in dealing with people).” The underlying Hebrew idiom includes the personal element (“respecter of persons”) so the phrase “in dealing with people” is included in the present translation. It fits very well with the following context and serves to emphasize the relational component of God’s lack of partiality. The latter is a major theme in the NT: Rom 2:11 ; Eph 2:11-22 ; Col 3:25 ; Jas 2:1 ; 1 Pet 1:17 . This was the lesson of Peter’s vision.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A34/2"}
{"id":42869,"verse_id":"ACT.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.35","text":"Or “shows reverence for him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A35/2"}
{"id":42870,"verse_id":"ACT.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.35","text":"Grk “works righteousness”; the translation “does what is right” for this phrase in this verse is given by L&N 25.85. sn Note how faith and response are linked here by the phrase and does what is right .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A35/3"}
{"id":42871,"verse_id":"ACT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.36","text":"The subject and verb (“you know”) do not actually occur until the following verse, but have been repeated here because of the requirements of English word order.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A36/1"}
{"id":42872,"verse_id":"ACT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.36","text":"Grk “the word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A36/2"}
{"id":42873,"verse_id":"ACT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.36","text":"Grk “to the sons.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A36/3"}
{"id":42874,"verse_id":"ACT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.36","text":"Or “by.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A36/5"}
{"id":42875,"verse_id":"ACT.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.36","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A36/6"}
{"id":42876,"verse_id":"ACT.10.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.37","text":"Or “proclaimed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A37/1"}
{"id":42877,"verse_id":"ACT.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.38","text":"Or “how.” The use of ὡς ( Jws ) as an equivalent to ὅτι ( Joti ) to introduce indirect or even direct discourse is well documented. BDAG 1105 s.v. ὡς 5 lists Acts 10:28 in this category.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A38/2"}
{"id":42878,"verse_id":"ACT.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.38","text":"Grk “power, who.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “he,” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A38/3"}
{"id":42879,"verse_id":"ACT.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.38","text":"The translation “healing all who were oppressed by the devil” is given in L&N 22.22. sn All who were oppressed by the devil. Note how healing is tied to the cosmic battle present in creation. Christ’s power overcomes the devil and his forces, which seek to destroy humanity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A38/4"}
{"id":42880,"verse_id":"ACT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “And we.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":42881,"verse_id":"ACT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “the land of the Jews,” but this is similar to the phrase used as the name of the province of Judea in 1 Macc 8:3 (see BDAG 1093-94 s.v. χώρα 2.b).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A39/2"}
{"id":42882,"verse_id":"ACT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.39","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A39/3"}
{"id":42883,"verse_id":"ACT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “in Jerusalem, whom they killed.” The relative pronoun was replaced by the pronoun “him” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A39/4"}
{"id":42884,"verse_id":"ACT.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.39","text":"Or “by crucifying him” (“hang on a tree” is by the time of the 1st century an idiom for crucifixion). The allusion is to the judgment against Jesus as a rebellious figure, appealing to the language of Deut 21:23 . The Jewish leadership has badly “misjudged” Jesus.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A39/5"}
{"id":42885,"verse_id":"ACT.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.40","text":"The conjunction “but” is not in the Greek text, but the contrast is clearly implied in the context. This is technically asyndeton , or lack of a connective, in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A40/1"}
{"id":42886,"verse_id":"ACT.10.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.40","text":"Grk “and granted that he should become visible.” The literal Greek idiom is somewhat awkward in English. L&N 24.22 offers the translation “caused him to be seen” for this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A40/2"}
{"id":42887,"verse_id":"ACT.10.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.41","text":"Or “the witnesses God had previously chosen.” See Acts 1:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A41/1"}
{"id":42888,"verse_id":"ACT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.42","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A42/1"}
{"id":42889,"verse_id":"ACT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.42","text":"The verb διαμαρτύρομαι ( diamarturomai ) can mean “warn,” and such a meaning is highly probable in this context where a reference to the judgment of both the living and the dead is present. The more general meaning “to testify solemnly” does not capture this nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A42/2"}
{"id":42890,"verse_id":"ACT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.42","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A42/3"}
{"id":42891,"verse_id":"ACT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.42","text":"Grk “that this one is the one,” but this is awkward in English and has been simplified to “that he is the one.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A42/4"}
{"id":42892,"verse_id":"ACT.10.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":42,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.42","text":"Or “designated.” BDAG 723 s.v. ὁρίζω 2.b has “ the one appointed by God as judge ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A42/5"}
{"id":42893,"verse_id":"ACT.10.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.43","text":"Or “All the prophets testify about him.” Although modern English translations tend to place “about him” after “testify” (so NIV, NRSV) the phrase “about him” has been left at the beginning of v. 43 for emphatic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A43/1"}
{"id":42894,"verse_id":"ACT.10.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.44","text":"Or “came down on.” God now acted to confirm the point of Peter’s speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A44/1"}
{"id":42895,"verse_id":"ACT.10.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.44","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A44/2"}
{"id":42896,"verse_id":"ACT.10.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.45","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A45/1"}
{"id":42897,"verse_id":"ACT.10.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.45","text":"Or “The Jewish Christians”; Grk “The believers from the circumcision.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A45/2"}
{"id":42898,"verse_id":"ACT.10.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.45","text":"Or “because.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A45/4"}
{"id":42899,"verse_id":"ACT.10.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":45,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.45","text":"That is, the gift consisting of the Holy Spirit. Here τοῦ πνεύματος ( tou pneumato\" ) is a genitive of apposition; the gift consists of the Spirit.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A45/5"}
{"id":42900,"verse_id":"ACT.10.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.46","text":"Or “extolling,” “magnifying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A46/1"}
{"id":42901,"verse_id":"ACT.10.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.47","text":"Grk “just as also we.” The auxiliary verb in English must be supplied. This could be either “have” (NIV, NRSV) or “did” (NASB). “Did” is preferred here because the comparison Peter is making concerns not just the fact of the present possession of the Spirit (“they received the Spirit we now possess”), but the manner in which the Gentiles in Cornelius’ house received the Spirit (“they received the Spirit in the same manner we did [on the day of Pentecost]”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A47/1"}
{"id":42902,"verse_id":"ACT.10.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.47","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative reply which is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ question, “can he?” The question is rhetorical. Peter was saying these Gentiles should be baptized since God had confirmed they were his.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A47/2"}
{"id":42903,"verse_id":"ACT.10.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.48","text":"The Greek construction (passive infinitive with accusative subject) could be translated either “he ordered them to be baptized” or “he ordered that they be baptized,” but the implication in English in either case is that Peter was giving orders to the Gentiles in Cornelius’ house, telling them to get baptized. It is much more likely in the context that Peter was ordering those Jewish Christians who accompanied him to baptize the new Gentile converts. They would doubtless have still had misgivings even after witnessing the outpouring of the Spirit and hearing the tongues. It took Peter’s apostolic authority (“ordered”) to convince them to perform the baptisms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A48/1"}
{"id":42904,"verse_id":"ACT.10.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":10,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.48","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” Jesus’ right to judge as the provider of forgiveness is highlighted here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2010%3A48/2"}
{"id":42905,"verse_id":"ACT.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"See BDAG 221 s.v. δέχομαι 5 for this translation of ἐδέξαντο ( edexanto ) here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":42906,"verse_id":"ACT.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Here the phrase “word of God” is another way to describe the gospel (note the preceding verb ἐδέξαντο , edexanto , “accepted”). The phrase could also be translated “the word [message] from God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":42907,"verse_id":"ACT.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":42908,"verse_id":"ACT.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “the Jewish Christians”; Grk “those of the circumcision.” Within the larger group of Christians were some whose loyalties ran along ethnic-religious lines.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":42909,"verse_id":"ACT.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “believers disputed with,” “believers criticized” (BDAG 231 s.v. διακρίνω 5.b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":42910,"verse_id":"ACT.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “You were a guest in the home of” (according to L&N 23.12).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":42911,"verse_id":"ACT.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “and ate with.” It was table fellowship and the possibility of eating unclean food that disturbed them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":42912,"verse_id":"ACT.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “to them in logical sequence,” “to them in order.” BDAG 490 s.v. καθεξῆς has “ explain to someone point by point ” for this phrase. This is the same term used in Luke 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":42913,"verse_id":"ACT.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"This term describes a supernatural vision and reflects a clear distinction from something imagined (BDAG 718 s.v. ὅραμα 1). Peter repeated the story virtually word for word through v. 13 . The repetition with this degree of detail shows the event’s importance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":42914,"verse_id":"ACT.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"Or “coming down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":42915,"verse_id":"ACT.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"Or “the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":42916,"verse_id":"ACT.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “Staring I looked into it.” The participle ἀτενίσας ( atenisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":42917,"verse_id":"ACT.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Or “snakes.” Grk “creeping things.” According to L&N 4.51, in most biblical contexts the term (due to the influence of Hebrew classifications such as Gen 1:25-26, 30 ) included small four-footed animals like rats, mice, frogs, toads, salamanders, and lizards. In this context, however, where “creeping things” are contrasted with “four-footed animals,” the English word “reptiles,” which primarily but not exclusively designates snakes, is probably more appropriate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":42918,"verse_id":"ACT.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “the birds of the sky” or “the birds of the heaven”; the Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) may be translated either “sky” or “heaven,” depending on the context. The idiomatic expression “birds of the sky” refers to wild birds as opposed to domesticated fowl (cf. BDAG 809 s.v. πετεινόν ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":42919,"verse_id":"ACT.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “kill.” Traditionally θῦσον ( quson ) is translated “kill,” but in the case of animals intended for food, “slaughter” is more appropriate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":42920,"verse_id":"ACT.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Possibly there is a subtle distinction in meaning between κοινός ( koinos ) and ἀκάθαρτος ( akaqartos ) here, but according to L&N 53.39 it is difficult to determine precise differences in meaning based on existing contexts. The sentiment Peter expressed is like Ezek 4:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":42921,"verse_id":"ACT.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Or “declare.” The wording matches Acts 10:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":42922,"verse_id":"ACT.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “And behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":42923,"verse_id":"ACT.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.11","text":"See BDAG 418 s.v. ἐφίστημι 1 for this meaning for ἐπέστησαν ( epesthsan ) here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A11/3"}
{"id":42924,"verse_id":"ACT.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.11","text":"The word “staying” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A11/4"}
{"id":42925,"verse_id":"ACT.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Grk “words” ( ῥήματα , rJhmata ), but in this context the overall message is meant rather than the individual words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":42926,"verse_id":"ACT.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “came down on.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":42927,"verse_id":"ACT.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"The words “he did” are not in the Greek text but are implied. They form an ellipsis which must be supplied for the modern English reader. Some modern translations supply “it” rather than “he” because the gender of πνεῦμα ( pneuma ) in Greek is neuter, but there are sufficient NT contexts that use masculine pronouns to refer to the Spirit to justify the use of a masculine pronoun here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":42928,"verse_id":"ACT.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"The imperfect verb ἔλεγεν ( elegen ) is taken as a customary imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":42929,"verse_id":"ACT.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Codex Bezae (D) and {a few other Western witnesses} here lack ὁ θεός ( Jo qeo\" , “God”), perhaps because these scribes considered the Holy Spirit to be the gift of Christ rather than the gift of God; thus leaving the subject implicit would naturally draw the reader back to v. 16 to see the Lord Jesus as the bestower of the Spirit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":42930,"verse_id":"ACT.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “gave us when we believed”; or “gave us after we believed”; or “gave us who believed”; or “gave them when they believed the same gift as he also gave us.” The aorist dative plural participle πιστεύσασιν ( pisteusasin ) can be understood in several different ways: (1) It could modify ἡμῖν ( Jhmin , “us”) or αὐτοῖς ( autois , “them”). Proximity (it immediately follows ἡμῖν ) would suggest that it belongs with ἡμῖν , so the last option (“gave them when they believed the same gift he also gave us”) is less likely. (2) The participle could be either adverbial or adjectival, modifying ἡμῖν . This decision is primarily a contextual one. The point Peter made is not whether or not the Gentiles believed, since both groups (“us” and “they”) had believed in the Lord Jesus Christ. The point was whether or not the Gentiles received the Spirit when they believed, just as Jewish Christians had received the Spirit on the day of Pentecost when they believed. Translated as an adjectival participle, πιστεύσασιν only affirms the fact of belief, however, and raises somewhat of a theological problem if one realizes, “Would God have given the Gentiles the Spirit if they had not believed?” (In other words, belief in itself is a theological prerequisite for receiving the Spirit. As such, in the case of the Gentiles, it is assumed. ) Thus in context it makes more sense to understand the participle πιστεύσασιν as adverbial, related to the time of belief in connection with the giving of the Spirit. (3) The participle πιστεύσασιν as a temporal participle can refer to action antecedent to the action of the main verb ἔδωκεν ( edwken ) or contemporaneous with it. Logically, at least, the gift of the Spirit followed belief in the case of the original Christians, who had believed before the day of Pentecost. In the case of Cornelius and his household, belief and the reception of the Spirit were virtually simultaneous. One can argue that Peter is “summarizing” the experience of Jewish Christians, and therefore the actions of belief and reception of the Spirit, while historically separate, have been “telescoped” into one (“gave them the same gift as he gave us when we believed”), but to be technically accurate the participle πιστεύσασιν should be translated “gave them the same gift as he also gave us after we believed.” A number of these problems can be avoided, however, by using a translation in English that maintains some of the ambiguity of the Greek original. Thus “if God gave them the same gift as he also gave us after believing” is used, where the phrase “after believing” can refer either to “them” or to “us,” or both.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":42931,"verse_id":"ACT.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A17/4"}
{"id":42932,"verse_id":"ACT.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “prevent,” “forbid” (BDAG 580 s.v. κωλύω 1.a). Peter’s point is that he will not stand in the way of God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A17/5"}
{"id":42933,"verse_id":"ACT.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":42934,"verse_id":"ACT.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “became silent,” but this would create an apparent contradiction with the subsequent action of praising God. The point, in context, is that they ceased objecting to what Peter had done.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":42935,"verse_id":"ACT.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “glorified.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":42936,"verse_id":"ACT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “finally reached.” The translations “went as far as” and “finally reached” for διῆλθον ( dihlqon ) in this verse are given in L&N 15.17.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":42937,"verse_id":"ACT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “and Cyprus,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. sn Cyprus was a large island in the Mediterranean off the south coast of Asia Minor.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A19/4"}
{"id":42938,"verse_id":"ACT.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A19/6"}
{"id":42939,"verse_id":"ACT.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.20","text":"Grk “among them, coming to Antioch began to speak.” The participle ἐλθόντες ( elqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A20/3"}
{"id":42940,"verse_id":"ACT.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":42941,"verse_id":"ACT.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.21","text":"The participle πιστεύσας ( pisteusa\" ) is articular and thus cannot be adverbial. It is adjectival, modifying ἀριθμός ( ariqmo\" ), but has been translated into English as a relative clause (“who believed”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A21/2"}
{"id":42942,"verse_id":"ACT.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “Word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":42943,"verse_id":"ACT.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “was heard in the ears,” an idiom. L&N 24.67 states that the idiom means “to hear in secret” (which it certainly does in Matt 10:27 ), but secrecy does not seem to be part of the context here, and there is no particular reason to suggest the report was made in secret.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":42944,"verse_id":"ACT.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":42945,"verse_id":"ACT.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.22","text":"has the infinitive in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A22/4"}
{"id":42946,"verse_id":"ACT.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Grk “Antioch, who when.” The relative pronoun was omitted and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":42947,"verse_id":"ACT.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.23","text":"BDAG 883 s.v. προσμένω 1.a. β has “ remain true to the Lord ” for προσμένειν ( prosmenein ) in this verse. sn He…encouraged them all to remain true to the Lord. The call to faithfulness is frequent in Acts ( 2:40; 14:22; 15:32; 16:39; 20:1-2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A23/2"}
{"id":42948,"verse_id":"ACT.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.23","text":"Grk “with purpose of heart”; BDAG 869 s.v. πρόθεσις 2.a translates this phrase “ purpose of heart , i.e. devotion ” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A23/3"}
{"id":42949,"verse_id":"ACT.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Grk “a significant crowd.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":42950,"verse_id":"ACT.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “So it happened that” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":42951,"verse_id":"ACT.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “year they”; the referents (Barnabas and Saul) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A26/3"}
{"id":42952,"verse_id":"ACT.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “a significant crowd.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A26/4"}
{"id":42953,"verse_id":"ACT.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “In these days,” but the dative generally indicates a specific time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":42954,"verse_id":"ACT.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"The word “some” is not in the Greek text, but is usually used in English when an unspecified number is mentioned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":42955,"verse_id":"ACT.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.27","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A27/5"}
{"id":42956,"verse_id":"ACT.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “getting up, predicted.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anasta\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":42957,"verse_id":"ACT.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Or “made clear”; Grk “indicated beforehand” (BDAG 920 s.v. σημαίνω 2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":42958,"verse_id":"ACT.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “great.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A28/3"}
{"id":42959,"verse_id":"ACT.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.28","text":"Or “whole Roman Empire.” While the word οἰκουμένη ( oikoumenh ) does occasionally refer specifically to the Roman Empire, BDAG 699 s.v. οἰκουνένη 2 does not list this passage (only Acts 24:5 and 17:6 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A28/5"}
{"id":42960,"verse_id":"ACT.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “world, which.” The relative pronoun (“which”) was replaced by the demonstrative pronoun “this” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A28/6"}
{"id":42961,"verse_id":"ACT.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"So BDAG 410 s.v. εὐπορέω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":42962,"verse_id":"ACT.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.29","text":"Or “determined,” “resolved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A29/2"}
{"id":42963,"verse_id":"ACT.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.29","text":"Grk “to send [something] for a ministry,” but today it is common to speak of sending relief for victims of natural disasters. sn The financial relief reflects the oneness of the church, meeting the needs of another (even racially distinct) community. Jerusalem, having ministered to them, now received ministry back. A later collection from Greece is noted in Rom 15:25-27 , but it reflects the same spirit as this gift.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A29/3"}
{"id":42964,"verse_id":"ACT.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “Judea, which they did.” The relative pronoun was omitted and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":42965,"verse_id":"ACT.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.30","text":"The words “their financial aid” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2011%3A30/2"}
{"id":42966,"verse_id":"ACT.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “King Herod had some from the church arrested.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":42967,"verse_id":"ACT.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Or “to cause them injury.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":42968,"verse_id":"ACT.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"This could be a reference to the Jewish people (so CEV) or to the Jewish leaders (so NLT). The statement in v. 4 that Herod intended to bring Peter “out to the people” (i.e., for a public trial) may suggest the former is somewhat more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":42969,"verse_id":"ACT.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “guard him, planning to bring him out.” The Greek construction continues with a participle ( βουλόμενος , boulomeno\" ) and an infinitive ( ἀναγαγεῖν , anagagein ), but this creates an awkward and lengthy sentence in English. Thus a reference to Herod was introduced as subject and the participle translated as a finite verb (“Herod planned”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":42970,"verse_id":"ACT.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Or “intended”; Grk “wanted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":42971,"verse_id":"ACT.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “to bring him out to the people,” but in this context a public trial (with certain condemnation as the result) is doubtless what Herod planned. L&N 15.176 translates this phrase “planning to bring him up for a public trial after the Passover.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A4/4"}
{"id":42972,"verse_id":"ACT.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “constantly.” This term also appears in Luke 22:14 and Acts 26:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":42973,"verse_id":"ACT.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Grk “but earnest prayer was being made by the church to God for him.” The order of the clauses has been rearranged to follow English style, and the somewhat awkward passive “prayer was being made” has been changed to the simpler active verb “were praying.” Luke portrays what follows as an answer to prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":42974,"verse_id":"ACT.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “was going to bring him out,” but the upcoming trial is implied. See Acts 12:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":42975,"verse_id":"ACT.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “two chains, and.” Logically it makes better sense to translate this as a temporal clause, although technically it is a coordinate clause in Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":42976,"verse_id":"ACT.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “were guarding.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":42977,"verse_id":"ACT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “And behold.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. The interjection ἰδού ( idou ), often difficult to translate into English, expresses the suddenness of the angel’s appearance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":42978,"verse_id":"ACT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 5:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":42979,"verse_id":"ACT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “striking the side of Peter, he awoke him saying.” The term refers to a push or a light tap (BDAG 786 s.v. πατάσσω 1.a). The participle πατάξας ( pataxa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":42980,"verse_id":"ACT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A7/4"}
{"id":42981,"verse_id":"ACT.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “the hands,” but the wrist was considered a part of the hand.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A7/5"}
{"id":42982,"verse_id":"ACT.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"While ζώννυμι ( zwnnumi ) sometimes means “to dress,” referring to the fastening of the belt or sash as the final act of getting dressed, in this context it probably does mean “put on your belt” since in the conditions of a prison Peter had probably not changed into a different set of clothes to sleep. More likely he had merely removed his belt or sash, which the angel now told him to replace. The translation “put on your belt” is given by L&N 49.14 for this verse. The archaic English “girdle” for the sash or belt has an entirely different meaning today.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":42983,"verse_id":"ACT.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":42984,"verse_id":"ACT.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":42985,"verse_id":"ACT.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.8","text":"Or “outer garment.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A8/4"}
{"id":42986,"verse_id":"ACT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “And going out he followed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":42987,"verse_id":"ACT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “Peter going out followed him.” The participle ἐξελθών ( exelqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":42988,"verse_id":"ACT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":42989,"verse_id":"ACT.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “what was done through the angel was a reality” (see BDAG 43 s.v. ἀληθής 3).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A9/4"}
{"id":42990,"verse_id":"ACT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Or perhaps, “guard posts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":42991,"verse_id":"ACT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Grk “which.” The relative pronoun (“which”) was replaced by the pronoun “it,” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":42992,"verse_id":"ACT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.10","text":"The Greek term here, αὐτομάτη ( automath ), indicates something that happens without visible cause (BDAG 152 s.v. αὐτόματος ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A10/4"}
{"id":42993,"verse_id":"ACT.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “lane,” “alley” (BDAG 907 s.v. ῥύμη ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A10/5"}
{"id":42994,"verse_id":"ACT.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":42995,"verse_id":"ACT.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Or “delivered.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":42996,"verse_id":"ACT.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Peter) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":42997,"verse_id":"ACT.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Grk “John who was also called Mark.” sn John Mark becomes a key figure in Acts 12:25; 13:5, 13; 15:37-39 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":42998,"verse_id":"ACT.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Or “responded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":42999,"verse_id":"ACT.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Or “informed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":43000,"verse_id":"ACT.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":43001,"verse_id":"ACT.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “she kept insisting that the situation was thus” (cf. BDAG 422 s.v. ἔχω 10.a). Most translations supply a less awkward English phrase like “it was so”; the force of her insistence, however, is that “it was Peter,” which was the point under dispute.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":43002,"verse_id":"ACT.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.15","text":"The two imperfect tense verbs, διϊσχυρίζετο ( diiscurizeto ) and ἔλεγον ( elegon ), are both taken iteratively. The picture is thus virtually a shouting match between Rhoda and the rest of the believers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A15/3"}
{"id":43003,"verse_id":"ACT.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"The words “the door” are not in the Greek text, but are implied (see Acts 12:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":43004,"verse_id":"ACT.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Or “He gave them a signal.” Grk “Giving them a signal…he related to them.” The participle κατασείσας ( kataseisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":43005,"verse_id":"ACT.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"puts the pronoun in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":43006,"verse_id":"ACT.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"Or “led.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":43007,"verse_id":"ACT.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"BDAG 436 s.v. ἡμέρα 1.a has “ day is breaking ” for ἡμέρα γίνεται ( Jhmera ginetai ) in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":43008,"verse_id":"ACT.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “no little consternation.” The translation given for τάραχος ( taraco\" ) in this verse by BDAG 991 s.v. τάραχος 1 is “ mental agitation .” The situation indicated by the Greek word is described in L&N 25.243 as “a state of acute distress and great anxiety, with the additional possible implications of dismay and confusion – ‘great distress, extreme anxiety.’” The English word “consternation” is preferred here because it conveys precisely such a situation of anxiety mixed with fear. The reason for this anxiety is explained in the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":43009,"verse_id":"ACT.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Or “had instigated a search” (Herod would have ordered the search rather than conducting it himself).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":43010,"verse_id":"ACT.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.19","text":"“Questioned” is used to translate ἀνακρίνας ( anakrina\" ) here because a possible translation offered by BDAG 66 s.v. ἀνακρίνω for this verse is “ examined ,” which could be understood to mean Herod inspected the guards rather than questioned them. The translation used by the NIV, “cross-examined,” also avoids this possible misunderstanding.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A19/3"}
{"id":43011,"verse_id":"ACT.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.19","text":"The meaning “ led away to execution ” for ἀπαχθῆναι ( apacqhnai ) in this verse is given by BDAG 95 s.v. ἀπάγω 2.c. Although an explicit reference to execution is lacking here, it is what would usually occur in such a case ( Acts 16:27; 27:42 ; Code of Justinian 9.4.4). “Led away to torture” is a less likely option (Pliny the Younger, Letters 10, 96, 8).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A19/4"}
{"id":43012,"verse_id":"ACT.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “and,” but the sequence of events is better expressed in English by “then.” A new sentence is begun in the translation because of the length of the sentence in Greek, which exceeds normal English sentence length.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A19/5"}
{"id":43013,"verse_id":"ACT.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Since Herod has been the subject of the preceding material, and the circumstances of his death are the subject of the following verses (20-23), it is best to understand Herod as the subject here. This is especially true since according to Josephus, Ant. 19.8.2 [19.343-352], Herod Agrippa I died at Caesarea in a.d. 44, and vv. 20-23 here describe his death. Thus the end of v. 19 provides Luke’s transition to explain how Herod got from Jerusalem to Caesarea where he died. In spite of all this evidence, the NRSV translates this phrase “Then Peter went down from Judea to Caesarea and stayed there,” understanding the referent to be Peter rather than Herod Agrippa I. sn King Herod was Herod Agrippa I, the grandson of Herod I (Herod the Great), who died at Caesarea in a.d. 44 according to Josephus, Ant. 19.8.2 [19.343-352].","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A19/6"}
{"id":43014,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn Herod was Herod Agrippa I, the grandson of Herod I (Herod the Great).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":43015,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “was extremely angry.” L&N 33.453 gives the meaning “be angry and quarrel, quarrel angrily” here. However, in L&N 88.180 the alternative “to be violently angry, to be furious” is given. The term is used only once in the NT (BDAG 461 s.v. θυμομαχέω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":43016,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “with one accord.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/5"}
{"id":43017,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “persuading.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/6"}
{"id":43018,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.20","text":"On the term translated “personal assistant” BDAG 554 s.v. κοιτῶν states, “used as part of a title: ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος the one in charge of the bed-chamber, the chamberlain .” This individual was not just a domestic servant or butler, but a highly respected person who had considerable responsibility for the king’s living quarters and personal affairs. The English word “chamberlain” corresponds very closely to this meaning but is not in common use today. The term “personal assistant,” while it might convey more business associations than management of personal affairs, nevertheless communicates the concept well in contemporary English.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/7"}
{"id":43019,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"12.20","text":"The words “to help them” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/8"}
{"id":43020,"verse_id":"ACT.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “for a reconciliation.” There were grave political risks in having Herod angry at them. The detail shows the ruler’s power.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A20/9"}
{"id":43021,"verse_id":"ACT.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn Herod was Herod Agrippa I, the grandson of Herod I (Herod the Great).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":43022,"verse_id":"ACT.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Or “apparel.” On Herod’s robes see Josephus, Ant. 19.8.2 (19.344), summarized in the note at the end of v. 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":43023,"verse_id":"ACT.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.21","text":"Although BDAG 175 s.v. βῆμα 3 gives the meaning “ speaker ’ s platform ” for this verse, and a number of modern translations use similar terms (“rostrum,” NASB; “platform,” NRSV), since the bema was a standard feature in Greco-Roman cities of the time, there is no need for an alternative translation here. sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and sometimes furnished with a seat, used by officials in addressing an assembly or making pronouncements, often on judicial matters. The judgment seat was a familiar item in Greco-Roman culture, often located in the agora , the public square or marketplace in the center of a city.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A21/3"}
{"id":43024,"verse_id":"ACT.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.21","text":"Or “delivered a public address.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A21/4"}
{"id":43025,"verse_id":"ACT.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"The translation “ crowd ” is given by BDAG 223 s.v. δῆμος ; the word often means a gathering of citizens to conduct public business. Here it is simply the group of people gathered to hear the king’s speech.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":43026,"verse_id":"ACT.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.22","text":"The imperfect verb ἐπεφώνει ( epefwnei ) is taken ingressively in the sequence of events. Presumably the king had started his speech when the crowd began shouting.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A22/2"}
{"id":43027,"verse_id":"ACT.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Or “the angel of the Lord.” See the note on the word “Lord” in 5:19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":43028,"verse_id":"ACT.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Herod) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A23/3"}
{"id":43029,"verse_id":"ACT.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.24","text":"Or “spreading.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A24/2"}
{"id":43030,"verse_id":"ACT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.25","text":"A 33 945 1739 al ; ἐξ ᾿Ιερουσαλήμ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν ( ex Ierousalhm ei\" Antioceian , “from Jerusalem to Antioch”) in {a few later manuscripts and part of the Itala}. A decision on this problem is very difficult, but for several reasons εἰς can be preferred. It is the most difficult reading by far in light of the context, since Paul and Barnabas were going to Jerusalem in 11:30 . It is found in better witnesses, א and B being very strong evidence. The other readings, ἐξ and ἀπό , are different from εἰς yet bear essentially the same meaning as each other; this seems to suggest that scribes had problems with εἰς and tried to choose an acceptable revision. If εἰς is the earliest reading, ἀπό may be a clarification of ἐξ , and ἐξ could have arisen through confusion of letters. Or ἐξ and ἀπό could both have independently arisen from εἰς as a more acceptable preposition. Despite such arguments, however, the case for εἰς is not airtight: either ἐξ or ἀπό could be preferred on other lines of reasoning. The reading ἐξ enjoys the earliest support, and εἰς could have arisen through the same confusion of letters mentioned above. The immediate and wider context seems to mitigate against εἰς as the original reading: The aorist participle πληρώσαντες ( plhrwsante\" , “when they had completed”) seems to signal the end of the mission to Jerusalem with the famine relief, so it would make sense in the context for the team to be coming from Jerusalem (to Antioch) rather than to Jerusalem, and 13:1 certainly presents the scene at Antioch. The later addition εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν after ᾿Ιερουσαλήμ in some mss seems to be a clarification in light of 13:1 (notice that some of the mss that read ἐξ add εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν [945 1739], and some that read ἀπό also add εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν [E 323 1175]). Thus, the idea of spatial separation from Jerusalem is strongly implied by the context. This problem is so difficult that some scholars resort to conjectural emendation to determine the original reading. All in all, the reading εἰς should be preferred as original, recognizing that there is a good measure of uncertainty with this solution. For additional discussion, see TCGNT 350-52.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A25/1"}
{"id":43031,"verse_id":"ACT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.25","text":"Grk “fulfilled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A25/3"}
{"id":43032,"verse_id":"ACT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.25","text":"Grk “ministry” or “service.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A25/4"}
{"id":43033,"verse_id":"ACT.12.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":12,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.25","text":"Grk “John who was also called Mark.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2012%3A25/5"}
{"id":43034,"verse_id":"ACT.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.1","text":"Or “the governor.” sn A tetrarch was a ruler with rank and authority lower than a king, who ruled only with the approval of the Roman authorities. This was roughly equivalent to being governor of a region. Several times in the NT, Herod tetrarch of Galilee is called a king ( Matt 14:9 , Mark 6:14-29 ), reflecting popular usage.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A1/5"}
{"id":43035,"verse_id":"ACT.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.1","text":"Or “(a foster brother of Herod the tetrarch).” The meaning “close friend from childhood” is given by L&N 34.15, but the word can also mean “foster brother” (L&N 10.51). BDAG 976 s.v. σύντροφας states, “pert. to being brought up with someone, either as a foster-brother or as a companion/friend,” which covers both alternatives. Context does not given enough information to be certain which is the case here, although many modern translations prefer the meaning “close friend from childhood.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A1/6"}
{"id":43036,"verse_id":"ACT.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"This term is frequently used in the LXX of the service performed by priests and Levites in the tabernacle ( Exod 28:35, 43; 29:30; 30:20; 35:19; 39:26 ; Num 1:50; 3:6, 31 ) and the temple ( 2 Chr 31:2; 35:3 ; Joel 1:9, 13; 2:17 , and many more examples). According to BDAG 591 s.v. λειτουργέω 1.b it is used “of other expression of religious devotion.” Since the previous verse described the prophets and teachers in the church at Antioch, it is probable that the term here describes two of them (Barnabas and Saul) as they were serving in that capacity. Since they were not in Jerusalem where the temple was located, general religious service is referred to here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":43037,"verse_id":"ACT.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Or “Appoint.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":43038,"verse_id":"ACT.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"The three aorist participles νηστεύσαντες ( nhsteusante\" ), προσευξάμενοι ( proseuxamenoi ), and ἐπιθέντες ( epiqente\" ) are translated as temporal participles. Although they could indicate contemporaneous time when used with an aorist main verb, logically here they are antecedent. On fasting and prayer, see Matt 6:5, 16 ; Luke 2:37; 5:33 ; Acts 14:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":43039,"verse_id":"ACT.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Normally English style, which uses a coordinating conjunction between only the last two elements of a series of three or more, would call for omission of “and” here. However, since the terms “fasting and prayer” are something of a unit, often linked together, the conjunction has been retained here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":43040,"verse_id":"ACT.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Barnabas and Saul) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":43041,"verse_id":"ACT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":43042,"verse_id":"ACT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"The participle γενόμενοι ( genomenoi ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":43043,"verse_id":"ACT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.5","text":"The imperfect verb κατήγγελλον ( kathngellon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A5/4"}
{"id":43044,"verse_id":"ACT.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"13.5","text":"The word ὑπηρέτης ( Juphreth\" ) usually has the meaning “servant,” but it is doubtful John Mark fulfilled that capacity for Barnabas and Saul. He was more likely an apprentice or assistant to them. sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A5/7"}
{"id":43045,"verse_id":"ACT.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Or “had passed through,” “had traveled through.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":43046,"verse_id":"ACT.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “This one”; the referent (the proconsul) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":43047,"verse_id":"ACT.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “summoning Barnabas and Saul, wanted to hear.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":43048,"verse_id":"ACT.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"On the debate over what the name “Elymas” means, see BDAG 320 s.v. ᾿Ελύμας . The magician’s behavior is more directly opposed to the faith than Simon Magus’ was.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":43049,"verse_id":"ACT.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.9","text":"Or “gazed intently.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A9/3"}
{"id":43050,"verse_id":"ACT.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “unscrupulousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":43051,"verse_id":"ACT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “And now.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":43052,"verse_id":"ACT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “upon,” but in a negative sense.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":43053,"verse_id":"ACT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “fell on.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":43054,"verse_id":"ACT.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.11","text":"The noun χειραγωγός ( ceiragwgo\" ) is plural, so “people” is used rather than singular “someone.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A11/5"}
{"id":43055,"verse_id":"ACT.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"The translation “greatly astounded” for ἐκπλησσόμενος ( ekplhssomeno\" ) is given by L&N 25.219.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":43056,"verse_id":"ACT.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “of,” but this could give the impression the Lord himself had done the teaching (a subjective genitive) when actually the Lord was the object of the teaching (an objective genitive).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A12/4"}
{"id":43057,"verse_id":"ACT.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":43058,"verse_id":"ACT.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “Passing by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":43059,"verse_id":"ACT.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.14","text":"Or “at Antioch in Pisidia.” sn Pisidian Antioch was a city in Pisidia about 100 mi (160 km) north of Perga. It was both a Roman colony and the seat of military and civil authority in S. Galatia. One had to trek over the Taurus Mountains to get there, since the city was 3,600 ft (1,100 m) above sea level. map For location see JP1-E2 ; JP2-E2 ; JP3-E2 ; JP4-E2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A14/3"}
{"id":43060,"verse_id":"ACT.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “going into the synagogue they sat down.” The participle εἰσελθόντες ( eiselqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A14/4"}
{"id":43061,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Normally ἀρχισυνάγωγος ( arcisunagwgo\" ) refers to the “ president of a synagogue ” (so BDAG 139 s.v. and L&N 53.93). Since the term is plural here, however, and it would sound strange to the English reader to speak of “the presidents of the synagogue,” the alternative translation “leaders” is used. “Rulers” would also be acceptable, but does not convey quite the same idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":43062,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “sent to them”; the word “message” is an understood direct object. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":43063,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “Men brothers,” but this is both awkward and unnecessary in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/4"}
{"id":43064,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.15","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/5"}
{"id":43065,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.15","text":"Or “encouragement.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/6"}
{"id":43066,"verse_id":"ACT.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"13.15","text":"Or “give it.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A15/7"}
{"id":43067,"verse_id":"ACT.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"This participle, ἀναστάς ( anasta\" ), and the following one, κατασείσας ( kataseisa\" ), are both translated as adverbial participles of attendant circumstance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":43068,"verse_id":"ACT.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “motioned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":43069,"verse_id":"ACT.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “Israelite men,” although this is less natural English. The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context involving an address to a synagogue gathering, it is conceivable that this is a generic usage, although it can also be argued that Paul’s remarks were addressed primarily to the men present, even if women were there.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A16/3"}
{"id":43070,"verse_id":"ACT.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.16","text":"Grk “and those who fear God,” but this is practically a technical term for the category called God-fearers , Gentiles who worshiped the God of Israel and in many cases kept the Mosaic law, but did not take the final step of circumcision necessary to become a proselyte to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A16/4"}
{"id":43071,"verse_id":"ACT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “people of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":43072,"verse_id":"ACT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.” sn Note how Paul identifies with his audience by referring to our ancestors. He speaks as a Jew. God’s design in history is the theme of the speech. The speech is like Stephen’s, only here the focus is on a promised Son of David.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":43073,"verse_id":"ACT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"That is, in both numbers and in power. The implication of greatness in both numbers and in power is found in BDAG 1046 s.v. ὑψόω 2.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":43074,"verse_id":"ACT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “as resident aliens.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":43075,"verse_id":"ACT.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “land.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A17/5"}
{"id":43076,"verse_id":"ACT.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “And for.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":43077,"verse_id":"ACT.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"For this verb, see BDAG 1017 s.v. τροποφορέω (cf. also Deut 1:31 ; Exod 16:35 ; Num 14:34 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":43078,"verse_id":"ACT.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":43079,"verse_id":"ACT.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":43080,"verse_id":"ACT.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.19","text":"The participle καθελών ( kaqelwn ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A19/2"}
{"id":43081,"verse_id":"ACT.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “he gave their land as an inheritance.” The words “his people” are supplied to complete an ellipsis specifying the recipients of the land.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A19/4"}
{"id":43082,"verse_id":"ACT.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.20","text":"The words “all this took” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to make a complete statement in English. There is debate over where this period of 450 years fits and what it includes: (1) It could include the years in Egypt, the conquest of Canaan, and the distribution of the land; (2) some connect it with the following period of the judges. This latter approach seems to conflict with 1 Kgs 6:1 ; see also Josephus, Ant. 8.3.1 (8.61).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A20/1"}
{"id":43083,"verse_id":"ACT.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.20","text":"Grk “And after these things.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A20/2"}
{"id":43084,"verse_id":"ACT.13.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.20","text":"The words “the time of” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A20/3"}
{"id":43085,"verse_id":"ACT.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"The words “who ruled” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. They have been supplied as a clarification for the English reader. See Josephus, Ant. 6.14.9 (6.378).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":43086,"verse_id":"ACT.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":43087,"verse_id":"ACT.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “about whom.” The relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by the pronoun “him” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek. The verb εἶπεν ( eipen ) has not been translated (literally “he said testifying”) because it is redundant when combined with the participle μαρτυρήσας ( marturhsa\" , “testifying”). Instead the construction of verb plus participle has been translated as a single English verb (“testified”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A22/3"}
{"id":43088,"verse_id":"ACT.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.22","text":"Or “who will perform all my will,” “who will carry out all my wishes.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A22/6"}
{"id":43089,"verse_id":"ACT.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Or “From the offspring”; Grk “From the seed.” sn From the descendants ( Grk “seed”). On the importance of the seed promise involving Abraham, see Gal 3:6-29 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":43090,"verse_id":"ACT.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “according to [his] promise.” The comparative clause “just as he promised” is less awkward in English. sn Just as he promised. Note how Paul describes Israel’s history carefully to David and then leaps forward immediately to Jesus. Paul is expounding the initial realization of Davidic promise as it was delivered in Jesus.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A23/3"}
{"id":43091,"verse_id":"ACT.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “John having already proclaimed before his coming a baptism…,” a genitive absolute construction which is awkward in English. A new sentence was begun in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A24/1"}
{"id":43092,"verse_id":"ACT.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the context for clarity, since God is mentioned in the preceding context and John the Baptist in the following clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A24/2"}
{"id":43093,"verse_id":"ACT.13.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.24","text":"Grk “a baptism of repentance”; the genitive has been translated as a genitive of purpose.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A24/4"}
{"id":43094,"verse_id":"ACT.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"Or “task.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":43095,"verse_id":"ACT.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.25","text":"The verb ἔλεγεν ( elegen ) has been translated as an iterative imperfect, since John undoubtedly said this or something similar on numerous occasions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A25/2"}
{"id":43096,"verse_id":"ACT.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.25","text":"Literally a relative clause, “of whom I am not worthy to untie the sandals of his feet.” Because of the awkwardness of this construction in English, a new sentence was begun here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A25/3"}
{"id":43097,"verse_id":"ACT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “Men brothers,” but this is both awkward and unnecessary in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A26/1"}
{"id":43098,"verse_id":"ACT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “sons”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A26/2"}
{"id":43099,"verse_id":"ACT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.26","text":"Or “race.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A26/3"}
{"id":43100,"verse_id":"ACT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “and those among you who fear God,” but this is practically a technical term for the category called God-fearers , Gentiles who worshiped the God of Israel and in many cases kept the Mosaic law, but did not take the final step of circumcision necessary to become a proselyte to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44. Note how Paul includes God-fearing Gentiles as recipients of this promise.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A26/4"}
{"id":43101,"verse_id":"ACT.13.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.26","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A26/5"}
{"id":43102,"verse_id":"ACT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.27","text":"BDAG 12-13 s.v. ἀγνοέω 1.b gives “ not to know w. acc. of pers.” as the meaning here, but “recognize” is a better translation in this context because recognition of the true identity of the one they condemned is the issue. See Acts 2:22-24; 4:26-28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A27/1"}
{"id":43103,"verse_id":"ACT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.27","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A27/2"}
{"id":43104,"verse_id":"ACT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.27","text":"Usually φωνή ( fwnh ) means “voice,” but BDAG 1071-72 s.v. φωνή 2.c has “Also of sayings in scripture… Ac 13:27 .” sn They fulfilled the sayings. The people in Jerusalem and the Jewish rulers should have known better, because they had the story read to them weekly in the synagogue.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A27/3"}
{"id":43105,"verse_id":"ACT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.27","text":"The participle κρίναντες ( krinante\" ) is instrumental here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A27/4"}
{"id":43106,"verse_id":"ACT.13.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.27","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A27/5"}
{"id":43107,"verse_id":"ACT.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “And though.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A28/1"}
{"id":43108,"verse_id":"ACT.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.28","text":"The participle εὑρόντες ( Jeuronte\" ) has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A28/2"}
{"id":43109,"verse_id":"ACT.13.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.28","text":"Grk “no basis for death,” but in this context a sentence of death is clearly indicated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A28/4"}
{"id":43110,"verse_id":"ACT.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.29","text":"Or “carried out.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A29/1"}
{"id":43111,"verse_id":"ACT.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.29","text":"Grk “taking him down from the cross, they placed him.” The participle καθελόντες ( kaqelonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A29/3"}
{"id":43112,"verse_id":"ACT.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.29","text":"Grk “tree,” but frequently figurative for a cross. The allusion is to Deut 21:23 . See Acts 5:30; 10:39 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A29/4"}
{"id":43113,"verse_id":"ACT.13.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.29","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A29/5"}
{"id":43114,"verse_id":"ACT.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun (“who”) was replaced by the conjunction “and” and the pronoun “he” at this point to improve the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A31/1"}
{"id":43115,"verse_id":"ACT.13.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.31","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun (“who”) was replaced by the demonstrative pronoun “these” and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek and the awkwardness of two relative clauses (“who for many days appeared” and “who are now his witnesses”) following one another.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A31/3"}
{"id":43116,"verse_id":"ACT.13.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.32","text":"Or “to our forefathers”; Grk “the fathers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A32/1"}
{"id":43117,"verse_id":"ACT.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.33","text":"Grk “that this”; the referent (the promise mentioned in the previous verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity. sn This promise refers to the promise of a Savior through the seed (descendants) of David that is proclaimed as fulfilled ( Rom 1:1-7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A33/1"}
{"id":43118,"verse_id":"ACT.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.33","text":"Or “by resurrecting.” The participle ἀναστήσας ( anasthsa\" ) is taken as instrumental here. sn By raising (i.e., by resurrection) tells how this promise came to be realized, though again the wordplay also points to his presence in history through this event (see the note on “raised up” in v. 22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A33/2"}
{"id":43119,"verse_id":"ACT.13.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.33","text":"Grk “I have begotten you.” The traditional translation for γεγέννηκα ( gegennhka , “begotten”) is misleading to the modern English reader because it is no longer in common use. Today one speaks of “fathering” a child in much the same way speakers of English formerly spoke of “begetting a child.” sn A quotation from Ps 2:7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A33/4"}
{"id":43120,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.34","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/1"}
{"id":43121,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.34","text":"Although μηκέτι ( mhketi ) can mean “no longer” or “no more,” the latter is more appropriate here, since to translate “no longer” in this context could give the reader the impression that Jesus did experience decay before his resurrection. Since the phrase “no more again to be” is somewhat awkward in English, the simpler phrase “never again to be” was used instead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/2"}
{"id":43122,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.34","text":"The translation “to be in again” for ὑποστρέφω ( Jupostrefw ) is given in L&N 13.24.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/3"}
{"id":43123,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.34","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/4"}
{"id":43124,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.34","text":"The pronoun “you” is plural here. The promises of David are offered to the people.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/5"}
{"id":43125,"verse_id":"ACT.13.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":34,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.34","text":"Or “the trustworthy decrees made by God to David.” The phrase τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά ( ta Josia Dauid ta pista ) is “compressed,” that is, in a very compact or condensed form. It could be expanded in several different ways. BDAG 728 s.v. ὅσιος 3 understands it to refer to divine decrees: “I will grant you the sure decrees of God relating to David.” BDAG then states that this quotation from Isa 55:3 is intended to show that the following quotation from Ps 16:10 could not refer to David himself, but must refer to his messianic descendant (Jesus). L&N 33.290 render the phrase “I will give to you the divine promises made to David, promises that can be trusted,” although they also note that τὰ ὅσια in Acts 13:34 can mean “divine decrees” or “decrees made by God.” In contemporary English it is less awkward to translate πιστά as an adjective (“trustworthy”). The concept of “divine decrees,” not very understandable to the modern reader, has been replaced by “promises,” and since God is the implied speaker in the context, it is clear that these promises were made by God.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A34/6"}
{"id":43126,"verse_id":"ACT.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.35","text":"Grk “Therefore he also says in another”; the word “psalm” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A35/1"}
{"id":43127,"verse_id":"ACT.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.35","text":"The Greek word translated “Holy One” here ( ὅσιόν , {osion ) is related to the use of ὅσια ( Josia ) in v. 34 . The link is a wordplay. The Holy One, who does not die, brings the faithful holy blessings of promise to the people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A35/2"}
{"id":43128,"verse_id":"ACT.13.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.35","text":"Grk “to see,” but the literal translation of the phrase “to see decay” could be misunderstood to mean simply “to look at decay,” while here “see decay” is really figurative for “experience decay.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A35/3"}
{"id":43129,"verse_id":"ACT.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.36","text":"The participle ὑπηρετήσας ( Juphrethsa\" ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A36/1"}
{"id":43130,"verse_id":"ACT.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.36","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A36/2"}
{"id":43131,"verse_id":"ACT.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.36","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “was gathered to his fathers” (a Semitic idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A36/3"}
{"id":43132,"verse_id":"ACT.13.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.36","text":"Grk “saw,” but the literal translation of the phrase “saw decay” could be misunderstood to mean simply “looked at decay,” while here “saw decay” is really figurative for “experienced decay.” This remark explains why David cannot fulfill the promise.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A36/4"}
{"id":43133,"verse_id":"ACT.13.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.37","text":"Grk “see,” but the literal translation of the phrase “did not see decay” could be misunderstood to mean simply “did not look at decay,” while here “did not see decay” is really figurative for “did not experience decay.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A37/2"}
{"id":43134,"verse_id":"ACT.13.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.38","text":"That is, Jesus. This pronoun is in emphatic position in the Greek text. Following this phrase in the Greek text is the pronoun ὑμῖν ( Jumin , “to you”), so that the emphasis for the audience is that “through Jesus to you” these promises have come.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A38/1"}
{"id":43135,"verse_id":"ACT.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.39","text":"Or “is freed.” The translation of δικαιωθῆναι ( dikaiwqhnai ) and δικαιοῦται ( dikaioutai ) in Acts 13:38-39 is difficult. BDAG 249 s.v. δικαιόω 3 categorizes δικαιωθῆναι in 13:38 (Greek text) under the meaning “ make free/pure ” but categorizes δικαιοῦται in Acts 13:39 as “ be found in the right, be free of charges ” (BDAG 249 s.v. δικαιόω 2.b. β ). In the interest of consistency both verbs are rendered as “justified” in this translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A39/2"}
{"id":43136,"verse_id":"ACT.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.39","text":"Or “could not free.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A39/3"}
{"id":43137,"verse_id":"ACT.13.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.39","text":"Grk “from everything from which you could not be justified by the law of Moses.” The passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation, with “by the law of Moses” becoming the subject of the final clause. The words “from everything from which the law of Moses could not justify you” are part of v. 38 in the Greek text, but due to English style and word order must be placed in v. 39 in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A39/4"}
{"id":43138,"verse_id":"ACT.13.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.40","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A40/2"}
{"id":43139,"verse_id":"ACT.13.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.41","text":"Or “and die!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A41/1"}
{"id":43140,"verse_id":"ACT.13.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.42","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Paul and Barnabas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A42/1"}
{"id":43141,"verse_id":"ACT.13.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":42,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.42","text":"Or “were leaving.” The participle ἐξιόντων ( exiontwn ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A42/2"}
{"id":43142,"verse_id":"ACT.13.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":42,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.42","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A42/3"}
{"id":43143,"verse_id":"ACT.13.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":42,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.42","text":"Or “begging,” “inviting.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A42/4"}
{"id":43144,"verse_id":"ACT.13.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":42,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.42","text":"Or “matters.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A42/5"}
{"id":43145,"verse_id":"ACT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.43","text":"BDAG 607 s.v. λύω 3 has “ λυθείσης τ . συναγωγῆς when the meeting of the synagogue had broken up Ac 13:43 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A43/2"}
{"id":43146,"verse_id":"ACT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.43","text":"Normally the phrase σεβόμενοι τὸν θεόν ( sebomenoi ton qeon ) refers to Gentiles (“God-fearers”) who believed in God, attended the synagogue, and followed the Mosaic law to some extent, but stopped short of undergoing circumcision. BDAG 918 s.v. σέβω 1.b lists in this category references in Acts 16:14; 18:7 ; with σεβόμενοι alone, Acts 13:50; 17:4, 17 ; the phrase is also found in Josephus, Ant. 14.7.2 (14.110). Unique to this particular verse is the combination σεβόμενοι προσηλύτων ( sebomenoi proshlutwn ). Later rabbinic discussion suggests that to be regarded as a proper proselyte, a Gentile male had to submit to circumcision. If that is the case here, these Gentiles in the synagogue at Pisidian Antioch should be regarded as full proselytes who had converted completely to Judaism and undergone circumcision. It is probably more likely, however, that προσηλύτων is used here in a somewhat looser sense (note the use of σεβομένας [ sebomena\" ] alone to refer to women in Acts 13:50 ) and that these Gentiles were still in the category commonly called “God-fearers” without being full, technical proselytes to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44. Regardless, the point is that many Gentiles, as well as Jews, came to faith.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A43/3"}
{"id":43147,"verse_id":"ACT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.43","text":"This is the meaning given for ἔπειθον ( epeiqon ) in this verse by BDAG 791 s.v. πείθω 1.b.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A43/4"}
{"id":43148,"verse_id":"ACT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.43","text":"Grk “who, as they were speaking with them, were persuading them.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A43/5"}
{"id":43149,"verse_id":"ACT.13.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":43,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"13.43","text":"The verb προμένειν ( promenein ) is similar in force to the use of μένω ( menw , “to reside/remain”) in the Gospel and Epistles of John.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A43/6"}
{"id":43150,"verse_id":"ACT.13.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.45","text":"The imperfect verb ἀντέλεγον ( antelegon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect in the logical sequence of events: After they were filled with jealousy, the Jewish opponents began to contradict what Paul said.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A45/2"}
{"id":43151,"verse_id":"ACT.13.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":45,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.45","text":"Grk “the things being said by Paul.” For smoothness and simplicity of English style, the passive construction has been converted to active voice in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A45/3"}
{"id":43152,"verse_id":"ACT.13.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":45,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.45","text":"The participle βλασφημοῦντες ( blasfhmounte\" ) has been regarded as indicating the means of the action of the main verb. It could also be translated as a finite verb (“and reviled him”) in keeping with contemporary English style. The direct object (“him”) is implied rather than expressed and could be impersonal (“it,” referring to what Paul was saying rather than Paul himself), but the verb occurs more often in contexts involving defamation or slander against personal beings (not always God). For a very similar context to this one, compare Acts 18:6 . The translation “blaspheme” is not used because in contemporary English its meaning is more narrowly defined and normally refers to blasphemy against God (not what Paul’s opponents were doing here). The modern term “slandering” comes close to what was being done to Paul here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A45/4"}
{"id":43153,"verse_id":"ACT.13.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":46,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.46","text":"Grk “Both Paul and Barnabas spoke out courageously and said.” The redundancy is removed in the translation and the verb “replied” is used in keeping with the logical sequence of events. The theme of boldness reappears: Acts 4:24-30; 9:27-28 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A46/1"}
{"id":43154,"verse_id":"ACT.13.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":46,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.46","text":"Grk “It was necessary that the word of God be spoken.” For smoothness and simplicity of English style, the passive construction has been converted to active voice in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A46/2"}
{"id":43155,"verse_id":"ACT.13.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":46,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.46","text":"Or “and consider yourselves unworthy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A46/3"}
{"id":43156,"verse_id":"ACT.13.46","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":46,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.46","text":"Grk “behold, we.” In this context ἰδού ( idou ) is not easily translated into English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A46/4"}
{"id":43157,"verse_id":"ACT.13.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":47,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.47","text":"Here οὕτως ( Joutws ) is taken to refer to what follows, the content of the quotation, as given for this verse by BDAG 742 s.v. οὕτω / οὕτως 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A47/1"}
{"id":43158,"verse_id":"ACT.13.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":47,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.47","text":"BDAG 1004 s.v. τίθημι 3.a has “ τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι place/appoint someone to or for (to function as) someth… . Ac 13:47 .” This is a double accusative construction of object (“you”) and complement (“a light”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A47/2"}
{"id":43159,"verse_id":"ACT.13.47","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":47,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.47","text":"Grk “that you should be for salvation,” but more simply “to bring salvation.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A47/4"}
{"id":43160,"verse_id":"ACT.13.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":48,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.48","text":"The imperfect verb ἔχαιρον ( ecairon ) and the following ἐδόξαζον ( edoxazon ) are translated as ingressive imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A48/1"}
{"id":43161,"verse_id":"ACT.13.48","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":48,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.48","text":"Or “glorify.” Although “honor” is given by BDAG 258 s.v. δοξάζω as a translation, it would be misleading here, because the meaning is “to honor in the sense of attributing worth to something,” while in contemporary English usage one speaks of “honoring” a contract in the sense of keeping its stipulations. It is not a synonym for “obey” in this context (“obey the word of the Lord”), but that is how many English readers would understand it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A48/2"}
{"id":43162,"verse_id":"ACT.13.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.49","text":"BDAG 239 s.v. διαφέρω 1 has “ spread ” for διαφέρετο ( diafereto ) in connection with a teaching. This is the first summary since Acts 9:31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A49/1"}
{"id":43163,"verse_id":"ACT.13.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.50","text":"For the translation of παρώτρυναν ( parwtrunan ) as “incited” see BDAG 780 s.v. παροτρύνω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A50/1"}
{"id":43164,"verse_id":"ACT.13.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":50,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.50","text":"BDAG 299 s.v. ἐκβάλλω 1 has “ throw out .” Once again, many Jews reacted to the message ( Acts 5:17, 33; 6:11; 13:45 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A50/2"}
{"id":43165,"verse_id":"ACT.13.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":13,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.51","text":"The participle ἐκτιναξάμενοι ( ektinaxamenoi ) is taken temporally. It could also be translated as a participle of attendant circumstance (“So they shook…and went”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2013%3A51/1"}
{"id":43166,"verse_id":"ACT.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Paul and Barnabas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":43167,"verse_id":"ACT.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.1","text":"Or “that a large crowd.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A1/4"}
{"id":43168,"verse_id":"ACT.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “who would not believe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":43169,"verse_id":"ACT.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “embittered their minds” ( Grk “their souls”). BDAG 502 s.v. κακόω 2 has “ make angry, embitter τὰς ψυχάς τινων κατά τινος poison the minds of some persons against another Ac 14:2 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":43170,"verse_id":"ACT.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":43171,"verse_id":"ACT.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A3/3"}
{"id":43172,"verse_id":"ACT.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.3","text":"Here the context indicates the miraculous nature of the signs mentioned.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A3/4"}
{"id":43173,"verse_id":"ACT.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"BDAG 825 s.v. πλῆθος 2.b. γ has this translation for πλῆθος ( plhqo\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":43174,"verse_id":"ACT.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.4","text":"These clauses are a good example of the contrastive μὲν … δέ ( men … de ) construction: Some “on the one hand” sided with the Jews, but some “on the other hand” sided with the apostles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A4/2"}
{"id":43175,"verse_id":"ACT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “So there came about an attempt” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":43176,"verse_id":"ACT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"On this verb see BDAG 1022 s.v. ὑβρίζω .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":43177,"verse_id":"ACT.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.5","text":"The direct object “them” is repeated after both verbs in the translation for stylistic reasons, although it occurs only after λιθοβολῆσαι ( liqobolhsai ) in the Greek text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A5/3"}
{"id":43178,"verse_id":"ACT.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “they”; the referents (Paul and Barnabas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":43179,"verse_id":"ACT.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “learning about it, fled.” The participle συνιδόντες ( sunidonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. It could also be taken temporally (“when they learned about it”) as long as opening clause of v. 5 is not translated as a temporal clause too, which results in a redundancy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":43180,"verse_id":"ACT.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Grk “region, and there.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, καί ( kai ) has not been translated and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":43181,"verse_id":"ACT.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.7","text":"The periphrastic construction εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν ( euangelizomenoi hsan ) has been translated as a progressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A7/2"}
{"id":43182,"verse_id":"ACT.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “And in.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":43183,"verse_id":"ACT.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “powerless in his feet,” meaning he was unable to use his feet to walk.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":43184,"verse_id":"ACT.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “lame from his mother’s womb” (an idiom). sn The description lame from birth makes clear how serious the condition was, and how real it was. This event is very similar to Acts 3:1-10 , except here the lame man’s faith is clear from the start.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A8/4"}
{"id":43185,"verse_id":"ACT.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “speaking, who.” The relative pronoun has been replaced by the noun “Paul,” and a new sentence begun in the translation because an English relative clause would be very awkward here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":43186,"verse_id":"ACT.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Or “looked.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":43187,"verse_id":"ACT.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"BDAG 722 s.v. ὀρθός 1.a has “ stand upright on your feet .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":43188,"verse_id":"ACT.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":43189,"verse_id":"ACT.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"This verb is imperfect tense in contrast to the previous verb, which is aorist. It has been translated ingressively, since the start of a sequence is in view here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":43190,"verse_id":"ACT.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “they lifted up their voice” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":43191,"verse_id":"ACT.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “in Lycaonian, saying.” The word “language” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":43192,"verse_id":"ACT.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"So BDAG 707 s.v. ὁμοιόω 1. However, L&N 64.4 takes the participle ὁμοιωθέντες ( Jomoiwqente\" ) as an adjectival participle modifying θεοί ( qeoi ): “the gods resembling men have come down to us.” sn The gods have come down to us in human form. Greek culture spoke of “divine men.” In this region there was a story of Zeus and Hermes visiting the area (Ovid, Metamorphoses 8.611-725). The locals failed to acknowledge them, so judgment followed. The present crowd was determined not to make the mistake a second time.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":43193,"verse_id":"ACT.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"The imperfect verb ἐκάλουν ( ekaloun ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":43194,"verse_id":"ACT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"The words “the temple of” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. The translation “ the priest of (the temple/shrine of) Zeus located before the city ” is given for this phrase by BDAG 426 s.v. Ζεύς .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":43195,"verse_id":"ACT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “oxen.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":43196,"verse_id":"ACT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “wreaths.” sn Garlands were commonly wreaths of wool with leaves and flowers woven in, worn on a person’s head or woven around a staff. They were an important part of many rituals used to worship pagan gods. Although it was an erroneous reaction, the priest’s reaction shows how all acknowledged their power and access to God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A13/4"}
{"id":43197,"verse_id":"ACT.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.13","text":"The words “to them” are not in the Greek text, but are clearly implied by the response of Paul and Barnabas in the following verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A13/5"}
{"id":43198,"verse_id":"ACT.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"The participle ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":43199,"verse_id":"ACT.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"Grk “tearing their clothes they rushed out.” The participle διαρρήξαντες ( diarrhxante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. This action is a Jewish response to blasphemy ( m. Sanhedrin 7.5; Jdt 14:16-17).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":43200,"verse_id":"ACT.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.14","text":"So BDAG 307 s.v. ἐκπηδάω 1, “ rush (lit. ‘leap’) out … εἰς τὸν ὄχλον into the crowd Ac 14:14 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A14/4"}
{"id":43201,"verse_id":"ACT.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.14","text":"Grk “shouting and saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes , in v. 15 ) has not been translated because it is redundant. sn What follows is one of two speeches in Acts to a purely pagan audience ( in Athens is the other). So Paul focused on God as Creator, a common link.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A14/5"}
{"id":43202,"verse_id":"ACT.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “with the same kinds of feelings,” L&N 25.32. BDAG 706 s.v. ὁμοιοπαθής translates the phrase “ with the same nature τινί as someone .” In the immediate context, the contrast is between human and divine nature, and the point is that Paul and Barnabas are mere mortals, not gods.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":43203,"verse_id":"ACT.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “in order that you should turn,” with ἐπιστρέφειν ( epistrefein ) as an infinitive of purpose, but this is somewhat awkward contemporary English. To translate the infinitive construction “proclaim the good news, that you should turn,” which is much smoother English, could give the impression that the infinitive clause is actually the content of the good news, which it is not. The somewhat less formal “to get you to turn” would work, but might convey to some readers manipulativeness on the part of the apostles. Thus “proclaim the good news, so that you should turn,” is used, to convey that the purpose of the proclamation of good news is the response by the hearers. The emphasis here is like 1 Thess 1:9-10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":43204,"verse_id":"ACT.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Or “useless,” “futile.” The reference is to idols and idolatry, worshiping the creation over the Creator ( Rom 1:18-32 ). See also 1 Kgs 16:2, 13, 26 ; 2 Kgs 17:15 ; Jer 2:5; 8:19 ; 3 Macc 6:11.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":43205,"verse_id":"ACT.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “and the earth, and the sea,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated before “the earth” and “the sea” since contemporary English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A15/4"}
{"id":43206,"verse_id":"ACT.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “them, who in.” The relative pronoun (“who”) was replaced by the pronoun “he” (“In past generations he”) and a new sentence was begun in the translation at this point to improve the English style, due to the length of the sentence in Greek and the awkwardness of two relative clauses (“who made the heaven” and “who in past generations”) following one another.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":43207,"verse_id":"ACT.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.16","text":"On this term see BDAG 780 s.v. παροίχομαι . The word is a NT hapax legomenon .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A16/2"}
{"id":43208,"verse_id":"ACT.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.16","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (in Greek the word for “nation” and “Gentile” is the same). The plural here alludes to the variety of false religions in the pagan world.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A16/3"}
{"id":43209,"verse_id":"ACT.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"The participle ἀγαθουργῶν ( agaqourgwn ) is regarded as indicating means here, parallel to the following participles διδούς ( didou\" ) and ἐμπιπλῶν ( empiplwn ). This is the easiest way to understand the Greek structure. Semantically, the first participle is a general statement, followed by two participles giving specific examples of doing good.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":43210,"verse_id":"ACT.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.17","text":"Or “from the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A17/2"}
{"id":43211,"verse_id":"ACT.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.17","text":"Grk “satisfying [filling] your hearts with food and joy.” This is an idiomatic expression; it strikes the English reader as strange to speak of “filling one’s heart with food.” Thus the additional direct object “you” has been supplied, separating the two expressions somewhat: “satisfying you with food and your hearts with joy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A17/3"}
{"id":43212,"verse_id":"ACT.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is regarded as indicating means.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":43213,"verse_id":"ACT.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"BDAG 524 s.v. καταπαύω 2.b gives both “ restrain ” and “ dissuade someone fr. someth. ,” but “they scarcely dissuaded the crowds from offering sacrifice,” while accurate, is less common in contemporary English than saying “they scarcely persuaded the crowds not to offer sacrifice.” Paganism is portrayed as a powerful reality that is hard to reverse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":43214,"verse_id":"ACT.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"The participle πείσαντες ( peisante\" ) is taken temporally (BDAG 791 s.v. πείθω 1.c).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":43215,"verse_id":"ACT.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.19","text":"Grk “stoning Paul they dragged him.” The participle λιθάσαντες ( liqasante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A19/4"}
{"id":43216,"verse_id":"ACT.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “and entered”; the word “back” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":43217,"verse_id":"ACT.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “And on.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A20/2"}
{"id":43218,"verse_id":"ACT.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"Grk “to Antioch, strengthening.” Due to the length of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, a new sentence was started here. This participle ( ἐπιστηρίζοντες , episthrizonte\" ) and the following one ( παρακαλοῦντες , parakalounte\" ) have been translated as finite verbs connected by the coordinating conjunction “and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":43219,"verse_id":"ACT.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.22","text":"Or “sufferings.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A22/4"}
{"id":43220,"verse_id":"ACT.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.23","text":"The preposition κατά ( kata ) is used here in a distributive sense; see BDAG 512 s.v. κατά B.1.d.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A23/2"}
{"id":43221,"verse_id":"ACT.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.23","text":"Literally with a finite verb ( προσευξάμενοι , proseuxamenoi ) rather than a noun, “praying with fasting,” but the combination “prayer and fasting” is so familiar in English that it is preferable to use it here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A23/3"}
{"id":43222,"verse_id":"ACT.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.23","text":"BDAG 772 s.v. παρατίθημι 3.b has “ entrust someone to the care or protection of someone ” for this phrase. The reference to persecution or suffering in the context (v. 22 ) suggests “protection” is a better translation here. This looks at God’s ultimate care for the church.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A23/4"}
{"id":43223,"verse_id":"ACT.14.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.24","text":"Grk “Then passing through Pisidia they came.” The participle διελθόντες ( dielqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A24/1"}
{"id":43224,"verse_id":"ACT.14.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.25","text":"Or “message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A25/1"}
{"id":43225,"verse_id":"ACT.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.26","text":"Or “committed.” BDAG 762 s.v. παραδίδωμι 2 gives “ commended to the grace of God for the work 14:26” as the meaning for this phrase, although “ give over ” and “ commit ” are listed as alternative meanings for this category.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A26/2"}
{"id":43226,"verse_id":"ACT.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.26","text":"BDAG 829 s.v. πληρόω 5 has “to bring to completion an activity in which one has been involved from its beginning, complete, finish ” as meanings for this category. The ministry to which they were commissioned ends with a note of success.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A26/3"}
{"id":43227,"verse_id":"ACT.14.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.27","text":"Or “announced.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A27/1"}
{"id":43228,"verse_id":"ACT.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.28","text":"BDAG 238 s.v. διατρίβω gives the meaning as “ spend ” when followed by an accusative τὸν χρόνον ( ton cronon ) which is the case here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A28/1"}
{"id":43229,"verse_id":"ACT.14.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":14,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.28","text":"Grk “no little (time)” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2014%3A28/2"}
{"id":43230,"verse_id":"ACT.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Codex Bezae (D) and a few other witnesses have “and walk” here (i.e., instead of τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως [ tw eqei tw Mwu>sew\" ] they read καὶ τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως περιπατῆτε [ kai tw eqei tw Mwu>sew\" peripathte ]). This is a decidedly stronger focus on obedience to the Law. As well, D expands vv. 1-5 in various places with the overall effect of being “more sympathetic to the local tradition of the church at Jerusalem” while the Alexandrian witnesses are more sympathetic to Paul ( TCGNT 377). Codex D is well known for having a significantly longer text in Acts, but modern scholarship is generally of the opinion that the text of D expands on the original wording of Acts, with a theological viewpoint that especially puts Peter in a more authoritarian light. The expansion in these five verses is in keeping with that motif even though Peter is not explicitly in view. sn Unless you are circumcised. These teachers from Judea were teaching that Gentiles could not be saved unless they kept the law of Moses in regard to circumcision. Thus according to them a Gentile had first to become a proselyte to Judaism, including circumcision, before one could become a Christian. This party is sometimes known (collectively) as Judaizers. They did not question that Gentiles could come into the community, but disagreed with Paul and Barnabas on what basis they could do so.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":43231,"verse_id":"ACT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “no little argument and debate” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":43232,"verse_id":"ACT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the church, or the rest of the believers at Antioch) has been specified to avoid confusion with the Judaizers mentioned in the preceding clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A2/2"}
{"id":43233,"verse_id":"ACT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “go up to,” but in this context a meeting is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":43234,"verse_id":"ACT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.2","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A2/4"}
{"id":43235,"verse_id":"ACT.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “point of controversy.” It is unclear whether this event parallels Gal 2:1-10 or that fits with Acts 11:30 . More than likely Gal 2:1-10 is to be related to Acts 11:30 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A2/5"}
{"id":43236,"verse_id":"ACT.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"L&N 33.201 indicates that ἐκδιηγέομαι ( ekdihgeomai ) means to provide detailed information in a systematic manner, “to inform, to relate, to tell fully.” “Relating at length” conveys this effectively in the present context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":43237,"verse_id":"ACT.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.3","text":"For ἐποίουν ( epoioun ) in this verse BDAG 839 s.v. ποιέω 2.c has “ they brought joy to the members .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A3/3"}
{"id":43238,"verse_id":"ACT.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"BDAG 761 s.v. παραδέχομαι 2 has “ receive, accept ” for the meaning here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":43239,"verse_id":"ACT.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “announced.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A4/2"}
{"id":43240,"verse_id":"ACT.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"“They reported all the things God had done with them” – an identical phrase occurs in Acts 14:27 . God is always the agent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":43241,"verse_id":"ACT.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (the Gentiles) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":43242,"verse_id":"ACT.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.5","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A5/4"}
{"id":43243,"verse_id":"ACT.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"The translation for ἰδεῖν ( idein ) in this verse is given by BDAG 279-80 s.v. εἶδον 3 as “ deliberate concerning this matter .” A contemporary idiom would be to “look into” a matter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":43244,"verse_id":"ACT.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “discussion.” This term is repeated from v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":43245,"verse_id":"ACT.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “long ago” (an idiom, literally “from ancient days”). According to L&N 67.26, “this reference to Peter having been chosen by God sometime before to bring the gospel to the Gentiles can hardly be regarded as a reference to ancient times, though some persons understand this to mean that God’s decision was made at the beginning of time. The usage of ἀφ᾿ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων is probably designed to emphasize the established nature of God’s decision for Peter to take the gospel to the Gentiles beginning with the centurion Cornelius. The fact that this was relatively early in the development of the church may also serve to explain the use of the idiom.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":43246,"verse_id":"ACT.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A7/4"}
{"id":43247,"verse_id":"ACT.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “of the good news.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A7/5"}
{"id":43248,"verse_id":"ACT.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.7","text":"Grk “God chose among you from my mouth the Gentiles to hear the message of the gospel and to believe.” The sense of this sentence in Greek is difficult to render in English. The Greek verb ἐκλέγομαι ( eklegomai , “choose”) normally takes a person or thing as a direct object; in this verse the verb has neither clearly stated. The translation understands the phrase “from my mouth,” referring to Peter, as a description of both who God chose and the task to be done. This coupled with the following statement about Gentiles hearing the message of the gospel leads to the more dynamic rendering in the translation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A7/6"}
{"id":43249,"verse_id":"ACT.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Or “has borne witness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":43250,"verse_id":"ACT.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"BDAG 231 s.v. διακρίνω 1.b lists this passage under the meaning “to conclude that there is a difference, make a distinction, differentiate .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":43251,"verse_id":"ACT.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.9","text":"Or “purifying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A9/2"}
{"id":43252,"verse_id":"ACT.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.10","text":"According to BDAG 793 s.v. πειράζω 2.c, “In Ac 15:10 the πειράζειν τὸν θεόν consists in the fact that after God’s will has been clearly made known through granting of the Spirit to the Gentiles (v. 8 ), some doubt and make trial to see whether God’s will really becomes operative.” All testing of God in Luke is negative: Luke 4:2; 11:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A10/1"}
{"id":43253,"verse_id":"ACT.15.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.10","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A10/3"}
{"id":43254,"verse_id":"ACT.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.11","text":"Or “by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A11/1"}
{"id":43255,"verse_id":"ACT.15.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.11","text":"Or “Jesus, just as they are.” BDAG 1016-17 s.v. τρόπος 1 translates καθ᾿ ὃν τρόπον ( kaq ’ Jon tropon ) here as “ in the same way as .” sn In the same way as they are. Here is an interesting reversal of the argument. Jews are saved by grace (without law), as Gentiles are.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A11/2"}
{"id":43256,"verse_id":"ACT.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"BDAG 922 s.v. σιγάω 1.a lists this passage under the meaning “ say nothing, keep still, keep silent .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":43257,"verse_id":"ACT.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.12","text":"Here in connection with τέρατα ( terata ) the miraculous nature of these signs is indicated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A12/2"}
{"id":43258,"verse_id":"ACT.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"BDAG 922 s.v. σιγάω 1.b lists this passage under the meaning “ stop speaking, become silent .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":43259,"verse_id":"ACT.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.13","text":"Grk “answered, saying”; the redundant participle λέγων ( legwn ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A13/2"}
{"id":43260,"verse_id":"ACT.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.14","text":"Or “reported,” “described.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A14/2"}
{"id":43261,"verse_id":"ACT.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.14","text":"BDAG 378 s.v. ἐπισκέπτομαι 3 translates this phrase in Acts 15:14 , “ God concerned himself about winning a people fr. among the nations .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A14/3"}
{"id":43262,"verse_id":"ACT.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.14","text":"Grk “to take,” but in the sense of selecting or choosing (accompanied by the preposition ἐκ [ ek ] plus a genitive specifying the group selected from) see Heb 5:1 ; also BDAG 584 s.v. λαμβάνω 6.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A14/4"}
{"id":43263,"verse_id":"ACT.15.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.15","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A15/1"}
{"id":43264,"verse_id":"ACT.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “After these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":43265,"verse_id":"ACT.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.16","text":"Or more generally, “dwelling”; perhaps, “royal tent.” According to BDAG 928 s.v. σκηνή the word can mean “ tent ” or “ hut ,” or more generally “ lodging ” or “ dwelling .” In this verse (a quotation from Amos 9:11 ) BDAG refers this to David’s ruined kingdom; it is possibly an allusion to a king’s tent (a royal tent). God is at work to reestablish David’s line ( Acts 2:30-36; 13:32-39 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A16/3"}
{"id":43266,"verse_id":"ACT.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.16","text":"BDAG 86 s.v. ἀνορθόω places this verb under the meaning “to build someth. up again after it has fallen, rebuild, restore ,” but since ἀνοικοδομέω ( anoikodomew , “rebuild”) has occurred twice in this verse already, “restore” is used here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A16/4"}
{"id":43267,"verse_id":"ACT.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"Or “so that all other people.” The use of this term follows Amos 9:11 LXX.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":43268,"verse_id":"ACT.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) introduces an explanatory clause that explains the preceding phrase “the rest of humanity.” The clause introduced by καί ( kai ) could also be punctuated in English as a parenthesis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A17/2"}
{"id":43269,"verse_id":"ACT.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.17","text":"Or “all the nations” (in Greek the word for “nation” and “Gentile” is the same). sn Note the linkage back to v. 14 through the mention of Gentiles . What Simeon explained is what the OT text says would happen.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A17/3"}
{"id":43270,"verse_id":"ACT.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.17","text":"Grk “all the Gentiles on whom my name has been called.” Based on well-attested OT usage, the passive of ἐπικαλέω ( epikalew ) here indicates God’s ownership (“all the Gentiles who belong to me”) or calling (“all the Gentiles whom I have called to be my own”). See L&N 11.28.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A17/4"}
{"id":43271,"verse_id":"ACT.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “I have decided,” “I think.” The verb κρίνω ( krinw ) has a far broader range of meaning than the often-used English verb “judge.” BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 3 places this use in Acts 15:19 in the category “ judge, think, consider, look upon ” followed by double accusative of object and predicate. However, many modern translations give the impression that a binding decision is being handed down by James: “it is my judgment” (NASB, NIV); “I have reached the decision” (NRSV). L&N 22.25, on the other hand, translate the phrase here “I think that we should not cause extra difficulty for those among the Gentiles.” This gives more the impression of an opinion than a binding decision. The resolution of this lies not so much in the lexical data as in how one conceives James’ role in the leadership of the Jerusalem church, plus the dynamics of the specific situation where the issue of Gentile inclusion in the church was being discussed. The major possibilities are: (1) James is handing down a binding decision to the rest of the church as the one who has ultimate authority to decide this matter; (2) James is offering his own personal opinion in the matter, which is not binding on the church; (3) James is voicing a consensus opinion of all the apostles and elders, although phrasing it as if it were his own; (4) James is making a suggestion to the rest of the leadership as to what course they should follow. In light of the difficulty in reconstructing the historical situation in detail, it is best to use a translation which maintains as many of the various options as possible. For this reason the translation “Therefore I conclude” has been used, leaving open the question whether in reaching this conclusion James is speaking only for himself or for the rest of the leadership.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A19/1"}
{"id":43272,"verse_id":"ACT.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “trouble.” This term is a NT hapax legomenon (BDAG 775 s.v. παρενοχλέω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A19/2"}
{"id":43273,"verse_id":"ACT.15.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.19","text":"Or “among the nations” (in Greek the word for “nation” and “Gentile” is the same).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A19/3"}
{"id":43274,"verse_id":"ACT.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.20","text":"The translation “to write a letter, to send a letter to” for ἐπιστέλλω ( epistellw ) is given in L&N 33.49.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A20/1"}
{"id":43275,"verse_id":"ACT.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.20","text":"Three of the four prohibitions deal with food (the first, third and fourth) while one prohibition deals with behavior (the second, refraining from sexual immorality). Since these occur in the order they do, the translation “abstain from” is used to cover both sorts of activity (eating food items, immoral behavior). sn Telling them to abstain. These restrictions are not on matters of salvation, but are given as acts of sensitivity to their Jewish brethren, as v. 21 makes clear. Another example of such sensitivity is seen in 1 Cor 10:14-11:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A20/2"}
{"id":43276,"verse_id":"ACT.15.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.20","text":"Or “polluted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A20/3"}
{"id":43277,"verse_id":"ACT.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Grk “from generations of old”; the translation “ fr. ancient times ” is given by BDAG 192 s.v. γενεά 3.b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":43278,"verse_id":"ACT.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"The translation “read aloud” is used to indicate the actual practice; translating as “read” could be misunderstood to mean private, silent reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":43279,"verse_id":"ACT.15.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.22","text":"BDAG 255 s.v. δοκέω 2.b. β lists this verse under the meaning “ it seems best to me, I decide, I resolve .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A22/1"}
{"id":43280,"verse_id":"ACT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “writing by their hand” (an idiom for sending a letter).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":43281,"verse_id":"ACT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “The apostles.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":43282,"verse_id":"ACT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “brothers,” but “your” is supplied to specify the relationship, since without it “brothers” could be understood as vocative in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A23/3"}
{"id":43283,"verse_id":"ACT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “to the brothers who are from the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A23/4"}
{"id":43284,"verse_id":"ACT.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “and Syria,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A23/6"}
{"id":43285,"verse_id":"ACT.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Here BDAG 990-91 s.v. ταράσσω 2 states, “Of mental confusion caused by false teachings ταρ . τινά Ac 15:24 (w. λόγοις foll.).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":43286,"verse_id":"ACT.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"BDAG 71 s.v. ἀνασκευάζω describes this verb with a figurative meaning: “to cause inward distress, upset, unsettle .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":43287,"verse_id":"ACT.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “souls.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A24/3"}
{"id":43288,"verse_id":"ACT.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “by words”; L&N 25.231 translates the phrase “they troubled and upset you by what they said.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A24/4"}
{"id":43289,"verse_id":"ACT.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.25","text":"Grk “having become of one mind, we have decided.” This has been translated “we have unanimously decided” to reduce the awkwardness in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A25/1"}
{"id":43290,"verse_id":"ACT.15.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.25","text":"BDAG 255 s.v. δοκέω 2.b. β lists this verse under the meaning “ it seems best to me, I decide, I resolve .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A25/2"}
{"id":43291,"verse_id":"ACT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.26","text":"Grk “men who”; but this can be misleading because in English the referent could be understood to be the men sent along with Barnabas and Paul rather than Barnabas and Paul themselves. This option does not exist in the Greek original, however, since ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is dative and must agree with “Barnabas and Paul,” while ἄνδρας ( andra\" ) is accusative. By omitting the word “men” from the translation here, it is clear in English that the phrase refers to the immediately preceding nouns “Barnabas and Paul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A26/1"}
{"id":43292,"verse_id":"ACT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.26","text":"Grk “who have risked their souls”; the equivalent English idiom is “risk one’s life.” The descriptions commend Barnabas and Paul as thoroughly trustworthy.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A26/2"}
{"id":43293,"verse_id":"ACT.15.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.26","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A26/3"}
{"id":43294,"verse_id":"ACT.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"This verb has been translated as an epistolary aorist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":43295,"verse_id":"ACT.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.27","text":"Grk “by means of word” (an idiom for a verbal report).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A27/3"}
{"id":43296,"verse_id":"ACT.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"This is the same expression translated “decided” in Acts 15:22, 25 . BDAG 255 s.v. δοκέω 2.b. β lists “ decide ” as a possible gloss for this verse, and this translation would be consistent with the translation of the same expression in Acts 15:22, 25 . However, the unusually awkward “the Holy Spirit and we have decided” would result. Given this approach, it would be more natural in English to say “We and the Holy Spirit have decided,” but changing the order removes the emphasis the Greek text gives to the Holy Spirit. Thus, although the similarity to the phrases in 15:22, 25 is obscured, it is better to use the alternate translation “ it seems best to me ” (also given by BDAG): “it seemed best to the Holy Spirit and to us.” Again the scope of agreement is highlighted.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":43297,"verse_id":"ACT.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.28","text":"L&N 71.39 translates “indispensable (rules)” while BDAG 358 s.v. ἐπάναγκες has “ the necessary things .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A28/2"}
{"id":43298,"verse_id":"ACT.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.29","text":"There is no specific semantic component in the Greek word εἰδωλόθυτος that means “meat” (see BDAG 280 s.v. εἰδωλόθυτος ; L&N 5.15). The stem – θυτος means “sacrifice” (referring to an animal sacrificially killed) and thereby implies meat.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A29/1"}
{"id":43299,"verse_id":"ACT.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"15.29","text":"Codex Bezae (D) and a few other witnesses lack the restriction “and from what has been strangled” ( καὶ πνικτῶν , kai pniktwn ), though the words are supported by a wide variety of early and important witnesses otherwise and should be considered authentic. sn What has been strangled. That is, to refrain from eating animals that had been killed without having the blood drained from them. According to the Mosaic law ( Lev 17:13-14 ), Jews were forbidden to eat flesh with the blood still in it (note the preceding provision in this verse, and from blood ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A29/2"}
{"id":43300,"verse_id":"ACT.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"15.29","text":"Codex Bezae (D) as well as 323 614 945 1739 1891 sa and other witnesses have after “sexual immorality” the following statement: “And whatever you do not want to happen to yourselves, do not do to another/others.” By adding this negative form of the Golden Rule, these witnesses effectively change the Apostolic Decree from what might be regarded as ceremonial restrictions into more ethical demands. The issues here are quite complicated, and beyond the scope of this brief note. Suffice it to say that D and its allies here are almost surely an expansion and alteration of the original text of Acts. For an excellent discussion of the exegetical and textual issues, see TCGNT 379-83.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A29/3"}
{"id":43301,"verse_id":"ACT.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.29","text":"Grk “from which things keeping yourselves.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun ( ὧν , |wn ) has been replaced by a pronoun (“these things”) and a new English sentence begun. The participle διατηροῦντες ( diathrounte\" ) has been translated as a conditional adverbial participle (“if you keep yourselves”). See further L&N 13.153.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A29/4"}
{"id":43302,"verse_id":"ACT.15.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.29","text":"The phrase ἔρρωσθε ( errwsqe ) may be understood as a stock device indicating a letter is complete (“good-bye,” L&N 33.24) or as a sincere wish that the persons involved may fare well (“may you fare well,” L&N 23.133).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A29/5"}
{"id":43303,"verse_id":"ACT.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Or “sent away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":43304,"verse_id":"ACT.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.30","text":"Or “congregation” (referring to the group of believers).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A30/3"}
{"id":43305,"verse_id":"ACT.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Grk “read it.” The translation “read aloud” is used to indicate the actual practice of public reading; translating as “read” could be misunderstood to mean private, silent, or individual reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":43306,"verse_id":"ACT.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the people) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":43307,"verse_id":"ACT.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.31","text":"Or “at its encouraging message.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A31/3"}
{"id":43308,"verse_id":"ACT.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"Here λόγου ( logou ) is singular. BDAG 599-600 s.v. λόγος 1.a. β has “ in a long speech ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":43309,"verse_id":"ACT.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":43310,"verse_id":"ACT.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.33","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A33/2"}
{"id":43311,"verse_id":"ACT.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.36","text":"Grk “Returning let us visit.” The participle ἐπιστρέψαντες ( epistreyante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A36/1"}
{"id":43312,"verse_id":"ACT.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.36","text":"See the note on the phrase “word of the Lord” in v. 35 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A36/2"}
{"id":43313,"verse_id":"ACT.15.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.36","text":"BDAG 422 s.v. ἔχω 10.b has “ how they are ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A36/3"}
{"id":43314,"verse_id":"ACT.15.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.38","text":"BDAG 94 s.v. ἀξιόω 2.a has “ he insisted (impf.) that they should not take him along ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A38/1"}
{"id":43315,"verse_id":"ACT.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.39","text":"Grk “There happened a sharp disagreement.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A39/1"}
{"id":43316,"verse_id":"ACT.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.39","text":"BDAG 780 s.v. παροξυσμός 2 has “ sharp disagreement ” here; L&N 33.451 has “sharp argument, sharp difference of opinion.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A39/2"}
{"id":43317,"verse_id":"ACT.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.39","text":"Grk “taking along Mark sailed.” The participle παραλαβόντα ( paralabonta ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A39/3"}
{"id":43318,"verse_id":"ACT.15.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.40","text":"Or “committed.” BDAG 762 s.v. παραδίδωμι 2 gives “ be commended by someone to the grace of the Lord ” as the meaning for this phrase, although “ give over ” and “ commit ” are listed as alternatives for this category.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A40/1"}
{"id":43319,"verse_id":"ACT.15.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":15,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.40","text":"Grk “by the brothers.” Here it it is highly probable that the entire congregation is in view, not just men, so the translation “brothers and sisters” has been used for the plural ἀδελφῶν ( adelfwn ),.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2015%3A40/2"}
{"id":43320,"verse_id":"ACT.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.1","text":"Grk “And behold, a disciple.” Here ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A1/3"}
{"id":43321,"verse_id":"ACT.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.1","text":"L&N 31.103 translates this phrase “the son of a Jewish woman who was a believer.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A1/4"}
{"id":43322,"verse_id":"ACT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “this one”; the referent (Timothy) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":43323,"verse_id":"ACT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “and taking him he circumcised him.” The participle λαβών ( labwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Paul’s cultural sensitivity showed in his action here. He did not want Timothy’s lack of circumcision to become an issue ( 1 Cor 9:15-23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":43324,"verse_id":"ACT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.3","text":"The verb περιέτεμεν ( perietemen ) here may be understood as causative (cf. ExSyn 411-12) if Paul did not personally perform the circumcision.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A3/3"}
{"id":43325,"verse_id":"ACT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.3","text":"Or “who lived in the area.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A3/4"}
{"id":43326,"verse_id":"ACT.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.3","text":"The anarthrous predicate nominative has been translated as qualitative (“Greek”) rather than indefinite (“a Greek”). sn His father was Greek. Under Jewish law at least as early as the 2nd century, a person was considered Jewish if his or her mother was Jewish. It is not certain whether such a law was in effect in the 1st century, but even if it was, Timothy would not have been accepted as fully Jewish because he was not circumcised.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A3/5"}
{"id":43327,"verse_id":"ACT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Or “cities.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":43328,"verse_id":"ACT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"BDAG 762-63 s.v. παραδίδωμι 3 has “ they handed down to them the decisions to observe Ac 16:4 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":43329,"verse_id":"ACT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A4/3"}
{"id":43330,"verse_id":"ACT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.4","text":"Grk “for them”; the referent (Gentile believers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A4/4"}
{"id":43331,"verse_id":"ACT.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.4","text":"Or “observe” or “follow.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A4/5"}
{"id":43332,"verse_id":"ACT.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":43333,"verse_id":"ACT.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.6","text":"Or “forbidden.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A6/3"}
{"id":43334,"verse_id":"ACT.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.6","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A6/4"}
{"id":43335,"verse_id":"ACT.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.6","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A6/5"}
{"id":43336,"verse_id":"ACT.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"BDAG 511 s.v. κατά B.1.b has “ to Mysia ” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":43337,"verse_id":"ACT.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “permit”; see BDAG 269 s.v. ἐάω 1.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A7/4"}
{"id":43338,"verse_id":"ACT.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.7","text":"The words “do this” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied for stylistic reasons, since English handles ellipses differently than Greek.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A7/5"}
{"id":43339,"verse_id":"ACT.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Although the normal meaning for παρέρχομαι ( parercomai ) is “pass by, go by,” it would be difficult to get to Troas from where Paul and his companions were without going through rather than around Mysia. BDAG 776 s.v. παρέρχομαι 6 list some nonbiblical examples of the meaning “go through, pass through,” and give that meaning for the usage here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":43340,"verse_id":"ACT.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “And a.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":43341,"verse_id":"ACT.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":43342,"verse_id":"ACT.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":43343,"verse_id":"ACT.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “Coming over.” The participle διαβάς ( diabas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A9/4"}
{"id":43344,"verse_id":"ACT.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":43345,"verse_id":"ACT.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Grk “sought.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":43346,"verse_id":"ACT.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.10","text":"Or “summoned.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A10/4"}
{"id":43347,"verse_id":"ACT.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":43348,"verse_id":"ACT.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.11","text":"BDAG 406 s.v. εὐθυδρομέω has “of a ship run a straight course ” here; L&N 54.3 has “to sail a straight course, sail straight to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A11/3"}
{"id":43349,"verse_id":"ACT.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":43350,"verse_id":"ACT.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"36 81 323 945 1175 1891 pc . This has traditionally been translated to give the impression that Philippi was the capital city of the district, but it does not necessarily have to be translated this way. The translation of the article before μερίδος as “that” acknowledges that there were other districts in the province of Macedonia.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":43351,"verse_id":"ACT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “and sitting down we began to speak.” The participle καθίσαντες ( kaqisante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":43352,"verse_id":"ACT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.13","text":"The imperfect verb ἐλαλοῦμεν ( elaloumen ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A13/2"}
{"id":43353,"verse_id":"ACT.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.13","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A13/4"}
{"id":43354,"verse_id":"ACT.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Grk “And a.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":43355,"verse_id":"ACT.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"On the term translated “a dealer in purple cloth” see BDAG 855 s.v. πορφυρόπωλις .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":43356,"verse_id":"ACT.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.14","text":"The words “to us” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A14/4"}
{"id":43357,"verse_id":"ACT.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.14","text":"Although BDAG 880 s.v. προσέχω 2.b gives the meaning “ pay attention to ” here, this could be misunderstood by the modern English reader to mean merely listening intently. The following context, however, indicates that Lydia responded positively to Paul’s message, so the verb here was translated “to respond.” sn Lydia is one of several significant women in Acts (see 17:4, 12, 34; 18:20 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A14/5"}
{"id":43358,"verse_id":"ACT.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “urged us, saying.” The participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":43359,"verse_id":"ACT.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"This is a first class condition in Greek, with the statement presented as real or true for the sake of the argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":43360,"verse_id":"ACT.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.15","text":"Or “faithful to the Lord.” BDAG 821 s.v. πίστος 2 states concerning this verse, “Of one who confesses the Christian faith believing or a believer in the Lord, in Christ, in God πιστ . τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 16:15 .” L&N 11.17 has “one who is included among the faithful followers of Christ – ‘believer, Christian, follower.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A15/3"}
{"id":43361,"verse_id":"ACT.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.15","text":"Although BDAG 759 s.v. παραβιάζομαι has “ urge strongly, prevail upon ,” in contemporary English “persuade” is a more frequently used synonym for “prevail upon.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A15/4"}
{"id":43362,"verse_id":"ACT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “Now it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":43363,"verse_id":"ACT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Or “who had a spirit of divination”; Grk “who had a spirit of Python.” According to BDAG 896-97 s.v. πύθων , originally Πύθων ( Puqwn ) was the name of the serpent or dragon that guarded the Delphic oracle. According to Greek mythology, it lived at the foot of Mount Parnassus and was killed by Apollo. From this, the word came to designate a person who was thought to have a spirit of divination. Pagan generals, for example, might consult someone like this. So her presence here suggests a supernatural encounter involving Paul and her “spirit.” W. Foerster, TDNT 6:920, connects the term with ventriloquism but states: “We must assume, however, that for this girl, as for those mentioned by Origen…, the art of ventriloquism was inseparably connected with a (supposed or authentic) gift of soothsaying.” It should also be noted that if the girl in question here were only a ventriloquist, the exorcism performed by Paul in v. 18 would not have been effective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":43364,"verse_id":"ACT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the awkwardness in English of having two relative clauses follow one another (“who had a spirit…who brought her owners a great profit”) the relative pronoun here (“who”) has been translated as a pronoun (“she”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A16/3"}
{"id":43365,"verse_id":"ACT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.16","text":"Or “masters.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A16/4"}
{"id":43366,"verse_id":"ACT.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.16","text":"On this term see BDAG 616 s.v. μαντεύομαι . It was used of those who gave oracles.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A16/5"}
{"id":43367,"verse_id":"ACT.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “crying out, saying”; the participle λέγουσα ( legousa ) is redundant in English and has not been translated. The imperfect verb ἔκραζεν ( ekrazen ) has been translated as a progressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":43368,"verse_id":"ACT.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “slaves.” See the note on the word “servants” in 2:18 . The translation “servants” was used here because in this context there appears to be more emphasis on the activity of Paul and his companions (“proclaiming to you the way of salvation”) than on their status as “slaves of the Most High God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":43369,"verse_id":"ACT.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “a way.” The grammar of this phrase is a bit ambiguous. The phrase in Greek is ὁδὸν σωτηρίας ( Jodon swthria\" ). Neither the head noun nor the genitive noun has the article; this is in keeping with Apollonius’ Canon (see ExSyn 239-40). Since both nouns are anarthrous, this construction also fits Apollonius’ Corollary (see ExSyn 250-54); since the genitive noun is abstract it is most naturally qualitative, so the head noun could either be definite or indefinite without being unusual as far as the grammar is concerned. Luke’s usage of ὁδός elsewhere is indecisive as far as this passage is concerned. However, when one looks at the historical background it is clear that (1) the woman is shut up (via exorcism) not because her testimony is false but because of its source (analogous to Jesus’ treatment of demons perhaps), and (b) “the way” is a par excellence description of the new faith throughout Acts. It thus seems that at least in Luke’s presentation “the way of salvation” is the preferred translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A17/3"}
{"id":43370,"verse_id":"ACT.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “becoming greatly annoyed.” The participle διαπονηθείς ( diaponhqei\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. The aorist has been translated as an ingressive aorist (entry into a state or condition). See BDAG 235 s.v. διαπονέομαι .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":43371,"verse_id":"ACT.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “and turning.” The participle ἐπιστρέψας ( epistreya\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":43372,"verse_id":"ACT.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":43373,"verse_id":"ACT.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.18","text":"BDAG 1102-3 s.v. ὥρα 2.c has “ at that very time, at once, instantly ” for the usage in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A18/4"}
{"id":43374,"verse_id":"ACT.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Or “masters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":43375,"verse_id":"ACT.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"On this use of ἐργασία ( ergasia ), see BDAG 390 s.v. 4 . It is often the case that destructive practices and commerce are closely tied together.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":43376,"verse_id":"ACT.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “was gone, seizing.” The participle ἐπιλαβόμενοι ( epilabomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":43377,"verse_id":"ACT.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.19","text":"On the term ἕλκω ( {elkw ) see BDAG 318 s.v. 1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A19/4"}
{"id":43378,"verse_id":"ACT.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":43379,"verse_id":"ACT.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “having brought them.” The participle ἐπιλαβόμενοι ( epilabomenoi ) has been taken temporally. It is also possible in English to translate this participle as a finite verb: “they brought them before the magistrates and said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":43380,"verse_id":"ACT.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.20","text":"BDAG 309 s.v. ἐκταράσσω has “ agitate, cause trouble to, throw into confusion ” for the meaning of this verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A20/3"}
{"id":43381,"verse_id":"ACT.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “being Jews, and they are proclaiming.” The participle ὑπάρχοντες ( Juparconte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A20/4"}
{"id":43382,"verse_id":"ACT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “proclaiming,” but in relation to customs, “advocating” is a closer approximation to the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":43383,"verse_id":"ACT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Or “acknowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":43384,"verse_id":"ACT.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “we being Romans.” The participle οὖσιν ( ousin ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A21/4"}
{"id":43385,"verse_id":"ACT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"L&N 39.50 has “the crowd joined the attack against them” for συνεπέστη ( sunepesth ) in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":43386,"verse_id":"ACT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “tearing the clothes off them, the magistrates ordered.” The participle περιρήξαντες ( perirhxante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Although it may be possible to understand the aorist active participle περιρήξαντες in a causative sense (“the magistrates caused the clothes to be torn off Paul and Silas”) in the mob scene that was taking place, it is also possible that the magistrates themselves actively participated. This act was done to prepare them for a public flogging ( 2 Cor 11:25 ; 1 Thess 2:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A22/2"}
{"id":43387,"verse_id":"ACT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.22","text":"Grk “off them”; the referents (Paul and Silas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A22/3"}
{"id":43388,"verse_id":"ACT.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.22","text":"The infinitive ῥαβδίζειν ( rJabdizein ) means “to beat with rods or sticks” (as opposed to fists or clubs, BDAG 902 s.v. ῥαβδίζω ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A22/4"}
{"id":43389,"verse_id":"ACT.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “Having inflicted many blows on them.” The participle ἐπιθέντες ( epiqente\" ) has been taken temporally. BDAG 384 s.v. ἐπιτίθημι 1.a. β has “ inflict blows upon someone ” for this expression, but in this context it is simpler to translate in English as “they had beaten them severely.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A23/1"}
{"id":43390,"verse_id":"ACT.16.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.23","text":"Grk “commanding.” The participle παραγγείλαντες ( parangeilante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A23/2"}
{"id":43391,"verse_id":"ACT.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Or “prison.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":43392,"verse_id":"ACT.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.24","text":"L&N 6.21 has “stocks” for εἰς τὸ ξύλον ( ei\" to xulon ) here, as does BDAG 685 s.v. ξύλον 2.b. However, it is also possible (as mentioned in L&N 18.12) that this does not mean “stocks” but a block of wood (a log or wooden column) in the prison to which prisoners’ feet were chained or tied. Such a possibility is suggested by v. 26 , where the “bonds” (“chains”?) of the prisoners loosened.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A24/2"}
{"id":43393,"verse_id":"ACT.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":"Grk “praying, were singing.” The participle προσευχόμενοι ( proseucomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":43394,"verse_id":"ACT.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.25","text":"The words “the rest of” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A25/3"}
{"id":43395,"verse_id":"ACT.16.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.26","text":"Or perhaps, “chains.” The translation of τὰ δεσμά ( ta desma ) is to some extent affected by the understanding of ξύλον ( xulon , “stocks”) in v. 24 . It is possible (as mentioned in L&N 18.12) that this does not mean “stocks” but a block of wood (a log or wooden column) in the prison to which prisoners’ feet were chained or tied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A26/1"}
{"id":43396,"verse_id":"ACT.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.27","text":"L&N 23.75 has “had awakened” here. It is more in keeping with contemporary English style, however, to keep the two verbal ideas parallel in terms of tense (“when the jailer woke up and saw”) although logically the second action is subsequent to the first.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A27/1"}
{"id":43397,"verse_id":"ACT.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.27","text":"The additional semantic component “standing” is supplied (“standing open”) to convey a stative nuance in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A27/2"}
{"id":43398,"verse_id":"ACT.16.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.27","text":"Or “thought.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A27/4"}
{"id":43399,"verse_id":"ACT.16.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.28","text":"Grk “But Paul called out with a loud voice, saying.” The dative phrase μεγάλῃ φωνῇ ( megalh fwnh ) has been simplified as an English adverb (“loudly”), and the participle λέγων ( legwn ) has not been translated since it is redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A28/1"}
{"id":43400,"verse_id":"ACT.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the jailer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A29/1"}
{"id":43401,"verse_id":"ACT.16.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.29","text":"Or “and prostrated himself.” sn Fell down. The earthquake and the freeing of the prisoners showed that God’s power was present. Such power could only be recognized. The open doors opened the jailer’s heart.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A29/2"}
{"id":43402,"verse_id":"ACT.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.30","text":"Grk “And bringing them outside, he asked.” The participle προαγαγών ( proagagwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun by supplying the conjunction “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A30/1"}
{"id":43403,"verse_id":"ACT.16.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.30","text":"The Greek term ( δεῖ , dei ) is used by Luke to represent divine necessity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A30/2"}
{"id":43404,"verse_id":"ACT.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.31","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A31/1"}
{"id":43405,"verse_id":"ACT.16.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.31","text":"א A B 33 81 pc bo). The addition of “Christ” to “Lord Jesus” is an obviously motivated reading. Thus on both external and internal grounds, the shorter reading is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A31/3"}
{"id":43406,"verse_id":"ACT.16.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.32","text":"Grk “And they.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the continuity with the preceding verse. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A32/1"}
{"id":43407,"verse_id":"ACT.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.33","text":"Grk “And at.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A33/1"}
{"id":43408,"verse_id":"ACT.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.33","text":"Grk “taking them…he washed.” The participle παραλαβών ( paralabwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A33/2"}
{"id":43409,"verse_id":"ACT.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.33","text":"On this phrase BDAG 603 s.v. λούω 1 gives a literal translation as “by washing he freed them from the effects of the blows.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A33/3"}
{"id":43410,"verse_id":"ACT.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.33","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A33/4"}
{"id":43411,"verse_id":"ACT.16.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.33","text":"Or “immediately.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A33/6"}
{"id":43412,"verse_id":"ACT.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.34","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the jailer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A34/1"}
{"id":43413,"verse_id":"ACT.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.34","text":"Grk “placed [food] on the table” (a figurative expression). Since the actual word for food is not specified, it would also be possible to translate “set a meal before them,” but since this is taking place in the middle of the night, the preparations necessary for a full meal would probably not have been made. More likely Paul and Silas were given whatever was on hand that needed little or no preparation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A34/2"}
{"id":43414,"verse_id":"ACT.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.34","text":"Or “he was overjoyed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A34/3"}
{"id":43415,"verse_id":"ACT.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.34","text":"The translation “come to believe” reflects more of the resultative nuance of the perfect tense here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A34/4"}
{"id":43416,"verse_id":"ACT.16.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.34","text":"The phrase “together with his entire household” is placed at the end of the English sentence so that it refers to both the rejoicing and the belief. A formal equivalence translation would have “and he rejoiced greatly with his entire household that he had come to believe in God,” but the reference to the entire household being baptized in v. 33 presumes that all in the household believed.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A34/5"}
{"id":43417,"verse_id":"ACT.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.35","text":"The translation “ day is breaking ” for ἡμέρα γίνεται ( Jhmera ginetai ) in this verse is given by BDAG 436 s.v. ἡμέρα 1.a.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A35/1"}
{"id":43418,"verse_id":"ACT.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.35","text":"On the term translated “magistrates,” see BDAG 947-48 s.v. στρατηγός 1. These city leaders were properly called duoviri , but were popularly known as praetors ( στρατηγοί , strathgoi ). They were the chief officials of Philippi. The text leaves the impression that they came to the decision to release Paul and Silas independently. God was at work everywhere.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A35/2"}
{"id":43419,"verse_id":"ACT.16.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.35","text":"On the term ῥαβδοῦχος ( rJabdouco\" ) see BDAG 902 s.v. The term was used of the Roman lictor and roughly corresponds to contemporary English “constable, policeman.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A35/3"}
{"id":43420,"verse_id":"ACT.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.36","text":"The word “saying” is not in the Greek text, but is implied; it is necessary in English because the content of what the jailer said to Paul and Silas is not the exact message related to him by the police officers, but is a summary with his own additions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A36/1"}
{"id":43421,"verse_id":"ACT.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.36","text":"The word “orders” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A36/2"}
{"id":43422,"verse_id":"ACT.16.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.36","text":"Grk “So coming out now go in peace.” The participle ἐξελθόντες ( exelqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A36/3"}
{"id":43423,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.37","text":"Grk “to them”; the referent (the police officers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/1"}
{"id":43424,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.37","text":"Grk “Having us beaten in public.” The participle δείραντες ( deirante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/2"}
{"id":43425,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.37","text":"Or “in public, uncondemned.” BDAG 35 s.v. ἀκατάκριτος has “ uncondemned, without due process ” for this usage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/3"}
{"id":43426,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.37","text":"The participle ὑπάρχοντας ( Juparconta\" ) has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/4"}
{"id":43427,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.37","text":"The word “us” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/5"}
{"id":43428,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.37","text":"L&N 28.71 has “send us away secretly” for this verse.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/6"}
{"id":43429,"verse_id":"ACT.16.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":37,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"16.37","text":"Grk “But they.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A37/7"}
{"id":43430,"verse_id":"ACT.16.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.38","text":"Grk “heard they”; the referents (Paul and Silas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A38/1"}
{"id":43431,"verse_id":"ACT.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.39","text":"Grk “and coming, they apologized.” The participle ἐλθόντες ( elqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A39/1"}
{"id":43432,"verse_id":"ACT.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.39","text":"Grk “and after.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A39/2"}
{"id":43433,"verse_id":"ACT.16.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.39","text":"The verb ἐρώτων ( erwtwn ) has been translated as an iterative imperfect; the English adverb “repeatedly” brings out the iterative force in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A39/3"}
{"id":43434,"verse_id":"ACT.16.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":16,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.40","text":"“Then” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to clarify the logical sequence in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2016%3A40/1"}
{"id":43435,"verse_id":"ACT.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"BDAG 250 s.v. διοδεύω 1 has “ go, travel through ” for this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":43436,"verse_id":"ACT.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"Grk “he went in to them”; the referent (the Jews in the synagogue) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":43437,"verse_id":"ACT.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.2","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 17:2 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A2/2"}
{"id":43438,"verse_id":"ACT.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"BDAG 772 s.v. παρατίθημι 2.b has “ demonstrate, point out ” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":43439,"verse_id":"ACT.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":43440,"verse_id":"ACT.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"The Greek words used here ( καὶ ὅτι , kai {oti , “and that”) mark the switch from indirect to direct discourse. Contemporary English requires the use of an introductory verb of speaking or saying to make this transition.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":43441,"verse_id":"ACT.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 . The identification of the Messiah with Jesus indicates Paul was proclaiming the fulfillment of messianic promise.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A3/5"}
{"id":43442,"verse_id":"ACT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “convinced.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":43443,"verse_id":"ACT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “a large crowd.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":43444,"verse_id":"ACT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Or “of devout Greeks,” but this is practically a technical term for the category called God-fearers , Gentiles who worshiped the God of Israel and in many cases kept the Mosaic law, but did not take the final step of circumcision necessary to become a proselyte to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44. Luke frequently mentions such people ( Acts 13:43, 50; 16:14; 17:17; 18:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":43445,"verse_id":"ACT.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.4","text":"Grk “not a few”; this use of negation could be misleading to the modern English reader, however, and so has been translated as “quite a few” (which is the actual meaning of the expression).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A4/4"}
{"id":43446,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “becoming jealous.” The participle ζηλώσαντες ( zhlwsante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. So elsewhere in Acts ( 5:17; 7:9; 13:45 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":43447,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Literally ἀγοραῖος ( agoraio\" ) refers to the crowd in the marketplace, although BDAG 14-15 s.v. ἀγοραῖος 1 gives the meaning, by extension, as “ rabble .” Such a description is certainly appropriate in this context. L&N 15.127 translates the phrase “worthless men from the streets.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":43448,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.5","text":"On this term, which is a NT hapax legomenon , see BDAG 745 s.v. ὀχλοποιέω .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/3"}
{"id":43449,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.5","text":"BDAG 458 s.v. θορυβέω 1 has “ set the city in an uproar , start a riot in the city ” for the meaning of ἐθορύβουν ( eqoruboun ) in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/4"}
{"id":43450,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.5","text":"Grk “them”; the referents (Paul and Silas) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/6"}
{"id":43451,"verse_id":"ACT.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"17.5","text":"BDAG 223 s.v. δῆμος 2 has “in a Hellenistic city, a convocation of citizens called together for the purpose of transacting official business, popular assembly προάγειν εἰς τὸν δ . Ac 17:5 .”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A5/7"}
{"id":43452,"verse_id":"ACT.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"See BDAG 977-78 s.v. σύρω on this verb. It was used in everyday speech of dragging in fish by a net, or dragging away someone’s (presumably) dead body (Paul in Acts 14:19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":43453,"verse_id":"ACT.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"L&N 37.93 defines πολιτάρχης ( politarch\" ) as “a public official responsible for administrative matters within a town or city and a member of the ruling council of such a political unit – ‘city official’” (see also BDAG 845 s.v.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":43454,"verse_id":"ACT.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “rebellion.” BDAG 72 s.v. ἀναστατόω has “ disturb, trouble, upset ,” but in light of the references in the following verse to political insurrection, “stirred up rebellion” would also be appropriate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":43455,"verse_id":"ACT.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “the empire.” This was a way of referring to the Roman empire (BDAG 699 s.v. οἰκουμένη 2.b). sn Throughout the world. Note how some of those present had knowledge of what had happened elsewhere. Word about Paul and his companions and their message was spreading.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A6/4"}
{"id":43456,"verse_id":"ACT.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “whom.” Because of the awkwardness in English of having two relative clauses follow one another (“who have stirred up trouble…whom Jason has welcomed”) the relative pronoun here (“whom”) has been replaced by the conjunction “and,” creating a clause that is grammatically coordinate but logically subordinate in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":43457,"verse_id":"ACT.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “and they.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":43458,"verse_id":"ACT.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.7","text":"Or “the emperor’s” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A7/3"}
{"id":43459,"verse_id":"ACT.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.7","text":"The word “named” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A7/4"}
{"id":43460,"verse_id":"ACT.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"Grk “They troubled the crowd and the city officials”; but this could be understood to mean “they bothered” or “they annoyed.” In reality the Jewish instigators managed to instill doubt and confusion into both the mob and the officials by their false charges of treason. Verse 8 suggests the charges raised again Paul, Silas, Jason, and the others were false.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":43461,"verse_id":"ACT.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"L&N 37.93 defines πολιτάρχης ( politarch\" ) as “a public official responsible for administrative matters within a town or city and a member of the ruling council of such a political unit – ‘city official.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":43462,"verse_id":"ACT.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":43463,"verse_id":"ACT.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the city officials) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":43464,"verse_id":"ACT.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.9","text":"That is, “a payment” or “a pledge of security” (BDAG 472 s.v. ἱκανός 1) for which “bail” is the most common contemporary English equivalent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A9/3"}
{"id":43465,"verse_id":"ACT.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.10","text":"Grk “who arriving there, went to.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun ( οἵτινες , Joitine\" ) has been left untranslated and a new English sentence begun. The participle παραγενόμενοι ( paragenomenoi ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A10/2"}
{"id":43466,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk “These”; the referent (the Jews in the synagogue at Berea) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":43467,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “more willing to learn.” L&N 27.48 and BDAG 404 s.v. εὐγενής 2 both use the term “open-minded” here. The point is that they were more receptive to Paul’s message.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/2"}
{"id":43468,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.11","text":"Or “willingly,” “readily”; Grk “with all eagerness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/4"}
{"id":43469,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.11","text":"Grk “who received.” Here the relative pronoun (“who”) has been translated as a pronoun (“they”) preceded by a semicolon, which is less awkward in contemporary English than a relative clause at this point.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/5"}
{"id":43470,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.11","text":"This verb (BDAG 66 s.v. ἀνακρίνω 1) refers to careful examination.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/6"}
{"id":43471,"verse_id":"ACT.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"17.11","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase in this verse.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A11/7"}
{"id":43472,"verse_id":"ACT.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Grk “not a few”; this use of negation could be misleading to the modern English reader, however, and so has been translated as “quite a few” (which is the actual meaning of the expression).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":43473,"verse_id":"ACT.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"Or “respected.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":43474,"verse_id":"ACT.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.13","text":"Grk “that the word of God had also been proclaimed by Paul.” This passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A13/2"}
{"id":43475,"verse_id":"ACT.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.13","text":"BDAG 911 s.v. σαλεύω 2 has “ incite ” for σαλεύοντες ( saleuonte\" ) in Acts 17:13 . sn Inciting. Ironically, it was the Jews who were disturbing the peace, not the Christians.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A13/4"}
{"id":43476,"verse_id":"ACT.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"Grk “to the sea.” Here ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ( {ew\" epi thn qalassan ) must mean “to the edge of the sea,” that is, “to the coast.” Since there is no mention of Paul taking a ship to Athens, he presumably traveled overland. The journey would have been about 340 mi (550 km).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":43477,"verse_id":"ACT.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.14","text":"Grk “remained there”; the referent (Berea) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A14/2"}
{"id":43478,"verse_id":"ACT.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":43479,"verse_id":"ACT.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":43480,"verse_id":"ACT.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"Grk “greatly upset within him,” but the words “within him” were not included in the translation because they are redundant in English. See L&N 88.189. The term could also be rendered “infuriated.” sn His spirit was greatly upset. See Rom 1:18-32 for Paul’s feelings about idolatry. Yet he addressed both Jews and Gentiles with tact and reserve.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":43481,"verse_id":"ACT.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"Or “when he saw.” The participle θεωροῦντος ( qewrounto\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle; it could also be translated as temporal.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":43482,"verse_id":"ACT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 17:17 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":43483,"verse_id":"ACT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “and the devout,” but this is practically a technical term for the category called God-fearers , Gentiles who worshiped the God of Israel and in many cases kept the Mosaic law, but did not take the final step of circumcision necessary to become a proselyte to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44, and the note on the phrase “God-fearing Greeks” in 17:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":43484,"verse_id":"ACT.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.17","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase in this verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A17/4"}
{"id":43485,"verse_id":"ACT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.18","text":"BDAG 956 s.v. συμβάλλω 1 has “ converse, confer ” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A18/3"}
{"id":43486,"verse_id":"ACT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.18","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A18/4"}
{"id":43487,"verse_id":"ACT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.18","text":"Or “ignorant show-off.” The traditional English translation of σπερμολόγος ( spermologo\" ) is given in L&N 33.381 as “foolish babbler.” However, an alternate view is presented in L&N 27.19, “(a figurative extension of meaning of a term based on the practice of birds in picking up seeds) one who acquires bits and pieces of relatively extraneous information and proceeds to pass them off with pretense and show – ‘ignorant show-off, charlatan.’” A similar view is given in BDAG 937 s.v. σπερμολόγος : “in pejorative imagery of persons whose communication lacks sophistication and seems to pick up scraps of information here and there scrapmonger, scavenger…Engl. synonyms include ‘gossip’, ‘babbler’, chatterer’; but these terms miss the imagery of unsystematic gathering.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A18/5"}
{"id":43488,"verse_id":"ACT.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.18","text":"The meaning of this phrase is not clear. Literally it reads “strange deities” (see BDAG 210 s.v. δαιμόνιον 1). The note of not being customary is important. In the ancient world what was new was suspicious. The plural δαιμονίων ( daimoniwn , “deities”) shows the audience grappling with Paul’s teaching that God was working through Jesus.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A18/6"}
{"id":43489,"verse_id":"ACT.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.19","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A19/1"}
{"id":43490,"verse_id":"ACT.17.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.19","text":"Or “to the council of the Areopagus.” See also the term in v. 22 . sn The Areopagus has been traditionally understood as reference to a rocky hill near the Acropolis in Athens, although this place may well have been located in the marketplace at the foot of the hill (L&N 93.412; BDAG 129 s.v. ῎Αρειος πάγος ). This term does not refer so much to the place, however, as to the advisory council of Athens known as the Areopagus , which dealt with ethical, cultural, and religious matters, including the supervision of education and controlling the many visiting lecturers. Thus it could be translated the council of the Areopagus . See also the term in v. 22 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A19/2"}
{"id":43491,"verse_id":"ACT.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.20","text":"BDAG 684 s.v. ξενίζω 2 translates the substantival participle ξενίζοντα ( xenizonta ) as “ astonishing things Ac 17:20 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A20/1"}
{"id":43492,"verse_id":"ACT.17.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.20","text":"Grk “these things”; but since the referent (“surprising things”) is so close, the repetition of “these things” sounds redundant in English, so the pronoun “they” was substituted in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A20/2"}
{"id":43493,"verse_id":"ACT.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.21","text":"The imperfect verb ηὐκαίρουν ( hukairoun ) has been translated as a customary or habitual imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A21/1"}
{"id":43494,"verse_id":"ACT.17.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.21","text":"BDAG 406-7 s.v. εὐκαιρέω has “ used to spend their time in nothing else than telling Ac 17:21 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A21/2"}
{"id":43495,"verse_id":"ACT.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.22","text":"Grk “standing…said.” The participle ζηλώσαντες ( zhlwsante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A22/1"}
{"id":43496,"verse_id":"ACT.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.22","text":"The term δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ( deisidaimonesterou\" ) is difficult. On the one hand it can have the positive sense of “devout,” but on the other hand it can have the negative sense of “superstitious” (BDAG 216 s.v. δεισιδαίμων ). As part of a laudatory introduction (the technical rhetorical term for this introduction was capatatio ), the term is probably positive here. It may well be a “backhanded” compliment, playing on the ambiguity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A22/2"}
{"id":43497,"verse_id":"ACT.17.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.22","text":"BDAG 513 s.v. κατά B.6 translates the phrase κατὰ πάντα ( kata panta ) as “ in all respects. ”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A22/3"}
{"id":43498,"verse_id":"ACT.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.23","text":"Or “your sanctuaries.” L&N 53.54 gives “sanctuary” (place of worship) as an alternate meaning for the word σεβάσματα ( sebasmata ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A23/1"}
{"id":43499,"verse_id":"ACT.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.23","text":"Grk “on which was written,” but since it would have been carved in stone, it is more common to speak of an “inscription” in English. To simplify the English the relative construction with a passive verb (“on which was inscribed”) was translated as a prepositional phrase with a substantive (“inscription”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A23/2"}
{"id":43500,"verse_id":"ACT.17.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.23","text":"BDAG 13 s.v. ἀγνοέω 1.b has “Abs. ὅ ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε what you worship without knowing it (on the subject matter Maximus Tyr. 11, 5e: all sorts of philosophers ἴσασιν οὐκ ἑκόντες καὶ λέγουσιν ἄκοντες sc. τὸ θεῖον = they know and name God without intending to do so) Ac 17:23 .” Paul, in typical Jewish Christian style, informs them of the true God, of whom their idols are an ignorant reflection.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A23/3"}
{"id":43501,"verse_id":"ACT.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.24","text":"Grk “all the things that are in it.” The speech starts with God as Creator, like 14:15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A24/1"}
{"id":43502,"verse_id":"ACT.17.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.24","text":"Or “because he is.” The participle ὑπάρχων ( Juparcwn ) could be either adjectival, modifying οὗτος ( Joutos , “who is Lord…”) or adverbial of cause (“because he is Lord…”). Since the participle διδούς ( didou\" ) in v. 25 appears to be clearly causal in force, it is preferable to understand ὑπάρχων as adjectival in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A24/2"}
{"id":43503,"verse_id":"ACT.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.25","text":"L&N 57.45 has “nor does he need anything more that people can supply by working for him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A25/1"}
{"id":43504,"verse_id":"ACT.17.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.25","text":"Grk “he himself gives to all [people] life and breath and all things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A25/2"}
{"id":43505,"verse_id":"ACT.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.26","text":"Or “mankind.” BDAG 276 s.v. ἔθνος 1 has “ every nation of humankind Ac 17:26 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A26/2"}
{"id":43506,"verse_id":"ACT.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.26","text":"Grk “to live over all the face of the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A26/3"}
{"id":43507,"verse_id":"ACT.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.26","text":"BDAG 884-85 s.v. προστάσσω has “( οἱ ) προστεταγμένοι καιροί (the) fixed times Ac 17:26 ” here, but since the following phrase is also translated “fixed limits,” this would seem redundant in English, so the word “set” has been used instead.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A26/4"}
{"id":43508,"verse_id":"ACT.17.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.26","text":"Grk “the boundaries of their habitation.” L&N 80.5 has “fixed limits of the places where they would live” for this phrase.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A26/5"}
{"id":43509,"verse_id":"ACT.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.27","text":"See BDAG 1097-98 s.v. ψηλαφάω , which lists “ touch, handle ” and “ to feel around for, grope for ” as possible meanings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A27/1"}
{"id":43510,"verse_id":"ACT.17.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.27","text":"The participle ὑπάρχοντα ( Juparconta ) has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A27/3"}
{"id":43511,"verse_id":"ACT.17.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.28","text":"According to L&N 15.1, “A strictly literal translation of κινέω in Ac 17:28 might imply merely moving from one place to another. The meaning, however, is generalized movement and activity; therefore, it may be possible to translate κινούμεθα as ‘we come and go’ or ‘we move about’’ or even ‘we do what we do.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A28/1"}
{"id":43512,"verse_id":"ACT.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.29","text":"Or “the divine being.” BDAG 446 s.v. θεῖος 1.b has “ divine being, divinity ” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A29/1"}
{"id":43513,"verse_id":"ACT.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.29","text":"Or “a likeness.” Again idolatry is directly attacked as an affront to God and a devaluation of him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A29/2"}
{"id":43514,"verse_id":"ACT.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.29","text":"Grk “by the skill and imagination of man,” but ἀνθρώπου ( anqrwpou ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A29/3"}
{"id":43515,"verse_id":"ACT.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.29","text":"Or “craftsmanship” (cf. BDAG 1001 s.v. τέχνη ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A29/4"}
{"id":43516,"verse_id":"ACT.17.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.29","text":"Or “thought.” BDAG 336 s.v. ἐνθύμησις has “ thought, reflection, idea ” as the category of meaning here, but in terms of creativity (as in the context) the imaginative faculty is in view.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A29/5"}
{"id":43517,"verse_id":"ACT.17.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.30","text":"Or “has deliberately paid no attention to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A30/1"}
{"id":43518,"verse_id":"ACT.17.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.30","text":"Or “times when people did not know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A30/2"}
{"id":43519,"verse_id":"ACT.17.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.30","text":"Here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) has been translated as a generic noun (“people”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A30/3"}
{"id":43520,"verse_id":"ACT.17.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.31","text":"Or “fixed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A31/1"}
{"id":43521,"verse_id":"ACT.17.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.31","text":"Or “appointed.” BDAG 723 s.v. ὁρίζω 2.b has “of persons appoint, designate, declare : God judges the world ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν through a man whom he has appointed Ac 17:31 .” sn A man whom he designated. Jesus is put in the position of eschatological judge. As judge of the living and the dead, he possesses divine authority ( Acts 10:42 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A31/3"}
{"id":43522,"verse_id":"ACT.17.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.31","text":"The participle ἀναστήσας ( anasthsa\" ) indicates means here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A31/4"}
{"id":43523,"verse_id":"ACT.17.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.32","text":"The participle ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A32/1"}
{"id":43524,"verse_id":"ACT.17.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.32","text":"L&N 33.408 has “some scoffed (at him) Ac 17:32 ” for ἐχλεύαζον ( ecleuazon ) here; the imperfect verb has been translated as an ingressive imperfect (“began to scoff”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A32/2"}
{"id":43525,"verse_id":"ACT.17.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.33","text":"Grk “left out of their midst”; the referent (the Areopagus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A33/1"}
{"id":43526,"verse_id":"ACT.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.34","text":"Although the Greek word here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which normally refers to males, husbands, etc., in this particular context it must have a generic force similar to that of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), since “a woman named Damaris” is mentioned specifically as being part of this group (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. ἀνήρ 1.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A34/1"}
{"id":43527,"verse_id":"ACT.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.34","text":"Grk “joining him, believed.” The participle κολληθέντες ( kollhqente\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. On the use of this verb in Acts, see 5:13; 8:29; 9:26; 10:28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A34/2"}
{"id":43528,"verse_id":"ACT.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.34","text":"Grk “among whom.” Due to the length of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been translated as a third person plural pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A34/3"}
{"id":43529,"verse_id":"ACT.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.34","text":"Grk “the Areopagite” (a member of the council of the Areopagus). The noun “Areopagite” is not in common usage today in English. It is clearer to use a descriptive phrase “a member of the Areopagus” (L&N 11.82). However, this phrase alone can be misleading in English: “Dionysius, a member of the Areopagus, and a woman named Damaris” could be understood to refer to three people (Dionysius, an unnamed member of the Areopagus, and Damaris) rather than only two. Converting the descriptive phrase to a relative clause in English (“who was a member of the Areopagus”) removes the ambiguity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A34/4"}
{"id":43530,"verse_id":"ACT.17.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":17,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.34","text":"Grk “and a woman”; but this καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2017%3A34/5"}
{"id":43531,"verse_id":"ACT.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Grk “After these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":43532,"verse_id":"ACT.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A1/2"}
{"id":43533,"verse_id":"ACT.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.1","text":"Or “Paul left.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A1/3"}
{"id":43534,"verse_id":"ACT.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.1","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A1/4"}
{"id":43535,"verse_id":"ACT.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":43536,"verse_id":"ACT.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Grk “finding.” The participle εὑρών ( Jeurwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":43537,"verse_id":"ACT.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “to leave.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A2/6"}
{"id":43538,"verse_id":"ACT.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"18.2","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A2/7"}
{"id":43539,"verse_id":"ACT.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “went to.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A2/8"}
{"id":43540,"verse_id":"ACT.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"The prepositional phrase “with them” occurs only once in the Greek text, but since it occurs between the two finite verbs ( ἔμενεν , emenen , and ἠργάζετο , hrgazeto ) it relates (by implication) to both of them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":43541,"verse_id":"ACT.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":"On the term translated “tentmakers,” see BDAG 928-29 s.v. σκνηοποιός . Paul apparently manufactured tents. In contrast to the Cynic philosophers, Paul at times labored to support himself (see also v. 5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":43542,"verse_id":"ACT.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 18:4 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":43543,"verse_id":"ACT.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.4","text":"Grk “Addressing in the synagogue every Sabbath, he was attempting to persuade both Jews and Greeks.” Because in English the verb “address” is not used absolutely but normally has an object specified, the direct objects of the verb ἔπειθεν ( epeiqen ) have been moved forward as the objects of the English verb “addressed,” and the pronoun “them” repeated in the translation as the object of ἔπειθεν . The verb ἔπειθεν has been translated as a conative imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A4/3"}
{"id":43544,"verse_id":"ACT.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"Grk “came down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":43545,"verse_id":"ACT.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"BDAG 971 s.v. συνέχω 6 states, “ συνείχετο τῷ λόγῳ (Paul) was wholly absorbed in preaching Ac 18:5 …in contrast to the activity cited in vs. 3.” The imperfect συνείχετο ( suneiceto ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect (“became wholly absorbed…”), stressing the change in Paul’s activity once Silas and Timothy arrived. At this point Paul apparently began to work less and preach more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":43546,"verse_id":"ACT.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.5","text":"BDAG 233 s.v. διαμαρτύρομαι 2 has “ testify of, bear witness to solemnly (orig. under oath)…W. acc. and inf. foll. Ac 18:5 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A5/4"}
{"id":43547,"verse_id":"ACT.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.5","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A5/5"}
{"id":43548,"verse_id":"ACT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":43549,"verse_id":"ACT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"The participle βλασφημούντων ( blasfhmountwn ) has been taken temporally. The direct object (“him”) is implied rather than expressed and could be impersonal (“it,” referring to what Paul was saying rather than Paul himself), but the verb occurs more often in contexts involving defamation or slander against personal beings (not always God). For a very similar context to this one, compare Acts 13:45 . The translation “blaspheme” is not used because in contemporary English its meaning is more narrowly defined and normally refers to blasphemy against God (not what Paul’s opponents were doing here). What they were doing was more like slander or defamation of character.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":43550,"verse_id":"ACT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.6","text":"Grk “shaking out his clothes, he said to them.” L&N 16:8 translates Acts 18:6 “when they opposed him and said evil things about him, he protested by shaking the dust from his clothes.” The addition of the verb “protested by” in the translation is necessary to clarify for the modern reader that this is a symbolic action. It is similar but not identical to the phrase in Acts 13:51 , where the dust from the feet is shaken off. The participle ἐκτιναξάμενος ( ektinaxameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. sn He protested by shaking out his clothes. A symbolic action of protest, similar but not identical to the practice of shaking the dust off one’s feet (see Acts 13:51 ). The two symbolic actions are related, however, since what is shaken off here is the dust raised by the feet and settling in the clothes. The meaning is, “I am done with you! You are accountable to God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A6/3"}
{"id":43551,"verse_id":"ACT.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.6","text":"Or “innocent.” BDAG 489 s.v. καθαρός 3.a has “ guiltless Ac 18:6 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A6/5"}
{"id":43552,"verse_id":"ACT.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":43553,"verse_id":"ACT.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “Then leaving from there he went.” The participle μεταβάς ( metabas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":43554,"verse_id":"ACT.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “from there”; the referent (the synagogue) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":43555,"verse_id":"ACT.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “a worshiper of God.” The clarifying phrase “a Gentile” has been supplied for clarity, and is indicated by the context, since Paul had parted company with the Jews in the previous verse. The participle σεβομένου ( sebomenou ) is practically a technical term for the category called God-fearers , Gentiles who worshiped the God of Israel and in many cases kept the Mosaic law, but did not take the final step of circumcision necessary to become a proselyte to Judaism. See further K. G. Kuhn, TDNT 6:732-34, 743-44. sn Here yet another Gentile is presented as responsive to Paul’s message in Acts.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A7/4"}
{"id":43556,"verse_id":"ACT.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"That is, “the official in charge of the synagogue”; ἀρχισυνάγωγος ( arcisunagwgo\" ) refers to the “ leader/president of a synagogue ” (so BDAG 139 s.v. and L&N 53.93).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":43557,"verse_id":"ACT.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Or “who heard him,” or “who heard Paul.” The ambiguity here results from the tendency of Greek to omit direct objects, which must be supplied from the context. The problem is that no less than three different ones may be supplied here: (1) “him,” referring to Crispus, but this is not likely because there is no indication in the context that Crispus began to speak out about the Lord; this is certainly possible and even likely, but more than the text here affirms; (2) “Paul,” who had been speaking in the synagogue and presumably, now that he had moved to Titius Justus’ house, continued speaking to the Gentiles; or (3) “about it,” that is, the Corinthians who heard about Crispus’ conversion became believers. In the immediate context this last is most probable, since the two incidents are juxtaposed. Other, less obvious direct objects could also be supplied, such as “heard the word of God,” “heard the word of the Lord,” etc., but none of these are obvious in the immediate context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":43558,"verse_id":"ACT.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"BDAG 682 s.v. νύξ 1.c has “W. prep. ἐν ν . at night, in the night … Ac 18:9 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":43559,"verse_id":"ACT.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"The present imperative here (with negation) is used (as it normally is) of a general condition (BDF §335).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":43560,"verse_id":"ACT.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"BDAG 384 s.v. ἐπιτίθημι 2 has “to set upon, attack, lay a hand on ” here, but “assault” is a contemporary English equivalent very close to the meaning of the original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":43561,"verse_id":"ACT.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.10","text":"Or “injure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A10/2"}
{"id":43562,"verse_id":"ACT.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":43563,"verse_id":"ACT.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"See BDAG 326-27 s.v. ἐν 1.d. However, it is also possible that ἐν ( en ) followed by the dative here stands for the ordinary dative (“to them”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":43564,"verse_id":"ACT.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.12","text":"Grk “with one accord.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A12/4"}
{"id":43565,"verse_id":"ACT.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.12","text":"Although BDAG 175 s.v. βῆμα 3 gives the meaning “ tribunal ” for this verse and a number of modern translations use similar terms (“court,” NIV; “tribunal,” NRSV), there is no need for an alternative translation here since the bema was a standard feature in Greco-Roman cities of the time. sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and sometimes furnished with a seat, used by officials in addressing an assembly or making pronouncements, often on judicial matters. The judgment seat was a familiar item in Greco-Roman culture, often located in the agora , the public square or marketplace in the center of a city. So this was a very public event.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A12/5"}
{"id":43566,"verse_id":"ACT.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “inciting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":43567,"verse_id":"ACT.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “worship God contrary to.” BDAG 758 s.v. παρά C.6 has “ against, contrary to ” for Acts 18:13 . The words “in a way” are not in the Greek text, but are a necessary clarification to prevent the misunderstanding in the English translation that worshiping God was in itself contrary to the law. What is under dispute is the manner in which God was being worshiped, that is, whether Gentiles were being required to follow all aspects of the Mosaic law, including male circumcision. There is a hint of creating public chaos or disturbing Jewish custom here since Jews were the ones making the complaint. Luke often portrays the dispute between Christians and Jews as within Judaism.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":43568,"verse_id":"ACT.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"Grk “about to open his mouth” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":43569,"verse_id":"ACT.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"BDAG 902 s.v. ῥᾳδιούργημα states, “From the sense ‘prank, knavery, roguish trick, slick deed’ it is but a short step to that of a serious misdeed, crime, villainy…a serious piece of villainy Ac 18:14 (w. ἀδίκημα ).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":43570,"verse_id":"ACT.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.14","text":"According to BDAG 78 s.v. ἀνέχω 3 this is a legal technical term: “Legal t.t. κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἀνεσχόμην ὑμῶν I would have been justified in accepting your complaint Ac 18:14 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A14/3"}
{"id":43571,"verse_id":"ACT.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.14","text":"Grk “accepting your complaint, O Jews.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A14/4"}
{"id":43572,"verse_id":"ACT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Or “dispute.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":43573,"verse_id":"ACT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “see to it” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":43574,"verse_id":"ACT.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.15","text":"Or “I am not willing to be.” Gallio would not adjudicate their religious dispute.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A15/3"}
{"id":43575,"verse_id":"ACT.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"Grk “driven away,” but this could result in a misunderstanding in English (“driven” as in a cart or wagon?). “Forced away” conveys the idea; Gallio rejected their complaint. In contemporary English terminology the case was “thrown out of court.” The verb ἀπήλασεν ( aphlasen ) has been translated as a causative since Gallio probably did not perform this action in person, but ordered his aides or officers to remove the plaintiffs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":43576,"verse_id":"ACT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"That is, “the official in charge of the synagogue”; ἀρχισυνάγωγος ( arcisunagwgo\" ) refers to the “ leader/president of a synagogue ” (so BDAG 139 s.v. and L&N 53.93). sn See the note on synagogue in 6:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":43577,"verse_id":"ACT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"The imperfect verb ἔτυπτον ( etupton ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":43578,"verse_id":"ACT.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"L&N 25.223 has “‘none of these things were of any concern to Gallio’ Ac 18:17 .” sn Rome was officially indifferent to such disputes. Gallio understood how sensitive some Jews would be about his meddling in their affairs. This is similar to the way Pilate dealt with Jesus. In the end, he let the Jewish leadership and people make the judgment against Jesus.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":43579,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"The participle προσμείνας ( prosmeina\" ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":43580,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":43581,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.18","text":"Or “Corinth, took leave of.” Grk “saying farewell to”; the participle ἀποταξάμενος ( apotaxameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/3"}
{"id":43582,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.18","text":"Grk “Syria, and with him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/4"}
{"id":43583,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.18","text":"Or “Aquila, who.” The relationship of the participle κειράμενος ( keirameno\" ) is difficult to determine. Traditionally it is taken to refer to Paul, meaning that Paul had his hair cut off because of the vow. However, due to the proximity of the noun ᾿Ακύλας ( Akula\" ) and the reversal of the normal order (Aquila and Priscilla, Acts 17:34 ), the participle is taken as adjectival referring to Aquila by H. Greeven, TDNT 2:777, n. 11. The later references to Paul in Jerusalem ( Acts 21:23 ) do not resolve the problem, because the cutting of Paul’s own hair, while it may be implied, is not specifically mentioned in connection with the completion of the vows made by the other four.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/6"}
{"id":43584,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"18.18","text":"The word “off” is supplied in the translation to indicate that this was not a normal haircut, but the shaving of the head connected with taking the vow (see Acts 21:24 ).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/7"}
{"id":43585,"verse_id":"ACT.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"18.18","text":"That is, “before he sailed from Cenchrea.” sn Cenchrea was one of the seaports for the city of Corinth, on the eastern side of the Isthmus of Corinth, on the Aegean Sea. It was 7 mi (11 km) east of Corinth.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A18/8"}
{"id":43586,"verse_id":"ACT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":43587,"verse_id":"ACT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “left them”; the referents (Priscilla and Aquila) have been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A19/3"}
{"id":43588,"verse_id":"ACT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “going”; the participle εἰσελθών ( eiselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A19/4"}
{"id":43589,"verse_id":"ACT.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.19","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 18:19 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A19/6"}
{"id":43590,"verse_id":"ACT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Or “but took leave of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":43591,"verse_id":"ACT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"Grk “and saying”; the participle εἰπών ( eipwn ) has been translated as “added” rather than “said” to avoid redundancy with the previous “said farewell.” The participle εἰπών has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":43592,"verse_id":"ACT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.21","text":"Or “will return.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A21/3"}
{"id":43593,"verse_id":"ACT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.21","text":"The participle θέλοντος ( qelontos ), a genitive absolute construction, has been translated as a conditional adverbial participle. Again Paul acts in dependence on God.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A21/4"}
{"id":43594,"verse_id":"ACT.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.21","text":"A new sentence was begun here in the translation due to the length of the sentence in Greek and the requirements of contemporary English style, which generally uses shorter sentences.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A21/5"}
{"id":43595,"verse_id":"ACT.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"BDAG 531 s.v. κατέρχομαι 2 states, “ arrive, put in, nautical t.t. of ships and those who sail in them, who ‘come down’ fr. the ‘high seas’… εἴς τι at someth. a harbor Ac 18:22; 21:3; 27:5 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":43596,"verse_id":"ACT.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"Grk “going up and greeting.” The participles ἀναβάς ( anabas ) and ἀσπασάμενος ( aspasameno\" ) are translated as finite verbs due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":43597,"verse_id":"ACT.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.22","text":"The words “at Jerusalem” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by the participle ἀναβάς ( anabas ). The expression “go up” refers almost exclusively to the direction of Jerusalem, while the corresponding “go down” ( κατέβη , katebh ) refers to directions away from Jerusalem. Both expressions are based on a Hebrew idiom. Assuming Jerusalem is meant, this is another indication of keeping that key church informed. If Jerusalem is not referred to here, then Caesarea is in view. Paul was trying to honor a vow, which also implies a visit to Jerusalem. map For the location of Jerusalem see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A22/4"}
{"id":43598,"verse_id":"ACT.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Grk “Having spent”; the participle ποιήσας ( poihsas ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":43599,"verse_id":"ACT.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":43600,"verse_id":"ACT.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"Or “was a learned man.” In this verse λόγιος ( logios ) can refer to someone who was an attractive and convincing speaker, a rhetorician (L&N 33.32), or it can refer to the person who has acquired a large part of the intellectual heritage of a given culture (“learned” or “cultured,” L&N 27.20, see also BDAG 598 s.v. λόγιος which lists both meanings as possible here). The description of Apollos’ fervent speaking in the following verses, as well as implications from 1 Cor 1-4 , where Paul apparently compares his style and speaking ability with that of Apollos, suggests that eloquent speaking ability or formal rhetorical skill are in view here. This clause has been moved from its order in the Greek text ( Grk “a certain Jew named Apollos, a native of Alexandria, an eloquent speaker, arrived in Ephesus, who was powerful in the scriptures”) and paired with the last element (“powerful in the scriptures”) due to the demands of clarity and contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":43601,"verse_id":"ACT.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.24","text":"Grk “powerful.” BDAG 264 s.v. δυνατός 1.b has “in the Scriptures = well-versed 18:24.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A24/3"}
{"id":43602,"verse_id":"ACT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.25","text":"Or “had been taught.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A25/1"}
{"id":43603,"verse_id":"ACT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.25","text":"Grk “and boiling in spirit” (an idiom for great eagerness or enthusiasm; BDAG 426 s.v. ζέω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A25/2"}
{"id":43604,"verse_id":"ACT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.25","text":"Grk “the things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A25/3"}
{"id":43605,"verse_id":"ACT.18.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.25","text":"Grk “knowing”; the participle ἐπιστάμενος ( epistameno\" ) has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A25/4"}
{"id":43606,"verse_id":"ACT.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.26","text":"Or “boldly.” This is a frequent term in Acts ( 9:27-28; 13:46; 14:3; 19:8; 26:26 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A26/1"}
{"id":43607,"verse_id":"ACT.18.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.26","text":"BDAG 883 s.v. προσλαμβάνω 3 has “ take aside , mid. τινά someone …So prob. also Ac 18:26 : Priscilla and Aquila take Apollos aside to teach him undisturbed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A26/4"}
{"id":43608,"verse_id":"ACT.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.27","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Apollos) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A27/1"}
{"id":43609,"verse_id":"ACT.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.27","text":"Grk “encouraging [him], the brothers wrote.” The participle προτρεψάμενοι ( protreyamenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. This was the typical letter of commendation from the Ephesians to the Achaeans.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A27/3"}
{"id":43610,"verse_id":"ACT.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.27","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A27/4"}
{"id":43611,"verse_id":"ACT.18.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.27","text":"Grk “who, when he arrived.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“who”) was replaced with the pronoun “he” and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A27/5"}
{"id":43612,"verse_id":"ACT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.28","text":"Or “vehemently.” BDAG 414 s.v. εὐτόνως has “ vigorously, vehemently … εὐ . διακατελέγχεσθαί τινι refute someone vigorously Ac 18:28 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A28/1"}
{"id":43613,"verse_id":"ACT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.28","text":"L&N 33.442 translates the phrase τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ ( toi\" Ioudaioi\" diakathlenceto dhmosia ) as “he defeated the Jews in public debate.” On this use of the term δημόσιος ( dhmosio\" ) see BDAG 223 s.v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A28/2"}
{"id":43614,"verse_id":"ACT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.28","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” Again the issue is identifying the Christ as Jesus (see 5:42; 8:5; 9:22; 18:5 ). sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A28/3"}
{"id":43615,"verse_id":"ACT.18.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":18,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.28","text":"Although many English translations have here “that Jesus was the Christ,” in the case of two accusatives following a copulative infinitive, the first would normally be the subject and the second the predicate nominative. Additionally, the first accusative here ( τὸν χριστόν , ton criston ) has the article, a further indication that it should be regarded as subject of the infinitive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2018%3A28/4"}
{"id":43616,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.1","text":"Grk “It happened that while.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/1"}
{"id":43617,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.1","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/2"}
{"id":43618,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.1","text":"Or “interior.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/3"}
{"id":43619,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.1","text":"BDAG 92 s.v. ἀνωτερικός has “ upper τὰ ἀ . μέρη the upper (i.e. inland ) country, the interior Ac 19:1 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/4"}
{"id":43620,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.1","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/5"}
{"id":43621,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.1","text":"Grk “and found.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the sequencing with the following verse the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/6"}
{"id":43622,"verse_id":"ACT.19.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.1","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A1/7"}
{"id":43623,"verse_id":"ACT.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"The participle πιστεύσαντες ( pisteusante\" ) is taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":43624,"verse_id":"ACT.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Grk “they [said] to him” (the word “said” is implied in the Greek text).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":43625,"verse_id":"ACT.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"This use of ἀλλά ( alla ) is ascensive and involves an ellipsis (BDAG 45 s.v. ἀλλά 3): “No, [not only did we not receive the Spirit,] but also we have not heard that there is a Holy Spirit.” However, this is lengthy and somewhat awkward in English, and the ascensive meaning can be much more easily represented by including the word “even” after the negation. Apparently these disciples were unaware of the provision of the Spirit that is represented in baptism. The language sounds like they did not know about a Holy Spirit, but this seems to be only linguistic shorthand for not knowing about the Spirit’s presence ( Luke 3:15-18 ). The situation is parallel to that of Apollos. Apollos and these disciples represent those who “complete” their transition to messianic faith as Jews.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":43626,"verse_id":"ACT.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":43627,"verse_id":"ACT.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Grk “they said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":43628,"verse_id":"ACT.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Or “laid.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":43629,"verse_id":"ACT.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":"The imperfect verb ἐλάλουν ( elaloun ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":43630,"verse_id":"ACT.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.6","text":"The imperfect verb ἐπροφήτευον ( eprofhteuon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A6/4"}
{"id":43631,"verse_id":"ACT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":43632,"verse_id":"ACT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.8","text":"Grk “So entering the synagogue, he spoke out fearlessly.” The participle εἰσελθών ( eiselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A8/2"}
{"id":43633,"verse_id":"ACT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.8","text":"Or “boldly.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A8/4"}
{"id":43634,"verse_id":"ACT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.8","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 19:8 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A8/5"}
{"id":43635,"verse_id":"ACT.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.8","text":"Or “addressing them persuasively.” The two participles διαλεγόμενος and πείθων ( dialegomeno\" and peiqwn ) can be understood as a hendiadys (so NIV, NRSV), thus, “addressing them persuasively.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A8/6"}
{"id":43636,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"BDAG 1105-6 s.v. ὡς 8.b lists this use as a temporal conjunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":43637,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Or “some became hardened.” See BDAG 930 s.v. σκληρύνω b and Acts 7:51-53 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":43638,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.9","text":"Or “speaking evil of.” BDAG 500 s.v. κακολογέω has “ speak evil of, revile, insult … τὶ someth. τὴν ὁδόν the Way (i.e. Christian way of life) Ac 19:9 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/3"}
{"id":43639,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.9","text":"Grk “leaving them, he took.” The participle ἀποστάς ( apostas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/5"}
{"id":43640,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.9","text":"The words “with him” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/6"}
{"id":43641,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.9","text":"Although the word διελέξατο ( dielexato ; from διαλέγομαι , dialegomai ) is frequently translated “reasoned,” “disputed,” or “argued,” this sense comes from its classical meaning where it was used of philosophical disputation, including the Socratic method of questions and answers. However, there does not seem to be contextual evidence for this kind of debate in Acts 19:9 . As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/7"}
{"id":43642,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"19.9","text":"BDAG 437 s.v. ἡμέρα 2.c has “ every day ” for this phrase in this verse.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/8"}
{"id":43643,"verse_id":"ACT.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"19.9","text":"The “lecture hall” was a place where teachers and pupils met. The term is a NT hapax legomenon (BDAG 982 s.v. σχολή ). L&N 7.14 notes, “it is better to use a translation such as ‘lecture hall’ rather than ‘school,’ since one does not wish to give the impression of the typical classroom situation characteristic of present-day schools.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A9/9"}
{"id":43644,"verse_id":"ACT.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia. sn The expression all who lived in the province of Asia is good Semitic hyperbole (see Col 1:7 , “all the world”). The message was now available to the region.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":43645,"verse_id":"ACT.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"BDAG 1019 s.v. τυγχάνω 2.d states, “ δυνάμεις οὐ τὰς τυχούσας extraordinary miracles Ac 19:11 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":43646,"verse_id":"ACT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"Or “skin” (the outer surface of the body).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":43647,"verse_id":"ACT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"Or “were taken.” It might be that as word went out into the region that since the sick could not come to Paul, healing was brought to them this way. The “handkerchiefs” are probably face cloths for wiping perspiration (see BDAG 934 s.v. σουδάριον ) while the “aprons” might be material worn by workmen (BDAG 923-24 s.v. σιμικίνθιον ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":43648,"verse_id":"ACT.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"The words “of them” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":43649,"verse_id":"ACT.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “some Jewish exorcists who traveled about.” The adjectival participle περιερχομένων ( periercomenwn ) has been translated as “itinerant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":43650,"verse_id":"ACT.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “to name the name.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":43651,"verse_id":"ACT.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “who had.” Here ἔχω ( ecw ) is used of demon possession, a common usage according to BDAG 421 s.v. ἔχω 7.a. α .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A13/3"}
{"id":43652,"verse_id":"ACT.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Grk “a certain Sceva.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":43653,"verse_id":"ACT.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “answered and said to them.” The expression, redundant in English, has been simplified to “replied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":43654,"verse_id":"ACT.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “Jesus I know about.” Here ᾿Ιησοῦν ( Ihsoun ) is in emphatic position in Greek, but placing the object first is not normal in contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":43655,"verse_id":"ACT.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"BDAG 380 s.v. ἐπίσταμαι 2 has “ know, be acquainted with τινά … τὸν Παῦλον Ac 19:15 .” Here the translation “be acquainted with” was used to differentiate from the previous phrase which has γινώσκω ( ginwskw ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":43656,"verse_id":"ACT.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.16","text":"Grk “in whom the evil spirit was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A16/1"}
{"id":43657,"verse_id":"ACT.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.16","text":"Grk “the man in whom the evil spirit was, jumping on them.” The participle ἐφαλόμενος ( efalomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. L&N 15.239 has “ ἐφαλόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς ‘the man jumped on them’ Ac 19:16 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A16/2"}
{"id":43658,"verse_id":"ACT.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.16","text":"Grk “and beating them all into submission.” The participle κατακυριεύσας ( katakurieusa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. According to W. Foerster, TDNT 3:1098, the word means “the exercise of dominion against someone, i.e., to one’s own advantage.” These exorcists were shown to be powerless in comparison to Jesus who was working through Paul.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A16/3"}
{"id":43659,"verse_id":"ACT.19.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.16","text":"BDAG 484 s.v. ἰσχύω 3 has “ win out, prevail … κατά τινος over, against someone Ac 19:16 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A16/4"}
{"id":43660,"verse_id":"ACT.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":43661,"verse_id":"ACT.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"Grk “fell on.” BDAG 377 s.v. ἐπιπίπτω 2 has “ φόβος ἐ . ἐπί τινα fear came upon someone … Ac 19:17 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":43662,"verse_id":"ACT.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"Or “exalted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":43663,"verse_id":"ACT.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"Grk “came”; the word “forward” is supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning and to conform to the contemporary English idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":43664,"verse_id":"ACT.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"Or “confessing and disclosing their deeds.” BDAG 59 s.v. ἀναγγέλλω 2 has “W. ἐξομολογεῖσθαι : ἀ . τὰς πράξεις αὐτο'ν make their deeds known Ac 19:18 .” sn Making their deeds known. Ephesus was a major pagan religious center with much syncretistic “magical” practice. Coming to Jesus changed the lives and attitudes of these believers, creating a social impact.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":43665,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"BDAG 472 s.v. ἱκανός 4.a has “ many , quite a few ” for ἱκανοί ( Jikanoi ) in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":43666,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.19","text":"On this term see BDAG 800 s.v. περίεργος 2.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/2"}
{"id":43667,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.19","text":"Or “scrolls.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/3"}
{"id":43668,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.19","text":"Or “burned them up publicly.” L&N 14.66 has “‘they brought their books together and burned them up in the presence of everyone’ Ac 19:19 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/4"}
{"id":43669,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.19","text":"Grk “and when.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/5"}
{"id":43670,"verse_id":"ACT.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.19","text":"Or “fifty thousand silver drachmas” (about $10,000 US dollars). BDAG 128 s.v. ἀργύριον 2.c states, “ ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε 50,000 (Attic silver) drachmas Ac 19:19 .” Another way to express the value would be in sheep: One drachma could buy one sheep. So this many drachmas could purchase a huge flock of sheep. A drachma also equals a denarius, or a day’s wage for the average worker. So this amount would be equal to 50,000 work days or in excess of 8,300 weeks of labor (the weeks are calculated at six working days because of the Jewish cultural context). The impact of Christianity on the Ephesian economy was considerable (note in regard to this the concerns expressed in 19:26-27 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A19/6"}
{"id":43671,"verse_id":"ACT.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"The imperfect verb ηὔξανεν ( huxanen ) has been translated as a progressive imperfect, as has the following verb ἴσχυεν ( iscuen ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":43672,"verse_id":"ACT.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Grk “all these things had been fulfilled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":43673,"verse_id":"ACT.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"Grk “Paul purposed in [his] spirit” (an idiom). According to BDAG 1003 s.v. τίθημι 1.b. ε the entire idiom means “to resolve” (or “decide”): “ ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":43674,"verse_id":"ACT.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.21","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A21/3"}
{"id":43675,"verse_id":"ACT.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.21","text":"Grk “Achaia, saying.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the awkwardness in English of having two participial clauses following one another (“passing through…saying”), the participle εἰπών ( eipwn ) has been translated as a finite verb and a new sentence begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A21/6"}
{"id":43676,"verse_id":"ACT.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.22","text":"The aorist participle ἀποστείλας ( aposteila\" ) has been taken temporally reflecting action antecedent to that of the main verb ( ἐπέσχεν , epescen ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A22/1"}
{"id":43677,"verse_id":"ACT.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.22","text":"Grk “two of those who ministered to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A22/2"}
{"id":43678,"verse_id":"ACT.19.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.22","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A22/4"}
{"id":43679,"verse_id":"ACT.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.23","text":"Grk “There happened at that time.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Instead the verb “took place” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A23/1"}
{"id":43680,"verse_id":"ACT.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.23","text":"BDAG 512 s.v. κατά B.2.a, “in definite indications of time…Of the past: κ . ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then … Ac 12:1; 19:23 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A23/2"}
{"id":43681,"verse_id":"ACT.19.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.23","text":"Grk “no little disturbance” (an idiom; see BDAG 991 s.v. τάραχος 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A23/3"}
{"id":43682,"verse_id":"ACT.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.24","text":"BDAG 665 s.v. ναός 1.a states, “Specif. of temples: of replicas of the temple of Artemis at Ephesus 19:24 …but here, near ἱερόν vs. 27… ναός can be understood in the more restricted sense shrine , where the image of the goddess stood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A24/1"}
{"id":43683,"verse_id":"ACT.19.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.24","text":"Grk “brought not a little business” (an idiom).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A24/3"}
{"id":43684,"verse_id":"ACT.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.25","text":"Grk “gathering.” The participle συναθροίσας ( sunaqroisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A25/1"}
{"id":43685,"verse_id":"ACT.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.25","text":"Grk “whom”; because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been replaced with a pronoun (“these”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A25/2"}
{"id":43686,"verse_id":"ACT.19.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.25","text":"Another possible meaning is “that this business is an easy way for us to earn a living.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A25/4"}
{"id":43687,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.26","text":"Grk “persuading.” The participle πείσας ( peisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/1"}
{"id":43688,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.26","text":"Or “misled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/2"}
{"id":43689,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.26","text":"BDAG 472 s.v. ἱκανός 3.a has “of pers. ὄχλος a large crowd … Ac 11:24, 26; 19:26 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/3"}
{"id":43690,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.26","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/4"}
{"id":43691,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.26","text":"Grk “Asia”; see the note on this word in v. 22 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/5"}
{"id":43692,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.26","text":"The participle λέγων ( legwn ) has been regarded as indicating instrumentality.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/6"}
{"id":43693,"verse_id":"ACT.19.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":26,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.26","text":"The words “at all” are not in the Greek text but are implied. sn Gods made by hands are not gods at all. Paul preached against paganism’s idolatry. Here is a one-line summary of a speech like that in Acts 17:22-31 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A26/7"}
{"id":43694,"verse_id":"ACT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.27","text":"Or “come under public criticism.” BDAG 101 s.v. ἀπελεγμός has “ come into disrepute Ac 19:27 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A27/1"}
{"id":43695,"verse_id":"ACT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.27","text":"BDAG 597 s.v. λογίζομαι 1.b has “ εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι be looked upon as nothing … Ac 19:27 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A27/3"}
{"id":43696,"verse_id":"ACT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.27","text":"Grk “Asia”; see the note on this word in v. 22 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A27/4"}
{"id":43697,"verse_id":"ACT.19.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.27","text":"Or “her magnificence.” BDAG 488 s.v. καθαιρέω 2.b has “ καθαιρεῖσθαι τῆς μεγαλειότητος αὐτῆς suffer the loss of her magnificence Ac 19:27 ”; L&N 13.38 has “‘and to have her greatness done away with’ Ac 19:27 .” sn Suffer the loss of her greatness. It is important to appreciate that money alone was not the issue, even for the pagan Ephesians. The issue was ultimately the dishonor of their goddess to whom they were devoted in worship. The battle was a “cosmic” one between deities.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A27/5"}
{"id":43698,"verse_id":"ACT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A28/1"}
{"id":43699,"verse_id":"ACT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “And hearing.” The participle ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A28/2"}
{"id":43700,"verse_id":"ACT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “they became filled with rage” (an idiom). The reaction of the Ephesians here is like that of the Jews earlier, though Luke referred to “zeal” or “jealousy” in the former case ( Acts 7:54 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A28/3"}
{"id":43701,"verse_id":"ACT.19.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.28","text":"Grk “and began shouting, saying.” The imperfect verb ἔκραζον ( ekrazon ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect. The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A28/4"}
{"id":43702,"verse_id":"ACT.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.29","text":"Grk “And the.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A29/1"}
{"id":43703,"verse_id":"ACT.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.29","text":"L&N 39.43 has “‘the uproar spread throughout the whole city’ (literally ‘the city was filled with uproar’) Ac 19:29 .” BDAG 954 s.v. σύγχυσις has “ confusion , tumult .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A29/2"}
{"id":43704,"verse_id":"ACT.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.29","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A29/3"}
{"id":43705,"verse_id":"ACT.19.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.29","text":"Grk “to the theater with one accord.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A29/5"}
{"id":43706,"verse_id":"ACT.19.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.30","text":"Or “enter the crowd.” According to BDAG 223 s.v. δῆμος 2, “in a Hellenistic city, a convocation of citizens called together for the purpose of transacting official business, popular assembly … εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δ . go into the assembly 19:30.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A30/1"}
{"id":43707,"verse_id":"ACT.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.31","text":"Grk “Asiarchs” (high-ranking officials of the province of Asia).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A31/1"}
{"id":43708,"verse_id":"ACT.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.31","text":"Grk “sending”; the participle πέμψαντες ( pemyante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A31/2"}
{"id":43709,"verse_id":"ACT.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.31","text":"The words “a message” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A31/3"}
{"id":43710,"verse_id":"ACT.19.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.31","text":"BDAG 242-43 s.v. δίδωμι 11 has “to cause (oneself) to go, go, venture somewhere (cp. our older ‘betake oneself’)… Ac 19:31 .” The desire of these sympathetic authorities was surely to protect Paul’s life. The detail indicates how dangerous things had become.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A31/4"}
{"id":43711,"verse_id":"ACT.19.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.32","text":"Or “had assembled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A32/1"}
{"id":43712,"verse_id":"ACT.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.33","text":"Or “Some of the crowd gave instructions to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A33/1"}
{"id":43713,"verse_id":"ACT.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.33","text":"The words “it was about” are not in the Greek text but are implied; ᾿Αλέξανδρον ( Alexandron ) is taken to be an accusative of general reference.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A33/2"}
{"id":43714,"verse_id":"ACT.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.33","text":"BDAG 865 s.v. προβάλλω 1 has “to cause to come forward, put forward … τινά someone …push someone forward to speak in the theater… Ac 19:33 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A33/3"}
{"id":43715,"verse_id":"ACT.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.33","text":"Or “motioning.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A33/4"}
{"id":43716,"verse_id":"ACT.19.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.33","text":"Or “before the crowd.” According to BDAG 223 s.v. δῆμος 2, “in a Hellenistic city, a convocation of citizens called together for the purpose of transacting official business, popular assembly … ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δ . make a defense before the assembly vs. 33.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A33/6"}
{"id":43717,"verse_id":"ACT.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.34","text":"Grk “But recognizing.” The participle ἐπιγνόντες ( epignonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A34/1"}
{"id":43718,"verse_id":"ACT.19.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.34","text":"Grk “[they shouted] with one voice from all of them” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A34/2"}
{"id":43719,"verse_id":"ACT.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.35","text":"Or “clerk.” The “scribe” ( γραμματεύς , grammateu\" ) was the keeper of the city’s records.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A35/1"}
{"id":43720,"verse_id":"ACT.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.35","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A35/2"}
{"id":43721,"verse_id":"ACT.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.35","text":"See BDAG 670 s.v. νεωκόρος . The city is described as the “warden” or “guardian” of the goddess and her temple.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A35/3"}
{"id":43722,"verse_id":"ACT.19.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.35","text":"Or “from the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”). sn The expression fell from heaven adds a note of apologetic about the heavenly origin of the goddess. The city’s identity and well-being was wrapped up with this connection, in their view. Many interpreters view her image that fell from heaven as a stone meteorite regarded as a sacred object.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A35/5"}
{"id":43723,"verse_id":"ACT.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.36","text":"Grk “these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A36/1"}
{"id":43724,"verse_id":"ACT.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.36","text":"The genitive absolute construction with the participle ὄντων ( ontwn ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle. On the term translated “indisputable” see BDAG 68-69 s.v. ἀναντίρρητος which has “ not to be contradicted, undeniable .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A36/2"}
{"id":43725,"verse_id":"ACT.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.36","text":"Grk “it is necessary that you be quiet.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A36/3"}
{"id":43726,"verse_id":"ACT.19.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":36,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.36","text":"L&N 88.98 has “pertaining to impetuous and reckless behavior – ‘reckless, impetuous.’…‘so then, you must calm down and not do anything reckless’ Ac 19:36 .” The city secretary was asking that order be restored.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A36/4"}
{"id":43727,"verse_id":"ACT.19.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.37","text":"Or perhaps, “desecrators of temples.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A37/1"}
{"id":43728,"verse_id":"ACT.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.38","text":"BDAG 600 s.v. λόγος 1.a. ε has “ ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone … 19:38 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A38/1"}
{"id":43729,"verse_id":"ACT.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.38","text":"L&N 56.1 has ‘if Demetrius and his workers have an accusation against someone, the courts are open’ Ac 19:38 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A38/2"}
{"id":43730,"verse_id":"ACT.19.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.38","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied. The official’s request is that the legal system be respected.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A38/3"}
{"id":43731,"verse_id":"ACT.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.39","text":"Or “anything more than this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A39/1"}
{"id":43732,"verse_id":"ACT.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.39","text":"Or “resolved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A39/2"}
{"id":43733,"verse_id":"ACT.19.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.39","text":"Or “in a legal meeting of the citizens.” L&N 30.81 has “ ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται ‘it will have to be settled in a legal meeting of the citizens’ Ac 19:39 .” This meeting took place three times a year.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A39/3"}
{"id":43734,"verse_id":"ACT.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.40","text":"Grk “For indeed.” The ascensive force of καί ( kai ) would be awkward to translate here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A40/1"}
{"id":43735,"verse_id":"ACT.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.40","text":"The term translated “rioting” refers to a revolt or uprising (BDAG 940 s.v. στάσις 2, 3). This would threaten Roman rule and invite Roman intervention.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A40/2"}
{"id":43736,"verse_id":"ACT.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.40","text":"Or “to account for.” Grk “since there is no cause concerning which we can give account concerning this disorderly gathering.” The complexity of the Greek relative clause (“which”) and the multiple prepositions (“concerning”) have been simplified in the translation consistent with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A40/3"}
{"id":43737,"verse_id":"ACT.19.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.40","text":"Or “commotion.” BDAG 979 s.v. συστροφή 1 gives the meaning “a tumultuous gathering of people, disorderly/seditious gathering or commotion … Ac 19:40 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A40/4"}
{"id":43738,"verse_id":"ACT.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “And after.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A41/1"}
{"id":43739,"verse_id":"ACT.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “And saying.” The participle εἰπών ( eipwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A41/2"}
{"id":43740,"verse_id":"ACT.19.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":19,"verse":41,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.41","text":"Grk “these things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2019%3A41/3"}
{"id":43741,"verse_id":"ACT.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Or “exhorting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":43742,"verse_id":"ACT.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"Or “and taking leave of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":43743,"verse_id":"ACT.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"BDAG 633 s.v. μέρος 1.b. γ gives the meanings “ the parts (of a geographical area), region, district ,” but the use of “district” in this context probably implies too much specificity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":43744,"verse_id":"ACT.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.2","text":"Grk “and encouraging them with many words.” The participle παρακαλέσας ( parakalesa\" , “encouraging”) has been translated by the phrase “spoken…words of encouragement” because the formal equivalent is awkward in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A2/2"}
{"id":43745,"verse_id":"ACT.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.2","text":"Grk “[to] them”; the referent (the believers there) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A2/3"}
{"id":43746,"verse_id":"ACT.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.2","text":"In popular usage the term translated “Greece” here could also refer to the Roman province officially known as Achaia (BDAG 318 s.v. ῾Ελλάς ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A2/4"}
{"id":43747,"verse_id":"ACT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"BDAG 841 s.v. ποιέω 5.c, “w. an acc. of time spend, stay .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":43748,"verse_id":"ACT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"The participle βενομένης ( benomenh\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle. L&N 30.71 has “ ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ‘because the Jews had made a plot against him’ Ac 20:3 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":43749,"verse_id":"ACT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.3","text":"BDAG 628 s.v. μέλλω 1.c. γ has “denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind … Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13 ab; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A3/4"}
{"id":43750,"verse_id":"ACT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.3","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4 gives “ put out to sea ” here (as a nautical technical term). However, since the English expression “put out to sea” could be understood to mean Paul was already aboard the ship (which is not clear from the context), the simpler expression “sail” is used at this point in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A3/5"}
{"id":43751,"verse_id":"ACT.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.3","text":"BDAG 199 s.v. γίνομαι 7 has “ ἐγένετο γνώμης he decided Ac 20:3 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A3/6"}
{"id":43752,"verse_id":"ACT.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":43753,"verse_id":"ACT.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “of the Thessalonians.” map For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":43754,"verse_id":"ACT.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “and Gaius,” but this καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A4/4"}
{"id":43755,"verse_id":"ACT.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “the Asians Tychicus and Trophimus.” In the NT “Asia” always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A4/6"}
{"id":43756,"verse_id":"ACT.20.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.5","text":"Grk “These, having gone on ahead, were waiting.” The participle προελθόντες ( proelqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A5/1"}
{"id":43757,"verse_id":"ACT.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":43758,"verse_id":"ACT.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.6","text":"BDAG 160 s.v. ἄχρι 1.a. α has “ ἄ . ἡμερῶν πέντε within five days Ac 20:6 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A6/4"}
{"id":43759,"verse_id":"ACT.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.6","text":"Grk “to them”; the referent (the others mentioned in v. 4 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A6/5"}
{"id":43760,"verse_id":"ACT.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.7","text":"Or “assembled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A7/2"}
{"id":43761,"verse_id":"ACT.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.7","text":"The verb διαλέγομαι ( dialegomai ) is frequently used of Paul addressing Jews in the synagogue. As G. Schrenk ( TDNT 2:94-95) points out, “What is at issue is the address which any qualified member of a synagogue might give.” Other examples of this may be found in the NT in Matt 4:23 and Mark 1:21 . In the context of a Christian gathering, it is preferable to translate διελέγετο ( dielegeto ) simply as “speak” here. The imperfect verb διελέγετο has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A7/3"}
{"id":43762,"verse_id":"ACT.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.7","text":"BDAG 628 s.v. μέλλω 1.c. γ has “denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind … Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13 ab; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A7/4"}
{"id":43763,"verse_id":"ACT.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.7","text":"Or “prolonged.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A7/5"}
{"id":43764,"verse_id":"ACT.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"More commonly λαμπάς ( lampa\" ) means “torch,” but here according to BDAG 585 s.v. λαμπάς 2, “ lamp …w. a wick and space for oil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":43765,"verse_id":"ACT.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"This window was probably a simple opening in the wall (see also BDAG 462 s.v. θυρίς ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":43766,"verse_id":"ACT.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"Grk “sinking into a deep sleep.” BDAG 529 s.v. καταφέρω 3 has “ ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ sink into a deep sleep … Ac 20:9 a.” The participle καταφερόμενος ( kataferomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":43767,"verse_id":"ACT.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"The participle διαλεγομένου ( dialegomenou ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":43768,"verse_id":"ACT.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.9","text":"BDAG 529 s.v. καταφέρω 3 has “ κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὔπνου overwhelmed by sleep vs. 9b,” but this expression is less common in contemporary English than phrases like “fast asleep” or “sound asleep.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A9/4"}
{"id":43769,"verse_id":"ACT.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Grk “going down.” The participle καταβάς ( katabas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":43770,"verse_id":"ACT.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"BDAG 377 s.v. ἐπιπίπτω 1.b has “ ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ he threw himself upon him Ac 20:10 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":43771,"verse_id":"ACT.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.10","text":"Grk “on him”; the referent (the young man) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A10/3"}
{"id":43772,"verse_id":"ACT.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.10","text":"BDAG 959 s.v. συμπεριλαμβάνω has “to throw one’s arms around, embrace w. acc. to be supplied Ac 20:10 .” However, “embraced the young man” might be taken (out of context) to have erotic implications, while “threw his arms around him” would be somewhat redundant since “threw” has been used in the previous phrase.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A10/4"}
{"id":43773,"verse_id":"ACT.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.10","text":"Grk “for his life is in him” (an idiom).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A10/5"}
{"id":43774,"verse_id":"ACT.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":43775,"verse_id":"ACT.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Grk “going back upstairs.” The participle ἀναβάς ( anabas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":43776,"verse_id":"ACT.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.11","text":"Grk “talking with them.” The participle ὁμιλήσας ( Jomilhsas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A11/3"}
{"id":43777,"verse_id":"ACT.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Grk “were not to a moderate degree” (an idiom). L&N 78.11 states: “ μετρίως : a moderate degree of some activity or state – ‘moderately, to a moderate extent.’ ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα , καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίωθς ‘they took the young man home alive and were greatly comforted’ Ac 20:12 . In Ac 20:12 the phrase οὐ μετρίως , literally ‘not to a moderate degree,’ is equivalent to a strong positive statement, namely, ‘greatly’ or ‘to a great extent.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":43778,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Grk “going on ahead.” The participle προελθόντες ( proelqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":43779,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.13","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/2"}
{"id":43780,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.13","text":"BDAG 628 s.v. μέλλω 1.c. γ has “denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind … Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13 ab; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/4"}
{"id":43781,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.13","text":"Or “for he told us to do this.” Grk “for having arranged it this way, he.” The participle διατεταγμένος ( diatetagmeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. BDAG 237 s.v. διατάσσω 1 has “ οὕτως διατεταγμένος ἦν he had arranged it so Ac 20:13 .” L&N 15.224 has “‘he told us to do this.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/5"}
{"id":43782,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.13","text":"A new sentence was begun here in the translation because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence; in Greek this is part of the preceding sentence beginning “We went on ahead.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/6"}
{"id":43783,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"20.13","text":"BDAG 628 s.v. μέλλω 1.c. γ has “denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind … Ac 17:31; 20:3, 7, 13 ab; 23:15; 26:2; 27:30 .”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/7"}
{"id":43784,"verse_id":"ACT.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"20.13","text":"Or “there on foot.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A13/8"}
{"id":43785,"verse_id":"ACT.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.14","text":"Grk “taking him aboard, we.” The participle ἀναλαβόντες ( analabonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A14/2"}
{"id":43786,"verse_id":"ACT.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Grk “setting sail from there.” The participle ἀποπλεύσαντες ( apopleusante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":43787,"verse_id":"ACT.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"Or “offshore from Chios.” sn Chios was an island in the Aegean Sea off the western coast of Asia Minor with a city of the same name.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":43788,"verse_id":"ACT.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.15","text":"Or “crossed over to,” “arrived at.” L&N 54.12 has “ παραβάλλω : (a technical, nautical term) to sail up to or near – ‘to approach, to arrive at, to sail to.’ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον ‘we approached Samos’ or ‘we arrived at Samos’ Ac 20:15 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A15/3"}
{"id":43789,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.16","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/1"}
{"id":43790,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “so that he might not have to spend time.” L&N 67.79 has “ ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ ‘so as not to spend any time in the province of Asia’ Ac 20:16 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/2"}
{"id":43791,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/3"}
{"id":43792,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.16","text":"Or “was eager.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/4"}
{"id":43793,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.16","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/5"}
{"id":43794,"verse_id":"ACT.20.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.16","text":"Grk “if it could be to him” (an idiom).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A16/6"}
{"id":43795,"verse_id":"ACT.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.17","text":"The words “a message” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A17/2"}
{"id":43796,"verse_id":"ACT.20.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.17","text":"The words “to him” are not in the Greek text but are implied. L&N 33.311 has for the verb μετακαλέομαι ( metakaleomai ) “to summon someone, with considerable insistence and authority – ‘to summon, to tell to come.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A17/3"}
{"id":43797,"verse_id":"ACT.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.18","text":"Grk “You yourselves know, from the first day I set foot in Asia, how I was with you the whole time.” This could be understood to mean “how I stayed with you the whole time,” but the following verses make it clear that Paul’s lifestyle while with the Ephesians is in view here. Thus the translation “how I lived the whole time I was with you” makes this clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A18/1"}
{"id":43798,"verse_id":"ACT.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.18","text":"Or “I arrived.” BDAG 367 s.v. ἐπιβαίνω 2, “ set foot in… εἰς τ . ᾿Ασίαν set foot in Asia Ac 20:18 .” However, L&N 15.83 removes the idiom: “you know that since the first day that I came to Asia.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A18/2"}
{"id":43799,"verse_id":"ACT.20.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.18","text":"Grk “Asia”; see the note on this word in v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A18/3"}
{"id":43800,"verse_id":"ACT.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.20","text":"Or “declaring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A20/1"}
{"id":43801,"verse_id":"ACT.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.20","text":"Or “profitable.” BDAG 960 s.v. συμφέρω 2.b. α has “ τὰ συμφέροντα what advances your best interests or what is good for you Ac 20:20 ,” but the broader meaning (s.v. 2 , “to be advantageous, help, confer a benefit, be profitable / useful ”) is equally possible in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A20/2"}
{"id":43802,"verse_id":"ACT.20.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.20","text":"Or “openly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A20/3"}
{"id":43803,"verse_id":"ACT.20.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.21","text":"BDAG 233 s.v. διαμαρτύρομαι 1 has “ testify of, bear witness to (orig. under oath)…of repentance to Judeans and Hellenes Ac 20:21 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A21/1"}
{"id":43804,"verse_id":"ACT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.22","text":"Grk “And now, behold.” Here ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A22/1"}
{"id":43805,"verse_id":"ACT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.22","text":"Grk “bound.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A22/2"}
{"id":43806,"verse_id":"ACT.20.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.22","text":"BDAG 965 s.v. συναντάω 2 has τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντα ἐμοὶ μὴ εἰδώς without knowing what will happen to me there Ac 20:22 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A22/4"}
{"id":43807,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.23","text":"BDAG 826 s.v. πλήν 1.d has “ πλὴν ὅτι except that … Ac 20:23 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/1"}
{"id":43808,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.23","text":"The verb διαμαρτύρομαι ( diamarturomai ) can mean “warn” (BDAG 233 s.v. διαμαρτύρομαι 2 has “ solemnly urge, exhort, warn …w. dat. of pers. addressed”), and this meaning better fits the context here, although BDAG categorizes Acts 20:23 under the meaning “ testify of, bear witness to ” (s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/2"}
{"id":43809,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.23","text":"The Greek text here reads κατὰ πόλιν ( kata polin ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/3"}
{"id":43810,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.23","text":"Grk “saying that,” but the participle λέγον ( legon ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/4"}
{"id":43811,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.23","text":"Grk “bonds.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/5"}
{"id":43812,"verse_id":"ACT.20.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.23","text":"Or “troubles,” “suffering.” See Acts 19:21; 21:4, 11 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A23/6"}
{"id":43813,"verse_id":"ACT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.24","text":"Grk “soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A24/1"}
{"id":43814,"verse_id":"ACT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.24","text":"Or “I do not consider my life worth a single word.” According to BDAG 599 s.v. λόγος 1.a. α , “In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον ) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν , may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A24/2"}
{"id":43815,"verse_id":"ACT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.24","text":"BDAG 1106 s.v. ὡς 9 describes this use as “a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A24/3"}
{"id":43816,"verse_id":"ACT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.24","text":"Grk “course.” See L&N 42.26, “(a figurative extension of meaning of δρόμος ‘race’) a task or function involving continuity, serious, effort, and possibly obligation – ‘task, mission’… Ac 20:24 .” On this Pauline theme see also Phil 1:19-26 ; Col 1:24 ; 2 Tim 4:6-7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A24/4"}
{"id":43817,"verse_id":"ACT.20.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.24","text":"Or “to the gospel.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A24/5"}
{"id":43818,"verse_id":"ACT.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.25","text":"Grk “And now, behold.” Here ἰδού ( idou ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A25/1"}
{"id":43819,"verse_id":"ACT.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.25","text":"Grk “all of you…will not see.” Greek handles its negation somewhat differently from English, and the translation follows English grammatical conventions.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A25/2"}
{"id":43820,"verse_id":"ACT.20.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.25","text":"Grk “will see my face” (an idiom for seeing someone in person).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A25/4"}
{"id":43821,"verse_id":"ACT.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.26","text":"Or “testify.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A26/1"}
{"id":43822,"verse_id":"ACT.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.26","text":"Grk “clean, pure,” thus “guiltless” (BDAG 489 s.v. καθαρός 3.a). sn I am innocent. Paul had a clear conscience, since he had faithfully carried out his responsibility of announcing to (the Ephesians) the whole purpose of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A26/2"}
{"id":43823,"verse_id":"ACT.20.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.26","text":"That is, “that if any of you should be lost, I am not responsible” (an idiom). According to L&N 33.223, the meaning of the phrase “that I am innocent of the blood of all of you” is “that if any of you should be lost, I am not responsible.” However, due to the length of this phrase and its familiarity to many modern English readers, the translation was kept closer to formal equivalence in this case. The word “you” is not in the Greek text, but is implied; Paul is addressing the Ephesian congregation (in the person of its elders) in both v. 25 and 27 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A26/3"}
{"id":43824,"verse_id":"ACT.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.27","text":"Or “did not avoid.” BDAG 1041 s.v. ὑποστέλλω 2.b has “ shrink from, avoid implying fear… οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι I did not shrink from proclaiming Ac 20:27 ”; L&N 13.160 has “to hold oneself back from doing something, with the implication of some fearful concern – ‘to hold back from, to shrink from, to avoid’…‘for I have not held back from announcing to you the whole purpose of God’ Ac 20:27 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A27/1"}
{"id":43825,"verse_id":"ACT.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.27","text":"Or “proclaiming,” “declaring.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A27/2"}
{"id":43826,"verse_id":"ACT.20.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.27","text":"Or “plan.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A27/3"}
{"id":43827,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.28","text":"Or “Be on your guard for” (cf. v. 29 ). Paul completed his responsibility to the Ephesians with this warning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/1"}
{"id":43828,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.28","text":"Grk “in which.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/2"}
{"id":43829,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.28","text":"Or “guardians.” BDAG 379-80 s.v. ἐπίσκοπος 2 states, “The term was taken over in Christian communities in ref. to one who served as overseer or supervisor , with special interest in guarding the apostolic tradition… Ac 20:28 .” This functional term describes the role of the elders (see v. 17 ). They were to guard and shepherd the congregation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/3"}
{"id":43830,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.28","text":"A C* D E Ψ 33 1739 al co), while the majority of the later minuscule mss conflate these two into “of the Lord and God” ( τοῦ κυρίου καὶ [ τοῦ ] θεοῦ , tou kuriou kai [ tou ] qeou ). Although the evidence is evenly balanced between the first two readings, τοῦ θεοῦ is decidedly superior on internal grounds. The final prepositional phrase of this verse, διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου ( dia tou {aimato\" tou idiou ), could be rendered “through his own blood” or “through the blood of his own.” In the latter translation, the object that “own” modifies must be supplied (see tn below for discussion). But this would not be entirely clear to scribes; those who supposed that ἰδίου modified αἵματος would be prone to alter “God” to “Lord” to avoid the inference that God had blood. In a similar way, later scribes would be prone to conflate the two titles, thereby affirming the deity (with the construction τοῦ κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ following the Granville Sharp rule and referring to a single person [see ExSyn 272, 276-77, 290]) and substitutionary atonement of Christ. For these reasons, τοῦ θεοῦ best explains the rise of the other readings and should be considered authentic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/4"}
{"id":43831,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.28","text":"Or “acquired.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/5"}
{"id":43832,"verse_id":"ACT.20.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":28,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.28","text":"Or “with his own blood”; Grk “with the blood of his own.” The genitive construction could be taken in two ways: (1) as an attributive genitive (second attributive position) meaning “his own blood”; or (2) as a possessive genitive, “with the blood of his own.” In this case the referent is the Son, and the referent has been specified in the translation for clarity. See further C. F. DeVine, “The Blood of God,” CBQ 9 (1947): 381-408. sn That he obtained with the blood of his own Son. This is one of only two explicit statements in Luke-Acts highlighting the substitutionary nature of Christ’s death (the other is in Luke 22:19 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A28/6"}
{"id":43833,"verse_id":"ACT.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.29","text":"Grk “after my departure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A29/1"}
{"id":43834,"verse_id":"ACT.20.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.29","text":"That is, people like fierce wolves. See BDAG 167-68 s.v. βαρύς 4 on the term translated “fierce.” The battle that will follow would be a savage one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A29/2"}
{"id":43835,"verse_id":"ACT.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.30","text":"Grk “from among yourselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A30/1"}
{"id":43836,"verse_id":"ACT.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.30","text":"The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only rarely is used in a generic sense to refer to both males and females. Since Paul is speaking to the Ephesian elders at this point and there is nothing in the context to suggest women were included in that group (“from among your own group”), it is most likely Paul was not predicting that these false teachers would include women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A30/2"}
{"id":43837,"verse_id":"ACT.20.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.30","text":"Grk “speaking crooked things”; BDAG 237 s.v. διαστρέφω 2 has “ λαλεῖν διεστραμμένα teach perversions (of the truth) Ac 20:30 .” sn These perversions of the truth refer to the kinds of threats that would undermine repentance toward God and faith in the Lord Jesus Christ (cf. v. 21 ). Instead these false teachers would arise from within the Ephesian congregation (cf. 1 John 2:18-19 ) and would seek to draw the disciples away after them .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A30/3"}
{"id":43838,"verse_id":"ACT.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “be watchful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A31/1"}
{"id":43839,"verse_id":"ACT.20.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.31","text":"Or “admonishing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A31/2"}
{"id":43840,"verse_id":"ACT.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.32","text":"Or “commend.” BDAG 772 s.v. παρατίθημι 3.b has “ τινά τινι entrust someone to the care or protection of someone …Of divine protection παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ Ac 14:23 ; cp. 20:32 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A32/1"}
{"id":43841,"verse_id":"ACT.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.32","text":"Grk “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A32/2"}
{"id":43842,"verse_id":"ACT.20.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.32","text":"Grk “the message of his grace, which.” The phrase τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι … ( tw dunamenw oikodomhsai …) refers to τῷ λόγω ( tw logw ), not τῆς χάριτος ( ths caritos ); in English it could refer to either “the message” or “grace,” but in Greek, because of agreement in gender, the referent can only be “the message.” To make this clear, a new sentence was begun in the translation and the referent “the message” was repeated at the beginning of this new sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A32/3"}
{"id":43843,"verse_id":"ACT.20.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.33","text":"Traditionally, “coveted.” BDAG 371 s.v. ἐπιθυμέω 1 has “to have a strong desire to do or secure someth., desire, long for w. gen. of the thing desired…silver, gold, clothing Ac 20:33 .” The traditional term “covet” is not in common usage and difficult for many modern English readers to understand. The statement affirms Paul’s integrity. He was not doing this for personal financial gain.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A33/1"}
{"id":43844,"verse_id":"ACT.20.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.34","text":"The words “of mine” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied to clarify whose hands Paul is referring to.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A34/1"}
{"id":43845,"verse_id":"ACT.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.35","text":"Or “must assist.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A35/2"}
{"id":43846,"verse_id":"ACT.20.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.35","text":"Or “the sick.” See Eph 4:28 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A35/3"}
{"id":43847,"verse_id":"ACT.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.36","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A36/1"}
{"id":43848,"verse_id":"ACT.20.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.36","text":"Grk “kneeling down…he prayed.” The participle θείς ( qeis ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A36/2"}
{"id":43849,"verse_id":"ACT.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.37","text":"Grk “weeping a great deal,” thus “loudly” (BDAG 472 s.v. ἱκανός and BDAG 546 s.v. κλαυθμός ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A37/1"}
{"id":43850,"verse_id":"ACT.20.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.37","text":"Grk “fell on Paul’s neck” (an idiom, see BDAG 1014 s.v. τράχηλος ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A37/2"}
{"id":43851,"verse_id":"ACT.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.38","text":"Or “pained.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A38/1"}
{"id":43852,"verse_id":"ACT.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.38","text":"Grk “by the word that he had said.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A38/2"}
{"id":43853,"verse_id":"ACT.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.38","text":"Grk “to see his face” (an idiom for seeing someone in person).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A38/3"}
{"id":43854,"verse_id":"ACT.20.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":20,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.38","text":"BDAG 873 s.v. προπέμπω 1 has “ they accompanied him to the ship Ac 20:38 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2020%3A38/4"}
{"id":43855,"verse_id":"ACT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Grk “It happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated. Since the action described by the participle ἀποσπασθέντας ( apospasqenta\" , “tearing ourselves away”) is prior to the departure of the ship, it has been translated as antecedent action (“after”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":43856,"verse_id":"ACT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.1","text":"BDAG 120 s.v. ἀποσπάω 2.b has “pass. in mid. sense ἀ . ἀπό τινος tear oneself away Ac 21:1 ”; LSJ 218 gives several illustrations of this verb meaning “ to tear or drag away from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A1/3"}
{"id":43857,"verse_id":"ACT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.1","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A1/4"}
{"id":43858,"verse_id":"ACT.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.1","text":"BDAG 406 s.v. εὐθυδρομέω has “of a ship run a straight course ”; L&N 54.3 has “to sail a straight course, sail straight to.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A1/5"}
{"id":43859,"verse_id":"ACT.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “and finding.” The participle εὑρόντες ( Jeuronte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A2/1"}
{"id":43860,"verse_id":"ACT.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.2","text":"Grk “going aboard, we put out to sea.” The participle ἐπιβάντες ( epibante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A2/3"}
{"id":43861,"verse_id":"ACT.21.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.2","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A2/4"}
{"id":43862,"verse_id":"ACT.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.3","text":"BDAG 531 s.v. κατέρχομαι 2 states, “ arrive, put in, nautical t.t. of ships and those who sail in them, who ‘come down’ fr. the ‘high seas’… ἔις τι at someth. a harbor 18:22; 21:3; 27:5 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A3/3"}
{"id":43863,"verse_id":"ACT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"BDAG 78 s.v. ἀνευρίσκω has “ look/search for (w. finding presupposed) τινά … τοὺς μαθητάς Ac 21:4 .” The English verb “locate,” when used in reference to persons, has the implication of both looking for and finding someone. The participle ἀνευρόντες ( aneuronte\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":43864,"verse_id":"ACT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"BDAG 154 s.v. αὐτοῦ states, “deictic adv. designating a position relatively near or far… there … Ac 21:4 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":43865,"verse_id":"ACT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.4","text":"The imperfect verb ἔλεγον ( elegon ) has been taken iteratively.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A4/3"}
{"id":43866,"verse_id":"ACT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.4","text":"BDAG 367 s.v. ἐπιβαίνω places Ac 21:4 under 1, “ go up/upon, mount, board … πλοίῳ … Ac 27:2 …Abs. go on board, embark … 21:1 D, 2. – So perh. also ἐ . εἰς ᾿Ιεροσόλυμα embark for Jerusalem (i.e. to the seaport of Caesarea) vs. 4.” BDAG notes, however, “But this pass. may also belong to 2. to move to an area and be there, set foot in .” Because the message from the disciples to Paul through the Holy Spirit has the character of a warning, the latter meaning has been adopted for this translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A4/5"}
{"id":43867,"verse_id":"ACT.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A4/6"}
{"id":43868,"verse_id":"ACT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “It happened that when.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":43869,"verse_id":"ACT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “When our days were over.” L&N 67.71 has “ ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας ‘when we brought that time to an end’ or ‘when our time with them was over’ Ac 21:5 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":43870,"verse_id":"ACT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “accompanying.” Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation and the participle προπεμπόντων ( propempontwn ) translated as a finite verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":43871,"verse_id":"ACT.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “city, and after.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence, the conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. Instead a new English sentence is begun.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A5/4"}
{"id":43872,"verse_id":"ACT.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"BDAG 98 s.v. ἀπασπάζομαι has “ take leave of, say farewell to τινά someone … ἀπησπασάμεθα ἀλλήλους we said farewell to one another Ac 21:6 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":43873,"verse_id":"ACT.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"Grk “and.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":43874,"verse_id":"ACT.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"Grk “On the next day leaving, we came.” The participle ἐξελθόντες ( exelqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":43875,"verse_id":"ACT.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"Grk “and entering…we stayed.” The participle εἰσελθόντες ( eiselqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":43876,"verse_id":"ACT.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Grk “virgin.” While the term παρθένος ( parqeno\" ) can refer to a woman who has never had sexual relations, the emphasis in this context seems to be on the fact that Philip’s daughters were not married (L&N 9.39).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":43877,"verse_id":"ACT.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"BDAG 848 s.v. πολύς 1.b. α has “ ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους for a (large) number of days, for many days … Ac 13:31 . – 21:10 …24:17; 25:14; 27:20 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":43878,"verse_id":"ACT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Grk “And coming.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here. The participle ἐλθών ( elqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":43879,"verse_id":"ACT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"Grk “and taking.” This καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. The participle ἄρας ( aras ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":43880,"verse_id":"ACT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.11","text":"The participle δήσας ( dhsas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A11/4"}
{"id":43881,"verse_id":"ACT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.11","text":"The words “with it” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A11/5"}
{"id":43882,"verse_id":"ACT.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.11","text":"Grk “and will deliver him over into the hands of” (a Semitic idiom). sn The Jews…will tie up…and will hand him over. As later events will show, the Jews in Jerusalem did not personally tie Paul up and hand him over to the Gentiles, but their reaction to him was the cause of his arrest ( Acts 21:27-36 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A11/6"}
{"id":43883,"verse_id":"ACT.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Or “the people there.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":43884,"verse_id":"ACT.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"The term translated “breaking” as used by Josephus ( Ant. 10.10.4 [10.207]) means to break something into pieces, but in its only NT use (it is a hapax legomenon ) it is used figuratively (BDAG 972 s.v. συνθρύπτω ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":43885,"verse_id":"ACT.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"L&N 18.13 has “to tie objects together – ‘to tie, to tie together, to tie up.’” The verb δέω ( dew ) is sometimes figurative for imprisonment (L&N 37.114), but it is preferable to translate it literally here in light of v. 11 where Agabus tied himself up with Paul’s belt.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":43886,"verse_id":"ACT.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"The participle πειθομένου ( peiqomenou ) in this genitive absolute construction has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":43887,"verse_id":"ACT.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.14","text":"Grk “we became silent, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A14/2"}
{"id":43888,"verse_id":"ACT.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Or “we made preparations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":43889,"verse_id":"ACT.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “were going up”; the imperfect verb ἀνεβαίνομεν ( anebainomen ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect. sn In colloquial speech Jerusalem was always said to be “ up ” from any other location in Palestine. The group probably covered the 65 mi (105 km) in two days using horses. Their arrival in Jerusalem marked the end of Paul’s third missionary journey.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A15/2"}
{"id":43890,"verse_id":"ACT.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “to Mnason…”; the words “the house of” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by the verb ξενισθῶμεν ( xenisqwmen ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":43891,"verse_id":"ACT.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Or perhaps, “Mnason of Cyprus, one of the original disciples.” BDAG 137 s.v. ἀρχαῖος 1 has “ ἀ . μαθητής a disciple of long standing (perh. original disc. ) Ac 21:16 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":43892,"verse_id":"ACT.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Or “warmly” (see BDAG 144 s.v. ἀσμένως ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":43893,"verse_id":"ACT.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"BDAG 760 s.v. παραγίνομαι 1 has this use under the broad category of meaning “ draw near, come, arrive, be present .” sn All the elders were there. This meeting shows how the Jerusalem church still regarded Paul and his mission with favor, but also with some concerns because of the rumors circulating about his actions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":43894,"verse_id":"ACT.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":43895,"verse_id":"ACT.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.19","text":"Or “to report,” “to describe.” The imperfect verb ἐξηγεῖτο ( exhgeito ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A19/2"}
{"id":43896,"verse_id":"ACT.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.19","text":"BDAG 293 s.v. εἷς 5.e has “ καθ᾿ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθ᾿ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III bc]; PTebt. 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25 . Also καθ᾿ ἕν ἕκαστον … Ac 21:19 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A19/3"}
{"id":43897,"verse_id":"ACT.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.20","text":"Or “glorified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A20/1"}
{"id":43898,"verse_id":"ACT.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.20","text":"Grk “how many thousands there are among the Jews.” sn How many thousands of Jews. See Acts 2-5 for the accounts of their conversion, esp. 2:41 and 4:4 . Estimates of the total number of Jews living in Jerusalem at the time range from 20,000 to 50,000.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A20/2"}
{"id":43899,"verse_id":"ACT.21.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.20","text":"Or “are all zealous for the law.” BDAG 427 s.v. ζηλωτής 1.a. β has “of thing… τοῦ νόμου an ardent observer of the law Ac 21:20 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A20/3"}
{"id":43900,"verse_id":"ACT.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"BDAG 511 s.v. κατά B.1.a has “ τοὺς κ . τὰ ἔθνη ᾿Ιουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21.” The Jews in view are not those in Palestine, but those who are scattered throughout the Gentile world.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":43901,"verse_id":"ACT.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"Or “to forsake,” “to rebel against.” BDAG 120 s.v. ἀποστασία has “ ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως you teach (Judeans) to abandon Moses Ac 21:21 .” sn The charge that Paul was teaching Jews in the Diaspora to abandon Moses was different from the issue faced in , where the question was whether Gentiles needed to become like Jews first in order to become Christians. The issue also appears in Acts 24:5-6, 13-21; 25:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":43902,"verse_id":"ACT.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.21","text":"Grk “or walk.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A21/4"}
{"id":43903,"verse_id":"ACT.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"L&N 71.16 has “pertaining to being in every respect certain – ‘certainly, really, doubtless, no doubt.’…‘they will no doubt hear that you have come’ Ac 21:22 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":43904,"verse_id":"ACT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “do this that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A23/1"}
{"id":43905,"verse_id":"ACT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.23","text":"Grk “There are four men here.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A23/2"}
{"id":43906,"verse_id":"ACT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.23","text":"L&N 33.469 has “‘there are four men here who have taken a vow’ or ‘we have four men who…’ Ac 21:23 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A23/3"}
{"id":43907,"verse_id":"ACT.21.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.23","text":"On the term for “vow,” see BDAG 416 s.v. εὐχή 2.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A23/4"}
{"id":43908,"verse_id":"ACT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"L&N 57.146 has “ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ‘pay their expenses’ Ac 21:24 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":43909,"verse_id":"ACT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.24","text":"The future middle indicative has causative force here. BDAG 686 s.v. ξυράω has “mid. have oneself shaved … τὴν κεφαλήν have one ’ s head shaved … Ac 21:24 .” sn Having their heads shaved probably involved ending a voluntary Nazirite vow ( Num 6:14-15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A24/3"}
{"id":43910,"verse_id":"ACT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.24","text":"Grk “and.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A24/4"}
{"id":43911,"verse_id":"ACT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.24","text":"The verb here describes a report or some type of information (BDAG 534 s.v. κατηχέω 1).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A24/5"}
{"id":43912,"verse_id":"ACT.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.24","text":"Grk “adhere to the keeping of the law.” L&N 41.12 has “ στοιχέω : to live in conformity with some presumed standard or set of customs – ‘to live, to behave in accordance with.’”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A24/6"}
{"id":43913,"verse_id":"ACT.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"L&N 13.154 has “‘having decided that they must keep themselves from food offered to idols, from blood, from an animal that has been strangled, and from sexual immorality’ Ac 21:25 .” sn Having decided refers here to the decision of the Jerusalem council ( Acts 15:6-21 ). Mention of this previous decision reminds the reader that the issue here is somewhat different: It is not whether Gentiles must first become Jews before they can become Christians (as in ), but whether Jews who become Christians should retain their Jewish practices. Sensitivity to this issue would suggest that Jewish Christians and Gentile Christians might engage in different practices.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":43914,"verse_id":"ACT.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"This is a different Greek word than the one used in Acts 15:20, 29 . BDAG 1068 s.v. φυλάσσω 3 has “to be on one’s guard against , look out for, avoid…w. acc. of pers. or thing avoided… Ac 21:25 .” The Greek word used in Acts 15:20, 29 is ἀπέχω ( apecw ). The difference in meaning, although slight, has been maintained in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":43915,"verse_id":"ACT.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"There is no specific semantic component in the Greek word εἰδωλόθυτος that means “meat” (see BDAG 280 s.v. εἰδωλόθυτος ; L&N 5.15). The stem – θυτος means “sacrifice” (referring to an animal sacrificially killed) and thereby implies meat.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":43916,"verse_id":"ACT.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"BDAG 422 s.v. ἔχω 11.b. β has “temporal, to be next, immediately following … τῇ ἐχομένῃ … on the next day Lk 13:33 … Ac 20:15 ; w. ἡμέρᾳ added… 21:26 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":43917,"verse_id":"ACT.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"That is, after he had undergone ritual cleansing. The aorist passive participle ἁγνισθείς ( Jagnisqei\" ) has been taken temporally of antecedent action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":43918,"verse_id":"ACT.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.26","text":"Grk “entered the temple, giving notice.” The participle διαγγέλλων ( diangellwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A26/3"}
{"id":43919,"verse_id":"ACT.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.26","text":"Grk “until” (BDAG 423 s.v. ἕως 1.b. β . א ), but since in English it is somewhat awkward to say “the completion of the days of purification, until the sacrifice would be offered,” the temporal clause was translated “when the sacrifice would be offered.” The point is that the sacrifice would be offered when the days were completed. Paul honored the request of the Jewish Christian leadership completely. As the following verse makes clear, the vow was made for seven days.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A26/5"}
{"id":43920,"verse_id":"ACT.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.26","text":"Grk “for each one.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A26/6"}
{"id":43921,"verse_id":"ACT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"BDAG 975 s.v. συντελέω 4 has “to come to an end of a duration, come to an end, be over … Ac 21:27 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":43922,"verse_id":"ACT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia. sn Note how there is a sense of Paul being pursued from a distance. These Jews may well have been from Ephesus, since they recognized Trophimus the Ephesian (v. 29 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":43923,"verse_id":"ACT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “in the temple.” See the note on the word “temple” in v. 28 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A27/3"}
{"id":43924,"verse_id":"ACT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.27","text":"Or “threw the whole crowd into consternation.” L&N 25.221 has “ συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον ‘they threw the whole crowd into consternation’ Ac 21:27 . It is also possible to render the expression in Ac 21:27 as ‘they stirred up the whole crowd.’”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A27/4"}
{"id":43925,"verse_id":"ACT.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “and laid hands on.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A27/5"}
{"id":43926,"verse_id":"ACT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.28","text":"Or “Israelite men,” although this is less natural English. The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, it is conceivable that this is a generic usage since “the whole crowd” is mentioned in v. 27 , although it can also be argued that these remarks were addressed primarily to the men present, even if women were there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A28/1"}
{"id":43927,"verse_id":"ACT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.28","text":"Grk “this place.” sn This sanctuary refers to the temple. The charges were not new, but were similar to those made against Stephen ( Acts 6:14 ) and Jesus ( Luke 23:2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A28/3"}
{"id":43928,"verse_id":"ACT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.28","text":"BDAG 400 s.v. ἔτι 2.b has “ ἔ . δὲ καί furthermore …al. ἔ . τε καί … Lk 14:26 ; Ac 21:28 .” This is a continuation of the same sentence in Greek, but due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A28/4"}
{"id":43929,"verse_id":"ACT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.28","text":"Grk “into the temple.” The specific reference is to the Court of the Sons of Israel (see the note following the term “unclean” at the end of this verse). To avoid giving the modern reader the impression that they entered the temple building itself, the phrase “the inner courts of the temple” has been used in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A28/5"}
{"id":43930,"verse_id":"ACT.21.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":28,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.28","text":"Or “and has defiled this holy place.” sn Has brought Greeks…unclean. Note how the issue is both religious and ethnic, showing a different attitude by the Jews. A Gentile was not permitted to enter the inner temple precincts (contrast Eph 2:11-22 ). According to Josephus ( Ant. 15.11.5 [15.417]; J. W. 5.5.2 [5.193], cf. 5.5.6 [5.227]), the inner temple courts (the Court of the Women, the Court of the Sons of Israel, and the Court of the Priests) were raised slightly above the level of the Court of the Gentiles and were surrounded by a wall about 5 ft (1.5 m) high. Notices in both Greek and Latin (two of which have been discovered) warned that any Gentiles who ventured into the inner courts would be responsible for their own deaths. See also Philo, Embassy 31 (212). In m. Middot 2:3 this wall was called “ soreq ” and according to m. Sanhedrin 9:6 the stranger who trespassed beyond the soreq would die by the hand of God.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A28/6"}
{"id":43931,"verse_id":"ACT.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.29","text":"Grk “whom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A29/1"}
{"id":43932,"verse_id":"ACT.21.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.29","text":"On the phrase “inner temple courts” see the note on the word “temple” in v. 28 . sn This is a parenthetical note by the author. The note explains the cause of the charge and also notes that it was false.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A29/2"}
{"id":43933,"verse_id":"ACT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.30","text":"On this term see BDAG 545 s.v. κινέω 2.b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A30/1"}
{"id":43934,"verse_id":"ACT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.30","text":"Or “the people formed a mob.” BDAG 967 s.v. συνδρομή has “formation of a mob by pers. running together, running together … ἐγένετο σ . τοῦ λαοῦ the people rushed together Ac 21:30 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A30/2"}
{"id":43935,"verse_id":"ACT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.30","text":"Grk “and seizing.” The participle ἐπιλαβόμενοι ( epilabomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A30/3"}
{"id":43936,"verse_id":"ACT.21.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.30","text":"Grk “out of the temple.” See the note on the word “temple” in v. 28 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A30/4"}
{"id":43937,"verse_id":"ACT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.31","text":"Grk “seeking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A31/1"}
{"id":43938,"verse_id":"ACT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.31","text":"Or “information” (originally concerning a crime; BDAG 1050 s.v. φάσις ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A31/2"}
{"id":43939,"verse_id":"ACT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.31","text":"Grk “went up”; this verb is used because the report went up to the Antonia Fortress where the Roman garrison was stationed.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A31/3"}
{"id":43940,"verse_id":"ACT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.31","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). In Greek the term χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" ) literally described the “commander of a thousand,” but it was used as the standard translation for the Latin tribunus militum or tribunus militare , the military tribune who commanded a cohort of 600 men.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A31/4"}
{"id":43941,"verse_id":"ACT.21.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":31,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.31","text":"BDAG 953 s.v. συγχέω has “Pass. w. act.force be in confusion … ὅλη συγχύννεται ᾿Ιερουσαλήμ 21:31 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A31/6"}
{"id":43942,"verse_id":"ACT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences, the relative pronoun (“who”) was translated as a pronoun (“he”) and a new sentence was begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A32/1"}
{"id":43943,"verse_id":"ACT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “taking…ran down.” The participle κατέδραμεν ( katedramen ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A32/2"}
{"id":43944,"verse_id":"ACT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “to them”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A32/4"}
{"id":43945,"verse_id":"ACT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “seeing.” The participle ἰδόντες ( idonte\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A32/5"}
{"id":43946,"verse_id":"ACT.21.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":32,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.32","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A32/6"}
{"id":43947,"verse_id":"ACT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.33","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A33/1"}
{"id":43948,"verse_id":"ACT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.33","text":"Grk “seized.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A33/2"}
{"id":43949,"verse_id":"ACT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.33","text":"The two chains would be something like handcuffs (BDAG 48 s.v. ἅλυσις and compare Acts 28:20 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A33/3"}
{"id":43950,"verse_id":"ACT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.33","text":"Grk “and he.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has been replaced with a semicolon. “Then” has been supplied after “he” to clarify the logical sequence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A33/4"}
{"id":43951,"verse_id":"ACT.21.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":33,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.33","text":"Grk “and what it is”; this has been simplified to “what.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A33/5"}
{"id":43952,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.34","text":"L&N 33.77 has “ ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐπεφώνουν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ‘some in the crowd shouted one thing; others, something else’ Ac 21:34 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/1"}
{"id":43953,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.34","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the commanding officer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/2"}
{"id":43954,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.34","text":"This genitive absolute construction has been translated temporally; it could also be taken causally: “and since the commanding officer was unable to find out the truth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/3"}
{"id":43955,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.34","text":"Or “find out what had happened”; Grk “the certainty” (BDAG 147 s.v. ἀσφαλής 2).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/4"}
{"id":43956,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.34","text":"Or “clamor,” “uproar” (BDAG 458 s.v. θόρυβος ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/5"}
{"id":43957,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.34","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/6"}
{"id":43958,"verse_id":"ACT.21.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":34,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.34","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A34/7"}
{"id":43959,"verse_id":"ACT.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A35/1"}
{"id":43960,"verse_id":"ACT.21.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.35","text":"This refers to mob violence (BDAG 175 s.v. βία b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A35/3"}
{"id":43961,"verse_id":"ACT.21.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.36","text":"Grk “the multitude of people.” While πλῆθος ( plhqo\" ) is articular, it has been translated “a crowd” since it was probably a subset of the larger mob that gathered in v. 30 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A36/1"}
{"id":43962,"verse_id":"ACT.21.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.36","text":"The word “them” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A36/2"}
{"id":43963,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.37","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/1"}
{"id":43964,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “says” (a historical present).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/2"}
{"id":43965,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers) See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 31 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/3"}
{"id":43966,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “Is it permitted for me to say” (an idiom).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/4"}
{"id":43967,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (the officer) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/5"}
{"id":43968,"verse_id":"ACT.21.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":37,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.37","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A37/6"}
{"id":43969,"verse_id":"ACT.21.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.38","text":"L&N 39.41 has “ οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστατώσας ‘then you are not that Egyptian who some time ago started a rebellion’ Ac 21:38 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A38/1"}
{"id":43970,"verse_id":"ACT.21.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.38","text":"Grk “of the Sicarii .” sn The term ‘ Assassins ’ is found several times in the writings of Josephus ( J. W. 2.13.3 [2.254-257]; Ant. 20.8.10 [20.186]). It was the name of the most fanatical group among the Jewish nationalists, very hostile to Rome, who did not hesitate to assassinate their political opponents. They were named Sicarii in Latin after their weapon of choice, the short dagger or sicarius which could be easily hidden under one’s clothing. In effect, the officer who arrested Paul had thought he was dealing with a terrorist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A38/2"}
{"id":43971,"verse_id":"ACT.21.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":38,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.38","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A38/3"}
{"id":43972,"verse_id":"ACT.21.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":38,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.38","text":"Grk “before these days.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A38/4"}
{"id":43973,"verse_id":"ACT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.39","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A39/1"}
{"id":43974,"verse_id":"ACT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.39","text":"Grk “a Jewish man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A39/2"}
{"id":43975,"verse_id":"ACT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.39","text":"Grk “of a not insignificant city.” The double negative, common in Greek, is awkward in English and has been replaced by a corresponding positive expression (BDAG 142 s.v. ἄσημος 1).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A39/3"}
{"id":43976,"verse_id":"ACT.21.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":39,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.39","text":"Grk “I beg you.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A39/4"}
{"id":43977,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.40","text":"The referent (the commanding officer) has been supplied here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/1"}
{"id":43978,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.40","text":"Grk “Giving him permission.” The participle ἐπιτρέψαντος ( epitreyanto\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/2"}
{"id":43979,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.40","text":"Grk “standing.” The participle ἑστώς ( Jestws ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/3"}
{"id":43980,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.40","text":"Or “motioned.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/4"}
{"id":43981,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.40","text":"γενομένης ( genomenhs ) has been taken temporally. BDAG 922 s.v. σιγή has “ πολλῆς σιγῆς γενομένης when a great silence had fallen = when they had become silent Ac 21:40 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/5"}
{"id":43982,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"21.40","text":"Or “spoke out to.” L&N 33.27 has “to address an audience, with possible emphasis upon loudness – ‘to address, to speak out to.’ πολλῆς δέ σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ ᾿Εβραίδι διαλέκτῳ ‘when they were quiet, he addressed them in Hebrew’ Ac 21:40 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/6"}
{"id":43983,"verse_id":"ACT.21.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":21,"verse":40,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"21.40","text":"Grk “in the Hebrew dialect, saying.” This refers to the Aramaic spoken in Palestine in the 1st century (BDAG 270 s.v. ῾Εβραΐς ). The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2021%3A40/7"}
{"id":43984,"verse_id":"ACT.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"The adverb νυνί ( nuni , “now”) is connected with the phrase τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ ἀπολογίας ( th\" pro\" Juma\" nuni apologia\" ) rather than the verb ἀκούσατε ( akousate ), and the entire construction (prepositional phrase plus adverb) is in first attributive position and thus translated into English by a relative clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":43985,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":43986,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"Or “spoke out to.” L&N 33.27 has “to address an audience, with possible emphasis upon loudness – ‘to address, to speak out to.’ πολλῆς δέ σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ ᾿Εβραίδι διαλέκτῳ ‘when they were quiet, he addressed them in Hebrew’ Ac 21:40 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":43987,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “in the Hebrew language.” See the note on “Aramaic” in 21:40 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/3"}
{"id":43988,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.2","text":"BDAG 613-14 s.v. μᾶλλον 1 “Abs. μ . can mean to a greater degree (than before) , even more, now more than ever Lk 5:15 ; Jn 5:18; 19:8 ; Ac 5:14; 22:2 ; 2 Cor 7:7 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/4"}
{"id":43989,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.2","text":"BDAG 440 s.v. ἡσυχία 2 has “ παρέχειν ἡσυχίαν quiet down, give a hearing … Ac 22:2 .” sn This is best taken as a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/5"}
{"id":43990,"verse_id":"ACT.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “and.” Since this represents a continuation of the speech begun in v. 1 , καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A2/6"}
{"id":43991,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “a Jewish man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":43992,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"BDAG 74 s.v. ἀνατρέφω b has “of mental and spiritual nurture bring up, rear, train … ἀνατεθραμμένος ἐν τ . πόλει ταύτῃ 22:3 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":43993,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Or “with precision.” Although often translated “strictly” this can be misunderstood for “solely” in English. BDAG 39 s.v. ἀκρίβεια gives the meaning as “ exactness, precision .” To avoid the potential misunderstanding the translation “with strictness” is used, although it is slightly more awkward than “strictly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":43994,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “strictly at the feet of” (an idiom).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/4"}
{"id":43995,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.3","text":"Or “our forefathers.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/6"}
{"id":43996,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “ancestors, being.” The participle ὑπάρχων ( Juparcwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/7"}
{"id":43997,"verse_id":"ACT.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"22.3","text":"BDAG 427 s.v. ζηλωτής 1.a. α has “of pers. … ζ . τοῦ θεοῦ one who is loyal to God Ac 22:3 .”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A3/8"}
{"id":43998,"verse_id":"ACT.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.4","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“who”) was translated by the first person pronoun (“I”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A4/1"}
{"id":43999,"verse_id":"ACT.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.4","text":"BDAG 442-43 s.v. θάνατος 1.a has “ διώκειν ἄχρι θανάτου persecute even to death Ac 22:4 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A4/3"}
{"id":44000,"verse_id":"ACT.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.4","text":"Grk “binding.” See Acts 8:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A4/4"}
{"id":44001,"verse_id":"ACT.22.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.4","text":"BDAG 762 s.v. παραδίδωμι 1.b has “W. local εἰς … εἰς φυλακήν put in prison Ac 8:3 ; cp. 22:4 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A4/5"}
{"id":44002,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.5","text":"That is, the whole Sanhedrin. BDAG 861 s.v. πρεσβυτέριον has “an administrative group concerned with the interests of a specific community, council of elders – a. of the highest Judean council in Jerusalem, in our lit. usu. called συνέδριον … ὁ ἀρχιερεύς καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρ . Ac 22:5 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/1"}
{"id":44003,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.5","text":"Grk “from whom.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was translated by the third person plural pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/2"}
{"id":44004,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.5","text":"Grk “receiving.” The participle δεξάμενος ( dexameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/3"}
{"id":44005,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.5","text":"Grk “letters to the brothers, [and] I was going to Damascus.” Such a translation, however, might be confusing since the term “brother” is frequently used of a fellow Christian. In this context, Paul is speaking about fellow Jews.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/4"}
{"id":44006,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.5","text":"Grk “even there and bring…” or “there and even bring…” The ascensive καί ( kai ) shows that Paul was fervent in his zeal against Christians, but it is difficult to translate for it really belongs with the entire idea of arresting and bringing back the prisoners.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/5"}
{"id":44007,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.5","text":"BDAG 221 s.v. δέω 1.b has “ δεδεμένον ἄγειν τινά bring someone as prisoner … Ac 9:2, 21; 22:5 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/6"}
{"id":44008,"verse_id":"ACT.22.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"22.5","text":"Grk “I was going…to bring even those who were there to Jerusalem as prisoners that they might be punished.” map For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A5/7"}
{"id":44009,"verse_id":"ACT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “It happened that as.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":44010,"verse_id":"ACT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “going and nearing Damascus.” sn En route and near Damascus. This is the first retelling of Paul’s Damascus Road experience in Acts (cf. Acts 9:1-9 ; the second retelling is in Acts 26:9-20 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":44011,"verse_id":"ACT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"BDAG 472 s.v. ἱκανός 3.b has “ φῶς a very bright light Ac 22:6 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":44012,"verse_id":"ACT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"Or “from the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":44013,"verse_id":"ACT.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.6","text":"Or “shone.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A6/5"}
{"id":44014,"verse_id":"ACT.22.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.7","text":"This is a continuation of the same sentence in Greek using the connective τέ ( te ), but due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence a new sentence was begun in the translation here. To indicate the logical sequence for the modern English reader, τέ was translated as “then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A7/1"}
{"id":44015,"verse_id":"ACT.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Grk “did not hear” (but see Acts 9:7 ). BDAG 38 s.v. ἀκούω 7 has “W. acc. τὸν νόμον understand the law Gal 4:21 ; perh. Ac 22:9; 26:14 …belong here.” If the word has this sense here, then a metonymy is present, since the lack of effect is put for a failure to appreciate what was heard.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":44016,"verse_id":"ACT.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Grk “So I said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":44017,"verse_id":"ACT.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.10","text":"Grk “Getting up.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anasta\" ) is an adverbial participle of attendant circumstance and has been translated as a finite verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A10/2"}
{"id":44018,"verse_id":"ACT.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.10","text":"Grk “about all things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A10/3"}
{"id":44019,"verse_id":"ACT.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.10","text":"Or “assigned,” “ordered.” BDAG 991 s.v. τάσσω 2.a has “act. and pass., foll. by acc. w. inf.… περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι concerning everything that you have been ordered to do 22:10.” There is an allusion to a divine call and commission here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A10/4"}
{"id":44020,"verse_id":"ACT.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"BDAG 106 s.v. ἀπό 5.a has “ οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτός I could not see because of the brilliance of the light Ac 22:11 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":44021,"verse_id":"ACT.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"Or “brightness”; Grk “glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":44022,"verse_id":"ACT.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"Grk “by” ( ὑπό , Jupo ), but this would be too awkward in English following the previous “by.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":44023,"verse_id":"ACT.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"Grk “a certain Ananias.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":44024,"verse_id":"ACT.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.12","text":"BDAG 534 s.v. κατοικέω 1.a translates this present participle “ ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν (sc. ἐκεῖ ) κατοικούντων ᾿Ιουδαίων by all the Jews who live there Ac 22:12 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A12/3"}
{"id":44025,"verse_id":"ACT.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.13","text":"Grk “coming.” The participle ἐλθών ( elqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A13/1"}
{"id":44026,"verse_id":"ACT.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.13","text":"Grk “coming to me and standing beside [me] said to me.” The participle ἐπιστάς ( epistas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A13/2"}
{"id":44027,"verse_id":"ACT.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.13","text":"Grk “Brother Saul, look up” (here an idiom for regaining one’s sight). BDAG 59 s.v. ἀναβλέπω places this usage under 1, “ look up Ac 22:13 a. W. εἰς αὐτόν to show the direction of the glance… 22:13 b; but perh. this vs. belongs under 2a.” BDAG 59 s.v. 2 .a. α states, “of blind persons, who were formerly able to see, regain sight .” The problem for the translator is deciding between the literal and the idiomatic usage and at the same time attempting to retain the wordplay in Acts 22:13 : “[Ananias] said to me, ‘Look up!’ and at that very moment I looked up to him.” The assumption of the command is that the effort to look up will be worth it (through the regaining of sight).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A13/3"}
{"id":44028,"verse_id":"ACT.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.13","text":"Grk “hour,” but ὥρα ( Jwra ) is often used for indefinite short periods of time (so BDAG 1102-3 s.v. ὥρα 2.c: “ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ at that very time, at once, instantly … Lk 2:38, 24:33 ; Ac 16:18; 22:13 ”). A comparison with the account in Acts 9:18 indicates that this is clearly the meaning here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A13/4"}
{"id":44029,"verse_id":"ACT.22.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.13","text":"Grk “I looked up to him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A13/5"}
{"id":44030,"verse_id":"ACT.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.” sn The expression God of our ancestors is a description of the God of Israel. The God of promise was at work again.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":44031,"verse_id":"ACT.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.14","text":"L&N 30.89 has “‘to choose in advance, to select beforehand, to designate in advance’…‘the God of our ancestors has already chosen you to know his will’ Ac 22:14 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A14/2"}
{"id":44032,"verse_id":"ACT.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.14","text":"Grk “and to see.” This καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A14/3"}
{"id":44033,"verse_id":"ACT.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.14","text":"Or “a solemn declaration”; Grk “a voice.” BDAG 1071-72 s.v. φωνή 2.c states, “that which the voice gives expression to: call, cry, outcry, loud or solemn declaration (… = order, command)…Cp. 22:14; 24:21 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A14/5"}
{"id":44034,"verse_id":"ACT.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"Or “a witness to him.” sn You will be his witness. See Acts 1:8; 13:31 . The following reference to all people stresses all nationalities ( Eph 3:7-9 ; Acts 9:15 ). Note also v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":44035,"verse_id":"ACT.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Grk “all men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":44036,"verse_id":"ACT.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"L&N 67.121 has “to extend time unduly, with the implication of lack of decision – ‘to wait, to delay.’ νῦν τί μέλλεις… ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι ‘what are you waiting for? Get up and be baptized’ Ac 22:16 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":44037,"verse_id":"ACT.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.16","text":"Grk “getting up.” The participle ἀναστάς ( anasta\" ) is an adverbial participle of attendant circumstance and has been translated as a finite verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A16/2"}
{"id":44038,"verse_id":"ACT.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.17","text":"Grk “It happened to me that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A17/1"}
{"id":44039,"verse_id":"ACT.22.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.17","text":"BDAG 309 s.v. ἔκστασις 2 has “ γενέσθαι ἐν ἐκστάσει fall into a trance Ac 22:17 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A17/2"}
{"id":44040,"verse_id":"ACT.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Or “Jesus”; Grk “him.” The referent (the Lord, cf. v. 19 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":44041,"verse_id":"ACT.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":"Grk “And I said.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai , in καγώ [ kagw ]) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":44042,"verse_id":"ACT.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.19","text":"For the distributive sense of the expression κατὰ τὰς συναγωγάς ( kata ta\" sunagwga\" ) BDAG 512 s.v. κατά B.1.d has “of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc.… κατ᾿ οἶκαν from house to house … Ac 2:46 b; 5:42 …Likew. the pl.… κ . τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19 .” See also L&N 37.114. sn See the note on synagogue in 6:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A19/2"}
{"id":44043,"verse_id":"ACT.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.20","text":"Grk “and approving.” This καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A20/3"}
{"id":44044,"verse_id":"ACT.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “outer garments.” sn The cloaks. The outer garment, or cloak, was taken off and laid aside to leave the arms free (in this case for throwing stones).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A20/4"}
{"id":44045,"verse_id":"ACT.22.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.20","text":"Or “who were putting him to death.” For the translation of ἀναιρούντων ( anairountwn ) as “putting to death” see BDAG 64 s.v. ἀναιρέω 2.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A20/5"}
{"id":44046,"verse_id":"ACT.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Grk “And.” Since this represents a response to Paul’s reply in v. 19 , καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A21/1"}
{"id":44047,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “They were listening”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/1"}
{"id":44048,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “until this word.” sn Until he said this. Note it is the mention of Paul’s mission to the Gentiles with its implication of ethnic openness that is so disturbing to the audience.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/2"}
{"id":44049,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “And.” To indicate the logical sequence, καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/3"}
{"id":44050,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “and said.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/4"}
{"id":44051,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.22","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/5"}
{"id":44052,"verse_id":"ACT.22.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":22,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.22","text":"BDAG 491 s.v. καθήκω has “to be appropriate, come/reach to, be proper/fitting …Usu. impers. καθήκει it comes (to someone) …foll. by acc. and inf…. οὐ καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῆν he should not be allowed to live Ac 22:22 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A22/6"}
{"id":44053,"verse_id":"ACT.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.23","text":"The participle κραυγαζόντων ( kraugazontwn ) has been translated temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A23/1"}
{"id":44054,"verse_id":"ACT.22.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.23","text":"Or “outer garments.” sn Their cloaks. The outer garment, or cloak, was taken off and laid aside to leave the arms free (perhaps in this case as preparation for throwing stones).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A23/2"}
{"id":44055,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). In Greek the term χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" ) literally described the “commander of a thousand,” but it was used as the standard translation for the Latin tribunus militum or tribunus militare , the military tribune who commanded a cohort of 600 men.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/1"}
{"id":44056,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/2"}
{"id":44057,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.24","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/3"}
{"id":44058,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “into the barracks, saying.” This is a continuation of the same sentence in Greek using the participle εἴπας ( eipas ), but due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence a new sentence was begun in the translation here. The direct object “them” has been supplied; it is understood in Greek.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/4"}
{"id":44059,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/5"}
{"id":44060,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the crowd) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/7"}
{"id":44061,"verse_id":"ACT.22.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":24,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"22.24","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A24/8"}
{"id":44062,"verse_id":"ACT.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.25","text":"Grk “for the thongs” (of which the lash was made). Although often translated as a dative of means (“with thongs”), referring to thongs used to tie the victim to the whipping post, BDAG 474-75 s.v. ἱμάς states that it “is better taken as a dat. of purpose for the thongs , in which case οἱ ἱμάντες = whips (Posidonius: 87 fgm. 5 Jac.; POxy. 1186, 2 τὴν διὰ τῶν ἱμάντων αἰκείαν . – Antiphanes 74, 8, Demosth. 19, 197 and Artem. 1, 70 use the sing. in this way).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A25/1"}
{"id":44063,"verse_id":"ACT.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.25","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A25/3"}
{"id":44064,"verse_id":"ACT.22.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.25","text":"Or “a Roman citizen and uncondemned.” BDAG 35 s.v. ἀκατάκριτος has “ uncondemned, without due process ” for this usage. sn The fact that Paul was a Roman citizen protected him from being tortured to extract information; such protections were guaranteed by the Porcian and Julian law codes. In addition, the fact Paul had not been tried exempted him from punishment.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A25/4"}
{"id":44065,"verse_id":"ACT.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.26","text":"The word “this” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A26/2"}
{"id":44066,"verse_id":"ACT.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.26","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A26/3"}
{"id":44067,"verse_id":"ACT.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.26","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A26/4"}
{"id":44068,"verse_id":"ACT.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.26","text":"Or perhaps, “What do you intend to do?” Although BDAG 627 s.v. μέλλω 1.c. α lists this phrase under the category “ be about to, be on the point of ,” it is possible it belongs under 1.c. γ , “denoting an intended action: intend, propose, have in mind … τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν ; what do you intend to do? ”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A26/5"}
{"id":44069,"verse_id":"ACT.22.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"22.26","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A26/6"}
{"id":44070,"verse_id":"ACT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.27","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A27/1"}
{"id":44071,"verse_id":"ACT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.27","text":"Grk “and said to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A27/2"}
{"id":44072,"verse_id":"ACT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.27","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A27/3"}
{"id":44073,"verse_id":"ACT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.27","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A27/4"}
{"id":44074,"verse_id":"ACT.22.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.27","text":"Grk “He said.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A27/5"}
{"id":44075,"verse_id":"ACT.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.28","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A28/1"}
{"id":44076,"verse_id":"ACT.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.28","text":"BDAG 495-96 s.v. καί 2.b has “intensive: even … Ac 5:39; 22:28 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A28/3"}
{"id":44077,"verse_id":"ACT.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.28","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity. sn Paul’s reference to being born a citizen suggests he inherited his Roman citizenship from his family.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A28/4"}
{"id":44078,"verse_id":"ACT.22.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.28","text":"Grk “Paul said.” This phrase has been placed at the end of the sentence in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A28/5"}
{"id":44079,"verse_id":"ACT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.29","text":"BDAG 158 s.v. ἀφίστημι 2.b has “ keep away … ἀπό τινος… Lk 4:13 ; Ac 5:38 ; 2 Cor 12:8 …cp. Ac 22:29 .” In context, the point would seem to be not that the interrogators departed or withdrew, but that they held back from continuing the flogging.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A29/1"}
{"id":44080,"verse_id":"ACT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.29","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A29/2"}
{"id":44081,"verse_id":"ACT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A29/3"}
{"id":44082,"verse_id":"ACT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.29","text":"This is a present tense ( ἐστιν , estin ) retained in indirect discourse. It must be translated as a past tense in contemporary English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A29/4"}
{"id":44083,"verse_id":"ACT.22.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.29","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A29/5"}
{"id":44084,"verse_id":"ACT.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.30","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the commanding officer) has been supplied here in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A30/1"}
{"id":44085,"verse_id":"ACT.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.30","text":"Grk “the certainty, why.” BDAG 147 s.v. ἀσφαλής 2 has “ τὸ ἀ . the certainty = the truth (in ref. to ferreting out the facts… ἵνα τὸ ἀ . ἐπιγνῶ ) γνῶναι 21:34; 22:30 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A30/2"}
{"id":44086,"verse_id":"ACT.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.30","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A30/3"}
{"id":44087,"verse_id":"ACT.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.30","text":"Grk “the whole Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A30/4"}
{"id":44088,"verse_id":"ACT.22.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":22,"verse":30,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.30","text":"Grk “and bringing.” The participle καταγαγών ( katagagwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to clarify the logical sequence.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2022%3A30/5"}
{"id":44089,"verse_id":"ACT.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.1","text":"Grk “Paul, looking directly at the council, said.” The participle ἀτενίσας ( atenisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A1/1"}
{"id":44090,"verse_id":"ACT.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.1","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A1/2"}
{"id":44091,"verse_id":"ACT.23.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.1","text":"BDAG 846 s.v. πολιτεύομαι 3 has “W. a double dat. συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ I have lived my life with a clear conscience before God Ac 23:1 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A1/3"}
{"id":44092,"verse_id":"ACT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.2","text":"Grk “and” ( δέ , de ); the phrase “at that” has been used in the translation to clarify the cause and effect relationship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A2/1"}
{"id":44093,"verse_id":"ACT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.2","text":"BDAG 778 s.v. παρίστημι / παριστάνω 2.b. α has “ οἱ παρεστῶτες αὐτῷ those standing near him Ac 23:2 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A2/2"}
{"id":44094,"verse_id":"ACT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.2","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A2/3"}
{"id":44095,"verse_id":"ACT.23.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.2","text":"Or “hit” (‘strike’ maintains the wordplay with the following verse). The action was probably designed to indicate a rejection of Paul’s claim to a clear conscience in the previous verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A2/4"}
{"id":44096,"verse_id":"ACT.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.3","text":"Grk “And do.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A3/2"}
{"id":44097,"verse_id":"ACT.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.3","text":"The law refers to the law of Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A3/3"}
{"id":44098,"verse_id":"ACT.23.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.3","text":"BDAG 769 s.v. παρανομέω has “ παρανομῶν κελεύεις in violation of the law you order Ac 23:3 .” sn In violation of the law. Paul was claiming that punishment was given before the examination was complete ( m. Sanhedrin 3:6-8). Luke’s noting of this detail shows how quickly the leadership moved to react against Paul.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A3/4"}
{"id":44099,"verse_id":"ACT.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.4","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A4/1"}
{"id":44100,"verse_id":"ACT.23.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.4","text":"L&N 33.393 has for λοιδορέω ( loidorew ) “to speak in a highly insulting manner – ‘to slander, to insult strongly, slander, insult.’” sn Insult God’s high priest. Paul was close to violation of the Mosaic law with his response, as the citation from Exod 22:28 in v. 5 makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A4/2"}
{"id":44101,"verse_id":"ACT.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.5","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A5/1"}
{"id":44102,"verse_id":"ACT.23.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.5","text":"Or “know.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A5/2"}
{"id":44103,"verse_id":"ACT.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.6","text":"BDAG 200 s.v. γινώσκω 4 has “to be aware of someth., perceive, notice, realize ”; this is further clarified by section 4.c: “w. ὅτι foll…. Ac 23:6 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A6/1"}
{"id":44104,"verse_id":"ACT.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.6","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A6/4"}
{"id":44105,"verse_id":"ACT.23.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.6","text":"That is, concerning the hope that the dead will be resurrected. Grk “concerning the hope and resurrection.” BDAG 320 s.v. ἐλπίς 1.b. α states, “Of Israel’s messianic hope Ac 23:6 ( ἐ . καὶ ἀνάστασις for ἐ . τῆς ἀν . [obj. gen] as 2 Macc 3:29 ἐ . καὶ σωτηρία ).” With an objective genitive construction, the resurrection of the dead would be the “object” of the hope.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A6/5"}
{"id":44106,"verse_id":"ACT.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.7","text":"The participle εἰπόντος ( eiponto\" ) has been translated temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A7/1"}
{"id":44107,"verse_id":"ACT.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.7","text":"Or “a dispute” (BDAG 940 s.v. στάσις 3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A7/2"}
{"id":44108,"verse_id":"ACT.23.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.7","text":"Grk “there came about an argument.” This has been simplified to “an argument began”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A7/3"}
{"id":44109,"verse_id":"ACT.23.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.8","text":"BDAG 55 s.v. ἀμφότεροι 2 has “ all , even when more than two are involved… Φαρισαῖοι ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀ . believe in them all 23:8.” On this belief see Josephus, J. W. 2.8.14 (2.163); Ant. 18.1.3 (18.14). sn This is a parenthetical note by the author.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A8/1"}
{"id":44110,"verse_id":"ACT.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.9","text":"Or “clamor” (cf. BDAG 565 s.v. κραυγή 1.a, which has “ there arose a loud outcry ” here, and Exod 12:30 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A9/1"}
{"id":44111,"verse_id":"ACT.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.9","text":"Or “and some scribes.” See the note on the phrase “experts in the law” in 4:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A9/2"}
{"id":44112,"verse_id":"ACT.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.9","text":"Grk “standing up.” The participle ἀναστάντες ( anastante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A9/3"}
{"id":44113,"verse_id":"ACT.23.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.9","text":"Grk “protested strongly, saying.” L&N 39.27 has “ διαμάχομαι : to fight or contend with, involving severity and thoroughness – ‘to protest strongly, to contend with.’…‘some scribes from the party of the Pharisees protested strongly’ Ac 23:9 .” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A9/4"}
{"id":44114,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.10","text":"This genitive absolute construction with the participle γινομένης ( ginomenhs ) has been taken temporally (it could also be translated as causal).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/1"}
{"id":44115,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.10","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). In Greek the term χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" ) literally described the “commander of a thousand,” but it was used as the standard translation for the Latin tribunus militum or tribunus militare , the military tribune who commanded a cohort of 600 men.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/2"}
{"id":44116,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.10","text":"Grk “that Paul would be torn to pieces by them.” BDAG 236 s.v. διασπάω has “of an angry mob μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν that Paul would be torn in pieces by them Ac 23:10 .” The passive construction is somewhat awkward in English and has been converted to an equivalent active construction in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/3"}
{"id":44117,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.10","text":"Normally this term means “army,” but according to BDAG 947 s.v. στράτευμα , “Of a smaller detachment of soldiers, sing. Ac 23:10, 27 .” In the plural it can be translated “troops,” but it is singular here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/4"}
{"id":44118,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “to go down, grab him out of their midst.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/5"}
{"id":44119,"verse_id":"ACT.23.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.10","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A10/6"}
{"id":44120,"verse_id":"ACT.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.11","text":"Grk “standing near Paul, said.” The participle ἐπιστάς ( epistas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A11/2"}
{"id":44121,"verse_id":"ACT.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.11","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A11/3"}
{"id":44122,"verse_id":"ACT.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.11","text":"Or “Do not be afraid.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A11/4"}
{"id":44123,"verse_id":"ACT.23.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A11/5"}
{"id":44124,"verse_id":"ACT.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.12","text":"Grk “when it was day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A12/1"}
{"id":44125,"verse_id":"ACT.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.12","text":"Grk “forming a conspiracy, bound.” The participle ποιήσαντες ( poihsantes ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A12/2"}
{"id":44126,"verse_id":"ACT.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.12","text":"L&N 30.72 has ‘some Jews formed a conspiracy’ Ac 23:12 ”; BDAG 979 s.v. συστροφή 1 has “ Judeans came together in a mob 23:12. But in the last pass. the word may also mean – 2. the product of a clandestine gathering, plot, conspiracy ” (see also Amos 7:10 ; Ps 63:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A12/3"}
{"id":44127,"verse_id":"ACT.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.12","text":"Or “bound themselves under a curse.” BDAG 63 s.v. ἀναθεματίζω 1 has “trans. put under a curse τινά someone …pleonastically ἀναθέματι ἀ . ἑαυτόν Ac 23:14 … ἀ . ἑαυτόν vss. 12, 21, 13 v.l.” On such oaths see m. Shevi’it 3:1-5. The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A12/4"}
{"id":44128,"verse_id":"ACT.23.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.12","text":"The word “anything” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A12/5"}
{"id":44129,"verse_id":"ACT.23.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.13","text":"L&N 30.73 defines συνωμοσία ( sunwmosia ) as “a plan for taking secret action someone or some institution, with the implication of an oath binding the conspirators – ‘conspiracy, plot.’ …‘there were more than forty of them who formed this conspiracy’ Ac 23:13 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A13/1"}
{"id":44130,"verse_id":"ACT.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.14","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was translated by the third person plural pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A14/1"}
{"id":44131,"verse_id":"ACT.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.14","text":"Grk “going.” The participle προσελθόντες ( proselqonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A14/2"}
{"id":44132,"verse_id":"ACT.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.14","text":"Or “bound ourselves under a curse.” BDAG 63 s.v. ἀναθεματίζω 1 has “trans. put under a curse τινά someone …pleonastically ἀναθέματι ἀ . ἑαυτόν Ac 23:14 … ἀ . ἑαυτόν vss. 12, 21, 13 v.l.” The pleonastic use ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν (literally “we have cursed ourselves with a curse”) probably serves as an intensifier following Semitic usage, and is represented in the translation by the word “solemn.” On such oaths see m. Nedarim 3:1, 3.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A14/4"}
{"id":44133,"verse_id":"ACT.23.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.14","text":"This included both food and drink ( γεύομαι [ geuomai ] is used of water turned to wine in John 2:9 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A14/5"}
{"id":44134,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/1"}
{"id":44135,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/2"}
{"id":44136,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.15","text":"Or “decide.” BDAG 227 s.v. διαγινώσκω has “ ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ to make a more thorough examination of his case Ac 23:15 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/3"}
{"id":44137,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.15","text":"Grk “determine the things about him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/4"}
{"id":44138,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.15","text":"The expression “more thorough inquiry” reflects the comparative form of ἀκριβέστερον ( akribesteron ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/5"}
{"id":44139,"verse_id":"ACT.23.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.15","text":"The words “this place” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A15/7"}
{"id":44140,"verse_id":"ACT.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.16","text":"Or “plot” (BDAG 334 s.v. ἐνέδρα ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A16/1"}
{"id":44141,"verse_id":"ACT.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.16","text":"Grk “coming and entering…, he told.” The participles παραγενόμενος ( paragenomeno\" ) and εἰσελθών ( eiselqwn ) have been translated as finite verbs due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A16/2"}
{"id":44142,"verse_id":"ACT.23.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.16","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A16/3"}
{"id":44143,"verse_id":"ACT.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.17","text":"Grk “calling…Paul said.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A17/1"}
{"id":44144,"verse_id":"ACT.23.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.17","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A17/3"}
{"id":44145,"verse_id":"ACT.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the centurion) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A18/1"}
{"id":44146,"verse_id":"ACT.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A18/2"}
{"id":44147,"verse_id":"ACT.23.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.18","text":"Grk “calling.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A18/3"}
{"id":44148,"verse_id":"ACT.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.19","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A19/1"}
{"id":44149,"verse_id":"ACT.23.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.19","text":"Grk “you have,” but the expression “have to report” in English could be understood to mean “must report” rather than “possess to report.” For this reason the nearly equivalent expression “want to report,” which is not subject to misunderstanding, was used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A19/2"}
{"id":44150,"verse_id":"ACT.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.20","text":"Grk “He said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A20/1"}
{"id":44151,"verse_id":"ACT.23.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.20","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A20/2"}
{"id":44152,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “do not be persuaded by them.” The passive construction μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς ( mh peisqh\" autoi\" ) has been converted to an active construction in the translation, and the phrase “to do this” supplied to indicate more clearly the object of their persuasion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/1"}
{"id":44153,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “forty men of them.” In the expression ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες ( ex autwn andre\" ) “men” is somewhat redundant and has not been included in the English translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/2"}
{"id":44154,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “are lying in wait for him” (BDAG 334 s.v. ἐνεδρεύω ); see also v. 16 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/3"}
{"id":44155,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “for him, who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“who”) was translated by the third person plural pronoun (“they”) and a new sentence begun in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/4"}
{"id":44156,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.21","text":"Or “bound themselves under a curse.” BDAG 63 s.v. ἀναθεματίζω 1 has “trans. put under a curse τινά someone … ἀ . ἑαυτόν vss. 12, 21, 13 v.l.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/5"}
{"id":44157,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.21","text":"The word “anything” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/6"}
{"id":44158,"verse_id":"ACT.23.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":21,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.21","text":"Grk “waiting for your approval,” “waiting for your agreement.” Since it would be possible to misunderstand the literal translation “waiting for your approval” to mean that the Jews were waiting for the commander’s approval to carry out their plot or to kill Paul (as if he were to be an accomplice to their plot), the object of the commander’s approval (their request to bring Paul to the council) has been specified in the translation as “their request.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A21/7"}
{"id":44159,"verse_id":"ACT.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.22","text":"Grk “the chiliarch” (an officer in command of a thousand soldiers). See note on the term “commanding officer” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A22/1"}
{"id":44160,"verse_id":"ACT.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.22","text":"BDAG 760 s.v. παραγγέλλω has “to make an announcement about someth. that must be done, give orders, command, instruct, direct of all kinds of persons in authority, worldly rulers, Jesus, the apostles… παραγγέλλειν w. an inf. and μή comes to mean forbid to do someth. : π . τινί w. aor. inf. Lk 5:14; 8:56 ; without the dat., which is easily supplied fr. the context Ac 23:22 .” However, if the direct discourse which follows is to be retained in the translation, a different translation must be used since it is awkward to introduce direct discourse with the verb to forbid . Thus the alternative to direct was used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A22/2"}
{"id":44161,"verse_id":"ACT.23.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.22","text":"On this verb, see BDAG 325-26 s.v. ἐμφανίζω 2. The term was frequently used of an official report to authorities. In modern terms, this was a police tip.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A22/3"}
{"id":44162,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.23","text":"Grk “And.” Since this represents a response to the reported ambush, καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the logical sequence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/1"}
{"id":44163,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.23","text":"Grk “summoning…he said.” The participle προσκαλεσάμενος ( proskalesameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/2"}
{"id":44164,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.23","text":"Or “cavalrymen.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/5"}
{"id":44165,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.23","text":"A military technical term of uncertain meaning. BDAG 217 s.v. δεξιολάβος states, “a word of uncertain mng., military t.t., acc. to Joannes Lydus…and Theophyl. Sim., Hist. 4, 1 a light-armed soldier, perh. bowman, slinger ; acc. to a scholion in CMatthaei p. 342 body-guard …. Spearman Goodspd., NRSV; ‘security officer’, GDKilpatrick, JTS 14, ’63, 393f.” sn Two hundred soldiers…along with seventy horsemen and two hundred spearmen. The resulting force assembled to guard Paul was almost a full cohort. The Roman commander was taking no chances, but was sending the issue up the chain of command to the procurator to decide.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/6"}
{"id":44166,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"23.23","text":"Grk “from.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/7"}
{"id":44167,"verse_id":"ACT.23.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"23.23","text":"Grk “from the third hour of the night.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A23/8"}
{"id":44168,"verse_id":"ACT.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.24","text":"Grk “provide mounts to put Paul on.” sn Mounts for Paul to ride. The fact they were riding horses indicates they wanted everyone to move as quickly as possible.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A24/1"}
{"id":44169,"verse_id":"ACT.23.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.24","text":"Grk “Felix the procurator.” The official Roman title has been translated as “governor” (BDAG 433 s.v. ἡγεμών 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A24/3"}
{"id":44170,"verse_id":"ACT.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.25","text":"Grk “writing.” Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun here in the translation, supplying “he” (referring to the commanding officer, Claudius Lysias) as subject. The participle γράψας ( grayas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A25/1"}
{"id":44171,"verse_id":"ACT.23.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.25","text":"Grk “having this form,” “having this content.” L&N 33.48 has “ γράψσς ἐπιστολὴν ἔχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον ‘then he wrote a letter that went like this’ Ac 23:25 . It is also possible to understand ἐπιστολή in Ac 23:25 not as a content or message, but as an object (see 6.63).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A25/2"}
{"id":44172,"verse_id":"ACT.23.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.26","text":"Grk “Procurator.” The official Roman title has been translated as “governor” (BDAG 433 s.v. ἡγεμών 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A26/1"}
{"id":44173,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.27","text":"The participle συλλημφθέντα ( sullhmfqenta ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. The remark reviews events of Acts 21:27-40 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/1"}
{"id":44174,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.27","text":"Grk “and was about to be killed by them.” The passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/2"}
{"id":44175,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.27","text":"Or “approached.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/3"}
{"id":44176,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.27","text":"Normally this term means “army,” but according to BDAG 947 s.v. στράτευμα , “Of a smaller detachment of soldiers, sing. Ac 23:10, 27 .” In the plural it can be translated “troops,” but it is singular here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/4"}
{"id":44177,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"23.27","text":"In Greek this is a present tense retained in indirect discourse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/5"}
{"id":44178,"verse_id":"ACT.23.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":27,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.27","text":"The word “citizen” is supplied here for emphasis and clarity. sn The letter written by the Roman commander Claudius Lysias was somewhat self-serving. He made it sound as if the rescue of a Roman citizen had been a conscious act on his part. In fact, he had made the discovery of Paul’s Roman citizenship somewhat later. See Acts 21:37-39 and 22:24-29 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A27/6"}
{"id":44179,"verse_id":"ACT.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.28","text":"Or “determine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A28/1"}
{"id":44180,"verse_id":"ACT.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.28","text":"Grk “to know the charge on account of which they were accusing him.” This has been simplified to eliminate the prepositional phrase and relative pronoun δι᾿ ἣν ( di ’ }hn ) similar to L&N 27.8 which has “‘I wanted to find out what they were accusing him of, so I took him down to their Council’ Ac 23:28 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A28/2"}
{"id":44181,"verse_id":"ACT.23.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.28","text":"Grk “their Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A28/3"}
{"id":44182,"verse_id":"ACT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.29","text":"Grk “whom I found.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been changed to a personal pronoun (“he”) and a new sentence begun in the translation at this point.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A29/1"}
{"id":44183,"verse_id":"ACT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.29","text":"BDAG 428 s.v. ζήτημα states, “in our lit. only in Ac, w. the mng. it still has in Mod. Gk. (controversial) question, issue, argument … Ac 15:2; 26:3 . ζ . περί τινος questions about someth. …18:15; 25:19 . – In 23:29 , since περί had already been used, the subj. of the discussion is added in the gen. ζ . τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν .” sn With reference to controversial questions. Note how the “neutral” Roman authorities saw the issue. This was a religious rather than a civil dispute. See Acts 18:15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A29/2"}
{"id":44184,"verse_id":"ACT.23.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.29","text":"Grk “but having no charge worthy of death or imprisonment.” BDAG 273-74 s.v. ἔγκλημα 1 has “legal t.t.… ἔ . ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν a charge deserving death or imprisonment 23:29.” sn Despite the official assessment that no charge against him deserved death or imprisonment , there was no effort to release Paul.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A29/3"}
{"id":44185,"verse_id":"ACT.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.30","text":"Grk “It being revealed to me.” The participle μηνυθείσης ( mhnuqeish\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A30/1"}
{"id":44186,"verse_id":"ACT.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.30","text":"The term translated “plot” here is a different one than the one in Acts 23:16 (see BDAG 368 s.v. ἐπιβουλή ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A30/2"}
{"id":44187,"verse_id":"ACT.23.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.30","text":"Grk “the things against him.” This could be rendered as “accusations,” “grievances,” or “charges,” but since “ordered his accusers to state their accusations” sounds redundant in English, “charges” was used instead.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A30/3"}
{"id":44188,"verse_id":"ACT.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.31","text":"BDAG 237-38 s.v. διατάσσω 2 has “ κατὰ τὸ δ . αὐτοῖς in accordance w. their orders … Ac 23:31 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A31/1"}
{"id":44189,"verse_id":"ACT.23.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.31","text":"Grk “taking.” The participle ἀναλαβόντες ( analabonte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A31/2"}
{"id":44190,"verse_id":"ACT.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.32","text":"Grk “letting.” The participle ἐάσαντες ( easante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A32/1"}
{"id":44191,"verse_id":"ACT.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.32","text":"Or “cavalrymen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A32/2"}
{"id":44192,"verse_id":"ACT.23.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.32","text":"Or “the headquarters.” BDAG 775 s.v. παρεμβολή 2 has “ barracks/headquarters of the Roman troops in Jerusalem Ac 21:34, 37; 22:24; 23:10, 16, 32 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A32/3"}
{"id":44193,"verse_id":"ACT.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.33","text":"Grk “who, coming to Caesarea.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek construction, a new sentence was begun here in the translation. The relative pronoun (“who”) has been replaced with the referent (the horsemen) in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A33/1"}
{"id":44194,"verse_id":"ACT.23.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.33","text":"BDAG 778 s.v. παρίστημι / παριστάνω 1.b has “ present, represent – α . lit. τινά τινι someone to someone παρέστησαν τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ Ac 23:33 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A33/3"}
{"id":44195,"verse_id":"ACT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the governor) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A34/1"}
{"id":44196,"verse_id":"ACT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “having read.” The participle ἀναγνούς ( anagnou\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A34/2"}
{"id":44197,"verse_id":"ACT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.34","text":"The words “the letter” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A34/3"}
{"id":44198,"verse_id":"ACT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “and asking.” The participle ἐπερωτήσας ( eperwthsa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb and καί ( kai ) left untranslated due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A34/4"}
{"id":44199,"verse_id":"ACT.23.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":34,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"23.34","text":"Grk “and learning.” The participle πυθόμενος ( puqomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A34/6"}
{"id":44200,"verse_id":"ACT.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"23.35","text":"Or “I will hear your case.” BDAG 231 s.v. διακούω has “as legal t.t. give someone an opportunity to be heard in court, give someone ( τινός ) a hearing Ac 23:35 ”; L&N 56.13 has “to give a judicial hearing in a legal matter – ‘to hear a case, to provide a legal hearing, to hear a case in court.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A35/1"}
{"id":44201,"verse_id":"ACT.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"23.35","text":"Grk “ordering.” The participle κελεύσας ( keleusas ) has been translated as a finite verb and a new sentence begun here due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence. “Then” has also been supplied to indicate the logical and temporal sequence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A35/2"}
{"id":44202,"verse_id":"ACT.23.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":23,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"23.35","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2023%3A35/3"}
{"id":44203,"verse_id":"ACT.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.1","text":"The term refers to a professional advocate (BDAG 905 s.v. ῥήτωρ ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A1/2"}
{"id":44204,"verse_id":"ACT.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.1","text":"Grk “an attorney, a certain Tertullus.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A1/3"}
{"id":44205,"verse_id":"ACT.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.1","text":"Grk “who” (plural). Because in English the relative pronoun “who” could be understood to refer only to the attorney Tertullus and not to the entire group, it has been replaced with the third person plural pronoun “they.” “And” has been supplied to provide the connection to the preceding clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A1/4"}
{"id":44206,"verse_id":"ACT.24.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.1","text":"BDAG 326 s.v. ἐμφανίζω 3 has “ ἐ . τινὶ κατά τινος bring formal charges against someone … Ac 24:1; 25:2 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A1/5"}
{"id":44207,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/1"}
{"id":44208,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.2","text":"Or “began to bring charges, saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/2"}
{"id":44209,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “experienced much peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/3"}
{"id":44210,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.2","text":"Grk “through you” (“rule” is implied).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/4"}
{"id":44211,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.2","text":"This term is used only once in the NT (a hapax legomenon ). It refers to improvements in internal administration (BDAG 251 s.v. διόρθωμα ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/5"}
{"id":44212,"verse_id":"ACT.24.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.2","text":"Or “being made for this people.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A2/6"}
{"id":44213,"verse_id":"ACT.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.3","text":"Grk “in every way and everywhere.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A3/2"}
{"id":44214,"verse_id":"ACT.24.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.3","text":"Or “with complete thankfulness.” BDAG 416 s.v. εὐχαριστία 1 has “ μετὰ πάσης εὐ .… with all gratitude Ac 24:3 .” L&N 31.26 has “‘we acknowledge this anywhere and everywhere with complete thankfulness’ Ac 24:3 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A3/3"}
{"id":44215,"verse_id":"ACT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.4","text":"Or “may not weary.” BDAG 274 s.v. ἐγκόπτω states, “ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε ἐγκόπτω Ac 24:4 is understood by Syr. and Armen. versions to mean in order not to weary you any further ; cp. ἔγκοπος weary Diog. L. 4, 50; LXX; and ἔγκοπον ποιεῖν to weary Job 19:2 ; Is 43:23 . But impose on is also prob.; detain NRSV.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A4/1"}
{"id":44216,"verse_id":"ACT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.4","text":"Or “request.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A4/2"}
{"id":44217,"verse_id":"ACT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.4","text":"This term is another NT hapax legomenon (BDAG 976 s.v. συντόμως 2). Tertullus was asking for a brief hearing, and implying to the governor that he would speak briefly and to the point.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A4/3"}
{"id":44218,"verse_id":"ACT.24.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.4","text":"BDAG 371 s.v. ἐπιείκεια has “ τῇ σῇ ἐ . with your (customary) indulgence Ac 24:4 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A4/4"}
{"id":44219,"verse_id":"ACT.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.5","text":"Grk “For having found.” The participle εὑρόντες ( Jeurontes ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A5/1"}
{"id":44220,"verse_id":"ACT.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.5","text":"L&N 22.6 has “(a figurative extension of meaning of λοιμός ‘plague,’ 23.158) one who causes all sorts of trouble – ‘troublemaker, pest.’ … ‘for we have found this man to be a troublemaker” Ac 24:5 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A5/2"}
{"id":44221,"verse_id":"ACT.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.5","text":"Or “dissensions.” While BDAG 940 s.v. στάσις 3 translates this phrase “ κινεῖν στάσεις (v.l. στάσιν ) τισί create dissension among certain people Ac 24:5 ,” it is better on the basis of the actual results of Paul’s ministry to categorize this usage under section 2, “ uprising, riot, revolt, rebellion ” (cf. the use in Acts 19:40 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A5/3"}
{"id":44222,"verse_id":"ACT.24.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.5","text":"This term is yet another NT hapax legomenon (BDAG 894 s.v. πρωτοστάτης ). sn A ringleader. Tertullus’ basic argument was that Paul was a major disturber of the public peace. To ignore this the governor would be shunning his duty to preserve the peace and going against the pattern of his rule. In effect, Tertullus claimed that Paul was seditious (a claim the governor could not afford to ignore).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A5/4"}
{"id":44223,"verse_id":"ACT.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.6","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“who”) was replaced by the third person singular pronoun (“he”) and a new sentence begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A6/1"}
{"id":44224,"verse_id":"ACT.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.6","text":"Or “profane” (BDAG 173 s.v. βεβηλόω ). The term was also used of profaning the Sabbath.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A6/2"}
{"id":44225,"verse_id":"ACT.24.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.6","text":"Or “seized.” Grk “whom also we arrested.” Because of the awkwardness of a relative clause in English at this point, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by the pronoun “him” as object of the verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A6/3"}
{"id":44226,"verse_id":"ACT.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.8","text":"Or “question.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A8/1"}
{"id":44227,"verse_id":"ACT.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.8","text":"Grk “From whom when you examine him yourself, you will be able to learn…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by the third person singular pronoun (“him”) and a new sentence begun at the beginning of v. 8 in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A8/2"}
{"id":44228,"verse_id":"ACT.24.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.8","text":"Grk “about all these things of which we are accusing him.” This has been simplified to eliminate the relative pronoun (“of which”) in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A8/3"}
{"id":44229,"verse_id":"ACT.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.9","text":"Grk “joined in the attack,” but the adjective “verbal” has been supplied to clarify that this was not another physical assault on Paul. The verb is another NT hapax legomenon (BDAG 969 s.v. συνεπιτίθημι ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A9/1"}
{"id":44230,"verse_id":"ACT.24.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.9","text":"Or “asserting” (BDAG 1050 s.v. φάσκω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A9/2"}
{"id":44231,"verse_id":"ACT.24.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.10","text":"Grk “knowing.” The participle ἐπιστάμενος ( epistamenos ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A10/1"}
{"id":44232,"verse_id":"ACT.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.11","text":"BDAG 369 s.v. ἐπιγινώσκω 2.c has “ notice, perceive, learn of, ascertain …Also as legal t.t. ascertain (2 Macc 14:9) τὶ Ac 23:28 ; cp. 24:8 . W. ὅτι foll. Ac 24:11 .” “Verify” is an English synonym for “ascertain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A11/1"}
{"id":44233,"verse_id":"ACT.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.11","text":"Grk “it is not more than twelve days from when.” This has been simplified to “not more than twelve days ago.” sn Part of Paul’s defense is that he would not have had time to organize a revolt, since he had arrived in Jerusalem not more than twelve days ago .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A11/2"}
{"id":44234,"verse_id":"ACT.24.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.11","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A11/3"}
{"id":44235,"verse_id":"ACT.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.12","text":"Or “disputing,” “conducting a heated discussion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A12/1"}
{"id":44236,"verse_id":"ACT.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.12","text":"BDAG 381 s.v. ἐπίστασις 2 has “ ἐ . ποιεῖν ὄχλου to cause a crowd to gather Ac 24:12 .” Roman authorities would not allow a mob to gather and threaten the peace, and anyone suspected of instigating a mob would certainly be arrested.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A12/2"}
{"id":44237,"verse_id":"ACT.24.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.12","text":"Grk “in the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A12/3"}
{"id":44238,"verse_id":"ACT.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.13","text":"BDAG 778 s.v. παρίστημι / παριστάνω 1.f has “ οὐδὲ παραστῆσαι δύνανταί σοι περὶ ὧν νυνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν μου nor can they prove to you the accusations they are now making against me Ac 24:13 .” sn Nor can they prove. This is a formal legal claim that Paul’s opponents lacked proof of any wrongdoing. They had no witness who could justify the arrest at the temple.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A13/1"}
{"id":44239,"verse_id":"ACT.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.13","text":"The words “the things” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A13/2"}
{"id":44240,"verse_id":"ACT.24.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.13","text":"Grk “nor can they prove to you [the things] about which they are now accusing me.” This has been simplified to eliminate the relative pronoun (“which”) in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A13/3"}
{"id":44241,"verse_id":"ACT.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “serve.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A14/1"}
{"id":44242,"verse_id":"ACT.24.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.14","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A14/2"}
{"id":44243,"verse_id":"ACT.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.15","text":"Grk “having.” The participle ἔχων ( ecwn ) has been translated as a finite verb and a new sentence begun at this point in the translation because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A15/1"}
{"id":44244,"verse_id":"ACT.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.15","text":"Grk “a hope in God (which these [men] themselves accept too).” Because the antecedent of the relative pronoun “which” is somewhat unclear in English, the words “a hope” have been repeated at the beginning of the parenthesis for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A15/3"}
{"id":44245,"verse_id":"ACT.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.15","text":"Grk “that they”; the referent (these men, Paul’s accusers) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A15/4"}
{"id":44246,"verse_id":"ACT.24.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.15","text":"Or “the unjust.” sn This is the only mention of the resurrection of the unrighteous in Acts. The idea parallels the idea of Jesus as the judge of both the living and the dead ( Acts 10:42; 17:31 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A15/5"}
{"id":44247,"verse_id":"ACT.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.16","text":"BDAG 329 s.v. ἐν 9.a, “ ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe Jn 16:30 ; cp. Ac 24:16 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A16/1"}
{"id":44248,"verse_id":"ACT.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.16","text":"BDAG 224 s.v. διά 2.a, “ διὰ παντός … always, continually, constantly … Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 10:2; 24:16 .” However, the positioning of the adverb “always” in the English translation is difficult; the position used is one of the least awkward.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A16/2"}
{"id":44249,"verse_id":"ACT.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.16","text":"BDAG 125 s.v. ἀπρόσκοπος 1 has “ ἀ . συνείδησις a clear conscience Ac 24:16 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A16/3"}
{"id":44250,"verse_id":"ACT.24.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.16","text":"Grk “men,” but this is a generic use (Paul does not have only males in view).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A16/4"}
{"id":44251,"verse_id":"ACT.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.17","text":"BDAG 401 s.v. ἔτος has “ δι᾿ ἐ . πλειόνων after several years 24:17.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A17/1"}
{"id":44252,"verse_id":"ACT.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.17","text":"Grk “to bring alms,” but the term “alms” is not in common use today, so the closest modern equivalent, “gifts for the poor,” is used instead.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A17/2"}
{"id":44253,"verse_id":"ACT.24.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.17","text":"Or “sacrifices.” BDAG 887 s.v. προσφορά 1 has “ προσφοράς ποιεῖν have sacrifices made Ac 24:17 ,” but this may be overly specific. It is not clear from the immediate context whether the offering of sacrificial animals (so BDAG assumes) or offerings of some other sort (such as financial gifts) are in view. The combination with ἐλεημοσύνας ( elehmosuna\" ) in the preceding clause may suggest monetary offerings. Some have suggested this is an allusion to the payments made by Paul on behalf of the four other men mentioned in Acts 21:23-26 , but the text here seems to suggest something Paul had planned to do before he came, while the decision to pay for the expenses of the men in 21:23 ff. was made at the suggestion of the Jerusalem leadership after he arrived. In either case, Paul was portraying himself as a pious worshiper of his God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A17/3"}
{"id":44254,"verse_id":"ACT.24.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.18","text":"BDAG 458 s.v. θόρυβος 3.b has “ μετὰ θορύβου … with a disturbance Ac 24:18 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A18/2"}
{"id":44255,"verse_id":"ACT.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.19","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A19/1"}
{"id":44256,"verse_id":"ACT.24.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.19","text":"BDAG 533 s.v. κατηγορέω 1 states, “nearly always as legal t.t.: bring charges in court.” L&N 33.427 states for κατηγορέω ( kathgorew ), “to bring serious charges or accusations against someone, with the possible connotation of a legal or court context – ‘to accuse, to bring charges.’” sn Who should be here…and bring charges. Paul was asking, where were those who brought about his arrest and claimed he broke the law? His accusers were not really present. This subtle point raised the issue of injustice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A19/2"}
{"id":44257,"verse_id":"ACT.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.20","text":"Grk “these [men] themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A20/1"}
{"id":44258,"verse_id":"ACT.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.20","text":"Or “unrighteous act.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A20/2"}
{"id":44259,"verse_id":"ACT.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.20","text":"The words “me guilty of” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. L&N 88.23 has “ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα στάντος μου ‘let these men themselves tell what unrighteous act they found me guilty of’ Ac 24:20 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A20/3"}
{"id":44260,"verse_id":"ACT.24.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.20","text":"Grk “the Sanhedrin” (the Sanhedrin was the highest legal, legislative, and judicial body among the Jews).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A20/4"}
{"id":44261,"verse_id":"ACT.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.21","text":"BDAG 433 s.v. ἤ 2.c has “ οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἤ nothing else than … Ac 17:21 . τί … ἤ what other … than … 24:21 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A21/1"}
{"id":44262,"verse_id":"ACT.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.21","text":"Grk “one utterance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A21/2"}
{"id":44263,"verse_id":"ACT.24.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.21","text":"Cf. BDAG 327 s.v. ἐν 1.e, which has “ before, in the presence of, etc.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A21/3"}
{"id":44264,"verse_id":"ACT.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.22","text":"Grk “the things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A22/2"}
{"id":44265,"verse_id":"ACT.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.22","text":"That is, concerning Christianity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A22/3"}
{"id":44266,"verse_id":"ACT.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.22","text":"BDAG 39 s.v. ἀκριβῶς has “Comp. ἀκριβέστερον more exactly … ἀ . ἐκτίθεσθαι explain more exactly Ac 18:26 , cp. 23:15, 20 ; also more accurately … 24:22 .” Felix knew more about the Christian movement than what the Jewish leaders had told him.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A22/4"}
{"id":44267,"verse_id":"ACT.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.22","text":"L&N 56.18 s.v. ἀναβάλλω has “to adjourn a court proceeding until a later time – ‘to adjourn a hearing, to stop a hearing and put it off until later.’…‘then Felix, who was well informed about the Way, adjourned their hearing’ Ac 24:22 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A22/5"}
{"id":44268,"verse_id":"ACT.24.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.22","text":"BDAG 227 s.v. διαγινώσκω 2 states, “to make a judicial decision, decide/hear (a case) … τὰ καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς decide your case Ac 24:22 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A22/6"}
{"id":44269,"verse_id":"ACT.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.23","text":"Grk “that he was to be guarded.” The passive construction ( τηρεῖσθαι , threisqai ) has been converted to an active one in parallel with the following clauses, and the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A23/2"}
{"id":44270,"verse_id":"ACT.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.23","text":"BDAG 77 s.v. ἄνεσις 1 states, “lit. relaxation of custodial control, some liberty , ἀ . ἔχειν have some freedom Ac 24:23 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A23/3"}
{"id":44271,"verse_id":"ACT.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.23","text":"Grk “any of his own” (this could also refer to relatives).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A23/4"}
{"id":44272,"verse_id":"ACT.24.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.23","text":"Grk “from serving him.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A23/5"}
{"id":44273,"verse_id":"ACT.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.24","text":"The word “speak” is implied; BDAG 32 s.v. ἀκούω 1.c has “ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς … πίστεως he heard him speak about faith Ac 24:24 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A24/3"}
{"id":44274,"verse_id":"ACT.24.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.24","text":"Or “Messiah Jesus”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A24/4"}
{"id":44275,"verse_id":"ACT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.25","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A25/1"}
{"id":44276,"verse_id":"ACT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.25","text":"Or “speaking about.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A25/2"}
{"id":44277,"verse_id":"ACT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.25","text":"Grk “and self-control.” This καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more. sn The topic of self-control was appropriate in view of the personal history of both Felix and Drusilla (see the note on “Drusilla” in the previous verse), and might well account for Felix’s anxiety.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A25/3"}
{"id":44278,"verse_id":"ACT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"24.25","text":"Grk “becoming.” The participle γενόμενος ( genomenos ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A25/5"}
{"id":44279,"verse_id":"ACT.24.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"24.25","text":"Or “when I find time.” BDAG 639 s.v. μεταλαμβάνω 2 has “ καιρὸν μ . have an opportunity = find time … Ac 24:25 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A25/6"}
{"id":44280,"verse_id":"ACT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.26","text":"Grk “he was hoping that money would be given to him by Paul.” To simplify the translation, the passive construction has been converted to an active one. sn Would give him money. That is, would offer him a bribe in exchange for his release. Such practices were fairly common among Roman officials of the period (Josephus, Ant. 2.12.3 [2.272-274]).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A26/1"}
{"id":44281,"verse_id":"ACT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"24.26","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A26/2"}
{"id":44282,"verse_id":"ACT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.26","text":"“As often as possible” reflects the comparative form of the adjective πυκνός ( puknos ); see BDAG 897 s.v. πυκνός , which has “Neut. of the comp. πυκνότερον as adv. more often, more frequently and in an elative sense very often, quite frequently …also as often as possible … Ac 24:26 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A26/3"}
{"id":44283,"verse_id":"ACT.24.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.26","text":"On this term, which could mean “conferred with him,” see BDAG 705 s.v. ὁμιλέω .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A26/4"}
{"id":44284,"verse_id":"ACT.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"24.27","text":"Grk “After a two-year period.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A27/1"}
{"id":44285,"verse_id":"ACT.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"24.27","text":"Grk “Felix received as successor Porcius Festus.” sn See the note on Felix in 23:26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A27/3"}
{"id":44286,"verse_id":"ACT.24.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":24,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"24.27","text":"Grk “left Paul imprisoned.” sn Felix left Paul in prison. Luke makes the point that politics got in the way of justice here; keeping Paul in prison was a political favor to the Jews.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2024%3A27/4"}
{"id":44287,"verse_id":"ACT.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.1","text":"BDAG 736-37 s.v. οὖν 2.b states, “ οὖν serves to indicate a transition to someth. new… now, then, well … Ac 25:1 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A1/1"}
{"id":44288,"verse_id":"ACT.25.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A1/3"}
{"id":44289,"verse_id":"ACT.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.2","text":"BDAG 893-94 s.v. πρῶτος 2.a. β has “ οἱ πρῶτοι the most prominent men, the leading men w. gen. of the place…or of a group… οἱ πρ . τοῦ λαοῦ … Lk 19:47 ; cp. Ac 25:2; 28:17 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A2/1"}
{"id":44290,"verse_id":"ACT.25.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.2","text":"BDAG 326 s.v. ἐμφανίζω 3 has “ ἐ . τινὶ κατά τινος bring formal charges against someone … Ac 24:1; 25:2 .” sn Note how quickly the Jewish leadership went after Paul: They brought formal charges against him within three days of Festus’ arrival in the province.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A2/2"}
{"id":44291,"verse_id":"ACT.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.3","text":"Grk “Requesting a favor against him”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation, the understood direct object of “requesting” has been supplied, and the phrase “to do them” supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A3/1"}
{"id":44292,"verse_id":"ACT.25.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.3","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Festus) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The words “they urged him” are in v. 2 in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A3/2"}
{"id":44293,"verse_id":"ACT.25.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.4","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A4/3"}
{"id":44294,"verse_id":"ACT.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.5","text":"Grk “let those who are influential among you” (i.e., the powerful).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A5/1"}
{"id":44295,"verse_id":"ACT.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.5","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A5/2"}
{"id":44296,"verse_id":"ACT.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.5","text":"Grk “and if there is anything wrong with this man,” but this could be misunderstood in English to mean a moral or physical defect, while the issue in context is the commission of some crime, something legally improper (BDAG 149 s.v. ἄτοπος 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A5/3"}
{"id":44297,"verse_id":"ACT.25.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.5","text":"BDAG 533 s.v. κατηγορέω 1 states, “nearly always as legal t.t.: bring charges in court.” L&N 33.427 states for κατηγορέω , “to bring serious charges or accusations against someone, with the possible connotation of a legal or court context – ‘to accuse, to bring charges.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A5/4"}
{"id":44298,"verse_id":"ACT.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Festus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A6/1"}
{"id":44299,"verse_id":"ACT.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.6","text":"Grk “Having stayed.” The participle διατρίψας ( diatriya\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A6/2"}
{"id":44300,"verse_id":"ACT.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.6","text":"Grk “sitting down…he ordered.” The participle καθίσας ( kaqisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A6/4"}
{"id":44301,"verse_id":"ACT.25.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.6","text":"Although BDAG 175 s.v. βῆμα 3 gives the meaning “ tribunal ” for this verse, and a number of modern translations use similar terms (“court,” NIV; “tribunal,” NRSV), since the bhma was a standard feature in Greco-Roman cities of the time, there is no need for an alternative translation here. sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and sometimes furnished with a seat, used by officials in addressing an assembly or making pronouncements, often on judicial matters. The judgment seat was a familiar item in Greco-Roman culture, often located in the agora , the public square or marketplace in the center of a city.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A6/5"}
{"id":44302,"verse_id":"ACT.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.7","text":"BDAG 801 s.v. περιίστημι 1.a has “ περιέστησαν αὐτὸν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι the Judeans stood around him 25:7.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A7/1"}
{"id":44303,"verse_id":"ACT.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.7","text":"Grk “many and serious.” The term βαρύς ( barus ) refers to weighty or serious charges (BDAG 167 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A7/2"}
{"id":44304,"verse_id":"ACT.25.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.7","text":"The term ἀποδείκνυμι ( apodeiknumi ) in a legal context refers to legal proof (4 Macc 1:8; BDAG 108 s.v. 3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A7/3"}
{"id":44305,"verse_id":"ACT.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.8","text":"Grk “Paul saying in his defense”; the participle ἀπολογουμένου ( apologoumenou ) could be taken temporally (“when Paul said…”), but due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the participle was translated as a finite verb and a new sentence begun here in the translation. BDAG 116-17 s.v. ἀπολογέομαι has “W. ὅτι foll. τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου , ὅτι when Paul said in his defense (direct quot. foll.) Ac 25:8 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A8/1"}
{"id":44306,"verse_id":"ACT.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.8","text":"Grk “I have sinned…in nothing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A8/2"}
{"id":44307,"verse_id":"ACT.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.8","text":"Grk “against the law of the Jews.” Here τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων has been translated as an attributive genitive. sn The Jewish law refers to the law of Moses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A8/3"}
{"id":44308,"verse_id":"ACT.25.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.8","text":"Or “against the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor). sn Paul’s threefold claim to be innocent with respect to the law…the temple and Caesar argues that he has not disturbed the peace at any level. This was the standard charge made against early Christians ( Luke 23:2 ; Acts 17:6-7 ). The charges here are emphatically denied, with the Greek conjunction oute repeated before each charge.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A8/4"}
{"id":44309,"verse_id":"ACT.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.9","text":"Or “stand trial.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A9/2"}
{"id":44310,"verse_id":"ACT.25.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.9","text":"Grk “concerning these things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A9/3"}
{"id":44311,"verse_id":"ACT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.10","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A10/1"}
{"id":44312,"verse_id":"ACT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.10","text":"Or “before the emperor’s” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A10/2"}
{"id":44313,"verse_id":"ACT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.10","text":"Although BDAG 175 s.v. βῆμα 3 gives the meaning “ tribunal ” for this verse, and a number of modern translations use similar terms (“court,” NIV; “tribunal,” NRSV), since the bema was a standard feature in Greco-Roman cities of the time, there is no need for an alternative translation here. Here of course Paul’s reference to “Caesar’s judgment seat” is a form of metonymy; since Festus is Caesar’s representative, Festus’ judgment seat represents Caesar’s own. sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and sometimes furnished with a seat, used by officials in addressing an assembly or making pronouncements, often on judicial matters. The judgment seat was a familiar item in Greco-Roman culture, often located in the agora , the public square or marketplace in the center of a city.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A10/3"}
{"id":44314,"verse_id":"ACT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.10","text":"That is, tried by an imperial representative and subject to Roman law.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A10/4"}
{"id":44315,"verse_id":"ACT.25.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"25.10","text":"BDAG 506 s.v. καλῶς 7 states, “comp. κάλλιον (for the superl., as Galen, Protr. 8 p. 24, 19J.=p. 10, 31 Kaibel; s. B-D-F §244, 2) ὡς καί σὺ κ . ἐπιγινώσκεις as also you know very well Ac 25:10 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A10/6"}
{"id":44316,"verse_id":"ACT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.11","text":"BDAG 20 s.v. ἀδικέω 1.b has “intr. be in the wrong ( Ex 2:13 ) εἰ ἀδικῶ Ac 25:11 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A11/1"}
{"id":44317,"verse_id":"ACT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.11","text":"BDAG 764 s.v. παραιτέομαι 2.b. β , “ οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν I am not trying to escape death Ac 25:11 (cp. Jos., Vi. 141).” To avoid redundancy in the translation, the English gerund “dying” is used to translate the Greek infinitive ἀποθανεῖν ( apoqanein ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A11/2"}
{"id":44318,"verse_id":"ACT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.11","text":"Or “but if there is nothing to their charges against me.” Both “if” clauses in this verse are first class conditions. Paul stated the options without prejudice, assuming in turn the reality of each for the sake of the argument.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A11/3"}
{"id":44319,"verse_id":"ACT.25.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.11","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor). sn The appeal to Caesar was known as the provocatio ad Caesarem . It was a Roman citizen’s right to ask for a direct judgment by the emperor (Pliny the Younger, Letters 10.96). It was one of the oldest rights of Roman citizens.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A11/5"}
{"id":44320,"verse_id":"ACT.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.12","text":"That is, with his advisers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A12/1"}
{"id":44321,"verse_id":"ACT.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.12","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A12/3"}
{"id":44322,"verse_id":"ACT.25.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.12","text":"Or “to the emperor.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A12/4"}
{"id":44323,"verse_id":"ACT.25.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.13","text":"BDAG 144 s.v. ἀσπάζομαι 1.b states, “Of official visits pay one ’ s respects to … Ac 25:13 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A13/3"}
{"id":44324,"verse_id":"ACT.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.14","text":"BDAG 1105-6 s.v. ὡς 8.b states, “w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as … Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A14/1"}
{"id":44325,"verse_id":"ACT.25.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.14","text":"Grk “Festus laid Paul’s case before the king for consideration.” BDAG 74 s.v. ἀνατίθημι 2 states, “otherw. only mid. to lay someth. before someone for consideration, declare, communicate, refer w. the added idea that the pers. to whom a thing is ref. is asked for his opinion lay someth. before someone for consideration … Ac 25:14 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A14/3"}
{"id":44326,"verse_id":"ACT.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.15","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A15/1"}
{"id":44327,"verse_id":"ACT.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.15","text":"BDAG 326 s.v. ἐμφανίζω 3 has “to convey a formal report about a judicial matter, present evidence, bring charges … ἐ . περί τινος concerning someone 25:15.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A15/2"}
{"id":44328,"verse_id":"ACT.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.15","text":"Grk “about whom.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been replaced with a personal pronoun (“him”) and a new sentence started in the translation at the beginning of v. 15 (where the phrase περὶ οὗ [ peri Jou ] occurs in the Greek text).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A15/3"}
{"id":44329,"verse_id":"ACT.25.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.15","text":"BDAG 516 s.v. καταδίκη states, “ condemnation, sentence of condemnation, conviction, guilty verdict … αἰτεῖσθαι κατά τινος κ . ask for a conviction of someone Ac 25:15 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A15/4"}
{"id":44330,"verse_id":"ACT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.16","text":"Grk “to whom I answered.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been replaced with a personal pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence started in the translation at the beginning of v. 16 . sn “I answered them.” In the answer that follows, Festus is portrayed in a more positive light, being sensitive to justice and Roman law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A16/1"}
{"id":44331,"verse_id":"ACT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.16","text":"Grk “any man.” This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A16/2"}
{"id":44332,"verse_id":"ACT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.16","text":"Or “has met his accusers in person.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A16/3"}
{"id":44333,"verse_id":"ACT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.16","text":"Grk “and receives.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A16/4"}
{"id":44334,"verse_id":"ACT.25.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.16","text":"Or “indictment” (a legal technical term). BDAG 273-74 s.v. ἔγκλημα 1 states, “legal t.t.… ἀπολογία περὶ τοῦ ἐ . defense against the accusation Ac 25:16 .” L&N 56.6 defines ἔγκλημα ( enklhma ) as “(a technical, legal term) a formal indictment or accusation brought against someone – ‘indictment, accusation, case.’ …‘and might receive an opportunity for a defense against the indictment’ Ac 25:16 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A16/5"}
{"id":44335,"verse_id":"ACT.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.17","text":"BDAG 969-70 s.v. συνέρχομαι 2 states, “ συνελθόντων ἐνθάδε prob. means (because of συνκαταβάντες 25:5 ) they came back here with (me) 25:17.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A17/1"}
{"id":44336,"verse_id":"ACT.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.17","text":"BDAG 59 s.v. ἀναβολή states, “‘delay’…legal t.t. postponement … ἀ . μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος I did not postpone the matter Ac 25:17 .” “Case” has been supplied instead of “matter” since it is more specific to the context. The participle ποιησάμενος ( poihsameno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A17/2"}
{"id":44337,"verse_id":"ACT.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.17","text":"Grk “sitting…I ordered.” The participle καθίσας ( kaqisa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A17/3"}
{"id":44338,"verse_id":"ACT.25.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.17","text":"Although BDAG 175 s.v. βῆμα 3 gives the meaning “ tribunal ” for this verse, and a number of modern translations use similar terms (“court,” NIV; “tribunal,” NRSV), since the bema was a standard feature in Greco-Roman cities of the time, there is no need for an alternative translation here. sn The judgment seat ( βῆμα , bhma ) was a raised platform mounted by steps and sometimes furnished with a seat, used by officials in addressing an assembly or making pronouncements, often on judicial matters. The judgment seat was a familiar item in Greco-Roman culture, often located in the agora , the public square or marketplace in the center of a city.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A17/4"}
{"id":44339,"verse_id":"ACT.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.18","text":"Grk “they brought no charge of any of the evil deeds.” BDAG 31 s.v. αἰτία 3.b has “ αἰτίαν φέρειν … bring an accusation Ac 25:18 .” Since κατήγοροι ( kathgoroi , “accusers”) in the previous clause is somewhat redundant with this, “charge” was used instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A18/1"}
{"id":44340,"verse_id":"ACT.25.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.18","text":"Or “I was expecting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A18/2"}
{"id":44341,"verse_id":"ACT.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.19","text":"Grk “several controversial issues.” BDAG 428 s.v. ζήτημα states, “in our lit. only in Ac, w. the mng. it still has in Mod. Gk. (controversial) question, issue, argument … Ac 15:2; 26:3 . ζ . περί τινος questions about someth. …18:15; 25:19 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A19/1"}
{"id":44342,"verse_id":"ACT.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.19","text":"On this term see BDAG 216 s.v. δεισιδαιμονία 2. It is a broad term for religion. sn About their own religion. Festus made it clear that in his view as a neutral figure (and as one Luke had noted was disposed to help the Jews), he saw no guilt in Paul. The issue was a simple religious dispute.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A19/2"}
{"id":44343,"verse_id":"ACT.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.19","text":"Grk “a certain Jesus.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A19/3"}
{"id":44344,"verse_id":"ACT.25.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.19","text":"Or “asserted.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A19/4"}
{"id":44345,"verse_id":"ACT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.20","text":"Or “Because I was undecided.” Grk “Being at a loss.” The participle ἀπορούμενος ( aporoumeno\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A20/1"}
{"id":44346,"verse_id":"ACT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.20","text":"L&N 27.34 states, “ ἀπορούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ τὴν περὶ τούτων ζήτησιν ‘I was undecided about how I could get information on these matters’ Ac 25:20 . The clause ‘about how I could get information on these matters’ may also be rendered as ‘about how I should try to find out about these matters’ or ‘about how I could learn about these matters.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A20/2"}
{"id":44347,"verse_id":"ACT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.20","text":"Or “stand trial.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A20/3"}
{"id":44348,"verse_id":"ACT.25.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.20","text":"Grk “on these things.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A20/4"}
{"id":44349,"verse_id":"ACT.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.21","text":"A designation of the Roman emperor (in this case, Nero). BDAG 917 s.v. σεβαστός states, “ ὁ Σεβαστός His Majesty the Emperor Ac 25:21, 25 (of Nero).” It was a translation into Greek of the Latin “Augustus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A21/1"}
{"id":44350,"verse_id":"ACT.25.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.21","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A21/2"}
{"id":44351,"verse_id":"ACT.25.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.22","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A22/3"}
{"id":44352,"verse_id":"ACT.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.23","text":"Or “great pageantry” (BDAG 1049 s.v. φαντασία ; the term is a NT hapax legomenon ). sn Agrippa and Bernice came with great pomp. The “royals” were getting their look at Paul. Everyone who was anyone would have been there.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A23/2"}
{"id":44353,"verse_id":"ACT.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.23","text":"Or “auditorium.” “Auditorium” may suggest to the modern English reader a theater where performances are held. Here it is the large hall where a king or governor would hold audiences. Paul once spoke of himself as a “spectacle” to the world ( 1 Cor 4:8-13 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A23/3"}
{"id":44354,"verse_id":"ACT.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.23","text":"Grk “the chiliarchs” (officers in command of a thousand soldiers). In Greek the term χιλίαρχος ( ciliarco\" ) literally described the “commander of a thousand,” but it was used as the standard translation for the Latin tribunus militum or tribunus militare , the military tribune who commanded a cohort of 600 men.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A23/4"}
{"id":44355,"verse_id":"ACT.25.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"25.23","text":"Grk “and Festus ordering, Paul was brought in.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun in the translation, and καί ( kai ) has not been translated. The participle κελεύσαντος ( keleusanto\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A23/6"}
{"id":44356,"verse_id":"ACT.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.24","text":"Probably best understood as rhetorical hyperbole. BDAG 825 s.v. πλῆθος 2.b. γ states, “ people, populace, population … τὸ πλῆθος the populace … ἅπαν τὸ πλ . τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Ac 25:24 .” However, the actions of the leadership are seen by Luke as representing the actions of the entire nation, so the remark is not inaccurate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A24/3"}
{"id":44357,"verse_id":"ACT.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.24","text":"Or “appealed to” (BDAG 341 s.v. ἐντυγχάνω 1.a).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A24/4"}
{"id":44358,"verse_id":"ACT.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.24","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A24/5"}
{"id":44359,"verse_id":"ACT.25.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"25.24","text":"Or “screaming.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A24/7"}
{"id":44360,"verse_id":"ACT.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"25.25","text":"The participle ἐπικαλεσαμένου ( epikalesamenou ) has been taken temporally. It could also be translated as causal: “and because he appealed…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A25/2"}
{"id":44361,"verse_id":"ACT.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.25","text":"A designation of the Roman emperor (in this case, Nero). BDAG 917 s.v. σεβαστός states, “ ὁ Σεβαστός His Majesty the Emperor Ac 25:21, 25 (of Nero).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A25/3"}
{"id":44362,"verse_id":"ACT.25.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"25.25","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A25/4"}
{"id":44363,"verse_id":"ACT.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"25.26","text":"Grk “about whom I have nothing definite…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced with a personal pronoun (“him”) and a new sentence begun in the translation at the beginning of v. 26 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A26/3"}
{"id":44364,"verse_id":"ACT.25.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"25.26","text":"Or “investigation.” BDAG 66 s.v. ἀνάκρισις has “a judicial hearing, investigation, hearing, esp. preliminary hearing … τῆς ἀ . γενομένης Ac 25:26 .” This is technical legal language.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A26/5"}
{"id":44365,"verse_id":"ACT.25.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":25,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"25.27","text":"L&N 33.153 s.v. σημαίνω , “to cause something to be both specific and clear – ‘to indicate clearly, to make clear’… ‘for it seems unreasonable to me to send a prisoner without clearly indicating the charges against him’ Ac 25:27 .” sn Without clearly indicating the charges against him. Again the point is made by Festus himself that there is difficulty even in articulating a charge against Paul.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2025%3A27/1"}
{"id":44366,"verse_id":"ACT.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.1","text":"Grk “It is permitted for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A1/2"}
{"id":44367,"verse_id":"ACT.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.1","text":"Or “extended his hand” (a speaker’s gesture).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A1/3"}
{"id":44368,"verse_id":"ACT.26.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.1","text":"Or “and began to speak in his own defense.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A1/4"}
{"id":44369,"verse_id":"ACT.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.3","text":"BDAG 613 s.v. μάλιστα 1 states, “ μ . γνώστην ὄντα σε since you are outstandingly familiar Ac 26:3 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A3/1"}
{"id":44370,"verse_id":"ACT.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.3","text":"Grk “several controversial issues.” BDAG 428 s.v. ζήτημα states, “in our lit. only in Ac, w. the mng. it still has in Mod. Gk. (controversial) question, issue, argument … Ac 15:2; 26:3 . ζ . περί τινος questions about someth. …18:15; 25:19 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A3/2"}
{"id":44371,"verse_id":"ACT.26.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.3","text":"BDAG 218 s.v. δέομαι states, “In our lit. only w. the mng. to ask for something pleadingly, ask, request ,” and then in section a. α states, “w. inf. foll.… Ac 26:3 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A3/3"}
{"id":44372,"verse_id":"ACT.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.4","text":"Grk “my manner of life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A4/1"}
{"id":44373,"verse_id":"ACT.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.4","text":"Or “nation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A4/2"}
{"id":44374,"verse_id":"ACT.26.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.4","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A4/3"}
{"id":44375,"verse_id":"ACT.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.5","text":"These words are repeated from v. 4 (“all the Jews know”). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, it was necessary to begin a new sentence at the beginning of v. 5 in the translation, but for this to make sense, the main verb ἵσασι ( {isasi ) has to be repeated to connect with the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause (indirect discourse) in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A5/1"}
{"id":44376,"verse_id":"ACT.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.5","text":"Grk “having known me from time past.” The participle προγινώσκοντες ( proginwskonte\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A5/2"}
{"id":44377,"verse_id":"ACT.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.5","text":"BDAG 866 s.v. προγινώσκω 2 has “ Know from time past … προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν Ac 26:5 .” L&N 28.6 states, “‘they have already known me beforehand, if they are willing to testify’ Ac 26:5 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A5/3"}
{"id":44378,"verse_id":"ACT.26.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.5","text":"That is, strictest religious party. “Party” alone is used in the translation because “the strictest religious party of our religion” would be redundant.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A5/4"}
{"id":44379,"verse_id":"ACT.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.6","text":"BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 5.a. α has “ κρίνεσθαι ἐπί τινι be on trial because of a thing Ac 26:6 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A6/1"}
{"id":44380,"verse_id":"ACT.26.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.6","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A6/2"}
{"id":44381,"verse_id":"ACT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.7","text":"Grk “to which [promise] our twelve tribes…” The antecedent of the relative pronoun (the promise in v. 6 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A7/1"}
{"id":44382,"verse_id":"ACT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.7","text":"Or “earnestly worship.” The object of this service, God, is omitted but implied: BDAG 587 s.v. λατρεύω states, “Without the dat. of the one to whom service is given: ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα κ . ἡμέραν λ . serve (God) earnestly night and day Ac 26:7 .” Although clear from the context in Greek, “God” must be supplied as the recipient of the service for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A7/2"}
{"id":44383,"verse_id":"ACT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.7","text":"Grk “I am being accused by the Jews.” The passive construction was simplified by converting it to an active one in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A7/3"}
{"id":44384,"verse_id":"ACT.26.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.7","text":"Grk “O King!”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A7/4"}
{"id":44385,"verse_id":"ACT.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.8","text":"The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate that the second person pronoun (“you”) is plural (others in addition to King Agrippa are being addressed).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A8/1"}
{"id":44386,"verse_id":"ACT.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.8","text":"BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 3 states, “ τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ; why do you think it is incredible? Ac 26:8 .” The passive construction (“why is it thought unbelievable…”) has been converted to an active one to simplify the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A8/2"}
{"id":44387,"verse_id":"ACT.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.8","text":"Or “incredible.” BDAG 103 s.v. ἄπιστος 1 states, “ unbelievable, incredible … τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ᾿ ὑμῖν …; why does it seem incredible to you? Ac 26:8 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A8/3"}
{"id":44388,"verse_id":"ACT.26.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.8","text":"Grk “if.” The first-class conditional construction, which assumes reality for the sake of argument, has been translated as indirect discourse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A8/4"}
{"id":44389,"verse_id":"ACT.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.9","text":"BDAG 737 s.v. οὖν 3 states, “It has been proposed that some traces of older Gk. usage in which οὖν is emphatic, = certainly, really, to be sure etc. (s. L-S-J-M s.v. 1 ) remain in the pap…and in the NT… indeed, of course Ac 26:9 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A9/1"}
{"id":44390,"verse_id":"ACT.26.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.9","text":"Grk “I thought to myself.” BDAG 255 s.v. δοκέω 2.a has “ ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ δεῖν πρᾶξαι = Lat. mihi videbar I was convinced that it was necessary to do Ac 26:9 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A9/2"}
{"id":44391,"verse_id":"ACT.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.10","text":"Grk “by receiving authority.” The participle λαβών ( labwn ) has been taken instrumentally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A10/1"}
{"id":44392,"verse_id":"ACT.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.10","text":"Grk “cast down a pebble against them.” L&N 30.103 states, “(an idiom, Grk ‘to bring a pebble against someone,’ a reference to a white or black pebble used in voting for or against someone) to make known one’s choice against someone – ‘to vote against.’ …‘when they were sentenced to death, I also voted against them’ Ac 26:10 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A10/2"}
{"id":44393,"verse_id":"ACT.26.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.10","text":"Grk “when they were being executed”; but the context supports the sentencing rather than the execution itself (cf. L&N 30.103).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A10/3"}
{"id":44394,"verse_id":"ACT.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.11","text":"Grk “and punishing…I tried.” The participle τιμωρῶν ( timwrwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A11/1"}
{"id":44395,"verse_id":"ACT.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.11","text":"The imperfect verb ἠνάγκαζον ( hnankazon ) has been translated as a conative imperfect (so BDAG 60 s.v. ἀναγκάζω 1, which has “ ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν I tried to force them to blaspheme Ac 26:11 ”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A11/3"}
{"id":44396,"verse_id":"ACT.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.11","text":"Or “was so insanely angry with them.” BDAG 322 s.v. ἐμμαίνομαι states, “to be filled with such anger that one appears to be mad, be enraged … περισσῶς ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς being furiously enraged at them Ac 26:11 ”; L&N 88.182 s.v. ἐμμαίνομαι , “to be so furiously angry with someone as to be almost out of one’s mind – ‘to be enraged, to be infuriated, to be insanely angry’ …‘I was so infuriated with them that I even went to foreign cities to persecute them’ Ac 26:11 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A11/4"}
{"id":44397,"verse_id":"ACT.26.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.11","text":"Or “I pursued them even as far as foreign cities.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A11/5"}
{"id":44398,"verse_id":"ACT.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.12","text":"Grk “in which [activity].” Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 12 in the translation. The referent of the relative pronoun (“which”) was specified as “this very thing” for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A12/1"}
{"id":44399,"verse_id":"ACT.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.12","text":"Grk “going.” The participle πορευόμενος ( poreuomenos ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A12/2"}
{"id":44400,"verse_id":"ACT.26.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.12","text":"L&N 37.40 s.v. ἐπιτροπή states, “the full authority to carry out an assignment or commission – ‘authority, complete power.’ πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Δαμασκὸν μετ᾿ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς τῶν ἀρχιερέων ‘going to Damascus with authority and complete power from the high priests’ Ac 26:12 . In Ac 26:12 the combination of ἐξουσία and ἐπιτροπή serves to reinforce the sense of complete authority.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A12/3"}
{"id":44401,"verse_id":"ACT.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.13","text":"Grk “O King.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A13/1"}
{"id":44402,"verse_id":"ACT.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.13","text":"Or “from the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A13/2"}
{"id":44403,"verse_id":"ACT.26.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.13","text":"The word “everywhere” has been supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning of περιλάμψαν ( perilamyan ). Otherwise the modern reader might think that each of the individuals were encircled by lights or halos. See also Acts 9:7; 22:6, 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A13/3"}
{"id":44404,"verse_id":"ACT.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.14","text":"Grk “in the Hebrew language.” See Acts 22:7 and 9:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A14/1"}
{"id":44405,"verse_id":"ACT.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.14","text":"Grk “It is hard for you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A14/2"}
{"id":44406,"verse_id":"ACT.26.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.14","text":"“Goads” are pointed sticks used to direct a draft animal (an idiom for stubborn resistance). See BDAG 539-40 s.v. κέντρον 2. sn Sayings which contain the imagery used here ( kicking against the goads ) were also found in Greek writings; see Pindar, Pythians 2.94-96; Euripides, Bacchae 795.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A14/3"}
{"id":44407,"verse_id":"ACT.26.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.15","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A15/1"}
{"id":44408,"verse_id":"ACT.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.16","text":"L&N 30.89 has “‘to choose in advance, to select beforehand, to designate in advance.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A16/1"}
{"id":44409,"verse_id":"ACT.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.16","text":"BDAG 719 s.v. ὁράω A.1.b states, “W. attraction of the relative ὧν = τούτων ἅ Lk 9:36 ; Ac 22:15 . The attraction may be due to colloq. breviloquence in μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδες με ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι a witness to the things in which you saw me and to those in which I shall appear to you Ac 26:16 b.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A16/3"}
{"id":44410,"verse_id":"ACT.26.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.16","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A16/4"}
{"id":44411,"verse_id":"ACT.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.17","text":"Grk “rescuing.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the participle ἐξαιρούμενος ( exairoumeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb and a new sentence started in the translation at the beginning of v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A17/1"}
{"id":44412,"verse_id":"ACT.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.17","text":"That is, from the Jewish people. Grk “the people”; the words “your own” have been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A17/2"}
{"id":44413,"verse_id":"ACT.26.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.17","text":"The antecedent of the relative pronoun is probably both the Jews (“your own people”) and the Gentiles, indicating the comprehensive commission Paul received.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A17/3"}
{"id":44414,"verse_id":"ACT.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.18","text":"BDAG 352-53 s.v. ἐξουσία 2 states, “Also of Satan’s power Ac 26:18 .” It is also possible to translate this “the domain of Satan” (cf. BDAG 353 s.v. 6 )","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A18/2"}
{"id":44415,"verse_id":"ACT.26.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.18","text":"Or “and an inheritance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A18/3"}
{"id":44416,"verse_id":"ACT.26.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.19","text":"‘sky,’ but it seems preferable to regard οὐράνιος in this context as meaning simply ‘from heaven’ or ‘heavenly.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A19/3"}
{"id":44417,"verse_id":"ACT.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.20","text":"BDAG 1093-94 s.v. χώρα 2.b states, “of the provincial name (1 Macc 8:3) ἡ χώρα τῆς ᾿Ιουδαίας Ac 26:20 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A20/1"}
{"id":44418,"verse_id":"ACT.26.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.20","text":"BDAG 93 s.v. ἄξιος 1.b, “ καρποὶ ἄ . τῆς μετανοίας fruits in keeping with your repentance … Lk 3:8 ; Mt 3:8 . For this ἄ . τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα Ac 26:20 .” Note how Paul preached the gospel offer and the issue of response together, side by side.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A20/3"}
{"id":44419,"verse_id":"ACT.26.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.21","text":"Grk “in the temple.” This is actually a reference to the courts surrounding the temple proper, and has been translated accordingly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A21/1"}
{"id":44420,"verse_id":"ACT.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.22","text":"Grk “So experiencing…I stand.” The participle τυχών ( tucwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A22/1"}
{"id":44421,"verse_id":"ACT.26.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.22","text":"BDAG 311 s.v. ἐκτός 3.b, “functions as prep. w. gen. οὐδὲν ἐ . ὧν nothing except what (cf. 1 Ch 29:3 ; 2 Ch 17:19 ; TestNapht. 6:2 ) Ac 26:22 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A22/2"}
{"id":44422,"verse_id":"ACT.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.23","text":"BDAG 277-78 s.v. εἰ 2 has “marker of an indirect question as content, that …Sim. also (Procop. Soph., Ep. 123 χάριν ἔχειν εἰ = that) μαρτυρόμενος … εἰ παθητὸς ὁ Χριστός testifying … that the Christ was to suffer … Ac 26:23 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A23/1"}
{"id":44423,"verse_id":"ACT.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.23","text":"Or “the Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” sn See the note on Christ in 2:31 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A23/2"}
{"id":44424,"verse_id":"ACT.26.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.23","text":"That is, to the Jewish people. Grk “the people”; the word “our” has been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A23/3"}
{"id":44425,"verse_id":"ACT.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.24","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A24/1"}
{"id":44426,"verse_id":"ACT.26.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.24","text":"On the term translated “lost your mind” see BDAG 610 s.v. μαίνομαι , which has “ you’re out of your mind , you’re raving , said to one whose enthusiasm seems to have outrun better judgment 26:24 .” sn The expression “You have lost your mind” would be said to someone who speaks incredible things, in the opinion of the hearer. Paul’s mention of the resurrection (v. 23 ) was probably what prompted Festus to say this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A24/3"}
{"id":44427,"verse_id":"ACT.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.25","text":"Grk “said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A25/1"}
{"id":44428,"verse_id":"ACT.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.25","text":"Or “declaring.” BDAG 125 s.v. ἀποφθέγγομαι states, “ speak out, declare boldly or loudly… τὶ : σωφροσύνης ῥήματα Ac 26:25 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A25/3"}
{"id":44429,"verse_id":"ACT.26.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.25","text":"BDAG 987 s.v. σωφροσύνη 1 has “gener. soundness of mind, reasonableness, rationality … ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα true and rational words (opp. μαίνομαι ) Ac 26:25 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A25/4"}
{"id":44430,"verse_id":"ACT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.26","text":"BDAG 782 s.v. παρρησιάζομαι 1 states, “ speak freely, openly, fearlessly …likew. in the ptc. w. a verb of saying foll.… παρρησιασάμενοι εἶπαν 13:46 . – 26:26 .” This could refer to boldness in speaking here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A26/1"}
{"id":44431,"verse_id":"ACT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.26","text":"Grk “to whom I am speaking freely.” The relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by the personal pronoun (“him”) to simplify the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A26/2"}
{"id":44432,"verse_id":"ACT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.26","text":"Grk “I cannot convince myself.” BDAG 792 s.v. πείθω 3.a states, “ οὐ πείθομαι w. acc. and inf. I cannot believe Ac 26:26 ” (see also BDAG 586 s.v. λανθάνω ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A26/3"}
{"id":44433,"verse_id":"ACT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.26","text":"BDAG 586 s.v. λανθάνω states, “ λανθάνειν αὐτὸν τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐθέν I cannot bring myself to believe that any of these things has escaped his notice Ac 26:26 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A26/4"}
{"id":44434,"verse_id":"ACT.26.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":26,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"26.26","text":"This term refers to a hidden corner (BDAG 209 s.v. γωνία ). Paul’s point is that these events to which he refers were not done in a secret, hidden place, tucked away outside of view. They were done in public for all the world to see.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A26/5"}
{"id":44435,"verse_id":"ACT.26.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.28","text":"Or “In a short time you will make me a Christian.” On the difficulty of the precise nuances of Agrippa’s reply in this passage, see BDAG 791 s.v. πείθω 1.b. The idiom is like 1 Kgs 21:7 LXX. The point is that Paul was trying to persuade Agrippa to accept his message. If Agrippa had let Paul persuade him, he would have converted to Christianity. sn The question “ In such a short time are you persuading me to become a Christian? ” was probably a ploy on Agrippa’s part to deflect Paul from his call for a decision. Note also how the tables have turned: Agrippa was brought in to hear Paul’s defense, and now ends up defending himself. The questioner is now being questioned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A28/2"}
{"id":44436,"verse_id":"ACT.26.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.29","text":"BDAG 703 s.v. ὀλίγος 2.b. β has “ καὶ ἐν ὀλ . καὶ ἐν μεγάλῳ whether in a short or a long time vs. 29 (cf. B-D-F §195; GWhitaker, The Words of Agrippa to St. Paul: JTS 15, 1914, 82f; AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 14, ’35, 50; Field, Notes 141-43; s. Rob. 653).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A29/1"}
{"id":44437,"verse_id":"ACT.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"26.31","text":"Grk “they spoke to one another saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A31/1"}
{"id":44438,"verse_id":"ACT.26.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"26.31","text":"BDAG 93 s.v. ἄξιος 1.b has “ θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἄ . nothing deserving death or imprisonment 23:29; 26:31.” sn Not doing anything deserving death… Here is yet another declaration of Paul’s innocence, but still no release. The portrayal shows how unjust Paul’s confinement was.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A31/2"}
{"id":44439,"verse_id":"ACT.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"26.32","text":"Or “set free.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A32/3"}
{"id":44440,"verse_id":"ACT.26.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":26,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"26.32","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor). sn If he had not appealed to Caesar. Ultimately Agrippa and Festus blamed what Paul himself had done in appealing to Caesar for his own continued custody. In terms of Luke’s narrative, this still appears unjust and a denial of responsibility.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2026%3A32/4"}
{"id":44441,"verse_id":"ACT.27.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.1","text":"According to BDAG 917 s.v. σεβαστός , “In σπεῖρα Σεβαστή 27:1 (cp. OGI 421) Σεβαστή is likew. an exact transl. of Lat. Augusta, an honorary title freq. given to auxiliary troops (Ptolem. renders it Σεβαστή in connection w. three legions that bore it: 2, 3, 30; 2, 9, 18; 4, 3, 30) imperial cohort .” According to W. Foerster ( TDNT 7:175), “In Ac. 27:1 the σπεῖρα Σεβαστή is an expression also found elsewhere for ‘auxiliary troops.’” In no case would this refer to a special imperial bodyguard, and to translate “imperial regiment” or “imperial cohort” might give this impression. There is some archaeological evidence for a Cohors Augusta I stationed in Syria during the time of Augustus, but whether this is the same unit is very debatable. sn The Augustan Cohort. A cohort was a Roman military unit of about 600 soldiers, one-tenth of a legion. There is considerable debate over the identification of this particular cohort and the meaning of the title Augustan mentioned here. These may well have been auxiliary (provincial) troops given the honorary title.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A1/4"}
{"id":44442,"verse_id":"ACT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.2","text":"Grk “Going on board.” The participle ἐπιβάντες ( epibante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A2/1"}
{"id":44443,"verse_id":"ACT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.2","text":"Grk “places.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A2/3"}
{"id":44444,"verse_id":"ACT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.2","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A2/4"}
{"id":44445,"verse_id":"ACT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.2","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4 states, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .” sn Although not explicitly stated, the ship put out to sea from the port of Caesarea (where the previous events had taken place (cf. 25:13 ) and then sailed along the Asiatic coast (the first stop was Sidon , v. 3 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A2/5"}
{"id":44446,"verse_id":"ACT.27.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"27.2","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A2/7"}
{"id":44447,"verse_id":"ACT.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.3","text":"BDAG 516 s.v. κατάγω states, “Hence the pass., in act. sense, of ships and seafarers put in εἴς τι at a harbor … εἰς Σιδῶνα Ac 27:3 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A3/1"}
{"id":44448,"verse_id":"ACT.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.3","text":"BDAG 1056 s.v. φιλανθρώπως states, “ benevolently, kindly φιλανθρώπως χρῆσθαί ( τινι ) treat someone in kindly fashion … Ac 27:3 .” sn Treating Paul kindly. Paul’s treatment followed the pattern of the earlier imprisonment (cf. Acts 24:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A3/3"}
{"id":44449,"verse_id":"ACT.27.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.3","text":"Grk “to go to his friends to be cared for.” The scene is an indication of Christian hospitality.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A3/4"}
{"id":44450,"verse_id":"ACT.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.4","text":"Grk “putting out to sea.” The participle ἀναχθέντες ( anacqente\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4 states, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A4/1"}
{"id":44451,"verse_id":"ACT.27.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.4","text":"BDAG 1040 s.v. ὑποπλέω states, “ sail under the lee of an island, i.e. in such a way that the island protects the ship fr. the wind Ac 27:4, 7 .” Thus they were east and north of the island.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A4/2"}
{"id":44452,"verse_id":"ACT.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.5","text":"Grk “the depths,” the deep area of a sea far enough from land that it is not protected by the coast (L&N 1.73).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A5/1"}
{"id":44453,"verse_id":"ACT.27.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.5","text":"BDAG 531 s.v. κατέρχομαι 2 states, “Of ships and those who sail in them, who ‘come down’ fr. the ‘high seas’: arrive, put in… ἔις τι at someth. a harbor 18:22; 21:3; 27:5 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A5/3"}
{"id":44454,"verse_id":"ACT.27.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.6","text":"Grk “finding.” The participle εὑρών ( Jeurwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A6/2"}
{"id":44455,"verse_id":"ACT.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.7","text":"The participle βραδυπλοοῦντες ( braduploounte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A7/1"}
{"id":44456,"verse_id":"ACT.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.7","text":"This genitive absolute construction with προσεῶντος ( prosewnto\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle. L&N 13.139 translates the phrase μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου ( mh prosewnto\" Jhma\" tou anemou ) as “the wind would not let us go any farther.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A7/3"}
{"id":44457,"verse_id":"ACT.27.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.7","text":"BDAG 1040 s.v. ὑποπλέω states, “ sail under the lee of an island, i.e. in such a way that the island protects the ship fr. the wind Ac 27:4, 7 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A7/4"}
{"id":44458,"verse_id":"ACT.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.8","text":"Grk “sailing along the coast…we came.” The participle παραλεγόμενοι ( paralegomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. L&N 54.8, “ παραλέγομαι : (a technical, nautical term) to sail along beside some object – ‘to sail along the coast, to sail along the shore.’ …‘they sailed along the coast of Crete’ Ac 27:13 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A8/1"}
{"id":44459,"verse_id":"ACT.27.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.8","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (Crete) has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A8/2"}
{"id":44460,"verse_id":"ACT.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.9","text":"Or “unsafe” (BDAG 383 s.v. ἐπισφαλής ). The term is a NT hapax legomenon .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A9/1"}
{"id":44461,"verse_id":"ACT.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.9","text":"The accusative articular infinitive παρεληλυθέναι ( parelhluqenai ) after the preposition διά ( dia ) is causal. BDAG 776 s.v. παρέρχομαι 2 has “ διὰ τὸ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι because the fast was already over Ac 27:9 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A9/3"}
{"id":44462,"verse_id":"ACT.27.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.9","text":"Grk “Paul advised, saying to them.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in English and has not been translated. On the term translated “advised,” see BDAG 764 s.v. παραινέω , which usually refers to recommendations. sn Paul advised them. A literary theme surfaces here: Though Paul is under arrest, he will be the one to guide them all through the dangers of the storm and shipwreck, showing clearly God’s presence and protection of him. The story is told in great detail. This literary effect of slowing down the passage of time and narrating with many details serves to add a sense of drama to the events described.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A9/4"}
{"id":44463,"verse_id":"ACT.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.10","text":"Grk “is going to be with disaster.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A10/1"}
{"id":44464,"verse_id":"ACT.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.10","text":"Or “hardship,” “damage.” BDAG 1022 s.v. ὕβρις 3 states, “fig. hardship, disaster, damage caused by the elements…w. ζημία Ac 27:10 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A10/2"}
{"id":44465,"verse_id":"ACT.27.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.10","text":"Grk “souls” (here, one’s physical life).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A10/3"}
{"id":44466,"verse_id":"ACT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.11","text":"Or “persuaded.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A11/2"}
{"id":44467,"verse_id":"ACT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.11","text":"BDAG 456 s.v. κυβερνήτης 1 has “one who is responsible for the management of a ship, shipmaster …W. ναύκληρος , the ‘shipowner’… Ac 27:11 ” See further L. Casson, Ships and Seamanship in the Ancient World , 316-18.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A11/3"}
{"id":44468,"verse_id":"ACT.27.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.11","text":"Grk “than by what was said by Paul.” The passive construction has been converted to an active one to simplify the translation. sn More convinced by the captain and the ship’s owner than by what Paul said. The position taken by the centurion was logical, since he was following “professional” advice. But this was not a normal voyage.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A11/4"}
{"id":44469,"verse_id":"ACT.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.12","text":"BDAG 181-82 s.v. βουλή 2.a, “ β . τίθεσθαι ( Judg 19:30 ; Ps 12:3 ) decide 27:12 (w. inf. foll.).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A12/1"}
{"id":44470,"verse_id":"ACT.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.12","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A12/2"}
{"id":44471,"verse_id":"ACT.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.12","text":"Grk “from there, if somehow” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was begun here in the translation and the introductory phrase “They hoped that” supplied (with the subject, “they,” repeated from the previous clause) to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A12/3"}
{"id":44472,"verse_id":"ACT.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.12","text":"Grk “if somehow, reaching Phoenix, they could…” The participle καταντήσαντες ( katanthsante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A12/4"}
{"id":44473,"verse_id":"ACT.27.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.12","text":"Or “a harbor of Crete open to the southwest and northwest.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A12/6"}
{"id":44474,"verse_id":"ACT.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.13","text":"Grk “thinking.” The participle δόξαντες ( doxante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A13/1"}
{"id":44475,"verse_id":"ACT.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.13","text":"Or “accomplish.” L&N 68.29, for κρατέω , has “to be able to complete or finish, presumably despite difficulties – ‘to accomplish, to do successfully, to carry out.’ …‘thinking that they could carry out their purpose’ Ac 27:13 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A13/2"}
{"id":44476,"verse_id":"ACT.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.13","text":"Or “departed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A13/3"}
{"id":44477,"verse_id":"ACT.27.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.13","text":"L&N 54.8, “ παραλέγομαι : (a technical, nautical term) to sail along beside some object – ‘to sail along the coast, to sail along the shore.’…‘they sailed along the coast of Crete’ Ac 27:13 .” With the addition of the adverb ἆσσον ( asson ) this becomes “sailed close along the coast of Crete.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A13/4"}
{"id":44478,"verse_id":"ACT.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.14","text":"Grk “a wind like a typhoon.” That is, a very violent wind like a typhoon or hurricane (BDAG 1021 s.v. τυφωνικός ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A14/1"}
{"id":44479,"verse_id":"ACT.27.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.14","text":"Grk “from it”; the referent (the island) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A14/3"}
{"id":44480,"verse_id":"ACT.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.15","text":"Or “was forced off course.” Grk “The ship being caught in it.” The genitive absolute construction with the participle συναρπασθέντος ( sunarpasqento\" ) has been taken temporally; it could also be translated as causal (“Because the ship was caught in it”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A15/1"}
{"id":44481,"verse_id":"ACT.27.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.15","text":"BDAG 91 s.v. ἀντοφθαλμέω states, “Metaph. of a ship τοῦ πλοίου μὴ δυναμένοι ἀ . τῷ ἀνέμῳ since the ship was not able to face the wind , i.e. with its bow headed against the forces of the waves Ac 27:15 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A15/2"}
{"id":44482,"verse_id":"ACT.27.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.16","text":"BDAG 1042 s.v. ὑποτρέχω states, “ run or sail under the lee of , nautical t.t.… Ac 27:16 .” The participle ὑποδραμόντες ( Jupodramonte\" ) has been taken temporally (“as we ran under the lee of”). While this could also be translated as a participle of means (“by running…”) this might suggest the ship was still under a greater degree of control by its crew than it probably was.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A16/1"}
{"id":44483,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.17","text":"Grk “After hoisting it up, they…”; the referent (the ship’s crew) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/1"}
{"id":44484,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.17","text":"The participle ἄραντες ( arantes ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/2"}
{"id":44485,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.17","text":"Possibly “ropes” or “cables”; Grk “helps” (a word of uncertain meaning; probably a nautical technical term, BDAG 180 s.v. βοήθεια 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/3"}
{"id":44486,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.17","text":"BDAG 308 s.v. ἐκπίπτω 2 states, “ drift off course, run aground , nautical term εἴς τι on someth… .on the Syrtis 27:17 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/4"}
{"id":44487,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.17","text":"That is, on the sandbars and shallows of the Syrtis. sn On the Syrtis. The Syrtis was the name of two gulfs on the North African coast (modern Libya), feared greatly by sailors because of their shifting sandbars and treacherous shallows. The Syrtis here is the so-called Great Syrtis, toward Cyrenaica. It had a horrible reputation as a sailors’ graveyard (Pliny, Natural History 5.26). Josephus ( J. W. 2.16.4 [2.381]) says the name alone struck terror in those who heard it. It was near the famous Scylla and Charybdis mentioned in Homer’s Odyssey .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/5"}
{"id":44488,"verse_id":"ACT.27.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.17","text":"Or perhaps “mainsail.” The meaning of this word is uncertain. BDAG 927 s.v. σκεῦος 1 has “ τὸ σκεῦος Ac 27:17 seems to be the kedge or driving anchor ” while C. Maurer ( TDNT 7:362) notes, “The meaning in Ac. 27:17 : χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος , is uncertain. Prob. the ref. is not so much to taking down the sails as to throwing the draganchor overboard to lessen the speed of the ship.” In spite of this L&N 6.1 states, “In Ac 27:17 , for example, the reference of σκεῦος is generally understood to be the mainsail.” A reference to the sail is highly unlikely because in a storm of the force described in Ac 27:14 , the sail would have been taken down and reefed immediately, to prevent its being ripped to shreds or torn away by the gale.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A17/6"}
{"id":44489,"verse_id":"ACT.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.18","text":"BDAG 980 s.v. σφόδρῶς states, “ very much, greatly, violently… σφ . χειμάζεσθαι be violently beaten by a storm Ac 27:18 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A18/1"}
{"id":44490,"verse_id":"ACT.27.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.18","text":"Or “jettisoning [the cargo]” (a nautical technical term). The words “the cargo” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader. sn The desperation of the sailors in throwing the cargo overboard is reminiscent of Jonah 1:5 . At this point they were only concerned with saving themselves.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A18/2"}
{"id":44491,"verse_id":"ACT.27.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.19","text":"Or “rigging,” “tackle”; Grk “the ship’s things.” Here the more abstract “gear” is preferred to “rigging” or “tackle” as a translation for σκεῦος ( skeuos ) because in v. 40 the sailors are still able to raise the (fore)sail, which they could not have done if the ship’s rigging or tackle had been jettisoned here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A19/1"}
{"id":44492,"verse_id":"ACT.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.20","text":"Grk “no small storm” = a very great storm.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A20/1"}
{"id":44493,"verse_id":"ACT.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.20","text":"Grk “no small storm pressing on us.” The genitive absolute construction with the participle ἐπικειμένου ( epikeimenou ) has been translated as parallel to the previous genitive absolute construction (which was translated as temporal). BDAG 373 s.v. ἐπίκειμαι 2.b states, “of impersonal force confront χειμῶνος ἐπικειμένου since a storm lay upon us Ac 27:20 .” L&N 14.2, “‘the stormy weather did not abate in the least’ or ‘the violent storm continued’ Ac 27:20 .” To this last was added the idea of “battering” from the notion of “pressing upon” inherent in ἐπίκειμαι ( epikeimai ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A20/2"}
{"id":44494,"verse_id":"ACT.27.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.20","text":"Grk “finally all hope that we would be saved was abandoned.” The passive construction has been converted to an active one to simplify the translation. This represents a clearly secular use of the term σῴζω ( swzw ) in that it refers to deliverance from the storm. At this point those on board the ship gave up hope of survival.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A20/3"}
{"id":44495,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.21","text":"Or “Since they had no desire to eat for a long time.” The genitive absolute construction with the participle ὑπαρχούσης ( Juparcoush\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle. It could also be translated temporally (“When many of them had no desire to eat”). The translation of πολλῆς ( pollhs ) as a substantized adjective referring to the people on board the ship (“many of them”) rather than a period of time (“for a long time”; so most modern versions) follows BDAG 143 s.v. ἀσιτία , which has “ πολλῆς ἀ . ὑπαρχούσης since almost nobody wanted to eat because of anxiety or seasickness… Ac 27:21 .” This detail indicates how turbulent things were on board the ship.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/1"}
{"id":44496,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.21","text":"Here τότε ( tote ) is redundant (pleonastic) according to BDAG 1012-13 s.v. τότε 2; thus it has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/2"}
{"id":44497,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.21","text":"Grk “standing up…said.” The participle σταθείς ( staqeis ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/3"}
{"id":44498,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.21","text":"L&N 36.12 has “ πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης ‘you should have listened to me and not have sailed from Crete’ Ac 27:21 .” sn By saying “ you should have listened to me and not put out to sea from Crete ” Paul was not “rubbing it in,” but was reasserting his credibility before giving his next recommendation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/4"}
{"id":44499,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.21","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/5"}
{"id":44500,"verse_id":"ACT.27.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.21","text":"The infinitive κερδῆσαι ( kerdhsai ) has been translated as resultative.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A21/6"}
{"id":44501,"verse_id":"ACT.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.22","text":"The same verb is used for Paul’s original recommendation in Ac 27:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A22/1"}
{"id":44502,"verse_id":"ACT.27.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.22","text":"Grk “except the ship.” Here “but” is used to translate the improper preposition πλήν ( plhn ; see BDAG 826 s.v. πλήν 2) since an exception like this, where two different categories of objects are involved (people and a ship), is more naturally expressed in contemporary English with an adversative (“but”). The words “will be lost” are also supplied for clarity. sn The “prophecy” about the ship serves to underscore Paul’s credibility as an agent of God. Paul addressed his audience carefully and drew attention to the sovereign knowledge of God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A22/2"}
{"id":44503,"verse_id":"ACT.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.23","text":"Grk “of whom I am.” The relative clause with its possessive was translated following L&N 15.86 s.v. παρίσταμαι .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A23/1"}
{"id":44504,"verse_id":"ACT.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.23","text":"Or “worship.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A23/2"}
{"id":44505,"verse_id":"ACT.27.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.23","text":"Or “stood by me.” BDAG 778 s.v. παρίστημι / παριστάνω 2.a. α states, “ approach, come τινί (to) someone … Ac 9:39; 27:23 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A23/3"}
{"id":44506,"verse_id":"ACT.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.24","text":"Grk “came to me saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A24/1"}
{"id":44507,"verse_id":"ACT.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.24","text":"BDAG 778 s.v. παρίστημι / παριστάνω 2.a. α states, “Also as a t.t. of legal usage appear before, come before … Καίσαρι σε δεῖ παραστῆναι you must stand before the Emperor (as judge) Ac 27:24 .” See Acts 23:11 . Luke uses the verb δεῖ ( dei ) to describe what must occur.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A24/2"}
{"id":44508,"verse_id":"ACT.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.24","text":"Or “before the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A24/3"}
{"id":44509,"verse_id":"ACT.27.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.24","text":"Grk “God has graciously granted you all who are sailing with you.” The words “the safety of” have been supplied to clarify the meaning of the verb κεχάρισται ( kecaristai ) in this context. sn The safety of all who are sailing with you. In a sense, Paul’s presence protects them all. For Luke, it serves as a picture of what the gospel does through Christ and through the one who brings the message.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A24/4"}
{"id":44510,"verse_id":"ACT.27.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.25","text":"BDAG 817 s.v. πιστεύω 1.c states, “w. pers. and thing added π . τινί τι believe someone with regard to someth ….W. dat. of pers. and ὅτι foll…. πιστεύετέ μοι ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί J 14:11 a. Cp. 4:21 ; Ac 27:25 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A25/1"}
{"id":44511,"verse_id":"ACT.27.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.26","text":"This is another use of δεῖ ( dei ) to indicate necessity (see also v. 24 ). Acts 28:1 shows the fulfillment of this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A26/1"}
{"id":44512,"verse_id":"ACT.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.27","text":"Here “being driven” has been used to translate διαφέρω ( diaferw ) rather than “drifting,” because it is clear from the attempt to drop anchors in v. 29 that the ship is still being driven by the gale. “Drifting” implies lack of control, but not necessarily rapid movement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A27/1"}
{"id":44513,"verse_id":"ACT.27.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.27","text":"Grk “suspected that some land was approaching them.” BDAG 876 s.v. προσάγω 2.a states, “lit. ὑπενόουν προσάγειν τινά αὐτοῖς χώραν they suspected that land was near (lit. ‘approaching them’) Ac 27:27 .” Current English idiom would speak of the ship approaching land rather than land approaching the ship.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A27/3"}
{"id":44514,"verse_id":"ACT.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.28","text":"Grk “Heaving the lead, they found.” The participle βολίσαντες ( bolisante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. See also BDAG 180 s.v. βολίζω . Although the term is used twice in this verse (and thus is technically not a NT hapax legomenon ), it occurs nowhere else in the NT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A28/1"}
{"id":44515,"verse_id":"ACT.27.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.28","text":"L&N 15.12, “ βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες ‘when they had gone a little farther’ Ac 27:28 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A28/3"}
{"id":44516,"verse_id":"ACT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.29","text":"Grk “fearing.” The participle φοβούμενοι ( foboumenoi ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A29/1"}
{"id":44517,"verse_id":"ACT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.29","text":"Grk “against a rough [rocky] place.” L&N 79.84 has “ φοβούμενοί τε μή που κατὰ τραχεῖς τόποις ἐκπέσωμεν ‘we were afraid that we would run aground on the rocky coast’ Ac 27:29 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A29/2"}
{"id":44518,"verse_id":"ACT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.29","text":"Grk “throwing out…they.” The participle ῥίψαντες ( rJiyante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A29/3"}
{"id":44519,"verse_id":"ACT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.29","text":"BDAG 417 s.v. εὔχομαι 2 states, “ wish … τὶ for someth. …Foll. by acc. and inf…. Ac 27:29 .” The other possible meaning for this term, “pray,” is given in BDAG 417 s.v. 1 and employed by a number of translations (NAB, NRSV, NIV). If this meaning is adopted here, then “prayed for day to come” must be understood metaphorically to mean “prayed that they would live to see the day,” or “prayed that it would soon be day.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A29/4"}
{"id":44520,"verse_id":"ACT.27.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":29,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.29","text":"Grk “and wished for day to come about.” sn And wished for day to appear. The sailors were hoping to hold the ship in place until morning, when they could see what was happening and where they were.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A29/5"}
{"id":44521,"verse_id":"ACT.27.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.30","text":"BDAG 889 s.v. πρόφασις 2 states, “ προφάσει ὡς under the pretext that, pretending that … Ac 27:30 .” In other words, some of the sailors gave up hope that such efforts would work and instead attempted to escape while pretending to help.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A30/1"}
{"id":44522,"verse_id":"ACT.27.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.32","text":"Or “let it fall away.” According to BDAG 308 s.v. ἐκπίπτω 1 and 2 the meaning of the verb in this verse could be either “fall away” or “drift away.” Either meaning is acceptable, and the choice between them depends almost entirely on how one reconstructs the scene. Since cutting the boat loose would in any case result in it drifting away (whether capsized or not), the meaning “drift away” as a nautical technical term has been used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A32/2"}
{"id":44523,"verse_id":"ACT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.33","text":"BDAG 160 s.v. ἄχρι 1.b. α has “ ἄ . οὗ ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν γίνεσθαι until the day began to dawn 27:33.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A33/1"}
{"id":44524,"verse_id":"ACT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.33","text":"Or “have waited anxiously.” Grk “waiting anxiously.” The participle προσδοκῶντες ( prosdokwnte\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A33/2"}
{"id":44525,"verse_id":"ACT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.33","text":"Or “continued.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A33/3"}
{"id":44526,"verse_id":"ACT.27.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.33","text":"Grk “having eaten nothing.” The participle προσλαβόμενοι ( proslabomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb (with subject “you” supplied) due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A33/4"}
{"id":44527,"verse_id":"ACT.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.34","text":"Or “necessary.” BDAG 873-74 s.v. πρός 1 has “ πρ . τῆς σωτηρίας in the interest of safety Ac 27:34 ”; L&N 27.18 has “‘therefore, I urge you to take some food, for this is important for your deliverance’ or ‘…for your survival’ Ac 27:34 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A34/1"}
{"id":44528,"verse_id":"ACT.27.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.34","text":"Or “deliverance” (‘salvation’ in a nontheological sense).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A34/2"}
{"id":44529,"verse_id":"ACT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A35/1"}
{"id":44530,"verse_id":"ACT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.35","text":"Grk “taking bread, gave thanks.” The participle λαβών ( labwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A35/2"}
{"id":44531,"verse_id":"ACT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.35","text":"Or “before them all,” but here this could be misunderstood to indicate a temporal sequence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A35/3"}
{"id":44532,"verse_id":"ACT.27.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":35,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.35","text":"Grk “and breaking it, he began.” The participle κλάσας ( klasas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A35/4"}
{"id":44533,"verse_id":"ACT.27.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"27.37","text":"One early ms (B) and an early version (sa) read “about seventy-six.” For discussion of how this variant probably arose, see F. F. Bruce, The Acts of the Apostles , 465.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A37/1"}
{"id":44534,"verse_id":"ACT.27.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.38","text":"Or “When they had eaten their fill.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A38/1"}
{"id":44535,"verse_id":"ACT.27.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":38,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.38","text":"Or “grain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A38/2"}
{"id":44536,"verse_id":"ACT.27.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.39","text":"Or “observed,” “saw.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A39/1"}
{"id":44537,"verse_id":"ACT.27.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.39","text":"Or “gulf” (BDAG 557 s.v. κόλπος 3).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A39/2"}
{"id":44538,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.40","text":"That is, released. Grk “slipping…leaving.” The participles περιελόντες ( perielonte\" ) and εἴων ( eiwn ) have been translated as finite verbs due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/1"}
{"id":44539,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.40","text":"The term is used of a ship’s anchor. (BDAG 12 s.v. ἄγκυρα a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/2"}
{"id":44540,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.40","text":"Grk “bands”; possibly “ropes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/3"}
{"id":44541,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.40","text":"Or “rudders.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/4"}
{"id":44542,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"27.40","text":"Grk “hoisting…they.” The participle ἐπάραντες ( eparante\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/5"}
{"id":44543,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"27.40","text":"Grk “sail”; probably a reference to the foresail.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/6"}
{"id":44544,"verse_id":"ACT.27.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":40,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"27.40","text":"BDAG 533 s.v. κατέχω 7 states, “ hold course, nautical t.t., intr…. κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν they headed for the beach Ac 27:40 .”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A40/7"}
{"id":44545,"verse_id":"ACT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.41","text":"Grk “fell upon a place of two seas.” The most common explanation for this term is that it refers to a reef or sandbar with the sea on both sides, as noted in BDAG 245 s.v. διθάλασσος : the “ τόπος δ . Ac 27:41 is a semantic unit signifying a point (of land jutting out with water on both sides).” However, Greek had terms for a “sandbank” ( θῖς [ qis ], ταινία [ tainia ]), a “reef” ( ἑρμα [ Jerma ]), “strait” ( στενόν [ stenon ]), “promontory” ( ἀρωτήρον [ arwthron ]), and other nautical hazards, none of which are used by the author here. NEB here translates τόπον διθάλασσον ( topon diqalasson ) as “cross-currents,” a proposal close to that advanced by J. M. Gilchrist, “The Historicity of Paul’s Shipwreck,” JSNT 61 (1996): 29-51, who suggests the meaning is “a patch of cross-seas,” where the waves are set at an angle to the wind, a particular hazard for sailors. Thus the term most likely refers to some sort of adverse sea conditions rather than a topographical feature like a reef or sandbar.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A41/1"}
{"id":44546,"verse_id":"ACT.27.41","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":41,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.41","text":"Or “violence” (BDAG 175 s.v. βία a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A41/2"}
{"id":44547,"verse_id":"ACT.27.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.42","text":"The participle ἐκκολυμβήσας ( ekkolumbhsa\" ) has been taken instrumentally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A42/2"}
{"id":44548,"verse_id":"ACT.27.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":43,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.43","text":"Or “wanting to rescue Paul.” sn Thanks to the centurion who wanted to save Paul’s life , Paul was once more rescued from a potential human threat.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A43/2"}
{"id":44549,"verse_id":"ACT.27.43","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":43,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.43","text":"BDAG 347 s.v. I. ἔξειμι has “ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν get to land Ac 27:43 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A43/3"}
{"id":44550,"verse_id":"ACT.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"27.44","text":"The words “were to follow” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. They must be supplied to clarify the sense in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A44/1"}
{"id":44551,"verse_id":"ACT.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"27.44","text":"Or “boards” according to BDAG 913 s.v. σανίς .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A44/2"}
{"id":44552,"verse_id":"ACT.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"27.44","text":"Grk “on pieces from the ship”; that is, pieces of wreckage from the ship. sn Both the planks and pieces of the ship were for the weak or nonswimmers. The whole scene is a historical metaphor representing how listening to Paul and his message could save people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A44/3"}
{"id":44553,"verse_id":"ACT.27.44","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":27,"verse":44,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"27.44","text":"Grk “And in this way it happened that.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2027%3A44/4"}
{"id":44554,"verse_id":"ACT.28.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.1","text":"Grk “We having been brought safely through” [to land] (same verb as 27:44 ). The word “shore” is implied, and the slight variations in translation from 27:44 have been made to avoid redundancy in English. The participle διασωθέντες ( diaswqente\" ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A1/1"}
{"id":44555,"verse_id":"ACT.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.2","text":"Although this is literally βάρβαροι ( barbaroi ; “foreigners, barbarians”) used for non-Greek or non-Romans, as BDAG 166 s.v. βάρβαρος 2.b notes, “Of the inhabitants of Malta, who apparently spoke in their native language Ac 28:2, 4 (here β . certainly without derogatory tone…).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A2/1"}
{"id":44556,"verse_id":"ACT.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.2","text":"BDAG 1019 s.v. τυγχάνω 2.d states, “ δυνάμεις οὐ τὰς τυχούσας extraordinary miracles Ac 19:11 . Cp. 28:2 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A2/2"}
{"id":44557,"verse_id":"ACT.28.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.2","text":"Or “because it was about to rain.” BDAG 418 s.v. ἐφίστημι 4 states, “ διὰ τ . ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα because it had begun to rain Ac 28:2 …But the mng. here could also be because it threatened to rain (s. 6).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A2/3"}
{"id":44558,"verse_id":"ACT.28.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.3","text":"Or “sticks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A3/1"}
{"id":44559,"verse_id":"ACT.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.4","text":"Although this is literally βάρβαροι ( barbaroi ; “foreigners, barbarians”) used for non-Greek or non-Romans, as BDAG 166 s.v. βάρβαρος 2.b notes, “Of the inhabitants of Malta, who apparently spoke in their native language Ac 28:2, 4 (here β . certainly without derogatory tone…).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A4/1"}
{"id":44560,"verse_id":"ACT.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.4","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A4/2"}
{"id":44561,"verse_id":"ACT.28.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.4","text":"That is, the goddess Justice has not allowed him to live. BDAG 250 s.v. δίκη 2 states, “ Justice personified as a deity Ac 28:4 ”; L&N 12.27, “a goddess who personifies justice in seeking out and punishing the guilty – ‘the goddess Justice.’ ἡ δίκη ζῆν οὐκ εἴασεν ‘the goddess Justice would not let him live’ Ac 28:4 .” Although a number of modern English translations have rendered δίκη ( dikh ) “justice,” preferring to use an abstraction, in the original setting it is almost certainly a reference to a pagan deity. In the translation, the noun “justice” was capitalized and the reflexive pronoun “herself” was supplied to make the personification clear. This was considered preferable to supplying a word like ‘goddess’ in connection with δίκη .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A4/3"}
{"id":44562,"verse_id":"ACT.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.5","text":"BDAG 737 s.v. οὖν 4 indicates the particle has an adversative sense here: “ but, however .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A5/1"}
{"id":44563,"verse_id":"ACT.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A5/2"}
{"id":44564,"verse_id":"ACT.28.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.5","text":"Grk “shaking the creature off…he suffered no harm.” The participle ἀποτινάξας ( apotinaxa\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A5/3"}
{"id":44565,"verse_id":"ACT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.6","text":"Or “going to burn with fever.” According to BDAG 814 s.v. πίμπρημι , either meaning (“swell up” or “burn with fever”) is possible for Acts 28:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A6/1"}
{"id":44566,"verse_id":"ACT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.6","text":"The participle προσδοκώντων ( prosdokwntwn ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A6/2"}
{"id":44567,"verse_id":"ACT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.6","text":"The participle θεωρούντων ( qewrountwn ) has been taken temporally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A6/3"}
{"id":44568,"verse_id":"ACT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.6","text":"Grk “happening.” The participle γινόμενον ( ginomenon ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A6/4"}
{"id":44569,"verse_id":"ACT.28.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.6","text":"Grk “changing their minds.” The participle μεταβαλόμενοι ( metabalomenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A6/5"}
{"id":44570,"verse_id":"ACT.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.7","text":"BDAG 798 s.v. περί 2.a. γ states, “of nearby places… τὰ περὶ τὸν τὸπον the region around the place Ac 28:7 .” The presence of ἐκεῖνον ( ekeinon ) results in the translation “that place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A7/1"}
{"id":44571,"verse_id":"ACT.28.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.7","text":"That is, the chief Roman official. Several inscriptions have confirmed the use of πρῶτος ( prwtos ) as an administrative title used on the island of Malta for the highest Roman official. See further BDAG 852 s.v. Πόπλιος .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A7/2"}
{"id":44572,"verse_id":"ACT.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.8","text":"Grk “It happened that the father.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A8/1"}
{"id":44573,"verse_id":"ACT.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.8","text":"Grk “to whom Paul going in.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by a personal pronoun (“him”) and a new sentence begun here in the translation. The participle εἰσελθών ( eiselqwn ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A8/2"}
{"id":44574,"verse_id":"ACT.28.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.8","text":"The participle ἐπιθείς ( epiqeis ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A8/3"}
{"id":44575,"verse_id":"ACT.28.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.9","text":"BDAG 142 s.v. ἀσθένεια 1 states, “ ἔχειν ἀ . be ill Ac 28:9 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A9/1"}
{"id":44576,"verse_id":"ACT.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.10","text":"Or “they also honored us greatly”; Grk “they also honored us with many honors” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A10/1"}
{"id":44577,"verse_id":"ACT.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.10","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .” In this case the simpler English “sail” is more appropriate. The English participle “preparing” has also been supplied, since the provisioning of the ship would take place some time before the actual departure.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A10/2"}
{"id":44578,"verse_id":"ACT.28.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.10","text":"BDAG 384 s.v. ἐπιτίθημι 1.b has “ give τινί τι someth. to someone … ἀναγομένοις τὰ πρὸς τὰς χρείας when we sailed they gave us what we needed Ac 28:10 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A10/3"}
{"id":44579,"verse_id":"ACT.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.11","text":"BDAG 62 s.v. ἀνάγω 4, “as a nautical t.t. ( ἀ . τὴν ναῦν put a ship to sea), mid. or pass. ἀνάγεσθαι to begin to go by boat, put out to sea .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A11/1"}
{"id":44580,"verse_id":"ACT.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “the ‘Twin Gods’”; Grk “the Dioscuri ” (a joint name for the pagan deities Castor and Pollux). sn That had the ‘ Heavenly Twins ’ as its figurehead. The twin brothers Castor and Pollux, known collectively as the Dioscuri or ‘Heavenly Twins,’ were the twin sons of Zeus and Leda according to Greek mythology. The Alexandrian ship on which Paul and his companions sailed from Malta had a carved emblem or figurehead of these figures, and they would have been the patron deities of the vessel. Castor and Pollux were the “gods of navigation.” To see their stars was considered a good omen (Epictetus, Discourses 2.18.29; Lucian of Samosata, The Ship 9).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A11/2"}
{"id":44581,"verse_id":"ACT.28.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.11","text":"Or “as its emblem.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A11/3"}
{"id":44582,"verse_id":"ACT.28.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.12","text":"Grk “And putting in.” The participle καταχθέντες ( katacqente\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. On the meaning of the participle, BDAG 516 s.v. κατάγω states, “Hence the pass., in act. sense, of ships and seafarers put in εἴς τι at a harbor … εἰς Συρακούσας Ac 28:12 .” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A12/1"}
{"id":44583,"verse_id":"ACT.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.13","text":"A 066 1739 Ï lat sy. Although περιελόντες is minimally attested, it is found in the better witnesses. As well, it is a more difficult reading, for its meaning as a nautical term is uncertain, requiring something like “ τὰς ἀγκύρας be supplied = ‘we weighed anchor’” (BDAG 799 s.v. περιαιρέω 1). It thus best explains the rise of the other readings.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A13/1"}
{"id":44584,"verse_id":"ACT.28.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.13","text":"Grk “after one day, a south wind springing up, on the second day.” The genitive absolute construction with the participle ἐπιγενομένου ( epigenomenou ) has been translated as a clause with a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A13/3"}
{"id":44585,"verse_id":"ACT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.14","text":"Grk “where.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“where”) has been replaced with the demonstrative pronoun (“there”) and a new sentence begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A14/1"}
{"id":44586,"verse_id":"ACT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.14","text":"Grk “finding.” The participle εὑρόντες ( Jeurontes ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A14/2"}
{"id":44587,"verse_id":"ACT.28.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.14","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A14/4"}
{"id":44588,"verse_id":"ACT.28.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.15","text":"Grk “whom, when he saw [them], Paul.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) was replaced by the personal pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence begun here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A15/4"}
{"id":44589,"verse_id":"ACT.28.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.16","text":"Or “to stay.” sn Allowed to live by himself. Paul continued to have a generous prison arrangement (cf. Acts 27:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A16/1"}
{"id":44590,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.17","text":"Grk “It happened that after three days.” The introductory phrase ἐγένετο ( egeneto , “it happened that”), common in Luke (69 times) and Acts (54 times), is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/1"}
{"id":44591,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/2"}
{"id":44592,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.17","text":"L&N 33.309 has “‘after three days, he called the local Jewish leaders together’ Ac 28:17 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/3"}
{"id":44593,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.17","text":"Grk “Men brothers,” but this is both awkward and unnecessary in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/4"}
{"id":44594,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.17","text":"The participle ποιήσας ( poihsas ) has been translated as a concessive adverbial participle.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/5"}
{"id":44595,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"28.17","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.” sn I had done nothing against our people or the customs of our ancestors. Once again Paul claimed to be faithful to the Jewish people and to the God of Israel.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/6"}
{"id":44596,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"28.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/7"}
{"id":44597,"verse_id":"ACT.28.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"28.17","text":"Grk “into the hands of the Romans,” but this is redundant when παρεδόθην ( paredoqhn ) has been translated “handed over.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A17/8"}
{"id":44598,"verse_id":"ACT.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.18","text":"Grk “who when.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“who”) has been replaced by the personal pronoun (“they”) and a new sentence begun at this point in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A18/1"}
{"id":44599,"verse_id":"ACT.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.18","text":"Or “had questioned me”; or “had examined me.” BDAG 66 s.v. ἀνακρίνω 2 states, “to conduct a judicial hearing, hear a case, question.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A18/2"}
{"id":44600,"verse_id":"ACT.28.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.18","text":"Grk “no basis for death,” but in this context a sentence of death is clearly indicated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A18/4"}
{"id":44601,"verse_id":"ACT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.19","text":"That is, objected to my release.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A19/1"}
{"id":44602,"verse_id":"ACT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “to the emperor” (“Caesar” is a title for the Roman emperor).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A19/2"}
{"id":44603,"verse_id":"ACT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.19","text":"BDAG 533 s.v. κατηγορέω 1 states, “nearly always as legal t.t.: bring charges in court.” L&N 33.427 states for κατηγορέω , “to bring serious charges or accusations against someone, with the possible connotation of a legal or court context – ‘to accuse, to bring charges.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A19/3"}
{"id":44604,"verse_id":"ACT.28.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.19","text":"Or “my own nation.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A19/4"}
{"id":44605,"verse_id":"ACT.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.21","text":"Grk “they said to him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A21/1"}
{"id":44606,"verse_id":"ACT.28.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.21","text":"Or “arrived”; Grk “come” (“from there” is implied). Grk “coming.” The participle παραγενόμενος ( paragenomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A21/2"}
{"id":44607,"verse_id":"ACT.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.22","text":"Grk “regarding this sect it is known to us.” The passive construction “it is known to us” has been converted to an active one to simplify the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A22/1"}
{"id":44608,"verse_id":"ACT.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.22","text":"Grk “that everywhere it is spoken against.” To simplify the translation the passive construction “it is spoken against” has been converted to an active one with the subject “people” supplied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A22/2"}
{"id":44609,"verse_id":"ACT.28.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.22","text":"On the term translated “speak against,” see BDAG 89 s.v. ἀντιλέγω 1.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A22/3"}
{"id":44610,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.23","text":"Grk “Having set.” The participle ταξάμενοι ( taxamenoi ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/1"}
{"id":44611,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.23","text":"Grk “Having set a day with him”; the words “to meet” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/2"}
{"id":44612,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.23","text":"Or “came to him in his rented quarters.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/3"}
{"id":44613,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.23","text":"BDAG 848 s.v. πολύς 1.b. β . ב states, “ (even) more πλείονες in even greater numbers Ac 28:23 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/4"}
{"id":44614,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"28.23","text":"The word “things” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, but must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/5"}
{"id":44615,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"28.23","text":"Grk “to whom he explained.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative pronoun (“whom”) has been replaced by the pronoun (“them”) and a new sentence begun at this point in the translation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/6"}
{"id":44616,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"28.23","text":"BDAG 233 s.v. διαμαρτύρομαι 1 has “to make a solemn declaration about the truth of someth. testify of, bear witness to (orig. under oath)… God ’ s kingdom 28:23.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/7"}
{"id":44617,"verse_id":"ACT.28.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":23,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"28.23","text":"Or “persuade.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A23/9"}
{"id":44618,"verse_id":"ACT.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.24","text":"Or “persuaded.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A24/1"}
{"id":44619,"verse_id":"ACT.28.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.24","text":"Grk “by the things spoken.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A24/2"}
{"id":44620,"verse_id":"ACT.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.25","text":"The imperfect verb ἀπελύοντο ( apeluonto ) has been translated as an ingressive imperfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A25/1"}
{"id":44621,"verse_id":"ACT.28.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.25","text":"Or “forefathers”; Grk “fathers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A25/2"}
{"id":44622,"verse_id":"ACT.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.26","text":"Grk “you will hear with hearing” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A26/1"}
{"id":44623,"verse_id":"ACT.28.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.26","text":"Or “seeing”; Grk “you will look by looking” (an idiom).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A26/2"}
{"id":44624,"verse_id":"ACT.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.27","text":"Or “insensitive.” sn The heart of this people has become dull. The charge from Isaiah is like Stephen’s against the Jews of Jerusalem ( Acts 7:51-53 ). They were a hard-hearted and disobedient people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A27/1"}
{"id":44625,"verse_id":"ACT.28.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.27","text":"Grk “they hear heavily with their ears” (an idiom for slow comprehension).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A27/2"}
{"id":44626,"verse_id":"ACT.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.28","text":"Grk “Therefore let it be known to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A28/1"}
{"id":44627,"verse_id":"ACT.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.28","text":"Or “of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A28/2"}
{"id":44628,"verse_id":"ACT.28.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.28","text":"Grk “they also.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A28/4"}
{"id":44629,"verse_id":"ACT.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.30","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (Paul) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A30/1"}
{"id":44630,"verse_id":"ACT.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.30","text":"Or “stayed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A30/2"}
{"id":44631,"verse_id":"ACT.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"28.30","text":"Or perhaps, “two whole years at his own expense.” BDAG 654 s.v. μίσθωμα states, “the customary act. mng. ‘contract price, rent’…is not found in our lit. (Ac) and the pass. what is rented, a rented house is a mng. not found outside it (even Ammonius Gramm. [100 ad] p. 93 Valck. knows nothing of it. Hence the transl. at his own expense [NRSV] merits attention) ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι in his own rented lodgings Ac 28:30 (for the idea cp. Jos., Ant. 18, 235).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A30/3"}
{"id":44632,"verse_id":"ACT.28.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":30,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"28.30","text":"Or “and received.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A30/4"}
{"id":44633,"verse_id":"ACT.28.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"28.31","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A31/1"}
{"id":44634,"verse_id":"ACT.28.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ACT","chapter":28,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"28.31","text":"Or “openness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Acts%2028%3A31/2"}
{"id":44635,"verse_id":"ROM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":44636,"verse_id":"ROM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Traditionally, “servant.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s “slave” or “servant” is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For someone who was Jewish this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":44637,"verse_id":"ROM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"B 81 pc ). The meaning is not affected in either case, but the reading “Christ Jesus” is preferred as slightly more difficult and thus more likely the original (a scribe who found it would be prone to change it to the more common expression). At the same time, Paul is fond of the order “Christ Jesus,” especially in certain letters such as Romans, Galatians, and Philippians. As well, the later Pauline letters almost uniformly use this order in the salutations. A decision is difficult, but “Christ Jesus” is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":44638,"verse_id":"ROM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “a called apostle.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":44639,"verse_id":"ROM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The genitive in the phrase εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ ( euangelion qeou , “the gospel of God”) could be translated as (1) a subjective genitive (“the gospel which God brings”) or (2) an objective genitive (“the gospel about God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, an interplay between the two concepts is intended: The gospel which God brings is in fact the gospel about himself. However, in view of God’s action in v. 2 concerning this gospel, a subjective genitive notion (“the gospel which God brings”) is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":44640,"verse_id":"ROM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “the gospel of God, which he promised.” Because of the length and complexity of this sentence in Greek, it was divided into shorter English sentences in keeping with contemporary English style. To indicate the referent of the relative pronoun (“which”), the word “gospel” was repeated at the beginning of v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":44641,"verse_id":"ROM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “born of the seed” (an idiom).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":44642,"verse_id":"ROM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “according to the flesh,” indicating Jesus’ earthly life, a reference to its weakness. This phrase implies that Jesus was more than human; otherwise it would have been sufficient to say that he was a descendant of David, cf. L. Morris, Romans , 44.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":44643,"verse_id":"ROM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “spirit of holiness.” Some interpreters take the phrase to refer to Christ’s own inner spirit, which was characterized by holiness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":44644,"verse_id":"ROM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “by his resurrection.” Most interpreters see this as a reference to Jesus’ own resurrection, although some take it to refer to the general resurrection at the end of the age, of which Jesus’ resurrection is the first installment (cf. 1 Cor 15:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":44645,"verse_id":"ROM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “through whom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":44646,"verse_id":"ROM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Some interpreters understand the phrase “grace and apostleship” as a hendiadys, translating “grace [i.e., gift] of apostleship.” The pronoun “our” is supplied in the translation to clarify the sense of the statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":44647,"verse_id":"ROM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “and apostleship for obedience.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":44648,"verse_id":"ROM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The phrase ὑπακοὴν πίστεως has been variously understood as (1) an objective genitive (a reference to the Christian faith, “obedience to [the] faith”); (2) a subjective genitive (“the obedience faith produces [or requires]”); (3) an attributive genitive (“believing obedience”); or (4) as a genitive of apposition (“obedience, [namely] faith”) in which “faith” further defines “obedience.” These options are discussed by C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans (ICC), 1:66. Others take the phrase as deliberately ambiguous; see D. B. Garlington, “The Obedience of Faith in the Letter to the Romans: Part I: The Meaning of ὑπακοὴ πίστεως ( Rom 1:5; 16:26 ),” WTJ 52 (1990): 201-24.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":44649,"verse_id":"ROM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “among whom you also are called.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. The NIV, with its translation “And you also are among those who are called,” takes the phrase ἐν οἳς ἐστε to refer to the following clause rather than the preceding, so that the addressees of the letter (“you also”) are not connected with “all the Gentiles” mentioned at the end of v. 5 . It is more likely, however, that the relative pronoun οἳς has τοῖς ἔθνεσιν as its antecedent, which would indicate that the church at Rome was predominantly Gentile.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":44650,"verse_id":"ROM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “called of Jesus Christ.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":44651,"verse_id":"ROM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":44652,"verse_id":"ROM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Although the first part of v. 7 is not a complete English sentence, it maintains the “From…to” pattern used in all the Pauline letters to indicate the sender and the recipients. Here, however, there are several intervening verses (vv. 2-6 ), which makes the first half of v. 7 appear as an isolated sentence fragment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":44653,"verse_id":"ROM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":44654,"verse_id":"ROM.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “First.” Paul never mentions a second point, so J. B. Phillips translated “I must begin by telling you….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":44655,"verse_id":"ROM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “whom I serve in my spirit in the gospel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":44656,"verse_id":"ROM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “as.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":44657,"verse_id":"ROM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “remember you, always asking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":44658,"verse_id":"ROM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “succeed in coming to you in the will of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":44659,"verse_id":"ROM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “that is, to be comforted together with you through the faith in one another.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":44660,"verse_id":"ROM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":44661,"verse_id":"ROM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in order that I might have some fruit also among you just as also among the rest of the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":44662,"verse_id":"ROM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “obligated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":44663,"verse_id":"ROM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “willing, ready”; Grk “so my eagerness [is] to preach…” The word πρόθυμος ( proqumo\" , “eager, willing”) is used only elsewhere in the NT in Matt 26:41 = Mark 14:38 : “the spirit indeed is willing ( πρόθυμος ), but the flesh is weak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":44664,"verse_id":"ROM.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":44665,"verse_id":"ROM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The nature of the “righteousness” described here and the force of the genitive θεοῦ (“of God”) which follows have been much debated. (1) Some (e.g. C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:98) understand “righteousness” to refer to the righteous status given to believers as a result of God’s justifying activity, and see the genitive “of God” as a genitive of source (= “from God”). (2) Others see the “righteousness” as God’s act or declaration that makes righteous (i.e., justifies) those who turn to him in faith, taking the genitive “of God” as a subjective genitive (see E. Käsemann, Romans , 25-30). (3) Still others see the “righteousness of God” mentioned here as the attribute of God himself, understanding the genitive “of God” as a possessive genitive (“God’s righteousness”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":44666,"verse_id":"ROM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “in it”; the referent (the gospel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":44667,"verse_id":"ROM.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “by faith for faith,” or “by faith to faith.” There are many interpretations of the phrase ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν ( ek pistew\" ei\" pistin ). It may have the idea that this righteousness is obtained by faith ( ἐκ πίστεως ) because it was designed for faith ( εἰς πίστιν ). For a summary see J. Murray, Romans (NICNT), 1:363-74.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":44668,"verse_id":"ROM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The genitive ἀνθρώπων could be taken as an attributed genitive, in which case the phase should be translated “against all ungodly and unrighteous people” (cf. “the truth of God” in v. 25 which is also probably an attributed genitive). C. E. B. Cranfield takes the section 1:18-32 to refer to all people (not just Gentiles), while 2:1-3:20 points out that the Jew is no exception ( Romans [ICC], 1:104-6; 1:137-38).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":44669,"verse_id":"ROM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"“Their” is implied in the Greek, but is supplied because of English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":44670,"verse_id":"ROM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “by means of unrighteousness.” Grk “in (by) unrighteousness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":44671,"verse_id":"ROM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “is manifest to/in them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":44672,"verse_id":"ROM.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (people) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":44673,"verse_id":"ROM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":44674,"verse_id":"ROM.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"The participle φάσκοντες ( faskonte\" ) is used concessively here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":44675,"verse_id":"ROM.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “exchanged the glory of the incorruptible God in likeness of an image of corruptible man.” Here there is a wordplay on the Greek terms ἄφθαρτος ( afqarto\" , “immortal, imperishable, incorruptible”) and φθαρτός ( fqarto\" , “mortal, corruptible, subject to decay”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":44676,"verse_id":"ROM.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"The genitive articular infinitive τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι ( tou atimazesqai , “to dishonor”) has been taken as (1) an infinitive of purpose; (2) an infinitive of result; or (3) an epexegetical (i.e., explanatory) infinitive, expanding the previous clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":44677,"verse_id":"ROM.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “among them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A24/3"}
{"id":44678,"verse_id":"ROM.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun was converted to a personal pronoun and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":44679,"verse_id":"ROM.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “the lie.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":44680,"verse_id":"ROM.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.25","text":"Or “creature, created things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A25/3"}
{"id":44681,"verse_id":"ROM.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “for their females exchanged the natural function for that which is contrary to nature.” The term χρῆσις ( crhsi\" ) has the force of “sexual relations” here (L&N 23.65).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":44682,"verse_id":"ROM.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “likewise so also the males abandoning the natural function of the female.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":44683,"verse_id":"ROM.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “burned with intense desire” (L&N 25.16).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":44684,"verse_id":"ROM.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “another, men committing…and receiving,” continuing the description of their deeds. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A27/3"}
{"id":44685,"verse_id":"ROM.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “and just as they did not approve to have God in knowledge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":44686,"verse_id":"ROM.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “the things that are improper.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":44687,"verse_id":"ROM.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “being filled” or “having been filled,” referring to those described in v. 28 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":44688,"verse_id":"ROM.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “malice, full of,” continuing the description. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A29/2"}
{"id":44689,"verse_id":"ROM.1.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.31","text":"Or “promise-breakers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A31/1"}
{"id":44690,"verse_id":"ROM.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.32","text":"Grk “who, knowing…, not only do them but also approve…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A32/1"}
{"id":44691,"verse_id":"ROM.1.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":1,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.32","text":"Grk “are worthy of death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%201%3A32/2"}
{"id":44692,"verse_id":"ROM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Some interpreters (e.g., C. K. Barrett, Romans [HNTC], 43) connect the inferential Διό ( dio , “therefore”) with 1:32 a, treating 1:32 b as a parenthetical comment by Paul.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":44693,"verse_id":"ROM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"That is, “you have nothing to say in your own defense” (so translated by TCNT).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":44694,"verse_id":"ROM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “O man.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":44695,"verse_id":"ROM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “Therefore, you are without excuse, O man, everyone [of you] who judges.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":44696,"verse_id":"ROM.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “in/by (that) which.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":44697,"verse_id":"ROM.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “based on truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":44698,"verse_id":"ROM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “do you think this,” referring to the clause in v. 3 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":44699,"verse_id":"ROM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “O man, the one who judges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":44700,"verse_id":"ROM.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “and do them.” The other words are supplied to bring out the contrast implied in this clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":44701,"verse_id":"ROM.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “being unaware.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":44702,"verse_id":"ROM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “hardness.” Concerning this imagery, see Jer 4:4 ; Ezek 3:7 ; 1 En. 16:3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":44703,"verse_id":"ROM.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “in the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":44704,"verse_id":"ROM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun was converted to a personal pronoun and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":44705,"verse_id":"ROM.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “will render,” “will recompense.” In this context Paul is setting up a hypothetical situation, not stating that salvation is by works.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":44706,"verse_id":"ROM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"This contrast is clearer and stronger in Greek than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":44707,"verse_id":"ROM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “those who [are] from selfish ambition.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":44708,"verse_id":"ROM.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “are persuaded by, obey.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":44709,"verse_id":"ROM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"No verb is expressed in this verse, but the verb “to be” is implied by the Greek construction. Literally “suffering and distress on everyone…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":44710,"verse_id":"ROM.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “every soul of man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":44711,"verse_id":"ROM.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “but even,” to emphasize the contrast. The second word has been omitted since it is somewhat redundant in English idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":44712,"verse_id":"ROM.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The Greek sentence expresses this contrast more succinctly than is possible in English. Grk “For not the hearers of the law are righteous before God, but the doers of the law will be declared righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":44713,"verse_id":"ROM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Some (e.g. C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:135-37) take the phrase φύσει ( fusei , “by nature”) to go with the preceding “do not have the law,” thus: “the Gentiles who do not have the law by nature,” that is, by virtue of not being born Jewish.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":44714,"verse_id":"ROM.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “do by nature the things of the law.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":44715,"verse_id":"ROM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “who.” The relative pronoun was converted to a personal pronoun and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":44716,"verse_id":"ROM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “show the work of the law [to be] written,” with the words in brackets implied by the Greek construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":44717,"verse_id":"ROM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “excuse.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":44718,"verse_id":"ROM.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “their conscience bearing witness and between the thoughts accusing or also defending one another.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A15/4"}
{"id":44719,"verse_id":"ROM.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The form of the Greek word is either present or future, but it is best to translate in future because of the context of future judgment.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":44720,"verse_id":"ROM.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “of people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":44721,"verse_id":"ROM.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “boast in God.” This may be an allusion to Jer 9:24 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":44722,"verse_id":"ROM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “the will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":44723,"verse_id":"ROM.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “because of being instructed out of the law.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":44724,"verse_id":"ROM.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"This verb is parallel to the verbs in vv. 17-18 a, so it shares the conditional meaning even though the word “if” is not repeated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":44725,"verse_id":"ROM.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"The structure of vv. 21-24 is difficult. Some take these verses as the apodosis of the conditional clauses (protases) in vv. 17-20 ; others see vv. 17-20 as an instance of anacoluthon (a broken off or incomplete construction).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":44726,"verse_id":"ROM.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “detest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":44727,"verse_id":"ROM.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"This contrast is clearer and stronger in Greek than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":44728,"verse_id":"ROM.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “if you should be a transgressor of the law.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":44729,"verse_id":"ROM.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"The Greek word φυλάσσω ( fulassw , traditionally translated “keep”) in this context connotes preservation of and devotion to an object as well as obedience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":44730,"verse_id":"ROM.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “the uncircumcision by nature.” The word “man” is supplied here to make clear that male circumcision (or uncircumcision) is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":44731,"verse_id":"ROM.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “through,” but here the preposition seems to mean “(along) with,” “though provided with,” as BDAG 224 s.v. διά A.3.c indicates.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":44732,"verse_id":"ROM.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “letter.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A27/3"}
{"id":44733,"verse_id":"ROM.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"Some have taken the phrase ἐν πνεύματι ( en pneumati , “by/in [the] S/spirit”) not as a reference to the Holy Spirit, but referring to circumcision as “spiritual and not literal” (RSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":44734,"verse_id":"ROM.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.29","text":"Grk “letter.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A29/3"}
{"id":44735,"verse_id":"ROM.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.29","text":"Grk “whose.” The relative pronoun has been replaced by the phrase “this person’s” and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%202%3A29/4"}
{"id":44736,"verse_id":"ROM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “much in every way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":44737,"verse_id":"ROM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"has the γάρ in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. Grk “first indeed that.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":44738,"verse_id":"ROM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “they were.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":44739,"verse_id":"ROM.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"The referent of λόγια ( logia , “oracles”) has been variously understood: (1) BDAG 598 s.v. λόγιον takes the term to refer here to “God’s promises to the Jews”; (2) some have taken this to refer more narrowly to the national promises of messianic salvation given to Israel (so S. L. Johnson, Jr., “Studies in Romans: Part VII: The Jews and the Oracles of God,” BSac 130 [1973]: 245); (3) perhaps the most widespread interpretation sees the term as referring to the entire OT generally.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":44740,"verse_id":"ROM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “every man”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here to stress humanity rather than masculinity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":44741,"verse_id":"ROM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “Let God be true, and every man a liar.” The words “proven” and “shown up” are supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":44742,"verse_id":"ROM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “might be justified,” a subjunctive verb, but in this type of clause it carries the same sense as the future indicative verb in the latter part. “Will” is more idiomatic in contemporary English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":44743,"verse_id":"ROM.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “prevail when you judge.” A quotation from Ps 51:4 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":44744,"verse_id":"ROM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “shows clearly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":44745,"verse_id":"ROM.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “That God is not unjust to inflict wrath, is he?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":44746,"verse_id":"ROM.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “abounded unto.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":44747,"verse_id":"ROM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “(as we are slandered and some affirm that we say…).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":44748,"verse_id":"ROM.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “whose.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, this relative clause was rendered as a new sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":44749,"verse_id":"ROM.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “their throat is an opened grave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":44750,"verse_id":"ROM.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “whose mouth is.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":44751,"verse_id":"ROM.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “in,” “in connection with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":44752,"verse_id":"ROM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “because by the works of the law no flesh is justified before him.” Some recent scholars have understood the phrase ἒργα νόμου ( erga nomou , “works of the law”) to refer not to obedience to the Mosaic law generally, but specifically to portions of the law that pertain to things like circumcision and dietary laws which set the Jewish people apart from the other nations (e.g., J. D. G. Dunn, Romans [WBC], 1:155). Other interpreters, like C. E. B. Cranfield (“‘The Works of the Law’ in the Epistle to the Romans,” JSNT 43 [1991]: 89-101) reject this narrow interpretation for a number of reasons, among which the most important are: (1) The second half of v. 20 , “for through the law comes the knowledge of sin,” is hard to explain if the phrase “works of the law” is understood in a restricted sense; (2) the plural phrase “works of the law” would have to be understood in a different sense from the singular phrase “the work of the law” in 2:15 ; (3) similar phrases involving the law in Romans ( 2:13, 14; 2:25, 26, 27; 7:25; 8:4; and 13:8 ) which are naturally related to the phrase “works of the law” cannot be taken to refer to circumcision (in fact, in 2:25 circumcision is explicitly contrasted with keeping the law). Those interpreters who reject the “narrow” interpretation of “works of the law” understand the phrase to refer to obedience to the Mosaic law in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":44753,"verse_id":"ROM.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “is.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":44754,"verse_id":"ROM.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Νυνὶ δέ ( Nuni de , “But now”) could be understood as either (1) logical or (2) temporal in force, but most recent interpreters take it as temporal, referring to a new phase in salvation history.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":44755,"verse_id":"ROM.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “being witnessed by the law and the prophets,” a remark which is virtually parenthetical to Paul’s argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":44756,"verse_id":"ROM.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “faith in Christ.” A decision is difficult here. Though traditionally translated “faith in Jesus Christ,” an increasing number of NT scholars are arguing that πίστις Χριστοῦ ( pisti\" Cristou ) and similar phrases in Paul (here and in v. 26 ; Gal 2:16, 20; 3:22 ; Eph 3:12 ; Phil 3:9 ) involve a subjective genitive and mean “Christ’s faith” or “Christ’s faithfulness” (cf., e.g., G. Howard, “The ‘Faith of Christ’,” ExpTim 85 [1974]: 212-15; R. B. Hays, The Faith of Jesus Christ [SBLDS]; Morna D. Hooker, “ Πίστις Χριστοῦ ,” NTS 35 [1989]: 321-42). Noteworthy among the arguments for the subjective genitive view is that when πίστις takes a personal genitive it is almost never an objective genitive (cf. Matt 9:2, 22, 29 ; Mark 2:5; 5:34; 10:52 ; Luke 5:20; 7:50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42; 22:32 ; Rom 1:8; 12; 3:3; 4:5, 12, 16 ; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17 ; 2 Cor 10:15 ; Phil 2:17 ; Col 1:4; 2:5 ; 1 Thess 1:8; 3:2, 5, 10 ; 2 Thess 1:3 ; Titus 1:1 ; Phlm 6 ; 1 Pet 1:9, 21 ; 2 Pet 1:5 ). On the other hand, the objective genitive view has its adherents: A. Hultgren, “The Pistis Christou Formulations in Paul,” NovT 22 (1980): 248-63; J. D. G. Dunn, “Once More, ΠΙΣΤΙΣ ΧΡΙΣΤΟΥ ,” SBL Seminar Papers , 1991, 730-44. Most commentaries on Romans and Galatians usually side with the objective view. sn ExSyn 116, which notes that the grammar is not decisive, nevertheless suggests that “the faith/faithfulness of Christ is not a denial of faith in Christ as a Pauline concept (for the idea is expressed in many of the same contexts, only with the verb πιστεύω rather than the noun), but implies that the object of faith is a worthy object, for he himself is faithful.” Though Paul elsewhere teaches justification by faith, this presupposes that the object of our faith is reliable and worthy of such faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":44757,"verse_id":"ROM.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Or “declared righteous.” Grk “being justified,” as a continuation of the preceding clause. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":44758,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Or “purposed, intended.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":44759,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"Grk “whom God publicly displayed.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":44760,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.25","text":"Grk “in his blood.” The prepositional phrase ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι ( ejn tw aujtou {aimati ) is difficult to interpret. It is traditionally understood to refer to the atoning sacrifice Jesus made when he shed his blood on the cross, and as a modifier of ἱλαστήριον ( Jilasthrion ). This interpretation fits if ἱλαστήριον is taken to refer to a sacrifice. But if ἱλαστήριον is taken to refer to the place where atonement is made as this translation has done (see note on the phrase “mercy seat”), this interpretation of ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι creates a violent mixed metaphor. Within a few words Paul would switch from referring to Jesus as the place where atonement was made to referring to Jesus as the atoning sacrifice itself. A viable option which resolves this problem is to see ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι as modifying the verb προέθετο ( proeqeto ). If it modifies the verb, it would explain the time or place in which God publicly displayed Jesus as the mercy seat; the reference to blood would be a metaphorical way of speaking of Jesus’ death. This is supported by the placement of ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι in the Greek text (it follows the noun, separated from it by another prepositional phrase) and by stylistic parallels with Rom 1:4 . This is the interpretation the translation has followed, although it is recognized that many interpreters favor different options and translations. The prepositional phrase has been moved forward in the sentence to emphasize its connection with the verb, and the referent of the metaphorical language has been specified in the translation. For a detailed discussion of this interpretation, see D. P. Bailey, “Jesus As the Mercy Seat: The Semantics and Theology of Paul’s Use of Hilasterion in Romans 3:25 ” (Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge, 1999).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/3"}
{"id":44761,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.25","text":"The word ἱλαστήριον ( Jilasthrion ) may carry the general sense “place of satisfaction,” referring to the place where God’s wrath toward sin is satisfied. More likely, though, it refers specifically to the “mercy seat,” i.e., the covering of the ark where the blood was sprinkled in the OT ritual on the Day of Atonement (Yom Kippur). This term is used only one other time in the NT: Heb 9:5 , where it is rendered “mercy seat.” There it describes the altar in the most holy place (holy of holies). Thus Paul is saying that God displayed Jesus as the “mercy seat,” the place where propitiation was accomplished. See N. S. L. Fryer, “The Meaning and Translation of Hilasterion in Romans 3:25 ,” EvQ 59 (1987): 99-116, who concludes the term is a neuter accusative substantive best translated “mercy seat” or “propitiatory covering,” and D. P. Bailey, “Jesus As the Mercy Seat: The Semantics and Theology of Paul’s Use of Hilasterion in Romans 3:25 ” (Ph.D. diss., University of Cambridge, 1999), who argues that this is a direct reference to the mercy seat which covered the ark of the covenant.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/4"}
{"id":44762,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.25","text":"The prepositional phrase διὰ πίστεως ( dia pistew\" ) here modifies the noun ἱλαστήριον ( Jilasthrion ). As such it forms a complete noun phrase and could be written as “mercy-seat-accessible-through-faith” to emphasize the singular idea. See Rom 1:4 for a similar construction. The word “accessible” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied to clarify the idea expressed by the prepositional phrase (cf. NRSV: “effective through faith”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/5"}
{"id":44763,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.25","text":"Grk “for a demonstration,” giving the purpose of God’s action in v. 25 a. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/6"}
{"id":44764,"verse_id":"ROM.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.25","text":"Grk “because of the passing over of sins previously committed in the forbearance of God.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A25/7"}
{"id":44765,"verse_id":"ROM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"The words “This was” have been repeated from the previous verse to clarify that this is a continuation of that thought. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":44766,"verse_id":"ROM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.26","text":"Grk “toward a demonstration,” repeating and expanding the purpose of God’s action in v. 25 a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A26/2"}
{"id":44767,"verse_id":"ROM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.26","text":"Or “righteous.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A26/3"}
{"id":44768,"verse_id":"ROM.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.26","text":"Or “of the one who has faith in Jesus.” See note on “faithfulness of Jesus Christ” in v. 22 for the rationale behind the translation “Jesus’ faithfulness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A26/4"}
{"id":44769,"verse_id":"ROM.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Although a number of interpreters understand the “boasting” here to refer to Jewish boasting, others (e.g. C. E. B. Cranfield, “‘The Works of the Law’ in the Epistle to the Romans,” JSNT 43 [1991]: 96) take the phrase to refer to all human boasting before God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":44770,"verse_id":"ROM.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.27","text":"Grk “By what sort of law?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A27/2"}
{"id":44771,"verse_id":"ROM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"Here ἄνθρωπον ( anqrwpon ) is used in an indefinite and general sense (BDAG 81 s.v. ἄνθρωπος 4.a. γ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":44772,"verse_id":"ROM.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"See the note on the phrase “works of the law” in Rom 3:20 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":44773,"verse_id":"ROM.3.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.30","text":"Grk “but if indeed God is one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A30/1"}
{"id":44774,"verse_id":"ROM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.31","text":"Grk “render inoperative.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A31/1"}
{"id":44775,"verse_id":"ROM.3.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":3,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.31","text":"Grk “but” (Greek ἀλλά , alla ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%203%3A31/2"}
{"id":44776,"verse_id":"ROM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “according to natural descent” (BDAG 916 s.v. σάρξ 4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":44777,"verse_id":"ROM.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “has found?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":44778,"verse_id":"ROM.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “was justified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":44779,"verse_id":"ROM.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The term λογίζομαι ( logizomai ) occurs 11 times in this chapter (vv. 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 22, 23, 24 ). In secular usage it could (a) refer to deliberations of some sort, or (b) in commercial dealings (as virtually a technical term) to “reckoning” or “charging up a debt.” See H. W. Heidland, TDNT 4:284, 290-92.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":44780,"verse_id":"ROM.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “not according to grace but according to obligation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":44781,"verse_id":"ROM.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “who justifies the ungodly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":44782,"verse_id":"ROM.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Or “Happy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":44783,"verse_id":"ROM.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The word for “man” or “individual” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” However, as BDAG 79 s.v. 2 says, here it is “equivalent to τὶς someone, a person .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":44784,"verse_id":"ROM.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"The verb translated “count” here is λογίζομαι ( logizomai ). It occurs eight times in Rom 4:1-12 , including here, each time with the sense of “place on someone’s account.” By itself the word is neutral, but in particular contexts it can take on a positive or negative connotation. The other occurrences of the verb have been translated using a form of the English verb “credit” because they refer to a positive event: the application of righteousness to the individual believer. The use here in v. 8 is negative: the application of sin. A form of the verb “credit” was not used here because of the positive connotations associated with that English word, but it is important to recognize that the same concept is used here as in the other occurrences.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":44785,"verse_id":"ROM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “happiness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":44786,"verse_id":"ROM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":44787,"verse_id":"ROM.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “upon.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A9/4"}
{"id":44788,"verse_id":"ROM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “of the faith, the one [existing] in uncircumcision.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":44789,"verse_id":"ROM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “that he might be,” giving the purpose of v. 11 a.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":44790,"verse_id":"ROM.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “through uncircumcision.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":44791,"verse_id":"ROM.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “the father of circumcision.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":44792,"verse_id":"ROM.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “the ‘in-uncircumcision faith’ of our father Abraham.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":44793,"verse_id":"ROM.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “rendered inoperative.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":44794,"verse_id":"ROM.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “violation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":44795,"verse_id":"ROM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “that it might be according to grace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":44796,"verse_id":"ROM.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “those who are of the faith of Abraham.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":44797,"verse_id":"ROM.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Verses 16-17 comprise one sentence in Greek, but this has been divided into two sentences due to English requirements. sn A quotation from Gen 17:5 . The quotation forms a parenthesis in Paul’s argument.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":44798,"verse_id":"ROM.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"The words “He is our father” are not in the Greek text but are supplied to show that they resume Paul’s argument from 16b. (It is also possible to supply “Abraham had faith” here [so REB], taking the relative clause [“who is the father of us all”] as part of the parenthesis, and making the connection back to “the faith of Abraham,” but such an option is not as likely [C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:243].)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":44799,"verse_id":"ROM.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"“The God” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":44800,"verse_id":"ROM.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “calls into existence the things that do not exist.” The translation of ὡς ὄντα ( Jw\" onta ) allows for two different interpretations. If it has the force of result, then creatio ex nihilo is in view and the variant rendering is to be accepted (so C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:244). A problem with this view is the scarcity of ὡς plus participle to indicate result (though for the telic idea with ὡς plus participle, cf. Rom 15:15 ; 1 Thess 2:4 ). If it has a comparative force, then the translation given in the text is to be accepted: “this interpretation fits the immediate context better than a reference to God’s creative power, for it explains the assurance with which God can speak of the ‘many nations’ that will be descended from Abraham” (D. Moo, Romans [NICNT], 282; so also W. Sanday and A. C. Headlam, Romans [ICC], 113). Further, this view is in line with a Pauline idiom, viz., verb followed by ὡς plus participle (of the same verb or, in certain contexts, its antonym) to compare present reality with what is not a present reality (cf. 1 Cor 4:7; 5:3; 7:29, 30 (three times), 31; Col 2:20 [similarly, 2 Cor 6:9, 10 ]).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A17/4"}
{"id":44801,"verse_id":"ROM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":44802,"verse_id":"ROM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “who against hope believed,” referring to Abraham. The relative pronoun was converted to a personal pronoun and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":44803,"verse_id":"ROM.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “according to that which had been spoken.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A18/4"}
{"id":44804,"verse_id":"ROM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Most mss (D F G Ψ 33 1881 Ï it) read “he did not consider” by including the negative particle ( οὐ , ou ), but others ( א A B C 6 81 365 1506 1739 pc co) lack οὐ . The reading which includes the negative particle probably represents a scribal attempt to exalt the faith of Abraham by making it appear that his faith was so strong that he did not even consider the physical facts. But “here Paul does not wish to imply that faith means closing one’s eyes to reality, but that Abraham was so strong in faith as to be undaunted by every consideration” ( TCGNT 451). Both on external and internal grounds, the reading without the negative particle is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":44805,"verse_id":"ROM.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.19","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A19/2"}
{"id":44806,"verse_id":"ROM.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “And he.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, δέ ( de ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":44807,"verse_id":"ROM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “and being.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":44808,"verse_id":"ROM.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":44809,"verse_id":"ROM.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":44810,"verse_id":"ROM.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"A quotation from Gen 15:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":44811,"verse_id":"ROM.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Abraham) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A23/2"}
{"id":44812,"verse_id":"ROM.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “who,” referring to Jesus. The relative pronoun was converted to a personal pronoun and, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A25/1"}
{"id":44813,"verse_id":"ROM.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.25","text":"Or “handed over.” sn The verb translated given over ( παραδίδωμι , paradidwmi ) is also used in Rom 1:24, 26, 28 to describe God giving people over to sin. But it is also used frequently in the gospels to describe Jesus being handed over (or delivered up, betrayed) by sinful men for crucifixion (cf., e.g., Matt 26:21; 27:4 ; Mark 8:31; 9:31; 10:33; 15:15 ; Luke 20:20; 22:24; 24:7 ). It is probable that Paul has both ideas in mind: Jesus was handed over by sinners, but even this betrayal was directed by the Father for our sake ( because of our transgressions ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A25/2"}
{"id":44814,"verse_id":"ROM.4.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":4,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.25","text":"Grk “because of.” However, in light of the unsatisfactory sense that a causal nuance would here suggest, it has been argued that the second διά ( dia ) is prospective rather than retrospective (D. Moo, Romans [NICNT], 288-89). The difficulty of this interpretation is the structural balance that both διά phrases provide (“given over because of our transgressions…raised because of our justification”). However the poetic structure of this verse strengthens the likelihood that the clauses each have a different force.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%204%3A25/3"}
{"id":44815,"verse_id":"ROM.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"as pm ). Thus, although the external evidence is strongly in favor of the subjunctive, the indicative is represented well enough that its ancestry could easily go back to the original. Turning to the internal evidence, the indicative gains much ground. (1) The variant may have been produced via an error of hearing (since omicron and omega were pronounced alike in ancient Greek). This, of course, does not indicate which reading was original – just that an error of hearing may have produced one of them. In light of the indecisiveness of the transcriptional evidence, intrinsic evidence could play a much larger role. This is indeed the case here. (2) The indicative fits well with the overall argument of the book to this point. Up until now, Paul has been establishing the “indicatives of the faith.” There is only one imperative (used rhetorically) and only one hortatory subjunctive (and this in a quotation within a diatribe) up till this point, while from ch. on there are sixty-one imperatives and seven hortatory subjunctives. Clearly, an exhortation would be out of place in ch. . (3) Paul presupposes that the audience has peace with God (via reconciliation) in 5:10 . This seems to assume the indicative in v. 1 . (4) As C. E. B. Cranfield notes, “it would surely be strange for Paul, in such a carefully argued writing as this, to exhort his readers to enjoy or to guard a peace which he has not yet explicitly shown to be possessed by them” ( Romans [ICC], 1:257). (5) The notion that εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν ( eirhnhn ecwmen ) can even naturally mean “enjoy peace” is problematic ( ExSyn 464), yet those who embrace the subjunctive have to give the verb some such force. Thus, although the external evidence is stronger in support of the subjunctive, the internal evidence points to the indicative. Although a decision is difficult, ἔχομεν appears to be the authentic reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":44816,"verse_id":"ROM.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “exult, boast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":44817,"verse_id":"ROM.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":44818,"verse_id":"ROM.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"The phrase ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ( Jh agaph tou qeou , “the love of God”) could be interpreted as either an objective genitive (“our love for God”), subjective genitive (“God’s love for us”), or both (M. Zerwick’s “general” genitive [ Biblical Greek , §§36-39]; D. B. Wallace’s “plenary” genitive [ ExSyn 119-21]). The immediate context, which discusses what God has done for believers, favors a subjective genitive, but the fact that this love is poured out within the hearts of believers implies that it may be the source for believers’ love for God; consequently an objective genitive cannot be ruled out. It is possible that both these ideas are meant in the text and that this is a plenary genitive: “The love that comes from God and that produces our love for God has been poured out within our hearts through the Holy Spirit who was given to us” ( ExSyn 121).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":44819,"verse_id":"ROM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “having now been declared righteous.” The participle δικαιωθέντες ( dikaiwqente\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":44820,"verse_id":"ROM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Or, according to BDF §219.3, “at the price of his blood.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":44821,"verse_id":"ROM.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “the wrath,” referring to God’s wrath as v. 10 shows.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":44822,"verse_id":"ROM.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":44823,"verse_id":"ROM.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “exult, boast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":44824,"verse_id":"ROM.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Here ἀνθρώπους ( anqrwpou\" ) has been translated as a generic (“people”) since both men and women are clearly intended in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":44825,"verse_id":"ROM.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"The translation of the phrase ἐφ᾿ ᾧ ( ef Jw ) has been heavily debated. For a discussion of all the possibilities, see C. E. B. Cranfield, “On Some of the Problems in the Interpretation of Romans 5.12 ,” SJT 22 (1969): 324-41. Only a few of the major options can be mentioned here: (1) the phrase can be taken as a relative clause in which the pronoun refers to Adam, “death spread to all people in whom [Adam] all sinned.” (2) The phrase can be taken with consecutive (resultative) force, meaning “death spread to all people with the result that all sinned.” (3) Others take the phrase as causal in force: “death spread to all people because all sinned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":44826,"verse_id":"ROM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “for before the law.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":44827,"verse_id":"ROM.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “sin is not reckoned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":44828,"verse_id":"ROM.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “pattern.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":44829,"verse_id":"ROM.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “disobeyed”; Grk “in the likeness of Adam’s transgression.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":44830,"verse_id":"ROM.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Grk “but not as the transgression, so also [is] the gracious gift.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":44831,"verse_id":"ROM.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “and not as through the one who sinned [is] the gift.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":44832,"verse_id":"ROM.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"The word “transgression” is not in the Greek text at this point, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":44833,"verse_id":"ROM.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":44834,"verse_id":"ROM.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “falls, trespasses,” the same word used in vv. 15, 17, 18, 20 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A16/4"}
{"id":44835,"verse_id":"ROM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"There is a double connective here that cannot be easily preserved in English: “consequently therefore,” emphasizing the conclusion of what he has been arguing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":44836,"verse_id":"ROM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “[it is] unto condemnation for all people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":44837,"verse_id":"ROM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Here ἀνθρώπους ( anqrwpou\" ) has been translated as a generic (“people”) since both men and women are clearly intended in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":44838,"verse_id":"ROM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.18","text":"There are no verbs in the Greek text of v. 18 , forcing translators to supply phrases like “ came through one transgression,” “ resulted from one transgression,” etc.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A18/4"}
{"id":44839,"verse_id":"ROM.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “righteousness of life.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A18/7"}
{"id":44840,"verse_id":"ROM.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “the many.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":44841,"verse_id":"ROM.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “the many.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A19/4"}
{"id":44842,"verse_id":"ROM.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “slipped in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":44843,"verse_id":"ROM.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “trespass.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":44844,"verse_id":"ROM.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “may walk in newness of life,” in which ζωῆς ( zwhs ) functions as an attributed genitive (see ExSyn 89-90, where this verse is given as a prime example).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":44845,"verse_id":"ROM.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “we will certainly also of his resurrection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":44846,"verse_id":"ROM.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “knowing this, that.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":44847,"verse_id":"ROM.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “may be rendered ineffective, inoperative,” or possibly “may be destroyed.” The term καταργέω ( katargew ) has various nuances. In Rom 7:2 the wife whose husband has died is freed from the law (i.e., the law of marriage no longer has any power over her, in spite of what she may feel). A similar point seems to be made here (note v. 7 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":44848,"verse_id":"ROM.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “knowing.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":44849,"verse_id":"ROM.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"The present tense here has been translated as a futuristic present (see ExSyn 536, where this verse is listed as an example).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":44850,"verse_id":"ROM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"includes the infinitive in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":44851,"verse_id":"ROM.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":44852,"verse_id":"ROM.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “weapons, tools.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":44853,"verse_id":"ROM.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “wickedness, injustice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":44854,"verse_id":"ROM.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “weapons, tools.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":44855,"verse_id":"ROM.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “to whom you present yourselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":44856,"verse_id":"ROM.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “as slaves for obedience.” See the note on the word “slave” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":44857,"verse_id":"ROM.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “either of sin unto death, or obedience unto righteousness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":44858,"verse_id":"ROM.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “you were slaves of sin but you obeyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":44859,"verse_id":"ROM.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “type, form.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":44860,"verse_id":"ROM.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Or “because of your natural limitations” (NRSV). sn Verse 19 forms something of a parenthetical comment in Paul’s argument.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":44861,"verse_id":"ROM.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “fruit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":44862,"verse_id":"ROM.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “have,” in a tense emphasizing their customary condition in the past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":44863,"verse_id":"ROM.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"The two aorist participles translated “freed” and “enslaved” are causal in force; their full force is something like “But now, since you have become freed from sin and since you have become enslaved to God….”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":44864,"verse_id":"ROM.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.22","text":"Grk “fruit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A22/2"}
{"id":44865,"verse_id":"ROM.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"A figurative extension of ὀψώνιον ( oywnion ), which refers to a soldier’s pay or wages. Here it refers to the end result of an activity, seen as something one receives back in return. In this case the activity is sin, and the translation “payoff” captures this thought. See also L&N 89.42.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":44866,"verse_id":"ROM.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":44867,"verse_id":"ROM.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “the,” with the article used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":44868,"verse_id":"ROM.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “husband.” sn Paul’s example of the married woman and the law of the marriage illustrates that death frees a person from obligation to the law. Thus, in spiritual terms, a person who has died to what controlled us (v. 6 ) has been released from the law to serve God in the new life produced by the Spirit.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":44869,"verse_id":"ROM.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"There is a double connective here that cannot be easily preserved in English: “consequently therefore,” emphasizing the conclusion of what he has been arguing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":44870,"verse_id":"ROM.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “the,” with the article used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":44871,"verse_id":"ROM.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":44872,"verse_id":"ROM.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “that we might bear fruit to God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":44873,"verse_id":"ROM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"That is, before we were in Christ.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":44874,"verse_id":"ROM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Or “sinful passions.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":44875,"verse_id":"ROM.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “our members”; the words “of our body” have been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":44876,"verse_id":"ROM.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “having died.” The participle ἀποθανόντες ( apoqanonte\" ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":44877,"verse_id":"ROM.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “in the newness of the Spirit and not in the oldness of the letter.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":44878,"verse_id":"ROM.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Grk “I would not have known covetousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":44879,"verse_id":"ROM.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Or “covetousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":44880,"verse_id":"ROM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate the result of the statement in the previous verse. Greek style often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” but English style generally does not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":44881,"verse_id":"ROM.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.10","text":"Grk “and there was found in/for me the commandment which was for life – this was for death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A10/2"}
{"id":44882,"verse_id":"ROM.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “and through it killed me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":44883,"verse_id":"ROM.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “under sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":44884,"verse_id":"ROM.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Grk “but what I hate, this I do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":44885,"verse_id":"ROM.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “I agree with the law that it is good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":44886,"verse_id":"ROM.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “For to wish is present in/with me, but not to do it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":44887,"verse_id":"ROM.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Ψ 33 81 104 365 1506 pc ), but it should probably not be considered original. The ms support for the omission of δέ is both excellent and widespread ( א * A B D 1739 1881 Ï lat sy), and its addition can be explained as an insertion to smooth out the transition between v. 24 and 25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":44888,"verse_id":"ROM.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.25","text":"There is a double connective here that cannot be easily preserved in English: “consequently therefore,” emphasizing the conclusion of what he has been arguing.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A25/2"}
{"id":44889,"verse_id":"ROM.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.25","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A25/3"}
{"id":44890,"verse_id":"ROM.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.25","text":"The words “I serve” have been repeated here for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%207%3A25/4"}
{"id":44891,"verse_id":"ROM.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Ï ) added ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα ( alla kata pneuma , “but [who do walk] according to the Spirit”). Both the external evidence and the internal evidence are compelling for the shortest reading. The scribes were evidently motivated to add such qualifications (interpolated from v. 4 ) to insulate Paul’s gospel from charges that it was characterized too much by grace. The KJV follows the longest reading found in Ï .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":44892,"verse_id":"ROM.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Grk “for the law of the Spirit of life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":44893,"verse_id":"ROM.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.2","text":"1881 Ï lat sa). The second person singular pronoun σε ( se ) is superior because of external support ( א B {F which reads σαι } G 1506* 1739*) and internal support (it is the harder reading since ch. was narrated in the first person). At the same time, it could have arisen via dittography from the final syllable of the verb preceding it ( ἠλευθέρωσεν , hleuqerwsen ; “has set free”). But for this to happen in such early and diverse witnesses is unlikely, especially as it depends on various scribes repeatedly overlooking either the nu or the nu -bar at the end of the verb.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A2/2"}
{"id":44894,"verse_id":"ROM.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “in that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":44895,"verse_id":"ROM.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Grk “think on” or “are intent on” (twice in this verse). What is in view here is not primarily preoccupation, however, but worldview. Translations like “set their mind on” could be misunderstood by the typical English reader to refer exclusively to preoccupation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":44896,"verse_id":"ROM.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Or “mindset,” “way of thinking” (twice in this verse and once in v. 7 ). The Greek term φρόνημα does not refer to one’s mind, but to one’s outlook or mindset.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":44897,"verse_id":"ROM.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “are not controlled by the flesh but by the Spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":44898,"verse_id":"ROM.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":44899,"verse_id":"ROM.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “life-giving.” Grk “the Spirit is life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":44900,"verse_id":"ROM.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"F G Ψ 33 Ï sa) and internal evidence (scribes were much more likely to add the name “Jesus” if it were lacking than to remove it if it were already present in the text, especially to harmonize with the earlier mention of Jesus in the verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":44901,"verse_id":"ROM.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.11","text":"81 104 1505 1506 al , and is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A11/3"}
{"id":44902,"verse_id":"ROM.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"There is a double connective here that cannot be easily preserved in English: “consequently therefore,” emphasizing the conclusion of what he has been arguing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":44903,"verse_id":"ROM.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":44904,"verse_id":"ROM.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “are about to, are certainly going to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":44905,"verse_id":"ROM.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Grk “For as many as are being led by the Spirit of God, these are.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":44906,"verse_id":"ROM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"Grk “slavery again to fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":44907,"verse_id":"ROM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.15","text":"The Greek term υἱοθεσία ( Juioqesia ) was originally a legal technical term for adoption as a son with full rights of inheritance. BDAG 1024 s.v. notes, “a legal t.t. of ‘adoption’ of children, in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense of a transcendent filial relationship between God and humans (with the legal aspect, not gender specificity, as major semantic component).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A15/2"}
{"id":44908,"verse_id":"ROM.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.15","text":"Or “in that.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A15/3"}
{"id":44909,"verse_id":"ROM.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Or possibly “with.” ExSyn 160-61, however, notes the following: “At issue, grammatically, is whether the Spirit testifies alongside of our spirit (dat. of association), or whether he testifies to our spirit (indirect object) that we are God’s children. If the former, the one receiving this testimony is unstated (is it God? or believers?). If the latter, the believer receives the testimony and hence is assured of salvation via the inner witness of the Spirit. The first view has the advantage of a σύν - ( sun -) prefixed verb, which might be expected to take an accompanying dat. of association (and is supported by NEB, JB, etc.). But there are three reasons why πνεύματι ( pneumati ) should not be taken as association: (1) Grammatically, a dat. with a σύν - prefixed verb does not necessarily indicate association. This, of course, does not preclude such here, but this fact at least opens up the alternatives in this text. (2) Lexically, though συμμαρτυρέω ( summarturew ) originally bore an associative idea, it developed in the direction of merely intensifying μαρτυρέω ( marturew ). This is surely the case in the only other NT text with a dat. ( Rom 9:1 ). (3) Contextually, a dat. of association does not seem to support Paul’s argument: ‘What standing has our spirit in this matter? Of itself it surely has no right at all to testify to our being sons of God’ [C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:403]. In sum, Rom 8:16 seems to be secure as a text in which the believer’s assurance of salvation is based on the inner witness of the Spirit. The implications of this for one’s soteriology are profound: The objective data, as helpful as they are, cannot by themselves provide assurance of salvation; the believer also needs (and receives) an existential, ongoing encounter with God’s Spirit in order to gain that familial comfort.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":44910,"verse_id":"ROM.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"Grk “on the one hand, heirs of God; on the other hand, fellow heirs with Christ.” Some prefer to render v. 17 as follows: “And if children, then heirs – that is, heirs of God. Also fellow heirs with Christ if indeed we suffer with him so we may also be glorified with him.” Such a translation suggests two distinct inheritances, one coming to all of God’s children, the other coming only to those who suffer with Christ. The difficulty of this view, however, is that it ignores the correlative conjunctions μέν … δέ ( men … de , “on the one hand…on the other hand”): The construction strongly suggests that the inheritances cannot be separated since both explain “then heirs.” For this reason, the preferred translation puts this explanation in parentheses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":44911,"verse_id":"ROM.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"Grk “are not worthy [to be compared].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":44912,"verse_id":"ROM.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"Grk “because of the one”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":44913,"verse_id":"ROM.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Or “who have the Spirit as firstfruits.” The genitive πνεύματος ( pneumatos ) can be understood here as possessive (“the firstfruits belonging to the Spirit”) although it is much more likely that this is a genitive of apposition (“the firstfruits, namely, the Spirit”); cf. TEV, NLT.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":44914,"verse_id":"ROM.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"See the note on “adoption” in v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":44915,"verse_id":"ROM.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “body.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A23/3"}
{"id":44916,"verse_id":"ROM.8.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.25","text":"Or “perseverance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A25/1"}
{"id":44917,"verse_id":"ROM.8.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.26","text":"Or “for we do not know what we ought to pray for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A26/1"}
{"id":44918,"verse_id":"ROM.8.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.27","text":"Grk “he,” or “it”; the referent (the Spirit) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A27/2"}
{"id":44919,"verse_id":"ROM.8.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.28","text":"A B 81 sa; the shorter reading is found in א C D F G Ψ 33 1739 1881 Ï latt sy bo. Although the inclusion is supported by a significant early papyrus, the alliance of significant Alexandrian and Western witnesses favors the shorter reading. As well, the longer reading is evidently motivated by a need for clarification. Since ὁ θεός is textually suspect, it is better to read the text without it. This leaves two good translational options: either “he works all things together for good” or “all things work together for good.” In the first instance the subject is embedded in the verb and “God” is clearly implied (as in v. 29 ). In the second instance, πάντα ( panta ) becomes the subject of an intransitive verb. In either case, “What is expressed is a truly biblical confidence in the sovereignty of God” (C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans [ICC], 1:427).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A28/1"}
{"id":44920,"verse_id":"ROM.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God’s Son) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A29/1"}
{"id":44921,"verse_id":"ROM.8.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.29","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A29/2"}
{"id":44922,"verse_id":"ROM.8.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.32","text":"Grk “[he] who.” The relative clause continues the question of v. 31 in a way that is awkward in English. The force of v. 32 is thus: “who indeed did not spare his own Son, but gave him up for us all – How will he not also with him give us all things?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A32/1"}
{"id":44923,"verse_id":"ROM.8.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.34","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. Grk “who also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A34/1"}
{"id":44924,"verse_id":"ROM.8.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.35","text":"Here “sword” is a metonymy that includes both threats of violence and acts of violence, even including death (although death is not necessarily the only thing in view here).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A35/1"}
{"id":44925,"verse_id":"ROM.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.37","text":"BDAG 1034 s.v. ὑπερνικάω states, “as a heightened form of νικᾶν prevail completely ὑπερνικῶμεν we are winning a most glorious victory Ro 8:37 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A37/1"}
{"id":44926,"verse_id":"ROM.8.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":37,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.37","text":"Here the referent could be either God or Christ, but in v. 39 it is God’s love that is mentioned.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A37/2"}
{"id":44927,"verse_id":"ROM.8.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":8,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.38","text":"BDAG 138 s.v. ἀρχή 6 takes this term as a reference to angelic or transcendent powers (as opposed to merely human rulers). To clarify this, the adjective “heavenly” has been supplied in the translation. Some interpreters see this as a reference to fallen angels or demonic powers, and this view is reflected in some recent translations (NIV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%208%3A38/1"}
{"id":44928,"verse_id":"ROM.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “my conscience bears witness to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":44929,"verse_id":"ROM.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “my sorrow is great and the anguish in my heart is unceasing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":44930,"verse_id":"ROM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Or “For I would pray.” The implied condition is “if this could save my fellow Jews.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":44931,"verse_id":"ROM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “brothers.” See BDAG 18-19 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":44932,"verse_id":"ROM.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.3","text":"Grk “my kinsmen according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A3/3"}
{"id":44933,"verse_id":"ROM.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “of whom.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":44934,"verse_id":"ROM.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"The Greek term υἱοθεσία ( Juioqesia ) was originally a legal technical term for adoption as a son with full rights of inheritance. BDAG 1024 s.v. notes, “a legal t.t. of ‘adoption’ of children, in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense of a transcendent filial relationship between God and humans (with the legal aspect, not gender specificity, as major semantic component).” Although some modern translations remove the filial sense completely and render the term merely “adoption” (cf. NAB, ESV), the retention of this component of meaning was accomplished in the present translation by the phrase “as sons.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":44935,"verse_id":"ROM.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “cultic service.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":44936,"verse_id":"ROM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “of whom are the fathers.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":44937,"verse_id":"ROM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “from whom.” Here the relative pronoun has been replaced by a personal pronoun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":44938,"verse_id":"ROM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":44939,"verse_id":"ROM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “Messiah.” (Both Greek “Christ” and Hebrew and Aramaic “Messiah” mean “one who has been anointed.”)","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A5/4"}
{"id":44940,"verse_id":"ROM.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.5","text":"Or “the Christ, who is over all, God blessed forever,” or “the Messiah. God who is over all be blessed forever!” or “the Messiah who is over all. God be blessed forever!” The translational difficulty here is not text-critical in nature, but is a problem of punctuation. Since the genre of these opening verses of is a lament, it is probably best to take this as an affirmation of Christ’s deity (as the text renders it). Although the other renderings are possible, to see a note of praise to God at the end of this section seems strangely out of place. But for Paul to bring his lament to a crescendo (that is to say, his kinsmen had rejected God come in the flesh), thereby deepening his anguish, is wholly appropriate. This is also supported grammatically and stylistically: The phrase ὁ ὢν ( Jo wn , “the one who is”) is most naturally taken as a phrase which modifies something in the preceding context, and Paul’s doxologies are always closely tied to the preceding context. For a detailed examination of this verse, see B. M. Metzger, “The Punctuation of Rom. 9:5 ,” Christ and the Spirit in the New Testament , 95-112; and M. J. Harris, Jesus as God , 144-72.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A5/5"}
{"id":44941,"verse_id":"ROM.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “For not all those who are from Israel are Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":44942,"verse_id":"ROM.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “be called.” The emphasis here is upon God’s divine sovereignty in choosing Isaac as the child through whom Abraham’s lineage would be counted as opposed to Ishmael. sn A quotation from Gen 21:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":44943,"verse_id":"ROM.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “That is,” or “That is to say.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":44944,"verse_id":"ROM.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Because it forms the counterpoint to “the children of promise” the expression “children of the flesh” has been retained in the translation. sn The expression the children of the flesh refers to the natural offspring.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":44945,"verse_id":"ROM.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “For this is the word of promise.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":44946,"verse_id":"ROM.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.9","text":"Grk “About this time I will return.” Since this refers to the time when the promised child would be born, it would be approximately a year later.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A9/2"}
{"id":44947,"verse_id":"ROM.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Or possibly “by one act of sexual intercourse.” See D. Moo, Romans (NICNT), 579.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":44948,"verse_id":"ROM.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “God’s purpose according to election.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":44949,"verse_id":"ROM.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.11","text":"Or “not based on works but based on…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A11/2"}
{"id":44950,"verse_id":"ROM.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “by the one who calls.” sn The entire clause is something of a parenthetical remark.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A11/3"}
{"id":44951,"verse_id":"ROM.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":", NIV, NRSV, NLT, NAB). Other translations place this verse division in the same place that the translation above does (NASB, KJV, NKJV, ASV, RSV). The translation has followed the latter to avoid breaking the parenthetical statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":44952,"verse_id":"ROM.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Grk “So then, [it does] not [depend] on the one who desires nor on the one who runs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":44953,"verse_id":"ROM.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A18/2"}
{"id":44954,"verse_id":"ROM.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.18","text":"Grk “So then, he has mercy on whom he desires, and he hardens whom he desires.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A18/3"}
{"id":44955,"verse_id":"ROM.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “O man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":44956,"verse_id":"ROM.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “On the contrary, O man, who are you to talk back to God?”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":44957,"verse_id":"ROM.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “Or does not the potter have authority over the clay to make from the same lump.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":44958,"verse_id":"ROM.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “one vessel for honor and another for dishonor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":44959,"verse_id":"ROM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.22","text":"Grk “vessels.” This is the same Greek word used in v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A22/1"}
{"id":44960,"verse_id":"ROM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.22","text":"Or “vessels destined for wrath.” The genitive ὀργῆς ( orghs ) could be taken as a genitive of destination.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A22/2"}
{"id":44961,"verse_id":"ROM.9.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.22","text":"Or possibly “objects of wrath that have fit themselves for destruction.” The form of the participle could be taken either as a passive or middle (reflexive). ExSyn 417-18 argues strongly for the passive sense (which is followed in the translation), stating that “the middle view has little to commend it.” First, καταρτίζω ( katartizw ) is nowhere else used in the NT as a direct or reflexive middle (a usage which, in any event, is quite rare in the NT). Second, the lexical force of this verb, coupled with the perfect tense, suggests something of a “done deal” (against some commentaries that see these vessels as ready for destruction yet still able to avert disaster). Third, the potter-clay motif seems to have one point: The potter prepares the clay.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A22/3"}
{"id":44962,"verse_id":"ROM.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Grk “vessels.” This is the same Greek word used in v. 21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":44963,"verse_id":"ROM.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Grk “and her who was not beloved, ‘Beloved.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":44964,"verse_id":"ROM.9.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.26","text":"Grk “And it will be in the very place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A26/1"}
{"id":44965,"verse_id":"ROM.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":44966,"verse_id":"ROM.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.28","text":"D F G Ψ 33 Ï lat). The longer reading follows Isa 10:22-23 (LXX) verbatim, while Paul in the previous verse quoted the LXX loosely. This suggests the addition was made by a copyist trying to make sense out of a difficult passage rather than by the author himself. There is a wordplay in Greek (in both the LXX and here) on the phrase translated “completely and quickly” ( συντελῶν καὶ συντέμνων , suntelwn kai suntemnwn ). These participles are translated as adverbs for smoothness; a more literal (and more cumbersome) rendering would be: “The Lord will act by closing the account [or completing the sentence], and by cutting short the time.” The interpretation of this text is notoriously difficult. Cf. BDAG 975 s.v. συντέμνω . sn A modified quotation from Isa 10:22-23 . Since it is not exact, it has been printed as italics only.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A28/1"}
{"id":44967,"verse_id":"ROM.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.29","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A29/1"}
{"id":44968,"verse_id":"ROM.9.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.29","text":"Traditionally, “Lord of hosts”; Grk “Lord Sabaoth,” which means “Lord of the [heavenly] armies,” sometimes translated more generally as “Lord Almighty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A29/2"}
{"id":44969,"verse_id":"ROM.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “who pursued.” The participle could be taken adverbially or adjectivally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A31/1"}
{"id":44970,"verse_id":"ROM.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.31","text":"Or “a legal righteousness,” that is, a righteousness based on law. This translation would treat the genitive δικαιοσύνης ( dikaiosunh\" ) as an attributed genitive (see ExSyn 89-91).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A31/2"}
{"id":44971,"verse_id":"ROM.9.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":31,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.31","text":"Grk “has not attained unto the law.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A31/3"}
{"id":44972,"verse_id":"ROM.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “Why? Because not by faith but as though by works.” The verb (“they pursued [it]”) is to be supplied from the preceding verse for the sake of English style; yet a certain literary power is seen in Paul’s laconic style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A32/1"}
{"id":44973,"verse_id":"ROM.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.32","text":"D Ψ 33 Ï sy), read νόμου ( nomou , “of the law”) here, echoing Paul’s usage in Rom 3:20, 28 and elsewhere. The qualifying phrase is lacking in א * A B F G 6 629 630 1739 1881 pc lat co. The longer reading thus is weaker externally and internally, being motivated apparently by a need to clarify. Grk “but as by works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A32/2"}
{"id":44974,"verse_id":"ROM.9.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.32","text":"Grk “the stone of stumbling.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A32/3"}
{"id":44975,"verse_id":"ROM.9.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":9,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.33","text":"Grk “a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%209%3A33/1"}
{"id":44976,"verse_id":"ROM.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":44977,"verse_id":"ROM.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “on behalf of them”; the referent (Paul’s fellow Israelites) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":44978,"verse_id":"ROM.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “they have a zeal for God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":44979,"verse_id":"ROM.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “in accord with knowledge.” sn Their zeal is not in line with the truth means that the Jews’ passion for God was strong, but it ignored the true righteousness of God (v. 3 ; cf. also 3:21 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":44980,"verse_id":"ROM.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “the Lord.” The Greek construction, along with the quotation from Joel 2:32 in v. 13 (in which the same “Lord” seems to be in view) suggests that κύριον ( kurion ) is to be taken as “the Lord,” that is, Yahweh. Cf. D. B. Wallace, “The Semantics and Exegetical Significance of the Object-Complement Construction in the New Testament,” GTJ 6 (1985): 91-112.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":44981,"verse_id":"ROM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “believes to righteousness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":44982,"verse_id":"ROM.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “confesses to salvation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":44983,"verse_id":"ROM.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Grk “preaching”; the words “to them” are supplied for clarification.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":44984,"verse_id":"ROM.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"The word in this context seems to mean “coming at the right or opportune time” (see BDAG 1103 s.v. ὡραῖος 1); it may also mean “beautiful, attractive, welcome.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":44985,"verse_id":"ROM.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “the feet.” The metaphorical nuance of “beautiful feet” is that such represent timely news.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":44986,"verse_id":"ROM.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"The Greek term here is ῥῆμα ( rJhma ), which often (but not exclusively) focuses on the spoken word.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":44987,"verse_id":"ROM.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.17","text":"א * B C D* 6 81 629 1506 1739 pc lat co). External evidence strongly favors the reading “Christ” here. Internal evidence is also on its side, for the expression ῥῆμα Χριστοῦ ( rJhma Cristou ) occurs nowhere else in the NT; thus scribes would be prone to change it to a known expression. The genitive could be understood as either subjective (“Christ does the speaking”) or objective (“Christ is spoken about”), but the latter is more likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A17/2"}
{"id":44988,"verse_id":"ROM.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"That is, Israel (see the following verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":44989,"verse_id":"ROM.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.18","text":"Grk “they have not ‘not heard,’ have they?” This question is difficult to render in English. The basic question is a negative sentence (“Have they not heard?”), but it is preceded by the particle μή ( mh ) which expects a negative response. The end result in English is a double negative (“They have not ‘not heard,’ have they?”). This has been changed to a positive question in the translation for clarity. See BDAG 646 s.v. μή 3.a.; D. Moo, Romans (NICNT), 666, fn. 32; and C. E. B. Cranfield, Romans (ICC), 537, for discussion.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A18/2"}
{"id":44990,"verse_id":"ROM.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.18","text":"Here the particle μενοῦνγε ( menounge ) is correcting the negative response expected by the particle μή ( mh ) in the preceding question. Since the question has been translated positively, the translation was changed here to reflect that rendering.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A18/3"}
{"id":44991,"verse_id":"ROM.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Grk “Israel did not ‘not know,’ did he?” The double negative in Greek has been translated as a positive affirmation for clarity (see v. 18 above for a similar situation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":44992,"verse_id":"ROM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “the revelation,” “the oracle.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":44993,"verse_id":"ROM.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"The Greek term here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which only exceptionally is used in a generic sense of both males and females. In this context, it appears to be a generic usage (“people”) since when Paul speaks of a remnant of faithful Israelites (“the elect,” v. 7 ), he is not referring to males only. It can also be argued, however, that it refers only to adult males here (“men”), perhaps as representative of all the faithful left in Israel.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":44994,"verse_id":"ROM.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":44995,"verse_id":"ROM.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “that they might fall.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":44996,"verse_id":"ROM.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “them”; the referent (Israel, cf. 11:7 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":44997,"verse_id":"ROM.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Or “full inclusion”; Grk “their fullness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":44998,"verse_id":"ROM.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “firstfruits,” a term for the first part of something that has been set aside and offered to God before the remainder can be used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":44999,"verse_id":"ROM.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “became a participant of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":45000,"verse_id":"ROM.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Grk “well!”, an adverb used to affirm a statement. It means “very well,” “you are correct.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":45001,"verse_id":"ROM.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":45002,"verse_id":"ROM.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “if you continue in (the) kindness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A22/2"}
{"id":45003,"verse_id":"ROM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.25","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A25/1"}
{"id":45004,"verse_id":"ROM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.25","text":"Or “Israel has experienced a hardening in part until the full number of the Gentiles has come in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A25/2"}
{"id":45005,"verse_id":"ROM.11.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.25","text":"Grk “fullness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A25/3"}
{"id":45006,"verse_id":"ROM.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"It is not clear whether the phrase καὶ οὕτως ( kai Joutws , “and so”) is to be understood in a modal sense (“and in this way”) or in a temporal sense (“and in the end”). Neither interpretation is conclusive from a grammatical standpoint, and in fact the two may not be mutually exclusive. Some, like H. Hübner, who argue strongly against the temporal reading, nevertheless continue to give the phrase a temporal significance, saying that God will save all Israel in the end ( Gottes Ich und Israel [FRLANT], 118).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":45007,"verse_id":"ROM.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"F G Ψ 1739 1881 Ï latt. External evidence slightly favors omission with good representatives from the major texttypes, and because of the alliance of Alexandrian and Byzantine mss (with the Byzantine going against its normal tendency to embrace the longer reading). Internally, scribes could have added νῦν here to give balance to the preceding clause ( οὗτοι νῦν ἠπείθησαν … αὐτοὶ νῦν ἐλεηθῶσιν [ |outoi nun hpeiqhsan … autoi nun elehqwsin ; “they have now been disobedient…they may now receive mercy”]). However, it seems much more likely that they would have deleted it because of its seeming inappropriateness in this context. That some witnesses have ὕστερον presupposes the presence of νῦν in their ancestors. A decision is difficult, but νῦν is slightly preferred, since it is the more difficult reading and is adequately represented in the mss .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":45008,"verse_id":"ROM.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Grk “to all”; “them” has been supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":45009,"verse_id":"ROM.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":45010,"verse_id":"ROM.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2011%3A35/2"}
{"id":45011,"verse_id":"ROM.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":45012,"verse_id":"ROM.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"The participle and two adjectives “alive, holy, and pleasing to God” are taken as predicates in relation to “sacrifice,” making the exhortation more emphatic. See ExSyn 618-19. sn Taken as predicate adjectives, the terms alive, holy, and pleasing are showing how unusual is the sacrifice that believers can now offer, for OT sacrifices were dead. As has often been quipped about this text, “The problem with living sacrifices is that they keep crawling off the altar.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":45013,"verse_id":"ROM.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Although συσχηματίζεσθε ( suschmatizesqe ) could be either a passive or middle, the passive is more likely since it would otherwise have to be a direct middle (“conform yourselves”) and, as such, would be quite rare for NT Greek. It is very telling that being “conformed” to the present world is viewed as a passive notion, for it may suggest that it happens, in part, subconsciously. At the same time, the passive could well be a “permissive passive,” suggesting that there may be some consciousness of the conformity taking place. Most likely, it is a combination of both.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":45014,"verse_id":"ROM.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “to this age.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":45015,"verse_id":"ROM.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"The words “of you” have been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":45016,"verse_id":"ROM.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"Or “to each as God has distributed a measure of faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":45017,"verse_id":"ROM.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"This word comes from the same root as “grace” in the following clause; it means “things graciously given,” “grace-gifts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":45018,"verse_id":"ROM.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"The verb “must be” is understood in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":45019,"verse_id":"ROM.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Or “but give yourselves to menial tasks.” The translation depends on whether one takes the adjective “lowly” as masculine or neuter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":45020,"verse_id":"ROM.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “Do not be wise in your thinking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":45021,"verse_id":"ROM.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used as a generic and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":45022,"verse_id":"ROM.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used as a generic and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":45023,"verse_id":"ROM.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “the wrath,” referring to God’s wrath as the remainder of the verse shows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":45024,"verse_id":"ROM.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “by God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":45025,"verse_id":"ROM.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “the authority,” referring to the authority just described.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":45026,"verse_id":"ROM.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “its wrath”; the referent (the governing authorities) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":45027,"verse_id":"ROM.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “because of (the) conscience,” but the English possessive “your” helps to show whose conscience the context implies.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":45028,"verse_id":"ROM.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the governing authorities) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":45029,"verse_id":"ROM.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “devoted to this very thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":45030,"verse_id":"ROM.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Grk “For the…” (with the word “commandments” supplied for clarity). The Greek article (“the”) is used here as a substantiver to introduce the commands that are quoted from the second half of the Decalogue ( ExSyn 238).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":45031,"verse_id":"ROM.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “and this,” probably referring to the command to love ( 13:8-10 ); hence, “do” is implied from the previous verses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":45032,"verse_id":"ROM.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.11","text":"The participle εἰδότες ( eidotes ) has been translated as a causal adverbial participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A11/2"}
{"id":45033,"verse_id":"ROM.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “make no provision for the flesh unto desires.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":45034,"verse_id":"ROM.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Grk “over opinions.” The qualifier “differing” has been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":45035,"verse_id":"ROM.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"א A B C P Ψ pc co), and θεός looks to be an assimilation to θεός in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":45036,"verse_id":"ROM.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “For one judges day from day, and one judges all days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":45037,"verse_id":"ROM.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":45038,"verse_id":"ROM.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “But why do you judge your brother?” The introductory phrase has been supplied in the translation to clarify whom Paul is addressing, i.e., the “weak” Christian who eats only vegetables (see vv. 2-3 ). The author uses the singular pronoun here to rhetorically address one person, but the plural has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":45039,"verse_id":"ROM.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “Or again, why do you despise your brother?” The introductory phrase has been supplied in the translation to clarify whom Paul is addressing, i.e., the “strong” Christian who eats everything (see vv. 2-3 ). The author uses the singular pronoun here to rhetorically address one person, but the plural has been used in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":45040,"verse_id":"ROM.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"places the words in brackets, indicating doubt as to their authenticity. Or “each of us is accountable to God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":45041,"verse_id":"ROM.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Grk “brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":45042,"verse_id":"ROM.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “brother.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":45043,"verse_id":"ROM.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “on account of food.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":45044,"verse_id":"ROM.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “according to love.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":45045,"verse_id":"ROM.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “do not let your good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":45046,"verse_id":"ROM.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “by men”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is generic here (“people”) since the contrast in context is between God and humanity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":45047,"verse_id":"ROM.14.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.21","text":"B D F G Ψ 0209 33 1881 Ï lat sa), read “or to be offended or to be made weak” after “to stumble.” The shorter reading “to stumble” is found only in Alexandrian mss ( א * A C 048 81 945 1506 1739 pc bo). Although external evidence favors inclusion, internal evidence points to a scribal expansion, perhaps reminiscent of 1 Cor 8:11-13 . The shorter reading is therefore preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A21/1"}
{"id":45048,"verse_id":"ROM.14.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.22","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A22/1"}
{"id":45049,"verse_id":"ROM.14.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":14,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"14.23","text":"Some mss insert 16:25-27 at this point. See the tc note at 16:25 for more information.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2014%3A23/1"}
{"id":45050,"verse_id":"ROM.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “and not please ourselves.” NT Greek negatives used in contrast like this are often not absolute, but relative: “not so much one as the other.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":45051,"verse_id":"ROM.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Grk “grant you to think the same among one another.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":45052,"verse_id":"ROM.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “of the circumcision”; that is, the Jews.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":45053,"verse_id":"ROM.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.8","text":"Or “to the patriarchs.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A8/2"}
{"id":45054,"verse_id":"ROM.15.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.9","text":"There are two major syntactical alternatives which are both awkward: (1) One could make “glorify” dependent on “Christ has become a minister” and coordinate with “to confirm” and the result would be rendered “Christ has become a minister of circumcision to confirm the promises…and so that the Gentiles might glorify God.” (2) One could make “glorify” dependent on “I tell you” and coordinate with “Christ has become a minister” and the result would be rendered “I tell you that Christ has become a minister of circumcision…and that the Gentiles glorify God.” The second rendering is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A9/1"}
{"id":45055,"verse_id":"ROM.15.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.13","text":"Grk “in the believing” or “as [you] believe,” with the object “him” supplied from the context. The referent could be God ( 15:13 a) or Christ ( 15:12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A13/1"}
{"id":45056,"verse_id":"ROM.15.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A14/1"}
{"id":45057,"verse_id":"ROM.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “serving.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text, but in keeping with contemporary English style, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A16/1"}
{"id":45058,"verse_id":"ROM.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.16","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ ( to euangelion tou qeou , “the gospel of God”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“the gospel which God brings”) or an objective genitive (“the gospel about God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, an interplay between the two concepts is intended: The gospel which God brings is in fact the gospel about himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A16/2"}
{"id":45059,"verse_id":"ROM.15.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.16","text":"Grk “so that the offering of the Gentiles may become acceptable.” This could be understood to refer to an offering belonging to the Gentiles (a possessive genitive) or made by the Gentiles (subjective genitive), but more likely the phrase should be understood as an appositive genitive, with the Gentiles themselves consisting of the offering (so J. D. G. Dunn, Romans [WBC 38], 2:860). The latter view is reflected in the translation “so that the Gentiles may become an acceptable offering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A16/3"}
{"id":45060,"verse_id":"ROM.15.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.17","text":"puts the article in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity. Grk “Therefore I have a boast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A17/1"}
{"id":45061,"verse_id":"ROM.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"Grk “unto obedience.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":45062,"verse_id":"ROM.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “now no longer having a place…I have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":45063,"verse_id":"ROM.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “but having a desire…for many years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A23/2"}
{"id":45064,"verse_id":"ROM.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “and to be helped by you.” The passive construction was changed to an active one in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":45065,"verse_id":"ROM.15.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.27","text":"Grk “to them”; the referent (the Jerusalem saints) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A27/1"}
{"id":45066,"verse_id":"ROM.15.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.28","text":"Grk “have sealed this fruit to them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A28/1"}
{"id":45067,"verse_id":"ROM.15.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.30","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A30/1"}
{"id":45068,"verse_id":"ROM.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Verses 30-31 form one long sentence in the Greek but have been divided into two distinct sentences for clarity in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":45069,"verse_id":"ROM.15.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":15,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.33","text":") also inserting 16:25-27 at this point. See the tc note at 16:25 for more information.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2015%3A33/1"}
{"id":45070,"verse_id":"ROM.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Or “deaconess.” It is debated whether διάκονος ( diakonos ) here refers to a specific office within the church. One contextual argument used to support this view is that Phoebe is associated with a particular church, Cenchrea, and as such would therefore be a deacon of that church. In the NT some who are called διάκονος are related to a particular church, yet the scholarly consensus is that such individuals are not deacons, but “servants” or “ministers” (other viable translations for διάκονος ). For example, Epaphras is associated with the church in Colossians and is called a διάκονος in Col 1:7 , but no contemporary translation regards him as a deacon. In 1 Tim 4:6 Paul calls Timothy a διάκονος ; Timothy was associated with the church in Ephesus, but he obviously was not a deacon. In addition, the lexical evidence leans away from this view: Within the NT, the διακον - word group rarely functions with a technical nuance. In any case, the evidence is not compelling either way. The view accepted in the translation above is that Phoebe was a servant of the church, not a deaconess, although this conclusion should be regarded as tentative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":45071,"verse_id":"ROM.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Grk “first fruit.” This is a figurative use referring to Epenetus as the first Christian convert in the region.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":45072,"verse_id":"ROM.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":45073,"verse_id":"ROM.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “Junias.” sn The feminine name Junia , though common in Latin, is quite rare in Greek (apparently only three instances of it occur in Greek literature outside Rom 16:7 , according to the data in the TLG [D. Moo, Romans [NICNT], 922]). The masculine Junias (as a contraction for Junianas ), however, is rarer still: Only one instance of the masculine name is known in extant Greek literature (Epiphanius mentions Junias in his Index discipulorum 125). Further, since there are apparently other husband-wife teams mentioned in this salutation (Prisca and Aquila [v. 3 ], Philologus and Julia [v. 15 ]), it might be natural to think of Junia as a feminine name. (This ought not be pressed too far, however, for in v. 12 all three individuals are women [though the first two are linked together], and in vv. 9-11 all the individuals are men.) In Greek only a difference of accent distinguishes between Junias (male) and Junia (female). If it refers to a woman, it is possible (1) that she had the gift of apostleship (not the office), or (2) that she was not an apostle but along with Andronicus was esteemed by (or among) the apostles. As well, the term “prominent” probably means “well known,” suggesting that Andronicus and Junia(s) were well known to the apostles (see note on the phrase “well known” which follows).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":45074,"verse_id":"ROM.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “kinsmen,” “relatives,” “fellow countrymen.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":45075,"verse_id":"ROM.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “prominent, outstanding, famous.” The term ἐπίσημος ( epishmo\" ) is used either in an implied comparative sense (“prominent, outstanding”) or in an elative sense (“famous, well known”). The key to determining the meaning of the term in any given passage is both the general context and the specific collocation of this word with its adjuncts. When a comparative notion is seen, that to which ἐπίσημος is compared is frequently, if not usually, put in the genitive case (cf., e.g., 3 Macc 6:1 [ Ελεαζαρος δέ τις ἀνὴρ ἐπίσημος τῶν ἀπὸ τής χώρας ἱερέων “Eleazar, a man prominent among the priests of the country”]; cf. also Pss. Sol. 17:30). When, however, an elative notion is found, ἐν ( en ) plus a personal plural dative is not uncommon (cf. Pss. Sol. 2:6). Although ἐν plus a personal dative does not indicate agency, in collocation with words of perception, ( ἐν plus) dative personal nouns are often used to show the recipients. In this instance, the idea would then be “well known to the apostles.” See M. H. Burer and D. B. Wallace, “Was Junia Really an Apostle? A Re-examination of Rom 16.7 ,” NTS 47 (2001): 76-91, who argue for the elative notion here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":45076,"verse_id":"ROM.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.7","text":"Or “among the apostles.” See discussion in the note on “well known” for these options.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A7/4"}
{"id":45077,"verse_id":"ROM.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Or “kinsman,” “relative,” “fellow countryman.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":45078,"verse_id":"ROM.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “Greet the beloved.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":45079,"verse_id":"ROM.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Grk “and his mother and mine.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":45080,"verse_id":"ROM.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":45081,"verse_id":"ROM.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “saints.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":45082,"verse_id":"ROM.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":45083,"verse_id":"ROM.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Grk “hearts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":45084,"verse_id":"ROM.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “kinsmen, relatives, fellow countrymen.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":45085,"verse_id":"ROM.16.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"ROM","chapter":16,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.25","text":". (And of these, G has a blank space of several lines large enough for the doxology to belong there.) Only two positions (after chapter only and at the end of the letter only) deserve particular notice because the situation of the mss showing the doxology in two places dates back to the 5th century. Later copyists, faced with the doxology in two different places in the mss they knew, may have decided to copy the doxology in both places, since they were unwilling to consciously omit any text. Because the textual disruption of the doxology is so early, TCGNT 472 suggests two possibilities: either (1) that Paul may have sent two different copies of Romans – a copy lacking chapter and a copy with the full text of the epistle as we now have it, or (2) Marcion or some of his followers circulated a shortened form of the epistle that lacked chapters 15 and 16 . Those mss that lacked chapters 15-16 would naturally conclude with some kind of doxology after chapter . On the other hand, H. Gamble ( The Textual History of the Letter to the Romans [SD], 123-32) argues for the position of the doxology at 14:23 , since to put the doxology at 16:25 would violate Paul’s normal pattern of a grace-benediction at the close of the letter. Gamble further argues for the inclusion of 16:24 , since the mss that put the doxology after chapter almost always present 16:24 as the letter’s closing, whereas most of the mss that put the doxology at its traditional position drop 16:24 , perhaps because it would be redundant before 16:25-27 . A decision is difficult, but the weight of external evidence, since it is both early and geographically widespread, suggests that the doxology belongs here after 16:23 . For a full discussion, see TCGNT 470-73.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Romans%2016%3A25/1"}
{"id":45086,"verse_id":"1CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":45087,"verse_id":"1CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"B D F G 33 it). The meaning is not affected in either case, but the reading “Christ Jesus” is preferred both because it has somewhat better attestation and because it is slightly more difficult and thus more likely the original (a scribe who found it would be prone to change it to the more common expression). At the same time, Paul is fond of the order “Christ Jesus.” As well, the later Pauline letters almost uniformly use this order in the salutations. Thus, on both external and internal grounds, “Christ Jesus” is the preferred reading here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":45088,"verse_id":"1CO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":45089,"verse_id":"1CO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “theirs and ours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":45090,"verse_id":"1CO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":45091,"verse_id":"1CO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “who,” referring to Christ. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":45092,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":45093,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that you all say the same thing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":45094,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that there be no divisions among you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":45095,"verse_id":"1CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “that you be united in/by the same mind and in/by the same purpose.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":45096,"verse_id":"1CO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":45097,"verse_id":"1CO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “rivalries, disputes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":45098,"verse_id":"1CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “And I say this because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":45099,"verse_id":"1CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Questions prefaced with μή ( mh ) in Greek anticipate a negative answer. This can sometimes be indicated by using a “tag” at the end in English (here the tag is “was he?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":45100,"verse_id":"1CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"This third question marks a peak in which Paul’s incredulity at the Corinthians’ attitude is in focus. The words “in fact” have been supplied in the translation to make this rhetorical juncture clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":45101,"verse_id":"1CO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"), lack the words τῷ θεῷ ( tw qew , “God”), while the rest have them. An accidental omission could well account for the shorter reading, especially since θεῷ would have been written as a nomen sacrum ( eucaristwtwqMw ). However, one might expect to see, in some mss at least, a dropping of the article but not the divine name. Internally, the Pauline introductory thanksgivings elsewhere always include τῷ θεῷ after εὐχαριστῶ ( eucaristw , “I thank”; cf. Rom 1:8 ; 1 Cor 1:4 ; Phil 1:3 ; Phlm 4 ; in the plural, note Col 1:3 ; 1 Thess 1:2 ). However, both the fact that this is already used in 1 Cor 1:4 (thus perhaps motivating scribes to add it ten verses later), and that in later portions of his letters Paul does not consistently use the collocation of εὐχαριστῶ with τῷ θεῷ ( Rom 16:4 ; 1 Cor 10:30 ), might give one pause. Still, nowhere else in the corpus Paulinum do we see a sentence begin with εὐχαριστῶ without an accompanying τῷ θεῷ . A decision is difficult, but on balance it is probably best to retain the words.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":45102,"verse_id":"1CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “would not be emptied.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":45103,"verse_id":"1CO.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “the scribe.” The traditional rendering of γραμματεύς ( grammateu\" ) as “scribe” does not communicate much to the modern English reader, for whom the term might mean “professional copyist,” if it means anything at all. The people referred to here were recognized experts in the law of Moses and in traditional laws and regulations. Thus “expert in the Mosaic law” comes closer to the meaning for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":45104,"verse_id":"1CO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Or “Messiah”; Grk “preach Christ [Messiah] crucified,” giving the content of the message.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":45105,"verse_id":"1CO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “than men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":45106,"verse_id":"1CO.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “than men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":45107,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “Think about your calling.” “Calling” in Paul’s writings usually refers to God’s work of drawing people to faith in Christ. The following verses show that “calling” here stands by metonymy for their circumstances when they became Christians, leading to the translation “the circumstances of your call.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":45108,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/2"}
{"id":45109,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/3"}
{"id":45110,"verse_id":"1CO.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.26","text":"The Greek word ευγενής ( eugenh\" ) refers to the status of being born into nobility, wealth, or power with an emphasis on the privileges and benefits that come with that position.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A26/4"}
{"id":45111,"verse_id":"1CO.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":45112,"verse_id":"1CO.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “of him you are in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":45113,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “and I, when I came.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, κἀγώ ( kagw ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":45114,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":45115,"verse_id":"1CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"B D F G Ψ 33 1739 1881 Ï and some versions), though not quite as impressive. μαρτύριον may have been changed by scribes in anticipation of Paul’s words in 2:7 , or conversely, μυστήριον may have been changed to conform to 1:6 . Transcriptionally, since “the mystery of God/Christ” is a well-worn expression in the corpus Paulinum ( 1 Cor 2:7; 4:1 ; Eph 3:4 ; Col 2:2; 4:3 ), while “testimony of Christ” occurs in Paul only once ( 1 Cor 1:6 , though “testimony of the Lord” appears in 2 Tim 1:8 ), and “testimony of God” never, it is likely that scribes changed the text to the more usual expression. A decision is difficult in this instance, but a slight preference should be given to μαρτύριον .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":45116,"verse_id":"1CO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “to know nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":45117,"verse_id":"1CO.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"In extrabiblical literature this word was applied to an initiate of a mystery religion (BDAG 995 s.v. τέλειος 3, gives numerous examples and states this was a technical term of the mystery religions). It could here refer to those who believed Paul’s message, the mystery of God (v. 1 ), and so be translated as “those who believe God’s message.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":45118,"verse_id":"1CO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “entered the heart,” an OT expression, in which the heart functions like the mind.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":45119,"verse_id":"1CO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “combining spiritual things with spiritual words” (i.e., words the Spirit gives, as just described).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":45120,"verse_id":"1CO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “natural person.” Cf. BDAG 1100 s.v. ψυχικός a, “an unspiritual pers., one who merely functions bodily, without being touched by the Spirit of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":45121,"verse_id":"1CO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “evaluates.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":45122,"verse_id":"1CO.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “is evaluated” (i.e., “is subject to evaluation”); Grk “he himself is discerned,” that is, the person without the Spirit does not understand the person with the Spirit, particularly in relation to the life of faith.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":45123,"verse_id":"1CO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":45124,"verse_id":"1CO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “fleshly [people]”; the Greek term here is σαρκινός (BDAG 914 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":45125,"verse_id":"1CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “are still merely human”; Grk “fleshly.” Cf. BDAG 914 s.v. σαρκικός 2, “pert. to being human at a disappointing level of behavior or characteristics, (merely) human.” The same phrase occurs again later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":45126,"verse_id":"1CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “and walking in accordance with man,” i.e., living like (fallen) humanity without the Spirit’s influence; hence, “unregenerate people.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":45127,"verse_id":"1CO.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “are you not men,” i.e., (fallen) humanity without the Spirit’s influence. Here Paul does not say “walking in accordance with” as in the previous verse; he actually states the Corinthians are this. However, this is almost certainly rhetorical hyperbole.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":45128,"verse_id":"1CO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “and to each as the Lord gave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":45129,"verse_id":"1CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “is anything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":45130,"verse_id":"1CO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “are one.” The purpose of this phrase is to portray unified action on the part of ministers underneath God’s sovereign control. Although they are in fact individuals, they are used by God with a single purpose to accomplish his will in facilitating growth. This emphasis is brought out in the translation “work as one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":45131,"verse_id":"1CO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Although 1 Cor 3:9 is frequently understood to mean, “we are coworkers with God,” such a view assumes that the genitive θεοῦ ( qeou ) is associative because of its relationship to συνεργοί ( sunergoi ). However, not only is a genitive of association not required by the syntax (cf. ExSyn 130), but the context is decidedly against it: Paul and Apollos are insignificant compared to the God whom they serve (vv. 5-8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":45132,"verse_id":"1CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “each one’s.” Here “builder’s” is employed in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":45133,"verse_id":"1CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"In an attempt to clarify the referent, some translations add “of Christ” after “Day” (so TEV); others specify this as “judgment day” (NLT) or “the day of judgment” (CEV). sn The Day refers to the Day of the Lord Jesus Christ (cf. 1:8; 5:5 ) when each Christian worker will appear before Christ for evaluation of his ministry. Paul’s constant motivation was to be pleasing to the Lord in that day ( 2 Cor 5:9-10 ) and receive his commendation ( 1 Cor 4:5 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":45134,"verse_id":"1CO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The translation “[will] be punished ” is given here by BDAG 428 s.v. ζημιόω 2. But the next clause says “he will be delivered” and so “suffering loss” is more likely to refer to the destruction of the “work” by fire or the loss of the reward that could have been gained.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":45135,"verse_id":"1CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “let no one deceive himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":45136,"verse_id":"1CO.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “so then, let no one boast in men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":45137,"verse_id":"1CO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is both indefinite and general, “one”; “a person” (BDAG 81 s.v. 4 .a. γ ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":45138,"verse_id":"1CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “time, until the Lord comes, who will bring to light.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":45139,"verse_id":"1CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":45140,"verse_id":"1CO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":45141,"verse_id":"1CO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"includes ᾿Ιησοῦ in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":45142,"verse_id":"1CO.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “puffed up”; “inflated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":45143,"verse_id":"1CO.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “rod.” Context indicates that this rod will be used for disciplinary purposes. sn Paul is using the term rod in this context to refer to his apostolic authority to discipline those who have become arrogant in the Corinthian church and have attempted to undermine his ministry (cf. 4:18-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":45144,"verse_id":"1CO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “someone has married”; Grk “someone has,” but the verb ἔχω ( ecw ) is routinely used of marital relationships (cf. BDAG 420 s.v. 2 .a), including sexual relationships. The exact nature of the relationship is uncertain in this case; it is not clear, for example, whether the man had actually married the woman or was merely cohabiting with her.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":45145,"verse_id":"1CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “are puffed up/arrogant,” the same verb occurring in 4:6, 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":45146,"verse_id":"1CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “sorrowful, so that the one who did this might be removed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":45147,"verse_id":"1CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “in body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":45148,"verse_id":"1CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Verse 3 is one sentence in Greek (“For – even though I am absent in body, yet present in spirit – I have already judged the one who did this, as though I were present”) that has been broken up due to English stylistic considerations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":45149,"verse_id":"1CO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"F G 33 1881 Ï co and before ᾿Ιησοῦ in 81. The wording τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ is read by B D* 1175 1739 pc. Concerning Χριστοῦ , even though the external evidence for this is quite good, it may well be a motivated reading. Elsewhere in Paul the expression “our Lord Jesus” is routinely followed by “Christ” (e.g., Rom 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30 ; 1 Cor 1:2, 7, 10; 15:57 ; 2 Cor 8:9 ; Gal 6:14, 18 , Eph 1:3, 17; 5:20; 6:24 ; Col 1:3 ; 1 Thess 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28 ). Less commonly, the wording is simply “our Lord Jesus” (e.g., Rom 16:20 ; 2 Cor 1:14 ; 1 Thess 2:19; 3:11, 13 ; 2 Thess 1:8, 12 ). A preference should thus be given to the shorter reading. As for the ἡμῶν , it is very difficult to decide: “the Lord Jesus” occurs as often as “our Lord Jesus” (cf. 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23 ; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31 ; Eph 1:15 ; 1 Thess 4:2 ; 2 Thess 1:7 ; Phlm 5 ). Although scribes would tend to expand on the text, the only witnesses that have “the Lord Jesus” (without “our” or “Christ”) are A Ψ 1505 pc . On balance, then, “our Lord Jesus” is the best reading in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":45150,"verse_id":"1CO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Verses 4 b-5a are capable of various punctuations: (1) “and I am with you in spirit, through the power of our Lord Jesus turn this man over to Satan”; (2) “and I am with you in spirit with the power of our Lord Jesus, turn this man over to Satan”; (3) “and I am with you in spirit, along with the power of our Lord Jesus, turn this man over to Satan” (as adopted in the text). The first option suggests the Lord’s power is needed when the church is to hand the man over to Satan; the second option suggests that the Lord’s power is present when Paul is gathered with the Corinthians in spirit; the third option leaves the relation of the Lord’s power to the surrounding phrases vague, perhaps implying that both are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":45151,"verse_id":"1CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or perhaps “turn this man over to Satan for the destruction of your fleshly works, so that your spirit may be saved…”; Grk “for the destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit may be saved.” This is one of the most difficult passages in the NT, and there are many different interpretations regarding what is in view here. (1) Many interpreters see this as some sort of excommunication (“turn this man over to Satan”) which in turn leads to the man’s physical death (“the destruction of the flesh”), resulting in the man’s ultimate salvation (“that [his] spirit may be saved…”). (2) Others see the phrase “destruction of the flesh” as referring to extreme physical suffering or illness that stops short of physical death, thus leading the offender to repentance and salvation. (3) A number of scholars (e.g. G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 212-13) take the reference to the “flesh” to refer to the offender’s “sinful nature” or “carnal nature,” which is “destroyed” by placing him outside the church, back in Satan’s domain (exactly how this “destruction” is accomplished is not clear, and is one of the problems with this view). (4) More recently some have argued that neither the “flesh” nor the “spirit” belong to the offender, but to the church collectively; thus it is the “fleshly works” of the congregation which are being destroyed by the removal of the offender (cf. 5:13 ) so that the “spirit,” the corporate life of the church lived in union with God through the Holy Spirit, may be preserved (cf. 5:7-8 ). See, e.g., B. Campbell, “Flesh and Spirit in 1 Cor 5:5 : An Exercise in Rhetorical Criticism of the NT,” JETS 36 (1993): 331-42. The alternate translation “for the destruction of your fleshly works, so that your spirit may be saved” reflects this latter view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":45152,"verse_id":"1CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"א Ψ Ï ; κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( kuriou Ihsou Cristou , “Lord Jesus Christ”) by D pc ; and κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( kuriou Jhmwn Ihsou Cristou , “our Lord Jesus Christ”) by A F G P 33 al . The shorter reading is preferred as the reading that best explains the other readings, especially in view of the mention of “Jesus” twice in the previous verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":45153,"verse_id":"1CO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “a little yeast leavens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":45154,"verse_id":"1CO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “with the unleavened bread of sincerity and truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":45155,"verse_id":"1CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “a brother,” but the Greek word “brother” may be used for “brother or sister,” “fellow Christian,” or “fellow member of the church.” Here the term “brother” broadly connotes familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":45156,"verse_id":"1CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “a reviler”; BDAG 602 s.v. λοίδορος defines the term as “ reviler, abusive person .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":45157,"verse_id":"1CO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “if you have ordinary lawsuits, appoint as judges those who have no standing in the church!” This alternative reading (cf. KJV, NIV) takes the Greek verb καθίζετε ( kaqizete ) as an ironic imperative instead of a question. This verb comes, however, at the end of the sentence. It is not impossible that Paul meant for it to be understood this way, but its placement in the sentence does not make this probable.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":45158,"verse_id":"1CO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “to decide between his brother (and his opponent),” but see the note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":45159,"verse_id":"1CO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “does a brother sue a brother,” but see the note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":45160,"verse_id":"1CO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “brothers.” The Greek term “brother” literally refers to family relationships, but here it is used in a broader sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a). See also the note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":45161,"verse_id":"1CO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"This term is sometimes rendered “effeminate,” although in contemporary English usage such a translation could be taken to refer to demeanor rather than behavior. BDAG 613 s.v. μαλακός 2 has “pert. to being passive in a same-sex relationship, effeminate esp. of catamites , of men and boys who are sodomized by other males in such a relationship.” L&N 88.281 states, “the passive male partner in homosexual intercourse – ‘homosexual.’ …As in Greek, a number of other languages also have entirely distinct terms for the active and passive roles in homosexual intercourse.” See also the discussion in G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 243-44. A number of modern translations have adopted the phrase “male prostitutes” for μαλακοί in 1 Cor 6:9 (NIV, NRSV, NLT) but this could be misunderstood by the modern reader to mean “males who sell their services to women,” while the term in question appears, at least in context, to relate to homosexual activity between males. Furthermore, it is far from certain that prostitution as commonly understood (the selling of sexual favors) is specified here, as opposed to a consensual relationship. Thus the translation “passive homosexual partners” has been used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":45162,"verse_id":"1CO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"On this term BDAG 135 s.v. ἀρσενοκοίτης states, “a male who engages in sexual activity w. a pers. of his own sex, pederast 1 Cor 6:9 …of one who assumes the dominant role in same-sex activity, opp. μαλακός … 1 Ti 1:10 ; Pol 5:3. Cp. Ro 1:27 .” L&N 88.280 states, “a male partner in homosexual intercourse – ‘homosexual.’…It is possible that ἀρσενοκοίτης in certain contexts refers to the active male partner in homosexual intercourse in contrast with μαλακός , the passive male partner.” Since there is a distinction in contemporary usage between sexual orientation and actual behavior, the qualification “practicing” was supplied in the translation, following the emphasis in BDAG.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":45163,"verse_id":"1CO.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Or “revilers”; BDAG 602 s.v. λοίδορος defines the term as “ reviler, abusive person .” Because the term “abusive” without further qualification has become associated in contemporary English with both physical and sexual abuse, the qualifier “verbally” has been supplied in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":45164,"verse_id":"1CO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “and some [of you] were these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":45165,"verse_id":"1CO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Ψ Ï sa). Although the wording of the original could certainly have been expanded, it is also possible that Χριστοῦ as a nomen sacrum could have accidentally dropped out. Although the latter is not as likely under normal circumstances, in light of the early and widespread witnesses for the fuller expression, the original wording seems to have been ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":45166,"verse_id":"1CO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “both this [stomach] and these [foods].” sn There is debate as to the extent of the Corinthian slogan which Paul quotes here. Some argue that the slogan is only the first sentence – “Food is for the stomach and the stomach is for food” – with the second statement forming Paul’s rejoinder, while others argue that the slogan contains both sentences (as in the translation above). The argument which favors the latter is the tight conceptual and grammatical parallelism which occurs if Paul’s response begins with “The body is not for sexual immorality” and then continues through the end of v. 14 . For discussion and diagrams of this structure, see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 253-57.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":45167,"verse_id":"1CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “is in relationship with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":45168,"verse_id":"1CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “is one body,” implying the association “with her.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":45169,"verse_id":"1CO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “in relationship with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":45170,"verse_id":"1CO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “is one spirit,” implying the association “with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":45171,"verse_id":"1CO.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “the ‘in you’ Holy Spirit.” The position of the prepositional phrase ἐν ὑμῖν ( en Jumin , “in you”) between the article and the adjective effectively places the prepositional phrase in first attributive position. Such constructions are generally translated into English as relative clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":45172,"verse_id":"1CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “It is good for a man not to touch a woman,” a euphemism for sexual relations. This idiom occurs ten times in Greek literature, and all of the references except one appear to refer to sexual relations (cf., e.g., Josephus, Ant . 1.8.1 [1.163]; Gen 20:6 [LXX]; Prov 6:29 [LXX]). For discussion see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 275. Many recent interpreters believe that here again (as in 6:12-13 ) Paul cites a slogan the Corinthians apparently used to justify their actions. If this is so, Paul agrees with the slogan in part, but corrects it in the following verses to show how the Corinthians misused the idea to justify abstinence within marriage (cf. 8:1, 4; 10:23 ). See also G. D. Fee, “ 1 Corinthians 7:1 in the NIV,” JETS 23 (1980): 307-14.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":45173,"verse_id":"1CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “each man should have his own wife.” “Have” in this context means “have marital relations with” (see the following verse). The verb ἐχέτω ( ecetw , “have”) occurs twice in the Greek text, but has not been repeated in the translation for stylistic reasons. This verb occurs 8 times in the LXX ( Exod 2:1 ; Deut 28:30 ; 2 Chr 11:21 ; 1 Esd 9:12, 18; Tob 3:8; Isa 13:16; 54:1 ) with the meaning “have sexual relations with,” and 9 times elsewhere in the NT with the same meaning ( Matt 20:23; 22:28 ; Mark 6:18; 12:33 ; Luke 20:28 ; John 4:18 [twice]; 1 Cor 5:1; 7:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":45174,"verse_id":"1CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “should have.” For explanation of the translation, see the note on “have relations with” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":45175,"verse_id":"1CO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"Grk “fulfill the obligation” or “pay the debt,” referring to the fulfillment of sexual needs within marriage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":45176,"verse_id":"1CO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"א * A B C D F G P Ψ 33 1739 1881 2464 al latt co argues decisively against its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":45177,"verse_id":"1CO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “and be together again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":45178,"verse_id":"1CO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “than to burn,” a figure of speech referring to unfulfilled sexual passion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":45179,"verse_id":"1CO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"א * A B C D* F G P Ψ 33 1739 al co) are decisively in favor of ἀδελφῷ ( adelfw , “brother”), a word that because of the close association with “wife” here may have seemed inappropriate to many scribes. It is also for reasons of English style that “her husband” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":45180,"verse_id":"1CO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “will save your husband?” The meaning is obviously that the wife would be the human agent in leading her husband to salvation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":45181,"verse_id":"1CO.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “will save your wife?” The meaning is obviously that the husband would be the human agent in leading his wife to salvation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A16/2"}
{"id":45182,"verse_id":"1CO.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Or “only”; Grk “if not.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":45183,"verse_id":"1CO.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “Let him not pull over the foreskin,” that is, attempt to reverse the appearance of circumcision by a surgical procedure. This was sometimes done by Hellenistic Jews to hide the embarrassment of circumcision (1 Macc 1:15; Josephus, Ant. 12.5.1 [12.241]). Cf. BDAG 380 s.v. ἐπισπάω 3.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":45184,"verse_id":"1CO.7.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.20","text":"Grk “in the calling.” “Calling” in Paul is God’s work of drawing people to faith in Christ. As in 1:26 , calling here stands by metonymy for a person’s circumstances when he becomes a Christian.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A20/1"}
{"id":45185,"verse_id":"1CO.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Traditionally, “servant” (KJV), though almost all modern translations render the word as “slave” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":45186,"verse_id":"1CO.7.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.24","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A24/1"}
{"id":45187,"verse_id":"1CO.7.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.25","text":"Grk “virgins.” There are three main views as to which group of people is referred to by the word παρθένος ( parqenos ) here, and the stance taken here directly impacts one’s understanding of vv. 36-38 . (1) The term could refer to virgin women who were not married. The central issue would then be whether or not their fathers should give them in marriage to eligible men. (This is the view which has been widely held throughout the history of the Church.) (2) A minority understand the term to refer to men and women who are married but who have chosen to live together without sexual relations. This position might have been possible in the Corinthian church, but there is no solid evidence to support it. (3) The view adopted by many modern commentators (see, e.g., Fee, Conzelmann, Barrett) is that the term refers to young, engaged women who were under the influence of various groups within the Corinthian church not to go through with their marriages. The central issue would then be whether the young men and women should continue with their plans and finalize their marriages. For further discussion, see G. D. Fee, First Corinthians (NICNT), 325-28.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A25/1"}
{"id":45188,"verse_id":"1CO.7.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.27","text":"Grk “should not seek a wife.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A27/1"}
{"id":45189,"verse_id":"1CO.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “these will have tribulation in the flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A28/1"}
{"id":45190,"verse_id":"1CO.7.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.28","text":"Grk “I am trying to spare you.” Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context. “Such problems” has been supplied here to make the sense of the statement clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A28/2"}
{"id":45191,"verse_id":"1CO.7.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.29","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A29/1"}
{"id":45192,"verse_id":"1CO.7.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.34","text":"א A 33 1739 1881 pc ). (3) The reading ἡ γυνὴ καὶ ἡ παρθένος ἡ ἄγαμος (“the woman and the unmarried virgin”) is found in Western mss (D F G) and the majority of Byzantine cursives. Based upon external evidence, the first and second readings are the strongest; the readings both reach deep into the second century with strong testimony from mss of the Alexandrian texttype. Internal evidence seems equally balanced: Scribes may have wanted to add ἡ ἄγαμος to παρθένος for stylistic reasons, but they might also have wanted to remove it because it sounded redundant. Because Paul’s meaning is not quite clear, a decision on the proper textual reading is difficult. On the whole scribes tended to add to the text, not take from it. Thus the first reading should be favored as original, but this decision should be regarded as less than certain. Grk “The unmarried woman and the virgin.” The identity of the “virgin” here is a matter of interpretation (see note on “people who have never married” in v. 25 for discussion), which has in fact contributed to textual variation at this point in the text (see the text critical note above). As far as the translation is concerned, one must determine if one group of women or two are in view. It is possible that Paul means to refer to only one class of women here, namely unmarried virgins, but the use of the adjective ἡ ἄγαμος ( Jh agamo\" , “unmarried”) with “woman” and not “virgin” precludes that interpretation; in addition, the use of the article with both “woman” and “virgin” implies that two distinct groups are in view. If two groups are in view, English would more naturally use the conjunction “or” to indicate the distinction. Thus the translation “An unmarried woman or a virgin” has been used to make clear that two groups are in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A34/2"}
{"id":45193,"verse_id":"1CO.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.36","text":"Grk “virgin,” either a fiancée, a daughter, or the ward of a guardian. For discussion see the note at the end of v. 38 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A36/1"}
{"id":45194,"verse_id":"1CO.7.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":36,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.36","text":"Or referring to an engaged man: “if he is past the critical point,” “if his passions are too strong.” The word literally means “to be past the high point.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A36/2"}
{"id":45195,"verse_id":"1CO.7.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.38","text":"Or “who gives his own virgin in marriage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A38/1"}
{"id":45196,"verse_id":"1CO.7.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":7,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.39","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%207%3A39/1"}
{"id":45197,"verse_id":"1CO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":45198,"verse_id":"1CO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “him”; in the translation the most likely referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":45199,"verse_id":"1CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “through whom [are] all things and we [are] through him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":45200,"verse_id":"1CO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “built up”; This is the same word used in v. 1 b. It is used ironically here: The weak person is “built up” to commit what he regards as sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":45201,"verse_id":"1CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “the one who is weak…the brother for whom Christ died,” but see note on the word “Christian” in 5:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":45202,"verse_id":"1CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"This may be an indirect middle, “destroys himself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":45203,"verse_id":"1CO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":45204,"verse_id":"1CO.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “my brother.” Both “my brother or sister” earlier in the verse and “one of them” here translate the same Greek phrase. Since the same expression occurs in the previous line, a pronoun phrase is substituted here to suit English style, which is less tolerant of such repetition.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":45205,"verse_id":"1CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “the seal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":45206,"verse_id":"1CO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “the right to eat and drink.” In the context this is a figurative reference to financial support.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":45207,"verse_id":"1CO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “only according to human authority”; Grk “saying these things according to men.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":45208,"verse_id":"1CO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Grk “working the sacred things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":45209,"verse_id":"1CO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “so that it will happen in this way in my case.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":45210,"verse_id":"1CO.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"Or “more converts.” The word “people” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. It has been supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":45211,"verse_id":"1CO.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"[L] Ψ 1881 Ï ) lack this parenthetical material, while geographically widespread, early, and diverse witnesses have the words (so א A B C D* F G P 33 104 365 1175 1505 1739 al latt). The phrase may have dropped out accidentally through homoioteleuton (note that both the preceding phrase and the parenthesis end in ὑπὸ νόμον [ Jupo nomon , “under the law”]), or intentionally by overscrupulous scribes who felt that the statement “I myself am not under the law” could have led to license.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":45212,"verse_id":"1CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “ignorant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":45213,"verse_id":"1CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":45214,"verse_id":"1CO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"read the imperfect middle ἐβαπτίζοντο [ ebaptizonto ]). The passive looks like a motivated reading in that it is clearer and conforms to typical Pauline usage (his thirteen instances of the verb are all either active or passive). B. M. Metzger, in representing a minority opinion of the UBS Committee, suggests that the middle would have been appropriate for Jewish baptism in which the convert baptizes himself ( TCGNT 493). But this assumes that the middle is a direct middle, a rare occurrence in the NT (and never elsewhere with this verb). Further, it is not really baptism that is in view in v. 2 , but passing through the Red Sea (thus, a metaphorical use). Although the present editors agree with the minority’s resultant reading, it is better to take the middle as causative/permissive and the scribes as changing it to a passive for clarity’s sake. Translational differences are minimal, though some exegetical implications are involved (see ExSyn 427).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":45215,"verse_id":"1CO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"The term “play” may refer to idolatrous, sexual play here, although that is determined by the context rather than the meaning of the word itself (cf. BDAG 750 s.v. παίζω ). sn A quotation from Exod 32:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":45216,"verse_id":"1CO.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"1739 1881) and Western (D F G) texttypes, and other mss and versions ( Ψ latt sy co). On the other hand, some of the important Alexandrian witnesses have κύριον ( kurion , “Lord”; א B C P 33 104 1175 al ). A few mss (A 81 pc ) have θεόν ( qeon , “God”). The nomina sacra for these readings are quite similar ( cMn , kMn , and qMn respectively), so one might be able to account for the different readings by way of confusion. On closer examination, the variants appear to be intentional changes. Alexandrian scribes replaced the highly specific term “Christ” with the less specific terms “Lord” and “God” because in the context it seems to be anachronistic to speak of the exodus generation putting Christ to the test. If the original had been “Lord,” it seems unlikely that a scribe would have willingly created a difficulty by substituting the more specific “Christ.” Moreover, even if not motivated by a tendency to overcorrect, a scribe might be likely to assimilate the word “Christ” to “Lord” in conformity with Deut 6:16 or other passages. The evidence from the early church regarding the reading of this verse is rather compelling in favor of “Christ.” Marcion, a second-century, anti-Jewish heretic, would naturally have opposed any reference to Christ in historical involvement with Israel, because he thought of the Creator God of the OT as inherently evil. In spite of this strong prejudice, though, {Marcion} read a text with “Christ.” Other early church writers attest to the presence of the word “Christ,” including {Clement of Alexandria} and Origen. What is more, the synod of Antioch in a.d. 268 used the reading “Christ” as evidence of the preexistence of Christ when it condemned Paul of Samosata. (See G. Zuntz, The Text of the Epistles , 126-27; TCGNT 494; C. D. Osburn, “The Text of 1 Corinthians 10:9 ,” New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis , 201-11; contra A. Robertson and A. Plummer, First Corinthians [ICC], 205-6.) Since “Christ” is the more difficult reading on all accounts, it is almost certainly original. In addition, “Christ” is consistent with Paul’s style in this passage (cf. 10:4 , a text in which {Marcion} also reads “Christ”). This text is also christologically significant, since the reading “Christ” makes an explicit claim to the preexistence of Christ. (The textual critic faces a similar dilemma in Jude 5 . In a similar exodus context, some of the more important Alexandrian mss [A B 33 81 pc ] and the Vulgate read “Jesus” in place of “Lord.” Two of those mss [A 81] are the same mss that have “Christ” instead of “God” in 1 Cor 10:9 . See the tc notes on Jude 5 for more information.) In sum, “Christ” has all the earmarks of authenticity here and should be considered the original reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":45217,"verse_id":"1CO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “by the destroyer.” BDAG 703 s.v. ὀλοθρευτῆς mentions the corresponding OT references and notes, “the one meant is the destroying angel as the one who carries out the divine sentence of punishment, or perh. Satan.” sn This incident is recorded in Num 16:41-50 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":45218,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “except a human one” or “except one common to humanity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":45219,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “God is faithful who.” The relative pronoun was changed to a personal pronoun in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":45220,"verse_id":"1CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"The words “to bear” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. They have been supplied in the translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":45221,"verse_id":"1CO.10.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.18","text":"Grk “Israel according to (the) flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A18/1"}
{"id":45222,"verse_id":"1CO.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “what they sacrifice”; the referent (the pagans) is clear from the context and has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":45223,"verse_id":"1CO.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"The question in Greek expects a negative answer (“We are not stronger than he is, are we?”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":45224,"verse_id":"1CO.10.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.23","text":"Grk “builds up.” The object “others” is not expressed but is implied, as v. 24 shows. Paul picks up a theme he introduced at the start of this section of the letter ( 8:1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A23/2"}
{"id":45225,"verse_id":"1CO.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Ψ Ï ) essentially duplicate v. 26 at the end of this verse (with γάρ [ gar , “for”] in second instead of third position), which itself is a quotation from Ps 24:1 ( 23:1 LXX). Not only is there a vast number of early, important, and diverse witnesses that lack this extra material ( א A B C* D F G H* P 33 81 365 630 1175 1739 1881 2464 latt co), but the quotation seems out of place at this point in the discourse for Paul is here discussing reasons not to partake of food that has been sacrificed to idols. Perhaps scribes felt that since food is from the Lord, to eat meat sacrificed to idols contradicts that belief. Either way, the better witnesses lack the clause which, had it been authentic to v. 28 , would have not occasioned such a widespread excision. The evidence is thus compelling for the shorter reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":45226,"verse_id":"1CO.10.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.30","text":"Grk “about that for which”; the referent (the food) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A30/1"}
{"id":45227,"verse_id":"1CO.10.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":10,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.33","text":"Although the Greek word translated “benefit” occurs only once in this verse, the Greek article occurs twice. This indicates an implied repetition of the term, which has been included twice in the translation for the sake of clarity and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2010%3A33/1"}
{"id":45228,"verse_id":"1CO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"א A B C P 81 630 1175 1739 1881 2464 co) largely lack the address. The addition of ἀδελφοί is apparently a motivated reading, however, for scribes would have naturally wanted to add it to ἐπαινῶ δὲ ὑμᾶς ( epainw de Juma\" , “now I praise you”), especially as this begins a new section. On the other hand, it is difficult to explain how the shorter reading could have arisen from the longer one. Thus, on both internal and external grounds, the shorter reading is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":45229,"verse_id":"1CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “the husband is the head of his wife.” The same Greek words translated “man” and “woman” can mean, as determined by context, “husband” and “wife” respectively. Such an approach is followed by NAB, TEV, NRSV, and NLT (with some variations).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":45230,"verse_id":"1CO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “those approved may be evident among you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":45231,"verse_id":"1CO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"The word “first” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. It has been supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":45232,"verse_id":"1CO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “in this manner.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":45233,"verse_id":"1CO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"The word more literally means, “judging between, recognizing, distinguishing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":45234,"verse_id":"1CO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “are asleep.” The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":45235,"verse_id":"1CO.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":45236,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “spiritual things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":45237,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/2"}
{"id":45238,"verse_id":"1CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “ignorant.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/3"}
{"id":45239,"verse_id":"1CO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 7:21 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":45240,"verse_id":"1CO.12.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.23","text":"Grk “have greater propriety (or decorum, presentability).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A23/1"}
{"id":45241,"verse_id":"1CO.12.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.26","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A26/1"}
{"id":45242,"verse_id":"1CO.12.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":12,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.31","text":"Grk “a still more excellent way.” In this context the phrase has an elative rather than a comparative sense, however.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2012%3A31/1"}
{"id":45243,"verse_id":"1CO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Ï ); and καυθῇ ( kauqh , “it might be burned”) read by 1505 pc . On an external level, the Alexandrian reading is obviously superior, though the Western and Byzantine readings need to be accounted for. (The following discussion is derived largely from TCGNT 497-98). Internally, καυχήσωμαι is superior for the following reasons: (1) Once the Church started suffering persecution and martyrdom by fire, the v.l. naturally arose. Once there, it is difficult to see why any scribe would intentionally change it to καυχήσωμαι . (2) Involving as it does the change of just two letters ( χ to θ [ c to q ], ω to ο [ w to o ]), this reading could be accomplished without much fanfare. Yet, it appears cumbersome in the context, both because of the passive voice and especially the retention of the first person (“If I give up my body that I may be burned”). A more logical word would have been the third person passive, καυθῇ , as read in 1505 (“If I give up my body that it may be burned”). (3) Although the connection between giving up one’s body and boasting is ambiguous, this very ambiguity has all the earmarks of being from Paul. It may have the force of giving up one’s body into slavery. In any event, it looks to be the harder reading. Incidentally, the Byzantine reading is impossible because the future subjunctive did not occur in Koine Greek. As the reading of the majority of Byzantine minuscules, its roots are clearly post-Koine and as such is a “grammatical monstrosity that cannot be attributed to Paul” ( TCGNT 498). Cf. also the notes in BDF §28; MHT 2:219.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":45244,"verse_id":"1CO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “when completion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":45245,"verse_id":"1CO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"The Greek term translated “adult” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), a term which ordinarily refers to males, husbands, etc. In this context Paul contrasts the states of childhood and adulthood, so the term has been translated “adult”; cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 1 .b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":45246,"verse_id":"1CO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Grk “we are seeing through [= using] a mirror by means of a dark image.” Corinth was well known in the ancient world for producing some of the finest bronze mirrors available. Paul’s point in this analogy, then, is not that our current understanding and relationship with God is distorted (as if the mirror reflected poorly), but rather that it is “indirect,” (i.e., the nature of looking in a mirror) compared to the relationship we will enjoy with him in the future when we see him “face to face” (cf. G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 648). The word “indirectly” translates the Greek phrase ἐν αἰνίγματι ( ejn ainigmati , “in an obscure image”) which itself may reflect an allusion to Num 12:8 (LXX οὐ δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων ), where God says that he speaks to Moses “mouth to mouth [= face to face]…and not in dark figures [of speech].” Though this allusion to the OT is not explicitly developed here, it probably did not go unnoticed by the Corinthians who were apparently familiar with OT traditions about Moses (cf. 1 Cor 10:2 ). Indeed, in 2 Cor 3:13-18 Paul had recourse with the Corinthians to contrast Moses’ ministry under the old covenant with the hope afforded through apostolic ministry and the new covenant. Further, it is in this context, specifically in 2 Cor 3:18 , that the apostle invokes the use of the mirror analogy again in order to unfold the nature of the Christian’s progressive transformation by the Spirit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":45247,"verse_id":"1CO.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “with the spirit”; cf. vv. 14-16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":45248,"verse_id":"1CO.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “edification.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":45249,"verse_id":"1CO.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":45250,"verse_id":"1CO.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “eager for spirits.” The plural is probably a shorthand for the Spirit’s gifts, especially in this context, tongues.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":45251,"verse_id":"1CO.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":45252,"verse_id":"1CO.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “what then is it?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":45253,"verse_id":"1CO.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Grk “how can someone who fills the place of the unlearned say ‘Amen.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":45254,"verse_id":"1CO.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":45255,"verse_id":"1CO.14.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.26","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A26/1"}
{"id":45256,"verse_id":"1CO.14.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.34","text":"The word for “woman” and “wife” is the same in Greek. Because of the reference to husbands in v. 35 , the word may be translated “wives” here. But in passages governing conduct in church meetings like this (cf. 11:2-16 ; 1 Tim 2:9-15 ) the general meaning “women” is more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A34/1"}
{"id":45257,"verse_id":"1CO.14.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.35","text":"Ambst) have these verses after v. 40 , while the rest of the tradition retains them here. There are no mss that omit the verses. Why, then, would some scholars wish to excise the verses? Because they believe that this best explains how they could end up in two different locations, that is to say, that the verses got into the text by way of a very early gloss added in the margin. Most scribes put the gloss after v. 33 ; others, not knowing where they should go, put them at the end of the chapter. Fee points out that “Those who wish to maintain the authenticity of these verses must at least offer an adequate answer as to how this arrangement came into existence if Paul wrote them originally as our vv. 34-35 ” ( First Corinthians [NICNT], 700). In a footnote he adds, “The point is that if it were already in the text after v. 33 , there is no reason for a copyist to make such a radical transposition.” Although it is not our intention to interact with proponents of the shorter text in any detail here, a couple of points ought to be made. (1) Since these verses occur in all witnesses to 1 Corinthians , to argue that they are not original means that they must have crept into the text at the earliest stage of transmission. How early? Earlier than when the pericope adulterae ( John 7:53-8:11 ) made its way into the text (late 2nd, early 3rd century?), earlier than the longer ending of Mark ( 16:9-20 ) was produced (early 2nd century?), and earlier than even “in Ephesus” was added to Eph 1:1 (upon reception of the letter by the first church to which it came, the church at Ephesus) – because in these other, similar places, the earliest witnesses do not add the words. This text thus stands as remarkable, unique. Indeed, since all the witnesses have the words, the evidence points to them as having been inserted into the original document. Who would have done such a thing? And, further, why would scribes have regarded it as original since it was obviously added in the margin? This leads to our second point. (2) Following a suggestion made by E. E. Ellis (“The Silenced Wives of Corinth (I Cor. 14:34-5),” New Testament Textual Criticism: Its Significance for Exegesis , 213-20 [the suggestion comes at the end of the article, almost as an afterthought]), it is likely that Paul himself added the words in the margin. Since it was so much material to add, Paul could have squelched any suspicions by indicating that the words were his (e.g., by adding his name or some other means [cf. 2 Thess 3:17 ]). This way no scribe would think that the material was inauthentic. (Incidentally, this is unlike the textual problem at Rom 5:1 , for there only one letter was at stake; hence, scribes would easily have thought that the “text” reading was original. And Paul would hardly be expected to add his signature for one letter.) (3) What then is to account for the uniform Western tradition of having the verses at the end of the chapter? Our conjecture (and that is all it is) is that the scribe of the Western Vorlage could no longer read where the verses were to be added (any marginal arrows or other directional device could have been smudged), but, recognizing that this was part of the original text, felt compelled to put it somewhere. The least offensive place would have been at the end of the material on church conduct (end of chapter ), before the instructions about the resurrection began. Although there were no chapter divisions in the earliest period of copying, scribes could still detect thought breaks (note the usage in the earliest papyri). (4) The very location of the verses in the Western tradition argues strongly that Paul both authored vv. 34-35 and that they were originally part of the margin of the text. Otherwise, one has a difficulty explaining why no scribe seemed to have hinted that these verses might be inauthentic (the scribal sigla of codex B, as noticed by Payne, can be interpreted otherwise than as an indication of inauthenticity [cf. J. E. Miller, “Some Observations on the Text-Critical Function of the Umlauts in Vaticanus, with Special Attention to 1 Corinthians 14.34-35 ,” JSNT 26 [2003]: 217-36.). There are apparently no mss that have an asterisk or obelisk in the margin. Yet in other places in the NT where scribes doubted the authenticity of the clauses before them, they often noted their protest with an asterisk or obelisk. We are thus compelled to regard the words as original, and as belonging where they are in the text above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A35/1"}
{"id":45258,"verse_id":"1CO.14.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.36","text":"Grk “Did the word of God go out from you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A36/1"}
{"id":45259,"verse_id":"1CO.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.39","text":"has the word in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A39/1"}
{"id":45260,"verse_id":"1CO.14.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":14,"verse":39,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.39","text":"Grk “speaking in tongues.” The words “anyone from” are supplied for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2014%3A39/2"}
{"id":45261,"verse_id":"1CO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “Now I make known to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":45262,"verse_id":"1CO.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":45263,"verse_id":"1CO.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “among (the) first things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":45264,"verse_id":"1CO.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Grk “he has been raised/is raised,” using a Greek tense that points to the present effect of the act of raising him. But in English idiom the temporal phrase “on the third day” requires a different translation of the verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":45265,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":45266,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.6","text":"Grk “most of whom remain until now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/2"}
{"id":45267,"verse_id":"1CO.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.6","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for death when speaking of believers. This metaphorical usage by its very nature emphasizes the hope of resurrection: Believers will one day “wake up” out of death. Here the term refers to death, but “sleep” was used in the translation to emphasize the metaphorical, rhetorical usage of the term.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A6/3"}
{"id":45268,"verse_id":"1CO.15.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.12","text":"Grk “that he has been raised from the dead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A12/1"}
{"id":45269,"verse_id":"1CO.15.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.18","text":"See the note on the word “asleep” in 15:6 . This term is also used in v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A18/1"}
{"id":45270,"verse_id":"1CO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “through a human being” (a reference to Adam).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A21/1"}
{"id":45271,"verse_id":"1CO.15.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.21","text":"Or “through a human being” (a reference to Jesus Christ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A21/2"}
{"id":45272,"verse_id":"1CO.15.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.23","text":"Grk “then those who belong to Christ, at his coming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A23/1"}
{"id":45273,"verse_id":"1CO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.24","text":"This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A24/1"}
{"id":45274,"verse_id":"1CO.15.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.24","text":"Grk “then the end” or “then (is) the end.” Paul explains how the “end” relates to resurrection in vv. 25-28 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A24/2"}
{"id":45275,"verse_id":"1CO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.31","text":"Or, more literally, “I swear by the boasting in you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A31/1"}
{"id":45276,"verse_id":"1CO.15.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":31,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.31","text":"D F G Ψ 075 0243 1739 1881 Ï ) are not as strong as for the addition of ἀδελφοί ( adelfoi , “brothers”) at this juncture ( א A B K P 33 81 104 365 1175 2464 lat sy co), it is difficult to find a reason why scribes would either intentionally or unintentionally drop the address here. Thus, the shorter reading is slightly preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A31/2"}
{"id":45277,"verse_id":"1CO.15.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.32","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A32/1"}
{"id":45278,"verse_id":"1CO.15.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.37","text":"Grk “and what you sow, you do not sow the body that will be, but a bare seed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A37/1"}
{"id":45279,"verse_id":"1CO.15.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.39","text":"Grk “all flesh is not the same flesh, but there is one (flesh) of people, but another flesh of animals and another flesh of birds and another of fish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A39/1"}
{"id":45280,"verse_id":"1CO.15.42","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":42,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.42","text":"Grk “it is sown in corruption, it is raised in incorruption.” The “it” refers to the body, as v. 44 shows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A42/1"}
{"id":45281,"verse_id":"1CO.15.45","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":45,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.45","text":"Grk “living soul”; a quotation from Gen 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A45/1"}
{"id":45282,"verse_id":"1CO.15.49","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":49,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.49","text":"א A C D F G Ψ 075 0243 33 1739 Ï latt bo). If the original reading is the future tense, then “we will bear” would be a guarantee that believers would be like Jesus (and unlike Adam) in the resurrection. If the aorist subjunctive is original, then “let us bear” would be a command to show forth the image of Jesus, i.e., to live as citizens of the kingdom that believers will one day inherit. The future indicative is not widespread geographically. At the same time, it fits the context well: Not only are there indicatives in this section (especially vv. 42-49 ), but the conjunction καί ( kai ) introducing the comparative καθώς ( kaqws ) seems best to connect to the preceding by furthering the same argument (what is, not what ought to be). For this reason, though, the future indicative could be a reading thus motivated by an early scribe. In light of the extremely weighty evidence for the aorist subjunctive, it is probably best to regard the aorist subjunctive as original. This connects well with v. 50 , for there Paul makes a pronouncement that seems to presuppose some sort of exhortation. G. D. Fee ( First Corinthians [NICNT], 795) argues for the originality of the subjunctive, stating that “it is nearly impossible to account for anyone’s having changed a clearly understandable future to the hortatory subjunctive so early and so often that it made its way into every textual history as the predominant reading.” The subjunctive makes a great deal of sense in view of the occasion of 1 Corinthians. Paul wrote to combat an over-realized eschatology in which some of the Corinthians evidently believed they were experiencing all the benefits of the resurrection body in the present, and thus that their behavior did not matter. If the subjunctive is the correct reading, it seems Paul makes two points: (1) that the resurrection is a bodily one, as distinct from an out-of-body experience, and (2) that one’s behavior in the interim does make a difference (see 15:32-34, 58 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A49/1"}
{"id":45283,"verse_id":"1CO.15.50","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":50,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.50","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A50/1"}
{"id":45284,"verse_id":"1CO.15.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":51,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.51","text":"Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A51/1"}
{"id":45285,"verse_id":"1CO.15.51","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":51,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.51","text":"1881 Ï sy co. How shall we interpret such data? In light of the fact that Paul and his generation did in fact die, early scribes may have felt some embarrassment over the bald statement, “We will not all sleep” ( πάντες οὐ κοιμηθησόμεθα ). This could account for the first variant. Although the second variant could be viewed as a conflation of (1) and (4) (so TCGNT 502; G. D. Fee, First Corinthians [NICNT], 796), it could also have arisen consciously, to guard against the notion that all whom Paul was addressing should regard themselves as true believers. The third variant, prominent in the Western witnesses, may have arisen to counter those who would deny the final resurrection (so TCGNT 502). In any event, since the fourth reading has the best credentials externally and best explains the rise of the others it should be adopted as the authentic wording here. See the note on the word “asleep” in 15:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A51/2"}
{"id":45286,"verse_id":"1CO.15.52","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":52,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.52","text":"The Greek word ῥιπή ( rJiph ) refers to a very rapid movement (BDAG 906 s.v.). This has traditionally been translated as “twinkling,” which implies an exceedingly fast – almost instantaneous – movement of the eyes, but this could be confusing to the modern reader since twinkling in modern English often suggests a faint, flashing light. In conjunction with the genitive ὀφθαλμοῦ ( ofqalmou , “of an eye”), “blinking” is the best English equivalent (see, e.g., L&N 16.5), although it does not convey the exact speed implicit in the Greek term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A52/1"}
{"id":45287,"verse_id":"1CO.15.58","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":15,"verse":58,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.58","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2015%3A58/1"}
{"id":45288,"verse_id":"1CO.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Grk “as I directed the churches of Galatia, so also you yourselves do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":45289,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “set aside, storing whatever he has been blessed with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":45290,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “set aside, storing.” The participle θησαυρίζων ( qhsaurizwn ) indicates the purpose or result of setting aside the extra income.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":45291,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"“To the extent that God has blessed you” translates an awkward expression, “whatever has been prospered [to you].” This verb has been translated as an active with “God” as subject, taking it as a divine passive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":45292,"verse_id":"1CO.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “so that collections will not be taking place.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":45293,"verse_id":"1CO.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":45294,"verse_id":"1CO.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":45295,"verse_id":"1CO.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “for a door has opened wide to me, great and effective.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":45296,"verse_id":"1CO.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Since Paul appears to expect specific delegates here and they were most likely men, the Greek word ἀδελφοί ( adelfoi ) here has not been not translated as “brothers and sisters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":45297,"verse_id":"1CO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “with the brothers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":45298,"verse_id":"1CO.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “it was simply not the will that he come now.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":45299,"verse_id":"1CO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":45300,"verse_id":"1CO.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “firstfruits.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":45301,"verse_id":"1CO.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Or “they have made up for your absence” (BDAG 70 s.v. ἀναπληρόω 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":45302,"verse_id":"1CO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “the churches of Asia”; in the NT “Asia” always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":45303,"verse_id":"1CO.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"The plural form of this verb, ἀσπάζονται ( aspazontai , “[they] greet”), is found in several good mss (B F G 075 0121 0243 33 1739 1881) as well as the Byzantine cursives. But the singular is read by an equally impressive group ( א C D K P Ψ 104 2464 pc ). This part of the verse is lacking in codex A. Deciding on the basis of external evidence is quite difficult. Internally, however, the singular appears to have given rise to the plural: (1) The rest of the greetings in this verse are in the plural; this one was probably made plural by some scribes for purposes of assimilation; and, more significantly, (2) since both Aquila and Prisca are mentioned as the ones who send the greeting, the plural is more natural. The singular is, of course, not impossible Greek; indeed, a singular verb with a compound subject is used with some frequency in the NT (cf. Matt 13:55 ; Mark 8:27; 14:1 ; John 2:2; 3:22; 4:36, 53 ; Acts 5:29; 16:31 ; 1 Tim 6:4 ). This is especially common when “Jesus and his disciples” is the subject. What is significant is that when such a construction is found the emphasis is placed on the first-named person (in this case, Aquila). Normally when these two are mentioned in the NT, Priscilla is mentioned first ( Acts 18:18, 26 ; Rom 16:3 ; 2 Tim 4:19 ). Only here and in Acts 18:2 (the first mention of them) is Aquila mentioned before Priscilla. Many suggest that Priscilla is listed first due to prominence. Though that is possible, both the mention of Aquila first here and the singular verb give him special prominence (cf. ExSyn 401-2). What such prominence means in each instance is difficult to assess. Nevertheless, here is a Pauline instance in which Aquila is given prominence. Too much can be made of the word order argument in either direction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":45304,"verse_id":"1CO.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":45305,"verse_id":"1CO.16.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.22","text":"The Greek text has μαράνα θά ( marana qa ). These Aramaic words can also be read as maran aqa , translated “Our Lord has come!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A22/1"}
{"id":45306,"verse_id":"1CO.16.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1CO","chapter":16,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"16.24","text":"Although the majority of mss ( א A C D Ψ 075 Ï lat bo) conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”), such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Although far fewer witnesses lack the valedictory particle (B F 0121 0243 33 81 630 1739* 1881 sa), their collective testimony is difficult to explain if the omission is not authentic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Corinthians%2016%3A24/1"}
{"id":45307,"verse_id":"2CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":45308,"verse_id":"2CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":45309,"verse_id":"2CO.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “are throughout Achaia.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":45310,"verse_id":"2CO.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":45311,"verse_id":"2CO.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"There is no verb in the Greek text; either the optative (“be”) or the indicative (“is”) can be supplied. The meaning of the term εὐλογητός ( euloghtos ) and the author’s intention at this point in the epistle must both come into play to determine which is the preferred nuance. εὐλογητός as an adjective can mean either that one is praised or that one is blessed, that is, in a place of favor and benefit. The meaning “blessed” would be more naturally paired with an indicative verb and would suggest that blessedness is an intrinsic part of God’s character. The meaning “praised” would be more naturally paired with an optative verb and would suggest that God ought to be praised. Pauline style in the epistles generally moves from statements to obligations, expressing the reality first and then the believer’s necessary response. When considered as a whole, although a decision is difficult, the general Pauline style of beginning with statements and moving to obligations argues for the indicative. Cf. also Eph 1:3 ; 1 Pet 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":45312,"verse_id":"2CO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “our trials”; traditionally, “our affliction.” The term θλῖψις ( qliyi\" ) refers to trouble (including persecution) that involves direct suffering (L&N 22.2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":45313,"verse_id":"2CO.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “any trials”; traditionally, “any affliction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":45314,"verse_id":"2CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"This Greek word translated “sufferings” here ( πάθημα , paqhma ) is a different one than the one Paul uses for his own afflictions/persecutions ( θλῖψις , qliyi\" ) in v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":45315,"verse_id":"2CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"I.e., suffering incurred by Paul as a consequence of his relationship to Christ. The genitive could be considered to have a causative nuance here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":45316,"verse_id":"2CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Traditionally, “abound” (here and throughout this section).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":45317,"verse_id":"2CO.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The words “to you” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by the statements in the following verse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":45318,"verse_id":"2CO.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “are troubled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":45319,"verse_id":"2CO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “as you are sharers in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":45320,"verse_id":"2CO.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “will be sharers in.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":45321,"verse_id":"2CO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1., where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":45322,"verse_id":"2CO.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":45323,"verse_id":"2CO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “we ourselves had the sentence of death within ourselves.” Here ἀπόκριμα ( apokrima ) is being used figuratively; no actual official verdict had been given, but in light of all the difficulties that Paul and his colleagues had suffered, it seemed to them as though such an official verdict had been rendered against them (L&N 56.26).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":45324,"verse_id":"2CO.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “might not put confidence in ourselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":45325,"verse_id":"2CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the relative clause “who delivered us…” was made a separate sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":45326,"verse_id":"2CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “deliver us, on whom we have set our hope.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":45327,"verse_id":"2CO.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Ψ 33 Ï f t vg), have the full expression ὅτι καὶ ἔτι ( {oti kai eti ). Although the predominantly Alexandrian reading has much to commend it, the fact that either ὅτι or ἔτι has been dropped, while the καί has been retained, suggests that the original wording had ὅτι καὶ ἔτι , and that either particle dropped out intentionally for stylistic reasons. (F and G have the order καί ὅτι , suggesting that in their archetype the ἔτι was unintentionally dropped due to homoioteleuton.) If, however, ὅτι is not authentic, v. 10 b should be translated “We have set our hope on him, and he will deliver us again.” Overall, a decision is difficult, but preference should be given to ὅτι καὶ ἔτι .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":45328,"verse_id":"2CO.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “so that thanks may be given by many.” The words “to God” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. The passive construction has been converted to an active one for clarity, in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":45329,"verse_id":"2CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “for boasting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":45330,"verse_id":"2CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"א * A B C K P Ψ 0121 0243 33 81 1739 1881 al co). This diversity of mss provides excellent evidence for authenticity, but because of the internal evidence listed above, ἁπλότητι is to be preferred, albeit only slightly. Or “sincerity.” The two terms translated “pure motives” ( ἁπλότης , Japloth\" ) and “sincerity” ( εἰλικρίνεια , eilikrineia ) are close synonyms.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":45331,"verse_id":"2CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “pure motives and sincerity of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":45332,"verse_id":"2CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “not by worldly wisdom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":45333,"verse_id":"2CO.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “and especially.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":45334,"verse_id":"2CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “than the things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":45335,"verse_id":"2CO.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “to the end,” a Greek idiom for “fully,” “totally,” “completely.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":45336,"verse_id":"2CO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “that we are your boast even as you are our boast.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":45337,"verse_id":"2CO.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"places the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":45338,"verse_id":"2CO.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “a second grace,” “a second favor” (used figuratively of a second visit by Paul).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":45339,"verse_id":"2CO.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “come again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":45340,"verse_id":"2CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative answer. This is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ question “did I?” at the end of the sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":45341,"verse_id":"2CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “the things that I plan, do I plan (them).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":45342,"verse_id":"2CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":45343,"verse_id":"2CO.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “so that with me there should be.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":45344,"verse_id":"2CO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “strengthens.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":45345,"verse_id":"2CO.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “But he who establishes us together with you in Christ and anointed us is God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":45346,"verse_id":"2CO.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “first installment,” “pledge,” “deposit.” sn Down payment. The Greek word ἀρραβών ( arrabwn ) denotes the first payment or first installment of money or goods which serves as a guarantee or pledge for the completion of the transaction. In the NT the term is used only figuratively of the Holy Spirit as the down payment of the blessings promised by God (it occurs later in 2 Cor 5:5 , and also in Eph 1:14 ). In the “already – not yet” scheme of the NT the possession of the Spirit now by believers (“already”) can be viewed as a guarantee that God will give them the balance of the promised blessings in the future (“not yet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":45347,"verse_id":"2CO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “I call upon God as witness against my soul.” Normally this implies an appeal for help (L&N 33.176).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":45348,"verse_id":"2CO.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Here φειδόμενος ( feidomeno\" ) has been translated as a telic participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":45349,"verse_id":"2CO.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Or “because you stand firm in the faith.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":45350,"verse_id":"2CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"B 0223 0243 33 1739 1881 al ); here it is the preferred reading, albeit slightly.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":45351,"verse_id":"2CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “I decided this for myself.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":45352,"verse_id":"2CO.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “not to come to you again in sorrow.” sn Paul was not speaking absolutely about not making another visit , but meant he did not want to come to the Corinthians again until the conflict he mentioned in 2 Cor 2:4-11 was settled.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":45353,"verse_id":"2CO.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “to cheer me up.” L&N 25.131 translates this “For if I were to make you sad, who would be left to cheer me up?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":45354,"verse_id":"2CO.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The words “to you” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":45355,"verse_id":"2CO.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Or “the love that I have in great measure for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":45356,"verse_id":"2CO.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “(not to say too much)”; Grk “(not to burden you [with words]).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":45357,"verse_id":"2CO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “so that on the other hand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":45358,"verse_id":"2CO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"The word “him” is not in the Greek text but is supplied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted and must be supplied from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":45359,"verse_id":"2CO.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “comfort him, lest somehow such a person be swallowed up by excessive grief,” an idiom for a person being so overcome with grief as to despair or give up completely (L&N 25.285). In this context of excessive grief or regret for past sins, “overwhelmed” is a good translation since contemporary English idiom speaks of someone “overwhelmed by grief.” Because of the length of the Greek sentence and the difficulty of expressing a negative purpose/result clause in English, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":45360,"verse_id":"2CO.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “I urge you to show that your love for him is real.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":45361,"verse_id":"2CO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The word “you” is not in the Greek text, but is implied (as an understood direct object).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":45362,"verse_id":"2CO.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “to know the proof of you,” that is, to know if the Corinthians’ obedience to Paul as an apostle was genuine (L&N 72.7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":45363,"verse_id":"2CO.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “be taken advantage of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":45364,"verse_id":"2CO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"This has been translated as a concessive participle (“even though”). The passive construction (“a door of opportunity had been opened for me by the Lord”) has been converted to an active one in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":45365,"verse_id":"2CO.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “a door”; the phrase ἀνοίγω θύραν ( anoigw quran , “to open a door”) is an idiom meaning “to make possible some opportunity” (L&N 71.9).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":45366,"verse_id":"2CO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “I had no peace of mind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":45367,"verse_id":"2CO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “I took my leave of them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":45368,"verse_id":"2CO.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Since this refers to the outset of a journey, the aorist ἐξῆλθον ( exhlqon ) is taken ingressively.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":45369,"verse_id":"2CO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “who always causes us to triumph.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":45370,"verse_id":"2CO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “in the Messiah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":45371,"verse_id":"2CO.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “who reveals.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":45372,"verse_id":"2CO.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The same Greek word ( ὀσμή , osmh ) translated “odor” here (in relation to the stench of death) has been translated “fragrance” in 2:14 and in the next phrase of the present verse. The word itself can describe a smell or odor either agreeable or disagreeable depending on the context (L&N 79.45).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":45373,"verse_id":"2CO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The participle καπηλεύοντες ( kaphleuonte\" ) refers to those engaged in retail business, but with the negative connotations of deceptiveness and greed – “to peddle for profit,” “to huckster” (L&N 57.202). In the translation a noun form (“hucksters”) has been used in combination with the English verb “peddle…for profit” to convey the negative connotations of this term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":45374,"verse_id":"2CO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “in the presence of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":45375,"verse_id":"2CO.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “persons of pure motives.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":45376,"verse_id":"2CO.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative reply (“No, we do not”) which is indicated in the translation by the ‘tag’ at the end, “do we?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":45377,"verse_id":"2CO.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"That is, “letter of recommendation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":45378,"verse_id":"2CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “making plain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":45379,"verse_id":"2CO.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “cared for by us,” an expression that could refer either to the writing or the delivery of the letter (BDAG 229 s.v. διακονέω 1). Since the following phrase refers to the writing of the letter, and since the previous verse speaks of this “letter” being “written on our [Paul’s and his companions’] hearts” it is more probable that the phrase “cared for by us” refers to the delivery of the letter (in the person of Paul and his companions).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":45380,"verse_id":"2CO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “competent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":45381,"verse_id":"2CO.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “competence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":45382,"verse_id":"2CO.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “competent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":45383,"verse_id":"2CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “on stones”; but since this is clearly an allusion to the tablets of the Decalogue (see 2 Cor 3:3 ) the word “tablets” was supplied in the translation to make the connection clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":45384,"verse_id":"2CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “so that the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":45385,"verse_id":"2CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"The words “a glory” are not in the Greek text, but the reference to “glory” has been repeated from the previous clause for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":45386,"verse_id":"2CO.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “which was transitory.” Traditionally this phrase is translated as “which was fading away.” The verb καταργέω in the corpus Paulinum uniformly has the meaning “to render inoperative, ineffective”; the same nuance is appropriate here. The glory of Moses’ face was rendered ineffective by the veil Moses wore. For discussion of the meaning of this verb in this context, see S. J. Hafemann, Paul, Moses, and the History of Israel (WUNT 81), 301-13. A similar translation has been adopted in the two other occurrences of the verb in this paragraph in vv. 11 and 13 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A7/5"}
{"id":45387,"verse_id":"2CO.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “how will not rather the ministry of the Spirit be with glory?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":45388,"verse_id":"2CO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “the ministry of condemnation”; translated as an objective genitive, “the ministry that produced condemnation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":45389,"verse_id":"2CO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “the ministry of righteousness”; translated as an objective genitive, “the ministry that produces righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":45390,"verse_id":"2CO.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Traditionally, “abound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":45391,"verse_id":"2CO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “in this case.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":45392,"verse_id":"2CO.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The words “of what replaced it” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":45393,"verse_id":"2CO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “what was fading away.” See note on “which was made ineffective” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":45394,"verse_id":"2CO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “through” ( διά , dia ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":45395,"verse_id":"2CO.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “what is permanent.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":45396,"verse_id":"2CO.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “we employ great openness of speech.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":45397,"verse_id":"2CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “the sons of Israel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":45398,"verse_id":"2CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “from gazing intently.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":45399,"verse_id":"2CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “end.” The word τέλος ( telos ) can mean both “a point of time marking the end of a duration, end, termination, cessation ” and “the goal toward which a movement is being directed, end, goal, outcome ” (see BDAG 998-999 s.v.). The translation accepts the interpretation that Moses covered the glory of his face with the veil to prevent Israel from being judged by the glory of God (see S. J. Hafemann, Paul, Moses, and the History of Israel [WUNT 81], 347-62); in this case the latter meaning for τέλος is more appropriate.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":45400,"verse_id":"2CO.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “was fading away”; Grk “on the result of what was made ineffective.” The referent (glory) has been specified in the translation for clarity. See note on “which was made ineffective” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":45401,"verse_id":"2CO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “their minds were hardened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":45402,"verse_id":"2CO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “the same veil remains at the reading of the old covenant”; the phrase “they hear” has been introduced (“when they hear the old covenant read”) to make the link with the “Israelites” (v. 13 ) whose minds were closed (v. 14 a) more obvious to the reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":45403,"verse_id":"2CO.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “only in Christ is it eliminated.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":45404,"verse_id":"2CO.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “their heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":45405,"verse_id":"2CO.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or perhaps “when(ever) he turns,” referring to Moses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":45406,"verse_id":"2CO.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “where the Spirit of the Lord is”; the word “present” is supplied to specify that the presence of the Lord’s Spirit is emphasized rather than the mere existence of the Lord’s Spirit.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":45407,"verse_id":"2CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “we all with unveiled faces beholding the glory of the Lord as in a mirror.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":45408,"verse_id":"2CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “from glory to glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":45409,"verse_id":"2CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “just as from.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":45410,"verse_id":"2CO.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “from the Lord, the Spirit”; the genitive πνεύματος ( pneumato\" ) has been translated as a genitive of apposition.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":45411,"verse_id":"2CO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “just as we have been shown mercy”; ἠλεήθημεν ( hlehqhmen ) has been translated as a “divine passive” which is a circumlocution for God as the active agent. For clarity this was converted to an active construction with God as subject in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":45412,"verse_id":"2CO.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “we do not lose heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":45413,"verse_id":"2CO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"L&N 13.156; the word can also mean “to assert opposition to,” thus here “we have denounced” (L&N 33.220).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":45414,"verse_id":"2CO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “the hidden things [deeds] of shame”; here αἰσχύνης ( aiscunh\" ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":45415,"verse_id":"2CO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “not conducting ourselves”; Grk “not walking” (a common NT idiom for conduct, way of life, or behavior).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":45416,"verse_id":"2CO.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “craftiness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":45417,"verse_id":"2CO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “of unbelievers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":45418,"verse_id":"2CO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “the gospel of the glory”; δόξης ( doxhs ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":45419,"verse_id":"2CO.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “so that the light of the gospel of the glory of Christ would not be evident to them” (L&N 28.37).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":45420,"verse_id":"2CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “preach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":45421,"verse_id":"2CO.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Traditionally, “servants.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":45422,"verse_id":"2CO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “the light of the knowledge of the glory”; δόξης ( doxhs ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":45423,"verse_id":"2CO.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"reads ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ with ᾿Ιησοῦ in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":45424,"verse_id":"2CO.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “the surpassingness of the power”; δυνάμεως ( dunamew\" ) has been translated as an attributed genitive (“extraordinary power”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":45425,"verse_id":"2CO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “we are hard pressed [by crowds] on every side.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":45426,"verse_id":"2CO.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “at a loss.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":45427,"verse_id":"2CO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “forsaken.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":45428,"verse_id":"2CO.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “badly hurt.” It is possible to interpret καταβαλλόμενοι ( kataballomenoi ) here as “badly hurt”: “[we are] badly hurt, but not destroyed” (L&N 20.21).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":45429,"verse_id":"2CO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The first clause of 2 Cor 4:10 is elliptical and apparently refers to the fact that Paul was constantly in danger of dying in the same way Jesus died (by violence at least). According to L&N 23.99 it could be translated, “at all times we live in the constant threat of being killed as Jesus was.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":45430,"verse_id":"2CO.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"Or “may also be revealed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":45431,"verse_id":"2CO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “may also be revealed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":45432,"verse_id":"2CO.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “mortal flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":45433,"verse_id":"2CO.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “So then.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":45434,"verse_id":"2CO.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “death is at work in us, but life in you”; the phrase “is at work in” is repeated in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":45435,"verse_id":"2CO.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “spirit of faith according to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":45436,"verse_id":"2CO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “speak, because.” A new sentence was started here in the translation, with the words “We do so” supplied to preserve the connection with the preceding statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":45437,"verse_id":"2CO.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"B [0243 33] 629 [630] 1175* [1739] pc r sa). Very likely scribes with pietistic motives added the word κύριον , as they were prone to do, thus compounding this title for the Lord.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":45438,"verse_id":"2CO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “that is abounding to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":45439,"verse_id":"2CO.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “to abound.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":45440,"verse_id":"2CO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “do not lose heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":45441,"verse_id":"2CO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “our outer man.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":45442,"verse_id":"2CO.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “our inner [man].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":45443,"verse_id":"2CO.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “momentary lightness of affliction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":45444,"verse_id":"2CO.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":45445,"verse_id":"2CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “dwelling place.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":45446,"verse_id":"2CO.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “to be clothed with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":45447,"verse_id":"2CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":", stating that ἐκδυσάμενοι is “an early alteration to avoid apparent tautology” ( TCGNT 511; so also Plummer, 148). In addition, the reading ἐνδυσάμενοι fits the Pauline pattern of equivalence between apodosis and protasis that is found often enough in his conditional clauses. Thus, “put on” has the mark of authenticity and should be considered original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":45448,"verse_id":"2CO.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (the “heavenly dwelling” of the previous verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":45449,"verse_id":"2CO.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “we are burdened.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":45450,"verse_id":"2CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “for this very thing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":45451,"verse_id":"2CO.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “first installment,” “pledge,” “deposit” (see the note on the phrase “down payment” in 1:22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":45452,"verse_id":"2CO.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “we know that being at home in the body”; an idiom for being alive (L&N 23.91).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":45453,"verse_id":"2CO.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “we walk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":45454,"verse_id":"2CO.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Or “be absent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":45455,"verse_id":"2CO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “whether we are at home” [in the body]; an idiom for being alive (L&N 23.91).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":45456,"verse_id":"2CO.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “to be pleasing to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":45457,"verse_id":"2CO.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “whether good or bad.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":45458,"verse_id":"2CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “because we know what it means to fear the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":45459,"verse_id":"2CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"The present tense of πείθομεν ( peiqomen ) has been translated as a conative present.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":45460,"verse_id":"2CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “men”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is generic here since clearly both men and women are in view (Paul did not attempt to win only men to the gospel he preached).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":45461,"verse_id":"2CO.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “clearly evident.” BDAG 1048 s.v. φανερόω 2.b. β has “ θεῷ πεφανερώμεθα we are well known to God 2 Cor 5:11 a, cp. 11b; 11:6 v.l.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":45462,"verse_id":"2CO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The present tense of συνιστάνομεν ( sunistanomen ) has been translated as a conative present.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":45463,"verse_id":"2CO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “to boast about us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":45464,"verse_id":"2CO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “who boast.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":45465,"verse_id":"2CO.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “in what is seen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":45466,"verse_id":"2CO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"The phrase ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Χριστοῦ ( Jh agaph tou Cristou , “the love of Christ”) could be translated as either objective genitive (“our love for Christ”) or subjective genitive (“Christ’s love for us”). Either is grammatically possible, but with the reference to Christ’s death for all in the following clauses, a subjective genitive (“Christ’s love for us”) is more likely.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":45467,"verse_id":"2CO.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “one”; the referent (Christ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":45468,"verse_id":"2CO.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “but for him who died and was raised for them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":45469,"verse_id":"2CO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “we know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":45470,"verse_id":"2CO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “no one according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":45471,"verse_id":"2CO.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “we have known Christ according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":45472,"verse_id":"2CO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “old things have passed away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":45473,"verse_id":"2CO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"א B C D* F G 048 0243 365 629 1175 1739 pc co), and the different word order of the phrase which includes it (“all things new” or “new all things”) in the ms tradition indicates its secondary character. This secondary addition may have taken place because of assimilation to τὰ δὲ πάντα ( ta de panta , “and all [these] things”) that begins the following verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":45474,"verse_id":"2CO.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “new things have come [about].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":45475,"verse_id":"2CO.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Or “he has entrusted to us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":45476,"verse_id":"2CO.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “as though God were begging.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":45477,"verse_id":"2CO.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “we beg you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":45478,"verse_id":"2CO.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “He”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":45479,"verse_id":"2CO.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “receive the grace of God uselessly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":45480,"verse_id":"2CO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"The word “anyone” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":45481,"verse_id":"2CO.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Other interpretations of the first part of 2 Cor 6:3 are possible. The phrase could also mean, “not putting an obstacle in the way of anyone” (L&N 22.14), or “giving no one in anything a cause to sin” (L&N 88.307).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":45482,"verse_id":"2CO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “ministers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":45483,"verse_id":"2CO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “we have commended ourselves by all things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":45484,"verse_id":"2CO.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “in trouble and suffering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":45485,"verse_id":"2CO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Or “rebellions” (uprisings in open defiance of civil authority).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":45486,"verse_id":"2CO.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Usually κόποις ( kopois ) has been translated as “labors” or “hard work,” but see Matt 26:10 where it means “trouble”; “distress” (L&N 22.7). In this context with so many other terms denoting suffering and difficulty, such a meaning is preferable.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":45487,"verse_id":"2CO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “by holiness of spirit.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":45488,"verse_id":"2CO.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “sincere.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":45489,"verse_id":"2CO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “by the word of truth”; understanding ἀληθείας ( alhqeias ) as an attributive genitive (“truthful word”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":45490,"verse_id":"2CO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “speech.” In this context it is more likely that λόγος ( logos ) refers to Paul’s message (thus “teaching”) than to his speech in general.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":45491,"verse_id":"2CO.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.7","text":"The phrase “for the right hand and for the left” possibly refers to a combination of an offensive weapon (a sword for the right hand) and a defensive weapon (a shield for the left).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A7/3"}
{"id":45492,"verse_id":"2CO.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Or “regarded as deceivers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":45493,"verse_id":"2CO.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “disciplined,” but in this context probably a reference to scourging prior to execution (yet the execution is not carried out).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":45494,"verse_id":"2CO.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “our mouth has been open to you,” an idiom for openness in communication.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":45495,"verse_id":"2CO.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “You are not restricted by us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":45496,"verse_id":"2CO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"The word “my” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":45497,"verse_id":"2CO.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"The words “to us” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":45498,"verse_id":"2CO.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “Do not be mismatched.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":45499,"verse_id":"2CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"F G Ψ 0209 Ï lat sy Tert), read ὑμεῖς … ἐστε ( Jumei\" … este , “you are”) instead of ἡμεῖς … ἐσμεν ( Jhmei\" … esmen , “we are”) here, but several other early and important mss ( א * B D* L P 0243 6 33 81 326 365 1175 1739 1881 2464 co Cl Or) have ἡμεῖς … ἐσμεν . The external evidence is somewhat in favor of the first person pronoun and verb; the internal evidence weighs in even stronger. In light of the parallel in 1 Cor 3:16 , where Paul uses ἐστε (“ you are the temple of God”), as well as the surrounding context here in which the second person verb or pronoun is used in vv. 14, 17, and 18 , the second person reading seems obviously motivated. The first person reading can explain the rise of the other reading, but the reverse is not as easily done. Consequently, the first person reading of ἡμεῖς … ἐσμεν has all the credentials of authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":45500,"verse_id":"2CO.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Or “live among them,” “live with them.” sn I will live in them. The OT text that lies behind this passage ( Lev 26:11-12 ) speaks of God dwelling in the midst of his people. The Greek preposition en in the phrase en autoi\" (“in them”) can also have that meaning (“among” or “with”). However, Paul appears to be extending the imagery here to involve God (as the Spirit) dwelling in his people, since he calls believers “the temple of the living God” in the previous clause, imagery he uses elsewhere in his writings ( 1 Cor 3:16 ; Eph 2:21-22 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":45501,"verse_id":"2CO.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “will receive.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":45502,"verse_id":"2CO.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Traditionally, “the Lord Almighty.” BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God… κύριος π . (oft. LXX) 2 Cor 6:18 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":45503,"verse_id":"2CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.1","text":"Or “purify ourselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A1/1"}
{"id":45504,"verse_id":"2CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “from every defilement of the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A1/2"}
{"id":45505,"verse_id":"2CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “accomplishing.” The participle has been translated as a finite verb due to considerations of contemporary English style, and “thus” has been supplied to indicate that it represents a result of the previous cleansing.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A1/3"}
{"id":45506,"verse_id":"2CO.7.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.1","text":"Grk “in the fear of God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A1/4"}
{"id":45507,"verse_id":"2CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"The phrase “in your hearts” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":45508,"verse_id":"2CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"“We have ruined no one” may refer to financial loss (“we have caused no one to suffer financial loss”) but it may also refer to the undermining of faith (“we have corrupted no one’s faith,”). Both options are mentioned in L&N 20.23.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":45509,"verse_id":"2CO.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “we have taken advantage of no one.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":45510,"verse_id":"2CO.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.3","text":"The words “with you” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A3/2"}
{"id":45511,"verse_id":"2CO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “great is my boasting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":45512,"verse_id":"2CO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Or “comfort.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":45513,"verse_id":"2CO.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “I am overflowing with joy in all our suffering”; the words “in the midst of” are not in the Greek text but are supplied to clarify that Paul is not rejoicing in the suffering itself, but in his relationship with the Corinthians in the midst of all his suffering.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":45514,"verse_id":"2CO.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “our flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":45515,"verse_id":"2CO.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “comforts,” “consoles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":45516,"verse_id":"2CO.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “comforted,” “consoled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":45517,"verse_id":"2CO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.7","text":"Because of the length and complexity of this Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the phrase “We were encouraged.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A7/1"}
{"id":45518,"verse_id":"2CO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “comfort,” “consolation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A7/2"}
{"id":45519,"verse_id":"2CO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.7","text":"Grk “by the encouragement with which he was encouraged by you.” The passive construction was translated as an active one in keeping with contemporary English style, and the repeated word “encouraged” was replaced in the translation by “gave” to avoid redundancy in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A7/3"}
{"id":45520,"verse_id":"2CO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “your grieving,” “your deep sorrow.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A7/4"}
{"id":45521,"verse_id":"2CO.7.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.7","text":"Or “your zeal.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A7/5"}
{"id":45522,"verse_id":"2CO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “if I grieved you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A8/1"}
{"id":45523,"verse_id":"2CO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “I do not regret”; direct objects in Greek must often be supplied from the context. Here one could simply supply “it,” but since Paul is referring to the effects of his previous letter, clarity is improved if “having written it” is supplied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A8/3"}
{"id":45524,"verse_id":"2CO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “I did regret”; the direct object “it” must be supplied from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A8/4"}
{"id":45525,"verse_id":"2CO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.8","text":"omits γάρ , it has the same sense (viz., a subordinate clause) because it reads the participle βλέπων ( blepwn , “seeing”; the Vulgate does the same). A decision is difficult because although the overwhelming external evidence is on the side of the conjunction, the lack of γάρ is a significantly harder reading, for the whole clause is something of an anacoluthon. Without the conjunction, the sentence reads more harshly. This would fit with Paul’s “vehemence of spirit” (A. T. Robertson, A Grammar of the Greek New Testament , 435) that is found especially in 2 Corinthians and Galatians. However, the mss that omit the conjunction are prone to such tendencies at times. In this instance, the conjunction should probably stand.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A8/5"}
{"id":45526,"verse_id":"2CO.7.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.8","text":"Grk “my letter grieved you.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A8/6"}
{"id":45527,"verse_id":"2CO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “were grieved” (so also twice later in the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":45528,"verse_id":"2CO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “corresponding to God,” that is, corresponding to God’s will ( κατὰ θεόν , kata qeon ). The same phrase occurs in vv. 10 and 11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":45529,"verse_id":"2CO.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.9","text":"Grk “so that you did not suffer loss.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A9/3"}
{"id":45530,"verse_id":"2CO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “this very thing, to be grieved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":45531,"verse_id":"2CO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"The words “of yourselves” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":45532,"verse_id":"2CO.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.11","text":"Or “what zeal.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A11/4"}
{"id":45533,"verse_id":"2CO.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “but in order that your eagerness on our behalf might be revealed to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":45534,"verse_id":"2CO.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Or “all of you have put his mind at ease.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":45535,"verse_id":"2CO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “I have not been put to shame”; the words “by you” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":45536,"verse_id":"2CO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Grk “just as we spoke everything to you in truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":45537,"verse_id":"2CO.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"The words “about you” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":45538,"verse_id":"2CO.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “is all the more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":45539,"verse_id":"2CO.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":45540,"verse_id":"2CO.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Or “riches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":45541,"verse_id":"2CO.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Or “spontaneously.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":45542,"verse_id":"2CO.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Or “of ministering to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":45543,"verse_id":"2CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"A new sentence was started here in the translation and the word “thus” was supplied to indicate that it expresses the result of the previous clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":45544,"verse_id":"2CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Or “we exhorted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":45545,"verse_id":"2CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"The words “this work” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects in Greek were often omitted and must be supplied from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":45546,"verse_id":"2CO.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “this grace.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A6/4"}
{"id":45547,"verse_id":"2CO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “as you abound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":45548,"verse_id":"2CO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"B 0243 6 104 630 1175 1739 1881 co). As the harder reading it explains the rise of the other reading. What, then, is the force of “in the love from us that is in you”? Most likely, Paul is commending the Corinthians for excelling in deriving some inspiration from the apostles’ love for them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":45549,"verse_id":"2CO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “you abound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A7/3"}
{"id":45550,"verse_id":"2CO.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “this grace.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A7/4"}
{"id":45551,"verse_id":"2CO.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “by means of the eagerness of others.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":45552,"verse_id":"2CO.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “generosity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":45553,"verse_id":"2CO.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":45554,"verse_id":"2CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “and now also complete the doing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":45555,"verse_id":"2CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “just as the eagerness to want [it].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":45556,"verse_id":"2CO.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “so also it might be completed.” The passive construction was converted to an active one in the translation in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A11/3"}
{"id":45557,"verse_id":"2CO.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"The words “the gift itself” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Translators often supply an English phrase like “it is” (NASB) but in the context, Paul is clearly referring to the collection Titus was to oversee ( 2 Cor 8:4-7 ). Therefore there is no reason not to specify the referent (the gift) more narrowly for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":45558,"verse_id":"2CO.8.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.14","text":"Or “their lack.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A14/1"}
{"id":45559,"verse_id":"2CO.8.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.15","text":"The word “gathered” is not in the Greek text, but is implied (so also for the second occurrence of the word later in the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A15/1"}
{"id":45560,"verse_id":"2CO.8.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.16","text":"Or “eagerness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A16/1"}
{"id":45561,"verse_id":"2CO.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.17","text":"The comparative form of this adjective is used here with elative meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A17/1"}
{"id":45562,"verse_id":"2CO.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.17","text":"This verb has been translated as an epistolary aorist.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A17/2"}
{"id":45563,"verse_id":"2CO.8.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.17","text":"Or “of his own free will.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A17/3"}
{"id":45564,"verse_id":"2CO.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.18","text":"This verb has been translated as an epistolary aorist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A18/1"}
{"id":45565,"verse_id":"2CO.8.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.18","text":"Grk “the brother of whom the praise in the gospel [is] throughout all the churches.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A18/2"}
{"id":45566,"verse_id":"2CO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.19","text":"Grk “gospel, and not only this, but.” Here a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A19/1"}
{"id":45567,"verse_id":"2CO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.19","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the brother mentioned in v. 18 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A19/2"}
{"id":45568,"verse_id":"2CO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.19","text":"That is, the offering or collection being taken to assist impoverished Christians.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A19/3"}
{"id":45569,"verse_id":"2CO.8.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.19","text":"The words “to help” are not in the Greek text but are implied (see L&N 25.68).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A19/4"}
{"id":45570,"verse_id":"2CO.8.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.20","text":"“This” refers to sending the brother mentioned in 2 Cor 8:18 to Corinth along with Titus. The words “We did this” have no equivalent in the Greek text, but are necessary to maintain the thought flow in English. The Greek participle that begins v. 20 continues the sentence begun in v. 18 which concerns the sending of the other brother mentioned there.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A20/1"}
{"id":45571,"verse_id":"2CO.8.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.22","text":"This verb has been translated as an epistolary aorist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A22/1"}
{"id":45572,"verse_id":"2CO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “If concerning Titus” ( εἴτε ὑπὲρ Τίτου , eite Juper Titou ); the Greek sentence opens with an ellipsis which must be supplied: If [there is any question] about Titus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A23/1"}
{"id":45573,"verse_id":"2CO.8.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.23","text":"Grk “apostles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A23/2"}
{"id":45574,"verse_id":"2CO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.24","text":"Ψ 0225 0243 1739 1881 Ï lat), have the imperative verb ἐνδείξασθε ( ejndeixasqe ) in place of the participle ἐνδεικνύμενοι ( endeiknumenoi ), which is found in B D* F G 33 pc . Since an imperatival participle is more Hebraic in style, many scribes would not have understood the idiom as easily and would have been likely to change the participle to an imperative (so TCGNT 513-14). But there is no good reason why scribes would change the imperative into a participle. Thus, ἐνδεικνύμενοι is almost surely the wording of the original text. In the Greek text ἐνδεικνύμενοι ( endeiknumenoi ) is a present participle which is translated as an imperative verb (see BDF §468; ExSyn 650-52).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A24/1"}
{"id":45575,"verse_id":"2CO.8.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":8,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.24","text":"Or “our boasting about you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%208%3A24/2"}
{"id":45576,"verse_id":"2CO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “it is superfluous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":45577,"verse_id":"2CO.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “this ministry,” “this contribution.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":45578,"verse_id":"2CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"The words “to help” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":45579,"verse_id":"2CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “concerning which I keep boasting to the Macedonians about you.” A new sentence was started here and the translation was simplified by removing the relative clause and repeating the antecedent “this eagerness of yours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":45580,"verse_id":"2CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"The words “to give” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":45581,"verse_id":"2CO.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.2","text":"The words “to participate” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A2/4"}
{"id":45582,"verse_id":"2CO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"This verb has been translated as an epistolary aorist.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":45583,"verse_id":"2CO.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"That is, ready with the collection for the saints.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":45584,"verse_id":"2CO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Or “be disgraced”; Grk “be put to shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":45585,"verse_id":"2CO.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “by this confidence”; the words “we had in you” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied as a necessary clarification for the English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":45586,"verse_id":"2CO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “the blessing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":45587,"verse_id":"2CO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “a blessing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":45588,"verse_id":"2CO.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “as a covetousness”; that is, a gift given grudgingly or under compulsion.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":45589,"verse_id":"2CO.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Or “bountifully”; so also in the next occurrence in the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":45590,"verse_id":"2CO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “must do.” The words “of you” and “should give” are not in the Greek text, which literally reads, “Each one just as he has decided in his heart.” The missing words are an ellipsis; these or similar phrases must be supplied for the English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":45591,"verse_id":"2CO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “in his mind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":45592,"verse_id":"2CO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “not from regret”; Grk “not out of grief.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":45593,"verse_id":"2CO.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “not out of a sense of duty”; Grk “from necessity.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":45594,"verse_id":"2CO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “abound.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":45595,"verse_id":"2CO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “so that by having enough.” The Greek participle can be translated as a participle of cause (“because you have enough”) or means (“by having enough”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A8/2"}
{"id":45596,"verse_id":"2CO.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.8","text":"Or “abound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A8/3"}
{"id":45597,"verse_id":"2CO.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":45598,"verse_id":"2CO.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “in every way for every generosity,” or “he will always make you rich enough to be generous at all times” (L&N 57.29).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":45599,"verse_id":"2CO.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Or “not only supplying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":45600,"verse_id":"2CO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “proof,” or perhaps “testing” (NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":45601,"verse_id":"2CO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “ministry.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":45602,"verse_id":"2CO.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.13","text":"Or “your partnership”; Grk “your fellowship.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A13/3"}
{"id":45603,"verse_id":"2CO.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Grk “the extraordinary grace of God to you”; the point is that God has given or shown grace to the Corinthians.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":45604,"verse_id":"2CO.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"“Let us thank God for his gift which cannot be described with words” (L&N 33.202).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":45605,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"The Greek pronoun (“you”) is plural.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":45606,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"The word “personally” is supplied to reflect the force of the Greek intensive pronoun αὐτός ( autos ) at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":45607,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “leniency and clemency.” D. Walker, “Paul’s Offer of Leniency of Christ ( 2 Corinthians 10:1 ): Populist Ideology and Rhetoric in a Pauline Letter Fragment ( 2 Cor 10:1-13:10 )” (Ph.D. diss., University of Chicago, 1998), argues for this alternative translation for three main reasons: (1) When the two Greek nouns πραΰτης and ἐπιείκεια ( prauth\" and ejpieikeia ) are used together, 90% of the time the nuance is “leniency and clemency.” (2) “Leniency and clemency” has a military connotation, which is precisely what appears in the following verses. (3) 2 Cor 10-13 speaks of Paul’s sparing use of his authority, which points to the nuance of “leniency and clemency.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":45608,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “who lack confidence.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/4"}
{"id":45609,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “when face to face with.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/5"}
{"id":45610,"verse_id":"2CO.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “but bold.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A1/6"}
{"id":45611,"verse_id":"2CO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “consider us as walking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":45612,"verse_id":"2CO.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A2/2"}
{"id":45613,"verse_id":"2CO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “we walk.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":45614,"verse_id":"2CO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “in the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A3/2"}
{"id":45615,"verse_id":"2CO.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A3/3"}
{"id":45616,"verse_id":"2CO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Grk “are not fleshly [weapons].” The repetition of the word “warfare” does not occur in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":45617,"verse_id":"2CO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"Or “but (are) divinely powerful,” “but they have divine power,” or “but are powerful for God’s [service]”; Grk “but are powerful to God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":45618,"verse_id":"2CO.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.4","text":"Or “speculations.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A4/4"}
{"id":45619,"verse_id":"2CO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"The phrase “every arrogant obstacle” could be translated simply “all arrogance” (so L&N 88.207).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":45620,"verse_id":"2CO.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.5","text":"Grk “to the obedience of Christ”; but since Χριστοῦ ( Cristou ) is clearly an objective genitive here, it is better to translate “to make it obey Christ.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A5/2"}
{"id":45621,"verse_id":"2CO.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"Or “punish all disobedience.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":45622,"verse_id":"2CO.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"The phrase is close to a recognized idiom for judging based on outward appearances (L&N 30.120). Some translators see a distinction, however, and translate 2 Cor 10:7 a as “Look at what is in front of your eyes,” that is, the obvious facts of the case (so NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":45623,"verse_id":"2CO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"The word “us” is not in the Greek text but is supplied. Indirect objects in Greek were often omitted when clear from the context, and must be supplied for the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":45624,"verse_id":"2CO.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “I will not be put to shame,” “I will not be ashamed.” The words “of doing so” are supplied to clarify for the reader that Paul will not be ashamed of boasting somewhat more about the authority the Lord gave him (beginning of v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":45625,"verse_id":"2CO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “unimpressive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":45626,"verse_id":"2CO.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Or “is contemptible”; Grk “is despised.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":45627,"verse_id":"2CO.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “what we are in word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":45628,"verse_id":"2CO.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Or “they are unintelligent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":45629,"verse_id":"2CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Or “boast excessively.” The phrase εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα ( ei\" ta ametra ) is an idiom; literally it means “into that which is not measured,” that is, a point on a scale that goes beyond what might be expected (L&N 78.27).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":45630,"verse_id":"2CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.13","text":"The words “will confine our boasting” are not in the Greek text, but the reference to boasting must be repeated from the previous clause to clarify for the modern reader what is being limited.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/2"}
{"id":45631,"verse_id":"2CO.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “according to the measure of the rule which God has apportioned to us as a measure”; for the translation used in the text see L&N 37.100.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A13/3"}
{"id":45632,"verse_id":"2CO.10.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.14","text":"Grk “with the gospel of Christ,” but since Χριστοῦ ( Cristou ) is clearly an objective genitive here, it is better to translate “with the gospel about Christ.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A14/1"}
{"id":45633,"verse_id":"2CO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “boast excessively.” The phrase εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα ( ei\" ta ametra ) is an idiom; literally it means “into that which is not measured,” that is, a point on a scale that goes beyond what might be expected (L&N 78.27).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":45634,"verse_id":"2CO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “in the labors.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A15/2"}
{"id":45635,"verse_id":"2CO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “but we have the hope.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A15/3"}
{"id":45636,"verse_id":"2CO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.15","text":"Or “greatly enlarged.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A15/4"}
{"id":45637,"verse_id":"2CO.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.15","text":"That is, Paul’s work might be greatly expanded within the area of activity assigned to him by God.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A15/5"}
{"id":45638,"verse_id":"2CO.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"The traditional translation (“let the one who boasts boast in the Lord”) can be understood as merely permissive by the English reader, but the Greek verb καυχάσθω ( kaucasqw ) is a third person imperative. sn A quotation from Jer 9:24 (also quoted in 1 Cor 1:31 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":45639,"verse_id":"2CO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"That is, to Christ.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":45640,"verse_id":"2CO.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “chaste.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":45641,"verse_id":"2CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Grk “I fear lest somehow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":45642,"verse_id":"2CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “the snake.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":45643,"verse_id":"2CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “craftiness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/3"}
{"id":45644,"verse_id":"2CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.3","text":"Or “corrupted,” “seduced.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/4"}
{"id":45645,"verse_id":"2CO.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.3","text":"F G 33 81 104 pc ar r co) retain these words. Their presence in such mss across such a wide geographical distribution argues for their authenticity. The omission from the majority of mss can be explained by haplography, since the -τητος ending of ἁγνότητος is identical to the ending of ἁπλότητος ( Japlothto\" , “sincerity”) three words back ( ἁπλό τητος καὶ τῆς ἁγνό τητος ); further, since the meanings of “sincerity” and “purity” are similar they might seem redundant. A copyist would scarcely notice the omission because Paul’s statement still makes sense without “and from purity.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A3/5"}
{"id":45646,"verse_id":"2CO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “preaches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":45647,"verse_id":"2CO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “another Jesus whom we have not proclaimed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":45648,"verse_id":"2CO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “a different spirit which you did not receive.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A4/3"}
{"id":45649,"verse_id":"2CO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.4","text":"Grk “a different gospel which you did not accept.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A4/4"}
{"id":45650,"verse_id":"2CO.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “you endure it very well.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A4/5"}
{"id":45651,"verse_id":"2CO.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"The implicit irony in Paul’s remark is brought out well by the TEV: “I do not think that I am the least bit inferior to those very special so-called ‘apostles’ of yours!” sn The ‘ super-apostles ’ refers either (1) to the original apostles (the older interpretation) or (2) more probably, to Paul’s opponents in Corinth, in which case the designation is ironic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":45652,"verse_id":"2CO.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “preached.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":45653,"verse_id":"2CO.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Grk “you, and when.” A new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":45654,"verse_id":"2CO.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"If the participle ἐλθόντες ( elqonte\" ) is taken as temporal rather than adjectival, the translation would be, “for the brothers, when they came from Macedonia, fully supplied my needs” (similar to NASB).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":45655,"verse_id":"2CO.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.9","text":"Grk “needs, and I kept.” A new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A9/3"}
{"id":45656,"verse_id":"2CO.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"That is, that Paul offers the gospel free of charge to the Corinthians (see 2 Cor 11:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":45657,"verse_id":"2CO.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.10","text":"Or “silenced.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A10/2"}
{"id":45658,"verse_id":"2CO.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “God knows!” The words “I do” are supplied for clarity. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":45659,"verse_id":"2CO.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Grk “an opportunity, so that they may be found just like us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":45660,"verse_id":"2CO.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Or “dishonest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":45661,"verse_id":"2CO.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Or “workers, masquerading.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":45662,"verse_id":"2CO.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Or “Satan himself masquerades.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":45663,"verse_id":"2CO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “also masquerade.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":45664,"verse_id":"2CO.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “their works.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":45665,"verse_id":"2CO.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Or “am foolish.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":45666,"verse_id":"2CO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “with this confidence of boasting.” The genitive καυχήσεως ( kauchsew\" ) has been translated as an attributed genitive (the noun in the genitive gives an attribute of the noun modified).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":45667,"verse_id":"2CO.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Or “say with the Lord’s authority.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":45668,"verse_id":"2CO.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “according to the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":45669,"verse_id":"2CO.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “you tolerate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":45670,"verse_id":"2CO.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.20","text":"Or “you tolerate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A20/1"}
{"id":45671,"verse_id":"2CO.11.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.20","text":"See L&N 88.212.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A20/2"}
{"id":45672,"verse_id":"2CO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Or “my shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":45673,"verse_id":"2CO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.21","text":"The words “to boast about” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, and this phrase serves as the direct object of the preceding verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A21/3"}
{"id":45674,"verse_id":"2CO.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.21","text":"Grk “I also dare”; the words “to boast about the same thing” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, and this phrase serves as the direct object of the preceding verb.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A21/4"}
{"id":45675,"verse_id":"2CO.11.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.24","text":"Grk “forty less one”; this was a standard sentence. “Lashes” is supplied to clarify for the modern reader what is meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A24/1"}
{"id":45676,"verse_id":"2CO.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Or “bandits.” The word normally refers more to highwaymen (“robbers”) but can also refer to insurrectionists or revolutionaries (“bandits”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":45677,"verse_id":"2CO.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":45678,"verse_id":"2CO.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.27","text":"The two different words for labor are translated “in hard work and toil” by L&N 42.48.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A27/1"}
{"id":45679,"verse_id":"2CO.11.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.27","text":"Grk “in cold and nakedness.” Paul does not mean complete nakedness, however, which would have been repugnant to a Jew; he refers instead to the lack of sufficient clothing, especially in cold weather. A related word is used to 1 Cor 4:11 , also in combination with experiencing hunger and thirst.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A27/2"}
{"id":45680,"verse_id":"2CO.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.28","text":"“Anxious concern,” so translated in L&N 25.224.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A28/2"}
{"id":45681,"verse_id":"2CO.11.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.29","text":"Or “who is caused to stumble.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A29/1"}
{"id":45682,"verse_id":"2CO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “If boasting is necessary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":45683,"verse_id":"2CO.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.30","text":"Or “about the things related to my weakness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A30/2"}
{"id":45684,"verse_id":"2CO.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.32","text":"Grk “ethnarch.” sn The governor was an official called an ethnarch who was appointed to rule over a particular area or constituency on behalf of a king.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A32/1"}
{"id":45685,"verse_id":"2CO.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.32","text":"Grk “the city of the Damascenes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A32/2"}
{"id":45686,"verse_id":"2CO.11.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":32,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.32","text":"Or “to seize,” “to catch.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A32/3"}
{"id":45687,"verse_id":"2CO.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"In Acts 9:25 the same basket used in Paul’s escape is called a σπυρίς ( spuri\" ), a basket larger than a κόφινος ( kofinos ). It was very likely made out of rope, so the translation “rope-basket” is used.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":45688,"verse_id":"2CO.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “Boasting is necessary.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":45689,"verse_id":"2CO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Or “things that cannot be put into words.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":45690,"verse_id":"2CO.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “a man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":45691,"verse_id":"2CO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “speaking.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":45692,"verse_id":"2CO.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “may think of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":45693,"verse_id":"2CO.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"D Ψ 1881 Ï ) lack διό ( dio , “Therefore”), but the widespread distribution and quality of mss which include it ( א A B F G 0243 33 81 1175 1739 pc ) argues for its authenticity. Internally, its case is equally strong in that its inclusion is grammatically rough ( διό is hardly necessary to convey purpose, especially since Paul uses ἵνα [ {ina , “so that”] next).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":45694,"verse_id":"2CO.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “to harass.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":45695,"verse_id":"2CO.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.7","text":"The phrase “so that I might not become arrogant” is repeated here because it occurs in the Greek text two times in the verse. Although redundant, it is repeated because of the emphatic nature of its affirmation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A7/3"}
{"id":45696,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” because of the contrast implicit in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":45697,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “is sufficient.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":45698,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"א * A* B D* F G latt). Scribes probably added the pronoun for clarity, making the obvious referent explicit. This would also make “power” more parallel with “my grace.” Though the original text probably did not include “my,” scribes who added the word were following the sense of Paul’s statement. The pronoun “my” was supplied in the translation to clarify the sense of Paul’s expression.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":45699,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “my power comes to full strength.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/4"}
{"id":45700,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.9","text":"“Most gladly,” a comparative form used with superlative meaning and translated as such.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/5"}
{"id":45701,"verse_id":"2CO.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.9","text":"Or “may rest on.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A9/6"}
{"id":45702,"verse_id":"2CO.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “I take delight in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":45703,"verse_id":"2CO.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “calamities.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":45704,"verse_id":"2CO.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Or “I am in no way inferior.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":45705,"verse_id":"2CO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Or “patience,” “endurance.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":45706,"verse_id":"2CO.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Or “and miracles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":45707,"verse_id":"2CO.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Grk “For in what respect.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":45708,"verse_id":"2CO.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Grk “children ought not,” but this might give the impression that children are not supposed to support sick or aging parents in need of help. That is not what Paul is saying. His point is that children should not have to pay their parent’s way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":45709,"verse_id":"2CO.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “souls.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":45710,"verse_id":"2CO.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative answer, indicated by the ‘tag’ question “have I?” at the end of the clause. The question is rhetorical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":45711,"verse_id":"2CO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"The words “to visit you” are not in the Greek text but are implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context, and must be supplied for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":45712,"verse_id":"2CO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “the.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A18/2"}
{"id":45713,"verse_id":"2CO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.18","text":"The Greek construction anticipates a negative answer, indicated by the ‘tag’ question “did he?” at the end of the clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A18/3"}
{"id":45714,"verse_id":"2CO.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.18","text":"Grk “[Did we not walk] in the same tracks?” This is an idiom that means to imitate someone else or to behave as they do. Paul’s point is that he and Titus have conducted themselves in the same way toward the Corinthians. If Titus did not take advantage of the Corinthians, then neither did Paul.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A18/4"}
{"id":45715,"verse_id":"2CO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"could only have arisen from πάλαι . The reading πάλιν is significantly easier (“are you once again thinking that we are defending ourselves?”), for it softens Paul’s tone considerably. It thus seems to be a motivated reading and cannot easily explain the rise of πάλαι . Further, πάλαι has considerable support in the Alexandrian and Western witnesses, rendering it virtually certain as the original wording here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":45716,"verse_id":"2CO.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Or “for your strengthening”; Grk “for your edification.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":45717,"verse_id":"2CO.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.20","text":"Grk “and I will be found by you.” The passive construction has been converted to an active one in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A20/1"}
{"id":45718,"verse_id":"2CO.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.20","text":"The words “I am afraid that” are not repeated in the Greek text, but are needed for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A20/2"}
{"id":45719,"verse_id":"2CO.12.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.20","text":"Or “intense anger, hostility.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A20/3"}
{"id":45720,"verse_id":"2CO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"The words “I am afraid that” are not repeated in the Greek text from v. 20 , but are needed for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":45721,"verse_id":"2CO.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Or “I will mourn over.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":45722,"verse_id":"2CO.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"The word “visit” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":45723,"verse_id":"2CO.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “By the mouth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":45724,"verse_id":"2CO.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"The word “anyone” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":45725,"verse_id":"2CO.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":45726,"verse_id":"2CO.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Or “unless indeed you are disqualified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":45727,"verse_id":"2CO.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Or “that we are not disqualified.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":45728,"verse_id":"2CO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Or “that we may appear to be approved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":45729,"verse_id":"2CO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"Or “what is good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":45730,"verse_id":"2CO.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"Or “even if we appear disapproved.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":45731,"verse_id":"2CO.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Or “fully equipped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":45732,"verse_id":"2CO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"Grk “when I am present,” but in the context of Paul’s third (upcoming) visit to Corinth, this is better translated as “when I arrive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":45733,"verse_id":"2CO.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"The words “with you” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":45734,"verse_id":"2CO.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":45735,"verse_id":"2CO.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"editions of the Greek text. Some translations, however, break the material up into three verses, i.e., 12-14 (NKJV, NASB, NIV). The same material has been translated in each case; the only difference is the versification of that material.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":45736,"verse_id":"2CO.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2CO","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Or “communion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Corinthians%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":45737,"verse_id":"GAL.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":45738,"verse_id":"GAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":45739,"verse_id":"GAL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"B D F G H 1739 1881 Ï sy sa, while the more normal ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου ( Jhmwn kai kuriou ) is found in א A P Ψ 33 81 326 365 2464 pc . Thus, the reading adopted in the translation is more widespread geographically and is found in the two earliest witnesses, along with several good representatives of the Alexandrian, Western, and Byzantine texttypes. Internally, there would be a strong motivation for scribes to change the order: “from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” is Paul’s normal greeting; here alone is the pronoun attached to “Jesus Christ” (except in the pastorals, though the greeting in these letters is nevertheless unlike the rest of the corpus Paulinum ). Intrinsically, the chosen reading is superior as well: Scribes would be prone to emulate Paul’s regular style, while in an early letter such as this one his regular style was yet to be established (for a similar situation, cf. the text-critical discussion at 1 Thess 1:1 ). Hence, there is a strong probability that the reading in the translation is authentic. Although B. M. Metzger argues that “the apostle’s stereotyped formula was altered by copyists who, apparently in the interest of Christian piety, transferred the possessive pronoun so it would be more closely associated with ‘Lord Jesus Christ’” ( TCGNT 520), one might expect to see the same alterations in other Pauline letters. That this is not the case argues for “our Lord Jesus Christ” as the authentic reading here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":45740,"verse_id":"GAL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"ar b Tert Cyp Ambst Pel) have simply χάριτι with no modifier. Internally, the reading that seems best to explain the rise of the others is the shortest reading, χάριτι . Indeed, the fact that three different adjuncts are found in the mss seems to be a natural expansion on the simple “grace.” At the same time, the witnesses for the shortest reading are not particularly impressive, being that they largely represent one textual strand (Western), and a less-than-reliable one at that. Further, nowhere else in the corpus Paulinum do we see the construction χάρις ( cari\" , “grace”) followed by Χριστοῦ without some other name (such as κυρίου [ kuriou , “Lord”] or ᾿Ιησοῦ ). The construction χάρις θεοῦ is likewise frequent in Paul. Thus, upon closer inspection it seems that the original wording here was χάριτι Χριστοῦ (for it is difficult to explain how this particular reading could have arisen from the simple χάριτι , in light of Paul’s normal idioms), with the other readings intentionally or accidentally arising from it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":45741,"verse_id":"GAL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “deserting [turning away] to” a different gospel, implying the idea of “following.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":45742,"verse_id":"GAL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “another.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":45743,"verse_id":"GAL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “which is not another,” but this could be misunderstood to mean “which is not really different.” In fact, as Paul goes on to make clear, there is no other gospel than the one he preaches.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":45744,"verse_id":"GAL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “except.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":45745,"verse_id":"GAL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “trying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":45746,"verse_id":"GAL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"has the pronoun in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":45747,"verse_id":"GAL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “other than the one we preached to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":45748,"verse_id":"GAL.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “let him be accursed” ( ἀνάθεμα , anaqema ). The translation gives the outcome which is implied by this dreadful curse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":45749,"verse_id":"GAL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"See the note on this phrase in the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":45750,"verse_id":"GAL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “of men”; but here ἀνθρώπους ( anqrwpou\" ) is used in a generic sense of both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":45751,"verse_id":"GAL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “men”; but here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is used in a generic sense of both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":45752,"verse_id":"GAL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The imperfect verb has been translated conatively ( ExSyn 550).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":45753,"verse_id":"GAL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “men”; but here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is used in a generic sense of both men and women.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":45754,"verse_id":"GAL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"Traditionally, “servant” or “bondservant.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":45755,"verse_id":"GAL.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"F G 33 pc lat sa. There are thus good representatives on each side. Scribes generally tended to prefer γάρ in such instances, most likely because it was more forceful and explicit. γάρ is thus seen as a motivated reading. For this reason, δέ is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":45756,"verse_id":"GAL.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":45757,"verse_id":"GAL.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “is not according to man.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":45758,"verse_id":"GAL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “I did not receive it from a human source, nor was I taught it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":45759,"verse_id":"GAL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The words “I received it” are not in the Greek text but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":45760,"verse_id":"GAL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"It is difficult to determine what kind of genitive ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( Ihsou Cristou ) is. If it is a subjective genitive, the meaning is “a revelation from Jesus Christ” but if objective genitive, it is “a revelation about Jesus Christ.” Most likely this is objective since the explanation in vv. 15-16 mentions God revealing the Son to Paul so that he might preach, although the idea of a direct revelation to Paul at some point cannot be ruled out.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":45761,"verse_id":"GAL.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “lifestyle,” “behavior.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":45762,"verse_id":"GAL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":45763,"verse_id":"GAL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “among my race.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":45764,"verse_id":"GAL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “was advancing beyond…nation, being.” The participle ὑπάρχων ( Juparcwn ) was translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":45765,"verse_id":"GAL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"includes the words in brackets, indicating some doubts as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":45766,"verse_id":"GAL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “from my mother’s womb.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":45767,"verse_id":"GAL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “to me”; the Greek preposition ἐν ( en ) can mean either, depending on the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":45768,"verse_id":"GAL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"This pronoun refers to “his Son,” mentioned earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":45769,"verse_id":"GAL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “I did not consult with.” For the translation “I did not go to ask advice from” see L&N 33.175.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":45770,"verse_id":"GAL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “from flesh and blood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":45771,"verse_id":"GAL.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":45772,"verse_id":"GAL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":45773,"verse_id":"GAL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Although often translated “to get acquainted with Cephas,” this could give the impression of merely a social call. L&N 34.52 has “to visit, with the purpose of obtaining information” for the meaning of ἱστορέω ( Jistorew ), particularly in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":45774,"verse_id":"GAL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “But another of the apostles I did not see, except…” with “another” in emphatic position in the Greek text. Paul is determined to make the point that his contacts with the original twelve apostles and other leaders of the Jerusalem church were limited, thus asserting his independence from them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":45775,"verse_id":"GAL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":45776,"verse_id":"GAL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “What things I am writing to you, behold, before God [that] I am not lying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":45777,"verse_id":"GAL.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Or “by sight”; Grk “by face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":45778,"verse_id":"GAL.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"The Greek verb here is εὐαγγελίζεται ( euangelizetai ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":45779,"verse_id":"GAL.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the report about Paul’s conversion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":45780,"verse_id":"GAL.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν εμοί ( en emoi ) has been translated with a causal force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":45781,"verse_id":"GAL.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see Map5-B1 ; Map6-F3 ; Map7-E2 ; Map8-F2 ; Map10-B3 ; JP1-F4 ; JP2-F4 ; JP3-F4 ; JP4-F4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":45782,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “I went up”; one always spoke idiomatically of going “up” to Jerusalem.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":45783,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “in accordance with.” According to BDAG 512 s.v. κατά B.5.a. δ , “Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged…Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ . can mean simply because of , as a result of , on the basis of … κ . ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":45784,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “set before them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":45785,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “Gentiles, but only privately…to make sure.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started with “But” and the words “I did so,” an implied repetition from the previous clause, were supplied to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":45786,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"L&N 87.42 has “important persons, influential persons, prominent persons” for οἱ δοκοῦντες and translates this phrase in Gal 2:2 as “in a private meeting with the prominent persons.” The “prominent people” referred to here are the leaders of the Jerusalem church.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":45787,"verse_id":"GAL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.2","text":"Here the first verb ( τρέχω , trecw , “was not running”) is present subjunctive, while the second ( ἔδραμον , edramon , “had not run”) is aorist indicative.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A2/6"}
{"id":45788,"verse_id":"GAL.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “But,” translated here as “Yet” for stylistic reasons (note the use of “but” in v. 2 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":45789,"verse_id":"GAL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"No subject and verb are expressed in vv. 4-5 , but the phrase “Now this matter arose,” implied from v. 3 , was supplied to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":45790,"verse_id":"GAL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The adjective παρεισάκτους ( pareisaktou\" ), which relates to someone joining a group with false motives or false pretenses, applies to the “false brothers.” Although the expression “false brothers with false pretenses” is somewhat redundant, it captures the emphatic force of Paul’s expression, which labels both these “brothers” as false ( ψευδαδέλφους , yeudadelfou\" ) as well as their motives. See L&N 34.29 for more information.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":45791,"verse_id":"GAL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"The verb translated here as “spy on” ( κατασκοπέω , kataskopew ) can have a neutral nuance, but here the connotation is certainly negative (so F. F. Bruce, Galatians [NIGTC], 112-13, and E. Burton, Galatians [ICC], 83).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":45792,"verse_id":"GAL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “in order that they might enslave us.” The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause with the subjunctive verb καταδουλώσουσιν ( katadoulwsousin ) has been translated as an English infinitival clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":45793,"verse_id":"GAL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “slaves, nor did we…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, οὐδέ ( oude ) was translated as “But…even” and a new sentence started in the translation at the beginning of v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":45794,"verse_id":"GAL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “we did not cave in to their demands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":45795,"verse_id":"GAL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “even for an hour” (an idiom for a very short period of time).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":45796,"verse_id":"GAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “influential leaders.” BDAG 255 s.v. δοκέω 2.a. β has “ the influential men Gal 2:2, 6 b. A fuller expr. w. the same mng., w. inf. added…vss. 6a, 9.” This refers to the leadership of the Jerusalem church.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":45797,"verse_id":"GAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “God does not receive the face of man,” an idiom for showing favoritism or partiality (BDAG 887-88 s.v. πρόσωπον 1.b. α ; L&N 88.238).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":45798,"verse_id":"GAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “influential people”; here “leaders” was used rather than “people” for stylistic reasons, to avoid redundancy with the word “people” in the previous parenthetical remark. See also the note on the word “influential” at the beginning of this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":45799,"verse_id":"GAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “contributed.” This is the same word translated “go to ask advice from” in 1:16 , but it has a different meaning here; see L&N 59.72.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":45800,"verse_id":"GAL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “added nothing to my authority.” Grk “added nothing to me,” with what was added (“message,” etc.) implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":45801,"verse_id":"GAL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The participle ἰδόντες ( idontes ) has been taken temporally to retain the structure of the passage. Many modern translations, because of the length of the sentence here, translate this participle as a finite verb and break the Greek sentences into several English sentences (NIV, for example, begins new sentences at the beginning of both vv. 8 and 9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":45802,"verse_id":"GAL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “to the uncircumcision,” that is, to the Gentiles.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":45803,"verse_id":"GAL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “to the circumcision,” a collective reference to the Jewish people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":45804,"verse_id":"GAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “worked through”; the same word is also used in relation to Paul later in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":45805,"verse_id":"GAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “his ministry as an apostle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":45806,"verse_id":"GAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “to the circumcision,” i.e., the Jewish people.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":45807,"verse_id":"GAL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “also empowered me to the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":45808,"verse_id":"GAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “who were influential as,” or “who were reputed to be.” See also the note on the word “influential” in 2:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":45809,"verse_id":"GAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"The participle γνόντες ( gnontes ) has been taken temporally. It is structurally parallel to the participle translated “when they saw” in v. 7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":45810,"verse_id":"GAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “me and Barnabas.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A9/5"}
{"id":45811,"verse_id":"GAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “so,” with the ἵνα ( Jina ) indicating the result of the “pillars” extending the “right hand of fellowship,” but the translation “they gave…the right hand of fellowship so that we would go” could be misunderstood as purpose here. The implication of the scene is that an agreement, outlined at the end of v. 10 , was reached between Paul and Barnabas on the one hand and the “pillars” of the Jerusalem church on the other.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A9/6"}
{"id":45812,"verse_id":"GAL.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “to the circumcision,” a collective reference to the Jewish people.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A9/7"}
{"id":45813,"verse_id":"GAL.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “only that we remember the poor”; the words “They requested” have been supplied from the context to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":45814,"verse_id":"GAL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"For location see JP1-F2 ; JP2-F2 ; JP3-F2 ; JP4-F2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":45815,"verse_id":"GAL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “because he stood condemned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":45816,"verse_id":"GAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"The conjunction γάρ has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":45817,"verse_id":"GAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “he drew back.” If ἑαυτόν ( Jeauton ) goes with both ὑπέστελλεν ( Jupestellen ) and ἀφώριζεν ( afwrizen ) rather than only the latter, the meaning would be “he drew himself back” (see BDAG 1041 s.v. ὑποστέλλω 1.a).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":45818,"verse_id":"GAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “and held himself aloof.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":45819,"verse_id":"GAL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “the [ones] of the circumcision,” that is, the group of Jewish Christians who insisted on circumcision of Gentiles before they could become Christians.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":45820,"verse_id":"GAL.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The words “with them” are a reflection of the σύν - ( sun -) prefix on the verb συναπήχθη ( sunaphcqh ; see L&N 31.76).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":45821,"verse_id":"GAL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “by nature.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":45822,"verse_id":"GAL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “and not sinners from among the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":45823,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “yet knowing”; the participle εἰδότες ( eidotes ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":45824,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “no man,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":45825,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “faith in Jesus Christ.” A decision is difficult here. Though traditionally translated “faith in Jesus Christ,” an increasing number of NT scholars are arguing that πίστις Χριστοῦ ( pisti\" Cristou ) and similar phrases in Paul (here and in v. 20 ; Rom 3:22, 26 ; Gal 3:22 ; Eph 3:12 ; Phil 3:9 ) involve a subjective genitive and mean “Christ’s faith” or “Christ’s faithfulness” (cf., e.g., G. Howard, “The ‘Faith of Christ’,” ExpTim 85 [1974]: 212-15; R. B. Hays, The Faith of Jesus Christ [SBLDS]; Morna D. Hooker, “ Πίστις Χριστοῦ ,” NTS 35 [1989]: 321-42). Noteworthy among the arguments for the subjective genitive view is that when πίστις takes a personal genitive it is almost never an objective genitive (cf. Matt 9:2, 22, 29 ; Mark 2:5; 5:34; 10:52 ; Luke 5:20; 7:50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42; 22:32 ; Rom 1:8; 12; 3:3; 4:5, 12, 16 ; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17 ; 2 Cor 10:15 ; Phil 2:17 ; Col 1:4; 2:5 ; 1 Thess 1:8; 3:2, 5, 10 ; 2 Thess 1:3 ; Titus 1:1 ; Phlm 6 ; 1 Pet 1:9, 21 ; 2 Pet 1:5 ). On the other hand, the objective genitive view has its adherents: A. Hultgren, “The Pistis Christou Formulations in Paul,” NovT 22 (1980): 248-63; J. D. G. Dunn, “Once More, ΠΙΣΤΙΣ ΧΡΙΣΤΟΥ ,” SBL Seminar Papers , 1991, 730-44. Most commentaries on Romans and Galatians usually side with the objective view. sn On the phrase translated the faithfulness of Christ , ExSyn 116, which notes that the grammar is not decisive, nevertheless suggests that “the faith/faithfulness of Christ is not a denial of faith in Christ as a Pauline concept (for the idea is expressed in many of the same contexts, only with the verb πιστεύω rather than the noun), but implies that the object of faith is a worthy object, for he himself is faithful.” Though Paul elsewhere teaches justification by faith, this presupposes that the object of our faith is reliable and worthy of such faith.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/4"}
{"id":45826,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.16","text":"In Greek this is a continuation of the preceding sentence, but the construction is too long and complex for contemporary English style, so a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/5"}
{"id":45827,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “by faith in Christ.” See comment above on “the faithfulness of Jesus Christ.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/6"}
{"id":45828,"verse_id":"GAL.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “no human being”; Grk “flesh.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A16/7"}
{"id":45829,"verse_id":"GAL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “does Christ serve the interests of sin?”; or “is Christ an agent for sin?” See BDAG 230-31 s.v. διάκονος 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":45830,"verse_id":"GAL.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “once tore down.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":45831,"verse_id":"GAL.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Traditionally, “that I am a transgressor.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":45832,"verse_id":"GAL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Greek text and the NRSV place the phrase “I have been crucified with Christ” at the end of v. 19 , but most English translations place these words at the beginning of v. 20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":45833,"verse_id":"GAL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has been translated as “So” to bring out the connection of the following clauses with the preceding ones. What Paul says here amounts to a result or inference drawn from his co-crucifixion with Christ and the fact that Christ now lives in him. In Greek this is a continuation of the preceding sentence, but the construction is too long and complex for contemporary English style, so a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":45834,"verse_id":"GAL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":45835,"verse_id":"GAL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Ψ 0278 33 1739 1881 Ï lat sy co). The construction “of God and Christ” appears to be motivated as a more explicit affirmation of the deity of Christ (following as it apparently does the Granville Sharp rule). Although Paul certainly has an elevated Christology, explicit “God-talk” with reference to Jesus does not normally appear until the later books (cf., e.g., Titus 2:13 , Phil 2:10-11 , and probably Rom 9:5 ). For different arguments but the same textual conclusions, see TCGNT 524. Or “I live by faith in the Son of God.” See note on “faithfulness of Jesus Christ” in v. 16 for the rationale behind the translation “the faithfulness of the Son of God.” sn On the phrase because of the faithfulness of the Son of God , ExSyn 116, which notes that the grammar is not decisive, nevertheless suggests that “the faith/faithfulness of Christ is not a denial of faith in Christ as a Pauline concept (for the idea is expressed in many of the same contexts, only with the verb πιστεύω rather than the noun), but implies that the object of faith is a worthy object, for he himself is faithful.” Though Paul elsewhere teaches justification by faith, this presupposes that the object of our faith is reliable and worthy of such faith.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":45836,"verse_id":"GAL.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “I do not declare invalid,” “I do not nullify.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":45837,"verse_id":"GAL.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “justification.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":45838,"verse_id":"GAL.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"Or “without cause,” “for no purpose.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":45839,"verse_id":"GAL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “O” (an interjection used both in address and emotion). In context the following section is highly charged emotionally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":45840,"verse_id":"GAL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “deceived”; the verb βασκαίνω ( baskainw ) can be understood literally here in the sense of bewitching by black magic, but could also be understood figuratively to refer to an act of deception (see L&N 53.98 and 88.159).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":45841,"verse_id":"GAL.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “publicly placarded,” “set forth in a public proclamation” (BDAG 867 s.v. προγράφω 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":45842,"verse_id":"GAL.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “by [the] works of [the] law,” a reference to observing the Mosaic law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":45843,"verse_id":"GAL.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “by [the] hearing of faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":45844,"verse_id":"GAL.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “Having begun”; the participle ἐναρξάμενοι ( enarxamenoi ) has been translated concessively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":45845,"verse_id":"GAL.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “by the Spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":45846,"verse_id":"GAL.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The verb ἐπιτελεῖσθε ( epiteleisqe ) has been translated as a conative present (see ExSyn 534). This is something the Galatians were attempting to do, but could not accomplish successfully.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":45847,"verse_id":"GAL.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “in/by [the] flesh.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":45848,"verse_id":"GAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “provide.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":45849,"verse_id":"GAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “by [the] works of [the] law” (the same phrase as in v. 2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":45850,"verse_id":"GAL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “by [the] hearing of faith” (the same phrase as in v. 2 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":45851,"verse_id":"GAL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":45852,"verse_id":"GAL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The phrase “sons of Abraham” is used here in a figurative sense to describe people who are connected to a personality, Abraham, by close nonmaterial ties. It is this personality that has defined the relationship and its characteristics (BDAG 1024-25 s.v. υἱός 2.c. α ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":45853,"verse_id":"GAL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"For the Greek verb προευαγγελίζομαι ( proeuangelizomai ) translated as “proclaim the gospel ahead of time,” compare L&N 33.216.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":45854,"verse_id":"GAL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The same plural Greek word, τὰ ἔθνη ( ta eqnh ), can be translated as “nations” or “Gentiles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":45855,"verse_id":"GAL.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “those who are by faith,” with the Greek expression “by faith” ( ἐκ πίστεως , ek pistew\" ) the same as the expression in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":45856,"verse_id":"GAL.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “For as many as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":45857,"verse_id":"GAL.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “Cursed is everyone who does not continue in all the things written in the book of the law, to do them.” sn A quotation from Deut 27:26 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":45858,"verse_id":"GAL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “The one who is righteous by faith will live” (a quotation from Hab 2:4 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":45859,"verse_id":"GAL.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “is not from faith.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":45860,"verse_id":"GAL.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “who does these things”; the referent (the works of the law, see 3:5 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":45861,"verse_id":"GAL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “having become”; the participle γενόμενος ( genomenos ) has been taken instrumentally.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":45862,"verse_id":"GAL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “so that the blessing of Abraham might come to the Gentiles in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":45863,"verse_id":"GAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":45864,"verse_id":"GAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “I speak according to man,” referring to the illustration that follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":45865,"verse_id":"GAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The same Greek word, διαθήκη ( diaqhkh ), can mean either “covenant” or “will,” but in this context the former is preferred here because Paul is discussing in vv. 16-18 the Abrahamic covenant.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":45866,"verse_id":"GAL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “has been put into effect.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A15/4"}
{"id":45867,"verse_id":"GAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “his seed,” a figurative extension of the meaning of σπέρμα ( sperma ) to refer to descendants (L&N 10.29).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":45868,"verse_id":"GAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “It”; the referent (the scripture) has been specified in the translation for clarity. The understood subject of the verb λέγει ( legei ) could also be “He” (referring to God) as the one who spoke the promise to Abraham.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":45869,"verse_id":"GAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “to seeds.” See the note on “descendant” earlier in this verse. Here the term is plural; the use of the singular in the OT text cited later in this verse is crucial to Paul’s argument.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":45870,"verse_id":"GAL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"See the note on “descendant” earlier in this verse. sn A quotation from Gen 12:7; 13:15; 17:7; 24:7 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":45871,"verse_id":"GAL.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"א A B C P Ψ 6 33 81 1175 1739 1881 2464 pc co. The shorter reading is strongly supported by the ms evidence, and it is probable that a copyist inserted the words as an interpretive gloss. However, this form of the “in Christ” expression is somewhat atypical in the corpus Paulinum ( εἰς Χριστόν [ ei\" Criston ] rather than ἐν Χριστῷ [ en Cristw ]), a fact which tempers one’s certainty about the shorter reading. Nevertheless, the expression is used more in Galatians than in any other of Paul’s letters ( Gal 2:16; 3:24, 27 ), and may have been suggested by such texts to early copyists.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":45872,"verse_id":"GAL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"On the translation “graciously gave” for χαρίζομαι ( carizomai ) see L&N 57.102.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":45873,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “Why then the law?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":45874,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"Ambst Spec). The net effect of this reading, in conjunction with the largely Western reading of πράξεων ( praxewn ) for παραβάσεων ( parabasewn ), seems to be a very positive assessment of the law. But there are compelling reasons for rejecting this reading: (1) externally, it is provincial and relatively late; (2) internally: (a) transcriptionally, there seems to be a much higher transcriptional probability that a scribe would try to smooth over Paul’s harsh saying here about the law than vice versa ; (b) intrinsically: [1] Paul has already argued that the law came after the promise (vv. 15-18 ), indicating, more than likely, its temporary nature; [2] the verb “was added” in v. 19 ( προσετέθη ) is different from the verb in v. 15 ( ἐπιδιατάσσεται , epidiatassetai ); virtually all exegetes recognize this as an intentional linguistic shift on Paul’s part in order not to contradict his statement in v. 15 ; [3] the temper of 3:1 – 4:7 is decidedly against a positive statement about the Torah’s role in Heilsgeschichte .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":45875,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Ambst Spec. The wording is best taken as going with νόμος ( nomo\" ; “Why then the law of deeds?”), as is evident by the consistent punctuation in the later witnesses. But such an expression is unpauline and superfluous; it was almost certainly added by some early scribe(s) to soften the blow of Paul’s statement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":45876,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “the seed.” See the note on the first occurrence of the word “descendant” in 3:16 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":45877,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “was ordered.” L&N 31.22 has “was put into effect” here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/5"}
{"id":45878,"verse_id":"GAL.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.19","text":"Many modern translations (NASB, NIV, NRSV) render this word ( μεσίτης , mesith\" ; here and in v. 20 ) as “mediator,” but this conveys a wrong impression in contemporary English. If this is referring to Moses, he certainly did not “mediate” between God and Israel but was an intermediary on God’s behalf. Moses was not a mediator, for example, who worked for compromise between opposing parties. He instead was God’s representative to his people who enabled them to have a relationship, but entirely on God’s terms.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A19/6"}
{"id":45879,"verse_id":"GAL.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The meaning of this verse is disputed. According to BDAG 634 s.v. μεσίτης , “It prob. means that the activity of an intermediary implies the existence of more than one party, and hence may be unsatisfactory because it must result in a compromise. The presence of an intermediary would prevent attainment, without any impediment, of the purpose of the εἶς θεός in giving the law.” See also A. Oepke, TDNT 4:598-624, esp. 618-19.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":45880,"verse_id":"GAL.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"rightly places the words in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":45881,"verse_id":"GAL.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “have been based on the law.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":45882,"verse_id":"GAL.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Or “locked up.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":45883,"verse_id":"GAL.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “imprisoned all things” but τὰ πάντα ( ta panta ) includes people as part of the created order. Because people are the emphasis of Paul’s argument ( “given to those who believe” at the end of this verse.), “everything and everyone” was used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":45884,"verse_id":"GAL.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"Or “the faithfulness [of Christ] came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":45885,"verse_id":"GAL.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"0176 0278 Ï have the perfect συγκεκλεισμένοι ( sunkekleismenoi ). The syntactical implication of the perfect is that the cause or the means of being held in custody was confinement (“we were held in custody [by/because of] being confined”). The present participle of course allows for such options, but also allows for contemporaneous time (“while being confined”) and result (“with the result that we were confined”). Externally, the perfect participle has little to commend it, being restricted for the most part to later and Byzantine witnesses. Grk “being confined.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":45886,"verse_id":"GAL.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"Or “disciplinarian,” “custodian,” or “guide.” According to BDAG 748 s.v. παιδαγωγός , “the man, usu. a slave…whose duty it was to conduct a boy or youth…to and from school and to superintend his conduct gener.; he was not a ‘teacher’ (despite the present mng. of the derivative ‘pedagogue’…When the young man became of age, the π . was no longer needed.” L&N 36.5 gives “guardian, leader, guide” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":45887,"verse_id":"GAL.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Or “be justified.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":45888,"verse_id":"GAL.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"See the note on the word “guardian” in v. 24 . The punctuation of vv. 25, 26, and 27 is difficult to represent because of the causal connections between each verse. English style would normally require a comma either at the end of v. 25 or v. 26 , but in so doing the translation would then link v. 26 almost exclusively with either v. 25 or v. 27 ; this would be problematic as scholars debate which two verses are to be linked. Because of this, the translation instead places a period at the end of each verse. This preserves some of the ambiguity inherent in the Greek and does not exclude any particular causal connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":45889,"verse_id":"GAL.3.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.26","text":"Or “For you are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A26/1"}
{"id":45890,"verse_id":"GAL.3.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.27","text":"Grk “For as many of you as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A27/1"}
{"id":45891,"verse_id":"GAL.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.28","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 1:10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A28/1"}
{"id":45892,"verse_id":"GAL.3.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.28","text":"Grk “male and female.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A28/2"}
{"id":45893,"verse_id":"GAL.3.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":3,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.29","text":"Grk “seed.” See the note on the first occurrence of the word “descendant” in 3:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%203%3A29/1"}
{"id":45894,"verse_id":"GAL.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “a small child.” The Greek term νήπιος ( nhpios ) refers to a young child, no longer a helpless infant but probably not more than three or four years old (L&N 9.43). The point in context, though, is that this child is too young to take any responsibility for the management of his assets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":45895,"verse_id":"GAL.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “master” or “lord” ( κύριος , kurios ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":45896,"verse_id":"GAL.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"The Greek term translated “guardians” here is ἐπίτροπος ( epitropo\" ), whose semantic domain overlaps with that of παιδαγωγός ( paidagwgo\" ) according to L&N 36.5.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":45897,"verse_id":"GAL.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “the,” but the Greek article is used here as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":45898,"verse_id":"GAL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"See the note on the word “minor” in 4:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":45899,"verse_id":"GAL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “basic principles,” “elemental things,” or “elemental spirits.” Some interpreters take this as a reference to supernatural powers who controlled nature and/or human fate.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":45900,"verse_id":"GAL.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “the fullness of time” (an idiom for the totality of a period of time, with the implication of proper completion; see L&N 67.69).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":45901,"verse_id":"GAL.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"The Greek term υἱοθεσία ( Juioqesia ) was originally a legal technical term for adoption as a son with full rights of inheritance. BDAG 1024 s.v. notes, “a legal t.t. of ‘adoption’ of children, in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense of a transcendent filial relationship between God and humans (with the legal aspect, not gender specificity, as major semantic component).” Although some modern translations remove the filial sense completely and render the term merely “adoption” (cf. NAB), the retention of this component of meaning was accomplished in the present translation by the phrase “as sons.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":45902,"verse_id":"GAL.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “calling.” The participle is neuter indicating that the Spirit is the one who calls.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":45903,"verse_id":"GAL.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The term “ Abba ” is the Greek transliteration of the Aramaic אַבָּא (’ abba ’), literally meaning “my father” but taken over simply as “father,” used in prayer and in the family circle, and later taken over by the early Greek-speaking Christians (BDAG 1 s.v. ἀββα ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":45904,"verse_id":"GAL.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “and if a son, then also an heir.” The words “you are” have been supplied twice to clarify the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":45905,"verse_id":"GAL.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"lat bo Cl).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":45906,"verse_id":"GAL.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “those that by nature…” with the word “beings” implied. BDAG 1070 s.v. φύσις 2 sees this as referring to pagan worship: “Polytheists worship… beings that are by nature no gods at all Gal 4:8 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":45907,"verse_id":"GAL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Or “useless.” See L&N 65.16.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":45908,"verse_id":"GAL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"See the note on the phrase “basic forces” in 4:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":45909,"verse_id":"GAL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “basic forces, to which you want to be enslaved…” Verse 9 is a single sentence in the Greek text, but has been divided into two in the translation because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":45910,"verse_id":"GAL.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The adjective “religious” has been supplied in the translation to make clear that the problem concerns observing certain days, etc. in a religious sense (cf. NIV, NRSV “special days”). In light of the polemic in this letter against the Judaizers (those who tried to force observance of the Mosaic law on Gentile converts to Christianity) this may well be a reference to the observance of Jewish Sabbaths, feasts, and other religious days.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":45911,"verse_id":"GAL.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":45912,"verse_id":"GAL.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “your trial in my flesh you did not despise or reject.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":45913,"verse_id":"GAL.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “the angel of God.” Linguistically, “angel of God” is the same in both testaments (and thus, he is either “an angel of God” or “the angel of God” in both testaments). For arguments and implications, see ExSyn 252; M. J. Davidson, “Angels,” DJG , 9; W. G. MacDonald argues for “an angel” in both testaments: “Christology and ‘The Angel of the Lord’,” Current Issues in Biblical and Patristic Interpretation , 324-35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":45914,"verse_id":"GAL.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “as an angel of God…as Christ Jesus.” This could be understood to mean either “you welcomed me like an angel of God would,” or “you welcomed me as though I were an angel of God.” In context only the second is accurate, so the translation has been phrased to indicate this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":45915,"verse_id":"GAL.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Or “blessedness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":45916,"verse_id":"GAL.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “have I become your enemy because I am telling you the truth?” The participle ἀληθεύων ( alhqeuwn ) can be translated as a causal adverbial participle or as a participle of means (as in the translation).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":45917,"verse_id":"GAL.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “They are zealous for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":45918,"verse_id":"GAL.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “but not commendably” (BDAG 505 s.v. καλῶς 2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":45919,"verse_id":"GAL.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “so that you would be zealous.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":45920,"verse_id":"GAL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Or “commendable.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":45921,"verse_id":"GAL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Or “to be zealous.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":45922,"verse_id":"GAL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “But it is always good to be zealous in good.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":45923,"verse_id":"GAL.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “My children, for whom I am again undergoing birth pains until Christ is formed in you.” The relative clauses in English do not pick up the emotional force of Paul’s language here (note “tone of voice” in v. 20 , indicating that he is passionately concerned for them); hence, the translation has been altered slightly to capture the connotative power of Paul’s plea. sn That is, until Christ’s nature or character is formed in them (see L&N 58.4).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":45924,"verse_id":"GAL.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “voice” or “tone.” The contemporary English expression “tone of voice” is a good approximation to the meaning here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":45925,"verse_id":"GAL.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Or “will you not hear what the law says?” The Greek verb ἀκούω ( akouw ) means “hear, listen to,” but by figurative extension it can also mean “obey.” It can also refer to the process of comprehension that follows hearing, and that sense fits the context well here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":45926,"verse_id":"GAL.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"Paul’s use of the Greek article here and before the phrase “free woman” presumes that both these characters are well known to the recipients of his letter. This verse is given as an example of the category called “well-known (‘celebrity’ or ‘familiar’) article” by ExSyn 225.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":45927,"verse_id":"GAL.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"Grk “born according to the flesh”; BDAG 916 s.v. σάρξ 4 has “Of natural descent τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός children by natural descent Ro 9:8 (opp. τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ). ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται Gal 4:23 ; cp. vs. 29.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":45928,"verse_id":"GAL.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Grk “which things are spoken about allegorically.” Paul is not saying the OT account is an allegory, but rather that he is constructing an allegory based on the OT account.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":45929,"verse_id":"GAL.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.27","text":"The direct object “children” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied for clarity. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A27/1"}
{"id":45930,"verse_id":"GAL.4.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.27","text":"Grk “because more are the children of the barren one than of the one having a husband.” sn A quotation from Isa 54:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A27/2"}
{"id":45931,"verse_id":"GAL.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.28","text":"0278 33 1739 al sa. It is more likely that a copyist, noticing the first person pronouns in vv. 26 and 31 , changed a second person pronoun here to first person for consistency.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A28/1"}
{"id":45932,"verse_id":"GAL.4.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.28","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A28/2"}
{"id":45933,"verse_id":"GAL.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “according to the flesh”; see the note on the phrase “by natural descent” in 4:23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":45934,"verse_id":"GAL.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.29","text":"Or “the one born by the Spirit’s [power].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A29/2"}
{"id":45935,"verse_id":"GAL.4.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":4,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.31","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%204%3A31/1"}
{"id":45936,"verse_id":"GAL.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Translating the dative as “For freedom” shows the purpose for Christ setting us free; however, it is also possible to take the phrase in the sense of means or instrument (“with [or by] freedom”), referring to the freedom mentioned in 4:31 and implied throughout the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":45937,"verse_id":"GAL.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “keep”; or “carry out”; Grk “do.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":45938,"verse_id":"GAL.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “trying to be justified.” The verb δικαιοῦσθε ( dikaiousqe ) has been translated as a conative present (see ExSyn 534).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":45939,"verse_id":"GAL.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “estranged”; BDAG 526 s.v. καταργέω 4 states, “Of those who aspire to righteousness through the law κ . ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ be estranged from Christ Gal 5:4 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":45940,"verse_id":"GAL.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “but faith working through love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":45941,"verse_id":"GAL.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “following.” BDAG 792 s.v. πείθω 3.b states, “ obey, follow w. dat. of the pers. or thing… Gal 3:1 v.l.; 5:7 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":45942,"verse_id":"GAL.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “The persuasion,” referring to their being led away from the truth (v. 7 ). There is a play on words here that is not easily reproducible in the English translation: The words translated “obey” ( πείθεσθαι , peiqesqai ) in v. 7 and “persuasion” ( πεισμονή , peismonh ) in v. 8 come from the same root in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":45943,"verse_id":"GAL.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “A little leaven leavens the whole lump.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":45944,"verse_id":"GAL.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"The verb translated “I am confident” ( πέποιθα , pepoiqa ) comes from the same root in Greek as the words translated “obey” ( πείθεσθαι , peiqesqai ) in v. 7 and “persuasion” ( πεισμονή , peismonh ) in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":45945,"verse_id":"GAL.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “that you will think nothing otherwise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":45946,"verse_id":"GAL.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “is stirring you up”; Grk “is troubling you.” In context Paul is referring to the confusion and turmoil caused by those who insist that Gentile converts to Christianity must observe the Mosaic law.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":45947,"verse_id":"GAL.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"Or “will suffer condemnation” (L&N 90.80); Grk “will bear his judgment.” The translation “must pay the penalty” is given as an explanatory gloss on the phrase by BDAG 171 s.v. βαστάζω 2.b. β .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":45948,"verse_id":"GAL.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":45949,"verse_id":"GAL.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “nullified.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A11/4"}
{"id":45950,"verse_id":"GAL.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “the ones who are upsetting you.” The same verb is used in Acts 21:38 to refer to a person who incited a revolt. Paul could be alluding indirectly to the fact that his opponents are inciting the Galatians to rebel against his teaching with regard to circumcision and the law.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":45951,"verse_id":"GAL.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “would even.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":45952,"verse_id":"GAL.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “make eunuchs of themselves”; Grk “cut themselves off.” This statement is rhetorical hyperbole on Paul’s part. It does strongly suggest, however, that Paul’s adversaries in this case (“those agitators”) were men. Some interpreters (notably Erasmus and the Reformers) have attempted to soften the meaning to a figurative “separate themselves” (meaning the opponents would withdraw from fellowship) but such an understanding dramatically weakens the rhetorical force of Paul’s argument. Although it has been argued that such an act of emasculation would be unthinkable for Paul, it must be noted that Paul’s statement is one of biting sarcasm, obviously not meant to be taken literally. See further G. Stählin, TDNT 3:853-55.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":45953,"verse_id":"GAL.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":45954,"verse_id":"GAL.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “as an opportunity for the flesh”; BDAG 915 s.v. σάρξ 2.c. α states: “In Paul’s thought esp., all parts of the body constitute a totality known as σ . or flesh , which is dominated by sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ … Gal 5:13, 24 ;…Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα … Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17 ab; 6:8 ab.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":45955,"verse_id":"GAL.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"It is possible that the verb δουλεύετε ( douleuete ) should be translated “serve one another in a humble manner” here, referring to the way in which slaves serve their masters (see L&N 35.27).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":45956,"verse_id":"GAL.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Or “can be fulfilled in one commandment.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":45957,"verse_id":"GAL.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"That is, “if you are harming and exploiting one another.” Paul’s metaphors are retained in most modern translations, but it is possible to see the meanings of δάκνω and κατεσθίω ( daknw and katesqiw , L&N 20.26 and 88.145) as figurative extensions of the literal meanings of these terms and to translate them accordingly. The present tenses here are translated as customary presents (“continually…”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":45958,"verse_id":"GAL.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.15","text":"Or “destroyed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A15/2"}
{"id":45959,"verse_id":"GAL.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “walk” (a common NT idiom for how one conducts one’s life or how one behaves).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":45960,"verse_id":"GAL.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"On the term “flesh” (once in this verse and twice in v. 17 ) see the note on the same word in Gal 5:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":45961,"verse_id":"GAL.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"The words “has desires” do not occur in the Greek text a second time, but are repeated in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":45962,"verse_id":"GAL.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “are hostile toward” (L&N 39.1).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":45963,"verse_id":"GAL.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"See the note on the word “flesh” in Gal 5:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":45964,"verse_id":"GAL.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Or “clear,” “evident.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":45965,"verse_id":"GAL.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “witchcraft.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":45966,"verse_id":"GAL.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “enmities,” “[acts of] hatred.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":45967,"verse_id":"GAL.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “discord” (L&N 39.22).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A20/3"}
{"id":45968,"verse_id":"GAL.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “discord(s)” (L&N 39.13).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A20/4"}
{"id":45969,"verse_id":"GAL.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"This term is plural in Greek (as is “murder” and “carousing”), but for clarity these abstract nouns have been translated as singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":45970,"verse_id":"GAL.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.21","text":"א B 33 81 323 945 pc sa, while the majority of mss (A C D F G Ψ 0122 0278 1739 1881 Ï lat) have the word. Although the pedigree of the mss which lack the term is of the highest degree, homoioteleuton may well explain the shorter reading. The preceding word has merely one letter difference, making it quite possible to overlook this term ( φθόνοι φόνοι , fqonoi fonoi ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A21/2"}
{"id":45971,"verse_id":"GAL.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.21","text":"Or “revelings,” “orgies” (L&N 88.287).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A21/3"}
{"id":45972,"verse_id":"GAL.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"That is, the fruit the Spirit produces.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":45973,"verse_id":"GAL.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.22","text":"Or “reliability”; see BDAG 818 s.v. πίστις 1.a.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A22/3"}
{"id":45974,"verse_id":"GAL.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"“And” is supplied here as a matter of English style, which normally inserts “and” between the last two elements of a list or series.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":45975,"verse_id":"GAL.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":45976,"verse_id":"GAL.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.24","text":"See the note on the word “flesh” in Gal 5:13 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A24/2"}
{"id":45977,"verse_id":"GAL.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.24","text":"The Greek term παθήμασιν ( paqhmasin , translated “passions”) refers to strong physical desires, especially of a sexual nature (L&N 25.30).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A24/3"}
{"id":45978,"verse_id":"GAL.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Or “let us also follow,” “let us also walk by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":45979,"verse_id":"GAL.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “falsely proud.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":45980,"verse_id":"GAL.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “irritating.” BDAG 871 s.v. προκαλέω has “ provoke, challenge τινά someone. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A26/2"}
{"id":45981,"verse_id":"GAL.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.26","text":"Or “another, envying one another.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%205%3A26/3"}
{"id":45982,"verse_id":"GAL.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":45983,"verse_id":"GAL.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":45984,"verse_id":"GAL.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “some transgression” (L&N 88.297).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":45985,"verse_id":"GAL.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “with a gentle spirit” or “gently.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A1/5"}
{"id":45986,"verse_id":"GAL.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “taking careful notice.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A1/6"}
{"id":45987,"verse_id":"GAL.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “determine the genuineness of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":45988,"verse_id":"GAL.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “he will have a reason for boasting.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":45989,"verse_id":"GAL.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “and not in regard to.” The idea of comparison is implied in the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":45990,"verse_id":"GAL.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Or perhaps, “each one must carry.” A number of modern translations treat βαστάσει ( bastasei ) as an imperatival future.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":45991,"verse_id":"GAL.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “instructs,” “imparts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":45992,"verse_id":"GAL.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Or “is not mocked,” “will not be ridiculed” (L&N 33.409). BDAG 660 s.v. μυκτηρίζω has “of God οὐ μ . he is not to be mocked, treated w. contempt, perh. outwitted Gal 6:7 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":45993,"verse_id":"GAL.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":45994,"verse_id":"GAL.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"BDAG 915 s.v. σάρξ 2.c. α states: “In Paul’s thought esp., all parts of the body constitute a totality known as σ . or flesh , which is dominated by sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ … Gal 5:13, 24 ;…Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα … Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17 ab; 6:8 ab.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":45995,"verse_id":"GAL.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"Or “destruction.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":45996,"verse_id":"GAL.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"See the note on the previous occurrence of the word “flesh” in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":45997,"verse_id":"GAL.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Or “not become discouraged,” “not lose heart” (L&N 25.288).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":45998,"verse_id":"GAL.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Or “if we do not become extremely weary,” “if we do not give out,” “if we do not faint from exhaustion” (L&N 23.79).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":45999,"verse_id":"GAL.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"There is a double connective here that cannot be easily preserved in English: “consequently therefore,” emphasizing the conclusion of what Paul has been arguing.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":46000,"verse_id":"GAL.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “to those who are members of the family of [the] faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":46001,"verse_id":"GAL.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “in the flesh.” L&N 88.236 translates the phrase “those who force you to be circumcised are those who wish to make a good showing in external matters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":46002,"verse_id":"GAL.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “to be circumcised, only.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started with the words “They do so,” which were supplied to make a complete English sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":46003,"verse_id":"GAL.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"A C F G K L P 0278 6 81 104 326 629 1175 1505 pm ) and the subjunctive διώκωνται ( diwkwntai ; א B D Ψ 33 365 1739 pm ), with a slight preference for the subjunctive. However, since scribes would tend to change the indicative to a subjunctive due to syntactical requirements, the internal evidence is decidedly on the side of the indicative, suggesting that it is original.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":46004,"verse_id":"GAL.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “boast about you in external matters,” “in the outward rite” (cf. v. 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":46005,"verse_id":"GAL.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Or perhaps, “through whom,” referring to the Lord Jesus Christ rather than the cross.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":46006,"verse_id":"GAL.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"B Ψ 33 1175 1505 1739* and several fathers. The longer reading probably represents a harmonization to Gal 5:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":46007,"verse_id":"GAL.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":46008,"verse_id":"GAL.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “but a new creation”; the words “the only thing that matters” have been supplied to reflect the implied contrast with the previous clause (see also Gal 5:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":46009,"verse_id":"GAL.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The same Greek verb, στοιχέω ( stoicew ), occurs in Gal 5:25 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":46010,"verse_id":"GAL.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"The word “and” ( καί ) can be interpreted in two ways: (1) It could be rendered as “also” which would indicate that two distinct groups are in view, namely “all who will behave in accordance with this rule” and “the Israel of God.” Or (2) it could be rendered “even,” which would indicate that “all who behave in accordance with this rule” are “the Israel of God.” In other words, in this latter view, “even” = “that is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":46011,"verse_id":"GAL.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Paul is probably referring to scars from wounds received in the service of Jesus, although the term στίγμα ( stigma ) may imply ownership and suggest these scars served as brands (L&N 8.55; 33.481; 90.84).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":46012,"verse_id":"GAL.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Or “is.” No verb is stated, but a wish (“be”) rather than a declarative statement (“is”) is most likely in a concluding greeting such as this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":46013,"verse_id":"GAL.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"GAL","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Galatians%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":46014,"verse_id":"EPH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46015,"verse_id":"EPH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"also lists the words in brackets, indicating doubt as to their authenticity. For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46016,"verse_id":"EPH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “and faithful.” The construction in Greek (as well as Paul’s style [and even if this letter is not by Paul it follows the general style of Paul’s letters, with some modifications]) suggests that the saints are identical to the faithful; hence, the καί ( kai ) is best left untranslated. See M. Barth, Ephesians (AB 34), 1:68 and ExSyn 282.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":46017,"verse_id":"EPH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46018,"verse_id":"EPH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"There is no verb in the Greek text; either the optative (“be”) or the indicative (“is”) can be supplied. The meaning of the term εὐλογητός ( euloghtos ), the author’s intention at this point in the epistle, and the literary genre of this material must all come into play to determine which is the preferred nuance. εὐλογητός as an adjective can mean either that one is praised or that one is blessed, that is, in a place of favor and benefit. The meaning “blessed” would be more naturally paired with an indicative verb here and would suggest that blessedness is an intrinsic part of God’s character. The meaning “praised” would be more naturally paired with an optative verb here and would suggest that God ought to be praised. Pauline style in the epistles generally moves from statements to obligations, expressing the reality first and then the believer’s necessary response, which would favor the indicative. However, many scholars regard Eph 1:3-14 as a berakah psalm (cf. A. T. Lincoln, Ephesians [WBC], 10-11). Rooted in the OT and Jewish worship, berakah psalms were songs of praise in which the worshiper gave praise to God; this would favor the optative (although not all scholars are agreed on this genre classification here; see H. W. Hoehner, Ephesians , 153-59, for discussion and an alternate conclusion). When considered as a whole, although a decision is difficult, the indicative seems to fit all the factors better. The author seems to be pointing to who God is and what he has done for believers in this section; the indicative more naturally fits that emphasis. Cf. also 2 Cor 1:3 ; 1 Pet 1:3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":46019,"verse_id":"EPH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “enriched,” “conferred blessing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":46020,"verse_id":"EPH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “just as.” Eph 1:3-14 are one long sentence in Greek that must be broken up in English translation. Verse 4 expresses the reason why God the Father is blessed (cf. BDAG 494 s.v. καθώς 3).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":46021,"verse_id":"EPH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “in him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":46022,"verse_id":"EPH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “before him.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":46023,"verse_id":"EPH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν ἀγάπῃ ( en agaph , “in love”) may modify one of three words or phrases: (1) “chose,” (2) “holy and unblemished,” both in v. 4 , or (3) “by predestining” in v. 5 . If it modifies “chose,” it refers to God’s motivation in that election, but this option is unlikely because of the placement of the prepositional phrase far away from the verb. The other two options are more likely. If it modifies “holy and unblemished,” it specifies that our holiness cannot be divorced from love. This view is in keeping with the author’s use of ἀγάπη to refer often to human love in Ephesians, but the placement of the prepositional phrase not immediately following the words it modifies would be slightly awkward. If it modifies “by predestining” (v. 5 ), again the motivation of God’s choice is love. This would fit the focus of the passage on God’s gracious actions toward believers, but it could be considered slightly redundant in that God’s predestination itself proves his love.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":46024,"verse_id":"EPH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “by predestining.” Verse 5 begins with an aorist participle dependent on the main verb in v. 4 (“chose”). sn By predestining. The aorist participle may be translated either causally (“because he predestined,” “having predestined”) or instrumentally (“by predestining”). A causal nuance would suggest that God’s predestination of certain individuals prompted his choice of them. An instrumental nuance would suggest that the means by which God’s choice was accomplished was by predestination. The instrumental view is somewhat more likely in light of normal Greek syntax (i.e., an aorist participle following an aorist main verb is more likely to be instrumental than causal).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46025,"verse_id":"EPH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “to himself” after “through Jesus Christ.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46026,"verse_id":"EPH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The Greek term υἱοθεσία ( Juioqesia ) was originally a legal technical term for adoption as a son with full rights of inheritance. BDAG 1024 s.v. notes, “a legal t.t. of ‘adoption’ of children, in our lit., i.e. in Paul, only in a transferred sense of a transcendent filial relationship between God and humans (with the legal aspect, not gender specificity, as major semantic component).” Although some modern translations remove the filial sense completely and render the term merely “adoption” (cf. NAB, ESV), the retention of this component of meaning was accomplished in the present translation by the phrase “as…sons.” sn Adoption as his sons is different from spiritual birth as children. All true believers have been born as children of God and will be adopted as sons of God. The adoption is both a future reality, and in some sense, already true. To be adopted as a son means to have the full rights of an heir. Thus, although in the ancient world, only boys could be adopted as sons, in God’s family all children – both male and female – are adopted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":46027,"verse_id":"EPH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “good pleasure.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":46028,"verse_id":"EPH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “to the praise of his glorious grace.” Many translations translate δόξης τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ ( doxh\" th\" carito\" autou , literally “of the glory of his grace”) with τῆς χάριτος as an attributed genitive (cf., e.g., NIV, NRSV, ESV). The translation above has retained a literal rendering in order to make clear the relationship of this phrase to the other two similar phrases in v. 12 and 14 , which affect the way one divides the material in the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46029,"verse_id":"EPH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “the beloved.” The term ἠγαπημένῳ ( hgaphmenw ) means “beloved,” but often bears connotations of “only beloved” in an exclusive sense. “His dearly loved Son” picks up this connotation. sn God’s grace can be poured out on believers only because of what Christ has done for them. Hence, he bestows his grace on us because we are in his dearly loved Son .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":46030,"verse_id":"EPH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “in whom” (the relative clause of v. 7 is subordinate to v. 6 ). The “him” refers to Christ.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46031,"verse_id":"EPH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “He did this by revealing”; Grk “making known, revealing.” Verse 9 begins with a participle dependent on “lavished” in v. 8 ; the adverbial participle could be understood as temporal (“when he revealed”), which would be contemporaneous to the action of the finite verb “lavished,” or as means (“by revealing”). The participle has been translated here with the temporal nuance to allow for means to also be a possible interpretation. If the translation focused instead upon means, the temporal nuance would be lost as the time frame for the action of the participle would become indistinct.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46032,"verse_id":"EPH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “mystery.” In the NT μυστήριον ( musthrion ) refers to a divine secret previously undisclosed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46033,"verse_id":"EPH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “purposed,” “publicly displayed.” Cf. Rom 3:25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":46034,"verse_id":"EPH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “in him”; the referent (Christ) has been specified in the translation for the sake of clarity. sn In Christ. KJV has “in himself” as though the antecedent were God the Father. Although possible, the notion of the verb set forth (Greek προτίθημι , protiqhmi ) implies a plan that is carried out in history (cf. Rom 1:13; 3:25 ) and thus more likely refers to Christ.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":46035,"verse_id":"EPH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The precise meaning of the infinitive ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι ( anakefalaiwsasqai ) in v. 10 is difficult to determine since it was used relatively infrequently in Greek literature and only twice in the NT (here and Rom 13:9 ). While there have been several suggestions, three deserve mention: (1) “To sum up.” In Rom 13:9 , using the same term, the author there says that the law may be “ summarized in one command, to love your neighbor as yourself.” The idea then in Eph 1:10 would be that all things in heaven and on earth can be summed up and made sense out of in relation to Christ. (2) “To renew.” If this is the nuance of the verb then all things in heaven and earth, after their plunge into sin and ruin, are renewed by the coming of Christ and his redemption. (3) “To head up.” In this translation the idea is that Christ, in the fullness of the times, has been exalted so as to be appointed as the ruler (i.e., “head”) over all things in heaven and earth (including the church). That this is perhaps the best understanding of the verb is evidenced by the repeated theme of Christ’s exaltation and reign in Ephesians and by the connection to the κεφαλή- ( kefalh- ) language of 1:22 (cf. Schlier, TDNT 3:682; L&N 63.8; M. Barth, Ephesians [AB 34], 1:89-92; contra A. T. Lincoln, Ephesians [WBC], 32-33).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46036,"verse_id":"EPH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “the heavens.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":46037,"verse_id":"EPH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “in whom,” as a continuation of the previous verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":46038,"verse_id":"EPH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “we were appointed by lot.” The notion of the verb κληρόω ( klhrow ) in the OT was to “appoint a portion by lot” (the more frequent cognate verb κληρονομέω [ klhronomew ] meant “obtain a portion by lot”). In the passive, as here, the idea is that “we were appointed [as a portion] by lot” (BDAG 548 s.v. κληρόω 1). The words “God’s own” have been supplied in the translation to clarify this sense of the verb. An alternative interpretation is that believers receive a portion as an inheritance: “In Christ we too have been appointed a portion of the inheritance.” See H. W. Hoehner, Ephesians , 226-27, for discussion on this interpretive issue. sn God’s own possession . Although God is not mentioned explicitly in the Greek text, it is clear from the context that he has chosen believers for himself. Just as with the nation Israel, the church is God’s chosen portion or possession (cf. Deut 32:8-9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":46039,"verse_id":"EPH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “who had already hoped.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":46040,"verse_id":"EPH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “the Messiah.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":46041,"verse_id":"EPH.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in whom you also, when…” (continuing the sentence from v. 12 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":46042,"verse_id":"EPH.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in whom also having believed.” The relative pronoun “whom” has been replaced in the translation with its antecedent (“Christ”) to improve the clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":46043,"verse_id":"EPH.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “you were sealed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":46044,"verse_id":"EPH.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “the Holy Spirit of promise.” Here ἐπαγγελίας ( epangelias , “of promise”) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":46045,"verse_id":"EPH.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “first installment,” “pledge,” “deposit.” sn Down payment. The Greek word ἀρραβών ( arrabwn ) denotes the first payment or first installment of money or goods which serves as a guarantee or pledge for the completion of the transaction. In the NT the term is used only figuratively of the Holy Spirit as the down payment of the blessings promised by God (it is used also in 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 ). In the “already – not yet” scheme of the NT the possession of the Spirit now by believers (“already”) can be viewed as a guarantee that God will give them the balance of the promised blessings in the future (“not yet”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":46046,"verse_id":"EPH.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “the possession.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":46047,"verse_id":"EPH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “even I.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":46048,"verse_id":"EPH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “having also heard.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":46049,"verse_id":"EPH.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"Ψ Ï latt sa), read τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους . Externally, the shorter reading is superior. Internally, the omission of τὴν ἀγάπην is a significantly harder reading, for the saints become an object of faith on par with the Lord Jesus. If this reading is authentic, however, the force of πίστις ( pisti\" ) is probably closer to “faithfulness,” a meaning that could perhaps be suitable toward both the Lord and the saints. Nevertheless, if the shorter reading is authentic, later scribes would no doubt have been tempted to alter it. With the parallel in Col 1:4 at hand, τὴν ἀγάπην would have been the most obvious phrase to add. ( TCGNT 533 suggests that ἣν ἔχετε would have been added instead of the second τήν if the shorter reading were original, in conformity with Col 1:4 , but this is not necessarily so: Scribes often altered the text as minimally as possible, and since the second τήν was already present, replacing it with ἣν ἔχετε , when the meaning was not significantly different from the second τήν , seems unlikely.) Further, ἀγάπην comes after “saints” (thus, τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους ἀγάπην ) in some witnesses (81 104 326 365 1175), and the second τήν is lacking (thus, τὴν ἀγάπην εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους ) in others (D* F G). Such a floating text normally indicates inauthenticity. On the other hand, τὴν ἀγάπην could easily have dropped out of the text by way of haplography, the Alexandrian scribes’ eyes skipping from τήν to τήν . The weak first declension feminine article-noun-article construction is common enough in the NT, occurring over 40 times, yet in four of these texts there is some ms evidence for an omission similar to Eph 1:15 ( Rom 11:17 ; 2 Tim 3:10 ; Rev 11:2; 21:9 ). But in none of these places is the Alexandrian testimony united in the omission as it is here. Further, a wholesale Alexandrian omission of τὴν ἀγάπην presupposes a much stronger genealogical relation among the Alexandrian mss than many scholars would embrace. What seems to tip the scales in favor of the longer reading, however, is the intrinsic evidence: The question of whether πίστις could be used to mean faithfulness in the general sense toward both the Lord and the saints is quite problematic. All in all, a decision is difficult, but the longer reading is, with hesitation, preferred.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":46050,"verse_id":"EPH.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “making mention [of you].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":46051,"verse_id":"EPH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The words “I pray” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to clarify the meaning; v. 17 is a subordinate clause to v. 16 (“I pray” in v. 17 is implied from v. 16 ). Eph 1:15-23 constitutes one sentence in Greek, but a new sentence was started here in the translation in light of contemporary English usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":46052,"verse_id":"EPH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “glorious Father.” The genitive phrase “of glory” is most likely an attributive genitive. The literal translation “Father of glory” has been retained because of the parallelism with the first line of the verse: “the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":46053,"verse_id":"EPH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “the Spirit of wisdom and revelation,” or “a spirit of wisdom and revelation.” Verse 17 involves a complex exegetical problem revolving around the Greek term πνεῦμα ( pneuma ). Some take it to mean “the Spirit,” others “a spirit,” and still others “spiritual.” (1) If “the Spirit” is meant, the idea must be a metonymy of cause for effect, because the author had just indicated in vv. 13-14 that the Spirit was already given (hence, there is no need for him to pray that he be given again). But the effect of the Spirit is wisdom and revelation. (2) If “a spirit” is meant, the idea may be that the readers will have the ability to gain wisdom and insight as they read Paul’s letters, but the exact meaning of “a spirit” remains ambiguous. (3) To take the genitives following πνεῦμα as attributed genitives (see ExSyn 89-91), in which the head noun (“S/spirit”) functions semantically like an adjective (“spiritual”) is both grammatically probable and exegetically consistent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":46054,"verse_id":"EPH.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “in the knowledge of him.” sn The point of the knowledge of him has nothing to do with what God knows, but with what believers are to know (hence, “ your …knowledge ”). Further, the author’s prayer is that this knowledge of God would increase, not simply be initiated, since he is writing to believers who already know God (hence, “ your growing knowledge of him ”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A17/4"}
{"id":46055,"verse_id":"EPH.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"B 6 33 1175 1739 1881 pc ). The longer reading thus looks to be a clarifying gloss, as is frequently found in the Byzantine and Western traditions. The translation above also uses “your” because of English requirements, not because of textual basis. Grk “the.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":46056,"verse_id":"EPH.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"The perfect participle πεφωτισμένους ( pefwtismenou\" ) may either be part of the prayer (“that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened”) or part of the basis of the prayer (“since the eyes of your heart have been enlightened”). Although the participle follows the ἵνα ( Jina ) of v. 17 , it is awkward grammatically in the clause. Further, perfect adverbial participles are usually causal in NT Greek. Finally, the context both here and throughout Ephesians seems to emphasize the motif of light as a property belonging to believers. Thus, it seems that the author is saying, “I know that you are saved, that you have had the blinders of the devil removed; because of this, I can now pray that you will fully understand and see the light of God’s glorious revelation.” Hence, the translation takes the participle to form a part of the basis for the prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":46057,"verse_id":"EPH.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “the hope to which he has called you.” sn The hope of his calling. The translation is more formally equivalent for this and the following two phrases, because of the apparently intentional literary force of the original. There is a natural cadence to the three genitive expressions ( hope of his calling , wealth of his glorious inheritance , and extraordinary greatness of his power ). The essence of the prayer is seen here. Paraphrased it reads as follows: “Since you are enlightened by God’s Spirit, I pray that you may comprehend the hope to which he has called you, the spiritual riches that await the saints in glory, and the spiritual power that is available to the saints now.” Thus, the prayer focuses on all three temporal aspects of our salvation as these are embedded in the genitives – the past ( calling ), the future ( inheritance ), and the present ( power toward us who believe ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":46058,"verse_id":"EPH.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “of the glory of his inheritance.” Here “inheritance” is taken as an attributed genitive and the head noun, “glory,” is thus translated as an adjective, “glorious inheritance.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A18/4"}
{"id":46059,"verse_id":"EPH.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “immeasurable, surpassing”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":46060,"verse_id":"EPH.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “for, to”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":46061,"verse_id":"EPH.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “according to.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":46062,"verse_id":"EPH.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “according to the exercise of the might of his strength.” sn What has been translated as exercise is a term used only of supernatural power in the NT, ἐνέργεια ( energeia ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":46063,"verse_id":"EPH.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “which” (v. 20 is a subordinate clause to v. 19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":46064,"verse_id":"EPH.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The verb “exercised” (the aorist of ἐνεργέω , energew ) has its nominal cognate in “exercise” in v. 19 ( ἐνέργεια , energeia ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":46065,"verse_id":"EPH.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Or “This power he exercised in Christ by raising him”; Grk “raising him.” The adverbial participle ἐγείρας ( egeiras ) could be understood as temporal (“when he raised [him]”), which would be contemporaneous to the action of the finite verb “he exercised” earlier in the verse, or as means (“by raising [him]”). The participle has been translated here with the temporal nuance to allow for means to also be a possible interpretation. If the translation focused instead upon means, the temporal nuance would be lost as the time frame for the action of the participle would become indistinct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":46066,"verse_id":"EPH.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.20","text":"א A B 0278 33 81 1175 1505 1739 1881 2464 al ), on the other hand, is coordinate with ἐγείρας ( egeiras ) and as such provides evidence of God’s power: He exercised his power by raising Christ from the dead and by seating him at his right hand. As intriguing as the indicative reading is, it is most likely an intentional alteration of the original wording, accomplished by an early “Western” scribe, which made its way in the Byzantine text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A20/4"}
{"id":46067,"verse_id":"EPH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":46068,"verse_id":"EPH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “subjected.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":46069,"verse_id":"EPH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (Christ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":46070,"verse_id":"EPH.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “and he gave him as head over all things to the church.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A22/5"}
{"id":46071,"verse_id":"EPH.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “which is.” The antecedent of “which” is easily lost in English, though in Greek it is quite clear. In the translation “church” is repeated to clarify the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":46072,"verse_id":"EPH.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Or perhaps, “who is filled entirely.” sn The idea of all in all is either related to the universe (hence, he fills the whole universe entirely) or the church universal (hence, Christ fills the church entirely with his presence and power).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":46073,"verse_id":"EPH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"The adverbial participle “being” ( ὄντας , ontas ) is taken concessively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46074,"verse_id":"EPH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “walked.” sn The Greek verb translated lived ( περιπατέω , peripatew ) in the NT letters refers to the conduct of one’s life, not to physical walking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46075,"verse_id":"EPH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or possibly “Aeon.” sn The word translated present path is the same as that which has been translated [this] age in 1:21 ( αἰών , aiwn ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":46076,"verse_id":"EPH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “domain, [place of] authority.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":46077,"verse_id":"EPH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “of” (but see the note on the word “spirit” later in this verse).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":46078,"verse_id":"EPH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “working in.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A2/7"}
{"id":46079,"verse_id":"EPH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “we all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":46080,"verse_id":"EPH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “even.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":46081,"verse_id":"EPH.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “by grace you have been saved.” The perfect tense in Greek connotes both completed action (“you have been saved”) and continuing results (“you are saved”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46082,"verse_id":"EPH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or possibly “to the Aeons who are about to come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46083,"verse_id":"EPH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":46084,"verse_id":"EPH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"See note on the same expression in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46085,"verse_id":"EPH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The feminine article is found before πίστεως ( pistews , “faith”) in the Byzantine text as well as in A Ψ 1881 pc . Perhaps for some scribes the article was intended to imply creedal fidelity as a necessary condition of salvation (“you are saved through the faith”), although elsewhere in the corpus Paulinum the phrase διὰ τῆς πίστεως ( dia th\" pistew\" ) is used for the act of believing rather than the content of faith (cf. Rom 3:30, 31 ; Gal 3:14 ; Eph 3:17 ; Col 2:12 ). On the other side, strong representatives of the Alexandrian and Western texts ( א B D* F G P 0278 6 33 1739 al bo) lack the article. Hence, both text-critically and exegetically, the meaning of the text here is most likely “saved through faith” as opposed to “saved through the faith.” Regarding the textual problem, the lack of the article is the preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":46086,"verse_id":"EPH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “not as a result of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46087,"verse_id":"EPH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “lest anyone should boast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":46088,"verse_id":"EPH.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “so that we might walk in them” (or “by them”). sn So that we may do them. Before the devil began to control our walk in sin and among sinful people, God had already planned good works for us to do.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":46089,"verse_id":"EPH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “in the flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":46090,"verse_id":"EPH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “without Christ.” Both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.” Because the context refers to ancient Israel’s messianic expectation, “Messiah” was employed in the translation at this point rather than “Christ.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46091,"verse_id":"EPH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “covenants of the promise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46092,"verse_id":"EPH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “have come near in the blood of Christ.” sn See the note on “his blood” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":46093,"verse_id":"EPH.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “who made the both one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46094,"verse_id":"EPH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “rendered inoperative.” This is a difficult text to translate because it is not easy to find an English term which communicates well the essence of the author’s meaning, especially since legal terminology is involved. Many other translations use the term “abolish” (so NRSV, NASB, NIV), but this term implies complete destruction which is not the author’s meaning here. The verb καταργέω ( katargew ) can readily have the meaning “to cause someth. to lose its power or effectiveness” (BDAG 525 s.v. 2 , where this passage is listed), and this meaning fits quite naturally here within the author’s legal mindset. A proper English term which communicates this well is “nullify” since this word carries the denotation of “making something legally null and void.” This is not, however, a common English word. An alternate term like “rendered inoperative [or ineffective]” is also accurate but fairly inelegant. For this reason, the translation retains the term “nullify”; it is the best choice of the available options, despite its problems.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46095,"verse_id":"EPH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"In this context the author is not referring to a new individual, but instead to a new corporate entity united in Christ (cf. BDAG 497 s.v. καινός 3.b: “All the Christians together appear as κ . ἄνθρωπος Eph 2:15 ”). This is clear from the comparison made between the Gentiles and Israel in the immediately preceding verses and the assertion in v. 14 that Christ “made both groups into one.” This is a different metaphor than the “new man” of Eph 4:24 ; in that passage the “new man” refers to the new life a believer has through a relationship to Christ.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46096,"verse_id":"EPH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “in order to create the two into one new man.” Eph 2:14-16 is one sentence in Greek. A new sentence was started here in the translation for clarity since contemporary English is less tolerant of extended sentences.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":46097,"verse_id":"EPH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “by killing the hostility in himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":46098,"verse_id":"EPH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “for.” BDAG gives the consecutive ὅτι ( Joti ) as a possible category of NT usage (BDAG 732 s.v. 5 .c).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":46099,"verse_id":"EPH.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “having been built.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":46100,"verse_id":"EPH.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “while Christ Jesus himself is” or “Christ Jesus himself being.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":46101,"verse_id":"EPH.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Or perhaps “capstone” (NAB). The meaning of ἀκρογωνιαῖος ( akrogwniaio\" ) is greatly debated. The meaning “capstone” is proposed by J. Jeremias ( TDNT 1:792), but the most important text for this meaning ( T. Sol. 22:7-23:4) is late and possibly not even an appropriate parallel. The only place ἀκρογωνιαῖος is used in the LXX is Isa 28:16 , and there it clearly refers to a cornerstone that is part of a foundation. Furthermore, the imagery in this context has the building growing off the cornerstone upward, whereas if Christ were the capstone, he would not assume his position until the building was finished, which vv. 21-22 argue against.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":46102,"verse_id":"EPH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Grk “in whom” (v. 21 is a relative clause, subordinate to v. 20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":46103,"verse_id":"EPH.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"1881) have πᾶσα ἡ οἰκοδομή ( pasa Jh oikodomh ), instead of πᾶσα οἰκοδομή (the reading of א * B D F G Ψ 33 1739* Ï ), the article is almost surely a scribal addition intended to clarify the meaning of the text, for with the article the meaning is unambiguously “the whole building.” Or “every building.” Although “every building” is a more natural translation of the Greek, it does not fit as naturally into the context, which (with its emphasis on corporate unity) seems to stress the idea of one building.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":46104,"verse_id":"EPH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"rightly places ᾿Ιησοῦ in brackets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46105,"verse_id":"EPH.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “administration,” “dispensation,” “commission.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":46106,"verse_id":"EPH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “namely, that is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":46107,"verse_id":"EPH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “mystery.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":46108,"verse_id":"EPH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “as I wrote above briefly.” sn As I wrote briefly may refer to the author’s brief discussion of the divine secret in 1:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":46109,"verse_id":"EPH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “which, when reading.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46110,"verse_id":"EPH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “you are able to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":46111,"verse_id":"EPH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “mystery.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":46112,"verse_id":"EPH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “which.” Verse 5 is technically a relative clause, subordinate to the thought of v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":46113,"verse_id":"EPH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “the sons of men” (a Semitic idiom referring to human beings, hence, “people”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":46114,"verse_id":"EPH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “other.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":46115,"verse_id":"EPH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":46116,"verse_id":"EPH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “and fellow members.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":46117,"verse_id":"EPH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “of which I was made a minister,” “of which I became a servant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46118,"verse_id":"EPH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":46119,"verse_id":"EPH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"There is a possible causative nuance in the Greek verb, but this is difficult to convey in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":46120,"verse_id":"EPH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “what is the plan of the divine secret.” Earlier the author had used οἰκονομία ( oikonomia ; here “plan”) to refer to his own “stewardship” (v. 2 ). But now he is speaking about the content of this secret, not his own activity in relation to it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":46121,"verse_id":"EPH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “for eternity,” or perhaps “from the Aeons.” Cf. 2:2, 7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":46122,"verse_id":"EPH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “by God.” It is possible that ἐν ( en ) plus the dative here indicates agency, that is, that God has performed the action of hiding the secret. However, this usage of the preposition ἐν is quite rare in the NT, and even though here it does follow a perfect passive verb as in the Classical idiom, it is more likely that a different nuance is intended.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":46123,"verse_id":"EPH.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “that.” Verse 10 is a subordinate clause to the verb “enlighten” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":46124,"verse_id":"EPH.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “manifold wisdom,” “wisdom in its rich variety.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":46125,"verse_id":"EPH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “according to.” The verse is a prepositional phrase subordinate to v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46126,"verse_id":"EPH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “access in confidence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":46127,"verse_id":"EPH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"The phrase “to God” is not in the text, but is clearly implied by the preceding, “access.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":46128,"verse_id":"EPH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “through,” “by way of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":46129,"verse_id":"EPH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “his.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":46130,"verse_id":"EPH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “I ask.” No direct object is given in Greek, leaving room for the possibility that either “God” (since the verb is often associated with prayer) or “you” is in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46131,"verse_id":"EPH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “my trials on your behalf.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":46132,"verse_id":"EPH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.13","text":"Or “Or who is your glory?” The relative pronoun ἥτις ( Jhti\" ), if divided differently, would become ἤ τίς ( h ti\" ). Since there were no word breaks in the original mss , either word division is possible. The force of the question would be that for the readers to become discouraged over Paul’s imprisonment would mean that they were no longer trusting in God’s sovereignty.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A13/4"}
{"id":46133,"verse_id":"EPH.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “I bend my knees.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":46134,"verse_id":"EPH.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"א * A B C P 6 33 81 365 1175 1739 co Or Hier.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":46135,"verse_id":"EPH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “by.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":46136,"verse_id":"EPH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “the whole family.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":46137,"verse_id":"EPH.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “that.” In Greek v. 16 is a subordinate clause to vv. 14-15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":46138,"verse_id":"EPH.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Or “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":46139,"verse_id":"EPH.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Or “infinitely beyond,” “far more abundantly than.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":46140,"verse_id":"EPH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “prisoner in the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":46141,"verse_id":"EPH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “walk.” The verb “walk” in the NT letters refers to the conduct of one’s life, not to physical walking.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":46142,"verse_id":"EPH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “meekness.” The word is often used in Hellenistic Greek of the merciful execution of justice on behalf of those who have no voice by those who are in a position of authority ( Matt 11:29; 21:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":46143,"verse_id":"EPH.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “putting up with”; or “forbearing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":46144,"verse_id":"EPH.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “he led captive captivity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46145,"verse_id":"EPH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"082 6 33 81 1739 1881 pc ); internally, the inclusion of πρῶτον is most likely an addition to clarify the sense of the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":46146,"verse_id":"EPH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"I Ψ 33 1739 1881 Ï ). Certain scribes may have deleted the word, thinking it superfluous; in addition, if the shorter reading were original one would expect to see at least a little variation in clarifying additions to the text. For these reasons the inclusion of μέρη should be regarded as original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":46147,"verse_id":"EPH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “to the lower parts of the earth.” This phrase has been variously interpreted: (1) The traditional view understands it as a reference to the underworld (hell), where Jesus is thought to have descended in the three days between his death and resurrection. In this case, “of the earth” would be a partitive genitive. (2) A second option is to translate the phrase “of the earth” as a genitive of apposition: “to the lower parts, namely, the earth” (as in the present translation). Many recent scholars hold this view and argue that it is a reference to the incarnation. (3) A third option, which also sees the phrase “of the earth” as a genitive of apposition, is that the descent in the passage occurs after the ascent rather than before it, and refers to the descent of the Spirit at Pentecost (cf. Acts 4:11-16 ). Support for this latter view is found in the intertestamental and rabbinic use of Ps 68:18 (quoted in v. 8 ), which is consistently and solely interpreted as a reference to Moses’ ascent of Mt. Sinai to “capture” the words of the law. The probability, therefore, is that the comments here in v. 9 reflect a polemic against the interpretation of Ps 68:18 in certain circles as a reference to Moses. See W. H. Harris, The Descent of Christ (AGJU 32), 46-54; 171-204.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":46148,"verse_id":"EPH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"The Greek text lays specific emphasis on “He” through the use of the intensive pronoun, αὐτός ( autos ). This is reflected in the English translation through the use of “the very one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":46149,"verse_id":"EPH.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"The emphasis on Christ is continued through the use of the intensive pronoun, αὐτός ( autos ), and is rendered in English as “it was he” as this seems to lay emphasis on the “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":46150,"verse_id":"EPH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"On the translation of πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων ( pro\" ton katartismon twn Jagiwn ) as “to equip the saints” see BDAG 526 s.v. καταρτισμός . In this case the genitive is taken as objective and the direct object of the verbal idea implied in καταρτισμός ( katartismo\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46151,"verse_id":"EPH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"The εἰς ( eis ) clause is taken as epexegetical to the previous εἰς clause, namely, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας ( ei\" ergon diakonia\" ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":46152,"verse_id":"EPH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The words “attaining to” were supplied in the translation to pick up the καταντήσωμεν ( katanthswmen ) mentioned earlier in the sentence and the εἰς ( eis ) which heads up this clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":46153,"verse_id":"EPH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “the measure of the stature of the fullness of Christ.” On this translation of ἡλικία ( Jhlikia , “stature”) see BDAG 436 s.v. 3 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":46154,"verse_id":"EPH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":46155,"verse_id":"EPH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"While the sense of the passage is clear enough, translation in English is somewhat difficult. The Greek says: “by the trickery of men, by craftiness with the scheme of deceit.” The point is that the author is concerned about Christians growing into maturity. He is fearful that certain kinds of very cunning people, who are skilled at deceitful scheming, should come in and teach false doctrines which would in turn stunt the growth of the believers.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":46156,"verse_id":"EPH.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"The meaning of the participle ἀληθεύοντες ( alhqeuonte\" ; from the verb ἀληθεύω [ alhqeuw ]) is debated. In classical times the verb could mean “to speak the truth,” or “to be true, to prove true.” In the LXX it appears five times ( Gen 20:16; 42:16 ; Prov 21:3 ; Isa 44:26 ; Sir 34:4) and translates four different Hebrew words; there it is an ethical term used of proving or being true, not with the idea of speaking the truth. In the NT the only other place the verb appears is in Gal 4:16 where it means “to speak the truth.” However, in Ephesians the concept of “being truthful” is the best sense of the word. In contrast to the preceding verse, where there are three prepositional phrases to denote falsehood and deceit, the present word speaks of being real or truthful in both conduct and speech. Their deceit was not only in their words but also in their conduct. In other words, the believers’ conduct should be transparent, revealing the real state of affairs, as opposed to hiding or suppressing the truth through cunning and deceit. See H. W. Hoehner, Ephesians , 564-65, and R. Bultmann, TDNT 1:251.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":46157,"verse_id":"EPH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The Greek participle συμβιβαζόμενον ( sumbibazomenon ) translated “held together” also has in different contexts, the idea of teaching implied in it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":46158,"verse_id":"EPH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “joint of supply.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":46159,"verse_id":"EPH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"On the translation of μαρτύρομαι ( marturomai ) as “insist” see BDAG 619 s.v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":46160,"verse_id":"EPH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"On the translation of ματαιότης ( mataioth\" ) as “futility” see BDAG 621 s.v.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":46161,"verse_id":"EPH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “thoughts,” “mind.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":46162,"verse_id":"EPH.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"In the Greek text this clause is actually subordinate to περιπατεῖ ( peripatei ) in v. 17 . It was broken up in the English translation so as to avoid an unnecessarily long and cumbersome statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":46163,"verse_id":"EPH.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"An alternative rendering for the infinitives in vv. 22-24 (“to lay aside… to be renewed… to put on”) is “that you have laid aside… that you are being renewed… that you have put on.” The three infinitives of vv. 22 ( ἀποθέσθαι , apoqesqai ), 23 ( ἀνανεοῦσθαι , ananeousqai ), and 24 ( ἐνδύσασθαι , endusasqai ), form part of an indirect discourse clause; they constitute the teaching given to the believers addressed in the letter. The problem in translation is that one cannot be absolutely certain whether they go back to indicatives in the original statement (i.e., “you have put off”) or imperatives (i.e., “put off!”). Every other occurrence of an aorist infinitive in indirect discourse in the NT goes back to an imperative, but in all of these examples the indirect discourse is introduced by a verb that implies a command. The verb διδάσκω ( didaskw ) in the corpus Paulinum may be used to relate the indicatives of the faith as well as the imperatives. This translation implies that the infinitives go back to imperatives, though the alternate view that they refer back to indicatives is also a plausible interpretation. For further discussion, see ExSyn 605.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":46164,"verse_id":"EPH.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.24","text":"Or “in God’s likeness.” Grk “according to God.” The preposition κατά used here denotes a measure of similarity or equality (BDAG 513 s.v. B.5.b. α ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A24/1"}
{"id":46165,"verse_id":"EPH.4.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.24","text":"Or “in righteousness and holiness which is based on truth” or “originated from truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A24/2"}
{"id":46166,"verse_id":"EPH.4.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.26","text":"The word παροργισμός ( parorgismo\" ), typically translated “anger” in most versions is used almost exclusively of the source of anger rather than the results in Greek literature (thus, it refers to an external cause or provocation rather than an internal reaction). The notion of “cause of your anger” is both lexically and historically justified. The apparently proverbial nature of the statement (“Do not let the sun go down on the cause of your anger”) finds several remarkable parallels in Pss. Sol. 8:8-9: “(8) God laid bare their sins in the full light of day; All the earth came to know the righteous judgments of God. (9) In secret places underground their iniquities (were committed) to provoke (Him) to anger” (R. H. Charles’ translation). Not only is παροργισμός used, but righteous indignation against God’s own people and the laying bare of their sins in broad daylight are also seen.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A26/2"}
{"id":46167,"verse_id":"EPH.4.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.29","text":"Grk “but if something good for the building up of the need.” The final genitive τῆς χρείας ( th\" creia\" ) may refer to “the need of the moment” or it may refer to the need of a particular person or group of people as the next phrase “give grace to those who hear” indicates.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A29/1"}
{"id":46168,"verse_id":"EPH.4.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":4,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.32","text":"places δέ in brackets, indicating some doubt as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%204%3A32/1"}
{"id":46169,"verse_id":"EPH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “become.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":46170,"verse_id":"EPH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “walk.” The NT writers often used the verb “walk” ( περιπατέω , peripatew ) to refer to ethical conduct (cf. Rom 8:4 ; Gal 5:16 ; Col 4:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":46171,"verse_id":"EPH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"D F G Ψ 0278 33 1739 1881 al lat sy). It is possible that ἡμᾶς was accidentally introduced via homoioarcton with the previous word ( ἠγάπησεν , hgaphsen ). On the other hand, ὑμᾶς may have been motivated by the preceding ὑμῖν ( Jumin ) in 4:32 and second person verbs in 5:1, 2 . Further, the flow of argument seems to require the first person pronoun. A decision is difficult to make, but the first person pronoun has a slightly greater probability of being original.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":46172,"verse_id":"EPH.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “an offering and sacrifice to God as a smell of fragrance.” The first expression, προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν ( prosforan kai qusian ), is probably a hendiadys and has been translated such that “sacrificial” modifies “offering.” The second expression, εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας ( ei\" osmhn euwdia\" , “as a smell of fragrance”) has been translated as “a fragrant offering”; see BDAG 728-29 s.v. ὀσμή 2. Putting these two together in a clear fashion in English yields the translation: “a sacrificial and fragrant offering to God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":46173,"verse_id":"EPH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The term “But” translates the δέ ( de ) in a contrastive way in light of the perfect obedience of Jesus in vv. 1-2 and the vices mentioned in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":46174,"verse_id":"EPH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “all impurity.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":46175,"verse_id":"EPH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “just as is fitting for saints.” The καθώς ( kaqws ) was rendered with “as” and the sense is causal, i.e., “for” or “because.” The negative particle “not” (“for these are not proper for the saints”) in this clause was supplied in English so as to make the sense very clear, i.e., that these vices are not befitting of those who name the name of Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":46176,"verse_id":"EPH.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “be knowing this.” See also 2 Pet 1:20 for a similar phrase: τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες ( touto prwton ginwskonte\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":46177,"verse_id":"EPH.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"The genitive αὐτῶν ( autwn ) has been translated as a genitive of association because of its use with συμμέτοχοι ( summetocoi ) – a verb which implies association in the σύν- ( sun- ) prefix.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":46178,"verse_id":"EPH.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"The verb “you are” is implied in the Greek text, but is supplied in the English translation to make it clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":46179,"verse_id":"EPH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"א A B D* F G P 33 81 1739 1881 2464 pc latt co); it is rather doubtful that the early and widespread witnesses all mistook πνεύματος for φωτός . In addition, πνεύματος can be readily explained as harking back to Gal 5:22 (“the fruit of the Spirit”). Thus, on balance, φωτός appears to be original, giving rise to the reading πνεύματος .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":46180,"verse_id":"EPH.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “in.” The idea is that the fruit of the light is “expressed in” or “consists of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":46181,"verse_id":"EPH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"BDAG 255 s.v. δοκιμάζω 1 translates δοκιμάζοντες ( dokimazonte\" ) in Eph 5:10 as “try to learn.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":46182,"verse_id":"EPH.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The Greek conjunction καὶ ( kai ) seems to be functioning here ascensively, (i.e., “even”), but is difficult to render in this context using good English. It may read something like: “but rather even expose them!”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":46183,"verse_id":"EPH.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “rather even expose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":46184,"verse_id":"EPH.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The participle τὰ … γινόμενα ( ta … ginomena ) usually refers to “things happening” or “things which are,” but with the following genitive phrase ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ( Jup ’ autwn ), which indicates agency, the idea seems to be “things being done.” This passive construction was translated as an active one to simplify the English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":46185,"verse_id":"EPH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “Rise up.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":46186,"verse_id":"EPH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.14","text":"The articular nominative participle ὁ καθεύδων ( Jo kaqeudwn ) is probably functioning as a nominative for vocative. Thus, it has been translated as “O sleeper.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A14/3"}
{"id":46187,"verse_id":"EPH.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"“become wise by understanding”; Grk “understanding.” The imperative “be wise” is apparently implied by the construction of vv. 15-21 . See the following text-critical note for discussion.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":46188,"verse_id":"EPH.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Ψ 1881 Ï latt [D* F G are slightly different, but support the participial reading]). But the participle is superior on internal grounds: The structure of v. 17 almost requires an imperative after ἀλλά ( alla ), for this gives balance to the clause: “Do not become foolish, but understand…” If the participle is original, it may be imperatival (and thus should be translated just like an imperative), but such is quite rare in the NT. More likely, there is an implied imperative as follows: “Do not become foolish, but become wise , understanding what the will of the Lord is.” Either way, the participle is the harder reading and ought therefore to be considered original. It is significant that seeing an implied imperative in this verse affords a certain symmetry to the author’s thought in vv. 15-21 : There are three main sections (vv. 15-16 , v. 17 , vv. 18-21 ), each of which provides a negative injunction, followed by a positive injunction, followed by a present adverbial participle. If συνίετε ( suniete ) is original, this symmetry is lost. Thus, even though the external evidence for συνιέντες ( sunientes ) is not nearly as weighty as for the imperative, both the transcriptional and intrinsic evidence support it.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":46189,"verse_id":"EPH.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “in which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":46190,"verse_id":"EPH.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Or “dissipation.” See BDAG 148 s.v. ἀσωτία .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":46191,"verse_id":"EPH.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"Many have taken ἐν πνεύματι ( en pneumati ) as indicating content, i.e., one is to be filled with the Spirit. ExSyn 375 states, “There are no other examples in biblical Greek in which ἐν + the dative after πληρόω indicates content. Further, the parallel with οἴνῳ as well as the common grammatical category of means suggest that the idea intended is that believers are to be filled by means of the [Holy] Spirit. If so there seems to be an unnamed agent. The meaning of this text can only be fully appreciated in light of the πληρόω language in Ephesians. Always the term is used in connection with a member of the Trinity. Three considerations seem to be key: (1) In Eph 3:19 the ‘hinge’ prayer introducing the last half of the letter makes a request that the believers ‘be filled with all the fullness of God’ ( πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν πλήρωμα τοῦ θεοῦ ). The explicit content of πληρόω is thus God’s fullness (probably a reference to his moral attributes). (2) In 4:10 Christ is said to be the agent of filling (with v. 11 adding the specifics of his giving spiritual gifts). (3) The author then brings his argument to a crescendo in 5:18 : Believers are to be filled by Christ by means of the Spirit with the content of the fullness of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":46192,"verse_id":"EPH.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"See BDAG 1096 s.v. ψάλλω .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":46193,"verse_id":"EPH.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.19","text":"Or “with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A19/2"}
{"id":46194,"verse_id":"EPH.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “for all.” The form “all” can be either neuter or masculine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":46195,"verse_id":"EPH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"Many scholars regard Eph 5:21 as the verse which introduces this section, rather than 5:22 . This is due in part to the lack of a main verb in this verse (see tc note which follows). This connection is not likely, however, because it requires the participle ὑποτασσόμενοι ( Jupotassomenoi , “submitting”) in 5:21 to act as the main verb of the section, and this participle more likely is linked to the command “be filled by the Spirit” in 5:18 as a participle of result (see sn above). In any case, 5:21 does form a strong link between 5:18-21 and what follows, so the paragraph division which has been placed between 5:21 and 22 should not be viewed as a complete break in the author’s thought.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":46196,"verse_id":"EPH.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"), but significant and early. The rest of the witnesses add one of two verb forms as required by the sense of the passage (picking up the verb from v. 21 ). Several of these witnesses have ὑποτασσέσθωσαν ( Jupotassesqwsan ), the third person imperative (so א A I P Ψ 0278 33 81 1175 1739 1881 al lat co), while other witnesses, especially the later Byzantine cursives, read ὑποτάσσεσθε ( Jupotassesqe ), the second person imperative (D F G Ï sy). The text virtually begs for one of these two verb forms, but the often cryptic style of Paul’s letters argues for the shorter reading. The chronology of development seems to have been no verb – third person imperative – second person imperative. It is not insignificant that early lectionaries began a new day’s reading with v. 22 ; these most likely caused copyists to add the verb at this juncture.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":46197,"verse_id":"EPH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"The Greek article has been translated as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":46198,"verse_id":"EPH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"The direct object “her” is implied, but not found in the Greek text. It has been supplied in the English translation to clarify the sense of the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":46199,"verse_id":"EPH.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"The use of the pronoun αὐτός ( autos ) is intensive and focuses attention on Christ as the one who has made the church glorious.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":46200,"verse_id":"EPH.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “but in order that it may be holy and blameless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":46201,"verse_id":"EPH.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Grk “So also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":46202,"verse_id":"EPH.5.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.29","text":"Grk “flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A29/1"}
{"id":46203,"verse_id":"EPH.5.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.30","text":"א * A B 048 33 81 1739* 1881 pc ). Although it is possible that an early scribe’s eye skipped over the final αὐτοῦ , there is a much greater likelihood that a scribe added the Genesis quotation in order to fill out and make explicit the author’s incomplete reference to Gen 2:23 . Further, on intrinsic grounds, it seems unlikely that the author would refer to the physical nature of creation when speaking of the “body of Christ” which is spiritual or mystical. Hence, as is often the case with OT quotations, the scribal clarification missed the point the author was making; the shorter reading stands as original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A30/1"}
{"id":46204,"verse_id":"EPH.5.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.31","text":"Grk “the two shall be as one flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A31/1"}
{"id":46205,"verse_id":"EPH.5.32","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":32,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.32","text":"The term “actually” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied in the English translation to bring out the heightened sense of the statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A32/1"}
{"id":46206,"verse_id":"EPH.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.33","text":"The translation of πλήν ( plhn ) is somewhat difficult in this context, though the overall thrust of the argument is clear. It could be an adversative idea such as “but,” “nevertheless,” or “however” (see NIV, NASB, NRSV), or it could simply be intended to round out and bring to conclusion the author’s discussion. In this latter case it could be translated with the use of “now” (so A. T. Lincoln, Ephesians [WBC] , 384).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A33/1"}
{"id":46207,"verse_id":"EPH.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.33","text":"Grk “Nevertheless, you also, one by one, each his own wife so let him love as himself.” This statement is cumbersome and was cleaned up to reflect better English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A33/2"}
{"id":46208,"verse_id":"EPH.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.33","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause was taken as imperatival, i.e., “ let the wife respect ….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A33/3"}
{"id":46209,"verse_id":"EPH.5.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":5,"verse":33,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.33","text":"The Greek verb φοβέομαι ( fobeomai ) here has been translated “respect” and the noun form of the word, i.e., φόβος ( fobos ), has been translated as “reverence” in 5:21 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%205%3A33/4"}
{"id":46210,"verse_id":"EPH.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"The use of the article τά ( ta ) with τέκνα ( tekna ) functions in a generic way to distinguish this group from husbands, wives, fathers and slaves and is left, therefore, untranslated. The generic article is used with γύναῖκες ( gunaikes ) in 5:22 , ἄνδρες ( andres ) in 5:25 , δοῦλοι ( douloi ) in 6:5 , and κύριοι ( kurioi ) in 6:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":46211,"verse_id":"EPH.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Ψ 0278 0285 33 1739 1881 Ï sy co. Scribes may have thought that the phrase could be regarded a qualifier on the kind of parents a child should obey (viz., only Christian parents), and would thus be tempted to delete the phrase to counter such an interpretation. It is unlikely that the phrase would have been added, since the form used to express such sentiment in this Haustafel is ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ / Χριστῷ ( Jw\" tw kuriw / Cristw , “as to the Lord/Christ”; see 5:22; 6:5 ). Even though the witnesses for the omission are impressive, it is more likely that the phrase was deleted than added by scribal activity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":46212,"verse_id":"EPH.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":46213,"verse_id":"EPH.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “will be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":46214,"verse_id":"EPH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"Or perhaps “Parents” (so TEV, CEV). The plural οἱ πατέρες ( Joi patere\" , “fathers”) can be used to refer to both the male and female parent (BDAG 786 s.v. πατήρ 1.b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":46215,"verse_id":"EPH.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Or “do not make your children angry.” BDAG 780 s.v. παροργίζω states “make angry.” The Greek verb in Col 3:21 is a different one with a slightly different nuance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":46216,"verse_id":"EPH.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Traditionally, “Servants” (KJV). Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is often translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":46217,"verse_id":"EPH.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “the masters according to the flesh.” In the translation above, the article τοῖς ( tois ) governing κυρίοις ( kuriois ) is rendered in English as a possessive pronoun (i.e., “your”) and the prepositional phrase κατὰ σάρκα ( kata sarka ) is taken as modifying κυρίοις (indicating that the author is referring to human masters) and not modifying the imperative ὑπακούετε ( Jupakouete , which would indicate that obedience was according to a human standard or limitation).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":46218,"verse_id":"EPH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “not according to eye-service.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":46219,"verse_id":"EPH.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “from the soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":46220,"verse_id":"EPH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Though the verb does not appear again at this point in the passage, it is nonetheless implied and supplied in the English translation for the sake of clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":46221,"verse_id":"EPH.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “serving as to the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A7/2"}
{"id":46222,"verse_id":"EPH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":46223,"verse_id":"EPH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Though the Greek text only has αὐτούς ( autous , “them”), the antecedent is the slaves of the masters. Therefore, it was translated this way to make it explicit in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":46224,"verse_id":"EPH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “do the same things to them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A9/3"}
{"id":46225,"verse_id":"EPH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “giving up the threat.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A9/4"}
{"id":46226,"verse_id":"EPH.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.9","text":"Grk “because of both they and you, the Lord is, in heaven…”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A9/5"}
{"id":46227,"verse_id":"EPH.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Or “craftiness.” See BDAG 625 s.v. μεθοδεία .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":46228,"verse_id":"EPH.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"BDAG 752 s.v. πάλη says, “ struggle against …the opponent is introduced by πρός w. the acc.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":46229,"verse_id":"EPH.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “blood and flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":46230,"verse_id":"EPH.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"BDAG 561 s.v. κοσμοκράτωρ suggests “the rulers of this sinful world” as a gloss. sn The phrase world-rulers of this darkness does not refer to human rulers but the evil spirits that rule over the world. The phrase thus stands in apposition to what follows ( the spiritual forces of evil in the heavens ); see note on heavens at the end of this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":46231,"verse_id":"EPH.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"BDAG 837 s.v. πνευματικός 3 suggests “the spirit-forces of evil” in Ephesians 6:12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":46232,"verse_id":"EPH.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"The term ἀνθίστημι ( anqisthmi ) carries the idea of resisting or opposing something or someone (BDAG 80 s.v.). In Eph 6:13 , when used in combination with στῆναι ( sthnai ; cf. also στῆτε [ sthte ] in v. 14 ) and in a context of battle imagery, it seems to have the idea of resisting, standing firm, and being able to stand your ground.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":46233,"verse_id":"EPH.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “girding your waist with truth.” In this entire section the author is painting a metaphor for his readers based on the attire of a Roman soldier prepared for battle and its similarity to the Christian prepared to do battle against spiritually evil forces. Behind the expression “ with truth ” is probably the genitive idea “belt of truth.” Since this is an appositional genitive (i.e., belt which is truth), the author simply left unsaid the idea of the belt and mentioned only his real focus, namely, the truth . (The analogy would have been completely understandable to his 1st century readers.) The idea of the belt is supplied in the translation to clarify the sense in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":46234,"verse_id":"EPH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"The definite article τοῖς ( tois ) was taken as a possessive pronoun, i.e., “your,” since it refers to a part of the physical body.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":46235,"verse_id":"EPH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “gospel.” However, this is not a technical term here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":46236,"verse_id":"EPH.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “in preparation of the gospel of peace.” The genitive τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ( tou euangeliou ) was taken as a genitive of source, i.e., “that comes from….”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":46237,"verse_id":"EPH.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “in everything.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":46238,"verse_id":"EPH.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Both “pray” and “be alert” are participles in the Greek text (“praying…being alert”). Both are probably instrumental, loosely connected with all of the preceding instructions. As such, they are not additional commands to do but instead are the means through which the prior instructions are accomplished.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":46239,"verse_id":"EPH.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Grk “and toward it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":46240,"verse_id":"EPH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"To avoid a lengthy, convoluted sentence in English, the Greek sentence was broken up at this point and the verb “pray” was inserted in the English translation to pick up the participle προσευχόμενοι ( proseuxomenoi , “praying”) in v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":46241,"verse_id":"EPH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “that a word may be given to me in the opening of my mouth.” Here “word” ( λόγος , logo\" ) is used in the sense of “message.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":46242,"verse_id":"EPH.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"The infinitive γνωρίσαι ( gnwrisai , “to make known”) is functioning epexegetically to further explain what the author means by the preceding phrase “that I may be given the message when I begin to speak.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":46243,"verse_id":"EPH.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “the.” The Greek article ὁ ( Jo ) was translated with the possessive pronoun, “my.” See ExSyn 215.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":46244,"verse_id":"EPH.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “the things according to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":46245,"verse_id":"EPH.6.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.22","text":"Grk “the things concerning us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A22/1"}
{"id":46246,"verse_id":"EPH.6.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.23","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A23/1"}
{"id":46247,"verse_id":"EPH.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.24","text":"Or “is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A24/1"}
{"id":46248,"verse_id":"EPH.6.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"EPH","chapter":6,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.24","text":"א * A B F G 0278 6 33 81 1175 1241 1739* 1881 sa) lack the particle, giving firm evidence that Ephesians did not originally conclude with ἀμήν . Grk “without corruption.” The term “love” is not found at the end of the sentence, but is supplied to clarify the sense in English. The term “undying” which modifies it captures the sense of the kind of love the author is referring to here. He is saying that God’s grace will be with those whose love for Jesus never ceases.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Ephesians%206%3A24/2"}
{"id":46249,"verse_id":"PHP.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46250,"verse_id":"PHP.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Traditionally, “servants” or “bondservants.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46251,"verse_id":"PHP.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":46252,"verse_id":"PHP.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46253,"verse_id":"PHP.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"This could also be translated “for your every remembrance of me.” See discussion below.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46254,"verse_id":"PHP.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Several alternatives for translating vv. 3-5 are possible: (1) “I thank my God every time I remember you , yes, always in my every prayer for all of you. I pray with joy because of your participation…” (see NAB; also M. Silva, Philippians [BECNT], 43-44; G. D. Fee, Philippians [NICNT], 76-80); (2) “I thank my God because of your every remembrance of me . Always in my every prayer for all of you I pray with joy. [I am grateful] for your participation…” (see Moffatt; also P. T. O’Brien, Philippians [NIGTC], 58-61). Option (1) is quite similar to the translation above, but sees v. 4 a as more or less parenthetical. Option (2) is significantly different in that Paul thanks God because the Philippians remember him rather than when he remembers them.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46255,"verse_id":"PHP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “since I am sure of this very thing.” The verse begins with an adverbial participle that is dependent on the main verb in v. 3 (“I thank”). Paul here gives one reason for his thankfulness.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46256,"verse_id":"PHP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The referent is clearly God from the overall context of the paragraph and the mention of “the day of Christ Jesus” at the end, which would be redundant if Christ were referred to here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":46257,"verse_id":"PHP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “among.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":46258,"verse_id":"PHP.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"The word “it” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":46259,"verse_id":"PHP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “Just as.” The sense here is probably, “So I give thanks (v. 3 ) just as it is right for me…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46260,"verse_id":"PHP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Or possibly “because you have me in your heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":46261,"verse_id":"PHP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “in my bonds.” The meaning “imprisonment” derives from a figurative extension of the literal meaning (“bonds,” “fetters,” “chains”), L&N 37.115.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":46262,"verse_id":"PHP.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"The word “God’s” is supplied from the context (v. 2 ) to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":46263,"verse_id":"PHP.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":46264,"verse_id":"PHP.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “for the advance of the gospel.” The genitive εὐαγγελίου ( euangeliou ) is taken as objective.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":46265,"verse_id":"PHP.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “so that the whole imperial guard.” The ὥστε ( Jwste ) clause that begins v. 13 indicates two results of the spread of the gospel: Outsiders know why Paul is imprisoned (v. 13 ) and believers are emboldened by his imprisonment (v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":46266,"verse_id":"PHP.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “it has become known by the whole imperial guard and all the rest.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":46267,"verse_id":"PHP.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “my bonds [are].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A13/4"}
{"id":46268,"verse_id":"PHP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":46269,"verse_id":"PHP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “most of the brothers and sisters in the Lord, having confidence.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":46270,"verse_id":"PHP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “even more so.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":46271,"verse_id":"PHP.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"1739 1881 Ï ), but it explains well the rise of the other reading. Further, it explains the rise of κυρίου ( kuriou , “of the Lord”), the reading of F and G (for if these mss had followed a Vorlage with τοῦ θεοῦ , κυρίου would not have been expected). Further, τοῦ θεοῦ is in different locations among the mss ; such dislocations are usually signs of scribal additions to the text. Thus, the Byzantine text and a few other witnesses here have the superior reading, and it should be accepted as the original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":46272,"verse_id":"PHP.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “thinking to cause trouble to my bonds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":46273,"verse_id":"PHP.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Or “But.” The conjunction ἀλλά ( alla ) may be emphatic or contrastive. If the former, the idea may be that Paul will continue rejoicing because of the proclamation of the gospel or because of his imminent release from prison (v. 19 ); if the latter, Paul is now turning his attention solely to this second reason to rejoice, viz., that he will soon be released from prison. In this latter view the clause should be translated, “But I will also rejoice since I know…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":46274,"verse_id":"PHP.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “salvation.” Deliverance from prison (i.e., release) is probably what Paul has in view here, although some take this as a reference to his ultimate release from the body, i.e., dying and being with Christ (v. 23 ). sn The phrase this will turn out for my deliverance may be an echo of Job 13:16 (LXX).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":46275,"verse_id":"PHP.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “according to my eager expectation and hope.” The κατά ( kata ) phrase is taken as governing the following ὅτι ( Joti ) clause (“that I will not be ashamed…”); the idea could be expressed more verbally as “I confidently hope that I will not be ashamed…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":46276,"verse_id":"PHP.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Or possibly, “be intimidated, be put to shame.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":46277,"verse_id":"PHP.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “whether by life or by death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":46278,"verse_id":"PHP.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":46279,"verse_id":"PHP.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “fruit of work”; the genitive ἔργου ( ergou ) is taken as an attributed genitive in which the head noun, καρπός ( karpos ), functions attributively (cf. ExSyn 89-91).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":46280,"verse_id":"PHP.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “what I shall prefer.” The Greek verb αἱρέω ( Jairew ) could also mean “choose,” but in this context such a translation is problematic for it suggests that Paul could perhaps choose suicide (cf. L&N 30.86). sn I don’t know what I prefer. Paul is here struggling with what would be most beneficial for both him and the church. He resolves this issue in vv. 24-25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":46281,"verse_id":"PHP.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “I am hard-pressed between the two.” Cf. L&N 30.18.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":46282,"verse_id":"PHP.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “But to remain in the flesh is more necessary for you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":46283,"verse_id":"PHP.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":46284,"verse_id":"PHP.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “for your progress.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":46285,"verse_id":"PHP.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “your boasting may overflow in Christ Jesus because of me,” or possibly, “your boasting in me may overflow in Christ Jesus.” BDAG 536 s.v. καύχημα 1 translates the phrase τὸ καύχημα ὑμῶν ( to kauchma jJumwn ) in Phil 1:26 as “what you can be proud of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A26/1"}
{"id":46286,"verse_id":"PHP.1.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.26","text":"Grk “through my coming again to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A26/2"}
{"id":46287,"verse_id":"PHP.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “live as citizens.” The verb πολιτεύεσθε ( politeuesqe ) connotes the life of a freeman in a free Roman colony. sn Conduct yourselves ( Grk “live your lives as citizens”) . The Philippians lived in a free Roman city, and thus understood from their own experience what it meant to live as citizens. Paul is here picking up on that motif and elevating it to the citizenship of heaven. Cf. 3:20 ( our citizenship is in heaven ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":46288,"verse_id":"PHP.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “the things concerning you, [namely,] that.” The ὅτι ( Joti ) clause is appositional to τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν ( ta peri Jumwn ) and therefore “the things concerning you” was not translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":46289,"verse_id":"PHP.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.27","text":"The phrase “the faith of the gospel” could mean one of three things: “the faith that is the gospel” (genitive of apposition), “the faith that originates from the gospel” (genitive of source), or “faith in the gospel” (objective genitive).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A27/3"}
{"id":46290,"verse_id":"PHP.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “which is,” continuing the sentence begun in v. 27 . sn The antecedent of the pronoun This is conceptual, most likely referring to the Philippian Christians standing firm for the gospel. Thus, their stand for the gospel is the dual sign of their opponents’ destruction and of their own salvation .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":46291,"verse_id":"PHP.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “to them.” sn Paul uses the dative “to them” (translated here as their ) to describe the coming destruction of the gospel’s enemies, but the genitive “your” to describe the believers’ coming salvation. The dative accents what will happen to the enemies (called a dative of disadvantage [see ExSyn 143-44]), while the genitive accents what the believers will possess (and, in fact, do already possess, as v. 29 makes clear).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":46292,"verse_id":"PHP.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Grk “this.” The pronoun refers back to “a sign”; thus these words have been repeated for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":46293,"verse_id":"PHP.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"Grk “For that which is on behalf of Christ has been granted to you – namely, not only to believe in him but also to suffer for him.” The infinitive phrases are epexegetical to the subject, τὸ ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ ( to Juper Cristou ), which has the force of “the on-behalf-of-Christ thing,” or “the thing on behalf of Christ.” To translate this in English requires a different idiom.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":46294,"verse_id":"PHP.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “having,” most likely as an instrumental participle. Thus their present struggle is evidence that they have received the gift of suffering.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A30/1"}
{"id":46295,"verse_id":"PHP.1.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":1,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.30","text":"Grk “that you saw in me and now hear [to be] in me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%201%3A30/2"}
{"id":46296,"verse_id":"PHP.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “spiritual fellowship” if πνεύματος ( pneumato\" ) is an attributive genitive; or “fellowship brought about by the Spirit” if πνεύματος is a genitive of source or production.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46297,"verse_id":"PHP.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “and any affection and mercy.” The Greek idea, however, is best expressed by “or” in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":46298,"verse_id":"PHP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “and feel the same way,” “and think the same thoughts.” The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause has been translated “and be of the same mind” to reflect its epexegetical force to the imperative “complete my joy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46299,"verse_id":"PHP.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The Greek word here is σύμψυχοι ( sumyucoi , literally “fellow souled”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46300,"verse_id":"PHP.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “not according to selfish ambition.” There is no main verb in this verse; the subjunctive φρονῆτε ( fronhte , “be of the same mind”) is implied here as well. Thus, although most translations supply the verb “do” at the beginning of v. 3 (e.g., “do nothing from selfish ambition”), the idea is even stronger than that: “Don’t even think any thoughts motivated by selfish ambition.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":46301,"verse_id":"PHP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"On the meaning “be concerned about” for σκοπέω ( skopew ), see L&N 27.36.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46302,"verse_id":"PHP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"The word “only” is not in the Greek text, but is implied by the ἀλλὰ καί ( alla kai ) in the second clause (“but…as well”). The bulk of the Western text dropped the καί , motivated most likely by ascetic concerns.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":46303,"verse_id":"PHP.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"0278 33 1739 1881 Ï ) also marks it as original. Verses 1-4 constitute one long conditional sentence in Greek. The protasis is in verse 1 , while vv. 2-4 constitute the apodosis. There is but one verb not in a subordinate clause in vv. 2-4 , the imperative “complete” in v. 2 . This is followed by a subjunctive after ἵνα ( Jina , translated as an epexegetical clause, “and be of the same mind”) and three instrumental participles. Thus the focus of these four verses is to “be of the same mind” and all that follows this instruction is the means for accomplishing that.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":46304,"verse_id":"PHP.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “Have this attitude in/among yourselves which also [was] in Christ Jesus,” or “Have this attitude in/among yourselves which [you] also [have] in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46305,"verse_id":"PHP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"See the note on the word “slaves” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46306,"verse_id":"PHP.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “by coming in the likeness of people.” sn The expression the likeness of men is similar to Paul’s wording in Rom 8:3 (“in the likeness of sinful flesh”). The same word “likeness” is used in both passages. It implies that there is a form that does not necessarily correspond to reality. In Rom 8:3 , the meaning is that Christ looked like sinful humanity. Here the meaning is similar: Jesus looked like other men (note anqrwpoi ), but was in fact different from them in that he did not have a sin nature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":46307,"verse_id":"PHP.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “with fear and trembling.” The Greek words φόβος and τρόμος both imply fear in a negative sense (L&N 25.251 and 16.6 respectively) while the former can also refer to respect and awe for deity (L&N 53.59). Paul’s use of the terms in other contexts refers to “awe and reverence in the presence of God” (P. T. O’Brien, Philippians [NIGTC], 284; see discussion on 282-84). The translation “awe and reverence” was chosen to portray the attitude the believer should have toward God as they consider their behavior in light of God working through Jesus Christ ( 2:6-11 ) and in the believer’s life ( 2:13 ) to accomplish their salvation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46308,"verse_id":"PHP.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “as stars in the universe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46309,"verse_id":"PHP.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “holding out, holding forth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":46310,"verse_id":"PHP.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “For I have no one who is like-minded who will genuinely be concerned for your welfare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":46311,"verse_id":"PHP.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The words “to see you” are not in the Greek text, but are implied, and are supplied in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":46312,"verse_id":"PHP.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “But.” The temporal notion (“for now”) is implied in the epistolary aorist (“I have considered”), for Epaphroditus was dispatched with this letter to the Philippians.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":46313,"verse_id":"PHP.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “my brother” instead of “For he is my brother.” Verse 25 constitutes one sentence in Greek, with “my brother…” functioning appositionally to “Epaphroditus.” sn The reason why Paul refers to Epaphroditus as his brother , coworker , fellow soldier , etc., is because he wants to build up Epaphroditus in the eyes of the Philippians, since Paul is sending him back instead of Timothy. This accent on Epaphroditus’ character and service is implied in the translation “ For he is… ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":46314,"verse_id":"PHP.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “apostle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":46315,"verse_id":"PHP.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.25","text":"The Greek word translated “minister” here is λειτουργός ( leitourgo\" ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A25/4"}
{"id":46316,"verse_id":"PHP.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “servant of my need.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A25/5"}
{"id":46317,"verse_id":"PHP.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “For he became ill to the point of death.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":46318,"verse_id":"PHP.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Grk “I have sent him to you with earnestness.” But the epistolary aorist needs to be translated as a present tense with this adverb due to English stylistic considerations.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":46319,"verse_id":"PHP.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"Or “when you see him you can rejoice again.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":46320,"verse_id":"PHP.2.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":2,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.30","text":"Grk “make up for your lack of service to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%202%3A30/1"}
{"id":46321,"verse_id":"PHP.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46322,"verse_id":"PHP.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “beware of the mutilation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":46323,"verse_id":"PHP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"There is a significant wordplay here in the Greek text. In v. 2 a rare, strong word is used to describe those who were pro-circumcision ( κατατομή , katatomh , “mutilation”; see BDAG 528 s.v.), while in v. 3 the normal word for circumcision is used ( περιτομή , peritomh ; see BDAG 807 s.v.). Both have τομή (the feminine form of the adjective τομός [ tomo\" ], meaning “cutting, sharp”) as their root; the direction of the action of the former is down or off (from κατά , kata ), hence the implication of mutilation or emasculation, while the direction of the action of the latter is around (from περί , peri ). The similarity in sound yet wide divergence of meaning between the two words highlights in no uncertain terms the differences between Paul and his opponents.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":46324,"verse_id":"PHP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"is virtually alone in its omission of the divine name, probably due to an unintentional oversight. The dative θεῷ was most likely a scribal emendation intended to give the participle its proper object, and thus avoid confusion about the force of πνεύματι . Although the Church came to embrace the full deity of the Spirit, the NT does not seem to speak of worshiping the Spirit explicitly. The reading θεῷ thus appears to be a clarifying reading. On external and internal grounds, then, θεοῦ is the preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":46325,"verse_id":"PHP.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “have no confidence in the flesh.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":46326,"verse_id":"PHP.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “though I have reason for confidence even in the flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46327,"verse_id":"PHP.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":46328,"verse_id":"PHP.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The word here translated “dung” was often used in Greek as a vulgar term for fecal matter. As such it would most likely have had a certain shock value for the readers. This may well be Paul’s meaning here, especially since the context is about what the flesh produces.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":46329,"verse_id":"PHP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “faith in Christ.” A decision is difficult here. Though traditionally translated “faith in Jesus Christ,” an increasing number of NT scholars are arguing that πίστις Χριστοῦ ( pisti\" Cristou ) and similar phrases in Paul (here and in Rom 3:22, 26 ; Gal 2:16, 20; 3:22 ; Eph 3:12 ) involve a subjective genitive and mean “Christ’s faith” or “Christ’s faithfulness” (cf., e.g., G. Howard, “The ‘Faith of Christ’,” ExpTim 85 [1974]: 212-15; R. B. Hays, The Faith of Jesus Christ [SBLDS]; Morna D. Hooker, “ Πίστις Χριστοῦ ,” NTS 35 [1989]: 321-42). Noteworthy among the arguments for the subjective genitive view is that when πίστις takes a personal genitive it is almost never an objective genitive (cf. Matt 9:2, 22, 29 ; Mark 2:5; 5:34; 10:52 ; Luke 5:20; 7:50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42; 22:32 ; Rom 1:8; 12; 3:3; 4:5, 12, 16 ; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17 ; 2 Cor 10:15 ; Phil 2:17 ; Col 1:4; 2:5 ; 1 Thess 1:8; 3:2, 5, 10 ; 2 Thess 1:3 ; Titus 1:1 ; Phlm 6 ; 1 Pet 1:9, 21 ; 2 Pet 1:5 ). On the other hand, the objective genitive view has its adherents: A. Hultgren, “The Pistis Christou Formulations in Paul,” NovT 22 (1980): 248-63; J. D. G. Dunn, “Once More, ΠΙΣΤΙΣ ΧΡΙΣΤΟΥ ,” SBL Seminar Papers , 1991, 730-44. Most commentaries on Romans and Galatians usually side with the objective view. sn ExSyn 116, which notes that the grammar is not decisive, nevertheless suggests that “the faith/faithfulness of Christ is not a denial of faith in Christ as a Pauline concept (for the idea is expressed in many of the same contexts, only with the verb πιστεύω rather than the noun), but implies that the object of faith is a worthy object, for he himself is faithful.” Though Paul elsewhere teaches justification by faith, this presupposes that the object of our faith is reliable and worthy of such faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":46330,"verse_id":"PHP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The words “in fact” are supplied because of English style, picking up the force of the Greek article with πίστει ( pistei ). See also the following note on the word “Christ’s.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":46331,"verse_id":"PHP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “based on the faithfulness.” The article before πίστει ( pistei ) is taken as anaphoric, looking back to διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ ( dia pistew\" Cristou ); hence, “Christ’s” is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":46332,"verse_id":"PHP.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “based on faith.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":46333,"verse_id":"PHP.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"The articular infinitive τοῦ γνῶναι ( tou gnwnai , “to know”) here expresses purpose. The words “My aim is” have been supplied in the translation to emphasize this nuance and to begin a new sentence (shorter sentences are more appropriate for English style).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":46334,"verse_id":"PHP.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “to know him, the power of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his sufferings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":46335,"verse_id":"PHP.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"On εἰ πῶς ( ei pws ) as “so, somehow” see BDAG 279, s.v. εἰ 6.n.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46336,"verse_id":"PHP.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “that for which I also was laid hold of by Christ Jesus.” The passive has been translated as active in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":46337,"verse_id":"PHP.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46338,"verse_id":"PHP.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “But this one thing (I do).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":46339,"verse_id":"PHP.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “according to the goal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":46340,"verse_id":"PHP.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “prize, namely, the heavenly calling of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":46341,"verse_id":"PHP.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “those of us who are ‘perfect’ should think this,” or possibly “those of us who are mature should think this.” sn The adjective perfect comes from the same root as the verb perfected in v. 12 ; Paul may well be employing a wordplay to draw in his opponents. Thus, perfect would then be in quotation marks and Paul would then argue that no one – neither they nor he – is in fact perfect. The thrust of vv. 1-16 is that human credentials can produce nothing that is pleasing to God (vv. 1-8 ). Instead of relying on such, Paul urges his readers to trust God for their righteousness (v. 9 ) rather than their own efforts, and at the same time to press on for the prize that awaits them (vv. 12-14 ). He argues further that perfection is unattainable in this life (v. 15 ), yet the level of maturity that one has reached should not for this reason be abandoned (v. 16 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":46342,"verse_id":"PHP.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “reveal this to you.” The referent of the pronoun “this” is the fact that the person is thinking differently than Paul does. This has been specified in the translation with the phrase “the error of your ways”; Paul is stating that God will make it known to these believers when they are not in agreement with Paul.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":46343,"verse_id":"PHP.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"6 33 1739 co, rendering it decidedly the preferred reading. The translation adds “standard” because of English requirements, not because of textual basis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":46344,"verse_id":"PHP.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “Nevertheless, to what we have attained, to the same hold fast.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":46345,"verse_id":"PHP.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “become fellow imitators with me [of Christ].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":46346,"verse_id":"PHP.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":46347,"verse_id":"PHP.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “whose end is destruction, whose god is the belly and glory is their shame, these who think of earthly things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":46348,"verse_id":"PHP.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “transform the body of our humility.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":46349,"verse_id":"PHP.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":46350,"verse_id":"PHP.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “faithful fellow worker.” This is more likely a descriptive noun, although some scholars interpret the word σύζυγος ( suzugos ) here as a proper name (“Syzygos”), L&N 42.45.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":46351,"verse_id":"PHP.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “in the gospel,” a metonymy in which the gospel itself is substituted for the ministry of making the gospel known.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":46352,"verse_id":"PHP.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “let your gentleness be seen by all.” The passive voice construction has been converted to active voice in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":46353,"verse_id":"PHP.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “will guard the hearts of you and the minds of you.” To improve the English style, the second occurrence of ὑμῶν ( Jumwn , “of you”) has not been translated, since it is somewhat redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":46354,"verse_id":"PHP.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46355,"verse_id":"PHP.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “for you were even concerned, but you lacked opportunity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":46356,"verse_id":"PHP.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"The words “of contentment” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by Paul’s remarks at the end of v. 11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46357,"verse_id":"PHP.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"The Greek word translated “all things” is in emphatic position at the beginning of the Greek sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":46358,"verse_id":"PHP.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"[F G] Ψ 075 1881 Ï sy) add Χριστῷ ( Cristw ) here (thus, “through Christ who strengthens me”). But this kind of reading is patently secondary, and is a predictable variant. Further, the shorter reading is much harder, for it leaves the agent unspecified.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":46359,"verse_id":"PHP.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":46360,"verse_id":"PHP.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"Or “several times”; Grk , “both once and twice.” The literal expression “once and twice” is frequently used as a Greek idiom referring to an indefinite low number, but more than once (“several times”); see L&N 60.70.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":46361,"verse_id":"PHP.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “Not that I am seeking the gift.” The phrase “I do not say this…” has been supplied in the translation to complete the thought for the modern reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":46362,"verse_id":"PHP.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Or perhaps, “The brothers and sisters” (so TEV, TNIV; cf. NRSV “The friends”; CEV “The Lord’s followers”) If “brothers” refers to Paul’s traveling companions, it is probably that only men are in view (cf. NAB, NLT). Since v. 22 mentions “all the saints,” which presumably includes everyone, it is more probable here that only Paul’s traveling companions are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":46363,"verse_id":"PHP.4.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHP","chapter":4,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.23","text":"א A D Ψ 33 Ï lat sy bo), have ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”) at the end of this letter, while an impressive combination of Alexandrian and Western mss (B F G 075 6 1739* 1881 sa) lack the valedictory particle. Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Thus, on internal grounds, with sufficient support from external evidence, the preferred reading is the omission of ἀμήν .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philippians%204%3A23/1"}
{"id":46364,"verse_id":"COL.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46365,"verse_id":"COL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “and faithful.” The construction in Greek (as well as Paul’s style) suggests that the saints are identical to the faithful; hence, the καί ( kai ) is best left untranslated (cf. Eph 1:1 ). See ExSyn 281-82.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46366,"verse_id":"COL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":46367,"verse_id":"COL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":46368,"verse_id":"COL.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"Most witnesses, including some important ones ( א A C F G I [P] 075 Ï it bo), read “and the Lord Jesus Christ” at the end of this verse, no doubt to conform the wording to the typical Pauline salutation. However, excellent and early witnesses (B D K L Ψ 33 81 1175 1505 1739 1881 al sa) lack this phrase. Since the omission is inexplicable as arising from the longer reading (otherwise, these mss would surely have deleted the phrase in the rest of the corpus Paulinum ), it is surely authentic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":46369,"verse_id":"COL.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The adverb πάντοτε ( pantote ) is understood to modify the indicative εὐχαριστοῦμεν ( eucaristoumen ) because it precedes περὶ ὑμῶν ( peri Jumwn ) which probably modifies the indicative and not the participle προσευχόμενοι ( proseucomenoi ). But see 1:9 where the same expression occurs and περὶ ὑμῶν modifies the participle “praying” ( προσευχόμενοι ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46370,"verse_id":"COL.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The adverbial participle ἀκούσαντες ( akousante\" ) is understood to be temporal and translated with “since.” A causal idea may also be in the apostle’s mind, but the context emphasizes temporal ideas, e.g., “from the day” (v. 6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":46371,"verse_id":"COL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Col 1:3-8 form one long sentence in the Greek text and have been divided at the end of v. 4 and v. 6 and within v. 6 for clarity, in keeping with the tendency in contemporary English toward shorter sentences. Thus the phrase “Your faith and love have arisen from the hope” is literally “because of the hope.” The perfect tense “have arisen” was chosen in the English to reflect the fact that the recipients of the letter had acquired this hope at conversion in the past, but that it still remains and motivates them to trust in Christ and to love one another.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46372,"verse_id":"COL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"BDAG 113 s.v. ἀπόκειμαι 2 renders ἀποκειμένην ( apokeimenhn ) with the expression “ reserved ” in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46373,"verse_id":"COL.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The term “the gospel” ( τοῦ εὐαγγελίου , tou euangeliou ) is in apposition to “the word of truth” ( τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας , tw logw th\" alhqeia\" ) as indicated in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":46374,"verse_id":"COL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “just as in the entire world it is bearing fruit.” The antecedent (“the gospel”) of the implied subject (“it”) of ἐστιν ( estin ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46375,"verse_id":"COL.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Though the participles are periphrastic with the present tense verb ἐστίν ( estin ), the presence of the temporal indicator “from the day” in the next clause indicates that this is a present tense that reaches into the past and should be translated as “has been bearing fruit and growing.” For a discussion of this use of the present tense, see ExSyn 519-20.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":46376,"verse_id":"COL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “learned it.” The Greek text simply has “you learned” without the reference to “the gospel,” but “the gospel” is supplied to clarify the sense of the clause. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46377,"verse_id":"COL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The Greek word translated “fellow slave” is σύνδουλος ( sundoulo\" ); the σύν - prefix here denotes association. Though δοῦλος is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":46378,"verse_id":"COL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The Greek text has “ who ( ὅς , Jos ) is a faithful minister.” The above translation conveys the antecedent of the relative pronoun quite well and avoids the redundancy with the following substantival participle of v. 8 , namely, “who told” ( ὁ δηλώσας , Jo dhlwsa\" ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":46379,"verse_id":"COL.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Ψ 075 33 1739 1881 Ï lat sy co), ἡμῶν should be regarded as original. Although it is possible that ἡμῶν was an early alteration of ὑμῶν (either unintentionally, as dittography, since it comes seventeen letters after the previous ἡμῶν ; or intentionally, to conform to the surrounding first person pronouns), this supposition is difficult to maintain in light of the varied and valuable witnesses for this reading. Further, the second person is both embedded in the verb ἐμάθετε ( emaqete ) and is explicit in v. 8 ( ὑμῶν ). Hence, the motivation to change to the first person pronoun is counterbalanced by such evidence. The second person pronoun may have been introduced unintentionally via homoioarcton with the ὑπέρ ( Juper ) that immediately precedes it. As well, the second person reading is somewhat harder for it seems to address Epaphras’ role only in relation to Paul and his colleagues, rather than in relation to the Colossians. Nevertheless, the decision must be based ultimately on external evidence (because the internal evidence can be variously interpreted), and this strongly supports ἡμῶν .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":46380,"verse_id":"COL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “heard about it”; Grk “heard.” There is no direct object stated in the Greek (direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context). A direct object is expected by an English reader, however, so most translations supply one. Here, however, it is not entirely clear what the author “heard”: a number of translations supply “it” (so KJV, NASB, NRSV; NAB “this”), but this could refer back either to (1) “your love in the Spirit” at the end of v. 8 , or (2) “your faith in Christ Jesus and the love that you have for all the saints” (v. 4 ). In light of this uncertainty, other translations supply “about you” (TEV, NIV, CEV, NLT). This is preferred by the present translation since, while it does not resolve the ambiguity entirely, it does make it less easy for the English reader to limit the reference only to “your love in the Spirit” at the end of v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46381,"verse_id":"COL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The term “God” does not appear in the Greek text, but the following reference to “the knowledge of his will” makes it clear that “God” is in view as the object of the “praying and asking,” and should therefore be included in the English translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46382,"verse_id":"COL.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause has been translated as substantival, indicating the content of the prayer and asking. The idea of purpose may also be present in this clause.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":46383,"verse_id":"COL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The infinitive περιπατῆσαι ( peripathsai , “to walk, to live, to live one’s life”) is best taken as an infinitive of purpose related to “praying” ( προσευχόμενοι , proseucomenoi ) and “asking” ( αἰτούμενοι , aitoumenoi ) in v. 9 and is thus translated as “ that you may live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46384,"verse_id":"COL.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"BDAG 129 s.v. ἀρεσκεία states that ἀρεσκείαν ( areskeian ) refers to a “ desire to please εἰς πᾶσαν ἀ . to please (the Lord) in all respects Col 1:10 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":46385,"verse_id":"COL.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"The expression “for the display of” is an attempt to convey in English the force of the Greek preposition εἰς ( eis ) in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":46386,"verse_id":"COL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"BDAG 473 s.v. ἱκανόω states, “ τινὰ εἴς τι someone for someth. Col 1:12 .” The point of the text is that God has qualified the saints for a “share” or “portion” in the inheritance of the saints.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":46387,"verse_id":"COL.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “the inheritance of the saints.” The genitive noun τῶν ἁγίων ( twn Jagiwn ) is a possessive genitive: “the saints’ inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":46388,"verse_id":"COL.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Here αὐτοῦ ( autou ) has been translated as a subjective genitive (“he loves”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":46389,"verse_id":"COL.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"διὰ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτοῦ ( dia tou {aimato\" autou , “through his blood”) is read at this juncture by several minuscule mss (614 630 1505 2464 al ) as well as a few, mostly secondary, versional and patristic witnesses. But the reading was prompted by the parallel in Eph 1:7 where the wording is solid. If these words had been in the original of Colossians, why would scribes omit them here but not in Eph 1:7 ? Further, the testimony on behalf of the shorter reading is quite overwhelming: { א A B C D F G Ψ 075 0150 6 33 1739 1881 Ï latt co as well as several other versions and fathers}. The conviction that “through his blood” is not authentic in Col 1:14 is as strong as the conviction that these words are authentic in Eph 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":46390,"verse_id":"COL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"The Greek term πρωτότοκος ( prwtotokos ) could refer either to first in order of time, such as a first born child, or it could refer to one who is preeminent in rank. M. J. Harris, Colossians and Philemon (EGGNT), 43, expresses the meaning of the word well: “The ‘firstborn’ was either the eldest child in a family or a person of preeminent rank. The use of this term to describe the Davidic king in Ps 88:28 LXX (= Ps 89:27 EVV), ‘I will also appoint him my firstborn ( πρωτότοκον ), the most exalted of the kings of the earth,’ indicates that it can denote supremacy in rank as well as priority in time. But whether the πρωτό - element in the word denotes time, rank, or both, the significance of the - τοκος element as indicating birth or origin (from τίκτω , give birth to) has been virtually lost except in ref. to lit. birth.” In Col 1:15 the emphasis is on the priority of Jesus’ rank as over and above creation (cf. 1:16 and the “for” clause referring to Jesus as Creator).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":46391,"verse_id":"COL.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"The genitive construction πάσης κτίσεως ( pash\" ktisew\" ) is a genitive of subordination and is therefore translated as “over all creation.” See ExSyn 103-4.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":46392,"verse_id":"COL.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"BDAG 579 s.v. κυριότης 3 suggests “ bearers of the ruling powers, dominions ” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":46393,"verse_id":"COL.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"BDAG 973 s.v. συνίστημι B.3 suggests “ continue, endure, exist, hold together ” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":46394,"verse_id":"COL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"See the note on the term “firstborn” in 1:15 . Here the reference to Jesus as the “firstborn from among the dead” seems to be arguing for a chronological priority, i.e., Jesus was the first to rise from the dead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":46395,"verse_id":"COL.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “in order that he may become in all things, himself, first.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":46396,"verse_id":"COL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"The noun “God” does not appear in the Greek text, but since God is the one who reconciles the world to himself (cf. 2 Cor 5:19 ), he is clearly the subject of εὐδόκησεν ( eudokhsen ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":46397,"verse_id":"COL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"The Greek article τό ( to ), insofar as it relates to God, may be translated as a possessive pronoun, i.e., “his.” BDAG 404 s.v. εὐδοκέω 1 translates the phrase as “all the fullness willed to dwell in him” thus leaving the referent as impersonal. Insofar as Paul is alluding to the so-called emanations from God this is acceptable. But the fact that “the fullness” dwells in a person (i.e., “in him”) seems to argue for the translation “his fullness” where “his” refers to God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":46398,"verse_id":"COL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The aorist verb κατοικῆσαι ( katoikhsai ) could be taken as an ingressive, in which case it refers to the incarnation and may be translated as “begin to dwell, to take up residence.” It is perhaps better, though, to take it as a constative aorist and simply a reference to the fact that the fullness of God dwells in Jesus Christ. This is a permanent dwelling, though, not a temporary one, as the present tense in 2:9 makes clear.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":46399,"verse_id":"COL.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (the Son; see v. 13 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":46400,"verse_id":"COL.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"33 Ï ). Both readings have strong Alexandrian support, which makes the problem difficult to decide on external evidence alone. Internal evidence points to the inclusion of the phrase as original. The word immediately preceding the phrase is the masculine pronoun αὐτοῦ ( autou ); thus the possibility of omission through homoioteleuton in various witnesses is likely. Scribes might have deleted the phrase because of perceived redundancy or awkwardness in the sense: The shorter reading is smoother and more elegant, so scribes would be prone to correct the text in that direction. As far as style is concerned, repetition of key words and phrases for emphasis is not foreign to the corpus Paulinum (see, e.g., Rom 8:23 , Eph 1:13 , 2 Cor 12:7 ). In short, it is easier to account for the shorter reading arising from the longer reading than vice versa, so the longer reading is more likely original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":46401,"verse_id":"COL.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"The article τῇ ( th ) has been translated as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":46402,"verse_id":"COL.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Although διανοία ( dianoia ) is singular in Greek, the previous plural noun ἐχθρούς ( ecqrous ) indicates that all those from Colossae are in view here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":46403,"verse_id":"COL.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"The dative ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς ( en toi\" ergoi\" toi\" ponhroi\" ) is taken as means, indicating the avenue through which hostility in the mind is revealed and made known.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":46404,"verse_id":"COL.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Ψ 048 075 [0278] 1739 1881 Ï lat sy. Internally, the passive creates an anacoluthon in that it looks back to the accusative ὑμᾶς ( Juma\" , “you”) of v. 21 and leaves the following παραστῆσαι ( parasthsai ) dangling (“you were reconciled…to present you”). The passive reading is certainly the harder reading. As such, it may well explain the rise of the other readings. At the same time, it is possible that the passive was produced by scribes who wanted some symmetry between the ποτε ( pote , “at one time”) of v. 21 and the νυνὶ δέ ( nuni de , “but now”) of v. 22 : Since a passive periphrastic participle is used in v. 21 , there may have a temptation to produce a corresponding passive form in v. 22 , handling the ὑμᾶς of v. 21 by way of constructio ad sensum. Since παραστῆσαι occurs ten words later, it may not have been considered in this scribal modification. Further, the Western reading ( ἀποκαταλλαγέντες ) hardly seems to have arisen from ἀποκατηλλάγητε (contra TCGNT 555). As difficult as this decision is, the preferred reading is the active form because it is superior externally and seems to explain the rise of all forms of the passive readings. The direct object is omitted in the Greek text, but it is clear from context that “you” ( ὑμᾶς , Jumas ) is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":46405,"verse_id":"COL.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"BDAG 276 s.v. ἑδραῖος suggests “ firm, steadfast .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":46406,"verse_id":"COL.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"BDAG 639 s.v. μετακινέω suggests “ without shifting from the hope ” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":46407,"verse_id":"COL.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"BDAG 697 s.v. οἰκονομία 1.b renders the term here as “ divine office .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":46408,"verse_id":"COL.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"See BDAG 828 s.v. πληρόω 3. The idea here seems to be that the apostle wants to “complete the word of God” in that he wants to preach it to every person in the known world (cf. Rom 15:19 ). See P. T. O’Brien, Colossians, Philemon (WBC), 82.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":46409,"verse_id":"COL.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"The genitive noun τῆς δόξης ( ths doxhs ) is an attributive genitive and has therefore been translated as “glorious riches.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":46410,"verse_id":"COL.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.28","text":"Or “admonishing,” or “warning.” BDAG 679 s.v. νουθετέω states, “to counsel about avoidance or cessation of an improper course of conduct,, admonish, warn, instruct .” After the participle νουθετοῦντες ( nouqetounte\" , “instructing”) the words πάντα ἄνθρωπον ( panta anqrwpon , “all men”) occur in the Greek text, but since the same phrase appears again after διδάσκοντες ( didaskontes ) it was omitted in translation to avoid redundancy in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A28/1"}
{"id":46411,"verse_id":"COL.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.28","text":"The two participles “instructing” ( νουθετοῦντες , nouqetounte\" ) and “teaching” ( διδάσκοντες , didaskonte\" ) are translated as participles of means (“by”) related to the finite verb “we proclaim” ( καταγγέλλομεν , katangellomen ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A28/2"}
{"id":46412,"verse_id":"COL.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.28","text":"Here ἄνθρωπον ( anqrwpon ) is twice translated as a generic (“people” and “person”) since both men and women are clearly intended in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A28/3"}
{"id":46413,"verse_id":"COL.1.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":28,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.28","text":"Since Paul’s focus is on the present experience of the Colossians, “mature” is a better translation of τέλειον ( teleion ) than “perfect,” since the latter implies a future, eschatological focus.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A28/4"}
{"id":46414,"verse_id":"COL.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.29","text":"The Greek phrase εἴς ὅ ( eis Jo , “toward which”) implies “movement toward a goal” and has been rendered by the English phrase “Toward this goal.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A29/1"}
{"id":46415,"verse_id":"COL.1.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":1,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.29","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν δυνάμει ( en dunamei ) seems to be functioning adverbially, related to the participle, and has therefore been translated “powerfully.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%201%3A29/2"}
{"id":46416,"verse_id":"COL.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “I want you to know how hard I am working for you…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46417,"verse_id":"COL.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “as many as have not seen my face in the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":46418,"verse_id":"COL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Verse two begins a subordinate ἵνα ( Jina ) clause which was divided up into two sentences for the sake of clarity in English. Thus the phrase “My goal is that” is an attempt to reflect in the translation the purpose expressed through the ἵνα clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46419,"verse_id":"COL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"BDAG 956 s.v. συμβιβάζω 1.b reads “ unite, knit together .” Some commentators take the verb as a reference to instruction, “instructed in love.” See P. T. O’Brien, Colossians , Philemon (WBC), 93.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46420,"verse_id":"COL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The phrase “and that” translates the first εἰς ( eis ) clause of v. 2 and reflects the second goal of Paul’s striving and struggle for the Colossians – the first is “encouragement” and the second is “full assurance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":46421,"verse_id":"COL.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Ψ 075 0278 365 1505 pc ). Even though the external support for the wording τοῦ θεοῦ , Χριστοῦ is hardly overwhelming, it clearly best explains the rise of the other readings and should thus be regarded as authentic.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":46422,"verse_id":"COL.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"BDAG 812 s.v. πιθανολογία states, “ persuasive speech, art of persuasion (so Pla., Theaet. 162e) in an unfavorable sense in its only occurrence in our lit. ἐν πιθανολογίᾳ by specious arguments Col 2:4 (cp. PLips 40 III, 7 διὰ πιθανολογίας ).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46423,"verse_id":"COL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The conditional particle εἰ ( ei ) together with καί ( kai ) here indicates a first class condition in Greek and carries a concessive force, especially when seen in contrast to the following phrase which begins with ἀλλά ( alla ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46424,"verse_id":"COL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “rejoicing and seeing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":46425,"verse_id":"COL.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"The Greek word τάξις can mean “order,” “discipline,” or even “unbroken ranks” (REB).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":46426,"verse_id":"COL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Though the verb παρελάβετε ( parelabete ) does not often take a double accusative, here it seems to do so. Both τὸν Χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ( ton Criston Ihsoun ) and τὸν κύριον ( ton kurion ) are equally definite insofar as they both have an article, but both the word order and the use of “Christ Jesus” as a proper name suggest that it is the object (cf. Rom 10:9, 10 ). Thus Paul is affirming that the tradition that was delivered to the Colossians by Epaphras was Christ-centered and focused on him as Lord.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":46427,"verse_id":"COL.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The present imperative περιπατεῖτε ( peripateite ) implies, in this context, a continuation of something already begun. This is evidenced by the fact that Paul has already referred to their faith as “orderly” and “firm” ( 2:5 ), despite the struggles of some of them with this deceptive heresy (cf. 2:16-23 ). The verb is used literally to refer to a person “walking” and is thus used metaphorically (i.e., ethically) to refer to the way a person lives his or her life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":46428,"verse_id":"COL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “having been rooted.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46429,"verse_id":"COL.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"The Greek text has the article τῇ ( th ), not the possessive pronoun ὑμῶν ( Jumwn ), but the article often functions as a possessive pronoun and was translated as such here ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":46430,"verse_id":"COL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The Greek construction here is somewhat difficult and can be literally rendered “Be careful, lest someone shall be the one who takes you captive.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46431,"verse_id":"COL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The Greek reads τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης ( th\" filosofia\" kai kenh\" apath\" ). The two nouns φιλοσοφίας and κενῆς are joined by one article and probably form a hendiadys. Thus the second noun was taken as modifying the first, as the translation shows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":46432,"verse_id":"COL.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"The phrase κατὰ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ( kata ta stoiceia tou kosmou ) is difficult to translate because of problems surrounding the precise meaning of στοιχεῖα in this context. Originally it referred to the letters of the alphabet, with the idea at its root of “things in a row”; see C. Vaughn, “Colossians,” EBC 11:198. M. J. Harris ( Colossians and Philemon [EGGNT], 93) outlines three probable options: (1) the material elements which comprise the physical world; (2) the elementary teachings of the world (so NEB, NASB, NIV); (3) the elemental spirits of the world (so NEB, RSV). The first option is highly unlikely because Paul is not concerned here with the physical elements, e.g., carbon or nitrogen. The last two options are both possible. Though the Gnostic-like heresy at Colossae would undoubtedly have been regarded by Paul as an “elementary teaching” at best, because the idea of “spirits” played such a role in Gnostic thought, he may very well have had in mind elemental spirits that operated in the world or controlled the world (i.e., under God’s authority and permission).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":46433,"verse_id":"COL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"The terms “however” and “but” in this sentence were supplied in order to emphasize the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":46434,"verse_id":"COL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"The articular noun τῇ ἀπεκδύσει ( th apekdusei ) is a noun which ends in - σις ( -sis ) and therefore denotes action, i.e., “removal.” Since the head noun is a verbal noun, the following genitive τοῦ σώματος ( tou swmatos ) is understood as an objective genitive, receiving the action of the head noun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":46435,"verse_id":"COL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “in the removal of the body of flesh.” The genitive τῆς σαρκός ( th\" sarko\" ) has been translated as an attributive genitive, “fleshly body.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":46436,"verse_id":"COL.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"The second prepositional phrase beginning with ἐν τῇ περιτομῇ ( en th peritomh ) is parallel to the prepositional phrase ἐν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει ( en th apekdusei ) and gives a further explanation of it. The words “that is” were supplied to bring out this force in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":46437,"verse_id":"COL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"The article with the genitive modifier τῆς πίστεως ( th\" pistew\" ) is functioning as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46438,"verse_id":"COL.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The genitive τῆς ἐνεργείας ( th\" energeia\" ) has been translated as an objective genitive, “faith in the power. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46439,"verse_id":"COL.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The article τοῖς ( tois ) with παραπτώμασιν ( paraptwmasin ) is functioning as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":46440,"verse_id":"COL.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The word “nevertheless,” though not in the Greek text, was supplied in the translation to bring out the force of the concessive participle ὄντας ( ontas ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":46441,"verse_id":"COL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"The participle ἐξαλείψας ( exaleiyas ) is a temporal adverbial participle of contemporaneous time related to the previous verb συνεζωοποίησεν ( sunezwopoihsen ), but has been translated as a finite verb because of the complexity of the Greek sentence and the tendency of contemporary English to use shorter sentences. For the meaning “destroy” see BDAG 344-45 s.v. ἐξαλείφω 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46442,"verse_id":"COL.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"On the translation of χειρόγραφον ( ceirografon ), see BDAG 1083 s.v. which refers to it as “ a certificate of indebtedness .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":46443,"verse_id":"COL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"See BDAG 100 s.v. ἀπεκδύομαι 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46444,"verse_id":"COL.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"The antecedent of the Greek pronoun αὐτῷ ( autw ) could either be “Christ” or the “cross.” There are several reasons for choosing “the cross” as the antecedent for αὐτῷ in verse 15 : (1) The nearest antecedent is τῷ σταυρῷ ( tw staurw ) in v. 14 ; (2) the idea of ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν παρρησία ( edeigmatisen en parrhsia , “made a public disgrace”) seems to be more in keeping with the idea of the cross; (3) a reference to Christ seems to miss the irony involved in the idea of triumph – the whole point is that where one would expect defeat, there came the victory; (4) if Christ is the subject of the participles in v. 15 then almost certainly the cross is the referent for αὐτῷ . Thus the best solution is to see αὐτῷ as a reference to the cross and the preposition ἐν ( en ) indicating “means” (i.e., by means of the cross) or possibly (though less likely) location ( on the cross).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46445,"verse_id":"COL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"The word “only,” though not in the Greek text, is supplied in the English translation to bring out the force of the Greek phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":46446,"verse_id":"COL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “but the body of Christ.” The term body here, when used in contrast to shadow ( σκιά , skia ) indicates the opposite meaning, i.e., the reality or substance itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":46447,"verse_id":"COL.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"The genitive τοῦ Χριστοῦ ( tou Cristou ) is appositional and translated as such: “the reality is Christ. ”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":46448,"verse_id":"COL.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"For the various views on the translation of ἐμβατεύων ( embateuwn ), see BDAG 321 s.v. ἐμβατεύω 4. The idea in this context seems to be that the individual in question loves to talk on and on about his spiritual experiences, but in reality they are only coming out of his own sinful flesh.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":46449,"verse_id":"COL.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “by the mind of his flesh.” In the translation above, σαρκός ( sarkos ) is taken as an attributive genitive. The phrase could also be translated “by his sinful thoughts,” since it appears that Paul is using σάρξ ( sarx , “flesh”) here in a morally negative way.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":46450,"verse_id":"COL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"The Greek participle κρατῶν ( kratwn ) was translated as a finite verb to avoid an unusually long and pedantic sentence structure in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":46451,"verse_id":"COL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"See BDAG 387 s.v. ἐπιχορηγέω 3.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":46452,"verse_id":"COL.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The genitive τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) has been translated as a genitive of source, “from God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":46453,"verse_id":"COL.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"See the note on the phrase “elemental spirits” in 2:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":46454,"verse_id":"COL.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"The expression “founded as they are” brings out the force of the Greek preposition κατά ( kata ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":46455,"verse_id":"COL.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “The commands and teachings of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":46456,"verse_id":"COL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “having a word of wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":46457,"verse_id":"COL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Though the apostle uses the term ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ( tapeinofrosunh ) elsewhere in a positive sense (cf. 3:12 ), here the sense is negative and reflects the misguided thinking of Paul’s opponents.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":46458,"verse_id":"COL.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"puts καί in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":46459,"verse_id":"COL.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"א C D* F G P Ψ 075 33 81 1881 al latt bo) read ὑμῶν ( Jumwn , “your”). Internally, it is possible that the second person pronoun arose through scribal conformity to the second person pronoun used previously in v. 3 (i.e., ὑμῶν ) and following in v. 4 ( ὑμεῖς , Jumeis ). But in terms of external criteria, the second person pronoun has superior ms support (though there is an Alexandrian split) and ἡμῶν may have arisen through accident (error of sight) or scribal attempt to universalize the statement since all Christians have Jesus as their life. See TCGNT 557.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46460,"verse_id":"COL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “the members which are on the earth.” See BDAG 628 s.v. μέλος 1 , “put to death whatever in you is worldly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":46461,"verse_id":"COL.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “lust.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":46462,"verse_id":"COL.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “you also walked.” The verb περιπατέω ( peripatew ) is commonly used in the NT to refer to behavior or conduct of one’s life (L&N 41.11).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46463,"verse_id":"COL.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The Greek article with τὰ πάντα ( ta panta ) is anaphoric, referring to the previous list of vices, and has been translated here as “all such things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":46464,"verse_id":"COL.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"See the note on “fellow slave” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46465,"verse_id":"COL.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"If the genitive construct σπλάγχνα οἰκτιρμοῦ ( splancna oiktirmou ) is a hendiadys then it would be “compassion” or “tenderheartedness.” See M. J. Harris, Colossians and Philemon (EGGNT), 161.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":46466,"verse_id":"COL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"For the translation of χαριζόμενοι ( carizomenoi ) as “forgiving,” see BDAG 1078 s.v. χαρίζομαι 3. The two participles “bearing” ( ἀνεχόμενοι , anecomenoi ) and “forgiving” ( χαριζόμενοι ) express the means by which the action of the finite verb “clothe yourselves” is to be carried out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46467,"verse_id":"COL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “if someone has”; the term “happens,” though not in the Greek text, is inserted to bring out the force of the third class condition.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":46468,"verse_id":"COL.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"The expression “forgive others” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. It is included in the translation to make the sentence complete and more comprehensible to the English reader.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":46469,"verse_id":"COL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"BDAG 365 s.v. ἐπί 7 suggests “ to all these ” as a translation for ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις ( epi pasin de toutoi\" ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":46470,"verse_id":"COL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The term “virtues” is not in the Greek text, but is included in the translation to specify the antecedent and to make clear the sense of the pronoun “these.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":46471,"verse_id":"COL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"The verb “add,” though not in the Greek text, is implied, picking up the initial imperative “clothe yourselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":46472,"verse_id":"COL.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"The genitive τῆς τελειότητος ( th\" teleiothto\" ) has been translated as an attributive genitive, “the perfect bond.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":46473,"verse_id":"COL.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “in one body.” This phrase emphasizes the manner in which the believers were called, not the goal of their calling, and focuses upon their unity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":46474,"verse_id":"COL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"D F G Ψ 075 1739 1881 Ï lat sa). On both internal and external grounds, Χριστοῦ is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":46475,"verse_id":"COL.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “with grace”; “all” is supplied as it is implicitly related to all the previous instructions in the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":46476,"verse_id":"COL.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The article τοῖς ( tois ) with ἀνδράσιν ( andrasin , “husbands”) has been translated as a possessive pronoun (“your”); see ExSyn 215.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":46477,"verse_id":"COL.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Or perhaps “Parents.” The plural οἱ πατέρες ( Joi patere\" , “fathers”) can be used to refer to both the male and female parent (BDAG 786 s.v. πατήρ 1.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":46478,"verse_id":"COL.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “do not cause your children to become resentful” (L&N 88.168). BDAG 391 s.v. ἐρεθίζω states, “to cause someone to react in a way that suggests acceptance of a challenge, arouse, provoke mostly in bad sense irritate, embitter. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":46479,"verse_id":"COL.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"On this word here and in 4:1 , see the note on “fellow slave” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":46480,"verse_id":"COL.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The prepositional phrase κατὰ σάρκα ( kata sarka ) does not necessarily qualify the masters as earthly or human (as opposed to the Master in heaven, the Lord), but could also refer to the sphere in which “the service-relation holds true.” See BDAG 577 s.v. κύριος 1.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":46481,"verse_id":"COL.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The present progressive “are doing” was used in the translation of ποιῆτε ( poihte ) to bring out the idea that Paul is probably referring to what they already do for work.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":46482,"verse_id":"COL.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"Grk “from the soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":46483,"verse_id":"COL.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.23","text":"Grk “men”; here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is used in a generic sense and refers to people in general.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A23/3"}
{"id":46484,"verse_id":"COL.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The article τῆς ( ths ) has been translated as a possessive pronoun, “your” ( ExSyn 215). It may also be functioning to indicate a well-known concept (inheritance as eternal life). See BDAG 548 s.v. κληρονομία 3: “common in Christian usage (corresp. to the LXX) (the possession of) transcendent salvation (as the inheritance of God’s children).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":46485,"verse_id":"COL.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"The genitive τῆς κληρονομίας ( th\" klhronomia\" ) is a genitive of apposition: The reward consists of the inheritance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":46486,"verse_id":"COL.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"Ψ 075 Ï – but the best ms evidence is against its inclusion). (2) With the imperative, one might expect ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ ( Jw\" tw kuriw ), as for example in Eph 6:7 . In favor of the imperative: (1) an imperative resumes the ἐργάζεσθε ( ergazesqe ) in v. 23 a and forms a chiasm with it; (2) an imperative makes more sense of the γάρ ( gar ) in v. 25 a; (3) an imperative relates equally well to the preceding statement; (4) a parallel can be found in Rom 12:11 which uses an imperatival participle δουλεύοντες ( douleuonte\" ) with the dative τῷ κυρίῳ . For an elaboration of these points see M. J. Harris, Colossians and Philemon (EGGNT), 185-86.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":46487,"verse_id":"COL.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.25","text":"Grk “that which he did wrong.” sn It is a common theme in biblical thought that punishment for sin involves being fully given over to its consequences (cf. ), and this is also true of believers. Here Paul’s implication is that believers who sin and disobey the Lord whom they serve will receive the consequences of their actions, which is a fitting discipline.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A25/1"}
{"id":46488,"verse_id":"COL.3.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":3,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.25","text":"The Greek word used here is προσωπολημψία ( proswpolhmyia ) and is usually translated “partiality.” It is used to describe unjust or unrighteous favoritism ( Rom 2:11 , Eph 6:9 , Jas 2:1 ). When it comes to disciplining his children for their sins, God will treat all equally with no partiality.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%203%3A25/2"}
{"id":46489,"verse_id":"COL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Though προσευχόμενοι ( proseucomenoi ) is an adverbial participle related to the previous imperative, προσκαρτερεῖτε ( proskartereite ), it is here translated as an independent clause due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":46490,"verse_id":"COL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause has been rendered as substantival here, indicating the content of the prayer rather than the purpose for it. These two ideas are very similar and difficult to differentiate in this passage, but the conjunction ἵνα following a verb of praying is generally regarded as giving the content of the prayer.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":46491,"verse_id":"COL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “that God may open for us a door of the word to speak the mystery of Christ.” The construction in Greek is somewhat awkward in this clause. The translation attempts to simplify this structure somewhat and yet communicate exactly what Paul is asking for.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":46492,"verse_id":"COL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “so that we may speak.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":46493,"verse_id":"COL.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “in prison.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A3/5"}
{"id":46494,"verse_id":"COL.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"The phrase begins with the ἵνα ( Jina ) clause and is subordinate to the imperative προσκαρτερεῖτε ( proskartereite ) in v. 2 . The reference to the idea that Paul must make it known indicates that this clause is probably best viewed as purpose and not content, like the ἵνα of v. 3 . It is the second purpose stated in the context; the first is expressed through the infinitive λαλῆσαι ( lalhsai ) in v. 3 . The term “pray” at the beginning of the sentence is intended to pick up the imperative of v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":46495,"verse_id":"COL.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “walk.” The verb περιπατέω ( peripatew ) is a common NT idiom for one’s lifestyle, behavior, or manner of conduct (L&N 41.11).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":46496,"verse_id":"COL.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"See the note on “fellow slave” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":46497,"verse_id":"COL.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “all things according to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":46498,"verse_id":"COL.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “the things concerning us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46499,"verse_id":"COL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"The Greek sentence continues v. 9 with the phrase “with Onesimus,” but this is awkward in English, so the verb “I sent” was inserted and a new sentence started at the beginning of v. 9 in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":46500,"verse_id":"COL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “is of you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":46501,"verse_id":"COL.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “will make known to you.” This has been simplified in the translation to “will tell.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":46502,"verse_id":"COL.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “those of the circumcision.” The verse as a whole is difficult to translate because it is unclear whether Paul is saying (1) that the only people working with him are Jewish converts at the time the letter is being written or previously, or (2) that Aristarchus, Mark, and Jesus Justus were the only Jewish Christians who ever worked with him. Verses 12-14 appear to indicate that Luke and Demas, who were Gentiles, were also working currently with Paul. This is the view adopted in the translation. See M. J. Harris, Colossians and Philemon (EGGNT), 207-8.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":46503,"verse_id":"COL.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"See the note on “fellow slave” in 1:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46504,"verse_id":"COL.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"has ᾿Ιησοῦ in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":46505,"verse_id":"COL.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “filled.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":46506,"verse_id":"COL.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “pain.” This word appears only three times in the NT outside of this verse ( Rev 16:10, 11; 21:4 ) where the translation “pain” makes sense. For the present verse it has been translated “worked hard.” See BDAG 852 s.v. πόνος 1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":46507,"verse_id":"COL.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":46508,"verse_id":"COL.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"1881 sa). Several mss ( א A C P 075 33 81 104 326 1175 2464 bo) have αὐτῶν ( autwn , “their”), perhaps because of indecisiveness on the gender of Nympha, perhaps because they included ἀδελφούς ( adelfou\" , here translated “brothers and sisters”) as part of the referent. (Perhaps because accents were not part of the original text, scribes were particularly confused here.) The harder reading is certainly αὐτῆς , and thus Nympha should be considered a woman.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":46509,"verse_id":"COL.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “the church in her house.” The meaning is that Paul sends greetings to the church that meets at Nympha’s house.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A15/3"}
{"id":46510,"verse_id":"COL.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “when.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":46511,"verse_id":"COL.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The construction beginning with the imperative ποιήσατε ἵνα … ἀναγνωσθῇ ( poihsate Jina … anagnwsqh ) should be translated as “have it read” where the conjunction ἵνα functions to mark off its clause as the direct object of the imperative ποιήσατε . The content of the clause (“reading the letter”) is what Paul commands with the imperative ποιήσατε . Thus the translation “have it read” has been used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":46512,"verse_id":"COL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “the greeting by my hand, of Paul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":46513,"verse_id":"COL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Or “my imprisonment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":46514,"verse_id":"COL.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"COL","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"D Ψ 075 0278 Ï lat sy), conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the external evidence for the omission is quite compelling ( א * A B C F G 048 6 33 81 1739* 1881 sa). The strongly preferred reading is therefore the omission of ἀμήν .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Colossians%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":46515,"verse_id":"1TH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46516,"verse_id":"1TH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"For the location of Thessalonica see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46517,"verse_id":"1TH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"The majority of witnesses, including several early and important ones ( א A [D] I 33 Ï bo), have ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ κυριοῦ Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( apo qeou patro\" Jhmwn kai kuriou Ihsou Cristou , “from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ”) at the end of v. 1 . The more abrupt reading (“Grace and peace to you”) without this addition is supported by B F G Ψ 0278 629 1739 1881 pc lat sa. Apart from a desire to omit the redundancy of the mention of God and Christ in this verse, there is no good reason why scribes would have omitted the characteristically Pauline greeting. (Further, if this were the case, why did these same scribes overlook such an opportunity in 2 Thess 1:1-2 ?) On the other hand, since 1 Thessalonians is one of Paul’s earliest letters, what would become characteristic of his greetings seems to have been still in embryonic form (e.g., he does not yet call his audience “saints” [which will first be used in his address to the Corinthians], nor does he use ἐν ( en ) plus the dative to refer to the location of the church). Thus, the internal evidence is overwhelming in support of the shorter reading, for scribes would have been strongly motivated to rework this salutation in light of Paul’s style elsewhere. And the external evidence, though not overwhelming, is supportive of this shorter reading, found as it is in some of the best witnesses of the Alexandrian and Western texttypes. tn Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":46518,"verse_id":"1TH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “mention you in our prayers, because we recall constantly…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46519,"verse_id":"1TH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “making mention…recalling.” The participle ποιούμενοι ( poioumenoi ) in v. 2 has been translated as temporal, and μνημονεύοντες ( mnhmoneuonte\" ) in v. 3 has been translated as causal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46520,"verse_id":"1TH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or the phrase may connect at the end of the verse: “hope…in the presence of our God and Father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":46521,"verse_id":"1TH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"These phrases denote Christian virtues in action: the work produced by faith, labor motivated by love, and endurance that stems from hope in Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":46522,"verse_id":"1TH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “knowing.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the participle εἰδότες ( eidotes ) has been translated as a finite verb and a new sentence started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":46523,"verse_id":"1TH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":46524,"verse_id":"1TH.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “your election.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":46525,"verse_id":"1TH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “because.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46526,"verse_id":"1TH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “speech,” or “an act of speaking.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46527,"verse_id":"1TH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “just as you know what sort of people we were among you for your sakes.” Verse 5 reflects on the experience of Paul and his fellow preachers; v. 6 begins to describe the Thessalonians’ response.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":46528,"verse_id":"1TH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “after you received.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46529,"verse_id":"1TH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"6 33 81 104 1739 1881 pc lat). With ὑμᾶς ( Jumas , “you”) immediately preceding, the plural form looks motivated: Scribes would be expected to change the singular to the plural here. Although the external evidence for the singular reading is not overwhelming, the internal evidence for it is compelling.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46530,"verse_id":"1TH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “the word of the Lord.” sn “The word of the Lord” is a technical expression in OT literature, often referring to a divine prophetic utterance (e.g., Gen 15:1 , Isa 1:10 , Jonah 1:1 ). In the NT it occurs 15 times: 3 times as ῥῆμα τοῦ κυρίου ( rJhma tou kuriou ; Luke 22:61 , Acts 11:16 , 1 Pet 1:25 ) and 12 times as λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ( logo\" tou kuriou ; here and in Acts 8:25; 13:44, 48, 49; 15:35, 36; 16:32; 19:10, 20 ; 1 Thess 4:15 ; 2 Thess 3:1 ). As in the OT, this phrase focuses on the prophetic nature and divine origin of what has been said. Here the phrase has been translated “the message of the Lord” because of the focus upon the spread of the gospel evident in the passage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":46531,"verse_id":"1TH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “your faith in God has gone out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":46532,"verse_id":"1TH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “they themselves,” referring to people in the places just mentioned.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46533,"verse_id":"1TH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “what sort of entrance we had to you” (an idiom for how someone is received).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46534,"verse_id":"1TH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46535,"verse_id":"1TH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “has not become empty.” Paul is defending himself against the charge that he lacked earnestness and personal concern for them, but appeared in their city out of greed or egotism. In his defense he appeals to what they recall of his ministry and what has become of it since he left, all of which demonstrates his God-given earnestness and effectiveness.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":46536,"verse_id":"1TH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46537,"verse_id":"1TH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ ( to euangelion tou qeou , “the gospel of God”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“the gospel which God brings”) or an objective genitive (“the gospel about God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, an interplay between the two concepts is intended: The gospel which God brings is in fact the gospel about himself. This same phrase occurs in vv. 8 and 9 as well.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46538,"verse_id":"1TH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “For our exhortation.” Paul here uses παράκλησις ( paraklhsis ) to speak in broad terms about his preaching of the gospel, in which he urges or appeals to people to respond to God’s salvation (cf. the verb form παρακαλοῦντος [ parakalounto\" ] in 2 Cor 5:20 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":46539,"verse_id":"1TH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “[is] not” (the verb “to be” is implied in the Greek construction).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":46540,"verse_id":"1TH.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “came on the scene,” “came.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46541,"verse_id":"1TH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Punctuating vv. 6 and 7 is difficult. One must consider the difficult textual problem of v. 7 (see tc note on the word “children” in that verse) as well as the grammar of the verse. In the translation above, “little children” is understood to be a predicate nominative connected to the verb “became.” This allows a full stop to be placed at the end of v. 6 and before the phrase “like a nursing mother” in v. 7 . This separates the two metaphors which impact the textual problem and allows for greater clarity in the way the sentence is read.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46542,"verse_id":"1TH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “were,” “proved to be.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":46543,"verse_id":"1TH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"א * B C* D* F G I Ψ * pc it bo). It is not insignificant that the earliest Alexandrian and Western witnesses in support of ἤπιοι are actually not Alexandrian or Western; they are the second correctors of Alexandrian and Western mss . Such correctors generally follow a Byzantine Vorlage . The reading νήπιοι is thus superior externally. Further, νήπιοι is much harder in this context, for Paul mixes his metaphors (“we became little children in your midst…Like a nursing mother…”). Thus, the scribes would naturally alter this reading to the softer ἤπιοι (“we became gentle…”). Paul is not known for his consistency of figures, however (cf., e.g., Gal 4:19 ); hence, the intrinsic evidence points to νήπιοι as original. On the other hand, it is possible that νήπιοι was caused by dittography with the preceding -μεν ( -men ). It is even possible that νήπιοι was caused by an error of hearing right from the beginning: The amanuensis could have heard the apostle incorrectly. But such a supposition cuts both ways; further, Paul would no doubt have corrected the reading in the ms before it was sent out. If so, one would surely have expected both earlier witnesses on the side of ἤπιοι and perhaps a few first correctors to have this reading. The reading “little children” thus stands as most probably original. (For an extended discussion of this problem, see J. A. D. Weima, “‘But We Became Infants Among You’: The Case for NHPIOI in 1 Thess 2.7 ,” NTS 46 [2000]: 547-64; T. B. Sailors, “Wedding Textual and Rhetorical Criticism to Understand the Text of 1 Thessalonians 2.7 ,” JSNT 80 [2000]: 81-98.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":46544,"verse_id":"1TH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “longing for you in this way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46545,"verse_id":"1TH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “we are happy.” This verb may be past or present tense, but the context favors the past.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":46546,"verse_id":"1TH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46547,"verse_id":"1TH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “for this reason,” which seems to look back to Paul’s behavior just described. But it may look forward to v. 13 b and mean: “and here is another reason that we constantly thank God: that…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":46548,"verse_id":"1TH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “God’s word of hearing from us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":46549,"verse_id":"1TH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Paul’s focus is their attitude toward the message he preached: They received it not as a human message but a message from God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":46550,"verse_id":"1TH.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46551,"verse_id":"1TH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":". This is obviously a secondary reading. Marcion’s influence may stand behind part of the tradition, but the Byzantine text probably added the adjective in light of its mention in v. 14 and as a clarification or interpretation of which prophets were in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46552,"verse_id":"1TH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “and drove us out” (cf. Acts 17:5-10 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46553,"verse_id":"1TH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “to fill up their sins always.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":46554,"verse_id":"1TH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The Western text (D F G latt) adds τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) to ὀργή ( orgh ) to read “the wrath of God ,” in emulation of the normal Pauline idiom (cf., e.g., Rom 1:18 ; Eph 5:6 ; Col 3:6 ) and, most likely, to clarify which wrath is in view (since ὀργή is articular). tn Or “the wrath,” possibly referring back to the mention of wrath in 1:10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":46555,"verse_id":"1TH.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Or “at last.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":46556,"verse_id":"1TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":46557,"verse_id":"1TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “in face, not in heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":46558,"verse_id":"1TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “with great desire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":46559,"verse_id":"1TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “to see your face.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":46560,"verse_id":"1TH.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “several times”; Grk , “both once and twice.” The literal expression “once and twice” is frequently used as a Greek idiom referring to an indefinite low number, but more than once (“several times”); see L&N 60.70.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":46561,"verse_id":"1TH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46562,"verse_id":"1TH.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":46563,"verse_id":"1TH.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Ï and a few versional witnesses read “and a servant of God and our fellow worker” ( καὶ διάκονον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ); and F G have “servant and fellow worker for God” ( διάκονον καὶ συνεργὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ). The reading of the text ( καὶ συνεργὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ) is found in D* 33 b {d m o} Ambst {Pel}. It may be argued that all readings that do not collocate συνεργόν with θεοῦ are secondary, as this is certainly the harder reading. Indeed, in only one other place in the NT are human beings said to be συνεργοὶ θεοῦ ( sunergoi qeou ; 1 Cor 3:9 ), and the simplest (though by no means the only) interpretation is that the genitive should be taken associatively (“a fellow worker in association with God”). It is difficult to account for συνεργὸν τοῦ θεοῦ here unless it is authentic because of the theological difficulty that would be easily seen in this wording. A genealogy of the readings suggests that various scribes may have deleted τοῦ θεοῦ or swapped διάκονον for συνεργόν to remove the offense. The readings of the Byzantine text and two Western mss (F G) appear to be conflations of earlier readings, but the reading of F G nevertheless indirectly supports καὶ συνεργὸν τοῦ θεοῦ since it does not remove the offense. Although the witnesses for καὶ συνεργὸν τοῦ θεοῦ are minimal, the internal evidence is quite strong in favor of this reading. With hesitation, it is adopted as authentic. Although 1 Thess 3:2 is frequently understood to mean that Timothy is “God’s fellow worker,” such a view assumes that the genitive θεοῦ ( qeou ) is associative for it is related to συνεργόν ( sunergon ). However, a genitive of association is not required by the syntax (cf. ExSyn 130).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":46564,"verse_id":"1TH.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “just as it also occurred and you know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46565,"verse_id":"1TH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “for this reason.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":46566,"verse_id":"1TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “but now Timothy having come,” a subordinate clause leading to the main clause of v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":46567,"verse_id":"1TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “you have a good remembrance of us always.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":46568,"verse_id":"1TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “just as also we you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":46569,"verse_id":"1TH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “for this reason.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46570,"verse_id":"1TH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":46571,"verse_id":"1TH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “because now we live,” in comparison with his feelings of dread in not knowing how they were doing (cf. 2:17-3:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":46572,"verse_id":"1TH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “what thanks can we render to God about you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":46573,"verse_id":"1TH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “all the joy with which we rejoice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":46574,"verse_id":"1TH.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “to see your face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":46575,"verse_id":"1TH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"has the particle in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46576,"verse_id":"1TH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":46577,"verse_id":"1TH.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"0278 33 81 104 326 365 629 al co and should be unquestionably preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":46578,"verse_id":"1TH.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “your sanctification.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":46579,"verse_id":"1TH.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “to gain [or possess] his own vessel.” “Vessel” is most likely used figuratively for “body” (cf. 2 Cor 4:7 ). Some take it to mean “wife” (thus, “to take a wife for himself” or “to live with his wife”), but this is less likely. See J. Smith, “ 1 Thess 4:4 – Breaking the Impasse,” BBR 10 (Fall 2000), who argues that “vessel” in this context is very likely a euphemism for the sexual organs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":46580,"verse_id":"1TH.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “not to transgress against or defraud his brother in the matter,” continuing the sentence of vv. 3-5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":46581,"verse_id":"1TH.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “concerning all these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":46582,"verse_id":"1TH.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “rejecting man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46583,"verse_id":"1TH.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “concerning brotherly love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":46584,"verse_id":"1TH.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “brothers”; this applies to the second occurrence as well. See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":46585,"verse_id":"1TH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “that you may live,” continuing the sentence of 4:10 b-11.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46586,"verse_id":"1TH.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “not be dependent on anyone”; Grk “and have need of nothing,” “of no one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":46587,"verse_id":"1TH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “ignorant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":46588,"verse_id":"1TH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":46589,"verse_id":"1TH.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.13","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for death when speaking of believers. This metaphorical usage by its very nature emphasizes the hope of resurrection: Believers will one day “wake up” out of death. Here the term refers to death, but “sleep” was used in the translation to emphasize the metaphorical, rhetorical usage of the term. This word also occurs in vv. 14 and 15 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A13/3"}
{"id":46590,"verse_id":"1TH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"“we believe that” is understood from the first clause of the verse, which is parallel. Grk “so also God will bring.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":46591,"verse_id":"1TH.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “those who have fallen asleep through Jesus.” It is possible that “through Jesus” describes “bring,” but this gives the unlikely double reference, “through Jesus God will bring them with Jesus.” Instead it describes their “falling sleep,” since through him their death is only sleep and not the threat it once was. Also Christians are those whose total existence – life and death – is in and through and for Christ ( 1 Cor 8:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":46592,"verse_id":"1TH.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Neither noun in this phrase ( ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου , ejn fwnh ajrcangelou , “with the voice of the archangel”) has the article in keeping with Apollonius’ Canon. Since ἀρχάγγελος ( ajrcangelo\" ) is most likely monadic, both nouns are translated as definite in keeping with Apollonius’ Corollary (see ExSyn 250-51).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":46593,"verse_id":"1TH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"} ar b as well as a few fathers, but the rest of the textual tradition has the words. Most likely, the Western mss omitted the words because of perceived redundancy with οἱ ζῶντες ( Joi zwnte\" , “[the ones] who are alive”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":46594,"verse_id":"1TH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “snatched up.” The Greek verb ἁρπάζω implies that the action is quick or forceful, so the translation supplied the adverb “suddenly” to make this implicit notion clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":46595,"verse_id":"1TH.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “simultaneously,” but this meaning does not fit as well in the parallel in 5:10 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":46596,"verse_id":"1TH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “concerning the times and the seasons,” a reference to future periods of eschatological fulfillment (cf. Acts 1:7 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":46597,"verse_id":"1TH.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":46598,"verse_id":"1TH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"B D 0226 6 1505 1739 1881 al , but lacking in א * A F G 33 it. γάρ ( gar , “for”) is the reading of the Byzantine text and a few other witnesses ( Ψ 0278 Ï ). Although normally the shorter reading is to be preferred, the external evidence is superior for δέ (being found in the somewhat better Alexandrian and Western witnesses). What, then, is to explain the γάρ ? Scribes were prone to replace δέ with γάρ , especially in sentences suggesting a causal or explanatory idea, thus making the point more explicit. Internally, the omission of δέ looks unintentional, a case of homoioarcton ( otandelegwsin ). Although a decision is difficult, in this instance δέ has the best credentials for authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":46599,"verse_id":"1TH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “peace and security,” with “there is” understood in the Greek construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":46600,"verse_id":"1TH.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk a singular “birth pain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":46601,"verse_id":"1TH.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":46602,"verse_id":"1TH.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “hope of salvation” (“a helmet…for salvation” is an allusion to Isa 59:17 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":46603,"verse_id":"1TH.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “the one who died,” describing Jesus Christ ( 1 Thess 5:9 ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 10 in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":46604,"verse_id":"1TH.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":46605,"verse_id":"1TH.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":46606,"verse_id":"1TH.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “who will also do,” with the object understood from v. 23 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":46607,"verse_id":"1TH.5.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.25","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A25/1"}
{"id":46608,"verse_id":"1TH.5.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.26","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A26/1"}
{"id":46609,"verse_id":"1TH.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.27","text":"Grk “I adjure you by the Lord,” “I put you under oath before the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A27/1"}
{"id":46610,"verse_id":"1TH.5.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.27","text":"for the omission seems too generous, this reading is still to be preferred. Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A27/2"}
{"id":46611,"verse_id":"1TH.5.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TH","chapter":5,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.28","text":"Ï lat sy bo), conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the witnesses for the omission are sufficiently early and diffuse (B D* F G 0278 6 33 1739* 1881 it sa) to render the verdict against the particle here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Thessalonians%205%3A28/1"}
{"id":46612,"verse_id":"2TH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46613,"verse_id":"2TH.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"For the location of Thessalonica see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46614,"verse_id":"2TH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46615,"verse_id":"2TH.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":46616,"verse_id":"2TH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46617,"verse_id":"2TH.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “as is worthy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":46618,"verse_id":"2TH.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “so that you may be made worthy.” The passive infinitive καταξιωθῆναι ( kataxiwqhnai ) has been translated as an active construction in English for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46619,"verse_id":"2TH.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “if in fact/since,” as a continuation of the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46620,"verse_id":"2TH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “at the revelation of the Lord Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46621,"verse_id":"2TH.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “angels of power,” translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":46622,"verse_id":"2TH.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “meting out,” as a description of Jesus Christ in v. 7 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 8 in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":46623,"verse_id":"2TH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “who,” describing the people mentioned in v. 8 . A new sentence was started here in the translation by replacing the relative pronoun with a personal pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46624,"verse_id":"2TH.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “power,” or “might.” The construction can also be translated as an attributed genitive: “from his glorious strength” (cf. TEV “glorious might”; CEV “glorious strength”; NLT “glorious power”). sn An allusion to Isa 2:10, 19, 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46625,"verse_id":"2TH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “marveled at.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46626,"verse_id":"2TH.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “because our testimony to you was believed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":46627,"verse_id":"2TH.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “your calling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":46628,"verse_id":"2TH.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “by means of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":46629,"verse_id":"2TH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or perhaps “return” (cf. CEV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46630,"verse_id":"2TH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “our gathering with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":46631,"verse_id":"2TH.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":46632,"verse_id":"2TH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “quickly, soon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46633,"verse_id":"2TH.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “as through us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46634,"verse_id":"2TH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “for unless the rebellion comes first.” The clause about “the day” is understood from v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":46635,"verse_id":"2TH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Most mss (A D F G Ψ Ï lat sy) read ἁμαρτίας ( Jamartia\" , “of sin”) here, but several important mss ( א B 0278 6 81 1739 1881 al co) read ἀνομίας ( anomia\" , “of lawlessness”). Although external support for ἁμαρτίας is broader, the generally earlier and better witnesses are on the side of ἀνομίας . Internally, since ἁμαρτία ( Jamartia , “sin”) occurs nearly ten times as often as ἀνομία ( anomia , “lawlessness”) in the corpus Paulinum , scribes would be expected to change the text to the more familiar term. At the same time, the mention of ἀνομία in v. 7 and ὁ ἄνομος ( Jo anomo\" , “the lawless one”) in v. 8 , both of which look back to v. 3 , may have prompted scribes to change the text toward ἀνομίας . The internal evidence is thus fairly evenly balanced. Although a decision is difficult, ἀνομίας has slightly greater probability of authenticity than ἁμαρτίας .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":46636,"verse_id":"2TH.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “the one destined for destruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":46637,"verse_id":"2TH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “the one who opposes,” describing the figure in v. 3 . A new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the personal pronoun (“he”) and translating the participle ἀντικείμενος ( antikeimeno\" ) as a finite verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46638,"verse_id":"2TH.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “that he is God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":46639,"verse_id":"2TH.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “You do remember, don’t you?”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46640,"verse_id":"2TH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “and now,” but this shows the logical result of his previous teaching.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":46641,"verse_id":"2TH.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “the thing that restrains.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":46642,"verse_id":"2TH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “the mystery of lawlessness.” In Paul “mystery” often means “revealed truth, something formerly hidden but now made widely known,” but that does not make sense with the verb of this clause (“to be at work, to be active”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46643,"verse_id":"2TH.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “the one who restrains.” This gives a puzzling contrast to the impersonal phrase in v. 6 (“the thing that restrains”). The restraint can be spoken of as a force or as a person. Some have taken this to mean the Roman Empire in particular or human government in general, since these are forces that can also be seen embodied in a person, the emperor or governing head. But apocalyptic texts like Revelation and Daniel portray human government of the end times as under Satanic control, not holding back his influence. Also the power to hold back Satanic forces can only come from God. So others understand this restraint to be some force from God: the preaching of the gospel or the working of the Holy Spirit through God’s people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":46644,"verse_id":"2TH.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"places ᾿Ιησοῦς in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46645,"verse_id":"2TH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “whose coming,” referring to the lawless one. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek construction, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46646,"verse_id":"2TH.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “every miracle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":46647,"verse_id":"2TH.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “deception for/toward.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":46648,"verse_id":"2TH.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “they did not accept the love of the truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":46649,"verse_id":"2TH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “and for this reason.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":46650,"verse_id":"2TH.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “a working of error.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":46651,"verse_id":"2TH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “that.” A new sentence was started here in the translation for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46652,"verse_id":"2TH.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “be judged,” but in this context the term clearly refers to a judgment of condemnation (BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 5.b. α ; cf. KJV “that they all might be damned”). CEV views the condemnation as punishment (“will be punished”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46653,"verse_id":"2TH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":46654,"verse_id":"2TH.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"‡ Several mss (B F G P 0278 33 81 323 1739 1881 al bo) read ἀπαρχήν ( aparchn , “as a first fruit”; i.e., as the first converts) instead of ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ( ap ’ arch\" , “from the beginning,” found in א D Ψ Ï it sa), but this seems more likely to be a change by scribes who thought of the early churches in general in this way. But Paul would not be likely to call the Thessalonians “the first fruits” among his converts. Further, ἀπαρχή ( aparch , “first fruit”) is a well-worn term in Paul’s letters ( Rom 8:23; 11:16; 16:5 ; 1 Cor 15:20, 23; 16:15 ), while ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς occurs nowhere else in Paul. Scribes might be expected to change the text to the more familiar term. Nevertheless, a decision is difficult (see arguments for ἀπαρχήν in TCGNT 568), and ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς must be preferred only slightly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":46655,"verse_id":"2TH.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “to which,” referring to the main idea of v. 13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46656,"verse_id":"2TH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46657,"verse_id":"2TH.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “that you were taught whether by word or by letter of ours.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46658,"verse_id":"2TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk simply “strengthen,” with the object understood from the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":46659,"verse_id":"2TH.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “every good work and word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":46660,"verse_id":"2TH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46661,"verse_id":"2TH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “the word of the Lord.” sn “The word of the Lord” is a technical expression in OT literature, often referring to a divine prophetic utterance (e.g., Gen 15:1 , Isa 1:10 , Jonah 1:1 ). In the NT it occurs 15 times: 3 times as ῥῆμα τοῦ κυρίου ( rJhma tou kuriou ; Luke 22:61 , Acts 11:16 , 1 Pet 1:25 ) and 12 times as λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ( logo\" tou kuriou ; here and in Acts 8:25; 13:44, 48, 49; 15:35, 36; 16:32; 19:10, 20 ; 1 Thess 1:8, 4:15 ). As in the OT, this phrase focuses on the prophetic nature and divine origin of what has been said. Here the phrase has been translated “the Lord’s message” because of the focus upon the spread of the gospel evident in the passage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":46662,"verse_id":"2TH.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “may run and be glorified.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":46663,"verse_id":"2TH.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “who.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":46664,"verse_id":"2TH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ ( thn agaphn tou qeou , “the love of God”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“God’s love”) or an objective genitive (“your love for God”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, the emphasis would be on believers being directed toward the love God gives which in turn produces increased love in them for him.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":46665,"verse_id":"2TH.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The genitive in the phrase τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ ( thn Jupomonhn tou Cristou , “the endurance of Christ”) could be translated as either a subjective genitive (“Christ’s endurance”) or an objective genitive (“endurance for Christ”). Either is grammatically possible. This is possibly an instance of a plenary genitive (see ExSyn 119-21; M. Zerwick, Biblical Greek , §§36-39). If so, the emphasis would be on believers being directed toward the endurance Christ showed which in turn produces endurance in them for him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":46666,"verse_id":"2TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":46667,"verse_id":"2TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “unruly, out of line.” The particular violation Paul has in mind is idleness (as described in vv. 8-11 ), so this could be translated to reflect that.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":46668,"verse_id":"2TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “walking in an undisciplined way” (“walking” is a common NT idiom for one’s way of life or conduct).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":46669,"verse_id":"2TH.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"Ψ 1739 1881 Ï ). ( παρέλαβον is evidently a correction of παρελάβοσαν to the more common spelling for the third person aorist form). The external evidence is divided fairly evenly, with παρελάβετε and παρελάβοσαν each having adequate support. Internal evidence leans toward “they received”: Given the second person reading, there is little reason why scribes would intentionally change it to a third person plural, and especially an archaic form at that. There is ample reason, however, for scribes to change the third person form to the second person form given that in the prior context παράδοσις ( paradosis , “tradition”) is used with a relative clause (as here) with a second person verb (see 2:15 ). The third person form should be regarded as original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":46670,"verse_id":"2TH.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"This is the verbal form of the words occurring in vv. 6 and 11 , meaning “to act out of line, in an unruly way.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46671,"verse_id":"2TH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “we did not eat bread freely from anyone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":46672,"verse_id":"2TH.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “but working,” as a continuation of the previous sentence. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started with the word “Instead” in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":46673,"verse_id":"2TH.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “an example for you to imitate us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":46674,"verse_id":"2TH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “walking in an undisciplined way” (“walking” is a common NT idiom for one’s way of life or conduct).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46675,"verse_id":"2TH.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"There is a play on words in the Greek: “working at nothing, but working around,” “not keeping busy but being busybodies.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":46676,"verse_id":"2TH.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “that by working quietly they may eat their own bread.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":46677,"verse_id":"2TH.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46678,"verse_id":"2TH.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"That is, as a fellow believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":46679,"verse_id":"2TH.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “The greeting in my hand, Paul, which is a sign in every letter, thus I write.” sn Up to 3:17 the letter was dictated by Paul but written down by a secretary or amanuensis. But Paul took up the pen and wrote vv. 17-18 personally to authenticate that it was his ( how I write in every letter ). See similar indications in 1 Cor 16:21 ; Gal 6:11 ; and Col 4:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":46680,"verse_id":"2TH.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TH","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"A D F G Ψ Ï lat sy), conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the witnesses for the omission are among the best mss ( א * B 0278 6 33 1739 1881* 2464 sa), giving sufficient base to prefer the shorter reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Thessalonians%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":46681,"verse_id":"1TI.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46682,"verse_id":"1TI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46683,"verse_id":"1TI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"This word implies authoritative instruction: “direct, command, give orders” (cf. 1 Tim 4:11; 5:7; 6:13, 17 ). See BDAG 760 s.v. παραγγέλλω .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":46684,"verse_id":"1TI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “to teach other doctrines,” different from apostolic teaching (cf. 1 Tim 6:3 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":46685,"verse_id":"1TI.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"A few Western mss (D* latt Ir) read οἰκοδομήν ( oikodomhn , “[God’s] edification”) rather than οἰκονομίαν ( oikonomian , “[God’s] redemptive plan”), which is read by the earliest and best witnesses. tn More literally, “the administration of God that is by faith.” sn God’s redemptive plan. The basic word ( οἰκονομία , oikonomia ) denotes the work of a household steward or manager or the arrangement under which he works: “household management.” As a theological term it is used of the order or arrangement by which God brings redemption through Christ (God’s “dispensation, plan of salvation” [ Eph 1:10; 3:9 ]) or of human responsibility to pass on the message of that salvation (“stewardship, commission” [ 1 Cor 9:17 ; Eph 3:2 ; Col 1:25 ]). Here the former is in view (see the summary of God’s plan in 1 Tim 2:3-6 ; 2 Tim 1:9-10 ; Titus 3:4-7 ), and Paul notes the response people must make to God’s arrangement: It is “in faith” or “by faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":46686,"verse_id":"1TI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “the instruction,” referring to orthodox Christian teaching and ministry in general, in contrast to that of the false teachers mentioned in 1:3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46687,"verse_id":"1TI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “love from a pure heart and a good conscience and a sincere faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46688,"verse_id":"1TI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"The Greek reinforces this negation: “understand neither what they are saying nor the things they insist on…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46689,"verse_id":"1TI.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"On this term BDAG 135 s.v. ἀρσενοκοίτης states, “a male who engages in sexual activity w. a pers. of his own sex, pederast 1 Cor 6:9 …of one who assumes the dominant role in same-sex activity, opp. μαλακός … 1 Ti 1:10 ; Pol 5:3. Cp. Ro 1:27 .” L&N 88.280 states, “a male partner in homosexual intercourse – ‘homosexual.’…It is possible that ἀρσενοκοίτης in certain contexts refers to the active male partner in homosexual intercourse in contrast with μαλακός , the passive male partner” (cf. 1 Cor 6:9 ). Since there is a distinction in contemporary usage between sexual orientation and actual behavior, the qualification “practicing” was supplied in the translation, following the emphasis in BDAG.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46690,"verse_id":"1TI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"A continuation of the preceding idea: Grk “teaching, according to the gospel.” This use of the law is in accord with the gospel entrusted to Paul (cf. Rom 7:7-16 ; Gal 3:23-26 ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":46691,"verse_id":"1TI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “the gospel of the glory of the blessed God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":46692,"verse_id":"1TI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “with which I was entrusted.” The translation is more in line with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":46693,"verse_id":"1TI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “violent,” “cruel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":46694,"verse_id":"1TI.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “with faith and love in Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":46695,"verse_id":"1TI.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “the saying,” referring to the following citation (see 1 Tim 3:1; 4:9 ; 2 Tim 2:11 ; Titus 3:8 for other occurrences of this phrase).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":46696,"verse_id":"1TI.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “of whom I am the first.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":46697,"verse_id":"1TI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “but because of this I was treated with mercy, so that…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":46698,"verse_id":"1TI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “in me first,” making the connection with the last phrase of v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":46699,"verse_id":"1TI.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Or more literally, “king of the ages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":46700,"verse_id":"1TI.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Ψ 1881 Ï ) have “wise” ( σόφῳ , swfw ) here (thus, “the only wise God”), while the earlier and better witnesses ( א * A D* F G H* 33 1739 lat co) lack this adjective. Although it could be argued that the longer reading is harder since it does not as emphatically affirm monotheism, it is more likely that scribes borrowed σόφῳ from Rom 16:27 where μόνῳ σόφῳ θεῷ ( monw sofw qew , “the only wise God”) is textually solid.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":46701,"verse_id":"1TI.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “unto the ages of the ages,” an emphatic way of speaking about eternity in Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":46702,"verse_id":"1TI.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “that by them you might fight…” (a reference to the prophecies which can encourage him in his work).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A18/3"}
{"id":46703,"verse_id":"1TI.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"In Greek this continues the same sentence from v. 18 , a participle showing the means by which Timothy will accomplish his task: Grk “fight the good fight, holding firmly…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":46704,"verse_id":"1TI.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “petitions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46705,"verse_id":"1TI.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “all men”; but here ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is used generically, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":46706,"verse_id":"1TI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"For “even for kings” the Greek says simply “for kings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46707,"verse_id":"1TI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “this”; the referent (such prayer for all, referring to vv. 1-2 ) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":46708,"verse_id":"1TI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “who wants…” (but showing why such prayer is pleasing to God).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46709,"verse_id":"1TI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “all men”; but here ἀνθρώπους ( anqrwpous ) is used generically, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":46710,"verse_id":"1TI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Traditionally this word ( μεσίτης , mesith\" ) is rendered “mediator,” but this conveys a wrong impression in contemporary English. Jesus was not a mediator, for example, who worked for compromise between opposing parties. Instead he was the only one able to go between man and God to enable them to have a relationship, but entirely on God’s terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46711,"verse_id":"1TI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “one mediator between God and mankind, the human, Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":46712,"verse_id":"1TI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"A D* F G P Ψ 6 81 1175 1739 1881 al sy co). It is difficult to explain the shorter reading if it is not original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46713,"verse_id":"1TI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"The word translated “men” here ( ἀνήρ , anhr ) refers to adult males, not people in general. Note the command given to “the women” in v. 9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46714,"verse_id":"1TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"has the καί in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46715,"verse_id":"1TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “to adorn themselves.” Grammatically the phrase “to adorn themselves” continues the author’s words in v. 8 : “I want…likewise the women to adorn themselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":46716,"verse_id":"1TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"This word and its cognates are used frequently in the Pastoral Epistles. It means “moderation,” “sobriety,” “decency,” “sensibleness,” or “sound judgment.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":46717,"verse_id":"1TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.9","text":"Literally a continuation of v. 9 a, “not with braided hair…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A9/4"}
{"id":46718,"verse_id":"1TI.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “receive instruction.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":46719,"verse_id":"1TI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"According to BDAG 150 s.v. αὐθεντέω this Greek verb means “to assume a stance of independent authority, give orders to, dictate to ” (cf. JB “tell a man what to do”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46720,"verse_id":"1TI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “but to be in quietness.” The phrase ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ( en Jhsucia ) is used in Greek literature either of absolute silence or of a quiet demeanor.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":46721,"verse_id":"1TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"This phrase uses a compound form of the same verb as in v. 14 a: “deceived” vs. “deceived out, completely deceived.” The two verbs could be synonymous, but because of the close contrast in this context, it seems that a stronger meaning is intended for the second verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46722,"verse_id":"1TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “has come to be in transgression” (with an emphasis on the continuing consequences of that fall).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":46723,"verse_id":"1TI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “But she will be preserved through childbearing,” or “But she will be saved in spite of childbearing.” This verse is notoriously difficult to interpret, though there is general agreement about one point: Verse 15 is intended to lessen the impact of vv. 13-14 . There are several interpretive possibilities here, though the first three can be readily dismissed (cf. D. Moo, “ 1 Timothy 2:11-15 : Meaning and Significance,” TJ 1 [1980]: 70-73). (1) Christian women will be saved, but only if they bear children. This view is entirely unlikely for it lays a condition on Christian women that goes beyond grace, is unsupported elsewhere in scripture, and is explicitly against Paul’s and Jesus’ teaching on both marriage and salvation (cf. Matt 19:12 ; 1 Cor 7:8-9, 26-27, 34-35 ; 1 Tim 5:3-10 ). (2) Despite the curse, Christian women will be kept safe when bearing children. This view also is unlikely, both because it has little to do with the context and because it is not true to life (especially life in the ancient world with its high infant mortality rate). (3) Despite the sin of Eve and the results to her progeny, she would be saved through the childbirth – that is, through the birth of the Messiah, as promised in the protevangelium ( Gen 3:15 ). This view sees the singular “she” as referring first to Eve and then to all women (note the change from singular to plural in this verse). Further, it works well in the context. However, there are several problems with it: [a] The future tense ( σωθήσηται , swqhshtai ) is unnatural if referring to the protevangelium or even to the historical fact of the Messiah’s birth; [b] that only women are singled out as recipients of salvation seems odd since the birth of the Messiah was necessary for the salvation of both women and men; [c] as ingenious as this view is, its very ingenuity is its downfall, for it is overly subtle; and [d] the term τεκνογονία ( teknogonia ) refers to the process of childbirth rather than the product . And since it is the person of the Messiah (the product of the birth) that saves us, the term is unlikely to be used in the sense given it by those who hold this view. There are three other views that have greater plausibility: (4) This may be a somewhat veiled reference to the curse of Gen 3:16 in order to clarify that though the woman led the man into transgression (v. 14 b), she will be saved spiritually despite this physical reminder of her sin. The phrase is literally “through childbearing,” but this does not necessarily denote means or instrument here. Instead it may show attendant circumstance (probably with a concessive force): “with, though accompanied by” (cf. BDAG 224 s.v. δία A.3.c; Rom 2:27 ; 2 Cor 2:4 ; 1 Tim 4:14 ). (5) “It is not through active teaching and ruling activities that Christian women will be saved, but through faithfulness to their proper role, exemplified in motherhood” (Moo, 71). In this view τεκνογονία is seen as a synecdoche in which child- rearing and other activities of motherhood are involved. Thus, one evidence (though clearly not an essential evidence) of a woman’s salvation may be seen in her decision to function in this role. (6) The verse may point to some sort of proverbial expression now lost, in which “saved” means “delivered” and in which this deliverance was from some of the devastating effects of the role reversal that took place in Eden. The idea of childbearing, then, is a metonymy of part for the whole that encompasses the woman’s submission again to the leadership of the man, though it has no specific soteriological import (but it certainly would have to do with the outworking of redemption).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46724,"verse_id":"1TI.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"There is a shift to the plural here ( Grk “if they continue”), but it still refers to the woman in a simple shift from generic singular to generic plural.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46725,"verse_id":"1TI.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “the saying,” referring to the following citation (see 1 Tim 1:15; 4:9 ; 2 Tim 2:11 ; Titus 3:8 for other occurrences of this phrase).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46726,"verse_id":"1TI.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “aspires to oversight.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":46727,"verse_id":"1TI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “bishop.” sn Although some see the article with overseer as indicating a single leader at the top of the ecclesiastical structure (thus taking the article as monadic), this is hardly necessary. It is naturally taken generically (referring to the class of leaders known as overseers) and, in fact, finds precedent in 2:11-12 (“a woman,” “a man”), 2:15 (“she”). Paul almost casually changes between singular and plural in both chapters.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":46728,"verse_id":"1TI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “a man married only once,” “devoted solely to his wife” (see 1 Tim 3:12; 5:9 ; Titus 1:6 ). The meaning of this phrase is disputed. It is frequently understood to refer to the marital status of the church leader, excluding from leadership those who are (1) unmarried, (2) polygamous, (3) divorced, or (4) remarried after being widowed. A different interpretation is reflected in the NEB’s translation “faithful to his one wife.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":46729,"verse_id":"1TI.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “having children in submission with all dignity.” The last phrase, “keep his children in control without losing his dignity,” may refer to the children rather than the parent: “having children who are obedient and respectful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46730,"verse_id":"1TI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “that he may not become arrogant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":46731,"verse_id":"1TI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “the judgment of the devil,” which could also mean “the judgment that the devil incurred.” But see 1 Tim 1:20 for examples of the danger Paul seems to have in mind.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":46732,"verse_id":"1TI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “have a good reputation with”; Grk “have a good testimony from.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46733,"verse_id":"1TI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “the ones outside.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":46734,"verse_id":"1TI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Or “be trapped like the devil was”; Grk “fall into the trap of the devil.” The parallel in 2 Tim 2:26 supports the rendering given in the text.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":46735,"verse_id":"1TI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “respectable, honorable, of serious demeanor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":46736,"verse_id":"1TI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “insincere,” “deceitful”; Grk “speaking double.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":46737,"verse_id":"1TI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “not devoted to much wine.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":46738,"verse_id":"1TI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “also deaconesses.” The Greek word here is γυναῖκας ( gunaika\" ) which literally means “women” or “wives.” It is possible that this refers to women who serve as deacons, “deaconesses.” The evidence is as follows: (1) The immediate context refers to deacons; (2) the author mentions nothing about wives in his section on elder qualifications ( 1 Tim 3:1-7 ); (3) it would seem strange to have requirements placed on deacons’ wives without corresponding requirements placed on elders’ wives; and (4) elsewhere in the NT, there seems to be room for seeing women in this role (cf. Rom 16:1 and the comments there). The translation “wives” – referring to the wives of the deacons – is probably to be preferred, though, for the following reasons: (1) It would be strange for the author to discuss women deacons right in the middle of the qualifications for male deacons; more naturally they would be addressed by themselves. (2) The author seems to indicate clearly in the next verse that women are not deacons: “Deacons must be husbands of one wife.” (3) Most of the qualifications given for deacons elsewhere do not appear here. Either the author has truncated the requirements for women deacons, or he is not actually referring to women deacons; the latter seems to be the more natural understanding. (4) The principle given in 1 Tim 2:12 appears to be an overarching principle for church life which seems implicitly to limit the role of deacon to men. Nevertheless, a decision in this matter is difficult, and our conclusions must be regarded as tentative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46739,"verse_id":"1TI.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “men married only once,” “devoted solely to their wives” (see the note on “wife” in 1 Tim 3:2 ; also 1 Tim 5:9 ; Titus 1:6 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":46740,"verse_id":"1TI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “these things.” sn These instructions refer to the instructions about local church life, given in 1 Tim 2:1 – 3:13 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":46741,"verse_id":"1TI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “how it is necessary to behave.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":46742,"verse_id":"1TI.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “which is” (but the relative clause shows the reason for such conduct).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":46743,"verse_id":"1TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “confessedly, admittedly, most certainly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":46744,"verse_id":"1TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “great is the mystery of [our] religion,” or “great is the mystery of godliness.” The word “mystery” denotes a secret previously hidden in God, but now revealed and made widely known (cf. Rom 16:25 ; 1 Cor 2:7; 4:1 ; Eph 1:9; 3:3, 4, 9; 6:19 ; Col 1:26-27; 4:3 ). “Religion” ( εὐσέβεια , eusebeia ) is a word used frequently in the pastorals with a range of meanings: (1) a certain attitude toward God – “devotion, reverence”; (2) the conduct that befits that attitude – “godliness, piety”; and (3) the whole system of belief and approach to God that forms the basis for such attitude and conduct – “religion, creed.” See BDAG 412-13 s.v.; 2 Tim 3:5 ; 4 Macc 9:6-7, 29-30; 15:1-3; 17:7. So the following creedal statements are illustrations of the great truths that the church is charged with protecting (v. 15 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":46745,"verse_id":"1TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":") read θεός ( qeos , “God”) for ὅς ( Jos , “who”). Most significant among these witnesses is 1739; the second correctors of some of the other mss tend to conform to the medieval standard, the Byzantine text, and add no independent voice to the discussion. A few mss have ὁ θεός (so 88 pc ), a reading that is a correction on the anarthrous θεός . On the other side, the masculine relative pronoun ὅς is strongly supported by א * A* C* F G 33 365 pc Did Epiph. Significantly, D* and virtually the entire Latin tradition read the neuter relative pronoun, ὅ ( Jo , “which”), a reading that indirectly supports ὅς since it could not easily have been generated if θεός had been in the text. Thus, externally, there is no question as to what should be considered original: The Alexandrian and Western traditions are decidedly in favor of ὅς . Internally, the evidence is even stronger. What scribe would change θεός to ὅς intentionally? “Who” is not only a theologically pale reading by comparison; it also is much harder (since the relative pronoun has no obvious antecedent, probably the reason for the neuter pronoun of the Western tradition). Intrinsically, the rest of 3:16 , beginning with ὅς , appears to form a six-strophed hymn. As such, it is a text that is seemingly incorporated into the letter without syntactical connection. Hence, not only should we not look for an antecedent for ὅς (as is often done by commentators), but the relative pronoun thus is not too hard a reading (or impossible, as Dean Burgon believed). Once the genre is taken into account, the relative pronoun fits neatly into the author’s style (cf. also Col 1:15 ; Phil 2:6 for other places in which the relative pronoun begins a hymn, as was often the case in poetry of the day). On the other hand, with θεός written as a nomen sacrum , it would have looked very much like the relative pronoun: q-=s vs. os . Thus, it may have been easy to confuse one for the other. This, of course, does not solve which direction the scribes would go, although given their generally high Christology and the bland and ambiguous relative pronoun, it is doubtful that they would have replaced θεός with ὅς . How then should we account for θεός ? It appears that sometime after the 2nd century the θεός reading came into existence, either via confusion with ὅς or as an intentional alteration to magnify Christ and clear up the syntax at the same time. Once it got in, this theologically rich reading was easily able to influence all the rest of the mss it came in contact with (including mss already written, such as א A C D). That this reading did not arise until after the 2nd century is evident from the Western reading, ὅ . The neuter relative pronoun is certainly a “correction” of ὅς , conforming the gender to that of the neuter μυστήριον ( musthrion , “mystery”). What is significant in this reading is (1) since virtually all the Western witnesses have either the masculine or neuter relative pronoun, the θεός reading was apparently unknown to them in the 2nd century (when the “Western” text seems to have originated, though its place of origination was most likely in the east); they thus supply strong indirect evidence of ὅς outside of Egypt in the 2nd century; (2) even 2nd century scribes were liable to misunderstand the genre, feeling compelled to alter the masculine relative pronoun because it appeared to them to be too harsh. The evidence, therefore, for ὅς is quite compelling, both externally and internally. As TCGNT 574 notes, “no uncial (in the first hand) earlier than the eighth or ninth century ( Ψ ) supports θεός ; all ancient versions presuppose ὅς or ὅ ; and no patristic writer prior to the last third of the fourth century testifies to the reading θεός .” Thus, the cries of certain groups that θεός has to be original must be seen as special pleading in this case. To argue that heretics tampered with the text here is self-defeating, for most of the Western fathers who quoted the verse with the relative pronoun were quite orthodox, strongly affirming the deity of Christ. They would have dearly loved such a reading as θεός . Further, had heretics introduced a variant to θεός , a far more natural choice would have been Χριστός ( Cristos , “Christ”) or κύριος ( kurios , “Lord”), since the text is self-evidently about Christ, but it is not self-evidently a proclamation of his deity. (See ExSyn 341-42, for a summary discussion on this issue and additional bibliographic references.)","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":46746,"verse_id":"1TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “in spirit.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":46747,"verse_id":"1TI.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “desert the faith by occupying themselves.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":46748,"verse_id":"1TI.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “teachings of demons” (speaking of the source of these doctrines).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":46749,"verse_id":"1TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “in the hypocrisy of liars.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":46750,"verse_id":"1TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “branded.” The Greek verb καυστηριάζω ( kausthriazw ) can be used to refer either to the cause (“brand”) or the effect (“seared”). sn Consciences are seared . The precise meaning of this phrase is somewhat debated. Three primary interpretations are (1) the consciences of these false teachers are “branded” with Satan’s mark to indicate ownership, (2) their consciences are “branded” with a penal mark to show they are lawbreakers, or (3) their consciences have been “seared” (i.e., totally burnt and desensitized) so that they are unable to notice the difference between right and wrong. See G. W. Knight, Pastoral Epistles (NIGTC), 189.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":46751,"verse_id":"1TI.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “nothing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":46752,"verse_id":"1TI.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":46753,"verse_id":"1TI.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “the godless and old-wifely myths.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":46754,"verse_id":"1TI.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “bodily training” (using the noun form of the verb “train” in v. 7 b).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46755,"verse_id":"1TI.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “the saying.” sn This saying. The literal phrase “the saying” refers to the preceding citation. See 1 Tim 1:15; 3:1 ; 2 Tim 2:11 ; Titus 3:8 for other occurrences of this phrase.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":46756,"verse_id":"1TI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “for toward this,” denoting purpose. The conjunction “for” gives confirmation or emphasis to 1 Tim 4:8-9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":46757,"verse_id":"1TI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"1739 1881 Ï latt sy co) read ὀνειδιζόμεθα ( oneidizomeqa , “suffer reproach”), while the reading behind the translation ( ἀγωνιζόμεθα , agwnizomeqa ) is supported by א * A C F G K Ψ 33 1175 al . The reading from the verb ἀγωνίζομαι ( agwnizomai ) has slightly better external credentials, but this verb is found in the corpus Paulinum five other times, twice in the Pastorals ( 1 Tim 6:12 ; 2 Tim 4:7 ). The verb ὀνειδίζω ( oneidizw ) occurs only once in Paul ( Rom 15:3 ), not at all in the Pastorals. In this instance, transcriptional and intrinsic evidence might seem to be opposed to each other. In such cases, the external evidence should be given more weight. With some hesitation, ἀγωνιζόμεθα is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":46758,"verse_id":"1TI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"The plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, and is thus translated “people.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":46759,"verse_id":"1TI.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “faith.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46760,"verse_id":"1TI.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “reading.” sn The public reading of scripture refers to reading the scripture out loud in the church services. In a context where many were illiterate and few could afford private copies of scripture, such public reading was especially important.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":46761,"verse_id":"1TI.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “in you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":46762,"verse_id":"1TI.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “which was given to you through prophecy.” Here as in 2:15 the preposition “through” denotes not “means” but accompanying circumstances: “accompanied by prophecy.” sn These prophetic words perhaps spoke of what God would do through Timothy in his ministry (cf. 1 Tim 1:18 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":46763,"verse_id":"1TI.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “with the imposition of the hands of the presbytery” (i.e., the council of elders).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":46764,"verse_id":"1TI.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “that your progress may be evident to all.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":46765,"verse_id":"1TI.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “about yourself and your teaching.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":46766,"verse_id":"1TI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “Do not speak harshly to an older man.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":46767,"verse_id":"1TI.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"No verb “speak” is stated in this clause, but it continues the sense of the preceding.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":46768,"verse_id":"1TI.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “the real widows,” “those who are really widows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":46769,"verse_id":"1TI.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “to practice their religion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":46770,"verse_id":"1TI.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “and so make some repayment to their parents”; Grk “and to give back recompense to their parents.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":46771,"verse_id":"1TI.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “for this is pleasing in the sight of God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":46772,"verse_id":"1TI.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “left all alone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":46773,"verse_id":"1TI.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"For “is dead even” the Greek text reads “has died.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":46774,"verse_id":"1TI.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":46775,"verse_id":"1TI.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “and command these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":46776,"verse_id":"1TI.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"That is, “his own relatives.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":46777,"verse_id":"1TI.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “let a widow be enrolled if she has reached not less than sixty years.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":46778,"verse_id":"1TI.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Or “a woman married only once,” “was devoted solely to her husband” (see the note on “wife” in 1 Tim 3:2 ; also 1 Tim 3:12 ; Titus 1:6 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":46779,"verse_id":"1TI.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “if she raised children.” The phrase “if she raised children” begins a series of conditional clauses running to the end of the verse. These provide specific examples of her good works (v. 10 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":46780,"verse_id":"1TI.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “followed after every good work.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":46781,"verse_id":"1TI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “refuse younger widows.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":46782,"verse_id":"1TI.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"With a single verb and object, this clause means “pursue sensuous desires in opposition to Christ.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":46783,"verse_id":"1TI.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “incurring judgment because they reject their first faith.” sn The pledge refers most likely to a vow not to remarry undertaken when a widow is put on the list (cf. 1 Tim 5:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":46784,"verse_id":"1TI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"L&N 15.23 suggests the meaning, “to move about from place to place, with significant changes in direction – ‘to travel about, to wander about.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":46785,"verse_id":"1TI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “idle.” The whole clause (“going around from house to house, they learn to be lazy”) reverses the order of the Greek. The present participle περιερχόμεναι ( periercomenai ) may be taken as temporal (“ while going around”), instrumental (“ by going around”) or result (“ with the result that they go around”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":46786,"verse_id":"1TI.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “saying the things that are unnecessary.” Or perhaps “talking about things that are none of their business.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":46787,"verse_id":"1TI.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “for the sake of reviling.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":46788,"verse_id":"1TI.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Grk “wandered away after Satan.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":46789,"verse_id":"1TI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Most witnesses (D Ψ Ï sy) have πιστὸς ἤ ( pisto\" h ) before πιστή ( pisth ), with the resultant meaning “if a believing man or woman.” But such looks to be a motivated reading, perhaps to bring some parity to the responsibilities of men and women listed here, and as a way of harmonizing with v. 4 . Further, most of the earliest and best witnesses ( א A C F G P 048 33 81 1175 1739 1881 co) lack the πιστὸς ἤ , strengthening the preference for the shorter reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":46790,"verse_id":"1TI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “has widows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":46791,"verse_id":"1TI.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “the real widows,” “those who are really widows.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":46792,"verse_id":"1TI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “who lead well.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":46793,"verse_id":"1TI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “deserving.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":46794,"verse_id":"1TI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.17","text":"Like the similar use of “honor” in v. 3 , this phrase denotes both respect and remuneration: “honor plus honorarium.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A17/3"}
{"id":46795,"verse_id":"1TI.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.17","text":"Or “in preaching”; Grk “in word.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A17/4"}
{"id":46796,"verse_id":"1TI.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Or “censured.” The Greek word implies exposing someone’s sin in order to bring correction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":46797,"verse_id":"1TI.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.20","text":"“Before all” probably refers to the whole congregation, not just all the elders; “the rest” is more likely to denote the remaining elders.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A20/3"}
{"id":46798,"verse_id":"1TI.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “that the rest may have fear.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A20/4"}
{"id":46799,"verse_id":"1TI.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Grk “doing nothing according to partiality.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":46800,"verse_id":"1TI.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.22","text":"In context “laying hands on anyone” refers to ordination or official installation of someone as an elder.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A22/1"}
{"id":46801,"verse_id":"1TI.5.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.22","text":"Grk “and do not share in the sins of others.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A22/2"}
{"id":46802,"verse_id":"1TI.5.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.23","text":"Grk “for the sake of your stomach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A23/1"}
{"id":46803,"verse_id":"1TI.5.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":5,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.24","text":"Grk “they [the sins] follow after others.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%205%3A24/1"}
{"id":46804,"verse_id":"1TI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Traditionally, “servants.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":46805,"verse_id":"1TI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “that the name…may not be slandered” (a continuation of the preceding sentence).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":46806,"verse_id":"1TI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “the teaching.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":46807,"verse_id":"1TI.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “slandered.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":46808,"verse_id":"1TI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “think the less of them”; Grk “despise them,” “look down on them.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":46809,"verse_id":"1TI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"Or “those who devote themselves to service are faithful and dearly loved” (referring to slaves who serve them).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":46810,"verse_id":"1TI.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “these things teach and exhort.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":46811,"verse_id":"1TI.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “teaches other doctrines,” (different from apostolic teaching, cf. 1 Tim 1:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":46812,"verse_id":"1TI.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Ψ Ï sy Cyp Lcf Ambst), have ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων ( afistaso apo ’ twn toioutwn , “stay away from such things!”) after εὐσεβείαν ( eusebeian , “godliness”; thus, “who suppose that godliness is a way of making a profit; stay away from such things!”), there seems to be little good reason for this clause’s omission in some of the oldest and best witnesses ( א A D* F G 048 6 33 81 1175 1739 1881 lat co). It is likely that it crept into the text early, perhaps as a marginal comment, but it should not be considered authentic in light of the strong external evidence against it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":46813,"verse_id":"1TI.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Ψ Ï read δῆλον ὅτι (“it is clear that”). Thus the simple conjunction is preferred on internal as well as external grounds, supported by א * A F G 33 81 1739 1881 pc .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":46814,"verse_id":"1TI.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “with these.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":46815,"verse_id":"1TI.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"This could be taken to mean “a root,” but the phrase “of all evils” clearly makes it definite. This seems to be not entirely true to life (some evils are unrelated to love of money), but it should be read as a case of hyperbole (exaggeration to make a point more strongly).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":46816,"verse_id":"1TI.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Many translations render this “of all kinds of evil,” especially to allow for the translation “a root” along with it. But there is no parallel for taking a construction like this to mean “all kinds of” or “every kind of.” The normal sense is “all evils.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":46817,"verse_id":"1TI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “O man of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":46818,"verse_id":"1TI.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “flee these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":46819,"verse_id":"1TI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"This phrase literally means “compete in the good competition of the faith,” using words that may refer to a race or to a boxing or wrestling match: “run the good race” or “fight the good fight.” The similar phrase in 1 Tim 1:18 uses a military picture and is more literally “war the good warfare.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":46820,"verse_id":"1TI.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “confessed the good confession.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":46821,"verse_id":"1TI.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"places σοι in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity. Grk “I charge.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":46822,"verse_id":"1TI.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “testified the good confession.” sn Jesus’ good confession was his affirmative answer to Pilate’s question “Are you the king of the Jews?” (see Matt 27:11 , Mark 15:2 , Luke 23:3 , John 18:33-37 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":46823,"verse_id":"1TI.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"The Greek word τηρέω ( threw , traditionally translated “keep”) in this context connotes preservation of and devotion to an object as well as obedience.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":46824,"verse_id":"1TI.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “the command.” sn The command refers to the duties laid upon Timothy for his ministry in Ephesus ( 1 Tim 1:3-20; 6:2 c-5).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":46825,"verse_id":"1TI.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “which.” All of 1 Tim 6:15 is a relative clause which refers back to “appearing” in v.14. The phrase “whose appearing” was supplied to clarify this connection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":46826,"verse_id":"1TI.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “in the present age.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":46827,"verse_id":"1TI.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “in uncertainty.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":46828,"verse_id":"1TI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Grk “to do good” (the continuation of 6:17 ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":46829,"verse_id":"1TI.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.18","text":"Grk “to be generous,” “sharing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A18/2"}
{"id":46830,"verse_id":"1TI.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “saving up” (the continuation of 6:18 ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A19/1"}
{"id":46831,"verse_id":"1TI.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “treasuring up a good foundation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A19/2"}
{"id":46832,"verse_id":"1TI.6.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.19","text":"Grk “that they may lay hold of.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A19/3"}
{"id":46833,"verse_id":"1TI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “avoiding.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A20/1"}
{"id":46834,"verse_id":"1TI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.20","text":"Or “contradictions.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A20/2"}
{"id":46835,"verse_id":"1TI.6.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.20","text":"Grk “the falsely named knowledge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A20/3"}
{"id":46836,"verse_id":"1TI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.21","text":"Grk “have deviated concerning the faith.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A21/1"}
{"id":46837,"verse_id":"1TI.6.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1TI","chapter":6,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.21","text":"Ψ Ï sy) conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the earliest and best witnesses ( א * A D* F G 33 81 1739* 1881 it sa) lack the particle, indicating that the letter concluded with “Grace be with you all.” Grk “with you” (but the Greek pronoun indicates the meaning is plural here).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Timothy%206%3A21/2"}
{"id":46838,"verse_id":"2TI.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46839,"verse_id":"2TI.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “for the promise…” or possibly “in accordance with the promise…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46840,"verse_id":"2TI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “from my ancestors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46841,"verse_id":"2TI.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “as I do constantly. By night and day I long to see you…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":46842,"verse_id":"2TI.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “longing to see you, remembering your tears” (as a continuation of the preceding clause). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":46843,"verse_id":"2TI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “recalling” (as a continuation of the preceding clause). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":46844,"verse_id":"2TI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “the sincere faith in you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":46845,"verse_id":"2TI.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “convinced.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":46846,"verse_id":"2TI.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “that is in you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46847,"verse_id":"2TI.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “a spirit,” denoting the human personality under the Spirit’s influence as in 1 Cor 4:21 ; Gal 6:1 ; 1 Pet 3:4 . But the reference to the Holy Spirit at the end of this section ( 1:14 ) makes it likely that it begins this way also, so that the Holy Spirit is the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":46848,"verse_id":"2TI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “the testimony of our Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":46849,"verse_id":"2TI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “according to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":46850,"verse_id":"2TI.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “suffer hardship together,” implying “join with me in suffering.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":46851,"verse_id":"2TI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"More literally, “who saved us,” as a description of God in v. 8 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46852,"verse_id":"2TI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “according to,” or “by.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46853,"verse_id":"2TI.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “before eternal times.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":46854,"verse_id":"2TI.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “having broken…and having brought…” (describing Christ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here (and at the beginning of v. 11 ) in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46855,"verse_id":"2TI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “for which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":46856,"verse_id":"2TI.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"C D F G Ψ 1739 1881 Ï latt sy co) have ἐθνῶν ( eqnwn , “of the Gentiles”) after “teacher.” The shorter reading has poorer external credentials ( א * A I 1175 pc ), but is preferred because ἐθνῶν probably represents a gloss added by copyists familiar with 1 Tim 2:7 . There is no easy explanation for the omission of the word if it were original here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":46857,"verse_id":"2TI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “suffer these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":46858,"verse_id":"2TI.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “in whom I have believed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":46859,"verse_id":"2TI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “pattern.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":46860,"verse_id":"2TI.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in faith and love in Christ Jesus.” sn With the faith and love that are in Christ Jesus. This describes the manner in which Timothy must hold to the standard (similar to Paul’s call for him to give attention to his life and his teaching in 1 Tim 4:11-16 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":46861,"verse_id":"2TI.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":46862,"verse_id":"2TI.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “my chain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":46863,"verse_id":"2TI.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"For location see JP4-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":46864,"verse_id":"2TI.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “all the ways he served in Ephesus.” map For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":46865,"verse_id":"2TI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “what you heard from me” (cf. 1:13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46866,"verse_id":"2TI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “through many witnesses.” The “through” is used here to show attendant circumstances: “accompanied by,” “in the presence of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":46867,"verse_id":"2TI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “faithful men”; but here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) is generic, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":46868,"verse_id":"2TI.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “able” (see Paul’s use of this word in regard to ministry in 2 Cor 2:16; 3:5-6 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":46869,"verse_id":"2TI.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “suffer hardship together,” implying “join with me and others in suffering” (cf. 1:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":46870,"verse_id":"2TI.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “that he may please.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46871,"verse_id":"2TI.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “will not be crowned,” speaking of the wreath awarded to the victor.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46872,"verse_id":"2TI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"The Greek word here usually means “for,” but is used in this verse for a milder continuation of thought.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":46873,"verse_id":"2TI.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “in all things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":46874,"verse_id":"2TI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “of David’s seed” (an idiom for physical descent).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46875,"verse_id":"2TI.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “according to my gospel.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":46876,"verse_id":"2TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “chains,” “bonds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46877,"verse_id":"2TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":46878,"verse_id":"2TI.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “chained,” “bound.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":46879,"verse_id":"2TI.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “the elect.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":46880,"verse_id":"2TI.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “with eternal glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":46881,"verse_id":"2TI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “died together…will live together…will reign together,” without “him” stated explicitly. But “him” is implied by the parallel ideas in Rom 6:8; 8:17 and by the reference to Christ in vv. 12 b-13.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46882,"verse_id":"2TI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “renounce,” “disown,” “repudiate.” It is important to note that the object of Christ’s denial is “us.” The text does not contain an implied object complement (“he will deny us [x]”), which would mean that Christ was withholding something from us (for example, “The owner denied his pets water”), since the verb ἀρνέομαι ( arneomai ) is not one of the category of verbs that normally occurs in these constructions (see ExSyn 182-89).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46883,"verse_id":"2TI.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “if we renounce,” but the “him” is implied by the parallel clauses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":46884,"verse_id":"2TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “remind of these things,” implying “them” or “people” as the object.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46885,"verse_id":"2TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “solemnly charging.” The participle διαμαρτυρόμενος ( diamarturomeno\" ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":46886,"verse_id":"2TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"‡ Most witnesses (A D Ψ 048 1739 1881 Ï sy) have κυρίου ( kuriou , “Lord”) instead of θεοῦ ( qeou , “God”) here, while a few have Χριστοῦ ( Cristou , “Christ”; 206 {429 1758}). θεοῦ , however, is well supported by א C F G I 614 629 630 1175 al . Internally, the Pastorals never elsewhere use the expression ἐνώπιον κυρίου ( enwpion kuriou , “before the Lord”), but consistently use ἐνώπιον θεοῦ (“before God”; cf. 1 Tim 2:3; 5:4, 21; 6:13 ; 2 Tim 4:1 ). But this fact could be argued both ways: The author’s style may be in view, or scribes may have adjusted the wording to conform it to the Pastorals’ universal expression. Further, only twice in the NT ( Jas 4:10 [ v.l. θεοῦ ]; Rev 11:4 [ v.l. θεοῦ ]) is the expression ἐνώπιον κυρίου found. That such an expression is not found in the corpus Paulinum seems to be sufficient impetus for scribes to change the wording here. Thus, although the external evidence is somewhat on the side of θεοῦ , the internal evidence is on the side of κυρίου . A decision is difficult, but κυρίου is the preferred reading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":46887,"verse_id":"2TI.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “[it is] beneficial for nothing, for the ruin of those who listen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":46888,"verse_id":"2TI.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “they [who engage in it] will progress even more in ungodliness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":46889,"verse_id":"2TI.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “eat away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":46890,"verse_id":"2TI.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “of whom are Hymenaeus and Philetus.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, this last clause has been made a new sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":46891,"verse_id":"2TI.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “have deviated concerning the truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":46892,"verse_id":"2TI.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “names the name of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":46893,"verse_id":"2TI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “a great house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":46894,"verse_id":"2TI.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “for dishonor,” probably referring to vessels used for refuse or excrement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":46895,"verse_id":"2TI.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Grk “from these,” alluding to the errors and deeds of the false teachers described in vv. 14-19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":46896,"verse_id":"2TI.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “and peace, with those.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":46897,"verse_id":"2TI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “uninstructed,” “silly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":46898,"verse_id":"2TI.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Or “fights,” although this could suggest weapons and blows, whereas in the present context this is not the primary focus. Although “quarrel” is frequently used here (NAB, NIV, NRSV) it may be understood to refer to a relatively minor disagreement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":46899,"verse_id":"2TI.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Traditionally, “servant” or “bondservant.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":46900,"verse_id":"2TI.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “must not fight” or “must not quarrel.” The Greek verb is related to the noun translated “infighting” in v. 23 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":46901,"verse_id":"2TI.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “repentance unto knowledge of the truth.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":46902,"verse_id":"2TI.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “having been captured by him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":46903,"verse_id":"2TI.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “for that one’s will,” referring to the devil, but with a different pronoun than in the previous phrase “by him.” Some have construed “for his will” with the earlier verb and referred the pronoun to God: “come to their senses and escape the devil’s trap (though they have been captured by him) in order to do His will.” In Classical Greek the shift in pronouns would suggest this, but in Koine Greek this change is not significant. The more natural sense is a reference to the devil’s will.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":46904,"verse_id":"2TI.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Or perhaps, “dangerous,” “fierce.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46905,"verse_id":"2TI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “men”; but here ἄνθρωποι ( anqrwpoi ) is generic, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":46906,"verse_id":"2TI.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “self-centered.” The first two traits in 2 Tim 3:2 and the last two in 3:4 are Greek words beginning with the root “lovers of,” and so bracket the list at beginning and end.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":46907,"verse_id":"2TI.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “form.” sn Outward appearance. Paul’s contrast with power in 3:5 b shows that he regards this “form” to be outward, one of appearance rather than reality (cf. 1 Cor 4:19-20 ; 1 Thess 1:5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":46908,"verse_id":"2TI.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “and avoid these,” with the word “people” implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":46909,"verse_id":"2TI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “For from these are those who sneak.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":46910,"verse_id":"2TI.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “silly women.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":46911,"verse_id":"2TI.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “always learning,” continuing the description of the women from v. 6 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46912,"verse_id":"2TI.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “disapproved concerning the faith.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":46913,"verse_id":"2TI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “for they will not progress any more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":46914,"verse_id":"2TI.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “as theirs came to be,” referring to the foolishness of Jannes and Jambres. The referent of “theirs” (Jannes and Jambres) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":46915,"verse_id":"2TI.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The possessive “my” occurs only at the beginning of the list but is positioned in Greek to apply to each of the words in the series.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":46916,"verse_id":"2TI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “persecutions, sufferings,” as a continuation of the series from v. 10 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":46917,"verse_id":"2TI.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"For location see JP1-E2 ; JP2-E2 ; JP3-E2 ; JP4-E2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":46918,"verse_id":"2TI.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “will advance to the worse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":46919,"verse_id":"2TI.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “deceiving and being deceived.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":46920,"verse_id":"2TI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “but you, continue,” a command.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":46921,"verse_id":"2TI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “knowing,” giving the reasons for continuing as v. 14 calls for.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":46922,"verse_id":"2TI.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “those from whom you learned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":46923,"verse_id":"2TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “All scripture.” sn There is very little difference in sense between every scripture (emphasizing the individual portions) and “all scripture” (emphasizing the composite whole). The former option is preferred, because it fits the normal use of the word “all/every” in Greek ( πᾶς , pas ) as well as Paul’s normal sense for the word “scripture” in the singular without the article, as here. So every scripture means “every individual portion of scripture.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":46924,"verse_id":"2TI.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “rebuke,” “censure.” The Greek word implies exposing someone’s sin in order to bring correction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":46925,"verse_id":"2TI.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “the man of God,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ) is most likely used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":46926,"verse_id":"2TI.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"This word is positioned for special emphasis; it carries the sense of “complete, competent, able to meet all demands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":46927,"verse_id":"2TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “the word.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":46928,"verse_id":"2TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “be persistent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":46929,"verse_id":"2TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “in season, out of season.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":46930,"verse_id":"2TI.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “encourage.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A2/4"}
{"id":46931,"verse_id":"2TI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the people in that future time) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":46932,"verse_id":"2TI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “in accord with.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":46933,"verse_id":"2TI.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “having an itching in regard to hearing,” “having itching ears.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":46934,"verse_id":"2TI.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “sober,” “temperate.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":46935,"verse_id":"2TI.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “of my departure.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":46936,"verse_id":"2TI.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “all who have loved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":46937,"verse_id":"2TI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “having loved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":46938,"verse_id":"2TI.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"For location see JP1-C1 ; JP2-C1 ; JP3-C1 ; JP4-C1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":46939,"verse_id":"2TI.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “useful.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":46940,"verse_id":"2TI.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “in serving me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":46941,"verse_id":"2TI.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":46942,"verse_id":"2TI.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “showed me much evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":46943,"verse_id":"2TI.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “against whom,” as a continuation of the previous clause. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":46944,"verse_id":"2TI.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “the preaching.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":46945,"verse_id":"2TI.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “might be completely fulfilled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":46946,"verse_id":"2TI.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “save me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":46947,"verse_id":"2TI.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “to whom.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":46948,"verse_id":"2TI.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “unto the ages of the ages,” an emphatic way of speaking about eternity in Greek.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":46949,"verse_id":"2TI.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “greet.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":46950,"verse_id":"2TI.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"For location see JP1-C2 ; JP2-C2 ; JP3-C2 ; JP4-C2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":46951,"verse_id":"2TI.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":46952,"verse_id":"2TI.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.22","text":"C D Ψ Ï sy bo have ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς Χριστός ( Jo kurio\" Ihsou\" Cristo\" , “the Lord Jesus Christ”). As B. M. Metzger notes, although in a late book such as 2 Timothy, one might expect the fuller title for the Lord, accidental omission of nomina sacra is rare ( TCGNT 582). The shorter reading is thus preferred on both external and internal grounds.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A22/1"}
{"id":46953,"verse_id":"2TI.4.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2TI","chapter":4,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.22","text":"D Ψ Ï lat sy) conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, there are several excellent witnesses of the Alexandrian and Western texts ( א * A C F G 6 33 81 1739* 1881 sa) that lack the particle, rendering the omission the preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Timothy%204%3A22/2"}
{"id":46954,"verse_id":"TIT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":46955,"verse_id":"TIT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Traditionally, “servant” or “bondservant.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":46956,"verse_id":"TIT.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “for the faith,” possibly, “in accordance with the faith.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":46957,"verse_id":"TIT.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “before eternal ages.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":46958,"verse_id":"TIT.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The Greek text emphasizes the contrast between vv. 2 b and 3a: God promised this long ago but now has revealed it in his own time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":46959,"verse_id":"TIT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “if anyone is blameless…” as a continuation of v. 5 b, beginning to describe the elder’s character.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":46960,"verse_id":"TIT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “married only once,” “devoted solely to his wife.” See the note on “wife” in 1 Tim 3:2 ; also 1 Tim 3:12; 5:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":46961,"verse_id":"TIT.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “believing children.” The phrase could be translated “believing children,” but the parallel with 1 Tim 3:4 (“keeping his children in control”) argues for the sense given in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":46962,"verse_id":"TIT.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “as God’s steward.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":46963,"verse_id":"TIT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “the faithful message in accordance with the teaching” (referring to apostolic teaching).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":46964,"verse_id":"TIT.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “the healthy teaching” (referring to what was just mentioned).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":46965,"verse_id":"TIT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"puts the conjunction in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":46966,"verse_id":"TIT.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “those of the circumcision.” Some translations take this to refer to Jewish converts to Christianity (cf. NAB “Jewish Christians”; TEV “converts from Judaism”; CEV “Jewish followers”) while others are less clear (cf. NLT “those who insist on circumcision for salvation”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":46967,"verse_id":"TIT.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “say what is fitting for sound teaching” (introducing the behavior called for in this chapter.).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":46968,"verse_id":"TIT.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “sensible.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":46969,"verse_id":"TIT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “that they may train” (continuing the sentence of 2:3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":46970,"verse_id":"TIT.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"This verb, σωφρονίζω ( swfronizw ), denotes teaching in the sense of bringing people to their senses, showing what sound thinking is.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":46971,"verse_id":"TIT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “sensible.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":46972,"verse_id":"TIT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “domestic,” “keeping house.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":46973,"verse_id":"TIT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “word.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":46974,"verse_id":"TIT.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “slandered.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":46975,"verse_id":"TIT.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Or “sensible.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":46976,"verse_id":"TIT.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Or “put to shame.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":46977,"verse_id":"TIT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"See the note on the word “slave” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":46978,"verse_id":"TIT.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “to be subject to their own masters, to do what is wanted in everything.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":46979,"verse_id":"TIT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “showing that genuine faith is productive.” At issue between these two translations is the force of ἀγαθήν ( agaqhn ): Is it attributive (as the text has it) or predicate (as in this note)? A number of considerations point in the direction of a predicate ἀγαθήν (e.g., separation from the noun πίστιν ( pistin ) by the verb, the possibility that the construction is an object-complement, etc.), though is not usually seen as an option in either translations or commentaries. Cf. ExSyn 188-89, 312-13, for a discussion. Contextually, it makes an intriguing statement, for it suggests a synthetic or synonymous parallel: “‘Slaves should be wholly subject to their masters…demonstrating that all [genuine] faith is productive, with the result [ecbatic ἵνα ] that they will completely adorn the doctrine of God.’ The point of the text, then, if this understanding is correct, is an exhortation to slaves to demonstrate that their faith is sincere and results in holy behavior. If taken this way, the text seems to support the idea that saving faith does not fail, but even results in good works” ( ExSyn 312-13). The translation of ἀγαθήν as an attributive adjective, however, also makes good sense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":46980,"verse_id":"TIT.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “adorn,” “show the beauty of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":46981,"verse_id":"TIT.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “all men”; but ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpois ) is generic here, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":46982,"verse_id":"TIT.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “training us” (as a continuation of the previous clause). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started at the beginning of v. 12 by translating the participle παιδεύουσα ( paideuousa ) as a finite verb and supplying the pronoun “it” as subject.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":46983,"verse_id":"TIT.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “ungodliness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":46984,"verse_id":"TIT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “the blessed hope and glorious appearing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":46985,"verse_id":"TIT.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"The terms “God and Savior” both refer to the same person, Jesus Christ. This is one of the clearest statements in the NT concerning the deity of Christ. The construction in Greek is known as the Granville Sharp rule, named after the English philanthropist-linguist who first clearly articulated the rule in 1798. Sharp pointed out that in the construction article-noun- καί -noun (where καί [ kai ] = “and”), when two nouns are singular, personal, and common (i.e., not proper names), they always had the same referent. Illustrations such as “the friend and brother,” “the God and Father,” etc. abound in the NT to prove Sharp’s point. The only issue is whether terms such as “God” and “Savior” could be considered common nouns as opposed to proper names. Sharp and others who followed (such as T. F. Middleton in his masterful The Doctrine of the Greek Article ) demonstrated that a proper name in Greek was one that could not be pluralized. Since both “God” ( θεός , qeos ) and “savior” ( σωτήρ , swthr ) were occasionally found in the plural, they did not constitute proper names, and hence, do fit Sharp’s rule. Although there have been 200 years of attempts to dislodge Sharp’s rule, all attempts have been futile. Sharp’s rule stands vindicated after all the dust has settled. For more information on Sharp’s rule see ExSyn 270-78, esp. 276. See also 2 Pet 1:1 and Jude 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":46986,"verse_id":"TIT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “who” (as a continuation of the previous clause).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":46987,"verse_id":"TIT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “a people who are his very own.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":46988,"verse_id":"TIT.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “for good works.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":46989,"verse_id":"TIT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “reproof,” “censure.” The Greek word ἐλέγχω ( elencw ) implies exposing someone’s sin in order to bring correction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":46990,"verse_id":"TIT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “speak these things and exhort and rebuke with all authority.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":46991,"verse_id":"TIT.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.15","text":"Or “let anyone despise you”; or “let anyone disregard you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%202%3A15/3"}
{"id":46992,"verse_id":"TIT.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"0278 Ï lat sy) have καί ( kai , “and”) after ἀρχαῖς ( arcai\" , “rulers”), though the earliest and best witnesses ( א A C D* F G Ψ 33 104 1739 1881) lack the conjunction. Although the καί is most likely not authentic, it has been added in translation due to the requirements of English style. For more discussion, see TCGNT 586.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":46993,"verse_id":"TIT.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “discredit,” “damage the reputation of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":46994,"verse_id":"TIT.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":". These verses probably constitute the referent of the expression “this saying” in v. 8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":46995,"verse_id":"TIT.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Or “on us richly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":46996,"verse_id":"TIT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"This is the conclusion of a single, skillfully composed sentence in Greek encompassing Titus 3:4-7 . Showing the goal of God’s merciful salvation, v. 7 begins literally, “in order that, being justified…we might become heirs…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":46997,"verse_id":"TIT.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “heirs according to the hope of eternal life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":46998,"verse_id":"TIT.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “concerning these things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":46999,"verse_id":"TIT.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Cf. 1 Tim 1:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47000,"verse_id":"TIT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “knowing” (as a continuation of the previous clause).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":47001,"verse_id":"TIT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “is perverted and is sinning.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":47002,"verse_id":"TIT.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “is sinning, being self-condemned.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":47003,"verse_id":"TIT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “Eagerly help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":47004,"verse_id":"TIT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"Although it is possible the term νομικός ( nomikos ) indicates an expert in Jewish religious law here, according to L&N 33.338 and 56.37 it is more probable that Zenas was a specialist in civil law.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":47005,"verse_id":"TIT.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “that nothing may be lacking for them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":47006,"verse_id":"TIT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “that those who are ours” (referring to the Christians).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":47007,"verse_id":"TIT.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “and also let our people learn.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":47008,"verse_id":"TIT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “faithfully.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47009,"verse_id":"TIT.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"TIT","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"F G H Ψ 0278 Ï lat sy bo) conclude this letter with ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”). Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, early and excellent witnesses ( א * A C D* 048 33 81 1739 1881 sa) lack the particle, rendering the omission the preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Titus%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":47010,"verse_id":"PHM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Paul.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47011,"verse_id":"PHM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"“our” is not present in the Greek text, but was supplied to bring out the sense in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":47012,"verse_id":"PHM.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “dear.” The adjective is functioning as a substantive; i.e., “dear one” or “dear friend.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":47013,"verse_id":"PHM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Ψ Ï ) here read τῇ ἀγαπητῇ ( th agaphth , “beloved, dear”), a reading that appears to have been motivated by the masculine form of the same adjective in v. 1 . Further, the earliest and best witnesses, along with a few others ( א A D* F G I P 048 0278 33 81 104 1739 1881 pc ), have ἀδελφῇ ( adelfh , “sister”). Thus on internal and external grounds, ἀδελφῇ is the strongly preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47014,"verse_id":"PHM.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"Though the term “our” does not appear in the Greek text it is inserted to bring out the sense of the passage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":47015,"verse_id":"PHM.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “Grace to you and peace.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":47016,"verse_id":"PHM.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “making remembrance (or “mention”) of you in my prayers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":47017,"verse_id":"PHM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The Greek present participle ἀκούων ( akouwn , “hearing”) is an adverbial participle of cause relating to εὐχαριστῶ ( eucaristw , “I give thanks”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":47018,"verse_id":"PHM.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The Greek is somewhat awkward here. It appears as though the text reads “…the love and faith which you have for the Lord Jesus and for all the saints.” In other Pauline letters the emphasis seems to be “faith in Christ Jesus and love for all of the saints.” Some ancient mss have altered the wording to produce a smoother reading; scribes changed the wording to resemble the more readable versions in Eph 1:15 and Col 1:4 , “your faith in Christ Jesus, and of the love which you have to all the saints.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":47019,"verse_id":"PHM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The term ὅπως ( {opw\" ) refers back to the idea of prayer ( μνείαν σου ποιούμενος ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου , mneian sou poioumeno\" epi twn proseucwn mou ) in 1:4 . See BDAG 718 s.v. 2 .b; P. T. O’Brien, Colossians, Philemon (WBC), 279. The indicative “I pray that” was supplied in the English in order to make this connection clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":47020,"verse_id":"PHM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “everything good.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":47021,"verse_id":"PHM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Ï ), but nevertheless represent a broad base. Internally, ἡμῖν could be favored because of second person pronouns surrounding it, making it the harder reading. On the other hand, the last second person plural pronoun was in v. 3 , and the next one will not show up until v. 22 , a fact which tends to counter the internal argument on behalf of ἡμῖν . Although a decision is difficult, with the internal evidence being capable of favoring either reading, our preference is based on the external evidence; ὑμῖν is thus slightly preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":47022,"verse_id":"PHM.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “that the fellowship of your faith might become effective in the knowledge of everything good that is in us in Christ.” There are numerous difficulties with the translation and interpretation of this verse: (1) What is the meaning of ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεως σου ( Jh koinwnia th\" pistew\" sou , “the fellowship of your faith”)? Several suggestions are noted: (a) taking κοινωνία as a reference to “monetary support” and τῆς πίστεως as a genitive of source, the phrase could refer to Philemon’s financial giving which he has done according to his faith; (b) taking κοινωνία as a reference to “sharing” or “communicating” and the genitive τῆς πίστεως as an objective genitive, then the meaning would be “sharing the faith” as a reference to evangelistic activity; (c) taking κοινωνία in a distributive sense referring to fellowship with other believers, and τῆς πίστεως as a reference to the common trust all Christians have in Jesus, then the meaning is Christian fellowship centered on faith in Jesus; (d) taking κοινωνία as a reference to “participation” and the genitive τῆς πίστεως as a reference to the thing participated in, the meaning would then be Philemon’s “participation in the faith”; (2) what is the meaning of ἐνεργής ( energh\" ; Does it mean “active” or “effective”?) and ἐπιγνώσει ( epignwsei ; Does it refer to simply understanding? Or “experiencing” as well?); (3) what is the meaning of the phrase παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ ( panto\" agaqou )? and (4) what is the force of εἰς Χριστόν ( ei\" Criston )? It is difficult to arrive at an interpretation that deals adequately with all these questions, but given the fact that Paul stresses what Philemon has done for the brothers (cf. the γάρ [ gar ] in v. 7 ), it seems that his concern in v. 6 is on Philemon’s fellowship with other believers and how he has worked hard to refresh them. In this interpretation: (1) the phrase ἡ κοινωνία τῆς πίστεως σου is taken to refer to fellowship with other believers; (2) ἐνεργής is taken to mean “effective” (i.e., more effective) and ἐπιγνώσει involves both understanding and experience; (3) the phrase παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ refers to every spiritual blessing and (4) εἰς Χριστόν carries a locative idea meaning “in Christ.” The result is that Paul prays for Philemon that he will be equipped to encourage and love the saints more as he himself is brought to a place of deeper understanding of every spiritual blessing he has in Christ; out of the overflow of his own life, he will minister to others.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":47023,"verse_id":"PHM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Here γάρ ( gar ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":47024,"verse_id":"PHM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"The Greek preposition ἐπί ( epi ) is understood here in a causal sense, i.e., “because.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":47025,"verse_id":"PHM.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The word translated “hearts” here is σπλάγχνα ( splancna ). Literally the term refers to one’s “inward parts,” but it is commonly used figuratively for “heart” as the seat of the emotions. See BDAG 938 s.v. σπλάγχνον 2 (cf. Col 3:12 , Phil 2:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":47026,"verse_id":"PHM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “encourage.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":47027,"verse_id":"PHM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Or perhaps “an ambassador” (so RSV, TEV), reading πρεσβευτής for πρεσβύτης (a conjecture proposed by Bentley, cf. BDAG 863 s.v. πρεσβύτης ). NRSV reads “old man” and places “ambassador” in a note.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":47028,"verse_id":"PHM.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “a prisoner of Christ Jesus.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":47029,"verse_id":"PHM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “I am encouraging…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":47030,"verse_id":"PHM.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “my child whom I have begotten.” The adjective “spiritual” has been supplied before “father” in the translation to clarify for the modern reader that Paul did not literally father a child during his imprisonment. Paul’s point is that he was instrumental in Onesimus’ conversion while in prison.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":47031,"verse_id":"PHM.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"places the καί in brackets, indicating some doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":47032,"verse_id":"PHM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"There are several variants at this point in the text, most of them involving the addition of προσλαβοῦ ( proslabou , “receive, accept”) at various locations in the verse. But all such variants seem to be motivated by the harsh syntax of the verse without this verb. Without the verb, the meaning is that Onesimus is Paul’s “very heart,” though this is an awkward expression especially because of τουτ᾿ ἔστιν ( tout ’ estin , “this is, who is”) in the middle cluttering the construction. Nowhere else in the NT is σπλάγχνα ( splancna , here translated “heart”) used in apposition to people. It is thus natural that scribes would want to fill out the text here, and they did so apparently with a verb that was ready at hand (borrowed from v. 17 ). With the verb the sentence is converted into an object-complement construction: “I have sent him back to you; accept him, that is, as my very heart.” But both the fact that some important witnesses ( א * A F G 33 pc ) lack the verb, and that its location floats in the various constructions that have it, suggest that the original text did not have προσλαβοῦ . tn Grk “whom I have sent.” The Greek sentence was broken up in the English translation for the sake of clarity. Although the tense of the Greek verb here is past (an aorist tense) the reader should understand that Onesimus may well have been standing in the very presence of Paul as he wrote this letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":47033,"verse_id":"PHM.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"That is, “who means a great deal to me”; Grk “whom I have sent to you, him, this one is my heart.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":47034,"verse_id":"PHM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"This is one of the clearest texts in the NT in which ὑπέρ is used for substitution. Cf. ExSyn 387.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":47035,"verse_id":"PHM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in my imprisonment.” Paul seems to expect release from his imprisonment after some time (cf. v. 22 ), but in the meantime the assistance that Onesimus could provide would be valuable to the apostle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":47036,"verse_id":"PHM.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “in the chains of the gospel.” On the translation “imprisonment for the sake of the gospel,” cf. BDAG 219 s.v. δεσμός 1.a where it says: “Oft. simply in ref. to the locale where bonds or fetters are worn imprisonment , prison (Diod. S. 14, 103, 3; Lucian, Tox. 29; Jos., Ant. 13, 294; 302, Vi. 241; Just., A I, 67, 6 al.) Phil 1:7, 13 f, 17; Col 4:18 ; Phlm 10 . μέχρι δεσμῶν 2 Ti 2:9 . ἐν τοῖς δ . τοῦ εὐαγγελίου in imprisonment for the gospel Phlm 13 ; cf. ISm 11:1; Pol 1:1.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":47037,"verse_id":"PHM.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Though the Greek text does not read the term “however,” it is clearly implied and thus supplied in the English translation to accent the contrastive nature of Paul’s statement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":47038,"verse_id":"PHM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Although the Greek word δοῦλος ( doulos ) is sometimes translated “servant” here (so KJV), the word “slave” is a much more candid and realistic picture of the relationship between Philemon and Onesimus. In the Greco-Roman world of the 1st century the slave was considered a “living tool” of the master. The slave was “property” in every sense of the word. This understanding heightens the tense scenario that is in view here. It is likely that Onesimus may have even feared for his life upon returning to Colossae. Undoubtedly Paul has asked this runaway slave to return to what could amount to a potentially severe and life-endangering situation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":47039,"verse_id":"PHM.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “in the flesh.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":47040,"verse_id":"PHM.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “charge it to me.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":47041,"verse_id":"PHM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “I wrote” Here ἔγραψα ( egraya ) is functioning as an epistolary aorist. Paul puts it in the past tense because from Philemon’s perspective when he reads the letter it will, of course, already have been written.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":47042,"verse_id":"PHM.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"The phrase “this letter” does not appear in the Greek text, but is supplied in the English translation to clarify the meaning.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":47043,"verse_id":"PHM.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “that you would even go beyond.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":47044,"verse_id":"PHM.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ with your spirit.” The elided verb, normally an optative, has been rendered as “be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":47045,"verse_id":"PHM.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"PHM","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"6 33 81 1739* 1881 sa) lack the ἀμήν , rendering the omission the preferred reading.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Philemon%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":47046,"verse_id":"HEB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “spoke formerly.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47047,"verse_id":"HEB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “parts.” The idea is that God’s previous revelation came in many parts and was therefore fragmentary or partial (L&N 63.19), in comparison with the final and complete revelation contained in God’s Son. However, some interpret πολυμερῶς ( polumerw\" ) in Heb 1:1 to mean “on many different occasions” and would thus translate “many times” (L&N 67.11). This is the option followed by the NIV: “at many times and in various ways.” Finally, this word is also understood to refer to the different manners in which something may be done, and would then be translated “in many different ways” (L&N 89.81). In this last case, the two words πολυμερῶς and πολυτρόπως ( polutropw\" ) mutually reinforce one another (“in many and various ways,” NRSV).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":47048,"verse_id":"HEB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"These two phrases are emphasized in Greek by being placed at the beginning of the sentence and by alliteration.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":47049,"verse_id":"HEB.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “to the fathers.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":47050,"verse_id":"HEB.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The Greek puts an emphasis on the quality of God’s final revelation. As such, it is more than an indefinite notion (“a son”) though less than a definite one (“the son”), for this final revelation is not just through any son of God, nor is the emphasis specifically on the person himself. Rather, the focus here is on the nature of the vehicle of God’s revelation: He is no mere spokesman (or prophet) for God, nor is he merely a heavenly messenger (or angel); instead, this final revelation comes through one who is intimately acquainted with the heavenly Father in a way that only a family member could be. There is, however, no exact equivalent in English (“in son” is hardly good English style). sn The phrase in a son is the fulcrum of Heb 1:1-4 . It concludes the contrast of God’s old and new revelation and introduces a series of seven descriptions of the Son. These descriptions show why he is the ultimate revelation of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":47051,"verse_id":"HEB.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “the ages.” The temporal (ages) came to be used of the spatial (what exists in those time periods). See Heb 11:3 for the same usage.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47052,"verse_id":"HEB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “who being…and sustaining.” Heb 1:1-4 form one skillfully composed sentence in Greek, but it must be broken into shorter segments to correspond to contemporary English usage, which does not allow for sentences of this length and complexity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":47053,"verse_id":"HEB.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “by the word of his power.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":47054,"verse_id":"HEB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “having become.” This is part of the same sentence that extends from v. 1 through v. 4 in the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":47055,"verse_id":"HEB.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Most modern English translations attempt to make the comparison somewhat smoother by treating “name” as if it were the subject of the second element: “as the name he has inherited is superior to theirs” (cf. NAB, NIV, NRSV, CEV). However, the Son is the subject of both the first and second elements: “he became so far better”; “he has inherited a name.” The present translation maintains this parallelism even though it results in a somewhat more awkward rendering. sn This comparison is somewhat awkward to express in English, but it reflects an important element in the argument of Hebrews: the superiority of Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":47056,"verse_id":"HEB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":47057,"verse_id":"HEB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “I have begotten you.” sn A quotation from Ps 2:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":47058,"verse_id":"HEB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “And again,” quoting another OT passage.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":47059,"verse_id":"HEB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The words “he says” are not in the Greek text but are supplied to make a complete English sentence. In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence, but English does not normally employ such long and complex sentences.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":47060,"verse_id":"HEB.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “I will be a father to him and he will be a son to me.” sn A quotation from 2 Sam 7:14 (cf. 1 Chr 17:13 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":47061,"verse_id":"HEB.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “And again when he brings.” The translation adopted in the text looks forward to Christ’s second coming to earth. Some take “again” to introduce the quotation (as in 1:5 ) and understand this as Christ’s first coming, but this view does not fit well with Heb 2:7 . Others understand it as his exaltation/ascension to heaven, but this takes the phrase “into the world” in an unlikely way.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":47062,"verse_id":"HEB.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “He who makes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":47063,"verse_id":"HEB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Or “to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":47064,"verse_id":"HEB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The verb “he says” ( λέγει , legei ) is implied from the λέγει of v. 7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":47065,"verse_id":"HEB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Or possibly, “Your throne is God forever and ever.” This translation is quite doubtful, however, since (1) in the context the Son is being contrasted to the angels and is presented as far better than they. The imagery of God being the Son’s throne would seem to be of God being his authority. If so, in what sense could this not be said of the angels? In what sense is the Son thus contrasted with the angels? (2) The μέν … δέ ( men … de ) construction that connects v. 7 with v. 8 clearly lays out this contrast: “On the one hand, he says of the angels…on the other hand, he says of the Son.” Thus, although it is grammatically possible that θεός ( qeos ) in v. 8 should be taken as a predicate nominative, the context and the correlative conjunctions are decidedly against it. Hebrews 1:8 is thus a strong affirmation of the deity of Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":47066,"verse_id":"HEB.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “the righteous scepter,” but used generically.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":47067,"verse_id":"HEB.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “sent for service for the sake of those.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":47068,"verse_id":"HEB.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “through angels became valid and every violation.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":47069,"verse_id":"HEB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “God bearing witness together” (the phrase “with them” is implied).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":47070,"verse_id":"HEB.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “and distributions of the Holy Spirit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":47071,"verse_id":"HEB.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “remember him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":47072,"verse_id":"HEB.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Ï ). In spite of the impressive external evidence for the longer reading, it is most likely a scribal addition to conform the text of Hebrews to Ps 8:6 ( 8:7 LXX). Conformity of a NT quotation of the OT to the LXX was a routine scribal activity, and can hardly be in doubt here as to the cause of the longer reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":47073,"verse_id":"HEB.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “you subjected all things under his feet.” sn A quotation from Ps 8:4-6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":47074,"verse_id":"HEB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “who was made a little lower than the angels.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":47075,"verse_id":"HEB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “because of the suffering of death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":47076,"verse_id":"HEB.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “would taste.” Here the Greek verb does not mean “sample a small amount” (as a typical English reader might infer from the word “taste”), but “experience something cognitively or emotionally; come to know something” (cf. BDAG 195 s.v. γεύομαι 2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":47077,"verse_id":"HEB.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “for whom are all things and through whom are all things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":47078,"verse_id":"HEB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “are all from one.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":47079,"verse_id":"HEB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “for which reason.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":47080,"verse_id":"HEB.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). The context here also indicates both men and women are in view; note especially the collective τὰ παιδία ( ta paidia ) in v. 14 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":47081,"verse_id":"HEB.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Here, because of its occurrence in an OT quotation, τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ( tois adelfois ) has been translated simply as “brothers” rather than “brothers and sisters” (see the note on the latter phrase in the previous verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":47082,"verse_id":"HEB.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “and again,” as a continuation of the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":47083,"verse_id":"HEB.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “behold, I,” but this construction often means “here is/there is” (cf. BDAG 468 s.v. ἰδού 2).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":47084,"verse_id":"HEB.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":47085,"verse_id":"HEB.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “partook of” (this is a different word than the one in v. 14 a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":47086,"verse_id":"HEB.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “the same.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":47087,"verse_id":"HEB.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Or “break the power of,” “reduce to nothing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":47088,"verse_id":"HEB.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “he was obligated.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":47089,"verse_id":"HEB.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 2:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":47090,"verse_id":"HEB.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “propitiation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":47091,"verse_id":"HEB.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 2:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":47092,"verse_id":"HEB.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “of our confession.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":47093,"verse_id":"HEB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “his”; in the translation the referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":47094,"verse_id":"HEB.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"puts ὅλῳ in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":47095,"verse_id":"HEB.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “his”; in the translation the referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":47096,"verse_id":"HEB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “his”; in the translation the referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":47097,"verse_id":"HEB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “whose house we are,” continuing the previous sentence.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":47098,"verse_id":"HEB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.6","text":"B sa, while the vast majority of mss ( א A C D Ψ 0243 0278 33 1739 1881 Ï latt) add μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν ( mecri telou\" bebaian , “secure until the end”). The external evidence for the omission, though minimal, has excellent credentials. Considering the internal factors, B. M. Metzger ( TCGNT 595) finds it surprising that the feminine adjective βεβαίαν should modify the neuter noun καύχημα ( kauchma , here translated “we take pride”), a fact that suggests that even the form of the word was borrowed from another place. Since the same phrase occurs at Heb 3:14 , it is likely that later scribes added it here at Heb 3:6 in anticipation of Heb 3:14 . While these words belong at 3:14 , they seem foreign to 3:6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A6/4"}
{"id":47099,"verse_id":"HEB.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “the pride of our hope.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A6/5"}
{"id":47100,"verse_id":"HEB.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “today if you hear his voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":47101,"verse_id":"HEB.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “tested me by trial.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47102,"verse_id":"HEB.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “they are wandering in the heart.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":47103,"verse_id":"HEB.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “if they shall enter my rest,” a Hebrew idiom expressing an oath that something will certainly not happen.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":47104,"verse_id":"HEB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “take care.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":47105,"verse_id":"HEB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 2:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":47106,"verse_id":"HEB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “that there not be in any of you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":47107,"verse_id":"HEB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “deserts,” “rebels against.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":47108,"verse_id":"HEB.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “in forsaking the living God.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A12/5"}
{"id":47109,"verse_id":"HEB.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “the beginning of the confidence.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":47110,"verse_id":"HEB.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “while it is said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47111,"verse_id":"HEB.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “today if you hear his voice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":47112,"verse_id":"HEB.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “through Moses.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":47113,"verse_id":"HEB.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “he”; in the translation the referent (God) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":47114,"verse_id":"HEB.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “So” to indicate a summary or conclusion to the argument of the preceding paragraph.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":47115,"verse_id":"HEB.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “let us fear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":47116,"verse_id":"HEB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “they were not united.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":47117,"verse_id":"HEB.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"A B C D* Ψ 0243 0278 33 81 1739 2464 pc , has by far the best external credentials. This participle agrees with the previous ἐκείνους ( ekeinou\" , “those”), a more difficult construction grammatically than the nominative singular. Thus, both on external and internal grounds, συγκεκερασμένους is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":47118,"verse_id":"HEB.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “although the works,” continuing the previous reference to God. The referent (God) is specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":47119,"verse_id":"HEB.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “and in this again.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":47120,"verse_id":"HEB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":47121,"verse_id":"HEB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “as it has been said before” (see Heb 3:7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":47122,"verse_id":"HEB.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “today if you hear his voice.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A7/4"}
{"id":47123,"verse_id":"HEB.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":47124,"verse_id":"HEB.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":47125,"verse_id":"HEB.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “him”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":47126,"verse_id":"HEB.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “for timely help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":47127,"verse_id":"HEB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “from among men,” but since the point in context is shared humanity (rather than shared maleness), the plural Greek term ἀνθρώπων ( anqrwpwn ) has been translated “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":47128,"verse_id":"HEB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “who is taken from among people is appointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":47129,"verse_id":"HEB.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “appointed on behalf of people in reference to things relating to God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":47130,"verse_id":"HEB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “by himself, on his own.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":47131,"verse_id":"HEB.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “being called by God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A4/3"}
{"id":47132,"verse_id":"HEB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “the one”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":47133,"verse_id":"HEB.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “I have begotten you”; see Heb 1:5 . sn A quotation from Ps 2:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":47134,"verse_id":"HEB.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":47135,"verse_id":"HEB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “in the days of his flesh.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":47136,"verse_id":"HEB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Christ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":47137,"verse_id":"HEB.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “who…having offered,” continuing the description of Christ from Heb 5:5-6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":47138,"verse_id":"HEB.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “having been designated,” continuing the thought of Heb 5:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":47139,"verse_id":"HEB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “concerning which the message for us is great.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":47140,"verse_id":"HEB.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “dull.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":47141,"verse_id":"HEB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “because of the time.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":47142,"verse_id":"HEB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “the elements of the beginning of the oracles of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":47143,"verse_id":"HEB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “you have come to have a need for.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":47144,"verse_id":"HEB.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"has καί in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":47145,"verse_id":"HEB.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “Therefore leaving behind.” The implication is not of abandoning this elementary information, but of building on it.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":47146,"verse_id":"HEB.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"Or “basic.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":47147,"verse_id":"HEB.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “the message of the beginning of Christ.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A1/3"}
{"id":47148,"verse_id":"HEB.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “leaving behind…let us move on.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A1/4"}
{"id":47149,"verse_id":"HEB.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “and we will do this.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":47150,"verse_id":"HEB.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “have fallen away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":47151,"verse_id":"HEB.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"Or “while”; Grk “crucifying…and holding.” The Greek participles here (“crucifying…and holding”) can be understood as either causal (“since”) or temporal (“while”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":47152,"verse_id":"HEB.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “recrucifying the son of God for themselves.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":47153,"verse_id":"HEB.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Grk “comes upon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":47154,"verse_id":"HEB.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “near to a curse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":47155,"verse_id":"HEB.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “dull.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":47156,"verse_id":"HEB.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Grk “in blessing I will bless you and in multiplying I will multiply you,” the Greek form of a Hebrew idiom showing intensity. sn A quotation from Gen 22:17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":47157,"verse_id":"HEB.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “he”; in the translation the referent (Abraham) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":47158,"verse_id":"HEB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"The plural Greek term ἄνθρωποι ( anqrwpoi ) is used here in a generic sense, referring to both men and women, and is thus translated “people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":47159,"verse_id":"HEB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “by something greater”; the rest of the comparison (“than themselves”) is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":47160,"verse_id":"HEB.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.16","text":"Grk “the oath for confirmation is an end of all dispute.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A16/3"}
{"id":47161,"verse_id":"HEB.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Grk “in which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":47162,"verse_id":"HEB.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"Or “immutable” (here and in v. 18 ); Grk “the unchangeableness of his purpose.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":47163,"verse_id":"HEB.6.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":6,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.18","text":"Grk “have taken refuge”; the basis of that refuge is implied in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%206%3A18/1"}
{"id":47164,"verse_id":"HEB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “to whom,” continuing the description of Melchizedek. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":47165,"verse_id":"HEB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “a tenth part.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":47166,"verse_id":"HEB.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “first being interpreted,” describing Melchizedek.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":47167,"verse_id":"HEB.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “to whom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":47168,"verse_id":"HEB.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Or “a tenth part.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":47169,"verse_id":"HEB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.5","text":"Or “the priesthood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A5/1"}
{"id":47170,"verse_id":"HEB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “from their brothers.” See BDAG 18-19 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A5/2"}
{"id":47171,"verse_id":"HEB.7.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.5","text":"Grk “have come from the loins of Abraham.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A5/3"}
{"id":47172,"verse_id":"HEB.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “the one”; in the translation the referent (Melchizedek) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A6/1"}
{"id":47173,"verse_id":"HEB.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.6","text":"Grk “is not descended from them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A6/2"}
{"id":47174,"verse_id":"HEB.7.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.6","text":"Or “a tenth part.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A6/3"}
{"id":47175,"verse_id":"HEB.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"Grk “in the loins of his father” (a reference to Abraham). The name “Abraham” has been repeated in the translation at this point (cf. v. 9 ) in order to clarify the referent (i.e., what ancestor was in view). sn The point of the phrase still in his ancestor’s loins is that Levi was as yet unborn, still in his ancestor Abraham’s body. Thus Levi participated in Abraham’s action when Abraham paid tithes to Melchizedek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":47176,"verse_id":"HEB.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “based on it.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":47177,"verse_id":"HEB.7.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.12","text":"Grk “of necessity a change in the law comes to pass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A12/1"}
{"id":47178,"verse_id":"HEB.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Grk “shares in.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":47179,"verse_id":"HEB.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Grk “from which no one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":47180,"verse_id":"HEB.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"Grk “a law of a fleshly command.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":47181,"verse_id":"HEB.7.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.17","text":"Grk “for he/it is witnessed that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A17/1"}
{"id":47182,"verse_id":"HEB.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “the setting aside of a former command comes to pass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A18/1"}
{"id":47183,"verse_id":"HEB.7.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.18","text":"Grk “because of its weakness and uselessness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A18/2"}
{"id":47184,"verse_id":"HEB.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.21","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (Jesus) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A21/1"}
{"id":47185,"verse_id":"HEB.7.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.21","text":"The words “did so” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A21/2"}
{"id":47186,"verse_id":"HEB.7.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.22","text":"Or “surety.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A22/1"}
{"id":47187,"verse_id":"HEB.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “they on the one hand” in contrast with “he on the other hand” in v. 24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A23/1"}
{"id":47188,"verse_id":"HEB.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “they were prevented by death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A23/2"}
{"id":47189,"verse_id":"HEB.7.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":7,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.23","text":"Grk “from continuing” (the words “in office” are supplied for clarity).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%207%3A23/3"}
{"id":47190,"verse_id":"HEB.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “the main point of the things being said.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":47191,"verse_id":"HEB.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Grk “there are those who offer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":47192,"verse_id":"HEB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Grk “who serve in,” referring to the Levitical priests, but focusing on the provisional and typological nature of the tabernacle in which they served.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":47193,"verse_id":"HEB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “prototype,” “outline.” The Greek word ὑπόδειγμα ( Jupodeigma ) does not mean “copy,” as it is often translated; it means “something to be copied,” a basis for imitation. BDAG 1037 s.v. 2 lists both Heb 8:5 and 9:23 under the second category of usage, “an indication of someth. that appears at a subsequent time,” emphasizing the temporal progression between the earthly and heavenly sanctuaries. sn There are two main options for understanding the conceptual background of the heavenly sanctuary imagery. The first is to understand the imagery to be functioning on a vertical plane. This background is Hellenistic, philosophical, and spatial in orientation and sees the earthly sanctuary as a copy of the heavenly reality. The other option is to see the imagery functioning on a horizontal plane. This background is Jewish, eschatological, and temporal and sees the heavenly sanctuary as the fulfillment and true form of the earthly sanctuary which preceded it. The second option is preferred, both for lexical reasons (see tn above) and because it fits the Jewish context of the book (although many scholars prefer to emphasize the relationship the book has to Hellenistic thought).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":47194,"verse_id":"HEB.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.5","text":"The word τύπος ( tupos ) here has the meaning “an archetype serving as a model, type, pattern, model ” (BDAG 1020 s.v. 6 .a). This is in keeping with the horizontal imagery accepted for this verse (see sn on “sketch” earlier in the verse). Here Moses was shown the future heavenly sanctuary which, though it did not yet exist, became the outline for the earthly sanctuary.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A5/3"}
{"id":47195,"verse_id":"HEB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “he”; in the translation the referent (Jesus) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":47196,"verse_id":"HEB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “to the degree that.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A6/3"}
{"id":47197,"verse_id":"HEB.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “which is enacted.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A6/4"}
{"id":47198,"verse_id":"HEB.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Grk “no occasion for a second one would have been sought.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":47199,"verse_id":"HEB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “for,” but providing an explanation of the God-intended limitation of the first covenant from v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":47200,"verse_id":"HEB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.8","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A8/3"}
{"id":47201,"verse_id":"HEB.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.8","text":"0278 1739 1881 Ï , is perhaps a harder reading theologically, and is more ambiguous in meaning. If αὐτοίς goes with μεμφόμενος ( memfomeno\" , here translated “showing its fault”), the clause could be translated “in finding fault with them” or “in showing [its] faults to them.” If αὐτοίς goes with the following λέγει ( legei , “he says”), the clause is best translated, “in finding/showing [its] faults, he says to them.” The accusative pronoun suffers no such ambiguity, for it must be the object of μεμφόμενος rather than λέγει . Although a decision is difficult, the dative form of the pronoun best explains the rise of the other reading and is thus more likely to be original.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A8/4"}
{"id":47202,"verse_id":"HEB.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Grk “not like the covenant,” continuing the description of v. 8 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":47203,"verse_id":"HEB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “putting…I will inscribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":47204,"verse_id":"HEB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “mind.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":47205,"verse_id":"HEB.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “I will be to them for a God and they will be to me for a people,” following the Hebrew constructions of .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":47206,"verse_id":"HEB.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “they will not teach, each one his fellow citizen…” The Greek makes this negation emphatic: “they will certainly not teach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":47207,"verse_id":"HEB.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “from the small to the great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":47208,"verse_id":"HEB.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “when he says, ‘new,’” (referring to the covenant).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":47209,"verse_id":"HEB.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “near to disappearing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":47210,"verse_id":"HEB.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Grk “the first” (referring to the covenant described in Heb 8:7, 13 ). In the translation the referent (covenant) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":47211,"verse_id":"HEB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “the first,” in order of approach in the ritual.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":47212,"verse_id":"HEB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “in which [were].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":47213,"verse_id":"HEB.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “which,” describing the outer tent.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":47214,"verse_id":"HEB.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “in which”; in the translation the referent (the ark) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":47215,"verse_id":"HEB.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “above it”; in the translation the referent (the ark) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":47216,"verse_id":"HEB.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “the first tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":47217,"verse_id":"HEB.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Grk “the second tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":47218,"verse_id":"HEB.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Or perhaps “the unintentional sins of the people”; Grk “the ignorances of the people.” Cf. BDAG 13 s.v. ἀγνόημα , “ sin committed in ignorance / unintentionally .” This term seems to be simply a synonym for “sins” (cf. Heb 5:2 ) and does not pick up the distinction made in Num 15:22-31 between unwitting sin and “high-handed” sin. The Day of Atonement ritual in covered all the sins of the people, not just the unwitting ones.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":47219,"verse_id":"HEB.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Grk “the first tent.” The literal phrase “the first tent” refers to either (1) the outer chamber of the tabernacle in the wilderness (as in vv. 2, 6 ) or (2) the entire tabernacle as a symbol of the OT system of approaching God. The second is more likely given the contrast that follows in vv. 11-12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":47220,"verse_id":"HEB.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “only for foods and drinks.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":47221,"verse_id":"HEB.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"א * A I P 0278 33 1739 1881 al sa) in which case δικαιώματα is taken as the nominative subject of the participle ἐπικείμενα ( epikeimena ). It seems far more likely that scribes would conform δικαιώματα to the immediately preceding datives and join it to them by καί than they would to the following nominative participle. Both on external and internal evidence the text is thus secure as reading βαπτισμοῖς , δικαιώματα .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":47222,"verse_id":"HEB.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.10","text":"Grk “until the time of setting things right.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A10/3"}
{"id":47223,"verse_id":"HEB.9.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.11","text":"Grk “But Christ, when he came,” introducing a sentence that includes all of Heb 9:11-12 . The main construction is “Christ, having come…, entered…, having secured…,” and everything else describes his entrance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A11/1"}
{"id":47224,"verse_id":"HEB.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"This verb occurs in the Greek middle voice, which here intensifies the role of the subject, Christ, in accomplishing the action: “he alone secured”; “he and no other secured.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":47225,"verse_id":"HEB.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Grk “for the purifying of the flesh.” The “flesh” here is symbolic of outward or ritual purity in contrast to inner purity, that of the conscience (cf. Heb 9:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":47226,"verse_id":"HEB.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"1881 Ï lat sa) read “your” instead of “our.” The diversity of evidence makes this a difficult case to decide from external evidence alone. The first and second person pronouns differ by only one letter in Greek, as in English, also making this problem difficult to decide based on internal evidence and transcriptional probability. In the context, the author’s description of sacrificial activities seems to invite the reader to compare his own possible participation in OT liturgy as over against the completed work of Christ, so the second person pronoun “your” might make more sense. On the other hand, TCGNT 599 argues that “our” is preferable because the author of Hebrews uses direct address (i.e., the second person) only in the hortatory sections. What is more, the author seems to prefer the first person in explanatory remarks or when giving the logical grounds for an assertion (cf. Heb 4:15; 7:14 ). It is hard to reach a definitive conclusion in this case, but the data lean slightly in favor of the first person pronoun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":47227,"verse_id":"HEB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"The Greek word μεσίτης ( mesith\" , “mediator”) in this context does not imply that Jesus was a mediator in the contemporary sense of the word, i.e., he worked for compromise between opposing parties. Here the term describes his function as the one who was used by God to enact a new covenant which established a new relationship between God and his people, but entirely on God’s terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":47228,"verse_id":"HEB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “the promise of the eternal inheritance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":47229,"verse_id":"HEB.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “a death having occurred.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":47230,"verse_id":"HEB.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Grk “there is a necessity for the death of the one who made it to be proven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":47231,"verse_id":"HEB.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"Grk “which God commanded for you (or in your case).” sn A quotation from Exod 24:8 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":47232,"verse_id":"HEB.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.23","text":"Or “prototypes,” “outlines,” referring to the earthly sanctuary. See Heb 8:5 above for the prior use of this term.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A23/1"}
{"id":47233,"verse_id":"HEB.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.23","text":"Grk “with these”; in the translation the referent (sacrifices) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A23/2"}
{"id":47234,"verse_id":"HEB.9.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.23","text":"Grk “the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A23/3"}
{"id":47235,"verse_id":"HEB.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.24","text":"Or “prefiguration.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A24/1"}
{"id":47236,"verse_id":"HEB.9.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.24","text":"The word “sanctuary” is not in the Greek text at this point, but has been supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A24/2"}
{"id":47237,"verse_id":"HEB.9.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.25","text":"Grk “and not that he might offer,” continuing the previous construction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A25/1"}
{"id":47238,"verse_id":"HEB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.27","text":"Here ἀνθρώποις ( anqrwpoi\" ) has been translated as a generic noun (“people”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A27/1"}
{"id":47239,"verse_id":"HEB.9.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.27","text":"Grk “and after this – judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A27/2"}
{"id":47240,"verse_id":"HEB.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “without sin,” but in context this does not refer to Christ’s sinlessness (as in Heb 4:15 ) but to the fact that sin is already dealt with by his first coming.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A28/2"}
{"id":47241,"verse_id":"HEB.9.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":9,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.28","text":"Grk “for salvation.” This may be construed with the verb “await” (those who wait for him to bring them salvation), but the connection with “appear” (as in the translation) is more likely.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%209%3A28/3"}
{"id":47242,"verse_id":"HEB.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Grk “those who approach.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":47243,"verse_id":"HEB.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “the worshipers, having been purified once for all, would have.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":47244,"verse_id":"HEB.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Grk “in them”; the referent (those sacrifices) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":47245,"verse_id":"HEB.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Grk “behold,” but this construction often means “here is/there is” (cf. BDAG 468 s.v. ἰδού 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":47246,"verse_id":"HEB.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"א * A C D K P Ψ 33 1175 1881 2464 al ). The longer reading is a palpable corruption, apparently motivated in part by the wording of Ps 40:8 ( 39:9 LXX) and by the word order of this same verse as quoted in Heb 10:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":47247,"verse_id":"HEB.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Or “abolishes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":47248,"verse_id":"HEB.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “by which will.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":47249,"verse_id":"HEB.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Or “daily,” “every day.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":47250,"verse_id":"HEB.10.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.12","text":"Grk “this one.” This pronoun refers to Jesus, but “this priest” was used in the translation to make the contrast between the Jewish priests in v. 11 and Jesus as a priest clearer in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A12/1"}
{"id":47251,"verse_id":"HEB.10.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.13","text":"Grk “from then on waiting.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A13/1"}
{"id":47252,"verse_id":"HEB.10.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.15","text":"Grk “after having said,” emphasizing the present impact of this utterance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A15/1"}
{"id":47253,"verse_id":"HEB.10.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.16","text":"Grk “putting…I will inscribe.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A16/1"}
{"id":47254,"verse_id":"HEB.10.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.17","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A17/1"}
{"id":47255,"verse_id":"HEB.10.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.19","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 2:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A19/1"}
{"id":47256,"verse_id":"HEB.10.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.20","text":"Grk “that he inaugurated for us as a fresh and living way,” referring to the entrance mentioned in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A20/1"}
{"id":47257,"verse_id":"HEB.10.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.21","text":"Grk “and a great priest,” continuing the construction begun in v. 19 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A21/1"}
{"id":47258,"verse_id":"HEB.10.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.22","text":"Grk “in assurance of faith.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A22/1"}
{"id":47259,"verse_id":"HEB.10.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.24","text":"Grk “let us consider one another for provoking of love and good deeds.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A24/1"}
{"id":47260,"verse_id":"HEB.10.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.25","text":"This paragraph (vv. 19-25 ) is actually a single, skillfully composed sentence in Greek, but it must be broken into shorter segments for English idiom. It begins with several subordinate phrases (since we have confidence and a great priest), has three parallel exhortations as its main verbs (let us draw near, hold, and take thought), and concludes with several subordinate phrases related to the final exhortation (not abandoning but encouraging).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A25/2"}
{"id":47261,"verse_id":"HEB.10.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.26","text":"Grk “is left,” with “for us” implied by the first half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A26/1"}
{"id":47262,"verse_id":"HEB.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “zeal,” recalling God’s jealous protection of his holiness and honor (cf. Exod 20:5 ). sn An allusion to Zeph 1:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A27/1"}
{"id":47263,"verse_id":"HEB.10.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.27","text":"Grk “the enemies.” sn An allusion to Isa 26:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A27/2"}
{"id":47264,"verse_id":"HEB.10.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.28","text":"Grk “dies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A28/1"}
{"id":47265,"verse_id":"HEB.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “tramples under foot.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A29/1"}
{"id":47266,"verse_id":"HEB.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “regarded as common.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A29/2"}
{"id":47267,"verse_id":"HEB.10.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":29,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.29","text":"Grk “by which he was made holy.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A29/3"}
{"id":47268,"verse_id":"HEB.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.34","text":"Ψ 104 pc ), the force of which is so ambiguous (lit., “you shared the sufferings with the bonds”) as to be virtually nonsensical. Most likely, δεσμοῖς resulted when a scribe made an error in copying δεσμίοις ( desmioi\" ), a reading which makes excellent sense (“[of] those in prison”) and is strongly supported by early and significant witnesses of the Alexandrian and Western texttypes (A D* H 6 33 81 1739 lat sy co). Thus, δεσμίοις best explains the rise of the other readings on both internal and external grounds and is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A34/1"}
{"id":47269,"verse_id":"HEB.10.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.34","text":"Grk “you yourselves.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A34/2"}
{"id":47270,"verse_id":"HEB.10.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.35","text":"Grk “which,” but showing the reason.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A35/1"}
{"id":47271,"verse_id":"HEB.10.36","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":36,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.36","text":"Grk “the promise,” referring to the thing God promised, not to the pledge itself.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A36/1"}
{"id":47272,"verse_id":"HEB.10.38","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":38,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.38","text":"Grk “my soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A38/1"}
{"id":47273,"verse_id":"HEB.10.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":10,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.39","text":"Grk “not…of shrinking back to perdition but of faith to the preservation of the soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2010%3A39/1"}
{"id":47274,"verse_id":"HEB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “the elders,” “the ancients.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":47275,"verse_id":"HEB.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"Grk “were attested,” “received commendation”; and Heb 11:4-6 shows this to be from God.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":47276,"verse_id":"HEB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"Grk “ages.” The temporal (ages) came to be used of the spatial (what exists in those time periods). See Heb 1:2 for same usage.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":47277,"verse_id":"HEB.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.3","text":"Grk “by God’s word.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A3/2"}
{"id":47278,"verse_id":"HEB.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “through his sacrifice”; Grk “through which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A4/1"}
{"id":47279,"verse_id":"HEB.11.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.4","text":"Or “through his sacrifice”; Grk “through it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A4/2"}
{"id":47280,"verse_id":"HEB.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Cf. BDAG 407 s.v. εὐλαβέομαι 2, “out of reverent regard (for God’s command).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":47281,"verse_id":"HEB.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"Or “settled as a resident alien.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":47282,"verse_id":"HEB.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"Or “heirs with him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":47283,"verse_id":"HEB.11.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.10","text":"Grk “that has foundations.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A10/1"}
{"id":47284,"verse_id":"HEB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “past the time of maturity.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":47285,"verse_id":"HEB.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “power to deposit seed.” Though it is not as likely, some construe this phrase to mean “power to conceive seed,” making the whole verse about Sarah: “by faith, even though Sarah herself was barren and too old, she received ability to conceive, because she regarded the one who had given the promise to be trustworthy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":47286,"verse_id":"HEB.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Grk “these”; in the translation the referent (children) has been specified for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":47287,"verse_id":"HEB.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Grk a collective “the sand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":47288,"verse_id":"HEB.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Grk “the promises,” referring to the things God promised, not to the pledges themselves.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":47289,"verse_id":"HEB.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Or “sojourners.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":47290,"verse_id":"HEB.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":47291,"verse_id":"HEB.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Here “received the promises” refers to the pledges themselves, not to the things God promised.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":47292,"verse_id":"HEB.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “he was offering up.” The tense of this verb indicates the attempt or readiness to sacrifice Isaac without the actual completion of the deed.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":47293,"verse_id":"HEB.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “in Isaac seed will be named for you.” sn A quotation from Gen 21:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":47294,"verse_id":"HEB.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “having reasoned,” continuing the ideas of v. 17 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":47295,"verse_id":"HEB.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Grk “in/by a symbol.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":47296,"verse_id":"HEB.11.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.21","text":"Grk “worshiped on the top of his staff,” a quotation from Gen 47:31 (LXX).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A21/1"}
{"id":47297,"verse_id":"HEB.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “coming to an end,” “dying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A22/1"}
{"id":47298,"verse_id":"HEB.11.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.22","text":"Grk “about his bones,” which refers by metonymy to the disposition of his bones, i.e., his burial. sn The instructions about his burial are recorded in Gen 50:25 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A22/3"}
{"id":47299,"verse_id":"HEB.11.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.23","text":"Grk “Moses, when he was born, was hidden by his parents.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A23/1"}
{"id":47300,"verse_id":"HEB.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “the abuse [or ‘reproach’] of Christ.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A26/1"}
{"id":47301,"verse_id":"HEB.11.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.26","text":"Grk “he was looking away to.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A26/2"}
{"id":47302,"verse_id":"HEB.11.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.28","text":"Grk “the pouring out of the blood.” sn The sprinkling of the blood refers here to the application of the blood to the doorways of the Israelite houses (cf. Exod 12:7, 13 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A28/1"}
{"id":47303,"verse_id":"HEB.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.30","text":"For location see Map5-B2 ; Map6-E1 ; Map7-E1 ; Map8-E3 ; Map10-A2 ; Map11-A1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A30/1"}
{"id":47304,"verse_id":"HEB.11.30","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":30,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.30","text":"Grk “after they had been encircled.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A30/2"}
{"id":47305,"verse_id":"HEB.11.31","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":31,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.31","text":"Grk “did not perish together with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A31/1"}
{"id":47306,"verse_id":"HEB.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.33","text":"This probably refers to the righteous rule of David and others. But it could be more general and mean “did what was righteous.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A33/1"}
{"id":47307,"verse_id":"HEB.11.33","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":33,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.33","text":"Grk “obtained promises,” referring to the things God promised, not to the pledges themselves. sn Gained what was promised. They saw some of God’s promises fulfilled, even though the central promise remained unfulfilled until Christ came (cf. vv. 39-40 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A33/2"}
{"id":47308,"verse_id":"HEB.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.34","text":"Grk “quenched the power of fire.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A34/1"}
{"id":47309,"verse_id":"HEB.11.34","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":34,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.34","text":"Or “recovered from sickness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A34/2"}
{"id":47310,"verse_id":"HEB.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.35","text":"Grk “received back their dead from resurrection.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A35/1"}
{"id":47311,"verse_id":"HEB.11.35","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":35,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.35","text":"Grk “to obtain a better resurrection.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A35/2"}
{"id":47312,"verse_id":"HEB.11.37","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":37,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.37","text":"Cl). Since the two words ἐπρίσθησαν and ἐπειράσθησαν are so much alike in sight and sound, and since the position of “they were tempted” varies in the mss , it seems best to say that ἐπειράσθησαν is an accidental corruption of ἐπρίσθησαν or an intentional change to a more common word (the root of ἐπρίσθησαν [ πρίζω , prizw ] occurs only here in the NT, while the root of ἐπειράσθησαν [ πειράζω , peirazw ] occurs 38 times). The best reading here seems to be “sawed apart” without any addition before or after. (See TCGNT 603-4, for a discussion of emendations that scholars have proposed for this difficult problem.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A37/1"}
{"id":47313,"verse_id":"HEB.11.39","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":39,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.39","text":"Grk “the promise,” referring to the thing God promised, not to the pledge itself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A39/2"}
{"id":47314,"verse_id":"HEB.11.40","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":11,"verse":40,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.40","text":"The Greek phrasing emphasizes this point by negating the opposite: “so that they would not be made perfect without us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2011%3A40/1"}
{"id":47315,"verse_id":"HEB.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Grk “having such a great cloud of witnesses surrounding us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":47316,"verse_id":"HEB.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “until blood.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":47317,"verse_id":"HEB.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “disregard,” “think little of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":47318,"verse_id":"HEB.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “reproves,” “rebukes.” The Greek verb ἐλέγχω ( elencw ) implies exposing someone’s sin in order to bring correction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":47319,"verse_id":"HEB.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Grk “endure,” with the object (“your suffering”) understood from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":47320,"verse_id":"HEB.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.7","text":"Or “in order to become disciplined.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A7/2"}
{"id":47321,"verse_id":"HEB.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “you are without discipline.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":47322,"verse_id":"HEB.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “all”; “sons” is implied by the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":47323,"verse_id":"HEB.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “we had our earthly fathers as discipliners.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":47324,"verse_id":"HEB.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “the fathers of our flesh.” In Hebrews, “flesh” is a characteristic way of speaking about outward, physical, earthly life (cf. Heb 5:7; 9:10, 13 ), as opposed to the inward or spiritual dimensions of life.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A9/2"}
{"id":47325,"verse_id":"HEB.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.9","text":"Grk “and live.” sn Submit ourselves…to the Father of spirits and receive life. This idea is drawn from Proverbs, where the Lord’s discipline brings life, while resistance to it leads to death (cf. Prov 4:13; 6:23; 10:17; 16:17 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A9/3"}
{"id":47326,"verse_id":"HEB.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “all discipline at the time does not seem to be of joy, but of sorrow.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":47327,"verse_id":"HEB.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.11","text":"Grk “the peaceful fruit of righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A11/2"}
{"id":47328,"verse_id":"HEB.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"Or “straighten.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":47329,"verse_id":"HEB.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “that there not be any root of bitterness,” but referring figuratively to a person who causes trouble (as in Deut 29:17 [LXX] from which this is quoted). sn An allusion to Deut 29:18 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":47330,"verse_id":"HEB.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “that there not be any,” continuing from v. 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":47331,"verse_id":"HEB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Or a command: “for understand that.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":47332,"verse_id":"HEB.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “it,” referring either to the repentance or the blessing. But the account in Gen 27:34-41 (which the author appeals to here) makes it clear that the blessing is what Esau sought. Thus in the translation the referent (the blessing) is specified for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":47333,"verse_id":"HEB.12.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.18","text":"This describes the nation of Israel approaching God on Mt. Sinai (). There is a clear contrast with the reference to Mount Zion in v. 22 , so this could be translated “a mountain that can be touched.” But the word “mountain” does not occur here and the more vague description seems to be deliberate.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A18/1"}
{"id":47334,"verse_id":"HEB.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “a voice of words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A19/1"}
{"id":47335,"verse_id":"HEB.12.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.19","text":"Grk “a voice…from which those who heard begged that a word not be added to them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A19/2"}
{"id":47336,"verse_id":"HEB.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.21","text":"Grk “that which appeared.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A21/1"}
{"id":47337,"verse_id":"HEB.12.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.21","text":"Grk “I am terrified and trembling.” sn A quotation from Deut 9:19 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A21/2"}
{"id":47338,"verse_id":"HEB.12.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.22","text":"Grk “and the city”; the conjunction is omitted in translation since it seems to be functioning epexegetically – that is, explaining further what is meant by “Mount Zion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A22/1"}
{"id":47339,"verse_id":"HEB.12.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":12,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.24","text":"The Greek word μεσίτης ( mesith\" , “mediator”) in this context does not imply that Jesus was a mediator in the contemporary sense of the word, i.e., he worked for compromise between opposing parties. Here the term describes his function as the one who was used by God to enact a new covenant which established a new relationship between God and his people, but entirely on God’s terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2012%3A24/1"}
{"id":47340,"verse_id":"HEB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “as being imprisoned together.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":47341,"verse_id":"HEB.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Or “since you too are vulnerable”; Grk “you also being in the body.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":47342,"verse_id":"HEB.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"33 1175 1739 pc lat) lack καί ( kai ), but because the omission conforms to the wording of Ps 118:6 (117:6 LXX), it is suspect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":47343,"verse_id":"HEB.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.9","text":"Grk “by diverse and strange teachings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A9/1"}
{"id":47344,"verse_id":"HEB.13.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.9","text":"Grk “foods,” referring to the meals associated with the OT sacrifices (see the contrast with the next verse; also 9:9-10; 10:1, 4, 11 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A9/2"}
{"id":47345,"verse_id":"HEB.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “whose blood is brought by the high priest.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":47346,"verse_id":"HEB.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Grk “his abuse.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":47347,"verse_id":"HEB.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Grk “neglect doing good and fellowship.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":47348,"verse_id":"HEB.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Or “as ones who will give an account”; Grk “as giving an account.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":47349,"verse_id":"HEB.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “that they may do this.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":47350,"verse_id":"HEB.13.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.19","text":"Grk “I urge you to do this all the more.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A19/1"}
{"id":47351,"verse_id":"HEB.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.21","text":"co). It is also more likely that ἡμῖν would have been changed to ὑμῖν in light of the “you” which occurs at the beginning of the verse than vice versa.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A21/1"}
{"id":47352,"verse_id":"HEB.13.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.21","text":"places the phrase in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A21/2"}
{"id":47353,"verse_id":"HEB.13.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.22","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 2:11 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A22/1"}
{"id":47354,"verse_id":"HEB.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “Know that” (an imperative).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A23/1"}
{"id":47355,"verse_id":"HEB.13.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.23","text":"Grk “has been released, with whom, if he comes soon, I will see you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A23/2"}
{"id":47356,"verse_id":"HEB.13.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"HEB","chapter":13,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.25","text":"6 33 sa) for the lack of the particle, rendering its omission the preferred reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Hebrews%2013%3A25/1"}
{"id":47357,"verse_id":"JAS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “James.” The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47358,"verse_id":"JAS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Traditionally, “servant” or “bondservant.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":47359,"verse_id":"JAS.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “to the twelve tribes in the Diaspora.” The Greek term διασπορά ( diaspora , “dispersion”) refers to Jews not living in Palestine but “dispersed” or scattered among the Gentiles.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":47360,"verse_id":"JAS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). Where the plural term is used in direct address, as here, “brothers and sisters” is used; where the term is singular and not direct address (as in v. 9 ), “believer” is preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":47361,"verse_id":"JAS.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “all joy,” “full joy,” or “greatest joy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47362,"verse_id":"JAS.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “a man of two minds,” continuing the description of the person in v. 7 , giving the reason that he cannot expect to receive anything. The word for “man” or “individual” is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” But it sometimes is used generically to mean “anyone,” “a person,” as here (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 2 ). sn A double-minded man is one whose devotion to God is less than total. His attention is divided between God and other things, and as a consequence he is unstable and therefore unable to receive from God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":47363,"verse_id":"JAS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “brother.” Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. TEV, NLT “Christians”; CEV “God’s people”). The term broadly connotes familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":47364,"verse_id":"JAS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “the lowly brother,” but “lowly/humble” is clarified in context by the contrast with “wealthy” in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":47365,"verse_id":"JAS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “let him boast.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":47366,"verse_id":"JAS.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “his height,” “his exaltation.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A9/4"}
{"id":47367,"verse_id":"JAS.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “a flower of grass.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":47368,"verse_id":"JAS.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “perishes,” “is destroyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":47369,"verse_id":"JAS.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"The word for “man” or “individual” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” However, as BDAG 79 s.v. 2 says, here it is “equivalent to τὶς someone, a person .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":47370,"verse_id":"JAS.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"א A B Ψ 81 co) have no explicit subject. In light of the scribal tendency toward clarification, and the fact that both κύριος and θεός are well represented, there can be no doubt that the original text had no explicit subject. The referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity, not because of textual basis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":47371,"verse_id":"JAS.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “God must not be tested by evil people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":47372,"verse_id":"JAS.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":47373,"verse_id":"JAS.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"The first phrase refers to the action of giving and the second to what is given.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":47374,"verse_id":"JAS.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Or “All generous giving and every perfect gift from above is coming down.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":47375,"verse_id":"JAS.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “variation or shadow of turning” (referring to the motions of heavenly bodies causing variations of light and darkness).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A17/3"}
{"id":47376,"verse_id":"JAS.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “Having willed, he gave us birth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":47377,"verse_id":"JAS.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":47378,"verse_id":"JAS.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The word translated “human” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” But it sometimes is used generically to mean “anyone,” “a person” (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 2 ), and in this context, contrasted with “God’s righteousness,” the point is “human” anger (not exclusively “male” anger).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":47379,"verse_id":"JAS.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “with meekness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":47380,"verse_id":"JAS.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"The word for “man” or “individual” is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” However, as BDAG 79 s.v. 2 says, here it is “equivalent to τὶς someone, a person .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":47381,"verse_id":"JAS.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “the face of his beginning [or origin].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":47382,"verse_id":"JAS.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “and he has gone out and immediately has forgotten.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":47383,"verse_id":"JAS.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “continues.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A25/1"}
{"id":47384,"verse_id":"JAS.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “this one.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A25/2"}
{"id":47385,"verse_id":"JAS.1.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.25","text":"Grk “in his doing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A25/3"}
{"id":47386,"verse_id":"JAS.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.27","text":"Or “in the sight of”; Grk “with.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A27/1"}
{"id":47387,"verse_id":"JAS.1.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":1,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.27","text":"Grk “the God and Father.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%201%3A27/2"}
{"id":47388,"verse_id":"JAS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":47389,"verse_id":"JAS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “partiality.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":47390,"verse_id":"JAS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “do not have faith with personal prejudice,” with emphasis on the last phrase.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":47391,"verse_id":"JAS.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “our Lord Jesus Christ of glory.” Here δόξης ( doxhs ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":47392,"verse_id":"JAS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"The word for “man” or “individual” here is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” But as BDAG 79 s.v. 2 says, “equivalent to τὶς someone .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":47393,"verse_id":"JAS.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “synagogue.” Usually συναγωγή refers to Jewish places of worship (e.g., Matt 4:23 , Mark 1:21 , Luke 4:15 , John 6:59 ). The word can be used generally to refer to a place of assembly, and here it refers specifically to a Christian assembly (BDAG 963 s.v. 2 .b.).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":47394,"verse_id":"JAS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “and you pay attention…and say,” continuing the “if” clauses from v. 2 . In the Greek text, vv. 2-4 form one long sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":47395,"verse_id":"JAS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Or “sit here, please.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":47396,"verse_id":"JAS.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “sit under my footstool.” The words “on the floor” have been supplied in the translation to clarify for the modern reader the undesirability of this seating arrangement (so also TEV, NIV, CEV, NLT). Another option followed by a number of translations is to replace “under my footstool” with “at my feet” (NAB, NIV, NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":47397,"verse_id":"JAS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “have you not made distinctions” (as the conclusion to the series of “if” clauses in vv. 2-3 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":47398,"verse_id":"JAS.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “judges of evil reasonings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":47399,"verse_id":"JAS.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":47400,"verse_id":"JAS.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"This is singular: “the poor person,” perhaps referring to the hypothetical one described in vv. 2-3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":47401,"verse_id":"JAS.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “that was invoked over you,” referring to their baptism in which they confessed their faith in Christ and were pronounced to be his own. To have the Lord’s name “named over them” is OT imagery for the Lord’s ownership of his people (cf. 2 Chr 7:14 ; Amos 9:12 ; Isa 63:19 ; Jer 14:9; 15:16 ; Dan 9:19 ; Acts 15:17 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":47402,"verse_id":"JAS.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “according to the scripture.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":47403,"verse_id":"JAS.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “transgressors.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":47404,"verse_id":"JAS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “stumbles.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":47405,"verse_id":"JAS.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “guilty of all.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":47406,"verse_id":"JAS.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “a law of freedom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":47407,"verse_id":"JAS.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “boasts against, exults over,” in victory.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":47408,"verse_id":"JAS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":47409,"verse_id":"JAS.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “the faith,” referring to the kind of faith just described: faith without works. The article here is anaphoric, referring to the previous mention of the noun πίστις ( pisti\" ) in the verse. See ExSyn 219.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":47410,"verse_id":"JAS.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"It is important to note that the words ἀδελφός ( adelfos ) and ἀδελφή ( adelfh ) both occur in the Greek text at this point, confirming that the author intended to refer to both men and women. See the note on “someone” in 2:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":47411,"verse_id":"JAS.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “what is necessary for the body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":47412,"verse_id":"JAS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"There is considerable doubt about where the words of the “someone” end and where James’ reply begins. Some see the quotation running to the end of v. 18 ; others to the end of v. 19 . But most punctuate as shown above. The “someone” is then an objector, and the sense of his words is something like, “Some have faith; others have works; don’t expect everyone to have both.” James’ reply is that faith cannot exist or be seen without works.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":47413,"verse_id":"JAS.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “from.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":47414,"verse_id":"JAS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “you do well.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":47415,"verse_id":"JAS.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “believe and tremble.” The words “with fear” are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":47416,"verse_id":"JAS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “do you want to know.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":47417,"verse_id":"JAS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “O empty man.” Here the singular vocative ἄνθρωπε ( anqrwpe , “man”) means “person” or even “fellow.” Cf. BDAG 82 s.v. ἄνθρωπος 8 which views this as an instance of rhetorical address in a letter; the pejorative sense is also discussed under the previous heading (7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":47418,"verse_id":"JAS.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"’s reading picks up on κενέ ( kene ) earlier in the verse. The external evidence (B C* 323 945 1739 sa) for ἀργή is sufficient for authenticity; coupled with the strong internal evidence for the reading (if νεκρά were original, how would ἀργή have arisen here and not in vv. 17 or 26?), it is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":47419,"verse_id":"JAS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":47420,"verse_id":"JAS.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “will receive a greater judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":47421,"verse_id":"JAS.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “fail.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":47422,"verse_id":"JAS.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “fail.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":47423,"verse_id":"JAS.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “in speech.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":47424,"verse_id":"JAS.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"The word for “man” or “individual” is ἀνήρ ( anhr ), which often means “male” or “man (as opposed to woman).” But it sometimes is used generically to mean “anyone,” “a person,” as here (cf. BDAG 79 s.v. 2 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":47425,"verse_id":"JAS.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “their entire body.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":47426,"verse_id":"JAS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “a small member.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":47427,"verse_id":"JAS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “boasts of great things.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":47428,"verse_id":"JAS.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":47429,"verse_id":"JAS.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “makes itself,” “is made.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":47430,"verse_id":"JAS.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":47431,"verse_id":"JAS.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk (plurals), “every kind of animals and birds, of reptiles and sea creatures.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":47432,"verse_id":"JAS.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “the human species.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":47433,"verse_id":"JAS.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Ï as well as a few versions and fathers) read “uncontrollable” ( ἀκατασχετόν , akatasceton ), while the most important witnesses ( א A B K P 1739* latt) have “restless” ( ἀκατάστατον , akatastaton ). Externally, the latter reading should be preferred. Internally, however, things get a bit more complex. The notion of being uncontrollable is well suited to the context, especially as a counterbalance to v. 8 a, though for this very reason scribes may have been tempted to replace ἀκατάστατον with ἀκατασχετόν . However, in a semantically parallel early Christian text, ἀκατάστατος ( akatastato\" ) was considered strong enough of a term to denounce slander as “a restless demon” (Herm. 27:3). On the other hand, ἀκατάστατον may have been substituted for ἀκατασχετόν by way of assimilation to 1:8 (especially since both words were relatively rare, scribes may have replaced the less familiar with one that was already used in this letter). On internal evidence, it is difficult to decide, though ἀκατασχετόν is slightly preferred. However, in light of the strong support for ἀκατάστατον , and the less-than-decisive internal evidence, ἀκατάστατον is preferred instead.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":47434,"verse_id":"JAS.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"א A B C P Ψ 33 81 945 1241 1739), rendering it as the overwhelmingly preferred reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47435,"verse_id":"JAS.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “men”; but here ἀνθρώπους ( anqrwpous ) has generic force, referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":47436,"verse_id":"JAS.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":47437,"verse_id":"JAS.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":47438,"verse_id":"JAS.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “works in the gentleness of wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":47439,"verse_id":"JAS.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “This.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47440,"verse_id":"JAS.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “come down”; “descend.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":47441,"verse_id":"JAS.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “soulish,” which describes life apart from God, characteristic of earthly human life as opposed to what is spiritual. Cf. 1 Cor 2:14; 15:44-46 ; Jude 19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":47442,"verse_id":"JAS.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “willing to yield,” “open to persuasion.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":47443,"verse_id":"JAS.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “fruits.” The plural Greek term καρπούς has been translated with the collective singular “fruit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":47444,"verse_id":"JAS.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “sincere.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":47445,"verse_id":"JAS.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “the fruit of righteousness,” meaning righteous living as a fruit, as the thing produced.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":47446,"verse_id":"JAS.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “is sown.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":47447,"verse_id":"JAS.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “for,” or possibly “by.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":47448,"verse_id":"JAS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"The word “where” is repeated in Greek for emphasis.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":47449,"verse_id":"JAS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “from here.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":47450,"verse_id":"JAS.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “in your members [i.e., parts of the body].”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":47451,"verse_id":"JAS.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “is hostility toward God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":47452,"verse_id":"JAS.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “vainly says.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":47453,"verse_id":"JAS.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":47454,"verse_id":"JAS.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.5","text":"א B Ψ 049 1241 1739 al ) have the causative verb, κατῴκισεν ( katwkisen ), which implies a different subject and τὸ πνεῦμα as the object: “The spirit that he causes to live within us.” Both because of the absence of an explicit subject and the relative scarcity of the causative κατοικίζω ( katoikizw , “cause to dwell”) compared to the intransitive κατοικέω ( katoikew , “live, dwell”) in biblical Greek ( κατοικίζω does not occur in the NT at all, and occurs one twelfth as frequently as κατοικέω in the LXX), it is easy to see why scribes would replace κατῴκισεν with κατῴκησεν . Thus, on internal and external grounds, κατῴκισεν is the preferred reading.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A5/3"}
{"id":47455,"verse_id":"JAS.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.5","text":"Interpreters debate the referent of the word “spirit” in this verse: (1) The translation takes “spirit” to be the lustful capacity within people that produces a divided mind ( 1:8, 14 ) and inward conflicts regarding God ( 4:1-4 ). God has allowed it to be in man since the fall, and he provides his grace (v. 6 ) and the new birth through the gospel message ( 1:18-25 ) to counteract its evil effects. (2) On the other hand the word “spirit” may be taken positively as the Holy Spirit and the sense would be, “God yearns jealously for the Spirit he caused to live within us.” But the word for “envious” or “jealous” is generally negative in biblical usage and the context before and after seems to favor the negative interpretation. sn No OT verse is worded exactly this way. This is either a statement about the general teaching of scripture or a quotation from an ancient translation of the Hebrew text that no longer exists today.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A5/4"}
{"id":47456,"verse_id":"JAS.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “two-minded” (the same description used in 1:8 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":47457,"verse_id":"JAS.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"This term and the following one are preceded by καί ( kai ) in the Greek text, but contemporary English generally uses connectives only between the last two items in such a series.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":47458,"verse_id":"JAS.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"Grk “let your laughter be turned.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":47459,"verse_id":"JAS.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":47460,"verse_id":"JAS.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"See note on the word “believer” in 1:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":47461,"verse_id":"JAS.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “a judge.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":47462,"verse_id":"JAS.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “who judges your neighbor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":47463,"verse_id":"JAS.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Or “city.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":47464,"verse_id":"JAS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “who” (continuing the description of the people of v. 13 ). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":47465,"verse_id":"JAS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “you do not know what your life will be like tomorrow.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":47466,"verse_id":"JAS.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.14","text":"Or “a vapor.” The Greek word ἀτμίς ( atmis ) denotes a swirl of smoke arising from a fire (cf. Gen 19:28 ; Lev 16:13 ; Joel 2:30 [ Acts 2:19 ]; Ezek 8:11 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A14/3"}
{"id":47467,"verse_id":"JAS.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “instead of your saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":47468,"verse_id":"JAS.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “but now.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":47469,"verse_id":"JAS.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “knows how to do what is good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":47470,"verse_id":"JAS.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “to him it is sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":47471,"verse_id":"JAS.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “wail”; Grk “crying aloud.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":47472,"verse_id":"JAS.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Or “hoarded up treasure for the last days”; Grk “in the last days.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":47473,"verse_id":"JAS.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Literally a series of verbs without connectives, “you have condemned, you have murdered…he does not resist.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":47474,"verse_id":"JAS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “brothers”; this phrase occurs again three times in the paragraph. See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":47475,"verse_id":"JAS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “advent”; or “coming” (also in v. 8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":47476,"verse_id":"JAS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “Behold! The farmer waits.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A7/3"}
{"id":47477,"verse_id":"JAS.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.7","text":"Grk “being patient.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A7/4"}
{"id":47478,"verse_id":"JAS.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":47479,"verse_id":"JAS.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":47480,"verse_id":"JAS.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “Behold! We regard…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":47481,"verse_id":"JAS.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":47482,"verse_id":"JAS.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “anointing.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":47483,"verse_id":"JAS.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"Grk “it will be forgiven him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":47484,"verse_id":"JAS.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Or “the fervent prayer of a righteous person is very powerful”; Grk “is very powerful in its working.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":47485,"verse_id":"JAS.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"Although it is certainly true that Elijah was a “man,” here ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) has been translated as “human being” because the emphasis in context is not on Elijah’s masculine gender, but on the common humanity he shared with the author and the readers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":47486,"verse_id":"JAS.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “he prayed with prayer” (using a Hebrew idiom to show intensity).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":47487,"verse_id":"JAS.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":47488,"verse_id":"JAS.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"Grk “brothers.” See note on the phrase “brothers and sisters” in 1:2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":47489,"verse_id":"JAS.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “from the error of his way” (using the same root as the verb “to wander, to err” in the first part of the verse).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":47490,"verse_id":"JAS.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JAS","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.20","text":"Grk “his soul”; the referent (the sinner mentioned at the beginning of the verse) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/James%205%3A20/2"}
{"id":47491,"verse_id":"1PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Peter.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47492,"verse_id":"1PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “to those living as resident aliens,” “to the exiles.” This term is used metaphorically of Christians who live in this world as foreigners, since their homeland is heaven.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":47493,"verse_id":"1PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “in the Diaspora.” The Greek term διασπορά ( diaspora , “dispersion”) refers to Jews not living in Palestine but “dispersed” or scattered among the Gentiles. But here it is probably metaphorical, used of Gentile Christians spread out as God’s people in the midst of a godless world.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":47494,"verse_id":"1PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":47495,"verse_id":"1PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “to the chosen sojourners…” On this reading the phrases in v. 2 describe their entire existence as sojourners, etc., not just their election.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":47496,"verse_id":"1PE.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “be multiplied to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47497,"verse_id":"1PE.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"There is no verb in the Greek text; either the optative (“be”) or the indicative (“is”) can be supplied. The meaning of the term εὐλογητός ( euloghtos ) and the author’s intention at this point in the epistle must both come into play to determine which is the preferred nuance. εὐλογητός as an adjective can mean either that one is praised or that one is blessed, that is, in a place of favor and benefit. Two factors of the author’s style come into play. At this point the author is describing the reality of believers’ salvation and will soon explain believers’ necessary response; this is in emulation of Pauline style which generally follows the same logical order (although the author here discusses the reality in a much more compressed fashion). On the other hand, when imitating the Pauline greeting, which is normally verbless, the author inserts the optative (see v. 2 above). When considered as a whole, although a decision is difficult, the fact that the author in the immediate context has used the optative when imitating a Pauline stylized statement would argue for the optative here. The translation uses the term “blessed” in the sense “worthy of praise” as this is in keeping with the traditional translation of berakah psalms. Cf. also 2 Cor 1:3 ; Eph 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":47498,"verse_id":"1PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"The phrase “that is” is supplied in the translation to indicate that the imperishable inheritance is in apposition to the living hope of v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":47499,"verse_id":"1PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “into,” continuing the description of v. 3 without an “and.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":47500,"verse_id":"1PE.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “in which you exult.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":47501,"verse_id":"1PE.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"has the verb in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity. Grk “Though now, for a little while if necessary, you may have to suffer.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":47502,"verse_id":"1PE.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “genuineness,” the result of testing. On the other hand it may denote the process of testing: “that the proving of your faith…may bring praise.” sn The author is not asserting that the quality of the readers’ faith is in doubt and will be proven by future trials. He declares their faith to be a present reality in v. 5 and 9 , so in context v. 8 affirms that their faith is indeed genuine.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":47503,"verse_id":"1PE.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “which is passing away but is tested by fire,” describing gold in a lesser-to-greater comparison with faith’s proven character.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":47504,"verse_id":"1PE.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “that the testing of your faith…may be found unto praise,” showing the result of the trials mentioned in v. 6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":47505,"verse_id":"1PE.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “at the revelation of Jesus Christ” (cf. v. 13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":47506,"verse_id":"1PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “whom not having seen, you love.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":47507,"verse_id":"1PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “in whom not now seeing…” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":47508,"verse_id":"1PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “in whom not now seeing but believing, you exult.” The participles have been translated as finite verbs due to requirements of contemporary English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":47509,"verse_id":"1PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “glorified.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":47510,"verse_id":"1PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “about which salvation.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":47511,"verse_id":"1PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “who prophesied about the grace that is to/for you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":47512,"verse_id":"1PE.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “probing.” The participle continues the sentence from v. 10 but has been translated as an indicative for English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":47513,"verse_id":"1PE.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “time or circumstances,” focusing not on the person but on the timing and circumstances of the fulfillment. sn The OT prophets wondered about the person and the surrounding circumstances ( time ) through which God would fulfill his promised salvation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":47514,"verse_id":"1PE.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “the sufferings unto Christ,” i.e., sufferings directed toward him, what he was destined to suffer.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":47515,"verse_id":"1PE.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “the glories after these things.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":47516,"verse_id":"1PE.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “to whom [pl.] it was revealed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":47517,"verse_id":"1PE.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “binding up the loins of your mind,” a figure of speech drawn from the Middle Eastern practice of gathering up long robes around the waist to prepare for work or action.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":47518,"verse_id":"1PE.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “having bound up…, being sober, set your hope…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":47519,"verse_id":"1PE.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “at the revelation of Jesus Christ” (cf. v. 7 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":47520,"verse_id":"1PE.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Or “do not be conformed to”; Grk “not being conformed to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":47521,"verse_id":"1PE.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “the former lusts in your ignorance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":47522,"verse_id":"1PE.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “the time of your sojourn,” picturing the Christian’s life in this world as a temporary stay in a foreign country (cf. 1:1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":47523,"verse_id":"1PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “who was foreknown,” describing Christ in v. 19 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":47524,"verse_id":"1PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":47525,"verse_id":"1PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “at the last of the times.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":47526,"verse_id":"1PE.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"א C P Ψ 1739 Ï ), or the aorist participle πιστεύσαντες ( pisteusante\" ; 33 pc ), while A B pc vg have the adjective. Thus, πιστούς is to be preferred. In the NT the adjective is routinely taken passively in the sense of “faithful” (BDAG 820 s.v. πιστός 1). That may be part of the force here as well: “you are now faithful to God,” although the primary force in this context seems to be that of trusting. Nevertheless, it is difficult to separate faith from faithfulness in NT descriptions of Christians’ dependence on God. Grk “who through him [are] trusting,” describing the “you” of v. 20 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":47527,"verse_id":"1PE.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “having purified,” as the preparation for the love described in the second half of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A22/1"}
{"id":47528,"verse_id":"1PE.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.22","text":"א A B C Ψ 33 81 323 945 1241 1739 al vg sy co). On external grounds, the shorter reading cannot be easily explained if it were not original. The longer reading is clearly secondary, added to show more strongly God’s part in man’s obedience to the truth. But the addition ignores the force that the author gives to “purified” and ruins the balance between v. 22 and v. 23 (for in v. 23 the emphasis is on God’s part; here, on man’s part).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A22/2"}
{"id":47529,"verse_id":"1PE.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.22","text":"Grk “for sincere brotherly love.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A22/3"}
{"id":47530,"verse_id":"1PE.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.22","text":"Verses 22-23 are a single sentence in the Greek text. To improve clarity (and because contemporary English tends to use shorter sentences) these verses have been divided into three sentences in the translation. In addition, “So” has been supplied at the beginning of the second English sentence (v. 22 b) to indicate the relationship with the preceding statement.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A22/4"}
{"id":47531,"verse_id":"1PE.1.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":22,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.22","text":"א * C P Ψ 33 1739 Ï co) for the word. The omission may have been accidental. In the uncial script ( kaqaras kardias ) an accidental omission could have happened via homoioteleuton or homoioarcton. καθαρᾶς should be considered original.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A22/5"}
{"id":47532,"verse_id":"1PE.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"Or “a wildflower.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":47533,"verse_id":"1PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “put away.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":47534,"verse_id":"1PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Here “And” has been supplied in the translation to show clearly the connection between vv. 1 and 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":47535,"verse_id":"1PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “getting rid of…yearn for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":47536,"verse_id":"1PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"The word for spiritual in Greek is λογικός ( logikos ), which is a play on words with the reference in 1:23-25 to the living and enduring word ( λόγος , logos ) of God, through which they were born anew. This is a subtle indication that the nourishment for their growth must be the word of God.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":47537,"verse_id":"1PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “in, in regard to.” But the focus of “salvation” here, as in 1:5, 9 , is the future deliverance of these who have been born anew and protected by God’s power.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A2/4"}
{"id":47538,"verse_id":"1PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.2","text":"א A B C K P Ψ 33 81 630 1241 1505 1739 al latt sy co). Not only is the longer reading superior externally, but since the notion of growing up [in]to salvation would have seemed theologically objectionable, it is easy to see why some scribes would omit it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A2/5"}
{"id":47539,"verse_id":"1PE.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “have tasted that the Lord is kind.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":47540,"verse_id":"1PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “to whom coming…you are built up…” as a continuation of the reference to the Lord in v. 3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":47541,"verse_id":"1PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two phrases more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":47542,"verse_id":"1PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “chosen, priceless.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":47543,"verse_id":"1PE.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “unto a holy priesthood to offer.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":47544,"verse_id":"1PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “it contains,” “it stands.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":47545,"verse_id":"1PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “chosen, priceless.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":47546,"verse_id":"1PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “the one who believes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":47547,"verse_id":"1PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk either “in him” or “in it,” but the OT and NT uses personify the stone as the King, the Messiah whom God will establish in Jerusalem.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":47548,"verse_id":"1PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.6","text":"The negative ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) is emphatic: “will certainly not.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A6/5"}
{"id":47549,"verse_id":"1PE.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “to you who believe is the value,” referring to their perception of the stone in contrast to those who reject (vv. 7 b-8). But the expression may also be translated as “to you who believe is this honor,” referring to the lack of shame cited in v. 6 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":47550,"verse_id":"1PE.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “the value” or “the honor,” but the former is preferred since it comes from the same root as “priceless” in vv. 4, 6 , and it is in contrast to the negative estimate of the stone by those who reject (vv. 7 b-8).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":47551,"verse_id":"1PE.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Grk “the head of the corner.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":47552,"verse_id":"1PE.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense.” The latter phrase uses the term σκάνδαλον ( skandalon ), denoting an obstacle to faith, something that arouses anger and rejection.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":47553,"verse_id":"1PE.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “who stumble,” referring to “those who do not believe” in vs. 7. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":47554,"verse_id":"1PE.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “to which they were also destined.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":47555,"verse_id":"1PE.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “who,” continuing the description of the readers from vs. 9. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":47556,"verse_id":"1PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “keeping your conduct good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":47557,"verse_id":"1PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “the Gentiles,” used here of those who are not God’s people.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":47558,"verse_id":"1PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “in order that in what they malign you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":47559,"verse_id":"1PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Or “when he visits.” Grk “in the day of visitation,” denoting a time when God intervenes directly in human affairs, either for blessing ( Luke 1:68, 78; 7:16; 19:44 ) or for judgment ( Isa 10:3 ; Jer 6:15 ). This phrase may be a quotation from Isa 10:3 , in which case judgment is in view here. But blessing seems to be the point, since part of the motive for good behavior is winning the non-Christian over to the faith (as in 3:1 ; also apparently in 3:15 ; cf. Matt 5:16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":47560,"verse_id":"1PE.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “every human being”; Grk “every human creation,” denoting either everything created for mankind (NRSV mg: “every institution ordained for human beings”) or every creature who is human. The meaning of the verb “be subject” and the following context supports the rendering adopted in the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":47561,"verse_id":"1PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “those sent by him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":47562,"verse_id":"1PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “for the punishment…and the praise.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":47563,"verse_id":"1PE.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"Grk “because thus it is God’s will.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":47564,"verse_id":"1PE.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"There is no main verb in this verse, but it continues the sense of command from v. 13 , “be subject…, as free people…not using…but as slaves of God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":47565,"verse_id":"1PE.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Traditionally, “servants” or “bondservants.” Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":47566,"verse_id":"1PE.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “love the brotherhood.” The Greek term “brotherhood” is used in a broad sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God. BDAG 19 s.v. ἀδελφότης 1 suggests “a fellowship,” but in the present context “love the fellowship of believers” could be taken to mean “love to participate in fellowship with believers,” whereas the present verse suggests the Christian community as a whole, in familial terms, is in view. This same word occurs in 5:9 ; there it has been translated “brothers and sisters.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":47567,"verse_id":"1PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"The Greek term here is οἰκέτης ( oiketh\" ), often used of a servant in a household (who would have been a slave).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":47568,"verse_id":"1PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “being subject,” but continuing the sense of command from vs. 13.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":47569,"verse_id":"1PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “For this [is] favor/grace,” used as a metonymy of that which pleases him, which he looks on with favor (cf. BDAG 1079 s.v. χάρις 2). Cf. 1 Pet 2:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":47570,"verse_id":"1PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"B P 049 Ï lat co), and best explains the rise of the other readings. Grk “conscious(ness) of God,” an awareness of God and allegiance to him.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":47571,"verse_id":"1PE.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “For this [is] favor/grace with God,” used as a metonymy as in vs. 19 of that which pleases him, which he looks on with favor (cf. BDAG 1079 s.v. χάρις 2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":47572,"verse_id":"1PE.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “who,” referring to Christ and applying the quotations from to him. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":47573,"verse_id":"1PE.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “who being maligned,” continuing the reference to Christ. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":47574,"verse_id":"1PE.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “he did not threaten, but.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":47575,"verse_id":"1PE.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “to the one”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A23/4"}
{"id":47576,"verse_id":"1PE.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":47577,"verse_id":"1PE.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.24","text":"The verb ἀπογίνομαι ( apoginomai ) occurs only here in the NT. It can have a literal meaning (“to die”; L&N 74.27) and a figurative meaning (“to cease”; L&N 68.40). Because it is opposite the verb ζάω ( zaw , “to live”), many argue that the meaning of the verb here must be “die” (so BDAG 108 s.v.), but even so literal death would not be in view. “In place of ἀποθνῃσκιεν , the common verb for ‘die,’ ἀπογινεθαι serves Peter as a euphemism, with the meaning ‘to be away’ or ‘to depart’” (J. R. Michaels, 1 Peter [WBC 49], 148). It is a metaphorical way to refer to the decisive separation from sin Jesus accomplished for believers through his death; the result is that believers “may cease from sinning.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A24/3"}
{"id":47578,"verse_id":"1PE.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “whose.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A24/4"}
{"id":47579,"verse_id":"1PE.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk the singular: “wound”; “injury.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%202%3A24/5"}
{"id":47580,"verse_id":"1PE.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “that…they may be won over,” showing the purpose of “being subject” (vs. 1b). Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":47581,"verse_id":"1PE.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “by the wives’ behavior.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":47582,"verse_id":"1PE.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “behavior,” the same word translated “the way you live” in vs. 1.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":47583,"verse_id":"1PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “whose,” referring to the wives.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":47584,"verse_id":"1PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “adornment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":47585,"verse_id":"1PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The word “jewelry” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate that gold ornaments or jewelry is intended; otherwise the reader might assume wearing gold-colored clothing was forbidden.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":47586,"verse_id":"1PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “the hidden man.” KJV’s “the hidden man of the heart,” referring to a wife, could be seriously misunderstood by the modern English reader.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":47587,"verse_id":"1PE.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “as Sarah obeyed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":47588,"verse_id":"1PE.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “whose children you become.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":47589,"verse_id":"1PE.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.6","text":"Grk “doing good and not fearing any intimidation.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A6/3"}
{"id":47590,"verse_id":"1PE.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “living together according to knowledge, as to the weaker, female vessel.” The primary verbs of vs. 7 are participles (“living together…showing honor”) but they continue the sense of command from the previous paragraphs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":47591,"verse_id":"1PE.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “so that your prayers may not be hindered.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek, this clause was translated as a separate sentence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":47592,"verse_id":"1PE.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"There is no main verb in this verse ( Grk “Finally, all [ ] harmonious”), but it continues the sense of command from the previous paragraphs.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":47593,"verse_id":"1PE.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “not returning…but blessing,” continuing the sense of command from the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47594,"verse_id":"1PE.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The direct object “others” is omitted but implied in Greek, and must be supplied to suit English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":47595,"verse_id":"1PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “stop.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":47596,"verse_id":"1PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"The verbs are implied but not expressed in this verse: “the Lord’s eyes [ ] on the righteous and his ears [ ] to their prayer, but his face [ ] against those who do evil.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":47597,"verse_id":"1PE.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “For” to indicate that what follows gives an explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":47598,"verse_id":"1PE.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “because of righteousness.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":47599,"verse_id":"1PE.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “do not fear their fear,” referring to those who cause their suffering. The phrase “their fear” may mean “what they fear” (subjective genitive), but in a situation of persecution it more likely means “fear of them” (objective genitive).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":47600,"verse_id":"1PE.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"א A B C Ψ 33 1739 al latt sy co), and as a less common idiom better explains the rise of the other reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47601,"verse_id":"1PE.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.15","text":"Or “sanctify Christ as Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A15/2"}
{"id":47602,"verse_id":"1PE.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"Grk “the hope in you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":47603,"verse_id":"1PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “but with courtesy and respect,” continuing the command of v. 15 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":47604,"verse_id":"1PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “when you are spoken against.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":47605,"verse_id":"1PE.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “if the will of God should will it.” As in 3:14 the Greek construction here implies that suffering for doing good was not what God normally willed, even though it could happen, and in fact may have happened to some of the readers (cf. 4:4, 12-19 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":47606,"verse_id":"1PE.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Ψ 0285 33 614 630 945 1241 1505 1739; the witnesses that read ἔπαθεν are B L P 81 Ï . Although the external evidence slightly favors ἀπέθανεν , such may be a secondary reading. Intrinsically, ἔπαθεν both fits the context better, especially the verbal link between v. 17 and v. 18 (note in particular the introductory causal ὅτι [ {oti , “because”] and the emphatic καί [ kai , “also”]), and fits the author’s style (1 Peter never uses ἀποθνῄσκω [ apoqnhskw ], but uses πάσχω [ pascw ] 11 other times, more than any other NT book). However, scribes would most likely realize this, and might conform the verb in v. 18 to the author’s typical usage. It may be argued, however, that scribes tended to alter the text in light of more common NT idioms, and did not have as much sensitivity to the literary features in the immediate context. In this instance, it may not be insignificant that the NT collocates ἀποθνῄσκω with ἁμαρτία ( Jamartia , “sin”) seven other times, though only once ( 1 Cor 15:3 ) with a meaning similar to what would be demanded here, but collocates πάσχω with ἁμαρτία in only one other place, 1 Pet 4:1 , where the meaning also detours from what is seen here. All in all, a decision is difficult, but ἔπαθεν is to be preferred slightly.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":47607,"verse_id":"1PE.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.18","text":"Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two phrases more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A18/4"}
{"id":47608,"verse_id":"1PE.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Grk “in which.” ExSyn 343 notes: “The antecedent of the RP [relative pronoun] is by no means certain. Some take it to refer to πνεύματι immediately preceding, the meaning of which might be either the Holy Spirit or the spiritual state. Others see the phrase as causal (‘for which reason,’ ‘because of this’), referring back to the entire clause, while still other scholars read the phrase as temporal (if so, it could be with or without an antecedent: ‘on which occasion’ or ‘meanwhile’). None of these options is excluded by syntax. It may be significant, however, that every other time ἐν ᾧ is used in 1 Peter it bears an adverbial/conjunctive force (cf. 1:6; 2:12; 3:16 [here, temporal]; 4:4 ).” Also, because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":47609,"verse_id":"1PE.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"This reflects a Greek participle, literally “having been disobedient formerly,” that refers to the “spirits” in v. 19 . Many translations take this as adjectival describing the spirits (“who had once been disobedient”; cf. NASB, NIV, NKJV, NLT, NRSV, TEV), but the grammatical construction strongly favors an adverbial interpretation describing the time of the preaching, as reflected above.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":47610,"verse_id":"1PE.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “the patience of God waited.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":47611,"verse_id":"1PE.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “in which,” referring to the ark; the referent (the ark) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":47612,"verse_id":"1PE.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “which also, [as] an antitype, now saves you, [that is] baptism.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":47613,"verse_id":"1PE.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “the removal of the dirt of the flesh,” where flesh refers to the physical make-up of the body with no moral connotations.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":47614,"verse_id":"1PE.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “response”; “answer.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A21/3"}
{"id":47615,"verse_id":"1PE.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “who is at the right hand…having gone into heaven.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":47616,"verse_id":"1PE.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"Grk “angels…having been subjected to him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":47617,"verse_id":"1PE.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"B C Ψ 0285 323 1739) and is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":47618,"verse_id":"1PE.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"This verse may give the purpose or result of their “arming” themselves as called for in v. 1 b and then the translation would be: “so that you may spend the rest of your time…” But it is better to take it as explanatory of the last phrase in v. 1 : what it means to be finished with sin.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":47619,"verse_id":"1PE.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “the Gentiles,” used here of those who are not God’s people.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":47620,"verse_id":"1PE.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “to accomplish the desire of the Gentiles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":47621,"verse_id":"1PE.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “having gone along,” referring to the readers’ behavior in time past.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":47622,"verse_id":"1PE.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"According to BDAG 857 s.v. πότος the term refers to a social gathering at which wine is served, hence “drinking parties” (cf. TEV, NASB). However, the collocation with the other terms in v. 4 suggests something less sophisticated and more along the lines of wild and frenzied drinking bouts.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":47623,"verse_id":"1PE.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.3","text":"The Greek words here all occur in the plural to describe their common practice in the past.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A3/5"}
{"id":47624,"verse_id":"1PE.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “in/by which,” referring to the change of behavior described in v. 3 . The unbelievers are astonished by the readers’ moral transformation. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":47625,"verse_id":"1PE.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Or “are surprised, are taken aback.” The same verb occurs in 4:12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":47626,"verse_id":"1PE.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.4","text":"Grk “blaspheming,” giving the result of their astonishment. Here the target of their “blasphemy/vilification” is not God but the Christian.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A4/3"}
{"id":47627,"verse_id":"1PE.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “give an account to.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":47628,"verse_id":"1PE.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Grk “the one”; the referent (Jesus Christ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":47629,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “since for this purpose the gospel was preached even to the dead,” referring to the purpose described in the clause to follow in v. 6 b.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":47630,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “so that they may be judged…but may live.” Greek emphasizes the contrast between these two clauses more than can be easily expressed in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":47631,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"Or “in their earthly lives,” since “flesh” here denotes the physical, earthly life. The phrase “in the flesh” is retained to preserve the links with 3:18 and 4:1 which use the same wording.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":47632,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “according to men.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/5"}
{"id":47633,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “in spirit,” referring to the heavenly, eternal realm of existence (cf. 3:18 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/6"}
{"id":47634,"verse_id":"1PE.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"4.6","text":"Grk “according to God.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A6/7"}
{"id":47635,"verse_id":"1PE.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Grk “for prayers.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":47636,"verse_id":"1PE.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The primary verb of v. 8 is a participle (“having”) but it continues the sense of command from v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":47637,"verse_id":"1PE.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “constant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":47638,"verse_id":"1PE.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"There is no main verb in this verse (“showing hospitality” translates the adjective φιλόξενοι [ filoxenoi ]), but it continues the sense of command from v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":47639,"verse_id":"1PE.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “serving it to one another.” The primary verb is a participle but it continues the sense of command from v. 7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":47640,"verse_id":"1PE.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “if anyone speaks – as God’s words.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":47641,"verse_id":"1PE.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"Or “oracles.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":47642,"verse_id":"1PE.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “if anyone serves – with strength…”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A11/3"}
{"id":47643,"verse_id":"1PE.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “is/are.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A11/4"}
{"id":47644,"verse_id":"1PE.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.12","text":"Or “do not be surprised, taken aback.” The same verb occurs in 4:4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A12/1"}
{"id":47645,"verse_id":"1PE.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"Grk “at the burning among you, occurring to you for testing.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":47646,"verse_id":"1PE.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “in the revelation of his glory.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":47647,"verse_id":"1PE.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"The verb “be glad” is used also in 1:6 and 1:8 . The verbs of v. 13 b are used together in Matt 5:12 and Rev 19:7 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":47648,"verse_id":"1PE.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"B K L Ψ 049 pm ). Although the evidence is evenly divided, the longer reading looks to be an explanatory or liturgical expansion on the text and for this reason should be considered secondary.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":47649,"verse_id":"1PE.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.14","text":"Grk “the Spirit of glory and of God.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A14/2"}
{"id":47650,"verse_id":"1PE.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"The meaning of the Greek word used here is uncertain. It may mean “spy, informer,” “revolutionary,” or “defrauder, embezzler.” But the most likely meaning is “busybody, one who meddles in the affairs of others, troublesome meddler.” The translation given in the text is intended to suggest this general idea.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":47651,"verse_id":"1PE.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"The verb is implied by the context but not expressed; Grk “but if as a Christian.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":47652,"verse_id":"1PE.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"These are third-person imperatives in Greek (“if [one of you suffers] as a Christian, let him not be ashamed…let him glorify”), but have been translated as second-person verbs since this is smoother English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":47653,"verse_id":"1PE.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Grk “in this name.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":47654,"verse_id":"1PE.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “to begin from the house.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":47655,"verse_id":"1PE.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"Or “the end.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":47656,"verse_id":"1PE.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “where will he appear.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A18/1"}
{"id":47657,"verse_id":"1PE.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"The personal references in v. 18 are generic singulars, but they have been changed to the plural in English to maintain consistency with the plurals of v. 17 . sn A quotation from Prov 11:31 (LXX).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":47658,"verse_id":"1PE.4.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":4,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.19","text":"Grk “in doing good.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%204%3A19/1"}
{"id":47659,"verse_id":"1PE.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “shepherd,” “tend,” “pastor.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":47660,"verse_id":"1PE.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.2","text":"A P Ψ 33 1739 Ï lat). A decision is difficult because normally the shorter reading is preferred, especially when found in excellent witnesses. However, in this instance the omission may be due to a hesitation among some scribes to associate oversight with elders, since the later church viewed overseer/bishop as a separate office from elder.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A2/2"}
{"id":47661,"verse_id":"1PE.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.2","text":"Or “not under compulsion/coercion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A2/3"}
{"id":47662,"verse_id":"1PE.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.2","text":"Grk “according to God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A2/4"}
{"id":47663,"verse_id":"1PE.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “not as lording it over…but being examples.” The participles continue the command of v. 2 by describing how the shepherding should be carried out.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":47664,"verse_id":"1PE.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Grk “the ones allotted,” referring to those God has given over to their care.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":47665,"verse_id":"1PE.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Then” to reflect the logical sequence of events.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":47666,"verse_id":"1PE.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “in time,” but connoting “the proper time, when the time is right” as in Matt 24:45 ; Luke 12:42 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":47667,"verse_id":"1PE.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “Humble yourselves, therefore, under the mighty hand of God, so that in due time he may exalt you.” The sentence was rearranged so that the English reader could more clearly see the connection between “casting” (v. 7 ) and “humble” (v. 6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":47668,"verse_id":"1PE.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “throwing on”; “loading.” Some scholars take the participle to function imperativally, or as attendant circumstance – thus, “cast.” See below for discussion. sn Casting. According to ExSyn 630, “Although treated as an independent command in several modern translations (e.g., RSV, NRSV, NIV), the participle [ casting ] should be connected with the verb of v 6 , ταπεινώθητε [ tapeinwqhte , Humble yourselves ]. As such, it is not offering a new command, but is defining how believers are to humble themselves. Taking the participle as means enriches the understanding of both verbs: Humbling oneself is not a negative act of self-denial per se, but a positive one of active dependence on God for help.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":47669,"verse_id":"1PE.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Or “anxiety, burden,” but using a word from the same root as the verb “cares” in the last part of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":47670,"verse_id":"1PE.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"א A). Generally speaking, the shorter and harder reading is to be preferred. In this instance, the omission of the pronoun would obviously be accommodated for by scribes, since both ζητέω ( zhtew , “look, seek”) and καταπίνω ( katapinw , “devour”) are transitive verbs. However, if the omission were original, one might expect the position of the pronoun to float in the mss – both before and after the infinitive καταπιεῖν ( katapiein , “to devour”). Further, other terms might be expected as well, such as ἕνα ἐξ ὑμῶν ( {ena ex Jumwn , “one of you”) or τινα ἐξ ὑμῶν ( tina ex Jumwn , “a certain one/someone of you”). The uniformity of both the word and its location suggests that the shorter reading (found in but a few Greek mss ) in this instance was a scribal mistake. As to whether the pronoun is interrogative or indefinite, since accents were not a part of the earliest mss , such Greek witnesses are of no help to us in this kind of problem. There would be little difference in meaning between the two in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":47671,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “whom,” referring to the devil in v. 8 . Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":47672,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “knowing,” a participle that usually denotes a reason for the related action.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":47673,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “your brotherhood.” The Greek term “brotherhood” is used in a broad sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 19 s.v. ἀδελφότης 1). Another alternative translation would be “your fellow believers,” though this would weaken the familial connotations. This same word occurs in 2:17 ; there it has been translated “family of believers.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":47674,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “your brotherhood in the world,” referring to the Christian community worldwide.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/4"}
{"id":47675,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.9","text":"This verb carries the nuance “to accomplish, complete,” emphasizing their faithful endurance in suffering. The verb is passive in Greek (“suffering is being endured by your brotherhood”), but has been translated as an active to give a smoother English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/5"}
{"id":47676,"verse_id":"1PE.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “the same things of sufferings.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A9/6"}
{"id":47677,"verse_id":"1PE.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"includes ᾿Ιησοῦ ( Ihsou , “Jesus”) in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity. .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":47678,"verse_id":"1PE.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"The pronoun “you” is not used explicitly but is clearly implied by the Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":47679,"verse_id":"1PE.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"No verb is expressed here but the verb “is” or “belongs” is clearly implied. This doxology expresses a fact for which God should be glorified (as in 4:11 ), rather than a wish or prayer (“may power be to him”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":47680,"verse_id":"1PE.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “the faithful brother, as I think.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":47681,"verse_id":"1PE.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"These are participles (“encouraging and testifying”) showing purpose. The pronoun object “you” is omitted in Greek but implied by the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":47682,"verse_id":"1PE.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “in which stand fast.” For emphasis, and due to constraints of contemporary English, this was made a separate sentence in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":47683,"verse_id":"1PE.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “the one in Babylon,” which could refer to some individual woman (“she who is in Babylon”) since the Greek article (here “the one”) is feminine. But it is much more likely to be a veiled reference to a church (the Greek word “church” is also feminine in gender).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":47684,"verse_id":"1PE.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “chosen together,” implying the connection “with you” in context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":47685,"verse_id":"1PE.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “a kiss of love.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":47686,"verse_id":"1PE.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1PE","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"Ï ) have ἀμήν ( amen , “amen”) at the end of 1 Peter. Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the absence of such a conclusion to the epistle in such witnesses as A B Ψ 81 323 945 1241 1739* co seems inexplicable unless the word here is not authentic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20Peter%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":47687,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"B Ψ 69 81 614 623 630 1241 1243 2464 al vg co), read Σίμων ( Simwn , “Simon”) for Συμεών ( Sumewn , “Simeon”). However, this appears to be a motivated reading as it is the more common spelling. Συμεών occurs only here and in Acts 15:14 as a spelling for the apostle’s name. The reading Συμεών enjoys ample and widespread support among the mss , strongly suggesting its authenticity. Further, this Hebraic spelling is a subtle argument for the authenticity of this letter, since a forger would almost surely follow the normal spelling of the name (1 Peter begins only with “Peter” giving no help either way).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47688,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Simeon Peter.” The word “from” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":47689,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). At the same time, perhaps “servant” is apt in that the δοῦλος of Jesus Christ took on that role voluntarily, unlike a slave. The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":47690,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"sa) read κυρίου ( kuriou , “Lord”) for θεοῦ ( qeou , “God”) in v. 1 , perhaps due to confusion of letters (since both words were nomina sacra ), or perhaps because “our God and Savior, Jesus Christ” is an unusual expression (though hardly because of theological objections to θεοῦ ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":47691,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"The terms “God and Savior” both refer to the same person, Jesus Christ. This is one of the clearest statements in the NT concerning the deity of Christ. The construction in Greek is known as the Granville Sharp rule, named after the English philanthropist-linguist who first clearly articulated the rule in 1798. Sharp pointed out that in the construction article-noun- καί -noun (where καί [ kai ] = “and”), when two nouns are singular, personal, and common (i.e., not proper names), they always had the same referent. Illustrations such as “the friend and brother,” “the God and Father,” etc. abound in the NT to prove Sharp’s point. In fact, the construction occurs elsewhere in 2 Peter, strongly suggesting that the author’s idiom was the same as the rest of the NT authors’ (cf., e.g., 1:11 [“the Lord and Savior”], 2:20 [“the Lord and Savior”]). The only issue is whether terms such as “God” and “Savior” could be considered common nouns as opposed to proper names. Sharp and others who followed (such as T. F. Middleton in his masterful The Doctrine of the Greek Article ) demonstrated that a proper name in Greek was one that could not be pluralized. Since both “God” ( θεός , qeos ) and “savior” ( σωτήρ , swthr ) were occasionally found in the plural, they did not constitute proper names, and hence, do fit Sharp’s rule. Although there have been 200 years of attempts to dislodge Sharp’s rule, all attempts have been futile. Sharp’s rule stands vindicated after all the dust has settled. For more information on the application of Sharp’s rule to 2 Pet 1:1 , see ExSyn 272, 276-77, 290. See also Titus 2:13 and Jude 4 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":47692,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.1","text":"The verb λαγχάνω ( lancanw ) means “obtain by lot,” “receive.” A literal translation would put it in the active, but some of the richness of the term would thereby be lost. It is used in collocation with κλῆρος ( klhros , “lot”) frequently enough in the LXX to suggest the connotation of reception of a gift, or in the least reception of something that one does not deserve. H. Hanse’s statement ( TDNT 4:1) that “Even where there is no casting of lots, the attainment is not by one’s own effort or as a result of one’s own exertions, but is like ripe fruit falling into one’s lap” is apt for this passage. The author’s opening line is a reminder that our position in Christ is not due to merit, but grace.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/6"}
{"id":47693,"verse_id":"2PE.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “equal in value/honor.” sn A faith just as precious. The author’s point is that the Gentile audience has been blessed with a salvation that is in no way inferior to that of the Jews.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A1/7"}
{"id":47694,"verse_id":"2PE.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “May grace and peace be multiplied to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":47695,"verse_id":"2PE.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The words “as you grow” are not in the Greek text, but seem to be implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47696,"verse_id":"2PE.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.2","text":"The word ἐπίγνωσις ( epignwsis ) could simply mean knowledge, but J. B. Mayor ( Jude and Second Peter , 171-74) has suggested that it is often a fuller knowledge, especially in reference to things pertaining to spiritual truth. R. Bauckham ( Jude, 2 Peter [WBC], 169-70) argues that it refers to the knowledge of God that is borne of conversion, but this is probably saying too much and is asking questions of the author that are foreign to his way of thinking. The term is used in 1:2, 3, 8; 2:20 (the verb form occurs twice, both in 2:21 ). In every instance it evidently involves being in the inner circle of those who connect to God, though it does not necessarily imply such a direct and relational knowledge of God for each individual within that circle. An analogy would be Judas Iscariot: Even though he was a disciple of the Lord, he was not converted.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A2/3"}
{"id":47697,"verse_id":"2PE.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.2","text":"A comma properly belongs at the end of v. 2 instead of a period, since v. 3 is a continuation of the same sentence. With the optative in v. 2 , the author has departed from Paul’s normal greeting (in which no verb is used), rendering the greeting a full-blown sentence. Nevertheless, this translation divides the verses up along thematic lines in spite of breaking up the sentence structure. For more explanation, see note on “power” in v. 3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A2/4"}
{"id":47698,"verse_id":"2PE.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The verse in Greek starts out with ὡς ( Jws ) followed by a genitive absolute construction, dependent on the main verb in v. 2 . Together, they form a subordinate causal clause. A more literal rendering would be “because his divine power…” The idea is that the basis or authority for the author’s prayer in v. 2 (that grace and peace would abound to the readers) was that God’s power was manifested in their midst. The author’s sentence structure is cumbersome even in Greek; hence, the translation has broken this up into two sentences.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":47699,"verse_id":"2PE.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The word “necessary” is not in the Greek, but is implied by the preposition πρός ( pros ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":47700,"verse_id":"2PE.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"See the note on “rich knowledge” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":47701,"verse_id":"2PE.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":") argues for an instrumental meaning. The instrumental notion is also affirmed by the meaning of ἀρετῇ (“excellence”) in contexts that speak of God’s attributes (BDAG 130 s.v. ἀρετή 2 in fact defines it as “ manifestation of divine power ” in this verse).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":47702,"verse_id":"2PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Verse 4 is in Greek a continuation of v. 3 , “through which things.” sn The phrase these things refers to God’s glory and excellence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":47703,"verse_id":"2PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “through them.” The implication is that through inheriting and acting on these promises the believers will increasingly become partakers of the divine nature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":47704,"verse_id":"2PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"The aorist participle ἀποφυγόντες ( apofugonte\" ) is often taken as attendant circumstance to the preceding verb γένησθε ( genhsqe ). As such, the sense is “that you might become partakers…and might escape…” However, it does not follow the contours of the vast majority of attendant circumstance participles (in which the participle precedes the main verb, among other things). Further, attendant circumstance participles are frequently confused with result participles (which do follow the verb). Many who take this as attendant circumstance are probably viewing it semantically as result (“that you might become partakers…and [thereby] escape…”). But this is next to impossible since the participle is aorist : Result participles are categorically present tense.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":47705,"verse_id":"2PE.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “the corruption in the world (in/because of) lust.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":47706,"verse_id":"2PE.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The Greek text begins with “and,” a typical Semitism. sn The reason given is all the provisions God has made for the believer, mentioned in vv. 3-4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":47707,"verse_id":"2PE.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The participle is either means (“by making every effort”) or attendant circumstance (“make every effort”). Although it fits the normal contours of attendant circumstance participles, the semantics are different. Normally, attendant circumstance is used of an action that is a necessary prelude to the action of the main verb. But “making every effort” is what energizes the main verb here. Hence it is best taken as means. However, for the sake of smoothness the translation has rendered it as a command with the main verb translated as an infinitive. This is in accord with English idiom.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":47708,"verse_id":"2PE.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “moral excellence,” “virtue”; this is the same word used in v. 3 (“the one who has called us by his own glory and excellence ”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":47709,"verse_id":"2PE.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Perhaps “steadfastness,” though that is somewhat archaic. A contemporary colloquial rendering would be “stick-to-it-iveness.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":47710,"verse_id":"2PE.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Each item in Greek begins with “and.” The conjunction is omitted for the sake of good English style, with no change in meaning. sn Add to your faith excellence…love. The list of virtues found in vv. 5-7 stands in tension to the promises given in vv. 2-4 . What appears to be a synergism of effort or even a contradiction (God supplies the basis, the promises, the grace, the power, etc., while believers must also provide the faith, excellence, etc.) in reality encapsulates the mystery of sanctification. Each believer is responsible before God for his conduct and spiritual growth, yet that growth could not take place without God’s prior work and constant enabling. We must not neglect our responsibility, yet the enabling and the credit is God’s. Paul says the same thing: “Continue working out your salvation with humility and dependence, for the one bringing forth in you both the desire and the effort…is God” ( Phil 2:12-13 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":47711,"verse_id":"2PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The participles are evidently conditional, as most translations render them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":47712,"verse_id":"2PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The participle ὑπάρχοντα ( Juparconta ) is stronger than the verb εἰμί ( eimi ), usually implying a permanent state. Hence, the addition of “really” is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":47713,"verse_id":"2PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “cause [you] not to become.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":47714,"verse_id":"2PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “unto,” “toward”; although it is possible to translate the preposition εἰς ( eis ) as simply “in.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A8/5"}
{"id":47715,"verse_id":"2PE.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “the [rich] knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ.” Verse 8 in Greek does not make a full stop (period), for v. 9 begins with a subordinate relative pronoun. Contemporary English convention requires a full stop in translation, however.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A8/6"}
{"id":47716,"verse_id":"2PE.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “for.” The connection, though causal, is also adversative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":47717,"verse_id":"2PE.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Grk “to the one for whom these things are not present.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":47718,"verse_id":"2PE.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The words “that is to say, he is” are not in Greek. The word order is unusual. One might expect the author to have said “he is nearsighted and blind” (as the NIV has so construed it), but this is not the word order in Greek. Perhaps the author begins with a strong statement followed by a clarification, i.e., that being nearsighted in regard to these virtues is as good as being blind.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":47719,"verse_id":"2PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1., where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":47720,"verse_id":"2PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “make your calling and election sure.” sn Make sure of your calling and election. The author is not saying that virtue and holiness produce salvation, but that virtue and holiness are the evidence of salvation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":47721,"verse_id":"2PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"Grk “these things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":47722,"verse_id":"2PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.10","text":"In Greek οὐ μή ( ou mh ) followed by the subjunctive is normally the strongest way to negate an action. Coupled with πότε ( pote , “ever”), the statement is even more emphatic. The author is offering sage advice on how to grow in grace.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A10/4"}
{"id":47723,"verse_id":"2PE.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.10","text":"The words “into sin” are not in the Greek text, but the Greek word πταίω ( ptaiw ) is used in soteriological contexts for more than a mere hesitation or stumbling. BDAG 894 s.v. 2 suggests that here it means “ be ruined, be lost ,” referring to loss of salvation, while also acknowledging that the meaning “ to make a mistake, go astray, sin ” is plausible in this context. Alternatively, the idea of πταίω here could be that of “ suffer misfortune ” (so K. L. Schmidt, TDNT 6:884), as a result of sinning.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A10/5"}
{"id":47724,"verse_id":"2PE.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “always.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":47725,"verse_id":"2PE.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “tent.” The author uses this as a metaphor for his physical body. sn The use of the term tabernacle for the human body is reminiscent both of John’s statements about Jesus (“he tabernacled among us” in John 1:14 ; “the temple of his body” in John 2:21 ) and Paul’s statements about believers (e.g., “you are God’s building” in 1 Cor 3:9 ; “you are God’s temple” in 1 Cor 3:16 ; “your body is the temple of the Holy Spirit” in 1 Cor 6:19 ; “holy temple” in Eph 2:21 ). It is precisely because the Shekinah glory has been transferred from the OT temple to the person of Jesus Christ and, because he inhabits believers, to them, that the author can speak this way. His life on earth, his physical existence, is a walking tabernacle, a manifestation of the glory of God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":47726,"verse_id":"2PE.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “since I know that the removal of my tabernacle is [coming] soon.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":47727,"verse_id":"2PE.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “just as.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":47728,"verse_id":"2PE.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “coming.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":47729,"verse_id":"2PE.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “for we did not make known to you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ by following cleverly concocted fables.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":47730,"verse_id":"2PE.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “but, instead.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":47731,"verse_id":"2PE.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “became.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":47732,"verse_id":"2PE.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “that one’s.” That is, “eyewitnesses of the grandeur of that one.” The remote demonstrative pronoun is used perhaps to indicate esteem for Jesus. Along these lines it is interesting to note that “the Pythagoreans called their master after his death simply ἐκεῖνος ” as a term of reverence and endearment (BDAG 302 s.v. ἐκεῖνος a. γ ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A16/5"}
{"id":47733,"verse_id":"2PE.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “such a.” The pronoun τοιᾶσδε ( toiasde ) most likely refers to what follows, connoting something of the uniqueness of the proclamation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":47734,"verse_id":"2PE.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"The verb εὐδόκησα ( eudokhsa ) in collocation with εἰς ὅν ( ei\" Jon ) could either mean “in whom I am well-pleased, delighted” (in which case the preposition functions like ἐν [ en ]), or “on whom I have set my favor.” sn This is my beloved Son, in whom I am delighted alludes to the Transfiguration. However, the author’s version is markedly different from the synoptic accounts (in particular his introductory phrase, “when that voice was conveyed to him,” an unusual expression [perhaps used to avoid naming God directly as the one who spoke from heaven]). The most natural explanation for such differences is that he was unaware of the exact wording of the Gospels. This is, of course, easier to explain if 2 Peter is authentic than if it is a late document, written in the 2nd century.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":47735,"verse_id":"2PE.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"The “we” in v. 18 is evidently exclusive, that is, it refers to Peter and the other apostles.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":47736,"verse_id":"2PE.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"2 Pet 1:17-18 comprise one sentence in Greek, with the main verb “heard” in v. 18 . All else is temporally subordinate to that statement. Hence, more literally these verses read as follows: “For when he received honor and glory from God the Father, when that voice was conveyed to him by the Majestic Glory: ‘This is my beloved Son, in whom I am delighted,’ we ourselves heard this voice when it was conveyed from heaven, when we were with him on the holy mountain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":47737,"verse_id":"2PE.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “and.” The use of καί ( kai ) is of course quite elastic. Only the context can determine if it is adversative, continuative, transitional, etc.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":47738,"verse_id":"2PE.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"The comparative adjective βεβαιότερον ( bebaioteron ) is the complement to the object τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον ( ton profhtikon logon ). As such, the construction almost surely has the force “The prophetic word is (more certain/altogether certain) – and this is something that we all have.” Many scholars prefer to read the construction as saying “we have the prophetic word made more sure,” but such a nuance is unparalleled in object-complement constructions (when the construction has this force, ποιέω [ poiew ] is present [as in 2 Pet 1:10 ]). The meaning, as construed in the translation, is that the Bible (in this case, the OT) that these believers had in their hands was a thoroughly reliable guide. Whether it was more certain than was even Peter’s experience on the Mount of Transfiguration depends on whether the adjective should be taken as a true comparative (“more certain”) or as an elative (“very certain, altogether certain”). Some would categorically object to any experience functioning as a confirmation of the scriptures and hence would tend to give the adjective a comparative force. Yet the author labors to show that his gospel is trustworthy precisely because he was an eyewitness of this great event. Further, to say that the OT scriptures (the most likely meaning of “the prophetic word”) were more trustworthy an authority than an apostle’s own experience of Christ is both to misconstrue how prophecy took place in the OT (did not the prophets have visions or other experiences ?) and to deny the final revelation of God in Christ (cf. Heb 1:2 ). In sum, since syntactically the meaning that “we have confirmed the prophetic word by our experience” is improbable, and since contextually the meaning that “we have something that is a more reliable authority than experience, namely, the Bible” is unlikely, we are left with the meaning “we have a very reliable authority, the Old Testament, as a witness to Christ’s return.” No comparison is thus explicitly made. This fits both the context and normal syntax quite well. The introductory καί ( kai ) suggests that the author is adding to his argument. He makes the statement that Christ will return, and backs it up with two points: (1) Peter himself (as well as the other apostles) was an eyewitness to the Transfiguration, which is a precursor to the Parousia; and (2) the Gentile believers, who were not on the Mount of Transfiguration, nevertheless have the Old Testament, a wholly reliable authority that also promises the return of Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":47739,"verse_id":"2PE.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “paying attention” (the adverbial participle is either conditional [“if you pay attention”] or instrumental [“by paying attention”]; though there is difference in translation, there is virtually no difference in application). On a lexical level, “pay attention to” ( προσέχω [ prosecw ]) does not, in a context such as this, mean merely observe or notice, but follow, give heed to, obey .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A19/4"}
{"id":47740,"verse_id":"2PE.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.19","text":"“To this” is a relative pronoun in Greek. The second half of v. 19 is thus a relative clause. Literally it reads “to which you do well if you pay attention.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A19/5"}
{"id":47741,"verse_id":"2PE.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “as”; ὡς ( Jws ) clauses after imperatives or implied commands (as here) make a comparison of what should be true (imperative) to what is true (indicative). This is the case even when the verb of the ὡς clause is only implied. Cf. Matt 6:10 (“may your will be done on earth as [it is] in heaven”); 10:16 (“be wise as serpents [are], and be as gentle as doves [are]”); 22:39 (“love your neighbor as [you already do] love yourself”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A19/6"}
{"id":47742,"verse_id":"2PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"Grk “knowing this [to be] foremost.” Τοῦτο πρῶτον ( touto prwton ) constitute the object and complement of γινώσκοντες ( ginwskonte\" ). The participle is dependent on the main verb in v. 19 (“you do well [if you pay attention]”), probably in a conditional usage. An alternative is to take it imperativally: “Above all, know this.” In this rendering, πρῶτον is functioning adverbially. Only here and 2 Pet 3:3 is τοῦτο πρῶτον found in the NT, making a decision more difficult.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":47743,"verse_id":"2PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) clause is appositional (“know this, that”). English usage can use the colon with the same force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":47744,"verse_id":"2PE.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.20","text":"Verse 20 is variously interpreted. There are three key terms here that help decide both the interpretation and the translation. As well, the relation to v. 21 informs the meaning of this verse. (1) The term “comes about” ( γίνεται [ ginetai ]) is often translated “is a matter” as in “is a matter of one’s own interpretation.” But the progressive force for this verb is far more common. (2) The adjective ἰδίας ( idias ) has been understood to mean (a) one’s own (i.e., the reader’s own), (b) its own (i.e., the particular prophecy’s own), or (c) the prophet’s own. Catholic scholarship has tended to see the reference to the reader (in the sense that no individual reader can understand scripture, but needs the interpretations handed down by the Church), while older Protestant scholarship has tended to see the reference to the individual passage being prophesied (and hence the Reformation doctrine of analogia fidei [analogy of faith], or scripture interpreting scripture). But neither of these views satisfactorily addresses the relationship of v. 20 to v. 21 , nor do they do full justice to the meaning of γίνεται . (3) The meaning of ἐπίλυσις ( epilusi\" ) is difficult to determine, since it is a biblical hapax legomenon . Though it is sometimes used in the sense of interpretation in extra-biblical Greek, this is by no means a necessary sense. The basic idea of the word is unfolding , which can either indicate an explanation or a creation. It sometimes has the force of solution or even spell , both of which meanings could easily accommodate a prophetic utterance of some sort. Further, even the meaning explanation or interpretation easily fits a prophetic utterance, for prophets often, if not usually, explained visions and dreams. There is no instance of this word referring to the interpretation of scripture , however, suggesting that if interpretation is the meaning, it is the prophet’s interpretation of his own vision. (4) The γάρ ( gar ) at the beginning of v. 21 gives the basis for the truth of the proposition in v. 20 . The connection that makes the most satisfactory sense is that prophets did not invent their own prophecies (v. 20 ), for their impulse for prophesying came from God (v. 21 ). sn No prophecy of scripture ever comes about by the prophet’s own imagination. 2 Pet 1:20-21 , then, form an inclusio with v. 16 : The Christian’s faith and hope are not based on cleverly concocted fables but on the sure Word of God – one which the prophets, prompted by the Spirit of God, spoke. Peter’s point is the same as is found elsewhere in the NT, i.e., that human prophets did not originate the message, but they did convey it, using their own personalities in the process.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A20/3"}
{"id":47745,"verse_id":"2PE.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"If, as seems probable, the “prophecy” mentioned here is to be identified with the “prophecy of scripture” mentioned in the previous verse, then the Greek term ἄνθρωποι ( anqrwpoi , “men”) would refer specifically to the human authors of scripture, who (as far as we know) were all men. Thus “men” has been used here in the translation. If, on the other hand, the “prophecy” mentioned in the present verse is not limited to scripture but refers to oral prophecy as well, then women would be included, since Joel 2:20 specifically mentions “sons and daughters” as having the ability to prophesy, and the NT clearly mentions prophetesses ( Luke 2:36 ; Acts 21:9 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":47746,"verse_id":"2PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “who”; verse 1 is one sentence in Greek, the second half constituting a relative clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":47747,"verse_id":"2PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “will bring in,” often with the connotation of secretiveness; “your midst” is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":47748,"verse_id":"2PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “destructive opinions,” “destructive viewpoints.” The genitive ἀπωλείας ( apwleia\" ) could be taken either attributively (“destructive”) or as a genitive of destination (“leading to destruction”). Although the preferable interpretation is a genitive of destination, especially because of the elaboration given at the end of the verse (“bringing swift destruction on themselves”), translating it attributively is less cumbersome in English. Either way, the net result is the same.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A1/5"}
{"id":47749,"verse_id":"2PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “even.” The καί ( kai ) is ascensive, suggesting that the worst heresy is mentioned in the words that follow.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":47750,"verse_id":"2PE.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “bringing.” The present participle ἐπάγοντες ( epagonte\" ) indicates the result of the preceding clause.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A1/7"}
{"id":47751,"verse_id":"2PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"“Debauched lifestyles” is literally “licentiousnesses,” “sensualities,” “debaucheries.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":47752,"verse_id":"2PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Grk “because of whom,” introducing a subordinate clause to the first part of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":47753,"verse_id":"2PE.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Or “blasphemed,” “reviled,” “treated with contempt.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":47754,"verse_id":"2PE.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “to whom,” introducing a subordinate relative clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":47755,"verse_id":"2PE.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “the ancient judgment.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":47756,"verse_id":"2PE.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “is not idle.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A3/3"}
{"id":47757,"verse_id":"2PE.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.3","text":"Greek has “and their.” As introducing a synonymous parallel, it is superfluous in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A3/4"}
{"id":47758,"verse_id":"2PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The participle ἁμαρτησάντων ( Jamarthsantwn ) could either be attributive (“who sinned”) or adverbial (“when they sinned”). The relation to the judgment of the false teachers in v. 3 suggests that the objects of God’s judgment are not in question, but the time frame for the execution of justice is. If the participle is taken temporally, the point of comparison is not as acute. The objection that the illustrations following (the flood, Sodom and Gomorrah) are viewed temporally does not mitigate this translation, for in both instances only the time of executing judgment is in view. Further, in both instances the OT notes that God withheld punishment for a long time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":47759,"verse_id":"2PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “casting them into Tartarus” or “holding them captive in Tartarus.” This verb, ταρταρόω ( tartarow ), occurs only here in the NT, but its meaning is clearly established in both Hellenistic and Jewish literature. “Tartarus [was] thought of by the Greeks as a subterranean place lower than Hades where divine punishment was meted out, and so regarded in Israelite apocalyptic as well” (BDAG 991 s.v.). Grammatically, it has been translated as an indicative because it is an attendant circumstance participle.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A4/2"}
{"id":47760,"verse_id":"2PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “handed them over.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A4/3"}
{"id":47761,"verse_id":"2PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.4","text":"P Ψ 33 1739 Ï vg sy, while σιροῖς ( sirois [or σειροῖς , seirois ], “pits”) is found in א A B C 81 pc . The evidence is thus fairly evenly divided. Internally, the reading adopted here ( σειραῖς ) is a rarer term, perhaps prompting some scribes to replace it with the more common word. However, this more common term is not a synonym and hence does not follow the normal pattern of scribes. As well, the use of the genitive ζόφου ( zofou ) in “chains of darkness” is a bit awkward (a rare genitive of place), perhaps prompting some scribes to change the imagery to “pits of darkness” (in which case ζόφου is an attributive genitive). A further point that complicates the issue is the relationship of 2 Peter to Jude. Jude’s parallel (v. 6 ) has δεσμοῖς ( desmois , “chains”). Apart from the issue of whether 2 Peter used Jude or Jude used 2 Peter, this parallel suggests one of two possibilities: either (1) since these two books obviously have a literary relationship, σειραῖς is original, or (2) early scribes, recognizing that these two books shared their material, changed σειροῖς to σειραῖς to conform the wording, at least conceptually, to Jude 6 . On balance, σειραῖς looks to be original because scribes were not prone to harmonize extensively between books other than the Gospels (although 2 Peter and Jude do display some of this harmonizing). Further, such harmonization is often, if not usually, verbally exact, but δεσμοῖς is not a variant here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A4/4"}
{"id":47762,"verse_id":"2PE.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.4","text":"The genitive ζόφου ( zofou ) is taken as a genitive of place. See previous note for discussion.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A4/5"}
{"id":47763,"verse_id":"2PE.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"“Along with seven others” is implied in the cryptic, “the eighth, Noah.” A more literal translation thus would be, “he did protect Noah [as] the eighth…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":47764,"verse_id":"2PE.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (God) has been repeated here for clarity, although this is somewhat redundant with the beginning of v. 4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":47765,"verse_id":"2PE.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “a world of the ungodly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":47766,"verse_id":"2PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"B C* 1241 1739 1881 pc ), but this is probably best explained as an accidental omission due to homoioarcton (the word following is κατέκρινεν [ katekrinen , “he condemned”]). Or “ruin,” or “extinction.” The first part of this verse more literally reads “And [if] he condemned to annihilation the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, by turning them to ashes.” sn The destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah is detailed in Gen 18:16 — 19:29 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":47767,"verse_id":"2PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"The perfect participle τεθεικώς ( teqeikw\" ) suggests an antecedent act. More idiomatically, the idea seems to be, “because he had already appointed them to serve as an example.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":47768,"verse_id":"2PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"“To serve as” is not in Greek but is implied in the object-complement construction.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":47769,"verse_id":"2PE.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “an example of the things coming to the ungodly,” or perhaps “an example to the ungodly of coming [ages].”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":47770,"verse_id":"2PE.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “unprincipled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":47771,"verse_id":"2PE.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"This verse more literally reads “And [if] he rescued righteous Lot, who was deeply distressed by the lifestyle of the lawless in [their] debauchery.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":47772,"verse_id":"2PE.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “that righteous man tormented his righteous soul.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":47773,"verse_id":"2PE.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “by lawless deeds, in seeing and hearing [them].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":47774,"verse_id":"2PE.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"The Greek is one long conditional sentence, from v. 4 to v. 10 a. 2Pet 2:4-8 constitute the protasis; vv. 9 and 10 a, the apodosis. In order to show this connection more clearly, a resumptive summary protasis – “if so,” or “if God did these things” – is needed in English translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":47775,"verse_id":"2PE.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “from trial,” or possibly “from temptation” (though this second meaning for πειρασμός ( peirasmo\" ) does not fit the context in which Noah and Lot are seen as in the midst of trials, not temptation).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":47776,"verse_id":"2PE.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"The adverbial participle κολαζομένους ( kolazomenou\" ) can refer either to contemporaneous time or subsequent time. At stake is the meaning of the following prepositional phrase ( at the day of judgment or until the day of judgment ). If the participle is contemporaneous, the idea is “to keep the ungodly in a state of punishment until the day of judgment.” If subsequent, the meaning is “to keep the ungodly to be punished at the day of judgment.” Many commentators/translations opt for the first view, assuming that the present participle cannot be used of subsequent time. However, the present participle is the normal one used for result, and is often used of purpose (cf., e.g., for present participles suggesting result, Mark 9:7 ; Luke 4:15 ; John 5:18 ; Eph 2:15 ; 2 Pet 2:1 , mentioned above; for present participles indicating purpose, note Luke 10:25 ; John 12:33 ; Acts 3:26 ; 2 Pet 2:10 [as even most translations render it]). Further, the context supports this: 2:1-10 forms something of an inclusio , in which the final end of the false teachers is mentioned specifically in v. 1 , then as a general principle in v. 9 . The point of v. 3 – that the punishment of the false teachers is certain, even though the sentence has not yet been carried out, is underscored by a participle of purpose in v. 9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":47777,"verse_id":"2PE.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “those who go after the flesh in [its] lust.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":47778,"verse_id":"2PE.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"There is no “and” in Greek; it is supplied for the sake of English convention.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":47779,"verse_id":"2PE.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"The translation takes βλασφημοῦντες ( blasfhmounte\" ) as an adverbial participle of purpose, as most translations do. However, it is also possible to see this temporally (thus, “they do not tremble when they blaspheme”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":47780,"verse_id":"2PE.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Δόξας ( doxas ) almost certainly refers to angelic beings rather than mere human authorities, though it is difficult to tell whether good or bad angels are in view. Verse 11 seems to suggest that wicked angels is what the author intends.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":47781,"verse_id":"2PE.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “whereas.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":47782,"verse_id":"2PE.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.11","text":"Grk “who are greater in strength and power.” What is being compared, however, could either be the false teachers or “the glorious ones,” in which case “angels” would refer to good angels and “the glorious ones” to evil angels.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A11/2"}
{"id":47783,"verse_id":"2PE.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “insulting.” The word comes from the same root as the term found in v. 10 (“insult”), v. 12 (“insulting”), and v. 2 (“will be slandered”). The author is fond of building his case by the repetition of a word in a slightly different context so that the readers make the necessary connection. English usage cannot always convey this connection because a given word in one language cannot always be translated the same way in another.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A11/3"}
{"id":47784,"verse_id":"2PE.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.11","text":"). The majority of witnesses (including א B C P 1739 Ï ) read the dative παρὰ κυρίῳ . The genitive expression suggests that angels would not pronounce a judgment on “the glorious ones” from the Lord , while the dative indicates that angels would not pronounce a judgment on “the glorious ones” in the presence of the Lord. The parallel in Jude 9 speaks of a reviling judgment against the devil in which the prepositional phrase is entirely absent. At the same time, in that parallel Michael does say, “The Lord rebuke you.” (Hence, he is offering something of a judgment from the Lord. ) The best options externally are the dative or the omission of the phrase, but a decision is difficult. Internally, the omission may possibly be a motivated reading in that it finds a parallel in Jude 9 (where no prepositional phrase is used). All things considered, the dative is to be preferred, though with much reservation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A11/4"}
{"id":47785,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"2 Pet 2:12 through 16 constitute one cumbersome sentence in Greek. It is difficult to tell whether a hard break belongs in the middle of v. 13 , as the translation has it, or whether the compounding of participles is meant in a loosely descriptive sort of way, without strong grammatical connection. Either way, the sentence rambles in a way that often betrays a great “vehemence of spirit” (A. T. Robertson, Grammar , 435). The author is obviously agitated at these false teachers who are to come.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":47786,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The false teachers could conceivably be men or women, but in v. 14 they are said to have eyes “full of an adulteress.” This can only refer to men. Hence, both here and in v. 17 the false teachers are described as “men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":47787,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “born for capture and destruction.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":47788,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “with [reference to] whom.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/4"}
{"id":47789,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.12","text":"There is no conjunction joining this last clause of v. 12 to the preceding (i.e., no “and consequently”). The argument builds asyndetically (a powerful rhetorical device in Greek), but cannot be naturally expressed in English as such.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/5"}
{"id":47790,"verse_id":"2PE.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.12","text":"This cryptic expression has been variously interpreted. (1) It could involve a simple cognate dative in which case the idea is “they will be utterly destroyed.” But the presence of αὐτῶν ( autwn ; their, of them ) is problematic for this view. Other, more plausible views are: (2) the false teachers will be destroyed at the same time as the irrational beasts, or (3) in the same manner as these creatures (i.e., by being caught); or (4) the false teachers will be destroyed together with the evil angels whom they insult. Because of the difficulties of the text, it was thought best to leave it ambiguous, as the Greek has it.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A12/6"}
{"id":47791,"verse_id":"2PE.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"There is a play on words in Greek, but this is difficult to express adequately in English. The verb ἀδικέω ( adikew ) as a passive means “to suffer harm,” or “to suffer an injustice.” The noun ἀδικία ( adikia ) means “unrighteousness.” Since the Greek verb has a wider field of meaning than the English, to translate it as suffer an injustice is unwarranted, for it implicitly attributes evil to God. As R. Bauckham notes, “in English it is impossible to translate ἀδικούμενοι as a morally neutral term and ἀδικίας with a morally pejorative term, while retaining the play on words” ( Jude, 2 Peter [WBC], 265).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":47792,"verse_id":"2PE.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “considering carousing in the daytime a pleasure.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":47793,"verse_id":"2PE.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “carousing,” “reveling.” The participle ἐντρυφῶντες ( entrufwnte\" ) is a cognate to the noun τρυφή ( trufh , “carousing”) used earlier in the verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":47794,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “having eyes.” See note on “men” at the beginning of v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":47795,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “full of an adulteress.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":47796,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “and unceasing from sin.” Some translate this “insatiable for sin,” but such a translation is based on a textual variant with inadequate support.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":47797,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “enticing.” See note on “men” at the beginning of v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":47798,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.14","text":"“People” is literally “souls.” The term ψυχή ( yuch ) can refer to one’s soul, one’s life, or oneself.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/5"}
{"id":47799,"verse_id":"2PE.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “having hearts trained in greediness, children of cursing.” The participles continue the general description of the false teachers, without strong grammatical connection. The genitive κατάρας ( kataras , “of cursing”) is taken attributively here.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A14/6"}
{"id":47800,"verse_id":"2PE.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"reads “Bosor,” an otherwise unattested form of the name of Balaam’s father.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":47801,"verse_id":"2PE.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.15","text":"“Wages of unrighteousness” in Greek is the same expression found in v. 13 , “wages for harmful ways.” The repetition makes the link between the false teachers and Balaam more concrete.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A15/2"}
{"id":47802,"verse_id":"2PE.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “but he had a rebuke.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":47803,"verse_id":"2PE.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"The Greek word ἄφωνος ( afwno\" ) means “mute, silent” or “incapable of speech.” For reasons of English style the word “dumb” was used in the translation. Despite the potential for misunderstanding (since “dumb” can refer to a lack of intellectual capability) more dynamic glosses were judged to be inelegant.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":47804,"verse_id":"2PE.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “a voice of a (man/person).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A16/3"}
{"id":47805,"verse_id":"2PE.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Although some translations have simply “these” or “these people,” since in v. 14 they are described as having eyes “full of an adulteress,” men are in view.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":47806,"verse_id":"2PE.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Grk “utter darkness of darkness.” Verse 4 speaks of wicked angels presently in “chains of utter darkness,” while the final fate of the false teachers is a darker place still.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":47807,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “high-sounding words of futility.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":47808,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “they entice.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":47809,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “with the lusts of the flesh, with debauchery.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":47810,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “those.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":47811,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “those who are barely escaping.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":47812,"verse_id":"2PE.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.18","text":"Or “deceit.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A18/6"}
{"id":47813,"verse_id":"2PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Verse 19 is a subordinate clause in Greek. The masculine nominative participle “promising” ( ἐπαγγελλόμενοι , epangellomenoi ) refers back to the subject of vv. 17-18 . At the same time, it functions subordinately to the following participle, ὑπάρχοντες ( Juparconte\" , “while being”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":47814,"verse_id":"2PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":47815,"verse_id":"2PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “slaves of.” See the note on the word “slave” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":47816,"verse_id":"2PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “corruption,” “depravity.” Verse 19 constitutes a subordinate clause to v. 18 in Greek. The main verbal components of these two verses are: “uttering…they entice…promising…being (enslaved).” The main verb is ( they ) entice . The three participles are adverbial and seem to indicate an instrumental relation (by uttering), a concessive relation (although promising), and a temporal relation (while being [enslaved]). For the sake of English usage, in the translation of the text this is broken down into two sentences.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":47817,"verse_id":"2PE.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “for by what someone is overcome, to this he is enslaved.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A19/5"}
{"id":47818,"verse_id":"2PE.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “defilements”; “contaminations”; “pollutions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":47819,"verse_id":"2PE.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “(and/but) they.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A20/3"}
{"id":47820,"verse_id":"2PE.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “they again, after becoming entangled in them, are overcome by them.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":47821,"verse_id":"2PE.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “the [statement] of the true proverb has happened to them.” The idiom in Greek cannot be translated easily in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":47822,"verse_id":"2PE.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"The quotation is a loose rendering of Prov 26:11 . This proverb involves a participle that is translated like a finite verb (“returns”). In the LXX this line constitutes a subordinate and dependent clause. But since the line has been lifted from its original context, it has been translated as an independent statement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":47823,"verse_id":"2PE.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “after being washed.” The middle verb may be direct (“wash oneself”) or permissive (“allow oneself to be washed”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A22/3"}
{"id":47824,"verse_id":"2PE.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.22","text":"The source of this quotation is uncertain. Heraclitus has often been mentioned as a possible source, but this is doubtful. Other options on the translation of the second line include a sow, having (once) bathed herself (in mud), (returns) to wallowing in the mire , or a sow that washes herself by wallowing in the mire (BDAG 181 s.v. βόρβορος ). The advantage of this last translation is that no verbs need to be supplied for it to make sense. The disadvantage is that in this context it does not make any contribution to the argument. Since the source of the quotation is not known, there is some guesswork involved in the reconstruction. Most commentators prefer a translation similar to the one in the text above.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%202%3A22/4"}
{"id":47825,"verse_id":"2PE.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “I am already writing this [as] a second letter.” The object-complement construction is more smoothly rendered in English a bit differently. Further, although the present tense γράφω ( grafw ) is used here, English convention employs an epistolary past tense. (The Greek epistolary aorist might have been expected here, but it also occurs in situations unlike its English counterparts.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":47826,"verse_id":"2PE.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The relative pronoun is plural, indicating that the following statement is true about both letters.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":47827,"verse_id":"2PE.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Or “I have stirred up, aroused.” The translation treats the present tense verb as a conative present.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":47828,"verse_id":"2PE.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “to remember.” “I want you” is supplied to smooth out the English. The Greek infinitive is subordinate to the previous clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":47829,"verse_id":"2PE.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"“Both” is not in Greek; it is supplied to show more clearly that there are two objects of the infinitive “to remember” – predictions and commandment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":47830,"verse_id":"2PE.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Grk “words.” In conjunction with πρόειπον ( proeipon ), however, the meaning of the construction is that the prophets uttered prophecies.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":47831,"verse_id":"2PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “knowing this [to be] foremost.” Τοῦτο πρῶτον ( touto prwton ) constitute the object and complement of γινώσκοντες ( ginwskonte\" ). The participle is loosely dependent on the infinitive in v. 2 (“[I want you] to recall”), perhaps in a telic sense (thus, “[I want you] to recall…[and especially] to understand this as foremost”). The following statement then would constitute the main predictions with which the author was presently concerned. An alternative is to take it imperativally: “Above all, know this.” In this instance, however, there is little semantic difference (since a telic participle and imperatival participle end up urging an action). Cf. also 2 Pet 1:20 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":47832,"verse_id":"2PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"The Greek reads “scoffers in their scoffing” for “blatant scoffers.” The use of the cognate dative is a Semitism designed to intensify the word it is related to. The idiom is foreign to English. As a Semitism, it is further incidental evidence of the authenticity of the letter (see the note on “Simeon” in 1:1 for other evidence).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":47833,"verse_id":"2PE.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “going according to their own evil urges.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":47834,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"The present participle λέγοντες ( legontes , “saying”) most likely indicates result. Thus, their denial of the Lord’s return is the result of their lifestyle. The connection to the false teachers of chapter is thus made clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":47835,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “Where is the promise of his coming?” The genitive παρουσίας ( parousia\" , “coming, advent, return”) is best taken as an attributed genitive (in which the head noun, promise , functions semantically as an adjective; see ExSyn 89-91).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":47836,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The prepositional phrase with the relative pronoun, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ( af ’ |h\" ), is used adverbially or conjunctively without antecedent (see BDAG 727 s.v. ὅς 1.k.).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":47837,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “fathers.” The reference could be either to the OT patriarchs or first generation Christians. This latter meaning, however, is unattested in any other early Christian literature.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/4"}
{"id":47838,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.4","text":"The verb κοιμάω ( koimaw ) literally means “sleep,” but it is often used in the Bible as a euphemism for the death of a believer.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/5"}
{"id":47839,"verse_id":"2PE.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “thus,” “in the same manner.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A4/6"}
{"id":47840,"verse_id":"2PE.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"The Greek is difficult at this point. An alternative is “Even though they maintain this, it escapes them that…” Literally the idea seems to be: “For this escapes these [men] who wish [it to be so].”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":47841,"verse_id":"2PE.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The word order in Greek places “the word of God” at the end of the sentence. See discussion in the note on “these things” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":47842,"verse_id":"2PE.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “land,” “the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":47843,"verse_id":"2PE.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"The antecedent is ambiguous. It could refer to the heavens, the heavens and earth, or the water and the word. If the reference is to the heavens, the author is reflecting on the Genesis account about “the floodgates of the heavens” being opened ( Gen 7:11 ). If the reference is to the heavens and earth, he is also thinking about the cosmic upheaval that helped to produce the flood ( Gen 6:11 ). If the reference is to the water and the word, he is indicating both the means (water) and the cause (word of God). This last interpretation is the most likely since the final nouns of v. 5 are “water” and “word of God,” making them the nearest antecedents.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":47844,"verse_id":"2PE.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “the ungodly people.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":47845,"verse_id":"2PE.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"The same verb, λανθάνω ( lanqanw , “escape”) used in v. 5 is found here (there, translated “suppress”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":47846,"verse_id":"2PE.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Or perhaps, “the Lord is not delaying [the fulfillment of] his promise,” or perhaps “the Lord of the promise is not delaying.” The verb can mean “to delay,” “to be slow,” or “to be hesitant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47847,"verse_id":"2PE.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “not wishing.” The participle most likely has a causal force, explaining why the Lord is patient.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":47848,"verse_id":"2PE.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “reach to repentance.” Repentance thus seems to be a quantifiable state, or turning point. The verb χωρέω ( cwrew , “reach”) typically involves the connotation of “obtain the full measure of” something. It is thus most appropriate as referring to the repentance that accompanies conversion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":47849,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “in which.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":47850,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “pass away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":47851,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “hissing sound,” “whirring sound,” “rushing sound,” or “loud noise.” The word occurs only here in the NT. It was often used of the crackle of a fire, as would appear appropriate in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":47852,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “elements.” Most commentators are agreed that “celestial bodies” is meant, in light of this well-worn usage of στοιχεῖα ( stoiceia ) in the 2nd century and the probable allusion to Isa 34:4 (text of Vaticanus). See R. Bauckham, Jude, 2 Peter [WBC] , 315-16 for discussion.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/4"}
{"id":47853,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “be dissolved.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/5"}
{"id":47854,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “being burned up.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/6"}
{"id":47855,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.10","text":"Grk “the works in it.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/7"}
{"id":47856,"verse_id":"2PE.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"3.10","text":"which adds λυόμενα [ luomena ] to the verb – a reading suggested no doubt by the threefold occurrence of this verb in the surrounding verses: “the earth and its works will be found dissolved”; or the simplest variant, the reading of the Sahidic mss , οὐχ [ ouc ] preceding ἑυρεθήσεται – “will not be found”); or (3) interpretive gymnastics which regards the text as settled but has to do some manipulation to its normal meaning. Bauckham puts forth an excellent case that the third option is to be preferred and that the meaning of the term is virtually the equivalent of “will be disclosed,” “will be manifested.” (That this meaning is not readily apparent may in fact have been the reason for so many variants and conjectures.) Thus, the force of the clause is that “the earth and the works [done by men] in it will be stripped bare [before God].” In addition, the unusualness of the expression is certainly in keeping with the author’s style throughout this little book. Hence, what looks to be suspect because of its abnormalities, upon closer inspection is actually in keeping with the author’s stylistic idiosyncrasies. The meaning of the text then is that all but the earth and men’s works will be destroyed. Everything will be removed so that humanity will stand naked before God. Textually, then, on both external and internal grounds, εὑρεθήσεται commends itself as the preferred reading.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A10/8"}
{"id":47857,"verse_id":"2PE.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “all these things thus being dissolved.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":47858,"verse_id":"2PE.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"Or “thus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":47859,"verse_id":"2PE.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"has ὑμᾶς in brackets, indicating doubt as to its authenticity. Or “you.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":47860,"verse_id":"2PE.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.11","text":"Grk “in holy conduct and godliness.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A11/4"}
{"id":47861,"verse_id":"2PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or possibly, “striving for,” but the meaning “hasten” for σπουδάζω ( spoudazw ) is normative in Jewish apocalyptic literature (in which the coming of the Messiah/the end is anticipated). Such a hastening is not an arm-twisting of the divine volition, but a response by believers that has been decreed by God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":47862,"verse_id":"2PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “on account of which” (a subordinate relative clause in Greek).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":47863,"verse_id":"2PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “being burned up, will dissolve.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A12/4"}
{"id":47864,"verse_id":"2PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.12","text":"See note in v. 10 on “celestial bodies.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A12/5"}
{"id":47865,"verse_id":"2PE.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “being burned up” (see v. 10 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A12/6"}
{"id":47866,"verse_id":"2PE.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Or possibly, “let us wait for.” The form in Greek ( προσδόκωμεν , prosdokwmen ) could be either indicative or subjunctive. The present participle in v. 14 , however, is best taken causally (“since you are waiting for”), suggesting that the indicative is to be read here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":47867,"verse_id":"2PE.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.13","text":"The relative pronoun is plural, indicating that the sphere in which righteousness dwells is both the new heavens and the new earth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A13/2"}
{"id":47868,"verse_id":"2PE.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “dwells.” The verb κατοικέω ( katoikew ) is an intensive cognate of οἰκέω ( oikew ), often with the connotation of “taking up residence,” “settling down,” being at home,” etc. Cf., e.g., Matt 2:23 ; Acts 17:26; 22:12 ; Eph 3:17 ; Col 1:19; 2:9 . Hence, the addition of the adverb “truly” is implicit in the connotation of the verb in a context such as this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A13/3"}
{"id":47869,"verse_id":"2PE.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “dear friends, waiting for.” See note in v. 13 on “waiting for.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":47870,"verse_id":"2PE.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"“When you come into” is not in Greek. However, the dative pronoun αὐτῷ ( autw ) does not indicate agency (“by him”), but presence or sphere. The idea is “strive to found {before him/in his presence}.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":47871,"verse_id":"2PE.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"The language here is cryptic. It probably means “regard the patience of our Lord as an opportunity for salvation.” In the least, Peter is urging his audience to take a different view of the delay of the parousia than that of the false teachers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47872,"verse_id":"2PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “as also in all his letters speaking in them of these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":47873,"verse_id":"2PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “in which are some things hard to understand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":47874,"verse_id":"2PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “which.” The antecedent is the “things hard to understand,” not the entirety of Paul’s letters. A significant principle is seen here: The primary proof texts used for faith and practice ought to be the clear passages that are undisputed in their meaning. Heresy today is still largely built on obscure texts.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A16/3"}
{"id":47875,"verse_id":"2PE.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “distort,” “wrench,” “torture” (all are apt descriptions of what heretics do to scripture).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A16/4"}
{"id":47876,"verse_id":"2PE.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “knowing beforehand.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":47877,"verse_id":"2PE.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Or “lawless ones.” sn These unprincipled men. The same word is used in 2:7 , suggesting further that the heretics in view in chapter are the false teachers of chapter .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":47878,"verse_id":"2PE.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “fall from your firmness.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":47879,"verse_id":"2PE.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"The term “knowledge” ( γνῶσις , gnwsis ) used here is not the same as is found in 2 Pet 1:2, 3, 8; 2:20 . This term is found in 1:5 and 1:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":47880,"verse_id":"2PE.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Or “until.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":47881,"verse_id":"2PE.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2PE","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"places the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity. Grk “day of eternity.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20Peter%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":47882,"verse_id":"1JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The phrase “This is what we proclaim to you” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to clarify the English. The main verb which governs all of these relative clauses is ἀπαγγέλλομεν ( apangellomen ) in v. 3 . This is important for the proper understanding of the relative clauses in v. 1 , because the main verb ἀπαγγέλλομεν in v. 3 makes it clear that all of the relative clauses in vv. 1 and 3 are the objects of the author’s proclamation to the readers rather than the subjects . To indicate this the phrase “This is what we proclaim to you” has been supplied at the beginning of v. 1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":47883,"verse_id":"1JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “That which was from the beginning, that which we have heard…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":47884,"verse_id":"1JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Or “proclaim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":47885,"verse_id":"1JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"In the Greek text the prologue to 1 John (vv. 1-4 ) makes up a single sentence. This is awkward in Greek, and a literal translation produces almost impossible English. For this reason the present translation places a period at the end of v. 2 and another at the end of v. 3 . The material in parentheses in v. 1 begins the first of three parenthetical interruptions in the grammatical sequence of the prologue (the second is the entirety of v. 2 and the third is the latter part of v. 3 ). This is because of the awkwardness of connecting the prepositional phrase with what precedes, an awkwardness not immediately obvious in most English translations: “what we beheld and our hands handled concerning the word of life…” As J. Bonsirven ( Épîtres de Saint Jean [CNT], 67) noted, while one may hear about the word of life, it is more difficult to see about the word of life, and impossible to feel with one’s hands about the word of life. Rather than being the object of any of the verbs in v. 1 , the prepositional phrase at the end of v. 1 (“concerning the word of life…”) is more likely a parenthetical clarification intended to specify the subject of the eyewitness testimony which the verbs in v. 1 describe. A parallel for such parenthetical explanation may be found in John 1:12 ( τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ , toi\" pisteuousin ei\" to onoma autou ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":47886,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “proclaim.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":47887,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) here indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":47888,"verse_id":"1JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Or “communion”; or “association” (a reality shared in common, so in this case, “genuine association”). This term also occurs in vv. 6, 7 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":47889,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"“Thus” is supplied to indicated the resultative nature of the Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) at the beginning of v. 4 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":47890,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) here indicates purpose.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":47891,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"sa). Although the majority of Byzantine minuscules are split between the two readings, the Textus Receptus reads ὑμῶν . It is possible that ὑμῶν represents a scribal assimilation to John 16:24 . As far as the immediate context is concerned, either reading could possibly be original, since the recipients have already been mentioned in 1:2 ( ὑμῖν , Jumin ) and 1:3 ( ὑμῖν ), while it might seem more natural for the author to be concerned about the fulfillment of his own joy than his readers’ (cf. 2 John 4, 12 ; 3 John 3 ). Overall, the first person pronoun is preferred on both external and internal grounds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":47892,"verse_id":"1JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “be fulfilled.” sn This is what we proclaim to you…so that our joy may be complete. The prologue to 1 John ( 1:1-4 ) has many similarities to the prologue to the Gospel of John (1:1-18). Like the prologue to the Fourth Gospel, the prologue to 1 John introduces the reader to important themes which will be more fully developed later in the body of the work. In the case of 1 John, three of these are: (1) the importance of eyewitness testimony to who Jesus is (cf. 4:14, 5:6-12 ), (2) the importance of the earthly ministry of Jesus as a part of God’s revelation of himself in Jesus Christ (cf. 4:2, 5:6 ), and (3) the eternal life available to believers in Jesus Christ ( 5:11-12, 5:20 ). Like the rest of the letter, the prologue to 1 John does not contain any of the usual features associated with a letter in NT times, such as an opening formula, the name of the author or sender, the name(s) of the addressee(s), a formal greeting, or a health wish or expression of remembrance. The author of 1 John begins the prologue with an emphasis on the eyewitness nature of his testimony. He then transitions to a focus on the readers of the letter by emphasizing the proclamation of this eyewitness (apostolic) testimony to them. The purpose of this proclamation is so that the readers might share in fellowship with the author, a true fellowship which is with the Father and the Son as well. To guarantee this maintenance of fellowship the author is writing the letter itself (line 4a). Thus, in spite of the convoluted structure of the prologue in which the author’s thought turns back on itself several times, there is a discernible progression in his thought which ultimately expresses itself in the reason for the writing of the letter (later expressed again in slightly different form in the purpose statement of 5:13 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":47893,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The καί ( kai ) at the beginning of 1:5 takes on a resumptive force, indicated by the phrase “heard from him and announce to you,” which echoes similar phrases in 1:2 and 1:3 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":47894,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The word “gospel” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to clarify the meaning. See the note on the following word “message.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":47895,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"The word ἀγγελία ( angelia ) occurs only twice in the NT, here and in 1 John 3:11 . It is a cognate of ἐπαγγελία ( epangelia ) which occurs much more frequently (some 52 times in the NT) including 1 John 2:25 . BDAG 8 s.v. ἀγγελία 1 offers the meaning “message” which suggests some overlap with the semantic range of λόγος ( logos ), although in the specific context of 1:5 BDAG suggests a reference to the gospel. (The precise “content” of this “good news’ is given by the ὅτι [ Joti ] clause which follows in 1:5 b.) The word ἀγγελία here is closely equivalent to εὐαγγέλιον ( euangelion ): (1) it refers to the proclamation of the eyewitness testimony about the life and ministry of Jesus Christ as proclaimed by the author and the rest of the apostolic witnesses (prologue, esp. 1:3-4 ), and (2) it relates to the salvation of the hearers/readers, since the purpose of this proclamation is to bring them into fellowship with God and with the apostolic witnesses ( 1:3 ). Because of this the adjective “gospel” is included in the English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":47896,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The referent of the pronoun “him” is not entirely clear in the Greek text; it could be either (1) God the Father, or (2) Jesus Christ, both of whom are mentioned at the end of v. 3 . A reference to Jesus Christ is more likely because this is the nearest possible antecedent, and because God (the Father) is specifically mentioned in the following clause in v. 5 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":47897,"verse_id":"1JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"The key to understanding the first major section of 1 John, 1:5-3:10 , is found in the statement in v. 5 : “ God is light and in him there is no darkness at all .” The idea of “proclamation” – the apostolic proclamation of eyewitness testimony which the prologue introduces ( 1:2, 3 ) – is picked up in 1:5 by the use of the noun ἀγγελία ( angelia ) and the verb ἀναγγέλλομεν ( anangellomen ), cognate to the verb in 1:3 . The content of this proclamation is given by the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause in 1:5 as the assertion that God is light, so this statement should be understood as the author’s formulation of the apostolic eyewitness testimony introduced in the prologue. (This corresponds to the apostolic preaching elsewhere referred to as κήρυγμα [ khrugma ], although the term the Apostle John uses here is ἀγγελία .) sn Following the theme statement in 1:5 , God is light and in him there is no darkness at all , the author presents a series of three claims and counterclaims that make up the first unit of 1 John ( 1:5-2:2 ). The three claims begin with “if” ( 1:6, 8, 10 ) and the three counterclaims begin with “but if” ( 1:7, 9; 2:1 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":47898,"verse_id":"1JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The context of this statement in 1:6 indicates clearly that the progressive (continuative or durative) aspect of the present tense must be in view here. sn The relationship of the phrase keep on walking to if we say is very important for understanding the problem expressed in 1:6 . If one should say ( εἴπωμεν , eipwmen ) that he has fellowship with God, and yet continues walking ( περιπατῶμεν , peripatwmen ) in the darkness, then it follows (in the apodosis, the “then” clause) that he is lying and not practicing the truth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":47899,"verse_id":"1JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “living according to…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":47900,"verse_id":"1JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “purifies.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":47901,"verse_id":"1JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"BDAG 50 s.v. ἁμαρτία 1 defines this term as “a departure fr. either human or divine standards of uprightness” (see 1 John 5:17 where ἁμαρτία [ Jamartia ] and ἀδικία [ adikia ] are related). This word occurs 17 times in 1 John, of which 11 are singular and 6 are plural. sn From all sin. Sometimes a distinction between singular “sin” and plural “sins” has been suggested: Some would see the singular all sin of 1:7 as a reference to sinfulness before conversion and the plural sins of 1:9 as a reference to sins committed after one became a Christian. This amounts to making 1:7 refer to initial justification and 1:9 to sanctification. But the phrase all sin in 1:7 is so comprehensive that it can hardly be limited to preconversion sins, and the emphasis on “walking” in 1:7 strongly suggests that the Christian life is in view (not one’s life before conversion). In 1 John 1:8 sin appears as a condition or characteristic quality, which in 1:10 is regarded as universal. Apart from forgiveness in Christ it results in alienation from God ( 2:15 ) and spiritual death ( 3:14 ). But according to 1 John 1:7 , cleansing from sin is possible by the blood (representing the sacrificial death) of Jesus.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":47902,"verse_id":"1JN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “say we do not have sin.” The use of ἔχω + ἁμαρτία ( ecw + Jamartia ) is an expression limited to John and 1 John in the NT. On the analogy with other constructions where ἔχω governs an abstract noun (e.g., 1 John 1:3, 6, 7; 2:28; 3:3, 15, 21; 4:16, 17; 5:12-13 ), it indicates that a state is involved, which in the case of ἁμαρτία would refer to a state of sin . The four times the expression ἔχω + ἁμαρτία occurs in the Gospel of John (9:41; 15:22, 24; 19:11) all refer to situations where a wrong action has been committed or a wrong attitude has already existed, resulting in a state of sin, and then something else happens which further emphasizes the evil of that action or attitude. Here in 1 John 1:8 the sense is the same. The author is addressing people who have sinned (resulting in a state of sin), warning them that they cannot claim to be free from the guilt of that sin. The context of 1 John does not imply libertinism (where sins are flaunted as a way of demonstrating one’s “liberty”) on the part of the opponents, since the author makes no explicit charges of immoral behavior against his opponents. The worst the author explicitly says is that they have failed to love the brethren ( 1 John 3:17 ). It seems more likely that the opponents were saying that things a believer did after conversion were not significant enough to be “sins” that could challenge one’s intimate relationship with God (a relationship the author denies that the opponents have to begin with).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":47903,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “just.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":47904,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) followed by the subjunctive is here equivalent to the infinitive of result, an “ecbatic” or consecutive use of ἵνα according to BDAG 477 s.v. 3 where 1 John 1:9 is listed as a specific example. The translation with participles (“forgiving, …cleansing”) conveys this idea of result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":47905,"verse_id":"1JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Or “purifying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":47906,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"There is some dispute over the significance of the aorist tense of ἁμάρτητε ( Jamarthte ): (1) F. Stagg (“Orthodoxy and Orthopraxy in the Johannine Epistles,” RevExp 67 [1970]:423-32, esp. 428) holds that the aorist is nondescriptive, saying nothing about the nature of the action itself, but only that the action has happened. This is indeed the normal aspectual value of the aorist tense in general, but there is some disagreement over whether with this particular verb there are more specific nuances of meaning. (2) M. Zerwick ( Biblical Greek §251) and N. Turner (MHT 3:72) agree that the present tense of ἁμαρτάνω ( Jamartanw ) means “to be in a state of sin” (i.e., a sinner) while the aorist refers to specific acts of sin. Without attempting to sort out this particular dispute, it should be noted that certain verbs do have different nuances of meaning in different tenses, nuances which do not derive solely from the aspectual value of the tense per se, but from a combination of semantic factors which vary from word to word. sn So that you may not sin. It is clear the author is not simply exhorting the readers not to be habitual or repetitive sinners, as if to imply that occasional acts of sin would be acceptable. The purpose of the author here is that the readers not sin at all , just as Jesus told the man he healed in John 5:14 “Don’t sin any more.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":47907,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"The description of the Holy Spirit as “Paraclete” is unique to the Gospel of John (14:16, 26; 15:26; and 16:7). Here, in the only other use of the word in the NT, it is Jesus, not the Spirit, who is described as παράκλητος ( paraklhto\" ). The reader should have been prepared for this interchangeability of terminology, however, by John 14:16 , where Jesus told the disciples that he would ask the Father to send them ‘another’ paraclete ( ἄλλος , allos , “another of the same kind”). This implies that Jesus himself had been a paraclete in his earthly ministry to the disciples. This does not answer all the questions about the meaning of the word here, though, since it is not Jesus’ role as an advocate during his earthly ministry which is in view, but his role as an advocate in heaven before the Father. The context suggests intercession in the sense of legal advocacy, as stress is placed upon the righteousness of Jesus ( ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον , Ihsoun Criston dikaion ). The concept of Jesus’ intercession on behalf of believers does occur elsewhere in the NT, notably in Rom 8:34 and Heb 7:25 . Something similar is taking place here, and is the best explanation of 1 John 2:1 . An English translation like “advocate” or “intercessor” conveys this.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":47908,"verse_id":"1JN.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Or “Jesus Christ the righteous.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":47909,"verse_id":"1JN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"A suitable English translation for this word ( ἱλασμός , Jilasmos ) is a difficult and even controversial problem. “Expiation,” “propitiation,” and “atonement” have all been suggested. L. Morris, in a study that has become central to discussions of this topic ( The Apostolic Preaching of the Cross , 140), sees as an integral part of the meaning of the word (as in the other words in the ἱλάσκομαι [ Jilaskomai ] group) the idea of turning away the divine wrath , suggesting that “propitiation” is the closest English equivalent. It is certainly possible to see an averting of divine wrath in this context, where the sins of believers are in view and Jesus is said to be acting as Advocate on behalf of believers. R. E. Brown’s point ( Epistles of John [AB], 220-21), that it is essentially cleansing from sin which is in view here and in the other use of the word in 4:10 , is well taken, but the two connotations (averting wrath and cleansing) are not mutually exclusive and it is unlikely that the propitiatory aspect of Jesus’ work should be ruled out entirely in the usage in 2:2 . Nevertheless, the English word “propitiation” is too technical to communicate to many modern readers, and a term like “atoning sacrifice” (given by Webster’s New International Dictionary as a definition of “propitiation”) is more appropriate here. Another term, “satisfaction,” might also convey the idea, but “satisfaction” in Roman Catholic theology is a technical term for the performance of the penance imposed by the priest on a penitent. sn The Greek word ( ἱλασμός , Jilasmos ) behind the phrase atoning sacrifice conveys both the idea of “turning aside divine wrath” and the idea of “cleansing from sin.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":47910,"verse_id":"1JN.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"Many translations supply an understood repetition of the word “sins” here, thus: “but also for the sins of the whole world.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":47911,"verse_id":"1JN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"The translation of καί ( kai ) at the beginning of 2:3 is important for understanding the argument, because a similar καί occurs at the beginning of 1:5 . The use here is not just a simple continuative or connective use, but has more of a resumptive force, pointing back to the previous use in 1:5 . sn Now. The author, after discussing three claims of the opponents in 1:6, 8, and 10 and putting forward three counterclaims of his own in 1:7, 1:9, and 2:1 , now returns to the theme of “God as light” introduced in 1:5 . The author will now discuss how a Christian may have assurance that he or she has come to know the God who is light, again by contrast with the opponents who make the same profession of knowing God, but lack the reality of such knowledge, as their behavior makes clear.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":47912,"verse_id":"1JN.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"Grk “know him.” (1) Many take the third person pronoun αὐτον ( auton ) to refer to Jesus Christ, since he is mentioned in 2:1 and the pronoun αὐτός ( autos ) at the beginning of 2:2 clearly refers to him. But (2) it is more likely that God is the referent here, since (a) the assurance the author is discussing here is assurance that one has come to know God (all the claims of the opponents in 1:5-2:11 concern knowing and having fellowship with the God who is light); (b) when Jesus Christ is explicitly mentioned as an example to follow in 1 John 2:6 , the pronoun ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) is used to distinguish this from previous references with αὐτός ; (c) the καί ( kai ) which begins 2:3 is parallel to the καί which begins 1:5 , suggesting that the author is now returning to the discussion of God who is light, a theme introduced in 1:5 . The author will now discuss how a Christian may have assurance that he or she has come to know the God who is light.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":47913,"verse_id":"1JN.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"Grk “know him.” See the note on the phrase “know God” in 1 John 2:3 for explanation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":47914,"verse_id":"1JN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"The referent of this pronoun is probably to be understood as God, since God is the nearest previous antecedent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":47915,"verse_id":"1JN.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “in him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":47916,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"The Greek verb μένω ( menw ) is commonly translated into contemporary English as “remain” or “abide,” but both of these translations have some problems: (1) “Abide” has become in some circles almost a “technical term” for some sort of special intimate fellowship or close relationship between the Christian and God, so that one may speak of Christians who are “abiding” and Christians who are not. It is accurate to say the word indicates a close, intimate (and permanent) relationship between the believer and God. However, it is very important to note that for the author of the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles every genuine Christian has this type of relationship with God, and the person who does not have this type of relationship (cf. 2 John 9 ) is not a believer at all (in spite of what he or she may claim). (2) On the other hand, to translate μένω as “remain” removes some of these problems, but creates others: In certain contexts, such a translation can give the impression that those who currently “remain” in this relationship with God can at some point choose not to “remain”, that is, to abandon their faith and return to an unsaved condition. While one may easily think in terms of the author’s opponents in 1 John as not “remaining,” the author makes it inescapably clear in 2:19 that these people, in spite of their claims to know God and be in fellowship with God, never really were genuine believers. (3) In an attempt to avoid both these misconceptions, this translation renders μένω as “reside” except in cases where the context indicates that “remain” is a more accurate nuance, that is, in contexts where a specific change of status or movement from one position to another is in view. sn The Greek word μένω ( menw ) translated resides indicates a close, intimate (and permanent) relationship between the believer and God. It is very important to note that for the author of the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles every genuine Christian has this type of relationship with God, and the person who does not have this type of relationship (cf. 2 John 9 ) is not a believer at all (in spite of what he or she may claim).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":47917,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “in him.” Context indicates a reference to God since a different pronoun, ἐκεινος ( ekeinos ), is used later in the same verse to indicate a reference to Jesus. See the note on “Jesus” later in this verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/2"}
{"id":47918,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"That is, ought to behave in the same way Jesus did. “Walking” is a common NT idiom for one’s behavior or conduct.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":47919,"verse_id":"1JN.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. It is clear that ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) here does not refer to the same person as αὐτῷ ( autw ) in 2:6 a. The switch to ἐκεῖνος indicates a change in the referent, and a reference to Jesus Christ is confirmed by the verb περιεπάτησεν ( periepathsen ), an activity which can only describe Jesus’ earthly life and ministry, the significance of which is one of the points of contention the author has with the opponents. In fact, ἐκεῖνος occurs 6 times in 1 John ( 2:6; 3:3, 5, 7, 16; and 4:17 ), and each one refers to Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A6/4"}
{"id":47920,"verse_id":"1JN.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"“Already” is not is the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":47921,"verse_id":"1JN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"“In him” probably refers to Jesus Christ since the last third person pronoun in 2:6 referred to Jesus Christ and there is no indication in the context of a change in referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":47922,"verse_id":"1JN.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The clause beginning with ὅτι ( Joti ) is often taken as (1) epexegetical or (2) appositional to the commandment ( ἐντολήν , entolhn ) giving a further explanation or clarification of it. But the statement following the ὅτι is about light and darkness, and it is difficult to see how this has anything to do with the commandment, especially as the commandment is related to the “new commandment” of John 13:34 for believers to love one another. It is far more likely that (3) the ὅτι clause should be understood as causal, but this still does not answer the question of whether it offers the reason for writing the “new commandment” itself or the reason for the relative clause (“that is true in him and in you”). It probably gives the reason for the writing of the commandment, although R. E. Brown ( Epistles of John [AB], 268) thinks it refers to both.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":47923,"verse_id":"1JN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “the one saying he is in the light and hating his brother.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” because of the contrast present in the two clauses.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":47924,"verse_id":"1JN.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Grk “his brother.” Here the term “brother” means “fellow believer” or “fellow Christian” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a). In the repeated uses of this form of address throughout the letter, it is important to remember that sometimes it refers (1) to genuine Christians (those who have remained faithful to the apostolic eyewitness testimony about who Jesus is, as outlined in the Prologue to the letter, 1:1-4 ; an example of this usage is 2:10; 3:14, 16 ), but often it refers (2) to the secessionist opponents whose views the author rejects (examples are found here at 2:9 , as well as 2:11; 3:10; 3:15; 3:17; 4:20 ). Of course, to be technically accurate, in the latter case the reference is really to a “fellow member of the community”; the use of the term “fellow Christian” in the translation no more implies that such an individual is genuinely saved than the literal term “brother” which the author uses for such people. But a translation like “fellow member of the community” or “fellow member of the congregation” is extremely awkward and simply cannot be employed consistently throughout.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":47925,"verse_id":"1JN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"See note on the term “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":47926,"verse_id":"1JN.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"The third person pronoun αὐτῷ ( autw ) could refer either (1) to the person who loves his brother or (2) to the light itself which has no cause for stumbling “in it.” The following verse ( 2:11 ) views darkness as operative within a person, and the analogy with Ps 119:165 , which says that the person who loves God’s law does not stumble, expresses a similar concept in relation to an individual. This evidence suggests that the person is the referent here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":47927,"verse_id":"1JN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) that follows all six occurrences of γράφω / ἔγραψα ( grafw / egraya ) in 2:12-14 can be understood as introducing either (1) a causal clause or (2) a content clause (if content, it could be said to introduce a direct object clause or an indirect discourse clause). Many interpreters have favored a causal translation, so that in each of the six cases what follows the ὅτι gives the reason why the author is writing to the recipients. Usage in similar constructions is not decisive because only one other instance of γράφω followed by ὅτι occurs in 1 John ( 2:21 ), and that context is just as ambiguous as this one. On other occasions γράφω does tend to be followed by a noun or pronoun functioning as direct object. This might argue for the content usage here, but it could also be argued that the direct object in the six instances in these verses is understood, namely, the content of the entire letter itself. Thus the following ὅτι clause could still be causal. Grammatical considerations aside, these uses of ὅτι are more likely introducing content clauses here rather than causal clauses because such a meaning better fits the context. If the uses of ὅτι are understood as causal, it is difficult to see why the author immediately gives a warning in the section that follows about loving the world. The confidence he has expressed in his readers (if the ὅτι clauses are understood as causal) would appear to be ill-founded if he is so concerned about their relationship to the world as 2:15-17 seems to indicate. On the other hand, understanding the ὅτι clauses as content clauses fits very well the context of reassurance which runs throughout the letter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":47928,"verse_id":"1JN.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"“His” probably refers to Jesus Christ. Note the last reference was to Jesus in 2:8 and before that in 2:6 ; also the mention of sins being forgiven suggests Jesus’ work on the cross.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":47929,"verse_id":"1JN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":47930,"verse_id":"1JN.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":47931,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/1"}
{"id":47932,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"editions of the Greek text. Some English translations, however, break the verses between the sentence addressed to children and the sentence addressed to fathers (KJV, NKJV, NASB, NIV). The same material has been translated in each case; the only difference is the versification of that material.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":47933,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":47934,"verse_id":"1JN.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"See the note on “that” in v. 12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":47935,"verse_id":"1JN.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"The genitive βίου ( biou ) is difficult to translate: (1) Many understand it as objective, so that βίος ( bios , “material life”) becomes the object of one’s ἀλαζονεία ( alazoneia ; “pride” or “boastfulness”). Various interpretations along these lines refer to boasting about one’s wealth, showing off one’s possessions, boasting of one’s social status or lifestyle. (2) It is also possible to understand the genitive as subjective, however, in which case the βίος itself produces the ἀλαζονεία . In this case, the material security of one’s life and possessions produces a boastful overconfidence. This understanding better fits the context here: The focus is on people who operate purely on a human level and have no spiritual dimension to their existence. This is the person who loves the world, whose affections are all centered on the world, who has no love for God or spiritual things (“the love of the Father is not in him,” 2:15 ). sn The arrogance produced by material possessions. The person who thinks he has enough wealth and property to protect himself and insure his security has no need for God (or anything outside himself).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":47936,"verse_id":"1JN.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"See note on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 . The translation “remain” is used for μένω ( menw ) here because the context contrasts the transience of the world and its desires with the permanence of the person who does God’s will.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":47937,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"See note on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 . Here μένω has been translated as “remained” since it is clear that a change of status or position is involved. The opponents departed from the author’s congregation(s) and showed by this departure that they never really belonged. Had they really belonged, they would have stayed (“remained”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":47938,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":47939,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The phrase “they went out from us” is not repeated a second time in the Greek text, but constitutes an ellipsis. For clarity it is necessary to repeat it in the English translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":47940,"verse_id":"1JN.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “in order that it may be demonstrated.” The passive infinitive has been translated as active and the purpose clause translated by an infinitive in keeping with contemporary English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A19/4"}
{"id":47941,"verse_id":"1JN.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"πάντες ( pantes , nominative plural in “you all know”) is read by א B P Ψ sa. A C 049 33 1739 Ï latt sy bo have the accusative πάντα ( panta , “you know all things ”). The evidence favors the nominative reading, but it is not overwhelming. At the same time, the internal evidence supports the nominative for a variety of reasons. A scribe would naturally tend to give the transitive verb a direct object, especially because of the parallel in the first half of the verse. And intrinsically, the argument seems to be in balance with v. 19 : The “all” who have gone out and are not “in the know” with the “all” who have an anointing and know that they are true believers. Further, as R. E. Brown points out, “the fact of their knowledge ( pantes ), not the extent of its object ( panta ), seems best to fit the reassurance” ( Epistles of John [AB], 349). Brown further points out the connection with the new covenant in with this section of 1 John, esp. Jer 31:34 – “they all [ pantes ] shall know me.” Since 1 John alludes to , without directly quoting it, this is all the more reason to see the nominative as original: Allusions are often overlooked by scribes (transcriptional evidence), but support the intrinsic evidence. Thus, the evidence is solidly (though not overwhelmingly) behind the nominative reading. sn The statement you all know probably constitutes an indirect allusion to the provisions of the new covenant mentioned in (see especially Jer 31:34 ). See also R. E. Brown, The Epistles of John [AB], 349.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":47942,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"The interpretation of the three ὅτι clauses in v. 21 is very difficult: (1) All three instances of ὅτι ( Joti ) may be causal (so NASB, NIV, NEB). (2) The first two may be causal while the third indicates content (declarative or recitative ὅτι , so KJV, RSV, TEV, NRSV). (3) However, it is best to take all three instances as indicating content because this allows all three to be subordinate to the verb ἔγραψα ( egraya ) as compound direct objects. The author writes to reassure his readers (a) that they do indeed know the truth (first two uses of ὅτι ) and (b) that no lie is of the truth (third use).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":47943,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"See the note on the first occurrence of “that” in v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":47944,"verse_id":"1JN.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.21","text":"See the note on the first occurrence of “that” in v. 21 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A21/3"}
{"id":47945,"verse_id":"1JN.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “the Messiah”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":47946,"verse_id":"1JN.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"The Byzantine text, almost alone, lacks the last eight words of this verse, “The person who confesses the Son has the Father also” ( ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει , Jo Jomologwn ton Juion kai ton patera ecei ). Although shorter readings are often preferred (since scribes would tend to add material rather than delete it), if an unintentional error is likely, shorter readings are generally considered secondary. This is a classic example of such an unintentional omission: The τὸν πατέρα ἔχει of the preceding clause occasioned the haplography, with the scribe’s eye skipping from one τὸν πατέρα ἔχει to the other. (Readings such as this also suggest that the Byzantine text may have originated [at least for 1 John and probably the general epistles] in a single archetype.)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":47947,"verse_id":"1JN.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.24","text":"The word translated “remain” may also be translated “reside” (3 times in 2:24 ). See also the notes on the translation of the Greek verb μένω ( menw ) in 2:6 and in 2:19 . Here the word can really have both nuances of “residing” and “remaining” and it is impossible for the English reader to catch both nuances if the translation provides only one. This occurs three times in 2:24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A24/1"}
{"id":47948,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.25","text":"It is difficult to know whether the phrase καὶ αὕτη ἐστιν ( kai Jauth estin ) refers (1) to the preceding or (2) to the following material, or (3) to both. The same phrase occurs at the beginning of 1:5 , where it serves as a transitional link between the prologue ( 1:1-4 ) and the first major section of the letter ( 1:5-3:10 ). It is probably best to see the phrase here as transitional as well; thus καί ( kai ) has been translated “now” rather than “and.” The accusative phrase at the end of v. 25 , τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον ( thn zwhn thn aiwnion ), stands in apposition to the relative pronoun ἥν ( Jhn ), whose antecedent is ἡ ἐπαγγελία ( Jh epangelia ; see BDF §295). Thus the “promise” consists of “eternal life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/1"}
{"id":47949,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.25","text":"The pronoun could refer to God or Jesus Christ, but a reference to Jesus Christ is more likely here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/2"}
{"id":47950,"verse_id":"1JN.2.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.25","text":"Grk “he himself promised.” The repetition of the cognate verb “promised” after the noun “promise” is redundant in English.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A25/3"}
{"id":47951,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"This use of μένω ( menw ) has been translated “reside” both times in 2:27 because it refers to the current status of believers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/3"}
{"id":47952,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “and is not a lie, and just as.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/5"}
{"id":47953,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.27","text":"Or “he.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/6"}
{"id":47954,"verse_id":"1JN.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.27","text":"The verb may be read as either (1) indicative or (2) imperative mood. The same verb is found in the following verse, 2:28 , but the address to the readers there seems clearly to indicate an imperative. On analogy some have called for an imperative here, but others have seen this as suggesting an indicative here, so that the author is not repeating himself. An indicative is slightly more likely here. Up to this point the thrust of the author has been reassurance rather than exhortation, and an indicative here (“…you reside in him”) balances the indicative in the first part of 2:27 (“the anointing which you received from him resides in you…”). With the following verse the author switches from reassurance (the readers at the time he is writing still ‘remain’; they have not yet adopted the teaching of the opponents) to exhortation (he is writing so that they will ‘remain’ and not succumb to the deception of the opponents).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A27/7"}
{"id":47955,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"Again, as at the end of 2:27 , the verb μένετε ( menete ) may be read as either (1) indicative or (2) imperative mood. At the end of 2:27 the translation opted for an indicative because the author had been attempting to reassure his readers that they did indeed possess eternal life, and also because an indicative at the end of 2:27 balances the indicative reference to the “anointing” residing in the readers at the beginning of the verse. With the return in 2:28 to the eschatological note introduced in 2:18 , however, it appears that the author switches from reassurance to exhortation. At the time he is writing them, the readers do still “remain” since they have not yet adopted the heretical teaching of the opponents. But now the author wants to forestall the possibility that they might do so at some point, and so he begins this section with an exhortation to the readers to “reside/remain” in Christ. This suggests that μένετε in the present verse should be read as imperative rather than indicative, a view made even more probable by the following ἵνα ( Jina ) clause which states the purpose for the exhortation: in order that at the parousia (second advent) when Jesus Christ is revealed, the readers may have confidence and not shrink back from him in shame when he appears.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":47956,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.28","text":"In this context ἐάν ( ean ) does not indicate uncertainty about whether or not Christ will return, but rather uncertainty about the exact time when the event will take place. In the Koine period ἐάν could mean “when” or “whenever” and was virtually the equivalent of ὅταν ( {otan ; see BDAG 268 s.v. ἐάν 2). It has this meaning in John 12:32 and 14:3 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/3"}
{"id":47957,"verse_id":"1JN.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.28","text":"Grk “at his coming.” sn Have confidence…shrink away from him in shame when he comes back. Once again in the antithetical framework of Johannine thought (that is, the author’s tendency to think in terms of polar opposites), there are only two alternatives, just as there are only two alternatives in John 3:18-21 , a key section for the understanding of the present passage in 1 John. Anyone who does not ‘remain’ demonstrates (just as the opponents demonstrated by their departure from the community in 2:19 ) that whatever profession he has made is false and he is not truly a believer.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A28/4"}
{"id":47958,"verse_id":"1JN.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.29","text":"The mood of γινώσκετε ( ginwskete ) may be understood as (1) indicative or (2) imperative. It is better to understand the verb here as indicative, because in 1 John “knowledge” is something one has as a result of being a believer ( 2:3, 5, 20, 21; 3:16, 19, 24; 4:2, 13; 5:2 ) rather than something one has to be exhorted about. The change in verbs from οἶδα ( oida ) to γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) is another example of Johannine stylistic variation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A29/1"}
{"id":47959,"verse_id":"1JN.2.29","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":2,"verse":29,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.29","text":"The verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) presents a translation problem: (1) should the passive be translated archaically “be begotten” (the action of the male parent; see BDAG 193 s.v. 1 .a) or (2) should it be translated “be born” (as from a female parent; see BDAG 194 s.v. 2 )? A number of modern translations (RSV, NASB, NIV) have opted for the latter, but (3) the imagery expressed in 1 John 3:9 clearly refers to the action of the male parent in procreating a child, as does 5:1 (“everyone who loves the father loves the child fathered by him”), and so a word reflecting the action of the male parent is called for here. The contemporary expression “fathered by” captures this idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%202%3A29/2"}
{"id":47960,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause is best understood (1) as epexegetical (or explanatory), clarifying the love ( ἀγάπην , agaphn ) that the Father has given to believers. Although it is possible (2) to regard the ἵνα as indicating result, the use of ποταπήν ( potaphn , “what sort of”) to modify ἀγάπην suggests that the idea of “love” will be qualified further in the following context, and this qualification is provided by the epexegetical ἵνα clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":47961,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"“Indeed” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to indicate emphasis.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":47962,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"The phrase καὶ ἐσμεν ( kai esmen , “and we are”) is omitted in 049 69 Ï . There seems to be no theological reason to omit the words. This has all the earmarks of a classic case of homoioteleuton, for the preceding word ( κληθῶμεν , klhqwmen , “we should be called”) ends in - μεν ( -men ). tn The indicative mood indicates that the verb ἐσμέν ( esmen ) at the end of 3:1 a is not governed by the ἵνα ( Jina ) and does not belong with the ἵνα clause, since this would have required a subjunctive. If the verb ἐσμέν were subjunctive, the force of the clause would be “that we should be called children of God, and be (children of God).” With ἐσμέν as indicative, the clause reads “that we should be called children of God, and indeed we are (children of God).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":47963,"verse_id":"1JN.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Lexically it is clear that this phrase indicates reason, but what is not clear is whether (1) τοῦτο ( touto ) refers to what follows, (2) to what precedes, or (3) to both (as with the ἐν τοῦτο [ en touto ] phrases throughout 1 John). Διὰ τοῦτο ( dia touto ) occurs 15 times in the Gospel of John, and a pattern emerges which is so consistent that it appears to be the key to the usage here. Six times in the Gospel of John ( 5:16, 18; 8:47; 10:17; 12:18, 39 ) the phrase refers to what follows, and in each of these instances an epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause follows. Nine times in John (1:31, 6:65, 7:21-22, 9:23, 12:27, 13:11, 15:19, 16:15, 19:11) the phrase refers to what precedes, and in none of these instances is it followed by a ὅτι clause. The phrase διὰ τοῦτο is used three times in the Johannine Epistles. In two of these ( 1 John 4:5 , 3 John 10 ) there is no ὅτι clause following, and so the διὰ τοῦτο should refer to preceding material. Here in 3:1 there is an epexegetical ὅτι clause following, so the διὰ τοῦτο should (unless it is the only exception in the Gospel of John and the Johannine Epistles) refer to what follows, that is, to the ὅτι clause itself. This is indicated by the colon in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":47964,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The subject of the third person singular passive verb ἐφανερώθη ( efanerwqh ) in 3:2 is the following clause τί ἐσόμεθα ( ti esomeqa ): “Beloved, now we are children of God, and what we shall be has not yet been revealed.” sn What we will be. The opponents have been revealed as antichrists now ( 2:19 ). What believers will be is to be revealed later . In light of the mention of the parousia in 2:28 , it seems likely that an eschatological revelation of the true character of believers is in view here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":47965,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The Byzantine text, the Syriac Peshitta, the Bohairic Coptic, and one ms of the Sahidic Coptic supply δέ ( de ) after οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ) in 3:2 b. Additions of coordinating conjunctions such as δέ are predictable variants; this coupled with the poor external credentials suggests that this addition is not likely to be original. tn The relationship of 3:2 b to 3:2 a is difficult. It seems best to regard this as a case of asyndeton, although the Byzantine text, the Syriac Peshitta, the Bohairic Coptic, and some mss of the Sahidic Coptic supply δέ ( de ) after οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ) in 3:2 b. This addition is not likely to be original, but it does reflect a tendency among scribes to see an adversative (contrastive) relationship between 3:2 a and 3:2 b. This seems to be an accurate understanding of the relationship between the clauses from a logical standpoint: “and what we shall be has not yet been revealed; but we know that whenever he should be revealed, we shall be like him.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":47966,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:2 follows οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ), a verb of perception, and introduces an indirect discourse clause which specifies the content of what believers know: “that whenever it should be revealed, we shall be like him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":47967,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.2","text":"In this context ἐάν ( ean ) does not indicate (1) uncertainty about whether or not what believers will be shall be revealed, but rather (2) uncertainty about the exact time the event will take place. In the Koine period ἐάν can mean “when” or “whenever” and is virtually the equivalent of ὅταν ( Jotan ; see BDAG 268 s.v. ἐάν 2). It has this meaning in John 12:32 and 14:3 . Thus the phrase here should be translated, “we know that whenever it is revealed.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/4"}
{"id":47968,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.2","text":"Many take the understood subject (“he”) of φανερωθῇ ( fanerwqh ) as a reference to Jesus Christ, because the same verb was used in 2:28 in reference to the parousia (second advent). In the immediate context, however, a better analogy is ἐφανερώθη τί ἐσόμεθα ( efanerwqh ti esomeqa ) in 3:2 a. There the clause τί ἐσόμεθα is the subject of the passive verb: “ what we shall be has not yet been revealed.” From a grammatical standpoint it makes better sense to see the understood subject of φανερωθῇ as “it” rather than “he” and as referring back to the clause τί ἐσόμεθα in 3:2 a. In the context this makes good sense: “Beloved, now we are children of God, and what we shall be has not yet been revealed. We know that whenever it shall be revealed , we shall be like him, because we shall see him just as he is.” This emphasizes the contrast in the verse between the present state (“not yet been revealed”) and the future state (“shall be revealed”) of believers, and this will of course take place at the parousia.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/5"}
{"id":47969,"verse_id":"1JN.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.2","text":"The second ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:2 is best understood as causal, giving the reason why believers will be like God: “we shall be like him, because we shall see him just as he is.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A2/7"}
{"id":47970,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"“Focused” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":47971,"verse_id":"1JN.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. The switch from αὐτός ( autos ) to ἐκείνος ( ekeinos ) parallels 1 John 2:6 (see note there). Since purity of life is mentioned in the context, this almost certainly refers to Jesus in his earthly life and ministry as the example believers should imitate (a major theme of the author throughout 1 John).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":47972,"verse_id":"1JN.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":47973,"verse_id":"1JN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “that one.” The context makes it clear that this is a reference to Jesus, because the reader is told “he was revealed in order that he might take away sins.” The connection with Jesus as the Lamb of God who takes away the sin of the world in John 1:29 provides additional confirmation that the previous use of ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) in 3:3 b should also be understood as a reference to Jesus, as 2:6 was. sn In Johannine thought it is Jesus , the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world ( John 1:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":47974,"verse_id":"1JN.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause gives the purpose of Jesus’ self-revelation as he manifested himself to the disciples and to the world during his earthly life and ministry: It was “to take away sins.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":47975,"verse_id":"1JN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.6","text":"Here the verb μένω ( menw ) refers to the permanence of relationship between Jesus and the believer, as in 2:27 and 2:28 . It is clear that Jesus is the referent of the phrase ἐν αὐτῷ ( en autw ) because he is the subject of the discussion in v. 5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A6/1"}
{"id":47976,"verse_id":"1JN.3.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.6","text":"The interpretive problem raised by the use of the present tense ἁμαρτάνει ( Jamartanei ) in this verse (and ποιεῖ [ poiei ] in 3:9 as well) is that (a) it appears to teach a sinless state of perfection for the true Christian, and (b) it appears to contradict the author’s own statements in 2:1-2 where he acknowledged that Christians do indeed sin. (1) One widely used method of reconciling the acknowledgment in 2:1-2 that Christians do sin with the statements in 3:6 and 3:9 that they do not is expressed by M. Zerwick ( Biblical Greek §251). He understands the aorist to mean “commit sin in the concrete, commit some sin or other” while the present means “be a sinner, as a characteristic «state».” N. Turner ( Grammatical Insights , 151) argues essentially the same as Zerwick, stating that the present tense ἁμαρτάνει is stative (be a sinner) while the aorist is ingressive (begin to be a sinner, as the initial step of committing this or that sin). Similar interpretations can be found in a number of grammatical works and commentaries. (2) Others, however, have questioned the view that the distinction in tenses alone can convey a “habitual” meaning without further contextual clarification, including C. H. Dodd ( The Johannine Epistles [MNTC], 79) and Z. C. Hodges (“1 John,” BKCNT , 894). B. Fanning ( Verbal Aspect [OTM], 215-17) has concluded that the habitual meaning for the present tense cannot be ruled out, because there are clear instances of habitual presents in the NT where other clarifying words are not present and the habitual sense is derived from the context alone. This means that from a grammatical standpoint alone, the habitual present cannot be ruled out in 1 John 3:6 and 9 . It is still true, however, that it would have been much clearer if the author had reinforced the habitual sense with clarifying words or phrases in 1 John 3:6 and 9 if that is what he had intended. Dodd’s point, that reliance on the distinction in tenses alone is quite a subtle way of communicating such a vital point in the author’s argument, is still valid. It may also be added that the author of 1 John has demonstrated a propensity for alternating between present and aorist tenses for purely stylistic reasons (see 2:12 ). sn Does not sin. It is best to view the distinction between “everyone who practices sin” in 3:4 and “everyone who resides in him” in 3:6 as absolute and sharply in contrast. The author is here making a clear distinction between the opponents, who as moral indifferentists downplay the significance of sin in the life of the Christian, and the readers, who as true Christians recognize the significance of sin because Jesus came to take it away ( 3:5 ) and to destroy it as a work of the devil ( 3:8 ). This argument is developed more fully by S. Kubo (“ I John 3:9 : Absolute or Habitual?” AUSS 7 [1969]: 47-56), who takes the opponents as Gnostics who define sin as ignorance. The opponents were probably not adherents of fully developed gnosticism, but Kubo is right that the distinction between their position and that of the true Christian is intentionally portrayed by the author here as a sharp antithesis . This explanation still has to deal with the contradiction between 2:1-2 and 3:6-9 , but this does not present an insuperable difficulty. The author of 1 John has repeatedly demonstrated a tendency to present his ideas antithetically, in “either/or” terms, in order to bring out for the readers the drastic contrast between themselves as true believers and the opponents as false believers. In 2:1-2 the author can acknowledge the possibility that a true Christian might on occasion sin, because in this context he wishes to reassure his readers that the statements he has made about the opponents in the preceding context do not apply to them. But in 3:4-10 , his concern is to bring out the absolute difference between the opponents and his readers, so he speaks in theoretical rather than practical terms which do not discuss the possible occasional exception, because to do so would weaken his argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A6/2"}
{"id":47977,"verse_id":"1JN.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus here. As with the previous uses of ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) by the author of 1 John ( 2:6; 3:3, 5 ), this one refers to Jesus, as the reference to “the Son of God” in the following verse ( 3:8 ) makes clear.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":47978,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"The present tense verb has been translated as an extending-from-past present (a present of past action still in progress). See ExSyn 520.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":47979,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"Here εἰς τοῦτο ( eis touto ) states the purpose for the revelation of God’s Son. However, the phrase offers the same difficulty as all the ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) phrases in 1 John: Does it refer to what precedes or to what follows? By analogy with the ἐν τούτῳ construction it is probable that the phrase εἰς τοῦτο here refers to what follows: There is a ἵνα ( Jina ) clause following which appears to be related to the εἰς τοῦτο , and in fact is resumptive (that is, it restates the idea of “purpose” already expressed by the εἰς τοῦτο ). Thus the meaning is: “For this purpose the Son of God was revealed: to destroy the works of the devil.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":47980,"verse_id":"1JN.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"In the Gospel of John λύσῃ ( lush ) is used both literally and figuratively. In John 1:27 it refers to a literal loosing of one’s sandal-thong, and in John 2:19 to a destruction of Jesus’ physical body which was understood by the hearers to refer to physical destruction of the Jerusalem temple. In John 5:18 it refers to the breaking of the Sabbath, in John 7:23 to the breaking of the law of Moses, and in John 10:35 to the breaking of the scriptures. The verb is again used literally in John 11:44 at the resurrection of Lazarus when Jesus commands that he be released from the graveclothes with which he was bound. Here in 1 John 3:8 the verb means, with reference to “the works of the devil,” to “destroy, bring to an end, abolish.” See BDAG 607 s.v. λύω 4 and F. Büchsel, TDNT 4:336.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":47981,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"The imagery expressed here ( σπέρμα αὐτοῦ , sperma autou , “his seed”) clearly refers to the action of the male parent in procreation, and so “fathered” is the best choice for translating γεννάω ( gennaw ; see 2:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":47982,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.9","text":"The problem of the present tense of ποιεῖ ( poiei ) here is exactly that of the present tense of ἁμαρτάνει ( Jamartanei ) in 3:6 . Here in 3:9 the distinction is sharply drawn between “the one who practices sin” in 3:8 , who is of the devil, and “the one who is fathered by God” in 3:9 , who “does not practice sin.” See S. Kubo (“ I John 3:9 : Absolute or Habitual?” AUSS 7 [1969]: 47-56) for a fuller discussion of the author’s argument as based on a sharp antithesis between the recipients (true Christians) and the opponents (heretics). sn Does not practice sin. Again, as in 3:6 , the author is making a clear distinction between the opponents, who as moral indifferentists downplay the significance of sin in the life of the Christian, and the recipients, who as true Christians recognize the significance of sin because Jesus came to take it away ( 3:5 ) and to destroy it as a work of the devil ( 3:8 ). This explanation still has to deal with the apparent contradiction between the author’s statements in 2:1-2 and those here in 3:9 , but this is best explained in terms of the author’s tendency to present issues in “either/or” terms to bring out the drastic contrast between his readers, whom he regards as true believers, and the opponents, whom he regards as false. In 2:1-2 the author can acknowledge the possibility that a true Christian might on occasion sin, because in this context he wishes to reassure his readers that the statements he has made about the opponents in the preceding context do not apply to them. But in 3:4-10 , his concern is to bring out the absolute difference between the opponents and his readers, so he speaks in theoretical terms which do not discuss the possible occasional exception, because to do so would weaken his argument.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/2"}
{"id":47983,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Both the first and second ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:9 are causal. The first gives the reason why the person who is begotten by God does not practice sin (“because his seed resides in him).” The second gives the reason why the person who is begotten by God is not able to sin (“because he has been begotten by God).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":47984,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “his”; the referent (God) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":47985,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"The closest meaning for σπέρμα ( sperma ) in this context is “male generating seed” (cf. BDAG 937 s.v. 1 .b), although this is a figurative rather than a literal sense. Such imagery is bold and has seemed crudely anthropomorphic to some interpreters, but it poses no more difficulty than the image of God as a male parent fathering Christians that appears in John 1:13 and is behind the use of γεννάω ( gennaw ) with reference to Christians in 1 John 2:29; 3:9; 4:7; 5:1, 4, and 18 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/5"}
{"id":47986,"verse_id":"1JN.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"“Thus” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to bring out the resultative force of the clause in English.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A9/6"}
{"id":47987,"verse_id":"1JN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Once again there is the problem (by now familiar to the interpreter of 1 John) of determining whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) in 3:10 refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. If it refers to what precedes, it serves to conclude the unit which began with 2:28 . The remainder of 3:10 would then form a transition to the following material (another “hinge” passage). On the other hand, if the phrase ἐν τούτῳ refers to what follows, then the entirety of 3:10 is a summary statement at the end of 2:28-3:10 which recapitulates the section’s major theme ( conduct is the clue to paternity ), and provides at the same time a transition to the theme of loving one’s brother which will dominate the following section ( 3:11-24 ). Although R. E. Brown ( Epistles of John [AB], 416) prefers to see the phrase as referring to the preceding material, it makes better sense to refer it to the remainder of 3:10 that follows, and see the entirety of 3:10 as both a summary of the theme of the preceding section 2:28-3:10 and a transition to the following section 3:11-24 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":47988,"verse_id":"1JN.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"See note on the term “fellow Christian” in 2:9 . sn Does not love his fellow Christian. The theme of loving one’s fellow Christian appears in the final clause of 3:10 because it provides the transition to the second major section of 1 John, 3:11-5:12 , and specifically to the following section 3:11-24 . The theme of love will dominate the second major section of the letter (see 1 John 4:8 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":47989,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"It could be argued (1) that the ὅτι ( Joti ) at the beginning of 3:11 is grammatically subordinate to the preceding statement at the end of 3:10 . As BDF §456.1 points out, however, “Subordination with ὅτι and διότι is often very loose…and must be translated ‘for.’” Thus (2) ὅτι assumes an inferential sense, standing at the beginning of a new sentence and drawing an inference based upon all that has preceded. This is confirmed by the structural parallel between the present verse and 1:5 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":47990,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.11","text":"The word “gospel” is not in the Greek text but is supplied to clarify the meaning. See the notes on the words “gospel” and “message” in 1 John 1:5 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/2"}
{"id":47991,"verse_id":"1JN.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.11","text":"See the note on the word “message” in 1 John 1:5 , where this same phrase occurs.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A11/3"}
{"id":47992,"verse_id":"1JN.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"For the Greek verb σφάζω ( sfazw ) L&N 20.72 states, “to slaughter, either animals or persons; in contexts referring to persons, the implication is of violence and mercilessness – ‘to slaughter, to kill.’” As a reflection of this nuance, the translation “brutally murdered” has been used.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":47993,"verse_id":"1JN.3.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.13","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” as here (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). Since the author is addressing his readers directly at this point, “brothers and sisters” (suggesting a degree of familial endearment) has been employed in the translation at this point, while elsewhere the less direct “fellow Christians” has been used (cf. v. 14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A13/1"}
{"id":47994,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) clause, following a verb of perception, introduces an indirect discourse clause giving the content of what the readers are assumed to know: that they have passed over from death to life, that is, that they possess eternal life. The author gives a similar reassurance to his readers in 5:13 . Alternation between the verbs οἶδα ( oida ) and γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) in 1 John is probably a matter of stylistic variation (of which the writer is extremely fond) rather than indicative of a subtle difference in meaning.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":47995,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"This verb essentially means “to transfer from one place to another, go/pass over ,” according to BDAG 638 s.v. μεταβαίνω 1. sn In John 13:1 the same Greek verb translated crossed over here is used to refer to Jesus’ departure from this world as he returns to the Father. Here it is used figuratively to refer to the believer’s transfer from the state of (spiritual) death to the state of (spiritual) life. This use is paralleled in John 5:24 , where Jesus states, “the person who hears my message and believes the one who sent me has eternal life and will not be condemned, but has crossed over (same verb) from death to life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":47996,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"The second ὅτι ( Joti ) clause in 3:14 is also related to οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ), but in this case the ὅτι is causal, giving the reason why the readers know that they have passed from death to life: because they love the brothers.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":47997,"verse_id":"1JN.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.14","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 . sn Because we love our fellow Christians. This echoes Jesus’ words in John 13:35 , where he states, “by this all men will know that you are My disciples, if you have love for one another.” As in 1 John 2:3 and 5 , obedience becomes the basis for assurance. But the relationship between loving one’s fellow Christian ( Grk “brother”) and possessing eternal life goes beyond a proof or external test. Our love for our fellow Christians is in fact a form of God’s love for us because as far as the author of 1 John is concerned, all love comes from God (cf. 4:7-11 ). Therefore he can add the next line of 3:14 , “the one who does not love remains in death.” Why? Because such a person does not have God’s love residing in them at all. Rather, this person can be described as a “murderer” – as the following verse goes on to do. Note also that the author’s description here of the person who does not love as remaining in death is another way of describing a person who remains in darkness, which is a description of unbelievers in John 12:46 . This provides further confirmation of the spiritual state of the author’s opponents in 2:9-11 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A14/5"}
{"id":47998,"verse_id":"1JN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.15","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A15/1"}
{"id":47999,"verse_id":"1JN.3.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.15","text":"The verb μένω ( menw ) in 3:15 refers to a spiritual reality (eternal life) which in this case does not reside in the person in question. To speak in terms of eternal life not “residing” in such an individual is not to imply that at some time in the past this person did possess eternal life and subsequently lost it, however. The previous verse ( 3:14 ) makes it clear that the individual under discussion here has “remained” in death (the realm of spiritual death) and so has never possessed eternal life to begin with, no matter what he may have claimed. Taken together with the use of μένω in 3:14 , the use here implies that the opponents have “remained” in death all along, and have not ever been genuine believers. Thus “residing” rather than “remaining” is used as the translation for μένουσαν ( menousan ) here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A15/3"}
{"id":48000,"verse_id":"1JN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Here the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) is followed by a ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which is epexegetical (or explanatory), and thus ἐν τούτῳ refers to what follows.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":48001,"verse_id":"1JN.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"Grk “that one.” Context indicates a reference to Jesus. The mention of the sacrificial death in 3:16 ( ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν , Juper hmwn thn yuchn autou eqhken ) points to Jesus as the referent here. (This provides further confirmation that ἐκεῖνος [ ekeinos ] in 2:6; 3:3, 5, and 7 refers to Jesus.)","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":48002,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Here βίος ( bios ) refers to one’s means of subsistence – material goods or property (BDAG 177 s.v. 2 ). sn Note the vivid contrast with Jesus’ example in the preceding verse: He was willing to lay down his very life, but the person in view in 3:17 is not even willing to lay down part of his material possessions for the sake of his brother.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":48003,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":48004,"verse_id":"1JN.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"Here a subjective genitive, indicating God’s love for us – the love which comes from God – appears more likely because of the parallelism with “eternal life” ( ζωὴν αἰώνιον , zwhn aiwnion ) in 3:15 , which also comes from God. sn The love of God. The author is not saying that the person who does not love his brother cannot love God either (although this may be true enough), but rather that the person who does not love his brother shows by this failure to love that he does not have any of the love which comes from God ‘residing’ in him (the Greek verb used is μένω [ menw ]). Once again, conduct is the clue to paternity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":48005,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"Once again there is the problem of deciding whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. When an explanatory or epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause follows, and the ὅτι clause is not grammatically unrelated to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ , then the ἐν τούτῳ is best understood as referring to what follows. Here in 3:19-20 there are no less than three ὅτι clauses that follow, one in 3:19 and two in 3:20 , and thus there is the difficulty of trying to determine whether any one of them is related to the ἐν τούτῳ phrase in 3:19 . It is relatively easy to eliminate the first ὅτι clause (in 3:19 ) from consideration, because it is related not to ἐν τούτῳ but to the verb γνωσόμεθα ( gnwsomeqa ) as an indirect discourse clause giving the content of what believers know (“that we are of the truth”). As far as the two ὅτι clauses in 3:20 are concerned, it is difficult to see how believers could know that they belong to the truth (19a) by means of either, since the first speaks of a situation where they are under self-condemnation (“if our heart condemns us…”) and the second ὅτι clause seems to give a further explanation related to the first (“that God is greater than our heart…”). Therefore it seems better to understand the phrase ἐν τούτῳ in 3:19 as referring to the preceding context, and this makes perfectly good sense, because 3:18 concludes with a reference to the righteous deeds with which believers are to love one another, which are produced by the truth. sn By this refers to the righteous deeds mentioned at the end of 3:18 , the expressions of love. It is by doing these deeds that believers assure themselves that they belong to the truth, because the outward action reflects the inward reality of their relationship with God. Put another way, ‘conduct is the clue to paternity.’","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":48006,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.19","text":"The verb πείθω ( peiqw ) in the active voice (with the exception of the second perfect and pluperfect) means (a) “to convince”; (b) “to persuade, appeal to”; (c) “to win over, strive to please”; or (d) “to conciliate, pacify, set at ease or rest” (see BDAG 791 s.v. πείθω ). Interpreters are generally divided between meaning (a) and meaning (d) for the verb in the present context, with BDAG opting for the latter (although it is pointed out that “the text is not in good order”). In any case the object of the verb πείθω in this context is καρδία ( kardia ), and this leads to further problems because the meaning of καρδία will affect one’s understanding of πείσομεν ( peisomen ) here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/2"}
{"id":48007,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.19","text":"Further difficulties are created by the meaning of καρδία ( kardia ) in 3:19 . Although it may be agreed that the term generally refers to the “center and source of the whole inner life, w. its thinking, feeling, and volition” (BDAG 508 s.v. l.b), this may be further subdivided into references to (a) “the faculty of thought…as the organ of natural and spiritual enlightenment,” that is, the mind; (b) “the will and its decisions”; (c) “the emotions, wishes, desires,” i.e., the emotions or feelings; or (d) “moral decisions, the moral life,” that is, the part of the individual where moral decisions are made, which is commonly called the conscience. Thus καρδία in 3:19 could refer to either the mind, the will, the emotions, or the conscience, and it is not transparently clear which concept the author has primarily in view. In light of the overall context, which seems to discuss the believer’s assurance of his or her standing before God ( ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ [ emprosqen autou ] in 3:19 and the mention of παρρησία [ parrhsia , “boldness” or “confidence”] in 3:21 ) it seems probable that the conscience , that aspect of one’s καρδία which involves moral choices and the guilt or approval for having made them, is primarily in view here. Thus the meaning “convince” is preferred for the verb πείθω ( peiqw ), since the overall subject seems to be the believer’s assurance of his or her standing before God, especially in the case when (v. 20 ) the believer’s conscience attempts to condemn him on account of sin.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/3"}
{"id":48008,"verse_id":"1JN.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.19","text":"Both ἔμπροσθεν ( emprosqen ) in 3:19 and ἐνώπιον ( enwpion ) in 3:22 are improper prepositions and both express the meaning “before” in the sense of “in the presence of.” (1) Some interpreters have tried to see a subtle distinction in meaning between the two in 3:19 and 22 , but (2) as BDF §214.6 points out, ἔμπροσθεν and ἐνώπιον , along with a third classical expression ἐναντίον ( enantion ), all refer to being in someone’s presence and are essentially interchangeable. There can be little doubt that once more the author’s fondness for stylistic variation in terminology is at work here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A19/4"}
{"id":48009,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"The first ὅτι ( Joti ) in 3:20 may be understood either (1) as causal, “because if our heart condemns us,” or (2) as epexegetical (explanatory), “that if our heart condemns us.” There are two other instances of the combination ὅτι ἐάν ( Joti ean ) in 1 John, 3:2 and 5:14 . In 3:14 the ὅτι clearly introduces an indirect discourse (content) clause following οἴδαμεν ( oidamen ). In 5:14 the ὅτι is epexegetical to a preceding statement (“and this is the confidence [ ἡ παρρησία , Jh parrhsia ] which we have before him, that if we ask anything according to his will he hears us”). This is analogous to the present situation, and the subject under discussion (the believer’s confidence before God) is also similar (cf. 3:21-22 ). It is thus more likely, by analogy, that the first ὅτι clause in 3:20 , ὅτι ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία ( {oti ean kataginwskh Jhmwn Jh kardia ), should also be understood as epexegetical to the preceding clause, ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν τὴν καρδίαν ( emprosqen autou peisomen thn kardian , “and we convince our heart before him”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":48010,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"In Deut 25:1 LXX καταγινώσκω ( kataginwskw ) means “to condemn” in a context where it is in opposition to δικαιοῦν ( dikaioun , “to acquit”). In Job 42:6 LXX (Symmachus) and Ezek 16:61 LXX (Symmachus) it is used of self-judgment or self-condemnation, and this usage is also found in the intertestamental literature (Sir 14:2). Testament of Gad 5:3 describes a person οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἄλλου καταγινωσκόμενος ἀλλ᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας καρδίας ( ouc Jup ’ a[llou kataginwskomeno\" all ’ Jupo th\" idia\" kardia\" , “condemned not by another but by his own heart”). Thus the word has legal or forensic connotations, and in this context refers to the believer’s self-condemnation resulting from a guilty conscience concerning sin.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":48011,"verse_id":"1JN.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.20","text":"The use of two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses in close succession is somewhat awkward, but this is nothing new for the author; and indeed he has twice previously used two ὅτι clauses in close proximity in 3:2 and 14 . In both those instances the second ὅτι was understood as causal, and (1) some interpreters would do the same here. Unless one understands both of the ὅτι clauses in 3:20 as causal, however (an option rejected based on the analogy with 5:14 , see the discussion in the note on “that” at the beginning of the present verse), the first ὅτι clause must be understood as parenthetical in order for the second to be causal. This results in an even more awkward construction. It seems most probable that (2) the second ὅτι clause in 3:20 should also be understood as epexegetical (explanatory), and resumptive to the first. The resultant meaning is as follows: “and we convince our heart before him, that if our heart condemns us, that God is greater than our heart and knows all things.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A20/3"}
{"id":48012,"verse_id":"1JN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.22","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai ) which begins 3:22 is epexegetical (explanatory), relating a further implication of the “confidence” ( παρρησίαν , parrhsian ) which believers have before God when their heart (conscience) does not condemn them. They can ask things of God with the expectation of receiving their requests.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A22/1"}
{"id":48013,"verse_id":"1JN.3.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.22","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) is clearly causal, giving the reason why believers receive what they ask.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A22/2"}
{"id":48014,"verse_id":"1JN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.23","text":"The καί ( kai ) is epexegetical/explanatory (or perhaps resumptive) of the commandment(s) mentioned in the preceding verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A23/1"}
{"id":48015,"verse_id":"1JN.3.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.23","text":"This verse begins with the phrase καὶ αὕτη ἐστίν ( kai {auth estin ; cf. the similar phrase in 3:11 and 1:5 ), which is explained by the following ἵνα ( Jina ) clause, “that we believe in the name of his Son Jesus Christ.” The ἵνα thus introduces a clause which is (1) epexegetical (explanatory) or (2) appositional. By analogy the similar phrase in 3:11 is also followed by an epexegetical ἵνα clause and the phrase in 1:5 by an epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause. sn His commandment refers to what follows – the commandment from God is to believe in his Son, Jesus Christ, and to love one another.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A23/2"}
{"id":48016,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.24","text":"The verb μένω ( menw ) has been translated “resides” here because this verse refers to the mutual and reciprocal relationship between God and the believer. sn The verb resides ( μένω , menw ) here and again in the second clause of 3:24 refers to the permanence of relationship between God and the believer, as also in 2:6; 4:12, 13, 15, and 16 (3x).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/1"}
{"id":48017,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “in him.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/2"}
{"id":48018,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “he.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/3"}
{"id":48019,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.24","text":"Once again there is the (by now familiar) question of whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers to what precedes or to what follows. In this case, the following phrase ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος ( ek tou pneumato\" ) explains the ἐν τούτῳ phrase, and so it refers to what follows.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/4"}
{"id":48020,"verse_id":"1JN.3.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":3,"verse":24,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.24","text":"Grk “he.” In context this is almost certainly a reference to God (note the phrase “his Son Jesus Christ” in 3:23 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%203%3A24/5"}
{"id":48021,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"According to BDAG 255 s.v. δοκιμάζω 1 the verb means “to make a critical examination of someth. to determine genuineness, put to the test, examine .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":48022,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.1","text":"The phrase “to determine” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/4"}
{"id":48023,"verse_id":"1JN.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"“False prophets” refers to the secessionist opponents (compare 2:19 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":48024,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"There is no subordinating conjunction following the ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) here in 4:2 , so the phrase could refer either (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. Contextually the phrase refers to what follows, because the following clause in 4:2 b-3a ( πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστὸν … ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν , καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ μὴ ὁμολογεῖ τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ), while not introduced by a subordinating conjunction, does explain the preceding clause beginning with ἐν τούτῳ . In other words, the following clause in 4:2 b-3a is analogous to a subordinate clause introduced by an epexegetical ἵνα ( Jina ) or ὅτι ( Joti ), and the relationship can be represented in the English translation by a colon, “By this you know the Spirit of God : Every Spirit that confesses Jesus as the Christ who has come in the flesh is from God, but every Spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":48025,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “acknowledges.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":48026,"verse_id":"1JN.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"and others) read ὁμολογήσῃ αὐτὸν Χριστόν ( Jomologhsh auton Criston ). This structure exactly parallels 1 John 4:2 , and a case can be made that this is actually the preferred reading in John 9:22 ; furthermore, it is clear from the context in John 9:22 that Χριστόν is the complement (what is predicated of the first accusative) since the object (the first accusative) is αὐτόν rather than the proper name ᾿Ιησοῦν . The parallel in John 9:22 thus appears to be clearer than either 1 John 4:2 or 2 John 7 , and thus to prove useful in understanding both the latter constructions.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":48027,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"The καί ( kai ) which begins 4:3 introduces the “negative side” of the test by which the spirits might be known in 4:2-3 . Thus it is adversative in force: “every spirit that confesses Jesus as Christ who has come in the flesh is from God, but every Spirit that does not confess Jesus is not from God.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":48028,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “does not acknowledge.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/2"}
{"id":48029,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"A number of variants are generated from the simple τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ( ton Ihsoun ), some of which turn the expression into an explicit object-complement construction. ᾿Ιησοῦν κύριον ( Ihsoun kurion , “Jesus as Lord”) is found in א , τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστόν ( ton Ihsoun Criston , “Jesus as Christ”) is read by the Byzantine minuscules, τὸν Χριστόν (“the Christ”) is the reading of 1846, and ᾿Ιησοῦν without the article is found in 1881 2464. But τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν is well supported by A B Ψ 33 81 1739 al , and internally best explains the rise of the others. It is thus preferred on both external and internal grounds.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":48030,"verse_id":"1JN.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.3","text":"“Spirit” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A3/4"}
{"id":48031,"verse_id":"1JN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"“But” supplied here to bring out the context. The conjunction is omitted in the Greek text (asyndeton).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":48032,"verse_id":"1JN.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"The phrase ἐκ τούτου ( ek toutou ) in 4:6 , which bears obvious similarity to the much more common phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ), must refer to what precedes, since there is nothing in the following context for it to relate to, and 4:1-6 is recognized by almost everyone as a discrete unit. There is still a question, however, of what in the preceding context the phrase refers to. Interpreters have suggested a reference (1) only to 4:6 ; (2) to 4:4-6 ; or (3) to all of 4:1-6 . The last is most likely, because the present phrase forms an inclusion with the phrase ἐν τούτῳ in 3:24 which introduces the present section. Thus “by this we know the Spirit of truth and the spirit of deceit” refers to all of 4:1-6 with its “test” of the spirits by the christological confession made by their adherents in 4:1-3 and with its emphasis on the authoritative (apostolic) eyewitness testimony to the significance of Jesus’ earthly life and ministry in 4:4-6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":48033,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"This ὅτι ( Joti ) is causal, giving the reason why the readers, as believers, ought to love one another: because love comes from God. The next clause, introduced by καί ( kai ), does not give a second reason (i.e., is not related to the ὅτι clause), but introduces a second and additional thought: Everyone who loves is fathered by God and knows God.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":48034,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"As in 2:23 and 3:4 , the author uses πᾶς ( pas ) with the present articular participle as a generalization to describe a category of people. sn From the author’s “either/or” perspective (which tends to see things in terms of polar opposites) the use of a generalization like everyone who presents a way of categorizing the opponents on the one hand and the recipients, whom the author regards as genuine Christians, on the other. Thus everyone who loves refers to all true Christians, who give evidence by their love for one another that they have indeed been begotten by God and are thus God’s children. The opposite situation is described in the following verse, 4:8 , where (although everyone [ πᾶς , pas ] is omitted) it is clear that a contrast is intended.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":48035,"verse_id":"1JN.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.7","text":"The verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) in this context means to be fathered by God and thus a child of God. The imagery in 1 John is that of the male parent who fathers children (see especially 3:9 and 5:1 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A7/3"}
{"id":48036,"verse_id":"1JN.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"The author proclaims in 4:8 ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν ( Jo qeo\" agaph estin ), but from a grammatical standpoint this is not a proposition in which subject and predicate nominative are interchangeable (“God is love” does not equal “love is God”). The predicate noun is anarthrous, as it is in two other Johannine formulas describing God, “God is light” in 1 John 1:5 and “God is Spirit” in John 4:24 . The anarthrous predicate suggests a qualitative force, not a mere abstraction, so that a quality of God’s character is what is described here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":48037,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Once again there is the problem of determining whether the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. This is the first of 5 uses of the phrase in the present section ( 4:9, 10, 13, 17; 5:2 ). In this case (as also in the next two instances) there is a ὅτι ( Joti ) clause following which is related and which explains (i.e., which is epexegetical to) the phrase ἐν τούτῳ . Thus the meaning here is, “ By this the love of God is revealed in us: that God has sent his only Son into the world in order that we might live through him.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":48038,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.9","text":"In terms of syntax the force of the genitive τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) may be (1) objective, (2) subjective, or (3) both. The phrase occurs for the first time in the letter in 2:5 . Here in 4:9 the epexegetical ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which follows makes it clear that this is a subjective genitive, emphasizing God’s love for us rather than our love for God, because it describes God’s action in sending his Son into the world.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/2"}
{"id":48039,"verse_id":"1JN.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.9","text":"This phrase is best understood as the equivalent of a dative of sphere, but this description does not specify where the love of God is revealed with regard to believers: “in our midst” (i.e., among us) or “within us” (i.e., internally within believers). The latter is probable, because in the context the concept of God’s indwelling of the believer is mentioned in 4:12 : “God resides ( μένει , menei ) in us.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A9/3"}
{"id":48040,"verse_id":"1JN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Once again there is the (by now familiar) problem of determining whether the referent of this phrase (1) precedes or (2) follows. Here there are two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses which follow, both of which are epexegetical to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) and explain what the love of God consists of: first, stated negatively, “not that we have loved God,” and then positively, “but that he loved us and sent his Son to be the atoning sacrifice for our sins.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":48041,"verse_id":"1JN.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.10","text":"The two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses are epexegetical to the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) which begins the verse. sn What is important (as far as the author is concerned) is not whether we love God (or say that we love God – a claim of the opponents is probably behind this), but that God has loved us and sent his Son to be the atoning sacrifice which removes believers’ sins . This latter point is similar to the point made in 2:2 and is at the heart of the author’s dispute with the opponents, because they were denying any salvific value to Jesus’ earthly life and ministry, including his death on the cross.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A10/2"}
{"id":48042,"verse_id":"1JN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"Grk “and.” The Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) introduces the apodosis of the conditional sentence.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":48043,"verse_id":"1JN.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.11","text":"This is a first-class conditional sentence with εἰ ( ei ) + aorist indicative in the protasis. Reality is assumed for the sake of argument with a first-class condition. sn The author here assumes the reality of the protasis (the “if” clause), which his recipients, as believers, would also be expected to agree with: Assuming that God has loved us in this way, then it follows that we also ought to love one another. God’s act of love in sending his Son into the world to be the atoning sacrifice for our sins (v. 10 ) ought to motivate us as believers to love one another in a similar sacrificial fashion. The author made the same point already in 1 John 3:16 . But this failure to show love for fellow believers is just what the opponents are doing: In 1 John 3:17 the author charged them with refusing to love their brothers by withholding needed material assistance. By their failure to love the brothers sacrificially according to the example Jesus set for believers, the opponents have demonstrated again the falsity of their claims to love God and know God (see 1 John 2:9 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A11/2"}
{"id":48044,"verse_id":"1JN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.12","text":"The phrase “God resides in us” ( ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει , Jo qeo\" en Jhmin menei ) in 4:12 is a reference to the permanent relationship which God has with the believer. Here it refers specifically to God’s indwelling of the believer in the person of the Holy Spirit, as indicated by 4:13 b. Since it refers to state and not to change of status it is here translated “resides” (see 2:6 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A12/2"}
{"id":48045,"verse_id":"1JN.4.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.12","text":"The phrase “his [God’s] love is perfected ( τετελειωμένη ἐστίν , teteleiwmenh estin ) in us” in 4:12 is difficult. First it is necessary to decide whether αὐτοῦ ( autou ), which refers to God, is (1) subjective (God’s love for us) or (2) objective (our love for God). It is clear that a subjective genitive, stressing God’s love for us, is in view here, because the immediate context, 4:11 a, has believers as the objects of God’s love ( ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς , Jo qeo\" hgaphsen Jhma\" ). The entire phrase ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν τετελειωμένη ἐστίν ( Jh agaph autou en Jhmin teteleiwmenh estin ) then refers to what happens when believers love one another (note the protasis of the conditional sentence in 4:12 , ἐάν ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους [ ean agapwmen allhlou\" ]). The love that comes from God, the love that he has for us, reaches perfection in our love for others, which is what God wants and what believers are commanded to do (see 3:23 b).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A12/3"}
{"id":48046,"verse_id":"1JN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.13","text":"Again whether the referent of the phrase ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) (1) precedes or (2) follows is a problem. This time there are two ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses which follow. The first is an indirect discourse clause related to γινώσκομεν ( ginwskomen ) and giving the content of what believers know: “that we reside in him and he in us.” The second ὅτι clause is epexegetical (or explanatory) to the ἐν τούτῳ phrase, explaining how believers know that they reside in God and God remains in them: “in that he has given us of his Spirit.” sn By this we know. According to the author of 1 John, the Father’s giving of the indwelling Holy Spirit to the believer is one means of providing assurance to the believer of his relationship to God. This is what was also stated in 1 John 3:24 b in essentially identical terms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A13/1"}
{"id":48047,"verse_id":"1JN.4.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.13","text":"Grk “in him.” Context indicates that the pronoun refers to God (see 4:12 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A13/2"}
{"id":48048,"verse_id":"1JN.4.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.14","text":"Because σωτῆρα ( swthra ) is the object complement of υἱόν ( Juion ) in a double accusative construction in 4:14 , there is an understood equative verb joining the two, with the resultant meaning “the Father sent the Son to be the Savior of the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A14/1"}
{"id":48049,"verse_id":"1JN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.15","text":"Grk “Whoever.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A15/1"}
{"id":48050,"verse_id":"1JN.4.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.15","text":"Here μένει ( menei , from μένω [ menw ]) has been translated as “resides” because the confession is constitutive of the relationship, and the resulting state (“God resides in him”) is in view.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A15/2"}
{"id":48051,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.16","text":"Both ἐγνώκαμεν ( egnwkamen ) and πεπιστεύκαμεν ( pepisteukamen ) in 4:16 are perfect tenses, implying past actions with existing results. In this case the past action is specified as the recognition of ( ἐγνώκαμεν ) and belief in ( πεπιστεύκαμεν ) “the love which God has in us.” But what is the relationship between the two verbs γινώσκω ( ginwskw ) and πιστεύω ( pisteuw )? (1) Some interpreters would see a different nuance in each. (2) But in the Gospel of John the two verbs frequently occur together in the same context, often in the same tense; examples may be found in John 6:69, 8:31-32, 10:38, 14:7-10, and 17:8 . They also occur together in one other context in 1 John, 4:1-2 . Of these John 6:69 , Peter’s confession, is the closest parallel to the usage here: “We have come to believe [ πεπιστεύκαμεν ] and to know [ ἐγνώκαμεν ] that you are the holy One of God.” Here the order between “knowing” and “believing” is reversed from 1 John 4:16 , but an examination of the other examples from the Gospel of John should make it clear that there is no difference in meaning when the order of the terms is reversed. It appears that the author considered both terms to describe a single composite action. Thus they represent a hendiadys which describes an act of faith/belief/trust on the part of the individual; knowledge (true knowledge) is an inseparable part of this act of faith.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/1"}
{"id":48052,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.16","text":"The force of the preposition ἐν ( en ) in the phrase ἐν ἡμῖν ( en Jhmin ) in 4:16 a is disputed: Although (1) “for” (in the sense of “on behalf of”) is possible and is a common English translation, the other uses of the same phrase in 4:9 (where it refers to God’s love for us) and 4:12 (where it refers to God’s indwelling of the believer) suggest that (2) the author intends to emphasize interiority here – a reference to God’s love expressed in believers. This is confirmed by the only other uses in 1 John of the verb ἔχω ( ecw ) with the preposition ἐν ( 3:15 and 5:10 ) both of which literally mean something in someone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/2"}
{"id":48053,"verse_id":"1JN.4.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.16","text":"Once again μένω ( menw ) in its three occurrences in 4:16 looks at the mutual state of believers and God. No change of status or position is in view in the context, so the participle and both finite verbs are translated as “resides.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A16/3"}
{"id":48054,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.17","text":"The referent of ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) here is more difficult to determine than most, because while there are both ἵνα ( Jina ) and ὅτι ( Joti ) clauses following, it is not clear whether or not they are related to the ἐν τούτῳ . There are actually three possibilities for the referent of ἐν τούτῳ in 4:17 : (1) it may refer to the ἵνα clause which immediately follows, so that the love of believers is brought to perfection in that they have confidence in the day of judgment. The main problem with this interpretation is that since the day of judgment is still future, it necessitates understanding the second use of the preposition “in” (second ἐν [ en ]) to mean “about” or “concerning” with reference to the day of judgment in order to make logical sense. (2) The ἐν τούτῳ may refer to the ὅτι clause in 4:17 b, meaning “love is perfected with us… in that just as he [Christ] is, so also are we in this world.” This makes logical sense, and there are numerous cases where ἐν τούτῳ is explained by a ὅτι clause that follows. However, according to this understanding the intervening ἵνα clause is awkward, and there is no other instance of the phrase ἐν τούτῳ explained by a following ὅτι clause where a ἵνα clause intervenes between the two in this way. (3) Thus, the third possibility is that ἐν τούτῳ refers to what precedes in 4:16 b, and this also would make logical sense: “By this – by our residing in love so that we reside in God and he resides in us – is love brought to perfection with us.” This has the additional advantage of agreeing precisely with what the author has already said in 4:12 : “If we love one another, God remains in us and his love is brought to perfection in us.” Thus option (3) is best, with the phrase ἐν τούτῳ referring to what precedes in 4:16 b, and the ἵνα clause which follows indicates the result of this perfection of love in believers: In the future day of judgment they will have confidence. The ὅτι clause would then give the reason for such confidence in the day of judgment: because just as Jesus is, so also are believers in this world – they are already currently in relationship with God just as Jesus is.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/1"}
{"id":48055,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.17","text":"The preposition μετά ( meta ) means “with” and modifies the verb τετελείωται ( teteleiwtai ). If the prepositional phrase modified the noun ἡ ἀγάπη which immediately precedes it, it would almost certainly have the Greek article, thus: ἡ ἀγάπη ἡ μεθ᾿ ἡμῶν ( Jh agaph Jh meq ’ Jhmwn ). sn To say love is perfected with us means “with regard to our actions in loving our brothers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/2"}
{"id":48056,"verse_id":"1JN.4.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.17","text":"Grk “that one” (a reference to Jesus is indicated in the context). Once more the author uses the pronoun ἐκεῖνος ( ekeinos ) to refer to Jesus Christ, as he did in 2:6; 3:3, 5, 7, and 16 . A reference to Christ is confirmed in this context because the author says that “just as he is, so also are we [believers] in this world ” and since 3:2 indicated that believers are to be like God in the future (but are not yet), the only one believers can be like already in the present age is Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A17/3"}
{"id":48057,"verse_id":"1JN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.18","text":"Grk “punishment, and the person who fears.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A18/2"}
{"id":48058,"verse_id":"1JN.4.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.18","text":"“Punishment” is not repeated in the Greek text at this point but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A18/3"}
{"id":48059,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.20","text":"Grk “if anyone should say…”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/1"}
{"id":48060,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.20","text":"“Yet” is supplied to bring out the contrast.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/2"}
{"id":48061,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.20","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/3"}
{"id":48062,"verse_id":"1JN.4.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.20","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A20/4"}
{"id":48063,"verse_id":"1JN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.21","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause in 4:21 could be giving (1) the purpose or (2) the result of the commandment mentioned in the first half of the verse, but if it does, the author nowhere specifies what the commandment consists of. It makes better sense to understand this ἵνα clause as (3) epexegetical to the pronoun ταύτην ( tauthn ) at the beginning of 4:21 and thus explaining what the commandment consists of: “that the one who loves God should love his brother also.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A21/1"}
{"id":48064,"verse_id":"1JN.4.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":4,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.21","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%204%3A21/2"}
{"id":48065,"verse_id":"1JN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Or “the Messiah.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":48066,"verse_id":"1JN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"The verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) here means to be fathered by God and thus a child of God. The imagery in 1 John is that of the male parent who fathers children. See the note on “fathered” in 2:29 for further discussion of this imagery.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":48067,"verse_id":"1JN.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"places the conjunction in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":48068,"verse_id":"1JN.5.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.2","text":"Once more there is the familiar difficulty of determining whether the phrase refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. Here, because ἐν τούτῳ ( en toutw ) is followed by a clause introduced by ὅταν ( Jotan ) which appears to be related, it is best to understand ἐν τούτῳ as referring to what follows. The following ὅταν clause is epexegetical to ἐν τούτῳ , explaining how we know that we love God’s children: “by this we know that we love God’s children, whenever we love God and keep his commandments.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A2/1"}
{"id":48069,"verse_id":"1JN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"The force of the γάρ ( gar ) at the beginning of 5:3 is similar to another introductory formula used by the author of 1 John, καὶ αὕτη ἐστίν ( kai Jauth estin ; used in 1:5; 5:4, 11, and 14 ). The γάρ draws an inference based on the preceding statements, particularly the one in 5:2 b, regarding the love of God. If in 5:2 loving God and keeping his commandments is the key to knowing that we love God’s children, it is important to define what the love of God involves, and this is what the author is doing in 5:3 . In fact, as the following ἵνα ( Jina ) clause makes clear, loving God consists in keeping his commandments.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":48070,"verse_id":"1JN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.3","text":"Once again the genitive could be understood as (1) objective, (2) subjective, or (3) both. Here an objective sense is more likely (believers’ love for God) because in the previous verse it is clear that God is the object of believers’ love.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A3/2"}
{"id":48071,"verse_id":"1JN.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.3","text":", it is best to place a full stop (period) following τηρῶμεν ( thrwmen ) in 5:3 . The subordinate clause introduced by ὅτι ( Joti ) at the beginning of 5:4 is related to the second half of 5:3 which begins with καί ( kai ). Καί is commonly used by the author to begin a new sentence, probably by analogy with the Hebrew vav consecutive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A3/3"}
{"id":48072,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"The explicit reason the commandments of God are not burdensome to the believer is given by the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause at the beginning of 5:4 . It is because “everyone who is begotten by God conquers the world.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":48073,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"The masculine might have been expected here rather than the neuter πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ( pan to gegennhmenon ek tou qeou ) to refer to the person who is fathered by God. However, BDF §138.1 explains that “the neuter is sometimes used with respect to persons if it is not the individuals but a generic quality that is to be emphasized”; this seems to be the case here, where a collective aspect is in view: As a group, all those who have been begotten by God, that is, all true believers, overcome the world.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":48074,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.4","text":"Or “overcomes.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/4"}
{"id":48075,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “And this.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/6"}
{"id":48076,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.4","text":"The standard English translation for ἡ νίκη ( Jh nikh ) is “victory” (BDAG 673 s.v.) but this does not preserve the relationship with the cognate verb νικάω ( nikaw ; used in 2:13,14 and present in this context in participial form in 5:4 b and 5:5 ). One alternative would be “conquest,” although R. E. Brown ( Epistles of John [AB], 570) suggests “conquering power” as a translation for ἡ νίκη since here it is a metonymy for the means of victory or the power that gives victory, referring to believers’ faith.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/7"}
{"id":48077,"verse_id":"1JN.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"5.4","text":"The use of the aorist participle ( ἡ νικήσασα , Jh nikhsasa ) to refer to faith as the conquering power that “has conquered the world” in 5:4 b is problematic. Debate here centers over the temporal value of the aorist participle: (1) It may indicate an action contemporaneous with the (present tense) main verb, in which case the alternation between aorist participle in 5:4 b and present participle in 5:5 is one more example of the author’s love of stylistic variation with no difference in meaning. (2) Nevertheless, an aorist participle with a present tense main verb would normally indicate an action antecedent to that of the main verb, so that the aorist participle would describe a past action. That is the most probable here. Thus the aorist participle stresses that the conquest of the world is something that has already been accomplished.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A4/8"}
{"id":48078,"verse_id":"1JN.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"After a verb of perception (the participle ὁ πιστεύων [ Jo pisteuwn ]) the ὅτι ( Joti ) in 5:5 introduces indirect discourse, a declarative or recitative clause giving the content of what the person named by the participle ( ὁ πιστεύων ) believes: “that Jesus is the Son of God.” As in 4:15 , such a confession constitutes a problem for the author’s opponents but not for his readers who are genuine believers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":48079,"verse_id":"1JN.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"This ὅτι ( Joti ) is best understood (1) as causal. Some have taken it (2) as declarative, giving the content of the Spirit’s testimony: “and the Spirit is the One who testifies that the Spirit is the truth.” This is certainly possible, since a ὅτι clause following the cognate verb μαρτυρέω ( marturevw ) often gives the content of the testimony (cf. John 1:34; 3:28; 4:39, 44 ). But in the Gospel of John the Spirit never bears witness on his own behalf, but always on behalf of Jesus ( John 15:26, 16:13 ). There are, in fact, some instances in the Gospel of John where a ὅτι clause following μαρτυρέω is causal ( 8:14, 15:27 ), and that is more likely here: “and the Spirit is the One who testifies, because the Spirit is the truth.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":48080,"verse_id":"1JN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"A second causal ὅτι ( Joti ) clause (after the one at the end of the preceding verse) is somewhat awkward, especially since the reasons offered in each are somewhat different. The content of the second ὅτι clause (the one in question here) goes somewhat beyond the content of the first. The first ὅτι clause, the one at the end of 5:6 , stated the reason why the Spirit is the witness: because the Spirit is the truth. The second ὅτι clause, here, states that there are three witnesses, of which the Spirit is one. It is probably best, therefore, to understand this second ὅτι as indicating a somewhat looser connection than the first, not strictly causal but inferential in sense (the English translation “for” captures this inferential sense). See BDF §456.1 for a discussion of this ‘looser’ use of ὅτι .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":48081,"verse_id":"1JN.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"Before τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸ αἷμα ( to pneuma kai to {udwr kai to |aima ), the Textus Receptus ( TR ) reads ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ , ὁ πατήρ , ὁ λόγος , καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα , καὶ οὗτοι οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσι . 5:8 καὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες ἐν τῇ γῇ (“in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, and these three are one. 5:8 And there are three that testify on earth”). This reading, the infamous Comma Johanneum , has been known in the English-speaking world through the King James translation. However, the evidence – both external and internal – is decidedly against its authenticity. For a detailed discussion, see TCGNT 647-49. Our discussion will briefly address the external evidence. This longer reading is found only in nine late mss , four of which have the words in a marginal note. Most of these mss (221 2318 [18th century] {2473 [dated 1634]} and [with minor variations] 61 88 429 629 636 918) originate from the 16th century; the earliest ms, codex 221 (10th century) includes the reading in a marginal note, added sometime after the original composition. The oldest ms with the Comma in its text is from the 14th century (629), but the wording here departs from all the other mss in several places. The next oldest mss on behalf of the Comma , 88 (12th century) 429 (14th) 636 (15th), also have the reading only as a marginal note ( v.l. ). The remaining mss are from the 16th to 18th centuries. Thus, there is no sure evidence of this reading in any Greek ms until the 14th century (629), and that ms deviates from all others in its wording; the wording that matches what is found in the TR was apparently composed after Erasmus’ Greek NT was published in 1516. Indeed, the Comma appears in no Greek witness of any kind (either ms, patristic, or Greek translation of some other version) until a.d. 1215 (in a Greek translation of the Acts of the Lateran Council, a work originally written in Latin). This is all the more significant since many a Greek Father would have loved such a reading, for it so succinctly affirms the doctrine of the Trinity. The reading seems to have arisen in a 4th century Latin homily in which the text was allegorized to refer to members of the Trinity. From there, it made its way into copies of the Latin Vulgate, the text used by the Roman Catholic Church. The Trinitarian formula (known as the Comma Johanneum ) made its way into the third edition of Erasmus’ Greek NT (1522) because of pressure from the Catholic Church. After his first edition appeared, there arose such a furor over the absence of the Comma that Erasmus needed to defend himself. He argued that he did not put in the Comma because he found no Greek mss that included it. Once one was produced (codex 61, written in ca. 1520), Erasmus apparently felt obliged to include the reading. He became aware of this ms sometime between May of 1520 and September of 1521. In his annotations to his third edition he does not protest the rendering now in his text, as though it were made to order; but he does defend himself from the charge of indolence, noting that he had taken care to find whatever mss he could for the production of his text. In the final analysis, Erasmus probably altered the text because of politico-theologico-economic concerns: He did not want his reputation ruined, nor his Novum Instrumentum to go unsold. Modern advocates of the TR and KJV generally argue for the inclusion of the Comma Johanneum on the basis of heretical motivation by scribes who did not include it. But these same scribes elsewhere include thoroughly orthodox readings – even in places where the TR /Byzantine mss lack them. Further, these advocates argue theologically from the position of divine preservation: Since this verse is in the TR , it must be original. (Of course, this approach is circular, presupposing as it does that the TR = the original text.) In reality, the issue is history, not heresy: How can one argue that the Comma Johanneum goes back to the original text yet does not appear until the 14th century in any Greek mss (and that form is significantly different from what is printed in the TR ; the wording of the TR is not found in any Greek mss until the 16th century)? Such a stance does not do justice to the gospel: Faith must be rooted in history. Significantly, the German translation of Luther was based on Erasmus’ second edition (1519) and lacked the Comma. But the KJV translators, basing their work principally on Theodore Beza’s 10th edition of the Greek NT (1598), a work which itself was fundamentally based on Erasmus’ third and later editions (and Stephanus’ editions), popularized the Comma for the English-speaking world. Thus, the Comma Johanneum has been a battleground for English-speaking Christians more than for others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":48082,"verse_id":"1JN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"This ὅτι ( Joti ) almost certainly introduces a causal clause, giving the reason why the “testimony of God” is greater than the “testimony of men”: “because this is God’s testimony that he has testified concerning his Son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":48083,"verse_id":"1JN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"The problem with αὕτη ( jJauth ) in 5:9 lies in determining whether it refers (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. A few interpreters would see this as referring to the preceding verses ( 5:7-8 ), but the analogy with the author’s other uses of αὕτη ( 1:5; 3:11, 23 ) suggests a reference to what follows. In all of the other instances of αὕτη ἐστιν ( {auth estin , 1:5; 3:11, 23 ) the phrase is followed by an epexegetical (explanatory) clause giving the referent ( ὅτι [ Joti ] in 1:5 , ἵνα [ Jina ] in 3:11 and 23 ). The ὅτι clause which follows the αὕτη in 5:9 does not explain the testimony, but should be understood as an adjectival relative clause which qualifies the testimony further. The ὅτι clause which explains the testimony of 5:9 (to which the αὕτη in 5:9 refers) is found in 5:11 , where the phrase αὕτη ἐστιν is repeated. Thus the second use of αὕτη ἐστιν in 5:11 is resumptive , and the ὅτι clause which follows the αὕτη in 5:11 is the epexegetical (explanatory) clause which explains both it and the αὕτη in 5:9 which it resumes.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":48084,"verse_id":"1JN.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"The second ὅτι ( Joti ) in 5:9 may be understood in three different ways. (1) It may be causal, in which case it gives the reason why the testimony just mentioned is God’s testimony: “because he has testified concerning his Son.” This is extremely awkward because of the preceding ὅτι clause which is almost certainly causal (although the second ὅτι could perhaps be resumptive in force, continuing the first). (2) The second ὅτι could be understood as epexegetical (explanatory), in which case it explains what the testimony of God mentioned in the preceding clause consists of: “because this is the testimony of God, [namely,] that he has testified concerning his Son.” This is much smoother grammatically, but encounters the logical problem that “the testimony of God” is defined in 5:11 (“And this is the testimony: that God has given us eternal life”) and the two definitions of what the testimony of God consists of are not identical (some would say that they are not even close). Thus (3) the smoothest way to understand the second ὅτι logically is to read it as a relative pronoun: “because this is the testimony of God that he has testified concerning his Son.” In this case it is exactly parallel to the relative clause which occurs in 5:10 b: “because he has not believed the testimony that ( ἣν , Jhn ) God has testified concerning his Son.” (There is in fact a textual problem with the second ὅτι in 5:9 : The Byzantine tradition, along with ms P, reads a relative pronoun [ ἣν ] in place of the second ὅτι in 5:9 identical to the relative pronoun in 5:10 b. This represents an obvious effort on the part of scribes to smooth out the reading of the text.) In an effort to derive a similar sense from the second ὅτι in 5:9 it has been suggested that the conjunction ὅτι should be read as an indefinite relative pronoun ὅτι (sometimes written ὅ τι ). The problem with this suggestion is the use of the neuter relative pronoun to refer to a feminine antecedent ( ἡ μαρτυρία , Jh marturia ). It is not without precedent for a neuter relative pronoun to refer to an antecedent of differing gender, especially as some forms tended to become fixed in usage and were used without regard to agreement. But in this particular context it is difficult to see why the author would use a neuter indefinite relative pronoun here in 5:9 b and then use the normal feminine relative pronoun ( ἣν ) in the next verse. (Perhaps this strains at the limits of even the notorious Johannine preference for stylistic variation, although it is impossible to say what the author might or might not have been capable of doing.) Because of the simplicity and logical smoothness which results from reading ὅτι as equivalent to a relative pronoun, the third option is preferred, although it is not without its difficulties (as are all three options).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":48085,"verse_id":"1JN.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"The ὅτι ( Joti ) clause in 5:11 is epexegetical (explanatory) to the phrase καὶ αὕτη ἐστίν ( kai Jauth estin ) at the beginning of the verse and gives the content of the testimony for the first time: “And this is the testimony: that God has given us eternal life, and this life is in his Son.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":48086,"verse_id":"1JN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"“This” is a translation of the Greek anaphoric article.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":48087,"verse_id":"1JN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"The word “eternal” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity, since the anaphoric article in Greek points back to the previous mention of eternal life in 5:11 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":48088,"verse_id":"1JN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.12","text":"“This” is a translation of the Greek anaphoric article.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A12/4"}
{"id":48089,"verse_id":"1JN.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.12","text":"The word “eternal” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity, since the anaphoric article in Greek points back to the previous mention of eternal life in 5:11 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A12/5"}
{"id":48090,"verse_id":"1JN.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Theoretically the pronoun ταῦτα ( tauta ) could refer (1) to what precedes or (2) to what follows. Since it is followed by a ἵνα ( Jina ) clause which gives the purpose for the writing, and a new subject is introduced in 5:14 ( ἡ παρρησία , Jh parrhsia ), it seems almost certain that the ταῦτα in 5:13 refers to preceding material. Even at this, some would limit the referent of ταῦτα (1) only to 5:1-12 or even 5:12 , but more likely ταῦτα in 5:13 refers (2) to the entirety of the letter, for two reasons: (a) based on the structural analogy with the Gospel of John, where the conclusion refers to all that has preceded, it is probable that the conclusion to 1 John refers likewise to all that has preceded; and (b) the statement ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ( tauta egraya Jumin ) in 5:13 forms an inclusion with the statement καὶ ταῦτα γράφομεν ἡμεῖς ( kai tauta grafomen Jhmei\" ) at the end of the prologue ( 1:4 ) and encompasses the entire body of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":48091,"verse_id":"1JN.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"The dative participle πιστεύουσιν ( pisteuousin ) in 5:13 is in simple apposition to the indirect object of ἔγραψα ( egraya ), ὑμῖν ( Jumin ), and could be translated, “These things I have written to you, namely , to the ones who believe in the name of the Son of God, in order that you may know.” There is an exact parallel to this structure in John 1:12 , where the pronoun is αὐτοῖς ( autois ) and the participle is τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ( toi\" pisteuousin ) as here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":48092,"verse_id":"1JN.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"This ἵνα ( Jina ) introduces a clause giving the author’s purpose for writing “these things” ( ταῦτα , tauta ), which refers to the entirety of the preceding material. The two other Johannine statements about writing, 1 John 1:4 and John 20:31 , are both followed by purpose clauses introduced by ἵνα , as here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":48093,"verse_id":"1JN.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"For the third time in 5:9-14 the author uses the construction αὕτη ἐστίν ( {auth estin ; 5:9, 11, 14 ). As in the previous instance ( 5:11 ) the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause which follows is epexegetical (explanatory) to the pronoun αὕτη and explains what the “confidence” ( παρρησία , parrhsia ) consists of (technically the subject is ἡ παρρησία , the predicate nominative is the pronoun αὕτη , and the ὅτι clause explains the predicate nominative): “And the confidence which we have before him is this , namely, that if we ask anything according to his will he hears us.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":48094,"verse_id":"1JN.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.14","text":"A third-class condition is introduced by ἐάν ( ean ) + present subjunctive. Because the apodosis also contains a present tense verb ( ἀκούει , akouei ) this belongs in a subcategory of third-class conditional sentences known as present general. In the Koine period ἐάν can mean “when” or “whenever” and is virtually the equivalent of ὅταν ( Jotan ; see BDAG 268 s.v. ἐάν 2). Thus the meaning here is, “whenever (i.e., if) we ask anything according to his will, then he hears us.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A14/2"}
{"id":48095,"verse_id":"1JN.5.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.15","text":"This use of ἐάν ( ean ) with the indicative mood rather than the subjunctive constitutes an anomalous usage. Here ἐάν is used instead of ἐι ( ei ) to introduce a first-class condition: “if we know ( οἴδαμεν , oidamen ) that he hears us in regard to whatever we ask, then we know that we have the requests which we have asked from him.” The reality of the condition (protasis) is assumed for the sake of argument; given the protasis, the apodosis follows. The use of ἐάν for ἐι is rare but not without precedent; see M. Zerwick ( Biblical Greek §§330-31).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A15/1"}
{"id":48096,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.16","text":"Again ἐάν ( ean ) in 5:16 introduces (as in 5:14 ) a third-class condition, but this time, with the future indicative ( αἰτήσει , aithsei ) in the apodosis, the condition is known as “more probable future.” As BDF §371.4 points out, such a condition describes what is to be expected under certain circumstances. If a person sees his Christian brother committing a sin not to death, it is expected that he will make intercession for the sinning brother (“he should ask…”), and that life will be granted to the sinner in answer to the request. The author has already pointed out in 5:14-15 that if believers make requests of God in accordance with his will they may have confidence that they will receive the requests they have asked for, and this is a specific instance.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/1"}
{"id":48097,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.16","text":"See note on the phrase “fellow Christian” in 2:9 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/2"}
{"id":48098,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “a sin not to death.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/3"}
{"id":48099,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “he” (see the note on the word “grant” later in this verse for discussion).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/4"}
{"id":48100,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.16","text":"The referent of the (understood) third person subject of δώσει ( dwsei ) in 5:16 is difficult to determine. Once again the author’s meaning is obscure. Several possibilities have been suggested for the referent of the subject of this verb: (1) From a grammatical and syntactical standpoint, it would be easiest to understand the subject of δώσει in 5:16 as the person who makes the request, since this person is the subject of the preceding verb αἰτήσει ( aithsei ) and the following verb ἐρωτήσῃ ( erwthsh ). From a theological standpoint this is extremely difficult, however, since it would make the person who prays for the sinner the giver of life, and it is questionable whether the author (for whom God is the ultimate source of life) would say that one believer could ‘give’ life to another. In this case the meaning would be: “he [the petitioner] should ask, and he [the petitioner] will grant life to him [the sinner], namely, to those who sin not to death.” (2) Another option is to see God as the subject of δώσει in 5:16 and the Giver of life to the sinner. This is far more consistent theologically with the author’s perspective on God as the Giver of life everywhere else, but it is awkward grammatically (as explained in reference to the previous position above) because it involves a shift in subjects for the three third-person verbs in the context from the person who makes the request ( αἰτήσει ) to God ( δώσει ) and back to the person who makes the request ( ἐρωτήσῃ ). In this case the meaning would be: “he [the petitioner] should ask, and he [God] will grant life to him [the sinner], namely, to those who sin not to death.” (3) A third possibility is to see God as the subject of δώσει in 5:16 , but the person who makes the request (rather than the sinner) as the referent of the indirect object αὐτῷ ( autw ) in 5:16 . This is possible because the indirect object αὐτῷ is singular, while the dative substantival participle τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ( toi\" Jamartanousin ) which follows (which clearly refers to those who sin) is plural. Thus the meaning would be: “he [the petitioner] should ask, and he [God] will grant life to him [the petitioner], with reference to [his praying for] those who sin not to death.” Although this is a difficult and awkward construction no matter what solution one takes, on the whole the second alternative seems most probable. Even if option (1) is preferred it must be acknowledged that God is ultimately the source of life, although it is given as a result of the petitioner’s intercessory prayer and the petitioner becomes, in a sense, the intermediate agent. But in the preceding context ( 5:11 ) the author has emphasized that God is the Giver of life, and in spite of the awkwardness in the change of subjects, that would seem to be the most likely meaning here, so option (2) is preferred. Option (3) is improbable because it seems clear that it should be the sinner for whom intercession is made, rather than the petitioner, who is the recipient of life. The petitioner would be assumed to possess life already or he could not be making a request which God would hear. In this case the change from the singular dative indirect object ( αὐτῷ ) to the plural dative substantival participle ( τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν ) is merely a loose construction (which by this time should come as no surprise from the author).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/5"}
{"id":48101,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “a sin not to death.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/6"}
{"id":48102,"verse_id":"1JN.5.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":16,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"5.16","text":"Grk “a sin to death.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A16/7"}
{"id":48103,"verse_id":"1JN.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.17","text":"The meaning of ἀδικία ( adikia ) here is “unrighteousness” (BDAG 20 s.v. 2 ). It refers to the opposite of that which is δίκαιος ( dikaios , “right, just, righteous”) which is used by the author to describe both God and Jesus Christ ( 1 John 1:9; 2:2, 29 ). Here, having implied that sins committed by believers (sins “not to death”) may be prayed for and forgiven, the author does not want to leave the impression that such sin is insignificant, because this could be viewed as a concession to the views of the opponents (who as moral indifferentists have downplayed the significance of sin in the Christian’s life).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A17/1"}
{"id":48104,"verse_id":"1JN.5.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.17","text":"Grk “a sin not to death.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A17/2"}
{"id":48105,"verse_id":"1JN.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.18","text":"The concept represented by the verb γεννάω ( gennaw ) here means to be fathered by God and thus a child of God. The imagery in 1 John is that of the male parent who fathers children (see 2:29 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A18/1"}
{"id":48106,"verse_id":"1JN.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.18","text":"Grk “he”; see the note on the following word “protects.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A18/2"}
{"id":48107,"verse_id":"1JN.5.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.18","text":"P Ψ 33 1739 Ï ) supply the reflexive pronoun ἑαυτόν ( Jeauton ) in place of αὐτόν in 5:18 . On the basis of the external evidence this has a good possibility of being the original reading, but internal evidence favors αὐτόν as the more difficult reading, since ἑαυτόν may be explained as a scribal attempt at grammatical smoothness. From a logical standpoint, however, it is difficult to make much more sense out of ἑαυτόν ; to say what “the Christian protects himself” means in the context is far from clear. (4) “The one fathered by God [the Christian] holds on to him [God].” This results in further awkwardness, because the third person pronoun ( αὐτοῦ , autou ) in the following clause must refer to the Christian, not God. Furthermore, although τηρέω ( threw ) can mean “hold on to” (BDAG 1002 s.v. 2 .c), this is not a common meaning for the verb in Johannine usage, occurring elsewhere only in Rev 3:3 . (5) “The one fathered by God [the Christian], he [God] protects him [the Christian].” This involves a pendant nominative construction ( ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ) where a description of something within the clause is placed in the nominative case and moved forward ahead of the clause for emphatic reasons. This may be influenced by Semitic style; such a construction is also present in John 17:2 (“in order that everyone whom You have given to him, he may give to them eternal life”). This view is defended by K. Beyer ( Semitische Syntax im Neuen Testament [SUNT], 1:216ff.) and appears to be the most probable in terms both of syntax and of sense. It makes God the protector of the Christian (rather than the Christian himself), which fits the context much better, and there is precedent in Johannine literature for such syntactical structure.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A18/3"}
{"id":48108,"verse_id":"1JN.5.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.19","text":"The preposition ἐκ ( ek ) here indicates both source and possession: Christians are “from” God in the sense that they are begotten by him, and they belong to him. For a similar use of the preposition compare the phrases ἐκ τοῦ πατρός ( ek tou patro\" ) and ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ( ek tou kosmou ) in 1 John 2:16 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A19/1"}
{"id":48109,"verse_id":"1JN.5.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.20","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) introduces a purpose clause which gives the purpose of the preceding affirmation: “we know that the Son of God has come and has given us insight (so that we may) know him who is true.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A20/1"}
{"id":48110,"verse_id":"1JN.5.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"1JN","chapter":5,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"5.21","text":"Most later mss (P Ï ) have ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”) at the end of this letter. Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the earliest and best witnesses, along with several others ( א A B Ψ 33 323 630 1505 1739 al sy co), lack the inoffensive particle, rendering its omission as the authentic reading. sn The modern reader may wonder what all this has to do with idolatry. In the author’s mind, to follow the secessionist opponents with their false Christology would amount to idolatry, since it would involve worshiping a false god instead of the true God, Jesus Christ. Thus guard yourselves from idols means for the readers to guard themselves against the opponents and their teaching.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/1%20John%205%3A21/1"}
{"id":48111,"verse_id":"2JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":48112,"verse_id":"2JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “presbyter.” sn The author’s self-designation, the elder , is in keeping with the reticence of the author of the Gospel of John to identify himself. This is the same self-designation used by the author of 3 John.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":48113,"verse_id":"2JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"This phrase may refer to an individual or to a church (or the church at large). Some have suggested that the addressee is a Christian lady named “Electa,” but the same word in v. 13 is clearly an adjective, not a proper name. Others see the letter addressed to a Christian lady named “Kyria” (first proposed by Athanasius) or to an unnamed Christian lady. The internal evidence of 2 John clearly supports a collective reference, however. In v. 6 the addressee is mentioned using second person plural, and this is repeated in vv. 8, 10, and 12 . Only in v. 13 does the singular reappear. The uses in vv. 1 and 13 are most likely collective. Some have seen a reference to the church at large, but v. 13 , referring to “the children of your elect sister” is hard to understand if the universal church is in view. Thus the most probable explanation is that the “elect lady” is a particular local church at some distance from where the author is located. sn 2 John is being written to warn a “sister” church some distance away, referred to as an elect lady , of the missionary efforts of the secessionist false teachers (discussed in 1 John) and the dangers of welcoming them whenever they arrive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":48114,"verse_id":"2JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ( en alhqeia ) in is similar to , although it is not qualified there as it is here (see ). This is not merely the equivalent of an adverb (“truly”), but is a theological statement affirming the orthodoxy of Gaius, to whom the letter is addressed. “Truth” is the author’s way of alluding to theological orthodoxy in the face of the challenge by the opponents (see 1 John 3:19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":48115,"verse_id":"2JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The prepositional phrase that begins v. 2 , διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ( dia thn alhqeian , “because of the truth”), is missing in a number of significant mss , among them Ψ 614 1241 1505 1739 al . However, it looks to be a simple case of homoioteleuton, for v. 1 ends with τὴν ἀλήθειαν . For some of these mss it could be an intentional omission, for the sense of the passage is largely the same without the prepositional phrase (the following adjectival participle, in this case, would simply attach itself to the previous τὴν ἀλήθειαν ). The phrase could thus have been viewed as redundant and for this reason expunged from the text. sn While truth certainly has a doctrinal aspect in this context, the following phrase that resides in us and will be with us forever suggests more than doctrine is involved. A close parallel is John 14:16-17 where Jesus promised his disciples that the Spirit (Paraclete) would be with them forever: “He remains with you and will be in you.” The “truth” the author speaks of here is a manifestation of the Spirit of Truth who is permanently with the believer.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":48116,"verse_id":"2JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"“And” is not in the Greek text. It is supplied for smoothness in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":48117,"verse_id":"2JN.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Most witnesses, including some early and important ones ( א P 33 Ï sy), have κυρίου ( kuriou , “Lord”) before ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( Ihsou Cristou , “Jesus Christ”), but this is a typical scribal addition, motivated by pietistic and liturgical concerns. Further, early and excellent mss (A B Ψ 048 0232 81 323 1739 al ) lack κυρίου . Thus, both internally and externally, the shorter reading is strongly preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":48118,"verse_id":"2JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"“Some” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied because the prepositional phrase beginning with ἐκ ( ek ) has partitive force. The partitive force of the prepositional phrase here has been taken by some interpreters to mean that the author has found some of the elect lady’s children who are living according to the truth and some who are not. This is grammatically possible, but the author has merely stated that he knows of some Christians in the church addressed who are “walking in the truth.” He does not know for certain that all of them are, and concern over this is probably part of the motivation for writing the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":48119,"verse_id":"2JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “just as we received commandment from the Father.” The idiom “we received commandment from the Father” means the Father gave (a) commandment to them (the author plus the recipients).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":48120,"verse_id":"2JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The introductory καὶ νῦν ( kai nun ) has some adversative (contrastive) force: The addressees are already “living according to the truth” (v. 4 ) but in the face of the threat posed by the opponents, the author has to stress obedience all the more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":48121,"verse_id":"2JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"The words “if I were” are not in the Greek text, but are supplied for clarity in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":48122,"verse_id":"2JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"“The one” is not in the Greek text. It is supplied for clarity in English.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":48123,"verse_id":"2JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.5","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause indicates content.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A5/6"}
{"id":48124,"verse_id":"2JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “that we live.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":48125,"verse_id":"2JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause indicates result, parallel to John 13:34 where the final ἵνα clause also indicates result.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":48126,"verse_id":"2JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Or “should live in obedience to it.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":48127,"verse_id":"2JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Technically this ὅτι ( Joti ) clause is subordinate to the verb περιπατῆτε ( peripathte ) at the end of v. 6 , giving the reason why the readers should walk in the commandment to love one another. But BDF §456.1 notes that subordination “is often very loose” in such cases and can be translated “for.” Thus the ὅτι assumes something of an inferential sense, drawing an inference based on what has preceded.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":48128,"verse_id":"2JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"“As” is not in the Greek text. It is supplied for clarity in English, since (like in the same confession in 1 John 4:2 ) ᾿Ιησοῦν ( Ihsoun ) should be understood as object and Χριστόν ( Criston ) as complement of an object-complement double accusative construction.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":48129,"verse_id":"2JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “Messiah.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":48130,"verse_id":"2JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"This is the same confession as in 1 John 4:2 except the perfect participle used there is replaced by a present participle ( ἐρχόμενον , ercomenon ) here. It is not clear why the author changed from a perfect participle in 1 John 4:2 to a present participle here. The perfect participle suggests a reference to the incarnation (past). The present participle could suggest a reference to the (future) second advent, but based on the similarity to 1 John 4:2 it is probably best to take it as referring to the incarnation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":48131,"verse_id":"2JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The construction πᾶς ὁ ( pas Jo ) + participle occur frequently in 1 John (13 times) where it is used by the author to divide people into categories: “everyone who does this” as opposed to “everyone who does the opposite.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":48132,"verse_id":"2JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"Here μένω ( menw ) has been translated “remain” rather than “reside” since a change in status or position is present in the context: The opponents did not “remain” but “ran on ahead.” The verb μένω is used only here (twice in this verse) in the Johannine letters in connection with “teaching” but in the Gospel of John it is used three times with reference to the teaching of Jesus himself ( 7:16, 17; 18:19 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":48133,"verse_id":"2JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The genitive τοῦ Χριστοῦ ( tou Cristou , “of Christ”) is difficult because it may be understood as objective (the teaching about Christ), subjective (Christ’s own teaching), or both (M. Zerwick’s “general” genitive [ Biblical Greek §§36-39]; D. B. Wallace’s “plenary” genitive [ ExSyn 119-21]). An objective genitive (with Christ as the object of the “apostolic” teaching) might seem to be the obvious reading in context, especially since verse 7 makes reference to what a person “confesses” about Jesus Christ. A good case can also be made for a subjective genitive, however, since other Johannine uses of the genitive following the noun διδαχή ( didach , “teaching”) favor a subjective sense here. In John 7:16, 17 Jesus himself refers to “my teaching” and “teaching from me,” and 18:19 refers to “his (Jesus’) teaching.” Rev 2:14, 15 refers to the “teaching of Balaam” and “the teaching of the Nicolaitans,” both of which are clearly subjective in context. In the present context, to speak of “Christ's teaching” as a subjective genitive would make Christ himself (in the person of the indwelling Spirit) the teacher, and this is consistent with the author’s position in 1 John 2:27 that the community does not need other teachers. In 1 John 2:27 it is the Paraclete, referred to as “his anointing,” who does the teaching. Since the dispute with the opponents concerns the salvific significance of the earthly life and ministry of Jesus, the “teaching” here would refer to Jesus’ own teaching (reflected in the Gospel of John) concerning his person and work. Since this is ultimately one with the apostolic eyewitness testimony about Jesus, it is perhaps best to view the genitive here as both objective and subjective (perhaps the author deliberately intended not to be specific).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":48134,"verse_id":"2JN.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"“Other” is not in the Greek text but is supplied for clarity in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":48135,"verse_id":"2JN.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “by means of.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":48136,"verse_id":"2JN.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “speak mouth to mouth,” an idiom for which the English equivalent is “speak face to face.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":48137,"verse_id":"2JN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"2JN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"The Byzantine text has ἀμήν ( amhn , “amen”) at the conclusion of this letter. Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant. Further, the particle is lacking in excellent, early, and diffuse witnesses ( א A B P Ψ 33 81 323 1739 1881 al co), rendering its omission the strongly preferred reading.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/2%20John%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":48138,"verse_id":"3JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":48139,"verse_id":"3JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “presbyter.” sn The author’s self-designation, the elder , is in keeping with the reticence of the author of the Gospel of John to identify himself. This is the same self-designation used by the author of 2 John.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":48140,"verse_id":"3JN.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ( en alhqeia ) in is similar to , although it is not qualified here as it is there (see ). This is not merely the equivalent of an adverb (“truly”), but is a theological statement affirming the orthodoxy of Gaius, to whom the letter is addressed. “Truth” is the author’s way of alluding to theological orthodoxy in the face of the challenge by the opponents (see 1 John 3:19 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":48141,"verse_id":"3JN.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"The noun ψυχή ( yuch ) is used 10 times in the Gospel of John and 2 times in 1 John; of these 6 of the uses in John and both in 1 John refer to a person’s “life” (as something that can be laid down). In John 10:24 and 12:27 the ψυχή is that part of a person where emotions are experienced; one’s ψυχή is held in suspense or deeply troubled. This is, in other words, the immaterial part of a person as opposed to his physical existence. A close parallel is found in Philo, Heir 58 (285): “nourished with peace, he will depart, having gained a calm, unclouded life…welfare in the body, welfare in the soul ( ψυχή )…health and strength…delight in virtues.” sn Just as it is well with your soul. The equivalent contemporary idiom would be to speak of ‘spiritual’ health as opposed to physical health. The author affirms that Gaius is indeed well off spiritually, and he prays that Gaius’ physical health would match his spiritual health, i.e., that Gaius would be as well off physically as he is spiritually. It is the spiritual health which is to be the standard by which one’s physical health is measured, not the other way round.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":48142,"verse_id":"3JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “that I hear”; the ἵνα ( Jina ) clause indicates content. This is more smoothly expressed as an English infinitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":48143,"verse_id":"3JN.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “walking in (the) truth” (see the note on the phrase “living according to the truth” in 3 John 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":48144,"verse_id":"3JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"The author has already described Gaius as “dear friend” or “beloved” ( τῷ ἀγαπητῷ , tw agaphtw ) in v. 1 ; he will address Gaius in the same way in vv. 5 and 11 ( ᾿Αγαπητέ , Agaphte ). This is a term of endearment and personal warmth, much as it is when used by the author as an address in 1 John 2:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":48145,"verse_id":"3JN.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.5","text":"BDAG 821 s.v. πιστός 1.b offers the translation “act loyally” for this context, a usage which is not common but does fit well here. Since the author is going to ask Gaius for additional help for these missionaries in the following verse, he begins here by commending Gaius for all that he has already done in this regard. sn When the author tells Gaius “ you demonstrate faithfulness by whatever you do ” he is commending him for his faithful service to the traveling missionaries ( the brothers ). Gaius has assisted them, and they have now returned with a report of this to the author ( 3 John 3 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A5/2"}
{"id":48146,"verse_id":"3JN.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “who” (a relative pronoun that continues the sentence begun in 3 John 5 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":48147,"verse_id":"3JN.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"The word ἐθνικός ( eqniko\" ) occurs only 4 times in the NT (the other three are in Matt 5:47; 6:7; and 18:17 ). It is virtually synonymous here with the far more common ἔθνος ( eqno\" , used some 162 times in the NT). Both refer to the Gentiles (that is, pagans). sn Since the issue here is support for the traveling missionaries, and there is no indication that the author would want to forbid receiving support from Gentile converts to Christianity, the word pagans must refer to Gentile unbelievers, i.e., pagans. The traveling missionaries sent out to combat the false teaching of the secessionist opponents have been accepting nothing by way of support from non-Christians.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":48148,"verse_id":"3JN.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause indicates the result of such support for the traveling missionaries: The Christian who helps to support them in their efforts thus becomes a coworker in cooperation with the truth. Although the dative τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ( th alhqeia ) is somewhat difficult to specify, it would appear (corresponding to the σύν - [ sun- ] prefix of the noun modified) to indicate a sense of cooperation with “the truth” which is at work through the missionaries. There is precedent in the Johannine literature for understanding “truth” as personified ( John 8:32 , “the truth will make you free”; possibly also 1 John 3:19 ). More explicitly, 1 John 4:6 identifies the Holy Spirit as “the Spirit of Truth,” a characterization repeated in 1 John 5:6 . Thus it seems likely that the “truth” at work through the missionaries here is ultimately the Holy Spirit, who works through their efforts. The Christian who supports them thus becomes a coworker with the Spirit of God himself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":48149,"verse_id":"3JN.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"Since the verb ἐπιδέχομαι ( epidecomai ) can mean “receive into one’s presence” (BDAG 370 s.v. 1 ; it is used with this meaning in the next verse) it has been suggested that the author himself attempted a previous visit to Diotrephes’ church but was turned away. There is nothing in the context to suggest an unsuccessful prior visit by the author, however; in 3 John 9 he explicitly indicates a prior written communication which Diotrephes apparently ignored or suppressed. The verb ἐπιδέχομαι can also mean “accept” in the sense of “acknowledge someone’s authority” (BDAG 370 s.v. 2 ) and such a meaning better fits the context here: Diotrephes has not accepted but instead rejected the authority of the author to intervene in the situation of the traveling missionaries (perhaps because Diotrephes believed the author had no local jurisdiction in the matter).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":48150,"verse_id":"3JN.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"The third-class condition ( ἐὰν ἔλθω , ean elqw ) seems to be used by the author to indicate real uncertainty on his part as to whether he will visit Diotrephes’ church or not.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":48151,"verse_id":"3JN.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"The words “to him” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":48152,"verse_id":"3JN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “by means of.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":48153,"verse_id":"3JN.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “ink and pen.” The more normal order in contemporary English is “pen and ink.” sn The figurative phrase with pen and ink is parallel to 2 John 12 , suggesting that both letters may well have been written at approximately the same time and in similar situations. The author tells Gaius that he has more to say, but does not wish to do so in writing; he would rather talk in person ( 3 John 14 ). It appears that the author anticipates a personal visit to Gaius’ church in the very near future. This may be the same visit mentioned in connection with Diotrephes in v. 10 . Gaius’ church and Diotrephes’ church may have been in the same city, or in neighboring towns, so that the author anticipates visiting both on the same journey.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":48154,"verse_id":"3JN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “speak mouth to mouth,” an idiom for which the contemporary English equivalent is “speak face to face.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":48155,"verse_id":"3JN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “peace to you.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":48156,"verse_id":"3JN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The word “here” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":48157,"verse_id":"3JN.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"3JN","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.14","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/3%20John%201%3A14/5"}
{"id":48158,"verse_id":"JUD.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “Judas,” traditionally “Jude” in English versions to distinguish him from the one who betrayed Jesus. The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":48159,"verse_id":"JUD.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Though δοῦλος ( doulos ) is normally translated “servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). At the same time, perhaps “servant” is apt in that the δοῦλος of Jesus Christ took on that role voluntarily, unlike a slave. The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force. sn Undoubtedly the background for the concept of being the Lord’s slave or servant is to be found in the Old Testament scriptures. For a Jew this concept did not connote drudgery, but honor and privilege. It was used of national Israel at times ( Isa 43:10 ), but was especially associated with famous OT personalities, including such great men as Moses ( Josh 14:7 ), David ( Ps 89:3 ; cf. 2 Sam 7:5, 8 ) and Elijah ( 2 Kgs 10:10 ); all these men were “servants (or slaves) of the Lord.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":48160,"verse_id":"JUD.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “loved in.” The perfect passive participle suggests that the audience’s relationship to God is not recent; the preposition ἐν ( en ) before πατρί ( patri ) could be taken as sphere or instrument (agency is unlikely, however). Another possible translation would be “dear to God.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":48161,"verse_id":"JUD.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “by.” Datives of agency are quite rare in the NT (and other ancient Greek), almost always found with a perfect verb. Although this text qualifies, in light of the well-worn idiom of τηρέω ( threw ) in eschatological contexts, in which God or Christ keeps the believer safe until the parousia (cf. 1 Thess 5:23 ; 1 Pet 1:4 ; Rev 3:10 ; other terms meaning “to guard,” “to keep” are also found in similar eschatological contexts [cf. 2 Thess 3:3 ; 2 Tim 1:12 ; 1 Pet 1:5 ; Jude 24 ]), it is probably better to understand this verse as having such an eschatological tinge. It is at the same time possible that Jude’s language was intentionally ambiguous, implying both ideas (“kept by Jesus Christ [so that they might be] kept for Jesus Christ”). Elsewhere he displays a certain fondness for wordplays; this may be a hint of things to come.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":48162,"verse_id":"JUD.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"Grk “may mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":48163,"verse_id":"JUD.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “while being quite diligent to write to you,” or “while making all haste to write to you.” Two issues are at stake: (1) whether σπουδή ( spoudh ) here means diligence , eagerness , or haste ; (2) whether ποιούμενος γράφειν ( poioumeno\" grafein ) is to be taken conatively (“I was about to write”) or progressively (“I was writing”). Without knowing more of the background, it is difficult to tell which option is to be preferred.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":48164,"verse_id":"JUD.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “I had the necessity.” The term ἀνάγκη ( anankh , “necessity”) often connotes urgency or distress. In this context, Jude is indicating that the more comprehensive treatment about the faith shared between himself and his readers was not nearly as urgent as the letter he found it now necessary to write.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":48165,"verse_id":"JUD.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “encouraging.” Παρακαλῶν ( parakalwn ) is most likely a telic participle. In keeping with other participles of purpose, it is present tense and occurs after the main verb.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":48166,"verse_id":"JUD.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"the verb ἐπαγωνίζομαι ( epagwnizomai ) is an intensive form of ἀγωνίζομαι ( agwnizomai ). As such, the notion of struggling, fighting, contending, etc. is heightened.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":48167,"verse_id":"JUD.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.3","text":"Τῇ πίστει ( th pistei ) here is taken as a dative of advantage (“on behalf of the faith”). Though rare (see BDAG 820 s.v. 3 ), it is not unexampled and must have this meaning here. sn The term “faith” has a variety of meanings in the NT. Here, the faith refers to the doctrinal content embraced by believers rather than the act of believing. Rather than discuss the points of agreement that Jude would have with these believers, because of the urgency of the present situation he must assume that these believers were well grounded and press on to encourage them to fight for this common belief.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A3/5"}
{"id":48168,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “people.” However, if Jude is indeed arguing that Peter’s prophecy about false teachers has come true, these are most likely men in the original historical and cultural setting. See discussion of this point in the note on the phrase “these men” in 2 Pet 2:12 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":48169,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"“Among you” is not in the Greek text, but is obviously implied. sn The infiltration referred to by the phrase slipped in among you was predicted by Peter ( 2 Pet 2:1 ), Paul (e.g., Acts 20:29-30 ), and OT prophets.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":48170,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"Or “in the past.” The adverb πάλαι ( palai ) can refer to either, though the meaning “long ago” is more common.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":48171,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “written about.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":48172,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “for this condemnation.” τοῦτο ( touto ) is almost surely a kataphoric demonstrative pronoun, pointing to what follows in vv. 5-18 . Otherwise, the condemnation is only implied (in v. 3 b) or is merely a statement of their sinfulness (“ungodly” in v. 4 b), not a judgment of it.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":48173,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “debauchery.” This is the same word Peter uses to predict what the false teachers will be like ( 2 Pet 2:2, 7, 18 ). sn Turned the grace of our God into a license for evil. One of the implications that the gospel in the apostolic period was truly a gospel of grace was the fact that the enemies of the gospel could pervert it into license . If it were a gospel of works, no such abuse could be imagined. Along these lines, note Rom 6:1 – “Are we to remain in sin so that grace may increase?” This question could not have even been asked had the gospel been one of works. But grace is easily misunderstood by those who would abuse it.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/6"}
{"id":48174,"verse_id":"JUD.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"1.4","text":"The terms “Master and Lord” both refer to the same person. The construction in Greek is known as the Granville Sharp rule, named after the English philanthropist-linguist who first clearly articulated the rule in 1798. Sharp pointed out that in the construction article-noun- καί -noun (where καί [ kai ] = “and”), when two nouns are singular, personal, and common (i.e., not proper names), they always had the same referent. Illustrations such as “the friend and brother,” “the God and Father,” etc. abound in the NT to prove Sharp’s point. For more discussion see ExSyn 270-78. See also Titus 2:13 and 2 Pet 1:1","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A4/8"}
{"id":48175,"verse_id":"JUD.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “knowing all things.” The subject of the participle “knowing” ( εἰδότας , eidota\" ) is an implied ὑμᾶς ( Jumas ), though several ancient witnesses actually add it. The πάντα ( panta ) takes on an adverbial force in this context (“fully”), intensifying how acquainted the readers are with the following points. sn That Jude comments on his audience’s prior knowledge of what he is about to tell them ( you have been fully informed of these facts ) may imply that they were familiar with 2 Peter. In 2 Pet 2:4 ff., the same illustrations from the OT are drawn. See the note on the following phrase once for all .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":48176,"verse_id":"JUD.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"Or perhaps “a,” though this is less likely.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":48177,"verse_id":"JUD.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.5","text":"Grk “the second time.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A5/5"}
{"id":48178,"verse_id":"JUD.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “and.” Verse 6 is a continuation of the same sentence begun in v. 5 . Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":48179,"verse_id":"JUD.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “who did not keep their own domain.” sn The idea is that certain angels acted improperly, going outside the bounds prescribed by God ( their proper domain ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":48180,"verse_id":"JUD.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.6","text":"The word ζόφος ( zofos , “utter, deepest darkness”) is used only five times in the NT: two in 2 Peter, two in Jude, and one in Hebrews. Jude 6 parallels 2 Pet 2:4 ; Jude 13 parallels 2 Pet 2:17 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A6/5"}
{"id":48181,"verse_id":"JUD.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.6","text":"The words “locked up” are not in Greek, but is expressed in English as a resumptive point after the double prepositional phrase (“in eternal chains in utter darkness”).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A6/6"}
{"id":48182,"verse_id":"JUD.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “as.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A7/1"}
{"id":48183,"verse_id":"JUD.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “the towns [or cities] surrounding them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":48184,"verse_id":"JUD.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “strange flesh.” This phrase has been variously interpreted. It could refer to flesh of another species (such as angels lusting after human flesh). This would aptly describe the sin of the angels, but not easily explain the sin of Sodom and Gomorrah. It could refer to the homosexual practices of the Sodomites, but a difficulty arises from the use of ἕτερος ( {etero\" ; “strange,” “other”). When this is to be distinguished from ἄλλος ( allos , “another”) it suggests “another of a different kind.” If so, would that properly describe homo sexual behavior? In response, the language could easily be compact: “pursued flesh other than what was normally pursued.” However, would this find an analogy in the lust of angels (such would imply that angels normally had sexual relations of some sort, but cf. Matt 22:30 )? Another alternative is that the focus of the parallel is on the activity of the surrounding cities and the activity of the angels. This is especially plausible since the participles ἐκπορνεύσασαι ( ekporneusasai , “having indulged in sexual immorality”) and ἀπελθοῦσαι ( apelqousai , “having pursued”) have concord with “cities” ( πόλεις , poleis ), a feminine plural noun, rather than with Sodom and Gomorrah (both masculine nouns). If so, then their sin would not necessarily have to be homosexuality. However, most likely the feminine participles are used because of constructio ad sensum (construction according to sense). That is, since both Sodom and Gomorrah are cities, the feminine is used to imply that all the cities are involved. The connection with angels thus seems to be somewhat loose: Both angels and Sodom and Gomorrah indulged in heinous sexual immorality. Thus, whether the false teachers indulge in homosexual activity is not the point; mere sexual immorality is enough to condemn them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A7/3"}
{"id":48185,"verse_id":"JUD.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"Or “in the same way as.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":48186,"verse_id":"JUD.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"“Angels” is not in the Greek text; but the masculine demonstrative pronoun most likely refers back to the angels of v. 6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":48187,"verse_id":"JUD.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"The reference is now to the false teachers.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":48188,"verse_id":"JUD.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"Grk “dreaming.” The participle ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι ( enupniazomenoi , “dreaming”) is adverbial to the pronoun οὗτοι ( |outoi , “these”), though the particular relationship is not clear. It could mean, “while dreaming,” “by dreaming,” or “because of dreaming.” This translation has adopted the last option as Jude’s meaning, partially for syntactical reasons (the causal participle usually precedes the main verb) and partially for contextual reasons (these false teachers must derive their authority from some source, and the dreams provide the most obvious base). The participle ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι was sometimes used of apocalyptic visions, both of true and false prophets. This seems to be the meaning here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":48189,"verse_id":"JUD.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.8","text":"Most likely, the authority of the Lord is in view. This verse, then, echoes the indictment of v. 4 : “they deny our Master and Lord, Jesus Christ.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A8/3"}
{"id":48190,"verse_id":"JUD.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.8","text":"The construction with the three verbs (“defile, “reject,” and “insult”) involves the particles μέν , δέ , δέ ( men , de , de ). A more literal (and pedantic) translation would be: “on the one hand, they defile the flesh, on the other hand, they reject authority, and on another hand, they insult the glorious ones.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A8/4"}
{"id":48191,"verse_id":"JUD.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The word “even” is not in Greek; it is implied by the height of the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":48192,"verse_id":"JUD.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The sentence structure is a bit different in Greek. Literally it reads: “But Michael the archangel, when arguing with the devil and disputing.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":48193,"verse_id":"JUD.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “they should naturally comprehend.” The present tense in this context may have a conative force. sn They instinctively comprehend. Like irrational animals, these false teachers do grasp one thing – the instinctive behavior of animals in heat. R. Bauckham ( Jude, 2 Peter [WBC], 63) notes that “Though they claim to be guided by special spiritual insight gained in heavenly revelations, they are in fact following the sexual instincts which they share with the animals.” Jude’s focus is somewhat different from Peter’s: Peter argued that, like irrational animals who are born to be caught and killed, these men will be destroyed when destroying others ( 2 Pet 2:12 ). Jude, however, does not mention the destruction of animals, just that these false teachers will be destroyed for mimicking them.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":48194,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “they have gone the way of Cain.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":48195,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “for wages.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":48196,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.11","text":"The verb ἐκχέω ( ekcew ) normally means “pour out.” Here, in the passive, it occasionally has a reflexive idea, as BDAG 312 s.v. 3 . suggests (with extra-biblical examples).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/3"}
{"id":48197,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.11","text":"Or “in.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/4"}
{"id":48198,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “and.” See note on “perish” later in this verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/5"}
{"id":48199,"verse_id":"JUD.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.11","text":"The three verbs in this verse are all aorist indicative (“have gone down,” “have abandoned,” “have perished”). Although the first and second could be considered constative or ingressive, the last is almost surely proleptic (referring to the certainty of their future judgment). Although it may seem odd that a proleptic aorist is so casually connected to other aorists with a different syntactical force, it is not unparalleled (cf. Rom 8:30 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A11/6"}
{"id":48200,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “these are the men who are.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":48201,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Though σπιλάδες ( spilades ) is frequently translated “blemishes” or “stains,” such is actually a translation of the Greek word σπίλοι ( spiloi ). The two words are quite similar, especially in their root or lexical forms ( σπιλάς [ spila\" ] and σπίλος [ spilos ] respectively). Some scholars have suggested that σπιλάδες in this context means the same thing as σπίλοι . But such could be the case only by a stretch of the imagination (see BDAG 938 s.v. σπιλάς for discussion). Others suggest that Jude’s spelling was in error (which also is doubtful). One reason for the tension is that in the parallel passage, 2 Pet 2:13 , the term used is indeed σπίλος . And if either Jude used 2 Peter or 2 Peter used Jude, one would expect to see the same word. Jude, however, may have changed the wording for the sake of a subtle wordplay. The word σπιλάς was often used of a mere rock, though it normally was associated with a rock along the shore or one jutting out in the water. Thus, the false teachers would appear as “rocks” – as pillars in the community (cf. Matt 16:18 ; Gal 2:9 ), when in reality if a believer got too close to them his faith would get shipwrecked. Some suggest that σπιλάδες here means “hidden rocks.” Though this meaning is attested for the word, it is inappropriate in this context, since these false teachers are anything but hidden. They are dangerous because undiscerning folks get close to them, thinking they are rocks and pillars, when they are really dangerous reefs.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":48202,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.12","text":"Or “fearlessly.” The term in this context, however, is decidedly negative. The implication is that these false teachers ate the Lord’s Supper without regarding the sanctity of the meal. Cf. 1 Cor 11:17-22 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/4"}
{"id":48203,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “shepherding themselves.” The verb ποιμαίνω ( poimainw ) means “shepherd, nurture [the flock].” But these men, rather than tending to the flock of God, nurture only themselves. They thus fall under the condemnation Paul uttered when writing to the Corinthians: “For when it comes time to eat [the Lord’s Supper,] each one goes ahead with his own meal” ( 1 Cor 11:21 ). Above all, the love-feast was intended to be a shared meal in which all ate and all felt welcome.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/5"}
{"id":48204,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.12","text":"“They are” is not in Greek, but resumes the thought begun at the front of v. 12 . There is no period before “They are.” English usage requires breaking this into more than one sentence.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/6"}
{"id":48205,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"1.12","text":"Cf. 2 Pet 2:17 . Jude’s emphasis is slightly different (instead of waterless springs, they are waterless clouds).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/7"}
{"id":48206,"verse_id":"JUD.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “having died twice.” sn Twice dead probably has no relevance to the tree metaphor, but has great applicability to these false teachers. As in Rev 20:6 , those who die twice are those who die physically and spiritually. The aphorism is true: “born once, die twice; born twice, die once” (cf. Rev 20:5 ; John 3, 11 ).","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A12/9"}
{"id":48207,"verse_id":"JUD.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “wild waves of the sea.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":48208,"verse_id":"JUD.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “foaming, causing to foam.” The verb form is intensive and causative. BDAG 360 s.v. ἐπαφρίζω suggests the meaning “to cause to splash up like froth, cause to foam ,” or, in this context, “ waves casting up their own shameless deeds like (dirty) foam .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":48209,"verse_id":"JUD.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “shames, shameful things.” It is uncertain whether shameful deeds or shameful words are in view. Either way, the picture has taken a decided turn: Though waterless clouds and fruitless trees may promise good things, but deliver nothing, wild sea-waves are portents of filth spewed forth from the belly of the sea.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A13/3"}
{"id":48210,"verse_id":"JUD.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.13","text":"Grk “utter darkness of darkness for eternity.” See note on the word “utter” in v. 6 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A13/5"}
{"id":48211,"verse_id":"JUD.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “the seventh from Adam.” sn The genealogical count is inclusive, counting Adam as the first, for Enoch is really the sixth in descent from Adam (Adam, Seth, Enosh, Cainan, Mahalalel, Jared, Enoch). In this way, the picture of perfection/completion was retained (for the number seven is often used for perfection or completion in the Bible) starting with Adam and concluding with Enoch.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":48212,"verse_id":"JUD.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “against them.” The dative τούτοις ( toutois ) is a dativus incommodi (dative of disadvantage).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":48213,"verse_id":"JUD.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “has come,” a proleptic aorist.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":48214,"verse_id":"JUD.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.14","text":"Grk “ten thousands.” The word μυριάς ( muria\" ), from which the English myriad is derived, means “ten thousand.” In the plural it means “ten thousands.” This would mean, minimally, 20,000 (a multiple of ten thousand). At the same time, the term was often used in apocalyptic literature to represent simply a rather large number, without any attempt to be specific.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A14/4"}
{"id":48215,"verse_id":"JUD.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “against” ( κατά [ kata ] + genitive). English usage is satisfied with “on” at this point, but the parallel is lost in the translation to some degree, for the end of v. 15 says that this judgment is meted out on these sinners because they spoke against him ( κατά + genitive).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":48216,"verse_id":"JUD.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":48217,"verse_id":"JUD.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “of all their works of ungodliness.” The adverb “thoroughly” is part of the following verb “have committed.” See note on verb “committed” later in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":48218,"verse_id":"JUD.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.15","text":"The verb in Greek does not simply mean “have committed,” but “have committed in an ungodly way.” The verb ἀσεβέω ( asebew ) is cognate to the noun ἀσέβεια ( asebeia , “ungodliness”). There is no easy way to express this in English, since English does not have a single word that means the same thing. Nevertheless, the tenor of v. 15 is plainly seen, regardless of the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A15/4"}
{"id":48219,"verse_id":"JUD.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"“And” is not in Greek, but is supplied for the sake of English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":48220,"verse_id":"JUD.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “going.” Though the participle is anarthrous, so also is the subject. Thus, the participle could be either adverbial or adjectival.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":48221,"verse_id":"JUD.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “(who go/going) according to their own lusts.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A16/3"}
{"id":48222,"verse_id":"JUD.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “and their mouth speaks bombastic things.” sn They give bombastic speeches. The idiom of opening one’s mouth in the NT often implied a public oration from a teacher or one in authority. Cf. Matt 5:2 ; Luke 4:22 ; Acts 1:16; 3:18; 10:34 ; Eph 6:19 ; Rev 13:5-6 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A16/4"}
{"id":48223,"verse_id":"JUD.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.16","text":"Or “to their own advantage.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A16/6"}
{"id":48224,"verse_id":"JUD.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “words.” In conjunction with προεῖπον ( proeipon ), however, the meaning of the construction is that the apostles uttered prophecies.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":48225,"verse_id":"JUD.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “be.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":48226,"verse_id":"JUD.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Grk “going according to their own desires of ungodliness.” sn Jude cites 2 Pet 3:3 , changing a few of the words among other things, cleaning up the syntax, conforming it to Hellenistic style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":48227,"verse_id":"JUD.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “these are the ones who cause divisions.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":48228,"verse_id":"JUD.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.19","text":"Or “natural,” that is, living on the level of instincts, not on a spiritual level (the same word occurs in 1 Cor 2:14 as a description of nonbelievers).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A19/2"}
{"id":48229,"verse_id":"JUD.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “not having [the] Spirit.” sn The phrase devoid of the Spirit may well indicate Jude’s and Peter’s assessment of the spiritual status of the false teachers. Those who do not have the Spirit are clearly not saved.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A19/3"}
{"id":48230,"verse_id":"JUD.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The participles in v. 20 have been variously interpreted. Some treat them imperativally or as attendant circumstance to the imperative in v. 21 (“maintain”): “build yourselves up…pray.” But they do not follow the normal contours of either the imperatival or attendant circumstance participles, rendering this unlikely. A better option is to treat them as the means by which the readers are to maintain themselves in the love of God. This both makes eminently good sense and fits the structural patterns of instrumental participles elsewhere.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":48231,"verse_id":"JUD.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “keep.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A21/1"}
{"id":48232,"verse_id":"JUD.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.21","text":"Or “waiting for.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A21/2"}
{"id":48233,"verse_id":"JUD.1.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.21","text":"Grk “unto eternal life.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A21/3"}
{"id":48234,"verse_id":"JUD.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “and save.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A23/1"}
{"id":48235,"verse_id":"JUD.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “and have mercy.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A23/2"}
{"id":48236,"verse_id":"JUD.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “with fear.” But as this contrasts with ἀφόβως ( afobw\" ) in v. 12 ( without reverence ), the posture of the false teachers, it most likely refers to reverence for God. sn Joining a fear of God to mercy is an important balance when involved in disciplinary action. On the one hand, being merciful without fear can turn to unwarranted sympathy for the individual, absolving him of personal responsibility; but fearing God without showing mercy can turn into personal judgment and condemnation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A23/3"}
{"id":48237,"verse_id":"JUD.1.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.23","text":"Grk “hating even the tunic spotted by the flesh.” The “flesh” in this instance could refer to the body or to the sin nature. It makes little difference in one sense: Jude is thinking primarily of sexual sins, which are borne of the sin nature and manifest themselves in inappropriate deeds done with the body. At the same time, he is not saying that the body is intrinsically bad, a view held by the opponents of Christianity. Hence, it is best to see “flesh” as referring to the sin nature here and the language as metaphorical.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A23/5"}
{"id":48238,"verse_id":"JUD.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.24","text":"The construction in Greek is a double accusative object-complement. “You” is the object and “free from falling” is the adjectival complement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A24/1"}
{"id":48239,"verse_id":"JUD.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.24","text":"Grk “with rejoicing.” The prepositional clause is placed after “his glorious presence” in Greek, but most likely goes with “cause you to stand.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A24/2"}
{"id":48240,"verse_id":"JUD.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.24","text":"The construction in Greek is a double accusative object-complement. “You” is the object and “without blemish” is the adjectival complement.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A24/3"}
{"id":48241,"verse_id":"JUD.1.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"JUD","chapter":1,"verse":24,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.24","text":"Or “in the presence of his glory,” “before his glory.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Jude%201%3A24/4"}
{"id":48242,"verse_id":"REV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.1","text":"The phrase ἀποκάλυψις ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ ( ajpokaluyi\" Ihsou Cristou , “the revelation of Jesus Christ”) could be interpreted as either an objective genitive (“the revelation about Jesus Christ”), subjective genitive (“the revelation from Jesus Christ”), or both (M. Zerwick’s “general” genitive [ Biblical Greek , §§36-39]; D. B. Wallace’s “plenary” genitive [ ExSyn 119-21]). In 1:1 and 22:16 it is clear that Jesus has sent his angel to proclaim the message to John; thus the message is from Christ, and this would be a subjective genitive. On a broader scale, though, the revelation is about Christ, so this would be an objective genitive. One important point to note is that the phrase under consideration is best regarded as the title of the book and therefore refers to the whole of the work in all its aspects. This fact favors considering this as a plenary genitive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A1/1"}
{"id":48243,"verse_id":"REV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.1","text":"Grk “slaves.” Although this translation frequently renders δοῦλος ( doulos ) as “slave,” the connotation is often of one who has sold himself into slavery; in a spiritual sense, the idea is that of becoming a slave of God or of Jesus Christ voluntarily. The voluntary notion is not conspicuous here; hence, the translation “servants.” In any case, the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. BDAG notes that “‘servant’ for ‘slave’ is largely confined to Biblical transl. and early American times…in normal usage at the present time the two words are carefully distinguished” (BDAG 260 s.v.). The most accurate translation is “bondservant” (sometimes found in the ASV for δοῦλος ), in that it often indicates one who sells himself into slavery to another. But as this is archaic, few today understand its force.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A1/2"}
{"id":48244,"verse_id":"REV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.1","text":"BDAG 992-93 s.v. τάχος has “ quickly, at once, without delay Ac 10:33 D; 12:7; 17:15 D; 22:18; 1 Cl 48:1; 63:4… soon , in a short time … Rv 1:1; 22:6 … shortly Ac 25:4 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A1/3"}
{"id":48245,"verse_id":"REV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.1","text":"Or “He indicated it clearly” (L&N 33.153).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A1/4"}
{"id":48246,"verse_id":"REV.1.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.1","text":"See the note on the word “servants” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A1/5"}
{"id":48247,"verse_id":"REV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.2","text":"“Then” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied to make the chronological succession clear in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A2/1"}
{"id":48248,"verse_id":"REV.1.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.2","text":"The genitive phrase “about Jesus Christ” is taken as an objective genitive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A2/2"}
{"id":48249,"verse_id":"REV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.3","text":"The word “this” is used to translate the Greek article τῆς ( ths ), bringing out its demonstrative force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A3/1"}
{"id":48250,"verse_id":"REV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.3","text":"The word “aloud” has been supplied to indicate that in the original historical setting reading would usually refer to reading out loud in public rather than silently to oneself.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A3/2"}
{"id":48251,"verse_id":"REV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.3","text":"The words “blessed are” are repeated from the beginning of this verse for stylistic reasons and for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A3/3"}
{"id":48252,"verse_id":"REV.1.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.3","text":"Grk “keep.” L&N 36.19 has “to continue to obey orders or commandments – ‘to obey, to keep commandments, obedience.’”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A3/4"}
{"id":48253,"verse_id":"REV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “John.” The word “From” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to indicate the sender of the letter.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A4/1"}
{"id":48254,"verse_id":"REV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.4","text":"Grk “Asia”; in the NT this always refers to the Roman province of Asia, made up of about one-third of the west and southwest end of modern Asia Minor. Asia lay to the west of the region of Phrygia and Galatia. The words “the province of” are supplied to indicate to the modern reader that this does not refer to the continent of Asia.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A4/2"}
{"id":48255,"verse_id":"REV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.4","text":"It is probable that the ὑμῖν ( Jumin ) applies to both elements of the greeting, i.e., to both grace and peace.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A4/3"}
{"id":48256,"verse_id":"REV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.4","text":"א A C P 2050 al lat sy co) lack the term “God” ( θεοῦ , qeou ) between “from” ( ἀπό , apo ) and “he who is” ( ὁ ὤν , Jo wn ). Its inclusion, as supported by the bulk of the Byzantine witnesses, is clearly secondary and a scribal attempt to achieve two things: (1) to make explicit the referent in the passage, namely, God, and (2) to smooth out the grammar. The preposition “from” in Greek required a noun in the genitive case. But here in Rev 1:4 the words following the preposition “from” ( ἀπό ) are in another case, i.e., the nominative. There are two principal ways in which to deal with this grammatical anomaly. First, it could be a mistake arising from someone who just did not know Greek very well, or as a Jew, was heavily influenced by a Semitic form of Greek. Both of these unintentional errors are unlikely here. Commenting on this ExSyn 63 argues: “Either of these is doubtful here because (1) such a flagrant misunderstanding of the rudiments of Greek would almost surely mean that the author could not compose in Greek, yet the Apocalypse itself argues against this; (2) nowhere else does the Seer [i.e., John] use a nom. immediately after a preposition (in fact, he uses ἀπό 32 times with the gen. immediately following).” The passage appears to be an allusion to Exod 3:14 (in the LXX) where God refers to himself as “he who is” ( ὁ ὤν ), the same wording in Greek as here in Rev 1:4 . Thus, it appears that John is wanting to leave the divine name untouched (perhaps to allude to God’s immutability, or as a pointer to the Old Testament as the key to unlocking the meaning of this book), irrespective of what it “looks” like grammatically. The translation has placed the “he who is” in quotation marks to indicate to the reader that the syntactical awkwardness is intentional. (For further comments, see ExSyn 63).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A4/4"}
{"id":48257,"verse_id":"REV.1.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.4","text":"BDAG 106 s.v. ἀπό 5.d states: “The expr. εἰρήνη ἀπὸ ‘ ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ’ Rv 1:4 is quite extraordinary. It may be an interpretation of the name Yahweh already current, or an attempt to show reverence for the divine name by preserving it unchanged, or simply one more of the grammatical peculiarities so frequent in Rv.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A4/5"}
{"id":48258,"verse_id":"REV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.5","text":"Or “Jesus Christ – the faithful one, the witness…” Some take ὁ πιστός ( Jo pistos ) as a second substantive in relation to ὁ μάρτυς ( Jo martus ). In the present translation, however, ὁ πιστός was taken as an adjective in attributive position to ὁ μάρτυς . The idea of martyrdom and faithfulness are intimately connected. See BDAG 820 s.v. πιστός 1.a. α : “ ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου Rv 2:13 ( μάρτυς 3); in this ‘book of martyrs’ Christ is ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς ( καὶ ὁ ἀληθινός ) 1:5; 3:14 ; cp. 19:11 (the combination of ἀληθινός and πιστός in the last two passages is like 3 Macc 2:11). Cp. Rv 17:14 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A5/1"}
{"id":48259,"verse_id":"REV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.5","text":"lat bo). Internally, it seems that the reading “washed” could have arisen in at least one of three ways: (1) as an error of hearing (both “released” and “washed” are pronounced similarly in Greek); (2) an error of sight (both “released” and “washed” look very similar – a difference of only one letter – which could have resulted in a simple error during the copying of a ms); (3) through scribal inability to appreciate that the Hebrew preposition ב can be used with a noun to indicate the price paid for something. Since the author of Revelation is influenced significantly by a Semitic form of Greek (e.g., 13:10 ), and since the Hebrew preposition “in” ( ב ) can indicate the price paid for something, and is often translated with the preposition “in” ( ἐν , en ) in the LXX, the author may have tried to communicate by the use of ἐν the idea of a price paid for something. That is, John was trying to say that Christ delivered us at the price of his own blood. This whole process, however, may have been lost on a later scribe, who being unfamiliar with Hebrew, found the expression “ delivered in his blood” too difficult, and noticing the obvious similarities between λύσαντι and λούσαντι , assumed an error and then proceeded to change the text to “washed in his blood” – a thought more tolerable in his mind. Both readings, of course, are true to scripture; the current question is what the author wrote in this verse. Or “and released us” (L&N 37.127).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A5/3"}
{"id":48260,"verse_id":"REV.1.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.5","text":"The style here is somewhat Semitic, with the use of the ἐν ( en ) + the dative to mean “at the price of.” The addition of “own” in the English is stylistic and is an attempt to bring out the personal nature of the statement and the sacrificial aspect of Jesus’ death – a frequent refrain in the Apocalypse.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A5/4"}
{"id":48261,"verse_id":"REV.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.6","text":"The verb ποιέω ( poiew ) can indicate appointment or assignment rather than simply “make” or “do.” See Mark 3:14 (L&N 37.106).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A6/1"}
{"id":48262,"verse_id":"REV.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.6","text":"See BDAG 168 s.v. βασιλεία 1.a for the idea of “he made us a kingdom,” which was translated as “he appointed us (to be or function) as a kingdom” (see the note on the word “appointed” earlier in the verse).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A6/2"}
{"id":48263,"verse_id":"REV.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.6","text":"Grk “a kingdom, priests.” The term ἱερεῖς ( Jiereis ) is either in apposition to βασιλείαν ( basileian ) or as a second complement to the object “us” ( ἡμᾶς , Jhmas ). The translation retains this ambiguity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A6/3"}
{"id":48264,"verse_id":"REV.1.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.6","text":"A P 2050 pc bo) have good ms support. The author uses the longer expression ( εἰς [ τοὺς ] αἰῶνας [ τῶν ] αἰώνων , ei\" [ tou\" ] aiwna\" [ twn ] aiwnwn ) in every other instance of αἰών in Revelation, twelve passages in all ( 1:18; 4:9, 10; 5:13; 7:12; 10:6; 11:15; 14:11; 15:7; 19:3; 20:10; 22:5 ). Thus, on the one hand, the style of the author is consistent, while on the other hand, the scribes may have been familiar with such a stylistic feature, causing them to add the words here. The issues are more complex than can be presented here; the longer reading, however, is probably original (the shorter reading arising from accidental omission of the genitive phrase due to similarity with the preceding words).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A6/4"}
{"id":48265,"verse_id":"REV.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) was translated as ascensive.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A7/2"}
{"id":48266,"verse_id":"REV.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"1.7","text":"In this context, tribes ( φυλαί , fulai ) could also be translated as “nations” or “peoples” (L&N 11.56).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A7/4"}
{"id":48267,"verse_id":"REV.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"1.7","text":"The conjunction ἐπί ( epi ) is most likely causal here. The people who crucified him are those of every tribe on the earth and they will mourn because he comes as judge.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A7/5"}
{"id":48268,"verse_id":"REV.1.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"1.7","text":"Grk “Yes, Amen.” The expression “This will certainly come to pass” is an attempt to capture the force of the juxtaposition of the Greek ναί ( nai ) and the Hebrew ἀμήν ( amhn ). See L&N 69.1.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A7/6"}
{"id":48269,"verse_id":"REV.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.8","text":"lat bo. There is little reason why a scribe would have deleted the words, but their clarifying value and the fact that they harmonize with 21:6 indicate that they are a secondary addition to the text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A8/1"}
{"id":48270,"verse_id":"REV.1.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.8","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A8/2"}
{"id":48271,"verse_id":"REV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.9","text":"The translation attempts to bring out the verbal idea in συγκοινωνός ( sunkoinwno\" , “co-sharer”); John was suffering for his faith at the time he wrote this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A9/1"}
{"id":48272,"verse_id":"REV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.9","text":"The prepositional phrase ἐν ᾿Ιησοῦ ( en Ihsou ) could be taken with ὑπομονῇ ( Jupomonh ) as the translation does or with the more distant συγκοινωνός ( sunkoinwno\" ), in which case the translation would read “your brother and the one who shares with you in Jesus in the persecution, kingdom, and endurance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A9/2"}
{"id":48273,"verse_id":"REV.1.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.9","text":"The phrase “about Jesus” has been translated as an objective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A9/3"}
{"id":48274,"verse_id":"REV.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.10","text":"Or “in the spirit.” “Spirit” could refer either to the Holy Spirit or the human spirit, but in either case John was in “a state of spiritual exaltation best described as a trance” (R. H. Mounce, Revelation [NICNT], 75).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A10/1"}
{"id":48275,"verse_id":"REV.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.10","text":"Concerning the phrase κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ ( kuriakh Jhmera ) BDAG 576 s.v. κυριακός states: “pert. to belonging to the Lord , the Lord’s … κ . ἡμέρᾳ the Lord’s day (Kephal. I 192, 1; 193, 31…) i.e. certainly Sunday (so in Mod. Gk….) Rv 1:10 (WStott, NTS 12, ’65, 70-75).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A10/2"}
{"id":48276,"verse_id":"REV.1.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.10","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai ) is not introducing a coordinate thought, but one that is logically subordinate to the main verb ἐγενόμην ( egenomhn ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A10/3"}
{"id":48277,"verse_id":"REV.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.11","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A11/1"}
{"id":48278,"verse_id":"REV.1.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.11","text":"Grk “and to Smyrna.” For stylistic reasons the conjunction καί ( kai ) and the preposition εἰς ( eis ) have not been translated before the remaining elements of the list. In lists with more than two elements contemporary English generally does not repeat the conjunction except between the next to last and last elements.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A11/2"}
{"id":48279,"verse_id":"REV.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.12","text":"Throughout the translation John’s use of καί ( kai ) often reflects the varied usage of the Hebrew conjunction ו ( vav ). A clause which καί introduces has been translated in terms of its semantic relationship to the clause that preceded it. If the καί seemed redundant, however, it was left untranslated; that is the case in this verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A12/1"}
{"id":48280,"verse_id":"REV.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “with me.” The translation “with me” implies that John was engaged in a dialogue with the one speaking to him (e.g., Jesus or an angel) when in reality it was a one-sided conversation, with John doing all the listening. For this reason, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ( met ’ emou , “with me”) was translated as “to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A12/2"}
{"id":48281,"verse_id":"REV.1.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.12","text":"Grk “and turning I saw.” The repetition of ἐπιστρέφω ( epistrefw ) is somewhat redundant in contemporary English and has been translated generally.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A12/3"}
{"id":48282,"verse_id":"REV.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.13","text":"This phrase constitutes an allusion to Dan 7:13 . Concerning υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ( Juio\" tou anqrwpou ), BDAG 1026 s.v. υἱός 2.d. γ says: “ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’…‘the human being, the human one, the man’…On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46-48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f)…Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 … Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13 …).” The term “son” here in this expression is anarthrous and as such lacks specificity. Some commentators and translations take the expression as an allusion to Daniel 7:13 and not to “the son of man” found in gospel traditions (e.g., Mark 8:31; 9:12 ; cf. D. E. Aune, Revelation [WBC], 2:800-801; cf. also NIV). Other commentators and versions, however, take the phrase “son of man” as definite , involving allusions to Dan 7:13 and “the son of man” gospel traditions (see G. K. Beale, Revelation [NIGTC], 771-72; NRSV).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A13/1"}
{"id":48283,"verse_id":"REV.1.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.13","text":"Or “a wide golden sash,” but this would not be diagonal, as some modern sashes are, but horizontal. The Greek term can refer to a wide band of cloth or leather worn on the outside of one’s clothing (L&N 6.178).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A13/2"}
{"id":48284,"verse_id":"REV.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.14","text":"Here δέ ( de ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A14/1"}
{"id":48285,"verse_id":"REV.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.14","text":"The clause, “even as white as snow” seems to heighten the preceding clause and is so understood in this ascensive sense (“even”) in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A14/2"}
{"id":48286,"verse_id":"REV.1.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.14","text":"The genitive noun πυρός ( puros ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A14/3"}
{"id":48287,"verse_id":"REV.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.15","text":"The precise meaning of the term translated “polished bronze” ( χαλκολιβάνῳ , calkolibanw ), which appears nowhere else in Greek literature outside of the book of Revelation (see 2:18 ), is uncertain. Without question it is some sort of metal. BDAG 1076 s.v. χαλκολίβανον suggests “ fine brass/bronze .” L&N 2.57 takes the word to refer to particularly valuable or fine bronze, but notes that the emphasis here and in Rev 2:18 is more on the lustrous quality of the metal.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A15/1"}
{"id":48288,"verse_id":"REV.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.15","text":"Or “that has been heated in a furnace until it glows.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A15/2"}
{"id":48289,"verse_id":"REV.1.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"1.15","text":"Grk “sound,” but the idea is closer to the roar of a waterfall or rapids.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A15/3"}
{"id":48290,"verse_id":"REV.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.16","text":"Grk “and having.” In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence, but because contemporary English style employs much shorter sentences, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A16/1"}
{"id":48291,"verse_id":"REV.1.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.16","text":"This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text, but a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A16/2"}
{"id":48292,"verse_id":"REV.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.17","text":"Grk “And when.” Because of the difference between Greek style, which often begins sentences or clauses with “and,” and English style, which generally does not, καί ( kai ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A17/1"}
{"id":48293,"verse_id":"REV.1.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.17","text":"Here the Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) has been translated as a contrastive (“but”) due to the contrast between the two clauses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A17/2"}
{"id":48294,"verse_id":"REV.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A18/1"}
{"id":48295,"verse_id":"REV.1.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.18","text":"Concerning “Hades” BDAG 19 s.v. ᾅδης 1 and 2 states: “Orig. proper noun, god of the nether world, ‘Hades’, then the nether world , Hades as place of the dead, Ac 2:27, 31 (Ps 15:10; Eccl 9:10 ; PGM 1, 179; 16, 8; Philo, Mos. 1, 195; Jos., Bell. 1, 596, Ant. 6, 332). Of Jonah’s fish ἐκ τοῦ κατωτάτου ᾅδου . In the depths, contrasted w. heaven ἕως ( τοῦ ) ᾅδου Mt 11:23 ; Lk 10:15 (PsSol 15:10 ; cp.; Is 14:11, 15 ); ἐν τῷ ᾅδῃ 16:23; ἐν ῝Αιδου ApcPt Rainer. Accessible by gates (but the pl. is also used [e.g. Hom., X., Ael. Aristid. 47, 20 K.=23 p. 450 D.] when only one gate is meant), hence πύλαι ᾅδου (Il. 5, 646; Is 38:10 ; Wsd 16:13 ; 3 Macc 5:51; Pss. Sol. 16:2 . – Lucian, Menipp. 6 the magicians can open τοῦ ῝Αιδου τὰς πύλας and conduct people in and out safely) Mt 16:18 …locked ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾅδου Rv 1:18 (the genitives are either obj. [Ps.-Apollod. 3, 12, 6, 10 Aeacus, the son of Zeus holds the κλεῖς τοῦ ῝Αιδου ; SEG VIII, 574, 3 (III ad) τῷ τὰς κλεῖδας ἔχοντι τῶν καθ᾿ ῝Αιδου (restored)] or possess.; in the latter case death and Hades are personif.; s. 2)… Hades personif.…w. θάνατος (cp. Is 28:15 ; Job 38:17 …) Rv 6:8; 20:13 f.” sn In the OT, Hades was known as Sheol . It is the place where the unrighteous will reside ( Matt 11:23 ; Luke 16:23 ; Rev 20:13-14 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A18/2"}
{"id":48296,"verse_id":"REV.1.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.19","text":"Grk “Therefore write the things that you saw, and the things that are, and the things that will take place after these things.” Verse 19 could also be translated (taking καί … καί [ kai … kai ] as “both…and”): “Therefore write what you have seen, both what things currently are and what is going to happen after these things.” The structure of this verse is debated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A19/1"}
{"id":48297,"verse_id":"REV.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"1.20","text":"The words “is this” are supplied to make a complete sentence in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A20/1"}
{"id":48298,"verse_id":"REV.1.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":1,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"1.20","text":"Or perhaps “the messengers.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%201%3A20/2"}
{"id":48299,"verse_id":"REV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.1","text":"For location see JP1-D2 ; JP2-D2 ; JP3-D2 ; JP4-D2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A1/1"}
{"id":48300,"verse_id":"REV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.1","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A1/2"}
{"id":48301,"verse_id":"REV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” The expression τάδε λέγει ( tade legei ) occurs eight times in the NT, seven of which are in Rev 2-3 . “The pronoun is used to add solemnity to the prophetic utterance that follows. …In classical drama, it was used to introduce a new actor to the scene (Smyth, Greek Grammar , 307 [§1241]). But the τάδε λέγει formula in the NT derives from the OT, where it was used to introduce a prophetic utterance (BAGD, s.v. ὅδε , 1)” ( ExSyn 328). Thus, the translation “this is the solemn pronouncement of” for τάδε λέγει is very much in keeping with the OT connotations of this expression. sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. The LXX has the same Greek phrase ( τάδε λέγει , tade legei ) about 350 times, with nearly 320 of them having “the Lord” ( Heb יהוה , Yahweh) as subject. That the author of Revelation would use such an expression seven times with the risen Christ as the speaker may well imply something of Christ’s sovereignty and deity. Cf. also Acts 21:11 in which the Holy Spirit is the speaker of this expression.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A1/3"}
{"id":48302,"verse_id":"REV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “holds,” but the term (i.e., κρατῶν , kratwn ) with an accusative object, along with the context, argues for a sense of firmness. (Cf. ExSyn 132.)","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A1/4"}
{"id":48303,"verse_id":"REV.2.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.1","text":"Grk “lampstands of gold” with the genitive τῶν χρυσῶν ( twn cruswn ) translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A1/6"}
{"id":48304,"verse_id":"REV.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.2","text":"Although the first possessive pronoun σου ( sou ) is connected to τὰ ἔργα ( ta erga ) and the second σου is connected to ὑπομονήν ( Jupomonhn ), semantically κόπον ( kopon ) is also to be understood as belonging to the Ephesian church. The translation reflects this.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A2/1"}
{"id":48305,"verse_id":"REV.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.2","text":"The translation “tolerate” seems to capture the sense of βαστάσαι ( bastasai ) here. BDAG 171 s.v. βαστάζω 2.b. β says, “ bear, endure … κακούς Rv 2:2 .… bear patiently, put up with: weaknesses of the weak Ro 15:1 ; cf. IPol 1:2; evil Rv 2:3 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A2/2"}
{"id":48306,"verse_id":"REV.2.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.2","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, the participle was broken off from the previous sentence and translated as an indicative verb beginning a new sentence here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A2/3"}
{"id":48307,"verse_id":"REV.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.3","text":"Because of the length and complexity of this Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the phrase “I am also aware” to link this English sentence back to “I know” at the beginning of v. 2 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A3/1"}
{"id":48308,"verse_id":"REV.2.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.3","text":"The Greek word translated “persisted steadfastly” ( ὑπομονή , Jupomonh ) is the same one translated “steadfast endurance” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A3/2"}
{"id":48309,"verse_id":"REV.2.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.4","text":"The Greek word translated “departed from” ( ἀφίημι , afihmi ; L&N 15.48) can actually be used of divorce (L&N 34.78), so the imagery here is very strong.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A4/1"}
{"id":48310,"verse_id":"REV.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “from where,” but status is in view rather than physical position. On this term BDAG 838 s.v. πόθεν 1 states, “ from what place? from where? …In imagery μνημόνευε πόθεν πέπτωκες remember from what (state) you have fallen Rv 2:5 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A5/1"}
{"id":48311,"verse_id":"REV.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.5","text":"Grk “and do” (a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text). For stylistic reasons in English a new sentence was started here in the translation. The repeated mention of repenting at the end of the verse suggests that the intervening material (“do the deeds you did at first”) specifies how the repentance is to be demonstrated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A5/2"}
{"id":48312,"verse_id":"REV.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.5","text":"Or “you did formerly.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A5/3"}
{"id":48313,"verse_id":"REV.2.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.5","text":"Although the final clause is somewhat awkward, it is typical of the style of Revelation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A5/4"}
{"id":48314,"verse_id":"REV.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.6","text":"Grk “But you do have this.” The words “going for you” are supplied to complete the English idiom; other phrases like “in your favor” (NIV) or “to your credit” (NRSV) could also be supplied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A6/1"}
{"id":48315,"verse_id":"REV.2.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.6","text":"The expression τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν ( ta erga twn Nikolaitwn ) has been translated as a subjective genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A6/3"}
{"id":48316,"verse_id":"REV.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.” The pendent dative is allowed to stand in the English translation because it is characteristic of the author’s style in Revelation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A7/1"}
{"id":48317,"verse_id":"REV.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “grant.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A7/2"}
{"id":48318,"verse_id":"REV.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.7","text":"Or “stands.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A7/3"}
{"id":48319,"verse_id":"REV.2.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.7","text":"group, latt, and others, seems to be evidence of a purposeful conforming of the text to 3:2 and the four occurrences of “my God” ( θεοῦ μου ) in 3:12 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A7/4"}
{"id":48320,"verse_id":"REV.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A8/1"}
{"id":48321,"verse_id":"REV.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.8","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A8/2"}
{"id":48322,"verse_id":"REV.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.8","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A8/3"}
{"id":48323,"verse_id":"REV.2.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present between these two phrases.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A8/4"}
{"id":48324,"verse_id":"REV.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.9","text":"Or “know your suffering.” This could refer to suffering or distress caused by persecution (see L&N 22.2).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A9/1"}
{"id":48325,"verse_id":"REV.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.9","text":"Because of the length and complexity of this Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the phrase “I also know” to link this English sentence back to “I know” at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A9/2"}
{"id":48326,"verse_id":"REV.2.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.9","text":"The words “against you” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A9/3"}
{"id":48327,"verse_id":"REV.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “is about to throw some of you,” but the force is causative in context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A10/1"}
{"id":48328,"verse_id":"REV.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “tempted.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A10/2"}
{"id":48329,"verse_id":"REV.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.10","text":"Or “experience persecution,” “will be in distress” (see L&N 22.2).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A10/3"}
{"id":48330,"verse_id":"REV.2.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.10","text":"Grk “crown of life,” with the genitive “of life” ( τῆς ζωῆς , th\" zwh\" ) functioning in apposition to “crown” ( στέφανον , stefanon ): “the crown that consists of life.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A10/4"}
{"id":48331,"verse_id":"REV.2.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.11","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A11/1"}
{"id":48332,"verse_id":"REV.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A12/1"}
{"id":48333,"verse_id":"REV.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.12","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A12/2"}
{"id":48334,"verse_id":"REV.2.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.12","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A12/3"}
{"id":48335,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"2.13","text":"The shorter reading adopted here has superior ms support ( א A C P 2053 al latt co), while the inclusion of “your works and” ( τὰ ἔργα σου καί , ta erga sou kai ) before “where you reside” is supported by the Byzantine witnesses and is evidently a secondary attempt to harmonize the passage with 2:2, 19; 3:1, 8, 15 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/1"}
{"id":48336,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “Yet” to indicate the contrast between their location and their faithful behavior.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/2"}
{"id":48337,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.13","text":"The present indicative verb κρατεῖς ( kratei\" ) has been translated as a progressive present.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/3"}
{"id":48338,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “the faith”; here the Greek article is used as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/4"}
{"id":48339,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “the faith of me” ( τὴν πίστιν μου , thn pistin mou ) with the genitive “of me” ( μου ) functioning objectively.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/5"}
{"id":48340,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"2.13","text":"Or “martyr.” The Greek word μάρτυς can mean either “witness” or “martyr.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/6"}
{"id":48341,"verse_id":"REV.2.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"2.13","text":"Grk “killed among you.” The term “city” does not occur in the Greek text of course, but the expression παρ᾿ ὑμῖν , ὅπου ὁ σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ ( par ’ Jumin, {opou Jo satana\" katoikei ) seems to indicate that this is what is meant. See G. B. Caird, Revelation (HNTC) , 36-38.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A13/7"}
{"id":48342,"verse_id":"REV.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.14","text":"That is, a cause for sinning. An alternate translation is “who instructed Balak to cause the people of Israel to sin by eating food sacrificed to idols…”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A14/2"}
{"id":48343,"verse_id":"REV.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.14","text":"Grk “sons,” but the expression υἱοὶ ᾿Ισραήλ ( Juioi Israhl ) is an idiom for the people of Israel as an ethnic entity (see L&N 11.58).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A14/3"}
{"id":48344,"verse_id":"REV.2.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.14","text":"Due to the actual events in the OT ( Num 22-24; 31:16 ), πορνεῦσαι ( porneusai ) is taken to mean “sexual immorality.” BDAG 854 s.v. πορνεύω 1 states, “ engage in illicit sex, to fornicate, to whore …W. φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα ‘eat meat offered to idols’ Rv 2:14, 20 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A14/4"}
{"id":48345,"verse_id":"REV.2.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.15","text":"The term ὁμοίως ( Jomoiws , “likewise”) is left untranslated because it is quite redundant. sn See the note on the term Nicolaitans in 2:6 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A15/1"}
{"id":48346,"verse_id":"REV.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.16","text":"co}. Though the conjunction looks at first glance like a scribal clarification, its omission may be explained on the basis of its similarity to the last three letters of the verb “repent” ( μετανόησον , metanohson ; since οὖν is a postpositive conjunction in Greek, the final three letters of the verb [ -σον , -son ] would have been immediately followed by ουν ). A scribe could have simply passed over the conjunction in his copy when he saw the last three letters of the imperative verb. A decision is difficult, however, because of the motivation to add to the text and the quality of witnesses that lack the conjunction.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A16/1"}
{"id":48347,"verse_id":"REV.2.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.16","text":"Grk “with them”; the referent (those people who follow the teaching of Balaam and the Nicolaitans) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A16/2"}
{"id":48348,"verse_id":"REV.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.” The pendent dative is allowed to stand in the English translation because it is characteristic of the author’s style in Revelation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A17/1"}
{"id":48349,"verse_id":"REV.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “bright.” The Greek term λευκός ( leukos ) can refer either to the color white (traditional here) or to an object that is bright or shining, either from itself or from an outside source of illumination (L&N 14.50; 79.27).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A17/2"}
{"id":48350,"verse_id":"REV.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.17","text":"On the interpretation of the stone, L&N 2.27 states, “A number of different suggestions have been made as to the reference of ψῆφος in this context. Some scholars believe that the white ψῆφος indicates a vote of acquittal in court. Others contend that it is simply a magical amulet; still others, a token of Roman hospitality; and finally, some have suggested that it may represent a ticket to the gladiatorial games, that is to say, to martyrdom. The context, however, suggests clearly that this is something to be prized and a type of reward for those who have ‘won the victory.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A17/3"}
{"id":48351,"verse_id":"REV.2.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.17","text":"Or “know”; for the meaning “understand” see L&N 32.4.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A17/4"}
{"id":48352,"verse_id":"REV.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A18/1"}
{"id":48353,"verse_id":"REV.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.18","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A18/2"}
{"id":48354,"verse_id":"REV.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A18/3"}
{"id":48355,"verse_id":"REV.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.18","text":"Grk “a flame of fire.” The Greek term πυρός ( puros ) has been translated as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A18/4"}
{"id":48356,"verse_id":"REV.2.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.18","text":"The precise meaning of the term translated “polished bronze” ( χαλκολιβάνῳ , calkolibanw ), which appears no where else in Greek literature outside of the book of Revelation (see 1:15 ), is uncertain. Without question it is some sort of metal. BDAG 1076 s.v. χαλκολίβανον suggests “ fine brass/bronze .” L&N 2.57 takes the word to refer to particularly valuable or fine bronze, but notes that the emphasis here and in Rev 1:15 is more on the lustrous quality of the metal.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A18/5"}
{"id":48357,"verse_id":"REV.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.19","text":"Grk “and faith.” Here and before the following term καί ( kai ) has not been translated because English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the next to last and last terms in a list.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A19/1"}
{"id":48358,"verse_id":"REV.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.19","text":"Or “perseverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A19/2"}
{"id":48359,"verse_id":"REV.2.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.19","text":"The phrase “In fact” is supplied in the translation to bring out the ascensive quality of the clause. It would also be possible to supply here an understood repetition of the phrase “I know” from the beginning of the verse (so NRSV). Grk “and your last deeds [that are] greater than the first.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A19/3"}
{"id":48360,"verse_id":"REV.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.20","text":"The Greek article has been translated here with demonstrative force.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A20/1"}
{"id":48361,"verse_id":"REV.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.20","text":"(which only reads in portions of chapters 9-17 ) 1006 1611 2053; in this instance, the external evidence slightly favors the shorter reading. But internally, it gains strength. The longer reading implies the idea that the angel in 2:18 is the bishop or leader of the church in Thyatira. The pronoun “your” ( σου ) is used four times in vv. 19-20 and may have been the cause for the scribe copying it again. Further, once the monarchical episcopate was in vogue (beginning in the 2nd century) scribes might have been prone to add “your” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A20/2"}
{"id":48362,"verse_id":"REV.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"2.20","text":"Grk “teaches and deceives” ( διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ , didaskei kai plana ), a construction in which the first verb appears to specify the means by which the second is accomplished: “by her teaching, deceives…”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A20/4"}
{"id":48363,"verse_id":"REV.2.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":20,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.20","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A20/5"}
{"id":48364,"verse_id":"REV.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and contemporary English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A21/1"}
{"id":48365,"verse_id":"REV.2.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to bring out the contrast present in this woman’s obstinate refusal to repent.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A21/2"}
{"id":48366,"verse_id":"REV.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.22","text":"Grk “onto a bed,” in this context an idiom for severe illness (L&N 23.152).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A22/1"}
{"id":48367,"verse_id":"REV.2.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.22","text":"Or “into great distress.” The suffering here is not specified as physical or emotional, and could involve persecution.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A22/2"}
{"id":48368,"verse_id":"REV.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “her children,” but in this context a reference to this woman’s followers or disciples is more likely meant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A23/1"}
{"id":48369,"verse_id":"REV.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “I will kill with death.” θάνατος ( qanatos ) can in particular contexts refer to a manner of death, specifically a contagious disease (see BDAG 443 s.v. 3 ; L&N 23.158).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A23/2"}
{"id":48370,"verse_id":"REV.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “I will give.” The sense of δίδωμι ( didwmi ) in this context is more “repay” than “give.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A23/3"}
{"id":48371,"verse_id":"REV.2.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":23,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"2.23","text":"Grk “each one of you according to your works.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A23/5"}
{"id":48372,"verse_id":"REV.2.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.24","text":"Grk “deep things.” For the translation “deep secrets” see L&N 28.76; cf. NAB, NIV, CEV.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A24/2"}
{"id":48373,"verse_id":"REV.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.26","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A26/1"}
{"id":48374,"verse_id":"REV.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.26","text":"Grk “keeps.” In a context that speaks of “holding on to what you have,” the idea here is one of continued faithful behavior (BDAG 1002 s.v. τηρέω 3 has “ ὁ τηρῶν τὰ ἔργα μου the one who takes my deeds to heart Rv 2:26 ”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A26/2"}
{"id":48375,"verse_id":"REV.2.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":26,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.26","text":"Or “over the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A26/3"}
{"id":48376,"verse_id":"REV.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A27/1"}
{"id":48377,"verse_id":"REV.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.27","text":"Grk “will shepherd.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A27/2"}
{"id":48378,"verse_id":"REV.2.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"2.27","text":"Or “scepter.” The Greek term ῥάβδος ( rJabdo\" ) can mean either “rod” or “scepter.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A27/3"}
{"id":48379,"verse_id":"REV.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"2.28","text":"What has been received is not specified in the Greek text, but must be supplied from the context. In the light of the two immediately preceding verses about rulership or dominion, it seems that the implied direct object of δώσω ( dwsw ) is “the right to rule” (i.e., ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ποιμάνειν , ecein exousian poimanein ), although many modern translations supply the word “authority” here (so NAB, NRSV, NLT).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A28/1"}
{"id":48380,"verse_id":"REV.2.28","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":2,"verse":28,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"2.28","text":"On this expression BDAG 892 s.v. πρωϊνός states, “ early, belonging to the morning ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ πρ . the morning star, Venus Rv 2:28; 22:16 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%202%3A28/2"}
{"id":48381,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/1"}
{"id":48382,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.1","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/2"}
{"id":48383,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/3"}
{"id":48384,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “who has” (cf. 1:16 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/4"}
{"id":48385,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.1","text":"Grk “a name.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/5"}
{"id":48386,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/6"}
{"id":48387,"verse_id":"REV.3.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":1,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.1","text":"The prepositional phrase “in reality” is supplied in the translation to make explicit the idea that their being alive was only an illusion.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A1/7"}
{"id":48388,"verse_id":"REV.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.2","text":"The verb ἔμελλον ( emellon ) is in the imperfect tense.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A2/1"}
{"id":48389,"verse_id":"REV.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.2","text":"The perfect passive participle has been translated as an intensive (resultative) perfect here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A2/2"}
{"id":48390,"verse_id":"REV.3.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.2","text":"Or “in the judgment.” BDAG 342 s.v. ἐνώπιον 3 states, “ in the opinion/judgment of …As a rule…of θεός or κύριος ; so after… πεπληρωμένος Rv 3:2 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A2/3"}
{"id":48391,"verse_id":"REV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.3","text":"The expression πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας ( pw\" eilhfa\" kai hkousa\" ) probably refers to the initial instruction in the Christian life they had received and been taught; this included doctrine and ethical teaching.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A3/1"}
{"id":48392,"verse_id":"REV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.3","text":"Grk “keep it,” in the sense of obeying what they had initially been taught.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A3/2"}
{"id":48393,"verse_id":"REV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.3","text":"The negation here is with οὐ μή ( ou mh , the strongest possible form of negation in Koine Greek).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A3/3"}
{"id":48394,"verse_id":"REV.3.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.3","text":"Or “come on.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A3/4"}
{"id":48395,"verse_id":"REV.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.4","text":"Grk “a few names”; here ὄνομα ( onoma ) is used by figurative extension to mean “person” or “people”; according to L&N 9.19 there is “the possible implication of existence or relevance as individuals.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A4/1"}
{"id":48396,"verse_id":"REV.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.4","text":"Or “soiled” (so NAB, NRSV, NIV); NCV “have kept their clothes unstained”; CEV “have not dirtied your clothes with sin.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A4/2"}
{"id":48397,"verse_id":"REV.3.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.4","text":"The word “dressed” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A4/3"}
{"id":48398,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/1"}
{"id":48399,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “thus.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/2"}
{"id":48400,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “white robes.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/3"}
{"id":48401,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.5","text":"The negation here is with οὐ μή ( ou mh ), the strongest possible form of negation in Koine Greek.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/4"}
{"id":48402,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.5","text":"Or “will never wipe out.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/5"}
{"id":48403,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/6"}
{"id":48404,"verse_id":"REV.3.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"3.5","text":"Grk “will confess.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A5/7"}
{"id":48405,"verse_id":"REV.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A7/1"}
{"id":48406,"verse_id":"REV.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.7","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A7/2"}
{"id":48407,"verse_id":"REV.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.7","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A7/3"}
{"id":48408,"verse_id":"REV.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.7","text":"The word “door” is not in the Greek text but has been supplied in the translation. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context. Since the following verse does contain the word “door” ( θύραν , quran ), that word has been supplied as the direct object here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A7/4"}
{"id":48409,"verse_id":"REV.3.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":7,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.7","text":"See the note on the word “door” earlier in this verse.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A7/5"}
{"id":48410,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “I have given.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/1"}
{"id":48411,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “to shut it,” but English would leave the direct object understood in this case. sn The entire statement is parenthetical, interrupting the construction found in other letters to the churches in 3:1 and 3:15 , “I know your deeds, that…” where an enumeration of the deeds follows.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/2"}
{"id":48412,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.8","text":"This translation is based on connecting the ὅτι ( Joti ) clause with the οἶδα ( oida ) at the beginning of the verse, giving the content of what is known (see also 3:1, 3:15 for parallels). Because of the intervening clause that is virtually parenthetical (see the note on the word “shut” earlier in this verse), the words “I know that” from the beginning of the verse had to be repeated to make this connection clear for the English reader. However, the ὅτι could be understood as introducing a causal subordinate clause instead and thus translated, “because you have.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/3"}
{"id":48413,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.8","text":"Or “little power.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/4"}
{"id":48414,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/5"}
{"id":48415,"verse_id":"REV.3.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.8","text":"Grk “and having kept.” The participle ἐτήρησας ( ethrhsas ) has been translated as a finite verb due to requirements of contemporary English style. For the translation of τηρέω ( threw ) as “obey” see L&N 36.19. This is the same word that is used in 3:10 (there translated “kept”) where there is a play on words.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A8/6"}
{"id":48416,"verse_id":"REV.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.9","text":"Grk “behold” (L&N 91.13).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A9/1"}
{"id":48417,"verse_id":"REV.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast between what these people claimed and what they were.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A9/3"}
{"id":48418,"verse_id":"REV.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.9","text":"The verb here is ποιέω ( poiew ), but in this context it has virtually the same meaning as δίδωμι ( didwmi ) used at the beginning of the verse. Stylistic variation like this is typical of Johannine literature.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A9/4"}
{"id":48419,"verse_id":"REV.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"3.9","text":"The verb here is προσκυνήσουσιν ( proskunhsousin ), normally used to refer to worship.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A9/5"}
{"id":48420,"verse_id":"REV.3.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"3.9","text":"Or “and know,” “and recognize.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A9/6"}
{"id":48421,"verse_id":"REV.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “obey.” For the translation of τηρέω ( threw ) as “obey” see L&N 36.19. In the Greek there is a wordplay: “because you have kept my word…I will keep you,” though the meaning of τηρέω is different each time.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A10/1"}
{"id":48422,"verse_id":"REV.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.10","text":"The Greek term λόγον ( logon ) is understood here in the sense of admonition or encouragement.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A10/2"}
{"id":48423,"verse_id":"REV.3.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.10","text":"Or “to persevere.” Here ὑπομονῆς ( Jupomonhs ) has been translated as a genitive of reference/respect related to τὸν λόγον ( ton logon ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A10/3"}
{"id":48424,"verse_id":"REV.3.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.11","text":"On the verb λάβῃ ( labh ) here BDAG 583 s.v. λαμβάνω 2 states, “to take away , remove …with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6 . τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A11/1"}
{"id":48425,"verse_id":"REV.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.12","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A12/1"}
{"id":48426,"verse_id":"REV.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.12","text":"Grk “I will make him,” but the pronoun ( αὐτόν , auton , “him”) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A12/2"}
{"id":48427,"verse_id":"REV.3.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A12/3"}
{"id":48428,"verse_id":"REV.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated due to differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A14/1"}
{"id":48429,"verse_id":"REV.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.14","text":"The phrase “the following” after “write” is supplied to clarify that what follows is the content of what is to be written.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A14/2"}
{"id":48430,"verse_id":"REV.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.14","text":"Grk “These things says [the One]…” See the note on the phrase “this is the solemn pronouncement of” in 2:1 . sn The expression This is the solemn pronouncement of reflects an OT idiom. See the note on this phrase in 2:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A14/3"}
{"id":48431,"verse_id":"REV.3.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.14","text":"Or “the beginning of God’s creation”; or “the ruler of God’s creation.” From a linguistic standpoint all three meanings for ἀρχή ( arch ) are possible. The term is well attested in both LXX ( Gen 40:13, 21; 41:13 ) and intertestamental Jewish literature (2 Macc 4:10, 50) as meaning “ ruler, authority ” (BDAG 138 s.v. 6 ). Some have connected this passage to Paul’s statements in Col 1:15, 18 which describe Christ as ἀρχή and πρωτότοκος ( prwtotoko\" ; e.g., see R. H. Mounce, Revelation [NICNT], 124) but the term ἀρχή has been understood as either “beginning” or “ruler” in that passage as well. The most compelling connection is to be found in the prologue to John’s Gospel ( 1:2-4 ) where the λόγος ( logos ) is said to be “in the beginning ( ἀρχή ) with God,” a temporal reference connected with creation, and then v. 3 states that “all things were made through him.” The connection with the original creation suggests the meaning “originator” for ἀρχή here. BDAG 138 s.v. 3 gives the meaning “the first cause” for the word in Rev 3:14 , a term that is too philosophical for the general reader, so the translation “originator” was used instead. BDAG also notes, “but the mng. beginning = ‘first created’ is linguistically probable (s. above 1b and Job 40:19 ; also CBurney, Christ as the ᾿Αρχή of Creation: JTS 27, 1926, 160-77).” Such a meaning is unlikely here, however, since the connections described above are much more probable.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A14/4"}
{"id":48432,"verse_id":"REV.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.16","text":"Or “I intend.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A16/1"}
{"id":48433,"verse_id":"REV.3.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.16","text":"This is the literal meaning of the Greek verb ἐμέω ( emew ). It is usually translated with a much weaker term like “spit out” due to the unpleasant connotations of the English verb “vomit,” as noted by L&N 23.44. The situation confronting the Laodicean church is a dire one, however, and such a term is necessary if the modern reader is to understand the gravity of the situation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A16/2"}
{"id":48434,"verse_id":"REV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.17","text":"Grk “and have become rich.” The semantic domains of the two terms for wealth here, πλούσιος ( plousios , adjective) and πλουτέω ( ploutew , verb) overlap considerably, but are given slightly different English translations for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A17/1"}
{"id":48435,"verse_id":"REV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A17/2"}
{"id":48436,"verse_id":"REV.3.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.17","text":"All the terms in this series are preceded by καί ( kai ) in the Greek text, but contemporary English generally uses connectives only between the last two items in such a series.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A17/3"}
{"id":48437,"verse_id":"REV.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “I counsel you to buy.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A18/1"}
{"id":48438,"verse_id":"REV.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “rich, and.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation, repeating the words “Buy from me” to make the connection clear for the English reader.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A18/2"}
{"id":48439,"verse_id":"REV.3.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.18","text":"Grk “the shame of the nakedness of you,” which has been translated as an attributed genitive like καινότητι ζωῆς ( kainothti zwh\" ) in Rom 6:4 ( ExSyn 89-90).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A18/3"}
{"id":48440,"verse_id":"REV.3.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.19","text":"The Greek pronoun ὅσος ( Josos ) means “as many as” and can be translated “All those” or “Everyone.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A19/1"}
{"id":48441,"verse_id":"REV.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “Behold.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A20/1"}
{"id":48442,"verse_id":"REV.3.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.20","text":"Grk “come in to him.” sn The expression in Greek does not mean entrance into the person, as is popularly taken, but entrance into a room or building toward the person. See ExSyn 380-82. Some interpreters understand the door here to be the door to the Laodicean church, and thus a collective or corporate image rather than an individual one.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A20/2"}
{"id":48443,"verse_id":"REV.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “The one who conquers, to him I will grant.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A21/1"}
{"id":48444,"verse_id":"REV.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A21/2"}
{"id":48445,"verse_id":"REV.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"3.21","text":"Grk “I will give [grant] to him.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A21/3"}
{"id":48446,"verse_id":"REV.3.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":3,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"3.21","text":"Or “have been victorious”; traditionally, “have overcome.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%203%3A21/4"}
{"id":48447,"verse_id":"REV.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “and behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A1/1"}
{"id":48448,"verse_id":"REV.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.1","text":"Or “in the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A1/2"}
{"id":48449,"verse_id":"REV.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.1","text":"Grk “with me.” The translation “with me” implies that John was engaged in a dialogue with the one speaking to him (e.g., Jesus or an angel) when in reality it was a one-sided conversation, with John doing all the listening. For this reason, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ( met ’ emou , “with me”) was translated as “to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A1/3"}
{"id":48450,"verse_id":"REV.4.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":1,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"4.1","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai ), much like the vav- consecutive in Hebrew, appears to be introducing a final/purpose clause here rather than a coordinate clause.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A1/5"}
{"id":48451,"verse_id":"REV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.2","text":"Or “in the spirit.” “Spirit” could refer either to the Holy Spirit or the human spirit, but in either case John was in “a state of spiritual exaltation best described as a trance” (R. H. Mounce, Revelation [NICNT], 75).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A2/1"}
{"id":48452,"verse_id":"REV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.2","text":"Grk “and behold.” The Greek word ἰδού ( idou ) at the beginning of this statement has not been translated because it has no exact English equivalent here, but adds interest and emphasis (BDAG 468 s.v. 1 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A2/2"}
{"id":48453,"verse_id":"REV.4.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.2","text":"BDAG 537 s.v. κεῖμαι 2 gives the translation “stand” for the term in this verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A2/3"}
{"id":48454,"verse_id":"REV.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.3","text":"Grk “jasper stone.” sn Jasper was a semiprecious gemstone, probably green in color (L&N 2.30).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A3/1"}
{"id":48455,"verse_id":"REV.4.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.3","text":"Or “a rainbow emerald-like in appearance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A3/3"}
{"id":48456,"verse_id":"REV.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A4/1"}
{"id":48457,"verse_id":"REV.4.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.4","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the words “They were” to indicate the connection to the preceding material.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A4/2"}
{"id":48458,"verse_id":"REV.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A5/1"}
{"id":48459,"verse_id":"REV.4.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.5","text":"Or “sounds,” “voices.” It is not entirely clear what this refers to. BDAG 1071 s.v. φωνή 1 states, “In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16 ) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm?…).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A5/2"}
{"id":48460,"verse_id":"REV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.6","text":"This could refer to rock crystal, but it is possible this refers to ice (an older meaning). See BDAG 571 s.v. κρύσταλλος .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A6/1"}
{"id":48461,"verse_id":"REV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A6/2"}
{"id":48462,"verse_id":"REV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.6","text":"Perhaps, “in the middle of the throne area” (see L&N 83.10).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A6/3"}
{"id":48463,"verse_id":"REV.4.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.6","text":"On the meaning of ζῴον ( zwon ) BDAG 431 s.v. 2 states, “Of the four peculiar beings at God’s throne, whose description Rv 4:6-9 reminds one of the ζῷα in Ezk 1:5 ff, the cherubim. S. also Rv 5:6, 8, 11, 14; 6:1, 3, 5-7; 7:11; 14:3; 15:7; 19:4 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A6/4"}
{"id":48464,"verse_id":"REV.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A7/1"}
{"id":48465,"verse_id":"REV.4.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.7","text":"Both here and before the phrase “the third,” καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A7/2"}
{"id":48466,"verse_id":"REV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.8","text":"Grk “six wings apiece,” but this is redundant with “each one” in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A8/1"}
{"id":48467,"verse_id":"REV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"4.8","text":"Some translations render ἔσωθεν ( eswqen ) as “under [its] wings,” but the description could also mean “filled all around on the outside and on the inside with eyes.” Since the referent is not available to the interpreter, the exact force is difficult to determine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A8/2"}
{"id":48468,"verse_id":"REV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.8","text":"Or “They never stop saying day and night.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A8/3"}
{"id":48469,"verse_id":"REV.4.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"4.8","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .” sn A quotation from (or an allusion to) Isa 6:3 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A8/4"}
{"id":48470,"verse_id":"REV.4.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A9/1"}
{"id":48471,"verse_id":"REV.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.10","text":"Grk “the twenty-four elders fall down.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A10/1"}
{"id":48472,"verse_id":"REV.4.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"4.10","text":"The pronoun “his” is understood from the demonstrative force of the article τοῦ ( tou ) before θρόνου ( qronou ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A10/3"}
{"id":48473,"verse_id":"REV.4.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":4,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"4.11","text":"sa) also attempt to alleviate the problem by replacing ἦσαν with “they are” ( εἰσιν , eisin ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%204%3A11/1"}
{"id":48474,"verse_id":"REV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A1/1"}
{"id":48475,"verse_id":"REV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.1","text":"Grk “written on the inside and the outside” (an idiom for having writing on both sides).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A1/2"}
{"id":48476,"verse_id":"REV.5.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.1","text":"L&N 6.55 states, “From the immediate context of Re 5:1 it is not possible to determine whether the scroll in question had seven seals on the outside or whether the scroll was sealed at seven different points. However, since according to chapter six of Revelation the seals were broken one after another, it would appear as though the scroll had been sealed at seven different places as it had been rolled up.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A1/3"}
{"id":48477,"verse_id":"REV.5.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A3/1"}
{"id":48478,"verse_id":"REV.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of no one being found worthy to open the scroll.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A4/1"}
{"id":48479,"verse_id":"REV.5.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.4","text":"Grk “much.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A4/2"}
{"id":48480,"verse_id":"REV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A5/1"}
{"id":48481,"verse_id":"REV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.5","text":"Grk “says” (a historical present).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A5/2"}
{"id":48482,"verse_id":"REV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.5","text":"The present imperative with μή ( mh ) is used here to command cessation of an action in progress ( ExSyn 724 lists this verse as an example).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A5/3"}
{"id":48483,"verse_id":"REV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.5","text":"Or “has been victorious”; traditionally, “has overcome.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A5/4"}
{"id":48484,"verse_id":"REV.5.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.5","text":"The infinitive has been translated as an infinitive of result here.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A5/5"}
{"id":48485,"verse_id":"REV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A6/1"}
{"id":48486,"verse_id":"REV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.6","text":"Perhaps, “in the middle of the throne area” (see L&N 83.10).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A6/2"}
{"id":48487,"verse_id":"REV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.6","text":"Or “slaughtered”; traditionally, “slain.” The phrase behind this translation is ὡς ἐσφαγμένον ( Jw\" ejsfagmenon ). The particle ὡς is used in Greek generally for comparison, and in Revelation it is used often to describe the appearance of what the author saw. This phrase does not imply that the Lamb “appeared to have been killed” but in reality was not, because the wider context of the NT shows that in fact the Lamb, i.e., Jesus, was killed. See 13:3 for the only other occurrence of this phrase in the NT.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A6/3"}
{"id":48488,"verse_id":"REV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.6","text":"Grk “killed, having.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “he.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A6/4"}
{"id":48489,"verse_id":"REV.5.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.6","text":"also does not find the problem easy to solve, placing the word in brackets to indicate doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A6/6"}
{"id":48490,"verse_id":"REV.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A7/1"}
{"id":48491,"verse_id":"REV.5.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.7","text":"The words “the scroll” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A7/2"}
{"id":48492,"verse_id":"REV.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.8","text":"Grk “fell down.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A8/1"}
{"id":48493,"verse_id":"REV.5.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.8","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A8/2"}
{"id":48494,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.9","text":"The redundant participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) has not been translated here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/1"}
{"id":48495,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.9","text":"Or “slaughtered”; traditionally, “slain.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/2"}
{"id":48496,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.9","text":"The preposition ἐν ( en ) is taken to indicate price here, like the Hebrew preposition ב ( bet ) does at times. BDAG 329 s.v. ἐν 5.b states, “The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ ).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/3"}
{"id":48497,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.9","text":") delete the reference to God altogether and simply replace it with “us” ( ἡμᾶς ). This too is an attempt to remove ambiguity in the phrase and provide an object for “purchased.” The shorter reading, supported by the best witness for Revelation, best accounts for the other readings.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/4"}
{"id":48498,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.9","text":"The word “persons” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were often omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/5"}
{"id":48499,"verse_id":"REV.5.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"5.9","text":"Grk “and language,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A9/6"}
{"id":48500,"verse_id":"REV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.10","text":"The verb ἐποίησας ( epoihsas ) is understood to mean “appointed” here. For an example of this use, see Mark 3:14 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A10/1"}
{"id":48501,"verse_id":"REV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.10","text":"sa Prim Bea). There is no question that the original text read αὐτούς here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A10/2"}
{"id":48502,"verse_id":"REV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.10","text":"The reference to “kingdom and priests” may be a hendiadys: “priestly kingdom.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A10/3"}
{"id":48503,"verse_id":"REV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"5.10","text":"The words “to serve” are not in the Greek text, but are implied by the word “priests.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A10/4"}
{"id":48504,"verse_id":"REV.5.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"5.10","text":"pc lat co) is a difficult one. Both readings have excellent support. On the one hand, the present tense seems to be the harder reading in this context. On the other hand, codex A elsewhere mistakes the future for the present ( 20:6 ). Further, the lunar sigma in uncial script could have been overlooked by some scribes, resulting in the present tense. All things considered, there is a slight preference for the future.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A10/5"}
{"id":48505,"verse_id":"REV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A11/1"}
{"id":48506,"verse_id":"REV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.11","text":"Grk “elders, and the number of them was.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A11/2"}
{"id":48507,"verse_id":"REV.5.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.11","text":"Or “myriads of myriads.” Although μυριάς ( murias ) literally means “10,000,” the point of the combination here may simply be to indicate an incalculably huge number. See L&N 60.9.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A11/3"}
{"id":48508,"verse_id":"REV.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.12","text":"The words “all of whom” are not in the Greek text, but have been supplied to indicate the resumption of the phrase “the voice of many angels” at the beginning of the verse.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A12/1"}
{"id":48509,"verse_id":"REV.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.12","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A12/2"}
{"id":48510,"verse_id":"REV.5.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.12","text":"Or “slaughtered”; traditionally, “slain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A12/3"}
{"id":48511,"verse_id":"REV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A13/1"}
{"id":48512,"verse_id":"REV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"5.13","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A13/2"}
{"id":48513,"verse_id":"REV.5.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"5.13","text":"Or “dominion.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A13/3"}
{"id":48514,"verse_id":"REV.5.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":5,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"5.14","text":"Grk “fell down.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%205%3A14/1"}
{"id":48515,"verse_id":"REV.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.1","text":"Grk “saying like a voice [or sound] of thunder.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A1/1"}
{"id":48516,"verse_id":"REV.6.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.1","text":"The addition of “and see” ( καὶ ἴδε or καὶ βλέπε [ kai ide or kai blepe ]) to “come” ( ἔρχου , ercou ) in 6:1, 3-5, 7 is a gloss directed to John, i.e., “come and look at the seals and the horsemen!” But the command ἔρχου is better interpreted as directed to each of the horsemen. The shorter reading also has the support of the better witnesses.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A1/2"}
{"id":48517,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of hearing the voice summon the first rider.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/1"}
{"id":48518,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.2","text":"The reading “and I looked” ( καὶ εἶδον , kai eidon ) or some slight variation (e.g., ἶδον , idon ) has excellent ms support ({ א A C P 1611}) and its omission seems to come through the mss that have already placed “and look” ( καὶ ἴδε or καὶ βλέπε [ kai ide or kai blepe ]) after the verb “come” ( ἔρχου , ercou ) as mentioned in the text-critical note on 6:1 . Thus, for these copyists it was redundant to add “and I looked” again.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/2"}
{"id":48519,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.2","text":"The phrase “and here came” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/3"}
{"id":48520,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/4"}
{"id":48521,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.2","text":"Grk “the one sitting on it.” sn The one who rode it. The identity of the first rider on the white horse has been discussed at great length by interpreters. Several answers are given: (1) A number understand the rider on the white horse to be Christ himself, identifying this horse and rider with the one mentioned in 19:11 , where the identification is clear (cf. 19:13, 16 ). It must be noted, though, that there is little in common between the two riders beyond the white horse. The word for “crown” is different, the armament is different, and the context here is different (conquest vs. retribution), with three other horsemen bringing catastrophe following. (2) Others see the rider on the white horse representing a spirit of military conquest that dominates human history and leads to the catastrophes that follow. (3) Another possibility is that the white horse rider represents the Antichrist, who appears later in Rev 11:7; 13:17 , and whose similarity to Christ explains the similarity with the rider in 19:11 . This interpretation has been discussed at length by M. Rissi, “The Rider on the White Horse: A Study of Revelation 6:1-8 ,” Int 18 (1964): 407-18. This interpretation is the most probable one.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/5"}
{"id":48522,"verse_id":"REV.6.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.2","text":"The participle νικῶν ( nikwn ) has been translated as substantival, the subject of the verb ἐξῆλθεν ( exhlqen ). Otherwise, as an adverbial participle of manner, it is somewhat redundant: “he rode out conquering and to conquer.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A2/7"}
{"id":48523,"verse_id":"REV.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A3/1"}
{"id":48524,"verse_id":"REV.6.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the Lamb) has been specified in the translation for clarity here and throughout the rest of the chapter.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A3/2"}
{"id":48525,"verse_id":"REV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.4","text":"L&N 79.31 states, “‘fiery red’ (probably with a tinge of yellow or orange).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A4/1"}
{"id":48526,"verse_id":"REV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.4","text":"Grk “the one sitting on it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A4/2"}
{"id":48527,"verse_id":"REV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.4","text":"The word “permission” is implied; Grk “it was given to him to take peace from the earth.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A4/3"}
{"id":48528,"verse_id":"REV.6.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.4","text":"BDAG 979 s.v. σφάζω states, “Of the killing of a person by violence… σφάζειν τινά butcher or murder someone (4 Km 10:7; Jer 52:10 ; Manetho: 609 fgm. 8, 76 Jac. [in Jos., C. Ap. 1, 76]; Demetr.[?]: 722 fgm. 7; Ar. 10, 9) 1J 3:12 ; Rv 6:4 . Pass. (Hdt. 5, 5) 5:9; 6:9; 18:24 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A4/4"}
{"id":48529,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/1"}
{"id":48530,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the summons by the third creature.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/2"}
{"id":48531,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"6.5","text":"The reading “and I looked” ( καὶ εἶδον , kai eidon ) or some slight variation (e.g., ἶδον , idon ) has excellent ms support ({ א A C P 1611}) and its omission seems to have come through the mss that have already placed “and look” ( καὶ ἴδε or καὶ βλέπε [ kai ide or kai blepe ]) after the verb “come” ( ἔρχου , ercou ) in 6:1 . Thus, for these copyists it was redundant to add “and I looked” again.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/3"}
{"id":48532,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.5","text":"The phrase “and here came” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/4"}
{"id":48533,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/5"}
{"id":48534,"verse_id":"REV.6.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.5","text":"Grk “the one sitting on it.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A5/6"}
{"id":48535,"verse_id":"REV.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A6/1"}
{"id":48536,"verse_id":"REV.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.6","text":"BDAG 1086 s.v. χοῖνιξ states, “a dry measure, oft. used for grain, approximately equivalent to one quart or one liter , quart. A χ .of grain was a daily ration for one pers.… Rv 6:6 ab.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A6/2"}
{"id":48537,"verse_id":"REV.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.6","text":"Grk “a quart of wheat for a denarius.” A denarius was one day’s pay for an average worker. The words “will cost” are used to indicate the genitive of price or value; otherwise the English reader could understand the phrase to mean “a quart of wheat to be given as a day’s pay.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A6/3"}
{"id":48538,"verse_id":"REV.6.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A6/4"}
{"id":48539,"verse_id":"REV.6.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A7/1"}
{"id":48540,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the summons by the fourth creature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/1"}
{"id":48541,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"2","reference":"6.8","text":"The reading “and I looked” ( καὶ εἶδον , kai eidon ) or some slight variation (e.g., ἶδον , idon ) has excellent ms support ({ א A C P 1611}) and its omission seems to have come through the mss that have already placed “and look” ( καὶ ἴδε or καὶ βλέπε [ kai ide or kai blepe ]) after the verb “come” ( ἔρχου , ercou ) in 6:1 . Thus, for these copyists it was redundant to add “and I looked” again.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/2"}
{"id":48542,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.8","text":"The phrase “and here came” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/3"}
{"id":48543,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.8","text":"A sickly pallor, when referring to persons, or the green color of plants. BDAG 1085 s.v. χλωρός 2 states, “ pale, greenish gray …as the color of a pers. in sickness contrasted with appearance in health…so the horse ridden by Death… ἵππος χλωρός Rv 6:8 .” Because the color of the horse is symbolic, “pale green” is used in the translation. Cf. NIV, NCV “pale”; NASB “ashen.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/4"}
{"id":48544,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"6.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/5"}
{"id":48545,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “the one sitting on it.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/6"}
{"id":48546,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “And Hades was following with him.” The Greek expression μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ( met ’ autou , “with him”) is Semitic and indicates close proximity. The translation “followed right behind” reflects this.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/7"}
{"id":48547,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"6.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style. Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/8"}
{"id":48548,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"6.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/9"}
{"id":48549,"verse_id":"REV.6.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":8,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"10","reference":"6.8","text":"Grk “with death.” θάνατος ( qanatos ) can in particular contexts refer to a manner of death, specifically a contagious disease (see BDAG 443 s.v. 3 ; L&N 23.158).","source_note_position":10,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A8/10"}
{"id":48550,"verse_id":"REV.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of a new and somewhat different topic after the introduction of the four riders.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A9/1"}
{"id":48551,"verse_id":"REV.6.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.9","text":"Or “murdered.” See the note on the word “butcher” in 6:4 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A9/2"}
{"id":48552,"verse_id":"REV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A10/1"}
{"id":48553,"verse_id":"REV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.10","text":"Grk “voice, saying”; the participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A10/2"}
{"id":48554,"verse_id":"REV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.10","text":"The expression ἕως πότε ( ews pote ) was translated “how long.” Cf. BDAG 423 s.v. ἕως 1.b. γ .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A10/3"}
{"id":48555,"verse_id":"REV.6.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.10","text":"The Greek term here is δεσπότης ( despoths ; see L&N 37.63).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A10/4"}
{"id":48556,"verse_id":"REV.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A11/1"}
{"id":48557,"verse_id":"REV.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.11","text":"Grk “until they had been completed.” The idea of a certain “number” of people is implied by the subject of πληρωθῶσιν ( plhrwqwsin ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A11/2"}
{"id":48558,"verse_id":"REV.6.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.11","text":"Though σύνδουλος ( sundoulos ) has been translated “fellow servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A11/3"}
{"id":48559,"verse_id":"REV.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A12/1"}
{"id":48560,"verse_id":"REV.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “powerful”; Grk “a great.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A12/2"}
{"id":48561,"verse_id":"REV.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.12","text":"Or “like hairy sackcloth” (L&N 8.13).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A12/3"}
{"id":48562,"verse_id":"REV.6.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.12","text":"Grk “like blood,” understanding αἷμα ( aima ) as a blood-red color rather than actual blood (L&N 8.64).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A12/4"}
{"id":48563,"verse_id":"REV.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.13","text":"Or “in heaven” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”). The genitive τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ( tou ouranou ) is taken as a genitive of place.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A13/1"}
{"id":48564,"verse_id":"REV.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “throws [off]”; the indicative verb has been translated as a participle due to English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A13/2"}
{"id":48565,"verse_id":"REV.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.13","text":"L&N 3.37 states, “a fig produced late in the summer season (and often falling off before it ripens) – ‘late fig.’ ὡς συκὴ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη ‘as the fig tree sheds its late figs when shaken by a great wind’ Re 6:13 . In the only context in which ὄλυνθος occurs in the NT ( Re 6:13 ), one may employ an expression such as ‘unripe fig’ or ‘fig which ripens late.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A13/3"}
{"id":48566,"verse_id":"REV.6.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.13","text":"Grk “great wind.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A13/4"}
{"id":48567,"verse_id":"REV.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.14","text":"Or “The heavens were.” The Greek word οὐρανός ( ouranos ) can mean either “heaven” or “sky.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A14/1"}
{"id":48568,"verse_id":"REV.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.14","text":"BDAG 125 s.v. ἀποχωρίζω states, “ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη the sky was split Rv 6:14 .” Although L&N 79.120 gives the meaning “the sky disappeared like a rolled-up scroll” here, a scroll that is rolled up does not “disappear,” and such a translation could be difficult for modern readers to understand.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A14/2"}
{"id":48569,"verse_id":"REV.6.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.14","text":"On this term BDAG 317 s.v. ἑλίσσω states, “ ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον like a scroll that is rolled up … Rv 6:14 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A14/3"}
{"id":48570,"verse_id":"REV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A15/1"}
{"id":48571,"verse_id":"REV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated; nor is it translated before each of the following categories, since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A15/2"}
{"id":48572,"verse_id":"REV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"6.15","text":"Grk “chiliarchs.” A chiliarch was normally a military officer commanding a thousand soldiers, but here probably used of higher-ranking commanders like generals (see L&N 55.15; cf. Rev 6:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A15/3"}
{"id":48573,"verse_id":"REV.6.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"6.15","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A15/4"}
{"id":48574,"verse_id":"REV.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"6.16","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A16/1"}
{"id":48575,"verse_id":"REV.6.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.16","text":"It is difficult to say where this quotation ends. The translation ends it after “withstand it” at the end of v. 17 , but it is possible that it should end here, after “Lamb” at the end of v. 16 . If it ends after “Lamb,” v. 17 is a parenthetical explanation by the author.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A16/2"}
{"id":48576,"verse_id":"REV.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"6.17","text":"Most mss (A Ï bo) change the pronoun “their” to “his” ( αὐτοῦ , autou ) in order to bring the text in line with the mention of the one seated on the throne in the immediately preceding verse, and to remove the ambiguity about whose wrath is in view here. The reading αὐτῶν ( autwn , “their”) is well supported by א C 1611 1854 2053 2329 2344 pc latt sy. On both internal and external grounds, it should be regarded as original.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A17/1"}
{"id":48577,"verse_id":"REV.6.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":6,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"6.17","text":"The translation “to withstand (it)” for ἵστημι ( Jisthmi ) is based on the imagery of holding one’s ground in a military campaign or an attack (BDAG 482 s.v. B.4).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%206%3A17/2"}
{"id":48578,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/1"}
{"id":48579,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “from the rising of the sun.” BDAG 74 s.v. ἀνατολή 2.a takes this as a geographical direction: “ ἀπὸ ἀ . ἡλίου … from the east Rv 7:2; 16:12 …simply ἀπὸ ἀ . … 21:13 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/2"}
{"id":48580,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “having,” but v. 3 makes it clear that the angel’s purpose is to seal others with the seal he carries.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/3"}
{"id":48581,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.2","text":"Or “signet” (L&N 6.54).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/4"}
{"id":48582,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"7.2","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/5"}
{"id":48583,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"7.2","text":"The word “permission” is implied; Grk “to whom it was given to them to damage the earth.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/6"}
{"id":48584,"verse_id":"REV.7.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":2,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"7.2","text":"Grk “saying.” The participle λέγων ( legwn ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A2/7"}
{"id":48585,"verse_id":"REV.7.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.3","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A3/1"}
{"id":48586,"verse_id":"REV.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of new but related material.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A4/1"}
{"id":48587,"verse_id":"REV.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “who were sealed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A4/2"}
{"id":48588,"verse_id":"REV.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.4","text":"Normally, “every,” but since 144,000 is the total number, “all” is clearer here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A4/3"}
{"id":48589,"verse_id":"REV.7.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.4","text":"Grk “the sons of Israel,” normally an idiom for the Israelites as an ethnic entity (L&N 11.58). However, many scholars understand the expression in this context to refer to Christians rather than ethnic Israelites.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A4/4"}
{"id":48590,"verse_id":"REV.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.9","text":"The phrase “and here was” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A9/1"}
{"id":48591,"verse_id":"REV.7.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated before each of the following categories, since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A9/2"}
{"id":48592,"verse_id":"REV.7.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.10","text":"The dative here has been translated as a dative of possession.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A10/1"}
{"id":48593,"verse_id":"REV.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.11","text":"The verb is pluperfect, but the force is simple past. See ExSyn 586.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A11/1"}
{"id":48594,"verse_id":"REV.7.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.11","text":"Grk “they fell down on their faces.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A11/2"}
{"id":48595,"verse_id":"REV.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A13/1"}
{"id":48596,"verse_id":"REV.7.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.13","text":"Grk “spoke” or “declared to,” but in the context “asked” reads more naturally in English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A13/2"}
{"id":48597,"verse_id":"REV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the previous question.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A14/1"}
{"id":48598,"verse_id":"REV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.14","text":"Though the expression “the answer” is not in the Greek text, it is clearly implied. Direct objects in Greek were frequently omitted when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A14/2"}
{"id":48599,"verse_id":"REV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"7.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A14/3"}
{"id":48600,"verse_id":"REV.7.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"7.14","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A14/4"}
{"id":48601,"verse_id":"REV.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.15","text":"Or “worship.” The word here is λατρεύω ( latreuw ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A15/1"}
{"id":48602,"verse_id":"REV.7.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"7.15","text":"Grk “will spread his tent over them,” normally an idiom for taking up residence with someone, but when combined with the preposition ἐπί ( epi , “over”) the idea is one of extending protection or shelter (BDAG 929 s.v. σκηνόω ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A15/2"}
{"id":48603,"verse_id":"REV.7.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":7,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"7.16","text":"An allusion to Isa 49:10 . The phrase “burning heat” is one word in Greek ( καῦμα , kauma ) that refers to a burning, intensely-felt heat. See BDAG 536 s.v.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%207%3A16/1"}
{"id":48604,"verse_id":"REV.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the resumption of the topic of the seals.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A1/1"}
{"id":48605,"verse_id":"REV.8.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the Lamb) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A1/2"}
{"id":48606,"verse_id":"REV.8.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A2/1"}
{"id":48607,"verse_id":"REV.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A3/1"}
{"id":48608,"verse_id":"REV.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.3","text":"Grk “having.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A3/2"}
{"id":48609,"verse_id":"REV.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.3","text":"The verb “to station” was used to translate ἑστάθη ( Jestaqh ) because it connotes the idea of purposeful arrangement in English, which seems to be the idea in the Greek.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A3/4"}
{"id":48610,"verse_id":"REV.8.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.3","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A3/5"}
{"id":48611,"verse_id":"REV.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A4/1"}
{"id":48612,"verse_id":"REV.8.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.4","text":"The expression τῶν θυμιαμάτων ( twn qumiamatwn ) is taken as a “genitive of producer,” i.e., the noun in the genitive produces the head noun.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A4/2"}
{"id":48613,"verse_id":"REV.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A5/1"}
{"id":48614,"verse_id":"REV.8.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.5","text":"Or “sounds,” “voices.” It is not entirely clear what this refers to. BDAG 1071 s.v. φωνή 1 states, “In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16 ) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm?…).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A5/2"}
{"id":48615,"verse_id":"REV.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A6/1"}
{"id":48616,"verse_id":"REV.8.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.6","text":"Grk “having.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A6/2"}
{"id":48617,"verse_id":"REV.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A7/1"}
{"id":48618,"verse_id":"REV.8.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so that” because what follows has the logical force of a result clause.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A7/2"}
{"id":48619,"verse_id":"REV.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A8/1"}
{"id":48620,"verse_id":"REV.8.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A8/2"}
{"id":48621,"verse_id":"REV.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.9","text":"Or “a third of the living creatures in the sea”; Grk “the third of the creatures which were in the sea, the ones having life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A9/1"}
{"id":48622,"verse_id":"REV.8.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.9","text":"On the term translated “completely destroyed,” L&N 20.40 states, “to cause the complete destruction of someone or something – ‘to destroy utterly.’ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων διεφθάρησαν ‘a third of the ships were completely destroyed’ Re 8:9 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A9/2"}
{"id":48623,"verse_id":"REV.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A10/1"}
{"id":48624,"verse_id":"REV.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.10","text":"Or “from heaven” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A10/2"}
{"id":48625,"verse_id":"REV.8.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.10","text":"Grk “fell.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A10/3"}
{"id":48626,"verse_id":"REV.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” in keeping with the parenthetical nature of this remark.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A11/1"}
{"id":48627,"verse_id":"REV.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “is called,” but this is somewhat redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A11/2"}
{"id":48628,"verse_id":"REV.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the star falling on the waters.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A11/4"}
{"id":48629,"verse_id":"REV.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.11","text":"That is, terribly bitter (see the note on “Wormwood” earlier in this verse).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A11/5"}
{"id":48630,"verse_id":"REV.8.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":11,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"8.11","text":"Grk “and many of the men died from these waters because they were bitter.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A11/6"}
{"id":48631,"verse_id":"REV.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A12/1"}
{"id":48632,"verse_id":"REV.8.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.12","text":"Grk “the day did not shine [with respect to] the third of it.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A12/2"}
{"id":48633,"verse_id":"REV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"8.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A13/1"}
{"id":48634,"verse_id":"REV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “one eagle.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A13/2"}
{"id":48635,"verse_id":"REV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"8.13","text":"and several versions}. On external grounds, ἀετοῦ is clearly the superior reading. ἀγγέλου could have arisen inadvertently due to similarities in spelling or sound between ἀετοῦ and ἀγγέλου . It may also have been intentional in order to bring this statement in line with 14:6 where an angel is mentioned as the one flying in midair. This seems a more likely reason, strengthened by the facts that the book only mentions eagles two other times ( 4:7; 12:14 ). Further, the immediate as well as broad context is replete with references to angels.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A13/3"}
{"id":48636,"verse_id":"REV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"8.13","text":"Concerning the word μεσουράνημα ( mesouranhma ), L&N 1.10 states, “a point or region of the sky directly above the earth – ‘high in the sky, midpoint in the sky, directly overhead, straight above in the sky.’ εἶδον , καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς ἁετοῦ πετομένου ἐν μεσουρανήματι ‘I looked, and I heard an eagle that was flying overhead in the sky’ Re 8:13 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A13/4"}
{"id":48637,"verse_id":"REV.8.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":8,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"8.13","text":"Grk “about to sound their trumpets,” but this is redundant in English.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%208%3A13/5"}
{"id":48638,"verse_id":"REV.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A1/1"}
{"id":48639,"verse_id":"REV.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.1","text":"Or “from heaven” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A1/2"}
{"id":48640,"verse_id":"REV.9.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.1","text":"On this term BDAG 2 s.v. ἄβυσσος 2 states, “ netherworld , abyss, esp. the abode of the dead Ro 10:7 ( Ps 106:26 ) and of demons Lk 8:31 ; dungeon where the devil is kept Rv 20:3 ; abode of the θηρίον , the Antichrist 11:7; 17:8 ; of ᾿Αβαδδών (q.v.), the angel of the underworld 9:11 … φρέαρ τῆς ἀ . 9:1 f; capable of being sealed 9:1; 20:1, 3 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A1/3"}
{"id":48641,"verse_id":"REV.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A2/1"}
{"id":48642,"verse_id":"REV.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.2","text":"Grk “the shaft,” but since this would be somewhat redundant in English, the pronoun “it” is used here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A2/2"}
{"id":48643,"verse_id":"REV.9.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A2/3"}
{"id":48644,"verse_id":"REV.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A3/1"}
{"id":48645,"verse_id":"REV.9.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.3","text":"See BDAG 352 s.v. ἐξουσία 2, “potential or resource to command, control, or govern, capability, might, power. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A3/2"}
{"id":48646,"verse_id":"REV.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A4/1"}
{"id":48647,"verse_id":"REV.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.4","text":"The dative indirect object ( αὐταῖς , autais ) was converted into the subject (“they”) as this more closely approximates English usage. The following ἵ῞να ( Jina ) is taken as substantival, introducing a direct object clause. In this case, because it is reported speech, the ἵνα is similar to the declarative ὅτι ( Joti ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A4/2"}
{"id":48648,"verse_id":"REV.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.4","text":"Grk “men”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here of both men and women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A4/3"}
{"id":48649,"verse_id":"REV.9.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.4","text":"The article τῶν ( twn ) has been translated as a possessive pronoun here ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A4/4"}
{"id":48650,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “It was not permitted to them”; the referent (the locusts) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/1"}
{"id":48651,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.5","text":"The word “permission” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/2"}
{"id":48652,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.5","text":"The two ἵνα ( Jina ) clauses of 9:5 are understood to be functioning as epexegetical or complementary clauses related to ἐδόθη ( edoqh ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/3"}
{"id":48653,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.5","text":"On this term BDAG 168 s.v. βασανισμός states, “1. infliction of severe suffering or pain associated with torture or torment, tormenting, torture Rv 9:5 b. – 2. the severe pain experienced through torture, torment vs. 5a; 14:11; 18:10, 15 ; (w. πένθος ) vs. 7.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/4"}
{"id":48654,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.5","text":"The pronoun “them” is not in the Greek text but is picked up from the previous clause.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/5"}
{"id":48655,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “like the torture,” but this is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/6"}
{"id":48656,"verse_id":"REV.9.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":5,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"9.5","text":"Grk “a man”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in an individualized sense without being limited to the male gender.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A5/7"}
{"id":48657,"verse_id":"REV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A6/1"}
{"id":48658,"verse_id":"REV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.6","text":"Grk “men”; but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used in a generic sense here of both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A6/2"}
{"id":48659,"verse_id":"REV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A6/3"}
{"id":48660,"verse_id":"REV.9.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.6","text":"The phrase “not be able to” was used in the translation to emphasize the strong negation ( οὐ μή , ou mh ) in the Greek text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A6/4"}
{"id":48661,"verse_id":"REV.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of the description of the locusts, which is somewhat parenthetical in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A7/1"}
{"id":48662,"verse_id":"REV.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A7/2"}
{"id":48663,"verse_id":"REV.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.7","text":"The translation attempts to bring out the double uncertainty in this clause in the Greek text, involving both the form ( ὡς στέφανοι , Jw\" stefanoi , “like crowns”) and the material ( ὅμοιοι χρυσῷ , {omoioi crusw , “similar to gold”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A7/3"}
{"id":48664,"verse_id":"REV.9.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.7","text":"Or “human faces.” The Greek term ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpos ) is often used in a generic sense, referring to both men and women. However, because “women’s hair” in the next clause suggests a possible gender distinction here, “men’s” was retained.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A7/4"}
{"id":48665,"verse_id":"REV.9.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A8/1"}
{"id":48666,"verse_id":"REV.9.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.9","text":"Or perhaps, “scales like iron breastplates” (RSV, NRSV) although the Greek term θώραξ ( qwrax ) would have to shift its meaning within the clause, and elsewhere in biblical usage (e.g., Eph 6:14 ; 1 Thess 5:8 ) it normally means “breastplate.” See also L&N 8.38.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A9/1"}
{"id":48667,"verse_id":"REV.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.10","text":"In the Greek text there is a shift to the present tense here; the previous verbs translated “had” are imperfects.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A10/1"}
{"id":48668,"verse_id":"REV.9.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.10","text":"See BDAG 352 s.v. ἐξουσία 2, “potential or resource to command, control, or govern, capability, might, power. ”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A10/2"}
{"id":48669,"verse_id":"REV.9.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.12","text":"Grk “behold.” Here ἰδού ( idou ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A12/1"}
{"id":48670,"verse_id":"REV.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A13/1"}
{"id":48671,"verse_id":"REV.9.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.13","text":"includes the word in brackets, indicating doubts as to its authenticity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A13/2"}
{"id":48672,"verse_id":"REV.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.14","text":"Grk “having.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A14/1"}
{"id":48673,"verse_id":"REV.9.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.14","text":"On λῦσον ( luson ) BDAG 606-7 s.v. λύω 2 states, “ set free, loose, untie – a. lit. a pers., animal, or thing that is bound or tied…Angels that are bound Rv 9:14 f.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A14/2"}
{"id":48674,"verse_id":"REV.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A15/1"}
{"id":48675,"verse_id":"REV.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.15","text":"The Greek article τήν ( thn ) has been translated with demonstrative force here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A15/2"}
{"id":48676,"verse_id":"REV.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.15","text":"The Greek term καί ( kai ) has not been translated here and before the following term “month” since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A15/3"}
{"id":48677,"verse_id":"REV.9.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.15","text":"Grk “so that they might kill,” but the English infinitive is an equivalent construction to indicate purpose here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A15/4"}
{"id":48678,"verse_id":"REV.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A16/1"}
{"id":48679,"verse_id":"REV.9.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.16","text":"Grk “twenty thousand of ten thousands.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A16/2"}
{"id":48680,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of the description of the horses and riders, which is somewhat parenthetical in the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/1"}
{"id":48681,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “and those seated on them.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/2"}
{"id":48682,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"9.17","text":"Grk “the vision”; the Greek article has been translated as a possessive pronoun ( ExSyn 215).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/3"}
{"id":48683,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"9.17","text":"L&N 79.31 states, “‘fiery red’ (probably with a tinge of yellow or orange).”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/4"}
{"id":48684,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"9.17","text":"On this term BDAG 1022 s.v. ὑακίνθινος states, “ hyacinth-colored, i.e. dark blue (dark red?) w. πύρινος Rv 9:17 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/5"}
{"id":48685,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"9.17","text":"On this term BDAG 446 s.v. θειώδης states, “ sulphurous Rv 9:17 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/6"}
{"id":48686,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"9.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/8"}
{"id":48687,"verse_id":"REV.9.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"9.17","text":"Traditionally, “brimstone.”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A17/9"}
{"id":48688,"verse_id":"REV.9.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.18","text":"The phrase ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ τοῦ θείου τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν (“by the fire, the smoke, and the sulfur that came out of their mouths”) is taken as epexegetical (explanatory) to the phrase τῶν τριῶν πληγῶν τούτων (“these three plagues”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A18/1"}
{"id":48689,"verse_id":"REV.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.19","text":"See BDAG 352 s.v. ἐξουσία 2, “potential or resource to command, control, or govern, capability, might, power. ”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A19/1"}
{"id":48690,"verse_id":"REV.9.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.19","text":"Grk “is.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A19/2"}
{"id":48691,"verse_id":"REV.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.20","text":"The word “made” is not in the Greek text but is implied.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A20/1"}
{"id":48692,"verse_id":"REV.9.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.20","text":"The Greek conjunction καί ( kai ) has not been translated here or before the following materials in this list, since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A20/2"}
{"id":48693,"verse_id":"REV.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"9.21","text":"Grk “and.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation, with “furthermore” used to indicate a continuation of the preceding.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A21/1"}
{"id":48694,"verse_id":"REV.9.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":9,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"9.21","text":"On the term φαρμακεία ( farmakeia , “magic spells”) see L&N 53.100: “the use of magic, often involving drugs and the casting of spells upon people – ‘to practice magic, to cast spells upon, to engage in sorcery, magic, sorcery.’ φαρμακεία : ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ‘with your magic spells you deceived all the peoples (of the world)’ Re 18:23 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%209%3A21/2"}
{"id":48695,"verse_id":"REV.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A1/1"}
{"id":48696,"verse_id":"REV.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “clothed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A1/2"}
{"id":48697,"verse_id":"REV.10.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.1","text":"Or “like fiery pillars,” translating πυρός ( puros ) as an attributive genitive.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A1/3"}
{"id":48698,"verse_id":"REV.10.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.2","text":"Grk “and having.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “he.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A2/1"}
{"id":48699,"verse_id":"REV.10.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A3/1"}
{"id":48700,"verse_id":"REV.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A4/1"}
{"id":48701,"verse_id":"REV.10.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.4","text":"The words “just then” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A4/2"}
{"id":48702,"verse_id":"REV.10.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A5/1"}
{"id":48703,"verse_id":"REV.10.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.6","text":"On this phrase see BDAG 1092 s.v. χρόνος .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A6/1"}
{"id":48704,"verse_id":"REV.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.7","text":"Grk “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A7/1"}
{"id":48705,"verse_id":"REV.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.7","text":"The aorist ἐτελέσθη ( etelesqh ) has been translated as a proleptic (futuristic) aorist ( ExSyn 564 cites this verse as an example).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A7/2"}
{"id":48706,"verse_id":"REV.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.7","text":"The time of the action described by the aorist εὐηγγέλισεν ( euhngelisen ) seems to be past with respect to the aorist passive ἐτελέσθη ( etelesqh ). This does not require that the prophets in view here be OT prophets. They may actually refer to the martyrs in the church (so G. B. Caird, Revelation [HNTC], 129).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A7/3"}
{"id":48707,"verse_id":"REV.10.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.7","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A7/4"}
{"id":48708,"verse_id":"REV.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A8/1"}
{"id":48709,"verse_id":"REV.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.8","text":"The participle λαλοῦσαν ( lalousan ) has been translated as “began to speak.” The use of πάλιν ( palin ) indicates an ingressive idea.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A8/2"}
{"id":48710,"verse_id":"REV.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “with me.” The translation “with me” implies that John was engaged in a dialogue with the one speaking to him (e.g., Jesus or an angel) when in reality it was a one-sided conversation, with John doing all the listening. For this reason, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ( met ’ emou , “with me”) was translated as “to me.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A8/3"}
{"id":48711,"verse_id":"REV.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.8","text":"Grk “again, saying.” The participle λέγουσαν ( legousan ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A8/4"}
{"id":48712,"verse_id":"REV.10.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"10.8","text":"The perfect passive participle ἠνεῳγμένον ( hnewgmenon ) is in second attributive position and has been translated as an attributive adjective.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A8/5"}
{"id":48713,"verse_id":"REV.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the instructions given by the voice.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A9/1"}
{"id":48714,"verse_id":"REV.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A9/2"}
{"id":48715,"verse_id":"REV.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.9","text":"The words “the scroll” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A9/3"}
{"id":48716,"verse_id":"REV.10.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"10.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A9/4"}
{"id":48717,"verse_id":"REV.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the instructions given by the angel.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A10/1"}
{"id":48718,"verse_id":"REV.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.10","text":"Grk “it was.” The idea of taste is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A10/2"}
{"id":48719,"verse_id":"REV.10.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A10/3"}
{"id":48720,"verse_id":"REV.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"10.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A11/1"}
{"id":48721,"verse_id":"REV.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"10.11","text":"The referent of “they” is not clear in the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A11/2"}
{"id":48722,"verse_id":"REV.10.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":10,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"10.11","text":"Grk “and nations,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated here or before the next item since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2010%3A11/3"}
{"id":48723,"verse_id":"REV.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A1/1"}
{"id":48724,"verse_id":"REV.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “a reed” (but these were used for measuring). Cf. Ezek 40:3 ff.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A1/2"}
{"id":48725,"verse_id":"REV.11.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.1","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A1/3"}
{"id":48726,"verse_id":"REV.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A2/1"}
{"id":48727,"verse_id":"REV.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.2","text":"On the term αὐλήν ( aulhn ) BDAG 150 s.v. αὐλή 1 states, “( outer ) court of the temple… Rv 11:2 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A2/2"}
{"id":48728,"verse_id":"REV.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.2","text":"The precise meaning of the phrase ἔκβαλε ἔξωθεν ( ekbale exwqen ) is difficult to determine.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A2/3"}
{"id":48729,"verse_id":"REV.11.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.2","text":"Or “to the nations” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A2/4"}
{"id":48730,"verse_id":"REV.11.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.3","text":"The word “authority” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. “Power” would be another alternative that could be supplied here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A3/1"}
{"id":48731,"verse_id":"REV.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A5/1"}
{"id":48732,"verse_id":"REV.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.5","text":"This is a collective singular in Greek.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A5/2"}
{"id":48733,"verse_id":"REV.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.5","text":"See L&N 20.45 for the translation of κατεσθίω ( katesqiw ) as “to destroy utterly, to consume completely.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A5/3"}
{"id":48734,"verse_id":"REV.11.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A5/4"}
{"id":48735,"verse_id":"REV.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.6","text":"Or “authority.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A6/1"}
{"id":48736,"verse_id":"REV.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.6","text":"Grk “the days.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A6/2"}
{"id":48737,"verse_id":"REV.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.6","text":"Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A6/3"}
{"id":48738,"verse_id":"REV.11.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.6","text":"Or “authority.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A6/4"}
{"id":48739,"verse_id":"REV.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A7/1"}
{"id":48740,"verse_id":"REV.11.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.7","text":"Or “be victorious over”; traditionally, “overcome.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A7/2"}
{"id":48741,"verse_id":"REV.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A8/1"}
{"id":48742,"verse_id":"REV.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.8","text":"The Greek word πλατεῖα ( plateia ) refers to a major (broad) street (L&N 1.103).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A8/2"}
{"id":48743,"verse_id":"REV.11.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.8","text":"Grk “spiritually.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A8/3"}
{"id":48744,"verse_id":"REV.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.9","text":"The word “every” is not in the Greek text, but is implied by the following list.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A9/1"}
{"id":48745,"verse_id":"REV.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.9","text":"The Greek term καί ( kai ) has not been translated before this and the following items in the list, since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A9/2"}
{"id":48746,"verse_id":"REV.11.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.9","text":"Or “to be buried.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A9/3"}
{"id":48747,"verse_id":"REV.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A11/1"}
{"id":48748,"verse_id":"REV.11.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.11","text":"Grk “fell upon.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A11/2"}
{"id":48749,"verse_id":"REV.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A12/1"}
{"id":48750,"verse_id":"REV.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.12","text":"Though the nearest antecedent to the subject of ἤκουσαν ( hkousan ) is the people (“those who were watching them”), it could also be (based on what immediately follows) that the two prophets are the ones who heard the voice.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A12/2"}
{"id":48751,"verse_id":"REV.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.12","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the two prophets) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A12/3"}
{"id":48752,"verse_id":"REV.11.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.12","text":"The conjunction καί ( kai ) seems to be introducing a temporal clause contemporaneous in time with the preceding clause.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A12/4"}
{"id":48753,"verse_id":"REV.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A13/1"}
{"id":48754,"verse_id":"REV.11.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.13","text":"Grk “seven thousand names of men.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A13/2"}
{"id":48755,"verse_id":"REV.11.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.14","text":"Grk “has passed.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A14/1"}
{"id":48756,"verse_id":"REV.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A15/1"}
{"id":48757,"verse_id":"REV.11.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.15","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A15/2"}
{"id":48758,"verse_id":"REV.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A16/1"}
{"id":48759,"verse_id":"REV.11.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.16","text":"Grk “they fell down on their faces.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A16/2"}
{"id":48760,"verse_id":"REV.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.17","text":"Grk “saying.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A17/1"}
{"id":48761,"verse_id":"REV.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.17","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A17/2"}
{"id":48762,"verse_id":"REV.11.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.17","text":"The aorist verb ἐβασίλευσας ( ebasileusa\" ) has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A17/3"}
{"id":48763,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/1"}
{"id":48764,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “The Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/2"}
{"id":48765,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/3"}
{"id":48766,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"11.18","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/4"}
{"id":48767,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"11.18","text":"Grk “who fear.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/5"}
{"id":48768,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"11.18","text":"The words “the time has come” do not occur except at the beginning of the verse; the phrase has been repeated for emphasis and contrast. The Greek has one finite verb (“has come”) with a compound subject (“your wrath,” “the time”), followed by three infinitive clauses (“to be judged,” “to give,” “to destroy”). The rhetorical power of the repetition of the finite verb in English thus emulates the rhetorical power of its lone instance in Greek.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/6"}
{"id":48769,"verse_id":"REV.11.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"11.18","text":"Or “who deprave.” There is a possible wordplay here on two meanings for διαφθείρω ( diafqeirw ), with the first meaning “destroy” and the second meaning either “to ruin” or “to make morally corrupt.” See L&N 20.40.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A18/7"}
{"id":48770,"verse_id":"REV.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"11.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence on events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A19/1"}
{"id":48771,"verse_id":"REV.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"11.19","text":"Or “sounds,” “voices.” It is not entirely clear what this refers to. BDAG 1071 s.v. φωνή 1 states, “In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16 ) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm?…).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A19/2"}
{"id":48772,"verse_id":"REV.11.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":11,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"11.19","text":"Although BDAG 1075 s.v. χάλαζα gives the meaning “hail” here, it is not clear whether the adjective μεγάλη ( megalh ) refers to the intensity of the storm or the size of the individual hailstones, or both.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2011%3A19/3"}
{"id":48773,"verse_id":"REV.12.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A1/1"}
{"id":48774,"verse_id":"REV.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A2/1"}
{"id":48775,"verse_id":"REV.12.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.2","text":"Grk “and being tortured,” though βασανίζω ( basanizw ) in this context refers to birth pangs. BDAG 168 s.v. 2 .b states, “Of birth-pangs (Anth. Pal. 9, 311 βάσανος has this mng.) Rv 12:2 .” The καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A2/2"}
{"id":48776,"verse_id":"REV.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A3/1"}
{"id":48777,"verse_id":"REV.12.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.3","text":"For the translation of διάδημα ( diadhma ) as “diadem crown” see L&N 6.196. sn Diadem crowns were a type of crown used as a symbol of the highest ruling authority in a given area, and thus often associated with kingship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A3/2"}
{"id":48778,"verse_id":"REV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate that this remark is virtually parenthetical.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A4/1"}
{"id":48779,"verse_id":"REV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.4","text":"Grk “its”; the referent (the dragon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A4/2"}
{"id":48780,"verse_id":"REV.12.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A4/3"}
{"id":48781,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the conclusion of the anticipated birth.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/1"}
{"id":48782,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.5","text":"On this term BDAG 135 s.v. ἄρσην states: “ male …The neut. ἄρσεν Rv 12:5 , difft. vs. 13, comes fr. Is 66:7 and is in apposition to υἱόν . On the juxtaposition s. FBoll, ZNW 15, 1914, 253; BOlsson, Glotta 23, ’34, 112.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/2"}
{"id":48783,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.5","text":"Grk “shepherd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/3"}
{"id":48784,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/4"}
{"id":48785,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.5","text":"Or “scepter.” The Greek term ῥάβδος ( rJabdo\" ) can mean either “rod” or “scepter.” sn An allusion to Ps 2:9 (see also Rev 2:27; 19:15 ).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/5"}
{"id":48786,"verse_id":"REV.12.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":5,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A5/6"}
{"id":48787,"verse_id":"REV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “and the woman,” which would be somewhat redundant in English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A6/1"}
{"id":48788,"verse_id":"REV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.6","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A6/2"}
{"id":48789,"verse_id":"REV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “where she has there a place prepared by God.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A6/3"}
{"id":48790,"verse_id":"REV.12.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.6","text":"Grk “so they can take care of her.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A6/4"}
{"id":48791,"verse_id":"REV.12.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A7/1"}
{"id":48792,"verse_id":"REV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the implied contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A8/1"}
{"id":48793,"verse_id":"REV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.8","text":"The words “to prevail” are not in the Greek text, but are implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A8/2"}
{"id":48794,"verse_id":"REV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “found.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A8/3"}
{"id":48795,"verse_id":"REV.12.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.8","text":"Grk “for them”; the referent (the dragon and his angels, v. 7 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A8/4"}
{"id":48796,"verse_id":"REV.12.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the result of the war in heaven.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A9/1"}
{"id":48797,"verse_id":"REV.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A10/1"}
{"id":48798,"verse_id":"REV.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “the right of his Messiah to rule.” See L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A10/2"}
{"id":48799,"verse_id":"REV.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “Messiah”; both “Christ” (Greek) and “Messiah” (Hebrew and Aramaic) mean “one who has been anointed.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A10/3"}
{"id":48800,"verse_id":"REV.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.10","text":"Grk “brothers,” but the Greek word may be used for “brothers and sisters” or “fellow Christians” (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 1, where considerable nonbiblical evidence for the plural ἀδελφοί [ adelfoi ] meaning “brothers and sisters” is cited). The translation “fellow believer” would normally apply (L&N 11.23), but since the speaker(s) are not specified in this context, it is not clear if such a translation would be appropriate here. The more generic “brothers and sisters” was chosen to emphasize the fact of a relationship without specifying its type.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A10/4"}
{"id":48801,"verse_id":"REV.12.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.10","text":"Or “who accuses them continually.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A10/5"}
{"id":48802,"verse_id":"REV.12.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A11/1"}
{"id":48803,"verse_id":"REV.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.12","text":"The word “But” is not in the Greek text, but the contrast is clearly implied. This is a case of asyndeton (lack of a connective).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A12/1"}
{"id":48804,"verse_id":"REV.12.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.12","text":"Grk “and is filled,” a continuation of the previous sentence. Because English tends to use shorter sentences (especially when exclamations are involved), a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A12/2"}
{"id":48805,"verse_id":"REV.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” because the clause it introduces is clearly resumptive.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A13/1"}
{"id":48806,"verse_id":"REV.12.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.13","text":"Grk “saw.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A13/2"}
{"id":48807,"verse_id":"REV.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A14/1"}
{"id":48808,"verse_id":"REV.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.14","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A14/2"}
{"id":48809,"verse_id":"REV.12.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.14","text":"The word “God” is supplied based on the previous statements made concerning “the place prepared for the woman” in 12:6 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A14/3"}
{"id":48810,"verse_id":"REV.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A15/1"}
{"id":48811,"verse_id":"REV.12.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.15","text":"Grk “so that he might make her swept away.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A15/2"}
{"id":48812,"verse_id":"REV.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A16/1"}
{"id":48813,"verse_id":"REV.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “the earth helped the woman.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A16/2"}
{"id":48814,"verse_id":"REV.12.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.16","text":"Grk “the earth opened its mouth” (a metaphor for the ground splitting open).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A16/3"}
{"id":48815,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"12.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the woman’s escape.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/1"}
{"id":48816,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “her seed” (an idiom for offspring, children, or descendants).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/2"}
{"id":48817,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"12.17","text":"Or “who obey.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/3"}
{"id":48818,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “and having.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/4"}
{"id":48819,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “the testimony of Jesus,” which may involve a subjective genitive (“Jesus’ testimony”) or, more likely, an objective genitive (“testimony about Jesus”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/5"}
{"id":48820,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"12.17","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the dragon) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/6"}
{"id":48821,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"12.17","text":"co) have the reading ἐστάθην ( estaqhn , “I stood”). Thus, the majority of mss make the narrator, rather than the dragon of 12:17 , the subject of the verb. The first person reading is most likely an assimilation to the following verb in 13:1 , “I saw.” The reading “I stood” was introduced either by accident or to produce a smoother flow, giving the narrator a vantage point on the sea’s edge from which to observe the beast rising out of the sea in 13:1 . But almost everywhere else in the book, the phrase καὶ εἶδον ( kai eidon , “and I saw”) marks a transition to a new vision, without reference to the narrator’s activity. On both external and internal grounds, it is best to adopt the third person reading, “he stood.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/7"}
{"id":48822,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"12.17","text":"Or “sandy beach” (L&N 1.64).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/8"}
{"id":48823,"verse_id":"REV.12.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":12,"verse":17,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"12.17","text":", both include this sentence as 12:18 , as do the RSV and NRSV. Other modern translations like the NASB and NIV include the sentence at the beginning of 13:1 ; in these versions chap. has only 17 verses.","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2012%3A17/9"}
{"id":48824,"verse_id":"REV.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A1/1"}
{"id":48825,"verse_id":"REV.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.1","text":"Grk “having” (a continuation of the previous sentence). All of the pronouns referring to this beast (along with the second beast appearing in 13:11 ) could be translated as “it” because the word for beast ( θηρίον , qhrion ) is neuter gender in Greek and all the pronouns related to it are parsed as neuter in the Gramcord/Accordance database. Nevertheless, most interpreters would agree that the beast ultimately represents a human ruler, so beginning at the end of v. 4 the masculine pronouns (“he,” “him,” etc.) are used to refer to the first beast as well as the second beast appearing in 13:11 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A1/2"}
{"id":48826,"verse_id":"REV.13.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.1","text":"For the translation of διάδημα ( diadhma ) as “diadem crown” see L&N 6.196. sn Diadem crowns were a type of crown used as a symbol of the highest ruling authority in a given area, and thus often associated with kingship.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A1/3"}
{"id":48827,"verse_id":"REV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the parenthetical nature of the following description of the beast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A2/1"}
{"id":48828,"verse_id":"REV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A2/2"}
{"id":48829,"verse_id":"REV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.2","text":"Grk “gave it”; the referent (the beast) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A2/3"}
{"id":48830,"verse_id":"REV.13.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.2","text":"For the translation “authority to rule” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A2/4"}
{"id":48831,"verse_id":"REV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “one of its heads”; the referent (the beast) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A3/1"}
{"id":48832,"verse_id":"REV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.3","text":"Grk “killed to death,” an expression emphatic in its redundancy. The phrase behind this translation is ὡς ἐσφαγμένον ( Jw\" ejsfagmenon ). The particle ὡς is used in Greek generally for comparison, and in Revelation it is used often to describe the appearance of what the author saw. In this instance, the appearance of the beast’s head did not match reality, because the next phrase shows that in fact it did not die. This text does not affirm that the beast died and was resurrected, but some draw this conclusion because of the only other use of the phrase, which refers to Jesus in 5:6 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A3/2"}
{"id":48833,"verse_id":"REV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.3","text":"The phrase τοῦ θανάτου ( tou qanatou ) can be translated as an attributive genitive (“deathly wound”) or an objective genitive (the wound which caused death) and the final αὐτοῦ ( autou ) is either possessive or reference/respect.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A3/3"}
{"id":48834,"verse_id":"REV.13.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.3","text":"On the phrase “the whole world followed the beast in amazement,” BDAG 445 s.v. θαυμάζω 2 states, “ wonder, be amazed … Rv 17:8 . In pregnant constr. ἐθαυμάσθη ὅλη ἡ γῆ ὀπίσω τ . θηρίου the whole world followed the beast, full of wonder 13:3 (here wonder becomes worship: cp. Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 290 D.; 39 p. 747 of Dionysus and Heracles, οἳ ὑφ᾿ ἡμῶν ἐθαυμάσθησαν . Sir 7:29; Jos., Ant. 3, 65. – The act. is also found in this sense: Cebes 2, 3 θ . τινά = ‘admire’ or ‘venerate’ someone; Epict. 1, 17, 19 θ . τὸν θεόν ).”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A3/4"}
{"id":48835,"verse_id":"REV.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.4","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A4/1"}
{"id":48836,"verse_id":"REV.13.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.4","text":"On the use of the masculine pronoun to refer to the beast, see the note on the word “It” in 13:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A4/2"}
{"id":48837,"verse_id":"REV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “and there was given to him.” Here the passive construction has been simplified, the referent (the beast) has been specified for clarity, and καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A5/1"}
{"id":48838,"verse_id":"REV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.5","text":"For the translation “proud words” ( Grk “great things” or “important things”) see BDAG 624 s.v. μέγας 4.b.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A5/2"}
{"id":48839,"verse_id":"REV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.5","text":"Grk “to it was granted.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A5/3"}
{"id":48840,"verse_id":"REV.13.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.5","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A5/4"}
{"id":48841,"verse_id":"REV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the permission granted to the beast.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A6/1"}
{"id":48842,"verse_id":"REV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.6","text":"Grk “he” (or “it”); the referent (the beast) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A6/2"}
{"id":48843,"verse_id":"REV.13.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"3","reference":"13.6","text":"The reading “and his dwelling place” does not occur in codex C, but its omission is probably due to scribal oversight since the phrase has the same ending as the phrase before it, i.e., they both end in “his” ( αὐτοῦ , autou ). This is similar to the mistake this scribe made in 12:14 with the omission of the reading “and half a time” ( καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ , kai {hmisu kairou ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A6/3"}
{"id":48844,"verse_id":"REV.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “and it was given to him to go to war.” Here the passive construction has been simplified, the referent (the beast) has been specified for clarity, and καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A7/1"}
{"id":48845,"verse_id":"REV.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.7","text":"(a recently-discovered ms) for the longer reading balances things out. Normally, the shorter reading should be given preference. However, in an instance in which homoioteleuton could play a role, caution must be exercised. In this passage, accidental omission is quite likely. That this could have happened seems apparent from the two occurrences of the identical phrase “and it was given to him” ( καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ , kai edoqh autw ) in v. 7 . The scribe’s eye skipped over the first καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ and went to the second, hence creating an accidental omission of eleven words.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A7/2"}
{"id":48846,"verse_id":"REV.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.7","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A7/3"}
{"id":48847,"verse_id":"REV.13.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":7,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.7","text":"Grk “and people,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated here or before the following term since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A7/4"}
{"id":48848,"verse_id":"REV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.8","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (the beast) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A8/1"}
{"id":48849,"verse_id":"REV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.8","text":"The prepositional phrase “since the foundation of the world” is traditionally translated as a modifier of the immediately preceding phrase in the Greek text, “the Lamb who was killed” (so also G. B. Caird, Revelation [HNTC], 168), but it is more likely that the phrase “since the foundation of the world” modifies the verb “written” (as translated above). Confirmation of this can be found in Rev 17:8 where the phrase “written in the book of life since the foundation of the world” occurs with no ambiguity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A8/2"}
{"id":48850,"verse_id":"REV.13.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.8","text":"Or “slaughtered”; traditionally, “slain.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A8/3"}
{"id":48851,"verse_id":"REV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.10","text":"pc ) read “if anyone will kill with the sword, it is necessary for him to be killed with the sword” ( εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ , δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι ). Other mss ( א 1006 1611* 1854 al ) are similar except that they read a present tense “kills” ( ἀποκτείνει , apokteinei ) in this sentence. Both of these variants may be regarded as essentially saying the same thing. On the other hand, codex A reads “if anyone is to be killed by the sword, he is to be killed by the sword” ( εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτανθῆναι ). Thus the first two variants convey the idea of retribution, while the last variant, supported by codex A, does not. (There are actually a dozen variants here, evidence that scribes found the original text quite difficult. Only the most important variants are discussed in this note.) The first two variants seem to be in line with Jesus’ comments in Matt 26:52 : “everyone who takes up the sword will die by the sword.” The last variant, however, seems to be taking up an idea found in Jer 15:2 : “Those destined for death, to death; those for the sword, to the sword; those for starvation, to starvation; those for captivity, to captivity.” Though G. B. Caird, Revelation (HNTC), 169-70, gives four arguments in favor of the first reading (i.e., “whoever kills with the sword must with the sword be killed”), the arguments he puts forward can be read equally as well to support the latter alternative. In the end, the reading in codex A seems to be original. The fact that this sentence seems to be in parallel with 10a (which simply focuses on God’s will and suffering passively and is therefore akin to the reading in codex A), and that it most likely gave rise to the others as the most difficult reading, argues for its authenticity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A10/1"}
{"id":48852,"verse_id":"REV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.10","text":"On ὧδε ( Jwde ) here, BDAG 1101 s.v. 2 states: “a ref. to a present event, object, or circumstance, in this case, at this point, on this occasion, under these circumstances … in this case moreover 1 Cor 4:2 . ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν … Rv 13:18 ; cf. 17:9 . ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονή …13:10; 14:12 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A10/2"}
{"id":48853,"verse_id":"REV.13.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.10","text":"Or “perseverance.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A10/3"}
{"id":48854,"verse_id":"REV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A11/1"}
{"id":48855,"verse_id":"REV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.11","text":"Grk “and it had,” a continuation of the preceding sentence. On the use of the pronoun “he” to refer to the second beast, see the note on the word “It” in 13:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A11/3"}
{"id":48856,"verse_id":"REV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.11","text":"Or perhaps, “like a ram.” Here L&N 4.25 states, “In the one context in the NT, namely, Re 13:11 , in which ἀρνίον refers literally to a sheep, it is used in a phrase referring to the horns of an ἀρνίον . In such a context the reference is undoubtedly to a ‘ram,’ that is to say, the adult male of sheep.” In spite of this most translations render the word “lamb” here to maintain the connection between this false lamb and the true Lamb of the Book of Revelation, Jesus Christ.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A11/4"}
{"id":48857,"verse_id":"REV.13.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"13.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A11/5"}
{"id":48858,"verse_id":"REV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A12/1"}
{"id":48859,"verse_id":"REV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.12","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A12/2"}
{"id":48860,"verse_id":"REV.13.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.12","text":"For this meaning see BDAG 342 s.v. ἐνώπιον 4.b, “ by the authority of, on behalf of Rv 13:12, 14; 19:20 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A12/3"}
{"id":48861,"verse_id":"REV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A13/1"}
{"id":48862,"verse_id":"REV.13.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.13","text":"This is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ), referring to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A13/2"}
{"id":48863,"verse_id":"REV.13.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.14","text":"Grk “earth, telling.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in Greek. sn He told followed by an infinitive (“to make an image…”) is sufficiently ambiguous in Greek that it could be taken as “he ordered” (so NIV) or “he persuaded” (so REB).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A14/1"}
{"id":48864,"verse_id":"REV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “it”; the referent (the second beast) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A15/1"}
{"id":48865,"verse_id":"REV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “it was given [permitted] to it [the second beast].”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A15/2"}
{"id":48866,"verse_id":"REV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “breath,” but in context the point is that the image of the first beast is made to come to life and speak.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A15/3"}
{"id":48867,"verse_id":"REV.13.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.15","text":"Grk “of the beast”; the word “first” has been supplied to specify the referent.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A15/4"}
{"id":48868,"verse_id":"REV.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.16","text":"Or “forced”; Grk “makes” ( ποιεῖ , poiei ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A16/1"}
{"id":48869,"verse_id":"REV.13.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.16","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A16/2"}
{"id":48870,"verse_id":"REV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “and that no one be able to buy or sell.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Although the ἵνα ( Jina ) is left untranslated, the English conjunction “thus” is used to indicate that this is a result clause.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A17/1"}
{"id":48871,"verse_id":"REV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.17","text":"The word “things” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context. In the context of buying and selling, food could be primarily in view, but the more general “things” was used in the translation because the context is not specific.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A17/2"}
{"id":48872,"verse_id":"REV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “except the one who had.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A17/3"}
{"id":48873,"verse_id":"REV.13.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"13.17","text":"Grk “his name or the number of his name.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A17/4"}
{"id":48874,"verse_id":"REV.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “Here is wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A18/1"}
{"id":48875,"verse_id":"REV.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"13.18","text":"Grk “it is man’s number.” ExSyn 254 states “if ἀνθρώπου is generic, then the sense is, ‘It is [the] number of humankind.’ It is significant that this construction fits Apollonius’ Canon (i.e., both the head noun and the genitive are anarthrous), suggesting that if one of these nouns is definite, then the other is, too. Grammatically, those who contend that the sense is ‘it is [the] number of a man’ have the burden of proof on them (for they treat the head noun, ἀριθμός , as definite and the genitive, ἀνθρώπου , as indefinite – the rarest of all possibilities). In light of Johannine usage, we might also add Rev 16:18 , where the Seer clearly uses the anarthrous ἄνθρωπος in a generic sense, meaning ‘humankind.’ The implications of this grammatical possibility, exegetically speaking, are simply that the number ‘666’ is the number that represents humankind. Of course, an individual is in view, but his number may be the number representing all of humankind. Thus the Seer might be suggesting here that the antichrist, who is the best representative of humanity without Christ (and the best counterfeit of a perfect man that his master, that old serpent, could muster), is still less than perfection (which would have been represented by the number seven).” See G. K. Beale, Revelation , [NIGTC], 723-24, who argues for the “generic” understanding of the noun; for an indefinite translation, see the ASV and ESV which both translate the clause as “it is the number of a man.” sn The translation man’s number suggests that the beast’s number is symbolic of humanity in general, while the translation a man’s number suggests that it represents an individual.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A18/2"}
{"id":48876,"verse_id":"REV.13.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":13,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"13.18","text":"C, along with a few mss known to Irenaeus {and two minuscule mss , 5 and 11, no longer extant}), read 616 here, and several other witnesses have other variations. Irenaeus’ mention of mss that have 616 is balanced by his rejection of such witnesses in this case. As intriguing as the reading 616 is (since the conversion of Nero Caesar’s name in Latin by way of gematria would come out to 616), it must remain suspect because such a reading seems motivated in that it conforms more neatly to Nero’s gematria.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2013%3A18/3"}
{"id":48877,"verse_id":"REV.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A1/1"}
{"id":48878,"verse_id":"REV.14.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.1","text":"The phrase “and here was” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A1/2"}
{"id":48879,"verse_id":"REV.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.2","text":"Or “a voice” (cf. Rev 1:15 ), but since in this context nothing is mentioned as the content of the voice, it is preferable to translate φωνή ( fwnh ) as “sound” here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A2/1"}
{"id":48880,"verse_id":"REV.14.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of a new topic.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A2/2"}
{"id":48881,"verse_id":"REV.14.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.3","text":"Grk “elders, and no one.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in the Greek text, but because of the length and complexity of the sentence a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A3/1"}
{"id":48882,"verse_id":"REV.14.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.4","text":"The aorist passive verb is rendered as a reflexive (“defiled themselves”) by BDAG 657 s.v. μολύνω 2.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A4/1"}
{"id":48883,"verse_id":"REV.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.5","text":"Grk “in their mouth was not found a lie.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A5/1"}
{"id":48884,"verse_id":"REV.14.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.5","text":"pc ) have the conjunction “for” ( γάρ , gar ) here so that the phrase reads: “ for they are blameless.” Other important mss (A C P 1854 2053 al lat) lack the word. The shorter reading is to be preferred since the scribes were more likely to make the connection explicit through the addition of “for” than they would have been to omit the conjunction. As it is, the passage without the conjunction makes good sense and evokes a very somber tone.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A5/2"}
{"id":48885,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/1"}
{"id":48886,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.6","text":"A C P 051 1006 1611 1841 2053 2329 al latt sy bo). The problem that its inclusion represents is that there is no reference to any other angel in the immediate context (the last mention was in 11:15 ). In this instance, the longer reading is harder. The word was probably intentionally omitted in order to resolve the tension; less likely, it might have been accidentally omitted since its spelling is similar to “angel” ( ἄγγελος , angelos ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/2"}
{"id":48887,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.6","text":"L&N 1.10 states, “a point or region of the sky directly above the earth – ‘high in the sky, midpoint in the sky, directly overhead, straight above in the sky.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/3"}
{"id":48888,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “having.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/4"}
{"id":48889,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.6","text":"Or “an eternal gospel to announce as good news.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/5"}
{"id":48890,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “to those seated on the earth.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/6"}
{"id":48891,"verse_id":"REV.14.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":6,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"14.6","text":"Grk “and tribe,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated here or before the following term since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A6/7"}
{"id":48892,"verse_id":"REV.14.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.7","text":"Grk “people, saying.” In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence. For the translation of λέγω ( legw ) as “declare,” see BDAG 590 s.v. 2 .e.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A7/1"}
{"id":48893,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/1"}
{"id":48894,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.8","text":") support the reading “another, a second angel” ( ἄλλος ἄγγελος δεύτερος ). The reading that most likely gave rise to the others is the fourth. The first reading attempts to smooth out the grammar by placing the adjective in front of the noun. The second reading may have dropped out the “angel” on the basis of its similarity to “another” ( ἄλλος ). The third reading either intentionally or accidentally left out the word “second.” In any event, this is weakly attested and should not be given much consideration. (If, however, this reading had had good support, with “second” floating, and with “third” in the text in 14:9 , one could possibly see δεύτερος as a motivated reading. But without sufficient support for the third reading, the one thing that is most certain is that δεύτερος was part of the original text here.) It is difficult to account for the rise of the other readings if “second” is not original. And the undisputed use of “third” ( τρίτος , tritos ) in 14:9 may be another indicator that the adjective “second” was in the original text. Finally, the fourth reading is the more difficult and therefore, in this case, to be accepted as the progenitor of the others.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/2"}
{"id":48895,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “And another angel, a second.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/3"}
{"id":48896,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.8","text":"The words “the first” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/4"}
{"id":48897,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.8","text":"For the translation of λέγω ( legw ) as “declare,” see BDAG 590 s.v. 2 .e.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/5"}
{"id":48898,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"14.8","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/7"}
{"id":48899,"verse_id":"REV.14.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":8,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"14.8","text":"Grk “of the wine of the passion of the sexual immorality of her.” Here τῆς πορνείας ( th\" porneia\" ) has been translated as an attributive genitive. In an ironic twist of fate, God will make Babylon drink her own mixture, but it will become the wine of his wrath in retribution for her immoral deeds (see the note on the word “wrath” in 16:19 ).","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A8/8"}
{"id":48900,"verse_id":"REV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A9/1"}
{"id":48901,"verse_id":"REV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “And another angel, a third.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A9/2"}
{"id":48902,"verse_id":"REV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.9","text":"Grk “followed them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A9/3"}
{"id":48903,"verse_id":"REV.14.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.9","text":"For the translation of λέγω ( legw ) as “declare,” see BDAG 590 s.v. 2 .e.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A9/4"}
{"id":48904,"verse_id":"REV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.10","text":"Grk “he himself.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A10/1"}
{"id":48905,"verse_id":"REV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.10","text":"The Greek word for “anger” here is θυμός ( qumos ), a wordplay on the “passion” ( θυμός ) of the personified city of Babylon in 14:8 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A10/2"}
{"id":48906,"verse_id":"REV.14.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.10","text":"Traditionally, “brimstone.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A10/3"}
{"id":48907,"verse_id":"REV.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.11","text":"The Greek pronoun is plural here even though the verbs in the previous verse are singular.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A11/1"}
{"id":48908,"verse_id":"REV.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.11","text":"The present tense ἀναβαίνει ( anabainei ) has been translated as a futuristic present ( ExSyn 535-36). This is also consistent with the future passive βασανισθήσεται ( basanisqhsetai ) in v. 10 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A11/2"}
{"id":48909,"verse_id":"REV.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.11","text":"The present tense ἔχουσιν ( ecousin ) has been translated as a futuristic present to keep the English tense consistent with the previous verb (see note on “will go up” earlier in this verse).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A11/3"}
{"id":48910,"verse_id":"REV.14.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.11","text":"Grk “and.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A11/4"}
{"id":48911,"verse_id":"REV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “Here is.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A12/1"}
{"id":48912,"verse_id":"REV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.12","text":"Or “the perseverance.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A12/2"}
{"id":48913,"verse_id":"REV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “who keep.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A12/3"}
{"id":48914,"verse_id":"REV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.12","text":"The words “hold to” are implied as a repetition of the participle translated “keep” ( οἱ τηροῦντες , Joi throunte\" ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A12/4"}
{"id":48915,"verse_id":"REV.14.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.12","text":"Grk “faith of Jesus.” The construction may mean either “faith in Jesus” or “faithful to Jesus.” Either translation implies that ᾿Ιησοῦ ( Ihsou ) is to be taken as an objective genitive; the difference is more lexical than grammatical because πίστις ( pistis ) can mean either “faith” or “faithfulness.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A12/5"}
{"id":48916,"verse_id":"REV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A13/1"}
{"id":48917,"verse_id":"REV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.13","text":"Or “from their trouble” (L&N 22.7).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A13/2"}
{"id":48918,"verse_id":"REV.14.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.13","text":"Grk “their deeds will follow with them.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A13/3"}
{"id":48919,"verse_id":"REV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A14/1"}
{"id":48920,"verse_id":"REV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.14","text":"Grk “and behold, a white cloud.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A14/2"}
{"id":48921,"verse_id":"REV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.14","text":"This phrase constitutes an allusion to Dan 7:13 . Concerning υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ( Juio\" tou anqrwpou ), BDAG 1026 s.v. υἱός 2.d. γ says: “ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου lit. ‘the son of the man’…‘the human being, the human one, the man’…On Israelite thought contemporary w. Jesus and alleged knowledge of a heavenly being looked upon as a ‘Son of Man’ or ‘Man’, who exercises Messianic functions such as judging the world (metaph., pictorial passages in En 46-48; 4 Esdr 13:3, 51f)…Outside the gospels: Ac 7:56 … Rv 1:13; 14:14 (both after Da 7:13 …).” The term “son” here in this expression is anarthrous and as such lacks specificity. Some commentators and translations take the expression as an allusion to Daniel 7:13 and not to “the son of man” found in gospel traditions (e.g., Mark 8:31; 9:12 ; cf. D. E. Aune, Revelation [WBC], 2:800-801; cf. also NIV). Other commentators and versions, however, take the phrase “son of man” as definite , involving allusions to Dan 7:13 and “the son of man” gospel traditions (see G. K. Beale, Revelation [NIGTC], 771-72; NRSV).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A14/3"}
{"id":48922,"verse_id":"REV.14.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.14","text":"Grk “like a son of man, having.” In the Greek text this is a continuation of the previous sentence.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A14/4"}
{"id":48923,"verse_id":"REV.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A15/1"}
{"id":48924,"verse_id":"REV.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.15","text":"Grk “Send out.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A15/2"}
{"id":48925,"verse_id":"REV.14.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.15","text":"The aorist θέρισον ( qerison ) has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A15/3"}
{"id":48926,"verse_id":"REV.14.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s directions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A16/1"}
{"id":48927,"verse_id":"REV.14.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A17/1"}
{"id":48928,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/1"}
{"id":48929,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “who had authority over.” This appears to be the angel who tended the fire on the altar.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/2"}
{"id":48930,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “to the one having the sharp sickle”; the referent (the angel in v. 17 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/3"}
{"id":48931,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.18","text":"Grk “Send.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/4"}
{"id":48932,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"14.18","text":"On this term BDAG 1018 s.v. τρυγάω states: “‘gather in’ ripe fruit, esp. harvest ( grapes ) w. acc. of the fruit (POslo. 21, 13 [71 ad]; Jos., Ant. 4, 227) Lk 6:44 ; Rv 14:18 (in imagery, as in the foll. places)…W. acc. of that which bears the fruit gather the fruit of the vine…or the vineyard (s. ἄμπελος a) Rv 14:19 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/5"}
{"id":48933,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"14.18","text":"On this term BDAG 181 s.v. βότρυς states, “ bunch of grapes Rv 14:18 …The word is also found in the Phrygian Papias of Hierapolis, in a passage in which he speaks of the enormous size of the grapes in the new aeon (in the Lat. transl. in Irenaeus 5, 33, 2f.): dena millia botruum Papias ( 1:2 ). On this see Stephan. Byz. s.v. Εὐκαρπία : Metrophanes says that in the district of Εὐκαρπία in Phrygia Minor the grapes were said to be so large that one bunch of them caused a wagon to break down in the middle.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/6"}
{"id":48934,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"14.18","text":"The genitive τῆς γῆς ( ths ghs ), taken symbolically, could be considered a genitive of apposition.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/7"}
{"id":48935,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"14.18","text":"Or perhaps, “its bunches of grapes” (a different Greek word from the previous clause). L&N 3.38 states, “the fruit of grapevines (see 3.27) – ‘grape, bunch of grapes.’ τρύγησον τοὺς βότρυας τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς γῆς , ὅτι ἤκμασαν αἱ σταφυλαὶ αὐτῆς ‘cut the grapes from the vineyard of the earth because its grapes are ripe’ Re 14:18 . Some scholars have contended that βότρυς means primarily a bunch of grapes, while σταφυλή designates individual grapes. In Re 14:18 this difference might seem plausible, but there is scarcely any evidence for such a distinction, since both words may signify grapes as well as bunches of grapes.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/8"}
{"id":48936,"verse_id":"REV.14.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":18,"note_index":9,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"9","reference":"14.18","text":"On the use of ἥκμασαν ( hkmasan ) BDAG 36 s.v. ἀκμάζω states, “ to bloom …of grapes… Rv 14:18 .”","source_note_position":9,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A18/9"}
{"id":48937,"verse_id":"REV.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s directions.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A19/1"}
{"id":48938,"verse_id":"REV.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"14.19","text":"Or “vine.” BDAG 54 s.v. ἄμπελος a states, “ τρυγᾶν τοὺς βότρυας τῆς ἀ . τῆς γῆς to harvest the grapes fr. the vine of the earth (i.e. fr. the earth, symbol. repr. as a grapevine) Rv 14:18 f; but ἀ may be taking on the meaning of ἀμπελών , as oft. in pap., possibly PHib. 70b, 2 [III bc].” The latter alternative has been followed in the translation ( ἀμπελών = “vineyard”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A19/2"}
{"id":48939,"verse_id":"REV.14.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.19","text":"Although the gender of μέγαν ( megan , masc.) does not match the gender of ληνόν ( lhnon , fem.) it has been taken to modify that word (as do most English translations).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A19/3"}
{"id":48940,"verse_id":"REV.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"14.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A20/1"}
{"id":48941,"verse_id":"REV.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"14.20","text":"L&N 6.7 states, “In Re 14:20 the reference to a bit and bridle is merely an indication of measurement, that is to say, the height of the bit and bridle from the ground, and one may reinterpret this measurement as ‘about a meter and a half’ or ‘about five feet.’”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A20/3"}
{"id":48942,"verse_id":"REV.14.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":14,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"14.20","text":"Grk “1,600 stades.” A stade was a measure of length about 607 ft (185 m). Thus the distance here would be 184 mi or 296 km.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2014%3A20/4"}
{"id":48943,"verse_id":"REV.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A1/1"}
{"id":48944,"verse_id":"REV.15.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.1","text":"Grk “seven plagues – the last ones.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A1/2"}
{"id":48945,"verse_id":"REV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A2/1"}
{"id":48946,"verse_id":"REV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “had been victorious over”; traditionally, “had overcome.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A2/3"}
{"id":48947,"verse_id":"REV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “of his name, standing.” A new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the words “They were.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A2/4"}
{"id":48948,"verse_id":"REV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.2","text":"Or “on.” The preposition ἐπί ( epi ) with the accusative case could mean “on, at, by, near”; given the nature of this scene appearing in a vision, it is difficult to know precisely which the author of Revelation intended. See BDAG 363 s.v. ἐπί 1 .c. γ , “ At, by, near someone or someth. ”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A2/5"}
{"id":48949,"verse_id":"REV.15.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.2","text":"Grk “harps of God.” The phrase τοῦ θεοῦ ( tou qeou ) has been translated as a genitive of agency.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A2/6"}
{"id":48950,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/1"}
{"id":48951,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.3","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/2"}
{"id":48952,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.3","text":"Grk “saying.” The participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) is redundant in contemporary English and has not been translated.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/3"}
{"id":48953,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.3","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/4"}
{"id":48954,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"15.3","text":"Or “righteous,” although the context favors justice as the theme.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/5"}
{"id":48955,"verse_id":"REV.15.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":3,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"15.3","text":"A 051 Ï ). The ms evidence seems to be fairly balanced, though αἰώνων has somewhat better support. The replacement of “ages” with “nations” is possibly a scribal attempt to harmonize this verse with the use of “nations” in the following verse. On the other hand, the idea of “nations” fits well with v. 4 and it may be that “ages” is a scribal attempt to assimilate this text to 1 Tim 1:17 : “the king of the ages” ( βασιλεὺς τῶν αἰώνων , basileu\" twn aiwnwn ). The decision is a difficult one since both scenarios deal well with the evidence, though the verbal parallel with 1 Tim 1:17 is exact while the parallel with v. 4 is not. The term “king” occurs 17 other times (most occurrences refer to earthly kings) in Revelation and it is not used with either “ages” or “nations” apart from this verse. Probably the reading “nations” should be considered original due to the influence of 1 Tim 1:17 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A3/6"}
{"id":48956,"verse_id":"REV.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “and praise.” sn Jeremiah 10:7 probably stands behind the idea of fearing God, and Psalm 86:9-10 stands behind the ideas of glorifying God, his uniqueness, and the nations coming to worship him. Many other OT passages also speak about the nations “coming to his temple” to worship ( Isa 2:2-3, 49:22-23, 66:23-24 ; Micah 4:2 ; Zech 8:20-22 ). See G. K. Beale, Revelation [NIGTC], 796-97.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A4/1"}
{"id":48957,"verse_id":"REV.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.4","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A4/3"}
{"id":48958,"verse_id":"REV.15.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"15.4","text":"Or perhaps, “your sentences of condemnation.” On δικαίωμα ( dikaiwma ) in this context BDAG 249 s.v. 2 . states, “ righteous deed … δι᾿ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος (opp. παράπτωμα ) Ro 5:18 . – B 1:2 (cp. Wengst, Barnabas-brief 196, n.4); Rv 15:4 (here perh.= ‘sentence of condemnation’ [cp. Pla., Leg. 9, 864e; ins fr. Asia Minor: LBW 41, 2 [ κατὰ ] τὸ δι [ καί ] ωμα τὸ κυρω [ θέν ]= ‘acc. to the sentence which has become valid’]; difft. Wengst, s. above); 19:8 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A4/4"}
{"id":48959,"verse_id":"REV.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A5/1"}
{"id":48960,"verse_id":"REV.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.5","text":"On this term BDAG 928 s.v. σκηνή 1.b. α states, “ ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου the Tabernacle or Tent of Testimony ( Ex 27:21; 29:4 ; Lev 1:1 ; Num 1:1 and oft.…) Ac 7:44; 1 Cl 43:2, 5,” and then continues in section 2 to state, “ Rv 15:5 speaks of a ναὸς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ . God’s σκ .= dwelling is in heaven 13:6 , and will some time be among humans 21:3 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A5/2"}
{"id":48961,"verse_id":"REV.15.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"15.5","text":"Grk “the temple of the tent of the testimony” ( ὁ ναός τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου , Jo naos ths skhnhs tou marturiou ). The genitive “of the tent” is probably an appositional genitive and should be rendered as “the temple, which is the tent.” The entire expression, then, would be “the temple which is the tent of testimony,” that is, “the heavenly equivalent of the tent or tabernacle that was with Israel in the wilderness” (G. K. Beale, Revelation [NIGTC], 801-2). sn In the OT the expression “tent of the testimony” occurs frequently (130 times in Exodus through Deuteronomy). The “testimony” refers to the ten commandments, i.e., the revelation of the righteous will of God ( Exod 16:34; 25:21; 31:18; 32:15; 40:24 ). It is little wonder that the wrath of God upon an unrighteous, lawbreaking humanity follows in John’s description.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A5/3"}
{"id":48962,"verse_id":"REV.15.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.6","text":"Or “wide golden sashes,” but these would not be diagonal, as some modern sashes are, but horizontal. The Greek term can refer to a wide band of cloth or leather worn on the outside of one’s clothing (L&N 6.178).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A6/1"}
{"id":48963,"verse_id":"REV.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A7/1"}
{"id":48964,"verse_id":"REV.15.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"15.7","text":"Or “anger.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A7/2"}
{"id":48965,"verse_id":"REV.15.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":15,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"15.8","text":"Grk “power, and no one.” A new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of the temple being filled with smoke.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2015%3A8/1"}
{"id":48966,"verse_id":"REV.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A1/1"}
{"id":48967,"verse_id":"REV.16.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.1","text":"Or “anger.” Here τοῦ θυμοῦ ( tou qumou ) has been translated as a genitive of content.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A1/2"}
{"id":48968,"verse_id":"REV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the directions given by the voice from the temple.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A2/1"}
{"id":48969,"verse_id":"REV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk “the first”; the referent (the first angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A2/2"}
{"id":48970,"verse_id":"REV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A2/3"}
{"id":48971,"verse_id":"REV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.2","text":"Or “ulcerated sores”; the term in the Greek text is singular but is probably best understood as a collective singular.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A2/4"}
{"id":48972,"verse_id":"REV.16.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.2","text":"Grk ‘the men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A2/5"}
{"id":48973,"verse_id":"REV.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “next” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A3/1"}
{"id":48974,"verse_id":"REV.16.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.3","text":"Grk “the second”; the referent (the second angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A3/2"}
{"id":48975,"verse_id":"REV.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A4/1"}
{"id":48976,"verse_id":"REV.16.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.4","text":"Grk “the third”; the referent (the third angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A4/2"}
{"id":48977,"verse_id":"REV.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the somewhat parenthetical nature of the remarks that follow.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A5/1"}
{"id":48978,"verse_id":"REV.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.5","text":"Or “righteous,” although the context favors justice as the theme.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A5/2"}
{"id":48979,"verse_id":"REV.16.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.5","text":"Or “because you have judged these things.” The pronoun ταῦτα ( tauta ) is neuter gender.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A5/3"}
{"id":48980,"verse_id":"REV.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate that this judgment is the result of what these wicked people did to the saints and prophets.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A6/1"}
{"id":48981,"verse_id":"REV.16.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.6","text":"Grk “They are worthy”; i.e., of this kind of punishment. By extension, “they got what they deserve.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A6/2"}
{"id":48982,"verse_id":"REV.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A7/1"}
{"id":48983,"verse_id":"REV.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.7","text":"Grk “the altar saying.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A7/2"}
{"id":48984,"verse_id":"REV.16.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.7","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A7/3"}
{"id":48985,"verse_id":"REV.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A8/1"}
{"id":48986,"verse_id":"REV.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “the fourth”; the referent (the fourth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A8/2"}
{"id":48987,"verse_id":"REV.16.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.8","text":"Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A8/3"}
{"id":48988,"verse_id":"REV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of the bowl poured on the sun.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A9/1"}
{"id":48989,"verse_id":"REV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.9","text":"Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A9/2"}
{"id":48990,"verse_id":"REV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.9","text":"On this phrase BDAG 536 s.v. καῦμα states, “ burning, heat Rv 7:16 … καυματίζεσθαι κ . μέγα be burned with a scorching heat 16:9.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A9/3"}
{"id":48991,"verse_id":"REV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A9/4"}
{"id":48992,"verse_id":"REV.16.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.9","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A9/5"}
{"id":48993,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/1"}
{"id":48994,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.10","text":"Grk “the fifth”; the referent (the fifth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/2"}
{"id":48995,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so that” to indicate the implied result of the fifth bowl being poured out.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/3"}
{"id":48996,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.10","text":"Grk “his kingdom became dark.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/4"}
{"id":48997,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.10","text":"Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) and refers to both men and women.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/5"}
{"id":48998,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.10","text":"On this term BDAG 620 s.v. μασάομαι states, “ bite w. acc. τὰς γλώσσας bite their tongues Rv 16:10 .”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/6"}
{"id":48999,"verse_id":"REV.16.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"16.10","text":"The preposition ἐκ ( ek ) has been translated here and twice in the following verse with a causal sense.","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A10/7"}
{"id":49000,"verse_id":"REV.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.11","text":"Grk “pains” (the same term in Greek [ πόνος , ponos ] as the last word in v. 11 , here translated “sufferings” because it is plural). BDAG 852 s.v. 2 states, “ ἐκ τοῦ π . in pain … Rv 16:10 ; pl. ( Gen 41:51 ; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 146; Test. Jud. 18:4 ) ἐκ τῶν π . … because of their sufferings vs. 11.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A11/1"}
{"id":49001,"verse_id":"REV.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.11","text":"Or “ulcerated sores” (see 16:2 ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A11/2"}
{"id":49002,"verse_id":"REV.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.11","text":"Grk “and they did not repent.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but nevertheless” to express the contrast here.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A11/3"}
{"id":49003,"verse_id":"REV.16.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.11","text":"Grk “they did not repent” The addition of “still refused” reflects the hardness of people’s hearts in the context.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A11/4"}
{"id":49004,"verse_id":"REV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A12/1"}
{"id":49005,"verse_id":"REV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “the sixth”; the referent (the sixth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A12/2"}
{"id":49006,"verse_id":"REV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “and its water was dried up.” Here the passive construction has been translated as an active one.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A12/3"}
{"id":49007,"verse_id":"REV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “in order that the way might be prepared.” Here the passive construction has been translated as an active one.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A12/4"}
{"id":49008,"verse_id":"REV.16.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.12","text":"Grk “from the rising of the sun.” BDAG 74 s.v. ἀνατολή 2.a takes this as a geographical direction: “ ἀπὸ ἀ . ἡλίου … from the east Rv 7:2; 16:12 ; simply ἀπὸ ἀ . … 21:13 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A12/5"}
{"id":49009,"verse_id":"REV.16.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A13/1"}
{"id":49010,"verse_id":"REV.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.14","text":"BDAG 699 s.v. οἰκουμένη 1 states, “ the inhabited earth, the world … ὅλη ἡ οἰκ . the whole inhabited earth … Mt 24:14 ; Ac 11:28 ; Rv 3:10; 16:14 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A14/1"}
{"id":49011,"verse_id":"REV.16.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.14","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A14/2"}
{"id":49012,"verse_id":"REV.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.15","text":"Grk “and keeps.” BDAG 1002 s.v. τηρέω 2.c states “of holding on to someth. so as not to give it up or lose it… τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ Rv 16:15 (or else he will have to go naked).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A15/1"}
{"id":49013,"verse_id":"REV.16.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.15","text":"On the translation of ἀσχημοσύνη ( aschmosunh ) as “shameful condition” see L&N 25.202. The indefinite third person plural (“and they see”) has been translated as a passive here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A15/2"}
{"id":49014,"verse_id":"REV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the resumption and conclusion of the remarks about the pouring out of the sixth bowl.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A16/1"}
{"id":49015,"verse_id":"REV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “they”; the referent (the demonic spirits, v. 14 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A16/2"}
{"id":49016,"verse_id":"REV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.16","text":"Grk “gathered them”; the referent (the kings and [implied] their armies, v. 14 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A16/3"}
{"id":49017,"verse_id":"REV.16.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"16.16","text":"There are many variations in the spelling of this name among the Greek mss , although ῾Αρμαγεδών ( &armagedwn ) has the best support. The usual English spelling is Armageddon, used in the translation. tn Or “Harmagedon” (a literal transliteration of the Greek), or “Har-Magedon” (NASB), meaning “the Mount of Magedon” in Hebrew.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A16/4"}
{"id":49018,"verse_id":"REV.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “finally” to indicate the conclusion of the seven bowl judgments.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A17/1"}
{"id":49019,"verse_id":"REV.16.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.17","text":"Grk “the seventh”; the referent (the seventh angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A17/2"}
{"id":49020,"verse_id":"REV.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.18","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A18/1"}
{"id":49021,"verse_id":"REV.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.18","text":"Or “sounds,” “voices.” It is not entirely clear what this refers to. BDAG 1071 s.v. φωνή 1 states, “In Rv we have ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16 ) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm?…).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A18/2"}
{"id":49022,"verse_id":"REV.16.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.18","text":"The singular ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used generically here to refer to the human race.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A18/3"}
{"id":49023,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/1"}
{"id":49024,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.19","text":"Or “of the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/2"}
{"id":49025,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “fell.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/3"}
{"id":49026,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Babylon’s misdeeds (see Rev 14:8 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/4"}
{"id":49027,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.19","text":"Grk “the cup of the wine of the anger of the wrath of him.” The concatenation of four genitives has been rendered somewhat differently by various translations (see the note on the word “wrath”).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/5"}
{"id":49028,"verse_id":"REV.16.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":19,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.19","text":"Following BDAG 461 s.v. θυμός 2, the combination of the genitives of θυμός ( qumo\" ) and ὀργή ( orgh ) in Rev 16:19 and 19:15 are taken to be a strengthening of the thought as in the OT and Qumran literature ( Exod 32:12 ; Jer 32:37 ; Lam 2:3 ; CD 10:9 ). Thus in Rev 14:8 (to which the present passage alludes) and 18:3 there is irony: The wine of immoral behavior with which Babylon makes the nations drunk becomes the wine of God’s wrath for her.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A19/6"}
{"id":49029,"verse_id":"REV.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.20","text":"Grk “And every.” Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A20/1"}
{"id":49030,"verse_id":"REV.16.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.20","text":"Or “vanished.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A20/2"}
{"id":49031,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"16.21","text":"Here BDAG 988 s.v. ταλαντιαῖος states, “ weighing a talent … χάλαζα μεγάλη ὡς ταλαντιαία a severe hailstorm with hailstones weighing a talent (the talent=125 librae, or Roman pounds of c. 343 gr. or 12 ounces each) ( weighing about a hundred pounds NRSV) Rv 16:21 .” This means each hailstone would weigh just under 100 pounds or 40 kilograms.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/1"}
{"id":49032,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"16.21","text":"Or “the sky.” Due to the apocalyptic nature of this book, it is probably best to leave the translation as “from heaven,” since God is ultimately the source of the judgment.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/2"}
{"id":49033,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “on men,” but ἄνθρωπος ( anqrwpo\" ) is used here in a generic sense to refer to people in general (the hailstones did not single out adult males, but would have also fallen on women and children).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/3"}
{"id":49034,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “the men”; for stylistic reasons the pronoun “they” is used here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/4"}
{"id":49035,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “the plague of it.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/5"}
{"id":49036,"verse_id":"REV.16.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":16,"verse":21,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"16.21","text":"Grk “since the plague of it was exceedingly great.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2016%3A21/6"}
{"id":49037,"verse_id":"REV.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A1/1"}
{"id":49038,"verse_id":"REV.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.1","text":"Grk “with me.” The translation “with me” implies that John was engaged in a dialogue with the one speaking to him (e.g., Jesus or an angel) when in reality it was a one-sided conversation, with John doing all the listening. For this reason, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ( met ’ emou , “with me”) was translated as “to me.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A1/2"}
{"id":49039,"verse_id":"REV.17.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.1","text":"Here one Greek term, κρίμα ( krima ), has been translated by the two English terms “condemnation” and “punishment.” See BDAG 567 s.v. 4 .b, “mostly in an unfavorable sense, of the condemnatory verdict and sometimes the subsequent punishment itself 2 Pt 2:3 ; Jd 4… τὸ κ . τῆς πόρνης the condemnation and punishment of the prostitute Rv 17:1 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A1/3"}
{"id":49040,"verse_id":"REV.17.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.2","text":"This is the same word translated “sexual immorality” earlier in the verse, but here the qualifier “sexual” has not been repeated for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A2/1"}
{"id":49041,"verse_id":"REV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s invitation to witness the fate of the prostitute.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A3/1"}
{"id":49042,"verse_id":"REV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “in the spirit.” “Spirit” could refer either to the Holy Spirit or the human spirit, but in either case John was in “a state of spiritual exaltation best described as a trance” (R. H. Mounce, Revelation [NICNT], 75).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A3/2"}
{"id":49043,"verse_id":"REV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.3","text":"Or “desert.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A3/3"}
{"id":49044,"verse_id":"REV.17.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.3","text":"The word “there” is not in the Greek text, but is supplied for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A3/4"}
{"id":49045,"verse_id":"REV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the detailed description of the woman, which is somewhat parenthetical in nature.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A4/1"}
{"id":49046,"verse_id":"REV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.4","text":"The word “clothing” is supplied to clarify that the words “purple” and “scarlet” refer to cloth or garments rather than colors.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A4/2"}
{"id":49047,"verse_id":"REV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.4","text":"Grk “gilded with gold” (an instance of semantic reinforcement, see L&N 49.29).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A4/3"}
{"id":49048,"verse_id":"REV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.4","text":"Grk “pearls, having in her hand.” Due to the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A4/4"}
{"id":49049,"verse_id":"REV.17.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.4","text":"** [co]) read “her sexual immorality and the earth’s” ( πορνείας αὐτῆς καὶ τῆς γῆς , porneia\" aujth\" kai th\" gh\" ). The translation is a rendering of πορνείας αὐτῆς , found in {A 1006 2344 al }. It seems that the first reading “sexuality immorality on/of the earth” was a scribal mistake in which letters may have been confused ( auths would have been read as thsghs ), or was perhaps influenced by the presence of “of the world” ( τῆς γῆς ) at the end of v. 5 . The original wording seems to be “her sexual immorality”; codex א has conflated the two readings.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A4/5"}
{"id":49050,"verse_id":"REV.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A5/1"}
{"id":49051,"verse_id":"REV.17.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.5","text":"Some translations consider the word μυστήριον ( musthrion , “mystery”) a part of the name written (“Mystery Babylon the Great,” so KJV, NIV), but the gender of both ὄνομα ( onoma , “name”) and μυστήριον are neuter, while the gender of “Babylon” is feminine. This strongly suggests that μυστήριον should be understood as an appositive to ὄνομα (“a name, i.e., a mystery”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A5/2"}
{"id":49052,"verse_id":"REV.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.6","text":"Or “of the witnesses to Jesus.” Here the genitive ᾿Ιησοῦ ( Ihsou ) is taken as an objective genitive; Jesus is the object of their testimony.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A6/1"}
{"id":49053,"verse_id":"REV.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A6/2"}
{"id":49054,"verse_id":"REV.17.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.6","text":"Grk “I marveled a great marvel” (an idiom for great astonishment).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A6/3"}
{"id":49055,"verse_id":"REV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A7/1"}
{"id":49056,"verse_id":"REV.17.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.7","text":"Grk “I will tell you,” but since what follows is the angel’s interpretation of the vision, “interpret for you” is the preferred translation here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A7/2"}
{"id":49057,"verse_id":"REV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.8","text":"On this term BDAG 2 s.v. ἄβυσσος 2 states, “ netherworld , abyss, esp. the abode of the dead Ro 10:7 ( Ps 106:26 ) and of demons Lk 8:31 ; dungeon where the devil is kept Rv 20:3 ; abode of the θηρίον , the Antichrist 11:7; 17:8 ; of ᾿Αβαδδών (q.v.), the angel of the underworld 9:11 … φρέαρ τῆς ἀ . 9:1 f; capable of being sealed 9:1; 20:1, 3 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A8/1"}
{"id":49058,"verse_id":"REV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.8","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A8/2"}
{"id":49059,"verse_id":"REV.17.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.8","text":"Some translations take the ὅτι ( Joti ) here as causal: “because he was, and is not, but is to come” (so NIV, NRSV), but it is much more likely that the subject of the ὅτι clause has been assimilated into the main clause: “when they see the beast, that he was…” = “when they see that the beast was” (so BDAG 732 s.v. ὅτι 1.f, where Rev 17:8 is listed).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A8/3"}
{"id":49060,"verse_id":"REV.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.9","text":"Grk “Here is the mind that has wisdom.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A9/1"}
{"id":49061,"verse_id":"REV.17.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.9","text":"It is important to note that the height of “mountains” versus “hills” or other topographical terms is somewhat relative. In terms of Palestinian topography, Mount Tabor (traditionally regarded as the mount of transfiguration) is some 1,800 ft (550 m) above sea level, while the Mount of Olives is only some 100 ft (30 m) higher than Jerusalem.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A9/2"}
{"id":49062,"verse_id":"REV.17.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.10","text":"That is, one currently reigns.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A10/1"}
{"id":49063,"verse_id":"REV.17.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A11/1"}
{"id":49064,"verse_id":"REV.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A12/1"}
{"id":49065,"verse_id":"REV.17.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.12","text":"For the translation “ruling authority” for ἐξουσία ( exousia ) see L&N 37.35.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A12/2"}
{"id":49066,"verse_id":"REV.17.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.13","text":"The word “kings” is not in the Greek text, but has been supplied to clarify the referent.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A13/1"}
{"id":49067,"verse_id":"REV.17.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.14","text":"See BDAG 636 s.v. μετά A.2.a. α .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A14/1"}
{"id":49068,"verse_id":"REV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A15/1"}
{"id":49069,"verse_id":"REV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.15","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A15/2"}
{"id":49070,"verse_id":"REV.17.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.15","text":"Grk “and multitudes,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated here and before the following term since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A15/3"}
{"id":49071,"verse_id":"REV.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A16/1"}
{"id":49072,"verse_id":"REV.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.16","text":"A new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A16/2"}
{"id":49073,"verse_id":"REV.17.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.16","text":"The final clause could also be turned into an adverbial clause of means: “They will consume her flesh by burning her with fire.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A16/3"}
{"id":49074,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.17","text":"Grk “hearts.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/1"}
{"id":49075,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “his intent.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/2"}
{"id":49076,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"17.17","text":"The infinitive ποιῆσαι ( poihsai ) was translated here as giving the logical means by which God’s purpose was carried out.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/3"}
{"id":49077,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"17.17","text":"On this term BDAG 203 s.v. γνώμη 4 states, “ declaration, decision, resolution …of God Rv 17:17 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/4"}
{"id":49078,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"17.17","text":"For this translation see BDAG 168 s.v. βασιλεία 1.a, “ kingship, royal power, royal rule. ”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/5"}
{"id":49079,"verse_id":"REV.17.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":17,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"17.17","text":"Or “completed.”","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A17/6"}
{"id":49080,"verse_id":"REV.17.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":17,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"17.18","text":"Grk “And.” Because this remark is somewhat resumptive in nature, “as for” is used in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2017%3A18/1"}
{"id":49081,"verse_id":"REV.18.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.1","text":"Grk “glory”; but often in the sense of splendor, brightness, or radiance (see L&N 14.49).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A1/1"}
{"id":49082,"verse_id":"REV.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A2/1"}
{"id":49083,"verse_id":"REV.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.2","text":"Or “It” (the subject is embedded in the verb in Greek; the verb only indicates that it is third person). Since the city has been personified as the great prostitute, the feminine pronoun was used in the translation.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A2/2"}
{"id":49084,"verse_id":"REV.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.2","text":"Here BDAG 1067 s.v. φυλακή 3 states, “a place where guarding is done , prison …Of the nether world or its place of punishment ( πνεῦμα 2 and 4c) 1 Pt 3:19 (BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, 116f). It is in a φ . in the latter sense that Satan will be rendered harmless during the millennium Rv 20:7 . The fallen city of Babylon becomes a φυλακή haunt for all kinds of unclean spirits and birds 18:2 ab.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A2/3"}
{"id":49085,"verse_id":"REV.18.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"4","reference":"18.2","text":"There are several problems in this verse. It seems that according to the ms evidence the first two phrases (i.e., “and a haunt for every unclean spirit, and a haunt for every unclean bird” [ καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύματος ἀκαθάρτου καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου , kai fulakh panto\" pneumato\" akaqartou kai fulakh panto\" orneou akaqartou ]) are to be regarded as authentic, though there are some ms discrepancies. The similar beginnings ( καὶ φυλακὴ παντός ) and endings ( ἀκαθάρτου ) of each phrase would easily account for some mss omitting one or the other phrase. The third phrase (“a haunt for every unclean animal” [ καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς θηρίου ἀκαθάρτου , kai fulakh panto\" qhriou akaqartou ]), however, is more problematic since it is missing in several important mss ( א C 051 Ï ). The passage as a whole, including the third phrase, seems to be an allusion to Isa 13:21 and 34:11 . It seems reasonable, in such a case, to assume that since there is good ms evidence to support the third phrase (A 1611 2329 al ), it probably dropped out of certain mss because of its similarity to the two preceding clauses. It is the presence of all three phrases in the original that most likely gave rise to the divergent ms evidence extant today.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A2/4"}
{"id":49086,"verse_id":"REV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.3","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A3/1"}
{"id":49087,"verse_id":"REV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.3","text":") read “have drunk” ( πέπωκαν / πεπώκασιν , pepwkan / pepwkasin ); the singular πέπωκεν ( pepwken ) is read by P 051 1 2053* al . The more difficult reading and that which has the best ms support is “have fallen.” That it is not too difficult is evidenced by the fact that the great majority of Byzantine minuscules, which have a tendency to smooth out problems, left it stand as is. Nonetheless, it is somewhat difficult ( TCGNT 683 says that this reading is “scarcely suitable in the context”), and for that reason certain mss seem to have changed it to “have drunk” to agree with the idea of “wine” ( οἴνου , oinou ). One can understand how this could happen: A scribe coming to the text and seeing the term “wine” expects a verb of drinking. When he sees “have fallen” and knows that in Greek the verbs “have fallen” and “have drunk” are spelled similarly, he concludes that there has been a slip of the pen in the ms he is using, which he then seeks to correct back to the “have drunk” reading. This appears to be more reasonable than to conclude that three early uncials (i.e., א A C) as well as a great number of other witnesses all felt the need to change “have drunk” ( πέπωκαν ) to “have fallen” ( πέπτωκαν ), even if “fallen” occurs in the immediate context (“fallen, fallen, [ ἔπεσεν ἔπεσεν , epesen epesen ] Babylon the great” in the preceding verse). The preferred reading, on both external and internal grounds, is “have fallen,” and thus the Seer intends to focus on the effects of wine, namely, a drunken stupor.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A3/2"}
{"id":49088,"verse_id":"REV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.3","text":"See the notes on the words “passion” in Rev 14:8 and “wrath” in 16:19 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A3/3"}
{"id":49089,"verse_id":"REV.18.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.3","text":"According to BDAG 949 s.v. στρῆνος and στρηνιάω , these terms can refer either to luxury or sensuality. In the context of , however (as L&N 88.254 indicate) the stress is on gratification of the senses by sexual immorality, so that meaning was emphasized in the translation here.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A3/4"}
{"id":49090,"verse_id":"REV.18.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A4/1"}
{"id":49091,"verse_id":"REV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.5","text":"On ἐκολλήθησαν ( ekollhqhsan ) BDAG 556 s.v. κολλάω 2.a. β states, “fig. cling to = come in close contact with (cp. Ps 21:16; 43:26 ἐκολλήθη εἰς γῆν ἡ γαστὴρ ἡμῶν . The act.=‘bring into contact’ PGM 5, 457 κολλήσας τ . λίθον τῷ ὠτίῳ ) ἐκολλήθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τ . οὐρανοῦ the sins have touched the heaven = reached the sky (two exprs. are telescoped) Rv 18:5 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A5/1"}
{"id":49092,"verse_id":"REV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.5","text":"Or “up to the sky” (the same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A5/2"}
{"id":49093,"verse_id":"REV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.5","text":"That is, remembered her sins to execute judgment on them.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A5/3"}
{"id":49094,"verse_id":"REV.18.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":5,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.5","text":"Or “her sins.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A5/4"}
{"id":49095,"verse_id":"REV.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.6","text":"The word “others” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A6/1"}
{"id":49096,"verse_id":"REV.18.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.6","text":"On this term BDAG 252 s.v. διπλόω states, “ to double τὰ διπλᾶ pay back double Rv 18:6 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A6/2"}
{"id":49097,"verse_id":"REV.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.7","text":"“As much as” is the translation of ὅσα ( Josa ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A7/1"}
{"id":49098,"verse_id":"REV.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.7","text":"On the term ἐστρηνίασεν ( estrhniasen ) BDAG 949 s.v. στρηνιάω states, “ live in luxury, live sensually Rv 18:7 . W. πορνεύειν vs. 9.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A7/2"}
{"id":49099,"verse_id":"REV.18.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":7,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.7","text":"Grk “said in her heart,” an idiom for saying something to oneself.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A7/3"}
{"id":49100,"verse_id":"REV.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.8","text":"Grk “For this reason, her plagues will come.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A8/1"}
{"id":49101,"verse_id":"REV.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.8","text":"Grk “death.” θάνατος ( qanatos ) can in particular contexts refer to a manner of death, specifically a contagious disease (see BDAG 443 s.v. 3 ; L&N 23.158).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A8/2"}
{"id":49102,"verse_id":"REV.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.8","text":"This is the same Greek word ( πένθος , penqo\" ) translated “grief” in vv. 7-8 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A8/3"}
{"id":49103,"verse_id":"REV.18.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.8","text":"Here “burned down” was used to translate κατακαυθήσεται ( katakauqhsetai ) because a city is in view.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A8/4"}
{"id":49104,"verse_id":"REV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A9/1"}
{"id":49105,"verse_id":"REV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.9","text":"On the term ἐστρηνίασεν ( estrhniasen ) BDAG 949 s.v. στρηνιάω states, “ live in luxury, live sensually Rv 18:7 . W. πορνεύειν vs. 9.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A9/2"}
{"id":49106,"verse_id":"REV.18.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.9","text":"Grk “from the burning of her.” For the translation “the smoke from the fire that burns her up,” see L&N 14.63.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A9/3"}
{"id":49107,"verse_id":"REV.18.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.10","text":"Or “judgment,” condemnation,” “punishment.” BDAG 569 s.v. κρίσις 1.a. β states, “The word oft. means judgment that goes against a person, condemnation , and the sentence that follows… ἡ κ . σου your judgment Rv 18:10 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A10/1"}
{"id":49108,"verse_id":"REV.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A11/1"}
{"id":49109,"verse_id":"REV.18.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.11","text":"On γόμος ( gomos ) BDAG 205 s.v. states, “ load, freight … cargo of a ship… Ac 21:3 . W. gen. of the owner Rv 18:11 . W. gen. of content… γ . χρυσοῦ a cargo of gold vs. 12.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A11/2"}
{"id":49110,"verse_id":"REV.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.12","text":"Grk “and silver,” but καί ( kai ) has not been translated before most of these terms since English normally uses a coordinating conjunction only between the last two elements in a series of three or more","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A12/1"}
{"id":49111,"verse_id":"REV.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.12","text":"On this term BDAG 924-25 s.v. σιρικός states, “per. to silk from Ser, subst. τὸ σιρικόν silk cloth or garments w. other costly materials Rv 18:12 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A12/2"}
{"id":49112,"verse_id":"REV.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.12","text":"On the translation of κόκκινον ( kokkinon ) as “scarlet cloth” see L&N 6.170.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A12/3"}
{"id":49113,"verse_id":"REV.18.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.12","text":"On the phrase πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον ( pan xulon quinon ) L&N 3.63 states, “pertaining to being made or consisting of citron wood (that is, from a citron tree) – ‘of citron wood.’ καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύϊνον καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον ‘and all kinds of things made of citron wood and all kinds of objects made of ivory’ Re 18:12 . The citron tree belongs to the citrus family of plants, and it produces a pale yellow fruit somewhat larger than a lemon, the rind of which is often candied. In Re 18:12 , however, the focus is upon the fine quality of the wood.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A12/4"}
{"id":49114,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.13","text":"On the term ἄμωμον ( amwmon ) L&N 5.23 states, “a generic term for any kind of spice, though often a specific reference to amomum, an Indian type of spice – ‘spice, amomum.’ κιννάμωμον καὶ ἄμωμον καὶ θυμιάματα ‘cinnamon and spice and incense’ Re 18:13 . In most translations ἄμωμον is interpreted as spice in general.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/1"}
{"id":49115,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “myrrh,” a strong aromatic ointment often used to prepare a body for burial (L&N 6.205).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/2"}
{"id":49116,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.13","text":"The Greek term λίβανος ( libano\" ) refers to the aromatic resin of a certain type of tree (L&N 6.212).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/3"}
{"id":49117,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.13","text":"On σεμίδαλις ( semidali\" ) L&N 5.10 states, “a fine grade of wheat flour – ‘fine flour.’ οἶνον καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ σεμίδαλιν καὶ σῖτον ‘wine and oil and fine flour and wheat’ Re 18:13 . In some languages ‘fine flour’ may be best expressed as ‘expensive flour.’ Such a rendering fits well the context of Re 18:13 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/4"}
{"id":49118,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.13","text":"Or “and wagons.” On the term ῥέδη ( rJedh ) see L&N 6.53: “a four-wheeled carriage or wagon used for travel or the transportation of loads – ‘carriage, wagon.’ The term ῥέδη occurs only in Re 18:13 in a list of products bought and sold by merchants.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/5"}
{"id":49119,"verse_id":"REV.18.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":13,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"18.13","text":"Grk “and bodies and souls of men.” This could be understood (1) as a hendiadys (two things mentioned = one thing meant), referring only to slave trade; (2) it could be referring to two somewhat different concepts: slavery (bodies) and the cheapness of human life – some of the items earlier in the list of merchandise were to be obtained only at great cost of human life; or (3) a somewhat related idea, that the trade is in not just physical bodies (slavery) but human souls (people whose lives are destroyed through this trade).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A13/6"}
{"id":49120,"verse_id":"REV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.14","text":"On ὀπώρα ( opwra ) L&N 3.34 states, “ ἡ ὀπώρα σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς ‘the ripe fruit for which you longed’ Re 18:14 . In this one occurrence of ὀπώρα in the NT, ‘ripe fruit’ is to be understood in a figurative sense of ‘good things.’”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A14/1"}
{"id":49121,"verse_id":"REV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.14","text":"Grk “you desired in your soul.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A14/2"}
{"id":49122,"verse_id":"REV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.14","text":"On λιπαρός ( liparo\" ) BDAG 597 s.v. states, “ luxury Rv 18:14 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A14/3"}
{"id":49123,"verse_id":"REV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.14","text":"On τὰ λαμπρά ( ta lampra ) BDAG 585 s.v. λαμπρός 4 states, “ splendor …in which a rich man takes delight (cp. Jos., Ant. 12, 220 δωρεὰς δοὺς λαμπράς ) Rv 18:14 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A14/4"}
{"id":49124,"verse_id":"REV.18.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":14,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"18.14","text":"Verse 14 is set in parentheses because in it the city, Babylon, is addressed directly in second person. sn This verse forms a parenthetical aside in the narrative.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A14/5"}
{"id":49125,"verse_id":"REV.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “the merchants [sellers] of these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A15/1"}
{"id":49126,"verse_id":"REV.18.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.15","text":"Grk “her torment, weeping.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started in the translation by supplying the words “They will” here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A15/2"}
{"id":49127,"verse_id":"REV.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.16","text":"The word “clothing” is supplied to clarify that the words “purple” and “scarlet” refer to cloth or garments rather than colors.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A16/1"}
{"id":49128,"verse_id":"REV.18.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.16","text":"Grk “gilded with gold” (an instance of semantic reinforcement, see L&N 49.29).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A16/2"}
{"id":49129,"verse_id":"REV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.17","text":"On ἠρημώθη ( hrhmwqh ) L&N 20.41 states, “to suffer destruction, with the implication of being deserted and abandoned – ‘to be destroyed, to suffer destruction, to suffer desolation.’ ἐρημόομαι : μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος ‘such great wealth has been destroyed within a single hour’ Re 18:17 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A17/1"}
{"id":49130,"verse_id":"REV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.17","text":"On κυβερνήτης ( kubernhth\" ) BDAG 574 s.v. 1 states, “one who is responsible for the management of a ship, shipmaster, lit. Rv 18:17 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A17/2"}
{"id":49131,"verse_id":"REV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.17","text":"Or perhaps, “everyone who sails as a passenger.” On πλέων ( plewn ) BDAG 825 s.v. πλέω states, “ πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων everyone who sails to a place = seafarer, sea traveler … Rv 18:17 . The vv.ll.…have led to various interpretations. Some render: everyone who sails along the coast …See EbNestle, Einführung in das Griech. NT 1909, 182; AFridrichsen, K. Hum. Vetensk.-Samf. i Upps. Årsb. ’43, 31 note ὁ ἐπίτοπον πλέων =one who sails occasionally, a passenger. – S. also IHeikel, StKr 106, ’34/’35, 317).”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A17/3"}
{"id":49132,"verse_id":"REV.18.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.17","text":"Grk “and as many as.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A17/4"}
{"id":49133,"verse_id":"REV.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.18","text":"Here the imperfect ἔκραζον ( ekrazon ) has been translated ingressively.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A18/1"}
{"id":49134,"verse_id":"REV.18.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.18","text":"Grk “from the burning of her, saying.” For the translation “the smoke from the fire that burned her up,” see L&N 14.63. Here the participle λέγοντες ( legontes , “saying”) has not been translated because it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A18/2"}
{"id":49135,"verse_id":"REV.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.19","text":"Grk “with weeping and mourning, saying.” Here the participle λέγοντες ( legontes ) has not been translated because it is redundant in contemporary English.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A19/1"}
{"id":49136,"verse_id":"REV.18.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":19,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.19","text":"On ἡρημώθη ( Jhrhmwqh ) L&N 20.41 states, “to suffer destruction, with the implication of being deserted and abandoned – ‘to be destroyed, to suffer destruction, to suffer desolation.’ ἐρημόομαι : μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος ‘such great wealth has been destroyed within a single hour’ Re 18:17 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A19/2"}
{"id":49137,"verse_id":"REV.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.20","text":"On the phrase “pronounced judgment” BDAG 567 s.v. κρίμα 4.b states, “The OT is the source of the expr. κρίνειν τὸ κρ . (cp. Zech 7:9; 8:16 ; Ezk 44:24) ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς God has pronounced judgment for you against her or God has pronounced on her the judgment she wished to impose on you (HHoltzmann, Hdb. 1893 ad loc.) Rv 18:20 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A20/1"}
{"id":49138,"verse_id":"REV.18.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.20","text":"Grk “God has judged a judgment of you of her.” Verse 20 is set in parentheses because in it the saints, etc. are addressed directly in the second person. sn This verse forms a parenthetical aside in the narrative.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A20/2"}
{"id":49139,"verse_id":"REV.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A21/1"}
{"id":49140,"verse_id":"REV.18.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.21","text":"On ὅρμημα ( {ormhma ) BDAG 724 s.v. states, “ violent rush, onset ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλών Babylon will be thrown down with violence Rv 18:21 .” L&N 68.82 refers to the suddenness of the force or violence.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A21/2"}
{"id":49141,"verse_id":"REV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.22","text":"The shift to a second person pronoun here corresponds to the Greek text.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A22/1"}
{"id":49142,"verse_id":"REV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A22/2"}
{"id":49143,"verse_id":"REV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.22","text":"On this term BDAG 1001 s.v. τεχνίτης states, “ craftsperson, artisan, designer …Of a silversmith Ac 19:24, 25 v.l., 38….Of a potter 2 Cl 8:2 (metaph., cp. Ath. 15:2 ). πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης Rv 18:22 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A22/3"}
{"id":49144,"verse_id":"REV.18.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":22,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"18.22","text":"This is a different Greek word ( μύλος , mulos ) from the one for the millstone in v. 21 ( μύλινος , mulinos ). See L&N 7.68.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A22/4"}
{"id":49145,"verse_id":"REV.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.23","text":"Or “all the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A23/1"}
{"id":49146,"verse_id":"REV.18.23","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":23,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.23","text":"On the term φαρμακεία ( farmakeia , “magic spells”) see L&N 53.100: “the use of magic, often involving drugs and the casting of spells upon people – ‘to practice magic, to cast spells upon, to engage in sorcery, magic, sorcery.’ φαρμακεία : ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ‘with your magic spells you deceived all the peoples (of the world)’ Re 18:23 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A23/2"}
{"id":49147,"verse_id":"REV.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"18.24","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A24/1"}
{"id":49148,"verse_id":"REV.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"18.24","text":"The shift in pronouns from second to third person corresponds to the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A24/2"}
{"id":49149,"verse_id":"REV.18.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":18,"verse":24,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"18.24","text":"Grk “and of all.” The phrase “along with the blood” has been repeated from the previous clause for stylistic reasons.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2018%3A24/3"}
{"id":49150,"verse_id":"REV.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.2","text":"Compare the similar phrase in Rev 16:7 .","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A2/1"}
{"id":49151,"verse_id":"REV.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.2","text":"Or “has punished.” See BDAG 568 s.v. κρίνω 5.b. α , describing the OT background which involves both the vindication of the innocent and the punishment of the guilty.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A2/2"}
{"id":49152,"verse_id":"REV.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.2","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A2/3"}
{"id":49153,"verse_id":"REV.19.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.2","text":"Grk “from her hand” (referring to her responsibility in causing the blood of God’s followers to be shed).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A2/4"}
{"id":49154,"verse_id":"REV.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A3/1"}
{"id":49155,"verse_id":"REV.19.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.3","text":"Or “her smoke ascends forever and ever.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A3/2"}
{"id":49156,"verse_id":"REV.19.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.4","text":"Grk “creatures fell down.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A4/1"}
{"id":49157,"verse_id":"REV.19.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A5/1"}
{"id":49158,"verse_id":"REV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A6/1"}
{"id":49159,"verse_id":"REV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.6","text":"Grk “like the voice of a large crowd…saying.” Because of the complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the words “They were.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A6/2"}
{"id":49160,"verse_id":"REV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.6","text":") omit “Lord” ( κύριος ), while others (including א *) change the order of the statement to “God our Lord” ( ὁ θεός ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ). The expression “the Lord God, the All-Powerful” occurs in 6 other places in Revelation ( 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 ) and the pronoun “our” is never used. Scribes familiar with the expression in this book, and especially with the frequent κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ ( kurio\" Jo qeo\" Jo pantokratwr ; “the Lord God, the All-Powerful”) in the OT Prophets (LXX; cf. Jer 39:19; Hos 12:6 ; Amos 3:13; 4:13; 5:8, 14, 15, 16, 27; 9:5, 6, 15 ; Nah 3:5 ; Zech 10:3 ), would naturally omit the pronoun. Its presence may have arisen due to liturgical motivations or to conform to the expression “our God” in 19:1, 5 , but this seems much less likely than an aversion to using the pronoun here and only here in the Greek Bible in the fuller title κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A6/3"}
{"id":49161,"verse_id":"REV.19.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.6","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 … κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ὁ π . Rv 19:6 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A6/4"}
{"id":49162,"verse_id":"REV.19.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.7","text":"This verb and the next two verbs are hortatory subjunctives (giving exhortations).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A7/1"}
{"id":49163,"verse_id":"REV.19.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.8","text":"On the term translated “fine linen,” BDAG 185 s.v. βύσσινος states, “ made of fine linen, subst. τὸ β . fine linen, linen garment … Rv 18:12 …16; 19:8, 14 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A8/1"}
{"id":49164,"verse_id":"REV.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A9/1"}
{"id":49165,"verse_id":"REV.19.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.9","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A9/2"}
{"id":49166,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s announcement.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/1"}
{"id":49167,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.10","text":"Grk “I fell down at his feet.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/2"}
{"id":49168,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/3"}
{"id":49169,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.10","text":"On the elliptical expression ὅρα μή ( Jora mh ) BDAG 720 s.v. ὁράω B.2 states: “Elliptically… ὅρα μή (sc. ποιήσῃς ) watch out! don’t do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 .”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/4"}
{"id":49170,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"19.10","text":"The lowliness of a slave is emphasized in the Greek text with the emphatic position of σύνδουλος ( sundoulo\" ). The use of “only” helps to bring this nuance out in English.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/5"}
{"id":49171,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.10","text":"Grk “fellow slave.” See the note on the word “servants” in v. 2 .","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/6"}
{"id":49172,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.10","text":"The Greek term “brother” literally refers to family relationships, but here it is used in a broader sense to connote familial relationships within the family of God (cf. BDAG 18 s.v. ἀδελφός 2.a).","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/7"}
{"id":49173,"verse_id":"REV.19.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":10,"note_index":8,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"8","reference":"19.10","text":"The genitive ᾿Ιησοῦ ( Ihsou ) has been translated as an objective genitive here. A subjective genitive, also possible, would produce the meaning “who hold to what Jesus testifies.”","source_note_position":8,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A10/8"}
{"id":49174,"verse_id":"REV.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A11/1"}
{"id":49175,"verse_id":"REV.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.11","text":"The phrase “and here came” expresses the sense of καὶ ἰδού ( kai idou ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A11/2"}
{"id":49176,"verse_id":"REV.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.11","text":"A new sentence was started in the translation at this point and καί ( kai ) was not translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A11/3"}
{"id":49177,"verse_id":"REV.19.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.11","text":"Or “in righteousness,” but since the context here involves the punishment of the wicked and the vindication of the saints, “justice” was preferred.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A11/4"}
{"id":49178,"verse_id":"REV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.12","text":"The genitive noun πυρός ( puros ) has been translated as an attributive genitive (see also Rev 1:14 ).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A12/1"}
{"id":49179,"verse_id":"REV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.12","text":"For the translation of διάδημα ( diadhma ) as “diadem crown” see L&N 6.196. sn Diadem crowns were a type of crown used as a symbol of the highest ruling authority in a given area, and thus often associated with kingship.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A12/2"}
{"id":49180,"verse_id":"REV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.12","text":"Grk “head, having.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A12/3"}
{"id":49181,"verse_id":"REV.19.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.12","text":"Although many translations supply a prepositional phrase to specify what the name was written on (“upon Him,” NASB; “on him,” NIV), there is no location for the name specified in the Greek text.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A12/4"}
{"id":49182,"verse_id":"REV.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.13","text":"). The reading most likely to give rise to the others is “dipped.” Or perhaps “soaked.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A13/1"}
{"id":49183,"verse_id":"REV.19.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.13","text":"Grk “the name of him is called.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A13/2"}
{"id":49184,"verse_id":"REV.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A14/1"}
{"id":49185,"verse_id":"REV.19.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":14,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.14","text":"On the term translated “fine linen,” BDAG 185 s.v. βύσσινος states, “ made of fine linen, subst. τὸ β . fine linen, linen garment … Rv 18:12, 16; 19:8, 14 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A14/2"}
{"id":49186,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.15","text":"Or “the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/1"}
{"id":49187,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/2"}
{"id":49188,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.15","text":"Grk “will shepherd.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/3"}
{"id":49189,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.15","text":"Or “scepter.” The Greek term ῥάβδος ( rJabdo\" ) can mean either “rod” or “scepter.” sn A quotation from Ps 2:9 (see also Rev 2:27, 12:5 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/4"}
{"id":49190,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"19.15","text":"The genitive θυμοῦ ( qumou ) has been translated as an attributed genitive. Following BDAG 461 s.v. θυμός 2, the combination of the genitives of θυμός ( qumos ) and ὀργή ( orgh ) in Rev 16:19 and 19:15 are taken to be a strengthening of the thought as in the OT and Qumran literature ( Exod 32:12 ; Jer 32:37 ; Lam 2:3 ; CD 10:9 ).","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/6"}
{"id":49191,"verse_id":"REV.19.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":15,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"19.15","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A15/7"}
{"id":49192,"verse_id":"REV.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.17","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A17/1"}
{"id":49193,"verse_id":"REV.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.17","text":"The precise significance of ἐν ( en ) here is difficult to determine.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A17/2"}
{"id":49194,"verse_id":"REV.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.17","text":"On μεσουρανήματι ( mesouranhmati ) here see L&N 1.10: “high in the sky, midpoint in the sky, directly overhead, straight above in the sky.” The birds mentioned here are carrion birds like vultures, circling high overhead, and now being summoned to feast on the corpses.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A17/3"}
{"id":49195,"verse_id":"REV.19.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":17,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.17","text":"This is the same Greek word ( δεῖπνον , deipnon ) used in 19:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A17/4"}
{"id":49196,"verse_id":"REV.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.18","text":"The ἵνα ( Jina ) clause, insofar as it is related to the first imperative, has the force of an imperative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A18/1"}
{"id":49197,"verse_id":"REV.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.18","text":"The idea of eating “your fill” is evident in the context with the use of χορτάζω ( cortazw ) in v. 21 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A18/2"}
{"id":49198,"verse_id":"REV.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.18","text":"Grk “chiliarchs”; normally a chiliarch was a military officer commanding a thousand soldiers, but here probably used of higher-ranking commanders like generals (see L&N 55.15; cf. Rev 6:15 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A18/3"}
{"id":49199,"verse_id":"REV.19.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":18,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"19.18","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A18/4"}
{"id":49200,"verse_id":"REV.19.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.19","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A19/1"}
{"id":49201,"verse_id":"REV.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.20","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the introduction of an unexpected development in the account: The opposing armies do not come together in battle; rather the leader of one side is captured.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A20/1"}
{"id":49202,"verse_id":"REV.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.20","text":"For this meaning see BDAG 342 s.v. ἐνώπιον 4.b, “ by the authority of, on behalf of Rv 13:12, 14; 19:20 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A20/2"}
{"id":49203,"verse_id":"REV.19.20","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":20,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"19.20","text":"Traditionally, “brimstone.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A20/3"}
{"id":49204,"verse_id":"REV.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"19.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A21/1"}
{"id":49205,"verse_id":"REV.19.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":19,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"19.21","text":"On the translation of ἐχορτάσθησαν ( ecortasqhsan ) BDAG 1087 s.v. χορτάζω 1.a states, “of animals, pass. in act. sense πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορτάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν all the birds gorged themselves with their flesh Rv 19:21 (cp. TestJud. 21:8 ).”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2019%3A21/2"}
{"id":49206,"verse_id":"REV.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.1","text":"Grk “And.” Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A1/1"}
{"id":49207,"verse_id":"REV.20.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.1","text":"The word “holding” is implied. The two clauses “having the key of the abyss” and “a huge chain in his hand” can be construed in two ways: (1) both are controlled by the participle ἔχοντα ( econta ) and both are modified by the phrase “in his hand” – “having in his hand the key to the abyss and a huge chain.” (2) The participle ἔχοντα refers only to the key, and the phrase “in his hand” refers only to the chain – “having the key of the abyss and holding a huge chain in his hand.” Because of the stylistic tendency in Rev to use the verb ἔχω ( ecw ) to mean “hold (something)” and the phrase “in his hand” forming a “bracket” along with the verb ἔχω around both the phrases in question, the first option is preferred.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A1/2"}
{"id":49208,"verse_id":"REV.20.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.2","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A2/1"}
{"id":49209,"verse_id":"REV.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.3","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel introduced in v. 1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A3/1"}
{"id":49210,"verse_id":"REV.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.3","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A3/2"}
{"id":49211,"verse_id":"REV.20.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.3","text":"Or “and shut.” While the lexical force of the term is closer to “shut,” it is acceptable to render the verb ἔκλεισεν ( ekleisen ) as “locked” here in view of the mention of the key in the previous verse.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A3/3"}
{"id":49212,"verse_id":"REV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A4/1"}
{"id":49213,"verse_id":"REV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “I saw thrones, and those seated on them, and judgment was given to them.” BDAG 567 s.v. κρίμα 3 says, “ judging, judgment, the κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς authority to judge was given to them Rv 20:4 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A4/2"}
{"id":49214,"verse_id":"REV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.4","text":"Grk “God, and who.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation by supplying the pronoun “these” as subject.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A4/3"}
{"id":49215,"verse_id":"REV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.4","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A4/4"}
{"id":49216,"verse_id":"REV.20.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":4,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.4","text":"On the use of the aorist ἔζησαν ( ezhsan ) BDAG 425 s.v. ζάω 1.a. β says, “of dead persons who return to life become alive again : of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18 ; Ac 9:41; 20:12 ; Rv 20:4, 5 .”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A4/5"}
{"id":49217,"verse_id":"REV.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.6","text":"Grk “who has a share.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A6/1"}
{"id":49218,"verse_id":"REV.20.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.6","text":"The shift from the singular pronoun (“the one”) to the plural (“them”) in the passage reflects the Greek text: The singular participle ὁ ἔχων ( Jo ecwn ) is followed by the plural pronoun τούτων ( toutwn ). In the interests of English style, this is obscured in most modern translations except the NASB.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A6/2"}
{"id":49219,"verse_id":"REV.20.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.7","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A7/1"}
{"id":49220,"verse_id":"REV.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.8","text":"Or “mislead.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A8/1"}
{"id":49221,"verse_id":"REV.20.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.8","text":"Grk “of whom the number of them [is] like the sand of the sea” (an allusion to Isa 10:22 ).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A8/3"}
{"id":49222,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/1"}
{"id":49223,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.9","text":"The shift here to past tense reflects the Greek text.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/2"}
{"id":49224,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.9","text":"On the phrase “broad plain of the earth” BDAG 823 s.v. πλάτος states, “ τὸ πλάτος τῆς γῆς Rv 20:9 comes fr. the OT ( Da 12:2 LXX. Cp. Hab 1:6 ; Sir 1:3), but the sense is not clear: breadth = the broad plain of the earth is perh. meant to provide room for the countless enemies of God vs. 8, but the ‘going up’ is better suited to Satan (vs. 7) who has recently been freed, and who comes up again fr. the abyss (vs. 3).” The referent here thus appears to be a plain large enough to accommodate the numberless hoards that have drawn up for battle against the Lord Christ and his saints.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/3"}
{"id":49225,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.9","text":"Or “surrounded.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/4"}
{"id":49226,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"20.9","text":"On the term παρεμβολή ( parembolh ) BDAG 775 s.v. states, “Mostly used as a military t.t.…so always in our lit.…1. a (fortified) camp … ἡ παρεμβολὴ τῶν ἁγίων Rv 20:9 is also to be understood fr. the OT use of the word.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/5"}
{"id":49227,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":6,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"6","reference":"20.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":6,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/6"}
{"id":49228,"verse_id":"REV.20.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":9,"note_index":7,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"7","reference":"20.9","text":"See L&N 20.45 for the translation of κατεσθίω ( katesqiw ) as “to destroy utterly, to consume completely.”","source_note_position":7,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A9/7"}
{"id":49229,"verse_id":"REV.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.10","text":"Or “misled.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A10/1"}
{"id":49230,"verse_id":"REV.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.10","text":"Traditionally, “brimstone.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A10/2"}
{"id":49231,"verse_id":"REV.20.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.10","text":"The verb in this clause is elided. In keeping with the previous past tenses some translations supply a past tense verb here (“were”), but in view of the future tense that follows (“they will be tormented”), a present tense verb was used to provide a transition from the previous past tense to the future tense that follows.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A10/3"}
{"id":49232,"verse_id":"REV.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.11","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A11/1"}
{"id":49233,"verse_id":"REV.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.11","text":"Traditionally, “great,” but μέγας ( megas ) here refers to size rather than importance.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A11/2"}
{"id":49234,"verse_id":"REV.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.11","text":"Or “and the sky.” The same Greek word means both “heaven” and “sky,” and context usually determines which is meant. In this apocalyptic scene, however, it is difficult to be sure what referent to assign the term.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A11/3"}
{"id":49235,"verse_id":"REV.20.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":11,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.11","text":"Or “vanished.” sn The phrase the earth and the heaven fled from his presence can be understood (1) as visual imagery representing the fear of corruptible matter in the presence of God, but (2) it can also be understood more literally as the dissolution of the universe as we know it in preparation for the appearance of the new heaven and new earth ( Rev 21:1 ).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A11/4"}
{"id":49236,"verse_id":"REV.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A12/1"}
{"id":49237,"verse_id":"REV.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.12","text":"Grk “another book was opened, which is of life.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A12/2"}
{"id":49238,"verse_id":"REV.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.12","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the books being opened.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A12/3"}
{"id":49239,"verse_id":"REV.20.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"20.12","text":"Grk “from the things written in the books according to their works.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A12/4"}
{"id":49240,"verse_id":"REV.20.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.13","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A13/1"}
{"id":49241,"verse_id":"REV.20.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A14/1"}
{"id":49242,"verse_id":"REV.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"20.15","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A15/1"}
{"id":49243,"verse_id":"REV.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"20.15","text":"The word “name” is not in the Greek text, but is implied.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A15/2"}
{"id":49244,"verse_id":"REV.20.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":20,"verse":15,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"20.15","text":"Grk “he”; the pronoun has been intensified by translating as “that person.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2020%3A15/3"}
{"id":49245,"verse_id":"REV.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A1/1"}
{"id":49246,"verse_id":"REV.21.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.1","text":"For the translation of ἀπέρχομαι ( apercomai ; here ἀπῆλθαν [ aphlqan ]) L&N 13.93 has “to go out of existence – ‘to cease to exist, to pass away, to cease.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A1/2"}
{"id":49247,"verse_id":"REV.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “dwelling place”; traditionally, “tabernacle”; literally “tent.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A3/1"}
{"id":49248,"verse_id":"REV.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.3","text":"Or “people”; Grk “men” ( ἀνθρώπων , anqrwpwn ), a generic use of the term. In the translation “human beings” was used here because “people” occurs later in the verse and translates a different Greek word ( λαοί , laoi ).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A3/2"}
{"id":49249,"verse_id":"REV.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.3","text":"Grk “men, and he.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A3/3"}
{"id":49250,"verse_id":"REV.21.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.3","text":"places the words in brackets, indicating doubts as to their authenticity.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A3/4"}
{"id":49251,"verse_id":"REV.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.4","text":"Grk “God, and he.” Because of the length and complexity of the Greek sentence, a new sentence was started here in the translation. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A4/1"}
{"id":49252,"verse_id":"REV.21.4","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":4,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.4","text":"For the translation of ἀπέρχομαι ( apercomai ; here ἀπῆλθαν [ aphlqan ]) L&N 13.93 has “to go out of existence – ‘to cease to exist, to pass away, to cease.’”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A4/2"}
{"id":49253,"verse_id":"REV.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.5","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A5/1"}
{"id":49254,"verse_id":"REV.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.5","text":"The words “it down” are not in the Greek text, but are implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A5/2"}
{"id":49255,"verse_id":"REV.21.5","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":5,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.5","text":"Grk “faithful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A5/3"}
{"id":49256,"verse_id":"REV.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.6","text":"Or “It has happened.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A6/1"}
{"id":49257,"verse_id":"REV.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.6","text":"The word “water” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A6/2"}
{"id":49258,"verse_id":"REV.21.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.6","text":"Or “as a free gift” (see L&N 57.85).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A6/3"}
{"id":49259,"verse_id":"REV.21.7","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":7,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.7","text":"Or “who is victorious”; traditionally, “who overcomes.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A7/1"}
{"id":49260,"verse_id":"REV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.8","text":"On the term φαρμακεία ( farmakeia , “magic spells”) see L&N 53.100: “the use of magic, often involving drugs and the casting of spells upon people – ‘to practice magic, to cast spells upon, to engage in sorcery, magic, sorcery.’ φαρμακεία : ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ‘with your magic spells you deceived all the peoples (of the world)’ Re 18:23 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A8/1"}
{"id":49261,"verse_id":"REV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.8","text":"Grk “idolaters.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A8/2"}
{"id":49262,"verse_id":"REV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.8","text":"Grk “their share.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A8/3"}
{"id":49263,"verse_id":"REV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.8","text":"Traditionally, “brimstone.”","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A8/4"}
{"id":49264,"verse_id":"REV.21.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":8,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.8","text":"Grk “sulfur, which is.” The relative pronoun has been translated as “that” to indicate its connection to the previous clause. The nearest logical antecedent is “the lake [that burns with fire and sulfur],” although “lake” ( λίμνη , limnh ) is feminine gender, while the pronoun “which” ( ὅ , Jo ) is neuter gender. This means that (1) the proper antecedent could be “their place” ( Grk “their share,”) agreeing with the relative pronoun in number and gender, or (2) the neuter pronoun still has as its antecedent the feminine noun “lake,” since agreement in gender between pronoun and antecedent was not always maintained, with an explanatory phrase occurring with a neuter pronoun regardless of the case of the antecedent. In favor of the latter explanation is Rev 20:14 , where the phrase “the lake of fire” is in apposition to the phrase “the second death.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A8/5"}
{"id":49265,"verse_id":"REV.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A9/1"}
{"id":49266,"verse_id":"REV.21.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.9","text":"Grk “with me.” The translation “with me” implies that John was engaged in a dialogue with the one speaking to him (e.g., Jesus or an angel) when in reality it was a one-sided conversation, with John doing all the listening. For this reason, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ( met ’ emou , “with me”) was translated as “to me.” See also v. 15 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A9/2"}
{"id":49267,"verse_id":"REV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the angel’s invitation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A10/1"}
{"id":49268,"verse_id":"REV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.10","text":"Or “in the spirit.” “Spirit” could refer either to the Holy Spirit or the human spirit, but in either case John was in “a state of spiritual exaltation best described as a trance” (R. H. Mounce, Revelation [NICNT], 75).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A10/2"}
{"id":49269,"verse_id":"REV.21.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":10,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.10","text":"Grk “to a mountain great and high.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A10/3"}
{"id":49270,"verse_id":"REV.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.11","text":"Grk “from God, having the glory of God.” Here a new sentence was started in the translation by supplying the words “the city” to refer back to the previous clause and translating the participle (“having”) as a finite verb.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A11/1"}
{"id":49271,"verse_id":"REV.21.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.11","text":"On the term ἰάσπιδι ( iaspidi ) BDAG 465 s.v. ἴασπις states, “ jasper, a precious stone found in various colors, mostly reddish, somet. green…brown, blue, yellow, and white. In antiquity the name was not limited to the variety of quartz now called jasper, but could designate any opaque precious stone. Rv 21:18 f. W. λίθος 4:3 (TestSol C 11:8 ). λίθος ἴασπις κρυσταλλίζων a stone of crystal-clear jasper 21:11 (cp. Is 54:12 ); perh. the opal is meant here; acc. to some, the diamond.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A11/2"}
{"id":49272,"verse_id":"REV.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “jasper, having.” Here a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A12/1"}
{"id":49273,"verse_id":"REV.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “a (city) wall great and high.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A12/2"}
{"id":49274,"verse_id":"REV.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.12","text":"On this term BDAG 897 s.v. πυλών 1 states, “ gate , esp. of the large, impressive gateways at the entrance of temples and palaces…of the entrances of the heavenly Jerusalem… οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν its entrances shall never be shut Rv 21:25 ; cp. vss. 12ab, 13abcd, 15, 21ab; 22:14 .”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A12/3"}
{"id":49275,"verse_id":"REV.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “of the sons of Israel.” The translation “nation of Israel” is given in L&N 11.58.","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A12/4"}
{"id":49276,"verse_id":"REV.21.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":12,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.12","text":"Grk “on them”; the referent (the gates) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A12/5"}
{"id":49277,"verse_id":"REV.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.13","text":"The words “There are” have been supplied to make a complete English sentence. This is a continuation of the previous sentence, a lengthy and complicated one in Greek.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A13/1"}
{"id":49278,"verse_id":"REV.21.13","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":13,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.13","text":"The word “side” has been supplied four times in this verse for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A13/2"}
{"id":49279,"verse_id":"REV.21.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.14","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A14/1"}
{"id":49280,"verse_id":"REV.21.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.15","text":"Grk “the one”; the referent (the angel of v. 9 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A15/1"}
{"id":49281,"verse_id":"REV.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the somewhat parenthetical nature of the description of the city.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A16/1"}
{"id":49282,"verse_id":"REV.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.16","text":"Or “the city lies square.” On κεῖμαι ( keimai ) in this context, BDAG 537 s.v. 2 states, “ lie, of things… ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος κεῖται is laid out as a square Rv 21:16 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A16/2"}
{"id":49283,"verse_id":"REV.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.16","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A16/3"}
{"id":49284,"verse_id":"REV.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.16","text":"Grk “with the rod”; the word “measuring” is supplied from the description in v. 15 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A16/4"}
{"id":49285,"verse_id":"REV.21.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":16,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.16","text":"Or “two thousand two hundred kilometers,” Grk “12,000 stades.” A stade was a measure of length about 607 ft (185 m).","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A16/5"}
{"id":49286,"verse_id":"REV.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.17","text":"Here the measurement was kept in cubits in the translation because of the possible symbolic significance of the number 144 (12 times 12). This is about 216 ft (65 m).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A17/1"}
{"id":49287,"verse_id":"REV.21.17","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":17,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.17","text":"Here L&N 81.1 translate the phrase μέτρον ἀνθρώπου , ὅ ἐστιν ἀγγέλου ( metron anqrwpou, {o estin angelou ) “‘the unit of measurement used by a person, that is, by an angel’ Re 21:17 .” It is more likely that μέτρον is an accusative of respect or reference.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A17/2"}
{"id":49288,"verse_id":"REV.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.18","text":"Grk “and its wall”; the referent of the pronoun (the city) has been specified in the translation for clarity. Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A18/1"}
{"id":49289,"verse_id":"REV.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.18","text":"The phrase ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους ( Jh endwmhsi\" tou teicou\" ) is difficult to translate precisely. BDAG 334 s.v. ἐνδώμησις states, “primary mng. ‘interior structure’; in our lit. prob.= construction, hence material τοῦ τείχους Rv 21:18 .” The phrase could then be translated, “the foundation of the city wall was jasper” or “the material used for the wall of the city was jasper.” The latter alternative has been used in the translation because the text goes on to discuss the foundation in 21:19 (using the term θεμέλιος [ qemelios ]), which is somewhat redundant if the foundation is mentioned here.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A18/2"}
{"id":49290,"verse_id":"REV.21.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":18,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.18","text":"Or “transparent crystal.” See L&N 6.222, which notes the emphasis is on transparency here. The same Greek word, καθαρός ( kaqaros ), means both “pure” (referring to the gold) and “transparent” (referring to the glass).","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A18/3"}
{"id":49291,"verse_id":"REV.21.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.19","text":"The perfect participle here has been translated as an intensive (resultative) perfect.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A19/1"}
{"id":49292,"verse_id":"REV.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.21","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A21/1"}
{"id":49293,"verse_id":"REV.21.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":21,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.21","text":"The Greek word πλατεῖα ( plateia ) refers to a major (broad) street (L&N 1.103).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A21/2"}
{"id":49294,"verse_id":"REV.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.22","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “now” to indicate the transition to a new topic. Every verse from here to the end of this chapter begins with καί in Greek, but due to differences between Greek and contemporary English style, these have not been translated.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A22/1"}
{"id":49295,"verse_id":"REV.21.22","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":22,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.22","text":"On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent ( One ) only of God…( ὁ ) κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ π . … Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A22/2"}
{"id":49296,"verse_id":"REV.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.24","text":"Or “the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A24/1"}
{"id":49297,"verse_id":"REV.21.24","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":24,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.24","text":"Or “splendor”; Grk “glory.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A24/2"}
{"id":49298,"verse_id":"REV.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.25","text":"On the translation “during the day” see BDAG 436 s.v. ἡμέρα 1.a, “But also, as in Thu. et al., of time within which someth. occurs, ἡμέρας during the day Rv 21:25 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A25/1"}
{"id":49299,"verse_id":"REV.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.25","text":"The Greek connective γάρ ( gar ) most often expresses some sort of causal connection. However, in this context there is no causal force to the second phrase; γάρ simply expresses continuation or connection. Because of this it has been translated as “and.” See BDAG 189-90 s.v. 2 .","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A25/2"}
{"id":49300,"verse_id":"REV.21.25","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":25,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.25","text":"The clause has virtually the force of a parenthetical comment.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A25/3"}
{"id":49301,"verse_id":"REV.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.26","text":"Grk “honor,” but BDAG 1005 s.v. τιμή 2.b states, “An outstanding feature of the use of τ ., as already shown in several passages, is its combination w. δόξα …of earthly possessions τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν Rv 21:26 ( τιμή concr.=an object of value: Ezk 22:25).”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A26/1"}
{"id":49302,"verse_id":"REV.21.26","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":26,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.26","text":"Or “the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A26/2"}
{"id":49303,"verse_id":"REV.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"21.27","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present in this context.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A27/1"}
{"id":49304,"verse_id":"REV.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"21.27","text":"Here BDAG 552 s.v. κοινός 2 states, “pert. to being of little value because of being common, common, ordinary, profane …b. specifically, of that which is ceremonially impure: Rv 21:27 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A27/2"}
{"id":49305,"verse_id":"REV.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"21.27","text":"Or “what is abhorrent”; Grk “who practices abominations.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A27/3"}
{"id":49306,"verse_id":"REV.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “practicing abomination or falsehood.” Because of the way βδέλυγμα ( bdelugma ) has been translated (“does what is detestable”) it was necessary to repeat the idea from the participle ποιῶν ( poiwn , “practices”) before the term “falsehood.” On this term, BDAG 1097 s.v. ψεῦδος states, “ ποιεῖν ψεῦδος practice (the things that go with) falsehood Rv 21:27; 22:15 .” Cf. Rev 3:9 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A27/4"}
{"id":49307,"verse_id":"REV.21.27","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":21,"verse":27,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"21.27","text":"Grk “those who are written”; the word “names” is implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2021%3A27/5"}
{"id":49308,"verse_id":"REV.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.1","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A1/1"}
{"id":49309,"verse_id":"REV.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.1","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel mentioned in 21:9, 15 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A1/2"}
{"id":49310,"verse_id":"REV.22.1","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":1,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.1","text":"Grk “proceeding.” Water is more naturally thought to pour out or flow out in English idiom.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A1/3"}
{"id":49311,"verse_id":"REV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “its”; the referent (the city, the new Jerusalem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A2/1"}
{"id":49312,"verse_id":"REV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.2","text":"The Greek word πλατεῖα ( plateia ) refers to a major (broad) street (L&N 1.103).","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A2/2"}
{"id":49313,"verse_id":"REV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.2","text":"Grk “From here and from there.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A2/3"}
{"id":49314,"verse_id":"REV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.2","text":"Or “twelve crops” (one for each month of the year).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A2/4"}
{"id":49315,"verse_id":"REV.22.2","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":2,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.2","text":"The words “of the year” are implied.","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A2/5"}
{"id":49316,"verse_id":"REV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.3","text":"Or “be anything accursed” (L&N 33.474).","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A3/1"}
{"id":49317,"verse_id":"REV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “in it”; the referent (the city, the new Jerusalem) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A3/2"}
{"id":49318,"verse_id":"REV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.3","text":"Grk “city, and his.” Although this is a continuation of the previous sentence in Greek, a new sentence was started here in the translation because of the introduction of the Lamb’s followers.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A3/3"}
{"id":49319,"verse_id":"REV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.3","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A3/4"}
{"id":49320,"verse_id":"REV.22.3","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":3,"note_index":5,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"5","reference":"22.3","text":"Or “will serve.”","source_note_position":5,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A3/5"}
{"id":49321,"verse_id":"REV.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.6","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A6/1"}
{"id":49322,"verse_id":"REV.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “he”; the referent (the angel mentioned in 21:9, 15; 22:1 ) has been specified in the translation for clarity.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A6/2"}
{"id":49323,"verse_id":"REV.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.6","text":"Grk “faithful.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A6/3"}
{"id":49324,"verse_id":"REV.22.6","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":6,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.6","text":"See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A6/4"}
{"id":49325,"verse_id":"REV.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.8","text":"Or “I am John, the one who heard and saw these things.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A8/1"}
{"id":49326,"verse_id":"REV.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.8","text":"The pronoun “them” is not in the Greek text, but is implied. Direct objects were frequently omitted in Greek when clear from the context.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A8/2"}
{"id":49327,"verse_id":"REV.22.8","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":8,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.8","text":"Grk “I fell down and worshiped at the feet.” BDAG 815 s.v. πίπτω 1.b. α . ב . has “ fall down, throw oneself to the ground as a sign of devotion or humility, before high-ranking persons or divine beings.”","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A8/3"}
{"id":49328,"verse_id":"REV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.9","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “but” to indicate the contrast present here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A9/1"}
{"id":49329,"verse_id":"REV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.9","text":"On the elliptical expression ὅρα μή ( {ora mh ) BDAG 720 s.v. ὁράω B.2 states: “Elliptically… ὅρα μή (sc. ποιήσῃς ) watch out! don’t do that! Rv 19:10; 22:9 .”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A9/2"}
{"id":49330,"verse_id":"REV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.9","text":"Grk “fellow slave.” Though σύνδουλος ( sundoulos ) is here translated “fellow servant,” the word does not bear the connotation of a free individual serving another. See the note on the word “servants” in 1:1 .","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A9/3"}
{"id":49331,"verse_id":"REV.22.9","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":9,"note_index":4,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"4","reference":"22.9","text":"Grk “keep” (an idiom for obedience).","source_note_position":4,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A9/4"}
{"id":49332,"verse_id":"REV.22.10","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":10,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.10","text":"Here καί ( kai ) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A10/1"}
{"id":49333,"verse_id":"REV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.11","text":"Grk “must do evil still.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A11/1"}
{"id":49334,"verse_id":"REV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.11","text":"For this translation see L&N 88.258; the term refers to living in moral filth.","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A11/2"}
{"id":49335,"verse_id":"REV.22.11","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":11,"note_index":3,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"3","reference":"22.11","text":"Grk “filthy, and the.” This is a continuation of the previous sentence in Greek, but because of the length and complexity of the construction a new sentence was started in the translation.","source_note_position":3,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A11/3"}
{"id":49336,"verse_id":"REV.22.12","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":12,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.12","text":"The Greek term may be translated either “pay” or “pay back” and has something of a double meaning here. However, because of the mention of “wages” (“reward,” another wordplay with two meanings) in the previous clause, the translation “pay” for ἀποδοῦναι ( apodounai ) was used here.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A12/1"}
{"id":49337,"verse_id":"REV.22.14","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":14,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.14","text":"Grk “so that there will be to them authority over the tree of life.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A14/1"}
{"id":49338,"verse_id":"REV.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.15","text":"On the term φάρμακοι ( farmakoi ) see L&N 53.101.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A15/1"}
{"id":49339,"verse_id":"REV.22.15","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":15,"note_index":2,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"2","reference":"22.15","text":"Or “lying,” “deceit.”","source_note_position":2,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A15/2"}
{"id":49340,"verse_id":"REV.22.16","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":16,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.16","text":"On this expression BDAG 892 s.v. πρωϊνός states, “ early, belonging to the morning ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ πρ . the morning star, Venus Rv 2:28; 22:16 .”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A16/1"}
{"id":49341,"verse_id":"REV.22.18","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":18,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.18","text":"Grk “written.”","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A18/1"}
{"id":49342,"verse_id":"REV.22.19","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":19,"note_index":1,"note_type":"translator_note","label":"NET translator note","caller":"1","reference":"22.19","text":".)","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A19/1"}
{"id":49343,"verse_id":"REV.22.21","translation_id":"net-engnet","book_id":"REV","chapter":22,"verse":21,"note_index":1,"note_type":"textual_critical_note","label":"NET textual note","caller":"1","reference":"22.21","text":"Most mss ( א Ï ) read “amen” ( ἀμήν , amhn ) after “all” ( πάντων , pantwn ). It is, however, not found in other important mss (A 1006 1841 pc ). It is easier to account for its addition than its omission from the text if original. Such a conclusion is routinely added by scribes to NT books because a few of these books originally had such an ending (cf. Rom 16:27 ; Gal 6:18 ; Jude 25 ). A majority of Greek witnesses have the concluding ἀμήν in every NT book except Acts, James, and 3 John (and even in these books, ἀμήν is found in some witnesses). It is thus a predictable variant.","source_note_position":1,"source_url":"https://netbible.org/resource/netNote/Revelation%2022%3A21/1"}